Date: April 28, 2024 Sun

Time: 1:53 am

united states

Results for united states

44411 total results found

9608 non-duplicate results found.

Author: Legler, Mark S. Title: Homeless Young Adults and Criminal Victimization: Analysis and Comparison of Police Records in Hennepin County, Minnesota Summary: Building on research that has shown high rates of victimization amongst homeless youth, this paper examines rates for a cohort of homeless youth and a comparison group of low-income youth. The data is analyzed in two parts: an examination of 29 months of arrest and victimization records for homeless young adults provided services at a youth homeless outreach service in Minneapolis, and a comparison of 13 months of those records against the records of a cohort of young adults receiving food assistance. The association between criminal perpetration and victimization are analyzed as well as the effect of demographic variables (age, gender, and race). African Americans compose the majority of both the homeless and control samples (62% and 57% respectively). Thirty-two percent of the homeless sample was arrested during the 29 month period. Twenty-three percent of the homeless sample was arrested during the 13 month period versus 15% of the food assistance recipients. Statistical tests for differences between percentages, a comparison of total number of victimizations, and a regression of demographic variables were conducted to determine overall victimization prevalence and stand-alone effects of variables. Results from the 29 month analysis of homeless youth indicate that a substantial number have been victims of crimes, with 27% of the sample experiencing victimization. Eighteen percent had been the victim of a personal crime. Thirteen percent had been the victim of a property crime. Those with an arrest during the time period were over three times as likely to be the victim of a personal crime (31%) and over three-and-a-half times as likely to be the victim of any crime (45%). No differences between gender, race, or age were significant in the regressions. Using rough estimations based on crime rates in Minneapolis, a homeless young adult is over seven and a half times more likely to be personally victimized than the average Minneapolis young adult. Results from the 13 month comparison do not show a significant difference in the number of homeless young adults victimized (12%) and the number of young adults utilizing food support victimized (9%). The combined cohort had significantly higher female property victimization (6% vs. 1%). Those arrested in the combined sample had higher rates of victimization overall (16% vs. 9%). The homeless sample had more total victimizations than the control sample (62 vs. 44). The homeless sample also suffered twice as many assaults as the control sample (20 vs. 10). Results from this study bring a broader understanding of victimization as affecting many low-income individuals: housed, homeless, perpetrators, and non-perpetrators. The insignificance of race, gender, and age suggest crime for homeless young adults is a symptom of context and environment. Findings suggest that risk factors do not spontaneously appear amongst a diverse group of homeless young adults, but are rather symptoms of environments that homeless and marginalized youth are forced to choose from. This research can lead to more effective policy prescriptions by helping to improve intervention strategies that minimize the chance of future victimizations and reduce the harm associated with such occurrences. Details: Minneapolis: Hubert H. Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/150436/Legler_Homeless%20Young%20Adults%20and%20Criminal%20Victimization.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 129677

Author: Schneider, Jeffrey Title: Youth Courts: An Empirical Update and Analysis of Future Organizational and Research Needs Summary: This report discusses youth courts in the United States and addresses specific program outcomes and operational and administrative issues. Details: Washington, DC: Hamilton Fish Institute on School and Community Violence, The George Washington University, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Youth Courts Shelf Number: 116480

Author: American Civil Liberties Union, The ACLU of Connecticut Title: Hard Lessons: School Resource Officer Programs and School-Based Arrests in Three Connecticut Towns Summary: This report evaluates school-based arrests and school resource officer (SRO) programs in Connecticut. Details: New York: ACLU National Office, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juveniles Shelf Number: 116254

Author: Wisconsin. Department of Justice. Title: Northeast Wisconsin Gang Assessment Summary: This overview provides a discussion on gangs and gang activity in Northeastern Wisconsin. Details: Madison, WI: 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Activity Shelf Number: 116523

Author: Teaster, Pamela B. Title: The 2004 Survey of State Adult Protective Services: Abuse of Adults Over 60 Years of Age and Older Summary: This report presents the results of an American survey that addresses elder abuse. Details: Washington, DC: National Center on Elder Abuse, 2006 Source: Administration on Aging, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 116548

Author: Smith, Cindy J. Title: Profiles, Predictors, and Minority Overrepresentation in Jurisdictional Decisions for Maryland Youths: A Final Report Summary: This report discusses the implementation and effect of waiver laws on juveniles in Maryland. Details: Baltimore, MD: Schaefer Center for Public Policy, 2003 Source: National Institute of Justice Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 116549

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Delays in Youth Justice Summary: This report discusses court processing delays that affect the youth justice/juvenile system. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2009 Source: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 117299

Author: New York (State). Governor David Paterson's Task Force on Transforming Juvenile Justice Title: Charting a New Course: A Blueprint for Transforming Juvenile Justice in New York State Summary: This report outlines recommendations that provide a framework for an effective juvenile justice system in the state of New York. Details: Albany, NY: 2009 Source: Vera Institute of Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 116691

Author: Smith, Brent L. Title: Pre-Incident Indicators of Terrorist Incidents: The Identification of Behavioral, Geographic, and Temporal Patterns of Preparatory Conduct Summary: Findings from the American Terrorism Study (NIJ grant #1999-IJCX-0005 and DHS/MIPT grant #lO6- 1 13-2000-064) reveal that unlike traditional criminality, terrorists are much less spontaneous, engage in substantial planning activities, and commit ancillary and preparatory crimes in advance of a terrorist incident. Building on these findings, the goals of the current project were to determine whether (1) sufficient open source data exists to examine the temporal and spatial relationships that exist in terrorist group planning, and (2) if such data do exist, can patterns of routinized preparatory conduct be identified. To accomplish these goals, subject matter experts were selected to identify terrorist groups incidents that operated or occurred within the United States from four major categories: international; and three types of domestic terrorism -- left-wing, rightwing, and single issue (which was limited to environmental and anti-abortion terrorism). Sixty-seven "cases" were selected for analysis. Of these sixty seven, sixty of the cases were sufficiently fertile to provide some data for analysis. These included 22 right-wing, 9 left-wing, 10 international, and 17 single issue cases. Information on some 200 terrorist "incidents" (right-wing, 41; left-wing, 51; international, 58; and single issue, 50) was extracted from open source data on these cases to create a relational database composed of 265 variables. Geospatial data was recorded on some 515 terrorists' residences, planning locations, preparatory activities, and target locations. Due to the exploratory nature of this research, analyses focused upon the identification of general temporal and spatial patterns of activity. On average, the terrorist groups studied existed for some 1,205 days from the date of the first known planning meeting to the date of the actuallplanned terrorist incident.' This figure, however, should not be taken as indicative of the average "lifespan" of terrorist groups. Some of the groups studied, such as the United Freedom Front and Omega 7, operated for several years, atypical for most terrorist groups. The planning process for specific acts began, on average, approximately 2-3 months prior to the commission of the terrorist incident. Planning and preparatory activities were intermingled during this period. However, on average, a lull in activities occurred during the last three to four weeks prior to the incident. Approximately two and one-half known planning and preparatory behaviors were recorded per incident and these varied by type of terrorist group. The spatial analysis revealed that terrorists typically live relatively close to the incident target. Nearly one-half of the terrorists resided within 30 miles of the target location. Similarly, approximately one-half of the terrorists engaged in their planning and preparatory activities within this distance of their residences. Finally, a similar percentage of preparatory behaviors took place within 30 miles of the eventual target of the terrorist incident. the terrorist incident. The implications for local law enforcement are extremely important. While terrorists may think globally, they act locally. Both preventative efforts and post-incident investigations should focus upon local events and persons as the primary source of information about terrorist activities. Details: Fayetteville, AR: Terrorism Research Center, Fullbright College, University of Arkansas, 2006. 540p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/214217.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Spatial Analysis Shelf Number: 117132

Author: O'Connor, Jean Title: From Policy to Practice: State Methamphetamine Precursor Control Policies Summary: This report discusses state methamphetamine laws and regulations. Details: Berrien Springs, MI: Andrews University, 2007 Source: The MayaTech Corporation; University of Michigan Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Law and Legislation Shelf Number: 117150

Author: Williams, Linda M. Title: Pathways into and out of commercial sexual victimization of children: Understanding and responding to sexually exploited teens Summary: For the past two years the University of Massachusetts Lowell and Fair Fund, Inc., along with partners in Boston, MA and Washington, D.C., USA, have been conducting an in-depth, field-based study of Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC) taking a life course perspective in examining the lives of female and male victims with a focus on prostituted teens. The Pathways Project examines pathways into and out of commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) via prostitution and to provide useful information to practice and policy communities. The goal of the research was to understand the victims' perspectives; to identify the factors (individual, family, peer, school, and community contexts) associated with the commencement of CSEC; to identify factors that surround its maintenance and escalation; and to identify factors that impede or empower exiting from or overcoming exploitative situations. Our research included primarily qualitative methods with a focus on integrating researchers and grassroots organizers into the design, data collection, data analysis and dissemination. In the Boston metropolitan area and in Washington, DC, we interviewed 61 adolescents (aged 14-19) who experienced sexual violence via teen prostitution or who were runaways at risk for such commercial sexual exploitation. Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC) is a crime that has only recently received significant attention in the United States and around the globe. While the U.S. Department of Justice estimates that the number of children (those under the age of 18) currently involved in prostitution, child pornography, and trafficking may be anywhere between 100,000 and three million (Friedman, 2005) we find that knowledge of CSEC and our public response to the problem is still evolving. Federal legislation (Trafficking Victims Protection Act - TVPA 2000 and revised in 2008), funding and task force activity continues to bring the domestic sex trafficking of children into focus in the U.S. This includes attention to traffickers who coerce children and youth to enter the commercial sex "industry" through the use of a variety of recruitment and control mechanisms and who engage the children in exploitation in strip clubs, street-based prostitution, escort services, and brothels. There is evidence from the field that domestic sex traffickers target vulnerable youth, such as runaway and homeless youth, and it is often reported that the average age of entry into prostitution in the U.S. is as a 12- to 13-year-old victim of commercial sexual exploitation. A variety of state laws address these crimes under statutes that often are located in several different sections of the criminal code or in statutes directed at juveniles or families. Statutes may criminalize the behavior of those who procure children for sex acts (commonly referred to as "pimps"), those "customers" who engage in or solicit sex acts with a minor (some of these individuals are referred to as "johns"), those who are involved in the production or the possession of pornography with a minor, and those who benefit from such commerce. But state laws also focus on the behavior of the children and their families and may lead to juveniles being prosecuted for prostitution related offenses, adjudication as delinquent or a determination that they are a person/ child in need of supervision. Details: Lowell, MA: University of Massachusetts Lowell, 2009. 73p. Source: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://traffickingresourcecenter.org/sites/default/files/Williams%20Pathways%20Final%20Report%202006-MU-FX-0060%2010-31-09L.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 117143

Author: Scott, Wayne Title: Effective Clinical Practices in Treating Clients in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This paper was developed as a part of a set of papers focused on the role of system stakeholders in reducing offender recidivism through the use of evidence-based practices in corrections. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2008 Source: Crime and Justice Institute; National Institute of Corrections Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 117298

Author: Daly, Reagan Title: Treatment and Reentry Practices for Sex Offenders: An Overview of States Summary: This report provides an overview and analysis of existing treatment and reentry practices for sex offenders who are involved with the criminal justice system. It focuses, specifically, on four broad areas of practice: treatment in prison, treatment under community supervision, reentry programming, and community supervision. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2008 Source: Bureau of Justice Assistance Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 115185

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: A Statewide Profile of Abuse of Older Women and the Criminal Justice Response Summary: This report examines Rhode Island's population of all women 50 and over who were victims of domestic violence reported to law enforcement over an entire year, offering a more complete profile of older women abuse, their abusers, the abuse, and the response of state authorities to their reported abuse. Details: Budbary, MA: Advocates for Human Potential, Inc, 2008 Source: National Institute of Justice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 116300

Author: Wyler, Liana Sun Title: Illegal Drug Trade in Africa: Trends and U.S. Policy. Summary: Africa has historically held a peripheral role in the transnational illicit drug trade, but in recent years has increasingly become a locus for drug trafficking, particularly cocaine. This report examines the growth in the drug trafficking through Africa and the implications for the United States. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Africa Shelf Number: 117322

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: The History of the Child Pornography Guidelines Summary: This report provides a history of the child pornography guidelines as established by the United States Sentencing Guidelines Commission. The child pornography guidelines have existed since their initial promulgation in 1987, and they have been substantively amended nine times. These revisions were prompted by, among other things, statutory changes, the United States Sentencing Commission's independent analysis, and public comment. This report is the first step in an ongoing examination of the child pornography guidelines. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Sentencing Commission, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 117331

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute Title: 2009 Survey of Pretrial Services Programs: August 11, 2009 Summary: This report presents the findings of a survey of pretrial services programs. The findings describe how pretrial services programs compare in relation to one another, in relation to programs of the past, and in relation to the standards of the American Bar Association (ABA) and the National Association of Pretrial Services Agencies (NAPSA). Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2009 Source: Bureau of Justice Assistance Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Services Shelf Number: 117290

Author: Kirk, David S. Title: Lessons from Hurrican Katrina: A Natural Experiment of the Effect of Residential Change on Recidivism. Summary: In August 2005, Hurricane Katrina ravaged the Louisiana Gulf Coast, damaging many of the neighborhoods where ex-prisoners typically reside. Given the residential destruction resulting from Hurricane Katrina, it is unclear whether the resulting geographic displacement of returning prisoners has had any adverse, or even beneficial, impact on the likelihood of recidivism. In this study, a natural experiment is utilized as a means of addressing the selection issue, and seek to establish whether the migration of ex-prisoners away from their former place of residence will lead to lower levels of recidivism. Findings suggest that moving away from former geographic areas substantially lowers an ex-prisoner's likelihood of re-incarceration. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: National Poverty Center, University of Michigan, 2008 Source: National Poverty Center Working Paper Series: #08-10: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/254046054_Lessons_from_Hurricane_Katrina_A_Natural_Experiment_of_the_Effect_of_Residential_Change_on_Recidivism Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 117092

Author: Ayres, Ian Title: A Study of Racially Disparate Outcomes in the Los Angeles Police Department Summary: This report analyzes pedestrian and motor vehicle stops of the Los Angeles Police Department over a oneyear period: July 2003 to June 2004. We find prima facie evidence that African Americans and Hispanics are overstopped, over-frisked, over-searched, and over-arrested. After controlling for violent and property crime rates in specific LAPD reporting districts, as well as a range of other variables, we find that: Per 10,000 residents, the black stop rate is 3,400 stops higher than the white stop rate, and the Hispanic stop rate is almost 360 stops higher. Relative to stopped whites, stopped blacks are 127% more likely and stopped Hispanics are 43% more likely to be frisked. Relative to stopped whites, stopped blacks are 76% more likely and stopped Hispanics are 16% more likely to be searched. Relative to stopped whites, stopped blacks are 29% more likely and stopped Hispanics are 32% more likely to be arrested. All of these disparities are statistically significant (p < .01). The findings of racial disparity are supported by ancillary analyses of investigative outcomes and officer race. We find that frisks and searches are systematically less productive when conducted on blacks and Hispanics than when conducted on whites: Frisked African Americans are 42.3% less likely to be found with a weapon than frisked whites and that frisked Hispanics are 31.8% less likely to have a weapon than frisked non-Hispanic whites. Consensual searches of blacks are 37.0% less likely to uncover weapons, 23.7% less likely to uncover drugs and 25.4% less likely to uncover anything else. Consensual searches of Hispanics similarly are 32.8% less likely to uncover weapons, 34.3% less likely to uncover drugs and 12.3% less likely to uncover anything else. It is implausible that higher frisk and search rates are justified by higher minority criminality, when these frisks and searches are substantially less likely to uncover weapons, drugs or other types of contraband. We also find that the black arrest disparity was 9 percentage points lower when the stopping officer was black than when the stopping officer was not black. Similarly, the Hispanic arrest disparity was 7 percentage points lower when the stopping officer was Hispanic than when the stopping officer was a non-Hispanic white. Taken as a whole, these results justify further investigation and corrective action. Details: Los Angeles, CA: ACLU of Southern California, 2008. 52p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 117110

Author: North Carolina. Governor's Crime Commission Title: Gangs in North Carolina: A 2009 Report to the General Assembly Summary: Beginning with the 2006-2007 legislative session, the General Assembly has appropriated funds on an annual basis to the Governor's Crime Commission for the purpose of funding state and local gang intervention, prevention and suppression programs. Pursuant to Session Law 2008- 187 this study reports on the progress and accomplishments of those grant programs that were funded through the 2006-2007 and 2007-2008 state appropriations. Emphasis will be placed on assessing these grant programs based on their individual and unique goals and objectives as defined and originally written in the grant application. Significant highlights or success stories will also be included in an effort to document the impact and efficacy of these programs on reducing gang activities in the local communities. Performance measurement data is included and analyzed where applicable in an effort to provide quantitative support for program impact. This report also includes an update on the nature and extent of gang activity across North Carolina drawing upon data as extracted from the state's new GangNET information database. Aggregate state data as well as some county level information is provided on the number of agencies using the system and on the total number of gangs and gang members which have been validated and entered into the database. Limitations of this data and its uses are discussed in order to provide the reader with a better understanding of this new system and to clarify the interpretation of the numbers being reported as a snapshot of gangs and gang activity and not as a definitive count on the exact number of gangs in the state. Details: Raleigh, NC: Governor's Crime Commission, 2009. 94p. Source: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://files.nc.gov/ncdps/documents/files/Gang%20Grant%20Rpt%20to%20Gen%20Assembly.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Suppression Shelf Number: 117103

Author: Young, Wendy Title: Prison Guard or Parent? INS Treatment of Unaccompanied Refugee Children Summary: This report focuses on the treatment that children asylum seekers receive in juvenile correctional facilities used by the Immigration and Naturalization Service to detain children. The report is based on site visits to eight centers that were conducted in August 2001 and interviews with INS officials, facility staff, detained children, and their lawyers across the country. Details: New York: Women's Commission for Refugee Women and Children, 2002 Source: Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Shelf Number: 116208

Author: Mesloh, Charlie Title: Less Lethal Weapon Effectiveness, Use of Force, and Suspect & Officer Injuries: A Five-Year Analysis Summary: Law enforcement officers are legally justified to utilize force in many situations to bring suspects to justice, protect others, and for personal defense. However, police training on the use of force has no single consistent method in the United States to demonstrate the best response to subject resistance levels, even though many states and individual agencies have adopted very creative use-of-force matrices and continuums. For researchers, additional problems abound in the compilation and interpretation of the data available on police use of force. Criminal justice research has persistently demonstrated that a small percentage of police encounters with the public involve use of force. While extreme uses of force often garners media attention, lesser levels of force are used regularly by police without public notice. Research in the areas of use of force, and subsequent suspect injuries, has focused on the level of force used by the police officer and the suspect, excessive force, and officer misconduct. The literature on suspect injuries, police officer injuries, and the environmental and situational factors leading to police uses of force, is limited. This study examines use of force levels by the police and subject resistance levels in two agencies in Central Florida; the Orange County Sheriff's Office (OCSO), and the Orlando Police Department (OPD). Both agencies provided copies of force documentation pursuant to public records requests as stipulated in Florida law. While previous research on police force has focused on the rate of police force, this study examined situations that required force and the actions taken by the police and citizens during the encounter. Details: Fort Meyers, FL: Florida Gulf Coast University, Weapons & Equipment Research Institute, 2008. 104p. Source: Accesssed September 26, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/224081.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Less than Lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 113387

Author: Roush, David W. Title: Managing Youth Gang Members in Juvenile Detention Facilities Summary: This resource manual addresses the issues of how an institutional administrator successfully resolves and controls the negative elements and factors associated with the incarceration of youth gang members, the extent of the problem, and what works and what does not work in the managing of youth gang members in juvenile detention facilites. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, School of Criminal Justice, 2002 Source: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention; National Juvenile Detention Association, Eastern Kentucky University Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 113253

Author: Mendelson, Margot Title: Collateral Damage: An Examination of ICE's Fugitive Operations Program Summary: The federal fugitive operations program established to locate, apprehend, and remove fugitive aliens who pose a threat to the community has instead focused chiefly on arresting unauthorized immigrants without criminal convictions. In this report, the Migration Policy Institute finds that 73 percent of nearly 97,000 people arrested by US Immigration and Customs Enforcement fugitive operations teams between the program's inception in 2003 and early 2008 were unauthorized immigrants without criminal records. And arrests of fugitive aliens with criminal convictions have represented a steadily declining share of total arrests by the fugitive operations teams. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/ice-fugitive-operations-program Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Fugitives Shelf Number: 115197

Author: Scott, Wayne Title: Effective Clinical Practices in Treating Clients in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This report addresses effective clinical practices in treating clients in the criminal justice system. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2008 Source: National Institute of Corrections, Community Corrections Division Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Treatment Shelf Number: 113904

Author: Weiner, David A. Title: The Effects of School Desegregation on Crime Summary: This paper estimate the effects of court-ordered school desegregation on crime by exploiting plausibly random variation in the timing of when these orders go into effect across the set of large urban school districts ever subject of such orders. The estimates made by the authors imply that imposition of these court orders in the nation's largest school districts lowered the homicide rate to black teens and young adults nationwide by around 13 percent, and might account for around one-quarter of the convergence in black-white homicide rates over the period from 1970 to 1980. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009 Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper Series 15380 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 116373

Author: Ditmore, Melissa Title: Kicking Down the Door: The Use of Raids to Fight Trafficking in Persons Summary: This report summarizes the findings of a human rights documentation project to explore the impacts and effectiveness of current anti-trafficking approaches in the United States from a variety of perspectives. The data collected suggests that vice raids conducted by local law enforcement agencies are in ineffective means of locating and identifying trafficked persons. The research also reveals that vice raids and federal anti-trafficking raids are all too frequently accompanied by violations of human rights of trafficked persons and sex workers alike, and can therefore be counterproductive to the underlying goals of anti-trafficking initiatives. Details: New York: Sex Workers Project, Urban Justice Center, 2009. 74p. Source: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://sexworkersproject.org/downloads/swp-2009-raids-and-trafficking-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 117114

Author: Schwartz-Soicher, Ofira Title: The Effect of Paternal Incarceration on Material Hardship Summary: This study utilizes Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing data to examine whether an incarceration of a father increases the extent to which their partners and children experience material hardship. Using various modeling strategies (negative binomial regressions, propensity scores, lagged dependent variable and individual fixed-effects models) the authors find that the incarceration of a father indeed does increase hardship for families. Further findings indicate that father's incarceration contributes to hardship not only by reducing income, but also by seriously disrupting household relationships and routines. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259709694_The_Effect_of_Paternal_Incarceration_on_Material_Hardship Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 117086

Author: Brito, Corina Sole Title: Communication and Public Health Emergencies: A Guide for Law Enforcement Summary: With support from the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs' Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) created a series of documents to help improve the law enforcement response to public health emergencies. The documents in this series are intended to apply to agencies of all sizes and types. How the suggested strategies are implemented will undoubtedly vary according to a department's specific size and nature. The first report, Communication and Public Health Emergencies: A Guide for Law Enforcement, is a guide for law enforcement executives that identifies the crucial components of an effective public health communications plan. It examines the necessary considerations for both internal communications (within the law enforcement agency) and external communications (with other agencies or with the public). Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2009. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.bja.gov/publications/perf_emer_comm.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Emergency Management Shelf Number: 117084

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: Dona Ana County Magistrate Court DWI-Drug Court Outcome Study Summary: This report summarizes findings from an outcome study of the Third Judicial District Dona Ana Magistrate Court DWI-Drug Court conducted by the New Mexico Sentencing Commission at the University of New Mexico. In April 2008 the Department of Finance Administration (DFA) and the University of New Mexico (UNM) signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to study the operations and conduct an outcome study including a cost analysis of the Third Judicial District Court Magistrate Court DWI-Drug Court in Dona Ana County. This MOU was amended in January 2009 to reflect preliminary findings. The Institute for Social Research at the University of New Mexico completed two previous process evaluations for the Third Judicial District Court Adult Drug Court Program that included the Dona Ana Magistrate Court as one of the courts in the Third Judicial District. The first evaluation was completed in 2001and the second was completed in 2002. The purpose of these studies was to develop an understanding of the internal dynamics of the Third Judicial District Adult Drug Court Program, with a particular focus on the District Court program, including an understanding of the overall structure, organization, and operations of four different courts located in the district. The included courts were: - Third Judicial District Court Drug Court - Dona Ana County Magistrate DWI-Drug Court - Las Cruces Municipal DWI Court - Mesilla Municipal DWI Court Process evaluations lay critical groundwork for future outcome evaluations which examine the match between stated program goals and court functioning. This report noted the development of the Third Judicial District Court Adult Drug Court programs was at the time incomplete and was complicated by the inclusion of four different drug courts under the umbrella of a single program and evaluation. An added difficulty was that ISR found significant variations between DWI-Drug Court processes and procedures amongst the lower level courts analyzed. The results of the 2002 study indicated the various courts included in the study did not, "completely follow/implement all of the 10 key components provided by the Drug Courts Program Office" (ISR Process Evaluation, 2002). We have been unable to locate process evaluations that look at each of the individual lower level courts. As a result, we were able to gather very little historical information on the Dona Ana Magistrate Court DWI-Drug Court Program. A critical component of this study aims to address the difficulties of the 2002 process evaluation by providing an examination of the operations in only the Dona Ana Magistrate Court DWI-Drug program. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2009/DACMC_DWIDrugCourt_FinalReport_v1_063009-1.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 117099

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Paying the Price: The Impact of Immigration Raids on America's Children Summary: Over the past year, Immigration and Customs Enforcement has intensified immigration enforcement activities by conducting several large-scale worksite raids across the country. From an in-depth study of three communities: Greeley, CO, Grand Island, NE and New Bedford, MA. This report details the impact of these worksite raids on the well-being of children. Thie report provides detailed recommendations to a variety of stakeholders to help mitigate the harmful effects of worksite raids on children. Details: Washington, DC: National Council of La Raza, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Law Shelf Number: 115336

Author: Branch, Lawrence Title: Florida Elder Abuse Survey Summary: This report addresses the development and testing of an interviewer-administered, self-report questionnaire for cognitively competent community-based elders that might be used in a national survey in establishing the prevalence of second-party abuse, neglect, or exploitation of elderly persons. Details: Unpublished Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2008 Source: National Institute of Justice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 114868

Author: Women's Commission for Refugee Women and Children Title: Locking Up Family Values: The Detection of Immigrant Families Summary: Consistent with the role of the Women's Commission for Refugee Women and Children and Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service in advocating for appropriate treatment of immigrant women, children and families, the authors found it vital to engage in field research and to take an active part in examining this new policy. This report and research builds on the agencies' ongoing work on behalf of children and families in detention. In particular, they sought to examine issues of family unity and the provision of legal, medicinal and psychsocial services to families who are in the custody of the Department of Homeland Security. Details: New York: The Commission, 2007 Source: Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Shelf Number: 105688

Author: Ward, Jeanne Title: The Shame of War: Sexual Violence Against Women and Girls in Conflict Summary: This book's primary focus is on sexual crimes in war, its impact on women's lives, and efforts to turn the tide against the practice of using women's bodies as battlegrounds Details: Nairobi, Kenya: United Nations OCHA/IRIN, 2007 Source: Integrated Regional Information Networks Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juveniles Shelf Number: 105033

Author: Lamberth, John C. Title: Data Collection and Benchmarking of the Bias Policing Project: Final Report for the Metropolitan Police Department in the District of Columbia Summary: One of the major issues in data analysis to date has been in determining the appropriate benchmark or standard to which the stop data are to be compared. The methodology employed in this study is one that has been employed in several studies across the country and is relied upon by several courts. This methodology employs what Lamberth Consulting believes to be the only appropriate benchmark for such an analysis; that is, a direct measure of the transient populations (driving populations and pedestrian populations) in specific locations. Details: West Chester, PA: Lamberth Consulting, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling Shelf Number: 104997

Author: Tewey, John F., Chair Title: Final Report to the Governor and the General Assembly. By the Maryland Task Force to Study Criminal Offender Monitoring by Global Positioning Systems Summary: The Task Force was asked to study how the state can utilize global positioning technology to monitor individuals who have committed criminal offenses, how law enforcement can benefit from the linkage to global positioning technology to solve crimes adn streamline workload, the admissibility of evidence issues, as well as other issues that the Task Force considers relevant. Details: Towson, MD: Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services, 2005 Source: Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Global Positioning Systems Shelf Number: 114640

Author: Boruchowitz, Robert C. Title: Minor Crimes, Massive Waste: The Terrible Toll of America's Broken Misdemeanor Courts Summary: The National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers's comprehensive examination of misdemeanor courts demonstrated that misdemeanor courts across the country are incapable of providing accused individuals with the due process guaranteed them by the Constitution. This report explains, in depth, these and other problems observed in misdemeanor courts and offers recommendations for reform, while highlighting best practices from across the country. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2009 Source: Foundation for Criminal Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 115204

Author: U.S. Congress. House Committee on Homeland Security. Subcommittee on Investigations. Majority Staff Title: A Line in the Sand: Confronting the Threat of the Southwest Border Summary: The Texas-Mexico border region has been experiencing an alarming rise in the level of criminal cartel activity, including drug and human smuggling, which has placed significant additional burdens on Federal, State, and local law enforcement agencies. This interim report will examine the roots of the crimnial enterprise and its effects on the local populations, what steps are being taken or should be taken to counter the threat, and the significance of these issues for the overall homeland security of the United States. Details: Washington, DC: 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Activity Shelf Number: 113887

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Audit Divison Title: The Federal Bureau of Investigation's Terrorist Watchlist Nomination Practices Summary: The watchlist is used by frontline screening personnel at U.S. points of entry and by federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement officials. The watchlist serves as a critical tool for these screening and law enforcement personnel by notifying the user of possible encounters with known or suspected terrorists and by providing instruction on how to respond to the encounter. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Deptartment of Justice, Office of the Interior General, Audit Division, 2009 Source: Audit Report 09-25 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Investigation Shelf Number: 113938

Author: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime Title: Manual for the Measurement of Juvenile Justice Indicators Summary: The purpose of this manual is to introduce fifteen juvenile justice indicators and to make clear their utility. It explains how measuring the indicators can contribute to the protection of the child in conflict with the law through actions at both the local and the central level. It offers practical guidance, strategies and tools for information collection, information collation and calculation of the indicators. Details: New York: United Nations, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 114776

Author: Neistat, Anna Title: "You can die any time": Death Squad Killings in Mindanao Summary: This report provides an anatomy of death squad operations. It is based on our investigations of 28 killings, 18 of which took place in 2007 and 2008. The victims include children as young as 14. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 114622

Author: Nellis, Ashley Title: Back on Track: Supporting Youth Reentry from Out-of-Home Placement to the Community Summary: Members of the Juvenile Justice Reentry Task Force and the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Coalition offer this issue brief to raise awareness and encourage investment of resources to expand reentry services nationally. It outlines the concept of reentry services in theory and practice, offers a review of federal policy previously enacted to support reentry, suggests opportunities for improvements in public policy, and reviews promising initiatives. Details: Washington, DC: National Alliance to End Homelessness and The Sentencing Project, 2009 Source: Youth Reentry Task Force of the Juvenile Justice and Deliquency Prevention Coalition Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 117358

Author: Priebe, Gisela Title: Adolescents' Experiences of Sexual Abuse: Prevalence, Abuse Characteristics, Disclosure, Health and Ethical Aspects Summary: The purpose of this thesis was to investigate aspects of self-reported sexual abuse during childhood and adolescence in a population-based study of Swedish high school students. The aim of this thesis was first to investigate the lifetime prevalence of sexual abuse of varying severity and characteristics as well as the associations between sexual abuse, gender, socio-demographic characteristics and consensual sexual experiences. Details: Lund, Sweden: Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Department of Clinical Sciences, Lund University, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 117347

Author: Dane County Task Force on Racial Disparities in the Criminal Justice System Title: Final Report Summary: The Task Force was directed to review the February 2008 report of the Governor's Commission and outline an action plan of specific recommendations and best practices to address and reduce disparities at various decicion points in Dane County's criminal justice system. Details: Madison, WI: Dane County Office of Equal Opportunity, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 117372

Author: Clark, John W. Title: Pretrial Diversion and the Law: A Sampling of Four Decades of Appellate Court Rulings Summary: The document follows the diversion process, beginning with the legal issues that have arisen regarding eligibility determination and admission, then moves on to enrollment in the diversion program, the terms that are made part of the diversion agreement, dismissal of charges upon successful completion of diversion, dealing with non-compliance with diversion terms, and the use of diversion information outside of the diversion setting. Details: Washington, DC: PJI, Pretrial Justice Institute, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Appellate Court Shelf Number: 115196

Author: Earle, Kathleen A. Title: Child Abuse and Neglect Among American Indian/Alaska Native Children: An Analysis of Existing Data Summary: The purpose of this research was to compare existing published reports of child abuse and neglect among American Indians/Alaska Native children and to analyze secondary data on child abuse and/or neglect for American Indians and Alaska Natives from the national data archives on abuse and neglect, which has not been done to date. Details: Seattle, WA: Casey Family Programs; Portland, OR: National Indian Child Welfare Association, 2001 Source: Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 116315

Author: Troutman, David R. Title: Prosecutor's Comprehensive Gang Response Model Summary: The comprehensive gang response model is designed to help prosecutors and allied professionals design and implement gang initiatives that focus on the specific needs to individual jurisdictions. Drawing on the experiences of experts from various disciplines across the country and available research on what works in gang prevention, intervention, and suppression. Details: Alexandria, VA: National District Attorneys Association, American Prosecutors Research Institute, 2007 Source: Interest Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://www.ndaa.org/pdf/pub_prosecutors_comprehensive_gang_response_model_07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 116667

Author: Manwaring, Max G. Title: A Contemporary Challenge to State Sovereignty: Gangs and Other Illicit Transnational Criminal Organizations in Central America, El Salvador, Mexico, Jamaica, and Brazil Summary: The purposes of this monograph are to (1)introduce the gang phenomenon as a major nonstate player and a serious threat in the global and regional security arenas; (2) examine the gang phenomenon in Central America in general and in El Salvador, Mexico, Jamaica, and Brazil more specifically; and (3) summarize the key points and lessons and make brief recommendations. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, U.S. Army War College, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 116539

Author: Bjerk, David Title: Thieves, Thugs, and Neighborhood Poverty Summary: This paper develops a model of crime analyzing how such behavior is associated with individual and neighborhood poverty. The model shows that even under relatively minimal assumptions, a connection between individual poverty and both property and violent crimes will arise, and moreover, "neighborhood" effects can develop, but will differ substantially in nature across crime types. A key implication is that greater economic segregation in a city should have no effect or a negative effect on property crime, but a positive effect on violent crime. Details: Bonn, Germany: IZA (Study of Labor), 2009. 44p. Source: Discussion Paper No. 4470; Claremont McKenna College" https://d-nb.info/997468106/34 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 116675

Author: Cockayne, James Title: The Invisible Tide: Towards an International Strategy to Deal with Drug Trafficking Through West Africa Summary: An invisible tide is rising on the shores of West Africa, creeping into its slums, its banks, its courts, its barracks, and its government ministries. It is a tide of money, influence, and power, born from the drug trafficking that is sweeping the region. This paper explains what the risks are, and recommends steps that policymakers in national capitals and multilateral institutions might take to address them in the next three to five year. Details: New York: International Peace Institute, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Africa Shelf Number: 116520

Author: Texas. Office of the Attorney General Title: Gangs in Texas 2001: An Overview Summary: This report presents the findings of a small survey of 1,453 police chiefs, school district police departments, sheriffs, district attorneys, criminal district attorneys, and county attorneys regarding the current status of gangs in Texas in the year 2001. Respondents indicated that curfew enforcement, community policing, graffiti abatement, and multi-agency collaboration prove the most effective gang-prevention and intervention strategies. Details: Texas: Office of the Attorney General, 2001 Source: Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 116381

Author: Oklahoma. Campus Life and Safety Security Task Force Title: CLASS, Campus Life and Safety and Security Task Force: Final Report Summary: On April 16, 2007, the campus of Virginia Tech in Blacksburg, Va., was the scene of a horrifying massacre. A single shooter, Seung-Hui Cho, killed 32 people and wounded many more before committing suicide. Cho, a senior student at Virginia Tech, had been diagnosed with and treated for a severe anxiety disorder beginning in middle school and continued receiving therapy and special education support until his junior year of high school. During his college career, Cho had been accused of stalking two female students, was declared mentally ill by a Virginia special justice and had been asked to seek counseling by at least one professor. Unfortunately, these individual warning signs were not tracked and dealt with in a way that provided Cho with the help he needed and, in turn, possibly prevented the shootings. In addition, concerns were raised about the institution's notification process and response to the shootings. In an effort to evaluate and improve the ability of Oklahoma higher education and career technology center campuses to better handle a situation such as the Virginia Tech incident, Gov. Brad Henry issued Executive Order 2007-17 on April 25 (subsequently amended on April 27) establishing the Campus Life and Safety and Security Task Force, otherwise known as the CLASS Task Force. Henry appointed Dr. Glen D. Johnson, chancellor of the Oklahoma State System of Higher Education, as chair of the task force and Dr. Phil Berkenbile, director of the Department of Career and Technology Education, as vice-chair. Thirteen additional members from Oklahoma higher education, career technology education, public safety and health services were appointed as stated in the order. The Executive Order states that the purpose of the task force is threefold: 1. To review and evaluate campus safety and security plans already in place. 2. To determine what modifications, if any, are necessary to prevent crises and enhance crisis response on campuses. 3. To research methods for recognizing students in need and delivering to them appropriate services, such as counseling, substance abuse treatment and mental health management. The order also enables the task force to make preliminary recommendations to campus personnel of specific measures to better protect campuses and improve emergency response. Discussions revealed five major areas of focus - Laws and Policies, Counseling, Response, Notification and Funding - and subcommittees were formed to explore each area. Each subcommittee conducted specific research and has submitted a report that assesses the current condition of its respective area of concern and makes recommendations for improvement. Those subcommittee reports comprise Section V of this document. As part of the research done by the task force, a two-part self-assessment survey was sent to each campus to gather information about crisis preparedness and availability of counseling services. A summary of the survey findings is included in Section IV of this report. . Details: Oklahoma City, Okalahoma: Oklahoma State Regents for Higher Education, 2008. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://www.okhighered.org/class/docs/final-report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 116656

Author: Ballester, Coralio Title: Delinquent Networks Summary: Delinquents are embedded in a network of relationships. Social ties among delinquents are modeled by means of a graph where delinquents compete for a booty and benefit from local interactions with their neighbors. Each delinquent decides in a non-cooperative way how much delinquency effort he will exert. Using the network model developed by Ballester et al (2006), the authors characterize the Nash equilibrium and derive an optimal enforcement policy, called the key-player policy, which targets the delinquent who, once removed, leads to the highest aggregate delinquency reduction. The authors then extend their characterization of optimal single player network removal for delinquency reduction, the key player, to optimal group removal, the key group. The authors also characterize and derive a policy that targets links rather than players. Finally, the authors endogenize the network connecting deliquents by allowing players to join the labor market instead of committing delinquent offenses. The key-player policy turns out to be much more complex since it depends on wages and on the structure of the network. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2009 Source: IZA Discussion Paper No. 4122 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 114315

Author: Markow, Dana Title: The Principal's Perspective: School Safety, Bullying, and Harassment: A Survey of Public School Principals Summary: This national study of public school principals examined principals' attitudes and experiences regarding school safety, bullying and harassment. 1,580 K-12 public school principals completed the online survey between June 15 and August 3, 2007. The findings reveal although half of principals view bullying as serious problem at their schools, the appear to underestimate the extent of harassment that lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) students experience. Although principals report their schools engage in anti-bullying/harassment efforts, most do not specifically address school safety for LGBT students. Results also indicate that compared to other issues of school safety or inclusion, principals lack adequate preparation and information to ensure a safe environment for LGBT students and families. Details: New York: GLSEN, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 114589

Author: Apel, Robert John Title: The Effect of Criminal Justice Involvement in the Transition to Adulthood Summary: The last 30 years in the United States have witnessed unprecedented expansion in criminal justice institutions. In an era of rapidly declining crime rates, scholars have begun to call into question the wisdom of continued expansion. There are at least two reasons for such reservations. First, the crime-control potential of expansion in the use of criminal justice sanctions is limited by the law of diminishing returns. Holding constant the composition of the offender pool (e.g., criminal propensities, offense mix), at a certain point the number of crimes prevented by sanctioning one additional offender (via deterrence or incapacitation) will begin to decrease. This is to say, simply, that a newly sanctioned offender today is less of a danger to society, on the margin and all else equal, than a newly sanctioned offender 30 years ago. Second, if criminal justice involvement has adverse causal effects on life outcomes that are correlated with criminal offending, large-scale growth in formal sanctioning might have the perverse effect of sustaining criminal behavior rather than deterring it. Indeed, evidence is mounting that formal sanctions stigmatize an ever larger class of individuals and potentially disrupt conventional achievements in a variety of life domains such as employment, education, civic involvement, and family formation and stability (Hagan and Dinovitzer, 1999). Steadily rising prison admissions, in particular, have given rise to increased attention by researchers and policymakers on issues of reentry and reintegration (Petersilia, 2003). By way of example, from the 1930s through the early 1970s, the U.S. incarceration rate hovered around 110 per 100,000 residents, at which point it began a steady increase that by midyear 2005 had attained 738 per 100,000 (Harrison and Beck, 2006). At yearend 2006, moreover, the total population confined in jails and prisons was almost 2.4 million (Sabol, Couture, and Harrison, 2007). The growth and scope of incarceration is truly impressive, so much so that contemporary discourse is increasingly attuned to the collateral consequences of so-called "mass imprisonment" policies (Garland, 2001; Mauer and Chesney-Lind, 2003; Pettit and Western, 2004; Useem and Piehl, 2008). The rather stark realization of the emerging reentry literature is that virtually all of these offenders will return to the community at some point (Travis, 2005). It is an unmistakable irony that policies of mass imprisonment might actually exacerbate the crime problem over the long run if these released offenders struggle to maintain a law-abiding lifestyle because of the stigma associated with their confinement experiences. What the discussion thus far implies is that criminal justice involvement is a catalyst that initiates a causal sequence of downward mobility for sanctioned offenders, ultimately resulting in persistence (if not escalation) in criminal offending. In other words, a criminal record causes further crime (in part) through its indirect effect on an offender's status attainment prospects. The empirical evidence for an inverse correlation between criminal justice involvement and status attainment, especially with respect to employment success, is voluminous. Extant theory and research provide a number of plausible explanations for such a relationship: The problem of civil disabilities or employer discrimination, the accumulation of a spotty work history, a lack of legitimate job contacts, and a dearth of good neighborhood-based employment opportunities, among others. Although the precise mechanism is not yet well understood, existing findings do suggest (not universally, it should be noted) that criminal justice involvement tends to reduce the probability of employment, increase the length of unemployment, lower wages and earnings, and promote high-school dropout. Studies that take such factors into consideration also tend to suggest that sanctioned individuals fare the worst when they are comparatively minor offenders (e.g., property or drug offenders), when they are of higher social status (e.g., middle-class individuals), and when they experience incarceration (as opposed to arrest or conviction). Yet a longstanding problem is ascertaining whether these unintended consequences of criminal justice involvement are attributable to the causal role that it has on status attainment as opposed to factors that jointly determine criminal justice involvement and low status attainment. The latter is known as the selection problem. In words, individuals with a criminal record might fare poorly in the legitimate labor market and drop out of high school because they had low prospects to begin with, not because criminal justice involvement acts as a genuine turning point in their work and education careers. The brute fact is that sanctioned offenders, in all likelihood, suffer deficits that would greatly limit status attainment even in the absence of an official sanction. It is this pernicious question-whether the relationship between criminal justice involvement and low status attainment signifies a causal effect or a selection artifact-that guides the present study. In this Executive Summary, we provide an overview of the results from a large-scale investigation of the causal effect of criminal justice involvement in the late teens and early twenties on later status attainment. The remainder of the summary proceeds as follows. First, we briefly describe the data and methodology used in the study (a summary of Chapter Two in the final report). Second, we present the key findings with respect to the relationship between incarceration and status attainment (a summary of Chapter Three). Third, we summarize the findings with respect to the effect of conviction on status attainment (a summary of Chapter Four). Fourth, we make some concluding remarks with an emphasis on the policy implications that flow from our findings (a summary of Chapter Five). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2009. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228380.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 116668

Author: Loukatiou-Sideris, Anastasia Title: How to Ease Women's Fear of Transportation Environments: Case Studies and Best Practices Summary: The relationship between women's fear and the built environment has been the subject of research with clear findings that women feel unsafe in many public spaces. These often include transportation environments. Desolate bus stops and train cars, dimly lit park-and-ride lots and parking structures, but also overcrowded transit vehicles represent stressful setting for many women, who often feel compelled to change their transportation modes and travel patterns in order to avoid them. Past research has shown that transit passengers' fears and concerns about safety influence their travel decisions. But while the relationship between women's fear of crime and public space has been the focus on considerable research, transit environments have received less attention. This study seeks to address this gap by, 1) identifying the perspectives and needs of women regarding safety from crime in transit environments through a comprehensive literature review and in depth interviews with representatives of 16 national women's interest groups; 2) assessing if these needs are met by transit agencies, through a survey of 131 U.S. transit operators; 3) discussing the model programs and best practices from the U.S. and overseas that address women's concerns about safe travel. The authors found women transit passengers have some distinct travel needs, but these needs are not well addressed in the U.S., where only a handful of transit operators have specific programs in place targeting the safety needs of women riders. In contrast, some other countries have adopted specific measures and policies in response to women's transit safety needs. The authors also found a mismatch between the expressed needs of women passengers adn the types and locations of common safety/security strategies adopted by transit agencies. Based on feedback from the interviews and case studies, the authors offer a series of policy recommendations. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute. College of Business, San Jose State University, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 117387

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Managing Drug Involved Probationers with Swift and Certain Sanctions: Evaluating Hawaii's HOPE Summary: This report describes an evaluation of a community supervision strategy called HOPE (Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement) for substance-abusing probationers. HOPE began as a pilot program in October 2004 and has expanded to more than 1500 participants, about one of six felony probabtioners on Oahu. Details: S.I.: s.n., 2009 Source: National Institute of Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 117401

Author: Open Society Institute Title: Addressing Ethnic Profiling by Police: A Report on Strategies for Effective Police Stop and Search Project. Improving Relations Between Police and Minority Communitites by Increasing the Fairness, Effectiveness, and Accountability in Stops in Bulgaria, Hu Summary: Every day, police in Europe make hundreds of decisions about whom to stop and search. The power to stop and search is a basic tool of policing and stops are the primary point of contact with police for most people, but their impact and effectiveness are rarely examined. Stops and searches can help detect crime, but can also entail ethnic profiling and damage police-community relations if members of minority groups are stopped disproportionately. This book describes how selected police forces in Bulgaria, Hungary, and Spain worked with the Open Society Institute to monitor the use of stops, determine if they disproportionately affect minority groups, and assess their efficacy in detecting and solving crime. The ultimate goal of the Strategies for Effective Police Stop and Search (STEPSS) project was to improve relations between police and minority communities by increasing the fairness, effectiveness, and accountability of police stops. This work details the successes and shortcomings of the STEPSS project. It tracks the changes undertaken by participating police forces, including a municipal police force in Spain that increased the effectiveness of stops while reducing their number and disproportionality. Perhaps most important, this work provides a roadmap toward greater fairness, improved efficiency, and better police-community relations. Details: New York: 2009 Source: Open Society Justice Initiative; AGIS Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 115826

Author: Neild, Rachel Title: Ethnic Profiling in the European Union: Pervasive, Ineffective, and Discriminatory Summary: Ethnic profiling - a longstanding practice that has increased since 9/11 - is pervasive in the European Union. In France and Italy, raids on homes, businesses, and mosques - often lacking a basis in specific evidence - have targeted Muslims. In Germany, police have used preventative powers to conduct mass identity checks outside major mosques. And in the United Kingdom, stops and searches of British Asians shot up five-fold after the July 2005 London Underground bomb attacks. This work examines the scope of ethnic profiling, showing how police officers in the U.K., France, Italy, Germany, and the Netherlands routinely use generalizations about race, ethnicity, religion, or national origin when deciding whom to target for stops, searches, raids, and surveillance. The report analyzes ethnic profiling both in ordinary policing and in counterterrorism, and finds that it is not just a violation of European laws and international human rights norms - it is also an ineffective use of police resources that leaves the public less safe. The damage from ethnic profiling - to the rule of law, to effective law enforcement, to police-community relations, and especially to those who are targeted - is considerable. In addition to providing a comprehensive examination of ethnic profiling and considering the legality of the practice, this report offers effective alternatives that increase security, advance counterterrorism efforts, and respect human rights. Details: New York: Open Society Institute, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnicity Shelf Number: 115354

Author: Wong, Jennifer S. Title: No Bullies Allowed: Understanding Peer Victimization, the Impacts of Delinquency, and the Effectiveness of Prevention Programs Summary: Over the past decade, school bullying has emerged as a prominent issue of concern for students, parents, educators, and researchers around the world. Research evidence suggests nontrivial and potentially serious negative repercussions of both bullying and victimization. This dissertation uses a large, nationally representative panel dataset and a propensity score matching technique to assess the impact of bully victimization on a range of 10 delinquency outcomes measured over a six-year period. Results show that victimization prior to the age of 12 years is significantly predictive of the development of several delinquent behaviors, including running away from home, selling drugs, vandalism, theft, other property crimes, and assault. As a whole, prevention programs are significantly effective at reducing the problem of victimization in schools but are only marginally successful at reducing bullying. More work is needed to determine why programs are more successful with victims of bullying than with perpetrators, and prevention efforts should focus on the development of programs that are more likely to bring about successful reductions in both bullying and victimization. Details: Santa Monica, CA: 2009 Source: Dissertation, Pardee Rand Graduate School Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 114742

Author: Center for Families, Children & the Courts Title: Juvenile Delinquency Court Assessment 2008 Summary: The Judicial Delinquency Court Assessment (JDCA) is the judiciary's first comprehensive research study of how the superior courts of California handle delinquency matters. The intention of the JDCA is to help improve both the administration of justice and the lives of youth, victims and other community members affected by the delinquency system by helping set an agenda for system improvements over the coming years. Details: San Francisco: Judicial Council of California, 2008 Source: 2 volumes; Administration Office of the Courts Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 111722

Author: Jones, Seth G. Title: How Terrorist Groups End: Lessons for Countering al Qa'ida Summary: All terrorist groups eventually end. But how do they end? The evidence since 1968 indicates that most groups have ended because (1) they joined the political process (43 percent) or (2) local police and intelligence agencies arrested or killed key members (40 percent). Military force has rarely been the primary reason for the end of terrorist groups, and few groups within this time frame have achieved victory. This has significant implications for dealing with al Qa'ida and suggests fundamentally rethinking post-9/11 U.S. counterterrorism strategy: Policymakers need to understand where to prioritize their efforts with limited resources and attention. The authors report that religious terrorist groups take longer to eliminate that other groups and rarely achieve their goals more often and last longer than the smallest ones do. Finally, groups from upper-income countries are more likely to be left-wing or nationalist and less likely to have religion as their motivation. The authors conclude that policing and intelligence, rather than military force, should form the backbone of U.S. efforts against al Qa'ida. And U.S. policymakers should end the use of the phrase "war on terrorism" since there is no battlefield solution to defeating al Qa'ida. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Terrorism Shelf Number: 111170

Author: Lanyi, Anthony, ed. Title: An Anticorruption Reader: Supplemental Sources on Transparency, Accountability, Prevention, Enforcement and Education Summary: This resource collects and summarizes key books and articles on corruption and anticorruption programs. Details: College Park, MD: IRIS Center, 2005 Source: Prepared for review by the United States Agency for International Development Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 114645

Author: Crowe, Ann H. Title: Community Corrections Response to Domestic Violence: Guidelines for Practice Summary: This document provides a series of guidelines for community corrections professionals that support a proactive community supervision approach for domestic violence cases. Readers of this document will find a recommended course of action that can be used to achieve the three central goals of this document: 1) increased safety and autonomy for victims of domestice violence; 2) heightened accountability for offenders who commit initmate partner violence, and 3) promoting changes in offender behavior and thinking patterns. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 115376

Author: Rodriguez, Nancy Title: An Initial Review of Maricopa County Juvenile Probation Detention Length of Stay Summary: This technical report is based on a four month study of the Maricopa County juvenile detention population. The research goals of this study include providing a description of cases subject to detention over a six year period of study and the identification of significant predictors of detention length of stay. Details: Tempe, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2006 Source: Prepared for the Maricopa County Juvenile Probation Department Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 115790

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Evaluation of the Homeless Assitance Rental Program (HARP): Final Report Summary: This final report offers a process and outcome evaluation on the Homeless Assitance Rental Program (HARP). HARP serves clients that have extensive criminal justice system involvement. It offers rental assistance and regular case management to the targeted high-risk population (housing need, co-morbidity with mental health and substance abuse diagnoses). Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 114858

Author: Nuttall, Christopher P. Title: Handbook on Planning and Action for Crime Prevention in Southern Africa and the Caribbean Regions Summary: The principal aim of this handbook is to serve as a reference tool to policymakers and practitioners engaged in actions to reduce the burden of crime on the poor, especially the poor of Southern Africa and the Caribbean, and thereby improve their quality of life and mitigate their poverty. This handbook is intended to increase knowledge about levels of crime, successful practices in reducing crime rates in developing countries, multi-actor crime prevention actions, how to build capacity to reduce crime and how to sustain efforts in the long term. Details: New York: United Nations, 2008 Source: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Caribbean Shelf Number: 115342

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Alaska Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner Study Summary: This study identified the characteristics of sexual assault victimizations in Alaska, as recorded by sexual assault nurse examiners (SANEs) in eight cities, with attention to the key factors that impacted victims' gential injury and case legal resolutions. Details: Anchorage, AK: University of Alaska at Anchorage, Justice Center and the Forensic Nurse Services of Anchorage, 2008. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/224520.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Injury Shelf Number: 113545

Author: Arthur, Pat Title: Juvenile Justice Reform in Arkansas: Building a Better Future for Youth, Their Families, and the Community Summary: Arkansas has long struggled with the development of a juvenile justice reform plan that will best meet the needs of the youth of the State. The purpose of this report is to establish the framework by which the Arkansas Division of Youth Services intends to embark on building a long range strategic plan for reform that will best serve the needs of the youth, their families and the communities in which they reside. Details: Little Rock, AR: Arkanses Division of Youth Services, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 114755

Author: Klien, Andrew Title: Evaluation of the Rural Domestic Violence and Child Victimization Grant Program Special Initiative: Faith-Based and Community Organization Pilot Program: Rural Pilot Program Summary: This report presents the methodology and findings of an evaluation of the Office of Violence Against Women's (OVW's) Rural Domestic Violence and Child Victimization Grant Program Special Initiative: Faith-Based and Community Organization Pilot Program (Rural Pilot Program), which was designed to reach out to small faith-based and community-based organizations (FBCO) that were not already addressing domestic violence. Details: Sudbury, MA: Advocates for Human Potential, Inc.: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Communities Shelf Number: 116210

Author: Ridgeway, Greg Title: Cincinnati Police Department Traffic Stops: Applying RAND's Framework to Analyze Racial Disparities Summary: In Cincinnati, a memorandum of agreement (MOA) between the city and the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), dated April 12, 2002, sought to remedy a pattern or practice of conduct by law-enforcement officers that deprives individuals of rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the U.S. Constitution or federal law. Separately in 2002, the City of Cincinnati and other parties (collectively, the parties) entered into a collaborative agreement in an attempt to resolve social conflict, improve community-police relations, reduce crime and disorder, and resolve pending individual and organizational legal claims about racially biased policing in Cincinnati. In July 2004, the city, on behalf of the parties of the collaborative agreement, hired the RAND Corporation to conduct evaluations over the course of five years to assist the parties with measuring progress toward the goals of the collaborative agreement. This monograph represents the final annual report, for the fifth year. While the evaluations in the previous years covered a large series of tasks, this evaluation focuses solely on three assessments of the traffic-stop data: (1) an assessment of whether there is a departmentwide pattern of bias against black drivers in the decision to stop a vehicle, (2) an assessment of the fraction of CPD officers who disproportionately stop black drivers compared to other officers patrolling the same neighborhoods at the same time, and (3) an assessment of racial biases in post-stop outcomes, including stop duration, citation rates, and search rate In assessing whether there is a department-wide pattern of bias against black drivers in the decision to stop a vehicle, we take an approach that is different from the traditional approaches to creating an external benchmark�all of which have some limitations; our approach gets around those limitations by taking advantage of a natural experiment involving daylight saving time (DST) that does not require explicit external estimates of the racial or ethnic distribution of those at risk of being stopped. More specifically, to assess bias in the decision to stop, we compare stops immediately before and immediately after changes to and from DST, when a similar mix of drivers and a similar allocation of police officers will be in effect and in which the only major difference will be in officers� ability to see, because of the shift from daylight to darkness, the race of the drivers being stopped. From that assessment, we found the following, for 2008: � Black drivers were less likely to be stopped during daylight, when drivers� races are more visible, evidence that is counter to what we would expect if there were racial profiling. � Aggregating six years of data, from 2003 to 2008, we find no evidence of racial profiling in officers� decisions to stop drivers. In assessing whether there is racial bias in the decision to stop at the individual officer level, we use an internal-benchmarking approach that constructs a customized internal benchmark for each officer, comparing the racial distribution of suspects stopped by the officer in question with the racial distribution of suspects stopped by other officers at the same times and places and in the same contexts. This method selects an officer, identifies stops that other officers made at the same time and in the same neighborhood, and compares the racial distributions of the stopped drivers. Since the officers are patrolling the same areas at the same times, the racial distributions should be the same (assuming that the officers are on the same assignment). When we conduct the internal-benchmarking assessment, we find the following: � Ten officers appear to be stopping significantly more black drivers than did other officers patrolling at the same times and places and in the same contexts. In assessing whether there is racial bias or disparities in what happens after the stop�in the length of the stop, in the rates at which officers cite motorists, and in the way they conduct vehicle searches�we use a method known as propensity-score weighting to identify stops involving nonblack drivers that are similarly situated to the stops involving black drivers and make post-stop comparisons between the two groups. Doing so allows us to account for a large number of factors�such as neighborhood, place of residence, reason for stop, day and month of stop, time of day of stop, state of vehicle registration, validity of the driver�s license, and number and age of occupants in vehicle�that can confound whether the differences we see in post-stop outcomes are actually the result of racial bias. When we conduct the propensity-score weighting analysis of poststop decisions, we find the following: � Black drivers who were stopped were slightly more likely to have their stops exceed 10 minutes, compared to similarly situated nonblack drivers who were stopped. � There was no racial difference in the percentage of stops lasting more than 30 minutes when comparing black drivers to similarly situated nonblack drivers. � Black drivers were less likely to receive a citation than were similarly situated nonblack drivers. � Officers were less likely to conduct a high-discretion search, such as a consent search, of a black driver than of a similarly situated nonblack driver. � When searched, black and nonblack drivers were equally likely to be found in possession of contraband. If we do not limit the compared drivers to those in similar situations, we do find large differences. For example, officers more frequently search black drivers than nonblack drivers (13 percent versus 6 percent). While this disparity is largely due to differences in when, where, and why the stops occurred, these differences in experience can shape black drivers� views of CPD officers. Conclusions and Implications Although we found no evidence of racial differences between the stops of black and those of similarly situated nonblack drivers, there are issues that can exacerbate the perception of racial bias. First, for each year of analysis, we find several officers who stop substantially more black drivers than their peers do. These represent a small fraction of CPD officers, and, as noted in the document, CPD has the capability to monitor, manage, and address issues that these officers may present to the department and the community. Second, although black and similarly situated nonblack drivers have similar stop outcomes, the burden of policing falls disproportionately on black residents, even though nonblack drivers have similar stop outcomes. There are still substantial gaps between how black and nonblack residents view CPD. As noted in last year�s RAND report (Ridgeway, Schell, Gifford, et al., 2009), the improvements that have been seen over the life of the collaborative agreement may be fragile. It will require a continued and concerted effort on the part of CPD and community leaders to maintain progress toward the goals stated in the collaborative agreement, as well as to prevent reversals in the positive trends that we observed while this agreement was in force. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2009/RAND_MG914.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 117100

Author: Levin, Cecilia Friedman Title: Insult to Injury: Violations of the Violence Against Women Act Summary: The authors of this report find that a significant number of domestic violence victims have faced discrimination when applying for housing. Further findings indicate the domestic violence victims are routinely evicted from housing for reasons directly related to the actions of their abusers. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 115793

Author: Lawrence, Alison Title: Cutting Corrections Costs: Earned Time Policies for State Prisoners Summary: This report explores cost-cutting policies that speed the release of inmates who complete programs and activities designed to increase their chances of success once they return to the community. This report also presents a statutory review for 31 states and summarizes several research studies on recidivism and earned time policies. Details: Denver, CO: National Conference of State Legislators, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Programs Shelf Number: 116317

Author: Caplan, Arthur Title: Trafficking in organs, tissues and cells and trafficking in human beings for the purpose of the removal of organs Summary: This joint study has been prepared in the framework of the cooperation between the Council of Europe and the United Nations. The specific focus of this paper is to study the trafficking of organs, tissues, and cells and trafficking of human beings for the purposes of transplantation. Details: Council of Europe/United Nations: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 116547

Author: Mackin, Juliette Title: Baltimore City District Court Adult Drug Treatment Court 10-Year Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: The Baltimore City District Court Adult Drug Treatment Court (DTC) was implemented with the goal of identifying people with a substance abuse addiction and offer them a program with treatment as an alternative to incarceration. This report provides a 10-year follow-up of a cohort of the DTC participants and compares their outcomes to a group of offenders who had similar criminal histories and demographic backgrounds but who had not participated in any of the Baltimore City adult drug treatment court programs. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2009 Source: Submitted to Office of Problem-Solving Courts, Annapolis, MD Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 114591

Author: Kammer, Jerry Title: The 2006 Swift Raids: Assessing the Impact of Immigration Enforcement Actions at Six Facilities Summary: The report examines the raids and their aftermath of the 2006 Swift & Co. meat processing plant raids. Impacts on illegal immigrants, the work force, and the employee screening of Swift are examined. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2009 Source: Backgrounder Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 115525

Author: Baltimore City Health Department. Office of Epidemiology and Planning Title: Examination of Youth Violence in Baltimore City, 2002-2007 Summary: Youth violence is a serious concern for Baltimore City officials. Especially important are discussions surrounding prevention, intervention, and treatment efforts which incur greater and greater financial and societal costs in terms of violence. This report, utilizing data from several Baltimore City agencies, takes a retrospective look at interactions in child-serving administrative Baltimore City agenices among youth victims and perpetrators of violence. Details: Baltimore City, MD: Baltimore City Health Department, 2009 Source: The Office of Youth Violence Prevention Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 116261

Author: Venkatesh, Sudhir Alladi Title: A Research Note: The Socio-Spatial Consequences of Inmate Release in New York City Summary: This Research Note addresses an identified research void on inmate release by examining the role of space in the resettlement of individuals who are exiting correctional facilities and are returning to urban neighborhoods. This paper focuses on those individuals who are resettling, with the aim of illuminating the potential consequences of spatial movements for individual social outcomes. Details: New York: Center for Urban Research and Policy, Columbia University, 2007 Source: Spatial Information Design Lab, Columbia University; The Open Society Institute Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 116211

Author: Klein, Andrew Title: A Statewide Study of Stalking and its Criminal Justice Response Summary: This study utilizes a multi-methods approach including secondary data analyses of Rhode Island statewide datasets and qualitative methods to examine the impact of identifying the crime of stalking of female intimates and family members across Rhode Island in multiple years. Details: Sudbury, MA: Advocates for Human Potential, Inc., 2009 Source: National Institute of Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 116209

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Sexually Assaulted Children: National Estimates and Characteristics Summary: The bulletin provides information on the estimated number and characteristics of sexually assaulted children in the United States in 1999, based on National Incidence Studies of Missing, Abducted, Runaway, and Throwaway Children (NISMART) -2 interviews with victims and their families. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2008 Source: NISMART (National Incidence Studies of Missing, Abducted, Runaway, and Throwaway Children) Bulletin Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 116298

Author: Rand, Kristen Title: Law Enforcement and Private Citizens Killed by Concealed Handgun Permit Holders: An Analysis of News Reports, May 2007 to April 2009 Summary: This report is divided into three sections that address: law enforcement shootings incidents involving concealed handgun permit holders by state; private citizen shooting incidents involving concealed handgun permit holders by state; and summaries of prior research conducted by the Violence Policy Center, news organizations, and the National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences that the author argues refutes the "false promises" made by the gun lobby in support of "lax" concealed handgun laws. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 116538

Author: Gartenstein-Ross, Daveed Title: Homegrown Terrorists in the U.S. and U.K.: An Empirical Examination of the Radicalization Process Summary: Homegrown terrorists are of increasing concern to intelligence services in both the United States and the United Kingdom. This report addreses an identified gap in the literature on this topic through an empirical examination of behavioral manifestations of the radicalization process in 117 homegrown "jihadist" terrorists from both the U.S. and the U.K. Details: Washington, DC: FDD Press (Foundation for Defense of Democracies), 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Terrorism Shelf Number: 116212

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Access to justice for women victims of violence in the Americas Summary: This report on the situation of women victims of violence examines major obstacles that women encounter when they seek effective judicial protection to redress acts of violence. The report offers recommendations about what states need to do to act with due diligence necessary to offer an effective and prompt judicial recourse when incidents of violence occur. The analysis is based on findings drawn from the data compiled from a variety of sources, including the administration of justice systems, civil servants and government representatives, civil society, academia, and women of differing races, ethnic backgrounds and socio-economic circumstances. Details: Washington, DC: General Secretariat, Organization of American States, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 115187

Author: United Nations. Office of Drugs and Crime. Independent Evaluation Unit Title: Thematic evaluation of the global project on strengthening the legal regime against terrorism Summary: This evaluation of the Global Project on Strengthening the Legal Regime against Terrorism is focused on the selected countries of Burkina Faso, the Central African Republic, the Republic of Congo, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador and Panama. The aim is to provide insights to help the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime increase the effectiveness and impact of its technical assistance to counter-terrorism efforts. Details: New York: 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 115759

Author: Rosenberg, Ruth Title: Domestic Violence in Europe and Eurasia Summary: The objective of this assessment is review domestic violence in USAID countries in the Europe and Eurasia region in order to describe the extent to which domestic violence is a problem in each country, with a focus on presenting available quantitative and statistical information; describe the services and support available for victims of domestic violence in each country; and make recommendations regarding the countries where intervention is most needed and the kinds of programming that USAID could undertake. Details: Washington, DC: United States Agency for International Development, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 115783

Author: Goos, Cornelius Title: Evaluation and Phase One of the Core Programme on Treatment and Rehabilitation: Dissemination of Best Practices and the International Network of Drug Dependence Treatment and Rehabilitation Resource Centres (TREATNET) Summary: This report is an external evaluation of Phase One of the Core Programme on Treatment and Rehabilitation: Dissemination of Best Practices and the International Network of Drug Dependence Treatment and Rehabilitation Resource Centres (Treatnet). The purpose of the current evaluation is to assess: whether a network of treatment and rehabilitation services has been established and is operational; and whether the established of the network has lead to an improvement of the quality of services offered in the respective centers. Details: New York: United Nations, 2008 Source: Independent Evaluation Unit Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 113768

Author: Connecticut. Office of Policy & Management. Research, Analysis & Evaluation Title: Comparative Analysis of Probation, Parole and Incarceration: Connecticut, the United States and Other States - 1996-2006 Summary: This document provides a comprehensive analysis of rates and numbers of probation, parole and sentenced prison populations for Connecticut, the United States and a cohort of other Northeast states - Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania. The stated purpose of this document is to provide a relative measurement of increasing or decreasing rates and numbers of those statistics, by comparison, to those same geographic areas. Details: Hartford, CT: 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Comparative Studies Shelf Number: 114897

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Department of Justice's Use of Less-Lethal Weapons Summary: This review was undertaken to determine the types of less-lethal weapons used by the Department's law enforcement components; the extent to which the components are using these weapons; whether training and controls have been implemented to ensure the weapons are used properly; whether Department components have identified the impact of using these weapons on their missions; and whether the Department assesses, deploys, and oversees new and emerging less-lethal weapon technologies. Details: Washington, DC: 2009 Source: Report Number I-2009-003 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 115358

Author: Texas. Attorney General's Office Title: The Texas Response to Human Trafficking: Report to the 81st Legislature Summary: This report provides both an overview of human trafficking in the State of Texas and the government's response to human trafficking. Human-trafficking related issues are identified, and recommendations are provided for the Texas Legislature's consideration as it examines how to enhance existing statutes and services available to human trafficking victims. Details: Austin, TX: Office of the Attorney General, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 115825

Author: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime Title: Handbook on Criminal Justice Responses to Terrorism Summary: This handbook aims to provide law enforcement and criminal justice officials with an accessible guide to assist them in dealing with some of the key issues that they face in their efforts to respond to terrorist and related crimes. It reviews the many challenges encountered by the various components of the criminal justice system in the prevention, investigation, prosecution and detention of alleged or convicted perpetrators of terrorist crimes. It offers guidance based on international standards and generally accepted good practices. Details: New York: United Nations, 2009 Source: Criminal Justice Handbook Series Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 116199

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Police Recruitment and Retention in the Contemporary Urban Environment: A National Discussion of Personnel Experiences and Promising Practices from the Front Lines Summary: Recruitment and retention of police officers is an increasing challenge for police agencies. Many urban police agencies report particular difficulty in recruiting minority and female officers. To help address these challenges, the RAND Center on Quality Policing convened a National Summit on Police Recruitment and Retention in the Contemporary Urban Environment. This report summarizes the presentations, discussions, and opinions offered by panelists at the summit. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009 Source: Conference Proceedings Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 116660

Author: Monahan, Lisa Title: Until They Die a Natural Death: Youth Sentenced to Life Without Parole in Massachusetts Summary: The Children's Law Center of Massachusetts identified and reviewed the cases of 46 people serving life sentences without parole in Massachusetts. Across the cases, youth were sentenced to life without parole for varying levels of participation in the crime and even if they were not the principal actor. The author, using new research data and interviews, attempts to answer whether or not youths are completely unredeemable at 14, 15, 0r 16 years old. Details: Lynn, MA: Children's Law Center of Massachusetts Source: Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 114894

Author: Florida. Department of Corrections. Bureau of Research and Data Analysis Title: Florida's Criminal Punishment Code: A Comparative Assessment Summary: The intent of this report is to address the requirement set forth in Florida Statute 921.002(4)(a) to analyze sentencing events under the Florida Criminal Punishment Code. Each year, the Department of Corrections is required to report on trends in sentencing practices and sentencing score thresholds, and provide an analysis of the sentencing factors considered by the courts. In this report, a comparison is made between the Criminal Punishment Code sentences recieved in the Fiscal Year 2007-2008 and the Fiscal Year 2008-2009. Details: Tallahassee: 2009 Source: A Report to the Florida Legislature Detailing Florida's Criminal Punishment Code Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 116546

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation. Crime Statistics Unit Title: School Crimes Study: A Study of Offenses, Offender, Arrestee and Victim Data Reported to the Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System Summary: The purpose of this study was to present information about the characteristics surrounding crime in Tennessee schools, focusing upon public and private school systems, excluding colleges/universities and technical schools. The time frame covered by the study was the years 2006 through 2008. The study was completed by the Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, Crime Statistics Unit using data provided by the Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System (TIBRS). Details: Nashville: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 115742

Author: United States. Executive Office of the President Title: Cyberspace Policy Review: Assuring a Trusted and Resilient Information and Communications Infrastructure Summary: The President directed a comprehensive review to assess the United States' policies and structures for cybersecurity. This paper summarizes the conclusions of the review team, which was composed of government cybersecurity experts with input from a cross-section of industry, academia, the civil liberties and privacy communities, State governments, international partners, and the Legislative and Executive Branches. Cybersecurity policy includes strategy, policy, and standards regarding the security of and operations in cyberspace, and encompasses the full range of threat reduction, vulnerability reduction, deterrence, international engagement, incident response, resiliency, and law enforcement, diplomacy, military, and intelligence missions as they relate to the security and stability of the global information and communications infrastructure. Details: Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President of the United States, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 155194

Author: Crago, Anna-Louise Title: Our Lives Matter: Sex Workers Unite for Health and Rights Summary: This report highlights the innovative contributions of eight groups from very different countries: Durjoy Nari Shongho in Bangladesh, Humanitarian Action in Russia, Stella in Canada, Durbar Mahila Samanwaya Committee (DMSC) in India, Sex Workers Project of the Urban Justice Center in the United States, Odyseus in Slovakia, Davida in Brazil, and Sex Worker Education and Advocacy Taskforce (SWEAT) in South Africa. Details: New York: Open Society Institute, 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Law and Legislation Shelf Number: 115193

Author: United States Commission on Civil Rights Title: Enforcing Religious Freedom in Prison Summary: This report focuses on the government's efforts to enforce federal civil rights laws prohibiting religious discrimination in the administration and management of federal and state prisons. The Constitution provides for prisoners retaining some rights of religious exercise. With the intent of furthering religious freedom in prisons while maintaining security, the Commission developed findings and recommendations based on its social science research, case law review, briefing testimony, and interrogatory responses received from the Department of Justice, several state and federal prisons, various prisoner advocacy groups, and other organizations. Details: Washington, DC: 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 113590

Author: United States Department of Justice. Office of the Community Oriented Policing Services Title: The Stop Snitching Phenomenon: Breaking the Code of Silence Summary: In order to ascertain the "stop snitching" phenomenon and how it is affecting important issues such as witness cooperation, clearance rates, and police departments' overall ability to bring criminals to justice, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) undertook this project with support by the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services to survey 300 law enforcement agencies and to gather together more that 100 criminal justice officials and community leaders to discover what is driving the stop snitching movement. The intent was to use that knowledge to develop programs and partnerships to address the issue. This report includes case studies documenting successful law enforcement and community approaches that have been implemented. Details: Washington, DC: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Community Relations Shelf Number: 115205

Author: Majd, Katayooh Title: Hidden Injustice: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth in Juvenile Courts Summary: The juvenile justice system has seen increasing reform efforts, but absent from the efforts has been a focus on the unique experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) court-involved youth. The report represents the first effort to examine the experiencs of these LGBT youth in juvenile courts across the country. Information was gathered from interviews and surveys with juvenile justice professionals, including judges, defense attorneys, prosecutors, probation officers, detention staff, and other juvenile justice advocates; focus groups and interviews of youth and an extensive review of relevant social science and legal research findings. Details: San Francisco: Legal Services for Children and the National Center for Lesbian Rights; Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homosexuality Shelf Number: 117058

Author: Arnott, Jayne Title: Rights Not Rescue: A Report on Female, Male, and Trans Sex Workers' Human Rights in Botswana, Namibia, and South Africa Summary: This study deployed qualitative methodologies to produce a rich data set illustrating the complexities of the issues confronted by sex workers in Botswana, Namibia, and South Africa. Researchers held focus groups in order to engage respondents in joint discussion regarding their working conditions and experiences before moving into collecting more in-depth information related to health and rights. Upon completion of the research, the proposed findings and recommendations were presented to a focus group of study participants. Their suggestions helped to refine and prioritize the recommendations. Details: New York: Open Society Institute, 2009 Source: Open Society Institute Public Health Program Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Botswana Shelf Number: 115745

Author: Bostwick, Lindsay Title: Examining At-Risk and Delinquent Girls in Illinois Summary: Many risk and protective factors are applicable to both boys and girls, but girls are more affected by risk factors that are physiological and relational. The unique needs of girls, including sexually-transmitted disease, teenage pregnancy, substance abuse, mental health issues, abuse, and exploitation, as well as their patterns of delinquency warrant gender-specific programming. This report examines risk factors of girls in Illinois including individual, family, and school risk factors. Also examined are delinquent girls at arrest, detention, and corrections stages in the juvenile justice system. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 115555

Author: Virginia. State Crime Commission Title: HJR 113 (2008) Final Report: Study of Virginia's Juvenile Justice System: To the Governor and the General Assembly of Virginia Summary: From the executive summary: "during the 2006 Session of the Virginia General Assembly, Delegate Brian Moran introduced House Joint Resolution 136 (HJR 136), which directed the Virginia State Crime Commission to study the Virginia juvenile justice system over a two-year period. Specifically, the Commission was to examine recidivism, disproportionate minority contact within the juvenile justice system, quality of and access to legal counsel, accountability in the courts, and diversion. The Commission was also tasked with analyzing Title 16.1 of the Code of Virginia to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of current statutes and procedures relating to juvenile delinquency. Because of the detailed information that was produced during the first two years of the study, an additional year was needed to fully examine the newly-identified issues in conjunction with the current matters cited in the initial resolution." Details: Richmond, Commonwealth of Virginia, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 116673

Author: Virginia. Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Use of Anti-Gang Statutes Contained in the Code of Virginia Summary: From the report: "In June 2006, Governor's Executive Order 15 formalized Virginia's Interagency Anti-Gang Workgroup to monitor the progress of Virginia's gang initiatives and to make recommendations for strengthening Virginia's anti-gang activities. In 2007, the Interagency Anti-Gang Task Force asked the Department of Criminal Justice Services to examine the use and effectiveness of certain gang legislation that was enacted during the last several years. Law enforcement agencies and Commonwealth's Attorneys offices throughout the state were surveyed to solicit information about the statutes from persons involved in the enforcement and prosecution of gang-related crime. A total of 120 Commonwealth's Attorneys and 216 personnel from law enforcement agencies were asked to complete the survey." Details: Richmond: 2008 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 115372

Author: National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University Title: Behind Bars II: Substance Abuse and America's Prison Population Summary: This new report constitutes the most exhaustive analysis ever undertaken to identify the extent to which alcohol and other drugs are implicated in the crimes and incarceration of America's prison population. This report, following more than a decade after CASA's initial analysis, finds that despite greater recognition of the problem and potential solutions, we have allowed the population of substance-involved inmates crowding our prisons and jails -- and the related costs and crimes -- to increase. Details: New York: The Center, 2010 Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 117674

Author: Iowa. Governor's Youth Race & Detention Task Force Title: Full Report: Governor's Youth Race & Detention Task Force, Response to Executive Order 5 Summary: From the report: "In May 2007, the first meeting of the Governor's Youth Race and Detention Task Force (YRDTF) was held. Created by Governor Chester J. Culver, the group's goal has been to assist in reducing the overrepresentation of minority youth in juvenile detention. The Task Force's membership includes a broad representation from state government, law enforcement, prosecution, defense, Human Services, Corrections, the American Civil Liberties Union of Iowa, Education and community members. This Full Report is the culmination of the Task Force's responsibilities." Details: Iowa: Criminal & Juvenile Justice Planning (CJJP), 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 116682

Author: Burd, Steffani A. Title: The Impact of Information Security in Academic Institutions on Public Safety and Security: Assessing the Issues and Developing Solutions for Policy and Practice Summary: From the abstract: "Academic institutions face a barrage of information security incidents such as data theft, malicious software infections, hacks into their computer networks, and infiltration of other entities via their networks. Adverse impacts of these incidents include compromised private data and intellectual property, substantial financial losses, and potential threats to critical infrastructure, public safety, and national security. Despite these issues, little research has been conducted at the policy, practical theoretical levels, and few policies and cost-effective controls have been developed. The purpose of this research study was to address the need for objective data and to develop a practical roadmap for policy and practice. Study design incorporated quantitative field survey, qualitative interview, and empirical network analysis methods." Details: New York: Columbia University Teachers College, 2006 Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Cybersecurity Shelf Number: 115361

Author: Logan, T.K. Title: Human Trafficking in Kentucky Summary: From the executive summary: "Within the context of both national and state level concern about human trafficking, Kentucky has been working to address the issues and needs of human trafficking through training, task forces and the passage of state legislation criminalizing human trafficking. As one critical interim step in addressing human trafficking in Kentucky, a statewide needs assessment was developed and conducted. This report summarizes the methods and results of a statewide needs assessment to better understand the scope and extent of human trafficking knowledge and cases in Kentucky. Overall 140 respondents provided information between September 2006 and June 2007 with a response rate of 86%." Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 115824

Author: New Jersey. Commission of Investigation Title: Gangland Behind Bars: How and Why Organized Criminal Street Gangs Thrive in New Jersey's Prisons...And What Can Be Done About It Summary: From the executive summary: "This document presents the results of an unprecedented investigation pursued by the State Commission of Investigation (SCI) from the streets of New Jersey's cities and suburbs and into the cellblocks of the State's largest correctional institutions. It incorporates a comprehensive summary of findings and a detailed set of recommendation for systemic reform and is based upon a thorough investigative record developed over the course of more than two years, including interviews and sworn testimony from scores of witnesses, field surveillances, data and accounting analyses, and examination of thousands of pages of documentary materials obtained from DOC and other official and unoffical sources." Details: Trenton, NJ: Commission of Investigation, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 115200

Author: Neiman, Samantha Title: Crime, Violence, Discipline, and Safety in U.S. Public Schools: Findings from the School Survey on Crime and Safety: 2007-08. Summary: From the introduction: "[t]his report presents findings on crime and violence in U.S. public schools, using data from the 2007-08 School Survey on Crime and Safety (SSOCS:2008). First administered in school year 1999-2000 and repeated in school years 2003-04, 2005-06, and 2007-08, SSOCS provides information about school crime-related topics from the perspective of schools. Developed and managed by the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) within the Institute of Education Sciences and supported by the Office of Safe and Drug-Free Schools of the U.S. Department of Education, SSOCS asks public school principals about the frequency of incidents, such as physical attacks, robberies, and thefts, in their schools. Portions of this survey also focus on school programs, disciplinary actions, and the policies implemented to prevent and reduce crime in schools." Details: Washington, D.C.: National Center for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 114863

Author: Eisenberg, Mike Title: Validation of the Wisconsin Department of Corrections Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: Probation and parole agencies across the country use risk assessment instruments to predict the likelihood that individuals under supervision will reoffend. Like other departments across the nation, the Division of Community Corrections of the Wisconsin Department of Corrections requires that the "Admission to Adult Field Caseload" risk classification instrument be completed for all felony and assaultive misdemeanor cases at the time an offender is admitted to field supervision. This instrument, commonly referred to as the DOC 502, is used not only to estimate risk probabilities for supervision purposes, but also to help determine staff workload and deployment. The DOC 502 risk assessment instrument was last validated in 1984 and department officials have sought to examine the validity of their risk instrument on a more contemporaneous population. To address the need for revalidation, the Wisconsin Department of Corrections contracted with the Council of State Governments Justice Center to conduct a validation study of the DOC 502 risk assessment instrument. This report reviews general issues associated with the use of risk assessment instruments in classifying offenders and presents the results of a validation study of the DOC 502 risk assessment instrument. Validity of risk assessment instruments is the most important supportive principle behind the proper utilization of these instruments. Namely, the instruments' predictions must be supported by research showing it can identify different groups of offenders with different probabilities of reoffending. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2009. 56p. Source: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/WIRiskValidationFinalJuly2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 116250

Author: Cook, Paul J. Title: Service Academy 2005 Sexual Harassment and Assault Survey Summary: This report provides results of a servey designed to assess the incidence of sexual assault and harassment and related issues at the U.S.Service Academies. Details: Arlington, VA: Defense Manpower Data Center, Survey & Program Evaluation Division, 2005 Source: SRA International, Inc; Defense Manpower Data Center; DMDC Report: no. 2005-018 Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offenses Shelf Number: 117610

Author: Asquith, Stewart Title: Recovery and Reintegration of Chidlren from the Effects of Sexual Exploitation and Related Trafficking Summary: This report explores the wide range of initiatives, projects and programs available to support sexually exploited children through the recovery and reintegration process. These include psychosocial, family, community, shelter-based and residential-based initiatives, and the provision of child protection service in general. Details: Geneva: Oak Foundation, 2008. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 117771

Author: Wang, Shirley Kohsin Title: Rape: How Women, the Community and the Health Sector Respond Summary: This review documents currently available research findings on the perceptions of adult women victims of sexual violence, their responses to incidents of sexual violence, and the types of interventions available to address issues of sexual violence, and to meet various needs of victims in the aftermath of assault. Details: Geneva: World Health Organization, 2007. 127p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 117317

Author: Olson, David E. Title: Final Report: The Impact of Illinois' Truth-in-Sentencing Law on Sentence Lengths, Time to Serve and Disciplinary Incidents of Convicted Murderers and Sex Offenders Summary: Truth-in-sentencing (TIS) policies require those convicted and sentenced to prison to serve at least 85 percent of their court-imposed sentence and often results in inmates serving longer periods of incarceration. This study seeks to answer two of the key questions regarding the implementation of Illinois' TIS law as it pertains to convicted murders and sex offenders: 1) has TIS changed the sentence lengths and lengths of time to serve in prison for murderers and sex offenders, and if so, to what degree, and 2) has TIS had an influence on the extent and nature of disciplinary infractions to these inmates. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2009. 54p. Source: Loyola University Chicago, Department of Criminal Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Murderers Shelf Number: 115343

Author: European Monitoring Centre for Drugs Title: Methamphetamine: A European Union Perspective in the Global Context Summary: This study focuses on the supply and use of methamphetamine in Europe. It provides a condensed review of key issues relevant to understanding how Europe stands vis-a-vis the global methamphetamine problem today. Details: Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, 2009. 30p. Source: EMCDDA-Europol Joint Publications No. 1 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 115669

Author: Bennett, David M. Title: Jail Capacity Planning Guide: A Systems Approach Summary: This guide describes key population management strategies that have as their foundation the necessity of holding offenders accountable while making judicious use of detention resources. The guide also makes the case for the importance of identifying offenders who pose higher risks and targeting them for the most intensive correctional resources, making available a full continuum of alternatives to jail, relying on evidence based sanctions and quality treatments, and building in transition and stepdown options from jails. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2009. 81p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 117698

Author: Schanzer, David Title: Anti-terror Lessons of Muslim-Americans Summary: In the aftermath of the attacks on September 11, 2001, and subsequent terrorist attacks elsewhere around the world, a key counterterrorism concern is the possible radicalization of Muslims living in the United States. Yet, the record over the past eight years contains relatively few examples of Muslim-Americans that have radicalized and turned toward violent extremism. This project seeks to explain this encouraging result by identifying characteristics and practices in the Muslim-American community that are preventing radicalization and violence. Details: Durham, NC: Sanford School of Public Policy, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Muslims Shelf Number: 117774

Author: Shiner, Max Title: Civil Gang Injunctions: A Guide for Prosecutors Summary: As gang crime continues to escalate across the country, prosecutors, law enforcement, community leaders, and allied professionals continually seek innovative methods to reduce the spread of gang-related criminal activity. One method, pioneered by the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office, is the use of gang injunctions. This publication introduces prosecutors and law enforcement agencies to the specific steps necessary to put into place this innovative innovative and effective process. Details: Alexandria, VA: American Prosecutors Research Institute, 2005. 55p. Source: Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 117313

Author: Murray, Joseph Title: Effects of Parental Imprisonment on Child Antisocial Behaviour and Mental Health: A Systematic Review Summary: This review assesses evidence on parental imprisonment as a predictor of child antisocial behavior (including criminal behavior) and poor mental health. It also assesses evidence on the possible causal effects of parental imprisonment on these outcomes, and investigates whether characteristics of children, parents, prisons, and wider social and penal settings might moderate the effects of parental imprisonment on children. Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2009. 105p. Source: Campbell Systematic Review; 2009:4 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates; Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 116509

Author: Smith, Barbara Title: Helping Children Exposed to Domestic Violence: Law Enforcement and Community Partnerships Summary: The study sought to reveal current practices and develop detailed case studies of promising approaches to help children exposed to domestic violence. The findings can help communities replicate promising approaches. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, Center on Children and the Law; San Diego: Association of Governments, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2001 128p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence, Family Violence, Child Witnesse Shelf Number: 117721

Author: Jucovy, Linda Title: Reaching Through the Cracks: A Guide to Implementing the Youth Violence Reduction Partnership Summary: This report outlines the Youth Violence Reduction Partnership, a collaboration between Philadelphia city agencies and community groups to steer at-risk youth away from violence through supervision and support, and provides a manual for planning and managing it. Details: Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures, 2008 80p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juveniles, Juvenile Offenders, Community Participa Shelf Number: 117722

Author: New York State Commission on Sentencing Reform Title: The Future of Sentencing in New York State: Recommendations for Reform Summary: This report calls for reforms to New York State drug laws; determinate sentencing, graduated and sanctions for parole violators are among the other recommendations offered. Details: Albany: New York State Commission on Sentencing Reform, 2009. 256p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy Shelf Number: 113484

Author: Egli, Nicole Title: Effects of Drug Substitution Programs on Offending among Drug-Addicts Summary: Drug abusers are generally more involved in crime, in particular property crime, than people who are not drug abusers. Substitution programs have been developed in order to improve drug users' quality of life and to decrease their criminal involvement. Several evaluations, but not all, have reported crime reductions following substitution therapies based on heroin and methadone prescription. This review is aimed at gaining an overall picture on the respective effects of prescription of methadone vs. heroin and other substances. Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2009. 36p. Source: Campbell Systematic Review; 2009:3 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 116316

Author: Gorvin, Ian Title: Targeting Blacks: Drug Law Enforcement and Race in the United States Summary: Using 2003 data from 34 states on those newly entering prison because of drug offense convictions, this report documents state by state the dramatically higher proportion and rate at which blacks are sent to prison for drug offenses, compared to whites. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2008. 64p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 117802

Author: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Title: Guidelines for Community Supervision of DWI offenders Summary: The guidelines presented in this document are intended to provide a framework for developing, implementing and operating effective programs for the community supervision of DWI offenders. These strategies are recommended to achieve the best possible outcomes and to provide a structure from which to build a solid approach and direction to ensure long-term public safety by reducing recidivism through offender behavioral change. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008. 96p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 117803

Author: Greene, Judith Title: Downscaling Prisons: Lessons from Four States Summary: This report summarizes reforms and policies that have helped reduce prison populations in New York, Michigan, New Jersey, and Kansas. Policies discussed include sentencing reforms, alternatives to prison, reducing time served, and evaluation of parole policies. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 117707

Author: Sanneh, Sia Title: Dignity Denied: The Effect of Zero Tolerance Policies on Students' Human Rights: A Case Study of New Haven, Connecticut, Public Schools Summary: This report examines how the involvement of the criminal justice system in school discipline policies and practices causes deprivations of human rights for children in four key areas: the right to be free from discrimination, the right to education, the right to proportionality in punishment, and the right to freedom of expression. Drawing on a case study of the New Haven, Connecticut, public school system, this report describes the effects of the school-to-prison pipeline -- the process whereby discipline policies channel students out of school and into the criminal justice system -- and provides recommendations for improving policies and practices in order to ensure that students enjoy a safe and high-quality education without sacrificing their human rights. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union; Hartford, CT: American Civil Liberties Union of Connecticut, 2008. 48p. Source: Yale Law School, Allard K. Lowenstein International Human Rights Clinic Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 116255

Author: Carpenter, Christopher Title: Alcohol Regulation and Crime Summary: This working paper provides a critical reviw of research in economics that has examined causal relationships between alcohol use and crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper Series; no. 15828 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 117807

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Release Planning for Successful Reentry: A Self-Assessment Tool for Corrections Summary: This self-assessment tool is designed to aid correctional administrators in evaluating and improving their release planning practices. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 97p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 117806

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Demographic Differences in Federal Sentencing Practices: An Update of the Booker Report's Multivariate Regression Analysis Summary: In 2006, the United States Sentencing Commission undertook a review of the impact on federal sentencing of the Supreme Court's decision in United States v. Booker. As part of the review, the Commission performed an analysis of data from the federal courts to examine whether differences in the length of sentenced imposed on offenders were correlated with demograhpic characteristics of those offenders. This report updates the earlier analysis. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Discretion Shelf Number: 117827

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Developing Data Driven Supervision Protocols for Positive Parole Outcomes: Final Project Report Summary: Based on data from the Georgia Parole Board's computer case management system, this study evaluates the effectiveness of three supervision protocols: positive drug test resulting in a referral to treatment, job loss followed by referral to an employment program, and chronic technical violations responded to with an administrative hearing and enrollment in a cognitive skills program. Details: Atlanta: Institute for Applied Research and the Georgia Board of Pardons and Paroles, 2009. 69p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Parole; Parolee Shelf Number: 117620

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization in Juvenile Facilities Reported by Youth, 2008-09 Summary: This report presents data from the 2008-09 U.S. National Survey of Youth in Custody and provides national and facility-based estimates of sexual victimization in juvenile correctional facilities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics Source: Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report, January 2010 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual Violence; Sex Offenses; Juvenile Correction Shelf Number: 117364

Author: Harrison, Linda Title: The Status of Parole Returns to Prison in Colorado Summary: This analysis presents data on those incarcerated in Colorado prisons between FY 2000 and FY 2007, with special focus on the parole revocation population. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Research and Statistics, 2008. 13p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 113863

Author: Frazer, M. Somjen Title: The Impact of the Community Court Model on Defendant Perceptions of Fairness: A Case Study at the Red Hook Community Justice Center Summary: This report presents the results of a research project comparing defendant perceptions of fairness in the Red Hook Community Justice Center and a traditional centralized criminal court. The research project had two main goals: 1)to compare defendant perceptions of fairness at the Center and the traditional criminal court and 2) to identify the predictors of defendant perceptions. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2006. 41p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 117874

Author: Cook, Michelle D. Title: Statewide Process and Comparative Outcomes Study of 2003 Iowa Adult and Juvenile Drug Courts Summary: A statewide evaluation of the six adult and three juvenile drug courts in operation during calendar year 2003 was conducted. Completion rates, recidivism, substance abuse treatment, and supervision and placement (juveniles only) costs were examined by model (judge and community panel) and by judicial district. In addition, adult drug court participants were compared with a group of offenders who were screened and declined or were rejected by drug court in 2003 (referred) and a sample of offenders starting probation in 2003 (probationer). The adult participant and comparison groups were tracked from their entry into drug court, or the study, through December 31, 2007. This yielded an average post-program follow-up time of almost 3 years for drug court participants. For the juvenile portion, drug court participants were compared with a group matched on several demographic and offense variables (matched comparison group) and juveniles referred to drug court who did not enter the program (referred comparison group). The juvenile participant and comparison groups were tracked from their entry into drug court, or the study, through approximately 16 quarters after program discharge, with an end date of December 31, 2007. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, 2009. 169p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 117711

Author: Anspach, Donald F. Title: Part 1 -- Process Evaluation of Maine's Statewide Adult Drug Treatment Court Program Summary: This is the first of three reports about Maine's statewide drug court program. The report details the referral process and evaluates how various components of the drug court model - drug testing, sanctions, and treatment contribute to participant success. Details: Augusta, ME: Maine State Office of Substance Abuse, Division of Behavioral and Developmental Services, 2005. 24p. Source: University of Southern Maine, Department of Sociology Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 113542

Author: Guterbock, Thomas M. Title: Evaluation Study of Prince William County Police Illegal Immigration Enforcement Policy: Interim Report Summary: This interim report discusses the implementation and effectiveness of the Prince William County Police (Maryland) Department's illegal immigrant enforcement policy. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Center for Survey Research, University of Virginia; Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2009. 87p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Policing; Immigration Shelf Number: 115831

Author: Bauer, Lynn Title: Student Victimization in U.S. Schools: Results from the 2005 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: This report provides estimates of student victimization in U.S. schools based on the 2005 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The report presents five sections of results. The first two sections discuss the prevalence and type of student victimization at school and selected characteristics of victims, including their demographic characteristics and school type. The third section explores victim and nonvictim reports of conditions of an unfavorable school climate, such as the presence of gangs and weapons and the availability of drugs. The fourth section examines victimization and student reports of security measures taken at school to secure school buildings and the use of personnel and enforcement of administrative procedures at school to ensure student safety. The fifth section examines fear and avoidance behaviors of victims and nonvictims, such as skipping class or avoiding specific places at school. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences Source: Internet Resource Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: School Violence; Students, Crimes Against Shelf Number: 115191

Author: Earle, Kathleen A. Title: Child Abuse and Neglect: An Examination of American Indian Data Summary: From the executive summary: "The purpose of this research project was to obtain data regarding the current status of child abuse and/or neglect of Native children in the United States. Specifically, this project researched the path of child abuse and/or neglect (CA/N) data for Native children beginning with American Indian/Alaska Native tribes and the states in which they are located. This study was designed to gauge the accuracy of national statistics on child abuse and neglect which, it was assumed, must ultimately draw on data from the tribal level. States were surveyed in order to ascertain if they collect data from the tribes for entry into state or national data systems. Details: Seattle, WA: Casey Family Programs; Portland, OR: National Indian Child Welfare Association, 2000. 60p. Source: Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 116314

Author: Gaines, Larry Title: Police Response to Burglar Alarms Study: San Bernardino County. Summary: From the report: "The purpose of this white paper is to examine the issues and problems associated with police departments' policies and responses to false burglar alarms, especially in San Bernardino County. False alarms have become a major issue for police departments in that they consume substantial resources without resulting in an equivalent impact on crime or public safety." Details: San Bernardino, CA: Center for Criminal Justice Research, Department of Criminal Justice, California State University, 2007. 22p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 116377

Author: United States Department of Justice. Office of the Attorney General Title: Attorney General's Report to Congress on the Growth of Violent Street Gangs in Suburban Areas Summary: From the report: "This Report to Congress on the growth of violent street gangs in suburban areas was requested by the U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Appropriations. The report provides a look at the types of gangs, the regions where they operate, and the relationships of these gangs with drug trafficking organizations." Details: Washington, DC: 2008. 65p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 116521

Author: Schell, Terry Title: Police-Community Relations in Cincinnati: Year Three Evaluation Report Summary: In 2002, the Cincinnati Police Department (CPD), the Fraternal Order of Police, and the ACLU joined together in a collaborative agreement to resolve social conflict, improve community relations, and avoid litigation in Cincinnati. This third-year evaluation reports that blacks continue to bear a disproportionate share of the impact of policing services by virtue of the clustering of crime, calls for service, and policing in predominantly black neighborhoods. While there is no evidence that the police systematically or deliberately treat blacks differently, blacks nevertheless experience a different kind of policing from that experienced by whites. In particular, blacks experience more policing and particularly more of the proactive policing exemplified by Operation Vortex. While it may not be possible to field a proactive enforcement strategy that is racially neutral, much of CPD's interaction with the citizenry comes through vehicle stops. The quality, tenor, and tone of such stops are largely under police control. The department should thus pay special attention to training to ensure that these interactions are conducted consistently, courteously, and professionally. Without a concerted effort to ameliorate the disparate impact of these policies, it seems likely that black Cincinnati residents will remain less satisfied with policing services than will their white counterparts." Details: RAND Corporation, 2007. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/TR535.html Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 117374

Author: New Mexico. Governor Richardson's Task Force on Prison Reform Title: Increasing Public Safety in New Mexico Before, During and After Incarceration: New Directions for Reform in New Mexico Corrections Summary: From the executive summary: "This report examines the current corrections system in New Mexico. It proposes a comprehensive reform package to increase public safety, control prison population, and decrease recidivism rates. It also proposes a system to divert offenders, consistent with public safety, and in appropriate circumstances, from prison into treatment and other alternatives to incarceration. The Task Force recommends a more concerted effort to coordinate state resources and a shoring-up of infrastructures to treat endemic substance abuse and other behavioral health problems among offenders and ex-offenders. Additionally, the Task Force recommends the creation of new employment, education, and other opportunities for ex-offenders in order to facilitate successful reentry and transition back into the community. Details: Santa Fe, NM: 2008. 59p., app. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 116545

Author: McManus, Rob, ed. Title: Gangs and Crime in South Carolina: How Much, How Bad? Summary: From the report: "this report is designed to provide information about criminal activity attributed to gangs, victims of gang activity, gang offenders, and to provide estimates of gang membership in South Carolina's prison population and among offenders under supervision in the community. The purpose of this report is to provide reliable and objective information regarding a serious societal problem about which little information is readily available." Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2009. 145p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Activity Shelf Number: 117579

Author: Almquist, Lauren Title: Mental Health Courts: A guide to research-informed policy and practice Summary: This guide is intended to assist policymakers and practitioners in assessing the utility of mental health courts. After briefly describing who participates in mental health courts and how these courts function, this guide reviews research findings that address the extent to which mental health courts have been found to achieve their stated goals. Because mental health courts are relatively new, many unanswered questions remain on how they work, for whom, and under what circumstances; these outstanding research questions are highlighted in the final portion of this guide. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2009. 54p. Source: Internet Source: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/CSG_MHC_Research.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 116672

Author: Maryland Commission on Capital Punishment Title: Final Report to the General Assembly Summary: The Maryland Commission on Capital Punishment has reviewed testimony from experts and members of the public, relevant Maryland laws and court cases, as well as statistics and studies relevant to the topic of capital punishment in Maryland. After a thorough review of this information, the Commission recommends that capital punishment be abolished in Maryland. Sections of this report detail the findings that support the recommendations and address each major issue the Commission was charged with studying. Details: Baltimore: The Commission, 2008 133p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment,Death Penalty, Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 116469

Author: Ordonez, Karina Title: Modeling the U.S. Border Patrol Tucson Sector for the Deployment and Operations of Border Security Forces Summary: Illegal cross-border activity is a severe homeland defense and security problem along the international Southwest border. The issue of illegal human smuggling is not new to the United States-Mexico border or to law enforcement agencies; however, the phenomenon is rising and human smugglers are adjusting to law enforcement tactics. This thesis has three objectives. First, it describes and identifies the fundamental dimensions of U.S. Border Patrol operations in the busiest, most vulnerable section of the border. Second, it integrates prominent border security factors into a mathematical predictive model - the Arizona-Sonora Border (ASB) Model - that provides an illustration of possible border security operational strategies and the outcome apprehension probability of migrants given the implementation of various operational strategies. Last, this thesis seeks to provide a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamics along the USBP Tucson Sector. This picture highlights the primary challenges facing policymakers in developing innovative policies that will minimize illegal cross-border activity and secure the homeland. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2006 73p. Source: Internet source Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol, Border Security, Human Smuggling, H Shelf Number: 116481

Author: Anspach, Donald Title: Evaluation of Maine's Statewide Juvenile Drug Treatment Court Program: Fourth Year Outcome Evaluation Report Summary: This report provides a rigorous assessment of Maine's juvenile drug treatment court program and represents one of the first outcome assessments of juvenile drug court programs nationally that utilizes a quasi-experimental research design. The outcome portion of the evaluation compares arrests for 105 juvenile drug court participants who either completed the program through graduation or were expelled with a control group of 105 similarly situated adolescent offenders traditionally adjudicated. Details: Augusta, ME: Maine State Office of Substance Abuse, 2003 (4 reports) Source: Internet source Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts, Juvenile Offenders, Juvenile Correcti Shelf Number: 113543

Author: Schrock, Andrew Title: Online Threats to Youth: Solicitation, Harassment, and Problematic Content Summary: This literature review maps out what is currently known about the risks youth face and the youth who face them to further discussions about online safety. Details: Cambridge, MA: Beckman Center for Internet & Society, Harvard University, 2008 87p. Source: Internet source Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Internet, Juveniles, Shelf Number: 113908

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Economically Targeted Terrorism: A Review of the Literature and a Framework for Considering Defensive Approaches Summary: This report examines the economic consequences of terrorism. It focuses on understanding the elements that might shape terrorist decisionmaking if inflicting economic damages is a primary goal, as well as on laying out the range of defensive approaches that might be taken to protect nations from economic targeting. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND Center for Terrorism Risk Management Policy, 2007. 61p. Source: Technical Report; Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Terrorism, Economic Aspects Shelf Number: 116192

Author: Sullivan, Elizabeth Title: Deprived of Dignity: Degrading Treatment and Abusive Discipline in New York City and Los Angeles Public Schools Summary: This report examines degrading treatment and abusive disciplinary measures experienced by students of color from low-income communities in public schools in New York City and Los Angeles. It documents this destructive school culture through the lens of human rights. Details: New York: National Economic and Social Rights Initiative, 2007. 62p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 116295

Author: Hite, Randolph C. Title: Secure Border Initiative: DHS Needs to address Testing and Performance Limitations that Place Key Technology Program at Risk Summary: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Secure Border Initiative Network (SBInet) is a multiyear, multibillion dollar program to deliver surveillance and decision-support technologies that create a virtual fence and situational awareness along the nation's borders with Mexico and Canada. This report examines the effectiveness of this program and makes recommendations to the Department of Homeland Security related to the content, review and approval of test planning documentation and the analysis, disclosure, and resolution of system problems. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office Source: Internet Resource; GAO-10-158 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 113577

Author: Reuland, Melissa Title: Improving Responses to People with Mental Illnesses: Tailoring Law Enforcement Initiatives to Individual Jurisdictions Summary: A growing number of law enforcement agencies have partnered with mental health agencies and community groups to design and implement innovative programs to improve encounters involving people with mental illnesses. These specialized policing responses are designed to produce better outcomes from these encounters by training responders to use crisis de-escalation strategies and prioritize treatment over incarceration when appropriate. This publication provides guidance for jurisdictions that want to improve such interactions. Details: New York: Justice Center, Council of State Governments Source: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Assistance; Police Executive Research Forum Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 117873

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Controlling Violent Offenders Released to the Community: An Evaluation of the Boston Reentry Initiative Summary: The Boston Reentry Initiative (BRI) is an interagency initiative to help transition violent adult offenders released from the local jail back to their Boston neighborhoods through mentoring, social service assistance, and vocational development. This study uses a quasi-experimental design and survival analyses to evaluate the effects of the BRI on the subsequent recidivism of program participants relative to an equivalent control group. The study found that the BRI was associated with significant reductions -- on the order of 30 percent -- in the overall and violent arrest failure rates. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Kennedy School of Government and the Rappaport Institute for Greater Boston, 2008. 24p. Source: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/rappaport/files/braga_BRI_final.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 116690

Author: Brumbaugh, Susan Title: Suitability of Assessment Instruments for Delinquent Girls Summary: The purpose of this review is to determine the extent to which assessment instruments used with at-risk and justice-involved youth are equally appropriate and effective in assessing girls and boys. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Source: Girls Study Group Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 117335

Author: Lattimore, Pamela K. Title: Prisoner Reentry Experiences of Adult Males: Characteristics, Service Receipt, and Outcomes of Participants in the SVORI Multi-site Evaluation Summary: The Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI) funded 69 agencies in 2003 to develop programs to improve criminal justice, employment, education, health, and housing outcomes for released prisoners. This report presents findings for the adult male participants in 12 programs selected for the impact evaluation (863 SVORI participants; 834 comparison men). Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2009. 153p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 116309

Author: Lattimore, Pamela K. Title: The Multi-site Evaluation of SVORI: Summary and Synthesis Summary: The Serious and Violent Reentry Initiative (SVORI) funded 69 agencies in 2003 to develop programs to improve criminal justice, employment, education, health and housing outcomes for released prisons. This report provides an overview of all findings from the SVORI Multi-site Evaluation. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2009. 138p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 117307

Author: Hawkins, Stephanie R. Title: Reentry Experiences of Confined Juvenile Offenders: Characteristics, Service Receipt, and Outcomes of Juvenile Male Participants in the SVORI Multi-site Evaluation Summary: This report presents SVORI Multi-site Evaluation findings from the pre-release and post-release interviews conducted with released juveniles in four impact sites. It describes the characteristics, service receipt, and outcomes on juvenile males who participated in the SVORI evaluation. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2009. 138p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 117856

Author: Cowell, Alexander J. Title: An Economic Evaluation of the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative Summary: The Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI) funded agencies in 2003 to develop programs to improve criminal justice, employment, education, health, and housing outcomes for released prisoners. This report presents a detailed analysis of costs of programming before release and a cost-benefit analysis comprising costs and benefits from both before and after release. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2009. 58p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 117348

Author: Brazzell, Diana Title: From the Clasroom to the Community: Exploring the Role of Education During Incarceration and Reentry Summary: This report surveys the current landscape of correctional education, discussing both the educational needs of people involved in the criminal justice system and the programs being provided to meet those needs. It reviews research on the effectiveness of correctional education; outlines the guiding principles for effective programming; discusses the issues involved in providing education in correctional settings; and identifies some potential responses to these challenges. The report closes by looking to the future and highlighting key issues and new directions in research, policy, and practice. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 50p. Source: Internet Resource; John Jay College of Criminal Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 116495

Author: Priebe, Alexandra Title: Hidden in Plain View: The Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Girls in Atlanta Summary: This report was prepared in response to heightened awareness and concern about the commercial sexual exploitation of children, the commercial sex industry, and trafficking of young women and girls into Atlanta for the purpose of sexual exploitation. The report addresses the commercial sexual exploitation of girls by: providing analysis of the populations at risk and trends across the city; exploring the demographic and geographic characteristics of the girls being commercially sexually exploited; mapping the geographic distribution of commercial sex hot spots; describing the social and health services provided to sexually exploited girls; and describing the statutory response to the sexual exploitation of girls. Details: Atlanta, GA: Atlanta Women's Agenda, 2005. 67p. Source: Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 118083

Author: Golaszewski, Paul Title: Achieving Better Outcomes for Adult Probation Summary: This report reviews the adult probation system in California and presents recommendations for improving the system's public safety and fiscal outcomes. In general, it found that many county probation departments are not operating according to the best practices identified by experts and are underperforming in key outcome measures. It also found that the current funding model for probation provides an unintended incentive for local agencies to revoke probation failures to state prison instead of utilizing alternative community-based sanctions. Details: Sacramento, CA: Legislative Analyst's Office, 2009. 32p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Probation (California) Shelf Number: 116384

Author: Merrow, Katherine Title: Women Behind Bars: The Needs and Challenges of New Hampshire's Increasing Population of Incarcerated Women Summary: On any given day in New Hampshire the Institute estimates that there are about 430 women behind bars, plus 1,450 who are or were under correctional supervision in the community during the past year, and approximately 960 who were released from county houses of correction at some point during the past year, or 2,850 women in all. This report presents the findings of the Institute's study of women at all levels of the system, focusing on women in the county jails. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Women's Policy Institute, 2008. 29p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates (New Hampshire) Shelf Number: 115792

Author: Wisconsin. Governor's Task Force on Campus Safety Title: Final Report Summary: This report offers a set of best practice criteria for campuses to consider when reviewing current plans or adopting new safety practices and procedures. The criteria fall into four categories: prevention and preparedness, intervention, response and post-event activities. In each category, examples from campuses around the state and nation are used to illustrate how the recommended criteria could be used in this field. Details: Madison, WI: Wisconsin Office of Justice Assistance, 2007. 86p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 118089

Author: Byrne, Olga Title: Unaccompanied Children in the United States: A Literature Review Summary: Every year in the United States, thousands of noncitizen children who have been separated from their parents or other legal guardians undergo removal (deportation) proceedings before the Executive Office for Immigration Review. Unfortunately, pro bono legal services for these unaccompanied children are in short supply, and very few have the resources to hire their own legal counsel. This literature review seeks to inform Vera's work by sketching an overview of the published research on unaccompanied children in the United States. It also seeks to place that overview in its proper legal, institutional, and historical context. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2008. 48p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 113910

Author: Financial Crimes Enforcement Network Title: Mortgage Loan Fraud Connections With Other Financial Crimes: An Evaluation of Suspicious Activity Reports Filed by Money Services Businesses, Securities and Future Firms, Insurance Companies and Casinos. Summary: This study seeks to understand the relationship between mortgage loan fraud and other financial crime and to identify ways in which financial crime extends through multiple financial industries. Previous Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) studies have identified general trends and patterns in Suspicious Activity Reports (SARS) that documented suspected mortgage loan fraud. This study examines the activities of a group of individuals and organizations reported in depository institution SARS (SAR-DIs) for suspected mortgage loan fraud ("MLF subjects") and identifies patterns of activities associated with these MLF subjects evaluating three other types of SARSs: those filed by money services businesses (SAR-MSBs); securities brokers, securities dealers, or insurance companies (SAR-SFs); and casinos or card clubs (SAR-Cs). Details: Vienna, VA: FinCEN, 2009. 24p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crime Shelf Number: 113846

Author: Minnesota Department of Public Safety. Office of Justice Programs Title: Juvenile Justice System Decision Points Study: Strategies to Improve Minnesota's Juvenile Justice Data Summary: The Minnesota Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) completed a legislative mandate to study the Minnesota juvenile justice system's current data collection and suggest improvements for reporting summary data related to the decisions that affect a child's status within the justice system. This report provides a detailed overview of Minnesota's juvenile justice system, prioritizes decision points for data collection, dicusses disproportionate minority contact within the justice system and the impact it has on the community and provides a series of goals for improving data collection and reporting. Details: St. Paul, MN: 2010. 124p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 118090

Author: Bodenhorn, Howard Title: Crime and Body Weight in the Nineteenth Century: Was There a Relationship Between Brawn, Employment Opportunities and Crime? Summary: This paper addresses the extent to which crime in the 19th century was conditioned on body weight, using data on inmates incarcerated in Tennessee and Illinois between 1831 and 1892. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource. NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 15099 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Behavior Shelf Number: 115795

Author: Mounts, Thea Title: The impact of drugs in Washington State. Summary: This report examines several means through which alcohol and substance use affects the public health and criminal justice systems in Washington State, focusing primarily on identifying the differential geographic impact that drugs have on the state. Using data from the Comprehensive Hospital Abstract Reporting System (CHARS), it examines the prevalence rates and costs of hospitalizations that drug-related diagnoses codes. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Financial Management, Forecasting Division, 2009, 56p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse, Drug Abuse and Addiction, Drug Abus Shelf Number: 117704

Author: U.S. Department of State Title: Contemporary Global Anti-Semitism: A Report Provided to the United States Congress Summary: This report is meant to be used as a resource for increasing understanding of and informing public discourse about contemporary forms of anti-Semitism and for shaping policies to combat anti-Semitism worldwide. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of State, 2008, 81p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Semitism, Racism Shelf Number: 117823

Author: VanNostrand, Marie Title: Pretrial Risk Assessment in the Federal Court Summary: The purpose of this research effort is twofold: (i) identify statistically significant and policy relevant predictors of pretrial outcome to identify federal criminal defendants who are most suited for pretrial release without jeopardizing the integrity of the judicial process or the safety of the community, in particular release predicated on participation in an alternatives to detention program and; (ii) develop recommendations for the use of OFDT funding that supports the Federal Judiciary's alternatives to detention program. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2009, 53p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release, Judicial Process, Criminal Proce Shelf Number: 114890

Author: Cataldo, Kerry Title: Evaluation of the Colorado Integrated System of Care Family Advocacy Demonstration Programs for Mental Health Juvenile Justice Populations. Interim Report -- Year Two Summary: In 2007, the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill 07-1057, establishing the creation of family advocacy demonstration programs for youth with mental health or co-occurring disorders who are in or at-risk of becoming with the juvenile justice system. This interim report describes updates to the study design, a program description of the new rural site, the identification of comparison groups, program challenges, and preliminary data. Details: Denver, CO: Office of Research and Statistics, Division of Criminal Justice, Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2010. 48p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Family Interventions (Colorado) Shelf Number: 118088

Author: Winterfield, Laura Title: The Effects of Postsecondary Correctional Education: Final Report Summary: Increasing educational proficiency has shown promise as one strategy for assisting inmates in finding gainful employment after release and ending their involvement with the criminal justice system. This report examines the effect of prison-based postsecondary education (PSE) on offenders both while incarcerated and after release. In three state, prisoners who participated in PSE were less likely to recidivate during the first year after release. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 42p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 116311

Author: Lake, Jannifer E. Title: Southwest Border Violence: Issues in Identifying and Measuring Spillover Violence Summary: This report focuses on how policy makers would identify any spillover of drug trafficking-related violence into the United States. It provides (1) an overview of Mexican drug trafficking organization structures, how they conduct business, and the relationship between the drug trafficking organizations in Mexico and their partnerships operating here in the United States; (2) a discussion of the illicit drug trade between Mexico and the United states; (3) an analysis of the possibly nature of any spillover violence may arise; and (4) an evaluation of the available data concerning drug trafficking-related crime. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 32p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 117834

Author: Blumstein, James F. Title: Do Government Agencies Respond to Market Pressures? Evidence from Private Prisons Summary: This paper examined the role of privatization on the cost of government-provided services. It examined data on the cost of housing public and private prisoners from all 50 states over the time period 1996-2004, and found that the existence of private prisons in a state reduces the growth in per prisoner expenditures by public prisons by a statistically significant amount. Details: Vanderbilt Law and Economics Research Paper No. 03-16; Vanderbilt Public Law Review Paper No. 03-05, December 2007. 39p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons - Prisoners Shelf Number: 114351

Author: Wisconsin. Office of Justice Assistance Title: Hidden in Plain Sight: A Baseline Survey of Human Trafficking in Wisconsin Summary: This report presents an analysis of human trafficking in the state of Wisconsin. Over 1,300 sexual assault and domestic violence service providers and law enforcement and district attorney offices were surveyed with a 30% return rate. Cases were reported in urban areas like Dane, Milwaukee and Racine counties as well as in rural central and northwestern counties. The majority of victims (85%) were adults and 75% were victims of sex-related crimes. Language differences between victims and law enforcement and service providers as well as a fear of deportation are barriers to victims seeking help, respondents reported. Details: Madison, WI: Office of Justice Assistance, 2008. 83p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Wisconsin) Shelf Number: 110814

Author: Beck, Jack Title: Heathcare in New York Prisons, 2004-2007: A Report by the Correctional Association of New York Summary: This report describes the conditions of heathcare in New York State prisons from 2004-2007. It is based on information gathered during 19 monitoring visits and notes administrative factors that can negatively affect care, such as vacancies and low salaries of medical personnel. It also makes recommendations for improvement of medical care provided to state inmates. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2009. 87p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Medical Care Shelf Number: 113844

Author: Gilroy, Leonard C. Title: Public-Private Partnerships for Corrections in California: Bridging the Gap Between Crisis and Reform Summary: With a correctional system strained by severe overcrowding, a state fiscal crisis and a recent federal order to reduce the prison population by over 40,000 inmates, there are no silver bullet solutions to California's prison crisis. This report asserts that public-private partnerships offer a powerful policy option as part of a comprehensive strategy address California's corrections crisis. Details: Los Angeles: Reason Foundation and the Howard Jarvis Taxpayers Foundation, 2010. 72p. Source: Policy Study 381 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (California) Shelf Number: 118091

Author: Hawes, Catherine Title: Detecting, Addressing and Preventing Elder Abuse in Residential Care Facilities Summary: This study examined state procedures for detecting, investigating, resolving, and preventing elder abuse in residential care facilities. Such facilities include assisted living facilities, personal care homes, domiciliary care homes, adult congregate living facilities, adult care homes, and shelter care homes. Details: College Station, TX: Program on Aging & Long Term Care Policy, School of Rural Public Health, Texas A&M Health Science Center, 2009. 121p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 118092

Author: Bauldry, Shawn G. Title: Mentoring Formerly Incarcerated Adults: Insights from the Ready4Work Reentry Initiative Summary: This report explores mentoring within the context of a larger programmatic strategy as a tool for supporting successful reentry among the formerly incarcerated. It describes how mentoring was implemented in the Ready4Work sites, the extent to which mentoring was attractive to participants, the types of adults who volunteered to serve as mentors and how receipt of mentoring services was related to participant outcomes. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Public/Private Ventures, 2009. 40p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders (Employment) Shelf Number: 113915

Author: Robertson, James R. Title: Jail Planning and Expansion: Local Officials and Their Roles. 2nd ed. Summary: This document describes a process to help elected officials and other policymakers develop jail facilities. It outlines all participants' roles, the decisions they make, and the products they create. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 49p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 117742

Author: Hamilton, Zachary Title: Do Reentry Courts Reduce Recidivism? Results from the Harlem Parole Reentry Court Summary: The Harlem Parole Reentry Court was established in June of 2001 in response to the high concentration of parolees returning to the East Harlem neighborhood of Manhattan. The Reentry Court provides intensive judicial oversight, supervision and services to new parolees during the first six months following release from state prison. This report assesses the impact of the Harlem Parole Reentry Court following program modifications that were implemented after an initial formative evaluation. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 40p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 118154

Author: Cusick, Gretchen Ruth Title: Crime During the Transition to Adulthood: How Youth Fare as They Leave Out-of-Home Care Summary: This study examines criminal behavior and criminal justice system involvement among youth making the transition from out-of-home care to independent adulthood. It considers the importance of earlier experiences with maltreatment and within the child welfare system on criminal behavior during the transition to adulthood. In addition, it examines whether social bonds predict criminal behavior and the risk for criminal justice involvement among former foster youth. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 83p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 118076

Author: Manwaring, Max Title: Street Gangs: the new urban insurgency Summary: The primary thrust of the monograph is to explain the linkage of contemporary criminal street gangs (that is, the gang phenomenon or third generation gangs) to insurgency in terms of the instability it wreaks upon government and the concomitant challenge to state sovereignty. Although there are differences between gangs and insurgents regarding motives and modes of operations, this linkage infers that gang phenomena are mutated forms of urban insurgency. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: Strategic Studies Institute, U.S. Army College, 2005, 47p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 116540

Author: Wyler, Liana Title: International Illegal Trade in Wildlife: Threats and U.S. Policy Summary: This report focuses on the international trade in terrestrial fauna, largely excluding trade in illegal plants, including timber, and fish and how it relates to U.S. Policy Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2008, 50p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 115335

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Anti-money laundering: improved communication could enhance the support FinCEN provides to law enforcement Summary: Financial investigations are used to combat money laundering and terrorism financing, crimes that destablize national economies and threaten global security. This report examines the extent to which the law enforcement community finds FinCEN's support useful in its efforts to investigate and prosecute financial crimes. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009, 39p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Global Security Shelf Number: 115337

Author: McManus, Rob Title: Nowhere to run, nowhere to hide: a profile of domestic violence in South Carolina Summary: This report provides a statewide statistical overview of domestic violence based on analysis of South Carolina Incident Based Reporting System data from 1991 - 2004. It also incorporates FY 2004 - 05 client data from the South Carolina Department of Probation, Parole and Pardon Services linked to criminal record history data to crime profile of domestic violence offenders under community correction supervision. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2006, 130p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 117597

Author: McManus, Rob Title: Recidivism among sex offenders in South Carolina Summary: This report replicates the BJS report which analyzed recidivism among sex offenders released from prisons in several states in 1994 examining recidivism for a cohort of sex offenders released from South Carolina prisons in 2001. It expands upon this analysis by also examining recidivism among a cohort of offenders admitted to community correctional supervision in 2001. Undertaken as part of a multi-site initiative, the results will be included in a forthcoming publication of the Research and Statistics Association. Details: Columbia, SC: South Carolina Department of Corrections, South Carolina Department of Probation, Parole and Pardon Services, South Carolina Budget & Control Board, South Carolina Department of Public Safety, 2007, 81p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 117598

Author: DeHart, Dana D. Title: Poly-Victimization Among Girls in the Juvenile Justice System: Manifestations and Associations to Delinquency Summary: This study examines data on girls' victimization and later juvenile offending in order to determine the range, diversity, and co-occurrence of various types of violence by girls over their lifespan. Details: Columbia, SC: Center for Child & Family Studies, College of Social Work, University of South Carolina, 2009. 43p. Source: Report Submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 118221

Author: Rumbaut, Ruben G. Title: The Myth of Immigrant Criminality and the Paradox of Assimilation: Incarceration Rates Among Native and Foreign-Born Men Summary: Using data from the U.S. census and other sources, this report indicates that for every ethnic group in the U.S., incarceration rates among young men are lowest for immigrants. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Law Foundation, 2007. 16p. Source: Special Report Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 114785

Author: Arostegui, Julie Title: Greater Cincinnati Human Trafficking Report Summary: This report summarizes research and an analysis of laws, ordinances, and regulations applicable to human trafficking in greater Cincinnati. It includes findings from a survey of law enforcement officials, social service providers, healthcare providers, attorneys, city and county leaders, non-governmental organizations, media, and faith-based organizations. It concludes with recommendations for the city and community leaders to take to begin addressing the issue. Details: Cincinnati, OH: National Underground Railroad Freedom Center, 2009. 30p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Cincinnati, Ohio) Shelf Number: 117676

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Youth in Minnesota Correctional Facilities: Responses to the 2007 Minnesota Student Survey Summary: This report presents the results of the Minnesota Student Survey, a survey administered every three years to public school students. This 2007 survey was also administered to youths attending schools in 15 juvenile correctional facilities. The survey is a 126 item questionnaire that includes questions about a wide variety of youth attitudes, behaviors and health indicators. Analyses examined differences in responses between public school students and students in juvenile correctional facilities. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2008. 55 p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Inmates Shelf Number: 118095

Author: Block, Andrew Title: Don't Throw Away the Key: Reevaluating Adult Time for Youth Crime in Virginia Summary: This report calls on Virginia policy makers to reexamine the state's current system for trying youth as adults. The report examines the impact of the 1996 legislative changes in Virginia that dramatically curtailed the decision making power of juvenile court judges, and finds that the law is overly broad, unbalanced, can be unfairly applied, and can lead to increases in youth re-offending rates. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Legal Aid Justice Center, Just/Children, 2009. 37p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts (Virginia) Shelf Number: 117724

Author: Roman, John K. Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis of Reclaiming Futures Summary: This report outlines and costs and benefits of the Reclaiming Futures initiative, a community-based demonstration project to combat juvenile drug use and delinquency. The evaluation found improvements in treatment delivery and effectiveness, cooperation and information-sharing among service providers, and family involvement in youth care. Details: Portland, OR: Reclaiming Futures National Program Office, Portland State University, 2010. 37p. Source: A Reclaiming Futures National Evaluation Report Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 117814

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: Bernalillo County Metropolitan Court DWI-Drug Court Stage One Outcome Study Summary: This study begins with a literature review describing drug courts and DWI courts in general, and then goes on to examine the operation of the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Court DWI-Drug Court program. It presents an analysis and discussion of client data and factors affecting graduation and recidivism for the Bernalillo program. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2009. 48p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 117716

Author: Schwartz, Jeffrey A. Title: A Guide to Preparing for and Responding to Jail Emergencies: Self-Audit Checklists, Resource Materials, Case Studies. Summary: A Guide to Preparing for and Responding to Jail Emergencies: Self-Audit Checklists, Resource Materials, Case Studies Cover This guide "will be broadly useful to U.S. jails in planning for crises, emergencies, and natural disasters and in developing the appropriate response capacities to cope with these events where they cannot be prevented" (p. vi). Six sections are contained in this publication: introduction; conducting an audit; Emergency Preparedness Self-Audit Checklist for Smaller Jails; Emergency Preparedness Self-Audit Checklist for Larger Jails; resource materials-leadership issues during crises, prevention of jail emergencies, and emergency teams; and case studies for the Maury County Jail fire, disturbance and escape at the Rensselaer County Jail (a new direct supervision jail in Troy, NY), Hurricane Andrew and the Florida Department of Corrections, and riots at Camp Hill (PA) State Correctional Institution. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2009. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://nicic.gov/guide-preparing-and-responding-jail-emergencies-self-audit-checklists-resource-materials-case Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 117140

Author: Rintels, Jonathan Title: Confronting the New Faces of Hate: Hate Crimes in America Summary: This report presents a picture of hate crime in America for recent years. It shows that hate crimes committed against Hispanics and those perceived to be immigrants has increased each of the past four years for which FBI data is avialable, and hate crimes committed against individuals because of their sexual orientation has increased to its highest level in five years. The report highlights the need for a coordinated response by every sector of society to eradicate this problem. Details: Washington, DC: Leadership Conference on Civil Rights Education Fund, 2009. 50p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 116320

Author: Price, Charlotte A. Title: Aging Inmate Population Study Summary: This report presents a picture of the elderly inmate population in North Carolina. It shows that this group has increased faster than any other inmate group over the past five years. It addresses the characteristics of the aging inmate population and the issues facing the Division of Prisons in providing efficient and effective services to this population. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Department of Correction, Division of Prisons, 2006. 31p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 118217

Author: Crank, John P. Title: Performance Criteria Under a Problem Oriented Policing Model: A Report Prepared for the Ada County Sheriffs Office Summary: In 1988, the Ada County Sheriff's Office (Idaho) transformed their patrol service delivery to a beat integrity model organized to facilitate problem oriented policing (POP). This report considers the philosophical issues and problems related to POP implementation, and addresses POP performance criteria for all agency ranks. Details: Boise, ID: Boise State University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2002. 67p. Source: Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Policing (Idaho) Shelf Number: 118233

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Arizona Title: Driving While Black or Brown: An Analysis of Racial Profiling in Arizona Summary: This report presents an analysis of highway stops and vehicle searching by the Arizona Department of Public Safety between July 1, 2006 and June 30, 2007. It focuses on who is being stopped, who is being searched, the frequency of contraband being found during searches, and the duration of highway stops. Details: Phoenix: ACLU of Arizona, 2008. 19p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Policing (Arizona) Shelf Number: 118224

Author: Clawson, Heather J. Title: Study of HHS Programs Serving Human Trafficking Victims: Final Report Summary: This report examines how the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services programs are currently addressing the needs of international and domestic victims of human trafficking in the United States, with an emphasis on identifying statutory, policy, programmatic, and other barriers to providing effective, comprehensive services to this population and possible promising practices to address these challenges. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, 2009. 48p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 118159

Author: Myers, David Title: An Evaluation of Pennsylvania's Juvenile Prosecution and Defense Capacity Building Projects Summary: This report presents the methodology and findings of an evaluation of Pennsylvania's Juvenile Prosecution and Defense Capacity Building Projects, which were implemented in 28 counties in an effort to improve their juvenile case processing capabilities, strengthen the coordination of juvenile court operations, and enhance the quality of juvenile advocacy and case preparation. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Department of Criminology, Center for Research in Criminology, 2008. 100p. Source: Prepared for the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 118168

Author: Zandbergen, Paul A. Title: Availability and Spatial Distribution of Affordable Housing in Miami-Dade County and Implications of Residency Restriction Zones for Registered Sex Offenders Summary: This study sheds light on the difficulty of finding affordable housing for sex offenders in Miami-Dade County, Florida under current local residency restrictions. Details: Miami, FL: American Civil Liberties Union of Florida, Greater Miami Chapter, 2009. 68p. Source: Prepared under a grant from the Miami Coalition for the Homeless Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Residency Restriction Zones Shelf Number: 118108

Author: Tucker, Jonathan B. Title: Trafficking Networks for Chemical Weapons Precursors: Lessons from the Iran-Iraq Was of the 1980s Summary: States seeking to produce chemical weapons (CW) typically rely on the importation of intermediate chemicals called "precursors," which have legitimate industrial applications but can also be converted into military-grade CW agents. Until recently, little open-source information was available about illicit trafficking networks for CW precursors. This study draws on two case studies to present relevant information about the methods of illicit trafficking of these chemicals. In addition, it describes the current U.S. system of dual-use export controls, indicates how it has changed since the 1980s, and identifies continuing gaps and weaknesses. Details: Monterey, CA: James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute of International Studies, 2008. 40p. Source: Occasional Paper No. 13 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Nuclear Terrorism Shelf Number: 116207

Author: Petteruti, Amanda Title: Moving Target: A Decade of Resistance to the Prison Industrial Complex Summary: This report, written to commemorate the 10th aniversary of Critical Resistance, examines the progress of reform 10 years after Critical Resistance first launched its efforts to dismantle the Prison Industrial Complex(PIC). PIC refers to the relationship between government and private interests that use imprisonment, policing, and surveillance as a solution to social political, and economic problems. According to the report, the U.S. prison industrial complex continues to find ways to expand and adapt, despite the fact that a decade-long battle against imprisonment, surveillance, and policing has educated the public about the dangers of imprisonment and helped to slow prison growth. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2008. 40p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 113071

Author: California Sex Offender Management Board Title: An Assessment of Current Management Practices of Adult Sex Offenders in California: Initial Report. 2nd ed. Summary: This report identifies the gaps in the sex offender management system in California. It identifies gaps in the following areas: investigation and prosecution, community supervision, housing, treatment, registration/notification and post supervision management. Details: Sacramento: California Sex Offender Management Board, 2008. 217p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (California Shelf Number: 111715

Author: Peterson, Richard R. Title: Predicting Pretrial Misconduct Among Domestic Violence Defendants in New York City Summary: This study developed models for predicting pretrial misconduct among domestic violence defendants arrest in New York City in the first quarter of 2001 and the third quarter of 2002, in order to determine the factors that influenced the likelihood of pretrial rearrest, as well as the factors that influenced the likelihood of pretrial failure to appear for court processing and/or pretrial reassest for new domestic violence offenses. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2008. 78p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest (New York City) Shelf Number: 112326

Author: Engel, Len Title: Priorities and Public Safety: Reentry and the Rising Costs of our Corrections System Summary: This report examines the growth of the cost of corrections in Massachusetts in contrast to government spending for other competing sectors, identifies programs that could be adopted, and describes specific reforms to bring costs under greater control. Details: Boston: Boston Foundation, 2009. 35p. Source: Understanding Boston Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment (Economic Aspects) Shelf Number: 117839

Author: Drysdale, Diana A. Title: Campus Attacks: Targeted Violence Affecting Institutions of Higher Education Summary: This report examines violence at U.S. colleges and universities, and tries to identify ways to prevent future attacks like the one at Virginia Tech in April 2007. It reviews 272 incidents of violence on campuses from 1900-2008. Details: Washington, DC: United States Secret Service, United States Department of Education, & U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2010. 33p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Violence Shelf Number: 118220

Author: Bogard, David Title: Direct Supervision Jails: The Role of the Administrator Summary: This guide is intended to provide jail administrators the necessary information needed to effectively perform their jobs. It addresses the following issues: recruiting, hiring, and promoting staff; supervision of staff; determining the number of inmates one officer can supervise effectively; staff assignments; assessing direct supervision operations; strategies for managing a direct supervision housing unit, and other administrative issues. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 66p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Administration Shelf Number: 118175

Author: McLemore, Megan Title: Barred from Treatment: Punishment of Drug Users in New York State Prisons Summary: This report by Human Rights Watch found that New York prison officials sentenced inmates to a collective total of 2,516 years in disciplinary segregation from 2005 to 2007 for drug-related charges. At the same time, inmates seeking drug treatment face major delays because treatment programs are filled to capacity. When sentenced to segregation, known as the "box", inmates are not allowed to get or continue to receive treatment. Conditions in the box are harsh, with prisoners locked down 23 hours a day and contact with the outside through visitors, packages, and telephone calls severely restricted. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2009. 53p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 113905

Author: Children's Defense Fund Title: Protect Children, Not Guns 2009 Summary: This report presents key findings on child gun deaths including firearm deaths of children and teens by: manner, state, race/Hispanic origin, year and age group. The report also provides suggests various means that can be taken to protect children and teens from gun violence. Details: Washington, DC: Children's Defense Fund, 2009. 22p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 117337

Author: Conference Board of Canada Title: The Net Federal Fiscal Benefit of CSC Programming Summary: This report presents the findings of a cost-benefit analysis of seven categories of correctional programming. The seven categories of programming were: violence prevention, family violence, substance abuse, sex offender, living skills, education, and employment. The cost-benefit analysis found that most correctional program areas provide a positive fiscal net benefit to the Canadian Government. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 50p. Source: 2009 No. R-208 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs (Canada) Shelf Number: 116196

Author: Shively, Michael Title: Evaluation of the Rural Alaska Alcohol Interdiction, Investigation, and Prosecution Program Summary: This report provides results of an evaluatoin of efforts to curb the trafficking of beverage alcohol into isolated Alaskan villages with local alcohol prohibitions. The study reported the following findings: (1) the design is well-conceived and based upon a logically sound model; (2) is being implemented as intended, particularly over the past two years; (3) is organizationally stable; (4) has increased the number of arrests, prosecution, and convictions for alcohol law violations, as well as seizures of bootlegged alcohol; (5) has not produced a statistically significant impact on the target outcomes of reduced crime, accidental deaths, or injuries; and (6) may be transferable to other areas of Alaska, but is probably not transferable to most other parts of the contiguous U.S. without substantial modifications. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2008. 95p. Source: Report prepared for the U.S. National Institute of Justice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Control (Alaska) Shelf Number: 116679

Author: Atkinson, Alvin L. Title: A Multi-City Comparative Study of Community Engagement, Mobilization, and Capacity in the Overt Drug Market Elimination Initiative A.K.A. - The High Point Model. Final Report Summary: The city of Raleigh, North Carolina has been operating an Overt Drug Market Elimination Project under the name of the CHOICE Project(Creating Hope and Opportunities in Communities Everywhere). This report provides a comparative study of five communities that utilized the CHOICE Project. The intent of the study was to identify important lessons learned and insights that would enable the Choice Project to be sustained and replicated in other Raleigh Neighborhoods. Details: Winston-Salem, NC: Center for Community Safety, Winston-Salem State University, 2008. 16p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 118109

Author: Greene, Judith Title: Local Democracy on ICE: Why State and Local Governments Have No Business in Federal Immigration Law Enforcement Summary: 287(g) is a provision in federal immigration law that allows Homeland Security's Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to use local police to target immigrants for arrest without suspicion of crime. ICE described the 287(g) program as a public safety measure to target criminal illegal aliens. However, the largest impact has been on law-abiding immigrant communities. This report details findings from a year-long investigation of this provision and recommends that the ICE program be terminated. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies, 2009. 94p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 114349

Author: Martin, Laura Title: Operation Border Star: Wasted Millions and Missed Opportunities Summary: Operation Border Star is the latest in a succession of homeland security efforts implemented in Texas. In the 80th Regular Session, the Texas Legislature appropriated $110 million for border security efforts, calling for multi-agency collaboration to respond to violent crime, drug smuggling and the threat of terrorism. This report examines the data reported by eleven of the almost 40 participating local law enforcement entities who were awarded $5 million through Operation Border Star during the latter half of 2007 and into 2008, and suggests more effective strategies to make Texas safer. Details: Austin, TX: American Civil Liberties Union of Texas, 2009. 33p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (Texas) Shelf Number: 117755

Author: Tumlin, Karen Title: A Broken System: Confidential Reports Reveal Failures of U.S. Immigrant Detention Centers Summary: This report presents a system-wide look at the federal governments' compliance with its own standards regulating immigrant detention facilities. Results reveal substantial and pervasive violations of the government's minimum standards for conditions at such facilities. Details: Los Angeles: National Immigration Law Center, ACLU of Southern California, and Holland & Knight, 2009. 154p. Source: https://www.nilc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/A-Broken-System-2009-07.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 116205

Author: Advancement Project Title: Rampart Reconsidered: The Search for Real Reform Seven Years Later Summary: In 1999, allegations by a convicted former Los Angeles Department Rampart CRASH officer led to an investigation of police abuse and corruption within the Los Angeles Police Department. This report is a post-scandal check up that re-examines the underlying causes of the CRASH crisis and identifies continuing threats of corruption recurrence. It also is a proposal for actions that lock in current successes, resolve the department's longstanding problems and begin to defuse police-public hostility that still vexes high crime areas. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2006. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://assets.lapdonline.org/assets/pdf/Rampart%20Reconsidered-Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Police Corruption (Los Angeles) Shelf Number: 117107

Author: Citizens Alliance on Prisons and Public Spending Title: Denying Parole at First Eligibility: How Much Public Safety Does It Actually Buy? A Study of Prisoner Release and Recidivism in Michigan Summary: This report examined 76,721 cases of Michigan prisoners sentenced to indeterminate terms after 1981 and released for the first time from 1986 through 1999. The report answers two questions: (1) Does continuing to incarcerate people who have served their minimum sentences actually improve public safety and, if so, to what extent and at what cost?; (2) Specifically, does denying parole at the minimum only to release a person a year or two thereafter have a substantial impact on re-offense rates? Details: Lansing, MI: Citizens Alliance on Prisons and Public Spending, 2009. 74p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (Michigan) Shelf Number: 116251

Author: Cathey, Dan Title: Bernalillo County Metropolitan Court DWI-Drug Court Cost Study Summary: This study provides a review of the cost of the DWI-Drug Court program in Bernalillo County, New Mexico. The study reviews findings and measures from an analysis of the cost and program data, for example: unit cost estimates and personnel costs. Mean unit cost measures such as total program cost, cost per client day, and cost per disposition are presented. Personnel cost analyses includes the ratio of personnel costs to total costs. The study also compares current and constant dollar expenditures. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2009. 24p. Source: Prepared for Local Government Division, Department of Finance Administration, State of New Mexico, and the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Court Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 117712

Author: Coalition for Juvenile Justice Title: A Pivotal Moment: Sustaining the Success and Enhancing the Future of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act Summary: This national report, based on survey responses from 53 distinct U.S. states and territories, explores the current state of the federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act and effectively argues for a recommitment by the U.S. government to nationwide delinquency prevention and justice reform efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Coalition for Juvenile Justice, 2009. 70p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 117667

Author: National Association of Pretrial Services Agencies Title: Pretrial Diversion in the 21st Century: A National Survey of Pretrial Diversion Programs and Practices Summary: This report highlights findings from a U.S. national survey of pretrial diversion programs. The survey was intended to increase knowledge about diversion programs, create a comprehensive national directory of these programs, and promote networking, cooperation and sharing of technical expertise. Details: Washington, DC: NAPSA, 2009. 40p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Pre-Trial Intervention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 117813

Author: McLemore, Megan Title: Sentenced to Stigma: Segregation of HIV-Positive Prisoners in Alabama and South Carolina Summary: Upon entering the state prison system in Alabama, South Carolina or Mississippi, each prisoner must submit to a test for HIV. In Alabama and South Carolina, the HIV test determines where prisoners are housed, eat and worship. These prisoners are denied equal participation in prison jobs, programs, and re-entry opportunites that facilitate their transition back into society. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union and Human Rights Watch, 2010. 49p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: AIDS (Disease) Shelf Number: 118256

Author: Kirchhoff, Suzanne M. Title: Economic Impacts of Prison Growth Summary: This report provides an economic overview of the correctional sector in the United States as background for the unfolding debate over spending and other policies. It begins with information on the growth in prison populations in public and in private prisons. It also briefly explores the economic impacts of prison location. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 35p. Source: CRS Report for Congress Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Economics (Corrections) Shelf Number: 118259

Author: Hookstra, Cynthia L. Title: Adolescent Graffiti Vandalism: Exploring the Root Causes Summary: The city of Oxnard, California and its battle against graffiti vandalism is the subject of this case study. Oxnard is a microcosm of what many cities are being forced into nationwide in the perplexing battle for graffiti-free communities. With so many taxpayer dollars at stake, understanding the root causes becomes a priority for cities. A survey was prepared asking professional individuals who work with graffiti vandalism to list five factors they believe cause kids to become involved in graffiti vandalism. From those survey results, a youth survey was prepared to ask young people involved in graffiti vandalism why they felt kids become involved in graffiti vandalism. The two groups of survey results were then compared and analyzed. The results of the two surveys were almost the exact opposite of each other. The professionals see graffiti as a parental control issue and the youth see it as a peer or social activity. What causes the conflict between the two groups is the criminal aspect of graffiti, which is the destruction of property. If the criminal vandalism issue of graffiti was removed, there would be nothing to debate. Details: La Verne, CA: University of La Verne, 2009. 48p. Source: Master's Thesis Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti Shelf Number: 117713

Author: Jackson, Anita Sarah Title: Toxic Sweatshops: How UNICOR Prison Recycling Harms Workers, Communities, the Environment, and the Recycling Industry Summary: This report examines the e-waste recycling program run by Federal Prison Industries (FPI), a government owned corporation that does business under the trade name UNICOR. Key findings include: UNICOR has failed to adequately protect prisoners and staff from exposure to toxics; UNICOR has failed to protect communities from hazardous materials; and UNICOR undercuts responsible recycling businesses. Details: Oakland, CA: Prison Activist Resource Center, 2006. 56p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Industries Shelf Number: 116206

Author: Ohio Trafficking in Persons Study Commission. Research and Analysis Sub-Committee Title: Report on the Prevalence of Human Trafficking in Ohio to Attorney General Richard Cordray Summary: Law enforcement data and newspaper reports make clear that both sex trafficking and labor trafficking exist in Ohio. It is also clear that victims are native born as well as from foreign nations. This report provides an overview of existing research and for the first time offers estimates of the number of individuals who are being trafficked as well as the number who are at risk of falling victim to this type of exploitation in Ohio. Details: Columbus, OH: The Commission, 2010. 69p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor (Ohio) Shelf Number: 117621

Author: Goss, Cynthia W. Title: Increased Police Patrols for Preventing Alcohol-Impaired Driving Summary: This review assesses the effects on injuries and crashes of increased police patrols that target alcohol-impaired driving. Details: Cochrane Library, 2008, issue 4 Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 117836

Author: Buskovick, Danette Title: Domestic Violence: Results from the 2008 Minnesota Crime Victim Survey Summary: In 2007 a statewide survey was mailed to 10,000 random adults throughout Minnesota; 5,588 respones were received. The survey captured data about various person, property and identity theft crimes. This report, based upon that survey, focuses specifically on those respondents who indicated they experienced domestic violence. It offers insight on the potential association between domestic crimes in particular and victims' overall exposure to crimes in general. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, OFfice of Justice Programs, 2009. 23p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 118094

Author: Allen, Nicole A. Title: Coordinating the Criminal Justice Response to Intimate Partner Violence: The Effectiveness of Councils in Producing Systems Change Summary: This study evaluates the effectiveness of Illinois' statewide network of Family Violence Coordinating Councils across 22 judicial circuits, which were established in order to achieve an institutionalized uniform coordination of best practices in responding to intimate partner violence. Details: Champaign, IL: University of Illinois Urbana Champaign Source: Report to the U.S. Department of Justice Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Illinois) Shelf Number: 117825

Author: Petersen, Kim Title: TranSystems' Florida Seaport Security Assessment 2010 Summary: Prior to the passage of the Maritime Transportation Security Act (MTSA) in 2002, the state of Florida was extremely proactive in securing its deepwater ports with the passage of Florida Statute (FS)311.12 Seaport Security Standards in 2000. This research explores the history, impact, and areas of overlap that S 311.12 and the MTSA security standards have upon Florida's major seaports. Details: Fort Lauderdale, FL: TranSystems Corporation, 2010. 173p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Ports of Entry (Security) Shelf Number: 118262

Author: Butcher, Kristin F. Title: Crime, Corrections, and California: What Does Immigration Have to Do With It Summary: This report examines the effects of immigration on public safety in California. The assessment uses measures of incarceration and institutionalization as proxies for criminal involvement. Findings show that the foreign-born, who make up about 35 percent of the adult population in California, constitute only 17 percent of the adult prison population. Thus, immigrants are underrepresented in California prisons compared to their representation in the overall population. Details: San Francisco, CA: Public Policy Institute of California, 2008. 23p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Criminals (California) Shelf Number: 114919

Author: National Commission on ICE Misconduct and Violations of 4th Amendment Rights Title: Raids on Workers: Destroying Our Rights. A Comprehensive Analysis and Investigation of ICE Raids and Their Ramifications Summary: This Commission report documents the devastation and destruction that immigration raids had on families, workplaces and communities across the country. It offers a critical analysis of one of the central components of the Bush Administration's immigration strategy and provides a detailed account of how heavy handed enforcement tactics led to systemic abuse of workers' rights and a willful disregard for the rule of law. Details: Washington, DC: National Commission on ICE Misconduct and Violations of 4th Amendment Rights, 2009. 80p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants (U.S.) Shelf Number: 115524

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Secure Border Initiative: Technology Deployment Delays Persist and the Impact of Border Fencing Has Not Been Assessed Summary: Within the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, the Custom and Border Protection's (CBP) Secure Border Initiative (SBI) is responsible for developing a comprehensive border protection system using technology, known as SBInet, and tactical infrastructure -- fencing, roads, and lighting. The GAO was asked to provide periodic updates on the status of the program. This report addresses (1) the extent to which CBP has implemented SBInet and the impact of delays that have occurred, and (2) the extent to which CBP has deployed tactical infrastructure and assessed its results. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009. 42p. Source: Report to Congressional Requesters; GAO-09-896 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 115347

Author: Walsh, John Title: Lowering Expectations: Supply Control and the Resilient Cocaine Market Summary: Recent data from the Obama administration show that U.S. cocaine prices continued to fall through 2007, while purity remained high. The data undermined claims by Bush administration officials that supply disruptions had achieved unprecedented cocaine shortages in the United States. This report asserts that the U.S. can and should do more to reduce demand for cocaine, but a dramatic reduction in the size of the lucrative U.S. cocaine market should not be expected any time soon. A realistic and humane drug policy should focus on harm reduction - aiming to minimize the harms caused by illicit drug production, distribution and abuse, but also striving to minimize the damage done by policies meant to control drugs. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2009. 10p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 117793

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Juvenile Justice: DOJ Is Enhancing Information on Effective Programs, but Could Better Assess the Utility of This Information Summary: State juvenile justice systems in the U.S. face critical problems when it comes to juvenile delinquency issues such as reentry and substance abuse. This report reviews juvenile reentry and substance abuse program research and efforts by the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) to provide information on effective programs (i.e., whether a program achieves its intended goal) and cost-beneficial programs. This report addresses (1) expert opinion and available research on these types of reentry and substance abuse programs, (2) the extent to which OJJDP assesses its efforts to disseminate information on effective programs, and (3) OJJDP's plans to accomplish its research and evaluation goals. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009. 60p. Source: GAO-10-125 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 117747

Author: Schneider, Tod Title: Ensuring Quality School Facilities and Security Technologies: Effective Strategies for Creating Safer Schools and Communities Summary: This guidebook is intended to help educators and other members of the community understand the relationship between school safety and school facilities, including technology. It covers the following topics: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED); Planning to Apply CPTED: Key Questions to Ask; Security Technology: An Overview; and Safety Audits and Security Surveys. Details: Washington, DC: Hamilton Fish Institute, 2007. 57p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 118261

Author: Citizens Research Council of Michigan Title: Growth in Michigan's Corrections System: Historical and Comparative Perspectives Summary: The Michigan Department of Corrections is the largest program that the Michigan state government operates directly, accounting for nearly 20 percent of the current discretionary general fund. Corrections programs growth is a direct result of the dramatic increase in the number of inmates from 1973 to 2007, during which time the population grew 538 percent, or roughly 42,000 prisoners, to 50,000 inmates. The population growth is the product of a combination of several different factors including: increases in felony dispositions, swelling prison commitments, higher recidivism rates, and an increased average prisoner length of stay. Of these, the principal contributing factor is an increased average prisoner length of stay, which grew over 50 percent, from 28.4 months in 1981 to 43.5 months in 2005. Lower parole approval rates and specific policy changes aimed at being 'tough on crime' are the primary causes of longer prison stays. Details: Livonia, MI: Citizens Research Council of Michigan, 2008. 37p. Source: Report 350 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Michigan) Shelf Number: 116265

Author: Booz Allen Hamilton Title: Medical Identity Theft Final Report Summary: This report includes considerations of policy and technical approaches to addressing issues of prevention, detection, and remediation of medical identity theft. Details: Rockville, MD: Booz Allen Hamilton, 2009. 26p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Identity Theft Shelf Number: 117757

Author: Angulo, Carlos T. Title: Wrong Then, Wrong Now: Racial Profiling Before and After September 11, 2001. Summary: This report compares the practice of traditional street-level racial profiling with the post-September profiling of Arabs, Muslims, and South Asians. It concludes that profiling is just as wrong now as it was before the war on terrorism began. Details: Wsahington, DC: Leadership Conference on Civil Rights Education Fund, 2002. 51p. Source: Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 116306

Author: Kelley-Baker, Tara Title: Citizen Reporting of DUI - Extra Eyes to Identify Impaired Driving Summary: The concept of citizen reporting of impaired driving has been in place for decades in the United States but has not been carefully evaluated as a separate countermeasure. NHTSA has taken the initiative to look more closely at a citizen reporting program to assess whether such programs are potentially effective in helping to reduce impaired driving. Montgomery County, Maryland, has created a highly focused variant of the citizen reporting concept, called Operation Extra Eyes, in which private citizens are trained in DUI detection cues and equipped with communication devices so they can report suspected impaired drivers to the police more directly and quickly. Community volunteers are deployed during times of intensified enforcement, such as saturation patrols, allowing police to respond more quickly to potential violations. This activity is Supplemented by student volunteers who are stationed in arrest processing areas and assist police officers in fulfilling DUI paperwork requirements. Information for this evaluation was gathered from interviews with key participants, from surveys of patrol officers, and from surveys of Motor Vehicle Administration customers. Addition data were obtained from state and local crash records. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Office of Impaired Driving and Occupant Protection Source: Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 116482

Author: Gewirtz, Marian Title: Recidivism Among Defendants Charged with Felony Narcotics, Weapons or Sex Offenses in New York City: Final Report Summary: This report explores recidivism among New York City defendants in three specific felony-level charge categories: narcotics, weaspons, and sex offenses. The focus is on re-arrests for offenses that occurred after the instant cases were completed. Details: New York: New York Criminal Justice Agency, 2009. 58p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime (New York City) Shelf Number: 116522

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Evaluation of the FOCUS Program for DUI Offenders Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the FOCUS, Facilitating Offender CommUnity Supervision program operated by Salt Lake County Criminal Justice Services. The evaluation examined FOCUS (n=311) and DUI Probation (PROB;n=612) participants who were on supervision, pimarily, between 2004 and 2007. Both programs required participants to initiate probation, report monthly to their probation case manager, pay supervision fees, and commit no new violations. In addition, FOCUS participants were required to complete the following FOCUS conditions: bi-monthly reporting to their case manager, 47 hours of community service, attend the Victim Impact Panel, attend community panels, and complete all FOCUS assignments. Recidivism rates, as well as successful completion rates, indicate that FOCUS is having an impact on its participants and leading to better outcomes than DUI probation. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2008. 73p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 114824

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Reducing Racial Disparity in the Criminal Justice System: A Manual for Practitioners and Policymakers. Rev. ed. Summary: This manual for criminal justice practitioners, policymakers, and community organizations provides guidance on understanding and identifying the causes and manifestations of racial disparity and identifying options to address it. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2010. 66p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 118248

Author: Caliber Associates Title: Evaluation of Comprehensive Services for Victims of Human Trafficking: Key Findings and Lessons Learned Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the Services for Trafficking Victims Discretionary Grant Program -- Comprehensive Services Sites, which provides services to victims of human trafficking from the time they are identified by law enforcement and others until they are certified to receive services from the Office of Refugee Resettlement. Details: Fairfax, VA: Caliber, an ICF International Company, 2007. 81p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 117809

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Homicide in the LASD Century Station Area: Developing Data-Driven Interventions Summary: This working paper is a descriptive analysis of homicide violence from January 2000 through December 2003 in the Century Station area of the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2005. 18p. Source: Working Paper; WR-220-OJP Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide (Los Angeles, California) Shelf Number: 116493

Author: Dahlberg, Robin L. Title: A Looming Crisis: The Secure Detention of Youth After Arrest and Before Arraignment in Facilities Administered by the Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security Summary: Because most Massachusetts police departments do not have, and lack the resources to create, separate juvenile lock-up facilities, the Commonwealth has established Alternative Lock-up Programs (ALPs), free standing juvenile detention facilities that serve multiple police departments. This report examines the conditions at the non-secure facilites operated by the Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security and notes the deficiencies in these facilities. The report concludes with a number of recommendations for the improvement of the program. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union; Boston: ACLU of Massachusetts; Lynn, MA: Chidlren's Law Center for Massachusetts, 2008. 33p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention (Massachusetts) Shelf Number: 116253

Author: Golden, Megan Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis Summary: As part of the Advancement Project's effort to develop a comprehensive gang violence reduction strategy for the City of Los Angeles, the Vera Institute of Justice analyzed the costs of gang violence to government and potential savings that can result from investing in programs that have been shown empirically to reduce gang crime. This memo presents the results of that analysis. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2009. 35p. Source: Funding Analysis Cluster Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 118311

Author: Lyons, Christopher J. Title: Compounded Disadvantage: Race, Incarceration, and Wage Growth Summary: A growing body of work implicates the prison system in contemporary accounts of racial inequality across a host of social, health, economic, and political domains. However, comparatively little work has examined the impact of the massive increase in the prison system - and growing inequality in exposure to the prison system - on racial inequality over the life course. Using a unique data set drawn from state administrative records, this project examines how spending time in prison affects wage trajectories for a cohort of men over a 14-year period. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: National Poverty Center, 2008. 24p. Source: National Poverty Center Working Paper Series; #08/16 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders (Employment) Shelf Number: 118310

Author: Larence, Eileen R. Title: Combating Gangs: Federal Agencies Have Implemented a Central American Gang Strategy, but Could Strengthen Oversight and Measurement of Efforts Summary: This report reviews federal efforts to combat transnational gangs in the United States. The report addresses (1) the extent to which the federal government has developed a strategy to combat these gangs, and (2) how federal agencies have implemented the strategy and other programs to combat these gangs, coordinated their actions, and assessed their results. Details: Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, 2010. 68p. Source: GAO-10-395 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 118326

Author: TRAFFIC North America Title: Wildlife Trade Control: CAFTA-DR Regional Gap Analysis Report Summary: The trade in wild plants and animals is a complex and challenging issue, which many governments and organizations internationally have struggled with to reduce illegal and unsustainable elements. The countries that have signed the Central America - Dominican Republic - United States Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR) are no exception to this challenge. There is a clear need to understand the drivers of illegal and unsustainable trade in wildlife to formulate approaches to improve the capacity of government authorities to enforce existing laws and regulations in a coordinated manner. This project undertook analyses of the best approaches to strengthen capacity at local, national and regional levels to improve the implementation of existing wildlife laws. Details: Washington, DC: World Wildlife Fund, 2009. 59p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 118227

Author: Kerwin, Donald Title: Immigrant Detention: Can ICE Meet Its Legal Imperatives and Case Management Responsibilities? Summary: On August 6, 2009, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) announced plans to revamp its detention system, with the goal of bringing it in line with the agency's civil detention authorities. The initiative is designed to reduce the agency's reliance on local jails and private prisons, address longstanding concerns related to conditions of confinement, and centralize management of its detention system. The subsequent disclosure by ICE that 10 more detainees died in its custody between 2004 and 2007 than it had previously reported underscores the need for detention reform and, in particular, for reform of ICE information systems. This report explores whether the ICE database and case tracking system adequately serve the agency's need to adhere to its legal mandates governing bond and parole, to administer its custody review processes for post-removal order detainees, to assess the eligibility of detainees for alternative programs, and to abide by its national detention standards. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2009. 37p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 116383

Author: National Environmental Trust (U.S.) Title: Black Markets for White Gold: The Illegal Trade in Chilean Sea Bass Summary: This report is based on a systematic review and analysis of seven months of shipping data concerning international trade in Patagonian and Antarctic toothfish (sold in the U.S. as Chilean Sea Bass), as well as years of international trade and production data, and the investigative findings of other organizations. Its purpose is to identify suspicious trade that may be tied to illegal catchers of this threatened species. Details: Washington, DC: National Environmental Trust, 2004. 36p. Source: Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Fishing Shelf Number: 117320

Author: Eastern Kentucky University. Justice and Safety Center Title: Human Trafficking in the Commonwealth of Kentucky Summary: This report explores the nature and extent of human trafficking in Kentucky. After a brief introduction concerning the nature of human trafficking, the paper discusses federal and state legislation pertaining to the issue, presents research exploring the scope of the problem in Kentucky, and details the current efforts to combat trafficking within the Commonwealth. Details: Richmond, KY: Eastern Kentucky University, Justice and Safety Center, 2007. 31p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Kentucky) Shelf Number: 111020

Author: Allen, Daniel Title: Fighting Graffiti: An Investigation of Causes and Solutions Summary: Beginning in the summer of 2005 and into the following winter, the Standish-Ericsson Neighborhood Association (SENA) received a number of complaints related to graffiti. A research intern was hired and this report presents the culmination of that internship and is designed to accomplish two purposes: 1) as an investigation of the problem, and 2) to provide direction for future resident and SENA action addressing graffiti. Details: Minneapolis: Standish-Ericsson Neighborhood Association, 2006. 54p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti Shelf Number: 116297

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Reforming Juvenile Justice Systems: Beyond Treatment Summary: Reclaiming Futures is an initiative designed to improve outcomes for drug-involved youth in the juvenile justice system. The Urban Institute evaluated the initiative between 2002 and 2007. The study team assessed the dvelopment, implementation, and effectiveness of Reclaiming Futures and published a series of reports detailing their findings. This report serves as a companion to the previous evaluation reports. It describes several critical issues that were part of the context for the Reclaiming Futures initiative as well as the evaluation. This report explores the concept of evidence-based decision-making and views Reclaiming Futures through that policy lens. Details: Portland, OR: Reclaiming Futures, Portland State University, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders (Juveniles) Shelf Number: 118331

Author: Sadusky, Jane Title: Community Policing and Domestic Violence: Five Promising Practices Summary: This report outlines promising practices in the area of collaboration between police and communities in the following jurisdictions: Chicago, Illinois; Marin County, California; Duluth Minnesota; and London, Kentucky. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Battered Women's Justice Project, 2003. 125p. Source: Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 118328

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: Marijuana and Methamphetamine Trafficking on Federal Lands Threat Assessment Summary: Drug trafficking organizations, criminal groups, and independent traffickers frequently produce and transport illicit drugs, particularly marijuana and methamphetamine, in or through federal lands. The largest seizures of cannabis from federal lands have been in California and Kentucky, where the primary producers are Mexican drug trafficking organizations and Caucasian independent dealers, respectively. Mexican drug trafficking organizations and criminal groups smuggle marijuana across the Southwest Border through federal lands; Canada-based criminal groups, outlaw motorcycle gangs, and independent dealers smuggle marijuana through federal lands along the Northern Border. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2005. 14p. Source: Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 116184

Author: Taylor, Ralph B. Title: Potential Models for Understanding Crime Impacts of High or Increasing Unoccupied Housing Rates in Unexpected Places, and How to Prevent Them. Summary: This work considers how spatial and temporal variations in the rates at which residential housing becomes unoccupied are likely to affect community crime rates. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2009. 39p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 118157

Author: National Council on Crime and Delinquency Title: In Search of Evidence-based Practice in Juvenile Corrections: An Evaluation of Florida's Avon Park Youth Academy and STREET Smart Program Summary: This report presents the findings from an evaluation of the Avon Park Youth Academy Secure Care Program, which involves vocational and educational interventions, combined with the STREET Smart aftercare reentry program. Details: Madison, WI: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2009. 240p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education (Florida) Shelf Number: 117578

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: An Evolving Field: Findings from the 2008 Parole Practices Survey Summary: To examine more closely the current state of parole supervision, the Urban Institute conducted a survey of parole supervision field offices to assess the extent to which the 13 strategies outlined in Putting Public Safety First: 13 Parole Supervision Strategies to Enhance Reentry Outcomes (2008) were reflected in current practice around the country. The survey was sent to 1,550 parole supervision field offices in the 50 states and the District of Columbia. This survey covered characteristics of the field offices, backgrounds of the administrators, organizational climate and culture, collaboration, training, use and support of evidence-based practices, and supervision policies and practices as they relate to the 13 Strategies. This report presents the findings of this survey. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 57p. Source: Online Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (United States) Shelf Number: 117789

Author: Fornango, Robert J. Title: Homicide in Arizona, 2004. Summary: Using data from Supplemental Homicide Reports, law enforcement homicide case files, and autopsy reports, this report presents an analysis of homicides in Arizona for the year 2004. Major findings of the research are as follows: (1) Risk of homicide is particularly concentrated by place and socio-demographic characteristics; (2) In 2004 most Arizona homicides involved guns, drugs, and/or alcohol; and (3) The neighborhoods in which homicides occurred in 2004 differed from the typical Arizona communities. The report concludes with policy recommendations to address the problem. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2009. 37p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide (Arizona) Shelf Number: 118082

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission. Statistical Analysis Center Title: 2008 Arizona Gang Threat Assessment Summary: This 2008 survey presents information on gangs, gang activity and other pertinent information to determine the threat to public safety posed by gangs in Arizona. Findings include: (1) Gangs were reported to be active in 69 of the 99 jurisdictions that responded to the survey; (2) Close to 65 percent of agencies reported that gangs were expanding their membership and scope of activities; (3) Assault was listed by nearly 70 percent of agencies as the primary crime being committed by gangs; (4) Over three-quarter of the agencies reported that gangs were using technology to communicate; and (5) When asked about the strategies that were most effective in responding to gangs, enfocement and contact/additional patrol were the most reported stategies. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2010. 68p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Arizona) Shelf Number: 118101

Author: New York (State). Office of the State Inspector General Title: Investigation of the Waterfront Commission of New York Harbor Summary: This report asserts that the Waterfront Commission of New York Harbor has failed in its duty at the Port of New York and New Jersey by allowing numerous abuses of authority in hiring, supervision and fiscal oversight. It details the licensing of a convicted felon, misuse of federal Homeland Security funds and the failure to issue a single permanent license to harbor companies for more than a decade. Details: Albany: New York State Office of the Inspector General, 2009. 60p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 116191

Author: Fry, Deborah A. Title: Partners and Peers: Sexual and Dating Violence Among NYC Youth Summary: This report examines the prevalence and nature of sexual and dating violence in New York City area schools, including information on perpetration of sexual and dating violence, disclosure of violence, the degree of association with exposure to community violence and the degree of mutual participation in partner violence with the aim of developing effective intervention and prevention programs for youth. Details: New York: New York City Alliance Against Sexual Assault, 2008. 106p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 117569

Author: Roman, Caterina Gouvis Title: Community Organizations and Crime: An Examination of the Social-Institutional Process of Neighborhoods Summary: This report examines how local, community-based institutions and organizations are linked to social control and crime, in order to inform community development policy, research, and practices for crime control and public safety. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 66p., app. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Organizations Shelf Number: 117565

Author: Raphael, Jody Title: Domestic Sex Trafficking of Chicago Women and Girls Summary: This report examines the process by which young girls are recruited into the sex trade industry in the Chicago metropolitan area including strategies used, and levels of coercion, control, and violence that hold them in prostitution. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority and the DePaul University College of Law, 2008. 47p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes (Chicago) Shelf Number: 110737

Author: National Youth Gang Center Title: Gang Prosecution Manual Summary: This publication was brings together information on the basics of gang crime prosecution at the local level. It is a workbook designed to help local prosecutors and investigators visualize and prepare for every step of a gang-related crime prosecution, from the initial crime scene investigation to preparing and presenting the case and, finally, sentencing issues specific to gang cases. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2009. 116p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 117561

Author: Raphael, Steven Title: Improving Employment Prospects for Former Prison Inmates: Challenges and Policy Summary: This paper analyzes the employment prospects of former prison inmates and reviews recent evaluation of reentry programs that either aim to improvement employment among the formerly incarcerated or aim to reduce recidivism through treatment interventions centered on employment. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 32p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15874 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 117607

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Understanding Why Terrorist Operations Succeed or Fail Summary: This occasional paper examines the issue of why terrorist operations succeed or fail. Given the importance of this issue for security planning, there is a significant literature on the topic, and a variety of these contributions identify factors that can shape operations going well or poorly. This paper reacts to and responds to that literature and proposes an overarching framework for thinking through why attack options can have very different outcomes. In it, it is argued that such a framework is critical for security planning efforts because focusing on individual factors in isolation risks producing an overall picture that does not accurately describe terrorist behavior. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 29p. Source: Homeland Security Program; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Security Operations Shelf Number: 116319

Author: Chilenski, Sarah Meyer Title: Reducing Youth Violence and Delinquency in Pennsylvania: PCCD's Research-Based Programs Initiative Summary: This report details Pennsylvania's approach to effectively addressing juvenile crime. It presents case studies of model prevention programs being implemented throughout the Commonwealth, and describes the positive outcomes being seen in these communities. Details: University Park, PA: Prevention Research Center for the Promotion of Human Development, Pennsylvania State University, 2007. 69p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Programs (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 117566

Author: Seelke, Clare Ribando Title: Merida Initiative for Mexico and Central America: Funding and Policy Issues Summary: On October 22, 2007, the United States and Mexico announced the Merida Initiative, a multi-year proposal for $1.4 billion in U.S. assistance to Mexico and Central America aimed at combating drug trafficking and organized crime. This report provides an overview of the funding provided for the Initiative and a discussion of some policy issues that Congress may consider as it oversees implemention of the Initiative. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, Library of Congress, 2009. 28p. Source: Serial Publication; CRS Report for Congress; R40135 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Policy Shelf Number: 117767

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Would-Be Warriors: Incidents of Jihadist Terrorist Radicalization in the United States Since September 11, 2001 Summary: This paper examines the extent of jihadist radicalization in the United States, discusses who is being recruited, and assesses the domestic terrorist threat posed by the recruits. It then looks at how the recruits were identified by U.S. authorities and asks what this means for domestic counterterrorist strategy. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 20p. Source: Occasional Paper; Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Jihad Shelf Number: 118358

Author: Ferrell, Christopher E. Title: Neighborhood Crime and Travel Behavior: An Investigation of the Influence of Neighborhood Crime Rates on Mode Choice Summary: While much attention has been given to the influence of urban form on travel behavior in recent years, little work has been done on how neighborhood crimes affect this dynamic. This research project studied seven San Francisco Bay Area cities, and found substantiation for the proposition that neighborhood crime rates have an influence on the propensity to choose non-automotive modes of transportation for home-based trips. Specifically, high vice and vagrancy crime rates were associatd with a lowered probability of choosing transit in suburban cities for both work and non-work trips, high property crime rates were associated with a lower probability of walking for work trips in urban cities and inner-ring suburban cities, high violent crime rates with a lower probability of walking for work trips in suburban study cities, while higher property crime rates in San Francisco were associated with an increased probability of walking for non-work trips. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, College of Business, San Jose State University, 2008. 96p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 115201

Author: Belfield, Clive R. Title: High School Dropouts and the Economic Losses from Juvenile Crime in California Summary: This paper estimates the economic loss from juvenile crime associated with not completing high school before age 18. Using results from three separate studies and applying their results for California, it finds the annual juvenile crime loss associated with high school dropouts at $1.1 billion. Finally, it compares the losses from juvenile crime with the costs of improving the education system and calculates that savings in juvenile crime along will offset approximately 16% of the costs of providing these interventions. Details: Santa Barbara, CA: Gevirtz Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara, 2009. 55p. Source: California Dropout Research Project Report #16 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 116680

Author: Fitz, Marshall Title: The Costs of Mass Deportation: Impractical, Expensive, and Ineffective Summary: This paper argues that mass deportation of undocumented immigrants is prohibitively expensive and will trigger profound collateral consequences. The report analyses publicly available data to assess the costs and steps required to carry out such a policy - from point of arrest through transportation out of the country. The report adopts conservative assumptions for key variables to ensure that the estimated program and spending requirements are realistic and not overstated. The findings show conclusively that a deportation-only immigration strategy would be extremely expensive. Details: Washington, DC: center for American Progress, 2010. 23p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 118347

Author: Maruschak, Laura M. Title: HIV in Prisons, 2007-08 Summary: This report presents data on the number of male and female prisoners infected with the human immunodeficiency virus(HIV) or who had confirmed AIDS at yearend 2008. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2009. 12p. Source: Bureau of Justice Statistics Bulletin, December 2009 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: AIDS Shelf Number: 118318

Author: Kansas City, Missouri. City Auditor. Title: Follow-Up Audit: Kansas City, Missouri, Police Department Patrol Deployment: Blackout Analysis Summary: This audit compares the current level of blackout in all the patrol division to what was in the January 1998 performance audit Police Department Patrol Deployment: Blackout Analysis. Blackout refers to periods when all patrol officers assigned to respond to calls for service in a division are busy and cannot respond to an additional call. The audit found that blackout remains significant in all patrol divisions. Blackout patterns have changed within division since the 1998 audit: the average sum of daily blackout has decreased in the East, North and South divisions, but increased in the Central and Metro divisions. Details: Kansas City, MO: City Auditor's Office, 2004. 40p. Source: Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Police Deployment Shelf Number: 112312

Author: Chiu, Tina Title: It's About Time: Aging Prisoners, Increasing Costs and Geriatric Release Summary: Correctional facilities throughout the United States are home to a growing number of older adults with extensive, costly medical needs. This report examines statutes related to the early release of geriatric inmates in 15 states and the District of Columbia and concludes that these provisions are rarely used, despite the potential of reduced costs at minimal risk to public safety. The report identifies factors that help explain the discrepancy and provides recommendations for addressing it. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Sentencing and Corrections, 2010. 14p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Aged Prisoners Shelf Number: 118356

Author: Jones, Damon Title: The Economic Return on PCCD's Investment in Research-Based Programs: A Cost-Benefit Assessment of Delinquency Prevention in Pennsylvania Summary: Recently, economists and policy researchers have begun to conduct cost-benefit analyses of prevention and intervention efforts to determine whether the potential benefits of a variety of strategies justify the funds necessary to implement them. This report examines the return-on-investment for seven research-based programs that are in widespread use through Pennsylvania. Using conservative and widely-accepted methodology, the study determines that these programs not only pay for themselves, but represent a potential $317 milion return to the Commonwealth in terms of reduced corrections costs, welfare and social services burden, drug and mental health treatment, and increased employment and tax revenue. Details: University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University, Prevention Research Center for the Promotion of Human Development, 2008. 48p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 118355

Author: Caldwell-Aden, Laura Title: Preventing First-Time DWI Offenses: First-Time Offenders in CAlifornia, New York, and Florida: An Analysis of Past Criminality and Associated Criminal Justice Interventions Summary: Research suggests that there are far more people driving impaired than arrested each year. Additional data supports that a person arrested for the first time for driving under the influence (DUI) or driving while impaired (DWI) may have driven many times impaired before getting caught. This report details a study that determined if there were common prior offenses among first-time DWI offenders, and to identify strategies that are used to address the identified offenses to determine if there are potential opportunities to expand those efforts to prevent impaired driving. Details: Seabrook, MD: 1 Source Consulting/Marvyn Consulting, 2009. 140p. Source: Sponsoring Agency: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 118297

Author: Fowler, Deborah Fitzgerald Title: Texas' School-to-Prison Pipeline: Dropout to Incarceration. The Impact of School Discipline and Zero Tolerance Summary: Numerous studies by national experts in the fields of education, criminal justice, and mental health have established a link between school dropout rates and incarceration. This link holds true in Texas. One in three juveniles sent to a locked down facility operated by the Texas Youth Commission has already dropped out of school - and more than 80 percent of Texas adult prison inmates are school dropouts. This study documents the impact of a "school-to-prison" pipeline in Texas and identifies policy areas in need of systemic reform. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2007. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Available at: https://www.texasappleseed.org/sites/default/files/01-STPPReport2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (Texas) Shelf Number: 118377

Author: Berman, Greg Title: Lessons From the Battle Over D.A.R.E.: The Complicated Relationship Between Research and Practice Summary: There have been many articles written about Drug Abuse Resistance Education (D.A.R.E) that tell how D.A.R.E. America has been able to convince educators and the public into supporting the program over the objections of researchers. A closer look reveals that many local practitioners were able to sift through the competing claims of research and D.A.R.E. American and make reasoned judgements about whether to keep D.A.R.E. In general, local officials reached their own conclusions about what made the most sense for their jurisdictions. The controversy exposed a gap between researchers and practitioners that continues. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 12p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Prevention Shelf Number: 117622

Author: Vaughan, Jessica M. Title: Taking Back the Streets: ICE and Local Law Enforcement Target Immigrant Gangs Summary: Immigration law enforcement has been a key ingredient contributing to the success of criminal gang suppression efforts in many jurisdictions across the United States. This report describes the public safety problems posed by immigrant gangs and looks at how one jurisdiction, Virginia, has used immigration law enforcement tools successfully to check their further proliferation. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2008. 31p. Source: Backgrounder Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Gangs Shelf Number: 115523

Author: Deitch, Michele Title: From Time Out to Hard Time: Young Children in the Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: This report provides a look at how the nation treats young children who commit serious crimes, analyzes the available data with regard to the transfer of young children to adult criminal court, documents the extremely harsh and tragic consequences that follow when young children go into the adult criminal justice system, examines international practices, and offers policy recommendations to address this situation. Details: Austin, TX: The University of Texas at Austin, LBJ School of Public Affairs, 2009. 116p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 115642

Author: Gragg, Frances Title: New York Prevalence Study of Commercially Exploited Children: Final Report Summary: The New York State Legislature required the New York State Office of Children and Family Services (OCFS) to develop a comprehensive study that: (1) estimates the prevalence of sexually exploited children within New York State, (2) identifies the unique needs of sexually exploited children, (3) specifies the types of programs and services that best meet such needs, and (4) evaluates the capacity of the current children's service system to meet the needs of commercially sexually exploited children (CSEC). Under contract with OCFS, Westat designed and conducted a prospective survey to estimate the prevalence of these children in the current service system and to specify available and needed services. The Safe Harbour bill of 2006 defined "sexually exploited children" as: people under the age of 18 who may be subject to sexual exploitation because they have engaged or agreed or offered to engage in sexual conduct with another person in return for a fee, traded sex for food, clothing or a place to stay, stripped, been filmed or photographed performing or engaging in sexual acts or loitered for the purpose of engaging in a prostitution offense as defined in section 240.37 of the penal law.∗ Westat developed two mail surveys, two qualitative interview protocols, and a focus group protocol to facilitate the collection of data. The mail surveys were sent to 159 agencies in four New York City (NYC) boroughs-Bronx, Brooklyn, Manhattan, and Queens-and seven Upstate counties-Chautauqua, Erie, Oneida, Onondaga, Schenectady, Warren, and Washington. These counties represented a purposive sample drawn to represent variations in population under 18 and geography, high rates of prostitution arrests and high rates of child sexual abuse reports, and the presence of agencies likely to serve as sentinels of CSEC. Agencies sampled within these counties included county and municipal law enforcement, probation departments, detention centers, OCFS female juvenile justice facilities, child advocacy centers (CACs), runaway shelters and transitional independent living programs, congregate care facilities, rape crisis centers, and youth-serving agencies. The data on prevalence of CSEC were collected through prospective mail questionnaires covering children identified as commercially sexually exploited from July 15 through September 15, 2006. Ninety-seven of the agencies returned the mail surveys, for a response rate of 81.0 percent Upstate and 45.2 percent in NYC. Data were weighted to give annual estimates of the prevalence of CSEC identified by service agencies for the two geographic areas-NYC and the seven Upstate counties. In addition, 20 non-police agencies-the NYC Administration for Children's Services (ACS), the seven Departments of Social Services (DSS) responsible for the Upstate counties covered by the mail survey, and 12 other service agencies- participated in qualitative interviews. Finally, three focus groups were conducted with CSEC in NYC. On an annual basis, the number of CSEC identified in NYC is estimated at over five times the number for the seven Upstate counties (2,253 identified in NYC versus 399 Upstate). The estimate of 399 CSEC for the Upstate counties is not a statewide estimate, but applies only to the seven counties sampled for the study. Demographically, there are noteworthy variations between CSEC in NYC and the sampled counties Upstate. CSEC in NYC were predominantly female (85 percent), Black/African American (67 percent), and 16 to 17 years old (59 percent). Just four percent (n=82 girls) were age 13 or under. NYC had the only children who identified as transgender (n=31), and the majority of children identifying as gay, lesbian, bisexual, and questioning. Nearly one fifth of the NYC children were Hispanic/Latino. Upstate, male children were a significant minority (22 percent). Upstate children were also younger; only 36 percent were 16 to 17 years old and 28 percent (n=63 girls and 50 boys) were 13 or younger. Only two percent identified themselves as gay, lesbian, bisexual, or questioning, and none were transgender. The largest racial group Upstate was white (47 percent). Ten percent were Hispanic/Latino. Consistent with other research, the data analysis revealed that the overwhelming majority of CSEC (at least 85 percent), regardless of geographic area, had prior child welfare involvement-typically in the form of child abuse and neglect allegations/investigations (69 percent of the NYC CSEC and 54 percent of those Upstate) and/or a foster care placement (75 percent of the NYC CSEC and 49 percent Upstate). A substantial proportion (over half of the NYC CSEC and 44 percent of those Upstate) had a prior juvenile justice placement, although secure placements were more common among the NYC children. About half of both groups had prior episodes of commercial sexual exploitation. Details: Rensselaer, NY: New York State Office of Children and Family Services, 2007. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: http://www.ocfs.state.ny.us/main/reports/csec-2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 117112

Author: Berk, Richard Title: Asymmetric Loss Functions for Forecasting in Criminal Justice Settings Summary: The statistical procedures typically used for forecasting in criminal justice settings rest on symmetric loss functions. For quantitative response variables, overestimates are treated the same as underestimates. For categorical response variables, it does not matter in which class a case is inaccurately placed. In many criminal justice settings, symmetric costs are not responsive to the needs of stakeholders. It can follow that the forecasts are not responsive either. In this paper, the author considers asymmetric loss functions that can lead to forecasting procedures far more sensitive to the real consequences of forecasting errors. Theoretical points are illustrated with examples using criminal justice data of the kind that might be used for "predictive policing." Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Statistics & Department of Criminology, 2010. 26p. Source: Working Paper Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 118398

Author: Berk, Richard Title: Policing the Homeless: An Evaluation of Efforts to Reduce Homeless-Related Crime Summary: Police officials across the United Sates are increasingly relying on place-based approaches for crime prevention. This article examines the Safer Cities Initiative, a widely publicized place-based policing intervention implemented in Los Angeles's Skid Row and focused on crime and disorder associated with homeless encampments. Crime reduction was the goal. The police division in which the program was undertaken provides 8 years of times series data serving as the observations for the treatment condition. Four adjacent police divisions in which the program was not undertaken provide 8 years time series data serving as the observations for the comparison condition. The data are analyzed using a generalized additive model. On balance, the study found that this place-based intervention is associated with meaningful reductions in violent, property, and nuisance street crimes. There is no evidence of crime displacement. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Statistics & Department of Criminology, 2009. 32p. Source: Working Paper Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 118399

Author: Staes, Lisa Title: Identification of Cost-Effective Methods to Improve Security at Transit Operating/Maintenance Facilities and Passenger Stations Summary: Prior to the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, the United States' transit systems did a fairly successful job of safely and securely protecting their facilities and passengers. Until that time, public transit security issues generally dealt only with unruly passengers, fare evasion, vandalism, trespassing, and theft. With the events of 9/11, the public transit bombing attacks in Madrid, and biological attacks in Japan, the U.S. has become more focused on the issue of terrorism and is hardening the security of our public transit systems against terrorist activities. Most U.S. transit systems are increasing their security measures at both their operating/maintenance facilities and passenger stations, but with limited funding. This research report investigates several agencies that have innovatively and creatively implemented cost-effective methods of increasing security at their systems. In addition, this report provides a historic summary of the consequences of terrorism on public transportation systems and a literature review of existing resources. Details: Jupiter, FL: Florida Atlantic University/University Consortium for Intermodal Transportation Safety and Security, 2006. 92p. Source: Sponsoring Agency: U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: (Security ) Shelf Number: 113950

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Victimization and Help-Seeking Behaviors Among Female Prisoners in Illinois Summary: The number of women in prison has increased both statewide and nationally in recent decades. Most females in state prisons are incarcerated for drug or property offenses. Research has revealed that incarcerated women often have histories of being abused and that many are dealing with mental health issues or substance abuse. This study examines female victimization across the life course of women at three female-only Illinois Department of Corrections facilities. A random sample of 163 inmates was interviewed, and interview questions concentrated on participants' histories of substance abuse, physical abuse, sexual abuse, stalking and emotional abuse, trauma, and help-seeking strategies related to these issues. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 64p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 118302

Author: Glover, Richard L. Title: Community and Problem Oriented Policing in School Settings: Design and Process Issues Summary: Community and Problem Oriented Policing (CPOP) is a multidemsional strategy used by police departments to control crime and improve the quality of life in target areas. This monograph presents CPOP as a possible solution to the problem of school violence. It identifies design components and process dimensions that can contribute to successful applications of CPOP. Five models have gained wide acceptance as strategies for school based problem solving around safety and security issues: the School Resource Officer model, student problem solving, the public health model, the Child Development-Community Policing Program, and the collaborative problem solving model. Eight components from these five models are fundamental to school based CPOP: police-school partnerships, problem solving approach, collaboration that reflects full stakeholder involvement, organizational support, education and training of problem solving group members, effective planning approaches, appropriate problem solving group size, and use of memoranda of understanding. The process dimensions associated with successful implementation of CPOP in schools are partnering between schools and police, collaborative problem solving, implementation, and evaluation of the overall CPOP effort. Details: New York: Columbia University School of Social Work, 2002. 58p. Source: Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 118340

Author: New York State Bar Association. Task Force on Wrongful Convictions Title: Final Report Summary: This report presents the results of the Task Forces' case studies in which 53 people were wrongfully convicted. It reveals that government practices, by police or prosecutors, were possible causes of the wrongful convictions in over 50 percent of the cases. The analysis and recommendations presented in the report reflect concern for the process principles in all cases - not just those that involve a wrongful conviction. Details: Albany: New York State Bar Association, 2009. 187p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 115333

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Evaluating the Use of Radio Frequency Identification Device Technology to Prevent and Investigate Sexual Assault and Related Acts of Violence in a Women's Prison Summary: The application of radio frequency identification device (RFID) technology to prevent inmate misconduct in a women's prison in Cleveland, Ohio was evaluated. An interrupted time series design was employed to analyze administrative data. Interviews were conducted with 89 inmates and 21 correctional and investigative staff. A process evaluation that that the advanced applications of the RFID system theorized to prevent inmate misconduct were not initiated. The resulting study evaluates RFID when employed at its most basic level as a perimeter control device and aid in investigations and finds that rates of inmate misconduct did not change significantly over the evaluation period. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/30706/411972-Evaluating-the-Use-of-Radio-Frequency-Identification-Device-Technology-to-Prevent-and-Investigate-Sexual-Assault-and-Related-Acts-of-Violence-in-a-Women-s-Prison.PDF Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring of Inmates Shelf Number: 117093

Author: McElfresh, Rick Title: MO Juvenile Offender Recidivism Report: 2009 Statewide Juvenile Court Report Summary: This report examines the demographic and offense characteristics and related risk and needs factors that influenced recidivism rates for a 2007 group of Missouri juvenile offenders. Recidivism rates for the juvenile offender group analyzes are presented at the state level. Details: Jefferson City, MO: Supreme Court of Missouri, Office of State Courts Administrator, Division of Court Programs and Research, 2009. 32p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Missouri) Shelf Number: 116391

Author: Rojek, Jeff Title: South Carolina Gang Survey, 2005 Summary: In an effort to better understand the perceived nature and scope of the gang problem, a state-wide survey of law enforcement agencies related to gangs was designed and administered. The purpose of the survey was to understand how the law enforcement community in South Carolina perceives gangs and what resources it is devoting to combat gang-related crime. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology & Criminal Justice and the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy, 2006. 43p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 118296

Author: Lochner, Lance Title: Education Policy and Crime Summary: This paper discusses the relationship between education and crime from an economic perspective, developing a human capital-based model that sheds light on key ways in which early childhood programs and policies that encourage schooling may affect both juvenile and adult crime. The paper first discusses evidence on the effects of educational attainment, school quality, and school enrollment on crime. Next, the paper discusses evidence on the crime reduction effects of preschool programs like Perry Preschool and Head Start, school-age programs that emphasize social and emotional development, and job training programs for low-skill adolescents and young adults. Finally, the paper concludes with a broad discussion of education policy and its potential role as a crime-fighting strategy. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 50p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15894 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 118427

Author: Frank, Richard Title: Mental Health Treatment and Criminal Justice Outcomes Summary: Are many prisoners in jail or prison bacause of their mental illness? And if so, is mental health treatment a cost-effective way to reduce and lower criminal justice costs? This paper reviews and evaluates the evidence assessing the potential of expansion of mental health services for reducing crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 51p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 15858 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 118426

Author: Marcotte, Dave E. Title: A Cure for Crime? Psycho-Pharmaceuticals and Crime Trends Summary: This paper considers possible links between the advent and diffusion of a number of new psychiatric pharmaceutical therapies and crime rates. It describes recent trends in crime and reviews the evidence showing mental illness as a clear risk factor both for criminal behavior and victimization. The paper briefly summarizes the development of a number of new pharmaceutical therapies for the treatment of mental illness which diffused during the "great American crime decline." It examines limited international data, as well as more detailed American data to assess the relationship between crime rates and rates of prescriptions of the main categories of psychotropic drugs, while controlling for other factors which may explain trends in crime rates. The study found that increases in prescriptions for psychiatric drugs are associated with decreases in violent crime, with the largest impacts associated with new generation antidepressants and stimulants used to treat ADHD. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 43p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15354; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime, Psychological Aspects Shelf Number: 118432

Author: Berk, Richard Title: The Role of Race in Forecasts of Violent Crime Summary: This paper addresses the role of forecasts of failure on probation or parole. Failure is defined as committing a homicide or attempted homicide or being the victim of a homicide or an attempted homicide. These are very rare events in the population of individuals studied, which can make these outcomes extremely difficult to forecast accurately. Building in the relative costs of false positives and false negatives, machine learning procedures are applied to construct useful forecasts. The central question addressed is what role race should play as a predictor when as an empirical matter the majority of perpetrators and victims are young, African-American, males. Details: Philadelphia: Department of Statistics, University of Pennsylvania, 2009. 29p. Source: Working Paper Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 118396

Author: Males, Mike Title: Are Teenage Criminals Getting Younger and Younger? Exposing Another Urban Legend Summary: Stories recite standard myths that teenagers are more criminal and homicidal, committing worse violence at younger ages. This report notes that the average age of a teenager arrested for murder in 2008 (18.1 years) was four months older than the average age of a teenage murder arrestee in 1960 (17.7 years), while the average teenage violent felon was two months older in 2008 than in 1960. Further, teenage offenders are arrested for less violent offenses today than in the past. In 1960, half of all teenage violence offenders were arrested for misdemeanors such as simple assault; in 2008, more than three-fourths. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2010. 11p. Source: Research Brief: Available at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/Are_Tenaage_Criminals_Getting_Younger_and_Younger.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 118376

Author: O'Brien, Keith Title: A Process Evaluation of the "Choose to Refuse" Heroin and OxyContin Prevention Education Program Summary: This report presents a process evaluation of the "Choose to Refuse" (CTR) Heroin and Oxycontin Prevention Education Program which was created by the Juvenile Justice Staff at the Essex County District Attorney's Office. The report documents lessons learned in developing a drug prevention programs, and is intended to provide information on the options and best practices when considering developing a drug prevention program. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety, Research and Policy Analysis Unit, 2006. 26p. Source: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Prevention Program (Massachusetts) Shelf Number: 118366

Author: Berk, Richard Title: The Dynamics of Crime Regimes Summary: Crimes have many features, and the mix of those features can change over time and space. In this paper, the authors introduce the concept of a crime regime to provide some theoretical leverage on collections of crime features and how the collection of features can change. Key tools include the use of principal components analysis to determine the dimensions of crime regimes, visualization methods to help reveal the role of time, summary statistics to quantify crime regime patterns, and permutation procedures to examine the role of change. The approach is used to analyze temporal and spatial crime patterns for the City of Los Angeles over a 8 year period. The focus is on the number of violent crimes over time and their potential lethality. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Statistics & Department of Criminology, 2009. 46p. Source: Working Paper Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 118397

Author: Di Tella, Rafael Title: Criminal Recidivism After Prison and Electronic Monitoring Summary: We study re-arrest rates for two groups: individuals formerly in prison and individuals formerly under electronic monitoring (EM). We find that the recidivism rate of former prisoners is 22% while that for those treated with electronic monitoring is 13% (40% lower). We convince ourselves that the estimates are causal using peculiarities of the Argentine setting. For example, we have almost as much information as the judges have when deciding on the allocation of EM; the program is rationed to only some offenders; and some institutional features (such as bad prison conditions) convert ideological differences across judges (to which detainees are randomly matched) into very large differences in the allocation of electronic monitoring. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 43p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15602 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 118434

Author: Schriro, Dora Bess Title: Immigration Detention Overview and Recommendations Summary: This report provides a comprehensive review and evaluation of the U.S. Immigration and Custom Enforcement (ICE) system of Immigration Detention. It relies on information gathered during tours of 25 facilities, discussions with detainees and employees, meetings with over 100 non-governmental organizations and federal, state, and local officials, and the review of data and reports from governmental agencies and human rights organizations. The report describes the policy, human capital, informational, and management challenges associated with the rapid expansion of ICE's detention capacity. The report identifies important distinctions between the characteristics of the Immigration Detention population in ICE custody and the administrative purpose of their detention as compared to the punitive purpose of the Criminal Incarceration system. The report provides a seven part framework for meeting the challenge of developing a new system of Immigration Detention. It concludes with concrete recommendations for reform. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Detention Centers Shelf Number: 117310

Author: Sugarmann, Josh Title: Youth Gang Violence and Guns: Data Collection in California Summary: This study offers an overview of California databases containing gun and/or gang information - from the California Department of Justice, to California's Violent Death Reporting System, to local law enforcement agencies - to ascertain the type of information being collected regarding youth gang violence and firearms, how it is being collected and any inconsistencies that may exist, and to what degree it is accessible to aid in answering the many questions surrounding the issue of young gang violence and firearms. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/CAgang.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 117119

Author: Stana, Richard M. Title: Border Patrol: Checkpoints Contribute to Border Patrol's Mission, but More Consistent Data Collection and Performance Measurement Could Improve Effectiveness Summary: This U.S. Border Patrol operates checkpoints on U.S. roads, mainly in the southwest border states where most illegal entries occur. As part of a three-tiered strategy to maximize detention and apprehension of illegal aliens, Border Patrol agents at checkpoints screen vehicles for illegal aliens and contraband. This report assesses (1) checkpoint performance and factors affecting performance, (2) checkpoint performance measures, (3) community impacts considered in checkpoint placement and design, and (4) the impact of checkpoint operations on nearby communities. The report recommends several actions to strengthen checkpoint design and staffing, and improve the measurement and reporting of checkpoint effectiveness, including community impact. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009. 138p. Source: Internet Resource; GAO-09-824 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 116244

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Georgia Title: The Persistence of Racial Profiling in Gwinnett: Time for Accountability, Transparency, and an End to 287(g) Summary: Georgia is among those states that have no laws to prohibit racial profiling, as the Georgia General Assembly has rejected repeated attempts to pass such a law. Accordingly, law enforcement personnel throughout Georgia may continue to stop individuals based solely on their race or ethnicity, often without any measure of accountability. This is of particular concern in Gwinnett County, where testimonies affirm that officers disproportionately target people of color for perceptual stops, investigations, and enforcement. The incidents of racial profiling in Gwinnett County have been particularly exacerbated after the implementation of the 287(g) program, which allows local law enforcement of participate in enforcement of federal immigration laws. Both before and after the implementation of this program, the ACLU of Georgia received complaints from drivers, pedestrians, and Gwinnett community members showing that police officers are targeting immigrants and people of color for stops, searches, and interrogations. Details: Atlanta, GA: ACLU of Georgia, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118216

Author: Seattle University School of Law. International Human Rights Clinic Title: Voices from Detention: A Report on Human Rights Violations at the Northwest Detention Center in Tacoma, Washington Summary: This study examined the conditions at the Northwest Detention Center in Tacoma, Washington. It found violations of international human rights law, the Constitution and the Refugee Convention, including lack of due process, mistreatment of detainees (including strip searches), insufficient food and medical care and language barriers, among others. Details: Seattle: International Human Rights Clinic, Seattle University School of Law, 2008. 80p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 118300

Author: Kyckelhahn, Tracey Title: Characteristics of Suspected Human Trafficking Incidents, 2007-08 Summary: The Human Trafficking Reporting System (HTRS) was developed in 2007 to collect data on alleged human trafficking incidents from state and local law enforcement agencies. This report presents data as of September 30, 2008 on incidents, suspects, and victim characteristics from 38 human trafficking task forces. Incident data include the number of suspects and victims, number of agencies involved in the incident, confirmation of incident as human trafficking, and type of lead agency. Victim data include demographic characteristics such as age, race, gender, and citizenship status. In addition to demographic characteristics, suspect data include available arrest, adjudication, and sentencing information. The report covers incidents reported by task forces from January 1, 2007, to September 30, 2008. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2009. 16p. Source: Special Report, January 2009 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 118351

Author: Cobb, Kimberly Title: South Dakota Intensive Methamphetamine (IMT) Program Summary: This report summarizes the technical assistance provided to the Intensive Methamphetamine (IMT) program in South Dakota; one of the three sites chosen to receive technical assistance by the American Probation & Parole Association. The IMT program presents a unique organizational and operating structure encompassing the South Dakota Department of Corrections, the Division of Pardons and Paroles, Halfway Houses, and the Division of Alcohol and Drug Abuse. These organizations have come together under this program to deliver comprehensive and targeted reentry programming for women offenders identified as having a methamphatamine abuse/dependence diagnosis. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation & Parole Association, 2007(?). 36p. Source: Technical Assistance Project Report Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 118341

Author: Solomon, Mark G. Title: The 2006 National Labor Day Impaired Driving Enforcement Crackdown: Drunk Driving. Over the Limit. Under Arrest Summary: The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's 2006 Drunk Driving. Over the Limit. Under Arrest. Labor Day holiday campaign had three main components: (1) DWI enforcement, (2) public awareness efforts, and (3) evaluation. The program used approximately $10 million in Congressionally funded television and radio advertisements. The message was that police would arrest drivers if they were caught driving drunk. Thirty states reported spending $8 million locally on similar messages. Eighteen nights of enforcement focused on apprehending intoxicated drivers. Forty-eight states reported over 40,000 DWI arrests. National random sample telephone surveys conducted prior to and just after the campaign found that the media effort increased awareness of the enforcement crackdown and a small increase in the perceived likelihood of being stopped for drinking and driving, but indicated no self-reported changes in drinking driving behavior. The number of alcohol-related fatalities were essentially unchanged from the year before; drivers with positive blood alcohol concentrations who were male, aged 18 to 34, decreased in number from 2005 to 2006. Case studies document recent efforts in 8 states, demonstrating that states can achieve significant reductions in alcohol-related crashes when they engage in sustained high-visibility enforcement. Several of these states accomplished sizable decreases in alcohol-related deaths due to their programs. Details: Trumbull, CT: Preusser Research Group, Inc., 2008. 44p., app. Source: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 118530

Author: American Association of School Administrators Title: 2008 National School Safety Study Summary: This report provides a survey of security at K-12 schools in the U.S. The study evaluated the following security concerns: access to buildings and grounds; communication and detection systems; emergency procedures; community awareness of school safety policies and procedures; and security funding. Details: Arlington, VA: AASA, 2009. 38p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 114756

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Baltimore County Juvenile Drug Court Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for them and their families. Benefits to society often take the form of reductions in crime committed by drug court participants, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. This report presents the costs associated with the Baltimore County Juvenile Drug Court programs, as well as an analysis of outcomes of participants as compared to a sample of similar individuals who received traditional court processing. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 41p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 118420

Author: Kifer, Misty M. Title: To Protect and Serve: A Look at a Collaborative Effort to Address Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault Summary: This is an evaluation of a collaborative project in Bingham County, Idaho. Since 1997, three agencies in Bingham County, Idaho have received STOP funding at one time or another. The Bingham County Sheriff's Office, the Bingham Crisis Center, and the Blackfoot Police Department (BPD) received grant money to develop and strengthen support services for victims of domestic violence as well as improving law enforcement strategies to convict perpetrators of violent crimes against women. The first agency to receive STOP funding was the Bingham Crisis Center. This set the course for a very innovative program designed to address domestic violence and sexual assaults. Funds received in 1997 helped to establish the Bingham County Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault Task Force. This task force, comprised of thirteen key agencies, established a protocol in 1998 addressing each agency's responsibilities in cases involving domestic violence and sexual assaults. Task Force agencies include the Blackfoot Police Department, the Bingham County Sheriff's Office, the Bingham County Prosecutor's Office, 7th District Judicial Judges, local emergency room personnel, the Bingham Crisis Center and the Blackfoot City Prosecutors. The establishment of the task force allowed agencies to work together to identify problem areas, solutions, and opportunities for interagency training. In the following years, the Bingham County Sheriff's Office and the Blackfoot Police Department received funding for digital cameras and other recording devises to better document cases for prosecution. The Bingham County Sheriff's Office also received funding for a full-time domestic violence investigator. The Bingham Crisis Center received funding to provide victim services, such as individual and group counseling and bilingual/bicultural services for victims. Further, all three agencies participated in interagency training. This evaluation describes the project's genesis, its goals and structure, how it operated, the methods used to evaluate its success, and whether it met its goals. The majority of information provided in this evaluation is culminated from quarterly grant reports submitted by the three Bingham County subgrantees to the Idaho State Police Department of Planning, Grants and Research. These quarterly reports have consistently contained valuable information about project goals, objectives, and any obstacles or achievements reached by the program. Due to these self-evaluation efforts, resource and time restrictions, this report will utilize the data and information provided by these programs along with additional analysis of domestic violence offenses that have taken place within Bingham Countyand whether it met its goals. Information used in this report is taken from each project's quarterly program reports, the case management records of the Bingham Crisis Center and Bingham County Sheriff's Office, newspaper reports, as well as police reports submitted through Idaho's Incident-Based Reporting System (IIBRS). Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Planning, Grants and Research Bureau, Statistical Analysis Center, 2008. 33p. Source: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/BinghamEvaluation6-24_001.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Idaho) Shelf Number: 117145

Author: Georgetown University. Center for Juvenile Justice Reform Title: Racial and Ethnic Disparity and Disproportionality in Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice: A Compendium Summary: This report presents the content of a symposium entitled "The Overrepresentation of Children of Color in America's Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems." The symposium included four panel discussions in which researchers, practitioners, policymakers, and advocates explored the barriers they encountered and successes they enjoyed in efforts to reduce disproportionate minority contact. Panelists included experts from jurisdictions that have begun to employ a multi-systems approach to reducing disproportionality and policy experts who explored ways to foster progress through legislation and other nationally supported activities. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, Georgetown Public Policy Institute, Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, 2009. 79p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 114350

Author: Gewirtz, Marian Title: Juvenile Offenders with Weapon Charges Summary: This report explores the role weapons play in the picture of juvenile offenders processed in the adult courts in New York City. In accordance with New York State's Juvenile Offender Law, cases for 14- and 15-year old youths charged with selected serious felony offenses, and 13-year olds charged with second degree murder, are brought directly to the adult rather than the juvenile court for prosecution. This study compares juveniles with gun charges to those with other weapon charges and to those without weapon charges. The research addresses how these charges affect rates of re-arrest and length of time to first re-arrest and to the first violence re-arrest. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2008. 47p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Guns Shelf Number: 113049

Author: New York ACORN Title: The Impact of Foreclosures on Neighborhood Crime in New York Summary: This report examines the impact of foreclosures on neighborhood crime in four New York counties: three with exceptionally high foreclosure rates, and one with a more moderate rate. Queens, Brooklyn, and Nassau Counties have seen some of the highest rates of foreclosure in the State -- Queens Supreme Court schedules roughly 100 foreclosure auctions every week. Albany County has seen a more moderate level of foreclosures, with a large spike in the summer of 2008. In summary, as crime was on a general decline in New York State, neighborhoods with the highest rates of foreclosure commonly saw increases in crime over the past two years. The resulting impact in all four counties was a growing crime disparity between high and low-foreclosure neighborhoods. Details: Brooklyn, NY: New York ACORN, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (New York City) Shelf Number: 113909

Author: Compton, Richard P. Title: Reducing Impaired-Driving Recidivism Using Advanced Vehicle-Based Alcohol Detection Systems: A Report to Congress Summary: Vehicle-based alcohol detection systems use technologies designed to detect the presence of alcohol in a driver. Technology suitable for use in all vehicles that will detect an impaired driver faces many challenges including public acceptability, passive operation, invulnerability to circumvention and tampering, the ability to verify that the test was performed on the driver, and the capability to perform accurately and reliably throughout the life of the vehicle without excessive requirement for maintenance. Several alcohol detection technologies are reviewed in this report: breath sample analysis, tissue spectroscopy, transdermal perspiration measurement, eye movements, detecting alcohol vapor in the vehicle, driver and driving performance measurement. Technology for use with impaired-driving offenders (i.e., breath alcohol ignition interlock systems) is currently in use, and is practical, accurate, reliable, and relatively low-cost. The report offers suggestions for potential next steps including increasing the use of breath alcohol ignition interlocks among DWI offenders and continuing research and development on tissue spectroscopy and other transparent and non-invasive methods of measuring alcohol in drivers. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007. 18p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 114876

Author: Gagnon, Joseph C. Title: Making the Right Turn: A Guide About Improving Transition Outcomes of Youth Involved in the Juvenile Corrections System Summary: This guide was developed to assist professionals in the workforce development system in gaining a better understanding of the needs of youth involved, or at risk of being involved in the juvenile corrections system. The "workforce development system" includes all national, state, and local organizations that plan and allocate resources, and operate programs that assist individuals in obtaining education, training, and job placement, as well as assist employers with training and job recruitment. Details: Washington, DC: National Collaborative on Workforce and Disability for Youth, Institute for Educational Leadership, 2008. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Education, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 118405

Author: Lyon, Eleanor Title: Meeting Survivors' Needs: A Multi-State Study of Domestic Violence Shelter Experiences Summary: This study of domestic violence shelters in eight states was designed to help fill a gap in current knowledge about the range of services provided, the needs and experiences of survivors who have turned to shelters for help, and the types of help they received. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice. 2008. 140p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 114598

Author: Ruddy, Sally A. Title: A Profile of Criminal Incidents at School: Results From the 2003-05 National Crime Victimization Survey Crime Incident Report Summary: This report uses U.S. National Crime Victimization Survey data from three calendar years, 2003-05, to examine a range of characteristics of criminal incidents that occur at school, such as the location at school where the incident occurred, time of day when the incident occurred, whether the police were notified, and characteristics of offenders including their age, race, and whether they carried a weapon. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education, 2010. 25p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 118556

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Intellectural Property: Observations on Efforts to Quantify the Economic Effects of Counterfeit and Pirated Goods Summary: This report assesses the impact of counterfeit and pirated goods on the economy and industries of the U.S. to help the government better protect the intellectual property rights of holders. The report: (1) examines existing research on the effects of counterfeiting and piracy on consumers, industries, government and the U.S. economy; and (2) identifies insights gained from efforts to quantify the effects of counterfeiting and piracy on the U.S. economy. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource; GAO-10-423 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeiting Shelf Number: 118411

Author: Ehrlich, Isaac Title: Taxing Guns vs. Taxing Crime: An Application of the "Market for Offenses Model" Summary: The interaction between offenders and potential victims has so far received relatively little attention in the literature on the economics of crime. The main objective of this paper is twofold: to extend the "market for offenses model" to deal with both product and factor markets, and to apply it to the case where guns are used for crime commission by offenders and for self-protection by potential victims. This analysis offers new insights about the association between crime and guns and the limits it imposes on the efficacy of law enforcement and regulatory policies aimed to control both crime and guns. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16009 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 118566

Author: Khan, Liza Title: Building Trust After a Police Shooting: Community Intervention Teams in Columbus, Ohio Summary: The killing in December 2005 of Nasir Abdi, a young man suffering from mental illness, provoked the Somali community of Columbus, Ohio, to angry protest. But the killing also became the test-bed for a new, constructive response to such killings, organized by the official human rights commission in Columbua -- an entity known as the Columbus Community Relations Commission. Previous police shootings had alerted the Commission to the need to be ready in a moment of crisis to respond constructively to such a shooting, and the Commission's director had designed a response known as a Community Intervention Team (CIT). Nasir Abdi's death became the occasion for the first mobilization of a CIT. This case study describes the design of the CIT and its implementation in the wake of Nasir Abdi's death. The study also focuses on the role of the Commission in guiding the CIT towards its successful agreement. Details: Cambridge, MA: Human Rights Commissions and Criminal Justice, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, 2006. 10p. Source: Internet Resource; Executive Session Papers Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Police Community Relations Shelf Number: 118569

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Conditions of Confinement: Findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement Summary: This bulletin examines the structural and operational characteristics of the U.S. facilities where youth are confined. The bulletin includes analyses of the facility and program characteristics; security; types of offenders in different programs; youth placement with other youth; physical and program environment; and access to support. Recommendations on how to improve facility conditions are also included. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource; Juvenile Justice Bulletin, May 2010 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections (U.S.) Shelf Number: 118570

Author: Pager, Devah Title: Investigating Prisoner Reentry: The Impact of Conviction Status on the Employment Prospects of Young Men Summary: This research addresses the problem of prisoner reentry by focusing on the employment of ex-offenders shortly after release. The authors completed a three-part project to study the employment barriers facing men with criminal records. The empirical core of the project is a randomized field experiment that sent matched teams of testers to apply for hundreds of entry-level jobs in New York City. The experiment observed how employers respond to applicants who are equally qualified but vary by race, ethnicity, and criminal record. Because the research design allowed the researchers to finely control charcteristics of job seekers, and randomly assign criminal records and job openings, the experimental data yields unusually clear and convincing evidence of the impact of a criminal record. The audit study alone would provide a powerful method for studying the employment barriers to ex-offenders, but it is complemented here by a telephone survey of the same employers, and in-depth qualitative interviews with an additional subset. Combining experimental measures with interview data offers a unique opportunity to study the hiring process from both the job seeker's and the employer's point of view. Policies supoprting prisoner reentry and ex-offender employment are directly informed by the rich data resulting from the multi-stage investigation. Details: Unpublished Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender, Employment Shelf Number: 118564

Author: Vollaard, Ben Title: Does Regulation of Built-in Security Reduce Crime? Evidence from a Natural Experiment Summary: As of 1999, all new-built homes in the Netherlands have to have burglary-proof windows and doors. This study provides evidence that this large-scale government intervention in the use of self-protective measures lowers crime and improves social welfare. The study found that the regulatory change reduced burglary in new-built homes from 1.1 to 0.8 percent annually, a reduction of 26 percent. The evidence on displacement of burglary to older homes is inconclusive. The findings suggest that burglars avoid old, less-protected homes that are located in the direct vicinity of the new, better-protected homes. The study found no evidence of displacement to other property crimes including theft from cars and bicycle theft. The direct cost of installing burglary proof windows and doors are relatively small. Even though the regulation of built-in security does not target preventative measures at homes that are most at risk, the social benefits of the regulation are likely to exceed the social costs. Details: Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University, Department of Economics; Parkville, Australia: University of Melbourne, Department of Economics, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary (Netherlands) Shelf Number: 118412

Author: Zillah, Alice Title: Re-Entry Housing Pilot Project: Offender Concentration Report Summary: The Washington State Re-Entry Housing Pilot Program (RHPP)is charged with the responsibility for providing grants to eligible organizations that offer housing and services to high-risk and high-need felony offenders who have been released from jail or prison and are still under supervision. In some cases, the community in which an applicant organization wants to site housing for released offenders resists the placement because of concerns about concentration or over-concentration of offenders in that community. This report examines similar re-entry housing programs in other states, and investigates whether there are best practices of successful policies from other states/jurisdictions that RHPP should consider adopting to address this challenge. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Community, Trade and Economic Development, 2008. 45p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Housing Shelf Number: 117631

Author: Schultz, P. Wesley Title: A Social Norms Approach to Community-Based Crime Prevention: Implicit and Explicit Messages on Neighborhood Watch Signs Summary: The Neighborhood Watch program is the nation's largest and most visible community-based crime prevention program. Indeed, the Neighborhood Watch sign itself has become a prominent mainstay of the suburban American landscape. However, recent developments in social psychological theory suggest that publicly-posed Neighborhood Watch signs might inadvertently undermine the program by conveying a normative message that crime is a problem in the community. A series of three laboratory experiments was conducted to evaluate the effects of Neighborhood Watch signs on perceived crime rates, likelihood of victimization, community safety, and estimates of home and community quality. The studies utilized a simulated community tour in which participants were shown images of houses and communities and were asked to rate them along several dimensions. The presence and content of Neighborhood Watch signs was experimentally varied across the three studies. The first study focused on the development and testing of the community tour and sign stimuli, and evaluated the overall effect of the signs in an average middle class community. The second study replicated the basic effects from Study 1 and extended the research to examine the moderating role of community socioeconomic status (SES) on the effects of the signs. Finally, the third study explored the potential for the physical condition of Neighborhood Watch signs to moderate the impact of the signs in low and high SES communities. Details: San Marcos, CA: California State University, San Marcos, 2009. 82p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 114901

Author: Cohen, Thomas H. Title: Felony Defendants in Large Urban Counties, 2006 Summary: This statistical report presents data collected from a representative sample of felony cases filed in the nation's 75 most populous counties during May 2006. To provide a complete overview of the processing felony defendants from filing to disposition and sentencing, non-murder cases are tracked for one year and murder cases are tracked for two years. Data collected include current arrest charges, demographic characteristics, prior arrests and convictions, criminal justice status at time of arrest, type of pretrial release or detention, bail amount, court appearance record, adjudication outcome, and conviction sentence received. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource; Bureau of Justice Statistics Bulletin, May 2010 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 118596

Author: New York University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic Title: Locked Up But Not Forgotten: Opening Access to Family and Community in the Immigration Detention System Summary: This report examines the way that visitation with family and community functions in the current immigration detention context and the way it should function in order to affirm the humanity and dignity of immigration detainees and maximize fairness and transparency in a system lacking in both. Details: New York: New York University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118593

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: National Methamphetamine Threat Assessment Summary: This report presents a national-level strategic assessment of methamphetamine trafficking in the United States. This assessment addresses significant trends in methamphetamine production, transportation, distribution, and abuse. It discusses a wide range of issues, including methamphetamine production in the United States and Mexico and the impact of foreign and domestic methamphetamine production. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 118585

Author: Azfar, Omar Title: Police Corruption, Crime and Crime Reporting: A Simultaneous Equations Approach Summary: This study examines the causal relationship between police corruption, crime and crime reporting, using data from the International Crime Victimization Survey. Using a simultaneous equations approach the study found a number of intuitive relationships, which are statistically significant. The clearest of these is that crime reporting reduces police corruption. Details: Oslo: Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, 2008. 35p. Source: Internet Resource; NUPI Working Paper 743 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reporting Shelf Number: 118574

Author: Cortes, Katherine Title: Reentry Housing Options: The Policymakerss' Guide Summary: This policy guide provides practical steps that lawmakers and others can take to increase public safety through better access to affordable housing for individuals released to the community. It offers an overview of several commonly accessed housing options and also examines three distinct approaches to increasing the availability of these options: improving access, increasing housing stock and revitalizing neighborhoods. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Housing, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 118612

Author: Hayes, Read Title: Strategies to Detect and Prevent Workplace Dishonesty Summary: Estimates reveal that between 40% and 50% of all business losses can be attributed to employee theft. This report provides research-informed, practical strategies to reduce counterproductive workplace behaviors, including thefts and frauds of all types. It describes factors that can lead to these behaviors, describes common employee theft and fraud methods, and analyzes selected prevention techniques, policies, and technologies. Details: Alexandria, VA: ASIS International Foundation, 2008. 38p. Source: CRISP Report: Connecting Research in Security to Practice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Employee Fraud Shelf Number: 113052

Author: Kitteringham, Glenn Title: Lost Laptops == Lost Data: Measuring Costs, Managing Threats Summary: A lost laptop creates a two-dimensional problem for organizations. First, the laptop itself must be recovered or replaced. Second, is the prospect that critical information on the company, its plan, and its customers could have been lost as well. This report looks at both types of losses, from a statistical and cost point of view. It examines the internal and external factors that contribute to laptop theft, and offers a range of detailed solutions to address the problem. Details: Alexandria, VA: ASIS International Foundation, 2008. 67p. Source: CRISP Report: Connecting Research in Security to Practice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 113051

Author: Loomis, Dana Title: Preventing Gun Violence in the Workplace Summary: This report addresses the problem of gun violence in the workplace and strategies to prevent it. It begins with a description of the broad problem of workplace violence and then discusses factors contributing to gun violence in the workplace, responses to the problem, challenges to those responses, and research on the effectiveness of various responses. Finally, specific actions are recommended along with a summary of future research needs. Details: Alexandria, VA: ASIS International Foundation, 2008. 34p. Source: CRISP Report: Connecting Research in Security to Practice Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 113034

Author: Warren, Roger K. Title: Evidence-Based Practice to Reduce Recidivism: Implications for State Judiciaries Summary: This white paper discusses the implications of principles of evidence-based practice to reduce recidivism for state judiciaries. The paper discusses how diligent application of those principles to state sentencing practices, processes, and policing can restore much-needed balance to our current sentencing systems -- sentencing systems that have swung from one extreme to the other over the last 30 years, in neither case proving very effective in addressing the problem of crime. The paper also suggests that the courts have a key leadership role to play in implementing evidence-based practices, and that evidence-based practice promises to revitalize judges' interest in sentencing just as it has rejuvenated the corrections profession. Details: Boston, MA: Crime and Justice Institute; Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, Community Corrections Division, 2007. 55p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 118572

Author: Koinis, Gerald Title: Economic Trends and Crime: The Effects of the Declining Economy on Crime and the Criminal Justice System in North Carolina Summary: The purpose of this study is to assess how North Carolina's criminal justice system and crime rates have been affected by the economic downturn taking place in the nation and the states. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Criminal Justice Analysis Center, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice System (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 118617

Author: Fletcher, Renata Cobbs Title: Mentoring Former Prisoners: A Guide for Reentry Programs Summary: This manual draws on the experiences of the Ready4Work sites and established best practices in mentoring to provide guidelines for practitioners who are interested in developing a mentoring component that helps support ex-prisoners and quite possibly enhances the effectiveness of other program areas, such as job placement and retention. Details: Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures, 2009. 90p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 118601

Author: Freisthler, Bridget Title: Alcohol Use, Dinking Venue Utilization, and Child Physical Abuse: Results from a Pilot Study Summary: This paper examines how a parent's use of drinking locations is related to physical abuse. A convenience sample of 103 parents answered questions on physical abuse with the Conflict Tactics Scale - Parent Child version (CTS-PC), current drinking behavior, and the frequency with which they drank at different venues, including bars and parties. Probit models were used to assess relationships between parent demographics, drinking patterns, place of drinking and CTS-PC scores. Frequent drinking, frequent drinking in bars, parties in a parent's own home, and frequent drinking at friends' homes were positively related to child physical abuse. This suggests that time spent in these venues provides opportunities to mix with individuals that may share the same attitudes and norms towards acting violently. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2009. 22p. Source: On-Line Working Paper Series: CCPR-036-09; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 118611

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Twenty-Five Years of Crime in the San Diego Region: 1985 through 2009. Summary: This report presents and discusses San Diego crime trend data for the past 25 years. These data are useful to local law enforcement, policy makers, and the community in general in tracking public safety over time, as well as the effectiveness of prevention and response efforts on regional crime rates. Details: San Diego, CA: SANDAG, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource; CJ Bulletin Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (San Diego) Shelf Number: 118581

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: Public Safety Through Private Action: An Economic Assessment of BIDs, Locks, and Citizen Cooperation Summary: Given the central role of private individuals and firms in determining the effectiveness of the criminal justice system, and the quality and availability of criminal opportunities, private actions arguably deserve a central role in the analysis of crime and crime prevention policy. But the leading scholarly commentaries on the crime drop during the 1990s have largely ignored the role of the private sector, as have policymakers. Among the potentially relevant trends: growing reporting rates; the growing sophistication and use of alarms, monitoring equipment and locks; the considerable increase in the employment of private security guards; and the decline in the use of cash. Private actions of this sort have the potential to both reduce crime rates and reduce arrests and imprisonment. Well-designed regulations and programs can encourage effective private action. One creative method to harness private action to cost-effective crime control is the creation of business improvement districts (BIDs). This quasi-experimental analysis of Los Angeles BIDs demonstrates that the social benefits of BID expenditures on security are a large multiple (about 20) of the private expenditures. Creation and operation of effective BIDs requires a legal infrastructure that helps neighborhoods solve the collective action problem. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 51p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15877; Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Business Improvement Districts (Los Angeles) Shelf Number: 118718

Author: Wolff, Nancy Title: Reentry Readiness of Men and Women Leaving New Jersey Prisons Summary: This report presents the findings on a survey of reentry readiness of soon-to-be-released men and women from New Jersey prisons. Data from the survey describe the general state of this population in terms of their needs, strengths, and resources. The survey serves as both a needs/risk assessment tool and a blueprint for intervention to inform New Jersey's reentry initiatives in ways that yield the most rehabilitation and reentry preparedness out of every correctional dollar. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research, Rutgers University, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 118709

Author: George, Christine C. Title: Analysis of Shelter Utilization by Victims of Domestic Violence - Quantitative Analysis. Final Technical Report Summary: This report addresses two primary issues: 1) The shelter and service utilization patterns and outcomes and housing needs of women who are domestic violence victims, and 2) the stages in the process by which they make changes in their situation. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 206p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Chicago) Shelf Number: 118689

Author: Baddour, Ann Title: Justice for Immigration's Hidden Population: Protecting the Rights of Persons with Mental Disabilities in the Immigration Court and Detention System Summary: This report documents the scope of the problems facing immigrants with mental diabilities in the state of Texas. The report presents an analysis and recommendations on five core principles integral to ensuring just treatment and due process for immigrants with mental disabilities. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2010. 88p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118629

Author: Ahern, Laurie Title: Torture not Treatment: Electric Shock and Long-Term Restraint in the United States on Children and Adults with Disabilities at the Judge Rotenberg Center Summary: This report documents the human rights abuses of children and young adults with mental disabilities residing at the Judge Rotenberg Center in Canton, Massachusetts. Details: Washington, DC: Mental Disability Rights International, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 118303

Author: Maguire, Edward R. Title: Problem-Oriented Policing in Colorado Springs: A Content Analysis of 753 Cases Summary: Problem-oriented policing(POP) has generated substantial attention from practitioners, scholars, and policymakers. A growing body of research is beginning to cast doubt on the extent to which this reform has been implmented in police agencies as prescribed by reformers. This study presents findings from an analysis of problem-oriented policing in the Colorado Springs Police Department, one of the national leaders of problem-oriented policing in the United States. The principal form of evidence is a systematic content analysis of case summaries and reports completed by police officers in 753 POP cases in Colorado Springs. The results point to a set of common roadblocks in the implemention of POP, as well as more general patterns that seem to influence the implementation of police reform. Details: Unpublished: 2009. 31p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 118363

Author: Whiteacre, Kevin Title: Scrap Yards and Metal Theft Insurance Claims in 51 U.S. Cities Summary: Metal theft describes the theft of items for the value of their constituent metals. Jurisdictions across the U.S. are reporting increased concerns over metal theft. This study tests the hypothesis that the number of scrap yards in a city correlates with that city's rate of metal theft. Details: Indianapolis, IN: University of Indianapolis, Community Research Center, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource; Research Brief #2 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Metal Theft Shelf Number: 118757

Author: Constitution Project Title: Recommendations for Reforming Our Immigration Detention System and Promoting Access to Counsel in Immigration Proceedings Summary: In recent years, the United States has witnessed a dramatic increase in the number of non-citizens held in immigration detention. This rapidly increasing population has drawn attention to the poor conditions of the nation's immigration detention facilities and the barriers immigrant detainees face in seeking representation of counsel in removal proceedings. These problems raise a variety of constitutional and policy concerns. This report examines expedited removal, mandatory pre-removal detention, and post-removal detention and suggests much-needed agency-level and congressional reform. Details: Washington, DC: Constitution Project, 2009. 46p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118713

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Target's Safe City Program: Community Leaders Take the Initiative In Building Partnerships with the Police Summary: Safe City is a program launched by Target Corp. in 2004 in Minneapolis to foster partnerships between local police and community members to reduce crime. Over the past five years, Target and local partners have started Safe City projects in more than 20 other cities across the United States. Because each Safe City program is developed by local officials, no two programs are exactly the same. Some Safe City programs have emphasized the introduction of closed circuit television camera networks or other technology; others have focused on new methods of information-sharing between police and community leaders. In some cities, Safe City has focused on downtown business districts; in other cities, Safe City is helping to reduce violence in residential areas. This report summarizes PERF's findings about Safe City as of late 2009. It includes separate chapters about individual Safe City programs in which the key leaders share some memorable stories about what they have accomplished. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 118726

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: Enforcing Immigration Law at the State and Local Levels: A Public Policy Dilemma Summary: About 12 million out-of-status aliens currently reside in the United States, and it is estimated that it will take 15 years and more than $5 billion for the Department of Homeland Security's Immigration and Customs Enforcement to apprehend just the current backlog of absconders. One proposed solution to this enforcement problem is for federal agencies to partner with state and local law-enforcement agencies to apprehend and deport fugitive aliens. Currently, the federal government does not require state and local agencies to carry out specific immigration enforcement actions; however, comprehensive immigration reform may address this issue in the near future. Before such legislation is drafted and considered, it is important to understand all the potential impacts of a policy incorporating immigration enforcement by nonfederal entities. As there is very limited evidence about the effects of involving state and local law enforcement in immigration enforcement duties, this paper seeks to clarify the needs and concerns of key stakeholders by describing variations in enforcement approaches and making their pros and cons more explicit. The paper also suggests areas for research to add empirical evidence to the largely anecdotal accounts that now characterize discussions of the involvement of state and local law enforcement in immigration enforcemenet efforts. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 6p. Source: Internet Resource; Issues in Policing: Occasional Paper Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118623

Author: Creaser, Janet Title: Evaluation of Minnesota's Operation NightCAP Program: Final Report Summary: This project evaluated Minnesota Department of Public Safety's Operation NightCAP (Concentrated Alcohol Patrol) Program. This overtime enforcement program uses saturation patrols to identify impaired drivers. The project consisted of three tasks: a crash data analysis, a driver survey and an officer survey. The crash analysis indicated that saturation patrols have a marginally statistically significant effect on the decrease in fatal and severe-injury alcohol-related crashes rates in Minnesota. The effect of a single saturation is small (~0.1%), indicating that many patrols would be needed to see significant decreases in alcohol-related crash rates. A survey of 5000 Minnesota drivers in six counties resulted in 838 completed surveys. Approximately 19% of Minnesota drivers are aware of the program. Drivers' beliefs about impaired driving influenced their perception of alcohol-enforcement programs and their choices to drive after drinking. Fourteen program coordinators and 86 law enforcement officers from the program also responded to a survey and shared their perceptions about the program's effectiveness. Main conclusions drawn from the surveys were that saturation patrols are not highly visible to the public and the current program advertising is not very effective in communities where it is active. Main recommendations are to improve patrol visibility and associated advertising. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Transportation, 2007. 62p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crashes Shelf Number: 118752

Author: Burke, Kimberly Title: Issues in Illinois College Campus Safety: History & Development of Campus Safety Planning Summary: Incidents of extreme violence on and around college campuses, such as the shootings at Virginia Tech and Northern Illinois University, are rare. However, such events can have devastating and long-lasting consequences for students, faculty, and family members. While violent acts on campuses typically receive extensive media coverage, alcohol and drug violations, rather than violent crime, are the most prevalent types of offenses on college campuses. Nonetheless, college administrators and campus law enforcement must take threats of extreme violence seriously and do everything they can to improve the safety and security of students, faculty, and staff on campuses. The purpose of this report is to identify the incidents that inspired federal and state legislative changes regarding campus safety, to trace the history of this legislation, and to identify steps taken to ensure that institutions of higher education are safe learning environments for faculty, staff, students, and visitors. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 118767

Author: Fell, James C. Title: Evaluation of Seven Publicized Enforcement Demonstration Programs to Reduce Impaired Driving: Georgia, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Indiana, and Michigan Summary: Between 2000 and 2003, the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration funded seven alcohol demonstration projects designed to reduce impaired driving through well-publicized and highly visible enforcement. The projects were conducted in seven states: Georgia, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Indiana, and Michigan. This report describes the program evaluations conducted in all seven states. In each of the seven states, funding supported increased enforcement and publicity. In Georgia, Indiana, and Michigan funding was provided for paid advertising. Each state acted as a case study because the type and amount of publicity and enforcement differed substantially. Details: Calverton, MD: Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation, 2008. 141p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drunk Driving Shelf Number: 118751

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Drug Enforcement Administration. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: National Prescription Drug Threat Assessment Summary: This assessment focuses primarily on domestic diversion of controlled prescription drugs (CPDs). It examines current nonmedical use of prescription-type psychotherapeutic drugs (opioid pain relievers, tranquilizers, sedatives, or stimulants) and discusses their distribution, and societal impact of CPD diversion and abuse, and Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs that have been established legislatively in many states to stem CPD diversion and abuse. This assessment also examines regional deviations from national trends. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2009. 62p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 118769

Author: Gill, Molly M. Title: Correcting Course: Lessons from the 1970 Repeal of Mandatory Minimums Summary: This report calls for the U.S. Congress to reform mandatory minimum sentencing. It presents two options: excise all mandatory minimums for drug offenses found in the criminal code or expand the existing "safety valve" to allow judges to depart from the statutory sentence when that punishment would be excessive. Either solution will result in better and more cost effective criminal justice and pave the way for smarter alternatives. Details: Washington, DC: Families Against Mandatory Minimums, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 118706

Author: New Jersey. Commission of Investigation Title: Armed and Dangerous: Guns, Gangs and Easy Access to Firearms Ammunition in New Jersey Summary: This report presents a statewide invesgation into the sale and availability of firearms ammunition. It found that while New Jersey maintains some of the most stringent and restrictive laws in the United States governing the purchase and sale of handguns, the trade in actual bullets remains a wide-open, unregulated bazaar of misguided commercial activity the practical effect of which includes exacerbated gun violence on the streets of communities across the state. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2007. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 117341

Author: National League of Cities. Institute for Youth, Education and Families Title: Preventing Gang Violence and Building Communities Where Young People Thrive: A Toolkit for Municipal Leaders Summary: As a resource for mayors, councilmembers, senior municipal staff, law enforcement officials and community stakeholders and service providers, this toolkit shows how communities participating in the California Cities Gang Prevention Network - as well as cities throughout the U.S. - infuse their anti-gang work with the six core principles outlined in this report. Sections of the report explore a set of strategic partnerships that are critical to combating gang violence: cooperation among police, probation and parole, prosecutors, courts, state and federal law enforcement agencies and others in the criminal justice field; cross-system collaboration with county agencies; partnerships with schools; involvement of the faith community in mentoring and intervening with troubled youth; and engagement of neighborhood leaders and residents in supporting enforcement activities. In addition, it examines two target approaches that are becoming increasingly prevalent in cities across the country: the hiring of street outreach workers to divert gang-involved youth toward positive alternatives, prevent retaliation and promote nonviolent conflict resolution; and a growing focus on reentry strategies to ensure that young people and adults returning from detention facilities receive the services, supports and job opportunities needed. Details: Washington, DC: National League of Cities, 2010. 113p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 118418

Author: Equal Justice Initiative Title: Illegal Racial Discrimination in Jury Selection: A Continuing Legacy Summary: The staff of the Equal Justice Initiative looked closely at jury selection procedures in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, South Carolina, and Tennessee. It reviewed hundreds of court documents and interviewed more than 100 African Americans who had been excluded from juries due to racial bias. It found that some were struck from juries for stated reasons such as low intelligence, wearing glasses, manner of walking, and residing in a predominantly black neighborhood. Alabama's appellate courts found racial discrimination in jury selection in 25 death penalty cases in recent years. The Initiative also found evidence that some district attorney's offices teach prosecutors how to strike racial minorities from juries in a way that seems race-neutral. The report recommends thorough enforcement of anti-discrimination laws bearing on jury selection; penalties for prosecutors found to have engaged in discriminatory exclusions; monitoring of court proceedings and officials' conduct; greater diversity in the judiciary, district attorneys' offices, the defense bar, and law enforcement; and state action to ensure diversity in jury pools, among other remedies. Details: Montgomery, AL: Equal Justice Initiative, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juries Shelf Number: 118738

Author: Wambeam, Rodney Title: Study of Collective Efficacy and Crime in Rural Wyoming Communities with Rapid Natural Resource Related Development Summary: This study examines communities with varying rates of economic growth, and surveys resident perceptions of social cohesion and trust, informal social control, and perceptions of crime. It tests how rate of growth impacts collective efficacy and people's perceptions of community cohesion. Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 119845

Author: Giblin, Matthew J. Title: Critical Incident Preparedness and Response on Campus: Examining the Relationship Between Local Law Enforcement and Post-Secondary Institutions in Illinois and the United States Summary: The impetus for this report was the Virginia Tech (VT) shooting incident in April 2007; the authors observed in both Illinois and nationally the creation of commissions to examine campus safety issues as well as prescriptions for improving security. One of the key questions guiding the research was whether any new preparedness steps were taken. This report frames many of the findings and implications within the context of the VT shootings because the research was focuses on change pursuant to that tragedy. Data were collected beginning in April 2008 to study the changes campuses had pursued in the first year after the VT incident. Details: Carbondale, IL: Center for the Study of Crime, Delinquency & Corrections, Southern Illinois University Carbondale, 2008. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Safety Shelf Number: 118766

Author: Stone, Christopher Title: An Assessment of the Community Ombudsman Oversight Panel Summary: In March 2007, Boston Mayor Thomas Merino created the Community Ombudsman Oversight Panel (CO-OP) by Executive Order. The CO-OP serves as an appeals body to review complaints against police officers found to be "not sustained," "unfounded," or "exonerated" by the Boston Police Department. As of September 2008, approximately one year after the CO-OP began operation, only 7 out of 116 complainants eligible to appeal had appealed the finding. This report examines who so few complainants submit appeals through the CO-OP, and makes several recommendations based on the survey findings. Details: Cambridge, MA: Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, Harvard Kennedy School, 2009. 27p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 118723

Author: Nink, Carl Title: Correctional Officers: Strategies to Improve Retention. 2nd ed. Summary: Correctional officer turnover is high, and the cost of replacing these critical employees is growing. In addition, prison populations are increasing, contributing to the problems associated with retention of prison staff. This report explores issues impacting correctional agencies and companies, such as changing workforce demands, a dynamic labor market, predictors of turnover, and various reasons for why correctional officers leave their position. Research presented in this study suggests strategies in a number of focus areas (e.g., applicant screening, new employee orientation, job satisfaction, organizational commitment, supervisory relations, work environment, training and development, and salary and benefits) to improve retention of correctional officers. Details: Centerville, UT: MTC Institute, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 118762

Author: Carmichael, Dottie Title: Representing the Mentally Ill Offender: An Evaluation of Advocacy Alternatives Summary: This report presents the findings of a two-year evaluation of the two most common models through which specialized attorneys advocate for mentally ill defendants in Texas: mental health public defenders and mental health courts. The report describes the study objectives, methods, and findings, and draws conclusions about emerging roles for the defense community in improving legal and therepeutic outcomes for people with mental illness. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Task Force on Indigent Defense, Office of Court Administration, 2010. 69p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 118740

Author: Smith, Michael R. Title: A Multi-Method Evaluation of Police Use of Force Outcomes: Final Report to the National Institute of Justice Summary: This exploratory study was primarily concerned with the investigation of factors related to injuries that may occur to police officers and citizens during use of force events. The report is divided into the following eight chapters: 1) introduction; 2) an overview of the extant literature and what is currently known about how injuries occur in violence encounters betweeen police and citizens; 3) discusses how the survey was conducted and what was learned about less lethal technologies, policies, training and use of force data collection mechanisms in U.S. law enforcement agencies; 4) presents the results from the three agency-level datasets that were analyzed (Seattle, Miami-Dade, Richland County) and what incident-level variables influenced injury outcomes in those jurisdictions; 5) discusses the multiagency analysis that brought together more than 25,000 use of force records from 12 agencies and examined both policy-related and incident-level predictors of injuries; 6) presents the results from the longitudinal analysis of injury data in Orlando and Austin and discusses the effect that the decision to adopt the Taser had on officer and suspect injuries in the two cities; 7) reports on the findings from interviews with officers and suspects involved in actual use of force encounters and what factors may have contributed to their injuries; and 8) discusses the implications of the findings for policy, training, and future research. Details: Unpublished report. 2009. v.p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 118770

Author: Visher, Christy A. Title: Life after Prison: Tracking the Experiences of Male Prisoners Returning to Chicago, Cleveland, and Houston Summary: This research brief describes the experiences of 652 male prisoners in Illinois, Ohio, and Texas, who participated in the Urban Institute's longitudinal study of prisoner reentry, Returning Home: Understanding the Challenges of Prisoner Reentry. The men were surveyed shortly before release from prison and interviewed two times following their release -- at two and seven months after release. This research brief describes characteristics of the men and their reentry experiences - including program participation, housing, family relationship, substance use, employment, reoffending, and reincarceration. The brief also summarizes findings from previoius Returning Home reports regarding predictors of reintegration outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 6p. Source: Internet Resource; Research Brief, May 2010 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment of Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 118741

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Indicted: Types of Firearms and Methods of Gun Trafficking from the United States to Mexico as Revealed in U.S. Court Documents Summary: Increasing public attention is focusing on the role of the U.S. civilian firearms markets as a major source of guns supplied to the Mexican drug cartels responsible for the escalating violence on the U.S.-Mexico border. Aided by restrictions - endorsed by the National Rifle Association and implemented by Congress - on the release of federal crime gun trace data and a longstanding lack of detained information on gun commerce (both legal and illegal) in America, the gun lobby has claimed that Mexican drug lords are solely using true military weapons, not their civilian counterparts, and that such guns do not come from the U.S. civilian firearms market. This report, based on indictments and criminal information filed in U.S. district courts in the southwest United States, refutes the gun lobby's claims. The information contained in these government documents demonstrates - by the make, model, caliber, manufacturer, and retail source of firearms seized in criminal trafficking cases - that the military-style semiautomatic firearms easily available on the U.S. civilian gun market are a significant component of the weapons being trafficked to, and utilized by, the Mexican cartels. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 116304

Author: Tanana, M.J. Title: Utah Sentence Inflation Summary: This study examines the relationship between sentencing statute changes and the prison population in the State of Utah from 1988-2007 for Felony Sex Offenses, Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol/Drugs and Possession of a Controlled Substance. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Sentences Shelf Number: 114909

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Evaluation of Utah Project Safe Neighborhoods: Final Report Summary: This report evaluates the Utah Project Safe Neighborhoods program, a comprehensive, multi-agency intervention designed to reduce gun crime. The evaluation determined the effectiveness of PSN Partnerships, examined successful gun prosecutions, evaluated changes in felony firearm use, and measured the effectiveness of the public awareness campaign, training, and outreach programs. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Criminal and Juvenile Justice Consortium, College of Social Work, University of Utah, 2005. 154p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 111247

Author: Cloyes, Kristin G. Title: Prescription and Use of Psychotropic Medications in Utah Division of Juvenile Justice Secure Care Facilities Summary: Recent national studies report that the numbers of youth with mental disorders who become engaged with the juvenile justice system are increasing, and subsequently the prevalence of mental health disorders for youth in custody is on the rise. Several published estimates place the ratio of youth in custody with mental disorders requiring treatment at 60-75%. Recent research has also found that 63% of youth involved with Utah Juvenile Justice Services experience considerable mental distress or have significant emotional, behavioral or mental disorders. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2008. 80p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Inmates (Utah) Shelf Number: 114816

Author: Appleseed Title: Assembly Line Injustice: Blueprint to Reform America's Immigration Courts Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the Immigration Court system across the U.S. by gathering the opinions of those who face the challenges of the system on a daily basis. Interviews were conducted among a broad sample of experts, including practitioners, officials of nonprofit associations, leaders of professional organizations, academics and governmental players. This report presents the findings of these interviews, as well as a series of recommendations to bring the reality of fair play and equal justice to the Immigration Court system. Details: Washington, DC: Appleseed, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 118771

Author: Stone, Christopher Title: Policing Los Angeles Under a Consent Decree: The Dynamics of Change at the LAPD Summary: After a decade of policing crises that began with the beating of Rodney King in 1991 and culminated in the Rampart police corruption scandal in 1999, the U.S. Department of Justice announced in May 2000 that it had accumulated enough evidence to sue the City of Los Angeles over a pattern-and-practice of police misconduct. Later that year, the city government entered a "consent decree" promising to adopt scores of reform measures under the supervision of the Federal Court. This study concludes that the the LAPD has significantly redeemed itself in the eyes of the public. A full 83 percent of city residents say the LAPD is doing a good or excellent job - up from 71 percent two years ago. The study found that the quality and quantity of law enforcement has improved since 2002 even as police used less serious force each year since 2004. Details: Cambridge, MA: Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, Harvard Kennedy School, 2009. 68p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: 129782 Shelf Number: 118799

Author: Pergamit, Michael Title: Why They Run: An In-Depth Look at America's Runaway Youth Summary: This report examines the runaway problem in America and begins to fill in the gaps of what is already known and what can be done on new research. The report does the following: (1) considers existing data about the issue through a decade's worth of expert studies; (2) weighs the trend data compiled by the National Runaway Switchboard, which handles more than 100,000 calls annually - an average of 273 calls per day with runaway and at-risk youth, family members and other individuals with questions or concerns about a youth; and (3) examines the one-on-one interviews from America's youth, who are residing in shelters or living on the street, about the real and perceived issues when it comes to reaching out for help. Details: Chicago: National Runaway Switchboard, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 118798

Author: Garrett, Thomas A Title: Crime and Arrests: Deterrence or Resource Reallocation? Summary: This study uses monthly time-series data for 20 large U.S. cities to test the deterrence hypothesis (arrests reduce crimes) and the resource reallocation hypotheses (arrests follow from an increase in crime). The study found (1) weak support for the deterrence hypothesis, (2) much stronger support for the resource reallocation hypothesis, and (3) differences in city-level estimates suggest much heterogeneity in the crime and arrest relationship across regions. Details: St. Louis, MO: Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource; Working Paper 2010-011A Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests (U.S.) Shelf Number: 118801

Author: Schmitt, John Title: The High Budgetary Cost of Incarceration Summary: Ths United States currently incarcerates a higher percentage of its population than any other country in the world. In 2008, over 2.3 million Amreicans were in prison or jail, and one of every 48 working-age men was behind bars. The financial costs of these corrections policies are staggering. In 2008, federal, state, and local governments spent about $75 billion on corrections, the large majority of which was spent on incarceration. Reducing the number of non-violent offenders in our prisons and jails by half would lower this bill by $16.9 billion per year, with the largest share of these savings accruing to financially speezed state and local governments. This report first documents the high and rising rates of incarceration in the United States, comparing the U.S. prison and jail population to the rest of the world and to our own historical experience. The report then reviews the main causes for the rise in incarceration and analyzes the relationship between incarceration and national crime rates. The final section of the report quantifies some of the direct financial costs of incarceration and discusses the scope for budgetary savings, particularly for state and local govenrments. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Economic and Policy Research, 2010. 17p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 118814

Author: Delaney, Christopher L. Title: The Effects of Focused Deterrence on Gang Homicide: An Evaluation of Rochester's Ceasefire Program Summary: In the late 1990's, a problem oriented policing initiative in Boston, "Operation: Ceasefire", achieved significant reductions in youth homicide by focusing on gang behavior. The program was driven by a concept known as focused deterrence. The success of the Boston program encouraged other jurisdictions across the country to implement their own versions of the Ceasefire project. In recent years, violence in Rochester, NY came to be seen as consistent with the gang driven problem described in Boston and a version of Operation Ceasefire was implemented in October, 2003. This study examines the Ceasefire program as implemented in Rochester, NY from October 2003 to December 2004. Using an interrupted time-series research design, the study finds limited but statistically significant reductions in homicides of black males ages 15-30 during the Ceasefire intervention period. Despite this finding, increases in 2005 homicides of black males ages 15-30 have raised concerns about the effectiveness of the program. A postscript examines the 2005 increase and considers explanations for the increase associated with potential theoretical and operational shortcomings in the Ceasefire program. Details: Rochester, NY: College of Liberal Arts/Public Policy Program, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2005. 157p. Source: Master's Thesis; Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Program Shelf Number: 118682

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Making Bail in New York City: Commercial Bonds and Cash Bail Summary: This research examined bail making by defendants in New York City in a sample of cases with an arrest in 2005, focusing on the role of commercial bonds. The report concludes with a discussion of the implications of the findings, suggesting several strategies that could lessen defendants' growing reliance on bondsmen. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (New York City) Shelf Number: 118716

Author: Diaz, Tom Title: Big Boomers: Rifle Power Designed Into Handguns Summary: This report examines the growing threat to law enforcement officers by the use of powerful new handguns called "big boomers" by the gun industry. The rounds fired from these guns can penetrate all but the most resistant body armor. The study traces the proliferation of various big boomers and the gun industry's increased marketing of vest-buster handguns following the 2003 introduction of the first vest buster: the Model 500 S&W Magnum from Smith & Wesson. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 118715

Author: Weaver, Gary Title: Home Invasions & Identity Theft: The Role of Asian Gangs Summary: This project provides a comprehensive and systematic analysis of Asian home invasions (residential robbery) to better understand the criminal modus operandi involved in Asian home invasions. It provides a profile of suspects committing home invasions, and describes characteristics of victims of home invasions. This analysis has two principal components: 1) interviews with police officials and gang members and 2) the examination of fifty-five cases of home invasion in four states. The study proposes recommendations to enhance practices of criminal investigation, suggests new policies in crime prevention and investigation, and suggests new public policy initiatives in crime prevention to owners of individual residences and small businesses. Details: Bethesda, MD: Center for Asian Crime Studies, International Association of Asian Crime Investigators, 2004. 105p. Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for The County of Orange, California Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Asian Gangs Shelf Number: 118675

Author: Women's Refugee Commission Title: Halfway Home: Unaccompanied Children in Immigration Custody Summary: Thousands of children migrate to the United States each year. Many of these children come fleeing war, violence, abuse or natural disaster; others come to reunite with family members already here, or to seek better lives for themselves. They undertake difficult journeys, often across numerous international borders, and often alone. Unaccompanied children are some of the most vulnerable migrants who cross our borders, and are in need of special protections appropriate for their situation. Yet they face additional hurdles upon arrival. They are placed in custody while their immigration cases proceed through the courts, and they must undergo adversarial immigration proceedings, often without the help of a lawyer or guardian. In March 2003, the Homeland Security Act (HSA) transferred custody of unaccompanied alien children from the former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR). 4 ORR, a division of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) created the Division of Unaccompanied Children's Services (DUCS) to provide care and services to this population. In an effort to assess the effectiveness of the transfer, the Women's Refugee Commission* and the law firm of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (Orrick) embarked on a landmark study of the conditions of care and confinement for children in immigration proceedings without a parent or guardian. We visited 30 DUCS programs, three facilities where Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detains children and three Border Patrol stations. In addition, we interviewed staff, attorneys, advocates, social workers and more than 200 children. In this report, we provide an overview of what life is like for children in DUCS, Border Patrol and ICE custody. In general, we found that the treatment of most unaccompanied children has greatly improved with the transfer of custody to DUCS. The majority of children are eventually released to parents, relatives or sponsors and a good number of those not eligible for release are held in child-friendly shelter facilities or foster home placements. DUCS has made significant improvements in the quality of medical care, has identified children in need of protection and has created a mechanism to better ensure that children are released to safe environments. In addition, DUCS has created pilot programs to provide legal assistance and guardians ad litem to some children. The recent passage of the William Wilberforce Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008 (TVPRA) should further enhance protections for children. We conclude that HHS is the most appropriate entity to provide care and custody for unaccompanied children. However, while important improvements have been made and children are better cared for, the Women's Refugee Commission found that significant child protection challenges remain under the current system. Border Patrol and ICE, which are agencies of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), continue to detain children in inappropriate facilities. In addition, the DUCS program was based in large part on the old INS model of care and has suffered from growing pains and significant challenges as a result. The transfer of custody to DUCS has shifted service provision away from a criminal justice culture and injected social services into the system; however, the intent of the transfer, which was to decouple prosecution from care, has not been fully realized. The roles of prosecutor and caretaker continue to be interwoven in a manner that interferes with the best interest of children. As a result, today's system of care is in many ways a friendlier face superimposed on the old INS model. In essence, we found that the transfer of custody was incomplete because: - DHS still serves as the gatekeeper in deciding which children will be transferred to DUCS, and when. - DHS inappropriately retains custody of some children whom we consider to be unaccompanied. - DUCS continues in some cases to rely on an institutional model of care that lacks appropriate monitoring and oversight and that fails to protect confidentiality or provide adequate services to all children consistent with child welfare principles. As a result: - DHS exerts significant influence over care and custody of unaccompanied children despite the fact that DUCS is the legal custodian for this population. - Not all unaccompanied children are transferred to DUCS custody, and many who are transferred are not transferred within 72 hours, as mandated by the Flores Settlement (see Appendix I). - Conditions at Border Patrol and ICE facilities remain inappropriate for children. - Services are compromised by the concentration of DUCS programs in rural areas. - DUCS inappropriately shares children's information with DHS, undermining children's access to reunification and relief. - Children's ability to access protection is limited by a lack of legal representation and lack of access to guardians ad litem. - Despite clear procedures, DUCS does not have effective or adequate monitoring practices. - DUCS does not place all children in the least restrictive setting appropriate for their needs. It has recently been increasing the number of children placed in staff-secure and secure facilities and has few therapeutic programs. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission; Orrick Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.refworld.org/pdfid/498c41bf2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 117115

Author: McManus, Rob, ed. Title: Altered States in the Palmetto State: Statistical Indicators of Illegal Drug Use Summary: This report brings together criminal justice and public health data to provide an overview of the extent and nature of illegal drug use in South Carolina. The report brings together indicators of illegal drug use such as drug arrests, drug testing results, court filings, admissions to prison and community correctional supervision, drug related emergency room discharges, drug related in-patient discharges and estimates from user surveys. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2008. 227p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 117596

Author: Dieter, Richard C. Title: Smart on Crime: Reconsidering the Death Penalty in a Time of Economic Crisis: National Poll of Police Chiefs Puts Capital Punishment at Bottom of Law Enforcement Priorities: A Report Summary: This report analyzes the costs of the death penalty as measured in various state studies. It examines why the death penalty is so expensive and why it may be impossible to cut those costs without endangering fundamental rights. The report looks closely at the opinions of law enforcement experts and finds little support for continuing to spend enormous sums on an ineffective program when so many other areas of need are being short changed. Details: Washington, DC: Death Penalty Information Center, 2009. 26p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment, Costs Shelf Number: 117613

Author: Bjerk, David Title: How Much Can We Trust Causal Interpretations of Fixed-Effects Estimators in the Context of Criminality? Summary: Researchers are often interesting in estimating the causal effect of some treatment on individual criminality. For example, two recent relatively prominent papers have attempted to estimate the respective direct effects of marriage and gang participation on individual criminal activity. One difficulty to overcome is that the treatment is often largely the product of individual choice. This issue can cloud causal interpretations of correlations between the treatment and criminality since those choosing the treatment (e.g. marriage or gang membership) may have differed in their criminality from those who did not even in the absence of the treatment. To overcome this potential for selection bias, researchers have often used various forms of individual fixed-effects estimators. While such fixed-effects estimators may be an improvement on basic cross-sectional methods, they are still quite limited when it comes to uncovering a true causal effect of the treatment on individual criminality because they may fail to account for the possibility of dynamic selection. Using data from the NSLY97, this study shows that such dynamic selection can potentially be quite large when it comes to criminality, and may even be exacerbated when using more advanced fixed-effects methods such an Inverse Probabilitiy of Treatment Weighting. Therefore substantial care must be taken when it comes to interpreting the results arising from fixed-effects methods. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: National Poverty Center, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource; National Poverty Center Working Paper Series; #09-14 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminality Shelf Number: 117773

Author: Pierce-Danford, Kristy Title: Commonwealth of Virginia: Roadmap for Evidence-Based Practices in Community Corrections Summary: In recent years, community corrections agencies across Virginia have been modifying their practices to be consistent with evidence-based practices. The Department of Criminal Justice Services and the Virginia Community Criminal Justice Association have worked assiduously toward the goal of having all local probation and pretrial agencies become evidence-based and contribute to improved public safety in Virginia. This roadmap is a guide for the sustainable implementation and replication of evidence-based practices in pretrial and local probation agencies across the states. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, Community Resources for Justice, 2010. 131p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections (Virginia) Shelf Number: 118829

Author: Fox Valley Technical College Title: The Crime of Family Abduction: A Child's and Parent's Perspective Summary: Family abduction is the most prevalent form of child abduction in the United States. This publication is designed to provide the searching famliy, law enforcement, and mental health professionals with strategies to build a comprehensive, child-centered approach to recovery and healing. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abduction Shelf Number: 118816

Author: U.S. National Institute of Corrections Title: Core Competencies: A Resource for Parole Board Chairs, Members, and Executive Staff Summary: Paroling authorities play a critical role in correctional systems nationwide. They make thousands of decisions each year about the timing of release from prison for a significant number of offenders. They set conditions of release and respond to violations of postrelease supervision for many thousand more. Recognizing this critical role, the National Institute of Corrections is engaged in a major initiative to develop useful resources for parole board chairs, members, and their executive staff. This report provides an overview of how the role of paroling authorities is, and should be, changing to meet the challenges facing the corrections field as it looks forward, and is the first of the series intended to both outline the complex and varied challenges facing paroling authorities and identify and nurture the skills needed to address those challenges. Details: Washington, DC: NIC, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource; Parole Essentials: Practical Guides for Parole Leaders, No. 1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 118559

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Women in Law Enforcement, 1987-2008 Summary: This report presents data from the Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics surveys, covering 1987 to 2007, and from the Census of Federal Law Enforcement Officers from 1996-2008. This data brief presents trends in the percent of law enforcement officers at the local, state, and federal level who are women. It compares the percent of female law enforcement officers in individual police departments with 2,000 or more sworn officers between 1997 and 2007. The report also provides the percent of female officers in 1998 and 2008 in specific federal agencies with 500 or more sworn officers. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource; Crime Data Brief Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 119137

Author: Jargowsky, Paul A. Title: Cause or Consequence? Suburbanization and Crime in U.S. Metropolitan Areas Summary: Inner-city crime is a motivating factor for middle-class flight, and therefore crime is a cause of suburbanization. Movement of the middle- and upper-classes to the suburbs, in turn, isolates the poor in central city ghettos and barrios. Sociologists and criminologists have argued that the concentration of poverty creates an environment within which criminal behavior becomes normative, leading impressionable youth to adopt criminal lifestyles. Moreover, from the perspective of routine activity theory, the deterioration of social capital in high-poverty areas reduces the capacity for guardianship. Therefor, suburbanization may also cause crime. This study argues that prior research has not distinguished between the causal and compositional effects of suburbanization on crime. The study shows that the causal component can be identified by linking metropolitan-level crime rates, rather than central-city crime rates, to measures of suburbanization. Using UCR and Census data from 2000, the study finds a positive relationship betwen suburbanization and metropolitan crime. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: National Poverty Center, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource; National Poverty Center Working Paper Series #8-12 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Metropolitan Areas Shelf Number: 119141

Author: Williams, Marian R. Title: Policing for Profit: The Abuse of Civil Asset Forfeiture Summary: This report presents a national study on the use and abuse of civil asset forfeiture and the first study to grade the civil forfeiture laws of all 50 U.S. states and the U.S. federal government. Under state and federal civil asset forfeiture laws, law enforcement agencies can seize and keep property suspected of involvement in criminal activity. This incentive has led to concern that civil forfeiture encourages policing for profit, as agencies pursue forfeitures to boost their budgets at the expense of other policing priorities. The results in this study demonstrate not only that federal equitable sharing is a loophole that state and local law enforcement use to circumvent strict state laws but also that pursuit of profit is a significant motivator in civil forfeiture actions. Simply put, when laws make civil forfeiture easier and more profitable, law enforcement engages in more of it. Details: Arlington, VA: Institute for Justice, 2010. 119p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (U.S.) Shelf Number: 119150

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Effects of Welfare Reform on Illicit Drug Use of Adult Women Summary: Exploiting changes in welfare policy across states and over time and comparing relevant population subgroups within an economietric difference-in-differences framework, this study estimates the causal effects of welfare reform on adult women's illicit drug use from 1992 to 2002, the period during which welfare reform unfolded in the U.S. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16072 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119108

Author: Walsh, Nastassia Title: Baltimore Behind Bars: How to Reduce the Jail Population, Save Money and Improve Public Safety Summary: This report details Baltimore's complex system of city policing practices and court and bail processes that contribute to a high percentage of city residents being detained in jail, often unneccessarily. The report also finds that the courts are clogged with too many cases, which further contributes to people being held pre-trial for extended periods of time. The report details how more than half of the prople arrested in Baltimore are locked up in jail to await trial, with more than half of those in jail not being offered bail. The State of Maryland, which owns and operates the jail complex, is currently planning two new jail facilities in Baltimore at an estimated cost of $280 million. The report notes that while these facilities will be an improvement over aging facilities, they may needlessly increase the number of people incarcerated in the jails. Increasing the number of jail beds, and improving facilities, may create a disincentive to finding effective alternatives to pretrial detention, leading to more people in jail instead of less. The report recommends that by implementing effective solutions to reduce the number of people in the current jail, money could be re-directed towards services like education, employment support and treatment. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2010. 73p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 119132

Author: Orr, Cynthia Hujar Title: American's Problem-Solving Courts: The Criminal Costs of Treatment and the Case for Reform Summary: Drug courts have swept the U.S. without much debate or input from the criminal defense bar. This report seeks to inform and redefine the debate by considering and challenging the fundamental criminal justice lens through which drug-related issues are evaluated. Because "the definition of the alternatives is the supreme instrument of power," accepting the criminal justice paradigm legitimizes drug courts while ignoring other smart, fair, effective, and economical approaches. The report also summarizes the history and evolution of drug courts, evaluates their operation and effectiveness, makes an overarching recommendation on the treatment of addictions, and offers a number of recommendations to ensure that the procedures and practices in drug court comply with constitutional and ethical norms. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 118691

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation. Crime Statistics Unit Title: School Crime Study: A Study of Offenses, Offender, Arrestee and Victim Data Reported To The Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System Summary: This study presents information about the characteristics surrounding crime in Tennessee schools, focusing upon public and private school systems, excluding colleges/university and technical schools. The time frame covered by the study was the years 2006 through 2008.The study specifically addresses incident characteristics, offender characteristics, arrestee characteristics, offense characteristics, victim characteristics, and victim to offender characteristics. Details: Nashville, TN: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime (Tennessee) Shelf Number: 118692

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods in West Virginia: Selected Findings from Gun Crime and Domestic Violence Initiatives Summary: This report describes West Virginia's Project Safe Neighborhoods, a federal initiative aimed at reducing gun violence in local communities through coordinated strategic planning. Distinct gun violence problems were identified by West Virginia's two judicial districts and each took a slightly different approach to implementing Project Safe Neighborhoods. However, the primary intervention in each district was the development of a media campaign based on deterring gun violence through awareness of federal firearms laws. Details: Charleston, WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Division of Criminal Justice Services, Department of Military Affairs and Public Safety, 2007. 48p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119163

Author: Lauritsen, Janel L. Title: Gender and Violent Victimization, 1973-2005 Summary: This study examined long-term trends in violent victimization by gender and various socio-demographic data, using relevant data from the National Crime Survey and its successor, the National Crime Victimization Survey for the period 1973-2005. Details: Unpublished report submitted to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2009. 86p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119159

Author: Wyckoff, Laura Title: Problem Solving and Partnerships in Prosecution: A Process Evaluation of Community Prosecution in Two Maryland State's Attorney's Offices Summary: The University of Maryland's Institute for Governmental Service and Research has been reviewing the processes of community and traditional prosecution in two Maryland counties. Through individual interviews and survey responses from State's Attorney's Office staff, local police departments and community organizations, the researchers have gathered data on the daily operations, goals, and collaborative relationships created by both community prosecution and traditional prosecution units, with special focus on cases of gun violence. The research found that problem solving is highly regarded by both traditional and community prosecutors. However, the offices are only beginning to achieve a problem-solving focus. Prosecutors have formed useful partnerships that may help lead to further problem-solving strategies as community prosecution units continue to develop and gain experience. The report concludes with recommendations for further areas of development and future outcome evaluations of community prosecution. Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2009. 97p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 119158

Author: Cahn, Katherine Title: Stronger Youth and Smarter Communitieis: An Analysis of Oregon's Investment in Runaway and Homeless Youth Programs Summary: The Oregon Runaway and Homeless Workgroup estimates that 24,000 unaccompanied youth experience homelessness each year in Oregon. Oregon is home to innovative runaway and homeless youth services, but these rely heavily on federal funds and are available primarily in the I-5 corridor. Youth in rural areas, or smaller towns unable to access federal funds, are at risk. To address this problem, the 2007 Oregon State Legislature apppropriated $1 million to the 2007-2009 budget of the Oregon Commission on Children and Familiies to enhance, expand, or develop services and supports for previously un-served runaway and/or homeless youth. The funding allocated enabled the Commission on Children and Families to "roll out" services in 8 counties. This report provides an evaluation on some of the short-term and outcomes of this investment. Details: Portland, OR: Center for Improvement of Child and Family Services, Portland State University, 2009. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://commons.pacificu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1014&context=casfac Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Children Shelf Number: 118820

Author: Latessa, Edward J. Title: Community Corrections Centers, Parolees, and Recidivbism: An Investigation into the Characteristics of Effective Reentry Programs in Pennsylvania Summary: This report reviews the methodology, analysis, findings and recommendations related to the evaluation of the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections Community Corrections Centers and Facilities. Specifically, the research study was designed to examine the link between program integrity and effectiveness. Other than identifying the program characteristics associated with measures of effectiveness, the intention of this study was to: 1) provide information about the effective of the Community Corrections Centers (CCC) and Community Contract Facilities (CCR) in Pennsylvania; 2) identify strengths and weaknesses in CCCs and CCFs; 3) provide a blueprint for developing more effective programs in Pennsylvania; 4) develop a protocol for matching parolees to programming based on risk and need; and 5) assist the state in identifying programming characteristics to be considered when making program funding decisions. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, 2009. 206p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 119161

Author: Great Britain. HM Chief Inspector of Prisons Title: Muslim Prisoners' Experiences: A Thematic Review Summary: There are around 10,300 Muslims in prisons in England and Wales, a number that has been growing steadily over recent years. There has been considerable public focus on them as potential extremists and on prisons as the place where they may become racialized, often through conversion - even though fewer than 1% are in prison because of terrorist-related offenses. This report looks at the actual experience and perceptions of Muslim prisoners - using prisoner surveys and inspection reports over a three-year period, and supplementing this with in-depth interviews with a representative sample of 164 Muslim men in eight prisons and interviews with the Muslim chaplains there. The headline finding, from surveys and interviews, is that Muslim prisoners report more negatively on their prison experience, and particularly their safety and their relationship with staff, than other prisoners - this is even more pronounced than the discrepancy between the reported experiences of black and minority ethnic prisoners compared to white prisoners. Details: London: HM Inspector of Prisons, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119133

Author: Leone, Peter Title: Addressing the Unmet Educational Needs of Children and Youth in the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems Summary: Children and youth involved in the child welfare and juvenile justice systems, like all children, deserve a quality education that allows them to develop the skills and competencies necessary for them to become productive adults. Regrettably, this is infrequently the case. Many of these children and youth leave school without a regular diploma, and still others graduate without the academic skills and social-emotional competencies that constitute twenty-first learning skills. School-related problems are similar for students in both systems, which frequently serve the same children and youth. This paper explores the work that is being done in each system to better meet the educational needs of students within each system and those who are known to both - so-called crossover youth. The paper further challenges the two systems to think more holistically about how to operate in a seamless manner in meeting those needs. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University, 2010. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/CJJR-AddressingtheUnmetEducationalNeeds-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Agencies Shelf Number: 118680

Author: Fedders, Barbara Title: Do You Know Where the Children Are? A Report on Massachusetts Youth Unlawfully Held Without Bail Summary: In 2004, over four thousand Massachusetts children and youth between the ages of seven and seventeen spent time behind bars -- in some cases up to four days -- after their arrest and prior to their first court appearance. While the law requires that young people must be at least fourteen years old to be detained, more than five hundred children under fourteen were so held that year. This report calls for an end to this practice, and provides recommendations for addressing the problem without litigation. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2006. 13p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 119114

Author: Klein, Steven Title: Correctional Education: Assessing the Status of Prison Programs and Information Needs Summary: Drawing on existing federal data sources, this report presents indicators on the scale and effectiveness of correctional education programs offered in federal and state prisons. Documenting trends in inmate access to instructional programs, the characteristics of participants and the outcomes of program participants, each indicator is intended to provide readers with an understanding of the status of correctional education programs today and the context in which they are evolving. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Safe and Drug-Free Schools, 2004. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 119116

Author: Lichtenberger, Eric Title: Utilizing Post-Release Outcome Information To Measure the Effectiveness of Correctional Education Programs Summary: This paper provides correctional education administrators and research analysts with strategies for effectively collecting post-release outcome data and putting it to use both internally and externally. The paper highlights the approaches used by select states, as well as their outside evaluators and researchers, to measure the extent to which the programs meet post-release program goals and objectives. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office of Safe and Drug-Free Schools, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 119117

Author: Bazos, Audrey Title: Correctional Education as a Crime Control Program Summary: This study compares the cost-effectiveness of two crime control methods - educating prisoners and expanding prisons. One million dollars spent on correctional education prevents about 600 crimes, while that same money invested in incarceration prevents 350 crimes. Correctional education is almost twice as cost-effective as a crime control policy. Additionally, correctional education may actually create long-run net cost savings. Inmates who participate in education programs are less likely to return to prison. For each re-incarceration prevented by education, states save about $20,000. One million dollars invested in education would prevent 26 re-incarcerations, for net future savings of $600,000. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA School of Public Policy and Social Research, Department of Policy Studies, 2004. 33p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 119115

Author: Moffatt, Luke Title: Crime Mapping Project: Project Safe Neighborhoods Hawaii Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods is a partnership program designed to reduce firearm-related crime. This report presents the offender dataset and crime mapping used in the implementation of Project Safe Neighborhoods in Hawaii. The report presents 37 maps constructed to show the location of offenses targeted in the program. Details: Honolulu: Hawaii Department of the Attorney General, Crime Prevention and Justice Assistance Division, 2005. 56p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Mapping Shelf Number: 119134

Author: O'Connell, John P., Jr. Title: Delaware Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Project 2003 to 2006 Evaluation with Recidivism Follow-up Results Summary: This report presents program implementation issues and outcome data from Delaware's Serious and Violence Offender Reentry Project (SVORI). Implementation issues included selecting elible offenders offenders to complex issues concering the extent to which legal and societal barriers would affect successful reentry. Recidivism rates for the program were similar to that found in other reentry programs. Of the 303 participants, approximately one third successfully completed the program and approximately one quarter remained arrest-free at one year following release from prison. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 119199

Author: Wolf, Robert V. Title: A Full Response to an Empty House: Public Safety Strategies for Addressing Mortgage Fraud and the Foreclosure Crisis Summary: This report presents a detailed snapshot of mortgage fraud and forclosures, including their causes, their impact on neighborhoods, and jurisdictions' responses. The report is intended to serve as a guide to government and law enforcement officials across the U.S. seeking to address these challenges in their own communities. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 119147

Author: Kramer, John Title: Evaluation of the Pennsylvania Board of Probation and Parole's Violation Sanction Grid Summary: This study focuses on sanctions and recommitments for parole and technical violations among a ten-month cohort of Pennsylvania parolees. With more than 10,000 releases a year and recommitments expected to be in excess of 50% over three years, recommitments represent a significant policy arena for study, one that affects prison populations, and more importantly for this research, involves decisions by parole officers regarding the use of available sanctioning resources. This report examines these decisions by following more than 8,000 Pennsylvania offenders paroled between September 1, 2006 and June 30, 2007. Through official information compiled by the Pennsylvania Board of Probation and Parole, it examines parolee's violations of parole and the sanctions applied in response to those violations. The study is based on both quantitative and qualitative parole reports. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency, 2008. 64p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 119144

Author: Amnesty International Title: Ending Domestic Violence in Albania: The Next Steps Summary: This report analyses the progress made in addressing domestic violence in Albania over that last three years after the adoption of the Law on Measures against Violence in Family Relations. It concludes that more women now have confidence to report domestic violence to the authorities. Yet, despite the growing number of petitions made for protection orders, the Albanian government needs to take further measures to implement the law and ensure the prevention of, protection from, and prosecution of domestic violence. Details: London: Amnesty International, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Albania) Shelf Number: 119167

Author: Center for Constitutional Rights Title: Racial Disparity in NYPD Stops-and-Frisks: The Center for Constitutional Rights Preliminary Report on UF-250 Data from 2005 through June 2008. Summary: This report presents the following preliminary findings: 1) The NYPD's use of stop-and-frisk is on the rise; 2) The NYPD continues to disproportionately stop and frisk Black and Latino individuals; 3) Blacks and Latinos are more likely to be frisked after an NYPD-initiatited stop than Whites; 4) Blacks and Latinos are more likely to have physical force used against them during a NYPD-initiatied stop than Whites; 5) Stops-and-frisks result in a minimal weapons yield and/or contraband yield; and 6) The proportion of stops-and-frisks by race does not correspond with rates of arrest of summons. Details: New York: Center for Constitutional Rights, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 119179

Author: Benoit-Bryan, Jennifer Title: National Runaway Switchboard Crisis Caller Trends: An Analysis of Trends in Crisis Calls to the National Runaway Switchboard's 1-800-RUNAWAY Crisis Hotline for the Period 2000-2009 Summary: This analysis found that the number of throwaways calling the National Runaway Switchboard crisis line has increased by 21 percent over the past year, 48 percent over the past three years, and 68 percent between 2000-2009. There are a number of indicators from the trend analysis that point to the economic downturn as negatively affecting runaway and homeless youth. Details: Chicago: National Runaway Switchboard, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 119177

Author: Weller, Steven Title: A Bench Guide for State Trial Court Judges on the Immigration Consequences of State Court Criminal Actions Summary: This bench guide is intended to help state trial court judges identify circumstances before them in which a state criminal conviction or sentence might have possible collateral immigration consequences, to assure that alien litigants have been properly advised by their attorneys of the possible immigration implications of entering a guilty plea or going to trial. In particular, judges need to be aware of these issues when taking a guilty plea or determining an appropriate sentence. Details: Denver, CO: Center for Public Policy Studies, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 119172

Author: Shoaf, Lisa Contos Title: Evaluation of the Akron Weed and Seed Program 2000-2004 Summary: Operation Weed and Seed is a strategy designed to prevent, control, and reduce violent crime, drug crime, and gang activity in targeted high-crime neighborhoods. The strategy consists of two primary components: a weeding strategy designed to weed out individuals contributing to crime in the neighborhood and a seeding strategy that brings services to the neighborhood dedicated to prevention, intervention, treatment and neighborhood revitalization. This study assesses the city of Akron's Weed and Seed program over the last five years of its existence, from 2000 through 2004, with special emphasis on the weeding component of the program. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Jsutice Services, Statistical Analysis Center, 2005. 50p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 119152

Author: Hisborough County Sheriff's Office. Independent Review Commission Title: Independent Review Commission on Hillsborough County Jails: Final Report Summary: The report examines inmate booking and incarceration policies, conditions, and procedures in Hillsborough County (Florida) jails and provides the citizens of Hillsborough County a public report regarding: 1) patterns, customs, and practices of conduct and discipline in the jails; 2) policies and procedures that are or should be in place: 3) managment and supervisory oversight; and 4) training and employee development. Details: Tampa, FL: Independent Review Commission, 2008. 101p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 113300

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Community-Based Violence Preventoin: An Assessment of Pittsburgh's One Vision One Life Program Summary: This report assesses the implementation and impact of the One Vision One Life violence-prevention strategy in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. In 2003, Pittsburgh witnessed a 49-percent increase in homicides, prompting a grassroots creation and implementation of the One Vision One Life antiviolence strategy. This initiative used a problem-solving, data-driven model, including street-level intelligence, to intervene in escalating disputes, and seeks to place youth in appropriate social programs. Analysis of the program, which is modeled on similar efforts elsewhere, can help inform other efforts to address urban violence. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119164

Author: Williams, Sarah Title: The City of Easton Weed and Seed Initiative: Evaluation 2008 Summary: This report is an evaluation and needs assessment of Easton Weed & Seed carried out between September snd November 2008. It includes background on the program and target neighborhood, a description of the Weed & Seed programs, the results of focus groups conducted with target residents and surveys of community residents. It concludes with overall impressions and recommendations. Details: Bethelmen, PA: Lehigh Valley Research Consortium, 2008. 23p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Shelf Number: 119151

Author: Lee, Seungmug Title: The Impact of Home Burglar Alarm Systems on Residential Burglaries Summary: This study examined the impact of home burglar alarms on residential burglaries in Newark, New Jersey during 2001 to 2005. Specifically, it examined: 1) the overall relationship between burglar alarms and residential burglaries over these years; 2) the relationships of burglar alarms and residential burglaries to demographic, socio-economic, and housing character indicators; 3) the spatial relationship between burglar alarms and residential burglaries using autocorrelation and clustering methods; and 4) the possible consequences of burglar alarms in terms of displacement of residential burglaries or diffusion of benefits. Details: Newark, NJ: Graduate Program in Criminal Justice, Rutgers, The State ofUniversity, 2008. 339p. Source: Dissertation Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Burglar Alarms Shelf Number: 114904

Author: Hayes, Lindsay M. Title: National Study of Jail Suicide: 20 Years Later Summary: This report presents the most comprehensive updated information on the extent and distribution of inmate suicides throughout the country, including data on the changing face of suicide victims. Most important, the study challenges both jail and health-care officials and their respective staffs to remain diligent in identifying and managing suicidal inmates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Suicides Shelf Number: 119104

Author: Pennsylvania. Interbranch Commission on Juvenile Justice Title: Interbranch Commission on Juvenile Justice Report Summary: The Interbranch Commission on Juvenile Justice was established in the summer of 2009 in response to a highly publicized judicial corruption scandal in Luzerne County (Pennsylvania) involving millions of dollars in alleged payoffs to two judges and rights violations of thousands of juvenile defendants in the county's juvenile court. This report includes the following sections: 1) What Went Wrong, a narrative that describes the many elements of the judicial scandal and the breakdown of the juvenile justice system in Luzerne County; 2) The Proceedings of the Interbranch Commission on Juvenile Justice, which provides a summary of the commission's investigation followed by segments, organized in categories that contain detailed findings and testimony; 3) a section containing all the commission's recommendations; and the report's conclusion. Details: Philadelphia: The Commission, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 119174

Author: Ward, Rebecca Title: ACCESS: Assertive Continuing Care Ensuring Sobriety and Success Final Evaluation Report Summary: As formerly incarcerated youth return to the community, they are often faced with significant barriers to effective reintegration, including lack of educational and housing options, gang affiliation, an institutional identity, and substance abuse and mental health problems. During recent years, more attention has been paid to these reentry issues, which has resulted in the development of a number of evidence-based reentry models. One of these, Assertive Continuing Care (ACC), uses intensive case management, home visits, and parental/caregiver involvement to directly target the multiple barriers these youth face to successful reentry. In 2004, Using ACC as a model, Phoenix House of San Diego, Inc., created the ACCESS program to address the needs of youg offenders reentering local communities from detention facilities in San Diego County. This report provides a description of clients who entered the program and information on services provided, as well as outcomes measured by initial and six-month follow-up interviews, risk assessments, and criminal and placement history information. Results indicate that youth who successfully complete the program reported increased mental health, higher resiliency scores, and were less likely to recidivate. Details: San Diego, CA: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG), 2009. v.p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (San Diego) Shelf Number: 119221

Author: Gaes, Gerald G. Title: The Impact of Prison Education Programs on Post-Release Outcomes Summary: This paper reviews the evidence on the impact of correctional ecuction programs on post-release outcomes. Details: Unpublished paper presented at the Reentry Roundtable on Education, March 31 and April 1, 2008. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 119130

Author: McGlaze, Aidan Title: Making the Most of California's Correctional Education Reform: A Survey and Suggestions for Further Steps Summary: This paper surveys California's correctional education reform, arguing for expanded services on the grounds that improved education reduced recidivism, saves money, and facilitates prisoner reentry. People with educational difficulties are more likely to end up members of the incarcerated population, and those who improve their educational status while incarcerated are less likely to commit future crimes. After exploring the widespread consensus that effective education for incarcerated individuals yields tangible and demonstrable benefits and examining national data on the educational deficits observable in incarcerated populations, the paper turns to an analysis of the current programming reform in California, advocating for careful data collection and analysis, universal assessment and programming participation, and the consideration of computer-facilitated education. Details: Unpublished paper available at http://ssrn.com/abstract=977001 Source: Internet Resource Year: 7001 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education (California) Shelf Number: 119180

Author: Bostwick, Lindsay Title: Mental Health Screening and Assessment in the Illinois Juvenile Justice System Summary: In 2000, Illinois piloted the Mental Health Juvenile Justice Initiative which links youth in detention facilities to mental health services. The program serves all Illinois counties and any youth who have had any contact with the juvenile justice system. As Illinois is attempting to create a solid network of mental health services for juvenile system-involved youth, information is lacking about practices currently used by the system to identify youth with mental health needs. This study surveyed practitioners in various components of the juvenile justice system between November 2008 and March 2009 to determine mental health screening and assessment practices. Survey results indicated a lack of standardized mental health screening and assessment across the juvenile justice system. This report provides information on the screening and assessment tools used by respondents, and other tools that can be adopted to identify mental health needs, including reliability and validity studies and construct measurement. Finally, the report also discusses the concerns voiced by practitioners on mental health in the Illinois juvenile justice system. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 71p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System (Illinois) Shelf Number: 119239

Author: Wing, Janeena Jamison Title: Family and Intimate Partner Violence Trends: 2004-2007 Summary: This report summarizes statistics regarding family and intimate partner violence victims in Idaho for the years 2004-2007. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence (Idaho) Shelf Number: 119234

Author: Prospero, Moises Title: Evaluation of Project 180 for Gang Offenders Summary: Project 180 is a gang prevnetion and intervention program that is part of West Valley City's strategy to implement the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model. Project 180 integrates all elements of the Comprehensive Gang Model but the program focuses on social intervention by providing an approximately three month long program that includes mentoring and life skills groups and recreation activities. This evaluation found that Project 180 has had some early successes in increasing community involvement and decreasing antisocial attitudes, school suspension and arrests. Additionally, the evaluation revealed improvement in the participants' interpersonal behavior, such as cooperating with rules, talking to others in a friendly way, and not physically fighting with family or peers. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, 2008. 39p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Utah) Shelf Number: 114822

Author: Katz, Joanne Title: Effective Alterntives to Incarceration: Police Collaborations with Corrections and Communities Summary: At a time when one in 100 American adults is confined to prison or jail, the ballooning cost of incarceration - about $29,000 per inmate annually - is strangling state budgets without increasing the safety of our communities. In response, police have collaborated with community corrections officials, others in the criminal justice system, and community members to find safe and effective alternatives to incarceration for the growing number of low-risk offenders who end up behind bars. This report provides concrete examples of some of the most successful and innovative alternative programs that have evolved from these collaborations and that are keeping our community safe at a fraction of the cost of incarceration. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119257

Author: Maguire, Edward Title: Implementing Community Policing: Lessons from 12 Agencies Summary: This report examines the implementation of community policing in 12 local police agencies across the U.S., drawing conclusions from tangible and visible phenomena about what community policing means to the agencies claiming to practice it. It describes and analyzes the experiences of local law enforcement agencies and the lessons learned as they work to define, make sense of, and implement community policing, and synthesizes what was learned in eight community policing topic-specific chapters. While there is no one-size fits-all approach to implementing community policing or any other innovation, this report offers police officials at all levels, from patrol officers to police chiefs, ideas that can be used in their own organizations to help implement effective community policing throughout the U.S. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 211p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 119203

Author: Kifer, Misty M. Title: Idaho's Juvenile Crime, 2002-2007 Summary: Using data from Idaho's repository for the National Incident-Based Reporting System, this report describes juvenile crime in Idaho between 2002 and 2007. The report provides and in-depth look at juvenile crime in Idaho, provides a description of juvenile offenders and arrestees, examines the victims of juvenile crime and the types of crime juveniles commit, and provides details of the offense and arrest to give a better understanding of juvenile crime in Idaho. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Planning, Grants and Research Bureau, Statistical Analysis Center, 2008. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119261

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: Standards and Guidelines for Internal Affairs: Recommendations from a Community of Practice Summary: The Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) convened the National Internal Affairs Community of Practice group comprising the LAPD and 11 major city and county law enforcement agencies. The purpose was to share and develop standards, recommendations, and best practices in Internal Affairs work, discuss differences and similarities in practice, and look at various approaches to improving individual and collective agencies' Internal Affairs practices. This report is the result of the group's work. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Internal Affairs Shelf Number: 119259

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: Building Trust Between the Police and the Citizens They Serve: An Internal Affairs Promising Practices Guide for Local Law Enforcement Summary: This report focuses on the pivotal role of the Internal Affairs function as one component of an agency-wide professional standards effort in building trust between law enforcement agencies, their staff, and the communities they are sworn to protect and service. The guide addresses the Internal Affairs function from complaint processing to decision-making, discipline, notification, and community transparency, as well as building an effective Internal Affairs approach for any size agency. It also looks at the Internal Affairs process from the citizen's viewpoint, presenting information on how local agencies can be accountable to their citizens through trust-building initiatives and other activities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 124p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Internal Affairs Shelf Number: 119258

Author: Cloyes, Kristin G. Title: Time to Return to Prison for Serious Mentally Ill Offenders Released from Utah State Prison 1998-2002 Summary: This report describes the first stage in a program of research examining the effects of prison-based and community-based mental health treatment on the length of time that offenders with serious mental illness (SMI) in Utah State remain out of prison. The preliminary study reported here analyzed recidivism in offenders with SMI released from Utah State Prison 1998-2002 compared with non-SMI offenders released in the same period. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2007. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 114817

Author: Pryor, Crystal D. Title: Operation UNITE: A Qualitative Analysis Identifying Critical Factors for Implementation Summary: UNITE is an acronym meaning Unlawful Narcotics Investigations, Treatment and Education. It reflects the three-pronged, comprehensive approach deemed necessary to combating substance abuse in Kentucky Fifth Congressional District. Of Kentucky’s 120 counties, 24 of them do not have an organized regional drug task force. Fifteen of these counties with no active drug task force are represented in the Bluegrass Area Development District’s region. Current social and political perceptions across Kentucky recognize Operation UNITE efforts as largely successful. The evaluation responded to the following research questions: What factors lead to success in Kentucky’s Operation UNITE? Are these factors transferable in treating Central Kentucky’s substance abuse problems? An open-ended interview guide was used to collect data from fifteen Operation UNITE and three partnering organizations staff. The results identified 6 critical factors needed to implement Operation UNITE: a three-prong approach, financial resources, strong employee qualities, cross training, communication mediums, and checks and balances. The data collected also identified staff perceptions of internal and external success and challenges to service delivery pathways. The study’s findings are intended to assist in understanding the collaboration, coordination, and functionality of Operation UNITE. The study recommendations the findings be considered when implementing the UNITE regional drug task force model in the Bluegrass Area Development District region. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, Martin School of Public Policy & Administration, 2007. 58p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119282

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Fairbanks Gang Assessment Summary: The Justice Center at University of Alaska Anchorage partnered with the Fairbanks Gang Reduction and Intervention Network (GRAIN) to perform a thorough assessment of the gang problem in Fairbanks following the protocol outlined by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP)’s Comprehensive Gang Model. Law enforcement data show that there are at least 12 active gangs in the Fairbanks North Star Borough, with the percentage of crime reported to law enforcement attributable to gangs (2007-2009) varying from a low of 4.3% in 2007 to a high of 7.2% in 2008. The complete assessment, contained in this report, includes a review of community demographic data, law enforcement data, student and school data, and community perceptions data. Details: Anchorage, AK: Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2010. 111p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence (Alaska) Shelf Number: 119285

Author: Rivera, Marny Title: Alaska Meth Education Project: Process and Outcome Evaluation, 2009 Summary: The Alaska Meth Education (AME) Project is a statewide effort to reduce meth use and availability in Alaska by educating Alaskans about, and preventing youth from trying, meth. The AME Project provides free community education presentations, an anti-meth media campaign. anti-meth summits, and a website and Facebook page which provide information, local resources, and links to their campaign ads. This report evaluates AME Project efforts and is the first to provide information regarding Alaskans’ perceptions of meth, including effects and risks associated with meth use and perceptions regarding the availability and use of meth by young adults in Alaska. Evaluation methods included a survey to evaluate community education presentations; a survey conducted with UAA Justice students exposed to the anti-meth radio advertisements generated by the AME Project; a survey of 10,000 randomly sampled Alaskans; and a process evaluation involving interviews conducted with AME Project statewide advisory committee members. Details: Anchorage, AK: Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2009. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Addiction and Abuse Shelf Number: 119205

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Juvenile Probation Officer Workload and Caseload Study: Alaska Division of Juvenile Justice Summary: This report describes results of a study to measure and analyze the workload and caseload of Juvenile Probation Officers (JPOs) within the Alaska Division of Juvenile Justice. More specifically, this study assessed the resources needed in both rural and urban Alaska to adequately meet minimum probation standards, to continue the development and enhancement of system improvements, and to fully implement the restorative justice field probation service delivery model. Details: Anchorage, AK: Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 119286

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Evaluation of the Salt Lake County Mental Health Court: Final Report Summary: The Salt Lake County Mental Health Court (SLCo MHC) began operations in 2001. Althought originally accepting only misdemeanor level cases, in 2002 it expanded the acceptance criteria to include felony charges. This expansion occurred when the City Prosecutor was cross designated as a Deputy District Attorney, thereby granting him authority over both felony (State) and misdemeanor (City)cases. This process and outcome evaluation sought answers to the following questions: Who does the program serve?; What services are MHC participants utilizing during participation?; What is the structure of the MHC?; Is MHC succeeding?; Who has the best outcomes in MHC?; What program components and services lead to the best outcomes?; and How does the SLCo MHC compare to the mental health court model? Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2008. 88p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts (Utah) Shelf Number: 114815

Author: Weber, Lloyd E. Title: The Illicit Methamphetamine Landscape of Franklin County, Missouri: Application and Analysis of a GIS-based Risk Assessment Model Summary: Illicit methamphetamine, a synthetic, highly addictive drug, has gained national attention because of its destructive properties. Between 2002 and 2004 close to 400 clandestine methamphetamine labs were seized in Franklin County, Missouri. This study reviews documented methamphetamine production risk factors and examines a spatial model based on the reviewed risk factors. The risk factors include populations that are rural, white, impoverished, undereducated, unmarried and aged 25 - 29. The model is advanced by adding a component representing a clandestine landscape. Model output is validated using illicit meth lab seizure data supplied by Franklin County law enforcement. The model components are tested using both ordinary least squares and geographically weighted regression. This study found that the model is successful in indicating areas that have the potential to develop methamphetamine production problems. The model also was successful in indicating areas that would not likely develop a meth production problem. Ordinary least squares regression analysis indicates that every model component, with the exception of percent white and percent unmarried, are positively correlated with meth production in this case study. The results from the geographically weighted regression analysis show percent rural, percent poverty and percent clandestine landscape vary significantly across the county and indicate which areas these components have the most effect in developing and sustaining an illicit meth landscape. Details: Columbia, MO: University of Missouri-Columbia, 2006. 79p. Source: Internet Resource; Thesis Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Geographic Information Systems Shelf Number: 118229

Author: Smith, Linda A. Title: The National Report on Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking: America's Prostituted Children Summary: The National Report is the culmination of ten field assessments conducted in targeted locations in the United States, providing a comprehensive understanding of child sex trafficking across America. The report reveals the reality that American children are being recruited from our neighborhoods and sold on our streets. The report found misidentification of victims to be the primary barrier to properly addressing America's trafficked children. Consequently, this misidentification often leads to the criminalization of victims, barring them from receiving proper treatment and care. In fact, in nearly every location American child victims of sex trafficking are being arrested for the crime committed against them while their abusers walk free. In addition, the study found a severe lack of appropriate protective and therapeutic shelters. Finally, the National Report emphasizes that although buyers are critical in addressing the issue of child sex trafficking, buyers most often escape criminalization. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2009. 75p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 117036

Author: Willis, Henry H. Title: Measuring the Effectiveness of Border Security Between Ports-of-Entry Summary: "This report offers research and recommendations on ways to measure the overall efforts of the national border-security enterprise between ports of entry. To be meaningful, the set of measures for effectiveness of border security should be sound, reliable, useful, and general. Three Department of Homeland Security (DHS) missions appear to currently be of special interest to DHS leadership because they are especially problematic: illegal drug control, counterterrorism, and illegal migration. The report recommends measuring performance of three fundamental functions that border-security efforts contribute to achieving national policy objectives: interdiction, deterrence, and exploiting networked intelligence. If the steps described here are taken, DHS and its components will be in a better position to discuss past performance and to provide reasoned justifications for future allocation of resources. Further, they will be able to relate their efforts to those of other agencies in pursuit of national objectives." Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. Source: Internet Resource; Technical Report Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 119332

Author: Heaton, Paul Title: Hidden in Plain Sight: What Cost-of-Crime Research Can Tell Us About Investing in Police Summary: "This paper summarizes the existing high-quality academic research on the cost of crime and the effectiveness of police in preventing crime. It serves as a bridge to familiarizes policymakers and practitioners with current research on these issues and demonstrates how this research can be used to better understand the returns to investments in police. It demonstrates a method for comparing the costs of police personnel with the expected benefits generated by those police in terms of reduced crime. Applying the method to several real-world scenarios shows that these investments generate net social benefits. Returns on investments in police personnel are likely to be substantial." Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource; Issues in Policing: Occasional Paper Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 118563

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: The Role of the United States Postal Service in Public Safety and SEcurity: Implications of Relaxing the Mailbox Monopoly Summary: "The United States Postal Service (USPS) has long held a statutory monopoly to deliver mail to mailboxes (the Mailbox Rule). Critics have argued against it, mainly on economic, anti-monopoly grounds and on property rights grounds for mailbox owners. But relaxing the Mailbox Rule may have ramifications in other areas — in particular, public safety and security. Based on descriptive analysis of the United States Postal Inspection Service (IS) reported-incident database, the authors find that the main risk to the public of opening mailbox access may be in terms of theft from the mailbox. An increase in mail theft might occur because more people would make deliveries to the mailbox, increasing opportunities for mail theft. In addition, depending on how the Mailbox Rule is relaxed, we would expect greater variability in personnel in terms of the type of training that personnel have received. Relaxing the Mailbox Rule would also limit the number of crimes that the IS polices, denying the public the benefit of the only law enforcement agency that specializes in this field. Relaxing the Mailbox Rule would also make it more complicated and costly for the IS to police the crimes still in its jurisdiction. The authors offer recommendations to address these concerns." Details: Santa Monica, RAND, 2008. 191p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mail Shelf Number: 114851

Author: U.S. National Prison Rape Elimination Commission Title: National Prison Rape Elimination Commission Report Summary: This final report of the the National Prison Rape Commission proposes standards to prevent, detect, respond to and monitor sexual abuse of incarcerated or detained individuals throughout the United States. Nine findings are discussed regarding the problems of sexual abuse in confinement and select policies and practices that must be mandatory everywhere to remedy these problems. Companion volumes include: Standards for the Prevention, Detention, Response, and Monitoring of Sexual Abuse in Adult Prisons and Jails; Standards for the Prevention, Detection, Response, and Monitoring of Standards for Sexual Abuse in Lockups; Standards for the Prevention, Detection, Response, and Monitoring of Sexual Abuse in Community Corrections; and Standards for the Prevention, Detection, Response, and Monitoring of Sexual Abuse in Juvenile Facilities. Details: Washington, DC: National Prison Rape Elimination Commission, 2009. 259p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 115521

Author: Warren, Jenifer Title: One in 31: The Long Reach of American Corrections Summary: Explosive growth in the number of people on probation or parole has propelled the population of the American corrections system to more than 7.3 million, or 1 in every 31 U.S. adults. The vast majority of these offenders live in the community, yet new data in this report finds that nearly 90 percent of state corrections dollars are spent on prisons. The report examines the scale and cost of prison, jail, probation and parole in each of the 50 states, and provides a blueprint for states to cut both crime and spending by reallocating prison expenses to fund stronger supervision of the large number of offenders in the community. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Center on the States, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 114731

Author: Cooley, Steve Title: Gang Crime and Violence in Los Angeles County: Findings and Proposals from the District Attorney's Office Summary: The purpose of this report is to determine strides that have been made in tackling the gang problem in Los Angeles since the publication in 1992 of a comprehensive study of gangs in Los Angeles County. The report concludes that many of the findings detailed in the 1992 report are as true today as they were 15 years ago, although improvements have been made by applying a multi-agency approach to the problem. The report presents a number of proposals and recommendations that may form the basis of new and successful endeavors in the future. Details: Los Angeles: Los Angeles County District Attorney, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Los Angeles) Shelf Number: 119240

Author: Drake, E.K. Title: Increased Earned Release From Prison: Impact of a 2003 Law on Recidivism and Crime Cost, Revised Summary: The 2003 Washington State Legislature passed ESSB 5990, which increased “earned early release time” for certain types of offenders. The bill authorized the Washington State Department of Corrections to release certain eligible offenders earlier if they have demonstrated good behavior in prison. This report presents an evaluation of the effect of the 2003 law. Ooverall recidivism findings remain consistent with those in the original November 2008 report; the cost-benefit analysis for this revised version has been strengthened and the study found that the law generates benefits of $1.88 per dollar of cost. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2009. 15p. Source: Internet Resource; Document No. 09-04-1201 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 114903

Author: American Civil Liberties Union. Rights Working Group Title: The Persistence of Racial and Ethnic Profiling in the Untied States: A Follow-up Report to the U.N. Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination Summary: In the 21st century, despite the United States’ obligation to comply with the human rights standards and protections embodied in the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (ICERD), the practice of racial profiling by members of law enforcement at the federal, state, and local levels remains a widespread and pervasive problem throughout the United States, impacting the lives of millions of people in African American, Asian, Latino, South Asian, Arab and Muslim communities. Data and anecdotal information from across the country reveal that racial minorities continue to be unfairly victimized when authorities investigate, stop, frisk, or search individuals based upon subjective identity-based characteristics rather than identifiable evidence of illegal activity. Victims continue to be racially or ethnically profiled while they work, drive, shop, pray, travel, and stand on the street. Details: New York: ACLU, 2009. 88p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 116252

Author: Smith, Brenda V. Title: Legal Responses to Sexual Violence in Custody: State Criminal Laws Prohibiting Staff Sexual Abuse of Individuals under Custodial Supervision Summary: Many states have sought to address the problem of sexual abuse of individuals under custodial supervision by enacting criminal laws explicitly prohibiting staff sexual interactions with adults and youth under correctional supervision. This publication provides an overview of these laws and examines trends in their enactment and amendment. There are widespread misconceptions about what constitutes staff sexual misconduct. These misconceptions create environments where misconduct flourishes, and makes eradicating it difficult. This publication begins with a brief discussion of staff sexual misconduct, and then examines a variety of definitions of staff sexual misconduct as defined by federal law. Next, the publication explores, in detail, sexual misconduct as defined by state criminal laws in the United States. These laws enacted by state legislatures have informed corrections administrators, correctional staff, and prosecutors about staff sexual misconduct nationally, and within their respective states and localities. This publication provides examples of current state criminal laws on staff sexual misconduct and discusses the legal implications of these statutes. Finally, this publication concludes by reviewing the policy issues that stakeholders and policymakers should consider when evaluating a state criminal law on staff sexual misconduct, and provides recommendations for strengthening state laws to enhance their effectiveness. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 117746

Author: Melton, Ada Pecos Title: Final Report: Participatory Evaluation of the Tribal Victim Assistance Programs at the Lummi Nation and Passamaquaddy Tribe Summary: This report summarizes the results of process evaluations of two tribal victim assistance (TVA) programs - the Lummi Victims of Crime (LVOC) Program in Washington State and the Passamaquoddy Tribal Victim Outreach Advocate (TVOA) Program in Maine - both of which are federally funded “on-reservation” victim assistance programs intended to provide permanent, accessible, and responsive crime-victim assistance services on tribal lands. The evaluation focus was: 1) to examine the process used by each TVA Program to address identified problems; 2) to determine how well the TVA programs fit or met victim needs in each tribal community; 3) to understand the program impact on clients; and 4) to identify possible outcomes achieved by the program. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice Source: Internet Resource Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 117346

Author: Cristall, Jonathan Title: Property Abatements - The Other Gang Injunction. Project T.O.U.G.H. Summary: According to the Los Angeles Police Department, in the City of Los Angeles, approximately 60 percent of crimes occur at 10 percent of the properties—a statistic that is probably not exclusive to Los Angeles. The purpose of property abatements is to target the properties where people are repeatedly arrested but where criminal activities nonetheless persist. When these 10 percent of properties are connected to gang activity—which is increasingly the case—a nuisance property abatement action is initiated by prosecutors assigned to Project T.O.U.G.H. (Taking Out Urban Gang Headquarters), a specialized unit of the criminal branch of the Los Angeles City Attorney’s Office. The nuisance abatement action improves conditions at the property so that criminals will not be able to use the property anymore. Gang property abatements are a critical, but sometimes overlooked, weapon in law enforcement’s arsenal against gangs. This report discusses the use of civil lawsuits to abate gang activity at private properties, and presents case studies to show how it can be applied. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource; National Gang Center Bulletin, No. 2 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Injunctions Shelf Number: 118571

Author: Baker, Jordan Title: A Solution to Prison Overcrowding and Recidivism: Global Positioning System Location of Parolees and Probationers Summary: The research of the Innovative Tracking Systems team focuses on location and data management technology for use in the criminal justice system, with an emphasis on monitoring probationers and parolees. Faced with an overwhelming prison population and an unprecedented amount of people recently released from prison, the need to curb recidivism is stronger than ever before. A Global Positioning System (GPS) based technological solution will better equip corrections officers to monitor offenders in the community and also provide a highly visible deterrent. This thesis explores the philosophy of incarceration and parole, current trends in correctional manpower and technology, officer burnout, case law, and privacy concerns. Specific evaluation is made of existing and on-the-horizon location technology for use in probation monitoring. In light of current problems in the corrections field, the thesis proposes and evaluates the efficacy of a novel technology – the Sentinel Location System - for use in probationer and parolee monitoring programs. Details: Baltimore, MD: Gemstone Program, University of Maryland, 2002. 131p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Global Positioning System (GPS) Shelf Number: 118538

Author: Arifuku, Isami Title: An Assessment of the Enhanced Ranch Program Santa Clara County Probation Department Summary: In 2006, the Santa Clara County Probation Department (SCCPD) changed its approach to serving youth in two of its juvenile justice programs--the William F. James Boys' Ranch and the Muriel Wright Center. The overarching objectives of the change were to provide specific therapeutic services to youth and families while maintaining a commitment to public safety. The new cognitive-behavioral model marks a vastly different structure and philosophy, patterned after the evidence-based program developed by the Missouri Division of Youth Services. The new model, entitled the Enhanced Ranch Program, targets youth heavily entrenched in the juvenile justice system and emphasizes positive, peer-based group interactions and a holistic approach to developing individual case plans. Specially trained teams of staff work with small groups of youth offenders. Teams function as therapeutic units that share the daily activities of life with youth and focus on their critical thinking, personal development, and group processes. The Enhanced Ranch Program serves high-risk, high- need youth with gang affiliations, substance abuse issues, and significant criminal histories. This model was designed to improve outcomes for youth with extensive criminal histories by ensuring that they receive the most appropriate and purposeful services. The primary focus is to help youth internalize healthy behavior that will help them succeed. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 118219

Author: Lopez, Mark Hugo Title: Hispanics and the Criminal Justice System: Low Confidence, High Exposure Summary: Latinos' confidence in the U.S. criminal justice system is closer to the relatively low levels expressed by blacks than to the higher levels expressed by whites, according to a pair of nationwide surveys by the Pew Research Center. Six-in-ten (61%) Hispanics say they have a great deal or a fair amount of confidence that the police in their communities will do a good job enforcing the law, compared with 78% of whites and 55% of blacks. Fewer than half of Latinos say they are confident that Hispanics will be treated fairly by the courts (49%) and police officers (45%). Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: -Hispanic Americans Shelf Number: 110844

Author: Bumbarger, Brian K. Title: Is There a Role for Police in School-based Drug Prevention? The Law-Enforcement Education Partnership to Promote LifeSkills Training (LEEP-LST) Project: Final Report Summary: This project was a pilot study intended to explore the potential utility of using police officers to deliver a school-based drug prevention curriculum. As prevention research continues to inform public policy, practitioners and policy makers are moving to the adoption of prevention strategies with demonstrated evidence of effectiveness in well-designed studies. Of the programs with strong empirical support, there were no examples that involved police officers in school-based prevention (demand reduction) efforts. This had the unfortunate and unintended consequence of alienating police agencies who desired to work collaboratively with schools in substance abuse prevention, and has limited the options of schools who wish to pursue empirically supported programs. The results show that police officers are capable of delivering a quality prevention program with fidelity, and suggest that disappointing results in prior research with officer-delivered curricula should not be attributed to officers being a poor fit for this type of work. Details: State College, PA: Prevention Research Center for the Promotion of Human Development, Pennsylvania State University, 2007. 37p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Prevention Shelf Number: 118603

Author: Torrey, E. Fuller Title: More Mentally Ill Persons Are in Jails and Prisons Than Hospitals: A Survey of the States Summary: This study found that Americans with severe mental illnesses are three times more likely to be in jail or prison than in a psychiatric hospital. The odds of a seriously mentally ill individual being imprisoned rather than hospitalized are 3.2 to 1, state data shows. The report compares statistics from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the Bureau of Justice Statistics collected during 2004 and 2005, respectively. The report also found a very strong correlation between those states that have more mentally ill persons in jails and prisons and those states that are spending less money on mental health services. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center and the National Sheriffs' Association, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 118698

Author: Pergamit, Michael R. Title: On the Lifetime Prevalence of Running Away from Home Summary: Nearly one in five U.S. youths will run away from home before age 18. Almost 30 percent of these youth will do so three or more times, greatly increasing their risk of violence, crime, drugs, prostitution, STDs, and many other problems. Employing new methodology to yield estimates not available elsewhere, this paper follows a nationally representative sample of 12-year olds through their 18th birthday to discover how many youth run away from home, the number of times they ran away, and the age they first run away. Female and black youth are found to run away the most often. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 118703

Author: Constitution Project, Georgetown Public Policy Institute Title: Smart on Crime: Recommendations for the Next Administration and Congress Summary: After the 2008 elections, America’s policymakers will take a fresh look at the criminal justice system, which so desperately needs their attention. To assist with that review, leaders and experts from all aspects of the criminal justice community spent months collaboratively identifying key issues and gathering policy advice into one comprehensive set of recommendations for the new administration and Congress. This catalogue is the fruit of those labors. Details: Washington, DC: The Constitution Project, 2008. 207p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 114880

Author: Innocence Project Title: 250 Exonerated: Too Many Wrongfully Convicted Summary: This report details the background of 250 DNA exoneration cases and includes statistics on the common causes of the wrongful convictions. Details: New York: Innocence Project, Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law, Yeshiva University, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 118416

Author: Legal Assistance Foundation of Metropolitan Chicago Title: Videoconferencing in Removal Hearings: A Case Study of the Chicago Immigration Court Summary: The Chicago Immigration Court began its use of videoconferencing for detained immigrants in removal hearings in 2002, and contends that the practice increases efficiency and effectiveness. However, after examining over one hundred hearings, this study found videoconferencing riddled with problems such as technological malfunctions and/or failure, lack of proper language interpretation, little or no ability for detainees to communicate with their counsel, and problematic presentation of evidence. Having immigrants appear by television from a small room at a suburban detention center, while the immigration judge, the trial attorney, and the lawyer (if any) are in a downtown courtroom, raises serious concerns. Details: Chicago: The Authors, 2005. 62p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 118774

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Altered State? Assessing How Marijuana Legalization in California Could Influence Marijuana Consumption and Public Budgets Summary: To learn more about the possible outcomes of marijuana legalization in California, RAND researchers constructed a model based on a series of estimates of current consumption, current and future prices, how responsive use is to price changes, taxes levied and possibly evaded, and the aggregation of nonprice effects (such as a change in stigma). Key findings include the following: (1) the pretax retail price of marijuana will substantially decline, likely by more than 80 percent. The price the consumers face will depend heavily on taxes, the structure of the regulatory regime, and how taxes and regulations are enforced; (2) consumption will increase, but it is unclear how much, because we know neither the shape of the demand curve nor the level of tax evasion (which reduces revenues and prices that consumers face); (3) tax revenues could be dramatically lower or higher than the $1.4 billion estimate provided by the California Board of Equalization (BOE); for example, uncertainty about the federal response to California legalization can swing estimates in either direction; (4) previous studies find that the annual costs of enforcing marijuana laws in California range from around $200 million to nearly $1.9 billion; our estimates show that the costs are probably less than $300 million; and (5) there is considerable uncertainty about the impact of legalizing marijuana in California on public budgets and consumption, with even minor changes in assumptions leading to major differences in outcomes. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 119335

Author: Countermeasures Assessment and Security Experts Title: Public Transportation Passenger Security Inspections: A Guide for Policy Decision Makers Summary: Worldwide terrorist activities create many security-related concerns for government leaders, security agencies, and transit agency managers. In response to these concerns, many transit agencies are assessing and introducing activities to reduce the risk of attacks on their systems. Most public transportation agencies have instituted security measures and continue to re-assess their situation as new threats are identified. One measure receiving more consideration is the introduction of passenger security inspections. However, there are many policy and logistical issues associated with implementing these inspections. Public transportation agencies could benefit from assistance in defining their options for conducting passenger security inspections. Apart from determining whether security inspections are feasible for one's agency, there is also a need to determine appropriate methodologies for implementing such measures. The objective of this guide is to provide guidance that a public transportation agency may use when considering whether, where, when, and how to introduce a passenger security inspection program into its operations. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2007. 180p. Source: Internet Resource; TCRP Report 86; Public Transportation Security, Volume 13 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Passenger Screening Shelf Number: 119336

Author: Raymond, Nathaniel Title: Experiments in Torture: Evidence of Human Subject Research and Experimentation in the "Enhanced" Interrogation Program Summary: In the most comprehensive investigation to date of health professionals' involvement in the CIA's "enhanced" interrogation program (EIP), Physicians For Human Rights has uncovered evidence that indicates the Bush administration apparently conducted illegal and unethical human experimentation and research on detainees in CIA custody. The apparent experimentation and research appear to have been performed to provide legal cover for torture, as well as to help justify and shape future procedures and policies governing the use of the "enhanced" interrogation techniques. Details: Cambridge, MA: Physicians for Human Rights, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource; White Paper Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 119361

Author: Bliss, Meredith L. Title: Changes in Indicators of Methamphetamine Use and Property Crime Rates in Oregon Summary: This study examined the effects of methamphetamine use upon property crime rates in Oregon. The study found that rates for both reported total and index crimes reached peaks in Oregon in 1995, and gradually decreased after that. Reported property crime rates displayed a transient decrease in 1996 followed by an increase in 1997, however. Several indicators of the use of methamphetamine in Oregon displayed a similar transient decrease in 1996, suggesting that chnages in the illicit methamphetamine market were expressed in changes in property crime rates. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2004. 14p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 119363

Author: Honomichi, Ryan Title: An Evaluation of the Child Abuser Vertical Prosecution Program Summary: This report is an evaluation of the Child Abuser Vertical Prosecution (CAVP) Program that is funded by the State of California. The goals of the program are to enhance prosecution efforts in felony child sexual abuse cases and to reduce the emotional trauma and secondary victimization related to the legal process for young victims and their families. The purpose of this evaluation is to determine if there was an impact on prosecution practices and outcomes as a result of CAVP Program funding and to determine whether the program accomplished its goals in a cost effective manner. Details: Sacramento: California Governor's Office of Criminal Justice Planning, Program Evaluation Division, 2002. 69p. Source: Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 119364

Author: Hickman, Laura J. Title: Tracking Inmates and Locating Staff with Active Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID): Early Lessons Learned in One U.S. Correctional Facility Summary: The lessons identified in this report pertain to the issues for a correctional facility to take into account when considering whether to deploy an active radio-frequency identification (RFID) system within the institution. Because the experience of U.S. correctional institutions with RFID is still fairly limited, this report represents an early look at the experiences of one of the few facilities that have invested in active RFID for use in tracking inmates and locating staff. It provides important information and insights on issues to consider in the conceptualization, design, and installation of an active RFID system in a correctional setting. The lessons identified in this report pertain to the issues for a correctional facility to take into account when considering whether to deploy an active radio-frequency identification (RFID) system within the institution. Because the experience of U.S. correctional institutions with RFID is still fairly limited, this report represents an early look at the experiences of one of the few facilities that have invested in active RFID for use in tracking inmates and locating staff. It provides important information and insights on issues to consider in the conceptualization, design, and installation of an active RFID system in a correctional setting. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 119374

Author: McEvoy, Kieran Title: Enhancing Employability in Prison and Beyond: A Literature Review Summary: This literature review presents a comprehensive survey of books, reports and journal articles on crime and employability. Chapters include: Crime, Employment & Offending; Employability, Education and Training In Prison; Post Release Policy and Practice: What Works?: Good Practice & Desistance from Crime; Employment, Connectedness and the Notion of Social Capital; and Barriers to Employability. Details: NIACRO (Northern Ireland Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders), 2008. 53p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 119369

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Evaluation of the Ridge House Residential Program: Final Report Summary: The Ridge House is a faith-based transitional housing program operating in Reno, Nevada, that provides prisoner reentry services to men and women leaving prison. The evaluation: (1) documents the logic and operations of the program; the barriers to and facilitators of successful operations; and whether program outcomes were achieved; (2) assesses the impacts of the program in reducing recidivism and improving employment, housing, and drug use outcomes of participants compared to a parolee comparison group; and (3) provides a cost-benefit analysis. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 119367

Author: MacLeod, Dag Title: Batterer Intervention Systems in California: An Evaluation Summary: The study encompasses five California counties, 53 batterer intervention programs that provided client data, and over 1,000 men enrolled in batterer intervention programs. The study found that the strongest predictors of success in treating offenders convicted of a criminal domestic violence offense were the individual characteristics of the offenders, not the features of batterer intervention programs of the attributes of the court jurisdiction. Details: Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts, Office of Court Research, 2008. 136p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 119376

Author: Haveman, Jon D. Title: Protecting the Nation's Seaports: Balancing Security and Cost Summary: This report "describes and analyzes what could happen if a terrorist attack on a port where to occur, what can be done to deter such and attack, the characteristics of U.S. port security programs, what factors stand in the way of an adequate port security policy, and some alternative methods for financing that policy." Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2006. 271p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Harbors, Security Measures Shelf Number: 119379

Author: North Carolina. Governor's Crime Commission Title: Governor's Crime Commission Juvenile Age Study: A Study of the Impact of Expanding the Jurisdiction of the Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Summary: This report examines the impact of raising the age of juvenile court jurisdiction in North Carolina. The study found tht if the maximum age of initial juvenile court jurisdiction in North Carolina is raised from 15 to 17, with no change to the current juvenile system, the costs are expected to exceed the benefits by $37.5 million. If, however, North Carolina makes substantial changes to its juvenile system to reduce recidivism, it is estimated that benefits could exceed costs by approximately $7.1 million. Additional savings could be generated by reducing costs in the juvenile system. Details: Raleigh, NC: Governor's Crime Commission, 2009. 218p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 119274

Author: Arizona. Attorney General's Office Title: Addressing the Meth Crisis in Arizona: Arizona Methamphetamine Conference Report 2006 Summary: This report presents the findings from a conference held on Februay 13 & 14, 2006, which addressed the issue of methamphetamine abuse in Arizona, and includes reommendations about the impact of methamphetamine and what is working nationwide in the areas of prvention, treatment and law enforcement. Details: Phoenix: Attorney General's Office, 2006. 44p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 119280

Author: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) Title: 2006 Mission Valley Corridor Crime STudy Summary: The 2006 Mission Valley Corridor Crime Study (Califonia) assesses the public safety impacts of the recent Green Line Trolley extension in July 2005. The study has three parts: a survey of Mission Valley Corridor residents and businesses; a survey of Green Line Trolley passengers; and an analysis of crime data in the eastern portion of the corridor. The results of the study will be used to estimate the public safety impacts of the upcoming trolley extension in the Mid-Coast Corridor. Details: San Diego: San Diego Association of Governments, 2007. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: http://sandiegohealth.org/sandag/publicationid_1347_7837.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Light Rail Systems Shelf Number: 119380

Author: Family and Children's Trust Fund of Virginia Title: Violence at Home: The FACT Report Summary: This report measures the prevalence and interrelatedness of violence in families, ranging from infants to the elderly, and how often the incidences occur by locality in Virginia. The report includes the following family violence issues: child abuse and neglect, elder abuse, domestic violence, and sexual abuse. Details: Richmond, VA: The Family & Children's Trust Fund of Virginia, 2010. 46p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 119387

Author: Rael, Roberta M. Title: Incarcerated youth Perspectives on Violence: The Voices from the Inside. New Mexico Incarcerated Youth Speak Out about Violence Summary: New Mexico has some of the highest rates of youth violence in the country. Suicide and homicide are the second and third leading cause of death for 15-24 year olds in New Mexico. In 2002, New Mexico was among the states with the highest rates of homicide and suicide for all ages. Youth participation in violence prevention work is integral: youth perspective has proven to be valuable to policy and program processes. Youth who participate have a sense of inclusion, involvement and empowerment. These are three basic components of developing a sense of personal value and self-esteem. The intent of this special project is to provide a voice from a segment of the community that typically does not have an opportunity to participate in program, policy and institutional change. This report reflects what incarcerated youth in New Mexico had to say about their own life history related to violence, how incarceration impacted their lives, and what risk and protective factors exist that will prevent or propel them into the adult system of incarceration after they are released from their current commitments. This information was retrieved through the use of focus groups that were designed specifically for this population of incarcerated youth. Details: Albuquerque, NM: Office of Injury Prevention, Injury and Behavioral Epidemiology Bureau, Epidemiology and Response Division, New Mexico Department of Health, 2007. 31p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 119388

Author: Boyer, Debra Title: Who Pays the Price? Assessment of Youth Involvement in Prostitution in Seattle Summary: This report provides an assessment of child prostitution in Seattle. The report found that approximately 300–500 kids under 18 are currently involved in prostitution. They are also starting younger; at 12–13 years old. This report was commissioned to guide funding and policy decisions related to the issue of youth prostitution, and to help facilitate a more coordinated response to the problem. Details: Seattle, WA: City of Seattle Human Services Department, Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault Prevention Division, 2008. 44p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Prostitution (Seattle) Shelf Number: 119389

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Evaluation of the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction and Corporation for Supportive Housing's Pilot Program: Interim Report, Oct. 2007-Sept. 2008. Summary: The Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction and the Corporation for Supportive Housing Ohio Office developed a pilot program that provides permanent supportive housing to individuals released from several Ohio prisons. The Pilot intends to reduce recidivism and homelessness/shelter usage and decrease the costs associated with multiple service system use. The Urban Institute is evaluating the Pilot to explore whether it is meeting its intended goals. This Interim Report covers the first year of the evaluation—describing the Pilot and its eligibility requirements; the UI evaluation methods; and the characteristics and preliminary outcomes of the Pilot's first 57 clients. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Prisoners (Ohio) Shelf Number: 119279

Author: Pool, Robert Title: Field Evaluation in the Intelligence and Counterintelligence Context: Workshop Summary Summary: On September 22-23, 2009, the National Research Council held a workshop on the field evaluation of behavioral and cognitive sciences--based methods and tools for use in the areas of intelligence and counterintelligence. Broadly speaking, the purpose of the workshop was to discuss the best ways to take methods and tools from behavioral science and apply them to work in intelligence operations. More specifically, the workshop focused on the issue of field evaluation--the testing of these methods and tools in the context in which they will be used in order to determine if they are effective in real-world settings. This book is a summary and synthesis of the two days of presentations and discussions that took place during the workshop. The workshop participants included invited speakers and experts from a number of areas related to the behavioral sciences and the intelligence community. The discussions covered such ground as the obstacles to field evaluation of behavioral science tools and methods, the importance of field evaluation, and various lessons learned from experience with field evaluation in other areas." Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2010. 104p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counterintelligence Shelf Number: 119393

Author: National Juvenile Justice Network Title: The Real Costs and Benefits of Change: Finding Opportunities for Reform During Difficult Fiscal Times Summary: The financial collapse of 2008 and 2009 means that almost all states are facing alarming budget shortfalls. Because of these fiscal crises, advocates can expect increasingly significant pushback from policymakers on issues of juvenile justice reform. Additionally, resources for successful programs for youth that are already in place may be threatened. Yet, far from being a time to hold back, now is the time to search for new opportunities to advocate for cost-effective juvenile justice reform. This paper is a guide for advocates to help reinforce the value, both in terms of dollars and substance, of progressive programming for juveniles that leads to positive youth outcomes and healthy communities. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Justice Network, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 119397

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: Families as Healers: Phoenix House San Diego's Family Services Enhancement Program Summary: The goal of the Families as Healers (FAH) program is to strengthen and expand Phoenix House San Diego’s Family Services programming to improve the quality and access of services while enhancing a program that promotes healthy behaviors. The project, which received initial funding from The California Endowment, aimed to provide services to approximately 50 unduplicated youths between August 1, 2006, and July 31, 2008. This funding was extended with a grant from the Alliance Healthcare Foundation to enhance the specialized health and mental services as well as extend the follow-up period through September 2009. During this period the program exceeded its goal to serve 50 youth and their families, with a total of 320 youth enrolled and agreeing to participate in the evaluation. The Criminal Justice Research Division of SANDAG conducted the impact evaluation of the FAH program by analyzing data on participants at intake, exit, and six months post exit. Data showed that FAH clients were dealing with multiple issues including severe substance use, mental health symptoms, and delinquent behavior. Additionally, compared to outpatient clients, residential clients were at higher risk in most categories. Exit and data follow-up data exit showed that youth made positive gains in substance use, school/employment participation, and delinquency. This is the sixth and final report. Details: San Diego: SANDAG (San Diego Association of Governments), 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 118764

Author: Byrnes, Edward Cahoon Title: Bootstrapping: Is It More Likely to Occur with Youth Who Are of Color and/or from Low-Income Families? Summary: Findings from the “Minority Overrepresentation in the Utah Juvenile Justice System” study included that youth and staff involved in the system perceive that bootstrapping (the practice of adding charges in a single criminal episode) by law enforcement is more likely to occur with youth who are of color and who are from low income families. This study aimed to use arrest records (to determine the number of charges per episode), JIS data (to determine race, ethnicity and disposition of all charges) and social files (to explore data related to youth’s socioeconomic status) to explore whether study participants’ perceptions were accurate. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2001. 18p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Bootstrapping Shelf Number: 119409

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Evaluation of the Utah Juvenile Drug Courts: Final Report Summary: The report examines 6 Utah Juvenile Drug Courts (JDCs) in Weber, Salt Lake, Tooele, Utah, Emery, and Grand counties, providing descriptive statistics on population served, services offered, and during and post-JDC juvenile recidivism. The four largest JDCs are compared to similar probationers on post-program juvenile and adult recidivism, with a 30 month follow-up period. There were no significant differences on alcohol/drug recidivism between probation and JDC after controlling for other significant factors; however, JDC had significantly less delinquency/criminal recidivism, even after controlling for other significant factors. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Drug Courts (Utah) Shelf Number: 119410

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Breaking Cycles Evaluation: A Comprehensive Approach to Youthful Offenders Summary: The prevention component targets youths who are not yet involved in the juvenile justice system but who exhibit problem behavior such as disobeying their parents, violating curfew, repeated truancy, running away from home, or experimenting with drugs or alcohol. Youths can also self-refer if they experience parental neglect or abuse or they have other problems at home. Community Assessment Teams (CATs)—consisting of a coordinator, case managers, probation officers, and other experts—assess the needs of the youth and his or her family and then provide direct services or referrals to resources in the community to reduce the high-risk behaviors. CATs speak many different languages to communicate directly with their clients. Whenever possible, services are brought directly to the client and family. This final report describes the program and evaluation efforts that took place in San Diego County. Details: San Diego: SANDAG (San Diego Association of Governments), 2001. 208p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 119411

Author: Hanson, Royce Title: The U.S. Park Police: Aligning Mission, Priorities, and Resources Summary: "The U.S. Park Police, in conjunction with the Department of the Interior and National Park Service, must clarify its mission and set realistic priorities to effectively meet its responsibilities to protect the public and our national treasures in this post-9/11 world. In The U.S. Park Police: Aligning Mission, Priorities and Resources, an Academy Panel found that the Park Police cannot be an effective guardian of urban national parks and also attempt to be a full-service urban police force with currently available resources. This follow-up report to a previous 2001 Academy Panel report on the Park Police also found that little progress had been made in implementing the most critical 2001 Panel recommendations. Active and committed leadership from all three agencies is essential to implement the Panel's current recommendations for resolving these long-standing Park Police management issues." Details: Washington, DC: National Academy of Public Administration, 2004. 162p. Source: Internet Resource; Report prepared for the United States Congress and Department of the Interior Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 119416

Author: Florida Immigrant Advocacy Center Title: Dying for Decent Care: Bad Medicine in Immigration Custody Summary: Florida Immigrant Advocacy Center (FIAC) provides free legal services to immigrants of all nationalities, including many in the custody of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), a division of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Lack of competent medical care is one of the chief complaints of the men, women and children in immigration detention throughout the country. This report documents the concern that medical care for those in immigration custody is woefully inadequate and all too frequently leads to unnecessary suffering and, in some cases, death. Details: Miami: Florida Immigrant Advocacy Center, 2009. 78p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 113415

Author: Boylan, Richard T. Title: Intended and Unintended Consequences of Prison Reform Summary: Since the 1970s, U.S. federal courts have issued court orders condemning state prison crowding. However, the impact of these court orders on prison spending and prison conditions is theoretically ambiguous because it is unclear if these court orders are enforceable. We examine states' responses to court interventions and show that these interventions generate higher per inmate incarceration costs, lower inmate mortality rates, and a reduction in prisoners per capita. If states seek to minimize the cost of crime through deterrence, an increase in prison costs should lead states to shift resources from corrections to other means of deterring crime such as welfare and education spending. However, we find that court interventions, that are associated with higher corrections expenditures, lead to lower welfare expenditures. This suggests that the burden of increased correctional spending is borne by the poor. Furthermore, states do not increase welfare spending after their release from court order; making the reduction in welfare spending permanent. Thus, our results suggest that states do not respond to prison reform in the manner prescribed by the deterrence model. States' responses to prison reform are most consistent with the predictions in the empirical public finance literature that indicate stickiness in expenditure categories and that increases in spending in programs that affect the poor generate declines in expenditures in other program that are also targeted to the poor. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15535 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 117359

Author: New Jersey Civil Rights Defense Committee Title: Voices of the Disappeared: An Investigative Report of New Jersey Immigrant Detention Summary: This report summarizes the independent findings of a group of citizen activists in New Jersey, the New Jersey Civil Rights Defense Committee (NJCRDC), who organized in early 2003 to expose and prevent the abuse of immigrants via the government's stepped-up immigration detention program after 9/11. Details: Piscataway, NJ: New Jersey Civil Rights Defense Committee, 2007. 40p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Shelf Number: 119418

Author: Lindahl, Nicole Title: Venturing Beyond the Gates: Facilitating Successful Reentry with Entrepreneurship Summary: The information, case studies and stories contained in this monograph aim to inspire professionals across entrepreneurship, workforce development and criminal justice fields to recognize and embrace entrepreneurship and self-employment as appropriate and valuable tools for reintegration. Details: New York: Prisoner Reentry Institute, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2007. 92p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Prisoners, Employment Shelf Number: 119421

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Homeland Security: Actions Needed to Improve Security Practices at National Icons and Parks Summary: The September 11 terrorist attacks have heightened concerns about the security of the nation's icons and parks, which millions of people visit every year. The National Park Service (Park Service) within the Department of the Interior (Interior) is responsible for securing nearly 400 park units that include icons and other parks. In 2004, GAO identified a set of key protection practices that include: allocating resources using risk management, leveraging technology, information sharing and coordination, performance measurement and testing, and strategic management of human capital. As requested, GAO determined whether the Park Service's security efforts for national icons and parks reflected key practices. To meet this objective, GAO used its key practices as criteria, reviewed five icons and parks to gain firsthand knowledge, analyzed Interior documents, and interviewed Interior officials. The Park Service has implemented a range of security improvements since the September 11 terrorist attacks and has worked to integrate security into its primary mission to preserve national icons and parks for the public's enjoyment. For example, it has established a senior-level security manager position and taken steps to strengthen security at the icons, and is developing a risk management program for small parks. These efforts exhibit some aspects of the key protection practices, but GAO found limitations in each of the areas. The Park Service does not allocate resources using risk management servicewide or cost-effectively leverage technology. While the Park Service, with assistance from Interior, has conducted risk assessments and implemented countermeasures to enhance security at the icons, some critical vulnerabilities remain. Moreover, the Park Service has not advanced this risk management approach for icons to the rest of its national parks. Without a servicewide risk management approach, the Park Service lacks assurance that security efforts are focused where they are needed. Furthermore, while icons and parks may use a variety of security technologies and other countermeasures, they do not have guidance for evaluating the cost-effectiveness of these investments, thus limiting assurances of efficiency and cost-effectiveness. Additionally, the Park Service faces limitations with sharing and coordinating information internally and lacks a servicewide approach for routine performance measurement and testing. Although the Park Service collaborates with external organizations, it lacks comparable arrangements for internal security communications and, as a result, parks are not equipped to share information with one another on common security problems and solutions. Furthermore, the Park Service has not established security performance measures and lacks an analysis tool that could be used to evaluate program effectiveness and inform an overall risk management strategy. Thus, icons and parks have little information on the status and performance of security that they can use to manage daily activities or that Park Service management can use to manage security throughout the organization. Finally, strategic human capital management is an area of concern because of the Park Service's lack of clearly defined security roles and a security training curriculum. For example, staff that are assigned security duties are generally not required to meet qualifications or undergo specialized training. Absent a security training curriculum, there is less assurance that staff are well-equipped to effectively identify and mitigate risks at national icons and parks. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009. 47p. Source: Internet Resource; GAO-09-983 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 119422

Author: Peek-Asa, Corinne Title: Workplace Violence and Prevention in New Jersey Hospital Emergency Departments: Summary Report on 50 New Jersey Hospitals Participating in the Evaluation of California Initiatives to Reduce Violence Against Healthcare Workers Study Summary: This report examines workplace violence prevention training, and incidents of violent events and subsequent injury among emergency department employees of acute-care hospitals in New Jersey. The report includes recommendations for hospitals to improve employee training. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Department of Health and Senior Citizens, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Hospitals, Violence Shelf Number: 119423

Author: Major Cities Chiefs Association Title: Campus Security Guidelines: Recommended Operational Policies for Local and Campus Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: This report provides law enforcement with recommendated guidelines to improve the ongoing relationships with campus public safety and major city police departments. The Campus Security Guidelines are organized in four sections. The first section on formal policies and agreements provides guidelines for law enforcement to encourage the development of written policies and formal agreements between local and campus law enforcement departments. The second section presents guidelines to assist local and campus law enforcement in preventing and preparing for critical incidents on campus. The third section recommends actions law enforcement should take to carry out a coordinated response with multiple agencies. Finally, the last section provides law enforcement with guidelines to assist with the continued response and recovery period after the critical incident. By covering all facets of the relationship between local and campus law enforcement, it is hoped that this document can be of benefit before, during, and after a critical incident. Details: Columbia, MD: Major Cities Chiefs Association, 2009. 152p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 119426

Author: Dolezal, Theresa Title: Hidden Costs in Health Care: The Economic Impact of Violence and Abuse Summary: Every year millions of Americans are exposed to violence and abuse as victims, witnesses, and perpetrators. Violence and abuse occur in all age groups, at all socioeconomic levels, and throughout all of society's structure. Up to now, the health care system has failed to adequately recognize the consequences of abuse, to respond and treat patients in a manner that is compassionate and healing, and to incorporate appropriate prevention strategies. This paper reviews a sampling of the literature that supports the contention that violence and abuse lead to a significant increase in health care utilization and costs. Details: Eden Prairie, MN: Academy on Violence and Abuse, 2009. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 117603

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: National Portrait of Domestic Violence Courts Summary: A growing number of criminal courts nationwide handle domestic violence cases on separate calendars, termed domestic violence courts. There are now 208 confirmed domestic violence courts across the U.S. More than 150 similar projects have been established internationally. Some domestic violence courts emerged in the context of the broader “problem-solving court” movement and share characteristics with other specialized courts, such as separate dockets and specially trained judges. However, the origins of domestic violence courts are also distinct, growing out of the increased attention afforded domestic violence matters by the justice system over the past 30 years. This study explores how criminal domestic violence courts have evolved, their rationale, and how their operations vary across the U.S. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 161p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 117636

Author: Pierce, Alexandra Title: Shattered Hearts: The Commercial Sexual Exploitation of American Indian Women and Girls in Minnesota Summary: This report examines the issue of commercial sexual exploitation of American Indian women and girls in Minnesota, including but not limited to sex trafficking. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Minnesota Indian Women's Resource Center, 2009. 127p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 117316

Author: Provine, Doris Marie Title: The Criminalisation of an Immigrant Population (ARI) Summary: Arizona has taken up the cause of immigration enforcement with a law requiring police to arrest persons suspected of being undocumented, and by criminalising activities associated with immigration. This has brought new life to the long-simmering debate about how to respond to the nation’s estimated 11 million unauthorised residents. The law is often described as an outgrowth of frustration with the federal government’s ‘broken’ immigration system. This broad characterisation is somewhat misleading. Arizona does not want the federal government to establish ‘a path towards citizenship’ or to regularise resident immigrants as it did in 1986. Rather, SB 1070 is designed to shift the national debate in a more restrictive direction. Arizona’s policy of ‘attrition through enforcement’ provides a rallying point for opponents of comprehensive immigration reform within parameters that appear legal and possibly appropriate in light of federal inaction. It was designed as a test case. Locally, SB 1070 signals the state’s unrelenting hostility towards its unauthorised residents and its indifference to those who must carry papers to prove their right to remain. To local police agencies, the state sends a warning: either prioritise immigration enforcement or risk a citizen-initiated lawsuit. Details: Madrid: Real Instituto Eleano, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 119429

Author: Seelke, Clare Ribando Title: Latin America and the Caribbean: Illicit Drug Trafficking and U.S. Counterdrug Programs Summary: Drug trafficking is viewed as a primary threat to citizen security and U.S. interests in Latin America and the Caribbean despite decades of anti-drug efforts by the United States and partner governments. The production and trafficking of popular illicit drugs—cocaine, marijuana, opiates, and methamphetamine—generates a multi-billion dollar black market in which Latin American criminal and terrorist organizations thrive. These groups challenge state authority in source and transit countries where governments are often fragile and easily corrupted. Mexican drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) largely control the U.S. illicit drug market and have been identified by the U.S. Department of Justice as the “greatest organized crime threat to the United States.” Drug trafficking-related crime and violence in the region has escalated in recent years, raising the drug issue to the forefront of U.S. foreign policy concerns. This report provides an overview of the drug flows in the Americas and U.S. antidrug assistance programs in the region. It also raises some policy issues for Congress to consider as it exercises oversight of U.S. antidrug programs and policies in the Western Hemisphere. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource; CRS Report for Congress Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 119439

Author: National Center for State Courts Title: Guidelines for Implementing Best Practices in Court Buliding Security: Costs, Priorities, Funding Strategies, and Accountability Summary: This report sets out a series of guidelines for implementing best practices for court building security. It is a companion to the document Steps to Best Practices for Court Building Security, by Timothy F. Fautsko et al. This paper includes the following parts: Part One identifies the estimated costs associated with implementing the recommendations contained in the Steps document; Part Two includes a framework of priorities that a court may wish to follow in deciding when and how to implement the recommendations contained in Steps; Part Three recommends strategies for seeking the funds necessary to implement the recommendations contained in Steps; and Part Four describes performance and accountability measures that a court may wish to utilize in order to measure the effectiveness of implementation efforts and to sustain funding for those efforts. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Court Security Shelf Number: 119445

Author: Fautsko, Timothy F. Title: Steps To Best Practices For Court Building Security Summary: This report presents the findings of an assessment team that has evaluated court security in terms of “best practices” – guidelines describing those security measures that should be in place with respect to a comprehensive set of topics covering court buildings and court operations. These best practices are not only based on the considerable experience of NCSC assessment team members, but are also a compilation of various guidelines from the U.S. Marshals Service, National Sheriffs’ Association, International Association of Chiefs of Police, the Transportation Safety Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, and the National Association for Court Management. The NCSC assessment team recommends that leadership in every court building strive to achieve best practices in all topic areas to provide a suitable level of security for all those who work in or visit the court building. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Court Security Shelf Number: 119448

Author: Engel, Robin S. Title: Implementation of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV): Year 1 Report Summary: The Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV) is a multi-agency and community collaborative effort initiated in 2007 designed to quickly and dramatically reduce gun-violence and associated homicides, as well as sustain reductions over time. The initiative is a focused-deterrence strategy which is modeled after the Boston Gun Project from the mid-1990’s. A partnership among multiple law enforcement agencies (local, state and federal), social service providers, and the community has been established to deliver a clear message to violent street groups: the violence must stop. This message is communicated through a number of different mechanisms, including call-in sessions with probationers and parolees; direct contact through street workers (street advocates), police, probation, and parole officers; community outreach; and media outlets. Law enforcement agencies have gathered intelligence on violent street group networks, and consequences are delivered to the street groups that continue to engage in violence. Those offenders seeking a more productive lifestyle are provided streamlined social services, training, education, and employment opportunities. The community and law enforcement are working as partners, and as a result, strengthening their relationship. This report documents the initiation of CIRV, initial assessments of CIRV activities, and future plans. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati Policing Institute, 2008. 55p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence (Cincinnati) Shelf Number: 119449

Author: Noreus, Becky Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in Maine: DMC Assessment and Identification Summary: Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) refers to the overrepresentation of minority youth in the juvenile justice system in certain areas of the United States. Because research at the national level has demonstrated that minority youth are often overrepresented at key decision points, such as arrest and confinement in juvenile detention centers, in a state’s juvenile justice system, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) requires all states to assess whether DMC exists in their jurisdiction. TThis report provides a baseline of rates of disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in Maine’s juvenile justice system. It also provides information for practitioners and policymakers looking to inform their understanding and awareness of the treatment of minority youth within Maine’s juvenile justice system. Details: Portland, ME: University of Southern Maine, Muskie School of Public Service, 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 119461

Author: McBride, Duane C. Title: The Drugs-Crime Wars: Past, Present and Future Directions in Theory, Policy and Program Interventions Summary: Research into the relationship between drug use and crime has generated a substantial body of literature. While these efforts have not established a causal link between the two behaviors, they do confirm a high correlation between drug use and many types of criminal behavior in a) the general population, b) populations of drug users, and c) arrested populations. The literature also shows that the drugs-crime relationship occurs within the framework of societal policies toward drug use that have ranged from regulated commercial approaches to strict prohibition. There is considerable debate about the strength and continuity of the relationship between drug use and crime. It is suggested that research focusing on the relationship would benefit from the application of theoretical models such as Ecosystems Theory and/or Social Capital. These models may help sort out the nature and complexity of the relationship as well as suggest more appropriate interventions. A review of programmatic approaches that have been used to break the drugs-crime relationship is presented that suggests the most successful approaches include a comprehensive range of services from assessment, implementation of services to meet assessed needs, and aftercare within the framework of graduated sanctions and comprehensive case management. In order to further examine the drugs-crime relationship, it is suggested that future research should use an interdisciplinary approach to evaluate the differential impact of state policies as well as and examine the effectiveness of specific treatment program elements. Details: Chicago: ImpacTeen, 2001. 116p. Source: Internet Resource; Research Paper Series, No. 14 Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 119462

Author: Nakanishi, Yuko, Consultant Title: Transit Security Update: A Synthesis of Transit Practice Summary: This report, an update of the original TCRP Synthesis of Transit Practice 21: Improving Transit Security (1997), addresses terrorism, which was not included in the original study along with ordinary crime. Counterterrorism and anticrime security measures and practices, crime and security incident trends, and other related issues are covered in this report. Major issues and obstacles to security and policing management, as well as further research needs, have been identified and presented. The key elements of this Synthesis study include a survey of 120 transit agencies, with a 38% response rate, case studies, and a literature review along with input from industry experts and National Transit Database (NTD) analysis. Since the publication of the last report in 1997, significant improvements have been made to mitigate ordinary crime, and significant progress has been made to secure transit systems from terrorism. After September 11, 2001 (9/11), securing public transportation systems against the terrorist threat became an important and complex issue for U.S. transit operators and continues to be a prime concern of both domestic and international transit operators. For many decades, transit systems outside of the United States have been a target of terrorist activity, which has resulted in significant losses of life, injuries, infrastructure damage, disruptions to transit service, and economic losses to the affected regions. Synthesis survey results revealed that the terrorist threats of primary concern to multimodal, rail-only, and ferry systems were explosives, chemical and biological threats, hijackings and shootings, and sabotage. The terrorist threats of primary concern to bus agencies were hijackings, shootings, explosives, and sabotage. Transit agencies are well aware of many other possible terrorist threats, such as radiological attacks, cyber crime, and transit vehicles used as weapons, but these threats are considered to be of secondary importance. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2009. 142p. Source: Internet Resource; TCRP Synthesis 80 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 119465

Author: Richardson, Brad Title: Juvenile Detention and Alternatives: Perspectives from Three Cunties, Report to the Governor's Youth Race and Detention Task Force Summary: In collaboration with the Annie E. Casey Foundation (AECF), and as part of the state effort to become one of AECF’s Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI) sites, the DMC Resource Center was asked to conduct a qualitative study of the use of detention and the use of alternatives to detention in the Iowa counties of Black Hawk, Polk and Woodbury. The three sites participating represent targeted sites that have been actively engaged with the DMC Resource Center around reducing disproportionality and have minority populations which are significantly greater than the state average. Polk County has the largest population in the state and the largest minority population in the state. Woodbury County is the most diverse county in the state with a minority population making up 25 percent of its youth population. Black Hawk County, with an African American youth population of 14 percent, has the highest percentage of African American youth in the state. The original purpose of this work was to collect information about how detention and alternatives are used in those three counties and demonstrate engagement of top systems officials in these discussions to gather information and demonstrate interest and commitment to reducing disproportionality. The focus is described by the following three items: 1) describe what alternatives to detention exist in the three counties; 2) describe what the characteristics of youth held in detention are compared to those who are in alternatives, and 3) demonstrate engagement and commitment of top officials who administer youth-serving systems (e.g., juvenile justice, child welfare, law enforcement, public schools, county attorney, public defender, judicial system) for detention reform in the three counties and gather information from their perspectives on detention and the use of alternatives. Details: Iowa City, IA: University of Iowa School of Social work, National Resource Center for Family Centered Practice, DMC Research Center, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 119464

Author: Mitchell, Christine Title: Domestic Violence Homicides in Utah: 2000 through 2008 Summary: This report attempts to provide some background on domestic violence homicide in general, as well as further detail and context to incidents in Utah over the recent 9-year period (2000-2008). The data obtained from incidents in Utah appear to be consistent with previous research on domestic violence homicide, based on the data that was available. Homicide in general is a very complex crime, and domestic violence homicide in particular is influenced by many factors related to both the individuals involved as well as contextual and relationship factors. It is clear from the data presented here that many interrelated antecedents need to be taken into account when attempting to understand any given domestic violence homicide incident. A clearer articulation of these factors can hopefully help practitioners and policy makers who are involved in the prevention of domestic violence homicide involving intimate partners, children, and others. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Utah) Shelf Number: 119470

Author: Adams, William Title: Effects of Federal Legislation on the Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children Summary: Each year, as many as 300,000 children become victims of commercial sexual exploitation in the United States. Such victimization can have devastating effects on a child's physical and mental health and well-being. In an effort to stop the commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC), Congress enacted the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Prevention Act (TVPA) in 2000. As the seminal legislation in America's efforts to end CSEC, the Act criminalizes human trafficking on a federal level. This bulletin describes the results of a study funded by OJJDP to examine TVPA's impact on the prosecution of CSEC cases. The authors draw on CSEC cases processed in federal courts between 1998 and 2005 to examine how current laws addressing CSEC are enforced, indicate key features of successful CSEC prosecutions, and describe how legislation has affected sentences imposed on CSEC perpetrators, as well as legislation's effects on the provision of services to victims. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource; Juvenile Justice Bulletin, July 2010 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 119477

Author: Brame, Robert Title: The Impact of Proactive Enforcement of No-Contact Orders on Victim Safety and Repeat Victimization Summary: This study examined the impact of proactive enforcement of court-imposed no-contact orders (NCOs) on offender behavior and victim safety in cases of misdemeanor domestic violence. The major research goals and objectives were to assess whether proactive enforcement: (1) increased victim knowledge about no-contact orders; (2) reduced contact between offenders and victims; and (3) increased victim safety and promoted well-being. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 131p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228003.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 117133

Author: Ramirez, Rebecca Title: A Campaign to Reduce Impaired Driving Through Retail-Oriented Enforcement in Washington State Summary: The Washington State Liquor Control Board (WSLCB) launched its DUI Reduction Program in 2002 with the immediate goal of reducing sales to intoxicated people through enforcement directed at bars and restaurants. The program targets those establishments that produce high levels of DUI arrests. The ultimate and long-term program goal is to reduce DUI arrests and alcohol-related traffic crashes. The DUI Reduction Program showed great promise, with anecdotal reports suggesting that it reduced sales to intoxicated people at the targeted retail establishments. To assess the impact of the program, WSLCB joined with the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation to conduct the Washington Enforcement and DUI Reduction demonstration project with funding from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. The demonstration project was designed to assess the feasibility of implementing the DUI reduction program in a more standardized manner and of assessing the effects of the program on three outcome measures: retailer willingness to sell alcohol to apparently intoxicated people, blood alcohol concentration (BAC) levels of drivers arrested for DUI, and DUI arrestees naming establishments exposed to the program as their place of last drink. The results of this demonstration project are mixed. The evaluation detected no change in retail practices; however, it did produce two promising findings: reductions in the average number of monthly DUI arrests in intervention sites and reductions in average BAC levels among DUI arrestees. Several factors limit the potency of findings: small sample size, variation in the protocol for the delivery of education material, retailers’ level of exposure to responsible beverage server training, possible erosion of effects, and the level of enforcement activity in comparison sites. The evaluation suggests that a stronger intervention involving enforcement of sales to intoxicated persons laws and related educational outreach may produce all desired results but that further evaluations will be needed. This report concludes with suggestions for how future tests of similar interventions could be improved. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 117339

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: Bias Based Policing in Four New Mexico Counties: Final Report Summary: In 2007, the New Mexico Legislature authorized funding for the New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC) to conduct a statewide study of bias-based policing in New Mexico. The 2007 funding enabled NMSC to survey two New Mexico counties (Bernalillo County and Lea County) and review legal complaints against law enforcement agencies in those counties. In addition to the survey and legal review, NMSC completed a literature review of bias-based policing. Funding provided in 2008 allowed the NMSC to survey residents in Curry County and McKinley County. This study is important because it describes a relatively unexplored topic in New Mexico. Studies on racial profiling and police bias have been done around the nation, but until now driving behaviors and driver-police contacts for the state of New Mexico have not been studied. Researching driving behaviors and driver-police interactions is a base for further understanding the issue of racial profiling. This report includes a brief literature review, an explanation of our research methodology, and a description of the complete findings from the two surveys. The results include a description of the driving behavior for drivers in the four counties surveyed (Bernalillo, Lea, Curry, and McKinley) in New Mexico. In addition to comparing descriptive information from the four counties we analyze data we collected from drivers who were stopped. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Policing (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 117710

Author: NuStats Title: Texas Department of Transportation 2009 Visible Litter Study; Final Report Summary: NuStats, in cooperation with EnviroMedia Social Marketing and the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), conducted a follow-up to the 2001 and 2005 Visible Litter Study (VLS) in 2009 to estimate the projected number of pieces and types of litter on Texas roadways. For this study, litter was collected from 163 research segments across Texas, each consisting of a 1,000-foot-long stretch of TxDOT-maintained roadway. In 2005, 129 sites consisting of a 750-foot-long stretch of roadway were sampled. Data from the current study were weighted for comparison with those from 2005. The increase in number and length of sites in 2009 was designed to improve the confidence interval for the findings. Although the changes narrowed the interval from +/- 249 million pieces of litter in 2005 to +/- 200 million pieces of litter in 2009, changes in litter counts year to year are not statistically significant. Details: Austin, TX: NuStats, 2010. 25p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against the Environment Shelf Number: 0

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: The Implementation of Alcohol Interlocks for First Offenders: A Case Study Summary: Alcohol ignition interlocks are a proven tool to effectively monitor impaired driving offenders and reduce recidivism. Today, almost all U.S. jurisdictions have implemented an alcohol interlock law targeting repeat and even high-BAC offenders. More recently, at least 12 jurisdictions have moved to also include some or all first offenders in alcohol interlock legislation and several others are considering such laws. In order to learn from those states that have already implemented a first offender alcohol interlock law, the Traffic Injury Research Foundation conducted a case study to examine the experience of Illinois and compare it to the experiences of four other jurisdictions. The purpose of this case study was to gain insight into how legislation is translated into operational practices, and to provide guidance to other jurisdictions using the knowledge that has been gained to inform decision-making. The report summarizes research relevant to the use of alcohol interlocks for first offenders. It also documents the process employed by and the tasks completed in Illinois to implement their first offender alcohol interlock law. The report contains an overview of the resources that were allocated to the process and compares the results in Illinois with experiences in Colorado, Nebraska, New York and Washington, representing the diverse nature of alcohol interlock programs. Recommendations to assist other jurisdictions are formulated and discussed. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119511

Author: Alcantara, Mariana Del Rocio Title: Mara Salvatrucha and Transnational Crime in North and Central America: Uncovering the External Links and Internal Dynamics Summary: The assimilation of organised crime into transnational crime has had detrimental effects on the national and regional security of countries around the world. Transnational crime has increasingly become a security concern, as organised gangs have permeated across borders with enhanced sophistication with minimal regard for law enforcement. Mara Salvatruchal (also known as MS or MS-13) is an organisation that has rapidly spread from its initial location on the West Coast of the United States to other parts of the country as well as neighbouring nations in Central America. The main aspect of this thesis is the activities of Mara Salvatrucha in North and Central America and the analysis of the internal and external dynamics that have enabled the organisation to expand and become one of the most feared organised gangs in the American Continent. Hence, this thesis critically analyses the anti-crime prevention measures put into action in the hope of curbing and eliminating the security threats that MS and its members provide within the region. Transnational crime theory is a core component of this thesis as it identifies numerous factors that are associated with this transnational organisation and will effectively put internal and external dynamics of MS into perspective. The objective of this thesis is therefore to use a case study methodology on Mara Salvatrucha to emphasise the law enforcement strategies that have thus far been deployed to control the increasing level of gang related violence taking place in the United States and Central American nations. Details: Adelaide, Australia: School of International Studies, University of South Australia, 2007. 106p. Source: Internet Resource; Thesis Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119512

Author: Booz Allen Hamilton Title: Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA): Cost Impact Analysis: Final Report Summary: This document is the final report of the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) Cost Impact Analysis, an effort to assist the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) in the review of the standards published by the National Prison Rape Elimination Commission (NPREC) on June 23, 2009. This document assesses the costs specific to each standard, assesses variations within the cost estimates, and addresses a comprehensive view of implementation and compliance on a national level. It covers five sectors of correctional operations: state prison systems, state and local juvenile facilities, community corrections, and local/county jails, police lockups. Details: McLean, VA: Booz Allen Hamilton, 2010. 414p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 119513

Author: National Latino Council on Alcohol and Tobacco Prevention Title: Priorities for Reducing Alcohol-Related Driving Among Latino Communities Summary: This report presents the highlights from a meeting designed to dicuss a national strategy to prevent impaired driving in the Latino community. Presenters shared the latest data, research, and promising strategies for reducing impaired driving, and participants had the opportunity to discuss issues, exchange ideas, identify additional strategies, and make recommendations for further progress. Details: Washington, DC: U.D. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crashes Shelf Number: 119514

Author: Marques, Paul R. Title: Key Features for Ignition Interlock Programs Summary: This report describes an effort to document alcohol ignition interlock programs in the United States in order to highlight those programs or program features that are believed to be best able to serve traffic safety interests. Information has been gathered into this report bearing on important interlock program features together with some recommendations for States to consider as programs are developed. This publication reflects information of the time it was written. Therefore, some statements may be outdated. In addition to the literature search and telephone conversations with State experts identified by Governors Highway Safety Representatives, wide ranging commentary was provided by key informants during a parallel effort to document interlock program features undertaken by the Interlock Working Group of the International Council of Alcohol Drugs and Traffic Safety (ICADTS). All the above sources of information were compiled into a preliminary report in order to frame the discussion for an expert panel meeting. This final report represents the views of the authors, but also reflects input from panelists, written commentary to the IWG, and documented, published sources. The general topics in the body of this report include the following: program enrollment issues; interlock program ramp-up and expansion; standardization of reporting and information flow; program compliance, noncompliance and interlock removal; linkages to treatment; differences in court-based judicial programs and motor vehicle administered interlock programs; suggested core elements of interlock programs; and miscellaneous other topics. The authors believe that the single major difference among panelists centered on whether interlocks should play a role in the monitoring of court-ordered alcohol abstinence. This final report will be useful to anyone concerned about interlock implementation and traffic safety. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 119515

Author: U.S. Department of Transporation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Title: A Summary Report of Six Demonstration Projects To Reduce Alcohol-Impaired Driving Among 21- to 34-Year-Old Drivers Summary: This report summarizes six projects designed to address impaired driving among 21- to 34-year-olds. The report is organized into five chapters. The first chapter discusses the background and initiation of the projects. The second chapter provides a summary of each project’s purpose, underlying theory or model, setting, intervention, and evaluation techniques. The strategies were implemented in a variety of settings, using a number of innovative techniques for addressing and evaluating impaired driving interventions. The third chapter describes the characteristics of the interventions and promising practices. The fourth chapter discusses the process evaluation techniques that were applied and describes steps taken to develop, implement, and modify the impaired driving interventions. The fifth chapter is a summary of the document and provides explanation of the projects implications and utility for program planners. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008. 35p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 119516

Author: Percy, Stephen L. Title: Evaluation of the Safe and Sound Initiative in Milwaukee Summary: The Safe & Sound Initiative contracted with the Center for Urban Initiatives and Research (CUIR) at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee (UWM) to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the Safe & Sound Initiative. The three prongs of the Initiative include: (1) Safe Places that offer programs and support for youth after school and in the early evening, (2) Community Partners who work in Milwaukee’s neighborhoods as organizers to learn resident concerns about crime and share crime information with law enforcement agencies, and (3) Area Specific Law Enforcement where the Milwaukee Police Department (MPD), Safe & Sound, and Milwaukee High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area (HIDTA) work together to produce a reduction in violent crime. This comprehensive assessment of the Safe & Sound Initiative utilized an extensive and diverse array of data collection strategies in order to garner knowledge on many different facets of the Initiative and obtain information from a large set of stakeholders. Data collection strategies include: (1) information abstracted from proposals for Safe Places funding, (2) interviews with key staff in Safe Places, (3) interviews with Community Partners, (4) interviews with community leaders, (5) interviews with law enforcement officials, (6) interviews with local elected officials, (7) interviews with neighborhood residents living near Safe Places, (8) focus groups with youth who attend Safe Places, (9) “quick”, on-the-street surveys with youth, (10) on-site observations at Safe Places, and (11) examination of crime data. For Safe Places, this evaluation is conducted at two levels of analysis. The first level explores the full array of 35 Safe Places operating during 2007 and the second examines, more intensely, eight selected Safe Places that together represent diversity with regard to type of organization (i.e., some operated as branches of larger organizations and some were single entity nonprofits), geographic location within the city, programming, and size of budget. The eight intensive study sites are: Running Rebels, Latino Community Center, Mary Ryan Boys and Girls Club, Agape Community Center, Parkland YMCA, Silver Spring Neighborhood Center (at the John Muir Community Learning Center), COA Golden Center, and Davis Boys and Girls Club. Details: Milwaukee, WI: University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee, Center for Urban Initiatives and Research, 2008. 257p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 119517

Author: English, Kim Title: Sexual Assault in Jail and Juvenile Facilities: Promising Practices for Prevention and Response: Final Report Summary: Public Law 108-79, the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (also known as PREA), issued a call for correctional agencies nationwide to address prisoner sexual assault. This groundbreaking legislation required correctional administrators to identify, prevent, intervene and prosecute these incidents, and to ensure programs and services to meet the complex needs of victims and perpetrators. Soon after the passage of PREA, the National Institute of Justice sponsored several research activities to examine prisoner sexual assault within the culture of correctional institutions, within state department of corrections, and within jails and juvenile correctional facilities (the current project). This report presents the findings from a descriptive study of promising practices to prevent and respond to inmate-on-inmate sexual assault in jails and resident-on-resident sexual assault in juvenile correctional facilities, including a comprehensive literature review of institutional sexual assault which is included as Appendix A. Descriptive studies set the stage for more elaborate investigation later. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Research and Statistics, 2010. 356p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 119518

Author: Boggs, Breann Title: Treatment of Juveniles in the Wisconsin Criminal Court System: An Analysis of Potential Alternatives Summary: The 1995 reforms to the juvenile justice code increased the number of juveniles prosecuted in adult criminal court. The policy change transferred all 17-year-olds to adult criminal court jurisdiction. Judicial waiver, which allows the juvenile court to transfer a case to adult court, was expanded to include 14-year-olds. Juveniles prosecuted in adult court face adult criminal penalties. Juvenile correctional facilities offer educational programming and a variety of ageappropriate treatment options. Juveniles in the adult system miss out on these resources. A 2008 Legislative Audit Bureau report shows higher rates of recidivism among younger offenders placed into the adult correctional system. Recidivism rates among 17-year-old defendants in Wisconsin are estimated to be as high as 48 percent, three times higher than for adult offenders or younger juveniles in the juvenile system. The Wisconsin Joint Legislative Council requested an analysis of the juvenile justice process in Wisconsin and examination of current practices in other states. This report evaluates the status quo policy and two categories of alternative policies: waiver laws and blended sentencing. Time constraints prevented the development of a more formal analysis of recidivism rates among these alternatives; however, we conclude that the current system fails to meet the particular treatment needs of younger offenders and that this failure likely contributes to the high recidivism rate among this population. We encourage the Joint Legislative Council to re-examine the 1995 reforms and request a comprehensive audit of the treatment of juveniles in the Wisconsin correctional system that would assess the effectiveness of treatment options available to younger offenders in the juvenile and adult correctional systems. Details: Madison, WI: Robert M. La Follette School of Public Affairs, University of Wisconsin Madison, 2008. 31p. Source: Internet Resource; Prepared for the Wisconsin Joint Legislative Council Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers (Wisconsin) Shelf Number: 119519

Author: Baker, Wade Title: 2010 Data Breach Investigations Report Summary: "In some ways, data breaches have a lot in common with fingerprints. Each is unique and we learn a great deal by analyzing the various patterns, lines, and contours that comprise each one. The main value of fingerprints, however, lies in their ability to identify a particular individual in particular circumstances. In this sense, studying them in bulk offers little additional benefit. On the other hand, the analysis of breaches in aggregate can be of great benefit; the more we study, the more prepared we are to stop them. Not surprisingly, the United States Secret Service (USSS) is also interested in studying and stopping data breaches. This was a driving force in their decision to join us in this 2010 Data Breach Investigations Report. They’ve increased the scope of what we’re able to study dramatically by including a few hundred of their own cases to the mix. Also included are two appendices from the USSS. One delves into online criminal communities and the other focuses prosecuting cybercrime. We’re grateful for their contributions and believe organizations and individuals around the world will benefit from their efforts. With the addition of Verizon’s 2009 caseload and data contributed from the USSS, the DBIR series now spans six years, 900+ breaches, and over 900 million compromised records." Details: Basking Ridge, NJ: Verizon Business, 2010. 64p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 119521

Author: Sims, Barbara Title: Final Report: An Evaluation of the PCCD-Funded Police-Probation Partnerships Projects Summary: In April, 2002, the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency (PCCD) began funding three Police-Probation Partnership (PPP) projects in Lackawanna, Lehigh, and Mercer Counties. These programs are modeled after the Operation Night Light (ONL) program that began in Boston, Massachusetts in 1992. The goals of the PPP projects are to reduce recidivism among selected juvenile and/or adult probationers, to reduce police calls for service and criminal activity in the target areas, to increase public perceptions of safety in the neighborhoods where PPP projects are operating, and to strengthen linkages between the police departments and county probation departments. The purpose of this study was to determine: (1) whether the three funded sites have implemented the program according to the specified goals and objectives of the program; (2) whether the sites are meeting the expectations of the PCCD related to the goals and objectives of PPP programming in general; and (3) the nature and extent of the impact of PPP programming in the targeted areas. Details: Philadelphia: Center for Research, Evaluation and Statistical Analysis, Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency, 2006. 119p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Probation (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 119531

Author: Stuster, Jack Title: Creating Impaired Driving General Deterrence: Eight Case Studies of Sustained, High-Visibility, Impaired-Driving Enforcement Summary: This document presents eight case studies of selected programmatic efforts intended to reduce the incidence of impaired driving and in other ways improve traffic safety. Each of the programs is unique, but all eight are characterized by sustained, highvisibility, special impaired driving enforcement activity and all are supported by vigorous publicity and education campaigns. The purpose of this collection of case studies is to provide law enforcement managers and others with information about how they might develop similar programs in their jurisdictions. Twenty-nine special enforcement programs from across the United States were investigated and summarized during this project, from which a sample of programs was selected for additional study and description. The resulting eight case studies include information about: Distinguishing Features; Setting; Background and Planning; Special Enforcement Methods; Frequency of Operations and Duration of Program; Participation; Public Awareness and Program Visibility; Funding; Lessons Learned; Evidence of Program Effect; and, Contacts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006. 100p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 119524

Author: Stone, Christopher, Chair Title: Reducing Inherent Danger: Report of the Task Force on Police-on-Police Shootings Summary: Since 1981, some 26 police officers across the United States have been shot and killed by fellow police officers who have mistaken them for dangerous criminals. These fatal shootings are doubly tragic, first because both the shooters and victims in such situations are risking their lives to enforce the law and protect the public, and second because many of these deaths are preventable. The dangers that give rise to these deaths are inherent in policing, but those dangers can be reduced and more deaths prevented. Over the last fifteen years, ten of the fourteen officers killed in these mistaken-identity, police-on-police shootings have been people of color. The two most recent of these fatal, police-on-police shootings took place in New York State, and in both cases the victims were off-duty, African-American police officers: Officer Christopher Ridley, killed in Westchester County (NY) in January 2008; and Officer Omar Edwards, killed in Harlem (NY)in May 2009. These two most recent tragedies reverberated powerfully, not only within the ranks of law enforcement but with the broader public. In press accounts, public debate, and informal conversations among police officers, we heard widespread speculation about the role that race may have played in these shootings, not based on any specific evidence of bias in these two cases, but emanating instead from the widely shared suspicion that race plays a role in many police confrontations, as it does in American society generally. This report examines the issues and implications arising from police-on-police shootings and confrontations, especially between on-duty and off-duty officers, between uniformed and undercover officers, and between officers of different races, nationalities and ethnicities, seeking to prevent such incidents in the future. Our work offers many lessons, from methods to improve training and tactics to defuse police-on-police confrontations before they become fatal and improve the investigation of police-on-police shootings, to procedures that can improve the treatment of the officers and families involved. Equally important, our work offers a chance to better understand the role of race in policing decisions generally and to identify specific actions that police agencies and government at every level can take to reduce the effect of racial bias, even unconscious racial bias, in police decisions to shoot in fast-moving, dangerous situations. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Task Force on Police-on-Police Shootings, 2010. 138p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 119525

Author: Mattson, Susan Title: Keeping Tennessee Schools Safe Summary: In 2008, a tragic, fatal shooting at a Tennessee high school prompted a legislative request for the Comptroller’s Offices of Research and Education Accountability (OREA) to examine and evaluate what Tennessee is doing to ensure that its schools are safe. For this report, OREA compared state-level laws, policies, and requirements against accepted best practices for keeping schools safe from violence. The report also includes background on measures of school violence and Tennessee laws and programs promoting school safety. This report provides information that may be useful to policymakers in ongoing efforts to ensure the safety of Tennessee’s elementary and secondary schools. Details: Nashville, TN: Offices of Research and Education Accountability; Tennessee Comptroller of the Treasury, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 119541

Author: Visher, Christy Title: Employment After Prison: A Longitudinal Study of Releasees in Three States Summary: This brief explores the reality of finding employment after prison from the perspective of 740 former male prisoners in Illinois, Ohio, and Texas. Interviews were conducted as part of a comprehensive, longitudinal study entitled Returning Home: Understanding the Challenges of Prisoner Reentry. Eight months after prison, 65 percent of respondents had been employed at some point, but only 45 percent were currently employed. Those who held a job while in prison or participated in job-training programs had better employment outcomes after release. Respondents who were employed and earning higher wages after release were less likely to return to prison the first year out. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2008. 9p. Source: Internet Resource; Research Brief Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 119544

Author: Ruback, R. Barry Title: Evaluation of Best Practices in Restitution and Victim Compensation Orders and Payments Summary: Over the past 25 years, the use of economic sanctions has increased because of pressures to punish offenders, to reimburse victims, and to have offenders pay for the costs of prosecution, and fees, as well as mandatory restitution, fines, and various state costs. This research project was concerned with how these different economic sanctions are imposed and with whether they are paid. In addition, the research examined whether state fees and restitution to the state were mandated as imposed by law. Details: University Park, PA: Crime, Law, & Justice Program, Department of Sociology, Penn State University, 2006. 224p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 119534

Author: Bell, Robert M. Title: Methodology for Evaluating Court-Based Mental Health Intervention in Maryland Summary: This process evaluation report documents the goals, structure, operations, and contextual base of the court-based mental health courts in Baltimore City and Harford County, Maryland. It provides information on how the intervention evolved, what organizations provide what services to whom, and how closely the participants and activities match what was intended. Details: Baltimore, MD: Maryland Judiciary, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 119565

Author: VanNostrand, Marie Title: Alternatives to Pretrial Detention: Southern District of Iowa: A Case Study Summary: The pretrial detention rates for the Southern District of Iowa reached their highest levels between July 2006 and June 2007 with detention rates of 69.5% including immigration cases and 67.3% excluding immigration cases. The detention rates at that time were significantly above the national average of 61.7% and were the highest in the 8th Circuit which averaged 57.2% during the same period. It was the awareness of the increasing detention rates that led U.S. Pretrial Services in the Southern District of Iowa to commence a project with the goal of increasing the utilization of alternatives to detention when appropriate to increase pretrial release rates while assuring court appearance and community safety. The District partnered with Luminosity, Inc. to conduct an objective and research-based assessment of the project progress two years following implementation. This report contains (1) background information related to pretrial release and detention, pretrial services, the Alternatives to Detention (ATD) program, and the concept of the EBP risk principle and (2) detailed findings of the assessment. The assessment revealed that the Southern District of Iowa was able to substantially increase the utilization of alternatives to detention resulting in a pretrial release rate increase of 15% while assuring court appearance and community safety. In fact, the increased pretrial release rate was accompanied by an increase in court appearance rate by 2.6% and decreases in both new alleged criminal activity rate (1.7% decrease) and revocations due to technical violations (2.8% decrease) for defendants released pending trial. Details: St. Petersburg, FL: Luminosity, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://www.pretrial.org/download/risk-assessment/Alternatives%20to%20Pretrial%20Detention%20Southern%20District%20of%20Iowa%20-%20VanNostrand%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119566

Author: Bodenhorn, Howard Title: Short Criminals: Stature and Crime in Early America Summary: This paper considers the extent to which crime in early America was conditioned on height. With data on inmates incarcerated in Pennsylvania state penitentiaries between 1826 and 1876, we estimate the parameters of Wiebull proportional hazard specifications of the individual crime hazard. Our results reveal that, consistent with a theory in which height can be a source of labor market disadvantage, criminals in early America were shorter than the average American, and individual crime hazards decreased in height. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper 15945 (Accessed April, 2010 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w15945) 34p. Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 118565

Author: Syner, Joey Title: Strategic Evaluation States Initiative - Case STudies of Alaska, Georgia, and West Virginia Summary: In 2002, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration undertook a new approach that focused strategically on reducing alcohol-related crashes, injuries, and deaths in States with especially high numbers or rates of alcohol-related fatalities. The agency identified 13 States to participate in the Strategic Evaluation States (SES) initiative: Alaska, Arizona, California, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana, New Mexico, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas, and West Virginia. In 2005, NHTSA invited Missouri and South Carolina to join the program bringing the total number of States participating to 15. These 15 States accounted for more than half of the alcohol-related fatalities in the United States. Four common threads surfaced in the SES with successful sustained impaired driving enforcement programs: 1. High-visibility, multi-agency enforcement operations on a monthly basis and year round with a focus on areas that accounted for 65 percent of the alcohol fatality problem, 2. Charismatic leadership that secured commitments from law enforcement agencies and provided clear guidance on the direction of the DWI enforcement program, 3. Law enforcement training, and 4. Targeted messaging through earned and paid media along with outreach efforts. This document provides a summary of the impaired driving enforcement and communication activities of three States (Alaska, Georgia, and West Virginia) that participated in the SES program between 2002 and 2005. The case studies illustrate how each State adopted the sustained DWI enforcement strategy and tailored its approach to respond to the needs, resources, and political environment of its law enforcement agencies. These case studies do not represent a formal, scientific evaluation of the overall SES initiative nor should the approaches be viewed as “one size fits all.” NHTSA hopes the case studies will be useful as an implementation guide for planning and conducting effective, highly visible impaired driving DWI enforcement efforts using a variety of approaches. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008. 41p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 2010 at http://www.nhtsa.gov Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 117640

Author: Engel, Robin S. Title: Implementation of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV): Year 2 Report Summary: The Cincinnati Inititive to Reduce Violence is a focused deterrence strategy loosely modeled after the Boston Gun Project from the mid-1990s. Focused deterrence initiatives aim to deliver a deterrent message accurately and directly to those who sustain a culture of violence. This report details the activities and outcomes for the second year of the program. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati Policing Institute, 2009. 90p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 7, 2010 at http://www.cincinnati-oh.gov/police/downloads/police_pdf38580.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence (Cincinnati) Shelf Number: 118346

Author: Sullivan, Elizabeth Title: Teachers Talk: School Culture, Safety and Human Rights Summary: This study surveyed more than 300 middle and high school teachers, conducted interviews and held focus group meetings of teachers in New York City public schools to solicit their opinions on how to make schools safer. The study found that teachers reject the punitive measures that are often used to discipline students, and feel that more constructive measures such as the teaching of behavior skills or conflict resolution should be used more often. Details: New York: National Economic and Social Rights Initiative and Teachers Unit, 2008. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.nesri.org/Teachers_Talk.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 116294

Author: Wald, Johanna Title: First, Do No Harm: How Educations and Police Can Work Together More Effectively to Preserve School Safety and Protect Vulnerable Students Summary: "This policy brief offers recommendations for how school resource officers can be more effectively deployed in public schools. It provides an overview of how and why police moved in such critical masses into middle and high schools across the country, identifies studies that have examined some of the consequences of placing police in schools, and summarizes major findings from a series of interviews the authors conducted during 2008-2009 of police chiefs and school resource officers in 16 Massachusetts school districts. The last section of this brief offers recommendations for steps that we believe schools, districts, and state legislatures can take to maximize the benefits of placing school resource officers in school, while reducing the likelihood of criminalizing student behaviors that should be handled more appropriately within the school environment." Details: Cambridge, MA: Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource; A CHHIRJ Policy Brief; Accessed August 8, 2010 at www.charleshamiltonhouston.org/assets/documents/news/FINAL%20Do%20No%20Harm.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 118684

Author: Rosen, Eva Title: A "Perversion" of Choice: Sex Work Offers Just Enough in Chicago's Urban Ghetto Summary: In an apartment building on Chicago’s Southside, fifty of the seventy-five residents are sex workers. Our study uses in-depth interviews and participant observation of Chicago’s sex work economy to argue that sex work is one constituent part of an overall low-wage, off- the-books economy of resource exchange among individuals in a bounded geographic setting. To an outsider, the decision to be a sex worker seems irrational; in this paper we argue that specific localized conditions invert this decision and render it entirely rational. For the men and women in our study, sex work acts as a short-term solution that satisfices the demands of persistent poverty and instability, and it provides a meaningful option in the quest for a job that provides autonomy and personal fulfillment. Details: New York: Center for Urban Research and Policy, Columbia University, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at: http://www.sociology.columbia.edu/pdf-files/rosenvenk.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnography Shelf Number: 116302

Author: Roebuck, Ben Title: Homelessness, Victimization and Crime: Knowledge and Actionable Recommendations Summary: "This report examines how victimization contributes to homelessness and how subsequent victimization may result from living on the streets. It reviews the types of crimes committed by homeless people, and why homeless people are incarcerated. It also identifies factors through which incarceration raises the risk of homelessness for vulnerable populations." Details: Ottawa: Institute for the Prevention of Crime, 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at: http://www.socialsciences.uottawa.ca/ipc/pdf/IPC-Homelessness%20report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 113258

Author: Toon, Richard Title: System Alert: Arizona's Criminal Justice Response to Domestic Violence Summary: This report examines the issue of domestic violence with Arizona's families and communities. It examines the failures of the present system, and offers several suggestions for improvements that should be made to address the issue. Details: Phoeniz, AZ: Morrison Institute for Public Policy, Arizona State University, 2007. 123p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://morrisoninstitute.asu.edu/publications-reports/SystemAlert-AZsCJRespToDV/view Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Arizona) Shelf Number: 112712

Author: Stalans, Loretta J. Title: Short-Term Impact Evaluation of the Lake County Adult Probation Women's Specialized Services Program Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the "Lake County's women specialized services program which aims to provide a higher quality of supervision and services to women offenders who have suffered trauma through empowering the offenders to improve their mental health, familial and intimate relationships, and self-sufficiency so that they may lead productive law-abiding lives and also effectively parent their children in a safe environment." Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Lake_Co._PTSD_report_May2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Probation, Female Offenders Shelf Number: 119576

Author: Latessa, Edward Title: Creation and Validation of the Ohio Risk Assessment System: Final Report Summary: "This report outlines the development and validation of the Ohio Risk Assessment System. The Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Corrections contracted with the University of Cincinnati, Center for Criminal Justice Research to create a risk assessment system that provided assessments at multiple points in the criminal justice system and that was validated on an Ohio population. A major goal of the project was to develop assessments that abided by the principles of effective classification by constructing assessments that 1) separated Ohio offenders into risk groups based on their likelihood to recidivate, 2) identified dynamic risk factors that can be used to prioritize programmatic needs, and 3) identify potential barriers to treatment. The Ohio Risk Assessment System was created using a prospective design that involved conducting in-depth structured interviews of over 1,800 offenders at the following stages in Ohio’s justice system: pretrial, community supervision, prison intake, and community reentry. After interviews were conducted, offenders were tracked for approximately one year to gather follow-up information on recidivism. Five assessment instruments were created using items that were related to recidivism: The Pretrial Assessment Tool, The Community Supervision Tool, The Community Supervision Screening Tool, The Prison Intake Tool, and the Reentry Tool. Validation involved examining the predictive power of the assessment instruments. The results reveal that all assessment instruments are able to significantly distinguish between risk levels. Further, r values are relatively large, and depending upon the assessment instrument, range from .22 to .44. Concurrent validity also was examined by comparing the predictive power of each assessment tool to the LSI-R and the Wisconsin Risk / Needs instruments. These results revealed that the instruments for the Ohio Risk Assessment System performed as well if not better than both of the other instruments." Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 65p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.assessments.com/assessments_documentation/ORAS/ORAS_Final_Report_and_Validation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Classification of Prisoners (Ohio) Shelf Number: 119579

Author: Klein, Andrew R. Title: Enforcing Domestic Violence Firearms Prohibitions: A Report on Promising Practices Summary: "This report highlights promising practices currently employed around the United States and in tribal jurisdictions that represent innovative approaches to enforcing domestic violence firearm prohibitions. It provides brief descriptions of programs that are located primarily in law enforcement agencies, prosecutors’ offices, courts, and probation departments. Because comprehensive legislation represents the first step toward disarming abusers, the document also profiles the work of one state legislature in enacting statutes to protect victims of domestic violence." Details: Sudbury, MA: Advocates for Human Potential, 2006. 116p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.bwjp.org/files/bwjp/articles/Enforcing_Firearms_Prohibitions.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119580

Author: National Association of College Title: Results of the National Campus Safety and Security Project Survey Summary: This report summarizes the results from a survey of NACUBO members about key aspects of the all-hazards campus safety and security environment. In late August 2008, the survey was sent electronically to primary representatives at the 2,203 colleges and universities that were members of NACUBO at that time. 342 colleges and universities responded to the survey—a response rate of 16 percent. Among responding colleges, 35 percent were public four-year institutions, 18 percent were public two-year institutions, and 46 percent were private nonprofit (independent) four-year institutions. The survey was designed to cover the following nine areas: Emergency Preparedness; Ability to Respond to all Threats; Preventive Measures; Physical Infrastructure; Communication and Systems Infrastructure; Strategies for Behavioral/Mental Health Issues; Business Continuity Issues; Funding or Budget Issues; and Emergency Management. This report presents the results of the survey. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of College and University Business Officers, 2009. 38p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 9, 2010 at http://www.nacubo.org/Documents/Initiatives/CSSPSurveyResults.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 115829

Author: Kramen, Alissa Title: Guide for Preventing and Responding to School Violence. 2nd ed. Summary: School violence has come into the public eye after deadly multiple shootings in such places as Littleton, Colorado; Jonesboro, Arkansas; Santee, California; Red Lake, Minnesota; Nickel Mines, Pennsylvania; and Cleveland, Ohio. The possibility of school shootings has become an issue for urban, rural, and suburban communities alike. Since 1992, more than 40 schools have experienced multiple victim homicides, many in communities where people previously believed “it couldn’t happen here.” Given the number of students and schools in the United States, multiple-victim homicides are still extremely rare, and in recent years, the overall rate of violence in schools has actually declined. Physical conflicts, threats, and harassment are, however, still common. Many students and teachers are more fearful than ever before when they enter the doors of their school. This climate of fear makes it more difficult for schools to provide positive learning environments. This report provides guidance for school violence prevention and response in each of the following areas: 1) Ways to prevent student violence; 2) Threat assessment; 3) Planning and training for what to do during an actual crisis; 4) How to respond during a crisis; 5) Legal considerations; 6) Recommendations for the media; and 6) Legislative issues. Details: Alexandria, VA: International Association of Chiefs of Police, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 8, 2010 at http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/pdfs/Publications/schoolviolence2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 117383

Author: U.S. Department of State. Office of Inspector General Title: Status of the Bureau of International Narcotics and Law Enforcement Affairs Counternarcotics Programs in Afghanistan: Performance Audit Summary: Afghanistan remains the world’s largest grower of opium poppy, the source of over 90 percent of illicit global opium. The narcotics industry continues to fuel the insurgency, undermining efforts to assure security, extend governance, and develop the legal economy in Afghanistan. The Middle East Regional Office (MERO) of the Office of Inspector General (OIG) initiated this performance audit under the authority of the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended. The objectives of this audit were to determine: (1) the Department’s counternarcotics strategy objectives and the impediments to achieving these objectives; (2) how well the Department is administering the program and monitoring contractor performance; and (3) whether the Department and the Embassy are effectively coordinating their efforts in Afghanistan with other agencies, U.S. and coalition military forces, and with Embassy Islamabad. Details: Washington, DC: United States Department of State, 2009. 63p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://oig.state.gov/documents/organization/134183.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 117826

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Process Evaluation of the City of Chicago's Juvenile Intervention and Support Center Summary: This report presents a process evaluation of Chicago's Juvenile Intervention and Support Center which operates in several South Side neighborhoods. The program in modelled after the juvenile assessment model in several jurisdictions across the country. The assessment model includes; 1) early intervention; 2) interagency service coordination; 3) graduated sanctioning; 4) community justice and problem-solving justice; 5) restorative justice, and 6) positive youth development. This report presents the findings of the evaluation, with a focus on the following issues: program funding, design and target population, agency partnerships, governance and staffing, and data systems and policies governing the sharing of client information. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2009. 62p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http:// Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Assessment Centers Shelf Number: 114603

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Estimating the Size of the Global Drug Market: A Demand-Side Approach Summary: This report uses data on the prevalence of drug use, retail prices, and consumption patterns to generate country-level consumption and retail expenditure estimates for cannabis, heroin, cocaine, and amphetamine-type substances. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 94p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR711.sum.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 117655

Author: Cissner, Amanda B. Title: Evaluating the Mentors in Violence Prevention Program: Preventing Gender Violence on a College Campus Summary: This report presents findings from a two-year evaluation of a gender violence prevention program known as Mentors in Violence Prevention (MVP). The program was developed in 1993 at Northeastern University in Boston, Massachusetts and, in an earlier evaluation, was found to produce significant positive changes in attitudes and predicted behaviors among high school age youth. The program is based on a peer leadership model, targeting not only potential perpetrators and victims, but also seeking to empower those who might otherwise be passive bystanders to potentially violent situations. The program relies on adult staff to train youth participants (“Peer Educators”), who in turn facilitate workshops attended by larger numbers of their peers (“Workshop Participants”). This study, which was funded by the U.S. Department of Education, examines the replication of the MVP program with college fraternity and sorority members at Syracuse University. Accordingly, this study seeks to document whether the program is effective when implemented by individuals other than the original Boston-based staff, as well as whether the program can be effectively adapted for a college age population. The study includes both process and impact evaluations. The former is based on a combination of planning meeting and training session observations; interviews with program staff; and participant focus groups. The impact evaluation utilizes a quasi-experimental, pre-test/post-test survey design to measure change in the attitudes and predicted behaviors of 424 program participants, including 103 Peer Educators and 321 Workshop Participants. In addition, 396 surveys were completed by a comparison group, composed of Syracuse University fraternity and sorority members who did not participate in the program. Data provided by Syracuse University was used to estimate program impact on official reports of violence. The impact evaluation was designed to test five hypotheses: 1. Students will have less sexist attitudes after completing the MVP program. 2. Students will have an increased sense of self-efficacy—a sense that they can act to prevent gender violence—after completing the MVP program. 3. Students will attribute less sexist attitudes to their peers after completing the MVP program. 4. The impact of the MVP curriculum will be greater among Peer Educators, who receive a more intensive version of the curriculum, than among Workshop Participants. 5. Due to the limited population targeted by the MVP program, no impact is anticipated on the overall incidence of reported violence on the Syracuse University campus. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 78p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/_uploads/documents/MVP_evaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 119587

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: The National Strategy for Child Prevention and Interdiction: A Report to Congress Summary: "The sexual abuse and exploitation of children rob the victims of their childhood, irrevocably interfering with their emotional and psychological development. Ensuring that all children come of age without being disturbed by sexual trauma or exploitation is more than a criminal justice issue, it is a societal issue. Despite efforts to date, the threat of child sexual exploitation remains very real, whether it takes place in the home, on the street, over the Internet, or in a foreign land. Because the sexual abuse and exploitation of children strikes at the very foundation of our society, it will take our entire society to combat this affront to the public welfare. Therefore, this National Strategy lays out a comprehensive response to protect the right of children to be free from sexual abuse and to protect society from the cost imposed by this crime. In the broadest terms, the goal of this National Strategy is to prevent child sexual exploitation from occurring in the first place, in order to protect every child’s opportunity and right to have a childhood that is free from sexual abuse, trauma, and exploitation so that they can become the adults they were meant to be. This Strategy will accomplish that goal by efficiently leveraging assets across the federal government in a coordinated manner. All entities with a stake in the fight against child exploitation—from federal agencies and investigators and prosecutors, to social service providers, educators, medical professionals, academics, non-governmental organizations, and members of industry, as well as parents, caregivers, and the threatened children themselves—are called upon to do their part to prevent these crimes, care for the victims, and rehabilitate the offenders." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 280p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://www.projectsafechildhood.gov/docs/natstrategyreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 119589

Author: Lanton, Lynn Title: Identity Theft Reported by Households, 2007 - Statistical Tables Summary: The report presents data on identity theft victimization reported by households from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). These statistical tables provide 2007 data on rates and types of identity theft, as well as demographic characteristics of victimized households and their monetary losses. Tables compare rates of identity theft victimization in 2005 to 2007. Estimates from the last half of 2008 are also presented and compared to estimates from the same 6-month period in 2007. Highlights include the following: 1) The number of households with at least one member who experienced one or more types of identity theft increased 23% from 2005 to 2007; 2) From 2005 to 2007, the number of households that experienced credit card theft increased by 31% and the number that experienced multiple types during the same episode increased by 37%; 3) During the 6-month period in 2008 for which identity theft victimization data was collected as part of the regular NCVS, 3.3% of households discovered that at least one member had been a victim of one or more types of identity theft. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 5p. Source: Internet Resource; National Crime Victimization Survey 2007. Accessed August 10, 2010 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=2294 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Theft Shelf Number: 119581

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Re Review of the Department's Anti-Gang Intelligence and Coordination Centers Summary: In January 2007, Attorney General Alberto Gonzales announced that the Department had taken several steps to address gang violence. Among those efforts were the establishment of three new entities: (1) the National Gang Intelligence Center (NGIC), which was established by statute in January 2006, integrates the gang intelligence assets of all DOJ agencies and other partner agencies; (2) the National Gang Targeting, Enforcement, and Coordination Center (GangTECC), established in June 2006 by the Attorney General, serves as a central coordinating center for multi-jurisdictional gang investigations; and (3) the Gang Unit, another Attorney General initiative created in September 2006, develops and implements strategies to attack the most significant gangs and serves as the prosecutorial arm of the Department’s efforts against violent gangs. The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to examine the intelligence and coordination activities of NGIC and GangTECC (the Centers), and to assess the effectiveness of their contributions to the Department’s anti-gang initiatives.4 Specifically, we examined whether the Centers provide comprehensive gang intelligence and coordination services to enhance gang investigations and prosecutions in the field. In addition, we assessed the effectiveness of the Department’s management and co-location of the Centers. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2009. 79p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/FBI/i2010001.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119241

Author: Ruback, R. Barry Title: Crime Victims' Perceptions of Restitution: The Importance of Payment and Understanding Summary: Out of concern for victim rights and for the operation of the criminal justice system, the Office for Victims of Crime recommends that victims should be informed, consulted, respected, and made whole, rights that relate to informational, procedural, interactional, and distributive justice. To test whether crime victims’ satisfaction with the criminal justice system was related to their perceptions of the fairness of the process and of their outcomes in their case, particularly with regard to restitution, we surveyed 238 victims in two Pennsylvania counties. Results indicated that payment of restitution, perception of fair process, and good interpersonal treatment were positively related to victims’ willingness to report crimes in the future but that satisfaction with information about the process was not. Victims’ understanding of the restitution process was a significant predictor of willingness to report in a multivariate analysis. Understanding was more strongly related to the victim’s own actions than to the actions of personnel in the criminal justice system. Details: Unpublished report supported by grants from the Pennsylvania Commission Crime and Delinquency and the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2010 at: www.portal.state.pa.us/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 119600

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Harford County District Court Adult Drug Court: Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: This report presents the findings of a cost and outcome study of the Harford County District Court Adult Drug Court (HCADC) program which operates in the State of Maryland. The report includes the cost of the program and the outcomes of participants as compared to a sample of similar individuals who received traditional court processing. There are three key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, researchers and policymakers that this evaluation was designed to answer; 1) Do drug treatment court programs reduce recidivism? ; 2) Do drug treatment court programs reduce drug-related re-arrests? and 3). Do drug treatment court programs produce cost savings? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at: http://http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Harford_County_Outcome_and_Cost_Evaluation_0408.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 117718

Author: Bhati, Avinash Title: Quantifying the Specific Deterrent Effects of DNA Databases Summary: "Forensic science has come to play an increasingly important role in aiding criminal investigations. The field has experienced numerous advances over the last two decade. This has lead courts, practitioners, prosecutors and legislators to embrace the tools it offers, in general, and DNA profiling, in particular. The National Institute of Justice consequently sought applications to study a broad array of social science research issues that these advances have raised. This report describes findings from a project aimed at quantifying the specific deterrent effects of DNA databases. Re-offending patterns of a large cohort of offenders released from Florida Department of Corrections custody between 1996 and 2004 were analyzed. During this period, several important pieces of legislation were passed in Florida requiring convicted felons — convicted of an increasing number of crime types - to submit biological samples for DNA profile extraction and storage in searchable databases. Models constructed to identify the specific deterrent effects of DNA databases distinct from their probative effects yielded mixed results. Small deterrent effects — 2 to 3 percent reductions in recidivism risk attributable to deterrence — were found for only offense categopries (robbery and burglary). Strong probative effects — 20 to 30 percent increase in recidivism risk attributable to probative effects — were uncovered for most offense categories. Methods, data, results and implications are discussed in this report." Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, The Urban Institute, 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412058_dna_databases.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 118537

Author: Shah, Susan Title: Bridging the Language Divide: Promising Practices for Law Enforcement Summary: "This report presents a compendium of promising practices in overcoming language barriers in law enforcement agencies. Using phone interviews and site visits, they narrowed the search to practices at six agencies. The agencies vary in personnel size, local circumstances, and populations served. The solutions they developed range from sending officers to Mexico as part of a language learning program to using civilian volunteers as interpreters. As law enforcement agencies face challenges in serving non-English speaking communities, they can look to the agencies profiled here for examples of programs that successfully cross the language divide." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 68p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 13, 2010 at: http:////www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e030917192-Bridging-Language-Divide.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Foreign Languages Shelf Number: 115325

Author: Weintraub, Sidney Title: Cooperative Mexican-U.S. Antinarcotics Efforts: A Report of the CSIS Simon Chair in Political Economy Summary: "Because of high U.S. narcotics consumption and Mexico’s role as the main transit country for cocaine from Colombia, the dominant narcotics activity in the Western Hemisphere takes place between the United States and Mexico. Competition among the large Mexican drug-trafficking organizations to maximize their sales in the United States has led to terrible violence in Mexico, and that country’s “war” against those organizations has amplified that violence. Mexico was a small player in the movement of cocaine to the United States before the 1980s, when the main route was from Colombia through the Caribbean to Florida. After that route was largely abandoned because of heavy U.S. sea and land interdiction, Colombian cocaine began to enter the United States through Central America and Mexico. This report focuses on four drugs: cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, and marijuana. Mexico produces the last three of these drugs, which are shipped directly to the United States. If reliance on Mexico as the final transit country for cocaine sales to the United States were to become too costly for the drug-trafficking organizations, the route could change again. And while the violence in Mexico might then diminish, cocaine would still come into the United States because of the demand for the drug. For many years the U.S. government was unwilling to admit explicitly that U.S. narcotics consumption bore some responsibility for the violence in Mexico. During a visit to Mexico in March 2009, however, the U.S. secretary of state finally stated the obvious: that U.S. narcotics demand was fueling drug violence in Mexico. This report thus comes at a time of antinarcotics cooperation between the two countries. This cooperation does not mean that the problems related to drug trafficking and consumption are on their way to solution, only that issues not discussed earlier can now be put on the table. The purpose of this report is to provide a full discussion of such issues." Details: Washington, DC: Center for Stratigic and International Studies, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://csis.org/publication/cooperative-mexican-us-antinarcotics-efforts Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 119606

Author: Redding, Richard E. Title: Juvenile Transfer Laws: An Effective Deterrent to Delinquency? Summary: In an effort to strengthen the sanctions for serious juvenile crimes, a number of States have enacted laws increasing the types of offenders and offenses eligible for transfer from the juvenile court to the adult criminal court for trial and potential sentencing. These laws have lowered the minimum transfer age, increased the number of offenses eligible for transfer, and limited judicial discretion, while expanding prosecutorial discretion for transfers. Among the principal goals of such transfer laws are the deterrence of juvenile crime and a reduction in the rate of recidivism, but what does the research indicate about their effectiveness in addressing these ends? Several studies have found higher recidivism rates for juveniles convicted in criminal court than for similar offenders adjudicated in juvenile courts. The research is less clear, however, in regard to whether transfer laws deter potential juvenile offenders. This Bulletin provides an overview of research on the deterrent effects of transferring youth from juvenile to criminal courts, focusing on large-scale comprehensive OJJDP-funded studies on the effect of transfer laws on recidivism. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/220595.pdf; Juvenile Justice Bulletin, June 2010 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 119607

Author: Peterson, Richard R. Title: Young Male Domestic Violence Offenders in New York City: Final Report Summary: This report examined criminal court case processing of young male domestic violence offenders in New York City, and compared and contrasted these offenders with older male domestic violence offenders, as well as young male offenders charge with offenses that are non-domestic violence. Details: New York City: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2010. 88p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.cjareports.org/reports/youngmales.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Assault Shelf Number: 117615

Author: Harrell, Margaret C. Title: A Compendium of Sexual Assault Research Summary: This volume summarizes recent studies on sexual assault that are deemed useful and relevant to the U.S. Department of Defense and other policymakers interested in sexual assault issues. Entries include a brief overview of the prevalence and effects of sexual assault, and of important events and laws pertaining to sexual assault in both the civilian and military sectors. The compendium's annotated bibliography includes summaries of more than 450 studies of sexual assault. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 319p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR617.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 117555

Author: Listwan, Shelley Johnson Title: The Akron Municipal Drug Court: Outcome Evaluation Findings Summary: "Currently, drug courts exist in every state in the nation and have served over 14,000 individuals. The U.S. Department of Justice also placed a high priority on drug courts; since 1995, the Drug Courts Programs Office provided $56 million in funding for development and research (Belenko, 1998). Given the degree of support and fiscal commitment, the implementation of these specialized courts will likely increase. Recognizing the need to evaluate the efficacy of the drug court model, the Supreme Court of Ohio contracted with the University of Cincinnati’s Center for Criminal Justice to develop an outcome evaluation model and data collection process. The long-term objective of the Supreme Court is to utilize the evaluation model and data collection process to engage in on-going evaluations of Ohio’s drug court programs. Currently, there are approximately 34 operating drug courts in Ohio. This report represents the outcome results from the adult drug court in Summit County, Ohio." Details: Cincinnati: OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, University of Cincinnati, 2001. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.uc.edu/ccjr/Reports/ProjectReports/SummitDrugCourt.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Ohio) Shelf Number: 101492

Author: Listwan, Shelley Johnson Title: The Erie County Drug Court: Outcome Evaluation Findings Summary: Since 1989 with the inception of first drug court Miami Florida, over 360 courts have emerged and approximately 220 more are in the planning process (National Association of Drug Court Professionals, 2000). Currently, drug courts exist in every state in the nation and have served over 140,000 individuals. The U.S. Department of Justice also placed a high priority on drug courts; since 1995, the Drug Courts Programs Office provided $56 million in funding for development and research (Belenko, 1998). Given the degree of support and fiscal commitment, the implementation of these specialized courts will likely increase. Recognizing the need to evaluate the efficacy of the drug court model, the Supreme Court of Ohio contracted the University of Cincinnati’s, Center for Criminal Justice Research, to develop an outcome evaluation model and data collection process. The long-term objective of the Supreme Court is to utilize the evaluation model and data collection process to engage in on-going evaluations of Ohio’s drug court programs. Currently, there are 34 operating drug courts in Ohio. This report represents the outcome results from the drug court in Erie County, Ohio." Details: Cincinnati, OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2001. 44p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.uc.edu/ccjr/Reports/ProjectReports/ErieCountyreport.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Ohio) Shelf Number: 101491

Author: Latessa, Edward J. Title: MIDAS Outcome Evaluation: Final Report Summary: As more inmates are released to the community, states have begun to take a closer look at reentry processes and the factors related to successful offender adjustment back into the community. A recent study conducted by the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections (PADOC) Office of Planning, Research, Statistics, and Grants found that parole violators have unrealistic expectations about life outside of prison, maintain antisocial values and beliefs, and lack the adequate skills to cope with everyday life issues (Bucklen & Zajac, 2005). In order to address these issues, PADOC developed the Making Intelligent Decisions and Succeeding (MIDAS) program, which is aimed to help parole violators overcome the obstacles to successful re-entry. Following the introduction, the report is divided into five sections. The first section provides an overview of the MIDAS program. The second section lists the research questions and outlines the methods used to address those questions. The third section presents the results from the outcome study. A summary of the findings is presented in the fourth section, and the fifth and final section provides recommendations based on the findings of this report." Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 59p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.uc.edu/ccjr/Reports/ProjectReports/PA_MIDAS_Outcome_Evaluation_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (Ohio) Shelf Number: 119609

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: A Sort of Homecoming: Incarceration and Housing Security of Urban Men Summary: "While individuals returning from prison face many barriers to successful re-entry, among the most serious are the challenges they face in securing housing. Housing has long been recognized as a prerequisite for stable employment, access to social services, and other aspects of individual and family functioning. The formerly incarcerated face several administrative and de facto restrictions on their housing options; however, little is known about the unique instabilities that they face. We use a longitudinal survey of urban families to examine housing insecurity among nearly 3,000 urban men, including over 1,000 with incarceration histories. We find that men recently incarcerated face greater housing insecurity, including both serious hardships such as homelessness, and precursors to homelessness such as residential turnover and relying on others for housing expenses. Their increased risk is tied both to diminished annual earnings and other factors, including, potentially, evictions from public housing supported by Federal one-strike policies." Details: Princeton, NJ: Fragile Families, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP10-06-FF.pdf; Fragile Families Working Paper: WP10-06-FF Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 118787

Author: Brown, Tracy M.L. Title: Global Positioning System (GPS) Technology for Community Supervision: Lessons Learned Summary: This report identifies the current practices of agencies that have been using global positioning system (GPS) to supervise offenders on community supervision — probation, parole, or supervised release. The study reports on interviews with seven community supervision agencies about their experiences using GPS to manage their populations. Details: Falls Church, VA: Noblis, 2007. 142p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/219376.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 113264

Author: Bodenhorn, Howard Title: Immigration: America's Nineteenth Century "Law and Order Problem"? Summary: "Past studies of the empirical relationship between immigration and crime during the first major wave of immigration have focused on violent crime in cities and have relied on data with serious limitations regarding nativity information. We analyze administrative data from Pennsylvania prisons, with high quality information on nativity and demographic characteristics. The latter allow us to construct incarceration rates for detailed population groups using U.S. Census data. The raw gap in incarceration rates for the foreign and native born is large, in accord with the extremely high concern at the time about immigrant criminality. But adjusting for age and gender greatly narrows that observed gap. Particularly striking are the urban/rural differences. Immigrants were concentrated in large cities where reported crime rates were higher. However, within rural counties, the foreign born had much higher incarceration rates than the native born. The interaction of nativity with urban residence explains much of the observed aggregate differentials in incarceration rates. Finally, we find that the foreign born, especially the Irish, consistently have higher incarceration rates for violent crimes, but from 1850 to 1860 the natives largely closed the gap with the foreign born for property offenses." Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource; NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16266; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://papers.nber.org/papers/w16266 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 119610

Author: Tita, George Title: Homicide in California 1081-2008: Measuring the Impact of Los Angeles and Gangs On Overall Homicide Patterns Summary: "This report examines characteristics of homicide victims and changes in certain trends of victimization for the state of California over the twenty-eight-year period of 1981-2008 with special attention to changes over the last seven years, that is, for the period 2002 through 2008. The basic outline of this report follows closely that of our previous one on the same topic, which covered the period 1981-2001. Much of the text in the current report is adapted from the earlier one, but some topics have been dropped as no new conclusions can be drawn from the longer data series. Our primary data source is the publicly available Homicide File maintained by the California Department of Justice (Cal-DOJ), Division of Criminal Justice Information Services. The previous report examined several questions pertaining to the nature of homicide over the period 1981-2001. This report is more focused. Here we are interested primarily in the rise and fall of gang-related homicides. In particular, how such homicides have changed in the last five years and how these changes may have differed from what we might have been led to expect in 2004 when we wrote that report. In addition, we have devoted more attention to changes outside of Los Angeles County. Part II of the report examines statewide changes at the county and jurisdictional level in an effort to better understand the shifting geographic patterns of gang homicide throughout the state. In Part III of the report we present findings from a survey sent to all policing agencies in California regarding the accuracy with which gang homicides are reported to Cal-DOJ. Finally, based upon our analysis, we offer suggestions on how resources might best be allocated in an effort to reduce homicide throughout California." Details: Sacramento, CA: California Governor's Office of Gang and Youth Violence Policy, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://calgrip.ca.gov/documents/Homicide_CA_1981_2008_Tita.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 119612

Author: Greenwood, Peter Title: Preventing and Reducing Youth Crime and Violence: Using Evidence-Based Practices Summary: This report presents a list of programs and strategies that are most likely to prevent and reduce youth crime and violence. The list is relatively short, describing 27 programs and 25 strategies that are suitable for implementation primarily by probation departments and schools, and 11 programs and strategies that do not work. This list is the starting point for a public safety investment strategy. (Excerpts from document) Details: Sacramento, CA: California Governor's Office of Gang and Youth Violence Policy, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.calgrip.ca.gov/documents/Preventing_and_Reducing_Youth_Crime_and_Violence.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Crime, Evidence -Based Practices Shelf Number: 119613

Author: Zahnd, Elaine Title: Nearly Four Million California Adults Are Victims of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: Nearly 1 in 6 adults in California, about 3.7 million persons, report experiencing physical intimate partner violence (IPV) as adults. Over one million Californians were forced to have sex (5%) by an intimate partner during adulthood. Overall, 17.2% of adults—nearly four million Californians—report being a victim of physical and/or sexual IPV as an adult. These acts of violence are not merely a criminal justice problem, but a public health problem with deep and lingering social, psychological and health-related costs. Beyond the immediate trauma facing adult victims, IPV incidents may have a prolonged impact on the emotional and mental health of the victims, affect their ability to complete school or maintain employment, and result in adverse health behaviors to cope with the trauma, such as engaging in risky alcohol, tobacco or other drug use. Violence that occurs between intimates or family members is especially damaging when it takes place in the presence of children; previous studies have shown that witnessing violence can lead to intergenerational cycles of violence." Details: Los Angeles, CA: UCLA Center for Health Policy Research, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.healthpolicy.ucla.edu/pubs/files/IPV_PB_031810.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119614

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Aviation Security: Efforts to Validate TSA's Passenger Screening Behavior Detection Program Underway, but Opportunities Exist to Strengthen Validation and Address Operational Challenges Summary: "To enhance avaiation security, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) began initial testing in October 2003 of its Screening of Passengers by Observation Techniques (SPOT) program. Behavior Detection Officers (BDO) carry out SPOT’s mission to identify persons who pose a risk to aviation security by focusing on behavioral and appearance indicators. GAO was asked to review the SPOT program. GAO analyzed (1) the extent to which TSA validated the SPOT program before deployment, (2) implementation challenges, and (3) the extent to which TSA measures SPOT’s effect on aviation security. GAO analyzed TSA documents, such as strategic plans and operating procedures; interviewed agency personnel and subject matter experts; and visited 15 SPOT airports, among other things. Although the results from these visits are not generalizable, they provided insights into SPOT operations. GAO recommends that TSA, among other things, use an independent panel of experts to assist in validating SPOT, enhance SPOT data collection and analysis, fully utilize TSA resources to identify possible threats, and establish a plan to develop more outcome-oriented measures for SPOT. DHS reviewed a draft of this report and generally concurred with our recommendations although its plans do not fully address one of our recommendations." Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2010. 89p. Source: Internet Resource; GAO-10-763; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10763.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 119615

Author: Ferrier, Peyton Title: The Economics of Agricultural and Wildlife Smuggling Summary: The United States bans imports of certain agricultural and wildlife goods that can carry pathogens or diseases or whose harvest can threaten wildlife stocks or endanger species. Despite these bans, contraband is regularly uncovered in inspections of cargo containers and in domestic markets. This study characterizes the economic factors affecting agricultural and wildlife smuggling by drawing on inspection and interdiction data from USDA and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and existing economic literature. Findings reveal that agricultural and wildlife smuggling primarily include luxury goods, ethnic foods, and specialty goods, such as traditional medicines. Incidents of detected smuggling are disproportionately higher for agricultural goods originating in China and for wildlife goods originating in Mexico. Fragmentary data show that approximately 1 percent of all commercial wildlife shipments to the United States and 0.40 percent of all U.S. wildlife imports by value are refused entry and suspected of being smuggled. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Services, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource; Economic Research Report No. 81. Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/err81/err81.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Agricultural Crime Shelf Number: 116551

Author: President's Identity Theft Task Force Report (U.S.) Title: The President's Identity Theft Task Force Report Summary: This report presents the President’s Identity Theft Task Force strategic plan to combat identity theft. The plan focuses on ways to improve the effectiveness of criminal prosecutions of identity theft; enhance data protection for sensitive consumer information maintained by the public sector, private sector, and consumers; provide more comprehensive and effective guidance for consumers and the business community; and improve recovery and assistance for consumers. Highlights of the recommendations include the following: Reduce the unnecessary use of Social Security numbers by federal agencies, the most valuable commodity for an identity thief; Establish national standards that require private sector entities to safeguard the personal data they compile and maintain and to provide notice to consumers when a breach occurs that poses a significant risk of identity theft; Implement a broad, sustained awareness campaign by federal agencies to educate consumers, the private sector and the public sector on methods to deter, detect and defend against identity theft; and Create a National Identity Theft Law Enforcement Center to allow law enforcement agencies to coordinate their efforts and information more efficiently, and investigate and prosecute identity thieves more effectively. The Task Force's recommendations also include several legislative proposals designed to fill the gaps in current laws criminalizing the acts of many identity thieves, and ensure that victims can recover the value of the time lost attempting to repair damage inflicted by identity theft. These proposals include the following actions: Amending the identity theft and aggravated identity theft statutes to ensure that identity thieves who misappropriate information belonging to corporations and organizations can be prosecuted; Adding new crimes to the list of offenses which, if committed by identity thieves in connection with the identity theft itself, will subject those criminals to a two-year mandatory sentence available under the “aggravated identity theft” statute; Broadening the statute that criminalizes the theft of electronic data by eliminating the current requirement that the information must have been stolen through interstate communications; Amending existing statutes to assure the ability of federal prosecutors to charge those who use malicious spyware and keyloggers; and Amending the cyber-extortion statute to cover additional, alternate types of cyber-extortion. Details: Washington, DC: The Task Force, 2008. 2 vols. Source: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Identity Theft, Prevention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 112416

Author: Raymond, Barbara Title: Assigning Police Officers to Schools Summary: Nearly half of all public schools have assigned police officers, commonly referred to as school resource officers (SRO's) or education officers. Assigning Police Officers to Schools summarizes the typical duties of SROs, synthesizes the research pertaining to their effectiveness, and presents issues for communities to bear in mind when considering the adoption of an SRO model. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource; Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; Response Guides Series, No. 10; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e041028272-assign-officers-to-schools.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers, Schools Shelf Number: 119624

Author: Chamard, Sharon Title: Homeless Encampments Summary: This report provides police with information about the problem of homeless encampments and reviews the factors that contribute to it. It also reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource; Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; Problem-Specific Guides Series, No. 56; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/homeless_encampments.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness - Homeless Encampments Shelf Number: 119622

Author: Gordon, Gary R. Title: Identity Fraud Trends and Patterns: Building a Data-Based Foundation for Proactive Enforcement Summary: "The purpose of this study was to provide empirical evidence on which law enforcement can base enhanced proactive identity theft control and prevention efforts. It focuses on identity theft offenders, which sets it apart from previous surveys and other research which have centered on identity theft victims. As a result of the study of closed United States Secret Service cases with an identity theft component (2000-2006), empirical data concerning the key factors relevant to the criminal behavior of identity thieves and the conditions under which that behavior occurs are available to law enforcement agencies and corporate security and fraud investigators for the first time." Details: Utica, NY: Center for Identity Management and Information Protection, Utica College, 2007. 74p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.utica.edu/academic/institutes/ecii/publications/media/cimip_id_theft_study_oct_22_noon.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Identity Fraud Shelf Number: 109503

Author: Smith, Brenda V. Title: Breaking the Code of Silence: Correction Officers' Handbook on Identitying and Addressing Sexual Misconduct Summary: This handbook addresses the issue of preventing and addressing staff sexual misconduct with offenders. The handbook aims to educate correctional professionals at all levels on: 1) why correctional staff and administrators need to be concerned about staff sexual misconduct with offenders; 2) how agency culture and the workplace environment influence staff sexual misconduct; 3) the tools that will help identify and address staff sexual misconduct; 4) the consequences of staff sexual misconduct with offenders; 5) the investigative process that should follow an allegation of staff sexual misconduct; and 6) how correctional staff members can keep the workplace safe. Details: Washington, DC: NIC/WCL Project on Addressing Prison Rape, American University, 2007. 119p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.wcl.american.edu/nic/for_correctional_employees/breaking_the_code_of_silence_correctional_officers_handbook.pdf?rd=1 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions, Sexual Misconduct Shelf Number: 114813

Author: UK Drug Policy Commission Title: The Impact of Drugs on Different Minority Groups: Ethnicity and Drug Treatment Summary: These wide-ranging reports describe what is known about treatment and prevention within diverse communities, including LGBT groups, disabled people and BME communities. The aim of the review was to encourage greater consideration of the needs and challenges of drug problems for minority groups, by bringing together a variety of evidence in one place. The study suggests that mainstream services are not always meeting the needs of diverse communities. The reports present challenges for commissioners. The four volumes of the report are as follows; Part 1: Ethnic groups; Part 2: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender; Part 3: Disabled people; and Part 4: The Impact of Drugs on Different Minority Groups: Ethnicity and Drug Treatment. Details: London: UK Drug Policy Commission, 2010. 4 vols. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.ukdpc.org.uk/publications.shtml (website for all 4 reports) Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: (U.K.) Shelf Number: 119625

Author: Farrell, Amy Title: Understanding and Improving Law Enforcement Responses to Human Trafficking: Final Report Summary: Though recognition of the importance and severity of human trafficking has grown in recent years, the identification and investigation of human trafficking cases remains a complex undertaking for local law enforcement. Effectively responding to human trafficking requires officers to notice and identify victims who often have been hidden from or had poor relationships with law enforcement in the past (e.g., women in prostitution, migrants, immigrant community member, and poor women). Sometimes officers may be reluctant to intervene in sex and labor trafficking situations due to a belief that victims were complicit with their own victimization. Local law enforcement response is further complicated by immigration issues since many local agencies have made a decision to not inquire about citizen status during routine policing activities as a means of building trust and confidence in the local community. Additionally, the crime of human trafficking may take backseat to other institutional priorities such as violence and drugs. Finally, officers must look at old problems or traditional crime categories such as prostitution through a different lens and therefore reclassify ‚offenders‛ such as prostitutes as victims. Since the enforcement of the law in the United States is predominately carried out by the thousands of local, county and state agencies representing diverse environments and local crime problems and coming from a variety of different organizational structures, fully understanding how law enforcement perceives and responds to the problem of human trafficking in the United States necessitates inquiry into the specific experiences of these agencies. The majority of research on law enforcement responses to human trafficking to date has focused on the experiences of a narrow number of large municipal police departments who were perceived to be most likely to come into contact with incidents of human trafficking. While this research has provided an important starting point for understanding the challenges law enforcement agencies encounter in the identification and investigation of human trafficking, it represents only the experiences of a limited number of large agencies. On the other hand, the research presented here documents in a systematic fashion, the present response of local, state and county law enforcement to human trafficking in the U.S. It provides the first description of the steps taken by local law enforcement to identify human trafficking. Additionally, it will shed light on the impact of law enforcement efforts by measuring how often identification of trafficking victims leads to their rescue and the prosecution of trafficking perpetrators. Ultimately, this research will prove instrumental in providing local law enforcement in the U.S. with the necessary tools to successfully identify, investigate and aid in the prosecution of cases of human trafficking. The project addresses four main areas: 1) the perceptions of trafficking held by law enforcement and the preparation agencies have taken to address the problem; 2) the frequency in which law enforcement identifies and investigates cases of human trafficking and 3) the characteristics of those cases investigated by law enforcement and 4) the investigation and prosecution of human trafficking cases. Details: Boston, MA: Northeastern University, Institute on Race and Justice, 2008. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/222752.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 110845

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Drug Control: DOD Needs to Improve Its Performance Measurement System to Better Manage and Oversee Its Counternarcotics Activities Summary: The Department of Defense (DOD) leads detection and monitoring of aerial and maritime transit of illegal drugs into the United States in support of law enforcement agencies. DOD reported resources of more than $1.5 billion for fiscal year 2010 to support its counternarcotics activities. Congress mandated GAO report on DOD’s counternarcotics performance measurement system. Specifically, this report addresses the extent to which (1) DOD’s counternarcotics performance measurement system enables DOD to track progress and (2) DOD uses performance information from its counternarcotics performance measurement system to manage its activities. GAO analyzed relevant DOD performance and budget documents, and discussed these efforts with officials from DOD and the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP). GAO recommends that the Secretary of Defense take steps to improve DOD’s counternarcotics performance measurement system by (1) revising its performance measures and (2) applying practices to better facilitate the use of performance data to manage its counternarcotics activities. DOD concurred with GAO’s recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10835.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 118806

Author: Camarota, Steven A. Title: Immigration and Crime: Assessing a Conflicted Issue Summary: This study examines academic and government research on the question of immigrant crime. New government data indicate that immigrants have high rates of criminality, while older academic research found low rates. The overall picture of immigrants and crime remains confused due to a lack of good data and contrary information. However, the newer government data indicate that there are legitimate public safety reasons for local law enforcement to work with federal immigration authorities. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Center for Immigration Studies Backgrounder, Nov. 2009: Accessed August 18, 2010 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2009/crime.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 119627

Author: Kephart, Janice Title: Fixing Flores: Assuring Adequate Penalties for Identity Theft and Fraud Summary: This Backgrounder proposes statutory language fixes to federal identity theft and aggravated felony language in 18 U.S.C. §§ 1028 and 1028A to reverse the practical implications of the May 2009 Supreme Court ruling in Flores-Figueroa v. United States. Flores crippled prosecutors’ longstanding practice of using the aggravated identity theft statute by requiring that prosecutors now also prove that a defendant knew he was using a real person’s identity information, as opposed to counterfeit information not connected to an actual person. The statute is an important tool for immigration enforcement. Proving a defendant’s knowledge about his crime is always difficult, and impossible in some cases, even where there is substantial harm and clear victims. This is especially the situation with illegal aliens who buy identity information from third parties. The inevitable result of the Flores decision is to enable perpetrators an easy defense and to tie prosecutors’ hands. The defendant in the case was an illegal alien working at a steel plant in Illinois. The fixes proposed in this report attempt to encapsulate the original intent of Congress when it broadened federal criminal identity theft law in 1998 and added mandatory sentencing guidelines for identity theft in 2004. Ensuring adequate penalties for the ever-evolving crime of identity theft and fraud and better protecting victims of this pervasive crime was of paramount importance both times federal law was amended. Flores identified an inadvertent flaw in the statutory language and has now put the responsibility on Congress to fix the language or deal with the untenable result of an additional burden of proof on prosecutors, resulting in fewer identity theft cases being prosecuted or more defendants being let off the hook for serious crimes due to a legal loophole. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Center for Immigration Studies Backgrounder, Jan. 2010: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2010/Flores-Figueroa.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 119628

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Merida Initiative: The United States Has Provided Counternarcotics and Anticrime Support but Needs Better Performance Measures Summary: Crime and violence related to drug trafficking in Mexico and Central America have increased in recent years and pose a threat not only to those areas but to the United States as well, particularly along the Southwest border. The Mérida Initiative, announced in 2007, provides about $1.6 billion in law enforcement support to Mexico and Central American countries. The Department of State (State) manages the Initiative while other U.S. agencies play key roles in implementation. This report examines: (1) the status of Mérida program implementation; (2) State's strategy for implementation; and (3) coordination mechanisms in place for Mérida. To address these objectives, GAO reviewed agency documents; interviewed officials at State, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), the Department of Defense, and other relevant agencies; and conducted fieldwork in Mexico and Central America. GAO recommends that the Secretary of State incorporate into the strategy for the Mérida Initiative outcome performance measures that indicate progress toward strategic goals and develop more comprehensive timelines for future program deliveries. State agreed with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10837.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 119629

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Alien Smuggling: DHS Needs to Better Leverage Investigative Resources and Measure Program Performance along the Southwest Border Summary: The southwest border is a threat to the security of the United States and Mexico. Within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the Office of Investigations (OI) — part of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) — is the primary federal agency responsible for investigating alien smuggling along the southwest border. As requested, this report addresses, for the southwest border, (1) OI’s efforts to counter alien smuggling since 2005, and opportunities, if any, for ICE to use its resources more effectively; (2) the progress DHS has made in seizing alien smugglers’ assets since fiscal year 2005 and any promising techniques that could be applied to seize smugglers’ assets; and (3) the extent to which ICE has objectives related to alien smuggling and measures to assess progress. GAO interviewed officials in all four OI offices along the southwest border and analyzed data on OI’s cases and seizures, from fiscal years 2005 through 2009. GAO recommends, among other things, that DHS evaluate the feasibility of expanding the LEAR program, assess the Arizona Attorney General’s investigations strategy, and develop performance measures for MIRP. DHS agreed with four of five recommendations in this report directed to DHS but disagreed with establishing MIRP performance measures because it did not believe such action was appropriate. GAO believes this recommendation is consistent with the program’s intent. Details: Wshington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10328.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 119630

Author: Roman, Caterina Gouvis Title: The Corporation for Supportive Housing's Returning Home Initiative: System Change Accomplishments after Three Years Summary: In 2006, the Corporation for Supportive Housing launched its Returning Home Initiative (RHI) with two goals: 1) to establish permanent supportive housing as an essential reentry component for formerly incarcerated persons with histories of homelessness, mental illness, and chronic health conditions; and 2) to promote local and national policy changes to integrate the corrections, housing, mental health, and human service systems. The Urban Institute assessed the process of system change stimulated by RHI activities in New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago — three communities receiving significant RHI investment. This brief summarizes the influence of RHI-funded activities in each of these cities. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2009. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Summary Brief: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412024_returning_home_initiative.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 119631

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: System Change Accomplishments of the Corporation for Supportive Housing's Returning Home Initiative Summary: In 2006, the Corporation for Supportive Housing launched its Returning Home Initiative (RHI) with two goals: 1) to establish permanent supportive housing as an essential reentry component for formerly incarcerated persons with histories of homelessness, mental illness, and chronic health conditions; and 2) to promote local and national policy changes to integrate the corrections, housing, mental health, and human service systems. The Urban Institute assessed the process of system change stimulated by the RHI activities in three communities that received significant RHI investment and other jurisdictions. In addition, the report identifies challenges and lessons learned from the RHI to date. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412157-returning-home-initiative.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 119632

Author: Roman, Caterina G. Title: The Examination of the Social and Physical Environment of Public Housing Residents in Two Chicago Developments in Transition Summary: This report was designed to shine a spotlight on the immediate physical and social environment of residents who were living in two distressed public housing developments in 2007. While past research has similarly described the high incidence of depression and the high levels of disorder and violence within older, urban public housing developments, this report was intended to bring those factors together to uncover the pathways that influence mental health. We find evidence that suggests that physical and social disorder create cues that take a toll on residents through negative feelings about neighborhood cohesion and the neighborhood's ability to come together in a time of need. In addition, we find that economic stressors, which include threats of eviction, not being able to pay bills, or buy food for oneself, is associated with depression. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412134-chicago-public-housing.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 119633

Author: Wing, Janeena Jamison Title: Stalkers in Idaho: Characteristics and Trends Summary: It has been estimated that 8 percent of women and 2 percent of men have been stalked at some point within their lifetime1. Rather than focus on the victims of stalking, this report delves into the criminal behavior of individuals who have been arrested for stalking. The Bureau of Criminal Identification within Idaho State Police maintains all of Idaho’s Criminal History information. This resource was tapped by the Idaho State Police Statistical Analysis Center to provide information for this research. Criminal History records used for this report were taken of all individuals in Idaho charged with stalking up until March 2006. There were 476 total individuals identified through Idaho Criminal History records as having prior stalking arrests. The various attributes of individuals who have been arrested for stalking, as well as a detailed look into the criminal behavior pattern of stalkers in Idaho are listed here. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2008. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/stalkingedit_001.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Stalking (Idaho) Shelf Number: 119634

Author: Machin, Juliette R. Title: Anne Arundel County Juvenile Treatment Court Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: Anne Arundel County Juvenile Treatment Court (JTC) was formed in 2003 after a pilot period in 2002. The program admitted its first participant in October 2003 and as of February 2009 has served 185 participants. The JTC program has three phases that can be completed by participants in a period as short as 10 months. For the 154 treatment court participants included in this study who had since exited the program, either successfully or unsuccessfully, the average number of days in the program was 316 (approximately 10 months). Graduates spent an average of 317 days in the program, whereas non-graduates spent an average of 314 days in the program. Throughout the program, participants attend treatment court hearings evaluating their progress (with a parent/guardian) and group and individual counseling sessions. The program requires that the youth submit to drug testing, attend school or another educational or occupational activity, and complete community service hours. The JTC uses incentives and sanctions to encourage positive behaviors. Youth must have been abstinent for a minimum of 60 consecutive days and complete all program requirements to graduate. Three key policy questions of interest to program practitioners, researchers, and policymakers about treatment courts were addressed in this study: 1) Does the JTC reduce substance abuse among program participants?; 2) Does the JTC program reduce recidivism in the juvenile justice system?; and 3) Does the JTC result in savings of taxpayer dollars? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/MD%20Outcome%20Cost/AA_Co_Juv_DC_outcome-cost_0110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119639

Author: Zwicker, T.J. Title: West Virginia's Impaired Driving High-Visibility Enforcement Campaign, 2003-2005 Summary: In 2002, West Virginia became a Strategic Evaluation State for the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s Impaired Driving High-Visibility Enforcement campaign. The State implemented NHTSA’s model publicity and enforcement program in targeted counties to reduce impaired driving and alcohol-related fatalities. The State spent nearly $3.4 million on the campaign from 2003 through 2005, or an average of about 62 cents per resident each year. The campaign began during the July 4th holiday period in 2003 and was sustained for the next 27 months, running through September 2005. Statewide DMV surveys in targeted counties indicated that drivers reported significantly more often after the campaign that they had heard about impaired driving in West Virginia and had been through a sobriety checkpoint. Roadside surveys of driver blood alcohol concentrations (BAC) indicated a significant decrease in the proportion of drivers with a positive BAC at the end of the campaign compared to the same period the previous year. In addition, autoregressive integrated moving average analysis performed on the alcohol-related fatality trend for the targeted counties indicated a significant decrease by an estimated 1 fewer fatality each month. The total fatalities saved in the targeted counties totaled about 18 in the year and a half of data available following the July 2003 start of the campaign. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2007. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/DOT/NHTSA/Traffic%20Injury%20Control/Articles/Associated%20Files/WVAImpairedDrivingLow.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 119636

Author: Wada, James Christopher Title: Betwixt and Between: The Perceived Legitimacy of Campus Police Summary: Historically, campus police (CP) have evolved similar to "mainstream" police. However, the identity of CP has been unclear. First, CP may not be accepted by university administration because they are "cops," not part of academia. Second, students and other law enforcement agencies may not perceive CP as “cops" because they are based in a university system. The legitimacy of police officers is crucial for public support and cooperation; without it, a police officer's effort to combat crime and maintain order is jeopardized. Although CP marginalization has been discussed in the literature, there are no empirical studies of CP legitimacy. To explore the legitimacy of CP, CP officers from a doctoral extensive land grant institution were interviewed. The analysis of interviews reflected three salient perceptions of CP: (1) In many instances the community did not regard CP as sworn police officers; (2) the public stereotypes CP; and (3) CP have to “sell” their profession to the public. Overall, the interviews indicated that CP perceive some level of marginalization by the public. To confirm the perceptions of CP, a convenience sample of 593 undergraduate students were surveyed. The surveys were used to compare student perceptions of legitimacy between CP and municipal police (MP) at the department and individual officer levels. Results of the surveys indicated that students have lower perceived levels of legitimacy for CP officers compared to MP officers (p=.01). Similarly, students have lower perceived levels of legitimacy for the CP department compared to the MP department (p=.05). Consequently, it appears that the perceptions of CP were justified. Survey results indicated that students do, indeed, perceive CP as a less legitimate law enforcement authority compared to their "mainstream" counterpart. Victor Turner’s theory of liminality was used to explain CP marginalization. Turner describes liminality as a transitional period between two social standings. However, in some instances, a person or group may never transition out of that liminal period. These unfortunate few are consider "permanently" liminal. The analysis of CP interviews and student surveys indicated that CP appear to be "permanently" liminal, trapped in an ambiguous state, "betwixt and between" two social standings. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2007. 199p. (Thesis) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.dissertations.wsu.edu/Dissertations/Summer2007/j_wada_072307.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 117624

Author: Paz, Monica G. Title: Bringing the Global to the Local: Using Participatory Research to Address Sesxual Violence with Immigrant Communities in NYC Summary: This study reveals, in their own voices, the experiences New York City immigrant women have with sexual violence and their thoughts on ending this victimization. Many of the women who participated in this pilot study talked about the situations they faced and the barriers they experienced in seeking help for sexual violence. The study examines: 1) the scope and impact of sexual violence against (documented and undocumented) immigrant women; 2) help-seeking behaviors, including knowledge and attitudes about sexual violence services in their New York City communities; and 3) community-specific strategies to end sexual violence. Details: New York: New york City Alliance Against Sexual Assault, 2008. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.svfreenyc.org/media/research/par_1_report08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 117660

Author: Gill, Charlotte E. Title: The Effects of Sanction Intensity on Criminal Conduct: A Randomized Low-Intensity Probation Experiment Summary: Probation is a well-established part of our criminal justice toolkit, but we know surprisingly little about the circumstances under which it is effective. Attempts to increase supervision intensity for crime- and cost-saving purposes have yielded mixed results at best. This dissertation examines the theory and scientific evidence on the effectiveness of probation, and the impact of changing the intensity of probation sanctions on recidivism. First, we conduct a rigorous search and synthesis of the existing literature on intensive probation programs. We utilize meta-analysis to identify the circumstances under which such programs might be effective. We find no evidence that probationers in these programs fare better than their counterparts under traditional supervision. We call for further research into supervision approaches that emphasize behavioral management over contact frequency and caseload size. Second, we employ a range of statistical procedures to examine the viability of saving resources by reducing supervision for lowrisk offenders. In a randomized controlled trial comparing low-intensity probation to traditional practice, we find no evidence that reducing supervision increases recidivism. We find that low-risk probationers are heterogeneous in their characteristics but homogeneous in their propensity to reoffend. They appear to respond well regardless of the intensity of the sanction. Finally, we use epidemiological methods to evaluate the low-risk prediction model used in the experiment. We find that the model successfully identifies offenders who are unlikely to commit serious offenses, and is therefore a useful tool for diverting probationers to low-intensity supervision. In turn, low-intensity supervision is not associated with changes in offending severity. Chapters 2 and 3 both conclude that low-intensity supervision is a safe strategy that works very well for a probation agency’s lowest-level offenders. This dissertation contributes to knowledge by changing perceptions of the characteristics of offenders and resource allocation in criminal justice supervision. We find that ‘more’ does not always mean ‘better,’ and there is no need to distribute expensive services equally. In a given probation population, the majority of offenders will respond well no matter how little supervision they receive, so it makes sense to focus our attention on the minority that will not. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2010. 264p. (Thesis) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1189&context=edissertations Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Intensive Supervision Shelf Number: 119641

Author: Popkin, Susan J. Title: Escaping the Hidden War: Safety Is the Biggest Gain for CHA Families Summary: "A main goal of the HOPE VI program was to improve public housing by replacing failed developments with healthy and safe communities that offer a better quality of life for residents. In 1999, when the Chicago Housing Authority's (CHA) Plan for Transformation began, the agency's large family developments were notorious for being among the most dangerous places in the nation. This brief explores whether the safety gains for early relocates have been sustained and whether those who moved later have benefited equally— because these residents tended to be among the most vulnerable, there was good reason to think that they would not fare as well. We find that almost all former residents are now living in safer conditions and that improved safety and quality of life has been the greatest benefit of the Plan for Transformation for CHA residents." Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412187-CHA-escaping-the-hidden.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 119645

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Violent Prevention at Thurgood Marshall Academy Public Charter High School Summary: "This summary brief is based on research conducted by the Urban Institute's Justice Policy Center on the violence prevention activities taking place at the Thurgood Marshall Academy Public Charter High School during the 2008-2009 school year. Researchers from the Justice Policy Center conducted an assessment of the school's violence prevention activities using qualitative and quantitative data from stakeholder interviews, programmatic records, and surveys with students and faculty. This brief provides an overview of Thurgood Marshall Academy's violence prevention approach." Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 8p Source: Internet Resource: Summary Brief: Accessed August 20, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/publications/412196.html Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 119646

Author: Noonan, Margaret Title: Mortality in Local Jails, 2000 - 2007 Summary: This report describes the specific medical conditions causing deaths in jails nationwide during an eight-year period. For the leading medical causes of mortality, comparative estimates and mortality rates are presented by gender, age, race and Hispanic origin, and the length of time served in jail. The report includes detailed statistics on causes of death as well as more acute events such as suicides, homicides and accidents. Mortality as related to the size of the jail is also discussed. Jail inmate death rates are compared with rates in the general U.S. resident population using a direct standardization. Estimates and mortality rates for the top 50 jail jurisdictions in the United States are also presented. Highlights include the following: 1) From 2000 through 2007, local jail administrators reported 8,110 inmate deaths in custody. Deaths in jails increased each year, from 905 in 2000 to 1,103 in 2007; 2) The mortality rate per 100,000 local jail inmates declined from 152 deaths per 100,000 inmates to 141 per 100,000 between 2000 and 2007, while the jail inmate population increased 31% from 597,226 to 782,592; 3) Between 2000 and 2007, the suicide rates were higher in small jails than large jails. In jails holding 50 or fewer inmates, the suicide rate was 169 per 100,000; in the largest jails, the suicide rate was 27 per 100,000 inmates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Deaths in Custody Reporting Program: Accessed August 20, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/mlj07.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 119647

Author: Rosenmerkel, Sean Title: Felony Sentences in State Courts, 2006 - Statistical Tables Summary: This report presents findings from the 2006 National Judicial Reporting Program (NJRP), which compiles detailed information on the sentences that felons receive in state courts nationwide and on characteristics of the felons. The survey excludes federal courts and state or local courts that do not adjudicate adult felony cases. The tables in this publication provide data on the number of felony offenders in state courts, sentences received, demographic characteristics of convicted felons, and types of convictions. The report also covers comparisons to felony sentences in federal courts, using data from the Federal Justice Statistics Program (FJSP). The 2006 NJRP was based on a sample of state courts in 300 counties selected to be nationally representative. The survey included only offenses that state penal codes defined as felonies. Felonies are widely defined as crimes with the potential of being punished by more than 1 year in prison. NJRP surveys have been conducted every 2 years since 1986. Highlights include the following: In 2006 an estimated 69% of all persons convicted of a felony in state courts were sentenced to a period of confinement–41% to state prison and 28% to local jails. State prison sentences averaged 4 years and 11 months in 2006. Men (83%) accounted for a larger percentage of persons convicted of a felony, compared to their percentage (49%) of the adult population. Most (94%) felony offenders sentenced in 2006 pleaded guilty. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/fssc06st.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 119577

Author: Title: Latino Youth Gang Violence in Multnomah County: Understanding the Problem, Shaping the Future Summary: Gang-related violence involving Latino youth in Multnomah County is a cause for concern among all county residents. While youth violence has remained steady or declined over the last few years, gang-related violence involving Latino youth has increased. Over the last two years, numerous gang-related shootings have occurred at wedding receptions, in the downtown areas of Portland and other Multnomah county-area cities. Gang violence has claimed numerous lives, and caused much fear and sorrow in the county’s Latino community. As the Latino bilingual, bicultural, immigrant population continues to grow, so must the County’s efforts to reduce the attraction of violence and gang culture to Latino youth. In the Spring of 2002, Multnomah County Commissioner Serena Cruz created the Latino Gang Violence Prevention Task Force (Task Force). The Task Force was comprised of concerned community members, law enforcement personnel, social services providers, educators, and elected officials committed to developing and im-plementing a Latino youth gang violence prevention and elimination plan. The Commissioner gave the Task Force a three-fold charge: Evaluate the nature and scope of the Latino gang problem in Multnomah County; examine current re-sponses and challenges to developing cultural and language-specific services for high-risk Latino youth and their families; and design strategies to reduce or eliminate youth gangs and other forms of violence among Latino youth. After several months of meetings, research and outreach, the Task Force has made several findings covering a variety of subject areas relevant to the topic. This report presents the recommendations of the task force. Details: Portland, OR: The Task Force, 2004. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 At: http://www.lpscc.org/docs/LatinoYouthDec2003.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 119578

Author: Grattat, Ryken Title: Parole Violations and Revocations in California Summary: This study examines parole violations and revocations in California based on the number of adults on parole at any point during the calendar years 2003 and 2004. The study is designed to generate concrete policy recommendations for the state. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2008. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/224521.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Revocations Shelf Number: 113075

Author: Miron, Jeffrey A. Title: The Budgetary Implications of Drug Prohibition Summary: "Government prohibition of drugs is the subject of ongoing debate. One issue in this debate is the effect of prohibition on government budgets. Prohibition entails direct enforcement costs and prevents taxation of drug production and sale. This report examines the budgetary implications of legalizing drugs. The report estimates that legalizing drugs would save roughly $48.7 billion per year in government expenditure on enforcement of prohibition. $33.1 billion of this savings would accrue to state and local governments, while $15.6 billion would accrue to the federal government. Approximately $13.7 billion of the savings would results from legalization of marijuana, $22.3 billion from legalization of cocaine and heroin, and $12.8 from legalization of other drugs. The report also estimates that drug legalization would yield tax revenue of $34.3 billion annually, assuming legal drugs are taxed at rates comparable to those on alcohol and tobacco. Approximately $6.4 billion of this revenue would result from legalization of marijuana, $23.9 billion from legalization of cocaine and heroin, and $4.0 billion from legalization of other drugs. State-by-state breakdowns provide a rough indication of legalization’s impacts on state budgets, but these estimates are less reliable than those for the overall economy. Whether drug legalization is a desirable policy depends on many factors other than the budgetary impacts discussed here. Rational debate about drug policy should nevertheless consider these budgetary effects. The estimates provided here are not definitive estimates of the budgetary implications of a legalized regime for currently illegal drugs. The analysis employs assumptions that plausibly err on the conservative side, but substantial uncertainty remains about the magnitude of the budgetary impacts." Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Department of Economics, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.economics.harvard.edu/faculty/miron/files/budget%202010%20Final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 118415

Author: Macallair, Daniel Title: Marijuana Arrests and California's Drug War: A Report to the California Legislature Summary: For nearly three decades, California’s criminal justice system has devoted ever-increasing resources towards the arrest, prosecution, and imprisonment of drug offenders. Drug offenses typically are categorized as manufacturing, distribution, and possession. Historically, manufacturing and distribution accounted for the preponderance of law enforcement resources as this category of offenders were seen as the greater menace since they were responsible for promoting and maintaining the illicit drug trade. Possession offenders, at least those who committed no additional offenses, were viewed with greater sympathy since they were the drug users who were often seen as the victims of their own addictions. Indeed, prison statistics prior to the 1990s showed imprisonments for manufacturing and sales far exceeding imprisonments for possession (California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), 2009). However, beginning in the 1990s, prison statistics show a dramatic and unprecedented change in priorities, as possession offenders became the primary target of law enforcement. By 2008, for the first time in recorded history, the number of offenders imprisoned for drug possession exceeded the number of offenders imprisoned for manufacturing and sales. The unprecedented shift in California law enforcement priorities towards targeting the demand side of the drug war is clearly demonstrated by the extraordinary increase in the rate of arrests for misdemeanor possession of marijuana. While continued criminalization of marijuana has financial and social implications, current disparities in arrest point to issues needing careful consideration. If more discriminatory and erratic enforcement of marijuana laws is to be avoided, then the current push for legalization should be seen as an opportunity for comprehensive review of California’s deeply flawed drug criminalization and regulation policies. Current arbitrary, biased, and rising patterns of arrest for small-quantity marijuana possession argue strongly for meaningful reform. (Excerpts from publication) Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Legislative Policy Study: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Marijuana_Arrests_and_Californias_Drug_War.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offences Shelf Number: 119648

Author: Zgoba, Kristen Title: Megan's Law: Assessing the Practical and Monetary Efficacy Summary: This research concerns the various impacts of community notification and registration laws (Megan’s Law) in New Jersey. Although this report includes a variety of interesting findings and many ideas that will be explored upon post grant period, this research was embarked upon, in general, to investigate: 1) the effect of Megan’s Law on the overall rate of sexual offending over time; 2) its specific deterrence effect on re-offending, including the level of general and sexual offense recidivism, the nature of sexual re-offenses, and time to first re-arrest for sexual and non-sexual re-offenses (i.e., community tenure); and 3) the costs of implementation and annual expenditures of Megan’s Law. These three primary foci were investigated using three different methodologies and samples. Phase One was a 21-year (10 years prior and 10 years after implementation, and the year of implementation) trend study of sex offenses in each of New Jersey’s counties and of the state as a whole. In Phase Two, data on 550 sexual offenders released during the years 1990 to 2000 were collected, and outcomes of interest were analyzed. Finally, Phase Three collected implementation and ongoing costs of administering Megan’s Law. This report presents the major findings of the three phases of the study. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Department of Corrections, Office of Policy and Planning, Research & Evaluation Unit, 2008. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/225370.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Megan's Law (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 113931

Author: Lopez, Mark Hugo Title: A Rising Share: Hispanics and Federal Crime Summary: "Sharp growth in illegal immigration and increased enforcement of immigration laws have dramatically altered the ethnic composition of offenders sentenced in federal courts. In 2007, Latinos accounted for 40% of all sentenced federal offenders -- more than triple their share (13%) of the total U.S. adult population. The share of all sentenced offenders who were Latino in 2007 was up from 24% in 1991, according to an analysis of data from the United States Sentencing Commission (USSC) by the Pew Hispanic Center, a project of the Pew Research Center. Between 1991 and 2007, enforcement of federal immigration laws became a growing priority in response to undocumented immigration. By 2007, immigration offenses represented nearly one-quarter (24%) of all federal convictions, up from just 7% in 1991. Among those sentenced for immigration offenses in 2007, 80% were Hispanic. This heightened focus on immigration enforcement has also changed the citizenship profile of federal offenders. In 2007, Latinos without U.S. citizenship represented 29% of all federal offenders. Among all Latino offenders, some 72% were not U.S. citizens, up from 61% in 1991. By contrast, a much smaller share of white offenders (8%) and black offenders (6%) who were sentenced in federal courts in 2007 were not U.S. citizens. The total number of offenders sentenced in federal courts more than doubled from 1991 to 2007. During this period, the number of sentenced offenders who were Hispanic nearly quadrupled and accounted for more than half (54%) of the growth in the total number of sentenced offenders. One reason all of these figures have risen so sharply is that immigration offenses, unlike most other criminal offenses, are exclusively under the jurisdiction of federal rather than state or local courts. In 1991, three times as many Hispanics were sentenced in federal courts for drug crimes (60%) as for immigration crimes (20%). By 2007, that pattern had reversed; among Hispanic offenders sentenced in federal courts, 48% were sentenced for an immigration offense and 37% for a drug offense. Among sentenced immigration offenders, most were convicted of unlawfully entering or remaining in the U.S. Fully 75% of Latino offenders sentenced for immigration crimes in 2007 were convicted of entering the U.S. unlawfully or residing in the country without authorization, while 19% were sentenced for smuggling, transporting or harboring an unlawful alien. Convictions broke down largely along citizenship lines. Among sentenced non-citizen Latino immigration offenders, more than eight-in-ten (81%) were convicted of entering unlawfully or residing in the U.S. without authorization. In contrast, more than nine-in-ten (91%) U.S. citizen Latino immigration offenders were convicted of smuggling, transporting or harboring an unlawful alien. Hispanics who were convicted of any federal offense were more likely than non-Hispanics to be sentenced to prison. But among all federal offenders sentenced to prison, Hispanics received shorter prison terms on average than did either blacks or whites. These racial and ethnic disparities in sentencing appear to be linked to USSC guidelines that attach clear boundaries for the types of sentences that can be meted out for different types of crimes. This report examines the ethnic, racial and citizenship status of sentenced offenders in federal courts." Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, Pew Hispanic Center, 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/104.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens - Immigrants Shelf Number: 113911

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Corporate Crime: DOJ Has Taken Steps to Better Track Its Use of Deferred and Non-Prosecution Agreements, but Should Evaluate Effectiveness Summary: Recent cases of corporate fraud and mismanagement heighten the Department of Justice’s (DOJ) need to appropriately punish and deter corporate crime. Recently, DOJ has made more use of deferred prosecution and non-prosecution agreements (DPAs and NPAs), in which prosecutors may require company reform, among other things, in exchange for deferring prosecution. In June and November 2009, GAO testified on DOJ’s use and oversight of DPAs and NPAs, and this report discusses additional findings, including (1) the extent to which DOJ has used DPAs and NPAs to address corporate misconduct and tracks use of these agreements, (2) the extent to which DOJ measures the effectiveness of DPAs and NPAs, and (3) the role of the court in the DPA and NPA process. GAO examined 152 DPAs and NPAs negotiated from 1993 through September 2009 and analyzed DOJ data on corporate prosecutions in fiscal years 2004 through 2009. GAO also interviewed DOJ officials, prosecutors from 13 DOJ offices, 20 company representatives, 11 monitors who oversee company compliance, and 12 federal judges. While not generalizable, these results provide insight into decisions about DPAs and NPAs. GAO recommends that DOJ develop performance measures to assess the effectiveness of DPAs and NPAs. DOJ agreed with our recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2009. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10110.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Crimes Shelf Number: 119649

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Varied Actions Taken to Enhance Cruise Ship Security, but Some Concerns Remain Summary: Over 9 million passengers departed from U.S. ports on cruise ships in 2008, and according to agency officials, cruise ships are attractive terrorist targets. GAO was asked to review cruise ship security, and this report addresses the extent to which (1) the Coast Guard, the lead federal agency on maritime security, assessed risk in accordance with the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) guidance and identified risks; and (2) federal agencies, cruise ship and facility operators, and law enforcement entities have taken actions to protect cruise ships and their facilities. GAO reviewed relevant requirements and agency documents on maritime security, analyzed 2006 through 2008 security operations data, interviewed federal and industry officials, and made observations at seven ports. GAO selected these locations based on factors such as the number of sailings from each port. Results of the visits provided additional information on security, but were not projectable to all ports. GAO recommends that the Commissioner of Customs and Border Protection (CBP), the unified border security agency in DHS, conduct a study to determine whether requiring cruise lines to provide passenger reservation data to CBP would benefit homeland security, and if found to be of substantial benefit, determine the appropriate mechanism to issue this requirement. DHS concurred with the recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10400.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 119650

Author: Shubik-Richards, Claire Title: Philadelphia's Crowded, Costly Jails: The Search for Safe Solutions Summary: Today, the government of the city of Philadelphia spends seven cents out of every tax dollar on holding people in its jails. That is more than it spends on any other function besides police and human services—and as much as it spends on the streets and health departments combined. Its spending on jails is nearly as high as that of Cook County, Illinois, even though Cook County, which includes the city of Chicago, has more than three times as many residents as Philadelphia. Over the last 10 years, the departmental budget has more than doubled, reaching $240 million in the current fiscal year. That figure, however, understates the true cost of prison operations, as it does not include employee benefits. With benefits, the number is about $290 million. This increase in spending has been driven by a rising number of inmates. As of mid-2008, the most recent date for which comparative numbers are available, Philadelphia had the fourth-highest jail population on a per capita basis among the cities and counties with the nation’s 50 largest jail populations. From 1999 through 2008, the Philadelphia Prison System saw its average daily inmate count climb by 45 percent, peaking at 9,787 for the month of January 2009. This was one of the largest such increases in the country, and it came at a time when jail populations in the nation’s two largest jurisdictions, New York City and Los Angeles County, were declining. Since mid-2009, however, the population in the prison system has fallen steadily; the average daily population stood at 8,464 for March 2010, down 13 percent from the peak. These developments in the inmate population—both the long-term rise and short-term fall—generally have not tracked the crime rate; for most of the past decade, as the inmate population numbers were rising, the arrest numbers often were declining. Rather, the shifts in the population are related primarily to changes in procedures, legislation and policies involving the police, the courts and the various elements of the criminal justice system. To a large extent, the evidence in this report indicates that the size of the population of the Philadelphia Prison System is within the power of policy makers to control—without compromising the fight against crime. It suggests that Philadelphia can have fewer people in jail, save money and be no less safe. (Excerpts from the report) Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/Reports/Philadelphia_Research_Initiative/Philadelphias_Crowded_Costly_Jails_rev.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119651

Author: Weaver, Cynthia Title: Identifying Gendered Trajectories of Offending for a Panel of First Time Youth Offenders: Exploring the Influence of Time-Stable Covariates Summary: Gendered trajectories of juvenile offending over an eight year observation period are specified for a retrospective longitudinal sample of 15,959 female and male first time offenders up to age 18 in a southeastern state. Semiparametric group modeling is used to specify offending trajectories for a response variable operationalized as a frequency count of unique complaints by age. Time-stable psychosocial and systems-level covariates are also investigated as predictors of likely trajectory group membership. The probability of trajectory group membership is investigated as a predictor for secure incarceration. Results specify a three-solution model for juvenile females and a six-solution model for juvenile males. Prior child maltreatment – substantiated as well as alleged but dismissed - is a predictor of moderate- to higher-level offending across all gendered trajectories (with the exception of one higher-level but decreasing male trajectory). Living in a blended family (mother plus stepfather or father plus stepmother), living with grandparents, and living with relatives at first offense are all correlated with moderate -level offending for male juveniles. Living in foster care at first offense is a predictor for both lower-level and higher-level female offending. Both the three-solution female model and the six-solution male model predict incarceration. Further research is warranted to investigate severity of offending as a response variable for the juvenile offending trajectories identified in the dissertation study. Details: Tuscaloosa, AL: School of Social Work, University of Alabama, 2010. 96p. (Thesis) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231199.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Delinquency Shelf Number: 119652

Author: New Mexico Department of Health, Office of Injury Prevention, Injury and Behavioral Epidemiology Bureau, Epidemiology and Response Division Title: Youth Violence in New Mexico: An Assessment of Indicators, Policies, Resources, and Community Readiness Summary: New Mexico (NM) has some of the highest rates of violence in the country. The high rates of violence extend to the youth and young adult (18–24 years old) populations. New Mexico’s youth homicide and suicide rates have been higher than national rates over the last 10 years. This assessment includes analysis of risk and resiliency/protective factors among New Mexico youth. The assessment includes youth perspectives on risk and resiliency factors from several activities and surveys. Among the greatest risk factors identified by youth are drugs and alcohol use, racism, gang involvement, domestic violence, teen pregnancy, and mental health concerns. Youth report resiliency factors as positive relationships with peers and adults, participation in after school activities, and spiritual/religious involvement. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Department of Health, 2005. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.health.state.nm.us/pdf/Youth_Violence_in_New_Mexico.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 119208

Author: Schorr, Lisbeth B. Title: Pathway to the Prevention of Child Abuse and Neglect Summary: This report presents a comprehensive set of actions that policymakers, service providers, and community organizations can take to improve the lives of children and families, particularly those living in tough neighborhoods. Its emphasis is on acting strategically across disciplines, systems, and jurisdictions to reduce the costs of abuse and neglect and to promote healthy children, families and communities. Details: Cambridge, MA: Project on Effective Interventions, Pathways Mapping Initiative, 2007. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.dss.cahwnet.gov/cdssweb/entres/pdf/Pathway.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 113449

Author: Males, Mike Title: Scapegoating Immigrants: Arizona's Real Crisis Is Rooted in State Residents' Soaring Drug Abuse Summary: This report examines crime and drug abuse trends in Arizona over the last two decades of massive legal and nonlegal Hispanic in-migration. Based on a detailed analysis of law enforcement reports on crime rates in Arizona and the growth of the state’s Hispanic population over the past 20 years, this report finds that widespread assertions by many opinion leaders attributing rising crime to increased immigration are not confirmed by the best information available. To the contrary, this analysis found that crime rates in Arizona have fallen precipitously over the past 20 years as immigration has increased. Not only has crime plummeted, the number of undocumented immigrants in Arizona dropped by an estimated 40 percent, or by 200,000, from 2007 to 2010 due to the state’s economic and employment difficulties. This report suggests that new fears toward immigration have become conflated with deeper anxieties over Arizona’s unadmitted crisis of soaring drug abuse among its resident population. (Excerpts from the report) Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Aubust 22, 2010 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Scapegoating_Immigrants.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 119655

Author: Levine, Harry G. Title: Targeting Blacks for Marijuana: Possession Arrests of African Americans in California, 2004-08 Summary: This report found that across the 25 largest counties in California the pot-holding arrest rate for blacks was often at least double that of whites despite evidence that indicates African-Americans use cannabis at a lower rate. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/docUploads/Targeting_Blacks_for_Marijuana_06_29_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 119657

Author: Justice Project Title: Electronic Recording of Custodial Interrogations in Tennessee: A Review of Current Practices Summary: "The application of readily available technology to police work can lead to major benefits for law enforcement agencies. Many jurisdictions across the country, for example, have benefitted from documenting the interrogations of suspects in custody with audio and/or video recording equipment. By creating a fully reviewable record of an interrogation, prosecutors get the best, most reliable evidence possible. Legislation has been introduced in the Tennessee General Assembly (HB 596 and SB 261) that would require electronic recording of custodial interrogations in homicide cases in Tennessee. Under the proposed law, if an interrogation is not recorded for some reason it would still be admissible in court, as it is today. The legislation would simply extend this valuable evidencegathering policy, already employed in many Tennessee jurisdictions, to law enforcement departments statewide. In order to understand the current use of electronic recording in Tennessee, The Justice Project conducted a statewide survey of law enforcement agencies and requested copies of any written policies on recording interrogations. The results indicate that a majority of Tennessee law enforcement agencies electronically record interrogations at least some of the time, and report that the practice strengthens the credibility and reliability of criminal investigations and prosecutions. This report presents the results of The Justice Project’s survey and details the advantages of statewide implementation of electronic recording of custodial interrogations." Details: Washington, DC: The Justice Project, 2010. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.thejusticeproject.org/wp-content/uploads/er-in-tennessee-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 119661

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Better Usage of Electronic Passport Security Features Could Improve Fraud Detention Summary: In 2005, the Department of State (State) began issuing electronic passports (e-passports) with embedded computer chips that store information identical to that printed in the passport. By agreement with State, the U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO) produces blank e-passport books. Two foreign companies are used by GPO to produce e-passport covers, including the computer chips embedded in them. At U.S. ports of entry, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) inspects passports. GAO was asked to examine potential risks to national security posed by using foreign suppliers for U.S. e-passport computer chips. This report specifically examines the following two risks: (1) Can the computer chips used in U.S. e-passports be altered or forged to fraudulently enter the United States? (2) What risk could malicious code on the U.S. e-passport computer chip pose to national security? To conduct this work, GAO reviewed documents and interviewed officials at State, GPO, and DHS relating to the U.S. e-passport design and manufacturing and e-passport inspection systems and procedures. GAO recommends that DHS implement the systems needed to fully verify e-passport digital signatures at U.S. ports of entry, and in coordination with State, implement an approach to obtain the necessary data to validate the digital signatures on U.S. and other nations’ e-passports. DHS agreed with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.gpo.gov/pdfs/congressional/GAO_Rpt_BorderSecurity.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 117702

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: Comparing Safety Outcomes in Police Use-of-Force Cases for Law Enforcement Agencies That Have Deployed Conducted Energy Devices and a Matched Comparison Group That Have Not: A Quasi-Experimental Evaluation Summary: How law enforcement agencies (LEAs) manage the use-of-force by officers is perhaps one of the most important tasks that they will undertake. One weapon that has been advanced as a way to reduce injuries for officers and suspects is the Conducted Energy Device (CED). The purpose of our project, conducted from late 2006 to 2008, was to produce scientifically valid results that will inform LEA executives’ decisions regarding CED use. The goal of our study was to produce practical information that can help LEAs establish guidelines that assist in the effective design of CED deployment programs that support increased safety for officers and citizens. We conducted one of the first quasi-experiments to compare LEAs with CED deployment (n=7) to a set of matched LEAs (n=6) that do not deploy CEDs on a variety of safety outcomes, controlling for a variety of incident factors (force used by officer, time frame of incident, suspect race/gender/age, suspect resistant behavior, and suspect weapon use) and agency-level factors (agency policy on CEDs, size/density of LEA, and population density for jurisdiction). For the LEAs that deployed CEDs, we collected two years of data before CED deployment and two years of data after CED deployment. For the non-CED sites, we collected four years of data over a similar period. Overall, we found that the CED sites were associated with improved safety outcomes when compared to a group of matched non-CED sites on six of nine safety measures, including reductions in (1) officer injuries, (2–3) suspect injuries and severe injuries, (4–5) officers and suspects receiving injuries requiring medical attention, and (6) suspects receiving an injury that resulted in the suspect being taken to a hospital or other medical facility. (We refer to this last category as “hospitalization,” although we have no data on the extent to which officers or suspects who went to a hospital or other medical facility were admitted and stayed overnight, as opposed to simply receiving an evaluation or treatment and being released.) Also within CED agencies, in some cases the actual use of a CED by an officer is associated with improved safety outcomes compared to other less-lethal weapons. For five of the eight comparisons, the cases where an officer used a CED were associated with the lowest or second lowest rate of injuries, injuries requiring medical attention, or injuries officer was taken to a medical facility such as hospital or medical clinic for treatment of an injury due to a use-of-force incident requiring “hospitalization” (see comment in previous paragraph). There were no differences between the CED and the non-CED sites on the outcomes of the number of suspect deaths, officer severe injuries, and officer injuries requiring hospitalization. The evidence from our study suggests that CEDs can be an effective weapon in helping prevent or minimize physical struggles in use-of-force cases. LEAs should consider the utility of the CED as a way to avoid up-close combative situations and reduce injuries to officers and suspects. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2009. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.policeforum.org/upload/CED%20outcomes_193971463_10232009143958.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Nonlethal Weapons Shelf Number: 116527

Author: Radtke, Timothy Title: Operation Ceasefire in Clark County, Nevada: Evaluating a Cross-Jurisdictional Approach to Reducing Gun Violence Summary: This technical report contains information presented to stakeholders associated with Las Vegas’s Safe Village Initiative, which began in January 2007, in response to firearm violence in Clark County, Nevada. SVI was designed after Operation Ceasefire models developed in Boston, Chicago, and Newark (NJ). Las Vegas’s SVI represents an effort to combine the resources of criminal justice agencies, social service organizations, local clergy, and citizens to disrupt the cycle of violence that characterizes both fatal and non-fatal shootings. An evaluation of SVI’s impact on reducing violence in targeted communities, supported by Federal funding (2007-30243-NV-BJ), suggests that it is an effective community-oriented policing strategy. Highlights of the SVI evaluation include: 1) There was 37% reduction in targeted calls-for-service in the study area after the implementation of the SVI; 2) The overall decline in calls-for-service was attributed to a 32% decline in calls-for-service involving persons with a gun, a 42% reduction in calls-for-service involving an assault/battery with a gun, and a 46% reduction in calls-for-service involving an illegal shooting; 3) A slight decline was observed in the average monthly number of gunshot and stabbing patients admitted to UMC-Trauma Unit from the study area after the implementation of the SVI; and 4) Important qualitative differences were measured in the SVI that may explain why outcomes of this program differed from similar programs implemented in other communities throughout the country. Details: Las Vegas, NV: Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, Department of Criminal Justice, University of Nevada, 2008. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/pdf/OCF.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 119668

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Preventing Violent Street Crime in Stockton, California: A Report to the Stockton Police Department Summary: In 2004, the City of Stockton was identified as the most violent city in California with a rate of 1,362 violent crimes per 100,000 residents. A recent 2005 analysis by the Stockton Police Department (SPD) revealed that Stockton remained the most violent city in California with a violent crime rate of 1,503 (10.4% increase over the previous year). The high violent crime rate has generated considerable concern among Stockton city leaders and residents. A number of factors, such as poverty, lack of education, unemployment, overcrowded jails, illegal drug use, and gangs, have been identified as important contributors to Stockton’s violent crime problem. In August 2005, the Mayor launched a Crime Suppression Initiative that included a series of innovative police strategies to reduce violence and established a Blue Ribbon Crime Prevention Committee to examine issues related to Stockton violence and make recommendations regarding community crime prevention. This study examines the nature of violent street crime in the city, reviews the violence prevention activities of the SPD, and makes recommendations on improving the police department’s response to violent street crime problems. Details: Cambridge, MA: Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, 2006. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://online.recordnet.com/pdconsultreport_07_06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119667

Author: Corsaro, Nicholas Title: An Evaluation of the Nashville Drug Market Initiative (DMI) Pulling Levers Strategy Summary: In March 2008, the Metropolitan Nashville Police Department (MNPD), in cooperation with other city agencies, including the District Attorney, Public Defender, the Mayor’s Office, the Sheriff’s Department, social service providers, as well as faith-based and community leaders launched an innovative effort to eliminate open-air drug dealing and thereby significantly reduce crime in the McFerrin Park neighborhood. The initiative drew upon the experience of a similar effort in High Point, North Carolina as well as promising efforts to reduce gun crime that have been part of the national Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) and Drug Market Intervention (DMI) programs. The goal of the Nashville initiative is to break the cycle whereby drug dealers are arrested and prosecuted only to be replaced by another group of dealers. Rather, the strategy seeks permanent elimination of the drug dealing with corresponding reduction in crime and improvement in the quality of life within the neighborhood. The Nashville strategy involved a four-stage process. The initial phase known as the Identification stage involved systematic analysis of crime data indicating specific areas within Nashville that were victimized by high levels of drug dealing and associated crime. The McFerrin Park neighborhood was selected due to its high rate of violent, property, and drug crime as well as its high volume of calls for police assistance. Following selection of the neighborhood, MNPD began work on the second stage, the Preparation phase, which involved obtaining ‘buy in’ from law enforcement, prosecution, social service, and community personnel. After key members of the initiative agreed to move the strategy forward, twenty-six individuals were identified as being actively involved in drug sales. Evidence was gathered with the result of very strong prosecutorial cases being established against all twenty-six individuals. Of these offenders, a total of twenty were deemed to be chronic and serious offenders with a history of criminal violence. These individuals were prosecuted. The other six, however, were judged less serious offenders and were offered a second chance. The third phase of the intervention involved the Notification stage whereby the small group of offenders was informed that they could be prosecuted but were going to be offered a second chance with the contingency that their drug dealing stops and that the individuals remain crime free. The notification included participation of the offender’s families as well as key social service providers who expressed their desire to see the notified individuals become productive members of the community. A variety of social services and social support were offered to the offenders. The final phase consisted of Resource Delivery and follow-up to provide support intended to help the small group of prior offenders avoid a return to drug dealing and crime. Additionally, a variety of efforts were taken to improve community collaboration with police and the overall quality of life within the neighborhood. The impact evaluation consisted of comparing the trends in violent, property, and drug-related crime as well as calls for police assistance prior to- and after the intervention. We examined over five years of data for the McFerrin Park target area, the adjoining or contiguous areas, and the remainder of Davidson County for an overall trend comparison. Using a systematic time series analysis, the findings revealed that the target area experienced a statistically significant and sustained decrease of 2.5 property crimes per month (-28.4%), a reduction of nearly 55.5% in monthly narcotics offenses, and a decrease of 36.8% of drug equipment violations, as well as a significant reduction in calls for police assistance by nearly 18.1% per month following the intervention. The adjoining area experienced similar statistically significant and sustained declines in offense and calls for service that was observed in the target community, indicating that immediate crime displacement did not occur but in fact a diffusion of benefits was seen in the adjacent neighborhood. Comparatively, while these same offenses declined in the remainder of the greater Nashville area at the time of the intervention, this rate of change was neither statistically significant nor was as substantive (less than 10% for all outcomes modeled). Thus, the results indicate that there was a major and sustained decline in serious and drug related offenses as well as calls for service in the areas where the Drug Market Initiative (DMI) intervention was implemented, above and beyond any decline that was observed in the remainder of Davidson County. These findings suggest that the DMI intervention aimed at drug-offending in the McFerrin Park neighborhood was the driving force behind the decline observed in the target and contiguous areas. Open-air drug dealing is associated with high levels of crime and disorder and quality of community life. For years police and local residents in many communities have witnessed a cycle whereby drug dealers are arrested only to be replaced by another group of individuals drawn to the lure of the illegal drug economy. The DMI represents an innovative, community policing and problem solving effort to break this cycle and significantly reduce or eliminate the open-air drug market. Chronic and violent drug sellers are prosecuted but less serious offenders, those likely to serve as replacements in the drug market, are provided the opportunity to avoid prosecution as well as social support to pursue legitimate opportunities outside the illegal economy. NMPD joins police departments in cities including High Point, North Carolina, Rockford, Illinois, Providence, Rhode Island, Hempstead, New York, and Milwaukee, Wisconsin that have implemented the DMI. Nashville represents the largest urban jurisdiction to have subjected the DMI to evaluation. Hence, the positive findings from this evaluation have important implications for other neighborhoods of Nashville as well as for cities across the United States. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2009. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Drug Market Intervention Working Paper: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www1.cj.msu.edu/~outreach/psn/DMI/NashvilleEvaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 119669

Author: Hipple, Natalie Title: The High Point Drug Market Initiative: A Process and Impact Evaluation Summary: The High Point Police Department in High Point, North Carolina has gained attention from the U.S. Department of Justice and police departments, prosecutors, and local governmental officials through a strategic problem solving intervention that has come to be known as the High Point Drug Market Intervention Program (DMI). The DMI seeks to focus on geographically-defined drug market locations and eliminate the overt drug market and the associated violence. The model includes a highly focused deterrence strategy coupled with police-community partnerships that seek to offer sources of social support to the subjects of the deterrence strategy while at the same time re-establishing informal social controls within the neighborhood in order to prevent the re-emergence of the drug market. HPPD has reported very significant declines in crime in the neighborhoods where the DMI has been implemented and an NIJ-supported study indicates strong support for the intervention among justice system officials and local residents. The purpose of this report is to test the impact of the intervention in the original DMI neighborhood through a rigorous outcome assessment. ARIMA time series models were used to test the impact of the DMI intervention. Trends in violent, property and drugs/nuisance offenses were compared for the 37 months prior to the intervention and 37 months following the intervention. Conservative time series estimates that controlled for prior trends in the data and examined the logged-crime incidents in the target community (in order to compress the skewed nature of the count data) indicated that violent crimes declined an average of 7.3 percent following the intervention, property offenses declined 9.1 percent (though this decline was not statistically significant when controlling for other trend influences), and drug and nuisance offenses declined roughly 5.5 percent between the pre and post intervention period, controlling for important trend influence factors. Perhaps most importantly, the decline in the trend in violent crime and in drug and nuisance offenses was marginally statistically significant (p < .10) meaning the observed post-intervention reduction was very unlikely to have been produced by chance. In future analyses these trends will be tested with comparison locations and similar analyses will be conducted in the other DMI intervention sites in High Point. The results of this analysis are consistent with the impressions of HPPD officials as well as residents of the affected neighborhood, the DMI intervention in the West End appears to have had a significant impact on the level of violent, drug, and nuisance offenses. When coupled with the results of a recent assessment of a similar intervention in Rockford, Illinois that was modeled on the High Point experience, these results suggest the DMI is a highly promising intervention for addressing the problem of illegal drug markets and deserves further implementation and evaluation. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study #12; Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www1.cj.msu.edu/~outreach/psn/DMI/HighPointMSUEvaluationPSN12.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 119670

Author: Weisel, Deborah Lamm Title: Comprehensive Gang Assessment: A Report to the Durham Police Department and Durham County Sheriff's Office Summary: This report presents a comprehensive assessment of gang-related problems in the City of Durham and Durham County. The assessment consisted of a systematic and comprehensive data collection process, analysis and interpretation of findings, and examination of the relationship or fit between documented gang-related problems and existing programmatic responses employed by the community, schools, service providers, and the criminal justice system. Details: Unpublished report to the Durham Police Department and Durham County Sheriff's Office, 2007. 218p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www.durhampolice.com/news/pdf/071220_1.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 118099

Author: Frabutt, James M. Title: A Collaborative Approach to Eliminating Street Drug Markets through Focused Deterrence Summary: The purpose of this project was to conduct a process and outcome analysis of the street drug market elimination strategy. Two main goals were addressed by the evaluation. The first goal was to model and describe the elements, developmental stages, and operational steps of the street-drug intervention. The second goal was to measure the impact of the strategy across several levels: a) key stakeholder percepton of roles and impact; b) resident perception of impact; c) observable neighborhood changes; and d) crime impact. The report presents an overview of the intervention sites and the methodology, findings, and subsequent discussion of the data sources utilized. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://www1.cj.msu.edu/~outreach/psn/DMI/HighPointEvaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 119671

Author: Tolan, Patrick Title: Mentoring Interventions to Affect Juvenile Delinquency and Associated Problems Summary: Mentoring is one of the most commonly-used interventions to prevent, divert, and remediate youth engaged in, or thought to be at risk for delinquent behavior, school failure, aggression, or other antisocial behavior. We conducted a meta-analytic review of selective and indicated mentoring interventions that have been evaluated for their effects on delinquency outcomes for youth (e.g., arrest or conviction as a delinquent, self-reported involvement) and key associated outcomes (aggression, drug use, academic functioning). Of 112 identified studies reported published between 1970 and 2005, 39 met criteria for inclusion. Mean effects sizes were significant and positive for each outcome category. Effects were largest (still moderate by Cohen’s differentiation) for delinquency and aggression. However, these categories also showed the most heterogeneity across studies. The obtained patterns of effects suggest mentoring may be valuable for those at-risk or already involved in delinquency and for associated outcomes. Moderator analyses found stronger effects in RCTs compared to quasi-experimental studies, for studies where emotional support was a key process involved in mentoring, and where professional development was a motivation for mentors. However , the collected set of studies are less informative than expected with quite limited detail in studies about what comprised mentoring activity and key implementation characteristics. This limitation encourages caution particularly in interpreting the moderated effects. These findings add to the longstanding calls for more careful design and testing of mentoring efforts to provide the needed specificity to guide effective practice of this popular approach. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2008. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review, 2008:16: Accessed August 23, 2010 at: http://campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/238/ Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 119674

Author: Krisberg, Barry Title: Healthy Returns Initiative: Strengthening Mental Health Services in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Youth in the juvenile justice system suffer from a variety of mental illnesses, and, if not treated, these issues can become worse. The published literature shows that most of the youth in the system suffer from a debilitating mental illness. Lack of health care coverage also represents a major issue, as there are few services available to youth who do not have coverage. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://nccd-crc.issuelab.org/research/listing/healthy_returns_initiative_strengthening_mental_health_services_in_the_juvenile_justice_system Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 119675

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G. Title: Evaluation of Target's Safe City Initiative: Implementing Public-Private Partnerships to Address Crime in Retail Settings Summary: This report presents results from an evaluation of the Safe City Initiative. Launched by the Target Corporation in 2003, the goal of Safe City is to partner local law enforcement with retailers and community leaders to increase public safety. The evaluation, which employed surveys of businesses, Difference-in-Differences analyses of reported crime data, and cost-benefit analyses, found increases in perceptions of safety among businesses in the designated Safe City area and cost-effective reductions in crime in two of the four sites. In one site, however, crime reductions were limited to specific crimes and coincided with increases in other types of crimes. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 323p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412081-safe-city-initiative.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119677

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization in Prisons and Jails Reported by Inmates, 2008-2009 Summary: This report resents data from the National Inmate Survey (NIS), 2008-09, conducted in 167 state and federal prisons, 286 local jails, and 10 special correctional facilities (operated by U.S. Armed Forces, Indian tribes, or the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)) between October 2008 and December 2009, with a sample of 81,566 inmates ages 18 or older. The report provides a listing of facilities ranked according to the prevalence of sexual victimization, as required under the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (P.L. 108-79). The prevalence of victimization as reported by inmates during a personal interview is based on sexual activity in the 12 months prior to the interview or since admission to the facility, if less than 12 months. Included are estimates of nonconsensual sexual acts, abusive sexual contacts, inmate-on-inmate and staff sexual misconduct, and level of coercion. The report also presents findings on reported sexual victimization by selected characteristics of inmates, including demographic characteristics, sexual history and orientation, and criminal justice status. It includes details on victims’ experiences and the circumstances surrounding incidents of sexual victimization. Highlights include the following: 1) An estimated 4.4% of prison inmates and 3.1% of jail inmates reported experiencing one or more incidents of sexual victimization by another inmate or facility staff in the past 12 months or since admission to the facility, if less than 12 months; 2) Female inmates in prison (4.7%) or jail (3.1%) were more than twice as likely as male inmates in prison (1.9%) or jail (1.3%) to report experiencing inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization; and 3) Among inmates who reported inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization, 13% of male prison inmates and 19% of male jail inmates said they were victimized within the first 24 hours after admission, compared to 4% of female inmates in prison and jail. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/svpjri0809.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 119678

Author: Wintemute, Garen Title: Inside Gun Shows: What Goes on When Everybody Thinks Nobody's Looking Summary: Gun shows are surrounded by controversy. On the one hand, they are important economic, social and cultural events with clear benefits for those who attend. On the other, they provide the most visible manifestation of a largely unregulated form of gun commerce and, partly for that reason, are an important source of guns used in criminal violence. The intent of this report is to document the broad range of what actually takes place at gun shows, with an emphasis on activities that appear to pose problems for the public’s health and safety. Inside Gun Shows combines a review of existing research with direct observations and photographic evidence. The data were gathered at 78 gun shows in 19 states, most of them occurring between 2005 and 2008. It was important to avoid a Hawthorne effect: change in what is being observed introduced by the process of observation itself. For that reason conversation was kept to a minimum; no attempts were made to induce the behaviors that are depicted; criminal activity, when observed, was not reported; the camera was kept hidden. Details: Sacramento: Violence Prevention Research Program, Department of Emergency Medicine, UC Davis School of Medicine, 2009. various pagings Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://www.ucdmc.ucdavis.edu/vprp/pdf/IGS/IGScoverprefweb.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 116201

Author: Petrosino, Anthony Title: "Scared Straight" and Other Juvenile Awareness Programs for Preventing Juvenile Delinquency Summary: Programs like 'Scared Straight' involve organized visits to prison facilities by juvenile delinquents or children at risk for becoming delinquent. The programs are designed to deter participants from future offending by providing first-hand observations of prison life and interaction with adult inmates. Results of this review indicate that not only does it fail to deter crime but it actually leads to more offending behavior. Government officials permitting this program need to adopt rigorous evaluation to ensure that they are not causing more harm to the very citizens they pledge to protect. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2002. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review, 2004:2: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/13/ Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 119681

Author: Orchowsky, Stan Title: Improving State Criminal History Records: Recidivism of Sex Offenders Released in 2001 Summary: JRSA is working with the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) on a project designed to improve state criminal history records. The project allows State Statistical Analysis Centers (SACs) to develop the capacity to obtain and analyze their states' criminal history records or, in the case of SACs that already have this capacity, to participate in coordinated studies of key topics of interest to state justice decisionmakers. SACs will provide feedback to their state criminal history repositories on errors in the data discovered as the analyses are undertaken. This ongoing process of analysis and correction of data in the files will help improve the overall quality of the data in the criminal history records. The first project involved SACs in nine states (Alaska, Arizona, Delaware, Illinois, Iowa, New Mexico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Utah) studying sex offender recidivism using the criminal history records data. This report presents the findings of this analysis. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://www.jrsa.org/programs/sex-offender-final-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 119682

Author: Orchowsky, Stan Title: A Review of the Status of Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) Efforts in Iowa and Virginia Summary: In 2007, the Justice Research and Statistics Association (JRSA) began a project funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) to examine the strategies that have been implemented in Iowa and Virginia to reduce disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in the states’ juvenile justice systems. We were especially interested in using these states as case studies of how states and localities are utilizing empirical information to: (1) identify the extent and nature of the DMC problem; and (2) assess the effectiveness of their efforts to reduce DMC. In each state, we sought to examine both state-level efforts, as well as ongoing efforts in two targeted localities (Johnson and Linn counties in Iowa, and the cities of Newport News and Norfolk in Virginia), to address DMC. To accomplish the goal of the project, staff examined all available documents relating to DMC in both states, with a particular focus on those produced in the last five years. We also conducted interviews with state and local stakeholders in both states and attended meetings of local planning groups addressing DMC issues. We sought data from both states and were able to obtain data from Iowa, which were used to illustrate how local DMC initiatives could be assessed. In October of 2008, JRSA released an interim report on our findings to date (Poulin, Iwama & Orchowsky, 2008). The current report summarizes the overall findings, conclusions and recommendations of our effort. It builds on the findings presented in the interim report and further work that has been done since that report was released. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2010. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2010 at: http://jrsa.org/pubs/reports/dmc-final-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119683

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Importance of Place in Policing: Empirical Evidence and Policy Recommendations Summary: This monograph argues that the police can be more effective if they shift the primary concerns of policing from people to places. Such a shift is already underway in American policing where place has begun to be seen as an important focus of police crime prevention effort. But even in the U.S., people and not places remain the central concern of policing. Places in this context are specific locations within the larger social environments of communities and neighborhoods. They may be defined as buildings or addresses, block faces or street segments, or as clusters of addresses, block faces or street segments that have common crime problems. This report presents research which describes from both empirical and theoretical perspectives how the police can produce substantial crime prevention effects by directing their focus at small, well-defined locations with high levels of crime. The research findings presented in this report also strongly indicate that place-based policing of this kind can prevent crime using considerably less resources than more traditional policing methods. Details: Stockholm: Brottsforebyggande radet (Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention), 2010. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2010 at: http://www.bra.se/extra/measurepoint/?module_instance=4&name=The_importance_of_place_in_policing.pdf&url=/dynamaster/file_archive/100609/d4dd5dc1d51f6c3442a975a5f37d9ef3/The%255fimportance%255fof%255fplace%255fin%255fpolicing.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Locations Shelf Number: 119686

Author: Loew, Cody Title: Street Lighting in Milwaukee: An Evaluation of Street Lighting Circuit Upgrade Costs and Benefits Summary: The City of Milwaukee is upgrading the circuitry in its street lighting system. Street light circuits are closed loops of wiring that carry electrical charges to power street lamps. Currently, most of Milwaukee’s street light circuits are series circuits. Since the late 1960s, however, the City has been replacing series circuits with more up-to-date “multiple,” or parallel, circuits in order to improve the reliability of the city’s street lights and reduce the City’s street light infrastructure maintenance expenses. The City of Milwaukee Budget and Management Division is investigating the efficiency and costs-savings of accelerating the street light upgrade project so that most or all circuit upgrades are completed within a six-year period. This study evaluates upgrading the remaining circuits according to the status quo rate and several alternative upgrade schedules by determining the costs and benefits that would accrue to the City and the general population of Milwaukee under each option. Fewer overall circuit outages and decreased outage time may also have the secondary effect of lowering the cost of crime and changing the public’s perception of crime. Although studies on the relationship between street lighting and crime and perceptions of crime draw generally positive conclusions (that lighting deters crime and perceptions of crime), the conclusions vary as to the magnitude and the nature of the effect. Appendix B discusses the available literature on the relationship between lighting and crime. Research on changes in public perception of crime after street light improvements also generally draws desirable conclusions, but because of the lack of data this factor was not included in the analyses. Though the circuit upgrade may reduce crime and the perception of crime, it is important to remember that the project will only improve street light reliability, as opposed to increasing the brightness of the lights or introducing new lights into Milwaukee neighborhoods. Moreover, while street lighting may act as a psychological deterrent to offenders, it ultimately does not provide a physical barrier to crime. For this reason, street lights are typically used in conjunction with a number of crime deterrence methods. Details: Madison, WI: Robert M. La Follette School of Public Affairs, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2010 at: www.lafollette.wisc.edu/publications/workshops/2009/lights.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119687

Author: Florida Department of Corrections. Bureau of Research and Data Analysis Title: 2009 Florida Prison Recidivism Study: Releases From 2001 to 2008 Summary: The 2009 Florida Prison Recidivism Study is the first report to be produced annually that examines the issue of recidivism among Florida's released inmate population. The use of recidivism as a performance indicator of the state's rehabilitative efforts can be debated, but the analysis itself is of vital public importance. Basically, what is the likelihood that an inmate who is released today will come back to prison? This question is important for the state in terms of planning and budgeting, but more importantly to the public and elected officials in terms of public safety. Since 88% of inmates in Florida's prisons today will one day be released back into our communities, their success or failure comes at a cost to public order and public safety. This study finds that results for Florida are generally consistent with existing research of the factors that influence recidivism. The Bureau of Justice Statistics report, "Recidivism of Prisoners Released in 1994 (2002)" shows overall recidivism rates for releases from 15 different states. That report shows a 51.8% recidivism rate (return to prison for any reason within three years) for this group of inmates. Unlike most states, Florida paroles very few inmates and only about a third of released inmates have any community supervision sanction at all. Since those with supervision after release recidivate more often than those without supervision upon release, it is important to keep in mind that Florida's recidivism rate may be lower than another state due to this difference in release mechanisms. Details: Talahassee, FL: Florida Department of Corrections, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2010 at: http://www.dc.state.fl.us/secretary/press/2010/RecidivismStudy.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 119699

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: 2009 Juvenile Arrestee Drug Use in the San Diego Region Summary: This CJ Bulletin, “2009 Juvenile Arrestee Drug Use in the San Diego Region,” is the first in a series presenting data collected (from both juveniles and adults) in the 2009 calendar year and now includes ten years of data. As part of this study, a total of 159 youth were interviewed at Juvenile Hall during two separate months in 2009. Ninety-seven percent (97%) or 154 of these youth provided a urine sample for drug testing purposes (120 males and 34 females). This research bulletin includes the results of urinalysis trends over time, as well as information pertaining to lifetime and recent self-reported drug use, perceived risk and availability of different drugs, and characteristics of the youth that were interviewed and how these factors may be related to drug use. Details: San Diego, CA: Criminal Justice Research Division, SANDAG, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2010 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1496_11514.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119700

Author: Yan, Jiahui Title: A Multidisciplinary Study on Juvenile Recidivism and Multilevel Impacts - Risk Factors, Neighborhood Features, and Juvenile Justice Intervention Summary: This study incorporates the economic theories of crime, human capital investment, reasoned action, extended theory of subjective expected utility, as well as developmental criminological theories in a life-course perspective to develop a conceptual model to explore factors related to juvenile recidivism. The study aims to provide information for practitioners to help identify potential chronic and serious offenders, to explore evidence to validate risk and needs assessment tools, and to probe the significant factors to be used as the basis for evidence-based programs. Recidivism is measured as count data in both frequency and severity level of subsequent offenses. Count data are data in which the observations can take only nonnegative integer values and the integers arise from counting. A unique combination of data from five public sources is obtained to examine the influence of individual-level risk factors, neighborhood dharacteristics, and juvenile justice intervention on juvenile recidivism. Exploratory factor analysis and principle component analysis are applied to solve issues related to assessment and census data. Four different regression models for count data are compared to propose the one with the best fit and the most predictive power for each response variable. Results indicate that the most consistent and influential indicators for identifying potential chronic and serious offenders are being older, being male, having a more serious first offense, showing a tendency towards violence, scoring high on the overall factor that represents problematic attitude, behavior, and social relations, and the existence of harmful parental impact. Race is not identified as a significant indicator after controlling other risk factors and socioeconomic differences between youth of different racial groups. Results indicate that where the youth lives matters. As compared with juveniles located in neighborhoods with positive socio-economic characteristics, those from the most disadvantaged areas are found to recidivate more frequently and more seriously. Findings also suggest that available community services might play a role in youth behavior. Cognitive-behavioral and supervisory programs are shown to have great potential in reducing recidivism. However, only when juveniles successfully complete the assigned programs, are they involved in fewer subsequent delinquent behaviors. Details: Columbia, MO: University of Missouri, 2009. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation, University of Missouri: Accessed August 28, 2010 at: https://mospace.umsystem.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10355/6128/research.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 119702

Author: Villanueva, Chandra Kring Title: Mothers, Infants and Imprisonment: A National Look at Prison Nurseries and Community-Based Alternatives Summary: This is the first U.S. national report on prison nursery programs. The report examines the expansion of prison nursery programs across the U.S. These programs allow incarcerated women to keep their newborns with them in prison for a finite period of time. The report also looks at community-based residential parenting programs, which allow women to serve criminal justice sentences with their infants in a non-prison setting. The report finds that the number of prison-based nursery programs is growing, but such programs are still relatively rare. Though every state has seen a dramatic rise in its women’s prison population over the past three decades, only nine states have prison nursery programs in operation or under development. Of the nine prison nursery programs existing or in development, four were created within the last five years. Details: New York: Women's Prison Association, Institute on Women and Criminal Justice, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2010 at: http://www.wpaonline.org/pdf/Mothers%20Infants%20and%20Imprisonment%202009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 119685

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Violence Prevention in Schools: A Case Study of the Thurgood Marshall Academy Public Charter High School Summary: This report is based on research conducted by the Urban Institute's Justice Policy Center on the violence prevention activities taking place at the Thurgood Marshall Academy Public Charter High School during the 2008-2009 school year. Based on an assessment of the school's violence prevention approach using qualitative and quantitative data from stakeholder interviews, field observations, programmatic records, and surveys with students and faculty, this report includes: a logic model of the school's violence prevention approach; detailed information on each of the violence prevention activities within the violence prevention approach and how they compare to national best practices; student and faculty perceptions of the school climate and the violence prevention approach; and recommendations to the school administrators on how to strengthen their violence prevention approach based on the assessment findings. The report concludes with brief remarks on next steps in school violence prevention research. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412200-violence-prevention-schools.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 119723

Author: Leiber, Michael J. Title: Race and Detention Decision Making and the Impact on Juvenile Court Outcomes in Black Hawk County, Iowa Summary: In the early summer of 2005, Michael Leiber met with juvenile court personnel from Black Hawk County to discuss the possibility of conducting a detailed study of detention in their jurisdiction. The initiative for the study came from the Court itself due to concerns about the number of detained youth, particularly minorities. A detailed inquiry into the use of detention, the types of detention used, for what and whom, had not been previously conducted. After gaining judicial permission, Leiber agreed to examine detention decision-making in Black Hawk County and its impact on juvenile justice decision-making. Data were manually collected from case files in Black Hawk County covering referrals to juvenile court and the North Iowa Detention facility from 2003 through 2004. Aggregate information was also used that represented the number of detention referrals for the years 1990 through 2004. This report presents the findings of this investigation. Details: Richmond, VA: Wilder School of Government and Public Affairs, Virginia Commonwealth University, 2007. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.uiowa.edu/%7Enrcfcp/dmcrc/documents/DetentionFinalLeiberReport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 119724

Author: Markman, Joshua A. Title: Homicides in the District of Columbia by Police District, 2001-2009 Summary: This DCPI brief examines trends in homicides across District of Columbia police districts since 2001. Overall, most police districts follow the general citywide decline in homicides. There is, however, interesting variation within each district, which is explored further in this brief. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 1: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/DCPI-Fact-Sheet-1-Homicides_3.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119728

Author: Mayors Against Illegal Guns Title: A Blueprint for Federal Action on Illegal Guns: Regulation, Enforcement, and Best Practices to Combat Illegal Gun Trafficking Summary: For many years, leaders of the gun lobby have urged law enforcement professionals to “enforce the laws on the books.” Elected officials of all political stripes have joined that call. While the 450-plus members of Mayors Against Illegal Guns believe that Congress needs to close major gaps in federal laws, we believe with equal strength that the executive branch needs to more effectively enforce existing gun laws. The coalition has identified 40 opportunities in six areas where the Administration could enhance enforcement of existing laws without Congressional action. These recommendations would dramatically improve law enforcement’s ability to keep guns out of the hands of criminals – and, in doing so, save innocent lives, including the lives of police officers. Details: S.L.: 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.mayorsagainstillegalguns.org/downloads/pdf/blueprint_federal_action.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 117623

Author: Howell, James C. Title: History of Street Gangs in the United States Summary: This bulletin examines the emergence of gang activity in four major regions of the United States: the Northeast, Midwest, West, and South. (Gangs would emerge in the South much later than in other regions.) The purpose of this regional focus is to develop a better understanding of the origins of gang activity and to examine regional migration and cultural influences on gangs themselves. There is some evidence that the gangs that first emerged in each of these regions influenced the growth and characteristics of gangs in their respective regions. Therefore, an understanding of regional influences should help illuminate key features of gangs that operate in these particular areas of the United States. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: National Gang Center Bulletin, No. 4: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Content/Documents/History-of-Street-Gangs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 118536

Author: Innocence Project Title: Making Up for Lost Time: What the Wrongfully Convicted Endure and How to Provide Fair Compensation Summary: This report shows that of the more than 240 people exonerated through DNA testing nationwide, 40% have not received any form of assistance after their release. Among those who have been compensated under state laws, the vast majority received very small amounts of money and no social services. While exonerees are stripped of their property, jobs, freedom and reputation, only 10 states include provisions for services within their compensation laws. The report underlines how each state should immediately provide the compassionate assistance necessary for exonerees to pick up the pieces and rebuild their lives. It details the specific obstacles that exonerees face, the lack of support they currently receive and how compensation statutes in many states have not done justice to the wrongfully convicted. It also presents solutions to these shortcomings and gives examples of how exonerees have used state compensation to find housing and meet other urgent needs, nurture talents, find success and get their bearings in the free world. Details: New York: Innocence Project, Benjamin N. Cardoza School of Law, Yeshiva University, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://www.innocenceproject.org/docs/Innocence_Project_Compensation_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 119738

Author: Innocence Project Title: Reevaluating Lineups: Why Witnesses Make Mistakes and How to Reduce the Chance of a Misidentification Summary: Eyewitness identification is among the most prevalent and persuasive evidence used in courtrooms. Eyewitness testimony that directly implicates the defendant is compelling evidence in any trial, but it is not error-proof. Jurors may not realize that confident, trustworthy witnesses can be mistaken. A single witness’s identification can be enough to obtain a conviction. Eyewitness identification also plays a key role in shaping investigations. In the immediate aftermath of a crime, an erroneous identification can derail police investigations by putting focus on an innocent person while the actual perpetrator is still on the streets. Once a witness identifies the suspect to police, whether or not that person actually committed the crime, investigators may stop looking for other suspects. Over 175 people have been wrongfully convicted based, in part, on eyewitness misidentification and later proven innocent through DNA testing. The total number of wrongful convictions involving eyewitness misidentifications exceeds this figure, given the widespread use of eyewitness testimony and the limited number of cases in which DNA evidence is available for post-conviction testing. Experts estimate that physical evidence that can be subjected to DNA testing exists in just 5-10% of all criminal cases. Even among that small fraction of cases, many will never have the benefit of DNA testing because the evidence has been lost or destroyed. DNA exonerations don’t just show a piece of the problem – they are a microcosm of the criminal justice system. Decades of empirical, peer-reviewed social science research reaffirms what DNA exonerations have proven to be true: human memory is fallible. Memory is not fixed, it can be influenced and altered. After the crime and throughout the criminal investigation, the witness attempts to piece together what happened. His memory is evidence and must be handled as carefully as the crime scene itself to avoid forever altering it. The Innocence Project identifies the common causes of wrongful convictions across DNA exoneration cases and has found eyewitness misidentification to be the leading cause. Details: New York: Innocence Project, Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law, Yeshiva University, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://www.innocenceproject.org/docs/Eyewitness_ID_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 119739

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Identity Theft Reported by Households, 2007 - Statistical Tables Summary: This report presents data on identity theft victimization reported by households from the National Crime Victimization Survey. The statistical tables provide 2007 data on rates and types of identity theft, as well as demographic characteristics of victimized households and their monetary losses. The number of households with at least one member who experienced one or more types of identity theft increased 23% from 2005 to 2007. From 2005 to 2007, the number of households that experienced credit card theft increased by 31% and the number that experienced multiple types during the same episode increased by 37%. During the 6-month period in 2008 for which identity theft victimization data was collected, 3.3% of households discovered that at least one member had been a victim of one or more types of identity theft. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/itrh07st.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 119742

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Effects of Second Responder Programs on Repeat Incidents of Family Abuse Summary: This paper reports the results of a systematic review of the effects of second responder programs on repeat incidents of family violence. An exhaustive search yielded ten studies (including three that were unpublished) that met our criteria that included: (a) following a report of a family violence incident to the police, a second response that included a home visit, (b) a comparison group, and (c) at least one measure of repeat family violence. Fixed and random effects metaanalysis indicated that the second response intervention did not affect the likelihood of new abuse as reported on victim surveys, but did slightly increase the odds of a new report made to the police. We interpret these results to mean that the intervention does not affect the continuation or cessation of family violence, but does somewhat increase victims’ willingness to report incidents to the authorities when they occur. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2008. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2010 at: http://campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/233/ Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 119744

Author: Knake, Robert K. Title: Internet Governance in an Age of Cyber Insecurity Summary: This report briefly examines the technological decisions that have enabled both the Internet’s spectacular success and its troubling vulnerability to attack. Arguing that the United States can no longer cede the initiative on cyber issues to countries that do not share its interests, it outlines an agenda that the United States can pursue in concert with its allies on the international stage. Details: Washington, DC: Council on Foreign Relations, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Council Special Report No. 56: Accessed September 6, 2010 at: http://www.cfr.org/publication/22832/internet_governance_in_an_age_of_cyber_insecurity.html Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 119746

Author: California State Auditor. Bureau of State Audits Title: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation: Inmates Sentenced Under the Three Strikes Law and a Small Number of Inmates Receiving Speciality Health Care Represent Significant Costs Summary: As requested by the Joint Legislative Audit Committee, the California State Auditor presents this audit report concerning the effect of California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s (Corrections) operations on the state budget. This report concludes that inmates sentenced under the three strikes law, and a small number of inmates receiving specialty health care, represent significant costs. Specifically, about 25 percent of the inmate population was incarcerated under the three strikes law, which requires longer terms for individuals convicted of any felony if they were previously convicted of a serious or violent crime as defined in state law. On average, we estimate that these individuals’ sentences are nine years longer because of the requirements of the three strikes law and that these additional years of incarceration represent a cost to the State of $19.2 billion. Furthermore, the current conviction for which many of these individuals are incarcerated is not for a serious or violent crime, as defined in state law, and many were convicted of multiple serious or violent crimes that occurred on the same day. Our review also found that of the $529 million that California Prison Health Care Services incurred for contracted specialty health care providers in fiscal year 2007–08, $469 million could be associated with individual inmates. Among the inmates with specialty health care costs, 70 percent averaged slightly more than $1,000 per inmate and cost $42 million in total, while the remaining 30 percent of inmates amassed specialty health care costs totaling more than $427 million. Furthermore, specialty health care costs for 1,175 inmates, or just one-half of 1 percent of the inmates incarcerated during the year, totaled $185 million. In addition, specialty health care costs totaled $8.8 million for the 72 inmates who died during the last quarter of the year, exceeding $1 million in the case of one inmate. Finally, a significant amount of custody staff overtime is the result of a medical guarding and transportation workload that does not have associated authorized positions. Overtime is also necessary when custody staff positions are vacant, but is decreased by staff who do not use the full amount of leave they earn. However, the unused leave of custody staff—increased by the additional leave provided through the furlough program—represents a liability to the State that we estimate is at least $546 million and could be more than $1 billion. Details: Sacramento; California State Auditor, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2010 at: http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2009-107.2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Imprisonment Shelf Number: 119755

Author: Florida. Attorney General Title: Florida Gang Reduction Strategy 2008-2012 Summary: Criminal gangs steal and destroy property, sell drugs to our children and commit acts of violence and brutality that threaten the safety and security of our citizens. The number of gangs and gang members has been growing steadily in Florida for years. For far too long efforts to address gang problems in Florida have been left to local law enforcement and community leaders with minimal federal and state support and no statewide strategy. In the summer of 2007, at the request of the Attorney General, the heads of affected state agencies and law enforcement associations gathered to address this issue and formulate a statewide strategy to combat gangs. In December 2007, at the suggestion of this executive group, the Office of the Attorney General convened a summit of interested community leaders from around the state to help develop a statewide strategy. This document is the product of the efforts of the executive group and the participants in this summit. The mission of the Florida Gang Reduction Strategy is to increase the safety of the citizens of Florida by empowering Florida’s youth to reject criminal gangs as a viable option and by substantially reducing gang-related crime and violence in Florida. The goals to accomplish this mission are: 1. Stop the growth of criminal gangs in Florida; 2. Reduce the number of gangs and gang members; and 3. Render gangs ineffectual. To meet these goals and accomplish the mission the strategy is built on three pillars: 1. Prevention/Intervention; 2. Law Enforcement and 3. Rehabilitation and Re-entry. The key to the success of the strategy is coordination and cooperation among federal, state and local governments, law enforcement, elected officials, community leaders and the business community. In order to empower Florida’s youth to reject criminal gangs as a viable option a coordinated and cooperative effort of all parties must be focused on the same basic objectives. Details: Tallahassee: Office of the Attorney General, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2010 at: http://myfloridalegal.com/webfiles.nsf/WF/KGRG-7FVPNR/$file/GangReductionReportWEB.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 119771

Author: Nugent-Borakove, M. Elaine Title: Testing the Efficacy of SANE/SART Programs: Do They Make A Difference in Sexual Assault Arrest & Prosecution Outcomes? Summary: This study examined the effectiveness of SANE (Sexual Assault Nurse Examiners)/SART (Sexual Assault Response Teams) programs as a tool in the criminal justice system, specifically the impact of sexual assault case outcomes. The study examined five primary research questions: (1) was the arrest rate higher in cases where a SANE/SART exam was performed as compared with cases in which no exam was performed; (2) was the indictment/charging rate higher in such cases; (3) were guilty pleas more likely to be entered in such cases; (4) was the conviction rate higher in such cases; and (5) was the sentence more severe in such cases. Details: Alexandria, VA: American Prosecutors Research Institute, 2006. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/214252.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 119772

Author: Logan, T.K. Title: The Kentucky Civil Protective Order Study: A Rural and Urban Multiple Perspective Study of Protective Order Violation Consequences, Responses, and Cost Summary: Intimate partner violence affects thousands of women each year and results in substantial personal and societal costs. In response to the need for victim protection, states have established civil protective orders (PO). This study addresses several gaps in the research literature on civil protective orders by examining PO effectiveness, enforcement, and cost effectiveness. A selected rural area and a selected urban area were compared to better understand subtle jurisdictional differences. This study used multiple data sources including victim self-reports, key informant interviews, and court data on offenders in order to address three major questions: (1) Rural versus urban similarities and differences: Do community contextual factors matter? This question was answered by examining official data and the current literature on rural versus urban differences and by examining rural and urban key informant (n=188) perceptions of factors associated with responses to PO violations to better understand community contextual factors in addressing partner violence. (2) Civil protective orders: Justice or just a piece of paper? This question was answered by following 106 rural and 107 urban women at baseline, 3-months, and 6-months after receiving a PO to examine partner violence prior to obtaining a PO and after obtaining a PO as well as the PO process, PO violations, victim decisions regarding whether or not to report the violations, and justice system responses to reported violations (99% follow-up rate, n=210). Also, civil and criminal system histories and justice system responses to PO violations were examined using official court records on PO respondents in the cases involving the rural and urban women who participated in the study. (3) Costs of protective orders versus partner violence: Is it really worth it? This question was answered by examining personal and societal costs of ongoing partner violence, including costs to the justice system and to victim quality of life, six months before and six months after a protective order was obtained to better understand the full spectrum of costs associated with partner violence and the economic impact of protective orders on partner violence and abuse. Results showed that half (50%) of the study participants indicated that the protective order had been violated while half did not during the six months after receiving the protective order. Even for those who experienced protective order violations, the abuse was significantly reduced over time. However, results also suggest that community contextual factors do matter in the protective order process and in the enforcement of protective orders. For example, more urban than rural PO violators had protective order violation charges during the six month follow-up period. Further, stalking the six months prior to obtaining the protective order was significantly associated with protective order violations even after controlling for a number of relevant variables. Finally, a wide range of costs was examined for each participant including medical, mental health, criminal justice, legal, lost earnings, property losses, and time lost for family and civic responsibilities as well as an index of quality of life six months before the protective order and six months after the protective order was issued. Overall, including changes in quality of life, protective orders saved the state $85 million in a single year, a moderate estimate of cost savings. When the quality of life index is excluded from the cost analysis, study results show that victim safety is positively impacted by protective orders at very little cost except in cases with stalking. This study advances knowledge about PO effectiveness, enforcement, and costs, and provides information for policies and practice to increase both the effectiveness of protective orders and ultimately the safety of women threatened by partner violence in different jurisdictions. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, Department of Behavioral Science, 2009. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228350.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 116664

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Measuring the Performance of the Dallas Police Department: 2008-2009 Results Summary: Based on the results of four surveys carried out in 2008-2009, this report describes the state of policing in Dallas, Texas. These surveys collected data on the opinions of randomly selected Dallas residents, people who had a recent contact with an officer of the Dallas Police Department (DPD), DPD officers, and retail business owners in Dallas. The surveys are part of an evaluation of the Caruth Police Institute at Dallas, an initiative to improve the quality of policing in the DPD by promoting staff development, bringing together community and national resources to solve DPD problems, and instituting effective police strategies and practices. The wave of surveys reported here will act as a benchmark against which to assess the success of the Caruth Police Institute in enhancing the capacity of the DPD to better serve the citizens of Dallas. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010: http://192.5.14.110/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR730.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Performance Shelf Number: 116666

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Finally Getting Victims Their Due: A Process Evaluation of the NCVLI Victims' Rights Clinics Summary: This report describes a process evaluation conducted by the RAND Corporation and National Center for Victims of Crime of the National Crime Victim Law Institute (NCVLI) state and federal victims’ rights clinics. The clinics were conceived as a response to the fact that, in spite of burgeoning victims’ rights legislation in all states, many victims still are not receiving the rights they are entitled to under law. The NCVLI clinics were intended to promote awareness, education, and enforcement of crime victims’ rights in the criminal justice system. In establishing the victims’ rights clinics, NCVLI sought to change the legal culture with respect to observance of victims’ rights. The vehicle for doing this was providing direct representation to individual victims in criminal court. By giving victims attorneys, NCVLI hoped that it could increase the observance of rights in those particular cases. But it also hoped that the presence of victim attorneys in some cases and trainings held for court officials would result in an increased attention to victims’ rights by prosecutors, judges, and police officers in all cases – not just in the cases where victims were represented by attorneys. The process evaluation placed a significant focus on how the clinics approach their work. We noted that the clinics ranged in their organizational aegis from being housed within victim services programs to being located within a law school to being one component within a full service law firm, and that these arrangements had implications for how the clinics conducted their work. We noted that every clinic has made an effort to train pro bono attorneys and refer cases to them. However, the experience has not always been positive because pro bono attorneys often do not have the knowledge, commitment, or availability to be of significant help. We noted that, while their primary focus has always been on addressing violations of clients’ legal rights, most of the clinics also have developed a focus that includes addressing all of victims’ crime-related needs, either directly or through referrals to other service providers. We noted that there is a large disparity between clinics in the number of cases opened annually and the geographic coverage of each across the states in which they are located. The report finds that clinics have dealt with a range of victims’ rights issues in trial courts including the right to be present, right to be consulted about plea offers, right to make an impact statement, right to be notified of changes in defendants’ detention status, right to restitution, right to privacy, and so forth. However, the principal issue has been victim standing before the court to enforce their rights. In some states, standing has been acknowledged, at least in limited ways. In other states, clinics have made or are making steps toward such recognition, or have been successful in representing victims without the issue being directly confronted. In one state, the ability of attorneys to represent victims in criminal court is currently in serious question. The report also discusses how some clinics have won significant gains at the appellate and federal court levels concerning victim standing, the rights to be consulted and heard, and the right to privacy. Based on the information we gathered during the course of the process evaluation, we believe that the state clinics are beginning to fulfill the intentions of their architects and funders. All of the clinics have pushed the envelope of victims’ rights in their state courts. Some have won significant victories in gaining standing for victims and expanding the definition of particular rights. Others are enjoined in the battle. But all have raised awareness of victims’ rights with prosecutors, judges, defense attorneys, and police officials. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 299p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228389.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Aid Shelf Number: 116665

Author: Mortensen, Ronald W. Title: Illegal, but Not Undocumented: Identity Theft, Document Fraud, and Illegal Employment Summary: This backgrounder examines illegal immigration-related document fraud and identity theft that is committed primarily for the purpose of employment. It debunks three common misconceptions: illegal aliens are “undocumented;” the transgressions committed by illegal aliens to obtain jobs are minor; and illegal-alien document fraud and identity theft are victimless crimes. It discusses how some community leaders rationalize these crimes, contributing to a deterioration of the respect for laws in our nation, and presents a variety of remedies, including more widespread electronic verification of work status (E-Verify and the Social Security Number Verification Service) and immigrant outreach programs to explain the ramifications and risks of document fraud and identity theft. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2010 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2009/back809.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Document Fraud Shelf Number: 119781

Author: Dane County (Wisconsin). Enhanced Youth Gang Prevention Task Force Title: Dane County Enhanced Youth Gang Prevention Task Force: Final Report Summary: This report represents the collective work of a highly committed group of community volunteers who care deeply about Dane County, our community. It reflects the concerns of the Enhanced Gang Task Force for the plight of a large segment of our youth population who face difficult challenges and significant risks to their future and to the well being of our community. Gangs, crime and poverty are the underlying causes for these challenges—and these issues represent only the tip of the iceberg among factors affecting our youth. Poor academic achievement and limited job opportunities coupled with high incarceration rates for minority youth are causing significant and long-term damage to their lives and to the quality of life in our community. We are all too familiar with the state of gang violence in our larger urban centers. But make no mistake, gangs and crime impact all segments of our community as was evident in the gang-related shootings in the City of Oregon in 2005. In this case, a group of young men and women set aside their racial, ethnic and class differences and united as a gang to commit a serious crime. Gangs have steadily moved into mid-size cities such as Madison and gang activity is reported in Sun Prairie, Stoughton, Middleton and in many other communities. The root causes are similar in all cases—a lack of opportunities for youth, access to weapons, peer pressure and a demonstrated willingness to resort to violence at the slightest provocation. Clearly, not all youth crime is caused by gangs. But gangs are prevalent in our community and in our schools and they are increasingly responsible for the crime and violence that impacts the perception of safety in our neighborhoods. Law enforcement officials indicate that there are over 30 active gangs in Dane County, including several girl gangs. A recent survey of young adults and youth involved in the Dane County juvenile and adult court systems indicates that 32% of respondents report being current or former gang members. The question is not whether our community has a gang problem, the question is what can we do about it and do we have the willingness to confront the problem and dedicate the appropriate resources to address it? As a community we have an obligation to nurture and to provide for our children. All of us have a stake in the outcome of the recommendations made by this Task Force. If we fail to move on them, the entire community will suffer. The recommendations presented to you reflect the belief that no single strategy will work. If we rely solely or too heavily on law enforcement to solve this problem, we are sure to fail. The Task Force strongly proposes a comprehensive, community based strategy that addresses the needs of families as well as those of our youth. They are grouped into the following categories: Basic Needs, Prevention, Education, Employment Development, Faith Communities, Public Safety and Re-Entry from Incarceration. Details: Madison, WI: Dane County Department of Human Services, 2007. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.danecountyhumanservices.org/pdf/gang_task_force_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 119784

Author: Clawson, Heather J. Title: Prosecuting Human Trafficking Cases: Lessons Learned and Promising Practices Summary: Human trafficking involves the use of force, fraud, or coercion to exploit a person for profit. Trafficking victims are subjected to sexual exploitation, forced labor, or both. Labor exploitation includes slavery, forced labor, and debt bondage, while sexual exploitation typically includes abuse within the commercial sex industry. While human trafficking is a crime that is prohibited by state, federal, and international law, estimates of the magnitude of the problem are alarming. This study examines the existing U.S. Federal and State legislation in providing prosecutors with the tools needed to gain convictions of those charged with human trafficking, defined as “the use of force, fraud, or coercion to exploit a person for profit.” The findings suggest that once human trafficking prosecutions have begun, guilty verdicts are likely. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF International, 2008. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/223972.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 113031

Author: U.S. Department of Defense Title: Protecting the Force: Lessons from Fort Hood. Report of the DoD Independent Review Summary: Following the tragic shooting at Fort Hood, Texas, on Nov. 5, 2009, Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates established the Department of Defense Independent Review Related to Fort Hood to examine the circumstances behind this tragedy. He directed that the assembled group to conduct the investigation and to report back to him by Jan. 15, 2010, with recommendations to identify and address possible deficiencies in: - the Department of Defense's programs, policies, processes, and procedures related to force protection and identifying DoD employees who could potentially pose credible threats to themselves or others; - the sufficiency of the Department of Defense's emergency response to mass casualty situations at DoD facilities and the response to care for victims and families in the aftermath of mass casualty events; - the sufficiency of programs, policies, processes, and procedures for the support and care of healthcare providers while caring for beneficiaries suffering from Post Traumatic Stress Disorder or other mental and emotional wounds and injuries; - the adequacy of Army programs, policies, processes, and procedures as applied to the alleged perpetrator. After conducting the review, the assembled group reached a number of conclusions and made corresponding recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Defense, 2010. 54p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.defense.gov/pubs/pdfs/DOD-ProtectingTheForce-Web_Security_HR_13jan10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Emergency Preparedness Shelf Number: 118087

Author: New Jersey. Administrative Office of the Courts. Criminal Practice Division Title: Report on Implementation of Megan's Law Summary: The Criminal Practice Division of New Jersey’s Administrative Office of the Courts today released a report summarizing, through March 1, 2001, the implementation of the Registration and Community Notification Law, commonly referred to as Megan’s Law. In 1995, the New Jersey Supreme Court, in Doe v. Poritz, upheld the constitutionality of Megan’s Law, but mandated judicial review of prosecutorial decisions relating to community notification. The Court also called for an annual report on the implementation of the law. The report outlines the history of legal challenges to Megan’s Law that followed the N.J. Supreme Court decision. The issuance of this report was delayed until all challenges had been resolved and the data on notification could be compiled and presented in a uniform manner. As of March 1, 2001, 7,605 individuals had registered, as required by Megan’s Law, with the New Jersey State Police. Information on 7,273 of those registrants had been entered into the Administrative Office of the Courts’ Megan’s Law Case Tracking System by March 31, and of those, 5,270 registrants had been assigned tiers for community notification. The report shows that 2,388, or 42 percent, of registrants had been assigned a tier 1 (low-risk) classification, requiring local law enforcement to be notified of a registrant’s presence in a community. Fifty-two percent, or 3,007 registrants had been assigned a tier 2 (moderate-risk) classification, requiring notification to law enforcement, schools and certain community organizations. A tier 3 (high-risk) classification, requiring notification to all of the tier 2 groups, plus members of the public likely to encounter the registrant, had been assigned to 325, or six percent of registrants. The report provides an explanation of the criteria used in assigning risk tiers, and outlines the steps in the process of determining a registrant’s tier. It provides data about the implementation of Megan’s Law beginning with offender registration and through tier determination by the prosecutor; opportunities for the registrant to object to the tier assignment; judicial review of tier assignments; and community notification. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Administrative Office of the Courts, 2008. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2010 at: http://www.judiciary.state.nj.us/criminal/megnrept.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Megan's Law Shelf Number: 116692

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: DHS Needs to Improve the Security Posture of Its Cybersecurity Program Systems Summary: Cyber threats pose a significant risk to economic and national security. In response to these threats, the President, legislators, experts, and others have characterized cybersecurity, or measures taken to protect a computer or computer system against unauthorized access or attack, as a pressing national security issue. The National Cyber Security Division (NCSD) was established to serve as the national focal point for addressing cybersecurity issues in the public and private sectors. The United States Computer Emergency Readiness Team (US-CERT), created under NCSD, is responsible for compiling and analyzing information about cybersecurity incidents and providing timely technical assistance to operators of agency information systems regarding security incidents. The team provides response support and defense against cyber attacks for the federal civil executive branch; disseminates reasoned and actionable cybersecurity information to the public; and facilitates information sharing with state and local government, industry, and international partners. This audit focused on the security of the systems that US-CERT uses to accomplish its cybersecurity mission. Overall, NCSD has implemented adequate physical security and logical access controls over the cybersecurity program systems used to collect, process, and disseminate cyber threat and warning information to the public and private sectors. However, a significant effort is needed to address existing security issues in order to implement a robust program that will enhance the cybersecurity posture of the federal government. To ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its cybersecurity information, NCSD needs to focus on deploying timely system security patches to mitigate risks to its cybersecurity program systems, finalizing system security documentation, and ensuring adherence to departmental security policies and procedures. The report makes 10 recommendations to the Director, NCSD. NCSD has already begun to take the actions to implement them. National Protection and Programs Directorate (NPPD)’s response is summarized and evaluated in the body of this report and included, in its entirety, as Appendix B. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xoig/assets/mgmtrpts/OIG_10-111_Aug10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 119796

Author: McLean, Sarah J. Title: Weston's Video Surveillance Project: An Outcome Evaluation Summary: Alarming crime rates and increased fear among community members in the city of Weston prompted the adoption of this new and innovative approach to fighting crime and restoring safety to the streets. The surveillance project in Weston, a medium-size northeastern city in the United States, began several years ago with a total of five pole-, window- and building-mount cameras supported with funds from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, awarded to the Weston County District Attorney’s office. The cameras were located in an area of the city, which, at that time, was plagued with a high crime rate, particularly concentrated around drug markets. The project has expanded rapidly with support from federal, state, and private sponsors. In 2007, under the auspices of a grant award to Weston from the State, we undertook an outcome evaluation of the video surveillance project. The outcome evaluation drew primarily on police data on crime and calls for service for an analysis of the impacts of the project’s camera surveillance on crime and disorder, forming the basis for an assessment of how well the project is meeting its objectives, and of how it might better meet its objectives. This report summarizes the findings of our evaluation. Details: Albany, NY: John F. Finn Institute for Public Safety, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://finninstitute.org/uploads/Weston's%20Video%20Surveillance%20Porject.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119801

Author: O'Flaherty, Brendan Title: The Racial Geography of Vice Summary: Street vice (anonymous prostitution, gambling, and the sale of illicit drugs) is spatially concentrated, confined largely to black neighborhoods in central cities, even though demand is quite evenly distributed throughout the general population. We show how this pattern can arise through the interacting location decisions of sellers, buyers, and non-user households. Areas with high demand density (cities) have lower prices and more tightly packed sellers in equilibrium relative to areas with lower demand density (suburbs) under autarky. When trade between city and suburb is possible, competitive pressure from the city lowers suburban prices and seller density. Higher income households distance themselves from street vice, causing the exposed population to become poorer and disproportionately black. Even mild preferences over neighborhood racial composition can then induce lower income whites to exit, resulting in racial segregation. The relationship between segregation and exposure to vice can be non-monotonic and discontinuous: decreased segregation implies greater sorting by income, and hence larger wage disparities between city and suburb. If such disparities get too large, all sales can shift discontinuously to the city and result in higher overall black exposure even though more blacks now reside in the suburbs. Details: New York: Columbia University, Department of Economics, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No.:0809-11: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.econ.columbia.edu/RePEc/pdf/DP0809-11.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gambling Shelf Number: 119802

Author: Galenianos, Manolis Title: A Search-Theoretic Model of the Retail Market for Illicit Drugs Summary: A search-theoretic model of the retail market for illegal drugs is developed. Trade occurs in bilateral, potentially long-lived matches between sellers and buyers. Buyers incur search costs when experimenting with a new seller. Moral hazard is present because buyers learn purity only after a trade is made. The model produces testable implications regarding the distribution of purity offered in equilibrium, and the duration of the relationships between buyers and sellers. These predictions are consistent with available data. The effectiveness of different enforcement strategies is evaluated, including some novel ones which leverage the moral hazard present in the market. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 14980: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w14980 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 119803

Author: Rosenthal, Stuart S. Title: Violent Crime, Entrepreneurship, and Cities Summary: This paper estimates the impact of violent crime on the location of business activity and entrepreneurship in five U.S. cities. Central to our analysis is the idea that different sectors of the economy will sort into high- and low-crime areas depending on their relative sensitivity to crime. We illustrate this by comparing retail industries to their wholesale counterparts, and highend restaurants to low-end eateries. Because retail industries are dependent on pedestrian shoppers, they are expected to be especially sensitive to violent crime. Because high-end restaurants are dependent on evening business, they are expected to be especially sensitive to violent crime over the prime dinner hours. Findings indicate that retail, wholesale, high- and low-end restaurants are all more active in areas with higher local rates of violent crime, even after conditioning on an extensive set of model controls. This could arise because violent crime is attracted to our target industries. This also likely reflects that other sectors of the economy outbid our target industries for safer locations (e.g. residential). Further analysis confirms such sorting behavior. Retailers are more likely to locate in safer locations as compared to wholesalers in the same industry. Among restaurants, an increase in violent crime during the prime dinner hours equivalent to the sample max/min range would decrease the high-end share of local restaurants by roughly 40 percentage points. These findings indicate that entrepreneurs take violent crime into account when bidding for locations within a city. These finding also indicate that efforts to make distressed portions of cities more vibrant must give consideration to the need to ensure that such areas are safe. Details: Syracuse, NY: Department of Economics, Syracuse University, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at: http://www.cepr.org/meets/wkcn/2/2409/papers/rosenthalfinal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Businesses Shelf Number: 119804

Author: Rand, Michael R. Title: Crime Against People with Disabilities, 2007 Summary: This report presents the first findings about nonfatal violent and property crime experienced by persons with disabilities, based on the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The report includes data on nonfatal violent victimization (rape/sexual assault, robbery, aggravated and simple assault) and property crime (burglary, motor vehicle theft, theft) against persons with disabilities in 2007. It compares the victimization experience of persons with and without disabilities, using population estimates based on the Census Bureau’s American Community Survey (ACS). Data are presented on victim and crime characteristics of persons with and without disabilities, including age, race and gender distribution; offender weapon use; victim injuries; and reporting to the police. Highlights include the following: Persons with disabilities were victims of about 47,000 rapes, 79,000 robberies, 114,000 aggravated assaults, and 476,000 simple assaults; Age-adjusted rate of nonfatal violent crime against persons with disabilities was 1.5 times higher than the rate for persons without disabilities; and Females with a disability had a higher victimization rate than males with a disability; males had a higher rate than females among those without a disability. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Handicapped Persons Shelf Number: 113077

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Children's Exposure to Violence: A Comprehensive National Survey Summary: This Bulletin describes the National Survey of Children's Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), a nationwide survey of the incidence and prevalence of children's exposure to violence. NatSCEV estimated both past-year and lifetime exposure to violence across a number of categories, including physical assault, bullying, sexual victimization, child maltreatment, dating violence, and witnessed and indirect victimization. The NatSCEV study showed high levels of exposure to violence among a nationally representative sample of youth. More than three in five reported being direct or indirect victims of violence in the past year, and of those, nearly two-thirds were victimized more than once. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2009. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/227744.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Children Shelf Number: 119807

Author: Levine, Harry G. Title: Marijuana Arrest Crusade: Racial Bias and Police Policy in New York City 1997-2007 Summary: This report is the first ever in-depth study of misdemeanor marijuana arrests in New York City during the Giuliani and Bloomberg administrations. The NYPD arrested and jailed nearly 400,000 people for possessing small amounts of marijuana between 1997 and 2007, a tenfold increase in marijuana arrests over the previous decade and a figure marked by startling racial and gender disparities. NYPD arrested and jailed nearly 400,000 people for possessing small amounts of marijuana between 1997 and 2007, a tenfold increase in marijuana arrests over the previous decade and a figure marked by startling racial and gender disparities. The report is based upon two years of observations in criminal courts as well as extensive interviews with public defenders; Legal Aid and private attorneys; veteran police officers; current and former prosecutors and judges; and those arrested for possessing marijuana. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2008. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2010 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/MARIJUANA-ARREST-CRUSADE_Final.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Arrests Shelf Number: 119813

Author: Seattle (Washington). Office of City Auditor Title: Cal Anderson Park Surveillance Camera Pilot Program Evaluation Summary: From January through February 2008, the City of Seattle installed three surveillance cameras in Capitol Hill’s Cal Anderson Park. In June 2008, the Seattle City Council adopted an ordinance that created the Surveillance Camera Pilot Program and established controls over the cameras’ use. The ordinance governing the pilot program requires that the City Auditor conduct a program evaluation to address: Departmental compliance with the policies of the ordinance; The effect of the cameras on crime deterrence; The effect of the cameras on crime detection and investigation; and The effect of the cameras on the public perception of safety. This program evaluation is intended to help the Seattle City Council decide whether to grant additional authority to the Department of Parks and Recreation, the Seattle Police Department, and the Department of Information Technology to operate surveillance cameras in Cal Anderson Park, or to install surveillance cameras in other City parks. Details: Seattle, WA: Office of City Auditor, 2009. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.cityofseattle.net/audit/docs/2009Oct_PublishedReportSurveillanceCameras.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 119819

Author: Goldgof, Smitry B. Title: Evaluation of Smart Video for Transit Event Detection Summary: Transit agencies are increasingly using video cameras to fight crime and terrorism. As the volume of video data increases, the existing digital video surveillance systems provide the infrastructure only to capture, store and distribute video, while leaving the task of threat detection exclusively to human operators. The objective of this research project was to study and develop an evaluation framework for commercial video analytics systems. A state-of-the-art research literature survey was conducted. Identified strengths, weaknesses, future directions of research and state-of-the-art commercial video analytics products were surveyed. Product capabilities were identified by working together with vendors and analyzing the available literature offered by the providers. Use of analytic technology in transit agencies in Florida was analyzed. A technology survey among the largest agencies in the state indicates very low use of video analytics, significant skepticism, and poor general knowledge of the technology and its capabilities. Based on existing general evaluation frameworks, an evaluation framework for video analytics technology was developed, including annotation guidelines, scoring metrics, and implementation of the scoring metrics in the scoring software. Details: Tampa, FL: National Center for Transit Research, Center for Urban Transportation Research, University of South Florida, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.nctr.usf.edu/pdf/77807.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119820

Author: Lyons, Susan Title: Money Well Spent: How POsitive Social Investments Will Reduce Incarceration Rates, Improve Public Safety, and Promote the Well-Being of Communities Summary: This report examines the relationship between poverty and involvement in the justice system. Using the District of Columbia as a case study to illustrate national concerns, the report focuses on the nexus of public safety and poverty: while poverty doesn’t cause crime, more low-income people end up in prison or jail. And while spending on education, treatment, and other services that help people improve their well-being have been shown to be a more effective public safety strategy than locking people up, between 2005 and 2009 state spending on corrections grew faster than any other category, including education, Medicaid and public assistance such as TANF. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2010 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/images/upload/10-09_REP_MoneyWellSpent_PS-DC-AC-JJ.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Poverty Shelf Number: 119824

Author: New Yorkers for Parks Title: Tracking Crime in New York City Parks Summary: This report analyzes data collected through a pilot program which tracks crime in the New York City’s 20 largest parks. The goals of this report are to provide the public with an assessment of the first 18 months of data on crime in parks (April 2006 – September 2007); and to put forth recommendations to improve and expand this program. Details: New York: New Yorkers for Parks, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2010 at: http://www.ny4p.org/pdfs/TrackingCrimefinal.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (New York City) Shelf Number: 119825

Author: Frattaroli, Shannon Title: Removing Guns from Domestic Violence Offenders: An Analysis of State Level Policies to Prevent Future Abuse Summary: This report details the status of police gun removal laws and court-ordered removal laws in the 50 states and the District of Columbia, and summarizes select characteristics of those laws that we believe are important for effective implementation. The report is intended as a resource for advocates and policy makers. In addition to highlighting characteristics of the laws that may affect their implementation and impact, we conclude this report with a set of recommendations for advancing policy and practice to reduce the dangers associated with armed batterers. Details: Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.jhsph.edu/bin/u/p/Gun%20Removal%207%20Oct%2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 119832

Author: Bergen, Peter Title: Assessing the Terrorist Threat: A Report of the Bipartisan Policy Center's National Security Preparedness Group Summary: Al-Qaeda and allied groups continue to pose a threat to the United States. Although it is less severe than the catastrophic proportions of a 9/11-like attack, the threat today is more complex and more diverse than at any time over the past nine years. Al-Qaeda or its allies continue to have the capacity to kill dozens, or even hundreds, of Americans in a single attack. A key shift in the past couple of years is the increasingly prominent role in planning and operations that U.S. citizens and residents have played in the leadership of al-Qaeda and aligned groups, and the higher numbers of Americans attaching themselves to these groups. Another development is the increasing diversification of the types of U.S.-based jihadist militants, and the groups with which those militants have affiliated. Indeed, these jihadists do not fit any particular ethnic, economic, educational, or social profile. Details: Washington, DC: Bipartisan Policy Center, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.bipartisanpolicy.org/sites/default/files/NSPG%20Final%20Threat%20Assessment.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: National Security Shelf Number: 119828

Author: Menard, Scott Title: Victimization and Illegal Behavior Summary: Research has shown that individuals involved in illegal behavior are more likely to be victims than are those not involved in such activities. The temporal order of the victim-offender relationship has been a focus of interest in recent years. Violent victimization has been found to be an important risk factor for subsequent violent offending. The current study furthers our understanding of this sequence by analyzing waves of the National Youth Survey. The relationship between violent victimization and offending was found to change from adolescence to adulthood. Clearly, if violent victimization is a risk factor for engaging in illegal behavior, policies and programs aimed at preventing victimization may be one of the most effective strategies for at-risk youth. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/VictimizationandIllegalBehaviorpress.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 119829

Author: BearingPoint Title: Private Screening Operations Performance Evaluation Report Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the performance of private security screening operations at U.S. airports for the Transportation Security Administration. The evaluation sought to determine whether performance of private screening operations was equal to or greater than that provided by the federal government. An impartial process was developed for analyzing performance and reviewed the five commercial airports that retained private screening personnel after federalization of the nation's security screeing workforce in 2002. The evaluation determined that private screened airports performed at the same or a better level than federally screened operations. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Security Administration, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2004. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.tsa.gov/assets/pdf/Summary_Report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Airports, Security Shelf Number: 119854

Author: Maryland Judiciary Research Consortium Title: Process Evaluation of Harford County Mental Health Diversion Program Summary: The Maryland Judiciary, Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), under a grant awarded by Governor’s Office of Crime Control and Prevention (GOCCP) partnered with the University of Maryland, Institute for Governmental Service and Research (IGSR), and Morgan State University, School of Community Health and Policy, to conduct a process evaluation of the Harford County Mental Health Diversion Program (MHDP) located in District Court in Bel Air, Maryland. To assist in providing context for this report, Appendix A includes a summary of the literature concerning court-based mental health interventions. The report includes findings regarding how the Harford County MHDP was originally designed to operate and how the program has been implemented. Information on the MHDP was gathered through: face-to-face individual interviews with the MHDP team comprising 10 members, including six from the criminal justice system and four treatment providers; data on program participants compiled by the Harford County State’s Attorney’s Office; and a review of program documents, which include written policies and procedures, minutes from planning meetings, and grant proposals. Details: Baltimore: Maryland Judiciary, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2010. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.courts.state.md.us/opsc/mhc/pdfs/evalutations/harfordmhdpprocessevaluation3-9-10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 119842

Author: Mace, Robyn R. Title: A Case Study of Melamine as a Counterfeit Food Product Additive in Chinese Human and Animal Food Supply Chain Networks Summary: The global counterfeit food market is estimated at approximately US $49 billion. European Union Customs reported a 200% increase in food-related counterfeit seizures over the past several years, and the UK’s Food Standards Agency recently launched a series of educational, investigative, and resource initiatives to focus on food fraud and counterfeit. The expanding international trade of agricultural and food products, enhanced production capabilities, and simultaneous consumer interest demands for organic, rare, and limited-availability foods are stimulating a growing market for counterfeit food products. Counterfeit food and food adulteration pose public health risks from ingestion; social risks from illness, public panic or disorder; diminished confidence in the food supply; and economic losses to food suppliers as well as the governments that tax them. Compounding these issues for consumers and other stakeholders are a complex and variable system of regulatory and voluntary national and international product standards and labeling, enforcement agencies’ lack of oversight or legal punitive mechanisms, and a general lack of public awareness of the problem. Little is known about the prevalence, characteristics, or impacts of food counterfeit and fraud or the types and effectiveness of prevention and intervention strategies. This paper will introduce the problem of food adulteration, counterfeit, and fraud, using the 2007-2008 Chinese melamine contaminations in international animal and human food supply chains as an example. This case study illuminates the interdependence of and implications for the safety of the international food supply chain networks that feed the world, and suggests risk-based detection and prevention strategies and interventions based on an analytic (triangle) model of food fraud and counterfeit. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Anti-Counterfeiting and Product Protection Program, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://news.msu.edu/media/documents/2010/02/78b37df6-b11a-4776-a220-5fac5b8ea51e.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Food Shelf Number: 119839

Author: Baum, Jonathan Title: In the Child's Best Interest? The Consequences of Losing a Lawful Immigrant Parent to Deportation Summary: Congress is considering a comprehensive overhaul of the nation’s immigration laws more than a decade after the enactment of strict immigration measures. Lawmakers should take this opportunity to reaffirm the nation’s historic commitment to family unity by addressing the discrete provisions that currently undermine it. Current U.S. immigration laws mandate deportation of lawful permanent resident (LPR) parents of thousands of U.S. citizen children, without providing these parents an opportunity to challenge their forced separations. Through a multi-disciplinary analysis, this policy brief examines the experiences of U.S. citizen children impacted by the forced deportation of their LPR parents and proposes ways to reform U.S. law consistent with domestic and international standards aimed to improve the lives of children. This report includes new, independent analysis of U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) data. We estimate that more than 100,000 children have been affected by LPR parental deportation between 1997 and 2007, and that at least 88,000 of impacted children were U.S. citizens. Moreover, our analysis estimates that approximately 44,000 children were under the age of 5 when their parent was deported. In addition to these children, this analysis estimates that more than 217,000 others experienced the deportation of an immediate family member who was an LPR. The report concludes with a number of recommendations. Details: Berkeley, CA; Davis, CA: International Human Rights Law Clinic; Chief Earl Warren Institute on Race, Ethnicity and Diversity, University of California, Berkeley, School of Law; Immigration Law Clinic, University of California, Davis, School of Law, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.law.ucdavis.edu/news/images/childsbestinterest.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 119837

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed: A First Year Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Community Site in Phoenix, Arizona Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities and interviews with key stakeholders. The impact evaluation relied on Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and call for service (CFS) data from the Phoenix Police Department (PPD) from 2002 through 2007, divided into two categories represented by a four-year “pre-test” and two-year “post-test”. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed. The impact evaluation indicated that the crime rates in the Canyon Corridor Weed and Seed area experienced mixed declines and increases during the past two years of official programmatic activities when compared to the four years prior for crimes related to violent, property, drugs, and total crimes. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2008. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Sepptember 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/canyon-corridor-w-s-eval-final.pdf/view Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 119855

Author: Schnebly, Stephen M. Title: Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community: A Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Initiative in Glendale, Arizona Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities. The impact evaluation relied on Uniform Crime Report (UCR) and call for service (CFS) data from the Glendale Police Department (GPD), spanning 84 months from January 2000 through December 2006, divided into two geographical categories to compare the Orchard Glen weed and Seed site and the rest of the City of Glendale. These raw frequency data were converted into monthly rates based on U.S. Census population estimates to represent the number of crimes per 100,000 people, then grouped into four categories of crime: 1) violent; 2) property; 3) drugs; and 4) disorder. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Orchard Glen Weed and Seed Community was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed, and that the efforts were well documented. The impact evaluation indicated that levels of violence, property crime, and disorder all declined in Orchard Glen after the implementation of the Weed and Seed program, and in conjunction with evidence that similar changes generally did not occur throughout the rest of the city of Glendale (i.e., the comparison area), these findings support the conclusion that Weed and Seed program was a likely contributor to the decline in violence, property crime, and disorder that was observed in the Orchard Glen treatment area. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2007. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/orchard-glen-w-s-final.pdf/view Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 119856

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: Co-Occurring Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders Among Recently Booked Arrestees Summary: This special topic report examines the prevalence and characteristics of co-occurring substance abuse and mental health problems among adult arrestees in Maricopa County. The findings suggest that more than 28 percent of adult arrestees in Maricopa County are at risk for a co-occurring disorder, and they face significantly greater difficulties across a number of critical factors, including incarceration, homelessness, and victimization. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Crime Prevention and Community Safety, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/aarin/aarin-reports-1/co-occurring-disorder-addendum/co-occurring-final-sept-2008.pdf/view Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 113575

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Disparities in Jury Outcomes: Baltimore City vs. Three Surrounding Jurisdictions - An Empirical Examination Summary: Do juries in Baltimore City convict defendants at different rates than juries in other jurisdictions? This is the question answered by the current study, which examined a total of 293 cases – a random sample of 98 cases from Baltimore City of all cases where a jury trial was prayed or scheduled in fiscal year 2006 (July 1, 2005 to June 30, 2006) and all cases disposed by jury trial in Anne Arundel (85 cases), Baltimore (78 cases) and Howard Counties (32 cases) from July 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006. Details: Baltimore, MD: Abell Foundation, 2008. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2010 at: http://www.abell.org/pubsitems/Disparities-cj.908.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Defendants Shelf Number: 113576

Author: McDonald, Douglas Title: The Effectiveness of Prisoner Reentry Services as Crime-Control: The Fortune Society Summary: The Fortune Society, located in New York City, provides various services on a voluntary basis to offenders who have been incarcerated previously, at an average cost (in 2005) of about $3,265 per client. This study examines the extent to which receipt of these services reduces recidivism and homelessness following release. Recidivism is measured by an arrest leading to conviction; homelessness is indicated by a request to the NYC Department of Homeless Services for shelter. Fortune clients released to NYC from state prisons or from NYC jails during 2000-2005 are examined and their outcomes are compared to outcomes observed for state prisoners or local jail inmates released during same period but who did not go to Fortune. Multivariate survival analyses and propensity score analyses are used to estimate program effects on recidivism. No evidence of positive effects on recidivism is found. Indeed, Fortune clients were more likely to recidivate than non-clients, even after controlling for several measured differences among them. This should not be interpreted as showing that Fortune has negative effects on clients but instead that all differences associated with risk were not measured for lack of sufficient information. Fortune clients typically have long criminal records, little education, no legitimate employment, few employable skills, and are dependent upon others for housing. Their participation rates in Fortune’s services were generally low: one in four dropped out, and fewer than half completed the course of services. Half participated in no more than nine group sessions, whereas the most active 25% received 36 or more group sessions. Given clients’ generally dire circumstances, such low participation rates make it unlikely that positive program effects are achievable for the client population as a whole. Released prisoners are at high risk of homelessness. Using multivariate survival analysis techniques to account for the effects of measured differences among clients and non-clients, we estimate that participation in Fortune’s services has a positive effect on released jail prisoners’ ability to avoid homelessness throughout the years following release. No similar effect was found for released state prisoners, however. One possible explanation of this is that returning state prisoners have more access to services than returning city jail prisoners (90% of state prisoners leave under parole supervision), with the result that Fortune’s contribution of services is relatively greater for city prisoners, and possibly more effective for them. This hypothesis was not tested for lack of information about services to non-clients. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2008. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accesssed September 22, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/225369.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 113422

Author: MacDonald, John Title: Neighborhood Effects on Crime and Youth Violence: The Role of Business Improvement Districts in Los Angeles Summary: Despite declines in youth violence nationally in the past decade, incidence of youth violence and victimization — from assaults to homicide — continue to be a pressing public-safety and public-health concern. Youth violence is also a particular concern for low-income, minority communities, where poverty, family instability, and unemployment provide a fertile context for gangs and illicit drug markets. Due to public-safety and public-health effects of youth violence and the documented association between community socioeconomic conditions and violence, both public-safety and public-health officials and researchers have invested heavily in developing and examining community-level responses to youth violence. While some of these community-level approaches have shown evidence of effectiveness, they are often expensive, difficult to sustain, and hard to replicate. It is worthwhile then to consider community-level interventions and activities that might address underlying environmental conditions that facilitate youth violence rates in communities. This report examines the impact of business improvement districts (BIDs) on crime and youth violence in Los Angeles (L.A.). BIDs are self-organizing, local public-private organizations that collect assessments and invest in local-area service provisions and activities, such as place promotion, street cleaning, and public safety. Such activities can contribute to community-level attributes that might reduce crime and youth violence by increasing informal social control, reducing visible signs of disorder and blight, improving order maintenance, and providing enriched employment opportunities by facilitating overall improvements in the local business environment. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR622.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Business Improvement Districts Shelf Number: 113423

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Kino Weed and Seed Coalition: A Process and Impact Evaluation of a Local Weed and Seed Community Site in Tucson, Arizona Summary: The purpose of the present study was to conduct an evaluation of the Kino Weed and Seed Coalition, using both qualitative and quantitative data to conduct process and impact evaluations. The process evaluation relied on official documents detailing site activities and focus group interviews with key stakeholders. The impact evaluation relied on call for service (CFS) data from the Tucson Police Department (TPD) from 1999 through 2005, divided into two categories represented by a three-year “pre-test” and four-year “post-test”. The results of the process evaluation indicated that the Kino Weed and Seed Coalition was actively engaged in activities pursuant of their original site goals, and adapting them as the site developed. The impact evaluation indicated that the rates of calls for service in the Kino Weed and Seed area declined significantly during the four years of official programmatic activities when compared to the three years prior for calls related to violent, property, drugs, and total crimes. Quality of life, or disorder, issues did have a slight increase during the implementation years compared to the pre-test years, but the change was not significant. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2006. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/kino-w-s-2006.pdf/view Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 113393

Author: White, William L. Title: Recognizing, Managing and Containing the "Hard Core Drinking Driver" Summary: The 1.5 million persons arrested each year for driving under the influence of alcohol or other drugs (DUI) constitute a growing portion of the caseloads of the nation’s probation officers (Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2002). The sheer volume of these cases poses the challenge of determining which DUI offenders pose the greatest threat to public safety and require more rigorous monitoring and case management. There is growing consensus that more sophisticated approaches are needed to examine how particular risk factors interact to predict DUI recidivism and future involvement in alcohol-related crashes (C’de Baca, Miller, & Lapham, 2001). This article responds to that challenge by reviewing the research on the highest risk DUI offenders, introducing the Hard Core Drinking Driver Checklist, and discussing principles probation officers can utilize to effectively manage the hard core drinking driver (HCDD). Details: Springfield, IL: Institute for Legal and Policy Studies, Center for State Policy and Leadership, University of Illinois at Springfield, 2006. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2010 at: http://www.mayahennessey.com/pdfs/HCD_diver_paper.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 115377

Author: Barnoski, Robert Title: Washington's Offender Accountability Act: Department of Corrections' Static Risk Instrument Summary: The 1999 Offender Accountability Act (OAA) affects how the Washington State Department of Corrections (DOC) supervises convicted felony offenders in the community. The Washington State Institute for Public Policy (Institute) was directed by the Legislature to evaluate the OAA. The OAA requires DOC to supervise felony offenders according to their risk for future offending. Risk for future offending is estimated using instruments that classify offenders into groups with similar characteristics. Criminal behavior is difficult to predict; even the most accurate instruments, like this one, cannot predict with absolute certainty who will subsequently reoffend. In our 2003 report, the Institute evaluated the validity of DOC’s risk assessment tool and found that the tool could be strengthened by including more information about an offender’s prior record of convictions. Subsequently, DOC asked the Institute to develop a new “static risk” instrument based on offender demographics and criminal history because of the following advantages: Increased predictive accuracy; Prediction of three types of high risk offenders: drug, property, and violent; Increased objectivity; Decreased time to complete the assessment; and Accurate recording of criminal history for use in other DOC reporting requirements. This report describes our evaluation of the validity of the static risk instrument developed for DOC. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2007. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2010 at: http://www.asca.net/documents/07-03-1201-WSIPPStaticRisk.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Classification of Offenders Shelf Number: 114887

Author: Catalano, Shannan Title: Victimization During Household Burglary Summary: This report presents findings from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) on the characteristics of burglary, with comparisons between households where members were present and not present. It also examines the extent to which individuals in the residence are violently victimized when at home during these encounters. The NCVS classifies victimization as personal, rather than property crime, when a household member is present and experiences violence during a household burglary. This report classifies these violent burglaries differently so that they may be compared to traditionally classified burglaries. It also discusses crime characteristics such as household structure, location and type of residence, method of entry, time of day, type of violence, weapon use, injury, and reporting to police. Data on nonfatal violent victimization (rape/sexual assault, robbery, aggravated and simple assault) are drawn from the NCVS. Data on homicides are drawn from the Supplementary Homicide Report of the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program. Highlights of the report include the following: An estimated 3.7 million burglaries occurred each year on average from 2003 to 2007; Offenders were known to their victims in 65% of violent burglaries; offenders were strangers in 28%; and Serious injury accounted for 9% and minor injury accounted for 36% of injuries sustained by household members who were home and experienced violence during a completed burglary. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report: Accessed October 5, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/vdhb.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 119860

Author: Rodriguez, Nancy Title: Methamphetamine Use Among Recently Booked Arrestees and Detainees in Maricopa County, Arizona Summary: Methamphetamine Use among Recently Booked Arrestees and Detainees in Maricopa County is another in a series of special topic reports for the Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN). Using data collected from the core interview instrument, the report looks at the percent of adult and juvenile arrestees who use methamphetamine, their social and legal characteristics, treatment history, and other critical factors. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/aarin/aarin-reports-1/meth-final-jan-2009.pdf/view Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 119861

Author: Johnson, Matthew Title: Personal Victimization of College Students Summary: The purpose of this study was to explore aspects of personal victimization among college students in Texas. Findings were reported and discussed regarding the extent of personal victimization, factors increasing or decreasing the likelihood of personal victimization, and situational issues pertaining to the consequences of being victimized. Some of the more noteworthy findings are: Approximately 26% of respondents reported being a personal crime victim within the past two years; The percentage of females experiencing personal victimization was substantially higher than the percentage for males. Further investigation revealed that the measures of stalking and sexual assault victimization accounted for the overall higher rate for females; Respondents living with a roommate or roommates were much more likely to be victims compared to respondents living alone; Respondents who grew up in a household headed by only the biological father and those raised primarily by their grandparents were significantly more likely to report being a victim compared to all other categories; Exposure to and involvement in violence is associated with personal victimization. Respondents experiencing violence between parents as children and respondents engaging in violent/personal crime were significantly more likely to be victims of personal crime compared to other respondents; Respondents who spent more time taking safety precautions to prevent victimization were more likely to have been victimized compared to those spending less time doing such things; Respondents who were personal crime victims had higher levels of fear of victimization compared to non-victims; and Personal crime victims reported spending more time partying than non-victims. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/CSVictimizationFinal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 119862

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: Jury Discrimination in Criminal Trials Summary: This paper examines the impact of jury racial composition on trial outcomes using a unique dataset of all felony trials in Sarasota County, Florida between 2004 and 2009. We utilize a research design that exploits day-to-day variation in the composition of the jury pool to isolate quasi-random variation in the composition of the seated jury. We find strong evidence that all-white juries acquit whites more often and are less favorable to black versus white defendants when compared to juries with at least one black member. Using the Anwar-Fang rank order test, we find strong statistical evidence of discrimination on the basis of defendant race. These results are consistent with racial prejudice on the part of white jurors, black jurors, or both. Using a simple model of jury selection and decision-making, we replicate the entire set of empirical regularities observed in the data, including the fact that blacks in the jury pool are just as likely as whites to be seated. Simulations of the model suggest that jurors of each race are heterogeneous in the standards of evidence that they require to convict and that both black and white defendants would prefer to face jurors of the same race. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16366: Accessed October 5, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16366.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 119863

Author: Siebel, Brian J. Title: Assault Weapons: "Mass Produced Mayhem" Summary: This report highlights how the availability of assault weapons has changed the balance of power between law enforcement and criminals, endangering police officers and communities. At least 15 police officers have been killed and 23 wounded since the ban expired in September 2004. Details: Washington, DC: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2008. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.bradycenter.org/xshare/pdf/reports/mass-produced-mayhem.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 119843

Author: Johnson, Matthew Title: Property Victimization of College Students Summary: This report focuses on property victimization of college students. It is designed to examine the prevalence and frequency of property victimization; and explore the contexts in which it is most likely to occur. College students were selected because, according to previous studies, persons in their mid teens to mid 20s have a higher victimization rate than do other age groups. Non-violent property crimes including motor vehicle theft, theft of other items, burglary, and vandalism cost victims billions of dollars every year. Most of those property crime victimizations involve economic loss, most of which is never recovered. There has been little research on this kind of victimization among college students. Nevertheless, evidence shows that males and younger students are at greatest risk for experiencing some forms of property victimization, particularly theft. Data was collected from on an online survey of college students from seven public universities spread across the state of Texas. The overall racial/ethnic composition of the sample was comparable to the overall composition of all college students in the state. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/CSVictimizationPropertyCrimeReportFinalfromPress.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 119866

Author: Kane, John Title: The 2005 National Public Survey on White Collar Crime Summary: Within recent years, instances of white collar crime have become a topic of increasing frequency within the news. Security data breaches and crimes such as identity theft, credit card fraud, disaster fraud, and mortgage fraud have pervaded recent media reports, and scandals involving corporations such as Enron, Worldcom, Tyco, HealthSouth, and ImClone have dominated airtime. Furthermore, monetary estimates from the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners approximate the annual cost of white collar crime to be between $300 and $660 billion. Despite the evidence of the widespread nature of white collar crime, there remain few empirical studies devoted to assessing the prevalence of white collar crime as it relates to the general public. In response to this, NW3C conducted the 2005 National Public Survey on White Collar Crime (a follow-up to NW3C’s original National Public Survey on White Collar Crime conducted in 1999). By utilizing household and individual measures, this nationally-representative survey highlights the public’s recent experiences with white collar crime including victimization, reporting behaviors, and perceptions of crime seriousness. Details: Fairmont, WV: National White Collar Crime Center, 2006. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.nw3c.org/research/national_public_survey.cfm Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 119868

Author: Western, Bruce Title: Collateral Costs: Incarceration's Effect on Economic Mobility Summary: Over the past 30 years, the United States has experienced explosive growth in its incarcerated population. The Pew Center on the States reported in 2008 that more than 1 in 100 adults is now behind bars in America, by far the highest rate of any nation. The direct cost of this imprisonment boom, in dollars, has been staggering: state correctional costs quadrupled over the past two decades and now top $50 billion a year, consuming 1 in every 15 general fund dollars. Looking at the same period of time, Pew’s Economic Mobility Project’s research has revealed a decidedly mixed picture of economic mobility in America. On the one hand, two-thirds of families have higher inflation-adjusted incomes than their parents did at a similar age. Given these favorable odds for each generation to earn a better living than the last, it is no wonder that, even in the depths of the country’s economic slump last year, 8 out of 10 Americans believed it was still possible to “get ahead.” Less encouraging, however, are the findings that describe how individuals’ economic rank compares to their parents’ rank at the same age, as well as data showing that race and parental income significantly impact economic mobility. For example, 42 percent of Americans whose parents were in the bottom fifth of the income ladder remain there themselves as adults. As for race, blacks are significantly more downwardly mobile than whites: almost half of black children born to solidly middle-income parents tumble to the bottom of the income distribution in adulthood, while just 16 percent of whites experience such a fall. With this report, our inquiry focuses on the intersection of incarceration and mobility, fields that might at first seem unrelated. We ask two questions: To what extent does incarceration create lasting barriers to economic progress for formerly incarcerated people, their families and their children? What do these barriers mean for the American Dream, given the explosive growth of the prison population? The findings in this report should give policy makers reason to reflect. The price of prisons in state and federal budgets represents just a fraction of the overall cost of incarcerating such a large segment of our society. The collateral consequences are tremendous and far-reaching, and as this report illuminates with fresh data and analysis, they include substantial and lifelong damage to the ability of former inmates, their families and their children to earn a living wage, move up the income ladder and pursue the American Dream. Details: Washington, DC: The Pew Charitable Trusts, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.economicmobility.org/assets/pdfs/EMP_Incarceration.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 119869

Author: Amnesty International Title: Death Sentences and Executions, 2009 Summary: By the end of 2009, a total of 139 countries worldwide had abolished the death penalty in law or practice. Only 58 countries continued to retain the punishment in their legislation. Important steps towards the implementation of a worldwide moratorium on executions were taken in all regions of the world during 2009, and two further countries – Burundi and togo – abolished the death penalty for all crimes. The figures that Amnesty International compiles each year in its global monitoring of the application of the death penalty show that the world is drawing ever closer to total abolition. While 18 countries continue to execute prisoners, as a means to deter crime, a small number of these countries also use executions against political opposition. And for the first time ever, one region of the world – Europe – remained free of executions for the entire year. This report analyzes some of the key developments in the worldwide application of the death penalty, citing figures gathered by Amnesty International on the number of death sentences handed down and executions carried out in 2009. Details: London: Amnesty International, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2010 at: http://www.amnesty.org/en/library/asset/ACT50/001/2010/en/17348b70-3fc7-40b2-a258-af92778c73e5/act500012010en.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 119870

Author: Hess, Wendy Title: Just Kids: Baltimore's Youth in the Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: Maryland's 20 year experiment with the "tough on crime" approach of automatically sending youth into adult criminal courts, jails and prisons for certain offenses has failed. National studies show that youth who are sent to adult facilities go on to commit more-and more violent-crimes than those who received rehabilitative services in the juvenile system. This costs taxpayers much more in the long run. Automatically charging youth as adults has been politically popular. But the data show that when their cases are individually considered, most cases in Baltimore are dismissed or sent to the juvenile system, raising the question of whether they should have been put in the adult system in the first place. Details: Baltimore, MD: Just Kids Partnership, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.justkidsmaryland.org/uploads/file/JustKidsRptOct2010small.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 119875

Author: Ridolfi, Kathleen M. Title: Preventable Error: A Report on Prosecutorial Misconduct in California 1997-2009 Summary: Preventable Error: A Report on Prosecutorial Misconduct in California 1997-2009, the inaugural study of the Veritas Initiative focuses on this extremely critical issue. The most comprehensive statewide study ever undertaken on the misconduct of public prosecutors in state and federal courts, the authors examine over 4,000 cases in California during the period from 1997 to 2009 in which prosecutorial misconduct was alleged. Research determined extensive and systemic failures on the part of the justice system in meeting its obligations. Findings include: Courts found prosecutors committed misconduct in nearly 700 cases and only six prosecutors were publicly disciplined by the California State Bar. The study also revealed that judges often failed to report misconduct to the State Bar despite having a legal obligation to do so. Details: Santa Clara, CA: Northern California Innocence Project at Santa Clara University School of Law, 2010. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: A VERITAS Initiative Report: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.veritasinitiative.org/downloads/ProsecutorialMisconduct_Exec_Sum.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 119876

Author: Drake, Elizabeth K. Title: Washington's Offender Accountability Act: Final Report on Recidivism Outcomes Summary: The 1999 Offender Accountability Act (OAA) directs the Department of Corrections (DOC) to perform a formal assessment of each offender’s risk for recidivism and then to allocate agency resources accordingly. The law also requires the Institute to evaluate the OAA and provide results by 2010. This report presents our findings on whether the OAA has had an effect on recidivism. On average, offenders today have a greater risk for recidivism than historically; the general rise in recidivism over the last 20 years is largely explained by the increased underlying risk of DOC’s offender population. Since the OAA was implemented, however, something favorable has happened to cause recidivism rates to be lower than expected. Unfortunately, our statistical analysis does not allow us to identify whether this beneficial change can be attributed specifically to the OAA or other policies, or other unknown factors that occurred during the same time period. Regardless, the good news from our evaluation is that, after at least a decade of increasing recidivism, Washington is now beginning to observe improvements in adult felony recidivism. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/10-01-1201.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 119879

Author: Stana, Richard M. Title: Immigration Enforcement: Better Controls Needed over Program Authorizing State and Local Enforcement of Federal Immigration Laws Summary: Section 287(g) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended, authorizes the federal government to enter into agreements with state and local law enforcement agencies to train officers to assist in identifying those individuals who are in the country illegally. U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is responsible for supervising state and local officers under this program. GAO was asked to review this program. This report reviews (1) the extent to which ICE has designed controls to govern 287(g) program implementation; and (2) how program resources are being used and the activities, benefits, and concerns reported by participating agencies. GAO reviewed memorandums of agreement (MOA) between ICE and the 29 program participants as of September 1, 2007. GAO compared controls ICE designed to govern the 287(g) program with criteria in GAO’s Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government. GAO interviewed officials from both ICE and participating agencies on program implementation, resources, and results. Among other things, GAO recommends that the Assistant Secretary for ICE document the program objective, document and communicate supervisory activities, and specify data each agency is to collect and report. DHS and ICE agreed with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-09-109: Accessed October 7, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d09109.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 114779

Author: Aos, Steve Title: WSIPP's Benefit-Cost Tool for States: Examining Policy Options in Sentencing and Corrections Summary: Can knowledge about “what works” to reduce crime be used to help states achieve a win-win outcome of lower crime and lower taxpayer spending? The Washington State Institute for Public Policy has constructed an analytical tool for the Washington legislature to help identify evidence-based sentencing and programming policy options to reduce crime and taxpayer criminal justice costs. This report describes the tool (as of August 2010) in detail and illustrates its use by applying it to two hypothetical sentencing policy options in Washington State. The tool assesses benefits, costs, and risks. Results from the two hypothetical examples point to possible win-win policy combinations. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Document No. 10-08-1201: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/10-08-1201.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 119882

Author: Hurricane Katrina Fraud Task Force Title: Hurricane Katrina Fraud Task Force: Fifth Anniversary Report to the Attorney General Summary: When it was established in September 2005, the mission of the Hurricane Katrina Fraud Task Force was to deter, prevent, detect, and punish fraud related to the devastation caused by Hurricane Katrina. Subsequently, as other hurricanes and disasters, both in and beyond the Gulf Coast region, gave rise to similar patterns of fraud, the work of the Task Force has expanded to provide assistance to United States Attorney’s Offices and federal investigative agencies and Inspectors General in providing a national mechanism for receiving and referring complaints from the public about suspected fraud. In 2010, for example, the earthquakes in Haiti and floods in New England and Tennessee prompted immediate response by the Task Force and its members. In the five years since Katrina, United States Attorney’s Offices across the country have shown remarkable persistence and dedication in continuing to pursue disaster-related fraud. From September 8, 2005 through September 1, 2010, 47 United States Attorney’s Offices across the country have charged more than 1,300 people with various hurricane fraud-related crimes. Depending on the severity of the offenses and the economic losses they caused, some defendants, particularly ringleaders of major schemes, received significant terms of imprisonment, while others – often individuals with no prior criminal records – were convicted of felonies but received sentences of probation and restitution. The Task Force’s record in this regard continues to demonstrate the importance of sustained commitment to disaster-fraud prosecution, not only to seek just punishment for offenders but also to deter others from engaging in similar conduct. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/criminal/katrina/docs/09-13-10katrinaprogress-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Disasters Shelf Number: 119885

Author: Evans, Michael Title: Recidivism Revisited Summary: The Washington State Department of Corrections (DOC) has adopted the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) definition of recidivism: …any felony offense committed by an offender within 36-months of being at-risk in the community which results in a Washington State conviction. This was done in an effort to accurately compare recidivism rates to other states and organizations, to evaluate current prison programs, and to improve planning efforts. Recidivism rates for Washington offenders peaked for those released in 2003 at 34.8 percent, and have since declined to 31.1 percent for those released in 2006. Recidivism rates are impacted by re-offense behavior, risk level, law changes and measure of recidivism selected (i.e., programs, sentencing, amount of supervision after release, etc.). DOC recidivism rates do not currently include jail data; hence recidivism rates are actually higher than those presented. DOC recently started collecting jail data through a joint effort with the Washington Association of Sheriffs and Police Chiefs (WASPC) and plan to add jail recidivism to prison data in the future. Jail data will enhance future correction research, and further the comparison of Washington state recidivism rates to other states recidivism rates across the county. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Corrections, 2010. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://www.doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/docs/RecidivismRevisitedFinal8.26.10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 119892

Author: Kercher, Glen Title: Victimization of Immigrants Summary: There is little published research on the victimization experiences of Asian and Hispanic immigrants to this country. That which does exist often is based on the impressions of police officers and district attorneys. There are a few studies which look at a particular immigrant group, but little focus on one geographical area and the different ethnicities residing there. Because Houston has an ever increasing number of foreign born residents, learning about their experiences is important to ensuring their safety and providing needed services. This report not only presents information on victimization experiences, but also on what influences whether victims seek assistance. Details: Houston, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Crime and Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2008. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/ImmigrantVictimizationfinalcorrected.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 119890

Author: Cambridge Review Committee Title: Missed Opportunities, Shared Responsibilities: Final Report of the Cambridge Review Committee Summary: The Cambridge Review Committee was appointed to investigate the circumstances that led to the arrest of Professor Henry Louis Gates Jr. by Cambridge police Sergeant James Crowley on July 16, 2010 at Gates’s rented home on Ware Street (Cambridge, MA). The 12-member committee, chaired by Chuck Wexler, executive director of the Police Executive Research Forum, and including experts from across the nation, found that the events escalated because of misunderstandings and failed communications between the two men. Details: Cambridge, MA: The Committee, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.cambridgema.gov/CityOfCambridge_Content/documents/Cambridge%20Review_FINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Community Relations Shelf Number: 119898

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Vessel Tracking Systems Provide Key Information, but the Need for Duplicate Data Should be Reviewed Summary: U.S. ports, waterways, and coastal approaches are part of a system handling more than $700 billion in merchandise annually. With the many possible threats—including transportation and detonation of weapons of mass destruction, suicide attacks against vessels, and others—in the maritime domain, awareness of such threats could give the Coast Guard advance notice to help detect, deter, interdict, and defeat them and protect the U.S. homeland and economy. GAO was asked to review the Coast Guard’s efforts to achieve awareness about activity in the maritime domain. This report addresses: the extent to which the Coast Guard (1) has vessel tracking systems in place, (2) can use these systems to track vessels that may be threats, and (3) has coordinated the development and implementation of these systems. To answer these questions, GAO analyzed relevant statutes, regulations, and plans for vessel tracking systems, compared the roles of the planned systems, and interviewed appropriate officials. To ensure efficient use of resources, GAO recommends that the Commandant of the Coast Guard determine the extent to which duplicate vessel tracking information from LRIT and commercially provided long-range AIS is needed to accomplish Coast Guard missions, particularly in light of information already available through national technical means. DHS agreed with this recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-09-337: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d09337.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 114343

Author: Crayton, Anna Title: Partnering with Jails to Improve Reentry: A Guidebook for Community-Based Organizations Summary: A wide variety of community organizations have the skills, resources, and motivation needed to address the challenges of jail reentry, including substance abuse treatment providers, homeless shelters, workforce development centers, neighborhood clinics, community colleges, and many others. This guidebook provides community-based organizations with an overview of jail reentry and concrete steps to develop and sustain a reentry partnership with their local jail. It also addresses difficulties that might arise, and provides examples of strong partnerships between CBOs and jails that serve as models. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412211-partner-with-jails.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 119889

Author: Diller, Rebekah Title: Maryland's Parole Supervision Fee: A Barrier to Reentry Summary: In this report, we conclude that billing individuals on parole $40 per month for their supervision is a penny-wise, pound-foolish policy that undercuts the State of Maryland’s commitment to promoting the reentry of people into society after prison. Implemented nearly two decades ago during a national wave of new supervision fees, the Maryland policy was intended to raise extra revenue for general state functions. However, our research shows that the fee is largely uncollectible due to the dire financial situation in which parolees find themselves and that the paper debt it creates does more harm than good. Moreover, the imposition of the fee is out of step with Maryland’s move toward supervision policies that protect the public by promoting the ability of parolees to reenter society successfully. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.soros.org/initiatives/baltimore/articles_publications/publications/parole_20090320/parolereport_20090320.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision Shelf Number: 114777

Author: Hall, Michael Title: Analysis of the Impact of Juvenile Justice Programming in Six New Mexico Counties Summary: The purpose of this project is to contribute to the understanding of law enforcement and juvenile justice system factors, which perpetuate Disproportionate Minority Contact in New Mexico, and analyze the impact of juvenile justice programming in six New Mexico counties. This report is a first effort to understand county-level juvenile justice intervention programs funded by local juvenile justice continuum programs in New Mexico. We discovered that there are variations in programs from one county to another. Additionally, there are variations in the amount of information collected by each program. Standardization of data collection by programs is strongly recommended. In order for the State of New Mexico to accurately know and report on the type of programs and the number and types of clients served by funded programs, a standardized minimum data set is necessary. A data set is necessary to track the program's progress, to analyze the program's trends, to help improve upon the program's practices, and to hold the program accountable for the services provided. To help with that task, the New Mexico Sentencing Commission has developed a proposed minimum data set and provided it to the Children, Youth and Families Department. The current literature generally supports each of the juvenile justice programs discussed in this report. Adherence to model program principles and best practices by the county-level programs will also enhance their operations. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at:http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 119912

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: Does the "Race of Places" Influence Police Officer Decision Making? Summary: This study examines whether the race and ethnicity of small places influences police decisions at those places. While the importance of this ongoing inquiry in policing seems clear, there is much less consensus in its answer, or even how racial profiling is defined and measured. The research evidence had led to contentious debates on detecting the existence, meaning, and interpretation of racial profiling. These complexities are further challenged today’s policing environment, which is marked by a push for officers to engage in more place-based, proactive strategies that have been criticized for resulting in (or at least not being sensitive to) racially incongruent outcomes. Such complexities and new organizational and social contexts call for more and varied policing research in this area. In particular, more place-based research is warranted. Much of the existing research on race and police decision-making is individual-based, focusing on how the race and ethnicity of individuals influences outcomes such stopping an individual, continuing an investigation or making an arrest. However, how the characteristics of the places within which these incidents occur affects police discretion, has been much less examined. This is surprising given the place-based bias of many contemporary policing tactical innovations, high levels of concern about the legitimacy of police in the community, and most importantly, the profound effect that places can have on the mentality and world view of officers, which in turn shapes their actions while working in those places. This project adds to scant place-based research on race, ethnicity and discretion by examining how the racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic characteristics of very small places influence officer decision making at those places. I examined 267,937 incidents that occur in an urban, diverse metropolitan area on the west coast of the U.S. These crimes occurred at all places, were of many different crime and disorder types, and resulted in various outcomes. I also did not limit analysis to a comparison between how White and Black composition affected decisions about these incidents, as has been traditionally done, but included multiple racial, ethnic, language, and foreign-born place-based categories are explored. To examine decision making about each of these incidents across the city, I create a more robust measure of discretion – the decision-making pathway. The decision pathway is a series of decision points related to an event, including whether to stop an individual, dismiss a call, investigate further, write a report, make an arrest, or increase or decrease the severity of a report or arrest charge. Decisions were linked together for each incident, and then characterized and scored according to “upgrades” or “downgrades” in both action and crime classification at each decision point. Each pathway was then geocoded and linked to other place-based characteristics, including racial, ethnic, foreign-born, and language composition of areas. Three place-based cues seem to consistently matter in systematic biases of officer decision making: the proportion of residents that are Black, the level of wealth in that area (the most consistent socioeconomic factor that significantly affected the models), and the amount of violence in a block group. For the first two, police show significant evidence of downgrading calls – handling them less formally (less likely to write reports or make arrests) and reducing the seriousness of crime classifications. But, while both wealthy and less socially disorganized block groupings with high proportions of Black residents both evidence downgrading, there is less downgrading in high-proportion Black communities compared to high-proportion wealthy communities. And, these effects held significant after including a number of socioeconomic and crime-related variables; no other racial group or ethnic subgroup showed the same effect on decision pathways, although there were interesting point-to-point findings for places with larger Asian and Hispanic populations. This study indicates that it is not sufficient only to examine the individual racial characteristics of individuals involved in police action, but that the racial and ethnic environment of places also matters. However, despite these steps forward, this study, like so many others examining whether disparities in police service exist, still cannot tell us why we see this differential response or illuminate individual officer motivation. Proving intent for prejudice is not only difficult short of admission, but such prejudice is intricately part of human behavior, and can be hidden under layers of consciousness, organizational rules, symbolic interactions, and worldviews. Additionally, the origination of the disparities that emerge from this analysis may not unilaterally come from the police; they may arise from an interaction between officers’ supply of law enforcement and the demand of services by the community. But deciphering motivations may be a dead-end approach. Rather, the recommendations in the final report focus on changes police might consider to operational tactics, supervisory strategies, and organizational culture and learning that can counteract such biases. Details: Washington, DC: George Mason University, Administration of Justice Department, Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, 2009. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231931.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 119913

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: A Review of Juvenile Justice Programs in New Mexico Summary: The purpose of this literature review is to report on best practices in the area of juvenile justice intervention programs, focused on the four distinct program types that are the subject of this review, namely reception and assessment centers, restorative justice panels, girls circles, and day reporting centers. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration, Juveniles Shelf Number: 119914

Author: O'Flaherty, Brendan Title: Peaceable Kingdoms and War Zones: Preemption, Ballistics and Murder in Newark Summary: Between 2000 and 2006 the murder rate in Newark doubled while the national rate remained essentially constant. In 2006, Newark had seven times as many murders per capita as the nation as a whole. Furthermore, the increase in murders came about through an increase in lethality: total gun discharges rose much more slowly than the likelihood of death per shooting. In order to explain these trends we develop a theoretical model of murder in which preemptive killing and weapon choice play a central role. Strategic complementarity amplifes changes in fundamentals, so areas with high murder rates (war zones) respond much more strongly to changes in fundamentals than those with low murder rates (peaceable kingdoms). In Newark, the changes in fundamentals that set o¤ the spiral were a collapsing arrest rate (and probably a falling conviction rate), a reduction in prisoners, and a shrinking police force. A prediction of the model is that murders will decline in a manner that is as sharp and sudden as the increase has been, and there is preliminary evidence to suggest that such a collapse in the murder rate is already underway. Details: New York: Department of Economics, Columbia University, 2007. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.columbia.edu/~rs328/murder.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 119915

Author: Harvey, Lynn K. Title: The New Hope Initiative: A Collaborative Approach to Closing an Open-air Drug Market and a Blueprint for Other Communities Summary: This report describes a collaborative community-based approach used to shut down open-air drug markets. It documents the logic, the process and consequences of applying this approach in Winston-Salem, NC. The case study is intended to provide other communities with the basic guidelines for implementing similar strategies in a locally relevant and appropriate way. Details: Winston-Salem, NC: Department of Social Sciences and Center for Community Safety, Winston-Salem State University, 2005. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.wssu.edu/NR/rdonlyres/1BF7A584-539A-41A6-B860-94EED7C3FD2C/0/NewHopeBluePrint.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 118557

Author: Bannon, Alicia Title: Criminal Justice Debt: A Barrier to Reentry Summary: Many states are imposing new and often onerous “user fees” on individuals with criminal convic­tions. Yet far from being easy money, these fees impose severe – and often hidden – costs on com­munities, taxpayers, and indigent people convicted of crimes. They create new paths to prison for those unable to pay their debts and make it harder to find employment and housing as well to meet child support obligations. This report examines practices in the fifteen states with the highest prison populations, which to­gether account for more than 60 percent of all state criminal filings. We focused primarily on the proliferation of “user fees,” financial obligations imposed not for any traditional criminal justice purpose such as punishment, deterrence, or rehabilitation but rather to fund tight state budgets. Across the board, we found that states are introducing new user fees, rais­ing the dollar amounts of existing fees, and intensifying the collection of fees and other forms of criminal justice debt such as fines and restitution. But in the rush to collect, made all the more intense by the fiscal crises in many states, no one is considering the ways in which the resulting debt can undermine reentry prospects, pave the way back to prison or jail, and result in yet more costs to the public. Details: York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://brennan.3cdn.net/c610802495d901dac3_76m6vqhpy.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 119916

Author: Diller, Rebekah Title: The Hidden Costs of Florida's Criminal Justice Fees Summary: Increasingly, states are turning to so-called “user fees” and surcharges to underwrite criminal justice costs and close budget gaps. In this report, we focus on Florida, a state that relies so heavily on fees to fund its courts that observers have coined a term for it – “cash register justice.” Since 1996, Florida added more than 20 new categories of financial obligations for criminal defendants and, at the same time, eliminated most exemptions for those who cannot pay. The fee increases have not been accompanied by any evident consideration of their hidden costs: the cumulative impacts on those required to pay, the ways in which the debt can lead to new offenses, and the costs to counties, clerks and courts of collection mechanisms that fail to exempt those unable to pay. This report examines the impact of the Florida Legislature’s decision to levy more user fees on persons accused and convicted of crimes, without providing exemptions for the indigent. Its conclusions are troubling. Florida relies heavily on fees to underwrite its criminal justice system and, at times, uses monies generated by fees to subsidize general revenue. In many cases, the debts are uncollectible; performance standards for court clerks, for example, expect that only 9 percent of fees levied in felony cases will be collected. Yet, aggressive collection practices result in a range of collateral consequences. Missed payments produce more fees. Unpaid costs prompt the suspension of driving privileges (and, relatedly, the ability to get to work). Moreover, collection practices are not uniform across the state. Court clerks have most of the responsibility. In some judicial circuits, the courts themselves take a more active role. At their worst, collection practices can lead to a new variation of “debtors’ prison” when individuals are arrested and incarcerated for failing to appear in court to explain missed payments. As most prisons and jails are at capacity, and unemployment and economic hardship are widespread, it is time to consider whether heaping more debt on those unable to afford it is a sensible approach to financing essential state functions. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/page/-/Justice/FloridaF%26F.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 119919

Author: Newman, Frederick L. Title: Testing a Model of Domestic Abuse Against Elder Women and Perceived Barriers to Help-Seeking: Comparing Victim and Non-Victim Responses Summary: This study examined perceived barriers to help-seeking by female victims of domestic abuse ages 50 and over compared to the perceived barriers for women in the same age group who had not been victims of such abuse The analyses of the empirical model used in the study found that perceived barriers to help-seeking involve six factors that are present in distinctive ways based on the severity of abuse, race-ethnicity, relationship with the abuser, gender of the abuser, and age. Details: Miami, FL: Robert Stempel College of Public Health & Social Work, Florida International University, 2009. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231095.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119924

Author: Letourneau, Elizabeth J. Title: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Sex Offender Registration and Notification Policies for Reducing Sexual Violence Against Women Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of one state’s sex offender registration and notification policy in reducing sexual violence. The problem of sexual violence is a national legislative priority as evidenced by numerous sex offender-specific policies enacted at the federal level over the past 15 years. Specifics vary among states regarding criminal justice responses to sex offending, but all such policies have as their primary goals the prevention of sexual violence and the reduction of sexual re-offending. The present study examined the effects of comprehensive registration and community notification policies on rates of sexual violence in South Carolina. Specifically, the present study proposed to evaluate whether broad sex offender registration and notification policies have reduced recidivism or deterred new sexual offenses. Additionally, this study proposed to examine whether unintended effects of broad registration and notification policies have occurred. Of note, the present study focused almost exclusively on the effects of registration and notification as pertains to offenses committed by adults. Given that registration and notification policies often target juveniles adjudicated delinquent as minors, the investigative team has been involved in separate research pertaining to the effects of these policies as pertains to juveniles. This study examined whether the introduction of sex offender registration and notification laws in South Carolina were associated with reductions in sexual crimes and, if so, whether this reduction could be attributed to an actual reduction in sexual violence and/or recidivism (i.e., an intended effect) or to changes in criminal judicial processing of individuals for registry crimes (i.e., an unintended effect). In the context of this project, “sex offender” typically refers to anyone with one or more sex crime convictions. Specific sex crime charges are listed in Table 1 and include contact and noncontact offenses against children and adults. Specific study aims included: (1) To examine whether South Carolina registration and notification policies have the intended effect of preventing first time sexual offending; (2) To examine whether South Carolina registration and notification policies have the intended effect of reducing sexual recidivism for known sex offenders; and (3) To examine whether South Carolina registration and notification policies have the unintended effect of reducing the probability that individuals who commit sexual crimes will be prosecuted or convicted for such crimes. In addition to these primary aims, we also investigated (4) whether registration violations (e.g., failure to register) were associated with sexual or general recidivism. Details: Charleston, SC: Medical University of South Carolina, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231989.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 119926

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: The Disparate Treatment of Native Hawaiians in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This project, which began as a research idea at the Office of Hawaiian Affairs, grew to a collaborative research project supported by the State of Hawai‘i, House Concurrent Resolution 27, passed by the 25th Legislature on May 6, 2009. The resolution closely examines the impact of the criminal justice system on Native Hawaiians with the purpose of effecting policy change at the legislative and administrative levels, educating the media, and serving as a tool for communities to advocate for change within the criminal justice system. As the U.S. Congress considers a bill which provides a process for Native Hawaiian self determination, there is an opportunity to create a new vision for the state of Hawai‘i that takes into consideration current social challenges for Native Hawaiians. One such consideration is the enormous increase of incarceration in Hawai‘i. This report includes ground-breaking, current, research and analysis, including the voices of Native Hawaiians, about the criminal justice system and the effect it has on their lives. It is with hope that decision makers will use the information to inform and develop policy and practice that will influence in building a new nation. For the last two centuries, the criminal justice system has negatively impacted Native Hawaiians in ways no other ethnic group has experienced. The findings in this report are concerning as it tells the story of how an institution, fueled by tax payers’ dollars, disparately affects a unique indigenous group of people, making them even more vulnerable than ever to the loss of land, culture, and community. These racial disparities begin with the initial contact of a punitive system that creates over-powering barriers in changing the course of their lives and are exponentially increased as a person moves through the system. To reduce the harmful effects of the criminal justice system on Native Hawaiians and all people, Hawai‘i must take action, and seek alternative solutions to prison. Assistance and training is needed in law enforcement, holistic interventions need to be implemented and evaluated, and a cultural shift in the way we imprison a person must change. If not, we will exacerbate prison over-crowding, and continue to foster the incarceration of generations to come. Details: Honolulu: Office of Hawaiian Affairs, 2010. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 13, 2010 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/images/upload/10-09_REP_DisparateTreatmentofNativeHawaiians_RD-AC.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 119928

Author: Financial Action Task Force Title: Terrorist Financing Summary: Terrorist organisations vary widely, ranging from large, state-like organisations to small, decentralised and self-directed networks. Terrorists financing requirements reflect this diversity, varying greatly between organisations. Financing is required not just to fund specific terrorist operations, but to meet the broader organisational costs of developing and maintaining a terrorist organisation and to create an enabling environment necessary to sustain their activities. The direct costs of mounting individual attacks have been low relative to the damage they can yield. However, maintaining a terrorist network, or a specific cell, to provide for recruitment, planning, and procurement between attacks represents a significant drain on resources. A significant infrastructure is required to sustain international terrorist networks and promote their goals over time. Organisations require significant funds to create and maintain an infrastructure of organisational support, to sustain an ideology of terrorism through propaganda, and to finance the ostensibly legitimate activities needed to provide a veil of legitimacy for terrorist organisations. Terrorists have shown adaptability and opportunism in meeting their funding requirements. Terrorist organisations raise funding from legitimate sources, including the abuse of charitable entities or legitimate businesses or self-financing by the terrorists themselves. Terrorists also derive funding from a variety of criminal activities ranging in scale and sophistication from low-level crime to organised fraud or narcotics smuggling, or from state sponsors and activities in failed states and other safe havens. Terrorists use a wide variety of methods to move money within and between organisations, including the financial sector, the physical movement of cash by couriers, and the movement of goods through the trade system. Charities and alternative remittance systems have also been used to disguise terrorist movement of funds. The adaptability and opportunism shown by terrorist organisations suggests that all the methods that exist to move money around the globe are to some extent at risk. Disrupting funding flows creates a hostile environment for terrorism, constraining overall capabilities of terrorists and helping frustrate their ability to execute attacks. Disrupting terrorist financing involves both systemic safeguards, which protect the financial system from criminal abuse, and targeted economic sanctions informed by counter-terrorism intelligence. The study highlights the links between financial tools and wider counter-terrorist activity: the effectiveness of authorities at both detecting and investigating terrorist activity is significantly enhanced when counter-terrorist intelligence and financial information are used together. Looking ahead the study identifies four areas which could be the focus of efforts to further strengthen counter-terrorist financing efforts: (1) action to address jurisdictional issues including safe havens and failed states, (2) outreach to the private sector to ensure the availability of information to detect terrorist financing, (3) building a better understanding across public and private sectors and (4) enhanced financial intelligence to exploit the value of financial investigation as a tool in fighting terrorism. Details: Paris: Financial Action Task Force/OECD, 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2010 at: http://www.fatf-gafi.org/dataoecd/28/43/40285899.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Terrorism Shelf Number: 119764

Author: Bobb, Merrick Title: A Bad Night at Powell Library: The Events of November 14, 2006 Summary: At the behest of UCLA Acting Chancellor Norman Abrams, PARC was engaged to investigate a November 2006 incident in which the UCLA campus police repeatedly tasered a UCLA student who refused to produce his student identification after hours in the main campus library. PARC conducted a seven-month investigation of the facts, including exhaustive research on the Taser itself, on the policies and practices of other universities and police departments regarding use of the Taser, and on the best and recommended practices regarding the Taser formulated by the leading authorities and experts on the question, including model policies drafted by police organizations such as the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) and the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF). Details: Los Angeles, CA: Police Assessment Resource Center, 2007. 117p. Source: Iinternet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.parc.info/client_files/UCLA/UCLA%20Taser%20Report%20August%20Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Police Shelf Number: 119940

Author: Berk, Richard Title: Forecasting Murder Within a Population of Probationers and Parolees: A High Stakes Application of Statistical Learning Summary: In the United States, forecasts of future dangerousness are often used to inform the sentencing decisions of convicted offenders, and for individuals sentenced to probation or parole, the conditions under which they are to be supervised. The target for these forecasts is commonly almost any new offense, most of which are not considered to be very serious. This can produce a one-size-fits-all decision that may not allocate scarce criminal justice resources effectively. In this paper, we focus on individuals sentenced to probation or parole. Using data on over 60,000 cases beginning supervision under the Philadelphia Department of Adult Probation and Parole, we forecast whether a homicide or attempted homicide will be committed. We use statistical learning procedures that take the relative costs of false negatives and false positives into account and evaluate our forecasting skill with a large test sample. Homicide and attempted homicide are relatively rare crimes, but are considered to be among the most serious. Insofar as prospective murderers can be usefully identified, there is the possibility of shifting supervisory and rehabilitation resources to a subset of offenders who may be in greatest need. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Criminology, 2007. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.crim.upenn.edu/faculty/papers/berk/murder.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 119941

Author: Mayors Against Illegal Guns Title: Trace the Guns: The Link Between Gun Laws and Interstate Gun Trafficking Summary: Every year, tens of thousands of guns make their way into the hands of criminals through illegal trafficking channels. These firearms contribute to the more than 12,000 gun murders in the United States each year. This report seeks to explain where crime guns originate, where they are recovered in crimes, and whether state gun laws help curb the flow of these illegal weapons. Details: S.l.: Mayors Against Illegal Guns, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://www.mayorsagainstillegalguns.org/downloads/pdf/trace_the_guns_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 119944

Author: Raphael, Jody Title: From Victims to Victimizers: Interviews with 25 Ex-Pimps in Chicago Summary: A new study of ex-pimps and madams in the Chicago area shows that most of them were victims of prostitution prior to becoming pimps and had family members involved in the illegal sex trade. Of the 25 pimps and madams interviewed, 68 percent had themselves been prostituted prior to pimping. Their average age of entry into prostitution was 15, and 60 percent had family members who were involved in prostitution. Details: Chicago: De Paul College of Law, Schiller DuCanto & Fleck Family Law Center, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2010 at: http://newsroom.depaul.edu/PDF/FAMILY_LAW_CENTER_REPORT-final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 119952

Author: Mack, Elizabeth A. Title: Sex Offenders and Residential Location: A Predictive Analytic Framework Summary: Despite the growing body of research dealing with sex offenders and the collateral consequences of legislation governing their post release movements, a complete understanding of the residential choices of registered sex offenders remains elusive. The purpose of this paper is to introduce a predictive analytical framework for determining which demographic and socioeconomic factors best forecast the residential choices of convicted sex offenders. Specifically, using a derived index of social disorganization (ISDOR) and a commercial geographic information system (GIS), we implement both linear statistical and non-linear data mining approaches to predict the presence of sex offenders in a community. The results of this analysis are encouraging, with nearly 75% of registered offender locations predicted correctly. The implications of these approaches for public policy are discussed. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, GeoDa Center for Geospatial Analysis and Computation, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 2010-03: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://geodacenter.asu.edu/drupal_files/2010-03_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Data Mining Shelf Number: 119955

Author: Raphael, Jody Title: Talking About Stalking: Interviews with Chicago Patrol Officers Summary: Although research has documented that stalking represents a particularly dangerous and often lethal aspect of domestic violence, data show that Illinois stalking laws go underutilized. This research study reports on interviews with 40 Chicago Department of Police patrol officers and detectives in the spring of 2009, undertaken to hear from them why the law is so rarely used and what barriers might exist to bringing stalking charges in Chicago. Details: Chicago: DePaul University College of Law, Schiller DuCanto & Fleck Family Law Center, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.law.depaul.edu/centers_institutes/family_law/pdf/stalking%20study.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119956

Author: Carson, Scott Alan Title: African-American and White Inequality the American South: Evidence from the 19th Century Missouri State Prison Summary: The use of height data to measure living standards is now a well-established method in economic history. Moreover, a number of core findings in the literature are widely agreed upon. There are still some populations, places, and times, however, for which anthropometric evidence remains thin. One example is 19th century African-Americans in US border states. This paper introduces a new data set from the Missouri state prison to track black and white male heights from 1829 to 1913. Where modern blacks and whites come to comparable terminal statures when brought to maturity under optimal conditions, whites were persistently taller than blacks in this Missouri prison sample. Over time, black and white adult statures remained approximately constant throughout the 19th century, while black youth stature increased considerably during the antebellum period and decreased during Reconstruction. Details: Munich, Germany: CESifo Group, 2007. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper No. 1954: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.ifo.de/pls/guestci/download/CESifo%20Working%20Papers%202009/CESifo%20Working%20Papers%20December%202009/cesifo1_wp2876.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Health Shelf Number: 119957

Author: Reynolds, Carl Title: A Framework to Improve How Fines, Fees, Restitution, and Child Support are Assessed and Collected from People Convicted of Crimes. Interim Report, March 2, 2009. Summary: This report describes how fines, fees, and restitution are assessed in criminal courts in Texas, how these court-ordered financial obligations are collected, and how these assessments and collections account for child support that defendants may already owe. The report reviews the challenges court officials encounter under the current system and recommends strategies to clarify and streamline existing policies. Using the findings and recommendations in this report, state and local government policymakers can launch an effort to increase financial accountability among people who commit crimes, improve rates of collection for child support and victim restitution, and ensure people’s transition from prisons and jails to the community is safe and successful. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center: Austin, TX: Texas Office of Court Administration, 2009. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.courts.state.tx.us/oca/debts/pdf/TexasFinancialObligationsInterimReport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Fines Shelf Number: 119962

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Military Personnel: Sustained Leadership and Oversight Needed to Improve DOD's Prevention and Treatment of Domestic Abuse Summary: In 2001, the Deputy Secretary of Defense stated that domestic violence will not be tolerated in the Department of Defense (DOD). Despite this posture, DOD's clinical database indicates that 8,223 incidents met criteria for domestic abuse in fiscal year 2009. However, because this database includes only cases reported to military clinical offices, it does not represent all cases. In response to a congressional request, GAO evaluated whether DOD is able to determine the effectiveness of its domestic abuse efforts. To conduct this review, GAO reviewed legislative requirements and DOD guidance, analyzed domestic abuse data, and interviewed officials involved in domestic abuse prevention and treatment and persons eligible to receive services at five military bases. DOD has taken some actions to prevent and treat domestic abuse in response to recommendations made by the Defense Task Force on Domestic Violence in 2001 through 2003 and by GAO in a 2006 report. However, DOD has no oversight framework with goals, milestones, and metrics with which to determine the effectiveness of its efforts. This issue is complicated by uncertainty regarding the completeness of DOD's data on domestic abuse. In 2007, DOD issued guidance on military protective orders after GAO had found that its lack of guidance had resulted in inconsistent practices. However, DOD closed its Family Violence Policy Office in 2007, which had staff dedicated to overseeing the implementation of recommendations made by the Defense Task Force, after DOD had taken action on some key recommendations. At that time, the specific responsibilities of that office for overseeing implementation of the remaining Task Force recommendations were not reassigned, although overall oversight responsibility remained with the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness. DOD guidance assigns many domestic abuse-related responsibilities to this office, including responsibility for developing DOD's domestic abuse instruction and ensuring compliance. GAO found the following examples in which having sustained leadership attention and an oversight framework would have helped guide DOD in obtaining information that would allow it to fully manage its efforts and determine their effectiveness: (1) Significant DOD guidance has been in draft since 2006. As a result, the services are anticipating ways to implement the draft guidance, which contains, among other things, new guidelines for the services' clinical treatment and evaluation boards, without finalized guidance. (2) The database intended to satisfy legislative requirements enacted in 2000 continues to provide incomplete data, and DOD still collects domestic abuse data in two databases. In 2006, GAO reported on data discrepancies in these databases and recommended that they be reconciled. This recommendation remains open, and those problems continue today. Because DOD cannot provide accurate numbers of domestic abuse incidents, it cannot analyze trends. (3) It is DOD policy to target families most at risk of domestic abuse, but DOD has not defined goals for its efforts or metrics with which to measure progress. DOD collects only information on gender, rank, age, and substance use. Without information on other factors, such as length and number of deployments, DOD will be unable to fully analyze risk factors. During GAO's site visits, these factors were routinely mentioned. (4) DOD lacks metrics for measuring the effectiveness of its awareness campaigns. As a result, it does not know how to direct its resources most effectively. Without sustained leadership and an oversight framework, DOD will remain unable to assess the effectiveness of its efforts to prevent and treat domestic abuse. GAO recommends that DOD finalize guidance on how the services are to comply with DOD policies and develop an oversight framework to guide its efforts to prevent and treat domestic abuse that includes collecting data on contributing factors and establishing metrics to determine the effectiveness of DOD's awareness campaigns. In commenting on a draft of this report, DOD generally concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-10-923: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d10923.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 119965

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: Expanding the Vote: State Felony Disenfranchisement Reform, 1997-2010 Summary: This report indicates that thousands of new voters can head to the polls next month due to changes to state laws that limit voting access for people convicted of felony offenses. Since 1997, 800,000 persons have regained the right to vote as a result of felony disenfranchisement reform in 23 states. The report found that: Nine states either repealed or amended lifetime disenfranchisement laws; Three states expanded voting rights to persons under community supervision (probation and parole); Eight states eased the restoration process for persons seeking to have their right to vote restored after completing sentence; and Three states improved data and information sharing. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2010 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/publications/vr_ExpandingtheVoteFinalAddendum.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 119966

Author: Farole, Donald J., Jr. Title: County-based and Local Public Defender Offices, 2007 Summary: This report examines the provision of public defender services in the 27 states and the District of Columbia in which indigent defense services were funded and administered by counties or local jurisdictions in 2007. The report presents an overview of county-based public defender offices in the context of public defender offices nationwide. It provides data on staffing, expenditures, attorney training, program standards and guidelines, and caseload data, including the number and types of cases received by county-based public defender offices and the number of attorneys needed to meet professional caseload guidelines. The report examines similarities and differences in the characteristics of public defender offices based on case volume, as measured by the number of cases received per office in 2007. Highlights include the following: County-based public defender offices received more than 4 million cases and spent nearly $1.5 billion in operating expenditures in 2007; about three-quarters (73%) of county-based public defender offices exceeded the maximum recommended limit of cases received per attorney in 2007; and county-based offices employed a median of 7 litigating public defenders. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report, September 2010: Accessed October 15, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/clpdo07.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Aid Shelf Number: 119976

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: State Public Defender Programs, 2007 Summary: This report examines the provision of public defender services in the 22 states that had an entirely state-funded and state-administered indigent defense program in 2007. The report presents an overview of state public defender programs in the context of public defender offices nationwide. It also provides state-by-state data on staffing, expenditures, attorney training, program standards and guidelines, and caseload data, including the number and types of cases received by state public defender programs and the number of attorneys needed to meet professional caseload guidelines. Trends in caseloads, staffing, and expenditures from 1999 to 2007 are also examined. Highlights of the report include the following: State programs spent more than $830 million representing indigent defendants, which was about 14% of total state expenditures for all judicial and legal functions in 2007; public defender programs in the 13 states with death penalty statutes spent a combined $11.3 million providing capital case representation in 2007; and misdemeanor and ordinance violations accounted for the largest share (43%) of cases received by public defender programs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report, September 2010: Accessed October 15, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/spdp07.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Aid Shelf Number: 119978

Author: Barth, Richard P. Title: Development Status and Early Intervention Service Needs of Maltreated Children Summary: Children younger than three years of age are the most likely of all children to become involved with child welfare services. Those with medical or developmental conditions experience an even higher level of involvement, including more removals from parental care and longer stays in foster care. In 2003, the Federal government amended the Child Abuse and Prevention Treatment Act (CAPTA) to require that infants and toddlers who are substantiated for child maltreatment be referred to early intervention services funded under Part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). The CAPTA requires each state to develop “…provisions and procedures for referral of a child under the age of three who is involved in a substantiated case of child abuse or neglect to early intervention services funded under Part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act” (section 106(b)(2)(A)(xxi)) (CAPTA, 2003). While there is some general agreement that children who experience child abuse/neglect may experience a range of developmental delays across developmental domains, little is known about the true extent of developmental problems of children substantiated for abuse/neglect, and those subsequently removed from parental custody and placed in an alternative living environment. This dearth of information is in part due to the inconsistencies in child welfare practice across jurisdictions; variability in state and jurisdictional eligibility criteria for infants and toddlers for Part C service; differential policies, procedures, and practice competencies of public child welfare workers; and the differential availability of resources to serve children once identified. Further complicating the issue is the requirement under Part C that states must provide services to children who meet the state criterion for eligibility, but states may also choose to serve children who are “at risk of having substantial developmental delays if early intervention services are not provided.” Only five states (CA, HI, MA, NM, & WV) currently serve such at risk children. This project is funded by the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Child maltreatment has been shown to have a significant negative impact on children’s healthy growth and development. However, national estimates of the extent and type of need for early intervention services for maltreated infants and toddlers are lacking. The overarching question guiding our analysis is: What are the developmental problems among children receiving Child Welfare Services that suggest a need for Part C early intervention services? Implementing CAPTA requirements poses a variety of challenges. A key challenge is the lack of information on which to begin considering problems and solutions. Therefore, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation has endeavored to achieve maximum benefit from data already collected in the National Early Intervention Longitudinal Study (NEILS) and the National Survey of Child and Adolescent Well-Being (NSCAW) in an effort to provide some information about maltreated children and early intervention. This study answers several key questions: 1. To what extent do maltreated children have developmental problems or are subject to factors associated with poor developmental outcomes? 2. What services might these maltreated children be eligible for and what services are they receiving through child welfare systems? 3. What child and/or case characteristics (e.g., child welfare setting) influence developmental service receipt by maltreated children? and 4. What barriers to service provision and solutions have experts in the field identified? Data from the National Survey of Child and Adolescent Well-Being was used to describe the developmental characteristics of infants and toddlers in Child Welfare Services nationally. The National Early Intervention Longitudinal Study (NEILS) was used to provide comparative national information on infants and toddlers entering Part C early intervention services. In addition to these two data sources, we conducted a literature review and discussions were held with Part C and Child Welfare Service experts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, 2007. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/hsp/08/devneeds/report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 119990

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Gang Units in Large Local Law Enforcement Agencies, 2007 Summary: This report presents data from the first nationwide study of specialized police units dedicated solely to addressing gang activity. The report details the operations of gang units, including intelligence gathering approaches, investigational tactics, gang suppression techniques, law enforcement agency support work, and gang prevention activities. Other topics include the characteristics of gang unit officers, officer training and gang unit selection requirements, intelligence sharing, and gang unit collaboration with other criminal justice agencies. The report also provides information on the types of gangs and gang activities handled by gang units, and the characteristics of jurisdictions served by gang units. Highlights include the following: In 2007, 365 of the nation's large (100 or more sworn officers) police departments and sheriffs' offices had specialized gang units, employing a median of 5 officers per unit and more than 4,300 full-time equivalent sworn officers nationwide; Most gang units focused more on developing specialized knowledge about area gangs, gang members, and gang activities than on suppression and support functions; Over 60% of gang units spent the greatest percentage of time either gathering gang intelligence (33% of units) or investigating gang activities (32%) in 2007; and Nearly all (98%) specialized gang units shared criminal intelligence information with neighboring law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/gulllea07.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Units Shelf Number: 119994

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2009 Summary: This bulletin presents the annual estimates of rates and levels of violent crime (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault), property crime (burglary, motor vehicle theft, and property theft), and personal theft (pocket picking and purse snatching) in the US. The report describes the year-to-year change from 2008 and trends for the 10-year period from 2000 through 2009. The National Criminal Victimization Survey (NCVS) collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. During 2009, 38,728 households and 68,665 individuals were interviewed twice for the NCVS. This report also includes data on the characteristics of victims of crime; estimates of intimate partner violence; and use of firearms and other weapons during the crime. Highlights include the following: An estimated 4.3 million violent crimes, 15.6 million property crimes, and 133,000 personal thefts were committed against U.S. residents age 12 or older in 2009; Violence against males, blacks, and persons age 24 or younger occurred at higher or somewhat higher rates than the rates of violence against females, whites, and persons age 25 or older in 2009; About half (49%) of all violent crimes and about 40% of all property crimes were reported to the police in 2009; and Violent crimes against females (53%) were more likely to be reported than violent crimes against males (45%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Bulletin, October 2010: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv09.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119995

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Robbery in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: This brief examines robbery in the District of Columbia over the period 2000-2009, both citywide and by police district. Over the 2000-2009 period, robbery levels were historically low and remained relatively stable throughout the period. A comparison of robbery rates and counts revealed that the two different types of measures followed similar trends over the study period. Following seasonal crime trends, robberies rose in the summer months and dropped in the winter months. Geographic patterns of robbery across the study period remained stable over time with a persistent hotspot in the Third Police District. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief, No. 2: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001452-robbery-fact-sheet.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119997

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Aggravated Assault in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: Over the past decade, aggravated assaults in the District of Columbia have steadily declined to levels last reached in the late 1960s. That decline mirrors that of serious violent crime — such as homicide — with a small peak in the early 1970s and a larger peak in the early 1990s. The analysis found that the Seventh Police District (7D) had the most assaults of all districts but also one of the largest declines between 2000 and 2009. In 7D, hot spots of crime were located in both commercial and residential areas, but dissipated over the course of the decade studied. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief, No. 3: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001451-dcpi-assault-brief.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 119998

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Sex Abuse in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: While the use official statistics to understand sexual offenses presents a number of challenges, an analysis of data from the last decade (2000—2009) in Washington, D.C. reveals some interesting patterns. A long-term downward trend in reports of forcible rape since 1960 stabilized in recent years. More recently (2000—2009), the number of sex abuse reports was volatile with no clear pattern of increase or decline. Police districts 6D and 7D accounted for a disproportionate share of the city’s sex abuse reports, a pattern that may have begun to change at the very end of the series, at least in 7D. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief, No. 4: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001453-dcpi-sexual-abuse-brief.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119999

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Burglary in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: This brief describes the steady decline in burglary in Washington, D.C., to levels below the national average. Washington, D.C.’s burglary rates were more volatile than the nationwide pattern, declining in the mid-1990s and stabilizing in the mid-2000s. Analyses by police district found that while most mirrored the citywide pattern of a decline across the period, burglaries in 7D increased significantly. Hot spots maps reveal the dissipation of one anomalous hotspot in the Second Police District as well as the increasing burglary rates in the Seventh Police District, highlighting the need for micro-level responses to local crime trends. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief, No. 5: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/1001458-Burglary-DC.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 120000

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Motor Vehicle Theft in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: Over the past 50 years, nationwide rates of motor vehicle thefts rose slowly and steadily to a peak in 1990 and then declined to a low in 2009. Rates in Washington, D.C. were higher and more volatile, averaging three to four times the national rate for two decades. Recently, however, rates in D.C. dropped to their lowest level in 25 years. While the Sixth Police District (6D) had the highest rates and counts of motor vehicle theft over the study period, the Seventh Police District (7D) had the largest percentage increase. Hot spots in 6D were located along major thoroughfares. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief, No. 6: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 120001

Author: Piehl, Anne Morrison Title: Institutional Requirements for Effective Imposition of Fines Summary: A long theoretical literature in economics addresses the heavy reliance of the U.S. criminal justice system on very expensive forms of punishment – prison – when cheaper alternatives – such as fines and other sanctions – are available. This paper analyzes the role of fines as a criminal sanction within the existing institutional structure of criminal justice agencies, modeling heterogeneity in how people respond to various sanctions and threat of sanctions. From research on the application of fines in the U.S., we conclude that fines are economical only in relation to other forms of punishment; for many crimes fines will work well for the majority of offenders but fail miserably for a significant minority; that fines present a number of very significant administrative challenges; and that the political economy of fine imposition and collection is complex. Despite these facts, and with the caveats that jurisdictions vary tremendously and that there are large gaps in our knowledge about them, we build a model showing that it is possible to expand the use of fines as a criminal sanction if institutional structures are developed with these concerns in mind. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16476: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16476.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120007

Author: Wilkinson, Deanna Title: Event Dynamics and the Role of Third Parties in Urban Youth Violence Summary: This report presents a secondary analysis of qualitative data collected from 1995 through 1998 as part of the New York City Youth Violence Study. The current study’s goal was to identify situational factors and contingencies that facilitated violence among 416 young violent male offenders from the South Bronx and East New York, two of the most violent neighborhoods in the Nation. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, Depratment of Human Development and Family Science, 2009. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/227781.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 120008

Author: Kubrin, Charis E. Title: The Impact of Capital on Crime: Does Access to Home Mortgage Money Reduce Crime Rates? Summary: Home mortgage loans today are more readily available in urban neighborhoods and cities are safer than has been the case in decades. Community reinvestment advocates and law enforcement authorities have long contended that access to financial services and homeownership are critical to neighborhood stability, all of which contribute to lower crime rates. But no systematic research has explored the relationship between lending and crime. This study utilizes mortgage loan, census, and Uniform Crime Report data to examine the impact of lending on crime in Seattle, Washington communities, controlling for several neighborhood characteristics. We also examine the impact of loans made by lenders covered by the Federal Community Reinvestment Act to determine whether fair lending policy has an independent effect. The findings show that increased mortgage lending is significantly associated with lower crime levels and that the relationship is even stronger for lending by CRA-covered institutions. This research advances our understanding of the linkages among financial services, neighborhood social organization, and crime. The findings suggest that community reinvestment can effectively complement human capital development as an alternative to incarceration for combating crime. We offer specific recommendations for strengthening the Community Reinvestment Act and related fair lending rules in order to stabilize the communities to which many ex-offenders return and reduce neighborhood crime. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, 2004?. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://realcostofprisons.org/pdfs/TTT_paper3.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Communities Shelf Number: 120016

Author: Wilson, Ronald E. Title: A Theoretical Underpinning of Neighborhood Deterioration and the Onset of Long-Term Crime Problems From Foreclosures (Working Paper) Summary: This paper proposes a theory of interaction between the social, economic and ecological settings that could produce long-term crime problems in neighborhoods that are suffering from concentrated foreclosures. It goes further and explores the possibility for accelerated neighborhood decline that may be difficult to suppress, and which may significantly shock the local economy. To do so, the authors draw on a wealth of research findings from sociology, economics, housing studies, and geography, to expand on a criminological base to make the case for their concern that concentrated foreclosures may ultimately create deviant places and severely impact the progress of the metropolitan areas within which they are set. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/230450.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 120017

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Co-occurring Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders Among Recently Booked Juvenile Detainees Summary: This special topic report examines the prevalence and characteristics of co-occurring substance abuse and mental health problems among juvenile detainees in Maricopa County. The findings come from the Co-occurring Disorder Addendum used during 2007. The findings reveal that almost 30 percent of juvenile detainees were at risk for a co-occurring disorder, and face significantly greater difficulties across a number of critical factors, including incarceration, homelessness, and victimization. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2009. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/aarin/aarin-reports-1/co-occurring-disorder-addendum/co-occurring-disorders-among-juvenile-detainees/view?searchterm=juvenile detainees in maricopa county Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 119993

Author: Siebel, Brian J. Title: No Check. No Gun. Why Brady Background Checks Should be Required For All Gun Sales Summary: Since the Brady Bill was passed in 1994, Brady background checks have prevented 1,631,000 attempts by criminals and other dangerous people to purchase guns. Of these 1.6 million denied attempts to purchase, 51.6% were denied for felony charges, 14.5% had a history of domestic violence, and 4.2% were fugitives from justice. While Brady background checks likely contributed to lowering gun violence across the country, an estimated 40% of gun purchases still do not require background checks. Requiring background checks at all sales at gun shows is popular among the American public: a 2008 poll revealed that 87% of people favor requiring everyone who purchases a gun at a gun show to undergo a criminal background check with 83% of gun owners agreeing. As 95% of all background checks are completed within several minutes, this process does not inconvenience law-abiding citizens. Background checks should be required for all purchases. Details: Washington, DC: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://www.bradycenter.org/xshare/pdf/reports/no-check-no-gun-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 119969

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Southwest Border: More Timely Border Patrol Access and Training Could Improve Security Operations and Natural Resource Protection on Federal Lands Summary: When operating on federal lands, Border Patrol has responsibilities under several federal land management laws, including the National Environmental Policy Act, National Historic Preservation Act, Wilderness Act, and Endangered Species Act. Border Patrol must obtain permission or a permit from federal land management agencies before its agents can maintain roads and install surveillance equipment on these lands. Because land management agencies are also responsible for ensuring compliance with land management laws, Border Patrol generally coordinates its responsibilities under these laws with land management agencies through national and local interagency agreements. The most comprehensive agreement is a 2006 memorandum of understanding intended to guide Border Patrol activities on federal lands. Border Patrol's access to portions of some federal lands along the southwestern border has been limited because of certain land management laws, according to patrol agents-in-charge for 17 of the 26 stations, resulting in delays and restrictions in agents' patrolling and monitoring these lands. Specifically, patrol agents-in-charge for 14 of the 17 stations reported that they have been unable to obtain a permit or permission to access certain areas in a timely manner because of how long it takes for land managers to conduct required environmental and historic property assessments. The 2006 memorandum of understanding directs the agencies to cooperate with one another to complete, in an expedited manner, all compliance required by applicable federal laws, but such cooperation has not always occurred. For example, Border Patrol requested permission to move surveillance equipment to an area, but by the time the land manager conducted a historic property assessment and granted permission--more than 4 months after the initial request--illegal traffic had shifted to other areas. Despite the access delays and restrictions, 22 of the 26 agents-in-charge reported that the overall security status of their jurisdiction is not affected by land management laws. Instead, factors such as the remoteness and ruggedness of the terrain have the greatest effect on their ability to achieve operational control. Although 4 agents-in-charge reported that delays and restrictions have affected their ability to achieve or maintain operational control, they either have not requested resources for increased or timelier access or have had their requests denied by senior Border Patrol officials, who said that other needs were more important. While federal land managers in the borderlands region rely on Border Patrol to collect data on the extent of cross-border illegal activities on their lands, the extent of the land managers' data collection efforts on the effects of these illegal activities has varied. Some land managers monitor areas on a routine basis, some document environmental damage on an ad hoc basis, and still others collect no such data. Where collected, land managers have used these data for several purposes, including restoring lands and providing Border Patrol agents with environmental awareness training. With regard to training, most agents-in-charge wanted more-frequent, area-specific training to be provided by land managers. GAO recommends, among other things, that the Secretaries of Homeland Security, the Interior, and Agriculture take steps to help Border Patrol expedite access to portions of federal lands by more quickly initiating required assessments. In commenting on a draft of this report, the agencies generally agreed with GAO's findings and recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-38: Accessed October 19, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1138.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 120023

Author: Wisconsin Legislative Audit Bureau Title: An Evaluation: Inmate Mental Health Care: Department of Corrections, Department of Health Services Summary: Adult inmates in Wisconsin Department of Corrections (DOC) custody, including those with mental illnesses, are housed in 20 maximum, medium, and minimum security institutions; 16 minimum security correctional centers; and the Wisconsin Resource Center (WRC) operated by the Department of Health Services (DHS). In June 2008, 6,957 inmates were identified as mentally ill, including 299 housed at WRC. Expenditures for inmate mental health care totaled approximately $59.8 million in fiscal year (FY) 2007-08. In FY 2007-08, expenditures for inmate mental health care totaled approximately $59.8 million. Mentally ill inmates are screened and monitored regularly, but treatment programming is limited at some institutions. Mentally ill inmates account for a disproportionate share of self-harm incidents and assaults on staff. A September 2008 settlement agreement requires improvements to mental health care services at Taycheedah Correctional Institution. Concerns have been raised regarding the cost and availability of treatment for mentally ill inmates, including the services they receive while incarcerated and in preparation for release into the community. Therefore, at the request of the Joint Legislative Audit Committee, this audit analyzed: staffing and expenditures for mental health services; DOC’s process for identifying mentally ill and developmentally disabled inmates, and their locations and characteristics; the monitoring and treatment of mentally ill inmates; safety and discipline, including self-harm and assaults by mentally ill inmates and their placement in segregation; placements at WRC and services provided; planning and preparation for the release of inmates into the community; and DOC’s activities to improve mental health care services, including those undertaken in response to a recent legal settlement. Details: Madison, WI: Wisconsin Legislative Audit Bureau, 2009. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 09-4: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.legis.state.wi.us/lab/reports/09-4full.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates, Mentally Ill Shelf Number: 120030

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections Title: Department of Corrections (DOC) Inmate Suicide Prevention Study Summary: This paper includes three studies associated with inmate suicide within Oregon’s Department of Corrections (DOC). The first is a statistical analysis that recognizes the inmate static and demographic factors that differentiate the average inmate from the inmate who is higher risk for a suicide attempt. The second analysis identifies the inmate static and dynamic factors that differentiate the high risk inmate who does not attempt suicide from the inmate who does attempt suicide. The third study includes interviews with inmates who have attempted suicide. Collectively, these three studies allow DOC to identify high risk inmates, identify the questions to ask high risk inmates who might attempt suicide, and provide the context for those attempting suicide. Developing protocols and systems to integrate this information into DOC’s daily efforts is the final step to minimizing the number of inmate suicides at Oregon’s DOC. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Department of Corrections, 2009. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.oregon.gov/DOC/RESRCH/docs/Inmate_Suicide_Prevention_Study_Report.pdf?ga=t Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 120029

Author: Nugent-Borakove, M. Elaine Title: Exploring the Feasibilitiy and Efficacy of Performance Measures in Prosecution and Their Application to Community Prosecution Summary: How is success measured in prosecution? Is it conviction rates, the outcome of a single high profile case, a low number of plea bargains, or less crime? What information can prosecutors look to justify funding requests, respond to vague criticism of office performance, or to make management decisions? Until recently, prosecutors lacked any empirically-based guidance that adequately addressed the need for a menu of performance measures that can be used to answer these questions. In 2003, with funding from the National Institute of Justice and the Charles G. Koch Charitable Foundation, the American Prosecutors Research Institute (APRI), the research and development division of the National District Attorneys Association, began to tackle this issue by convening a group of experienced prosecutors, policymakers, economists, and academics to develop a performance measurement framework for prosecutors. The resulting Prosecution for the 21st Century performance measurement framework, shown in Exhibit 1, identifies measurable goals and objectives for prosecutors that are linked to a series of possible performance measures. Unlike previous attempts to define performance measures for prosecutors, the performance measurement framework is built upon a comprehensive set of goals and objectives that take into account the many different roles prosecutors undertake in their day-to-day activities. Both the traditional case processing and sanction setting roles form the foundation for the first goal to promote the fair, impartial, and expeditious pursuit of justice. Newer roles relating to more proactive problem-solving efforts and community-based prosecution are addressed largely in the second goal, to ensure safer communities. Finally, the idea of the prosecutor as a leader in the judicial system is the basis for the final goal to promote integrity in the prosecution profession and coordination in the justice system. The three goals are defined in a manner to capture the intended results of all the various functions of the local prosecutor—case processing, crime prevention and intervention, and the overall administration of justice—respecting the unique role of the prosecutor and accounting for the continual evolution of the prosecutorial function. Related to each of these goals is a series of objectives from which a menu of performance measures was generated. The framework is intended to provide a guide for performance measurement in prosecution that is tailorable to the unique situations of individual prosecutors’ offices but also broad enough to suggest appropriate measures for more large scale research on prosecution. The performance measures shown in the framework are intended to represent a menu of possible measures that an office might use depending on the office’s specific policies and practices. For example, if an office does not place defendants and/or offenders into treatment programs, measures related to placements in treatment programs would not be appropriate. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Prosecutors Research Institute, 2009. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/227668.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Prosecution Shelf Number: 120028

Author: Minnesota. Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs Title: Juvenile Justice System Decision Points Study: Strategies to Improve Minnesota's Juvenile Justice Data Summary: The purpose of the Juvenile Justice System Decision Points Study is to determine the viability of collecting summary data information about juveniles involved in the justice system in Minnesota. Accurate and comprehensive data at critical decision points in the juvenile justice system statewide allows system practitioners and policy makers to make sound decisions regarding resource allocation and interventions. Additionally, this effort is consistent with Minnesota’s policy commitment to identify and eliminate barriers to racial, ethnic and gender fairness. Collecting this data will make progress toward a more equitable, efficient and effective juvenile justice system in Minnesota. This report includes chapters dedicated to each system stage: Law Enforcement, County Attorneys, Juvenile Courts, Juvenile Probation, and Detention and Residential Facilities. Within each chapter, key decision points affecting youths’ status in the system are identified and ranked both for importance to understanding youth in the juvenile justice system, and for the feasibility of statewide data collection. Recommendations for improved data collection, analysis, and reporting complete each chapter. These chapters, in concert, create the overall data improvement plan for Minnesota. Details: St. Paul, MN: Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2010. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.ojp.state.mn.us/cj/publications/Reports/2010JuvenileJusticePolicyReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 120027

Author: Minnesota: Office of the Legislative Auditor Title: Evaluation Report: Public Defender System Summary: Public defenders fulfill a constitutional requirement. By representing people who cannot afford an attorney in criminal proceedings, public defenders can also help the judicial process operate more efficiently. However, budget cuts and growing workloads have raised concerns about the state’s public defender system. In response, the Legislative Audit Commission requested an evaluation. We found that the public defender system faces significant challenges. Workloads are too high, affecting both the ability of public defenders to represent clients and the operation of state courts. We offer several recommendations to improve the system, but options for significant change will require additional resources. Details: St. Paul, MN: Office of the Legislative Auditor, Program Evaluation Division, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 120025

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Petitioning for a Domestic Violence Order of Protection: An Examination of Abuse Descriptions, Outcomes, and Multiple Petition Filings Summary: The popular media and the scholarly literature have both evaluated the utility of civil protection orders as a tool for curbing domestic violence and limiting its physical and emotional consequences. Much of the prior research has focused on the effectiveness of orders. Some research has examined the factors that influence whether orders are granted or denied, noting that lack of petitioner follow through is the most common reason that initial requests for orders do not result in a permanent order.. This research has generally overlooked the dynamic nature of the petition process, examining one particular element of the process (e.g., violations or dropped petitions) rather than the process as a whole. Specifically, prior research has failed to examine how petitioners navigate the petition process, whether elements of the process itself affect how petitioners frame the abuse they experience, and how the protection order process plays out once a request for an order is initiated. Additionally, focusing on a specific part of the process means researchers have overlooked a particularly unique set of cases, those involving multiple petitions for protection over time. This project utilizes case-level data to explore the petition process and examine how and why domestic violence victims use the civil court system to file for a Domestic Violence Order of Protection (DVOP). We assess in some detail case-level features that are implicated in the decision to seek court protection from domestic abuse and in the success of that court intervention. We concentrate on three primary objectives in the current research: 1) to identify the nature of abuse incidents that lead victims to pursue protection orders, 2) to examine the processing of protection orders, including requests made to and granted by the court, whether temporary orders are extended or not, and the nature of and response to reported violations, and 3) to examine cases involving multiple filings to explore abuse, relationship patterns and court outcomes over time. This research is a first step towards evaluating whether and how well the system is set up to meet the needs of petitioners, by focusing on the process, in relation to its outcome rather than focusing exclusively on the outcome. The data for this research are derived from protection order requests processed at the Domestic Violence Division of the Bernalillo County Court House in Albuquerque, New Mexico. We randomly selected 190 cases from all cases involving one single adult respondent and one single adult petitioner filed in 2002. While each case file involves a single petitioner and respondent, it may include multiple petitions for protection. Except when specifically examining cases with multiple filings, we focus on the petition filed in 2002. Data includes both quantitative and qualitative elements. The data are culled directly from the case file, which includes the Petition for an Order of Protection and all other forms resulting from petition processing. While the quantitative data provide some descriptive information, the findings are primarily derived from the qualitative case narrative data. Case narratives are comprised of the petitioner’s written description of the abuse and the events documented in each case file. In addition to collecting case file data, we observed both the petition and the DVOP hearing process. The purpose of these observations was simply to inform our analysis and recommendations. This document provides a brief reporting of key findings for this project. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2009. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/contact_information/nmsac_publications/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 120026

Author: Hart, Timothy C. Title: Arrest-Related Deaths in Nevada, 2009 Summary: This State Data Brief presents details related to the arrests-related deaths in custody that occurred in Nevada during 2009 and that were reported to the Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics. The report includes information on when the incidents occurred, demographic information of the suspects, the cause and manner of the reported deaths, the mental/physical condition of the suspect at the time of the incidents, the location of the death, and whether the suspects were armed. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Department of Criminal Justice, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Arrest%20Related%20Deaths%20in%20Custody/Arrest%20Related%20Deaths%20in%20Custody%20v4.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Related Deaths Shelf Number: 120032

Author: Goodstein, Ryan M. Title: Do Foreclosures Increase Crime? Summary: Among the policy concerns associated with increased foreclosures is an increase in neighborhood crime. We propose that foreclosures increase crime by decreasing informal policing by residents, an aspect of crime deterrence little explored in the empirical economics literature. We investigate the effect of foreclosures on crime using a national county-level panel dataset covering the period 2002 to 2007. Employing an instrumental variables strategy to correct for measurement error in foreclosure rates, we find robust evidence that foreclosures increase burglary. A one percentage point increase in foreclosure rates is estimated to increase burglary rates by 10.1 percent. Sensitive to sample period, we also find positive effects on larceny and on aggravated assault. Our estimates indicate that the recent spike in foreclosure activity will result in associated community-wide burglary costs of at least $4.6 billion, and of at least $17.4 billion when considering the impact on all types of crime. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Center for Financial Research, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: FDIC Center for Financial Research Working Paper, No. 2010-05: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/cfr/2010/wp2010/CFR_WP_2010_05goodsteinlee.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglaries Shelf Number: 120034

Author: Raphael, Jody Title: Taking Rape Seriously: Sexual Assault in Cook County Summary: “Rape is in decline in the U.S.” proclaim newspaper statistics, based mainly on declining police department reports of sexual assault. In September 2007, Index Crime Reports from the FBI reported another 2% decline in rape reports to police departments for 2006. Rape crisis providers in Cook County, who have seen no decline in the need for their services, are quick to point out that unlike other crimes, rape is only rarely reported to police authorities. What, then, is the prevalence of rape in Cook County, Illinois, and is our response to this crime adequate? This report attempts to answer these questions. Available data make definitive statements problematic. However, when we analyze the data we do have beyond police reports, we find that sexual assault is an underestimated problem in Cook County, and responses are grossly inadequate. Details: Chicago: DePaul University, College of Law, Schiller DuCanto & Fleck Family Law Center, 2008. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.law.depaul.edu/centers_institutes/family_law/pdf/rape_report_feb%202008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 119970

Author: Killebrew, Bob Title: Crime Wars: Gangs, Cartels and U.S. National Security Summary: Criminal networks linking cartels and gangs are no longer simply a crime problem, but a threat that is metastasizing into a new form of widespread, networked criminal insurgency. The scale and violence of these networks threaten civil governments and civil societies in the Western Hemisphere and, increasingly, the United States as well. American policymakers have been slow to recognize the evolution of the drug cartels and gangs from purely law enforcement problems to the strategic threat they now pose. Drug trafficking is variously described solely in terms of a drug problem, a challenge to other countries or a problem for states along the United States' southern border. Drug trafficking groups are, in fact, a threat across all these categories – they are part of networks attacking the United States and other friendly countries on many fronts. Although the U.S. government is currently implementing measures to address the separate pieces of this problem – for example, deploying National Guard units to the border – it has yet to craft a truly comprehensive domestic and foreign strategy to confront the inter-related challenges of trafficking and violence reaching from the Andean Ridge to American streets. This report is the product of a yearlong study by the Center for a New American Security (CNAS). It seeks to explain the scale of organized crime in key countries in the Western Hemisphere and provide elements of such a strategy. We make these observations based on research and analysis of regional trends as well as conversations with government and law enforcement officials, in the United States and abroad, on the front lines of this fight. The first section presents the geography of crime in Latin America, outlining how the criminal networks in Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela and other countries in between pose a common problem for the region and the United States. While the circumstances and potential futures of each country differ, they are linked. The following section shows how the same networks are also active and growing within the United States, posing the need for domestic as well as foreign action. The last section of this study recommends principles to guide a national strategy against cartels and gangs. Finally, to make the point that illegal drug trafficking is not the cartels’ only business, the appendix summarizes the major kinds of illicit commerce that support organized criminal groups in this hemisphere. Details: Washington, DC: Center for a New American Security, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2010 at: http://www.cnas.org/files/documents/publications/CNAS_CrimeWars_KillebrewBernal.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 119971

Author: Castaneda, Laura Werber Title: Today's Police and Sheriff Recruits: Insights from the Newest Members of America's Law Enforcement Community Summary: For much of the past decade, police and sheriff's departments faced considerable challenges in attracting and retaining recruits, such that many departments struggled to maintain their size. Although the economic downturn has altered this situation, police and sheriff's departments should expect that the tight labor market of the past decade will return. This volume summarizes a 2008–2009 survey fielded to recent police officer and sheriff's deputy recruits nationwide. The survey asked recruits why they chose a career in law enforcement, why they chose the particular agency that they joined, what they felt were the downsides of a career in law enforcement, and what could be done to improve their department's recruiting efforts. In discussing the survey results, the authors focus on how understanding modern recruits can help departments refine their recruitment practices and develop a workforce well suited to community-oriented policing. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2010/RAND_MG992.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Careers in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 120040

Author: Cancian, Maria Title: The Effect of Family Income on Risk of Child Maltreatment Summary: Over six million children were reported to the child welfare system as being at risk of child abuse or neglect in the United States in 2008. Researchers and policymakers have long recognized that children living in families with limited economic resources are at higher risk for maltreatment than children from higher socioeconomic strata, but the causal effect of income on maltreatment risk is unknown. Because many factors, for example, poor parental mental health, are known to increase the probability both of poverty and child maltreatment, teasing out the causal role of income can be challenging. Using newly available data, we exploit a random assignment experiment that led to exogenous differences in family income to measure the effect of income on the risk of maltreatment reported to the child welfare system. We find consistent evidence of a causal effect. Details: Madison, WI: Institute for Research on Poverty, University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Institute for Research on Poverty Discussion Paper no. 1385-10: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://www.irp.wisc.edu/publications/dps/pdfs/dp138510.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 120046

Author: Albright, Danielle Title: Results from the New Mexico Gang Threat Assessment Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods began in 2001 as a federal initiative to reduce gun violence in the U.S. The initiative brings together local, state, and federal law enforcement partners with the goal of providing a comprehensive strategy for prevention, intervention, and suppression of gun related crime. In 2006, PSN added an anti-gang component to its existing strategy. In the District of New Mexico comprehensive data on gang-related crime and violence is limited, complicating efforts to shift the focus of PSN activities in the State towards anti-gang efforts. To facilitate this shift and determine how the current PSN infrastructure built through the anti-gun initiative could be expanded to include anti-gang activities, the District’s PSN task force allocated a portion of its PSN research funds towards the development and implementation of a statewide gang threat assessment survey. The survey was designed to identify how law enforcement personnel across the state: 1) perceive the nature and extent of the gang problem in New Mexico; 2) collect information on gangs, gang members, and gang crime within their agencies; 3) identify resources available, both within their agencies and the community at large, for combating the gang problem in their jurisdictions, and 4) how they think the State should prioritize future anti-gang activities. This report was prepared for the New Mexico PSN Task Force for use in developing research driven policy and program initiatives, to serve as a benchmark for future gang threat assessment research, and to identify the direction of future research and media outreach campaigns. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2008. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/contact_information/nmsac_publications/ Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 120048

Author: Albright, Danielle Title: Deterring Domestic Violence: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Arrest and Protective Orders Summary: Domestic violence is a significant problem in the State of New Mexico, with incidence rates almost twice the national average. In 2004, law enforcement agencies across the state responded to 26,940 incidents of domestic violence, an incidence rate of 15.3 per 1000 persons. Comparatively, the domestic violence incidence rate nationally was 8.9 per 1000 persons in 2004. Of those incidents documented in New Mexico in 2004, Caponera identified 4,011 (or about 6%) as domestic violence incidents for which at least one of the parties involved filed a petition for a protective order with the courts. To date there has been limited research evaluating the effectiveness of either law enforcement intervention or protective orders in New Mexico. As policymakers in the State continue to debate ways to enhance the responsiveness of law enforcement to domestic violence and to make protective orders both more widely available and the enforcement of these orders more uniform, research evaluating the factors that shape the use and effectiveness of the formal interventions is needed. The current research examines the effectiveness of formal social controls in response to a sample of domestic violence incidents that were reported to law enforcement authorities, brought before the District Court as a petition for a protective order, or both in Bernalillo County, New Mexico in 2002. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2008. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/contact_information/nmsac_publications/ Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 120049

Author: Broidy, Lisa M. Title: Travel to Violence Summary: This study uses incident-level data from the Albuquerque Police Department along with data from the U.S. Census to explore the characteristics of offenders, incidents, and neighborhoods in Albuquerque, New Mexico to determine what influences travel distances for non-domestic assaults, robberies, and burglaries. Knowledge concerning the geo-spatial distribution of offenders, victims, and incidents is essential to the development of data-driven policing practices. Aspects of community policing, quality-of-life enforcement strategies, and the use of civil injunctions in addressing problematic areas hold implicit assumptions concerning the concentration of criminal participants and incidents. Information concerning the distances that potential offenders travel to crime, as well the characteristics of participants and incidents that influence these distances can inform these strategies and help agencies decide how to best utilize resources. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2007. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://www.jrsa.org/ibrrc/background-status/New_Mexico/Travel_to_Violence.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 109255

Author: Hipp, John R. Title: Spreading the Wealth: The Effect of the Distribution of Income and Race/Ethnicity Across Households and Neighborhoods on City Crime Trajectories Summary: This study focuses on the effect of economic resources and racial/ethnic composition on the change in crime rates over a 30-year period in 352 cities in metropolitan areas that experienced a large growth in population after World War II. The key findings are that whereas inequality increases the amount of crime in cities, the distribution of this inequality across the census tracts of the city has important interaction effects. Thus, in cities with high levels of inequality, higher levels of economic segregation actually lead to much higher levels of the types of crime studied here (aggravated assaults, robberies, burglaries, and motor vehicle thefts). In contrast, in cities with low levels of inequality, it is mixing of households in neighborhoods with varying levels of income that leads to higher levels of crime. Likewise, we found an important interaction between the racial/ethnic composition of the city and how these groups are distributed across the neighborhoods of the city. In cities with high levels of racial/ethnic heterogeneity, higher levels of segregation of these groups leads to particularly high overall levels of crime in these cities. In cities with low levels of racial/ethnic heterogeneity, greater mixing of groups in neighborhoods actually increases the crime rate. These are important, novel findings. Details: Irvine, CA: Department of Criminology, Law and Society, University of California, Irvine, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232084.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 12003

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Recruiting and Retaining America's Finest: Evidence-Based Lessons for Police Workforce Planning Summary: A critical but oft neglected function of police organizations is personnel management. While much attention is given to recruiting and retention, these are only tools for accomplishing a larger, more important, and less discussed goal: achieving and maintaining the profile of officers by experience and rank that satisfies agency needs and officer career aspirations. Police agencies often have little ability to assess their organization and environment, and they receive little guidance on how best to build and maintain their workforces. In this work, we sought to fill the gap of information on practices available to police agencies through a survey of police agencies on their recruitment and retention practices and how they can affect the profile of officers at differing ranks of service. The survey, sent to every U.S. police agency with at least 300 sworn officers, sought to document such characteristics as authorized and actual strength by rank, officer work and qualifications, compensation, and recruiting efforts. We used these data to provide an overview of current recruitment and retention practices, how they affected police personnel profiles, and to identify future research needs. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2010 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2010/RAND_MG960.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 120063

Author: Flaming, Daniel Title: Where We Sleep: Costs When Homeless and Housed in Los Angeles Summary: The central question investigated in this study is the public costs for people in supportive housing compared to similar people that are homeless. The typical public cost for residents in supportive housing is $605 a month. The typical public cost for similar homeless persons is $2,897, five-times greater than their counterparts. This finding demonstrates that practical, tangible public benefits result from providing supportive housing for vulnerable homeless individuals. The stabilizing effect of housing plus supportive care is demonstrated by a 79 percent reduction in public costs for these residents. The study encompasses 10,193 homeless individuals in Los Angeles County, 9,186 who experienced homelessness while receiving General Relief public assistance and 1,007 who exited homeless by entering supportive housing. Two different methods were used to independently verify changes in public costs when individuals are housed compared to months when they are homeless. There are six bottom line findings. 1. Public costs go down when individuals are no longer homeless. 2. Public costs for homeless individuals vary widely depending on their attributes. Young single adults 18 to 29 years of age with no jail history, no substance abuse problems or mental illness, who are not disabled cost an aver¬age of $406 a month. Older single adults 46 or more years of age with co-occurrent substance abuse and mental illness, and no recent employment history cost an average of $5,038 a month. A range of solutions is required that match the needs of different groups in the homeless population. 3. Public costs increase as homeless individuals grow older. There is a strong case for intervening early rather than deferring substantive help until problems become acute. 4. Most savings in public costs come from reductions in health care outlays – 69 percent of the savings for supportive housing residents are in reduced costs for hospitals, emergency rooms, clinics, mental health, and public health. 5. Higher levels of service for high-need individuals result in higher cost savings, as shown by the much higher savings from supportive housing compared to temporary housing, and by the higher saving for supportive housing residents in service-rich environments. 6. One of the challenges in addressing homelessness is housing retention – keeping individuals who may well be socially isolated, mentally ill and addicted from abandoning housing that has been provided for them. Details: Los Angeles: Economic Reoundtable, 2009. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.bringlahome.org/docs/Where_We_Sleep.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 120064

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: American Jihadist Terrorism: Combating a Complex Threat Summary: Between May 2009 and August 2010, arrests were made for 19 “homegrown,” jihadist-inspired terrorist plots by American citizens or legal permanent residents of the United States. Two of these resulted in attacks—U.S. Army Major Nidal Hasan’s alleged assault at Fort Hood in Texas and Abdulhakim Muhammed’s shooting at the U.S. Army-Navy Career Center in Little Rock, Arkansas — and produced 14 deaths. By comparison, in more than seven years from the September 11, 2001, terrorist strikes (9/11) through May 2009, there were 21 such plots. Two resulted in attacks, and no more than six plots occurred in a single year (2006). The apparent spike in such activity after May 2009 suggests that at least some Americans—even if a tiny minority — continue to be susceptible to ideologies supporting a violent form of jihad. This report describes homegrown violent jihadists and the plots and attacks that have occurred since 9/11. “Homegrown” and “domestic” are terms that describe terrorist activity or plots perpetrated within the United States or abroad by American citizens, legal permanent residents, or visitors radicalized largely within the United States. The term “jihadist” describes radicalized individuals using Islam as an ideological and/or religious justification for their belief in the establishment of a global caliphate, or jurisdiction governed by a Muslim civil and religious leader known as a caliph. The term “violent jihadist” characterizes jihadists who have made the jump to illegally supporting, plotting, or directly engaging in violent terrorist activity. The report also discusses the radicalization process and the forces driving violent extremist activity. It analyzes post-9/11 domestic jihadist terrorism, describes law enforcement and intelligence efforts to combat terrorism and the challenges associated with those efforts. It also outlines actions underway to build trust and partnership between community groups and government agencies and the tensions that may occur between law enforcement and engagement activities. One appendix provides details about each of the post-9/11 homegrown jihadist terrorist plots and attacks. A second appendix describes engagement and partnership activities by federal agencies with Muslim-American communities. Finally, the report offers policy considerations for Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2010. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report for Congress: Acceessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41416.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 120066

Author: Blasi, Gary Title: Has the Safer Cities Initiative in Skid Row Reduced Serious Crime? Summary: The “Safer Cities Initiative” launched in Los Angeles’ Skid Row in September, 2006, represents one of the most intense concentrations of police resources anywhere, anytime. Although the initiative evolved from earlier plans targeting the homeless population in Skid Row, at its launch and thereafter the Safer Cities Initiative (“SCI”) was publicized as a highly successful crime reduction effort, one relying on the “broken windows” thesis. According to this theory, a crackdown on less serious violations (as in the 1,000 citations per month being written in Skid Row for littering, crosswalk violations, etc.) will lead to a reduction in more serious crime. And, indeed, crime has fallen in Skid Row. An earlier report documented the history and results of the Initiative, but raised questions about whether the observed reduction in crime was in fact the result of the SCI. Only limited data were considered, however, In order to address this question more fully, we obtained the crime report data for every serious or violent crime reported to LAPD as having occurred in LAPD’s Central Area (which includes Skid Row), between January 1, 2005 and May 21, 2008. In order to simplify statistical analysis and avoid the effects of seasonal variations in crime, we examined in detail the data regarding crimes in the year prior to the launch of SCI (September 26, 2006) and the year after. We compared the data on crimes occurring in Skid Row with those occurring in the remainder of Central Area. We found that, as to overall serious or violent crime, the reduction in crime in the SCI deployment area was not statistically significant from the reduction in the non-SCI area. When we analyzed the data for each category of crime, we found only one area of significant difference: the reduction in robberies was slightly lower in Skid Row. The size of the effect, however, was not impressive: a reduction of about 1 robbery per year for each of the 50 officers assigned to the SCI. Reducing the number of robberies by any number is a positive development. However, given that that Central Area as a whole accounts for less than 5% of the robberies in the City, and that even before SCI, Skid Row accounted for only a fraction of the robberies in Central Area, we question whether the costs of this extended deployment of officers in a 50 square block area justify the results. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California - Los Angeles, School of Law, 2008. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://cdn.law.ucla.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/missing%20files/did_safer_cities_reduce_crime_in_skid_row.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crackdowns Shelf Number: 120069

Author: Johnson, Ryan Title: Striking at the Roots of Crime: The Impact of Social Welfare Spending on Crime During the Great Depression Summary: The Great Depression of the 1930s led contemporaries to worry that people hit by hard times would turn to crime in their efforts to survive. Franklin Roosevelt argued that the unprecedented and massive expansion in relief efforts “struck at the roots of crime” by providing subsistence income to needy families. After constructing a panel data set for 81 large American cities for the years 1930 through 1940, we estimate the impact of relief spending by all levels of government on crime rates. The analysis suggests that a ten percent increase in relief spending during the 1930s lowered property crime by roughly 1.5 percent. By limiting the amount of free time for relief recipients, work relief was more effective than direct relief in reducing crime. More generally, our results indicate that social insurance, which tends to be understudied in economic analyses of crime, should be more explicitly and more carefully incorporated into the analysis of temporal and spatial variations in criminal activity. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2007. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 12825: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w12825.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 120070

Author: Financial Crimes Enforcement Network Title: Identity Theft: Trends, Patterns, and Typologies Reported in Suspicious Activitiy Report Filed by Depository Institute January 1, 2003 - December 31, 2009 Summary: Identity theft was the sixth most frequently reported characterization of suspicious activity within the period of the study, behind structuring/money laundering, check fraud, mortgage loan fraud, credit card fraud, and counterfeit check fraud. Based upon analysis of the study sample, the number of identity theft-related depository institution SAR filings submitted during calendar year (CY) 2009 was 123 percent higher than the number reported in CY 2004. This compares with an 89 percent increase in the numbers of all depository institution SAR filings made in CY 2004 versus CY 2009.6 Over 86 percent of sample depository institution SAR filings bearing either the identity theft suspicious activity characterization or identity theft-associated keywords in their narratives actually described identity theft. Most of the remainder of the filings described identity fraud or provided insufficient information to confirm identity theft. Credit card fraud was the most frequently co-reported suspicious activity characterization with identity theft, appearing in over 45.5 percent of sample filings. In about 30 percent of these filings reporting the successful takeover of an existing credit card account, and 17 percent reporting the successful unauthorized set up of a new credit card account, the alleged identity thief added his/her name to the account as an authorized user. Several types of loan accounts were reportedly abused in 31 percent of filings. In 56.5 percent of filings specifically reporting student loan fraud, subjects included both their name and the victim’s name on the loan application as either the borrower or co-signer. Analysis of the sample indicated that filers reporting auto loan fraud facilitated by identity theft were successful in identifying these loans as fraudulent prior to funding in 49.5 percent of filings. Similarly, filers reporting student loan fraud facilitated by identity theft identified the loans as fraudulent prior to funding in 54.5 percent of filings. Nearly 27.5 percent of sample identity theft SAR narratives reported that the identity theft victim knew the suspected thief, who was usually a family member, friend, acquaintance, or an employee working in the victim’s home. Computer-assisted identity theft was described in 4 percent of filings. Fraud rings that employ identity theft to further their illicit activities were reported in 3.5 percent of filings overall, with the year-to-year trend line strongly up in every period except 2005-2006. Victims reportedly discovered identity theft through review of their own account activity in about 28 percent of filings in the sample. Filers credited routine financial institution account monitoring with uncovering identity theft in nearly another 21 percent of sample filings, and checks of commercial databases at account set-up in 14.5 percent of sample filings. Credit reports, law enforcement investigations, collection agencies, and credit monitoring services were responsible for revealing identity theft in a decreasing percentage of sample filings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of the Treasury, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/reports/pdf/ID%20Theft.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 120071

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: San Diego Violent Crime Victims and Suspects in 2009 Summary: This SANDAG CJ bulletin, one of three in a series presenting 2009 annual crime information, includes crime and arrest report data from local law enforcement agencies regarding characteristics of violent crime victims and suspects. Analyses are presented regarding which population subgroups were more likely to report being victimized in 2009, as well as how victims and suspects differed by crime type in terms of their ethnicity, age, and gender. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1503_11722.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 120077

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Review Panel on Prison Rape Title: Report on Sexual Victimization in Juvenile Correctional Facilities Summary: Based on survey data and public hearings this report spotlights a total of six juvenile correctional facilities -- three with the lowest rates of sexual victimization, and three with the highest. The report contains observations and recommendations to assist both practitioners and advocates in the juvenile justice community to eliminate sexual victimization in the nation's juvenile correctional facilities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2010 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/reviewpanel/pdfs/panel_report_101014.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 120083

Author: Markman, Joshua A. Title: Evaluation of the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction and Corporation for Supportive Housing's Pilot Program: Interim Re-Arrest Analysis Summary: In March 2007, the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRC) and the Corporation for Supportive Housing Ohio Office (CSH) developed a permanent supportive housing pilot program. The pilot was designed to house approximately 100 individuals returning from select prisons throughout Ohio to the Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Toledo communities. The 13 institutions participating in the pilot included the Allen, Chillicothe, Grafton, Hocking, London, Lorain, Madison, Marion, Pickaway, and Trumbull Correctional Institutions; the Ohio Reformatory for Women; and the Franklin and Northeastern Prerelease Centers. The pilot, funded primarily by the ODRC, but also a part of CSH’s Returning Home Initiative, has three main goals: to reduce recidivism; to reduce homelessness; and to decrease the costs associated with multiple service use across the criminal justice, housing/homelessness, and mental health service systems. The Urban Institute (UI) is evaluating the pilot to assess the impact on recidivism and residential stability and to test whether the benefits associated with the pilot outweigh its costs. The final report will be complete in summer 2012. In this paper, we report the results of an interim analysis of re-arrest for both the treatment and comparison groups, including descriptive statistics on the study sample. Details: Washington DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412224-interim-recidivism-analysis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 120093

Author: Titterington, Victoria B. Title: Elder Abuse Summary: This report focuses upon the criminal victimization experiences of persons age 60 or older. It is based upon the results of the 2005 and 2006 Texas Crime Victimization Surveys, administered by the Public Policy Research Institute at Texas A&M University (Crime Victims’ Institute 2005, 2006). The surveys in these two years resulted in a total of 1,466 respondents, 280 of whom were age 60 or older. Both the 2005 and 2006 surveys included questions related to property and violent crimes. Property crimes include theft, burglary, property damage and identity theft. Violent crime in this survey refers to various types of personal assault. In addition, the 2005 survey focused upon identity theft, and the 2006 survey focused on stalking. These surveys also included questions about respondents’ lifestyles and feelings of personal safety, as well as crime victims’ perceptions of police responses to reported victimization. Details: Houston, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/CVI_Elder_Abuse_Report_final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 120094

Author: Willis, James J. Title: Maximizing the Benefits of Reform: Integrating Compstat and Community Policing in America Summary: Compstat and community policing are both powerful tools that have been quite effective in police reform in the United States. But just how well do they work together? This report takes a look at the impact of these reforms when implemented simultaneously in the same police organization. While some have speculated that Compstat complements and supports community policing and even improves it, there is very little systematic evidence to support these claims. This report uses fieldwork data from site visits to seven U.S. police agencies to address this issue. Our principal finding that these reforms operated largely independently suggested to us that there were opportunities for making them work more closely with one another in ways that promise greater benefits than having them operate separately. Our goal is to challenge policymakers, practitioners, and scholars to reconsider the current relationship between Compstat and community policing and conceive of more innovative approaches to their co-implementation. As a starting point, we make four key recommendations for integration of these two powerful reforms. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e021026259_reccompstat_fin.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 120104

Author: Cordner, Gary Title: Reducing Fear of Crime: Strategies for Police Summary: Fear of crime was at or near the top of the list of police priorities in the United States more than 2 decades ago, in the early 1980s. Many police executives had accepted the premise that reducing fear of crime was an important objective, and several promising practices had been identified. This situation helped spur the development of community policing in the 1980s and 1990s but, paradoxically, the importance of fear of crime within the explicit missions of most police departments seemed to recede even as community policing expanded. More recently, however, the gap between (1) falling crime rates and (2) stable or even increasing levels of fear (what some call the reassurance gap) has led to renewed interest among police in strategies for reducing fear of crime. Also, fear of terrorism arose in America post-9/11, making fear reduction even more salient for local, state, and national officials. This Guide briefly reviews information about the phenomenon of fear of crime as well as historical and contemporary police efforts to reduce fear. The main focus, however, is on tools and techniques that police can use to target and reduce fear of crime, and institutionalize fear reduction within their agencies. Some promising practices and best practices have been identified — these are strategies and programs that have been implemented and that have been tested and shown to be effective. Fear of crime is a different animal from crime, disorder, or traffic, but it is not really all that esoteric. This Guide will help police understand what fear of crime is, why it matters, and why it should be an important target of police attention. The Guide provides a number of tools and techniques that should enable any police department to successfully add fear reduction to its operational strategy and organizational bottom line. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e110913242-ReducingFear.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 120105

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Justice Reinvestment at the Local Level: Planning and Implementation Guide Summary: This guidebook provides instruction for local leaders aiming to improve the efficiency of their justice systems by managing and allocating scarce resources more cost-effectively and generating savings that can be reinvested in prevention-oriented strategies. It describes the steps involved in this justice reinvestment process, the challenges that may be encountered, and how those challenges can be overcome. While the intended audience is local county and city managers and their criminal justice leaders, this document is designed to be accessible to a wide array of local government stakeholders, along with criminal justice practitioners, consultants, and researchers. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120106

Author: Alexander, Maria A. Title: An Overview of Crime in the Neighborhoods Contiguous to the University of Memphis: Strategies and Initiatives Summary: This report was produced in an effort to review the specific crime issues that are occurring in neighborhoods that border the University of Memphis. The research contained in this report is primarily derived from data collected from CompStat (computer statistics) through the Memphis Police Department, interviews with neighborhood association groups within the University District and survey data which were collected and analyzed by the University of Memphis Center for Community Criminology and Research (CCCR). Additionally, universities and campus police departments throughout the United States were queried as to strategies and initiatives that have been employed in similar settings. Details: Memphis, TN: Memphis Shelby Crime Commission 2003. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://cas2.memphis.edu/community/pdfs/UNCrime_2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 120108

Author: Smith, L. Murphy Title: Cyber Crimes Aimed at Publicly Traded Companies: Is Stock Price Affected? Summary: E-commerce has been a boon for business. A great deal of business activity now occurs in the realm of cyberspace on the Web. The downside of cyber-business is cyber crimes, also called electronic crime or simply e-crime. Cyber crime costs publicly traded companies billions of dollars annually in stolen assets and lost business. Further, when a company falls prey to cyber criminals, this may concern customers who worry about the security of their business transactions with the company. As a result, a company can lose future business if it is perceived to be vulnerable to cyber crime. Such vulnerability may even lead to a decrease in the market value of the company, due to legitimate concerns of financial analysts, investors, and creditors. This study first provides an overview of common cyber crimes. Second, a review is made of specific cases of publicly traded companies in news stories concerning cyber crime. Third and last, the impact of cyber crime news stories on companies’ stock price is analyzed. Results suggest that not only can cyber crime cost a company directly in stolen assets, lost business, and reputation, but also can affect the company’s stock performance, at least in the short run. Consequently, companies must do all that they can to avoid becoming a victim of cyber crime. Details: College Station, TX: Texas A& M University, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.upf.go.ug/cyber_crime.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Fraud Shelf Number: 120110

Author: White, Michael D. Title: The Prevalence and Problem of Military Veterans in the Maricopa County Arrestee Population Summary: Little is known regarding the prevalence of military veterans in the criminal justice system, the nature of their cases and prior experiences, as well how combat-related conditions such as PTSD or TBI may have contributed to their involvement in the system. Information on these issues would be tremendously useful for those seeking to facilitate returning veterans’ readjustment to civilian life (e.g., Veterans Affairs), as well as for both criminal justice policy and practice and the continuing development of Veteran’s Courts. This report seeks to address the knowledge gap in this area through an examination of 2,102 recently booked arrestees in Maricopa County, Arizona. Using interview data from the Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN), the report characterizes the problems and prior experiences of military veterans, and to compare veteran and nonveteran arrestees along a range of demographic, background and criminal behavior measures. The overall objectives of the paper are to determine the prevalence of military veterans in the Maricopa County arrestee population and to assess the extent to which the arrested veterans differ from the larger arrestee population. Details: Phoenix AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/aarin/aarin-reports-1/aarin-veterans-report Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Arrestees Shelf Number: 120114

Author: Wood, Evan Title: Tools for Debate: US Federal Government Data on Cannabis Prohibition Summary: Several initiatives in the state of California, including Bill 2254 and the Regulate, Control and Tax Cannabis proposition, have fuelled the international discussion about the known impacts of cannabis prohibition and the potential impacts of a regulated (i.e., legal) market. Surprisingly, to date, an impact assessment of cannabis prohibition based on data derived through US federal government surveillance systems has been largely absent from this debate. Drawing upon cannabis surveillance systems funded by the US government, this report summarizes information about the impacts of US cannabis prohibition on cannabis seizures and arrests. The report also tests the assumption that increased funding for the enforcement of cannabis prohibition and subsequent increased seizures and arrests reduce cannabis-related harms, by evaluating US federally funded surveillance systems examining cannabis potency, price, availability and rates of use. Details: Vancouver, Canada: International Centre for Science in Drug Policy, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.icsdp.org/docs/ICSDP-2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 120117

Author: Wolf, Angela Title: Gender Responsiveness and Equity in California's Juvenile Justice System Summary: Over the last two decades, there has been an increase in the number of girls referred to California’s juvenile justice system. This increase raises questions about how the juvenile justice system can best respond to the unique needs of girls. Research has shown that girls enter the juvenile justice system for distinctly different types of delinquent behavior than do boys. It is the responsibility of the state and counties to ensure that the juvenile justice system offers appropriate programs and services that serve the unique needs of delinquent girls under their supervision. While the number of girls arrested in California is less than the number of boys for almost every type of crime, nearly 60,000 arrests over a 12-month period is still a significant number and deserves the attention of state and county officials. The purpose of this brief is to highlight how girls enter the system, describe some of the key differences between delinquent girls and delinquent boys, and offer recommendations for ways in which California’s juvenile justice system can better meet the needs of girls under its jurisdiction. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/img/Gender_Responsiveness_and_Equity.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120019

Author: Krisberg, Barry Title: Where is the Fire? Immigrants and Crime in California Summary: In a recent May 2010 survey, 9% of Californians identified immigration as the most important issue facing the state today. In an identical poll conducted two months prior only 3% of Californians identified immigration as the top priority. What explains the 6% jump over the course of a few weeks? Notably, Arizona’s Governor Jan Brewer signed a restrictive law targeting noncitizens, SB 1070, on April 23, 2010 in the time period between the two surveys. The Arizona law prompted a public debate over immigration enforcement and the proper role of state and local governments that continues today. One of the basic underlying assumptions of the Arizona law is that there is a nexus between immigration and crime. The rationale is that noncitizens are responsible for increasing crime and therefore states need to step in and enforce immigration laws. Locally, some current and potential elected officials reinforce this perception that California and the nation is beset by a crime epidemic that is caused to a large extent by undocumented immigrants. For example, California Republican Senate candidate Carly Fiorina said “I support Arizona’s efforts to protect its citizens... it’s a reflection of their frustration and fear.” Congressman Duncan Hunter described his home town of San Diego as plagued by “massive murders on the border, massive illegal immigration, massive importation of drugs.” Another prominent California member of Congress, Ed Royce, wrote, “(v)iolence along the U.S. Mexican border continues to increase at alarming rates. Our communities shouldn’t continue to live in fear of violent drug cartels, gangs and human traffickers.” Do these statements reflect the reality in California, the state with the largest foreign-born population in the country? In order to determine whether there is an association between crime and immigration, this paper examines violent crimes and serious property crimes at a statewide level in California, in counties along the southwest border, and in all other southern California counties. Most of the data in this analysis covers “foreign‐born” immigrants. This demographic category includes persons with permission to be in the U.S. for work, travel or educational purposes, those who entered nation on an unauthorized basis, as well as those possessing U.S. citizenship. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/Where_is_the_fire.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120120

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: The History of Bail and Pretrial Release Summary: While the notion of bail has been traced to ancient Rome,2 the American understanding of bail is derived from 1,000-year-old English roots. A study of this “modern” history of bail reveals two fundamental themes. First, as noted in June Carbone’s comprehensive study of the topic, “[b]ail [originally] reflected the judicial officer’s prediction of trial outcome.” In fact, bail bond decisions are all about prediction, albeit today about the prediction of a defendant’s probability of making all court appearances and not committing any new crimes. The science of accurately predicting a defendant’s pretrial conduct, and misconduct, has only emerged over the past few decades, and it continues to improve. Second, the concept of using bail bonds as a means to avoid pretrial imprisonment historically arose from a series of cases alleging abuses in the pretrial release or detention decision-making process. These abuses were originally often linked to the inability to predict trial outcome, and later to the inability to adequately predict court appearance and the commission of new crimes. This, in turn, led to an over-reliance on judicial discretion to grant or deny a bail bond and the fixing of some money amount (or other condition of pretrial release) that presumably helped mitigate a defendant’s pretrial misconduct. Accordingly, the following history of bail suggests that as our ability to predict a defendant’s pretrial conduct becomes more accurate, our need for reforming how bail is administered will initially be great, and then should diminish over time. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Docs/Documents/PJI-History_of_Bail.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 120121

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Audit Division Title: Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Furlough Program Summary: The Federal Bureau of Prisons’ (BOP) furlough program allows “an authorized absence from an institution by an inmate who is not under escort of a BOP staff member, U.S. Marshal, or state or federal agents.” In general, the BOP grants two types of furloughs – transfer and non-transfer. Non-transfer furloughs are used whenever an inmate leaves and returns to the same institution and are generally used to strengthen an inmate’s family ties or to allow inmates to receive medical treatment or participate in educational, religious, or work-related activities. Transfer furloughs are generally used to transfer an inmate to: (1) another BOP institution; (2) a medical facility for treatment; or (3) a Residential Re-entry Center, or “halfway house.” Halfway houses are used to prepare inmates for reentry into society by helping them adjust to life in the community and find suitable post-release employment. For fiscal years (FY) 2007 through 2009, the BOP reported that it granted 162,655 transfer and non-transfer furloughs to 90,002 inmates. Each year, the BOP granted furloughs to approximately 13 percent of its inmate population. The objective of this audit was to determine whether the BOP has implemented effective internal controls related to its furlough program, including adequate safeguards to ensure furloughed inmates are sufficiently monitored, and whether the BOP adequately coordinates with other agencies regarding inmate furloughs and escapes. To accomplish these objectives, we interviewed more than 30 BOP officials regarding the use of furloughs, including Community Corrections Managers and individuals in the Correctional Programs Division. We also met with officials from the United States Marshals Service (USMS) to assess BOP and USMS coordination efforts related to escaped prisoners. In addition, we performed audit work at two BOP institutions: (1) Bryan Federal Prison Camp (Bryan FPC) in Bryan, Texas; and (2) Victorville Federal Correctional Complex (FCC Victorville) in Victorville, California. We also obtained and analyzed BOP data related to furloughs granted during the period FY 2007 through FY 2009, and we reviewed BOP policies related to the furlough program. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report 10-44: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/BOP/a1044.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Furloughs Shelf Number: 120122

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Audit Division Title: Follow-up Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Efforts to Management Inmate Health Care Summary: The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is responsible for delivering medically necessary health care to inmates in accordance with proven standards of care. To accomplish this task, the BOP has established policy to hire appropriately trained, skilled, and credentialed staff. The policy identifies lines of authority and accountability to provide for appropriate supervision of health care practitioners. To verify and monitor its health care practitioners’ knowledge and skills in providing health care, the BOP implemented its policy for Health Care Provider Credential Verification, Privileges, and Practice Agreement Program. During fiscal year (FY) 2009, the BOP obligated about $865 million for inmate health care. In February 2008, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) completed an audit of the BOP’s efforts to manage inmate health care. Among other issues, our 2008 audit found that the BOP allowed health care providers to practice medicine without valid authorizations such as privileges, practice agreements, or protocols. In addition, some providers had not had their medical practices evaluated by a peer as required by BOP policy. Allowing practitioners to provide medical care to inmates absent current privileges, practice agreements, or protocols increases the risk that the practitioners may provide medical services without having the qualifications, knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to correctly perform the services. Absent a current peer review, the BOP has a higher risk of providers giving inadequate professional care to inmates. Also, if inadequate professional care goes undetected, the providers may not receive the training or supervision needed to improve the delivery of medical care. We initiated this audit to follow up on the BOP’s corrective actions on the recommendations in our 2008 audit report related to maintaining current privileges, practice agreements, protocols, and peer reviews. While performing the follow-up audit, we also assessed the BOP’s use of National Practitioner Data Bank (NPDB) reports to ensure health care providers have not been involved in unethical or incompetent practices. The NPDB is maintained by the Department of Health and Human Services and is a central repository of information about: (1) malpractice payments made for the benefit of physicians, dentists, and other health care practitioners; (2) licensure actions taken by state medical boards and state boards of dentistry against physicians and dentists; (3) professional review actions primarily taken against physicians and dentists by hospitals and other health care entities, including health maintenance organizations, group practices, and professional societies; (4) actions taken by the Drug Enforcement Administration; and (5) Medicare and Medicaid Exclusions. The BOP requires its institutions to query the NPDB at the initial appointment of health care providers, and no less than once every 2 years thereafter to identify adverse actions by the providers. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report 10-30: Accessed october 29, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/BOP/a1030.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 120123

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Guardianships: Cases of Financial Exploitation, Neglect, and Abuse of Seniors Summary: As individuals age, some become incapable of managing their personal and financial affairs. To protect these individuals, state laws provide for court appointment of guardians, who may be professionals or family members, to protect the incapacitated person's personal and/or financial welfare. State and local courts are responsible for overseeing guardians. In addition, federal agencies may appoint a representative payee, in some cases, the guardian, to manage federal benefits on behalf of incapacitated adults. Previous GAO reports have found that poor communication between state courts and federal agencies may allow guardians to continue abusing their victims. GAO was asked to (1) verify whether allegations of abuse by guardians are widespread; (2) examine the facts in selected closed cases; and (3) proactively test state guardian certification processes. To verify whether allegations are widespread, GAO interviewed advocates for seniors and reviewed court documents. To examine closed criminal, civil or administrative cases with a finding of guilt or liability in the past 15 years, GAO reviewed court records, interviewed court officials, attorneys and victims, and reviewed records from federal agencies. To test state guardian certification, GAO used fictitious identities to apply for certification in four states. GAO's results cannot be projected to the overall population of guardians or state certification programs. GAO could not determine whether allegations of abuse by guardians are widespread; however, GAO identified hundreds of allegations of physical abuse, neglect and financial exploitation by guardians in 45 states and the District of Columbia between 1990 and 2010. In 20 selected closed cases, GAO found that guardians stole or otherwise improperly obtained $5.4 million in assets from 158 incapacitated victims, many of whom were seniors. In some instances, guardians also physically neglected and abused their victims. The guardians in these cases came from diverse professional backgrounds and were overseen by local courts in 15 states and the District of Columbia. GAO found several common themes. In 6 of 20 cases, the courts failed to adequately screen potential guardians, appointing individuals with criminal convictions or significant financial problems to manage high-dollar estates. In 12 of 20 cases, the courts failed to oversee guardians once they were appointed, allowing the abuse of vulnerable seniors and their assets to continue. Lastly, in 11 of 20 cases, courts and federal agencies did not communicate effectively or at all with each other about abusive guardians, allowing the guardian to continue the abuse of the victim and/or others. Using two fictitious identities--one with bad credit and one with the Social Security number of a deceased person -- GAO obtained guardianship certification or met certification requirements in the four states where we applied: Illinois, Nevada, New York, and North Carolina. Though certification is intended to provide assurance that guardians are qualified to fulfill their role, none of the courts or certification organizations utilized by these states checked the credit history or validated the Social Security number of the fictitious applicants. An individual who is financially overextended is at a higher risk of engaging in illegal acts to generate funds. In addition, people with criminal convictions could easily conceal their pasts by stealing a deceased person's identity. The tests raise questions about the effectiveness of these four state certification programs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-10-1046: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d101046.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 120124

Author: Pitts, Wayne J. Title: The District Attorney General's Truancy Reduction Program: 2008-2009 Evaluation Summary: In the United States, truancy is a major cause for concern among law enforcement, politicians, educators, and communities at large. Although states differ on their definition of truancy a common theme remains; most emphasize frequent, unexcused absenteeism from school. Research on the subject indicates truancy is a risk factor for future delinquent behavior and can be linked to substance abuse and gang activity among other criminal acts. The Shelby County District Attorney General’s office determined that juvenile delinquency prevention and deterrence could be achieved by firmly addressing truancy directly. In Tennessee, truancy is defined as having five unexcused absences. While parental responsibility is a key point of the DA’s Truancy Reduction Program, students are held accountable for their behavior. The Truancy Reduction Program is an intentional effort to provide support to students, parents and schools to decrease truancy. The Truancy Reduction Program relies on existing resources within the DA’s office although additional funding through the Tennessee Commission on Children and Youth is provided to supplement salaries for Advocates. The Advocates are responsible for creating alliances between school administrators, teachers and the District Attorney General’s office. Advocates work to confirm attendance records and to inform students of the seriousness of unexcused absences. Throughout the year, Advocates meet with students, parents, teachers, administrators, mentors, program evaluators, and other District Attorney General’s office staff to promote school attendance and positive behavior among the student population. The Advocates serve as a type of case manager and central repository for all information regarding the students at their particular schools. Advocates gather information about habitual truants and share observations about behavior with the Assistant District Attorneys. Researchers from the Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of Memphis were key participants in the design and implementation of the evaluation method since the beginning of the DA’s Truancy Reduction Project in 2006. The first step was to standardize efforts through the use of two data collection instruments: a comprehensive Intake Form and an Academic and Behavioral Tracking Form. Both were designed to capture as much information as possible while considering the limited resources available to collect, enter, and analyze the data. The Advocates are responsible for completing the Intake Form during an initial interview that is designed to provide the Advocate with a variety of pertinent case management details. The Academic and Behavioral Tracking Forms are completed by the Advocates every month for each student and provide a summary of contact and services provided to the student as well as a count of absences and behavioral concerns. The information gathered on the paper files are then entered into an electronic database by the evaluation team for analysis. This report includes data for 91 students referred to the DA’s Truancy Reduction Program during the 2008-2009 school year. This includes students from Chickasaw, Cypress, Hamilton, Hickory Ridge, and Sherwood Middle Schools and Cordova High School. The Intake Form includes a variety of factors that may help explain incidents of truancy including: demographic factors, attitudes towards education, gang involvement, home-life, peer influences, substance use, and other risk factors. The Tracking Form measures intervention and contact frequency as well as attendance records and school behavior reports. The evaluation team also receives official data directly from Memphis City Schools regarding attendance and behavioral reports. Details: Memphis, TN: University of Memphis, School of Urban Affairs and Public Policy, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.scdag.com/Portals/0/pdfs/mentoringreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120128

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Juveniles Who Commit Sex Offenses Against Minors Summary: This bulletin presents population-based epidemiological information about the characteristics of juvenile offenders who commit sex offenses against minors. The authors analyze data from the FBI's National Incident-Based Reporting System to describe the characteristics of the juvenile sex offender population who have come to the attention of law enforcement. Key findings include: •Juveniles account for more than one-third (36 percent) of those known to police to have committed sex offenses against minors. •Juveniles who commit sex offenses against other children are more likely than adult sex offenders to offend in groups, at schools, and to have more male and younger victims. Findings may support the development of research-based interventions and policies to reduce sexual assault and child molestation as perpetrated by juvenile offenders. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin, December 2009: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/227763.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120130

Author: Hanlon, Carrie Title: A Multi-Agency Approach to Using Medicaid to Meet the Health Needs of Juvenile Justice-Involved Youth Summary: Juvenile justice, mental health, and Medicaid agencies have a common interest in meeting the health needs of youth in the juvenile justice system. There is evidence that youth involved in the juvenile justice system have both unmet, and more extensive than average, needs. Better meeting those needs could result in more efficient and effective use of the resources available to the three agencies – and in decreased recidivism, as well as improvements in children’s well-being and their ability to remain in the community. However, these three agencies have different, yet overlapping, program objectives, funding sources, target populations, and partners at the federal, state, and county levels. This situation creates both barriers and opportunities in using these agencies’ resources to meet the health and behavioral health needs of children involved with the juvenile justice system. In mid-2008, the National Academy for State Health Policy (NASHP) began work to: (1) identify the barriers to the effective use of the resources available to juvenile justice, mental health, and Medicaid agencies to meet the health and mental health needs of children involved with the juvenile justice system, and (2) surface potential policies and strategies that states could implement to address those barriers. Specifically, with the support of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, NASHP staff conducted a literature review and interviewed agency and community stakeholders in five states. Analysis of the interviews found that the barriers cited by informants fell into two categories: Knowledge: Staff from one a local agencies did not know relevant state policies (and vice versa), and there was little data about the health needs of the children served by more than one agency. Interviewees report that some state policies presented barriers for those seeking to access the coverage or services for which children qualified. Finally, this study identified opportunities for improvement and ‘promising practices’ within four strategic areas: • Improving knowledge of how the relevant systems do (or should) work among state agencies and local/state levels, • Improving eligibility policies and processes to ensure that Medicaid eligible children participate in the program, • Improving service coverage policies to ensure that Medicaid beneficiaries in the juvenile justice system receive the Medicaid covered services they need, and • Collaborating among agencies to use their combined resources to meet the needs of these children. Details: Portland, ME: National Academy for State Health Policy, 2008. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2010 at: http://www.nashp.org/sites/default/files/Multi_Agency_NASHP.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120135

Author: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice Title: Mental Health Issues in California's Juvenile Justice System Summary: Youth with mental health issues pose numerous challenges to California’s juvenile justice system. Despite significant resources dedicated to the provision of mental health services, California’s juvenile justice system has been unable to adequately meet the needs of this population. Youth diagnosed with mental illness have been steadily increasing in the juvenile justice system for nearly a decade, as have the numbers of youth receiving treatment (California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2005). This trend, taken together with independent reports and media accounts documenting the failures of the juvenile justice system, underscores the urgent need for change. One of the difficulties in meeting the needs of youth with mental health issues is highlighted by the tensions inherent in the juvenile justice system itself. The system must respond to delinquent behavior based upon competing mandates and priorities, including the desire to rehabilitate juvenile offenders and treat any potential pathologies believed to have caused them to engage in delinquent behavior, as well as the need to hold them accountable for their behavior and protect public safety. Balancing these competing priorities is an ongoing challenge for probation staff and practitioners. The critical nature of that challenge is especially heightened when the youth has mental health issues. How systems of care respond to this population’s needs significantly impacts probation, mental health service providers, the courts, community-based organizations, and most importantly, the youth themselves and their families. By making the case for universal mental health definitions, screening and assessment, outcomes-based programs, and collaboration, this policy brief offers research-based recommendations on how juvenile justice and other systems of care can better meet the needs of youth with mental health issues. The overarching goal of these recommendations is to enhance the provision of mental health treatment in California’s juvenile justice system by improving the infrastructure that supports service delivery. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Policy Brief Series: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/img/BCCJ_Mental_Health_Policy_Brief_May_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 120140

Author: Krisberg, Barry Title: A New Era in California Justice Justice: Downsizing the State Youth Corrections System Summary: California created a statewide system of youth corrections facilities in 1941. The newly formed California Youth Authority (CYA) was considered a major progressive step forward in juvenile justice. Part of its focus in its early years was programming designed to keep youth close to their home communities. In its first three decades, the CYA population never exceeded 7,000. Leadership and policy changes in the late 1970s and early 1980s, however, started a long period of increase in the CYA population. By 1996, the number of incarcerated youth in the CYA grew steadily to over 10,000 youth. The rise was driven by several major factors: a fear that a growing California youth population was increasingly dangerous; a decrease in state funding to counties for local programs; and the cost savings to counties of sending youth to the CYA rather than county facilities or group homes. After 1996, the trend of a rising youth inmate population turned around, with fewer and fewer young people being held in the CYA. By the end of 2009, the CYA held 1,499 youth. This decline in the CYA population is the largest drop in youth confinement that has been experienced by any state. The research presented here attempts to examine the many factors that may have contributed to that “decarceration”. We also examine concurrent trends in crime, arrests, and the use of other, non‐CYA forms of custody for these youth. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, University of California, Berkeley; Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/A_New_Era_10-22-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120142

Author: Zemel, Sarabeth Title: Service Delivery Policies: Findings from a Survey of Juvenile Justice and Medicaid Policies Affecting Children in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This issue brief from NASHP highlights findings from surveys of juvenile justice and Medicaid agencies in order to determine policies around health care and Medicaid for youth involved in the juvenile justice system. The paper focuses on findings related to service delivery and continuity of care policies for juvenile justice-involved youth. Details: Portland, ME: National Academy for State Health Policy, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: http://www.nashp.org/sites/default/files/Aug2010MacFoundFinal_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120143

Author: Clark, Karen Title: Meeting the Health Needs of Youth Involved in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Nearly 100,000 young people are in juvenile justice facilities of some sort on any given day, with more than 2 million arrested in a year. Of those in residential settings, 62 percent are minorities, 85 percent are boys, and many, if not most, lack adequate health insurance coverage. Youth in juvenile justice facilities - including detention centers, shelters, diagnostic centers, group homes, wilderness programs, residential treatment facilities and training schools (where most juveniles are committed) - suffer disproportionately from a host of mental and physical health problems. The presence and severity of health problems may help explain the behaviors that led to their involvement in the criminal justice system and make it critical they receive the appropriate medical services both in the system and upon their release. Most of those arrested do not end up at trial. Of those who are tried, about two-thirds are sentenced to probation after a trial, allowing a true opportunity for therapeutic intervention in the community. Given the preponderance of low-income youth involved with the juvenile justice system, it is likely that many who enter are enrolled in or eligible for Medicaid. States and local governments face stiff challenges in organizing and funding services for troubled youth. One challenge is to make Medicaid work better for this population during those times an individual is not in a public institution. Another challenge is to ensure that quality and effective services are provided to individuals both during and after their involvement in the juvenile justice system. Medicaid presents unique limits and opportunities compared to state and local funding. Services provided to those involved in the juvenile justice system are impacted by these funding matters. This paper describes these limits and opportunities, and highlights a number of promising practices and service models in states. Details: Portland, ME: National Academy for State Health Policy, 2006. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2010 at: Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120146

Author: National Research Council. Committee to Review the Department of Homeland Security's Approach to Risk Analysis Title: Review of the Department of Homeland Security's Approach to Risk Analysis Summary: The events of September 11, 2001 changed perceptions, rearranged national priorities, and produced significant new government entities, including the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) created in 2003. While the principal mission of DHS is to lead efforts to secure the nation against those forces that wish to do harm, the department also has responsibilities in regard to preparation for and response to other hazards and disasters, such as floods, earthquakes, and other "natural" disasters. Whether in the context of preparedness, response or recovery from terrorism, illegal entry to the country, or natural disasters, DHS is committed to processes and methods that feature risk assessment as a critical component for making better-informed decisions. Review of the Department of Homeland Security's Approach to Risk Analysis explores how DHS is building its capabilities in risk analysis to inform decision making. The department uses risk analysis to inform decisions ranging from high-level policy choices to fine-scale protocols that guide the minute-by-minute actions of DHS employees. Although DHS is responsible for mitigating a range of threats, natural disasters, and pandemics, its risk analysis efforts are weighted heavily toward terrorism. In addition to assessing the capability of DHS risk analysis methods to support decision-making, the book evaluates the quality of the current approach to estimating risk and discusses how to improve current risk analysis procedures. Review of the Department of Homeland Security's Approach to Risk Analysis recommends that DHS continue to build its integrated risk management framework. It also suggests that the department improve the way models are developed and used and follow time-tested scientific practices, among other recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2010. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=12972 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 120156

Author: Wilson, Christopher E. Title: Immigration and Security: Does the New Immigration Law Protect the People of Arizona? Summary: On July 29, the first pieces of Arizona’s new immigration law, SB 1070, take effect without the most controversial parts of the legislation. The sections that mandated that Arizona police enforce federal immigration laws have been blocked by a federal judge pending further review. If fully implemented, the law would direct police to ascertain the immigration status of people they stop or detain while enforcing other laws, make it a state crime for immigrants to not have papers documenting legal status in their possession, and otherwise increase state pressure on unauthorized (some would say all) immigrants. Public opinion on the law is conflicted. Despite concerns by a majority of U.S. residents that the law may promote racial profiling or represent an unconstitutional usurpation of federal authority, the law enjoys broad popular support in Arizona and the nation. Recent polls have found that 60% of Americans and 55% of Arizonans are in favor of SB 1070. However, nationally 54% fear that the law will lead to racial profiling. While most of the current media attention is focusing on the legal challenges and potential effects of the law on civil rights, this analysis explores whether the law, intended address public security concerns in Arizona, would effectively achieve this goal. Too often, immigrants that enter the U.S. in search of economic opportunities are confused with the drug traffickers and organized crime groups that also illegally cross the U.S.-Mexico border. To the extent that these two groups are conflated, effective policy regarding immigration and border security is much less likely to be implemented. Details: Washington, DC: Woodrow Wilson INternational center for Scholars, Mexico Institute, 2010. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/topics/docs/Immigration%20and%20Security%20in%20Arizona%207.28.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120158

Author: Bales, William Title: A Quantitative and Qualitative Assessment of Electronic Monitoring Summary: Research Purposes: The purposes of this research include: (1) determining the effect of electronic monitoring (EM) as a supervision enhancement for offenders in terms of absconding, probation violations, and the commission of new crimes; (2) providing an explanation of the findings; (3) documenting the implementation of EM; (4) identifying and documenting the impact that EM has on offenders' personal relationships, families, employment, and assimilation within the community; and (5) developing evidence-based recommendations to improve public safety and lessen negative consequences for offenders and their families. Research Design and Methodology: Data sources include: (1) administrative data from the Florida Department of Corrections (FDOC), which include 5,034 medium- and high-risk offenders on EM and 266,991 offenders not placed on EM over a six year period; and (2) qualitative data collected through face-to-face interviews with 105 offenders, 36 supervising officers, and 20 administrators from fourteen counties in Florida. Random assignment of offenders to the experimental (EM) and control (non-EM) groups was not possible; therefore, propensity score matching was employed to establish the two groups. Propensity score matching, as a statistical procedure, is an effective method of selecting subjects for experimental and control groups whereby selection bias is minimized and the groups closely resemble each other across key variables (Rubin, 2006; Rosenbaum, 2002). One-hundred-twenty-two covariates were used to predict EM participation, which enhanced the predictive accuracy of the matching procedure. Cox's regression techniques were utilized to analyze time-to-failure for various outcome measures. The qualitative data, which included forced-choice and open-ended questions, were systematically analyzed and include descriptive statistics and illustrative quotes from respondents. Research Results and Conclusions: The quantitative analysis demonstrates that EM reduces offenders' risk of failure by 31 percent and that global positioning system (GPS) monitoring results in 6 percent fewer supervision failures compared to radio frequency (RF). All categories of offenders, regardless of offense type, experienced fewer supervision violations as a result of EM; however, the effect was reduced for violent offenders. Offenders of all age groups and those on different forms of community supervision benefited from EM. The findings from the qualitative analysis indicates that: (1) administrators reported that EM goals and objectives were being met; (2) officers' and offenders' opinions of EM's impact on reducing undesirable behavior are consistent with the findings from the quantitative assessment; (3) EM status and equipment does have negative consequences for offenders' families, employment opportunities, and adjustment in the community; (4) there is a need to refine the selection of offenders identified as the most appropriate for EM; (5) EM is used as an alternative to prison in approximately one-third of the cases; (6) EM devices frequently lose the satellite signal resulting in numerous, unnecessary alerts; (7) EM operations may benefit from increasing judges' understanding of the equipment, the most appropriate subjects for EM, and key operational aspects of EM; and (8) the most important, recent enhancement to FDOC's EM program has been the statewide monitoring center that has significantly reduced the number of alerts. This reduction in alerts enables officers to devote more time to essential supervisory responsibilities. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, 2010. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.criminologycenter.fsu.edu/p/pdf/EM%20Evaluation%20Final%20Report%20for%20NIJ.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120159

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Oversight and Review Division Title: A Review of Federal Prison Industries' Electronic-Waste Recycling Program Summary: This report describes the results of an investigation by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) into the health, safety, and environmental compliance practices of Federal Prison Industries’ (FPI) electronic waste (ewaste) recycling program. Federal Prison Industries, which is known by its trade name “UNICOR,” is a government corporation within the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) that provides employment to staff and inmates at federal prisons throughout the United States. UNICOR sells a variety of consumer products and services, such as office furniture and clothing, and industrial products, such as security fencing and vehicle tags. As of June 2010, UNICOR had 103 factories at 73 prison locations, employing approximately 17,000 inmates or 11 percent of the inmate population. Starting in 1997, UNICOR began to accept computers, monitors, printers, and other types of e-waste for recycling at federal prisons. UNICOR sold these e-waste items to its customers, sometimes following refurbishment, or disassembled the items into their component parts and sold the parts to recyclers for further processing. E-waste contains many toxic substances that can be harmful to humans and to the environment. For example, a computer can contain toxic metals, such as cadmium, lead, mercury, arsenic, and beryllium. Cathode ray tubes, which are found in televisions and computer monitors, typically contain between 2 to 5 pounds of lead. When e-waste is disassembled and recycled, workers can be exposed to toxic metals which can cause serious health implications. UNICOR’s recycling of e-waste resulted in complaints from BOP and UNICOR staff and inmates, most notably from Leroy A. Smith, Jr., a former Safety Manager at the United States Penitentiary (USP) in Atwater, California. In particular, the complaints asserted that UNICOR’s e-waste recycling practices were not safe and had made UNICOR staff and inmates sick. As a result of these complaints and at the request of the BOP, Department of Justice (DOJ), and attorneys for Mr. Smith, the OIG investigated the safety of UNICOR’s e-waste recycling operations, as well as other allegations of theft, conflict of interest, and environmental crimes that arose during our investigation related to UNICOR’s e-waste operations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/BOP/o1010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Hazardous Waste Shelf Number: 120160

Author: Vera Institute of Justice Title: The Continuing Fiscal Crisis in Corrections: Setting a New Course Summary: In the 1980s, the number of people sent to prison or supervised on probation and parole in the United States began growing substantially. Not surprisingly, the overall cost of corrections increased as well. But an unexpected about-face during the past three years suggests that the age of expanding costs may be coming to a close. The fiscal crisis that began in December 2007 has spurred lawmakers to reconsider who is punished and how. High recidivism rates among formerly incarcerated people have also given officials cause to reevaluate existing policies. To help legislators and other policy makers understand states’ responses both to the fiscal crisis and to unsatisfactory outcomes of earlier policies and investments, the Vera Institute of Justice surveyed state corrections officials about their planned appropriations for fiscal year 2011. Staff from Vera’s Center on Sentencing and Corrections assessed current spending plans and reviewed state legislative action in 2009 and 2010 to look for new trends in corrections policies. The first half of this report describes the immediate actions states have taken to reduce costs. The second half looks at legislative reforms aimed at reducing corrections spending over the long term. A core lesson underlying all of this activity is that officials are recognizing—in large part due to 30 years of trial and error, backed up by data—that it is possible to reduce corrections spending while also enhancing public safety. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2010 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3069/The-continuing-fiscal-crisis-in-corrections-10-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 120161

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Past, Present, and Future of Juvenile Justice: Assessing the Policy Option (APO): Final Report Summary: This report presents the results of research that examined changing trends in juvenile justice legislation and surveyed juvenile justice professionals across the nation to measure their impressions of recent juvenile justice policy reforms. Researchers learned there is considerable consensus among diverse practitioner groups, with survey respondents viewing rehabilitative programs as more effective than punitive ones - a perspective consistent with recent legislative trends. Together, these data suggest the policy pendulum is swinging toward more progressive measures after years of "get tough" reforms. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412247-Future-of-Juvenile-Justice.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120168

Author: Lopez, Mark Hugo Title: Illegal Immigration Backlash Worries, Divides Latinos Summary: The 2010 National Survey of Latinos (NSL) focuses on the views and opinions of Latinos about immigrants, illegal immigration and immigration policy. The survey was conducted from August 17 through September 19, 2010, among a randomly selected, nationally representative sample of 1,375 Latino adults, 542 of whom are native born and 833 of whom are foreign born. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Hispanic Center, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2010 at: http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/128.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 120170

Author: Missouri. Department of Public Safety and Statistical Analysis Center Title: Nature and Extent of the Illicit Drug Problem in Missouri Summary: The study focused on illicit drug use, the societal impact of illicit drugs, and extent of the illicit drug industry in the State of Missouri. Details: Jefferson City, MO: Missouri Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2010 at:http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/SAC/pdf/2010NATUREANDEXTENTREPORT.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 120176

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special Report: August 2009 Riot at the California Institution for Men Summary: The purpose of this special report is to identify the conditions and circumstances leading up to the riot and to evaluate the institution's and the department's actions in addressing the riot and re-establishing normal operations in the riot's aftermath. The report concludes that despite being warned of the inherent risks of housing reception center inmates in the open dormitories of the California Institute for Men in Chico's Reception Center West (CIM), the department took no substantive action to alleviate the security risks in that facility's design. Additionally, the report concludes that although the institutions heeded warnings from past reviews and audits by enhancing its emergency medical preparedness, there are still areas in thich CIM and the department could have improved their performance. Details: San Francisco: California Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2010 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/BAI/reports/Special%20Report%20on%20the%20California%20Institution%20for%20Men%20August%202009%20Riot.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 120177

Author: Aos, Steve Title: Fight Crime and Save Money: Development of an Investment Tool for States to Study Sentencing and Corrections Public Policy Options: Progress Report Summary: Can knowledge about “what works” to reduce crime be used to help a state achieve a win-win outcome of: (1) lower crime, and (2) lower taxpayer spending? This progress report describes the work underway by the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) to develop an analytical tool for Washington, and perhaps other states, to identify evidence-based policy options to reduce crime rates and lower the taxpayer costs of the criminal justice system. The Pew Charitable Trusts contracted with WSIPP to: (1) develop the tool, (2) apply it to the policy process currently underway in Washington State, and (3) help Pew make the tool available to other states. We do not present “bottom-line” results in this report. Rather, this progress report simply describes the structure of the tool being constructed. The current plan calls for initial estimates by August 2010. In addition, the tool will be used to support the work of the legislatively directed study being conducted by the Washington State Sentencing Guidelines Commission. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2010 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/10-04-1201.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120179

Author: Parker, Alison Title: Locked Up Far Away: The Transfer of Immigrants to Remote Detention Center in the United States Summary: Immigrants who face deportation proceedings in the United States — whether they are legal permanent residents, refugees, or undocumented persons — increasingly are being transferred to remote detention centers by the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency (ICE). Many immigrants are first arrested and detained in major cities like Los Angeles or Philadelphia— places where immigrants have lived for decades, and where their family members, employers, and attorneys also live. Days or months later, with no notice, immigrants are loaded onto planes for transport to detention centers in remote corners of states such as Texas or Louisiana. Once transferred, immigrants are so far away from their lawyers, evidence, and witnesses that their ability to defend themselves in deportation proceedings is severely curtailed. Locked Up Far Away shows that such detainee transfers are numerous and rapidly increasing; 1.4 million transfers occurred between 1999 and 2008, and the annual number of transfers increased four-fold during this period. As an agency responsible for the custody and care of hundreds of thousands of people each year, it is clear that ICE will sometimes need to transfer detainees. However, this report asks whether all or most detainee transfers are truly necessary, especially in light of how they interfere with immigrants’ rights to be represented by counsel, to present witnesses and evidence in their defense, and to fair immigration procedures. Immigrant detainees should not be treated like so many boxes of goods—shipped to the location where it is most convenient for ICE to store them. An agency charged with enforcing the laws of the United States should not need to resort to a chaotic system of moving detainees around the country in order to achieve efficiency. Instead, ICE should allow reasonable and rights-protective checks on its transfer power. Transfers do not need to stop entirely in order for ICE to respect detainees’ rights; they merely need to be reduced through the establishment of reasonable guidelines. The nation’s state and federal prisons operate effectively with such guidelines in place, and ICE should be able to do so as well. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2009. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2010 at: http://www.hrw.org/en/node/86789 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120182

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: U.S. Unauthorized Immigration Flows Are Down Sharply Since Mid-Decade Summary: The annual inflow of unauthorized immigrants to the United States was nearly two-thirds smaller in the March 2007 to March 2009 period than it had been from March 2000 to March 2005, according to new estimates by the Pew Hispanic Center. This sharp decline has contributed to an overall reduction of 8% in the number of unauthorized immigrants currently living in the U.S.-to 11.1 million in March 2009 from a peak of 12 million in March 2007, according to the estimates. The decrease represents the first significant reversal in the growth of this population over the past two decades. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Hispanic Center, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2010 at: http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/126.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120183

Author: U.S. Children's Bureau, Office on Child Abuse and Neglect Title: Community Partnerships: Improving the Response to Child Maltreatment Summary: This manual offers guidance on how diverse community agencies, organizations, and individuals can work together to form a web of support for families and create safe, healthy environments where children can thrive. The manual describes the benefits of community partnerships, outlines the steps for establishing and sustaining partnerships, and demonstrates how to measure results. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Children's Bureau, 2010. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime Abuse and Neglect User Manual Series: Accessed November 4, 2010 at: http://www.childwelfare.gov/pubs/usermanuals/partners/partners.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 120184

Author: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services Title: Improving State Criminal History Records Through Analysis: Profiling Drug Offenders Summary: Ohio’s criminal history database is a central repository for criminal history information for the state of Ohio. It was developed and housed at the Attorney General’s Bureau of Criminal Identification and Investigation (BCI&I) office in 1921. It first became computerized (computerized criminal history database, or CCH) in 1972. There are multiple sources that provide data to CCH. Currently, over 1200 law enforcement agencies throughout Ohio enter arrest data and fingerprint cards into the database. Ohio courts are required to submit final dispositions to BCI, where they are logically linked to their corresponding arrests in CCH. Ohio correctional facilities enter information into CCH as well, including the offender’s fingerprints, the charge(s) for which he is being incarcerated, and demographic data. Through a partnership between the BCI&I and the Office of Criminal Justice Services (OCJS), a division of the Ohio Department of Public Safety, OCJS was able to obtain secure access to a portion of the CCH database. Records which were made available to OCJS included information on demographics, arrests, charges, and judicial processing. Identifying information, such as names and social security numbers, were excluded. Historical records were linked through a single unique identifier, the subject ID number. This report presents the findings of this analysis. Details: Colombus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2007?. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2010 at: http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_CCH_DrugOffendersFinal.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 120194

Author: Ventura, Lois A. Title: An Exploratory Study of Court-Referred Batterer Intervention Programs in Ohio Summary: Batterer intervention programs (BIP) have been the subject of considerable research over the past 20 years. What emerges is a growing recognition that static variables, such as batterer profiles and demographics, or the particular length, design or approach of batterer intervention programs, have not yielded significant findings of effectiveness, such as the reduced likelihood to re-offend or increased safety of abused women. While prior research shows a modest positive effect, little evidence exists to support the effectiveness of one BIP over another. One of the few consistent findings in prior research is that the success of batterer intervention programs depends, to some degree, on how embedded they are within the community response to domestic violence. Consequently, there is a growing interest to examine programs in context, as part of a larger and more elaborate intervention system, including courts, law enforcement, victim services, socio-medicolegal and other community resources. This study created an inventory of court-referred batterer intervention programs in Ohio and gathered general descriptive information about them. The following highlights emerged from the study: Probation officers reported that a substantial number of their probationers have a history of domestic violence; More than three-quarters of all batterer intervention programs operate as part of a larger agency. Most programs are part of a larger mental health agency or community service organization; The surveyed batterer intervention programs predominantly served Caucasian male offenders between the ages of 28 and 35. Some or most of the program’s participants are parents; More than 80 percent of the batterer invention programs surveyed employ elements of the Duluth and/or cognitive-behavioral models; More than 90 percent of the surveyed programs reportedly address power and control, personal responsibility, male socialization, social responsibility, sexism, patriarchy, and anger management as a standard part of their curriculum; More than half of the programs report a completion rate of 76 percent or better. Analysis of factors associated with program completion suggests that the less rigorous the demands on the participant, the greater the program’s completion rate. This study is the precursor to future studies that will examine more closely the extent to which courtreferred batterer intervention programs in Ohio are integrated into larger domestic violence intervention systems and what effect that integration has on victim safety and violence reduction. The goal of future investigation will be to develop evidence-based policies for integrated batterer intervention systems in Ohio. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2006. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2010 at: http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_BIPfull.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women (Ohio) Shelf Number: 120197

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: Economical Crime Control Summary: This paper is the introductory chapter for the forthcoming NBER volume Controlling Crime: Strategies and Tradeoffs. The Great Recession has led to cuts in criminal justice expenditures, and the trend towards ever-higher incarceration rates that has been underway since the 1970s in the U.S. appears to have turned the corner. That raises the question of whether the crime drop can be sustained. State and local revenue shortfalls have engendered intense interest in cost-cutting measures that do not sacrifice public safety. We argue that there is some reason for optimism, simply because current criminal justice allocations and policies appear to be inefficient – more crime control could be accomplished with fewer resources. The crime problem is often framed as a debate between those who favor a “tough” punitive approach versus those who favor a “soft” approach that focuses on prevention or remediation programs. But the canonical economic model of crime from Becker (1968) suggests that the decision to commit crime involves a weighing of both benefits and costs, implying that both tough and soft approaches might be useful. It is ultimately an empirical question about how the marginal crime-control dollar may be most effectively deployed. The evidence presented in this edited volume suggests that a more efficient portfolio of crime-control strategies would involve greater attention to enhancing the certainty rather than the severity of punishment for criminal behavior, stimulating private-sector cooperation for controlling crime, and making strategic investments in the human capital of at-risk populations, including in particular efforts to improve the social-cognitive skills of justice-system-involved populations. To help illustrate the magnitude of the inefficiencies within the current system, the essay concludes with a thought experiment that considers how much additional crime-prevention could be obtained by reverting average sentence lengths back to 1984 levels (midway through the Reagan era) and redirecting the freed-up resources (on the order of $12 billion annually) to alternative uses. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16513: Accessed November 8, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16513.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 120199

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Multnomah County Department of Community Justice Recog Tool Validation Study Summary: The Multnomah County Department of Community Justice (DCJ) uses a structured decision-making tool, "the Recog instrument," to assist in making decisions about which defendants should be released or detained pending trial. This type of instrument, in which each defendant is evaluated using an identical set of criteria, brings greater consistency and transparency to pretrial release decisions, which have profound consequences for both public safety and defendants' liberty. Even when developed through consensus among those with great practical experience and expertise in public safety, objective decision-making instruments should be validated through research to maximize the precision of their guidance. The overall purpose of the Recog tool is to properly classify defendants into risk levels that reflect their risk of a negative outcome (i.e., failing to appear in court (FTA) or being re-arrested for a new offense). This validation study examines the statistical relationships between the risk factors on the instrument and defendants'actual rates of FTA and re-arrest. Details: Portland, OR: One in 37 Research, Inc., 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2010 at: http://www.co.multnomah.or.us/dcj/FINAL_Recog_Report-90908.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release Shelf Number: 120201

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Validating Multnomah County's Juvenile Detention Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: Reform efforts targeting the detention population focus on two essential processes: 1) limiting the size of the detention population by setting risk-based thresholds to ensure that only those who pose a legitimate threat to public safety are admitted to detention; and 2) developing an array of alternatives to secure detention that offer a range of supervision and programming options. As these two strategies coalesce, jurisdictions committed to reform realize significant reductions in the use of secure detention. Since 1998, Multnomah County has been a national model for jurisdictions interested in enacting detention reform. With support from the Annie E. Casey Foundation, Multnomah County has implemented nearly all of the key components of a multifaceted reform effort, save for one essential task: validating its detention risk screening instrument to ensure it provides sound guidance in determining who should be admitted to detention. Although its use has led to positive changes and a drastic reduction in the number of youth who are held in secure detention, the County’s Risk Assessment Instrument (RAI) has never been validated. In other words, the strength of the relationship between the items and score on the RAI and the youth’s likelihood of failing to appear in court (FTA) or committing a new offense while in the community pending court has not been tested. By testing the relationship between the RAI items and the outcome variables, we learn which items work best, and in which combinations, to identify youth who can be safely released to the community. A validation study may show that the RAI works best as it is; alternately, it could show that the same or better results could be achieved using a constellation of fewer items. This report presents the key findings of the validation study. Details: Portland, OR: One in 37 Research, Inc., 2007. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2010 at: http://web.multco.us/sites/default/files/documents/juvenile_detention_risk_assessment_instrument.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120202

Author: Franco, Celinda Title: Drug Courts: Background, Effectiveness, and Policy Issues for Contress Summary: Drug courts are specialized court dockets, or portions of judges’ calendars of cases, that generally target nonviolent offenders with substance-abuse problems. These programs provide offenders with intensive court supervision, mandatory drug testing, substance-abuse treatment, and other social services as an alternative to adjudication or incarceration. In this way, drug courts are designed to break the cycle of substance abuse, addiction, and crime by changing the behavior of substance-abusing offenders. Participation in these programs is voluntary. Eligible defendants must agree to the program’s requirements and successfully complete the program in exchange for avoiding incarceration, having their criminal charges reduced or dismissed, or having their sentences reduced. Drug courts encourage participants’ compliance and impose sanctions on those who fail to comply with the program’s requirements. Drug courts are widely considered an important strategy for reducing incarceration, providing drug treatment, and reducing drug use and recidivism (reoffending) among nonviolent offenders. Although drug courts are mostly initiated and funded at the state and local level, Congress has supported the development, implementation, and expansion of drug courts through the federal Drug Court Discretionary Grant Program, originally authorized under Title V of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 (P.L. 103-322). While the federal drug court grant program authorization of appropriations expired in FY2008, the program has continued to receive appropriations: $40 million for FY2009 (P.L. 111-8) and $45 million for FY2010 (P.L. 111-117). In the 111th Congress, H.R. 6090 would amend the program and extend the authorization of appropriations for drug court grants from FY2011 through FY2017. Congress could consider reauthorizing the program in its current form or amending the program to reflect issues of concern. Since the first drug court was established in 1989, drug court programs have been quickly adopted by communities and states across the country. As of July 2009, there were 2,361 drug courts in operation across the country. Although there are drug courts in many jurisdictions, it is unclear how many drug-abusing offenders participate in these programs or how well they have fared after successfully completing a drug court program. Some estimates indicate that only a small number of potential participants are actually included in these drug treatment programs. Variations in how drug courts determine eligibility, provide substance-abuse treatment, supervise participants, and enforce compliance reflect the adaptability of the drug court model, but also complicate program evaluations, comparisons, and cost-benefit analyses. Nevertheless, research suggests that drug courts reduce substance abuse and recidivism among participants compared to nonparticipants, and are a viable intervention for reducing drug demand among substance-abusing offenders. This report considers these and other issues related to state drug courts. The report includes an overview of state drug courts and the related federal grant program. The report then discusses some of the related issues that may be of interest to Congress if it considers reauthorizing the drug court grant program or other related legislation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report for Congress, No. R41448: Accessed November 8, 2010 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41448.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120205

Author: Redcross, Cindy Title: Work After Prison: One-Year Findings From the Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration Summary: More than 2 million people are incarcerated in the United States, and around 700,000 are released from prison each year. Those who are released face daunting obstacles as they seek to reenter their communities, and rates of recidivism are high. Many experts believe that stable employment is critical to a successful transition from prison to the community. The Joyce Foundation’s Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration (TJRD), also funded by the JEHT Foundation and the U.S. Department of Labor, is testing employment programs for former prisoners in Chicago, Detroit, Milwaukee, and St. Paul, using a rigorous random assignment design. MDRC is leading the evaluation, along with the Urban Institute and the University of Michigan. The project focuses on transitional jobs (TJ) programs that provide temporary subsidized jobs, support services, and job placement help. Transitional jobs are seen as a promising model for former prisoners and for other disadvantaged groups. In 2007-2008, more than 1,800 men who had recently been released from prison were assigned, at random, to a transitional jobs program or to a program providing basic job search (JS) assistance but no subsidized jobs. Both groups are being followed using state data on employment and recidivism. Random assignment ensures that if significant differences emerge between the two groups, those differences can be attributed with confidence to the different types of employment services each group received. This is the first major report in the TJRD project. It describes how the demonstration was implemented and assesses how the transitional jobs programs affected employment and recidivism during the first year after people entered the project, a period when the recession caused unemployment rates to rise substantially in all four cities. Key findings include: 1. The TJRD project generally operated as intended. The TJ programs developed work slots and placed a very high percentage of participants into transitional jobs. About 85 percent of the men who were assigned to the TJ programs worked in a transitional job, reflecting a strong motivation to work. On average, participants worked in the TJs for about four months. 2. The TJ group was much more likely to work than the JS group early on, but the difference between groups faded as men left the transitional jobs; overall, the TJ group was no more likely to work in an unsubsidized job than the JS group. The programs provided temporary jobs to many who would not otherwise have worked, but at the end of the first year, only about one-third of the TJ group — about the same proportion as in the JS group — was employed in the formal labor market. 3. Overall, the TJ programs had no consistent impacts on recidivism during the first year of follow-up. About one-third of each group was arrested and a similar number returned to prison. Most of the prison admissions were for violations of parole rules, not new crimes. In one site, the transitional jobs group was less likely to be reincarcerated for a parole violation. These results point to the need to develop and test enhancements to the transitional jobs model and other strategies to improve outcomes for former prisoners who reenter society. They also raise questions about the assumed connection between employment and recidivism, since there were no decreases in arrests even during the period when the TJ group was much more likely to be employed. This is not the final word on the TJRD project; both groups will be followed up for another year, with two-year results available in 2011. Details: New York: MDRC, 2009. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2010 at: http://www.mdrc.org/publications/570/full.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120265

Author: Males, Mike Title: The California Miracle: Drastically Reduced Youth Incarceration, Drastically Reduced Youth Crime Summary: In a previous report, the Center’s analysis found that large decreases in the imprisonment of California youth in the State’s Division of Juvenile Facilities were followed by large declines in youth crime through 2004, while large increases in adult imprisonment were followed by increases, in adult crime. These findings directly challenged prevailing 'incapacitation' assumptions that more imprisonment leads to less crime. This updated analysis confirms the findings of the CJCJ 2006 report. The analysis of current trends in California juvenile incarceration found that the rate of juvenile incarceration in California between 1980 and 2010, fell by 80 percent. Despite the unprecedented declines in youth incarceration in California the juvenile violent crime rate fell by 39 percent and the juvenile felony rate fell by 60 percent during the period. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2010 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/The_California_Miracle.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 120263

Author: Austin, James Title: Reliability and Validity Study of the LSI-R Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: The Pennsylvania Board of Probation and Parole (PBPP) selected the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R) instrument as its risk classification tool because it introduces dynamic and more current factors into the risk assessment process, beyond the conventional use of static criminal history and demographic factors. The LSI was developed in the late 1970s in Canada through a collaboration of probation officers, correctional managers, practitioners and researchers. The LSI-R is comprised of 54 static and dynamic items across ten sub-scales. While the LSI-R has been researched extensively in other jurisdictions, its reliability and validity specifically for Pennsylvania’s offender population had not yet been tested. Of particular interest is Pennsylvania’s decision to use the LSI-R as a component of its parole decision making guidelines; heretofore, the LSI-R has been used to identify the appropriate level of supervision for probationers and parolees already residing in the community. In this study, the LSI-R’s relevance and usefulness as a decision making tool as applied to an incarcerated population is a key line of inquiry. The Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency (PCCD) contracted The Institute on Crime, Justice and Corrections (ICJC) at The George Washington University to conduct a reliability and validation study using the LSI-R scores and recidivism data. The following report summarizes the ICJC’s findings. This project consists of two segments: an assessment of the inter-rater reliability in scoring the LSI-R, and the validation of the LSI-R’s statistical association with recidivism. The reliability assessment was conducted by selecting a sample of 120 prisoners who were scored on the LSI-R on two separate occasions by two independent PBPP institutional staff. The results of the initial reliability test showed that most of the LSI-R scoring items did not meet a sufficient level of reliability. Consequently, a second reliability test was made in September 2002 on another sample of 156 prisoners to determine if the reliability rates could be improved. The validation assessment entailed examining recidivists (for the purposes of this study, arrests, detentions, absconders, and returns to prison are considered recidivists) of approximately 1,000 prisoners who were released from nine LSI-R test facilities in 2001. For each of these prisoners an LSI-R form was completed. The follow-up period was for 12 months, which allowed the researchers to determine which items were associated with recidivism within that period. Details: Washington, DC: Institute on crime, Justice and Corrections at The George Washington University, 2003. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2010 at: www.portal.state.pa.us Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 120273

Author: Zhang, Sheldon Title: COMPAS Validation Study: Final Report Summary: COMPAS (Correctional Offender Management and Profiling Alternative Sanctions) is a computerized database and analysis system designed to help criminal justice practitioners determine the placement, supervision, and case-management of offenders in community and secure settings. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation contracted with the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), and San Diego State University (SDSU) to validate the instrument in terms of its ability to identify treatment needs among inmates as well as predict various recidivism outcomes. A total of 91,334 parolees who had been assessed with COMPAS prior to release were included in the study sample. Of these, roughly 60,000 had been on parole for at least 12 months and the remainder had been on parole for at least 24 months. Characteristics of the study subjects closely paralleled those of the general parolee population in California. The COMPAS needs scales were evaluated in terms of their reliability over time (test-retest coefficients) and the extent to which their constituent scales correlated with relevant counterparts on the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R) scale (concurrent validity). To accomplish this, the COMPAS was administered twice to 75 inmates at the California Institute for Men (CIM) located in Chino, California, over a span of approximately two weeks. To establish concurrent validity, the LSI-R was also administered at the same time points. The COMPAS scales showed extremely high test-retest reliability, ranging from .70 to 1.00. The perfect and near-perfect correlations obtained for many of the scales appear to be driven by the fact that these scales were coded directly from the inmates’ Central Files. Overall, the average test-retest correlation coefficient for the COMPAS scales was .88. Of the 18 scales making up the core of the COMPAS assessment, nine appeared to measure identical or similar constructs with scales found in the LSI-R. For six of these scales (Criminal Involvement, Criminal Associates/Peers, Substance Abuse, Financial, Vocational/Educational, and Housing), significant and positive correlations were found between the COMPAS and LSI-R. The correlations were marginally significant for two of the scales, Family Criminality (COMPAS) with Family/Marital (LSI-R) and Criminal Attitudes (COMPAS) with Attitudes/Orientation (LSI-R), and not significant for one, Leisure (COMPAS) with Leisure/Recreation (LSI-R). Validation of Risk Scales Using official records data provided by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), two major outcome measures were examined: (1) any subsequent arrest, and (2) a subsequent arrest for a violent offense. For the first measure, the overall re-arrest rate for the COMPAS sample was 56% for the first 12 months on parole and 70% for those who had been released for two years. For violent offenses, the re-arrest rates were approximately 13% and 21% in the 12- and 24-month periods following release, respectively. Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) curves were computed to assess the overall accuracy of the COMPAS risk scales for recidivism and violence. The ROC curve (measured in terms of the area under the curve or AUC) has become a primary measure of predictive accuracy in research instrumentation. A value of .70 is generally considered minimally acceptable. The recidivism and violence COMPAS risk scales were examined with regard to how well they predicted whether a parolee had been re-arrested (for any reason and for a violence offense) within two years of being released from prison. Both risk scales achieved levels of accuracy greater than chance, with the recidivism scale receiving an AUC value of .70, and the violence scale receiving an AUC value of .65. The risk prediction resulting from the COMPAS scales was comparable to our own risk prediction models using existing electronic records maintained by CDCR. We conclude that the COMPAS scales have high test-test retest reliability and moderate concordance with select LSI-R scales (with significant or marginally significant associations with eight of the nine scales that overlap with the LSI-R). With regard to the predictive validity of the recidivism and violence COMPAS risk scales, the general recidivism risk scale achieved an AUC value of .70, which is the conventional threshold for acceptability; the violence scale, however, fell short of this threshold. Details: Los Angeles: Semel Institute for Neuroscience and Human Behavior, University of California, Los Angeles, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2010 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/COMPAS_Final_Report_08-11-10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 120274

Author: Mulmat, Darlanne Hoctor Title: Improving Reentry for Ex-Offenders in San Diego County: SB 618 Third Annual Evaluation Report Summary: In October 2005, California Senate Bill (SB) 618 was signed into law. This law is based on the concept that providing tangible reentry support services will increase parolees’ successful reintegration into the community. As the first county authorized to create a multiagency plan, and with the leadership from the District Attorney’s Office, San Diego County brought together a diverse group of stakeholders to develop policies and programs to educate and rehabilitate non-violent felony offenders. Key program components are based on best practices and include conducting screenings and assessments and providing case management and services to meet identified needs. The process begins before sentencing and continues through imprisonment, as well as up to 18 months post release. As part of this effort, process and impact evaluations are being conducted by SANDAG. This second annual evaluation report describes project implementation to date, outlines the research methodology, and presents preliminary research findings from the process and impact evaluation. Details: San Diego, CA: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG), 2010. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2010 at: http://sandiegohealth.org/sandag/sandag_pubs_2009-7-25/publicationid_1412_9234.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 120277

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of ATF's Project Gunrunner Summary: This review by the Department of Justice (Department) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) examined the impact of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives’ (ATF) implementation of Project Gunrunner on the illicit trafficking of guns from the United States to Mexico. Violence associated with organized crime and drug trafficking in Mexico is widespread, resulting in tens of thousands of deaths. In part because Mexican law severely restricts gun ownership, drug traffickers have turned to the United States as a primary source of weapons, and these drug traffickers routinely smuggle guns from the United States into Mexico. The criminal organizations responsible for smuggling guns to Mexico are typically also involved in other criminal enterprises, such as drug trafficking, human trafficking, and cash smuggling. This requires ATF to work with other federal entities, as well as with state and local law enforcement partners, in sharing intelligence, coordinating law enforcement activities, and building cases that can be prosecuted. To help combat firearms trafficking into Mexico, ATF began Project Gunrunner as a pilot project in Laredo, Texas, in 2005 and expanded it as a national initiative in 2006. Project Gunrunner is also part of the Department’s broader Southwest Border Initiative, which seeks to reduce cross-border drug and firearms trafficking and the high level of violence associated with these activities on both sides of the border. In June 2007, ATF published a strategy document, Southwest Border Initiative: Project Gunrunner (Gunrunner strategy), outlining four key components to Project Gunrunner: the expansion of gun tracing in Mexico, international coordination, domestic activities, and intelligence. In implementing Project Gunrunner, ATF has focused resources in its four Southwest border field divisions. In addition, ATF has made firearms trafficking to Mexico a top ATF priority nationwide. The OIG conducted this review to evaluate the effectiveness of ATF’s implementation of Project Gunrunner. Our review examined ATF’s enforcement and regulatory programs related to the Southwest border and Mexico, ATF’s effectiveness in developing and sharing firearms trafficking intelligence and information, the number and prosecutorial outcomes of ATF’s Project Gunrunner investigations, ATF’s coordination with U.S. and Mexican law enforcement partners, ATF’s traces of Mexican “crime guns,” and challenges that ATF faces in coordinating efforts to combat firearms trafficking with Mexico. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ATF/e1101.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 120279

Author: Guterbock, Thomas M. Title: Evaluation Study of Prince William County's Illegal Immigration Enforcement Policy: Final Report Summary: This study found that Prince William County's immigration policy has cut the number of illegal immigrants and the rates of some crimes have fallen since the policy was implemented. The study estimates that the number of illegal immigrants in the county dropped by between 2,000 and 6,000 people from 2006 to 2008. The study also found that the policy created an ethnic divide in perceptions of the county, but that has been largely repaired. The study found that approximately 7,400 people who may have been in the country illegally have left Prince William County since 2007. 2,400 illegal immigrants were turned over to Immigration and Customs Enforcement during the study. The policy aimed to reduce the number of illegal immigrants, cut crime, reduce overcrowded housing problems and neighborhood nuisances and save the county money by delivering fewer services to illegal immigrants. The study concludes that while reports of some types of crime, such as hit-and-run accidents and aggravated assaults, fell after implementation of the policy, it did not affect crime overall and some of the neighborhood problems, such as overcrowded housing, were lessened in some areas. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Center for Survey Research, University of Virginia: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2010. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2010 at: http://www.pwcgov.org/docLibrary/PDF/13188.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (Virginia) Shelf Number: 120287

Author: Griffin-Valade, LaVonne Title: Police Taser Use: Incidents Generally Resolved, But Some Practices and Policies Could Be Improved Summary: In the few interactions between the police and the public that involve the use of force, the Portland Police Bureau allows officers to use a variety of techniques and tools. Among these are conducted energy devices, referred to as “Tasers” in this report. Tasers and other less lethal tools allow officers to control situations with a far lower risk of death or serious injury than when a gun is used, and without requiring personal contact with the subject. This report presents an audit of the Portland Police Bureau’s policies and practices for using Tasers. The review found: Taser use was mostly effective in resolving incidents in a sample of 50 cases from 2009, although officers often used more than one cycle; Portland Police followed Bureau Taser policy in several key areas, but fell short on meeting some supervisory and documentation requirements; and Portland Police Taser policy is largely in line with other cities and with model policy recommendations developed by a nationally-recognized professional police association. Details: Portland, OR: Office of the City Auditor, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Report #386: Accessed November 27, 2010 at: http://www.portlandonline.com/auditor/index.cfm?a=326891&c=51639 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 120288

Author: Zemel, Sarabeth Title: Findings from a Survey of Juvenile Justice and Medicaid policies Affecting Children in the Juvenile Justice System: Inter-Agency Collaboration Summary: Medicaid is important to juvenile justice-involved youth both as a health care financing mechanism and as a way to access physical and behavioral health services. The National Academy for State Health Policy (NASHP), with the support of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, is working with the Models for Change grantee organizations and state policymakers to address the health needs of youth in the juvenile justice system. This issue brief from NASHP is the first in a series that highlights findings from surveys of juvenile justice and Medicaid agencies in order to determine policies around health care and Medicaid for youth involved in the juvenile justice system. The paper focuses on findings related to inter-agency collaboration, as well as educating juvenile justice agencies and staff about Medicaid policies, and data collection about the population both agencies serve. Details: Portland, ME: National Academy for State Health Policy, 2009. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.nashp.org/sites/default/files/JuvJust.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120144

Author: Zemel, Sarabeth Title: Medicaid Eligibility, Enrollment, and Retention Policies: Findings from a Survey of Juvenile Justice and Medicaid Policies Affecting Children in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This issue brief from NASHP is the second in a series that highlights findings from surveys of juvenile justice and Medicaid agencies in order to determine policies around health care and Medicaid for youth involved in the juvenile justice system. The paper focuses on findings related to Medicaid enrollment and retention policies for juvenile justice-involved youth. Details: Portland, ME: National Academy for State Health Policy, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.nashp.org/sites/default/files/MacFound11-09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120300

Author: Wright, Valerie Title: Deterrence in Criminal Justice: Evaluating Certainty vs. Severity of Punishment Summary: Over the past several decades state and federal incarceration rates have increased dramatically. As a consequence of more punitive laws and harsher sentencing policies 2.3 million people are incarcerated in the nation’s prisons and jails, and the U.S. leads the world in its rate of incarceration. Sentencing systems and incarceration traditionally have a variety of goals, which include incapacitation, punishment, deterrence and rehabilitation. In recent decades, sentencing policy initiatives have often been enacted with the goal of enhancing the deterrent effect of the criminal justice system. Under the rubric of “getting tough on crime,” policies such as mandatory minimums, truth in sentencing, and “three strikes and you’re out” have been designed to deter with the threat of imposing substantial terms of imprisonment for felony convictions. While the criminal justice system as a whole provides some deterrent effect, a key question for policy development regards whether enhanced sanctions or an enhanced possibility of being apprehended provide any additional deterrent benefits. Research to date generally indicates that increases in the certainty of punishment, as opposed to the severity of punishment, are more likely to produce deterrent benefits. This briefing paper provides an overview of criminological research on these relative impacts as a guide to inform future policy consideration. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/Deterrence%20Briefing%20.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 120303

Author: California Crime Laboratory Review Task Force Title: An Examination of Forensic Science in California Summary: Over the years, a network of forensic laboratories was created throughout California to serve the state’s criminal justice system. The California Department of Justice established several state-level labs while counties or cities developed their own entities. Since the criminal justice system depends on high-quality forensic science services, California enacted legislation in October 2007 to review the state’s crime laboratory system (Assembly Bill 1079, Richardson) with a mandate to the Department of Justice to create and chair the California Crime Laboratory Review Task Force. The legislation added section 11062 to the California Penal Code, which directed the Task Force to “make recommendations as to how best to configure, fund, and improve the delivery of state and local crime laboratory services in the future.” The mandate considered a variety of issues for the Task Force to review, including the following: Organization and management of crime laboratory services; Staff and training; Funding; Performance standards and equipment; and Statewide forensic science oversight. This report has two goals: first, to provide an accurate snapshot of the current condition of government-funded forensic science in California, including descriptions and explanations of both successful and failed delivery of timely, reliable, scientific testing; and second, to recommend steps that state and local policymakers can take to identify and address deficiencies in the field while continuing to support its achievements. A complete listing of the Task Force’s recommendations follows. The full report includes background information and discussions of the recommendations; each of these recommendations reflects the consensus of the Task Force. Details: Sacramento: The Task Force, 2009. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://ag.ca.gov/publications/crime_labs_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 120308

Author: Welsh, Wayne N. Title: A Multi-Site Evaluation of Prison-Based Drug Treatment: A Research partnership Between the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections and Temple University Summary: Therapeutic community (TC) drug treatment programs have become the preferred treatment approach in correctional settings. Previous evaluations of prison-based TC have produced promising results, including significant reductions in recidivism over follow-up periods ranging from three to five years. However, studies have also been criticized for small sample sizes, less-than-optimal research designs (e.g., uncontrolled selection and attrition biases), and insufficient attention to interactions between inmate characteristics, treatment process, and treatment outcomes (e.g., rearrest, reincarceration, drug relapse). No studies have examined prison-based TC across multiple sites while controlling for individual and programmatic variations in analyses of outcome. Numerous questions remain about the true impact of prison-based TC, and the potential impacts of unmeasured variations in inmate characteristics, treatment programs, and multiple outcome measures. The purpose of this project was to examine multiple, post-release outcomes over a post-release period of five years for inmates who participated in Therapeutic Community (TC) drug treatment programs or comparison groups at five Pennsylvania State Correctional Institutions (SCI's). The research was greatly facilitated by a strong, collaborative research partnership between Temple University and the Department of Corrections which began in 1998 and continues to the present. Details: Philadelphia: Pennsylvania Department of Corrections, 2009. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: www.portal.state.pa.us/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120312

Author: Dunworth, Terence Title: Evaluation of the Los Angeles Gang Reduction and Youth Development Program: Final Y1 Report Summary: This report documents the first 15-month period of the Los Angeles Gang Reduction and Youth Development (GRYD) program evaluation. GRYD is a gang prevention and intervention program that was implemented in 2008-2009 in 16 Los Angeles neighborhoods. This document reviews the GRYD program's origins, initial implementation, and the evolving development of GRYD practices and procedures in 12 of the neighborhoods. The report presents the original program evaluation design and methodology, evaluation challenges and delays, evaluation activities, and proposed next steps. Initial findings include encouraging results from a pilot retest of youth who received GRYD services. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2010. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412251-LA-Gang-Reduction.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 120313

Author: Duvall, Kate Title: Unlocking the Truth: Real Stories About the Trial and Incarceration of Youth as Adults in Virginia Summary: The report, Unlocking the Truth: Real Stories About the Trial and Incarceration of Youth as Adults in Virginia, is a result of JustChildren’s listening tour with youth convicted as adults, families, community members, and attorneys during the summer and fall of 2010. Key Findings: Adult convictions undermine successful reentry. Youth tried, convicted, and incarcerated as adults in Virginia face numerous obstacles to living productive and crime-free lives upon their return home due to a lack of services and opportunities in the adult correctional system and the barriers associated with an adult conviction; Adult correctional institutions are not safe places for young people. The youth and families JustChildren interviewed recounted numerous stories about victimization and isolation of young people incarcerated with adults; There is a lot of variation in local practice around making certification decisions. The time and attention paid to the decision to try a youth as an adult often varied from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. As a result, similar youth charged with similar offenses face extremely dissimilar outcomes based on the jurisdictions in which they are tried; and Unequal bargaining power produces unjust results. Because Commonwealth’s Attorneys have virtually unlimited authority over certification decisions for a wide array of offenses, they have a tremendous amount of bargaining power when it comes to negotiating pleas. Defense attorneys expressed frustration with how the threat of transfer inhibits their ability to pursue a meaningful defense for their young clients who are facing serious consequences and puts a lot of pressure on youth to plead guilty. Details: Charlottesville, VA: JustChildren, Legal Aid Justice Center, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://dontthrowawaythekey.files.wordpress.com/2010/11/final-unlocking-the-truth-report1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 120314

Author: Arean, Juan Carlos Title: Fathering After Violence: Working with Abusive Fathers in Supervised Visitation Summary: This guide is intended to assist the grantees of the Safe Havens: Supervised Visitation and Safe Exchange Grant Program (Supervised Visitation Program or SVP) that want to enhance the safety and well-being of women and children by working more deliberately with abusive fathers who use the centers to visit their children. Although fathers are not always the visiting parents and, in fact, in some centers mothers make up almost half of the visiting caseload, this document was designed to target in particular visiting fathers who have been violent with their intimate partners. This publication takes as a point of departure the minimum practice standards outlined in the Guiding Principles of the Supervised Visitation Program (Guiding Principles or GP) and builds upon that document to propose a continuum of more advanced interventions for the engagement of abusive fathers in visitation centers. These interventions are based on the learnings from the Fathering After Violence Initiative, developed by the Family Violence Prevention Fund (FVPF) and five current and past SVP grantees with funding from the Office of Violence Against Women (OVW). The work described in this guide is grounded on two key premises: Men who use violence can be held accountable for their behavior and simultaneously be encouraged to change it; and women and children can benefit from this approach. Details: San Francisco: Family Violence Prevention Fund, 2008. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://www.endabuse.org/userfiles/file/Children_and_Families/fathering_after_violence.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 120315

Author: Young, Malcolm Title: Setting the Record Straight: The Truth About "Early Release" From Illinois Prisons Summary: Over the past year, Illinois citizens have read and heard troubling stories about a program providing men and women “early release” from state prisons. Reporters and commentators have written sensational accounts of a “secret” program by which the Department of Corrections “shaved” the sentences of dangerous and violent prisoners. Candidates for offices have ether attacked the program – called MGT (Meritorious Good Time) and MGT-Push -- or disowned it. Nearly all of the charges against the program are false. Contrary to media reports, MGT-Push has not been responsible for a single illegal or premature release of dangerous criminals or for the commission of additional violent crime. MGT-Push did not cut prison sentences by months or years. It did not add to the public risk or endanger public safety. And it was not “secret.” But the controversy over MGT-Push has had harmful effects. It has resulted in ill-advised legislative and Administration decisions including some that may actually increase risks to public safety. In addition, the MGT controversy and the decisions it spawned have resulted in a sharp and sudden increase in the prison population that will overburden corrections and cost the state millions. The purpose of this report is simply to set the record straight concerning MGT. Subsequent reports will consider the impact of decisions curtailing MGT on the future of corrections in Illinois. Details: Chicago: Program for Prison Reentry Strategies, Bluhm Legal Clinic, Northwestern University School of Law, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://blogs.chicagotribune.com/files/setting-the-record-straight.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections (Illinois) Shelf Number: 120316

Author: Austin, James Title: Kentucky Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument Validation Summary: This study examines the validity of the Kentucky Pretrial Services Agency pretrial risk assessment instrument. The data used in this analysis are based on all cases where a pretrial interview was conducted by the various pretrial agencies that are located throughout Kentucky. The study found that the 13-item instrument produces a strong association between the risk levels of low, moderate and high, failure-to-appear and pretrial arrest rates. Details: Washington, DC: JFA Institute, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2010 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Docs/Documents/2010%20KY%20Risk%20Assessment%20Study%20JFA.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release Shelf Number: 120317

Author: Gibson, Chris L. Title: Crime and Victimization Among Hispanic Adolescents: A Multilevel Longitudinal Study of Acculturation and Segmented Assimilation Summary: The Hispanic population in the United States has increased considerably over the past two decades, accounting for 40% of the nation’s population growth in the 1990s and 49% of the growth between 2000 and 2004 (U.S. Census, 2005). Unlike previous demographic shifts, this increase has been largely fueled by birthrate which has significant impact on the social context in which new generations of Hispanic Americans are socialized. One area in particular is that of crime and victimization among these “new” Hispanic populations and key to understanding these experiences may be rooted in the acculturation process. This study represents a comprehensive effort to illustrate the divergent experiences of first-, second-, and third-generation Hispanic child and adolescent immigrants with respect to their self-reported violent victimization and involvement in criminal offending. Details: Unpublished Report Submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232278.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanic Americans Shelf Number: 120321

Author: Barnoski, Robert Title: Providing Evidence-Based Programs With Fidelity in Washington State Juvenile Courts: Cost Analysis Summary: This report describes a detailed analysis of fiscal year 2008 costs associated with providing state-funded evidence-based programs in the Washington State juvenile courts. Appendix A contains a description of each state-funded evidence-based programs examined in this study. These programs are: Aggression Replacement Training (ART); Coordination of Services (COS); Functional Family Therapy (FFT); Family Integrated Transitions (FIT); and Multi-Systemic Therapy (MST). The first two exhibits in this report summarize the cost of implementing evidence-based programs in Washington State juvenile courts during fiscal year 2008. The remainder of the report provides more detailed analyses of these costs. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/09-12-1201.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 120324

Author: Lawrence, Sarah Title: Reaching a Higher Ground: Increasing Employment Opportunities for People with Prior Convictions Summary: Stable employment makes for a higher quality of life for almost all working adults. With it comes an increased ability to take care of oneself and one's family, the power to purchase goods and services, the opportunity to develop personal relationships, and the fulfillment of personal growth. The reach of the criminal justice system has expanded in recent decades, and the consequences of involvement with the criminal justice system are more serious than ever, as laws, policies, and practices relate to almost all facets of life. An historic number of citizens have been convicted of a felony. Between 1980 and 2009, California's prison population increased by 583%, and the state's recidivism rates are above the national average. High recidivism rates come with significant financial costs to the state. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) budget was $9.8 billion in the 2009-2010 fiscal year. At the same time, the prevalence of background checks has also increased. The number of Californians with a criminal record has continued to grow; there are nearly eight million individuals in the state's criminal history file. Although the challenges facing individuals with prior convictions are daunting, and the number of individuals impacted is enormous, there are opportunities for change in the current social and political environment. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, University of California, Berkeley School of Law, 2010. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2010 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/Final_EO_Master_Complete.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120320

Author: Wang, Shun-Yung Kevin Title: Contingencies in the Long-Term Impact of Work on Crime Among Youth Summary: The impact of jobs on working American youth has not been examined thoroughly and the mechanism between employment and delinquency is not fully understood. Many prior studies that addressed the issue of youth employment and crime emphasized one variable, work intensity, and left plenty of unknown pieces in this puzzle. This study introduces the concept of “ladder jobs” that arguably deter job holders from committing delinquent and criminal behaviors. In this dissertation, “ladder jobs” are those with significant upward-moving occupational positions on a status ladder, and, to adolescents, these jobs encompass potential to be the start of an attractive career. Three promising mediating factors, job income, job stability, and parental control, are also examined. Data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 97 and structural equation modeling are used to test hypotheses. Results indicate that “ladder jobs” demonstrated a significant crime-decreasing effect, while employment exhibited a crime-increasing effect. In addition, the magnitude rate of “ladder jobs” versus employment increased as youth aged; that is, the advantages of “ladder jobs” gradually outweigh the disadvantages of employment in the sense of crime prevention. Furthermore, job income partially mediates the crime-increasing effect of employment on delinquency, and job stability partially mediates the crime-decreasing effect of “ladder jobs” on delinquency. However, parental control, which is measured as direct supervision, does not play a mediating role between employment and delinquency. In sum, from a crime-prevention standpoint, a job that pays little now, but improves the chances of a long-term career appears to better than a dead-end job that pays comparatively well in the short-term. The findings also imply that the discussions of employment and of internships among youth should address the importance of future-oriented feature of occupations, and not just the immediate monetary gains from the employment. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2010. 215p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232222.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120336

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Moving Illegal Proceeds: Challenges Exist in Federal Government's Effort to Stem Cross-Border Currency Smuggling Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is the lead federal agency responsible for inspecting travelers who seek to smuggle large volumes of cash--called bulk cash--when leaving the country through land ports of entry. It is estimated that criminals smuggle $18 billion to $39 billion a year in bulk cash across the southwest border. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) is responsible for reducing the risk of cross-border smuggling of funds through the use of devices called stored value, such as prepaid cards. GAO was asked to examine (1) the extent of actions taken by CBP to stem the flow of bulk cash leaving the country and any challenges that remain, (2) the regulatory gaps, if any, of cross-border reporting and other anti-money laundering requirements of stored value, and (3) if gaps exist, the extent to which FinCEN has addressed them. To conduct its work, GAO observed outbound operations at five land ports of entry. GAO also reviewed statutes, rules, and other information for stored value. This is a public version of a law enforcement sensitive report that GAO issued in September 2010. Information CBP deemed sensitive has been redacted. In March 2009, CBP created an Outbound Enforcement Program aimed at stemming the flow of bulk cash leaving the country, but further actions could be taken to address program challenges. Under the program, CBP inspects travelers leaving the country at all 25 land ports of entry along the southwest border. On the Northern border, inspections are conducted at the discretion of the Port Director. From March 2009 through June 2010, CBP seized about $41 million in illicit bulk cash leaving the country at land ports of entry. Stemming the flow of bulk cash, however, is a difficult and challenging task. For example, CBP is unable to inspect every traveler leaving the country at land ports of entry and smugglers of illicit goods have opportunities to circumvent the inspection process. Other challenges involve limited technology, infrastructure, and procedures to support outbound operations. CBP is in the early phases of this program and has not yet taken some actions to gain a better understanding of how well the program is working, such as gathering data for measuring program costs and benefits. By gathering data for measuring expected program costs and benefits, CBP could be in a better position to weigh the costs of any proposed expansion of the outbound inspection program against likely outcomes. Regulatory gaps of cross-border reporting and other anti-money laundering requirements exist with the use of stored value. For example, travelers must report transporting more than $10,000 in monetary instruments or currency at one time when leaving the country, but FinCEN does not have a similar requirement for travelers transporting stored value. Similarly, certain anti-money laundering regulations, such as reports on suspicious activities, do not apply to the entire stored value industry. The nature and extent of the use of stored value for cross-border currency smuggling and other illegal activities remains unknown, but federal law enforcement agencies are concerned about its use. FinCEN is developing regulations, as required by the Credit CARD Act of 2009, to address gaps in regulations related to the use of stored value for criminal purposes, but much work remains. FinCEN has not developed a management plan that includes, among other things, target dates for completing the regulations. Developing such a plan could help FinCEN better manage its rulemaking effort. When it issues the regulations, law enforcement agencies and FinCEN may be challenged in ensuring compliance by travelers and industry. For example, FinCEN will be responsible for numerous tasks including issuing guidance for compliance examiners, revising the way in which it tracks suspicious activities related to stored value, and addressing gaps in anti-money laundering regulations for off-shore entities that issue and sell stored value. GAO recommends that CBP, among other things, gather data on program costs and benefits and that FinCEN develop a plan, including target dates, to better manage its rulemaking process. CBP and FinCEN concurred with these recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-73: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1173.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120339

Author: Howard League for Penal Reform Title: Leave No Veteran Behind: The Inquiry into Former Armed Service personnel in Prison Visits the United States of America Summary: A Howard League for Penal Reform inquiry reveals that veterans in both the United States of America and England and Wales are less likely to go prison than their respective civilian populations, but when they do veterans are more likely to be serving sentences for violent and sexual offences. The briefing Leave No Veteran Behind follows a visit to the USA and is part of Howard League's inquiry into former armed service personnel in prison, chaired by Sir John Nutting QC, which aims to uncover why veterans enter the penal system and will make recommendations to the government about how to prevent offending. The inquiry finds that: Veterans are less likely to be in prison In England and Wales, civilians are thought to be 43 per cent more likely to end up in prison, and in the USA, veterans are less than half as likely to be in prison as other adult males; Veterans in prison are older In the United States, 65 per cent were over 55 (compared to 17 per cent of non-veteran prisoners). In England and Wales, 29 per cent are over 55, which compares to 9 per cent of the general prison population being 50 or over; Veterans are more likely to be serving sentences for violent offences Among State prisoners, 57 per cent of veterans were categorised as 'violent offenders', compared to 47 per cent of non-veterans. In the UK, 32.9 per cent of veterans are in prison for violence against the person, compared to 28.6 per cent of the non-veteran prison population; and Veterans are more likely to be serving sentences for sexual offences 23 per cent of veterans were in US prisons for sexual offences, compared to 9 per cent of civilian prisoners. In England and Wales, 25 per cent of veterans are in prison for sexual offences, compared to 19 per cent of the civilian prison population. Details: London: Howard League for Penal Reform, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.howardleague.org/fileadmin/howard_league/user/pdf/Veterans_inquiry/Leave_No_Veteran_Behind_.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Services Personnel Shelf Number: 120340

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Employment and Female Offenders: An Update of the Empirical Research Summary: Existing research demonstrates a positive link between employment and desistance from criminal behavior for offender populations. Reentering men and women face many challenges, from the stigma of their criminal record to an individual lack of employment history and relevant skills. For individuals successful in their search for employment, job retention can be complicated by everyday circumstances that compete for attention. Although male and female offenders face many of the same issues, women often face a set of circumstances that add additional barriers, particularly if the women are the sole custodial parent for children. This bulletin is a summary of available literature related to employment and women in the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Gender-Responsive Strategies for Women Offenders: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://nicic.gov/Downloads/PDF/Library/024662.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120344

Author: Cook, David Title: Rehabilitation of Radicals Summary: In the past 10 years, the rehabilitation of Muslim radicals has become a pressing issue. Great numbers of radicals have passed in and out of various incarcerating institutions and are returned to their societies where they frequently rejoin radical groups, sometimes more radicalized and technically proficient than they were prior to their incarceration. Both Muslim and non-Muslim governments have sought different methods to rehabilitate radicals, ranging from arranging debates between radicals and mainstream Muslim religious elite to confronting them with betrayals and denunciations by relatives, friends, and associates. There are also full-scale “reeducation” camps. This policy paper will seek to evaluate these methodologies and propose for the United States a workable policy for re-integrating radicals into society, thus defusing the power of recidivism. Details: Houston, TX: James A. Baker III Institute for Public Policy, Rice University, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://bakerinstitute.org/publications/BI-pub-CookRadicalRehab-100710.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Muslims Shelf Number: 120345

Author: Florida Department of Juvenile Justice. Blueprint Commission Title: Getting Smart About Juvenile Justice in Florida Summary: Florida’s juvenile justice system is blazing a new path. Since the Department of Juvenile Justice was established in 1994, the State and the Department have taken a “Get Tough” approach to juvenile crime. Today, while overall juvenile crime rates are down, policy makers, experts in juvenile crime, youth advocates and community leaders agree that Florida’s juvenile justice system lacks the capacity to provide the spectrum of services needed to significantly impact juvenile crime and public safety for the long term. It is time for Florida to “Get Smart” about juvenile justice. In July 2007, Governor Charlie Crist authorized creation of the Blueprint Commission as a time-limited workgroup charged with developing recommendations to reform Florida’s juvenile justice system. The Blueprint Commission’s 25 members traveled the state, holding public hearings and receiving testimony from a host of stakeholders – community leaders, law enforcement and court officers, representatives of the public school systems, health and mental health officials, parents, youth, advocates, national experts in juvenile justice and Department staff. They learned: Communities, which bear the burden of providing prevention services for at-risk youth, have limited capacity and resources with which to respond; Public school systems – themselves under stress – increasingly are using Zero Tolerance practices to send youth into the juvenile justice system rather than apply alternative methods of discipline; Even in the face of a decline in overall juvenile justice system referrals, the use of secure detention (jail-like setting) is increasing. Florida places youth in secure detention and in residential commitment at rates that exceed national norms; There is a growing proportion of girls in the juvenile justice system, which presents a host of health, mental health and programmatic challenges; There is a disproportionate number of minorities in the system – and the disproportion grows worse the deeper into the system you go; At all levels, across gender and race, the health and mental health needs of youth in the juvenile justice system are extraordinary, with two-thirds of youth, in some cases, having mental-health or substanceabuse issues; Through all of these challenges, the Department of Juvenile Justice is struggling to keep pace. Directcare staff is poorly equipped, compensation is low, and annual turnover ranges from 35% to 66%, depending on the employee category. The members of the Blueprint Commission, working with expert advisors, identified 52 recommendations for change, organized under seven guiding principles and 12 key goals that are designed to be implemented over multiple years. Though the recommendations are extensive and diverse, they can be summarized as follows: The State of Florida needs to invest in a continuum of services that can provide the right services at the right time in the least-restrictive environment, while continuing to provide serious sanctions for youth involved in serious and violent crime, where appropriate; Florida should invest in community-based programs that help keep kids out of trouble; Florida should develop alternative programs and interventions at the community level to prevent youth who do not pose a public safety or flight risk from placement in secure detention; For those youth who require commitment to residential facilities, Florida should provide facilities that are small, that provide good educational and skill-building programs, and that best prepare youth for return to their communities; Florida must provide gender-specific programming that effectively addresses the needs of girls in the juvenile justice system; And it must address the disproportionate presence of minorities in the system. Florida must provide adequate resources to meet the mental and physical health needs of youth in the juvenile justice system; Florida must invest in the human resources that provide direct care services to youth in the system and develop a more professional and stable workforce; And at every point, Florida should implement only those programs and strategies that are evidencebased, that have been demonstrated to be effective in protecting public safety while at the same time providing an optimum future for our youth. The Department of Juvenile Justice’s new Mission, Vision and Guiding Principles outline the Department’s commitment to be child-centered and family focused while, at the same time, reducing juvenile delinquency and improving public safety. The findings and recommendations of the Blueprint Commission are intended to guide and support the Department, and the State, along this new path. Details: Tallahassee: Blueprint Commission, 2008. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.djj.state.fl.us/blueprint/documents/Report_of_the_Blueprint_Commision.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120352

Author: Harris, Phil Title: A CJCA White Paper: Defining and Measuring Recidivism Summary: In October of 2008, OJJDP funded a CJCA all-directors conference in Chicago to begin the process of developing common definitions and measures of recidivism. Speakers at the conference included Steve Aos, Mark Lipsey, Edward Mulvey, and Carol Shapiro. By the end of the conference, a rough set of definitions of recidivism emerged, contingencies such as identifying youths at different levels of risk received support, and the directors recognized that access to needed data would be an obstacle to outcome measurement in some states. This white paper is a product of the proceedings of the all-directors conference and a work group, comprised of directors and researchers, created out of that conference. Over the past year, members of the group submitted ideas, responded to interviews, and edited drafts to advance the group's goal of reaching consensus on how to measure recidivism. The work group is focused on developing a set of standards regarding the definition and measurement of recidivism that will be adopted by all juvenile justice agencies with the ultimate goal of facilitating the development of more effective responses to the problem of delinquency. In October 2009, OJJDP funded a second all directors conference in Chicago to review the proposed White Paper and consider the findings. The directors adopted the White Paper by consensus. Having achieved White Paper consensus an Implementation Subcommittee of the Work Group was formed to develop a comprehensive implementation plan for national recidivism data gathering and measurement. Details: Braintree, MA: Council of Juvenile Correctional Administrators, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CJCA White Paper: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://cjca.net/cjcaresources/15/CJCA-Recidivism-White-Paper.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120353

Author: Johnson, Byron R. Title: The Great Escape: How Religion Alters the Delinquent Behavior of High-Risk Adolescents Summary: Does individual religious commitment serve as a buffer in supporting high-risk youth (such as those living in poor inner-city areas) escape drug use and other illegal activities? Inadequacies of support structures in poor inner-city black communities lead many black youth into criminal and other delinquent activities. However, there are protective factors which help numerous youth in those communities stay out trouble. We predict that individual religiosity will demonstrate itself to be one of those shielding factors. We expect that all other things being equal, religious commitment will act as a safeguard in protecting at-risk youth living in poor, inner-city black communities from socially undesirable activities. To test this proposition, we use data from an interview survey of 2,358 young black males from poor neighborhoods in Boston, Chicago, and Philadelphia. After analyzing the data, our results indicate that behavioral measures of religious commitment (the frequency with which one attends religious services) significantly reduce non-drug illegal activities, drug use, and drug dealing among disadvantaged youth. However, attitudinal measures of religious devotion (one's response to how important of a role religion plays in his or her life) is not significantly linked to reductions in juvenile delinquency. In this study, we discuss the theoretical and methodological implications of our findings, indicate the shortcomings of previous research, and provide direction for further investigation to focus on individual religiosity as a potentially important protective factor for high-risk disadvantaged youth. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, Baylor Institute for Studies of Religion, 2008. 16p. (Originally published: 2002) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.isreligion.org/wp-content/uploads/ISR_Great_Escape.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120354

Author: Johnson, Byron R. Title: The Role of African-African Churches in Reducing Crime Among Black Youth Summary: This paper examines the hypothesis that the religious involvement of African-American youth significantly shields them from the deleterious effects of neighborhood disorder and decay on youth crime. This hypothesis is tested by examining the fifth wave of data from the National Youth Survey (nys), focusing on black respondents given the historical as well as contemporary significance of the African-American church for black Americans. Results from a series of multivariate analyses indicate that: (1) the effects of neighborhood disorder on crime among black youth are partly mediated by an individual’s religious involvement; and (2) involvement of African- American youth in religious institutions significantly buffers or interacts with the effects of neighborhood disorder on crime, and in particular, serious crime. Theoretical and methodological implications of the present findings are briefly discussed. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, Baylor Institute for Studies of Religion, 2008. 20p. (Originally published: 2002) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.isreligion.org/wp-content/uploads/ISR_Role_African_American.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 120355

Author: Saar, Malika Saada Title: Mothers Behind Bars: A State-by-State Analysis of Federal Policies on Conditions of Confinement for Pregnant and Parenting Women and the Effect on Their Children Summary: There are now more women behind bars than at any other point in U.S. history. Women have borne a disproportionate burden of the war on drugs, resulting in a monumental increase of women who are facing incarceration for the first time, overwhelmingly for non-violent offenses. This rampant incarceration has a devastating impact on families. Most of these women, unseen and largely forgotten, are mothers. Unfortunately, pregnant women, incarcerated women and their children are subject to federal and state correctional policies that fail to recognize their distinct needs or honor their families. The Rebecca Project and the National Women’s Law Center collaborated on this Report Card, which analyzes federal and state policies on prenatal care, shackling, and alternative sentencing programs and grades states on whether their policies help or harm incarcerated women in these key areas. This effort is intended to help advocates assess their own state’s policies affecting these significant phases of pregnancy, labor and delivery, and parenting. The Report Card also provides an analysis of related federal laws and policies regarding conditions of confinement for women in federal prisons and immigration detention facilities. Additionally, it assesses how the federal government funds state programs that serve incarcerated pregnant or parenting women. For reasons discussed below in the federal findings section, the federal government does not receive a grade. Rather, the Report Card identifies areas where the federal government is making commendable gains in the humane treatment of incarcerated women who are pregnant or parenting and provides specific recommendations for areas that need improvement. Details: Washington, DC: National Women's Law Center and the Rebecca Project for Human Rights, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.rebeccaproject.org/images/stories/files/mothersbehindbarsreport-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 120361

Author: Blumstein, Alfred Title: Potential of Redemption in Criminal Background Checks Summary: Background checking, especially checking of criminal-history records, is becoming increasingly ubiquitous in the U.S. Recent advances in information technology and growing concern about employer liability have combined to increase the demand for such background checks. Also, a large number of individual criminal records have accumulated and been computerized in state repositories and commercial databases. As a result, many people who have made mistakes in their youthful past, but have since lived a law-abiding life face hardships in finding employment. The concern is evidenced by the report from the Attorney General sent to Congress in June, 2006 on criminal history background checks (U.S. Department of Justice, 2006). In the report, there is a recommendation for time limits on the relevancy of criminal records, which reflects the fact that the potentially lasting effect of criminal records is a common concern among many governmental and legal entities that have a say in this issue. Such entities include the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), which is concerned about discrimination based on criminal records because those with criminal records are disproportionately racial/ethnic minorities. The American Bar Association (ABA) is also concerned about the negative lasting effect of criminal records in employment settings. Both these organizations are taking an initiative to broaden the discussion about the problem of the way in which criminal records are currently used and to address how to regulate the use of criminal records, including a time limit on their relevancy. It is our goal in this project to provide guidance on the possibility of “redemption,” (which we define as the process of lifting the burden of the prior record), and to provide guidance on how one may estimate when such redemption is appropriate. Numerous studies have shown in the past that recidivism probability declines with time “clean,” so there is some point in time when a person with a criminal record who remained free of further contact with the criminal justice system is of no greater risk than any counterpart, an indication of redemption from the mark of an offender. We henceforth call this time point “redemption time.” Sections of this report discuss the recent trends about the practice of criminal background checking, particularly by employers, and the volume of computerized criminal records that are available for such background checks. They also address the problem of the lack of guidelines that could help employers understand how the “age” of a criminal record relates to the level of risk of a new crime. By discussing the trends, we demonstrate that the problem of redemption is a pressing public concern, and that empirically based guidance on redemption is urgently needed. Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232358.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 120364

Author: Fellner, Jamie Title: The Price of Freedom: Bail and Pretrial Detention of Low Income Nonfelony Defendants in New York City Summary: Thousands of defendants in New York City accused of minor crimes are held in pretrial detention each year solelybecause they cannot afford to pay even small amounts of bail. The Price of Freedom—based on scores of interviews with defendants, family members, judges, prosecutors, and defense attorneys, and a trove of new data—analyzes why this is happening and what can be done to ensure greater equity in the bail process. Previously unpublished data made available to Human Rights Watch by the NYC Criminal Justice Agency (CJA) shows that in 87 percent of cases of nonfelony defendants arrested in 2008 in which bail was set at $1,000 or less (the most recent year for which such data is available), the defendants were not able to post bail at arraignment. On average, such individuals spent some 16 days in pretrial detention. Almost three out of four such individuals were accused of nonviolent, non-weapons related crimes such as shoplifting, turnstile jumping, smoking marijuana in public, or trespassing. The Price of Freedom recommends that New York City develop a pretrial supervised release program to allow more nonfelony defendants to remain free while awaiting trial. This approach would honor the presumption of innocence but cost far less than housing, feeding, guarding, and providing medical care to inmates confined round the clock in jail. The report also calls for reforms requiring judges to more carefully tailor their bail decisions to defendants’ financial resources, including wider use of unsecured appearance bonds for those accused of misdemeanors. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://www.hrw.org/en/reports/2010/12/02/price-freedom-0 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 120365

Author: Freisthler, Bridget Title: Social Mechanisms of Child Maltreatment Summary: This article begins to describe and explicate the specific mechanisms by which substance use and the substance use environment contribute to specific types of child maltreatment. These mechanisms relating alcohol outlet densities and drug market activities to child maltreatment described here include effects on social disorganization, parent's drinking and drug use behaviors, and parental supervision. By investigating potential mechanisms, new information could be obtained on the importance and role of alcohol, drugs, and their availability in the etiology of child maltreatment. This knowledge can be used to further tailor interventions to those conditions most likely to prevent and reduce maltreatment. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: PSP-CCPR-2010-018: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2010-018/PWP-CCPR-2010-018.SocMech Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Outlet Density Shelf Number: 120369

Author: Freisthler, Bridget Title: Exploring the Relationship Between Levels of Alcohol Use and Child Physical Abuse Summary: This study examined how different levels of drinking were related to the perpetration of child physical abuse in California. Methods. A general population telephone survey of 3,023 parents or legal guardians 18 years or older was conducted across 50 cities in California during March 2009 through October 2009. The telephone survey included items data on physically abusive parenting practices, drinking behaviors, and socio-demographic characteristics. Results. Ordered probit models found that heavier moderate drinkers, infrequent heavy drinkers, occasional heavy drinkers, and frequent heavy drinkers were all more likely to report engaging in physically abusive behaviors over the past year than were lifetime abstainers. The marginal effects for some demographic variables were statistically significant for participants who reported no and minor physical abuse. Conclusion. Parents who drink heavily infrequently or occasionally are not likely to meet the diagnostic criteria for alcohol abuse or dependence. Children of these parents may be overlooked by both the substance abuse treatment and child welfare systems, meaning that without intervention or services they are at greater risk for future problems. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: PWP-CCPR-2010-017: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2010-017/PWP-CCPR-2010-017.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 120370

Author: Barlyn, Ben Title: Report on New Jersey's Drug Free Zone Crimes and Proposal For Reform Summary: This report presents a concise summary of the key findings and recommendations of the New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing primarily concerning N.J.S.A. 2C:35-7, commonly known as the drug free school zone law and N.J.S.A. 2C:35-7.1, commonly referred to as the park zone law. New Jersey’s school zone law mandates enhanced punishment for those that distribute, or possess with intent to distribute, illicit narcotics within 1,000 feet of school property. Ten years after the enactment of the school zone law, the Legislature enacted N.J.S.A. 2C:35-7.1 which mandates enhanced punishment for those that distribute, or possess with intent to distribute, illicit narcotics within 500 feet of public parks, public housing and other public buildings. New Jersey’s cities are among the most densely populated in the nation. Given the large concentration of schools in these areas, the protective zones which surround them have overlapped and coalesced to such an extent that the three cities studied by the Commission – Jersey City, Camden, and Newark – have themselves become all-encompassing drug free zones. The foregoing “urban effect” of the drug free zone laws significantly increases the likelihood that a drug distribution offense will occur within a drug free school zone in urban areas; minorities, who currently comprise a greater proportion of urban populations than rural and suburban populations, are therefore far more likely to be charged with a drug free zone offense and subjected to harsher punishment upon conviction. The unintended, but profoundly discriminatory, impact of the laws is the direct result of the size of the zones defined by the school zone and park zone laws, and is, moreover, significantly amplified by New Jersey’s unique demographic characteristics. The end result of this cumulative “urban effect” of the drug free zone laws is that nearly every offender (96%) convicted and incarcerated for a drug free zone offense in New Jersey is either Black or Hispanic. The “urban effect” greatly undermines the school zone law’s effectiveness in protecting school children: the enormous, unbroken swaths created by the overlapping zones have in fact diluted the special protection of schools that the law was specifically intended to facilitate. A review of geocoded arrest data for illicit drug activity in Newark yields no evidence that drug dealers are aware of school zones, much less that they deliberately undertake their criminal activity to evade exposure to the school zone law. Based on its review of the pertinent data, the Commission concludes that a substantial reduction of the zones will at once significantly enhance the effectiveness of the law while considerably diminishing the disproportionate number of minority drug dealers subject to enhanced punishment avoided by their white suburban and rural counterparts. The Commission’s proposal to amend the school zone and drug free park laws by substantially reducing the zone size to 200 feet remedies both aforementioned deficiencies. The Commission’s proposal would eliminate the mandatory minimum sentence for the school zone offense but would upgrade the crime within the reduced zone to second degree which carries a presumption of imprisonment. Discretionary extended terms of imprisonment for repeat offenders and parole ineligibility terms could still be imposed by judges with respect to drug offenses both inside and outside the zones. This change will ensure that those who sell drugs within close proximity to schools and other protected property will be subject to significant punishment, including the presumption of imprisonment, while also conferring a greater degree of discretion on courts in fashioning fair and appropriate sentences. The Commission recognizes that the financial cost of incarcerating large numbers of drug offenders places a tremendous burden on the State budget and might not constitute the most efficient use of public funds to promote public safety by preventing future drug crimes. Further study is urgently required. The Commission’s findings and recommendations with regard to the drug free zone laws are unanimous. The Commission will continue to collect data and carefully monitor application of the current drug free zone provisions, as well as subsequently enacted provisions. These findings will be presented to the Legislature and the public on a periodic basis. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing, 2005. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://www.sentencing.nj.gov/publications.html Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Free School Zones Shelf Number: 100375

Author: New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing Title: Statutory Changes to Sentencing Under the NJ Code of Criminal Justice: 1979 to the Present Summary: Enacted 28 years ago, the New Jersey Code of Criminal Justice wrought changes in sentencing practice and policy, both substantive and procedural, that constituted a major, if not revolutionary, advance over the scheme it supplanted. In short, the Code imposed a rational and comprehensive framework for imposing sentencing on a system that plausibly could be characterized as anarchic. That having been said, 28 years is a substantial period of time by any measure, and much has changed since 1979. Specifically, during the intervening years between the Code’s enactment and the present, the Legislature has consistently amended the Code by adding provisions that defined new crimes or modified (typically through enhancement) punishment for existing offenses. This ongoing accumulation of new provisions has, to some observers, fundamentally altered the underlying philosophy and architecture of the sentencing scheme established by the Code and envisioned and championed by those responsible for bringing the Code into existence. This report endeavors to accurately chart these changes and to place them in a context that enables the reader to clearly appreciate the extent to which sentencing law and practice has been steadily transformed since 1979. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that the content of this document is intended to be descriptive rather than prescriptive – no opinion or judgment is proffered as to the wisdom or propriety of the enactments described herein. The Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing does strongly hope that this report precipitates a much-needed and manifestly long-overdue discussion among key stakeholders, including the judiciary, elected officials, law enforcement, the defense bar, corrections officials, and, importantly, the general public, regarding whether to engage in a comprehensive evaluation and reassessment of the Code’s sentencing scheme and consider whether systemic reform is required. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing, 2007-2008. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://www.sentencing.nj.gov/downloads/pdf/Statutory_Changes_to_Sentencing.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Sentencing (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 120373

Author: New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing Title: New Jersey's Drug Courts, Special Probation and Proposal for Reform Summary: This report presents a concise summary of the key findings and recommendations of the New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing concerning N.J.S.A. 2C:3514, commonly referred to as the special probation statute. The special probation statute was enacted as part of the Comprehensive Drug Reform Act of 1986 and provides for rehabilitative treatment and intensive supervision for nonviolent, drug-dependent offenders. The special probation statute was intended by the Legislature to divert appropriate offenders subject to state imprisonment to a five-year period of intensive supervision conditioned upon a mandatory six-month period of inpatient drug treatment. The special probation statute predated by several years the establishment of drug courts in New Jersey and serves as a mechanism pursuant to which otherwise prison-bound offenders are admitted into New Jersey's Drug Court Program. The special probation statute and the New Jersey Adult Drug Court Program are not synonymous. The New Jersey Drug Court program is administered by the Administrative Office of the Courts and involves a collaborative relationship between representatives of the criminal justice system, including judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys and probation officers, and drug treatment professionals. The special probation statute defines with particularity which prisonbound defendants, i.e., those who are subject to a presumption of imprisonment or a mandatory minimum term of incarceration, may gain entry into the Drug Court Program. The provision also enumerates specific conditions that must be adhered to by these offenders while participating in the Drug Court Program. There exists compelling evidence that individuals who use illicit drugs are more likely to engage in criminal behavior, and that many offenses are commonly committed by individu als who had used drugs or alcohol during or just prior to committing their crimes. The drug court model was developed in response to a widespread recognition that the conventional criminal justice process had little impact on the rehabilitative prospects of drug-dependent offenders. The principal goal of drug courts is to reduce drug use and associated criminal behavior by engaging and retaining drug-involved offenders in coerced treatment. At the center of the collaborative approach embodied by the drug court model is the trial judge. The investment of judicial resources in drug court programs has been validated by a study reflecting that “highrisk” offenders perform better in drug court when subject to biweekly status hearings. While acknowledging the methodological flaws in a substantial number of studies, the New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing (Commission) has nonetheless reviewed recent literature on the impact of drug courts and concluded there is substantial and empirically reliable evidence that drug courts are indeed effective in reducing recidivism among offenders who have successfully completed drug court programs. Although more comprehensive and methodologically rigorous studies are certainly warranted, the available outcome data for offenders sentenced under N.J.S.A. 2C:3514 compares favorably to the data on outcomes for nondrug court state prison offenders. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Commission to Review Criminal Sentencing, 2007. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://www.sentencing.nj.gov/downloads/special_probation_report_April_2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 120374

Author: Freisthler, Bridget Title: The Geography of Drug Market Activities and Child Maltreatment Summary: The purpose of this study is to begin to understand how the drug market activities place children at risk for being abused or neglect by examining both the temporal and spatial patterns of drug market activities over time. Data were collected for 95 Census tracts in Sacramento, California over seven years (n = 665). The study examined the relationship between child maltreatment (as measured by referrals, substantiations, and foster care entries) and drug possessions and drug sales. Data were analyzed using Bayesian space-time models. The study found that referrals for child maltreatment investigations were less likely to occur in places where current drug market activity (as measured by drug possessions and drug sales) were present. However, drug sales and past year local and spatially lagged drugs sales were positively related to referrals. After the investigative phase (i.e., referrals) Census tracts with more drug possessions and drug sales had higher numbers of substantiations and those tracts with more possessions also had more entries into foster care. The temporal delay between drug sales and child maltreatment referrals may: (1) indicate that the surveillance systems designed to protect children may not be very responsive to changing neighborhood conditions or (2) be indicative of the time it takes for drug sales to reach their users and for the detrimental effects of the drug use to appear. Drug activity is likely factored into the overall risk to children by child welfare caseworkers as evidenced by significantly higher substantiations and foster care entries in these areas. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: PWP-CCPR-2010-016: Accessed December 3, 2010 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2010-016/PWP-CCPR-2010-016.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 120380

Author: Redcross, Cindy Title: Transitional Jobs for Ex-Prisoners: Implementation, Two-Year Impacts, and Costs of the Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) Prisoner Reentry Program Summary: Almost 700,000 people are released from state prisons each year. Ex-prisoners face daunting obstacles to successful reentry into society, and rates of recidivism are high. Most experts believe that stable employment is critical to a successful transition, but ex-prisoners have great difficulty finding steady work. This report presents interim results from a rigorous evaluation of the New York City-based Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO), a highly regarded employment program for ex-prisoners. CEO participants are placed in paid transitional jobs shortly after enrollment; they are supervised by CEO staff and receive a range of supports. Once they show good performance in the transitional job, participants get help finding a permanent job and additional support after placement. CEO is one of four sites in the Enhanced Services for the Hard-to-Employ Demonstration and Evaluation Project, which is sponsored by the Administration for Children and Families and the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), with additional funding from the U.S. Department of Labor. The project is being conducted under contract to HHS by MDRC, a nonprofit research organization, along with the Urban Institute and other partners. The impacts of CEO's program are being assessed using a rigorous research design. In 2004-2005, a total of 977 ex-prisoners who reported to CEO were assigned, at random, to a program group that was eligible for all of CEO's services or to a control group that received basic job search assistance. So far, the two groups have been followed for two years after study entry. Almost 700,000 people are released from state prisons each year. Ex-prisoners face daunting obstacles to successful reentry into society, and rates of recidivism are high. Most experts believe that stable employment is critical to a successful transition, but ex-prisoners have great difficulty finding steady work. This report presents interim results from a rigorous evaluation of the New York City-based Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO), a highly regarded employment program for ex-prisoners. CEO participants are placed in paid transitional jobs shortly after enrollment; they are supervised by CEO staff and receive a range of supports. Once they show good performance in the transitional job, participants get help finding a permanent job and additional support after placement. CEO is one of four sites in the Enhanced Services for the Hard-to-Employ Demonstration and Evaluation Project, which is sponsored by the Administration for Children and Families and the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), with additional funding from the U.S. Department of Labor. The project is being conducted under contract to HHS by MDRC, a nonprofit research organization, along with the Urban Institute and other partners. The impacts of CEO's program are being assessed using a rigorous research design. In 2004-2005, a total of 977 ex-prisoners who reported to CEO were assigned, at random, to a program group that was eligible for all of CEO's services or to a control group that received basic job search assistance. So far, the two groups have been followed for two years after study entry. Key Findings Include the following: CEO's program operated smoothly during the study period, and most program group members received the core services. More than 70 percent of the program group worked in a transitional job; the average length of that employment was about eight weeks; CEO generated a large but short-lived increase in employment; the increase was driven by CEO's transitional jobs. By the end of the first year of the study period, the program and control groups were equally likely to be employed, and their earnings were similar; CEO reduced recidivism during both the first and the second year of the study period. The program group was significantly less likely than the control group to be convicted of a crime, to be admitted to prison for a new conviction, or to be incarcerated for any reason in prison or jail during the first two years of the study period. In Year 1, CEO reduced recidivism only for those who came to the program within three months after their release from prison; in Year 2, however, the program reduced recidivism both for recently released study participants and for those who were not recently released at study entry. The study will follow the two groups for a third year, but the results so far show that CEO's program reduced recidivism, even after the employment gains faded. Decreases in recidivism have rarely been found in rigorous evaluations. Further research is needed to identify approaches that can produce more sustained increases in employment and earnings for ex-prisoners. Details: New York: MDRC, 2009. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/1001362_transitional_jobs.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120375

Author: Justice Research and Statistics Association Title: Assessing the Use of Pennsylvania's Victims Compensation Assistance Program (VCAP) Summary: The objectives of this study were to: 1) assess Pennsylvania’s current rate of utilization of crime victim compensation and compare this to the rates of other states; 2) identify, via literature review and data analysis, factors related to utilization of compensation programs; and 3) develop recommendations for improving the Pennsylvania Victims Compensation Assistance Program (VCAP). The evaluation determined the current state of knowledge regarding the use of victim compensation programs by literature review, PCCD-published data, and data from the state’s Dependable Access for Victimization Expenses (DAVE) database. The study also used national data published by the Office of Victims (OVC) to compare Pennsylvania’s use of compensation to that of the nation as a whole. Researchers also conducted a survey of the state’s victim service providers to obtain their assessment of factors that might account for the lack of use of compensation programs. The literature suggested that lack of awareness about victims’ services in general, and compensation availability in particular, explains to a great degree victim nonuse of these services. The study also generated areas that Pennsylvania can work on to improve use of victims’ compensation programs. Details: Washington, DC: JRSA, 2008. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.portal.state.pa.us/portal/server.pt/community/hide_-_victims_services/7633/vs_utilization/517807 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Compensation (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 120386

Author: Kaplan, Claire Title: CORI: Opening Doors of Opportunity: A Workforce and Public Safety Imperative. Report of the Task Force on CORI Employer Guidelines Summary: This report documents the findings and recommendations of the task force, which met over a 8-month period to identify opportunities to improve access to employment for low-risk, qualified applicants with CORI, while continuing to protect vulnerable populations. Details: Boston: The Boston Foundation, Crime & Justice Institute, 2007. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.tbf.org/uploadedFiles/CORI_2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Employment (Boston) Shelf Number: 120389

Author: Freisthler, Bridget Title: Alcohol Use, Drinking Venue Utilization, and Child Physical Abuse: Results from a Pilot Study Summary: A positive relationship between parents’ drinking and child physical abuse has been established. This paper examines how a parent’s use of drinking locations is related to physical abuse. A convenience sample of 103 parents was answered questions on physical abuse with the Conflict Tactics Scale – Parent Child version (CTS-PC), current drinking behavior, and the frequency with which they drank at different venues, including bars and parties. Probit models were used to assess relationships between parent demographics, drinking patterns, places of drinking and CTS-PC scores. Frequent drinking, frequent drinking in bars, parties in a parent’s own home, and frequent drinking at friends’ homes were positively related to child physical abuse. Drinking locations are related to child physical abuse. This suggests that time spent in these venues provides opportunities to mix with individuals that may share the same attitudes and norms towards acting violently. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2009. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: On-Line Working Paper Series, CCPR-036-09: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2009-036/PWP-CCPR-2009-036.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 120390

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Police Chiefs and Sheriffs Speak Out On Local Immigration Enforcement Summary: This report provides detailed information about the growing concern of police chiefs across the nation about the illegal immigration issue. Specifically, the key question is the extent to which local police and sheriffs’ agencies should be involved in enforcing federal immigration laws. This report provides the results of a survey that PERF conducted on this issue, as well as the views of local police executives who participated in a PERF Summit. The Summit produced consensus among the chiefs on several points, including the view that it is appropriate to check suspects’ immigration status at the time of arrest and booking for serious offenses. Chiefs expressed several concerns about increased local enforcement, particularly that they lack sufficient personnel to take on the task, and that enforcement can undermine the trust between police and immigrant community members. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2008. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 120392

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Ferry Security Measures Have Been Implemented, but Evaluating Existing Studies Could Further Enhance Security Summary: Ferries are a vital component of the U.S. transportation system and 2008 data show that U.S. ferries carried more than 82 million passengers and over 25 million vehicles. Ferries are also potential targets for terrorism in the United States and have been terrorist targets overseas. GAO was asked to review ferry security, and this report addresses the extent to which (1) the Coast Guard, the lead federal agency for maritime security, assessed risk in accordance with the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) guidance and what risks it identified; and (2) federal agencies, ferry and facility operators, and law enforcement entities have taken actions to protect ferries and their facilities. GAO reviewed relevant requirements, analyzed 2006 through 2009 security operations data, interviewed federal and industry officials, and made observations at five domestic and one international locations with varying passenger volumes and relative risk profiles. Site visits provided information on security, but were not projectable to all ports. This is the public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in October 2010. Information that DHS deemed sensitive has been redacted. The Coast Guard assessed the risk--including threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences--to ferries in accordance with DHS guidance on risk assessment and, along with other maritime stakeholders, identified risks associated with explosive devices, among other things. Although in April 2010, Coast Guard intelligence officials stated that there have been no credible terrorist threats identified against ferries and their facilities in at least the last 12 months, maritime intelligence officials have identified the presence of terrorist groups with the capability of attacking a ferry. Many of the Coast Guard, ferry system and law enforcement officials GAO spoke with generally believe ferries are vulnerable to passenger- or vehicle-borne improvised explosive devices, although not all ferry systems transport vehicles. The Coast Guard has also identified the potential consequences of an attack, which could include possible loss of life and negative economic effects. In April 2010, Coast Guard officials stated that the relative risk to ferries is increasing, as evidenced by attacks against land-based mass transit and other targets overseas. Federal agencies--including the Coast Guard, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA), and Customs and Border Protection (CBP)--ferry operators, and law enforcement entities report that they have taken various actions to enhance the security of ferries and facilities and have implemented related laws, regulations, and guidance, but the Coast Guard may be missing opportunities to enhance ferry security. Security measures taken by the Coast Guard have included providing a security presence on ferries during transit. Coast Guard officials also reported that they are revising regulations to improve ferry operator training and developing guidance on screening. Ferry operators' security actions have included developing and implementing security plans and screening vehicles and passengers, among other things. However, the Coast Guard had not evaluated and, if determined warranted, acted on all findings and recommendations resulting from five agency-contracted studies on ferry security completed in 2005 and 2006. Reports from these studies included several recommendations for standardizing and enhancing screening across ferry operators. Standards for internal control in the federal government state that agencies should ensure that findings of audits and other reviews are promptly resolved, and that managers take action to evaluate and resolve matters identified in these audits and reviews. As a result of our work on ferry security, in August 2010, Coast Guard officials stated they planned to review the reports. Taking action to address the recommendations in these reports, if determined warranted by the Coast Guard's evaluation, could enhance ferry security. Furthermore, Coast Guard documents from 2004 state that the agency should reassess vehicle screening requirements pending the completion of the ferry security reports or if the threat changes. However, no specific plans were in place to reassess these requirements. By taking action to reassess its screening requirements, the agency would be better positioned to determine if changes are warranted. GAO recommends that the Commandant of the Coast Guard, after evaluating the completed studies on ferry security, reassess vehicle screening requirements and take further actions to enhance security, if determined warranted. DHS concurred with our recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-207: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11207.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 120395

Author: Regnerus, Mark D. Title: Living Up To Expectations: How Religion Alters the Delinquent Behavior of Low-Risk Adolescents Summary: Several recent studies of resilient youth have documented the helpful influence of religion in their lives. In the absence of positive influences enjoyed by low-risk youth, religion and religious organizations in particular often serve to promote prosocial outcomes. This study, however, examines low-risk youth (kids who have the resources to avoid drinking, drug use, delinquencyk and school problems but fail to do so) and seeks to establish if religion and religious change is a comparable influence in preventing them from such trouble. Two-stage regression analysis using two waves of data from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health indicate that for each type of behavior, there is at least one influential aspect of religion serving as a protective effect. I discuss the findings and consider the variable influence of religion on youth. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, Baylor Institute for Studies of Religion, 2002. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.isreligion.org/wp-content/uploads/ISR_Living_Expectations.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120399

Author: Minnesota. Office of the Legislative Auditor Title: Evaluation Report: MINNCOR Industries Summary: In 1994, the Minnesota Department of Corrections consolidated and centralized individual prison industry programs into a single statewide business known as MINNCOR Industries. In response to legislative concerns about its operations, the commission directed OLA to evaluate MINNCOR’s overall management and business practices. We found that MINNCOR has generally done a good job in achieving high levels of inmate employment and generating enough revenue to cover its costs. Some of its practices though, especially regarding its labor arrangements with private businesses, lack transparency and have placed the state at risk. Financial reporting and oversight need to be improved, and we make several recommendations to accomplish this. Details: St. Paul, MN: Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2009. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/minncor.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 120402

Author: Sturgis, Paul W. Title: Faith Behind Bars: The Social Ecology of Religion and Deviance in the Penitentiary Summary: The relationship between religiosity and institutional misconduct among prison inmates is examined using survey data collected from a large sample of state and federal prison inmates in the United States. It was determined that religiosity was not significantly related to institutional misconduct on the individual level. In addition, aggregate level religiosity did not influence the individual level relationship between religiosity and misconduct. The theoretical implications of this line of research are also discussed. Details: Columbia, MO: University of Missouri-Columbia, 2008. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: https://mospace.umsystem.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10355/5526/research.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 120405

Author: Celik, Ishak Title: Crime Prevention Theory and Practice: An Analysis of Thefts From Vehicles at the Main Campus of the University of Cincinnati in 2006 Summary: This study applies crime prevention theories to develop possible solutions for a specific type of crime - thefts from motor vehicles- at the main campus of the University of Cincinnati (UC) in 2006. Part I of this study presents a review of the past crime prevention research. Crime prevention theories are discussed in depth throughout the first seven chapters. In Part II, a specific crime -thefts from vehicles is analyzed using crime prevention theories to develop solutions. Possible approaches to reducing thefts from autos at UC are offered in light of results. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2007. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 7, 2010 at: http://www.isref.org/raporlar/Demonstration%20Project%20_%20Ishak%20CELIK.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 120406

Author: Hartley, Daniel A. Title: Blowing it Up and Knocking it Down: The Effect of Demolishing High Concentration Public Housing on Crime Summary: Despite popular accounts that link public housing demolitions to spatial redistribution of crime, and possible increases in crime, little systematic research has analyzed the neighborhood or city-wide impact of demolitions on crime. In Chicago, which has conducted the largest public housing demolition program in the United States, I find that public housing demolitions are associated with a 10 percent to 20 percent reduction in murder, assault, and robbery in neighborhoods where the demolitions occurred. Furthermore, violent crime rates fell by about the same amount in neighborhoods that received the most displaced public housing households relative to neighborhoods that received fewer displaced public housing households, during the period when these developments were being demolished. This suggests violent crime was not simply displaced from the neighborhoods where demolitions occurred to neighborhoods that received the former public housing residents. However, it is impossible to know what would have happened to violent crime in the receiving neighborhoods had the demolitions not occurred. Finally, using a panel of cities that demolished public housing, I find that the mean public housing demolition is associated with a drop of about 3 percent in a city’s murder rate and about 2 percent in a city’s assault rate. I interpret these findings as evidence that while public housing demolitions may push crime into other parts of a city, crime reductions in neighborhoods where public housing is demolished are larger than crime increases in other neighborhoods. A caveat is that while the city-wide reduction in assault rate appears to be permanent, the city-wide reduction in murder rate seems to last for only a few years. Details: Cleveland, OH: Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 10/22: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://www.clevelandfed.org/research/workpaper/2010/wp1022.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 120415

Author: Huenke, Chuck Title: Delaware's House Bill 210: A Tradeoff of Lighter Drug Trafficking and Repeat Drug Selling Sentences for Harsher Sentences for Serious Person and Property Crimes Summary: In terms of criminal justice policy, House Bill 210 is surpassed in importance only by such changes as the establishment of the Sentencing Accountability Commission in 1987 (SENTAC) and Truth in Sentencing in 1990. When House Bill 210 became law on June 30, 2003 the expectation was that the impact of the significant reductions in the controversial drug trafficking and repeat drug selling mandatory sentences would be offset by the increased penalties for serious crimes such as Robbery 1st, Assault 1st, Burglary 1st, and Burglary 2nd. It was estimated that initially there would be a short-term savings due to the decrease in the number of Department of Correction (DOC) beds used for drug dealers and that over the long-run more beds would be needed for the longer violent offenders’ terms. Eventually the combination of the shorter drug and longer violent crime sentences would result in a bed neutral DOC impact. This goal would have been met, if all other things besides sentence length had remained constant between 2003 and 2007. However, as this study documents, criminal justice practice and crime volume shifts cannot always be anticipated resulting in unexpected outcomes. The initial HB 210 study (DelSAC, October 2005) showed a significant decrease in the need for DOC beds. At this early stage, not only were 298 DOC beds saved due to shorter drug selling sentences, but also fewer than expected Robbery 1st Degree cases received the new 3-year minimum term, resulting in an additional 57 DOC bed savings. Overall in the initial phases of HB 210 there was a surprising 355 bed savings. This bed savings contributed to the no-growth period in the DOC prison population in 2003 and 2004. In this follow-up study, the 2006 HB 210 sentence lengths – longer for violent crimes and shorter for drug selling – for the most part conformed to the new law. However, instead of a bed saving as was initially experienced, or a bed neutral result that was originally expected, by 2006 – 2007 there was a need for at least 338 more DOC beds. This increased bed demand was caused more by changes in crime volume, conviction rates and plea-bargaining than deviations from the expectations for HB 210. Of special note is the significant increase in the use of habitual sentences in place of the shorter HB 210 drug sentences. While there was speculation that this might happen, this is the first documentation that such a change actually occurred. These changes since 2004, many of them unanticipated, contributed to the increased 2006 and 2007 DOC prison populations. Brief summaries of the complex changes associated with HB 210 cases are provided below prior to the report’s detailed analysis. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Office of Management and Budget, Statistical Analysis Center, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://sac.omb.delaware.gov/publications/documents/HB210_Jan_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Laws (Delaware) Shelf Number: 120416

Author: Citizen's Crime Commission of New York City Title: Police and Public Safety in New York City Summary: This study of police operations, crime and public safety in New York discusses recent trends in law enforcement including the increased importance of counter-terrorism police work in the post-Sept. 11 environment. It also includes the results of surveying work regarding public perceptions about neighborhood safety, police and police-community relations, and quality of life enforcement. These findings are presented both at the citywide level and also broken down by borough and ethnicity. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2004. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/1247.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 120417

Author: New York State. Division of Criminal Justice Services Title: New York State Felony Drug Arrest, Indictment and Commitment Trends 1973-2008 Summary: Felony Drug Arrest, Indictment and Commitment Trends 1973-2008 presents information on the criminal justice processing of felony drug cases, beginning from the time of implementation of the Rockefeller Drug Laws in 1973 and ending in 2008, the year before enactment of the 2009 Drug Law Reform. Felony drug case processing is presented to establish a baseline for future reports assessing the impact of the 2009 drug law changes. Details: Albany: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Drug Law Reform Series, Report No. 1: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://criminaljustice.state.ny.us/pio/annualreport/baseline_trends_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Laws (New York State) Shelf Number: 120419

Author: Johnson, Laura E. Title: From Options to Action: A Roadmap for City Leaders to Connect Formerly Incarcerated Individuals to Work Summary: On February 28, 2008, P/PV, along with The United States Conference of Mayors, the Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service at NYU and the City of New York, convened the Mayors Summit on Reentry and Employment, where 150 city leaders, policymakers, practitioners and academics came together from more than 20 cities to share strategies for connecting formerly incarcerated people to the labor market. From Options to Action was inspired and informed by discussions that took place at the Summit, as well as P/PV's experience in the field and a review of pertinent literature. It is meant to provide a framework for reentry efforts, with guidance for cities in early planning phases as well as those implementing more advanced strategies. The report presents practical steps for achieving a more coordinated, comprehensive approach to reentry at the city level, including identifying and convening relevant stakeholders, addressing city-level barriers to employment, engaging the business community and working with county, state and federal leaders to implement collaborative approaches and produce needed policy change. Because mayors and other municipal leaders are confronted with the day-to-day reality of prison and jail reentry and see its detrimental effects in their cities, many have already begun to seek out, test and refine lasting solutions. We hope this publication will support their efforts, as they work to interrupt the revolving door of recidivism—and offer hope to returning prisoners, their families and communities. Details: Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures, 2008. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.ppv.org/ppv/publications/assets/235_publication.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 117634

Author: Fernandez-Lanier, Adriana Title: 2008 Domestic Incident Reports Involving Elderly Victims Summary: This report examines domestic incidents involving victims 65 years or older that were reported to law enforcement in 2008 and documented in New York State domestic incident reports (DIRs). Since the definition of elder abuse varies and a comprehensive reporting system does not exist, elder abuse research generally relies on data from county Adult Protective Services (APS) or general population surveys to define the prevalence of the problem. In 2008, DIRs involving elderly victims were received by DCJS from police departments upstate and on Long Island and scanned and entered into an electronic database. The New York City Police Department (NYPD) electronically submits only data from fields in the DIR filed with the department. DIR data are presented for New York City (NYC) and the rest of New York State. This report describes the domestic incidents and includes information on the relationship between the victim and suspect, victim and suspect demographics, offense category, orders of protection and arrest information, if one was made. Details: Albany: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services, Office of Justice Research & Performance, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://criminaljustice.state.ny.us/crimnet/ojsa/2008_dir_elderly_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (New York State) Shelf Number: 120408

Author: New York State. Division of Criminal Justice Services Title: Profile of Felony Drug Offenders Committed to New York State Prison 2008 Summary: New York’s Rockefeller Drug Laws, enacted in 1973, mandated long prison sentences for many drug offenders. After several amendments to the original laws, in April 2009 the Legislature instituted significant changes. Mandatory prison sentences for some drug offenses were eliminated, and minimum sentence lengths were reduced for others. In October 2009, Article 216 of the Penal Law became effective, expanding judicial discretion to offer drug court alternatives to certain addicted non-violent offenders. The 2009 drug law reform is expected to result in fewer non-violent drug offenders sentenced to prison in New York State, and increase the number of individuals participating in community-based treatment. To provide context for analyzing the impact of the drug law reform, a companion report entitled Felony Drug Arrest, Indictment and Commitment Trends 1973-2008, presents trends in the processing of criminal justice processing of felony drug cases since the implementation of the Rockefeller Drug Laws in 1973. This report profiles 5,190 individuals who were committed to DOCS as drug offenders in 2008, the year prior to the enactment of the new drug laws. These individuals were committed after being sentenced to prison for the felony sale or possession of a controlled substance (Penal Law 220) or marijuana (Penal Law 221). This report details: the types of drug conviction offenses for which offenders were sentenced to prison; the extent of the offenders’ criminal histories prior to the 2008 drug commitment; gender, race/ethnicity and age of the commitments; differences between commitments from New York City and the Rest of State; and county-based commitment trends, offense class levels, and prior histories (included as appendices). Details: Albany: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Drug Law Reform Series, Report No. 2: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://criminaljustice.state.ny.us/pio/annualreport/2008drug_commitment_profile.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Laws (New York State) Shelf Number: 120409

Author: Tena, Maria Title: Modern-Day Slavery in U.S.-Mexican Territory: Human Trafficking at the Border Summary: This brief attempts to provide an open window into the grim reality of human trafficking in the U.S.- Mexico context, by describing its different manifestations and providing current statistics that demonstrate its prevalence. It also highlights recent legislation (within the last five years) which has been drafted and implemented in each country at both federal and state levels in an effort to effectively combat this modern-day form of slavery. Details: San Diego, CA: University of San Diego, Trans-Border Institute, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Border Brief: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://catcher.sandiego.edu/items/peacestudies/Border_Brief_FINAL_BW_oct4_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 120424

Author: O'Riordan, Bridget Title: Migration and Debt Bondage: Manifestations and Policy Recommendations Summary: In recent years, a heightened awareness of human trafficking has emerged. The extent of the problem has come to light and the plight of 27 million people enslaved worldwide has been recognized. With the increased focus on human trafficking, more information regarding not only the pervasiveness of the problem but its many manifestations are becoming known. In the United States, more cases of forced labor among foreign workers, especially those involved in domestic service and agriculture have surfaced. The increase in movement between nations has lead to more opportunities for trafficking and exploitation. Workers, often in great need of employment, can easily fall victim as their desperation leads them to situations of vulnerability. Due to such vulnerability, a power disparity is created between the workers and their employers, which leads to abuse. Many of these abuses result when migrants are stripped of their rights and incur unbearable levels of debt during the recruitment period. If recruitment methods and policy were changed to promote transparency and eliminate debt, the propensity of workers to be trafficked and engaged in forced labor would be significantly diminished. Details: San Deigo, CA: University of San Diego, Trans-Border Institute, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Border Brief: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://catcher.sandiego.edu/items/peacestudies/FINAL_color_sep22_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Debt Bondage Shelf Number: 120425

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: Drifting Between worlds: Delinquency and Positive Engangement Among Red Hook Youth Summary: Starting in the fall of 2007, the Red Hook Community Justice Center, a community court located in Red Hook, Brooklyn, implemented an experimental after-school program designed to change positive perceptions of youth crime that were thought to be held by many young people residing in the Red Hook Houses, a local public housing project. Known as Youth ECHO, the program engaged teenagers from the Houses in designing community education campaigns for their peers around problems that were identified by the participants themselves: drug dealing and dropping out of school. Using guerilla marketing techniques, the young people designed unique ways to get their core messages – “Dealing Drugs: It’s Not Worth It” and “Fast Money is Trash Money. Get it in now. Get it back later. Stay in School” – to other Red Hook teenagers. This report describes findings from a study that sought to evaluate the program and, more broadly, to understand how and why young people in Red Hook and, perhaps, beyond think about and engage in delinquent behavior. The research involved a multi-method approach. Data were collected between January 2008 and June 2009 through individual interviews with 23 Red Hook youths, and through focus groups, surveys, and program observations of Youth ECHO and the 21 youths involved over its two program years. These 44 teenagers ranged in age from 13 to 18, 60% were female, 91% lived in Red Hook, and 79% lived in public housing. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/_uploads/documents/Youth_ECHO.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: After-School Programs Shelf Number: 120426

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Expanding Access to Drug Court: An Evaluation of Brooklyn's Centralized Drug Screening and Referral Initiative Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the comprehensive drug screening and referral system launched by the Brooklyn Criminal Court in 2003. The system was designed to expand access to court-mandated treatment for drug-addicted criminal defendants throughout a large urban courthouse. The evaluation found that the initiative led to a significantly larger and more diverse pool of defendants to be screened, referred, and enrolled in treatment. However, it was also the case that large numbers of legally eligible defendants were not referred, despite meeting expanded criteria. Lessons learned are discussed both for Brooklyn and other jurisdictions nationwide. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.communitycourts.org/_uploads/documents/Expanding_Access.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (New York City) Shelf Number: 120417

Author: Thomforde-Hauser, Rebecca Title: Sex Offense Courts: Supporting Victim and Community Safety Through Collaboration Summary: This article traces the problem of managing sex offenders and the establishment of sex offense management courts in New York, discussing their history, how they work and challenges to implementation. By outlining New York’s experience, this paper aims to provide lessons learned to other jurisdictions so that they can continue to improve criminal justice responses to the problem of sex offending. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.communitycourts.org/_uploads/documents/Sex_Offense_Courts.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 120428

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Guide to Juvenile Justice in New York City Summary: New York's juvenile justice system has reached a point of extreme crisis. With increasing frequency, reports of fundamental breakdowns throughout the system have come to the public's attention. The city and state governments have responded with substantial reform plans. In light of this increasing attention and the complexity of the juvenile justice system in New York, the Crime Commission has developed a Guide to Juvenile Justice in New York City to enhance the public's understanding of the City's juvenile justice policies. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2010. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/GuideToJuvenileJusticeInNYC.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (New York City) Shelf Number: 120419

Author: Freeman, Linda Title: Best Practices in Gender Specific Probation and Parole Models and Survey of Women Currently on Supervision in New Mexico Summary: This paper introduces the reader to the field of corrections dealing with gender responsive programming. From a definition of gender related terms, we move to describing the differences between men and women found in current criminal justice literature. Describing differences include understanding gender characteristics and a look at recent statistics. National and statewide data for New Mexico will help to clarify how women are involved in crime differently than men. Next we look at the contemporary trends and components for gender-responsive programs. Studying gender-specific probation and parole models is our ultimate task, so we conclude by reviewing probation and parole programs specifically designed for women. Our critique will apply a “gender-lens” of best practices to recent programs. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2008. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2010 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/sentencing1/ Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gender-Responsive Programs (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 120432

Author: Center for HIV Law and Policy Title: Juvenile Injustice: The Unfulfilled Rights of Youth in State Custody to Comprehensive Sexual Health Care Summary: This is the first legal report and guide on the rights of youth in detention and foster care facilities to comprehensive sexual health care, including sexual medical care, sexuality education, and staff training on sexual orientation and the needs and rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning (LGBTQ) youth. This publication analyzes the foundation of this right and the sexual health care needs of youth in out-of-home care. Youth in state custody, particularly LGBTQ youth, are at higher than average risk of acquiring sexually transmitted infections and HIV but there is not one state in the country that guarantees access to the necessary sexual medical care and scientifically accurate and inclusive sexuality education that would address this health crisis. Youth in out-of-home-care report sexual activity at earlier ages, higher-risk sexual activity and greater rates of STIs and HIV than youth who live with family members. These sexual health risks are additionally severe for LGBTQ youth, who are disproportionately represented in state detention and foster care facilities yet are largely ignored in health care and education services. According to a recent Department of Justice Report, gay youth also are also more likely to be the victims of sexual abuse while confined to juvenile facilities. Details: New York: Center for HIV Law and Policy, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.hivlawandpolicy.org/resources/view/565 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 120437

Author: Martin, Mark D. Title: Programs and Activities: Tools for Managing Inmate Behavior Summary: Violence, vandalism, and unsanitary conditions prevail in many jails nationwide, and they frustrate jail practitioners who must ensure the safety and security of inmates, staff, and the public. These conditions often result from insufficient attention to inmate behavior management, though over the past 25 years, important lessons about managing and controlling inmate behavior have emerged. One lesson is that a jail cannot control inmate behavior by focusing primarily on physical containment. Although physical security measures such as locks, steel doors, security glass, and alarm systems remain essential, a jail must actively manage inmate behavior to achieve a safe, clean, and secure environment. Keeping inmates productively occupied through inmate programming provides a powerful incentive for inmates to maintain positive behavior. Programs offer something constructive for inmates to do or learn, meaning there is less time for negative behaviors to become management problems for staff. Programs contribute to making staff work environments safer, with reduced threats of violence and hostility. They offer opportunities for self-improvement, possibly helping inmates function more productively in their communities upon release. Finally, there is likely to be a cost benefit: it can be less costly to implement programs in the long run than to constantly replace broken showerheads, repaint graffiti-ridden walls, or pay overtime for staff responding to inmate disturbances. Effective jail program planning integrates an assessment of jail and inmate needs with evidence-based programs. These programs fall into three distinct categories: activity-focused, reformative, and reintegration. Activity-focused programs further the primary goals of keeping inmates busy while they are in custody. Reformative programs provide inmates with knowledge and skills to address personal needs. Reintegration programs prepare inmates for their return to the community as productive citizens. This manual offers practical information and guidance on planning and implementing inmate programs. It provides a logic model for developing and assessing the programs. It includes activity-focused, reformative, and reintegrative program examples with varying levels of complexity and resources, including those that are free and easy to implement. In the manual, there are steps an administrator can take to provide leadership and support as well as overcome barriers to inmate programming. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://nicic.gov/Downloads/PDF/Library/024368.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 120438

Author: Burke, Peggy Title: TPC Case Management Handbook: An Integration Case Management Approach Summary: A number of recent publications offer resources to guide the work of redirecting corrections agencies and their noncorrectional partners in supporting successful reentry, building collaborative partnerships, and developing new outcome measures. Two important resources are: TPC Reentry Handbook: Implementing the NIC Transition from Prison to the Community Model; and Increasing Public Safety through Successful Offender Reentry: Evidence-Based and Emerging Practices in Corrections. This TPC Case Management Handbook is a companion to complement both of these resources, focusing more specifically on case management for successful reentry. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 143p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://nicic.gov/Downloads/PDF/Library/024393.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120439

Author: Trudeau, James Title: Independent Evaluation of the National Weed and Seed Strategy: Final Report Summary: The Weed and Seed (W&S) strategy was launched more than 18 years ago by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) as a community-based, comprehensive, multiagency approach to law enforcement, crime prevention, and community revitalization in high-crime neighborhoods. Since its start in three demonstration sites, W&S initiatives have been established in hundreds of neighborhoods nationwide. In early 2010, 256 sites were active in 46 states and 2 territories. Beginning around 2007, W&S funding has been limited to 5 years for a given site, with a maximum of $1 million over that time. The W&S Program Guide and Application Kit describes the W&S strategy as “a two-pronged approach: law enforcement agencies and prosecutors cooperate in ‘weeding out’ violent crime and drug abuse; and ‘seeding’ brings human services to the area, encompassing prevention/intervention/treatment and neighborhood revitalization. A community-oriented policing component bridges the weeding and seeding strategies.” Four key principles underlie the W&S strategy: collaboration, including vertical partnerships (e.g., among law enforcement at the local, state, and federal levels) and horizontal partnerships (e.g., among local police, prosecution, and probation and parole agencies); Coordination among government agencies, community organizations, and individuals to reduce overlap and duplication of services, better match services to community needs, and maximize benefits from existing services and programs; Resident participation, with the goal of engaging and empowering community residents to participate in the design and implementation of problem-solving efforts for their community; and Leveraging resources, including other funding or in-kind resources at federal, state, and local levels to support law enforcement, crime prevention, and neighborhood revitalization strategies in the target area. In addition, local W&S initiatives typically share the following features: management by a site coordinator; an operating structure including a large, representative steering committee and focused, working subcommittees; substantive involvement of the U.S. Attorney; active participation of neighborhood residents and organizations; and a central role of one or more Safe Havens (community recreation and resource centers). In 2007, DOJ funded an independent evaluation, conducted by RTI International, to assess the impact of W&S on crime and other target problems (e.g., blight) and to study local W&S implementation, including participation and leadership by residents and other community sectors, partnership functioning, collaboration, and strategies and activities. For all sites in the study (more than 200 sites for some study elements), the evaluation formulated a broad overview of W&S implementation and outcomes through analysis of data collected through a Web-based survey of W&S stakeholders such as agency representatives or involved residents (1,353 respondents in 166 sites) and crime data submitted by grantees (203 sites). In addition, in 13 randomly selected “sentinel sites,” the evaluation developed a more in-depth understanding through analysis of additional information derived from a survey of target and comparison area community residents (a total of 2,205 residents); site visits including interviews with key stakeholders; and review of documents (e.g., grant applications, strategic plans, progress reports). Results of the evaluation suggest that W&S grantees successfully implemented the strategy and achieved important objectives, including: reductions in crime; progress addressing other target area problems; and successful implementation of key components and elements of the W&S strategy. Length of W&S implementation was associated with improvement in resident perceptions of crime problems, suggesting that W&S contributed to the improvement. Improvements in some outcomes were also associated with certain aspects of local W&S implementation (e.g. intensive enforcement; effective collaboration) but associations were not consistent across outcomes or areas of implementation assessed. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Community Capacity Development Office, 2010. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ccdo/pub/pdf/WnSFinalEvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 120440

Author: Kercher, Glen Title: Assessing the Risk of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: There has been a dramatic transformation over the past 20 years in the response to intimate partner violence (IPV). These changes are apparent in criminal justice processing, the availability of social and advocacy services, the provision of emergency medical services, and from public opinion. Agencies dealing with victims and offenders have adopted a number of mechanisms to identify high risk cases in order to respond appropriately to safeguard the victim and reduce the re-occurrence of violence. This has led to an increasing demand for accurate risk assessment. The central purpose of this report is to identify the predictors of IPV and to assess the accuracy of different approaches and models in predicting risk of future harm or lethality to victims. These findings have broad implications for law enforcement, victim services, and prosecutors. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/CVI_AssessingRiskFinal_1-21-10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 120084

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Additional Actions Needed to Better Ensure a Coordinated Federal Response to Illegal Activity on Federal Lands Summary: Federal and tribal lands on the U.S. borders with Canada and Mexico are vulnerable to illegal cross-border activity. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS)--through its U.S. Customs and Border Protection's Office of Border Patrol (Border Patrol)--is responsible for securing these lands, while the Departments of the Interior (DOI) and Agriculture (USDA) manage natural resources and protect the public. GAO was asked to examine the extent that (1) border security threats have changed on federal lands; (2) federal agencies operating on these lands have shared threat information and communications; and (3) federal agencies have coordinated budgets, resources, and strategies. GAO reviewed interagency agreements and threat assessments; analyzed enforcement data from 2007 through 2009; and interviewed officials at headquarters and two Border Patrol sectors selected due to high volume of illegal cross-border activity (Tucson) and limited ability to detect this activity (Spokane). GAO's observations cannot be generalized to all sectors but provide insights. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in October 2010. Information that DHS deemed sensitive has been redacted. Illegal cross-border activity remains a significant threat to federal lands. On the southwest border, the Tucson sector is the primary entry point for marijuana smugglers and illegal aliens, and over the last 3 years apprehensions on federal lands have not kept pace with Border Patrol estimates of the number of illegal entries, indicating that the threat to federal lands may be increasing. On the northern border, the Spokane sector is a primary entry point for air smugglers of high-potency marijuana, but technical challenges preclude fully assessing threats to these borderlands. In the Tucson sector, federal land managers said they would like additional guidance to determine when illegal cross-border activity poses a sufficient public safety risk for them to restrict or close access to federal lands. DOI and USDA efforts to determine whether additional guidance is needed--consistent with internal control standards for the federal government and in line with DHS contingency plans for southwest border violence--could help federal land managers more easily balance public safety and access to federal borderlands. Information sharing and communication among DHS, DOI, and USDA have increased in recent years, but critical gaps remain in implementing interagency agreements. Agencies established forums and liaisons to exchange information; however, in the Tucson sector, agencies did not coordinate to ensure that federal land law enforcement officials maintained access to threat information and compatible secure radio communications for daily operations. Coordination in these areas could better ensure officer safety and an efficient law enforcement response to illegal activity. There has been little interagency coordination to share intelligence assessments of border security threats to federal lands and develop budget requests, strategies, and joint operations to address these threats. Interagency efforts to implement provisions of existing agreements in these areas could better leverage law enforcement partner resources and knowledge for more effective border security operations on federal lands. GAO is recommending that DOI and USDA determine if more guidance is needed for federal land closures, and that DHS, DOI, and USDA further implement interagency agreements. DHS, DOI, and USDA concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-177: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11177.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 120443

Author: Marques, Paul R. Title: Evaluation of the New Mexico Ignition Interlock Program Summary: This Evaluation of the New Mexico Ignition Interlock Program begins by summarizing the development of alcohol ignition interlock devices, laws, and programs during the past 22 years. It then reviews the laws that were written in New Mexico from 1999 to 2005. It goes on to characterize current penetration of interlocks relative to alcohol-related risk indicators, followed by detailed methodological reports on eight studies undertaken to understand the effects of several aspects of the New Mexico laws. The eight studies include (1) an evaluation of recidivism among court-mandated offenders who were required to install interlocks but were not allowed to drive those cars; (2) an evaluation of recidivism differences of first-time offenders who installed interlocks relative to matched offenders who did not; (3) an evaluation of the effect of an interlock licensing law that allows revoked DWI offenders to install an interlock on an insured vehicle and drive that way during the remainder of their revocation period; (4) an evaluation of a strong mandate in Santa Fe County during a 2-year period in which electronically monitored house arrest was required for offenders who did not want to have an interlock or claimed no plan to drive; (5) an evaluation of the patterns of elevated BAC tests by hour of the day and day of the week from among the more than 10 million New Mexico breath tests collected by interlock devices; (6) a comparative evaluation of predictors of recidivism including prior DWI, measures of drinking from the interlock event record, age, and other predictors; (7) a report on an interview process that included key informants, such as judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys, and probation officers, who manage or administer the interlock program; and (8) a report on focus group findings with interlock-using DWI offenders. Each of the eight studies is reported with Methods, Results, and Comments sections. The conclusion summarizes key findings and places the New Mexico results in the larger context of the national effort to reduce impaired-driving-related injuries and deaths. This report begins with an executive summary that touches on all these topics, including key findings, lessons learned, and potential areas for improvement of the New Mexico program. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010. 312p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 11, 2010 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811410.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 120445

Author: Lacey, John Title: Drug Per Se Laws: A Review of Their Use in States Summary: This report summarizes a study of the implementation of drug per se laws in 15 States. These laws generally make it an impaired-driving offense to drive with a measurable amount of certain drugs in one’s system. The specific prohibited drugs vary by State. The laws are generally integrated into the States’ overall impaired-driving statute. Though all 15 States were studied to some degree, deeper study of the process was conducted in 6 States. This involved discussions with government officials and law enforcement officers, and a series of structured discussions with prosecutors. This study was not an impact evaluation of drug per se laws on crashes, but rather an attempt to gain an understanding of how the drug per se laws are implemented and perceptions about the law of those charged with implementing the law. It was initially intended that the study would also assess the effect of passing driving under the influence of drugs (DUID) per se laws on the volume of DUID arrests and on conviction patterns, but data to directly address those issues were not available. A general consensus among law enforcement officers we held discussions with was the adoption of drug per se laws did not necessarily make enforcement easier, but did have a positive effect on prosecution. This general perception was shared by prosecutors we interviewed. Because the drug per se laws have typically been adopted as a component of States’ impaired-driving statutes, one difficulty of this study was obtaining accurate data on volume of arrests and conviction rates for the DUID component of the impaired-driving law was problematic. Recommendations include developing a procedure where impaired-driving citations indicate drugs, alcohol, or both, but also adopting procedures ensure information is integrated into computerized data systems of both law enforcement agencies and courts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 11, 2010 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/impaired_driving/pdf/811317.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 120446

Author: Esbensen, Finn-Aage Title: Evaluation of the Teens, Crime and the Community and Community Works Programs Summary: This report presents the methodology and findings of the process and outcome evaluation of the school-based Teens, Crime, and the Community and Community Works (TCC/CW) program, which is a law-related classroom curriculum intended to prevent teen victimization and delinquency; engage youth in education and positive action; increase knowledge about crime, victimization, and crime prevention; and increase bonds between youth and community and school. Details: St. Louis, MO: Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, University of Missouri - St. Louis, 2009. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228277.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120448

Author: Title: Reforming Pakistan's Criminal Justice System Summary: Pakistan’s dysfunctional criminal justice system poses serious risks for domestic, regional and international security; the federal and provincial governments must make its reform a top priority. Reforming Pakistan’s Criminal Justice System, the latest report from the International Crisis Group, examines Pakistan’s criminal justice sector and urges the government to take immediate action for reform. Investigators are poorly trained, prosecutors fail to build strong cases that stand up in court, and there is a lack of access to basic data and modern tools. Moreover, corruption, intimidation and external interference, including by the military’s intelligence agencies, compromise cases before they even come to court. As a result, domestic stability is undermined, and the public’s confidence in the law is weakened. “Pakistan’s police, and indeed the whole criminal justice system, still largely functions on the imperative of maintaining public order rather than tackling 21st century crime”, says Samina Ahmed, Crisis Group’s South Asia Project Director. Given the absence of scientific evidence collection methods and credible witness protection programs, police and prosecutors rely mostly on confessions by the accused, which are inadmissible in court. Militants and other major criminals are regularly released on bail, or their trials persist for years even as they plan operations from prison. Even terrorism cases produce few convictions. The low conviction rate, between 5 and 10 per cent at best, may be unsurprising in a system so resistant to reform, but it has troubling consequences. When prosecutors fail to get convictions in major cases such as the June 2008 Danish embassy bombing, the September 2008 Marriott Hotel bombing in Islamabad, and the March 2009 attack on a police academy in Lahore, public confidence in the state’s ability to respond to terrorism is dramatically weakened. Of course, criminal justice cannot be isolated from the broader challenges of the democratic transition. The repeated suspension of the constitution by military regimes, followed by extensive reforms to centralise power and to strengthen their civilian allies, notably the religious right, have undermined constitutionalism and the rule of law. Pakistan’s federal government and provincial governments must revoke discriminatory laws, amend the Criminal Procedure Code to establish a robust witness protection program, recast the Anti-Terrorism Act and repeal parallel court systems. The police’s investigative capacity must be strengthened, external interference in investigations prevented and a comprehensive review conducted to assess gaps in personnel, training and resource needs. Policymakers and judges should not give in to populist quick fixes that only limit the justice system’s capacity to enforce the law. “The state largely derives its authority from the public’s confidence in police to maintain security, and the courts to deliver justice”, says Robert Templer, Crisis Group’s Asia Program Director. “The international community can help shore up an increasingly fragile Pakistan by shifting the focus of its security assistance away from the military and toward civilian law enforcement agencies and criminal prosecution”. Details: Brussels: International Crisis Group, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Asia Reprot No. 196: Accessed December 13, 2010 at: http://www.crisisgroup.org/~/media/Files/asia/south-asia/pakistan/196%20Reforming%20Pakistans%20Criminal%20Justice%20System.ashx Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 120449

Author: Diroll, David J. Title: Monitoring Sentencing Reform: Survey of Judges, Prosecutors, & Defense Attorneys and Code Simplification Summary: In the dozen years since the first package of Sentencing Commission proposals were adopted (Senate Bill 2 of the 121st G.A., dealing with adult felons, effective 7.1.96), the General Assembly has debated numerous bills relating to criminal sentencing. Several major bills came from Sentencing Commission proposals, including changes in juvenile dispositions in 2000, traffic law in 2004, misdemeanor sentencing in 2004, and asset forfeitures in 2007. These bills affected several hundred sections of the Revised Code. Of course, scores of other bills touched on criminal penalties during the same period. In the felony area, major changes were enacted regarding predatory sexual offenses and impaired drivers. Every biennium, the Commission reports on the impact of the sentencing reforms that grew out of Commission recommendations. This report focuses on felony sentencing. The Commission surveyed judges, prosecutors, and defense attorneys to get a feel for how well the felony sentencing statutes are working. This report recaps the S.B. 2 approach to felony sentencing, notes certain key changes since 1996, and presents practitioners’ opinions on the statutes. Details: Columbus: Ohio Criminal Sentencing Commission, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2010 at: http://www.supremecourt.ohio.gov/Boards/Sentencing/resources/Publications/MonitoringRpt2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 120486

Author: Bontrager, Stephanie Title: Redirection Services in Florida: One-Year Outcomes Summary: In 2004, the Florida Legislature funded a pilot program to address the growing number of juvenile offenders committed to residential programs for non-law violations of probation. A non-law violation of probation results when a youth fails to adhere to court-ordered probation requirements, such as breaking curfew, skipping school, or engaging in other non-criminal acts prohibited by the terms of probation. The pilot initiative was designed to divert, or redirect, these non-law violators from residential placement to community-based treatments. Under this Redirection Initiative, the following two commitment alternatives are available for youth meeting specified eligibility criteria: Multisystemic Therapy (MST) and Functional Family Therapy (FFT). Prior research suggests that both of these programs are successful in preventing youth violence and delinquency. The purpose of the current evaluation is to assess the effectiveness of Redirection services in reducing recidivism. Recidivism is defined here as a subsequent juvenile adjudication or adult conviction within one year of program release. Additionally adult and juvenile outcomes include felony adjudication or conviction, arrest and felony arrest within one year of service completion. All youth released from and completing MST or FFT services or low, moderate or high-restrictiveness commitment programming between February 2005 and August 31, 2006 are examined in this evaluation. The effectiveness of Redirection was determined by comparing those completing Redirection programs to those in residential facilities. Finally, a cost analysis was prepared to demonstrate the potential financial savings of Redirection as an alternative to residential placement. The results demonstrate that: Youth who complete Redirection programming have better recidivism outcomes when compared to youth released from residential programming; Redirection youth are less likely to have a subsequent conviction or adjudication, and; The odds of felony adjudication or conviction are substantially lower for Redirection completers than residential placements. • Redirection services save the state approximately $27,059 per completion when compared to those completing low, moderate and high-risk residential placements; Diverting just 75 youth from residential to Redirection services has the potential to save the state over two million dollars. Redirection services are consistently linked to lower recidivism and significantly lower felony adjudication or conviction when contrasted with commitment placements. Furthermore, Redirection programming achieves these positive outcomes at considerably lower cost than more restrictive residential services. These outcomes collectively demonstrate that Redirection is a valuable and cost-effective alternative to committing youth to residential facilities. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Evidence-Based Assoicates, 2007. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2010 at: http://www.evidencebasedassociates.com/what_we_do/redirection/2007_jrc_outcome_evaluation.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120487

Author: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy Title: US/Mexico Bi-National Cooperation Against Illicit Drugs: Main Results and Performance Measures of Effectiveness Summary: This document contains two reports. The first one entitled Main Results of the U.S.–Mexico Bi-national Cooperation Against Illicit Drugs (1995–2000), approved at the VIII HLCG meeting held in Mexico City in August 8th 2000 and second, the Performance Measures of Effectiveness Report. The Performance Measures of Effectiveness Report describes accomplishments by the United States and Mexico in the first eighteen months (February 1998–August 1999) in which the US/Mexico Bi-National Drug Control Strategy was in effect. It is an attempt to review the status of the Action Items contributing to the achievement of the Strategy goals that were detailed within the initial PME publication. The Main Results of the Bi-national Cooperation Against Illicit Drugs is an effort to provide a general assessment and a more current account of our cooperation efforts. The purpose of the two documents is to provide information to policy makers so that they can evaluate what parts of the bi-national strategy have been achievable, what parts need more effort, and what parts ought to be changed. The two reports will permit the reader to evaluate whether we have completed our actions, and how those actions contribute to achieving the Strategy objectives. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy, 2010. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/ondcppubs/publications/international/binational_1995_to_2000/binational_1995_to_2000.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Policy Shelf Number: 120494

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Armed Career Criminal Act (18 U.S.C. 924(e)): An Overview Summary: The Armed Career Criminal Act (ACCA), 18 U.S.C. 924(e), requires imposition of a minimum 15-year term of imprisonment for recidivists convicted of unlawful possession of a firearm under 18 U.S.C. 922(g). Section 924(e) applies only to those defendants who have three prior state or federal convictions for violent felonies or serious drug offenses. Violent felonies for purposes of section 924(e) are those that either (1) have an element of threat, attempt, or use of physical force against another or (2) that involve burglary, arson, or extortion, or some similar offense. Serious drug offenses are those punishable by imprisonment for 10 years or more. Constitutional challenges to the application of section 924(e) have been generally unsuccessful, regardless of whether they were based on arguments of cruel and unusual punishment, double jeopardy, due process, grand jury indictment or jury trial rights, the right to bear arms, or limits on Congress’s legislative authority. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41449.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Career Criminal Act Shelf Number: 120496

Author: Kent, Stephen G. Title: Combat Drug Zone 2010: The United States Southwest Border Summary: Globalization and associated domestic variables such as the economy, energy, weapons proliferation, environmental issues and terrorism, dominate today’s discussions, and resulting priorities. While a majority of Americans can readily identify with the everyday realities and stressors of life, few are cognizant of the looming crisis of narco trafficking. Given the proximity of the major friction points, spill over effects and regional security implications are increasingly amplified which potentially affect every citizen and the security of the nation. This analysis illustrates the precipitating factors contributing to the rise in drug trafficking, discussion on the multiple second and third order effects and an examination on policy alternatives for the U.S. Government. Statistics and experience illustrates that previous and current U.S. policies have not created the desired effect on narco trafficking. Considering the security environment post 9-11, increased counter drug budgets, the illicit drug trade is flourishing requiring radically new strategies. The Mexican Border drug epidemic arguably requires urgent and careful action by the U.S. Government. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: U.S. Army War College, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Strategy Research Project: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?AD=ADA518085&Location=U2&doc=GetTRDoc.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 120497

Author: Gathings, M.J. Title: Evaluation of the Durham Police Department's S.T.A.R.S. Notification Program Summary: This report summarizes an evaluation of the Durham S.T.A.R.S. Notification Program. Based upon data for 246 offenders that participated in call-in sessions from March 2000 to December 2004, this report examines changes in rate and type of offense as a result of program participation. Based on the findings reviewed here, it appears this program has a positive impact on crime reduction in the City of Durham. Specifically, analyses indicated the following key findings: The overall rate of offending, as indicated by encounters with the court system, decreased by 36%; The rate of weapon offenses per month decreased by 57% after notification. Before notification, 46% of all offenses involved a weapon compared to 32% of all offenses after notification; The rate of violent offenses per month decreased by 75% after notification. Before notification, 28% of all offenses were violent compared to 18% of all offenses after notification; The rate of drug offenses per month decreased by 33% after notification; The rate of crimes against person(s) decreased by 40% after notification. Details: Greensboro, NC: Center for Youth, Family and Community Partnerships, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 2005. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.uncg.edu/csr/pdfs/starseval2005final.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 120499

Author: Ricupero, Isabel Title: Immigration Detention and the Law: U.S. Policy and Legal Framework Summary: One year ago, in August 2009, the Barack Obama administration announced that it intended to transform the much criticized U.S. immigration detention regime into a “truly civil detention system.” Among the planned changes were reducing the number of jails and prisons used to confined immigration detainees, implementing closer oversight of detention centers, improving the treatment of detainees, and restricting controversial practices like the detention of children. Between then and now, the country has seen the debate over immigration become increasingly heated and divisive, fanned by the passage of contentious state laws like Arizona’s “Support Our Law Enforcement and Safe Neighborhoods Act.” This Global Detention Project working paper, “Immigration Detention and the Law: U.S. Policy and Legal Framework,” is intended to assist scholars, activists, practitioners, and concerned members of the public in taking stock of the current state of U.S. immigration detention policies. The paper covers everything from the country’s relevant international legal commitments and the grounds for detention provided in domestic law, to recent court rulings on the rights of detainees and the increasing trend in criminalizing immigration violations, particularly at the state and local level. Details: Geneva: Global Detention Project, Programme for the Study of Global Migration, The Graduate Institute, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.globaldetentionproject.org/fileadmin/docs/US_Legal_Profile.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 120503

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and Victimization Among Female Prisoners in Illinois Summary: This research study involved interviews with 163 randomly-selected female inmates in the general population at Illinois Department of Corrections’ facilities. This is the second in a series of reports by the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (Authority) on victimization among female prison inmates. Prevalence of and types of prior victimization among study respondents was explored. Study participants were asked questions on prior victimization in their lives and symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were gauged with the PTSD Symptoms Checklist (PCL). This study shares the level and correlates of female inmate PTSD symptomology. Participants’ PTSD scores were then correlated with other factors: Demographics; Offense type and criminal histories; Sentence length; Prior abuse types (physical, sexual, and intimate partner emotional abuse); The number of prior abuse types; Specific prior abuse violations; Number of prior abuse violations; Severity of abuse; and Drug and alcohol abuse. The information presents a contextual picture of PTSD symptomology for female prison inmates, which can impact basic functioning, including the ability to prevent further criminal involvement, maintain a job, enjoy healthy relationships, and avoid abusing drugs and alcohol. This report offers support for the utilization of a standardized assessment of trauma for offender populations, as other studies have found that trauma scores significantly predict future criminal offending, as well as risky sexual behavior for adolescent females. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/PTSD_Female_Prisoners_Report_1110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates (Illinois) Shelf Number: 120506

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Youth's Characteristics and Backgrounds: Findings From the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement Summary: To better understand the reasons that youth in confinement have offended, we need to examine their back- grounds and characteristics and review the offenses that led to their custody placement. OJJDP's Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (SYRP) asks youth to identify the offenses they have committed and the personal and environmental factors that may have contributed to their delinquency. SYRP complements related OJJDP researchsuch as the Census of Juveniles in Residential Placement. However, as the only national survey that gathers information directly from youth in custody, SYRP provides data that are not available from other sources. This bulletin draws on SYRP's find-ings to examine the characteristics and backgrounds of youth in custody. It describes their demographic characteristics and reports on their current and prior offenses, disposition, family and educational backgrounds, and expectations for the future. Details: Wsahington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin, December 2010: Accessed December 14, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/227730.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 120507

Author: Chicago Police Department Title: Trafficking: Case Studies of Five Trafficked Guns in Chicago Summary: This brief report presents five case studies developed by the Chicago Police Department's CAGE Team on trafficked guns in Chicago. Details: Chicago: Chicago Police Department, 2007. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: https://portal.chicagopolice.org/portal/page/portal/ClearPath/News/Department%20Publications/Guns-CaseStudies.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 120510

Author: Silverman, Stephanie J. Title: Immigration Detention in America: A History of its Expansion and a Study of its Significance Summary: This working paper investigates the legislative origins of the US immigration detention system. This critical history is an attempt to broaden the discussion of the place and propriety of immigration detention in the American political landscape. The paper explains who has historically been subject to immigration detention, where and for how long the practice takes place, and what has lead to its rapid enlargement in recent decades. Using historical frames, this paper identifies and traces three key characteristics in the legislative development of the US immigration detention system: firstly, the increasingly restrictive nature of the system; secondly, the fact that the system it is more similar to an ad hoc bricolage of policies and contradictory justifications than a coherent assemblage of policies; and, finally, the criminalization of immigrants and resident non-citizens. What emerges from this narrative is a history of the expansion of the immigration detention system by the executive branch in response to periods of increasing politicization of immigration, particularly concerning the category of resident non-citizens. The paper argues that, in the absence of clear policy objectives, public oversight, and public accountability, government has developed the US immigration detention system without coherence and often hastily in reaction to events in the political sphere. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, Centre on Migration, Policy and Society, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 80: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.compas.ox.ac.uk/publications/working-papers/wp-10-80/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120514

Author: Zhang, Sheldon Title: COMPAS Validation Study: Final Report Summary: COMPAS (Correctional Offender Management and Profiling Alternative Sanctions) is a computerized database and analysis system designed to help criminal justice practitioners determine the placement, supervision, and case-management of offenders in community and secure settings. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation contracted with the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), and San Diego State University (SDSU) to validate the instrument in terms of its ability to identify treatment needs among inmates as well as predict various recidivism outcomes. A total of 91,334 parolees who had been assessed with COMPAS prior to release were included in the study sample. Of these, roughly 60,000 had been on parole for at least 12 months and the remainder had been on parole for at least 24 months. Characteristics of the study subjects closely paralleled those of the general parolee population in California. The COMPAS needs scales were evaluated in terms of their reliability over time (test-retest coefficients) and the extent to which their constituent scales correlated with relevant counterparts on the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R) scale (concurrent validity). To accomplish this, the COMPAS was administered twice to 75 inmates at the California Institute for Men (CIM) located in Chino, California, over a span of approximately two weeks. To establish concurrent validity, the LSI-R was also administered at the same time points. The COMPAS scales showed extremely high test-retest reliability, ranging from .70 to 1.00. The perfect and near-perfect correlations obtained for many of the scales appear to be driven by the fact that these scales were coded directly from the inmates’ Central Files. Overall, the average test-retest correlation coefficient for the COMPAS scales was .88. Of the 18 scales making up the core of the COMPAS assessment, nine appeared to measure identical or similar constructs with scales found in the LSI-R. For six of these scales (Criminal Involvement, Criminal Associates/Peers, Substance Abuse, Financial, Vocational/Educational, and Housing), significant and positive correlations were found between the COMPAS and LSI-R. The correlations were marginally significant for two of the scales, Family Criminality (COMPAS) with Family/Marital (LSI-R) and Criminal Attitudes (COMPAS) with Attitudes/Orientation (LSI-R), and not significant for one, Leisure (COMPAS) with Leisure/Recreation (LSI-R). Using official records data provided by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), two major outcome measures were examined: (1) any subsequent arrest, and (2) a subsequent arrest for a violent offense. For the first measure, the overall re-arrest rate for the COMPAS sample was 56% for the first 12 months on parole and 70% for those who had been released for two years. For violent offenses, the re-arrest rates were approximately 13% and 21% in the 12- and 24-month periods following release, respectively. Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) curves were computed to assess the overall accuracy of the COMPAS risk scales for recidivism and violence. The ROC curve (measured in terms of the area under the curve or AUC) has become a primary measure of predictive accuracy in research instrumentation. A value of .70 is generally considered minimally acceptable. The recidivism and violence COMPAS risk scales were examined with regard to how well they predicted whether a parolee had been re-arrested (for any reason and for a violence offense) within two years of being released from prison. Both risk scales achieved levels of accuracy greater than chance, with the recidivism scale receiving an AUC value of .70, and the violence scale receiving an AUC value of .65. The risk prediction resulting from the COMPAS scales was comparable to our own risk prediction models using existing electronic records maintained by CDCR. We conclude that the COMPAS scales have high test-test retest reliability and moderate concordance with select LSI-R scales (with significant or marginally significant associations with eight of the nine scales that overlap with the LSI-R). With regard to the predictive validity of the recidivism and violence COMPAS risk scales, the general recidivism risk scale achieved an AUC value of .70, which is the conventional threshold for acceptability; the violence scale, however, fell short of this threshold. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Office of Research, Adult Research Branch, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/adult_research_branch/Research_Documents/COMPAS_Final_Report_08-11-10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: LSI-R Shelf Number: 120517

Author: Jacobson, Mireille Title: Aftershocks: The Impact of Clinic Violence on Abortion Services Summary: Between 1973 and 2003, abortion providers in the United States were the targets of over 300 acts of extreme violence, including arson, bombings, murders and butyric acid attacks. After a period of decline, abortion clinic violence is on the rise again. The recent murder of Dr. George Tiller has brought attention back to the role of extreme violence in the anti-abortion movement. Using unique data on attacks and on abortions, abortion providers, and births, we examine how anti-abortion violence has affected providers' decisions to perform abortions and women's decisions about whether and where to terminate a pregnancy. We find that clinic violence reduces both abortion providers and abortions in the areas where the violence occurs. Once travel is taken into account, however, the overall effect of the violence is much smaller. On net, roughly 90 percent of the fall in abortions in targeted areas is balanced by a rise in abortions in nearby areas. Thus, the main consequence of this violence is a displacement rather than an elimination of abortions, a presumed goal of this terrorism. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 16603: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://www.nber.org/~jacobson/JacobsonRoyer6.2.10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Abortion Shelf Number: 120518

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Long-Term Effects of Law Enforcement's Post-9/11 Focus on Counterterrorism and Homeland Security Summary: Since the 9/11 terrorist attacks, the need for increased counterterrorism (CT) and homeland security (HS) efforts at the federal, state, and local levels has taken the spotlight in public safety efforts. In the immediate aftermath of 9/11, many law enforcement agencies (LEAs) shifted more resources toward developing CT and HS capabilities, and the federal government continues to support these efforts with grants provided through the Department of Homeland Security. This monograph examines the long-term adjustments that large urban LEAs have made to accommodate the focus on CT and HS, as well as the advantages and challenges associated with it. The study relies primarily on in-depth case studies of five large urban LEAs, as well as a review of federal HS grant programs and a quantitative analysis of the potential costs associated with shifting law enforcement personnel from traditional policing to focus on HS and CT functions. Major trends among the five case study LEAs include the creation of specialized departments and units, as well as an increased emphasis on information-sharing, which, nationwide, has led to the creation of fusion centers that serve as formal hubs for regional information-sharing networks. LEAs' HS and CT efforts are also greatly influenced by the restrictions and requirements associated with federal HS grant funding. Finally, using cost-of-crime estimates, it is possible to partially quantify the costs associated with LEAs' shifting of personnel away from traditional crime prevention toward CT and HS - there are also clear benefits associated with law enforcement's focus on CT and HS, but they are difficult to quantify, and this is posing a challenge for LEAs as the economic downturn puts pressure on public budgets. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 15, 2010 at: http://health.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2010/RAND_MG1031.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 120522

Author: Beresford, Elizabeth Title: Migrant Women and Children at Risk: In Custody in Arizona Summary: A Women’s Refugee Commission delegation traveled to Arizona in June 2010 to monitor detention conditions and compliance with relevant detention standards, assess progress towards detention reform and further explore the impact of immigration enforcement and detention on family unity and parental rights. We faced numerous research barriers, including difficulty in gaining access to one of the two adult detention centers, an inability to interview adult detainees for whom we did not have preapproved signed consent forms and delay—and ultimately denial—of our request to visit the Nogales U.S. Border Patrol station and meet with Border Patrol staff. These incidents happened despite our constructive working relationship with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) headquarters in Washington, D.C., and suggest a resistance to reform and transparency at the field operations level as well as obstacles within Border Patrol at the headquarters level. These limitations also left our assessment with what should have been avoidable gaps. Key Findings • Despite efforts at policy reform within ICE, the detention system continues to be plagued by a lack of transparency and access, ineffective standards and monitoring and the unnecessary use of detention for vulnerable populations who pose no threat to our safety. • At adult facilities, conditions of care violate the 2000 and the 2008 detention standards, including lack of access to religious services and recreation, inadequate medical care and lack of grievance procedures. Adults and children reported abuse and deprivation of basic necessities (food and water) at U.S. Border Patrol facilities. • An increasing number of children in immigration custody are coming from Mexico, including many who are forced to smuggle people and drugs. Many children in care are on medication for mental health issues. • Family reunifications of unaccompanied children, appear to be decreasing, possibly as a result of fear created by the expansion of immigration enforcement. • Detained women involved in custody cases are almost universally unable to participate in them. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2010 at: http://womensrefugeecommission.org/reports/cat_view/68-reports/71-detention-a-asylum Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120526

Author: Lipsey, Mark W. Title: Improving the Effectiveness of Juvenile Justice Programs: A New Perspective on Evidence-Based Practice Summary: Juvenile justice systems in the United States have long struggled with the inherent tension between their role in meting out punishment for violations of law and their role as an authoritative force for bringing about constructive behavior change in the wayward youth who commit those violations. Our view is that the overarching and intertwined goals of juvenile justice should be ensuring public safety—protecting the public from any additional harm caused by juvenile offenders — and altering the life trajectories of those juveniles to not only reduce further criminal behavior but to improve their chances to prosper as productive citizens. Attaining those goals requires the capability to control behavior in the short term and the means to induce self-sustaining behavior change that will persist after youth are no longer under court supervision. Juvenile justice systems have longstanding methods for controlling behavior, such as community supervision and custodial care, though these are not always used as efficiently and effectively as possible. Effective programming to reduce recidivism and produce other positive outcomes, however, has been more problematic. Juvenile justice systems make use of many treatment programs, but, in most cases, the effectiveness of those programs is difficult to determine and largely unknown. An increasing body of research evidence addresses this problem, but the findings of that research have not been well integrated into most juvenile justice systems. Translation of research into practice is always a challenge, but it has been exacerbated in this instance by overly narrow conceptions of how research should be used to inform juvenile justice practice. This paper introduces a framework for major juvenile justice system reform - the integration of a forward-looking administrative model with evidence-based programming. The administrative model is organized around risk management and risk reduction aimed at protecting the public by minimizing recidivism. Evidence-based programming is organized around services that moderate criminogenic risk factors and enhance adaptive functioning for the treated offenders. Placements are guided by a disposition matrix that supports individualized disposition plans and is organized around the risk levels and treatment needs of offenders as assessed by empirically validated instruments. An array of effective programs is supported that provides sufficient diversity to allow matching with offenders’ needs. This array of programs is integrated with a continuum of graduated levels of supervision and control so that offenders can be stepped up the ladder and placed in more highly structured program environments if behavior worsens and stepped down when there is improvement. Such a system is consistently forward-looking in basing program placements and supervision levels upon objective risk and needs assessments and in constructing case management plans focused on improving future behavior rather than punishing past behavior. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2010 at: http://cjjr.georgetown.edu/pdfs/ebp/ebppaper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120535

Author: Howell, James C. Title: Gang Prevention: An Overview of Research and Programs Summary: This bulletin presents research on why youth join gangs and how a community can build gang prevention and intervention services. The author summarizes recent literature on gang formation and identifies promising and effective programs for gang prevention. The following are some key findings: • Youth join gangs for protection, enjoyment, respect, money, or because a friend is in a gang. • Youth are at higher risk of joining a gang if they engage in delinquent behaviors, are aggressive or violent, experience multiple caretaker transitions, have many problems at school, associate with other gang-involved youth, or live in communities where they feel unsafe and where many youth are in trouble. • To prevent youth from joining gangs, communities must strengthen families and schools, improve community supervision, train teachers and parents to manage disruptive youth, and teach students interpersonal skills. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed December 17, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/231116.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120543

Author: Gascon, George Title: Making Policing More Affordable: Managing Costs and Measuring Value in Policing Summary: This paper tries to create space for a careful conversation about the challenge of paying for policing. It starts by asking two questions. First, what is driving up police expenditures? Are police departments growing and providing more services to more people, are the costs of providing these same services simply going up, or are other factors responsible for the increase? Second, what have cities and their residents received in return for their investment in policing? Are there fewer crimes, a greater sense of safety and more satisfaction with police services? What has happened to the bottom line in policing? How have communities benefited from the new spending? This paper tries to answer these questions by examining the costs of policing in one city, Mesa, Ariz. The authors could not collect information from enough departments across the United States to systematically compare costs in midsized cities, so this paper instead compares spending in Mesa over the last decade with the spending of neighboring cities in Arizona and with 10 similarly sized jurisdictions that shared their budget data with the authors. The paper also examines the impact of this new spending, using such conventional measures of police value as the amount of recorded crime, citizens’ sense of safety and call response times. Despite the limitations of these measures, which numerous academics, police chiefs and the Commission on the Accreditation of Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA) have repeatedly pointed out, they remain the indicators that shape professional assessments of the value of policing. Because they are still the “measures that matter,” this paper relies on them to evaluate the impact of new police spending on communities. Finally, the paper considers a series of tactics now being tested in a few cities and police departments for managing the rising costs of policing, including efforts to cut spending, raise productivity and re-engineer operations. Perhaps none of these tactics, by themselves or in combination, yields a sustainable strategy for paying for policing in the future. But their consideration here should support future conversations about restructuring police services, reorganizing departments, and building new measures of the value of policing that the present financial crisis demands. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management; Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, national Institute of Justice, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing, December 2010: Accessed December 17, 2010 at: http://cms.hks.harvard.edu/var/ezp_site/storage/fckeditor/file/pdfs/centers-programs/programs/criminal-justice/NewPerspectivesPolicing-MakingPolicingMoreAffordable-Dec2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 120545

Author: Durchslag, Rachel Title: Deconstructing The Demand for Prostitution: Preliminary Insights From Interviews With Chicago Men Who Purchase Sex Summary: In December of 2006 and June of 2007 the Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation (CAASE), Prostitution Research and Education (PRE), and the Chicago Coalition for the Homeless (CCH) launched a research initiative in Chicago to investigate the cognitive and behavioral patterns of men who purchase sex. A team of ten individuals, including three survivors of the sex trade, were trained by CAASE and PRE. In total, the team interviewed 113 men who buy sex. Men were recruited through the “Erotic Services” section of Craigslist, the Chicago Reader, and Chicago After Dark. Each interview lasted approximately an hour and a half to two hours and consisted of both quantitative and qualitative questions. This report presents the findings of these interviews. Details: Chicago: Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation, 2008. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2010 at: http://www.caase.org/pdf/resources/17-deconstructing-the-demand-for-prostitution.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 120550

Author: Schmitt, John Title: Ex-offenders and the Labor Market Summary: We use Bureau of Justice Statistics data to estimate that, in 2008, the United States had between 12 and 14 million ex-offenders of working age. Because a prison record or felony conviction greatly lowers ex-offenders' prospects in the labor market, we estimate that this large population lowered the total male employment rate that year by 1.5 to 1.7 percentage points. In GDP terms, these reductions in employment cost the U.S. economy between $57 and $65 billion in lost output. Our estimates suggest that in 2008 there were between 5.4 and 6.1 million ex-prisoners (compared to a prison population of about 1.5 million and a jail population of about 0.8 million in that same year). Our calculations also suggest that in 2008 there were between 12.3 and 13.9 million ex-felons. In 2008, about one in 33 working-age adults was an ex-prisoner and about one in 15 working-age adults was an ex-felon. About one in 17 adult men of working-age was an ex-prisoner and about one in 8 was an ex-felon. An extensive body of research has established that a felony conviction or time in prison makes individuals significantly less employable. It is not simply that individuals who commit crimes are less likely to work in the first place, but rather, that felony convictions or time in prison act independently to lower the employment prospects of ex-offenders. Given our estimates of the number of ex-offenders and the best outside estimates of the associated reduction in employment suffered by ex-offenders, our calculations suggest that in 2008 the U.S. economy lost the equivalent of 1.5 to 1.7 million workers, or roughly a 0.8 to 0.9 percentage-point reduction in the overall employment rate. Since over 90 percent of ex-offenders are men, the effect on male employment rates was much higher, with ex-offenders lowering employment rates for men by 1.5 to 1.7 percentage points. Even at the relatively low productivity rates of ex-offenders (they typically have less education than the average worker), the resulting loss of output that year was likely somewhere between $57 and $65 billion. The rise in the ex-offender population -- and the resulting employment and output losses -- overwhelmingly reflects changes in the U.S. criminal justice system, not changes in underlying criminal activity. Instead, dramatic increases in sentencing, especially for drug-related offenses, account for the mushrooming of the ex-offender population that we document here. Substantial scope exists for improvement. Since high levels of incarceration are not the result of high levels of crime, changes in sentencing today can greatly reduce the size of the ex-offender population in the future. Moreover, the high cost in terms of lost output to the overall economy also suggests the benefits of taking action to reduce the substantial employment barriers facing ex-offenders. In the absence of some reform of the criminal justice system, the share of ex-offenders in the working-age population will rise substantially in coming decades, increasing the employment and output losses we estimate here. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Economic and Policy Research, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2010 at: http://www.cepr.net/documents/publications/ex-offenders-2010-11.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 120553

Author: Hennigan, Karen Title: Five Year Outcomes in a Randomized Trial of a Community-Based Multi-Agency Intensive Supervision Juvenile Probation Program Summary: The long term outcomes of an intensive supervision probation program implemented in several neighborhood afterschool centers in high crime neighborhoods in Los Angeles County California were evaluated. Over a two year period, youth were randomly assigned to this new program or to supervision-as-usual. Of all the boys age 15 or younger who were assessed at low risk for re-offending at program intake, those randomly assigned to the new program were three times more likely to have been incarcerated in prison or the California Youth Authority over the five years following the program (12% vs. 4% in the control program). At the end of the five-year follow-up period, 69% of the younger low risk boys in the new program were out of the criminal justice system altogether relative to 83% of their counterparts in the control program. Certain attitudes and perceptions associated with delinquent behavior in past empirical studies were changed among these boys who participated in the new program. When interviewed after the program, they had lower expectations of being caught and punished for delinquent activities, lower self esteem in the context of school and family, and were more likely to believe they were the type of kid who “gets into trouble” than their counterparts in the “supervision-as-usual” program. Each of these mediators was associated with the negative long term outcomes found among the younger low risk boys in this experimental study. These results are consistent with a social influence model called “deviancy training.” Of all the youth on probation who participated in the intensive probation program, only the younger lower risk boys were negatively affected. The older higher risk youth had favorable outcomes initially but these dissipated over time. One problem that may have contributed to the loss of the immediate advantages is a kind of “catch 22” that is common in intensive supervision programs where the intensity of the supervision can lead to more probation violations and more detention experiences. Youth that accumulate more detention experiences are typically treated more severely in their next encounter with law enforcement due to a labeling effect. Just looking at their records, it appears that their behavior is more serious and harder to control due to the increased sanctions experienced and future sanctions are calibrated in accordance with that view. There was an association between being detained in juvenile hall and the long term rate of incarceration among the older higher risk youth. The authors argue that it is important for those who plan, implement, and manage juvenile justice probation programs to consider the implications of the long term outcomes of this group-based intensive supervision program. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232621.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120558

Author: Browne, Angela Title: Anticipating the Future Based on Analysis of the Past: Intercity Variation in Youth Homicide, 1984-2006 Summary: Homicide researchers at the Vera Institute of Justice, RTI International, and the Presley Center for Crime and Justice Studies, University of California conducted a comprehensive study of trends in youth homicide offending from 1984-2006 for youth 13 to 24 years of age in 91 of the 100 largest cities in the United States (based on the 1980 Census). The study extends previous work on the perpetration of youth violence by modeling city-specific explanatory predictors influencing annual changes in youth homicide offending within cities during the youth homicide epidemic in the mid-1980s and early 1990s, applying the specified model to emerging trends in youth homicide perpetration for 2000-2006, assessing whether the model applies equally well for juveniles 13 to 17 and young adults ages 18 to 24, and analyzing whether the scope of the model can be extended to perpetration of nonlethal youth violence, particularly robbery and aggravated assault. A unique comprehensive data file representing youth lethal and nonlethal offending by males ages 13 to 24 at the city-level over this 23-year period was also constructed for public use. Findings showed that homicide, robbery, and aggravated assault trends for both juveniles and young adults followed the same general trend between 1984 and 2006. There was an escalation in lethal and nonlethal violence arrest rates in the early years, followed by a significant downturn after the early 1990s, and then a subsequent and significant upturn in the more recent years of the time period. While some factors were consistently associated with youth violence across offense type, time period, and analytic technique, others were significant in only certain situations. Specifically, structural disadvantage was consistently associated with variation in homicide and robbery among juvenile and young adult perpetrators during both the initial escalation of violence in the mid-1980s and early 90s and in more recent years. Additionally, gang presence –activity and drug market activity were consistently associated with the escalation in homicide offending among both juveniles and young adults during both early and later years. Details: Unpublished report submitted to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Decembe4r 21, 2010 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232622.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 120560

Author: Cross-Border Crime Forum Title: Identity-Related Crime: A Threat Assessment. A Report to the Attorney General of the United States and the Minister of Public Safety of Canada Summary: This threat assessment focuses on five aspects of the identity-related crime problem as it affects Canada and the United States: (1) the scope and extent of the problem; (2) the purposes of identity-related crime; (3) the categories of individuals who engage in or are victimized by identity-related crime; (4) the methods and techniques that criminals use to commit identity-related crime; and (5) the responses to the problem. Its purpose is to identify and describe the most problematic features of this crime problem, as well as the approaches being used in both countries to combat it. Annually, a significant percentage of the U.S and Canadian populations is the victim of some kind of identity-related crime. The continuing vulnerability and insecurity of various types of payment mechanisms and identification documents is one of the persistent problems in combating identity-related crime. Criminals and criminal organizations engage in a wide variety of identity-related crime to commit fraud, unlawfully obtaining goods, services, or benefits from the public or private sector. Details: S.l.: Cross-Border Crime Forum, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gov/criminal/fraud/documents/reports/2010/11-01-10mass-market-fraud.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 120565

Author: U.S. Federal Trade Commission. Bureau of Economics Title: Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009: Report on Emergency Technology for Use With ATMs Summary: Every year millions of transactions are conducted using the nation’s estimated 400,000 automated teller machines (“ATMs”). Before, during, or after withdrawing cash from an ATM, a customer may be the target of a robbery or other violent offense. The Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “Act”) mandates that the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) provide an analysis of any technology, either currently available or under development, which would allow a distressed ATM user to send an electronic alert to a law enforcement agency. In particular, the FTC was directed to evaluate the efficacy of so-called “emergency-PIN” and “alarm button” technologies by: (1) providing an estimate of the number and severity of any crimes that could be prevented by the availability of these devices; (2) estimating the costs of implementing such devices; and (3) comparing the costs and benefits of at least three types of such devices. Although FTC staff determined that the requisite data to evaluate the efficacy of these technologies are not available, staff nevertheless conducted a review based on other materials to provide a sense of the value of the technology. FTC staff reviewed various ATM trade press reports and academic studies and contacted a range of entities – several government agencies, a number of major, private financial institutions, other firms, trade associations involved with ATMs and ATM security, and suppliers of the technologies – that staff believed to be most likely to have relevant data on ATM crimes and security technologies. None of these sources, however, provided data that would permit the analyses specified by the Act. Most fundamental, FTC staff learned that emergency-PIN technologies have never been deployed at any ATMs, and alarm buttons have been deployed only at very few ATMs. None of the information collected indicated that any similar technology is currently in use for a distressed customer to electronically alert local law enforcement. FTC staff found that data on ATM-related crimes and the costs of these emergency technologies – whether from government or private sources – are very limited and are inadequate for a rigorous analysis. The information staff received and staff’s review of the state-level legislative history relating to these issues, however, raise questions about whether the benefits of emergency-PIN or alarm button technologies would exceed the associated costs of implementation for most ATM-related crimes. The available information suggests that emergency-PIN and alarm button devices: (1) may not halt or deter crimes to any significant extent; (2) may in some instances increase the danger to customers who are targeted by offenders and also lead to some false alarms (although the exact magnitude of these potential effects cannot be determined); and (3) may impose substantial implementation costs, although no formally derived cost estimates of implementing these technologies are currently available. The anecdotal evidence that the staff relied upon, however, does not allow for any definitive conclusions regarding the efficacy of the reviewed emergency-PIN or alarm button systems to affect ATM crimes. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Trade Commission, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2010 at: http://www.ftc.gov/os/2010/05/100504creditcardreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: ATM Crimes Shelf Number: 120592

Author: Verdery, C. Stewart, Jr. Title: Brick by Brick: A Half-Decade of Immigration Enforcement and the Need for Comprehensive Immigration Reform Summary: The United States has undertaken a massive immigration enforcement initiative over the past five years. The report that follows, written by C. Stewart Verdery, assistant secretary for border and transportation security policy at the Department of Homeland Security from 2003-2005, catalogues the spectrum of measures and the breadth of enforcement resources that have been deployed during this period. The Center for American Progress believes that strong border enforcement and tough worksite enforcement on law-breaking employers are fundamental components of a rational immigration system. That does not mean, however, that we endorse all of the enforcement tactics that have been adopted over the past five years. Many of the initiatives that are detailed in this report reflect sensible steps to restore the rule of law. But CAP believes that others—the so-called “287g program,” for example—misallocate resources and have had a destructive effect on communities. From CAP’s perspective, initiatives like the expansion of expedited removal and mandatory detention policies also raise serious concerns of fairness, proportionality, and due process. Moreover, any massive enforcement apparatus struggles to maintain the integrity of established standards and operationalize leadership priorities. So even smartly designed enforcement policies can become deeply flawed when implemented, leading to widespread rights violations and other unintended consequences. Irrespective of where one comes down on the wisdom of specific enforcement measures, the unprecedented commitment of resources to border and interior enforcement is inarguable. Anti-immigration agitators and politicians who seek to use immigration as a wedge issue argue that we cannot reform our legal immigration system until we have secured the border. The findings contained in this report demonstrate the untenability of this “enforcement-first” line of argument. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2010 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2010/06/pdf/dhs_enforcement.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120630

Author: University of California at Los Angeles. School of Law. Juvenile Justice Project Title: The Impact of Prosecuting Youth in the Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: The juvenile justice system was founded with the goal to serve the best interests of the child, with an understanding that youth possessed different needs than adults. Transfer laws represent a departure from that traditional understanding of juvenile justice and are contrary to fundamental notions of justice. As the overwhelming majority of research studies show, the adult criminal justice system is ill-equipped to meet the needs of youth offenders at all stages of the process, from trial to sentencing options to incarceration. The findings of this literature review indicate that justice is not served by forcing juveniles through a system never intended to process youth and that transfer laws have exacerbated the problems they sought to address. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA School of Law, Juvenile Justice Project, 2010. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/UCLA-Literature-Review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 120635

Author: Mulvey, Edward P. Title: Substance Use and Delinquent Behavior Among Serious Adolescent Offenders Summary: The nexus between substance use and offending during adolescence has important implications for juvenile justice interventions. Many of the adolescents who get in trouble with the law have problems with substance use, and their offending is tied to their involvement with drugs or alcohol. Gaining a deeper understanding of the dynamic ebb and flow of these behaviors is critical to refining treatment approaches and more effectively targeting prevention efforts for adolescent offenders. The right intervention at the right time in the development of these offenders could forestall a lifetime of substance use and offending that fuel each other in a destructive pattern. Much work has been done on the relationship between adolescent substance use and offending, but most studies have focused on general community samples or samples of at-risk youth as they begin to engage in these behaviors. These efforts have produced a sizable literature documenting the factors related to the onset or maintenance of these behaviors independently of each other. Less research has focused on the reciprocal effects of these behaviors on each other during adolescence. Also lacking is a clear understanding of how these behaviors play out beyond the point in early adulthood when youth with established histories of offending and substance use cease one behavior or the other (see Hussong et al., 2004, for an exception). Information gathered from this vantage point, joined with extant research, will contribute to a more complete understanding of the link between substance use and offending and will enhance the knowledge base available to juvenile justice policymakers and practitioners. One OJJDP-sponsored longitudinal study offers a particularly detailed and rich picture of substance use and offending in serious adolescent offenders over time, using regular interviews conducted over a period of 7 years after court involvement. The study, Pathways to Desistance: A Prospective Study of Serious Adolescent Offenders, follows a large sample of serious (overwhelmingly felony) offenders into early adulthood, providing insight into changes across multiple life domains that contribute to offenders’ desisting from or persisting in antisocial activities (Mulvey et al., 2004) (see “About the Pathways to Desistance Study” on p. 8).1 The Pathways study is important to the juvenile justice field because serious offenders, such as those followed in this study, drive much of the policy debate in juvenile justice (Greenwood, 2006) and present the system with some of its most vexing practical challenges. Among its many goals, the study tests whether the relationships between substance use and offending observed in previous studies of community-based youth or youth in detention also hold for individuals who have more serious and/or chronic problems. The study also observes the joint desistance process for substance use and offending. This bulletin describes what is known about the relationships between substance use and offending based on extant research and the Pathways data. It is the beginning, rather than the end, of an involved story. Researchers have observed several interesting and relevant relationships between these behaviors in the sample overall and in individuals during the 2-year period following their court involvement. These findings contribute to a deeper understanding of how substance use and offending interact and affect the desistance process in these adolescents. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed January 31, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/232790.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 120634

Author: Lochner, Lance Title: Non-Productoin Benefits of Education: Crime, Health, and Good Citizenship Summary: Economists have long recognized and measured the e®ect of education on an individual's own lifetime earnings. More recently, attention has been paid to the effects of education on other personal and social outcomes, such as criminal behavior, health and mortality, and voting and democratic participation. A growing body of work suggests that education offers a wide-range of benefits that extend beyond increases in labor market productivity. Improvements in education can lower crime, improve health, and increase voting and democratic participation. This paper reviews recent developments on these ‘non-production’ benefits of education with an emphasis on contributions made by economists. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16722: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16722.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 120644

Author: Carey, Emily P. Title: Outsourcing Responsibility: The Human Cost of Privatized Immigration Detention in Otero County Summary: On June 23, 2008, the Otero County Processing Center opened its doors in the rural border community of Chaparral, Otero County, New Mexico. Owned by Otero County and operated by the private prison contractor Management and Training Corporation (MTC), the facility has the capacity to house up to 1,086 immigrants through an exclusive contract with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). As one of the only organizations in New Mexico monitoring civil liberties, the American Civil Liberties Union of New Mexico (ACLU-NM) began receiving phone calls from attorneys and immigrant advocates across the country within days of the start of facility operations. Most of the immigrants in the facility are Mexican and Central American nationals apprehended in the area, while others have been transferred from cities like New York, Los Angeles, Boston, and Miami and originated from countries all over the world. The ACLU of New Mexico started to assist immigrants held by ICE far beyond the sixmonth limit established by the U.S. Supreme Court in Zadvydas v. Davis after they had been ordered removed by an immigration judge. In the course of this work, advocates, detainees, and family members of detainees approached ACLU representatives with other concerns about the facility including racial and religious discrimination, inadequate medical and mental health care treatment, arbitrary use of segregation, and intimidation and humiliation tactics. The ACLU monitored for patterns of civil and human rights violations and sought resolution in individual cases where abuse was egregious to protect the health and well being of detained immigrants. Local ICE officials were responsive in most of these cases. This report stems from interviews with more than 200 immigrants detained at the Otero County Processing Center from the time the facility became operational. Outside the boundaries of New Mexico, Otero became known in the advocacy communities as “The Hub” because of all of the immigrants arriving from out of state. In New Mexico, however, local, state, and federal elected officials, the general public, and even some immigrant advocates were not aware of the facility’s existence. For many, the Otero County Processing Center represents a national trend in immigration detention that relies on facilities built in remote locations, lacking legal and community resources for informal oversight, and managed by private, for-profit corporations. This report was conceived out of the desire to learn more about what happens inside the walls of the facility and to raise awareness in New Mexico of the role our state now plays in this matter of national concern. Details: Las Cruses, NM: American Civil Liberties Union of New Mexico, 2011. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://aclu-nm.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/OCPC-Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 120645

Author: Janetta, Jesse Title: CPAP Assessment of CDCR Recidivism-Reduction Programs Summary: There has been an increasing emphasis in recent years on correctional programming being “evidence-based.” In its report issued in December of 2007,a the Governor’s Rehabilitation Strike Team stated that “prisoners must be assessed, routed to appropriate evidence-based programs, and once released, continuity of treatment must be assured.” Evidence-based practice in the field of corrections is the conscientious, explicit, and judicious use by correctional administrators of current best research evidence in selecting programs designed to manage offenders, reduce recidivism, and increase public safety. Evidence-based programs adhere to “principles of effective intervention” established by prior research. With California facing serious prison overcrowding challenges in addition to the long-standing public safety need to reduce recidivism to the lowest possible levels, the salience of having evidence-based recidivism-reduction programming in California is greater than ever. This report assesses the degree to which 26 recidivism-reduction programs offered to prison inmates and parolees by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) are evidence-based, as determined by a rating of the programs using the California Program Assessment Process (CPAP). The CPAP is an instrument designed to measure the conformity of offender change programs to research-derived principles of effective correctional programming and the extent of research evidence supporting the program’s model. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, University of California, Irvine, 2008. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/CPAP%20Assessment%20of%20CDCR.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120646

Author: Sample, Lisa L. Title: Final Report for the Evaluation of Nebraska's Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Program Summary: The purpose of the evaluation of the NDCS Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Program was to assess the success of the program in three areas. First, an evaluation of the process was conducted to determine if a reentry program had indeed been created by the NDCS. Second, a cost benefit analysis was conducted to determine the economic savings that a reentry program could promote for the state of Nebraska. Finally, an outcome evaluation was conducted to determine if the reentry program was successful in its goal of reducing recidivism among serious and violent offenders in the state. Below are the key findings of each of these three evaluation components. Process Findings: • Although the selection of program participants has evolved since the inception of the program, NDCS has targeted serious and violent offenders with a high risk of reoffending for pilot program participation. • There was community and agency support for the reentry program from its inception through its implementation. • NDCS had implemented the program components intended for Phase I of the reentry program, including the creation of personalized reentry plans for inmates and the creation of programs to address the mental health, substance abuse, and general living skills needed among the inmates. • The programs offered in Phase I of the reentry program are being delivered to inmates in Phase II thereby providing a seamless delivery of services as originally intended in the program's inception. • Overall, there is much consistency between what inmates perceive they need to live a crime-free life upon leaving prison and the services that are being delivered by NDCS. • Participants generally believed that the services they are receiving from NDCS are beneficial in helping them successfully return to society. • Overall, participants reported a positive attitude toward the services provided in Phase I and II of the reentry program and found the support provided to them by their transition mangers as most effective in bringing about their success in the program. • NDCS has not appeared to establish a graduated sanction or reward system to induce compliance with program requirements, manage problem behaviors, or minimize termination from the program. Cost Benefit Analysis Findings: • Those assigned to the re-entry program account for -96 fewer misdemeanor and -28 fewer felony arrests (per 200 participants) during a 12-month follow-up period. 6 • Based on average process costs incurred by misdemeanor arrests ($6,014) and felony arrests ($21,156), the fewer misdemeanor arrests result in annual outcome cost savings of $577,344 (-96 X $6,014), while fewer felony arrests save $592,375 (-28 X $21,156), or a total annual recidivism-outcome cost savings of $1,169,719 (per 200 participants). • The average annual recidivism-outcome cost savings per reentry program participant is $5,849. • Victimization costs include tangible costs (lost wages, medical and mental health care costs) and intangible costs (pain suffering and lost quality of life). The average estimated cost per violent victimization in the U.S. is $42,098, while the average cost of property victimizations is $1,313. • The annual victimization cost savings due to the lower rates of recidivism of 200 re-entry participants are $884,058 for violent crimes (-21 X $42,098) and $73,528 (-56 X $1,313) for property crimes, or a total societal-victimization cost savings of $957,586. • This equates to an average annual societal-victimization cost savings per reentry program participant of $4,788. • When recidivism-outcome and societal-victimization costs are combined, the total annual savings due to the NDCS Re-Entry Program are $10,637 per reentry participant. Outcome Evaluation • In order to assess outcomes, the 19 reentry participants were compared to a control group of 53 offenders who received “traditional” correctional treatment. • Each offender in both groups was interviewed in the month prior to their release to determine the degree of similarity between the two groups. • Based on this interview data, the two groups were remarkably similar on measures of race, age, prior criminal history, prior drug use and family relationships. • Recidivism was assessed using two measures: whether the offender was arrested during the 6 months following release, and the mean number of arrests during the six-month follow-up period. • 26% of the control group, but only 21% of the reentry participants were rearrested during the 6 month follow-up period. • The mean number of new arrests for reentry participants was .26 compared to .58 for control participants. Details: Omaha, NE: School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, University of Nebraska at Omaha, 2008. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.unomaha.edu/reentry/final_report_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 120647

Author: Brown, Geneva Title: The Intersectionality of Race, Gender, and Reentry: Challenges for African-American Women Summary: This Issue Brief is divided into three sections. The first identifies the trends of mass incarceration in the African-American community, and discusses reentry policies and the challenges created by such policies. The second elucidates intersectionality through the lives of African-American women offenders and the problems that African-American women offenders have with reentry. The third section concludes with reviewing legislative trends and proposals for gender and race-based treatment considerations for reentry. Details: Washington, DC: American Constitution Society, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.acslaw.org/files/Brown%20issue%20brief%20-%20Intersectionality.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 120648

Author: Martin, David A. Title: Immigration Enforcement: Beyond the Border and the Workplace Summary: New immigration legislation must include changes to achieve effective and resolute enforcement of the immigration laws. Merely beefing up border policing (currently the most popular enforcement strategy) is insufficient. Over the last decade, the influx of unauthorized migrants has reached record levels even though border enforcement has greatly expanded, primarily because migrants know that getting past the border opens wide opportunities in the US job market, owing to the near absence of enforcement there. The most important reform is therefore well-crafted workplace screening. Because border and workplace enforcement have been addressed elsewhere, this policy brief offers suggestions for other key enforcement improvements that Congress and the executive branch should implement. Primarily, reform should: 1. Assure that removal orders are enforced by: • expanding the use of fugitive operations teams; • wider application of civil and criminal penalties to absconders, including legislative changes to facilitate civil levies; • more strategic use of detention, including in connection with supervised release programs modeled on a Vera Institute pilot project; • shortening hearing times while preserving due process, including testing the efficiency effects of government-provided counsel through a limited pilot project. 2. Build better protections against fraud into the systems leading to a grant of benefits, rather than relying on after-the-fact prosecutions or revocations 3. Mainstream immigration enforcement, including through carefully structured engagement of state and local officers, while assuring that the central roles are played by federal officers expert in immigration law. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2006. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief, No. 19: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/ITFIAF/TF19_Martin.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 120651

Author: Whitman, Julie L. Title: A Review of Minneapolis's Youth Violence Prevention Initiative Summary: Minneapolis’s public health approach to youth violence identifies problems, uses data, creates partnerships, and engages in practical problem solving to create a safer community. The city’s Blueprint for Action: Preventing Youth Violence in Minneapolis attacks the root causes of violence while holding juvenile perpetrators accountable for their actions and offering rehabilitation where appropriate. In the process, the initiative has woven a citywide fabric of partnerships that other jurisdictions can replicate. Community members and professionals from juvenile justice, law enforcement, community programs, and public health—no longer feeling isolated—have a renewed sense of purpose as part of a larger effort, moving in the same direction toward the same goal. Crime statistics are showing preliminary positive effects. A young but promising initiative, the Minneapolis Blueprint offers grounds for further research and potential for the quest to end youth violence Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: COPS Innovations: Accessed February 1, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e011027253-Minneapolis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120655

Author: Weisburd, David Title: Police Science: Toward a New Paradigm Summary: This paper urges the police to take ownership and make use of science in the policing task. The authors commend the police industry for embracing innovative management strategies and crime control and prevention policies over the last two decades, but argue that as a whole, the profession has been hesitant to adopt scientific, evidence-based policies and practices resulting in a fundamental disconnect between science and policing. The authors discuss existing research that supports their contention and lay out a proposal for a new, science-based policing paradigm. They describe the adoption this paradigm as necessary if the police industry is to "retain public support and legitimacy, cope with recessionary budget cuts, and...alleviate the problems that have become part of the policing task." Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management; Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/228922.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Reform Shelf Number: 120661

Author: Guerino, Paul Title: Sexual Victimization Reported by Adult Correctional Authorities, 2007-2008 Summary: This report examines 2007 and 2008 data from the Survey of Sexual Violence (SSV). Conducted since 2004, the SSV is an annual collection of official records on incidents of inmate-on-inmate and staff-on-inmate sexual victimization. This report presents counts of nonconsensual sexual acts, abusive sexual contacts, staff sexual misconduct, and staff sexual harassment reported to correctional authorities in adult prisons, jails, and other adult correctional facilities. Appendix tables include counts of sexual victimization, by type, for the Federal Bureau of Prisons, all state systems, and surveyed jail jurisdictions. An in-depth examination of substantiated incidents is also presented, covering the number and characteristics of victims and perpetrators, location, time of day, nature of the injuries, impact on the victims, and sanctions imposed on the perpetrators. Highlights include the following: Correctional administrators reported 7,444 allegations of sexual victimization in 2008 and 7,374 allegations in 2007. About 54% of substantiated incidents of sexual victimization involved only inmates, while 46% of substantiated incidents involved staff with inmates. Female inmates were disproportionately victimized by both other inmates and staff in federal and state prisons, as well as local jails. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: BJS Special Report: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/svraca0708.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 120662

Author: Daly, Reagan Title: Capital Change: A Process Evaluation of Washington, DC's Secure Juvenile Placement Reform Summary: A growing body of research has persuaded most experts and many practitioners that punitive responses to juvenile offenders —particularly those placed in secure facilities — yield poor results for the youth involved and for public safety. Informed by this consensus, in 2005 officials in Washington, DC’s Department of Youth Rehabilitation Services (DYRS) began planning a comprehensive reform of the agency’s responses to youth in secure placement. This report presents findings from a year-long process evaluation of the reforms, in which Vera researchers explored both the strategy the agency used and factors that affected the implementation process. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Youth Justice, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3191/Capital-Change-process-evaluation-DC-FINAL2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120663

Author: New York City Police Department, Counterterrorism Bureau Title: Active Shooter: Recommendations and Analysis for Risk Mitigation Summary: Active shooter attacks are dynamic incidents that vary greatly from one attack to another. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) defines an active shooter as “an individual actively engaged in killing or attempting to kill people in a confined and populated area.” In its definition, DHS notes that, “in most cases, active shooters use firearms(s) and there is no pattern or method to their selection of victims.” The New York City Police Department (NYPD) has limited this definition to include only those cases that spill beyond an intended victim to others. The type of police response to an active shooter attack depends on the unique circumstances of the incident. In the event of such an attack, private security personnel should follow the instructions of the first-responders from the NYPD. Because active shooter attacks are dynamic events, the NYPD cannot put forward a single set of best-practices for private security response to such incidents. However, the NYPD has compiled a list of recommendations for building security personnel to mitigate the risks from active shooter attacks. The recommendations draw on previous studies of active shooter attacks and are presented in Part II. The NYPD developed these recommendations based on a close analysis of active shooter incidents from 1966 to 2010. This Compendium of cases, presented in the Appendix, includes 281 active shooter incidents. It is organized chronologically by type of facility targeted, including office buildings, open commercial areas, factories and warehouses, schools, and other settings. The NYPD performed a statistical analysis on a subset of these cases to identify common characteristics among active shooter attacks. This analysis is presented in Part III and the underlying methodology is presented in Part IV. The analysis found a large degree of variation among attacks across some broad categories, including: sex of the attacker, age of the attacker, number of attackers, planning tactics, targets, number of casualties, location of the attack, weapons used, and attack resolution. Details: New York: New York City Police Department, 2011. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/nypd/downloads/pdf/counterterrorism/ActiveShooter.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 120664

Author: Shelden, Randall G. Title: The Prison Industry Summary: This report summarizes numerous prison topics to include information about: ◦incarceration in the United States versus worldwide incarceration rates ◦prisons as a market for profits ◦the prison-building frenzy ◦cashing in on crime ◦and matters revolving around privatization of prisons. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile & Criminal Justice, 2010. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/The_Prison_Industry.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 120665

Author: Jones, Malia Title: Eyes on the Block: Measuring Urban Physical Disorder Through In-Person Observation Summary: In this paper, we present results from measuring physical disorder in Los Angeles neighborhoods. Disorder measures came from structured observations conducted by trained field interviewers. We examine inter-rater reliability of disorder measures in depth. We assess the effects of observation conditions on the reliability of reporting. Finally, we examine the relationships between disorder, other indicators of neighborhood status, and selected individual outcomes. Our results indicate that there is considerable variation in the level of agreement among independent observations across items, although overall agreement is moderate to high. Durable indicators of disorder provide the most reliable measures of neighborhood conditions. Circumstances of observation have statistically significant effects on the observers' perceived level of disorder. Physical disorder is significantly related to other indicators of neighborhood status, and to children's reading and behavior development. This result suggests a need for further research into the effects of neighborhood disorder on children. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: On-Line Working Paper Series, PWP-CCPR-2010-049: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2010-049/PWP-CCPR-2010-049.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Disorder Shelf Number: 120672

Author: Sparrow, Malcolm K. Title: Governing Science Summary: This paper argues that the emphasis on using evidence-based practices (EBP) from social science research and methodology to establish operational and program agendas for policing practice only limits and distracts from more relevant and substantive contributions from natural sciences methodology (e.g., pattern recognition); traditionally productive avenues of observation, investigation and inquiry (e.g., crime analysis); and problem-oriented policing as more effective responses to crime in communities. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management; Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/232179.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 120671

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Federal Agencies Have Taken Actions to Address Risks Posed by Seafarers, but Efforts Can Be Strengthened Summary: The State Department and two components of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and the Coast Guard, are responsible for preventing illegal immigration at U.S. seaports and identifying individuals who are potential security risks. The International Labor Organization (ILO) adopted the Seafarers' Identity Documents Convention (ILO 185) to establish an international framework of seafarer identification documents and reduce their vulnerability to fraud and exploitation. GAO was asked to examine (1) measures federal agencies take to address risks posed by foreign seafarers and the challenges, if any, DHS faces; (2) the challenges, if any, DHS faces in tracking illegal entries by foreign seafarers and how it enforces penalties; and (3) the implementation status of ILO 185. GAO reviewed relevant requirements and agency documents on maritime security, interviewed federal and industry officials, and visited seven seaports based on volume of seafarer arrivals. The visits provided insights, but were not projectable to all seaports. GAO recommends that DHS assess risks of not electronically verifying cargo vessel seafarers for admissibility, identify reasons for absconder and deserter data variances, and, with the Department of Justice (DOJ), develop a plan with timelines to adjust civil monetary penalties for inflation. DHS and DOJ concurred with GAO’s recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-195: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11195.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 120669

Author: United Community Services of Johnson County Title: Mental Health and Criminal Justice: Intercept Project Report Summary: In Johnson County, Kansas, and across the United States too often men and women with mental illness land in jail. The Johnson County Mental Health and Criminal Justice Intercept Project Report is the result of nineteen months of planning to address this problem. The project involved leaders and staff from eleven organizations that have accepted the responsibility for improving our community’s response to adults with mental health needs who come in contact with the criminal justice system. The study found that approximately 17 percent of incarcerates in Johnson County Jail were diagnosed with a mental illness. This report (with an appendix) is divided into six sections: 1) Introduction and background; 2) Project description including participants, model used, planning process, mapping and identification of issues; 3) Findings; 4) Barriers, goals and recommendations; 5) Guiding principles, key elements; 6) The future. The project recommendations, arrived at by consensus, are intended as a guide for organizations, both individually and collectively. The goal is a system that intervenes at the earliest point possible and also helps incarcerated adults with mental illness prepare for safe and successful transition to the community. Essential to intervening at the earliest point is a mental health system with adequate capacity to serve those who need help. Recommendations are presented for the six key intercept points that were investigated. (Intercept points, indicated in bold italics throughout the report, are when opportunities occur for preventative services to keep individuals from going deeper into the criminal justice system.) While every recommendation is important for overall systems improvement, a small number are identified as priorities. Common themes for every system include education about mental illness, cross-training of staff, and the involvement of family members and loved ones of persons with mental illness. Details: Lenexa, KS: United Community Services of Johnson County, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://cmo.jocogov.org/CJAC/CJ%20MH%20TASK%20FORCE%20Report%20to%20CJAC.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 120674

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: North County Gang Enforcement Collaborative Final Evaluation Report Summary: In 2007, six jurisdictions in the northern region of San Diego County (Carlsbad, Escondido, Fallbrook, Oceanside, San Marcos, and Vista) came together to collaborate on a Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant to address the issue of gangs and violence in their areas through increased communication and collaboration. In addition to the law enforcement agencies in these six jurisdictions, other partners included the California Highway Patrol, Probation, Health and Human Services Children' Services Bureau, the District Attorney's Office, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement. As part of this effort, process and impact evaluations were conducted by SANDAG. This final report documents project implementation, staff's perspective, any challenges and/or successes experienced, any changes in violent crime in the targeted areas, and progress to improve collaboration and communication. Overall, the findings indicate a greater level of collaboration in the target areas and a 12-month decrease in violent and aggravated assaults. Details: San Diego, CA: SANDAG (San Diego Association of Governments), 2009. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1478_10693.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 120676

Author: Gelbach, Jonah Title: Testing for Racial Discrimination in Bail Setting Using Nonparametric Estimation of a Parametric Model Summary: Black defendants are assigned systematically greater bail levels than whites accused of similar offenses and, partly as a result, have systematically lower probabilities of pre-trial release. We construct a simple model of optimal bail setting that allows us to measure how much of the bail difference is due to judicial bias against blacks, holding constant defendant heterogeneity that judges observe, regardless of whether we also observe it. We show how to use nonparametric methods to consistently estimate the model's key parameter by using the judge's first-order condition to form an auxiliary projection relationship involving defendants' conditional choice probabilities. While the behavioral model requires parametric assumptions, they have a substantial payoff: under these assumptions, we need not make any assumptions at all on the conditional distribution of heterogeneity observed by judges but not researchers. We implement the model using 2000 and 2002 data for five counties, from the State Courts Processing Statistics. While our point estimates are somewhat imprecise, they suggest that in several counties, judges value blacks' lost freedom from a typical pre-trial jail stay by thousands of dollars less than they value whites' lost freedom. Details: Berkeley, CA: Law and Economics Workshop, Berkeley Program in Law and Economics, University of California - Berkeley, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Law and Economics Workshop: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://www.econ.yale.edu/seminars/labor/lap11/gelbach-110218.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 120679

Author: Aneja, Abhay Title: The Impact of Right-to-Carry Laws and the NRC Report: Lessons for the Empirical Evaluation of Law and Policy Summary: For over a decade, there has been a spirited academic debate over the impact on crime of laws that grant citizens the presumptive right to carry concealed handguns in public - so-called right-to-carry (RTC) laws. In 2005, the National Research Council (NRC) offered a critical evaluation of the "more guns, less crime" hypothesis using county-level crime data for the period 1977-2003 15 of the 16 NRC panel members essentially concluded that the existing research was inadequate to conclude that RTC laws increased or decreased crime. One member of the NRC panel concluded that the NRC panel data regressions supported the conclusion that RTC laws decreased murder, while the 15-member majority responded that the scientific evidence did not support that conclusion. We evaluate the NRC evidence and show that, unfortunately, the regression estimates presented in the report appear to be incorrect. We improve and expand on the report's county data analysis by analyzing an additional six years of county data as well as state panel data for the period 1977-2006. While we have considerable sympathy with the NRC's majority view about the difficulty of drawing conclusions from simple panel data models, we disagree with the NRC report's judgment that cluster adjustments to correct for serial correlation are not needed. Our randomization tests show that without such adjustments the Type 1 error soars to 4'270 percent. In addition, the conclusion of the dissenting panel member that RTC laws reduce murder has no statistical support. Our paper highlights further important questions to consider when using panel data methods to resolve questions of law and policy effectiveness. We buttress the NRC's cautious conclusion about right-to-carry legislation's impact by showing how sensitive the estimated impact of RTC laws is to different data periods, the use of state versus county data, particular specifications, and the decision to control for state trends. Overall, the most consistent, albeit not uniform, finding to emerge from the array of models is that aggravated assault rises when RTC laws are adopted. For every other crime category, there is little or no indication of any consistent RTC impact on crime. It will be worth exploring whether other methodological approaches and or additional years of data will confirm the results of this panel-data analysis. Details: Paper presented at the 5th Annual Conference on Empirical Legal Studies Paper Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1632599 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 120681

Author: Hill, Patrick L. Title: Decreasing Delinquency, Criminal Behavior, and Recidivism by Interventing on Psychological Factors other than Cognitive Ability: A Review of the Intervention Literature Summary: Research on the causes of delinquency has a long research history, often with an undue focus on how cognitive ability serves as the main predictor of delinquent activity. The current review examines interventions that focus on psychological factors other than cognitive ability, and discusses how several of these programs have demonstrated efficacy in reducing delinquent behavior. Our review uncovers certain themes shared by a number of effective interventions. First, these interventions tend to emphasize rigorous and consistent implementation. Second, effective interventions often incorporate the family environment. Third, several effective interventions have focused on promoting adaptive social skills. In conclusion, our review discusses the possibility that these interventions have proven efficacious in part because they promote adaptive personality trait development. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16698: Accessed February 3, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16698.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Behavior (Juveniles) Shelf Number: 120685

Author: Allard, Patricia Title: Children on the Outside: Voicing the Pain and Human Costs of Parental Incarceration Summary: The report details the challenges faced by children of incarcerated parents whose experience of grief and loss is compounded by economic insecurity, family instability, a compromised sense of self-worth, attachment and trust problems, and social stigmatization when their parents are incarcerated. The report outlines the ways in which parental incarceration can influence negative outcomes for youth, including mental health problems, possible school failure and unemployment, and antisocial and delinquent behavior. As with the punitive consequences of our mandatory sentencing and mass incarceration policies, the impact of parental incarceration falls disproportionately on children of color. African American children are seven times and Latino children two and half times more likely to have a parent in prison than white children. The estimated risk of parental imprisonment for white children by the age of 14 is one in 25, while for black children it is one in four by the same age. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2011 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/sites/default/files/publications/JS-COIP-1-13-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 120686

Author: Strom, Kevin Title: The Private Security Industry: A Review of the Definitions, Available Data Sources, and Paths Moving Forward Summary: The private security industry is a crucial component of security and safety in the United States and abroad. Today, private security is responsible not only for protecting many of the nation‘s institutions and critical infrastructure systems, but also for protecting intellectual property and sensitive corporate information. U.S. companies also rely heavily on private security for a wide range of functions, including protecting employees and property, conducting investigations, performing pre-employment screening, providing information technology security, and many other functions. In the past four decades, a series of reports and studies have examined private security agencies and personnel (i.e., Kakalik & Wildhorn, 1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1971d; Cunningham, Taylor, & Hallcrest Systems, Inc., 1985; Cunningham, Strauchs, Van Meter, & Hallcrest Systems, Inc., 1990). These studies helped redefine the roles of private security and documented the growth and trends in the industry as a whole. However, these studies have become outdated, and there continues to be a significant need for more detailed and timely information, especially when considering the increasing range of roles played by private security. Moreover, the survey methodologies employed by some prior data collection efforts have produced data that are not generalizable to the population or that are potentially subject to nonresponse bias. Therefore, how well one can use these sources to make inference to private security as a whole is unknown. Currently, there is no existing data source that provides detailed information about private security—beyond basic demographics—that is not methodologically flawed due to the design or high nonresponse rates. The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), an independent statistical agency located within the U.S. Department of Justice, launched a design project to assess the feasibility of conducting a National Private Security Survey (NPSS). This report was developed as part of the design work. It provides a review of the literature on private security, including major trends, demographics, collaborations with law enforcement, budgeting and licensing, legal authority and powers within private security, and security operations. The report also presents an analysis of the availability and quality of secondary data on private security including a review of all available private security data from government sources, commercial sources, and research or academic sources. As part of this review, the report examines the methodology used to collect data on the private security industry and provides an assessment of the data quality. The review suggests that suitable data are available on certain aspects of the private security industry. However, some components of the private security industry have not been studied in detail, while others have been studied but the existing data are either inconsistent or outdated. Based on the review, the following conclusions were generated: 1) Employee Demographics. Overall, high-quality demographic data have been collected in existing surveys; however, variations in the survey methodology and definitions of private security across these surveys produced some discrepancies in the estimates. 2) Budgeting and licensing. Budgeting and licensing information on contract security firms was substantial, compared to information for companies with a proprietary security force. 3) Private security powers. An insufficient amount of comprehensive data has been collected on private security powers; therefore, there is a significant need for information in this area. 4) Security operations. One of two secondary data sources provided information on security operations topics. Although one of the survey designs was methodologically sound, the response rate created a potential for biased estimates. As a result of these findings, we offer the following recommendations for the design and implementation of a national survey of the private security industry: 1) Develop a clear definition of private security. When conducting a national data collection effort such as the NPSS, a succinct definition of private security should be developed with an understanding that the definition used may result in the collection of data that are different from those currently available. 2) Cover a broad range of topics. A targeted, national study of the private security industry should cover a broad range of topics in order to minimize any potential measurement error caused by combining data from multiple sources that use different definitions of private security. Therefore, it is important that a future study not only fill in the recognized information gaps on private security (e.g., private security powers and security operations), but also obtain reliable and updated statistics, such as employee demographics, that are sufficiently covered by other surveys. 3) Utilize a rigorous data collection methodology. Future studies should also seek to address methodological and response rate challenges that affected past data collection efforts. This should include the development of a national sampling frame that provides more representative coverage of the companies to which inference will be drawn. Furthermore, procedures must include non-response follow-up to ensure a reasonable response rate. 4) Conduct the survey periodically. Studies that examine private security consistently over time would provide a significant advantage. This could be achieved either by examining a cohort of companies over time or drawing a new nationally representative sample of companies each time the data collection is fielded. Regardless of the approach, a set of studies conducted over time will better inform how private security changes in the size and characteristics of the industry, as well as the changing role and function of private security in the United States. These trends in the industry have both economic and policy implications. In summary, this report provides recommendations for how future data collection efforts, such as the NPSS, can build on past efforts to increase knowledge of the private security industry and yield higher quality and more consistent data over time. The relevance of private security to our criminal justice system and to our nation‘s safety and security requires that we collect more consistent and timely information on the private security industry. This should include tracking of the functions and roles of private security as well as their intersection with policing, corrections, homeland security, and other relevant areas. By building on and improving upon past data collection efforts, we can ensure that the information that is collected is accurate, generalizable, and useful to the private security field, as well as to federal agencies and policymakers, and others with an interest in private security data. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/232781.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Private Police Shelf Number: 120695

Author: Rose, Andree Title: Developing a Cybervetting Strategy for Law Enforcement. Special Report. Summary: Cybervetting is an assessment of a person's suitability to hold a position using information found on the Internet to help make that determination. Cybervetting occurs even though there are no generally accepted guidelines and procedures for fair, complete, and efficient Internet searches for this purpose. Job applicants, employees, and employers are often uncertain whether cybervetting is legal, where privacy rights begin and end, and what cyber behaviors and postings should be subject to cybervetting. The purpose of this document is to present policies and practices to consider when using the Internet to search for information on law enforcement applicants, candidates, and incumbents, and when developing social media policies to limit inappropriate online behaviors. Cybervetting guidelines need to strike the right balance between individuals' constitutional rights and law enforcement agencies' due diligence responsibilities for screening out undesirable job applicants and employees. Details: Alexandria, VA: International Association of Chiefs of Police, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://www.iacpsocialmedia.org/Portals/1/documents/CybervettingReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 120697

Author: Boyer, Debra Title: Ethnographic Assessment of Homeless Street Populations Summary: The category “chronic homelessness” emerges from a pattern of social inequities and individual problems that are situated within convergent domains of homelessness and street-based lifestyles and activities. Defining “chronic homelessness” as a stand-alone category has proven useful from a policy perspective, but they are a subset of the street population and occupy one point on a continuum of homelessness. Observable street populations extend beyond the chronic homeless population, and face challenges to their livelihood presented by poverty and a lack of affordable housing. It has been shown that significant numbers of people who are housed continue to use homeless- targeted services. The National Survey of Homeless Assistance Providers and Clients (NSHAPC) completed in the mid-1990’s included data collected from homeless programs in 76 metropolitan and non-metropolitan areas. Analysis of the sample indicated that among those interviewed, 54 percent were homeless. Twenty-two percent were not currently homeless, but had been in the past. The remaining 24 percent were not currently homeless, but used services that were provided for the homeless. These data speak to the fluidity of the sheltered/unsheltered boundary and call for understanding the needs and characteristics of more broadly defined street populations. · What other groups comprise the observable street population? · Are they homeless? · What factors contribute to homelessness across chronic street populations? Service providers, police officers, and individuals experiencing homelessness concur that a majority of the visible street population are homeless. That they are homeless is not the end of the story; the visible reality of the street homeless population as a whole requires a clearer differentiation of its subgroups for broader policy application. Perceived homeless street populations can be differentiated along several dimensions including: stages of homelessness, street activity, criminal activity, drug use, mental illness, survival skills, vulnerability to victimization, and subculture association. Subgroups and stand-alone categories of homelessness have other characteristics and attributes that generate questions regarding the anticipated impact of policy initiatives directed toward visible street populations. These questions include: · Is homelessness the most significant group characteristic? · Will housing modify street based activity? · Where are groups located on a homeless continuum? · What service parameters are relevant for each subgroup? · What types of housing and supportive services are appropriate? · What are specific system coordination needs for subgroups? The primary focus of this assessment is the broader street population. The differences between subsets of street-based and homeless groups are discussed within the context of the chronic homeless initiative, the potential impact on visible street populations, and implications for policy and practice. Details: Seattle, WA: United Way of King County, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://www.uwkc.org/assets/files/research-and-reports/ethnographic-assessment-of.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drunkenness Shelf Number: 120698

Author: Fox, Aubrey Title: Daring to Fail: First-person Stories of Criminal Justice Reform Summary: Talk of “best practices” and “evidence-based programs” has dominated the field of criminal justice in recent years. By and large this has been a positive development – and a natural corrective to policymaking based on anecdote and emotion. But simply spreading evidence-based practices is not enough to solve the pressing public safety problems that continue to plague our country. For one thing, there simply aren’t enough evidence-based programs: the vast majority of the initiatives undertaken by police, courts, probation, pre-trial services and other criminal justice agencies in recent years have not been subjected to rigorous evaluation. That doesn’t mean that they don’t work, of course, just that we don’t have enough data to declare them “evidence-based.” The other problem with spreading evidence-based programs is that they are by definition today’s solutions to yesterday’s problems. New challenges are emerging all of the time within criminal justice. The context is constantly changing. If we hope to keep up, if we hope to respond quickly and effectively to tomorrow’s problems, we must continue to innovate. Recognizing this, the Center for Court Innovation and the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance have launched a multi-faceted initiative designed to promote innovation at the grassroots level by encouraging criminal justice agencies to engage in a process of trial and error – much the way a scientist would. A large part of this effort has been devoted to studying criminal justice reform efforts – both successes and failures – in an effort to identify lessons for the innovators of tomorrow. By fostering a more open and honest public discussion of failures in particular, the project seeks to encourage self-reflection, transparency and thoughtful risk-taking among criminal justice agencies. One of the hallmarks of the Trial and Error initiative has been first-person interviews with leading criminal justice scholars, practitioners and policymakers. Over the past three years, staff from the Center for Court Innovation have conducted nearly 100 such interviews with leaders in a variety of fields – prosecution, policing, community corrections, indigent defense and others. This book includes a representative sample of these interviews. While each interview is unique – questions were tailored to each individual’s expertise – in general the interviewees were asked to reflect candidly on challenges from their own professional career and lessons they have learned along the way. Taken together, the interviews offer vivid testimony that even the most successful and well-regarded leaders in the field of criminal justice have experienced their share of setbacks. Almost everyone who appears in this volume has been involved in a program that failed to achieve its stated goals or fell short of expectations in some way. While disappointing, in no case were these failures professionally fatal, in large part because the individuals involved took pains to learn from their mistakes before moving on. In addition to underlining the importance of self-reflection, the interviews that follow also make it clear just how difficult it is to achieve change within the criminal justice system. The obstacles, after all, are enormous. In many places, the volume of work is crushing. Technology is often outmoded. Facilities are often antiquated. Pertinent data is often missing. And this litany doesn’t even include the problems that arrestees, probationers, inmates and parolees bring with them to the criminal justice system, including addiction, mental illness, homelessness and histories of abuse and dysfunction. In this context, it is difficult for many judges, probation officers and prosecutors to simply get through each work day, let alone find time and space to be analytical and creative. This volume also offers clear and compelling evidence that despite long odds, frontline criminal justice practitioners over the past generation have fashioned a number of remarkable innovations that have made a significant difference on the ground and in the streets. Drug courts, CompStat, Ceasefire, problem-oriented policing… the list goes on and on. But this book is not meant to be an exhaustive review of the criminal justice reforms of the past few decades. Rather, it is an effort to tell the stories of dozens of remarkable leaders who have successfully navigated difficult challenges to make change happen within the criminal justice system. The interviews have been lightly edited for clarity and length, but otherwise are verbatim transcripts. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/_uploads/documents/Daring_2_Fail.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120699

Author: Walsh, Nastassia Title: When More Is Less: How a Larger Women's Jail in Baltimore Will Reduce Public Safety and Diminish Resources for Positive Social Investment Summary: Despite declines in the number of women being held in the Baltimore City Detention Center (BCDC, or “the jail”), the State of Maryland, which operates the jail, is planning a new women’s facility with twice the beds currently being used, with an ability to increase capacity to up to 1,024 women. Projections used for the planning of the new jail are based on old information and trends indicating an increase in crime, arrests and incarceration that never materialized. While the estimated operational costs for the new Women’s Detention Center are unavailable, the total project costs to plan and build it are estimated at $181 million, including planning and construction, to be completed in 2015. If Maryland insists on building a jail, instead of building a larger jail with the capacity to hold more than twice as many women as are currently detained, the State of Maryland and the Division of Pretrial Detention and Services should build a jail with fewer beds and more space for services and treatment, and develop a strategic plan for further reducing the number of women held pretrial in Baltimore City. As about nine out of 10 women in the Baltimore jail are still awaiting trial on the current offense, multiple options are available to help ensure that people return to court and receive any services or programs they need to avoid future involvement in the justice system. Through modest programs and interventions like reminder phone call systems, expanded and more substantive pretrial release supervision, and more justice system diversion, jail should be a rare last resort for women awaiting trial in Baltimore. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/images/upload/11-01_REP_WhenMoreisLess_MD-AC.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 120706

Author: Kramer, John H. Title: Evaluation of RIP D&A Treatment Summary: From 1980 to 2005 Pennsylvania state prison population grew by 400%. Although is not possible to assess the extent to which drug addiction was the driving force for this tremendous increase but we do know that offenders incarcerated in state prison for drug offenses increased 2354% during this time frame and drug offenders accounted for 23.9% of the growth. Offenders convicted of drug offenses are just the tip of the iceberg in terms of the role of drug abuse and crime. Support of drug abuse increases theft offenses, burglaries, robberies and other offenses as well. Beyond driving our investment in prison expansion, addiction exerts tremendous costs in terms of lost human resources, and increased health care costs. The growth in prison populations reflect public policy initiatives in the 1980's and 1999's such as the passage of mandatory minimums as our primary focus in stemming the drug abuse problem. Despite significant attempts to deter drug use though harsh penalties and attempts to limit the flow of drugs, drug use seems to have been minimally effected. A1s one Pennsylvania judge reflected to one of the authors, "Drug use is a supply and demand problem, and the more I attempt to change this with tough sentences the more convinced I am that we the way to deal with the drug problem is to reduce the demand through prevention and treatment." This comment joins with a growing refrain from criminal justice experts who see drug abuse as generally impermeable to sanctions and promising results through prevention and treatment. Pennsylvania recognized the need for community based treatment and drug treatment in 1990 by passing legislation expanding sentencing authority for judges to include Intermediate Punishment (IP) (Act 193 of 1990) and building into IP sanctions a strong drug treatment component. Importantly, Pennsylvania supported this with funding to counties for drug and alcohol treatment. The research reported here studies whether these important policy steps were effective at reducing recidivism among drug dependent offenders. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2006. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://pcs.la.psu.edu/publications/research-and-evaluation-reports/special-reports/evaluation-of-restrictive-intermediate-punishment-drug-and-alcohol-treatment-2006/SpecRptRIPDA2006.pdf#navpanes=0 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120715

Author: Kempinen, Cynthia A. Title: Pennsylvania's Motivational Boot Camp Program: The Impact of Program Completion on Offender Recidivism. 2009 Report to the Legislature Summary: Act 215 of 1990, which created Pennsylvania's Motivational Boot Camp Program, also mandated the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing to evaluate the program and to provide a report to the House and Senate Judiciary Committees. The 2009 Legislative Report addresses the following questions: 1) What type of offender goes to Boot Camp?; 2) What self-reported attitudinal and behavioral changes occur among Boot Camp graduates?; 3) What are the predictors of program completion?; and 4) What is the impact of program completion on recidivism? The major findings are as follows: Since the opening of the Boot Camp in 1992 through 2007, there have been 6,114 offenders admitted to the Boot Camp Program. The typical offender entering Boot Camp was young, non-white, male, convicted of a drug offense, and from an urban area. Upon admission to Boot Camp, the majority of offenders reported having a high school diploma, being employed, being single, and having at least one child. Most offenders reported having family members and friends who had previously been incarcerated. The vast majority of offenders also had committed prior offenses, consisting primarily of drug dealing, drug use, and DUI. A sizeable number of offenders were arrested as juveniles, though the average age at first arrest was 18 years. Most offenders had used drugs the day of their offense. The average age of onset for drug use was 15 years of age, and marijuana and cocaine were the predominant drugs of choice. The vast majority of offenders were proud that they were accepted into Boot Camp, and felt that it was a positive experience. Upon graduating from Boot Camp, offenders indicated some positive changes including being less impulsive, acquiring better decision-making skills, and experiencing fewer problems with drugs. Additionally, all of these changes endured after offenders were on parole for six months. After Boot Camp, offenders reported that they were more likely to be employed full-time, less likely to use drugs or alcohol, and less likely to associate with their old friends. The Boot Camp has a high graduation rate, with about 93% of the offenders in our study graduating from the program. Offenders were less likely to complete Boot Camp if they were female, young, had a greater number of prior arrests, had lower expectations for personal change, had difficulty controlling their temper, or found complicated tasks to be more challenging. Overall, about 52% of Boot Camp graduates in our study recidivated within two years, with 20% being recommitted for a technical violation and 32% arrested for a new crime. While offenders who completed Boot Camp were less likely to recidivate, this finding was not significant at the multivariate level. Offenders were significantly more likely to recidivate if they were: male, young, non-white, unemployed, less educated, property offenders, incarcerated as juveniles, or repeat offenders. Additionally, those who indicated they have difficulty controlling their temper, were in need of substance abuse treatment, or came from a less close-knit family were more likely to recidivate. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing, 2009. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://pcs.la.psu.edu/publications/research-and-evaluation-reports/state-motivational-boot-camp-program/ResRptBC2009.pdf#navpanes=0 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120713

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Delegation and Divergence: A Study of 287(g) State and Local Immigration Enforcement Summary: This report assesses the implementation and U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement (ICE) oversight of the nation's 72 active 287(g) programs, examining whether local enforcement matches up with ICE's articulated priorities. The study provides ICE data nationally and by jurisdiction on non-citizens referred for removal through 287(g) as well as the criminal offenses for which they were detained, and assesses the impact of enforcement on local communities. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/pubs/287g-divergence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 120724

Author: Latessa, Edward Title: Evaluation of Selected Institutional Offender Treatment Programs for the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections Summary: In general, correctional treatment programs have been associated with a reduction in recidivism. However, there is a great deal of variation among programs with respect to the degree of effectiveness. Correctional programs that adhere to certain principles are more successful at reducing offender recidivism, thereby increasing community safety principles of effective intervention, commonly referred to as the “what works' literature, are key in guiding correctional practices. Cullen and Gendreau (2000) reported that there is a 40 percent difference in recidivism rates between programs that adhere to "what works" principles and programs that do not. Specifically, programs that implement the "what works" literature have effect sizes up to 40 percent. In an effort to assess how well the principles of effective intervention are being implemented across state correctional institutions, Pennsylvania Department of Corrections (PADOC) contracted with the University of Cincinnati, Center for Criminal Justice Research to conduct a system-wide process evaluation of five treatment programs offered throughout the PADOC. Specifically, this evaluation was intended to identify system-wide strengths and areas for improvement within the Thinking for a Change, Batterer's Intervention, Violence Prevention, and Sex Offender outpatient and therapeutic community programs. This assessment was intended to identify the effectiveness of each program at providing evidence-based services. Therefore, this report begins with a brief review of the principles of effective intervention in order to provide some context and background. The findings of the assessments conducted on all of the aforementioned programs are then detailed, with a focus on identifying common strengths and areas that need improvement across all programs as well as systemic issues. Finally, recommendations to improve the effectiveness of services for offenders involved in the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections as a whole are provided. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2011 at: http://www.uc.edu/ccjr/Reports/ProjectReports/PA_Institutions_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 120739

Author: Latessa, Edward Title: The Ohio Youth Assessment System: Final Report Summary: In 2004 the Ohio Department of Youth Services approached the University of Cincinnati Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) to evaluate the RECLAIM funded programs. In doing so, Lowenkamp and Latessa (2005) found evidence that the effectiveness of the RECLAIM funded programs was mitigated by the risk level of the youth being served in the program. Overall the study found that lower risk youth were best served in the community while higher risk youth did as well if not better in more intensive programs (i.e., in Community Corrections Facilities and ODYS facilities). Although the risk principle has been well established in the literature, this study was one of the first to test the principle on a wide range of youth across multiple settings. With results in hand, ODYS surveyed the courts to better understand the “state” of risk assessment across Ohio’s 88 counties. Although ODYS adopted the Youthful Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (YLS/CMI) for youth entering a CCF or ODYS facility, local courts had the ability to adopt any types of assessments (or none at all) to assist in making decisions regarding youth. Based on the results of the ODYS Assessment Survey, it was determined that there were 77 different instruments used to assess risk across the 88 counties. The large number of different assessment instruments made it apparent that there was a need for a common assessment instrument. Director Thomas Stickrath seized the opportunity and initiated the development of a statewide risk assessment that would be available to all 88 counties, CCF’s, and ODYS facilities. Thus, DYS commissioned the University of Cincinnati (UC) to research and develop an assessment process, and sought and received a grant from OJJDP to assist in funding the project. In order to develop the tools, UC worked collaboratively with DYS, juvenile courts, community corrections facilities, and community programs through the development of a pilot team that supplied insight and support to the project. For the Ohio Youth Assessment System (OYAS) to have a major impact on the Ohio juvenile justice system it is important to encourage as many counties as possible to adopt it. Since Ohio is a home-rule state, local courts have the autonomy to choose local procedures including whether or not to use a validated risk/need instrument. For this reason courts were brought into the development of the OYAS early. Several kick-off meetings were held to discuss the implications of the OYAS and the benefits of using the system statewide. Beyond the pilot committee, courts were solicited regarding the potential for using the instrument. Initial interest of the assessment system was high with a majority of courts interested in potentially using the tools and another 24 courts willing to participate in the pilot committee. The pilot committee was charged with several tasks. First, the committee was to assist ODYS and UC with arranging local interviews of youth. The OYAS was developed using a prospective research design which placed a strong emphasis on recruitment of youth into the study (See the Methods section for more details). Second, the committee supplied UC with information regarding the utility of the assessment tools. One of the original goals of the OYAS was to develop a system that was easily utilized by staff. Third, the courts were responsible for collecting outcomes on all the youth that originated from their county whether they were served locally, at a CCF, or a DYS facility. Fourth, the Pilot Committee courts (with additional counties/programs added) field tested the instruments and provided feedback to UC regarding the instruments, interview guides, and scoring procedures. Details: Cincinnati, OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, University of Cincinnati, 2009. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.uc.edu/ccjr/Reports/ProjectReports/OYAS_final_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 120740

Author: Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing Title: Report to the Pennsylvania House of Representatives: A Study on the Use and Impact of Mandatory Minimum Sentences: House Resolution 12, Session of 2007 Summary: Mandatory sentences evoke vastly different, but deeply felt responses. Some view mandatory sentences as vital law enforcement tools that yield deterrence, rein in overly lenient Judges, and promote uniformity of punishment. Others view mandatory sentences as counterproductive, if not pernicious, devices that not only fail to deter, but actively promote disparity and injustice. Many of these competing views stem from anecdotes and other small slices of reality. It may be that mandatory sentences fit all of these varied descriptions depending on the circumstances. While much remains to be learned, this report sheds important light on the frequency, effectiveness, and wisdom of mandatory sentences in Pennsylvania. House Resolution 12, adopted October 16, 2007, directed the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing to study the use and impact of mandatory minimum sentences on the criminal justice system in Pennsylvania. In an effort to gather a broad spectrum of input, the Commission established an advisory committee, comprised of legislators, judges, district attorneys, and public defenders. This advisory committee met ten times and offered important guidance to the Commission. In addition, Commission staff conducted interviews, surveys, extensive data analyses and several studies, working in collaboration with faculty and students of The Pennsylvania State University. After considerable study and consultation, the Commission on Sentencing has made numerous findings and issued multiple recommendations, which are discussed in the following pages. For example, the Commission found that: (1) fewer than half of all convictions for mandatory-eligible offenses resulted in the mandatory sentence; (2) only 34% of Pennsylvanians surveyed could correctly name a mandatoryeligible offense; and (3) neither the length of sentence, nor the imposition of the mandatory sentence per se, was a predictor of recidivism. The Commission’s recommendations include specific suggestions for the General Assembly, the Criminal Procedural Rules Committee, and its own future research and actions. Most notably, the Commission recommends that the General Assembly: (1) allow sentencing courts to use existing authorized sentencing options, including State Intermediate Punishment and County Intermediate Punishment, to satisfy lower-level drug trafficking mandatory minimum sentences; (2) amend the drug trafficking statute to increase the threshold for cocaine, eliminate the stacking of previous convictions, link penalties to the aggregate weight of compounds and mixtures in the judicial proceeding, and reduce mandatory fines; and (3) repeal the Drug-Free School Zone mandatory legislation, which is irregularly applied and overbroad geographically, in favor of the existing guidelines-based youth and school sentencing enhancement. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing, 2009. 490p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2011 at: http://pcs.la.psu.edu/publications/research-and-evaluation-reports/special-reports/house-resolution-12-of-2007-use-and-impact-of-mandatory-minimum-sentences/SpecRptHR12of2007.pdf#navpanes=0 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mandatory Mimimum Sentences Shelf Number: 120742

Author: Australian Human Rights Commission Title: Immigration Detention and Offshore Processing on Christmas Island Summary: This report contains a summary of observations by the Australian Human Rights Commission (the Commission) following its July 2009 visit to Australia’s immigration detention facilities on Christmas Island. It follows the Commission’s 2006, 2007 and 2008 annual reports on inspections of immigration detention facilities. In early 2008, the Commission commended the Australian Government for ending the so-called ‘Pacific solution’ by closing the offshore immigration detention centres on Nauru and Manus Island. Since then, the government has initiated further positive reforms, in particular the July 2008 announcement of ‘New Directions’ for Australia’s immigration detention system. However, despite these positive changes, the Commission has ongoing concerns – one of the most critical being the mandatory detention and offshore processing of asylum seekers on Christmas Island. While there are clearly significant efforts being put into the detention and offshore processing system on Christmas Island, those efforts cannot overcome the fundamental problems with the system itself. Details: Sydney: Australian Human Rights Commission, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.hreoc.gov.au/human_rights/immigration/idc2009_xmas_island.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (Australia) Shelf Number: 120570

Author: Stalans, Loretta J. Title: Assessing the Risk of Sexual and Violent Recidivism and Identifying Differences in Risk Factors: Comparing Probation Supervised and Released Imprisoned Sex Offenders Summary: The management of sex offenders’ risk of committing sex crimes is of paramount importance to the criminal justice system. Criminal justice and treatment professionals assess risk of sexual recidivism using validated risk assessment tools such as the Rapid Risk Assessment for Sex Offender Recidivism (RRASOR), the Structured Anchored Clinical Judgment- Minimum Version (SACJ-min), the STATIC-99, and the STATIC-2002. However, these scales were created using data primarily from sex offenders released from prison or institutions for dangerous sexual predators. Moreover, although these scales are more accurate than clinical or professional judgment, their accuracy still is only modest and needs improvement. The aim of this research was to identify risk factors and how to combine risk factors to improve standardized risk assessment tools. The driving assumption of the current work was that sex offenders sentenced to probation and sex offenders released from prison are very different on important criminal history, offense, mental health, and social characteristics related to risk of sexual recidivism. Therefore if these two populations are different the current assessment scales used may not be appropriate for probation populations or may not predict well certain subgroups of sex offenders such as sex offenders who also commit domestic violence against adult intimate partners. Moreover, prior research has never considered how supervision may modify the behavior of sex offenders and change the risk factors that predict sexual recidivism. Are the risk factors for sexual recidivism the same if sex offenders are under probation or parole supervision or are free in the community without any supervision? Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Probation_Supervised_Released_Imprisoned_Sex_Offenders_Report_1210.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 120750

Author: Lemieux, Andrew Michael Title: Risks of Violence in Major Daily Activities: United States, 2003-2005 Summary: The routine activity approach, lifestyle perspective, and environmental criminology, all argue the risk of violence is not distributed evenly across time and space. This dissertation quantifies the risk of violence for different activities and types of place. Using data from the National Crime Victimization Survey and American Time Use Survey, activity- and place-specific rates of violence are calculated to determine (a) which activity or type of place is the most dangerous, (b) the relative risk of activities and types of place, and (c) how activity- and place-specific risks vary between demographic subgroups. Time-based rates are used to account for the reality that Americans do not spend equal amounts of time in activities and types of place. The activity-specific analysis showed sleeping was the safest activity in America; going to and from school was the most dangerous. The risk of violence during the school commute is 285 times higher than it is while sleeping. The place-specific analysis indicated home was the safest place to be while the street was the most dangerous; the risk of violence on the street was 51 times higher than it was at home. When rates of violence were calculated for demographic subgroups of the American population, the race and sex of individuals were found to have little effect on the risk of violence. Age was the only demographic variable included in the analysis that had substantial impact on the risk of victimization in different activities and types of place. These findings indicate crime prevention strategies cannot neglect the role lifestyles play in an individual’s risk of victimization. Because the risk of violence varies greatly between activities and types of place it is inappropriate to label demographic subgroups as high risk based on the population size alone. This research indicates it is what people do, not who they are, that determines their risk of violence. Additionally, this research shows risk assessments that do not account for the transient nature of Americans in time and space can produce misleading information as to which activities and types of place are the most dangerous. Details: Unpublished Dissertation, Rutgers University, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 549p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232436.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Routine Activities Shelf Number: 120744

Author: Equal Justice Initiative Title: Cruel and Unusual: Sentencing 13- and 14-Year-Old Children to Die in Prison Summary: In the United States, dozens of 13- and 14-year-old children have been sentenced to life imprisonment with no possibility of parole after being prosecuted as adults. While the United States Supreme Court recently declared in Roper v. Simmons that death by execution is unconstitutional for juveniles, young children continue to be sentenced to imprisonment until death with very little scrutiny or review. A study by the Equal Justice Initiative (EJI) has documented 73 cases where children 13 and 14 years of age have been condemned to death in prison. Almost all of these kids currently lack legal representation and in most of these cases the propriety and constitutionality of their extreme sentences have never been reviewed. Most of the sentences imposed on these children were mandatory: the court could not give any consideration to the child’s age or life history. Some of the children were charged with crimes that do not involve homicide or even injury; many were convicted for offenses where older teenagers or adults were involved and primarily responsible for the crime; nearly two-thirds are children of color. Over 2225 juveniles (age 17 or younger) in the United States have been sentenced to life imprisonment without parole. All of these cases raise important legal, penological, and moral issues. However, EJI believes that such a harsh sentence for the youngest offenders – children who are 13 and 14 – is cruel and unusual in violation of the Eighth Amendment to the United States Constitution. These children should be re-sentenced to parole-eligible sentences as soon as possible. Sentences of life imprisonment with no parole also violate international law and the Convention on the Rights of the Child, which has been ratified by every country in the world except the United States and Somalia. EJI has launched a litigation campaign to challenge death in prison sentences imposed on young children. This report is intended to illuminate this cruel and unusual punishment inflicted on children, particularly for those who have been without legal help for so long that the procedural obstacles to winning relief in court will be formidable. Increased public awareness, coupled with informed activity by advocacy groups, will be necessary to reform policies that reflect a lack of perspective and hope for young children. Details: Montgomery, AL: Equality Justice Initiative, 2007. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.eji.org/eji/files/20071017cruelandunusual.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 107666

Author: Fridell, Lori Title: Fair and Impartial Policing: Recommendations for the City and Police Department of San Francisco Summary: Two articles published by the San Francisco Chronicle (SFC)–one in December 2006 and another in March 2007–brought the national issue of racially biased policing back to the fore in San Francisco. The Mayor, Police Chief and Police Commission expressed concerns about the SFC report that the African American arrest rate in San Francisco was two to four times higher than the corresponding rates in other large California cities. I was asked to assist the City by completing the following tasks: • Conduct briefings with a group of community stakeholders and with a group of police personnel in which I would present a framework for ongoing discussions in the city about fair and impartial policing. • Review and comment on the information presented in the SFC regarding the high African American arrest rate and review and comment on a subsequent article on officer compliance with the vehicle stop data collection program of the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD). • Conduct a preliminary review of the efforts on the part of the SFPD to promote fair and impartial policing. These tasks culminate in this report that summarizes my reviews above and sets forth a plan for the city of San Francisco that would facilitate full fair and impartial policing. Following the introduction of the report, I provide in Section II, a framework for discussing and thinking about fair and impartial policing. I address the various ways that racially biased policing might manifest, the nature of the national discussion, the challenge of measuring racial bias in policing, and the elements of a comprehensive response to achieve fair and impartial policing. In Sections III and IV, I comment on the two articles published by the San Francisco Chronicle. Section III discusses the article published on 12/17/2006 that reported that San Francisco had the highest rate of African American arrests (relative to residential population) compared to seven other large California cities. Section IV discusses the article published on 3/7/2007 regarding the vehicle stop data collected by the SFPD in an effort to measure racial bias. Section V contains my recommendations for the City and the Police Department. In that section I provide a rationale for the direction I propose for the City and SFPD, recommend a structure/process for implementation, and then present a series of recommendations using as a framework the elements of a comprehensive program for achieving fair and impartial policing." Details: San Francisco: Office of the Mayor, 2007. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: https://sanfranciscopolice.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/14851-Fair_and_Iimpartial_Policing_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Bias, in Policing Shelf Number: 107667

Author: Steinhart, David Title: A Practice Guide to Juvenile Detention Reform: Juvenile Detention Risk Assessment Summary: Detention risk screening is a fundamental strategy used to evaluate youth and determine the need for secure, locked confinement. The risk instruments developed at Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative sites have been effective in curbing subjective or inappropriate decisions as well as controlling the total admissions to secure detention. This is a practical guide for juvenile justice decision-makers and includes specific recommendations on how to design, test, and implement detention risk-screening instruments. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2006. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/upload/PublicationFiles/JJ3622H5038.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 107693

Author: Donohue, John J., III Title: Rethinking America's Illegal Drug Policy Summary: This paper provides a critical review of the empirical and theoretical literatures on illegal drug policy, including cross-country comparisons, in order to evaluate three drug policy regimes: criminalization, legalization and “depenalization.” Drawing on the experiences of various states, as well as countries such as Portugal and the Netherlands, the paper attempts to identify cost-minimizing policies for marijuana and cocaine by assessing the differing ways in which the various drug regimes would likely change the magnitude and composition of the social costs of each drug. The paper updates and evaluates Jeffrey Miron’s 1999 national time series analysis of drug prohibition spending and the homicide rate, which underscores the lack of a solid empirical base for assessing the theoretically anticipated crime drop that would come from drug legalization. Nonetheless, the authors conclude that given the number of arrests for marijuana possession, and the costs of incarceration and crime systemic to cocaine criminalization, the current regime is unlikely to be cost-minimizing for either marijuana or cocaine. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16776: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://mfi.uchicago.edu/publications/papers/donohue_drugpolicy.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 120757

Author: Clement, Marshall Title: The National Summit on Justice Reinvestment and Public Safety: addressing Recidivism, Crime, and Corrections Spending Summary: On January 27, 2010, the first National Summit on Justice Reinvestment and Public Safety was held at the U.S. Capitol. It examined how some states and local governments are successfully changing their crime and corrections policies to be more effective and fiscally responsible through evidence-based policies and practices. Leading researchers and experts in law enforcement, courts, corrections, reentry, and other community-based services were brought together to present the latest science, statistics, and innovations on reducing recidivism and corrections costs. The summit was convened by the Pew Center on the States, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Public Welfare Foundation, and the Council of State Governments Justice Center. This summit report summarizes the rich information presented during the conference — highlighting the promising practices and the latest thinking on criminal justice policy. This information is meant to help spur the expansion of data-driven practices. It is our hope that this summit report will serve as a “best practices” manual for policymakers and corrections professionals around the country as we work to improve our corrections system. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2011. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/pdf/CSG_JusticeReinvestmentSummitReport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 120761

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: The Elected Official's Toolkit for Jail Reentry Summary: Nine million individuals are released from local jails each year, many struggling with mental illness, homelessness, and substance abuse. Jail reentry initiatives work to address these needs, thereby reducing both recidivism and criminal justice costs. The Elected Official's Toolkit for Jail Reentry provides information and resources for local elected officials interested in launching or expanding a jail reentry initiative. The Toolkit includes an overview of jail reentry, first steps for developing a context-appropriate jail reentry initiative, essential facts and data to engage stakeholders, sample legislation, profiles of elected officials who have championed jail reentry, and a guide to additional resources. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute Justice Policy Center, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412287-Elected-Officials-Reentry-Toolkit.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 120762

Author: Illinois Disproportionate Justice Impact Study Commission Title: Illinois Disproportionate Justice Impact Study Commission: Final Report Summary: In October of 2008, Senate Bill 2476 became law in Illinois. Passed unanimously by the Illinois General Assembly and signed by the Governor, Public Act 095-0995 established the Illinois Disproportionate Justice Impact Study (DJIS) Commission, a non-partisan, multi-disciplinary group of policymakers, agency leaders, and justice professionals charged with examining the impact of Illinois drug laws on racial and ethnic groups and the resulting over-representation of racial and ethnic minority groups in the Illinois criminal justice system. The Commission was tasked with making recommendations to mitigate or eliminate that disproportionality. This report reflects the outcome of that effort in accordance with the law. The legislation that became PA 095-0995 was premised on the observation that although rates of drug use among racial and ethnic groups are similar (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2005; 2009), African Americans and Latinos are arrested, convicted, and incarcerated for drug crimes far more frequently than whites. National surveys consistently show that African Americans, whites, and Latinos are equally likely to use drugs relative to their representation in the general population, but the criminal justice consequences for drug involvement disproportionately affect minorities — particularly young, African-American men in poor, urban communities (The Sentencing Project, 1999). With both anecdotal and statistical evidence demonstrating that Illinois reflected these national trends, the General Assembly sought to better understand the scope and nature of disproportionality in Illinois, to identify potential causes of that disproportionality, and ultimately to offer solutions on opportunities to eliminate it. The Illinois DJIS Commission pursued four primary courses of activity: • Conducting a meta-review of the national and Illinois context for disproportionate minority contact with the justice system. Conducting independent research examining data on the arrest, prosecution, and sentencing of different racial and ethnic groups for drug law violations in Illinois. • Convening a Research Advisory Group and a Policy Advisory Group to review the research and analysis and provide access to additional data and insight. • Conducting three public hearings in the spring of 2010 in Chicago, Joliet, and East St. Louis, Illinois. This report presents the findings and recommendations of the Commission. Details: Chicago: The Commission, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.centerforhealthandjustice.org/DJIS_FullReport_1229.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 120763

Author: Kempinen, Cynthia A. Title: Pennsylvania's Motivation Boot Camp Program: What Have We Leanred Over the Last Seventeen Years? 2011 Report to the Legislation Summary: Act 215 of 1990 established Pennsylvania‟s State Motivational Boot Camp Program, which opened in June 1992. The Boot Camp, which serves as a six-month alternative program to traditional prison, was intended to provide a more intense rehabilitative setting conducive to achieving the goal of crime reduction. Act 215 of 1990 also mandated the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing and the Department of Corrections to evaluate the program and to provide annual reports to the House and Senate Judiciary Committees. Act 112 of 2004, changed the reporting requirement from every year to every other year, with the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing and the Department of Corrections alternating years. On October 27, 2010, Governor Rendell signed Act 95 of 2010, which removed the mandatory reporting requirement. The legislation, however, still provides that the Department of Corrections and Commission on Sentencing monitor and evaluate the program to ensure that program goals are being accomplished. Since 1993, the Commission has submitted 14 reports that have provided: 1) information on the utilization of the Boot Camp; 2) an in-depth profile of the Boot Camp Offender; 3) findings from a Offender Survey designed to measure programmatic success; and 4) results from its various studies examining whether the Boot Camp has achieved its goals of reforming offenders and reducing crime. In light of Act 195 of 2010, the current Legislative Report provides a reflective summation of what we have learned from our Boot Camp evaluations over the years, as well as findings from our latest study comparing the recidivism of Boot Camp graduates with offenders released from prison. Details: Harrisburg, PA: The Commission, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://pcs.la.psu.edu/publications/research-and-evaluation-reports/state-motivational-boot-camp-program/ResRptBC2011Rev3.pdf#navpanes=0 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 120764

Author: Weber, Kasey R. Title: Evaluation of the Colorado Department of Corrections' Prison Rape Elimination Program Summary: The Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC) implemented the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) program in 2005. Under this program the department has sought to educate staff and offenders, identify potential victims and predators, and employ procedures with which to respond to all sexual incidents involving inmates and staff. The present study aims to evaluate the implementation of the PREA program in the CEDOC and provide feedback about the current operations specifically identifying the strengths of the program as well as areas needing further attention. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections, Office of Planning and Analysis, 2009. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://cospl.coalliance.org/fez/eserv/co:7587/cr11002r182009internet.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Male Rape (Colorado) Shelf Number: 120765

Author: O'Keefe, Maureen L. Title: One Year Longitudinal Study of the Psychological Effects of Administrative Segregation Summary: One of the most widely debated topics in the field of corrections – the use of long‐term administrative segregation (AS) – has suffered from a lack of empirical research. Critics have argued that the conditions of AS confinement exacerbate symptoms of mental illness and create mental illness where none previously existed. Empirical research has had little to offer this debate; the scant empirical research conducted to date suffers from research bias and serious methodological flaws. This study seeks to advance the literature in this regard. This study tested three hypotheses: (1) offenders in AS would develop an array of psychological symptoms consistent with the security housing unit (SHU) syndrome, (2) offenders with and without mental illness would deteriorate over time in AS, but at a rate more rapid and extreme for the mentally ill, and (3) inmates in AS would experience greater psychological deterioration over time than the comparison groups. Study participants included male inmates who were placed in AS and comparison inmates in the general population (GP). Placement into AS or GP conditions occurred as a function of routine prison operations. GP comparison participants included those at risk of AS placement due to their institutional behavior. Inmates in both of these study conditions (AS, GP) were divided into two groups – inmates with mental illness (MI) and with no mental illness (NMI). A third comparison group of inmates with severe mental health problems placed in San Carlos Correctional Facility, a psychiatric care prison facility, was also included. A total of 302 inmates were approached to participate in the study, and 55 refused to participate or later withdrew their consent. Participants were tested at 3‐month intervals over a yearlong period. Standardized test data were collected through self‐report, correctional staff and clinical staff measures. Tests with demonstrated reliability and validity were selected to assess the eight primary constructs of interest: (1) anxiety, (2) cognitive impairment, (3) depression‐hopelessness, (4) hostility‐anger control, (5) hypersensitivity, (6) psychosis, (7) somatization, and (8) withdrawal‐alienation. Extensive analyses of psychometric properties revealed that inmates self‐reported psychological and cognitive symptoms in remarkably reliable and valid ways. The results of this study were largely inconsistent with our hypotheses and the bulk of literature that indicates AS is extremely detrimental to inmates with and without mental illness. Similar to other research, our study found that segregated offenders were elevated on multiple psychological and cognitive measures when compared to normative adult samples. However, elevations were present among the comparison groups too, suggesting that high degrees of psychological disturbances are not unique to the AS environment. In examining change over time patterns, there was initial improvement in psychological well‐being across all study groups, with the bulk of the improvements occurring between the first and second testing periods, followed by relative stability for the remainder of the study. Patterns indicated that the MI groups tended to be similar to one another but were significantly elevated compared to the NMI groups, regardless of their setting. Contrary to our hypothesis, offenders with mental illness did not deteriorate over time in AS at a rate more rapid and more extreme than for those without mental illness. Finally, although AS inmates in this study were found to possess traits believed to be associated with long‐term segregation, these features cannot be attributed to AS confinement because they were present at the time of placement and also occurred in the comparison study groups. Implications for policy and future research are discussed. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections; University of Colorado - Colorado Springs, Department of Psychology, 2010. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232973.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Classification Shelf Number: 120766

Author: Geller, Bill Title: Building Our Way Out of Crime: The Transformative Power of Police-Community Developer Partnerships Summary: Building Our Way Out of Crime: The Transformative Power of Police-Community Developer Partnerships describes and analyzes innovative efforts in communities across the United States to reduce crime in and improve the economic vitality of blighted neighborhoods. By working together, local police, nonprofit community developers, elected and appointed officials, financial strategists, and community leaders can do more with less, converting crime hot spots that ruin entire neighborhoods and consume considerable police services into safety-generating community assets. Case studies, photographs, charts, and lessons learned demonstrate the power these partnerships have for transforming troubled neighborhoods in cost-effective ways into stable, healthy, and sustainable communities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Police Services, 2010. 376p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/BldgOurWayOutOfCrime_ALL%20BkMk_5-19-10_10-06pm234.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Partnerships Shelf Number: 120767

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: License Plate Recognition Technology (LPR): Impact Evaluation and Community Assessment Summary: George Mason University’s Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy was tasked by SPAWAR and the National Institute of Justice to carry out three tasks to strengthen the evidence base of license plate recognition (LPR) technology. These tasks included (1) determining the extent of LPR use across the United States, (2) evaluating the deterrent effect of LPR on crime, and (3) providing an understanding of LPR’s potential impact on communities. Towards these goals, we conducted three studies for this project: (1) a random-sample survey of large and small law enforcement agencies across the U.S.; (2) a two-jurisdiction randomized controlled experiment evaluating the specific and general deterrent effects of LPR patrols on crime; and (3) a random-sample community experimental survey and legal assessment of the effects of LPR on citizen perceptions and beliefs about law enforcement’s use of LPR. The national survey included agencies across the United States. The locations used for the experimental studies were Alexandria City and Fairfax County, Virginia, two adjacent jurisdictions both located within the Washington DC Metropolitan area. The police agencies of each contributed their staff, expertise, and time to this project. Their collective experience and cooperation made this research project a success. The GMU Research Team discovered that LPR technology is rapidly diffusing into U.S. law enforcement. Over a third of large police agencies have already adopted LPR, and many are on their way to acquiring the technology. However, we also discovered this rapid adoption is occurring in a low-information environment; the evidence-base for the effectiveness and effects of LPR is weak. Indeed, only one other rigorous evaluation, conducted by colleagues at the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) has ever been conducted on LPR technology, and very few agencies have engaged in any type of assessment of this technology. Further, we discovered a relative dearth of empirical information about the realities of community concerns with LPR. Our randomized controlled experiment mirrored the findings from the PERF experiments in that the use of LPR in autotheft hot spots does not appear to result in a reduction of crime generally or autotheft specifically, during the period of time measured. This may be due to the intensity of the patrols during the experiment, which were limited by resources and shift constraints, or the base of data in which the LPR units accessed. However, the findings may also provide a true indication of the crime prevention effectiveness of LPR in crime hot spots, and therefore, more testing of different applications and broader uses of data are warranted. Finally, in our community assessment and legal analysis, we tested various perceptions and receptivity to uses of LPR by introducing a number of potential applications of the technology in searching for specific types of crime as well as collecting, storing, and sharing data. We discovered that concerns about LPR were not singular, but could vary depending upon the uses and connotations behind various uses. We suggest that exploring a continuum of LPR use may be a fruitful way for researchers to develop and test hypotheses about this and other police technologies. Details: Fairfax, VA: Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, George Mason University, 2010. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://gemini.gmu.edu/cebcp/LPR_FINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: License Plate Recognition Technology Shelf Number: 120768

Author: Mendel, Richard A. Title: The Missouri Model: Reinventing the Practice of Rehabilitating Youthful Offenders Summary: The state of Missouri’s approach to juvenile detention is designed to help troubled teens make lasting behavioral changes so that they can successfully transition back to their communities. This report explores the success of the model and builds the case for juvenile detention reform. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Initiatives/Juvenile%20Detention%20Alternatives%20Initiative/MOModel/MO_Fullreport_webfinal.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 120725

Author: Weissman, Deborah M. Title: The Policies and Politics of Local Immigration Enforcement Laws: 287(g) Program in North Carolina Summary: In 1996, the US Congress amended the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) to include section 287(g), authorizing the federal agency U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to enter into agreements with local law enforcement agencies, thereby deputizing officers to act as immigration officers in the course of their daily activities. These individual agreements are commonly known as Memoranda of Agreement or MOAs. It is estimated that over sixty law enforcement agencies have entered into such agreements, with eight MOAs currently in North Carolina. The 287(g) program was originally intended to target and remove undocumented immigrants convicted of “violent crimes, human smuggling, gang/organized crime activity, sexual-related offenses, narcotics smuggling and money laundering.” However, MOAs are in actuality being used to purge towns and cities of “unwelcome” immigrants and thereby having detrimental effects on North Carolina’s communities. Such effects include: • The marginalization of an already vulnerable population, as 287(g) encourages, or at the very least tolerates, racial profiling and baseless stereotyping, resulting in the harassment of citizens and isolation of the Hispanic community. • A fear of law enforcement that causes immigrant communities to refrain from reporting crimes, thereby compromising public safety for immigrants and citizens alike. • Economic devastation for already struggling municipalities, as immigrants are forced to flee communities, causing a loss of profits for local businesses and a decrease in tax revenues. • Violations of basic American liberties and legal protections that threaten to diminish the civil rights of citizens and ease the way for future encroachments into basic fundamental freedoms. The current implementation processes of 287(g) also present a number of legal issues which implicate many individual rights and threaten to compromise the rights of the community as a whole. Details: Raleigh, NC: American Civil Liberties Union of North Carolina Legal Foundation: Chapel Hill, NC: Immigration & Human Rights Policy Clinic, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill School of Law, 2009. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2011 at: http://www.law.unc.edu/documents/clinicalprograms/287gpolicyreview.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: -Immigration Shelf Number: 120773

Author: Wells, Heather Title: Minority Overrepresentation in Colorado's Criminal Justice System: An Interagency Report to the Colorado Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice Summary: There are racial and ethnic inequalities in the U.S. criminal justice system. A disproportionately high number of African Americans are arrested, convicted, incarcerated, denied early parole and rearrested. There is some evidence of ethnic (Hispanic vs. non-Hispanic) disparities. However, many government agencies do not collect ethnicity data, so it is more difficult to draw firm conclusions about ethnic disparity. There is a similar lack of information about American Indian or Alaska Natives and Asians due to their relatively small percentages in the population, but there is some evidence that American Indian or Alaska Natives are overrepresented, whereas Asians’ criminal justice outcomes are similar to those of Whites. However, there is a lot of variability in culture and socioeconomic status between different Asian subgroups, so it is likely that their experiences in the criminal justice system vary widely. This report was mandated by HB 08-1119, which states that the Colorado Criminal Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice should conduct and review studies and make recommendations regarding the reduction of racial disparities in the criminal justice system. This paper focuses on adult offenders. For information about how juvenile offenders’ race affects their criminal justice outcomes, please see the bibliography released by the Technical Assistance and Research Center (TARC) at New Mexico University (Bond-Maupin et al., n.d.). For information about minority overrepresentation among juveniles in Colorado, please see Colorado’s Three-Year Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Plan (Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Council & Office of Adult and Juvenile Justice Assistance, 2009). This paper defines race and ethnicity, explores the extent of the problem in each stage of the criminal justice system nationwide (policing, pre-trial detention, sentencing and court processing, community supervision, prison and the death penalty), discusses possible reasons why such disparities occur, and describes Colorado’s efforts to reduce the problem. The current study explores criminal justice outcomes in Colorado by race and ethnicity; staff diversity at Colorado’s Department of Corrections (CDOC), Division of Probation Services, and state court system; and probation and parole release types by race and ethnicity. The paper concludes with recommendations for reducing racial and ethnic disparities in Colorado. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections, Office of Planning and Analysis, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2011 at: http://cdpsweb.state.co.us/cccjj/PDF/Research%20Documents/MOR_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice, Administration of (Colorado) Shelf Number: 120774

Author: Stana, Richard M. Title: Border Security: Preliminary Observations on Border Control Measures for the Southwest Border Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) reports that the nearly 2,000-mile U.S. border with Mexico is vulnerable to cross-border illegal activity. The Office of Border Patrol (Border Patrol), within DHS's U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), is responsible for securing the border between U.S. ports of entry and has divided responsibility for southwest border miles among nine Border Patrol sectors. CBP reported spending about $3 billion on Border Patrol's southwest border efforts in fiscal year 2010, apprehending over 445,000 illegal entries. This testimony provides preliminary observations on (1) the extent to which DHS reported progress in achieving operational control--Border Patrol was able to detect, respond, and interdict cross-border illegal activity--of the southwest border; (2) the extent to which operational control reflects Border Patrol's ability to respond to illegal activity at the border or after entry into the United States; and (3) how DHS reports the transition to new border security measures will change oversight and resource requirements for securing the southwest border. This testimony is based on GAO's ongoing work for the House Committee on Homeland Security. GAO analyzed DHS border security documents and data supporting border security measures reported by DHS for fiscal years 2005 through 2010, and interviewed DHS officials. DHS generally agreed with the information in this statement and provided clarifying language, which we incorporated. Border Patrol reported achieving varying levels of operational control for 873 of the nearly 2,000 southwest border miles at the end of fiscal year 2010, increasing an average of 126 miles each year from fiscal years 2005 through 2010. Border Patrol sector officials assessed the miles under operational control using factors such as the numbers of illegal entries and apprehensions and relative risk. CBP attributed the increase to additional infrastructure, technology, and personnel. Yuma sector officials reported achieving operational control for all of its 126 border miles; however, the other eight southwest border sectors reported achieving operational control of 11 to 86 percent of their border miles. Border Patrol attributed the uneven progress across sectors to multiple factors, including prioritizing resource deployment to sectors deemed to have greater risk from illegal activity. Border Patrol reported that its levels of operational control for most border miles reflected its ability to respond to illegal activity after entry into the United States and not at the immediate border. Operational control encompassed two of the five levels used to classify the security level of each border mile. The two levels of control differed in the extent that Border Patrol resources were available to either deter or detect and apprehend illegal entries at the immediate border (controlled) versus a multi-tiered deployment of Border Patrol resources to deter, detect, and apprehend illegal entries after entry into the United States; sometimes 100 miles or more away (managed). GAO's preliminary analysis of the 873 border miles under operational control in 2010 showed that about 129 miles (15 percent) were classified as "controlled" and the remaining 85 percent were classified as "managed." Border Patrol stated that operational control does not require its agents to be able to detect and apprehend all illegal entries. Yuma sector reported operational control for all its miles although Border Patrol did not have the ability to detect and apprehend illegal entries that use ultra-light aircraft and tunnels. DHS is replacing its border security measures, which could temporarily reduce oversight, and reports it may reduce resources requested for securing the southwest border. Border Patrol had established border miles under effective control as a measure of border security. DHS plans to improve the quality of boarder security measures by developing new measures with a more quantitative methodology. CBP is developing a new methodology and measures for border security, which CBP expects to be in place by fiscal year 2012. In the meantime, the absence of border security outcome measures in DHS's Fiscal Year 2010-2012 Annual Performance Report could reduce oversight. CBP does not have an estimate of the time and efforts needed to secure the border; however, DHS, CBP, and Border Patrol headquarters officials said that this new approach to border security is expected to be more flexible and cost-effective. As a result, Border Patrol headquarters officials expect that they will request fewer resources to secure the border. GAO will continue to assess this issue and report the final results later this year. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-374T: Accessed February 16, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11374t.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 120806

Author: Hu, Wen Title: Effects of Red Light Camera Enforcement on Fatal Crashes in Large US Cities Summary: Objective: To estimate the effects of red light camera enforcement on per capita fatal crash rates at intersections with signal lights. Methods: From the 99 large US cities with more than 200,000 residents in 2008, 14 cities were identified with red light camera enforcement programs during 2004-08 but not during 1992-96, and 48 cities were identified without camera programs during either period. Analyses compared the citywide per capita rate of fatal red light running crashes and the citywide per capita rate of all fatal crashes at signalized intersections during the two study periods, and rate changes then were compared for cities with and without cameras programs. Poisson regression was used to model crash rates as a function of red light camera enforcement, land area, and population density. Results: The average annual rate of fatal red light running crashes declined for both study groups, but the decline was larger for cities with red light camera enforcement programs than for cities without camera programs (35 vs. 14 percent). The average annual rate of all fatal crashes at signalized intersections decreased by 14 percent for cities with camera programs and increased slightly (2 percent) for cities without cameras. After controlling for population density and land area, the rate of fatal red light running crashes during 2004-08 for cities with camera programs was an estimated 24 percent lower than what would have been expected without cameras. The rate of all fatal crashes at signalized intersections during 2004-08 for cities with camera programs was an estimated 17 percent lower than what would have been expected without cameras. Conclusions: Red light camera enforcement programs reduce the citywide rate of fatal red light running crashes and, to a lesser but still significant extent, the rate of all fatal crashes at signalized intersections. Cities wishing to reduce fatal crashes at signalized intersections should consider red light camera enforcement. Details: Arlington, VA: Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2011 at: http://www.iihs.org/research/topics/pdf/r1151.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Traffic Enforcement Shelf Number: 120813

Author: Greenbook National Evaluation Team Title: The Greenbook Initiative Final Evaluation Report Summary: In 1999, the National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges published Effective Intervention in Domestic Violence and Child Maltreatment Cases: Guidelines for Policy and Practice (known as The Greenbook due to its green cover). The Greenbook’s principles and recommendations served as a guide for how communities and three primary systems—child welfare agencies, domestic violence service providers, and the dependency courts—should respond to families experiencing domestic violence and child maltreatment. In 2000, six communities received funding and other support from the U.S. Department of Justice and U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to implement the Greenbook recommendations over the course of a 5-year demonstration initiative. A national evaluation examined the process and effects of implementing the Greenbook recommendations on collaboration, systems change, and practice within and across the three primary systems. This effort was led by the national evaluation team, with extensive input and assistance from the local research partners, project directors, and others at the sites and the Federal partners. The national evaluation team collected data through site visit interviews with project directors, local research partners, and key collaborative stakeholders; stakeholder surveys; direct service worker surveys for each of the three primary systems; and child welfare case file reviews. The national evaluation ended data collection activities in June 2006, but several sites continued Greenbook work using rollover funds from the original grants. The Greenbook national evaluation results are presented in three reports. The Greenbook Demonstration Initiative: Process Evaluation Report: Phase 1 focused on the planning and goal setting phase of the Greenbook initiative in the sites. The Greenbook Demonstration Initiative: Interim Evaluation Report discussed work at the midpoint of the initiative, when the communities had moved from planning to implementation. This final evaluation report assesses the extent to which the Greenbook implementation activities facilitated cross-system and within system change and practice in the child welfare agencies, dependency courts, and domestic violence service providers. In addition to these evaluation reports, a special issue of the Journal of Interpersonal Violence will present Greenbook initiative national evaluation findings for a wide research- and policy-oriented audience. Findings of the evaluation show the efforts the partners made, the challenges and conflicts they faced in carrying out their work, and—to different degrees and in different sites and systems — the changes they were able to bring about in how the systems work to identify and respond to the needs of families and children experiencing the co-occurrence of domestic violence and child maltreatment. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF International, 2008. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.thegreenbook.info/documents/FinalReport_Combined.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 120816

Author: Jones, Curtis Title: Victims of Human Trafficking in the Midwest: 2003-2005 Needs Assessment and Program Evaluation Commissioned by the Office for Victims of Crime, Department of Justice Summary: The purpose of the Needs Assessment is to identify unmet needs of trafficking victims in the Midwest. Specifically, the Needs Assessment seeks to obtain a clearer understanding of where trafficking victims are likely to be found in the Midwest and the preparedness and needs of service providers and law enforcement to address human trafficking in the Midwest. This report includes a description of the following research projects conducted by MAIP: 1. A geographic data analysis using the 2000 Census and Office of Immigration Statistics (OIS) data on immigration to explore locations in the Midwest where human trafficking may take place. This component of the Needs Assessment builds on the work found in the Hidden Slaves report and the Needs Assessment for Service Providers and Trafficking Victims (Clawson, 2003). These reports identified characteristics of individuals that can be viewed as risk factors for trafficking and characteristics of communities that may indicate that trafficking activities are present. MAIP used these characteristics to attempt to identify locations in the Midwest were victims may be. 2. A survey of service providers across the Midwest to obtain a clearer understanding of their preparedness for addressing human trafficking within their communities. 3. Interviews with local and federal law enforcement representatives across the Midwest to gain a broad understanding of the issues they encounter in addressing trafficking. 4. A survey of local law enforcement officers in a suburban Chicago community to obtain additional information about their experiences and understanding of human trafficking. Details: Chicago: Mid-American Institute on Poverty, 2006. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.heartlandalliance.org/whatwedo/advocacy/reports/victimsofhumantraffickinginthemidwest.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 120824

Author: American Indian Development Associates Title: Strategies for Creating Offender Reentry Programs in Indian Country Summary: Strategies for Creating Offender Reentry Programs in Indian Country was written to provide guidance on promising practices and strategies related to offender reentry in Indian Country. It provides a historical overview, gives guidance in developing reentry programs, provides general reentry policy considerations and recommendations, highlights tribal reentry programs, and provides federal and other resources. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Community Capacity Development Office, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/ccdo/programs/reentry-indiancounty/508_Full_Prisoner_Reentry.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 120828

Author: Finklea, Kristin M. Title: Economic Downturns and Crime Summary: The United States is currently in the midst of a recession that some analysts believe will be the longest-lasting economic downturn since the Great Depression. Various indicators of economic health, such as the unemployment rate and foreclosures, have reached their worst showings in decades over the past few months. The troubled state of the economy has revived the longstanding debate concerning whether economic factors can be linked to increases in the nation’s crime rates. This report examines the available research on how selected economic variables may or may not be related to crime rates. There are multiple macroeconomic indicators, such as the consumer price index or real earnings, that can serve as estimates of economic strength. Specifically, during the current economic downturn, some reference the unemployment rate and the proportion of home foreclosures as proxies for economic health. Therefore, most of the discussion in this report utilizes unemployment and foreclosure data in discussing the relationship between the economy and crime. A number of studies have analyzed the link between the unemployment rate and crime rates (with a greater focus on property crime), some theorizing that in times of economic turmoil, people may turn to illicit rather than licit means of income. However, a review by CRS found a lack of consensus concerning whether the unemployment rate has any correlation with the property crime rate. A number of studies analyzed by CRS that did find a correlation between the unemployment rate and the property crime rate generally examined time periods during which the unemployment and property crime rates moved in tandem. Conversely, some studies that used longer timehorizons tended to find no direct link between the unemployment rate and the property crime rate. The link between foreclosures and crime rates has not been reviewed as comprehensively by social scientists as other broader macroeconomic variables—namely, unemployment. Most of the literature in the field focuses on whether abandoned houses can be linked to increases in crime rather than looking at the particular role that foreclosures may play. The literature reviewed suggests that there is some correlation between abandoned houses and the property crime rate (but not, however, the violent crime rate). With respect to the relationship between foreclosures and crime rates, some of the studies found that foreclosures did have an impact on the violent crime rate (but not the property crime rate). However, the limited number of studies examining the relationship between foreclosure rates and crime rates complicates any attempt to draw firm conclusions. While much research on the relationship between economic variables and crime rates has focused on macroeconomic variables such as unemployment and home foreclosures, some research suggests that other economic variables, such as gross domestic product (GDP) or gross state product (GSP), as well as consumer sentiment, could fluctuate more closely with crime rates and could thus serve as better proxies for evaluating the relationship between the economy and crime. Policy makers continue to be concerned with potential impacts—such as increased crime — that the current economic downturn may have on the nation. As a result, some have suggested that focus should be placed on increasing the resources of state and local police departments (i.e., increasing the number of police officers). In addressing this concern, however, Congress may opt to consider whether the current downturn in the economy is in fact related to crime rates. This report will be updated as needed. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2009. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report 7-7500: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://assets.opencrs.com/rpts/R40726_20090728.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 119619

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Drug Enforcement Administration's El Paso Intelligence Center Summary: The border between the United States and Mexico presents a long-standing challenge to U.S. law enforcement. Criminal organizations smuggle illicit drugs, undocumented aliens, and other contraband across the border into the United States, and cash and weapons into Mexico. The El Paso Intelligence Center (EPIC) is a Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) led and funded intelligence center, located in El Paso, Texas, near Juarez, Mexico. EPIC focuses its programs on the collection and dissemination of tactical intelligence. EPIC provides federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies information they can use in investigations and operations that target smuggling and other criminal activities. When it was established in 1974, EPIC focused primarily on Mexican heroin traffickers and illegal alien and weapon smugglers. EPIC’s focus today is broader, providing an intelligence resource that targets a wider range of criminal activity. EPIC’s mission has evolved in response to a shift in focus to Southwest border smuggling and associated violence, and the need for improved collaboration and timely information sharing among law enforcement and intelligence agencies. EPIC currently hosts representatives from 21 different agencies and provides information to over 19,000 law enforcement officers and analysts who are approved EPIC users. This review by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) examined the roles and functions of EPIC and its analysis and dissemination of intelligence in support of federal, state, and local law enforcement investigations and interdiction operations. In this review, we interviewed representatives of investigative agencies that obtain intelligence from EPIC. We also conducted site visits at EPIC and several law enforcement agencies along the Southwest border and elsewhere, analyzed EPIC data and its performance measures, and reviewed U.S. national counter-drug strategy and policy materials. In addition, we administered a nationwide survey of EPIC users to obtain their perspectives on EPIC’s products and services. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: I-2010-05: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/DEA/a1005.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 120826

Author: Armstrong, Gaylene Title: The Importance of a Low Span of Control in Effective Implementation of Evidence Based Probation and Parole Practices Summary: Public safety, through positive offender behavior change, and offender accountability are key priorities of the Community Based Correctional System in Iowa. In response to budgetary constraints, recent legislative discussions have ensued regarding the reduction of funding allocated for the supervisory staff in the System. The suggested reduction would significantly decrease the span of control ratio of probation supervisors to probation officers within the System. While recognizing ongoing fiscal demands, the current 7 probation officers to 1 supervisor ratio (7:1 span of control) should not be increased to a higher ratio, as it would be in contrast to suggested principles of organization and management, as well as challenge the continued implementation and sustainability of effective, evidence based practices within the System. "Span of control" has commonly been utilized to describe the number of individuals, or resources, that a person can effectively supervise within a structured organizational, business or military setting. The foundation of this principle is to increase administrative efficiency (Souryal, 1977), while retaining effectiveness within the organization. In examining the span of control in probation jurisdictions across the country, two different studies have found significant variation in this ratio. Cushman and Sechrest (1992) argued as part of their study, which included span of control ratios that a prevailing assumption existed such that probation agencies, clients on probation, and programs used to supervise probationers were similar across jurisdiction. Their results indicated, however that nothing could be further from the truth. Cushman and Sechrest noted "there are truly important differences on all three of these dimensions" between probation organizations; consequently, policy from one jurisdiction may not necessarily be a good model for adaptation to other jurisdictions. Moreover, significant variation found to exist in supervision ratios across jurisdictions, as well as supervision models, was unexplained. To date, evidence documenting the roles and responsibility of the supervising officers, as well as the supervisory structure, that may explain some of the variation in span of control ratios is absent in contextualizing these numbers. Concurrent with the consideration of appropriate span of control ratios, knowledge of recent changes to Iowa's approach to offender management inclusive of evidence based practices must also be understood. The general principle of evidence based practices (EBP) relies on scientific knowledge and/or empirical studies that demonstrate effectiveness of programs, methods or techniques within the contextual setting to accomplish a pre‐defined goal of recidivism reduction. As a result of the System’s implementation of evidence based practices in probation and parole, the implementation of EBP has been credited with a significant reduction in the Iowa prison population. This is a trend that could be reversed if the span of control was increased. Supervisors play a pivotal role in any organization's attempt to improve efficiency and effectiveness through the application of evidence‐based knowledge to the process of work. In order to be successful in this role, supervisors must master a set of skills that even ten years ago were not considered to be part of their competences. These skills include, among others, transformational leadership, strategic thinking, change management, communication, collaboration, coaching and mentoring, motivating staff, and relationship building. Each of these skills takes time to master and apply. Supervision is no longer just telling people what to do and then monitoring whether they do it; it has become the art and science of human and behavioral encouragement, support, and feedback. Moreover, the role of the probation officers themselves has significantly evolved with the implementation of evidence based practices. Probation and parole officers must be engaged with clients in a manner that requires a higher level of direct interaction to implement supervision techniques such as engaging in relationship building, motivational interviewing, and adhering to risk, needs and responsivity principles of treatment. This shift in officer roles aligns with added oversight by the supervisory staff to ensure fidelity of evidence based practices such as those mentioned above. Engaging in evidence‐based practices in probation and parole also requires supervisors who have the time to exercise these skills. If agencies expect to achieve significant modifications of criminal behavior and to reduce recidivism, they must allow supervisors the ability to devote the majority of their work day to collaborating with their staff in the actual conduct of their daily business. Supervisors must be able to tutor their staff in the skills of case planning, building meaningful relationships with the offender, engaging offenders in accomplishing treatment plans, using rewards and sanctions, and reducing risk by addressing criminogenic needs. In addition to ineffective implementation of evidence based practices, when supervision staff is lacking, it is also possible for programs and practices that are initially well‐implemented to erode in quality over time. As one director we spoke with stated, “…EBP takes active supervision and some accountability or it slips.” McManus (2007) also discussed a number of other global issues that may result including skill erosion, customer confidence erosion, and morale erosion or bad morale if employees are not supported with effective and adequate levels of supervision. Moreover, probation organizations are in a unique position such that both individual officers and their organizations may be subject to civil liability suits if it can be demonstrated that the organization failed to adequately train, direct, supervise, entrust, discipline and assign employees. Details: Houston, TX: Correctional Management Institute of Texas, Sam Houston State University, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2011 at: http://nicic.gov/Downloads/PDF/Library/024881.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 120831

Author: Rubin, Mark Title: Sexual Assault Trends and Sex Offender Recidivism in Maine Summary: Concern about sex offenders and their behavior is understandably a topic of great public interest. Numerous public policy proposals target the management of sex offenders in prisons and in communities post‐release. Recent examples of such proposals include, but are not limited to, enhanced sanctions for convicted and repeat sex offenders, civil commitment for predatory sex offenders, the development of sex offender registries, and the use of advanced technology to monitor sex offenders and residency restrictions. Unfortunately, the quality and extent of the body of knowledge concerning sex offender behavior has not kept pace with either the sophistication or potential cost of some of these proposed policies. The purpose of this report is to shed light on trends in sex offending and the recidivism of sex offenders in Maine, by replicating the methods of Bureau of Justice Statistics special report, Recidivism of Sex Offenders Released from Prison in 1994. That study followed prisoners released from prison in 15 states during 1994 over a three year period, examining their patterns of incarceration. This report seeks to replicate, to the degree possible, the analysis and resulting data tables for sex offenders released from Maine’s state prisons over a five year period, from 2004‐2008. This report also examines sex offenders admitted to probation from 2004‐2007. The rationale for this inclusion is that offenders under community correctional supervision are a population of special interest, and that determining the progress of a group which had been subjected to supervision in the community might also have important policy implications. Each group was followed for a period of three years to identify re‐incarcerations. Details: Portland, ME: Muskie School of Public Service, University of Southern Maine, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2011 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Adult/Sexual_Assault_Trends_and_Sex_Offender_Recidivism_in_Maine_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Rapists Shelf Number: 120832

Author: Richardson, Amy Title: Understanding Forfeitures: An Analysis of the Relationship Between Case Details and Forfeiture Among TEOAF High-Forfeiture and Major Cases Summary: The Treasury Executive Office for Asset Forfeiture (TEOAF) administers the Treasury Forfeiture Fund (TFF), which is the receipt account for the deposits of nontax forfeitures that result from law-enforcement actions against criminal enterprises, such as drug cartels, terrorist organizations, and individual embezzlers, by agencies that are currently, or were historically, part of the U.S. Treasury — the Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigation division, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the U.S. Secret Service. High levels of forfeiture from the prosecution of these crimes serve to punish the individuals involved, help to dismantle the operations associated with the crime, may deter others from engaging in similar crimes, and provide funds to support future investigations among participating agencies. TEOAF commissioned the RAND Corporation to examine the relationship between targeted funding support of significant financial investigations and the forfeiture outcomes of such investigations. This report presents the findings of that analysis. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2009/RAND_TR631.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 120842

Author: Braude, Lisa Title: No Entry: Improving Public Safety through Cost-Effective Alternatives to Incarceration in Illinois Summary: The United States has a rate of criminal justice involvement far higher than any in the world, with more than seven million individuals under some form of justice supervision at any given time. Illicit drug use has played a fundamental role in the population explosion within the American justice system. The three decade-long experiment of increasingly harsh penalties for drug crimes has proven ineffective at curbing either drug use or attendant criminal activity. In Illinois, both the numbers and the percentages of individuals imprisoned for non-violent, drug-related offenses have continued to rise. The consequences of this situation include enormous social and personal costs to communities— with a disproportionate impact on communities of color—as well as a significant fiscal burden to taxpayers. Illinois historically has offered progressive approaches to dealing with drug-involved offenders. However, the state has not maintained its commitment to provide treatment alternatives to incarceration for non-violent, drug-involved individuals, and therefore has been unable to mitigate the impact of drugs on our communities, and the burden that drug-related crime poses to our public systems. The fundamental problem is that we send non-violent, drug-involved offenders to prison when there are more effective and cost-effcient alternatives available. The Center for Health and Justice at TASC proposes a public policy strategy of No Entry, which is designed to reverse the flow of drug-involved individuals going into and through the criminal justice system. No Entry involves structured, clinical interventions at every phase of justice involvement to address offender drug use and related criminal behavior, promoting public safety and ensuring fiscal responsibility. Details: Chicago: Center for Health and Justice at TASC, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.centerforhealthandjustice.org/IllinoisNoEntry_Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Illinois) Shelf Number: 120859

Author: Colorado. Governor's Working Group on Law Enforcement and Illegal Immigration Title: Report of the Governor's Working Group on Law Enforcement and Illegal Immigration: A Report to the Governor and Colorado General Assembly Summary: A panel of 31 specially recruited leaders from law enforcement, legal aid, human services, prosecution, criminal justice, and government agencies throughout Colorado met in six four-hour long sessions to examine current conditions in immigration and traffic law enforcement at the request of Governor Bill Ritter, Jr., following two tragic traffic crashes this year involving drivers who were living in the United States in violation of federal immigration laws. In the most recent incident the driver in a crash that resulted in the deaths of three people had been living in the country since childhood, providing a number of different aliases and residency claims to local law enforcement officers in a number of jurisdictions during his numerous contacts with law enforcement. In the course of the resulting investigation, officials learned he never had been licensed to drive. By all accounts, his true immigration status remained undiscovered until the fatal crash, due to his misrepresentations, to his ability to cast himself as a U.S. citizen and to federal immigration data systems that are not linked to criminal histories maintained by states and the FBI. At present, it is impossible for local police officers, sheriffs’ deputies and most State Patrol troopers to be able to verify immigration status of persons they normally encounter. Such a verification presently requires a separate request for a manual search of a federal database. In two states, a pilot project of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency called Secure Communities may help local law enforcement agencies overcome the existing limitations of data systems. Members of the panel want Colorado to explore the possibility of becoming a Secure Communities participating test site. The only other option available to local law enforcement agencies to obtain federal immigration status information is their participation in a program known as 287(g) authority. Participating in the 287(g) program, however, costs local agencies significant resources to train officers. It also severely reduces the ability of local police officers to work effectively in communities to solve crime and serve victims. When 287(g) authority is applied to county jail operations, some savings can be realized to counties, even though there are other resource issues associated with limited 287(g) authority. The decision whether to participate in the 287(g) program must remain with individual law enforcement agencies in Colorado. Immigration enforcement remains within the realm of federal law enforcement agencies. Local law enforcement agencies do not have the authority and cannot be expected to develop the complex technical expertise needed to enforce federal immigration law. Peace officers need better ways of verifying the identity of persons they encounter who do not have identification or who criminally misrepresent their identities. This report presents a number of recommendations and potential improvements that might help avoid the ability of a driver to take advantage of data system limitations. Some of these recommendations will require state and federal legislative changes, and others can be enacted administratively. Most of the legislative changes suggested by the panel involve improving definitions and refining existing statutes rather than creating new sections of state law. Details: Lakewood, CO: Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2008. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://cdpsweb.state.co.us/immigration/documents/FINAL%20Report%202%20for%20Eservice.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (Colorado) Shelf Number: 120860

Author: Peeples, Carol Title: Homelessness and Parole: A Survey of Denver's Shelters Summary: The interviews conducted for this survey offer insight into 48 individuals who were homeless and on parole in Denver, Colorado, during the winter of 2008-2009. Their stories and situations exemplify the complexity of the issue, but this is not to say that common threads did not surface. Indeed, it is these commonalities that form the basis for each of the eleven recommendations presented in this report. The average annual cost of incarcerating an inmate is over $30,000 per inmate,6 so changes in policies and practices that reduce recidivism can provide the state with an immediate opportunity for significant cost savings. In fiscal year 2008, 41% of the total admissions to Colorado’s prisons were people who had been revoked from parole and returned to prison. Of this group, 27% returned to prison for committing a new crime while on parole, but 73% (3,353 people) were returned to prison for a technical violation of their parole. It is not known whether people who leave prison homeless have a higher failure rate on parole, but it is known that people face enormous challenges, including finding housing, when they are released. Based on our own research and interviews with parolees, CCJRC believes that paroling or discharging from prison homeless is a barrier to successful re-entry and should be avoided to the greatest extent possible. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Criminal Justice Reform Coalition, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.ccjrc.org/pdf/CCJRC_Homeless_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 120861

Author: Przybylski, Roger K. Title: Correctional and Sentencing Reform for Drug Offenders: Research Findings on Selected Key Issues Summary: In Colorado and across the nation, offenders convicted of a drug crime make up a sizeable proportion of the prison population. A far larger number of imprisoned offenders are drug-involved or addicted to alcohol or illicit substances. Given the impact that substance abuse and addiction have on prison populations and government spending overall, it is reasonable to explore whether there are safe and cost-effective ways of dealing with drug offenders other than imprisonment. Research has clearly shown, for example, that substance abuse treatment is both effective and cost-beneficial, while incarcerating drug offenders is not a cost-effective use of taxpayer dollars. According to the Vera Institute of Justice, there is an emerging consensus in some states that sentences for drug offenses, particularly those involving simple possession, should be reassessed and that community-based treatment may be a more cost-effective sanction than incarceration for drug offenders. Indeed, the Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy at Roosevelt University’s Institute for Metropolitan Studies recently reported that at least 22 states enacted sentencing reform for drug offenders between 2004 and 2006 alone. This report was developed by RKC Group to support informed discourse on criminal justice policy regarding drug-involved offenders. The report addresses nine specific questions or issues. Findings presented on each are based on a comprehensive review of the criminology and criminal justice literature. Information was obtained by reviewing research, evaluation and other reports with a focus on providing policy makers with objective, accurate, and up-to-date information that can be used to develop safe and more cost-effective approaches for dealing with drug law violators and other substance abusing offenders. Key findings are presented. Details: Lakewood, CO: RKC Group, 2009. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://www.ccjrc.org/pdf/Correctional_and_Sentencing_Reform_for_Drug_Offenders.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120862

Author: Weber, Kasey Title: An Evaluation of the Use of the LSI-R with Colorado Inmates Summary: This evaluation is a formative evaluation of the current processes in place at the Colorado Department of Corrections specific to the utilization of the LSI-R. This evaluation seeks to examine how the LSI-R is administered in the department during an offender's assessment and classification. The second part of the study includes a survey of other U.S. state correctional agencies to gain a more comprehensive understanding of how the LSI-R is administered and utilized by these department. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections, Office of Planning and Analysis, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.co.us/sites/default/files/opa/LSI_Evaluation_2010_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Classification Shelf Number: 120866

Author: English, Kim Title: White Paper from the Treatment Funding Working Group Summary: In 2009, the Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice and its Drug Policy Task Force recommended that the public policy of Colorado recognize alcoholism and substance addiction as illnesses and public health problems affecting the general welfare of the state. The Commission made a number of recommendations regarding the need to prioritize treatment for offenders with behavioral health disorders. But the members of the Commission also generally agreed that its recommendations regarding treatment require that treatment be available and accessible to the offender population. The Commission established a Treatment Funding Working Group to investigate issues related to treatment availability and treatment funding allocations. The Working Group early on agreed that the issues of treatment availability and funding cannot be considered without placing substance abuse in the larger context of co‐occurring mental health disorders (the combination of substance use disorders and mental illness is referred to as behavioral health), prevalence rates, the science of addiction, the criminal justice response to relapse, and treatment effectiveness. This report seeks to address these issues. While the report focuses on adults in the justice system, the Working Group recognizes that those in the juvenile justice system are equally important, as are efforts to prevent these problems and to intervene early. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Department of Public SAfety, Division of Criminal Justice, 2010. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://cdpsweb.state.co.us/cccjj/PDF/Commission%20reports/Revised%202-14-11%20Treatment%20Funding%20White%20Paper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 120867

Author: Flick, Peg Title: HB10-1352 Savings Analysis Report: Review of Analysis Methodology. Pursuant to 24-33.5-503(1)(u), C.R.S. Summary: In May 2010 the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill 10‐1352 which substantially altered Article 18, Title 18 concerning Uniform Controlled Substances. These modifications are described in detail in this report. HB 10‐1352 lowered the penalties for drug use and possession and directs expected savings to the Drug Offender Treatment fund for substance abuse treatment of offenders. HB 10‐1352 also directs the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) to report annually on the savings generated by this bill (24‐33.5‐503(u), C.R.S.). This is the first report since the bill was signed into law. The statutory changes went into effect on August 11, 2010. This report describes the methodology used to analyze any savings and presents preliminary findings from an examination of the first 10 weeks following the bill’s effective date. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Public Safety, Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Research and Statistics, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://dcj.state.co.us/ors/pdf/docs/Final%201-14-11%20HB1352%20report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 120868

Author: New Jersey. Department of Law and Public Safety. Division of State Police, Intelligence Section Title: Gangs in New Jersey: Municipal Law Enforcement Response to the 2010 NJSP Gang Survey Summary: The 2010 Street Gang Survey marks the fourth gang survey conducted by the New Jersey State Police in the past nine years. The street gang survey has evolved throughout the years, with changes incorporated in both the development and implementation of the survey. Despite adjustments, the main purpose of the NJSP Street Gang Survey has remained the same: to provide law enforcement, policy makers and the general public with a better understanding of the state’s gang environment. The development of the 2010 survey involved extensive planning and the incorporation of innovative tactics in an effort to enhance our understanding of the present environment in which gangs are operating in the state. To assist in this process, we reached out to other agencies for additional questions and topic areas to expand our exploration of the gang presence in New Jersey. In addition, this survey marks a new step in our efforts to provide the general public with information on the gang environment in their communities. In 2004 and 2007, these survey reports were released to the public and individual survey results were available through the Open Public Records Act. Details: Trenton: New Jersey State Police, 2011. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://www.state.nj.us/oag/njsp/////////info/pdf/gangs_in_nj_2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 120870

Author: Financial Action Task Force Title: Money Laundering Using New Payment Methods Summary: NPMs (prepaid cards, mobile payments and Internet payment services) have become more widely used and accepted as alternative methods to initiate payment transactions. Some have even begun to emerge as a viable alternative to the traditional financial system in a number of countries. The rise in the number of transactions and the volume of funds moved through NPMs since 2006 has been accompanied by an increase in the number of detected cases where such payment systems were misused for ML/TF purposes. The NPM report in 2006 identified potential legitimate and illegitimate uses for the various NPMs but there was little evidence to support this. The current report will compare and contrast the “potential risks” described in the 2006 report to the “actual risks” based on new case studies and typologies. Not all potential risks identified in 2006 were backed up by case studies. This does not mean that those risks are no longer of concern, and jurisdictions should continue to be alert to the market´s development to prevent misuse and detect cases that went unnoticed before. The report will also develop red flag indicators which might help a) NPM service providers to detect ML/TF activities in their own businesses and b) other financial institutions to detect ML/TF activities in their business with NPM service providers, in order to increase the number and quality of suspicious transaction reports (STRs). Although more case studies are now available, issues surrounding appropriate legislation and regulations for NPMs are still a challenge for many jurisdictions. Consequently, the report also identifies the unique legal and regulatory challenges associated with NPMs and describes the different approaches national legislators and regulators have taken to address these. A comparison of regulatory approaches can help inform other jurisdictions’ decisions regarding the regulation of NPM. Finally, this report considers the extent to which the FATF 40+9 Recommendations continue to adequately address the ML/TF issues associated with NPMs. Details: Paris: FATF, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://www.fatf-gafi.org/dataoecd/4/56/46705859.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 120873

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis of Raising the Age of Juvenile Jurisdiction in North Carolina Summary: North Carolina is one of two states that process any offense committed by 16- and 17-year-olds in the adult justice system. Vera' Cost-Benefit Analysis Unit worked with the state's Youth Accountability Planning Task Force to assess the costs and benefits of transferring 16- and 17-year-olds charged with misdemeanors and low-level, nonviolent felony offenses to the juvenile justice system. This report presents the results and the methodology of the cost-benefit analysis. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3185/CBA-of-Raising-Age-Juvenile-Jurisdiction-NC-final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 120877

Author: Wood, Darryl S. Title: A Review of Research on Alcohol and Drug Use, Criminal Behavior, and the Criminal Justice System Response in American Indian and Alaska Native Communities Summary: This report considers research on the problem of crime resulting from alcohol and other drug abuse in American Indian and Alaska Native (AI/AN) communities. It provides a review of published research from a variety of disciplines and it includes re-analyses of a number of secondary data sources. Overall, our understanding of alcohol and other drug related crime in AI/AN communities is mixed: the degree to which AI/AN substance use – especially alcohol abuse – accompanies violent crime is fairly well established, while our knowledge about the criminal justice response and legal remedies to the problem is sorely deficient. Details: Vancouver, WA: Washington State University Vancouver, Program in Public Affairs, 2009. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231348.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 120879

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: The State of Sentencing 2010: Developments in Policy and Practice Summary: Today, 7.2 million men and women are under correctional supervision. Of this total, five million are monitored in the community on probation or parole and 2.3 million are incarcerated in prisons or jails. As a result the nation maintains the highest rate of incarceration in the world at 743 per 100,000 population. The scale of the correctional population results from a mix of crime rates and legislative and administrative policies that vary by state. In recent years, lawmakers have struggled to find the resources to maintain state correctional systems; 46 states are facing budget deficits in the current fiscal year, a situation that is likely to continue, according to the National Governors Association. Many states are looking closely at ways to reduce correctional costs as they seek to address limited resources. States like Kansas, Michigan, New Jersey, and New York have successfully reduced their prison populations in recent years in an effort to control costs and effectively manage prison capacity. Overall, prison populations declined in 24 states during 2009, by 48,000 persons, or 0.7 percent. During 2010, state legislatures in at least 23 states and the District of Columbia adopted 35 criminal justice policies that may contribute to reductions in the prison population and eliminate barriers to reentry while promoting effective approaches to public safety. This report provides an overview of recent policy reforms in the areas of sentencing, probation and parole, drug policy, the prison census count, collateral consequences, and juvenile justice. Highlights include: South Carolina equalized penalties for crack and powder cocaine offenses as part of a sentencing reform package that garnered bipartisan support. New Jersey modified its mandatory sentencing law that applies to convictions in “drug free school zones,” and now authorizes judges to impose sentences below the mandatory minimum in appropriate cases. Prior to the reform, more than 3,600 defendants a year were convicted under the statute, 96% of whom were African American or Latino. During 2010, state legislatures in at least 23 states and the District of Columbia adopted 35 criminal justice policies that may contribute to reductions in the prison population and eliminate barriers to reentry while promoting effective approaches to public safety. This report provides an overview of recent policy reforms in the areas of sentencing, probation and parole, drug policy, the prison census count, collateral consequences, and juvenile justice. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/publications/Final%20State%20of%20the%20Sentencing%202010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 120882

Author: Hoefer, Michael Title: Estimates of the Unauthorized Immigrant Population Residing in the United States: January 2010 Summary: This report provides estimates of the number of unauthorized immigrants residing in the United States as of January 2009 by period of entry, region and country of origin, state of residence, age, and gender. In summary, DHS estimates that the unauthorized immigrant population living in the United States decreased to 10.8 million in January 2009 from 11.6 million in January 2008. Between 2000 and 2009, the unauthorized population grew by 27 percent. Of all unauthorized immigrants living in the United States in 2009, 63 percent entered before 2000, and 62 percent were from Mexico. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Immigration Statistics, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://www.ilw.com/immigrationdaily/news/2010,0210-unauthorized.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120883

Author: Prentky, Robert Title: A Multi-Prong Approach to Strengthening Internet Child Safety Summary: The Internet is a highly effective vehicle for engaging in a range of sexual crimes, including possession of and trafficking in child pornography, identifying, locating and grooming potential victims; sex-related entrepreneurial crime; and the dissemination of misogynistic material. It would be naïve to assume the Internet has only been used for offense-related purposes by those who have been caught and convicted of Internet-related crimes. It is reasonable to assume the “web” of actual or would-be offenders is substantially greater than the known offenders. Metaphorically, it is an “iceberg” problem, with many hands-on offenders and risk-prone individuals falling below the surface. As part of this three-year project, awarded by the U.S. Department of Justice’s Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) to Justice Resource Institute, Boston College, Villanova University, and Fairleigh Dickinson University, we attempted to address this highly complex, multifaceted problem with a “multi-pronged” approach. To begin, we created an interdisciplinary Working Group comprised of seasoned professionals covering a range of perspectives about online child sexual victimization. The Working Group initially assisted in providing us with cases to help create and refine an Internet Offender Assessment dictionary, which later led to the development of self-report questionnaires used in data collection. The Working Group convened three times over the course of three years to discuss and brainstorm pertinent issues related to online child sexual victimization. This research project used a three-prong approach: The first prong elicited information from middle school and high school students regarding their Internet knowledge and practices, incidence of risk-taking behaviors while online, and experiences of being solicited or engaging in inappropriate sexual activity via a request from a person first met online. This task was aimed at improving Internet safety programs by better understanding how some children are victimized by Internet Sex Offenders while others are not. The results from this prong will inform and, it is hoped, improve Internet safety programs for school systems We added a large, diverse sample of college students drawn from across the county. We administered a selfreport questionnaire surveying their Internet use, experiences, and knowledge, as well as their exposure to pornographic images. This group of young adults is unique in that it is the first generation to have grown up with widely and readily available access to the Internet. We looked at age-related exposure to Internet pornography and a wide range of “content” of pornography and compared student’s reports to reports by the offender groups. The second prong targeted known offenders. Informing primary prevention and secondary intervention programs requires a much better understanding of the complexity of Internet Sex Offenders, their backgrounds, their criminal offenses, and the motives of Internet Sex Offenders. The objective was to help reduce victimization by identifying risk-relevant characteristics of Internet Sex Offenders, creating more effective safety programs based on the knowledge gleaned from offenders, and adding to the existing literature by differentiating among Internet Sex Offenders in an empirically informed way. To accomplish this we included, in addition to a sample of Internet-only Sex Offenders, a group of known hands-on sex offenders with no known Internet offenses, and a third group consisting of known hands-on sexual offenders with Internet sex offenses. The third prong of this project was intended to more fully understand the role, limitations, and importance of technology. Technology is not only important to law enforcement for apprehending offenders, but also critical in reducing victimization. We assembled a dataset to explore the feasibility of identifying “cyber DNA,” unique (signature) elements revealed in communications between adults and children and/or offenders and undercover law enforcement. The intent of such computer-forensic markers is to detect distinctive patterns distinguishing one offender from another or place an offender within a subset of offenders. The concern expressed by parents/guardians about offensive photographs currently available to children online warranted additional research to examine the effectiveness of filters (commercial programs designed to prevent unwanted materials from being viewed or downloaded). Thus, one of our third-prong-related tasks was a comparison of all widely used filters. By understanding the boundaries of technological sophistication among diverse samples, we can more effectively employ different types of filters. Details: Boston: Justice Resource Institute, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://www.missingkids.com/en_US/documents/law-enforcement-bulletin-4.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children, Crimes Against Shelf Number: 120884

Author: Kelling, George L. Title: Keeping Americans Safe: Best Practices to Improve Community Policing and to Protect the Public Summary: During the 1990s, New York City achieved stunning drops in crime from the “broken windows” community policing strategy adopted by Police Commissioner William Bratton. In two years, murder declined by 39 percent, robberies by about 33 percent and burglaries by 25 percent. New York’s approach completed the evolution of community policing from a reactive model into a proactive one, focusing on aggressive, effective crime-reduction that maintains order and holds police officers accountable. Aspects of this approach have been successfully adopted by a number of cities, including some in Arizona. Sustaining these gains requires embedding high-performance policing throughout a department to shield police agencies from the potentially corrupting influence of drug cartels - especially as the chaos in the border areas of Mexico threatens to spill over. Expanding on recommendations in “A New Charter for American Cities,” this report takes the broken windows approach to the next level by showing how to institute high-performance policing. This report consolidates the best practices adopted by the nation’s most innovative police departments and provides a framework for policing that is consistent with community values and priorities; makes a commitment to the ultimate objective of keeping people safe; and produces more measurable outcomes. We recommend private sector concepts of benchmarks to track the use of best practices and to report quantifiable outcomes for comparison against other departments, and the balanced scorecard, which counts outcomes such as reducing crime and victimization and also assesses police relationships with community members, partners, and other groups. These recommendations should be institutionalized through appropriate statutes, ordinances or management directives governing policing agencies throughout America. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Goldwater Institute, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Goldwater Institute Policy Report: Accessed February 28, 2011 at: http://www.goldwaterinstitute.org/article/5722 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 120885

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Illicit Tobacco: Various Schemes Are Used to Evade Taxes and Fees Summary: Tobacco products face varying levels of taxation in different locations, creating opportunities and incentives for illicit trade. Cigarettes are taxed at the federal, state, and in some cases, local levels. According to industry representatives, taxes and other fees make up significant components of the final price of cigarettes, averaging 53 percent of the retail price. While the national average retail price of a pack of cigarettes was $5.95 in 2010, in New York City, a pack can cost up to $13.00 or more due to high combined state and city taxes. In contrast, a pack of cigarettes in Richmond, Virginia, can cost approximately $5.00, due to low state cigarette taxes there. The tax differential between a case of cigarettes (typically containing 12,000 cigarettes) in New York City and Richmond is over $3,000, creating incentives for illicit trade and profits. Excise taxes and other fees on tobacco products can be evaded at numerous points in the supply chain. Law enforcement officials told us another incentive to engage in this activity is the fact illicit tobacco penalties are comparatively less severe than other forms of illicit trade. According to experts we spoke with and literature we reviewed, a wide range of schemes are used by different actors to profit from illicit trade in tobacco products, mainly through the evasion of taxes. Schemes can range from individual consumers purchasing tax-free cigarettes from Internet Web sites, to larger-scale interstate trafficking of tobacco products, to smuggling cigarettes into the country by criminal organizations. For example: (1) A California distributor purchased approximately $1.4 million in other tobacco products (e.g., cigars and chewing tobacco) from an out-ofstate distributor, who disguised the shipments using falsified documents and black plastic wrapping. The California distributor then sold it to customers and failed to pay state excise taxes. (2) A criminal organization attempted to conceal two containers of counterfeit cigarettes and pass them through Customs at the Los Angeles/Long Beach port by declaring them as toys and plastic goods. (3) A manufacturer evaded Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) escrow payments. The manufacturer underreported its cross-border sales to numerous states, including Virginia. By underreporting its sales to Virginia, the manufacturer evaded approximately $580,000 in escrow payments. Law enforcement officials reported that patterns of schemes are dynamic and identified links between illicit trade in tobacco and other crimes. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-313: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11313.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 120888

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Virginia's Peculiar System of Local and Regional Jails Summary: Responsibilities for jails – construction, operation, certification, funding, etc. – are spread across multiple state and local agencies. The state provides substantial funding for jails, but other than certifying and inspecting the facilities, it has little direct authority over operations. Because Virginia’s jail system is so fragmented – and often difficult to understand when trying to develop policies and programs concerning jails – this report was developed to provide a better understanding of the purpose, operations, funding, and development of Virginia’s jail system. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/Documents/2010%20JailReport-2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 120889

Author: North Carolina Governor's Crime Commission, Criminal Justice Analysis Center Title: Computer Crime in North Carolina: Assessing the Needs of Local Law Enforcement Summary: Crimes with a cyber component once included acts such as hacking, financial fraud, theft of intellectual property and so on. Recently, crimes of this nature have evolved as citizens become more technology-savvy and gain easier access to computers. Many would agree that without proper investigative training and tools, successful prosecution of these crimes can never occur. While the primary purpose of this exploratory study is to assess investigative needs of law enforcement, the study also seeks to examine the prevalence of computer crime in North Carolina along with current procedures and activities surrounding it. An 18-item questionnaire was developed to measure the impact of cyber crime on investigations and to determine both the strengths and weaknesses of law enforcement in dealing with crimes containing a cyber component. Part one focused on the number and types of cyber crimes experienced while part two pertained specifically to computer-mediated crime. Open-ended questions throughout the survey provided respondents with the opportunity to suggest additional training initiatives and share additional comments on what steps can be taken to lessen the extent of crimes with a cyber component. Two distinct survey samples from police departments and sheriffs’ offices were randomly selected to receive a survey by mail. Samples excluded airport, college/university, hospital and state agencies. A total of 80 surveys were distributed to sheriffs’ offices and a total of 183 surveys were sent to police departments. This comprised 80 percent of all sheriffs’ offices and almost 53 percent of the total number of local police departments being surveyed. The combined jurisdictional resident population of surveyed agencies comprised over 71 percent of the state’s total resident population. A total of 127 surveys were completed and returned by law enforcement agencies equating to a 48.3 percent response rate. The combined jurisdictional resident population of responding agencies comprised over 46 percent of the state’s total resident population. Seventy-one counties were represented with at least one responding agency. In 2008, responding agencies indicated that roughly 6 percent of investigations contained a cyber component. Based on a linear projection, there were approximately 26,257 cases statewide containing a cyber component in 2008. This equates to 294.1 cases per 100,000 residents, a rate which is comparable to the rate of aggravated assaults and motor vehicle thefts reported in North Carolina. The three most frequently investigated computer crimes by an average reporting agency were fraud related (79.3%), criminal threatening (8.5%), and online enticement of minors/child pornography (4.9%). Cumulatively, respondents indicated that 198 (26.6%) of 745 investigators have received training, with the average agency reporting that one-third of their investigators had been trained. Fifty-two percent of agencies indicated that investigators had receiving local or inhouse training while 54 percent and 27 percent of agencies indicated training at the state and national levels respectively. Over 85 percent of respondents indicated that their agencies collect computer/electronic evidence during investigation. However, only about two-thirds of these agencies reported having standard protocols established for handling evidence of this nature. The inability to trace and monitor Internet communications and the lack of training were seen as the two largest investigative impediments for crimes with a cyber component. Another substantial concern by law enforcement is the public’s apathy and lack of awareness towards crimes with a cyber component. Respondents were either indifferent or minimally concerned about the lack of standard operating procedures, search warrant issues, jurisdictional issues, lack of information sharing, and lack of technical expertise due to staff turnover. At the time of survey, roughly four out of every 10 agencies actually conducted cyber crime prevention or awareness activities and just over 30 percent were involved in official partnerships with other agencies or private entities to combat cyber crime. Over two-thirds of agencies expressed that they were either totally unprepared or somewhat unprepared in terms of equipment. Similarly, over half of respondents felt unprepared in terms of training and about 60 percent believed they were unprepared in terms of personnel. Law enforcement responded more positively in regards to their coordination with other agencies. Although over one-third of agencies answered neutrally, almost 39 percent of agencies believed they were prepared. Computer-mediated crime was briefly examined as it is one of the newest types of crime involving computers and is likely to expand in coming years. For the purposes of this study, computer-mediated crimes are defined as those traditional types of crime (theft, robbery, rape, assault, etc.) that are furthered either by the use of a computer or electronic device. Many cases were mediated through means of the Internet with crimes ranging from robberies facilitated by Craigslist to statutory rape through meeting over MySpace to burglaries perpetrated after taking virtual tours of rental properties. As a whole, law enforcement slightly agreed that they lack the power to prevent or curtail computer-mediated crime. In fact, half of respondents agreed that they have little power to curtail these types of crime in comparison to only under one-fourth of agencies who disagreed. A much higher level of agreement was measured regarding the expected growth of computer-mediated crime. Overwhelmingly, agencies agreed that their jurisdiction will experience an increase in computer-mediated crime in the next five years. One-half of respondents agreed coupled with an additional one-third who strongly agreed that legislators should enhance penalties for traditional crimes mediated by a computer or electronic device. When surveyed about the adequacy of current North Carolina statutes for prosecuting cyber crime perpetrators, law enforcement responses were most commonly neutral. However, interestingly enough, no respondents strongly agreed and only 19 percent of respondents agreed that current statutes are adequate enough. Lastly, the survey measured opinions on whether introduction of a bill was needed in North Carolina to impede computerrelated victimization. New Jersey State Legislative Bill A2864/S1429 makes it a crime of the third degree if a person attempts, via electronic or any other means, to lure or entice a person into a motor vehicle, structure or isolated area, or to meet or appear at any place, with a purpose to commit a criminal offense with or against the person lured or enticed or against any other person. Over 87 percent of respondents believed introduction of a similar bill is needed in North Carolina. Study findings revealed several areas of concern related to the investigation of computer-related crime. According to remarks, it appears investigators and prosecutors are disconnected when dealing with crimes involving a cyber component. Funding consideration should be given to establish pilot sites for joint training sessions between detectives and prosecutors among neighboring judicial districts across the state. In addition, equipment, training and personnel must all be enhanced in hopes of curtailing cyber crimes including computer-mediated crimes. Details: Raleigh, NC: Governor's Crime Commission, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.ncgccd.org/pdfs/pubs/cybercrime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 120890

Author: Denning, Caroline Title: Internet Sweepstakes Cafes: A Survey of Law Enforcement Perceptions Summary: Gambling in the United States operates within a relatively strict framework of government regulation. Traditionally, these restrictions have applied primarily to brick and mortar gambling establishments, but according to Freese (2005) and Franklin (2001) the evolution of the Internet and technology has not only made gambling more accessible but also has provided a loophole for those involved in the gaming and video industry to elude government regulation. The U.S. Department of Justice has maintained under the 1961 Wire Act that Internet gambling is illegal in the United States (Cornell University Law School Legal Information Institute, 2010). Still, Internet gambling persists and has produced great concern among state and local law enforcement who have sought to prohibit and regulate these activities and operations. Despite the federal government’s willingness to prohibit and prosecute Internet gambling cases and operations, the continued prevalence of these activities demands exploration to provide clarification as how state and local law enforcement agencies should deal with the proliferation of recent gambling enterprises, known as Internet sweepstakes cafés, surfacing around the country which are posing challenges to current state gambling laws. As fairly recent developments, current definitions of gambling as presented through federal and state statutes do not adequately address these operations, presenting enforcement and prosecution challenges to many state officials and law enforcement. This report seeks to examine current federal and North Carolina state gambling laws as applied to Internet sweepstakes cafés and present the findings of a statewide survey of sheriffs and local police chiefs regarding their perceptions, attitudes and beliefs surrounding the proliferation of Internet cafés and sweepstakes operations. Additionally, the survey sought to gather data regarding the amount of reported and perceived criminal activity and nuisance complaints associated with these business types. Opinions were also sought regarding barriers to effective regulation and viewpoints on proposed legislation were solicited in an effort to portray how the state’s law enforcement executives perceive and respond to Internet sweepstakes cafés. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Criminal Justice Analysis Center, Governor's Crime Commission, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.ncgccd.org/pdfs/internet_cafe.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 120891

Author: Mendoza, Carmen Title: Law Enforcement Services to a Growing International Community: An Effective Practices Manual Summary: The Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department, like police departments all over North Carolina and the nation, is faced with the challenges of providing effective services in an ever-changing global society. Charlotte-Mecklenburg experienced three digit growths in immigration since 1990, according to the 2000 U.S. Census. Therefore, we had to ask ourselves how we are including and providing services to those who are new to our country and our community. In 2000, Chief of Police Darrel W. Stephens created the International Relations Unit (IRU). The unit started in November of 2000, but the process began in 1997. CMPD began the process in 1997 by evaluating the issues that affected our ability to provide services to our largest international population, the Hispanic community. The goal was to provide a foundation for the future, a model to meet the needs of our future international communities as they arose. In the spring of 2000, we updated the plan and made additional recommendations. One of those recommendations was to form an International Relations Unit. The International Relations Unit began in November of 2000 with a mandate to become a county-wide resource committed to improving the quality of life, reducing crime and fostering mutual trust and respect with members of the international community. This has not always been a smooth process. The IRU quickly learned that the identified issues were just an introduction to the challenges facing the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department and the county. We realized that there were many underlying factors that hindered effective policing of our international population. In order to overcome these barriers, we had to work differently. We started with educating ourselves and developing an understanding of the needs and perceptions of our international community. This information provided a scale to the challenges and emphasized the importance of forming partnerships. The importance of forming partnerships and not trying to do everything alone cannot be emphasized enough. We are all stronger when we work together. We also have to remain flexible and be willing to make necessary adjustments. The CMPD/IRU constantly evolves as we identify and address new needs and issues. This manual is not just about the International Relations Unit. It is a culmination of efforts by the entire Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department and its many partners. The IRU is a resource and a support unit, one spoke of many in the wheel. The officers of the International Relations Unit were chosen in part based on their past efforts in problem solving and the officer’s skills in language and cultural awareness. IRU officers have experience as community police officers and as detectives. This manual is largely based on the observations, training, and experience of officers in the International Relations Unit. It will present the process used in developing our unit and initiatives. This manual is not only about the successes but also the hurdles. Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department International Relations Unit The International Relations Unit Effective Practices Manual will focus on the following: • Immigration trends and the challenges they pose to providing effective law enforcement services to the international community • The evaluation process for implementing an International Relations Unit or initiatives that overcome barriers to effective policing in the international community • Developmental process and operations of an International Relations Unit • Recommendations for overcoming challenges of providing effective police services to an international community • Ways to form collaborative partnerships that will improve government agencies’ relationship with the international community. Details: Charlotte, NC: Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department, International Relations Unit, 2004. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.ncgccd.org/PDFs/iru.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 120892

Author: De Angelis, Joseph Title: Assessing the Impact of the Office of the Independent Monitor on Complainant and Officer Satisfaction Summary: This report presents the final results of a multi-year research project that uses anonymous mailed surveys to examine how the implementation of Denver’s Office of the Independent Monitor (OIM) affects satisfaction among complainants and police officers. The first stage, called the baseline survey, was an anonymous mailed survey sent in fall 2005 to all Denver police officers and to community members who filed police complaints PRIOR to the implementation of the OIM. In order to gauge how the implementation of the OIM has affected levels of satisfaction, post-implementation survey were administered to Denver police officers in September 2006 and again in November 2007. Community members who filed complaints after the implementation of the OIM have received surveys on a quarterly basis, as their complaints have been resolved. In this report, we compare the levels of satisfaction between the baseline and post-implementation periods for both officers and citizen complainants. Specifically, we compare levels of officer and complainant satisfaction with the previous complaint process to officer and complainant satisfaction with the new complaint process. The report is divided into four main sections: • Executive Summary: In this section we highlight the central findings of the baseline and post-implementation surveys; • Methodology: This section outlines survey methodology used in the research; • Research Findings: In this section we report the findings of the research; and • Appendix: This appendix contains copies of the survey instruments and respondent demographics. Details: Denver, CO: Office of the Independent Monitor, 2008. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: https://www.denvergov.org/Portals/374/documents/2008OfficerandComplainantSatisfactionSurveyFinal.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 120894

Author: Bolick, Clint Title: Justice Denied: The Improper Clearance of Unsolved Crimes by the Maricopa County Sheriff's Office Summary: One of the most effective ways to measure a law-enforcement agency’s performance is by the percentage of crimes it solves, known in legal circles as its “clearance rate.” Criminal investigations can be cleared in one of two ways: by arrest or by “exception.” Clearances by exception must meet rigid criteria that the FBI has used for 80 years. Essentially, the perpetrator must be known to the police but cannot be apprehended due to special circumstances such as the suspect’s death. Although the criteria governing exceptional clearance are clear and objective, some law-enforcement agencies skirt the rules of exception to clear cases that do not meet the criteria, essentially declaring unsolved crimes solved to inflate the agency’s clearance rate. Clearing cases that have not been solved deprives crime victims of justice and may compromise public safety. The recent Goldwater Institute report "Mission Unaccomplished: The Misplaced Priorities of the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office" presented substantial evidence that the Maricopa County Sherriff’s Office (MCSO) is improperly clearing cases by exception, possibly on a very large scale. The East Valley Tribune, in its Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative series, reported that in 2006 MCSO closed three times as many cases by exception as by arrest. The Tribune investigated MCSO case files and found that many were cleared without investigation. MCSO officials told the Tribune that an internal investigation was ongoing. But two years later the Arizona Republic reported that MCSO only cleared 18 percent of its 7,200 cleared cases by arrest, suggesting that the misuse of exceptional clearance may be unabated. The Goldwater Institute has urged the legislature to require local law-enforcement agencies to report and post current and accurate crime statistics, including clearance rates broken down by arrests and exceptional clearances. This supplemental brief was precipitated by the emergence of a real-life victim of MCSO’s improper clearance of a serious crime. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Goldwater Institute, 2009. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief, No. 09-03: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.goldwaterinstitute.org/Common/Img/052109%20Bolick%20Justice%20Denied.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates (Arizona) Shelf Number: 120895

Author: Bolick, Clint Title: Mission Unaccomplished: The Misplaced Priorities of the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office Summary: The Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office is responsible for vitally important law-enforcement functions in one of the largest counties in the nation. It defines its core missions as law-enforcement services, support services, and detention. MCSO falls seriously short of fulfilling its mission in all three areas. Although MCSO is adept at self-promotion and is an unquestionably “tough” law-enforcement agency, under its watch violent crime rates recently have soared, both in absolute terms and relative to other jurisdictions. It has diverted resources away from basic law-enforcement functions to highly publicized immigration sweeps, which are ineffective in policing illegal immigration and in reducing crime generally, and to extensive trips by MCSO officials to Honduras for purposes that are nebulous at best. Profligate spending on those diversions helped produce a financial crisis in late 2007 that forced MCSO to curtail or reduce important law-enforcement functions. In terms of support services, MCSO has allowed a huge backlog of outstanding warrants to accumulate, and has seriously disadvantaged local police departments by closing satellite booking facilities. MCSO’s detention facilities are subject to costly lawsuits for excessive use of force and inadequate medical services. Compounding the substantive problems are chronically poor record-keeping and reporting of statistics, coupled with resistance to public disclosure. Our focus in this paper is exclusively on effective law-enforcement. We find that MCSO’s effectiveness has been compromised for the past several years by misplaced priorities that have diverted it from its mission. We recommend several reforms that will increase the effectiveness of MCSO specifically as well as law-enforcement agencies throughout Arizona. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Goldwater Institute, 2008. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report No. 229: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.goldwaterinstitute.org/Common/Img/Mission%20Unaccomplished.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 120896

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Elder Justice: Stronger Federal Leadership Could Enhance National Response to Elder Abuse Summary: Each day, news reports cite instances of older adults across the United States being abused, denied needed care, or financially exploited, often by those they depend on. This report contains information on (1) existing estimates of the extent of elder abuse and their quality, (2) factors associated with elder abuse and its impact on victims, (3) characteristics and challenges of state Adult Protective Services (APS) responsible for addressing elder abuse, and (4) federal support and leadership in this area. To obtain this information, GAO reviewed relevant research; visited six states and surveyed state APS programs; analyzed budgetary and other federal documents; reviewed federal laws and regulations; and interviewed federal officials, researchers, and elder abuse experts. The most recent study of the extent of elder abuse estimated that 14.1 percent of noninstitutionalized older adults had experienced physical, psychological, or sexual abuse; neglect; or financial exploitation in the past year. This study and three other key studies GAO identified likely underestimate the full extent of elder abuse, however. Most did not ask about all types of abuse or include all types of older adults living in the community, such as those with cognitive impairments. In addition, studies in this area cannot be used to track changes in extent over time because they have not measured elder abuse consistently. Based on existing research, various factors appear to place older adults at greater risk of abuse. Physical and cognitive impairments, mental problems, and low social support among victims have been associated with an increased likelihood of elder abuse. Elder abuse has also been associated with negative effects on victims' health and longevity. Although state APS programs vary in their organization and eligibility criteria, they face many of the same challenges. According to program officials, elder abuse caseloads are growing nationwide and cases are increasingly complex and difficult to resolve. However, according to GAO's survey, APS program resources are not keeping pace with these changes. As a result, program officials noted that it is difficult to maintain adequate staffing levels and training. In addition, states indicated they have limited access to information on interventions and practices on how to resolve elder abuse cases, and may struggle to respond to abuse cases appropriately. Many APS programs also face challenges in collecting, maintaining, and reporting statewide case-level administrative data, thereby hampering their ability to track outcomes and assess the effectiveness of services provided. Federal elder justice activities have addressed some APS challenges, but leadership in this area is lacking. Seven agencies within the Departments of Health and Human Services (HHS) and Justice devoted a total of $11.9 million in grants for elder justice activities in fiscal year 2009. These activities have promoted collaboration among APS and its partners, such as law enforcement, but have not offered APS the support it says it needs for resolving elder abuse cases and standardizing the information it reports. Although the Older Americans Act of 1965 has called attention to the importance of federal leadership in the elder justice area, no national policy priorities currently exist. The Administration on Aging in HHS is charged with providing such leadership, but its efforts to do so have been limited. The Elder Justice Act of 2009 authorizes grants to states for their APS programs and provides a vehicle for establishing and implementing national priorities in this area, but does not address national elder abuse incidence studies. The Secretary of HHS should determine the feasibility of providing APS-dedicated guidance, and, in coordination with the Attorney General, facilitate the development and implementation of a nationwide APS data system. Also, Congress should consider requiring HHS to conduct a periodic study to estimate elder abuse's extent. HHS indicated that it will review options for implementing GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-208: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11208.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against the Elderly Shelf Number: 120903

Author: Disability Rights California, Investigations Unit Title: Vitimized Twice: Abuse of Nursing Home Residents, No Criminal Accountability for Perpetrators Summary: Nursing homes have become an indelible part of our health care landscape. These facilities provide 24 hour inpatient skilled nursing and supportive care to residents whose disability or condition necessitate the availability of skilled nursing care on an extended basis. It is estimated that over 40% of Americans will use a nursing home at some point in their lives and, as the population of individuals 65 years of age and older grows, the demand for skilled nursing care is not expected to decrease in the next two decades. Unfortunately, the United States General Accounting Office and others confirm that nursing home residents are often victimized by the very caregivers with whom they are entrusted. Much of the abuse rises to the level of criminal conduct. Yet, few cases are reported to or investigated by law enforcement and even fewer are criminally prosecuted. Simply put, crimes against nursing home residents are less likely to be reported, investigated, and prosecuted than crimes against individuals living in the community. They are often treated as licensing or administrative matters and not as crimes. It is time to highlight and address biases and lapses in the abuse response system to ensure that nursing home residents are provided equal access to the criminal justice system and equal protection from criminal abuse by caregivers. This report describes 12 cases of physical and sexual abuse of nursing home residents by caregivers and traces the handling of these crimes through California’s abuse response and criminal justice systems. The cases were gleaned from licensing citation reports issued by the State’s Department of Public Health (DPH) which confirmed the facts and determined the facility was liable for resident abuse. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.disabilityrightsca.org/pubs/548801.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse (California) Shelf Number: 120898

Author: Lopez, John S. Title: Have Perceptions Changed Among Staff Regarding Parole Officers' Carrying Firearms?: A Description of Changes in Safety Perceptions and Supervisory Styles at the Texas Department of Criminal Justice Parole Division Summary: The purpose of this research is threefold. The first purpose is to describe the changes in safety perceptions of Parole Division staff since the implementation of the firearms policy within the division. The second purpose is to explore possible changes in supervisory style since the implementation of the firearms policy ( Welebob 1998). The third purpose is to determine possible changes in staff safety perceptions since Welebob’s findings. The survey method was used to analyze the possible changes in safety perceptions and supervisory styles. The sampling frame consisted of 347 Texas Department of Criminal Justice Parole Division staff members. Overall, there were no major changes in safety perceptions and supervisory styles among carriers, non-carriers, and support staff since Welebob’s 1998 study. Details: San Marcos, TX: Applied Research Projects, Texas State University - San Marcos, 2007. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper 205: Accessed March 9, 2011 at: http://ecommons.txstate.edu/arp/205 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 120962

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services, Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality Title: The TEDS Report: Characteristics of Probation and Parole Admissions Aged 18 or Older Summary: This report uses data from the Treatment Episode Data Set (TEDS) for 2008 to examine the characteristics of substance abuse treatment admissions referred to treatment by the probation or parole system (hereafter referred to as “probation or parole admissions”). Highlights of the study include the following: ● The most common substances of abuse reported by probation or parole admissions were alcohol (30.6 percent), marijuana (26.4 percent), and methamphetamines (15.6 percent); more than one half reported more than one substance of abuse at admission (59.2 percent)● The majority of probation or parole admissions were male (76.6 percent), had never married (63.1 percent), were between the ages of 18 and 44 (81.3 percent), and were non-Hispanic White (52.3 percent)● Over one third of the probation and parole admissions had less than a high school education (39.6); the majority of these admissions were unemployed (36.8 percent) or not in the labor force (26.2 percent)● The majority of probation or parole admissions had been in treatment at least once before (57.5 percent); 18.4 percent reported three or more prior treatment episodes. Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2011. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2011 at: http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/2k11/231/231Parole2k11Web.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 120912

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Gun Control Legislation Summary: Congress has debated the efficacy and constitutionality of federal regulation of firearms and ammunition, with strong advocates arguing for and against greater gun control. The tragic shootings in Tucson, AZ, on January 8, 2011, in which six people were killed and 13 wounded, including Representative Gabrielle Giffords, could prompt the 112th Congress to examine issues related to the shooter’s mental illness and drug use and his use of large capacity ammunition feeding devices (LCAFDs) (see H.R. 308 and S. 32), as well as a proposal to ban firearms within the proximity of certain high-level federal officials (see H.R. 496). This report provides basic firearms-related statistics, an overview of federal firearms law, and a summary of legislative action in the 111th Congress and selected legislative action in the 110th Congress that involved issues revisited in the 111th Congress. The report concludes with a discussion of other salient issues that have generated significant congressional interest in the past, including the 1994-2004 LCAFD ban. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32842.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 120963

Author: Seminara, David Title: No Coyote Needed: U.S. Visas Still an Easy Ticket in Developing Countries Summary: Mention the words “illegal immigrant” and most Americans conjure up images of desperate migrants sneaking across the Mexican border. There is another side to America’s immigration problem, however, that most know very little about — those who come with valid, temporary visas and do not return home. The Department of Homeland Security estimates that a “substantial” percentage of America’s illegal population is made up of visa overstays — their estimates ranged from 27 to 57 percent. Despite that fact that the law is written broadly enough that most foreigners from the developing world could be refused for a visitor’s visa as “intending immigrants,” non-immigrant visa issuance rates are still shockingly high. In this Backgrounder, the author, a former State Department official with experience interviewing tens of thousands of visa applicants from all over the world, explores some of the reasons why it remains relatively easy for all but the most destitute applicants to obtain nonimmigrant visas, despite the public perception that visa regulations have tightened since 9/11. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2008. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder: Accessed March 10, 2011 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2008/back208.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 120923

Author: Bailey, Kevin L. Title: An Evaluation of the Impact of Hurricane Katrina on Crime in New Orleans, Louisiana Summary: This Applied Research Project is an explanatory study that evaluates the impact of Hurricane Katrina on crime rates in New Orleans. By analyzing existing data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and the U.S. Census, this research measures crime trends in New Orleans from January 2002 through December 2007. The findings of this research suggest that some types of crime increased after this disaster, while others decreased. In New Orleans, most crime rates increased significantly beginning in January 2006. Additionally, most crime rates appeared to be returning to pre-storm levels by December 2007. Since the reconstruction of New Orleans is projected to last for between 8 and 11 years, this research evaluates crime trends early in the reconstruction of the city Details: San Marcos, TX: Applied Research Project, Texas State University - San Marcos, 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper 304: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://ecommons.txstate.edu/arp/304 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends (New Orleans) Shelf Number: 120968

Author: Hutto, John C. Title: Risk Management in Law Enforcement: A Model Assessment Tool Summary: The purpose of this research is threefold. The first purpose is to establish a practical ideal model to assess risk management practices in law enforcement agencies. Second, using case study, current risk management practices at the Austin Police Department will be assessed. The third purpose is to provide recommendations for improving the risk management practices at the Austin Police Department. A review of the literature has identified four key components of effective risk management programs. These components are program development, risk assessment, solution analysis, and program administration. The components of an effective risk management program identified in the literature are used to construct the conceptual framework. A practical ideal type model assessment tool for law enforcement agency risk management programs is created from the framework. The assessment tool is used in a case study of the Austin Police Department to gauge for the presence of an effective risk management program. The case study uses document analysis and survey research to perform the assessment. The Austin Police Department exists in a high-risk environment. Many of the policies and procedures the Department has in place are designed to mitigate or eliminate risk. The newly formed Risk Management Bureau of the Austin Police Department has been created to formalize many of the policies and procedures into a more comprehensive policy. At this time, the major shortcomings in the program are in the areas of training and communication. There has been limited training for the managers and administrators outside the Risk Management Bureau. Likewise, even though the Department is making progress towards a professional, innovative, risk management program, the communication to those in the organization about what is being done is lacking. Details: San Marcos, TX: Applied Research Projects, Texas State University - San Marcos, 2009. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper 301: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://ecommons.txstate.edu/arp/301/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 120969

Author: Scott, Elizabeth S. Title: Social Welfare and Fairness in Juvenile Crime Regulation Summary: This Article argues that a developmental model of juvenile crime regulation grounded in scientific knowledge about adolescence is both more likely to promote social welfare and is fairer to young offenders than a regime that fails to attend to developmental research. We focus on the less familiar social welfare argument for a separate and more lenient juvenile justice system, and demonstrate that the punitive law reforms of the 1990s have failed to minimize the social cost of juvenile crime. The expanded use of adult incarceration likely contributed to the declining juvenile crime rates since the mid-1990s, but the financial costs have been very high and not justified in terms of crime reduction for many youths. The evidence also supports that juveniles in prison have higher recidivism rates than comparable youths in the juvenile system. Moreover, less costly community dispositions have been shown to be more effective at reducing recidivism in some young offenders and are more likely to enhance the prospect that young offenders will lead satisfying lives. Our social welfare analysis is informed by scientific knowledge of adolescence and youth crime. Developmental research shows that the criminal activities of most young offenders are linked to developmental forces and they can be expected to "mature out" of their antisocial tendencies. Therefore, there is no reason to assume that these youths are headed for a career in crime unless correctional interventions push them in that direction. The research also shows that social context is critically important to the successful completion of developmental tasks essential to the transition to conventional adult roles associated with desistance from crime. The social comntext provided by correctional programs can enhance or undermine this process. Developmental research also provides the foundation for a regime committed to fair and proportionate punishment of young offenders. We challenge the recent scholarly argument favoring an approach to juvenile justice dedicated solely to crime reduction, on the ground that the principle of retribution is a necessary check on government power in this context. The potential for unfairness under a pure-prevention approach is substantial–both in the form of excessive punishment and in the potential for variations in responses to offenders based on considerations related to risk but not linked to the crime itself. This unfairness undermines the legitimacy of the justice system, and it can be avoided by incorporating proportionality as well as prevention into the developmental framework. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 10-243: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1662579 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120970

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: Incarceration and the Economic Fortunes of Urban Neighborhoods Summary: New research has identified the consequences of high rates of incarceration on neighborhood crime rates, but few studies have looked beyond crime to examine the collateral effects of incarceration on the social and economic well being of the neighborhoods themselves and their residents. We assess two specific indicia of neighborhood economic well-being, household income and human capital, dimensions that are robust predictors of elevated crime, enforcement and incarceration rates. We decompose incarceration effects by neighborhood racial composition and socio-economic conditions to account for structural disadvantages in labor force and access to wealth that flow from persistent patterns of residential segregation. We use panel methods to examine the effects on incarceration on New York City census tracts over an 11 year period from 1985-1996, a period which saw crime rates rise and fall sharply, and when incarceration rates increased and remained high in concentrated areas throughout the city. We examine whether persistently high incarceration rates erode human capital and depress median household incomes, further intensifying incarceration risks and threatening to create conditions where incarceration and economic disadvantage become endogenous features of certain neighborhoods. We find distinct but overlapping effects for prisons and jails, suggesting that these are parallel processes produced by loosely coupled law enforcement priorities. Incarceration effects are greater for household income than human capital, suggesting a complex relationship between persistent poverty, residential segregation, and incarceration that reinforces a classic poverty trap. Household incomes are lower over time in neighborhoods with higher proportions of African American population, even after controlling for the effects of race on incarceration, but we find no similar effects for Hispanic populations. Spatially targeted policies such as microinvestment and housing development may be needed offset the local embeddedness of poverty and disrupt its connections to incarceration and crime, while education policy and transitional labor market networking can strengthen local human capital. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 11-266: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1772190 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 120971

Author: Loughran, Thomas Title: 'A Good Man Always Knows His Limitations': Overconfidence in Criminal Offending Summary: Traditional criminological research in the area of rational choice and crime decisions places a strong emphasis on offenders’ perceptions of risk associated with various crimes. Yet, this literature has thus far generally neglected the role of individual overconfidence in both the formation of subjective risk perceptions and the association between risk and crime. In other types of high risk behaviors which serve as analogs to crime, including stock trading and uncertain business and investment decisions, overconfidence is shown to have a stimulating effect on an individuals’ willingness to engage in these behaviors. Using data from two separate samples, this paper explores the prevalence of overconfidence in offending risk perceptions for a variety of crime types, and, in one sample serious offending juveniles, attempts to link overconfidence to a higher likelihood of offending. Our results show that overconfidence is both highly prevalent in risk perceptions across samples, and it is highly associated with higher rates of offending, even when controlling for risk. We also outline several theoretical issues for future research on this topic, including its relationship to self-serving bias and Bayesian updating. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 11-264; Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1772185 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 120972

Author: West, John Marcus Title: Training Offenders for Life and Work: An Assessment of Texas' Project RIO (Reintegration of Offenders) Summary: The first purpose of this study is to describe the ideal characteristics of a model offender reintegration program based on a review of the literature. The second purpose is to conduct a limited case study and assess Texas’ Project RIO (Reintegration of Offenders) using the ideal characteristics. The third purpose is to make recommendations that should assist all offender reintegration programs to assist offenders more effectively in the reintegration process. The methodologies used in this limited case study of Project RIO include document and archival analysis. The document and archival analysis include a collection of reports published by Project RIO’s operating agencies and several independent reports. Overall, Project RIO does not adhere to the practical ideal type model developed through the literature. Project RIO could improve services by: increasing requirements regarding participation in life skills and educational programming; adding a reintegrative focus to the intake assessment of the offender; creating a method for diverting offenders from a return to prison for technical violations; and developing a method for offenders to earn the reintegration of their rights. Details: San Marcos, TX: Applied Research Projects, Texas State University - San Marcos, 2007. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper 257: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://ecommons.txstate.edu/arp/257 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 120975

Author: Lengyel, Thomas E. Title: Spreading the Pain: The Social Cost of Incarcerating Parents Summary: This paper sets out to itemize and estimate the social costs and benefits incurred by the incarceration of parents who have minor children. We do so by assembling and integrating a diverse set of studies addressing the cost-benefit analysis (CBA) of social service programs, costof- illness studies of drug and alcohol abuse, cost of crime studies, and a very small set of studies of the costs of incarceration itself. Few authors have previously attempted a comprehensive, societal approach and none have systematically itemized costs and benefits for incarceration. In the first section we examine the definition of social cost and the debate about “external” versus “internal” cost. Based on studies of the social costs of drug abuse and crime we then provide an inventory of the elements of social cost and benefit and motivate per-offender estimates of these amounts for incarcerated drug offenders in New York State. We summarize the total internal and external costs and benefits for the cohort of drug offenders released from New York State prisons during 2005 and compare these costs and benefits with the alternative of community-based drug treatment. In a separate, supporting study (Ziebert 2006) we examine the literature that attempts to relate parental incarceration to various effects in their children. Details: New York: Alliance for Children and Families, Department of Research & Evaluation Services, 2006. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft Report: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://www.fcnetwork.org/reading/lengyel-spreading-the-pain.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 120979

Author: Peters, Alicia W. Title: Trafficking in Meaning: Law, Victims, and the State Summary: This dissertation examines the ways in which US anti-trafficking law (and related policies) incorporates the social and political context in which it was created and examines the ways in which deep-seated beliefs about sex intersect the drafting, interpretation, and implementation of anti-trafficking law and policy. Specifically, this dissertation focuses on the diverse meanings and consequences of a recent US law, the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, for criminal justice authorities, nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), and victims of trafficking in the New York metro area. While all laws are subject to interpretation regarding meaning and application, the TVPA contains an especially complicated and layered definition of trafficking, reflecting the diverse constituencies (anti-prostitution feminists, evangelical Christians, and human rights advocates) that lobbied for radically different versions of anti-trafficking bills. This complexity in the law invites considerable flexibility in interpretation and application. This research examines distinctions between the “law on the books,” the “law in their minds,” and the “law in action” (Schuck, 2000) by looking at ruptures between the TVPA as written, as understood by the various actors for whom it has relevance, and as actually implemented. Correspondingly, this project analyzes how beliefs about trafficking and sex intersect with these three angles of inquiry. I argue that the TVPA is a rich cultural text, reflecting the social and political anxieties over prostitution, immigration, and victimization, among others, that surfaced during its drafting and that are replicated as various implementers interpret the law and reinforced through its application. Cultural norms and assumptions, regarding sex in particular, continually resurface through the everyday implementation of the law. As a result, a particular vision of trafficking (forced prostitution) and a specific type of victim (women forced into prostitution) is privileged in complicated ways that divert attention from trafficking into other labor sectors (domestic work, agriculture, factory labor, nude dancing, etc.) and from men altogether. Details: New York: Columbia University, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, 2010. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Doctoral Thesis: Accessed March 11, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231589.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 120980

Author: Maurer, David Title: Indian Country Criminal Justice: Departments of the Interior and Justice Should Strengthen Coordination to Support Tribal Courts Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ) reports from the latest available data that from 1992 to 2001 American Indians experienced violent crimes at more than twice the national rate. The Department of the Interior (DOI) and DOJ provide support to federally recognized tribes to address tribal justice issues. Upon request, GAO analyzed (1) the challenges facing tribes in adjudicating Indian country crimes and what federal efforts exist to help address these challenges and (2) the extent to which DOI and DOJ have collaborated with each other to support tribal justice systems. To do so, GAO interviewed tribal justice officials at 12 tribes in four states and reviewed laws, including the Tribal Law and Order Act of 2010, to identify federal efforts to assist tribes. GAO selected these tribes based on court structure, among other factors. Although the results cannot be generalized, they provided useful perspectives about the challenges various tribes face in adjudicating crime in Indian country. GAO also compared DOI and DOJ's efforts against practices that can help enhance and sustain collaboration among federal agencies and standards for internal control in the federal government. The 12 tribes GAO visited reported several challenges in adjudicating crimes in Indian country, but multiple federal efforts exist to help address some of these challenges. For example, tribes only have jurisdiction to prosecute crimes committed by Indian offenders in Indian country. Also, until the Tribal Law and Order Act of 2010 (the Act) was passed in July 2010, tribes could only sentence those found guilty to up to 1 year in jail per offense. Lacking further jurisdiction and sentencing authority, tribes rely on the U.S. Attorneys' Offices (USAO) to prosecute crime in Indian country. Generally, the tribes GAO visited reported challenges in obtaining information on prosecutions from USAOs in a timely manner. For example, tribes reported they experienced delays in obtaining information when a USAO declines to prosecute a case; these delays may affect tribes' ability to pursue prosecution in tribal court before their statute of limitations expires. USAOs are working with tribes to improve timely notification about declinations. DOI and the tribes GAO visited also reported overcrowding at tribal detention facilities. In some instances, tribes may have to contract with other detention facilities, which can be costly. Multiple federal efforts exist to help address these challenges. For example, the Act authorizes tribes to sentence convicted offenders for up to 3 years imprisonment under certain circumstances, and encourages DOJ to appoint tribal prosecutors to assist in prosecuting Indian country criminal matters in federal court. Federal efforts also include developing a pilot program to house, in federal prison, up to 100 Indian offenders convicted in tribal courts, given the shortage of tribal detention space. DOI, through its Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), and DOJ components have taken action to coordinate their efforts to support tribal court and tribal detention programs; however, the two agencies could enhance their coordination on tribal courts by strengthening their information sharing efforts. BIA and DOJ have begun to establish task forces designed to facilitate coordination on tribal court and tribal detention initiatives, but more focus has been given to coordination on tribal detention programs. For example, at the program level, BIA and DOJ have established procedures to share information when DOJ plans to construct tribal detention facilities. This helps ensure that BIA is prepared to assume responsibility to staff and operate tribal detention facilities that DOJ constructs and in turn minimizes potential waste. In contrast, BIA and DOJ have not implemented similar information sharing and coordination mechanisms for their shared activities to enhance the capacity of tribal courts to administer justice. For example, BIA has not shared information with DOJ about its assessments of tribal courts. Further, both agencies provide training and technical assistance to tribal courts; however, they are unaware as to whether there could be unnecessary duplication. Developing mechanisms to identify and share information related to tribal courts could yield potential benefits in terms of minimizing unnecessary duplication and leveraging the expertise and capacities that each agency brings. GAO recommends that the Secretary of the Interior and the Attorney General direct the relevant DOI and DOJ programs to develop mechanisms to identify and share information related to tribal courts. DOI and DOJ concurred with our recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-252: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11252.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Courts (American Indians) Shelf Number: 120974

Author: Payne, Troy C. Title: Does Changing Ownership Change Crime? An Analysis of Apartment Ownership and Crime in Cincinnati. Summary: Crime at multi-family dwellings is an ongoing concern. Using concepts from environmental criminology, this dissertation adapts Madensen's (2007) model of bar place management to apartments. One aspect of this model, the relationship between ownership change of an apartment building and crime, is examined. I found that while about half of apartments change ownership during the period 2002-2009, serial ownership change is rare. Crime is heavily concentrated among apartments, with over half of crime occurring at just 10% of apartments – and these extreme values of crime tend to drive the multivariate analysis. Ownership change and crime are associated with each other in a feedback system. Ownership change is more likely at apartments with a history of past crime, and ownership change is associated with a 10% increase in future crime counts. Neighborhood context has a complex relationship with significant variation between neighborhoods in both crime counts and in the relationship between ownership change and crime. In some neighborhoods, ownership change and crime are positively related; in other neighborhoods, the relationship is negative. Even though my findings are sensitive to extreme values, methodology and model selection decisions, it is apparent that ownership change could be an important intervention point for crime prevention. Interventions such as landlord training should be targeted at high crime apartments which change ownership, while recognizing that the overwhelming majority of apartments and apartment owners have zero crime. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1288968354 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Apartments Shelf Number: 120998

Author: Schnupp, Rebecca J. Title: Adolescent Deviance within Families and Neighborhoods Summary: Much of the research on delinquency has focused on the role that either families or neighborhoods play in the development of criminal behavior. While both of these theoretical traditions have received much empirical support, it is argued that individuals are simultaneously affected by each of these contexts either directly or indirectly (Gephart, 1997). Further, these contexts interact with each other and the individual to produce behavioral outcomes (Bronfenbrenner, 1979, 1986, 1988). A more adequate portrayal for why individuals engage in delinquency, therefore, should not only examine the effects of one context but also how these different contexts function together to either facilitate or impede antisocial behaviors. The primary propose of this dissertation is to try to ascertain if the effects of the more proximal context to the child, the family, is moderated by the more distal context, the neighborhood. Specifically, are the positive effects of “good” parenting found in both “good” and “bad” neighborhoods? Or does the neighborhood a family resides in alter the effects of “good” parenting? Using structural equation modeling, this dissertation will explore the moderating effects of neighborhood factors in the relationship between parenting and antisocial behavior while also considering the individual characteristics of the child. These relationships will be assessed using waves one and two of the National Survey of Families and Households (NSFH). The results of this study revealed that although the direct effects of parenting and neighborhood factors are weak, residential instability moderates the effects of parenting. This association remained after considering the reciprocal nature of the relationship between parenting and child’s disposition. The implications of these findings, as they pertain to the current practice of studying contexts in isolation from one another, will be discussed. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Research and Advanced Studies, 2010. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1285687987 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 120999

Author: Stadler, William Andrew Title: Empirical Examination of the “Special Sensitivity” to Imprisonment Hypothesis Summary: Quantitative research concerning white-collar offenders has received little attention in recent years. Research that has been conducted has primarily focused on the social and behavioral characteristics of these individuals, as well as the etiology of white-collar offending. In this regard, comparisons have been drawn between conventional street offenders and those convicted or sentenced for white-collar offenses with respect to demographic, social, and criminal history information. However, virtually no research has investigated the attributes and experiences of white-collar inmate within the prison environment. Moreover, there have been few attempts to draw comparisons among samples of imprisoned white-collar offenders and their street offender counterparts. While informative, studies that have examined incarcerated white-collar offenders have largely been guided by a qualitative research methodology that does little to inform the predictive validity of white-collar offender characteristics with respect to their subsequent prison experiences. As a result, the hypothesis that white-collar offenders are particularly sensitive to prison environments, because they are thought to be from backgrounds of privilege and hold higher rank on the social status spectrum, has remained untested. Because of this lack of research, the view that white-collar offenders experience more frequent and significant prison adjustment problems in the form of physical and mental health harms, social isolation, victimization, and institutional misconducts largely remains unchallenged. However, more rigorous investigation of the experiences of incarcerated white-collar offenders could have far-reaching implications with respect to how the justice system wishes to sanction white-collar offenders, how correctional facilities might go about addressing the needs of this special inmate population, and how the prison experience might impact the lives of white-collar offenders, both in prison and upon their release from incarceration. In an attempt to investigate these issues and address the special sensitivity hypothesis, the current study utilizes a male sample of incarcerated federal corrections inmates to explore differences between white-collar and street offenders. Specifically, demographic and social characteristics, as well as those involving attitudes, motivations, self-control, and personality attributes are examined among a male-only sample of prisoners incarcerated for white-collar offenses and non-white-collar offenses. Moreover, the current study examines the hypothesis that white-collar offenders are somehow more sensitive to the pains of imprisonment than offenders of the non-white-collar variety. The subsequent prison experiences of these offenders is examined and measured through a variety of prison adjustment measures during the course of their prison stay. Finally, implications of the findings are discussed with respect to how the justice and correctional systems may be affected by, and how they choose to respond to, white-collar offending populations with different management, supervision, and treatment strategies. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 216p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1281991890 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 121000

Author: Jonson, Cheryl Lero Title: The Impact of Imprisonment on Reoffending: A Meta-Analysis Summary: In the early 1970s, state and federal prison populations were under 200,000, with incarceration rates having remained relatively stable for a half century. For a variety of reasons (e.g., increased crime rates, changed political context, the "get tough" movement), the United States entered a period mass incarceration. The number of inmates in state and federal prisons increased 600 percent to over 1.5 million. Counting jail populations, the daily count of Americans behind bars currently stands at over 2.4 million;or about 1 in every 100 adults. However, despite the large number of people placed behind bars, little research has been conducted to determine the impact of imprisonment on the reoffending behavior of individuals placed behind bars. Within this context, this dissertation focus on a three central empirical questions that stand at the heart of the mass imprisonment movement: 1) When an offender is imprisoned as opposed to being given an alternative sanction (e.g., probation), is the person less likely to reoffend?, 2) Does incarcerating offenders for longer periods of time result in a greater reduction in recidivism?, and 3) Does placement in facilities with harsher conditions (e.g., fewer visitations, more restrictions) have a larger deterrent effect when compared to placement in facilities with less harsh conditions? To address the three research questions, this dissertation used meta-analytic techniques to complete a quantitative synthesis of 85 research studies. The overall mean effect size and weighted mean effect size of the three independent variables in question (i.e., non-custodial versus custodial sanctions; sentence length; harshness of conditions) were calculated to determine its impact on recidivism. Additionally, the impact of various moderators was also assessed. The results indicate that the specific deterrence argument for the use of prison is not empirically supported. When examining the impact of non-custodial and custodial sanctions on post-release reoffending, a 14 percent increase in recidivism was found for those sentenced to custodial sanctions as opposed to non-custodial sanctions. Thus, imprisonment was associated with an increase, rather than a decrease, in recidivism contradicting the predictions of specific deterrence theory. Similarly, placement in harsher prison conditions was associated with a 15 percent increase in post-release criminal behavior, failing to provide support for the specific deterrent argument. Only the analyses examining the impact of sentence length showed a deterrent effect, with longer sentences associated with a five percent decrease in recidivism. In light of these findings, the continued reliance on mass incarceration as a main response to crime is questioned. If the goal of imprisonment is to reduce the recidivism of those who are placed behind bars, this study has shown that this is not an empirically sound argument. In fact, placing individuals in prison and increasing the harshness of those prisons are contributing to the very problem it is attempting to solve. Consequently, the results suggest that an alternative crime control strategy to mass imprisonment needs to be employed if the ultimate goal is to reduce the post-release criminal behavior of those who enter the criminal justice system. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, 2010. 237p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1285687754 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 121001

Author: Vera Institute of Justice Title: Proposals for New Orleans' Criminal Justice System: Best Practices to Advance Public Safety and Justice Summary: Hurricane Katrina ravaged New Orleans, destroying not only the city’s infrastructure and the lives of many of its residents, but also its justice system. To identify practical steps New Orleans can take to make its criminal justice system more reliable, effective, and just, the Vera Institute of Justice interviewed key stakeholders—including justice system leaders, representatives of nonprofit research and advocacy groups, and several members of the city council—and reviewed data on how the system has been operating after flooding devastated the city. Specifically, Vera's investigation indicates that New Orleans can improve public safety by pursuing the following new policies or programs: early triage of cases and routine communication between police and prosecutors; a wider range of pretrial release options, community-service sentencing, and greater use of alternatives to prison; and more appropriate and cost-effective sanctions for municipal offenses. For each of these policy areas, this report identifies specific areas of need and proposes solutions that are based on effective practices used in other jurisdictions. Moreover, it focuses on practical steps that over the next six to 12 months promise the “biggest bang for the buck.” Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2007. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=2849/no_proposals.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 120922

Author: Willis, James J. Title: The Co-Implementation of Compstat and Community Policing: A National Assessment Summary: In the last quarter century or so, Compstat (CS) and community policing (CP) have emerged as powerful engines of police reform in the United States. CS is a strategic management system focused on reducing serious crime by decentralizing decision-making to middle managers operating out of districts or precincts, by holding these managers accountable for performance, and by increasing the police organization’s capacity to identify, understand, and monitor responses to crime problems. Community policing can be characterized as a philosophy and an organizational strategy designed to reduce crime and disorder through community partnerships, problem solving, and the delegation of greater decision-making authority to patrol officers and their sergeants at the beat level. It varies more than Compstat from place to place in response to local problems and community resources. To date, researchers have focused their energy on identifying the individual merits and weaknesses of each, but have given much less attention to how well these reforms operate when implemented in the same police agency. The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (the COPS Office) asked us to do research on this coimplementation issue: Do CS and CP work together, mutually supporting each other, or are there points of conflict, where pursuing one makes it hard to pursue the other successfully? Moreover, do they work independently, that is each having little consequence for the other? This report presents findings from the first national assessment of CS and CP as co-implemented reforms. Given that systematic research on the co-implementation of CS and CP is scarce, the first purpose of this project was to illuminate the current state of implementation of each reform in the United States and the nature and extent of compatibility problems. Thus, we begin by drawing on data from our national survey to provide a profile of CS and CP in large police agencies. The purpose of the profile is to show what local police departments were doing with each reform, why they decided to adopt them, what some of the differences were between co-implementing and CP-only departments, and what some of the benefits and challenges were that arose from operating both reforms simultaneously. In the next section, we draw upon observations from site visits to seven police agencies that reported fully implementing both CP and CS. The second purpose of this project was to learn how CS and CP operated “on the ground.” To this end, we identify seven core elements that the full implementation of CS and CP would seem to demand and present in-depth knowledge on how each of these elements was implemented. More specifically, we describe how CS and CP functioned in relation to one another, and we assess their level of integration (not at all integrated, low, moderate, or high). Because of the popularity of CS and CP, our hope is that this comprehensive description of our findings and our assessment of CS/CP integration will deepen understanding among researchers, practitioners, and policymakers about the current relationship between these two reforms and provide a framework for decision-makers to envision alternative possibilities for co-implementation within local police organizations. A list of recommendations for integrating CS and CP based on our findings can be found in our report, Maximizing the Benefits of Reform: Integrating Compstat and Community Policing in America (2010). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e091016308_Compstat+CommPol-web_FIN.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 121002

Author: U.S. Department of Commerce Title: Contraband Cell Phones in Prisons: Possible Wireless Technology Solutions Summary: The National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) submits this report in response to a direction from Congress in December 2009 that NTIA, in coordination with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP), and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), develop a plan to investigate and evaluate wireless jamming, detection, and other technologies that might be used to prevent contraband cell phone use by prison inmates. NTIA has identified and evaluated several technology solutions for this report that can be used in a prison environment, including jamming, managed access, and detection techniques. In the preparation of this report, NTIA sought input from the FCC, NIJ, and BOP regarding their efforts to combat contraband cell phone use. The Administration believes that contraband cell phone use by prison inmates to carry out criminal enterprises is intolerable and demands an effective solution. Prison officials should have access to technology to disrupt prison cell phone use in a manner that protects nearby public safety and Federal Government spectrum users from harmful disruption of vital services, and preserves the rights of law-abiding citizens to enjoy the benefits of the public airwaves without interference. To obtain public input on these issues to assist in developing this report, NTIA issued a Notice of Inquiry (NOI) in May 2010 soliciting comment on a series of detailed questions to help identify, clarify, and characterize these solutions. NTIA received comments from forty-six sources. In addition to providing input regarding the three technologies identified in the NOI, commenters identified additional technologies for consideration. Working in coordination with its Institute for Telecommunication Sciences, NTIA performed both laboratory and field measurements on a selected jammer. NTIA subsequently analyzed the results of those measurements to determine, as far as possible, the potential impact of that jammer on other authorized radio operations. This report discusses the characteristics and capabilities of the various technologies and considers the potential interference effects that they may have on authorized radio services, including commercial wireless, public safety communications, and 9-1-1 calls. Three possible wireless technology solutions were identified in the NOI that commenters further expounded upon: jamming, managed access, and detection. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Commerce, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.ntia.doc.gov/reports/2010/ContrabandCellPhoneReport_December2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 121018

Author: Dyck, Jon Title: Intoxicated Driver Laws Summary: There are between 35,000 and 40,000 convictions for impaired driving offenses each year in the state of Wisconsin, ranking behind only speeding and driver's license violations on the list of most common traffic offenses. Impaired driving also presents a significant traffic safety issue. Alcohol use is typically a factor in over 40% of traffic fatalities each year. Given the impact on both the judicial system and traffic safety, the state's impaired driving law typically attracts interest and attention from both the Legislature and the public during each legislative session. This paper provides a description of the state's impaired driving law, as well as of the principle state programs involved in impaired driving enforcement and prevention. Details: Madison, WI: Wisconsin Legislative Fiscal Bureau, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Informational Paper 59: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://legis.wisconsin.gov/lfb/Informationalpapers/59_Intoxicated%20Driver%20Laws.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drunk Driving (Wisconsin) - Driving Under the Infl Shelf Number: 121019

Author: Haddal, Chad C. Title: Border Security: The Role of the U.S. Border Patrol Summary: The United States Border Patrol (USBP) has a long and storied history as our nation’s first line of defense against unauthorized migration. Today, the USBP’s primary mission is to detect and prevent the entry of terrorists, weapons of mass destruction, and illegal aliens into the country, and to interdict drug smugglers and other criminals along the border. The Homeland Security Act of 2002 dissolved the Immigration and Naturalization Service and placed the USBP within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Within DHS, the USBP forms a part of the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection under the Directorate of Border and Transportation Security. During the last decade, the USBP has seen its budget and manpower more than triple. This expansion was the direct result of congressional concerns about illegal immigration and the agency’s adoption of “Prevention Through Deterrence” as its chief operational strategy in 1994. The strategy called for placing USBP resources and manpower directly at the areas of greatest illegal immigration in order to detect, deter, and apprehend aliens attempting to cross the border between official points of entry. Post 9/11, the USBP refocused its strategy on preventing the entry of terrorists and weapons of mass destruction, as laid out in its recently released National Strategy. In addition to a workforce of over 20,000 agents, the USBP deploys vehicles, aircraft, watercraft, and many different technologies to defend the border. In the course of discharging its duties, the USBP patrols 8,000 miles of American international borders with Mexico and Canada and the coastal waters around Florida and Puerto Rico. However, there are significant geographic, political, and immigration-related differences between the northern border with Canada and the Southwest border with Mexico. Accordingly, the USBP deploys a different mix of personnel and resources along the two borders. Due to the fact that approximately 98.7% of unauthorized migrant apprehensions by the USBP occur along the Southwest border, the USBP deploys over 85% of its agents there to deter illegal immigration. The northern border is more than two times longer than the Southwest border, and features far lower numbers of aliens attempting to enter illegally, but may be more vulnerable to terrorist infiltration. As a consequence of this, the USBP has focused its northern border efforts on deploying technology and cooperating closely with Canadian authorities through the creation of International Border Enforcement Teams. Some issues for Congress to consider could include the slow rate of integration between the USBP’s biometric database of illegal aliens and the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) biometric database of criminals and terrorists; the number of unauthorized aliens who die attempting to enter the country each year; the increasing attacks on Border Patrol agents, and the threat posed by terrorists along the sparsely defended northern border as well as the more porous Southwest border. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: RL32562: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/RL32562.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 121027

Author: Nunez-Neto, Blas Title: Border Security: Apprehensions of “Other Than Mexican” Aliens Summary: The United States Border Patrol (USBP) within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is charged with securing our nation’s borders between official ports of entry (POE). As the USBP discharges its mission it encounters unauthorized aliens from around the world attempting to illegally enter the United States. In fiscal year (FY) 2004, USBP agents apprehended 1.16 million people attempting to enter the country illegally between official POE; 93% of these aliens were Mexican nationals. Because the vast majority of people apprehended each year by the USBP are Mexican nationals, the agency categorizes aliens as Mexicans or Other Than Mexicans (OTM). Over the past three years, OTM apprehensions have more than tripled nationwide and have been concentrated along the South Texas border. The reasons for this dramatic increase, and its geographical concentration in Texas, are not altogether clear. The number of people entering the country illegally between POE, and the concomitant proliferation of human and drug smuggling networks, can present risks to national security due to the ever-present threat of terrorism. Terrorists and terrorist organizations could leverage these illicit networks to smuggle a person or weapon of mass destruction into the United States, while the large number of aliens attempting to enter the country illegally could potentially provide cover for the terrorists. Additionally, the proceeds from these smuggling networks could potentially be used to finance terrorism. The issue of OTM apprehensions has received publicity recently for many of these reasons, which were highlighted during congressional testimony by DHS then-Deputy Secretary Admiral James Loy when he stated that Al-Qaeda is considering infiltrating the Southwest border due to a belief that “illegal entry is more advantageous than legal entry for operational security reasons.” OTMs apprehended along the Southwest border by the USBP between official POE cannot be returned to Mexico because Mexico will not accept them. Instead, they must be returned to their countries of origin, or third countries that will accept them, by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations (DRO) within Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). However, DRO does not have enough detention beds to accommodate every OTM that is apprehended. As a result of this, the majority of OTMs apprehended by the USBP are released into the interior of the United States with notices to appear before an immigration judge. Most of these released OTMs fail to show up for their hearings and are not ultimately removed. In order to address the increasing number of OTMs being apprehended and circumvent the regular removal process, the USBP is currently expanding its Expedited Removal (ER) program. Issues for Congress include the potential for terrorist infiltration, the lack of detention bed-space that causes OTMs to be released into the interior of the country, and how best to deploy DHS resources to address the growing number of OTMs entering into the country illegally. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: RL33097: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/library/P1.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 121028

Author: Arya, Neelum Title: State Trends: Legislative Victories from 2005 to 2010: Removing Youth from the Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: A spike in youth crime during the 1980s and 1990s prompted state policymakers to expand laws to put more children in adult court, implement mandatory sentencing policies for certain crimes, and lower the age at which a child could be prosecuted as an adult. State policymakers believed their efforts would improve public safety and deter future crime. However, studies across the nation have consistently concluded that state laws prosecuting youth in adult court are ineffective at deterring crime and reducing recidivism. The consequences of an adult conviction aren’t minor; they are serious, long-term, life-threatening, and in some cases, deadly. However, awareness of the problem is not enough. Policymakers and the public must have viable alternative solutions. This report, State Trends: Legislative Changes from 2005-2010 Removing Youth from the Adult Criminal Justice System, provides some initial answers by examining innovative strategies states are using to remove and protect youth in the adult criminal justice system. State Trends demonstrates a “turning tide” in how our country handles youth. In the not-so-distant past, politicians have had their careers ruined by a “soft on crime” image. Fortunately, the politics around youth crime are changing. State policymakers appear less wedded to “tough on crime” policies, choosing to substitute them with policies that are “smart on crime.” Given the breadth and scope of the changes, these trends are not short-term anomalies but evidence of a long-term restructuring of the juvenile justice system. In the past five years, 15 states have changed their state laws, with at least nine additional states with active policy reform efforts underway. These changes are occurring in all regions of the country spearheaded by state and local officials of both major parties and supported by a bipartisan group of governors. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/CFYJ_State_Trends_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 121043

Author: Sklansky, David Alan Title: The Persistent Pull of Police Professionalism Summary: This paper suggests that the past model of police professionalism has been updated as a result of technology and federal funding. Skalansky explains that 1960s police professionalism was not about tactics, such as random patrol, but rather about the governing mindset behind policies. By the early 1980s, this professional policing model was discredited, giving birth to community policing, which also focused more on ideas and policy and less on tactics. Community policing was seen to have shortcomings, such as being vague and not reducing serious crime. Today, professional policing is mounting a comeback. Community policing, however, is still valuable. Although the community policing model is incomplete, a model of "advanced community policing" could address unanswered specifics about the nature of community policing that would help law enforcement agencies, police researchers, and the public resist the persistent pull of police professionalism. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice; Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/232676.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 121047

Author: Stone, Christopher Title: Toward a New Professionalism in Policing Summary: In the 1980s, community policing replaced the traditional crime-fighting model of policing, often referred to as "professional policing." Community policing was an improvement over the previous policing paradigm (one that the authors argue was more truly professional than the command-and-control model that it replaced) and represented a great change in how police officers did their jobs. The authors argue that it is now time for a new model for the 21st century, one that they call a "New Professionalism." Their framework rests on increased accountability for police in both their effectiveness and their conduct; greater legitimacy in the eyes of the citizenry; continuous innovation in tactics and strategies for interacting with offenders, victims, and the general public; and national coherence through the development of national norms and protocols for policing. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice; Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/232359.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 121048

Author: Krebs, Christopher P., Lindquist, Christine H. Title: The Historically Black College and University Campus Sexual Assault (HBCU-CSA) Study Summary: Sexual assault has a substantial impact on both victims and society. Victims of sexual assault may suffer both immediate and long-term physical and mental health consequences, including injury, sexually transmitted diseases, and pregnancy. Victims of sexual assault report increasing their visits to physicians by 18% the year of the assault, by 56% the year after the assault, and by 31% two years after the assault. Four out of five rape victims subsequently suffer from chronic physical or psychological conditions, and rape victims are 13 times more likely to attempt suicide than persons who have not been crime victims and 6 times more likely than victims of other crimes. Overall, rape is believed to carry the highest annual victim cost of any crime: $127 billion (excluding child sex abuse cases). It is followed by assault at $93 billion per year, murder (excluding arson and drunk driving) at $61 billion per year, and child abuse at $56 billion per year. Given the substantial impact that sexual victimization has on individual victims and society, collecting information that advances our understanding of sexual assault, helps us prevent victimization, and better meets the needs of victims is critical. Although a considerable amount of research on sexual violence on college campuses has been conducted, very little of this research has involved historically black college and university (HBCU) students. As a result, there is a substantial gap in the literature and knowledge base about the magnitude of the problem, what is being done to reduce the problem, and what more can be done to prevent sexual violence and meet the needs of victims of sexual assault on HBCU campuses. The gap in research makes it difficult to fully understand the sexual assault experiences of African American students in general, given that almost 20% of African American baccalaureates receive their degree from HBCUs. RTI International was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to conduct the HBCU Campus Sexual Assault (HBCU-CSA) Study. The HBCU-CSA Study was undertaken to document the prevalence — as well as associated personal and behavioral factors, context, consequences, and reporting—of distinct forms of sexual assault. This study also examines campus police and service provider perspectives on sexual victimization and student attitudes toward law enforcement and ideas about prevention and policy. Faculty, staff, and students at all four of the participating HBCUs, many of whom were women of color, played an invaluable role in ensuring that the study was culturally sensitive and would be well received by the population of undergraduate women at HBCUs. HBCU faculty, staff, and students collaborated with RTI on all aspects of the study including design, instrumentation, marketing and recruitment, and analysis and dissemination of findings. In the HBCU-CSA Study, the term “sexual assault” includes a wide range of victimizations, including rape and other forms of unwanted sexual contact (e.g., sexual battery). Following the typology put forth in the previously conducted CSA Study, we classify sexual assault based on how the assault was achieved. Virtually all sexual assault research distinguishes between assaults occurring as a result of physical force or threats of physical force and those that do not involve the use or threat of force. Similarly, in the HBCU-CSA Study, we consider physically forced sexual assault as a distinct category of assault. Another means through which sexual assault is achieved is incapacitation of the victim. Legal definitions of sexual assault factor in one’s ability to provide consent, and individuals who are incapacitated because of the effects of alcohol or drugs (or otherwise incapacitated, such as when they are unconscious or asleep) are incapable of consenting. Incapacitated sexual assault can be broken down into three subtypes: alcohol or other drug (AOD)-enabled, drug-facilitated, and other incapacitated sexual assault. Drug-facilitated sexual assault (DFSA) is defined as unwanted sexual contact occurring when the victim is incapacitated and unable to provide consent after she has been given a drug without her knowledge or consent. If a woman experiences unwanted sexual contact when she is incapacitated and unable to provide consent because of voluntary consumption of alcohol or other drugs, we classify it as AOD-enabled sexual assault. Other incapacitated sexual assaults capture the remaining, and uncommon, situations in which a victim can be incapacitated, such as by being asleep or unconscious. The HBCU-CSA Study addresses several gaps in the existing literature and makes a number of contributions to the field. It is the first to generate prevalence estimates of sexual assault on a collection of HBCU campuses and thus enable us to explore whether findings on sexual assault generated from the “general” population of undergraduate women are consistent with the experiences of undergraduate women attending HBCUs. Furthermore, it is among the first to explore in substantial detail the responses to sexual assault by campus law enforcement (as well as service providers) based on data gathered both from victims themselves and from law enforcement and service provider staff. Learning more about the extent to which sexual assault is reported among HBCU students, and the criminal justice and service provider response to such reporting, is extremely important so we can assess the efficacy of these responses and make necessary policy and practice changes capable of improving the services for victims and ultimately preventing sexual assault. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233614.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 121049

Author: Loudenburg, Roland Title: South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program Evaluation Findings Report Summary: The South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program was developed in direct response to the overwhelming need to address repeat impaired driving offenses in South Dakota. The 24/7 Sobriety Program addresses the problem in a nontraditional manner. An external evaluation firm was engaged to evaluate the effectiveness of the program. This report is the first to evaluate the South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program's effect on DUI recidivism. This report evaluates the South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program’s overall effectiveness in reducing DUI recidivism among PBTx2 participants through data review and statistical analysis. The report is prepared in conjunction with the South Dakota Attorney General's Office and the South Dakota Department of Public Safety. This report utilizes participant data maintained on the Attorney General’s Office 24/7 Sobriety Program web based database (24/7 Database) and offender data maintained by the Unified Judicial System (UJS). Initial sections of the report provide a general description of the 24/7 Sobriety Program, participants, and a summary of test results for twice a day PBT testing (PBTx2). Later sections of the report focus on recidivism analysis of DUI offenders participating in PBTx2. In those later sections, DUI recidivism rates for program participants are compared to nonparticipants using three approaches. Details: Salem, SD: Mountain Plains Evaluation, LLC, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resoruce: Accessed March 17, 2011 at: http://atg.sd.gov/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=yDN959bSoXE%3D&tabid=442 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 121055

Author: Berry, David Title: The Socioeconomic Impact of Pretrial Detention Summary: Approximately 10 million people per year pass through pretrial detention; many of them will spend months or even years behind bars —without being tried or found guilty. Locking away millions of people who are presumed innocent is a waste of human potential that undermines economic development. The economic effects of excessive pretrial detention — from lost wages to misspent government resources — are documented in this report. The study attempts for the first time to count the full cost of excessive pretrial detention, including lost employment, stunted economic growth, the spread of disease and corruption, and the misuse of state resources. Combining statistics, personal accounts, and recommendations for reform, The Socioeconomic Impact of Pretrial Detention provides empirical arguments against the overuse of pretrial detention. Details: New York: Open Society Foundations, 2011. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.soros.org/initiatives/justice/focus/criminal_justice/articles_publications/publications/socioeconomic-impact-detention-20110201/socioeconomic-impact-pretrial-detention-02012011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 121065

Author: Hoffmaster, Debra A. Title: Police and Immigration: How Chiefs Are Leading their Communities through the Challenges Summary: Local police and sheriffs’ departments increasingly are being drawn into a national debate about how to enforce federal immigration laws. In many jurisdictions, local police are being pressured to take significantly larger roles in what has traditionally been a federal government responsibility. This is not a simple matter for local police. Active involvement in immigration enforcement can complicate local law enforcement agencies’ efforts to fulfill their primary missions of investigating and preventing crime. While no two communities are affected by immigration in the same way, the current system creates a number of challenges for local police, such as understanding an extremely complicated set of federal laws and policies, and working to develop trust and cooperation with undocumented immigrants who are victims of or witnesses to crime. For several years now, PERF has been focusing attention on the question of illegal immigration and its impact on local police departments. Immigration laws are federal statutes, so this is fundamentally a matter for the federal government to decide. But Congress has not been able to pass any comprehensive immigration reform legislation. Arizona’s passage in April 2010 of SB 1070, a new law designed to expand the role of local police in immigration enforcement, and the Obama Administration’s decision to challenge the Constitutionality of this state law in federal court, have focused national attention on the question of federal, state, and local enforcement of immigration laws. In the meantime, many local communities and police agencies are struggling to devise local policies and strategies that reflect their own values and are consistent with the federal government’s efforts, which seem to ebb and flow with changing Administrations. This publication explores the role of six leading police departments in their communities’ immigration debates, and how they navigated the challenges and pressures surrounding the immigration issue. Our six case-study jurisdictions were not chosen at random; these six cities have experienced some of the most contentious local battles on this issue in recent memory. The case studies were conducted between December 2008 and September 2009. The goal of this report is to provide a base of information about what police are currently doing regarding immigration enforcement. Following are brief summaries of the six case studies. Each chapter concludes with a set of lessons learned and guiding principles for dealing with immigration issues. In addition, a concluding chapter includes a set of Recommendations for Congress and the Obama Administration, and Recommendations for Local Police Agencies. These recommendations are based on the lessons learned in the six case studies as well as through a National Summit on Immigration Enforcement held in July 2009 in Phoenix. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2010. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.policeforum.org/library/immigration/PERFImmigrationReportMarch2011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 121077

Author: The Smart on Crime Coalition Title: Smart on Crime: Recommendations for the Administration and Congress Summary: Smart on Crime: Recommendations for the Administration and Congress provides the 112th Congress and the Administration with analysis of the problems plaguing our state and federal criminal justice systems and a series of recommendations to address these failures. It provides a comprehensive examination of the criminal justice system, from the creation of new criminal laws to ex-offenders’ reentry into communities after serving their sentences. The broad recommendations range from helping to restore and empower victims to identifying ways to protect the rights of the accused. Smart on Crime is organized into 16 chapters, each of which discusses a particular area of criminal justice policy. This report is premised on the idea that to successfully confront the crises in the criminal justice system, we must fully understand the nature of the problems, the context in which the problems arose and in which they continue to exist, and the manner in which recommendations will best address the problem. Thus, each chapter: Identifies the issue; Provides a history and summary of the problems; Proposes specific recommendations; Identifies the role of Congress, the Administration and the judiciary in implementing recommendations; Identifies experts who can provide further analysis; and Refers readers to further resources that provide additional depth and research Provides primary policy contacts available for further inquiries. Chapters include the following: Overcriminalization of Conduct, Overfederalization of Criminal Law, and Exercise of Enforcement Discretion; Asset Forfeiture; Federal Investigations; Federal Grand Juries; Forensic Science; Innocence Issues; Indigent Defense; Juvenile Justice; Federal Sentencing; Improving the Prison System; Death Penalty; Fixing Medellin: Ensuring Consular Access Through Compliance with International Law; Pardon Power and Executive Clemency; Reentry: Ensuring Successful Reintegration After Incarceration; Victims Issues & Restorative Justice; and System Change. Details: Washington, DC: The Constitution Project, 2011. 318p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2011 at: http://www.besmartoncrime.org/pdf/Complete.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 121078

Author: Florida Council on Compulsive Gambling, Inc. Title: Problem Gambling and Crime: Impacts and Solutions: A Proceedings Report on the National Think Tank Summary: This report represents the proceedings of the first nationwide Think Tank on Problem Gambling and Crime: Impacts and Solutions, hosted by the Florida Council on Compulsive Gambling and the University of Florida Fredric G. Levin College of Law, and held in Orlando, Florida, from May 11 th through 13 th , 2005. The purpose of the Think Tank was to develop a strategic plan that will guide the efforts of the Florida Council on Compulsive Gambling (FCCG) and its partners as they work with Florida’s law enforcement and criminal justice systems to identify problem and pathological gamblers, and coordinate services, treatment and related supports in a context which values justice and due process. Problem gambling is a broad term that refers to all of the patterns of gambling behavior that compromise, disrupt or damage personal, family or vocational pursuits. Pathological gambling lies at one end of a continuum of problematic gambling involvement. According to the American Psychiatric Association, pathological gambling is a treatable mental health disorder, characterized by loss of control over gambling, chasing of losses, lies and deception, family and job disruption, financial bailouts and illegal acts. Some studies have shown that among compulsive gamblers, the crime rate is as high as 5067%. It is estimated that problem and pathological gamblers cost the United States approximately $5 billion per year and an additional $40 billion in lifetime costs for productivity reductions, social services and creditor losses. In Florida, FCCG prevalence studies have documented that adult problem and pathological gamblers are almost four times as likely to have been arrested as nonproblem gamblers, and adolescents are also exhibiting illegal behavior related to their gambling. An FCCG study of youth within the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice system found that 17% of adolescents, ages 1120, attributed their imprisonment in the juvenile justice facility to gambling. Overall, problem gambling has legal consequences in all groups of society from youth to senior citizens, in all social strata and socioeconomic levels, as well as across all races and ethnic groups. During the course of two full days, Think Tank participants considered these trends and implications, identified key findings and developed policy goals that capture a vision for the future. For each of these eight goals, an analysis of critical issues and a series of recommendations for action were identified. A summary of the policy goals and accompanying critical issues and actions are presented. Details: Altamonte Springs, FL: Florida Council on Compulsive Gembling, 2005. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://gamblinghelp.org/media/.download_gallery/Think%20Tank%20on%20Gambling%20and%20Crime.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gambling and Crime (Florida) Shelf Number: 121082

Author: Perez, Adriana Title: The Safety Networks Initiative: Examining the Role of the Community Coalition in Strengthening Neighborhoods Summary: Safety Net Works (SNW) is a state-sponsored initiative designed to promote collaboration among local community groups with the goals of preventing youth violence and fostering youth development. Seventeen Illinois communities, including 12 in Chicago, were originally selected in 2008; each having a lead agency that coordinates a SNW coalition to provide direct services to at-risk individuals ages 10 to 24. This report introduces the premise behind the community coalition model on which Safety Net Works was conceived, summarizes the initiative’s activities and services, and considers the extent to which the coalition approach employed contributed to the goals of the initiative. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Safety_Net_Works_Initiative_March_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation (Chicago) Shelf Number: 121084

Author: Olson, David E. Title: A Process and Impact Evaluation of the Sheridan Correctional Center Therapeutic Community Program During Fiscal Years 2004 through 2010 Summary: In response to increases in Illinois’ prison population, low rates of access to substance abuse treatment services while in prison, and high rates of recidivism, on January 2, 2004, the Illinois Department of Corrections opened the Sheridan Correctional Center as a fully-dedicated, modified therapeutic community for incarcerated adult male inmates. Since the program began, a process and impact evaluation has been conducted by researchers from Loyola University Chicago, the Illinois Department of Corrections, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, Treatment Alternatives for Safe Communities (TASC), the Safer Foundation, and WestCare. After 6 ½ years of operation, covering the period from January 2, 2004 through the end of State Fiscal Year 2010 (June 30, 2010), the evaluation has found the following:  The pre-operational target population identified for the program is being served, with those admitted to Sheridan having extensive criminal and substance abuse histories, and a substantial unmet need for treatment, vocational and educational programming;  As a result of strong support from IDOC executive staff, the Sheridan program has been allowed to evolve and be implemented in a manner that has ensured the clinical integrity of the program and the availability of sufficient resources for needed services;  As a result of Sheridan, IDOC has developed and implemented a process by which all adult inmates admitted to prison undergo a screening to identify substance abuse treatment need, the integration of this information into their automated Offender Tracking System, and the development of a treatment waiting list for inmates;  During the past 6 ½ years, the following significant accomplishments and improvements to the operation of the Sheridan Correctional Center have been achieved: o A consistently low rate of inmates being referred to Sheridan who are subsequently determined to not meet the eligibility criteria, and quicker identification and removal of these inmates from Sheridan. Overall, less than 5 percent of all inmates admitted to Sheridan were determined to not meet the eligibility criteria during the 6 ½ years of operation. o A consistently low rate of inmates being removed from Sheridan due to disciplinary reasons, despite the serious criminal histories of the population. The ratio of inmates who successfully complete the prison-phase of the program to those removed for disciplinary reasons was 4 to 1; o An increasing proportion of inmates being admitted to Sheridan via the treatment wait list from other institutions. During the first year of operation, less than 4% of admissions came from other prisons, but by 2007, nearly 25% of all Sheridan admissions came from other facilities via the treatment wait list; o During the course of program participation, inmates at the Sheridan Correctional Center improved their levels of psychological and social functioning, and reduced their criminal thinking patterns; o During the time period examined in this report, 32 percent of Sheridan graduates completed at least one vocational certificate program, and this reached a peak of 50 percent of inmates released during SFY 2008; and, o The implementation of enhanced pre-release planning for Sheridan releasees, including the involvement of a multidisciplinary case staffing team representing the institutional staff, parole and aftercare staff and the inmate.  In addition to these enhancements at the Sheridan Correctional Center, significant accomplishments, enhancements and improvements to the post-release phase of the program have also been evident during the 6 ½ years of program operation, including: o A pattern of aftercare referrals consistent with the pre-operational expectations, with all Sheridan releasees receiving referrals to either outpatient or residential treatment services; o An increased rate of successful treatment admission among Sheridan releasees, fewer releasees failing to show up for aftercare referrals, and a decreased length of time between an inmate’s release and aftercare placement; and, o An increased rate of successful aftercare treatment completion among the Sheridan releasees. Among the SFY 2005 releasees from Sheridan only about one-half successfully completed post-release aftercare, but among the SFY 2009 and 2010 releasees, aftercare completion rates exceeded 70 percent.  As a result of the successful implementation of the prison-phase of the Sheridan Correctional Center, coupled with the post-release aftercare component, the Sheridan program has produced the following outcomes: o The earned good conduct credits many of the inmates received at Sheridan for their participation in treatment during the first six full state fiscal years of operation (SFY 2005-2010) translates into a savings of 714 years of incarceration, which equates to $16.7 million, or $2.78 million per year, in reduced incarceration costs; o Sheridan participants who earned a vocational certificate were almost twice as likely to have job starts than those released from Sheridan who did not earn a vocational certificate; o As a result of the treatment services and aftercare received, those inmates released from Sheridan had a 16 percent lower likelihood of being returned to prison after three years in the community than a statistically similar comparison group of inmates released from Illinois’ other prisons during the same time period, and a 25 percent lower recidivism rate than those removed from Sheridan due to disciplinary reasons; and, o The largest reductions in recidivism —both in terms of rearrest and return to prison -- were evident among those Sheridan releasees who successfully completed aftercare treatment. Those Sheridan graduates who also completed aftercare had a 44 percent lower likelihood of being returned to prison after three years in the community than a statistically similar comparison group. Given that rates of aftercare treatment completion have improved substantially over the past year, it is likely that in the future the overall reductions in recidivism associated with Sheridan will be even larger. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Sheridan_6_year_eval_report_01_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 121085

Author: Luger, Andrew Title: Report of the Metro Gang Strike Force Review Panel Summary: The Metro Gang Strike Force was created by the Minnesota Legislature in 2005. The Mission of the Strike Force is restated a number of times, and is summarized in the "Joint Powers Agreement Creating the Metro Gang Strike Force" as follows: The Metro Gang Strike Force (hereinafter "MGSF") is hereby established by the Parties to coordinate efforts to prevent gang activity; and investigate, apprehend and prosecute those individuals engaged in such crimes which could be defined as gang related or crimes committed for the benefit of a gang. Prior to its formation in 2005, the Strike Force was part of the Minnesota Gang Strike Force. In 2003, the Minnesota Gang Strike Force lost much of its funding from the state legislature. At that time, the Minnesota Gang Strike Force relied on a variety of sources for funding, including forfeitures. Officers familiar with the Minnesota and Metro Gang Strike Forces told the Panel that many who worked at the two Strike Forces developed a "depression era" mentality about funding that included constant concern that the entities would not survive financially. According to the people who spoke with us about this topic, the concern about the ability to fund the Strike Forces' operations most likely led to the increased focus on forfeitures as a revenue source. In the dialogue that follows the issuance of this Report, it is our hope that the good work of the "first" Strike Force is not lost on the public and policy makers. Despite the egregious conduct of some, the Strike Force made positive contributions in a number of ways. As policy makers consider the needs of law enforcement in fighting gangs going forward, they must take into account the need for these types of positive efforts. As to the contributions of the Strike Force, our review indicates that: • Many Strike Force officers worked hard to develop gang-related intelligence that led to important investigations and prosecutions. In support of this work, Strike Force officers coordinated activities with other state, local and federal law enforcement agencies and prosecutors and contributed to successful gang prosecutions. In addition, Strike Force officers coordinated the sharing of gang-related information among a variety of law enforcement bodies and often assisted local police forces through the dissemination of important information. • Strike Force officers cooperated with investigations outside of the metro area when called upon by other jurisdictions and lent their knowledge and expertise to the efforts of others. • Strike Force officers, most notably the Commander, willingly gave their time to outreach efforts with schools, non-profits and others to describe efforts and techniques useful to prevent the spread of gangs. At the same time, these constructive and laudable efforts cannot mask the stain created by the highly questionable conduct described in this Report, the conduct of that "second" Strike Force. As we reviewed documents, members of the Panel were struck by how many cases had no connection to any gang activity and could not be reconciled with the mission of the Strike Force. The Strike Force's mission does not support the creation of roving "saturation" details that stop people for traffic violations or seize the funds of an undocumented alien who has committed no other offense. Yet this is what we found, many times over. The mission of the Strike Force does not contemplate officers seizing large quantities of personal items during the execution of search warrants without any effort to tie these items to criminal activity. Yet this was a regular occurrence. And the mission of the Strike Force does not authorize officers to take seized items home or purchase these items for their own personal use. But this is what happened, time and again. The state inquiry into the disbanded Strike Force uncovered "substantial evidence of misconduct" that went well beyond revelations previously reported by news media or uncovered in earlier government investigations. The panel's report, issued Thursday, said that Strike Force employees repeatedly took home seized property for personal use and that many of the seizures themselves were improper. Details: Minnesota: Metro Gang Strike Force Review Panel, 2009. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://minnesota.publicradio.org/features/2009/08/20090820_gangstrikeforce.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121086

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Evaluation of the Homeless Assistance Rental Program (HARP) Summary: In 2009 the Salt Lake County Community Resources and Development Division (CRDD) asked the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) to conduct a follow-up study to their 2007 evaluation of the Homeless Assistance Rental Program (HARP). Specifically, CRDD was interested in finding out whether or not the assumptions from the first HARP study remained true (e.g., reductions in jail use, increase in treatment compliance) and if HARP continued to fulfill its goals. The 2007 HARP study examined the first 102 clients in HARP. At that time most clients were referred to HARP from Substance Abuse Services (63%), had been booked into the jail in the year prior to housing (56%), and had received financial assistance from the Department of Workforce Services (DWS) in the two years prior to housing (90%). Only 13% had involvement with Valley Mental Health (VMH). HARP provided single-bedroom units to two-thirds (63%) of clients and a median rent contribution of $454 across all clients. Median time in housing was nine (9) months for exited clients, with 36% of clients having exited the program at the time of the evaluation, and six (6) months for active clients (ranged from 1 to 22 months). Exit status was 43% negative, 19% neutral, and 38% positive. Compared to the year prior to receiving HARP housing, jail bookings dropped from 56% to 33% in the year following housing start (new charge bookings dropped from 22% to 13%). The criminal justice cost benefit indicated a $2.64 return for every dollar invested in the program, primarily due to reduced future victimization. Recommendations included improving the administration and recording of client measures (case management, Self-Sufficiency and Housing First matrices) and continuing the process of collaborating and streamlining processes across partnering agencies. The current study examines all HARP clients from inception through August 1, 2009 (N = 222) and compares them to a comparison group of homeless individuals who received a similar type of supportive housing intervention (Tenant Based Rental Assistance (TBRA) through The Road Home Shelter, N = 231). The addition of a comparison group provides some context for the outcomes observed for the HARP clients. In addition, this follow-up study allows for a larger sample, longer follow-up period, and more complete records. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://ucjc.law.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/HARP_Final_070810.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness (Utah) Shelf Number: 121089

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Evaluation of Pretrial Services Final Report Summary: This study examined pretrial releases (PTR) in Salt Lake County and found that failure to appear (FTA) rates ranged from 20% (for those released to Pretrial Supervision (PTS) at CJS) to 43% for those released on overcrowding (OCR) from the jail. PTR Recidivism rates ranged from 7% (Own Recognizance (OR) releases and Day Reporting Center (DRC) releases) to 15% (OCR). After controlling for individual significant risk factors (e.g., jail history, PTR history, current booking type, homelessness, etc.), groups who were supervised during pretrial release (PTS, Ordered to PTS (OPTS), bail/bond (BB)) had better outcomes than those not supervised (OR, OCR). Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://ucjc.law.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/PTS_FinalReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (Utah) Shelf Number: 121090

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Report on Immigration in the United States: Detention and Due Process Summary: The United States hosts the largest number of international immigrants in the world. According to the International Organization for Migration (IOM), in 2005 the United States had a total of 38.4 million international migrants. Many of those migrants came to the United States through formal and legal channels. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) estimates that as of January 2008 there were 12.6 million legal permanent residents (LPRs) in the United States; another 1,107,126 were added in 2008. Every year, many legal permanent residents are granted U.S. citizenship. In 2008, 1,046,539 persons became naturalized citizens. The United States is also one of the leading countries for granting asylum and resettling refugees. In 2008, the United States granted asylum to 22,930 persons and resettled 60,108 refugees. In keeping with Article 58 of its Rules of Procedure, the Inter‐American Commission on Human Rights (hereinafter “the Inter‐American Commission,” “the Commission,” or “the IACHR”) is presenting this report as a diagnostic analysis of the human rights situation with respect to immigrant detention and due process in the United States and to make recommendations so that immigration practices in that country conform to international human rights standards. Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, 2010. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2011 at: http://cidh.org/pdf%20files/ReportOnImmigrationInTheUnited%20States-DetentionAndDueProcess.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 121092

Author: National Research Council. Committee on Behavioral and Social Science Research to Improve Intelligence Analysis for National Security. Title: Intelligence Analysis for Tomorrow: Advances from the Behavioral and Social Sciences Summary: The intelligence community (IC) plays an essential role in the national security of the United States. Decision makers rely on IC analyses and predictions to reduce uncertainty and to provide warnings about everything from international diplomatic relations to overseas conflicts. In today's complex and rapidly changing world, it is more important than ever that analytic products be accurate and timely. Recognizing that need, the IC has been actively seeking ways to improve its performance and expand its capabilities. In 2008, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) asked the National Research Council (NRC) to establish a committee to synthesize and assess evidence from the behavioral and social sciences relevant to analytic methods and their potential application for the U.S. intelligence community. In Intelligence Analysis for Tomorrow: Advances from the Behavioral and Social Sciences, the NRC offers the Director of National Intelligence (DNI) recommendations to address many of the IC's challenges. Intelligence Analysis for Tomorrow asserts that one of the most important things that the IC can learn from the behavioral and social sciences is how to characterize and evaluate its analytic assumptions, methods, technologies, and management practices. Behavioral and social scientific knowledge can help the IC to understand and improve all phases of the analytic cycle: how to recruit, select, train, and motivate analysts; how to master and deploy the most suitable analytic methods; how to organize the day-to-day work of analysts, as individuals and teams; and how to communicate with its customers. The report makes five broad recommendations which offer practical ways to apply the behavioral and social sciences, which will bring the IC substantial immediate and longer-term benefits with modest costs and minimal disruption. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2011. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=13040#description Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Intelligence Gathering Shelf Number: 121093

Author: Theohary, Catherine A. Title: Terrorist Use of the Internet: Information Operations in Cyberspace Summary: The Internet is used by international insurgents, jihadists, and terrorist organizations as a tool for radicalization and recruitment, a method of propaganda distribution, a means of communication, and ground for training. Although there are no known reported incidents of cyberattacks on critical infrastructure as acts of terror, this could potentially become a tactic in the future. There are several methods for countering terrorist and insurgent information operations on the Internet. The federal government has organizations that conduct strategic communications, counterpropaganda, and public diplomacy activities. The National Framework for Strategic Communication guides how interagency components are to integrate their activities. However, these organizations may be stovepiped within agencies, and competing agendas may be at stake. This report does not discuss technical and Internet architecture design solutions. Some may interpret the law to prevent federal agencies from conducting “propaganda” activities that may potentially reach domestic audiences. Others may wish to dismantle all websites that are seen to have malicious content or to facilitate acts of terror, while some may have a competing interest in keeping a site running and monitoring it for intelligence value. Key issues for Congress: • Although the Comprehensive National Cybersecurity Initiative addresses a federal cybersecurity strategy and departmental roles and responsibilities, overclassification, competing equities, and poor information sharing between agencies hinder implementation of a national cybersecurity strategy. (See “Federal Government Efforts to Address Cyberterrorism.”) • Federal agencies have interpreted the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 (22 U.S.C. § 1461), also known as the Smith-Mundt Act, as creating a “firewall” between foreign and domestic audiences, limiting U.S. government counterpropaganda activities on the Internet. (See “Institutional Constraints.”) • Some agencies favor monitoring and surveillance of potentially harmful websites, while others would shut them down entirely. (See “Intelligence Gain/Loss Calculus.”) • Different agency approaches to combating terrorists’ use of the Internet and different definitions and strategies for activities such as information operations (IO) and strategic communications (SC) create an oversight challenge for Congress. (See “Counterpropaganda: Strategic Communications, Public Diplomacy, and Information Operations.”) Cybersecurity proposals from the 111th Congress such as S. 3480, which contained controversial provisions labeled by the media as the Internet “Kill Switch,” are likely to be reintroduced in some form in the 112th Congress. (See “Congressional Activity.”) With growing interest in strategic communications and public diplomacy, there may also be an effort to revise the Smith- Mundt Act. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: R41674: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41674.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 121095

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Addicted to Courts: How a Growing Dependence on Drug Courts Impacts People and Communities Summary: America's growing reliance on drug courts is an ineffective allocation of scarce state resources, according to a new report by the Justice Policy Institute (JPI). Drug courts can needlessly widen the net of criminal justice involvement, and cannot replace the need for improved treatment services in the community. Of the nearly 8 million people in the U.S. reporting needing treatment for drug use, less than one fourth of people classified with substance abuse or a dependence on drugs and/or alcohol receives treatment, and for those who do receive treatment, over 37 percent are referred by the criminal justice system. Addicted to Courts: How a Growing Dependence on Drug Courts Impacts People and Communities finds that providing people with alternatives like community-based treatment are more cost-effective and provide greater public safety benefits than treatment that comes with the collateral consequences associated with involvement in the criminal justice system. Key recommendations from Addicted to Courts include: -- Invest in front-end treatment and services. Providing treatment in the community before a person becomes involved in the criminal justice system can be an effective way to defeat a problem before it starts. -- Implement "real" diversion policies and alternatives to incarceration. Largely as a result of increasing prison and jail populations, states and localities across the country created or are in the process of implementing diversion programs that keep people-mostly those convicted of low-level and drug offenses-out of jail and prison. These initiatives should be encouraged. -- Collect better data on drug courts. National level data on drug court participation and success is hard to come by, making evaluations of the effectiveness of drug court difficult to measure. More data can lead to better evaluations and recommendations for best practices in drug court, and provide policymakers with information necessary to choose where to spend scarce funds. -- Focus court treatment programs on those who would have gone to prison. If a person would have received a prison sentence, then a drug court program can act as a true diversion, saving the state money and protecting public safety through a more intensive period that includes both treatment and supervision. -- Evaluate current drug court policies and practices. Drug court administrators should continuously evaluate policies on participant eligibility that may lead to "cherry picking" and practices that lead to higher failure rates for certain groups, especially those with lower income or people of color. More evaluation will lead to more fair and effective programs. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/addicted_to_courts_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 121096

Author: Drug Policy Alliance Title: Drug Courts Are Not the Answer: Toward a Health-Centered Approach to Drug Use Summary: This report seeks to address the lack of critical analysis that stymies the policy discussion on drug courts, to foster a more informed public debate on the 20-year-old criminal justice phenomenon, and to encourage policymakers to promote drug policies based not on popularity but on science, compassion, health and human rights. This report attempts to answer two questions: 1) What impact have drug courts had on the problem they were created to address: the deluge of petty drug arrests that began to overwhelm courts and fill jails and prisons in the 1980s?; and 2) How do drug courts compare with other policy approaches to drug use in terms of reducing drug arrests, incarceration and costs as well as problematic drug use? To answer these questions, the Drug Policy Alliance analyzed the research on drug courts, other criminal justice programs and non-criminal justice responses to drug use. We also received input criminal justice responses to drug use. We also received input from academics and experts across the U.S. and abroad. This comprehensive review of the evidence. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 22, 2011 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/docUploads/DrugCourtsAreNottheAnswer.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 121097

Author: Mamalian, Cynthia A. Title: State of the Science of Pretrial Risk Assessment Summary: The most important decision that is made with respect to a newly arrested defendant is whether to release that defendant into the community while awaiting trial; getting that decision right is critically important for both the defendant and the community at-large. In June 2010, the Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) and the Office of Justice Programs’ Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) convened a meeting of researchers and practitioners to discuss the current state of the science and practice of pretrial justice. This document summarizes the key points that came out of that discussion and what leaders in the field identified as signficant next steps in advancing the administration of pretrial justice, ensuring efficient and effective release and detention decisions for pretrial defendants, managing defendant risk through appropriate and specific conditions of release, and balancing the rights of defendants with community safety. This publication is designed for a wide-ranging audience of criminal justice stakeholders who have questions about pretrial risk assessment and its value to the pretrial justice process. The first section of this publication provides a brief review of the history and current state of pretrial justice. The second section looks at critical issues related to pretrial release, detention, and risk assessment. The third section discusses challenges to implementing evidence-based risk assessment and threats to reliable administration, including time constraints and practicality of the risk assessment instrument, money bail schedules, local capacity, subjective risk assessment, and court culture and judicial behavior. The fourth section of the document outlines methodological challenges associated with the prediction of risk. The final section provides recommendations for research and practice. We discuss high priority research activities, the potential for a universal risk assessment instrument, and the need for training and technical assistance. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance and the Pretrial Justice Institute, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/pdf/PJI_PretrialRiskAssessment.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 121099

Author: Mulvey, Edward P. Title: Highlights From Pathways to Desistance: A Longitudinal Study of Serious Adolescent Offenders Summary: This fact sheet presents an overview of some major findings from the Pathways to Desistance Study, a project that followed 1,354 serious adolescent offenders for 7 years following their convictions. The primary findings of the study to date deal with the decrease in self-reported offending over time by most serious adolescent offenders, the relative inefficacy of longer juvenile incarcerations in decreasing recidivism, the effectiveness of community-based supervision as a component of aftercare for incarcerated youth, and the effectiveness of substance abuse treatment in reducing both substance use and offending by serious adolescent offenders. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/230971.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 121101

Author: Yanez-Correa, Ana Title: Costly Confinement and Sensible Solutions: Jail Overcrowding in Texas Summary: This report provides a snapshot of county jails in Texas. Part 1 details the demographics, funding sources, and budgetary expenditures for local jails. Part 2 specifies the financial, public safety, and public health ramifications of jail overcrowding. Part 3 provides the major contributors to jail overcrowding in Texas, as well as comprehensive information on strategies that can assist system stakeholders in reducing the flow of individuals into county jails. Part 4 summarizes the various recommendations for each system stakeholder, and offers additional suggestions that fall outside the scope of the major contributors outlined in Part 3. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://library.constantcontact.com/download/get/file/1011051632088-32/TCJC+Jail+Overcrowding+Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121106

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Treatment Behind Bars: Substance Abuse Treatment in New York Prisons Summary: Substance abuse is a daunting problem for the majority of prison inmates nationally and more than three-quarters of those in New York State. The devastation that often accompanies substance abuse places notoriously heavy demands on the criminal justice, correctional and substance abuse treatment systems, as well as on inmates, their families and their communities. The prison system has the unique potential to provide effective drug treatment to this captive population, addressing not only the individual needs of inmates but public health and public safety as well. Not only is the prison system in a unique position to provide drug treatment, but a substantial body of research documents that treatment is, on the whole, more effective than incarceration alone in reducing drug abuse and criminal behavior among substance abusers and in increasing the likelihood that they will remain drug- and crime-free. The need to provide more comprehensive substance abuse treatment services in New York State prisons, similar to the increasing need to provide mental health services in prisons as a result of deinstitutionalization of mental hospital patients, has directly been impacted by the Rockefeller drug laws. With their rigid requirements of mandatory minimum sentencing, the Rockefeller drug laws of 1973 radically restricted judicial discretion in utilizing alternatives to incarceration as a response to drug offenses. The result: 11% of the total prison population in 1980 were individuals incarcerated for drug-related offenses; as of January, 2008, that figure was 33%. Though this past year brought significant reform to the Rockefeller Drug Laws, several mandatory minimum sentences are still on the books and a large number of individuals remain ineligible for alternative to incarceration programs. The considerable increase in this population illustrates one of the many factors that make provision of prison-based substance abuse treatment paramount, as the majority of incarcerated individuals will participate in treatment due to the nature of their offense. As of April 2010, the New York State Department of Correctional Services (DOCS) operated 68 facilities, with 57,650 inmates under custody. Eighty-three percent of inmates were designated by DOCS as “in need of substance abuse treatment.” To address their needs, DOCS operates 119 substance abuse treatment programs in 60 of its facilities. As of April l, 2009, two of those programs were licensed as treatment programs by the State’s Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services (OASAS); the remainder are operated solely under the aegis and oversight of DOCS. The 2009 reforms to the Rockefeller drug laws call for change, however, requiring OASAS to guide, monitor and report on DOCS substance abuse treatment programs. In 2007, the Correctional Association launched a project to evaluate the needs of inmates with substance abuse problems and the State’s response to their needs. The information presented in this report is a result of this effort and presents our findings and recommendations based on visits to 23 facilities, interviews with experts, prison officials and correction officers, more than 2,300 inmate surveys and systemwide data provided by the Department of Correctional Services. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2011. 325p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/publications/download/pvp/issue_reports/satp_report_and_appendix_february_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 121107

Author: Tolman, Molly Title: Smarter Policing Practices: Creating a Safer, More Unified Texas. 2007 Racial Profiling Report Summary: Texas’ racial profiling law (S.B. 1074, passed in 2001) requires every Texas law enforcement agency to annually create a report on the race of individuals they stop and search and submit it to their local governing body. Because no central repository was written into the law to collect and analyze the data on a statewide level, the Texas Criminal Justice Coalition (TCJC) has served since the inaugural year of data reporting as the sole statewide repository and analyst of required, annual racial profiling reports from Texas law enforcement agencies. In this role, TCJC obtains valuable feedback from law enforcement and community members and has assisted agencies in understanding their data, streamlining their reporting practices, and improving the way they protect the public through the implementation of needed policy changes. We also offer technical assistance to agencies regarding the requirements of the law. To obtain the pool of agencies analyzed in this report, TCJC sent open records requests to 1,074 law enforcement agencies in October, 2006; we requested a copy of each agency’s racial profiling report containing racial profiling data for calendar year 2005, as well as the racial profiling policy in use by each agency during 2005. Of agencies that responded with usable information prior to the data analysis process, 221 agencies issued 3,000 or more citations, accounting for 4.9 million stops. Though in some ways 3,000 is an arbitrary number, we chose these 221 agencies to avoid small samples that were not statistically significant. This report focuses on 2005-year data regarding disparities in consent search rates. Consent searches occur when law enforcement officers have no legal basis for a search (such as reasonable suspicion, probable cause, or a warrant). Because requesting these searches falls fully within an officer’s discretion, analysis of consent search rates comes closest to measuring, from the available data, how officers use their discretion differently depending on places and races. We determined that some law enforcement agencies continue to have problems complying with the data collection and reporting requirements of Texas’ racial profiling law. Law enforcement, the public, and key stakeholders need a more comprehensive picture of what is happening at Texas traffic stops in order to create better community policing models. As the sole statewide repository of Texas racial profiling reports, TCJC is well positioned to offer recommendations about what works – and what doesn’t work – when it comes to the data collection and reporting provisions of Texas’ racial profiling law. As such, throughout the pages of this report we have suggested solutions to the problems facing law enforcement as they undergo data collection and reporting processes, as well as recommendations related to other provisions within the law. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticecoalition.org/files/userfiles/publicsafety/Reports_manuals/2007_racial_profiling_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 121110

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Promising Practices of the District of Columbia Metropolitan Police Department Summary: In recent years, Washington, DC has experienced sizable declines in violent crime. These declines have outpaced national trends across most violent crime categories. To explore the role of the Metropolitan Police Department in the violent crime decline, researchers conducted a series of semi-structured interviews with department leadership and staff to understand the critical components within the department's violent crime strategy. Approximately fifty initiatives were discussed. Using extant literature on policing best practices to categorize the initiatives, the study concludes that MPD places significant emphasis on community policing, among other strategies. Implications for the department’s strategic planning process are discussed. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001491-DC-Police-Dept.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 121124

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Theft in the District of Columbia: Patterns and Trends, 2000-2009 Summary: This brief describes the changes in crime patterns in the District of Columbia over the last decade. After the mid-1960s, theft rates in Washington, D.C., were higher and more volatile than rates for the nation as a whole. Since then, rates in Washington, D.C., have dropped but remained higher than the national level in 2009. And, weekly theft counts increased significantly from 2005 to 2009 by approximately 25 percent. Thefts clustered in the central city areas, where business and retail activity is common. A hot spot was found in the Dupont Circle neighborhood in 2000, but by 2009, thefts clustered strongly in Columbia Heights. A drop in thefts in two popular center-city neighborhoods also raised questions about what caused those drops. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urgan Institute, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 8: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/DCPI_TheftBrief_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 121125

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: The Volatility of Monthly Crime Summary: In recent years, the overall trends in crime in the District have been down. Yet, news accounts often report surges in crime. Monthly burglary, robbery, and homicide are volatile and can go up even during a long-term downward trend. Does an increase in crime in a given month—compared with last month or last year—suggest that crime is on the increase? The key to reconciling short-term changes in crime with longer-term trends is to understand the volatility of crime. In this brief, we explore this issue by examining monthly changes in crime during the past decade against the background of longer trends. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2011. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 10: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/Volatility-Brief-3-10-11_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (Washington, D.C.) Shelf Number: 121126

Author: Orr, Benjamin Title: Demographic Trends in the District of Columbia, 2000-2009 Summary: This brief examines the demographics of the District of Columbia and how they have changed over the period 2000­­­-2009. The demography of a city describes the context in which crime occurs, as well as the population of possible offenders and victims. The demographics of the District of Columbia have undergone significant change over the past decade, and understanding demographic trends can help put changes in crime into context. Because there are many reasons why crime rates change, we do not attempt to link these demographic changes to changes in crime (which are described in a series of other DCPI Briefs). Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2011. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 9: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/demographics-2-18-2010_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 121127

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Small Number of Blocks Account for Lots of Crime in D.C. Summary: This brief looks at crime at the Census block level. Most crime is concentrated in a relatively small number of blocks in the District—in any given year, more than one-quarter of the crimes occur in just five percent of the blocks. The largest clusters of high crime blocks are found in the center of the city and on the eastern edge of the city, in the Third, Sixth, and Seventh Police Districts. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 2 p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 7: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/DCPIBrief_CrimeByBlockFINAL_2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 121128

Author: Franklin, Cortney A. Title: The Intergenerational Transmission of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: Intimate partner violence has received significant research attention. Based on a random sample of 700 Texas residents, the Crime Victims’ Institute reported that, of those individuals in a romantic relationship, 11.8 percent of individuals reported experiencing physically violent forms of intimate partner victimization (which equated to 9.1 percent of the total sample), and 17.1 percent reported perpetrating physically violent forms of intimate partner abuse in the 24 months prior to their participation in the survey. Despite the frequency with which family violence occurs, much remains in terms of better understanding the etiology of this particular form of abuse. The purpose of this report is to investigate the role of the intergenerational transmission of violence on adult intimate partner victimization and perpetration. Specifically, this report examines the notion that violence may be transmitted intergenerationally from the family-of-origin among this sample of Texas residents and tests the possibility that witnessing violence between parents or being the recipient of physical punishment during childhood may preclude later adult victimization and perpetration in intimate relationships. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/CVI_Intergenerational.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cycle of Violence Shelf Number: 121143

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: The District of Columbia Mayor's Focused Improvement Area Initiative: Review of the Literature Relevant to Collaborative Crime Reduction Summary: In March 2010, the Executive Offce of the Mayor/Offce of the City Administrator asked the District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute (DCPI) to assess the Mayor's Focused Improvement Area Initiative. The Focused Improvement Area (FIA) Initiative, launched in November 2007, is a community-based initiative that aims to reduce criminal activity and increase the quality of life in at-risk communities by combining community policing with human and social services delivery. In an effort to make recommendations on how to strengthen the FIA Initiative, DCPI conducted an assessment based on: - Interviews with the Initiative's stakeholders-past and present-on the Initiative's mission and background, design, and actual implementation; - Reviews of programmatic materials and administrative records and field observations of the Initiative's processes and procedures; and - An exhaustive review of the theoretical and empirical literature on best and promising practices in crime reduction, prevention, and suppression strategies and effective comprehensive community initiatives. Based on the assessment, DCPI has produced three documents to help guide District stakeholders on a redesign of the FIA Initiative, including: - An examination of past challenges and successes; - A review of research literature relevant to collaborative crime reduction; and - A strategic plan to guide future efforts. This document summarizes the results of a literature review on multifaceted approaches to reducing crime and improving neighborhoods; in other words, of literature on efforts like the District's FIA Initiative. To that end, this literature review focused on efforts that were intended to produce community-level impacts, involved multiple approaches, and were carried out by partnerships spanning agency boundaries. The literature review focused further on two major categories of interventions: 1) those focused on reducing or preventing crime and, 2) those with broader goals of improving neighborhoods or resident well-being, sometimes called "Comprehensive Community Initiatives" (CCIs). Both types of interventions are place-based and intended to improve neighborhoods, but they usually involve different public agencies, funding sources, and community-based organizations with diverse missions. While the two sets of interventions share the broad goal of improving distressed neighborhoods, their specific goals usually do not overlap. Crime prevention/reduction efforts typically focus on reducing homicides, arrests, gang activity, or other public safety indicators. Activities to improve other measures of well-being such as school attendance or employment are typically subordinate to the crime prevention efforts and are not tracked as closely. Meanwhile, comprehensive community initiatives or other place-based efforts focused on employment, economic development, or housing may expect reduced crime as an indirect benefit, but do not generally target activities specifically towards crime reduction, and if they do, it is a subordinate activity. While many sections of this document focus on crime-reduction efforts, lessons from CCIs and other community initiatives are incorporated as relevant. For public safety interventions, this literature review is based on evaluations indicating that crime reduction /prevention efforts produced targeted outcomes in at least one location in which they were implemented. The review of the public safety literature sought to determine which aspects of existing violence or crime prevention programs were successful. Because the goals and activities of CCIs and other broad neighborhood improvement efforts focused on social services or physical revitalization are so varied, it is notoriously dfficult to structure evaluations and draw conclusions about what works in the field. Therefore, this review pulls from information on specific CCIs as well as state-of-the-field assessments to highlight what such initiatives can and cannot accomplish and what structures and actions are most effective. This literature review was not designed to rank intervention programs in general, since extant research thoroughly documents best and promising practices in public safety and prevention. However, this document does pull out and highlight lessons for policy and practice in the District, aligned with the study team's recommendations for moving forward in the strategic plan. The literature review is divided into two broad sections. The first covers programmatic elements of initiatives: the strategies, interventions, and activities that successful efforts have employed. The second section covers process and structural elements, with subsections devoted to interagency collaboration, community engagement, and sustainability. Evaluations consistently find that how a collaborative effort structures itself and carries out its work is as important to its success as what programs or activities it uses. This insight is reflected throughout this review, both in the elevation of structural elements as a subject for consideration in their own right, and in discussion of implementation practices in the tactical elements section. Several challenges encountered in summarizing the literature in this way should be noted. Research on collaborative crime- and violence-reduction initiatives varies considerably in attention paid to anything other than overall outcomes. The importance of partnership design elements is often slighted, and the contribution of specific elements of multi-pronged approaches may not be discussed. Even when specific elements are discussed, there may be little detail regarding what specific models were used. For example, an evaluation may state that an initiative provided case management without specifying what model was used, how large caseloads were, whether formal case plans were created, or any number of details that would be useful to a practitioner seeking to replicate the approach. As Roehl et al. write about the SACSI sites, - The list of prevention/intervention services provided through SACSI is long, and includes -- Summary descriptions and lists were common, since a variety of different programs implemented at different levels were involved in these comprehensive programs. Perhaps most importantly, it is difficult to discuss the various models and approaches discussed in this literature review due to the way that they evolved from or were informed by one another. For example, Irving Spergel's Little Village Gang Violence Reduction Project gave rise to what is generally known as the "Spergel Model,"� which was replicated in multiple sites to varying degrees of success, and became the Offce of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP)'s Comprehensive Gang Model. In addition, some programs, such as Weed and Seed and Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN), tend to work in concert when present in the same communities because of the shared goals and objectives. Past research on collaborative efforts to reduce crime and improve communities contains a multitude of valuable lessons. The key lessons that are supported across several sources are summarized in table 1.1. For a quick summary of the crime prevention and reduction initiatives discussed frequently in this literature review, see summary tables 2.1 and 2.2. Detail on the initiatives and sources used for this review are included in the annotated bibliography. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412320-Improvement-Area-Initiative.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Codmmunity Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 121147

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Kiosk Supervision for the District of Columbia Summary: The majority of people involved with the criminal justice system are under community supervision. In 2009, 5 million of the 7.2 million individuals under some form of criminal justice system control were supervised in the community (Glaze 2010). Although all individuals under supervision are required to report regularly to their supervising officer, the intensity and structure of supervision varies considerably according to the risk of reoffense. Managing this population to facilitate their success in becoming law-abiding citizens is a huge challenge for community supervision agencies across the country as they struggle to distribute scarce resources across their supervised population without diluting interventions and monitoring to the point of ineffectiveness. Providing the appropriate level of supervision and intensity of treatment based on an individual’s assessed risk and need is the key to meeting that challenge. One supervision method that states and localities across the nation have adopted to supervise low-risk offenders and pretrial defendants efficiently is kiosk supervision. Kiosk systems can replace in-person reporting requirements, are convenient for both supervisees and supervision agencies, and help shift resources to moderate- and high-risk probationers and parolees who need more intensive interventions and monitoring. With supervision budgets under increasing stress and caseloads rising, these aspects of kiosk supervision systems are highly attractive. In 2008, the Court Supervision and Offender Services Agency for the District of Columbia (CSOSA) set out to implement a kiosk reporting pilot program for the probationers and parolees the agency supervises. CSOSA engaged the Urban Institute to conduct an outcome evaluation of the pilot. Due to software integration problems, implementation was delayed, and the Urban Institute instead conducted a simulated analysis. The simulation was designed to identify, if possible, low-risk offenders who posed the same risk whether supervised passively (i.e., with a minimal compliance reporting requirement or Kiosk reporting) or actively (i.e., in-person reporting to community supervision officers). After the simulation analysis was complete, the Urban Institute co-sponsored (with the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council for the District of Columbia) a symposium titled The Risk Principle in Action: Right-Sizing Supervision Monitoring for High- and Low-Risk Offenders. The symposium presented an overview of research on kiosk supervision for low-risk supervisees and global positioning system (GPS) monitoring for higher-risk offenders as examples of different technology-based approaches used to allocate supervision resources according to offender risk level. Local criminal justice leaders joined the symposium to address issues raised and discuss implications for the future direction of practice in the District. This brief draws upon and summarizes findings from both the simulation and the symposium. It discusses the capabilities of kiosk supervision technology, how kiosk supervision fits within a broader risk reduction supervision strategy, challenges of kiosk implementation, and empirical evidence regarding kiosk supervision impacts. It concludes with recommendations for implementation of a kiosk supervision system in the District of Columbia. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412314-Kiosk-Supervision-DC.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121149

Author: Povitsky, Wendy Title: An Evaluation Partnership Project to Enhance the State of Maryland's Capacity to Evaluate Juvenile Justice Programs: Final Report Summary: During 2004, the University of Maryland Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice began a project aimed at providing a model for evaluation of juvenile justice diversion projects in Maryland. The project, funded by the Justice Research and Statistics Association’s Juvenile Justice Advisory Council solicitation, was intended to demonstrate the advantages of using a systematic, collaborative, and coordinated approach to the evaluation of one type of diversion project funded through the Maryland State Advisory Board’s Youth Strategies Grant (YSG) Competition: Teen Courts (TCs). This project applied a model of researcher-practitioner collaboration (Program Development Evaluation, PDE) to develop a framework for evaluation in collaboration with the project and county-level practitioners involved in managing the TCs as well as the state-level administrators charged with overseeing the grants. The evaluation involves (1) a process evaluation to determine whether the TCs met the standards they had created for themselves; and (2) an outcome evaluation utilizing a randomized design to determine the effectiveness of TCs in reducing future recidivism. The PDE process allowed the TC coordinators and Local Management Board representatives to be directly involved in developing both parts of the evaluation. This report summarizes the preliminary findings of the process evaluation. Despite challenges encountered during this evaluation, the broader aims of this evaluation partnership project were met. The PDE method was successfully used to involve researchers and practitioners in a collaborative process resulting in a clear plan for the evaluation of a juvenile justice diversion project in Maryland. The advantages of using a systematic, collaborative, and coordinated approach to evaluate one type of diversion program funded through the YSG Competition have been demonstrated. Details: College Park, MD: Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, University of Maryland, College Park, 2005. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/juv-justice/reports/maryland-evaluation_partnership.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 121151

Author: Betts, Phyllis Title: Best Practice Number Ten: Fixing Broken Windows - Strategies to Strengthen Housing Code Enforcement and Related Approaches to Community-Based Crime Prevention in Memphis Summary: Inspired by the Memphis Shelby Crime Commission's vision that the quality of life in urban neighborhoods is related to crime, and that crime reduction strategies mean more than conventional law enforcement, this report examines the dynamics of the low-income housing market in Memphis neighborhoods and the performance of housing code enforcement as a tool to reduce blight. Kelling and Cole's landmark Fixing Broken Windows: Restoring Order and Reducing Crime in Our Communities (1996) argues that physical neglect and non-violent "quality of life" offenses increase fear of crime, empty neighborhoods of people who have a choice of where to live, and ultimately cede space to increasingly predatory individuals and more dangerous crimes against property and people. Like the "broken window" that remains unfixed and invites vandalism, physical neglect that is allowed to escalate and quality of life offenses that go unaddressed invite increasingly anti-social activity in urban neighborhoods. Integrating the creative understandings and evaluating the concrete crime reduction strategies that have emerged since Kelling and Wilson's original (1982) conceptualization of the broken windows phenomenon, Kelling and Cole and others argue that "problem properties" attract and aggravate criminal activity in deteriorated or declining neighborhoods. That is, neighborhood blight in the form of problem properties is "crimogenic" in that abandoned buildings, derelict vacant lots, dilapidated housing, and other neglected properties are associated with concentrations of crime. Problem properties may contribute to "hotspots" of criminal activity in that they harbor crime (e.g. the abandoned building out of which operates a drug market), or because their neglect signals a lack of care and concern, which in itself invites anti-social and criminal activity. It follows that dealing with problem properties gives communities another tool to enhance the safety of neighborhoods and the quality of life for residents. This research has three inter-related goals: 1) to enhance our understanding of the conditions that produce blighted neighborhoods and to characterize the problem as it manifests itself in Memphis; 2) to explore the potential and limitations of housing code enforcement as a strategy for countering blight, with a special emphasis on the relationship between code enforcement and the demand for affordable housing; 3) to document the code enforcement process in Memphis and evaluate new opportunities to use code enforcement as one tool in a comprehensive neighborhood-based crime reduction strategy. We conclude with a series of recommendations to strengthen the role of code enforcement and related anti-blight and community development strategies and mitigate the impact of problem properties in Memphis neighborhoods. Details: Memphis, TN: Memphis Shelby Crime Commission, 2001. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://cbana.memphis.edu/GenResearch/BestPracticeNumber10Fixing_Broken_Windows.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Shelf Number: 121152

Author: Strom, Kevin J. Title: NIJ Controlled Substances Case Processing Study Summary: The processing and analysis of controlled substance evidence accounts for a significant proportion of the work performed by forensic crime laboratories. Crime laboratories are faced with ever-increasing caseloads and demands for prompt analytical information, and the impact of drug chemistry analysis on laboratory backlogs has been largely overlooked. RTI International was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to conduct the Controlled Substances Case Processing Study. The primary objectives of the study were to (1) gain an improved understanding of how controlled substances cases are processed, from the point of collection (law enforcement) through analysis (forensic laboratories) to subsequent criminal justice processes (prosecution), including factors that influence decision making at different stages in the process; (2) describe the role that controlled substances evidence plays in charging decisions by prosecutors, pretrial plea negotiations, and posttrial convictions; and (3) gather descriptive information from a range of U.S. jurisdictions that could be used to identify problems and develop systemic solutions to case backlogs and other inefficiencies in these forensic systems. Data were collected from a purposive sample of 10 jurisdictions, which represented a wide variation of different law enforcement and laboratory arrangements within state and local systems. Other selection criteria included jurisdiction size, rural or urban location, and differences in legal processes. Site visits to each of the selected jurisdictions were typically conducted over a 2-day period using semistructured interviews. Basic metrics associated with case processing statistics were also collected. Overall, a total of 38 agencies and 60 respondents were interviewed. The findings from this study demonstrate that jurisdictions vary considerably in terms of how they process and analyze controlled substance evidence. Laboratory drug analysis results were not often used (or required) as part of the charging process; in many jurisdictions the charging decisions were tied to the field test result and not to the presence of a confirmatory analysis result. In only one jurisdiction did the prosecutor require that the confirmatory analysis be conducted before the grand jury process (and before any plea negotiation discussions). However, although laboratory analysis was not required for plea negotiations in most sites, some still submitted all drug evidence directly to the laboratory regardless of whether it would ultimately be needed. In terms of barriers and challenges identified, from a laboratory perspective, there is an acute need for more uniform procedures and processes for submitting and analyzing drug evidence, including prioritization based on factors such as case seriousness. From a law enforcement perspective, the findings suggest that more systematic policies and resources need to be in place for evidence retention and storage. Improved communication was identified as an area of need by all the sites; however, some sites had more effective crossagency communication than others. A key for improving coordination was the presence of effective laboratory submission guidelines. In three jurisdictions, the implementation of a case submission policy was attributed to significant reductions in both the number of controlled substance cases pending analysis and the time to turn around cases. Case tracking systems that promote information sharing and monitoring across the different stages of the process were also highly effective. For example, a limited number of sites reported that prosecutors proactively provided information on cases resolved either by plea bargaining or dismissal — cases that, study participants estimated, represented 50–75% of the drug case “backlog.” Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233830.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 121187

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: An Evaluation of the Minnesota Comprehensive Offender Reentry Plan (MCORP): Phase 1 Report Summary: In 2008, the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC), in collaboration with Hennepin, Ramsey, and Dodge/Fillmore/Olmsted (DFO) counties, implemented the Minnesota Comprehensive Offender Reentry Plan (MCORP) pilot project, an offender reentry initiative serving offenders released to the five counties. In an effort to lower recidivism, MCORP was designed to increase offender access to critical reentry services in the community such as employment, housing, educational and vocational programming, chemical dependency (CD) treatment, income support, and community support programming (i.e., mentoring, restorative justice circles, and faith-based support). Using the core components of evidence-based practices, MCORP attempted to enhance service delivery by emphasizing increased collaboration between institutional caseworkers and supervision agents to provide planning, support, and direction for offenders to address their strengths and needs in both the institution and the community. In pursuit of increasing offender access to community services and programming, MCORP supervision agents had smaller caseload sizes and began initiating contact with the offenders on their caseloads while the offenders were still incarcerated. To evaluate whether the MCORP pilot project (hereafter referred to as MCORP) was effective in reducing recidivism, the DOC and the five pilot counties implemented a randomized experimental design, which is widely considered to be the most rigorous research design used in program evaluations. During 2008, eligible offenders were randomly assigned to either the experimental (MCORP) or control (regular) groups. Data were collected on the offenders from both groups that measured their experiences prior to imprisonment, during their incarceration, and after their release from prison. Using the data that were collected, this evaluation attempted to address three main questions. First, did MCORP reduce recidivism? Second, did MCORP increase offender access to community services and programming? And, third, to what extent did these services have an impact on recidivism? Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/02-10MCORPPhase1EvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 121188

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: An Evaluation of the Institution/Community Work Crew Affordable Homes Program Summary: The Affordable Homes Program (AHP) is a prison work crew program managed by the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC). In coordination with local non-profit agencies, AHP trains offenders in the construction trade while they are serving time in prison. The hands-on training provided in AHP is designed to help offenders find post-release employment in the construction industry by cultivating positive work habits and marketable job skills. AHP participants are placed in 5 to 11-man work crews and are tasked with the job of building or remodeling affordable homes throughout Minnesota. Supplied with a van and tool trailer, each work crew typically works four 10-hour days per week and is supervised by a DOC employee who is a master tradesman. While working on a project, the offenders are housed close to their work sites in minimum-security units at local correctional facilities; e.g., county jails. AHP began in 1998 with approximately 10 offenders and, in 2010, has grown to approximately 45 offenders participating in the program at any given time. This report presents the results of a rigorous outcome evaluation of AHP since its beginning in 1998. In doing so, this study addressed four main questions: 1. Does AHP increase the number of affordable homes in Minnesota? 2. Does AHP impact post-release employment? 3. Does AHP reduce costs? 4. Does AHP reduce offender recidivism? Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/12-10ICWCAHPreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Industries Shelf Number: 121189

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: The Impact of Prison-Based Treatment on Sex Offender Recidivism: Evidence from Minnesota Summary: In evaluating the effectiveness of sex offender treatment in Minnesota prisons, this study does not use a randomized experimental design. Furthermore, due to a lack of available data, it does not control for the possible impact that post-release participation in community-based treatment may have on reoffending. Despite these limitations, however, the present study contains a number of strengths that have been lacking from most prior treatment studies. First, as discussed later in more detail, a propensity score matching (PSM) technique was used to individually match treated and untreated sex offenders. In doing so, this study minimizes the threat of selection bias by creating a comparison group whose probability of entering treatment was similar to that of the treatment group. Second, in addition to being one of the first studies in the sex offender treatment literature to use PSM, this study further controls for rival causal factors by analyzing the data with Cox regression, which is widely regarded as the most appropriate multivariate statistical technique for recidivism analyses. Third, by comparing 1,020 treated sex offenders with a matched group of 1,020 untreated sex offenders, the sample size used for this study (N = 2,040) is one of the larger sex offender treatment studies to date. Fourth, to gain a more precise assessment of the effectiveness of treatment, multiple measures of treatment participation and criminal recidivism were used. Finally, because recidivism data were collected on the 2,040 sex offenders through the end of 2006, the average follow-up period for these offenders was 9.3 years. This study thus provides a robust assessment of treatment effectiveness by tracking offenders over a relatively lengthy period of time. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/03-10SOTXStudy_Revised.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 121190

Author: Franklin, Cortney A. Title: The Effects of Family-of-Origin Violence on Intimate Partner Violence Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) is a significant public health issue. Estimates suggest that as many as 22.1 percent of women and 7.4 percent of men have been victimized in their primary adult relationships. Scholars have highlighted the importance of family-of-origin characteristics as contributing to emotional and physical conflict in relationships. Specifically, the intergenerational transmission of violence theory proposes that individuals learn techniques and behaviors for interacting with others in their families-of-origin. When children witness violence between their parents or are the recipients of abuse and/or corporal forms of punishment, they may grow up to believe that these strategies are appropriate for conflict resolution and problem solving and may be more likely to use violence as adults. Many children grow up in families where parents behave aggressively and/or violently toward one another or they may be the recipients of corporal punishment during childhood, but they do not grow up to use violence in their adult relationships. The purpose of this report is to present findings that answer two research questions: 1) among those adults who witnessed inter-parental violence or experienced corporal punishment during childhood, what factors mediate the effect of family-of- origin violence on adult IPV, and 2) do multiple experiences of violence in the family-of-origin produce a cumulative effect so that antisocial behavior is transmitted intergenerationally when individuals are subjected to more than one form of violence? Details: Huntsville, TX: The Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, Criminal Justice Center, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/7935%20Family%20of%20Origin%20Violence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cycle of Violence Shelf Number: 121193

Author: Martin, Esmond Title: Ivory Markets in the USA Summary: This report is the fifth in a series of surveys that depicts the status and trends of the elephant ivory markets in a particular region of the world. This investigation covered the United States of America (USA) and Vancouver, Canada. It differs significantly from previous studies of this trade by quantifying the nature and scale of the market. The investigators made the survey between March and December 2006 and March and May 2007. Seventeen cities and towns were selected for study based on their population size and wealth, and tourist importance. The purpose of the surveys is to enable CITES Parties and governmental and non-governmental wildlife conservation bodies to assess the scale of national ivory markets, and hence their potential impact on elephant populations. This initial round of surveys compared the data obtained with any existing figures to assess the changes that have taken place and to suggest trends in the ivory markets. CITES entered into force in the USA on 1 July 1975. The United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), under the Secretary of the Interior, is both the CITES Management Authority and Scientific Authority for the USA. The USFWS shares the responsibility for enforcing all US laws related to CITES and wildlife conservation with the US Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service. CITES regulations and three federal laws mainly govern the ivory trade: The Endangered Species Act (ESA), the African Elephant Conservation Act (AECA) and the Lacey Act. People can legally import only three categories of ivory (with proper documentation) into the USA: antiques (items more than 100 years old), sport-hunted trophy tusks from approved African countries, and pre-Convention (i.e. pre-July 1975) tusks. The main findings of the USA survey were: • The survey found 24,004 ivory items in the 657 outlets in the 16 towns and cities visited in the USA, most of which probably were legally for sale. • New York City had by far the most ivory for sale with 11,376 items, followed by San Francisco (2,777) and Los Angeles (2,605). • The USA appeared to have the second largest ivory retail market in the world after China/Hong Kong, as determined by numbers of items seen for sale. • Perhaps 7,400 ivory items, or nearly one-third of the total, may have been crafted after 1989 making their importation illegal, but this estimate is tentative and should be treated with caution because of the difficulties of dating ivory objects. • The western USA, particularly Honolulu (Hawaii), San Francisco and Los Angeles (California), appeared to have more post-1989 worked ivory for sale than the eastern cities. • The size of the ivory market has declined since 1989, with many former businesses closing. • In 1989, retail outlets or workshops sold most worked ivory. Now fewer outlets and workshops exist, and buyers find an increasingly larger proportion of worked and raw ivory from Internet sites, some of which are foreign based. • The USA has a minimum of 120 full- and part-time ivory craftsmen. This is down from an estimate of 1,400 craftsmen in 1989. • No large ivory factories remain: craftsmen are scattered throughout the USA working in small workshops, usually at home. • Craftsmen use mostly old, legal, raw ivory to manufacture new knife, gun and walking stick handles, scrimshaw pieces, cue stick parts and jewellery. They often use broken or damaged ivory items for restoration work. • The country consumes an estimated less than one tonne of raw ivory annually, down from seven tonnes a year in the late 1980s. Craftsmen each use an average of 8 kg of ivory a year and say that the USA has an adequate supply. • No official stockpile of raw ivory exists and there has been no government census of private raw ivory stocks in the USA. • Raw ivory has increased little in price since the CITES ivory trade ban. Adjusting the 1990 price of USD 110-154/kg for 1-5 kg tusks for inflation gives USD 152-212/kg in 2006 USD. The 2006/2007 price was USD 154-346/kg. • Raw ivory is bought through craftsmen networks or on the Internet. Internet prices are higher than person-to-person trading. • Tusks of 3-5 kg are more expensive per kilo than tusks of 10 kg, unlike in Asia, Africa or Europe where larger tusks command higher prices. • Prices per kilo for cut tusk sections, blocks or slabs are much higher than for whole tusks, with 0.2-1.0 kg pieces selling for USD 500-1,760/kg. • The USA legally imported some 3,530 tusks and about 2,400 raw ivory pieces between 1990 and 2005 according to the UNEP-WCMC CITES Trade Database. The present study found evidence suggesting that some of this material was illegally sold into the commercial market. • Over 40,000 worked ivory items, excluding personal effects, entered the USA legally from 1995-2007 according to the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS). All these items should have been antiques to be legal. Inspection of pieces (mainly Chinese) in shops suggested that many figurines, netsukes and jewellery items were recently made. Some African items also looked recently made. • Previous studies found that ivory workshops in Asia and Africa produce fake antiques. Thus, even the imported worked ivory into the USA that seems old could be recently made. • The USA has a good record of enforcing CITES regulations in respect of international wildlife trade and has reported the largest number of seizures of illegal ivory in the world, according to the Elephant Trade Information System. • CITES Resolution Conf. 10.10 (Rev. CoP14) recommended that Parties that import and trade elephant ivory implement several trade regulation and control measures. The USA has not yet implemented any of the recommendations. • US federal and state agencies rarely inspect shops or Internet sites for illegal raw or worked ivory. • Ivory vendors and craftsmen in general do not believe that the 1999 CITES ivory auction that allowed Japan to buy from southern Africa affected ivory demand in the USA. • Ivory craftsmen think the ivory industry will continue at its present level and express little concern for the future availability of raw ivory. • Most ivory vendors and craftsmen in the USA think the authorities should establish a regulated, legal international trade in ivory. • This study determined that the US ivory market has a small detrimental effect on elephant populations, more from importing illegal worked ivory for retail sale than from local ivory manufacturing. Some contraband gets past Customs and there are no effective internal ivory transport and retail market controls. • Vancouver, Canada, had a total of 234 ivory items for sale in 45 outlets. There was no Chinese ivory market, as seen in the western USA. Details: Kingsford, UK: Care for the Wild International; Nairobi, Kenya: Save the Elephants, 2008. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.savetheelephants.org/files/pdf/publications/2008%20Martin%20&%20Stiles%20Ivory%20Markets%20in%20the%20USA.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 121194

Author: Jacques, Genevieve Title: United States - Mexico Walls, Abuses, and Deaths at the Borders Flagrant Violations of the Rights of Undocumented Migrants on their Way to the United States Summary: There are few places in the world where tensions, due to mass migration of population in the globalization era, are as outrageous as in the geographical area that extends from Central America to the south of The United States. This space, comprising Mexico and its southern and northern borders, is a customary route followed by poor people who walk and travel overland to get to the territory and labor market of the United States. This area also traces the breakpoint line between a rich and dominant America, in economic and political terms, and a poor America that is subject to the game rules established by its northern neighbor. The borders, intended to establish the limits of national sovereignty, are the place where the main contradictions between the logics of global liberal economy, one of the main migration causes, and national policies to handle this migration flows take place, almost in a caricature way. Beyond the hydraulic metaphors of migration flows or currents, we have to remember that we are talking about human beings who take part in survival strategies but who are also victims of contradictions, inconsistencies and injustices of the region’s migration policies in force. The price they have to pay, in economic terms but especially in terms of suffering, humiliation and violation of their human rights and dignity, are very high, at the level of the extreme tensions prevailing in this part of the world. The following three figures give an idea of the extension and seriousness of the phenomenon: - In 2006, Mexican authorities questioned and deported 179,000 foreigners in transit for the United States (94 percent from Central America); - During the same year, Border Patrols of the United States deported 858,000 foreigners to their home country, between which 514,000 Mexicans, and immigration services apprehended and deported about 50,000 migrants from other Central American countries. It is estimated that, during the last 12 years, over 4,000 migrants died crossing the “wall” (both physical and virtual) that separates Mexico from the United States, this is 15 times more the number of people who died crossing the Berlin Wall during the 28 years it existed. Since new border control measures were established by United States authorities in 2001, the number of deaths has increased dramatically and reached 473 in 2005, from which 260 occurred in Arizona’s desert. According to authorities and to most of the mass media, these migrants are “illegal”. We do not agree with the use of this term, which leads to saying that human beings are illegal. The “illegality” is created by migration policies that do not correspond with reality. Furthermore, this adjective entails a tendency to criminalize immigration, making migrants that enter national territories, without all their administrative papers in order, pass for “criminals”. This semantic transfer is often accompanied by a real amalgam between migrants, undocumented people and terrorists. This evolution, particularly obvious since the current United States’ administration assumed office, has severe consequences because it leads the public opinion to legitimize the most repressive measures in the name of national security and to divert its attention from the violations of this population’s main human rights. Details: Paris: FIDH, 2008. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.fidh.org/IMG/pdf/USAMexiquemigran488ang.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 121196

Author: Fox, Kathleen A. Title: Crime Victimization and Gang Membership Summary: Interest in gangs as a major social problem has begun to reemerge in light of recent attention from politicians, law enforcement, and researchers. Law enforcement officers report that the gang problem has significantly increased since 2001. Law enforcement and researchers have well-established the relationship between gang membership and offending. Compared to the amount of work devoted to understanding the relationship between gang membership and offending, much less is known about the ways in which gang members experience crime victimization. Therefore, this study builds upon recent work that examines the gang-victimization link, and examines the effects of social disorganization among a sample of gang and non-gang prison inmates. A sample of gang and non-gang members incarcerated in prison were interviewed and responded to a series of questions regarding involvement in crime, experiences with victimization, and perceptions of neighborhood disorganization. The current study aimed to examine the following questions. 1. Are gang members more likely to be victimized compared to non-gang members? The findings indicate that gang members were significantly more likely to be victimized compared to non-gang members. 2. Are perceptions of social disorganization associated with victimization? The results of this study show that perceptions of social disorganization explained the likelihood of victimization among gang members only. 3. Does accounting for inmates’ offending mediate the relationship between social disorganization and victimization? Results indicate that Crime perpetration was an influential factor for affecting the relationship between perceptions of social disorganization and victimization among gang members. These findings are discussed in terms of gang prevention programs. The results reported in this report challenge some of the assumptions young people have about the value of joining a gang, and this information could help inform prevention programs. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, Criminal Justice Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Gang_Crime_Victimization_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121197

Author: Cross Border Crime Forum. Mass-Marketing Fraud Subgroup Title: Mass-Marketing Fraud A Report to the Minister of Public Safety of Canada and the Attorney General of the United States Summary: In April 1997, then-Prime Minister of Canada Jean Chrétien and then-President of the United States Bill Clinton directed the preparation of a joint study examining ways to counter the serious and growing problem of cross-border telemarketing fraud. In November 2007, a binational working group established for that purpose provided a report to the Prime Minister and the President that contains a detailed examination of the problem and a series of recommendations to improve both countries’ responses to the problem. Those recommendations included identification of telemarketing fraud as a serious crime; establishment of regional task forces to cooperate across the international border; coordination of strategies to control telemarketing fraud between both countries at agency, regional, and national levels; operation of an ongoing binational working group to provide overall coordination; and other recommendations to address information-gathering, evidence-sharing and mutual legal assistance, extradition, and public education and prevention. The 1997 Report became a general blueprint for coordinated binational actions against telemarketing fraud. In the ten years since the issuance of the 1997 Report, Canada and the United States have not only carried out all of the recommendations in that Report, but have made even greater strides in combating what is now termed mass-marketing fraud - i.e., fraud schemes that use mass communications methods, such as telemarketing, the Internet, and mass mailing to contact and communicate with large numbers of prospective victims and to obtain funds from victims. This Report has three purposes. First, it will describe the principal trends and developments since 2003 in four major types of crime associated with mass-marketing fraud (i.e., telemarketing fraud schemes, Internet fraud schemes, Nigerian fraud, and identity theft). Second, it will summarize the principal approaches that law enforcement in both countries have adopted since 2003 to combat mass-marketing fraud more effectively. Third, it will report on recommendations that this Subgroup made in 2003 as part of a binational action plan to combat mass-marketing fraud, and set out additional recommendations that address changes in the nature and types of mass-marketing fraud that have emerged since 2003. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/prg/le/oc/_fl/mass-marketing-fraud-2008-5-year-report-eng.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Identity Theft Shelf Number: 121198

Author: Leonardson, Gary R. Title: Assessment of Disproportionate Minority Contact in South Dakota Summary: Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) has been documented in research over the past three decades. In many studies, racial disparities have been found within various stages of the juvenile justice system. The results of the most recent research differ from the previous DMC reviews in that a greater proportion of the recent studies showed inconclusive results. Research that is more recent has used multiple factors with more sophisticated research and statistical techniques, while earlier studies mainly focused on ethnicity. Factors, besides the differential handling of minority youth, which have been found to be related to confinement or other decisions in the juvenile justice system are: gender, geography, age, prior criminal history, family factors, peers, experiences in school, differential offending of minority youth, differential opportunities for prevention and treatment, substance abuse, and related factors. An effective and comprehensive DMC assessment must consider multiple factors and use varied research methods. Both qualitative and quantitative methods were used in the current analyses of DMC in South Dakota. Focus group methodology was the qualitative procedure employed, and various univariate and multivariate statistical procedures were used for the quantitative analyses of the available data. Quantitative Findings -- · Native Americans are more likely to be arrested. · Native Americans are more likely to be detained after arrested. · No difference by race was found in adjudicated/not adjudicated. · Native Americans are more likely to be adjudicated to DOC. · No difference by race was found in detention time for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in incarceration time for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in probation time for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in community service time for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in fine amount for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in restitution amount for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in driver’s license suspension time for those adjudicated. · No difference by race was found in placement in secure or non-secure facilities after commitment to DOC. · No difference by race was found in out-of-state placements of DOC clients in secure facilities. · No difference by race was found in any out-of-state placements of DOC clients. · No difference by race was found in secure placements of DOC clients after revocation. Qualitative Findings -- Focus groups are effective because they tap into common human interactions and tendencies. Attitudes and perceptions about common or complex concepts are developed in part by interactions with other people. In order to gain understanding of attitudes and perceptions, focus group methodology has been employed by many researchers. This methodology is a popular qualitative assessment technique that provides information that is difficult to assess through analysis of data sets or formal questionnaires, and it has been used to assess reasons for DMC. Focus groups were conducted at four locations across the state with 92 participants in 12 groups. One-half of the 12 focus groups were with youth in the juvenile justice system (e.g., probation, DOC commitments, etc.). Three focus groups were conducted with criminal justice practitioners such as judges, police department and sheriff’s office personnel, Court Service Officers (CSO) and Juvenile Corrections Agents (JCA). Additionally, three groups of parents who have adolescents in the system and providers of youth services were part of the focus group procedure. While most people tended to view multiple reasons for DMC (e.g., economics, racial and ethnic biases, family structure, gangs, substance abuse, loss of identity, etc.), some held that racial prejudice by practitioners (i.e., law enforcement, judges, etc.) was the prime reason. Others felt that the social system in general was biased, limiting the opportunities for minorities in the areas of employment, education, economic development and related areas. However, minority youth in the focus groups appeared to see less racial/ethnic bias in the juvenile justice system than did participants in the parent/provider groups. The reasons given for DMC in South Dakota include: · Prejudice or biased treatment of minorities. · Close scrutiny of law enforcement and store owners/staff of minority adolescents. · Differences in laws, mores, and cultural values between reservation and non-reservation areas. · Cultural differences concerning the importance of formal education between whites and other groups. · Greater numbers of single parent families, resulting in lack of structure in minority families. · Truancy and dropout rates are believed to be higher in minorities. · Substance abuse is viewed as higher among minority adolescents. · Excessive gang membership by minority juveniles. · Poverty and unemployment was thought to be higher in minority groups. Solutions to DMC and/or Delinquency in General: · Cultural sensitivity/diversity training for persons in the juvenile justice system. · Hire more minority staff members throughout the juvenile justice system. · Mentoring programs which match responsible adults with adolescents in need. · Tribal truancy courts. · Better communication between leaders of reservation communities and nearby or magnate non-reservations communities. · Teach traditional Native American culture to urban Indians. · Teach parenting skills, including making parents responsible for the actions of their children. · More and better services in the areas of advocacy, counseling, parenting, education, intervention, treatment, and related areas. · Use the strengths of Native American and other minority cultures in dealing with problems of delinquency. Intervention Programs found to be Helpful in Ameliorating DMC or Delinquency in General · Mentoring programs · Dropout prevention programs · Home visitation programs · After school recreation programs · Gang resistance training programs Details: Dillon, MT: Mountain Plains Research and Evaluation, 2005. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://doc.sd.gov/about/grants/documents/FullDMCReportFinal.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 121200

Author: College of Business. Office of Business and Economic Research Title: Assessment of Disproportionate Minority Confinement in Tennessee’s Juvenile Justice System Summary: A new report, funded and commissioned by the Tennessee Commission on Children and Youth, was the first systematic examination of the problem of minority over-representation in Tennessee juvenile courts. Although the report did not identify any “smoking guns,” it did recommend changes. The report identified risk factors associated with confinement and listed recommendations to address systemic problems. The purpose of the report was to investigate the nature, extent, and causes of disproportionate minority confinement in Tennessee’s Juvenile Justice System. Seven counties, Davidson, Shelby, Knox, Hamilton, Madison, Blount, and Washington, were selected for study. Tennessee’s major urban counties had been previously identified as having significant DMC problems. Blount and Washington counties had not and were selected, in part, as control comparisons. The qualitative portion of the research relied upon case studies, interviews, and focus groups in the selected counties. These case studies and the individual file reviews allowed for deeper and a more long-term examination of individual cases, some of which went back more than 10 years with 10 or more appearances before the Juvenile Court. The quantitative research provided the snapshot of what happened in the year 2000. Details: Nashville, TN: Tennessee Commission on Children and Youth, 2003. 368p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.tennessee.gov/tccy/dmcrep.shtml Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in the Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 121201

Author: Buettner, Cynthia K. Title: Parties, Police, and Pandimonium: An Exploratory Study of Mixed-Issue Campus Disturbances Summary: This dissertation explores mixed-issue campus disturbances (celebratory riots), which are defined as a public conflict between aggregates of participants (mostly students) and authorities (usually the police) that did not begin as an issue-based protest gathering. These disturbances have increased in number and intensity over the past two decades, and the severity of the problem, in danger to students and public safety personnel as well as in financial costs, has prompted a variety of untested actions by universities and communities. In an effort to develop a comprehensive description and a conceptual framework for further research, this mixed-method study combined a qualitative examination of student and public accounts of the disturbance that occurred after the 2002 Ohio State University/University of Michigan football game with data obtained through two quantitative surveys; one of administrators representing 31 universities and one of OSU students experiences with off-campus parties. Despite underage drinking laws that prohibit young adults from drinking until age 21, students report, “drinking is the major glue that bonds students.” Student parties (typically in student off-campus housing neighborhoods) provide a place for students to drink with friends (over 70% reported attending an off-campus party at least once a month). Large gatherings of students at parties appear to attract “entrepreneurs,” people (many of whom are not students at the university) intent on precipitating and participating in anti-social (car tipping, arson, etc.) behavior. As police take action to break up the parties before trouble begins or to apprehend the “entrepreneurs,” they often invoke negative responses from the partiers. Bystanders inadvertently affected by large-scale police tactics against partygoers and/or entrepreneurs, often join in the confrontation with the police in response to feeling unjustly harmed. Analysis of student comments indicates that for 18-21 year olds, an underlying issue is the minimum drinking age and police and university tactics used to enforce it. This suggests further research into police training and response to gatherings of students is needed. The prevention efforts employed by universities also require additional thought and research, as student comments suggest that most of the efforts currently in practice are likely to fail. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, 2004. 221p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1085677892 Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 121205

Author: Rhoades, Philip W. Title: Weed and Seed Evaluation: A Report for The Weed and Seed Program, Park and Recreation Department, City of Corpus Christi Summary: This report describes the findings of an evaluation of the Weed and Seed Program of the City of Corpus Christi. The Weed and Seed Program is managed by the Park and Recreation Department and is aided by an advisory board of citizens. The Weed and Seed Program is operated in two sites located in the west-central part of the City. In 1994, the City of Corpus Christi began preparation for implementation of the Weed and Seed project. The first target site for the program was officially defined in 1996 and the “weed” aspects of the program began. As defined by the Weed and Seed Staff to the Evaluation Team, Site I is bounded on the east by IH-37 and North Staples and on the west by Omaha and Baldwin Streets. It extends from the beginning of residential areas on the north next to the port area to Agnes Street on the south. In 1997, the second target site for the Weed and Seed program was officially defined and funding was received to establish “seed” programs. This site was defined to the Evaluation Team as being bounded by Baldwin-Airport-Greenwood-Horne-Old Brownsville on the west, Brownlee and South Staples on the east, Agnes on the north, and Saratoga Boulevard on the South. One neighborhood to the west of Old Brownsville Road and north of Bear Lane was included in Site II. Actual programming for the “seed” aspects of the project began in 1998. Initial negotiations to begin the present evaluation began in the fall of 2000. The actual contract and evaluation itself began in March 2001. Data collection for the indicators began at that time and extended through September 2001. The survey of residents occurred in June and July 2001. The evaluation and this report were divided into two parts. First, the evaluation examined the general goals of the Weed and Seed Program in relationship to indicators derived from official government sources of data. The Weed and Seed staff indicated that the Program’s objectives included the a. reduction of crime and juvenile delinquency, b. reduction of child abuse, c. improvement of academic performance, and d. improvement of economic conditions. These objectives were examined by indicators of crime, delinquency, child abuse, academic performance, and economic conditions. Second, the Program was examined in the light of a public opinion survey conducted by phone and in-person. The survey was administered only within the two sites. It contained questions concerning citizen’s satisfaction with their neighborhood, perceptions and experience with crime, perceptions of police services, opinions and evaluations of services in the neighborhood, and knowledge and evaluation of specific Weed and Seed funded programs. For much of the survey data, no base-lines are available for comparison. Thus, much of the results reported here must be seen as creating that base-line for future comparisons in later evaluation efforts. Details: Corpus Christi, TX: Texas A&M University, 2002. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://ssrc.tamucc.edu/PublicationsOther/weed%20seed%202002%20report.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse, Prevention of Shelf Number: 121207

Author: Whiteacre, Kevin Title: Metals Theft Database Pilot Study Summary: Metal theft describes the theft of items for the value of their constituent metals. These thefts include a variety of crimes, such as: stealing catalytic converters from cars for their platinum, rhodium and palladium; and stealing copper wires and cable; plumbing; air conditioners and parts for the copper; aluminum siding and gutters; and so on. It is generally agreed that metal thefts have gone up because of steep increases in the prices of metals, spurred by an increase in world demand for metals and increased speculative investment in base metals. Jurisdictions across the country are reporting increased concerns over metal thefts. Almost 30 local and state legislatures in the U.S. have enacted, or are considering, metal theft legislation. Yet, few jurisdictions have hard data on the exact numbers and types of metal thefts occurring. Recently, the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) and the University of Indianapolis Community Research Center (CRC) began a collaborative effort to collect such data on metal theft in Indianapolis. The Indianapolis Metal Theft Project seeks to gather and analyze a wide variety of data that will provide a clearer understanding of the incidence, types, costs, and impacts of metal theft in Indianapolis in order to inform and implement strategies to reduce these crimes. This is the first report on a pilot study to establish protocol for collecting, coding, and analyzing metal theft data from IMPD crime reports. It provides some descriptive frequencies of metal theft crimes for January through March of 2008. A summary of the findings indicates that: • From January 1 to March 31, 2008, there were 678 metal thefts reported in Indianapolis. This averages out to about 226 per month or about 7 metal thefts each day. Residences accounted for just over half of the crimes. Another 17 percent were automobiles (catalytic converters mostly). Interestingly, churches have been victimized enough to merit their own category. • Copper was the most stolen metal, with copper pipes and plumbing accounting for more than 17 percent of all items and copper wires accounting for another 8 percent. • On average, one catalytic converter was stolen every day during this three month time period. Approximately, one-quarter of the vehicles were Jeeps, suggesting they might be at a higher than average risk for catalytic converter theft. • Twenty-five percent (169) of the crime reports contained estimates, which were provided by the victim reporting the crime, of the values for the stolen items. For those 169 cases, the average value of the stolen items was $4,314 (median = $1,500). The sum of the reported values was $729,112. • Extrapolating those values to the other 75% of cases suggests the value of stolen metal averaged just under $1 million per month for January, February, and March 2008. • The Northeast District had the most residential metal thefts, while the Southeast and Southwest Districts had the most commercial and vehicle related metal thefts. • Possible steps for moving forward include: 1) participating in the Institute of Recycling Industries, Inc. (ISRI) Theft Alert Program; 2) centralizing responsibility for metal thefts; 3) organizing a Metal Theft Task Force; 4) focusing needs-driven prevention efforts on specific districts; 5) improving crime reporting; and 6) continuing collaboration on the Indianapolis Metal Theft Project. Details: Indianapolis, IN: University of Indianapolis, Community Research Center, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://socsci.uindy.edu/crc/pdf/metal_theft_study.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Metal Theft (Indiana) Shelf Number: 121208

Author: Kooi, Brandon R. Title: Theft of Scrap Metal Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of scrap metal theft and reviewing factors that increase its risk. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local scrap-metal theft problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about these responses from evaluative research and police practice. While stolen precious metals include gold and silver—commonly targeted in residential burglaries — for the purposes of this guide, scrap metal theft includes mainly stolen copper, aluminum, brass, zinc, nickel, platinum, and bronze. These metals have value only when sold to a scrap metal dealer who arranges for the metal to be melted and reshaped for other uses. By contrast, gold and silver commonly have intrinsic value, either to the thief or to someone else who values the metal in its original shape. Scrap metal theft is but one of the larger set of theft and sale of stolen property problems. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms scrap metal theft causes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 58; Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/metal_theft.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 121210

Author: Los Angeles Alliance for a New Economy Title: Undertrained, Underpaid, and Unprepared: How L.A.’s Commercial Office Building Owners Are Failing Security Officers and Compromising Public Safety Summary: Since the tragic events of 9/11, and the more recent devastation of Hurricane Katrina, terrorism and emergency preparedness have been major issues for American cities. In Los Angeles, the U.S. Bank Tower downtown remains a top terrorist target, and the ever-present threat of a major earthquake underlines the need for an effective and well-prepared emergency response network. In Los Angeles’ commercial office buildings, hundreds of thousands of people work and visit every day. More than 10,000 private security officers in these buildings are on the front lines in an emergency, frequently making important decisions before police, fire, or any other emergency personnel arrive. Their responsibilities are varied and often critical — including securing entrances, leading tenants to safety during high-rise evacuations, monitoring activity inside and outside of the building, and coordinating with the city’s emergency personnel. Yet despite these essential duties, private security officers are undertrained, underpaid and unprepared —putting the safety and security of tenants and the general public at unnecessary risk. This report, based on an original LAANE survey of security officers in commercial office buildings and other research, reaches the following conclusions: High turnover rates among security officers lead to understaffing and a lack of experienced and trained personnel. Due to fierce competition and cost cutting among security contractors, security officers typically receive low wages and few benefits. As a result, security contractors have difficulty attracting and retaining employees, leading to high rates of employee turnover. • At the U.S. Bank Tower, the annual turnover rate is 60 percent. At least 10 of the recently hired officers in the building had not received any training on terrorism prevention at the time of this study. • In the other high-rise office buildings surveyed, turnover rates range from 90 percent to 243 percent annually. In the same buildings, turnover among janitors — who earn higher wages and receive free family health benefits — is 5 percent or lower. • Twenty-seven buildings—75 percent of the buildings surveyed—have security positions that are unfilled or filled by temporary “rovers” who are often unfamiliar with the buildings they are working in. • Officers report that building entry points are unguarded and security procedures are not performed. Training for officers is minimal, leaving them unprepared for emergencies and threatening public safety Lack of training, combined with high turnover rates, leads to an ill-equipped and largely inexperienced security workforce. This hampers efforts to coordinate with police, fire, and emergency personnel and leaves Los Angeles ill-prepared in the event of a crisis. • Security officers report that security contractors fail to provide the minimum hours of training required by state law. • Officers report that if they do receive training, it consists largely of open book tests and on-the-job training, rather than formal, classroom-based training that measures comprehension of the subject matter. • Under state law, training on emergency procedures—such as evacuation routes, CPR, and first aid—is optional, and training on counter-terrorism is minimal. These requirements are inadequate for office buildings housing hundreds of thousands of tenants and visitors in a major metropolitan area like Los Angeles. BOMA’s training program offers little substance and no accountability. Instead of working cooperatively with the city to make comprehensive improvements to security, the Building Owners and Managers Association of Greater L.A. (BOMA) has introduced its own training program, the Accredited Security Organization (ASO) program. • Officers report they have been given pins to wear that say “BOMA Security Accredited Training” without receiving any additional training. • Training components that are vital for the improvement of building safety such as “arrest, search and seizure,” “bomb/terrorist threats,” “emergency preparedness,” and “evacuation procedures” are merely electives—offering no guarantee that Los Angeles officers will undergo training in these critical areas. • The required training outlined in the ASO program is extremely vague, including “coaching,” “on-the-job-training,” and “informal supervisor-based training.” The report includes a number of recommendations to address the problems. Details: Los Angeles: Los Angeles Alliance for a New Economy, 2006. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.laane.org/downloads/UntertrainedStudy.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Buildings Shelf Number: 121211

Author: Sheppard, Jill E. Title: Undertrained, Underpaid, and Unprepared: Security Officers Report Deficient Safety Standards in Manhattan Office Buildings Summary: Standards for New York City’s private security officers are alarmingly low. Despite the heightened orange security alert that the City has been under since 9/11, neither City leaders nor private building owners have taken the initiative to train security officers to respond to terrorism, interface with police, or work with firefighters during an emergency. Upon interviewing over 100 privately-contracted security officers who work in 39 major Class A commercial buildings, the Public Advocate’s Office finds that minimal training and limited enforcement of training requirements, combined with low pay, has left New York with a private security force that is ill-prepared to protect its public. At a time when the Department of Homeland Security has kept New York City at a code orange terror alert, the City, businesses and building owners should have utmost concern for the public’s security. Many officers report having much less training than the state requires or none at all, and have little to no background in pertinent areas such as antiterrorism protection. 25% of officers surveyed have less than a year of experience at the building where they work. This report will demonstrate why current security officer training standards and enforcement practices need to be improved, compare New York’s security standards to other large domestic and international cities, and explain why the City’s Class A building owners need to play a more prominent role in developing and maintaining a professional security force. Details: New York: Public Advocate for the City of New York, 2005. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://publicadvocategotbaum.com/policy/pdfs/securityofficersreport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Building Security Shelf Number: 121212

Author: Klima, T. Title: What Works? Targeted Truancy and Dropout Programs in Middle and High School Summary: In 2008, the Washington State Institute for Public Policy was directed by the Legislature to study various aspects of truancy. In the following report, we focus on findings regarding evidence-based practices for truancy reduction and dropout prevention among middle and high school students. Programs implemented by schools, courts, and law enforcement agencies were considered. Based on a national review of the literature, we conclude that:  There are few rigorous studies evaluating the effects of targeted truancy and dropout programs on at-risk students. In this analysis, only 22 (out of 200) studies met our criteria for rigor.  Overall, targeted programs for older student populations make small positive impacts on (1) dropping out, (2) achievement, and (3) presence at school (attendance/enrollment).  When programs are divided based on their central focus or modality, alternative educational programs (e.g., schools -- within-schools) and mentoring programs are found to be effective.  Specifically, Career Academies — an alternative program model that offers a strong career and technical focus — positively impact all three outcomes, as well as high school graduation.  Alternative schools — separate buildings with specialized academic and other services for atrisk students — have a small negative effect on dropping out: more at-risk students drop out of alternative schools than other educational programs. Additional research is required to better understand this finding.  Only one rigorous court-based program evaluation was located; thus, this analysis cannot inform court policy or practices. Because of the key role of the juvenile courts in addressing truancy in many states, additional well-designed studies are imperative. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/09-06-2201.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 121213

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: Cost of Housing Arrestees Held on Felony Charges: A Profile of Six New Mexico Detention Centers Summary: This report provides a count of individuals held on felony charges in six detention facilities in New Mexico on June 30, 2003 and estimates the annual cost of housing four categories of felony arrestees throughout the state. The estimated annual cost of housing arrestees using actual facility cost in NM detention facilities is $25.4 million. The following is the cost estimate for each category: • Sentenced to prison and awaiting transport to a state facility is $2.4 million. • Probation and parole violators sentenced to county facility is almost $4.3 million. • Sentenced to detention facility is almost $6.6 million. • Unsentenced probation and parole violators is $12.1 million. The cost per day for New Mexico detention centers ranged from $21 to $147. The average cost per day for all New Mexico detention facilities was $56. The six detention facilities in the study comprised 60% of all arrestees held in New Mexico detention facilities on June 30, 2003. 68.9% of arrestees held in the six selected detention facilities were charged with at least one felony charge. Of the 2,536 arrestees with felony charges held in the six detention facilities on June 30, 2003: • 33.2% fit one of the felony categories for which we calculated costs. • 66.8% were unsentenced with new charges or warrants other than probation or parole violation. In the future it would be beneficial to further refine the felony categories used to calculate cost estimates to separate parole violators from probation violators and report the number of prisoners from the Department of Corrections housed in detention facilities for court dates. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2005. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/prison/ Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 121214

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: Length of Stay for Arrestees Held on Felony Charges: A Profile of Six New Mexico Detention Facilities Summary: The goal of this report was to better understand how long felony arrestees stay in detention centers and the corresponding cost. Specifically, the report looks at the length of stay of felony arrestees in six New Mexico detention facilities. Highlights of the study include the following: 68.9% of the arrestees held in local New Mexico detention facilities were charged with at least one felony. More than 50% of arrestees held in detention centers spent almost 7 1/2 months in jail (224 days). Unsentenced probation violators (546 arrestees) spent more than two months in jail from the time they were booked to the time they were sentenced. Median length of stay varied from a low of 38 days in Eddy County to a high of 96 days in Dona Ana County. Reducing the length of stay of probation violators will reduce jail crowding. Unsentenced arrestees on new charges spent a median of 167 days in jail from the time they were booked to the time the case was closed by the District Court. According to an NIJ study, courts can exercise considerable control over how quickly cases move through the court system without sacrificing justice. Slightly more than 18% (459) of all arrestees in the sample were sentenced to prison. Between the date these individuals were sentenced and the date they were transported to prison they spent a median of 19 days in jail. This ranged from 13 days in Dona Ana County to 34 days in Eddy County. These individuals accounted for 8,721 bed days. Reducing the length of stay by 50% would save almost 4,500 bed days. Detention center administrators do not control jail admissions or length of stay and so cannot directly affect jail populations. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2005. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/prison/ Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 121215

Author: Wuebbels, Mark Title: Demystifying Human Smuggling Operations Along the Arizona-Mexican Border Summary: The purpose of this paper is to provide an overview and analysis of the problem of human smuggling along the U.S. - Mexican border. Using open source material, economic analysis, and experts’ opinions, the paper details the scope, methods, and associated negative externalities of human smuggling. In writing this report, careful attention was made to separate between incidents of trafficking and human smuggling. However, since many times media articles, especially in Spanish, use the term trafficking instead of smuggling, some of the citations and original sources will include the terms human trafficking. As such, to the greatest extent, information applicable only to human trafficking has been eliminated. This paper is split into two parts. The first part begins by defining human smuggling and its component crimes. To this end, it lays out the international, federal, and state legal definitions of human smuggling as well as the federal jurisdictions for human smuggling’s component crimes. After defining the problem, this paper discuses the logic behind the decision to migrate. It reflects the prevailing wisdom among migration experts as well as an alternative explanation of the decision making process. Next, the paper lays out the various estimates of the UDA population and extrapolates the potential flow of undocumented aliens (UDA) across U.S. borders. The paper then describes the UDA population in terms of nationality and socio-economic characteristics. Finally, the paper presents the necessary elements for smuggling operations. The second part is a primer on current smuggling operations in different states in Mexico. Using open source literature from Mexican and U.S. newspapers, it outlines human smuggling methods, the roads and transportation they use, and the path UDAs use to reach the United States. In general, the purpose is to show how the fundamental elements of human smuggling are expressed in reality. Details: Report prepared for the Arizona State Attorney General, 2005. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://policy-traccc.gmu.edu/resources/publications/wuebbe01.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 121216

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combating Child Pornography: Steps Are Needed to Ensure That Tips to Law Enforcement Are Useful and Forensic Examinations Are Cost Effective Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ) reports that online child pornography crime has increased. DOJ funds the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children (NCMEC), which maintains the CyberTipline to receive child pornography tips. The Providing Resources, Officers, and Technology To Eradicate Cyber Threats to Our Children Act of 2008 (the Act) contains provisions to facilitate these investigations and create a national strategy to prevent, among other things, child pornography. The Act directed GAO to report on actions to minimize duplication and enhance federal expenditures to address this crime. This report examines (1) the extent to which NCMEC determines the usefulness of tips; (2) mechanisms to help law enforcement coordination (i.e., deconfliction); and (3) the extent to which agencies are addressing factors that federal law enforcement reports may inhibit investigations. GAO analyzed the Act and spoke to law enforcement officials who investigate these crimes, selected to reflect geographic range, among other things. Although these interviews cannot be generalized, they provided insight into investigations. NCMEC takes steps to obtain feedback from law enforcement on the usefulness of CyberTipline reports; however, it does not systematically collect information on how useful individual reports are for initiating and advancing investigations or about information gaps that limit reports' usefulness. For instance, NCMEC solicits feedback via e-mail or in person quarterly from federal law enforcement liaisons at NCMEC about the overall usefulness of CyberTipline reports. However, according to many law enforcement officials GAO contacted, information in a CyberTipline report may not contain an image of apparent child pornography or may contain old data. NCMEC officials said that they are interested in obtaining additional feedback to enhance the usefulness of its reports and could explore additional methods to gather such information, such as creating a systematic process for obtaining feedback from federal law enforcement. Enhancing its processes for collecting feedback on the usefulness of CyberTipline reports could help NCMEC ensure that reports are as useful as possible to law enforcement. Existing deconfliction mechanisms generally prevent pursuit of the same suspects but are fragmented; DOJ is in the early stages of developing a system to address this fragmentation. Many law enforcement officials GAO contacted reported using various nonautomated (e.g., task forces) and automated (e.g., investigative systems) mechanisms to avoid duplication of effort in investigations. But these officials reported that there is not a single automated system that provides comprehensive case information and deconfliction, which can contribute to difficulties coordinating investigations. As mandated in the Act, DOJ is developing a national system to, among other things, provide law enforcement with a single deconfliction tool. Specifically, DOJ is conducting a needs assessment--which it plans to complete in 12 to 24 months--to use as a basis for system development. However, because DOJ is waiting on the results of the needs assessment to begin system development, it may be several years before the system is operational. Backlogs in the forensic analysis of digital evidence can delay or hinder online child pornography investigations; assessing the costs and benefits of taking extra steps to ensure the integrity of forensic analysis could help determine if there are efficiencies that could reduce backlogs. Forensic analysis of digital evidence consists of the review of information from digital media, such as hard drives, and can prove online child pornography crime. Several factors may contribute to backlogs in forensic analysis, including the steps federal law enforcement agencies believe enhance the integrity of analysis, such as making exact copies of digital evidence to discourage tampering. The FBI takes additional steps it believes enhance integrity, such as separating the forensic examination from the investigation. However, some federal officials and prosecutors GAO spoke with differed on the need for such steps. According to DOJ, the national strategy's working group is in a good position to address backlog issues and having this group assess the costs and benefits of steps taken to ensure the integrity of forensic analysis could help it determine potential efficiencies that could reduce backlogs. GAO recommends that NCMEC enhance its processes to collect feedback to improve tips and that DOJ assess the costs and benefits of steps agencies take to ensure the integrity of forensic analysis. NCMEC and DOJ generally concurred with our recommendations and discussed actions to address them. Details: Washington, DC: U.S.Government Accountability Office, 2011. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-334: Accessed April 2, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11334.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 121221

Author: Levine, Harry G. Title: Arresting Blacks for Marijuana in California: Possession Arrests in 25 Cities, 2006-08 Summary: From 1990 through 2009, police departments in California made 850,000 arrests for possessing small amounts of marijuana, and half a million marijuana possession arrests in the last ten years. Since 1990, arrests for nearly every serious crime have declined in California. Yet arrests for possession of marijuana, usually for very small amounts, have tripled. In 2009 alone, police departments in California made 61,000 marijuana possession arrests. The people arrested were disproportionately African Americans and Latinos, and overwhelmingly young people, especially young men. The substantial disparities in marijuana possession arrest rates of whites and blacks cannot be explained by their patterns of marijuana use. This new report shows the racial disparities in the marijuana possession arrest rates of whites and blacks in 25 California cities. Police in these 25 major cities have arrested blacks for marijuana possession at four, five, six, seven, and up to twelve times the rate of whites. The cities discussed here have 10 million residents, about a quarter of California's total population. They have a combined African American population of nearly a million, almost half of all blacks in California. The arrest numbers for these 25 cities were obtained from the Justice Statistics Center of the California Department of Justice. The arrest and census data is averaged for three years, 2006 through 2008, to show that these racially-skewed or biased arrests were not a one-year fluke, but a consistent pattern extending over several years. Details: Los Angeles: Drug Policy Alliance, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/docUploads/ArrestingBlacks.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenses (California) Shelf Number: 121224

Author: Levine, Harry G. Title: Arresting Latinos for Marijuana in California: Possession Arrests in 33 Cities, 2006-08 Summary: The report documents widespread race-based disparities in the enforcement of low-level marijuana possession laws in California. In the last 20 years, California made 850,000 arrests for possession of small amounts of marijuana, and half a million arrests in the last 10 years. The people arrested were disproportionately African Americans and Latinos, overwhelmingly young people, especially young men. Yet, U.S. government surveys consistently find that young whites use marijuana at higher rates than young Latinos. From 2006 through 2008, major cities in California arrested and prosecuted Latinos for marijuana possession at double to nearly triple the rate of whites. Details: Los Angeles: Drug Policy Alliance, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://drugpolicy.org/docUploads/ArrestingLatinos.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenses (California) Shelf Number: 121225

Author: Nicholson, Chris Title: Rehabilitation Works: Ensuring Payment by Results Cuts Reoffending Summary: The U.K. prison population has increased to over 85,000 and spending on rehabilitation has reached record levels; yet reoffending rates remain stubbornly high in the UK. There is widespread agreement within the coalition government that the country is in need of a 'rehabilitation revolution'. However, rather than government deciding such initiatives centrally, the Ministry of Justice is proposing a much greater role for the private and voluntary sectors. Furthermore, it anticipates that for some groups of offenders providers of rehabilitation services should be paid only to the extent that they are successful in reducing reoffending – Payment by Results (PbR). Rehabilitation Works: ensuring Payment by Results cuts reoffending assesses the practicalities of implementing a PbR regime for reducing reoffending. How should the system be designed so as to avoid the risk of ‘parking and creaming’ of clients or offenders? And in what way can it be ensured that a diverse provider base is created, where SMEs and third sector organisations are not priced out of the bidding process? In order for a PbR model to be effective, there must be a diverse provider market and a commercial framework ensuring providers can generate a return whilst also offering the government value for money as a result of the policy. This paper recommends a phased introduction of outcome based payment mechanisms and stresses that the scheme will not be effective if offenders are treated as a single generic group. Details: London: Centre Forum, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.centreforum.org/assets/pubs/payment-by-results.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Offenders (U.K.) Shelf Number: 120916

Author: Allegheny County Department of Human Services Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents Summary: This report explores the impact parental incarceration is having on children in Allegheny County. The goals of the study were to explore who these children and parents are and, to the extent possible, to describe their experiences in the child welfare and human services systems and the impact that a maternal incarceration had on their entry into foster care placement. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Allegheny County Department of Human Services, 2007. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.alleghenycounty.us/uploadedFiles/DHS/About_DHS/Report_and_Evaluation/children_incarcerated_parents(1).pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 121228

Author: Scussel, David E. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact Summary: According to 2009 population statistics gathered by New Mexico’s Children Youth and Family Department (CYFD), minority youth represent 67% of the total youth population in New Mexico. Minority youth are 1.7 times more likely than white youth to be arrested for an offense, and 20% less likely than white youth to have their case diverted from the court system. State statistics present a broad picture of DMC in the juvenile justice system; however, every jurisdiction has their specific issues regarding DMC, and DMC issues should be addressed accordingly. CYFD also provides juvenile population statistics at the county level, which are beyond the scope of this literature review and so are not discussed here. New Mexico is actively addressing issues of DMC. New Mexico has established a steering committee named the DMC Blue Ribbon Panel. The panel has set and established goals to identify, assess, intervene, evaluate, and monitor DMC in New Mexico. The goals of the panel are to collaborate with higher educational institutions for continued research and evaluation of DMC, enhance public awareness and education regarding DMC, implement prevention and early intervention tactics for at-risk youth, monitor and identify data trends, and enhance the cultural competence of law enforcement officers. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 121218

Author: Caplan, Joel M. Title: Risk Terrain RTM Modeling Manual: Theoretical Framework and Technical Steps of Spatial Risk Assessment for Crime Analysis Summary: Risk Terrain Modeling (RTM) is an approach to risk assessment that standardizes risk factors to common geographic units over a continuous surface. Separate map layers representing the presence, absence, or intensity of each risk factor at every place throughout a terrain is created in a Geographic Information System (GIS), and then all risk map layers are combined to produce a composite “risk terrain” map with attribute values that account for all risk factors at every location throughout the geography. RTM aids in strategic decision-making and tactical action by showing where conditions are ripe for events to occur in the future. This manual is offered as a primer on risk in the criminal event and demonstrates effective ways to apply RTM to crime analysis and policing operations. It begins with a review of the RTM approach to spatial risk assessment and presents a short overview of the theoretical underpinnings of criminological theory that have addressed the social and environmental factors that contribute to crime patterns, hotspots, and risk terrains. The second part details the technical steps for analysts to take in using ArcGIS software to develop risk terrain maps. The third and final part presents ideas of how RTM works in strategic and tactical decision-making, particularly within the context of the ACTION model for risk-based intelligence-led policing. With this manual, analysts can produce risk terrain maps that give actionable meaning to the relationships that exist between place-based indicators and crime outcomes. Planners can use this approach to develop strategic models to forecast where crime problems are likely to emerge and to engage in steps that might reduce risks of crime occurring in the future. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers Center on Public Security, 2010. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2011 at: http://www.rutgerscps.org/rtm/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 121245

Author: Pinney, Leah Title: Pepper Spray in the Texas Youth Commission: Research Review and Policy Recommendations Summary: This report summarizes the results of research on the physical and psychological impact of pepper spray on youth held in Texas state custody, as well as the potential legal ramifications of its expanded use in Texas Youth Commission facilities. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2007. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticecoalition.org/files/userfiles/juvenilejustice/tcjc_publications/Pepper_Spray_in_TYC.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 121256

Author: Greene, Judith Title: Turning the Corner: Opportunities for Effective Sentencing and Correctional Practices in Arizona Summary: With a state corrections budget of $1 billion dollars threatening cuts to education and other important human services, Turning the Corner points Arizonians to important reforms in other states that have reduced prison populations while maintaining public safety. The trend in state prison population reductions that began in 2005 included 24 states by 2009. However, Arizona's prison incarceration rate went from 1 in every 749 persons in 1980 to 1 in every 170 by the end of June 2008. Its average annual prison-population growth rate between 2000 and 2008 was 5.1 percent, compared to a national average of 1.5 percent, giving Arizona the third highest incarceration rate of all states and the highest in the West. Turning the Corner highlights the practices of four states – Kansas, Michigan, New Jersey, and New York – that have recently reduced prison populations by 5, 12, 19 and 19 percent, respectively, while seeing falling property and violent crime rates. The report also spotlights three other traditionally conservative states – North Carolina, South Carolina, and Mississippi – that have revisited their sentencing practices, as well as the work of Maryland's Proactive Community Supervision (PCS) program that introduced evidence-based community supervision practices that produced a 42 percent lower rate of re-arrest for new crimes for program participants compared to traditional probation and parole methods. The work of these other states in improving sentencing and corrections practices can help Arizona introduce cost-effective alternatives that can help preserve the public purse and its safety. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/sites/default/files/publications/AZ%20Turning%20the%20Corner%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121259

Author: Greene, Judith Title: Numbers Game: The Vicious Cycle of Incarceration in Mississippi’s Criminal Justice System Summary: The people of Mississippi deserve and demand crime policies that promote public safety, treat people fairly—regardless of the size of their pocketbook or the color of their skin—and use public resources wisely. Unfair, ineffective, financially unsustainable and counterproductive — all terms that, regrettably, apply to significant aspects of Mississippi’s criminal justice policy. Mississippi’s drug law enforcement infrastructure is fundamentally flawed and in dire need of reform. This report undertakes a review and analysis of some of the most troubling aspects of the state’s criminal justice system, with a particular focus on drug law enforcement, and offers recommendations for reform. Major findings in the NUMBERS GAME report include that: •Mississippi’s regional drug task force funding, contingent on the quantity of drug arrests, encourages the indiscriminate use of confidential informants to increase arrest numbers over the quality and public safety impact of the drug cases. •Poorly-structured drug laws, limiting the judicial discretion of judges, produce extremely harsh sentences for relatively minor street-level transactions involving small amounts of drugs, coupled with police enforcement strategies focused on producing high volume low-impact arrest numbers pressure defendants to work as informers, even when drug treatment might prove a better public safety option. •Black Mississippians are three times more likely than whites to go to prison on drug charges even as drug use rates are largely identical for both groups. •The secrecy that shrouds the unchecked use of confidential informants is a practice that invites abuse, undermines the fundamental legitimacy of the criminal justice system and basic social structures in targeted communities. ACLU's two year attempt to secure basic information on the practice, acknowledged by state officials as public files under Mississippi’s Public Record Act, has gone unfulfilled. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies; Jackson, MS: American Civil Liberties Union of Mississippi, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/sites/default/files/publications/DLRP_MississipppiReport%20Final%20Mar%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 121260

Author: Austin, James Title: Orleans Parish Prison Ten-Year Inmate Population Projection Summary: Prior to Katrina the Orleans Parish population had gradually declined from 483,663 to 455,188. The at-risk population was also declining at that time. Post Katrina the Orleans Parish population has returned to approximately 80% of its former size. It is not clear the extent to which the population will continue to grow. The repopulation of Orleans Parish has resulted in a population that has a higher rate of home ownership, higher education level, lower poverty rate, and higher median household income. All of these factors are associated with lower crime rates. Despite significant increases in the Orleans Parish Prison (OPP), both the number and rate of serious crimes reported to police have significantly declined. The number of arrests have declined from their peak of nearly 140,000 in 2004 to 92,500 in 2009. More recently, the first ten months of 2010 show a 18% decrease in arrests as compared to the first ten months of 2009 – a drop of 14,646 arrests. The current demographic trends of the Parish as well as the declining reported crime and arrest trends suggest a downward trend in OPP admissions. The report includes an analysis of the current prisoner population, a comparison with other parishes, a detailed assessment of admissions and releases, and policy options which the Orleans Parish could adopt to further reduce the current prison population. Details: Washington, DC: The JFA Institute, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233722.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 121262

Author: Knaack, Frank Title: Use of Force in Texas Public Schools: The Case for Transparency, Accountability and Decriminalization Summary: A surprising number of Texas school districts have turned responsibility for what used to be routine student discipline over to law enforcement. As a result, many students receive a criminal record instead of a trip to the principal’s office for engaging in childish misbehavior. This trend is detrimental to Texas schoolchildren, their families and communities, and ultimately, to Texas’ economic well-being. The presence of law enforcement officials, commonly known as school resource officers (SROs), in Texas’ public schools has significantly expanded since the late 1990s. Today in Texas, there are 178 independent school districts (ISDs) that employ their own police departments. Unfortunately, no statewide guidelines exist to govern the mission of SROs, nor does any statewide entity have responsibility for oversight over SROs in Texas public schools. Each individual ISD creates its own governing policies, resulting in an inconsistent patchwork across the state. While some districts have formulated policies that help ensure a safe and positive educational environment, others have adopted policies that are counterproductive to public schools’ core mission: providing the best possible education for students. In the absence of statewide legislative guidance, a number of school districts have encouraged their SROs to take on a dual law enforcement and disciplinary enforcement role. In many school districts, the negative impact of this blending of responsibilities is exacerbated by the blurring of the distinction between criminal acts and childish or adolescent misbehavior. Behavior once subject to school discipline, such as using profanity in class, is now subject to criminal sanction. To make matters worse, despite the obvious differences between apprehending adults in the street and ensuring the safety of children in a school, SROs are currently only required to receive the same basic training that municipal law enforcement personnel receive. Moreover, law enforcement departments operating in schools are not required to provide use of force data to the state. The lack of this basic transparency and accountability mechanism results in an inability of parents, school officials, legislators and other stakeholders to ensure that SROs are acting within their local guidelines. Increased criminalization of childish misbehavior and the failure to require relevant training requirements, coupled with the lack of institutional transparency and accountability in the context of school discipline, leads to escalating consequences for minor conduct infractions. This phenomenon is problematic on multiple levels. First, criminalization of student conduct increases the likelihood of confrontations between children and SROs during which physical force may be deployed. Second, criminalizing non-criminal behavior of schoolchildren introduces affected children into the Texas criminal justice system, which negatively impacts their ability to obtain employment or gain admission to college. Finally, the creation of an adversarial environment “pushes students, particularly at-risk students, out of school rather than engaging them in a positive educational environment.” To address this dangerous and unproductive trend, the Texas Legislature must amend the Texas Education Code to define the mission and role of on-campus law enforcement, and establish a statewide policy governing the use of force by SROs with mandated basic reporting and training requirements. Specifically, the Texas Legislature must ensure that if SROs are deployed, they are provided with a clearly defined mission and the tools necessary to carry out that mission. In addition, the Texas Education Code must be amended to ensure that childish misbehavior is not regarded as a criminal act. Adoption of these recommendations will positively impact not just student safety and education, but will also strengthen Texas’ economic well-being, as a student's disciplinary history is a major indicator in determining the likelihood of student dropout. Texas’ student dropout rate is a scourge on our state’s economic profile. As a recent study issued by the Texas A&M Bush School of Government and Public Service estimated, “[t]he total of the predicted cost [to Texas] of dropouts from the cohort of the senior class of 2012 is between $6 billion and $10.7 billion” over their lifetimes. This report is intended to provide the context necessary to accurately access the real world implications of current Texas law vis-à-vis law enforcement and discipline in Texas public schools. In addition, this report provides recommendations focused on ensuring a safe and positive school environment. In doing so, Section II will look at SROs in Texas ISDs, including a history of SROs and the sources of authority. Section III examines the increased negative interactions between SROs and Texas public schoolchildren. Section IV will discuss use of force policies in Texas school districts, including the use of force continuum, reporting requirements, training requirements, and the Public Information Act exemption that permits law enforcement agencies to withhold their use of force policies. Finally, Section V concludes with ACLU of Texas’ legislative recommendations. Details: Austin, TX: American Civil Liberties Union of Texas, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.aclutx.org/reports/2011UseofForce.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 121264

Author: U.S. Customs and Border Protection Title: United States - Canada Joint Border Threat and Risk Assessment Summary: This assessment seeks to provide U.S. and Canadian policymakers, resource planners, and other law enforcement officials with a strategic overview of significant threats along the 5,525-mile/8,891-km international boundary between the United States and Canada. These threats are categorized as follows: • national security; • criminal enterprises; • migration; • agriculture; and • health. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Customs and Border Protection; Ottawa: Canada Border Services Agency; Ottawa: Royal Canadian Mounted Police, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/us-canada-jbtra.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 121266

Author: Males, Mike Title: Proposition 19: Did “Failure” Build Larger Success? Summary: In November 2010, California's Proposition 19 lost in the midterm election by 700,000 votes out of 10 million cast. This proposition was the latest of two dozen initiative efforts in California beginning in 1966 to propose limited legalization of marijuana for personal use. Its electoral achievement exceeded that of any previous marijuana measure except the 1996 proposition authorizing medical use. Even in losing, Proposition 19 succeeded in several important ways. It received an impressive 46.5% of the vote amid relatively unfavorable electoral demographics. The initiative’s popularity in polls also prompted the legislature to enact a preemptive reform that reduced simple marijuana possession to a citation for all ages. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Proposition_19.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Reform (California) Shelf Number: 121270

Author: Seattle (Washington). Office of City Auditor Title: City of Seattle Anti-Graffiti Efforts: Best Practices and Recommendations Summary: Writing, painting, or drawing on public or private property without the owner’s permission is not permitted under the law in the City of Seattle (Seattle Municipal Code 12A.08.020). In addition, the City of Seattle also has a Graffiti Nuisance Code (Seattle Municipal Code 10.07) that requires property owners to promptly remove graffiti found on their property after notice from the City of Seattle. During our audit we collected a wide variety of views about the impact of graffiti. A web survey of over 900 Seattle residents, businesses and organizations revealed a range of public opinion, with 39% indicating that graffiti was not a problem and 40% indicating that graffiti was a medium to very big problem. These results appear to reflect how often respondents had been the victim of graffiti: 37% percent had never been victims, while 33% had been victimized at least several times a year. Our systematic, single-day, physical count of graffiti in four sample areas in two Seattle neighborhoods (each .7 miles) captured 556 instances of graffiti including 551 common tags and five that appeared to be gang graffiti. We found that public property was nearly twice as commonly tagged as private property, with traffic/street signs, utility poles, and pay stations as common targets. Details: Seattle: Office of City Auditor, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://www.seattle.gov/audit/docs/2010GraffitiReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti (Seattle) Shelf Number: 121275

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Addressing Crime and Disorder in Seattle’s “Hot Spots”: What Works? Summary: At the request of Seattle City Councilmembers Tim Burgess and Tom Rasmussen, our office initiated audits to examine how well the City is currently addressing two types of physical disorder: graffiti and litter. Our work on graffiti and litter led us to a growing body of research evidence in the field of criminology that suggests that efforts focused on very small (e.g., one city block), discrete “hot spots” of crime and disorder can be effective in reducing crime and disorder in those areas. Further, this research shows that, rather than displacing the crime and disorder to adjacent areas, nearby areas often also benefit from the hot spot efforts. In this paper, we: 1. Summarize the latest criminology research regarding hot spots of crime and disorder in Seattle; 2. Describe efforts in other jurisdictions that have demonstrated, through outcome data and evaluation, evidence of success in reducing crime ; and 3. Recommend steps, based on research evidence, for how Seattle could bring about positive community change in its hot spots of crime and disorder. Details: Seattle: Office of City Auditor, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://www.seattle.gov/audit/docs/2011Mar29_HotSpotsWhatWorks.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti (Seattle) Shelf Number: 121276

Author: Wellford, Charles Title: Crime in New Orleans: Analyzing Crime Trends and New Orleans' Responses to Crime Summary: This report is a comprehensive analysis of crime in New Orleans and the efforts of the New Orleans Police Department (NOPD) to respond to that crime. One part of the study compared New Orleans’ overall crime rate to those of similar-sized US cities, and found that New Orleans has a comparable but lower rate than those cities’ overall crime average. But it did recognize that New Orleans’ most critical crime problem is murder. The report also found that in nearly 72% of New Orleans homicide cases, the victim knew the person who killed him. It stated that most killings take place outside in New Orleans, in front of someone’s home, and that most likely - there are witnesses to most killings, which is why researchers recommended stronger ties between the NOPD and the communities it serves. The researchers made the following recommendations for the NOPD: 1.) Enhance crime analysis, 2.) Establish Homicide Review Teams, 3.) Strengthen our ties with the people of New Orleans. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://media.nola.com/crime_impact/other/BJA%20Crime%20in%20New%20Orleans%20Report%20March%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (New Orleans) Shelf Number: 121277

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Bureau of Justice Assistance Title: An Assessment of the New Orleans Police Department Homicide Section: Recommendations for Best Practices Summary: This study examined how homicides in New Orleans are investigated and ways to improve those investigations. A team of experts in law enforcement reviewed NOPD crime data, procedures, and homicide case files to arrive at their conclusions. The team also conducted more than 120 hours of interviews with NOPD officers, management personnel , non-sworn personnel, and Assistant District Attorneys during the Third and Fourth Quarter of 2010. One of the problems they encountered with the NOPD Homicide division is that they believe the culture is dated, and reflects past practice rather than current models, methods and technologies. The researchers also believe some processes need reengineering, while others need refining. In all, this report provides 82 recommendations to better the Homicide division. But – to quote the report: “The positive point is that most problems do not appear to be endemic- rather, they are resolvable, albeit some are easier than others.” The report also notes in its conclusion that the NOPD has been moving to implement needed changes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://www.nola.gov/en/PRESS/City-Of-New-Orleans/All-Articles/~/media/C20063D63F4F45BB93788C40B2CA8370.ashx Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 121278

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the New Orleans Police Department Summary: The New Orleans Police Department (NOPD) has long been a troubled agency. Basic elements of effective policing — clear policies, training, accountability, and confidence of the citizenry —have been absent for years. Far too often, officers show a lack of respect for the civil rights and dignity of the people of New Orleans. While the majority of the force is hardworking and committed to public safety, too many officers of every rank either do not understand or choose to ignore the boundaries of constitutional policing. Some argue that, given the difficulty of police work, officers must at times police harshly and bend the rules when a community is confronted with seemingly intransigent high levels of crime. Policing is undeniably difficult; however, experience and study in the policing field have made it clear that bending the rules and ignoring the Constitution makes effective policing much more challenging. NOPD’s failure to ensure that its officers routinely respect the Constitution and the rule of law undermines trust within the very communities whose cooperation the Department most needs to enforce the law and prevent crime. As systematic violations of civil rights erode public confidence, policing becomes more difficult, less safe, and less effective, and crime increases. The deficiencies in the way NOPD polices the City are not simply individual, but structural as well. For too long, the Department has been largely indifferent to widespread violations of law and policy by its officers. NOPD does not have in place the basic systems known to improve public safety, ensure constitutional practices, and promote public confidence. We found that the deficiencies that lead to constitutional violations span the operation of the entire Department, from how officers are recruited, trained, supervised, and held accountable, to the operation of Paid Details. In the absence of mechanisms to protect and promote civil rights, officers too frequently use excessive force and conduct illegal stops, searches and arrests with impunity. In addition, the Department’s culture tolerates and encourages under-enforcement and under-investigation of violence against women. The Department has failed to take meaningful steps to counteract and eradicate bias based on race, ethnicity, and LGBT status in its policing practices, and has failed to provide critical policing services to language minority communities. The problems in NOPD developed over a long period of time and will take time to address and correct. The Department must develop and implement new policies and protocols, train its officers in effective and constitutional policing, and institutionalize systems to ensure accountability, foster police-community partnerships, improve the quality of policing to all parts of the City, and eliminate unlawful bias from all levels of NOPD policing decisions. Recommendations on achieving these changes are attached to this Report. We look forward to working with NOPD and the City of New Orleans to address the violations of constitutional and federal law that we identified, by developing and implementing a comprehensive blueprint for sustainable reform that will: (1) reduce crime; (2) ensure respect for the Constitution and the rule of law; and (3) restore public confidence in NOPD. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 2011. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/spl/nopd_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 121279

Author: Pruitt, Bettye H. Title: Case Study: Boston Strategy: A Study of Unlikely Alliances Summary: In the 1990s, Boston achieved dramatic success in reducing its level of gang-related gun violence — in particular, youth homicides. That success has brought widespread recognition and attention to what has now become known as The Boston Strategy to Prevent Youth Violence. Other cities have begun to experiment with some of its key programs, in particular Operation Night Light and Operation Cease Fire. Yet, as all the participants in Boston’s anti-violence campaign agree, the effectiveness of those specific initiatives was entirely dependent upon the larger context of cooperation, trust, and respect within which they were developed and which continues to support them today. Only within that context could there be the collaboration among unlikely partners—police, probation officers, African-American clergy, gang outreach workers, and many more — that made a coordinated approach possible. Only within that context could the unusual law-enforcement tactics developed by the partners have widespread support within the community, not only from the inner city ministers who were some of the harshest critics of the police, but even from the families of the young people at whom the police initiatives were aimed. Only within that context has Boston been able to think strategically about how to seize the opportunity afforded by the lower rate of youth homicides to make positive and fundamental changes in the lives of the city’s young people. The creation of that positive context is an integral part of the success achieved in Boston. It began with the efforts of individuals who were dealing with gangs and violence on a daily basis—people who, in frustration and despair over the sustained wave of killings, determined to find a way to do their jobs differently and better, and who decided to try working together. Gradually, out of those initial collaborations emerged a clearer understanding of the dynamics driving gang violence, and of the necessary conditions for a broader partnership capable of mounting an effective campaign against it. The emergence of that understanding is the central thread in the story of how The Boston Strategy came into being. Details: Washington, DC: World Bank, Water, Disaster Management, and Urban Development Group - Latin America and Caribbean Region, 2005. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://siteresources.worldbank.org/EXTLACREGTOPURBDEV/Resources/841042-1219076931513/5301922-1250717140763/Boston.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Partnerships Shelf Number: 121283

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Workplace Violence, 1993-2009 Summary: Presents information on violence in the workplace against employed persons based on the Bureau of Justice Statistics' National Crime Victimization Survey and the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Census of Fatal Occupational Injuries. This report includes both nonfatal and fatal forms of violence. Comparisons are made with violence against unemployed persons and violence against employed persons outside of the workplace. Information on type of workplace violence is included. Also discussed is violence by occupation as well as information on victim and crime characteristics such as gender and race distribution, offender weapon use, police notification, and victim injury. Highlights include the following: From 2002 to 2009, the rate of nonfatal workplace violence has declined by 35%, following a 62% decline in the rate from 1993 to 2002; and Between 2005 and 2009, law enforcement officers, security guards, and bartenders had the highest rates of nonfatal workplace violence; Among workplace homicides that occurred between 2005 and 2009, about 28% involved victims in sales and related occupations and about 17% involved victims in protective service occupations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed April 8, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/wv09.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 121289

Author: McLean, Marcus Title: Recidivism Survival Analysis of the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative 2003-2007 Summary: This evaluation report focuses on the Wyoming Adult Offender Reentry Program that was funded through a federal reentry program designed to reduce the extremely high rates of recidivism among the most serious and violent offenders in corrections systems. The Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI) prescribed a three phase approach to prisoner reintegration based on successful models of community reentry programming found in the peer-reviewed literature of the field . The SVORI strategy included an initial risk assessment to determine key risk and need factors commonly found in correctional populations. After development of a case management plan, offenders were provided access to the appropriate mental health and substance abuse treatment, skills and job training, education and other interventions needed to prepare them for community reentry. Once released into the community, offenders had continued access to services and interventions. At the national level, the Bureau of Justice Statistics reports that “at least 95% of all State prisoners will be released from prison at some point; nearly 80% will be released to parole supervision” (Reentry Trends in the United States,” BJS website). Of the state parole discharges in 2000, only 41% successfully completed their term of supervision. This report is based on data collected by the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) over the past five years (both data collected by WYSAC data compiled by WDOC). The Wyoming SVORI program began in April of 2003 and ran through December of 2007. Outcome data on the legal status of participants was gathered as late as February 2008. This evaluation report tracks SVORI participants and a similar non-participant, serious and violent comparator group that were incarcerated at the Wyoming State Penitentiary (WSP) or the Wyoming Women’s Center (WWC). After release most offenders were paroled to either Cheyenne or Casper, two small urban centers in Wyoming (pop. ~ 50,000). Through statistical procedures (survival analysis) this report measures the relative success of offenders at reentering Wyoming communities and maintaining their freedom. Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center, University of Wyoming, 2008. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: WYSAC Technical Report No. CJR-801: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/documents/wy_svori_recidivism2003-2007.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 121291

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Initial Regulatory Impact Analysis for Notice of Proposed Rulemaking -- Proposed National Standards to Prevent, Detect, and Respond to Prison Rape Under the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) Summary: In the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (PREA), Pub. L. No. 108-79, codified at 42 U.S.C. §§ 15601-15609, Congress directed the Attorney General to promulgate national standards for enhancing the prevention, detection, reduction, and punishment of prison rape. In doing so, Congress understood that such standards were likely to require federal, state, and local agencies (as well as private entities) that operate inmate confinement facilities to incur costs in implementing the standards. Given the statute’s aspiration to eliminate prison rape in the United States, Congress expected that some level of compliance costs would be appropriate, and indeed necessary, to foster a zero tolerance approach to prison rape. Nevertheless, Congress insisted that PREA’s aims be balanced against a sensitivity to the “budgetary circumstances” that often challenge the ability of correctional and law enforcement agencies to make major changes to their operating procedures. 42 U.S.C. § 15605(a). In mandating national standards, Congress thus instructed the Attorney General not to adopt any standards “that would impose substantial additional costs compared to the costs presently expended by Federal, State, and local prison authorities.” 42 U.S.C. § 15607(a)(3). This statutory obligation of cost-consciousness requires that the Department investigate the PREA standards’ costs and benefits before implementing a final Rule. Moreover, separate and apart from what PREA itself requires, under Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as amended without substantial change by Executive Order 13258, the Department is required to conduct an Initial Regulatory Impact Analysis (IRIA) to assess the benefits and costs of its proposed rule.1/ Similar requirements are found in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. §§ 601-610. Such an analysis must include an assessment of both the quantitative and qualitative benefits and costs of the proposed regulation, as well as a discussion of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives. The purpose of an IRIA is to inform stakeholders in the regulatory process of the effects of the proposed rule. This IRIA is divided into seven parts. Parts I through IV identify and, where possible, quantify the benefits of reducing prison rape and sexual abuse. Specifically, we estimate the monetary value to society of reducing the prevalence of prison rape and sexual abuse by 1% from the baseline level. This allows us to determine what percentage reduction would need to ensue in order for the expected benefits of the standards to break even with their expected costs. We also take into account an unquantified amount representing the numerous nonmonetizable benefits of reducing prison rape and sexual abuse. Part V then identifies and estimates the costs associated with implementing and complying with the PREA standards. Part VI evaluates the reasonableness of the proposed standards in light of these costs and benefits. Part VII offers some concluding observations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Docket No. OAG-131- RIN 1105-AB34: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/programs/pdfs/prea_nprm_iria.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Shelf Number: 121294

Author: Florida. Supreme Court Task Force on Treatment-Based Drug Courts Title: Report on Florida's Drug Courts Summary: This report explores the evolution of drug courts in Florida and its contribution not only to the justice system, but to Florida as a whole. It will also recommend how the process can be expanded to contribute to a better Florida. Specifically, this report set out to accomplish the following objectives: 􀂾 identify the problems caused by substance abuse within the justice system; 􀂾 trace the history and current status of drug courts in Florida; 􀂾 reference legislation relating to drug courts; 􀂾 describe how the creation and development of the drug court has improved the justice system and society as a whole through lower recidivism and cost savings in jail and prison beds; 􀂾 explain the current funding structure and identify future needs; and 􀂾 provide recommendations on the steps to be taken to integrate drug court into mainstream judicial processing. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Office of the State Courts Administrator, 2004. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.flcourts.org/gen_public/family/bin/dcreport.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Florida) Shelf Number: 121295

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: Police Pursuits in an Age of Innovation and Reform: The IACP Police Pursuit Database Summary: The IACP Police Pursuit Database Project is particularly timely, as pursuit policy today is influenced by additional forces than those police faced in the 1970s, 1980s, or even the early 1990s. Factors which traditionally motivated reform in this area drew attention to two often competing values: apprehending and deterring those who break the law, and ensuring the safety of all parties that potentially could be involved. This balance of crime control with safety and liability is a recurrent theme not only in police pursuits but many other activities of which a democratic and modern police agency is engaged. Such a balance can be detected in the evolution of the many legal decisions regarding police pursuits as well as in police pursuit policies. While thinking about this balance is essential in developing pursuit policy, an additional, compelling factor makes discussions of police pursuits especially timely in today’s policing environment. Specifically, there has been an increased demand and use of more proactive deployment and managerial policing innovations since the 1990s. Such innovations include directed (hot spots) patrol, problem-oriented policing, COMPSTAT, crime analysis, information-driven management, zero tolerance, community policing, and evidence-based policing, among others. These innovations change the use and symbolic meaning of police vehicles, in turn significantly altering the nature, frequency, risk, and consequences of high-speed pursuits. It is in both of these contexts – concerns of the balance between deterrence and safety, and the demands of proactive police innovations – that we frame this report. In this final report, we detail IACP’s endeavors in developing the Police Pursuit Database in light of these dual concerns. Thus, not only will we analyze the current data collected by the IACP, but we will also provide a review of existing studies of police pursuits, a discussion of contemporary pursuit policies, and present a broader framework for thinking about pursuits in an age of innovation and reform. In Section 2, we begin by offering an argument as to why this topic is especially relevant in today’s proactive policing environment of COMPSTAT, crime analysis, problem-solving, evidence-based policing, community policing, hot spot patrol and quality of life policing. Placing the discussion of police pursuits in this current context emphasizes and acknowledges that police policy does not occur in a vacuum and must be constantly informed and re-assessed by data, information, and the demands and challenges that police face. Given this new environment, we then examine what evidence does exist regarding police pursuits in Section 3 by reviewing the empirical research in this area. This review provides police managers not only with specific references to existing studies for their reference, but also a general understanding across these studies of what is currently known about the nature, characteristics, and outcomes of reported high-speed vehicular pursuits. This body of research also illustrates how concerns of safety, liability, and police professional management have been the primary force in motivating pursuit research, as opposed to new challenges and demands of proactivity. We then proceed in Section 4 with a content analysis of a sample of pursuit policies from 77 police agencies in the United States in 2007. Indeed, there have been surveys of pursuit policies conducted in the past, and we offer this analysis to present a recent update. To do this, we selected a group of police agencies who participated in the most recently published Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics Survey (LEMAS) conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics using a stratified random sampling approach and requested current written pursuit policies from the heads of those agencies. We then examine and report upon key elements of these policies to highlight the trends of current pursuit practices. The database, its participants during this testing phase, and the pursuit data itself, are then discussed and analyzed in Section 5. Although the agencies which contributed to the database during this testing phase are not a representative sample of all police agencies in the United States (as participation in submitting pursuits to the IACP database was voluntary), the pursuit records collected offer a glimpse into pursuit trends and patterns, with information related to suspects, the police officers involved, the nature of the pursuits and their outcomes. Although it is clear that the IACP data have limitations, compared to other empirical analyses that we found, it is one of the larger samples of pursuit data collected and covers a comparatively large number of agencies across thirty states. Ultimately, the analysis of the IACP data is conducted to improve the use of the database as the project moves forward. Thus, in addition to analyzing the data set to unearth its limitations, we also compare characteristics of the participating agencies with recently collected information about U.S. law enforcement agencies more generally, to understand what types of police departments would be most likely to participate in such an endeavor and who the IACP should direct its focus to increase the use of the database. The 56 participating agencies also completed a small survey conducted by the IACP in 2005 about their experiences using the database, the results of which we present in Section 5. Section 6 then provides the lessons learned from the development and use of the database during this testing phase closing with conclusions and recommendations for both the IACP and also for police agencies. Details: Alexandria, VA: The IACP, 2008. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.theiacp.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=IlJDjYrusBc%3D&tabid=392 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Police Deployment Shelf Number: 121287

Author: Spielberger, Julie Title: Building a System of Support for Evidence-Based Home Visitation Programs in Illinois: Early Findings from the Strong Foundations Evaluation Summary: In the fall of 2009, the Illinois Department of Human Services (IDHS), in collaboration with the Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS), and the Home Visiting Task Force (HVTF) of the Early Learning Council began the implementation of Strong Foundations. Funded by the Children’s Bureau, Illinois was one of 17 grantees in 15 states to receive funding for 5-years to support the implementation, scale up, and sustainability of evidence-based home visiting programs for the prevention of child maltreatment. Each grantee is expected to conduct local implementation and outcome evaluations, along with an analysis of program costs, and contribute information to a national cross-site evaluation conducted by a research team from Mathematica Policy Research and Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago (MPR-CH). Another research team at Chapin Hall was contracted to conduct the local evaluation of Strong Foundations. Strong Foundations is based on the assumption that a well-functioning and effective infrastructure at the state level will be reflected in, and supportive of, a well-functioning and effective local system and the successful operation of program sites. It is further assumed that if programs operate successfully, they will produce long-term positive outcomes on maternal life course, child development, and the prevention of child maltreatment similar to those observed in randomized controlled trials of these evidence-based programs. Following these assumptions, the two overarching goals for Strong Foundations are to: (1) implement activities to strengthen the infrastructure of supports for home visiting programs in Illinois and (2) ensure that programs operate with fidelity to their model and are supported with necessary training and resources. For the purposes of the evaluation, we were asked to concentrate on three models of evidence-based home visiting programs in Illinois — Parents as Teachers (PAT), Healthy Families America (HFA), and the Nurse-Family Partnership (NFP). The primary research questions were:1  State system: To what extent do state partners in the Strong Foundations’ initiative collaborate and implement an effective state infrastructure to support evidence-based home visiting programs, for example, with respect to governance, training and technical assistance?  Community partnerships: How are communities supported and assisted by the state infrastructure in selecting evidence-based home visiting programs to meet the needs of families and in delivering services effectively? Are home visiting programs integrated into the full array of services and supports for families with young children in the community?  Program quality and fidelity: Are home visiting programs being implemented and delivered in a way that is faithful to their program model, for example, with respect to staff selection, training, and supervision; engagement, participation, and retention of families; intensity, length, and frequency of services; and links to other community services? To address these questions, the evaluation includes (1) a process evaluation to assess the implementation of the state system, local infrastructure, and the operation of local programs and (2) an administrative data study of program performance, capacity, and fidelity. Drawing primarily from interviews with state-level informants, interviews with program directors and supervisors at 15 local programs, focus group interviews with home visitors, and staff surveys, this preliminary report offers some early findings and recommendations on aspects of the state level structures and supports for evidence based home visitation services, as well as program implementation and quality. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2011. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Building%20a%20System%20of%20Support_03_16_11%20.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 121297

Author: Texas Juvenile Probation Commission Title: Alternatives to Juvenile Justice for Youth Involved in Prostitution. Report to the 82nd Legislature January 2011 Summary: The 81st Texas Legislature passed House Bill 4009, authored by Representatives Weber and Thompson and sponsored by Senator Van de Putte, requiring the Texas Juvenile Probation Commission (TJPC) to prepare a report evaluating alternatives to the juvenile justice system for children who are accused of engaging in acts of prostitution. This report, which fulfills the legislative mandate, focuses on the issue of sex trafficking of domestic minors and explores ways to identify, divert and serve juveniles engaged in prostitution. While the report primarily concentrates on the Texas juvenile justice system and programs within the state, it also highlights best practices throughout the United States. The Texas Juvenile Probation Commission, with the assistance of a committee composed of Legislative staff and staff from the Office of the Attorney General (OAG), the Texas Youth Commission (TYC), the Department of Family Protective Services (DFPS), law enforcement agencies, and non-governmental organizations sought to answer the following questions: • What is the extent of juvenile prostitution in Texas? • How do existing Texas laws address juveniles accused of engaging in acts of prostitution? • What services are available for juveniles involved in prostitution? • What alternatives are available to divert these juveniles from the juvenile justice system? This report addresses potential changes to statute that can divert juveniles accused of engaging in prostitution from the juvenile justice system, the need for enhanced detection and identification of juveniles engaging in prostitution and the need for comprehensive community-based and residential services to serve these juveniles. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Juvenile Probation Commission, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.tjpc.state.tx.us/publications/reports/RPTOTH201103.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 121304

Author: National Center for Youth Law Title: Improving Outcomes for Youth in the Juvenile Justice System-- A Review of Alameda County’s Collaborative Mental Health Court. Summary: Studies consistently show that up to 65 or 70 percent of youths held in American juvenile detention centers have a diagnosable mental illness. Further, a congressional study concluded that every day approximately 2,000 youths are incarcerated simply because community mental health services are unavailable. In 33 states, juvenile detention centers hold mentally ill youths without charges. A majority of detention centers report holding children aged 12 and under; and 117 centers reported jailing children 10 and under. Although the causes are numerous and complex, a growing consensus among experts holds that many youths are put under court supervision due to behavior that stems from unmet mental health needs and the lack of community-based service options. Indeed, many youths with serious mental health needs are in the juvenile justice system because other service systems failed them, and because they have no place else to go. But juvenile halls and prisons are not therapeutic environments for young people with psychological disorders; the juvenile justice system is ill-equipped to meet the needs of these youths. Investigations by the US Department of Justice have called into question the ability of many juvenile justice facilities to respond adequately to the mental health needs of youths in their care. Tragically, this leads to youths languishing in detention centers without treatment, and with little hope of getting better or returning home. Additionally, juvenile justice administrators — whether they are prosecutors, judges or probation officers — generally are not equipped to meet the needs of seriously disturbed youths, and typically juvenile halls and prisons are not adequately funded to do so. Many administrators now recognize that disturbed young people do not belong in detention because their behavior is the result of their illness, and will not improve with traditional detention methods. One promising response to this crisis has been the creation of juvenile mental health courts (JMHCs). Modeled on problem-solving drug courts, these courts focus on treatment rather than punishment. They use a collaborative approach involving representatives of the juvenile court, probation, the prosecutor and public defender’s offices, and mental health liaisons. The goal is to divert mentally ill youths from detention to more appropriate community-based mental health services by providing intensive case management and supervision, rather than relying upon the usual adversarial process. Such courts increase the likelihood that young people will safely return home, re-engage in school and the community, gain ongoing access to needed home and community-based mental health services and supports, and avoid further involvement with the juvenile justice system. Alameda County established its own Juvenile Mental Health Court, called the Alameda County Juvenile Collaborative Court (ACJC), in 2007. This effort was based on the model pioneered by the first juvenile mental health court opened in Santa Clara County, California in 2001. Like other JMHCs, the ACJC (also referred to in this report as “the Court”) serves youths with serious mental illness who typically end up in long-term out-of-home placements. This report presents the organizational premises of the Court as well as its structure and procedures. It describes the factors that control admission into the Court and the demographics of the youths who participate. The report also reviews what the participants — professional collaborators as well as the youths and their families — have to say about the Court, and compares the Court’s results with its founders’ intent. Finally, the authors recommend improvements and examine the prospects for sustaining the Court at its current service level and expanding it to reach more youths. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law, 2011. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://fosteryouthalliance.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/Improving-Outcomes-Pub.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 121305

Author: Corsaro, Nicholas Title: The Peoria Pulling Levers Drug Market Intervention: A Review of Program Process, Changes in Perception, and Crime Impact Summary: The Peoria Drug Market Intervention (DMI) program was intended to alleviate the disproportionately high crime rates found within a high-risk, disadvantaged, and chronically violent geographic area. Officials within the city decided to implement a focused deterrence strategy that relied upon the use of target identification, investigation, and arrest sweeps followed with an offender notification session that occurred within the target neighborhood. At the core of the strategy was the enhanced prosecution of identified offenders combined with an attempt to bridge partnerships between local law enforcement and residents of the target area. Increased prosecution was designed to incapacitate chronic and violent offenders as well as to communicate a credible deterrent threat to potential replacement law violators. The public meeting (i.e., notification session) was used to publicize the increased risk of sanctions that potential replacement offenders would face if the drug markets re-emerged. This study used a variety of methodological and analytical approaches to examine the following: • The fidelity of program implementation through the use of a detailed process assessment. • The change in officially reported violent, property, and drug related offenses as well as calls for police service trends by relying upon interrupted time series analyses. • Peoria residents’ perceptions of crime after the implementation of the strategy, awareness of the DMI program, and changes in police-community partnerships through the use of phone surveys that captured information from residents living in the target area, a control area, and the remainder of Peoria (for comparison purposes). • The use of in-depth resident interviews to capture detailed information regarding the dynamics of neighborhood conditions, drug markets, and perceived police activity. A synthesis of study results indicated that Peoria police and public officials were consistent with the fidelity of the focused deterrence framework throughout the duration of the initiative. Study results clearly indicated, however, that crime and calls for service within the target area remained relatively stable between pre- and post-intervention periods. In addition, the vast majority of target area residents that were interviewed appeared somewhat unfamiliar with the tenets and purpose of the intervention program, indicating a shortfall in the intended police-community partnership. In-depth resident interviews suggested that residents were seriously concerned with replacement offending, displacement, retaliation, and neighborhood stigmatization if they cooperated with police. We drew upon research from organizational and social disorganization theories to highlight the key themes, implications, and potential limitations of the Peoria focused deterrence strategy. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/PeoriaPullingLeversDrugMarketIntervention_Report_March_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 121307

Author: National Center for Youth Law Title: Broken Promises: California’s Inadequate and Unequal Treatment of its Abused and Neglected Children Summary: The National Center for Youth Law examined key child welfare outcomes that indicate whether California’s 58 counties are protecting child abuse victims and meeting the needs of children in foster care. Our Report is based upon 12 performance measures — an equal number of federal and state measures that address the six areas listed below. The state measures were established as a part of California’s 2001 legislative mandate (AB 636) for greater accountability among county child welfare programs. The federal measures are used by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (USDHHS) to determine state compliance with federal mandates for child safety, stability, and permanency, and states are sanctioned if they do not meet federal performance standards. The measures are: • Recurrence of Abuse or Neglect • Incidence of Child Abuse and/or Neglect in Foster Care • Foster Care Re-entries • Stability of Foster Care Placements • Length of Time to Reunification • Length of Time to Adoption These outcome measures provide a gauge to determine how well children are being protected and, when they enter foster care, whether they are moved promptly back to a safe home, whether it be with their biological parents, a relative, adoptive parents, or other permanent placement. For those children who remain in care longer, the measures show whether a county has provided that child with a stable placement. Finally, by tracking the rate at which children re-enter care, the measures provide some indication of whether children are being returned to their families too soon, or if families are not given enough support to allow parents to properly care for their children. Details: Sacramento, CA: National Center for Youth Law, 2006. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.teenhealthlaw.org/fileadmin/ncyl/youthlaw/publications/2006_broken_promises.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (California) Shelf Number: 121308

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Evaluating the Impact of Protective Equipment Could Help Enhance Officer Safety Summary: The Department of Justice's (DOJ) Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) manages more than 209,000 inmates, up 45 percent between fiscal years 2000 and 2010. As the prison population grows, so do concerns about correctional officer safety. As requested, GAO examined the (1) equipment that BOP and selected state departments of corrections (DOC) provide to protect officers, and the officers' and other correctional practitioners' opinions of this equipment; (2) extent to which BOP has evaluated the effectiveness of this equipment, and factors correctional equipment experts consider important to the acquisition of new equipment; and (3) institutional factors correctional accrediting experts reported as impacting officer safety, and the extent to which BOP has evaluated the effectiveness of the steps it has taken in response. GAO reviewed BOP policies and procedures; interviewed BOP officials and officers within BOP's six regions, selected based on such factors as the level of facility overcrowding; interviewed officials at 14 of the 15 largest state DOCs; and surveyed 21 individuals selected for their expertise in corrections. The results of the interviews cannot be generalized, but provide insight into issues affecting officer safety. BOP and 14 state DOCs included in GAO's review provide a variety of protective equipment to officers, but BOP officers and management have different views on equipment. BOP generally provides officers with radios, body alarms, keys, flashlights, handcuffs, gloves, and stab-resistant vests while on duty, but prohibits them from storing personal firearms on BOP property, with limited exceptions. DOC officials in 14 states GAO interviewed provided examples of equipment they allow officers to carry while on duty that BOP does not--such as pepper spray--and officials in 9 of the 14 states reported allowing officers to store personal firearms on state DOC property. BOP and states provide similar equipment to protect officers in an emergency, such as an inmate riot or attack. Most BOP officers with whom GAO spoke reported that carrying additional equipment while on duty and commuting would better protect officers, while BOP management largely reported that officers did not need to carry additional equipment to better protect them. BOP has not evaluated the effectiveness of equipment it provides in ensuring officer safety, and correctional equipment experts report that BOP needs to consider a variety of factors in acquisition decisions. Neither the officials nor the experts with whom GAO spoke reported that they were aware of or had conducted evaluations of the effectiveness of equipment in ensuring officer safety, although BOP tracks information necessary to do so in its data systems. By using information in these existing systems, BOP could analyze the effectiveness of the equipment it distributes in ensuring officer safety, thus helping it determine additional actions, if any, to further officer safety and better target limited resources. All of the correctional equipment experts GAO spoke with reported that BOP would need to consider factors such as training, replacement, maintenance, and liability, as well as whether the equipment met performance standards, if it acquired new equipment. These experts suggested that any decision must first be based upon a close examination of the benefits and risk of using certain types of equipment. For example, while state officials reported that pepper spray is inexpensive and effective, a majority of the BOP management officials we spoke with stated that it could be taken by inmates and used against officers. Correctional accrediting experts most frequently cited control over the inmate population, officer training, inmate gangs, correctional staffing and inmate overcrowding as the institutional factors--beyond equipment--most impacting officer safety. These experts suggested various strategies to address these factors, and BOP reported taking steps to do so, such as conducting annual training on BOP policies, identifying and separating gang members, and converting community space into inmate cells. BOP has assessed the effectiveness of steps it has taken in improving officer safety. For instance, a 2001 BOP study found that inmates who participated in BOP's substance abuse treatment program were less likely than a comparison group to engage in misconduct for the remainder of their sentence following program completion. BOP utilizes such studies to inform its decisions, such as eliminating programs found to be ineffective. GAO recommends that BOP's Director assess whether the equipment intended to improve officer safety has been effective. BOP concurred with this recommendation Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-410: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11410.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 121313

Author: Bobbitt, Mike Title: Safe Return: Working Toward Preventing Domestic Violence When Men Return from Prison Summary: Strong family connections have been found to improve reentry outcomes, but they can be difficult to achieve. People returning from prison often face shifts in power dynamics with partners, changes in family structure, or unrealistic or unfulfilled expectations. In many cases, conflicting expectations and high levels of mistrust and frustration can contribute to tension and violence with intimate partners. The Safe Return Initiative focuses on strengthening domestic violence services for African American women and their children when they are facing the return of an intimate partner from prison. It does this by building culturally specific technical capacity within and cooperation among justice institutions and community-based and faith-based organizations. Its goals are to keep women and their children safe and improve the odds of successful reentry by offering peer-based learning, training, information sharing, and on-site assistance designed to help criminal justice and community-based organizations better serve African Americans dealing with prisoner reentry. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2006. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3031/SRIRoundtable_Final.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: African American Women Shelf Number: 121322

Author: Kavanaugh, Philip R. Title: Storylines of Physical and Sexual Assault in Urban Nightlife: The Impact of Individual Disposition and Social Context Summary: The primary purposes of the current research are: (1) to examine how individual disposition and social context in criminal offending and victimization, and (2) examine this relationship in understudied crime locations – in this study, urban nightlife venues (i.e., bars and nightclubs). These social contexts provide a major source of leisure activity for numerous young adults today but remain an understudied hot-spot in mainstream criminology, despite the fact that levels of crime and victimization associated with these scenes is regarded as widespread and increasing. Examining crime and victimization in this increasingly popular socio-cultural context has the potential to expand the scope of criminology by accounting for settings and populations not sufficiently addressed in prior work. Theoretically I draw on the recently proposed storyline approach outlined by Robert Agnew. Using storylines as an analytical framework, I posit that as an individual enters certain social contexts, situations will arise that lead to opportunities for crime, deviance, and victimization. Whether outcomes such as physical and sexual assault occur depend on the three factors: (1) a certain individual disposition – which includes more static characteristics influenced by one’s background, as well as more ephemeral characteristics such emotional state and role identity, (2) a social context or spatial location that is either conducive to or prohibitive of criminal outcomes, and (3) a confrontation or situation that arises where an individual makes certain behavioral choices. Depending on the confluence of these three factors, some individuals will engage in crime, some will become victims, and others will either experience non-criminal outcomes or walk away from potentially dangerous situations. In order to provide empirical support for this thesis I use multi-method ethnographic data to construct: (1) storylines about respondent experiences with physical and sexual assault, (2) identity profiles to identify key dispositional or “background” factors, and (3) contextual profiles detailing the organization and atmosphere of the social spaces in which their criminal and victimization experiences occurred. The analysis then pairs 1-3 into what kind of combinations resulted in physical and sexual assault, and reveals the contribution of each of the three factors specified: situation, disposition, and context. This dissertation is a secondary analysis of a previous ethnographic study on which this author served as the primary research assistant/co-investigator. All analyses are based on information collected in this 2005-2006 ethnographic study. Details: Newark, DE: University of Delaware, 2010. 272p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/230408.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime Shelf Number: 121324

Author: University of Connecticut. Center for Applied Research in Human Development Title: 2007-09 Process Evaluation Report: Governor's Urban Youth Violence Prevention Grant Summary: This report provides details of a process evaluation that was conducted by the Center for Applied Research in Human Development (CARHD) at the University of Connecticut for the State of Connecticut’s Office of Policy and Management. The evaluation was conducted with 19 youth programs located in urban centers within Connecticut. One of the principal functions of a process evaluation is the use of evaluation data to inform the policies and practices employed by a youth program. The process evaluation that was conducted with Connecticut’s youth programs consisted of several components. First, attendance data were collected from all of the programs involved in the evaluation. Second, data were collected from the youth at the programs on their perceptions of “supports and opportunities” present within the programs. Third, summaries of these perceptions were shared with the directors of the programs, who then worked on an improvement plan. Finally, one year after the initial data were collected, youth were re‐surveyed to determine whether the improvement objectives had been achieved. The improvement plans were developed in consultation with the Youth Development Training and Resource Center (YDTRC) at Yale. Personnel from the YDTRC worked with staff and youth teams from each of the 19 programs to develop specific goals and objectives. They developed implementation strategies for the targeted goals, and they involved both staff and youth in the execution of these strategic attempts to improve the quality of the programming offered through each of the 19 programs. This report consists of several parts: ♦ An overview of the evaluation (Section I); ♦ Description of youth program operation and young people’s attendance data (Section II); ♦ Description of youth across the 19 programs (Section III); ♦ Results of the process evaluation, presented for each program involved in the evaluation (Section IV); ♦ A project summary (Section V). Details: Hartford, CT: Connecticut Office of Policy and Management, 2009. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.ct.gov/opm/lib/opm/cjppd/cjjjyd/jjydpublications/guyvp_2007-2009_final_report_9-19-09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Connecticut) Shelf Number: 121326

Author: Maryland. Governor's Family Violence Council Title: Hospital-Based Domestic Violence Programs Summary: This report provides an overview of Maryland's hospital-based domestic violence programs; reviews the subject literature regarding these programs nationally; identifes and compares similar programs across the country; assesses program measures, including impact on violence and healthcare costs; and summarizes the various streams of funding available to support these programs. Details: Baltimore, MD: Governor's Family Violence Council, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/documents/Hospital-based-DV-Programs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Maryland) Shelf Number: 121327

Author: Richetelli, Dorinda M. Title: A Second Reassessment of Disproportionate Minority Contact in Connecticut’s Juvenile Justice System Summary: A major issue facing juvenile justice practitioners and policymakers across the country is disproportionality and disparate treatment of racial and ethnic minority youth in the juvenile justice system. Various studies conducted across the nation on disproportionate minority contact in the juvenile justice system have found that: Racial and ethnic minorities are often greatly overrepresented in the juvenile justice system. The observed disproportionality cannot be explained by differences in delinquent behavior across racial and ethnic groups. Disparities were found in system processing of minority youth, even when controlling for social and legal background variables. The role of race/ethnicity in the processing of minority vs. White youth often varies by the offense type, the decision point within the system, and location. This is the third study in the State of Connecticut that examines disproportionate minority contact in the state’s juvenile justice system. The major goals for this study were to determine: What differences, if any, exist in decisions made for Black, Hispanic and White juveniles who are processed for similar types of offenses (e.g., Serious Juvenile Offenses, non-SJO felonies, misdemeanors, and violations) as they move through the juvenile justice system. If observed differences remain when controlling for offender and offense characteristics or are neutralized by predictor variables. If the system has improved in those areas found to be problematic in the two prior studies. The study assesses decisions made by the three components of the juvenile justice system: the police, Juvenile Court, and the Department of Children and Families. Details: Hartford, CT: Office of Policy and Management, Criminal Justice Policy and Planning Division, 2009. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.ct.gov/opm/lib/opm/cjppd/cjjjyd/jjydpublications/final_report_dmc_study_may_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 121328

Author: Litch, Michael Title: Draft Technical Report For SECURES Demonstration in Hampton and Newport News, Virginia Summary: On March 21, 2005 Planning Systems Inc. (PSI) teamed with the Center for Society Law and Justice (CSLJ) and the Department of Justice / Office of Justice Programs entered into a cooperative agreement for the deployment, operation and analysis of an acoustic gunshot detection system in Newport News and Hampton Virginia. The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) – Office of Science and Technology, oversaw the project. Chris Miles, Senior Program Manager, Sensors, Surveillance, and Biometrics provided oversight and direction on behalf of NIJ. The SECURES® acoustic gunshot detection system deployed in Newport News and Hampton, Virginia represented the third generation of hardware electronics since its original inception. This report is presented in two basics sections. The first section represents the findings by CSLJ as an independent third party assessor with scientifically founded conclusions based on research and statistical data collected during the operation of the system including independent Live-Fire tests conducted in Newport News and Hampton, Virginia. The second section of this report is the overview of deployment and operational initiatives as reported by PSI personnel. The conclusions drawn by CSLJ are impressive. Some of the most notable include: o The Live-Fire tests conducted in Newport News and Hampton, though differing in actual results, suggest that the detection of handguns by the SECURES® system, particularly in calibers of 9 mm and greater, is very accurate. o The ability of the SECURES® system to locate gunshots was very accurate often localizing the actual test shot location within a 10-foot radius. o Trade-offs between detecting true positives and false positives was noted wherein false positives can be reduced to near zero with relative small loss in true positives. o Indications exist that public awareness of the SECURES® system may serve to decrease the number of gunshot relate 911 calls. o Eleven (11) arrests were made as a result of SECURES® related dispatches that can conservatively attributed solely to the SECURES® system deployment. o In Newport News there were four gunshot victims found on SECURES related dispatches of which one would not have been found otherwise. The other three gunshot victims found were incidents where associated 911 calls also existed. The deployment and operations of the SECURES systems in Newport News and Hampton were completed under best practices as known at the time deployed. These initiatives, as with most projects, were met with challenges that have been overcomed. The information gained in these efforts, though beyond the scope of these demonstrations, have subsequently been used in other deployments to further stream line deployments and operations. Details: Reston, VA: Planning Systems, Inc., 2008. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233342.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Detection Shelf Number: 121330

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: State of Recidivism: The Revolving Door of America’s Prisons Summary: The dramatic growth of America’s prison population during the past three decades is by now a familiar story. In 2008, the Pew Center on the States reported that incarceration levels had risen to a point where one in 100 American adults was behind bars. A second Pew study the following year added another disturbing dimension to the picture, revealing that one in 31 adults in the United States was either incarcerated or on probation or parole. The costs associated with this growth also have been well documented. Total state spending on corrections is now about $52 billion, the bulk of which is spent on prisons. State spending on corrections quadrupled during the past two decades, making it the second fastest growing area of state budgets, trailing only Medicaid. While America’s imprisonment boom and its fiscal impacts have been widely debated, the public safety payoff from our expenditures on incarceration has undergone far less scrutiny. Now, however, as the nation’s slumping economy continues to force states to do more with less, policy makers are asking tougher questions about corrections outcomes. One key element of that analysis is measuring recidivism, or the rate at which offenders return to prison. Prisons, of course, are not solely responsible for recidivism results. Parole and probation agencies, along with social service providers and community organizations, play a critical role. Although preventing offenders from committing more crimes once released is only one goal of the overall correctional system, it is a crucial one, both in terms of preventing future victimization and ensuring that taxpayer dollars are spent effectively. This report seeks to elevate the public discussion about recidivism, prompting policy makers and the public to dig more deeply into the factors that impact rates of return to prison, and into effective strategies for reducing them. For years the most widely accepted sources of national recidivism statistics have been two studies produced by the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS). The most recent of those reports, which tracked offenders released from state prison in 1994, concluded that a little more than half of released offenders (51.8 percent) were back in prison within three years, either for committing a new crime or for violating rules of their supervision. Published in 2002, the BJS study followed a sample of offenders from 15 states, and did not provide any statelevel recidivism data. Recognizing the importance of recidivism to policy makers seeking better results from their correctional systems, Pew, in collaboration with the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA), undertook a comprehensive survey aimed at producing the first state-by-state look at recidivism rates. The Pew/ASCA survey asked states to report three-year return-to-prison rates for all inmates released from their prison systems in 1999 and 2004. This survey differs from the prior BJS study in many important ways, the most significant of which is that it includes recidivism data from more than twice as many states. According to the survey results, 45.4 percent of people released from prison in 1999 and 43.3 percent of those sent home in 2004 were reincarcerated within three years, either for committing a new crime or for violating conditions governing their release. While differences in survey methods complicate direct comparisons of national recidivism rates over time, a comparison of the states included in both the Pew/ASCA and BJS studies reveals that recidivism rates have been largely stable. When excluding California, whose size skews the national picture, recidivism rates between 1994 and 2007 have consistently remained around 40 percent. The new figures suggest that despite the massive increase in corrections spending, in many states there has been little improvement in the performance of corrections systems. If more than four out of 10 adult American offenders still return to prison within three years of their release, the system designed to deter them from continued criminal behavior clearly is falling short. That is an unhappy reality, not just for offenders, but for the safety of American communities. Details: Washington, DC: The Pew Charitable Trusts, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/Reports/sentencing_and_corrections/State_Recidivism_Revolving_Door_America_Prisons%20.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 121333

Author: Planning Systems, Inc. Title: Draft Technical Report for SECURES Demonstration in San Bernardino County - Bloomington Area Summary: In October 2003 Planning Systems Inc. (PSI) teamed with the Center for Society Law and Justice (CSLJ) and the Department of Justice / Office of Justice Programs entered into a cooperative agreement 2003-IJ-CX-K021 for the deployment, operation and analysis of an acoustic gunshot detection system in San Bernardino County California. This report is presented in three basic sections. The first section provides an overview of the enhancements to the technical tools used in the deployment of the SECURES® system and to the SECURES® display software. The second section of this report is the overview of deployment and operational initiatives as reported by PSI personnel. The third section represents the findings by CSLJ as an independent third party assessor. The use of technical tools in the form of acoustic and RF modeling can greatly enhance the deployment of SECURES® by reducing the normal amount of field manpower and time required in an empirical approach to sensor and receiver placement and installation. This enables police departments to deploy or even relocate a SECURES® system in minimum time with limited exposure within the area of deployment. Not only does this save time and costs in installation but it also has the ability to identify deficient areas in advance so that these can either be re-engineered to assure coverage by the system being deployed or can provide additional situational awareness to patrol officers. Enhancements to the SECURES® display software provides dispatch personnel with better tools to more accurately define and convey the gunshot locations to patrol. The deployment and operations of the SECURES® systems in was plagued by delays in securing a valid poly use agreement with the local providing utility, Southern California Edison (SCE). Much progress was made with the onset of the program in 2003 including software enhancements, system layout, training and even the initial installation of the receiver and base station assemblies. However, once the issues concerning the pole use agreement for the intended area was overcome in 2007 with separate pole use agreements with both SCE and AT&T (formerly PacBell) much of the enthusiasm developed earlier on with all parties concerned had dissipated. Nonetheless the system was deployed as intended. The results gained from the assessment by CSLJ were disappointing. The area in which SECURES® was deployed netted few gunshot alerts. There were no corroborating reports from the SBCSD to support actual ground truth events. The span of time from initial time of planned deployment in 2003 to actual deployment in 2007 had not only diminished enthusiasm but also the resources available to support this effort locally. Details: Reston, VA: Planning Systems, Inc., 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233343.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Detection Shelf Number: 121334

Author: Petersen, Kim Title: TranSystems' Florida Seaport Security Assessment 2010 Summary: Prior to the passage of the Maritime Transportation Security Act (MTSA) in 2002, the state of Florida was extremely proactive in securing its deepwater ports with the passage of Florida Statute [FS] 311.12 Seaport Security Standards in 2000. This research explores the history, impact, and areas of overlap that FS 311.12 and the MTSA security standards have upon Florida’s major seaports. The research includes: 1) an historical analysis of the 1999 Camber Report; 2) a federal and state statutory regulation comparison; 3) a review of the Seaport Security Standards Advisory Council 2008 recommendations & FS 311 review; 4) U.S. port security regulatory review 2000-2009; 5) a comparison of aviation and maritime security regulations; 6) state and federal regulation evaluation – Layered Security; 7) a document review to analyze Florida ports’ physical security and operations; 8) a combined Florida risk assessment update; 9) an analysis of the security costs incurred by Florida’s ports vs. comparable ports that are not required to meet a state port security standard; and 10) an overlap analysis of the Florida Uniform Port Access Credential (FUPAC) against the Transportation Workers Identification Credential (TWIC). The report contains findings and recommendations associated with each of the listed tasks. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida Division of Emergency Management, Florida Office of Drug Control, 2010. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.fdle.state.fl.us/Content/getdoc/2902b533-5d31-4876-9ad6-1cb2a01a2c65/100409_Florida_Seaports_SecurityAssessment_Report.aspx Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime (Florida) Shelf Number: 121336

Author: OpenDoors Title: The Criminal Justice Costs of Marijuana Prohibition in Rhode Island Summary: According to the new report by OpenDoors, “The Criminal Justice Costs of Marijuana Prohibition in Rhode Island,” marijuana prohibition has widespread and significant fiscal and human costs, results in unfair and racially disproportionate punishment, and has no demonstrated public safety benefits. There were 1,771 arrests for marijuana possession in 2009, and in 2008 there were 584 incidents of incarceration for marijuana possession. The report recommends decriminalization of possession of less than one ounce of marijuana and estimates that this would save $12.7 million in criminal justice costs per year. Additionally, the report concludes that there is no proof of any crime control benefits of these incarcerations, finding that, “in the year after release from a prison sentence for marijuana, only 7% of individuals were reconvicted for a violent offense, only 2.5% for a violent felony.” Despite the fact that white people smoke marijuana at higher rates, black people are punished disproportionately: black people are arrested 1.6 times more frequently for marijuana and those arrested are incarcerated eight times more frequently than whites. The analysis in the report is based on arrest, court, and Department of Corrections data and the methodology was reviewed by the Department of Corrections. The report also summarizes medical research that demonstrates that marijuana is significantly less of a public health risk than alcohol. The results have been distributed to the Rhode Island Senate Special Commission to Study the Prohibition of Marijuana, which is meeting for the final time Tuesday, March 15 to study Rhode Island’s current marijuana laws. Legislation has also been submitted in both the Senate and the House to decriminalize possession of small amounts of marijuana. The report concludes that this legislation would result in significant fiscal savings. Currently, thirteen other states partially decriminalize marijuana possession, including Massachusetts, which made possession of less than one ounce of marijuana a civil offense in a 2008 ballot referendum by a vote of 65% to 35%. Details: Providence, RI: OpenDoors, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://opendoorsri.org/sites/default/files/CostsofMarijPolicyReportFINAL3.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 121341

Author: OpenDoors Title: Rethinking Arrest: Street Prostitution and Public Policy in Rhode Island Summary: In Rhode Island, the criminalization, arrest, and incarceration of those engaging in prostitution is currently the central focus of efforts to decrease prostitution. These individuals are often poor or homeless, have substance abuse problems, are the victims of physical and sexual violence, and want to leave prostitution. OpenDoors encourages policy makers to improve the lives of those engaging in prostitution by funding outreach, job training, and diversionary programs, and by limiting jail time for prostitution-related charges. Details: Providence, RI: OpenDoors, 2009. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://opendoorsri.org/sites/default/files/RethinkingArrest.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 121342

Author: Totman, Molly Title: Searching for Consent: An Analysis of Racial Profiling Data in Texas Summary: The Texas Legislature in 2001 required law enforcement agencies to annually report detailed statistics concerning the race of individuals stopped and searched in their jurisdictions. However, the law did not create a statewide repository for the reports or provide any mechanism for analyzing the data on a statewide level. The Campaign to End Racial Profiling at the Texas Criminal Justice Coalition (TCJC) fills that role. This is the third year that TCJC – in conjunction with allies from the American Civil Liberties Union of Texas (ACLU of Texas), Texas State Conference of branches of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (Texas NAACP), and League of United Latin American Citizens of Texas (Texas LULAC) – have conducted annual studies of statewide racial profiling data. Previously, we have released reports detailing racial disparities in stop and search rates by Texas law enforcement agencies. Specifically, we have analyzed how much more likely Blacks and Latinos are to be stopped or searched than Anglos. In this study, we have chosen to concentrate on consent search data only, thereby eliminating from the analysis searches outside of an officer’s discretion. We are focusing only on situations in which the officer opted to conduct a search of his or her own volition rather than situations in which the officer was duty-bound to do so (e.g., in instances of probable cause or cases where the individual was arrested or had an outstanding warrant). We are also providing local governments and the Texas Legislature with more insight into the extent and ramifications of consent searches. At the conclusion of the 2005 Texas Legislative Session, Governor Rick Perry vetoed Senate Bill 1195, which would have required police officers to obtain a driver’s written or recorded consent before conducting a consent search of a vehicle. Governor Perry wrote in his veto message that “there is insufficient information available at this time to determine whether signed or taped consent requirements place too onerous a burden on law enforcement or provide additional protections to the public. I would expect members of the legislature to review this issue during the interim and to bring back their findings to the 80th legislative session.” Our analysis reveals that consent search practices vary widely by department. Some departments continue to search minorities at higher rates than Anglos; some departments search all races much more often than other agencies. These are significant conclusions in light of previous research finding consent searches to be an inefficient police practice, rarely resulting in findings of wrongdoing, and merely redirecting officers’ energy away from preventing crimes. To begin our analysis, we sent open records requests to 233 departments that issued 3,000 or more citations in 2003. We received 229 timely responses with usable data provided by 201 departments. These departments represent the largest citation-issuing law enforcement agencies in Texas and account for over 4.5 million traffic stops. We analyzed each contributing department’s self-reported statistics as well as the quality of the reports produced in order to better inform policy leaders, law enforcement agencies, and community members as they address the problem and perception of racial profiling, along with localized, general searching practices and policies. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2006. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticecoalition.org/files/userfiles/publicsafety/Racial_Profiling_Data_2006_Analysis_of_Search_and_Consent_Policies_in_Texas.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 121343

Author: Interstate Commission for Juveniles Title: Bench Book for Judges and Court Personnel Summary: This bench book provides an overview of legal procedures for the interstate agreement (called a "compact") to transfer or return juveniles who cross state lines. It also includes an analysis of the compact's legal foundation, describes sentencing considerations; establishes a process for returning juveniles who have run away from home, escapees, and absconders; explains liability and immunity considerations; and summarizes other relevant considerations. Details: Lexington, KY: Interstate Commission for Juveniles, 2011. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.juvenilecompact.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=hP5YtZN5GWU%3d&tabid=969 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Interstate Transfer, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 121344

Author: Noh, Eun Young Title: Characteristics of Law Enforcement Officers' Fatalities in Motor Vehicle Crashes Summary: The Law Enforcement Officers Killed & Assaulted (LEOKA) data is collected and published annually by the Federal Bureau of Investigation to provide information on the law enforcement officers who were killed feloniously or accidentally as well as of those who were assaulted while performing their duties. The LEOKA data shows that the number of law enforcement officers killed in the line of duty by violent means dominated those who were killed in motor vehicle crashes until the middle of the 1990s. However, the recent trend shows that motor vehicle crashes have become the major cause of fatalities of law enforcement officers. These observations suggested an in-depth analysis of the data. The Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) is maintained by National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. The FARS is currently the only database that contains detailed information on the fatal crashes involving law enforcement officers. The characteristics of law enforcement officers’ fatalities in motor vehicle traffic crashes were investigated using the FARS data from 1980 to 2008. The characteristics were analyzed at the crash level for 772 crashes that involved at least one law enforcement officer’s fatality, at the vehicle level for 776 police vehicles with law enforcement officers’ fatalities, and at the person level for 823 law enforcement officers killed in motor vehicle crashes. The characteristics of fatalities in passenger vehicle crashes were compared between the law enforcement officer (LEO) and non-LEO groups using the FARS data from 2000 to 2008. The LEO and non-LEO groups show substantially different characteristics at crash time, first harmful event, roadway function class (rural/urban), emergency use, fire occurrence, rollover, most harmful event, impact point, vehicle maneuver, crash avoidance maneuver, age, sex, person type, seating position, restraint use, and air bag availability and deployment. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 811 411: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811411.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Officers Shelf Number: 121346

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Parenthood and Crime: The Role of Wantedness, Relationships with Partners, and Socioeconomic Status Summary: Parenthood may play a pivotal role in the criminal desistance process, but few studies have examined the conditions under which becoming a mother or father is most likely to lead to reductions in criminal behavior. The current longitudinal study draws on four waves of adolescent and young adult interview data (N = 1,066) to examine the impact of parenthood on criminal trajectories, as well as the degree to which the prosocial potential of parenthood is modified by socioeconomic factors, the nature of the relationship between the biological parents, and pregnancy wantedness. The influence of gender on these relationships is also examined. Results from HLM longitudinal regression models indicate that highly disadvantaged young men and women do not report lower average levels of criminal behavior after becoming parents, although young men and women from more advantaged backgrounds do report lower average levels of crime after making these transitions. Pregnancies that were described as wanted reduced female involvement in crime regardless of socioeconomic status, while status of the relationship (married or cohabiting and single) was in general not a strong predictor. In-depth qualitative data are used to further elucidate the conditional nature of the parenthood-crime relationship. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series 2011-02: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/downloads/cas/file94273.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 121353

Author: O'Neil, David Title: Non-Fatal Workplace Violence: An Epidemiological Report and Empirical Exploration of Risk Factors Summary: While a fair amount of research has explored the epidemiology of homicides resulting from workplace violence, a disproportionately low amount of empirical research has addressed non-fatal incidents. Utilizing theoretical guidelines for risk assessment research developed by Monahan and Steadman (1994), this dissertation investigates nonfatal workplace violence from a cue-criterion perspective in order to develop practically applicable information for those responsible for providing threat assessments in the workplace (i. e., mental health professionals, employment assistance programs). The investigation of a police department’s criminal records of workplace violence incidents over an eighteen month period promoted a proactive and reactive cluster model for assessing risk factors associated with varying levels of violence intensity. As a result, the findings provide three major streams of information. First, it presents epidemiological information concerning non-fatal workplace violence. Second, it addresses the different types of workplace violence and differences across those types. Lastly, it provides multivariate analyses of risk factors associated with higher and lower intensity violence before discussing a few pragmatic applications of the dissertation’s findings. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska, 2001. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/199359.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 119768

Author: Caulkins, Jonathan P. Title: Smuggling and Excise Tax Evasion for Legalized Marijuana: Lessons from Other Excise Taxes Summary: We explore three lines of evidence that may shed light on whether marijuana excise tax revenue could be threatened by black market sales and smuggling: (1) Comparing the Ammiano Bill’s proposed $50 per ounce tax to various other current and proposed excise taxes on a variety of metrics, (2) Placing a $50 per ounce tax in the context of cross-sectional state-level data relating tobacco smuggling to tobacco excise taxes, and (3) Comparing the tax to current marijuana prices on a per pound basis. This exercise suggests that:  As compared with other familiar excise taxes, a $50 per ounce excise tax on marijuana is either very high or truly unprecedented depending on the metric employed.  California should expect at least some degree of tax evasion; it is hard to see why evasion would be less of an issue than it is with cigarettes.  California should not rule out the possibility that tax evasion would wipe out essentially all of the potential revenues from a $50 per ounce excise tax. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND Drug Policy Research Center, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 766-RC, 2010. 10p. Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 121357

Author: Boswell, Gwyneth Title: Time Apart: A Seven-Year Project to Help Children and Families Affected by Imprisonment. Evaluation of the Work of the Eastern Region Families Partnership 2002-2009 Summary: The Eastern Region Families Partnership (ERFP) was established in 2001 to support and develop services to prisoners' children and families and to prisoner resettlement in the Eastern region. The partnership was between a grant-making body, an voluntary agency and HM Prison service. This research aimed to assess the effectiveness of the ERFP and its programme of work during its seven-year life and to make recommendations for their future development. A wide range of data was analysed during the study including semi-structured interviews and questionnaires of 212 people comprising of staff, volunteers, Board members, regional stakeholders, and service users including prisoners, partners/child carers and children. the key evaluation outcomes of the research are identified under the headings of: programme, the degree of effectiveness with which the projects have been implemented; the process, the extent to which the key implementers consider the policy and organisational framework helps their daily operations; and product, the overall extent to which Partnerships stated objectives have been met. The results of the evaluation are discussed in terms of the programme, the process and product. In its conclusion the evaluation commends the model and finds the services effective. Details: Ipswich: Ormiston Children and Families Trust, 2009. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Executive Summary Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.youngsouthampton.org/images/Time_Apart_Executive_Summary_tcm21-249124.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 121358

Author: Listwan, Shelley Johnson Title: The Kootenai and Ada County Drug Courts: Outcome Evaluation Findings. Final Report Summary: Drug courts have played a growing role in responding to the dramatic increase in drug offenses entering the criminal justice system in the past fifteen years. The recognition that drug abuse is a chronic and relapsing condition that requires intensive treatment has changed how the drug offender is treated in the criminal justice system as well as by the general public. Funding for these drug courts across the country and in Idaho has led to a great expansion of this innovation. The first drug court began in Idaho in 1998, currently; there are 30 drug courts in operation. In 2001, the University of Cincinnati was contracted by the Idaho Supreme Court to provide an evaluation of its drug court efforts. The project consists of three phases. In the first phase, the Kootenai and Ada County Drug Courts were selected for outcome evaluations. The second phase will include a statewide process evaluation that will detail how well selected drug courts across the state have been implemented, how effectively they process their cases, and whether they are serving their intended target populations. Finally, the third phase will include a statewide outcome evaluation of selected courts across the state. The evaluation effort is designed to inform the courts and stakeholders of how well drug courts have been implemented and their overall effectiveness. This report illustrates the results of the phase one outcome study and provides a preliminary picture of the effectiveness of two drug courts in Idaho. Details: Cincinnati, OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, University of Cincinnati, 2005. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.isc.idaho.gov/adakootenai_0705.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 101493

Author: Chapman, Steven F. Title: Evaluation of the Behavior Modification Unit Pilot Program at High Desert State Prison Summary: The Behavior Modification Unit (BMU) Pilot Program was implemented at High Desert State Prison (HDSP) on November 21, 2005. This program was developed and implemented to respond to disruptive inmate behavior that was not serious enough to warrant placement in the Administrative Segregation Unit (ASU) or Security Housing Unit (SHU), but was disruptive to the general population. The BMU was designed to provide alternative general population housing and programming for inmates deemed program failures. The goals of the BMU program are to: • modify recalcitrant inmate behavior, • eliminate and reduce the opportunity to repeat the behavior, and • provide non-disruptive inmates the ability to participate in programming without continual interruptions. Inmates are eligible for placement into the BMU if they fall into any of the five following categories: 1. Program failure, 2. SHUable offense per California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Section 3341.5, 3. Organized criminal activity, 4. Refusal to double cell or participate in the department’s racial integration program, or 5. Indecent exposure. The Institutional Classification Committee (ICC) or Unit Classification Committee (UCC) has the responsibility of placing inmates into the BMU program who meet placement criteria. Inmates are initially placed in Work Group C, in which inmates receive zero work credit, and Privilege Group C, in which inmates’ personal privileges are limited, for at least 90 days. Subsequent BMU placements are for a minimum of 180 days. Upon placement in the BMU, inmates forfeit most personal property, including appliances. A total of 164 inmates were placed in the BMU program at HDSP during the period between November 21, 2005, and July 31, 2007. The findings indicate that the BMU program was associated with a reduction in the recalcitrant behavior of the 76 inmates who successfully completed the program and were present at HDSP for at least one month before entering and one month after completing the program. Specifically, the inmates who completed the BMU program had almost six times fewer Rules Violation Reports after completing the BMU program than before entering it. However, the results also suggest that, for the 137 inmates who were placed in the BMU and were present at HDSP for at least one month before and one month after entering the program, it was not effective in reducing recalcitrant behavior. Although these findings are encouraging, it is important to note that, due to the quasi-experimental nature of the research design, it is not possible to attribute the observed positive effects to participation in the BMU program. Because it was not feasible to randomly assign inmates to the program, the observed effects might have been due to events unrelated to it (e.g., changes in institution policy, correctional staff behavior toward inmates, or inmate behavior not directly related to the BMU program). Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Office of Research, Adult Research Branch, 2008. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/Behavior%20Modifcation%20Unit%20Evaluation%20July%202008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 121360

Author: Vellani, Karim H. Title: Crime Analysis for Problem Solving Security Professionals in 25 Small Steps Summary: This manual shows security professionals how to select and implement appropriate countermeasures to reduce the opportunities for the everyday crimes that are the most common threats to assets and targets that security professionals must protect. Drawing on problem-oriented policing and situational crime prevention the manual is essential reading for security professionals, facility managers, risk managers, property managers, and as well for both public and private police who are concerned with everyday crime problems in business settings. Details: Houston, TX: Karim H. Vellani, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.popcenter.org/library/reading/pdfs/crimeanalysis25steps.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 121361

Author: Adkins, Geneva Title: Iowa Prisoner Re-Entry Initiative (PRI) Rural Service Delivery Model Iowa Department of Correctional Services Summary: This report presents an evaluation of the two-year Iowa Prisoner Re-Entry Initiative (PRI) Rural Service Delivery Model. The purpose of the program was to improve community safety by providing pre-release services and successful transition planning and aftercare services to offenders released from state institutions to the Second Judicial District Department of Correctional Services. Participants included all offenders released to the Second Judicial District during the grant period. Participants were involved in a three phase program which included: 1. Institution Phase – The re-entry and assessment staff administered the LSI-R and other pertinent assessments during intake and completed a reentry case plan. While in the institution participants were referred to appropriate services including the Life Skills program, when appropriate. 2. Community Transition – Participants who were within 180 days of release were assessed and community programs identified that would best help the participant transition into the community. A determination was made to either refer the offender to Spectrum Wraparound Services or to Corrections’ Reach-in Program. 3. Aftercare Phase – Participants received aftercare services as provided by either Spectrum Wraparound Services or the Reach In program for three to 12 months. Satisfactory completion of the program was determined by consultation with Community Based Corrections and Spectrum staff and the parole officer. The criteria for Spectrum Wraparound Services included the following: • 18 years of age or older • No violent aggravated misdemeanors or felonies; violent serious misdemeanors may be included • Offenders with juvenile violent record may be included • No sex offenses (includes juvenile records and serious misdemeanor offenses) • No murder offenses (NCIC records were checked to determine eligibility). For comparison purposes, a random sample of offenders was selected. These offenders were released to the Second Judicial District during the period from March 1, 2006 to June 30, 2007 when reentry services were not available to offenders being released to rural communities. This report will identify and analyze demographic data, interventions, release and supervision information, employment, risk scores, violations, drug use, and recidivism of participants. Data collection for this report ended on June 30, 2009. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Justice Justice Planning, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/Rural_PRI_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (Iowa) Shelf Number: 118746

Author: Kessler, Jim Title: Missing Records: Holes in Background Check System Allow Illegal Buyers to Get Guns Summary: This report, issued in the wake of the nation’s worst-ever mass shooting at Virginia Tech, updates a 2002 look at the records in background check system. We conclude that the system has improved in the last five years, but as evidenced by Seung-Hui Cho’s ability to pass two firearms purchase background checks, major holes remain. For example, 91% of those who should be barred by virtue of their mental illness (like Cho) are not in the system. Details: Washington, DC: The Third Way, 2007. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://content.thirdway.org/publications/69/Third_Way_Report_-_Missing_Records_-_Holes_in_the_Background_Check_System_-_How_They_Allow_Illegal_Buyers_to_Get_Guns.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 121362

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Violent Crime in America: What We Know About Hot Spots Enforcement Summary: This report is the fourth in a series in which the Police Executive Research Forum focuses on violence in the United States and what local police agencies are doing to prevent homicides, robberies, assaults, and other violent crimes. Once again, PERF has been able to call on our member police chiefs, sheriffs, and other local police officials as well as federal agency leaders and other experts to provide answers to these questions: Are violent crime levels going up or down in your jurisdiction? What kinds of strategies and tactics are you using to fight violent crime? In particular, most of you have told us that “hot spots” enforcement is high on your list of violent crime countermeasures. Please give us all of the details you can about this. Tell us stories that illustrate what hot spots enforcement means to you. A bit of background: In 2005, police chiefs began telling PERF that violent crime seemed to be making an unwelcome comeback in the United States, following a decade in which levels of violence fell dramatically. PERF began tracking this development by conducting surveys of our member police agencies in which we asked them for their most up-to-date statistics on their violent crime levels. We also began convening Violent Crime Summits, where police officials gathered to discuss the survey findings and talk about the latest tactics that seemed effective in pushing violent crime back down. To date, we have conducted four violent crime surveys and organized three Violent Crime Summits. Here’s where we stand in the spring of 2008: Violent crime spiked dramatically in 2005 and 2006, with many jurisdictions showing double-digit percentage increases in homicides and other crimes; PERF’s surveys, while much smaller than the FBI’s massive Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) system, seem to be a good sample of jurisdictions, because when the FBI released its UCR figures, they confirmed PERF’s finding of significantly higher violence in 2005 and 2006; Police agencies have responded to the higher crime levels quickly, implementing many types of programs designed to bring violent crime back down. The most common type of violence reduction strategy reported is hot-spots enforcement; It appears that the police anti-violence strategies are having an impact in many jurisdictions. PERF’s latest figures for all of 2007 show that in the same sample of 56 jurisdictions that proved accurate in 2005 and 2006, violent crime fell approximately 4 to 8 percent in all four categories tracked by PERF: homicide, robbery, aggravated assault, and aggravated assault with a firearm. Violent crime does remain volatile, however. Even though the total numbers of violent crimes in PERF’s sample of jurisdictions are down, many cities and counties are still reporting increases in violence. In fact, depending on the type of crime, our most recent numbers for all of 2007 show that 42 to 48 percent of the reporting jurisdictions reported increases in violence. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2008. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.policeforum.org/library/critical-issues-in-policing-series/HotSpots_v4.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Clusters Shelf Number: 121365

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Guns and Crime: Breaking New Ground By Focusing on the Local Impact Summary: This report summarizes the results of a project that the Police Executive Research Forum undertook to explore issues of gun crime in the United States. There are several dynamics that led PERF to think that we needed to do some work on the issue of gun crime: • It seems that the United States has become anesthetized to gun violence. While the 1999 Columbine school massacre in Colorado resulted in widespread demands for action to prevent such tragedies from occurring, it seemed that more recent incidents (Virginia Tech, Northern Illinois University, the nursing home rampage in Carthage, N.C., to name just a few) no longer prompted many calls for reform, because people no longer expect that any reforms will be made. • Even though violent crime in the United States has declined sharply since the 1990s, our nation still endures far higher homicide rates than do other countries — for example, 46 killings per day in the U.S. compared to only 8 killings per day in the entire European Union, which has a population 60 percent larger than the United States’. • Prospects for reform at the federal level seem bleak. In 2009, Washington showed little or no appetite for taking on gun crime issues. In an effort to “get off the dime” on the issue of gun violence, PERF decided to investigate what is happening at the local level on these issues. We wanted answers to questions like these: Are all cities facing the same types of gun violence, or are there significant local differences? In the views of local police executives, what are the most important factors that contribute to their gun problems? What have local police departments done to prevent gun violence? Are there police initiatives that seem especially effective in reducing shootings? What do police chiefs want most from their local, state, and federal governments to help them reduce gun violence? PERF began by conducting a pair of surveys: one to local police departments, and the other to all of the Field Divisions of the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF). Next, we conducted case studies in a number of cities. And finally, we convened a Gun Summit in Washington, D.C. on November 12. We invited local chiefs and ATF officials to share with us and each other their stories detailing exactly how gun crime is damaging their local communities, and what they have been doing about it. And in order to ensure that we would not just have police talking to each other in a sort of echo chamber at our Summit, we also invited representatives of two major gun rights groups and the Brady Center to attend. I know there are people who will ask, “How could you invite ‘those people’ to the table?” And my answer is the same as when I worked in the Middle East: “You don’t make peace with your friends.” So yes, we invited everyone to the table in order to get all sides talking to each other, with the common theme of reducing gun violence across the country. Instead of the same old stale arguments that have been circulating in Washington for years, we hoped to identify new perspectives and new approaches to getting a job done—the job of reducing gun homicides and other shootings. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://policeforum.org/library/critical-issues-in-policing-series/GunsandCrime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 121366

Author: Cnaan, Ram A. Title: Assessing Philadelphia’s Social Service Capacity for Ex-Prisoner Reentry Summary: This report presents a portrait of prisoner reentry services and needs for the City of Philadelphia. The people who need re-entry services • Every year some 40,000 people are released to Philadelphia from federal, state, and local prisons/jails. Over the years, some of them are repeating this cycle of incarceration and release. When they move back to the community, they are in need of social and human help for a long period of time. We estimate that at any given time there are 200,000 to 400,000 ex-prisoners who are in need of some kind of help. • The majority of the ex-prisoners are male (85%) and African American (70%). In Philadelphia, only 44 percent of the population is African American. • Neighborhoods with the highest numbers of those returning from prison and jail are Fairhill, North Central, Kingsessing, Frankford, Richmond, Cobbs Creek, and Tioga. These neighborhoods had more than 800 ex-prisoners return home in 2005 and accounted for more than a third of the ex-offenders mapped. (For the neighborhoods with the highest ratio and/or number of ex-prisoners, see Map 1) The serving organizations • Based on a list of 2,100 organizations, 924 were found not to exist or not to serve ex-prisoners; 487 were duplicates, and 150 refused or were inaccessible. • There were 539 organizations surveyed in this study that knowingly served ex-prisoners or had no restriction to serving them with an additional 221 service locations that provide services under the organizational structure of some of these 539 organizations. • A slight majority (52.1 %) of the organizations (281) served ex-offenders, while 47.8 percent (258) did not serve ex-offenders, but had no restrictions to doing so. • Each organization identified a primary provider type: faith-based – 16.7 percent; mental/behavioral health – 14.3 percent; employment and education – about 11 percent; HIV alcohol/substance abuse treatment, housing, and HIV/AIDS/primary healthcare, all about 10 percent; advocacy/legal and other, both around 7 percent. • Organizations that provide social and supportive services served, on average, about 5,147 clients in 2006. This number includes both those that served ex-prisoners and those that did not. This high average implies that many people in Philadelphia receive services from multiple providers. However, there little inter-agency coordination. Distribution of Services • The heaviest concentrations (nearly a third) of organizations which provide social and supportive services to ex-prisoners are in the Center City (East and West), Riverfront, and University City neighborhood-area. • The distribution of organizations available to serve ex-prisoners and the community at large is inadequate. For example, in Fairhill, which is among those neighborhoods with the highest count and density of ex-offenders, there are only seven organizations that were available to serve 1,101 ex-prisoners returning in 2005 (and many more from previous years) who reside among 16,919 adult residents. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, School of Social Policy & Practice, 2007. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://www.phila.gov/reentry/pdfs/research_study.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Services Shelf Number: 111154

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: National Infrastructure Protection Plan: Partnering to Enhance Protection and Resiliency Summary: Protecting and ensuring the resiliency of the critical infrastructure and key resources (CIKR) of the United States is essential to the Nation’s security, public health and safety, economic vitality, and way of life. Attacks on CIKR could significantly disrupt the functioning of government and business alike and produce cascading effects far beyond the targeted sector and physical location of the incident. Direct terrorist attacks and natural, manmade, or technological hazards could produce catastrophic losses in terms of human casualties, property destruction, and economic effects, as well as profound damage to public morale and confidence. Attacks using components of the Nation’s CIKR as weapons of mass destruction could have even more devastating physical and psychological consequences. The NIPP provides the unifying structure for the integration of existing and future CIKR protection efforts and resiliency strategies into a single national program to achieve this goal. The NIPP framework supports the prioritization of protection and resiliency initiatives and investments across sectors to ensure that government and private sector resources are applied where they offer the most benefit for mitigating risk by lessening vulnerabilities, deterring threats, and minimizing the consequences of terrorist attacks and other manmade and natural disasters. The NIPP risk management framework recognizes and builds on existing public and private sector protective programs and resiliency strategies in order to be cost-effective and to minimize the burden on CIKR owners and operators. Protection includes actions to mitigate the overall risk to CIKR assets, systems, networks, functions, or their inter-connecting links. In the context of the NIPP, this includes actions to deter the threat, mitigate vulnerabilities, or minimize the consequences associated with a terrorist attack or other incident. Protection can include a wide range of activities, such as improving security protocols, hardening facilities, building resiliency and redundancy, incorporating hazard resistance into facility design, initiating active or passive countermeasures, installing security systems, leveraging “self-healing” technologies, promoting workforce surety programs, implementing cybersecurity measures, training and exercises, business continuity planning, and restoration and recovery actions, among various others. Achieving the NIPP goal requires actions to address a series of objectives, which include:• Understanding and sharing information about terrorist threats and other hazards with CIKR partners; • Building partnerships to share information and implement CIKR protection programs; • Implementing a long-term risk management program; and • Maximizing the efficient use of resources for CIKR protection, restoration, and recovery. These objectives require a collaborative partnership among CIKR partners, including: the Federal Government; State, local, tribal, and territorial governments; regional coalitions; the private sector; international entities; and nongovernmental organizations. The NIPP provides the framework that defines a set of flexible processes and mechanisms that these CIKR partners will use to develop and implement the national program to protect CIKR across all sectors over the long term. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2011 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/NIPP_Plan.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 119210

Author: California. Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Office of Research Title: 2010 Adult Institutions Outcome Evaluation Report Summary: To comport with national best practices, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) now measures recidivism by tracking arrests, convictions and returns to prison. Although all three measures are displayed in charts and tables in Appendix A, CDCR uses the latter measure, returns to prison, as the primary measure of recidivism for the purpose of this report. We chose this measure because it is the most reliable measure available and is well understood and commonly used by most correctional stakeholders. CDCR has reported recidivism rates for felons released from custody since 1977. Prior to this report, CDCR provided recidivism rates only for felons paroled for the first time on their current term during a specified calendar year. Parolees were only tracked until they discharged from parole. CDCR is now expanding the cohort to include direct discharge, first-release and re-released felons who are released during a State Fiscal Year (FY), beginning with FY 2005-06. All felons are tracked for the full follow-up period, regardless of their status as active or discharged. In addition, recidivism rates are presented based on numerous characteristics (e.g., commitment offense, length-of-stay). This report is intended to provide more detailed information about recidivism to CDCR executives and managers, lawmakers and other correctional stakeholders who have an interest in the dynamics of reoffending behavior and recidivism reduction. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2011 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/ARB_FY0506_Outcome_Evaluation_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (California) Shelf Number: 121369

Author: National Coalition for the Homeless Title: Hate Crimes Against The Homeless: America’s Growing Tide of Violence Summary: Hate Crimes Against the Homeless: America’s Growing Tide of Violence is a shocking report on the growth of biased motivated crimes of hate against America’s homeless. The National Coalition for the Homeless’ report marks the beginning of its second decade tracking, interviewing and classifying thousands of individuals impacted by hate crimes against the homeless. This years’ report has the horrifying distinction of being the deadliest in a decade, at forty-three reported homicides. The research contained in this report chronicles more than a thousand separate attacks across the United States, representing a fraction of the total hate crimes that remain drastically underreported. Individuals who commit homeless hate crimes are motivated primarily by a bias that another individual is or may be homeless. Perpetrators often give account to feelings of hostility and animosity, towards the visibly homeless, so strong they demand action. While others describe a generalized hatred, passed down from one generation to the next, resulting in a growing wave of violence across America. Documented hate crimes in this report involve: dosing with gasoline and setting aflame; rape in exchange for shelter; spay painting and stomping upon while sleeping; and, repeated incidence of gang initiations involving stabbings and beatings. Un-housed individuals, as a target of hate, have consistently grown over the past decade. This year’s report draws an especially gruesome and disturbing trend in the frequency and manner of the offenses. Violent, often fatal, attacks on homeless Americans now outnumber all other categories of hate crimes combined. Details: Washington, DC: National Coalition for the Homeless, 2010. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.housingworks.org/i/blog/NCH_Hate_Crimes_Against_the_Homeless_Report_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 121374

Author: Rodriguez, Michelle Natividad Title: 65 Million Need Not Apply: The Case for Reforming Criminal Background Checks for Employment Summary: In recent years, the criminal background check industry has grown exponentially. Particularly in the wake of 9/11, the ready availability of inexpensive commercial background checks has made them a popular employee screening tool. In one survey, more than 90 percent of companies reported using criminal background checks for their hiring decisions. At the same time that the background check industry has expanded, the share of the U.S. population with criminal records has soared to over one in four adults. In the right situations, criminal background checks promote safety and security at the workplace. However, imposing a background check that denies any type of employment for people with criminal records is not only unreasonable, but it can also be illegal under civil rights laws. Employers that adopt these and other blanket exclusions fail to take into account critical information, including the nature of an offense, the age of the offense, or even its relationship to the job. Yet, as this report documents, based on a survey of online job ads posted on Craigslist, major companies as well as smaller employers routinely deny people with criminal records any opportunity to establish their job qualifications. For any number of entry-level jobs, ranging from warehouse workers to delivery drivers to sales clerks, employers and staffing agencies post these and other job ads that unambiguously close the doors on applicants with criminal records. Across the nation there is a consistent theme: people with criminal records “need not apply” for available jobs. Combine today’s tight job market, the upsurge in background checks, and the growing number of people with criminal records, and the results are untenable. In the end, workers are not the only ones who suffer. Employers are also disadvantaged as blanket hiring restrictions undermine the integrity of criminal background checks and artificially limit the employers’ pool of qualified candidates. While this report explores the exclusion of people with criminal records from work, which severely impacts communities of color, it also reveals a promising shift in policy and practice. Indeed, this is an opportune moment to capitalize on a recent wave of impact litigation and model state and local reforms to develop fairer and more accurate criminal background checks for employment. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.nelp.org/page/-/65_Million_Need_Not_Apply.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 121375

Author: Lord, Stephen M. Title: Aviation Security: TSA Is Taking Steps to Validate the Science Underlying Its Passenger Behavior Detection Program, but Efforts May Not Be Comprehensive Summary: The attempted passenger aircraft bombing of Northwest flight 253 on December 25, 2009, provided a vivid reminder that the civil aviation system remains an attractive terrorist target. To enhance aviation security, in October 2003 the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) Transportation Security Administration (TSA) began testing of its Screening of Passengers by Observation Techniques (SPOT) program to identify persons who may pose a risk to aviation security. The SPOT program utilizes behavior observation and analysis techniques to identify potentially high-risk passengers. This testimony provides information on (1) the extent to which TSA has validated the scientific basis for SPOT and (2) other operational challenges. This statement is based on a prior report GAO issued in May 2010 on SPOT, including selected updates made in March 2011. For the updates, GAO reviewed documentation on TSA’s progress in implementing the report’s recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-461T: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11461t.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 121378

Author: Spenkuch, Jorg L. Title: Understanding the Impact of Immigration on Crime Summary: Since the 1960s both crime rates and the share of immigrants among the American population have more than doubled. Almost three quarters of Americans believe immigration increases crime, yet existing academic research has shown no such effect. Using panel data on US counties from 1980 to 2000, this paper presents empirical evidence on a systematic and economically meaningful impact of immigration on crime. Consistent with the economic model of crime this effect is strongest for crimes motivated by financial gain, such as motor vehicle theft and robbery. Moreover, the effect is only present for those immigrants most likely to have poor labor market outcomes. Failure to account for the cost of increased crime would overstate the “immigration surplus” substantially, but would most likely not reverse its sign. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 22864: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/22864/1/MPRA_paper_22864.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 121382

Author: Davey, Christopher Title: New Media and the Courts: The Current Status and a Look at the Future Summary: Recently, jurors in a Florida drug case conducted independent Internet research causing the judge to declare a mistrial. In Arkansas, a juror‘s Twitter updates from the courtroom nearly scuttled the proceedings involving a multimillion-dollar civil judgment. From Twitter to Facebook to YouTube and Wikipedia, new Web-based digital media is transforming how citizens process information, and courts are beginning to examine the impact on a wide variety of their core functions. The Conference of Court Public Information Officers (CCPIO) undertook a yearlong, collaborative national research project to systematically examine this phenomenon and analyze its potential effects on the judiciary. The CCPIO New Media Project has five primary objectives:(1) clearly define the current technology, (2) systematically examine the ways courts use the technology, (3) empirically measure the perceptions of judges and top court administrators toward the technology, (4) collect and analyze the literature on public perceptions of the judiciary and court public outreach programs and (5) offer a framework and analysis for judges and court administrators to use for making decisions about the appropriate use of new media. Among the technologies examined are social media profile sites; smart phones, tablets and notebooks; news categorizing, sharing and syndication technologies; and visual media sharing sites. Government sectors at all levels are experimenting with many of these technologies hoping their collaborative capabilities can transform the relationship between governmental entities and their constituents. These new and emerging digital media technologies offer great potential; simultaneously there are significant inherent challenges specific to the judiciary. Ramifications range from the ability to ensure fair trials to building trust and confidence through public outreach and communication. Details: The Conference of Court Public Information Officers, 2010. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.ccpio.org/documents/newmediaproject/New-Media-and-the-Courts-Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 121384

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: In for a Penny: The Rise of America's New Debtors' Prisons Summary: This ACLU report presents the results of a yearlong investigation into modern-day "debtors' prisons," and shows that poor defendants are being jailed at increasingly alarming rates for failing to pay legal debts they can never hope to afford. The report details how across the country, in the face of mounting budget deficits, states are more aggressively going after poor people who have already served their criminal sentences. These modern-day debtors' prisons impose devastating human costs, waste taxpayer money and resources, undermine our criminal justice system, are racially skewed, and create a two-tiered system of justice. Incarcerating people simply because they cannot afford to pay their legal debts not only is unconstitutional but it has a devastating impact upon men and women, whose only crime is that they are poor. The sad truth is that debtors' prisons are flourishing today, more than two decades after the Supreme Court prohibited imprisoning those who are too poor to pay their legal debts. This report seeks to document the realities of today's debtors' prisons and to provide state and local governments and courts with a more sensible path – one where they no longer will be compelled to fund their criminal justice systems on the backs of the poor, and one where the promise of equal protection under the law for the poor and affluent alike will finally be realized. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/InForAPenny_web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Debtors' Prisons Shelf Number: 121385

Author: Rhode Island Family Life Center Title: Court Debt and Related Incarceration in Rhode Island Summary: Every year, thousands of individuals sit in the Rhode Island jail not for crimes, but because they owe money to the state. Court debt is the most common reason that people are put in jail in Rhode Island--about 2,500 times a year. This incarceration is unnecessary and overly hasty, is an inefficient use of state finances, and disrupts peoples' lives. Rhode Island's system of court debt is considerably more punitive, more costly to defendants, and less accomodating to indigent individuals than other New England states. OpenDoors encourages policymakers to end the incarceration of the poor for inability to pay court fines. Details: Providence, RI: Rhode Island Family Life Center, 2008. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://opendoorsri.org/sites/default/files/CourtDebt.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Court Debt Shelf Number: 121387

Author: Huff, Rodney Title: The 2010 National Public Survey On White Collar Crime Summary: The 2010 National Public Survey on White Collar Crime was designed by the National White Collar Crime Center to measure the public’s experience with white collar crime in the following areas: ● Victimization ● Reporting behaviors ● Perceptions of crime seriousness The survey was administered from June to August, 2010 and employed random digit dialing techniques to provide a national sample. Landline and cell phone interviews of 2,503 adult participants were conducted in English and Spanish. Respondents were asked about experiences within their households concerning white collar crime within the past 12 months, as well as about personal encounters with these crimes within the past 12 months. The experiences measured were mortgage fraud, credit card fraud, identity theft , unnecessary home or auto repairs, price misrepresentation, and losses occurring due to false stockbroker information, fraudulent business ventures, and Internet scams. The study found that: ● 24% of households and 17% of individuals reported experiencing at least one form of these victimizations within the previous year ● Respondents reported victimization at both household and individual levels most oft en as a result of credit card fraud, price misrepresentation, and unnecessary object repairs In conjunction with direct victimization questions, respondents were asked whether or not the victimization was reported to law enforcement or other entities that might be able to assist the victim. Of the household victimizations: ● 54.7% were reported to at least one external recipient or agency (e.g., credit card company, business or person involved, law enforcement, consumer protection agency, personal att orney, etc.) ● Only 11.7% were reported to law enforcement or some other crime control agency. In an effort to gauge public perception of the seriousness of crime, respondents were presented with 12 scenarios that included various white collar crimes as well as traditional offenses. The scenarios were grouped into eight categories. These categories were, in turn, ordered into four dichotomies: (1) white collar/traditional crime, (2) crimes involving physical harm/money, (3) crimes involving organizational/individual off enders, and (4) crimes involving high-status/low-status offenders. Based upon the categorization, findings suggest that: ● Respondents viewed white collar crime as slightly more serious than traditional crime types ● Offenses committed at the organizational level were viewed more harshly than those committed by individuals ● Crimes committed by high-status off enders (those in a position of trust) were seen as more troubling than those committ ed by low-status persons. By collecting responses related to victimization, reporting behaviors, and perceptions of crime seriousness, the present survey reveals valuable information concerning the public’s experiences with white collar crime: ● Nearly one in four households was victimized by white collar crime within the previous year ● Few victimization reports reached crime control agencies. The survey also inquired about respondents’ perceptions of the impact of white collar crime on the current economic crisis, as well as the level of resources appropriated by the government to fight white collar crime. The survey found that: ● A majority believed white collar crime has contributed to the current economic crisis ● Nearly half the participants said that government is not devoting enough resources to combat white collar crimes. Details: Fairmont, WV: National White Collar Crime Center, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2011 at: http://crimesurvey.nw3c.org/docs/nw3c2010survey.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 121388

Author: Miller, Nathan H. Title: Strategic Leniency and Cartel Enforcement Summary: The cornerstone of cartel enforcement in the United States and elsewhere is a commitment to the lenient prosecution of early confessors. A burgeoning game-theoretical literature is ambiguous regarding the impacts of leniency. I develop a theoretical model of cartel behavior that provides empirical predictions and moment conditions, and apply the model to the complete set of indictments and information reports issued over a twenty year span. Reduced-form statistical tests are consistent with the notion that leniency enhances deterrence and detection capabilities. Direct estimation of the model, via the method of moments, yields a 59 percent lower cartel formation rate and a 62 percent higher cartel detection rate due to leniency. The results have implications for market e±ciency and criminal enforcement. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California-Berkeley, Department of Economics, 2007. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Amnesty Shelf Number: 121396

Author: Worden, Robert E. Title: Citizen Oversight of the Ashton Police: Perceptions of Police Clients and Complainants, 2003 Summary: Created by legislation that was signed into law in July of 2000, the Ashton Citizens’ Police Review Board (CPRB) became operational in May of 2001. The same legislation that created the CPRB also provided for a contractor “to conduct surveys of complainants concerning the level of their satisfaction with the process and to conduct surveys of the community to get feedback concerning the CPRB and the Police Department.” The Hindelang Criminal Justice Research Center assumed responsibility for these surveys, and this is the third report prepared and submitted in fulfillment of this mandate. The surveys were designed to measure conditions on which citizen oversight may have effects. These conditions include: • the perceived receptivity of the complaint review system to complaints; • the perceived efficacy of the complaint review system; • the rate at which perceived misconduct is reported to authorities; • police performance in interactions with citizens, and hence citizens’ assessments of police services; • the satisfaction of complainants with their experiences with the complaint review system; and • the fairness of complaint review, as it is judged by complainants. Hence this survey research routinely examines the perceptions and subjective experiences of three constituencies: police clients; complainants; and officers. “Clients” are those people who have direct contact with the police. Most complaints about the police arise from clients’ interactions with the police. Clients are therefore the community whose feedback about the police is most valuable for citizen oversight. Samples of clients are interviewed about their perceptions of complaint review, their contact with the police, and if they were dissatisfied with that contact, whether they took action to complain, and to whom. Complainants are interviewed about their goals in filing a complaint, their subjective experiences with the intake and investigation processes, their perceptions of the fairness with which the complaint was handled, and their satisfaction with the outcome of the complaint review. Because officers also have an important and legitimate stake in complaint review, officers against whom complaints have been filed are surveyed concerning their subjective experiences with the investigation process, their perceptions of the fairness with which the complaint was handled, and their satisfaction with the outcome of the complaint review. This report serves three analytical objectives. The first is to update the information on the conditions on which citizen oversight may have effects and, where it is possible, to examine changes in these conditions over time. A second objective is to provide information, based on client survey data, that is pertinent to the CPRB’s concern about “unprofessional behavior and discourteous conduct.” A third objective is to provide evidence on patterns of performance, more generally, in the interest of deepening our understanding of the problems that underlie complaints about the police. Details: Albany, NY: The John F. Finn Institute for Public Safety, Inc., 2008. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://finninstitute.org/uploads/Citizen%20Oversight%20of%20the%20Ashton%20Police,%202003.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Oversight Shelf Number: 119865

Author: Zahn, Margaret A. Title: Causes and Correlates of Girls’ Delinquency Summary: Although the literature examining the causes and correlates of male delinquency is extensive, the extent to which these factors explain and predict delinquency for girls remains unclear. This bulletin summarizes results of an extensive review of more than 1,600 articles and book chapters from the social science scientific literature on individual-level risk factors for delinquency and factors related to family, peers, schools, and communities. The review, which focused on girls ages 11 to 18, also examined whether these factors are gender neutral, gender specific, or gender sensitive. This bulletin defines delinquency as the involvement of a child younger than 18 in behavior that violates the law. Such behavior includes violent crime, property crime, burglary, drug and alcohol abuse, and status offenses (i.e., behaviors that would not be criminal if committed by an adult) such as running away, ungovernability, truancy, and possession of alcohol. According to arrest statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the overall rate of juvenile arrests decreased from 1994 to 2004. More specifically, the arrest rate for violent crimes over this period decreased 49 percent. The violent crime arrest rate then increased in 2005 by 2 percent, with a 4-percent increase in 2006. However, these overall rates obscure important variations in rates by gender. From 1997 to 2006, arrests for aggravated assaults decreased more for boys (24 percent) than for girls (10 percent). In addition, arrests for simple assault declined by 4 percent for boys, whereas the rate for girls increased by 19 percent. Arrest data, however, are inadequate in helping to understand the factors that lead to girls’ offending and arrests. To better understand the causes and correlates of girls’ delinquency, this bulletin examines evidence from research studies that have explored the dynamics of girls’ delinquency and risk behavior. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://girlsstudygroup.rti.org/docs/GSG_Causes_and_Correlates_Bulletin.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 121405

Author: White, Michael D. Title: Halfway Back: An Alternative to Revocation for Technical Parole Violators Summary: Over the last three decades, concomitant increases in prison population and the use of parole, coupled with a more punitive parole philosophy and fiscal crises at every level of government, have prompted a renewed interest in intermediate sanctions – especially for technical parole violators. A number of jurisdictions have developed intermediate sanctions for technical violators that are both custodial and therapeutic – but do not involve a return to prison. Despite their growing popularity, little research has examined these technical violator programs, and as a result, basic questions regarding their impact remain unanswered. This paper examines a therapeutic technical violator program in the state of New Jersey called Halfway Back. Using a quasi-experimental, retrospective matched groups design, the study explores the impact of the program through a comparison of recidivism and incarceration costs among random samples of program participants (n=227) and non-participants (n=392). Results suggest that program participants experienced modest though statistically significant reductions in new arrests over the 18-month follow-up period. An examination of incarceration costs related to program participation shows that Halfway Back sets the stage for measurable cost savings though the degree to which these savings are realized remains unclear. The paper concludes with a discussion of implications for parole policy and practice. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2011 at: http://www.cecintl.com/pdf/research/Halfway%20Back%20paper%20for%20CJPR.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Intermediate Sanctions (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 121407

Author: Jackson, Shelly L. Title: Financial Abuse of Elderly People vs. Other Forms of Elder Abuse: Assessing Their Dynamics, Risk Factors, and Society’s Response Summary: Financial exploitation of elderly people is expected to proliferate over the next decade as the elderly population continues to grow rapidly. This study examined financial exploitation of elderly people compared to other forms of elder maltreatment (physical abuse, neglect, and hybrid, i.e., financial exploitation and physical abuse and/or neglect) that occurred in a domestic setting. Using semi-structured interviews, 71 adult protective services (APS) caseworkers in Virginia and their elder client were interviewed separately about incidents of maltreatment that came to the attention of APS. Elderly participants were on average 76 years of age, 83% Caucasian, 76% female, and 84% were living in their own home. Interviews lasting between one and three hours covered a number of domains such as case characteristics, consequences, risk factors associated with the elderly victims and their perpetrators, the nature of the interactions between them, the APS investigation, the criminal justice response, and outcomes. In addition, data derived from the Adult Services Adult Protective Services (ASAPS) database managed by the Virginia Department of Social Services were used to in logistic regressions. Financial exploitation differed from other forms of elder maltreatment, specifically, physical abuse, neglect by other, and hybrid financial exploitation, across a number of important domains. Furthermore, financial exploitation is underreported, underinvestigated and underprosecuted. However, important differences existed among all four forms of elder abuse. An exploration of the dynamics of elder abuse facilitated a greater understanding of the different forms of elder abuse under investigation. Results further revealed discrepancies between APS caseworkers’ and elderly persons’ perceptions of the causes of the elder’s abuse. Furthermore, when differences did persist to the close of the case, the abuse was significantly less likely to cease. These findings indicate the critical need to separate theoretically and practically different types of elder maltreatment. Additionally, critical to increasing our understanding of elder maltreatment is the need to take into consideration perpetrators when examining, predicting, and explaining elder maltreatment and related interventions. An exclusive focus on elderly people will continue to undermine effective interventions. Implications for theory, research, policy, and intervention are discussed. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 608p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233613.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 121410

Author: Earls, Michael Title: Mission Accomplished II: The Bush Record on Immigration Enforcement Summary: This study reveals that the enforcement of immigration laws during the first five years of the Bush Administration is down 30% from the last five years of the Clinton Administration, despite an increase in border personnel. Details: Washington, DC: Third Way, 2007. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://content.thirdway.org/publications/73/Third_Way_Report_-_Mission_Accomplished_II_-_The_Bush_Record_on_Immigration_Enforcement.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 121447

Author: White, Kristin Title: Drug Court Process Evaluation - Report Summary: The Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation conducted a process evaluation in 2007 on the seven adult and juvenile drug courts existing in Iowa in 2003. (A list of adult and juvenile drug courts established in Iowa from 2004 through 2007 appears in the appendix.) The drug courts evaluated in this study differ on several important factors, including the judicial supervision model used, resources available, and the severity level of clients served. The divergent resources and clients should be considered when comparing outcomes across courts. Section 1 provides an overview of each drug court included in this study. Two sets of criteria inform this process evaluation. The first is a landmark study of drug courts conducted by researcher Dr. Sally Satel (1998). Dr. Satel identified seventeen interactional and environmental variables that characterize drug courts, with an emphasis on the judge-client relationship. Section II of this report outlines Satel’s criteria and provides a comparison of each drug court using those variables. The second body of work is the 10 Key Components of Drug Courts defined by the National Association of Drug Court Professionals (NADCP) and the U.S. Department of Justice (1997). Section III outlines the 10 Key Components and how each drug court meets these benchmarks. The Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation (Consortium) contacted Dr. Satel regarding data collection instruments and operational definitions of the variables identified in her study. After communications with Dr. Satel, the Consortium staff developed operational definitions of the Satel criteria and measurement and created an instrument for recording courtroom observations. Some variables were expanded to collect more detailed data on certain aspects of drug court processes. Staff from the Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning developed lists of interview questions to guide the process evaluation. The Consortium used these questions to create team member, administrator and judge interview questionnaires. Copies of the Satel variable definitions and scales, observation instrument and interview questionnaires appear in the appendix. Evaluation methodology included observations of drug court proceedings (also called status reviews or status hearings); observations of client staffings, which are meetings held prior to status review hearings where drug court team members discuss client progress, determine issues to address with clients and sanctions or rewards to be administered; and interviews with drug court team members, including drug court officers and supervisors, county attorneys, public defenders, treatment agency liaisons, community panel volunteers and judges. Details: Iowa City, IA: Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation, 2008. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/DrugCourtProcessEvaluation.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Iowa) Shelf Number: 121448

Author: Watson, Lanette Title: Process and Outcome Evaluation of the STAR (Sisters Together Achieving Recovery) Program Summary: This report presents a process and outcome evaluation of the STAR (Sisters Together Achieving Recovery) program housed at the Iowa Correctional Institution for Women (ICIW) in Mitchellville, Iowa. The STAR Program is a licensed inpatient substance abuse treatment program that utilizes a Therapeutic Community model (TC). All offenders exiting the STAR program between October 1, 2004 and June 30, 2008 were included in the study (n=173). A comparison sample was drawn of offenders exiting the ICIW during the same release time frame with identified but untreated substance abuse needs (n= 173). March 31, 2010 was designated as the cut-off date for the study. This yielded an average post-program follow-up time of 3.1 years. The STAR group was further divided into two groups by time of program exit. Participants exiting the program between October 1, 2004 and June 30, 2006 were designated as STAR 1 (n=78) and those exiting the program between July 1, 2006 and June 30, 2008 were designated as STAR 2 (n=95). In order to have comparable tracking time between STAR groups, tracking time for STAR 1 concluded July 31, 2008. This yielded an average post release follow-up time of 2.4 years for both groups. Demographic, Program, Intervention, and Outcome data were examined. Comparisons were made between groups as well as categories of participation. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/STAR_Evaluation_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 121449

Author: Carr, L.J. Title: Dialectical Behavior Therapy: Evidence For Implementation in Correctional Settings Summary: Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) is an approach to mental health treatment that combines the techniques of standard cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) with elements from the behavioral sciences, dialectical philosophy, and Zen and Western contemplative practice. It was developed by Marsha M. Linehan in the late 1970s to treat women with the symptoms of borderline personality disorder (BPD) and is the first and only therapeutic approach whose effectiveness in treating BPD has been strongly supported when subjected to an experimentally designed study. Repeated studies over a twenty-year period have established its effectiveness in treating women and men with emotional instability, cognitive disturbances, self-harming behavior, chronic feelings of emptiness, interpersonal problems, poor impulse control and anger management. More recent research also strongly supports the utilization of DBT in effectively treating individuals with the varied symptoms and behaviors associated with spectrum mood disorders, self-injury, sexual abuse, and substance abuse. Research on DBT applications in correctional settings, although limited in terms of number and scope, has produced promising results. This report presents evidence on the effect use of dialectical behavior therapy in juvenile correctional settings. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Office of Research, Juvenile Justice Research Branch, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports_Research/docs/DBT+Evidence+Draft+04+06+2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Therapy Shelf Number: 121450

Author: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids California Title: California's After-School Commitment: Keeping Kids on Track and Out of Trouble Summary: Research has long shown the after‐school hours are the “prime time” for juvenile crime and other dangerous behaviors. We know one out of four students is regularly left home alone after school. With no responsible adults present to mentor these children and engage them in positive activities, it’s no wonder so many get into trouble. Quality after‐school programs can fill these hours with safe, constructive activities that promote learning and keep kids on track and out of trouble. They provide positive alternatives to gangs, drugs and crime. This report highlights California’s groundbreaking commitment to after‐school programs. California invests more state funding in after‐school programs than any other state; its investment is concentrated in schools in low‐income neighborhoods with the greatest needs; and state dollars are being leveraged to attract tens of millions in local dollars and resources each year. Details: San Francisco: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids California, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.fightcrime.org/sites/default/files/reports/CA_AS_Commitment_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: After-School Programs (California) Shelf Number: 121452

Author: Willamette University College of Law, International Human Rights Clinic Title: Modern Salvery in Our Midst: A Human Rights Report on Ending Human Trafficking in Oregon Summary: The International Human Rights Clinic (“the Clinic”) at Willamette University College of Law conducted a fact-finding study between August 2009 and June 2010 to evaluate Oregon’s response to human trafficking. The Clinic undertook a comprehensive approach to the issue, specifically measuring how well federal and state actors within Oregon have complied with Oregon’s obligations regarding trafficking under international and national law. This Human Rights Report on Ending Human Trafficking in Oregon is an assessment of Oregon’s effort to combat trafficking of men, women and children who have been subjected to forced labor or sexual exploitation. Details: Salem, OR: International Human Rights Clinic, 2010. 16 p. (summary only) Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.willamette.edu/wucl/pdf/clp/redacted.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 121454

Author: Steward, Dwight Title: Don't Mind If I Take a Look, Do Ya? An Examination of Consent Searches and Contraband Hit Rates at Texas Traffic Stops Summary: With the passage of Texas Senate Bill 1074 (S.B. 1074) in 2001, law enforcement agencies must now annually report detailed statistics concerning the race of individuals who are stopped and searched in their jurisdictions. For this study, reports from 1,060 agencies were collected, with a focus on search and contraband data. Specifically, analyses were conducted of total search figures, consent search figures, and contraband figures to determine if racial disparities existed – if so, such would indicate the targeting of certain racial groups for selective enforcement. Particular attention was given to examining potential racial disparities in consent searches, thereby eliminating from the analysis searches which may be outside of an officer’s discretion. Analyses of search data – combined with contraband hit rate data – would also help gauge the efficiency and legitimacy of current police practices. The entire dataset collected for this study includes several million police-civilian contacts representing the majority of traffic stops in Texas. This report analyzes each contributing agency’s self-reported statistics, as well as the quality of the reports produced, in order to better inform policy leaders, law enforcement agencies, and community members as they address the problem and the perception of racial profiling. This is the largest set of racial profiling data that has ever been collected and analyzed, and it is the first inter-department review of contraband data collected by Texas law enforcement agencies. The goals of this report are three-fold: • Analyze the racial distribution of total searches, consent searches, and contraband hit rates in Texas using self-reported data submitted by police and sheriff’s departments. • Review the quality of the racial profiling data collected and reported by law enforcement agencies. • Recommend solutions to better analyze and monitor racial profiling figures and deter ineffective law enforcement practices. Key Findings include the following: (1) Texas law enforcement agencies continue to search Blacks and Latinos at higher rates than Anglos: approximately 2 out of 3 agencies reported searching Blacks and Latinos at higher rates than Anglos following a traffic stop. 66% of agencies searched Blacks at higher rates than Anglos, while 69% of agencies searched Latinos at higher rates than Anglos. (2) Of the agencies that searched Blacks at higher rates often, 7 out of 10 (71%) searched Blacks at least 50% more frequently than they searched Anglos, representing a significant disparity in treatment between Anglos and Blacks. Of the agencies that searched Latinos at higher rates, 9 out of 10 (90%) searched Latinos at least 50% more frequently than they searched Anglos, representing a significant disparity in treatment between Anglos and Latinos. (3) Consent searches – performed without any legal basis to search – contributed significantly to general search disparities: approximately 3 out of 5 agencies reported consent searching Blacks and Latinos at higher rates than Anglos following a traffic stop. 61% of agencies consent searched Blacks at higher rates than Anglos, while 59% of agencies consent searched Latinos at higher rates than Anglos. (4) Of the agencies that consent searched Blacks at higher rates often, 3 out of 4 (75%) consent searched Blacks at least 50% more frequently than they consent searched Anglos, representing a significant disparity in treatment between Anglos and Blacks. Of the agencies that consent searched Latinos at higher rates, 3 out of 4 (74%) consent searched Latinos at least 50% more frequently than they consent searched Anglos, representing a significant disparity in treatment between Anglos and Latinos. (5) Patterns of over-searching Blacks and Latinos are consistent. Approximately 3 out of 4 agencies that searched Blacks at higher rates than Anglos also searched Latinos at higher rates than Anglos (75%), while 3 out of 5 agencies that consent searched Blacks at higher rates than Anglos also consent searched Latinos at higher rates than Anglos (61%). (6) Of the agencies that searched Blacks at higher rates, 51% were likely to find contraband in the possession of Anglos at higher rates than Blacks – meaning Anglos and Blacks were equally likely to be found with contraband. Of the agencies that searched Latinos at higher rates, 58% were likely to find contraband in the possession of Anglos at higher rates than Latinos – meaning Anglos were slightly more likely than Latinos to be found with contraband. (7) Racial disparities in search rates appear to be growing. Approximately 3 out of 5 agencies reported searching Blacks or Latinos at higher rates in 2003 than 2002 (60%). Note: this figure includes agencies with any increase in rates for Blacks or Latinos from 2002 to 2003. (8) The vast majority of agencies provided no mitigating information or insight to explain disparate search rates between Anglos and minorities, nor did contraband hit rates suggest efficient law enforcement practices were being utilized. (9) Auditing of data is non-existent or unreliable. Over half of agencies did not report using any data auditing procedures or audio-video review to ensure against human errors, technical errors, or data falsification. (10) Imprecision in both data quality and reporting restricts the usefulness of analysis. Ultimately, the lack of a generally accepted uniform reporting standard limited the accuracy of analysis involved for some reports filed by law enforcement agencies. Initial findings show that Blacks and Latinos in Texas communities are more likely to be searched, though Anglos are equally likely or more likely to be found with contraband during searches. High minority search rates are particularly evident in the area of consent searches – where searches cannot be explained by outside factors such as probable cause or outstanding warrants. Without some explanation of mitigating factors by law enforcement agencies, this would indicate that police are not only engaging in race-based policing but are ineffectively and inefficiently utilizing law enforcement resources. Agencies should identify and authenticate legitimate law enforcement practices that may be contributing to racial disparities in their data. Furthermore, in the absence of an explanation for disparate search and contraband rates, law enforcement leadership and policy-makers should take steps to monitor and reduce race-based policing. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Colition, 2005. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticecoalition.org/files/userfiles/publicsafety/racial_profiling_report_2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Consent Searches Shelf Number: 121457

Author: Petteruti, Amanda Title: Finding Direction: Expanding Criminal Justice Options by Considering Policies of Other Nations Summary: When it comes to criminal justice, there is much to be gleaned from the policies and practices in other democratic nations. Other nations protect public safety without imprisoning as large a percentage of their population, handle law-breaking behavior in ways less reliant on incarceration, and have different approaches to addressing complex social issues. A country’s criminal justice policies and practices do not exist within a vacuum: they are a product of the larger social systems and political realities to which they are inextricably tied. For this reason, some policymakers may think other countries are too fundamentally different than the U.S. for these policies to be adopted. This report compares and contrasts the criminal justice policies and social, economic, and governmental structures of five countries – Australia, Canada, England and Wales, Finland and Germany – to the United States. While each nation has a unique set of circumstances and realities, each has enough fundamental similarities to the U.S. that cross-national policy adoption could be considered. An evaluation of the various similarities and differences can broaden the existing dialogue and create more momentum for the types of systemic reforms that will reduce the burden of over-incarceration on communities, states, and the country as a whole. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/research/2322 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 121458

Author: Zweig, Janine Title: Recidivism Effects of the Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) Program Vary by Former Prisoners’ Risk of Reoffending Summary: The New York City-based Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) is a transitional jobs program designed to help former prisoners increase longer-term employment and, consequently, reduce recidivism. Interim results from MDRC’s rigorous impact evaluation of CEO show reduced recidivism in both the first and the second year of follow-up. This research brief expands on those results by using regression-based analysis to identify whether CEO had its greatest impact among low-, medium-, or high-risk offenders — with risk levels being defined by participants’ characteristics before random assignment that are associated with recidivism after random assignment. CEO had its strongest reductions in recidivism for former prisoners who were at highest risk of recidivism, for whom CEO reduced the probability of rearrest, the number of rearrests, and the probability of reconviction two years after random assignment. If confirmed by other studies, these findings suggest that the limited resources available to transitional jobs programs for former prisoners should be targeted toward the people at highest risk of recidivating, because they are helped most by this intervention. Details: New York: MDRC, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/programs/opre/welfare_employ/enhanced_hardto/reports/ceo_program/ceo_program.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 121460

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Prisons for Profit: A Look at Prison Privatization Summary: The economic downturn has resulted in a budget crisis for Ohio, as it has for other states, and out-of-control prison costs have emerged as a key concern. The ACLU of Ohio has been a forceful proponent of sentencing reform where policymakers may save taxpayer dollars and help create a more just society. Governor John Kasich’s new budget plan includes a sweeping overhaul of Ohio’s Department of Rehabilitation & Correction. The proposal includes commonsense sentencing reforms that would help ease our overcrowded prison system. Unfortunately, the proposed budget also includes a plan to sell five state correctional facilities to “prison for profit” operators like Corrections Corporation of America and contract with those companies to house inmates in them. Privatizing state prisons may in fact undermine sentencing reform’s goal to remove low-level offenders from the justice system. Prisons for profit are different from public institutions because they must generate revenues for their shareholders. As a result, they have a direct interest in ensuring that Ohio’s prison system stays full to maximize its profitability. This is not the first time prison privatization has been proposed as a cost-saving measure for Ohio taxpayers. In the 1990s, Ohio experimented with a private penitentiary in Youngstown that resulted in serious safety and fiscal concerns. Currently, the state has limited private facilities to Northcoast Correctional Facility and Lake Erie Correctional Facility, which hold inmates with minimal health and behavioral issues. Legislators are taking steps to correct our broken prison system, but privatization will negate this important work. This report seeks to explore the many problems that plague prisons for profit, in the areas of fiscal efficiency, safety, contributions to the community, accountability and effect on recidivism. Details: Cleveland, OH: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.acluohio.org/issues/CriminalJustice/PrisonsForProfit2011_04.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons (Ohio) Shelf Number: 121466

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Reform Cannot Wait: A Comprehensive Examination of the Cost of Incarceration in Ohio from 1991-2010 Summary: Over the last twenty years, numerous experts have studied Ohio’s criminal justice system and made recommendations for reform. Unfortunately, many of those recommendations have been ignored. The result is that our criminal justice system is riddled with inefficient policies that increase cost, reduce safety, and contribute to racial disparities. Our criminal justice system is functioning well over capacity and over budget. • We are funneling a significant number of low-level, low-risk offenders into the most costly placements and away from alternatives that cost less and are more effective. • We waste resources on those who are least likely to pose some future risk to society, rather than focusing scarce resources on ensuring the most dangerous are adequately supervised. • We are sacrificing safety to continue funding costly, inefficient policies with failed results. • Communities of color around the state carry the burden of an unbalanced criminal justice system. • We fail to document how various programs function, rendering them impossible to audit for cost efficiency or success. What follows is a survey of the many studies that have analyzed Ohio’s criminal justice system, identified inefficiencies across program areas, and made recommendations to improve efficiency and fairness. For the last twenty years, these inefficiencies have been allowed to continue and grow. Recommendations were not acted upon, with officials often claiming that more study is needed and putting the problem off for another day. That day is here. In light of the current budget crisis, these inefficiencies can no longer be ignored. Details: Cleveland, OH: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.acluohio.org/issues/CriminalJustice/ReformCannotWait2010_08.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121467

Author: Frandsen, Ronald J. Title: Enforcement of the Brady Act, 2009: Federal and State Investigations and Prosecutions of Firearm Applicants Denied by a NICS Check in 2009 Summary: The Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act (Brady Act) requires criminal history background checks by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and state agencies on persons who attempt to purchase a firearm from a licensed dealer. In 2009, the FBI and state agencies denied a firearm to nearly 133,000 persons due to National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) records of felonies, domestic violence offenses, and other prohibiting factors. Enforcement of the Brady Act, 2009 reports on investigations and prosecutions of persons who were denied a firearm in 2009. The report describes how the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) screens denied-person cases and retrieves firearms that were obtained illegally. Statistics presented include charges most often filed against denied persons by United States Attorneys and results of prosecutions. Investigation statistics from two states are also presented. Key statistics are compared for the years 2009 and 2008. Statistical highlights are presented in the body of the report and complete details are included in an Appendix. Details: St. Louis, MO: Regional Justice Information Service, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Brady Act Shelf Number: 121470

Author: LaBelle, Deborah Title: Second Chances: Juveniles Serving Life Without Parole in Michigan Summary: Each year in the United States, children as young as thirteen are sentenced to die in prison. It’s called life without parole. It is estimated that thousands of children have been sentenced to life without the possibility of parole (LWOP) for crimes committed at an age when they are not considered responsible enough to live away from their parents, drive, make decisions related to their education or medical treatment, vote, leave school, or sign a contract. Children under the age of eighteen cannot legally use alcohol, serve on juries, or be drafted, because they are presumed not to have the capacity to handle adult responsibilities. These differences between childhood and adulthood are recognized throughout the world, and incorporated in international human rights documents. Despite a global consensus that children cannot be held to the same standards of responsibility as adults, in the last twenty years the trend in the United States has been to punish children the same as adults. Children are increasingly excluded from the protection of juvenile courts based on the nature of the offense, without any consideration of their maturity, culpability, or current or future danger to society. In particular, Michigan allows a child of any age to be tried as an adult, and excludes seventeen-yearolds from juvenile treatment altogether. These children are then subject to adult punishment, incarcerated in adult prisons, and may be sentenced to life without parole. Despite their young age, these juveniles are expected to negotiate the legal system and understand the consequences of decisions that could result in a life without parole sentence, even though research suggests they are not capable of understanding what “forever” means. Since the 1980s, the number of children given life sentences without hope of release has increased dramatically and the cost of warehousing them for life is staggering to our communities and to our humanity. In Michigan alone, there are now more than three hundred individuals serving life without parole for offenses committed prior to their eighteenth birthday. Under current laws, none will be given a second chance. Until now, little attention has been given to who these children are and how they have been treated by the criminal justice system. This report examines juvenile life without parole sentences imposed in Michigan for offenses committed by individuals under eighteen, as they compare to the nation and the world. The report outlines the nature and extent of these sentences, their inequities and their toll on society, and presents recommendations for a rational and humane response to juvenile crime. Details: Detroit: American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan, 2004. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.aclumich.org/sites/default/files/file/Publications/Juv%20Lifers%20V8.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 121471

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan Title: Juvenile Life Without Parole Project: Using International Law and Advocacy to Give Children a Second Chance Summary: This project delves into an under-recognized human rights problem in the United States - the imposition of life sentences without possibility of parole on children (JLWOP). JLWOP requires that a child remain in prison without release until death. Irrespective of whether the child poses a threat to society or has, or can be, rehabilitated, there is no opportunity for parole. Each year in the United States, children as young as thirteen are sentenced to spend the rest of their lives in prison without opportunity for parole. Despite a global consensus that children cannot be held to the same standards of responsibility as adults, the United States allows children to be treated and punished the same as adults. Children are increasingly excluded from the protection of juvenile courts based on the nature of the offense, without any consideration of age, maturity or culpability of the child, and without taking steps to ensure their understanding of the legal system under which they are prosecuted. Life sentences without possibility of parole have been renounced internationally as a violation of human rights in The Convention on the Rights of the Child, which specifically forbids sentences of life imprisonment for children under the age of eighteen. The United States stands alone in rejecting this article of the Convention and in the implementation of this sentence on adolescents convicted of crimes in the United States. Three years ago the ACLU of Michigan began advocacy efforts after learning that over 300 Michigan children are currently serving these unforgiving sentences. This packet includes background information, research, a list of endorsing individuals and organizations of our efforts to eliminate this practice in the State of Michigan, and recommendations about what others can do to help this effort. Details: Detroit: American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan, 2007. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.aclumich.org/sites/default/files/file/pdf/JWLOPpacket.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 121472

Author: Moss, Kary Title: Reclaiming Michigan's Throwaway Kids: Students Trapped in the School to Prison Pipeline Summary: This report documents the disproportionate suspensions of public students of African descent in a significant number of school districts throughout Michigan. The school-to-prison pipeline problem experienced by these students and others is due in significant part to the following: a.) Lack of universal access to quality education; b.) Institutional obstacles that limit educational opportunities of children enrolled in school; c.) The loss of educational opportunities by large numbers of students because competing institutional concerns displace consideration of what is in the best interest of the child; d.) Sometimes insurmountable obstacles to restoration of lost educational opportunities; e.) The criminalization of students who lose their educational opportunities. These problems are manifested in the following specific ways: Access to Education • Children have no “right” to an education. Michigan’s constitution [Art. 8, Section 2] requires only that the state “maintain and support” a system of free schools in a nondiscriminatory manner. By contrast, the constitutions of more than 30 states require, in some form, that the state provide all children with a quality education. Michigan is one of only eleven states that fail to give students a right to a quality or adequate education. Thus, when Michigan’s racially disparate suspension and expulsion patterns and other factors remove large numbers of children from the educational system many have no prospects for access to additional education or the means to re-enter the educational system. Institutional Threats to Educational Opportunities • Michigan’s “zero tolerance” expulsion law is broader in scope than federal law requires, and it increases the chances of expulsion for all students, including students of African descent who are already expelled at high rates. The impact of this law on expulsion rates is compounded when administrators decline to exercise permissible discretion when considering whether the law’s harsh penalties are appropriate. • The absence of uniform procedural guidelines for suspensions and expulsions has sometimes resulted in failure to provide adequate opportunities for accused students to be heard and to otherwise defend themselves against accusations of misconduct. • The absence of safeguards against cultural misunderstanding, cultural ignorance and cultural conflict that account to some extent for disproportionate discipline of black students. • Some school districts’ failure to comply with laws that require evaluation and/or treatment of students with disabilities prior to suspension or expulsion. • Mechanical application of rules leading to suspension and expulsion without use of discretion or individualized consideration of circumstances that indicate that exclusion of certain children from school is inappropriate. Loss of Educational Opportunities • In a significant number of Michigan school districts, students of African descent are suspended and expelled at rates that are disproportionately high relative to their representation in the school population. In contrast, white students tend to be disciplined at rates that are proportionate to their numbers, or disproportionately less than their representation in the school population. • Many students who are suspended longterm, or who are expelled drop out of school altogether. Obstacles to Restoration of Lost Educational Opportunities • The process for readmission to school after expulsion is complex and may present insurmountable obstacles to low-income families that lack the wherewithal to prepare and timely submit required petitions. • Many students who have been suspended long-term or expelled have no alternative opportunities for learning or other productive activities. A 1985 Attorney General’s opinion that concluded that school districts are not required to establish or maintain alternative education programs has apparently contributed to confusion about whether, when and by whom these programs should be established. Nevertheless, Michigan’s statutory framework suggests that in some way, the state is responsible for providing alternative education opportunities to students who are excluded from school for extended periods of time. The Criminalization of Students • When school administrators refer some student discipline matters to law enforcement agencies, there is a consequent criminalization of many students whose offenses would otherwise have been dealt with entirely by school officials. • The growing presence in schools of “school resource officers,” and police personnel generally has resulted in not only arrests of students on school premises, but also incidents of police misconduct on school grounds. • It costs the state more to maintain a prisoner than it does to educate a student. This results in not only an immediate financial loss, but a long-term loss of the productive capacity of former students. Details: Detroit: American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2011 at: http://www.aclumich.org/sites/default/files/file/reclaimingmichigansthrowawaykids.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Michigan) Shelf Number: 121473

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Management of Mental Health Cases in Immigration Detention Summary: Immigration and Customs Enforcement apprehends, detains, and removes illegal aliens from the United States. Aliens in custody must be provided with appropriate medical treatment and care. The Health Service Corp serves as the medical authority for Immigration and Customs Enforcement, and provides direct care or arranges for outside health care services to detained aliens in custody. The Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Health Service Corps staffs only 18 of the nearly 250 detention centers nationwide and has limited oversight and monitoring for mental health cases across immigration detention centers. As a result, Immigration and Customs Enforcement is not fully aware of all detainees with mental health conditions, or the level of care being provided. The Health Service Corps has experienced persistent vacancies in mental health positions which have raised concerns about the effectiveness of provider care. As of August 2010, vacancy rates at 11 of the 18 facilities staffed with Health Service Corps employees were 50% or more. In addition, facilities were not always well-equipped to support the needs of detainees with mental illness or located in areas with access to community mental health care facilities. Immigration and Customs Enforcement needs to (1) establish a staffing plan that aligns staffing with the facilities’ mental health caseload, (2) make appropriate space available to provide needed treatment, (3) develop a classification system for facilities to determine the level of care that can be provided, (4) make timely requests for mental health information, (5) clarify decision-making authorities for detainee transfer decisions, (6) establish protocols for handling mental health information, (7) release guidance on custodians, and (8) develop field guidance for using specialty facilities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Office of Inspector General, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-11-62: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xoig/assets/mgmtrpts/OIG_11-62_Mar11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 121475

Author: Harris, Thomas R. Title: The Economic Impact of the California Prison Industry Authority on the California Economy for FY 2008/09 Summary: The California Prison Industry Authority was created by statute in 1982 as a semiautonomous state agency to operate California prison industries in a manner similar to private industry. The California Prison Industry Authority (CALPIA) trains inmate‐workers to produce a variety of goods and services in factories at correctional institutions throughout California. These production activities provide a variety of uses to the state including: (1) training of inmates who acquire work habits and skills; (2) the supervision of inmates in a secure environment; and (3) the provision of goods and services to the state of California public sector agencies. Each of these services has an economic dimension in terms of contributing value added to the state economy. In this report, the contributions of CALPIA to the state of California’s economy are estimated. CALPIA is a self‐supporting government agency. CALPIA sales increased by 50.9 percent from 1996/97 fiscal year to 2008/09 fiscal year, giving them the largest sales ($234.2 million) of any state’s prison industry in the U.S. This sales increase is noteworthy given that CALPIA can only sell to the public sector. CALPIA has approximately 619 civilian employees as well as approximately 6,010 inmates in California’s adult correctional institutions, operating over 60 service, manufacturing, and agricultural industries at 22 prisons throughout California. CALPIA uses its revenues to cover its costs such as purchasing raw materials, providing inmate supervision, inmate payroll, transporting and distributing its products, acquiring capital, and supporting the central office. The Prison Industry Board was established in 1983 to oversee operations of CALPIA. The Board sets general policy for CALPIA, appointing a General Manager, monitoring existing operations, and deciding which new industries to enter. The Board serves as a public hearing body charged with ensuring that the operations of CALPIA are self‐sufficient. The Board actively solicits public input in its decisions with regard to expanding existing or developing new prison industries. CALPIA customers are limited to government entities, except as specified by law. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation is CALPIA’s largest customer, purchasing more than half of CALPIA's total annual production of goods and services. This study estimates California’s economic, employment, and household income impacts arising from the production of goods and services by inmates working in CALPIA. This analysis will derive the total and sectoral output, employment and income impacts of CALPIA on the economy of the state of California. As a producer of goods and services, CALPIA is linked to the state economy in several ways. Most importantly, CALPIA purchases intermediate inputs (materials) for further processing in its factories. This study utilizes economic models of the state of California that translates these intermediate input purchases into sales by place of production so that the multiplier effects of CALPIA on the state economy can be estimated. Details: Sacramento: California Prison Industry Authority, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.pia.ca.gov/public_affairs/pdfs/CALPIA%20Economic%20Impact%20Study%2008-09.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 121477

Author: Olson, David E. Title: A Process and Impact Evaluation of the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center Therapeutic Community Program During Fiscal Years 2007 through 2010 Summary: In response to increases in Illinois’ prison population during the late 1980s and early 1990s, low rates of access to substance abuse treatment services while in prison, and high rates of recidivism, in August 1995, the Illinois Department of Corrections opened the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center (SWICC) as a dedicated substance abuse treatment facility operating under a modified therapeutic community philosophy. The 600-bed minimum security facility for incarcerated adult male inmates operated since 1995 as a prison-based drug treatment program, and was modified and enhanced beginning in October 2006 to include more extensive vocational training, a specialized methamphetamine treatment unit, more sophisticated pre-release planning and mandatory post-release aftercare. This evaluation examines the implementation of these enhanced services and the impact of this new enhanced treatment model at SWICC on recidivism since July 2006, and is the result of a collaborative effort between researchers from Loyola University Chicago, the Illinois Department of Corrections, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, Treatment Accountability for Safe Communities (TASC), the Safer Foundation, and Community Education Centers (CEC). After four years of operation, covering the period from July 1, 2006 through the end of State Fiscal Year 2010 (June 30, 2010), the evaluation has found the following:  The pre-operational target population identified for the program is being served, with those admitted to SWICC having extensive criminal and substance abuse histories, and a substantial unmet need for treatment, vocational and educational programming;  As a result of strong support from IDOC executive staff, the SWICC program has been allowed to evolve and be implemented in a manner that has ensured the clinical integrity of the program and the availability of sufficient resources for needed services;  During the past four years, the following significant accomplishments and improvements to the operation of the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center have been experienced: o A consistently low rate of inmates being referred to SWICC who are subsequently determined to not meet the eligibility criteria, and quicker identification and removal of these inmates from SWICC. Overall, less than 5 percent of all inmates admitted to SWICC during the period examined were determined to not meet the eligibility criteria. o A consistently low rate of inmates being removed from SWICC due to disciplinary reasons, despite the serious criminal histories of the population. For every SWICC inmate removed for disciplinary reasons, more than 4 inmates successfully complete the prison-phase of the program; o During the course of program participation, inmates at the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center improved their levels of psychological and social functioning, and reduced their criminal thinking patterns; and, o The implementation of enhanced pre-release planning for SWICC releasees, including the involvement of a multidisciplinary case staffing team representing the institutional staff, parole and aftercare staff and the inmate. In response to increases in Illinois’ prison population during the late 1980s and early 1990s, low rates of access to substance abuse treatment services while in prison, and high rates of recidivism, in August 1995, the Illinois Department of Corrections opened the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center (SWICC) as a dedicated substance abuse treatment facility operating under a modified therapeutic community philosophy. The 600-bed minimum security facility for incarcerated adult male inmates operated since 1995 as a prison-based drug treatment program, and was modified and enhanced beginning in October 2006 to include more extensive vocational training, a specialized methamphetamine treatment unit, more sophisticated pre-release planning and mandatory post-release aftercare. This evaluation examines the implementation of these enhanced services and the impact of this new enhanced treatment model at SWICC on recidivism since July 2006, and is the result of a collaborative effort between researchers from Loyola University Chicago, the Illinois Department of Corrections, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, Treatment Accountability for Safe Communities (TASC), the Safer Foundation, and Community Education Centers (CEC). After four years of operation, covering the period from July 1, 2006 through the end of State Fiscal Year 2010 (June 30, 2010), the evaluation has found the following:  The pre-operational target population identified for the program is being served, with those admitted to SWICC having extensive criminal and substance abuse histories, and a substantial unmet need for treatment, vocational and educational programming;  As a result of strong support from IDOC executive staff, the SWICC program has been allowed to evolve and be implemented in a manner that has ensured the clinical integrity of the program and the availability of sufficient resources for needed services;  During the past four years, the following significant accomplishments and improvements to the operation of the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center have been experienced: o A consistently low rate of inmates being referred to SWICC who are subsequently determined to not meet the eligibility criteria, and quicker identification and removal of these inmates from SWICC. Overall, less than 5 percent of all inmates admitted to SWICC during the period examined were determined to not meet the eligibility criteria. o A consistently low rate of inmates being removed from SWICC due to disciplinary reasons, despite the serious criminal histories of the population. For every SWICC inmate removed for disciplinary reasons, more than 4 inmates successfully complete the prison-phase of the program; o During the course of program participation, inmates at the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center improved their levels of psychological and social functioning, and reduced their criminal thinking patterns; and, o The implementation of enhanced pre-release planning for SWICC releasees, including the involvement of a multidisciplinary case staffing team representing the institutional staff, parole and aftercare staff and the inmate.In response to increases in Illinois’ prison population during the late 1980s and early 1990s, low rates of access to substance abuse treatment services while in prison, and high rates of recidivism, in August 1995, the Illinois Department of Corrections opened the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center (SWICC) as a dedicated substance abuse treatment facility operating under a modified therapeutic community philosophy. The 600-bed minimum security facility for incarcerated adult male inmates operated since 1995 as a prison-based drug treatment program, and was modified and enhanced beginning in October 2006 to include more extensive vocational training, a specialized methamphetamine treatment unit, more sophisticated pre-release planning and mandatory post-release aftercare. This evaluation examines the implementation of these enhanced services and the impact of this new enhanced treatment model at SWICC on recidivism since July 2006, and is the result of a collaborative effort between researchers from Loyola University Chicago, the Illinois Department of Corrections, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, Treatment Accountability for Safe Communities (TASC), the Safer Foundation, and Community Education Centers (CEC). After four years of operation, covering the period from July 1, 2006 through the end of State Fiscal Year 2010 (June 30, 2010), the evaluation has found the following:  The pre-operational target population identified for the program is being served, with those admitted to SWICC having extensive criminal and substance abuse histories, and a substantial unmet need for treatment, vocational and educational programming;  As a result of strong support from IDOC executive staff, the SWICC program has been allowed to evolve and be implemented in a manner that has ensured the clinical integrity of the program and the availability of sufficient resources for needed services;  During the past four years, the following significant accomplishments and improvements to the operation of the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center have been experienced: o A consistently low rate of inmates being referred to SWICC who are subsequently determined to not meet the eligibility criteria, and quicker identification and removal of these inmates from SWICC. Overall, less than 5 percent of all inmates admitted to SWICC during the period examined were determined to not meet the eligibility criteria. o A consistently low rate of inmates being removed from SWICC due to disciplinary reasons, despite the serious criminal histories of the population. For every SWICC inmate removed for disciplinary reasons, more than 4 inmates successfully complete the prison-phase of the program; o During the course of program participation, inmates at the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center improved their levels of psychological and social functioning, and reduced their criminal thinking patterns; and, o The implementation of enhanced pre-release planning for SWICC releasees, including the involvement of a multidisciplinary case staffing team representing the institutional staff, parole and aftercare staff and the inmate. In addition to these enhancements at the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center, significant accomplishments, enhancements and improvements to the post-release phase of the program have also been evident during the four years of program operation examined in this report, including: o A pattern of aftercare referrals consistent with the pre-operational expectations, with nearly all SWICC releasees receiving referrals to either outpatient or residential treatment services; o A high rate of successful treatment admission among the SWICC releasees, fewer releasees failing to show up for aftercare referrals, and a short length of time between an inmate’s release and placement into aftercare treatment; and, o A high, and increasing rate of successful aftercare treatment completion among the SWICC releasees. Between SFY 2007 and 2010, the proportion of SWICC releasees successfully completing aftercare increased from roughly 58 percent to 71 percent.  As a result of the successful implementation of the prison-phase of the Southwestern Illinois Correctional Center, coupled with the post-release aftercare component, the SWICC program has produced the following outcomes: o The earned good conduct credits many of the inmates received at SWICC for their participation in treatment during the first four state fiscal years of operation (SFY 2007-2010) translates into a savings of 376 years of incarceration, which equates to $8.8 million, or $2.2 million per year, in reduced incarceration costs; o As a result of the treatment services and aftercare received, those inmates released from SWICC had a 15 percent lower likelihood of being returned to prison after two years in the community than a statistically similar comparison group of inmates released from Illinois’ other prisons during the same time period. o The largest reductions in recidivism were evident among those SWICC releasees who successfully completed aftercare treatment. Those SWICC graduates who also completed aftercare had a 48 percent lower likelihood of being returned to prison after two years in the community than a statistically similar comparison group. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/SWICC_Year_3_Evaluations_Report_March_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs (Illinois) Shelf Number: 121390

Author: Macallair, Daniel Title: The Impact of Realignment on County Juvenile Justice Practice: Will Closing State Youth Correctional Facilities Increase Adult Criminal Court Filings? Summary: On January 10, 2011, Governor Jerry Brown released his proposed budget for 2011-12, promoting the elimination of the Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF) by June 30, 2014. This CJCJ report is the first in a series of reports investigating the consequences of the proposed juvenile justice realignment in California. The second in the series is a two-page brief examining the 58 counties’ institutional capacity to absorb the DJF population in 2009 and follows two previous CJCJ reports recommending the realignment and reform of juvenile justice practices. As highlighted in CJCJ’s May 2009 report entitled Closing California’s Division of Juvenile Facilities: An Analysis of County Institutional Capacity, and the October 2010 update, counties have been developing their capacity and ability to serve serious and violent offenders since 2004. However, there remains speculation as to how closure of DJF facilities will impact juvenile justice practices and although analysis is difficult, some indications can be derived from recent trends. As CJCJ’s May 2009 report identified, direct filing of juvenile offenders to adult criminal courts by prosecutors has been steadily rising since 2004 despite the availability of DJF facilities. This trend suggests that direct adult criminal court filing will continue to increase regardless of the future of DJF. This report conducts an analysis of county use of DJF and direct adult criminal court filings in 2009. The results suggest that closing DJF facilities will impact each of the 58 counties differently, but can be broadly classified into several categories. Some counties will be minimally impacted by DJF’s closure, while others will be significantly impacted, requiring a more focused analysis of their needs and appropriate technical assistance, support, and resources to serve their serious juvenile offenders at the county-level. Nevertheless, counties’ willingness to respond to this challenge has been demonstrated by the response to Senate Bill 81 in August 2007, when despite initial reservations many counties not only absorbed the non-violent juvenile offender population previously housed in DJF, but also implemented community-based services for high-risk serious juvenile offenders. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Realignment Series: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/The_impact_of_realignment_on_county_juvenile_justice_practice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 121381

Author: Ford, Jess T. Title: Border Security: DHS’s Visa Security Program Needs to Improve Performance Evaluation and Better Address Visa Risk Worldwide Summary: Since 2003, the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Visa Security Program (VSP) has participated in the visa process by reviewing applications at some embassies and consulates, with the intention of preventing individuals who pose a threat from entering the United States. The attempted bombing of an airline on December 25, 2009, renewed concerns about the security of the visa process and the effectiveness of the VSP. For this report GAO assessed (1) the ability of DHS's Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to measure the program's objectives and performance, (2) challenges to VSP operations, and (3) ICE efforts to expand the VSP program. To evaluate the VSP, we reviewed VSP data, guidance, and the ICE's 5-year expansion plan. We also interviewed ICE officials, and observed VSP operations at 6 posts overseas. ICE cannot accurately assess progress toward its VSP objectives. ICE outlined three primary objectives of the VSP--identifying and counteracting potential terrorist threats from entering the United States, identifying not-yet-known threats, and maximizing law enforcement and counterterrorism value of the visa process--and established performance measures intended to assess VSP performance, including situations where VSP agents provide information that results in a consular officer's decision to deny a visa. ICE's VSP tracking system, used to collect data on VSP activities, does not gather comprehensive data on all the performance measures needed to evaluate VSP mission objectives. In addition, data collected by ICE on VSP activities were limited by inconsistencies. ICE upgraded its VSP tracking system in April 2010 to collect additional performance data, but the system still does not collect data on all the performance measures. Therefore, ICE's ability to comprehensively evaluate the performance of the VSP remains limited. While ICE can provide some examples demonstrating the success of VSP operations, ICE has not reported on the progress made toward achieving all VSP objectives. Several challenges to the implementation of the VSP affected operations overseas. DHS and the Department of State (State) have issued some guidance, including several memorandums of understanding, to govern VSP operations. However, some posts experienced difficulties because of the limited guidance regarding interactions between State officials and VSP agents, which has led to tensions between the VSP agents and State officials at some posts. In addition, most VSP posts have not developed standard operating procedures for VSP operations, leading to inconsistency among posts. Additionally, the mandated advising and training of consular officers by VSP agents varies from post to post, and at some posts consular officers received no training. Finally, VSP agents perform a variety of investigative and administrative functions beyond their visa security responsibilities that sometimes slow or limit visa security activities, and ICE does not track this information in the VSP tracking system, making it unable to identify the time spent on these activities. In 2007, ICE developed a 5-year expansion plan for the VSP, but ICE has not fully followed or updated the plan. For instance, ICE did not establish 9 posts identified for expansion in 2009 and 2010. Furthermore, the expansion plan states that risk analysis is the primary input to VSP site selection, and ICE, with input from State, ranked visa-issuing posts by visa risk, which includes factors such as the terrorist threat and vulnerabilities present at each post. However, 11 of the top 20 high-risk posts identified in the expansion plan are not covered by the VSP. Furthermore, ICE has not taken steps to address visa risk in high-risk posts that do not have a VSP presence. Although the expansion of the VSP is limited by a number of factors, such as budgetary limitations or limited embassy space, ICE has not identified possible alternatives that would provide the additional security of VSP review at those posts that do not have a VSP presence. GAO made several recommendations designed to address weaknesses we identified in the VSP. DHS concurred with the recommendations that the VSP provide consular officer training and develop a plan to provide more VSP coverage at high-risk posts. DHS did not concur with the recommendations that the VSP collect comprehensive data on all performance measures and track the time spent on visa security activities. GAO continues to maintain that these recommendations are necessary to accurately assess VSP performance. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-315: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11315.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 121478

Author: Jeszeck, Charles A.: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Criminal Alien Statistics: Information on Incarcerations, Arrests, and Costs Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) estimated that as of fiscal year 2009 the total alien--non-U.S.-citizen--population was about 25.3 million, including about 10.8 million aliens without lawful immigration status. Some aliens have been convicted and incarcerated (criminal aliens). The federal government bears these incarceration costs for federal prisons and reimburses states and localities for portions of their costs through the Department of Justice's (DOJ) State Criminal Alien Assistance Program (SCAAP). GAO was asked to update its April and May 2005 reports that contained information on criminal aliens. This report addresses (1) the number and nationalities of incarcerated criminal aliens; (2) the types of offenses for which criminal aliens were arrested and convicted; and (3) the costs associated with incarcerating criminal aliens and the extent to which DOJ's methodology for reimbursing states and localities for incarcerating criminal aliens is current and relevant. GAO analyzed federal and SCAAP incarceration and cost data of criminal aliens from fiscal years 2003 through 2010, and conviction and cost data from five states that account for about 70 percent of the SCAAP criminal alien population in 2008. GAO analyzed a random sample of 1,000 criminal aliens to estimate arrest information due to the large volume of arrests and offenses. GAO also estimated selected costs to incarcerate criminal aliens nationwide using The number of criminal aliens in federal prisons in fiscal year 2010 was about 55,000, and the number of SCAAP criminal alien incarcerations in state prison systems and local jails was about 296,000 in fiscal year 2009 (the most recent data available), and the majority were from Mexico. The number of criminal aliens in federal prisons increased about 7 percent from about 51,000 in fiscal year 2005 while the number of SCAAP criminal alien incarcerations in state prison systems and local jails increased about 35 percent from about 220,000 in fiscal year 2003. The time period covered by these data vary because they reflect updates since GAO last reported on these issues in 2005. Specifically, in 2005, GAO reported that the percentage of criminal aliens in federal prisons was about 27 percent of the total inmate population from 2001 through 2004. Based on our random sample, GAO estimates that the criminal aliens had an average of 7 arrests, 65 percent were arrested at least once for an immigration offense, and about 50 percent were arrested at least once for a drug offense. Immigration, drugs, and traffic violations accounted for about 50 percent of arrest offenses. About 90 percent of the criminal aliens sentenced in federal court in fiscal year 2009 (the most recently available data) were convicted of immigration and drug-related offenses. About 40 percent of individuals convicted as a result of DOJ terrorism-related investigations were aliens. SCAAP criminal aliens incarcerated in selected state prison systems in Arizona, California, Florida, New York, and Texas were convicted of various offenses in fiscal year 2008 (the most recently available data at the time of GAO's analysis). The highest percentage of convictions for criminal aliens incarcerated in four of these states was for drug-related offenses. Homicide resulted in the most primary offense convictions for SCAAP criminal aliens in the fifth state--New York--in fiscal year 2008. GAO estimates that costs to incarcerate criminal aliens in federal prisons and SCAAP reimbursements to states and localities ranged from about $1.5 billion to $1.6 billion annually from fiscal years 2005 through 2009; DOJ plans to update its SCAAP methodology for reimbursing states and localities in 2011 to help ensure that it is current and relevant. DOJ developed its reimbursement methodology using analysis conducted by the former Immigration and Naturalization Service in 2000 that was based on 1997 data. Best practices in cost estimating and assessment of programs call for new data to be continuously collected so it is always relevant and current. During the course of its review, GAO raised questions about the relevancy of the methodology. Thus, DOJ developed plans to update its methodology in 2011 using SCAAP data from 2009 and would like to establish a 3-year update cycle to review the methodology in the future. Doing so could provide additional assurance that DOJ reimburses states and localities for such costs consistent with current trends. In commenting on a draft of this report, DHS and DOJ had no written comments to include in the report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-187: Accessed April 22, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11187.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 121479

Author: Shobo, Yette Title: The Financial Burden of Substance Abuse in West Virginia: Final Report in Series 1 Summary: The growing financial cost of drug and alcohol abuse puts tremendous pressure on every social sector. The present report, part of a larger Family Funding Study project, is final in the series that examined the cost of drug and alcohol abuse to West Virginia’s criminal justice, healthcare, education, welfare, and workforce systems. This final summative report incorporates estimates from all these sectors as well as includes data from the Governor’s Highway Safety Program (GHSP) and the Commission on Drunk Driving prevention (CDDP). The first part of this report examines the magnitude of substance abuse in West Virginia. Although the overall picture is useful, delving into regional and age group variations may lead to more targeted and effective efforts to combat substance abuse in the state. Hence, the first section also examines regional and age group differences in substance use and abuse. The second part of this report will present the total cost of substance abuse in the state based on findings from the previous five reports and financialdata from the CDDP and GHSP database. Details: South Charleston, WV: West Virginia Prevention Resource Center, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.prevnet.org/Funding%20Study/PDF/2011-04-FS-Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121484

Author: Boccanfuso, Christopher Title: Multiple Responses, Promising Results: Evidence-Based, Nonpunitive Alternatives to Zero Tolerance Summary: In response to highly publicized violent incidents in schools, such as the Columbine High School massacre, school disciplinary policies have become increasingly severe. These policies have been implemented at the school, district, and state levels with the goal of ensuring the safety of students and staff. Many of these policies have one component in common: zero tolerance. While it is clear that protecting the safety of students and staff is one of school leaders‘ most important responsibilities, it is not clear that zero tolerance policies are succeeding in improving school safety. In fact, some evidence based on nonexperimental studies suggests that these policies actually may have an adverse effect on student academic and behavioral outcomes. Child Trends developed this brief to explore these issues. The brief does this in two ways: it reviews existing research on the implementation and effects of zero tolerance in the school setting; and it highlights rigorously evaluated, nonpunitive alternatives to zero tolerance that have shown greater promise in improving school safety and student outcomes. Nonpunitive programs that take a largely preventive approach to school discipline have been found to keep students and schools safe by reducing the need for harsh discipline. These programs take many forms, such as targeted behavioral supports for students who are at-risk for violent behavior, character education programs, or positive behavioral interventions and supports that are instituted schoolwide. Details: Washington, DC: Child Trends, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Publications #2011-09: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.childtrends.org/Files/Child_Trends-2011_03_01_RB_AltToZeroTolerance.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crimes Shelf Number: 121485

Author: Brown, Matthew M. Title: Engaging the Borderlands: Options for the Future of U.S.-Mexican Relations Summary: The security of the U.S.-Mexican border is an issue of considerable interest for both countries. The North American Free Trade Agreement has created a web of symbiotic links between the two countries. Unfortunately, this has also presented opportunities for illegal transit. These opportunities are increasingly exploited by Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations (DTO) whose actions are destabilizing Mexico and increasingly penetrating into the United States. Increasing levels of violence, intimidation, and influence have rapidly become intolerable, demanding a government response. While widespread use of the U.S. military remains an option, the costs both economic and operational, make the use an unviable one. Rather a mixed approach of U.S. and Mexican capacity building and economic assistance is a preferred alternative. The increased capacity of U.S. and Mexican security and law enforcement organizations will over time disrupt, then dismantle the Mexican DTOs. Simultaneously, economic assistance aimed at developing impoverished Mexican regions will both legitimize the Mexican government while marginalizing the influx of narco-dollars. This combined approach provides stability to the region, increases cooperation between neighboring governments, and fosters further legitimate economic growth in the region. Details: Fort Leavenworth, KS: School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, 2010. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&doc=136619&coll=limited Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 121487

Author: National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) Title: Misplaced Priorities: Over Incarcerate, Under Educate Summary: For 102 years, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) has played a pivotal role in shaping a national agenda to ensure the political, educational, social, and economic equality of African Americans and others who face a history of discrimination in the United States. In this new report, Misplaced Priorities: Over Incarcerate, Under Educate, NAACP researchers assembled data from leading research organizations and profiled six cities to show how escalating investments in incarceration over the past 30 years have undermined educational opportunities. Misplaced Priorities represents a call to action for public officials, policymakers, and local NAACP units and members by providing a framework to implement a policy agenda that will financially prioritize investments in education over incarceration, provide equal protection under the law, eliminate sentencing policies responsible for over incarceration, and advance public safety strategies that effectively increase healthy development in communities. Misplaced Priorities echoes existing research on the impact excessive prison spending has on education budgets. Over the last two decades, as the criminal justice system came to assume a larger proportion of state discretionary dollars nationwide, state spending on prisons grew at six times the rate of state spending on higher education. In 2009, as the nation plummeted into the deepest recession in 30 years, funding for K–12 and higher education declined; however, in that same year, 33 states spent a larger proportion of their discretionary dollars on prisons than they had the year before. Details: Baltimore, MD: NAACP, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: April 25, 2011 at: http://naacp.3cdn.net/01d6f368edbe135234_bq0m68x5h.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121488

Author: Elliott D. Pollack & Company Title: Arizona Correctional Facilities Economic and Fiscal Impact Report Summary: As America’s leader in partnership corrections, CCA designs, builds, owns and manages more than 60 correctional facilities and detention centers across the country, providing corrections management services to federal, state and local clients. In Arizona, CCA owns and operates six facilities located in Eloy and Florence in Pinal County. These six facilities have a notable impact on both the local and regional economies of the State. It is estimated that the six CCA facilities currently generate: • 2,733 direct employees and 1,700 additional indirect and induced spin-off jobs. • $205.4 million in total wages each year • Annual economic output of over $435.2 million. Operations of the six facilities creates tax revenue for the State, county and local governments. Examples of taxes paid by CCA and the employees that are supported by CCA to the State and its political subdivisions include state income and unemployment taxes, sales taxes, property taxes and HURF and vehicle license taxes. In addition to the economic impacts stated above, it is estimated that CCA operations result in an impact of approximately $26.2 million in taxes to the State of Arizona and its political subdivisions annually. The continued expansion of CCA facilities in Arizona would create significant tax revenues for the communities and counties in which they are located, as well as for the State of Arizona as a whole. At an estimated cost of $200 million, the construction of a single 3,000-bed facility would generate: • 2,528 direct, indirect and induced person years of employment • $116.4 million in wages and • $300.1 million in total economic output for the entire construction period. As soon as the facility is constructed and operating it would create: • 450 direct jobs, 187 indirect and induced jobs. • $26.2 million in wages • $55.0 million in economic output on an annual basis. Each additional facility would generate revenues for State, County, and local governments of $16.9 million from construction-related activity and over $4.8 million annually from operations. Details: Scottsdale, AZ: Elliott D. Pollack & Co., 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://www.cca.com/static/assets/CCA_Arizona_Impact_Report_2009_FINAL_011810.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121491

Author: Lemieux, Frederic Title: Investigating Cyber Security Threats: Exploring National Security and Law Enforcement Perspectives Summary: This report focuses on how federal agencies define success in computer crime investigations and how they can facilitate the development and refinement of a comprehensive law enforcement strategy for addressing cyber threats. Through interviews with experienced computer crime investigators from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the U.S. Secret Service, and the Air Force Office of Special Investigations, this project aims to identify how federal agencies conduct investigations related to cyber security and how they define operational success. Our findings show a clear emphasis on threat mitigation, instead of quantitative valuation of prosecutions, as the goal of the investigation. Strategies employ the use of intelligence gathering and sharing to fortify potential targets and identify prolific offenders. These observations are consistent with the current trends in traditional investigation which include the use of an intelligence-led policing model to combat the top national security risks to the United States. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, Cyber Security Policy and Research Institute, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Report GW-CSPRI-2011-2: Accessed April 26, 2011 at: http://www.cspri.seas.gwu.edu/Seminar%20Abstracts%20and%20Papers/2011-2%20Investigating%20Cyber%20Security%20Threats%20Lemieux.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 121496

Author: Texas Border Security Council Title: Texas Border Security Council Report to Governor Rick Perry Summary: During the 80th Texas State Legislative Session, Governor Perry requested that the Texas Legislature appropriate $100 million to support border security operations along the 1,254 miles of Texas/Mexico Border. The 80th Texas State Legislature allocated $110 million for border security and created the Border Security Council through Senate Bill 11. The Council was formed to make recommendations to the Governor on reporting requirements, performance standards and audit measures for the use of state funds appropriated for border security, and to advise the Governor on the allocation of discretionary state homeland security funds. The Border Security Council held a series of five public hearings in the fall of 2007 and received testimony from business owners, law enforcement officers, local elected officials and private citizens. Throughout their five public hearings and three open meetings, the Border Security Council found the following: General Findings: Powerful and ruthless Mexican crime cartels dominate the U.S. drug and human smuggling business, and they use former military commandos and transnational gangs to support their operations on both sides of the border. The citizens who live in the smuggling corridors along the border suffer the daily consequences of smuggling-related violence, burglary, vandalism, and trespassing. Drug and human smuggling organizations victimize illegal aliens in search of economic opportunities in the U.S. A porous Texas/Mexico border threatens every region in the state and the nation. An unsecured border provides potential terrorists and their supporters an opportunity into enter the U.S. undetected. The federal government has not yet sufficiently staffed and equipped the Border Patrol to secure the Texas/Mexico border between the ports of entry. Border Security operations require substantial coordination, hard work and sacrifice by dedicated local and state law enforcement officers, Customs and Border Protection and other federal agencies, such as the U.S. Coast Guard. The Council found that an exceptional level of coordination and cooperation among the local, state, and federal law enforcement community is essential for success. The federal government has not sufficiently staffed and equipped the Office of Field Operations at the ports of entry to prevent smuggling at the ports of entry, nor have they provided for the secure and efficient movement of people and commodities to and from Mexico. Until the federal government is able to secure the border, the State of Texas has an obligation to work closely with its local and federal partners to acquire and maintain operational control of the Texas/Mexico border. The Texas Border Security Strategy established by Governor Perry in February 2006, has been successful in reducing crime and enhancing border security. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Border Security Council, 2008. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2011 at: http://governor.state.tx.us/files/homeland/Border-Security-Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (Texas/Mexico) Shelf Number: 121497

Author: Hartwig, Robert P. Title: Terrorism Risk: A Reemergent Threat: Impacts for Property/Casualty Insurers Summary: The cost of terrorism still looms large in United States history. After nine attack-free years, the $32.5 billion in losses paid out by insurers for the terrorist attack of September 11, 2001, places second in an Insurance Information Institute (I.I.I.) ranking of the most costly U.S. catastrophes – after just Hurricane Katrina (2005). Nearly 10 years on, 9/11 also remains the worst terrorist act in terms of fatalities and insured property losses. With a new decade underway, a number of converging factors point to the fact that terrorism is a reemerging threat. Failure to focus on and prepare for this threat will come at an enormous cost to the millions of individuals and businesses who rely on insurance contracts to offset the overall economic impact of a terrorist attack. For property/casualty insurers, the increasing share of losses that they would have to fund in the event of a major terrorist attack on U.S. soil suggests that now is the time to take stock of their terrorism exposures. Details: New York: Insurance Information Institute, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2011 at: http://insurancemarketreport.com/Portals/131/TerrorismThreat_042010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Insurance Shelf Number: 121498

Author: Worden, Robert E. Title: Stops by Syracuse Police, 2006-2009 Summary: For the past decade, elected and appointed officials in many states and countless cities have expressed concerns about racially biased policing, or racial profiling. The central concern is that police use citizens’ race as the partial or complete basis for the discretionary application of their authority, particularly in making traffic stops, but also in making other stops and in poststop decisions as well (e.g., to conduct a search or frisk). Although attention to potential racial bias in policing dates historically to at least the 1960s, it was given renewed impetus and new focus by litigation in Maryland and New Jersey in the 1990s, which successfully claimed that state police targeted racial minorities for traffic stops. Contemporary concern has in many places taken the form of the collection and analysis of data on stops by police, as it has in Syracuse, where local legislation mandated data collection in 2001. Earlier this year, we volunteered to analyze the Syracuse Police Department’s data on stops. Here we report our results. First we describe the nature of the stops – the reasons for the stops, as officers recorded them, the spatial and temporal distributions of the stops (that is, where in the city they occur and at what times of the day), the characteristics of the people who are stopped (that is, their race, sex, and age), and for the most recent year, the assignments of the officers who made the stops (to the traffic division, Crime Reduction Teams, or other units). Then we present analysis that is designed to provide clues about whether the stops reflect a racial bias. This is of course the primary goal of any such analysis, but drawing inferences about the source(s) of any racial disparities from data of this kind confronts monumental analytic challenges. Such clues would, ideally, emerge from a comparison of the characteristics of the people stopped by the police with the characteristics of the people who could have been legitimately stopped by the police; any discrepancies between the former and the latter would suggest that police stops were influenced by factors other than the behavior of the citizens involved. Unfortunately, however, complete information on the latter population, which represents a suitable “benchmark,” is practically impossible to come by; this is the benchmarking problem in analyses of racial bias in police stops. Details: Albany, NY: The John F. Finn Institute for Public Safety, Inc., 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2011 at: http://finninstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Stops-by-Syracuse-Police.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 121502

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of Inspector General Title: Nursing Facilities' Employment of Individuals with Criminal Convictions Summary: Federal regulation prohibits Medicare and Medicaid nursing facilities from employing individuals found guilty of abusing, neglecting, or mistreating residents by a court of law, or who have had a finding entered into the State nurse aide registry concerning abuse, neglect, or mistreatment of residents or misappropriation of their property. Interpretive guidelines from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) for this regulation state that “[nursing] facilities must be thorough in their investigations of the past histories of individuals they are considering hiring.” However, Federal law does not require that nursing facilities conduct State or Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) criminal background checks. State background check requirements vary in terms of what must be checked (e.g., statewide criminal history databases, publically available sex offender registries) and who must be checked (e.g., direct-care workers only, all staff). We selected a stratified random sample of 260 nursing facilities from the universe of 15,728 Medicare-certified nursing facilities and requested data on all individuals who were employed by the sampled nursing facilities on June 1, 2009. To gain access to criminal history record information, we entered into an Information Transfer Agreement with FBI. We compared employee data with the criminal history records FBI provided to identify individuals with criminal convictions employed by the sampled nursing facilities. Consistent with the congressional request and objective of this evaluation, we used FBI data to determine whether individuals employed by nursing facilities had criminal convictions. FINDINGS Almost all nursing facilities employed one or more individuals with at least one criminal conviction. Our analysis of FBI-maintained criminal history records revealed that 92 percent of nursing facilities employed at least one individual with at least one criminal conviction. Nearly half of nursing facilities employed five or more individuals with at least one conviction. Forty-four percent of employees with convictions were convicted of crimes against property (e.g., burglary, shoplifting, writing bad checks), making it the most common type of crime committed. Overall, 5 percent of nursing facility employees had at least one conviction in FBI-maintained criminal history records. Most convictions occurred prior to employment. Eighty-four percent of employees with convictions had their most recent conviction prior to their beginning date of employment. Despite the lack of a Federal requirement for nursing facilities to conduct criminal background checks, most States required, and/or nursing facilities reported conducting, some type of background check. Forty-three States required nursing facilities to conduct either an FBI or a statewide criminal background check for prospective employees. Some nursing facilities located in the remaining eight States reported conducting criminal background checks even though they were not required to do so. All but 2 percent of nursing facilities reported conducting some type of background check. RECOMMENDATION After completion of our data collection, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (P.L. 111-148) became Federal law. It requires the Secretary of Health & Human Services (HHS) to carry out a nationwide program for States to conduct national and statewide criminal background checks for direct patient access employees of nursing facilities and other providers. States may participate in this National Background Check Program by entering into agreements with the Secretary. In light of our findings and in carrying out the mandate for HHS to implement the nationwide criminal background check program, we recommend that CMS: Develop background check procedures. To ensure that States conduct background checks consistently, CMS should (1) clearly define the employee classifications that are direct patient access employees and (2) work with participating States to develop a list of State and local convictions that disqualify an individual from nursing facility employment under the Federal regulation and periods for which each conviction bars the individual from employment. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Inspector General, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: OEI-07-09-00110: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-07-09-00110.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 121509

Author: Oklahoma Department of Corrections Title: Managing Increasing Aging Inmate Populations Summary: The inmate population 50 years of age and older in the Oklahoma Department of Corrections has grown from 85 in 1980 to over 3600 in FY 2008. The projected population by FY 2013 is 5,354, a further 48% increase, while the overall inmate population is expected to grow at most 10%. This should concern state correctional officials and government policymakers for the foreseeable future. The growth will require greater attention to training, programs, materials, facilities, and care oriented specifically to this population and to its subgroups, such as female inmates. This in turn will mean greater costs, perhaps 2-3 times those of the general inmate population. Thus, even if general population growth plateaus or decreases in coming years, the costs of the “aging” inmate population could keep necessary overall expenditures at current or higher levels. Correctional officials and government policymakers in Oklahoma need to continue planning for this future with the blueprints laid out by the research and analysis put forward in this paper. Failure to adjust appropriately will likely mean even higher eventual costs. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2008. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/Aging%20White%20Paper.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 121511

Author: Oklahoma. Department of Corrections Title: Homicides in Prison Summary: Homicides of prison inmates have decreased dramatically in the last three decades and have consistently been lower per 100,000 population than the general population in recent years. Research into factors associated with inmate homicides has focused on the variables to be considered and/or examination of one or more of those variables. The research indicates that inmate homicides tend to be contextual and not the result of consistently identifiable and preventable influences. The recommended perspective on inmate homicide prevention depends on “the ability of prison administrators to exercise official authority effectively.” Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2009. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/Homicides%20White%20Paper.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 121512

Author: Oklahoma. Department of Corrections Title: Effectiveness of Electronic Monitoring and GPS Summary: After over two decades of use and evolution, electronic monitoring (EM) and, increasingly, global positioning satellite systems (GPS) have achieved acceptance within the correctional community and other areas of criminal justice. Evidence indicates that the public will approve of that use when informed and that the sanction has legitimacy with offenders as well. The research literature has not found that EM or GPS has had a positive impact on crime reduction, but their use has not resulted in demonstrably higher crime rates or more recidivism than incarceration or other less-intensive community supervision. Moreover, EM and GPS appear to be cost-effective when not used for “net-widening” and may have beneficial secondary effects beyond crime or recidivism reduction. Studies indicate that this remains true even when specific offense and offender types are considered. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2010. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/GPS%20White%20Paper.doc Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121513

Author: Oklahoma. Department of Corrections Title: Managing Increasing Hispanic/Latino Inmate Populations Summary: The Hispanic/Latino inmate population in Oklahoma prisons is the fastest growing racial/ethnic population in DOC. While the numbers are not a large proportion of the total inmate population at this time, their growth and rate of increase pose definite questions for effective and efficient management of department institutions. Among the questions are (1) accurate and complete collection of data on their actual numbers and (2) sufficient awareness and application of necessary language and cultural needs to prevent inappropriate planning for and responses to the day-to-day operations of facilities with growing numbers of Hispanics and Latinos. DOC might address these concerns by assigning investigation and recommendations of future concerns and needs to a committee with a timetable for a report on the best ways to meet the challenges of this increasing population. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2008. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/Hispanic%20Inmate%20Paper.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanic Americans Shelf Number: 121514

Author: Oklahoma Department of Corrections Title: Managing Increasing Female Inmate Populations Summary: Rates of growth of female inmate populations have generated considerable attention and concern as correctional officials consider appropriate, gender-specific responses in the U.S. and in Oklahoma, which leads the nation in female incarceration rate. Research and practice have detailed that, as Oklahoma and other states attempt to deal effectively with their increasing incarcerated female populations, they will have to deal with the unique as well as more familiar paths leading to female incarceration. In addition, if reentry is to be successful, they will have to face and overcome obstacles regarding (1) treatment for substance abuse problems; (2) health care; (3) mental health issues; (4) violence prevention and post-traumatic stress disorder; (5) educational and employment services; (6) safe, secure, affordable housing; and (7) child advocacy and family reunification. This will likely involve more use of assessment instruments, such as the LSI-R and gender-validated tools, as well as more focused programs and priorities, including family impact statements, therapeutic communities, intensive gender-based case management, certificates of employability, and specific female-oriented research agendas and products. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2008. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/Female%20Inmate%20Paper.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates (Oklahoma) Shelf Number: 121515

Author: Oklahoma. Department of Corrections Title: Using Substances to Treat Alcoholism Summary: Despite years of continuing research and development of pharmaceutical approaches to reduce, control, and perhaps eliminate alcoholism and its impact on criminal justice, a gap remains between the science and the implementation. This paper reviews the highly positive cost-benefit of the approaches, some of the more recent advances and findings in pharmaceuticals and genetics, new ideas on supplying, monitoring, and delivering the remedies, and the ethical considerations that must be weighed in their application. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2009. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC White Paper: Accessed April 27, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.ok.us/adminservices/ea/Alcoholism_White_Paper.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 121540

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics Title: A Dialogue Between the Bureau of Justice Statistics and Key Criminal Justice Data Users Summary: In 2008 the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) convened a multidisciplinary workshop for professionals who use justice statistics. BJS asked participants — representatives from academia, court systems, victim advocacy, and law enforcement communities — to provide feedback about how they use BJS statistical information and to recommend ways that BJS could optimize the value of the data it collects and publishes. Four senior level researchers presented papers at the workshop, including: Current Issues in Victimization Research and the NCVS’s Ability to Study Them, by Lynn A. Addington; The Need for a National Civil Justice Survey of Incidence and Claiming Behavior, by Theodore Eisenberg and Henry Allen Mark; Improving Police Effectiveness and Transparency National Information Needs on Law Enforcement, by Brian Forst; and Understanding Violence Against Women Using the NCVS: What We Know and Where We Need to Go, by Karen Heimer. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2008. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2008 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/duw.cfm Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 121542

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Commercial Bail Bonds in New York City: Characteristics and Implications Summary: This report updates and expands upon a recent study of bail making by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc. (CJA), which found that bail bondsmen play a much larger role in New York City than they once did (Phillips 2010a, hereafter referred to as the “bailmaking report”). The research revealed that bonds accounted for 15% of all bail releases in the study sample, and 21% of cases with bail set at $1,000 or more. The bail-making report presented data showing that over 750 commercial bonds were posted in the four largest boroughs of the City for cases with an arrest from July through September 2005. (The term “commercial bond” is used here to refer to an insurance company bail bond, written by a commercial bond agent.) That number results in an annualized estimate of about 3,000 bonds per year in the City, although the actual total is undoubtedly higher than that. The majority of defendants in New York City are still released on recognizance, and the majority of defendants who make bail do so by posting cash directly with the court. Still, the research showed that commercial bonds are by no means the rarity they once were. Analyses presented in the bail-making report utilized defendant and case-processing data from the CJA database, as well as form-of-bail data from the Office of Court Administration (OCA). The research examined the factors associated with making bail by cash versus bond, including the amount of bail set at arraignment, the courts’ use of cash alternatives, and time to release. Supplementary information collected by hand from cash bail receipts was presented pertaining to the sureties who posted cash bail for defendants, their relationship to the defendant, and geospatial relationships among the locations of the jail where the defendant was held, the bail-posting site, and the surety’s residence. Supplementary data describing characteristics of cash bail cases were presented citywide and for all four boroughs included in the research. Comparably detailed information about bonds was also collected by hand from court papers filed by bail bondsmen, but when the bail-making report was in preparation this supplemental information for bond cases had been collected only for Brooklyn and Manhattan. The results, revealing striking differences between the two boroughs, were presented in the full report (Phillips 2010a) and summarized in the corresponding Research Brief (Phillips 2010b) with a cautionary comment on the preliminary nature of the conclusions. We promised to enlarge the number of cases with supplementary bond data citywide and to round out the borough comparisons by adding supplementary data from the Bronx and Queens in a future update. This report provides that update with the presentation of supplementary bond data for all four of the largest boroughs and expands the analyses to consider the implications for bail setting suggested by the citywide data. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.cjareports.org/reports/bonds2010final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds (New York City) Shelf Number: 121543

Author: Alexander, Elizabeth Title: Michigan Breaks the Political Logjam: A New Model for Reducing Prison Populations Summary: The United States has adopted a set of criminal justice policies that has produced a tidal wave of imprisonment in this country. Between 1970 and 2005, the number of men, women, and children locked up in this country has grown by an historically unprecedented 700%. As a result, the United States locks up almost a quarter of the prisoners in the entire world. In fact, if all our prisoners were confined in one city, that city would be the fourth largest in the country. This tidal wave of mass incarceration has a devastating effect on those communities, mostly poor and minority, whose residents so disproportionately end up in our prisons. Of course, it is critical to prevent crime, but we need to ask if mass incarceration is really necessary to protect our public safety. Michigan’s experience offers a persuasive answer to that question. Between March 2007 and November 2009, Michigan did something remarkable. It reduced its prison population by roughly 8% during an era in which our incarcerated population continues its unprecedented growth nationally. Perhaps equally remarkable, Michigan accomplished this feat of “breaking the political logjam,” as the Deputy Director of the Department of Corrections phrased it, without provoking a backlash that public officials have been insufficiently “tough on crime.” Because these changed policies will also result in increased public safety, Michigan for the first time provides a possible model for other states seeking a smarter and more affordable criminal justice policy. This report examines the measures that Michigan took to bring about that turn-around. Most significantly, these changes did not require the legislature to change the statutory penalties for criminal offenses. Michigan’s successful reforms primarily involve the parole process, based on research that has identified practices and techniques that increase the accuracy of predicting which offenders can be safely released. The changes involve, however, far more than simply encouraging the parole board to increase its rate of approval of discretionary parole. The new policies are designed to provide offenders with individualized programing in prison, and re-entry services upon release, that are most likely to assure success on parole, based on evidence of what works to reduce crime and save money. Because Michigan’s reforms are designed to fit into the specific structure of its system, they cannot simply be replicated in states lacking discretionary parole. The Michigan reforms are nonetheless important, because the nation’s current level of incarceration is morally wrong and bad public policy, and because we can no longer afford to incarcerate 2.3 million people. Our nation’s criminal justice policy requires fundamental change, and Michigan provides one example of how that change can work. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/2009-12-18-MichiganReport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121567

Author: Padavan, Frank Title: The Golden Door: Illegal Immigration, Terrorism and the Underground Economy: With a Focus on the Counterfeit Goods Trade and Analysis of the 2000 Census Summary: In 1994, Senator Frank Padavan, then Chairman of the Senate Committee on Cities, released "Our Teeming Shore," a report reflecting extensive research and public hearings on "federal immigration policy and its impact on the City and State of New York." That report concluded that New York State and its localities were spending over $5.6 billion annually as a result of federal immigration policy: $2.1 billion in social service costs; $270 million for criminal justice and corrections; and $3.3 billion in elementary and secondary education expenditures, all unreimbursed by the federal government. As a result of Senator Padavan's landmark research -- New York State was among the first in the nation to document the impact of federal immigration policy at the state and local level -- the Senate Majority Task Force on Immigration was created. A second report, a year later, confirmed the findings of the first. In "The Golden Door: Illegal Immigration, Terrorism and The Underground Economy," Senator Padavan updates the topics discussed in the earlier reports, with a focus on the counterfeit goods trade, its link to terrorism, and its cost to taxpayers. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Senate Majority Task Force on Immigration, 2005. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2011 at: http://www.nysl.nysed.gov/scandoclinks/ocm64195701.htm Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Goods Shelf Number: 121573

Author: Sum, Andrew Title: The Consequences of Dropping Out of High School: Joblessness and Jailing for High School Dropouts and the High Cost for Taxpayers: 22% Daily Jailing Rate for Young Black Men Who Drop Out of High School Summary: The economic, social, and moral case for addressing the nation’s existing high school dropout problems was made in a report titled Left Behind in America: The Nation’s Dropout Crisis. This report called upon the U.S. Congress and the Obama Administration to enact legislation to support programs at the local and state level to re-enroll existing high school dropouts to enable them to improve their academic achievement skills, obtain their high school diplomas or their equivalents, and bolster their employability through work experience and training. The nation’s young dropouts experience a wide array of labor market, earnings, social and income problems that exacerbate their ability to transition to careers and stable marriages from their mid-20s onward. This new research paper was prepared to outline the employment, earnings, incarceration, teen and young adult parenting experiences and family incomes of the nation’s young adult high school dropouts and their better educated peers in 2006 to 2008. Young high school dropouts confront a number of labor market problems in their late teens and early 20's. They are less likely to be active labor force participants than their better educated peers, and they frequently experience considerably higher unemployment rates when they do seek work. As a consequence, they are much less likely to be employed than their better educated peers across the nation, and gaps typically widen as national labor markets deteriorate such as during the current recession. The employment rates of the nation’s 16-24 year old, out-of-school youth by their educational attainment in 2008 are displayed in Chart These estimated employment rates are annual averages. Slightly less than 46 percent of the nation’s young high school dropouts were employed on average during 2008. This implies an average joblessness rate during 2008 of 54% for the nation for young high school dropouts. Their employment rate was 22 percentage points below that of high school graduates, 33 percentage points below that of young adults who had completed 1-3 years of post-secondary schooling, and 41 percentage points below that of their peers who held a four year college degree. Young high school dropouts were only about one-half as likely to be working as those youth holding a bachelor’s or higher degree in 2008. Details: Boston, MA: Center for Labor Market Studies, Northeastern University, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2011 at: http://www.clms.neu.edu/publication/documents/The_Consequences_of_Dropping_Out_of_High_School.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 121577

Author: Banks, Duren Title: Characteristics of Suspected Human Trafficking Incidents, 2008-2010 Summary: The report describes the characteristics of human trafficking investigations, suspects, and victims in cases opened by federally funded task forces between January 2008 and June 2010. This report provides information about investigations, persons involved in suspected and confirmed incidents of human trafficking, and case outcomes. Data are from the Human Trafficking Reporting System (HTRS), which was created in response to a congressional mandate in the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2005 for biennial reporting on the scope and characteristics of human trafficking. HTRS is currently the only system that captures information on human trafficking investigations conducted by state and local law enforcement agencies in the United States. The report also describes HTRS data collection procedures and data quality issues. Highlights include the following: Federally funded task forces opened 2,515 suspected incidents of human trafficking for investigation between January 2008 and June 2010; About 8 in 10 of the suspected incidents of human trafficking were classified as sex trafficking, and about 1 in 10 incidents were classified as labor trafficking; The confirmed human trafficking incidents open for at least a year led to 144 known arrests. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/cshti0810.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 121581

Author: Padavan, Frank Title: At the Water's Edge: Port Security in the Age of Terrorism Summary: The goal of the New York State Senate Majority Task Force on Port Security was to identify the state issues involved in an area of national, and global concern. The first part of the report looks at the maritime transportation system, from its creation to today, including an assessment of the importance of our ports; to commerce; to our national security; and to the environment. Part II discusses the terrorist threat, including an analysis of the vulnerability of our ports, particularly since September 11, 2001. Part III focuses on the federal and state response to the terrorist threat. Part IV looks at ways of securing our ports, including a proposal for an integrated approach to maritime transportation security. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Senate Majority Task Force on Port Security, 2006. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2011 at: http://nysl.nysed.gov/uhtbin/001-nysl/ocn432663413 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 121583

Author: Padavan, Frank Title: The Counterfeit Connection : The Counterfeit Goods Trade, Intellectual Property Theft and Terrorist Financing: With a Discussion of Illegal Immigration, Alien Smuggling and Human Trafficking Summary: This report focuses on the counterfeit goods trade and its connection to terrorism financing. The purpose of the report is to explore the connections between illegal immigration, including alien smuggling and human trafficking, and the counterfeit goods trade and terrorist financing. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Senate Majority Task Force on Immigration, 2005. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2011 at: http://nysl.nysed.gov/uhtbin/cgisirsi/xK6obNlwCS/NYSL/62700081/9 Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Goods Shelf Number: 121574

Author: Alesina, Alberto F. Title: A Test of Racial Bias in Capital Sentencing Summary: This paper proposes a test of racial bias in capital sentencing based upon patterns of judicial errors in lower courts. We model the behavior of the trial court as minimizing a weighted sum of the probability of sentencing an innocent and that of letting a guilty defendant free. We define racial bias as a situation where the relative weight on the two types of errors is a function of defendant and/or victim race. The key prediction of the model is that if the court is unbiased, ex post the error rate should be independent of the combination of defendant and victim race. We test this prediction using an original dataset that contains the race of the defendant and of the victim(s) for all capital appeals that became final between 1973 and 1995. We find robust evidence of bias against minority defendants who killed white victims: In Direct Appeal and Habeas Corpus the probability of error in these cases is 3 and 9 percentage points higher, respectively, than for minority defendants who killed minority victims. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16981: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://papers.nber.org/papers/w16981 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 121584

Author: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services. Division of Community Programs, Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration Title: Intensive Parole Model for : Chapter 338, Laws of 1997, Section 34 RCW 13.40.2129(2) Summary: The 1997 Washington State Legislature recognized that traditional parole services for high-risk juvenile offenders were insufficient to provide adequate rehabilitation and public safety. As a result, they mandated (Chapter 338, Laws of 1997, Section 34) the implementation of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) Intensive Aftercare Program (IAP) model with the top 25 percent highest risk to re-offend youth in the Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration (JRA). The legislation requires JRA to report annually to the Legislature on process and outcome findings. The key elements of the JRA Intensive Parole supervision model are: Information management and program evaluation; Assessment and selection criteria; Individual case planning; A mixture of intensive surveillance and services; A balance of incentives and graduated consequences; Service brokerage with community resources and linkage with social networks; and Transition services. The key changes in the program as the model has developed over time are: Phase 1 (10/98 – 10/99): Community Supervision/Traditional Community Linkages; Phase 2 (10/99 – 10/00): Residential/Transitional/Community Supervision/Traditional Community Linkages; Phase 3 (10/00 – 1/03): Evidence-Based Services; Phase 4 (1/03 – Present): Functional Family Parole (FFP) services; Phase 5 (Future): Regionalization of JRA Community Residential Programs. In December 2002, the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) published a report that found the first two Intensive Parole (IP) cohorts did not have significantly different recidivism from the comparison group. They did find that the Basic Training Camp (BTC) second and third year cohorts had significantly lower recidivism. Based on the initial finding of IP in whole, funds for IP were significantly reduced increasing caseloads from 12 to 20:1 leading to a 40% increase in caseload size and reduced ability to perform community safety related activities, e.g., field surveillance, high levels of parole counselor contact, community justice work crews, day reporting programs, and electronic home monitoring. At this time, JRA continues to implement intensive parole as part of the overarching FFP model. Past budgetary reductions in intensive parole funding, with resulting increased caseloads and reduced staffing, can pose significant challenges to the implementation of this complex, promising model of FFP with the highest risk/highest need offenders. Details: Olympia, WA: Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration, 2009. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/main/legrep/Leg1209/Intensive%20Parole%20Model%20for%20High%20Risk%20Juvenile%20Offenders.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Intensive Parole Shelf Number: 121585

Author: Downey, P. Mitchell Title: A Bayesian Meta-Analysis of Drug Court Cost-Effectiveness Summary: In recent years, meta-analysis has been widely adopted as a means of informing sound policy decisions. A particularly successful application of meta-analysis has been in the evaluation of the effectiveness of new medical interventions, particularly the results of new drug trials. The goal of this type of study is to draw a general conclusion from the results of many clinical trials of the same drug which often produce very different results to determine whether the drug is safe enough and ffective enough to be made available to the public. Over the past two decades, meta-analysis has become increasingly common in the study of programs and policies designed to reduce crime. Over the last decade, researchers have begun to combine meta-analyses with cost-benefit analysis. Meta-analysis answers the question: does the intervention produce positive outcomes? Cost-benefit analysis moves beyond this question to ask whether an effective intervention creates enough of a benefit to justify the cost. Thus, the combined meta-analysis and cost-benefit analysis attempt to answer the question: What is the most cost-effective way to increase public safety? DCPI has developed an empirical model that combines meta-analysis and cost-benefit analysis to help answer this question. The DCPI model uses Bayesian methods to test whether the expected outcomes of implementing a policy or combination of policies in Washington, D.C., is worth the investment. The DCPI model will incorporate both the costs of delivering services in Washington, D.C., and the benefits of those services to District citizens. In particular, the DCPI model will incorporate benefits to D.C. citizens from reductions in the risk of becoming a victim of crime. The goal of this paper is to demonstrate how Bayesian statistics can be used in conjunction with meta cost-benefit analysis. To do this, we use data from 86 drug court evaluations previously coded for metaanalysis (Shaffer 2009). We then follow Drake, Aos and Miller (2009) in the development of estimates of the Washington, DC specific costs, recidivism rates and criminal justice system resource utilization. The calculation of the price of crime to victims is drawn from Roman (2009). In this paper, we first describe a brief history of the use of a combined cost-benefit and meta-analytic model. We then discuss the advantages of using Bayesian statistics, rather than traditional methods, for applied policy research. Next, we apply this method to a practical policy problem: should the District of Columbia implement a drug court? We chose drug courts as our beta test of the model because there have been several prior meta-analyses of drug courts which allows us to assess the reliability of our effect size estimates. We discuss the Bayesian methods used in this analysis and our preliminary findings. We conclude with a discussion of how differences between our results and prior results should be interpreted. We note that the goal of this research is to validate the model, in particular to compare effect sizes generated here with effect sizes generated by other authors using the same data. In this model iteration, only the prices of treating District of Columbia residents are drawn from DC data. Thus, the findings in this paper should not be interpreted as an evaluation of SCDIP. Future research will re-populate these models using DC-specific data which will allow us to estimate the optimal size and composition of the current drug court - the Superior Court Drug Intervention Program (SCDIP). Ultimately, the model can be used to make evidence-based decisions when policymakers are confronted with difficult choices between successful programs when the resources to fund those programs are limited. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policing Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/costbenefitanalysis/images/12-10-Bayesian-Cost-Benefit-Drug-Court_2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 121586

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Strategic Plan for a Collaborative Neighborhood-Based Crime Prevention Initiative Summary: Neighborhoods vary in their experiences of crime and victimization. The reasons include both immediate and long-term factors associated with crime. Neighborhoods vary in the ongoing levels of problem behavior, including crime, the presence of gangs or crews, and the availability and/or visibility of drugs. Neighborhoods also vary in the presence of risky circumstances that might lead to crime, such as the number of unsupervised and idle youth, in the number of unemployed residents, in the levels of physical and social disorder on the streets, and in opportunities for theft. Neighborhoods also vary in their levels of protective factors including opportunities for positive recreational opportunities for youth, in the resources available to combat crime and disorder, and in informal social control and supervision. This combination of immediate and long-term factors suggests a promising approach to reduce and prevent crime at the neighborhood level which would combine eorts to address short-term and long-term factors. Eorts to suppress crime in the short term would be combined with eorts to address risk factors for crime in the longer term, through the provision of services, the remediation of neighborhood neglect, and eorts to improve youth developmental outcomes and increase human and social capital. Suppression eorts would be led by law enforcement and other justice agencies, while eorts to prevent crime through the reduction in its risk factors and increase in protective factors would be led by human service agencies. This report is a strategic plan for a collaborative neighborhood-based crime prevention initiative (NCPI) that combines suppression by law enforcement with intervention and prevention through social services to address risk factors for crime, and is guided by analysis of data on crime and neighborhood risk factors. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412331-strategic-plan-collaborative-NCPI.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 121587

Author: Andrews, Susan James Title: Assessment of the Impact of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita on the Juvenile Justice System Summary: When Hurricanes Katrina and Rita struck the Gulf Coast in August of 2005, the juvenile justice systems in the impacted states were responsible for the welfare of approximately 16,000 youth under their supervision and custody. This report looks at what became of these youth — specifically, how jurisdictions responded to the monumental challenges posed by the storms, what lessons were learned, and how these lessons can be applied to improve the system’s response to future catastrophes. The information on which this report is based comes directly from juvenile justice professionals who were on duty during and in the aftermath of the storms. Their stories were gathered during a series of nine focus groups conducted between mid-February and early March of 2006 as part of a “hurricane impact assessment” designed and implemented by ICF Caliber under a contract with the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. The purpose of the assessment was to determine the impact of the storms on the lives of justice-involved youth by gathering an oral history of the chain of events leading up to and following the hurricanes, drawing on the perspectives of state and local professionals both in storm-impacted areas and in areas impacted by massive relocation. This report synthesizes the experiences and lessons learned gathered from focus group participants under five “Key Findings.” Each finding is accompanied by recommendations to OJJDP regarding how to support jurisdictions and states impacted by the storms in their recovery from the past crisis, and how to help jurisdictions nationwide prepare effectively for future crises of similar magnitude. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Children and Families, 2006. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/nccd/reports_studies/resources/Combined_Report_With_Cover.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Hurricanes Shelf Number: 121588

Author: Arciaga, Michelle Title: Responding to Gangs in the School Setting Summary: Gangs are present in many schools in the United States. The National Survey of American Attitudes on Substance Abuse XV: Teens and Parents, released in August 2010 by the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse, reported that: Forty-five percent of high school students say that there are gangs or students who consider themselves to be part of a gang in their schools. Thirty-five percent of middle-school students say that there are gangs or students who consider themselves to be part of a gang in their schools. The differences between public and private schools are stark. While 46 percent of students in public schools reported the presence of gangs and gang members at school, only 2 percent of private school students did. According to the School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey (2007), 23 percent of students reported the presence of gangs on their school campus or in the surrounding area in 2007. This represents an increase in the percentage of students reporting gangs on/around campus in 2003 (21 percent). Schools in urban areas appear to be the most affected by the presence of gangs: 36 percent of urban students reported gangs, versus 21 percent of suburban and 16 percent of rural students in 2005. In a survey of students conducted in almost 1,300 schools nationwide (Gottfredson and Gottfredson, 2001), 7.6 percent of male respondents and 3.8 percent of female respondents at the secondary level reported that they belonged to a gang. Based on the increased number of students reporting a gang presence at school between 2001 and 2010, this number has likely increased, although no subsequent nationwide studies have been conducted. Gang members do not leave their conflicts, attitudes, and behaviors outside the school doors. Some of the most dangerous gang activities in any community may take place in and around local schools. Gang members encounter each other at school during class changes, in the lunchroom, in common areas, and during assemblies and school events. Students may loiter on or around the school campus before and after school, and conflicts may occur between rival gangs. In some instances, gang members come to school to engage in criminal behavior (drug dealing) or to confront rivals. Because of the potential for violent gang interactions at school, school staff members and administrators need to formulate a plan to deal with gang activity. This article provides an overview of action steps that schools can take to prevent, intervene in, and suppress violent gang activity, as well as crisis response plans that can be developed to address potential acts of school violence including, but not limited to, gang activity. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resoruce: National Gang Center Bulletin, No. 5: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Content/Documents/Bulletin-5.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 121589

Author: George, Susan Title: Incarcerated Women, Their Children, and the Nexus with Foster Care Summary: This study illustrates how state administrative data can be used to assess the relationships between the criminal justice and child welfare systems. After matching corrections data on female offenders from Illinois to the state’s child welfare records, we examine the incidence of childhood foster care spells among incarcerated women, the incidence of female prisoners having their own children in foster care, and how time in prison or jail is associated with different foster care outcomes, such as the loss of parental rights. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California at Berkeley; Chicago: Harris School, University of Chicago, 2007. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234110.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare (Illinois) Shelf Number: 121590

Author: Rufino, Katrina A. Title: Characteristics of Gang Membership and Victimization Summary: The relationship between gang membership and crime victimization has only recently begun to be examined. Much remains unknown about the descriptive nature of the gang-victimization link, especially among incarcerated populations. The current study aimed to provide a backdrop to the emerging gang-victimization literature by examining: (1) characteristics of victimization for gang and non-gang members, (2) descriptors of gang membership comparing victimized to non-victimized gang members, and (3) characteristics of gang membership comparing victimized to non-victimized gang members. A sample of both gang and non-gang member prison inmates were interviewed and answered a series of questions regarding involvement in crime and experiences with victimization. Gang members answered further questions pertaining to gang membership and gang member conduct. Results indicate that gang members were significantly more likely to be victimized compared to nongang members and gang members were more likely to be alone and under the influence of substances when victimized. Characteristics of membership and gang member conduct by victimization status are also presented. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victim's Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Characteristics%2003_31_11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121607

Author: Kercher, Glen Title: Stalking in Texas Summary: Stalking is not new behavior, but it has only been in the last sixteen years that every state and the federal government have passed laws making it a crime. This crime involves deliberate, repeated, unwanted, and fear-inducing acts on the part of one person toward another, usually in a relationship context of some kind. Stalking is not an easy crime to investigate. To those unfamiliar with the dynamics of this behavior, many stalking incidents may be seen merely as disagreements between intimates. Even before legislation was enacted to address this behavior, public awareness of this crime had increased as a result of news accounts of persons who had been so victimized. It has been estimated that one in 12 women and one in 45 men in this country will be stalked at least once in their lifetimes. This report presents information on stalking victimization among Texas residents. The data for this report came from a telephone survey of a random sample of Texas residents. Over 700 adult residents were queried about their experiences with stalking. They were asked if in the last 24 months they had experienced any of 19 stalking behaviors. Surprisingly, 18.26% of the respondents (n=128) reported being stalked during that time period. The significant findings from this study are summarized. • 128 victims reported 453 stalking incidents in the past 24 months. • The 2 most frequently reported stalking acts were receiving repeated phone calls, and having things stolen from the victim. • Stalking victims are most likely to be under 35 years of age. • Asian residents showed the highest rate of victimization, followed by Hispanics. • Stalking victims are most likely to be single/never married, but separated/divorced residents were the second most likely to be stalked. • Men (16%) and women (19.9%) were about equally likely to be stalked, which is contrary to what has been reported elsewhere. • The average number of stalking incidents per victim was 3.5. This number did not differ by gender of victim. • Over 75% of stalking victims reported at least one adverse emotional effect. The most common effect was anger, followed by loss of sleep. • Stalking victims are likely to be acquainted with the offender (57%). The most commonly reported relationship with the offender was a male acquaintance (26%). This was true for both men and women. • Stalking is often preceded by violence between the victim and offender. Of those who previously knew the offender, 61.6% reported prior violence by the offender. This suggests that stalkers are often motivated by possessiveness and control issues. • Among the victims who had some idea why they were targeted (75%), the most common reason given was jealousy on the part of the offender. • Only 43% of victims reported the incidents to the police. Based on these findings, recommendations were made about the need for continuing educational efforts for the public and for people who work with victims of this crime. The importance of victim input in investigating this crime was underscored, as were suggestions for thoroughly investigating reports of stalking and the provision of support services for victims. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victim's Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2007. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Stalking_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 121608

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Faith-Based Corrections and Reentry Programs: Advancing a Conceptual Framework for Research and Evaluation Summary: Resource strapped policymakers and criminal justice practitioners are increasingly turning to the faith community to help meet the multiple needs of returning prisoners. Although faith-based organizations have long served disadvantaged individuals, including prisoners, few studies have examined the effectiveness of faith-based efforts to improve prisoner reentry and reduce recidivism or identified the distinguishing characteristics of “faith-related” programming. None has focused on faith-based programs in corrections. As a result, basic questions about the nature of faith-based programs and how they may improve offender outcomes, including recidivism and other reentry outcomes, remain largely unanswered. This gap makes evaluation haphazard and inhibits meaningful policy debate. Researchers at the Urban Institute (UI) worked to address these critical gaps in knowledge with funding from the National Institute of Justice. Under the Faith-Based Corrections and Reentry Programs: Advancing a Conceptual Framework for Research and Evaluation (FBCRP) study, UI researchers surveyed faith-based in-prison and reentry programs across the country to identify key program characteristics and explore the extent and manner in which faith or spirituality infuses program content and activities. The primary objective of the survey was to formulate answers to two critical questions: (1) What is a faith-based program, and (2) How does faith “work” in faith-based programs. Concerted effort was made to identify and include programs operating from a mix of faith traditions. The overarching objective of the research was to provide policymakers, program developers, practitioners and evaluators with a practical tool for classifying faith-based corrections programs and advance a platform for future research on the effectiveness of faith-based reentry and corrections programs. The study, like the survey, was entirely exploratory in nature. Findings from the survey indicate meaningful variation in the characteristics of faith-based programs, even among programs identifying with the same faith tradition (Christian). Among the 48 programs represented in the survey, 85 percent identified as “faith-based.” Those operating outside the three Abrahamic faith-traditions (Christian, Jewish, and Islamic religions) were less inclined to do so, preferring the mantle “spiritually-based.” Analysis, though limited, confirms that faith-based programs are differentiated by the manner and degree to which faith and spirituality intersects around four dimensions: program identity; religious activities; staff and volunteers; and key outcomes. These distinctions provide direction for future research by identifying constructs and measures for further investigation and exploration. Practitioners in the field, such as parole or probation officers, also stand to benefit from this analysis: these distinctions suggest not all faith-based programs are alike and that a range of faith-based options are available to corrections practitioners and their clients. The extent to which the current findings would differ for a more diverse sample is unknown and a noteworthy consideration for future research efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234058.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 121648

Author: Duggan, Erica Title: No Violence Alliance (NoVA) Project: San Francisco’s Model Adult Case Management Reentry Program Summary: This report explores the history of releasing individuals from incarceration and how model reentry programs can assist in the reentry process. The benefits to formerly incarcerated individuals and society are discussed. The report further describes similar qualities between model programs in the United States. Finally, it highlights a San Francisco model reentry project, the No Violence Alliance (NoVA) Project that was initiated by the San Francisco Sheriff’s Department in collaboration with the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) and other community based organizations. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/No_Violence_Alliance_Project.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 121651

Author: Cowell, Alexander J. Title: A Cost Analysis of the Bexar County, Texas, Jail Diversion Program. Report 2: An Analysis of Cost-Shifting between the Treatment and Criminal Justice Systems Summary: This report is the second in a series of reports on a cost analysis of the jail diversion program in Bexar County, Texas. The overall study addressed three main questions: 􀂃 What does it cost to divert one person? 􀂃 How does diversion shift costs between the criminal justice system and the treatment system? 􀂃 What is the cost-effectiveness of jail diversion? This report presents results for the second question: How does diversion shift costs between the criminal justice system and the treatment system? The study combined a strong research design with detailed data on criminal justice and treatment resources that were underwritten either in part or in full by Bexar County and the city of San Antonio. The main findings are as follows. ES.1 Pre-Booking Diversion 􀂃 Combining criminal justice and treatment costs during pre-booking diversion was associated with $3,200 in lower costs per person during the first 6 months after diversion. 􀂃 In the absence of pre-booking diversion, cross-system (i.e., criminal justice and treatment) costs would have been more than $1.2 million higher during the 6 months immediately after diversion. 􀂃 Criminal justice resource needs — a large proportion of which are underwritten through local funds — may have been more than $1.4 million higher had pre-booking diversion not been in place. 􀂃 The study did not find reliable evidence on the impact of pre-booking diversion on treatment costs. However, the findings did indicate that, in the 12- to 18-month and 18- to 24-month periods, diversion was associated with improved access to treatment. ES.2 Post-Booking Diversion 􀂃 Post-booking diversion was associated with about $1,200 in lower costs per person more than the 18- to 24-month period after entry into diversion. 􀂃 Across the criminal justice and treatment systems combined, had post-booking diversion not been in place, costs would have been $700,000 higher. 􀂃 Post-booking diversion was also associated with $400,000 in lower criminal justice costs in the 18 to 24 months after diversion. 􀂃 There was little reliable evidence on the degree to which costs were shifted into treatment. Limited evidence indicated some improved access to the Center for Health Care Services (CHCS) in the 6- to 12-month period and indicated that treatment costs overall were actually lower in the 12- to 18-month period. As Bexar County continues to expand its public safety net, it now has strong evidence that one of its cornerstone programs can be justified on fiscal grounds. Its jail diversion program encompasses the two major types of diversion—pre-booking and post-booking diversion— and is designed to help people with mental health problems and people in need of treatment along the spectrum of criminal justice interactions. Both pre-booking and post-booking jail diversion were associated with lower taxpayer costs particularly criminal justice costs. The program provides hope to jail diversion participants that they can obtain the treatment they need and integrate safely back into the community rather than getting stuck in the repetitive criminal justice cycle. This study has demonstrated that the program also helps contain public costs and is an effective use of scarce community resources. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2008. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.naco.org/programs/csd/Documents/Criminal%20Justice/Jail%20Diversion%20Forum%20Materials/Cost%20Benefit%20Study.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (Texas) Shelf Number: 121662

Author: Jacobs, Erin Title: Report on the Evaluation of the ComALERT Prisoner Reentry Program Summary: This report evaluates the ComALERT (“Community and Law Enforcement Resources Together”) program, which provides substance abuse counseling and other treatment, employment and housing services to parolees in Kings County, New York. The evaluation consists of three main parts: (1) an analysis of recidivism among ComALERT clients, studying patterns of re-arrest, re-conviction, parole violation, and re-incarceration, (2) an analysis of a survey of employment, family life, and drug use among ComALERT clients and a comparison group of Brooklyn parolees, and (3) an analysis of unemployment insurance data, containing earnings and employment information on the respondents to the survey. Among a new generation of prisoner re-entry programs around the country, ComALERT is unusual in providing a comprehensive array of services to its clients shortly after release from prison. In addition to substance abuse counseling, ComALERT offers transitional housing and employment for up to a year as well as job referral services in an effort to integrate parolees into mainstream social roles. While evaluations of prisoner re-entry programs typically focus on recidivism, our research design also aims to shed light on the employment, sobriety, and family life of the ComALERT clients. We take this broader focus in part because ComALERT is motivated to reduce recidivism particularly through treatment and employment, and partly because criminological research shows the importance of employment, family life, and sobriety to criminal desistance. To preview the main results, we find that ComALERT clients are 15% less likely to be re-arrested after two years from release from prison than a comparison group with a similar criminal history. Clients that graduate from the program are more than 30% less likely to be arrested than the comparison group. The survey data show very high employment rates among ComALERT clients and graduates, more than twice as high as a comparison group matched on criminal history and demographic characteristics. Graduates of ComALERT’s Ready Willing and Able program have especially high rates of employment. ComALERT clients also report modestly lower rates of drug and alcohol use than the control group. While these results are extremely promising, a stronger evaluation is needed. Such an evalution would involve some kind of random assignment to the program, to eliminate systematic selection as a source of the difference between the program and comparison groups. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2007. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.wjh.harvard.edu/soc/faculty/western/pdfs/report_1009071.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Employment, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 121663

Author: Mueller, John Title: Terror, Security, and Money: Balancing the Risks, Benefits, and Costs of Homeland Security Summary: The cumulative increase in expenditures on US domestic homeland security over the decade since 9/11 exceeds one trillion dollars. It is clearly time to examine these massive expenditures applying risk assessment and cost-benefit approaches that have been standard for decades. Thus far, officials do not seem to have done so and have engaged in various forms of probability neglect by focusing on worst case scenarios; adding, rather than multiplying, the probabilities; assessing relative, rather than absolute, risk; and inflating terrorist capacities and the importance of potential terrorist targets. We find that enhanced expenditures have been excessive: to be deemed cost-effective in analyses that substantially bias the consideration toward the opposite conclusion, they would have to deter, prevent, foil, or protect against 1,667 otherwise successful Times-Square type attacks per year, or more than four per day. Although there are emotional and political pressures on the terrorism issue, this does not relieve politicians and bureaucrats of the fundamental responsibility of informing the public of the limited risk that terrorism presents and of seeking to expend funds wisely. Moreover, political concerns may be over-wrought: restrained reaction has often proved to be entirely acceptable politically. Details: Paper Prepared for presentation at the panel, "Terror and the Economy: Which Institutions Help Mitigate the Damage?” at the Annual Convention of the Midwest Political Science Association, Chicago, IL, April 1, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://polisci.osu.edu/faculty/jmueller/MID11TSM.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 121664

Author: Washington State Sentencing Guidelines Commission Title: 20 Years in Sentencing: A Look at Washington State Adult Felony Sentencing Fiscal Years 1989 to 2008 Summary: In 1981, the Washington State Legislature enacted the Sentencing Reform Act (SRA), creating the Sentencing Guidelines Commission (SGC). The SGC met to develop a structured sentencing system designed to further the purposes of the SRA, as stated in RCW 9.94A.010: The purpose of this chapter is to make the criminal justice system accountable to the public by developing a system for the sentencing of felony offenders which structures, but does not eliminate, discretionary decisions affecting sentences, and to: (1) Ensure that the punishment for a criminal offense is proportionate to the seriousness of the offense and the offender's criminal history; (2) Promote respect for the law by providing punishment which is just; (3) Be commensurate with the punishment imposed on others committing similar offenses; (4) Protect the public; (5) Offer the offender an opportunity to improve him or herself; (6) Make frugal use of the state's and local governments' resources; and (7) Reduce the risk of reoffending by offenders in the community. Upon adoption of the new determinate sentencing system, the SGC was assigned ongoing responsibilities in RCW 9.94A.850. “The legislature finds that the commission, having accomplished its original statutory directive to implement this chapter, and having expertise in sentencing practice and policies, shall: (a) Evaluate state sentencing policy, to include whether the sentencing ranges and standards are consistent with and further: (i) The purposes of this chapter as defined in RCW 9.94A.010; and (ii) The intent of the legislature to emphasize confinement for the violent offender and alternatives to confinement for the nonviolent offender.” This report is offered in response to these statutory directives. Throughout the more than two decades of the existence of the SRA in Washington, two features have remained constant; the Legislature has retained its “plenary power” to set sentencing policy and, with the single exception of the “Determinate Plus” sentences for serious sex offenders, it has maintained the original structure of the SRA to implement the changes in sentencing policy it determined were necessary. However, a number of adjustments to sentencing have been adopted by the Legislature. These policy changes, along with population increases and citizen initiatives, have impacted the number and length of felony sentences. Like other states, Washington has seen an explosion in corrections costs in the last twenty years. On the one hand, Washington is spending far less than most other states. On the other hand, the number of prison sentences has increased at a rate four times that of the adult population in Washington. This report examines trends in jail and prison sentence numbers for adult felony convictions, lengths of prison and jail sentences and factors that contribute to change in sentence characteristics. It is a comprehensive review of what has or has not changed in the realm of criminal felony sentencing in this state. It is intended to be useful to county and state policymakers, bearing in mind that the majority of felony sentences are served in county jails. This analysis provides the foundation for a review of sentencing in light of the expressed intent of the SRA. Adult felony sentence data maintained by the SGC were used to develop this report and include a twenty‐year time period from FY1989 to FY2008. The numbers of sentences referenced in this report are as of May 2009. These are subject to change as missing sentencing data becomes available. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Sentencing Guidelines Commission, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.sgc.wa.gov/Publications/Research/TwentyYearsInSentencing_WASentenceTrends.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Determinate Sentencing Shelf Number: 121677

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Washington State Juvenile Court Funding: Applying Research in a Public Policy Setting Summary: During the last 15 years, the Washington State Legislature has taken a number of steps to develop an “evidence-based” juvenile justice system. The central concept has been to identify and implement strategies shown — through rigorous research — to reduce crime cost-effectively. In 2009, the Legislature turned its attention to the mechanism through which Washington’s 33 juvenile courts receive state dollars. That year’s state budget bill directed a committee of stakeholders to develop a new funding formula that emphasizes “evidence-based programs … and disposition alternatives.” The legislation requires state funds for local juvenile courts to be administered as a “block grant.” A block grant is a sum of money distributed to a court with general provisions, resulting in local flexibility in how funds are spent. “Categorical grants,” Washington’s previous mechanism for distributing state funds to juvenile courts, have more restrictive provisions. The Washington State Institute for Public Policy (Institute) was directed by the legislation to report to the Legislature and the Office of Financial Management on the administration of the block grant including (1) criteria used to allocate funding, and (2) report on participants in programs subject to the block grant. To provide a context for this report, we first summarize key policy reforms over the past 15 years that have established an emphasis on providing evidence-based programs in Washington’s juvenile justice system. We then discuss the funding formula developed by the committee. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/10-12-1201.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 121678

Author: Mayfield, Jim Title: Multisystemic Therapy Outcomes in an Evidence-Based Practice Pilot Summary: In 2007, the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services established the Thurston-Mason Children’s Mental Health Evidence-Based Practice Pilot Project (Pilot) to provide mental health services to children. The first evidence-based practice selected by the Pilot was Multisystemic Therapy (MST), an intensive family- and community-based treatment program for youth. Over a one-year follow-up period, the Institute examined criminal convictions of youth enrolled in the Pilot’s MST program. Compared to youth with similar criminal histories and demographic characteristics, MST youth were convicted of fewer crimes on average. Due to sample size, statistical significance was not attained in this evaluation of MST outcomes. The effect sizes observed, however, are within the expected range for MST according to other rigorous studies of that intervention and would likely return a net economic benefit to tax payers and crime victims. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/pub.asp?docid=11-04-3901 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 121680

Author: Leonardson, Gary R. Title: Native American Crime in the Northwest: 2004-2009 – BIA Information from Alaska, Montana, Wyoming, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington Summary: According to the 2000 census, American Indians and Alaska Natives account for about 1.5 percent or 4.3 million people in the United States. Most (2.5 million) of these listed “American Indian” or “Alaska Native” as their only racial category, while some (1.8 million) indicated “ American Indian” or “Alaska Native” along with one or more additional race categories. It is estimated that nearly half (43.5%) of all American Indians/Alaska Natives reside on Federal reservations or in a tribal statistical area during the 2000 Census. The percents by state of American Indian or Alaska Native for the states covered in this report are: Alaska (15.3%), Washington, (1.7%), Idaho (1.4%), Oregon (1.4%), Montana (6.4%), and Wyoming (2.5%). The offense information for the report was provided by the Office of Law Enforcement and Security within District 5 of the Bureau of Indian Affairs in Billings, Montana. District 5 includes three regions (Mountain, Northwest, and Juneau) with 47 Tribes (or tribal-related law enforcement agencies, covering the states of Montana, Wyoming, Alaska, Idaho, Washington, and Oregon. This report is segmented into three separate reports. The first Section presents the overall results, the second Section provides information by each of the six states, and the third Section presents information by tribal or special law enforcement agencies. Information for all three Sections is presented as general results, illustrating the information that was collected and sent. Little comparison and contrasts are made, because of the varying years the information was reported, along with possible different data collection procedures from year to year. Details: Helena, MT: Montana Board of Crime Control, 2010. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.mbcc.mt.gov/data/SAC/Tribal/NativeCrimeInNorthwest.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 121681

Author: Idaho State Police. Statistical Analysis Center, Planning, Grants, and Research Title: Evaluation of the Lemhi County/City of Salmon Integrated Community Based Problem Solving Initiative Summary: In 2005, the Idaho Criminal Justice Grant Review Board requested proposals for a comprehensive community project that would involve partnerships from many supporting agencies, creating a significant and enduring impact upon substance abuse within one community. A Byrne/JAG request for proposal (RFP) was created with the expectation of one community receiving approximately $250,000 for a collaborative, multi-agency effort. In October 2005, Lemhi County and the City of Salmon were awarded funding for the Lemhi/ Salmon Integrated Community Based Problem Solving Initiative (CBPSI). The project combines efforts of drug enforcement, prosecution, offender accountability/treatment, prevention and education to form a comprehensive community project within a rural area. . Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/lemhi4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 121682

Author: Uda, Terry Title: Drug and Alcohol Related Offenses and Arrests 2005-2009 Summary: Thie report addresses the numbers of alcohol and drug related offense and arrests between 2005 through 2009. The first section of the report gives an overall summary of drug and alcohol arrests. The report then presents arrestee demographic information; including race, ethnicity, gender and age. Also addressed are drug seizures and incidents that involved an offender or offenders suspected of using drugs and/or alcohol. The report concludes with a comparison of Idaho counties by alcohol arrests, drug arrests and drug seizures. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 121684

Author: Wing, Janeena Title: Victims of Crime: Property, Violent Crime, Intimate Partner, Family Violence and Sexual Assault Summary: In 2009, violent crime affected 429.4 per 100,000 individuals within the United States dropping –5.2% from 2005 and –7.5% from 2000 (FBI, 2009). Idaho has also followed the national trend with fewer reported victims of crime year to year. This publication discusses the characteristics of victims of crime based on police reports compiled within the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS) between the years 2005 through 2009. Characteristics of victims of property crime, violent crime, domestic violence, family violence, and sexual assault are presented. Because the IIBRS database does not include indentifying information, it is not known how many victims are repeat victims of crime. Therefore, this report will only provide a description of victims of crime broken down by demographics as well as average rates by county, but will not provide information based on number of crimes experienced by the same victim. Information in many instances is aggregated over the five year period as opposed to showing year to year trends to provide a snapshot of typical circumstances surrounding incidents of crime. Crime types sensitive to variances between years including crimes occurring infrequently and crimes occurring in rural areas are more reliably researched when combining years. Important trends: • Total victims of crime, including individuals, businesses, government, financial institutions and religious organizations decreased by –11.1% over the five year period. • Total victims of non-violent crime decreased by –13.6% and victims of violent crime decreased by –5.2% between 2005 and 2009. • Over the five year period, the total number of property crime victims decreased –14.7% from 60,067 to 51,228. • Women are more commonly victims of violent crime than men (55.8% compared to 43.8%). • 21.0% of aggravated assault victims and 13.6% of homicide victims were intimately related to the offender. • 10.8% of aggravated assault victims and 18.2% of homicide victims had a familial relationship with the offender. • Victims of intimate partner violence decreased by –3% over the five year period. • Victims of family violence decreased by –6.0% over the five year period. • Since 2005, the numbers of victims has increased by 1.8%, but has decreased by - 11.0% since 2006. • The offender in 30.8% of sexual assaults was a family member. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/ictims2009.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 121685

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Thirty Years of Crime in the San Diego Region: 1981 through 2010 Summary: This report details crimes for all 18 cities and the unincorporated area of the county. It serves as a tool for local law enforcement agencies in gauging the success of enforcement strategies and crime prevention programs. There were 3.61 violent crimes per 1,000 residents in the county during 2009, a 10 percent decrease from the year before and a 30-year low. (Violent crimes include homicide, rape, robbery, and aggravated assault.) Homicides in the region saw a solid decrease for the fifth year running, dropping from 75 in 2009 to 67 in 2010. (The number of homicides peaked at 278 in 1991.) With the seventh consecutive annual decrease, the property crime rate also hit its lowest point in the past 30 years, at 21.04 incidents per 1,000 residents despite speculation that it might increase with the downturn in economic conditions. Property crimes hit a 30-year high in 1988, with 67.26 incidents per 1,000 residents. (Property crimes include burglary, larceny theft, and motor vehicle theft.) Other interesting facts in this year’s report include: •The number of burglaries and larcenies were at 30-year lows. •Motor vehicle thefts decreased by 10 percent from 2009 to 2010, the greatest one-year decrease for property-related crime. •There were 133 hate crime events reported to local law enforcement in 2010, compared to 108 in 2009 – an increase of 23 percent. •The City of San Diego compared favorably to other large cities in the United States in 2009 (the most recent statistics available). Of the 32 cities (rather than counties or regions) with populations of 500,000, San Diego had the third lowest violent crime rate and the second lowest property crime rate. Details: San Diego, CA: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG), 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1572_12834.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (San Diego) Shelf Number: 121694

Author: Compton, R. Title: Drug-Impaired Driving: Understanding the Problem and Ways to Reduce It: A Report to Congress Summary: The report summarizes a series of studies undertaken by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to acquire the information needed to address the general problem of drug-impaired driving. The report describes the research conducted on prevention, detection, and prosecution of driving under the influence of drugs; issues associated with determining what drugs impair driving; difficulties in relating blood levels of drugs and impairment; lack of information about what drugs are frequently used by drivers and what drugs elevate crash risk; problems in obtaining representative data about current enforcement, prosecution, and adjudication of drug-impaired driving; training for law enforcement officers in recognizing drug-impaired drivers; review of drug-impaired driving laws; and what is known about the role of drugs as causal factors in traffic crashes. It highlights the need for further research and concludes with recommendations to better address the problem of drug-impaired driving. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811268.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121698

Author: Wilson, Doug Title: An Evaluation of the Rhode Island Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) Summary: The Sexual Assault and Trauma Resource Center (SATRC) of Rhode Island contracted with BOTEC Analysis Corporation with funding from the National Institute of Justice1 to undertake an evaluation of the principal legal effects on clients of the Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) operated by the Sexual Assault and Trauma Resource Center. Local police, in the United States, have the unique role of determining the pool of defendants in crime investigations, given the ability and willingness of the victim to confirm them. Prosecutors then guided by the informal norms of the courtroom workgroup and their discretion choose from the pool of defendants. Police decisions to arrest and the prosecutor’s decision to file a felony complaint in sexual assaults constitute the primary official screening of these crimes. In the past 25 or more years, the criminal justice system has reformed sexual assault laws and communities have developed programs, such as rape crisis centers, and SART and Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner (SANE) programs, which are designed to provide catalysts to the effects of legal reforms. This evaluation is the first outcome evaluation of a SART program. The evaluation describes the SART process, which is a coordinated effort between the victim, The Sexual Assault and Trauma Resource Center (SATRC), the police department, the Rhode Island Department of the Attorney General, the prosecuting agency for felony sexual assaults. It also examines the outcome of this process. The SART program was initiated in January 2002. The evaluation covers assaults for a period, from September 2002 – August 2003 following the initial implementation phase. The cases were followed until July 2004. As should be expected the program is still developing, but nevertheless it has demonstrated positive effects in that there is demand among sexual assault victims for SART services. Victims who seek SART services have significant odds of being assaulted by a friend, acquaintance or relative, have a subsequent forensic exam, and believe that the offense is first degree sexual assault. Also, users of SART services are importantly less likely to have an initial finding of probable cause found by the police. The estimated probability of a victim choosing to be a SART client, whose assault is without these assault characteristics and the police find probable cause is 3 percent, while the probability of a victim seeking SART services with all of these assault characteristics and the police do not initially find probable cause is 89 percent. At this stage in the development of the SART program there is, however, no clear effect on the legal outcome of cases. Contingency analyses examined seven hypotheses about the legal effects of SART. They are: 1. SART increases the pool of defendants. 2. SART cases that are intimate partner sexual assaults are more likely to be charged in Superior Court. 3. Victims with forensic exams are more likely to have defendants charged in Superior Court. 4. SART victims with forensic exams are more likely to be charged in Superior Court. 5. Judicial processes for SART cases move more slowly and thus understate the effect of SART because of a SART case backlog. 6. SART cases after they are filed in Superior Court are less likely to be dismissed. 7. SART cases are more likely than non-SART cases to be charged in Superior Court. The application of Fisher’s exact test to each of these seven hypotheses provided no evidence that the null hypotheses should be questioned. These results, however, should be viewed with circumspection. The statistical power of the contingency analyses was modest, due to small sample sizes. That is, a longer test of SART and a larger sample might produce somewhat different results. Also, it may be that SART efforts have helped to maintain a “level playing field” and that that the consistent null results in the contingency analyses demonstrates SART’s success at maintaining the likelihood that acquaintance assaults will be prosecuted, which is an outcome of rape law reform legislated several years earlier. That is, SART programs may be a lagged social response to social-legislative-judicial change. Finally, SART’s effect may “spillover” to the prosecution of sexual assault cases in which the victim does not use SART services. As a result there is a null difference between the outcome of SART and non-SART cases. The literature review of police and prosecution of sexual assault in other jurisdictions indicates that the reform of sexual assault laws has increased the likelihood of the prosecution of acquaintance rapes relative to stranger rapes. Nevertheless discussions with the Rhode Island Department of the Attorney General indicate that SART cases, many of which by their characteristics are acquaintance assaults and are coupled with a lack of an initial finding by the police of probable cause, are more difficult to prosecute. Furthermore, as is discussed in the literature review, informal arrest and prosecution guidelines for sexual assault continue to apply extra-legal standards, such as evidence of resistance. For example, in this study, when the police failed to find probable cause it was strongly related to a lack of injury; that is, a failure to resist. Details: Waltham, MA: BOTEC Analysis Corporation, 2005. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/210584.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 121699

Author: Delgado, Amalia Greenberg Title: Costs and Consequences: The High Price of Policing Immigrant Communities Summary: Local police and sheriffs are facing some of the most difficult fiscal constraints in decades. At the same time, federal immigration law and policy have not kept pace with our nation’s workplace needs and other global causes of migration. The federal immigration failure creates both pressures and incentives for local police and sheriff ’s deputies to act as immigration agents, but it also creates additional costs and burdens for local peace officers and agencies who want to stay out of the immigration enforcement business. This report explores the costs and consequences of local enforcement of federal immigration law. It addresses both purposeful collaboration between local law enforcement agencies (LLEAs) and the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and the incidental costs incurred by LLEAs through discretionary enforcement decisions that particularly impact immigrant communities. Because most LLEAs in northern California have policies against enforcing civil immigration laws, our primary goal is to provide practical guidance to further those policies and minimize the fiscal and social costs of incidental immigration enforcement. The report begins with an overview of the immigration landscape in California, with myth-busting facts about immigrants and an overview of the social and fiscal costs of local immigration enforcement. The price—often hidden—of local police practices that lead to civil immigration enforcement is quite high: scarce resources are diverted from pressing public safety needs, immigrant victims and witnesses fear reporting crime to the police, criminal investigations are undermined by a lack of trust between police and immigrant community members, and sometimes the rights of individuals (including U.S. citizens) are violated. We also examine how every stage of police officers’ everyday interactions with individuals — from responding to a 911 call or conducting a traffic stop to questioning an arrestee during booking —can lead to immigration consequences, with an attendant cost to local agencies. Personal stories illustrate some of the dynamics at play, legal analyses are provided, and proposals for local action suggest ways in which police can limit their hand in federal immigration enforcement to redirect resources and enhance public safety. Proposals are embedded in the body of the report. Detailed recommendations are available as a free-standing summary. There can be no doubt that California residents have a responsibility to abide by the laws of the state and the country at large and that local police and sheriffs play an essential role in protecting the public safety of all communities. By considering new ways in which police and community members can move ahead together in a climate of great fiscal and social pressures, we can more accurately gauge and control the costs of local policing in immigrant communities and direct our efforts toward public safety priorities that are cost-effective, helpful to crime-fighting, and fair to all. Details: San Francisco: ACLU of Northern California, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.aclunc.org/docs/criminal_justice/police_practices/costs_and_consequences.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 121701

Author: Vermeire, Diana Tate Title: Balancing the Scales of Justice: An Exploration into How Lack of Education, Employment, and Housing Opportunities Contribute to Disparities in the Criminal Justice System Summary: At a time of growing need, California continues to slash basic safety net programs and underfund public education and other critical services. The state’s criminal justice system, however, does not turn anyone away. It has evolved into society’s catchall institution. As a result, California’s criminal justice system has experienced historic growth and a correlating mass incarceration of racial and ethnic minorities over the past 30 years. Consequently, people of color are disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system, and the number of women in the criminal justice system is increasing at a disproportionate rate. Systemic bias within the criminal justice system contributes to this disproportionality, but it is not the sole cause of the expansion of the system and the disparities within the system. Instead, the racial, ethnic, and gender disparities found within our criminal justice system are created in part by external socio-economic factors. External socio-economic factors, including adequate educational, employment, and housing opportunities, protect privileged individuals from contact with the criminal justice system. However, for those living in concentrated areas of poverty, especially racial and ethnic minorities, lack of access to basic necessities such as quality education, employment, and housing, increases the likelihood of criminal justice system contact. Moreover, the interventions meant to address socio-economic inequities are failing and as a result the criminal justice system is assuming the responsibilities of these failed governmental programs and agencies. With significant budget cuts for all social service institutions, the number of individuals served and the scope of available services continues to decrease. Socio-economic inequities contribute to disparities in the criminal justice system. Yet, due to a lack of data and research, it is impossible to measure the force and impact of these external factors on criminal justice system involvement and the extent to which they exacerbate the systemic and institutional bias and racism within the criminal justice system. Details: San Francisco: ACLU of Northern California and the W. Haywood Burns Institute, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2011 at: http://www.aclunc.org/docs/racial_justice/balancing_the_scales_of_justice.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 121702

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: The Federal Bureau of Investigation and Terrorism Investigations Summary: The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI, the Bureau) is the lead federal law enforcement agency charged with counterterrorism investigations. Since the September 11, 2001 (9/11) attacks, the FBI has implemented a series of reforms intended to transform itself from a largely reactive law enforcement agency focused on investigations of criminal activity into a more proactive, agile, flexible, and intelligence-driven agency that can prevent acts of terrorism. This report provides background information on key elements of the FBI terrorism investigative process based on publicly available information. It discusses • several enhanced investigative tools, authorities, and capabilities provided to the FBI through post-9/11 legislation, such as the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001; the 2008 revision to the Attorney General’s Guidelines for Domestic FBI Operations (Mukasey Guidelines); and the expansion of Joint Terrorism Task Forces (JTTF) throughout the country; • intelligence reform within the FBI and concerns about the progress of those reform initiatives; • the FBI’s proactive, intelligence-driven posture in its terrorism investigations using preventative policing techniques such as the “Al Capone” approach and the use of agent provocateurs; and • the implications for privacy and civil liberties inherent in the use of preventative policing techniques to combat terrorism. This report sets forth possible considerations for Congress as it executes its oversight role. These issues include the extent to which intelligence has been integrated into FBI operations to support its counterterrorism mission and the progress the Bureau has made on its intelligence reform initiatives. In addition, these issues will also be relevant during confirmation hearings for a new director. The statutory 10-year term of current FBI Director Robert S. Mueller III expires in September 2011. A new director will be subject to Senate confirmation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R41780: Accessed May 11, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41780.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 121706

Author: Smith, Alison M. Title: Law Enforcement Use of Global Positioning (GPS) Devices to Monitor Motor Vehicles: Fourth Amendment Considerations Summary: As technology continues to advance, what was once thought novel, even a luxury, quickly becomes commonplace, even a necessity. Global Positioning System (GPS) technology is one such example. Generally, GPS is a satellite-based technology that discloses the location of a given object. This technology is used in automobiles and cell phones to provide individual drivers with directional assistance. Just as individuals are finding increasing applications for GPS technology, state and federal governments are as well. State and federal law enforcement use various forms of GPS technology to obtain evidence in criminal investigations. For example, federal prosecutors have used information from cellular phone service providers that allows real-time tracking of the locations of customers’ cellular phones. Title III of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1958 (P.L. 90-351) regulates the interception of wire, oral, and electronic communications. As such, it does not regulate the use of GPS technology affixed to vehicles and is beyond the scope of this report. The increased reliance on GPS technology raises important societal and legal considerations. Some contend that law enforcement’s use of such technology to track motor vehicles’ movements provides for a safer society. Conversely, others have voiced concerns that GPS technology could be used to reveal information inherently private. Defendants on both the state and federal levels are raising Fourth Amendment constitutional challenges, asking the courts to require law enforcement to first obtain a warrant before using GPS technology. Subject to a few exceptions, the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution requires law enforcement to obtain a warrant before conducting a search or making a seizure. Courts continue to grapple with the specific issue of whether law enforcement’s use of GPS technology constitutes a search or seizure, as well as the broader question of how the Constitution should address advancing technology in general. The Supreme Court has not directly addressed the issue of whether law enforcement’s use of GPS technology in connection with motor vehicles falls within the Fourth Amendment’s purview. Lower federal courts have relied on Supreme Court precedent to arrive at arguably varying conclusions. For example, several district and circuit courts of appeals have concluded that law enforcement’s current use of GPS technology does not constitute a search, and is thus permissible, under the Constitution. To date, while the U.S. Supreme Court has not provided a definitive answer regarding law enforcement’s use of GPS technology, state legislatures and courts have approached the issue in various ways. Some states have enacted laws requiring law enforcement to obtain a warrant before using GPS technology. Some state courts have resolved the question under their own constitutions. Although they have reached somewhat differing conclusions, other state courts have relied on Supreme Court precedent, such as United States v. Knotts, 460 U.S. 276 (1983), to derive an answer. This report discusses the basics of GPS technology, society’s reliance on it, and some of the related legal and privacy implications. In addition, the report examines legislative and judicial responses on both federal and state levels. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R41663: Accessed May 11, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41663.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 121707

Author: Rahimi, Sahdi Title: Stopping the Rail to Jail Summary: This report describes how youth flow directly from schools, foster care, mental health and other failed child-serving systems to juvenile jails. Details: Oakland, CA: Community Justice Network for Youth, W. Haywood Burns Institute, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2011 at: http://www.burnsinstitute.org/downloads/CJNY%20Publication.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 121715

Author: Meade, Erica Title: Overview and Inventory of HHS Efforts to Assist Incarcerated and Reentering Individuals and their Families Summary: The purpose of this document is to help Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) agencies know the full range of programs and services in the Department that currently address the needs of incarcerated individuals and their families and to understand what research and evaluation efforts are underway to identify evidence-based practices. Although HHS programs are not specifically targeted to incarcerated and reentering individuals and their families, many HHS programs do serve these individuals and families as part of the broader population served. Additionally, there are HHS research, demonstration, and evaluation efforts focused on this population because incarceration is an important risk factor for adult and child well-being, as well as the well-being of families and communities. The inventory that follows will facilitate stronger intra-agency collaborations to address the many needs of these individuals and families and to improve their well being. It will also serve as an information source for other Departments and our public and private sector partners. Increasing the safety, security and well-being of individuals, families and communities requires the resources of many partners. These partnerships will be stronger when all the partners know what resources are available and what activities are already in place. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, 2011. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2011 at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/hsp/11/Incarceration&Reentry/Inventory/index.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 121729

Author: Curtis, Matthew W. Title: An Econometric Analysis of the Efficacy of Parking Garage Security in Downtown Eugene, Oregon Summary: The Parking Services program for the City of Eugene currently hires DePaul security guards to patrol downtown Eugene parking facilities in order to record incidents and deter criminal activity. This paper conducts analysis to determine the existence of a deterrent effect from increased security presence, in addition to assessing the efficacy and efficiency of Parking Servicesʼ security guard allocation. Empirically we find a significant deterrent effect does exist, but this effect is not uniform. We find differences in the deterrent effect across categories of offenses as well as across different parking structures. Using these findings, we suggest various ways in which Parking Services can maximize the efficiency of its downtown security presence. Details: Eugene, OR: Department of Economics, University of Oregon, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Honor's Thesis: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://economics.uoregon.edu/honors-papers/2010/Curtis-Siegel_security_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parking Garages Shelf Number: 121732

Author: Levin, Marc Title: Texas Criminal Justice Reform: Lower Crime, Lower Cost Summary: In recent years, Texas has strengthened alternatives to incarceration for adults and juveniles, achieving significant reductions in crime while avoiding more than $2 billion in taxpayer costs that would have been incurred had Texas simply constructed more than 17,000 prison beds that a 2007 projection indicated would be needed. Similarly, juvenile crime has markedly declined at the same time Texas has reduced the number of youths in state institutions by 52.9 percent. By building on these successes in a challenging budget environment, policymakers can continue delivering improved results for public safety and taxpayers. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2010. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/pdf/2010-01-PP04-justicereinvestment-ml.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121734

Author: AbilityPath.org Title: Walk A Mile In Their Shoes: Bullying and the Child with Special Needs Summary: This report and guide provides background information, statistics, and firsthand accounts of bullied special needs children. Details: AbilityPath.org, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.abilitypath.org/areas-of-development/learning--schools/bullying/articles/walk-a-mile-in-their-shoes.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 121656

Author: Males, Mike Title: Striking Out: California’s “Three Strikes And You’re Out” Law Has Not Reduced Violent Crime. A 2011 Update. Summary: In March 1999, the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) released a report through the Justice Policy Institute (JPI) that investigated the effects of the “Three Strikes” Law. It noted, In the wake of the widely publicized 1993 kidnapping and murder of 12-year-old Polly Klaas, California Governor Pete Wilson signed into law on March 7, 1994, one of the most punitive sentencing statutes in recent history. The law was dubbed “Three Strikes and You’re Out” because of its provision requiring 25-years-to-life prison terms for defendants convicted of any felony (or misdemeanor such as petty theft reclassified as a felony) after having previously been convicted of two specified “serious” or “violent” felonies. The law was affirmed by three-fourths of California voters through a statewide initiative in November of that year. The Three Strikes law promised to reduce violent crime by putting repeat violent offenders behind bars for life. The severe nature of the law was intended to maximize the criminal justice system’s deterrent and selective incapacitation effect. Under deterrence theory, individuals are dissuaded from criminal activity through the threat of state-imposed penalties. Selective incapacitation suggests that crime can be reduced by incapacitating the small group of repeat offenders who are responsible for a large portion of serious crime. As of December 31, 2010, 40,998 Californians were behind bars for strike offenses, including 8,727 for third strikes. While the second strike population in prisons actually declined over the 1999-2010 period, the third strike population, due to very lengthy sentences, nearly doubled. At an average of $46,700 per inmate per year, a 25-year sentence costs the State $1.1 million per inmate; a life sentence, assuming incarceration at age 43 (the average third strike commitment age) and death at 82 (the average life expectancy for a male alive at age 43) costs $1.8 million per inmate, even without adding the higher medical costs of aged prisoners. Thus, just imprisoning the current third-strike population will cost taxpayers at least $10 billion in 2010 dollars over the next 25 years. Despite its high costs, candidates of both major parties have credited the “Three-Strikes” law with reducing crime in California. However, national crime trends show that crime has been dropping in every region regardless of incarceration practices since the early 1990s. An earlier JPI study found that California’s declining crime rates were no different than in states without a Three Strikes law, while a CJCJ study found California counties that used the law the least had reductions in crime slightly larger than counties that used the law the most. Other early research found similar results, while some other studies have disagreed, and other recent reviews such as by the University of California, Berkeley, School of Law have found only mixed results. The crime control impact of the “Three Strikes and You’re Out” law is an important subject to analyze. Under deterrence and incapacitation theories, counties that most heavily used the “Three Strikes” law, thereby removing larger proportions of their criminal population from public, should experience greater crime declines than more lenient counties. Because of its broad applications and disparate enforcement, California’s “Three Strikes” law provides a rare opportunity to analyze these theories. This report updates the 1999 Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice report using 2009 and 2010 data to examine crime trends in California counties with widely varying “Three Strikes” imprisonment levels. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Striking_Out_Californias_Three_Strikes_And_Youre_Out_Law_Has_Not_Reduced_Violent_Crime.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 121736

Author: Gorgol, Laura E. Title: Unlocking Potential: Results of a National Survey of Postsecondary Education in State Prisons Summary: As policymakers consider ways to increase educational attainment, generate future economic growth, and reduce public expenditures, educational opportunity for the incarcerated population should be a meaningful component of policy strategies. Designed to increase knowledge about how states are providing postsecondary education to incarcerated individuals, this brief rests on results of a national survey of state correctional education administrators (CEAs), presenting unique policy relevant information on the availability, administration, and funding of PSCE in state prison systems. A central purpose of the brief is to elevate the policy attention paid to postsecondary opportunity for incarcerated persons. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Higher Education Policy, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.ihep.org/assets/files/publications/s-z/Unlocking_Potential-PSCE_FINAL_REPORT_May_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 121737

Author: Orihuela, Michael M. Title: City of St. Louis Jail Diversion Project: Final Evaluation Report Summary: The St. Louis City Jail Diversion Project was developed through a collaborative planning process among criminal justice and community treatment agencies. Through the project, individuals with mental health problems were diverted from the criminal justice system into mental health treatment services. The project was funded through a Federal Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) grant from May 2006 to April 2010. Community Alternatives and BJC Behavioral Health, St. Louis City behavioral healthcare providers, provided integrated treatment services combined with best practice approaches for clients involved in the criminal justice system. The Center for Trauma Recovery of the University of Missouri St. Louis provided trauma therapy. Program participants were enrolled in services and asked to participate voluntarily in a longitudinal evaluation of services. The evaluation operated from August 2007 through April 2010. Key highlights of the evaluation report include the following: • Screenings were conducted for 477 individuals. Of these, 167 were screened in and diverted from jail to community mental health treatment. Among those screened out were 129 that met initial screening criteria but for various reasons did not complete the planning process for presentation to the courts; 89 that did not meet legal criteria; and 92 that either did not meet psychiatric criteria, were referred elsewhere, or were released from custody. • The majority (57 percent) of clients in jail diversion programs had severe and persistent mental illness. • A large majority (78 percent) of participants were also identified as having alcohol or drug abuse issues at the time of enrollment. • Of those successfully diverted, 69 percent completed a minimum of 24 weeks of supervision and community-based outpatient treatment services which utilized evidence-based integrated treatment services. • Overall improvement was observed among participants on measures of mental health symptoms (frequency and severity) and daily functioning outcomes at six months and twelve months after entering the program. • Substance use, as reported by participants, declined from 43 percent at baseline to seven percent at six months and 10 percent at twelve months, including similar patterns of improved outcomes for those reporting any alcohol use and alcohol use to intoxication. • Based on initial measures of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 60 percent of participants were determined to have probable PTSD at the time of enrollment. A minority (13 percent) received treatment specifically directed at trauma recovery, yet a reduction in PTSD symptoms was observed among the entire population from 60 percent at entry to 39 percent at six months and 28 percent after one year. • Clients in jail diversion program moved to more independent and desirable living situations. Among those interviewed at six months, stable housing had increased from 27 percent to 40 percent, while homelessness had decreased from 24 percent to 3 percent. • Diversion program participants who successfully completed the jail diversion program were significantly less likely to return to the criminal justice system during the 12 months following diversion. In addition, program graduates had better outcomes in other areas including stable housing, enrollment in school and engagement in mental health treatment. Details: St. Louis, MO: Institute of Applied Research, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2011 at: http://www.iarstl.org/papers/StLouisJailDiversionReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121738

Author: Saadawi, Tarek Title: Cyber Infrastructure Protection Summary: The Internet, as well as other telecommunication networks and information systems, have become an integrated part of our daily lives, and our dependency upon their underlying infrastructure is ever-increasing. Unfortunately, as our dependency has grown, so have hostile attacks on the cyber infrastructure by network predators. The lack of security as a core element in the initial design of these information systems has made common desktop software, infrastructure services, and information networks increasingly vulnerable to continuous and innovative breakers of security. Worms, viruses, and spam are examples of attacks that cost the global economy billions of dollars in lost productivity. Sophisticated distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks that use thousands of web robots (bots) on the Internet and telecommunications networks are on the rise. The ramifications of these attacks are clear: the potential for a devastating largescale network failure, service interruption, or the total unavailability of service. Yet many security programs are based solely on reactive measures, such as the patching of software or the detection of attacks that have already occurred, instead of proactive measures that prevent attacks in the first place. Most of the network security configurations are performed manually and require experts to monitor, tune security devices, and recover from attacks. On the other hand, attacks are getting more sophisticated and highly automated, which gives the attackers an advantage in this technology race. A key contribution of this book is that it provides an integrated view and a comprehensive framework of the various issues relating to cyber infrastructure protection. It covers not only strategy and policy issues, but it also covers social, legal, and technical aspects of cyber security as well. Details: Carlisle, PA: U.S. Army War College, Strategic Studies Institute, 2011. 324p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pubs/download.cfm?q=1067 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Security Shelf Number: 121739

Author: Steyee, Jimmy Title: Montana Gang Threat Assessment 2011 Summary: Little empirical research has been done on gangs in rural areas. This research identified certain street gangs and outlaw motorcycle gangs in Montana. It is also found that these gangs are typically involved in street level drugs sales, property crime, and assault to a lesser extent. This research also lends limited support to the multiple marginality framework when examined at the macro level based on a limited number of county level variables. Areas for future research and policy recommendations are also discussed. Details: Helena, MT: Montana Board of Crime Control, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.mbcc.mt.gov/data/SAC/Gang/Final_MGTA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Montana) Shelf Number: 121741

Author: Sakiyama, Mari Title: Clearance Rates in Nevada, 1998-2009 Summary: Clearance rates provide one indication of law enforcement’s ability to apprehend criminal suspects. When clearance rates decline, it raises concerns about police performance. Nationally, in 2009, about 22% of all Part I crimes that were known to the police were cleared (FBI, 2010). Part I crimes include murder, rape, robbery, assault, burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson. There are two distinct ways that crimes are cleared. First, a crime can be cleared when “a law enforcement agency has identified the offender, there is enough evidence to charge him, and he is actually taken into custody” (DPS, 2009; p. 63). In addition to offenses cleared by arrest, a crime can be cleared through exceptional means. An offense may be exceptionally cleared when some elements beyond law enforcement control precludes formal charges against an offender due to the death of the offender (e.g., suicide, double murder, justifiably killed by police or citizen); the victim’s refusal to cooperate with the prosecution after the offender has been identified; or the denial of extradition because the offender committed a crime in another jurisdiction and is being prosecuted for that offense. Unless otherwise noted, clearance rates discussed in this report include crimes cleared by both arrest and exceptional means. This state data brief describes patterns of clearance rates in Nevada and compares them to national trends. It examines questions about the trend in clearance rates, differences in clearance rates for particular types of offenses, as well as jurisdictional differences in clearance rates across Nevada’s counties. The limitations of the data and this study are also addressed. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada - Las Vegas, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: State Data Brief: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Clearance%20Rates/Clearance%20Rates%20v4.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 121742

Author: Miethe, Terance D. Title: Capital Punishment in Nevada, 1977-2008 Summary: Over 1,100 prisoners in 33 different states have been executed in the United States from 1977 to 2008 (DPIC, 2008). As of yearend 2008, over 3,300 convicted offenders across this country are also awaiting execution for a death sentence (NAACP, 2008). Nevada has executed 12 convicted murderers over this 32-year period. At yearend 2007, 77 capital offenders in Nevada were under a death sentence. This State Data Brief describes the nature of Nevada’s death sentences over time and compares these trends with national patterns. Reasons for the differences between Nevada and other states are also discussed. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada - Las Vegas, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2009. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: State Data Brief: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Capital%20Punishment/Capital%20Punishment%20v4.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Nevada) Shelf Number: 121743

Author: Shields, Danielle Title: Auto Theft in Nevada, 1994-2008 Summary: Motor vehicle theft involves the unlawful theft or attempted theft of a self-propelled vehicle that runs on land surfaces and not on rails (FBI, 2008). Nationally, nearly 1 million motor vehicles were stolen in 2008, totaling over $6 billion in losses (FBI, 2008). Efforts to control motor vehicle theft have primarily focused on making it more difficult to steal vehicles (e.g., by installing car alarms, ignition “kill switches”, and GPS tracking systems), redesigning physical spaces where vehicles are located (e.g., better lighting, security checkpoints), and increasing the number of law enforcement programs designed to catch these offenders. This state data brief describes the patterns of motor vehicle theft in Nevada and compares them to national trends. It examines the prevalence of motor vehicle thefts over time, the different types of motor vehicle theft and their characteristics, and the profile of persons arrested for this crime. This report also describes motor vehicle anti-theft strategies that have been enacted by law enforcement in Nevada. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada - Las Vegas, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: State Data Brief: Accessed May 18, 2011 at: http://www.unlv.edu/centers/crimestats/SDBs/Auto%20Theft/Auto%20Theft%20v4.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft (Nevada) Shelf Number: 121744

Author: Terry, Karen J. Title: The Causes and Context of Sexual Abuse of Minors by Catholic Priests in the United States, 1950-2010 Summary: This report outlines the results of an empirically based study of the causes and context of the phenomenon of sexual abuse of minors by Catholic priests in the United States between 1950 and 2010. The study sought to understand why the sexual abuse of minors by Catholic priests occurred as it did by integrating research from sociocultural, psychological, situational, and organizational perspectives. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Catholic Bishops, 2011. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://www.usccb.org/mr/causes-and-context-of-sexual-abuse-of-minors-by-catholic-priests-in-the-united-states-1950-2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 121758

Author: DeVoe, Jill Title: Student Reports of Bullying and Cyber-Bullying: Results From the 2007 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: In school year 2006–07, some 8,166,000 U.S. students ages 12 through 18, or about 31.7 percent of all such students, reported they were bullied at school, and about 940,000, or about 3.7 percent, reported they were cyber-bullied anywhere (i.e., on or off school property). These Web Tables use data from the 2007 School Crime Supplement (SCS) to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) 1 to show the extent to which bullying and cyber-bullying are reported by students with different personal characteristics. Estimates are included for the following student characteristics: student sex, race/ethnicity, grade, and household income. In addition, appended data from the 2006–07 Common Core of Data (CCD) and the 2007–08 Private School Universe Survey (PSS) show the extent to which bullying and cyber-bullying are reported by students in schools with different characteristics. School characteristics examined are region; sector (public or private); locale; level; enrollment size; student-to-full-time-equivalent (FTE) teacher ratio; percentage of combined American Indian/Alaska Native, Asian/Pacific Islander, Black/African American, and Hispanic/Latino students; and percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-price lunch. Further, the tables use the SCS data to show the relationship between bullying and cyber-bullying victimization and other variables of interest such as the reported presence of gangs, guns, drugs, and alcohol at school; select school security measures; student criminal victimization; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon-carrying at school. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: NCES 2011 316: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2011/2011316.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 121760

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Criminal Proceedings: A Timeline of U.S. Terror Cases Summary: The following is a timeline of criminal proceedings related to the terror activities of American Muslim extremists and other Americans involved in activities with terrorist organizations whose ideologies are rooted in radical interpretations of Islam. In addition to planning terrorist plots, Americans have also been convicted of raising funds and providing material goods to foreign terrorist organizations, including Hamas, Hezbollah and Al Qaeda. The equally disturbing terror-related activities of Americans who subscribe to anti-government, white supremacist and other extremist ideologies are not reflected in the timeline. Similarly, the list does not include the activities and plots against targets in the U.S. conceived by non-Americans motivated by radical interpretations of Islam. In May 2010, for example, Hosam Maher Husein Smadi, a Jordanian citizen living in the U.S. illegally, pleaded guilty to attempting to detonate explosives at a Dallas skyscraper the previous September in order to “bring down the building”. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2011 at: http://www.adl.org/terrorism/Criminal_Proceedings.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 121766

Author: Sugarmann, Josh Title: Blood Money: How the Gun Industry Bankrolls the NRA Summary: The National Rifle Association (NRA) receives millions of dollars directly from domestic and foreign gun manufacturers and other members of the firearms industry through an organized corporate outreach program according to a new report issued today by the Violence Policy Center (VPC). This report reveals that since 2005 contributions from gun industry "corporate partners" to the NRA total between $14.7 million and $38.9 million. Total donations to the NRA from all "corporate partners"--both gun industry and non-gun industry--for the same time period total between $19.8 million and $52.6 million. The vast majority of funds--74 percent--contributed to the NRA from “corporate partners” come from members of the firearms industry: companies involved in the manufacture or sale of firearms or shooting-related products. Despite the NRA's historical claims that it is not financially allied with the gun industry, including the current disclaimer on its website that it “is not affiliated with any firearm or ammunition manufacturers or with any businesses that deal in guns and ammunition,” NRA "corporate partners" include many of the world's best known gunmakers as well as such companies as Xe, the new name of the now infamous Blackwater Worldwide--known for its abuses in the Iraq war--which alone contributed between $500,000 and $999,999 to the NRA since 2005. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2011 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/bloodmoney.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Guns Shelf Number: 121769

Author: Pennell, Joan Title: Safety, Fairness, Stability: Repositioning Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare to Engage Families and Communities Summary: There is no other relationship with greater significance in our lives than those we have with our families — whether they are our birth or chosen families. They should serve as the anchor in our lives, as the lifeline to everything else we accomplish. As noted by the authors of this paper, Joan Pennell, Carol Shapiro, and Carol Spigner, “for youths to grow into responsible and productive adults, they need a foundation of safety, fairness, and stability.” Further noting that “this foundation is especially weakened for youths involved with both child protection and juvenile justice,” they make the case for devoting our efforts to maintaining youths’ connections to their homes, schools, and communities in an appropriate manner, and by doing so give youth who are too often alienated from their families and our mainstream society “a sense of belonging, competence, well-being, and purpose.” It is this sense of belonging that many youth involved with child welfare and juvenile justice lose as they and their families experience these systems. This paper provides a pathway to improving these systems in a manner that will leave children, youth, and families with a different set of experiences. But this pathway requires those working within those systems — as agency leaders, supervisors, line staff, or judges and lawyers — to adopt a new lens in viewing their work in engaging families. The paper begins with a call for change. Without intervention, the authors assert that crossover youth are all too likely to head further down pathways of trauma and alienation and that disparate treatment elevates these threats for minority groups. The paper then explicates why a strategy of family engagement is particularly timely: It counters historical approaches that have estranged youths from their families; it responds to current political and demographic trends; it fits with legislative changes and conventions on human rights; it aligns with recent research findings; and it supports partnership approaches. Family engagement is broadly defined in terms of who participates and at what levels. The family group includes the youths as well as their relatives and social kin. Levels of input range from practice to program to policy. The authors examine strategies for advancing family leadership at the practice, program, and policy levels and summarize the findings on family engagement in child welfare and juvenile justice practice. In conclusion, the authors make a series of recommendations for repositioning juvenile justice and child welfare to engage youths and their families, victims of offending, other systems, and the broader community. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2011 at: http://cjjr.georgetown.edu/pdfs/famengagement/FamilyEngagementPaper.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 121771

Author: Listwan, Shelley Johnson Title: An Examination of Idaho’s Felony Drug Courts: Findings and Recommendations: Final Report Summary: As of 2007, 41 drug courts have been implemented statewide in Idaho. This report focuses on a sample of eleven adult felony drug courts. The current study adds to the existing literature by providing a multi-site impact study of selected felony drug courts in Idaho. The project examines effectiveness as it relates to three broad areas of functioning (e.g., operations, outcomes, and needs). While most published evaluations report outcomes of only one court, the current study reports outcomes of eleven drug courts across the state in an effort to fill a much needed gap in our knowledge of drug courts overall. Details: Boise, Idaho: Idaho Supreme Court, 2008. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2011 at: http://www.isc.idaho.gov/Final%20Idaho%20Felony%20Drug%20Court%20Outcome%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 121777

Author: Blanton, Rebecca E. Title: Unlawful Detainer Pilot Program: Report to the California Legislature Summary: Renters who remain at a property when they no longer have a legal right to reside at the location may be sued for unlawful detainer. Most often, an unlawful detainer is filed against a renter who is no longer paying rent but continues to occupy a residence. A person may also be the subject of an unlawful detainer if they commit or allow the commission of illegal activity at a rental property. The Los Angeles City Attorney developed the pilot programs under review in this report to “surgically remove” unlawful detainers who were contributing to illegal activities as a method of counteracting gang and drug problems in neighborhoods. In 1998, the California legislature passed AB 1384 (Havice, Ch. 613, Statutes of 1998). The pilot programs were based on the program design of the Los Angeles City Attorney. The legislation authorized pilot programs, in selected cities, that empower city attorneys and city prosecutors to evict nuisance tenants when landlords fail to act. The bill authorized a program that allows law enforcement organizations to assist landlords in evicting renters when the landlords fear retaliation from their tenants. Additionally, AB 1384 (Havice) established “partial eviction” provisions in California. This allows the city attorney to evict only the tenant arrested for a drug crime, leaving the “innocent” tenants in the residence. The goals of the pilot programs are to remove drug dealers from neighborhoods and to provide law enforcement with an effective and efficient option for evicting nuisance tenants. Bill AB 1384 and subsequent legislation for the unlawful detainer (U.D.) pilot programs provide for an evaluation of the program to determine if the programs are meeting these goals. This is the fifth report to the legislature on the U.D. program. Prior reports to the legislature submitted by the Judicial Council demonstrated that this program is being used, but have not fully evaluated the merits of this program. Consistent with the requirements of Chapter 613, Statutes of 2009-2010, the California Research Bureau (CRB) evaluated the 2010 data on unlawful detainer use and outcomes. CRB finds that the program is in use and is supported by the city attorneys and police officers at the pilot locations. However, current data reporting requirements limit the scope of the analysis. In this report, CRB provides the legislature with both an overview of the current program and an alternative program evaluation model to facilitate a more informative analysis in future reports. Our evaluation of the current data, along with conversations with key stakeholders, revealed several key findings. The key findings are located in Table 1. CRB found that important questions posed by the legislature and legislative staff are not currently being answered by the pilot program evaluation. Additionally, several potential benefits of the pilot programs are not currently being measured by the program evaluation. In this report, we provide key findings available with the current data and those gleaned through conversations with key stakeholders. Additionally, we provide a discussion of program evaluation and potential methods for the legislature or future research staff to answer important questions about the use and outcomes of the pilot programs. Details: Sacramento: California Research Bureau, 2010. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2011 at: http://www.library.ca.gov/crb/11/Unlawful_Detainer_Pilot_Program_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Sanctions Shelf Number: 121778

Author: Felini, Martha Title: Prostitute Diversion Initiative: Annual Report: 2009-2010 Summary: The Dallas Police Department's Prostitute Diversion Initiative (PDI) is a novel law enforcement led prostitute diversion program that brings a comprehensive set of resources and services from a large cross section of organizations into the streets where the prostitutes work. Launched in 2007, the PDI has contacted a total of 538 prostitutes of which 174 entered the initial phase of the treatment program. Of those completing the initial treatment phase, 48% have not subsequently been re-arrested. This report documents the data collected from the 167 adult prostitutes contacted through the PDI from October 2009 through September 2010. The average PDI participant was black, female, 36 years of age, with at least a high school education. Most had children and were using drugs to cope with co-­occurring mental health disorders. Sixty percent of those eligible were immediately diverted to treatment services appropriate for addressing alcohol and drug abuse, mental health disorders, or physical health care. In addition to dealing with addictions, treatment services incorporate within their programs the capacity to deal with the lifetime of trauma these women suffered that served as the impetus to their life of prostitution. Criminal offenses on beats where truck stops are located decreased 60% in 2009-­2010 compared to the year prior to the implementation of the PDI. Details: Dallas, TX: New Life Prostitute Diversion Initiative, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2011 at: http://cedata.org/pdi_wp/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/PDI-Annual-Report-2011_Final-RS.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 121782

Author: Blumenschein, Karen Title: Independent Evaluation of the Impact and Effectiveness of the Kentucky All Schedule Prescription Electronic Reporting Program (KASPER) Summary: The abuse and diversion of controlled prescription drugs is a significant and persistent problem in the United States. Current data from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) 2007 National Survey on Drug Use and Health reveals that approximately 6.9 million individuals aged 12 or older are nonmedical users of controlled prescription drugs (opioid pain relievers, tranquilizers, sedatives, or stimulants). While the number of non-medical users has remained relatively stable over the past 5 years, the number of treatment admissions and deaths from overdose of controlled prescription drugs has increased significantly. To begin to address prescription drug abuse in the Commonwealth, on July 15, 1998 the Kentucky Legislature mandated the establishment of an electronic system for monitoring controlled substances (CS) through passage of Kentucky Revised Statute (KRS) 218A.202. The Kentucky All Schedule Prescription Electronic Reporting Program (KASPER) was thus designed. The rules for reporting and access were defined in Kentucky Administrative Regulations (902 KAR 55:110) promulgated on December 16, 1998. Data collection from dispensers of CS was initiated on January 1, 1999. The original version of KASPER required dispensers of CS in Kentucky to report dispensing of Schedule II, III, IV and V CS every 16 days. Significant enhancement of KASPER occurred in 2004 with creation of eKASPER. As described in a comprehensive report on Kentucky’s prescription monitoring program prepared by the Cabinet for Health and Family Services (CHFS) in 2006, the vision for eKASPER was “to create a system to allow authorized users to request a report through the Internet 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and to receive the report in real time (within 15 minutes of request) while continuing to allow them to request reports through the mail or by fax.” The eKASPER system was launched on March 16, 2005 and has been recognized at the state and federal levels as a model program. Additionally, as a result of regulatory amendments to 902 KAR 55:110, dispensers of CS are now required to report dispensing records to KASPER every 7 days. Although satisfaction surveys of KASPER users, including pharmacists, prescribers and law enforcement officials, were conducted in 2004 and 2006, an independent evaluation of the impact and effectiveness of KASPER has not been conducted. This report presents such an evaluation. Details: Lexington, KY: Institute for Pharmaceutical Outcomes and Policy, College of Pharmacy, University of Kentucky, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2011 at: http://chfs.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/24493B2E-B1A1-4399-89AD-1625953BAD43/0/KASPEREvaluationFinalReport10152010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs Shelf Number: 121785

Author: California. Judicial Council. Administrative Office of the Courts, Office of Court Research Title: Unlawful Detainer Pilot Program: Report to the California Legislature under Health and Safety Code Section 11571.1 and Civil Code Section 3485 Summary: In 1998, Assembly Bill 1384 ([Havice]; Stats. 1998, ch. 613) created an initial three-year unlawful detainer pilot program in cities within five former municipal court districts in the County of Los Angeles to allow city attorneys and prosecutors to seek the eviction of any person who was in violation of the nuisance or controlled substance law. The legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, authorized the pilot courts to issue a partial or total eviction order to remove an individual who engages in drug-related activity. AB 1384 also required the participating cities to collect specified data on their experiences under the pilot program and to file reports annually about these cases with the Judicial Council. The legislation further required the Judicial Council to submit a brief report to the Senate and Assembly Judiciary Committees on or before January 1, 2001, summarizing the information provided by the participating cities and evaluating the merits of the program. The Judicial Council report required under this legislation provided a summary of the program data submitted by the participating cities. Using additional information provided by the Long Beach pilot program, the report also looked into additional areas of program operations, including the type of drug violations leading to the issuing of eviction notices and the timing of the filing of unlawful detainer actions. In 2001, Assembly Bill 815 ([Havice]; Stats. 2001, ch. 431) reauthorized the pilot program for three more years, imposed more specific reporting requirements on the participating cities, and required the Judicial Council to issue another report and evaluation of the program. The Judicial Council’s report that was issued under AB 815 compiled the program data submitted by the cities of Los Angeles and Long Beach. Based on the more specific information on program activities, the report provided an analysis of different components of each pilot program, including, among other things, the use of the pilot program provisions to accomplish partial eviction of the offending tenants. In 2004, Assembly Bill 2523 ([Frommer]; Stats. 2004, ch. 304) further extended the sunset of the pilot program to January 1, 2010, made additional augmentations to the reporting requirements, and expanded the program to include cities in Alameda and San Diego Counties. The legislation also required two additional Judicial Council reports to the Senate and Assembly Judiciary Committees, one on or before April 15, 2007, and the other on or before April 15, 2009, summarizing the information provided by the participating cities and evaluating the merits of the pilot program. In 2007, Assembly Bill 1013 ([Krekorian]; Stats. 2007, ch. 456) expanded the list of circumstances deemed to constitute a nuisance to include a person who commits an offense involving unlawful possession or use of illegal weapons or ammunition or who uses the premises to further that purpose. It additionally created a similar UD pilot project authorizing evictions based on such nuisance activities in the same cities covered by the original legislation, and added the city of Sacramento to the new pilot program. Details: Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, 2009. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://208.96.4.104/xbcr/cc/unlawful_detainer_pilot.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Sanctions Shelf Number: 121786

Author: Fell, James C. Title: A Guide for Statewide Impaired-Driving Task Forces Summary: The purpose of the guide is to assist State officials and other stakeholders who are interested in establishing an Impaired-Driving Statewide Task Force or who are exploring ways to improve their current Task Force. The guide addresses issues such as (a) how to initiate a successful Task Force, (2) how to select the Task Force membership, (3) how to keep the membership involved, (4) how to select problem areas to work on, (5) how to use various strategies to solve problems, and (6) how to avoid potential pitfalls and obstacles that confront Task Forces. The appendices provide a series of useful documents for reference, such as brief descriptions of existing Task Forces, sample meeting agendas and meeting minutes, and sample Task Force recommendations. Some of the statewide Task Forces have been extremely effective in developing key legislation at the State level (that is later adopted) and in closing loopholes in their impaired-driving laws, enforcement, prosecution, and adjudication procedures. Others have addressed institutional changes such as developing better record-keeping systems or creating active communication between key agencies and stakeholders. Task Force efforts have addressed legislative issues, enforcement strategies, criminal justice processing changes, improvements in sentencing procedures, the treatment of DUI/DWI offenders, and initiatives for curbing underage drinking. By learning from the experience of others, those wishing to develop or augment statewide Task Forces can enhance the process and avoid "reinventing the wheel." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://ntl.bts.gov/lib/31000/31300/31303/5663_Impaired_Driving_Task_Force_Guide-tagged.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121789

Author: Lacey, John H. Title: 2007 National Roadside Survey of Alcohol and Drug Use by Drivers: Drug Results Summary: This report presents the first national prevalence estimates for drug-involved driving derived from the recently completed 2007 National Roadside Survey (NRS). The NRS is a national field survey of alcohol- and drug-involved driving conducted primarily among nighttime weekend drivers, but also daytime Friday drivers. The survey involved randomly stopping drivers at 300 locations across the continental United States; sites were selected through a stratified random sampling procedure. This included data that we collected during a two-hour Friday daytime session at 60 locations and during four 2-hour nighttime periods (10:00 p.m. to midnight and 1:00 a.m. to 3:00 a.m. on both Friday and Saturday) at 240 locations. Both self-report and biological measures were taken. Biological measures included breath alcohol measurements on 9,413 respondents, oral fluid from 7,719 respondents, and blood samples from 3,276 respondents. Oral fluid and blood samples were subjected to laboratory screening and LC/MS-MS and GC/MS confirmation for 75 drugs and metabolites, including illegal, prescription, and over-the-counter drugs. These data were analyzed to develop the first national prevalence estimate of alcohol- and drug-involved driving. Two prior reports on the 2007 NRS described: (1) the sampling plan and data collection methodology, summarizing the response patterns to the various stages of the multi-part survey; and (2) the prevalence estimates for alcohol-involved driving derived from the study, and comparing them with the three previous National Roadside Surveys (NRS). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2009. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/DOT/NHTSA/Traffic%20Injury%20Control/Articles/Associated%20Files/811249.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121793

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Fourth National Incidence Study of Child Abuse and Neglect (NIS–4): Supplementary Analyses of Race Differences in Child Maltreatment Rates in the NIS–4 Summary: For the first time in the history of the National Incidence Study of Child Abuse and Neglect, the most recent cycle, the NIS–4, found race differences in maltreatment rates, with Black children experiencing maltreatment at higher rates than White children in several categories. The efforts described in this report attempted to understand this finding by considering possible reasons why the NIS–4 results diverged from the findings in earlier cycles and by using multi-factor logistic modeling to reanalyze the NIS–4 data in order to isolate whether and how race contributed to maltreatment risk independent of the other important risk factors that correlated with race. The authors examined two possible explanations for why the NIS–4 found statistically reliable race differences in rates of some categories of child maltreatment, in contrast to the findings of previous NIS cycles. They concluded that the finding is at least partly a consequence of the greater precision of the NIS–4 estimates and partly due to the enlarged gap between Black and White children in economic well-being. Income, or socioeconomic status, is the strongest predictor of maltreatment rates, but since the time of the NIS–3, incomes of Black families have not kept pace with the incomes of White families. Race correlates with a number of other predictors of maltreatment, so it was important to take the effects of these other correlated predictors into account when evaluating the effects of race. The authors attempted to do this by building multi-factor models that incorporated all the statistically reliable predictors of maltreatment in the category. The final multi-factor models revealed that race did have effects on risk in certain maltreatment categories, even after the effects of other important predictors were considered. Black children were at significantly greater risk than White children of experiencing physical abuse under both the Harm and Endangerment Standards, but in both cases, this race difference depended on SES. The race difference was small or nonexistent among children living in low SES households, but it was notably larger for children in not-low SES households. In two maltreatment categories, Endangerment Standard emotional maltreatment and overall Endangerment Standard maltreatment, race differences depended on SES and family structure. There were no race differences among children in low SES households, but the maltreatment risk for Black children in not-low SES households was two or more times greater than the risk for White children in this condition. Black children were also at comparatively elevated risk when living with unmarried parents or a single parent with a partner in the household, whereas the risk for White children in those circumstances was considerably lower. At the same time, White children appeared to have somewhat higher risk than Black children when living with married parents who were not both biologically related to them and when living with a single parent who had no cohabiting partner. White children had significantly higher risk for Endangerment Standard physical neglect, but this race difference appeared only among children in low SES households. This pattern resembled the earlier findings of multi-factor analyses of the NIS–3 data, which applied in more maltreatment categories in that study (Sedlak and Schultz, 2005). The present findings are qualified by the limitations of the predictors that were available for the NIS–4 multi-factor analyses, which comprised only general demographic characteristics of the children and their families. The key measure of SES was less than ideal in two respects—the large amount of missing data that required imputation and the fact race differences that emerged in the not-low SES condition could, in part, actually reflect the underlying income differences. Independent evidence indicates that Black and White children very probably have different underlying SES distributions within the NIS–4 non-low SES category, with the not-low SES Black children less well off than the not-low SES White children. If the economic resources of Black and White children had been equivalent in this condition, then the observed pattern of higher risk for Black children under non-low SES conditions may not have emerged. For these reasons, the race differences observed in the not-low SES condition in this report must be interpreted with caution. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Children and Families, 2010. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/programs/opre/abuse_neglect/natl_incid/nis4_supp_analysis_race_diff_mar2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 121795

Author: Disability Rights Texas Title: Thinking Outside the Cell: Alternatives to Incarceration for Youth with Mental Illness Summary: Youth with mental illness can suffer devastating consequences from commitment to juvenile justice facilities, where specialized treatment and supports are often insufficient to meet their rehabilitative needs. Given the prevalence of youth with mental health needs in the Texas juvenile justice system, there is a pressing need for the state to develop appropriate and costeffective alternatives to incarceration for this population. Texas has already started to shift its focus and funding in the right direction — toward community-based supports and services. During the 2009 legislative session, state leadership showed visionary support for community-based programming by reducing funding for the Texas Youth Commission (TYC) by $100 million and providing $45.7 million in new funding to juvenile probation departments for Commitment Reduction Programs intended to divert youth from TYC facilities. Many probation departments across the state used these funds to develop mental health resources, and preliminary data show an excellent return on investment. THINKING OUTSIDE THE CELL: ALTERNATIVES TO INCARCERATION FOR YOUTH WITH MENTAL ILLNESS features three case studies of youth placed in the Corsicana Residential Treatment Center, the TYC facility designated for youth with serious mental illness or emotional disturbance. Their stories highlight the significant challenges youth with mental health needs face before and after commitment to TYC. They also demonstrate that access to appropriate and effective community-based mental health services is key to addressing the underlying sources of many youths’ offenses, reducing recidivism, and preventing deeper penetration into the juvenile and criminal justice systems. This report also features numerous effective community-based intervention strategies currently being implemented in Texas and other jurisdictions to reduce the incidence of youth with mental health needs in the juvenile justice system. As Texas continues to transform its juvenile justice system, such model programs will help ensure better outcomes for youth, families and communities. Finally, the report provides policy recommendations concerning youth with mental illness involved in the juvenile justice system. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.youthlaw.org/fileadmin/ncyl/youthlaw/publications/NCYL-thinking-outside-the-cell-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121822

Author: Hartney, Christopher Title: Bed Space Forecast for Baltimore Youth Detention Facility Summary: This report describes the National Council on Crime and Delinquency’s forecast of future bed space needs for youth detained in the adult criminal justice system in the City of Baltimore, Maryland. These youth are processed and, if necessary, detained in the adult system — currently in the Juvenile Unit of the Baltimore City Detention Center (BCDC)— after either being charged with certain crimes that require their automatic involvement in the adult justice system (known as an automatic waiver) or being sent to the adult system by a juvenile court judge (known as a judicial waiver). The State is currently considering options for housing these youth, as the present facility is inadequate. A new facility is in the planning stages and is designed to hold 180 youth, based on a forecast completed by the State in 2007. In a 2010 report by NCCD, the earlier forecast was found to overestimate the number of beds needed in a new facility. Subsequently, the Maryland Department of Public Safety and Corrections Services (DPS), along with two local foundations, the Open Society Institute – Baltimore and the Annie E. Casey Foundation, asked NCCD to perform this new forecast to assist in the decision-making process. This report first describes the project’s data sources, methodological assumptions, and results of an examination of trends and circumstances related to arrest and detention rates in Baltimore City and other jurisdictions. It then describes the methods used to perform the forecast and presents the forecast findings, that is, the estimated number of beds the City will require over the next three decades for youth detained in the adult criminal justice system. Finally, the report describes a set of “scenarios” that give estimates of bed space needs if certain changes were made to the way youth are processed. These scenarios represent a few options among many that the State and stakeholders can consider as a means to minimizing the number of youth held in secure custody and, when detention is found to be required, ensuring that youth are held in the most appropriate setting. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/NCCD_Bed_Space_Forecast_for_Baltimore_Youth_Detention_Facility_5_12_11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 121823

Author: Feinstein, Dianne Title: Halting U.S. Firearms Trafficking to Mexico: A Report ....to the United States Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control, One-Hundred Twelfth Congress, First Session Summary: Military-style weapons are arming Mexico's brutal drug trafficking organizations at an alarming rate. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF) has consistently found that the overwhelming majority of firearms recovered at crime scenes and traced by Mexican officials originate in the United States. These guns have contributed to Mexico's dangerous levels of violence. Since the start of the administration of President Felipe Calderon in December 2006, according to Mexican government estimates, 34,612 people have died in organized crime-related killings in Mexico. The killings reached their highest level in 2010, increasing by almost 60 percent to 15,273 deaths from 9,616 the previous year. As the U.S. partners with Mexico to combat drug-related violence, we must enhance our efforts to curb firearms trafficking from the United States to Mexico. This report provides background information on firearms trafficking and makes recommendations to Congress and the Obama Administration on key next steps. Details: Washington, DC: The Authors: 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&doc=143589&coll=limited Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 121828

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: Drugged Driving Research: A White Paper Summary: Drugged driving is a significant public health and public safety problem in the United States and abroad, as documented through a growing body of research. Among the research conducted in the US is the 2009 finding that 33% of fatally injured drivers with known drug test results were positive for drugs other than alcohol. Among randomly stopped weekend nighttime drivers who provided oral fluid and/or blood specimens in 2007, 16.3% were positive for drugs. While these and other emerging data demonstrate the drugged driving problem, the US has lagged behind other nations in both drugged driving research and enforcement. The White House Office of National Drug Control Policy’s (ONDCP) 2010 National Drug Control Strategy established as a priority reducing drugged driving in the United States. To achieve the Strategy’s goal of reducing drugged driving by 10% by 2015, the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) enlisted the Institute for Behavior and Health, Inc. (IBH) to review the current state of knowledge about drugged driving and to develop a comprehensive research plan for future research that would hold the promise of making a significant impact by 2015. IBH convened an expert committee to develop this report. Committee members included top leaders across a broad spectrum of related disciplines including research, public policy, enforcement and law. Details: Rockville, MD: Institute for Behavior and Health, Inc., 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.whitehousedrugpolicy.gov/publications/pdf/nida_dd_paper.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121829

Author: Parker, Alison Title: A Costly Move: Far and Frequent Transfers Impede Hearings for Immigrant Detainees in the United States Summary: Detained immigrants facing deportation in the United States, including legal permanent residents, refugees, and undocumented persons, are being transferred, often repeatedly, to remote detention centers by US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Transfers separate detained immigrants from the attorneys and evidence they need to defend against deportation, which can violate their right to fair treatment in court, slow asylum or deportation proceedings, and prolong the time immigrants spend in detention. With close to 400,000 immigrants in detention each year, space in US detention centers, especially near cities where immigrants, their families, and attorneys live, has not kept pace. As a result, ICE has built a system of detention—relying on subcontracts with state jails and prisons—that cannot operate without transfers. A Costly Move shows that between 1998 and 2010, 1 million immigrants were transferred 2 million times. Forty-six percent of transferred detainees were moved two or more times: in one egregious case, a detainee was transferred 66 times. On average, each transferred detainee traveled 370 miles, with one frequent transfer pattern (from Pennsylvania to Texas) covering 1,642 miles. Such long-distance and repetitive transfers can render attorney-client relationships unworkable, separate immigrants from evidence they need in court, and make family visits so costly they rarely, if ever, occur. An agency charged with enforcing US laws should not establish a system of detention that is literally inoperable without widespread, multiple, and long-distance transfers. ICE would reduce the chaos and limit harmful human rights abuses if it worked to emulate best practices on inmate transfers set by state and federal prison systems. Transfers do not need to stop entirely in order for ICE to respect detainees’ rights; they merely need to be curtailed through the establishment of enforceable guidelines, regulations, and reasonable legislative restraints. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.hrw.org/node/99660 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 121830

Author: Diaz, Tom Title: The Militarization of the U.S. Civilian Firearms Market Summary: This study identifies the major force driving the criminal cross-border gun traffic: the gun industry’s cynical militarization of the U.S. civilian gun market. “Today, militarized weapons--semiautomatic assault rifles, 50 caliber anti-armor sniper rifles, and armor-piercing handguns--define the U.S. civilian gun market and are far and away the ‘weapons of choice’ of the traffickers supplying violent drug organizations in Mexico” the study, "The Militarization of the U.S. Civilian Firearms Market" finds. The study also finds that the gun industry has become so dependent on militarized product lines that 11 of the top 15 gun manufacturers now market assault weapons, adding that “...the gun industry designs, manufactures, imports, and sells firearms in the civilian market that are to all intents and purposes the same as military arms. It then bombards its target market with the message that civilian consumers--just like real soldiers--can easily and legally own the firepower of militarized weapons.” The study documents a deliberate gun industry design and marketing strategy, begun in the 1980s, that has resulted in the easy availability and shockingly weak regulation of guns that are — •Identical to sophisticated battlefield weapons used by the armed forces of the United States and other countries, such as the Barrett 50 caliber anti-armor sniper rifle. •Slightly modified variants of military firearms that would otherwise be illegal to sell on the civilian market, including semiautomatic versions of military assault weapons, such as civilian AR-15 and AK-47 assault rifle models. •Weapons capable of defeating body armor, specially designed for police and counter-terrorism units, such as the FN Herstal Five-seveN 5.7mm pistol. “Your grandfather’s shotgun has no place in today’s civilian gun market,” said the study’s author, VPC Senior Policy Analyst Tom Diaz. “The gun industry has created a unique American civilian firearms bazaar which arms thousands of criminals, dangerous extremists, and drug traffickers throughout the world. If Congress wants to find the real causes of the gun traffic to Mexico, it needs to look upstream to the gun industry’s callous transformation of the American gun market into one more suited to warfare than sport. The world’s bad guys come here for their guns because they are cheap and plentiful.” The study describes how, plagued by declining gun ownership and the explosion of recreational alternatives such as electronic games, the faltering gun industry has relied on creating demand by designing and selling increasingly lethal military-style firepower. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/militarization.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 121832

Author: Kirchgassner, Gebhard Title: Econometric Estimates of Deterrence of the Death Penalty: Facts or Ideology? Summary: In 2007, the Wall Street Journal published an article claiming that each execution saves more than 70 lives. This example is used to show how easy it is, using simple or advanced econometric techniques, to produce results that do or do not support the deterrence hypothesis. Moreover, we also point to some puzzles which have not been satisfactorily solved so far. We then present a critical survey of the papers published in the last ten years. It is shown how simple changes can produce quite different results using the same data. Finally, we draw some conclusions about the usefulness of statistical arguments in policy debates, but also on the moral questions involved in this particular debate. Details: Munich: CESifo Group, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper No. 3443: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.cesifo-group.de/portal/pls/portal/docs/1/1205541.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 121834

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: The Impact of Jury Race in Criminal Trials Summary: This paper examines the impact of jury racial composition on trial outcomes using a unique data set of all felony trials in Florida between 2000-2010. We utilize a research design that exploits day-to-day variation in the composition of the jury pool to isolate quasi-random variation in the composition of the seated jury, finding evidence that: (i) juries formed from all-white juries pools convict black defendants significantly (16 percentage points) more often than white defendants and (ii) this gap in conviction rates is entirely eliminated when the jury pool includes at least one black member. IV estimates of the of the racial composition of the seated jury on trial outcomes are about 2.5 times greater than the corresponding OLS estimates, implying that the impact of jury race is much greater than what a simple correlation of the race of the seated jury and conviction rates would suggest. These findings imply that the application of justice is highly uneven and raise obvious concerns about the fairness of trials in jurisdictions with a small proportion of blacks in the jury pool. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16366: Accessed June 17, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16366 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Trials Shelf Number: 121835

Author: Stephens, Darrel W. Title: Police Discipline: A Case for Change Summary: This paper describes the challenges law enforcement agencies nationwide experience with current disciplinary procedures and offers alternate approaches that can improve internal morale and external relationships with the community. The author also highlights proactive approaches (such as education-based discipline, mediation, peer review, and early intervention) that some agencies are employing to manage and/or reform officer behavior. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/234052.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 121838

Author: Kirk, David S. Title: The Structural and Cultural Dynamics of Neighborhood Violence Summary: Over the past two decades, sociologists have given considerable attention to identifying the neighborhood-level structural and social-interactional mechanisms which influence an array of social outcomes such as crime, educational attainment, collective action, mortality, and morbidity. Yet, cultural mechanisms are often overlooked in quantitative studies of neighborhood effects, largely because of outdated notions of culture. This study aims to inject a much needed cultural dimension into neighborhood effects research, and, in the process, provide an explanation for the paradoxical co-existence of law-abiding beliefs and law violating behavior that characterize so many disadvantaged urban neighborhoods. To these ends, we explore the origins of legal cynicism as well as the consequences of cynicism for neighborhood violence. Legal cynicism refers to a cultural frame in which people perceive the law, and the police in particular, as illegitimate, unresponsive, and ill-equipped to ensure public safety. We address four empirical objectives in the study. First, we examine the correlates of legal cynicism. Second, we examine the cross-sectional relationship between neighborhood violence and legal cynicism as well as the relationship between neighborhood violence and tolerant attitudes toward violence and deviant behavior. Third, we seek to determine if legal cynicism predicts the change in neighborhood violence over time, net of changes to the structural conditions of a given neighborhood. Fourth, in order to determine if legal cynicism makes all types of violence more likely or remained stable (and even increased) in some Chicago neighborhoods during the 1990s despite declines in poverty and drastic declines in violence city-wide. Our findings—of total, gang, and non-gang homicides—also indicate that cynicism of the law has a general effect on violence, and that collective efficacy substantially mediates the association between legal cynicism and homicide. Legal cynicism undermines the collective efficacy that is so vital to the social control of neighborhood violence. The most important policy implication of this research is that improving structural and economic conditions of impoverished neighborhoods or increasing deterrence-based policing efforts alone may not be sufficient for reducing crime. Rather, our results suggest that crime reduction efforts should explicitly incorporate approaches that decrease cynicism of the law. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234629.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 121839

Author: Cohen, Marcia I. Title: Final Report on the Evaluation of the SAGE Project's LIFESKILLS and GRACE Programs Summary: The SAGE Project, Inc., is a nonprofit organization in San Francisco that operates two commercial sexual exploitation (CSE) intervention programs: LIFESKILLS and GRACE. Both programs operate from the philosophical approach of harm reduction, which emphasizes peer education and skills development. Participants in LIFESKILLS are younger (under 18) and are either involved in CSE or considered at high risk for sexual exploitation. The LIFESKILLS program offers case management, support groups, and referral services. Length of stay for LIFESKILLS girls ranges from 4 to 14 months. GRACE participants are older (adults) and have been arrested for prostitution. Most GRACE program clients are court-ordered to participate for a minimum of 25 hours of group services. This study used a four-phase participatory evaluation design that employed both quantitative and qualitative components. The two qualitative components (phases 1 and 4) used interviews with staff and program participants to assist in operationalizing variables for the evaluation, identifying process and outcome measures, and developing program logic models. The quantitative evaluation followed a quasi-experimental, nonequivalent group design to assess a set of outcomes (phase 2). The principal data sources included baseline and follow-up surveys and official arrest records. The process evaluation (phase 3) integrated both quantitative and qualitative methods to assess whether the program was well designed and implemented as intended and involved an examination of services, management, staffing, information systems, and case files. The key findings: 1. The SAGE Project succeeded in reducing contact with the criminal justice system of both the LIFESKILLS and GRACE groups. The GRACE group had significantly better outcomes for CSE involvement and PTSD symptomology, while the LIFESKILLS group had significantly better outcomes for sexual assault victimization, educational aspirations, self-efficacy, and employment attitude. The program made no significant impact on substance abuse, commitment to school, most measures of victimization, and social support for either group. 2. Girls and young women typically track along one of four risk-related trajectories, on the basis of whether they are a) from ‘risk saturated’ communities, b) from troubled suburban families, c) from immigrant families, or d) becoming involved proactively, without (at first) many of the overwhelming risk factors present for the other trajectories. 3. While a LIFESKILLS curriculum with a good theoretical foundation exists, fidelity to a model is lacking, and it has not been sufficiently formalized, operationalized, and documented. This report offers recommendations for improving both programs such as, eliminating population mixing, increasing staff training, matching program activities to criminogenic needs, incorporating cognitive-behavioral treatment activities, incentivizing program completion, and developing an instrument to assess the CSE risk level of each new client. Details: Bethesda, MD: Development Services Group, Inc., 2010. 371p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234464.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Prostitution Shelf Number: 121872

Author: Belli, Roberta Title: Where Political Extremists and Greedy Criminals Meet: A Comparative Study of Financial Crimes and Criminal Networks in the United States Summary: Financial crime poses a serious threat to the integrity and security of legitimate businesses and institutions, and to the safety and prosperity of private citizens and communities. Experts argue that the profile of financial offenders is extremely diversified and includes individuals who may be motivated by greed or ideology. Islamic extremists increasingly resort to typical white-­‐collar crimes, like credit card and financial fraud, to raise funds for their missions. In the United States, the far-­‐right movement professes its anti-­‐government ideology by promoting and using a variety of anti-­‐tax strategies. There is evidence that ideologically motivated individuals who engage in financial crimes benefit from interactions with profit-­‐driven offenders and legitimate actors that provide resources for crime in the form of knowledge, skills, and suitable co-­‐offenders. This dissertation sheds light on the nexus between political extremism and profit-­‐driven crime by conducting a systematic study of financial crime cases involving Islamic extremists, domestic far-­‐rightists, and their non-­‐extremist accomplices prosecuted by federal courts in 2004. Attribute and relational data were extracted from the U.S. Extremist Crime Database (ECDB), which is the first open-­‐source relational database that provides information on all extremist crimes, violent and non-­‐violent, ideological and routine crimes, since 1990. A descriptive analysis was conducted comparing schemes, crimes, and techniques used by far-­‐rightists, Islamic extremists, and non-­‐extremists, before moving into an in-­‐depth social network analysis of their relational ties in co-­‐offending, business, and family networks. The descriptive findings revealed considerable differences in the modus operandi followed by far-­‐rightists and Islamic extremists as well as the prosecutorial strategies used against them. The subsequent exploratory and statistical network analyses, however, revealed interesting similarities, suggesting that financial schemes by political extremists occurred within similarly decentralized, self-­‐organizing structures that facilitated exchanges between individuals acting within close-­‐knit subsets regardless of their ideological affiliation. Meaningful interactions emerged between far-­‐rightists and non-­‐extremists involved in business ventures and within a tax avoidance scheme, indicating that the crime-­‐extremism nexus was more prevalent within far-­‐right settings compared to Islamic extremist ones. The findings were discussed in light of their implications for criminological theories, criminal justice and crime prevention policies, and methodological advances. Details: Dissertation, City University of New York, 2011. 464p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234524.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 121874

Author: Cohen, Marcia I. Title: Final Report on the Evaluation of the Boys Town Short-Term Residential Treatment Program for Girls Summary: Few studies have carefully examined the effectiveness of short-term care facilities for juvenile offenders. Even fewer have concentrated on female offenders. This study examines the effect of the Boys Town Short-Term Residential Treatment Program on female juvenile offenders. The impact on six classes of outcomes was assessed using a quasi-experimental design with a nonequivalent comparison group. The principal outcome was recidivism; others were substance use, academic commitment, high-risk sexual behavior, employment attitude, and cognitive functioning. The process evaluation used both quantitative and qualitative methods to examine the context of the program treatment and structure. The comparison group was composed of girls on standard probation. The sample consisted of 365 (treatment=235;comparison=130) participants across three sites. Program impact was assessed through a series of sequential analyses: 1) exploring the differences in means between the two groups on pretreatment characteristics; 2) performing a series of difference-of-means analyses to test for the main effects of the intervention; 3) using regression models for factors other than the intervention that may affect the outcomes, and 4) using survival analysis to predict time until a new arrest. The process evaluation found the Boys Town Model was well documented and theoretically based. There were clearly delineated job responsibilities, a strong emphasis on staff training, and the number of daily interactions met or exceeded program guidelines. Despite frequent fidelity review, the sites’ fidelity clustered slightly below average. Program utilization was reduced by a national shift in juvenile justice philosophy away from out-of-home placement toward community-based interventions. The outcome results support the conclusion that the Boys Town girls may be expected to have superior delinquent and sexual behavior outcomes 1 year after enrollment compared with girls who received traditional probation. As the level of program exposure was increased — whether through increased staff interactions, length of stay, or both — the propensity of girls to engage in subsequent delinquency was reduced. No significant impact for substance abuse, academic commitment, and employment attitude was found. As one of the more rigorous evaluations on short-term care for female offenders, this study provides evidence that such programs can be effective in improving certain behaviors. The authors recommend altering expectations of short-term residential programs so that such placements are used to, first, stabilize the youth and their family, and, second, to conduct assessments for recommendations on future interventions and treatment. They also suggest using the Boys Town Model to develop a community-based day treatment program. Details: Bethesda, MD: Development Services Group, Inc., 2010. 379p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234514.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 121877

Author: National Center for Victims of Crime Title: Making Restitution Real: Five Case Studies on Improving Restitution Collection Summary: Across the country, policymakers, criminal justice officials, and victim advocates are becoming increasingly attuned to the problem of uncollected victim restitution. Even when ordered by the court, restitution often goes uncollected and victims remain without the financial resources they need to rebuild their lives after crime. While most jurisdictions do not track the amount of restitution ordered or collected (a problem itself), existing reports indicate a widespread failure to collect vast amounts of victim restitution. The most recent public figures show uncollected criminal debt at the federal level to be over $50 billion — most of which is restitution owed to individuals and others harmed by defendants. A study released in 2005 by the Government Accountability Office examined five high-dollar white collar financial fraud cases and found that only about seven percent of the restitution ordered in those cases was collected, up to eight years after the offenders’ sentencing. The experience at the state level is equally discouraging. In Iowa, for example, outstanding court debt, including restitution, amounted to $533 million as of 2010.3 Recent figures show that in Maryland, the Division of Parole and Probation had collected only 12 percent of the restitution that judges had ordered in fiscal year 2007 by December of 2008. In Texas, a 2008 examination found that more than 90 percent of offenders discharged from parole between 2003 and 2008 still owed their victims restitution. In Pennsylvania, $638 million in restitution was outstanding; in Arizona, the amount of unpaid criminal debt, including restitution, totaled $831 million; and in a single Nevada county, $70 million in victim restitution went uncollected during an eight year period. Behind these numbers are real crime victims in need — individuals trying to recover from financial losses related to the crime they experienced. They include victims without medical insurance struggling to pay off their hospital bills; victims suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder but forgoing counseling because they can’t afford it; small-business owners struggling to keep their businesses open after being defrauded by employees; and elderly victims who have lost their life savings to fraud and are suffering not only financial loss, but also the loss of their dignity, security, physical health, and independence. The recent economic downturn has further hampered the ability of victims to recover from crime-related financial losses. Repayment of victims’ financial losses from a crime, including property losses, can be crucial in helping to repair the damages from the offense. Repayment is also important as a tangible demonstration that the state — and the offender — recognizes the harm the victim suffered and the offender’s obligation to make amends. Failure to collect the ordered restitution creates another, even more insidious, harm: when court orders are regularly disregarded with no apparent consequence, it causes crime victims and the public to lose faith in the criminal justice system. Restitution is important for offenders as well. Courts have recognized that restitution is significant and rehabilitative because it “forces the defendant to confront, in concrete terms, the harm his or her actions have caused.” In fact, a study that examined the connection between restitution and recidivism found that individuals who paid a higher percentage of their ordered restitution were less likely to commit a new crime.7 Significantly, the payment of criminal fines did not have this effect, indicating that it is the act of reparation to the victim that is important. To improve the collection and payment of victim restitution nationwide, the National Center for Victims of Crime, with support from the U.S. Department of Justice, Office for Victims of Crime, commissioned five papers by expert practitioners in the field of restitution who discuss their jurisdictions’ current issues, challenges, and promising practices. Drafts of these papers were presented at a national roundtable discussion with invited criminal justice practitioners, policymakers, and victim advocates to review these promising programs. That event was Webcast to another 200 professionals located throughout the United States. The five papers presented here offer valuable case studies. Two of those reflect statewide efforts — in California and Michigan — to promote and support greater collections. While these efforts differed in scale and some of the methods used, both were grounded in a commitment by their state’s chief justice to make increased collections a priority. Both states used deliberate approaches that sought input from stakeholders at the state and local levels. Both adopted statewide mandates that allowed for elements of local flexibility, allowing local jurisdictions to adopt a certain number of best practices from a list developed at the state level. And both created tools to help local courts improve their tracking and reporting of collections. A third paper also addresses a statewide effort, but one using a far different framework. Rather than improving local collection efforts throughout the state, Vermont created a centralized Restitution Unit that pays individual victims upfront and then takes on the burden of collecting from offenders. This program represents fresh thinking, as it reconceptualizes the process to restore victims through restitution. Two local programs are also featured. Maricopa County, Arizona, through the commitment of a local judge and the probation department, created a Restitution Court using existing legal tools to improve collection from offenders. And Project Payback, in Florida’s Eighth Judicial Circuit, embraced victim restitution as a means to rehabilitate juvenile defendants as well as restore their victims. Despite the variation in approaches among the five programs highlighted, they share important elements in common: • Leadership. Each program exists because an individual stepped forward with the authority to change the status quo. In two statewide programs it was the state’s chief justice; in the third it was the statewide victim services center. For one local program, it was the state’s attorney; for the other it was a superior court judge. • Commitment. Each program demonstrates a commitment to change, coupled with the development of partnerships and collaborations to transform good intentions into measurable progress. For four of the programs highlighted, this commitment included dedicated staff. • Openness to new thinking. In different ways, the approach of each program reflects an openness to new thinking. For some, that new thinking involved reframing the issue of uncollected criminal debt as an issue of the failure of courts to enforce their own orders. For the juvenile restitution program in Florida, it involved recasting the issue of financial responsibility as central in the rehabilitation of juveniles. And for Vermont, it was openness to a new model for victim restitution. The papers highlighted here address important lessons learned and the challenges that remain. From statewide, multi-year initiatives to vigorous local programs, it is our hope that these examples will inspire advocates and officials around the country to reexamine their own policies and programs and renew their commitment to improving the lives of crime victims through the collection of restitution. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Victims of Crime, 2011. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncvc.org/ncvc/AGP.Net/Components/documentViewer/Download.aspxnz?DocumentID=48480 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 121882

Author: Boots, Denise Paquette Title: Mental Health and Violent Offending in Chicago Youth: A Multilevel Approach Summary: The early identification of mental illness in youngsters is an important goal for researchers who are interested in determining if a causal relationship exists between various forms of mental disorder and offending. Consideration of mental health problems is also of great importance to practitioners in criminal justice who treat youth presenting with co-morbid mental and behavioral issues. Building upon preliminary work, this study utilizes gender- and age-appropriate continuous indicators of DSM-oriented scales of psychopathology to explore the link between child and adolescent mental health and youth violence. This study examines the role of various mental health problems on self-reported violence among Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN) across age cohorts while controlling for various community-, friend-, familial-, and individual-level risk factors that may also influence violence pathways. Results from the multilevel analyses suggest a continuity of oppositional defiant and antisocial personality problems over the life-course may predict violence. The implications of these findings are offered as they relate to public policy, treatment, and future research efforts. Details: Final Report Submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234515.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Chicago) Shelf Number: 121888

Author: National Center for Victims of Crime, Stalking Resource Center Title: Model Campus Stalking Policy Summary: Stalking behaviors on campus can be difficult to recognize and ameliorate. It is important to remember that stalking is not a one-time event, but a series of incidents that can escalate and lead to violence. And, although much progress had been made in addressing domestic violence, dating violence, and sexual assault on campus, stalking is neither adequately discussed under many existing campus policies nor addressed in prevention efforts. Given the prevalence of stalking on campuses and its impact on victims, a dedicated effort to address stalking on campus is necessary. National prevalence rates on stalking are startling. The 2009 Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report, Stalking Victimization in the United States, estimated that 3.4 million people were stalked during a 12-month period. Persons ages 18 to 24 (average age of college students) experienced the highest rates of stalking victimization. Research also shows that stalking is a significant problem on college campuses and these studies find higher rates of stalking victimization among college-aged women than that of the general population. The National College Women Sexual Victimization Study found that over 13 percent of college women had been stalked in the academic year prior to the study. Though stalking behavior is often prolonged and ongoing, the majority of stalking incidents (over 83 percent) were not reported to police or campus law enforcement. Three in ten college women reported being injured emotionally or psychologically from being stalked. It is important to note that stalking often occurs in the context of both dating violence and sexual assault. In one study, researchers found that 43 percent of victims were stalked by a current/ former boyfriend and in 10 percent of incidents, the victim reported that the stalker forced or attempted sexual contact. Other research on sexual assault on college campuses found that perpetrators of these assaults were premeditating, repeat offenders, who used strategies we identify as classic stalking strategies (such as surveillance and information gathering) to select and ensure the vulnerability of their victims. The Stalking Resource Center recommends the development of a collaborative and comprehensive response to stalking on campus that includes creating a campus stalking policy. A university or college stalking policy is one of the best ways to address the significant problem of stalking on campus. A policy demonstrates institutional commitment to the issue and serves as an authoritative mechanism to inform the campus community about this serious crime. A policy on stalking can create guidelines for students, informs the campus body that stalking behaviors will not be tolerated, and can be a proactive measure in guiding student behavior on campus. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Victims of Crime, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.ncvc.org/ncvc/AGP.Net/Components/documentViewer/Download.aspxnz?DocumentID=48282 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 121891

Author: Larence, Eileen R. Title: Organized Retail Crime: Private Sector and Law Enforcement Collaborate to Deter and Investigate Theft Summary: Each year organized groups of professional shoplifters steal or fraudulently obtain billions of dollars in merchandise to resell in an activity known as organized retail crime (ORC). These stolen goods can also be sold on online marketplaces, a practice known as “e-fencing.” GAO was asked to assess ORC and e-fencing. This report addresses: (1) types of efforts that select retailers, state and local law enforcement, and federal agencies are undertaking to combat ORC; (2) the extent to which tools or mechanisms exist to facilitate collaboration and information sharing among these ORC stakeholders; and (3) steps that select online marketplaces have taken to combat ORC and e-fencing, and additional actions, if any, retailers and law enforcement think may enhance these efforts. GAO reviewed retail-industry documentation, such as reports and surveys, and academic studies related to ORC and efforts to combat it. GAO also interviewed representatives from four major retail associations and five individual retailers, selected for their knowledge of and efforts to combat ORC, as well as eight local law enforcement officials involved in the development of ORC information sharing networks, and Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officials. The results are not generalizable, but provided insights on activities related to ORC. GAO is not making any recommendations in this report. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 49p. Source: Washington, DC: GAO-11-675: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11675.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: e-Fencing Shelf Number: 121892

Author: Gounev, Philip Title: Better Management of EU Borders Through Cooperation Summary: Since the adoption of the concept of ‘integrated management system for external borders’ by the Laeken European Council in 2001, a number of policy documents have drawn attention to the need for increased inter-agency cooperation at the EU’s external borders. Following the Commission Communication of 7 May 2002 on integrated border management and the Feasibility study of 30 May 2002 on a European Border Police, the Seville European Council approved an ‘Action Plan on the Management of External Borders of the European Union’ (2002). Later, the 2005 Hague Programme built upon the Tampere Programme, setting out the objectives and mapping the development of a ‘second generation’ of measures designed to strengthen management of the external borders in general. Some of the achievements of putting into practice these policy visions and programmes included the establishment of the European Agency for the Management of Operational Cooperation at the External Borders (Frontex); and the adoption of the EU Community Code on the rules governing the movement of persons across borders (2006). In addition, the 2005 Community Customs Code (CCC) established a number of systems aiming at tightening security requirements for the movement of goods across international borders. Despite the extensive development of common standards in the management of the EU’s external borders, the forms and extent of cooperation between Customs and Border Guards has been left to the individual Member States. As a result, the forms and extent of cooperation differ greatly, as some countries either have very extensive and substantial cooperation, or have even merged institutions (as in the UK), while in others relations between the two agencies are characterised by a deep divide, competition, and lack of communication. The present report analyses, for the first time, the existing forms of cooperation between Customs and Border Guards, and the obstacles to effective cooperation between them. National, geographic, institutional and cultural factors determine the diversity in border management practices and inter-agency operational modes across the EU. Nevertheless, best practices need to be reviewed and applied, to improve the protection and management of the EU’s external borders. The purpose of this study is both to identify best practices and the obstacles to cooperation between the Border Guard (BG) and Customs agencies and to make recommendations to the Eureopean Commission (EC), the Member States (MSs) and BG and Customs administrations working at the external borders for improving their efficiency and effectiveness through enhanced cooperation. Best practices and obstacles to cooperation were identified based on the information collected from an electronic survey of BG and Customs officers in 26 MSs,8 230 interviews, and 25 site visits to 12 MSs. In addition to the analysis of the legal and operational aspects of cooperation, the underlying institutional, political and cultural contexts in which Customs and BG operate were examined. Details: Sofia, Bulgaria: Center for the Study of Democracy, 2011. 441p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/doc_centre/borders/docs/customs_bgs_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control (Europe) Shelf Number: 121893

Author: Jones, R.K. Title: State of Knowledge of Drug-Impaired Driving Summary: This is the final report of a project entitled "State of Knowledge of Drug-Impaired Driving." The project was conducted by Mid-America Research Institute, Inc., of New England for the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). David Shinar of Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel, and J. Michael Walsh of The Walsh Group, Bethesda, Maryland, made significant contributions. This review examines research published during the 1981-2001 period and references some of the earlier material contained in prior reviews. The scope of the review included foreign as well as U.S. literature with a direct bearing on highway safety. The review emphasizes controlled substances to include marijuana, benzodiazepines, non-benzodiazepine sedative and hypnotic drugs, and others such as amphetamines, cocaine, hallucinogens, and narcotic drugs. However, research related to any other drugs having the potential to significantly impair driving is also included in the review. Applicable research conducted in foreign countries, and documented in the English language, is included. This report is presented in six substantive chapters. Chapter 2 contains a description of the methods followed in determining the topics and issues of concern in the review, identifying, acquiring and screening the documents to be reviewed, and reviewing individual documents. Chapter 3 deals with research pertinent to the detection and measurement of drugs in drivers, and Chapter 4 reviews the experimental literature, including research conducted in a laboratory testing human performance on tasks believed to be related to driving, and research conducted either in a driving simulator or on a closed course testing performance in actual driving tasks. In Chapter 5, we examine literature flowing from epidemiologic studies of drugs and traffic crashes, including literature on the drug use of various subgroups of drivers such as drivers arrested for drunk driving or "drugged" driving. Chapter 6 deals with literature on countermeasures for drug-impaired driving, and Chapter 7 presents our conclusions and recommendations. An index of terms and a bibliographic listing of references follow at the end of the report. Our conclusions and recommendations are organized by the four major types of scientific literature examined in the review, namely: Detection and measurement of drugs in drivers, Experimental research on the effects of drugs on performance of driving-related tasks. Epidemiologic research on the drugs in driving populations, including drivers in crashes, on-the-road drivers not in crashes, and drivers suspected or convicted of drug-impaired driving. Research on countermeasures for drug-impaired driving. The conclusions and recommendations are presented below. Examples of documents supporting the specific conclusions are cited, and cross references to pages of this report discussing more general conclusions are provided. Details: Washington, D.C. U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2003. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/research/StateofKnwlegeDrugs/StateofKnwlegeDrugs/index.html Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 121899

Author: Burnight, Kerry Title: Theoretical Model Development in Elder Mistreatment Summary: Elder mistreatment inquiry is a relative newcomer to the family violence arena and its empirically‐based knowledge lacks a theoretical framework within which to understand its multiple manifestations. Effective intervention and prevention strategies depend upon theory‐driven hypotheses testing in order to understand how risk factors at various social‐ecological levels interact in the etiology of elder mistreatment. To foster theoretical model development, this article: (1) takes inventory of the empirically‐derived knowledge on elder mistreatment; (2) reviews the major theoretical approaches to the etiology of elder mistreatment; (3) proposes a new model of elder mistreatment of older adults with cognitive impairment. Each component of the NIJ‐funded work was heavily informed by the methods and models from the adjacent areas of inquiry, child maltreatment and intimate partner violence. Information was obtained through an extensive literature review of the criminal justice, psychology, sociology, gerontology, forensics, and public health literature as well as from interviews with experts from elder mistreatment, child maltreatment, and intimate partner violence. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234488.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 121951

Author: Caponera, Betty Title: Sex Crime Trends in New Mexica: An Analysis of Data from The New Mexico Interpersonal Violence Data Central Repository 2005-2009 Summary: This report includes an analysis of 2009 sex crimes data from the New Mexico Interpersonal Violence Data Central Repository, which includes findings from law enforcement, service providers and statewide Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner (SANE) units. It also includes findings of a four-year trend analysis on data from law enforcement and service provider agencies, and a first-time five-year trends analysis on data from statewide SANE programs. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Interpersonal Violence Data Central Repository, 2010. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2011 at: http://www.cvrc.state.nm.us/pdf/Sex%20Crimes%202009%20Report%20Aug2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 121921

Author: Jones-Brown, Delores Title: An Exploratory Study of the Use of Confidential Informants in New Jersey Summary: Confidential informants (CIs) currently occupy a central role in law enforcement, particularly in the enforcement of drug laws, where officers, agents and prosecutors consider them indispensable to undercover and other operations. In virtually all types of criminal cases, state and federal sentencing schemes authorize reduced punishment for offenders who provide “substantial assistance” in the prosecution of others. The focus of the current study was drug enforcement. The findings suggest that despite judicial and legislative support for the practice, the use of CIs during the investigation and prosecution of such cases needs substantial review, revision, auditing, and oversight. While it has long been recognized that the use of criminal suspects to help enforce the law has the potential for significant benefit and abuse, the current findings confirm that innocent civilians may also find themselves under immense pressure to give federal, state, or local authorities information about the criminal activities of their neighbors, friends, or family members. The findings indicate that fear of criminal prosecution, monetary incentives and other inducements may motivate both criminal suspects and non-criminals to provide information that is not totally accurate. Inaccurate information can lead to false accusations and wrongful convictions. And, whether accurate or not, the provision of information may expose informants or their families to a substantial risk of bodily harm. In some law enforcement agencies, the research revealed a substantial use of information from CIs, rather than independent police work, as part of the routine investigation of drug activity. Reports of this heavy reliance on the use of CIs were coupled with allegations of questionable ethics associated with that use, some of them quite serious. The more serious cases led to diminished confidence in the justice system, and in some instances, substantial expense to taxpayers because of the monetary damages paid to those who were wrongfully accused or convicted. In one municipality (Lower Township, Cape May County), allegations that an officer engaged in the inappropriate use of CI information have led to two waves of dismissals of multiple criminal cases since this research began. This study revealed that while written policies regarding the use of CIs exist at the state, county, and municipal levels of government, at the state level, the policies are disjointed, spread throughout various documents. The counties’ policies differ from each other, sometimes substantially. And, contrary to the professional standards set by the Commission on Accreditation of Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA), written policies do not exist in all of the municipal police departments. The research also revealed that even among the agencies intended to be governed by written policies, line officers are neither uniformly aware of the existence or terms of such policies, nor trained in them, leaving room for intentional and unintentional violations. Among law enforcement agents — both police and prosecutors — there was no clear agreement as to whether the written policies established by the Office of the New Jersey Attorney General are intended to be mandatory and binding on all agencies in the state or whether they are merely advisory. There also do not appear to be uniform, formal state, county, or municipal procedures for disciplining behavior among law enforcement that violates written CI policies. Based on these and other findings, the authors of this report conclude that the establishment of a mandatory uniform system of minimum standards for regulating and monitoring the use of CIs is an essential step toward improving the quality of justice within the state. In our opinion, this system can be created mainly by consolidating and modifying policies and practices that currently exist in some combination at the state, county, or municipal levels. In consultation with the ACLU, the authors have developed a set of broader recommendations. Details: Newark, NJ: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2011 at: http://media.nj.com/ledgerupdates_impact/other/report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 121928

Author: Baker, Shawn Title: An Analysis of Timber Trespass and Theft Issues in the Southern Appalachian Region Summary: Timber theft is a crime within the forest industry which has not received a large amount of attention within research literature. As a result, there are no recent estimates available of the extent of the problem. The southern Appalachian region has conditions which seem to be conducive to timber theft, but convictions for timber theft in the area are infrequent. In order to address these issues, a study was undertaken in a 20 county region of the southern Appalachians to interview law enforcement officers and prosecuting attorneys about their knowledge of timber theft and their current level of investigation and prosecution. To ascertain the extent of timber theft, interviews were also carried out with both industrial and non-industrial landowners. The survey results indicate that both prosecuting attorneys and law enforcement officers are generally knowledgeable regarding timber theft and trespass. Results were similar between those individuals who had experience with the crime as well as those who did not. The overriding perception from both prosecuting attorneys and law enforcement officers was that timber theft should be handled as a civil violation. This perception was primarily a result of the frequent lack of properly located boundary lines to prove ownership of the property, and the difficulty of proving criminal intent. The study found 22 convictions for timber theft out of 36 criminal cases in the past three years. Due to a low response rate (16%) from non-industrial private forest landowners, estimates of the extent of timber theft were determined from the industrial landowner data and the law enforcement and attorney surveys. Based on these data, the impact of timber theft was conservatively estimated at 120 incidents per year, resulting in a loss of approximately $300,000 per year within the study area. An extrapolation of this to the entire southern Appalachian region would mean over $4 million per year. The results of this research indicates that there are potential areas for improvement in the conviction of timber theft offenders as well as in reducing the total number of theft incidents. The current statutes used to deal with timber theft are generally inadequate to provide prosecutors with the potential to convict most timber thieves because of the unique evidentiary requirements of a timber theft. As a result, changes in the statute would likely provide the greatest remedy. Civil statutes are also inadequate in many states to provide landowners the opportunity to obtain a suitable civil judgment. Information needs to be disseminated to landowners, law enforcement officers, and prosecuting attorneys about the aspects of timber theft which are most pertinent to them, and how the problem should be dealt with both before and after the theft. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2003. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed June 30, 2011 at: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-05212003-153313/unrestricted/timb_theft_thesis.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Logging Shelf Number: 121931

Author: Reyns, Bradford W. Title: Being Pursued Online: Extent and Nature of Cyberstalking Victimization from a Lifestyle/Routine Activities Perspective Summary: The field of stalking has experienced a great deal of growth and refinement over the last decade, but its online counterpart is still little understood. The study of cyberstalking has been challenged by conceptual issues (e.g., defining cyberstalking), a lack of data, and other methodological concerns (e.g., small sample sizes, obtaining sampling frames). The extent of cyberstalking victimization is not currently known, but estimates range from 3.7% to 31% of study participants in the few studies that have attempted to estimate its scope. However, because of definitional inconsistencies and methodological deficiencies in past work, comparisons across studies are difficult. The issue is further complicated by studies that have measured cyberstalking as method of pursuit for spatial stalkers. The current study is an attempt to build upon and overcome the shortcomings of past work in the area. Accordingly, the purpose of this dissertation is threefold: (1) to estimate the extent of cyberstalking among a sample of undergraduate students at a large urban university in the Midwest, using a definition of cyberstalking based on legal statutes and previous research; (2) to utilize the lifestyle/routine activities theory perspective to better understand correlates of victimization; and (3) to determine whether this theoretical framework can be used to explain victimization in cyberspace. Findings indicate that the number of online social networks an individual owns, the number of daily updates to those networks, use of AOL Instant Messenger (AOL IM), allowing strangers to access personal information online (e.g., adding strangers as friends to social networking sites), using online services designed to monitor online network activity (i.e., profile trackers), engaging in online deviance, and low self-control are significant predictors of cyberstalking victimization, suggesting moderate support for lifestyle/routine activities theory in explaining cyberstalking. Possible methods for preventing cyberstalking are discussed. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2010. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.cech.uc.edu/criminaljustice/files/2010/05/reyns_dissertation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 121932

Author: Bornstein, Brian H. Title: Reducing Courts’ Failure to Appear Rate: A Procedural Justice Approach Summary: Failure-to-appear (FTA) is a significant problem in the nation’s courts. This paper examines the effectiveness of using different kinds of written reminders to reduce misdemeanants’ FTA rates. Misdemeanants (n = 7865) in 14 Nebraska counties were randomly assigned to one of four conditions prior to their court date: no reminder (control), reminder-only, reminder with information on the negative consequences of FTA (reminder-sanctions), or reminder with information on sanctions as well as the procedural justice benefits of appearing (reminder-combined). A subset of defendants (n = 452) was also surveyed after their scheduled court date to assess their perceptions of procedural fairness (both in general and regarding participants’ specific court experience) and their level of trust/confidence in the courts. Reminders significantly reduced FTA overall, and more substantive reminders were significantly more effective than a simple reminder. Specifically, the FTA rate was 12.6% in the control condition, 10.9% in the reminder-only condition, 8.3% in the reminder-sanctions condition, and 9.8% in the reminder-combined condition. The FTA rate was higher for some categories of misdemeanors than others, and for defendants with multiple charges (15.4% if two or more charges, versus 5.4% for one charge). The baseline FTA rate was higher for Blacks (18.7%) than for Whites (11.7%) and Hispanics (10.5%), but this difference was not statistically significant when controlling for other factors such as number of offenses and type of offense. Survey results indicated that misdemeanants’ trust/confidence assessments, as well as their perceptions of procedural justice, were related to their appearance in court. Defendants who appeared in court had higher institutional confidence and felt they had been treated more fairly by the criminal justice system (means = 3.23 and 3.52, respectively, on a 5-point scale) than non-appearers (means = 3.02 and 3.23, respectively). Institutional confidence and procedural justice were themselves highly correlated. Defendants with low trust in the courts were less likely to appear than those with higher trust when there was no reminder, but this relationship was not statistically significant when there was a reminder. The study has important implications for public policy and pretrial services, such as improving system efficiencies and increasing criminal defendants’ perceptions of procedural justice. We recommend that courts, especially in larger jurisdictions, adopt a reminder program for defendants and engage in outreach to increase offenders’ trust/confidence. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234370.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Court Delays Shelf Number: 121934

Author: Tarnai, John Title: Post-Assessment Seattle, Washington Alcohol Impact Areas Summary: The purpose of the evaluation is to assess whether restrictions on the sale of single cans or bottles of high alcohol content products are effective in addressing the problem of chronic public inebriation and to determine whether the restrictions lead to significant changes in the negative impacts of chronic public inebriation. The pre Alcohol Impact Area assessment and this post assessment used similar methods, including a random digit dial (RDD) telephone survey of Seattle residents living in and around the current Alcohol Impact Areas, and a mail survey of retailers with liquor licenses in and around the Alcohol Impact Areas. In addition to these surveys, SESRC conducted qualitative research with Seattle social service workers and with retailers holding liquor licenses within the Alcohol Impact Areas. Secondary data was obtained about emergency medical incidents and alcohol-related police service calls from 2003 to 2008. Data were also obtained on annual taxable revenue from 2004 to 2008 of retailers with liquor licenses in the Seattle Alcohol Impact Areas. The results of the pre-assessment are reported in SESRC Data Report #06-55. The current report presents the results of the post-assessment of the Seattle Alcohol Impact Areas. The study uses multiple methods and multiple analysis groups to obtain information relevant to the assessment of chronic public inebriation in the Alcohol Impact Areas. The methods included a telephone survey of residents, a mail survey of retailers, qualitative interviews of retailers and service providers, and analysis of secondary data sources. Details: Pullman, WA: Social and Economic Sciences Research Center, Washington State University, 2009. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.sesrc.wsu.edu/sesrcsite/papers/files/2009%20Seattle%20Alcohol%20Impact%20Area%20Evaluation%20%E2%80%93%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (Seattle) Shelf Number: 121938

Author: Tarnai, John Title: Evaluation of the Tacoma, Washington, Alcohol Impact Area (AIA) Summary: The Washington State University Social and Economic Sciences Research Center conducted a study of the Alcohol Impact Area (AIA) policy in effect in the city of Tacoma, Washington. Different scientific approaches were used to determine if there have been any changes in the problem of chronic public inebriation as a result of the restrictions on alcohol sales imposed by the Washington State Liquor Control Board (WSLCB). The study results suggest that the AIA restrictions in effect over the past year have been effective at addressing the problem of chronic public inebriation. Although it is not possible to conclude that all the changes found are due solely to the AIA policy itself; it is probable that that the AIA restrictions on alcohol sales are one aspect of an entire community wide effort to deal with chronic public inebriation. The AIA rules, Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 314-14-210 through WAC 314-12- 225, establish a framework under which the WSLCB, in partnership with local government and community organizations, can act to mitigate the negative impacts on a community that result from the presence of chronic public inebriation. Under these rules, chronic public inebriation exists when the effects of the public consumption of alcohol and/or public intoxication occur in concentrations that endanger the welfare, health, peace, or safety of a community. In December 2001, the WSLCB designated as an Alcohol Impact Area the urban core of the city of Tacoma, approximately six square miles. As a result of the AIA designation, the WSLCB banned the sale of some 30 brands of high-alcohol content, low price beer and wine products by liquor retailers located inside the AIA. This restriction has been in effect since March 1, 2002. Study Scope AIA rules provide that one year after the WSLCB recognizes the first AIA, a study of the effectiveness of the AIA rules would be conducted. The study’s scope and methods were primarily intended to: § Determine whether there have been any significant changes in the negative impacts of chronic public inebriation in the designated alcohol impact area. § Gather information and data on retailers’ marketing practices and buying habits of chronic public inebriates that will help the community and the WSLCB evaluate which restrictions might be effective in addressing the problem of chronic public inebriation. The study used two basic research designs commonly used to evaluate social programs. Consistent with good practice in evaluation research, the evaluation used multiple methods to obtain information relevant to the assessment of the effectiveness of the AIA restrictions. Details: Pullman, WA: Social and Economic Sciences Research Center, Washington State University, 2003. 57p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.sesrc.wsu.edu/sesrcsite/Papers/files/WAIA-report-6-17-03.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 121939

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: The Economic Impact of Illicit Drug Use on American Society Summary: In 2007, the cost of illicit drug use totaled more than $193 billion. Direct and indirect costs attributable to illicit drug use are estimated in three principal areas: crime, health, and productivity. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2011. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov/ndic/pubs44/44731/44731p.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 121944

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Gun Control Legislation Summary: Congress has debated the efficacy and constitutionality of federal regulation of firearms and ammunition, with strong advocates arguing for and against greater gun control. The tragic shootings in Tucson, AZ, on January 8, 2011, in which six people were killed and 13 wounded, including Representative Gabrielle Giffords, could prompt the 112th Congress to examine issues related to the shooter’s mental illness and drug use (see S. 436) and his use of large capacity ammunition feeding devices (LCAFDs) (see H.R. 308 and S. 32), as well as a proposal to ban firearms within the proximity of certain high-level federal officials (see H.R. 367 and H.R. 496). Other emerging issues include the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives’s (ATF) proposal to require multiple rifle sales reports from Southwest border state gun dealers and its conduct of Operation Fast and Furious. More recently, gun-related amendments to bills reauthorizing USA PATRIOT Act provisions were considered (H.R. 1800, S. 1038, and S. 990), but were not included in the enacted legislation (P.L. 112-14). To set these and other emerging issues in context, this report provides basic firearms-related statistics, an overview of federal firearms law, and a summary of legislative action in the 111th Congress. During the 111th Congress, the gun control debate was colored by two key Supreme Court findings. In District of Columbia v. Heller, the Court found that the District of Columbia (DC) handgun ban, among other regulations, violated an individual’s right under the Second Amendment to lawfully possess a firearm in his home for self-defense. In McDonald v. City of Chicago, the Court found that the Second Amendment also applied to the states. Congress considered amendments to DC voting rights bills that would have further overturned DC gun laws (S. 160 and H.R. 157), effectively scuttling the House bill. In addition, some Members passed several other gun-related provisions included in enacted legislation that address • carrying firearms on public lands (P.L. 111-24), • transporting firearms in passenger luggage on Amtrak (P.L. 111-117), • widening law enforcement off-duty concealed carry privileges (P.L. 111-272), and • prohibiting higher health care premiums for gun owners (P.L. 111-148). The 111th Congress reconsidered or newly considered several other provisions that were not enacted. These issues could re-emerge in the 112th Congress. These provisions address • gun rights restoration for veterans previously deemed to be mentally incompetent (S. 669 and H.R. 6132), • firearms possession in public housing (H.R. 3045 and H.R. 4868), • interstate reciprocity of concealed carry privileges (S. 1390 and S. 845), and • the treatment of firearms under bankruptcy proceedings (H.R. 5827/S. 3654). The report concludes with discussion of other salient and recurring gun control issues that have generated past congressional interest. Those issues include (1) screening firearms background check applicants against terrorist watch lists; (2) reforming the regulation of federally licensed gun dealers; (3) requiring background checks for private firearms transfers at gun shows; (4) more-strictly regulating certain firearms previously defined in statute as “semiautomatic assault weapons”; and (5) banning or requiring the registration of certain long-range .50 caliber rifles, which are commonly referred to as “sniper” rifles. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32842.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Weapons Shelf Number: 121946

Author: Finklea, Kristin M. Title: Southwest Border Violence: Issues in Identifying and Measuring Spillover Violence Summary: There has been an increase in the level of drug trafficking-related violence within and between the drug trafficking organizations in Mexico. This violence has generated concern among U.S. policy makers that the violence in Mexico might spill over into the United States. Currently, U.S. federal officials deny that the recent increase in drug trafficking-related violence in Mexico has resulted in a spillover into the United States, but they acknowledge that the prospect is a serious concern. The most recent threat assessment indicates that the Mexican drug trafficking organizations pose the greatest drug trafficking threat to the United States, and this threat is driven partly by U.S. demand for drugs. Mexican drug trafficking organizations are the major suppliers and key producers of most illegal drugs smuggled into the United States across the Southwest border (SWB). The nature of the conflict between the Mexican drug trafficking organizations in Mexico has manifested itself, in part, as a struggle for control of these smuggling routes into the United States. Further, in an illegal marketplace — such as that of illicit drugs — where prices and profits are elevated due to the risks of operating outside the law, violence or the threat of violence becomes the primary means for settling disputes. When assessing the potential implications of the increased violence in Mexico, one of the central concerns for Congress is the potential for what has been termed “spillover” violence — an increase in drug trafficking-related violence in United States. While the interagency community has defined spillover violence as violence targeted primarily at civilians and government entities — excluding trafficker-on-trafficker violence — other experts and scholars have recognized trafficker-on-trafficker violence as central to spillover. When defining and analyzing changes in drug trafficking-related violence within the United States to determine whether there has been (or may be in the future) any spillover violence, critical elements include who may be implicated in the violence (both perpetrators and victims), what type of violence may arise, when violence may appear, and where violence may occur (both along the SWB and in the nation’s interior). Currently, no comprehensive, publicly available data exist that can definitively answer the question of whether there has been a significant spillover of drug trafficking-related violence into the United States. Although anecdotal reports have been mixed, U.S. government officials maintain that there has not yet been a significant spillover. In an examination of data that could provide insight into whether there has been a significant spillover in drug trafficking-related violence from Mexico into the United States, CRS analyzed violent crime data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Uniform Crime Report program. The data, however, do not allow analysts to determine what proportion of the violent crime rate is related to drug trafficking or, even more specifically, what proportion of drug trafficking-related violent crimes can be attributed to spillover violence. In conclusion, because the trends in the overall violent crime rate may not be indicative of trends in drug trafficking-related violent crimes, CRS is unable to draw definitive claims about trends in drug trafficking-related violence spilling over from Mexico into the United States. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://assets.opencrs.com/rpts/R41075_20110125.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 121947

Author: Manuel, Kate M. Title: State Efforts to Deter Unauthorized Aliens: Legal Analysis of Arizona’s S.B. 1070 Summary: On April 23, 2010, Arizona enacted S.B. 1070, which is designed to discourage and deter the entry or presence of aliens who lack lawful status under federal immigration law. Potentially sweeping in effect, the measure requires state and local law enforcement officials to facilitate the detection of unauthorized aliens in their daily enforcement activities. The measure also establishes criminal penalties under state law, in addition to those already imposed under federal law, for alien smuggling offenses and failure to carry or complete alien registration documents. Further, it makes it a crime under Arizona law for an unauthorized alien to apply for or perform work in the state, either as an employee or an independent contractor. The enactment of S.B. 1070 has sparked significant legal and policy debate. Supporters argue that federal enforcement of immigration law has not adequately deterred the migration of unauthorized aliens into Arizona, and that state action is both necessary and appropriate to combat the negative effects of unauthorized immigration. Opponents argue, among other things, that S.B. 1070 will be expensive and disruptive, will be susceptible to uneven application, and can undermine community policing by discouraging cooperation with state and local law enforcement. In part to respond to these concerns, the Arizona State Legislature modified S.B. 1070 on April 30, 2010, through the approval of H.B. 2162. Whenever states enact laws or adopt policies to affect the entry or stay of noncitizens, including aliens present in the United States without legal authorization, questions can arise whether Congress has preempted their implementation. For instance, Congress may pass a law to preempt state law expressly. Further, especially in areas of strong federal interest, as evidenced by broad congressional regulation and direct federal enforcement, state law may be found to be preempted implicitly. Analyzing implicit preemption issues can often be difficult in the abstract. Prior to actual implementation, it might be hard to assess whether state law impermissibly frustrates federal regulation. Nevertheless, authority under S.B. 1070, as originally adopted, for law enforcement personnel to investigate the immigration status of any individual with whom they have “lawful contact,” upon reasonable suspicion of unlawful presence, could plausibly have been interpreted to call for an unprecedented level of state immigration enforcement as part of routine policing. H.B. 2162, however, has limited this investigative authority. Provisions in S.B. 1070 criminalizing certain immigration-related conduct also may be subject to preemption challenges. The legal vulnerability of these provisions may depend on their relationship to traditional state police powers and potential frustration of uniform national immigration policies, among other factors. In addition to preemption issues, S.B. 1070 arguably might raise other constitutional considerations, including issues associated with racial profiling. Assessing these potential legal issues may be difficult before there is evidence of how S.B. 1070, as modified, is implemented and applied in practice. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://graphics8.nytimes.com/packages/pdf/topics/science/immigcrs.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 121948

Author: Seeley, Ken Title: Peer Victimization in Schools: A Set of Quantitative and Qualitative Studies of the Connections Among Peer Victimization, School Engagement, Truancy, School Achievement, and Other Outcomes Summary: The authors designed and completed three studies to explore the connections among the variables of bullying/peer victimization, school engagement and the school outcomes of attendance and achievement. They also addressed some of the limitations in previous research efforts dealing with these topics. Study 1 was a quantitative study whose purpose was to develop a predictive/causal model that would explain the relationships among peer victimization, school attendance, school engagement and school achievement. This study used direct measures of school attendance and achievement and a previously validated measure of school engagement. Study 2 was a qualitative study of the school experiences of bullied children. From this study we planned to gain insight into school instructional, interpersonal, and structural factors that affect the victimization-attendance connection. Study 3 was also a qualitative study of teachers’ experiences with efforts to ameliorate the impact of school victimization. The underlying premise of the quantitative study was that school truancy serves as a gateway to numerous negative outcomes for today’s youth: dropping out of school, onset of drug use, engaging in criminal activity, and the like. Our conversations with youth in a truancy diversion program (see Appendix B) posited some connection between students being truant, and their experiencing victimization or bullying from their peers in school. The existing research literature suggested that such a connection may be less than direct – it could be difficult to establish that bullying somehow directly “causes” truancy – but that an indirect connection, mediated by one or more other factors, might be shown to exist. A short-term longitudinal study was undertaken, in which 1000 students were surveyed in the fall and the spring of their 6th grade year. Two sets of questions were asked: one set pertaining to whether the students were engaged in school (behaviorally, cognitively, and emotionally), and a second set pertaining to whether students were subject to actions by their peers that fall within the definition of bullying. Using structural equation modeling, the data collected were analyzed to determine the connections, if any, between being victimized, being engaged in school, and the outcomes reflected in school records of attendance and achievement (measured by grade point average). What was learned from this analyzed data set was this: while bullying does not directly relate to truancy or to school achievement, a statistically significant relationship can be shown where the effects of bullying; victimization; can be mediated by the factor of school enga gement. In other words, being bullied may not be a direct cause of truancy or low school achievement. If, however, bullying results in the victim becoming less engaged in school, that victim is more likely to cease attending and achieving; if the victim can remain or become engaged in school, his or her attendance and achievement are less likely to be effected. If, as the quantitative study appears to show, school engagement acts as a protective factor between being bullied and being truant, what has to happen for that engagement to occur? What does school engagement actually mean, under these circumstances? Why do some students manage to be engaged in school, and then thrive after bullying, while others cannot seem to connect to school? Details: Denver, CO: National Center for School Engagement, 2009. 291p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2011 at: http://www.schoolengagement.org/TruancypreventionRegistry/Admin/Resources/Resources/PeerVictimizationinSchoolsAsetofQualitativeandQuantitativeStudies.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 121949

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics Title: Compendium of Tribal Crime Data, 2011 Summary: The Tribal Law and Order Act, 2010 (TLOA; Pub. L. No. 111-211, 124 Stat. 2258, Section 251(b)) requires the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) to establish and implement a tribal data collection system and to support tribal participation in national records and information systems. This is the first BJS report on the status of tribal data collection activities as required by the act. It describes BJS’s activities between July 2010 and June 2011 to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program (UCR) and BJS’s direct collaboration with tribal criminal justice systems to collect data about tribal court systems. It summarizes data published by BJS on jails in Indian country, tribal law enforcement agencies, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in Indian country, tribal youth in the federal justice system, and reporting to the UCR. It describes activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the National Criminal History Improvement Program (NCHIP), the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS), Byrne/JAG funding, and UCR training. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/ctcd11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.S.) Shelf Number: 121956

Author: Howell, James C. Title: U.S. Gang Problem Trends and Seriousness, 1996–2009 Summary: This report presents new information on the long-term trend in street gang activity and violent crime in the United States. The major focus of the trend analyses reported here is on the ebb and flow of gang activity in U.S. cities and counties of varying sizes. For the first time, trajectory analysis, which can group cities according to common patterns, is used to examine cities’ and other localities’ histories of gang problems as a way of gaining insights into gang activity across multiple years. In the second section of this report, attention is turned to large cities’ violent gang histories. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: National Gang Center Bulletin, No. 6: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Content/Documents/Bulletin-6.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 121960

Author: Farrell, Brenda S. Title: Military Justice: Oversight and Better Collaboration Needed for Sexual Assault Investigations and Adjudications Summary: The crime of sexual assault has serious consequences for both the aggrieved and the accused. The severity of these consequences underscores the importance of impartially administering justice in order to promote accountability and confidence that such allegations are taken seriously. GAO was asked to address the extent to which (1) the Department of Defense (DOD) conducts oversight of the military services' investigative organizations and (2) the services provide resources for investigations and adjudications of alleged sexual assault incidents. GAO also identified an issue relating to the military's criminal code during this review. GAO analyzed relevant DOD and service policies and procedures; reviewed applicable laws, including provisions of the Uniform Code of Military Justice; and interviewed senior DOD and service officials, including a total of 48 judge advocates and DOD civilian lawyers, at the headquarters level and at five selected military installations. Pursuant to the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2005, the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) developed a policy on sexual assault prevention and response. In June 2006, OSD published DOD Instruction 6495.02, which specifies that the DOD Inspector General's Office shall develop policy and oversee sexual assault investigations and related training for the DOD criminal investigative organizations. However, the Inspector General's Office has not performed these responsibilities, primarily because it believes it has other, higher priorities. For example, GAO found no evidence of Inspector General oversight at the service level for any of the 2,594 sexual assault investigations that DOD reported the services completed in fiscal year 2010. Without a policy and plan for conducting oversight, the Inspector General's Office will remain limited in its ability to help ensure consistency and accountability, and that training is being conducted in the most effective manner. Consistent with the Secretary of Defense's priorities for sexual assault prevention and response, each service provides various resources to support investigations and adjudications of alleged sexual assault incidents. Specifically, each service has provided personnel who advise and assist on investigations and adjudications of sexual assault incidents. Each service's investigative and legal organizations also received funding, above their operating budgets, for efforts to enhance investigations and adjudications of sexual assault. For example, in fiscal year 2009, Army investigators received $4.4 million to redesign training on sexual assault investigations. However, the services' investigative and legal organizations are not fully capitalizing on opportunities to leverage each other's expertise and limited resources. For example, the Secretary of Defense, as part of the Base Realignment and Closure process, recommended that the services' investigative organizations co-locate to achieve operational synergies. However, the services currently have no plan for using opportunities such as the co-location--a move that has cost over $426 million and reportedly saved about $53 million for infrastructure support from fiscal years 2006 through 2011--to better leverage expertise and limited resources. Judge advocates also collaborate on some initiatives, but do not have a plan for leveraging resources either. Without a plan, the services cannot help ensure that resources are sustained and efficiencies are maximized. GAO met with judge advocates who consistently expressed concerns, similar to those noted in a 2009 Defense Task Force report, that a 2007 amendment to Article 120 of the Uniform Code of Military Justice complicates sexual assault prosecutions and may be causing unwarranted acquittals. Specifically, judge advocates stated that there is a lack of clarity with regard to the meaning of certain terms in the amended article, which makes it more difficult to prosecute these cases. Further, recent opinions issued by the Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces addressed constitutional issues that may arise related to the burden of proof in certain situations. For fiscal year 2012, DOD proposed revisions to Congress intended to remedy some of these issues. GAO is recommending that DOD develop policy and provide oversight for sexual assault investigations and related training, and for the services to develop a plan to better leverage expertise and limited resources. DOD and the Inspector General concurred with the recommendations, although the Inspector General disagreed with the characterization of its performance. GAO believes its findings are accurate, as addressed more fully in the report. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-579: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11579.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Military Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 121961

Author: Jalbert, Sarah Kuck Title: A Multi-Site Evaluation of Reduced Probation Caseload Size in an Evidence-Based Practice Setting Summary: Criminal justice researchers have studied caseload size to determine whether smaller caseloads improve probation outcomes. With exceptions, the findings have been disappointing: Reduced probation officer caseloads have not reduced criminal recidivism for high risk probationers and have increased revocation rates. One explanation is that officers with reduced caseloads do not materially change their supervision practices when caseloads are reduced—they either fail to achieve increased supervision intensity (control) or fail to improve treatment intervention (correction), or both. This raises the question: Would reduced caseloads improve supervision outcomes for medium to high risk offenders in a probation agency that trains its officers to apply a balance of controlling and correctional/rehabilitative measures? The logic is that the reduced caseload would allow probation officers to better deliver correctional interventions, thereby reducing recidivism without unduly increasing revocations. Our research answered this question in three purposefully selected probation agencies: Oklahoma City, where we implemented a randomized controlled trial (RCT) experiment; Polk County, Iowa, where we implemented a regression discontinuity design study (RDD), and four judicial districts in Colorado, where we implemented a RDD. In Oklahoma City the RCT degenerated and the study team turned to a difference in differences (DD) estimator. The results showed that reducing probation officer caseloads can reduce criminal recidivism when delivered in a setting where probation officers apply EBP. The two agencies (Oklahoma and Polk County, Iowa) that fully implemented EBP showed improved outcomes for probationers supervised by officers with smaller caseloads. The districts in Colorado had not fully implemented EBP and showed no reduced criminal recidivism attributable to smaller caseloads. Our results suggest that reduced caseloads, in combination with EBP, can lead to improved recidivism outcomes. The DD estimator in Oklahoma showed a statistically significant decrease in criminal recidivism and a modest increase in technical revocation rates for probationers supervised by officers who had reduced caseloads. Apparently officers with reduced caseloads were better able to identify treatment needs among their clientele, and thus better able to direct resources to those most in need. Consequently, reduced caseloads result in more efficient distribution of resources, and improved average probation outcomes. In Polk County, we found that intensive supervision with a small caseload reduces the likelihood of criminal recidivism by 26% percent (p=.037) for all offenses, 39% (p=.037) for drugs, property and violent offenses, and 45% (p=.023) for property and violent offenses (drug offenses excluded). For longer periods of time, recidivism is reduced significantly for property and violent crimes, 37% at eighteen months and 30 months respectively. We found little evidence that caseload size and resource allocation practices in Colorado’s four largest districts (excluding Denver) reduced the risk of recidivism for the highest risk probationers on general supervision. We speculate that the lack of treatment effect is related to the low frequency of correctional intervention for medium to high risk probationers, and that some core elements of EBP were not implemented until the end of the ten year study period (2007), contributing to the relative lack of treatment provision. The Department of Probation Services has since made considerable efforts to train or retrain officers and add elements of responsivity to Districts’ operations. It may be that similar analysis in two years will yield different findings. This study did not demonstrate the efficacy of the full complement of evidence based practices. Probation officers received equivalent training, so there was no counterfactual to use to evaluate EBP. Nevertheless, the implication is that EBP mattered: the literature demonstrates that without EBP (or similar supervision strategies) reduced caseloads do not reduce recidivism. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2011 at: http://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234596.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Caseloads Shelf Number: 121962

Author: Archick, Kristin Title: U.S.-EU Cooperation Against Terrorism Summary: The September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks gave new momentum to European Union (EU) initiatives to combat terrorism and improve police, judicial, and intelligence cooperation among its member states. Since the 2001 attacks, the EU has sought to speed up its efforts to harmonize national laws and bring down barriers among member states’ law enforcement authorities so that information can be meaningfully shared and suspects apprehended expeditiously. Among other steps, the EU has established a common definition of terrorism and a common list of terrorist groups, an EU arrest warrant, enhanced tools to stem terrorist financing, and new measures to strengthen external EU border controls and improve aviation security. As part of its drive to improve its counterterrorism capabilities, the EU has also made improving cooperation with the United States a top priority. Washington has largely welcomed these efforts, recognizing that they may help root out terrorist cells and prevent future attacks against the United States or its interests abroad. U.S.-EU cooperation against terrorism has led to a new dynamic in U.S.-EU relations by fostering dialogue on law enforcement and homeland security issues previously reserved for bilateral discussions. Contacts between U.S. and EU officials on police, judicial, and border control policy matters have increased substantially since 2001. A number of new U.S.-EU agreements have also been reached; these include information-sharing arrangements between the United States and EU police and judicial bodies, two new U.S.-EU treaties on extradition and mutual legal assistance, and accords on container security and airline passenger data. In addition, the United States and the EU have been working together to clamp down on terrorist financing and to improve aviation and transport security. Despite U.S.-EU strides to foster closer counterterrorism and law enforcement cooperation, some challenges remain. Data privacy has been and continues to be a key sticking point. In February 2010, the European Parliament (EP) rejected a U.S.-EU agreement—known as the SWIFT accord—that would have continued allowing U.S. authorities access to financial data stored in Europe to help combat terrorism on the grounds that it did not contain sufficient protections to safeguard the personal data and privacy rights of EU citizens. Although the EP approved a revised U.S.-EU SWIFT agreement in July 2010, some Members of the European Parliament—for many years and for similar reasons—have also challenged a U.S.-EU agreement permitting airlines to share passenger name record (PNR) data with U.S. authorities. U.S. and EU officials are currently negotiating revisions to the existing PNR accord in an effort to assuage EP concerns. Other issues that have led to periodic U.S.-EU tensions include terrorist detainee policies, differences in the U.S. and EU terrorist designation lists, and balancing border security with legitimate transatlantic travel and commerce. Nevertheless, both the United States and the EU appear committed to fostering closer cooperation in the areas of counterterrorism and other homeland security issues. Congressional decisions related to improving border controls and transport security, in particular, may affect how future U.S.-EU cooperation evolves. In addition, given the European Parliament’s growing influence in many of these policy areas, Members of Congress may be able to help shape Parliament’s views and responses through ongoing contacts and the existing Transatlantic Legislators’ Dialogue (TLD). This report examines the evolution of U.S.-EU counterterrorism cooperation and the ongoing challenges that may be of interest in the 112th Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: RS22030: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/row/RS22030.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 121982

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Oregon Drug Court Cost Study: Statewide Costs and Promising Practices: Final Report Summary: The statewide cost study of Oregon’s adult drug courts was accomplished in a collaboration between NPC Research, the Criminal Justice Commission and the Department of Corrections. The purposes of this statewide evaluation were to answer two critical drug court policy questions: a. Are adult drug courts cost-beneficial? b. What are best practices for Oregon’s drug courts? To determine whether Oregon’s drug court programs were cost beneficial, it was necessary to gather information on program costs and recidivism-related costs. To calculate recidivism-related costs a recidivism study was performed with a comparison group, to determine the relative benefits of drug court compared to traditional court processes. Finally, to determine what practices were best practices for Oregon’s drug courts, a process analysis was performed on the drug courts included in this study. Recidivism in this study was defined as any new arrest (not conviction) that occurs after the date of drug court entry. The recidivism study used a quasi-experimental design with a cohort of all drug court participants who entered the programs during a specified time period and a matched comparison sample of individuals who were arrested for similar, drug court-eligible charges who did not participate in a drug court program. A comparison group was identified from all offenders with drug court-eligible charges from the same time period who did not participate in drug court programs. The drug court participants and comparison individuals were matched by county on age, gender, ethnicity, prior drug charges, prior property charges and prior person or violence charges. The full comparison group selection process is described in the methods section. Both groups were examined through existing administrative databases for a period at least 3 years from the date of drug court entry. For comparison group members, an equivalent "entry date" was calculated by creating an average of the number of days from arrest to drug court entry for participants and adding that mean number of days to the arrest date for comparison group members. The evaluation team utilized the state data sources to determine whether there was a difference in re-arrests, number of days in jail, on probation, on parole and in prison between the drug court and comparison group. The cost approach utilized by NPC Research in the DC-CSET is called Transactional and Institu-tional Cost Analysis (TICA). The TICA approach views an individual’s interaction with publicly funded agencies as a set of transactions (also called events in this document) in which the individual utilizes resources contributed from multiple agencies. Transactions are those points within a system where resources are consumed and/or change hands. In the case of drug courts, when a drug court participant appears in court or has a drug test, resources such as judge time, defense attorney time, court facilities, and urine cups are used. Court appearances and drug tests are transactions. In addition, the TICA approach recognizes that these transactions take place within multiple organizations and institutions that work together to create the program of interest. These organizations and institutions contribute to the cost of each transaction that occurs for program participants. TICA is an intuitively appropriate approach to conducting costs assessment in an environment such as a drug court, which involves complex interactions among multiple taxpayer-funded organizations. For the process analysis, a Web-based survey of each of the adult drug courts that participated in the study assessed a variety of characteristics of drug courts that have been assessed in prior evaluations by NPC. The advantage of a Web-based survey is that it allowed NPC to efficiently collect data on a number of important drug court program elements in all of the drug court sites, rather than using a sampling strategy. Thus, all Oregon adult drug courts that were in existence at the time of the survey are represented in the data, and the statistical power for analysis is maximized. The online tool was developed based on in-depth qualitative data collected in prior research in more than 75 adult drug courts. The information on practices used by each drug court program was examined in relation to program outcomes including graduation rate, recidivism and costs, to determine which practices were significantly related to more positive outcomes. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2011. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/ORDC_BJA_Cost_and_Best_Practices_Final_Report_Rerelease_March_2011.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 121984

Author: Analysis Group Title: Pedestrian and Motor Vehicle Post-Stop Data Analysis Report Summary: Over the past several years, there has been a growing perception that law enforcement actions, nationally and within some communities in the City of Los Angeles, are based on racial stereotypes or racial profiling. Thus, the Los Angeles Police Department embarked upon a project of systematically collecting data on pedestrian and motor vehicle stops in order to establish a basis for better understanding police contacts and reviewing concerns and perceptions about potential racial profiling. The City decided to implement a detailed study of enforcement activities by LAPD officers after stops were made. This report provides a summary of the findings of this post-stop analysis. Details: Los Angeles: Analysis Group, Inc., 2006. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2011 at: http://www.analysisgroup.com/uploadedFiles/Publishing/Articles/LAPD_Data_Analysis_Report_07-5-06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Police Statistics Shelf Number: 121997

Author: National Center for School Engagement Title: The Story Behind the Numbers: A Qualitative Evaluation of the Houston TX Truancy Reduction Demonstration Program Summary: The Gulfton Truancy Reduction Demonstration Project in Houston, TX, uses two primary methods of reducing truancy. The first is a case management model in which students and families are assigned to a case manager in an effort to identify and address unmet needs that may be impacting school attendance. The case manager attempts to establish a network of community resources to serve families in a variety of areas. Based upon a family’s particular needs, the case manager makes referrals to the appropriate community service agencies. These agencies provide to families of truant youth services such as temporary shelter, food, clothing and physical or mental health assistance. The case management model is used in conjunction with a second method, commonly known as “Knock and Talk,” in which police officers make visits to the homes of students with identified truancy patterns. Officers may issue tickets to the students and/or parents indicating that the student is in violation of state law for mandatory school attendance. Officers attempt to connect with families and engage them in conversation about the kinds of behaviors that lead to truancy and the importance of school attendance. Additionally, the officers attempt to build relationships with the student and families that extend beyond the formal home visit. Officers also make referrals to community agencies or to the case manager if they detect a particular need that may be impacting school attendance. In an effort to evaluate the effectiveness of these two methods, focus groups were held with three groups of people: high school and program staff (including police officers), the students receiving the services, and parents of those students. Topics discussed included the experiences with the programs, perceptions of program effectiveness, and opinions about what worked well and what could be improved. People involved with both the case management and the “Knock and Talk” interventions were included in the focus groups. This paper presents a summary of the findings from those data collection processes. Details: Denver, CO: National Center for School Engagement, 2006. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2011 at: http://www.schoolengagement.org/TruancypreventionRegistry/Admin/Resources/Resources/TheStoryBehindtheNumbersAQualitativeEvaluationoftheHoustonTXTruancyReductionDemonstrationProgram.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Interagency Cooperation Shelf Number: 122005

Author: D'Agostino, Davi M. Title: Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance: DOD Needs a Strategic, Risk-Based Approach to Enhance Its Maritime Domain Awareness Summary: Maritime security threats to the United States are broad, including the naval forces of potential adversary nations, terrorism, and piracy. The attacks on the USS Cole in 2000, in Mumbai in 2008, and on the Maersk Alabama in 2009 highlight these very real threats. The Department of Defense (DOD) considers maritime domain awareness — that is, identifying threats and providing commanders with sufficient awareness to make timely decisions — a means for facilitating effective action in the maritime domain and critical to its homeland defense mission. GAO was asked to examine the extent to which DOD has developed a strategy to manage its maritime domain awareness efforts and uses a risk-based approach. GAO analyzed national and DOD documents; interviewed DOD and interagency maritime domain awareness officials; and conducted site visits to select facilities engaged in maritime related activities. This report is a public version of a previous, sensitive report. GAO recommends that DOD (1) develop and implement a strategy with objectives, roles, and responsibilities for maritime domain awareness, aligns with DOD’s corporate process, identifies capability resourcing responsibilities, and includes performance measures; and (2) perform a comprehensive risk-based analysis, including prioritized capability gaps and future investments. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-621: Accessed July 7, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11621.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 122007

Author: Hartmann, Tracey A. Title: Moving Beyond the Walls: Faith and Justice Partnerships Working for High-Risk Youth Summary: This report examines the development of partnerships among faith-based institutions and juvenile justice agencies in a national demonstration intended to provide mentoring, education and employment services to young people at high risk of future criminal behavior. Given the range of services — and the needs of the young people — collaborations are critical to the communities' efforts. The report addresses the following questions: Can small faith-based organizations work together effectively? Can they develop effective partnerships with juvenile justice institutions? What are the benefits and challenges of both types of partnerships? Details: Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures, 2003. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2011 at: http://www.ppv.org/ppv/publications/assets/22_publication.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122025

Author: Cunningham, A. Scott: Engelstatter, Benjamin Title: Understanding the Effects of Violent Video Games on Violent Crime Summary: Psychological studies invariably find a positive relationship between violent video game play and aggression. However, these studies cannot account for either aggressive effects of alternative activities video game playing substitutes for or the possible selection of relatively violent people into playing violent video games. That is, they lack external validity. We investigate the relationship between the prevalence of violent video games and violent crimes. Our results are consistent with two opposing effects. First, they support the behavioral effects as in the psychological studies. Second, they suggest a larger voluntary incapacitation effect in which playing either violent or non-violent games decrease crimes. Overall, violent video games lead to decreases in violent crime. Details: Unpublished Working Paper Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1804959 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Media Violence Shelf Number: 122026

Author: Kneebone, Elizabeth Title: City and Suburban Crime Trends in Metropolitan America Summary: The impact of crime on general well-being is profound. Those most directly impacted are the victims of crime. By one estimate, the combination of direct monetary losses and the costs of pain and suffering among crime victims in the U.S. amounts to nearly 6 percent of gross domestic product. Beyond these direct costs are substantial indirect costs associated with reducing the threat of crime. In 2006, federal, state, and local government criminal justice expenditures amounted to $214 billion. Many households pay significant premiums, either in terms of housing prices or commute costs, to live in neighborhoods with lower probabilities of victimization. Many also purchase security devices and insurance to minimize the likelihood and costs of being criminally victimized. Moreover, fear of crime often impacts the most mundane personal decisions, such as whether to walk down a given street or through a particular neighborhood, whether to let one’s children play outside, or whether to leave one’s home after dark. While all communities are affected by crime and the criminal justice system, residents in large urban areas are particularly impacted. Moreover, within large metropolitan areas, the residents of poor, largely minority neighborhoods suffer disproportionately. Crime rates are generally higher in more urbanized areas and the young, male, and minority residents of the nation’s central cities contribute disproportionately to the growing prison population. Yet, in recent decades, U.S. crime rates have fallen sharply. By 2008 the sexual assault rate stood at only 23 percent of its peak value in 1991, while robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault had fallen to 37, 33, and 42 percent of their 1991 levels, respectively. Similarly, homicide rates dropped from 10.5 per 100,000 in 1991 to 6.2 per 100,000 by 2006. Between 1991 and 2008 the number of burglaries per 1,000 households declined by 59 percent, while rates of theft and motor vehicle theft dropped by 62 and 70 percent, respectively. Though much has been written about the precipitous declines in crime since the 1990s, less is known about trends within the nation’s big cities and suburbs. Two-thirds of the nation’s population lives in the 100 largest metropolitan areas, but crime levels vary greatly across — and even within — these regions. To what extent have decreases in crime been shared across these communities? Moreover, crime fell over a period that coincided with considerable changes in the makeup and distribution of the country’s metropolitan population. Do those changes help explain the steep declines in community-level crime? In this paper, we explore these questions by analyzing crime data compiled by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and data from the U.S. Census Bureau to provide a geographically-focused assessment of how crime rates have changed between 1990 and 2008. Specifically, we analyze data for the roughly 5,400 communities located within the 100 largest U.S. metropolitan areas. We estimate changes in metropolitan crime, as well as city and suburban trends within these regions. We then consider the relationship between community-level demographic characteristics and crime, and analyze how those relationships may have changed over time. Details: Wsahington, DC: Brookings Institute, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Metropolitan Opportunity Series: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/rc/papers/2011/0526_metropolitan_crime_kneebone_raphael/0526_metropolitan_crime_kneebone_raphael.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 122028

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Workplace Violence, 1993-2009 Summary: In 2009, approximately 572,000 nonfatal violent crimes (rape/sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated and simple assault) occurred against persons age 16 or older while they were at work or on duty, based on findings from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). This accounted for about 24% of nonfatal violence against employed persons age 16 or older. Nonfatal violence in the workplace was about 15% of all nonfatal violent crime against persons age 16 or older. The rate of violent crime against employed persons has declined since 1993. In 2009, an estimated 4 violent crimes per 1,000 employed persons age 16 or older were committed while the victims were at work or on duty, compared to 6 violent crimes per 1,000 employed persons age 16 or older in 2002. In 1993, the rate of nonfatal violence was 16 violent crimes per 1,000 employed persons while at work, a rate 75% higher than in 2009. According to 2009 preliminary data, 521 persons age 16 or older were victims of homicide in the workplace. In about a third of workplace homicides from 2005-2009, the victim worked in a sales or office occupation. The data on homicides in this report are based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Census of Fatal Occupational Injuries (CFOI). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/wv09.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 122037

Author: VanNostrand, Marie Title: State of the Science of Pretrial Release and Recommendations and Supervision Summary: Earlier this year, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and the Pretrial Justice Institute published the document, State of the Science of Pretrial Risk Assessment. That document focused on what the field knows about our ability to predict the likelihood of failure to appear in court or rearrest on new charges among pretrial defendant populations. It described the great strides that the field has made in assessing risks of pretrial misconduct, as well as the challenges that researchers face in validating pretrial risk assessment instruments, and guidance on how they can face those challenges. This document, State of the Science of Pretrial Release Recommendations and Supervision, has a different focus. It picks up where the first document left off. It asks the question: now that we know so much more about predicting risks of pretrial misconduct, how can we use that information to better assure that defendants are appropriately matched to conditions of pretrial release that are designed to minimize their identified risks? In most counties across the country, pretrial release recommendations are subjective. Even when pretrial services agency staff have access to the results of a validated pretrial risk assessment, if it exists in the county, there is often no objective and consistent guidance for making pretrial release recommendations. In addition, many pretrial services agencies require the same frequency and types of contacts for all defendants during pretrial supervision while some have identified their own levels of supervision with varying frequencies and types of contacts. In both cases there is no objective and consistent policy for providing differential pretrial supervision based on the risk of pretrial failure. The appropriate matching of defendant risks with conditions of pretrial release should take place in the framework of Legal and Evidence Based Practices (LEBP). These are interventions and practices that are consistent with the legal and constitutional rights afforded to accused persons awaiting trial and methods research have proven to be effective in reducing unnecessary detention while assuring court appearance and the safety of the community during the pretrial stage. A component of this larger LEBP initiative involves the development and implementation of research-based guidelines for use by pretrial services agencies that are (1) risk-based, (2) consistent with legal and evidence-based practices, and (3) provide guidance for pretrial release recommendations and differential pretrial supervision. This document begins with a discussion of the legal issues that are relevant to persons who have been accused, but not yet adjudicated, of a crime. It describes the possible legal implications of pretrial release practices, including the setting of specific conditions of pretrial release. Following that is a discussion of research results regarding pretrial release conditions and interventions. The final section presents existing guidelines for pretrial release recommendations and differential pretrial supervision. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2011 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Featured%20Resources%20Documents/PJI%20State%20of%20the%20Science%20Pretrial%20Recommendations%20and%20Supervision%20%282011%29.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 122039

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Child Maltreatment: Strengthening National Data on Child Fatalities Could Aid in Prevention Summary: Children's deaths from maltreatment are especially distressing because they involve a failure on the part of adults who were responsible for protecting them. Questions have been raised as to whether the federal National Child Abuse and Neglect Data System (NCANDS), which is based on voluntary state reports to the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), fully captures the number or circumstances of child fatalities from maltreatment. GAO was asked to examine (1) the extent to which HHS collects and reports comprehensive information on child fatalities from maltreatment, (2) the challenges states face in collecting and reporting this information to HHS, and (3) the assistance HHS provides to states in collecting and reporting data on child maltreatment fatalities. GAO analyzed 2009 NCANDS data--the latest data available--conducted a nationwide Web-based survey of state child welfare administrators, visited three states, interviewed HHS and other officials, and reviewed research and relevant federal laws and regulations. More children have likely died from maltreatment than are counted in NCANDS, and HHS does not take full advantage of available information on the circumstances surrounding child maltreatment deaths. NCANDS estimated that 1,770 children in the United States died from maltreatment in fiscal year 2009. According to GAO's survey, nearly half of states included data only from child welfare agencies in reporting child maltreatment fatalities to NCANDS, yet not all children who die from maltreatment have had contact with these agencies, possibly leading to incomplete counts. HHS also collects but does not report some information on the circumstances surrounding child maltreatment fatalities that could be useful for prevention, such as perpetrators' previous maltreatment of children. The National Center for Child Death Review (NCCDR), a nongovernmental organization funded by HHS, collects more detailed data on circumstances from 39 states, but these data on child maltreatment deaths have not yet been synthesized or published. States face numerous challenges in collecting child maltreatment fatality data and reporting to NCANDS. At the local level, lack of evidence and inconsistent interpretations of maltreatment challenge investigators--such as law enforcement, medical examiners, and child welfare officials--in determining whether a child's death was caused by maltreatment. Without medical evidence, it can be difficult to determine that a child's death was caused by abuse or neglect, such as in cases of shaken baby syndrome, when external injuries may not be readily visible. At the state level, limited coordination among jurisdictions and state agencies, in part due to confidentiality or privacy constraints, poses challenges for reporting data to NCANDS. HHS provides assistance to help states report child maltreatment fatalities, although states would like additional help. For example, HHS hosts an annual NCANDS technical assistance conference, provides individual state assistance, and, through NCCDR, has developed resources to help states collect information on child deaths. However, there has been limited collaboration between HHS and NCCDR on child maltreatment fatality information or prevention strategies to date. State officials indicated a need for additional information on how to coordinate across state agencies to collect more complete information on child maltreatment fatalities. States are also increasingly interested in collecting and using information on near fatalities from maltreatment. GAO recommends that the Secretary of HHS take steps to further strengthen data quality, expand available information on child fatalities, improve information sharing, and estimate the costs and benefits of collecting national data on near fatalities. In its comments, HHS agreed with GAO's findings and recommendations and provided technical comments, which GAO incorporated as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-599; Accessed July 13, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11599.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 122043

Author: Bechtel, Kristin Title: Identifying the Predictors of Pretrial Failure: A Meta-Analysis Summary: The purpose of this study was to empirically examine what risk factors are statistically associated with various measures of pretrial failure. As such, a meta-analysis was conducted to identify these risk factors as well as to determine if some of the more commonly assumed factors associated with pretrial failure are actual risks. The report is divided into the following sections: a detailed description of the methodology for this meta-analysis, findings, limitations and lastly, policy implications. Details: Unpublished report, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2011 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Setting%20Bail%20Documents/Identifying%20the%20Predictors%20of%20Pretrial%20Failure%20-%20A%20Meta%20Analysis%20(June%202011).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122044

Author: Law Enforcement Against Prohibition Title: Ending the Drug War: A Dream Deferred Summary: President Richard Nixon officially declared a war on drugs on June 17, 1971. Thirty-eight years later, on May 14, 2009, the Obama administration’s drug czar, Gil Kerlikowske, matter-of-factly declared during a newspaper interview that he was ending the analogy of the “war on drugs”. But this wording change and the Obama administration’s many subsequent changes in verbiage have had no corresponding significant change in policy from that of the Bush administration.This report details the ongoing carnage resulting from our failed prohibition policy while the administration has simultaneously tried to score political points by adopting the rhetoric of an evidence-based policy. Nowhere is the contrast between President Obama’s spoken words and policy toward drugs clearer than in the comparison between spending for punishment and interdiction (supply reduction) and spending for prevention, treatment and other health approaches (demand reduction). Despite President Obama’s clear -- and politically popular -- statement that “we have to think more about drugs as a public-health problem,” his administration’s budgets request funding for punishment at a much higher level than for treatment and prevention. Similarly, the Obama administration has tried to convince the public that it supports states’ rights to enact medical marijuana laws while actually undermining such efforts at nearly every turn. The Obama administration gave great fanfare to an October 2009 memo suggesting that those in compliance with state law should not be prosecuted, leaking it to the press late on a Sunday night to ensure heavy media coverage. However, the rate of raids on medical marijuana providers during the Obama administration has actually increased since the Bush administration. Tellingly, the administration has done nothing to trumpet these raids to the press. While the rates of drug-war-related deaths in Mexico skyrocket, the Obama administration continues to provide financial assistance to Mexico’s crackdown on drug cartels, like the Bush administration before it. Perversely, high-ranking Obama administration officials like DEA head Michele Leonhart have even described the increase in these grizzly killings as a sign of the success of prohibition. The Obama administration continues to fund Mexico’s war on drugs even as the killings increase faster each year (e.g. a 40% rise in killings from 2008 to 2009 and a nearly 60% rise from 2009 to 2010). Meanwhile, as the Obama administration tries to ignore it, the drug war continues to cause widespread gang violence within our own borders, in addition to spillover cartel violence from Mexico. When a journalist asked U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder whether he thought ending the war on drugs would prevent the further loss of police officers’ lives in drug enforcement actions, he simply replied, “I don’t think that’s right…no” and then walked away. The Obama administration does deserve credit for at least recognizing that the American people are ready for fundamental changes to drug policy and that anti-drug-war rhetoric is a shrewd political move. Fully 76% of the American people and 67% of chiefs of police have declared the drug war a failure, according to polls. The administration also deserves some credit for enacting a small number of sensible changes in domestic drug policy, including lifting the ban on using federal funding for syringe exchange and reducing the disparity between sentences for crack and powder cocaine. But as the Obama administration’s policies largely lag behind its rhetoric, state governments and prominent individuals are leading the way to reform. As of this writing, 16 states plus the District of Columbia have laws on the books making medical marijuana legal for those with doctors’ recommendations, and 14 states have decriminalized possession of small amounts of marijuana. In 2012, several state ballots are expected to feature initiatives to legalize and regulate marijuana. A growing number of prominent organizations and individuals including the former presidents of several countries, former UN secretary general Kofi Annan and other world leaders, have all come out publicly to suggest a change in the failed war on drugs. Let’s hope that the Obama administration’s policies catch up to its rhetoric before it’s too late. Details: Medford, MA: Law Enforcement Against Prohibition, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2011 at: http://www.leap.cc/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Ending-the-Drug-War-A-Dream-Deferred.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 122045

Author: Chaudry, Ajay Title: Facing Our Future: Children in the Aftermath of Immigration Enforcement Summary: This report examines the consequences of parental arrest, detention, and deportation on 190 children in 85 families in six locations, providing in-depth details on parent-child separations, economic hardships, and children's well-being. The contentious immigration debates around the country mostly revolve around illegal immigration. Less visible have been the 5.5 million children with unauthorized parents, almost three-quarters of whom are U.S.-born citizens. Over several years, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) intensified enforcement activities through large-scale worksite arrests, home arrests, and arrests by local law enforcement. The report provides recommendations for stakeholders to mitigate the harmful effects of immigration enforcement on children. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2011. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412020_FacingOurFuture_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 122050

Author: Korber, Dorothy Title: ‘ A Courtroom Unlike Any Other’ Santa Clara County’s Parolee Reentry Court is a Case Study in Reducing Prison Recidivism Summary: The judge ran through his afternoon calendar at a sprinter’s pace. More than 50 cases cycled through the court in three hours – all of them parolees with a violation. Dirty drug tests. Missed appointments. New crimes. Such lapses normally would have sent them straight back to state prison. But today, instead of a prison cell, they are in Judge Stephen Manley’s crowded, bustling San Jose courtroom. This is Santa Clara County’s Parolee Reentry Court, where high-risk offenders get a second chance at redemption. If it works, everybody wins: the parolee rebuilds his life, his community is safer, and taxpayers save the thousands of dollars it would cost to return him to prison. If it fails, he is one more statistic in California’s dismal recidivism rate. California has the worst record in the nation for re-incarcerating parolees, with nearly 70 percent returning to prison within three years of release. To address this problem, in 2009 the Legislature passed Senate Bill x3 18, which created a pilot program testing whether a drug-court model can reduce recidivism. Santa Clara is one of six counties participating in the pilot. The aim of these Parolee Reentry Courts is to stop the swinging prison door. Details: Sacramento: California Senate Office of Oversight and Outcomes, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2011 at: http://www.momentumformentalhealth.org/document.doc?id=39 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122054

Author: Virginia Department of Health Professions and Virginia State Police Title: Prescription Monitoring Program Summary: Chapter 481 of the 2002 Acts of Assembly amended the Code of Virginia to create a prescription monitoring program as a pilot program limited to State Health Planning Region III in Southwest Virginia. The program began operations in September 2003 with prescriptions dispensed for Schedule II controlled substances being submitted by approximately 300 pharmacies and other dispensers twice a month. Currently, the database contains over 460,000 prescription records and over 1000 requests for information from the program have been processed. Review of data collected thus far appears to show that the implementation of the program has not had a “chilling” effect on the legitimate prescribing of Schedule II controlled substances. The amount of oxycodone and hydrocodone being distributed in wholesale distribution channels continued to increase throughout Virginia at a rate of 9% and 8% respectively in 2002 and 2003. Information maintained by the Department of Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) shows that after a substantial drop in claims for oxycodone containing prescriptions in the 1st and 2nd quarters of 2002, the number of claims submitted in the 1st quarter of 2004 for these products are 21% higher than they were in the 1st quarter of 2001. A survey was conducted in mid-2004 and compiled by the Survey and Evaluation Research Laboratory, Virginia Commonwealth University and sponsored by the American Cancer Society (ACS) and the South Atlantic chapter of the ACS, in collaboration with the Virginia Cancer Pain Initiative. Physicians were asked if in the past three years, they have been prescribing fewer Schedule II controlled substances. 36% of respondents reported prescribing fewer Schedule II drugs; of these, 48% cited intense media coverage and 41% cited increased law enforcement activity as the reason for prescribing fewer Schedule II prescriptions. 31% of these practitioners reported that prescribing fewer Schedule II drugs had a negative impact of helping patients manage their pain while 61% reported no impact. A concern of having a pilot program in only the southwest portion of the Commonwealth was that the illegal activity of prescription drug diversion would move to outside the program area. Data from the Drug Diversion Unit of the State Police appears to confirm that concern. Data comparing 2003 to 2004 shows complaints received by the unit increased by 26% statewide while decreasing in the program area by 47%. Arrests increased by 35% statewide versus 31% in the program area. It also appears that using the program may save substantial man-hours in performing investigations with data from the program area showing a 53% decrease in manhours spent doing pharmacy profiles between 2003 and 2004. Accidental deaths due to prescription drug abuse or misuse continues to be a significant public health concern in Virginia, especially the southwest region of the Commonwealth. Since 2000, there has been a 100% increase in drug deaths in the Western District of the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner. Statewide in 2003, there were 223 drug deaths reported in the Western District, 101 in the Tidewater District, 106 in the Central District and 108 in the Northern District. In the Western District, 44.6% of the cases identified methadone as the cause of death followed by hydrocodone, oxycodone, fentanyl and propoxyphene. The issue of prescription drug abuse is not limited to Virginia. The President’s 2004 National Drug Control Strategy highlighted the problem, reporting that the non-medical use of addictive prescription drugs has been increasing throughout the United States at alarming rates. According to the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, in 2002, an estimated 6.2 million Americans reported past-month use of prescription drugs for non-medical purposes. Nearly 14 percent of youth between the ages of 12 and 17 have used such drugs, which include pain relievers, sedatives/tranquilizers, or stimulants, for non-medical purposes at some point in their lives. To combat this problem several approaches are being developed, including education and training on appropriate pain management and opioid treatment procedures for practitioners, increasing the number of state prescription monitoring programs, and using technology to identify, investigate, and prosecute “pill mills” including internet pharmacies that provide controlled substances illegally. In May 2004, Department staff developed a list of policy issues that became evident as a result of the evaluation workplan. These policy issues were reviewed at the June and September 2004 meetings of the Advisory Committee and recommendations were made based on those issues. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Health Professions and the Virginia State Police, 2004. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2011 at: http://www.dhp.virginia.gov/dhp_programs/pmp/docs/REPORT%20OF%20THE%20PMP.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122060

Author: Lieb, Roxanne Title: Competency to Stand Trial and Conditional Release Evaluation: Current and Potential Role of Forensic Assessment Instruments Summary: In response to a 2010 legislative direction, the Institute and DSHS are investigating options regarding the use of mental health assessment tools for two DSHS reports to the courts:  Competency to stand trial assessments of criminal defendants whose competency is in question, and  The Secretary’s recommendations to the courts concerning the potential conditional release of criminally insane patients from inpatient treatment. This document summarizes results of an October 2010 survey of state forensic evaluators concerning their use of assessment instruments. Thirty-one (of the 35) mental health experts who conduct forensic evaluations for the three state psychiatric hospitals (Western State, Eastern State, and Child Study and Treatment Center) responded to the online survey; this represents an 89 percent response rate. We present three options for assessment strategies and instruments, with advantages and disadvantages of each option. A detailed comparison of instruments is included. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/11-05-3401.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 122074

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Washington State Recidivism Trends: Adult Offenders Released From Prison (1990 – 2006) Summary: In this report, we examine trends in long-term recidivism for adult offenders leaving prison in Washington State. This analysis uses the Washington State Institute for Public Policy’s criminal history database, which was developed in the 1990s to conduct criminal justice research for the legislature. The data are a synthesis of conviction information from the Administrative Office of the Courts and the Department of Corrections (DOC). In 2007, using these adult and juvenile criminal history data, the Institute developed a risk assessment tool to predict an offender’s probability of recidivism. The result was the static risk assessment, which was implemented by DOC in 2008. Using the assessment, DOC classifies offenders into one of four risk levels: lower, moderate, high non-violent or high violent risk for re-offense. Information in this report is presented for 17 annual “cohorts” of offenders from 1990 through 2006. A cohort includes all offenders in a given year who were released from prison. Recidivism is defined as any felony offense committed by an offender within three years of being at-risk in the community that results in a Washington State conviction. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/11-01-1201.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism (Washington State) Shelf Number: 122075

Author: Society for Human Resource Management Title: SHRM Workplace Violence Survey Summary: In June 2003, the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) conducted the Workplace Violence Survey to determine the prevalence of violence in today’s organizations, the steps companies take to prepare for and prevent violence, and how they deal with the aftermath of violence. The survey results in this report are compared, when possible, to previous workplace violence surveys conducted by SHRM in 1999 and 1996. The most recent survey is based on previous ones, although questions have been modified and added. Some variations reflect changes in human resource practices as well as factors affecting employee feelings about workplace security since September 11 and increased threats of terrorism. In order to provide a framework to organize the data, some survey questions asked respondents to report on violent incidents and violence prevention activities from January 1, 2000 to June 2003. This three and one-half-year period is similar to that provided to participants in the 1999 and 1996 workplace violence surveys. Survey results are organized into four sections: • Incidence(s) of violent acts; • What organizations do to prepare before violence occurs; • Steps organizations take after violence occurs; and • Security measures organizations have in place to protect employees. Statistically significant results of the analysis by organization size are included in the results section of this report. Details: Alexandria, VA: SHRM, 2004. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2011 at: http://www.shrm.org/Research/SurveyFindings/Documents/Workplace%20Violence%20Survey.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Violent Crime Shelf Number: 122066

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: Organizational Assessment of Travis County Community Supervision and Corrections Department (CSCD) -- Facing the Challenges to Successfully Implement the Travis Community Impact Supervision (TCIS) Model Summary: On July 1, 2005 the Travis County Community Supervision and Corrections Department (CSCD) accepted a proposal by The JFA Institute to conduct an operational assessment of the department. The proposal was in response to interest from the new director of the Travis CSCD, Dr. Geraldine Nagy, to assess the department’s strengths and weaknesses and to assist her in designing management strategies for the department. Particularly, the goal is to identify the organizational challenges of implementing an Evidence Based Practices (EBP) organization and supervision model. The main goal of EBP is to operate the agency as a “learning organization” that uses strategies proven to be effective to manage the probation population. The model moves supervision strategies from a primary emphasis on enforcement to one that focuses on providing the offenders the resources and motivation to effect change by addressing their criminogenic traits using methods that have been proven to work. TCIS is a model directed at increasing the effectiveness of probation. Effective assessment practices, differentiated supervision strategies, and organizational assessments to maintain model fidelity are the critical elements of TCIS. The assessments are used to classify the population to receive different supervision strategies that have been proven to be the most effective with their particular population risks and needs. To support this model, the probation department has to be retooled to conduct more effective assessments and routinely monitor program and supervision outcomes. Personnel training and personnel evaluations need to be directed at supporting and encouraging the new supervision strategies. The information systems of the organization also have to be effectively tapped to provide data for management and policy analysis to assist in the management and policy oversight of the practices. The expected outcomes of TCIS are: (a) the more effective diversion of low risk offenders from the criminal justice system; (b) reduction in the recidivism of “social problem” offenders (offenders who are mainly pro-social people that have gotten in trouble with the law because of a substance abuse or mental health problem); and (c) the more effective surveillance and control of high risk offenders. Details: Washington, DC: JFA Institute, 2005. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.jfa-associates.com/publications/ppope/Travis83105Final.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122086

Author: Cadora, Eric Title: Travis Community Impact Supervision. Thinking About Location: Orienting Probation to Neighborhood Based Supervision Summary: The Travis County Community Supervision and Corrections Department (CSCD) in Austin, Texas (the county’s adult probation department) has teamed up with The JFA Institute in a two-year effort to reengineer the operations of the department to support more effective supervision strategies. The goal is to strengthen probation by using an evidence-based practices (EBP) model. The Travis County CSCD, the Community Justice Assistance Division of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, and the Open Society Institute have provided funds to support the reengineering effort and use the department as an “incubator” site to develop, test and document organization-wide changes directed at improving assessment, supervision, sanctioning, personnel training and quality control policies. The Travis County CSCD is the fifth largest probation system in the state and, as such, has tremendous impact on the state probation system. The total number of offenders under some form of probation supervision in Travis County in FY 2005 was 22,827. This report presents an analysis of the geographical location of the Travis County probation population using mapping technology. The analysis was conducted by Eric Cadora and his team at the JFA Mapping Center in New York City. A great number of the persons entering and exiting the Texas prison system and persons on probation tend to concentrate in specific neighborhoods in our large metropolitan areas. Mapping analysis identifies these concentrations in specific geographical locations. The goal is to provide a visual depiction of the geographical distribution of the probation population to identify high density neighborhoods that can be targeted for a neighborhood based supervision approach. The neighborhood based approach consolidates caseloads with fewer officers specifically assigned to supervising probationers in those locations. This can be done in Travis County in at least three neighborhoods. The research also shows that neighborhoods receiving the most offenders released from prison are also neighborhoods with a high concentration of probationers. Present supervision practices between the probation and parole agencies in these neighborhoods are not coordinated. Collaboration between these agencies may lead to more effective supervision that leverages resources between the agencies and between the agencies and neighborhood partners. The visualization of concentrated parole and probation populations in what we call “high stakes” communities is critical for more effective policy. The notion is that, although we need policies that address the overall issue of criminality and the supervision of justice populations regardless of where persons are committing crimes or where they live, we also need to consider the location of concentrated justice populations. Details: Washington, DC: JFA Institute, 2006. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://caction.org/research_reports/reports/TravisCommunityImpactSupervision2006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122085

Author: VanNostrand, Marie Title: In Pursuit of Legal and Evidence-Based Pretrial Release Recommendations and Supervision Summary: Pretrial services agencies in Virginia are actively engaged in implementing Pretrial Services Legal and Evidence-Based Practices (LEBP). Pretrial services LEBP are interventions and practices that are consistent with the legal and constitutional rights afforded to accused persons awaiting trial and methods research have proven to be effective in reducing unnecessary detention while assuring court appearance and the safety of the community during the pretrial stage. A component of this larger LEBP initiative involves the development and implementation of research-based guidelines for use by pretrial services agencies that are (1) risk-based, (2) consistent with legal and evidence-based practices, and (3) provide guidance for pretrial release recommendations and differential pretrial supervision. Virginia pretrial services agencies currently use an objective and research-based risk assessment to assess risk of flight and danger to the community posed by pretrial defendants. The Virginia Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument (VPRAI), known nationally as the “Virginia Model,” was the first research-based statewide pretrial risk assessment in the country. It has been validated for use by all Virginia pretrial services agencies. Pretrial release recommendations are currently subjective and although pretrial staff consider the results of the risk assessment, there is no objective and consistent guidance for making pretrial release recommendations. In addition, many of Virginia’s pretrial services agencies require the same frequency and types of contacts for all defendants during pretrial supervision while some have identified their own levels of supervision with varying frequencies and types of contacts. In both cases there is no objective and consistent policy for providing differential pretrial supervision based on the risk of pretrial failure. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Pretrial Services Agencies, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Muly 18, 2011 at: http://www.dcjs.state.va.us/corrections/documents/VirginiaLEBPResearchProjectReportMarch2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release (Virginia) Shelf Number: 122087

Author: Carter, Madeline M. Title: Twenty Strategies for Advancing Sex Offender Management in Your Jurisdiction Summary: The goal of sex offender management is to promote public safety by reducing the risk of recidivism among sex offenders. Significant advancements have been made in the field of sex offender management in recent years. These include a clearer understanding of the adults and juveniles who commit these offenses, of the interventions and strategies that have been demonstrated through research to be effective and that appear to have great potential in reducing risk, and of methods and processes for engaging partners and equipping and supporting staff to manage these cases. This document was developed for policymakers interested in advancing adult and juvenile sex offender management in their jurisdictions. Based upon both research and practice, we offer 20 strategies that hold promise for reducing risk and promoting safe communities. Each strategy is illustrated by a case study representing one jurisdiction’s efforts to thoughtfully advance practice. These policy and practice initiatives, the underlying rationale and available evidence supporting them, and the accompanying jurisdictional case studies together represent the tremendous progress that has been achieved in our nation’s continued efforts to prevent further sexual victimization. Details: Silver Spring, MD: Center for Sex Offender Management, 2008. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.csom.org/pubs/twenty_strategies.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 122094

Author: City Policy Associates Title: City Responses to Domestic Violence: A 77-City Survey Summary: In late October 2009, Mayor Cooper (Hallandale Beach, FL) invited mayors to submit information on approaches to domestic violence issues and programs in their cities – including how domestic violence has affected police department organization and staffing, the extent to which shelters for victims are available, and the extent to which public-private partnerships have been developed to address domestic violence. Responses were received from 77 cities in 31 states. These cities, listed at the end of this report, range in population from 8,000 (Mount Carmel, IL) to 8,000,000 (New York City). As a group, the cities reported a total of 444,414 domestic violence calls for service in 2008 and a slightly (.08 percent) smaller total of 440,822 in 2009. Cities experiencing increases and decreases in numbers of calls were fairly evenly divided, with 46 percent reporting increases, four percent reporting no change, and half reporting decreases. Most cities supplied information on calls for service, but a few were able to provide only information on reports or arrests that were made. On the impact of the domestic violence problem, the survey found that: • About two-thirds (66 percent) of the cities said the number of domestic violence calls has had an impact on police department staffing; the balance said it has not. Many of the cities explained that they require a minimum of two officers to respond to any domestic violence call because of the danger involved. Many also mentioned the amount of time needed for paperwork and follow-up when an arrest is made. • Just over half (51 percent) of the cities have a separate domestic violence unit in their police departments. • Nine in 10 of the cities have a victim advocate. Mentioned most frequently in an open-ended question as a funding source for the victim advocate are: 􀂃 federal grants, by 29 cities; 􀂃 city government funds, by 26 cities; 􀂃 county government funds, by nine cities; and 􀂃 state government funds, by eight cities. A few cities reported that local nonprofit organizations or volunteers provide assistance. • In 72 percent of the cities there is a shelter or safe haven for victims of domestic violence. Among those which do not have a shelter within the city limits, most report there is a shelter within five to 15 miles. • Eighty-three percent of the cities have developed public/private partnerships to help reduce domestic violence. In response to an open-ended question, these cities identified a variety of funding sources to support their partnerships, including: 􀂃 grants, by 18 cities; 􀂃 city government funds, by 12 cities; 􀂃 federal funds, by 12 cities; 􀂃 donations and fund-raising activities, by 11 cities; 􀂃 private organizations, by 10 cities; 􀂃 county government funds, by five cities; 􀂃 state government funds, by five cities; 􀂃 volunteers, by three cities; and 􀂃 foundations, by three cities. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Mayors, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.usmayors.org/publications/DomesticViolence10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 122096

Author: Hiller, Matthew L. Title: Kentucky Reentry Courts: Evaluation of the Pilot Programs Summary: As record numbers of offenders return from prison to the community each year, many policy makers and stakeholders are beginning to realize that “they all come back.” Not only do they come back, but many of them also return to the community having had little or no help for their drug and psychological problems while they were behind bars, and they are unlikely to get treatment services after they return to the community. Without treatment many of these individuals likely will return to prison. Reentry Courts represents an important step toward developing innovative programming for drug-involved offenders. In Kentucky, the Reentry Court model program that was developed combined 6-months of in-prison treatment with at least 1 year of treatment in an established Drug Court upon return to the community. A growing body of literature strongly suggests that these programs are effective independently, and that combining them might increase the effectiveness of each. Initial findings concerning the during-program performance of 6 clients admitted to the Kentucky Reentry Court pilot program were encouraging. As of November 21, 2001, 5 of the 6 clients were still active in treatment (1 had absconded). These individuals showed high levels of behavioral compliance with treatment expectations. Several were promoted to either phase 2 or phase 3 of the Drug Court, none had tested positive for and illicit drug on urine tests, none had received a new criminal charge, and most were employed; whereas, the majority were unemployed prior to entering Drug Court. Nevertheless, the Kentucky Reentry Court program was discontinued due to funding concerns, namely federal funding was not readily available to continue these efforts. For program like this to impact a large number of lives, federal funds need to be made available to expand the capacity of both corrections-based programming and Drug Courts. By doing so, it might be possible to begin to slow the revolving door that many drug-involved offenders to repeatedly recycle through the courts and corrections. In addition, to examining the preliminary outcomes of those who were admitted to the Kentucky Reentry Court program model, a substudy also was conducted for developing a Treatment Screening Questionnaire. This questionnaire was designed to facilitate criminal justice decision making regarding referrals to programs like Reentry Courts. The screener emphasized a number of offender attributes (like drug use severity, mental health history, motivation for treatment, criminal history, and treatment history), highlighted by Peters and Peyton (1998) as important characteristics for Drug Courts to consider when making decisions for placing individuals in rehabilitative programming. A standardized set of instruments were included in the Treatment Screening Questionnaire, including the Simple Screening Instrument, Texas Christian University Drug Screen II, Salient Factor Score, and the Desire for Help Scale from the Texas Christian University Treatment Motivation Assessment. Initial finding from pilot data collected from 39 residents of a corrections-based therapeutic community (a program that was used by some of the Reentry Court clients in this evaluation) were encouraging. Overall, residents were willing to provide detailed information on their drug use and drug use problems, mental health problems, criminal history, and treatment motivation. Their responses on the questionnaire were internally consistent, indicating high levels of reliability. Self-reported information also demonstrated a high level of agreement with information abstracted from official records, suggesting good validity. Therefore, it appears that the Treatment Screening Questionnaire may be a useful tool for helping correctional and Drug Court managers to determine who might warrant further assessment and entry into a treatment program. In conclusion, the Kentucky Reentry Court Pilot program was grounded in the literature that shows residential treatment and Drug Courts are effective for reducing recidivism and relapse among drug-involved offenders. Initial findings from analysis of during-program performance indicators showed that most of the clients admitted to the Reentry Court program were doing well in it. Therefore, additional federal monies should be made available to more thoroughly test innovative programs for helping offenders reenter and reintegrate into the community, like the one described in the current report. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, Center on Drug and Alcohol Research, 2002. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://courts.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/D5F5A4FD-DA42-4E38-B204-B15593E2EA99/)/KentuckyReentryCourtEvaluationofthePilotProgramsJuly2002.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Kentucky) Shelf Number: 122097

Author: Burrell, William D. Title: Guns, Safety and Proactive Supervision: Involving Probation and Parole in Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: The information in this monograph is intended to raise concerns and issues that agencies and officers should consider in decisions about proactive supervision as it relates to dealing with prohibited offenders who may possess guns. The document does not prescribe a template or model for this. Rather, agencies and officers may wish to use the document as a center of discussion on policies and procedures, especially with the agency’s legal counsel who is in the position to advise them on federal, state, and local laws that apply to the practice of supervision. The primary purpose of this monograph is to provide probation, parole, community supervision officers, and their agencies with a framework to assist them in planning, implementing, and enhancing services provided to offenders who may possess firearms. Information provided will neither endorse nor oppose the carrying of weapons by supervising officers. Further, references to matters of law are not intended to be legal interpretations and agencies should consult with legal counsel relative to the development of policies and procedures. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2008. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/pdf/APPA_PSN.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 122099

Author: Oliver, willard M. Title: Community Policing and Victim Services in Texas Summary: This report focuses on the concepts of community policing, primarily the key tenets of police-community partnerships and problem solving, for improved police services to crime victims in the State of Texas. The report details the extent of victimization in the United States, as well as Texas, and then details the extent of police services for victims and victims’ services. The report explains how community policing may enhance services to victims by defining community policing, its tenets, and how community policing would better deliver victims’ services. By way of example, it details two issues: repeat victimizations and domestic violence. The report then concludes with a discussion of future partnerships between the police and victims. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Community_Policing5.5.11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing (Texas) Shelf Number: 122101

Author: Weiss, Andrea Title: Alcohol Impaired Driving in Texas Summary: As many as 25% of drivers in this country admit to having driven under the influence of alcohol. As many as 3 out of every 10 drivers are at risk for being involved in an alcohol-related crash at some point in their lives. This report identifies the characteristics of those offenders who come to the attention of the criminal justice system. It also reviews the laws in this state that apply to combating alcohol-related incidents. Ignition interlock devices have been introduced to prevent repeat offenders from driving under the influence. The rationales and functioning of these devices is discussed along with judicial perspectives on using this sanction. The report concludes with recommendations and future directions for alcohol impaired driving in Texas. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Alcohol%20Impaired%20Driving%20final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 122102

Author: Zweig, Janine M. Title: The Multi-site Adult Drug Court Evaluation: What's Happening with Drug Courts? A Portrait of Adult Drug Courts in 2004 Summary: Volume 2 from the National Institute of Justice's Multi–site Adult Drug Court Evaluation provides information from 380 adult drug courts surveyed in 2004. It describes drug court program characteristics and operations, such as: most courts operate small programs with less than 50 participants; more than half of courts require both an eligible charge and a clinical assessment for participants to enroll; and courts that have been in operation for a longer time more often use a diversion model, whereby clients enroll in the program before entering pleas, than do younger courts. Drug courts were also classified into profiles of programming characteristics. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412355-MADCE-Portrait-of-Adult-Drug-Courts.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122103

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: The Multi-site Adult Drug Court Evaluation: Study Overview and Design Summary: Volume 1 from the National Institute of Justice's Multi–site Adult Drug Court Evaluation provides information about the study’s context and objectives; a review of the literature; a description of the research design, data collection, and analytic strategies; and a description of the characteristics of study participants. The outcome evaluation included 1,781 offenders across 23 drug court and six comparison sites which represented several alternative ways the criminal justice system works with drug–involved offenders in jurisdictions without drug courts. Volume 1 also provides lessons learned in recruiting and retaining drug– and criminal justice involved–offenders in longitudinal survey research. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 292p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412354-MADCE-Study-Overview-and-Design.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122104

Author: University of Kentucky Special Commission on the Study of Methamphetamine and Other Drug Use in Kentucky Title: Report on Methamphetamine and Other Drug Use in Kentucky Summary: The Commission on Methamphetamine and Other Drug Use in Kentucky spent two years listening to various experts and research about the scope of methamphetamine use and use of prescription drugs in Kentucky. While these two classes or types of drug use are not the only ones that pose a problem for the state, they are, nonetheless, ones that have been widely portrayed in the media and have received public notice. We recognize that there are other types of substance abuse that have very great impact on Kentucky. These pilot studies conducted in Kentucky and our exploration of national data applied to Kentucky populations, yield several preliminary findings that deserve attention. Overall for Kentucky  National estimates of the prevalence of drug and alcohol problems by industry type suggest that Kentucky has an estimated 54,000 workers with drug abuse and 170,000 with alcohol-related problems. Methamphetamine use and prescription drug use  Methamphetamine, while used by a relatively small percent of the population, is associated with serious health and legal problems.  Sixty percent of the primary care physicians in eastern Kentucky report that prescription opiates are among the most serious drug problems in the state.  Primary care physicians in the western part of Kentucky have more concern about the use of methamphetamine on health. Dental health  Dentists estimate that restoring dental health to individuals with “meth mouth” would cost over $5,000 per person and payer sources for their care is very uncertain. Drug exposed children  Children in homes where neglect or abuse have been investigated are more likely to have been exposed to trauma in families where methamphetamine has been used.  The cost of Out-of-Home placements of children in methamphetamine exposed homes is greater than for other Out-of-Home care for children in other neglect or abuse cases. Law enforcement and corrections  The correctional system in Kentucky has a large percentage of inmates who report having used methamphetamine before entering prison and the system is burdened by high health care costs of inmates with drug abuse histories and methamphetamine may add to those costs.  Arrest data for methamphetamine charges suggest a west-to-east trend, suggesting regional differences in the availability of methamphetamine or in local law enforcement focus. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, 2008. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://cdar.uky.edu/Downloads/Methamphetamine%20Report%203-20-2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122107

Author: Kirven, Mary Beth Title: Kansas Drug Court Feasibility Study Summary: The Kansas Supreme Court contracted with the National Center for State Courts (NCSC) to research the feasibility and practicality of instituting state-wide level management over drug courts within the state. To date, there has been no centralized, statewide effort to encourage the growth of drug courts or exercise any state-level administration and oversight of traditional drug courts within the state. Seven drug courts are currently operating in Kansas – all of them homegrown by court personnel who sought to meet the needs of their individual jurisdictions. Some of these drug courts operate in conjunction with state mandated Senate Bill 123 (SB 123) programs. Kansas has institutionalized the SB 123 programs which provide treatment to adults convicted of a first or second drug possession offense. The question now facing Kansas is whether it should support and institutionalize, at the state level, the development of traditional drug courts. Research accumulated over the last two decades when drug courts first started clearly supports the conclusion that drug courts are effective for high-risk/high needs offenders. Drug courts have been shown to reduce recidivism, reduce costs, and help individuals maintain sobriety. Long term cost reductions are achieved through the avoidance of law enforcement efforts, judicial case processing, and victimization resulting from re-offending. Short-term cost reductions are achieved because individuals are diverted from jail or prison at least for the time that they are in the program. Utilization of traditional drug court models have benefited a significant number of offenders who enter the criminal justice system with serious substance abuse problems and have lowered prison and jail costs by closing the revolving door that seems to trap so many addicts in the cycle of drug abuse and criminal behavior. Drug courts seem to strike the proper balance between the need to protect community safety and the need to improve public health and well being; between the need for treatment and the need to hold people accountable for their actions; between hope and redemption on the one hand and good citizenship on the other. Drug courts keep nonviolent drug-addicted individuals in treatment for long periods of time and supervise them closely, which is the cornerstone of their success. The challenge facing many drug courts now is how can they be sustained and become integrated into the criminal justice system. If drug courts are to be a long term answer to the problem of drug addiction and crime, drug courts must be institutionalized by the state. Institutionalization has been described as “the process by which individual drug courts evolve from separate experimental entities to a statewide network that is stable, far-reaching, reliably funded and closely monitored.”1 Drug courts usually start with an initial grant from the Department of Justice which generally runs for three to five years. After that period the drug court has to find other resources either at the local level or the state level to sustain it. The most precarious time for drug courts is when they have to shift from guaranteed federal funding to local or state funding. More and more, states are stepping up to fund drug courts because drug courts have been shown to effectively reduce recidivism thereby reducing jail and prison bed costs. Whether drug courts should be institutionalized in Kansas is the question before the Supreme Court and the Kansas Sentencing Commission. So far drug courts have developed in Kansas without concerted state assistance and are very limited in the number of people they can serve because of limited resources. If drug courts are institutionalized in Kansas then more with less concern about sustainability because in addition to local and federal funding, state funds would be made available Details: Denver, CO: National Center for State Courts, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.sji.gov/PDF/KS_Drug_Court_Feasibility_Study.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 122108

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: Breaking Schools' Rules: A Statewide Study on How School Discipline Relates to Students’ Success and Juvenile Justice Involvement Summary: This report describes the results of an extraordinary analysis of millions of school and juvenile justice records in Texas. It was conducted to improve policymakers’ understanding of who is suspended and expelled from public secondary schools, and the impact of those removals on students’ academic performance and juvenile justice system involvement. Like other states, school suspensions — and, to a lesser degree, expulsions—have become relatively common in Texas. For this reason and because Texas has the second largest public school system in the nation (where nonwhite children make up nearly two-thirds of the student population), this study’s findings have significance for — and relevance to — states across the country. Several aspects of the study make it groundbreaking. First, the research team did not rely on a sample of students, but instead examined individual school records and school campus data pertaining to all seventh-grade public school students in Texas in 2000, 2001, and 2002. Second, the analysis of each grade’s student records covered at least a six-year period, creating a statewide longitudinal study. Third, access to the state juvenile justice database allowed the researchers to learn about the school disciplinary history of youth who had juvenile records. Fourth, the study group size and rich datasets from the education and juvenile justice systems made it possible to conduct multivariate analyses. Using this approach, the researchers could control for more than 80 variables, effectively isolating the impact that independent factors had on the likelihood of a student’s being suspended and expelled, and on the relationship between these disciplinary actions and a student’s academic performance or juvenile justice involvement. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center; College Station TX: Public Policy Research Institute, Texas A&M University, 2011. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://justicecenter.csg.org/resources/juveniles/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policies Shelf Number: 122112

Author: Janetta, Jesse Title: Promoting Partnerships between Police and Community Supervision Agencies: How Coordination Can Reduce Crime and Improve Public Safety Summary: The past two decades have witnessed a period of revitalization for the field of law enforcement, marked by the emergence of a new paradigm of policing that embraces data-driven decision-making, emphasizes partnerships with the community, and underscores the belief that policing can be effective in making neighborhoods safer. During the same period, community supervision agencies have experienced a parallel shift in focus and philosophy, suggesting the potential for such agencies to enhance their role in improving public safety. The reenergizing of community supervision could not come at a more opportune time because it is needed to meet the challenges of the tremendous volume of people sentenced to probation or returning from prison. At any given time, 4.2 million adults are on probation supervision in the United States. Approximately 735,000 prisoners are released from state and federal prisons annually, and more than 500,000 are released to parole supervision. Adjudicated juveniles place an additional strain on community supervision agencies because approximately 42 percent of all petitioned cases result in an order of probation supervision. Moreover, 47,000 individuals (39,100 probationers and 7,900 parolees) were under community supervision in tribal areas in 2008, equaling a 7.9 percent increase from 2007. The potential impact that these supervisees have on public safety is undeniable: over two-thirds of released adult prisoners are arrested for a new crime within three years of release. While supervised populations may pose significant challenges for police and community supervision agencies, a partnership between the two can help them improve public safety. A community policing orientation, with a focus on building partnerships and engaging in problem-solving efforts to address crime, social disorder, and the fear of crime proactively, provides a strong foundation for collaboration between police and community supervision agencies. The two are allies and partners in the work of reintegrating parolees into their communities and managing probationers so that they refrain from criminal activity. Each agency can bring its skills, competencies, resources, and knowledge to a partnership. Police understand crime prevention and neighborhood dynamics; this knowledge can be valuable to community supervision agencies as they shift their focus toward preventing supervisees from committing a violation of their probation or parole conditions (as opposed to simply responding to violations once they occur). In turn, community supervision agencies know their supervisees, including the risks they present, potential triggers to reoffending, and interventions necessary to keep them in compliance. Building on the distinct strengths of both police and community supervision agencies, such partnerships can aid in the prevention of crime and enhance public safety. This guidebook is intended for all levels of police and community supervision personnel, as agency executives, supervisors, and line officers all have an opportunity to contribute to and benefit from partnering. The first section of this guidebook discusses why police and community supervision agencies should be interested in developing partnerships and what each partner can contribute to them. The second section discusses the key elements of partnership, specifically intelligence and information sharing, case planning and supporting behavior change, problem-solving approaches, targeted interventions for special populations, and focused deterrence efforts. Throughout the guidebook, examples of partnerships in the field are provided to offer tangible illustrations of how police/community supervision collaboration can be structured. While many of these examples focus on urban areas, the principles discussed throughout this guidebook are equally relevant for police and supervision agencies in rural areas where large agency boundaries can pose significant challenges for supervising probationers and parolees. These challenges only increase the need for interagency coordination and partnerships. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412362-promoting-partnerships-police-community-supervision-agencies.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122113

Author: Fratello, Jennifer Title: Juvenile Detention Reform in New York City: Measuring Risk through Research Summary: The January 2006 closure of New York City’s only alternative to juvenile detention brought the city close to a crisis: family court lost its only alternative pretrial supervision option and the population in local detention facilities was at its highest in three years. This situation also presented an opportunity for the city’s juvenile justice system to take stock of how and when it was using detention — equivalent to jail in the adult context — for youth facing delinquency charges. The Office of the Criminal Justice Coordinator in conjunction with a variety of agencies and entities involved with the juvenile justice system seized this occasion to explore new methods for responding to young people awaiting sentencing that would be more effective at producing positive outcomes for youth and enhancing public safety. They embarked upon a two-phase reform process, with assistance from the Vera Institute of Justice. First, they conducted a research study and designed an empirically based risk-assessment instrument (RAI) measuring the likelihood that a youth would fail to appear in court or be rearrested during the pendency of his/her case. The tool would be used to help inform family court judges’ decisions about pretrial detention for juveniles. Second, the group planned a variety of community-based alternatives to detention (ATDs) for young people who did not require secure confinement and could be supervised and better served in their own communities. This report examines the development of both the RAI and the alternatives to detention and presents preliminary outcomes of the reforms. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Youth Justice, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://www.jdaihelpdesk.org/Docs/Documents/RAI%20Report%20Vera.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122116

Author: Issa, Darrell E. Title: The Department of Justice’s Operation Fast and Furious: Accounts of ATF Agents Summary: In the fall of 2009, the Department of Justice (DOJ) developed a risky new strategy to combat gun trafficking along the Southwest Border. The new strategy directed federal law enforcement to shift its focus away from seizing firearms from criminals as soon as possible — and to focus instead on identifying members of trafficking networks. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented that strategy using a reckless investigative technique that street agents call “gunwalking.” ATF’s Phoenix Field Division began allowing suspects to walk away with illegally purchased guns. The purpose was to wait and watch, in the hope that law enforcement could identify other members of a trafficking network and build a large, complex conspiracy case. This shift in strategy was known and authorized at the highest levels of the Justice Department. Through both the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Arizona and “Main Justice,” headquarters in Washington, D.C., the Department closely monitored and supervised the activities of the ATF. The Phoenix Field Division established a Gun Trafficking group, called Group VII, to focus on firearms trafficking. Group VII initially began using the new gunwalking tactics in one of its investigations to further the Department’s strategy. The case was soon renamed “Operation Fast and Furious,” and expanded dramatically. It received approval for Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Force (OCDETF) funding on January 26, 2010. ATF led a strike force comprised of agents from ATF, Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The operation’s goal was to establish a nexus between straw purchasers of assault-style weapons in the United States and Mexican drug-trafficking organizations (DTOs) operating on both sides of the United States-Mexico border. Straw purchasers are individuals who are legally entitled to purchase firearms for themselves, but who unlawfully purchase weapons with the intent to transfer them into the hands of DTOs or other criminals. Operation Fast and Furious was a response to increasing violence fostered by the DTOs in Mexico and their increasing need to purchase ever-growing numbers of more powerful weapons in the U.S. An integral component of Fast and Furious was to work with gun shop merchants, or “Federal Firearms Licensees” (FFLs) to track known straw purchasers through the unique serial number of each firearm sold. ATF agents entered the serial numbers of the weapons purchased into the agency’s Suspect Gun Database. These weapons bought by the straw purchasers included AK-47 variants, Barrett .50 caliber sniper rifles, .38 caliber revolvers, and the FN Five-seveN. During Fast and Furious, ATF frequently monitored actual transactions between the FFLs and straw purchasers. After the purchases, ATF sometimes conducted surveillance of these weapons with assistance from local police departments. Such surveillance included following the vehicles of the straw purchasers. Frequently, the straw purchasers transferred the weapons they bought to stash houses. In other instances, they transferred the weapons to third parties. The volume, frequency, and circumstances of these transactions clearly established reasonable suspicion to stop and question the buyers. Agents are trained to use such interactions to develop probable cause to arrest the suspect or otherwise interdict the weapons and deter future illegal purchases. Operation Fast and Furious sought instead to allow the flow of guns from straw purchasers to the third parties. Instead of trying to interdict the weapons, ATF purposely avoided contact with known straw purchasers or curtailed surveillance, allowing guns to fall into the hands of criminals and bandits on both sides of the border. Though many line agents objected vociferously, ATF and DOJ leadership continued to prevent them from making every effort to interdict illegally purchased firearms. Instead, leadership’s focus was on trying to identify additional conspirators, as directed by the Department’s strategy for combating Mexican Drug Cartels. ATF and DOJ leadership were interested in seeing where these guns would ultimately end up. They hoped to establish a connection between the local straw buyers in Arizona and the Mexico-based DTOs. By entering serial numbers from suspicious transactions into the Suspect Gun Database, ATF would be quickly notified as each one was later recovered at crime scenes and traced, either in the United States or in Mexico. The Department’s leadership allowed the ATF to implement this flawed strategy, fully aware of what was taking place on the ground. The U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Arizona encouraged and supported every single facet of Fast and Furious. Main Justice was involved in providing support and approving various aspects of the Operation, including wiretap applications that would necessarily include painstakingly detailed descriptions of what ATF knew about the straw buyers it was monitoring. This hapless plan allowed the guns in question to disappear out of the agency’s view. As a result, this chain of events inevitably placed the guns in the hands of violent criminals. ATF would only see these guns again after they turned up at a crime scene. Tragically, many of these recoveries involved loss of life. While leadership at ATF and DOJ no doubt regard these deaths as tragic, the deaths were a clearly foreseeable result of the strategy. Both line agents and gun dealers who cooperated with the ATF repeatedly expressed concerns about that risk, but ATF supervisors did not heed those warnings. Instead, they told agents to follow orders because this was sanctioned from above. They told gun dealers not to worry because they would make sure the guns didn’t fall into the wrong hands. Unfortunately, ATF never achieved the laudable goal of dismantling a drug cartel. In fact, ATF never even got close. After months and months of investigative work, Fast and Furious resulted only in indictments of 20 straw purchasers. Those indictments came only after the death of U.S. Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry. The indictments, filed January 19, 2011, focus mainly on what is known as “lying and buying.” Lying and buying involves a straw purchaser falsely filling out ATF Form 4473, which is to be completed truthfully in order to legally acquire a firearm. Even worse, ATF knew most of the indicted straw purchasers to be straw purchasers before Fast and Furious even began. In response to criticism, ATF and DOJ leadership denied allegations that gunwalking occurred in Fast and Furious by adopting an overly narrow definition of the term. They argue that gunwalking is limited to cases in which ATF itself supplied the guns directly. As field agents understood the term, however, gunwalking includes situations in which ATF had contemporaneous knowledge of illegal gun purchases and purposely decided not to attempt any interdiction. The agents also described situations in which ATF facilitated or approved transactions to known straw buyers. Both situations are even more disturbing in light of the ATF’s certain knowledge that weapons previously purchased by the same straw buyers had been trafficked into Mexico and may have reached the DTOs. When the full parameters of this program became clear to the agents assigned to Group VII, a rift formed among Group VII’s agents in Phoenix. Several agents blew the whistle on this reckless operation only to face punishment and retaliation from ATF leadership. Sadly, only the tragic murder of Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry provided the necessary impetus for DOJ and ATF leadership to finally indict the straw buyers whose regular purchases they had monitored for 14 months. Even then, it was not until after whistleblowers later reported the issue to Congress that the Justice Department finally issued a policy directive that prohibited gunwalking. This report is the first in a series regarding Operation Fast and Furious. Possible future reports and hearings will likely focus on the actions of the United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Arizona, the decisions faced by gun shop owners (FFLs) as a result of ATF’s actions, and the remarkably ill-fated decisions made by Justice Department officials in Washington, especially within the Criminal Division and the Office of the Deputy Attorney General. This first installment focuses on ATF’s misguided approach of letting guns walk. The report describes the agents’ outrage about the use of gunwalking as an investigative technique and the continued denials and stonewalling by DOJ and ATF leadership. It provides some answers as to what went wrong with Operation Fast and Furious. Further questions for key ATF and DOJ decision makers remain unanswered. For example, what leadership failures within the Department of Justice allowed this program to thrive? Who will be held accountable and when? Details: Washington, DC: United States Congress, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Joint Staff Report: Accessed July 20, 2011 at: http://grassley.senate.gov/judiciary/upload/ATF-06-14-11-Joint-Issa-Grassley-report-on-agent-findings.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 122129

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Gaming the System: How the Political Strategies of Private Prison Companies Promote Ineffective Incarceration Policies Summary: At a time when many policymakers are looking at criminal and juvenile justice reforms that would safely shrink the size of our prison population, the existence of private prison companies creates a countervailing interest in preserving the current approach to criminal justice and increasing the use of incarceration. While private prison companies may try to present themselves as just meeting existing demand for prison beds and responding to current market conditions, in fact they have worked hard over the past decade to create markets for their product. As revenues of private prison companies have grown over the past decade, the companies have had more resources with which to build political power, and they have used this power to promote policies that lead to higher rates of incarceration. For-profit private prison companies primarily use three strategies to influence policy: lobbying, direct campaign contributions, and building relationships, networks, and associations. As policymakers and the public are increasingly coming to understand that incarceration is not only breaking the bank, but it’s also not making us safer, will this shrink the influence of private prison companies? Or will they use their growing financial muscle to consolidate and expand into even more areas of the justice system? Much will depend on the extent that people understand the role for-profit private prison companies have already played in raising incarceration rates and harming people and communities, and take steps to ensure that in the future, community safety and well-being, and not profits, drive our justice policies. One thing is certain: in this political game, the private prison industry will look out for their own interests. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/gaming_the_system.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons Shelf Number: 121967

Author: Alamar, Benjamin Title: Cigarette Smuggling in California: Fact and Fiction Summary: The tobacco industry fights increases in cigarette excise taxes with inflated claims of smuggling and its associated crime. The tobacco industry makes public statements regarding its commitment to stopping smuggling and the negative effects it has on their business, despite their internal knowledge that smuggling does not have a negative impact on the cigarette companies. The tobacco industry acts cooperatively to create the impression that there is grassroots level opposition to increased tobacco taxes. Once tax increases are implemented, the tobacco industry, contrary to its rhetoric, uses the tax increase to mask wholesale price increases. On average, the tobacco industry increases wholesale prices by 150% of any tax increase. Additionally, the tobacco industry appears to have increased cigarette prices by 605% of the first year cost of the Master Settlement Agreement. Previously published studies that analyzed data from various time periods between 1950 and 2000 have estimated that 2% to 6% of cigarettes are smuggled within the United States. The economic motivations for smuggling cigarettes in California are substantially lower in 2003 than they were in the early 1970s. Our new estimate of smuggling in California shows that 1% to 4.2% ($7 million to $45 million annually in lost tax revenue compared to $1.1 billion in cigarette taxes actually collected by the state) of cigarettes smoked in California are smuggled. The methods and results are consistent with the previously published literature. The California Board of Equalization differs from previous scientific studies and has estimated that smuggling is California 12% to 27% of cigarettes smoked, 5-10 times what all other authorities have estimated. The Board of Equalization uses unconventional and unreliable methods. The first BOE report (1999) utilizes an estimate of the level of smuggling based on national experience during the 1980s. It ignores the effect of California’s large and effective tobacco control program on cigarette consumption; it implicitly assumes that any drop in cigarette tax-paid sales in California beyond the drop expected from price increases was a result of increased smuggling rather than smokers cutting down or quitting as a result of the California Tobacco Control Program. The second BOE report (2003) is based on a biased sample of small retail outlets where one would expect illicit sales to be most likely. Stores such as Walmart, Sam's Club and Costco are assumed to sell smuggled cigarettes to the same extent as the small retail outlets. For these reasons, the BOE estimates should not be used as a basis for making public policy. Even if one accepts the BOE’s very high estimates of smuggling, increasing the cigarette tax will increase state revenues. Details: San Francisco: Center for Tobacco Control Research and Education, University of California, San Francisco, 2003. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/4fv0b2sz Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (California) Shelf Number: 122098

Author: Hedlund, Jennifer Title: Development and Validation of an Assessment for Pretrial Conditional Release Summary: The intent of pretrial decision making is to determine if an individual who is been arrested can be released back into the community prior to his or her court date without posing a risk of failing to appear for court, of committing a new offense or harming someone. The role of pretrial staff (bail commissioners and intake, assessment and referral [IAR] specialists) is to provide an independent assessment of the client’s risk and to recommend to the court whether the client should be considered for a financial bond or a non-financial form of release. A point scale currently provides pretrial staff with guidance in determining the level of risk posed by a client and thus what type of recommendation (financial bond or non-financial release) should be made. Pretrial staff also may add certain conditions to this recommendation, which are intended to minimize the risk posed by a client who may be released on a promise to appear or on a low bond. Until now there has been no tool to assist pretrial staff in determining the type of conditional release that best addresses a client’s needs. The main objectives of the current project were to develop and pilot a decision aid to guide conditional release recommendations, and to evaluate recent modifications to the risk assessment point scale. Details: Hartford, CT: Judicial Branch, State of Connecticut, 2005. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.jud.ct.gov/CSSD/research/Dev_Val_Assess_PCR.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 122131

Author: Koh, Robin Title: Prediction, Detection, and Proof: An Integrated Auto-ID Solution to Retail Theft Summary: Theft is a serious problem in North America costing retailers and manufacturers at least $25 Billion per year. For the past ten years, there has been no change in the rate of theft. This lack of improvement traces in part to current technologies that are not fully integrated. Auto-ID lays the foundation for developing applications to predict, prevent, detect and resolve theft within the supply chain; providing a comprehensive solution. Practical applications of the technology will occur within the next five years. These first steps will lead to other applications of Auto-ID including efficient transfers between companies and the reduction of diversion. Details: Cambridge, MA: Auto-ID Center, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2003. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.autoidlabs.org/uploads/media/MIT-AUTOID-WH022.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 122132

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Warrantless, Police-Triggered Exigent Searches: Kentucky v. King in the Supreme Court Summary: Authorities may enter and search a home without a warrant if they have probable cause and reason to believe that evidence is being destroyed within the home. So declared the United States Supreme Court in an 8-1 decision, Kentucky v. King, 131 S.Ct. 1849 (2011)(No. 09-1272). The Kentucky Supreme Court had overturned King’s conviction for marijuana possession and drug dealing, because the evidence upon which it was based had been secured following a warrantless search which failed to conform with that court’s restrictions under its “police-created exigencies” doctrine. The Fourth Amendment usually permits authorities to search a home only if they have both probable cause and a warrant. The warrant requirement may be excused in the presence of exigent circumstances, for instance, when it appears the occupants are attempting to flee or to destroy evidence. Leery lest authorities create exigent circumstances to avoid the warrant requirement, some state and lower federal courts had adopted one form or another of a police-created exigencies doctrine. The Court rejected each of these and endorsed searches conducted under the exigent circumstance exception, unless authorities had created the exigency by threatening to, or engaging in, activities which themselves violated the Fourth Amendment. In order to reach the question of limitations on police-created exigencies, the Court assumed the existence of exigent circumstances in King. The concerns from which the police-created exigencies doctrine emerged may now give rise to more stringent standards for what qualifies as an exigency. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: R41871: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41871.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Fourth Amendment Shelf Number: 122137

Author: Campbell, Richard J. Title: The Smart Grid and Cybersecurity — Regulatory Policy and Issues Summary: Electricity is vital to the commerce and daily functioning of United States. The modernization of the grid to accommodate today’s uses is leading to the incorporation of information processing capabilities for power system controls and operations monitoring. The “Smart Grid” is the name given to the evolving electric power network as new information technology systems and capabilities are incorporated. While these new components may add to the ability to control power flows and enhance the efficiency of grid operations, they also potentially increase the susceptibility of the grid to cyber (i.e., computer-related) attack since they are built around microprocessor devices whose basic functions are controlled by software programming. The potential for a major disruption or widespread damage to the nation’s power system from a large scale cyberattack has increased focus on the cybersecurity of the Smart Grid. Federal efforts to enhance the cybersecurity of the electrical grid were emphasized with the recognition of cybersecurity as a critical issue for electric utilities in developing the Smart Grid. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) received primary responsibility for the reliability of the bulk power system from the Energy Policy Act of 2005. FERC subsequently designated the North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) as the “Electric Reliability Organization” (ERO) with the responsibility of establishing and enforcing reliability standards. Compliance with reliability standards for electric utilities thus changed from a voluntary, peer-driven undertaking to a mandatory function. The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA) later added requirements for “a reliable and secure electricity infrastructure” with regard to Smart Grid development. NERC is also responsible for standards for critical infrastructure protection (CIP) which focus on planning and procedures for the physical security of the grid. Self-determination is a key part of the CIP reliability process. Utilities are allowed to self-identify what they see as “critical assets” under NERC regulations. Only “critical cyber assets” (i.e., as essential to the reliable operation of critical assets) are subject to CIP standards. FERC has directed NERC to revise the standards so that some oversight of the identification process for critical cyber assets was provided, but any revision is again subject to stakeholder approval. While reliability standards are mandatory, the ERO process for developing regulations is somewhat unusual in that the regulations are essentially being established by the entities who are being regulated. This may potentially be a conflict of interest, especially when cost of compliance is a concern, and acceptable standards may conceivably result from the option with the lowest costs. Since utility systems are interconnected in many ways, the system with the least protected network potentially provides the weakest point of access. Cybersecurity threats represent a constantly moving and increasing target for mitigation activities and mitigation efforts could likewise spiral upward in costs. Recovery of costs may present a major challenge especially to distribution utilities and state commissions charged with overseeing utility costs. EISA only requires states to consider recovery of costs related to Smart Grid systems. FERC has jurisdiction over the bulk power grid, and cannot compel entities involved in distribution to comply with its regulations. Recoverability from a cyber attack on the scale of something which could take down a significant portion of the grid will likely be very difficult, but maintaining a ready inventory of critical spare parts in close proximity to key installations could quicken recovery efforts from some types of attack. The electricity grid is connected to (and largely dependent on) the natural gas pipeline, water supply, and telecommunications systems. Technologies being developed for use by the Smart Grid could also be used by these industries. Consideration could be given to applying similar control system device and system safeguards to these other critical utility systems. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: R41886: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41886.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 122138

Author: Barbour, Emily C. Title: DNA Databanking: Selected Fourth Amendment Issues and Analysis Summary: Over the past few decades, state and federal lawmakers have promoted the development of databases containing DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) profiles for individuals who are under the supervision of the criminal justice system due to their known or suspected involvement in a felony or other qualifying crime. Congress has demonstrated concern toward some aspects of DNA databanking by requiring expungement of a DNA profile in certain circumstances, prohibiting most non-forensic uses of DNA profiles and databases, and restricting familial searching. However, in general, Congress has taken a supportive attitude toward DNA databanking and has incentivized the development, expansion, and integration of DNA databases. As DNA database programs have widened in scope and grown in numbers, their consistency with the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches and seizures has increasingly been challenged. In the context of compulsory DNA collection, courts have widely upheld laws mandating the collection of DNA from persons who were convicted and are subject to the penal system’s custody or supervision. However, no judicial consensus has emerged regarding the constitutionality of mandating DNA collection from arrestees who have been criminally indicted. Instead, courts have split over the existence and scope of an arrestee’s reasonable expectation of privacy and the degree of privacy intrusion caused by DNA sampling. The limited number of court decisions in this area also suggests that there are conflicting opinions about the analogousness of DNA collection and fingerprinting. Courts have generally upheld the indefinite use and storage of a lawfully databanked DNA profile after its source’s conviction. However, not all courts agree that any post-conviction use of those profiles is constitutionally acceptable. In particular, observers are now raising questions about the Fourth Amendment consistency of using databases for non-forensic purposes and for familial searching — that is, using the DNA databases to locate potential relatives of an unidentified suspect. Currently, these concerns are largely confined to the scholarly literature — they have not come before a federal court — and are primarily centered on state database programs. Unlike some state DNA databases, the National DNA Index System (NDIS) and the Combined DNA Index System (CODIS) can not be used for either non-forensic research or intentional familial searching. However, the increase in states that authorize familial searching suggests that it may not be long before the constitutionality of familial searching comes before a federal court. As these issues percolate up to the courts, new advances and revelations in the science of forensic analysis and databanking may have potentially significant legal implications. Several courts have suggested that new forensic techniques and scientific findings would require them to reevaluate their legal conclusions and analysis. In particular, research into the scope and nature of the information revealed by the “junk” DNA used in forensic analysis may alter how courts measure the intrusiveness of DNA profiling if it suggests that “junk” DNA reveals more sensitive information about its source than scientists previously thought. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R41847: Accessed July 21, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41847.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 122139

Author: Hawaii. Department of the Attorney General Title: Report of the Hawaii Anti-Trafficking Task Force pursuant to Act 260, Session Laws of Hawaii 2006, as amended by Act 176, Session Laws of Hawaii 2008 Summary: This report presents an assessment of the needs of trafficking victims and service providers in Hawaii. Details: Honolulu: Hawaii Department of the Attorney General, 2010. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://lrbhawaii.info/reports/legrpts/ag/2010/act260_slh06_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 122140

Author: Levin, Marc Title: The Role of Parole in Texas: Achieving Public Safety and Efficiency Summary: Texas recently earned national acclaim for avoiding what was expected to be a catastrophic prison overcrowding crisis. In 2005, in anticipation of overcrowding, the Legislative Budget Board recommended building more than 17,000 new prison beds. Texas did not build the beds, however, and it still managed to reduce crime throughout the state. Part of the credit for this impressive accomplishment must go to the state’s parole system. In 2009, out of 76,607 parole-eligible cases considered, 23,182 Texas inmates were placed on some kind of parole supervision. More importantly, the number of parolees revoked to prison has sharply declined from 11,311 in 2004 to 6,678 in 2010, reflecting a drop in both new crimes and technical violations serious enough to warrant revocation. The parole system is designed to ensure those leaving prison are under supervision during their initial reentry into society and promote order in prisons by providing inmates with an incentive for good behavior, but it is also the primary means by which the state controls the size and cost of the prison population at the back-end of the system. Some states don’t have parole and instead adhere to “truth-in-sentencing” policies which incarcerate offenders for every day of their sentence. While such policies have some appeal, they don’t allow for an appraisal of the inmate’s behavior in prison and his eff orts at self-improvement through completing rehabilitation programs. As conservative Congressman Howard Coble of North Carolina noted, “I still embrace the theory of locking the cell door if an offender has been convicted of a crime. But I don’t say throw the key away. I say, keep the key handy, so the same key that locked that door can also unlock it.” In a practical sense, parole is also the state’s response to the problematic incentive created by a dual system of locally elected prosecutors and judges and state-funded incarceration. The incentive is for locally elected officials to seek public support and eliminate any risk of crime in their local jurisdictions through the longest sentences possible for every offender at the state’s expense, as opposed to managing risks by balancing incarceration costs with other priorities, such as better policing programs that may prevent more crime for every dollar spent. In Texas, parole revocations have declined in recent years, from 14.8 percent in 2004 to 8.2 percent in 2010. Further parole reforms, if properly targeted, could improve this, staving off prison crowding problems long before they start and contributing to gains in public safety. The recommendations presented in this report stand in stark contrast to the late 1980’s debacle when the state leadership decided to turn the parole system into a gigantic jailbreak rather than incur the cost of building new lockups. At that time, some 750 prisoners were being released early every week, including many murderers and rapists. There are key differences, however, in our situation today: 1) the state has more than three times as many prison beds due to the early 1990s prison building spree triggered in part by the public outrage at these releases in the 1980s; 2) carefully targeted changes have resulted in only a slight increase in the total parole rate from 27 to 31 percent; and 3) the state has far more nonviolent inmates today who are either ineligible for parole or who are being refused parole. By continuing to focus parole changes on this population, the state can avoid building new prisons while also not repeating the mistakes of the past. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/pdf/2011-05-PP09-Parole-mlevin-vreddy.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 122151

Author: San Francisco. Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice Title: SF Safe City: A Report on Ongoing Initiatives to Reduce Crime and Violence in San Francisco Summary: In the summer of 2006, San Francisco launched SF Safe Summer 2006, a coordinated effort amongst City departments, law enforcement, the courts and the community to combat the high rate of violence plaguing San Francisco. Together, these efforts created new job opportunities for at risk youth and adults, advanced new strategies to combat gun and gang violence, and bolstered social services for families impacted by violence. The summer passed but the city's efforts to stop violence continue to grow. The Mayor's Office prepared SF SAFE CITY to report on San Francisco's ongoing violence prevention and reduction strategies moving forward. These efforts are organized into five key elements: collaboration, prevention, intervention, enhanced criminal justice system effectiveness, and community policing. In 2005, homicides in San Francisco reached a ten-year high, with 96 people slain. So far this year, San Francisco continues to see high numbers of lives lost to violence. Homicides from gun violence constitute the majority of homicides in San Francisco. The violence and homicides disproportionately affect low-income communities of color. Victims of violence need support services to help them heal. Perpetrators must be prosecuted and held accountable for their actions. Youth and young adults need access to positive and productive activities as alternatives to crime and violence. Residents need to be safe in their communities. San Francisco launched SF Safe Summer 2006 to advance the kind of collaboration and innovation needed to solve this intolerable problem. Among other accomplishments, the Juvenile Probation Department and the Department of Children, Youth and their Families spearheaded the most ambitious effort in San Francisco history to provide jobs to youth on probation. The Mayor's Office of Economic and Workforce Development expanded its CityBuild Academy to provide job-training services in the construction field. The Department of Children, Youth and their Families commenced an effort to expand the Community Response Network crisis response program in the Mission and bring this model to the Bayview and Western Addition neighborhoods. The Department of Public Health initiated a new citywide Crisis Response Team to assist family members and witnesses of violent incidents. Operation Ceasefire, a collaboration among local and federal public safety agencies to combat gun and gang violence, began extensive data collection and planning. The District Attorney and Public Defender continued their efforts to improve outcomes for people exiting jail, and Police District Stations carried out violence reduction plans to tackle the unique crime problems in each neighborhood. These initiatives have laid the foundation for change, but a tremendous amount of work lies ahead. The ongoing violence must be stopped through a combination of intensive prevention, intervention, and suppression strategies that can both respond to the immediate crisis on the streets and begin to deal with the underlying social and economic conditions that contribute to instability, violence, and crime. This report, SF SAFE CITY, describes San Francisco's ongoing violence prevention, intervention, and reduction efforts. Details: San Francisco: Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, 2006. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2011 at: http://sfmayor.typepad.com/sf_mayor/files/SFSafeCity.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122152

Author: Reiter, Keramet Title: Parole, Snitch, or Die: California’s Supermax Prisons & Prisoners, 1987-2007 Summary: Supermax prisons across the United States detain thousands in long-term solitary confinement, under conditions of extreme sensory deprivation. They are prisons within prisons, imprisoning those who allegedly cannot be controlled in a general population prison setting. Most supermaxes were built in a brief period, between the late 1980s and the late 1990s. In 1988 and 1989, California opened two of the first and largest of the modern supermaxes: Pelican Bay and Corcoran State Prisons. Today, California houses more than 3,300 prisoners in supermax conditions. Each month, between 50 and 100 people are released directly from these supermaxes onto parole. Using statistics obtained from the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, this paper explores who these parolees are: what race are these prisoners, how long did they spend in solitary confinement, how frequently are they released, and how frequently are they returned to prison? These supermax-specific statistics are then compared with publicly available state statistics describing the overall race and return-to-prison rates of parolees in California, revealing that supermax prisoners are disproportionately Latinos who have served long prison sentences, under severe conditions. The potential effects of supermax confinement on levels of violence within supermax institutions and throughout the state prison system are also explored, through the lens of prisoner death and assault statistics; no conclusive data establish a direct relationship between supermaxes and reductions in violence. Analysis of interviews with correctional department administrators about the original goals and purposes of the supermaxes further contextualizes these data, revealing that supermaxes today function rather differently than their designers envisioned twenty years ago. In sum, this research provides one of the first evaluations of how supermaxes function, in terms of whom they detain and for how long, and how these patterns relate to their originally articulated purposes. Details: Berkeley, CA: Institute for the Study of Social Change, University of California Berkeley, 2010. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: ISSC Fellows Working Papers: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/04w6556f` Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 122154

Author: Lindahl, Nicole Title: Intimacy, Manipulation, and the Maintenance of Social Boundaries at San Quentin Prison Summary: San Quentin is an infamous prison in US history, the subject of myths, cautionary tales, and cable network specials. And yet ask the men living inside its walls, and they will insist San Quentin is the best place to do time in California. Beginning in the mid-1990s, San Quentin’s gates were opened to volunteers from the San Francisco Bay Area interested in providing educational and therapeutic programs. The implementation of these programs disrupted the routines and norms governing social relations within San Quentin and provided a rich window into the daily operation of the prison as it responds to pressure. In this paper, I identify and analyze three narratives which surface in the official discourse used by institutional actors to describe the prison environment and compare these narratives with observations of daily life behind San Quentin’s walls. Ultimately, I argue that in contrast to popular portrayals of prisons, which depict prisoners and officers as locked in depraved and antagonistic relationship patterns, the very structure of San Quentin, and perhaps prisons more generally, is highly conducive to the development of intimate bonds between these groups. Details: Berkeley, CA: Institute for the Study of Social Change, Unviersity of California Berkeley, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: ISSC Fellows Working Papers: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/15w491vk?query=lindahl Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 122155

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: A Multi-City Report on Crime and Disorder in Convenience Stores Summary: Over the past year anecdotal evidence from media reports has suggested disproportionate levels of crime and violence occurring at Circle K stores in the Phoenix metropolitan area. Criminal events depicted by the media often took the form of individuals engaging in some type of minor criminal activity at a Circle K, and the events spiraling out of control. For example, a quick search on the internet brings up several examples over the past year of individuals attempting to steal beer or other items from a Circle K, and the incident ending with individuals being shot or stabbed. As a consequence of these observations, and subsequent federally sponsored research examining problem places in Glendale, Arizona, faculty and staff from the Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety (CVPCS) at Arizona State University (ASU) reached out to several valley police departments and requested official data to more systematically examine this potential problem. This report presents our findings and our recommendations. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/reports/crime-at-convenience-stores Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Convenience Stores (Arizona) Shelf Number: 122158

Author: Rhodes, Karin V. Title: Victim Participation in Intimate Partner Violence Prosecution: Implications for Safety Summary: Internationally, intimate partner violence (IPV) is recognized as a major public health problem affecting millions of families and resulting in long-lasting health complications (World Health Organization [WHO], 2009). The intergenerational transmission of violence calls for urgent responses. By the late 20th century, the United States responded to IPV by criminalizing behavior and redefining the prosecutorial role. Currently, all 50 states have enacted laws that address IPV through prosecutorial responses that complement aggressive policing responses, such as mandatory and permissive arrest policies. Prosecutors are encouraged to employ evidence-based prosecutions and discourage victims from dropping charges. This longitudinal mixed-methods study examines to what extent female IPV victim participation in prosecution is associated with their future safety. In essence, we asked, are victims who participate in prosecution safer than those who do not? Given findings that protection orders can reduce future harm to victims, it is essential to understand how a victim’s participation along the continuum of calling 911, talking to the prosecutor, and engaging in criminal prosecution, impacts safety. We hypothesized that participation would improve IPV victims’ safety. Subsequent IPV was defined as a future documented IPV-related police incident or an ED visit for IPV or injury. Within a Midwestern county utilizing coordinated community response, we conducted focus groups with survivors and criminal justice agencies and medical providers. These focus groups along with in-depth qualitative analysis of a stratified random sample of individual IPV cases, informed our data abstraction and analysis of the administrative data. In our study victim communication with a prosecutor appears to be protective against future IPV documented events regardless of defendant incarceration. This finding holds across both the pre- and post-disposition periods. Direct contact or communication with the prosecutor’s office may provide victims the sort of legal leverage necessary to “rebalance” power in relationships through the criminal justice system, as postulated by earlier work. This also suggests that victims have the agency to use the criminal justice system to their advantage, given the continuum of options as to “when” to engage: calling the police, talking to the prosecutor, engaging with the case processing, or seeking redress in the face of future abuse. Findings call into question the issue of prosecutorial frustration with victims who initially press charges and then later want to drop the charges or fail to follow-through with participation in the prosecution process. A victim’s decision to drop charges or to let charges drop through non-participation does not necessarily indicate that the criminal justice system has failed to assist her. Rather, it is likely that the system has served the victim’s needs without prosecution, or that the costs of moving forward with charges outweigh the benefits. Alternatively, it might be that she does want prosecution, and might even consider that prosecution would be more beneficial than dropping charges but other forces inhibit her ability to participate. Our qualitative findings suggest that victims make these decisions after great deliberation and over time may change their mind about the best course of action. Our key finding is that victim participation in prosecution does not increase her help seeking via police calls for service that generate an incident report, nor the likelihood of future ED visits for IPV and injury. These results are important in light of the current pro-prosecution strategies, which support evidence-based trials that proceed regardless of the victim’s presence or testimony. Based on study findings, special prosecution units, vertical prosecution, continuances sensitive to victims needs, combined with court-based victim advocacy and victim input into prosecution outcomes, should continue to be considered best practices. Policy recommendations include increasing communication between the prosecutor’s office and victims, improving referral to advocacy organizations, and reducing logistical barriers for victims to participate in prosecution. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235284.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 122159

Author: Baehler, Aimee Title: Adult Drug Courts: A Look at Three Adult Drug Courts as They Move Toward Institutionalization Summary: The U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics estimated that two-thirds of jail inmates (70 percent of all inmates in local facilities) had committed a drug offense or used drugs regularly. Approximately 82 percent of all inmates said they had used drugs at least once and 64 percent admitted that they had used drugs regularly, that is at least once a week for at least one month. One response to this problem has been the development of drug courts that involve a new paradigm for addressing the needs of substance-involved offenders. Although not a panacea, drug courts have continued to proliferate around the country for a number of reasons. They have shown the ability to achieve a number of goals: reduced substance abuse (abstinence), decreased rates of recidivism among its participants, and improved quality of life for participants, their families and communities, more effective caseload management, benefits to the public that far exceed justice system costs and relief from jail overcrowding. Much remains to be learned, however, about how drug courts most effectively meet these goals. Furthermore, the unintended effects of some legislation, a struggling economy resulting in smaller federal, state and local budgets, including allocations for drug courts, and still emerging statistical documentation of the impacts of drug courts emphasize the need to better understand drug court operations to avoid placing their continued existence at risk. Developing the body of knowledge about drug court operations and impacts is an important, ongoing task. One method of learning about drug courts is to gather and organize detailed information about them, including their key characteristics and structures, and the way in which they operate. Operating in complex social and political environments, it is also important to understand the context in which drug courts function and how they interact with the other components of the criminal justice system and the community. With this in mind, this report provides illustrative profiles of three adult drug courts, the Hennepin County Drug Court in Minneapolis, Minnesota, the South County Division Drug Court in San Diego, California, and the St. Mary Parish Drug in St. Mary Parish, Louisiana. These drug courts were chosen to represent different legal and socioeconomic milieus, local political arenas, and geographical locations. The profiles also highlight their individual efforts to institutionalize drug court concepts in their communities, to showcase innovative aspects of their operations, and to share challenges they currently face and obstacles they have overcome. The process of institutionalization is ongoing for most drug courts and it is apparent in the field that other drug courts can benefit from learning about each others successful efforts. More specifically, the report has the following goals: a. Identify some of the critical community linkages and quality partnerships that are valuable in the institutionalization process; b. Highlight how three drug courts have leveraged scarce resources to the benefit of their programs and participants; c. Show how the drug court movement, with its heightened accountability and standards, has raised the bar for performance outcomes for the court system in general, treatment, and supervision agencies; and d. Demonstrate how drug courts have positively impacted the community’s trust and confidence in the judiciary and contributed to increased public safety. This report is not meant to compare and contrast the three drug courts, nor is it designed to formally evaluate their programs. While we believe the issues highlighted and the lessons learned in this report will have general appeal as an educational tool, we also anticipate that it will have specific instructive value to drug court practitioners who may be grappling with finding effective solutions to their comparable institutionalization problems. Each drug court is discussed in a separate section of the report. The report ends with a summary of the general themes and challenges learned from the three drug courts’ experiences and with a list of recommendations suggested by each of the courts. Finally, the report concludes with suggestions for future research, which could contribute to the process of drug court institutionalization. Details: Denver, CO: Justice Management Institute, 2003. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.jmijustice.org/publications/jmi-adult-drug-court-case-studies-final-report-dec-2003 Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122160

Author: Anton, Paul A. Title: Benefit-Cost Calculations for Three Adult Drug Courts in Minnesota: A report to the Office of Justice Programs Summary: This paper presents simple benefit-cost calculations for three adult drug courts in Minnesota. These courts, operated in Stearns, Dodge, and Saint Louis counties, have operated since 2001 as an alternative to processing adult drug offenders through criminal courts. The establishment and operations of these courts was supported by more than one million dollars of Federal Byrne Formula Grant funds provided by the Office of Justice Programs (OJP) beginning in 2001 and extending through 2005. Our calculations are based on outcomes data provided by the Bureau of Criminal Apprehension (BCA), cost information provided by the counties and OJP, and law enforcement and victim cost information from previous studies. Findings 􀂄 We estimate that the three drug courts generated $5.08 of benefit for every dollar of operating cost. 􀂄 Total benefits for the study period are estimated to be $6.8 million. 􀂄 Total costs for the study period were approximately $1.3 million. Benefits are generated from three sources: (1) saved costs of processing and incarcerating drug court participants for their initial offenses, (2) reduced law enforcement cost and crime victim costs from reduced crimes committed by drug court participants after completing the program, and (3) reduced public costs from fewer subsequent convictions for a variety of crimes. Drug court costs include all aspects of operations including personnel costs, court costs, equipment, supplies and outside consultants. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2007. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.wilder.org/download.0.html?report=1997 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 122161

Author: Larence, Eileen R. Title: Criminal Cartel Enforcement: Stakeholder Views on Impact of 2004 Antitrust Reform Are Mixed, but Support Whistleblower Protection Summary: Criminal cartel activity, such as competitors conspiring to set prices, can harm consumers and the U.S. economy through lack of competition and overcharges. The Department of Justice (DOJ) Antitrust Division’s leniency program offers the possibility that the first individual or company that self-reports cartel activity will avoid criminal conviction and penalties. In 2004, the Antitrust Criminal Penalty Enhancement and Reform Act (ACPERA) was enacted to encourage such reporting. The 2010 reauthorization mandated that GAO study ACPERA’s effect. This report addresses (1) the extent that ACPERA affected DOJ’s criminal cartel enforcement, (2) the ways ACPERA has reportedly affected private civil actions, and (3) key stakeholder perspectives on rewards and antiretaliatory protection for whistleblowers reporting criminal antitrust violations. GAO analyzed DOJ data on criminal cartel cases (1993-2010) and interviewed DOJ officials. GAO also interviewed a nongeneralizable sample of plaintiffs’ and defense attorneys from 17 civil cases and key stakeholders including other antitrust attorneys selected using a snowball sampling technique whereby GAO identified contacts through referrals. What GAO Recommends -- Congress may wish to consider an amendment to add a civil remedy for those who are retaliated against for reporting criminal antitrust violations. DOJ generally agreed with GAO’s findings but did not comment on this matter. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. GAO, 2011. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-619: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11619.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Antitrust Shelf Number: 122164

Author: Larance, Eileen R. Title: Missing Children: DOJ Could Enhance Oversight to Help Ensure That Law Enforcement Agencies Report Cases in a Timely Manner Summary: Missing children who are not found quickly are at an increased risk of victimization. The National Child Search Assistance Act, as amended, requires that within 2 hours of receiving a missing child report, law enforcement agencies (LEAs) enter the report into the Department of Justice’s (DOJ) National Crime Information Center (NCIC), a clearinghouse of information instantly available to LEAs nationwide. DOJ’s Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS), the CJIS Advisory Policy Board (the Board), and state criminal justice agencies share responsibility for overseeing this requirement. As requested, GAO examined (1) CJIS’s and the Board’s efforts to implement and monitor compliance with the requirement; and (2) selected LEA-reported challenges with timely entry and DOJ’s actions to assist LEAs in addressing them. GAO reviewed documents, such as agency guidelines, and interviewed officials from DOJ, six state criminal justice agencies, and nine LEAs selected in part based on missing children rates. The results are not generalizable to all states and LEAs, but provided insights on this issue. GAO recommends that CJIS and the Board consider establishing minimum standards for states to use to monitor compliance with the 2-hour rule and CJIS and OJJDP use existing mechanisms to obtain and share information on LEA challenges and successful efforts to mitigate them. DOJ concurred. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO 11-444: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11444.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 122165

Author: Metcalf, Mark H. Title: Built to Fail: Deception and Disorder in America’s Immigration Courts Summary: American immigration courts are the heart of a system that nurtures scandal. Their work touches nearly every aspect of America’s immigration system. These courts are essential to recruit the bright and talented to American shores, to alleviate persecution, and to secure this nation’s borders and neighborhoods. But they cannot perform their critical work. Deception and disorder rule. These courts have become — in the words of frustrated judges — “play courts.” In reality, they are courts that are built to fail. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2011/built-to-fail.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 122168

Author: Wolf, Robert V. Title: California's Collaborative Justice Courts: Building a Problem-Solving Judiciary Summary: Judiciaries around the country are embracing a new way of business, one that emphasizes partnerships with stakeholders in and outside the courts, improved community access to the justice system, greater accountability for offenders and better community outcomes, such as increased safety and improved public confidence. This new way of doing business goes by various names. In many jurisdictions, it’s called “problem solving.” In California it goes by the name “collaborative justice.” Problem-solving courts (or collaborative justice courts) include specialized drug courts, domestic violence courts, community courts, family treatment courts, DUI courts, mental health courts, peer/youth courts and homeless courts. Their aim is to address challenging problems — like drug addiction, domestic violence and juvenile delinquency — that society brings to courthouses across the country every day. While each of these courts targets a different problem, they all seek to use the authority of courts to improve outcomes for victims, communities and defendants. These court programs strive to achieve tangible results like safer streets and stronger families; at the same time, they seek to maintain the fairness and legitimacy of the court process. In California, collaborative justice is increasingly being viewed as a set of principles and practices that can be used in many types of cases both in and outside specialized, intensive court calendars. Collaborative justice also seeks to incorporate other innovative justice approaches, such as balanced and restorative justice, procedural fairness efforts, therapeutic jurisprudence and alternative dispute resolution. This report attempts to capture the history of the California judiciary’s involvement in collaborative justice courts, from their beginnings as isolated experiments to current efforts at statewide coordination. In recounting this story, the goal is to offer lessons to other states that are grappling with similar challenges. Details: Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2005. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/California_Story.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Courts (California) Shelf Number: 122170

Author: Princeton University. Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs Fellows Title: Waiving Hope: An Analysis of the Juvenile Waiver Process in New Jersey Summary: The Public Policy and International Affairs Fellows of Princeton University’s Domestic Policy Workshop recommend several strategies to improve waiver procedures and practices in New Jersey’s Juvenile Justice Commission. Due to a shift from a rehabilitative to a punitive philosophy in juvenile justice, states such as New Jersey have pushed for harsher punishments for youth who commit specific crimes. We analyzed whether waiver continues to fulfill the original intent of its legislative creators and ask if waiving a juvenile to the adult court preserves public safety and deters further criminal activity by youth. We have found that waiver does not work in the way it was intended and may have damaging, unintended consequences for the community and for youth. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Woodrow Wilson School, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/NJ_JuvenileWaiver.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 122171

Author: Washington Coalition for the Just Treatment of Youth Title: A Reexamination of Youth Involvement in the Adult Criminal Justice System in Washington: Implications of New Findings about Juvenile Recidivism and Adolescent Brain Development Summary: In passing the Juvenile Justice Act of 1977, Washington’s legislature intended to “[p]rovide for punishment commensurate with the age, crime, and criminal history of the juvenile* offender.” Public policy shifted dramatically in the early 1990s, in response to erroneous predictions of an impending juvenile crime wave. As a result, numerous laws were enacted that allowed adolescents to be tried, sentenced, and incarcerated in the same manner as adults, in many cases without any consideration of their age or development. Although juvenile crime rates have actually decreased since the mid 1990s and many proponents of these changes have now admitted that their predictions regarding juvenile crime were incorrect, these policies remain in effect today. A reexamination of those policies is appropriate for several reasons. First, recent breakthroughs in brain development research have shown that due to anatomical differences in the adolescent brain, youth are less able than adults to assess risks, control impulsive behavior, and engage in moral reasoning. These differences are all relevant to assessing a juvenile’s culpability. This same research also suggests that adolescents are more amenable to rehabilitation than adults because one’s character continues to form as the brain matures. As such, adolescents typically “age out” of delinquent behavior as they move toward adulthood. For this reason, in Roper v. Simmons, the United States Supreme Court explained: “From a moral standpoint it would be misguided to equate the failings of a minor with those of an adult, for a greater possibility exists that a minor’s character deficiencies will be reformed.”4 Second, evidence now exists that these policies threaten, rather than protect, public safety. Recent studies show that subjecting adolescents to the adult criminal justice system may actually increase future criminal behavior. This is likely due to adolescents incarcerated in adult facilities having reduced access to treatment and rehabilitative services while at the same time being exposed to an adult criminal culture rife with violence and antisocial behavior. This experience—known colloquially as “felon finishing school”—results in many youth emerging from incarceration at higher risk of offending than when they entered. In passing the Juvenile Justice Act of 1977, Washington’s legislature intended to “[p]rovide for punishment commensurate with the age, crime, and criminal history of the juvenile* offender.” Public policy shifted dramatically in the early 1990s, in response to erroneous predictions of an impending juvenile crime wave. As a result, numerous laws were enacted that allowed adolescents to be tried, sentenced, and incarcerated in the same manner as adults, in many cases without any consideration of their age or development. Although juvenile crime rates have actually decreased since the mid 1990s2 and many proponents of these changes have now admitted that their predictions regarding juvenile crime were incorrect,3 these policies remain in effect today. A reexamination of those policies is appropriate for several reasons. First, recent breakthroughs in brain development research have shown that due to anatomical differences in the adolescent brain, youth are less able than adults to assess risks, control impulsive behavior, and engage in moral reasoning. These differences are all relevant to assessing a juvenile’s culpability. This same research also suggests that adolescents are more amenable to rehabilitation than adults because one’s character continues to form as the brain matures. As such, adolescents typically “age out” of delinquent behavior as they move toward adulthood. For this reason, in Roper v. Simmons, the United States Supreme Court explained: “From a moral standpoint it would be misguided to equate the failings of a minor with those of an adult, for a greater possibility exists that a minor’s character deficiencies will be reformed.” Second, evidence now exists that these policies threaten, rather than protect, public safety. Recent studies show that subjecting adolescents to the adult criminal justice system may actually increase future criminal behavior.5 This is likely due to adolescents incarcerated in adult facilities having reduced access to treatment and rehabilitative services while at the same time being exposed to an adult criminal culture rife with violence and antisocial behavior. This experience—known colloquially as “felon finishing school”—results in many youth emerging from incarceration at higher risk of offending than when they entered.Third, these policies have an unequal impact on youth of color and girls. Youth of color are disproportionately represented amongst adolescents who are tried as adults. A recent study summarized herein shows that this over representation cannot be explained by higher arrest rates for youth of color. The mandatory nature of many of these laws and the lack of gender-responsive services also have troubling consequences for girls who often have unique needs and characteristics that support individualized consideration. This report summarizes the breakthroughs in adolescent brain development, studies related to recidivism rates of youth who are treated as adults, and data regarding the use and implications of current Washington laws that allow—and in some cases require—that youth be treated as adults. In particular, this report analyzes the cases of the twenty-eight Washington youth in which the law mandated that the youth be sentenced to life in prison without the possibility of parole, the most severe sentence for youth available in Washington. Trial and appellate court records, as well as records from the Department of Corrections and information provided by the individuals sentenced in this manner were analyzed for this report. Details: Seattle (?): Washington Coalition for the Just Treatment of Youth, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/ReexaminationofYouthWA.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 122173

Author: Iutcovich, Joyce Miller Title: A Final Report for: Assessment of Aftercare Services Provided to Delinquent Youth Summary: Juvenile crime in America has soared over the past decade. From 1984 to 1994 the homicide arrest rate for juveniles increased 160 percent. Many believe that juvenile delinquency will continue to increase as the size of our youth population grows. Recently, our news has been filled with reports about youths committing horrendous crimes. The school shootings during the 1997/98 academic year shocked our nation and raised the public cries to do something about youth violence. One area of juvenile corrections that has received an increasing emphasis and attention is the aftercare phase. Community-based aftercare is the parole phase of corrections, it "is the point at which the supposedly beneficial cumulative effects of the institutional 'treatment' experience are transferred to community settings, and are reinforced, monitored, and assessed". Intensive community-based aftercare services have evolved over the past decade as a means to improve the likelihood that juveniles released from secure confinement remain crime free rather than return to delinquency. But questions about the efficacy of these programs remain. Given this epidemic of juvenile delinquency and the new strategies and efforts to address this problem, it is of vital importance to gather information about what works and what doesn't work. To that end, this report represents the effort to collect and analyze evaluative data on the process and outcomes of two intensive aftercare programs for juvenile delinquents that have been implemented in Pennsylvania. Details: Erie, PA: Keystone University Research Corporation, 1998. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: www.portal.state.pa.us Year: 1998 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 122178

Author: Targonski, Joseph Robert Title: A Comparison of Imputation Methodologies in the Offenses-Known Uniform Crime Reports Summary: One of the most widely used and important sources of crime data for criminologists and criminal justice policy stakeholders is the Offenses-Known Uniform Crime Reports (UCR). However, it comes with many limitations, including missing data from non-compliant police agencies. The missing data are adjusted for by imputing data based on a cross-sectional methodology to maintain comparable trending analysis. The purpose of this study was to reexamine and recode missing data in the UCR for the years 1977-2000 for all police agencies in the United States. With the newly cleaned dataset, a clearer picture of the UCR error structure would emerge and patterns of missing data could more accurately be described. The study found that there are more missing data than identified by the FBI’s quality control. The next phase of the project was to create a dataset with only full reporting agencies for a 10 year period, which would be used to test the cross-sectional method against a longitudinal method. This was done by creating simulation data sets that “punched out” the real crime values, thus artificially creating missing data. Each imputation method could then be tested by comparing the imputed value to the actual value. The overall results showed that in most circumstances, the longitudinal method was more accurate at estimating the missing crime data points. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2011. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235152.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Data Shelf Number: 122174

Author: Taylor, Kate Title: System Overload: The Costs of Under-Resourcing Public Defense Summary: The defender systems that people must turn to are too often completely overwhelmed; many dedicated defenders simply have too many cases, too little time and too few resources to provide quality or even adequate legal representation. Failing to provide the constitutionally guaranteed right to effective counsel, regardless of one’s ability to pay, is not simply a denial of justice, it is costly to individuals, families, communities and taxpayers. Individuals who do not receive quality defense may be more likely to end up behind bars or with a criminal conviction that will follow them for the rest of their lives. Families are torn apart when a loved one is sent to prison or can no longer work due to the collateral consequences of a conviction. Communities suffer both in terms of public safety and through unnecessarily losing friends, neighbors and co-workers who are locked up. And taxpayers bear the monetary costs when under-resourcing legal defense results in more—and more expensive—incarceration. Some public defender offices are providing quality legal representation to their clients, and countless dedicated defenders work hard for their clients despite the struggling systems around them. The problem lies in a system that saddles defenders with excessive workloads and inadequate resources. By not fully investing in public defense systems, states and counties are frequently choosing incarceration over justice, leading to increased costs now and in the future. With many states struggling with overwhelming criminal justice populations and incarceration costs, the need to address the chronic crisis of public defense is as great as ever. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/system_overload_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 122186

Author: Allen, Robert Title: An Economic Analysis of Prison Education Programs and Recidivism Summary: Previous research on criminal recidivism has attempted to quantify general socioeconomic factors that influence the decision to return to crime. This paper studies the specific effects of prison educational and vocational programs on recidivism using individual level data from a nationally representative sample of roughly 300,000 prisoners. In order to account for endogeneity problems that bias current studies, we use a two stage regression with the number of participants per state as an instrumental variable. Ultimately, we find insufficient statistical evidence to conclude that prison education courses have an effect on recidivism. This result suggests that such programs are either ineffective or their benefits are offset by a reduction in the deterrent value of prison. Details: Atlanta, GA: Emory University, Department of Economics, 2006. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.economics.emory.edu/Working_Papers/wp/Allen.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122188

Author: Lemke, Albert J. Title: Evaluation of the Pretrial Release Pilot Program in the Mesa Municipal Court Summary: Pretrial release is a common practice in many courts throughout the country. Electronic monitoring of defendants is also becoming more common. Usually these occur in courts dealing with felony crimes. This report reviews a pretrial release pilot project incorporating the use of electronic monitoring as an alternative to bond for misdemeanor cases in a limited jurisdiction court. The first project of its kind in the State of Arizona, the Mesa Municipal Court utilized Global Positioning System (GPS) enabled ankle bracelets to monitor pretrial released defendants. This report reviews the first four and a half months (August 11, 2008 through December 31, 2008) this pilot project was in place. In custody defendants who met the following guidelines were eligible for the program: • Case is at pre-adjudication status • Defendant does not pose a potential threat to others • Defendant does not have a request to be held from another jurisdiction • Defendant has the ability to charge the device for two hours each day. Existing court staff was used to manage the pretrial release program. Monitoring was performed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, the day shift consisted of staff from the In-Custody Unit, the evening, night, weekend and holiday shift consisted of a Deputy Court Administrator. Equipment and technology issues were greater and more time consuming than anticipated. Thirty-eight percent of the devices experienced a technical or mechanical breakdown, which required replacement of the device. Satellite and cellular coverage also caused numerous issues that weren’t expected. The use of electronic monitoring eliminated the time a defendant had to spend in the Maricopa County Sheriff’s Office (MCSO) jail awaiting their next court hearing. It also reduced the time a defendant being held on bond had to stay in the MCSO jail waiting for their next court hearing from an average of two weeks to as little as two days. This saved the city $73.46 for every day a defendant did not have to be housed in jail. A total of 151 defendants were place on electronic monitoring for a combined total of 3,598 days and a monitoring cost of $25,186. Utilizing monitoring costs only, the use of electronic monitoring saved an estimated $144,000 during the four and a half month pilot. Defendants received a reminder call the day before their next court date, reducing the Failure to Appear (FTA) rate from a court average of 29% to five percent. A survey was completed by the seven judges of the Mesa Municipal Court to assess their views and opinions regarding the program. There was overwhelming support of the program and the benefit it provided. The pretrial release program established that electronic monitoring is a viable alternative to bond in pretrial misdemeanor cases. While additional resources would be needed for proper electronic supervision, the cost savings and benefits to the court, city and defendants make this a worthwhile program. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Managment, 2009. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.ncsc.org/~/media/files/pdf/education%20and%20careers/cedp%20papers/2009/lemke_evalpretrialreleaseprog.ashx Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122111

Author: City Policy Associates: United States Conference of Mayors Title: Status of Ex-Offender Reentry Efforts In Cities: a 79-City Survey Summary: The pressure to provide effective programs in America’s cities to ease the reentry of ex-offenders has grown along with the nation’s prisoner population, but the current economic recession is forcing local governments and public and private organizations and agencies to reduce spending on programs and services, and is limiting the employment and other opportunities essential to ex-offenders’ successful reentry to their communities. In an effort to provide all members of The U.S. Conference of Mayors with current information on the status of cities’ prisoner reentry efforts, including their “best practices,” the Conference’s Ex-Offender Task Force surveyed mayors for basic information on approaches being taken in their cities to ease the reentry of ex-offenders and for descriptions of both their greatest reentry challenges and their most successful reentry initiatives. Information was provided by 79 cities of all sizes in all regions of the country – from cities as large as Los Angeles and Chicago, to one as small as Desert Hot Springs, California. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Mayors, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.usmayors.org/pressreleases/uploads/REENTRYREPORT09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122189

Author: DeMichele, Matthew Title: Offender Supervision with Electronic Technology: A Community Corrections Resource, Second Edition Summary: Electronic supervision of offenders evokes many images. Some see it as punitive, whereas others see it as lenient. Some view it as a means to improve supervision, whereas others view it as a way of saving correctional dollars by alleviating jail crowding. Some feel it is best used for offender accountability, although others believe it is better used for treatment compliance and adding structure to offenders’ lives. Some are intrigued by such technological tools, others are baffled by them, and still others question such devices as being one part of an emerging surveillance society. Regardless of these perspectives, there are many misperceptions of what electronic supervision technologies can do, how they work, and what it takes to use them. The most well-known types of electronic supervision technologies are radio-frequency devices used to monitor home confinement orders and global positioning systems (GPS). Although these are the most prevalent types in use, electronic supervision technologies include an assortment of devices such as kiosk reporting, remote alcohol detection, biometric analysis, and eye scanning. This book is intended to provide direction to community corrections agencies regarding electronic supervision in a broad sense, but it is specifically intended to provide direction given the recent push for electronic monitoring of high-risk offenders, especially sex offenders, with GPS. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2009. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/pubs/OSET_2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122115

Author: Ziedenberg, Jason Title: Misguided Measures: The Outcomes and Impacts of Measure 11 on Oregon’s Youth Summary: Oregon voters passed Measure 11 in November 1994. The measure created new mandatory minimum sentences for 16 crimes and required that youth charged with those crimes be tried as adults. The legislature subsequently added more crimes to Measure 11. Today, Measure 11 requires youth ages 15 years or older charged with one of 21 crimes to be prosecuted automatically in the adult criminal justice system and if convicted of that crime, to serve the same mandatory sentence that applies to adults. Fifteen years after Measure 11 was enacted, the Campaign for Youth Justice and Partnership for Safety and Justice embarked on a study to determine the impact that Measure 11 was having on youth in Oregon. The authors analyzed data on 3,274 young people indicted with Measure 11 offenses since 1995. The authors also looked at a subset of 759 cases handled between 2006 and 2008 to understand the current way Measure 11 is being implemented in the 36 Oregon counties. The report examines the detrimental impact of Measure 11 in a thorough, in-depth analysis of its effect on youth and public safety in Oregon. According to the data, Measure 11 has not made Oregon any safer. In fact, most youth charged with Measure 11 offenses are not the most serious youth offenders, but they receive the most serious sentences, little to no rehabilitative services, and face lifelong barriers to becoming productive citizens even after they have served their sentence. The report provides clear reasons why the public should reconsider Measure 11 for juveniles in addition to a list of recommendations that incorporate the latest research on curbing juvenile delinquency and recidivism in order to improve youth justice policies and increase public safety in Oregon Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice; Portland, OR: Partnership for Safety and Justice, 2011. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/Misguided_Measures_July_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 122191

Author: Lanning, Kenneth V. Title: Child Molesters: A Behavioral Analysis For Professionals Investigating the Sexual Exploitation of Children. 5th ed. Summary: The sexual victimization of children involves varied and diverse dynamics. It can range from one-on-one intrafamilial abuse to multioffender/multivictim extrafamilial sex rings and from nonfamily abduction of toddlers to prostitution of teenagers. Sexual victimization of children can run the gamut of “normal” sexual acts from fondling to intercourse. The victimization can also include deviant sexual behavior involving more unusual conduct (e.g., urination, defecation, playing dead) that often goes unrecognized, including by statutes, as possibly being sexual in nature. There are, therefore, no step-by-step, rigid investigative standards that are applicable to every case or circumstance. Investigative approaches and procedures have to be adjusted based on the dynamics of the case. Larger law-enforcement agencies tend to have more specialized investigative units that investigate the different types of cases. One unit might investigate intrafamilial, child-abuse cases; another might investigate missing-, abducted-, or murdered-children cases; and another might investigate extrafamilial, sexual-exploitation cases. Offenders, however, sometimes cross these investigative categories. For example a father might produce and distribute child pornography images of his own child or might molest other children in addition to his own. Investigators have to be trained and prepared to address these diverse realities. This discussion will focus primarily on the behavioral aspects of the sexual exploitation of children perpetrated by adult offenders who have an acquaintance relationship (i.e., not strangers or family members) with their child victims. Some of the information, however, could have application to acquaintance juvenile offenders and other types of child-molestation cases. Although some legal and technical aspects involved in these cases will be discussed, those are not my areas of expertise. The law and emerging technology can change rapidly and significantly in a short time. Experts in those areas should be consulted before applying this information, but underlying human behavior tends to remain the same. The concept of the acquaintance molester and other related terms will be defined and insight will be provided into the behavioral patterns of offenders and victims in such cases. For purposes of this publication, investigation is defined as any objective, fact-finding process. This certainly includes the work of law enforcement and prosecutors, but may also sometimes include the work of other professionals such as social workers, forensic mental-health or medical personnel, and youth-serving organizations. One major goal of this publication is to increase objectivity and professionalism in these investigations. This is the fifth edition of this publication. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Center for Missing & Exploited Children, 2010. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.missingkids.com/en_US/publications/NC70.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Molestation Shelf Number: 122223

Author: Lowe, Nathan C. Title: Reentry of Methamphetamine-Using Offenders into the Community: Identifying Key Strategies and Best Practices for Community Corrections Summary: This report discusses issues related to reentry of methamphetamine (MA) users. From 1997 to 2004, MA use increased among both state and federal prison inmates in the month before the convicting offense was committed and at the time of the convicting offense. This increase in MA use among offenders has created significant challenges for the corrections field. Specifically, correctional and treatment professionals have worked together in efforts to implement the most effective strategies to treat MA use and abuse among offenders in the community. The purpose of this report is to highlight the need for a coherent strategy for community corrections professionals to use when supervising MA-using populations in the community. This report offers the community corrections field baseline data to understand some of the obstacles and lessons learned regarding supervision of MA-using offenders. The data were gathered from a focus group and three technical assistance site visits with the underlying intention of identifying key strategies in dealing with MA-using offenders in the community. Policy and practice recommendations are also offered. These recommendations rely on the focus group, site visits, and emerging body of research literature on effective community supervision and successful substance abuse strategies. Details: Alexandria, VA: American Probation and Parole Association, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2011 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/appa/pubs/RMUOC.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 122114

Author: Onyewu, Chinonyerem (Nonye) Chidozie Title: The Relative Importance of Selected Variables on the Employment Consistency of Virginia Ex-Offenders Summary: To decrease the steady rise in the prison population, we must deter ex-offenders from re-offending and recidivating, once they have been released. For exoffenders, finding employment is critical to successful post-release re-integration which can help reduce the chances of them recidivating. Ex-offenders who are consistent in their employment patterns are less likely to return to a life of crime. This study investigated the relative importance and significance of 11 selected variables on four separate levels of employment consistency. The selected variables were chosen based on what has been identified in the literature as effecting employment patterns of ex-offenders and the general population, and what data was reliable and available. The study group consisted of 2,314 male Virginia ex-offenders released in fiscal year 2001. The results revealed that the variables of time served, career and technical education program completions, educational level, age at release, race, and being convicted of a violent offense were positive predictors of employment consistency. On the other hand, having a record of minor infractions and being a repeat offender were associated with decreasing employment consistency in the analysis. The findings of the study suggest that it is important for offenders to make changes in the ways they think and their attitudes. This can be accomplished by taking advantage of opportunities in prison to participate in rehabilitative services and educational programs. In addition, as offenders get older they tend to abandon criminal ways of thinking, and once released they are more apt to stay employed. Furthermore, the influence of the race variable did not affect the study group of ex-offenders as anticipated. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2009. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Doctoral Thesis: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-02202009-131738/unrestricted/Nonye_Onyewu_Dissertation_Final_version.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122232

Author: Flacks, Chuck Title: Prisoner Re-Entry Employment Program: Final Evaluation Report, 2006: Summary Recidivism Findings Summary: Recent newspaper headlines decry the state of California’s prisons. Dubbing them “overcrowded,” Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger has called for more prisons to be built. On July 1, the U.S. District Court ordered that a federal receiver be put in charge of the California State Prisons’ health care system due to the high number of inmate deaths and in response to independent evaluations. The receiver, Robert Sillen, promptly called the system, “at best ‘in a state of abject disrepair.’ Given this problematic climate, a program that promises to help former inmates stay out of jail or prison and to become employed, productive members of society ought to be a welcome addition to California’s correctional system. This summary report describes such a program, started by a San Diego nonprofit, Second Chance. This report was commissioned as part of an evaluation of the Prisoner Re-entry Employment Program (PREP) supported by a grant from the California Endowment. Details: San Marcos, CA: The Social and Behavioral Research Institute, California State University San Marcos, 2006. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://www.secondchanceprogram.org/pdf/CSUSM_Report-Summary_RecidivismFindings.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122225

Author: Goldkamp, John S. Title: Parole and Public Safety in Pennsylvania: A Report to Governor Edward G. Rendell Summary: This report describes the results of a review of the public safety implications of the correctional and parole processing of offenders returning to the community that was requested by Governor Edward G. Rendell. The Governor initiated the review on September 28, 2008, in reaction to violence by persons under parole or correctional pre-release supervision that resulted in killings of police officers in Philadelphia. The purpose of the review was to identify current policies or practices that could be improved in the processing and handling of offenders returning to Pennsylvania communities after incarceration in state corrections facilities with the goal of reducing the chances that such incidents could occur again. At the same time the Governor requested this review, he also sought a temporary moratorium on all parole releases. The Parole Board then held a special executive meeting and supported the Governor‘s call for such a moratorium pending recommendations from the review. The moratorium, which became the backdrop against which this inquiry was conducted, subsequently was lifted in stages until full parole processing was restored in the early spring of 2009. The problems facing corrections and parole in Pennsylvania are not unique but are shared by many other states with large populations of offenders under correctional supervision, most of whom eventually return to the community. In general, because of the policies fostering the incarceration of large numbers of offenders during the 1970‘s, 80‘s and 90‘s, large numbers of offenders are returning to communities across the nation, many of whom may be unprepared for life outside of incarceration. For example, California has recently been confronted with court-ordered release of large numbers of inmates before expiration of their sentences in order to address serious overcrowding in its correctional institutions, posing major challenges for its parole system. The Pennsylvania Senate Judiciary Committee conducted hearings about Pennsylvania‘s overcrowded institutions (housing 51,000 inmates in institutions with a capacity designed for roughly 44,000 persons) as recently as November 16, 2009. This has prompted a great deal of thinking and innovation focusing on ― prisoner reentry — aimed at developing ways in which successful and crime-free return to the community can be promoted by addressing a variety of needs for support services as well as by effective supervisory measures. At the same time, this development has forced reexamination of parole and other versions of supervised release nationwide to develop the capacity to deal with issues related to the return of released offenders most requiring attention. As the recent dramatic economic recession has exacerbated these and related challenges facing corrections and parole systems, the large volume of returning prisoners has highlighted the critical need for effective public safety and support strategies that will best facilitate crime-free transitions from prison to community. In short, in this time of strained resources for basic government functions, and sparked by the recent killings of police officers by persons under correctional pre-release and parole supervision, Pennsylvania, like other states, is faced with a growing need for enhanced post-incarceration transition and supervision systems. Though now taking on added importance and urgency, these challenges relating to successful prisoner reentry and public safety are longstanding and have been at the heart of correctional and parole strategies in Pennsylvania and other states for decades. The recommendations we present as a result of this inquiry are made with an awareness that violent crime among parolees falls within the larger category of violent crime generally — and that the factors contributing to crime are complex and often outside of the power of corrections and parole to affect alone. We have tried to limit the report‘s focus to formulating practical suggestions for system improvements that could help minimize threats to public safety posed by potentially violent offenders who reenter the community on parole. The scope of this inquiry is limited to the segment of the justice process that begins with admission of a convicted and sentenced offender to the custody of the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections and ends with termination of parole after completion of the term of incarceration. The primary focus is on returning offenders who are subject to supervision, monitoring and transitional services in the community. The focus of this inquiry‘s recommendations for improvement therefore mostly involves two key agencies of government: Corrections and Parole. The institutional relationship between corrections and parole agencies varies from state to state. In Pennsylvania both the Department of Corrections (Corrections or DOC) and the Pennsylvania Board of Probation and Parole (Parole or PBPP) are executive branch agencies, though the PBPP is independent of Corrections, with authority by law to determine release of parole-eligible offenders from state institutions and to set conditions of that release. We would like to point out that this inquiry did not consider a particularly significant category of higher risk returning offenders — those released without parole supervision after completion of maximum sentences (unconditional or ―maximum releases). These offenders returning from prison without constraint form roughly one-fourth of all those gaining release from prison and represent an important area for policy review and crime prevention approaches. We further note that this review also did not focus on a variety of issues that are closely related to those addressed, but which do not center directly on new crimes among paroled offenders. For example, technical infractions not involving new crimes are not covered in this report. Although concern about increased potential for, or unproved involvement in criminal behavior may prompt the filing and handling of violation actions by parole agents and board members, this inquiry focused on arrests of paroled offenders for new criminal charges rather than charges of parolee misconduct that resulted solely in technical violations being lodged. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2010. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://www.temple.edu/cj/news/documents/GOLDKAMPPAROLEREPORTFINAL2010.PDF Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 122184

Author: Lichtenberger, Eric J. Title: The Impact of Vocational Programs on Post-Release Outcomes for Full Completers from the Fiscal Year 1999, 2000, 2001, and 2000 Release Cohorts Summary: This report presents a statistical analysis of post-release outcomes for those prisoners who had completed a vocational program while in prison in Virginia for the fiscal years 1999-2002. Details: Richmond, VA: Center for Assessment, Evaluation, and Educational Programming, Virginia Tech, 2007. 33p. Source: Sprcial Report Series: Report Number 1: Available at the Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 12227

Author: Connecticut. Office of the Child Advocate Title: From Trauma to Tragedy: Connecticut Girls in Adult Prison Summary: This briefing paper finds that the Connecticut Department of Children and Families has failed to meet the needs of girls in the adult system, despite substantial state dollars expended on evaluations, provider contracts and additional staff. Details: Hartford, CT: Office of the Child Advocate, 2008. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: http://www.hartfordinfo.org/issues/wsd/FamiliesandChildren/From_Trauma_to_Tragedy.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 122229

Author: Coen, Anita Saranga Title: Inside the Black Box: A Study of the Residential Treatment Center Program in Colorado Summary: This study increased our understanding of how Colorado’s Residential Treatment Center (RTC) Program functions in several key areas. We analyzed data provided by the Colorado Department of Human Services to analyze the financial aspects of the program and develop a profile of child welfare youth in RTCs. With the help of responding RTCs and counties, we were able to document the types and amount of services offered by RTCs and explore placement decision-making and alternatives to RTCs. We met with caretakers and family members to capture their perspectives on many aspects of the system. This study of Colorado’s RTC Program focused on six main areas of investigation: • What is the political and economic context in which the RTC Program exists? The RTC Program is immersed in a complex system involving numerous stakeholders and intricate funding streams. Political and economic trends at the national, state, and local level are discussed in relation to their impact on the RTC Program. • What are the costs of RTC placements, what are the likely effects of the current reimbursement system, and what other options are available? The state has been working to improve its rate-setting methodology. The current system does not account for population growth and changes in service needs. We anticipate that if rates do not keep up with costs, the response may be a loss of beds available for child welfare youth. We found that there are no apparent cost economies derived from using larger facilities. We suggest the state look initially into developing an incentive system that can be linked to rates and, in the future, linked to outcomes. • Who are RTC clients and how do they differ from clients in other treatment environments? RTC youth have the highest number of emotional/behavioral problems of youth in child welfare placements. They are placed in RTCs primarily because of the caretaker’s inability to cope or their own behavioral problems. Child welfare youth admitted to RTCs have very high levels of mental health problems when compared to youth in other child-serving systems. On average, their level of risk and clinical severity is higher than that of youth admitted to community mental health and, for many characteristics, is close to that of youth admitted to inpatient mental health settings. Our findings highlight important policy issues for youth with serious emotional/behavioral problems who are likely served across multiple human services programs. • What are the characteristics of and services offered by RTCs to children/youth in their care and what constitutes an RTC day? RTCs are extremely diverse and offer a wide variety of services. Within an RTC, however, service delivery does not appear to differ substantively based on the predominant type of presenting problem. RTCs do provide a substantial amount of intensive supervision. Almost a third (31%) of a typical day is spent in school, 13 percent is spent in various types of therapy, and 10 percent is self-structured. This analysis can serve as a foundation for the state’s exploration into developing a standard for the RTC day. • What are the most important factors in RTC placement and what alternatives are most likely to have an affect on RTC utilization? The three most important factors used in determining the need for an RTC placement are (1) the severity of the youth’s mental health needs, (2) the severity of the youth’s acting out behavior, and (3) the likelihood that the youth will improve in an RTC placement. Almost all caseworkers who responded to our survey believed it was important that the selected RTC have specialized care that meets the child’s needs and good transition services. The placement type that most caseworkers said they could have used instead of an RTC was therapeutic foster care. • How should RTC outcomes be measured and what is needed to develop a useful RTC outcomes measurement system? The Division of Child Welfare Services (DCWS) has demonstrated an ongoing commitment to measuring outcomes. The CCAR, the instrument being used by DCWS for youth in RTCs, demonstrated acceptable reliability as well as face and construct validity. Efforts to develop an outcomes measurement system have been seriously hampered by a lack of staff and infrastructure. We also identified other instruments and outcomes systems, some of which are RTC based, rather than state based. Finally, we made recommendations for the steps needed to continue work in this area. Details: Denver, CO: Policy Studies, Inc., 2003. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2011 at: https://www.policy-studies.com/Portals/0/docs/Publications/Child_Welfare/Inside-the-Black-Box-A-Study-of-the-RTC-Program-in-CO.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 122230

Author: Arizona. Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents: Measuring the Scope of the Problem Summary: Current trends in incarceration practices have inevitably affected a large number of children. A recent report published by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (2008) estimates that slightly less than two million children have a parent incarcerated in the state or federal prison system, which accounts for approximately two percent of the total minor population in the United States. With support from the Arizona Governor’s Office on Children, Youth, and Families, researchers from the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission and Arizona State University conducted a statewide study on children of incarcerated parents with two primary goals: 1. To arrive at a reliable estimate of the number of children of parents currently incarcerated in the Arizona Department of Corrections. 2. To develop and implement a clearly defined strategy through which data on the number of children with incarcerated parents in Arizona is obtained and reported on an annual basis. Data collection efforts entailed an extensive review of records from the Arizona Department of Corrections. This included electronic data from the institutional data management system as well as prisoner case file contents. Research has found that confined subjects are far less likely to disclose personal information to staff for fear that information will be used against them or negatively affect others (e.g., family members, friends). Accordingly, independent, non-justice system interviewers also conducted face-to-face interviews with incarcerated mothers and fathers. Phase one of the project involved a review of institutional records from a random sample of men (N=600) and women (N=600) prisoners who were in custody during July 2009. Since the Arizona Department of Corrections collects the number of overall dependents of prisoners, we reviewed these data to identify the percentage of prisoners who had dependents and the average number of overall dependents. Researchers then reviewed case files for a subsample of men (N=300) and women (N=300) prisoners who according to institutional data management records were classified as having at least one dependent. This exercise was extremely important as it revealed the extent to which the institutional record measure of overall dependents represented a proxy for minor children. Phase two of the study entailed original data collection by Arizona State University researchers who have experience collecting sensitive information from confined populations. Specifically, researchers conducted face-to-face interviews with incarcerated fathers (N=300) and mothers (N=300) in custody at the Arizona State Prison Complex-Phoenix Alhambra Reception and Treatment Center and the Arizona State Prison Complex-Perryville, San Pedro, Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, Santa Maria and Piestewa Units. Conducting interviews during the intake and reception process allowed for sampling of various types of male prisoners and maximized the use of limited resources by eliminating the need to travel to all ADC facilities. Since nearly threefourths of female inmates in ADC are housed in minimum security units, interviews with women prisoners were conducted in three minimum security units and in one unit that housed a combination of both minimum and medium security prisoners in an effort to obtain a representative sample of the female prisoner population. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 1, 2011 at: http://acjc.state.az.us/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/COIP_Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Arizona) Shelf Number: 122236

Author: Sanchez, Julian Title: Leashing the Surveillance State: How to Reform Patriot Act Surveillance Authorities Summary: Congress recently approved a temporary extension of three controversial surveillance provisions of the USA Patriot Act and successor legislation, which had previously been set to expire at the end of February. In the coming weeks, lawmakers have an opportunity to review the sweeping expansion of domestic counter-terror powers since 9/11 and, with the benefit of a decade’s perspective, strengthen crucial civil-liberties safeguards without unduly burdening legitimate intelligence gathering. Two of the provisions slated for sunset—roving wiretap authority and the socalled “Section 215” orders for the production of records — should be narrowed to mitigate the risk of overcollection of sensitive information about innocent Americans. A third—authority to employ the broad investigative powers of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act against “lone wolf” suspects who lack ties to any foreign terror group — does not appear to be necessary at all. More urgent than any of these, however, is the need to review and substantially modify the statutes authorizing the Federal Bureau of Investigation to secretly demand records, without any prior court approval, using National Security Letters. Though not slated to sunset with the other three Patriot provisions, NSLs were the focus of multiple proposed legislative reforms during the 2009 reauthorization debates, and are also addressed in at least one bill already introduced this year. Federal courts have already held parts of the current NSL statutes unconstitutional, and the government’s own internal audits have uncovered widespread, systematic misuse of expanded NSL powers. Congress should resist recent Justice Department pressure to further broaden the scope of NSL authority — and, indeed, should significantly curtail it. In light of this history of misuse, as well as the uncertain constitutional status of NSLs, a sunset should be imposed along with more robust reporting and oversight requirements. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 675: Accessed August 1, 2011 at: http://www.cato.org/pubs/pas/PA675.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 122241

Author: Pima Prevention Partnership Title: Arizona Children of Incarcerated Parents Bill of Rights Project: Report and Recommendations Summary: There are close to 3 million children of incarcerated parents in the U.S. today, and 12 million who have been directly affected by parental incarceration in their lifetime (Bernstein, 2005). This means that 1 out of every 33 children in the U.S. currently has a parent in prison or jail (Bernstein, 2005). There is no indication that this trend will reverse itself. As the number of incarcerated parents increases, so does the number of affected children. Over the past decade, there has been a steady average annual increase in the prison population. Currently 2.2 million individuals are in prison in the U.S. Over 600,000 prisoners are released each year, but two-thirds are arrested again within three years (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2006b; Congressional Record, 2007). If rates of first incarceration remain unchanged, 6.6% of all persons born in the U.S. in 2001 will go to State or Federal prison during their lifetime (U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2007a). Arizona leads the Western states in the rate of incarceration. Following national trends, Arizona’s incarcerated population is disproportionately minority, and Arizona is incarcerating more women than other states. This has resulted in an estimated 95,669 minor children in Arizona directly affected on any given day by parental incarceration in jail and prison, with many thousands more who have experienced parental incarceration in their lifetime. Tens of thousands more have a parent on probation. Children of incarcerated parents are among the most vulnerable populations of children, at high risk for neglect, abuse, behavioral health problems, delinquency and substance abuse. The problems of children whose parents are incarcerated, if unattended, can produce intergenerational patterns of crime and violence. National studies report that children of incarcerated parents are five to seven times more likely to be incarcerated themselves (Center for Children of Incarcerated Parents, 2004; Congressional Record, 2007; Administration for Children Youth & Families, 2004). A 2005 study of the Arizona state prison system reported that one-third of inmates had at least one parent incarcerated when he/she was a child (Applied Behavioral Health Policy, 2005). According to 2006 data provided by the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections (ADJC), among youth currently serving a sentence in the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections, 55.3% of girls and 47.7% of boys have an adult family member who was/is incarcerated in the youth’s life (M. Crane, Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections, personal communication, September 17, 2007). In spite of these challenges, experts state that the effects of trauma on young children from arrest and parental incarceration can be mitigated if recognized and addressed early and comprehensively. A review of current service systems and law enforcement processes in Maricopa, Pima, Coconino, and Yavapai counties reveals a significant opportunity for child welfare, schools, faith-based organizations, mental health service providers and law enforcement agencies to work together to improve life outcomes for children of incarcerated parents. Details: Phoeniz, AZ: Pima Prevention Partnerships, 2007. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=2991/Greenlight%2520Technical%2520Report%2520FINAL.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Arizona) Shelf Number: 122246

Author: U.S. White House. National Security Council Title: Strategy to Combat Transnational Organized Crime. Addressing Converging Threats to National Security Summary: Transnational organized crime refers to those self-perpetuating associations of individuals who operate transnationally for the purpose of obtaining power, influence, monetary and/or commercial gains, wholly or in part by illegal means, while protecting their activities through a pattern of corruption and/or violence, or while protecting their illegal activities through a transnational organizational structure and the exploitation of transnational commerce or communication mechanisms. There is no single structure under which transnational organized criminals operate; they vary from hierarchies to clans, networks, and cells, and may evolve to other structures. The crimes they commit also vary. Transnational organized criminals act conspiratorially in their criminal activities and possess certain characteristics which may include, but are not limited to: ••In at least part of their activities they commit violence or other acts which are likely to intimidate, or make actual or implicit threats to do so; ••They exploit differences between countries to further their objectives, enriching their organization, expanding its power, and/or avoiding detection/apprehension; ••They attempt to gain influence in government, politics, and commerce through corrupt as well as legitimate means; ••They have economic gain as their primary goal, not only from patently illegal activities but also from investment in legitimate businesses; and ••They attempt to insulate both their leadership and membership from detection, sanction, and/or prosecution through their organizational structure. Details: Washington, D.C.: U.S. National Security Council, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/microsites/2011-strategy-combat-transnational-organized-crime.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Organized Crimes Shelf Number: 122247

Author: Comeau, Michelle J. Title: Representation and Recruitment: A Three-Part Analysis of the Police Hiring Process Within New York State Summary: This thesis consists of three separate analyses, each of which examines the representation of women, African Americans, and Latinos in the police organization in some form. The initial study compares department representation to that of the community in regards to race or ethnicity and gender. This is followed by the second study, which looks at the hiring process of one department within a mid-sized city (Rochester, NY) in detail, noting attrition by majority/minority status at each hurdle applicants‟ face. The study portion of this thesis concludes by utilizing data from the second study to create a model of attrition for the Rochester Police Department. From these three studies a series of recommendations for departments was developed that focused on the ways to increase representation and promote retention among applicants. Details: Rochester, NY: Rochester Institute of Technology, Department of Criminal Justice, 2011. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2011/2011-04.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 122250

Author: Arthur, Pat Title: A Call to Stop Child Prosecutions in Wyoming Adult Courts Summary: Unlike any other state in the nation, Wyoming commonly prosecutes children as criminals, imposing adult sentences for misbehavior more typical of normal adolescence than criminal. At significant cost to Wyoming taxpayers, children as young as eight years old who get in trouble for such transgressions as smoking at school, drinking at a weekend party, stealing a pack of gum, or skateboarding in the wrong place are being criminally prosecuted in adult courts in counties and cities throughout the state. While these adolescent misbehaviors may be challenging to families and communities trying to raise healthy kids, they present little or no real threat to public safety. Nevertheless, Wyoming uses costly criminal procedures and expensive detention beds to punish children for conduct that is more effectively addressed in the home or at school. It is estimated that 85-90% of children in trouble with the law in Wyoming are currently being processed through adult, not juvenile, courts where they become saddled with adult criminal convictions for minor misbehaviors. In the adult court system, kids receive few of the rehabilitative social services available in the juvenile justice system. With such extraordinary criminal court involvement in the rearing of Wyoming’s teens, it is no wonder that the state has the second highest juvenile incarceration rate in the country. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.youthlaw.org/fileadmin/ncyl/youthlaw/juv_justice/A_Call_to_Stop_Child_Prosecutions.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 122252

Author: American Council of Chief Defenders Title: Policy Statement on Fair and Effective Pretrial Justice Practices Summary: Pretrial release practices throughout the country frequently result in the unjust, unnecessary, expensive, and prolonged detention of many individuals prior to trial. Our legal traditions urge us to reserve pretrial detention for only the most carefully limited circumstances, and all available evidence reflects the importance of doing so. Pretrial detention has harsh consequences, including the loss of jobs, homes, and family ties. Research has revealed that all other factors being equal, individuals who are detained prior to trial experience more severe ultimate outcomes. Just as importantly, the heavy reliance by many jurisdictions upon monetary bond as a pretrial release condition disproportionately affects the poor and minorities. Given our evidence-based ability to accurately identify risk, communities can lower their jail costs while ensuring that only those who pose significant risks of flight or danger are detained. This American Council of Chief Defenders Policy Statement calls for a new commitment by all criminal justice stakeholders to ensure fair and appropriate pretrial release decision-making, and outlines key action steps for each pretrial actor. In particular, this statement calls upon defenders to advance the following initiatives:  Examine Pretrial Release Practices Within Their Own Jurisdictions to Identify Key Areas of Improvement. While jurisdictions may share common issues, each has its own unique set of practices and traditions. Where unnecessary or unjust pretrial detention is occurring, defenders ought to identify the particular practices leading to those outcomes.  Identify and Implement National Standards and Best Practices. Several national organizations have developed national standards on pretrial practices, and these provide excellent guidelines for defenders in developing strategies to improve pretrial outcomes. Defenders should become familiar with these standards and strive to implement them in daily practice.  Develop Collaborative Efforts Among All Criminal Justice Stakeholders to Improve Pretrial Practices. Improvements are only feasible where open dialogue is occurring between all pertinent criminal justice leaders. Defenders can lead the effort to develop a collaborative approach to rectifying identified detrimental pretrial practices. This effort ought to include local and state policy-makers, who determine how resources are allocated.  Develop Effective Pretrial Litigation Strategies. Defenders ought to be equipped with effective and efficient litigation strategies, grounded in local practice and law, to challenge pretrial-release decisions that result in unnecessary detention. Details: Washington, DC: American Council of Chief Defenders, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.nlada.org/Defender/Defender_ACCD/ACCDpretrialrelease Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 122253

Author: Nugent-Borakove, M. Elaine Title: Seattle Municipal Community Court: Outcome Evaluation Final Report Summary: Community courts began to emerge in the early 2000s to help alleviate the crush of minor offenses and quality of life crimes plaguing communities and criminal courts across the country. The theory behind community courts is that the defendants entering the justice system charged with relatively minor offenses have a variety of unmet needs that may contribute to their criminal offending. These offenders, referred to by some as “frequent fliers,” have lengthy criminal histories, often fail to appear in court on citations or summonses, and drain not only criminal justice system resources but also those of emergency rooms, homeless shelters, drug treatment programs, and other social programs. Traditional responses to these offenders — jail, conventional probation, and fines — seem to have no deterrent effect, nor do they help reduce the likelihood of recidivism. Many of these offenders have a multitude of problems that are often related to their criminal activity — mental illness, substance abuse, homelessness, unemployment, illiteracy or learning disability, and lack of social or family support. By addressing these needs through a non‐traditional court process, community courts are intended to reduce the likelihood that these offenders will commit new offenses after the courts’ intervention. The Seattle Community Court team has collected several years of data related to the community court to facilitate a more comprehensive evaluation as recommended by JMI in 2007. Although experimental designs, in which defendants who meet the eligibility criteria are randomly assigned to either Community Court or traditional court, are considered to be the gold standard in evaluation research, such evaluations are quite costly and often require contemporaneous data collection as well as random assignment of defendants to community court. Given the level of funding available and the time period in which the evaluation needed to be completed, an experimental design for this evaluation was not feasible. However, based on the available data, JMI was able to use a quasi‐experimental design using a pre‐/post‐test design and a control group. The City Attorney’s Office provided JMI with two datasets — one for community court participants and one for a control group of defendants who did not participate in the community court program. The community court sample consisted of defendants who entered community court between July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2006. Data collected on these defendants include criminal history 18 months prior to and 18 months after the community court intervention, criminal charge, offense dates, types of social services received, type of disposition, and other demographic information about the defendants. The intervention date was considered to be the date of the community court plea. The control group was selected from defendants receiving a community court offer during the same period, but who failed to “opt‐in. The control group dataset included criminal history 18 months prior to the date that community court was offered and 18 months after that date, criminal charge, offense dates, and type of disposition. The intervention date for these defendants was considered to be the date of their rejection of the community court offer, usually their first appearance date in court for arraignment. JMI examined criminal offending patterns prior to community court and level of criminal offending after community court, using the defendant as the unit of analysis. The total sample size was 439 defendants—209 who participated in the community court and 230 who did not (the control group). The primary question addressed in this evaluation is whether or not the community court is effective in reducing or eliminating recidivism. Given that the community court focuses on repeat offenders, the number of contacts with the justice system prior to entering the program compared to the number of contacts after completion of the program is a particularly relevant measure of effectiveness. There are several additional questions that were addressed as part of the evaluation: 􀂙 Is community court effective for all types of defendants or select defendants, and what are the characteristics of those who are most successful following program completion? 􀂙 Does community court impact the likelihood of involvement in more serious offenses after program completion? 􀂙 Are there differences in recidivism between community court participants and similar defendants who are handled in the traditional Municipal Court? Details: Denver, CO: The Justice Management Institute, 2009. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://www.jmijustice.org/publications/outcome-evaluation-of-the-seattle-municipal-court Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Courts (Seattle) Shelf Number: 122255

Author: Rhyne, Charlene Title: Multnomah County Day Reporting Center Evaluation Summary: In January 1994 Multnomah County Department of Community Justice celebrated the opening of the Day Reporting Center (DRC). The DRC is a highly structured programming opportunity for offenders that can be used as an alternative to incarceration. DRC staff work closely with Parole/Probation Officers to address public safety concerns by addressing high risk/high need behaviors such as drug abuse, impulsivity, anti-social thinking, lack of employment and education, mental health concerns and lack of positive peer supports. In 2005 the Day Reporting Center was evaluated by this author. Findings included evidence of DRC's impact on recidivism with completers having a statistically significant 39% decrease in arrests pre- and post-DRC as compared to a 19% increase in arrests for non-completers. This current evaluation was conducted as a part of DCJ continuous quality improvement efforts. This form of monitoring allows course corrections to be made that are data and outcome driven. This evaluation utilized a sample of 642 offender referral entries to the Day Reporting Center in fiscal year 2008. These referral outcomes will be compared to 162 offenders who were referred to the DRC and no-showed. No-show samples are often used as comparison groups given they are identical in characteristics of the participants yet had no treatment (DRC) experience. Findings: Half of the episodes with engaged offenders resulted in 50% successful completion and 50% unsuccessful completion. The successful completion rate is up 5% from the 2005 study. Statistically significant reductions in pre- and post-DRC arrests were seen across all three groups: Successful -- 60% reduction --Unsuccessful -- 31% reduction - No show -- 27% reduction - Statistically significant percent of each group with post-arrests were in the expected direction: - Successful -- 12.1% of group had at least one arrest post-DRC exit - Unsuccessful -- 25.2% of group had at least one arrest post-DRC exit - No show - 38.9% of group had at least one arrest post-DRC exit - On average, the time to failure for the successful group was observed to be 50 days greater than the no show group. - Statistically significant differences were found between the DRC dosage of the successful group as compared to the unsuccessful group. Details: Portland, OR: Multnomah County Department of Community Justice, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 2, 2011 at: http://web.multco.us/sites/default/files/dcj/documents/drc_final_document.doc Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122256

Author: McCurley, Carl Title: Process Evaluation of the Pennsylvania Bureau of Juvenile Justice Services’ Aftercare Program Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide an evaluation of the design and implementation of the Pennsylvania Bureau of Juvenile Justice Services’ (BJJS) new model of aftercare. Understanding how aftercare services are delivered and how the program actually operates is essential for decisionmaking about program planning and for improvement. In January 2005, BJJS decided to shift from a treatment model of aftercare service delivery to a case management model of service delivery. BJJS provides aftercare services to about 2 out of every 3 youth released from placements with the State’s Youth Development Center/Youth Forestry Center (YDC/YFC) system. At current levels of use, the aftercare program enrolls over 500 youth per year. Based on screener results, the great majority of youth enrolled in the program are classified as high risk—they are also older, with greater needs, and more serious offending histories than the average adjudicated youth in Pennsylvania. The BJJS program is one of six major aftercare initiatives active in Pennsylvania, all of which are funded by the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency. The other five programs, all associated with the MacArthur Foundation’s Models for Change initiative, are specific to the single county where they operate: Allegheny, Cambria, Lycoming, Philadelphia, and York counties. In contrast, the BJJS program operates in a group of counties that contain more than 70% of Pennsylvania’s population. Like the Philadelphia program, and like many other serious and violent offender re-entry programs in operation across the nation, the BJJS aftercare program employs a case management model that features extensive assessment, individualized planning, a focus on the transition from life in the placement facility to life in the community, and efforts to assist the youth in building durable, supportive relationships in the community (reintegration). The goals of the BJJS Aftercare Services Project are based on the Intensive Aftercare Program (IAP) model developed by David Altschuler and Troy Armstrong (1994). Instead of starting aftercare services after the youth is released, the planning, assessments, and client contact begins when the youth is placed in the facility. The new BJJS approach begins at disposition, continues while the youth is in placement and on probation in the community, and endures afterwards through connections with services in the community. BJJS contracted with a private provider, Cornell, to implement the community component of the aftercare services model. In the old model, the youth went through the program in phases (could not move to Phase 2 until successfully completing Phase 1). In the new model, the youth completes steps in their own individualized service plan rather than completing a “one size fits all” program. Each youth’s plan is developed based on his/her strengths and needs, family assessments, and resources that will be available in their home community when they are released.Changes in the program model required new resources be put into place both in the facilities and the communities. BJJS made many changes in the program infrastructure, including adding new staff, training staff on the new way of doing business, and using new assessment instruments. The goals of the BJJS aftercare program are to reduce delinquency and improve the life chances for high-risk youth released from state placements. To reach its goals, the program relies on effective collaboration across agencies that traditionally have been independent. The BJJS program requires collaboration among BJJS staff within the YDC/YFC system, contracted case managers active at the facility and in the communities, juvenile court and juvenile probation, families, and community-based service providers. In large measure, success of the aftercare program depends on BJJS success at achieving and sustaining collaboration in a set of state, local, public, private, and non-profit agencies and organizations. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2006. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2011 at: www.portal.state.pa.us Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 122258

Author: Groff, Elizabeth Title: Modeling the Dynamics of Street Robberies Summary: Achieving a better understanding of the crime event in its context remains an important research area in criminology that has major implications for making better policy and developing effective crime prevention strategies. However, progress in this area has been handicapped by a lack of micro-level data and modeling tools that can capture the dynamic interactions of individuals and the context in which they occur. This research creates a conceptual model of street robberies that is based on extant theory and empirical research. Four distinct versions of that conceptual model are implemented using agent-based modeling software (ABMS). All of these versions incorporate core elements of routine activity theory — a motivated offender, suitable target, and a lack of capable guardians. From a research standpoint, this enables specific components of routine activity theory to be explored within a controlled environment. Specifically, the core premise that changes in the social structure have increased crime rates will be examined by varying the time spent away from home over five different temporal experiments. While the original concept of social changes in routine activities did not explicitly consider spatial aspects, this research draws from the geographic literature on activity spaces and offender travel behavior. Inclusion of spatial aspects is accomplished by defining two different types of agent movement—directed and random on two different landscapes – uniform grid and street network. The focus of this study is on operationalizing theory to study the dynamic interactions between individuals from which aggregate crime rates and crime patterns emerge. Research conducted using simulation offers a cost-effective supplement to field research. When used in concert, the two methods focus investments in research by identifying strategies that simulation indicates are promising for further research via field experiments. Research conducted with simulation software offers the ability to examine a variety of policy questions related to crime prevention, policing strategies, and the best response to terrorist incidents. In the area of crime prevention, expensive policies suggested by Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) literature could be tested before investments in physical changes are made. Exploration of the components of the decision to offend (victim selection, guardianship, site characteristics, etc.) will suggest concrete policy direction to prevent crime. Different policing strategies can be tested (e.g., hot spots policing) to examine the rate and size of the resulting diffusion. Finally, simulation can be used to model the reactions of people during catastrophic events. The model developed here provides the foundation for additional, more richly specified models to be developed. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Law and Justice, 2008. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.ilj.org/publications/docs/Modeling_Dynamics_Street_Robberies.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Geographic Studies Shelf Number: 122287

Author: Miller, Neal Title: Stalking Laws and Implementation Practices: A National Review for Policymakers and Practitioners Summary: Stalking is a crime of terror. It is one part threat and one part waiting for the threat to be carried out. The victim of stalking has no way to resolve the threat and terror she feels. (Most reported cases involve male stalkers and female victims.) Stalking is also far more common than most people believe, including criminal justice professionals. Together, these two points underscore the reality that stalking is an important policy issue for the criminal justice system, for agencies providing services to victims of crime, and for advocates concerned about violence against women. Stalking has, of course, gathered considerable attention from the mass media. However, notwithstanding a sizable literature about stalking as a legal construct and as a medical issue, systematic information about this crime and what is being done about it is largely missing. Most significantly, policy analysis of what needs to be done to improve anti-stalking investigation, prosecution, and provision of services to stalking victims is totally absent. To fill those gaps in knowledge, this study of the status of stalking laws and their implementation in the United States was conducted. The study · Analyzed stalking and related legislation in the 50 states, · Reviewed leading court decisions interpreting those laws, · Conducted a survey of police and prosecutor agencies across the country to determine how the laws are being implemented, · Undertook field reviews in jurisdictions with innovative, special anti-stalking efforts, and · Integrated study findings with the existing research literature on stalkers and their behavior. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Law and Justice, 2001. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://browardsheriffsoffice.org/StalkingLawsFinalRpt.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Stalking Legislation Shelf Number: 122289

Author: Watkins, Cheryl Graham Title: A Study of the Transition of Youth from a Detention Center Education Program to a Standard School Education Program in Selected Southeastern States Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine the factors which facilitate the successful transition of youth from a detention educational program to a mainstream educational program. The study investigated the following components: (a) informal or formalized transition programs, (b) the practices used to assist youth at the detention level transition to the educational mainstream, (c) program components used at the detention level to successfully transition youth to the educational mainstream, the importance of personnel in assisting youth in their transition, (d) factors which contribute to the successful transition from detention to the educational mainstream, (e) program components effective in moving youth from a detention education program to the educational mainstream, and (f) whether or not a detention education program with a formal or informal transition program makes a difference in recidivism rates. A survey questionnaire was sent to 143 detention center administrators in the Southeastern United States. Descriptive data were run on all items in the survey. Cronbach’s alpha test of reliability was used to assess internal consistency. Pearson correlation was used to compare consistency between independent and dependent variables. Finally, an independent sample t-test was conducted to examine if mean differences exist on Total Returned to a Detention Center by Transition Program. Transitioning from a detention facility to the community is a difficult process. By making available to youth a comprehensive program during periods of incarceration, and collaborating with the local educational agency, youth are often better able to make the adjustment. This study emphasized that in order for youth to be successful once they leave a correctional facility, a linkage must exist among all stakeholders. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2007. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-12032007-154124/unrestricted/CWatkinETD12-4-07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Education Programs Shelf Number: 122291

Author: Applied Behavioral Health Policy Title: An Epidemiological Study of the Prevalence and Needs Of Children of Incarcerated Parents within the State of Arizona Summary: In March 2004, Governor Janet Napolitano’s Office for Children, Youth, and Families, Division for Substance Abuse Policy commissioned Applied Behavioral Health Policy of the University of Arizona, to conduct an epidemiological study of the inmates in the custody of the Arizona Department of Corrections. Primary questions of interest to the Governor’s Office included: How many inmates have children of minor age? What are the characteristics of these inmates including demographic features, anticipated release date, post release status and needs? What are the ages, current living situation and location, educational attainment, adjustment and social service needs of these children? This reports summarizes the methodological approach and key findings of this study. Voluntary written self-report survey questionnaires were administered to 4,403 inmates housed at three prison facilities operated by the Arizona Department of Corrections. By design, efforts were made to survey all women within custody and a statistically representative sample of male inmates. Overall, a 70% response rate, representing 3,091 inmates, was achieved with a significantly higher rate of response among the women inmates. Initial analyses revealed that the sample of inmates completing the survey under-represented Hispanics and over-represented Caucasians for both males and females while all other racial/ethnic categories were equitably represented, as compared to the general ADC population. As a result, the male response sample was parsed to provide a final sample that approximated the racial/ethnic make-up of the general ADC population. Of this adjusted sample, 1,968 (76%) identified themselves to be parents of minor children. This group of inmates served as the basis of data presented in this report. Details: Tucson, AZ: The University of Arizona, 2005. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.cabhp.asu.edu/projects/research/pdf/epidemiological%20study%20of%20the%20prevalence%20and%20needs%20of%20children%20of%20incarcerated%20parents.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Arizona) Shelf Number: 122292

Author: Fox, James Alan Title: Meth Crime Rises as Budget Axe Falls: Will Congress Cut Law Enforcement and Investments that Help Get Kids on the Right Track? Summary: The more than 2,500 police chiefs, sheriffs, prosecutors, state Attorneys General, other law enforcement leaders, and violence survivors of FIGHT CRIME: INVEST IN KIDS are determined to see that dangerous criminals are put behind bars. Today, one of the toughest crime challenges facing America’s law enforcement is the methamphetamine epidemic. Like the crack epidemic of the 1980s, meth is sweeping much of the country leaving broken families, traumatized communities and an increase in crimes committed by meth addicts. The number of meth addicts has recently doubled. FIGHT CRIME: INVEST IN KIDS analyzed the best available data and research, and provides the first national estimate on crime committed by meth addicts: property and violent crimes doubled to six million crimes in 2004 compared to 2002. Despite the new laws and enforcement efforts to shut down home labs, meth addiction is spreading as new, more potent, crystal meth is moving in from Mexico. While the wave of meth abuse and meth-related crime continues to sweep eastward across the country, Congress is debating severe budget cuts to law enforcement and investments in children proven to prevent crime. America’s anti-crime arsenal contains no more powerful weapons than crime fighters on our streets and in our courts and proven prevention programs such as Head Start, pre-kindergarten, and educational child care; child abuse and neglect prevention; effective youth development activities for the after-school and summer hours; and intervention programs to help troubled kids. Details: Washington, DC: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids, 2006. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.jfox.neu.edu/Documents/methreport06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122293

Author: Jones-Brown, Delores Title: Stop, Question & Frisk Policing Practices In New York City: A Primer Summary: The purpose of the 28-page primer is to present available data on stop, question and frisk practices in New York City – the trends, the geographic concentrations of this form of police activity, the reasons for the stops, the results of the stops, and the racial breakdown of the New Yorkers who have been stopped. The report shows that over a seven-year period, the annual number of stops documented by police officers in New York has more than tripled from 160,851 in 2003 to 575,996 in 2009. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Center on Race, Crime and Justice, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.jjay.cuny.edu/web_images/PRIMER_electronic_version.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement (New York) Shelf Number: 122294

Author: Center for Employment Opportunities Title: The Power of Work: The Center for Employment Opportunities Comprehensive Prisoner Reentry Program Summary: States and localities across the United States are feeling the after-effects of a 25-year incarceration binge. In a period of just 15 years, from 1980 to 1995, the number of people incarcerated in federal and state prisons and local jails more than tripled, from about 500,000 to more than 1.5 million. Today, more than 2 million people are behind bars nationwide. Since almost all prisoners are eventually released, an incarceration boom necessarily translates into a reentry boom. In fact, more than 600,000 people are released from prison each year. Unfortunately, most end up back in the criminal justice system before long. With state and local budgets strained by the high cost of incarceration, breaking the cycle of recidivism is one promising way to shrink the prison population — as well as to increase public safety and to improve the well-being of former prisoners, their families, and their communities. Ex-prisoners face a daunting set of obstacles to reentry, but securing employment may be the biggest challenge of all. The unemployment rate of formerly incarcerated people one year after release may be as high as 60 percent, and there is an increasing reluctance among employers to hire people with criminal histories. Further, studies show that inmates reentering communities are most vulnerable to failure in the early stages after release from jail or prison. Since the late 1970s, New York City’s Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) has addressed the relationship between work and crime. Through a highly structured program of pre-employment training, immediate short-term transitional employment, and full-time job placement services, CEO helps close to 2,000 men and women each year to take the crucial first steps toward staying out of prison and returning to their families and communities. Details: New York: Center for Employment Opportunities, 2006. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2011 at: http://www.mdrc.org/publications/426/full.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122297

Author: Adams, William Title: Tribal Youth in the Federal Justice System: Final Report (Revised) Summary: The Tribal Youth in the Federal Justice System project explored issues surrounding the population of American Indian juveniles who are processed in the federal justice system. Juveniles in the federal system are rare, and a substantial proportion enters into the system because of crimes committed on American Indians lands, over which the states have no jurisdiction. While these cases are sometimes handled within a tribe’s own justice system, some are prosecuted federally. Using 1999-2008 data from the Federal Justice Statistics Program and interviews with tribal and federal officials, the study explored the prevalence, characteristics, and outcomes of these youth at each stage of the justice system. In addition, the study examined significant issues surrounding the processing of tribal youth cases, including the reasons that these cases may be handled federally or tribally. This study fills a gap in the literature by providing both statistical and contextual information about tribal and non-tribal juvenile cases in the federal system. Although the data have many limitations, the study pointed to a number of findings, including the following: over the last ten years, about half of all juveniles in the federal system were tribal youth; the number of juveniles in the federal system – both tribal and nontribal -- decreased over this period; most juvenile cases were concentrated in a small number of federal judicial districts; and U.S. Attorneys declined a substantial portion of all juvenile matters referred for prosecution. Tribal and non-tribal juvenile cases differed in significant ways: most tribal youth cases involved violent offenses, while most non-tribal cases involved public order and drug offenses; and tribal youth were more likely to be adjudicated delinquent, while nontribal youth were more likely to be prosecuted as adults. Availability of rehabilitative resources and tribal capacity to prosecute were also found to be important factors in the decision to pursue a tribal youth case in the federal system. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412369-Tribal-Youth-in-the-Federal-Justice-System.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 122299

Author: Yu, Sz-De Title: Criminal Minds Models: An Exploration of a Typology for Criminal Propensity Summary: A new theoretical framework was introduced to classify criminal propensity. The principal assumption is there is variation within criminal propensity. It means even though criminals all have criminal propensity, it does not mean they are all prone to commit crime to the same extent. This new model is called the CM Model in which criminal propensity is defined as criminal minds. There are eight CM models based on the level of the three major dimensions of criminal minds, including rationality, emotinality, and morality. A survey study was done to test this new model. The issues regarding the difference between digital piracy and stealing have also been addressed, using the CM models. In addition, the moral issue about digital piracy was examined as well. As a exploratory study, implications were suggested according to the preliminary findings. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2010. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://dspace.lib.iup.edu:8080/dspace/bitstream/2069/235/1/Sz-De+Yu.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Behavior, Predition of Shelf Number: 122300

Author: Lucht, Jim Title: Enhancing Supervision and Support for Released Prisoners: A Documentation and Evaluation of the Community Supervision Mapping System Summary: Mapping has become increasingly employed in the field of criminal justice. Compared to the more traditional types of justice mapping, such as crime prevention and detection, spatially viewing returning prisoners and the reentry services or resources in their communities is a more recent development. This final report introduces the Community Supervision Mapping System (CSMS), an online tool that enables users to map the formerly incarcerated and others on probation, along with related data such as service provider locations and police districts. CSMS was developed and piloted in Rhode Island in 2008, and was intentionally designed to be a user-friendly, low-cost software package that is easy to replicate in other jurisdictions. This report documents the development process, implementation with a variety of users, and process and initial outcome evaluation of CSMS. Results from the evaluation indicate that the most popular search features on CSMS include a probationer’s name, a specific city, the general radius around a landmark (including schools, addresses, or services), an individual’s Department of Correction ID number, and probation officer caseload numbers. Probation officers use CSMS more often than reentry, law enforcement, or other users, and tend to use a wider variety of features for a more extensive range of purposes. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412368-enhancing-supervision.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mapping Shelf Number: 122301

Author: Western, Bruce Title: From Prison to Work: A Proposal for a National Prisoner Reentry Program Summary: Around seven hundred thousand mostly low-income and minority men and women are released from prison each year. Returning to lives of low wages and high rates of unemployment, about two thirds will be rearrested within three years. I propose a national prisoner reentry program whose core element is up to a year of transitional employment available to all parolees in need of work. Transitional jobs are supplemented by substance-abuse treatment and housing after release, expanded work and educational programs in prison, and the restoration of eligibility for federal benefits for those with felony records. The program costs are offset by increased employment and reduced crime and correctional costs for program participants. By shifting supervision from custody in prison to intensive programs in the community, the national reentry program improves economic opportunity and reduces prison populations. Details: Washington, DC: The Brookings Institute, The Hamilton Project, 2008. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper 2008-16: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/rc/papers/2008/12_prison_to_work_western/12_prison_to_work_western.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122303

Author: Aborn, Richard M Title: Gambling: Who's Really at Risk? The Connection Between Gambling and Crime Summary: New York State is considering permitting gambling in Sullivan County. The process of making this decision requires consideration of the many factors that will have an impact on the quality of life if gambling is permitted. No one would deny that this is a decision that will have wide and deep ramifications lasting for decades – with an impact not confined to Sullivan County, but affecting adjoining communities as well. One of the many factors that must be considered is the impact that permitting casino gambling will have on crime. Is it predictable that crime will increase in Sullivan County should casino gambling be permitted? If there is an increase, what sorts of crime or crimes will rise? Will only Sullivan County be affected or will adjoining communities also experience an increase in criminal activity? Will any rise in crime be merely the result of the inevitable increase in tourism or are there characteristics uniquely associated with gambling that will trigger particular types of crime? What has been the experience of other communities that have permitted gambling? Specifically, this report examines the impact on crime experienced by other communities during the first decade or so after they have permitted gambling. It does not, at this stage, make projections about what Sullivan County should anticipate. It does, however, examine what has occurred in other communities within the first years after introducing gambling and offers that as guidance as to what Sullivan County - and its neighboring communities - can anticipate. Details: New York: Constantine & Aborn Advisory Services, 2005. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: 43p. Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Casino Gambling Shelf Number: 122304

Author: Krupat, Tanya Title: A Call to Action: A report of the New York Initiative for Children of Incarcerated Parents The Osborne Association Safeguarding New York’s Children of Incarcerated Parents Summary: New York is home to an estimated 105,000 children of incarcerated parents; hundreds of thousands more have experienced their parent’s criminal justice involvement at some point in their lives. Yet some have called this an “orphan issue” as it belongs to no single agency or oversight body and there remains a great deal we do not know about the scope and impact of a parent’s incarceration on children. In the summer of 2010, a public/private coalition began a strategic planning process to address the practice and policy concerns facing New York’s children and families impacted by incarceration. This effort was built on the momentum of two existing and active interdisciplinary groups – the Osborne Association’s New York Initiative for Children of Incarcerated Parents (NY Initiative) and the Governor’s Children’s Cabinet Subcommittee on Children of Incarcerated Parents. The six-month planning effort included a series of five topical discussion meetings drawing on the expertise of people in the field (in both public and nonprofit agencies), and culminated in a one-day summit on November 15, 2010. The goal of the Summit, whose heading was “A Call to Action,” was to draw attention to the needs of children whose parents are in the criminal justice system and to develop recommendations for how the systems that touch their lives can minimize trauma and harm, and support their resiliency and success. The Summit was co-sponsored by the Diane Abbey Center for Children and Families at New York Law School and brought together more than 240 people representing 100 different agencies and organizations, as well as individuals directly affected by parental incarceration. The Summit opened with a panel of young people who have experienced parental incarceration, followed by a panel of commissioners of four state and local agencies. Underscoring the importance of including young people in discussions of policies and practices that affect them, the youth and commissioners then sat on the stage together to answer questions from the audience. This report builds on the planning process leading up to the Summit, and the actual Summit itself. As the Summit title stated, the purpose of this report is action. It is intended to be a tool that assists policymakers, practitioners, government agency staff, advocates, and families to enact positive changes to benefit the lives of New York’s children. Details: New York: New York Inititive for Children of Incarcerated Parents, The Osborne Association, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2011 at: http://www.osborneny.org/NYCIP/ACalltoActionNYCIP.Osborne2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (New York) Shelf Number: 122308

Author: Public Health Management Corporation Title: An Assessment of the Needs of Latino Youth Involved in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This report summarizes the findings from an 18-month assessment of the needs of Latino youth ages 10-20 involved with the juvenile justice system and their parents in seven Pennsylvania counties: Adams, Berks, Dauphin, Lancaster, Lehigh, Philadelphia, and York. A relatively high percentage of Latino youth in these counties are in contact with the juvenile justice system. This needs assessment was conducted by the Public Health Management Corporation (PHMC) for the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency’s Disproportionate Minority Contact Subcommittee (DMC). PHMC was assisted by the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) in identifying model programs and best practices in juvenile justice. The goal of this needs assessment is to identify the specific needs of Latino youth in the Pennsylvania juvenile justice system in the seven counties, including:  Educational, employment, and housing needs;  Need for ESL classes;  Need for Spanish language translators and interpreters;  Need for bilingual/bicultural staff in social service organizations, juvenile justice agencies and schools;  Availability of orientation and other materials in Spanish;  Existence of culturally competent alternatives to detention; and  Special needs of immigrants, undocumented individuals, and youth who are, or who are alleged to be, gang members. This information will be used by the DMC to develop and implement strategies to address existing needs. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Public Health Management Corporation, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2011 at: www.portal.state.pa.us Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanic Americans Shelf Number: 122309

Author: Power, Richard Title: Child Identity Theft: New Evidence Indicates Identity Thieves are Targeting Children for Unused Social Security Numbers Summary: In the cyber-centric world of the 21st Century, parents have many risks and threats to ponder as they attempt to provide a safe present and a secure future for their children. Each day, a new danger seems to capture the headlines, from exposure to online predators to the cyber-bullying by schoolmates. Meanwhile, those parents are looking over their own shoulders, careful to guard against the crime of identity theft, so that they can continue to provide that safe present, and to build that secure future. Well, it just got worse. Because, as this report suggests, it is possible that you could be quite effective at warding off online predators and cyber-bullies, as well as proving quite successful at guarding your own hardearned good credit, only to find that your child’s identity has been violated, and your family’s financial and emotional well-being threatened in an almost inconceivable way. What would you do if your child was in foreclosure on a home in another state? Wouldn’t you want to know if your child had run up a huge utility bill across town? These are not theoretical questions, these are reallife questions that the parents and guardians of children in this report have been forced to come to grips with. In Child Identity Theft, you will find a hard look at what child identity theft means, including an analysis of over 4,000 incidents of child identity theft, and the actual stories of several victims. The report also lists recommendations for preventative measures that should be taken by both public and private sector institutions, as well as protective steps for parents to take directly. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: CyLab, Carnegie Mellon, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.cylab.cmu.edu/files/pdfs/reports/2011/child-identity-theft.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Identity Theft (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122310

Author: Bryan, Jennifer L. Title: CEO’s Rapid Rewards Program: Using Incentives to Promote Employment Retention for Formerly Incarcerated Individuals Summary: Every year, over 650,000 Americans return home to their communities from prison. Close to 10 million return from jail. They need to find jobs. But the formerly incarcerated face significant barriers to employment, including a lack of education and occupational skills, limited or no work history, and minimal support systems (Petersilia 2003). They also face the burden of a felony conviction as they attempt to re-enter community life. Not surprisingly, most do not succeed. Failure occurs quickly, often within the first months after release. Fully two-thirds of all those released from prison on parole will be rearrested within three years. Over 50 percent will return to prison or jail (Langin and Levin 2002). There is little doubt that unemployment contributes to the cycle of incarceration. In New York State, 89 percent of those who violate the terms of their probation or parole are unemployed at the time of violation (Mukamal 2000). This strongly suggests that employment can play a crucial role in breaking the cycle of incarceration. CEO began as a demonstration project of the Vera Institute of Justice to test this very idea: what would happen if people coming home from prison or jail were offered paid transitional work? The project evolved into CEO’s signature work experience program, the Neighborhood Work Project (NWP), which provides paid, time-limited employment and serves as an "employment lab," preparing participants with essential skills to rejoin the workforce and restart their lives. At the same time, CEO works to place participants in full-time, unsubsidized employment and follows up through the first year of such employment, providing retention and advancement counseling and referrals. Within the field of reentry and workforce development, CEO is widely recognized as a leader for its proven ability to place the most “difficult to employ” individuals in full-time jobs. Since becoming an independent nonprofit in 1996, CEO has made over 10,000 full-time job placements for formerly incarcerated persons. CEO provides: (1) pre-employment job readiness training through one week of intensive classroom instruction; (2) meetings with a job coach; (3) paid transitional work at one of CEO’s supervised work sites throughout New York City; (4) vocational assessment and job development with a job developer; (5) unsubsidized job placement; and (6) job retention support. In the last few years, CEO has begun to focus more carefully on not only helping participants get placed in jobs, but ensuring that they remain employed for longer periods. Achieving lasting results requires following up with participants to track their employment retention, learn more about the issues they face, and encourage them to remain employed. CEO has a “follow up” unit that tracks and independently verifies participants’ employment. Once a participant is placed in a job by CEO, a staff member from the follow up unit contacts the employer or parole officer to verify the job start date, wages, title, hours, and other employment information. CEO also has a post-placement unit that provides support to help people stay in the workforce. An important part of post-placement services is CEO’s Rapid Rewards Program. Details: New York: CEO Learning Institute, 2007. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2011 at: http://www.alaskachd.org/justice/offender/documents/CEO%20Rapid%20Rewards%20Program.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122315

Author: Wilkinson, Reginald A., ed. Title: Reentry Best Practices: Directors' Perspectives Summary: This compendium presents reentry best practices that were submitted by member agencies. The submissions are clustered into five substantive areas. They were: (1) Prison Programs; (2) Transitional Programs; (3) Mental Health/Substance Abuse Programs; (4) Community Supervision Strategies; and (5) Promising or Unique Services. Details: Middleton, CT: Association of State Correctional Administrators, 2004. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://www.asca.net/system/assets/attachments/2075/Reentry_Best_Practices_Publication-1.pdf?1296149357 Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 122320

Author: Crime and Justice Institute Title: Implementing Evidence-Based Policy and Practice in Community Corrections, 2nd Edition Summary: Building an evidence-based community corrections system requires more than just the research on "what works." It requires a commitment to fundamentally changing the way organizations do business, and the way they work together. In 2002, the Crime and Justice Institute at CRJ partnered with the National Institute of Corrections to develop the Integrated Model, which approached implementation with an equal focus on Evidence-Based Policies and Practices (EBP), Organizational Development, and Collaboration. The Model provides guidance not just on what practices to implement, but also on how to create long-term commitment to measurable reductions in recidivism. Original publications on the Integrated Model were disseminated widely, and the Model was put into practice throughout the country. This updated version incorporates the foundational information on EBP, Organizational Development, and Collaboration that was presented in the original 2004 publications, along with the latest research. It is essential reading for community corrections leaders and managers looking to implement EBP. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2009. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://cjinstitute.org/files/Community_Corrections_BoxSet_Oct09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122321

Author: Taxman, Faye S. Title: Targeting for Reentry: Matching Needs and Services to Maximize Public Safety Summary: One of the most vexing problems facing governors, legislators and corrections administrators across the United States is how to stop the inevitable movement of offenders from institution, to community, to institution, to community, ad infinitum (referred to as churners, see Lynch & Sabol, 2001; Hughes, Wilson, & Beck, 2001). For example, in 1997, there were 587,177 new prisoners admitted to state and federal institutions in this country. At the Same time, 528,848 prisoners were released from state and federal facilities across the country. Among new prison admissions, there were 189,765 offenders returned to prison as parole or other conditional release violators (approximately 40% of all new admissions in 1997). And among new prison releasees, it is estimated that about 40% (200,000) will be back in prison within three years for either new crimes or technical violations (Petersilia, 2000). Clearly, there is a subgroup of the federal and state prison population who appear to have integrated periods of incarceration into their lifestyle and life choices. What can and should the correction systems do to “target” these offenders for specialized services and controls to improve reintegration into the community? In the following report, we examine the offender targeting issue in detail, utilizing data gathered from our review of eight model Reentry Partnership Initiative Programs. We begin by discussing the range of target population criteria used in the eight model programs and then discuss the unique challenges presented by different types of offender typologies, such as repeat offenders, violent offenders, sex offenders, and drug offenders. Then we identify the relevant classification, treatment, and control issues that decision makers will have to address as they design and implement their own reentry processes that address the unique needs presented by different offender typologies. We conclude by highlighting the lessons learned from the current wave of WI models. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, Bureau of Governmental Research, 2002. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/196491.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122323

Author: Campbell, Nancy M. Title: Comprehensive Framework for Paroling Authorities in an Era of Evidence-Based Practices Summary: Parole can be defined as both a procedure by which a board administratively releases inmates from prison as well as a provision for post-release supervision. The Comprehensive Framework for Paroling Authorities in an Era of Evidence-Based Practices focuses on procedures relative to how and when to make the release decision and why and when to revoke a release. Parole is defined in this document as the release of an offender from imprisonment to the community by a releasing authority (parole board or paroling authority) prior to the expiration of the offender’s sentence subject to conditions imposed by the releasing authority. Revocation is the action of a releasing authority removing a person from parole status in response to a violation of conditions. Since eligibility for release on parole is a matter of state law, there is considerable variation in the location, administration, and organization of paroling authorities in the United States. All states have parole boards, and these boards may be independent agencies that have responsibility for release decisions or a branch of a department of corrections or a community corrections agency. In these organizational structures, boards may also have responsibility for staff who monitor the supervision of parolees in the community. Regardless of the structure, governors/governments are usually ill-equipped to select, hire, and train the caliber of individuals needed to do this important work that has a significant impact on public safety and the economy of a state. The Comprehensive Framework for Paroling Authorities in an Era of Evidence-Based Practices is the overarching visionary plan that paroling authorities need to lead them to a desired future of well-trained board members, using evidence-based practices within agencies that have sufficient staff and other resources to effectively support the release and, when necessary, revocation of offenders. The document describes what governors (appointing authorities) and paroling authorities need to do to improve the parole process while decreasing offender recidivism and increasing public safety. This document provides an outline of how NIC will lead the implementation of The Comprehensive Framework for Paroling Authorities in an Era of Evidence-Based Practices so that parole boards have the system components, organizational structure, and other resources to be a more vital part of the correctional system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2008. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/022906.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 122325

Author: Martin, Ginger Title: From Incarceration to Community: A Roadmap to Improving Prisoner Reentry and System Accountability in Massachusetts Summary: With the tremendous growth in incarceration in Massachusetts, inmates are returning to communities in record numbers. More than 20,000 prison and jail inmates are released to Massachusetts’ towns and cities each year. Policymakers have become increasingly concerned with how the corrections system should manage the reentry process to best protect the public and how communities can absorb and reintegrate returning prisoners. The entire reentry process must be strengthened. This report provides a roadmap for prisoner reentry in Massachusetts, drawing from the national research literature of evidence-based practices and interviews with experts, officials, practitioners, and community-based service providers. It addresses areas of policy that have a significant effect on reentry, from sentencing through post-release follow-up, with particular focus on the roles of the state prison system, houses of corrections, and parole. Details: Boston: Criminal and Justice Institute, 2004. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://cjinstitute.org/files/reentryrpt_1.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 122326

Author: Hughes, Diane K. Title: A Comparison of Paterson Juveniles Under Probation Supervision Before and After Implementation of the Paterson Juvenile Justice Village Initiative. Are Probation/Police Collaborations Effective Models for Probation Supervision? Summary: New Jersey Superior Courts have been unified for a number of years, but state assumption of funding didn’t occur until 1995. Funding for the courts previously rested with each county, resulting in significant disparities between counties. The focus for the first few years after the state assumed funding for all superior courts throughout the 15 vincinages was on budget issues such as attaining equitable resource allocation; standardization of purchasing; uniform job titles; and equalization of pay. The Administrative Office of the Courts has recently begun to look toward standardization of practices throughout the state. Probation, as a division of the superior court, has been exploring options to improve efficiency, effectiveness and accountability. The Conference of Chief Probation Officers has been looking at operations and activities in the vicinages to identify those that are “best practices” which may be implemented statewide. Probation services in New Jersey are not alone in seeking ways to reinvent themselves. Probation throughout the country has been grappling with the notion of reinventing itself to best serve the court, the offender and the community. This paper will focus on the movement of probation toward collaborations with police and explore specifically the Paterson Juvenile Justice Village Initiative. Collaborations between probation and police are proliferating at a fast pace. It may be that such collaborations are, in fact, a “best practice”. There are, however, some issues and concerns, which will be addressed. This paper will look briefly at probation’s past and focus on some of the more recent efforts of probation to view work differently. A review of literature relevant to the collaborative approach will be discussed. Almost all such approaches are patterned after a collaboration between probation and police in Boston, Massachusetts known as Operation Night Light. The Paterson Juvenile Justice Village Initiative is also based on the Boston partnership. In fact, staff from Boston and Paterson spent time with each other both in Paterson and in Boston. A description of juvenile probation practices in the Passaic Vicinage is offered as well as a full description of the Paterson Village Initiative field activities and approach. Problems and issues arising from collaborations between court administered probation divisions and law enforcement are discussed. The methodology section will enumerate what was evaluated; explain how data was collected and discuss the problems of gathering data by utilizing cumbersome mainframe systems and conducting surveys. The collected data will be presented and an analysis will follow. This writer’s conclusions will be presented as well as a discussion of the need for future research. Details: Denver, CO: Institute for Court Management, Court Executive Development Program, 2000. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://contentdm.ncsconline.org/cgi-bin/showfile.exe?CISOROOT=/famct&CISOPTR=81 Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 233426

Author: Taxman, Faye S. Title: Proactive Community Supervision in Maryland: Changing Offender Outcomes Summary: With over 70,000 adult offenders under community supervision in the late 1990s, and more than 100 offenders assigned to each probation/parole agent, Maryland faced challenges similar to other states regarding the most effective strategy for supervising offenders in the community. In response to the 2000 Joint Chairmen’s Report, the Maryland Division of Parole and Probation (MDPP) developed a strategy to reengineer supervision by integrating research-based findings pertinent to protecting community safety and returning offenders to a more prosocial lifestyle. The strategy, called Proactive Community Supervision (PCS), has three goals: protect public safety; hold offenders accountable to victims and the community; and help offenders become responsible and productive (Sachwald, 2000). These goals are accomplished through the five major components of PCS: 1) identify criminogenic traits using a valid risk and need tool; 2) develop a supervision plan that addresses criminogenic traits employing effective external controls and treatment interventions; 3) hold the offender accountable for progress on the supervision plan; 4) use a place-based strategy wherein individual probation/parole office environments are engaged in implementing the strategy; and 5) develop partnerships with community organizations who will provide ancillary services to supervisees. Collectively, these five tenets are based on findings from research studies identifying crime reduction strategies over the last 30 years. Funds to implement the PCS strategy were appropriated for State Fiscal Year 2002. To allow MDPP to change the context of supervision, caseload sizes for intensive supervision by probation/parole agents were to be reduced from 100 to 55 in four areas: Mondawmin in Baltimore City, Hyattsville in Prince George’s County, Silver Spring in Montgomery County, and all of Caroline County. With PCS, probation/parole agents are armed with a research-based strategy regarding how to address the criminogenic traits that propel individuals to continue their involvement in criminal behavior. PCS offers a holistic approach for probation/parole agents to facilitate offender change while emphasizing accountability and public safety. This report presents an overview of the impact of the PCS strategy on key offender outcomes--rearrest rates, warrants for violation of probation, and adherence to offender supervision plans. To determine whether the PCS process achieves the intended goals, a team of researchers from the University of Maryland and Virginia Commonwealth University evaluated the impact of the PCS process on offender outcomes. The evaluation study used an individual match design that compares the outcomes of 548 offenders — 274 randomly selected offenders supervised in PCS areas with 274 matched offenders in areas that use the traditional supervision model. The researchers found that participation in PCS had a positive effect on offender outcomes. In particular, regardless of the criminal history of the offender or risk level, the rates of rearrest and warrants filed for technical violations were significantly lower for offenders that were supervised under the PCS strategy. The PCS model has shown to have statistically significant outcomes for offenders compared to traditional methods of supervision. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland; Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2006. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2011 at: http://www.dpscs.state.md.us/publicinfo/publications/pdfs/PCS_Evaluation_Feb06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122327

Author: Drake, Greg Title: Gauging the Needs and Desires of those Reentering the Community: The Safer Monroe Area Reentry Team (SMART) Reentry Survey Report Summary: One of the most important and misunderstood sub-populations in Rochester is that of those returning to the community from prisons and jails. In his 2005 book But they All Come Back’, Jeremy Travis argues that about half of all those released will convicted of a new crime within three years of their release. In light of this, the need for tools and information to help better understand and work with this sub-population is paramount to any criminal justice approach. The Safer Monroe Area Reentry Team, which will be referred to by the acronym SMART for the remainder of the report, works closely with this sub-population in Rochester. In an attempt to further understand the needs and desires of those reentering, SMART developed a six page survey for those whom they provide services. The survey used in this study (Appendix A) asked respondents 30 questions ranging from simple descriptive information, such as age or type of conviction, to broader open-ended questions, such as which services they felt were more important than others. The surveys were given to various services providers in Monroe County who then distributed those surveys to their reentry clients. These providers were Catholic Family Center, Volunteers of America, The Salvation Army, Evelyn Brandon Wellness Center, Rochester Rehabilitation, Altamont House, Grace House of Rochester, Recovery Houses of Rochester, YWCA, Sojourner House, and East House. The number of surveys returned differed by provider. This method resulted in a convenience sample of 222 surveys representing a multitude of demographics, some of which may be represented at rates that differ from those within the general population. Most notably there is a disproportionately high number of sex offenders within the sample. The combination of only sampling those receiving services and using a convenience sampling method limits the ability of this study to generalize its findings to all people reentering the community from prison and jails. However, this unique sample should provide valuable insight into how a group of people reentering the community think about particular issues. This study is also valuable in that it is one of the first of its kind in the Rochester area. Overall, this research is intended to generate discussion about reentry as a practice within Monroe County, as well as drive further research and policy implementation on the topic of reentry and reentry services in the future. The data in the report will be referenced in aggregate. However, general demographic information for the sample will be listed in this report so that disproportionately represented sub-groups can be easily identified by the reader. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #2010-05: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2010/2010-05.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (Rochester, NY) Shelf Number: 122330

Author: Finklea, Kristin M. Title: The Interplay of Borders, Turf, Cyberspace, and Jurisdiction: Issues Confronting U.S. Law Enforcement Summary: Savvy criminals constantly develop new techniques to target U.S. persons, businesses, and interests. Individual criminals as well as broad criminal networks exploit geographic borders, criminal turf, cyberspace, and law enforcement jurisdiction to dodge law enforcement countermeasures. Further, the interplay of these realities can potentially encumber policing measures. In light of these interwoven realities, policy makers may question how to best design policies to help law enforcement combat ever-evolving criminal threats. Criminals routinely take advantage of geographic borders. They thrive on their ability to illicitly cross borders, subvert border security regimens, and provide illegal products or services. Many crimes — particularly those of a cyber nature — have become increasi ngly transnational. While criminals may operate across geographic borders and jurisdictional boundaries, law enforcement may not be able to do so with the same ease. Moreover, obstacles such as disparities between the legal regimens of nations (what is considered a crime in one country may not be in another) and differences in willingness to extradite suspected criminals can hamper prosecutions. The law enforcement community has, however, expanded its working relationships with both domestic and international agencies. Globalization and technological innovation have fostered the expansion of both legitimate and criminal operations across physical borders as well as throughout cyberspace. Advanced, rapid communication systems have made it easier for criminals to carry out their operations remotely from their victims and members of their illicit networks. In the largely borderless cyber domain, criminals can rely on relative anonymity and a rather seamless environment to conduct illicit business. Further, in the rapidly evolving digital age, law enforcement may not have the technological capabilities to keep up with the pace of criminals. Some criminal groups establish their own operational “borders” by defining and defending the “turf” or territories they control. Similarly, U.S. law enforcement often remains constrained by its own notions of “turf” — partly defined in terms of competing agency-level priorities and jurisdictions. While some crimes are worked under the jurisdiction of a proprietary agency, others are not investigated under such clear lines. These investigative overlaps and a lack of data and information sharing can hinder law enforcement anti-crime efforts. U.S. law enforcement has, particularly since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, increasingly relied on intelligence-led policing, enhanced interagency cooperation, and technological implementation to confront 21st century crime. For instance, enforcement agencies have used formal and informal interagency agreements as well as fusion centers and task forces to assimilate information and coordinate operations. Nonetheless, there have been notable impediments in implementing effective information sharing systems and relying on up-to-date technology. Congress may question how it can leverage its legislative and oversight roles to bolster U.S. law enforcement’s abilities to confront modern-day crime. For instance, Congress may consider whether federal law enforcement has the existing authorities, technology, and resources — both monetary and manpower — to counter 21st century criminals. Congress may also examine whether federal law enforcement is utilizing existing mechanisms to effectively coordinate investigations and share information. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: R41927: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41927.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 122332

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Mail and Wire Fraud: A Brief Overview of Federal Criminal Law Summary: It is a federal crime to devise a scheme to defraud another of property, when either mail or wire communications are used in furtherance of the scheme, 18 U.S.C. 1341, 1343. Mail or wire fraud includes schemes to defraud another of honest services, when the scheme involves bribery or a kick back, 18 U.S.C. 1346; Skilling v. United States, 130 S.Ct. 2896 (2010). In order to convict, the government must prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant (1) used either mail or wire communications in the foreseeable furtherance, (2) of a scheme to defraud, (3) involving a material deception, (4) with the intent to deprive another of, (5) either property or honest services. Offenders face the prospect of imprisonment for not more than 20 years, a fine of not more than $250,000 (not more than $500,000 for organizations), an order to pay victim restitution, and the confiscation of any property realized from the offense. Misconduct that constitutes mail or wire fraud may also constitute a violation of one or more other federal crimes. Principal among these are predicate offense crimes, frauds based on jurisdictional factors other than use of mail or wire communications, and other honest services frauds in the form of bribery or kickbacks. The other federal bribery and kickback offenses include bribery of public officials, federal program bribery, extortion under color of official right, and Medicare/Medicaid kickbacks. Mail and wire fraud are money laundering and racketeering predicate offenses. Numbered among the fraud offenses based on other jurisdiction grounds are the false claims and false statement offenses, bank fraud, health care fraud, securities fraud, and foreign labor contracting fraud. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: R41930: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41930.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bribery Shelf Number: 122333

Author: Fox, James Alan Title: The Recent Surge in Homicides involving Young Black Males and Guns: Time to Reinvest in Prevention and Crime Control Summary: While overall homicide levels in the United States have fluctuated minimally in recent years, those involving young victims and perpetrators — particularly young black males — have surged. From 2002 to 2007, the number of homicides involving black male juveniles as victims rose by 31% and as perpetrators by 43%. In terms of gun killings involving this same population subgroup, the increases were even more pronounced: 54% for young black male victims and 47% for young black male perpetrators. The increase in homicide among black youth, coupled with a smaller increase or even decrease among their white counterparts, was consistently true for every region of the country and nearly all population groupings of cities. The pattern also held individually for a majority of states and major cities. After some decline during the 1990s, the percentage of homicides that involve a gun has increased since 2000, both among young white offenders and black offenders of all age ranges. The percentage of gun homicides for young black offenders has reached nearly 85%. These trends are concomitant with various legislative initiatives at the federal level that have lessened the extent of surveillance on illegal gun markets. Time-of-day patterns of violent crime victimization for youngsters, ages 6-17, reveal clear differences between school days and out-of-school periods. On school days, the risk spikes during the after-school hours — the primetime for juvenile crime---while the late evening hours are most problematic on non-school days, particularly summertime weekends. Future demographics suggest that the concern for at-risk youth should increase over the next decade. The number of black and Hispanic children should continue to expand, contrasting with the rather limited increase expected among Caucasian children. There is a significant need for reinvestment in children and families — in essence an at-risk youth bailout during these difficult economic times. Federal support for policing and youth violence prevention has declined sharply in recent years, perhaps precipitated by complacency brought about by the significant 1990s decline in crime. The resurgence in homicide, especially among minority youth, signals the importance of restoring federal funds for crime prevention and crime control. Details: Boston, MA: Northeastern University, 2008. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.jfox.neu.edu/Documents/Fox%20Swatt%20Homicide%20Report%20Dec%2029%202008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 122335

Author: Brown, Russell R., III Title: Expungement and Collateral Sanctions. The Other Side of Justice: A Look at Rehabilitated and Otherwise Harmless Persons And The Long Term Effect Of Having a Criminal Record Summary: Two strikes and you’re out! In Ohio, because expungements are reserved for first time criminal offenders only, one may be treated as a career criminal after the second conviction of a misdemeanor and/or felony offense. In many states one may be treated as such even after his or her first criminal offense where expungement is not available at all. Because there are no restrictions on the use of a person’s conviction status, the state of Ohio and its employers may exclude a person from employment and other opportunities based solely upon their conviction status, whether one is truly a career criminal or not. Within this loose standard, the author explores specific research on: (1) the opinions of Ohio municipal court judges on the policy and practice of expungement and (2) the rate of expungements granted for persons convicted of a first offense in the Cleveland Municipal Court Selective Intervention Program. The goal of the research is to observe both how the justice system sees and responds to rehabilitated and otherwise harmless persons with a criminal record and what effect having the criminal record has on those persons’ ability to compete for available job opportunities. This research also identifies what support there is for ending indefinite punishment placed on those rehabilitated and otherwise harmless persons who may be denied employment opportunities based solely upon their having a criminal record. The significance of this research is that it addresses the fact that years after their last conviction, rehabilitated and otherwise harmless persons with criminal records who are otherwise qualified for a job, are often treated by employers, the justice system, and society the same as if they were habitually criminal persons because of their convictions status. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Management, Court Executive Development Program, 2006. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.ncsc.org/~/media/files/pdf/education%20and%20careers/cedp%20papers/2006/brownrussellrcedpfinal0506.ashx Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records (Ohio) Shelf Number: 122336

Author: Illinois Community Safety and Reentry Commission Title: Inside Out: A Plan to Reduce Recidivism and Improve Public Safety Summary: Communities in Illinois and nationwide are reeling from a revolving criminal justice door. The cycle of crime, punishment, and reoffending is a major public safety issue, and without intervention is bound to accelerate if recidivism rates remain at near record highs and record numbers continue to be released from state prison. Illinois’s prison population more than doubled from 1988 through 2001, largely due to incarceration rates among drug-involved offenders. Without positive intervention, more than one-half of the record nearly 40,000 inmates estimated to be released from state prisons this fiscal year will be back in prison within three years — after committing new crimes, finding new victims, or violating their parole. No one knows this better than the families in the hardest hit communities in Illinois. In 2005, the vast majority (82%) of the formerly incarcerated returned to just ten regions in the state. These communities also suffer some of the highest poverty and crime rates. Therefore, in addition to increased risk of becoming a crime victim, residents of these communities are losing family members to the vicious cycle of drugs, crime, and incarceration. The family, community, and statewide toll of crime is only compounded when a formerly incarcerated individual, lacking supports and jobs, commits another crime and returns to prison. When Governor Rod Blagojevich was first elected, he announced that his administration would spearhead a comprehensive public safety initiative to roll back the state’s recidivism rate, which had been climbing for more than a decade, standing in 2004 at over 54 percent, a historic high. In other words, for every two inmates released, one committed another crime and returned to prison, likely within a year of release. The costs of this revolving door of incarceration to the community and to the state — which spent $3 billion over 16 years, primarily in the 1990s, to build, operate, repair, and maintain new state prisons and expand their capacity — are simply too high to sustain. Funds are far better spent breaking this vicious cycle than supporting it. Under Governor Blagojevich’s leadership, the state has taken strong steps to stem this flood, including instituting several innovative programs, such as the Sheridan National Model Drug Prison and Reentry Program (which aims to be the largest state prison and comprehensive reentry program in the nation dedicated to inmates with substance abuse issues; the program focuses its efforts both in prison and during a highly supervised and supported return to the community) and Operation Spotlight Parole Reform Initiative (a long-term plan to dramatically increase the number of parole agents, improve case management, tighten parole supervision to emphasize risk reduction and expand community-based resources that help reduce crime). These efforts are seeing early, promising results. Among graduates of the Sheridan Program within its first two years, recidivism rates were nearly 40 percent lower than comparison groups. In addition, the Operation Spotlight Initiative has already helped to reduce new crimes among all of the state’s parolees to the lowest levels in state history. In part, thanks to these and other initiatives, the state’s overall three-year recidivism rate has declined to 51 percent. However, much more remains to be done to maintain the momentum. Details: Springfield, IL: Community Safety and Reentry Commission, 2007. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.idoc.state.il.us/subsections/reports/other/Governor's%20%20Reentry%20Commission%20Report%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122338

Author: Lawrence, Sarah Title: Crime Trends in the City of East Palo Alto Summary: This report presents a comprehensive analysis of crime in East Palo Alto (EPA) to increase knowledge about the scope and nature of crime in the City. The intent is to help City leaders, community groups, and the residents of East Palo Alto make more informed and empirically-based decisions about how to improve public safety. What have been the overall crime trends in the City since the mid-1980s? Included in this report are an examination of crime in the City over the last few decades and comparisons between East Palo Alto and California to understand what has happened in the City in the context of what has happened in the rest of the State. A few questions that are addressed in the report include: What types of crimes have increased during this period? What types of crimes have decreased during this period? How do the trends in the City compare to the rest of the State? What are the demographic profiles and criminal backgrounds of both homicide victims and known homicide victims and how do they compare to one another? Has the level of shootings changed over time? When are shootings most likely to occur? Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Center for Criminal Justice, UC Berkeley School of Law, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/EPA_Main_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis, High Crime Areas Shelf Number: 122340

Author: Phillips, Susan D. Title: Making “The Bill of Rights for Children of Incarcerated Parents” a Reality: Evaluation Report Summary: When we send someone to prison, we tend to think of it as the endpoint in a process: someone has violated the law, been caught, tried, and sentenced to confinement away from others. However, for millions of children whose parents are sent to jail or prison, the process does not stop there. While their parents are in prison, children worry about who will care for them, wonder if they are somehow to blame for their parents getting into trouble, and struggle to keep their parents’ whereabouts hidden from others to avoid being teased or rejected. Being separated from a parent – even a parent who has broken the law – leaves a hole in a child’s life. When children are separated from their parents for other reasons such as divorce, death, or military service, we offer them comfort and support, and help them come to terms with what has happened. In contrast, when we send parents to prison, we are often oblivious to the pain, fears, and anxieties their children experience. After years of working with, talking to, and studying children whose parents had been to prison, the San Francisco Partnership for Incarcerated Parents developed The Bill of Rights for Children of Incarcerated Parents. These are not rights in the legal sense; they are not mandated by law. Instead, they are a set of goals which, if achieved, would help to assure that children’s fundamental needs for safety, security, and belonging are met. This is no more than we offer any other children who face crises because something out of the ordinary has happened to their parents. Before children can benefit from The Bill of Rights, however, the rights have to be translated into changes in the way individuals and systems treat children whose parents are incarcerated. For example, the goal of children being able to see, touch, and talk with their parents while their parents are incarcerated might be achieved by allowing children to visit with their incarcerated parents in special settings within correctional facilities where parents and children can talk and interact freely. Making this a reality might require getting approval from corrections administrators, obtaining the cooperation of security staff, and securing resources to revamp a space in the facility. There are a number of groups around the country that are working to translate the broadly defined goals outlined in The Bill of Rights into specific changes in the way systems and individuals treat children of incarcerated parents. To further these efforts, The Open Society Institute of the Soros Foundation funded a Senior Fellow to provide technical assistance for 14 months. Her objectives were to: (1) share knowledge based on her own experience providing services and advocating for children of incarcerated parents and her training in developmental psychology; (2) facilitate contact with the authors of The Bill of Rights and trainers and practitioners from The Family and Corrections Network; and (3) serve as a “cross pollinator”, carrying ideas and strategies between groups. This report presents an evaluation of this project. Details: Chicago: Jane Addams College of Social Work, 2008. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2011 at: http://www.uic.edu/jaddams/college/research_public_service/files/BORTechAsstEval_final2_SP.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122341

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: A Ten-Step Guide to Transforming Probation Departments to Reduce Recidivism Summary: A Ten-Step Guide to Transforming Probation Departments to Reduce Recidivism provides probation leaders with a roadmap to overhaul the operations of their agencies so they can increase public safety in their communities and improve rates of compliance among people they are supervising. The first section describes how officials can engage key stakeholders, evaluate agency policies, and develop a strategic plan for implementing reform; the second section provides recommendations for redesigning departmental policies and practices; and the final section includes steps for making the department transformation permanent. The report provides numerous examples of how these steps were used in one probation department in particular (Travis County, Texas). Since transforming its operations between 2005 and 2008, the Travis County probation department has seen felony probation revocations decline by 20 percent and the one-year re-arrest rate for probationers fall by 17 percent (compared with similar probationers before the departmental overhaul). Details: Washington, DC: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.nationalreentryresourcecenter.org/documents/0000/1150/A_Ten-Step_Guide_to_Transforming_Probation_Departments_to_Reduce_Recidivism.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Probation (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122344

Author: Finklea, Kristin M. Title: Sex Trafficking of Children in the United States: Overview and Issues for Congress Summary: The trafficking of individuals within U.S borders is commonly referred to as domestic human trafficking, and it occurs in every state of the nation. One form of domestic human trafficking is sex trafficking. Research indicates that most victims of sex trafficking into and within the United States are women and children, and the victims include U.S. citizens and noncitizens alike. Recently, Congress has focused attention on domestic sex trafficking, including the prostitution of children - which is the focus of this report. Federal law does not define sex trafficking per se. However, the term "severe forms of trafficking in persons," as defined in the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000 (TVPA, P.L. 106-386) encompasses sex trafficking. "Severe forms of trafficking in persons" refers, in part, to "[s]ex trafficking in which a commercial sex act is induced by force, fraud, or coercion, or in which the person induced to perform such act has not attained 18 years of age...." Experts generally agree that the trafficking term applies to minors whether the child's actions were forced or appear to be voluntary. The exact number of child victims of sex trafficking in the United States is unknown because comprehensive research and scientific data are lacking. Sex trafficking of children appears to be fueled by a variety of environmental and situational variables ranging from poverty or the use of prostitution by runaway and "thrown-away" children to provide for their subsistence needs to the recruitment of children by organized crime units for prostitution. The TVPA has been the primary vehicle authorizing services to victims of trafficking. Several agencies have programs or administer grants to other entities to provide specific services to trafficking victims. Despite language that authorizes services for citizen, lawful permanent resident, and noncitizen victims, appropriations for trafficking victims' services have primarily been used to serve noncitizen victims. U.S. citizen victims are also eligible for certain crime victim benefits and public benefit entitlement programs, though these services are not tailored to trafficking victims. Of note, specialized services and support for minor victims of sex trafficking are limited. Nationwide, organizations specializing in support for these victims collectively have fewer than 50 beds. Other facilities, such as runaway and homeless youth shelters and foster care homes, may not be able to adequately meet the needs of victims or keep them from pimps/traffickers and other abusers. In addition, it has been suggested that minor victims of sex trafficking - while too young to consent to sexual activity with adults - may at times be labeled as prostitutes or juvenile delinquents and treated as criminals rather than being identified and treated as trafficking victims. These children who are arrested may be placed in juvenile detention facilities instead of environments where they can receive needed social and protective services. Finally, experts widely agree that any efforts to reduce the prevalence of child sex trafficking - as well as other forms of trafficking - should address not only the supply, but also the demand. Congress may consider demand reduction strategies such as increasing public awareness and prevention as well as bolstering investigations and prosecutions of those who buy illegal commercial sex ("johns"). In addition, policy makers may deliberate enhancing services for victims of trafficking. The 112th Congress may address these and other issues if policy makers choose to take up the reauthorization of the TVPA , which expires at the end of FY2011. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: R41878: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.couragetobeyou.org/wp-content/uploads/06.21.2011-CRS-Sex-Trafficking-of-Children.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 122346

Author: Steadman, Steven R. Title: Mesa County Work Release and Jail Detention Programming Study Summary: This report presents the findings of a study undertaken by Policy Studies Inc. (PSI) of the Mesa County criminal justice system. The study had three main purposes: (1) identify methods in the criminal justice system to reduce present and future jail usage; (2) enhance the use of alternatives to incarceration; and (3) develop an implementation plan for changes in the processes and policies of the courts and various criminal justice agencies to achieve the first two goals. Mesa County will be approaching these issues from a position of strength. PSI staff have seldom been in a county where the levels of innovation, cooperation, and collaboration have been so strong. The strength and vitality of the branches of government and the individuals that serve within them is far and away the greatest asset that the county can have as it faces difficult decisions about the direction of the justice system in Mesa County. During two site visits and numerous interviews PSI staff learned that: 􀁹 There is a very high degree of justice system collaboration among the courts and probation, law enforcement, the district attorney, public defender, and other agencies; 􀁹 There is a very high degree of cooperation between county government and the justice system; 􀁹 There are numerous long established well run jail alternative programs already in operation; and 􀁹 The jail is well-designed and expertly operated by capable managers and motivated and dedicated staff. We recognize, however, that these goals can only be met as long as the community believes that it is being adequately protected from crime. In particular, all aspects of the methamphetamine drug abuse problem were cited as a major cause of jail overcrowding and a challenge to the combined resources of the county and justice system. Any solutions to jail overcrowding must enable the county to deal with the methamphetamine problem and its ramifications. The most difficult issue that Mesa County decision makers need to make is what combination of increased jail capacity and jail alternative programming will keep the citizens of the county safe and most rationally expend resources. The decisions that will eventually be reached will involve finding an acceptable level of shared risk (it is probably inevitable that some individuals will fail in the programs to which they are assigned) and cost effectiveness (Mesa County cannot build itself out of its present circumstances). In order to understand the costs and benefits of incarceration as opposed to alternatives, it is important to understand the following: • Most individuals who are in jail will eventually return to society, so the primary issue is not who will get out but what kind of people they will be when they get out; • For many offenders, public safety is better served by placing them in treatment programs rather than jail; • There are people who may actually consider a small amount of jail time as less punitive than home detention or having to work; and • Part of the cost of incarceration is the potential cost to the county if the offender is rendered unable to support his or her family during incarceration. This study and the recommendations generated by it are based on the following principles of jail usage for pre-trial detention and convicted offenders, as reflected in nationally accepted criminal justice best practices. Details: Denver, CO: Policy Studies Inc., 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.centerforpublicpolicy.org/index.php?s=16415 Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122348

Author: Ball, W. David Title: Tough on Crime on the State's Dime Summary: California’s prisons are dangerously and unconstitutionally overcrowded; as a result of the Supreme Court’s recent decision in Plata v. Schwarzenegger, the state must act to reduce its prison population or face court-ordered prisoner releases. The state’s plans to reduce overcrowding are centered around what it calls criminal justice “realignment”, whereby California will send a portion of the state prison population to county facilities. The plan faces opposition from county officials, who see it as pushing the state’s problem on to the counties. But what if state prison overcrowding is really a county problem? I argue that state prison overcrowding is due in large part to county decisions about how to deal with crime. Using data from 2000-2009, I will show that California’s counties use state prison resources at dramatically different rates, and, moreover, that the counties which use state prisons the most have below-average crime rates. The contribution the Article makes, then, is twofold. First, it reinforces that incarceration in state prisons is one policy choice among many, not an inexorable reaction to violent crime. Counties can and do make different choices about how to respond to violent crime, including the extent to which they use prison. Second, the Article demonstrates why localities are crucial - and critically underexamined - contributors to state prison populations. Decisions are made at local levels about prosecution, investigation, plea bargaining, and sentencing, and these decisions are made by officials who are either elected locally (such as DA’s, judges, and sheriffs) or appointed locally (police and probation officers). Local policies and policymakers affect the state’s corrections budget, even though the state has no say in designing or implementing these policies. State officials must take these local differences into account, and create incentives for counties to behave differently. The problem is that it is difficult to distinguish between justifiable, crime-driven incarceration and optional, policy-driven incarceration. I propose a new metric for distinguishing between these two types of incarceration, one which defines justified incarceration in terms of violent crime. This would allow the state to manage local usage of state prison resources without either penalizing crime-ridden areas or rewarding prison-happy ones. This Article is the first of two articles dealing with the state/county prison relationship. While this Article quantifies the ways in which the extent of local prison admissions is not necessarily a function of the violent crime rate, a second Article will examine whether, given these differences, it makes sense for the state to subsidize county commitments to prison. Details: Unpublished Working Paper, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1871427 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 122349

Author: Bazelon Center for Mental Health Law Title: Finding the Key to Successful Transition from Jail or Prison to the Community. An Explanation of Federal Medicaid and Disability Program Rules Summary: Growing numbers of men and women with severe mental illnesses are in jail or prison. Many cycle through corrections facilities repeatedly, costing criminal justice systems and communities significant resources and causing great pain to themselves and their families. For people with serious mental illnesses, access to mental health and addiction services and to the income support that can pay for housing is generally through federal entitlement programs. Yet, whether because relevant federal rules are not well understood or because state implementation of them is problematic, many unnecessarily lose their federal entitlements while in jail or prison. Others who could qualify do not apply because they lack timely assistance from corrections staff or community mental health providers to file an application. Very few states and localities have adopted policies and procedures for assisting inmates with severe mental illnesses in claiming or maintaining federal benefits upon their release. Finding the Key describes the federal entitlements — income support through the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) and Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) programs, and health coverage under Medicaid and Medicare, which together can enable someone with a severe mental illness to transition successfully from jail or prison to community life. In it we also suggest ways for states, localities and advocates to improve the situation. Details: Washington, DC: Bazelon Center for Mental Health Law, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.bazelon.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=Bd6LW9BVRhQ%3d&tabid=104 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Medicaid Shelf Number: 122350

Author: Huddleston, West Title: Painting the Current Picture: A National Report on Drug Courts and Other Problem-Solving Court Programs in the United States Summary: This document is a national report on Drug Court and other Problem-Solving Court activity in every state, commonwealth, territory and district in the United States as of December 31, 2009 (Part I) and as of December 31, 2008 (Part II). Specific to this volume and in addition to reporting on the aggregate number and types of operational Drug Courts and other Problem-Solving Court programs throughout the United States, a major section of this report is dedicated to recent research findings related to the most prevalent Drug Court models. Additionally, sections are dedicated to analyses of national survey data on Drug Court capacity; drug-of-choice trends among Drug Court participants in rural, suburban and urban areas; average graduation rates; participation costs; state Drug Court authorization legislation and funding appropriations; and international Drug Court activity. Finally, this year’s report provides first-ever national demographic data on racial and ethnic minority representation among Drug Court participants. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Drug Court Institute, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.ndci.org/sites/default/files/nadcp/PCP%20Report%20FINAL.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122351

Author: Fishman, Shira Title: Community-Level Indicators of Radicalization: A Data and Methods Task Force Summary: Recently, a number of United States citizens have been charged with seeking oversees training for terrorist plots, sending money to fund terrorism or plotting to launch terrorist attacks within the United States. These actions underscore the need to prevent violent radicalization well before the immediate threat of an attack. This is an emerging research area, and far too little is known about what drives individuals to engage in violent radical behavior. In addition, the vast majority of past research has focused on case studies constructed after an attack or attempted attack, large-scale attitudinal surveys, or interviews with former terrorists. As with all research, these methods have limitations including lack of external validity (limiting ones’ ability to generalize from one individual to other cases), the reliance on finding and convincing individuals to grant interviews, and the ability of large-scale attitudinal surveys to capture extremist beliefs. Thus, the current project was launched to explore alternative research approaches that could be used to improve understanding of the processes surrounding violent radicalization. In particular, we sought to examine whether empirical research, using archival or institutional data at the community level, could provide new insights into factors that might leave individuals vulnerable to radicalization. Scholars from around the world with expertise in radicalization, communities in the United States and innovative methods from related fields, agreed to serve on a Task Force focused on these issues. The group was brought together for a day and a half to explore the potential relationship between community characteristics and susceptibility to radicalization. The Task Force began with the theoretical premise that some communities might possess certain characteristics that make the likelihood and/or rates of radicalization higher in those communities. Marginalized communities (including Diaspora groups), those that experience relative deprivation (of resources, both financial and otherwise), and communities that have experienced significant social disruption emerged as priority areas for future research. To conduct empirical research, three categories of dependent variables were identified by Task Force members as potential proxies for violent radicalization. The categories are: • The amount of terrorism – this variable could include the number of incidents, the number of casualties or an estimate of the damage caused by an attack. • The number of other severe (both violent and financial) ideologically motivated crimes – extremist crimes may well serve as a gateway to other ideologically motivated violence, thus, a community with other ideological crimes may well be a proxy for radicalization. • The number of attempted terrorist attacks –there is a need to consider not just successful attacks but attempts as well. Using thwarted and successful attacks is most likely a better indicator, both theoretically and statistically, of concentrations of radicalization. To test theories of radicalization, Task Force members suggested specific conditions under which radicalization may be more likely to emerge: • Marginalized communities – measuring the extent to which a subgroup, including Diaspora communities, feels included in or excluded from a larger community. o Economic measures – to assess the extent of economic distress felt by a community, including variables such as unemployment rates, median household income, income inequality, and data on participation in government assistance programs. o Social capital – the extent to which members of a community feel connected or trusting of neighbors and government, with lower levels of social capital being indicative of marginalization. Variables included here are family structure (divorce rates, single parent families), the number (or density) of social service organizations, civic organizations or arts/sports organizations, and voter turnout rates. o Political inclusion/exclusion – the extent to which members of a community feel included in local politics and political institutions. These variables include participation rates in local elections, active involvement in campaigns and the extent to which a members of a subgroup are elected or appointed to local offices. o Social support – the greater the amount of services available, the less vulnerable a community may be to radicalization. Measures of support include Head Start programs, number of children enrolled in CHIP or Medicaid, and, for Diaspora communities, number of organizations or individuals receiving money from state Offices of Refugee Resettlement. o Demographics of Diaspora community – the social structure of an immigrant community is vital to a community’s success. Such factors that may impact the prevalence of radicalization include the age at which immigrants arrive in the United States, the number of foreign language speakers or students in ESL classes and the extent to which the community establishes its own institutions such as banks and local media. • Ideology – the variables discussed previously were assumed to affect radicalization across ideologies. However, there should be some indicators that are ideology-specific . Extremist organizations are ideologically motivated and may serve as a gateway toward extremist violence. The link between such organizations and terrorism could be tested by tracking the organizations’ legal activities, the number of extremist organizations or the extent to which an organization attracts members of a community. In all, participants of the Task Force concluded that pursuing research using community-level archival or institutional data to study radicalization was a challenging but necessary task. Issues such as the marginalization or deprivation of certain communities, especially Diaspora communities, are increasingly important to study. To date, violent radicalization is still a fairly rare problem within the United States, thus, it may be possible that the community level is too broad to adequately give guidance on when, where or how individuals radicalize. However, if such research does prove successful then it may have a major impact on the way in which law enforcement deals with terrorism. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), 2010. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2011 at: http://www.start.umd.edu/start/publications/START_HFD_CommRadReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 122354

Author: Olscamp, David M. Title: Project Exile: Beyond Richmond Summary: Over the past four years, the federal government has spent over $1 billion on Project Safe Neighborhoods. The program, which is modeled after Richmond, Virginia’s Project Exile and Boston, Massachusetts’ Operation Ceasefire, is designed to reduce gun violence by integrating federal, state and local resources. Project Safe Neighborhoods was announced by President Bush on May 14, 2001 and has continued to be his administration’s main crime fighting initiative. This paper attempts to resolve whether or not Project Exile is effective at reducing homicides. Even though Project Exile was nationalized through Project Safe Neighborhoods, there has been little academic inquiry on the program. Details: Atlanta, GA: Emory University, Department of Economics, 2006. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.economics.emory.edu/Working_Papers/wp/Olscamp.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 119165

Author: Nored, Lisa S. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in Mississippi Summary: In recent years, disparities among racial minorities at various stages in the criminal justice system have garnered increasing attention from researchers and practitioners. Much, if not most, of the existing research has been focused primarily on highly publicized issues, such as racial profiling and increased sentences for offenses commonly associated with minorities (i.e. selling crack cocaine). Recently, attention has shifted toward examining these issues as they pertain to juvenile offenders. This shift is indeed appropriate, in that the majority of crime-related research has shown that juvenile delinquency is a substantial predictor of adult criminal behavior. Historically, research regarding race and delinquent juvenile populations was focused on detention and confinement or offense categories (i.e. status offenses versus criminal offenses). As efforts to study juvenile offenders progressed, it was evident that there was a need to focus research efforts on instances of disproportionate confinement among members of racial minorities. Initial research concerning minority juveniles was triggered by the 1988 reauthorization of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974, which required states to collect data and annually report the number of incarcerated juveniles using disproportionate representation indexes (DRIs), which compared incarcerated minority juvenile offenders to their respective at-risk populations. This index was used to assess whether minority juveniles were overrepresented in the context of secure detention (including training schools) – in short, this index assessed instances of disproportionate minority confinement (the “old” DMC). Revisions to the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act in 2002 included provisions that increased the scope of investigation regarding disproportionate minority representation in the juvenile justice system as well as strengthened statistical methods for detecting disparities among individual racial and ethnic categories. Currently, DMC estimates are focused on youths age 10-17 and limited to those offenders who committed delinquent acts rather than status offenses. Revisions to the JJDP Act also mandated investigation regarding instances of contact rather than confinement – focusing on key individual points within the juvenile justice system. As a result, rates of contact can be compared at each stage of the juvenile justice process, from arrest to adjudication. Comparisons are made using the relative rate index (RRI), which compares proportionate instances of occurrences between Caucasian and minority juveniles, based on the size of their respective at-risk populations. Hence, instances of disproportionate minority contact (the “new” DMC) can be assessed at each individual stage of the juvenile justice process. Typically, the most difficult part of any research project is to synthesize results of various analyses and formulate conclusions based on limited information. For this project, however, data collection was the most difficult task. Although there were several methodological issues which likely affected the accuracy of RRI estimates, several conclusions can be confidently made regarding DMC in Mississippi: • Disproportionate representation does not equate to discrimination. It is important to understand that disproportionate minority contact is not directly indicative of prejudice or racism. The purpose of examining instances of DMC is to evaluate each stage of the juvenile justice process and determine if any patterns of DMC exist, and if so, investigate why. • Data collection strategies were vulnerable to repeat offenders. Due to the manner in which agencies maintained official records, one juvenile arrested six times over the period of one year would appear as six separate contacts for that year. Currently, there is no way to account for offenders with multiple appearances in the juvenile justice system. • There are stages that warrant further investigation. Arrest, referral, and secure confinement are points of contact which exhibited relatively high RRI estimates in the observed counties, specifically those for African-American youths. • RRI estimates were lower than expected. Although each county exhibited elevated RRI estimates, no consistent pattern of disparate treatment emerged so as to indicate abusive practices within any agency. • The phrase “statistically significant” is not translated as “meaningful difference.” RRI estimates are based on the chi-square distribution. For a number of reasons, most of which are beyond the scope of this report, accepting an RRI estimate based on statistical significance alone is not wise. In this case, sample size (total number of juvenile contacts per year) can affect statistical significance just as easily as disproportionate representation of a minority group at a point of contact. Put simply, RRI estimates should be used to gauge trends and should not be treated as hard evidence of discrimination. • Both law enforcement and juvenile justice agencies are not practicing consistent data collection strategies. Few agencies utilized a database software package beyond that which came with their computer. One agency had a MYCIDS workstation, but had yet to receive training – and therefore could not use it. Other agencies simply did not have the technological resources to submit the data as requested, and resorted to manual calculations using hard-copy records. Details: Hattiesburg, MS: Mississippi Statistical Analysis Center, 2008(?). 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.usm.edu/cj/MSSAC/2007%20DMC%20Report%20(Final%2011-25-08).pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 118744

Author: Simmons, Frances Title: Strengthening Australia's Response to Human Trafficking. Report to the Australian Women's Coalition Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide the Australian Women's Coalition with an overview of the evolution of the Australian Government's response to trafficking since 2004. The report makes recommendations about how to strengthen Australia's response to the emerging issues of labour trafficking, trafficking for forced marriage and the broader issue of criminal exploitation. Details: Sydney: Anti-Slavery Project, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.awcaus.org.au/resources/documents/TraffickingUpdate-UTS.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 122356

Author: Fitz, Marshall Title: Safer than Ever: A View from the U.S.–Mexico Border: Assessing the Past, Present, and Future Summary: A recent trip by this author and several colleagues to study the Arizona border was eye-opening. Not because we encountered scores of headless bodies, but because the border landscape has changed so dramatically in the last five years both literally and figuratively. Hundreds of miles of severe fencing, vehicle barriers, radio towers, flood lighting, and access roads have degraded the border’s aesthetics and environmental quality. But in conjunction with surges in manpower and technology, this added infrastructure has also undeniably and fundamentally enhanced the Border Patrol’s ability to prevent and intercept unauthorized migrants and smugglers. All the recent statistics tell us that illegal immigration flows at our southern border have slowed dramatically. Numbers tell us that we no longer have a border across which thousands of people traverse illegally every day without our knowledge. Instead we have a border where the vast majority of attempted entries are identified and a far larger percentage of entrants are apprehended than ever before. Moreover, recent reports persuasively demonstrate that violent crime rates along the U.S.-Mexico border have been falling for years and that border cities of all sizes have maintained crime rates below the national average. A first-hand view only emphasizes the point while begging an even bigger question: Why hasn’t the story of this transformation penetrated the national dialogue on immigration policy? Rather than acknowledge the remarkable advances that have occurred, immigration reform opponents level sensational — and often patently false — claims meant to scare the public about border violence and insecurity. Although everyone is entitled to their views, our policymakers should not be entitled to mislead the public about something as important as border security merely to advance an ideological policy agenda. This report rebuts these policymakers’ fallacious claims and argues that the changes on the ground at the border demand a change in the conversation in Washington. We first catalog the massive resource deployment and infrastructure buildup at the border since 1993. We then describe the profound impact that deployment has had on unlawful migration flows: Fewer attempted entries plus a greater rate of apprehension equals a steep decline in successful illegal entries. Next we detail a number of unintended negative consequences that have resulted from advancing this border buildup without enacting concomitant reforms. Finally, we argue that the circumstances on the ground present us with a unique opportunity to secure the gains in border control while negating the counterproductive byproducts of those gains. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2011/08/pdf/safer_than_ever_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 122358

Author: Offenhauer, Priscilla Title: Teen Dating Violence: A Literature Review and Annotated Bibliography Summary: This annotated bibliography and summary of research identify significant research carried out in the decade since 1999 on the issue of dating violence among high school and middle school youth. The survey provided by the bibliography and summary covers quantitative and qualitative literature on the definition and prevalence of, as well as risk factors for, adolescent dating violence, also called teen relationship abuse. Commonly researched risk factors, correlates, or predictors of teen dating violence include demographic and community-level factors, as well as more proximate family-level, individual-level, and situational risks. Particular note is taken of longitudinal work on such factors. The survey also encompasses research on the deleterious effects of dating violence both in the context of the current relationship and in future intimate partnerships. Finally, the bibliography and summary cover the literature on the effectiveness of prevention programs and on responses to the issue of dating violence in the law and legal systems. Details: Washington, DC: Library of Congress, Federal Research Division, 2011. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.ncdsv.org/images/LibraryOfCongress_TDV-AnnotateBibliography_4-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 122367

Author: American Bar Association, Commission on Effective Criminal Sanctions and the Public Defender Service for the District of Columbia Title: Internal Exile: Collateral Consequences of Conviction in Federal Laws and Regulations Summary: This study collects and describes the collateral consequences of a criminal conviction that arise under federal statutes and regulations. A joint project of the ABA Commission on Effective Criminal Sanctions (Commission) and the Public Defender Service for the District of Columbia (PDS), it is an outgrowth of both entities’ work on the effect of a criminal record on the availability of a wide range of benefits and opportunities, which in turn determines a person’s likely ability to rebuild his or her life after a criminal conviction. While the study is first and foremost a compilation, and its presentation primarily descriptive rather than analytical, we hope that it will serve as a useful tool for criminal justice practitioners (including defenders, judges, and prosecutors); for persons seeking information about the legal rights and responsibilities of people who have a conviction record; and for advocates, legislators, and policymakers in determining which collateral consequences are reasonable and appropriate responses to public safety concerns, and which are not and what can or should be done to avoid or mitigate them. Details: Chicago: American Bar Association, 2009. 246p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.pdsdc.org/Resources/Publication/Collateral%20Consequences%20of%20Conviction%20in%20Federal%20Laws%20and%20Regulations.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Legal Rights Shelf Number: 122368

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: An Evaluation of the Prisoner Reentry Initiative: Final Report Summary: In 2008, the Minnesota Department of Corrections (MNDOC) implemented the Prisoner Reentry Initiative (PRI), a pilot project serving offenders incarcerated at the Minnesota Correctional Facility (MCF)-Faribault who were released to regular supervision in Hennepin and Ramsey counties. PRI was developed on the premise that recidivism can be reduced by enhancing the delivery of critical services and programming to offenders as they make the transition from prison to the community. To improve service delivery, PRI used reentry coordinators who worked closely with institutional and community corrections staff to help connect offender participants to services and programming in both prison and the community that addressed their individual risks, strengths, and needs. In addition, to help participants find post-release employment — one of the main objectives of PRI — the MNDOC contracted with Goodwill/Easter Seals, which provided vocational services that included a work skills and career interest assessment, job search and placement assistance, transitional employment, and skills training. To evaluate whether the PRI pilot project was effective in reducing recidivism, the MNDOC used a quasi-experimental design with a historical comparison group. Offenders who participated in PRI were compared with a similar group of offenders who met the eligibility criteria and were released from MCF-Faribault during the 14 months preceding implementation of PRI to supervision in one of the two participating counties. Recidivism data were collected through the end of June 2010. As a result, the follow-up period ranged from 6 to 18 months, with an average of 12 months. Although this evaluation was unable to comprehensively track the provision of services and programming to offenders in both the PRI and comparison groups, data were collected on the extent to which offenders were able to obtain and maintain employment during the first year following release from prison. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/PRIEvaluationReportFinal.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122369

Author: Thalberg, Rebecca S. Title: Family-Based Re-Entry Programming: A Promising Tool for Reducing Recidivism and Mitigating the Economic and Societal Costs of Incarceration in California Summary: This paper explores the possibility of introducing family-based re-entry programming into California's correctional establishments as a means of facilitating an offender's successful transition from prison into society. Increasing the occurrence of successful reintegration will ultimately decrease the space constraints and costs associated with California's prison system and simultaneously work to mitigate the harmful collateral effects that imprisonment has on families and communities. After examining various models of family-based programming employed in other states, both short-term and long-term incorporation options are proposed, which are designed specifically to dovetail with California's existing structure. This proposal for gradual implementation incorporates the strongest components of the programs studied and is likely to result in higher success rates among offenders exiting prison. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Criminal Justice Center, 2006. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=976967 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122370

Author: Holl, Douglas B. Title: Evaluation of the Prisoner Re-Entry Initiative: Final Report Summary: As part of a presidential initiative to reduce recidivism and the societal costs of reincarceration by helping inmates find work when they return to their communities, the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Employment and Training Administration (ETA) joined the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and other Federal partners in 2005 to create a demonstration program: the Prisoner Re-Entry Initiative (PRI). The initiative seeks to strengthen urban communities affected by large volumes of returning prisoners through employment-centered projects that incorporate job training, housing referrals, mentoring, and other comprehensive transitional services. Although it is designed to offer ex-offenders an array of services to meet their diverse needs, this initiative is based on the core premise that helping ex-offenders find and maintain stable and legal employment will reduce recidivism. The PRI draws upon the strengths and skills of faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) to provide re-entry assistance to returning ex-offenders. FBCOs are respected in their communities, have experience in providing social services to some of the hardest-to-serve populations, have access to sizable networks of volunteers, and provide enthusiastic support to many of their undertakings (Soukamneuth 2006). In June 2005, DOL selected Coffey Consulting, LLC (Coffey) and its subcontractor Mathematica Policy Research, Inc. (MPR) and consultants, Johns Hopkins University and Douglas W. Young, to evaluate the demonstration program. In November 2005, DOL announced grant awards averaging approximately $660,000 in year one funding to 30 FBCOs to initiate PRI services. The 30 projects are located in urban areas in 20 states around the country. The organizations chosen as grantees were expected to develop relationships with corrections agencies, the publicly-funded workforce investment system, other community organizations, and employers in order to help their projects meet the program goals. In September 2006, DOJ announced grant awards to Departments of Corrections (DOCs) located in the 20 states with PRI projects to provide pre-release services for inmates who, upon release, would be referred to DOL PRI sites for post-release assistance. Although not a direct subject of this evaluation, the activities conducted under these grants support the objectives of the re-entry initiative and might benefit some of the individuals who enroll in PRI. The objective of this evaluation is to assess the extent to which the community agencies receiving DOL PRI grant awards successfully developed employment-centered approaches for ex-offenders that focused on stable jobs and housing in their neighborhoods and communities. This report is the culmination of a three-year effort to evaluate the first two years of PRI project operations. Ultimately, DOL wanted to know whether employment-centered programs could be developed to help ex-offenders find work, keep their jobs, and avoid recidivism. Details: Bethesda, MD: Coffey Consulting, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2011 at: http://www.doleta.gov/RExO/PDF/PRI_Final_Report_011309.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 122372

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Prison-Based Chemical Dependency Treatment in Minnesota: An Outcome Evaluation Summary: Using a retrospective quasi-experimental design, this study evaluates the effectiveness of CD treatment provided within the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) by comparing recidivism outcomes between treated and untreated offenders released from prison in 2005. As discussed later in more detail, propensity score matching (PSM) was used to individually match the untreated offenders with those who received CD treatment. Similar to the instrumental variable and Heckman approaches used by Pelissier and colleagues (2001), PSM is a method designed to control for selection bias. More specifically, PSM minimizes the threat of selection bias by creating a comparison group whose probability of entering treatment was similar to that of the treatment group. Although PSM has been used in at least one recent study on community-based CD treatment (Krebs, Strom, Koetse, and Lattimore, 2008), this study is one of the first to use it in a prison-based treatment evaluation. In addition to PSM, this study attempts to further control for rival causal factors by analyzing the data with Cox regression, which is widely regarded as the most appropriate multivariate statistical technique for recidivism analyses. Moreover, by comparing 926 treated offenders with a matched group of 926 untreated offenders, the sample size used for this study (N = 1,852) is one of the larger prison-based CD treatment studies to date. Finally, to achieve a more complete understanding of the effects of prison-based treatment, multiple treatment and recidivism measures were used. Despite these strengths, there are several limitations worth noting. First, in measuring the effectiveness of CD treatment, the two most common outcome measures are substance abstention and criminal recidivism. Although abstention is an important and arguably more sensitive measure of CD treatment effectiveness, data on post-release substance use were not IV criteria for substance abuse. Among the criteria for abuse are problems at work or school, not taking care of personal responsibilities, financial problems, engaging in dangerous behavior while intoxicated, legal problems, problems at home or in relationships, and continued use despite experiencing problems. The criteria for dependence, meanwhile, include increased tolerance; withdrawal symptoms; greater use than intended over a relatively long period of time, inability to cut down or quit; a lot of time spent acquiring, using, or recovering from use; missing important family, work, or social activities; and knowledge that continued use would exacerbate a serious medical or psychological condition. Although the vast majority of newly-admitted offenders are considered to be CD abusive or dependent, not all treatment-directed offenders have the opportunity to participate in prison-based treatment since the number of treatment-directed offenders (nearly 3,000 annually) exceeds the number of treatment beds available (about 1,800 annually). The DOC currently uses information relating to offender needs and recidivism risk in prioritizing inmates for treatment. This information, however, was not routinely considered from 2002-2005, the period of time covered in this study. Rather, among offenders directed to treatment, prioritization decisions were based primarily on the amount of time remaining to serve. Offenders with shorter lengths of time until their release from prison were often selected over those with more time to serve. During the 2002-2005 period, the DOC provided CD programming to both male and female offenders in six of the ten state facilities that house adult inmates. Although there are variations among the different programs provided at each facility, all of the CD treatment offered by the DOC is modeled on TC concepts. Housed separately from the rest of the prison population, offenders admitted to treatment were involved in 15-25 hours of programming per week. The CD programs, which maintained a staff-to-inmate ratio of 1:15, emphasized each offender’s personal responsibility for identifying and acknowledging criminal and addictive thinking and behavior. Moreover, the CD programming generally included educational material that addressed the signs and symptoms of CD, the effects of drug use on the body, the effects of chemical use on family and relationships, and the dangers of drug abuse. In addition to completing an autobiography that focused on prior chemical use, program participants completed work relating to relapse prevention. The DOC offered short-term (90 days), medium-term (180 days), and long-term (365 days) CD programming during the 2002-2005 period. The short-term programs, which were primarily psycho-educational with minimal individual counseling, emphasized the relationship between substance abuse issues and criminal behavior. Participants in these programs were expected to increase their level of active participation as they progressed through the program. The medium- and long-term programs, on the other hand, included education, individual counseling, and group counseling components. Therefore, aside from program duration, the main distinction between the short-term programs and the medium- and longterm programs was that the former contained little emphasis on individual or group counseling, primarily due to the relatively short period of time over which to deliver the programming. In 2006, the DOC refocused its CD programs to long-term treatment of at least six months or more. The decision to discontinue the short-term programming was due, in part, to evidence which seemed to suggest that short-term programs are not as effective as ones that are longer in duration (Minnesota Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2006). More specifically, in its report on substance abuse treatment across the state, the Minnesota Office of the Legislative Auditor found that recidivism rates for short-term program participants were higher than those for offenders who participated in medium- and long-term programs. However, the simple bivariate analyses performed by the Minnesota Office of the Legislative Auditor did not control for factors known to affect recidivism (e.g., criminal history, age at release, institutional disciplinary history, type of offense, etc.). Therefore, rather than demonstrating that short-term treatment is less effective, the higher recidivism rates for short-term participants may simply reflect that they had, in comparison to the medium- and long-term participants, a greater risk of reoffense prior to entering treatment. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/03-10CDTXEvaluationReport_Revised.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122374

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: An Outcome Evaluation of MINNCOR's EMPLOY Program Summary: This study evaluated the effectiveness of EMPLOY, a prisoner reentry employment program, by examining recidivism and post-release employment outcomes among 464 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2006 and 2008. Because outcome data were collected on the 464 offenders through the end of June 2010, the average follow-up period was 28 months. Observable selection bias was minimized by using propensity score matching to create a comparison group of 232 non-participants who were not significantly different from the 232 EMPLOY offenders. Results from the Cox regression analyses revealed that participating in EMPLOY reduced the hazard ratio for recidivism by 32-63 percent. The findings further showed that EMPLOY increased the odds of gaining post-release employment by 72 percent. Although EMPLOY did not have a significant impact on hourly wage, the overall post-release wages for program participants were significantly higher because they worked a greater number of hours. The study concludes by discussing the implications of these findings. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/03-11EMPLOYEvaluation.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122375

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Chemical Dependency Program Evaluation Summary: Substance use figures prominently not only in criminal offending but has also been implicated in the rise of the prison population since the 1980s. From 2002-2007, drug and felony driving while intoxicated (DWI) offenders accounted for 53 percent of the prison population growth within Minnesota. As the volume of drug and DWI offenders entering prison has increased, so, too, has the number of inmates diagnosed as chemically dependent and/or abusive who are in need of chemical dependency (CD) treatment. Using a retrospective quasi-experimental design, this report evaluates the efficacy of CD treatment in Minnesota Department of Corrections (MNDOC) facilities by comparing recidivism rates between offenders who participated in treatment (treatment group) with those who did not (comparison group). Both the treatment and comparison groups contained offenders who were admitted to prison after 2001, directed to CD treatment, and released during 2005. The comparison group consists of 1,096 offenders who were closely matched to the 1,164 offenders in the treatment group on the characteristics used in the statistical analyses. Of the 1,164 offenders in the treatment group, most (N = 671) participated in short-term (i.e., 90 days) treatment programs. Because short-term programs were discontinued by the MNDOC in 2006, this study also assesses the efficacy of medium- and long-term CD programming by comparing reoffense rates between the 493 medium- and long-term treatment participants with a carefully matched comparison group of 493 non-participants. Recidivism — the outcome measure in this study — was quantified as both a felony reconviction and as a reincarceration for a new offense. Results • Of the 1,164 offenders who participated in CD treatment (i.e., the treatment group), 72 percent completed treatment or successfully participated until release. o Results showed that the odds of completing treatment were significantly lower for offenders with discipline convictions, but were significantly higher for female offenders, offenders with longer lengths of stay, and offenders who participated in short-term treatment programs. • At the end of the follow-up period, offenders who participated in CD treatment had significantly lower rates of felony reconviction (15%) and reincarceration (8%) than the comparison group, whose rates were 19 percent for reconvictions and 12 percent for reincarcerations for a new offense. o Regarding treatment outcome, the lowest recidivism rates were found for offenders who successfully participated until release, followed by those who completed treatment. Offenders who quit treatment had the highest recidivism rates. o Regarding program duration, offenders who participated in medium-term programs had the lowest recidivism rates, whereas the highest rates were found for those who entered short-term programs. • Results from the multivariate statistical analyses showed that participation in CD treatment significantly decreased the risk of time to reoffense, reducing it by 23 percent for reconvictions and 31 percent for reincarcerations. • A successful treatment outcome significantly reduced the risk of time to reoffense, decreasing it by 26 percent for reconvictions and 36 percent for reincarcerations. • Similar results were found for the analyses that examined the impact of medium- and long-term CD treatment on recidivism. o Participation in a medium- or long-term CD treatment program reduced the risk of time to reoffense by 30 percent for reconvictions and 42 percent for reincarcerations. o A successful outcome in a medium- or long-term treatment program decreased the risk of time to reoffense by 46 percent for reconvictions and 49 percent for reincarcerations. The results presented in this study suggest that the risk of recidivism is reduced significantly for offenders who participate in prison-based CD treatment, particularly among those with a successful treatment outcome. There are a few limitations with this study, however, that bear consideration. First, in focusing exclusively on recidivism, this evaluation did not include substance abstention as an outcome measure and, thus, may not have fully captured the full effects of CD programming. Second, given the importance of providing a continuum of care from the institution to the community, aftercare programming is considered to be an essential component of effective CD treatment. But due to the absence of post-release treatment data, it is unclear as to whether variations in the extent to which offenders participated in aftercare may have affected the findings presented here. By collecting data on substance use and aftercare programming in the community, research currently being conducted by the MNDOC may eventually shed light on these issues. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/03-08CDRecidivismEvaluation.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: -Driving While Intoxicated Shelf Number: 114920

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: The Effects of Failure to Register on Sex Offender Recidivism Summary: In the early 1990s, the Minnesota legislature enacted the predatory offender registration (POR) law, which requires offenders who meet the statutory criteria to register their residences, places of employment, schools, and any vehicles owned or operated by registrants with the Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension. Since its creation nearly 20 years ago, the law has been amended several times to broaden its scope and increase the penalties for registration noncompliance. These changes to the POR law have led to a greater number of sex offenders convicted for failure to register (FTR), which has in turn resulted in more offenders coming to prison for FTR offenses. In fact, FTR is now the most common reincarceration offense for sex offenders released from prison. Due to the growing impact of FTR on Minnesota’s criminal justice system, this study attempted to increase understanding of registration noncompliance by examining whether an FTR conviction affected the risk of recidivism among sex offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2000 and 2004. Recidivism was distinguished by the type of reoffense (FTR, sex offense, or any offense), and the offenders in this study were tracked through the end of 2007, resulting in an average at-risk period of five years. Of the 1,561 predatory offenders released between 2000 and 2004, 170 had an FTR conviction. Of the 170 FTR offenders, 126 were incarcerated for an FTR offense whereas the other 44 had a FTR conviction before coming to prison. To isolate the impact of FTR convictions on recidivism, a matching technique (propensity score matching) was used to create comparison groups of offenders who did not have a prior FTR conviction. Main Findings Sexual Recidivism • Of the 126 offenders incarcerated for an FTR offense (Instant FTR), 17 (13.5%) were rearrested for a sex offense by the end of 2007. o 13 (10.3%) of the 126 non-FTR offenders in the comparison group had a sex offense rearrest following their release from prison. • Of the 170 offenders with any FTR conviction (Any FTR), 21 (12.4%) were rearrested for a sex offense by the end of 2007. o 16 (9.4%) of the 170 non-FTR offenders in the comparison group had a sex offense rearrest during the follow-up period. • The results from the multivariate statistical analyses showed that a prior FTR conviction did not significantly increase the risk of sexual recidivism. General Recidivism • Of the 126 Instant FTR offenders, 99 (78.6%) were rearrested for any offense during the follow-up period. o 90 (71.4%) of the 126 non-FTR offenders in the comparison group were rearrested for a new offense. • Of the 170 Any FTR offenders, 130 (76.5%) were rearrested for any offense following their release from prison. o 113 (66.5%) of the 170 non-FTR offenders in the comparison group were rearrested for a new offense. • The results from the multivariate statistical analyses showed that a prior FTR conviction did not significantly increase the risk of general recidivism. FTR Recidivism • Of the 126 Instant FTR offenders, 57 (45.2%) were rearrested for a new FTR offense. o 39 (31.0%) of the 126 non-FTR offenders in the comparison group were rearrested for an FTR offense. • Of the 170 Any FTR offenders, 69 (40.6%) were rearrested for a new FTR offense. o 41 (24.1%) of the 170 non-FTR offenders in the comparison were rearrested for an FTR offense. • The results from the multivariate statistical analyses showed that a prior FTR conviction significantly increased the risk of FTR recidivism. o An instant FTR offense increased the risk of getting rearrested for an FTR offense by 54 percent, whereas any prior FTR conviction increased the risk by 58 percent. • The results from the multivariate statistical analysis also showed that having a high school degree or GED at the time of release significantly decreased the risk of FTR recidivism from 39-43 percent. • The findings further revealed that offenders released from prison to the seven metro area (i.e., Minneapolis, St. Paul, and surrounding suburbs) counties of Anoka, Carver, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, Scott, and Washington had a significantly greater risk of FTR recidivism. Conclusion The results showed that FTR offenders were significantly different from other sex offenders in a number of ways. Consistent with prior research, this study found that registration noncompliant offenders were more likely to be a minority and to have longer criminal histories (i.e., more prior supervision failures and more prior felonies). Due to shorter prison sentences, FTR offenders had shorter periods of post-release supervision and were less likely to have participated in prison-based treatment than other sex offenders. Moreover, compared to other sex offenders, FTR offenders were less educated and were less likely to have used force or offended against victims from multiple age groups in the offense(s) for which they were required to register. The findings suggest that registration noncompliance does not significantly increase the risk of either sexual or general recidivism. Yet, given that past behavior is often the best predictor of future behavior, a prior FTR conviction was one of the strongest predictors of future registration noncompliance. The results also indicated the risk of registration noncompliance was significantly lower for offenders who had a GED or high school degree at the time of release from prison. This finding suggests that specifically targeting undereducated predatory offenders with educational programming may be an effective strategy to help reduce registration noncompliance and, more narrowly, reincarceration costs resulting from FTR recidivism. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/03-10FailuretoRegisterstudy.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 122376

Author: Burns, Casey Title: Literature Review on the Various Immigrant Generations and Their Affect on Crime and Reporting. Summary: Immigration and crime is a topic that becomes more and more popular with the influx of contemporary immigrants. When this topic is discussed, it is generally a blanket statement for all immigrants and how they relate to crime statistics. An important issue that isn’t widely publicized is the different immigrant generations and how they can affect crime rates. Reporting issues and the perceptions of these various immigrant groups is also an area that isn’t widely publicized. A big problem with determining the different levels of crime between the different immigrant groups is who fits into which immigrant generation. What has been found is that there isn’t a huge difference between definitions of immigrant generations, but they sometimes vary from source to source. This literature review is based on the most common definitions of different immigrant generations and how those groups relate to crime. Ultimately, what this paper is trying to discover is how the newest generations of immigrants are represented in crime data as they become more acculturated into American culture compared to the previous immigrant generations. It will also focus on reporting issues and immigrant perceptions of government officials across the different immigrant generations. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2010. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #2010-12: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2010/2010-12.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 122353

Author: Christian, Steve Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents Summary: The nation’s growing prison and jail population has raised serious questions about the collateral effects of incarceration on children, families and communities. Whatever one’s views about the appropriate role of incarceration in the criminal justice system, it is clear that imprisonment disrupts positive, nurturing relationships between many parents — particularly mothers — and their children. In addition, many families with children suffer economic strain and instability when a parent is imprisoned. Research suggests that intervening in the lives of incarcerated parents and their children to preserve and strengthen positive family connections can yield positive societal benefits in the form of reduced recidivism, less intergenerational criminal justice system involvement, and promotion of healthy child development. In the words of one prominent researcher, “[s]tudies . . . indicate that families are important to prisoners and to the achievement of major social goals, including the prevention of recidivism and delinquency.” Because this area is fraught with major data gaps, it is recommended that policymakers begin their exploration of the subject by posing a series of questions to their staffs and the heads of agencies with jurisdiction over law enforcement, corrections, child welfare, education and welfare, as well as child advocates, the university community and others who have an interest in ensuring the well-being of children whose parents are in custody. This report proposes a list of such questions, each followed by a discussion that is intended, not so much as a definitive answer, but as general background information. The information identifies only general trends, since specific answers to the questions posed will differ by state, depending on factors such as the existing policy context and service array, demographic trends and available data. Details: Denver, CO: National Conference of State Legislatures, 2009. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.ncsl.org/documents/cyf/childrenofincarceratedparents.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122379

Author: Close, Daniel W. Title: The District of Oregon Reentry Court: Evaluation, Policy Recommendations, and Replication Strategies Summary: The District of Oregon Reentry Court is a court-involved, evidence-based program in which voluntary participants under federal supervision commit to individualized plans emphasizing sobriety, employment, and constructive problem-solving. The program encourages participants to develop a high and sustained level of satisfaction with a productive and prosocial lifestyle and thereby desist from crime and substance abuse. Participants engage in self-assessment monthly, with each other and the reentry court team (composed of a district court judge, assistant U.S. attorney, assistant federal public defender, probation officer, and treatment services personnel), who issue rewards and sanctions matched to each participant’s level of progress. The reentry court team encourages participants to access an array of services designed to meet particular reentry needs. Successful participants maintain 12 months of sobriety and receive a reduction in their terms of supervision. The model was developed in 2006, as a strategy for addressing recidivism among drug-involved offenders. The program underwent a thorough evaluation in 2008. The accompanying study sets forth a description of the model, its basis in evidence, and a manual for its replication and customization. Details: Portland, OR: United States District Court, District of Oregon, 2009?. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2011 at: http://www.ussc.gov/Education_and_Training/Annual_National_Training_Seminar/2009/008c_Reentry_Court_Doc.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 122380

Author: Winokur. Kristin Parsons Title: Targeting Delinquency Prevention Services to High-Risk Youth and Neighborhoods: An Assessment of the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice Prevention and Victim Services' Geo-Mapping Techniques Summary: The Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) is required by statute to administer prevention and intervention services to at-risk youths and their families. At approximately $62 million in fiscal year 2001-02, funding for prevention programs accounts for less than ten percent of the more than $619 million allocated to DJJ annually. In order to make efficient use of limited resources in the face of increasing needs for service, the DJJ Prevention and Victim Services branch (hereafter referred to generally as DJJ) developed a prevention strategy to: 􀂾 Target youth who are at highest risk for engaging in criminal behavior. 􀂾 Locate resources in communities with the greatest risk factors. 􀂾 Employ research-based prevention methods. Prevention program allocation in Florida is therefore a two-pronged approach to identify (a) youth and (b) communities with the greatest risk factors and needs for service. The DJJ relies upon the research literature to inform the process of identifying at-risk youth. Prevention and Victim Services, with the assistance of DJJ research staff, then utilize geo-mapping technology to identify and map neighborhoods where large concentrations of high-risk delinquents reside. These "high-risk" communities are mapped by zip code boundaries. Prevention program providers can then identify the areas that are most in need of services. This targeting approach has been in place for the last three years and the Department has asked that an outside evaluator, The Justice Research Center (JRC), assess its validity. This report presents the findings of the evaluation and covers only contracted general revenue and state grant funded prevention programs. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Justice Research Center and Deptartment of Juvenile Justice, 2004. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.thejrc.com/docs/DJJ%20Zip%20Code%20Final%20Report%20PDF.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 122385

Author: U.S. White House Title: Empowering Local Partners to Prevent Violent Extremism in the United States Summary: This strategy outlines how the Federal Government will support and help empower American communities and their local partners in their grassroots efforts to prevent violent extremism. This strategy commits the Federal Government to improving support to communities, including sharing more information about the threat of radicalization; strengthening cooperation with local law enforcement, who work with these communities every day; and helping communities to better understand and protect themselves against violent extremist propaganda, especially online. Most of all, this strategy reafirms the fundamental American principles that guide our efforts, As we approach the 10th anniversary of the September 11 attacks, we remember that al-Qa’ida tried to spark a conflict between faiths and divide us as Americans. But they failed. As this strategy makes clear, we will not waver in defense of our country or our communities. We will defeat a1-Qa’ida and its affiliates. We will uphold the civil rights and civil liberties of every American. And we will go forward together, as Americans, knowing that our rich diversity of backgrounds and faiths makes us stronger and is a key to our national security. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/empowering_local_partners.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 122386

Author: Taylor, Emily Title: Michigan DUI Courts Outcome Evaluation: Final Report Summary: In the past 18 years, one of the most dramatic developments in the movement to reduce substance abuse among the U.S. criminal justice population has been the implementation of drug courts across the country. The first drug court was established in Florida in 1989. There are now well over 1,500 drug courts operating in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam. The purpose of drug courts is to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that reduces drug dependence and improves the quality of life for offenders and their families. In the typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles. Addiction treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, public defenders, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. The Michigan Community Corrections Act was enacted in 1988 to investigate and develop alternatives to incarceration. Four years later, in June 1992, the first female drug treatment court in the nation was established in Kalamazoo, Michigan. Since then, Michigan has implemented 75 drug courts, including expanding into further specialized courts (also called “problem solving courts”) for adults, juveniles, family dependency, and DUI offenders. In FY2004, 12 courts in Michigan identified as DUI courts. Of these, 10 were operational and 2 courts were in the early planning phase. SCAO assisted in funding 9 of these courts. At the time this study was proposed, comprehensive outcome evaluation with comparison groups and longitudinal analyses had not been conducted for Michigan DUI courts. Consequently, little was known about the relative effectiveness of these courts in reducing drunk driving or the characteristics that affect client outcomes. SCAO proposed to conduct an outcome evaluation of DUI courts. The evaluation was designed as a longitudinal study that included tracking and collecting data on DUI court participants for a minimum of one year following either program completion or termination from DUI Court and a comparison group of offenders who were eligible for DUI court in the year prior to DUI court implementation. Data were abstracted from several sources including site visits, the Criminal History Records (CHR) database maintained by the Michigan State Police and the Michigan Judicial Warehouse (JDW). All of these data were entered into a database created in Microsoft Access. In 2007, SCAO contracted with NPC Research to perform the data analysis and report writing for three of the DUI courts that participated in this study, Ottawa and Bay County and Clarkston DUI courts. The evaluation was guided by five research questions which were answered by a careful analysis of the data by NPC Research. These questions were: 1. What is the impact of participation in a DUI court on recidivism (re-arrests) compared to traditional court processing? 2. Does participation in DUI court reduce levels of alcohol and other substance abuse? 3. How successful is the program in bringing program participants to completion and graduation within the expected time frame? 4. What participant characteristics predict successful outcomes (program completion, decreased recidivism)? 5. How does the use of resources differ between DUI treatment court versus traditional probation? Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan Supreme Court; Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2008. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://council.legislature.mi.gov/files/sdtcac/mi_dui_outcome_eval_final_report_0308.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122371

Author: Winokur, Kristin Parsons Title: Child on Child Sexual Abuse Needs Assessment - White Paper. Summary: Cases involving children engaged in sexual assaults against other children are of growing concern in Florida. Research indicates that sexual assaults of children under the age of 12 are most commonly committed by adolescents who are 14 years of age (Chaffin, 2008). The sexual victimization of these youths puts them at greater risk for a multitude of anti-social behaviors including sexualized behaviors (Browne & Finkelhor, 1986; Paolucci et al., 2001). Tragic events, such as the Gabriel Myers case involving a 7-year old boy who had previously been sexually assaulted by another child and later ended his own life, underscore the importance of understanding and addressing childhood sexual behavior problems. In addition, results from the Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and Kaiser Permanente, involving more than 17,000 study participants, found that childhood maltreatment dramatically increased the risk for heart disease, cancer, diabetes, and several other major illnesses later in life (Dube, Anda, Whitfield, Brown, Felitti, Dong, & Giles, 2005). In an effort to understand and effectively address sexual abuse among children, the Florida Department of Children and Families (DCF) has funded a Needs Assessment to examine the breadth and scope of these abuse cases, including an assessment of the factors relating to the context, frequency, impact, treatment, effects and recovery from such abuse. The state of Florida has defined these incidents as child-on-child sexual abuse (COCSA). Various terms are used to refer to the children involved in these incidents including, for example, alleged juvenile sex offenders, sex offenders, abusers, perpetrators, sexually reactive children, children with sexual behavior problems, victims, and alleged victims. In an effort to avoid confusion with legal definitions of sexual offending and given the complex nature of COCSA cases, youth engaging in these activities are referred to here as children with sexual behavior problems (SBP). Children victimized in these cases are referred to here as alleged victims.1 Understanding the children involved in incidents of child-on-child sexual abuse is critical to effective prevention and intervention efforts. However, the causal pathways associated with perpetration and victimization are complex. Some studies have suggested that a pattern of juvenile sexual offending at an early age may serve as a precursor to later victimization and/or offending (Abel et al., 1987; Hunter and Figueredo, 2000; Knight and Prentky, 1993). Others have found that prior peer sexual victimization does not increase the likelihood for later sexual abuse (Maker, Kemmelmeier and Peterson, 2001). For example, a recent examination of a historical official data set found no increased likelihood for adult sexual offending among a cohort of juvenile sex offenders (Zimring et al., 2009). These complex factors can inhibit child welfare and protection efforts in providing appropriate services and establishing state policies that would mitigate current or future incidents of child-on-child sexual abuse. Those efforts may be limited to treating diagnosed risk factors as opposed to the actual underlying causes. The current paper is intended to provide an overview of COCSA cases in the State of Florida. Such abuse can encompass various age-ranges (early childhood, preteen, and teenage years) and legal/official categorizations (juvenile sex offender, child sexual behavior, dependent child, etc.). While teens engaging in child-on-child sexual behaviors and juvenile sex offenders are generally discussed here, the emphasis is on sexual abuse and sexual behavior problems among children under the age of twelve. This group represents the primary child-on-child sexual abuse service population of the Florida Department of Children and Families. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Justice Research Center and Deptartment of Children and Families, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.thejrc.com/docs/Child%20on%20Child%20Sexual%20Abuse%20Needs%20Assessment%20-%20White%20Paper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse (Florida) Shelf Number: 122388

Author: Mastrobuoni, Giovanni Title: Understanding Organized Crime Networks: Evidence Based on Federal Bureau of Narcotics Secret Files on American Mafia Summary: Using unique data on criminal profiles of 800 US Mafia members active in the 50s and 60s and on their connections within the Cosa Nostra network we analyze how the geometry of criminal ties between mobsters depends on family ties, community roots and ties, legal and illegal activities. We contrast our evidence with historical and sociological views about the functioning of the Mafia. Much of our findings are remarkably in line with these views, with interesting qualifications. We interpret some of our results in light of a model of optimal vertical and horizontal connections where more connections mean more profits but also a higher risk of defection. We find that variables that lower the risk of defection, among others, kinship, violence, and mafia culture increase the number of connections. Moreover, there is evidence of strategic endogamy: female children are as valuable as male ones, and being married to a “connected” wife is a strong predictor of leadership within the Mafia ranks. A very parsimonious regression model explains one third of the variability in the criminal ranking of the “men of honor,” suggesting that these variables could be used to detect criminal leaders. An additional prediction of our simple model is a right-skewed distribution of the number of connections, which is remarkably in line with the evidence of an extremely hierarchical organization. Details: Unpublished Working Paper, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.princeton.edu/chw/lectures-conferences/Mastrobuoni2-Understanding-Organized-Crime-September-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 122389

Author: Dieter, Richard C. Title: Struck by Lightning: The Continuing Arbitrariness of the Death Penalty Thirty-Five Years After Its Re-instatement in 1976 Summary: The United States Supreme Court approved the re-instatement of the death penalty 35 years ago on July 2, 1976. Although the death penalty had earlier been held unconstitutional because of its arbitrary and unpredictable application, the Court was willing to sanction new systems that states had proposed to make capital punishment less like “being struck by lightning” and more like retribution for only the “worst of the worst” offenders. The Court also deferred to the statesʼ judgment that the death penalty served the goals of retribution and deterrence. After three and a half decades of experience under these revised statutes, the randomness of the system continues. Many of the countryʼs constitutional experts and prominent legal organizations have concluded that effective reform is impossible and the practice should be halted. In polls, jury verdicts and state legislative action, there is evidence of the American peopleʼs growing frustration with the death penalty. A majority of the nine Justices who served on the Supreme Court in 1976 when the death penalty was approved eventually concluded the experiment had failed. Four states have abolished the death penalty in the past four years, and nationwide executions and death sentences have been cut in half since 2000. A review of state death penalty practices exposes a system in which an unpredictable few cases result in executions from among thousands of eligible cases. Race, geography and the size of a countyʼs budget play a major role in who receives the ultimate punishment. Many cases thought to embody the worst crimes and defendants are overturned on appeal and then assessed very differently the second time around at retrial. Even these reversals depend significantly on the quality of the lawyers assigned and on who appointed the appellate judges reviewing the cases. In such a haphazard process, the rationales of deterrence and retribution make little sense. In 1976, the newly reformed death penalty was allowed to resume. However, it has proved unworkable in practice. Keeping it in place, or attempting still more reform, would be enormously expensive, with little chance of improvement. The constitution requires fairness not just in lofty words, but also in daily practice. On that score, the death penalty has missed the mark. Details: Washington, DC: Death Penalty Information Center, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.deathpenaltyinfo.org/documents/StruckByLightning.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 122391

Author: Minnesota. Office of the Legislative Auditor. Program Evaluation Division Title: Civil Commitment of Sex Offenders Summary: Minnesota and 19 other states have laws allowing the courts to civilly commit dangerous sex offenders following the completion of their prison sentences. In most of these states, civilly committed sex offenders are placed in secure facilities that provide treatment. In a few states like Texas and, to some extent, New York, civilly committed sex offenders receive treatment while living in halfway houses or other community settings. The major public benefit of civil commitment is increased public safety. If states use the civil commitment process appropriately, sex offenders who are most likely to reoffend are living in a secure facility and not among the general public. Furthermore, such dangerous sex offenders are not released into the community until the risk that they will reoffend is lowered through treatment or for other reasons. While civil commitment increases public safety, confinement in a secure treatment facility is costly. In Minnesota, it costs the Department of Human Services (DHS) about $120,000 per year to house and treat a civilly committed sex offender in a secure facility. The cost is roughly three times the cost of incarcerating inmates at Minnesota’s correctional facilities. The high cost of civil commitment can be worth the price if civil commitment is reserved for the most dangerous offenders and if treatment is effective in reducing the risk of recidivism for at least some offenders. There are concerns, however, that Minnesota has built an expensive system of civil commitment and has committed some offenders who could be safely treated and supervised in a less costly community setting. The number of civilly committed sex offenders has grown dramatically over the last two decades. From 1990 to 2000, Minnesota’s population of civilly committed offenders grew from less than 30 to 149. As of January 1, 2011, the number has grown to 656, including 605 at DHS facilities and 51 at Minnesota correctional facilities. In 2010, Minnesota had more civilly committed sex offenders than every state except California and Florida. In addition, Minnesota had by far the largest number of civilly committed sex offenders per capita in the country. Current projections indicate that, under current policies, significant growth is likely in the future. According to DHS, the number of civilly committed sex offenders at DHS facilities is expected to nearly double between 2010 and 2020. In addition to concerns raised about the number of sex offenders who are civilly committed, another significant issue is the apparent ineffectiveness of treatment at DHS facilities. No sex offender has been successfully discharged from the Minnesota Sex Offender Program (MSOP) since it was created in 1994. Only one offender has ever been provisionally discharged and that offender was brought back to MSOP due to technical violations of his release conditions. As a result of these concerns, the Legislative Audit Commission directed the Office of the Legislative Auditor to conduct a program evaluation of the civil commitment process and the Minnesota Sex Offender Program. Our evaluation focuses on the following issues:  How has the population of civilly committed sex offenders grown in Minnesota? How does the size of Minnesota’s population compare with those in other states?  What accounts for the high costs of civil commitment? How does the average cost of civil commitment in Minnesota compare with similar facilities in other states and with other public facilities in Minnesota?  Is Minnesota committing the most dangerous sex offenders? Are commitment decisions being made in a consistent manner throughout the state?  Is MSOP providing appropriate treatment to civilly committed sex offenders? Why have there been no discharges from MSOP facilities?  Could some of the civilly committed sex offenders be treated in the community at a lower cost, while still providing significant safeguards for the public? Details: St. Paul: Minnisota Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2011. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/ccso.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment of Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 122392

Author: Schoenfelder, Jeremy Title: Options for Reducing Copper Theft Summary: This research investigated the theft of copper, including scope, impacts, and countermeasures. The researchers completed a literature review to demonstrate a global perspective of the problem. They took a survey of other state departments of transportation, utility companies, and developers to determine both successful and unsuccessful techniques being used to deter copper theft and the impact copper theft had on other geographical regions and other industries. Additionally, the researchers conducted a site survey to gain knowledge of the specific issues impacting the Arizona Department of Transportation and what mitigation techniques it was implementing. During the time of the research it was found: 1. The Arizona Department of Transportation estimates that costs over the last two years have exceeded $500,000. 2. The Arizona Department of Transportation has been diligent in implementing and adapting various methods and/or techniques to prevent copper theft and apprehend culprits. Suggested mitigation techniques include: 1. Implement a collaborative effort among ADOT, the contracted private investigation firm, and outside consultant(s) to review and amend efforts on a periodic basis to maximize effectiveness through a think-tank type of approach. 2. Implement a program that would monitor ongoing development of methods used by other organizations. 3. Make particular use of the Copper Keeper, a device that makes it difficult to pull wire through conduit by locking the wire in place through the tightening of a compression bolt. Details: Tucson, AZ: Arizona Department of Transportation, 2009. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Report 657: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.azdot.gov/TPD/ATRC/publications/project_reports/PDF/AZ657.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Copper Theft (Arizona) Shelf Number: 122393

Author: Alabama Criminal Justice Information Center, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Family Violence in Alabama 2006-2010 Summary: The Family Violence in Alabama 2006 – 2010 report is intended to inform law enforcement officials and private citizens of criminal and law enforcement activity in Alabama. Since the UCR offense and arrest data are the basis of this report, it must be noted that other factors affecting crime are not measured by UCR, such as age, sex, and race of the population, economic conditions of the area, transient population, culture, education, climate, attitudes of the victims toward crime and police, and crime reporting practices of the citizens. Therefore, it is difficult to draw conclusions or make valid comparisons between various jurisdictions by using only the crime and arrest data in this book. The data in this book are used for analyzing crime problems inherent in the criminal justice system and as a foundation for planning and budgeting. Geographic areas covered in this report include the State of Alabama, county and city strata. For the purpose of this report, family violence is indicated when the victim and offender are related by either blood or marriage, including husband, wife, ex-husband, ex-wife, commonlaw husband, common-law wife, father, mother, sister, brother, son, daughter, step-father, step-mother, step-son, step-daughter, in-law, or other family. Details: Montgomery, AL: Alabama Criminal Justice Information Center, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.acjic.alabama.gov/cia/2006-2010_special_familyviolence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 122394

Author: Idaho State Police. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Idaho Crime Victimization Survey 2008 Summary: The 2008 Idaho Crime Victimization Survey (ICVS) was conducted between March to May 2009. Survey participants were randomly selected from either a landline or a cell -phone sampling frame. Total participants included 2,664 landline and 565 cell-phone households. Participants were asked about any instances of property crime, violent crime, stalking, sexual assault, and domestic violence occurring in 2008. In addition, respondents were questioned regarding personal perceptions of neighborhood safety and satisfaction with police services. The 2008 ICVS survey enhances knowledge of crime and victimization in Idaho and assists in evaluating satisfaction with and effectiveness of criminal justice and health service programs. The report provides a summary of findings from the 2008 ICVS. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/2008Reportd_000.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 122395

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Longitudinal Study of the Application of Measure 11 and Mandatory Minimums in Oregon Summary: Nationally, very few studies have examined how mandatory minimum sentencing laws have been applied from indictment through conviction. Even fewer studies have looked specifically at how Oregon’s Measure 11 (M11) changed the disposition of cases. Prior Criminal Justice Commission (CJC) research studied how mandatory minimum sentences have been imposed after conviction, but no data has been available to track the impacts of M11 on affected-cases from indictment through conviction, until recently. Previous CJC research has examined crime rates, criminal justice spending and incarceration rates. The purpose of this report is to analyze M11 and how it has been applied over the past 15 years. This analysis provides a comprehensive examination of the differences between Oregon counties, crime types and other factors in the dispositions of M11 indicted cases. The report also attempts to quantify the discretion used in M11 application, and how discretion has changed hands over time. The analyses of these dynamics show that M11 did not eliminate tough individual sentencing choices, rather it continued the transfer of discretion from judges to prosecutors which started when Sentencing Guidelines were passed by the legislature and went into effect on November 1, 1989. M11 went into effect in 1995 and required mandatory minimum sentences that were longer than Guideline sentences and furthered the power and discretion of prosecutors to control sentences through charging practices and plea bargaining process. This sentencing discretion is now controlled, to a large degree, by how the various prosecutors in the state choose to apply M11. This discretion “flip” by Sentencing Guidelines and M11 has had a substantial impact on sentencing in Oregon. Details: Salem, OR: Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/Measure_11_Analysis_Final.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Sentences Shelf Number: 122405

Author: Officer, Kelly Title: Offender Reentry Programs Preliminary Evaluation Summary: Offender Reentry Programs in Oregon are funded through the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) Program to increase community-based services and resources to offenders transitioning from Oregon Department of Corrections (DOC) substance abuse and co-occurring residential treatment programs. The program was originally funded in four counties in Oregon over a two year period from April 1, 2009 to March 30, 2011. This preliminary evaluation of the Offender Reentry Programs includes program participants who were released from prison between May 2009 and September 2010. A comparable control group was composed of offenders who successfully completed substance abuse treatment while incarcerated at a DOC institution and were released to a program county before the Offender Reentry Program was implemented. Both arrest and charge outcomes were analyzed for this preliminary evaluation. The time from release for each offender is between four and 22 months, with an average of about 14 months. The analysis shows that offenders who participated in the Offender Reentry Program had a 33% drop in recidivism as measured by re-arrest compared to offenders who did not participate in the program. Participants in the program also show a 27% drop in recidivism as measured by overall charges and a 33% drop in recidivism as measured by felony charges. This preliminary evaluation shows that the Offender Reentry Program is effective at reducing recidivism and a follow-up evaluation with a longer time to recidivate and a larger sample size is planned. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/Reentry_Eval_Final.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (Oregon) Shelf Number: 122407

Author: Washington Statistical Analysis Center. Office of Financial Management, Forecasting Division Title: Violent Crime in Washington’s Schools: 2008-09 School Year Summary: In February 2010, the Washington Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) conducted a survey on the occurrence of violent crimes in public schools, the Washington State Survey on School Crime (WSSSC). In the survey, which was based on the national School Survey on Crime and Safety (SSOCS), all public school principals in Washington State were asked to provide information on the frequencies and types of violent crimes that occurred at their schools during the 2008-09 school year. Respondents were also asked to provide information on school characteristics. The following are key findings from the survey results. Key Findings · Overall, Washington is very similar to the nation in the percentage of schools recording violent incidents on campus, 76.3 percent versus 75.5 percent. The state had a higher percentage of schools recording serious violent crime, 21.9 percent, than occurred nationally, 17.0 percent. · During the 2008-09 school year, middle schools had the highest percentage of schools recording violent crime, 91.7 percent, and the highest rate of violent crime per 1,000 students, 54.4 per 1,000, when compared to other school levels. · About 18.2 percent of all schools reported at least one violent crime against staff or faculty and 6.5 percent reported at least one serious crime against staff or faculty during the 2008-09 school year. · Approximately 14.4 percent of schools experienced at least occasional gang violence during the 2008-09 school year. · During the 2008-09 school year, 18.4 percent of urban schools reported gang violence, more than either suburban or small town/rural schools. · Schools in high crime neighborhoods and schools with students who live in high crime neighborhoods were more likely to report gang activity and more frequent gang activity. · About 41.0 percent of schools had a security officer, resource officer, or both at the time of the survey. · Sixty percent of schools with enrollment of 1,000 or more students had both security and resource officers. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/sac/crime/crime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime (Washington, State) Shelf Number: 122408

Author: Bellotti, Jeanne Title: Examining a New Model for Prisoner Re-Entry Services: The Evaluation Of Beneficiary Choice Summary: In July 2007, the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL), Employment and Training Administration created the Beneficiary Choice Program, a demonstration to help ex-offenders successfully enter and remain in the workforce and stay free of crime. DOL awarded five grantees a total of $10 million through two rounds of grants to serve approximately 450 participants each. To be eligible to receive services, ex-offenders had to be between the ages of 18 and 29, within 60 days after release of incarceration, and convicted of a federal or state crime. DOL contracted with Mathematica Policy Research to evaluate how the program unfolded over time. This report presents the findings of this evaluation. The evaluation was designed to describe the implementation of the program, the short-term outcomes of participants, and the costs of providing services. It addresses six research questions: (1) How do grantees plan for, implement, and operate the program? (2) How do grantees ensure that participants have a true and independent choice of providers? (3) How does performance-based contracting influence implementation? (4) What are the characteristics of participants and what services do they receive? (5) What are the employment outcomes and recidivism rates of participants? (6) What are the costs of the program? Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc., 2011. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://www.dol.gov/asp/evaluation/reports/20110316.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122409

Author: Rutgers University. Senator Walter Rand Institute for Public Affairs Title: PRI-RE$PECT: 2006 Prisoner Re-Entry Project of NJ Department of Corrections: Final Evaluation Report Summary: In 2006, The New Jersey Department of Corrections released approximately 14,000 prisoners. Release statistics show that the state’s poorer urban areas are burdened by a disproportionate amount of this population. Consequences of failure in reentry are of serious concern to policy-makers and all stakeholders determined to increase public safety and quality of life issues for residents. In the United States, two-thirds of the individuals released from prison are rearrested for the commission of a new crime within three years. Since 2002, the Senator Walter Rand Institute for Public Affairs has been working with the Camden Safer Cities Initiative to address issues of service delivery and offender accountability through increased communication and collaboration among city residents, law enforcement agencies, social service providers, and offender supervisory agencies. In 2007, WRI began work on evaluations of two prisoner reentry programs for the New Jersey Department of Corrections, Office of Transitional Services. The evaluations of these programs will measure impact in re-offense rates amongst a set of selected participants in the program. Details: Camden, NJ: Senator Walter Rand Institute for Public Affairs, (no date). 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://wrand.rutgers.edu/pdf/publications/PRI-RE$PECT_FINAL_EVALUATION_REPORT.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 122410

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Smart Reform is Possible: States Reducing Incarceration Rates and Costs While Protecting Communities Summary: Since President Richard Nixon first announced the “War on Drugs” forty years ago, the United States has adopted “tough on crime” criminal justice policies that have given it the dubious distinction of having the highest incarceration rate in the world. These past forty years of criminal justice policymaking have been characterized by overcriminalization, increasingly draconian sentencing and parole regimes, mass incarceration of impoverished communities of color, and rapid prison building. These policies have also come at a great expense to taxpayers. But budget shortfalls of historic proportions are finally prompting states across the country to realize that less punitive approaches to criminal justice not only make more fiscal sense but also better protect our communities. This report details how several states with long histories of being “tough on crime” have embraced alternatives to incarceration, underscoring that reform is not only politically and fiscally viable, but that other states must also urgently follow suit. Between 1970 and 2010, the number of people incarcerated in this country grew by 700%. As a result, the United States incarcerates almost a quarter of the prisoners in the entire world although we have only 5% of the world’s population.1 At no other point in U.S. history — even when slavery was legal — have so many people been unnecessarily deprived of their liberty. Too often, lawmakers have devised criminal justice policy in emotional response to a highly publicized crime or perception of a crime trend. This misguided lawmaking has resulted in both overly punitive laws that cast too wide a net and inhumanely long prison sentences that have little to do with maintaining public safety. The massive explosion in our prison population has caused federal and state governments to dramatically escalate their spending on corrections. States have been spending an ever-increasing percentage of their budgets on prison related expenses, cutting into scarce dollars for public education and other vital services. The racial disparities resulting from this system have been staggering. Black individuals are imprisoned at nearly six times the rate of their white counterparts — and Latinos are locked up at nearly double the white rate. Most of this racial disparity is a result of the War on Drugs. While these groups engage in drug use, possession, and sales at rates comparable to their representation in the general population, the system disparately impacts people of color. For example, black individuals comprise 13% of the U.S. population and 14% of drug users, yet they are 37% of the people arrested for drug offenses and 56% of those incarcerated for drug crimes. For decades, the ACLU has been litigating and advocating to reform our criminal justice system into one that is both fair and effective. There are simply too many people in prison who do not need to be there, and whose long imprisonment does not serve society. Putting an individual behind bars should be an option of last resort, rather than a first response to social problems. Incarceration is often not necessary and can be detrimental to the widely shared goal of keeping our communities safe.In the past few years, the public and policymakers across the political spectrum have started to recognize that criminal justice reform is both necessary and politically viable. Lawmakers have steadily become interested in alternatives to incarceration that have proven to produce more effective public safety outcomes (“evidence-based” policies). “Get tough on crime” politicians are talking instead about being “smart on crime” and legislators are enacting bills supporting evidence-based programs — like diverting people charged with lower-level drug offenses into treatment instead of incarcerating them and imposing non-prison sanctions on those who violate the technical terms of their probation and parole instead of simply returning them to prison. Most recently, the U.S. Supreme Court has also weighed in on the debate. In May 2011, in Plata v. Brown, the Supreme Court recognized the dangers of overcrowded prisons, mandating that the state of California enact reforms to reduce its prison population in order to alleviate unconstitutional overcrowding. Reforms that rely less on incarceration have long made economic sense, but dramatically declining state revenues are making changes to the criminal justice system more urgent. The state budget crunch has forced many to finally realize the economic necessity of and reasoning behind reducing this country’s unnecessary overreliance on prisons. Fiscal prudence has produced new allies who agree that the nation’s addiction to incarceration is bad public policy. The need for financial austerity has created an unprecedented opening for advocates to promote fair and more effective criminal justice policies that protect public safety, reduce recidivism, keep communities intact, and move away from our overreliance on incarceration, all while saving taxpayer dollars. Recent reform efforts in several states have undermined the erroneous and misguided notion that mass incarceration is necessary to protect our public safety. States like New York, which depopulated its prisons by 20% from 1999 to 2009, and Texas, which has stabilized its prison population growth since 2007, are presently experiencing the lowest state crime rates in decades. This report offers a selection of recommendations for legislative and administrative reforms that states should implement to reduce their incarcerated populations and corrections budgets, while keeping our communities safe. These recommendations cover: systemic reforms to the criminal justice apparatus as a whole; “front-end” reforms that focus on reducing the number of people entering jails and prisons; and “back-end” reforms that increase the number of people exiting and staying out of prison. These recommendations are by no means exhaustive, but aim to provide advocates and lawmakers with a few key evidence-based and politically-tested reforms from which to craft a state-specific legislative agenda for criminal justice reform. This report documents bipartisan criminal justice reforms in six states—Texas, Kansas, Mississippi, South Carolina, Ohio, and Kentucky—and ongoing efforts in four more—California, Louisiana, Maryland, and Indiana. Several other states have also recently enacted reforms but this report deliberately focuses on states that have long had reputations for being “tough on crime.” Each state profile describes how and why state lawmakers moved from escalating prison growth and costs to significant reforms that either have already or are projected to reduce the incarcerated population and save scarce public funds. These profiles are intended to provide lawmakers and advocates with a practical “how to” guide to reform state prison systems. This report describes each of the major legislative and administrative reforms adopted in the profiled states and identifies additional states that are on the cusp of significant reforms. While lowering costs, these reforms increased or had no detrimental effect on public safety in the states profiled. While this report highlights more rational, evidence-based criminal justice policymaking, it does not suggest that the reforms enacted in the profiled states are sufficient. Indeed, to return to the nation’s incarceration rates of 1970, we would have to release four out of every five current prisoners in the United States. Instead, this report offers the examples of these states to inspire further reform in those states, as well as to provoke reform in other states and the federal system. Details: New York: ACLU, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/smartreformispossible.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122413

Author: Harcourt, Bernard Title: Reducing Mass Incarceration: Lessons from the Deinstitutionalization of Mental Hospitals in the 1960s Summary: In 1963, President Kennedy outlined a federal program designed to reduce by half the number of persons in custody in mental hospitals. What followed was the biggest deinstitutionalization this country has ever seen. The historical record is complex and the contributing factors are several, but one simple fact remains: This country has deinstitutionalized before. As we think about reducing mass incarceration today, it may be useful to recall some lessons from the past. After tracing the historical background, this essay explores three potential avenues to reduce mass incarceration: First, improving mental health treatment to inmates and exploring the increased use of medication, on a voluntary basis, as an alternative to incarceration; in a similar vein, increasing the use of GPS monitoring and other biometric monitoring, and moving toward the legalization of lesser controlled substances. Second, encouraging federal leadership to create funding incentives for diversionary programs that would give states a financial motive to move prisoners out of the penitentiary and into community-based programs. Third, encouraging impact litigation of prison overcrowding, as well as documentaries of prison life, as a way to influence the public perception of prisoners. With regard to each of these strategies, however, it is crucial to avoid the further racialization of the prison population and merely transferring prisoners to equally problematic institutions. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Law & Economics, Olin Working Paper No. 542 University of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 335: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1748796 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deinstitutionalization Shelf Number: 122414

Author: Johnson, Rucker Title: How Much Crime Reduction Does the Marginal Prisoner Buy? Summary: We present new evidence on the effect of aggregate changes in incarceration on changes in crime that accounts for the potential simultaneous relationship between incarceration and crime. Our principal innovation is that we develop an instrument for future changes in incarceration rates based on the theoretically predicted dynamic adjustment path of the aggregate incarceration rate in response to a shock (from whatever source) to prison entrance or exit transition probabilities. Given that incarceration rates adjust to permanent changes in behavior with a dynamic lag (given that only a fraction of offenders are apprehended in any one period), one can identify variation in incarceration that is not contaminated by contemporary changes in criminal behavior. We isolate this variation and use it to tease out the causal effect of incarceration on crime. Using state level data for the United States covering the period from 1978 to 2004, we find crime-prison elasticities that are considerably larger than those implied by OLS estimates. For the entire time period, we find average crime-prison effects with implied elasticities of between -0.06 and -0.11 for violent crime and between -0.15 and -0.21 for property crime. We also present results for two sub-periods of our panel: 1978 to 1990 and 1991 to 2004. Our IV estimates for the earlier time period suggest much larger crime-prison effects, with elasticity estimates consistent with those presented in Levitt (1996) who analyzes a similar time period yet with an entirely different identification strategy. For the latter time period, however, the effects of changes in prison on crime are much smaller. Our results indicate that recent increases in incarceration have generated much less bang-per-buck in terms of crime reduction. Details: Berkeley, CA: Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2011 at: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~ruckerj/johnson_raphael_crimeincarcJLE.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 122415

Author: Ragghianti, Marie Fajardo Title: Prison Industries in South Carolina: 1996-2005. Why and How the PIE Model Prospered Summary: The purpose of this study is to determine why the enhanced prison industries (PIE) model has prospered for more than 10 years in South Carolina, when in other states it has struggled to survive — or even been abolished. A history of prison industries in the United States will provide context for a review of legal, economic, and political issues affecting the PIE program in South Carolina and elsewhere. The leadership style of the state’s director of prison industries (under whose tenure the PIE model has developed and flourished) will be described. Additionally, a cross-jurisdictional comparison of the PIE programs in five other states will be presented, to facilitate future research initiatives, and to provide policymakers and correctional administrators with preliminary guidance for development or improvement of PIE initiatives. In this regard, a conceptual model of enhanced prison industries will be developed and described. Finally, policy and program recommendations will be made, based on the study’s findings. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2008. 431p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/8178/1/umi-umd-5360.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Industries (South Carolina) Shelf Number: 122416

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Beyond Absenteeism: Father Incarceration and Child Development Summary: High rates of incarceration among American men, coupled with high rates of fatherhood among men in prison, have motivated recent research on the effects of parental imprisonment on children’s development. We contribute to this literature using data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study to examine the relationship between paternal incarceration and developmental outcomes for approximately 3,000 urban children. We estimate cross-sectional and longitudinal regression models that control not only for fathers’ basic demographic characteristics and a rich set of potential confounders, but also for several measures of pre-incarceration child development and family fixed effects. We find that paternal incarceration is associated with significant increases in children’s aggressive behavior at age five, and some evidence of increased attention problems. The estimated effects of paternal incarceration are stronger than those of other forms of father absence, suggesting that children with incarcerated fathers may require specialized support from caretakers, teachers, and social service providers. The estimated effects are also stronger for children who lived with their fathers prior to incarceration, but are significant for children of nonresident fathers, suggesting that incarceration places children at risk through family hardships including and beyond parent-child separation. Details: Princeton, NJ: Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: WP09-20-FF: Accessed August !7, 2011 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP09-20-FF.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122417

Author: Sugie, Naomi F. Title: Punishment and Welfare: Paternal Incarceration and Families’ Receipt of Public Assistance Summary: The US criminal justice and welfare systems together form important government interventions into the lives of the poor. This paper considers how imprisonment is related to welfare receipt for offenders and their families. Using longitudinal data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing study, it investigates how recent paternal incarceration is associated with families‟ receipt of TANF, food stamps, and Medicaid/SCHIP. Results robust to multiple tests find that incarceration does not increase the likelihood of TANF receipt but significantly increases food stamps and Medicaid/SCHIP receipt. Further, the effect of incarceration on welfare receipt is larger than the recent loss of father‟s employment. The findings suggest that an unexpected consequence of mass imprisonment is the expansion of government regulation through welfare provision for offenders‟ families. Details: Princeton, NJ: Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper:WP11-09-FF: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP11-09-FF.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122418

Author: Waid, Courtney A. Title: An Assessment of Substance Abuse Treatment Programs in Florida's Correctional Institutions for Women Summary: With the “get-tough” stance of the past three decades shaping the landscape of U.S. penal policy, the rate of female incarceration has increased at a rate higher than that for males since the early 1980s (Pollock, 2002). At the turn of the 21st century, 60% of women admitted to prison, compared to 41% of male offenders, were incarcerated for drug-related offenses (Chesney-Lind, 2002; Pollock, 2002). Given this, an understanding of what causes females to relapse and/or recidivate is critical in the development and implementation of appropriate correctional substance abuse treatment. Interest in the efficacy of correctional substance abuse treatment programming has resurfaced after a period of years in which the doctrine of “nothing works” in offender rehabilitation was accepted. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the efficacy of substance abuse treatment programs operative for female inmates in the state of Florida released between 1995-2001. Consistent with previous research, the analyses produced mixed findings. Specifically, while institutionally-based programming did not reduce recidivism, community based programming was effective three years post-release from programming. Further evaluation (both process and outcome studies) and investment in treatment resources that can address the specific needs of females and provide a continuum of care are provided as recommendations for future research and practice. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-11152010-001219/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 122419

Author: O'Neill, Daniel Title: Campus Violence Prevention and Response: Best Practices for Massachusetts Higher Education Summary: Pervasive media images of mass shootings at Virginia Tech and Northern Illinois University have raised the specter of serious violence on college campuses. But by any measure, the risk of serious violence on campus is remarkably low, particularly in its most extreme form. Although the chances of serious violence may be remote, the potential consequences can be devastating and long-lasting. Colleges must respond proactively to the risk, as parents rightly expect a special level of care for their sons and daughters while they are away at school. Thus, it is prudent and imperative that colleges take reasonable steps to ensure the safety of students as well as faculty and other employees. While shootings may be the most visible form of campus violence, they are clearly not the most commonplace. Security practices must also focus on other, more prevalent, forms of violence such as sexual and physical assault. Current best practices, taken in combination with research, demonstrate the essential role of collaboration among all service providers in the prevention of violent incidents on college campuses. This report has four major sections. First, we define the nature and scope of campus violence both nationally and in Massachusetts. Next, we review previous reports of study groups and task forces and discuss established best practices for enhancing campus safety and violence prevention. Third, we examine the current state of security and violence prevention at institutions of higher education throughout Massachusetts based upon a survey conducted of public colleges and universities. Finally, by comparing these results with established best practices, we advance 27 recommendations for how Massachusetts schools can best improve their security and violence prevention efforts. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Department of Higher Education, 2008. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://www.mass.edu/library/Reports/CampusViolencePreventionAndResponse.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 122420

Author: Morissey, Michael E. Title: A Description of the Employment Patterns of Persons Released from Virginia's Correctional Institutions Between July 1, 1998, and June 30, 2002 Summary: The 35,882 former offenders released by Virginia’s Department of Corrections during the period of July 1, 1998, through June 30, 2002, are profiled using data provided by Virginia’s Department of Corrections and Department of Correctional Education as well as the Virginia Employment Commission. Demographic characteristics of recidivating and non-recidivating former offenders released during this period, with subgroupings to include gender, race, age, employment status, earnings, employment stability, and educational completion, as defined in the operational definitions of the study, are detailed, and the researcher’s observations are noted. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2004. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-09082004-155317/unrestricted/Morrissey_Dissertation.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 122421

Author: Bowen, Kendra N. Title: An Analysis of Criminal Situations: Decision Making and Other Contextual Factors of Robbery and Assault Summary: Research concerning the situational context in which crime occurs has taken a back seat to the study of criminality in criminological research. The purpose of this study was to examine the situational context of robbery, attempted robbery, assault, and avoided violence situations. Offenders from four western Pennsylvania county jail facilities were surveyed June through October 2010 concerning the contextual information in these types of situations in which they had been participants. This study examined situations nested within each respondent and compared these situations across respondents. This type of analysis was used to fully examine the personal (criminality) and situational factors that influence the studied situations. The personal level factors examined in this study were offender demographics, criminal history, hostile attribution bias and anger. The situational factors included decision making, anger and hostile attribution bias (in each situation), motive, victim selection, substance use, intent to harm, weaponry, and injury. The results from this study indicate that the study of the situational context of crime can provide more opportunities for researchers to unveil the complexities of criminal behavior. Utilizing social information processing theory, this study found that there were statistically significant differences in decision making in the studied situations. Additionally, hostile attribution bias and anger did play an important role in these situations, and more attention should be devoted to them. Lastly, past research has focused too narrowly on certain aspects of the situation (e.g., motive or victim selection), giving an incomplete depiction of the criminal situation. This research found that, by focusing on the situation in its entirety, more accurate information can be obtained as to which situational variables have a statistically significant relationship with robbery, attempted robbery, assault, and avoided violence situations. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, The School of Graduate Studies and Research, Department of Criminology, 2011. 283p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://dspace.lib.iup.edu:8080/dspace/bitstream/2069/344/1/Kendra+Bowen.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Shelf Number: 122422

Author: Van Slyke, Shanna Title: Social Identification and Public Opinion on White-Collar Crime Summary: White-collar crime accounts for billions of dollars in annual losses but traditionally has been viewed as less serious and less deserving of harsh punishment compared with street crime. This pattern can be observed in public opinion surveys, law-enforcement resource allocations, and criminal justice system sanctioning. Scholars usually distinguish between different types of white-collar crime — bitterly noting the irony that broadened definitions of white-collar crime have perpetuated status-based disparities the very concept was designed to bring to light. Some of these scholars, particularly those study public perceptions, have begun to question the conventional wisdom of widespread public apathy toward the crimes of U.S. economic and political elites. They have pointed at Watergate in the 1970s, the savings and loan crisis of the late 1980s and early 1990s, and the wave of national corporate financial failures emerging in 2001–2002, and they have proposed that public outrage stemming from these widely publicized political and economic scandals should serve as a catalyst for sentencing reform that would more accurately tailor punishments to the harms caused. Lengthy prison sentences given to corporate executives and chairman—such as Bernie Madoff’s June 2009 150-year prison sentence—seem to support the argument that a national attitudinal shift has translated into more severe punishments for white-collar offenders. But one could characterize recent severe white-collar sentences—most notably in this regard, Shalom Weiss’s 840-year prison term — as aberrations that are both expressively powerful and functionally indistinguishable from a life sentence with no chance of parole. As such, far from bridging the gap between harm and punishment, these extreme reactions would also fail to represent the majority of white-collar offenders’ experiences with the criminal justice system. Despite financial losses stemming from white-collar crime, most white-collar offenders are not prosecuted as criminal offenders and do not comprise the bulk of U.S. jail and prison populations. The present study addresses this paradox between harm caused, perceived seriousness and desired punitiveness, and the theoretical void in the white-collar crime literature by incorporating the concepts of ingroup favoritism and outgroup hostility from the social psychological literature on social identity theory. The study’s purposes, then, are to determine whether there are observable differences in punitiveness toward white-collar and street offenders and then to test the applicability of the proposed integrated theory to explaining punitiveness by employing a representative telephone survey of 400 Floridian adults in 2008. The survey tested 10 hypotheses in several ways: An offense- and an offender-based definition of white-collar crime is used as well as nonviolent economic street crime, incarceration and disenfranchisement support serve as dependent variables; and two forms of offender identification (social and racial) and two forms of threats (offense seriousness and victim identification) are assessed. Incarceration support is modeled for six offenses: elite white-collar crime (corporate fraud and government bribery), consumer fraud white-collar crimes (false advertising and car sales fraud), and nonviolent economic street crimes (motor vehicle theft and burglary). The six offenses were then collapsed into three crime categories designed to represent three basic social status groups and to address the white-collar crime definitional debate: elite white-collar crime (high-status white-collar crime), consumer fraud white-collar crime (middle-status white-collar crime), and nonviolent economic street crime (low-status non-white-collar crime). No violent street crimes were included to enhance the comparability between the street crimes and white-collar crimes; likewise, the selected street crimes were economically motivated so they would also have the same basic motive (unlike non-violent street crimes like vandalism or drug use). Bivariate correlations revealed differences in public opinion, but the definition of white-collar crime (i.e., offense or offender based) and the measure of punitiveness (i.e., support for incarceration and for disenfranchisement) impacted the results. Multivariate logistic regression results indicate that offense seriousness had the consistent effect on increasing punitiveness for street crimes, but rarely influenced punishment recommendations for white-collar crimes—particularly those of the powerful corporate and government elites. However, little support emerged supporting the hypotheses derived from social identity theory. Rarely have past studies identified variables that are related to punitiveness toward white-collar offenders, be they theoretical or control variables. The present study, on the other hand, drew from the available research literature, identified the theoretical concept of social identification, and empirically tested this concept’s association with incarceration and disenfranchisement recommendations for white-collar and street property offenders. Social identification was not always related to punitiveness; moreover, the hypothesized positive effect of social identification interacting with perceived seriousness failed to materialize. Yet social identification itself increased punitiveness in several models and this is an advancement of our knowledge about public opinion on white-collar crime—albeit an advancement in need of refinement. Theoretically, this study introduced the idea of social identity to the study of white-collar crime, a phenomenon that has long been anecdotally characterized as crime by seemingly normal and respectable individuals, but which has recently exhibited signs of increased governmental intervention and sanctioning. The unexpected findings were explained by drawing upon labeling theory and by discussing the differential roles of information in influencing punitive attitudes. A different causal model is then suggested wherein strength of incriminating evidence is predicted to moderate the effect of social identification on punitiveness toward white-collar offenders. In this revised model to be tested in future research, social identification is not predicted to interact with seriousness to influence punitiveness; rather, it is hypothesized to influence punitiveness indirectly through its influence on perceptions of guilt. The conclusion focuses upon the contradiction between the U.S. government’s relative neglect of white-collar crime and contemporary empirical evidence on public punitiveness toward white-collar and street offenders. Bernie Madoff’s recent 150-year is revisited, and it is concluded that recent examples of harsh white-collar crime sanctioning do not reflect a significant shift in attitudes. Instead, returning to social identity theory, it is proposed that certain offenders have gotten singled out in order to for the government send a symbolic message of intolerance toward corporate crime while at the same time, the criminogenic opportunity and motivation structures of U.S. finance capitalism are left untouched and ineffectively regulated, thus perpetuating the problem of white-collar crime. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2009. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2011 at: http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-10272009-160114/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 122424

Author: Di Tella, Rafael Title: Free to Punish? The American Dream and the Harsh Treatment of Criminals Summary: We describe the evolution of selective aspects of punishment in the US over the period 1980-2004. We note that imprisonment increased around 1980, a period that coincides with the “Reagan revolution” in economic matters. We build an economic model where beliefs about economic opportunities and beliefs about punishment are correlated. We present three pieces of evidence (across countries, within the US and an experimental exercise) that are consistent with the model. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Eocnomic Research, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17309: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17309.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 122429

Author: Yvette, Emily Title: Offenders on the "Earned Release Date Housing Voucher" Program Summary: The objective of the Earned Release Date (ERD) Housing Voucher Program is to assist offenders release at or near their ERD. The aim of this report is to describe the participants of the voucher program beginning July 2009 through October 2010. This report describes the demographics of the housing voucher population, their release to the community relative to ERD, and the offenders’ recent history of homeless or transient status in the community. Additionally, this report provides an analysis of offender violations, sanctions, new offenses, and reincarceration during and after voucher funding. A comparison group comprised of offenders who did not receive housing vouchers was established in order to determine how voucher recipients differ from other offenders. The comparison group consists of offenders released during the same time period as voucher recipients. Non-voucher releases are separated into those that received supervision following release and those that did not; comparisons are between voucher recipients and supervised non-voucher releases. The distribution of demographics varies between voucher recipients and supervised non-voucher releases; voucher recipients are older and are more likely to have been convicted of a sex offense (33% vs. 12%). During 2010, voucher recipients had fewer average days past ERD than non-voucher releases (71 vs. 84 days) and contributed fewer days past ERD than non-voucher releases (42,671 vs. 54,264 days). The average length of follow up time is 274 days. Voucher recipients are more likely to report being homeless prior to incarceration and following release. Voucher recipients are more likely than supervised non-voucher releases to have a violation after release. A very small proportion of each group was convicted of new crimes during the follow up period. Overall, voucher recipients are more likely than non-voucher releases to be convicted of a new offense and to face reincarceration after release. Among offenders with at least one year of follow up, voucher funding status did not predict a new conviction or reincarceration for a new offense. This report could be improved by using a more appropriate comparison group and by incorporating other indicators of successful reentry. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington state Department of Corrections, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/measuresstatistics/docs/voucherreportrevised3.28.11.docx Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 122432

Author: Wing, Janeena Title: Victims of Crime: Property, Violent Crime, Intimate Partner, Family Violence, and Sexual Assault Summary: In 2009, violent crime affected 429.4 per 100,000 individuals within the United States dropping –5.2% from 2005 and –7.5% from 2000 (FBI, 2009). Idaho has also followed the national trend with fewer reported victims of crime year to year. This publication discusses the characteristics of victims of crime based on police reports compiled within the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS) between the years 2005 through 2009. Characteristics of victims of property crime, violent crime, domestic violence, family violence, and sexual assault will be presented. Because the IIBRS database does not include indentifying information, it is not known how many victims are repeat victims of crime. Therefore, this report will only provide a description of victims of crime broken down by demographics as well as average rates by county, but will not provide information based on number of crimes experienced by the same victim. Information in many instances is aggregated over the five year period as opposed to showing year to year trends to provide a snapshot of typical circumstances surrounding incidents of crime. Crime types sensitive to variances between years including crimes occurring infrequently and crimes occurring in rural areas are more reliably researched when combining years. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2010? 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/ictims2009.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 122433

Author: Rogers, David Title: Access Denied in Oregon: A Report on the Barriers Faced by People with a Past Felony Conviction Summary: The US incarcerates over 2.2 million people, more than any other country in the world. This means that one out of every 136 people in the U.S. is currently in jail or prison. The astronomical growth of incarceration in the U.S. over the past 25 years has created a wide range of social challenges, not least of which is how to respond to formerly incarcerated people upon their re-entry into the community. In 2005, Partnership for Safety and Justice (then know as Western Prison Project) began an intentional exploration of the range of civil barriers formerly incarcerated people face. We realized that not nearly enough attention is being paid to this critical set of issues. After a lengthy process of interviews, focus groups, and research, we have produced Access Denied in Oregon, a 12-page report on barriers faced by people with a past felony conviction. Access Denied in Oregon is by no means a comprehensive overview of the roadblocks to re-entry after prison. Rather, this report is designed to share some of the information we have collected with an emphasis on the key barriers identified by our survey and focus group participants. Details: Portland, OR: Partnership for Safety and Justice, 2006. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.safetyandjustice.org/files/Access%20Denied%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 122434

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Evaluation of the Earned Release Program (ERP) Summary: The Earned Release Program (ERP) is a residential substance abuse treatment program offering the incentive of early release to eligible non-violent offenders that complete the program. ERP is available to eligible male inmates at the Drug Abuse Correctional Center (DACC) located in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. ERP is available to eligible female inmates at the Robert E. Ellsworth Correctional Center (REECC) located in Union Grove, Wisconsin. The evaluation included documenting program implementation, analyses of program participant criminal recidivism after release, an examination of the effectiveness of the “reach-in” or re-entry component, and an examination of patterns in program termination and drop-out. A broad range of qualitative and quantitative methodologies were utilized to gather process and outcome data related to the implementation of ERP. Extensive assistance in collection of data for the evaluation was provided by DOC central office staff, ERP administrative and treatment staff, and Division of Community Corrections (DCC) agents and administrative staff. In addition, preliminary evaluation results and recommendations for improvement were provided to the Secretary of the Department of Corrections in a private briefing in August 2006. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Population Health Institute, 2007. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/vanstellek/erpFinalFullReport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment (Wisconsin) Shelf Number: 122435

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Progress Update on the Evaluation of the Earned Release Program (ERP) Summary: The University of Wisconsin Population Health Institute was asked by the WI Department of Corrections to provide an evaluation of its Earned Release Program (ERP). The examination of ERP began on March 1, 2006 and will conclude on December 31, 2007. A comprehensive report detailing the findings of the process and outcome evaluation was submitted to the Department in January 2007 and finalized in February 2007. The report also contained numerous recommendations for program improvement. Former Secretary Matthew Frank ordered the creation of an ERP Action Plan to address each recommendation made in the report. The current report summarizes progress toward the development and implementation of the ERP Action Plan since February 2007. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Population Health Institute, 2007. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/vanstellek/erpProgressUpdateFullReport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment (Wisconsin) Shelf Number: 122436

Author: Camp, Scott D. Title: Evaluation of the Taft Demonstration Project: Performance of a Private-Sector Prison and the BOP Summary: In 1996, the United States Congress directed the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) to operate the federal prison at Taft, California as a demonstration of prison privatization (see Conference Report to Accompany H.R. 3610, Making Omnibus Consolidated Appropriations for Fiscal Year 1997, Public Law 104-208). This report describes selected measures of prison performance for the Taft Correctional Institution (TCI), operated by Wackenhut Corrections Corporation, especially in comparison to three BOP prisons built upon the same architectural design at about the same time and holding similar types of inmates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Federal Bureau of Prisons, 2005. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.bop.gov/news/research_projects/published_reports/pub_vs_priv/orelappin2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 122438

Author: Nelson, Julianne Title: Competition in Corrections: Comparing Public and Private Sector Operations Summary: On July 21, 1997, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) announced that Wackenhut Corrections Corporation (now The GEO Group) had won the competition for a 10-year contract to manage a new federal correctional facility. Located in Taft, California, the new facility — known as Taft Correctional Institution (TCI) — had been designed and built by the federal government to house low-and minimum-security inmates. In 2005, the CNA Corporation (CNAC) was asked to participate in the task of evaluating the first five years of this contract. The following report compares the cost of the TCI contract with the cost of operating the facility “in-house” during this period. A separate report prepared by the BOP analyzes the quality of contractor performance at Taft. A report prepared by Abt Associates reviews both the cost and quality of the contract services at this institution. CNAC analysis indicates that the observed cost of the TCI contract was virtually identical to the estimated cost of in-house operation by government employees — based on practices observed at similar BOP facilities. Using a cost model based on Circular A-76 guidelines and information available at the beginning of the TCI contract, we found that our initial estimate of the expected in-house cost of operating the facility was lower than the expected cost of the management contract. Using this model with actual (rather than expected) wage rates, inflation rates, and inmate population levels, we found that: • Observed contract costs were generally higher than our initial estimates of what the BOP would have spent to operate TCI itself (i.e., the costs avoided through private sector management of the facility). • Observed contract per diem costs exceeded expected contract costs, largely due to award fee payments and reimbursements for wage increases mandated by Service Contract Act revisions. Using observed expenditures reported at TCI and three similar BOP facilities, we found that: • Observed per diem costs with contractor management were not substantially different from observed facility-level per diem costs at BOP comparison sites. • Observed per diem costs with contractor management were slightly lower than observed per diem avoidable costs at BOP facilities during the first two years of fullscale operations. • In the last two years of the period under review, observed per diem contract costs were similar to observed per diem avoidable costs at comparable federal facilities once allowances were made for changes in the mix of security levels in the inmate population. In short, the cost of routine contract operations was very similar at TCI and the three comparable government facilities. It was also generally higher than our initial estimates of what it would have cost the BOP to run TCI once it was fully activated. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Corporation, 2005. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.bop.gov/news/research_projects/published_reports/pub_vs_priv/cnanelson.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 122439

Author: Wilson, Kate J. Title: Literature Review: Wraparound Services for Juvenile and Adult Offender Populations Summary: It has long been recognized that prison inmates reentering the community often face multiple problems across diverse life domains — not simply issues related to employment, financial stability, and secure housing — but struggles with substance abuse, mental and physical health problems, and issues related to family reunification. Because criminal justice agencies alone cannot provide for the range of services an offender is likely to need during the short- and long-term process of reentry, it is thought that coordinated, comprehensive services that break down service-agency barriers and engage community-based providers can genuinely improve individual outcomes when key elements are addressed (Haimowitz, 2004; Lawrence et al., 2002; Rossman, 2001; Taxman et al., 2000). California’s recently passed Assembly Bill 900 (AB 900), which is designed to provide 53,000 additional beds to California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s (CDCR) adult State prison and jail system, also stresses the need to provide rehabilitative services to inmates. AB 900 specifically provides for the establishment of reentry program facilities in which offenders can receive risk and needs assessments, case management services, and wraparound services that provide a continuity of support between custody and parole. The purpose of the current report is to review extant research literature on the efficacy of wraparound services as applied to the community reentry of adult offender populations. The report begins by defining wraparound services and then provides an overview of evaluations of the wraparound approach conducted in other social service areas and with populations other than adult offenders. Unfortunately, research on wraparound services for adult offenders is, at the current time, scarce to nonexistent. Nevertheless, both the theory behind wraparound services and the evaluations that have been conducted with juvenile populations provide insight into the strengths and possible benefits of such an approach. Details: Davis, CA: Center for Public Policy Research, University of California, Davis, 2008. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/Wraparound_Services_UCDAVIS_Jan_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122442

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Adult Gross Misdemeanor/Misdemeanor and Juvenile Workload Study 2008 Summary: Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) community supervision agents have been basing their workload on a system and study dating back to the 1980s. Much has changed since then, including specialized caseloads; supervision standards that emphasize field contacts and case planning; utilization of various evidence-based practices; and the use of computers and cell phones. While many tasks have been added, others have been streamlined or omitted. A total of 40 agents from 10 DOC districts tracked nearly 800 adult and juvenile offenders to develop an accurate picture of each adult gross misdemeanor/misdemeanor and juvenile supervision level. There were also tasks that were tracked, including adult pre-sentence investigations; adult and juvenile new clients; juvenile pre-disposition investigations; juvenile certification studies; adult chemical assessments; adult pre-trial monitoring; and juvenile pre-disposition monitoring. Offenders were tracked for two months, and agents logged their time spent on the selected offenders. As expected, the changes that have taken place over the last few years have affected the time it takes an agent to supervise an offender. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/06-09AdultGrossMisdemeanor-MisdemeanorandJuvenileWorkloadReport2008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Offenders, Community Based Corrections (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 122443

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Short-Term Offenders: 2007 Report to the Legislature Summary: The 2007 Legislature raised the shortterm offender program appropriation from $1,207,000 to $3,707,000 each year. In conjunction with that appropriation the commissioner of corrections was directed to study the use and effectiveness of the shortterm offender program and identify gaps in the shortterm offender system relating to programming and reentry services. The commissioner of corrections invited practitioners who deal with shortterm offenders on a daily basis to join a work group whose focus was to review the shortterm offender program in light of the 2007 legislation. The ShortTerm Offender Work Group, in reviewing the program, determined that many factors play into the ability to provide effective programming and reentry services. In all, the work group identified six major areas of concern and discussed possible options for addressing these issues. The six areas discussed by the group include funding, housing, the number of shortterm offenders, programming differences, medical issues, and release planning. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2007. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/legislativereports/documents/STOReport-12-07ReportFinal.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 122444

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Red Cliff Anishinaabek Juvenile Justice Study: Final Report Summary: The Anishinaabek Juvenile Justice Study was developed by the First American Prevention Center of the Red Cliff Band of Lake Superior Chippewa Indians and supported by the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. The purpose of the study was to formulate community-defined options to improve services for high-risk youth involved in the Red Cliff juvenile justice system and to build the capacity of the Red Cliff community to utilize evaluation techniques to address emerging community needs. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin-Madison, Medical School, Department of Population Health Sciences, 2003. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/vanstellek/RedCliffAnishinaabekJuvenileJusticeStudy-Oct2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 122445

Author: Sims, Barbara Title: An Evaluation of the PCCD-Funded Police-Probation Partnerships Projects Summary: In April, 2002, the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency (PCCD) began funding three Police-Probation Partnership (PPP) projects in Lackawanna, Lehigh, and Mercer Counties. These programs are modeled after the Operation Night Light (ONL) program that began in Boston, Massachusetts in 1992. The goals of the PPP projects are to reduce recidivism among selected juvenile and/or adult probationers, to reduce police calls for service and criminal activity in the target areas, to increase public perceptions of safety in the neighborhoods where PPP projects are operating, and to strengthen linkages between the police departments and county probation departments. The PCCD sought to award a subgrant to support a process and outcome evaluation of the PPP programs in the three funded counties. The purpose of such a study would be to determine: (1) whether the three funded sites have implemented the program according to the specified goals and objectives of the program; (2) whether the sites are meeting the expectations of the PCCD related to the goals and objectives of PPP programming in general; and (3) the nature and extent of the impact of PPP programming in the targeted areas. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2006. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: www.portal.state.pa.us Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122447

Author: Center for Effective Public Policy Title: A Framework for Evidence-Based Decision Making in Local Criminal Justice Systems. A Work in Progress, Third Edition. Summary: The Framework identifies the key structural elements of a system informed by evidence. It defines a vision of safer communities. It puts forward the belief that risk and harm reduction are fundamental goals of the justice system, and that these can be achieved without sacrificing offender accountability or other important justice system outcomes. It both explicates the premises and values that underlie our justice system and puts forward a proposed set of principles to guide evidence-based decision making at the local level—principles that are, themselves, evidence-based. The Framework also highlights some of the most groundbreaking of the research — evidence that clearly demonstrates that we can reduce pretrial misconduct and offender recidivism. It identifies the key stakeholders who must be actively engaged in a collaborative partnership if an evidence-based system of justice is to be achieved. It also sets out to begin to outline some of the most difficult challenges we will face as we seek to deliberately and systematically implement such an approach in local communities. Details: Silver Spring, MD: Center for Effective Public Policy, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.cepp.com/documents/EBDM%20Framework.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122448

Author: Wagner, Dennis Title: California Department of Social Services Validation of the SDM® Reunification Reassessment Summary: In early 1999, the State of California began a phased implementation of a new case management system for child welfare services (CWS). The California child welfare Structured Decision Making® (SDM) system was developed in 1998 by seven pilot counties with the assistance of Children’s Research Center (CRC) and the California Department of Social Services (CDSS). Workgroups comprised of staff from pilot counties and CRC developed several objective assessments to improve child welfare case management, including the following:  A hotline screening protocol, to help determine if an intake referral meets the criteria for an in-person investigative response;  A response priority assessment, to help intake workers decide how quickly to respond to an allegation of abuse and/or neglect;  A safety assessment, to identify service interventions to protect children during a protective service investigation;  An actuarial risk assessment, which estimates the family’s risk of future maltreatment at the close of an investigation;  A family strengths and needs assessment, to help workers identify case plan goals and appropriate interventions when a case is opened for in-home or foster care services;  A child strength and needs assessment, for identifying service interventions to improve the well-being of children.  An in-home case risk reassessment, to evaluate progress toward case plan goals, update case plans, and estimate the likelihood of subsequent child maltreatment; and  A foster care reunification reassessment, to monitor family progress towards reunification and inform the worker’s decision to reunify a child. The primary objectives of the SDM® system are to help child welfare agencies improve child well-being and safety and to expedite permanency. Workers complete SDM assessments at critical points in the child welfare case management process, e.g., safety planning, case opening, case plan goal identification, and child reunification. The assessments are fully integrated into CDSS case management policy guidelines for intake screening, child protective services (CPS) investigation, and ongoing family services. Since SDM implementation in 1999, the California family risk assessment and risk reassessment have been validated twice, and the construct validity of the response priority and safety assessment has also been assessed. Since the SDM assessments workers use in foster care took longer to implement, and placement case outcomes require additional time to observe, it was not possible to assess them until recently. By 2005, 17 California counties had implemented the family strengths and needs assessment (FSNA) for case planning and the California reunification reassessment (CRR) for evaluating caregiver progress toward reunification. In 2009 CDSS contracted with CRC to conduct a validation study of the CRR and the FSNA. Since the objectives of the SDM system are to improve child safety and expedite permanency, preferably by reunifying the child and family, this study attempts to (1) examine the relationship between foster care case assessment findings and two outcomes which reflect permanency and safety—child reunification and foster care reentry; (2) evaluate the utility of both assessments as constructs for improving reunification or reentry outcomes; and (3) propose changes in assessment procedure or content that may improve their performance. Details: Madison, WI: Children's Research Center, National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2010. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2011 at: http://www.nccd-crc.org/crc/crc/pdf/CRR_Validation_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 122459

Author: Campbell, Rebecca Title: Adolescent Sexual Assault Victims’ Experiences with SANE-SARTs and the Criminal Justice System Summary: The purpose of this project was to examine adolescent sexual assault survivors’ help-seeking experiences with the legal and medical systems in two Midwestern communities that have different models of Sexual Assault Nurse Examiner (SANE) / Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) interventions. This project had two main objectives. First, we conducted qualitative interviews with adolescent sexual assault victims regarding their initial post-assault disclosures and their pathways to seeking help from the medical and legal systems. It is important to understand how and why teen survivors decide to seek help from these programs in the first place. Although SANE-SART interventions have the potential to be useful resources to teen victims, they are only useful insofar as they are utilized by survivors. In Study 1, we conducted in-depth qualitative interviews with N=20 adolescent sexual assault victims 14-17 years old. From these interviews, we identified three distinct patterns of survivors’ post-assault disclosures and their pathways to seeking help from SANE programs and the criminal justice system: voluntary (survivors’ contact with the legal and medical system was by their choice), involuntary (system contact was not by choice), and situational (circumstances of the assault itself prompted involuntary disclosure). Victims with voluntary disclosures patterns were more likely to remain engaged with the legal system throughout the investigation process. Those in the involuntary disclosure pattern were only sometimes willing to continue to pursue legal prosecution. There were too few situational disclosures to examine the impact of system entry on subsequent system involvement. The second objective was to conduct a quantitative analysis to determine what factors predict successful prosecution of adolescent sexual assault cases. Once teen victims are “in the system” what factors determine whether a case will be prosecuted? Criminal justice prosecution is a multi-step process, from reporting to referral, arrest, prosecution (which itself has many steps), and final case outcome. Rather than focusing at any one stage, we assessed progress through this system as an ordinal variable in order to capture incremental change. We examined how differences between the two SANE-SART models—and the evolution of these models over time—predicted prosecution outcomes relative to the predictive utility of victim characteristics, assault characteristics, and medical forensic evidence findings. In Study 2, we obtained SANE program records, police and prosecutor records, and crime lab findings for a sample of N=392 adolescent sexual assault victims who sought services from the focal SANE programs. The overall rate of guilty plea/trial convictions was 40.3% for sexual assaults committed against adolescents aged 13-17. Using multi-level ordinal logistic regression, we found that cases involving younger victims (13-15) were significantly more likely to progress further through the system than assaults against older victims, and assaults committed against adolescents with documented developmental delays were eight times as likely to move further through the criminal justice system. We found no significant effects for victim race/ethnicity and alcohol use on legal case outcomes. Victim-offender relationship was a significant predictor of case progression, such that non-stranger assaults were more likely to be prosecuted than stranger assaults. The specific kinds of forced penetrations (i.e., vaginal vs. oral vs. anal penetrations) did not affect case outcomes, but the cumulative number of the assaultive acts perpetrated against the victim did increase the likelihood that the case would progress further through the criminal justice system. With respect to medical forensic evidentiary findings, the more delay there was between the assault and when the survivor had the medical forensic exam, the less likely the case would progress through the system. Cases with positive DNA evidence were five times as likely to progress further through the system, but there were no significant effects for specific physical or anogenital injuries. With respect to site differences, there were no significant main effect differences between the two SANE/SART programs studied , suggesting that one model of SANE-SART intervention was no more or less effective than the other with respect to achieving prosecution success. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2010. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/234466.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counseling Shelf Number: 122466

Author: Brown-Dean, Khalilah L. Title: One Lens, Multiple Views: Felon Disenfranchisement Laws and American Political Inequality Summary: Felon disenfranchisement laws prohibit current, and in many states, former felony offenders from voting. Of particular interest to my research, 36% of the citizens permanently unable to vote are African Americans. It is important to note that state laws determine who is eligible to vote. States have the option of disenfranchising felons while in prison, while on parole, on probation, or for a lifetime. This dissertation combines traditional democratic theory with elements of the racial group competition literatures to form a lens for understanding the historical use and contemporary consequences of criminal disenfranchisement laws. Using a multi-method approach combining archival research, experiments, and cross-sectional analyses, the findings of this research contradict much of the existing literature's assertion that racial minorities have successfully overcome the institutional barriers to full participation. In essence, these findings affirm the extent to which criminal control policies have become a powerful means of promoting the politics of exclusion. Using an original state-level data set, I find that the level of minority diversity and region are the most significant determinants of the severity of states' disenfranchisement laws. In particular, I find that southern states and states with more sizeable Black and Hispanic voting-age populations tend to have more severe restrictions on felon voting. I find that elite discourse surrounding disenfranchisement has evolved from an explicit focus on race and racial discrimination to a more subtle priming of racial group considerations and stereotypes. Combining these findings with the experimental data, I find that public support for felon disenfranchisement is influenced by the frames elites use to discuss them. When disenfranchisement laws are presented as a threat to democratic vitality, citizens' support for them tends to be lower. However, when disenfranchisement is presented as a means of punishing those who have broken the public trust, support is higher. These findings confirm the importance of political elites for helping citizens make sense of complex political issues. Taken together, the research presented in this dissertation supports the view that the racial group competition lens illuminates multiple views regarding the limits of citizenship as well as contemporary barriers to political equality. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, Department of Political Science, 2003. 264p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi/BrownDean%20Khalilah%20L.pdf?osu1054744924 Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Felon Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 122480

Author: Rosenbaum, Dennis P. Title: Salt Lake City's Comprehensive Communities Program: A Case Study Summary: Salt Lake City’s Comprehensive Communities Program (CCP), which began April 1, 1995, with a $2.2 million grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, sought to create “a neighborhood-based model for the prevention, intervention, and suppression of crime” (CCP program brochure, 1995). The main mission of the Salt Lake City project was to “restructure our law enforcement and social services systems so they can effectively reduce violent youth crime in today’s environment in a comprehensive way.” At the core of the CCP initiative in practice were five innovative units called Community Action Teams (CAT). A CAT is a neighborhood-based problem-solving team comprised of representatives from relevant government and not-for-profit agencies which has responsibility for addressing crime-related community problems in a specific geographic area. In addition to these efforts to “reinvent” government and social service activity at the neighborhood level, Salt Lake City’s CCP included a variety of programs directed at early intervention, treatment, community mobilization, and alternatives to traditional criminal justice approaches to processing offenders. This case study of Salt Lake City’s CCP program was written as a result of site visits made to various CCP programs and interviews with CCP participants between November, 1995 and January, 1997. It also incorporates data from BOTEC’s CCP Coalition Survey and Community Policing Survey, as well as information contained in federal and local documents and reports. Follow-up phone calls were made during December, 1997 and January, 1998, to key participants in order to write the epilogue. Details: Cambridge, MA: BOTEC Analysis Corporation, 2004. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/204628.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention (Salt Lake City, Utah) Shelf Number: 122481

Author: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Title: Preventing Over-consumption of Alcohol – Sales to the Intoxicated and “Happy Hour” (Drink Special) Laws Summary: The cost of alcohol-related harm to society is enormous, both in human and economic terms: • At least 85,000 Americans die each year from alcohol-related causes, making alcohol-related problems the third-leading cause of death in the United States (Mokdad, et al., 2004). • Drinking and driving is a significant cause of injuries and fatalities in the United States. Alcohol was involved in 40 percent of traffic crash fatalities and in 7 percent of all crashes in 2003, resulting in 17,013 fatalities and injuring an estimated 275,000 people (NHTSA, 2004). • Almost one in four victims of violent crime report that the perpetrator had been drinking prior to committing the violence. Alcohol was involved in 32 to 50 percent of homicides (Spunt, et al., 1995; Goldstein, et al., 1992; Greenfeld, 1998). • Thirty-nine percent of accidental deaths (including drowning, poisonings, falls, and fires) and 29 percent of suicides in the United States are linked to the consumption of alcohol (Smith, et al., 1999). • The total monetary cost of alcohol-attributable consequences (including health care costs, productivity losses, and alcohol-related crime costs) in 1998 was estimated to be $185 billion (USDHHS, 2000). The problems listed above are often associated with the over-consumption of alcohol in episodes of heavy drinking. Studies that show that up to 50 percent of people driving under the influence had their last drinks at licensed establishments are a strong indication the enforcement and prosecution of laws governing the consumption and distribution of alcohol should have a significant impact on the reduction of injuries and fatalities resulting from the consumption of alcohol (O’Donnell, 1985; Anglin, 1997; Gallup, 2000). This report examines the following problem: There are existing laws regulating the service of alcohol that are designed to prevent the over-consumption of alcohol by either: (1) Prohibiting the sale and service of alcohol to intoxicated people, or (2) prohibiting sales practices (including happy hours, drink specials, and other drink promotions) that effectively reduce the price of drinks and encourage excessive consumption of alcohol. Yet the research conducted in preparation for this report indicates that enforcement of these laws is often given a low priority relative to the magnitude of the problems resulting from over-consumption of alcohol. At least three factors contribute to the lack of adequate enforcement: • alcohol enforcement agencies face diminishing budgets and resources; • there is an absence of public and government support for the enforcement of such laws; and • in the case of laws governing sales to intoxicated people, the statutes are difficult to enforce and adjudicate. This report begins with a review of previous research documenting the association between overconsumption and serving practices. This research suggests that interventions and enforcement of laws regulating serving practices can increase compliance and reduce alcohol-related problems. The report then presents findings from original research conducted pursuant to a contract with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.1 The findings include: • an analysis of State laws addressing service to intoxicated people and restrictions on happy hours and related serving practices; • a review of the current status of enforcement and adjudication of these laws; and • a presentation of promising enforcement strategies being implemented by State and local enforcement agencies. The report concludes with a summary of the problem and proposed intervention strategies designed to improve compliance rates with laws restricting sales to intoxicated people and happy hour and other reduced-price promotions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Safety Administration, 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 809 878: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/alcohol/pireweb/images/2240pierfinal.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122483

Author: Ramirez, Rebecca Title: A Campaign to Reduce Impaired Driving Through Retail-Oriented Enforcement in Washington State Summary: The Washington State Liquor Control Board (WSLCB) launched its DUI Reduction Program in 2002 with the immediate goal of reducing sales to intoxicated people through enforcement directed at bars and restaurants. The program targets those establishments that produce high levels of DUI arrests. The ultimate and long-term program goal is to reduce DUI arrests and alcohol-related traffic crashes. The DUI Reduction Program showed great promise, with anecdotal reports suggesting that it reduced sales to intoxicated people at the targeted retail establishments. To assess the impact of the program, WSLCB joined with the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation to conduct the Washington Enforcement and DUI Reduction demonstration project with funding from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. The demonstration project was designed to assess the feasibility of implementing the DUI reduction program in a more standardized manner and of assessing the effects of the program on three outcome measures: retailer willingness to sell alcohol to apparently intoxicated people, blood alcohol concentration (BAC) levels of drivers arrested for DUI, and DUI arrestees naming establishments exposed to the program as their place of last drink. The results of this demonstration project are mixed. The evaluation detected no change in retail practices; however, it did produce two promising findings: reductions in the average number of monthly DUI arrests in intervention sites and reductions in average BAC levels among DUI arrestees. Several factors limit the potency of findings: small sample size, variation in the protocol for the delivery of education material, retailers’ level of exposure to responsible beverage server training, possible erosion of effects, and the level of enforcement activity in comparison sites. The evaluation suggests that a stronger intervention involving enforcement of sales to intoxicated persons laws and related educational outreach may produce all desired results but that further evaluations will be needed. This report concludes with suggestions for how future tests of similar interventions could be improved. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/DOT/NHTSA/Traffic%20Injury%20Control/Articles/Associated%20Files/810913.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Sales Shelf Number: 122484

Author: Applied Research Services, Inc. Title: The Georgia Cold Case Project Summary: The Adoption Assistance and Child Welfare Act of 1980 had three goals: prevent unnecessary foster care placements; reunify children with parents whenever possible; and bring about the expeditious adoption of children unable to return home. The aim was to produce positive outcomes for both children and families. Compliance with federal requirements is assessed by the Child and Family Services Review (CFSR) conducted by the Children’s Bureau of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Georgia’s first CFSR in 2001 indicated the state was not performing in conformity with federal requirements, thus it was required to develop a Program Improvement Plan (PIP) to address each area of concern and given two years to implement the plan. By 2006 the Children’s Bureau determined that Georgia failed to complete all PIP requirements successfully and assessed a $4.3 million penalty, with additional penalties each year until compliance. Despite areas of positive performance, Georgia failed its second CFSR which indicated a difficulty with establishing permanency in a timely manner for children with extended stays in foster care (referred to herein as “cold cases”). In response, the Supreme Court of Georgia Committee on Justice for Children dedicated Court Improvement Project funds to develop a method for improving permanency outcomes for long term foster care “cold cases.” This project is timely as Georgia strives to improve performance in this area and anticipates successful successful completion of the PIP by August 2010. Working in full partnership and support with the Georgia Division of Family and Children Services (DFCS) and the Georgia Office of the Child Advocate, the Committee implemented the Georgia Cold Case Project in 2009. The Georgia Cold Case Project (June 2010) describes the process of defining and identifying “cold” cases, the development of a program protocol, the analyses of 214 cold cases, and feedback from anonymous surveys of case managers and attorneys. Fifteen policy recommendations are presented to help Georgia better respond to the permanency needs of children in foster care. The study found that the typical cold case child was 14 years old and had been in care for six years (ranging from less than one year to 16 years). The vast majority (85%) had some type of identified disability. Nearly two thirds of the children (64%) lived in an institution or group home; one third lived in a family setting (foster family, foster relative, or pre-adoptive home). The group averaged nine placements per child; 25% of the children had a dozen or more placements. For 90% of the children there was more than one reason for DFCS involvement in their lives. Parental substance abuse was the most frequently observed primary reason, followed by child neglect. One third of the children (36%) had previously been removed from their home. One in three children came from a single female-headed home. While one in three was part of a sibling group that could be placed together, only 25 kids in our sample were in a placement with a sibling. The abuses suffered by the children of this study were overwhelming. They often involved the drug addiction or mental illness of parents. Nearly one in three (29%) children had been a victim of sexual assault, primarily by parents and family members. The negative effects of sexual abuse permeate into adulthood as traumatic sexualization can lead to hypersexual or sexual avoidance behaviors. The feelings of intense guilt can manifest as substance abuse, self-mutilation and suicidal gestures. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://w2.georgiacourts.org/cj4c/files/The%20Georgia%20Cold%20Case%20Project_2010(1).pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 122485

Author: DeVoe, Jill Title: Student Reports of Bullying and Cyber-Bullying: Results From the 2009 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: These Web Tables use data from the 2009 School Crime Supplement (SCS) to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) to show the relationship between bullying and cyber-bullying victimization and other variables of interest such as the reported presence of gangs, guns, drugs, and alcohol at school; select school security measures; student criminal victimization; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon-carrying at school. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: NCES 2011-336: Accessed August 24, 2011 at: http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2011/2011336.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 122486

Author: Bilbray, Brian Title: Broken Neighbor, Broken Border: A Field Investigation Report of the House Immigration Reform Caucus Summary: Since passage into law of the Border Protection, Antiterrorism, and Illegal Immigration Control Act of 2005 and the Secure Fence Act of 2006, illegal entries on the U.S. southern border are down by half. The degree to which these reforms have contributed to this success balanced against the decreased activity of economic illegal aliens due to recession is subject to honest debate. However there is no doubt by any law enforcement agency on the southern border that both reform bills have worked to increase security and reduce illegal entries into the United States, especially at ports of entry. However, the nature of illegal entries has become increasingly dangerous to the homeland security of our nation, based on the near collapse of civil authority in the northern states of Mexico. The Rule of Law in Mexico has degenerated to a point of near anarchy along our shared border. Violent and heavily armed Mexican drug cartel members, human traffickers, and Middle East terrorists are crossing at will, with Al-Qaeda affiliated Somalis the target of Department of Homeland Security alerts in the Houston area. A long-term deployment of a minimum 25,000 armed troops with enforcement power is necessary on our southern border to preserve U.S. sovereignty and the lives of American citizens from organized armed forces hostile to the United States. The southern border of the United States is still being successfully infiltrated by a half million illegal aliens annually, according to Department of Homeland Security statistics. While down from a high mark of over a million in 2006 due to increased manpower and resources of the U.S. Border Patrol and the recession, the nature of illegal crossings has grown far more sinister and threatening. The illegal entrants consist of not just “economic” violators, but also heavily armed drug cartel members and “OTMs” - other than Mexican illegal aliens - from diverse countries including Middle Eastern nations with terrorist factions currently at war with U.S. forces. Mexican drug cartel members now operating inside the United States as a result of these breaches are directly linked to over 28,000 violent murders and executions on the other side of the Rio Grande. According to virtually all law enforcement on the border, Texas and the other border states are in imminent danger of this level of violence exploding across the border into the United States. Kidnappings and murders by the cartels inside the U.S. are already occurring. Both U.S. Border Patrol officers and Texas law enforcement agencies are at present forced to back down from these heavily armed incursions, due to the overwhelming firepower and manpower of the drug cartels. U.S. private property owners on the border have been largely abandoned to defend themselves, and have begun to be murdered. The U.S. Border Patrol is operating under conditions set by the Administration that guarantee hundreds of thousands of illegal aliens will succeed in their effort to infiltrate the United States. The official position of the Administration, which has been forced on the U.S. Border Patrol, is that even after admitting to these conditions, the border is more secure than it has ever been, that U.S. national security needs are being met as well as they can be, and that efforts by the states and local law enforcement to combat this explosive situation beyond the efforts of the Administration should be legally stymied. Texas Sheriffs are now experiencing the first spillovers of the mass murders and executions that have effectively destroyed social order across the border. To place in perspective the degree of anarchy and violence, Mexico has experienced 28,000 murders since the drug wars began in 2006; by comparison, the United States has lost around 6,000 soldiers in both Iraq and Afghanistan since 2001. The U.S. justified going to war against Serbia in 1998 based on an estimated and highly debatable 10,000 civilian casualties in that civil war. Like that conflict, mass graves continue to be found in Mexico, including the most recent discovery of 72 murdered Central and South American immigrants just south of the Texas border. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. House of Representatives, House Immigration Reform Caucus, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.protectyourtexasborder.com/Portals/6/Documents/Broken%20Neighbor%20Broken%20Border.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122487

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Juvenile Justice Training Needs Assessment: A Survey of Law Enforcement Summary: In early 2011, the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) conducted the Juvenile Justice Training Needs Assessment Survey of law enforcement around the nation to identify challenges and training needs facing law enforcement in addressing juvenile crime, delinquency and victimization. The survey identifies law enforcement challenges, needs and priorities relating to juvenile justice. There were 672 responses to this national survey from participants representing 404 law enforcement agencies from 49 states and the District of Columbia. Participants represented agencies of varying sizes from rural, suburban, and urban geographic areas. The Juvenile Justice Needs Assessment Survey revealed various challenges that law enforcement face within their departments and the broader criminal justice system that are barriers to effectively addressing juvenile crime, delinquency and victimization. The survey identified the most pressing issues and concerns facing law enforcement agencies relating to juvenile crime, delinquency and victimization as: 1. Substance Abuse 2. Abuse (physical, sexual and/or emotional) 3. Juvenile Repeat Offenders 4. Bullying/Cyberbullying 5. Gangs 6. Internet Crimes involving juveniles/youth (as perpetrator/victim) 7. Runaways 8. School Safety Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.theiacp.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=Vy2Y7Xk815U%3d&tabid=87 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122490

Author: Diroll, David J. Title: Prison Crowding: The Long View, With Suggestions Summary: Most of this report takes you through the recent history of Ohio’s prison population (see A Short Primer on Prison Crowding, beginning on p. 4). As Ohio faces record deficits and record prison populations, that primer should be worth 15 minutes of your time. The table on p. 6 is especially useful. Several informed suggestions designed to ease the problem begin on p. 14. Here are a few of the report’s highlights: • Ohio prisons now hold about 50,500. That’s 6½ times the number held in 1974. That puts the prison system 31% over its rated capacity, with about 12,500 more inmates than the prisons were built to hold (p. 4). • Crowding gives the state a perverse bargain. Extra inmates add relatively little to total costs. Adding inmates in an over-capacity system only costs about $16/day in food, clothing, and medical care. To save the $60+ “total” prison costs—including construction, debt service, and added staff—the population will have to move below capacity. Many different ideas will have to be considered (p. 4). • Ohio undertook an expensive prison construction project from the mid-‘80s to the mid-‘90s, adding over 17,000 beds. But the number of inmates and their sentence lengths continually grew to exceed the system’s expanded capacity (p. 7). • For years, the prison population increased as prison intake grew. However, recent growth in Ohio’s prison population—even with mandatory sentences and scores of bills that increase penalties for particular offenses—is not driven primarily by intake (although it is a factor). It’s largely fueled by increases in inmates’ average length-of-stay (pp. 4-14). • In the past 35 years, the only period in which the Ohio prison population remained relatively static was the first decade under S.B. 2, from 1997-2006. That bill increased the actual time served for high level offenders but made tradeoffs for others, including meaningful checks on length-of-stay (pp. 8-10). • A peculiar line of U.S. Supreme Court cases led the Ohio Supreme Court to strike down S.B. 2’s key length-of-stay restrictions in 2006. Even when accounting for other factors, these decisions led to an increase in average time served of almost 5 months per inmate. The cumulative “Blakely/Foster effect” so far has been well over 4,000 beds. None of this growth came from tough-on-crime legislation (p. 14). • Sentencing Commission suggestions include: o Reenact a constitutional alternative to Foster (pp. 15); o Seriously consider the changes proposed in S.B. 10 (p. 15-16); o Treat drug and non-drug cases alike within the same sentencing range (pp. 16-17); o A sampling of other ideas begins on p. 18. • Separately, simplify the Revised Code (p. 20) and address the “missing” elements in various criminal statutes (p. 20). Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Criminal Sentencing Commission, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.supremecourt.ohio.gov/Boards/Sentencing/resources/Publications/MonitoringReport2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Overcrowding Shelf Number: 122550

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Ohio: Summary Report of Analyses Summary: In late 2008, Governor Ted Strickland, Senate President Bill Harris (R-Ashland), then House Speaker Jon Husted (R-Kettering), and former Supreme Court Chief Justice Thomas Moyer requested technical assistance from the Council of State Governments Justice Center to help develop a statewide policy framework to reduce spending on corrections and reinvest in strategies to increase public safety. In January 2010, to guide the CSG Justice Center’s analysis of the state’s criminal justice system and development of policy options, Governor Strickland, Senate President Harris, current House Speaker Armond Budish (D-Beachwood), Senate Minority Leader Capri Cafaro (D-Hubbard), and House Minority Leader William Batchelder (R-Medina) announced the “Justice Reinvestment Working Group,” which Senator Bill Seitz (R-Green Township) and Representative Mike Moran (D-Hudson) co-chair and which includes a bipartisan, inter-branch group of state lawmakers, state agency directors, and Ohio Supreme Court officials. The CSG Justice Center collected and analyzed vast amounts of state criminal justice, mental health, and substance abuse data, drawing on information systems maintained by the Department of Rehabilitation and Correction, the Department of Mental Health, the Department of Alcohol and Drug Addiction Services, the Supreme Court, and county probation departments—as well as the FBI Uniform Crime Reports. In addition to these quantitative analyses, the CSG Justice Center convened dozens of focus groups, interviewing hundreds of people from across the criminal justice system, including judges, prosecuting attorneys, defense attorneys, law enforcement, probation and parole/post-release control, community corrections administrators, and others. Additional stakeholders consulted included victim advocates, county officials, behavioral health treatment providers, and many others. This report provides a brief summary of the preliminary findings. The working group will review these findings to begin developing a policy framework for the General Assembly’s consideration. Details: New York: Justice Center, Council of State Governments, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.opd.ohio.gov/RC_Reports/ohio_conference_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 122551

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Use of Victim Service Agencies by Victims of Serious Violent Crime, 1993-2009 Summary: Presents data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) on trends in the percentage of serious violent crime victims who received help or advice from a victim service agency from 1993 to 2009. This special report examines the relationship between a victim receiving assistance and criminal justice system actions pertaining to the crime, such as reporting the crime to the police, the police making an arrest, or a judge or prosecutor contacting the victim. It also examines the percentage of serious violent crime victims who received assistance by the characteristics of the victim and the victimization, including the victim's age, gender, race, the type of crime, the extent of the victim's injury, and victim-offender relationships. Highlights include the following: About 9% of serious violent crime victims received direct assistance from a victim service agency from 1993 to 2009. From 2000 to 2009, 14% of violent crime victims who reported the crime to the police received direct assistance from a victim service agency, compared to 4% when the crime was not reported. Victims who received direct assistance from a victim service agency were more likely to see an arrest made in the case and have contact with a non-law enforcement criminal justice official, such as a judge or prosecutor, than victims who did not receive direct assistance. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/uvsavsvc9309.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 122552

Author: Mills, Linda Title: Inventorying and Reforming State-Created Employment Restrictions Based On Criminal Records: A Policy Brief and Guide Summary: Gainful employment is essential to any strategy to reduce recidivism, and thus to reduce crime and make communities safer. However, among the many hurdles facing people coming home from prisons and jails in successfully reintegrating into society, getting a good job is often one of the most daunting. Equally daunting, for both the person with the record and for workforce staff who might attempt to help him search for jobs, is figuring out what occupations and places of employment are possibly open to people with criminal records. States increasingly have created hiring restrictions that may turn the fact of criminal record into a bar to employment. These restrictions, imposed on both the public and private sectors, vary widely and can affect the ability of the 71 million people in the U.S. (over 30% of the adult population) whose names are in criminal history databases to secure gainful employment. Sometimes the restrictions offer the employer a measure of hiring discretion after reviewing a background check. Sometimes they give the employer the right to assess the relevance of the past crime to the job. Sometimes they provide the job seeker with an opportunity to demonstrate their rehabilitation. But often the restrictions offer little flexibility to either employers or people looking for work. Each restriction has its own nuances. Some restrictions put jobs or places of employment off-limits to anyone with a record of a criminal conviction. Some put them off-limits only for those convicted of certain crimes. Sometimes the restriction creates a lifetime ban. Sometimes the restriction is time-limited. Sometimes the time limits depend on the crime. For employers, it’s a minefield. Hiring in violation of the restrictions can lead to a loss of a business license and other harsh penalties. For job seekers with a criminal record, it can be Kafkaesque, with the impact of restrictions often both unknown and unknowable until after incurring the costs of a course of study, tests and fees and the application for a job or license is finally reviewed. The lack of reliable information about what jobs can be pursued can lead to deadend efforts and frustrations that impede the self-confidence that is so important to job hunting success. It can also waste precious time during the weeks following release from prison or jail when getting a job is so critical to staying out of trouble. The confusing complexity of the restrictions is due to the fact that criminal history restrictions on employment have proliferated over many years and by many entities and in response to diverse events and shifting policy tides. Adopted by both legislatures and state agencies, typically they are spread over scores of chapters of state laws, buried in agency rules and lost in obscure agency policy memos; and sometimes they exist only on the face of a job or license application. Most states have not catalogued their restrictions. In the absence of a catalogue making restrictions accessible and transparent, employers, workforce and corrections agencies, and people with criminal records are left to their own devices to figure out what the restrictions are. If they don’t get it right, which is very difficult for any of them, myth and misinformation may prevail and the consequences can be serious and costly. Just as employers and job seekers need to know what the restrictions are, so, too, do the state and local agencies that administer the restrictions and are charged with understanding and interpreting them correctly. Some departments of corrections are developing individualized reentry plans that create post-release occupational goals and that assign training programs intended to achieve those goals. Additional training and job placement is then delegated to workforce agencies upon the prisoners’ release. If the occupations for which the training is provided are off-limits to people with criminal convictions, time and tax dollars are wasted and the people being trained can wind-up with useless credentials, leaving them unprepared to find work. If policymakers want to harmonize the restrictions that have been adopted piecemeal over so many years and develop a coherent policy thread that ties them together, they need to understand their state’s restrictions, too. Inventorying the existing restrictions is an essential first step for states interested in creating consistent and meaningful employment policies that protect public safety while also reducing recidivism by opening employment opportunity. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2008. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/PublicationFiles/Employment%20Restrictions%20Policy%20Guide%20Sept%2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 113255

Author: Taxman, Faye S. Title: Evaluating the Implementation & Impact of a Seamless System of Care for Substance Abusing Offenders: The HIDTA Model Summary: By the end of the year 2000, more than 6.5 million adults were under the supervision of the correctional system, and more than half of these offenders are estimated to have significant substance abuse problems. Traditional, boundary-laden treatment and control strategies have been unable to change offender drug use and criminal behavior. Among the state probation populations, the proportion of offenders who successfully complete their supervision has dropped from seventy (70) percent to sixty (60) percent in the past decade, due in large part to offenders’ failure to abide by the conditions of their release related to abstinence from druglalcohol use and/or participation in treatment. In 1999 alone, fourteen (14) percent of the probation population (244,700) and forty two (42) percent of the parole population (173,800) were returneasent to prison for a rule violation and/or a new offense. Invariably, this is the result of the offender’s continued involvement in drug use and/or drug-related criminal behavior. Without significant increases in resource levels, treatment availability and quality will continue to be major barriers to offender change. The question that remains is how to utilize the leverage of the criminal justice system in a manner that supports-rather than subverts-treatment goals. In response, the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) sponsored a demonstration project that commenced in 1994 to pilot new strategies to improve treatment services to offenders, specifically the formulation of a new model of incorporating treatment within the criminal justice system - the Seamless System of Care. The HIDTA Model was designed to target hard-core, substance abusing offenders who are both difficult clients for treatment providers and difficult offenders for community supervision agents. Part of this demonstration project was the restructuring of the treatment and supervision delivery systems for criminal justice offenders within the High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas (HIDTA) program in the Washington, DC - Baltimore corridor. Each of the 12 participating jurisdictions (VA: Alexandria City, Arlington County, Fairfax/ Falls Church, Loudon County, Prince William County; MD: Baltimore City, Baltimore County, Charles County, Howard County, Montgomery County, Prince William County, and the District of Columbia) developed a seamless system tailored to their own socio-legal environment which included system reforms consistent with the core components of the HlDTA model. The HIDTA model is based on the concept of the boundaryless system that “transcends the traditional organizational boundaries to focus attention on improved outcomes”(Taxman & Bouffard:2000:41). Specifically, a main objective of the ONDCP demonstration project was to redefine the relationship between the criminal justice and treatment systems from one based on the brokerage of services (case management) to one defined by rationing and triage (systemic case management). The four key components of the HIDTA seamless system include: (1) continuum of care, (2) supervision, (3) urinalysis testing, and (4) compliance measures and graduated sanctions. This evaluation report provides a detailed examination of the development, implementation, and initial impact of the High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas (HIDTA) Model, based on a multi- site (12 jurisdictions) analysis of the program. Using a simple pre-post, non-experimental design, data were collected at each of these twelve sites on the total population of offenders admitted to the HIDTA program in 1997 (N=1,216). By using a non-experimental design to conduct our initial review, we could provide preliminary outcome data to jurisdictions while focusing our evaluation resources on the critical question of level of implementation. Data were collected on the following: (1) demographic and criminal history, (2) treatment placement and movement through treatment, (3) criminal justice supervision and services, (4) drug testing results, and (5) the use of graduated sanctions by either the treatment agency or the criminal justice agency. The integration of records from treatment providers and criminal justice agency providers was critical to assessing the impact of the HlDTA Model on the offenders included in this study. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland Center for Applied Policy Studies, Bureau of Governmental Research, 2002. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/197046.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 122557

Author: California State University, San Bernardino. Center for the Study of Correctional Education Title: Service Provision for Inmate/Parolee Families: A Review of the Literature Summary: This paper reviews research illustrating the need for working with children and families of incarcerated adults and provides a set of recommendations for best practices in addressing this population. Details: San Bernadino, CA: Center for the Study of Correctional Education, 2009. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://coe.csusb.edu/programs/correctionalEd/documents/Service_Provis.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 122553

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Utah Title: Failing Gideon: Utah’s Flawed County-­‐By-­‐County Public Defender System Summary: The ACLU of Utah has issued a 95-page report, “Failing Gideon: Utah’s Flawed County-By-County Public Defender System,” documenting the state’s and counties’ chronic failures to fund or oversee trial-level public defender services in Utah. In addition to analyzing public and other records obtained from each of Utah’s 29 counties, the ACLU of Utah and students from the University of Utah, S.J. Quinney College of Law Civil Rights Clinic, conducted interviews and observed court proceedings across the state. Details: Salt Lake City: ACLU of Utah, 2011. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2011 at: http://www.acluutah.org/Failing_Gideon.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 122560

Author: Speir, John Title: Georgia’s Automated Protective Order Registry Summary: This study examined numerous questions related to access and utilization of protective order information within Georgia’s criminal justice community. This study does not address whether the protective order, as a legal instrument, actually enhances victim safety, although the survey component does measure whether practitioners perceive protective orders as an effective tool to protect victims. To assist policy makers in improving the registry, several questions were examined: 1. Do law enforcement agencies routinely access the Georgia Crime Information Center (GCIC) web-based Protective Order Registry (POR) in those cases where the protective order is not listed with the National Crime Information Center (NCIC)? 2. What is the extent of POR utilization among Georgia prosecutors (district attorneys and solicitors) and state and superior court personnel? 3. Do prosecutors use the POR to learn about a defendant’s prior protective order history to make sentence recommendations? 4. Do Georgia judges take prior POR history into account when sentencing a defendant? 5. What is the relationship between POR utilization among the criminal justice community and the prevalence of domestic violence in Georgia counties? Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2005. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/GeorgiaAutomatedProtectiveOrderRegistry_2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Georgia) Shelf Number: 122565

Author: Morris, Monique W. Title: A Higher Hurdle: Barriers to Employment for Formerly Incarcerated Women Summary: Today there are more than two million incarcerated men, women, and children in the United States, with more than 167,000 men and women incarcerated in California’s 33 adult prisons alone. In 2008, one in every 100 Americans is incarcerated, with higher rates of incarceration for men and women of color, particularly African Americans. As a result of disproportionate arrest rates and punitive responses to drug and property crimes, women comprise the fastest-growing segment of the incarcerated population. In California, two-thirds of incarcerated women are mothers of children under the age of 18, compared to about half of the population of incarcerated men. Nationwide, more than five million men and women are on probation or parole, comprising the majority of the 7.2 million people who are under some form of criminal justice system supervision in the United States. In the second quarter of 2008, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation reported 125,097 men and women on parole, a disproportionate number of whom are people of color, and a growing number of whom are women and parents. Research has confirmed that a criminal record presents a barrier to formerly incarcerated men who seek employment because many employers have negative attitudes toward people with a criminal record. Additionally, job seekers with criminal records are challenged by the increasing frequency with which potential employers inquire about the arrest and conviction history of applicants and perform background checks on leading candidates. There is, however, a dearth of research examining the specific challenges that formerly incarcerated women face when seeking employment. Researchers at the Thelton E. Henderson Center for Social Justice (HCSJ) at the UC Berkeley Law School sought to fill this void by examining whether a history of incarceration has an impact on employment opportunities for women. Additionally, researchers examined whether the race and ethnicity of female job applicants impacted employment opportunities. This study is one of the first to combine a matched-pair testing methodology and participatory research strategy to measure potential differential treatment among formerly incarcerated women seeking employment. Researchers in this study worked closely with an Advisory Committee comprised of women who are formerly incarcerated or who work with formerly incarcerated women in the greater San Francisco Bay Area. For this study, researchers conducted 1200 résumé tests; in each test, one résumé included a subtle reference to a period of incarceration and one did not. Résumés were submitted for six racial and ethnic groups, including African American, Latina American, Pacific Islander American (Samoan), Asian American (Vietnamese), and White American. Arabic names that suggest an affiliation with Islam were also included. Additionally, HCSJ researchers conducted focus groups and interviews with forty formerly incarcerated women and developed an annotated bibliography of literature examining employment barriers for women with a criminal record. A Higher Hurdle: Barriers to Employment for Incarcerated Women found that a criminal record has a negative impact on employment opportunities of women. Formerly incarcerated women are significantly less likely than non-formerly incarcerated women to receive a positive response (5.5% vs. 8.0%, respectively) from potential employers and face a number of mental, financial, and physical barriers to seeking and retaining employment. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California - Berkeley, School of Law, Thelton E. Henderson Center for Social Justice, 2008. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/A_Higher_Hurdle_December_2008(1).pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122566

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combatting Illicit Drugs: DEA and ICE Interagency Agreement Has Helped to Ensure Better Coordination of Drug Investigations Summary: The 2010 National Drug Threat Assessment stated that the availability of illicit drugs is increasing. The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), in the Department of Justice (DOJ), works with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), to carry out drug enforcement efforts. DEA and ICE signed a 2009 Interagency Agreement (Agreement) that outlined the mechanisms to provide ICE with authority to investigate violations of controlled substances laws (i.e., cross-designation). The Agreement also required DEA and ICE to deconflict (e.g., coordinate to ensure officer safety and prevent duplicative work) counternarcotics investigations, among other things. GAO was asked to assess the Agreement's implementation. This report addresses the extent to which DEA and ICE have taken actions (1) to implement the Agreement's cross-designation, deconfliction, and information-sharing provisions and (2) to monitor implementation of the Agreement and make needed adjustments. GAO analyzed documents such as the 2009 Agreement, related interagency agreements, and directives to field offices. GAO also interviewed DEA and ICE Headquarters officials as well as management officials and first line supervisors in 8 of the 21 DEA and 8 of 26 ICE field offices, based on geographic dispersion. Though not generalizable to all DEA and ICE offices, the interviews provided insights. DEA and ICE have taken actions to fully implement the cross-designation and deconfliction provisions of the Agreement, and are finalizing efforts to complete the information-sharing provisions. The Agreement allows ICE to select an unlimited number of agents for cross-designation consideration by DEA. The agencies have implemented these cross-designation provisions through a revised process that (1) elevated the levels at which requests are exchanged between the agencies and (2) consolidated multiple requests into one list of ICE agents. This new process is more streamlined and has resulted in enhanced flexibility in maximizing investigative resources, according to ICE officials. Also, DEA and ICE implemented local deconfliction protocols and used a variety of mechanisms (e.g., local deconfliction centers) to deconflict investigations. Further, in May 2011 DEA and ICE convened the Headquarters Review Team (HRT), comprised of senior managers from both agencies, who are, among other things, to resolve deconfliction and coordination issues that cannot be resolved at lower levels because they require management decisions. DEA and ICE headquarters and field office management officials GAO interviewed generally reported that the implementation of the Agreement and local deconfliction protocols had generally improved deconfliction by (1) ensuring officer safety and (2) preventing one agency's law enforcement activity from compromising the other agency's ongoing investigation. ICE has also partially implemented the Agreement's information-sharing provisions by sharing required data with two DOJ organizations that target drug trafficking organizations, and taking steps to share its drug-related data with a DEA organization focused on disrupting drug trafficking by fall 2011. DEA and ICE have conducted ongoing monitoring of the Agreement's implementation through established processes (e.g., supervisory chains of command) and according to officials from these agencies, the HRT did not identify any systemic issues. Specifically, DEA and ICE headquarters officials routinely coordinated with each other and their respective field offices to monitor the Agreement's implementation. DEA and ICE headquarters officials also said that the May 2011 meeting of the HRT, which is to periodically review the Agreement's implementation, constituted a review of the Agreement and affirmed that there were no overarching or systemic issues of coordination or deconfliction requiring headquarters-level intervention. DEA and ICE provided technical comments, which GAO incorporated as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-763: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11763.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Contraband Shelf Number: 122570

Author: Shubik-Richards, Claire Title: Philadelphia's Less Crowded, Less Costly Jails: Taking Stock of a Year of Change and the Challenges That Remain Summary: A new study from The Pew Charitable Trusts’ Philadelphia Research Initiative finds that Philadelphia’s jail population decreased dramatically last year due to reductions among both the number of individuals held pretrial and those held for alleged violations of their probation or parole. Join the Philadelphia Research Initiative for a Webinar to learn more about our latest analysis of the city's inmate population, including the factors that have contributed to its decline, the policies and practices that impact its size and what it means for the city's bottom line. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, Philadelphia Research Initiative, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/Reports/Philadelphia_Research_Initiative/Philadelphia-Jail-Population.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 122571

Author: Black, Kendall Title: New Beginnings: The Need for Supportive Housing for Previously Incarcerated People Summary: Persons exiting the criminal justice system contribute significantly to the growing number of homeless individuals throughout the United States. Supportive housing has proven itself the most cost effective strategy to end homelessness, but the supply of units is extremely limited. It is in the interest of city, state, and federal criminal justice systems to take the lead in providing capital and operating support to enable the creation of supportive housing for ex-offenders in partnership with non-profit organizations. Supportive housing for ex-offenders is critical at this time when homelessness is rising. The number of individuals released from prisons is 300% greater than it was twenty years ago. In order to prevent ex-offenders from further contributing to the overall homeless population, we must first understand why many re-enter communities with no housing or prospect of housing. Some of those reasons include: • Many are discharged without having received needed assistance, from the most basic, such as attaining photo identification, to the most specialized, including medical and mental health services. • Because the lengths of incarceration are longer than they were twenty years ago, persons exiting prisons have more difficulty readjusting to life outside a correctional facility. • Many are unable to cope with the new stresses and differences of life outside a correctional institution, which is often manifested in re-arrest. • Many are likely not to have participated in prison-based programs such as vocational training, education, or drug treatment, leaving them inadequately prepared to succeed on their own. • Many return to a relatively few disadvantaged urban communities where the prevalence of crime and lack of legal, living wage employment opportunities are disproportionately greater than in other areas of the U.S. In urban centers, such as New York City, between 30-50% of parolees are homeless. Many ex-offenders who always had stable housing in the past have a difficult time finding and keeping housing once released. With little to no discharge planning prior to release, many newly released prisoners tend to return to or enter the shelter system. Housing placement must be part of reentry services provided to released offenders. Without homes, ex-offenders struggle to tackle the many other issues that they face upon re-entry to the community. Persons in and exiting incarceration experience significant disadvantages: • 65% of state prison inmates have not completed high school. • Over one-third of all inmates report having some physical or mental disability. • 20-26% of all HIV/AIDS cases in the U.S. were releasees from correctional facilities; releasees with hepatitis B accounted for 12-16% of all cases in the U.S.; releasees with hepatitis C accounted for 29-32% of all cases in the U.S.; and those with tuberculosis accounted for 38% of all cases in the U.S. • 70-85% of state prisoners are in need of drug treatment, however only 13% receive it while incarcerated. As of December 31, 2002, 1,440,655 inmates were under federal or state jurisdiction in the United States. In 1999, nearly 600,000 individuals were released from state and federal prisons and returned to their communities. Of these individuals released, 67.5% were rearrested for a new crime and 51.8% were sent back to prison within 3 years after release. In New York City, nearly 75% of the inmates released from Rikers Island jail return within one year. According to the Vera Institute, approximately 350 inmates are released into New York City every day. In New York City, it is common for released prisoners to be dropped off at Queens Plaza in Queens or the Port Authority Bus Terminal in Manhattan before dawn with only a few dollars and subway fare. The immediate needs of ex-offenders, including food stamps, methadone, emergency cash, or a shelter bed therefore cannot be met. Supportive housing providers report that significant numbers of tenants are ex-offenders. Unfortunately, these numbers have not been formally tracked since the tenants came to supportive housing through the Department of Homeless Services (DHS), and historically, DHS does not keep records of the number of ex-offenders served. Nonetheless, ex-prisoners have been integrated into supportive housing and have thrived therein, along with the overwhelming majority of other supportive housing tenants. The success of supportive housing in helping ex-offenders become productive members of society demonstrates that it is an effective re-entry housing option for this population. Details: New York: Corporation for Supportive Housing and Common Ground, 2004. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2011 at: http://www.commonground.org/org_info/media/press_releases/CGC_ex-offender.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Housing Shelf Number: 122577

Author: Farley, Melissa Title: Comparing Sex Buyers with Men Who Don’t Buy Sex: “You can have a good time with the servitude” vs. “You’re supporting a system of degradation” Summary: This study compared 101 men who buy sex with 100 men who did not buy sex. The men who participated in this study were matched in terms of age, ethnicity, and education level. Most had a wife or girlfriend at the time of the study. Sex buyers had many more sex partners in their lifetime (prostituted as well as non-prostituted) than non-sex buyers. Each interviewee participated in a structured interview that included extended queries about the men‘s history of using women in prostitution, what they looked for when they bought sex, their evaluations and perceptions of women in prostitution and pimp-prostitute relationships, awareness of coercion and trafficking, likelihood to rape, pornography use, hostile masculine identification, first use of women in prostitution, criminal history, how they discussed prostitution with their friends, deterrents to prostitution, sex education, and others. The common myth that "any man" might buy sex (i.e., that a sex buyer is a random everyman, an anonymous male who deserves the common name, john) was not supported. Sex buyers shared certain attitudes, life experiences, and behavioral tendencies that distinguish them from their non-buying peers in socially and statistically significant ways. Sex buyers engaged in significantly more criminal activity than non-sex buyers. They were far more likely than non-sex buyers to commit felonies, misdemeanors, crimes related to violence against women, substance abuse-related crimes, assaults, crimes with weapons, and crimes against authority. All of the crimes known to be associated with violence against women were reported by sex buyers; none were reported by non-sex buyers. The sex buyers and non-sex buyers differed in their self-reported likelihood to rape. Sex buyers acknowledged having committed significantly more sexually coercive acts against women (non-prostituting as well as prostituting women) than non-sex buyers. The two groups differed in their attitudes regarding prostitution as consenting sex or sexual exploitation. Sex buyers had significantly less empathy for prostituted women than did non-sex buyers. Sex buyers acknowledged fewer harmful effects of prostitution on the women in it and on the community. Non-sex buyers more often saw prostitution as harmful to both the woman herself and to the community as a whole. As in other studies of sex buyers, sex buyers expressed ambivalence, guilt and negative thinking about buying sex. They felt just as many negative feelings after buying sex as they did before. Many sex buyers sought sex that lacked emotional connection. They had little objection if the woman they purchased pretended to like them or actively disliked performing the act of prostitution. Sex buyers repeatedly commented that they liked the power relationship in prostitution and that they liked the freedom from any relationship obligation. The sex buyers masturbated to pornography more often than non-sex buyers, imitated it with partners more often, and had more often received their sex education from pornography than the non-sex buyers. Over time, as a result of their prostitution and pornography use, sex buyers reported that their sexual preferences changed such that they sought more sadomasochistic and anal sex. Significantly more of the sex buyers compared learned about sex from pornography compared to the non-sex buyers. When asked how much they agreed with the statement, "Most men go to prostitutes once in a while," we found that about half the sex buyers normalized their use of prostitution by suggesting that most men do it, whereas the non-sex buyers did not tend to make that assumption. Both sex buyers and non-sex buyers evidenced extensive knowledge of the physical and psychological harms of prostitution. Two thirds of both the sex buyers and the non-sex buyers observed that a majority of women are lured, tricked, or trafficked into prostitution. Many of the men had an awareness of the economic coercion and the lack of alternatives in women's entry into prostitution. Almost all of the sex buyers and non-sex buyers shared the opinion that minor children are almost always available for prostitution in bars, massage parlors, escort and other prostitution in Boston. The knowledge that the women have been exploited, coerced, pimped, or trafficked failed to deter sex buyers from buying sex. Many of the sex buyers had used women who were controlled by pimps at the time they used her for sex. Sex buyers in this study seemed to justify their involvement in the sex industry by stating their belief that women in prostitution are essentially different from non-prostituting women. Both sex buyers and non-sex buyers subscribed to the theory that prostitution reduces the likelihood of rape. Although half of the study‘s sample did not buy sex, many of them were tolerant of prostitution for men who did. These findings suggest that efforts to deter sex buyers should expand their focus from men who buy sex to the general public's attitudes that support prostitution. Both sex buyers and non-sex buyers agreed that the most effective deterrent to buying sex would be to be placed on a registry of sex offenders. Other effective deterrents included public exposure techniques such as having their name or photo publicized on a billboard, newspaper, or the Internet. Spending time in jail was considered an effective deterrent by 80% of sex buyers and 83% of non-sex buyers. Educational programs were considered the least effective deterrent by both groups of men. Taken together, these findings - a range of criminal activity in addition to prostitution, nonrelational sexual preference, a high number of sex partners, extensive pornography use - interact and increase the likelihood of future violence against women, according to other studies cited in this report. Our finding that the sex buyers are involved in these criminal activities suggests that sex buying should be considered in that context. State and federal laws against prostitution and trafficking should be enforced against johns. Sex buyers hold extensive information about pimps, coercion, trafficking, and the harms of prostitution to the women in it. This information is not yet fully used by law enforcement and could be useful. This study strengthens proposals that educational programs aimed at sex buyers should be implemented subsequent to sentencing, not in lieu of it. The crimes sex buyers commit suggest that existing intervention strategies for batterers and sex offenders are resources for development of interventions for arrested johns. Their crimes also justify mandatory DNA testing. Details: San Francisco: Prostitution Research & Education, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper presented at Psychologists for Social Responsibility Annual Meeting July 15, 2011, Boston, MA.: Accessed September 1, 2011 at: http://www.prostitutionresearch.com/pdfs/Farleyetal2011ComparingSexBuyers.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 122579

Author: Siegel, Gary L. Title: Differential Response in Nevada: Final Evaluation Report Summary: Differential Response is a relatively new approach to child protection that has been implemented in one form or another in all or parts of approximately 20 states. In its most common form, incoming reports of child maltreatment are screened into one of two groups or response tracks. Reports involving more severe abuse or neglect, situations in which the safety of children is at imminent risk, are investigated in the standard manner. Reports that are less severe receive a family assessment, a procedure designed to be less stigmatizing and more preventative, seeking to address underlying causes of a family’s current, sometimes chronic problems. Family assessments are not less focused on the safety of children than investigations, and if concerns about child safety surface during an assessment, the system response is changed and an investigation conducted. Begun in early 2007, the Nevada DR project was phased in over a three-year period and family assessments became available to families in all but the most remote parts of the state. The Nevada DR model is unique among states with DR programs in involving community-based FRCs in all DR family assessment cases from start to finish. Ten FRCs and the Children’s Cabinet in Washoe County provide DR services in 11 Nevada counties where over 98 percent of the state’s population resides. Findings  Nearly all families who receive a family assessment express satisfaction with the way they are treated and with the help they receive or are offered. Most feel their families are better off for the experience. The response of Nevada families has been as positive as families in other states who participated in similar evaluations of DR programs.  Many of the families who receive a family assessment are poorer and less well educated than other families in the state. Many describe being stressed, for emotional and financial reasons or because they are socially isolated with few people to turn to for help.  Importantly, families who receive services through DR tend to be those experiencing significant problems related to the wellbeing of their children, who often live in poverty, and with problems that are sometimes acute and often chronic in nature.  Feedback from families and FRC case workers indicate that the DR program has been implemented with model fidelity, that is, as designed, both in terms of the protocol—the manner in which families are approached in response to a report of child maltreatment—and in terms of the assistance and services provided to them, often to address basic needs.  Both FRC-DR workers and CPS case workers express a need for more training about DR. The DR program has achieved significant improvements in the outcomes of families when compared with similar families who have received a standard investigation, including: fewer subsequent reports of child maltreatment, fewer new investigations or family assessments, and fewer removals of children from their homes. Details: St. Louis, MO: Institute of Applied Research, 2010. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2011 at: http://www.iarstl.org/papers/NevadaDRFinalReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 122582

Author: Truman, Jennifer Lynn Title: Examining Intimate Partner Stalking and Use of Technology in Stalking Victimization Summary: This research was designed to expand the empirical knowledge and understanding of stalking victimization by examining both intimate and nonintimate stalking and the use of technology to stalk. To accomplish this, the current research examined differences among intimate and nonintimate stalking, stalking types (cyberstalking, stalking with technology, and traditional stalking), and stalking types by the victim-offender relationship. Specifically, this research examined demographic differences, differences in severity, seriousness, victim reactions and responses to and effects of stalking. Findings revealed that overall intimate partner stalking victims experienced greater levels of seriousness and severity of stalking, and expressed more fear than nonintimate partner stalking victims. Additionally, they were more likely to have engaged in self-protective or help-seeking actions. With regard to stalking type, victims who were cyberstalked and stalked with technology experienced a greater variety of stalking behaviors, were more likely to define the behaviors as stalking, and took more actions to protect themselves than victims who were traditionally stalked. Moreover, those who were stalked with technology experienced a greater severity of stalking. And when examining differences among stalking types by the victim-offender relationship, intimate partner stalking victims were still more likely than nonintimate partner stalking victims to have experienced a greater severity of stalking. This research contributed to existing research by being the first to examine cyberstalking and stalking with technology with a national dataset, and adding to the knowledge of differences between intimate and nonintimate partner stalking. Implications for policy and for research are discussed. Details: Orlando, FL: Department of Sociology, University of Central Florida, 2010. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September, 1, 2011 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0003022/Truman_Jennifer_L_201005_PhD.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 122583

Author: Hughes, Erica Title: Issues in Illinois College Campus Safety: Trends in Campus Crime at Four-Year Institute, 2005-2008 Summary: Incidents of extreme college campus violence, such as the shootings at Virginia Tech and Northern Illinois University, are rare. Nevertheless, such events can have devastating and long-lasting consequences for students, faculty, and family members. While crimes of violence occurrences are the most visible to the public through extensive media coverage, the most prevalent crimes occurring on campuses tend to be less severe property crimes (Burke, 2010). Nonetheless, college administrators and campus law enforcement must take threats of extreme violence seriously, and do everything they can to improve the safety and security of students, faculty, and staff on campuses. It is important to determine the nature and extent of all crime on college campuses. This report presents detailed information about reported crime on four-year college and university campuses in Illinois using data collected by colleges as mandated by the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act (Clery Act), and submitted to the U.S. Department of Education, Office of Post-Secondary Education. Reported crime data from the 37 four-year colleges and universities in Illinois with enrollments of 2,500 or more are presented in this report for the period of 2005 to 2008. Trends in violent and property crime at 25 private colleges and 12 public colleges were examined. Results observed in the Clery Act data were also compared to trends observed in two other sources of Illinois campus crime data, including the Illinois State Police Uniform Crime Reporting Program (I-UCR) and the Annual Security Reports provided by each university (typically available through institutional websites). This was done to highlight that separate data sources can lead to different conclusions and policy recommendations. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Campus_Crime_Report_082011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime (Illinois) Shelf Number: 122585

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Enhancing Parole Decision-Making Through the Automation of Risk Assessment Summary: How do we know if a parolee will be arrested while under our supervision? We cannot know for certain. Yet by using the tools of science, we can improve upon our professional judgment by mathematically assessing risk. An officer with insight into a parolee’s likelihood of re-offending can make more informed case supervision decisions. This idea exemplifies the Georgia Board of Pardons and Paroles’ philosophy of “results driven supervision,” which encourages the use of research to improve our ability to address the needs of parolees in order to enhance their chances of successful integration into the community. The development of risk assessment instruments is based on the premise that certain factors (characteristics of an offender or his environment) can be used to predict an offender’s risk of future criminality. Correctional professionals have traditionally relied on clinical and professional judgment to predict the behavior of offenders. We can now add to that a sizable body of research, emerging over the past twenty years, that identifies factors statistically predictive of recidivism in order to create and validate actuarial risk instruments. Actuarial risk instruments have focused primarily on static, or unchanging predictors of recidivism, such as age and prior criminality. Today, empirically-derived assessment instruments are evolving to include both static and dynamic predictors of recidivism, or those factors that can change over time, such as offender attitudes and behavior while under correctional supervision. This trend is confirmed by the work of Gendreau and colleagues (1996) in identifying the 10 static and 7 dynamic risk factors that consistently surface across 131 recidivism studies published between 1970 and 1994 (most importantly age, prior record, antisocial personality, companions, and criminogenic needs -- which establish standards of conduct and rational for engaging in antisocial behavior). Despite the identification of 17 prime risk factors, Gendreau and his colleages note that composite risk scales, which summarize a variety of risk factors, remain the most powerful predictors of recidivism. Today, many correctional agencies are adopting existing and well-tested composite risk scales. Some are developing their own scales, based upon data analyses performed on their own population of offenders. To assess the empirical support for various risk assessment options, we identified 42 risk assessment studies published in the past twenty years (see Table 1). This body of literature guided the Georgia Board of Pardons and Paroles in developing an actuarial risk assessment method for the assignment of supervision level for 20,000 active parolees. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc, 2001. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2011 at: http://www.ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/EnhancingParoleDecisionMakingThroughtheAutomationofRiskAssessment2003.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (Georgia) Shelf Number: 122586

Author: Moore, Marla Title: Report to the Georgia Jury Composition Committee Summary: In 2003, the Georgia Supreme Court established the Jury Composition Committee under the direction of Justice Hugh Thompson. The Committee is comprised of judges, defense and prosecuting attorneys, court administrators, and court clerks. The Committee’s charge was to evaluate whether Georgia can reform the current juror selection system (balanced box) and adopt an inclusive statewide source. The Committee investigated three questions: 1. Is the American Bar Association (ABA) “inclusiveness standard” a feasible alternative to the balanced box protocol? The ABA standard states that if the source list includes at least 85% of eligible adults, the list is deemed inclusive because it reflects a fair cross-section of potential jurors. If jurors are randomly sampled from this list, the resulting list should not systematically exclude any cognizable groups, and therefore should be inclusive. 2. Is it feasible to compile a centralized, statewide source list in a cost-effective manner, and to distribute the resulting list to Jury Commissioners for review and verification? 3. What additional procedures, policies, data, or technology are required to compile an inclusive source list? The Committee study used Georgia’s statewide voter registration and driver’s license databases, which together consist of approximately 17 million records. These two lists are the only statutorily mandated jury source lists. Although clerks can augment these sources with local lists, evidence in other states suggests that these lists, when cleaned and merged, can produce an inclusive source list using the ABA inclusiveness standard. The Committee examined ten pilot counties in the Phase I study (2008) to identify challenges and solutions required to implement an inclusive source list. This study concluded that an inclusive list is feasible if the Committee could remedy data quality problems with driver’s license records. To resolve these problems, the General Assembly amended existing Georgia statutes governing the data elements that the Georgia Department of Driver Services (DDS) can release to the county clerks. This brief report describes the Phase II study that examined Georgia’s 159 counties to assess whether it is possible to compile a defensible statewide source list that represents a fair cross-section of Georgia counties, and therefore meets the inclusiveness standard established by the ABA. This report is organized into eight chapters. Chapter 2 describes the ABA standard and considers the inclusiveness versus balanced box approach to jury selection. Chapter 3 addresses Georgia’s statutorily authorized jury source lists. Chapter 4 describes the data quality and maintenance issues associated with the voter and driver’s license databases, and examines potential solutions. Chapter 5 outlines the challenges of merging voter registration and driver’s license data. Chapter 6 summarizes the proposed process and rules to improve data quality and to create an inclusive source list. Chapter 7 describes the method for identifying and removing duplicate records once voter and driver databases are merged. Finally, Chapter 8 provides a summary of the impact the improvements have on an inclusive source list and whether the resulting source list is inclusive and represents a fair cross-section. Details: Atlanta: Georgia Adminitrative Office of the Courts and Applied Research Services, Inc., 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2011 at: http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/ReporttotheGeorgiaJuryCompositionCommittee2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts (Georgia) Shelf Number: 122587

Author: Shelley, Tara O'Connor Title: Environmental Threat, Environmental Crime Salience, and Social Control Summary: The research explores whether perceptions of environmental threat influence support for environmental controls. To fulfill this purpose, the research builds on social threat and social control theory, which initially emphasized the putative threat of minorities as a factor that can influence mechanisms of social control. I argue the relevance of threat for social control can be more broadly understood and that social threats can have a variety of origins. Indeed, there are a number of threats that may be posed by various environmentally sensitive factors such as hazardous waste disposal, industrial pollution, and chemical spills. Using national survey data collected in the spring of 2002, I assess whether perceptions of environmental threats and environmental crime salience are related to support for social control. Since it is plausible that respondents can experience different dimensions of environmental threat, I examine three variations—threats perceived at the general or global level, threats that impact individual health and safety, and the proximity of environmental threats. I also consider two separate types of social control. The first examines support for criminal justice controls, while the second explores support for conservation/policy oriented forms of control. The research findings indicate that perceptions of environmental threat significantly increase support for environmental controls. More specifically, it appears that when environmental threats are proximate and personal, individuals are consistently more willing to endorse the use of punitive criminal justice controls. Conversely, people are not willing to support the use of punitive sanctions for general environmental threats that have no immediate or direct impact on them. In that context, conservation controls are consistently viewed as the appropriate form of control. The salience of environmental crime is also a consistent predictor of conservation and punitive controls. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2006. 257p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 2, 2011 at: http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-07052006-174753/ Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 122611

Author: Zahnd, Elaine Title: The Link Between Intimate Partner Violence, Substance Abuse and Mental Health in California Summary: This policy brief presents findings on the linkages between intimate partner violence (IPV), emotional health and substance use among adults ages 18-65 in California. Using data from the 2009 California Health Interview Survey (CHIS), researchers found that of the 3.5 million Californians who reported ever being the victim of intimate partner violence (IPV), more than half a million (594,000) reported experiencing recent symptoms of "serious psychological distress," which includes the most serious kinds of diagnosable mental health disorders, such as anxiety or depression. Adult victims of IPV were more than three times as likely as unexposed adults to report serious psychological distress in the past year. Victims of IPV were also far more likely than non-victims to engage in coping strategies, such as seeking mental health care or binge drinking. These disturbing findings can aid strategies to identify, intervene with and assist IPV victims who experience emotional and/or substance use problems. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California at Los Angeles, Center for Health Policy Research, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Health Policy Brief: Accessed September 2, 2011 at: http://www.healthpolicy.ucla.edu/pubs/files/IPV2011PBFINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 122614

Author: Teji, Selena Title: An Analysis of Direct Adult Criminal Court Filing 2003-2009: What Has Been the Effect of Proposition 21? Summary: The following report is Part Four of the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice’s (CJCJ) Juvenile Justice Realignment Series. Direct adult criminal court filing is a process that allows prosecutorial discretion to file cases involving juveniles accused of certain violent and serious offenses in adult court without obtaining judicial permission, a power granted by Proposition 21 in 2000. This report studies the practice of direct-filing in California’s 58 counties during 2003 through 2009 in order to assess the potential effect of the originally proposed Division of Juvenile Facilities closure on this practice. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Realignment Series: Accessed September 2, 2011 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/What_has_been_the_effect_of_Prop_21.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 122615

Author: Bond, Brenda J. Title: Facing the Economic Crisis: Challenges for Massachusetts Police Chiefs Summary: Police chiefs across Massachusetts are embroiled in an extraordinary management struggle – balancing unrelenting public safety demands while adapting to drastic reductions in resources. The general public may not instinctively think of local police chiefs as executive-level managers engulfed by the financial and operational effectiveness of their organizations, but the exceptional financial state of the Commonwealth and municipalities requires a new level of human and financial management by police chiefs and local administrators. There remain high expectations from the community and local officials as a result of community policing and increased community participation in public safety and increased pressures for transparency and accountability. The interplay between these factors calls for a more sophisticated system for managing the contemporary police organization. More than simply “top cops,” today’s police chiefs must serve as a public safety executive, identifying ways to maintain and improve public safety in the face of rapidly declining resources, increasing costs, and limited flexibility in this time of economic adversity. To understand the experiences and challenges of local police chiefs, we interviewed six (6) Massachusetts police chiefs who represent the Commonwealth’s “Middle Cities.” In-depth interviews offered insight into the operational, strategic and community challenges facing police chiefs as a result of the state’s current economic crisis. Police chiefs reported on the significant management resources directed towards developing and revising budgets, an inescapable side-effect of the constantly changing financial environment. While their experiences and strategies mimic many in the private and non-profit sectors, the pressures surrounding budgetary decision making are decidedly different for public safety managers. Investments in community policing strategies are being tested, and increasing expectations to demonstrate value to citizens and civic leaders alike create additional pressures on public safety leaders. The chiefs interviewed expressed frustration with two common and reasonable demands: to engage with the public in a meaningful and valuable way and direct sufficient resources to emergency calls for service. While the chiefs have been able to balance these proactive and responsive services, they report that it is increasingly difficult to do. Financial predictions for the coming fiscal years are dismal, and chiefs are holding on to those strategies which allow them to get the biggest bang for their buck. These chiefs believe that safe and thriving communities require continued investment in proactive work and emergency response strategies, and they believe community economic development is directly linked to public safety. As a result, the chiefs are being strategic in the way that they address resource shortfalls. Grant programs from state and federal governments allow the chiefs to address technology or equipment shortcomings, among other gaps, and their agencies aggressively pursue these resources. Further, they are committed to partnerships with local, state, federal, non-profit organizations, and the community. Through these partnerships they work to sustain the many gains achieved through the adoption of community and problem-oriented policing. The community connections, innovative and proactive engagement, and resource multiplication that have been realized through these partnerships have helped them get through this time of financial shortfall. This paper provides a brief account of experiences and challenges facing police chiefs in several midsized cities in Massachusetts, the factors which impact their decision making and the strategies they utilize, and discusses the various ways in which chiefs are adapting to changing financial and social contexts. Details: Boston: Pioneer Institute, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper, No. 58: Accessed September 2, 2011 at: http://www.pioneerinstitute.org/pdf/100426_facing_economic_crisis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122617

Author: Kaminski, Robert J. Title: National Survey of Self-Injurious Behaviors in Prison, 2008 Summary: Self-injurious behaviors are defined as „„the deliberate destruction or alteration of body tissue without conscious suicidal intent‟‟ (Favazza, 1989, p. 137; see also Favazza & Rosenthal, 1993, for discussion). Within incarcerated populations the “typical” manifestation of self-injury involves inmates cutting themselves with or without an object or inserting objects into their bodies. Some inmates have self-injured for many years and have comorbidity with psychological disorders, particularly Borderline Personality Disorder. Self-injurious behaviors are also known to have a contagion effect, in which non-injuring inmates learn to replicate the behavior. Prisons house a number of individuals who face significant risk of engaging in this behavior. Studies estimate that 2% to 4% of the general prison population and 15% of prisoners receiving psychiatric treatment routinely exhibited self-injury (Toch, 1975; Young, Justice, & Erdberg, 2006). When self-injuring inmates are housed in specialized units this prevalence can be as high as 52.9% (Gray et al., 2003). This state of affairs places tremendous demands on the correctional institution. DeHart, Smith, and Kaminski (2009) found a consensus among professionals that correctional institutions are ill-equipped to adequately treat inmates who self-injure. These mental health professionals unequivocally supported a need for specialized training, equipment, and staffing to respond to acts of self-injury. To date, there is currently no epidemiological surveillance system or evidence-based treatment available that can effectively reduce acts of self-injury. A fuller understanding of processes that drive self-injury can give mental health professionals the opportunity to identify efficacious interventions. This was the motivation for the first National Survey of Self-Injurious Behaviors in Prison. Our goals included: 1. Estimate the prevalence of inmate self-injury in prisons. 2. Better understand of the manifestation of self-injury in prisons. 3. Gain insight into the impact of self-injury on the prison system and identify the procedures in place for preventing and responding to self-injury. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2011 at: http://www.cas.sc.edu/crju/research/self_injurious_behavior_final2008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 122624

Author: Montealegre, Francisco Title: Jobsite Security in Residential Construction Summary: Construction crime can cost a homebuilder hundreds to thousands of dollars each year. Theft and vandalism on construction sites is a common problem for the construction industry. Therefore, securing the jobsite is critical to avoid theft and vandalism. This thesis presents the effects that theft and vandalism have on the homebuilding industry as well as the common measures taken by residential contractors in Florida to curtail jobsite crime. Data for this research were obtained through a mailed survey. The survey participants consisted of Florida members of the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). Based on 128 survey respondents the results of this research show that construction theft and vandalism incidents are serious problems but they can be minimized by taking precautionary measures. Most thefts are preventable, and if precautions are not taken, profits will be adversely impacted. Ignoring the problem does not only make the problem worse, but encourages criminals to attack again. A culture of planning and reporting crimes needs to be created among homebuilders in order to address this problem at the root. Details: Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, 2003. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0001192/montealegre_f.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Building Security Shelf Number: 122530

Author: Savello, Caroline Title: Offenders under Watch: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Camera Surveillance and Criminal Behavior Summary: Does camera surveillance deter crime? A decade of empirical and theoretical exploration has failed to reach a consensus on the effect of camera surveillance on crime rates. Rational Choice Theory predicts that offenders under surveillance will choose not to commit a crime given the heightened riskiness associated with breaking the law, causing a localized decline in crime. I expand this theoretical framework through a game-theoretic interaction between police and offenders. Following surveillance implementation, police will reallocate away from the surveilled block, decreasing the equilibrium level of a crime in a fashion that does not manifest as a local treatment effect. The empirical analysis of this paper, using quasi-experimental matching methodologies, confirms that there is no local treatment effect of surveillance. These findings call for future research on general equilibrium effects in criminology as well as for randomized evaluations. Details: New Haven, CT: Department of Political Science, Yale University, 2009. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Senior Essay: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.yale.edu/polisci/undergrad/docs/Savello_Caroline.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 122627

Author: U.S. White House Title: National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace: Enhancing Online Choice, Efficiency, Security, and Privacy Summary: A secure cyberspace is critical to our prosperity. We use the Internet and other online environments to increase our productivity, as a platform for innovation, and as a venue in which to create new businesses “Our digital infrastructure, therefore, is a strategic national asset, and protecting it — while safeguarding privacy and civil liberties is a national security priority” and an economic necessity. By addressing threats in this environment, we will help individuals protect themselves in cyberspace and enable both the private sector and government to offer more services online As a Nation, we are addressing many of the technical and policy shortcomings that have led to insecurity in cyberspace Among these shortcomings is the online authentication of people and devices: the President’s Cyberspace Policy Review established trusted identities as a cornerstone of improved cybersecurity. In the current online environment, individuals are asked to maintain dozens of different usernames and passwords, one for each website with which they interact The complexity of this approach is a burden to individuals, and it encourages behavior — like the reuse of passwords — that makes online fraud and identity theft easier At the same time, online businesses are faced with ever-increasing costs for managing customer accounts, the consequences of online fraud, and the loss of business that results from individuals’ unwillingness to create yet another account Moreover, both businesses and governments are unable to offer many services online, because they cannot effectively identify the individuals with whom they interact Spoofed websites, stolen passwords, and compromised accounts are all symptoms of inadequate authentication mechanisms Just as there is a need for methods to reliably authenticate individuals, there are many Internet transactions for which identification and authentication is not needed, or the information needed is limited. It is vital to maintain the capacity for anonymity and pseudonymity in Internet transactions in order to enhance individuals’ privacy and otherwise support civil liberties Nonetheless, individuals and businesses need to be able to check each other’s identity for certain types of sensitive transactions, such as online banking or accessing electronic health records The National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace (NSTIC or Strategy) charts a course for the public and private sectors to collaborate to raise the level of trust associated with the identities of individuals, organizations, networks, services, and devices involved in online transactions. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/rss_viewer/NSTICstrategy_041511.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrimes Shelf Number: 121391

Author: Olson, David E. Title: An Examination of Admissions, Exits and End-of-the-Year Populations of Adult Female Inmates in the Illinois Department of Corrections, State Fiscal Years 1989 - 2010 Summary: Through analyses of existing data collected by the Illinois Department of Corrections, and Illinois criminal history record information (CHRI) supplied by the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, a team of faculty at Loyola University Chicago examined trends and characteristics of adult female admissions to, exits from, and end of state fiscal year (SFY) prison populations in Illinois between SFY 1989 and SFY 2010. Based on these analyses, the following conclusions were reached: 1) A dramatic increase in admissions to prison, as well as prison exits and end of the year prison populations, of adult females was seen in Illinois between SFY 1989 and 2005, primarily fueled by increased admissions for drug-law violations; 2) The proportion of prison total admissions accounted for by females increased from less than 7 percent in SFY 1989 to a peak of 13.8 percent in SFY 2005, before falling back to 8.6 percent of admissions in SFY 2010. Similarly, the percent of the end of the fiscal year prison population accounted for by females increased from 4.3 percent in SFY 1989 to 6.3 percent in SFY 2005 and 6.1 percent in SFY 2010; 3) From SFY 1989 to 1999, female court admissions for drug delivery/sale increased dramatically and outnumbered admissions for drug possession, before decreasing consistently through SFY 2010; 4) Court admissions of females for drug possession increased consistently between SFY 1989 and 2005, and outnumbered sentences for drug sale/delivery since SFY 2000, but females sentenced to prison for drug possession decreased dramatically since SFY 2005; 5) Throughout the entire period included in the analyses, the majority of females sentenced to prison were convicted of the least serious felony classes of crimes (Class 3 and 4 felonies), peaking in SFY 2005 when roughly three-quarters of all females sentenced to prison in Illinois were convicted of a Class 3 or 4 felony; 6) Between SFY 1998 and 2001, the number and proportion of total female prison admissions accounted for by parole violators increased dramatically, as was the case with male prison admissions. However, between SFY 2001 and 2008, females returned to prison as parole violators decreased both in sheer number and as a proportion of total female admissions to prison; 7) During the time period examined, the age of females sentenced to prison in Illinois has been increasing. Among females sentenced to IDOC in SFY 1989, more than 80 percent were under 36 years old, but by SFY 2010, only 51 percent were under 36. 8) An increasing proportion of women admitted to prison in Illinois had previously been sentenced to prison. Among women sentenced to prison in SFY 1989, less than 30 percent had previously been in prison; by SFY 2010, that proportion had increased to 45 percent; 9) As a result of changes in the types of crimes women have been sentenced to prison for, and a decrease in admissions from Cook County (Chicago) between SFY 2005 and 2010, the proportion of females sentenced to prison in Illinois accounted for by blacks has decreased, from more than 70 percent of all females sentenced to prison during the late 1990s to less than 50 percent among the SFY 2010 female court admissions. On the other hand, the proportion of female prison sentences accounted for by whites increased from roughly 20 percent in the mid- to late-1990s to almost 50 percent in SFY 2010; 10) There were a number of differences evident between the females and males admitted to prison in recent years, including women being slightly older than males, women being more likely to be a parent, women having slightly higher levels of educational achievement, and women being more likely than men to be sentenced and incarcerated in prison for less serious crime types and felony class offenses; 11) Females released from prison in Illinois tended to have lower recidivism rates than males, even after differences in offender characteristics and risk factors were taken into account. After roughly 3 years post-prison, 61 percent of women were rearrested for any new crime (compared to 70 percent among male releases), 15 percent of women were rearrested specifically for a crime of violence (compared to 31 percent of males), and 34 percent of women were returned to prison either as a result of a new prison sentence or violation of parole (compared to 51 percent of males). Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/female_inmate_report_062011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates (Illinois) Shelf Number: 122632

Author: Cummings, Katina Title: Gender Matters: Meeting the Physical and Mental Health Needs of Detained Girls Summary: This report presents the April 2008 policy recommendations to the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center which led to staffing and structural changes. Details: Chicago: Health and Medicine Policy Research Group, 2008. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://hmprg.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/06/gendermatters.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 122633

Author: Leicht, Christine Title: Chattanooga Endeavors Building Bridges Program Evaluation: Outcomes Report Summary: The primary purpose of the Building Bridges program was to increase the likelihood that offenders released into the Chattanooga/Hamilton County area of Tennessee would avoid re-arrest and re-incarceration by obtaining meaningful employment. The program was based on the idea that it takes time for ex-offenders to become reintegrated into their community and that they need support throughout the process. The program attempted to support clients by improving the community's capacity to accept ex-offenders while increasing client ability to contribute to society. This outcome evaluation focused on the following three research questions using a quasi-experimental design with a comparison group: Does the program have an effect on recidivism?; Does the program have an effect on employment?; and Does the program have an effect on successful supervision? Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2007. 255p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235576.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 122637

Author: Bostwick, Lindsay Title: Policies and Procedures of the Illinois Juvenile Justice System Summary: This report presents the policies and procedures of the Illinois juvenile justice system in a detailed step-by-step walkthrough of the different stages of the system in Illinois. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/IL_Juvenile_Justice_System_Walkthrough_0810.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems (Illinois) Shelf Number: 122634

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Crowding and Conditions of Confinement at the Cook County Department of Corrections and Compliance with the Consent Decree Summary: This is the twenty-sixth in a series of reports by the John Howard Association of Illinois on inmate population, crowding and conditions at the Cook County Department of Corrections (CCDOC) as these factors relate to the provisions of the Consent Decree in this litigation. The format of this Court Monitor’s Report is similar to that of previous reports. In Section I we describe the jail population and capacity including admissions and length of stay, release mechanisms or alternatives to incarceration, and facilities status and planning issues. In Section II, we describe conditions of confinement at the jail. Subsections in this section include Environmental Health, Personal Hygiene, Food Service, Staffing, Overcrowding, Access to Law Libraries and Other Programs and Services, Visiting, Health Issues and Services, Grievance Procedures, and Disciplinary Procedures. These subsections address the principal provisions of the Consent Decree in this case. Several of the subsections of this report pertaining to compliance with the Consent Decree begin with the text of relevant provisions of the Consent Decree. The information used in the preparation of this report consists of observations made during more than 25 visits to the jail complex and analysis of data derived from logs, documents, and other records provided by CCDOC administrators, staff and other sources. Information obtained during meetings with CCDOC, other Cook County officials and other parties is also included. Details: Chicago: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2010. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.thejha.org/sites/default/files/Duran_Report_1_15_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions(Chicago, Illinois) Shelf Number: 122635

Author: Cobb, Kimberly A. Title: A Desktop Guide for Tribal Probation Personnel: The Screening and Assessment Process Summary: This guide is intended to provide tribal probation personnel with information on how the screening and assessment process can facilitate and promote offender accountability and long-term behavior change. This guidebook discusses the use of screening and assessment tools within the constructs of Risk-Need-Responsivity Model; the benefits of using screening and assessment tools; the challenges to using screening and assessment tools; and the factors to consider when choosing tools to use in your agency. Further, Appendix A of this guidebook provides tribal probation officers with an index of screening and assessment tools which were cataloged by the Reentry Policy Council. These tools are searchable by domains, or focus areas, including criminal thinking, employment & education, family relationships, financial status, housing, mental health, physical health, recidivism risk, and substance abuse. Appendix B provides screening and assessment tools for domestic violence. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/pubs/DGTPP.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Indians of North America Shelf Number: 122638

Author: Krahnstoever, Nils Title: Automated Detection and Prevention of Disorderly and Criminal Activities Summary: This document is the final report for the NIJ research program “Automated Detection and Prevention of Disorderly and Criminal Activities”. The goal of this program is to develop methods for automatically detecting and preventing criminal and disorderly activities using an intelligent video system. A particular emphasis of this program is to develop methods that can operate in crowded environments such as prisons, public parks and schools where a large number of people can be present and interact with each other. In addition, the developed technology is going beyond simple motion-based behavior features toward estimating meaningful social relationships between people and groups and use of this information for semantically high-level behavior and scenario recognition. Some of the accomplishments of this program are: (i) a collection of crowd parameter estimation algorithms was developed that allows the system to estimate information such as crowd and group size, crowd density, and group velocity from video; (ii) motion pattern analysis algorithms were developed for detecting low-level group and crowd events such as GROUP FOLLOWING, GROUP CHASING, FAST GROUP MOVEMENTS, and GROUP FORMATION and GROUP DISPERSION; (iii) higher-level behavior recognition algorithms have been developed for detecting and predicting events such as FIGHTING and AGITATION; (iv) an algorithm for automatically controlling a network of PTZ cameras has been developed that enables face detection and face recognition of non-cooperative individuals from a distance; (v) a novel framework for estimating social network structures of groups from video has been developed that enables the system to determine the number of social groups and the leadership structure in small communities automatically; (vi) the system was tested live during the 2009 Mock Prison Riot sponsored by the NIJ as well as evaluated against a large amount of highly-relevant video data that was collected during the same event. The deployed system was demonstrated to law enforcement and correctional staff and received high praise for it’s performance and innovation. Overall this program has led to the development of a wide range of intelligent video capabilities that are highly relevant to law enforcement and corrections. The developed technology can help law enforcement detect many different types of activities and alert operators in many cases about the onset of an event – enabling early detection and possibly prevention of critical events. The system will also allow law enforcement gain insight into the ways that people behave and interact as well as into the social structure behind their interactions. Knowledge about social relationships enables the prediction and detection of challenging group events, such as gang activity and in the future the presence or formation of open-air drug markets. Details: Niskayuna, NY: GE Global Research, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235579.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 122641

Author: Lutze, Faith E. Title: Washington State's Reentry Housing Pilot Program Evaluation: Year 1 Report Summary: These preliminary findings suggest that Washington State has successfully implemented the Reentry Housing Pilot Program (RHPP). When compared to the characteristics identified by national evaluations of successful reentry programs, the RHPP providers have identified the key components necessary to enhance the likelihood of success for high risk offenders reentering the community from prison or jail. Each pilot site combines wrap around services, treatment, and offender accountability with the provision of affordable and safe housing. This report provides descriptive findings for the first year of RHPP operation and a summary of the ongoing research plan. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Criminal Justice Program, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.commerce.wa.gov/DesktopModules/CTEDPublications/CTEDPublicationsView.aspx?tabID=0&ItemID=7077&MId=870&wversion=Staging Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Housing Shelf Number: 122642

Author: Ali, Wajahat Title: Fear, Inc.: The Roots of the Islamophobia Network in America Summary: On July 22, a man planted a bomb in an Oslo government building that killed eight people. A few hours after the explosion, he shot and killed 68 people, mostly teenagers, at a Labor Party youth camp on Norway’s Utoya Island. By midday, pundits were speculating as to who had perpetrated the greatest massacre in Norwegian history since World War II. Numerous mainstream media outlets, including The New York Times, The Washington Post, and The Atlantic, speculated about an Al Qaeda connection and a “jihadist” motivation behind the attacks. But by the next morning it was clear that the attacker was a 32-year-old, white, blond-haired and blue-eyed Norwegian named Anders Breivik. He was not a Muslim, but rather a self-described Christian conservative. According to his attorney, Breivik claimed responsibility for his self-described “gruesome but necessary” actions. On July 26, Breivik told the court that violence was “necessary” to save Europe from Marxism and “Muslimization.” In his 1,500-page manifesto, which meticulously details his attack methods and aims to inspire others to extremist violence, Breivik vows “brutal and breathtaking operations which will result in casualties” to fight the alleged “ongoing Islamic Colonization of Europe.” Breivik’s manifesto contains numerous footnotes and in-text citations to American bloggers and pundits, quoting them as experts on Islam’s “war against the West.” This small group of anti-Muslim organizations and individuals in our nation is obscure to most Americans but wields great influence in shaping the national and international political debate. Their names are heralded within communities that are actively organizing against Islam and targeting Muslims in the United States. Breivik, for example, cited Robert Spencer, one of the anti-Muslim misinformation scholars we profile in this report, and his blog, Jihad Watch, 162 times in his manifesto. Spencer’s website, which “tracks the attempts of radical Islam to subvert Western culture,” boasts another member of this Islamophobia network in America, David Horowitz, on his Freedom Center website. Pamela Geller, Spencer’s frequent collaborator, and her blog, Atlas Shrugs, was mentioned 12 times. Geller and Spencer co-founded the organization Stop Islamization of America, a group whose actions and rhetoric the Anti-Defamation League concluded “promotes a conspiratorial anti-Muslim agenda under the guise of fighting radical Islam. The group seeks to rouse public fears by consistently vilifying the Islamic faith and asserting the existence of an Islamic conspiracy to destroy “American values.” Based on Breivik’s sheer number of citations and references to the writings of these individuals, it is clear that he read and relied on the hateful, anti-Muslim ideology of a number of men and women detailed in this report—a select handful of scholars and activists who work together to create and promote misinformation about Muslims. While these bloggers and pundits were not responsible for Breivik’s deadly attacks, their writings on Islam and multiculturalism appear to have helped create a world view, held by this lone Norwegian gunman, that sees Islam as at war with the West and the West needing to be defended. According to former CIA officer and terrorism consultant Marc Sageman, just as religious extremism “is the infrastructure from which Al Qaeda emerged,” the writings of these anti-Muslim misinformation experts are “the infrastructure from which Breivik emerged.” Sageman adds that their rhetoric “is not cost-free.” These pundits and bloggers, however, are not the only members of the Islamophobia infrastructure. Breivik’s manifesto also cites think tanks, such as the Center for Security Policy, the Middle East Forum, and the Investigative Project on Terrorism — three other organizations we profile in this report. Together, this core group of deeply intertwined individuals and organizations manufacture and exaggerate threats of “creeping Sharia,” Islamic domination of the West, and purported obligatory calls to violence against all non-Muslims by the Koran. This network of hate is not a new presence in the United States. Indeed, its ability to organize, coordinate, and disseminate its ideology through grassroots organizations increased dramatically over the past 10 years. Furthermore, its ability to influence politicians’ talking points and wedge issues for the upcoming 2012 elections has mainstreamed what was once considered fringe, extremist rhetoric. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2011/08/pdf/islamophobia.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 122652

Author: Kaminski, Robert J. Title: A Descriptive Analysis of Foot Pursuits in the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Summary: Greater attention has been paid to the risks associated with police foot pursuits in recent years by both the law enforcement community (e.g., Bohrer, Davis & Garrity, 2000; Burke, Owen & Nilson, 2005; and the media (e.g., Graham, 2009; Pfeifer, 2007; Simpson, 2007). One of the focal concerns has been foot pursuits in which law enforcement officers discharged their firearms. An investigation by Simpson (2007) found that 12% of 33 suspects shot and killed by deputies in DeKalb County occurred during a foot pursuit. An internal review by the Philadelphia Police Department found that nearly half of police shootings from 1998 to 2003 occurred during foot a pursuit (Graham, 2009). Bobb (2003, 2005) found in the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department (LASD) that 27% of 44 shooting incidents 2003-2004 involved foot pursuits and that 22% of 239 shootings 1997-2002 occurred during or at the termination of a foot pursuit. Although these statistics highlight the potential for deputy-involved shootings (DISs) and fatalities during foot chases and are thus useful for motivating the development of policies and training to reduce their incidence, sampling first on fatalities or on DISs and subsequently examining how many incidents involved foot pursuits exaggerates the risks associated with this tactic (this is commonly referred to as the “base rate problem”; see, e.g., Garner and Clemmer, 1986; Kaminski and Sorensen, 1995). To accurately assess the likelihood of DISs and fatalities associated with foot pursuits, one must first sample or select all foot pursuits over some specified period of time and then examine how many involved shootings, fatalities, or other outcomes of interest. Although sampling first on foot pursuits would almost certainly show that shootings and fatalities are statistically rare events relative the total number of pursuits, there has unfortunately been no research to date using this approach. Accurate estimates of risk would be especially informative for law enforcement executives contemplating the adoption of more or less restrictive foot pursuit policies. DISs and fatalities, of course, are not the only potential hazards associated with foot pursuits. An arrest-based use-of-force study in one municipal agency found that pursuits increased the odds of officer use of force by 345% (Kaminski, DiGiovanni, and Downs, 2004). A limitation of this study, however, was that foot pursuits were not distinguished from motor vehicle pursuits. In other research, Brandl (1996) and Brandl and Stroshine (2003) analyzed the activities officers were involved in when they were injured accidentally or intentionally (i.e., assault-related injuries). They found that between 12 and 14 percent of injury incidents involved officers chasing suspects on foot and that the vast majority of injures were accident-related, but detailed analyses of foot pursuits were not presented. More recently, Kaminski (2007) surveyed over 250 deputies employed by the Richland (SC) County Sheriff’s Department (RCSD) regarding their experiences with foot pursuits. Sixty-two of 187 responding deputies (33%) reported being injured intentionally by suspects and 80 of 186 (43%) reported being injured accidentally during at least one pursuit since they began working for the RCSD (career-based estimates). Although the majority of injuries were minor, intentional injures caused deputies to miss an estimated 273 days of work and to work in a reduced capacity for 358 days. Accidental injuries caused deputies to miss an estimated 496 days of work and to work in a reduced capacity for 575 days. These estimates must be interpreted with caution, however, as respondents represented a nonrandom (59%) sample of deputies from the RCSD and recall is likely to be problematic for career-based estimates, especially for deputies with long tenures. Although the above studies begin to fill the gap in research on foot pursuits, none were able to analyze fatalities or firearm discharges associated with foot pursuits because such events were too rare, at least in the jurisdictions examined. It is important to note, however, that although fatalities and firearm discharges during foot pursuits appear to be rare, such findings should not negate or minimize the importance of policies and training designed to manage foot pursuits. Serious injuries and fatalities do occur during foot pursuits and all reasonable means should be taken to minimize their occurrence. Further, as suggested by findings from Kaminski (2007), even minor injuries may substantially impact agencies in terms of work days lost. Because few studies on foot pursuits have been conducted to date, the purpose of the present study is to provide a basic descriptive analysis of reported foot pursuits that could be linked to information contained in the Department’s Personnel Performance Index database (PPI). Information on the types of force used by and against deputies during foot pursuits, the types of injuries sustained and other information is presented. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology & Criminal Justice, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.cas.sc.edu/crju/research/lacsd.footpursuits.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Fleeing Suspects Shelf Number: 122655

Author: Smith, Michael R. Title: Law Enforcement Lessons Learned From Hurricane Katrina Summary: Highlights • Most law enforcement agencies in the Gulf Coast region did not have comprehensive disaster plans and had not adequately practiced disaster response. • Major disasters require pre-planned lines of command and control to coordinate the response of multiple public safety agencies, including those from out of state. • States without a strong mutual aid system should consider adopting mutual aid legislation that designates a state-level coordinating agency and requires a current inventory of resources and personnel available for disaster response. • State and local law enforcement agencies must be familiar with the EMAC system for requesting out-of-state assistance and should have a streamlined process in place for making EMAC requests. • Redundant and interoperable communications systems are vital. These capacities can be developed at the state and local levels with existing technologies. • Generators, batteries, chainsaws, extra radios, and a five-day supply of food and water for law enforcement personnel should be stockpiled as part of a comprehensive disaster plan. • Providing medical and psychological care for first responders is an important, but often overlooked, component of disaster planning. • Search and rescue, points of distribution (POD) security, looting, and traffic control are expected law enforcement priorities immediately following a disaster. Longer-term impacts include increases in domestic and interpersonal violence and substance abuse. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2006. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.cas.sc.edu/crju/pdfs/CrisisLawEnf.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Disaster Procedures, Police Shelf Number: 122656

Author: Baldwin, Kevin Title: Final Evaluation Report – Dougherty County Mental Health Court Summary: The Dougherty Mental Health Court (DMHC) started in 2002 in response to concerns over the increasing incidence of persons with mental illness cycling in and out of the local jail. Since its inception, the court has received over six hundred referrals. The present evaluation examines data on 566 referrals, from which 167 individuals participated in the court. At the time of this report, 82 participants had successfully completed the program, 68 had left the program without completing, and 17 were still in the program. Most individuals were referred to the court by a judge or attorney while in jail pending charges for a new crime or a violation of probation. Referrals tended to be unmarried males in their mid-thirties, with an eleventh grade education. Substance abuse disorders were the most prevalent presenting problems, followed by schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Participants differed from referrals in that they were more likely to have a primary diagnosis of substance abuse and less likely to have a serious mental illness such as schizophrenia and depression. The DMHC has three treatment tracks, with about half of participants assigned to the substance abuse track, 40% being assigned to the dual diagnosis track and the remaining 10% being in the mental health track. More than half of participants (55%) successfully completed the program. Those that completed the program did so in an average of 72 weeks, with non-completers spending 49 weeks in the DMHC. Successful completion of the court program was associated with a number of positive outcomes. Those that completed the court program had lower rates of arrest after their participation than before. While completers had higher rates of arrest than did non-completers prior to program entry, they had significantly lower arrest rates after beginning the court when compared to non-completers (with an average follow-up time of about three years). Program completers were less likely to fail drug screens than non-completers, both during and after participating in the court. Completers also spent fewer days in jail subsequent to their referral date than did non-completers or refusals (those referred who did not participate). Taken together, these findings suggest that participation in and completion of the DMHC is associated with increased sobriety and treatment compliance and decreased substance abuse, arrests, and jail time. The DMHC is achieving its core objectives of providing appropriate, focused treatment to mentally ill and substance abusing persons involved in the criminal justice system, resulting in decreased substance abuse, criminality, and encounters with the criminal justice system. In addition to the positive findings associated with court participation, this project also increased the capacity of the DMHC by designing and implementing an Internet-based client management and evaluation database. The court can use this system to provide real-time data on clients and the program itself, as well as perform a range of reporting functions that can be used for ongoing and periodic evaluation of court activities and outcomes. The final project objective was to increase the capacity of the local publically-funded mental health and substance abuse treatment provider by implementing the NIATx process improvement model. While outcome data on the results of NIATx implementation are not yet available, preliminary results are encouraging. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/BJA-DoughertyCountyMentalHealthCourtEvaluation2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 115751

Author: Flynn, Brean Title: Designing and Implementing Differential Response Systems in Child Protective Services: A Three State Case Study Summary: There are many types of child maltreatment and interventions must be able to address these differences. Differential Response Systems (DRS) are an alternative to traditional child protective service investigations based on the idea that flexibility in responding to reports of child maltreatment is in the best interest of children and their families. DRS focuses on the whole family unit, instead of addressing only the children involved. Relying on strength-based support through home or community visits, DRS offer services to empower families based on their unique strengths, and individual needs and risks. Family assessments and traditional investigations have an equal focus on child safety, and reports can be referred for an investigation if concerns about child safety arise during an assessment. As with any human service system, reform can be daunting and more difficult than expected. This report documents accomplishments and challenges that Minnesota, North Carolina, and Nevada have experienced during implementation of a Differential Response System. Our aim, in partnership with Casey Family Services, is to outline the story of change and the process of implementing the DRS models experienced by this small sample of states. Based on information collected from key interviews and literature, including but not limited to evaluation reports on each state’s DRS model, we have highlighted several important similarities and differences across the three states. We hope that these findings will provide insight to other states considering the implementation of a Differential Response System. Details: Medford, MA: Department of Urban and Environmental Policy and Planning, Tufts University, 2011. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://ase.tufts.edu/uep/Degrees/field_project_reports/2011/Team_1_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122666

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Improved Evaluations and Increased Coordination Could Improve Cell Phone Detection Summary: BOP's rates for inmate telephone calls typically are lower than selected state and military branch systems that also use telephone revenues to support inmate activities; lowering rates would have several implications. Inmates would benefit from the ability to make cheaper phone calls, but lower rates could result in less revenue and lower profits, and therefore fewer funds available for inmate wages and recreational activities. According to BOP officials, when inmates have fewer opportunities for physical activity, idleness increases, and the risk of violence, escapes, and other disruptions also rises. BOP and selected states confiscated thousands of cell phones in 2010, and these entities believe that rising inmate cell phone use threatens institutional safety and expands criminal activity. All of the BOP officials, as well as officials from all eight of the state departments of correction with whom GAO spoke, cited cell phones as a major security concern, given the potential the phones provide for inmates to have unmonitored conversations that could further criminal activity, such as selling drugs or harassing other individuals. BOP and selected states have taken actions to address contraband cell phone use in their correctional institutions, but BOP could better evaluate existing technologies to maximize its investment decisions. BOP screens visitors and staff to detect contraband and has also tested multiple cell-phone detection technologies. However, BOP has not developed evaluation plans for institutional use to measure the effectiveness of these tests, which could help ensure that such tests generate information needed to make effective policy decisions. Moreover, while BOP has shared detection strategies with state agencies to some extent, BOP's regional offices have only had limited interaction with states, and could increase coordination and knowledge sharing to better identify and benefit from other strategies being used. This is a public version of a sensitive but unclassified - law enforcement sensitive report that GAO issued in July 2011. Information that the Department of Justice deemed sensitive has been omitted. GAO recommends that BOP's Director formulate evaluation plans for cell phone detection technology to aid decision making, require use of these plans, and enhance regional collaboration with states. The Department of Justice concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-893: Accessed September 7, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11893.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cellular Telephones Shelf Number: 122673

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Stray Dogs and Virtual Armies Radicalization and Recruitment to Jihadist Terrorism in the United States Since 9/11 Summary: Since September 11, 2001, so-called "homegrown terrorists," working alone or with others, have planned and in some cases implemented terrorist activities, contributed financial or other material support to others' terrorist activities, or become radicalized in the United States and then traveled to other countries to conduct terrorist activities directed against those countries or against the United States. This paper examines the cases of homegrown terrorism from 9/11 through 2010, highlights lessons learned from those cases that suggest actions for the future, and includes a chronology of numbers and case descriptions of terrorist events in the United States during that period. Most of the individuals involved are Muslim, but the numbers are small. A total of 176 Americans have been indicted, arrested, or otherwise identified as jihadist terrorists or supporters since 9/11. They were involved in 82 cases, a majority of which involve the actions of a single individual. Al Qaeda has increasingly used the Internet to build an army of followers. Many of the terrorists identified in this study began their journey online. However, al Qaeda has not yet managed to inspire its online followers to action. Few of the 32 locally hatched jihadist plots to carry out terrorist attacks in the United States since 9/11 got much beyond the discussion stage. Nevertheless, al Qaeda remains a threat. More terrorist attempts will occur. Traditional law enforcement, in which authorities attempt to identify and apprehend a perpetrator after a crime has been committed, is inadequate to deal with terrorists who are determined to cause many deaths and great destruction and who may not care whether they themselves survive. Public safety demands a preventive approach — intervention before an attack occurs. In addition to law enforcement, intelligence collection, and community policing, public reaction is an essential component of such preventive defense. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/occasional_papers/OP343.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 122679

Author: California State Auditor. Bureau of State Audits Title: Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation: The Benefits of Its Correctional Offender Management Profiling for Alternative Sanctions Program Are Uncertain Summary: The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Corrections) intends to use the Correctional Offender Management Profiling for Alternative Sanctions (COMPAS) software to help identify factors that cause inmates to commit crimes, so they can participate in such rehabilitative programs as substance abuse treatment or vocational education to reduce their likelihood of reoffending, thereby reducing overcrowding in the State’s prisons. California’s high recidivism rates and difficulties with prison overcrowding are well documented. In its October 2010 outcome evaluation report, Corrections reported that 67.5 percent of all felons released during fiscal year 2005–06 returned to prison within three years. Further, in May 2011 the U.S. Supreme Court issued a ruling upholding the authority of a lower court to require that California reduce its inmate population to 137.5 percent of the design capacity of its correctional institutions. As of June 30, 2011, Corrections had more than 144,000 inmates in its various institutions, which were designed to accommodate only 80,000. However, the prospects that COMPAS will play a meaningful role in helping Corrections ultimately reduce prison overcrowding and lower its recidivism rates are, at best, uncertain. Corrections uses gender-specific versions of two different COMPAS assessments. The COMPAS core assessment identifies the needs of inmates entering the prison system, while the COMPAS reentry assessment evaluates inmates who are about to reenter society on parole. Our review found Corrections’ use of COMPAS during its parole planning process is not consistently enforced, while its use in reception centers — where inmates are initially evaluated and assigned to a prison — does not appear to affect decisions on prison assignments and, by extension, the rehabilitative programs inmates might access at those facilities. Corrections’ process at its 12 reception centers for assigning inmates to prisons is complex and considers factors such as an inmate’s history of violence, medical needs, gang affiliations, and the available bed space at suitable facilities that can accommodate the inmate’s security requirements. Our observations at one reception center and discussions with Corrections’ staff at seven others revealed that prison assignments are often not based on COMPAS. Instead, the inmate’s security level and the weekly placement restrictions imposed by Corrections’ Population Management Unit — the unit responsible for coordinating inmate movement within the prison system — are the primary determinants of prison assignment. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2011 at: http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2010-124.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: -Prison Administration Shelf Number: 122680

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Movin’ Out: Crime Displacement and HUD’s HOPE VI Initiative Summary: The purpose of this project was to conduct an evaluation of the impact on crime of the closing, renovation, and subsequent reopening of selected public housing developments under the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)’s HOPE VI initiative. No studies have specifically considered the effects of redevelopment of public housing under the HOPE VI initiative on the spatial distribution of crime. The current research aimed to remedy that deficiency through an examination of crime displacement and potential diffusion of benefits in and around three public housing developments. The developments were selected from a candidate set of six HOPE VI sites in Milwaukee, Wis., and Washington, D.C., all of which were in the process of being redeveloped with HOPE VI funds during the study period. Displacement refers to changes in crime patterns that occur because offenders adapt their behavior to changes in opportunities for offending. In the context of the proposed work, opportunity changes are the result of large-scale public housing redevelopment. Anecdotal evidence suggests that, when HOPE VI developments are demolished and construction begins on new housing, residents are typically moved to other public housing sites in the same city. Our assumption was that crime would move with those residents to the new public housing locations, or to other nearby areas offering similar criminal opportunities. Three central research questions thus guide this report: 1. Does the closing of a large high-poverty public housing development under HOPE VI influence patterns of crime in and around that development, and if so, how? 2. Does crime displacement or diusion of benefits result during the time that the development is closed for rebuilding, and does crime return to previous levels when the development reopens? 3. Do different methodologies for examining crime displacement and diffusion of benefits from public housing developments yield similar results, and which is most appropriate for studying displacement in this context? The work entailed a statistical analysis of potential displacement or diffusion of crime from three selected sites, after the redevelopment timeline of each site was established. Three methods were employed: a point pattern analysis, a Weighted Displacement Quotient (WDQ), and time series analysis. The methods were compared following their application in each site. The results indicate that displacement of crime did not appear to be a significant problem during or following redevelopment under the HOPE VI program in these three sites. Instead, a diffusion of benefits was observed to some extent in each site. We found a clear indication in all three sites that crime dropped at some point during redevelopment and that redevelopment affected crime in surrounding areas in some way — usually by decreasing it. The effects in the buffers (the areas searched for displacement or diffusion of benefits) varied, but for the most part, we observed a diffusion of benefits from the target sites outward. Additional investigation into subtypes of crime would help to bring more specificity to the results (e.g., whether any crime prevention methods implemented during redevelopment should target specific types of crimes that are more vulnerable to displacement). In addition, in no site did we find any return to pre-intervention crime levels following the intervention period in either the target site itself or in the buffer areas. This indicates that the positive effects — the drops in crime — lasted at least as long as the study period, which was generally one to two years beyond the end of the intervention period. The project also aimed to compare different methods for studying displacement. The point pattern analysis had limited use in the present context, but we concluded that it would have more utility if a specific crime such as homicide, robbery, or burglary, were studied as opposed to studying a class of crimes such as personal or property crimes. The method is also quite involved, but efficiencies are gained once analyses are set up for one context, making it easier to apply the method in additional contexts (e.g., for additional time period comparisons, different areas/site boundaries, or types of crime). While it cannot replace more rigorous statistical analyses and testing, the typical constraints felt by most practitioners on time and resources make the WDQ best suited for their context. The WDQ is intuitive, easy to calculate, and does not require a long series of data. It is appropriate for use in exploring the possible effects of an intervention to determine whether more sophisticated analyses are worthwhile. While there are drawbacks to the use of the WDQ — it is only descriptive, it can only indicate relative (not absolute) effect sizes, and it is dependent on the parameters selected (time periods and displacement areas selected) — it is nonetheless a useful intermediate tool in the study of displacement. Where skilled statisticians are available and a quantification of the changes in crime levels is desired, the time series analyses methods presented here produce more rigorous results. Our results also demonstrated the desirability of the structural Vector Autoregression (VAR) over the traditional time series method typically used in displacement research — single series Autoregressive Integrated MovingAverage (ARIMA) modeling. The VAR was preferable based on the simultaneous modeling of the three study areas, as opposed to modeling each area individually. Finally, to the extent that the three HOPE VI sites in two cities are representative of other actual and possible HOPE VI sites, the results are applicable to other public housing sites undergoing this type of large-scale redevelopment, especially given the comparability of results we found across sites and methods. The consistency with which we found evidence of diffusion from the sites is an indication that redevelopment under HOPE VI does indeed lead to diffusion of crime reduction, whether via changes directly attributable to HOPE VI in the target area or indirectly by encouraging additional investment in the larger neighborhood of the HOPE VI site, leading to additional redevelopment efforts in areas surrounding the HOPE VI site itself. Based on our findings, we expect that housing authorities that undertake such largescale public housing redevelopment efforts as are common under HOPE VI will likely see a diffusion of benefits to nearby areas, and those nearby areas may experience reductions in crime levels similar to that experienced in the redevelopment site itself. Localities considering large-scale redevelopment, either under the HOPE VI program or following a similar process, might look at specific crimes that may be displaced, such as personal crimes (as was the case in Milwaukee) and enact policies that serve to prevent displacement specifically of those crimes from occurring. Studying displacement from public housing is an important undertaking, and the possibility of displacement should be considered by housing authorities either already undertaking such eorts or considering whether to start large-scale redevelopment. While this research showed that diffusion of benefits is likely from redeveloped public housing, more work of this type — exploring different options for target area boundaries, intervention periods, and displacement areas — can provide more evidence of the best approaches to this type of effort and inform housing authorities of the most effcient ways to include studies of displacement and diffusion in their redevelopment efforts. Additional research in this vein that confirms the results here would add to the case presented by this research for the positive effects of HOPE VI on target sites and on surrounding neighborhoods. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412385-movin-out.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Redevelopment Shelf Number: 122687

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Positive Youth Justice: Framing Justice Interventions Using the Concepts of Positive Youth Development Summary: The concepts and principles of positive youth development (PYD) offer valuable guidance for the design of interventions for youthful offenders. Unfortunately, few programs draw on PYD principles, often for very good reasons. We believe that can change. The most common approaches to PYD presume that young people possess conventional attitudes and a ready willingness to cooperate with pro-social peers and adults. These are not qualities that one finds in abundance among youth involved with the juvenile court and the larger juvenile justice system. Almost by definition, court-involved youth have a greater inclination than do other youth to violate rules, disregard convention and defy authority. A positive youth development framework for these youth would have to be different from a framework designed for more conventional or normative youth. Some features of PYD models may be relevant for young offenders, but which ones? Which aspects of PYD are likely to be effective with youth who have already engaged in anti-social or illegal behavior? Is there a way to adapt the general principles of PYD for use in a justice environment? The premise of this report is that PYD could, and should be adapted for justice-involved youth. In fact, PYD might be well suited as a principal theory of habilitation and rehabilitation for young offenders. Other treatments and approaches will continue to be necessary as a supplemental response to particular subsets of youth in the justice system. Youth who commit violent acts, for example, will always prompt a strong response from law enforcement and corrections. Yet, punishment and deterrence are not effective strategies for helping youth to succeed at school and work. Young people with drug dependencies need high-quality substance abuse treatments, although drug treatment programs cannot prepare them to meet every type of challenge they are likely to face in life. Youth with mental health problems need specialized interventions, but such programs are clearly not sufficient by themselves as a means of ensuring a successful transition to adulthood. All justice-involved youth, even those who require some of these specialized treatments, need basic supports and opportunities if they are to avoid future criminality and learn to lead positive, productive adult lives. Where should justice authorities turn to design such interventions? We suggest that PYD could be an effective framework for designing general interventions for young offenders. A positive youth development framework would encourage youth justice systems to focus on protective factors as well as risk factors, strengths as well as problems, and broader efforts to facilitate successful transitions to adulthood for justice-involved youth. In this report, we propose such a framework for youth justice interventions. That framework is Positive Youth Justice. The Positive Youth Justice Model (Model) includes 12 key components depicted as a 2 by 6 matrix. Each cell in the matrix represents the interaction of two key assets needed by all youth: (1) learning/doing, and (2) attaching/belonging. Each asset should be developed within the context of six separate life domains (work, education, relationships, community, health, and creativity). Our goals in this report are to introduce and explain the Positive Youth Justice Model by: • Briefly reviewing the research literature about adolescent development and youth justice interventions; • Identifying key theoretical and empirical findings that are supportive of a positive youth development framework; • Exploring how youth justice practitioners use positive youth development concepts to build interventions for young offenders; • Examining the array of concepts related to positive youth development and reducing them to a smaller, more workable set of key components that could be applied in justice settings; and • Considering how the Positive Youth Justice Model could be used to design interventions and create outcome measures for youth justice agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Coalition for Juvenile Justice, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2011 at: http://juvjustice.org/media/resources/public/resource_390.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122689

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Department of Homeland Security: Progress Made and Work Remaining in Implementing Homeland Security Missions 10 Years after 9/11 Summary: The events of September 11, 2001, led to profound changes in government policies and structures to confront homeland security threats. Most notably, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) began operations in 2003 with key missions that included preventing terrorist attacks from occurring in the United States, and minimizing the damages from any attacks that may occur. DHS is now the third-largest federal department, with more than 200,000 employees and an annual budget of more than $50 billion. Since 2003, GAO has issued over 1,000 products on DHS's operations in such areas as border and transportation security and emergency management, among others. As requested, this report addresses DHS's progress in implementing its homeland security missions since it began operations, work remaining, and issues affecting implementation efforts. This report is based on GAO's past and ongoing work, supplemented with DHS Office of Inspector General reports, with an emphasis on reports issued since 2008. GAO also analyzed information provided by DHS in July and August 2011 on recent actions taken in response to prior work. Since it began operations in 2003, DHS has implemented key homeland security operations and achieved important goals and milestones in many areas to create and strengthen a foundation to reach its potential. As it continues to mature, however, more work remains for DHS to address gaps and weaknesses in its current operational and implementation efforts, and to strengthen the efficiency and effectiveness of those efforts to achieve its full potential. DHS's accomplishments include developing strategic and operational plans; deploying workforces; and establishing new, or expanding existing, offices and programs. For example, DHS (1) issued plans to guide its efforts, such as the Quadrennial Homeland Security Review, which provides a framework for homeland security, and the National Response Framework, which outlines disaster response guiding principles; (2) successfully hired, trained, and deployed workforces, such as a federal screening workforce to assume security screening responsibilities at airports nationwide; and (3) created new programs and offices to implement its homeland security responsibilities, such as establishing the U.S. Computer Emergency Readiness Team to help coordinate efforts to address cybersecurity threats. Such accomplishments are noteworthy given that DHS has had to work to transform itself into a fully functioning department while implementing its missions--a difficult undertaking that can take years to achieve. While DHS has made progress, its transformation remains high risk due to its management challenges. Examples of progress made and work remaining include: Border security. DHS implemented the U.S. Visitor and Immigrant Status Indicator Technology program to verify the identities of foreign visitors entering and exiting the country by processing biometric and biographic information. However, DHS has not yet determined how to implement a biometric exit capability and has taken action to address a small portion of the estimated overstay population in the United States (individuals who legally entered the country but then overstayed their authorized periods of admission). Aviation security. DHS developed and implemented Secure Flight, a program for screening airline passengers against terrorist watchlist records. DHS also developed new programs and technologies to screen passengers, checked baggage, and air cargo. However, DHS does not yet have a plan for deploying checked baggage screening technologies to meet recently enhanced explosive detection requirements, a mechanism to verify the accuracy of data to help ensure that air cargo screening is being conducted at reported levels, or approved technology to screen cargo once it is loaded onto a pallet or container. Emergency preparedness and response. DHS issued the National Preparedness Guidelines that describe a national framework for capabilities-based preparedness, and a Target Capabilities List to provide a national-level generic model of capabilities defining all-hazards preparedness. DHS is also finalizing a National Disaster Recovery Framework, and awards preparedness grants based on a reasonable risk methodology. However, DHS needs to strengthen its efforts to assess capabilities for all-hazards preparedness, and develop a long-term recovery structure to better align timing and involvement with state and local governments' capacity. Chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear (CBRN) threats. DHS assessed risks posed by CBRN threats and deployed capabilities to detect CBRN threats. However, DHS should work to improve its coordination of CBRN risk assessments, and identify monitoring mechanisms for determining progress made in implementing the global nuclear detection strategy. GAO's work identified three themes at the foundation of DHS's challenges. This report contains no new recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-881: Accessed September 12, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11881.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Aviation Security Shelf Number: 122718

Author: Hartley, Daniel A. Title: Blowing it Up and Knocking it Down: The Effect of Demolishing High Concentration Public Housing on Crime Summary: Despite popular accounts that link public housing demolitions to spatial redistribution of crime, and possible increases in crime, little systematic research has analyzed the neighborhood or city-wide impact of demolitions on crime. In Chicago, which has conducted the largest public housing demolition program in the United States, I find that public housing demolitions are associated with a 10 percent to 20 percent reduction in murder, assault, and robbery in neighborhoods where the demolitions occurred. Furthermore, violent crime rates fell by about the same amount in neighborhoods that received the most displaced public housing households relative to neighborhoods that received fewer displaced public housing households, during the period when these developments were being demolished. This suggests violent crime was not simply displaced from the neighborhoods where demolitions occurred to neighborhoods that received the former public housing residents. However, it is impossible to know what would have happened to violent crime in the receiving neighborhoods had the demolitions not occurred. Finally, using a panel of cities that demolished public housing, I find that the mean public housing demolition is associated with a drop of about 3 percent in a city’s murder rate and about 2 percent in a city’s assault rate. I interpret these findings as evidence that while public housing demolitions may push crime into other parts of a city, crime reductions in neighborhoods where public housing is demolished are larger than crime increases in other neighborhoods. A caveat is that while the city-wide reduction in assault rate appears to be permanent, the city-wide reduction in murder rate seems to last for only a few years. Details: Cleveland, OH: Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 10/22: Accessed September 12, 2011 at: http://www.clevelandfed.org/research/workpaper/2010/wp1022.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 122724

Author: Freedman, Matthew Title: Low-Income Housing Development and Crime Summary: This paper examines the effect of rental housing development subsidized by the government’s Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program on local crime. We take advantage of changes in the formula used to determine the eligibility of census tracts for Qualified Census Tract (QCT) status, which affects the size of the tax credits developers receive for building low income housing. QCT status attracts real estate development from other parts of the county, differentially improving the housing stock in the poorest census tracts. Low-income housing development, and the associated revitalization of neighborhoods, brings with it significant reductions in violent crime that are measurable at the county level. There are no detectable effects on property crime, perhaps because of changes in reporting behavior among residents. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2011 at: http://socrates.berkeley.edu/~raphael/IGERT/Workshop/Matt%20Friedman%20-%20Fall%202010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Low-Income Housing Shelf Number: 122725

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: Do Foreclosures Cause Crime? Summary: The mortgage foreclosure crisis has generated increasing concerns about the effects of foreclosed properties on their surrounding neighborhoods, and on criminal activity in particular. There are a number of potential ways in which a foreclosed property might increase the payoffs to committing crime and decrease the likelihood of being caught. Reduced property maintenance by foreclosed owners may serve as a visual signal of increasing disorder and decreased monitoring by neighborhood residents. Residential turnover precipitated by foreclosure may further weaken the informal social networks that prevent crime. Vacant foreclosed properties may provide opportunities for more serious and lucrative crimes. Using point-specific, longitudinal crime, foreclosure, and other property data from New York City, this paper determines whether foreclosed properties affect criminal activity on the surrounding blockface – an individual street segment including properties on both sides of the street, looks separately at how foreclosures affect different types of crime, examines whether foreclosures that result in long-term bank owned status have larger impacts than foreclosures that are resolved by a sale to a new owner, and compares the marginal effect of additional foreclosures across neighborhoods with differing concentrations of criminal and foreclosure activity. We find that additional foreclosures on a blockface lead to additional violent crimes and public order crimes. These effects are largest when foreclosure activity is measured by the number of bank-owned properties on a blockface. We find that effects are largest in neighborhoods with lower levels of crime, and effects appear to be heightened when foreclosure activity is concentrated. Details: New York: Furman Center for Real Estate and Urban Policy, New York University, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2011 at: http://furmancenter.org/files/publications/Ellen_Lacoe_Sharygin_ForeclosuresCrime_June27.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 122727

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: Crime and U.S. Cities: Recent Patterns and Implications Summary: For most of the twentieth century, U.S. cities – and their high-poverty neighborhoods in particular -- were viewed as dangerous, crime-ridden places that middle class, mobile (and typically white) households avoided, fueling suburbanization. While some pundits and policy analysts bemoaned this urban flight, others voiced concern over the potential impact of crime-ridden environments on the urban residents who were left behind. In the past decade or so, the media has instead highlighted the dramatic reductions in crime taking place in many large cities. In this paper we explore these crime reductions and their implications for urban environments. We begin by examining the changes in central city crime rates in greater detail, documenting how central cities fared relative to suburban communities and examining which cities and neighborhoods experienced the largest declines. Given these patterns, we then explore two key questions: (1) whether and how these changes altered existing disparities in safety (or exposure to crime) among particular groups, and (2) the extent to which these reductions increased the relative attractiveness of cities and ultimately led to city growth. In exploring these questions, we draw on theory, past literature, as well as empirical evidence. Details: New York: Furman Center for Real Estate & Urban Planning and Wagner School of Public Services, New York University, 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed September 13, 2011 at: http://furmancenter.org/files/publications/Cities_and_US_Crime-Recent_Patterns_and_Implications.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 122728

Author: Seal, Susan Title: A Dynamical Interpretation of the Three-Strikes Law Summary: California’s Three Strikes Law has been in effect since 1994. Advocates of this policy claim it acts as a deterrent for violent crime; yet critics allege it acts solely as an incapacitant–a device used to segregate a population of “undesirables” from the total population in an attempt to lower criminal susceptibility. To determine the true relationship between these two intimately connected phenomena, we construct a dynamical model of the Three-Strikes Law within the framework of inner-city communities located in Los Angeles County. We then compare this model to one of Los Angeles County before California implemented the Three-Strike policy–the classical incarceration model. Through qualitative analysis we determine the basic reproductive number, R0, for each of the models. Using numerical simulations, we then determine the net change in the total population of reformed inmates and the total number of incarcerated individuals due to the Three-Strikes Law. We also analyze the impact of population density on crime rates in states that utilize the Three-Strikes Law. Finally, we construct and examine a hypothetical One-Strike model to determine the impact of different strike policies on the reformed, criminal and incarcerated populations. We find that the Three-Strikes policy deters crime better than the classical incarceration policy in densely populated areas like Los Angeles County. In the context of population density, the Three-Strikes Law is a better deterrent in a sparsely populated region than a densely populated region. The optimal policy is found to be one that consists of more than three strikes. Details: Tempe, AZ: Department of Mathematics and Statistics, Arizona State University, 2007. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2011 at: http://mtbi.asu.edu/files/A%20Dynamical%20Interpretation%20of%20the%20Three%20Strikes%20Law.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 122729

Author: Northern Illinois University. Center for Governmental Studies Title: Dubuque 2010 Study on Crime and Poverty Summary Report Summary: This study was designed to compare community perceptions of crime in Dubuque to actual crime data. The study included: 1) a public opinion survey 2) an analysis of Dubuque’s crime rates and trends over time compared to similarly sized communities in Iowa; 3) an analysis of Dubuque’s crime incidents over time, and the extent to which Section 8 housing recipients are connected to crime; 4) a review of research studies related to poverty, Section 8 housing assistance, crime, fear of crime, and crime prevention; and 5) a set of recommendations based on the research and evidence. To explore these issues, the following general research questions were posed: Do the perceptions of criminal activity and its causes in Dubuque match what is actually happening? Within categories of crime with significant increases in arrests, what policies or strategies can effectively decrease crime? If there are cases where there are community perceptions of increased criminal activity but no evidence to support the perception, what policies or strategies can effectively address the concerns? The resulting study report is complex and the authors warn throughout of various limitations with the data and analysis. NIU also states that readers are “strongly cautioned to not take singular statements, findings, maps or graphs contained in the report and examine or present them as a stand-alone finding. Rather, the analysis and report must be viewed in the full context and breadth of the examination, the totality of the findings and the broader social factors that underlie the phenomenon under study. Details: Dubuque, IA: Northen Illinois University, Center for Government Studies, 2011. 779p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2011 at: http://www.cityofdubuque.org/DocumentView.aspx?DID=2742 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Social Disorganization Shelf Number: 122734

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Resolution, Reinvestment, and Realignment: Three Strategies for Changing Juvenile Justice Summary: As violent crime declined across the United States after 1995, the number of young offenders placed in secure correctional facilities also fell, but not in every state and not to the same degree. The crime rate and youth incarceration are not linked in the way that many people expect. Incarceration sometimes fluctuates in concert with crime rates and sometimes it does not. Often, the two diverge entirely. The scale of incarceration is not simply a reaction to crime. It is a policy choice. Some lawmakers invest heavily in youth confinement facilities. In their jurisdictions, incarceration is a key component of the youth justice system. Other lawmakers invest more in community-based programs. In their view, costly confinement should be reserved for chronic and seriously violent offenders. These choices are critical for budgets and for safety. If officials spend too much on incarceration, they will eventually lack the resources to operate a diversified and well-balanced justice system. Correctional institutions and the high costs associated with incarceration will begin to dominate fiscal and programmatic decision making. A number of states recognized this problem as early as the 1960s and 1970s. In California, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin, legislators and administrators created innovative policies to reduce the demand for expensive state confinement and to supervise as many young offenders as possible in their own communities. During the 1990s, North Carolina, Ohio, and Oregon implemented similar reforms. The reform strategies adopted by these states are known by different names, but they generally rely on three sources of influence: resolution (direct managerial influence over system behavior); reinvestment (financial incentives to change system behavior); and realignment (organizational and structural modifications to alter system behavior). This report reviews the history and development of these strategies and analyzes their impact on policy, practice, and public safety. All three strategies have been used effectively to reform juvenile justice systems, but this report suggests that realignment may be the best choice for sustaining reform over the long term. Reform strategies in juvenile justice are sustainable when they cannot be easily reversed by future policymakers facing different budgetary conditions and changing political environments. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research and Evaluation Center, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2011 at: http://www.reclaimingfutures.org/blog/sites/blog.reclaimingfutures.org/files/userfiles/Resolution-Reinvesment-JButts-DEvans-JohnJay-Sept2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration, Juveniles Shelf Number: 122740

Author: Rubin, Mark Title: An Analysis of Probation Violations and Revocations in Maine: Probation Entrants in 2005-2006 Summary: In 2009, Maine was selected (with four other states) to conduct a study of probation revocations in Maine, and to provide data to the Justice Research and Statistics Association (JRSA) for a multi-state study of parole/probation revocations. This study analyzes a sample of 4,725 offenders who entered probation between January, 2005 and December, 2006 from either prison or jail, and analyzes probation violations and revocations occurring in the sample population over a 24 month period. Maine’s correctional system is unlike many others in the U.S. in that parole was abolished by the state legislature in 1976. However, probation often acts as de-facto parole in Maine, as more than two thirds of offenders enter probation from jail or prison (split sentence). Probation is a state-wide function administered by the Maine Department of Corrections (MDOC). MDOC supervises all Maine probationers across four probation regions. Since this study’s main objective is to examine variations in probation violations and revocation practices, we must first understand how Maine’s unique correctional laws and administration constrain and influence probation decision-making. The next section of this report briefly describes those aspects of Maine’s sentencing system and probation supervision regulations that may influence probation recidivism rates. Details: Portland, ME: Maine Statistical Analysis Center, University of Southern Maine Muskie School of Public Service, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Technical Report: Accessed September 15, 2011 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Adult/Maine_Probation_Violations_%20Revocations_Entrants2005_06.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Probation (Maine) Shelf Number: 122742

Author: State of Oregon Government Title: Oregon Parole/Post-Prison Revocation Study Summary: Oregonians sentenced for felony convictions and released from jail or prison in 2005 and 2006 were evaluated for revocation risk. Those released from jail, from prison, and those served through interstate compact were considered in the analysis. The revocation rate is lowest for the interstate compact population and highest for the jail population; overall, 24% were revoked in the two years after release. Revocation risk is influenced by numerous static and demographic variables. Independent variables common with the three populations include recidivism risk, number of arrests while on parole or post-prison supervision (PPS), number of prior felony convictions, age, and being a veteran. Comparing the jail and prison populations, both age and number of prior felony convictions have similar effects for both populations. The number of arrests while on parole/PPS has more of an effect with the jail population than those released from prison. The factors that are important for the prison population yet are not important risk factors for the jail population include being male, being African American, incarcerated for a violent offense, incarcerated for a public order offense, and considered high risk at release; all of these factors increase risk for the prison population yet are not important risk considerations for those released from jail. The factors that have different effects in each population (i.e. associated with increased risk in one population and decreased risk in the second population) include veteran status, prior imprisonment, and incarceration for a property crime. There are some demographic and static factors that influence revocation risk among the three populations. Despite numerous similarities, differences do exist. The predictive accuracy of the models suggests that individuals prone to revocations can be identified with some accuracy. Details: Eugene, OR: State of Oregon, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/Oregon_Revocation_Final.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision Shelf Number: 122748

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Is the Economic Downturn Fundamentally Changing How We Police? Summary: This report is not the first that PERF has published on the topic of the economic crisis that has been impacting police departments since 2008. In January 2009, we conducted a survey of police departments and found that nearly two-thirds of them were already preparing plans for an overall cut in their funding for the next fiscal year. And we produced a report with the title, Violent Crime and the Economic Crisis: Police Chiefs Face a New Challenge. Over the last 23 months, there has been a growing discussion about whether a “new normal” is being imposed on police agencies, about whether budget cuts are causing permanent changes in how we do our business. Thus, the title of this new report: Is the Economic Downturn Fundamentally Changing How We Police? So this report does not just tell a story about yesterday. Now we are telling a story about yesterday, today, and tomorrow. The basic facts reflect a harsh reality. A new survey that we conducted in September 2010 found that slightly more than half of the responding police departments suffered cuts in their total funding in the 2010 fiscal year, and among those agencies, the average cut was 7 percent. Furthermore, 59 percent of those departments are preparing to cut their budgets again in 2011. Overall, among all departments surveyed, there has been a 3-percent decrease in the average number of sworn officers. This report recounts compelling stories, as told by police chiefs who attended a Summit we held in Washington on September 30, 2010, of what those cuts mean in terms of daily police operations. The cuts mean layoffs, unpaid furloughs, reductions in officer training and in the development of technology, elimination of special units such as gang and drug units, and other ways of reaching budget targets. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.policeforum.org/library/critical-issues-in-policing-series/Econdownturnaffectpolicing12.10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122755

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Managing Major Events: Best Practices from the Field Summary: One of the most important challenges facing police executives is the need to prepare their departments for major events — everything from large-scale political protest marches and sporting events to natural disasters and acts of terrorism. To some extent, this is an issue that tends to affect departments serving larger cities, as these sites are most often chosen to host major events such as the Olympics or a national political convention. However, police departments in any size jurisdiction can suddenly be called upon to respond to an earthquake, a flood, or an act of terrorism. And often, when cities or other jurisdictions host events such as a visit from the President, they need to work cooperatively with other local agencies to develop a large enough police presence to meet the demands of the event, and to coordinate travel and multiple events that may occur across jurisdictional lines. Managing major events requires police chiefs to have a good sense of vision, an ability to look into the future and imagine the types of disasters or other events that might occur in their jurisdiction. Police agencies are always busy with the daily press of responding to calls for service, investigating crimes, and solving crime and disorder problems. So it requires a certain amount of far-sightedness to find time to prepare for events that might never occur, but which could cause tremendous devastation, and to realize that the devastation could be made worse if the police are unprepared for it. PERF’s “Critical Issues in Policing” series was created to focus on issues like this. We understand that police agencies’ planning for major events is an enormous topic. Entire books could be written about various subtopics, such as crowd control techniques, police training programs for major events, or the use of social media to communicate with the public during a crisis. So this report is not a comprehensive study of all of the aspects of policing major events. Rather, this report aims to explore some of the key issues that have proved important or difficult in the real world of policing. PERF’s approach to this project, as with many other PERF initiatives, is to bring police practitioners together to discuss the issues they have encountered, the approaches that they have tried and have found either useful or unhelpful, and the lessons they have learned. More specifically, PERF identified scores of police executives who have had experience dealing with natural disasters, major sporting events such as the Olympics, national political conventions, and other major events. We invited these leaders to participate in an Executive Session at the Newseum in Washington, D.C. in November 2010, where they discussed the most critical issues they encountered and their approaches to solving the problems they faced. The bulk of this report consists of quotations from that Executive Session. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2011. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.policeforum.org/dotAsset/1491727.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122756

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Violent Crime and the Economic Crisis: Police Chiefs Face a New Challenge: PART I Summary: If there is one thing that police chiefs can count on, it’s that they will constantly be faced with new challenges and problems. Less than a year ago, the issues at the top of many chiefs’ agendas had to do with recent spikes in violent crime, dealing with gang-related crime, and for some departments, the hot-button issue of immigration enforcement at the local level. But then came the 2008 economic crisis, and with it the reductions in many local jurisdictions’ tax bases. Suddenly, the most pressing issue for many chiefs was how they were going to manage 5-percent cuts in their current-year budgets, with 10- or 20-percent cuts next year, and who knows what after that. Should they cut some programs to the bone in order to avoid any reductions in sworn personnel? Or cut some sworn personnel in order to avoid devastating damage to training programs or needed technological upgrades? And what will the cuts mean to the progress that has been made in crime control and community policing? None of the choices look good, and it doesn’t help that chiefs had little or no warning of the budget calamity. But that is the world of local police executives — every day, tough decisions that cannot be avoided. This report reflects the upheavals that have occurred in recent months. It is part of PERF’s Critical Issues in Policing series, which for several years has aimed to track the issues of greatest concern to police departments. We talk to chiefs every day and hear what’s on their minds; we conduct surveys to gather information on the emerging issues; and we hold Summits where chiefs and mayors come together to talk about their problems and compare notes about the solutions they are developing. This year, we conducted our Critical Issues survey in the last week of July, and began by asking chiefs for their latest crime statistics, as we have done several times since we first noticed that violent crime levels in many cities spiked in 2005. We also asked about the factors that chiefs saw as contributing to the crime problems in their jurisdictions. But as we were writing the questions for this year’s survey, it already was becoming clear that the national economy was in serious trouble. Many of the bad headlines did not come until later — Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, AIG, Washington Mutual, Wachovia, the $700-billion financial industry rescue bill, and the auto industry crisis, to name a few. But the Bear Stearns collapse and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac bailouts had already occurred, and we were already hearing anecdotal reports that police budgets were being hurt. So we added some questions to our survey about the economic crisis, and the results were startling. As detailed later in this report, nearly 40 percent of the responding agencies said they had already experienced a decrease in their operating budgets. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2009. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://policeforum.org/library/critical-issues-in-policing-series/VCrime&EconomyI.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122757

Author: Kujath, Carlyne L. Title: Prison Violence: Preliminary Study Summary: This report has three primary objectives: 1) to identify a sample of offenders for use in our study, 2) to examine characteristics of this sample, and 3) to explore how these characteristics might influence whether an offender is violent or nonviolent. The demographic characteristics examined in this report were age, race, and sex. The sample consisted of 25,273 offenders incarcerated in FY07 and/or FY08. Twelve percent of the sample were violent (n = 2985). The remaining 22,288 offenders comprised our comparison group of nonviolent offenders. Analyses indicated a negative relationship between age and violent behavior (e.g., as age increased, the number of violent infractions decreased). This suggests that older offenders are less likely than younger offenders, to be violent. In terms of racial differences, non-white offenders were significantly more likely to be violent than white offenders. Hispanic males, in particular, had the highest mean number of violent infractions compared to any other racial/gender group. And while male offenders were found to be more likely to engage in violent behavior than female offenders by a factor of nearly 4:1, there were statistically significant differences found between females of different racial groups. For example, black females seemed to be almost equivalent with male offenders in terms of their mean number of violent infractions. Findings within this report suggest there might be additional factors to examine in future studies of prison violence. For example, examining the prevalence of Security Threat Groups (STGs) among different racial groups can provide DOC with additional information on who to expect violence from. Details: Olympia, WA: Department of Corrections, 2009. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/measuresstatistics/docs/PrisonViolence2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 122758

Author: Evans, Michael Title: Tracking Washington State Offenders Pilot Study: Do Education Programs Affect Employment Outcomes? Summary: Substantial barriers to legal employment exist for former prison offenders after their release, such as finding a job with a livable wage and keeping the job are also more difficult due to their previous criminal histories and lower education levels compared to the general population. However, offenders participating in academic degree programs from Walla Walla Community College were employed at 25.5 percent level one year after release in 2009 compared to 15.7 percent of offenders with similar demographic characteristics, and recidivated at a lower rate (19.6 percent compared to 36 percent, respectively). Holding a job is an important signal that the individual is moving toward a crime-free life. Not only are these individuals working and crime-free, they are also taxpayers and consumers who help the local economies grow. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Corrections, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2011 at: http://www.doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/measuresstatistics/docs/EmploymentEducation.docx Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 122759

Author: Farabee, David Title: Implementation of the CYA-RSAT Programs: A Process Evaluation of the California Youth Authority’s Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) Programs (Year 1) Summary: This report summarizes findings of a process evaluation of the Residential Substance Treatment (RSAT) Program of the California Department of the Youth Authority (CYA). Funded by the Office of Criminal Justice Planning, the CYA-RSAT program is operated at three institutional sites: (1) the Karl Holton Drug and Alcohol Abuse Treatment Center in Stockton, (2) the Heman G. Stark Youth Correctional Facility in Chino, and (3) the Ventura School in Camarillo. As a result of the RSAT funds, each of these institutions has been able to enhance the treatment components of its existing Formalized Drug Programs (FPDs). The goal of CYA-RSAT as articulated in the original proposal is to provide a safe and chemical-free environment in which participants can: · Discover the thinking errors and faulty belief systems they use to justify their chemical-dependent behavior. · Acquire the skills necessary to modify these beliefs and behaviors which will enable them to adopt a sober lifestyle. In 1943, CYA began to provide training and parole supervision to youthful offenders. In an effort to reform these offenders, CYA moved quickly to establish camps and institutions which would house and provide education and training to youths formerly detained in state reformatories, county jails, detention homes, and army camps. Camps were established throughout the state as were institutions, including those that would accommodate older youths. In 1960, the Youth Training School opened in Chino, California. Known today as the Heman G. Stark Youth Correctional Facility (YCF), this institution was named after the CYA’s longest acting director who served from 1952 to 1968. Shortly thereafter, in 1968, the Karl Holton School for Boys was opened in Stockton, California. This school was part of a general population facility which housed male offenders ages 17 to 24, but, in 1994, was converted to the Drug and Alcohol Abuse Treatment Center. Today this institution is known as the Karl Holton Drug Abuse Treatment Youth Correctional Facility, a facility devoted exclusively to the provision of substance abuse treatment. In 1970, due to declines in the number of female commitments, the Ventura School for Girls (founded in 1913 and acquired by CYA in 1942) became a coeducational facility. Thus it is now referred to as the Ventura School. Earlier, in 1964, this facility became the site of the reception clinic for all girls entering CYA, and it remains so today. The process evaluation of CYA-RSAT sought to determine the extent to which program activities and services have achieved this goal and to assess the effectiveness of each program with respect to implementation. The evaluation was conducted by the UCLA Drug Abuse Research Center (DARC) located in Los Angeles. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Drug Abuse Research Center University of California, Los Angeles, 1998. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports_Research/docs/rsat_rep.pdf Year: 1998 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122772

Author: Lord, Stephen M. Title: Aviation Security: TSA Has Made Progress, but Additional Efforts Are Needed to Improve Security Summary: The attempted bombing of Northwest flight 253 in December 2009 underscores the need for effective aviation security programs. Aviation security remains a daunting challenge with hundreds of airports and thousands of flights daily carrying millions of passengers and pieces of checked baggage. The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has spent billions of dollars and implemented a wide range of aviation security initiatives. Two key layers of aviation security are (1) TSA's Screening of Passengers by Observation Techniques (SPOT) program designed to identify persons who may pose a security risk; and (2) airport perimeter and access controls security. This testimony provides information on the extent to which TSA has taken actions to validate the scientific basis of SPOT and strengthen airport perimeter security. This statement is based on prior products GAO issued from September 2009 through September 2011 and selected updates in August and September 2011. To conduct the updates, GAO analyzed documents on TSA's progress in strengthening aviation security, among other things. DHS completed an initial study in April 2011 to validate the scientific basis of the SPOT program; however, additional work remains to fully validate the program. In May 2010, GAO reported that TSA deployed this program, which uses behavior observation and analysis techniques to identify potentially high-risk passengers, before determining whether there was a scientifically valid basis for using behavior and appearance indicators as a means for reliably identifying passengers who may pose a risk to the U.S. aviation system. TSA officials said that SPOT was deployed in response to potential threats, such as suicide bombers, and was based on scientific research available at the time. TSA is pilot testing revised program procedures at Boston-Logan airport in which behavior detection officers will engage passengers entering screening in casual conversation to help determine suspicious behaviors. TSA plans to expand this pilot program in the fall of 2011. GAO recommended in May 2010 that DHS, as part of its validation study, assess the methodology to help ensure the validity of the SPOT program. DHS concurred and stated that the study included an independent review with a broad range of agencies and experts. The study found that SPOT was more effective than random screening to varying degrees. However, DHS's study was not designed to fully validate whether behavior detection can be used to reliably identify individuals in an airport environment who pose a security risk. The study also noted that additional work was needed to comprehensively validate the program. TSA officials are assessing the actions needed to address the study's recommendations but do not have time frames for completing this work. In September 2009 GAO reported that since 2004 TSA has taken actions to strengthen airport perimeter and access controls security by, among other things, deploying a random worker screening program; however, TSA had not conducted a comprehensive risk assessment or developed a national strategy. Specifically, TSA had not conducted vulnerability assessments for 87 percent of the approximately 450 U.S. airports regulated for security by TSA in 2009. GAO recommended that TSA develop (1) a comprehensive risk assessment and evaluate the need to conduct airport vulnerability assessments nationwide and (2) a national strategy to guide efforts to strengthen airport security. DHS concurred and TSA stated that the Transportation Sector Security Risk Assessment, issued in July 2010, was to provide a comprehensive risk assessment of airport security. However, this assessment did not consider the potential vulnerabilities of airports to an insider attack--an attack from an airport worker with authorized access to secure areas. In August 2011, TSA reported that transportation security inspectors conduct vulnerability assessments annually at all commercial airports, including an evaluation of perimeter security. GAO has not yet assessed the extent to which inspectors consistently conduct vulnerability assessments. TSA also updated the Transportation Systems-Sector Specific Plan, which summarizes airport security program activities. However, the extent to which these activities were guided by measurable goals and priorities, among other things, was not clear. Providing such additional information would better address GAO's recommendation. GAO has made recommendations in prior work to strengthen TSA's SPOT program and airport perimeter and access control security efforts. DHS and TSA generally concurred with the recommendations and have actions under way to address them. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-938T: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11938t.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 122775

Author: Vargas, Alejandro, Jr. Title: Applying Psychosocial Theories of Terrorism to the Radicalization Process: A Mapping of De La Corte‘s Seven Principles to Homegrown Radicals Summary: This study contains an application of psychosocial theories to the process of radicalization among Muslim militants (jihadis) with a history of activity in the United States. Drawing extensively from De la Corte‘s seven psychosocial principles of terrorism, the study codes each principle into a corresponding example from case studies of American jihadism. The end result is the use of theory to create a new empirical and psychosocial perspective into homegrown jihadism. The application of De la Corte‘s theory is also used as a framework to suggest frameworks for detection, intervention, and interdiction when it comes to homegrown jihadi activity. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=683351 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 122777

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the United States Marshals Service Complex Asset Team Managment and Oversight Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ) may seize and then compel forfeiture of assets used in or acquired through illegal activity. Such assets may include cash, bank accounts, vehicles, jewelry, stocks, real estate and operating businesses. The United States Marshals Service (USMS) Asset Forfeiture Division manages and disposes of properties seized and forfeited by federal investigative agencies and U.S. Attorneys nationwide. As of March 2011, the USMS held seized assets estimated to be worth over $3.8 billion, with cash and other financial instruments comprising about 93 percent of these assets’ estimated value. The Complex Asset Team within the Asset Forfeiture Division works with USMS district personnel to help secure, appraise, and dispose of assets requiring specialized commercial expertise, including operating businesses, complicated financial instruments, and large commercial real estate properties. In recent years, the size and complexity of the Complex Asset Team’s asset portfolio have grown with the greater sophistication of multimillion-dollar financial crimes – such as those perpetrated by high-profile, white-collar criminals including Bernard Madoff – that yield forfeitable assets. Mismanagement of these complex seized assets can diminish the value of seized assets, result in excessive asset management costs, and expose the government to lengthy litigation with potential claimants. Any improprieties associated with asset forfeitures also can generate public distrust that can undermine the legitimacy of asset forfeiture as a tool for combating crime. The DOJ Office of the Inspector General (OIG) recently conducted an investigation into an allegation that Leonard Briskman, the lead career official with the Complex Asset Team, owned a private appraisal business that presented a conflict of interest with his official USMS duties, which involved valuing and selling assets. The investigation did not substantiate the allegation made against Briskman, but concerns about potential irregularities in the USMS’s management of complex assets prompted the OIG to conduct this audit of Complex Asset Team operations between 2005 and 2010. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2011. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report 11-42: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/USMS/a1142r.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122778

Author: Hagedorn, John M. Title: Variations in Urban Homicide: Chicago, New York City, and Global Urban Policy Summary: In the United States during the 1990s, some cities saw drastic drops in violence while others did not. Detroit, Washington DC, and New Orleans, for example, remain among the most violent cities in the world. On the other hand, San Francisco, Houston, Boston, and San Diego have seen rates of violence plummet to European-like lows. Entering the 1990s, Chicago and New York City had similar homicide rates, but the two cities sharply diverged in the next few years, with Chicago’s murder rate hovering at three times New York’s rate or roughly equivalent to homicide rates in Mexico City or Moscow. Notions that policing strategies largely explain variation in rates of violence have been skeptically greeted by criminologists (Blumstein and Wallman 2000). However, no plausible explanation for the stark divergence in U.S. urban homicide rates has been credibly presented. One reason for this may be the narrowness of criminological investigations. In fact, very few studies, in the US of internationally, look at variation in violence between cities, instead focusing on national-level analyses (e.g. Gurr 1989). This essay seeks to supplement the criminological thinking on homicide by adding insights from studies in urban and globalization research. First, we review several literatures relating to violence. Second, we describe the methods of a study of homicide in the 1990s in Chicago and New York City and present its qualitative and quantitative data. Finally, we discuss some implications of our study for policy on urban violence through-out the world. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Great Cities Institute, 2004. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed SEptember 19, 2011 at: http://www.gangresearch.net/Archives/hagedorn/articles/homvar2.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 122781

Author: Wade, Cheryl L. Title: The California Law Enforcement Community’s Intelligence-Led Policing Capacity Summary: Hindsight gives the nation much clarity regarding the cause of the failure to prevent the tragic events of 9/11. Calls for reform challenge the intelligence community, and law enforcement in general, to create the collaborative capacity to connect the dots, dare to imagine, and become accustomed to expecting the unexpected. Throughout the various reformation efforts over the last nine years, one central theme endures: the ability to share intelligence across interagency and intergovernmental barriers is imperative. The inextricable link between foreign and domestic intelligence demands that changes be made to smooth the continuum of efforts from public safety, to homeland security, to national security. If the quality of intelligence in this continuum is directly related to the depth and breadth of information available, then the participating agencies must be fully networked. Such a network is one way to transform the unknowingly relevant into potentially actionable intelligence. How else can domestic events be understood in an international context (or vice versa)? Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=11524 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 122782

Author: Stewart, James K. Title: Tampa Bay Manhunt After Action Report: Lessons Learned in Community Police Partnerships & Incident Command System Summary: On June 29, 2010, at 2:15 a.m., the Tampa Police Department (TPD) suffered a tragic loss when two officers were shot and killed during a traffic stop. The suspect fled the scene on foot and evaded immediate arrest. The subsequent law enforcement response and multijurisdictional manhunt involved 22 law enforcement agencies and over 1,000 personnel during a 96-hour deployment that culminated in the arrest of the suspect. TPD established a multi-agency, Unified Command using the Incident Command System (ICS) to plan, coordinate, and manage the complex response, which included volunteers and donations from the community. TPD reported that few complaints were received, despite frequent special weapons and tactics (SWAT) deployments, numerous residential searches, significant police presence in local neighborhoods, traffic disruptions, staging operations, and extensive media activities. This report demonstrates how building relations before a crisis impacts local community acceptance of extraordinary police presence or measures for extended periods of time. Tampa’s unexpected incident provides a rare opportunity to analyze an actual law enforcement response and capture the lessons learned. This analysis can be of significant use to all local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies that need to be capable of coordinating an extended, multi-jurisdictional law enforcement response within their communities. TPD asked CNA to analyze this event, with a focus on implementing ICS and incorporating community policing. The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) supported this analysis with specific interest in the role community partnerships played. Conducting afteraction analyses by independent observers and making results widely available to other law enforcement agencies also allows for a reassessment of strategies, policies, and procedures, which can further lead to enhanced officer safety and the prevention of lives lost. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2011. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Tampa%20Bay%20Manhunt%20After%20Action%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 122786

Author: Whiteneck, Daniel Title: The Navy at a Tipping Point: Maritime Dominance at Stake? Summary: For the past 60 years, since roughly the outbreak of the Korean War and the U.S. response to that war, the Navy has had a consistent strategy for the structure, deployment, and posturing of the fleet. American maritime dominance has been based on forces that were deployed forward and always ready to respond quickly to emerging situations in areas of vital interest to American foreign policy. Because of the perceived need to be able to respond at the highest levels of warfare throughout the Cold War, those forces were built, trained, and equipped to be “combat credible” against capable challengers. “Combat credible” meant the ability to project power against advanced air defenses, conduct and enable littoral/amphibious operations in opposed environments, and establish blue-water dominance against highly capable surface, sub-surface, and air threats. In the post-Cold War environment, and since 9/11, evidence illustrates that the demand signal for naval forces has not waned. In fact, the Navy continues to be tasked with a range of operations, from disaster response to peacetime engagement and shows of force, and from counter-piracy and maritime interdiction to participation in major combat operations by TACAIR and other power-projection forces. This demand signal did not go down during the 1990s (“reaping the peace dividend”) as the Navy took on persistent operations in the Balkans, the Caribbean, and the Arabian Gulf after Desert Storm, continued its role in Asia, and expanded its peacetime engagement as COCOMs increased “shaping” activities. After 9/11, the Navy shed its role in the Balkans and the Caribbean but increased its homeland defense role and its ballistic missile defense missions, and it has played a major part in strike operations for OIF and OEF for the past decade. The Navy also picked up significant roles in humanitarian assistance, maritime partnership building, littoral combat, and special operational forces (SOF), and routinely had over 10,000 sailors ashore in CENTCOM to support operations there. If the Navy hoped that reductions in the demand signal would give it breathing room to reset the force and invest in platforms and assets at the expense of operations, its hopes have proved to be false. The Navy battle force has shrunk by 20 percent in the last decade, while the number of ships on deployment has remained relatively steady. In a period of constant demand, resources to meet those demands, pay for needed future structure, and meet growing demands for spending on people and health care have shrunk. They will not grow in the future. There is a gap that must be addressed. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/The%20Navy%20at%20a%20Tipping%20Point%20D0022262.A3.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 122787

Author: Beliski, Matthew Title: State Criminal History Records Improvement: Arizona Felony Case Processing Summary: In 2009, the Arizona Statistical Analysis Center (AZSAC) of the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) received a grant award1 from the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) through the Justice Research & Statistics Association (JRSA) to investigate, collect, and analyze data available throughout Arizona related to felony case processing. Per the original grant proposal and subsequent project meetings, each state grant recipient is expected to give special attention to the data readily available within each state’s criminal history record repository. Project analysts are also encouraged to utilize data from other sources in order to meet the project requirements. In order to better understand the felony case processing data supplied in this report, it is important to briefly review the structure of Arizona’s criminal history record repository. The Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) is the state repository for all arrest and disposition criminal history record information collected across all criminal justice state agencies. Housed at the Arizona Department of Public Safety (AZDPS), the ACCH repository is an electronic warehouse of criminal justice information for all felony, DUI, aggravated domestic violence, and sexual offenses, pursuant to Arizona Revised Statute §41-1750. Although these are the mandatory ACCH offenses, other offenses are voluntarily deposited in the ACCH repository as well. The ACCH is initially populated by information collected at the time of arrest. An arrest entry does not process without fingerprints being taken; thus, any citation arrest (i.e. cite and release for DUI, etc.) requires that the alleged offender submit to fingerprinting at a later date. Once the prosecutor or the court disposes a case, the data from the final disposition is linked to the arrest data already in the ACCH. If for any reason an arrest leading to fingerprinting has not taken place, the subsequent disposition data will not be entered into the repository, and AZDPS renders the disposition back to the disposition agency for follow-up with law enforcement. Originating disposition agencies also have the ability to amend their dispositions, and as a result, override the disposition data previously available through the original disposition. The felony case processing project is the latest installment in a number of AZSAC projects employing the use of ACCH data provided by the AZDPS. AZSAC staff received multiple ACCH extracts to assess the timeliness, completeness, and overall quality of criminal history records throughout the state. The AZSAC published several reports and fact sheets addressing the quality of state criminal history records, and staff continues to work directly with the Access Integrity Unit at the AZDPS to provide valuable records quality data and information to the records auditors. In the past, AZSAC staff requested additional data extracts to investigate sexual offender recidivism as well as to enhance existing data for the 2004 Arizona Homicide Study. In collaboration with researchers at Arizona State University, AZSAC staff merged data from the Arizona Department of Corrections with ACCH data from the AZDPS to conduct rearrest and reconviction recidivism analyses of sexual offenders released from the Arizona correctional system in 2001. A comprehensive sexual offender recidivism report was published in 2009 and is available on the ACJC web site. Staff at AZDPS recently provided the AZSAC with available criminal history record data for all offenders and victims of homicide in 2004. AZSAC staff continued to work with the data for a later supplement to the report, titled “Homicide in Arizona, 2004.” Finally, Arizona Revised Statute §41-2406 mandates that the ACJC use criminal history record data to examine the reporting of sexual assault throughout Arizona. AZSAC staff established a data sharing agreement with the AZDPS to provide AZSAC with the appropriate annual extract for this reporting requirement. Staff at the ACJC has since institutionalized this report on an annual basis, and continuing improvements to the report add to the report’s value to stakeholders. As a result of the annual data agreement with the AZDPS, the AZSAC requested a full “snapshot” of ACCH arrest and disposition data for the previous 10 years back in January 2009. Because of the relative proximity of the data request to the BJS/JRSA request for proposals, AZSAC staff proceeded with a proposal to investigate and analyze ACCH data as it pertains to felony case processing from the initial arrest through the sentencing/appeals process. More definitively, the felony case processing project assists the AZSAC in joining with the BJS and the JRSA to accomplish the following initiatives: 1) Exploring the feasibility of utilizing statistical analysis centers to provide criminal history data and analyses to produce national studies of felony case processing; 2) Analyze felony case processing in Arizona; and 3) Continue our identification and reporting of critical data quality issues in Arizona’s criminal history record repository. With these goals in mind, the AZSAC will provide equal emphasis on the methodology of the felony case processing project as on the data results within the report. In addition to the following project report, the BJS and the JRSA are requesting the dataset containing all individuals indicted for a felony in 2006 as a project deliverable. After the initial project meeting in Washington, D.C., both BJS and JRSA project officials provided the state grantees with a codebook of variables to be included in the project dataset. The codebook of variables is modeled after the data elements captured through the State Court Processing Statistics (SCPS) program and the National Judicial Reporting Program (NJRP). After discussions in July among project officials and grantees regarding the lack of available indictment data, all parties agreed that the dataset should consist of all felony offenders (both arrested for a felony and/or later accused of a felony offense) who were subsequently arrested in 2006. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Report, 2010. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2010_Felony_Processing_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 122793

Author: Friedman, Allan Title: Economic and Policy Frameworks for Cybersecurity Risks Summary: Congress and the Obama administration have advanced dozens of proposals addressing cybersecurity. While many of these bills propose admirable policies, they often attempt to address a wide range of issues under a poorly matched set of frameworks. This paper offers three observations built around a framework of risk management to help focus the discussion. First, we caution against conflating different threats simply because they all involve information technology. Crime, espionage and international conflict are very different threats, and grouping them together can lead to poorly framed solutions. Second, we argue that looking at cybersecurity from the perspective of economics can offer important insight into identifying important policy opportunities. Finally, we suggest a series of governance frameworks that can be used in a complementary fashion to address many of the issues discussed. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Technology Innovation, Brookings, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/rc/papers/2011/0721_cybersecurity_friedman/0721_cybersecurity_friedman.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122796

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: Second Annual Cost of Cyber Crime Study: Benchmark Study of U.S. Companies Summary: Sponsored by ArcSight, an HP company, this report presents the findings of the Second Annual Cost of Cyber Crime Study. This year’s study is based on a representative sample of 50 organizations in various industry sectors. While our research focused on organizations located in the United States, many are multinational corporations. For consistency purposes, our benchmark sample consists of only larger-sized organizations (i.e., more than 700 enterprise seats). Despite widespread awareness of the impact of cybercrime, cyber attacks continue to occur frequently and result in serious financial consequences for businesses and government institutions. Key takeaways from this report include:  Cyber crimes can do serious harm to an organization’s bottom line. We found that the median annualized cost of cyber crime for 50 organizations in our study is $5.9 million per year, with a range of $1.5 million to $36.5 million each year per company. This represents an increase in median cost of 56 percent from our first cyber cost study published last year.  Cyber attacks have become common occurrences. The companies in our study experienced 72 successful attacks per week and more than one successful attack per company per week. This represents an increase of 44 percent from last year’s successful attack experience.  The most costly cyber crimes are those caused by malicious code, denial of service, stolen devices and web-based attacks. Mitigation of such attacks requires enabling technologies such as SIEM and enterprise governance, risk management and compliance (GRC) solutions. Similar to last year, the purpose of this benchmark research is to quantify the economic impact of cyber attacks and observe cost trends over time. We believe a better understanding of the cost of cyber crime will assist organizations in determining the appropriate amount of investment and resources needed to prevent or mitigate the devastating consequences of an attack. Cyber attacks generally refer to criminal activity conducted via the Internet. These attacks can include stealing an organization’s intellectual property, confiscating online bank accounts, creating and distributing viruses on other computers, posting confidential business information on the Internet and disrupting a country’s critical national infrastructure. Recent well-publicized cyber attacks – for instance, Wikileaks, Epsilion, Sony, Citibank, Boeing, Google, and RSA – have affected private and public sector organizations. As described above, our goal is to be able to quantify with as much accuracy as possible the costs incurred by organizations when they have a cyber attack. In our experience, a traditional survey approach would not capture the necessary details required to extrapolate cyber crime costs. Therefore, we decided to pursue field-based research that involved interviewing senior-level personnel and collecting details about actual cyber crime incidents. Approximately nine months of effort was required to recruit companies, build an activity-based cost model, collect source information and analyze results. This research culminated with the completion of case studies involving 50 organizations. The focus of our project was the direct, indirect and opportunity costs that resulted from the loss or theft of information, disruption to business operations, revenue loss and destruction of property, plant and equipment. In addition to external consequences of the cyber crime, the analysis attempted to capture the total cost spent on detection, investigation, containment, recovery and after-the-fact or “ex-post” response. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.arcsight.com/collateral/whitepapers/2011_Cost_of_Cyber_Crime_Study_August.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 122797

Author: Generation Five Title: Toward Transformative Justice: A Liberatory Approach to Child Sexual Abuse and other forms of Intimate and Community Violence. A Call to Action for the Left and the Sexual and Domestic Violence Sectors Summary: This paper offers a substantive discussion on the liberatory politic of Transformative Justice. Transformative Justice, as defined in this paper, is premised on the idea that individual justice and collective liberation are equally important, mutually supportive, and fundamentally intertwined — the achievement of one is impossible without the achievement of the other. We believe that Transformative Justice presents us with a politic and model to heal the trauma of past violence, reduce the level of violence we experience, and mobilize masses of people. Transformative Justice is a response to the State’s inability to provide justice on either individual or collective levels. Therefore, in this paper, we propose a model that responds to experiences of violence without relying on current State systems. We believe this to be a liberating politic that creates opportunities for healing and transformation rather than retribution and punishment. Transformative Justice moves us toward equity and liberation rather than maintaining the inequality that the current State and systems maintain. The development of the Transformative Justice model is rooted in Generation FIVE’s substantive work on the personal and the political realities of child sexual abuse. One of the most intimate, stigmatized, and demonized forms of violence, child sexual abuse continues to be pervasive and persistent across nations, ‘race’, class, religions, and cultures. For a variety of reasons, including the State’s inability to create solutions that families and communities will use, people rarely report child sexual abuse. When they do report, they do not get the justice, safety, or change they seek. In addition to the State’s inability to address the needs of those who have been sexually abused, future violence is not prevented due to the lack of opportunities for transformation of individuals, relationships, families, or communities. As a result of this and the lack of viable alternatives, rates of child sexual abuse remain epidemic. This paper focuses on ways to secure both individual and social justice in cases of child sexual abuse. We assert that Transformative Justice is a way not only to address incidents of abuse but also to prevent further abuse by working on the social conditions that perpetuate and are perpetuated by child sexual abuse. Transformative Justice is also about building the capacity of individuals and collectives to address larger conditions of inequality and injustice as well as to challenge State violence. Section One explains Transformative Justice and argues the need for liberatory approaches to violence, in particular child sexual abuse. This section speaks to the urgency of addressing child sexual abuse as part of our liberation struggles, both as a specific form of violence that reflects and perpetuates multiple forms of oppression and as one that is exploited by the Right. A liberatory approach to child sexual abuse uniquely positions us to resist this exploitation. Section Two describes in detail the core principles of a Transformative Justice model. These include: liberation, shifting power, safety, accountability, collective action, honoring diversity and sustainability. Section Three proposes a set of practices to address child sexual abuse in a transformative way. Practices of Transformative Justice include: building a Collective, preparation and capacity building, naming and defining child sexual abuse, conducting assessment, developing a safety strategy, supporting healing and resilience, holding accountability, working for community transformation as well as strengthening collective resistance. The Conclusion offers next steps toward integrating Transformative Justice into intimate, activist and community networks, as well as mass-base and community organizations and the sexual and domestic violence sectors. Details: San Francisco: Generation Five, 2007. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.generationfive.org/downloads/G5_Toward_Transformative_Justice.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 122798

Author: Weisberg, Robert Title: Life in Limbo: An Examination of Parole Release for Prisoners Serving Life Sentences with the Possibility of Parole in California Summary: In recent years, California’s prison system has been under federal judicial control because of severe overcrowding, which partly results from the recycling of revoked inmates under parole supervision. The federal litigation has cast a sharp focus on the mandatory parole system created by the 1976 Determinate Sentencing Law and viewed as the legal mechanism by which this recycling has developed. But far too little attention has been given to the prison population serving life sentences with the possibility of parole under older indeterminate sentencing principles, a population that as of 2010 represents a fifth of California state prisoners. More than 32,000 inmates comprise the “lifer” category, i.e., inmates who are eligible to be considered for release from prison after screening by the parole board to determine when and under what condition. (This group of prisoners is distinct from the much smaller population of 4,000 individuals serving life sentences without the possibility of parole (LWOP)). The goal of this project is to examine in empirical detail (a) the lifer population, covering key details of its demographics, and (b) the processes by which lifers are considered for release, including an examination of historical trends in grant and denial rates, the recidivism record of released inmates, and legal and policy analysis of the specific mechanisms of the parolee hearing process. Despite the importance of the lifer population in terms of its size and the major legal and policy changes that have occurred to the parole process for lifers in the last several years, little research has yet been devoted to this topic. This is the first in a series of reports the Stanford Criminal Justice Center (SCJC) will be issuing on this topic. It describes the scope of the population of prisoners serving life sentences with the possibility of parole, as well as the process by which they are considered for release. It also includes initial analysis from our research examining Board of Parole Hearings transcripts the factors that might correlate with grant and denial decisions. Finally, this report identifies important research questions we are now pursuing. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://www.law.stanford.edu/display/images/dynamic/publications_pdf/SCJC%20Lifer%20Parole%20Release%20Sept%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 122807

Author: Snyder, Howard N. Title: Arrest in the United States, 1980-2009 Summary: This report presents new annual estimates of arrests in the United States covering the 30-year period from 1980 through 2009. Based on data collected by the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program, this bulletin expands the FBI’s set of published arrest estimates to include offense-specific arrest estimates for various demographic subgroups. The detailed breakdown of arrests and arrest trends describes the flow of individuals into the criminal justice system over a long time period. The estimates by type of offense reveal similarities and differences among demographic subgroups that may provide policymakers, researchers, the media, and the public a greater understanding of the underlying causes for the observed arrest trends. Highlights include the following: The U.S. murder arrest rate in 2009 was about half of what it was in the early 1980s. Over the 30-year period ending in 2009, the adult arrest rate for murder fell 57%, while the juvenile arrest rate fell 44%. From 1980 to 2009, the black forcible rape arrest rate declined 70%, while the white arrest rate fell 31%. Between 1980 and 2009, while the adult arrest rate for drug possession or use grew 138%, the juvenile arrest rate increased 33%. Similarly, from 1980 to 2009, the increase in the arrest rate for drug sale or manufacture was greater for adults (77%) than for juveniles (31%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=2203 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122810

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality Title: Characteristics of Probation and Parole Admissions Aged 18 or Older Summary: I n 2008, approximately 4.3 million adults were on probation and nearly 1 million adults were on parole in the United States. Many of the criminal offenses committed by these probationers and parolees were related to substance abuse. As a condition of their probation or parole, some offenders are required to participate in community-based substance abuse treatment programs. Data from the Treatment Episode Data Set (TEDS) for 2008 indicate that the criminal justice system is the single largest source of referral to substance abuse treatment. Further, probation/parole treatment admissions represent the largest proportion of these criminal justice system referrals. Understanding the characteristics of admissions referred by the probation/parole system to substance abuse treatment may help inform treatment providers and other public health professionals as they work with this population. This report uses data from the TEDS for 2008 to examine the characteristics of substance abuse treatment admissions referred to treatment by the probation or parole system (hereafter referred to as “probation or parole admissions”). TEDS includes a Minimum Data Set collected by all States and a Supplemental Data Set collected by some States. “Detailed criminal justice referral” is a Supplemental Data Set item that classifies known criminal justice system referrals into the following subtypes: courts, probation/parole, DUI/DWI, other recognized legal entity, diversion program, prison, or other. Only data for the 32 States with a response rate of 75 percent or higher on this item were used in this analysis. In those States, among admissions 18 or older for which detailed information on their criminal justice referrawas available, 42.8 percent (203,700) were referred to treatment by the probation or parole system in 2008. Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: TEDS Report: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://oas.samhsa.gov/2k11/231/231Parole2k11Web.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 122811

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Office ofApplied Studies Title: The NSDUH Report: Parents on Probation or Parole Summary: The past two decades have seen large increases in the numbers of adults involved in the criminal justice system, including those incarcerated, on probation, and on parole. Although the numbers of each of these groups increased substantially, the numbers of those on probation have increased at a much faster rate; yet, much less attention has been given to those on probation and to those on parole. Probationers and parolees often have an array of health problems, including substance use disorders. One subgroup of those on probation or parole that may be of particular concern, however, comprises parents with children under the age of 18. Although research on the substance use behaviors of incarcerated parents and their children is limited, there is even less information about the behaviors of parents on probation or parole. Gaining a better understanding of this population and its substance use problems may help to inform criminal justice personnel, family services personnel, educators, and policymakers about the needs of this population (both parents and children) and help them with service planning. The National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) asks respondents if, at any time during the past 12 months, they were (1) on probation or (2) on parole, supervised release, or other conditional release from prison. NSDUH also asks about use of alcohol and illicit drugs, as well as dependence or abuse. This issue of The NSDUH Report focuses on substance use and dependence or abuse among persons aged 18 or older who were living with at least one biological, step-, adoptive, or foster child aged 17 or younger. All findings in the report are annual averages based on combined 2005 to 2008 data. Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://oas.samhsa.gov/2k10/176/176ParentProbParolHTML.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parents Shelf Number: 122880

Author: Feucht, Thomas E. Title: Mental and Substance Use Disorders among Adult Men on Probation or Parole: Some Success against a Persistent Challenge Summary: This report presents data on mental and substance use disorders among adult males on correctional supervised release–parole or probation–from local, state and federal prisons and jails. It examines issues that have grown increasingly salient with the rising costs associated with managing the growing community- and facility-based criminal justice population. Methods. Data were drawn from two key sources: (1) the Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) data collected from probation and parole agencies for year-end reports, and (2) the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH). The NDSUH is an annual data set based on a national probability sample of the civilian noninstitutionalized population, conducted by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Changes over time in substance abuse and mental health measures among males aged 18 to 49 were studied by comparing 2009 estimates to estimates from each prior year (2002 to 2008). Estimates for probationers and parolees were compared with non-probationers and non-parolees based on several years of pooled NSDUH data. Results. The analysis reveals several significant findings. First, rates of substance dependence or abuse among probationers and parolees were found to be significantly lower than rates in prior years. Second, the percentage of parolees who reported receiving substance use treatment was significantly higher in 2009 than in 2005. Third, significantly lower percentages of probationers and parolees had an unmet need for substance use treatment in 2009 than in previous years. Overall, from 2002 to 2009, illegal drug use among people on probation and parole remained a persistent challenge, with rates of drug abuse and dependence remaining two to three times as high as rates among non-probationers and non- parolees. Similarly, rates of any mental illness, serious mental illness, serious psychological distress and depression during the past year were two to three times higher among probationers and parolees than among other respondents. The data also show a significant gap between need for treatment and the receipt of services. Probationers and parolees were more likely than others to have received some mental health services in the past year, but they were also more likely to report an unmet need for mental health services. In 2009, the percentages of probationers and parolees with mental disorders accessing services or reporting an unmet need for mental health services remained unchanged. Thus, while probationers and parolees report increasing access to substance use treatment and decreasing prevalence of substance abuse symptoms, important substance abuse/dependence and mental health problems persist. The mental health treatment gap among probationers and parolees has yet to be narrowed, let alone closed. These data have important implications for reducing the behavioral health treatment gap overall and for national efforts to improve effective community reentry for offenders with these disorders. Significant attention should be focused on the large numbers of adults on parole or probation who experience mental or substance use disorders, or both. Conclusions. The number of probationers and parolees with mental or substance use disorders whose treatment needs are not being met by community treatment and supportive services is significant. As a result, they are placed at greater risk for parole or probation failure leading to reincarceration. The findings suggest the ongoing need for broader implementation of effective treatment and reentry services for this high-risk, mostly nonviolent population, such as those provided under ongoing federal grant programs focused on reentering offenders. The ability to promote community reentry and reintegration for parolees and probationers with mental or substance use disorders requires a release plan that includes timely and readily accessible community-based treatment and appropriate support services. Details: Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://oas.samhsa.gov/2k11/NIJ_Data_Review/MentalDisorders.htm Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 122881

Author: Koh, Jennifer Lee Title: Deportation Without Due Process Summary: Over the past decade, the United States government has dramatically expanded its use of a program called “stipulated removal” that has allowed immigration officials to deport over 160,000 non-U.S. citizens without ever giving them their day in court. This report synthesizes information obtained from never-before-released U.S. government documents and data about stipulated removal that became available for analysis as a result of a lawsuit filed under the federal Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). According to the previously unreleased data, the federal government has used stipulated removal primarily on noncitizens in immigration detention who lack lawyers and are facing deportation due to minor immigration violations. These noncitizens were given a Hobson’s choice: Accept a stipulated removal order and agree to your deportation, or stay in immigration detention to fight your case. Many of these government records reveal that the stipulated removal program has been implemented across the U.S. at the expense of immigrants’ due process rights. Government records obtained through FOIA litigation suggest that government officials offering stipulated removal to immigrant detainees routinely provided them with inaccurate, misleading, and confusing information about the law and removal process. For example, government agents overemphasized the length of time detainees would spend in detention if they chose to fight their cases and see a judge, yet failed to tell detainees that they could secure release from detention on bond while fighting their cases, or that some might win the right to remain legally in the country. In addition, detainees often had no chance to understand the consequences of signing a stipulated removal order due to systemic language barriers and the lack of quality interpretation and translation that are known to plague many immigration detention facilities. The government documents reveal that immigration judges who sign off on stipulated removal orders have expressed serious concerns about whether the stipulated removal program comports with due process. In fact, some immigration judges have refused to sign stipulated removal orders without seeing detainees for brief, in-person hearings. These hearings at least provide immigration judges the opportunity to determine whether immigrant detainees in fact opted for stipulated removal on a voluntary, intelligent, and knowing basis — as required by the current internal rules governing stipulated removal. The government documents summarized in this report present a dismal picture of the stipulated removal program — a program that, until recently, has operated with little public scrutiny. In September 2010, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals shone a spotlight on the program when it issued its decision in United States v. Ramos, 623 F.3d 672 (9th Cir. 2010), a case addressing due process and regulatory violations inherent in the stipulated removal program. The documents analyzed for this report show that the Ramos case was not an aberration, but rather an example of the stipulated removal program’s systemic and pervasive shortcomings. In order to ensure that the stipulated removal program meets the minimum standards of due process and fairness, the federal government should implement the recommendations set forth in this report. These recommendations are geared towards ensuring that immigrants’ due process rights and the rule of law are respected in immigration detention facilities and immigration courts throughout the country. Details: Fullerton, CA: Western State University School of Law; Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School; Los Angeles: National Immigration Law Center, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: http://www.nilc.org/immlawpolicy/arrestdet/Deportation-Without-Due-Process-2011-09.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 122882

Author: Gambetta, Ricardo Title: Public Safety Programs in the Immigrant Community Summary: Police departments across the U.S. function using a framework of community policing and rely on trust and partnership between police and local residents, including those from the immigrant communities. Police need to remain aware of problems within the community, knowledge dependent on resident crime reporting and witness testifying. All residents, including immigrant populations, who are often more vulnerable to crime, need to feel secure in interacting with the police and coming to the department for help. Unfortunately, several barriers separate immigrant communities from local police departments, hindering relationship building and effective community policing. Miscommunication occurs due to language barriers and cultural differences over police customs, cultural norms or gender roles. Many immigrants also fear the police, either due to imported expectations from their home country or from deportation concerns and the confusion surrounding local law enforcements’ role in federal immigration enforcement. To overcome these barriers, several police departments across the country are implementing innovative programs to reach out and expand public safety to their local immigrant populations. Increased communication between police and immigrant communities improves policing and public safety for the entire community. To highlight these programs, NLC’s Municipal Action for Immigrant Integration program released its third report in the Municipal Innovations in Immigrant Integration Series: Public Safety Programs for the Immigrant Community. This new publication addresses cities’ role in immigrant public safety and is designed to give cities and towns a starting place to plan and improve their public safety outreach programs toward their local immigrant population. The report highlights good practices from 17 U.S police departments and includes recommendations for developing immigrant public safety programs in other communities. The 17 cities profiled in the report are: Brooklyn Center, Minn; Chelsea, Mass.; Dallas; Des Moines, Iowa; Fort Wayne, Ind.; Garden Grove, Calif.; New York; Norfolk, Va.; Portland, Ore.; Storm Lake, Iowa; Las Vegas; Lowell, Mass.; New Haven, Conn.; Newport News, Va.; St. Paul, Minn.; Washington, D.C.;. and Winston Salem, N.C. The report also features a more comprehensive case study of public safety activities in Indianapolis. Details: Washington, DC: National League of Cities, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2011 at: www.nlc.org Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 122887

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Examining Illinois Probationer Characteristics and Outcomes Summary: While most adults convicted of crimes in Illinois are sentenced to probation, little is known about the characteristics of these offenders, the conditions imposed as part of their probation terms, or their recidivism rates. In this report, researchers examined characteristics of adult probationers sentenced to probation in 2006 to develop a detailed snapshot of probationers in Illinois. This research can help guide probation departments’ policy and programming decisions. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2011. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Examining_IL_probationer_characteristics_and_outcomes_092011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122888

Author: Lombardo, Robert M. Title: Capital Punishment Reforms in Illinois: Comparing the Views of Police, Prosecutors, and Public Defenders Summary: Following a 2000 moratorium on executions, the Governor’s Commission on Capital Punishment was created to study the use of the death penalty in Illinois. As a result of this effort, comprehensive legislation was enacted to reform the Illinois death penalty system. The Illinois legislature also created a Capital Punishment Reform Study Committee (CPRSC) to gauge the implementation and impact of the reforms. Working with the CPRSC, the authors’ surveyed 413 Illinois police departments, 102 Illinois State’s Attorneys’ Offices, and all 99 Public Defender’s Offices in an effort to determine the extent to which criminal justice agencies have implemented the requirements of the capital punishment reform legislation, and whether there were any significant barriers to the implementation of the legislative requirements. This paper reports the results of this inquiry, and enumerates a number of areas were additional effort is needed. Details: Chicago: Loyola University, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://works.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=robert_lombardo&sei-redir=1#search=%22capital%20punishment%20reforms%20illinois%20lombardo%22 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Illinois) Shelf Number: 122889

Author: Wells, Gary L. Title: A Test of the Simultaneous vs. Sequential Lineup Methods: An Initial Report of the AJS National Eyewitness Identification Field Studies Summary: The significant role that mistaken eyewitness identifications have played in convictions of the innocent has led to a strong interest in finding ways to reduce eyewitness identification errors. Psychological scientists have been conducting laboratory studies on this problem for over 30 years and have proposed a number of possible reforms to the procedures used in conducting lineups. Most of the proposed reforms, including the critical requirement of double-blind administration (the administrator does not know the identity of the suspect), have not been considered controversial in principle and many jurisdictions across the United States have adopted them. The use of a double-blind (DB) sequential rather than a DB simultaneous lineup procedure, however, has engendered controversy, a controversy that has unnecessarily held back the adoption of non-controversial reforms in many jurisdictions. The sequential lineup shows lineup members to the witness one at a time and asks the witness to make a decision on each one before showing the next one, whereas the traditional simultaneous lineup shows the witness all lineup members at once. Controlled laboratory experiments consistently show that the DB sequential procedure results in a substantial reduction of mistaken identifications and a much smaller reduction in accurate identifications. Overall, the DB sequential lineup produces a better ratio of accurate identifications to mistaken identifications than the DB simultaneous procedure. Nevertheless, in May of 2006, a highly publicized field study in Illinois, directed by the Chicago Police Department not only called into question the sequential/simultaneous laboratory findings but raised concerns as to whether eyewitnesses in controlled experiments were a good approximation for actual eyewitnesses to serious crimes, a large share of which are victim-witnesses. Specifically, the Illinois study showed that the status quo method produced higher suspect identification rates and lower filler picks than did DB sequential lineups in two of the three cities that were tested. Lineup fillers are not suspects but instead are in the lineup to “fill it out” and create a fair procedure for the suspect. In a field experiment, the identification of fillers is the only witness response that can be definitively classified as an error. The Illinois study was quickly rejected by scientists for several reasons. Principal among the reasons were (a) that this field study confounded the simultaneous/sequential variable with non-blind versus double-blind testing, (b) there was no random assignment of cases to lineup procedure and later evidence from the Evanston site indicated that the “tougher” cases (e.g., cross-race, longer delay from crime to lineup) were more likely to be assigned to the sequential than to the simultaneous procedure, and (c) some unknown number of filler identifications were not recorded for the simultaneous lineups. Consequently, in September of 2006, the American Judicature Society convened a gathering of eyewitness scientists, lawyers, prosecutors, and police in Greensboro, NC, who developed what has become known as the “Greensboro Protocol.” The Greensboro Protocol was a set of guidelines for how to conduct a field experiment to test the simultaneous versus sequential issue and gather as much reliable data as possible on witness and event variables (e.g., type of crime, presence of a weapon, cross-race event, viewing conditions, previous acquaintance with the culprit, sobriety of the witness), and the actual administration of the lineup itself (e.g., time between crime and lineup, quality of lineup, the witness’s responses and statement of certainty). There was general agreement that the field study should feature a direct comparison of DB sequential and DB simultaneous procedures, true random assignment (the “gold standard” in scientific experiments), and the use of laptop computers. The use of laptop computers for administering the lineup and recording the witnesses responses was believed to be an especially important tool for conducting eyewitness field experiments because it could: 1) Ensure procedures were administered according to protocol (e.g., voice and printed pre-lineup instructions presented in every instance in a uniform fashion); 2) Reliably record all responses of the witness (e.g., no selectivity in deciding whether to make a record of a filler identification or lack of an identification); 3) Permit all the photos in a lineup to be preserved as part of the electronic record and reviewed subsequently by judges, juries, and scientists; 4) Randomly assign witnesses to conditions (e.g., whether a sequential or simultaneous procedure would be used); 5) Randomly determine order of the photos within each lineup; 6) Precisely record how long it took a witness to make an identification; 7) Require police officers to record systematically witness and event variables before the identification procedure was conducted; 8) Facilitate secure and contemporaneous recording of eyewitness data into the electronic information platforms of police departments; and 9) Enhance the confidence of prosecutors, judges, juries, and defense counsel that the eyewitness procedures were conducted fairly and in accordance with best practices. In short, there was an expectation that the design of this field study and the use of the laptop computers could produce a data set of unprecedented depth and detail beyond the sequential/simultaneous question. Details: Des Moines, IA: American Judicature Society, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.ajs.org/wc/pdfs/EWID_PrintFriendly.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 122890

Author: Haskins, Anna R. Title: The Unintended Consequences of Mass Imprisonment: Effects of Paternal Incarceration on Child School Readiness Summary: Though sociologists have examined the consequences of mass imprisonment of African-American men on the incarcerated men, their families, and their communities, no study has considered its impact on racial disparities in educational achievement. Analyzing the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study and its rich paternal incarceration data, this study asks whether children with fathers who have been in prison are less prepared for school both academically and behaviorally as a result, and whether racial disparities in imprisonment explain some of the gap in white and black children‘s educational outcomes. Using a variety of estimation strategies, I show that experiencing paternal incarceration by age 5 is associated with lower child school readiness in behavioral but not cognitive skills. While the main effect of incarceration does not vary by race, boys with incarcerated fathers in their early childhood years have substantially worse behavioral skills at school entry. Because of the negative effects of incarceration on boys‘ behavioral skills and the much higher exposure of black children to incarceration, mass incarceration facilitates the intergenerational transmission of male behavioral disadvantage, and plays a role in explaining the persistently low achievement of black boys. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin-Madison Department of Sociology, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: 11-18-FF; Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP11-18-FF.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122892

Author: Hairston, Creasie Finney Title: Focus on Children with Incarcerated Parents: An Overview of the Research Literature Summary: What is it like to grow up with a parent in prison? What are the immediate and long-term effects of parental incarceration on children? How can we best serve the needs of these children and ensure that they receive the support they need to thrive under challenging circumstances? These are questions that still need to be answered. Research that focuses on children whose parents are incarcerated has been quite limited, despite the growing numbers of children who are affected by the imprisonment of their mother or father. Over 1.5 million children in the United States have a parent who is in prison. Several million more have grown up with a parent in prison during some part of their formative years. The children of incarcerated parents have long been an almost invisible population, but in recent years, they have begun to receive attention from public policymakers, traditional social service providers and academic researchers. Some, concerned about the rapidly growing correctional population of more than two million people, fear that these children are at a higher risk to become incarcerated themselves as adults. Others are motivated by a desire to better understand and promote the well-being of children living in challenging life circumstances. As government and foundations begin to support research and expand the development of programs and services for incarcerated parents and their children, it is an opportune time to review the research and resources that exist around this complex issue. Focus on Children with Incarcerated Parents provides an overview of major research findings concerning children whose parents are incarcerated. The report is intended to serve as a foundation for this developing area of service and 2. Sabol, Minton,& Harrison, 2007 inquiry, and its focus is on the children themselves. Although imprisonment is a global issue, and similar situations and concerns may affect other countries, Focus on Children with Incarcerated Parents is confined primarily to studies about prisoners and their children in the United States. This overview is based primarily on research published during the last 20 years, though some earlier works are included. It also draws on several years of consultation on programs and research involving prisoners and their families. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2007. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Topics/Special%20Interest%20Areas/Incarceration%20and%20Reentry/FocusonChildrenwithIncarceratedParentsAnOverv/HAIRSTON.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 122893

Author: Hairston, Creasie Finney Title: Kinship Care When Parents Are Incarcerated: What We Know, What We Can Do Summary: When a parent is incarcerated, it affects their children, their extended family and the greater community. Family members who step in to care for the children during the parent’s absence face many obstacles. As well as practical considerations, such as domestic arrangements and financial issues, families must also meet the demands of the child welfare and criminal justice systems, and cope with the effects of social, community and institutional stigma. Many families are also dealing with issues such as poverty, and physical and mental illness. There are even greater stressors for the Native American and Latino populations that are over-represented in our prisons. Kinship arrangements made among these populations can be especially problematic, as parents may be incarcerated in prisons located far from reservation lands, isolated further by language barriers and burdened with fears that the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) may remove their children from kinship care. Developing a better understanding of existing forms of kinship care for children of parents who are incarcerated is becoming increasingly central to our ability to address important social issues in the United States. Concerns about intergenerational crime and incarceration, significant increases in the number of women going to prison, and high concentrations of arrests in poor, inner city neighborhoods of color have directed considerable attention to the support and care of prisoners’ children. Kinship Care When Parents are Incarcerated examines the involvement of the child welfare system in children’s care and protection when parents are incarcerated, with a focus on kinship care. Kinship care is defined as care in which relatives other than a child’s parent assume parenting responsibilities for the child. It is a common care arrangement for children of incarcerated parents. There are three main forms of kinship care. Formal kinship care, also called relative foster care, refers to care provided by relatives when children are under the custody of the child welfare system. Voluntary kinship care typically refers to care provided by relatives when children are involved in the child welfare system, but not under the state custody. Private kinship care refers to private arrangements that families make without child welfare system involvement. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2009. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Topics/Child%20Welfare%20Permanence/Foster%20Care/KinshipCareWhenParentsAreIncarceratedWhatWeKn/10147801_Kinship_Paper06a%203.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Agencies Shelf Number: 122894

Author: Bouchet, Stacey M. Title: Children and Families With Incarcerated Parents: Exploring Development in the Field and Opportunities for Growth Summary: Children and families with incarcerated parents not only face the trauma of loss, but also a range of economic and social conditions that result from incarceration. Concerned about the vulnerability of this population, the Annie E. Casey Foundation began an exploration of the nature and scope of this issue and the gaps that need to be filled. This report provides a summary of the Foundation’s findings, a listing of the Foundation’s recent investments in this area, and synthesizes the learnings into potential opportunities for the field at large. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Topics/Child%20Welfare%20Permanence/Foster%20Care/KinshipCareWhenParentsAreIncarceratedWhatWeKn/10147801_Kinship_Paper06a%203.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122895

Author: National Lawyers Guild. Immigration Court Observation Project Title: Fundamental Fairness: A Report on the Due Process Crisis in New York City Immigration Courts Summary: This report is a summary of 414 immigration hearings observed by New York City law students in New York City’s Immigration Courts from October 2009 through November 2010. Although numerous sources have documented inadequacies of the United States’ immigration laws and Immigration Court system, this report provides a unique perspective on the difficulties experienced by the individuals and communities affected by the Immigration Court system in New York City. It concludes with recommendations to ameliorate the identified problems. Chapter I shows the diversity of the immigrant population in New York City and the human impact that deportations have on immigrant families and immigrant communities. Many immigrants observed in removal proceedings have lived in the United States for decades, and were placed in proceedings notwithstanding their deep roots in, and familial connections to, this country. Chapter II turns to three elements of the due process crisis faced by immigrants in removal proceedings: (A) detention, (B) problematic courtroom procedures, and (C) inadequate access to representation and, when represented, to competent counsel. Each issue is addressed with anecdotes demonstrating the harsh reality faced by immigrants in New York City’s Immigration Courts. Harrowing stories of detained immigrants lacking adequate medical care and incompetent attorneys prolonging immigrants’ detention or improperly expediting immigrants’ removal, show the deep-seated faults in the system. Chapter III outlines an emerging and pressing issue in Immigration Court: the lack of protection provided to individuals with mental disabilities. ICOP chose to highlight its observations of proceedings involving individuals with mental disabilities because they demonstrate the urgent need for additional procedural and substantive safeguards for all immigrants in removal proceedings. The substance of the report concludes with proposed recommendations that address the due process issues documented through ICOP’s observations. These include: A. Reforming the detention system by ensuring meaningful review of liberty deprivation, and minimizing the impact of detention on a respondent’s immigration case. B. Addressing lapses in courtroom procedural fairness by ensuring language access and promoting transparency and professionalism in the courtroom. C. Firmly establishing a respondent’s right to counsel, and promoting and enforcing adequate representation. Finally, the appendix of the report includes direction on how to implement an observation project in your city and a glossary of pertinent terms. Details: New York: National Lawyers Guild, Immigration Court Observation Project, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://nycicop.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/icop-report-5-10-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 122896

Author: Branche, Afton Title: The Cost of Failure: The Burden of Immigration Enforcement in America's Cities Summary: Faced with gaping budget shortfalls, communities across America are struggling to preserve core public services. Yet amidst cutbacks to education, street repairs, and even fire protection, one growing burden on our cities has gone largely unexamined: the local costs of enforcing the nation’s federal immigration laws. This paper explores the fiscal, administrative, public safety and civic costs that cities incur as they assume increased responsibility for immigration enforcement. We find that while the vast majority of Americans believe that the nation’s immigration system needs to be reformed, the current laws are being enforced more rigorously than ever – and our fiscally strapped cities are bearing too much of the cost. Drawing on the latest research in cities around the country, we examine three federal-local partnership programs that leverage urban communities and their resources in service of federal immigration enforcement goals—287(g), Secure Communities and the Criminal Alien Program. We find that these programs impose high costs on city budgets and local economies, prove counterproductive to protecting public safety, and draw support from a misguided understanding of the relationship between immigration and crime. KEY FINDINGS Local immigration enforcement is costly for city budgets and local economies. One joint federal-local enforcement program, 287(g), costs many local governments more than a million dollars in unreimbursed costs a year. Mecklenburg County, NC, spent an estimated $5.3 million to set up and operate the 287(g) program in its first year. According to the Government Accountability Office, 62 percent of local law enforcement agencies that participate in 287(g) receive no federal reimbursement for any costs associated with the program. The federal government reimburses cities for less than a quarter of city and county costs for jailing immigrants who have committed crimes, an expense incurred under all the federal-local enforcement programs. Immigrants produce 20 percent of the economic output in the nation’s largest metropolitan areas, according to the Fiscal Policy Institute. When immigration enforcement programs succeed in pushing local immigrant populations underground, local economies suffer: businesses close, jobs and tax revenue are lost. Local immigration enforcement is counterproductive to public safety. Enforcing civil immigration law diverts police time and resources away from criminal matters. In one extreme case, when Maricopa County, AZ began immigration enforcement, local deputies arrived late two-thirds of the time to the most serious emergency 911 calls. County detectives’ arrest rates for criminal investigations plummeted. Local immigration enforcement undermines police-community relationships in immigrant communities, deterring crime reporting. In Salt Lake City, UT, experts found that one in three city residents are unwilling to report drug-related crimes when local law enforcement has the power to detain based on immigration status. The growth of Secure Communities, a mandatory program for local governments, undermines successful community policing strategies including policies in which local authorities agree not to inquire about the immigration status of crime victims and suspects. Local immigration enforcement is misguided as a crime control strategy. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) reportedly aims to target non-citizens who have committed serious crimes. Yet 57 percent of immigrants identified by the Criminal Alien Program and 65 percent of those identified by 287(g) in FY 2009 were never convicted of a crime. Since October 2008, Secure Communities has transferred over 52,000 non-criminal immigrants to ICE custody. Among the immigrants detained by local law enforcement who were convicted of crimes, many were charged with minor offenses. In Davidson County, TN, 75 percent of immigrants marked for deportation were picked up for traffic offenses. In Irving, TX, 98 percent of individuals held under immigration detainers were charged with misdemeanors. Proponents of local immigration enforcement make false connections between immigration and crime. According to decades of research, immigrants—including undocumented immigrants—don’t commit crimes at higher rates than U.S.-born residents. The majority of communities have low or declining crime rates when they sign local immigration enforcement agreements. The proliferation of local 287(g) agreements is more closely linked to the rapid growth of a region’s immigrant population (including legal residents as well as unauthorized immigrants) and to its ideological bent than it is to rates of violent or property crime. The consequences of immigration policy decisions made—or avoided—at the federal level manifest on the ground in cities, where millions of immigrants and their families have settled. Effective immigration enforcement in cities will ultimately require a comprehensive reform of our immigration policy, including a more flexible visa program to encourage legal entry and a path to legal residence and citizenship status for currently undocumented immigrants. Federal policies that provide for the legalization and integration of immigrants and their families will help address the challenges faced by new destination cities confronting rapid demographic change. Without these and other immigration reforms, our expanding local enforcement system will continue to burden our cities and sweep up hundreds of thousands of non-criminal immigrants who are supporting urban economies by living, working and raising families. Details: Washington, DC: Drum Major Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://www.drummajorinstitute.org/pdfs/DMI_Cost_of_Failure.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 122897

Author: Rengifo, Andres F. Title: Context and Impact of Organizational Changes in State Corrections Agencies: A Study of Local Discourses and Practices in Kansas and Michigan Summary: Over the past five years, the states of Kansas and Michigan engaged in a comprehensive re-examination of their correctional systems, aiming for a better allocation of resources and more effective interventions to reintegrate offenders into the community. In Kansas, this process was largely known as the Kansas Offender Risk Reduction and Reentry Program (KOR3P); in Michigan, a similar set of reforms was developed as the Michigan Prisoner Reentry Initiative (MPRI). While research has documented the nature of such large-scale institutional reorganizations in corrections (Austin & Fabelo, 2004; Jacobson, 2005), little is known about the specific contexts in which corrections reforms are planned and executed (for exceptions see Zimring, Hawkins & Kamin, 2001; Clarkson & Morgan, 1995). In some jurisdictions, initiatives have been primarily motivated by state-wide efforts to reduce public spending. In other jurisdictions, reforms have emerged from within corrections through more substantive collaborations between corrections managers, staff, and key external partners—governors’ offices, legislatures, and agencies of technical assistance. The knowledge of "what works" in the process of planning, implementing, and executing of these system-wide reforms — as well as their challenges and pitfalls — has traditionally been limited to those directly involved in specific initiatives. From a broader perspective, it remains unclear to what extent the form and content of reform efforts are sensitive to the local social and institutional contexts in which corrections managers and staff operate. Such context may alter the structure of reforms, depending on levels of commitment and interest of key decision-makers. Local contexts can also alter the content of reforms via challenges in the implementation and execution of strategic programs. More generally, the sustainability and integrity of reforms depends on the relative availability of a wide range of internal and external resources – including leadership, technology, financial resources, and political and social support – that vary significantly across jurisdictions. This project documents the dynamics and context of organizational change within the Departments of Corrections (DOCs) of Kansas and Michigan, focusing on how these internal and external factors shaped the recent reforms. We conceptualize these two jurisdictions as laboratories of corrections policy innovation in which measures to control prison populations and enhance service delivery were implemented despite challenging institutional and social environments. As such, our study seeks to provide an empirical foundation for the development of more general propositions regarding the relationship between effective processes of organizational change within corrections and the social context in which these changes are implemented. Documenting the source, content, rationale, and context of these changes is important for disseminating policy innovations and expanding the existing framework for understanding corrections reform. The present report is divided into four chapters. Chapter 1 provides a brief history of corrections policy in Kansas and Michigan since the early 1980s. Chapter 2 examines the immediate context, and process of design and planning of the KOR3P and the MPRI in the early 2000s. Chapter 3 documents the process of implementation of these and other reforms guided by Evidence-Based Practices (EBP), including the realignment of internal processes as well as the overhauling of inter-institutional relations and community outreach. Chapter 4 then briefly examines the continuing internal and external challenges confronting KOR3P and MPRI. It discusses the impact of changing resource levels, staff resistance and fatigue, and evolving goals of other stakeholders on the sustainability of reforms. The last section of the report provides several recommendations for sustaining reform efforts in both Kansas and Michigan and other states. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2010. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025241.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 122898

Author: Manski, Charles Title: Deterrence and the Death Penalty: Partial Identification Analysis Using Repeated Cross Sections Summary: Researchers have long used repeated cross sectional observations of homicide rates and sanctions to examine the deterrent effect of the adoption and implementation of death penalty statutes. The empirical literature, however, has failed to achieve consensus. A fundamental problem is that the outcomes of counterfactual policies are not observable. Hence, the data alone cannot identify the deterrent effect of capital punishment. How then should research proceed? It is tempting to impose assumptions strong enough to yield a definitive finding, but strong assumptions may be inaccurate and yield flawed conclusions. Instead, we study the identifying power of relatively weak assumptions restricting variation in treatment response across places and time. The results are findings of partial identification that bound the deterrent effect of capital punishment. By successively adding stronger identifying assumptions, we seek to make transparent how assumptions shape inference. We perform empirical analysis using state-level data in the United States in 1975 and 1977. Under the weakest restrictions, there is substantial ambiguity: we cannot rule out the possibility that having a death penalty statute substantially increases or decreases homicide. This ambiguity is reduced when we impose stronger assumptions, but inferences are sensitive to the maintained restrictions. Combining the data with some assumptions implies that the death penalty increases homicide, but other assumptions imply that the death penalty deters it. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 17455: Accessed September 26, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17455 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 122900

Author: Jacobson, Mireille Title: Regulating Medical Marijuana Dispensaries: An Overview with Preliminary Evidence of Their Impact on Crime Summary: Sixteen states and the District of Columbia have passed laws that allow certain individuals to use marijuana for medical purposes. This report provides an overview of state medical marijuana laws and preliminary findings on the relationship between medical marijuana dispensaries and local crime, based on results from an ongoing analysis in the City of Los Angeles. The authors analyzed data for the ten days prior to and ten days following the June 7, 2010, closure of over 70 percent of the 638 dispensaries then in operation. Crime reports within a few blocks around closed dispensaries were compared with crime reports near those that remained open. The authors found that crime increased in the vicinity of closed dispensaries relative to the vicinity around dispensaries allowed to remain open. The effects are concentrated on crimes, such as breaking and entering and assault, which may be particularly sensitive to the presence of security. Hypotheses for what might drive these results include the loss of on-site security and surveillance, a reduction in foot traffic, a resurgence in outdoor drug activity, or a change in police efforts. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2011/RAND_TR987.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 122906

Author: Schwartz, Martin D. Title: National Institute of Justice Visiting Fellowship: Police Investigation of Rape-Roadblocks and Solutions Summary: This project began as a qualitative investigation into the views of sexual assault detectives. However, in consultation with NIJ Managers, the decision was made to add a quantitative component. Since these two parts are related, but are comprised of vastly different data gathering and analysis schemes, so too this report will be similarly split. The first part of this report covers what was designed to be an exploratory study to explore the attitudes and experiences of active and experienced police rape investigators. The second half of the study, a pencil and paper study of active duty patrol officers (as opposed to investigators), will be reported in the second section of this report. An important supposition behind this study has been that despite an enormous literature on police investigation of sexual assault, very little of this prior study involved speaking to police officers themselves. In particular, part one of the study was designed to ask police detectives what they perceived as their frustrations, roadblocks, or obstacles to successfully completing a rape investigation, and then as a follow-up to ask these same officers what they have been able to successfully do in order to bypass these roadblocks or obstacles. In these qualitative interviews a variety of subtopics was drawn from the literature to be investigated. In some cases these subtopics were ones commonly represented in the literature as problems often faced by police. In other cases, informants, women’s groups, and the various published stories of rape survivors suggested other topics that traditionally have not been discussed extensively in the police literature. Finally, some attempt was made to discuss frustrations or roadblocks that officers might have within their own organizations, with other organizations (e.g., the district attorney’s office) that might hinder successful prosecution of cases, from their point of view. In the report below, the basic literature that led to the various questions and topics will be reviewed. After this, the literature in each of the subtopics will be introduced, and the findings of this study will be explained in that area. The most important findings will appear toward the end, in dealing with false reports. Finally, a first attempt at recommendations that come out of this study will be made. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232667.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 122908

Author: Neumann, Peter Title: Preventing Violent Radicalization in America Summary: In December 2010, Attorney General Eric Holder told journalists that the terrorist threat had changed from “foreigners coming here to… people in the United States, American citizens.” A number of independent studies have confirmed this assessment. One of the most recent – published by the New America Foundation and Syracuse University – showed that “nearly half” of the 175 cases of al Qaeda-related homegrown terrorism since September 11, 2001 occurred in 2009 and 2010. The threat is sufficiently serious to ask whether the U.S. government is fully prepared to confront this new challenge. “Hard” counterterrorism efforts – both at home and abroad – have become sophisticated and successful, yet there still is no domestic equivalent of the State Department’s “Countering Violent Extremism” policy seeking to prevent young Americans from being radicalized at home. Last September’s report by the Bipartisan Policy Center’s (BPC) National Security Preparedness Group, Assessing the Terrorist Threat, concluded that the lack of a coherent approach towards domestic counter-radicalization has left America “vulnerable to a threat that is not only diversifying, but arguably intensifying.” The purpose of this report is to provide guidance on ongoing efforts aimed at developing such an approach. Details: Washington, DC: Bipartisan Policy Center, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.bipartisanpolicy.org/sites/default/files/NSPG.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 122909

Author: Cataldo, Kerry Title: Evaluation of the Colorado Integrated System of Care Family Advocacy Demonstration Programs for Mental Health Juvenile Justice Populations: Final Report Summary: Juveniles who suffer from mental illness or co-occurring disorders and their families often have trouble navigating the many systems involved in providing services. These systems include mental health, medical, substance abuse, developments disabilities, education, juvenile justice, child welfare, and others. One method of assisting this difficult process is to use family advocates who are committed to ensuring the best outcomes for juveniles with mental health or other co-occurring needs. In 2007, the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill (H.B.) 07-1057, establishing the creation of family advocacy demonstration programs for juveniles with mental health or co-occurring disorders who are in or at–risk of becoming involved with the juvenile justice system (see C.R.S. 26-22-101 to 106). H.B. 07-1057 also mandated that the Family Advocacy Demonstration Programs must serve urban, suburban, and rural populations. Staff from the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) and the Division of Behavioral Health (DBH) collaborated to develop the request for proposals for potential service agencies. The following were the selected family advocacy demonstration sites. • Urban: The Family Agency Collaboration (FAC) located in Denver. • Suburban: The Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health-Colorado Chapter is located in Jefferson County. • Rural: Pikes Peak Mental Health Center (PPMH) located in Teller County (terminated participation as of February 16, 2009). • Rural: Montrose County School District RE-1J located in Montrose (selected as replacement rural site on June 25, 2009). H.B. 07-1057 included a mandate (C.R.S. 26-22-105) for the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) to evaluate the family advocacy demonstration programs. The evaluation was to include analyzing system utilization outcomes, juvenile and family outcomes, family and juvenile satisfaction and assessment of family advocates, and process and leadership outcomes. Other outcomes may include the identification of the cost avoidance or cost savings, if any, achieved by the demonstration programs, the applicable outcomes achieved, transition services provided, and the service utilization time frames. The statute required the completion of two interim reports by January 15, 2009 and 2010, concluding with a final report due June 1, 2010. These interim reports, available at http://dcj.state.co.us/ors/research documents.htm, provide additional background and information on the study design and measures. Per the legislative mandate, the Division of Criminal Justice assessed service access and juvenile/family satisfaction among those who worked with an advocate. The evaluation of the family advocacy demonstration programs was focused on the program activities and clients who were admitted to and participated between January 1, 2008 and March 31, 2010. This evaluation was also mandated to include comparison groups relevant to each site. The comparison groups were comprised of juveniles and their families who did not receive family advocacy services and met similar site criteria during the same time period. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Department of Public Safety, Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Research and Statistics, 2010. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://dcj.state.co.us/ors/pdf/docs/rev-9-10-2010%20Family%20Advocacy%20Demonstration%20Project%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Family Interventions (Colorado) Shelf Number: 122910

Author: Lowry, Samantha S. Title: Using Public Surveillance Systems for Crime Control and Prevention: A Practical Guide for Law Enforcement and Their Municipal Partners Summary: This publication is designed to guide city administrators, law enforcement agencies, and their municipal partners in implementing and employing public surveillance systems in a manner that will have the greatest impact on public safety. It details the various aspects of a system that are integral in yielding a cost-beneficial impact on crime, including budgetary considerations, camera types and locations, how best to monitor cameras, and the role that video footage plays in investigations and prosecutions. It also highlights the most prominent lessons learned in an effort to guide city administrators and jurisdictions that are currently investing in cameras for public safety purposes, as well as to inform those that are contemplating doing so. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412402-Using-Public-Surveillance-Systems-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention-A-Practical-Guide.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 122911

Author: Service Employees International Union Title: Homeland Insecurity: How the Wackenhut Corporation Is Compromising America's Nuclear Security Summary: Despite the high level of public concern over homeland security, the single largest supplier of security officers to sensitive U.S. nuclear facilities is a private firm that has overseen frightening security lapses, presided over training cutbacks, and tolerated lax security measures at multiple nuclear sites throughout the United States. The firm? The Wackenhut Corporation, a subsidiary of the Denmark-based, multi-national private security conglomerate Group 4 Falck A/S. Wackenhut, the single largest supplier of private contract security officers to U.S. nuclear power plants and nuclear weapons facilities, provides security and other services at thirty nuclear power plants and seven U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) sites, including the U.S. Government’s principal nuclear weapons labs. While many of the individual nuclear security lapses and problems that have occurred under Wackenhut’s watch have been reported in the media or made available in public documents, there has not been, to date, a public focus on the fact that what many of these problem sites have in common is that Wackenhut provides their security. Furthermore, the U.S. Government or nuclear security watchdogs have not conducted or made public a comprehensive investigation to date into Wackenhut’s security practices at all its nuclear sites in the U.S. This report, “Homeland Insecurity: How The Wackenhut Corporation Is Compromising America’s Nuclear Security,” is the result of the first-ever comprehensive study of public documents, reports, news stories, and court filings related to nuclear security by America’s largest union of private security officers, SEIU (Service Employees International Union). The documents find the Wackenhut Corporation at the center of the swirling controversy over our nation’s nuclear security readiness and raise questions about the private firm’s fitness to provide adequate security at our nation’s most sensitive sites. Details: Washington, DC: SEIU International, 2004. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://seiu23.advocateoffice.com/vertical/Sites/%7B2FDAD06E-E7D3-4DE0-AEF2-0C787424C292%7D/uploads/%7B49FFC6A0-FECC-4DD5-A67B-20DEE438E2F3%7D.PDF Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122913

Author: Stambaugh, Hollis Title: Northern Illinois University Shooting: DeKalb, Illinois, February 14, 2008 Summary: On February 14, 2008, less than 1 year after a senior at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University (Virginia Tech) murdered 32 people and committed suicide, the campus community at Northern Illinois University (NIU), in DeKalb, Illinois, faced a similar horror. A former NIU graduate student walked onto the stage of a large lecture hall and began firing on startled students and faculty. The shooter, a 28-year old male, had a history of mental illness. He shot and killed 5 students and wounded 18, some critically. His suicide at the end of the brief attack brought the number of deaths to 6. The building where the shooting occurred, Cole Hall, is centrally located in the interior of the campus and is directly across from a concentration of dormitories identified as Neptune East, West, Central, and North. Cole Hall contains two large lecture halls for large group classes. All of the injured who were transported were taken to Kishwaukee Community Hospital, the only hospital nearby. Several of the most seriously injured were then transferred to five other hospitals in the region—four via helicopter and one via ground ambulance. A close examination of how the emergency medical and hospital services were carried out reveals that the right decisions and actions were taken during triage and treatment, lives were saved, and no one was hurt in the process of providing emergency medical services (EMS) to the victims, transporting them, or safeguarding the rest of the campus immediately after the murders. The City of DeKalb Fire Department, the NIU Department of Public Safety, the hospital, and other mutual-aid responders were prepared. They had practiced emergency drills together and coordinated their planning. They were familiar with the Incident Command System (ICS) and had formally incorporated its use in their plans. The fire/EMS, university police, and university events management partners had worked together frequently in planned and unplanned events, so Command and control procedures were well practiced. They also had studied the official report1 on the Virginia Tech shootings and had integrated the lessons learned enumerated in that report into the university’s and the City of DeKalb’s emergency response plans, especially from the chapters that reported on the law enforcement and EMS response to that April 16, 2007 incident. The value of that report, their training, and their joint planning was apparent in the excellent response to Cole Hall. The DeKalb Fire Department has stated they hope that what they discovered from their internal debriefings and reports can add to the lessons that were documented from Virginia Tech so that the body of experience can expand to include this most recent tragedy and help other universities, law enforcement agencies, and fire departments as the Virginia Tech report helped them. The U.S. Fire Administration (USFA) is pleased to enable the sharing of information from the NIU shooting with emergency response organizations nationwide. Details: Wshington, DC: U.S. Fire Administration, Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: USEA-TR-167: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.usfa.fema.gov/downloads/pdf/publications/tr_167.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122914

Author: Stewart, James K. Title: Independent Board of Inquiry into the Oakland Police Department Incident of March 21, 2009 Summary: This report presents the findings and recommendations concerning the 2009 murder of four Oakland Place Department personnel by a recently paroled prisoner. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/Independent%20Board%20of%20Inquiry%20into%20the%20Oakland%20Police%20Department.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults on Police Shelf Number: 122915

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Results from the New Mexico Gang Threat Assessment Phase II: Service Provider Survey Summary: The New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NMSAC) contracted with the Department of Public Safety to complete an online survey of service providers throughout New Mexico. This was accomplished with input and assistance from members of the Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) Task Force and the New Mexico Gang and Terrorism Task Force (NMGTTF). The survey aimed to assess prevention, intervention and treatment strategies that take into account the unique dynamics of the gang problem in New Mexico communities. The PSN Task Force intended to use the results of the survey to create a resource directory for referrals, identify needs for gang programming, and help design their media outreach campaign to combat gang violence statewide. Additionally, the NMGTTF planned to use the information to help craft gang specific legislation. This survey is the second PSN funded statewide survey related to gang activity administered by the NMSAC. The first survey assessed law enforcement perceptions about the gang problem. The second survey, which we discuss in this report, focused on a broad range of service providers and services. This includes counseling services, in school programming, after school activities, government sponsored programs, community center programming, and law enforcement sponsored activities. The intent was to gather information from a wide range of sources whose activities or services may include any form of gang prevention, intervention or treatment. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/documents/gang_survey_II_final_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 122917

Author: Henderson, M. Todd Title: Predicting Crime Summary: Prediction markets have been proposed for a variety of public policy purposes, but no one has considered their application in perhaps the most obvious policy area: crime. This paper proposes and examinesthe use of prediction markets to forecast crime rates and the impact on crime from changes to crime policy, such as resource allocation, policing strategies, sentencing, postconviction treatment, and so on. We make several contributions to the prediction markets and crime forecasting literature. First, we argue that prediction markets are especially useful in crime rate forecasting and criminal policy analysis, because information relevant to decisionmakers is voluminous, dispersed, and difficult to process efficiently. After surveying the current forecasting practices and techniques, we examine the use of standard prediction markets—such as those being used to predict everything from the weather to political elections to flu outbreaks—as a method of forecasting crime rates of various kinds. Second, we introduce some theoretical improvements to existing prediction markets that are designed to address specific issues that arise in policy-making applications, such as crime rate forecasting. Specifically, we develop the idea of prediction market event studies that can be used to test the influence of policy changes, both real and hypothetical, on crime rates. Given the high costs of changing policies, say issuing a moratorium on the death penalty or lowering mandatory minimum sentences for certain crimes, these markets provide a useful tool for policy makers operating under uncertainty. These event studies and the other policy markets we propose face a big hurdle, however, because predictions about the future imbed assumptions about the very policy choices they are designed to measure. We offer a method by which policy makers can interpret market forecasts in a way that isolates or unpacks underlying crime factors from expected policy responses, even when the responses are dependent on the crime factors. Finally, we discuss some practical issues about designing these markets, such as how to ensure liquidity, how to structure contracts, and the optimal market scope. We conclude with a modest proposal for experimenting with markets in this policy area. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2008. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: JOHN M. OLIN LAW & ECONOMICS WORKING PAPER NO. 402 (2D SERIES): http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/files/402.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Control Policy and Analysis Shelf Number: 122918

Author: Wagner, Alex Title: Analysis of Massachusetts Hate Crimes Data: An Overview of Reported Hate Crimes in Massachusetts Between 2000 and 2009 Summary: Reports of hate crime related incidents in the Commonwealth between 2000 and 2009 were analyzed utilizing data from the Massachusetts State Police Crime Reporting Unit (CRU). This report presents findings on the 3,6481 hate crime incidents in Massachusetts over the ten-year period. The CRU defines hate crimes as “any criminal act to which a bias motive is evident as a contributing factor. The Reporting Act covers bias on account of race, religion, ethnicity, handicap, gender, or sexual orientation. Hate crimes may be reported only by law enforcement agencies” (CRU,2006). The number of offenses, offenders, victims, and bias motivations may not coincide with the number of incidents or cases because each incident may consist of multiple offenses, bias motivations, victims, and offenders. Below are the key findings from our analyses. A trend analysis indicated there was a pronounced ten-year decline in reported hate crime incidents. This trend occurred across all bias categories (i.e., race/ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, disability, and gender), as well as for all specific bias types within bias categories. The year 2008 was an outlier in terms of the low number of overall reported hate crime incidents. Hate crime incidents rose between 2008 and 2009, however, the increase is not evident from 2007 to 2009. The vast majority of reported hate crimes (92.2%) only reported one bias motivation, while less than 1.5% of all reported hate crimes reported more than two bias motivations. The three most frequent bias motivation categories were based on race/ethnicity (58.3%), sexual orientation (21.5%), and religion (18.6%). Just these three bias motivation categories accounted for 98.3% of all hate crimes. This was generally consistent with research findings from other states and across the nation. The three most frequent within-bias motivation types for hate crimes were Anti-Black (31.7%), Anti-Gay (male, 17.5%), and Anti-Semitic (13.5%), again generally consistent with other research findings. White hate crime victims were more common than any other racial/ethnic background (52.3%), as opposed to victims from other race/ethnic groups: black (29.8%), Hispanic (7.1%), Asian (6.4%) or other (4.3%). Between 2000 and 2009, a third of hate crime victims were between the ages 16 and 25 (29.4%), whereas victims over the age of 25 accounted for more than 40 percent of hate crime victims (20.5% of victims were 36 to 45 and 20.2 percent were 26 to 35). Victims aged 10 and younger comprised the smallest fraction of reported hate crimes (2.1%). Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.mass.gov/Eeops/docs/programs/fjj/analysis_of_reported_hate_crimes_in_massachusetts_between_2000_and_2009.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 122919

Author: Peterson, Joseph Title: The Role and Impact of Forensic Evidence in the Criminal Justice Process Summary: Over the past twenty-five years, the forensic sciences have made dramatic scientific breakthroughs (DNA typing, physical evidence databases, and new scientific instrumentation) but studies are needed to assess the contribution of such advancements on the role and impact of scientific evidence in criminal case processing. Targeted studies have evaluated the value of DNA evidence in property crime investigations, but no studies have reviewed the full array of scientific evidence present at crime scenes. In 2006, the National Institute of Justice funded this project to address the following four goals: Objective 1 — Estimate the percentage of crime scenes from which one or more types of forensic evidence is collected; Objective 2 — Describe and catalog the kinds of forensic evidence collected at crime scenes; Objective 3 — Track the use and attrition of forensic evidence in the criminal justice system from crime scenes through laboratory analysis, and then through subsequent criminal justice processes; and Objective 4 — Identify which forms of forensic evidence contribute most frequently (relative to their availability at a crime scene) to successful case outcomes. Details: Los Angeles: California State University - Los Angeles, School of Criminal Justice & Criminalistics, 2010. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/231977.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 122920

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Child Welfare: More Information and Collaboration Could Promote Ties Between Foster Care Children and Their Incarcerated Parents Summary: Federal law sets timelines for states' decisions about placing foster care children in permanent homes, and, in some cases, for filing to terminate parental rights. Some policymakers have questioned the reasonableness of these timelines for children of incarcerated parents and expressed interest in how states work with these families. GAO was asked to examine: (1) the number of foster care children with incarcerated parents, (2) strategies used by child welfare and corrections agencies in selected states that may support contact or reunification, and (3) how the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the Department of Justice (DOJ) have helped these agencies support affected children and families. GAO analyzed national data, reviewed federal policies, interviewed state child welfare and corrections officials in 10 selected states that contain almost half of the nation's prison and foster care populations, and visited local child welfare agencies and prisons. Foster care children with an incarcerated parent are not a well-identified population, although they are likely to number in the tens of thousands. HHS data collected from states show that, in 2009 alone, more than 14,000 children entered foster care due at least partly to the incarceration of a parent. This may be an undercount, however, due to some underreporting from states and other factors. For instance, the data do not identify when a parent is incarcerated after the child entered foster care--a more common occurrence, according to case workers GAO interviewed. HHS is currently developing a proposal for new state reporting requirements on all foster care children; however, officials had not determined whether these new requirements would include more information collected from states on children with incarcerated parents. In 10 selected states, GAO found a range of strategies that support family ties. Some state child welfare agencies have provided guidance and training to caseworkers for managing such cases; and local agencies have worked with dependency courts to help inmates participate in child welfare hearings by phone or other means. For their part, some corrections agencies ease children's visits to prisons with special visitation hours and programs. In several cases, corrections agencies and child welfare agencies have collaborated, which has resulted in some interagency training for personnel, the creation of liaison staff positions, and video visitation facilitated by non-profit providers. HHS and DOJ each provide information and assistance to child welfare and corrections agencies on behalf of these children and families. For example, both federal agencies post information on their websites for practitioners working with children or their incarcerated parents, with some specific to foster care. The HHS information, however, was not always up to date or centrally organized, and officials from most of the state child welfare and corrections agencies GAO interviewed said they would benefit from information on how to serve these children. Further, DOJ has not developed protocols for federal prisons under its own jurisdiction for working with child welfare agencies and their staff, although GAO heard from some state and local child welfare officials that collaboration between child welfare and corrections agencies would facilitate their work with foster care children and their parents. This would also be in keeping with a DOJ agency goal to build partnerships with other entities to improve services and promote reintegration of offenders into communities. GAO recommends that HHS improve its data on the foster care children of incarcerated parents and that it more systematically disseminate information to child welfare agencies. GAO also recommends that DOJ consider ways to promote collaboration between corrections and child welfare agencies, including establishing protocols for federal prisons to facilitate communication between these entities. HHS and DOJ agreed with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-863: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11863.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122921

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Prescription Drug Control: DEA Has Enhanced Efforts to Combat Diversion, but Could Better Assess and Report Program Results Summary: The Drug Enforcement Administration's (DEA) Diversion Control Program is responsible for enforcing the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and ensuring the availability of prescription drugs such as pain relievers and stimulants while preventing their diversion for abuse. The CSA requires entities handling controlled substances--such as manufacturers, pharmacies, and physicians, among others-- to register with DEA, which conducts regulatory investigations of registrants, as well as criminal investigations. GAO was asked (1) how DEA manages diversion investigation efforts, and (2) how DEA ensures policies and procedures are followed for investigations and the extent to which it determines the results of its efforts. GAO reviewed DEA policies and procedures, and interviewed DEA, state, and local officials at eleven locations which were selected on the basis of volume of cases handled, geographic diversity, and other considerations. These observations are not generalizable, but provided insights on DEA operations. To respond to the increasing rate of criminal diversion of prescription drugs and a growing registrant population, DEA has expanded its resources and targeted its investigation strategies to collaborate with state and local entities and enhance the effectiveness of its diversion investigations. Specifically, the agency expanded its use of Tactical Diversion Squads (squads) of DEA personnel as well as other federal, state, and local partners investigating diversion schemes to maximize resources and improve efforts to investigate criminal diversion. DEA currently has 40 squads across the country and plans to establish more. According to squad participants and DEA officials GAO contacted, the squads have improved communication and coordination and simplified information sharing for investigations. Because of the growing registrant population and noncompliance by some with the CSA and implementing regulations, DEA renewed its focus on regulatory oversight of registrants to better ensure compliance. By using the squads to free up resources previously dedicated to both criminal and regulatory cases, DEA used those resources to increase regulatory investigations of the registrants. As a result, the number of regulatory investigations more than tripled between fiscal years 2009 and 2010. DEA also conducted outreach to specific registrant types to inform them of regulatory responsibilities and prepare them for regulatory investigations. DEA has taken steps to ensure that investigators follow policies and procedures for such investigations, but could better assess how its efforts are reducing the diversion of prescription drugs. To ensure that diversion investigators and special agents have the necessary skills to carry out their responsibilities and that DEA monitors the extent to which policies and procedures are followed during investigations, DEA has established internal controls related to guidance, training, and oversight of investigations. These controls include providing and updating guidance to investigators to follow during investigations, providing initial and on-going training to investigators, and monitoring the quality of investigations through a combination of direct supervisory reviews, self-inspections, and on-site internal inspections by DEA's Office of Inspections. Recent reports from on-site internal inspections of each of DEA's field divisions did not identify any widespread or systematic issues related to the timeliness and overall quality of diversion investigations. Given DEA's increased focus on investigations in response to growing prescription drug diversion, it is critical for DEA to determine the extent to which these additional efforts are reducing diversion. DEA has established performance measures for the Diversion Control Program, but these measures do not clearly demonstrate the effect the additional efforts are having on the diversion problem the program seeks to address. For example, for its overall performance measure of the diversion control program, DEA is tracking the development and implementation of an internal information technology project. By more closely linking performance measures to the goal of reducing diversion, DEA could better capture the results of the Diversion Control program to help inform decision makers in allocating resources. GAO recommends DEA reassess the program's performance measures to better link them to the goal of reducing diversion. DEA did not concur. GAO continues to believe the measures could be enhanced as discussed in this report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-744: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11744.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122922

Author: Advancement Project Title: Los Angeles County Gangs & Violence Reduction Strategy: Monrovia-Duarte Demonstration Site: Community Needs Assessment: Final Report Summary: In January 2009, the Los Angeles Board of Supervisors (BOS) adopted a motion to address gang violence in four demonstration sites. The four areas identified as demonstration sites were the Florence-Firestone area, a portion of the Harbor-Gateway area, areas both within and surrounding the cities of Monrovia and Duarte, and Pacoima. To this end, the CEO formed a multi-jurisdictional Los Angeles County Regional Gang Violence Reduction Committee to provide oversight of the strategy development process. The CEO’s Office also formed Working Groups for each of the four sites to develop local level strategic plans to address gang problems in the area. To help inform the Working Groups, the CEO commissioned community needs assessments for each of the four sites. The Advancement Project (AP) in collaboration with researchers from California State University—Los Angeles (CSULA) were asked to complete these studies. Each community needs assessment includes the following: • A community profile including area history and demographic data • A gang assessment and crime data analysis that identifies critical issues related to local gangs and hot spots of problem activities • Focus groups and interviews with community representatives including parents, youth, community leaders, community based organizations, and school personnel • Resident surveys related to the strengths of the area and problems faced by the area • Focus groups and interviews with representatives from agencies and County commissions. A description of each methodological approach used in this study is provided in the full report. In total, surveys were collected from 99 residents in Monrovia and 169 residents in Duarte, and interviews or focus groups were conducted with 70 youth, parents, community leaders, and school personnel and with 67 representatives from agencies/entities serving the Monrovia-Duarte area and County commissions/councils/committees. The purpose of this final report is to summarize the results from all these efforts. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2009. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://advanceprojectca.org/doc/gangvioredu_Monrovia_Duarte_Final_Report_with_Appendices.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 122925

Author: Willis, Dale Title: Place and Neighborhood Crime: Examining the Relationship between Schools, Churches, and Alcohol Related Establishments and Crime Summary: The objective of this research is to determine the degree to which neighborhood crime patterns are influenced by the spatial distribution of three types of places: schools, alcohol establishments, and churches. A substantial body of research has examined the relationship between places and crime. Empirically, this research indicates that there is more crime at certain types of places than at others (Sherman, Gartin, and Buerger, 1989; Spelmen, 1995; Block and Block, 1995). The criminological literature also provides several potential theoretical explanations for these patterns. The routine activity perspective (Cohen and Felson, 1979) argues that crime occurs when motivated offenders converge with potential victims in unguarded areas. Places that promote this convergence are expected to have elevated crime rates, while places that prevent or reduce this convergence are expected to have lower crime rates. The social disorganization perspective (Shaw and McKay, 1942; Bursik, 1988; Krivo and Peterson, 1996) argues that communities with more collective efficacy (in the form of internal social networks and access to external resources and values) are likely to have less crime, while communities lacking in efficacy are likely to have more crime. Places that promote the formation of positive social ties and grant the community access to external resources are expected to reduce crime, while places that inhibit positive social ties and separate the community from external resources are likely to increase crime. Much of the literature on place and crime has focused on the influence of bars on neighborhood crime rates, with a substantial body of research indicating that bars are associated with elevated crime rates (Roncek and Bell, 1981; Roncek and Pravatiner, 1989; Sherman, Gartin, and Buerger, 1989; Roncek and Maier, 1991; Block and Block, 1995). Sherman, Gartin, and Buerger (1989), for example, found that bars can account for upwards of 50% of police service calls in a given area. Here we examine the relationship not only between bars and crime rates, but other types of liquor establishments as well (e.g., liquor stores and restaurants that serve alcohol). In addition to the literature that characterizes bars as hot spots for crime, a smaller, yet growing, body of literature indicates that the presence of schools (Roncek and Lobosco, 1983; Roncek and Faggiani, 1985; Roman, 2004; Kautt and Roncek, 2007, Broidy, Willits, and Denman, 2009, Murray and Swatt, 2010) is also associated with neighborhood crime. The most recent of this research suggests that while high schools are associated with increased crime at the neighborhood level, elementary schools may have a protective influence. Research on churches and crime is limited relative to research focused on schools and bars, but suggests that churches may help protect neighborhoods from crime (Lee, 2006; Lee 2008; Lee 2010). Furthermore, there are theoretical reasons to suspect that churches, like schools and liquor establishments, may be an important type of place to consider when examining crime at the neighborhood level. The current research contributes to a criminological understanding of place and crime by examining whether and how all three location types operate to influence crime rates both independently and relative to one another. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: nmsac.unm.edu/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 122927

Author: Northern Illinois University Title: Report of the February 14, 2008 Shootings at Northern Illinois University Summary: On February 14, 2008, Steven Phillip Kazmierczak entered room 101 in Cole Hall and opened fire in the lecture hall killing five students and wounding 21. He then shot and killed himself. Administrators at Northern Illinois University, the Illinois Governor’s office, and the U.S. Fire Administration have reviewed the response of the University, Police, Fire and Medical departments in regards to this incident. After reviewing hundreds of interviews, phone records, e-mail correspondence and thousands of pages of evidence, what follows is the most recent, up-to-date report of the police investigation. Due to the nature of the ongoing investigation under certain statutes in Illinois, it is imperative that official police reports remain privileged. This report includes as much information as can be released without jeopardizing future potential investigative work. It is the goal of this report to review incidents prior to the shooting as well as in the aftermath, including: • The life and mental health history of Steven Phillip Kazmierczak from early childhood until the days prior to the shooting • Response of the NIU Department of Public Safety to the initial reports of a shooter on campus • Emergency medical response • Incident command and investigative cooperation between the NIU Department of Public Safety (NIUDPS), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), Illinois State Police (ISP), City of Sycamore Police Department, DeKalb County Sheriff’s Office, City of DeKalb Fire Department, and the City of DeKalb Police Department (DPD), as well as other law enforcement agencies • Services provided for surviving victims of the shooting as well as family and friends of the victims and NIU community members • Student affairs policies • Mental health services and prevention programs • Information flow during a crisis • The communiversity response to February 14, 2008 • Academic and campus implications of the 2/14/08 tragedy. Details: DeKalb, IL: Northern Illinois University, 2010. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: http://www.niu.edu/feb14report/Feb14report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122928

Author: Broidy, Lisa Title: Schools and Neighborhood Crime Summary: The objective of this research is to determine the degree to which neighborhood crime patterns are influenced by the location, level, and quality of neighborhood schools. A small body of research has investigated the link between schools and neighborhood crime (Roncek and Lobosco, 1983; Roncek and Faggiani, 1985; Roman, 2004; Kautt and Roncek, 2007). This body of research, as a whole, suggests that schools generate crime at the neighborhood level. Because neighborhood boundaries are difficult to identify, neighborhood level research generally defines neighborhoods using geographic boundaries defined by the U.S. Census Bureau (Sampson, Morenoff, and Gannon-Rowley, 2002). Research examining schools and crime has been uniformly conducted at smallest geographic unit defined by the U.S. Census Bureau: the block. The U.S. Census Bureau, however, releases data on a wider range of social indicators at larger levels of analysis (like the block group and tract). Consequently, previous research has been unable to control for a wide array of social-structural factors when examining the relationship between schools and neighborhood crime. Therefore, previous research on schools and crime cannot definitively demonstrate that schools are related to crime above and beyond factors like structural disadvantage, residential mobility, and family disruption. In addition to limited controls for key structural determinants of crime, most studies examining schools and neighborhood crime focus exclusively on high schools. This is also problematic, as some research suggests that crime and victimization may be similarly elevated near elementary and middle schools (Nolin, Davies, and Chandler, 1996; Wilcox et al., 2005). Interestingly, the single neighborhood study (Kautt and Roncek, 2007) that has considered elementary, middle, and high schools together found that neighborhoods with elementary schools have more burglaries than those without elementary schools. The study, however, showed no such relationship when comparing neighborhoods with and without middle schools or high schools. At the very least, this work suggests that research examining the relationship between schools and crime rates should not focus exclusively on the effect of high schools. Moreover, no previous studies on schools and neighborhood crime have investigated the role of school quality. The social disorganization perspective argues that strong social institutions can prevent crime (Krivo and Peterson, 1996), suggesting that high quality schools may help prevent crime, while lower quality schools might foster crime. In this study, we use incident-crime data from Albuquerque, New Mexico, to address some of the limitations of the current research on schools and crime at the neighborhood level. Specifically, we assess the influence of the presence and quality of elementary, middle and high schools on neighborhood crime rates, net of key structural correlates of crime. First, we utilize the block group as our level of analysis. This allows us to investigate the effects of schools, while controlling for a wider array of variables than previous studies. By controlling for concepts like structural disadvantage, residential mobility, and family disruption, we can be more certain that any significant relationship between schools and neighborhood crime is reflective of school effects and not of structural conditions. We also disaggregate our analysis by schools and by type of crime. By including elementary, middle, and high schools in our analysis, we address the possibility that different levels of schools are related to neighborhood crime in different ways. Moreover, we consider the possibility that various characteristics of schools, including school quality and school size, moderate the relationship between school presence and neighborhood crime. And finally, we examine the relationship between schools and crime by time of day, in order to address the possibility that the effect of schools on crime may be constrained to the hours during which youth are likely to be in or around the school area. In each of these analyses, we examine the relationship between schools and a variety of different types of crime. In sum, the current research examines the following questions: Are schools related to neighborhood crime? Does this relationship vary based on crime type, school type, school quality, and time of day? This report is organized into five chapters. The second chapter presents a literature review of the research on this topic. In addition to reviewing previous research on schools and crime, this chapter also frames the topic in terms of relevant sociological theory. The third chapter describes the data and methodologies that we used to investigate the relationship between schools and crime. The fourth chapter presents the results of our research. The fifth and final chapter discusses these results, presents empirical and theoretical conclusions, and addresses directions for future research. Details: Report prepared for the Justice Research Statistics Association, 2008(?). 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: http://www.jrsa.org/ibrrc/background-status/New_Mexico/Schools_Crime.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 122932

Author: Albright, Danielle Title: An Evaluation of a New Mexico Department of Corrections Dental Treatment Program: Findings from Participant Intake Interviews Summary: In March 2008, the New Mexico Department of Corrections (NMDOC) Education Bureau, in collaboration with the NMDOC Probation and Parole Division, implemented a pilot dental repair program for parolees currently under NMDOC supervision. The intent of the program is to provide services for parolees with significant dental problems in hopes of reducing visible barriers to employment, thus increasing their chances of successful reentry. The program was funded by a grant from the U.S. Department of Justice under the Edward Byrne Memorial Grant Program. The NMDOC contracted the University of New Mexico Hospital Dentistry Department to perform dental treatments. The New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NMSAC) at the University of New Mexico‘s Institute for Social Research (ISR) was contracted to provide an evaluation of program implementation and outcomes. There is a substantial body of research suggesting that dental health is a major problem for prisoners. Researchers have consistently found that prisoners report significantly more dental problems than the general population (Lund et al., 2002; Mixson et al., 1990, O‘Brien and Lee, 2006, Salive, Corolla, & Brewer, 1989). While this clearly suggests a medical need for expanded dental treatment for prisoners, the prevalence of dental problems for prisoners may also have implications for reentry. Given the large prison population in United States today (Listwan et al., 2008) and that an estimated 67.5% of inmates are rearrested within three years of being released (Langan and Levin, 2002), the issue of prisoner reentry has been described as at "the forefront of domestic public policy" (Kubrin and Stewart, 2006: 166) and is currently receiving a large amount of attention from academics and practitioners. While a substantial body of research has investigated the individual factors associated with reentry success (Benedict & Huff-Cordine, 1997; Ulmer, 2001; Listwan et al., 2003), research on reentry has not yet examined the influence of dental health and dental treatment on recidivism. This may be an important oversight, as previous research suggests two mechanisms through which dental health may be linked to reentry success. First, a small body of research suggests that physical appearance is correlated with perceived criminality, affecting the way a person is treated by both the general public and the criminal justice system and therefore indirectly influencing recidivism outcomes (Bull, 1982). In this sense, improving the dental appearance of ex-offenders may reduce their perceived criminality, which in turn may result in more legitimate opportunities. Research also suggests that dental health and appearance are related to self-esteem (Patzer, 1995), which in turn is thought to be linked to desistance. More specifically, research suggests that self-appraisals of dental appearance were more strongly related to self-esteem than general appraisals of appearance (Kanealy et al., 1991) and that missing teeth were especially problematic (Oosterhaven, Westert, & Schaub, 1989). As a whole, this research indicates that negatively perceived dental appearance and poor dental health are related to decreased levels of self-esteem. Self-esteem, which is related to other social psychological constructs like self-efficacy and sense of control (Skinner, 1996), is thought to be an important component in the desistance process. This is exemplified by Maruna (2001, 2006), who argues that desistance is only possible when offenders adopt a prosocial identity and empirically demonstrates that self-perceptions are related to post release success (2004). Second, dental treatment may be related to employment success. Research has shown that dental and facial appearance is strongly correlated with evaluations of attractiveness and professionalism (Eli, Bar-Tal, & Kostovetzki, 2001) and that employer evaluations of attractiveness and professionalism are related to employability (Avrey & Campion, 1982; Rankin & Borah, 2003). Perhaps more importantly, research suggests that dental treatment is related to favorable occupational outcomes. While a host of other factors are likely to be more directly related to employment outcomes, early research on this topic revealed that five years after treatment, there was still a modest, yet significant, positive relationship between occupational rank and having received dental treatment (Rutzen, 1973). More recently, a study of dental intervention for welfare recipients found that individuals who participated in a dental treatment program and received all prescribed treatment were twice as likely to report a favorable or neutral employment outcome as individuals who did not complete the program (Hyde, Satariano, & Weintraub, 2006). The relationship between dental appearance and employability is important for evaluating the reentry process, as sociological and criminological research suggests that there may be a relationship between incarceration and unemployment (Freeman, 1992; Laub & Sampson, 1993), incarceration and earnings potential (Western, 2002; Western, Kling, & Weiman, 2001) and employment and recidivism (Uggen, 2000; Uggen & Staff, 2001). The issue of employability is of extra importance for ex-prisoners, as this population suffers from both a general lack of work-related skills (Graffam, Shinkfield, & Hardcastle, 2008) and from the stigma associated with being an ex-convict (Uggen, Manza, & Behrens, 2003). Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/contact_information/nmsac_publications/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Dental Care Shelf Number: 122933

Author: Albright, Danielle Title: Reducing Barriers to Re-Entry: Assessing the Implementation and Impact of a Pilot Dental Repair Program for Parolees Summary: In March 2008, the New Mexico Department of Corrections (NMDOC) Education Bureau, in collaboration with the NMDOC Probation and Parole Division, implemented a pilot dental repair program for parolees currently under NMDOC supervision. The intent of the program was to provide services for parolees with significant dental problems in hopes of reducing visible barriers to employment, thus increasing their chances of successful reentry. The program was funded by a grant from the U.S. Department of Justice under the Edward Byrne Memorial Grant Program. The NMDOC contracted with the University of New Mexico Hospital Dentistry Department to perform dental treatments. The New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) at the University of New Mexico’s Institute for Social Research (ISR) was contracted to provide an evaluation of program implementation and outcomes. The NMSAC issued a report in December, 2009, detailing program implementation. The current report focuses on program outcomes. The primary objectives for this report (continuing from the initial report) include:  Objective 4: To examine the effect of population characteristics (demographic, education, employment, criminal history, and corrections history) on three outcomes--completion of the dental treatment, completion of the program, and probation/parole performance.  Objective 5: To describe how participants articulate the impact of dental treatment on education, employment, and personal relationships. We will also compare participant reported effects to those anticipated prior to receiving the dental treatment.  Objective 6: To assess how participants experienced the dental treatment program from intake to completion. Here we focus on participant perceptions of the organization and delivery of the dental treatment program.  Objective 7: To assess the fidelity of program delivery with program goals and objectives. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Dental Care Shelf Number: 122934

Author: Idaho State Police. Statistical Analysis Center Title: The Relationship Between Substance Abuse and Crime in Idaho: Estimating the Need for Treatment Alternatives Summary: The relationship between drug abuse and crime is complex. Not all individuals who use drugs become addicted, nor do they commit violent crime. Social and economic concerns, such as crime, illness, premature death, and significant loss in productivity are all affected by alcohol and drug abuse. To understand the relationship between drug abuse and crime, this report will emphasize current research as well as drug trends occurring within Idaho. First, current research regarding reasons for drug addiction and the relationship between drugs and crime will be explored. Second, substance abuse trends within Idaho’s population from various surveys will be discussed. Third, an analysis of data coming from the criminal justice system including information from adult and juvenile arrests, incarceration, drug courts, traffic crashes, numbers involved in treatment, and mortality. A final synopsis concerning what this means for Idaho will also be addressed. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/drugsandcrime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 122935

Author: Gehring, Krista S. Title: “What Works” for Female Probationers? An Evaluation of the Moving On Program Summary: Female offenders represent a growing percentage of the criminal justice population in the United States. For example, between 1997 and 2007, the number of women on probation increased from 524,200 to 987,427 (Bureau of Justice Statistics [BJS], 1998; 2008). This represents an 88 percent increase over the span of a decade. During that same time-period, the percentage increase for male probationers was only 21 percent. The increasing numbers of women offenders and the scarcity of programs and services geared toward their needs have prompted criminal justice professionals to consider implementing gender-responsive programs (Bloom, 2000). Historically, failure to provide gender-specific programming for women in the system has been justified by the fact that women accounted for only a small percentage of arrests and committed fewer and less serious crimes than men (Morash, Haarr, & Rucker, 1994; Rafter, 1990). However, with the continued increase of women entering the criminal justice system since the 1970s, this excuse is no longer valid. Since traditionally much focus has been on the overwhelming numbers of males in the criminal and justice system, programs developed to service this population often have failed to develop options to address the gender-specific problems of women offenders (Bloom, 2000). Despite the focus on male offenders, programs have emerged that address the gendered risks and needs of women offenders. Women who enter into the system often have significant program needs such as histories of trauma and abuse, mental health issues, substance abuse, parenting issues, and relationship issues (Covington, 2000; McClellan, Farabee, & Crouch, 1997; Van Voorhis and Hardyman, 2001; Van Voorhis, Salisbury, Wright, and Bauman, 2008). As such, it is important to discover whether programs that address these needs are effective in reducing recidivism. Unfortunately, there is a dearth of research on the effectiveness of these new program models (Bloom, 2000). To help address the gap in this literature, the current study is the first to examine the effectiveness of the gender-responsive, cognitive behavioral, program Moving On. A demonstration of treatment effects for this program would have important implications for the management and treatment of women offenders in the future. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, 2010(?). 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://www.uc.edu/womenoffenders/MOVING%20ON.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122941

Author: Goodlin, Wendi E. Title: Not Your Typical "Pretty Woman": Factors Associated with Prostitution Summary: Criminologists have long been interested in sex work, particularly prostitution. However, the research in this area has been very uneven and has produced conflicting results. The goal of the current research is to move forward in filling the gaps in our knowledge of the lives of women involved in prostitution and to better understand the factors associated with their initial involvement. Three sociological theories guide the analysis: general strain theory, control theory, and social learning theory. The major hypotheses predict that experiencing sexual abuse and exposure to delinquent peers increase the odds of prostitution whereas high levels of parental attachment and supervision decrease the odds of prostitution. These relationships are examined further using mediating and moderating variables, including running away from home, psychological distress, and drug use. The data upon which this research is based come from The Ohio Lifecourse Study (OLS), a multi-wave dataset of household and institutionalized respondents. Variables central to the analysis come from items that ask how often the respondent has been paid to have sex and a variety of other items that measure contentious family environment, sexual abuse experienced as a child, parental supervision and attachment levels, the influence of peers, their self-esteem and depression levels, and the use and abuse of drugs. Importantly, although the OLS is a highly delinquent sample, it is not a prostitute-biased sample. In addition, the OLS contains a variety of respondents, including those not involved in prostitution, prostitutes who were abused as adolescents, those who were also abused as adolescents but did are not prostitutes, and those of different races. Thus, although the sample is highly delinquent, there is much variation among respondents on key variables including abuse, supervision, running away, and drug use/abuse to name a few. Furthermore, because the OLS contains both quantitative data and qualitative life history narratives, the latter serve as an important supplement to the former and provide rich and nuanced detail not obtainable from the quantitative analyses. Binary logistic regression analyses show support for the hypothesis that higher levels of sexual abuse increase the odds of prostitution (strain theory), but this relationship is not mediated by running away as argued in previous research. On the other hand, there is little support for the hypothesis that higher levels of parental attachment decrease the odds of prostitution (social control theory); however, this could be a result of the sample being highly delinquent or the lack of variation among respondents on the parental attachment variables. In contrast, there is evidence that higher levels of supervision decrease the odds of prostitution (social control theory). In addition, there is support for the hypothesis that those with delinquent friends have higher odds of prostitution than those without delinquent friends (social learning theory). Moreover, there is support for racial and job status differences. For example, blacks have consistently and significantly higher odds of prostitution than whites and those who are unemployed or employed part-time have consistently and significantly higher odds of prostitution than those with full time jobs. Finally, with the exception of parental caring and trust, most of the moderating variables are not found to be significant. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2008. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi/Goodlin%20Wendi%20Elizabeth.pdf?bgsu1225748517 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Addiction and Abuse Shelf Number: 122942

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Jackson County Community Family Court Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: For the past 20 years in the United States, there has been a trend toward guiding nonvio-lent drug offenders into treatment rather than incarceration. The original drug court model links the resources of the criminal system and substance treatment programs to increase treatment participation and decrease criminal recidivism. Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent of-fenders in the nation. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of May 2009, there were 2,037 adult and juvenile drug courts active in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam, with another 214 being planned (National Association of Drug Court Professionals, 2009). Drug courts have been shown to be effective in reducing recidivism (GAO, 2005) and in reduc-ing taxpayer costs due to positive outcomes for drug court participants (including fewer re-arrests, less time in jail and less time in prison) (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey, Finigan, Waller, Lucas, & Crumpton, 2005). Some drug courts have even been shown to cost less to operate than processing offenders through business-as-usual (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey et al., 2005). More recently, in approximately the last 10 years, the drug court model has been expanded to include other types of offenders (e.g., juveniles and parents with child welfare cases). Family Drug Courts (FDCs) work with substance-abusing parents with child welfare cases. There have been a modest number studies of these other types of courts including some recidivism and cost studies of juvenile courts (e.g., Carey, Marchand, & Waller, 2006) and a national study of FDCs (Green, Furrer, Worcel, Burrus, & Finigan, 2007). Many of these studies show promising out-comes for these newer applications of the drug court model. However, the number of family drug court studies in particular has been small, and to date, there have been no detailed cost studies of family drug courts. In late 2008, NPC Research was contracted by the Oregon State Police and the Criminal Justice Commission to conduct the third year evaluations of 11 drug courts funded by the Byrne Methamphetamine Reduction Grant Project. NPC conducted Drug Court Foundations evaluations of 11 Oregon adult and family drug court sites. In addition, as a part of this project, NPC performed full process, outcome and cost-benefit evaluations of two family drug court sites, the Marion and Jackson County Family Drug Court Programs. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/Jackson_Byrne_Final_Report_June_2010.pdf?ga=t Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 122956

Author: Eichler, Thomas P. Title: Race and Incarceration in Delaware: A Preliminary Consideration Summary: Delaware has one of the highest incarceration rates of any state, in a nation with the world’s highest incarceration rate. However, even more disturbing is that Blacks, who are 20 % of the general population in Delaware, are disproportionately represented between those being arrested and jailed, particularly for drug offenses. Analysis of available data indicates that Blacks are being funneled into Delaware’s prisons far beyond any explanation that can be made from either rates of arrest or illicit drug use. Consider the following facts: Prison sentences: · Whites are 56% of those arrested, · But Blacks are 64% of those sentenced to a jail or prison term. Drug use: · Whites are an estimated 73% of those using illicit drugs, · But Blacks are 86% of those doing time for drug charges. Drug Treatment: · Whites are 59% of the admissions to the State’s community drug treatment programs; · But Blacks are a majority of those getting drug treatment in prison. When you look at Delaware’s prison census, you will see that Blacks comprise almost two-thirds of the prison population and are 86.8% of those incarcerated for drug offenses. In fact, Blacks account for two-thirds of the 344% increase in Delaware’s prison capacity over 20 years. From the data, we can derive a disturbing conclusion: White offenders enjoy a revolving door back to the community compared to Black offenders, who are disproportionately sent to prison. Unequal risk of incarceration As this report delineates, the risk of a White arrestee being sentenced to incarceration is only 40 % of the risk that a Black arrestee faces. Further, among arrestees on drug charges, the chance that a White drug offender will be sentenced to a prison term (one year or more) is only 21% of that faced by Black arrestees. Three Significant Findings This report presents three significant findings based on the data. 1. Blacks in Delaware are disproportionately represented in Delaware’s criminal justice system versus their representation in the population at large. 2. As Delaware expanded its use of incarceration for drug offenses, Blacks have borne the brunt of the increase. 3. While the reasons for Black disproportionate representation in the DOC census are complex, several indicators raise questions about possible disparate consequences for illicit activity. These facts set off many alarms ranging from questions about the quality of justice for Blacks to the effectiveness of public safety regarding White offenders. While more needs to be done to analyze the reasons for these disparities, some effective remedial steps can be taken now. Details: Wilmington, DE: Delaware Center for Justice and Metropolitan Wilmington Urban League, 2005p. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://www.prisonpolicy.org/scans/RaceIncarceration.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Rates (Delware) Shelf Number: 122958

Author: Delaware. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Race and Incarceration in Delaware: A Report to the Delaware General Assembly Summary: Delaware, like many other states, has significant racial disparities in arrests and incarceration when criminal justice statistics are compared to general population figures. Based on data from the 2000 to 2005 time frame, the following figures give a general sense of disproportionate minority representation in the state’s criminal justice system. Blacks are about 20 percent of the state’s general population. Blacks account for about 42 percent of statewide arrests. Blacks comprise about 64 percent of the state’s incarcerated population. In 2006, Delaware’s House Judiciary Committee created a Race and Incarceration Subcommittee to investigate criminal justice racial fairness. The Statistical Analysis Center was directed to study processes from arrest to sentencing. This preliminary phase involved detailed analysis of only adult males arrested in 2005. Race and ethnicity were combined for four race/ethnic groups. o Black, White, Hispanic, and Other. Five crime groups, in the following hierarchical order, were selected for analysis. o Rape, robbery, felony assault, burglary, and drug dealing. Cases involving homicide or attempted homicide were excluded from study. Analysis of 2005 criminal justice data relating to adult males shows that in three crimes against persons (rape, robbery, and felony assault), racial disparities in the criminal justice system in Delaware are primarily explained by disparities in reported criminal activity rather than selective enforcement. No other definitive conclusions can yet be drawn regarding other aspects of the system; nevertheless, a broad overview of criminal justice statistics from arrest through sentencing shows some significant racial disparities that cannot be ignored. It is important to distinguish between statistical disparities and whether those disparities actually reflect racial bias at any stage of the criminal justice process. As indicated later in this report, this overview shows a clear need to delve into these statistics to determine if there is racial bias or if the racial disparities reflect factors unrelated to the criminal justice system, or some combination of both. The Criminal Justice Statistical Review Committee is fully sensitive to the principle that the criminal justice system must not only be fair in how it operates but also in how it is perceived. Such perception is itself a key component of the support of all citizens in their view of how the criminal justice system operates. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://sac.omb.delaware.gov/publications/documents/RaceAndIncarceration.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 122959

Author: O'Connell, John P. Title: Evaluation of Price's Run Weed and Seed Summary: The Weed and Seed Law Enforcement Subcommittee, made up of representatives from the U.S. Attorney and state Attorney General’s offices, Wilmington PD, U.S. Marshals, FBI, DEA, ATF, state and federal probation offices, was responsible for developing crime reduction strategies in the Price’s Run Weed and Seed area. Weed and Seed grant funds were used to pay police overtime for safety checkpoints and enforcement of quality of life crimes. In anticipation of the Weed and Seed grant, the Wilmington Police Department assigned 2 additional police officers to the Price’s Run neighborhood starting in October 2005, months before the initial Weed and Seed grant was awarded. From October 2005 to May 2006, officers assigned to the Weed and Seed area made 101 drug related arrests, 45 arrests for quality of life crimes, 10 arrested for weapon offenses, and 18 guns seizures. From March to May 2006, police handled 390 complaints, made 132 community contacts, made 90 pedestrian stops, and handled 470 special attention assignments. Starting in 2006, a Weed and Seed law enforcement grant was used to pay for police overtime operations that resulted in 98 vehicle stops, 8 traffic summons, 2 capias arrests, 49 warrant attempts, and 6 executed warrants. In 2009, a dedicated probation officer from the Delaware Department of Correction was hired part-time with Weed and Seed funds to conduct curfew checks and warrant attempts for probationers residing in Census Tract 6.02. Weed and Seed officers also held educational seminars to inform the public about the police department and distributed informational literature to resident of Census Tract 6.02. Fugitive Safe Surrender, a successful and well publicized weeding operation in Price’s Run, took place at New Destiny Fellowship Church from April 29 to May 2, 2009. Led by the U.S. Marshals Service and Delaware courts, this 4-day operation allowed persons with outstanding warrants to surrender to law enforcement in a non-threatening environment. Participants were able to meet with an attorney, be seen by a judge, and have their cases adjudicated on-site. While the program did not provide amnesty, participants were offered favorable consideration for turning themselves in voluntarily. A total of 1,073 fugitives surrendered to law enforcement (including 101 felons) and 4,131 warrants were cleared as a result of Fugitive Safe Surrender. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2011 at: http://sac.omb.delaware.gov/publications/documents/weed_and_seed_evaluation_110810.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 122960

Author: Richards, Kelly Title: Misperceptions About Child Sex Offenders Summary: Sexual offending against children is a highly emotive issue. It is nonetheless important that public policy initiatives to prevent and/or respond to child sexual abuse are based on the available evidence about child sex offenders. This paper addresses five common misperceptions about the perpetrators of sexual offences against children. Specifically, the issues addressed include whether all child sex offenders are ‘paedophiles’, who sexually abuse children, whether most child sex offenders were victims of sexual abuse themselves, rates of recidivism among child sex offenders and the number of children sex offenders typically abuse before they are detected by police. The evidence outlined in this paper highlights that there are few black and white answers to these questions. Perpetrators of sexual crimes against children are not, contrary to widespread opinion, a homogenous group. Rather, there are a number of varied offending profiles that characterise child sex offenders. Gaining an understanding of the nuances of this offender population is critical if children are to be protected from sexual abuse. Details: Sydney: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Trends & Issues in Crime and Criminal Justice no.429: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://aic.gov.au/publications/current%20series/tandi/421-440/tandi429.aspx Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 122953

Author: Bangladesh Institute of Peace and Security Studies (BIPSS) Title: Human Trafficking: A Security Concern for Bangladesh Summary: Trafficking in persons, the darkest episode of population mobility, has been widely considered as a major human security issue today. Increasingly, people from the poor families are being forced to this new form of human slavery and the trade of human dignity. Human trafficking has been used to denote a wide range of human rights abuses and crimes that combine the recruitment, movement and sale of people into an exploitative condition. While recognition of its persistence and impact on society has increased over recent years, it is not a new phenomenon rather it continues as a set of activities and effects that is hard to put a figure on. Some forms of human trafficking have existed for thousands of years, while others take advantage of opportunities presented by emerging economic niches. In Bangladesh, human trafficking has gone to an acute condition. Governments, though endowed huge effort, failed evidently to control the trafficking in persons in the country. Activities of the NGOs and Multilateral agencies are also limited to the function of awareness building and advocacy. The complicity of the government with the trafficking nexus has added much doubt whether the government is abundantly willing to address the issue, while the US Department of state included Bangladesh in its trafficking watchlist in the 2 tier ranking that poses the threat of sanctions upon Bangladesh, if the country fails to improve the trafficking condition by next year. Therefore, re-positioning the trafficking as a human security threat would enable practitioners and policymakers to approach this issue more holistically and to ban and combat the practice. Details: Dhaka: BIPSS, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief 9: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.bipss.org.bd/pdf/Issue%209%20Quark%20Link%20Off.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 122962

Author: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs Title: High Crimes and Misdemeanors: A Five Year Overview of Indicators of Illegal Drug Activity in South Carolina Summary: High Crimes and Misdemeanors: A Five Year Overview of Indicators of Illegal Drug Activity in South Carolina is the first in what is intended to be a series of ongoing reports, designed to provide basic information about illicit drug activity over a five year period. The bulk of the information presented in the tables, graphs and charts in this publication is based on incident reports submitted to the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED) by state and local law enforcement agencies. These reports are edited and reviewed, corrected as needed and compiled to form the basis of the information presented in this report. It is important to note that the information in this report is only as complete and accurate as the information provided to local law enforcement and subsequently submitted to SLED. The nature of illegal drug activity is such that it is difficult, if not impossible, to measure its occurrence with any level of precision. Consumers, suppliers, producers and others involved in illegal drug activity take great pains to conceal their actions, and unlike crimes which involve an individual victim, none of those involved in the crime have any reason to report it. In order to provide a broader and more comprehensive perspective, data from the South Carolina Department of Corrections and the South Carolina Department of Probation, Parole and Pardon Services are also included, as are data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health. This report seeks to provide information concerning the scope and nature of illegal drug activity at the state level; however it also seeks to provide detailed information concerning short term trends and offender profiles at the county level. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2011. 311p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.scdps.org/ojp/stats/IllegalDrugs/Report%20v14.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (South Carolina) Shelf Number: 122954

Author: Uda, Terry Title: Drug and Alcohol Related Offenses and Arrests: 2005-2009 Summary: This report provides information on Idaho alcohol and drug arrests for years 2005 through 2009. The data for this report was obtained from the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System. The first section of the report gives an overall summary of drug and alcohol arrests. The report then presents arrestee demographic information: including race, ethnicity, gender and age. Also addressed are drug seizures and incidents that involved an offender or offenders suspected of using drugs and/or alcohol. The report concludes with a comparison of Idaho counties by alcohol arrest, drug arrests and drug seizures. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/DrugTrend0509_000.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (Idaho) Shelf Number: 122955

Author: Shobo, Yetty Title: The Financial Burden of Substance Abuse in West Virginia: The Criminal Justice System Series 2 Summary: The growing financial cost of drug and alcohol abuse puts tremendous pressure on every social sector. The present report, part of a larger Family Funding Study project, is the first in series 2 in which the cost of drug and alcohol abuse to West Virginia’s criminal justice, healthcare, education, welfare, and workforce systems will be examined. This particular report focuses on the Criminal Justice System, which includes the Public Defender Program, Prosecuting Attorneys Institute, Parole Board, Law Enforcement, Judicial System, Division of Juvenile Services, Division of Corrections, and Regional Jail Authority. The report presents estimates of the prevalence of drug‐ and alcohol‐involved crimes and services for each agency separately and also the cost of drug‐ and alcohol‐involved crimes. Details: South Charleston, WV: West Virginia Prevention Resource Center, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.prevnet.org/Funding%20Study/PDF/2011-09-FS-CJ.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 122959

Author: Advancement Project Title: Pacoima Demonstration Site Community Needs Assessment: Final Report Summary: In January 2009, the Los Angeles Board of Supervisors (BOS) adopted a motion to address gang violence in four sites. The four areas identified as sites were the Florence-Firestone area, a portion of the Harbor- Gateway area, areas both within and surrounding the cities of Monrovia and Duarte, and Pacoima (see Appendix C for maps of the sites). This motion, in particular, required the Los Angeles County Chief Executive Office (CEO) to establish a County Gang Violence Reduction Committee to oversee the development of a comprehensive gang strategy. To this end, the CEO formed a multijurisdictional Los Angeles County Regional Gang Violence Reduction Committee to provide oversight of the strategy development process. The CEO’s Office also formed Working Groups for each of the sites. The purpose of Working Groups was to develop local-level strategic plans to address gang problems in the area. Area Working Groups, by definition, are comprised of county agency representatives, school representatives, community based organizations, community leaders, residents, and youth; however, Working Groups in each area continue to struggle with maintaining consistent community resident representation (parent and youth). Because the Working Groups are large, between 40 to 60 members depending on the area, the process of disseminating information and gathering input has also been challenging. Despite these challenges, the Working Groups began meeting in April 2009. Working Groups are expected to convene six times between March 2009 and July 2009 in order to identify and prioritize the prevention and intervention strategies that are most needed and appropriate to address gang problems within the respective areas. Meanwhile, a second set of Working Groups called “Suppression Working Groups” are meeting to develop recommendations for suppression efforts in each area. All Working Group recommendations will be presented to the Los Angeles Regional Gang Violence Reduction Committee in August 2009, who, in turn, will draft final recommendations to submit to the BOS in September. The BOS will review these recommendations and determine how to move forward with the strategy. To help inform the Working Groups, the CEO commissioned community needs assessments for each of the four sites. The Advancement Project in collaboration with researchers from California State University — Los Angeles were asked to complete these reports based on their experience producing eight of twelve community needs assessments for the City of Los Angeles’ Gang Reduction and Youth Development (GRYD) Office. The purpose of the community needs assessment is to document various types of primary and secondary data to help inform the Working Groups as they develop recommendations for improving the allocation of resources and identifying new opportunities for enhanced collaboration. Each community needs assessment included the following: • A community profile including area history and demographic data • A gang assessment and crime data analysis that identifies critical issues related to local gangs and hot spots of problem activities • Focus groups and interviews with community representatives including parents, youth, community leaders, community based organizations, and school personnel • Resident surveys related to the strengths of the area and problems faced by the area • Focus groups and interviews with representatives from agencies and County commissions. The purpose of this report is to summarize the results from all these efforts. Chapter 2 provides a historical description and a socio-demographic profile of the Pacoima site based on data from Healthy City; Chapter 3 summarizes the critical issues related to local gangs in the area; Chapter 4 summarizes the results from resident surveys and focus groups with residents, agencies, and County commissions; Chapter 5 summarizes the results from agency surveys and focus group discussions related to interagency collaboration; and Chapter 6 contains recommendations for moving forward on a Comprehensive Gang Strategy in the Pacoima area. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Advancement Project, 2009. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://ap-ca.org/doc/gangvioredu_Pacoima_Final_Report_with_Appendices.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 122960

Author: Advancement Project Title: Harbor-Gateway Demonstration Site Community Needs Assessment: Final Report Summary: In January 2009, the Los Angeles Board of Supervisors (BOS) adopted a motion to address gang violence in four demonstration sites. The four areas identified as demonstration sites were the Florence-Firestone area, a portion of the Harbor-Gateway area, areas both within and surrounding the cities of Monrovia and Duarte, and Pacoima. To this end, the CEO formed a multi-jurisdictional Los Angeles County Regional Gang Violence Reduction Committee to provide oversight of the strategy development process. The CEO’s Office also formed Working Groups for each of the four sites to develop local level strategic plans to address gang problems in the area. To help inform the Working Groups, the CEO commissioned community needs assessments for each of the four sites. The Advancement Project (AP) in collaboration with researchers from California State University—Los Angeles (CSULA) were asked to complete these studies. Each community needs assessment includes the following: • A community profile including area history and demographic data • A gang assessment and crime data analysis that identifies critical issues related to local gangs and hot spots of problem activities • Focus groups and interviews with community representatives including parents, youth, community leaders, community based organizations, and school personnel • Resident surveys related to the strengths of the area and problems faced by the area • Focus groups and interviews with representatives from agencies and County commissions. The purpose of this report is to summarize the results from all these efforts. Chapter 2 provides a historical description and a socio-demographic profile of the Harbor-Gateway site based on data from Healthy City;3 Chapter 3 summarizes the critical issues related to local gangs in the area; Chapter 4 summarizes community perceptions and needs based on the results from resident surveys and focus groups with residents, agencies, and County commissions; Chapter 5 summarizes the results from agency surveys and focus group discussions related to interagency collaboration; and Chapter 6 contains recommendations for moving forward on a comprehensive Gangs and Violence Reduction Strategy in the Harbor-Gateway area. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2009. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.advanceproj.com/doc/gangvioredu_Harbor_Gateway_Final_Report_with_Appendices.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 122961

Author: Advancement Project Title: Florence-Firestone Demonstration Site Community Needs Assessment: Final Report Summary: In January 2009, the Los Angeles Board of Supervisors (BOS) adopted a motion to address gang violence in four demonstration sites. The four areas identified as demonstration sites were the Florence-Firestone area, a portion of the Harbor-Gateway area, areas both within and surrounding the cities of Monrovia and Duarte, and Pacoima. To this end, the CEO formed a multi-jurisdictional Los Angeles County Regional Gang Violence Reduction Committee to provide oversight of the strategy development process. The CEO’s Office also formed Working Groups for each of the four sites to develop local level strategic plans to address gang problems in the area. To help inform the Working Groups, the CEO commissioned community needs assessments for each of the four sites. The Advancement Project (AP) in collaboration with researchers from California State University—Los Angeles (CSULA) were asked to complete these studies. Each community needs assessment includes the following: • A community profile including area history and demographic data • A gang assessment and crime data analysis that identifies critical issues related to local gangs and hot spots of problem activities • Focus groups and interviews with community representatives including parents, youth, community leaders, community based organizations, and school personnel • Resident surveys related to the strengths of the area and problems faced by the area • Focus groups and interviews with representatives from agencies and County commissions. The purpose of this report is to summarize the results from all these efforts. Chapter 2 provides a historical description and a socio-demographic profile of the Florence-Firestone site based on data from Healthy City; Chapter 3 summarizes the critical issues related to local gangs in the area; Chapter 4 summarizes community perceptions and needs based on the results from resident surveys and focus groups with residents, agencies, and County commissions; Chapter 5 summarizes the results from agency surveys and focus group discussions related to interagency collaboration; and Chapter 6 contains recommendations for moving forward on a comprehensive Gangs and Violence Reduction Strategy in the Florence-Firestone area. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2009. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.advanceproj.com/doc/gangvioredu_Florence_Firestone_Final_Report_with_Appendices.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 122962

Author: Knight, Brian G. Title: State Gun Policy and Cross-State Externalities: Evidence from Crime Gun Tracing Summary: This paper provides a theoretical and empirical analysis of cross-state externalities associated with gun regulations in the context of the gun trafficking market. Using gun tracing data, which identify the source state for crime guns recovered in destination states, we find that firearms in this market tend to flow from states with weak gun laws to states with strict gun laws, satisfying a necessary condition for the existence of cross-state externalities in the theoretical model. We also find an important role for transportation costs in this market, with gun flows more significant between nearby states; this finding suggests that externalities are spatial in nature. Finally, we present evidence that criminal possession of guns is higher in states exposed to weak gun laws in nearby states. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17469: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17469 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 122964

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Parole Revocation in New Mexico Summary: The general goal of this project is to understand how the parole system operates in New Mexico as well as its impact on, and response to, parolee misconduct. This pro-ject begins with a review of policies and statutes that guide the treatment of parolees. This provides the framework to understand the operation of parole in New Mexico as well as responses to violations. We then investigate documented parole violations and revocations among offenders released to parole in New Mexico during the 2005 and 2006 calendar years, assessing factors that contribute to these incidents. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2010. 83p.; ex. summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/contact_information/nmsac_publications/ (executive summary only) Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 122967

Author: Hussey, Andrew Title: Crime Spillovers and Hurricane Katrina Summary: Using a dierences-in-dierences approach, we estimate the eects of migration due to Hurricane Katrina on crime rates across the United States between 2003 and 2007. To account for possible endogeneity between the socio-economic characteristics of a host city and evacuees, we instrument the number of evacuees going to a certain metropolitan area by its distance to New Orleans, LA. Our results suggest that im- migration of Katrina evacuees led to a more than 13 percent increase in murder and non-negligent manslaughter, an almost 3 percent increase in robbery, and a 4.1 per- cent increase in motor vehicle theft. We also examine Houston, TX, home to a large number of comparatively more disadvantaged evacuees, and nd dramatic increases in murder (27 percent) and aggravated assault (28 percent) coupled with increases in illegal possession of weapons (32 percent) and arson (41 percent) in areas lived by evacuees. While these estimated eects are substantial, we are unable to determine whether the crimes were committed by evacuees, or were triggered by their presence. Details: Memphis, TN: University of Memphis, Department of Economics, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://umdrive.memphis.edu/ajhussey/www/Katrina_5_28.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 122970

Author: Epperson, Matthew Title: The Next Generation of Behavioral Health and Criminal Justice Interventions: Improving Outcomes by Improving Interventions Summary: The over-representation of persons with serious mental illnesses (SMI) in the criminal justice system has been a cause of concern for several decades. In 1972, psychiatrist David Abramson published an article in the American Journal of Psychiatry describing what he referred to as the “criminalization of mentally disordered behavior,” meaning increasing numbers of individuals with SMI who formerly had been state hospital patients were now to be found in jails and prisons. Since that time, numerous studies have been conducted to estimate the prevalence of SMI among criminal justice populations. The first such study was conducted by Teplin and colleagues in Chicago’s Cook County Jail (Teplin, 1990; Teplin, Abram, & McClelland, 1996). Using then state-of-the art epidemiologic techniques, they estimated a prevalence of SMI and co-occurring substance abuse that substantially exceeded the general population rates obtained in the Epidemiologic Catchment Area study (Robins & Regier, 1991). Although prevalence estimates in subsequent studies have varied, a meta-analysis of 62 surveys from 12 countries indicates roughly 14% of persons in the criminal justice system suffer from one or more SMI (Fazel & Danesh, 2002). Some of the most recent research conducted confirms previous estimates; the rate of SMI in five U.S. jails was estimated at 14.5% for male inmates and 31% for female inmates (Steadman, Osher, Robbins, Case, & Samuels, 2009). Based on this body of research, it is estimated that over one million adults with SMI are under correctional supervision, and most are living in the community while being supervised (Ditton, 1999; James & Glaze, 2006). In response to this notable shift of adults with SMI from public sector mental health services to the criminal justice system, numerous programs have been developed to serve people with SMI at many different points within the legal system. These include police training, jail diversion, drug and mental health courts, specialized probation, crisis intervention teams, and others. Although these interventions have developed over more than two decades and focus on various types of criminal justice involvement, we refer to these programs collectively as “first generation interventions.” We characterize these interventions as a group because they are largely united by a singular theme: the reduction or elimination of criminal justice involvement for people with SMI is achieved primarily by providing these individuals with mental health treatment. While some of the first generation interventions have demonstrated efficacy and several have earned recognition as evidence-based practices, a general consensus has emerged that collectively we are not maximizing the effectiveness of first generation interventions (Blitz, Wolff, Pan, & Pogorzelski, 2005; Skeem, Manchak, & Peterson, 2011). This is perhaps best illustrated by the aforementioned range of prevalence studies which, over the course of two decades, do not demonstrate any meaningful reduction in the over-representation of persons with SMI in the U.S. criminal justice system. Additionally, although several of these first generation interventions have made strides in developing collaborative efforts between mental health and criminal justice systems, these interventions tend to exist as primarily “mental health” or “criminal justice” interventions, and as such do not typically reflect integrated philosophies, services, and outcomes. The purpose of this monograph is to suggest ways in which we can build and improve upon first generation interventions and develop the “next generation” of behavioral health and criminal justice interventions — interventions that better address the multiple and complex needs of persons with SMI who are at risk of criminal justice involvement. We begin in section one by describing a variety of first generation interventions, summarizing the literature on their strengths and weaknesses, and illustrating how these interventions are united by a common theme of connecting individuals with mental health services. In section two, we present a complex set of individual and environmental factors contributing to criminal justice involvement to be targeted in the next generation of interventions. These factors are supported by both conceptual and empirical scholarly work, much of which has been conducted by teams represented by the authors of this monograph. Section three presents findings from a web-based survey and workshop discussions with practitioners working with justice-involved persons with SMI conducted by the authors. This section highlights the critically important, but oft-ignored, voices of those working directly with justice-involved persons with SMI, and suggests how their lived experiences in working with this population can inform the next generation of interventions. Finally, in section four, we outline a blueprint for effective change in which we present goals, unifying principles, and key components to shape the next generation of interventions. Much progress has been made in developing a first generation of mental health and criminal justice interventions to better serve persons with SMI who are justice-involved. This first generation of interventions has surely brought a greater recognition and understanding of the disproportionate representation of people with SMI in the criminal justice system. If, however, we are to improve a range of outcomes for this population and ultimately reduce the ranks of people with SMI in the criminal justice system, it would serve us well to critically examine existing interventions, learn from their successes and failures, and use this knowledge to shape a new and improved generation of behavioral health interventions that can achieve the outcomes desired by consumers, providers, and communities. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Behavioral Health Services and criminal Justice Research, Rutgers University, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2011 at: http://cbhs-cjr.rutgers.edu/pdfs/The_next_generation_Monograph_Sept_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 122972

Author: Hall, Christopher Title: Securing the Borders: Creation of the Border Patrol Auxiliary Summary: Although the U.S. Border Patrol is the largest uniformed federal law enforcement agency in the country, its resources appear to be far short of what is required to truly accomplish its mandate. Most of the Customs and Border Protection's (CBP) 30,000 officers operate in the nation's 314 land, air, and seaports of entry, where they admit an average 1.2 million legal visitors a day. A majority of the border remains void of barriers, surveillance, and the presence of Border Patrol agents. The government demonstrated its commitment to improved border security in 2006 with an 11% increase in the CBP's budget, now over $7 billion. But the new money is dedicated to several initiatives and only pays for an additional 1,500 border patrol agents. Public demand for action to meet border patrol requirements compelled the President to order the deployment of 6,000 National Guardsmen to the Mexican border as part of "Operation Jump Start." While fences and new technologies such as ground sensors and unmanned aerial vehicles will enhance the "reach" of existing agents, nothing would close the gap better than creating a program to increase the number of agents along the border. Citizen auxiliaries have ample precedence in assisting law enforcement agencies. The Coast Guard Auxiliary, Civil Air Patrol, and many other police auxiliaries have long and successful histories. Several volunteer groups have sprung up in recent years to help patrol the border. The Border Patrol has publicly welcomed their efforts as observers but operationally kept them at arms length. This paper evaluates the feasibility of establishing a civilian auxiliary within the Border Patrol. By examining the missions, authorities, costs, legal foundations, and organizational cultures of the U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary and the Florida Highway Patrol Auxiliary, The authors can identify elements key to developing a successful auxiliary program. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Security Program, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, 2007. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://dodreports.com/ada476945 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 122973

Author: Cui, Lin Title: Foreclosure, Vacancy and Crime Summary: This paper examines the impact of residential foreclosures and vacancies on violent and property crime. To overcome confounding factors, a difference-in-difference research design is applied to a unique data set containing geocoded foreclosure and crime data from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Results indicate that while foreclosure alone has no effect on crime, violent crime increases by Details: Pittsburg, PA: Department of Economics, University of Pittsburgh, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Foreclosures (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122974

Author: Griffin, Patrick Title: Trying Juveniles as Adults: An Analysis of State Transfer Laws and Reporting Summary: In the 1980s and 1990s, legislatures in nearly every state expanded transfer laws that allowed or required the prosecution of juveniles in adult criminal courts. The impact of these historic changes is difficult to assess inasmuch as there are no national data sets that track youth who have been tried and sentenced in the criminal justice system. Moreover, state data are hard to find and even more difficult to assess accurately. In addition to providing the latest overview of state transfer laws and practices, this bulletin comprehensively examines available state-level data on juveniles adjudicated in the criminal justice system. In documenting state reporting practices regarding the criminal processing of youth and identifying critical information gaps, it represents an important step forward in understanding the impact of state transfer laws. Currently, only 13 states publicly report the total number of their transfers, and even fewer report offense profiles, demographic characteristics, or details regarding processing and sentencing. Although nearly 14,000 transfers can be derived from available 2007 sources, data from 29 states are missing from that total. To obtain the critical information that policymakers, planners, and other concerned citizens need to assess the impact of expanded transfer laws, we must extend our knowledge of the prosecution of juveniles in criminal courts. The information provided in these pages and the processes used to attain it will help inform the focus and design of additional federally sponsored research to that end. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/232434.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122975

Author: Huenke, Charles J., Jr. Title: Delaware Felony Case Processing An Analysis of 2006 Adult Arrests Summary: When one looks at criminal justice planning documents that intend to inform us about the results of laws and polices we often see the funnel flowchart showing the steps felony arrestees follow as their cases progress through the criminal justice system. Correctly, this chart shows that many cases fall by the wayside not resulting in a felony conviction or a prison term. Interestingly this chart has not changed since the early 1970’s when it was originally developed for the old U.S. Department of Justice Law Enforcement Administration Assistance (LEAA) agency (now the DOJ Office of Programs). The reason the chart has not changed is that no one could credibly put numbers on the page. The false assumption that someone could push a computer button and produce these results cast light on our then sadly incomplete, disconnected and non-standardized criminal justice information systems. Over the years, counties, states and the federal government have poured billions of dollars into systematic efforts to improve our criminal justice information systems to ensure identification (fingerprints), develop and maintain law files (standardization of legal terms), fleshing out sentencing orders (measure of punishment and surveillance), and linking each offender’s arrest with the end result including release from prison (system integration). Delaware participated in the 2010 effort hosted by the U.S. Department of Justice Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) and administered by the Justice Research and Statistics Association to test the hypothesis that after all these criminal justice system improvements we could “push the button” for results. The answer is we and the four other participating states got viable results; the sticky point is the button got stuck. We were able to produce statewide numbers for the first time for all 2006 felony arrestees in the Delaware and track them successfully to either falling out of the felony part of the criminal justice system or being sentenced – sometimes to prison. Historically this is a remarkable feat. While the data exist that allows this analysis, which is good news, it still takes a very significant amount of work of knowledgeable researchers to put it together. We now have viable results tracking felons though the criminal justice system. Following a brief discussion of some of the issues with the criminal justice databases, the second part of this study provides step by step details for the flow of felons through the criminal justice system. On the following page a brief summary of these results are presented. For instance, 43 percent of the arrested felons are convicted of a felony, while overall 69 percent of the felony arrestees are convicted of either a felony or a misdemeanor. For all of these convictions, only 11 percent are sentenced to prison for terms of one year or more; however 47 percent are sentenced to some type of incarceration (including prison, jail or time served). The severity of the crime makes a difference. For those felons being arrested for violent crimes and convicted, 40 percent are sentenced to prison, and when all types of incarceration are considered the rate is 80 percent. Interestingly, 50 percent of the felony arrestees have two or more prior felony arrests in their criminal histories. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://sac.omb.delaware.gov/publications/documents/DelawareFelony2006Jan142011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 122976

Author: Bjerk, David Title: Re‐examining the Impact of Dropping out on Criminal and Labor Outcomes in Early Adulthood Summary: This paper shows that while high school dropouts fare far worse on average than otherwise similar high school completers in early adulthood outcomes such as success in the labor market and future criminal activity, there are important differences within this group of dropouts. Notably, those who feel “pulled” out of school (i.e, they say they dropped out of school to work or take care of family) do similarly with respect to labor market and criminal outcomes in their early twenties to individuals with similar predropout characteristics who complete high school. It is only those who feel they are more “pushed” out of school (i.e, they say they drop out for other reasons including expulsion, poor grades, moving, and not liking school) who do substantially worse than otherwise similar high school completers. These results suggest that any detrimental impacts from dropping out of school arise primarily when the drop out does not have a plan for how to use his time after dropping out. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: National Poverty Center, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: National Poverty Center Working Paper Series #11 – 27: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://npc.umich.edu/publications/u/2011-27-NPC-Working-Paper.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 122981

Author: Chambers, Eric Title: Domestic Violence Offenders in Missouri: A Study on Recidivism Summary: The characteristics of domestic violence and domestic violence offenders in Missouri are understudied. To date there have been no published studies on this topic in Missouri despite the fact that 11 percent of all homicides in 2008 were domestic violence related (Missouri 2009). The goal of this study is to determine if domestic violence offenders in Missouri recidivate at a higher rate than non-domestic violence offenders while at the same time quantifying as much information as possible about domestic violence and domestic violence offenders in Missouri. It is hoped this study will definitively answer questions regarding domestic violence and how it is similar or different from other crimes. Details: Jefferson City, MO: Missouri State Highway Patrol, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/SAC/pdf/DomesticViolenceFinalReport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 122983

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Puerto Rico Police Department Summary: The Puerto Rico Police Department is Puerto Rico’s primary law enforcement agency. Its mission is critical: To protect and serve the residents of Puerto Rico by designing and implementing policies and practices that control crime, ensure respect for the Constitution and the rule of law, and enable the Department to enjoy the respect and confidence of the public. Many hard working and dedicated PRPD officers serve the public with distinction under often challenging conditions. Unfortunately, PRPD is broken in a number of critical and fundamental respects that are clearly actionable under the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, 42 U.S.C. § 14141 (“Section 14141”). Based on our extensive investigation, we find reasonable cause to believe that PRPD officers engage in a pattern and practice of: • excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment; • unreasonable force and other misconduct designed to suppress the exercise of protected First Amendment rights; and • unlawful searches and seizures in violation of the Fourth Amendment. In addition to these findings, our investigation uncovered other deficiencies of serious concern. In particular, there is troubling evidence that PRPD frequently fails to police sex crimes and incidents of domestic violence, and engages in discriminatory policing practices that target individuals of Dominican descent in violation of the Fourteenth Amendment, the Safe Streets Act, and Title VI. At this time, we do not make a formal finding of a pattern and practice violation in these areas, in part because PRPD does not adequately collect data to evaluate these issues. However, we are quite concerned that PRPD lacks basic systems of accountability to ensure that all individuals are treated equally by PRPD officers, regardless of race, ethnicity, national origin, or sex as required by federal law. Furthermore, our investigation raises serious concerns that PRPD policies and practices are woefully inadequate to prevent and address domestic violence committed by PRPD officers. We find that these deficiencies will lead to constitutional violations unless they are addressed. PRPD’s continued failure to keep necessary data in light of our findings and despite knowledge of these indicators of a very serious problem, may constitute a pattern and practice that violates federal law. We recognize that PRPD faces significant challenges as Puerto Rico’s primary law enforcement agency. The unconstitutional acts that we have identified arise at a time of crisis in public safety. Contrary to national trends, violent crime increased overall in Puerto Rico by 17% from 2007 to 2009. In 2010, Puerto Rico saw the second highest number of murders in its history, a trend that is escalating in 2011. The clearance rate for murders remains below the national average. Some Puerto Rico officials maintain that drug trafficking and social deterioration are fueling the wave of violent crime. However, increasing crime cannot be used to justify continued civil rights violations or the failure to implement meaningful reforms. Constitutional policing and effective law enforcement are inextricably bound. Public safety depends on the trust and cooperation of the community, which in turn depends on constitutional police practices that respect civil rights. Our previous efforts in working with large police departments strongly suggest that by addressing the civil rights concerns we raise in this report, the Commonwealth will not only meet its constitutional duty, but also reduce crime, improve public safety, and increase community confidence. i For many years, victims’ families, civic leaders, legislators, and civil rights advocates have voiced concerns over chronic mistreatment by police. For example, over the past decade, various legislative measures have called for comprehensive investigations of police misconduct, greater education and training, and an accounting of public funds spent on civil rights lawsuits against the Commonwealth. Other grass-roots and advocacy organizations have sent letters to Puerto Rico officials denouncing allegations of discrimination against people of Dominican descent, and civic and professional organizations have issued investigative reports detailing numerous civil rights violations at the hands of police. PRPD officers have also called for agency reforms. One police affinity group representing thousands of officers attributed widespread low morale among officers to verbal abuse from supervisors, indifference to officers’ personal problems, lack of support and training, absence of motivational and educational activities, deficient equipment and materials, and late payment. The public’s demands for remedial action are fueled in part by the appalling number of officer arrests and convictions for serious misconduct and criminal activity. Among these are: the killing of family members by two police officers in the “Massacre of Las Piedras” in 2007; the videotaped shooting of a civilian by a Tactical Operations Unit (“TOU”) officer during a birthday celebration in Humacao in 2007; the shooting death of a PRPD lieutenant by a sergeant at a police station in Yabucoa in 2007; the conviction of multiple officers assigned to the Mayagüez Drug Unit for planting drugs in 2008; the conviction of the director of the Special Arrests and Extraditions Unit and several of his officers on drug-related charges in 2009; the conviction of a lieutenant directing the weapons registry at PRPD headquarters as part of an illegal gun licensing scheme in 2009; the indiscriminate use of batons and chemical irritants against protesters at the Capitol in June 2010; the shooting death of an unarmed young man who was reportedly aiding police following a robbery in September 2010; and the arrest of 61 PRPD officers as part of the largest police corruption operation in the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (“FBI”) history in October 2010. In the report that follows, we discuss the wide range of issues that were the focus of our investigation and the findings that result from our review. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 116 p., app.; Executive Summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/spl/documents/prpd_exec_summ.pdf (executive summary) Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 122984

Author: Dabby, Chic Title: Shattered Lives: Homicides, Domestic Violence and Asian Families Summary: The Asian & Pacific Islander Institute on Domestic Violence has identified and focused on domestic violence related homicides as a critical issue affecting Asian, Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander battered women since 2001. Shattered Lives: Homicides, Domestic Violence and Asian Families establishes the complexity of the problem and its far-reaching effects on women, children, families, and communities. This report’s goals are to raise awareness of the problem in order to counter denial and victim-blaming; generate discussions that will inform culturally-specific intervention, prevention and community organizing strategies; influence the field so safety for battered women takes into account an expanded definition of domestic violence related homicides; and develop questions for future research. Newspaper clippings collected over a six year period from 2000-2005 by advocates, state coalitions and the National Domestic Violence Fatality Review Initiative were the primary data source for this report. We included cases where domestic violence or family violence was explicitly mentioned or could reasonably be inferred. Despite a thorough search, we may have missed some newspaper reports. We analyzed data from a total of 160 cases of domestic violence related homicides in Asian, Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander families, spanning 23 states. We identified 14 types of homicides, defined by the perpetrator’s relationship to the victim(s). These were differentiated into homicides and homicides-suicides to calculate the number of cases in each type; and further categorized into single and multiple killings, i.e. two or more victims killed by a single perpetrator. Selected Findings -- 160 cases resulted in 226 fatalities, of which 72% were adult homicide victims, 10% were child homicide victims, and 18% were suicide deaths. Three types of homicides dominated: intimate partner homicide with 81 cases, intimate partner homicide-suicide with 34 cases, and non-intimate family killing with 25 cases. 78% of victims were women and girls, 20% were men and boys, 2% unknown. 83% of perpetrators were men, 14% were women, 3% unknown. 68% of victims were intimate partners (either current, estranged, or ex-partners). Almost one-third (59 out of 184) of total homicide victims were wives. Children were the second largest group of homicide victims and the primary victims of familicides (13 out of 20 victims). Over two-thirds (14 out of 22) of all children killed were age 5 and below. Perpetrators’ in-laws and parents of girlfriends were the third largest group of victims. 118 out of 184 victims were killed in the home. Details: San Francisco: Asian & Pacific Islander Institute on Domestic Violence; American Health Forum, 2010. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Ocboer 4, 2011 at: http://www.apiidv.org/files/Homicides.DV.AsianFamilies-APIIDV-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Asian-Americans Shelf Number: 122988

Author: Groff, Elizabeth Title: Identifying and Measuring the Effects of Information Technologies on Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: This guide by the Institute for Law and Justice provides information that will help police departments measure the effects of information technologies to support community policing activities. The guide is based on the results of an assessment of the COPS Office’s 2002 Making Officer Redeployment Effective (MORE) grantees; however, the results apply to any agency that is considering or has recently made a technology purchase. The guide is relevant to departments of all sizes and covers a variety of applications — automated field reporting systems, computer aided dispatch, records management systems, and others. The guide focuses on the three E’s–efficiency, effectiveness, and enabling–which identify the different ways the technology may affect agencies. The intent is to provide practical measures based on these three E’s for how information technologies contribute to achieving department goals and can be used to examine the merits of such expenditures. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2008. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e08084156-IT.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 113061

Author: Arya, Neelum Title: A Tangled Web of Justice: American Indian and Alaska Native Youth in Federal, State and Tribal Justice Systems Summary: This report presents an examination of how Native American youth are disproportionately affected by transfer laws. Key findings include that many Native American youth commit low-level offenses and receive either no court intervention or disproportionately severe sanctions. Also examines the interaction of the tribal justice system with the state and federal justice systems and how that impacts youth transfer. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice, 2009. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief, Race and Ethnicity Series Vol. 1: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/CFYJPB_TangledJustice.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 114889

Author: Rhodes, William Title: Evaluation of the Multijurisdictional Task Forces (MJTFs), Phase II: MJTF Performance Monitoring Guide Summary: State and local law enforcement is the first line of defense in reducing the availability of illegal drugs on American streets. Recognizing the critical role of local agencies, federal and state agencies augment local enforcement funding with grants and transfers. However, with increased frequency those federal and state agencies are requiring local accountability of the use of funds—hard evidence that grants and transfers are worthwhile. As a result, programs that are unable to provide solid evidence of their activities and effectiveness are more vulnerable to having their resources cut or diverted to programs that can better demonstrate success. Multijurisdictional Task Forces (MJTFs) are not immune to this new accountability in government, but like many other law enforcement programs, MJTFs lack a history of collecting performance measures and using them to justify program operations. Consequently, MJTFs are disadvantaged in the new competition for federal and state funding. Overcoming that disadvantage requires developing a performance monitoring system. Performance measurement is a system for gathering information about how programs operate and what they accomplish. Performance monitoring refers to the periodic analysis and use of the data collected through performance measurement to track program implementation and execution, making changes as necessary based on subjective and objective assessments of the information. Performance evaluation is a subset of performance monitoring that requires application of rigorous research protocols to make conclusions about program performance. A performance monitoring system is a set of procedures for integrating performance measurement and performance monitoring into a framework that supports public decision making. A performance monitoring system, including its performance measurement and performance monitoring components, is the focus of this guide. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/228942.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 118719

Author: Windsor, Liliane Cambraia Title: Substance Use and Treatment in Newark: Voices from African-American Distressed Communities Summary: Community distress and substance abuse are often conjoined social problems. An exemplar where this exists is Newark, a large city located in Essex County, New Jersey. The average annual income in Newark is $13,009; 42% of residents 24 and older do not complete high school; and 54% are African-American. Newark’s African-American residents consistently show poorer health and socio-economic outcomes when compared to the neighboring areas. Newark has the highest prevalence rates for substance use and HIV/AIDS in the State of New Jersey. Heroin represents the most significant narcotic problem in Newark and accounts for more admissions to treatment centers than all other substances combined. The Newark Eligible Metropolitan Areas HIV Planning Council in a 2005 survey of 221 substance abusers reported that as many as 44% of the sample was HIV positive. African-Americans represent 78% of persons living with HIV/AIDS in Newark. Young adults abuse heroin at a rate twice as high as the national average, and heroin accounts for 90% of substance abuse intervention admissions. Unlike New York State, syringe exchange programs are scarce, underfunded, and stigmatized in New Jersey, creating significant barriers to clean syringes without a prescription. Such barriers have significant implications for HIV and Hepatitis infection risks. In fact, HIV and Hepatitis infection rates among injection drug users (IDU) are substantially greater in Newark than in New York City. In light of the harmful and disproportionate consequences of substance abuse in Newark’s distressed neighborhoods, it is important to understand community views regarding substance use and treatment when developing policies and culturally-tailored interventions to reduce substance use and HIV risk behaviors. The current study, supported by the Center on Behavioral Health Science & Criminal Justice Research, proposed to engage individuals from low-income African-American communities in Newark (from here on “Newark” refers to Newark’s distressed neighborhoods) to develop a framework that can inform the development and/or adaptation of substance abuse treatment and HIV prevention programs in ways that are culturally relevant for low-income African-Americans. In this study distress means high poverty levels, low educational attainment, large numbers of liquor stores in the neighborhood, presence of a significant street drug market, high drug related violence, and presence of dilapidated buildings. The study aimed to: (1) examine the role of alcohol and other drug use among Newark’s distressed neighborhoods and (2) identify these communities’ needs related to alcohol and drug treatment. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research, Rutgers University, 2010. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: http://cbhs.rutgers.edu/pdfs/Policy_Brief_Sept_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 122989

Author: Mendel, Richard A. Title: No Place for Kids: The Case for Reducing Juvenile Incarceration Summary: This report, No Place for Kids: The Case for Reducing Juvenile Incarceration assembles a vast array of evidence to demonstrate that incarcerating kids doesn't work: Youth prisons do not reduce future offending, they waste taxpayer dollars, and they frequently expose youth to dangerous and abusive conditions. The report also shows that many states have substantially reduced their juvenile correctional facility populations in recent years, and it finds that these states have seen no resulting increase in juvenile crime or violence. Finally, the report highlights successful reform efforts from several states and provides recommendations for how states can reduce juvenile incarceration rates and redesign their juvenile correction systems to better serve young people and the public. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2010 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Topics/Juvenile%20Justice/Detention%20Reform/NoPlaceForKids/JDAI_DeepEnd_Embargoed.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 122990

Author: Hartney, Christopher Title: Created Equal: Racial and Ethnic Disparities in the US Criminal Justice System Summary: African Americans make up 13% of the general US population, yet they constitute 28% of all arrests, 40% of all inmates held in prisons and jails, and 42% of the population on death row. In contrast, Whites make up 67% of the total US population and 70% of all arrests, yet only 40% of all inmates held in state prisons or local jails and 56% of the population on death row. Hispanics and Native Americans are also alarmingly overrepresented in the criminal justice system. This overrepresentation of people of color in the nation’s criminal justice system, also referred to as disproportionate minority contact (DMC), is a serious issue in our society. DMC has been the subject of concern in the juvenile justice system since 1988, when a federal mandate required states to address the issue for system-involved youth. This mandate led to an increase in the information on racial disparities in the juvenile system and efforts to reduce these numbers. However, no such efforts have been made in the adult system. This report documents DMC in the adult criminal justice system by tabulating the most reliable data available. It does not seek to thoroughly describe the causes of DMC nor does it perform an advanced statistical analysis of how various factors impact disparity. Disproportionate representation most likely stems from a combination of many different circumstances and decisions. It is difficult to ascertain definitive causes; the nature of offenses, differential policing policies and practices, sentencing laws, or racial bias are just some of the possible contributors to disparities in the system. Some studies have begun to explore these issues and are so cited, but the purpose of this report is to describe the nature and extent of the problem. DMC is problematic not only because persons of color are incarcerated in greater numbers, but because they face harsher penalties for given crimes and that the discrepancies accumulate through the stages of the system. This report presents the data on DMC in arrests, court processing and sentencing, new admissions and ongoing populations in prison and jails, probation and parole, capital punishment, and recidivism. At each of these stages, persons of color, particularly African Americans, are more likely to receive less favorable results than their White counterparts. The data reveal that, overall, Hispanics are also overrepresented, though to a lesser extent than African Americans, and that Asian Pacific Islanders as a whole are generally underrepresented. Correcting DMC in the adult system will require improvements in state and federal data collection. In contrast to juvenile DMC data, much of which can be found from a single source and can often be compared across the stages of the juvenile system, data for the adult system are only available through several independent federal and state data collection programs. Each dataset uses different sampling methods, in effect, obscuring how DMC accumulates in the system. All data in this report reflect national figures; when possible, data by state are also presented. All data reported are categorized by race and, when possible, by ethnicity. The latest available data are usually from 2003 to 2006. Most data are reported as a Relative Rate Index, a ratio of the rates at which people of color and Whites are represented in the system relative to their representation in the general population. Failing to separate ethnicity from race hides the true disparity among races, as Hispanics — a growing proportion of the system’s population—are often combined with Whites, which has the effect of inflating White rates and deflating African American rates in comparison. Asian American system populations, while small in comparison to the other groups, also need to be disaggregated. Disaggregation of “Asian,” for instance, allows researchers to assess subgroups such as Vietnamese, Chinese, Indian, Japanese, etc., some of which may have disproportion even when the overall group does not. Despite the shortcomings of the data, this report shows clearly that people of color are overrepresented throughout the adult system and that the system often responds more harshly to people of color than to Whites for similar offenses. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: http://www.nccd-crc.org/nccd/pdf/CreatedEqualReport2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 113857

Author: Kruttschnitt, Candace Title: Customer Satisfaction: Crime Victims’ Willingness to Call the Police Summary: Results from the original victimization survey conducted by the 1967 President’s Crime Commission and the most recent National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) indicate relatively little improvement in citizens’ willingness to call the police when they have been victimized, despite substantial improvements in police recruitment standards and the implementation of community policing. Using data from a sample of women offenders in Minneapolis, who have a low probability of being included in a NCVS, the authors explore who reports crimes to the police and the reasons given for failing to report being victimized. The analyses are confined to crimes of violence perpetrated by intimates, acquaintances, and strangers. Findings indicate both that NCVS data underestimate the extent of non-reporting and that in a substantial number of cases the police failed to respond to citizens’ reports. The authors consider both the practical and theoretical significance of these findings. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Ideas in American Policing No. 12: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/pdf/Ideas_12.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Victims Shelf Number: 117748

Author: Advancement Project Title: Test, Punish, and Push Out: How Zero Tolerance and High-Stakes Testing Funnel Youth Into the School-To-Prison Pipeline Summary: Our tragically low national high school graduation rates should shock the conscience of every American. Reform is clearly needed, but it should start with the policies and practices that have resulted in millions of children not receiving a full and equal chance to receive a high quality education. While there are many factors that contribute to this sad reality, this report explores the two policies that may pose the most direct threat to the educational opportunities of America’s youth: “zero tolerance” school discipline and high-stakes testing. While they are usually considered separately, these two policies are actually closely related. In fact, zero tolerance and high-stakes testing both share the same ideological roots, and together they have combined to seriously damage the relationships between schools and the communities they serve throughout the country. Rather than helping to provide all students with enriching learning experiences, zero tolerance and high-stakes testing lead to an impoverished education for many young people. Instead of supporting students who are struggling or in need, both needlessly punish young people and limit their opportunities to fulfill their potential and achieve their goals. Together, zero tolerance and high-stakes testing have turned schools into hostile and alienating environments for many of our youth, effectively treating them as dropouts-in-waiting. The devastating end result of these intertwined punitive policies is a “school-to-prison pipeline,” in which huge numbers of students throughout the country are treated as if they are disposable, and are being routinely pushed out of school and toward the juvenile and criminal justice systems. The first section of the report examines the common origins and ideological roots of zero tolerance and high-stakes testing. In the 1980s, a movement began to implement far more punitive policies in both the criminal justice and public education systems. Modern zero tolerance (throughout this report, “zero tolerance” is used as shorthand for all punitive school discipline policies and practices) and high-stakes testing policies are the direct result of that movement. Within criminal justice policy, it was zero tolerance-style policing strategies implemented starting with the “War on Drugs” that led to the massive expansion of the adult prison population. This “get-tough” approach was eventually exported to schools, leading to a huge increase in the police and security presence in schools and far more harsh responses to student behavior. The results have been devastating, as across the country there have been dramatic increases in the use of lengthy out-of-school suspensions, expulsions, referrals to alternative schools, referrals to law enforcement, and school-based arrests. In effect, these policies and practices have blurred the line between the education and criminal justice systems. In public education, the equivalent to the War on Drugs was the crackdown on so-called “failing schools” following the 1983 publication of “A Nation at Risk.” That led to a push for greater school accountability, which came to mean broader use of standardized tests to measure achievement. As with zero tolerance, over time policymakers began using these tests punitively, in this case against both students and educators. The No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB) was both a product of this movement and a catalyst for its growth, as it has ushered in a new wave of inflexible, test-based accountability. Since the passage of NCLB in 2002, both the use of highstakes tests and the severity of the consequences attached to them have risen dramatically, leading to a rapidly dwindling set of opportunities for students who do not score well on these exams. Moreover, this “test and punish” approach has had a devastating effect on the quality of education being offered at many schools. Because of the severe consequences attached to these tests, many schools have been turned into test-prep factories, with narrowed, distorted, and weakened curricula often dominated by mindless drilling, rote memorization exercises, and “teaching to the test.” This has suffocated high-quality instruction, and made it more difficult than ever for teachers to engage students and create authentic and sustained learning. Thus, this “get-tough” approach to accountability has created an education system that increasingly turns students off to learning and teachers off to teaching. Despite substantial evidence of the damage caused by zero tolerance and high-stakes testing and the overwhelming body of research supporting alternative approaches, these policies have spread like wildfire due to their easy political appeal. The promoters and defenders of these policies have used the same, undeniably persuasive arguments grounded in principles of accountability and personal responsibility that many Americans associate with success in other fields, such as business. Indeed, the driving ideology behind both high-stakes testing and zero tolerance comes right out of the corporate playbook, as it is based on the notion that problems are solved and productivity is improved through rigorous competition, uncompromising discipline, constant assessment, performance-inducing incentives, and the elimination of low performers. While these principles may work in the business world, they are simply a bad fit in the context of public education. They are based on faulty assumptions, fail to create real improvement in schools, ensure that large numbers of students will fail academically, and fall far short of the democratic purposes of our public education system. Nevertheless, zero tolerance and high-stakes testing have followed the same path on their way to being frequently – and inappropriately – substituted for meaningful education reform. The second section of the report examines the current state of zero-tolerance school discipline across the country, and includes local, state, and national data. School districts around the country have adopted extraordinarily severe discipline policies and practices in recent years. These punitive measures extend far beyond serious infractions; instead, the vast majority of punitive disciplinary consequences tend to result from relatively minor misbehavior or trivial student actions. In fact, the problem in most cases is not the student, but, rather, the adults who react inappropriately to youthful behavior. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: http://www.advancementproject.org/sites/default/files/publications/rev_fin.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 118080

Author: Weisburd, David Title: Understanding Developmental Crime Trajectories at Places: Social Disorganization and Opportunity Perspectives at Micro Units of Geography Summary: Individuals and communities have traditionally been the focus of criminological research, but recently criminologists have begun to explore the importance of “micro” places (e.g. addresses, street segments, and clusters of street segments) in understanding and controlling crime. Recent research provides strong evidence that crime is strongly clustered at hot spots and that there are important developmental trends of crime at place, but little is known about the geographic distribution of these patterns or the specific correlates of crime at this micro level of geography. We report here on a large empirical study that sought to address these gaps in our knowledge of the “criminology of place.” Linking 16 years of official crime data on street segments (a street block between two intersections) in Seattle, Washington to a series of data sets examining social and physical characteristics of micro places over time, we examine not only the geography of developmental patterns of crime at place but also the specific factors that are related to different trajectories of crime. We use two key criminological perspectives, social disorganization theories and opportunity theories, to inform our identification of risk factors in our study and then contrast the impacts of these perspectives in the context of multivariate statistical models. Our first major research question concerns whether social disorganization and opportunity measures vary across micro units of geography, and whether they are clustered, like crime, into “hot spots.” Study variables reflecting social disorganization include property value, housing assistance, race, voting behavior, unsupervised teens, physical disorder, and urbanization. Measures representing opportunity theories include the location of public facilities, street lighting, public transportation, street networks, land use, and business sales. We find strong clustering of such traits into social disorganization and opportunity “hot spots,” as well as significant spatial heterogeneity. We use group-based trajectory modeling to identify eight broad developmental patterns across street segments in Seattle. Our findings in this regard follow an earlier NIJ study that identified distinct developmental trends (e.g. high increasing and high decreasing patterns) while noting the overall stability of crime trends for the majority of street segments in Seattle. We go beyond the prior study by carefully examining the geography of the developmental crime patterns observed. We find evidence of strong heterogeneity of trajectory patterns at street segments with, for example, the presence of chronic trajectory street segments throughout the city. There is also strong street to street variability in crime patterns, though there is some clustering of trajectory patterns in specific areas. Our findings suggest that area trends influence micro level trends (suggesting the relevance of community level theories of crime). Nonetheless, they also show that the bulk of variability at the micro place level is not explained by trends at larger geographic levels. In identifying risk factors related to developmental trajectories, we find confirmation of both social disorganization and opportunity theories. Overall, street segments evidencing higher social disorganization are also found to have higher levels of crime. For many social disorganization measures increasing trends of social disorganization over time were associated with increasing trajectory patterns of crime. Similarly, in the case of opportunity measures related to motivated offenders, suitable crime targets, and their accessibility, we find that greater opportunities for crime are found at street segments in higher rate trajectory patterns. Finally, we use multinomial logistic regression to simultaneously examine opportunity and social disorganization factors and their influence on trajectory patterns. The most important finding here is that both perspectives have considerable salience in understanding crime at place, and together they allow us to develop a very strong level of prediction of crime. Our work suggests it is time to consider an approach to the crime problem that begins not with the people who commit crime but with the micro places where crimes are committed. This is not the geographic units of communities or police beats that have generally been the focus of crime prevention, but it is a unit of analysis that is key to understanding crime and its development. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 379p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236057.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 122991

Author: Polczynski, Christa G. Title: The Driving Force: A Comparative Analysis of Gang-Motivated, Firearm-Related Homicides Summary: The knowledge of gang homicides is constantly increasing, but one aspect of gangs rarely studied is drive-by shootings (Dedel 2007; Hutson, Anglin, and Pratts 1994; Hutson, Anglin, and Eckstein 1996; Polczynski 2007; Sanders 1994; Sugarmann and Newth 2007). In this paper are comparative analyses of gang-motivated, firearm-related homicides perpetrated through a drive-by shooting to those which are not perpetrated through a drive-by shooting, by spatial and regression analyses. The data used for the analyses are a combination of incident variables, such as victim, offender, and incident characteristics, as well as social and economic characteristics of the communities in which the homicides occurred for a 31 year time period in Chicago. The findings indicate that there are differences in the characteristics and spatial location of gang-motivated, firearm-related homicides whether perpetrated through a drive-by shooting or by some other means. Based on the findings there may be policy implementations that are available in order to reduce the likelihood of a gang-motivated drive-by shooting. Details: Orlando, FL: Department of Sociology, University of Central Florida, 2009. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 6, 2011 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0002524/Polczynski_Christa_G_200905_PhD.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drive-By Shootings (U.S.) Shelf Number: 122992

Author: Rountree, Carla D. Title: Development of Counter Measures to Security Risks from Air Cargo Transport Summary: The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 displayed the shortcomings of aviation security in the United States. Most of the attention on aviation security since that time has focused on airline passengers, their luggage, and their carry-on items, leaving air cargo security on the back burner. The lack of security screening and screening guidelines of cargo traveling by both passenger and all-cargo aircraft is the driving purpose behind this research project: the development of a framework that may be used by individual airports or airlines to analyze various security setups for screening outbound air cargo within an on-airport cargo facility. This was accomplished through airport surveys, a case study at an air cargo facility, and computer simulations testing various setups of security technologies to screen cargo within a facility. Data collected from surveys sent to over 100 of the nation’s major airports revealed the lack of security in the air cargo environment and validated the need for this research. Information was obtained on security measures utilized for cargo and personnel, as well as the frequency of cargo screenings and information on the size and setups of cargo facilities. Also, a results comparison between large and small airports was conducted. A case study was performed at a cargo facility within a major U.S. airport in order to gather data pertinent to the simulations used to test the security setups. Information gathered on truck arrivals, the number of flight destinations, security measures in place, as well as the general facility setup was used to form the basis of the simulations. The simulations, conducted in Arena 7.01, tested the effectiveness and cargo throughput of four security cases. Each case employed a different combination of security measures proven suitable for an air cargo environment. The security setups were evaluated based on the security systems’ costs, the overall effectiveness of catching highrisk cargo, and the average amount of time taken to process cargo through the facility. The Arena simulations present airlines, freight forwarders, and airport authorities with the necessary tool to evaluate various cargo security screening measures that will provide the best security solution for their particular facility or facilities. However, further research is needed on the effectiveness of many security technologies. With this information, government and aviation officials will be able to use this framework as a step toward achieving a well-rounded plan for ensuring the safety and security of our nation’s air cargo. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Center for Transportation Studies, University of Virginia, 2004. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. UVACTS-5-14-63: Accessed October 6, 2011 at: http://cts.virginia.edu/docs/UVACTS-5-14-63.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Air Cargo Security Shelf Number: 122994

Author: Tran-Leung, Marie Claire Title: When Discretion Means Denial: The Use of Criminal Records to Deny Low-Income People Access to Federally Subsidized Housing in Illinois Summary: When the Secretary of U.S. Housing and Urban Development (HUD) recently urged public housing authorities (PHAs) to use their discretion to admit applicants with past arrest and conviction records rather than simply exclude them from subsidized housing, we wondered: what happens when discretion means denial? In a report entitled “When Discretion Means Denial: The Use of Criminal Records to Deny Low-Income People Access to Federally-Subsidized Housing in Illinois,” the Shriver Center reviewed the criminal records policies of nearly all the public housing and Housing Choice Voucher programs in the state as well as over 100 properties participating in the project-based Section 8 program. Concentrating on areas where HUD give PHAs discretion to admit applicants with criminal records, the report identifies four areas where PHAs and project owners are most likely to abuse their discretion. The report also urges HUD to align its programs with its “belie[f] in the importance of second chances” by taking affirmative steps toward ending each of these abusive practices. Many PHAs and project owners fail to set reasonable limits on how far back to look when considering an applicant’s criminal history. Even though federal law requires PHAs and project owners to narrow their inquiries to criminal activity that occurred during a “reasonable time” before screening takes place, many admissions policies often give them license to look back as far as they want. These policies often: •Have no time limits and simply deny admission to applicants who have certain types of criminal history in their backgrounds. Without a specific look-back period as a guide, many applicants with criminal records do not bother applying. •Impose permanent bans on people who have been convicted of certain criminal activity. Given that the federal government has chosen to impose permanent bans in only two narrowly tailored instances, however, permanent bans in federally assisted housing should be sparsely used in only the most compelling circumstances. •Use excessively long look-back periods, which essentially function as permanent bans. In two particularly egregious cases, the written admissions policies actually allow owners look back 99 years and 200 years, sending a strong message to people with criminal records—and their families—that they are not welcome in federally subsidized housing. •Rely on minimum look-back periods rather than engage in the usual practice of setting maximum look-back periods. As a result, applicants are deprived of any notice of how long their criminal records will prevent them from accessing federally-assisted housing. PHAs often rely on arrests as sufficient proof of criminal activity, even where the charges were ultimately dismissed and the arrests never led to convictions. Federal law allows PHAs to deny admission to applicants who have engaged in “criminal activity.” But instead of determining whether criminal activity actually occurred, many PHAs substitute a criminal arrest for criminal activity. This administrative shortcut often deprives people of housing when no wrongdoing may have ever taken place. Moreover, its effect on reducing crime is questionable. What is certain, however, is that arrest record screening impedes the fair housing choice of racial minorities disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system and therefore highly suspect under the federal Fair Housing Act. What do these policies look like? About one out of every ten public housing programs in Illinois define “criminal activity” simply by the number of arrests on a person’s criminal record, even if no conviction resulted. The Housing Authority of Edgar County and Massac County Housing Authority, for example, go so far as to deny public housing applicants for a single arrest within the past decade. More common are PHAs that consider arrests as evidence of criminal activity. Although about half of these admissions policies add that “a conviction for drug-related or violent criminal activity will be given more weight than an arrest for such activity,” the authority to deny admission on the basis of mere arrests remains. As a result, these PHAs are susceptible to violating their duty not to discrimination and their duty to affirmatively further fair housing under the Fair Housing Act. Some PHAs and project owners use categories of criminal activity so vague that neither applicants nor administrators fully understand how to apply these standards. Admissions policies usually refer to the three types of criminal activity listed in HUD regulations: drug-related criminal activity, violent criminal activity, and other criminal activity that threatens the health, safety, and right to peaceful enjoyment of other residents. Sometimes, PHAs and project owners supplement this list with vague categories of criminal activity that provide little notice to applicants of the housing provider’s actual standard, such as crimes of “moral turpitude,” an imprecise term that is not defined in the Illinois Criminal Code. Other amorphous categories include criminal activity “that indicates that the applicant may be a threat and/or negative influence on other residents” and “criminal activity that will adversely affect the reputation of the Development.” Neither standard reflects any language found in federal statutes or regulations, making them vulnerable to abusive application. Furthermore, a standard based on a building’s reputation strays from a property owner’s legitimate interest in resident safety, further increasing the potential for abuse. A number of housing providers underuse mitigating circumstances, thus depriving applicants of the opportunity to overcome their past arrest and conviction records. Although HUD regulations require PHAs to consider the time, nature, and extent of a public housing applicant’s conduct, including the seriousness of the offense, more than half of the written admissions policies in Illinois gloss over the fact that applicants could—and in some cases, have the right to—present mitigating circumstances upon being denied for criminal history. Without notice of how to challenge a denial based on a criminal record, many applicants are likely to select themselves out of the admissions process. In the project-based Section 8 program, consideration of mitigating circumstances is encouraged but not required. One out of four tenant selection plans reviewed explicitly stated that the project owner would not consider an applicant’s mitigating circumstances, thus stacking the odds of admissions against anyone with a criminal record. Together, HUD, PHAs, and project owners need to ensure that criminal records screening respects the applicant’s right to be free from unwarranted discrimination. More than simply pulling a person’s criminal history, proper screening requires thoughtful consideration and proper balancing of various factors, such as the nature and severity of the offense, the time elapsed since the commission of the offense, and its relationship to a person’s tenancy. In the quest for bright-line rules, however, policies in Illinois today instead allow PHAs and project owners to abuse the discretion given to them by HUD. For proper screening to happen, HUD must make clear that housing providers need to look beyond the criminal history or face potential consequences. To help ensure that people with criminal records are not unnecessarily barred from federally subsidized housing, we recommend that HUD, PHAs, and project owners: 1.reign in unreasonable look-back periods; 2.end the use of arrests as conclusive proof of criminal activity; 3.enact clear standards for reviewing criminal history that have a basis in federal law; and 4.ensure that applicants can overcome criminal records barriers by presenting evidence of mitigating circumstances. Only when HUD, PHAs, and project owners take these affirmative steps can discretion lead to admission, not just denial. Details: Chicago: Sargent Shriver National Center on Poverty Law, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2011 at: http://www.povertylaw.org/advocacy/housing/when-discretion-means-denial.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Shelf Number: 123000

Author: Conley, Christopher J. Title: Interdicting Maritime Migrant Smuggling: Applying Some Concepts of Operational Art to Coast Guard Operations Summary: The issue of illegal human trafficking, smuggling, and migration in the maritime domain presents a challenge to the organizations charged with protecting the borders of the United States. As an agency responsible for enforcing laws on the high seas, the U.S. Coast Guard is the primary instrument for interdicting illegal maritime migration. Except in extreme circumstances of mass migration, the Coast Guard has relied on the principle of effective presence to accomplish its mission and done so with measurable success. However, with the growing transnational criminal nature of human trafficking and increased pressure on U.S. maritime borders due to tougher border enforcement, the Coast Guard should seek to expand its concept of operations for interdiction of human smuggling in the maritime domain. The Coast Guard could do this by inviting relevant agencies to participate in a Joint Interagency Task Force to bring a unified effort to counter maritime smuggling. Furthermore, the Coast Guard should apply the appropriate concepts of operational art consistent with joint doctrine in planning and executing its mission to ensure the most effective and efficient application of national resources. Details: Newport, RI: Joint Military Operations Department, Naval War College, 2008. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2011 at: http://dodreports.com/pdf/ada484333.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 123003

Author: Draine, Jeffrey Title: Social Capital and Reentry to the Community from Prison Summary: Each year over 600,000 men and women return to the community from prison, a number that is expected to grow with legal and economic pressures to shrink the size of prison populations. This process of egress is referred to as prison reentry, or just “reentry” and it implies that these individuals are leaving prison and reentering the community. The “community” to which these individuals are returning is unclear both in terms of its spatial and social geography. For many returning individuals, the geographic location of their communities is uncertain. Some do not know the state, county, or city to which they will return in the months and weeks preceding their release. Where they will live depends on the conjoint decisions of family, friends, the returning person, and the parole board (for those leaving prison under parole supervision). These housing decisions often rest on shifting sands that set only in the days prior to release. The social geography of the “community” is also uncertain. Community, as a social concept, implies relationships with individuals, with institutions, and a whole set of family and social ties that work together. The resources connected to many of these ties stretch beyond the concept of social support. They are part of the economic fabric of a community that connects community members to jobs, housing, and health. Research shows that people leaving prison disproportionately return to at-risk communities; that is, communities characterized by high rates of unemployment, crime, drug use, and poverty (Rose & Clear, 1998). People returning to these communities find themselves entering places where resources are already strained by social problems and their social ties to these resources have been weakened by time incarcerated. Access to housing, employment, and health resources has the potential to help vulnerable people with health and behavioral health problems succeed in community living. While it is well-recognized that resources matter in terms of successful reentry, very little conceptualization has underpinned this conclusion. Researchers at the Center, using a social conceptualization process, developed a framework for understanding “community” and its role in the reentry process for people with behavioral health problems. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research, Rutgers University, 2009. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed October 7, 2011 at: http://cbhs.rutgers.edu/pdfs/Research%20Brief_Social_Capital.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 123008

Author: Cobb-Clark, Deborah A. Title: Fathers and Youth's Delinquent Behavior Summary: This paper analyzes the relationship between having one or more father figures and the likelihood that young people engage in delinquent criminal behavior. We pay particular attention to distinguishing the roles of residential and non-residential, biological fathers as well as stepfathers. Using data from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health, we find that adolescent boys engage in more delinquent behavior if there is no father figure in their lives. However, adolescent girls' behavior is largely independent of the presence (or absence) of their fathers. The strong effect of family structure is not explained by the lack of paternal involvement that generally comes with fathers’ absence, even though adolescents, especially boys, who spend time doing things with their fathers usually have better outcomes. There is also a link between adult delinquent behavior and adolescent family structure that cannot be explained by fathers' involvement with their adolescent sons and is only partially explained by fathers' involvement with their adolescent daughters. Finally, the strong link between adolescent family structure and delinquent behavior is not accounted for by the income differentials associated with fathers' absence. Our results suggest that the presence of a father figure during adolescence is likely to have protective effects, particularly for males, in both adolescence and young adulthood. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17507: Accessed October 17, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17507 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Homes Shelf Number: 123010

Author: Latonero, Mark Title: Human Trafficking Online: The Role of Social Networking Sites and Online Classifieds Summary: This report presents a comprehensive examination of the role of social networking sites and online classified ads in facilitating human trafficking and delivers recommendations for developing technological innovations to monitor and combat trafficking. Human trafficking, a form of modern-day slavery, is a grim reality of the 21st-century global landscape in developed as well as developing countries. While traditional channels of trafficking remain in place, online technologies give traffickers the unprecedented ability to exploit a greater number of victims and advertise their services across geographic boundaries. Yet the extent to which online technologies are used in both sex and labor trafficking is unclear, and the current approach to the question is lacking. While online classified sites such as Craigslist have already been under intense scrutiny for being used by traffickers, little research is available on the role of online classified and social networking sites in human trafficking, and the issue has yet to be fully studied. Instead of singling out these technologies as a root cause of trafficking, this report poses the following question: Can online technologies be leveraged to provide actionable, data-driven information in real time to those positioned to help victims? This study forwards the hypothesis that tools such as data mining, mapping, and advanced analytics can be used by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, law enforcement, academia, and the private sector to further the anti-trafficking goals of prevention, protection, and prosecution. Adapting these technologies and methods requires careful consideration of potential implications for civil liberties, such as privacy and freedom of expression. This report applies detailed methods to understanding the relationship between domestic human trafficking and online technologies through literature reviews, field research, and interviews. In addition, the report presents preliminary results from primary research in developing tools to assist law enforcement and anti-trafficking efforts. The report concludes with a set of recommendations and guidelines to inform future research and technological interventions in human trafficking. The use of Internet technologies in people’s daily lives has dramatically increased in recent years. In 2010, the number of Internet users worldwide exceeded an estimated 2 billion. Hundreds of millions of individuals use social networking sites, and approximately half of all online adults in America have used online classified advertising sites. In contrast to the many social benefits that Internet technologies provide, a darker narrative also has emerged. Social networks and online classified sites are being used by traffickers to market, recruit, sell, and exploit for criminal purposes. Many of these sites are explicit in nature and some are underground. Yet, evidence from legal cases demonstrates that mainstream sites such as Craigslist, Backpage, and Myspace have already been used for trafficking. Facebook, Twitter, and other social networking sites are susceptible to similar uses. Because human trafficking is a crime recognized by international protocols and state laws, traffickers are traditionally forced to conduct their activities underground. But this report illustrates that online transactions leave behind traces of user activity, providing a rare window into criminal behavior, techniques, and patterns. Every online communication between traffickers, “johns,” and their victims reveals potentially actionable information for anti-trafficking investigators. Until now, there has been a lack of data on the role of online technologies in human trafficking. Yury Fedotov, executive director of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, remarked: “We do not have an accurate picture of the scope and nature of [the misuse of technology] and cannot act as effectively as we should. Knowledge is essential for evidence-based policy, and we must fill the information gap.” The Annenberg Center on Communication Leadership & Policy (CCLP) at the University of Southern California launched an anti-trafficking initiative in response to a similar call for increased knowledge. The project began at a June 2010 meeting CCLP Director Geoffrey Cowan convened in Washington, D.C., at the urging of Alec Ross, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s senior adviser for innovation, and Ambassador Luis CdeBaca, head of the State Department’s Office to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons. Representatives from the U.S. Agency for International Development, the Department of Justice, the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and the United Nations joined leaders from the technology field, nongovernmental organizations, and academia to discuss the use of technology to address trafficking. The meeting set into motion research initiatives in the Mekong Subregion (including Thailand, Cambodia, and Vietnam), Haiti, and the United States. An absence of technological solutions for information sharing among antitrafficking organizations inspired further study into potential uses of technology in this field. A partnership between the USC Information Sciences Institute and CCLP developed prototype software designed to detect possible cases of online sex trafficking activity, particularly cases involving underage victims. Together, the group conducted advanced research on data mining, computational linguistics, and mapping tools to monitor trafficking on social networking and online classified sites. Feedback from the Federal Bureau of Investigation was integral to this process. This report indicates that immediate action is required to develop monitoring and prevention techniques to combat human trafficking online. The report recommends future research and proposes actions that stakeholders can undertake to address trafficking online. Comprehensive solutions to trafficking through online channels should involve proactive steps by governments to protect victims and support law enforcement in combating a new generation of tech-savvy traffickers. At the same time, this report urges private-sector technology firms to recognize the opportunity to address human trafficking on their networks and services. In addition, NGOs and academics bring needed expertise to technological interventions. This study also identifies technological innovations that can be used by actors and stakeholders involved in anti-trafficking efforts. To that end, the following principles are intended for those seeking to employ technology as a means to combat human trafficking. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism, Center on Communication Leadership and Policy, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2011 at: https://technologyandtrafficking.usc.edu/files/2011/09/HumanTrafficking_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 123011

Author: Walsh, Nastassia Title: When Treatment is Punishment: The Effects of Maryland's Incompetency to Stand Trial Policies and Practices Summary: In FY2010, the Maryland Mental Hygiene Administration provided 789 pretrial screenings and evaluations for incompetency to stand trial, 77 percent of which were for the District Courts. Baltimore City makes up the largest percentage of screenings and evaluations in the state: 23 percent come from Baltimore, 72 percent of which are for the Baltimore City District Courts. In FY2011, 129 competency screenings were conducted in Baltimore City District Court, 70 percent of which were referred for further evaluation due to the possibility of incompetency to stand trial. At the end of FY2011, two out of every three people (68 percent) in state psychiatric hospitals in Maryland were on forensic status, meaning they were involved in the justice system, either as incompetent to stand trial (IST) or after a finding of “not criminally responsible.” While the total number of people treated in state hospitals in Maryland has decreased 18 percent since FY2006, the number committed as IST increased 113 percent since FY2006, from 163 people to 348 in FY2011. For Spring Grove Hospital Center (Spring Grove), where the majority of IST patients are committed by the Baltimore City District Court, this percentage increase is even greater: the number of people committed as IST increased 335 percent since FY 2006, from 34 people to 148 at the end of FY2011. This increase in the number of forensic IST commitments is happening at the same time that Maryland is diverting civil admissions to private and community hospitals by purchasing beds in those settings, closing state hospitals and reducing beds in many facilities. The reasons for this shift include a belief that most people are more appropriately served in hospitals and outpatient settings located in their own communities, and for cost-containment purposes. However, due to the increasing numbers of forensic patients, including IST patients, state hospitals are still operating at or above capacity. Increasing commitments by the courts and increasing lengths of stay for people who are committed puts intense pressure on Maryland to continue operating at current state hospital bed capacity, and perhaps even consider expanding. During the 2011 legislative session, the budget committee of the Maryland General Assembly reallocated $200,000 from the general fund appropriation made to support the operations of the state hospitals for Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (DHMH) to use for an independent study on (a) potential demand for state hospital capacity, including the maximum appropriate use of community-based alternatives; and (b) best practices for facility operations, including building size and configuration; and (c) appropriate site locations based on future demand. An accurate analysis of future need for state hospital beds cannot be made without close scrutiny of the legitimacy of current use of beds by the courts, particularly the rapidly increasing IST population. As Spring Grove alone saw a 335 percent increase in IST patients, examining court practices— especially those of the Baltimore City District Court, which makes up the majority of IST commitments to Spring Grove—is necessary to make sure courts are using IST commitments appropriately and effectively. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/when_treatment_is_punishment-full_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 123012

Author: Retail Industry Leaders Association (RILA) Title: Crime Trends and Leading Practices Survey Summary: The Retail Industry Leaders Association’s (RILA) Crime Trends and Leading Practices Survey was launched in December 2008 in an effort to measure the correlation between criminal activity and the economic downturn among the nation’s leading retailers. RILA has continued to monitor crime trends, conducting follow-up surveys in May 2009, January 2010 and August 2010. In August 2010, the survey was expanded to solicit feedback from retailers regarding effective criminal risk mitigation tools as part of an industry-wide collaborative effort to combat retail crime. Survey participants were asked to report measured or perceived changes in crimes perpetrated against retailers over the past year and to share leading practices for minimizing business risks. Reflective of RILA’s membership, respondents represented all retail segments: building/garden equipment, clothing/accessories, food/beverage, furniture/electronics/appliances, general merchandise, motor vehicles/parts, Sporting goods/hobby /books/music and miscellaneous. Details: Arlington, VA: Retail Industry Leaders Association, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.rila.org/email/FINALPRESSRILACrimeTrendsLeadingPracticesSurveyFinalOctober2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 123046

Author: Weisburd, David L. Title: Hot Spots of Juvenile Crime: Findings From Seattle Summary: This bulletin summarizes the results of a study that reviewed the distribution of juvenile crime in Seattle. The researchers geographically mapped the crime incidents in which a juvenile was arrested to identify the rates and hot spots of juvenile crime in the city. Key findings include the following: • Fifty percent of all juvenile crime incidents occurred at less than 1 percent of street segments—an area that includes the addresses on both sides of a street between two intersections. All juvenile crime incidents occurred at less than 5 percent of street segments. • Juvenile crime was concentrated in public and commercial areas where youth gather—schools, youth centers, shops, malls, and restaurants—rather than residential areas.• Crime rates often vary from one street segment to the next, suggesting that police efforts targeting these hot spots can reduce crime. • Many juvenile crime hot spots coincide with areas where youth congregate, which indicates that closer supervision of these public places, in the form of place managers or patrols, may help lower juvenile crime rates in those areas. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/231575.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 123048

Author: Treverton, Gregory F. Title: Moving Toward the Future of Policing Summary: Some police forces think that 20 years from now they will operate much as they do today, but advances in technology and operating concepts are driving significant changes in day-to-day police operations. This book explores potential visions of the future of policing, based on the drivers of jurisdiction, technology, and threat, and includes concrete steps for implementation. This analysis is based on a review of policing methods and theories from the 19th century to the present day. Recommendations include educating personnel and leaders to build internal support for change, transitioning to shared technical platforms, and leveraging winning technologies. Because criminals will also use new technology that becomes available, the key to the future of policing will not be the technology itself; it will be the ways in which police forces adapt the technology to their needs. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2011/RAND_MG1102.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 123051

Author: Eith, Christine Title: Contacts between Police and the Public, 2008 Summary: This report presents findings from a nationally representative survey of nearly 60,000 residents age 16 or older about their contact with police during the 12 months prior to the interview. Interviews were conducted between July 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008 as a supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). This report offers detailed information on face-to-face contacts with the police, including the reason for and outcome of the contact, resident opinion on police behavior during the contact, and whether police used or threatened use of force during the contact. The report describes the demographic characteristics of residents involved in traffic stops and incidents in which the police used force. It also provides comparative analysis with prior survey findings. Highlights include the following: The percent of U.S. residents age 16 or older who had face-to-face contact with police declined from 2002 (21.0%) to 2005 (19.1%) and declined again in 2008 (16.9%). White (8.4%), black (8.8%), and Hispanic (9.1%) drivers were stopped by police at similar rates in 2008. Male drivers (9.9%) were stopped at higher rates than female drivers (7.0%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed October 18, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/cpp08.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 123055

Author: LaVigne, Nancy Title: Evaluating the Use of Public Surveillance Cameras for Crime Control and Prevention Summary: Municipalities across the country are in a constant search for effective public safety interventions that will curb crime and improve the livability and economic well-being of their communities. This is particularly true among law enforcement agencies that embrace a community policing philosophy, which has become a key component of policing efforts in most mid- and large-sized law enforcement agencies across the United States. While many believe that the adoption of community policing has led to more efficient and effective policing strategies, law enforcement agencies continue to grapple with limited resources and are therefore interested in employing new tools that can enhance their community policing efforts. Among the latest waves of public safety tools is the use of public surveillance cameras, often referred to as Closed Circuit Television (CCTV). While surveillance cameras are widely employed in the business sector to improve security, until recently their use to monitor public spaces has been much less common in the United States, in part due to concerns about privacy and civil liberties. Community policing, which embodies a combination of proactive crime prevention and community engagement with more traditional policing functions, may benefit from this technology because public surveillance cameras could enhance problem-solving strategies, aid in arrests and investigations, and ultimately increase potential offenders’ perceptions that they will be both caught and prosecuted. Public surveillance systems may also have a secondary impact, serving to increase law abiding citizens’ perceptions of safety and thus their presence in public spaces, which in turn may increase guardianship, improve police-community partnerships, and reduce crime. The potential contributions to policing and public safety that public surveillance cameras may yield perhaps explain why the technology’s use has expanded in recent years. Unfortunately, these investments of scarce public safety resources are being made despite the fact that very few rigorous outcome evaluations of public surveillance cameras have been conducted in the United States. Scant research exists documenting the decisions behind public surveillance technology investment and use, and the lessons learned by cities that have employed this technology. Further, only one publication exists describing the use of public surveillance cameras in investigations and prosecutions. This evaluation aims to fill these research gaps by detailing: (1) the results of an in-depth qualitative data collection effort to examine and synthesize the experiences of cities—Baltimore, MD; Chicago, IL; and Washington, D.C.— that have invested heavily in public surveillance technology in recent years; (2) a rigorous analysis of crime data to determine the degree to which cameras significantly reduce and/or displace crime; and (3) the degree to which the camera investment is cost-beneficial. Designed primarily for law enforcement agencies and their municipal partners, this report begins with a review of previous findings of published public surveillance studies and describes the research methodology employed for the present study. We then present case studies from each of the three research sites, detailing the decisions behind camera investment, implementation, and use, and highlighting the role that public surveillance cameras play in supporting arrests, investigations, and prosecutions. Findings from the impact, spatial, and cost-benefit analysis pieces are discussed within the chapters for each of the three sites. The report concludes with a section devoted to the lessons learned by these jurisdictions, followed by recommendations to help inform both agencies that are currently investing in public surveillance systems for public safety purposes, as well as those that are contemplating doing so. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412403-Evaluating-the-Use-of-Public-Surveillance-Cameras-for-Crime-Control-and-Prevention.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 123056

Author: Stroker, Richard Title: Paroling Authorities’ Strategic Planning and Management for Results Summary: Parole boards, releasing authorities, and parole directors have been invested with significant public responsibilities.The individuals who comprise paroling authorities and parole boards have been entrusted with the authority to make critical parole case decisions. More broadly, parole boards, releasing authorities, and their executives are charged with making organizational decisions that can affect— in a variety of ways—every citizen in their jurisdictions. In light of the broad public policy, criminal justice, and fiscal responsibilities that these key officials exercise, it is imperative that the leaders of parole organizations: 1. Have clarity of vision. They should be able to develop a clear sense of what their organization strives to accomplish and the values that drive its work. 2. Assess the organization’s current operating practices. They should be able to appreciate the organization’s current circumstances and its position relative to its goals. 3. Engage key partners. They should be able to develop and use the skills necessary to bring appropriate individuals together to define, assess, and prioritize critical issues. 4.Take strategic action. They should be able to plan and execute strategic actions that will allow the organization to advance toward its objectives. 5. Review information and manage for results. They must monitor and adjust activities consistent with the results of objective information, feedback, and evaluations. In Comprehensive Framework for Paroling Authorities in an Era of Evidence-Based Practices, author nancy Campbell (2008:6) makes an important observation: ... for a parole board to be effective, it is not enough for the members of the organization to learn new skills and/or to recognize the way they individually frame ideas about others or about issues. Rather, they must also change the way they view themselves and their individual roles within the organization and redefine the organization’s role and processes (emphasis in original). This paper discusses the five areas outlined above as they relate to parole boards and releasing authorities. It offers specific methods and techniques parole leaders can use to explore and transform their organization’s role and processes to better achieve their desired organizational goals. It is intended to help parole leaders hone their capacity to analyze and manage effectively the many and varied challenges they face. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Parole Essentials: Practical Guides for Parole Leaders No. 3: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/024199.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 123059

Author: Burke, Peggy Title: Special Challenges Facing Parole Summary: Parole boards, releasing authorities, and parole executives make a variety of critical decisions concerning the timing of release, conditions to be imposed, and supervision strategies for thousands of offenders each year. As the development of this series of papers progressed and guidance was sought from its advisory group, a number of challenging topics surfaced. One had to do with certain subpopulations of offenders who present unique challenges for parole boards. Another had to do with the intractable issue of identifying appropriate housing for offenders returning to the community. The feeling among the advisory group was that new parole board members—or even more senior members—would benefit from an easily accessible source of information on these topics. They envisioned a document that would lay out the context, summarize the key issues, highlight the recent research, and provide suggestions about where to find more extensive and detailed resources. To accomplish that goal, the paper presents basic and current information about populations identified by the project advisory group: •• Inmates who have committed sex offenses. •• Those who have significant mental health or substance abuse issues. •• Female offenders. •• Aging or geriatric offenders. •• Youthful offenders incarcerated in the adult correctional system. This publication includes, where possible, examples of practices adopted in various jurisdictions to address these populations. A final section provides a framework for considering housing issues from the perspective of paroling authorities. Clearly, a single document cannot present all there is to know on these topics. The current document is intended to provide a solid grounding in these issues that is relevant to the perspective of parole board members and to point the way to more extensive resources on these topics. Although this paper addresses a set of issues that may appear, at first, to be somewhat unrelated, a clear pattern emerges from the following discussion. First, it highlights the specialized knowledge that parole leaders are required to master. Given the limited and staggered terms typical of paroling authority members, continuing training, self-education, and peer consultation are critical. With respect to the particular populations and challenges discussed in this paper, paroling authority members often have little direct authority over the types of assessments or programs that are available in correctional institutions or in the community. This underlines the continuing importance of building strong, collaborative partnerships with other correctional stakeholders to create support for strong, evidence-based assessments and interventions and for their targeted deployment. Finally, the issues addressed in this paper may be very closely related, even in the context of a single case. Substance abuse, sexual offending, and mental illness, for example, all can be exhibited by a single offender, whether male or female, young or old. Hopefully, the information in this paper will assist paroling authority members as they work to address these challenges, however they present themselves. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Parole Essentials: Practical Guides for Parole Leaders No. 4: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/024200.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123060

Author: Carter, Madeline Title: Evidence-Based Policy, Practice, and Decisionmaking Implications for Paroling Authorities Summary: Governments around the world are moving to align their programs and services with what is known as evidence-based policy and practices (EBP). EBP, which originated in the medical profession three decades ago, asserts that public policy and practice must be based on the best available scientific evidence to be effective in the achievement of its goals and to be efficient in the use of taxpayers’ dollars. To be evidence-based is to implement practices, both at the individual and the organizational levels, that are guided by sound, empirical research.The result is more efficient and effective outcomes — outcomes that make better use of public resources and, ultimately, reduce future crime. This paper presents the key research findings that make these goals possible and the implications of these findings for paroling authorities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Parole Essentials: Practical Guides for Parole Leaders No. 2: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/024198.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 123061

Author: Burke, Peggy Title: The Future of Parole as a Key Partner in Assuring Public Safety Summary: New research is providing lessons about how the criminal justice system in the United States can reduce recidivism, prevent crime and victimization, and better use precious public resources. One of the fundamental principles of this new body of knowledge is that all components of the justice system must target new, more effective solutions to the right offenders.This paper will argue that paroling authorities can lead change efforts in this transformation, because they are uniquely positioned to target interventions to the appropriate offenders. By strengthening and focusing their decisionmaking regarding release, setting of conditions, and responding to violations, paroling authorities can help the system do what has proven effective and discontinue past practices that have proven ineffective. The paper will also make the case that strong, collaborative partnerships with and support from other key stakeholders—including chief executives, prison officials, and parole supervision agencies — are another essential ingredient to realize parole’s leadership role in the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Parole Essentials: Practical Guides for Parole Leaders No. 5: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/024201.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 123062

Author: Wendel, Travis Title: Dynamics of Methamphetamine Markets in New York City: Final Technical Report to the National Institute of Justice Summary: Using Respondent Driven Sampling, this study piloted an innovative research design mixing qualitative and quantitative data collection methods, and social network analysis, that addresses a gap in information on retail methamphetamine markets and the role of illicit drug markets in consumption. Based on a sample of 132 methamphetamine users, buyers and sellers in New York City (NYC), findings describe a bifurcated market defined by differences in sexual identity, drug use behaviors, social network characteristics, and drug market behaviors. The larger sub-market is a closed market related to a sexual network of men who have sex with men (MSM) where methamphetamine (referred to as “tina”) is used as a sex drug. The smaller submarket is a less-closed market not denominated by sexual identity where methamphetamine (referred to as “crank,” “speed,” or “crystal meth”) overlaps with powder and crack cocaine markets. Participants in the MSM submarket viewed “tina” as very different from cocaine, due to what they characterized as the drug’s intense sexual effects, whereas participants in the smaller non-sexual-identity-denominated submarket saw “crystal meth” as a cost-effective alternative to cocaine. While majorities of participants in all subpopulations studied reported that their use of methamphetamine primarily centered on sex, almost all (91%) MSM reported this. Many MSM reported that their sexuality had become indistinguishable from their drug use. MSM had denser patterns of social network ties and many more sex partners than other subpopulations. MSM market participants reported higher prices for the drug, which may be an indication that they are accessing purer forms of methamphetamine. Participants were more willing to discuss accessing or purchasing methamphetamine than they were to discuss providing or selling the drug, although all indications are that most market participants do both. Compared with the sometimes highly organized markets that have existed for other illegal drugs (e.g., heroin, cocaine, marijuana), retail methamphetamine markets have remained, by contrast, relatively primitive in their social and technical organization, and distinct patterns of drug use emerged as an outcome of interactions between drug providers and members of their social networks. In this case, those with less structurally advantageous positions within the network must depend on better-positioned network contacts to supply them with methamphetamine. Findings from the study indicate that the most striking characteristic of the methamphetamine market in New York City is the extent of the secondary market. Study data suggests this large secondary market has developed because of “bottlenecks” in the chain of distribution, which may be the outcome of the inconsistent supply of methamphetamine available in New York City. Participants reported essentially no violence in connection with methamphetamine markets in NYC. Participants have a lifetime total of 13 methamphetamine possession arrests for the sample of 132; none has ever been arrested for methamphetamine distribution. Study findings may be useful to practitioners, policy-makers and researchers in fields including law enforcement, criminal justice, and public health and substance abuse treatment. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2011. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236122.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 123063

Author: Yoshihama, Mieko Title: Lifecourse Experiences of Intimate Partner Violence and Help-Seeking among Filipina, Indian, and Pakistani Women: Implications for Justice System Responses Summary: Research on intimate partner violence (IPV) in Asian communities is critical given a nexus of interrelated, complex factors: high prevalence estimates of IPV against Asian women, the over-representation of Asian victims in IPV-related homicides, the lack of socio-culturally tailored and linguistically accessible assistance programs, the under-utilization of outside help by Asian battered women, and myriad structural, institutional, and socio-cultural barriers to helpseeking (Crites, 1990; Ho, 1990; Kanuha, 1987; McDonnell & Abdulla, 2001; Shimtuh, 2000; Tran, 1997; Raj, Silverman, McLeary-Sills, & Liu, 2004; Yoshihama, 2000, 2002; Yoshihama & Dabby, 2009; Yoshioka, Gilbert, El-Bassel, Baig-Amin, 2003). There are virtually no studies that specifically examine Asian battered women’s experiences with the criminal justice system (CJS). Research on IPV over the lifecourse and related help-seeking efforts is also scarce but necessary given that IPV often recurs over the lifecourse and that survivors’ decisions to seek help and the preferred and actual sources of help change over time and are shaped by the current situation, as well as past experiences of IPV and help-seeking (Bachman & Coker, 1995; Duterte et al., 2008; Fleury, Sullivan, Bybee, & Davidson, 1998; Hickman & Simpson, 2003; Jasinski, 2003). The goal of this research project is to enhance the understanding of Asian battered women’s experiences in seeking help from the criminal justice system (CJS) and other (non-CJS) programs and develop recommendations for system responses to IPV in Asian communities. This project focused on selected Asian ethnic groups – Filipina, Indian and Pakistani. This project was jointly conducted by the University of Michigan School of Social Work and the Asian & Pacific Islander Institute on Domestic Violence of the Asian & Pacific Islander American Health Forum. This report addressed the following research questions: • When do Asian battered women experience various types of IPV over their lifecourse? • When do Asian battered women come into contact with CJS and non-CJS agencies? • What kinds of responses do Asian battered women receive from CJS and non-CJS agencies? • What responses do Asian battered women perceive as helpful? • What are the barriers to contacting CJS agencies? • What suggestions do Asian battered women have for improving CJS responses to IPV in Asian communities? Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236174.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Asian Women Shelf Number: 123064

Author: Boyle, Douglas J. Title: Outcomes of a Randomized Trial of an Intensive Community Corrections Program – Day Reporting Centers – For Parolees Summary: The present study is an experimental evaluation of the relative effectiveness of an intensive community corrections program, often referred to as a Day Reporting Center (DRC), versus an intensive supervision parole condition (Phase I). DRC is a program that brings groups of parolees together from throughout a municipality or larger geographic area for supervision, services, and programming, and requires them to spend significant amounts of time together on a daily basis. Alternatively, Phase I is an individual-based intensive supervision with referral to services and with additional conditions imposed. Participants were randomly assigned to either DRC (n = 198) or Phase I (n = 204), and data were collected for 18 months post 90 day study period. Overall, during the 90 day study period, DRC participants were more likely to be arrested for a new offense, whereas Phase I participants were more likely to obtain employment than were DRC participants. During the 6 month period immediately following study participation, DRC participants were more likely to be re-convicted of a new offense. Furthermore, DRC participants were more likely than Phase I participants to produce a positive drug test during this period. Over the 12 and 18 month post completion periods, there was only one difference between the study groups, with Phase I participants more likely to obtain employment at 18 month follow-up. Results of the current investigation showed that DRCs did not produce better outcomes than the control group, and during some time periods treatment effects were significantly worse. The pattern of outcomes favoring Phase I supervision is even more noteworthy given the relative costs of the two programs, since Phase I is significantly less expensive than DRC programming. These findings raise important policy and fiscal concerns regarding the rationale for using the DRC model to supervise medium- and high-risk parolees. However, this should not be construed as saying that individual supervision alone is sufficient, since Phase I parolees were assigned additional conditions at the discretion of their parole officers which could include outpatient drug treatment, mental health treatment, educational training and others. The implications of the present research for policy and practice are significant. The overall finding is that medium- and high-risk parolees can be managed as effectively in the community at far less cost using a Phase-based individual system. Details: Newark, NJ: Violence Institute of New Jersey at the University of Medicine & Dentistry of New Jersey, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236080.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123067

Author: Virginia. Department of Criminal Justice Services, Criminal Justice Research Center Title: Virginia Crime Trends 2000 ‐ 2009 Summary: This document presents Virginia index crime and drug arrests rates from two different sources: Crime In The United States (U.S.), by the U.S. Department of Justice Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) Criminal Justice Research Center. Both agencies use criminal incident reports submitted by local law enforcement agencies to the Incident‐Based Crime Reporting Repository System managed by the Virginia Department of State Police (VSP) to calculate Virginia crime and arrest rates, but the rates reported by each differ slightly. The differences are largely attributed to: (1) Different methodologies used to estimate missing or underreported crime or arrest data. (2) Different sources for population data used to calculate offense rates. FBI calculates population estimates using U.S. Census Bureau estimated data and population growth rates. DCJS uses estimates produced by the Weldon Cooper Center for Public Service at the University of Virginia. (3) The FBI may "freeze" the crime data later than DCJS resulting in small differences in the number of crimes used to calculate the rates. For valid comparisons, any discussion of Virginia crime and arrest rates versus national rates or rates of the other states use Virginia rates reported by the FBI in Crime In The U.S. Any discussion of crime and arrest rates for regions or localities within Virginia use rates calculated by DCJS. The report includes a summary of rate trends from 2000 through 2009 for violent index crime, property index crime, and drug arrests, followed by numerous charts, graphs, and tables that break down the data for each category. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/VirginiaCrimeTrends2000-2009.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 123068

Author: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center Title: By Force and Without Consent: A Five Year Overview of Sexual Violence in South Carolina: 2005 - 2009 Summary: By Force and Without Consent: A Five Year Overview of Sexual Violence in South Carolina 2005 – 2009 is the second in a series of ongoing reports, designed to provide basic information about victims of sexual violence over a five year period. The information presented in the tables, graphs and charts in this publication is based on incident reports submitted to the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED) by state and local law enforcement agencies. These reports are edited and reviewed, corrected as needed and compiled to form the basis of the information presented in this report. It is important to note that the information in this report is only as complete and accurate as the information reported to local law enforcement and subsequently submitted to SLED. By their very nature, unreported crimes cannot be included in the report. While there are a variety of legal and social definitions of sexual violence, this report uses a broad definition of sexual violence, parsed into meaningful sub-categories, in order to provide as much useful information as possible. This report seeks to provide information concerning the scope and nature of sexual violence at the state level; however the overall emphasis of the report is to provide information concerning short term trends and county level information. The study found that nearly all the statewide indicators of sexual violence victimization trends demonstrated a decline from 2004 through 2008. Overall, the number of sexual violence victims decreased 10.7%, while the sexual violence victimization rate per 10,000 decreased 16.1% over the five year period. The invasive sexual violence victimization rate decreased (17.2%), the rape victimization rate decreased (11.9%), the forcible sodomy victimization rate decreased (37.5%); the sexual assault with an object victimization rate decreased (19.6%) as did the forcible fondling victimization rate (14.3%). Similarly, sexual violence victimization rates against children and adults decreased 19.1% and 6.8% respectively from 2004 through 2008. Following the same pattern over the five year time period, sexual violence victimization rates involving family victim/offender relationships decreased (6.8%), as did the sexual violence victimization rates involving marital victim/offender relationships (23.8%), sexual violence victimization involving victim/offender relationships where the victim and offender knew but did not have a family, marital or romantic relationship (17%), and sexual violence victimization involving strangers (18.1%). The lone exception to this pattern of decreasing sexual victimization rates was the sexual victimization rate involving romantic victim/offender relationships, which increased 5.6% from 2004 through 2008. It is important to note that romantic victim/offender relationships accounted for less than 4% of sexual violence victimization. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2011. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2011 at: http://www.scdps.org/ojp/stats/SexualViolence/By%20Force%20and%20Without%20Consent%202005%20-%202009%20Final%20Version.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123071

Author: Stoughton, Corey Title: Taking Tasers Seriously: The Need for Better Regulation of Stun Guns in New York Summary: Tasers or “stun guns,” deliver up to 50,000 volts of electricity intended to incapacitate their victims. Long lauded as safer alternatives to deadly force, Tasers are in use by 16,000 law enforcement agencies in the U.S.—including 350 in New York State—and have been linked with hundreds of deaths. More than a dozen New Yorkers have died after Taser shocks, some in police custody and others with mental illness whose families turned to law enforcement for help, only to suffer mortal loss. Since February 2004, news reports have documented five deaths after Taser shocks in Suffolk County alone. Scores more across the state have been hurt or humiliated when officers, lacking consistent guidelines and thorough training, deployed Tasers inappropriately. To better identify and understand patterns of Taser use in New York State, the New York Civil Liberties Union analyzed 851 Taser incident reports from eight departments across the state as well as 10 departments’ guidelines for Taser use, obtained through the state Freedom of Information Law and public sources. These records show that officers misuse and overuse these weapons, resorting directly to Tasers rather than less intrusive police tactics to calm, subdue or arrest people they encounter. They also suggest a lack of awareness of the risks of multiple, prolonged shocks; of the particular danger Tasers pose to vulnerable populations; and of the need to avoid sensitive areas of the body, including the chest. While some studies tout the benefits of Tasers as a tool for law enforcement, the absence of sound policy, training and guidelines to direct the powerful weapons’ proper, lawful use contributes to this disturbing pattern of misuse and overuse and puts the state’s residents and visitors at unnecessary and unjustifiable risk. The NYCLU’s analysis found: Nearly 60 percent of reported Taser incidents did not meet expertrecommended criteria for justifying Taser use—criteria that limit the weapon’s use to situations where law enforcement officers can document active aggression or a risk of physical injury. Fifteen percent of incident reports indicated clearly inappropriate Taser use, such as officers shocking people who were merely passively or verbally noncompliant with a police order, or where a suspect was already handcuffed or restrained. Only 15 percent of documented Taser incidents involved people who were armed or who were thought to be armed, belying the myth that Tasers are most frequently used as an alternative to deadly force. More than one-third of Taser incidents involved multiple or prolonged Taser shocks, which experts link to an increased risk of injury and death. More than 1 in 4 (27 percent) of Taser incidents involved shocks directly to subjects’ chest area, despite explicit 2009 guidelines by the weapon’s manufacturer instructing users to avoid firing Tasers at the chest area, citing a risk of “potential cardiac consequences. In 75 percent of incidents, no verbal warnings were reported, despite expert recommendations that verbal warnings precede Taser firings. Half of the jurisdictions surveyed do not, in fact, require officers to issue verbal warnings. Forty percent of the Taser incidents analyzed involved at-risk subjects. Taser experts caution against Taser use on children, the elderly, the visibly infirm and individuals who are seriously intoxicated or mentally ill — “the very individuals” most likely to be in contact with police, according to the International Association of Chiefs of Police. Of these incidents, 30 percent involved situations where officers were called to assist with a mentally disturbed individual with no indication or suggestion of criminal activity. People of color are overwhelmingly represented in Taser incidents. Of all incidents in which race was recorded, 58 percent involved black or Latino New Yorkers. In Albany, where 28 percent of the population is black, 68 percent of Taser incidents involved black subjects; similar disproportionalities were evident in Syracuse and Rochester. As the NYCLU’s analysis demonstrates, these problems are directly linked to the fact that use-of-force policies governing the use of Tasers lack consistency and, with the exception of the NYPD, do not comply with the recommendations of national law enforcement experts that have developed model policies for Taser use. Moreover, seven of the eight jurisdictions surveyed by the NYCLU analysis appear to rely exclusively on training materials provided by TASER International, the weapon’s manufacturer—an approach that experts widely condemn as inadequate preparation for crucial decisions in the field. In addition to these fundamental flaws in policy and training, law enforcement agencies are not doing enough to monitor and supervise the use of Tasers in the field. The incident reports obtained by the NYCLU showed grossly inconsistent and incomplete record-keeping, a significant obstacle to accountability and proper assessment of the risks and rewards of Tasers. Defining and practicing the “appropriate use” of Tasers remains the outstanding challenge in the effort to ensure that Tasers do not cause more harm than good. Accordingly, the NYCLU recommends the following: 1. New York State law enforcement agencies must reform use-of-force polices and Taser training programs to comply with nationally recognized expert guidelines, such as the guidelines created by the United States Department of Justice and the Police Executive Research Forum. 2. The State of New York must play an active role in promoting and achieving universal adoption of these expert-recommended policies and guidelines, and in ensuring that local agencies coordinate their Taser policies and training programs. 3. The State of New York and local law enforcement agencies must require accurate, complete reporting and robust monitoring of Taser use. Such reporting should be made available to the elected officials responsible for oversight of law enforcement agencies and to the citizens whose taxes support them. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 2, 2011 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/nyclu_TaserFinal.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Non-lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 123072

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Discipline Policies, Successful Schools, and Racial Justice Summary: In March of 2010, Secretary of Education Arne Duncan delivered a speech that highlighted racial disparities in school suspension and expulsion and that called for more rigorous civil rights enforcement in education. He suggested that students with disabilities and Black students, especially males, were suspended far more often than their White counterparts. These students, he also noted, were often punished more severely for similar misdeeds. Just months later, in September of 2010, a report analyzing 2006 data collected by the U.S. Department of Education’s Office for Civil Rights found that more than 28% of Black male middle school students had been suspended at least once. This is nearly three times the 10% rate for white males. Further, 18% of Black females in middle school were suspended, more than four times as often as white females (4%). Later that same month, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder and Secretary Duncan each addressed a conference of civil rights lawyers in Washington, D.C., and affirmed their departments’ commitment to ending such disparities. This policy brief reviews what researchers have learned about racial disparities in school discipline, including trends over time and how these disparities further break down along lines of gender and disability status. Further, the brief explores the impact that school suspension has on children and their families, including the possibility that frequent out-of-school suspension may have a harmful and racially disparate impact. As part of the disparate impact analysis, the brief examines whether frequent disciplinary exclusion from school is educationally justifiable and whether other discipline policies and practices might better promote a safe and orderly learning environment while generating significantly less racial disparity. Findings of this brief strongly suggest a need for reform. A review of the evidence suggests that subgroups experiencing disproportionate suspension miss important instructional time and are at greater risk of disengagement and diminished educational opportunities. Moreover, despite the fact that suspension is a predictor of students’ risk for dropping out, school personnel are not required to report or evaluate the impact of disciplinary decisions. Overall, the evidence shows the following: there is no research base to support frequent suspension or expulsion in response to non-violent and mundane forms of adolescent misbehavior; large disparities by race, gender and disability status are evident in the use of these punishments; frequent suspension and expulsion are associated with negative outcomes; and better alternatives are available. Details: Boulder, CO: National Education Policy Center, 2011. 34p., appendix Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2011 at: http://greatlakescenter.org/docs/Policy_Briefs/Losen_Discipline_PB.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 123073

Author: Bazelon Center for Mental Health Law Title: Lifelines: Linking to Federal Benefits for People Exiting Corrections Summary: This three volume set offers state and local officials and corrections administrators a blueprint for linking inmates of jails and prisons who have psychiatric disabilities to federal benefits promptly upon their release back into the community. The text walks users through steps for aligning the complex rules of federal benefit programs to state and local policies in order to create a system of services and support for released inmates. A plan for action at the facility level lists steps that administrators can take within existing rules to address re-entry issues for inmates with psychiatric disabilities. Volume 1 makes the case for action. Volume 2 details what state and local governments and corrections facilities need to do to enable incarcerated individuals with mental illnesses to access essential benefits and services upon release. Volume 3 is an appendix with resource materials and links to online sources. Details: Washington, DC: Bazelon Center for Mental Health Law, 2009. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2011 at: http://www.bazelon.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=-_dbVoVTKis%3d&tabid=104 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 123075

Author: Diaz, Tom Title: Target: Law Enforcement. Assault Weapons in the News, March 1, 2005 - February 29, 2007 Summary: Semiautomatic assault weapons are civilian versions of automatic military assault rifles like the AK-47 and the M-16. The civilian guns look the same as their military brethren because they are identical functionally, except for one feature: military assault rifles are machine guns. A machine gun fires continuously as long as its trigger is held back—until it runs out of ammunition. Civilian assault rifles, in contrast, are semi-automatic weapons. The trigger of a semiautomatic weapon must be pulled back separately for each round fired. Because federal law has banned the sale of new machine guns to civilians since 1986 and heavily regulates sales to civilians of older model machine guns, there is virtually no civilian market for military assault weapons. Nonetheless, civilian semiautomatic assault weapons have proven every bit as deadly as their military counterparts. This study is a snapshot of the effect of America’s laissez-faire policy toward assault weapons. Based on reports of assault weapons in the news over a two-year span, it makes clear that assault weapons are frequently used in crime and confiscated from criminals. Moreover, it demonstrates that the number of incidents in which law enforcement officers are reported to have been confronted with assault weapons rose dramatically in the two-year period monitored. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2011? 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2011 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/targetle.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123079

Author: Rosenberg, Jennifer Title: Balanced Justice: Cost-Benefit Analysis and Criminal Justice Policy Summary: Crime and justice are not usually associated with cost-benefit analysis. But they should be. A growing body of research shows how powerful the use of economic analysis can be when applied to criminal justice policy. Public safety can be prioritized and even improved at a lower cost than traditional incarceration, using techniques like behavioral therapy for young offenders, intensive supervision, or a new iteration of a drug court. In an economic downturn, when state funding is scarce and legislatures are on the lookout for even the smallest of budget cuts, what could be more compelling than better results with a smaller price tag? Cost-benefit analysis can give state and federal lawmakers a more targeted way to identify and adopt sentencing structures and preventative programs that will save billions of taxpayer dollars without compromising public safety. Around the country, research findings are being compiled and analyzed to identify policies that achieve desired outcomes and offer taxpayers high rates of return on their investments. In many cases, credible research shows that the administrative costs of implementing a new program can be dwarfed by future benefits. These benefits spring from not only reductions in crime and avoided sentencing costs, but also increased lifetime earnings and health outcomes. In these and other ways, cost-benefit analysis injects data-driven methods and evidence-based practices into criminal justice policymaking. The outcome: comprehensive, line-item comparisons of criminal justice policy alternatives. Once each policy or program option is subjected to cost-benefit analysis, the results are presented side-by-side allowing lawmakers to select that which promises to generate the greatest net benefits. Cost-benefit analysis can be applied to a range of programs, from sentencing and parole guidelines, to family therapy programs targeting “at risk” youth. There are also challenges to utilizing cost-benefit analysis, including the need for additional research and funding for that research. Yet momentum is building and decisionmakers throughout the justice system — from sentencing boards, to judges, to prosecutors, to legislators—are seeing the fiscal savings and public safety improvements that cost-benefit analysis can provide. Details: New York: Institute for Policy Integrity, New York University School of Law, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief No. 11: Accessed October 21, 2011 at: http://policyintegrity.org/files/publications/Balanced_Justice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123080

Author: Fortner, Michael Javen Title: The Carceral State and the Crucible of Black Politics: An Urban History of the Rockefeller Drug Laws Summary: The expansion of the carceral state and the mass incarceration of African American males have been of great concern to academics and activists. The dominant explanations for these outcomes emphasize white supremacy and the Republican law and order rhetoric that developed during the late 1960s. This paper complicates this narrative: it examines the role that African-American activists played in the development of local and national drug policy. Tracing the discourse around crime and law enforcement within New York City’s African American community from 1950s until the 1970s, this papers finds that the “urban crisis” narrative did not develop in spite of black politics: it developed, in great measure, because of black politics. The law and order rhetoric of the post-60s GOP might have been employed at the expense of racial minorities living in urban ghettos, but black politics played a preparatory role for this new Republican discourse. This paper concludes that the carceral state and the mass incarceration of African American males is as much a result of black fears as it is a result of white racism. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1944608 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 123081

Author: Gardner, Trevor, II Title: The C.A.P. Effect: Racial Profiling in the ICE Criminal Alien Program Summary: The goal of the Criminal Alien Program (CAP) is to improve safety by promoting federal-local partnerships to target serious criminal offenders for deportation. Indeed, the U.S. Congress has made clear that Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) “should have no greater immigration enforcement priority than to remove deportable aliens with serious criminal histories from the United States, …” The Warren Institute’s analysis of arrest data pursuant to an ICE-local partnership in Irving, Texas demonstrates that ICE is not following Congress’ mandate to focus resources on the deportation of immigrants with serious criminal histories. This study also shows that immediately after Irving, Texas law enforcement had 24-hour access (via telephone and video teleconference) to ICE in the local jail, discretionary arrests of Hispanics for petty offenses — particularly minor traffic offenses — rose dramatically. This report probes the marked rise in low-level arrests of Hispanics. Specifically, the report examines whether there was an increase in lawless behavior in the Hispanic community in Irving or whether there was a change in local policing priorities. The Warren Institute’s study of arrest data finds strong evidence to support claims that Irving police engaged in racial profiling of Hispanics in order to filter them through the CAP screening system. Details: Berkeley, CA: Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Race, Ethnicity & Diversity, University of California, Berkeley Law School, 2009. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/policybrief_irving_FINAL.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens Shelf Number: 123082

Author: Kohli, Aarti Title: Secure Communities by the Numbers: An Analysis of Demographics and Due Process Summary: The United States will deport a record number of individuals this year, due in large part to rapidly expanding federal immigration programs that rely on local law enforcement. The numbers are sobering: annual deportations have increased over 400% since 1996 and more than a million people have been removed from this country since the beginning of the Obama administration. Almost 300,000 individuals are currently in deportation proceedings but have not yet been removed. The newest and most controversial immigration enforcement program partnering with local law enforcement is Secure Communities. Secure Communities was introduced by the Bush administration in March 2008 and piloted in 14 jurisdictions beginning in October 2008. Under President Obama, the program has expanded dramatically. As of the drafting of this report, Secure Communities is active in 1,595 jurisdictions in 44 states and territories, a 65% increase since the beginning of this year. The Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agency of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has stated that it plans to have the program active in all jurisdictions in the United States by 2013. Like earlier programs such as the 287(g) program and the Criminal Alien Program (CAP), Secure Communities mobilizes local law enforcement agencies’ resources to enforce federal civil immigration laws. Whereas earlier programs such as 287(g) trained law enforcement agents to assist with immigration enforcement, Secure Communities relies heavily on almost instantaneous electronic data sharing. This data sharing has transformed the landscape of immigration enforcement by allowing ICE to effectively run federal immigration checks on every individual booked into a local county jail, usually while still in pre-trial custody. It has long been the case that local law enforcement agencies electronically share fingerprint data from the people they arrest with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). If that data comes from a Secure Communities jurisdiction, however, the FBI now forwards the fingerprints to the DHS. DHS checks the fingerprints against the Automated Biometric Identification System, also known as IDENT, a fingerprint repository containing information on over 91 million individuals, including travelers, applicants for immigration benefits, and immigrants who have previously violated immigration laws. When a match is detected, ICE reportedly examines its records to determine whether the person is deportable. If ICE believes an individual may be deportable, or if ICE wishes to further investigate an individual’s immigration status, then ICE issues a detainer. The detainer is a request to the local police to notify immigration authorities when the individual is going to be released from criminal custody and to hold the individual for up to two days for transfer to ICE. Despite the scrutiny that the program has generated in the public sphere, the federal government has conducted limited systematic analysis of its own data on individuals who are arrested under Secure Communities. To address this gap in knowledge, the Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy at UC Berkeley School of Law has undertaken a comprehensive study of data provided by the federal government to the National Day Labor Organizing Network (NDLON), the Center for Constitutional Rights, and the Kathryn O. Greenberg Immigration Justice Clinic at the Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law pursuant to a partial settlement in NDLON v. ICE. This initial report is the first in a series based on that data. In this report, we attempt to better understand the profile of individuals who have been apprehended through Secure Communities and the process they have encountered as they are funneled through the system. Overall, the findings point to a system in which individuals are pushed through rapidly, without appropriate checks or opportunities to challenge their detention and/or deportation. This conclusion is particularly concerning given that the findings also reveal that people are being apprehended who should never have been placed in immigration custody, and that certain groups are over-represented in our sample population. Details: Berkeley, CA: Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, University of California, Berkeley Law School, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/Secure_Communities_by_the_Numbers.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 123083

Author: Maxwell, Christopher D. Title: Collective Efficacy and Criminal Behavior in Chicago, 1995-2004 Summary: This study reproduces and extends the analyses about the neighborhood-level effects of collective efficacy on criminal behavior originally reported by Sampson, Raudenbush, and Earls in a 1997 Science article entitled ―Neighborhood and Violent Crime: A Multilevel Study of Collective Efficacy.‖ Based on a 1995 citywide community survey of 8,782 residents in 343 neighborhood clusters conducted as part of the NIJ-sponsored Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods, they reported that collective efficacy directly affects perceived neighborhood violence, household victimization, and official homicide rates (Sampson, Raudenbush, and Earls 1997). They also reported that collective efficacy moderates the relationship of residential stability and disadvantage with each measure of violence. This study uses Earls, Brooks-Gunn, Raudenbush, and Sampson’s (Earls et al. 1997) archived community survey database, archived U.S. Census summary data (United States Department of Commerce 1993) and Block and Block’s (2005) archived Homicides in Chicago, 1965-1995 study to assess the extent to which Sampson, et al.’s (1997) reported results can be reproduced by using measures and statistical methods specified by Sampson, et al. (1997) and Morenoff, et al. (2001). We then extend the analyses conducted by Sampson, et al. (1997) by adding ten additional years of more detailed crime data in statistical models that address temporal and spatial correlation and multicollinearity. Our findings reproduce the direction and statistical significance of all the key theoretical results reported by Sampson, et al. (1997). In addition, our extension of their analyses finds a direct connection between collective efficacy and rates of homicide and rape from 1995 through 2004. However, we did not find that collective efficacy is negatively related to officially recorded measures of robbery and assaults in 1995, nor is collective efficacy related to most property crimes during any period covered by our study. These latter findings suggest some of the limits to the influence of collective efficacy on crime. Future research should seek to determine the extent to which these limits are valid or due to issues of measurement or to methodological considerations. Details: Shepherdstown, WV: Joint Center for Justice Studies, Inc., 2011. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235154.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy (Chicago) Shelf Number: 123084

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Justice Programs Council on Native American Affairs Title: Tribal Justice Advisory Group: Final Report Summary: The Tribal Justice Advisory Group or TJAG is an independent group of tribal leaders and officials made up of one delegate and one alternate from each of the twelve regions of the United States as defined by the Bureau of Indian Affairs, plus one delegate and one alternate from two of the largest American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native American (AI/AN/NA) nonprofit organizations, the National Congress of American Indians (NCAI) and the National Indian Health Board (NIHB). After a consultation involving tribal leaders in Phoenix, Arizona, the TJAG was chartered in 2007 by recommendation of the Justice Programs Council on Native American Affairs (JPCNAA), a council of senior-level Office of Justice Programs (OJP) leaders and tribal liaisons from each of the offices of OJP and other DOJ agencies. While the JPCNAA represents OJP’s efforts to coordinate internally its diverse tribal efforts, the TJAG is a medium through which AI/AN/NA external perspectives and tribal input can be brought to bear on those efforts of OJP in order to better serve tribes. During the three years since its establishment, the TJAG was the only body of its kind at the Department of Justice, a truly independent voice for tribes at OJP. However, in October 2009, Attorney General (AG) Eric Holder announced that he would create an AG-level independent advisory group called the Tribal Nations Leadership Council or TNLC. As a result, the TJAG will sunset into the new TNLC. At a final working group meeting held June 16th and 17th of 2010 in Rapid City, SD, the TJAG drafted this final report to make a record of its history, resources, goals, accomplishments, and recommendations, intending it not only to be viewed by OJP and DOJ staff and the public at large, but also specifically to serve as a tool for the newly-created TNLC as it picks up where the TJAG left off. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 205p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/programs/pdfs/tjagreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 123085

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Organizing for Outcomes: Measuring the Effects of Reclaiming Futures in Four Communities Summary: The Robert Wood Johnson Foundation’s (RWJF) Reclaiming Futures initiative was designed to increase positive outcomes for youth involved with drugs, alcohol and crime by shifting the efforts of the juvenile justice system and the substance abuse treatment system to incorporate strategies that are more community oriented, family focused, and closely coordinated. The Foundation launched Reclaiming Futures by awarding project grants to ten communities in 2002. In four of these communities, researchers tracked the efforts of local Reclaiming Futures projects as they worked to improve the effectiveness of interventions for young offenders. The four communities included Santa Cruz County in California, Cook County (Chicago) in Illinois, a multiple-jurisdiction project in the state of New Hampshire, and King County (Seattle), Washington. The four local evaluation projects assessed the influence of Reclaiming Futures on the actual experiences of youth involved in the juvenile justice and substance abuse treatment systems. The studies examined whether youth received substance abuse screening and assessment more often and more quickly after the implementation of Reclaiming Futures. They asked whether youth participated more frequently in treatment programs and received more support services as a result of Reclaiming Futures. Finally, they examined case processing and case referral patterns to determine whether Reclaiming Futures was associated with changes in youth behavior, as measured by recidivism, or the prevalence of new contacts with law enforcement and the courts. Details: Portland, OR: Reclaiming Futures, Graduate School of Social Work, Portland State University, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.rwjf.org/files/research/14831reclaimingfuturesorganizingforoutcomes2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 123086

Author: National Gang Intelligence Center Title: 2011 National Gang Threat Assessment: Emerging Trends Summary: According to the 2011 National Gang Threat Assessment released by the National Gang Intelligence Center (NGIC), approximately 1.4 million gang members belonging to more than 33,000 gangs were criminally active in the U.S. as of April, 2011. The assessment was developed through analysis of available federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement and corrections agency information; 2010 NDIC National Drug Threat Survey (NDTS) data; and verified open source information. "Gangs continue to expand, evolve, and become more violent. The FBI, along with its federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement partners, strives to disrupt and prevent their criminal activities and seek justice for innocent victims of their crimes," said Assistant Director Kevin Perkins, FBI Criminal Investigative Division. Other key findings are as follows: - Gangs are responsible for an average of 48 percent of violent crime in most jurisdictions and up to 90 percent in several others, according to NGIC analysis. - Gangs are increasingly engaging in non-traditional gang-related crime such as alien smuggling, human trafficking, and prostitution. - Gangs are also engaging in white-collar crime such as counterfeiting, identity theft, and mortgage fraud. - Gangs are becoming increasingly adaptable and sophisticated, employing new and advanced technology to facilitate criminal activity discreetly, enhance their criminal operations, and connect with other gang members, criminal organizations, and potential recruits nationwide and even worldwide. Details: Washington, DC: National Gang Intelligence Center, 2011. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/2011-national-gang-threat-assessment/2011%20National%20Gang%20Threat%20Assessment%20%20Emerging%20Trends.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 123088

Author: Nunley, John M. Title: The Impact of Macroeconomic Conditions on Property Crime Summary: This paper examines the impact of inflation, (un)employment, and stock market growth on the rates of larceny, burglary, motor vehicle theft, and robbery. The study uses U.S. data for the time period 1948 to 2009. We employ an unobserved component approach to circumvent the problems associated with omitted variables. We find that the three macroeconomic variables have a statistically significant impact for most of the property crime rates. However, taken together the macroeconomic variables explain no more than 15 percent of the surge in property crimes from the 1960 to the 1980s and their subsequent fall during the 1990s. Among the macroeconomic variables, almost all of the explanatory power is provided by changes in the inflation rate. Details: Auburn, AL: Auburn University, 2011. 35p. Department of Economics Source: Internet Resource: Auburn University Department of Economics Working Paper Series: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://cla.auburn.edu/econwp/Archives/2011/2011-06.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 123092

Author: Nunley, John M. Title: Demographic Change, Macroeconomic Conditions, and the Murder Rate: The Case of the United States, 1934 to 2006 Summary: Fluctuations in aggregate crime rates contrary to recent shifts in the age distribution of the U.S. population have cast doubt on the predictive power of the age-crime hypothesis. By examining a longer time horizon, back to the early 1930s,, we show that the percentage of the young population is a robust predictor of the observed large swings in the U.S. murder rate over time. However, changes in the misery index — the sum of the inflation and unemployment rates — significantly contribute to explaining changes in the murder rate. This applies, in particular, to those changes that are at odds with the long-run trend of the U.S. age distribution, such as the decline in the murder rate in the latter part of the 1970s or its increase starting around the middle of the 1980s. Details: Auburn, AL: Auburn University, 2010. 20p. Department of Economics, Source: Internet Resource: Auburn University Department of Economics Working Paper Series: Accessed October 22, 2011 at: http://cla.auburn.edu/econwp/Archives/2010/2010-04.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 123093

Author: Ryan, Joseph P. Title: Crossover Youth and Juvenile Justice Processing in Los Angeles County Summary: The term “crossover” refers to youth who are simultaneously involved with both child welfare and juvenile justice, presenting a variety of complex legal, jurisdictional, and service delivery challenges. Although crossover can go in either direction, meaning delinquent youth can become dependent youth and vice versa, this study focused on youth who had first entered the dependency system and then committed an offense that brought them to the delinquency system. This research brief describes the characteristics of crossover youth in Los Angeles over a period of three years, compares them to other youth in the delinquency system, and details the particular risks to which these youths are subject. Local courts, county child welfare agencies, state governments, and youth-serving organizations across the United States are currently struggling with how best to serve the relatively large number of youth simultaneously involved with both child welfare and juvenile justice systems. Details: Sacramenco: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts, Center for Families, Children & the Courts, 2008. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2011 at: http://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/AB129-CrossoverResearchUpdate.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 123118

Author: Ryan, Joseph P. Title: Exploring the Characteristics and Outcomes of 241.1 Youth Crossing Over from Dependency to Delinquency in Los Angeles County Summary: The term crossover youth generally refers to youth who are victims of abuse or neglect and who committed an offense that brought them into the delinquency system. These youth are also commonly referred to as dual-jurisdiction youth or dually involved youth. A youth typically becomes a crossover youth in one of three ways. One way is when a youth enters the child welfare system because of sustained allegations of abuse or neglect and then commits an offense that causes him or her to enter the delinquency system while under the care and custody of child protective services. A second way is when a youth with a prior, but not current, contact in child welfare commits an offense and enters the delinquency system. A third possible way is when a youth with no prior child welfare system contact enters the delinquency system and the probation department refers the case to the child welfare system for further investigation of abuse or neglect. For the purposes of this research brief, the term crossover youth refers to youth who are in the care and custody of the child welfare system and are subsequently charged with an offense. In particular, the current study examines the characteristics of crossover youth processed in Los Angeles County’s juvenile court between April 1 and December 31, 2004. The information presented on these youth is consistent with similar studies and should be informative for any jurisdiction considering and evaluating procedures for supervising the cases of crossover youth. Details: Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Coruts, Center for Families, Children & the Courts, 2008. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: ResearchUpdate: Accessed october 25, 2011 at: http://courts.ca.gov/documents/AB129-ExploringReseachUpdate.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123122

Author: Parkman, Tiffaney S. Title: The Transition to Adulthood and Prisoner Reentry: Investigating the Experiences of Young Adult Men and their Caregivers Summary: The issue of reentry has become an important topic to criminal justice scholars and to law makers due to the sheer number of incarcerated individuals being released and the rate in which they cycle back to incarceration. Despite the attention reentry issues have received recently in the areas of policy and criminal justice and recommendations offered to ameliorate problems associated with reentry, the landscape of reentry remains largely unchanged in that many prisoners are released from prison and significant numbers of them return (Austin, 2001). Approximately 700,000 inmates were released from prisons and jails to their families and communities in 2005 (Harrison & Beck, 2006). Of those inmates, roughly 1/3rd were young adults aged 24 or younger (Mears & Travis, 2004). The outcomes for young adults (age 18-24) incarcerated at such young ages put them at overwhelming risk of a life course trajectory that includes cycles of future imprisonment and poor life outcomes such as economic hardship, poor mental and physical well being and lower life expectancy (Mears & Travis, 2004; Uggen, 2000; Western, 2002) . This study examined the meanings of formerly incarcerated young adult men and their caregivers made in regard to reentry, caregivers’ ability to meet reentry needs, perceptions about reliance on family and the implications of a young adult child “returning home” within the context of release from incarcerative sentencing. This goal was achieved through conducting in-depth semi-structured interviews with formerly incarcerated men between the ages of 18 and 24 and their caregivers for a total of 18 individual interviews that reflect nine young men-caregiver dyads defined as families for this study. This qualitative study was informed using an integration of family life course perspective, symbolic interactionism and ecological theory. The theoretical amalgam provided the ability to examine the life course transitions of families impacted by incarceration, the perceptions and meanings made based upon the experience with incarceration while being imbedded within a socially stigmatized context of having a felony. The findings from this study suggest that upon reentry young adult men and their caregivers experienced ambivalence, happiness yet anxiety in moving forward after incarceration. This ambivalence was a major theme that was found not only in reunification, but in relying on family and in fostering independence. Caregivers were emotionally distressed as they juggled their feelings of wanting to help the young men with meeting the multiple demands placed on the family system with their concerns that he might return to his “old ways.” Young men were particularly distressed as they negotiated transitioning from a state of independence (prior to incarceration) to dependence as a prisoner in the criminal justice system, to depending on caregivers upon reentry. The young men in this study reported achieving financial independence from their families prior to incarceration as adolescents through illegal means which gave them adult status in their families. These “off-time” transitions before and after incarceration fueled the ambivalence and ambiguity in the young men-caregiver dyads, specifically in terms of the meanings these families made when thinking about reunification, relying on family and in fostering independence. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2009. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-04172009-123438/unrestricted/TIFFANEYSPARKMAN.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 123126

Author: Tran-Leung, Marie Claire Title: Debt Arising From Illinois’ Criminal Justice System: Making Sense of the Ad Hoc Accumulation of Financial Obligations Summary: When a person enters the criminal justice system, a complicated, ad hoc system of financial obligations awaits. The financial obligations go by many different names: fines, fees, surcharges, assessments, restitution, just to name a few. And they are scattered through the Illinois Code, making them even more difficult to identify. Yet, when a person exits the criminal justice system, all of these financial obligations often converge to create a significant barrier to successful reentry. As the government branch responsible for collecting and disbursing these financial obligations, the Illinois judiciary has long recognized how complicated the system of financial obligations is. In describing the “plethora of user fees and surcharges,” Chief Justice Benjamin K. Miller of the Illinois Supreme Court remarked in 1991: “The complexity of the structure of various charges is such that they are not uniform and are confusing. It has been impossible for the court system to apply the charge in a consistent and coherent manner.” Little has changed in the last eighteen years. Today, the Administrative Office of Illinois Courts distributes to chief judges the Manual on Fines and Fees, a 500-page cheat sheet of all civil and criminal financial obligations authorized by Illinois statutes and the different funds they flow into. The universe of financial obligations is best classified by their purpose. Restitution, for example, compensates victims for their losses and attempts to make them whole. Fines punish the defendant for his actual conduct. Traditionally, courts calibrate restitution and fines to the particular facts of a case. By contrast, fees, the third and last type of financial obligation, tend not to be so refined. Instead, they usually aim to recover the costs incurred by the government in running the criminal justice system. When viewed in isolation, each financial obligation seems unobjectionable. They do not, however, operate in isolation. Rather, they accumulate at multiple points from the pre-trial stage to the last day of correctional supervision, creating significant debt for people who eventually exit the criminal justice system. In a study of men returning home to Chicago after being incarcerated in Illinois prisons, one out of five men reported owing money because of child support, fines, restitution, court costs, supervision fees, and other types of financial obligations. Of this group, nearly three-fourths found those debts difficult to pay down. Details: Chicago: Sargent Shriver National Center on Poverty Law, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.povertylaw.org/advocacy/publications/debt-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Debts Shelf Number: 123138

Author: Lawrence, Alison Title: Principles of Effective State Sentencing and Corrections Policy A Report of the NCSL Sentencing and Corrections Work Group Summary: The NCSL Sentencing and Corrections Work Group project was developed under an NCSL partnership with the Public Safety Performance Project (PSPP) of the Pew Center on the States. The NCSL project responds to the challenges faced by states as they consider corrections and sentencing policies that both manage state spending and protect the public. The Pew PSPP was launched in 2006 to help states advance fiscally sound, data-driven policies and practices in sentencing and corrections. Pew’s work has included research, technical assistance, and funding and overseeing a variety of efforts both in states and nationally to support strategies that protect public safety, hold offenders accountable and control corrections costs. The NCSL Criminal Justice Program assembled the Sentencing and Corrections Work Group in 2010. The bipartisan, 18-member group includes officers of NCSL’s Law and Criminal Justice Committee and other legislators who are recognized as leaders on these issues. The group had a one-year work plan to discuss and identify overarching principles for effective state sentencing and corrections policy and to identify key issues and approaches that explain and illustrate the recommendations. The issues addressed by the NCSL work group reflect the important role of state legislatures in enacting policies that manage prison populations and costs, address offender and community needs, and contribute to the safe and fair administration of criminal justice. The discussions took place during a difficult, recessionary budget climate. A major interest of the work group was how to have an immediate effect on state public safety dollars while also ensuring that the public safety is protected into the future. Many concepts addressed in the Principles reflect recent advances in resource-sensitive policies that actually reduce risk and recidivism. Mindful that sentencing and corrections policies reach into various levels and branches of government, the Principles also reflect the value that lawmakers place on stakeholders throughout criminal justice systems in policy development and discussions. Apparent throughout the Principles is the importance of interbranch and intergovernmental collaboration, information exchange and evaluation in working toward effective sentencing and corrections policies. It is the intent of NCSL and this work group that the Principles and examples presented here will help guide and inform many aspects of state sentencing and corrections policy now and well into the future. Details: Washington, DC: National Conference of State Legislatures, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.ncsl.org/documents/cj/pew/WGprinciplesreport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Administration Shelf Number: 123141

Author: Parfomak, Paul W. Title: Keeping America’s Pipelines Safe and Secure: Key Issues for Congress Summary: Nearly half a million miles of pipeline transporting natural gas, oil, and other hazardous liquids crisscross the United States. While an efficient and fundamentally safe means of transport, many pipelines carry materials with the potential to cause public injury and environmental damage. The nation’s pipeline networks are also widespread and vulnerable to accidents and terrorist attack. Recent pipeline accidents in Marshall, MI, San Bruno, CA, Allentown, PA, and Laurel, MT, have heightened congressional concern about pipeline risks and drawn criticism from the National Transportation Safety Board. Both government and industry have taken numerous steps to improve pipeline safety and security over the last 10 years. Nonetheless, while many stakeholders agree that federal pipeline safety programs have been on the right track, the spate of recent pipeline incidents suggest there continues to be significant room for improvement. Likewise, the threat of terrorist attack remains a concern. The federal pipeline safety program was authorized through the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010, and is currently operating under a continuing resolution. The 112th Congress is considering new legislation to reauthorize the program for four years and to improve the safety and security of the U.S. pipeline network. Legislative proposals include the Strengthening Pipeline Safety and Enforcement Act of 2011 (S. 234), the Pipeline Transportation Safety Improvement Act of 2011 (S. 275), the Clean Rivers Act of 2011 (S. 1502), the Pipeline Safety and Community Empowerment Act of 2011 (H.R. 22), the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011 (H.R. 2845), the Pipeline Modernization for Safety Act of 2011 (H.R. 2871), and the Pipeline Infrastructure and Community Protection Act of 2011 (H.R. 2937). Pipeline-related provisions are also found in a draft of the Transportation Security Administration Authorization Act of 2011 approved by the House Committee on Homeland Security, Subcommittee on Transportation Security. The Transportation, Housing and Urban Development, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2012 (S. 1596) would appropriate federal pipeline safety funds for FY2012. The legislative proposals above contain a broad range of provisions addressing pipeline safety and security. Among the most significant are provisions that would increase the number of federal pipeline safety inspectors, would require automatic shutoff valves for transmission pipelines, would mandate internal inspections of transmission pipelines, would increase civil penalties for pipeline safety violations, and would mandate reviews of diluted bitumen pipeline regulation. S. 1502 and H.R. 2937 would mandate a review of federal safety regulations for pipelines crossing inland bodies of water. The Transportation Security Administration Authorization Act of 2011 would mandate a study regarding the relative roles and responsibilities of the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Transportation with respect to pipeline security. As it debates reauthorization of the federal pipeline safety program and oversees the federal role in pipeline security, Congress may wish to assess how the various elements of U.S. pipeline safety and security fit together in the nation’s overall strategy to protect transportation infrastructure. Pipeline safety and security necessarily involve many groups: federal agencies, oil and gas pipeline associations, large and small pipeline operators, and local communities. Reviewing how these groups work together to achieve common goals could be an oversight challenge for Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: R41536: Accessed October 26, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R41536.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 123148

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Preventing Sexual Harassment: DOD Needs Greater Leadership Commitment and an Oversight Framework Summary: Sexual harassment is a form of unlawful discrimination that can jeopardize the military's combat readiness and mission accomplishment by weakening interpersonal bonds and eroding unit cohesion. GAO was asked to examine the most current available data on sexual harassment in the military and to assess the Department of Defense's (DOD) efforts to address this issue. GAO evaluated the extent to which DOD (1) has developed and implemented policies and programs to help prevent and address incidents of sexual harassment involving servicemembers, (2) has visibility over the occurrence of sexual harassment involving servicemembers, and (3) provides oversight of its policies and programs for addressing incidents of sexual harassment. To conduct this review, GAO analyzed DOD and service policies and DOD's available sexual harassment complaint data. GAO also conducted small-group discussions and administered a nongeneralizable survey during site visits to six military installations. DOD has a long-standing policy aimed at providing an environment that is free from sexual harassment, and each of the military services has implemented its own polices and a program for addressing sexual harassment; however, some aspects of its policy and programs could be improved. For example, according to a 2010 DOD survey, while the majority of active duty servicemembers indicated that they believe that their immediate supervisor makes honest and reasonable efforts to stop sexual harassment, an estimated 25 percent of servicemembers indicated they did not know whether or did not believe their supervisor made such efforts. DOD's survey also found that an estimated 41 percent of servicemembers indicated that in their work group people would be able to get away with sexual harassment to some extent, even if it were reported. Similarly, GAO's nongeneralizable survey of active duty servicemembers found that 64 of 264 females and 53 of 319 males did not believe or were unsure of whether their direct supervisor created a climate that discourages sexual harassment from occurring. GAO also found that DOD has not held commanders accountable for completing required assessments of the equal opportunity climates in their commands. Further, GAO found that DOD does not have adequate guidance on how incidents of sexual harassment should be handled in environments wherein two or more of the services are operating together, resulting in confusion or reducing servicemembers' satisfaction with how complaints are handled. GAO found that DOD has limited visibility over the occurrence of sexual harassment because not all military installations and commands report sexual harassment complaint data to their respective service-level sexual harassment program offices and found that the department does not have a set of uniform data elements with which to collect such data. GAO also found that servicemembers resolve most complaints of sexual harassment informally rather than report them formally. Estimates from DOD's survey found that the majority of servicemembers who felt they were harassed sexually chose not to formally report the incident. Similarly, GAO's survey found that 82 of 583 servicemembers indicated that they had been harassed sexually during the preceding 12 months; of these, only 4 indicated that they had reported the incident formally. GAO found several reasons why servicemembers may choose not to report an incident, including the belief that the incident was not sufficiently serious to report or that the incident would not be taken seriously if reported. DOD has established some oversight requirements but has exercised little oversight of its policies and programs for addressing incidents of sexual harassment. GAO found that the office responsible for overseeing DOD's sexual harassment policies and programs has not developed an oversight framework--including clear goals, objectives, milestones, and metrics for measuring progress--to guide its efforts. For example, although DOD requires the services to provide an annual assessment of their programs, including specific data for sexual harassment complaints, DOD has not enforced these reporting requirements for almost a decade. Moreover, DOD's resources for oversight of this area are limited to one person, who has multiple other responsibilities. As a result, decision makers in DOD do not have the information they need to provide effective oversight, or assess the effectiveness, of the department's policies and programs. GAO is making a total of five recommendations to improve the implementation and oversight of DOD's sexual harassment policies and programs, such as specifying uniform data elements when collecting and reporting complaint data and developing an oversight framework to help guide the department's efforts. DOD concurred with GAO's recommendations and noted it will develop an executable plan, prioritize actions, and address resourcing for the changes recommended. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-809: Accessed October 26, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d11809.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 123149

Author: Williams, Nancy J. Title: Crime and Medical Marijuana Dispensaries: Exploring the Ecological Association between Crime and Medical Marijuana Dispensaries Summary: Routine activities theory purports that crime occurs in places with a suitable target, motivated offender, and lack of guardianship. Medical marijuana dispensaries (MMDs) may be places that satisfy these conditions, but this has not yet been studied. The current study examined whether or not the density of MMDs are associated with crime. Design: An ecological, cross-sectional design was used to explore the spatial relationship between density of MMDs, sociodemographics and two types of crime rates (violent crime and property crime) in 95 Census tracts in Sacramento, California during 2009. Spatial error regression methods were used to determine associations between crime rates and density of MMDs, controlling for neighborhood characteristics. Findings: Violent and property crime rates were positively associated with percent commercially zoned, percent one person households, and unemployment rate. Higher violent crime rates were associated with concentrated disadvantage. Property crime rates were positively associated with percent of population 15 to 24 years, percent owner occupied households, and presence of highway ramps. Density of MMDs was not associated with violent or property crime rates. Conclusions: Consistent with previous work, variables measuring routine activities at the ecological level were related to crime. There were no observed associations between the density of MMDs and either violent or property crime rates in this study. These results suggest that the density of MMDs may not be associated with increased crime rates or that measures dispensaries take to reduce crime (i.e., doormen, video cameras) may increase guardianship, such that it deters possible motivated offenders. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, University of California - Los Angeles, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: On-Line Working Paper Series PWP-CCPR-2011-010: Accessed October 26, 2011 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2011-010/PWP-CCPR-2011-010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 123151

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Title: Vital Signs: Alcohol-Impaired Driving Among Adults --- United States, 2010 Summary: Background: Alcohol-impaired driving crashes account for nearly 11,000 crash fatalities, or about one third of all crash fatalities in the United States. Methods: CDC analyzed data from the 2010 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System survey to obtain the prevalence, episodes, and rates of alcohol-impaired driving (defined as driving "when you've had perhaps too much to drink" in the past 30 days) among U.S. adults aged ≥18 years who responded to the survey by landline telephone. Results: In 2010, an estimated 4 million U.S. adult respondents reported at least one episode of alcohol-impaired driving, for an estimated total of approximately 112 million alcohol-impaired driving episodes or 479 episodes per 1,000 adult population. From a peak in 2006, such episodes decreased 30% through 2010. Men accounted for 81% of all episodes with young men aged 21--34 years accounting for 32% of all episodes. Additionally, 85% of alcohol-impaired driving episodes were reported by persons who also reported binge drinking, and the 4.5% of the adult population who reported binge drinking at least four times per month accounted for 55% of all alcohol-impaired driving episodes. Episode rates were nearly four times higher among persons who reported not always wearing seatbelts compared with persons who reported always wearing seatbelts. Conclusions: Rates of self-reported alcohol-impaired driving have declined substantially in recent years. However, rates remain disproportionally high among young men, binge drinkers, and those who do not always wear a seat belt. Implications for Public Health: States and communities should continue current evidence-based strategies, such as sobriety checkpoints and enforcement of 0.08 g/dL blood alcohol concentration laws to deter the public from driving while impaired. Additionally, all states should consider requiring ignition interlocks on the vehicles of all persons convicted of alcohol-impaired driving. States without primary seatbelt laws should consider enacting them to reduce fatalities in alcohol-impaired driving crashes. Details: Washington, DC: CDC, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Oct. 4, 2011: Accessed October 26, 2011 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6039a4.htm?s_cid=mm6039a4_w Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 123156

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G. Title: Planning For Change: Security Managers' Perspectives on Preparing for Future Demographic and Crime Trends Summary: Over the past few decades, the security industry has made great advances in constructing industry standards, developing new technologies to address existing concerns, and adapting to new social realities. Despite these developments, few systematic reviews exist that document future demographic and crime trends. Even more scarce are studies that explore how such trends might guide the industry toward measures that anticipate and offset the security threats that they impose, while capitalizing on those trends that might enhance and improve the industry’s efficiency and effectiveness. To address this issue, the ASIS International Foundation contracted the Urban Institute, a non-profit, non-partisan social policy and economic research organization, to conduct a study on how industries can better prepare for emerging security issues based upon these trends. The purpose of this study is to identify how emerging trends might influence the security of various industries and what industries can do, from a planning perspective, by way of preparation and prevention. This is best accomplished by obtaining the perspectives of security experts regarding trends of crime, demography, and technology. Specifically, this research set out to: •Learn how business, demographic, crime, and technology trends vary based on security industry sector (such as insurance, service, transportation, or retail services) and security threat; •Determine what these trends suggest about future security challenges, investments, and resource needs; and •Identify promising strategies and tactics the security industry may adopt or enhance in preparation for anticipated industry developments. By collecting this information, our goal is to produce a publication that is usable to a broad audience of security managers across several industries. While this publication is tailored for security managers, we anticipate that this publication will be useful to a wide array of personnel across all business sectors as well as public sector employees, such as local law enforcement. Guided primarily by the perspective of security experts, this report provides information about security issues and resources necessary to address future demographic and crime trends as well as recommendations of measures for the security industry to adopt in anticipation of these trends. This report is informed primarily by the views of security experts and documents how various industry leaders anticipate how these trends will influence security over the next five to ten years. The report is divided into three sections by key topic areas: demographic challenges, crime trends, and technology. Each section contains an overview of the issue, examples of how that issue will influence security goals by industry, and recommendations to prepare for anticipated challenges created by each trend. The final section addresses issues that surfaced during discussions which are indirectly, yet importantly, related to the ability of security professionals, business executives, and all workers to prepare for a safer environment for employees, clients, and customers. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2008. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2011 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411758_crime_trends.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Private Security Shelf Number: 111764

Author: Creel, Barbara Title: Tribal Court Convictions and the Federal Sentencing Guidelines: Respect for Tribal Courts and Tribal People in Federal Sentencing Summary: This article critiques a proposal to include tribal court criminal convictions and sentences in the federal sentencing scheme. The proposal, as articulated by Kevin Washburn, calls for an amendment to the Federal Sentencing Guidelines to count tribal court convictions in calculating an Indian defendant’s criminal history score to determine a federal prison sentence. Currently, tribal court convictions are not directly counted in criminal history, but may be used to support an “upward departure” to increase the Native defendant’s overall federal sentence. Washburn’s proposal seeks to gain “respect” for tribal courts, based upon a premise that tribal convictions must be afforded the same weight and treatment as federal and state criminal convictions under the Federal Sentencing Guidelines. This Article explores the idea of respect for tribal courts and convictions in the context of their history and connection to tribal peoples and communities. Ultimately, this Article concludes that respectful treatment would not tolerate placing a tribal defendant in such a powerless position within the federal sentencing hierarchy. A proposal that would negatively impact only Native American defendants in a foreign justice system in the name of respect warrants critical review. As an Assistant Federal Public Defender, I had the opportunity to view the application of federal criminal laws from the front and the back end of the criminal justice system, from trial to post-conviction. As a Native woman, I have seen the impact of crime, justice, and federal sentencing on tribal people, families, and whole communities. It is from this perspective that I focus the lens of respect on the work of tribal courts and criminal justice in Indian Country, and ultimately oppose any amendment in federal sentencing to count tribal court convictions to increase federal sentences for Native criminal defendants. A review of the historical diminishment of tribal authority over crime and punishment on the reservation, as well as the disparate impact of crime and punishment on Native peoples, leads to a rejection of counting tribal court convictions in federal sentencing. This Article proposes an alternative view that both respects Native American individuals caught in the criminal justice system and elevates tribal sovereignty. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico School of Law, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: UNM School of Law Research Paper No. 2011-11: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1949738 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 123168

Author: Bandes, Susan Title: After Innocence: Framing Wrongful Convictions Summary: Concern over wrongful convictions has led to an innocence movement that has managed to bridge ideological divides, rouse the public to action, and achieve unprecedented success in reforming the operation of the death penalty. This movement is now at a critical juncture. Exonerations based on DNA evidence are beginning to decline, and the public's attention is beginning to stray. Yet there is an enormous amount of work left to be done. In this short essay, written as part of the symposium Beyond Biology: Wrongful Convictions in a Post-DNA World, I explore the debate over the content of the category wrongful convictions. The definition of persons who should be considered wrongfully convicted is hotly contested by both supporters and opponents of capital punishment. Delineating the category also raises another highly controversial issue: how to characterize the governmental conduct that leads to these miscarriages of justice. I consider whether it remains helpful to organize our thinking about injustice in capital cases around the notion of wrongful convictions. Does framing the problem in this way help or hinder the larger debate about what is wrong with the death penalty and how to fix it? I suggest that though we should learn from the successes of the wrongful convictions movement, we need to look beyond innocence and find ways to evoke outrage at a broader spectrum of injustice. I also explore a conundrum about framing police and prosecutorial misconduct. Although it is sometimes essential to identify and condemn intentional misconduct, the focus on malice and intent can be ineffective and even counterproductive. The challenge is to find ways to communicate concern for more than just the innocent, and to communicate the dangers of systemic governmental misconduct that defies traditional definitions of blameworthiness. As we consider the evolving shape of the death penalty reform effort, we should explore why certain ways of framing injustice have so much power. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, Law School, 2008. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: John M. Olin Law & Economics Working Paper No. 379 (2d Series); Public Law and Legal Theory Working Paper NO. 201: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1034472 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 123170

Author: Bandes, Susan Title: The Heart Has Its Reasons: Examining the Strange Persistence of the American Death Penalty Summary: The debate about the future of the death penalty often focuses on whether its supporters are animated by instrumental or expressive values, and if the latter, what values the penalty does in fact express, where those values originated, and how deeply entrenched they are. In this article I argue that a more explicit recognition of the emotional sources of support for and opposition to the death penalty will contribute to the clarity of the debate. The focus on emotional variables reveals that the boundary between instrumental and expressive values is porous; both types of values are informed (or uninformed) by fear, outrage, compassion, selective empathy and other emotional attitudes. More fundamentally, though history, culture and politics are essential aspects of the discussion, the resilience of the death penalty cannot be adequately understood when the affect is stripped from explanations for its support. Ultimately, the death penalty will not die without a societal change of heart. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, Law School, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago Law & Economics, Olin Working Paper No. 378 U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 200: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1019615 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 123171

Author: Mink, Michael D. Title: Violence and Rural Teens Teen Violence, Drug Use, and School-Based Prevention Services in Rural America Summary: This study had three main purposes: (1) to explore the prevalence of violence-related exposures and drug use among rural teens, (2) to investigate the effects of race and gender on the risk of exposure to violence and drug use, and (3) to compare the policies and mental health care services of rural and urban schools. The sections below summarize the results of this research: Exposure to Violence: This study found no evidence to support the common assumption that rural youth are protected from exposure to violence. • Of the 15 measures of violence activities, none showed a significantly lower prevalence among rural teens when compared to suburban and urban teens. In fact, rural teens were more likely than urban or suburban teens to have carried a weapon within the last 30 days. These results suggest that rural teens are equally or more likely than suburban and urban teens to be exposed to violent activities. Drug Use: Rural teens are at significantly greater risk of using drugs than both suburban and urban teens. • Five of the 13 measures of drug use showed a significantly higher prevalence rate among rural teens: chewing tobacco (11.5%), chewing tobacco at school (7.6%), smoking cigarettes at school (14.8%), using crack/cocaine (5.9%), and using steroids (7.4%). Only one measure showed a significantly higher prevalence rate among urban teens (smoking marijuana at school at 6.8%). The remaining seven measures showed no differences by residence. • Of important note is the prevalence of crystal meth use among rural teens. The proportion of rural teens who reported every using crystal meth (15.5%) was almost double the proportion of urban (8.8%) and suburban teens (9.5%). Crystal meth was the 4th most commonly used drug among rural teens after alcohol, cigarettes, and marijuana, making it more popular among rural teens than chewing tobacco. Effects of Race: Racial differences for exposure to violence and drug use are negligible among rural teens. • Non-white rural teens were no more likely than white rural teens to experience the 15 measures of exposure to violence. This result was similar to comparable comparisons among urban teens but not suburban teens, where non-white teens were more likely than white teens to experience 9 of the violence exposure measures. • Among rural teens, only one measure of drug use differed by race: rural non-white teens were less likely to report chewing tobacco compared to rural white teens. This pattern was strikingly different from the racial differences found among urban teens (9 differences) and suburban teens (7 differences). Effects of Gender: Exposures to violence and drug use vary by gender among rural teens. • Among rural teens, females are more likely than males to be coerced into sex or engage in suicide behaviors, while males are more likely than females to use weapons, be threatened at school, or engage in fighting behaviors. Male teens are also more likely than female teens to chew tobacco and smoke marijuana, both on and off school grounds. Teen Violence Services: Rural schools offer somewhat fewer teen violence services than rural schools. • Rural schools were less likely than urban schools to offer peer counseling and self help services, but just as likely to offer 14 other violence prevention and treatment services. • There were very few significant differences between rural and urban school in the way these services are delivered. Out of the 66 possible combinations of violence-related services and service delivery option, only 6 showed significantly lower utilization rates for rural schools. The remaining 60 combinations showed no differences by location. Teen Violence Services Personnel: Mental health care staff in rural schools are available for fewer hours, have fewer hiring requirements, and receive training for fewer teen violence services than their counterparts in urban schools. • Rural and urban schools were equally likely to have a guidance counselor, a psychologist, and a social worker on staff. However, all three of these professionals were available for significantly fewer hours per week in rural schools. • Rural and urban schools were equally likely to require a graduate degree, board certification, and a state license for newly hired guidance counselors and for newly hired psychologists. However, rural schools were significantly less likely than urban schools to require a graduate degree or a state license for newly hired school social workers. • Mental health care staff from rural schools were less likely than their counterparts in urban schools to receive training for certain teen violence services. Specifically, Mental Health Care Coordinators were less likely to receive training in suicide prevention, family counseling, peer counseling, and self help, while Health Education Coordinators in rural schools were less likely to receive training in tobacco use prevention. School Environment: Overall, rural schools report fewer policies and security practices that prevent violence and drug use than do urban schools. • Rural schools were less likely than urban schools to report using five (5) administrative policies to prevent student violence: prohibiting gang paraphernalia, student education on suicide prevention, violence prevention, and tobacco use prevention, and having a council for school health. The remaining 13 measures showed no differences by school location. • In response to student fighting, rural schools were less likely than urban schools to encourage or require participation in a student assistance program. • Rural schools were more likely than urban schools to monitor school hallways and to arm their security staff, but less likely to use a closed campus, prohibit bookbags, require school uniforms, use surveillance cameras, use uniformed police, use undercover police, and use security guards. The remaining seven school security measures did not differ by school location. Details: Columbia, SC: South Carolina Rural Health Research Center, 2005. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://rhr.sph.sc.edu/report/(4-5)%20Violence%20and%20Rural%20Teens.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 123173

Author: Socia, Kelly M. Title: Residence Restriction Legislation, Sex Crime Rates, and the Spatial Distribution of Sex Offender Residences Summary: Residence restrictions are one of the most recent, and most controversial, public policies seeking to protect community members from registered sex offenders (RSOs) reentering society following incarceration. Residence restriction policies prohibit RSOs from living within a given distance of certain places where children might gather (e.g., schools, daycares, parks, and playgrounds). In doing so, the expectation is that RSOs will have a harder time finding and approaching young children whom they can sexually assault, thus driving sexual recidivism rates down. These policies, first passed in 1995 at the state level and in 2005 at the county and local level, have become extremely popular throughout the United States, but without proof that they are effective. To date, the research on these policies has been extremely limited, and has largely focused on the unintended consequences that these policies cause for RSOs, typically as a result of reduced housing options. This study addresses this lack of research by examining four issues: 1) the characteristics of counties passing these policies, 2) the efficacy of county residence restrictions to reduce sex crime rates in New York State, 3) whether these policies are associated with the spatial distribution (i.e., clustering or dispersion) of RSO residences in upstate New York neighborhoods, and 4) whether this spatial distribution is in turn associated with differences in county-level recidivistic sex crime rates. In doing so, this study draws on a number of diverse literatures, including the diffusion of policy innovations, incapacitation and deterrence theories, reentry and rehabilitation research, and the conceptualization and measurement of the spatial distribution of ex-offender residences. Results indicate that political competition is very influential in passing a county residence restriction and that a nearby residence restriction may dissuade others from passing their own policies. Further, while these restrictions do not reduce recidivistic sex crimes, they may generally deter some individuals who are not yet RSOs from sexually victimizing adults. Finally, results indicate that while a residence restriction is in some cases associated with the within and between-neighborhood spatial distribution of RSOs, there is no indirect effect on recidivistic sex crime rates. Details: Albany, NY: School of Criminal Justice, University at Albany, 2011. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235979.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Residency Restrictions Shelf Number: 123174

Author: U, Nicol Title: Risky Business: Sex-work and Young Southeast Asian American Women in Oakland Summary: This paper seeks to analyze why many young Southeast Asian American women in Oakland, California, are going into sex-work. I investigate the cultural and social factors that contribute to their popularity as sex-workers, as well as examine the existing structural problems that have led them to sex-work. I also begin to illuminate how these young Southeast Asian American women understand their own reasons for going into sex-work. The number of minors entering sex-work continues to increase, globally, nationally and locally, yet past and current literature tend to overlook the unique problems that exist at the local level that are tempting young women into sex-work. Research on young women and sex-work has identified sexual abuse, drug use and homelessness as risk factors that often lead minors into sex-work, but these risk factors do not apply to the population of young SEA American women in Oakland. Through studying this population who have been in or are at risk of entering sex-work, I attempt to complicate previous arguments that victimize and/or criminalize young sex-workers, by looking at the ways in which these young Southeast Asian American women demonstrate agency within societal and structural constraints. Details: Berkeley, CA: Institute for the Study of Social Change, UC Berkeley, 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: ISSC Fellows Working Papers: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2jv079jh Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Asian American Women Shelf Number: 123175

Author: Spalding, Mark K. Title: Summary: This analysis outlines a successful binational campaign to protect critical grey whale habitat by using the rule of law in Mexico to hold the state and its representatives accountable to their constituencies, and thus to stop an industrial saltworks project in Baja California Sur, Mexico. Beginning with a review of the facts of the dispute over an industrial saltworks development at Laguna San Ignacio; then tracing the role of binational cooperation in the Campaign itself; and highlighting the ten most important coordinated actions taken by the binational coalition; followed by analysis of the outcome in light of the cooperation. An afterward will discuss the rule of law in relationship to the land easements recently put in place to further protect the lagoon. The Laguna San Ignacio campaign is one of the best case studies of the challenges and successes of cross-border, cross-sectoral, and cross-disciplinary collaboration. Details: La Jolla and San Diego, CA: UCSD Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies and USD Trans-Border Institute, 2006. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: JUSTICE IN MEXICO Working Paper Series, Issue Number 9, 2006; Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://justiceinmexico.files.wordpress.com/2010/07/11-mobilizing_across_borders_the_case_of_the_laguna_san_ignacio_saltworks_project.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 123176

Author: Abram, David S. Title: Building Criminal Capital vs Specific Deterrence: The Effect of Incarceration Length on Recidivism Summary: In evaluating the efficacy of most modern criminal justice systems, a vital relationship to understand is that between incarceration length (and likelihood) and recidivism. Because most previous attempts to estimate this relationship suffer from omitted variables bias, even the sign is unknown. In this paper, I build on previous work identifying substantial heterogeneity in attorney ability in a public defender office with random case assignment. I make use of this variation to address the omitted variables problem by instrumenting for sentence length and incarceration rate using the randomly assigned public defender. A negative relationship between recidivism and sentence length goes away when instrumenting for sentence. Similarly, a positive and statistically significant relationship between recidivism and incarceration becomes insignificant in the IV regressions. However the regression results do not reveal the full story, as the relationships are rather nonlinear. A graphical examination reveals a negative relationship between recidivism and sentence length and also recidivism and incarceration rate, particularly for shorter sentences and lower incarceration rates. In addition, longer sentences tend to lead to more severe crimes upon offender release. Put together, these findings provide some evidence for a mild specific deterrent effect, but one that rapidly diminishes. Details: Berkeley, CA: Law and Economics Workshop, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2011 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/2fj8691d Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 123179

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Coast Guard Should Conduct Required Inspections of Offshore Energy Infrastructure Summary: Congressional interest in the security of offshore energy infrastructure has increased because of the lives lost and the substantial damages that resulted from the Deepwater Horizon incident in April 2010. The U.S. Coast Guard--a component of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)--is the lead federal agency for maritime security, including the security of offshore energy infrastructure. The Coast Guard oversees two main types of offshore energy infrastructure--facilities on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) and deepwater ports. GAO was asked to examine (1) Coast Guard actions to ensure the security of OCS facilities and what additional actions, if any, are needed; (2) Coast Guard actions to ensure the security of deepwater ports and what additional actions, if any, are needed; and (3) what limitations in oversight authority, if any, the Coast Guard faces in ensuring the security of offshore energy infrastructure. GAO reviewed Coast Guard documents, such as inspection records, and relevant laws and regulations and interviewed Coast Guard inspectors and officials, including those at Coast Guard headquarters and the two Coast Guard districts that oversee all OCS facilities and deepwater ports that are subject to security requirements. The Coast Guard has taken actions to address the security of OCS facilities (that is, facilities regulated for security pursuant to 33 C.F.R. part 106), but could improve its process for managing security inspections. For example, the Coast Guard developed a security plan for the Gulf of Mexico, in which all 57 OCS facilities are located, and it reviews security plans developed by the owners and operators of OCS facilities. It has also issued guidance, which states that Coast Guard personnel should conduct security inspections of OCS facilities annually, but has conducted about one-third of these inspections from 2008 through 2010. Further, the Coast Guard does not have procedures in place to ensure that its field units conduct these inspections. Consequently, the Coast Guard may not be meeting one of its stated goals of reducing the risk and mitigating the potential results of an act that could threaten the security of personnel, the OCS facility, the environment, and the public. The Coast Guard also faces challenges in summarizing inspection results. Specifically, its database for storing inspection data has limitations that make it difficult to determine if security inspections were conducted. For example, there is no data field to identify OCS facilities, which makes it difficult to readily analyze whether required inspections were conducted. By addressing some of these challenges, Coast Guard managers could more easily use the data as a management tool to inform decision making. The Coast Guard has also taken actions to ensure the security of the four deepwater ports, but opportunities exist for improvement. The Coast Guard's actions to ensure the security of deepwater ports are similar to actions it has taken to ensure the security of OCS facilities. For example, Coast Guard security plans address security at deepwater ports, and the Coast Guard also reviews security plans developed by the owners and operators of the deepwater ports. However, Coast Guard guidance for deepwater ports does not call for annual security inspections, and it has conducted only one security inspection at a deepwater port from 2008 through 2010. Coast Guard officials said that the Coast Guard plans to begin annual security inspections of deepwater ports in recognition of the risk of a transportation security incident. However, limitations in the Coast Guard's inspection database and lack of guidance available to database users may complicate the Coast Guard's management and oversight of inspections at deepwater ports. For example, the data field for deepwater ports has been incorrectly applied to other types of infrastructure and some deepwater ports are recorded under multiple names. Unless the Coast Guard addresses these database limitations and issues updated guidance to database users, it will be difficult for the Coast Guard to verify that the deepwater ports are complying with applicable maritime security requirements. The Coast Guard has limited authority regarding the security of mobile offshore drilling units (MODU) registered to foreign countries, such as the Deepwater Horizon. The Coast Guard is taking action, though, to gain a fuller understanding of the security risks associated with MODUs by conducting a study to help determine whether additional actions could better ensure the security of offshore energy infrastructure in the Gulf of Mexico, including MODUs. GAO recommends that the Coast Guard develop policies or guidance to ensure that (1) annual security inspections are conducted at OCS facilities and (2) information entered into its database for both OCS facilities and deepwater ports is more useful for management. DHS and the Coast Guard concurred with these recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-37: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1237.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Infrastructure Shelf Number: 123185

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Courthouses: Improved Collaboration Needed to Meet Demands of a Complex Security Environment Summary: Safe and accessible federal courthouses are critical to the U.S. judicial process. The Federal Protective Service (FPS), within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the U.S. Marshals Service (Marshals Service), within the Department of Justice (DOJ), the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts (AOUSC), and the General Services Administration (GSA) are the federal stakeholders with roles related to courthouse security. As requested, this report addresses (1) attributes that influence courthouse security considerations and (2) the extent to which stakeholders have collaborated in implementing their responsibilities and using risk management. GAO analyzed laws and documents, such as security assessments; reviewed GAO's work on key practices for collaboration and facility protection; visited 11 courthouse facilities, selected based on geographic dispersion, age, size, and other criteria; and interviewed agency and judiciary officials. While the results from site visits cannot be generalized, they provided examples of courthouse security activities. Various attributes influence security considerations for the nation's 424 federal courthouses, which range from small court spaces to large buildings in major urban areas. According to DOJ data, threats against the courts have increased between fiscal years 2004 and 2010--from approximately 600 to more than 1,400. The Interagency Security Committee--an interagency group that develops standards for federal facility security--has assigned courthouses the highest security level because they are prominent symbols of U.S. power. Federal stakeholders have taken steps to strengthen their collaboration, such as establishing agency liaisons, but have faced challenges in implementing assigned responsibilities and using risk assessment tools. (1) A 1997 memorandum of agreement (MOA) outlines each stakeholder's roles and responsibilities and identifies areas requiring stakeholder coordination. However, at 5 of the 11 courthouses GAO visited, FPS and the Marshals Service were either performing duplicative efforts (e.g., both monitoring the courthouse lobby) or performing security roles that were inconsistent with their responsibilities. The judiciary and other stakeholders stated that having the Marshals Service and FPS both provide security services has resulted in two lines of authority for implementing and overseeing security services. Updating the MOA that identifies roles and responsibilities could strengthen the multiagency courthouse security framework by better incorporating accountability for federal agencies' collaborative efforts. (2) In 2008, Congress authorized a pilot program, whereby the Marshals Service would assume FPS's responsibilities to provide perimeter security at 7 courthouses. In October 2010, the judiciary recommended that the pilot be expanded. AOUSC noted general consensus among various stakeholders in support of the pilot and estimated the costs of expanding it, but AOUSC did not obtain FPS's views on assessing the pilot results or on how the expansion may affect FPS's mission. Additional analysis on the costs and benefits of this approach and the inclusion of all stakeholder perspectives could better position Congress and federal stakeholders to evaluate expansion options. (3) The Marshals Service has not always completed court security facility surveys (a type of risk assessment), as required by Marshals Service guidance. At 9 of the courthouses GAO visited, the Marshals Service had not conducted these surveys, but Marshals Service officials at some courthouses told us that they assessed security needs as part of their budget development process. However, these assessments are less comprehensive than the court security facility surveys required by Marshals Service guidance. FPS has faced difficulties completing its risk assessments, known as facility security assessments, and recently halted an effort to implement a new system for completing them. Furthermore, GAO found that the Marshals Service and FPS did not consistently share the full results of their risk assessments with each other and key stakeholders. Sharing risk assessment information could better equip federal stakeholders to assess courthouses' security needs and make informed decisions. GAO recommends DHS and DOJ update the MOA to, among other things, clarify stakeholders' roles and responsibilities and ensure the completion and sharing of risk assessments; and further assess costs and benefits of the perimeter pilot program, in terms of enhanced security, and include all stakeholders' views, should steps be taken to expand the program. DHS and DOJ concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-11-857: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-11-857 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Building Security Shelf Number: 123186

Author: Harcourt, Bernard E. Title: Muslim Profiles Post 9/11: Is Racial Profiling an Effective Counterterrorist Measure and Does It Violate the Right to Be Free from Discrimination? Summary: Racial profiling as a defensive counterterrorism measure necessarily implicates a rights trade-off: if effective, racial profiling limits the right of young Muslim men to be free from discrimination in order to promote the security and well-being of others. Proponents of racial profiling argue that it is based on simple statistical fact and represents “just smart law enforcement.” Opponents of racial profiling, like New York City police commissioner Raymond Kelly, say that it is dangerous and “just nuts.” As a theoretical matter, both sides are partly right. Racial profiling in the context of counterterrorism measures may increase the detection of terrorist attacks in the short term, but create the possibility of dangerous substitutions in the long run. Defensive counterterrorism measures are notoriously tricky and can easily backfire. The installation of metal detectors in airports in 1973, for instance, produced a dramatic reduction in the number of airplane hijackings, but also resulted in a proportionally larger increase in bombings, assassinations, and hostage-taking incidents. Target hardening of U.S. embassies and missions abroad produced a transitory reduction in attacks on those sites, but an increase in assassinations. The evidence shows that some defensive counterterrorism measures do not work and others increase the likelihood of terrorist acts. As a practical matter, then, both sides are essentially wrong: racial profiling is neither “just” smart, nor “just” nuts. The truth is, we simply have no idea whether racial profiling would be an effective counterterrorism measure or would lead instead to more terrorist attacks. There is absolutely no empirical evidence on its effectiveness, nor any solid theoretical reason why it would be effective overall. As a result, there is no good reason to make the rights trade-off implicated by a policy of racial profiling in the counterterrorism context. Details: Chicago: The Law School, University of Chicago, 2006. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: JOHN M. OLIN LAW & ECONOMICS WORKING PAPER NO. 288 (2D SERIES): Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/files/286.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 116318

Author: Hedlund, Jennifer Title: Development and Validation of an Assessment for Pretrial Conditional Release Summary: The intent of pretrial decision making is to determine if an individual who is been arrested can be released back into the community prior to his or her court date without posing a risk of failing to appear for court, of committing a new offense or harming someone. The role of pretrial staff (bail commissioners and intake, assessment and referral [IAR] specialists) is to provide an independent assessment of the client’s risk and to recommend to the court whether the client should be considered for a financial bond or a non-financial form of release. A point scale currently provides pretrial staff with guidance in determining the level of risk posed by a client and thus what type of recommendation (financial bond or non-financial release) should be made. Pretrial staff also may add certain conditions to this recommendation, which are intended to minimize the risk posed by a client who may be released on a promise to appear or on a low bond. Until now there has been no tool to assist pretrial staff in determining the type of conditional release that best addresses a client’s needs. The main objectives of the current project were to develop and pilot a decision aid to guide conditional release recommendations, and to evaluate recent modifications to the risk assessment point scale. Details: Hartford, CT: Judicial Branch, 2005. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 31, 2011 at: http://www.jud.ct.gov/CSSD/research/Dev_Val_Assess_PCR.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 122131

Author: Shanahan, Ryan Title: Close to Home: Building on Family Support for People Leaving Jail Summary: Most research and programming about incarcerated people and their family support systems focus on prison settings. Because jail is substantially different from prison — most notably, time served there is usually shorter — it is not clear that policies and practices that work in prisons can be applied successfully in jails. This report describes the Family Justice Program’s Close to Home project, which implemented the Relational Inquiry Tool (RIT) — a series of questions originally designed for and tested in prisons to stimulate incarcerated people’s thinking about supportive family members as a resource — in three jails in Maryland and Wisconsin. The report also discusses the results from qualitative and quantitative research at the three facilities, aimed at gauging the attitudes of jail staff, incarcerated men and women, and family members toward the RIT. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3377/Close%2520to%2520home_report_v.5.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 123190

Author: Meyerson, Jessica Title: Strengthening Families Impacted by Incarceration: A Review of Current Research and Practice Summary: In early 2009 the Volunteers of America announced plans to launch a new nationwide “Family Strengthening” initiative. The purpose of this initiative is to strengthen and support families affected by parental incarceration. Five pilot sites, Volunteers of America Dakotas, Volunteers of America Illinois ,Volunteers of America Indiana, Volunteers of America Northern New England, and Volunteers of America Texas have been selected to design and implement the new initiative. In February 2009, Volunteers of America asked Wilder Research to conduct a thorough literature review to identify any research-based programs or practices that could be incorporated into the new Family Strengthening model. The literature reviewed for this report includes:  Research-based analyses and scholarly articles by leaders in the reentry field (e.g., Petersilia, 2004 and Travis and Waul, 2003);  Studies commissioned by governmental agencies (e.g., U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, U.S. Department of Labor, the U.S. Department of Justice, etc.)  Reports by leading organizations committed to the issue of reentry, child well-being, or crime reduction (e.g., Public/Private Ventures, the Urban Institute, Family Justice, National Crime Prevention Council, Annie E. Casey Foundation, the Family Corrections Network, etc.)  Well-established “best practices” and “evidence-based programs” directories and compendia (e.g., SAMHSA’s National Registry of Evidence-based Programs and Practices, OJJDP’s Model Programs Guide, the Children Bureau’s Child Information Gateway, etc.) Unfortunately, rigorous evaluations of what works in the arenas of prisoner reentry and working with families affected by incarceration are notoriously scarce. One meta-analysis of the reentry field found that for the entire 25 year period from 1975-2000, when “hundreds of work release programs, halfway houses, job training education programs, prerelease classes, and so forth, were implemented in the U.S., the literature contains only nine credible evaluations” (Petersilia, 2004). Indeed, as far as the authors of this report could determine, no “evidence-based” program currently provides truly comprehensive, long-term supportive services to entire families affected by incarceration. However, there are several prisoner reentry programs that have successfully incorporated some elements of family support into their approach (e.g., Family Justice’s La Bodega de Familia program and the Osborne Association’s FamilyWorks program). There are also a number of positive youth development programs and child welfare approaches (such as one-on-one mentoring for high-risk youth, and family group conferencing and wraparound services for families in crisis) that appear to hold some promise for prisoners and their families. Finally, several programs have demonstrated significant success in partnering with the faith-based community to provide support to prisoners and their families. Each of these programs and approaches could serve as a partial model for organizations seeking to implement family-centered reentry programs. In addition, the existing body of research strongly supports several basic practices that could be used to guide the development and implementation of a comprehensive, long-term support program for families affected by incarceration. For example, there is significant evaluation research to support the use of cognitive behavioral therapy to address families’ social and emotional dysfunction, and there is a strong expert consensus for involving the families of prisoners in pre-release planning. To incorporate the broad and diverse range of research that speaks to families affected by incarceration, the remainder of this literature review is organized into three sections:  A brief review of the service needs of families affected by incarceration  A review of the most widely agreed upon research-based “practices” related to families affected by incarceration  An inventory of specific evidence-based programs, service models, and curricula that have been used to provide supportive services to incarcerated parents, their children, and their children’s caregivers This organizational structure is intended to offer an accessible, practice-focused overview of both specific programming options and broad practices and principles that are relevant to supporting families affected by incarceration. An extensive bibliography and resource list are included at the end of this report. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2008. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.wilder.org/download.0.html?report=2180 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 123191

Author: Cooper, Thalia Title: Bridge Builders for Kids: A Follow-up Study of Mentors and Mentees Summary: Bridge Builders for Kids is a Christian organization that offers a year-round mentoring program for children who have parents in prison. This program serves the Twin Cities and Rochester, Minnesota. The primary purpose of this one-on-one mentoring program is to support boys and girls, ages 5 to 18, by matching them with a Christian adult to engage them in relationship-building activities, and offer them ongoing support until the age of 18. The founders of Bridge Builders based their programming on the PAN Theory - Positive Adult Nurturing. They recognized, based on research and observation, that exposure to violence at young ages (0 to 10) increases the likelihood that young people will act out violently as adults. They discovered that too little positive one-on-one parental nurturing as well as personal trauma are among the most significant contributing environmental factors. Through a faith-based network of caring, supportive mentors, Bridge Builders for Kids aims to break the cycle of violence and incarceration for children of prisoners. Bridge Builders for Kids contracted with Wilder Research to design and carry out an evaluation plan designed to assess the value and impact of the program. The plan included having mentees complete a telephone survey administered by Bridge Builders for Kids volunteers (not their mentors) during which youth were asked to describe their experiences with the mentoring program and how their lives may have been affected by the activities and relationships that were developed. Mentors were interviewed by telephone by professional survey interviewers at Wilder Research. The study shows that while there are some challenges in developing and maintaining a long-term relationship with a child of an incarcerated offender, there are clearly important benefits that can accrue to a child in such a relationship. Results of the mentee survey show that mentors have been successful in creating relationships which feel safe to the child and where the child feels understood. In addition, mentors report that their mentees show more interest in school over time, more hopefulness about the future and an improved ability to appreciate new experiences. The majority of mentors were highly satisfied with their experience and only a few reported specific difficulties with issues like scheduling time with mentees (13%) or establishing boundaries (13%). Mentees also expressed high satisfaction with their relationships with mentors and the vast majority(91%) say that their mentor makes them feel important. Taken together these results indicate that Bridge Builders is having a valuable and positive effect in the lives of young people whose parents are incarcerated. Moreover it appears that the processes that are being used to identify both mentors and mentees has been successful in helping to identify positive role models for youth and in identifying young people whose lives can benefit from such relationships. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.wilder.org/download.0.html?report=2147 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 123192

Author: Ferris, Melanie Title: Dodge-Fillmore-Olmsted Methamphetamine Treatment Project: July 2006-December 2007 evaluation report Summary: The Dodge-Fillmore-Olmsted Methamphetamine Treatment Project is a corrections-based treatment program comprised of three treatment components, a jail-based pre-treatment program and gender-specific outpatient treatment programs. This evaluation report describes the characteristics of the clients served through the program and changes in key outcomes for individuals who participated in the program over an 18-month period. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2008. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.wilder.org/download.0.html?report=2081 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 123193

Author: Gilgen, Elisabeth Title: Reading between the Lines: Crime and Victimization in Liberia Summary: Reading between the Lines: Crime and Victimization in Liberia considers information on the types of violence reported, how violence is perpetrated, where it takes place, when it occurs, and who the main perpetrators and victims are. The Issue Brief also presents examples of programming efforts prevent and reduce crime and violence. The study finds that almost one in seven households reports that at least one household member was the victim of an act of violence or crime between mid-2009 and mid-2010. Crime and violence are more common in Monrovia than in the rest of the country, and robbery and theft is by far the most frequent crime and act of violence. Details: Geneva: Liberia Armed Violence Assessment, Small Arms Survey, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Small Arms Survey Issue Brief No. 2: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.smallarmssurvey.org/fileadmin/docs/G-Issue-briefs/Liberia-AVA-IB2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Robbery Shelf Number: 123194

Author: Fuger, Kathryn L. Title: Strengthening Families and Fatherhood: Children of Fathers in the Criminal Justice System Project. Final Evaluation Report, July 1, 2005 - June 30, 2008 Summary: Strengthening Families and Fatherhood: Children of Fathers in the Criminal Justice System, otherwise known as Fathers for Life – A Head Start Father Involvement Model, developed as an Innovation and Improvement Project (IIP), funded through the Office of Head Start. Fathers for Life – A Head Start Father Involvement Model (referred to in this document as Fathers for Life) addressed the priority area of Strengthening Families/Fatherhood of the President’s Head Start initiatives. Office of Head Start first awarded Missouri Department of Social Services Family Support Division (FSD) funding to develop a sound logic model and theory of change during a 9-month Planning Phase. During the 3-year Implementation Phase that followed, the logic model continued to develop as the project entered early stages of implementation. This report summarizes the project model and describes the results of these efforts in the state of Missouri, in the local communities in which it was instituted, and in the lives of the fathers who participated. Some concluding comments summarize the initiative, pose additional questions, and give suggestions for next steps. Five sections comprise the body of this report. These sections present the following information: • The first section of this report provides a history of this work and describes the Fathers for Life logic model and theory of change in more detail. It describes the intended outcomes systemically at the state level, programmatically at the community level, and in practice at the level of fathers’ outcomes related to parenting their children. • The second section presents the evaluation findings of the Fathers for Life work at the state level that aimed for systemic change. Processes and outcomes related to these areas are discussed: project administration, State Steering Committee leadership, curriculum and product development, statewide dissemination of information, and capacity building through training and technical assistance. A profile of the Missouri Fathers for Life initiative describes this systemic work at the state level. • The evaluation findings associated with programmatic development of Fathers for Life at the local level are presented in the third section. The data describe both activities and outcomes regarding the following: Head Start leadership, development of local stakeholder teams, and training of local staff. Profiles of the first five Missouri communities to implement the model are presented. • In the fourth section the evaluation findings document the engagement of fathers in Fathers for Life through their involvement with a service coordinator and their access to interventions. The section features profiles of the fathers that participated and a summary of the outcomes that they achieved. • Finally, a discussion in the fifth section of the report reflects on both the successes and the challenges of the Fathers for Life initiative. Replication and sustainability are discussed, and other suggestions are made concerning possible next steps. Details: Kansas City, MO: University of Missouri - Kansas City, Institute for Human Development, 2008. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.fatherhood.org/Document.Doc?id=50 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 123196

Author: Rutgers University-Newark Economic Development Research Group, School of Public Affairs and Administration Title: Assessing the Impact of InsideOut Dad™ on Newark Community Education Centers (CEC) Residential Reentry Center Residents Summary: This report presents a multi-method evaluation of the InsideOut Dad™ program in three Community Education Centers (CEC) Residential Reentry Centers in New Jersey. The current evaluation includes both quantitative and qualitative data in the form of participant surveys, institutional data collection, participant interviews, and stakeholder interviews. These methods are used to determine if the program has had an impact across a series of outcome measures. In March of 2010, National Fatherhood Initiative agreed to an evaluation framework for Inside Out Dad™ with Rutgers University’s Economic Development Research Group (EDRG). Specifically, the objective of the research project was stated as an effort to evaluate the program’s effectiveness and assess the potential for further expansion. The program was initially implemented at each of the three facilities by the summer of 2010. During the evaluation period, a total of 307 participants graduated from the program, completing both pre- and post-test surveys. The evaluation period ended in June of 2011 although post-program data was collected on participants through August of 2011. National Fatherhood Initiative’s (NFI) InsideOut Dad™ program was implemented at three sites in Newark, New Jersey: Delaney Hall, the Harbor, and Tully House. Delaney Hall, opened in 2000, houses a capacity of 1,196 adult male offenders from both Essex County and New Jersey State Parole Board populations. The site operates programs including “substance abuse treatment, life skills training, individual and group counseling, relapse prevention, anger management, and educational and GED services” (Community Education Centers). The facility also operates a well-staffed Family Services program. Delaney Hall is the largest of the CEC sites in New Jersey. Delaney Hall graduated 101 participants from the InsideOut Dad™ program for this evaluation. The Harbor, opened in 2000 with a capacity of 234, contracts residents from the New Jersey Department of Corrections. Originally located in Hoboken, the facility was moved to Newark in 2009 at a site adjacent to Tully House. The Harbor offers “GED preparation, adult basic education, life skills, anger management, relapse prevention, Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy, twelve step education, family groups and job skills” (Community Education Centers). The Harbor graduated 89 participants from the InsideOut Dad™ program. Tully House, opened in 1998, contracts residents from the New Jersey Department of Corrections. The site has a capacity of 315 residents. At the facility a variety of services are offered including “work release, vocational, educational, and college educational referral enrollment” (Community Education Centers). Tully House also focuses on “domestic violence, anger management, relapse prevention, parenting skills and criminality groups” (Community Education Centers). An active Family Service Program is also operated at the facility. Tully House graduated 117 participants from the InsideOut Dad™ program. This report is presented in several sections. The remainder of this section provides a concise review of the research on the effects of parental incarceration and programs for fathers in prisons. The second section contains a brief summary of the components to the InsideOut Dad™ program and discusses two previous evaluations of the program conducted in Maryland and Ohio. The third section rephrases the purpose of the current evaluation. The fourth section details the methodology utilized within this evaluation. Data collection and analysis procedures are described in detail. In the fifth section, the quantitative results are presented and analyzed from survey and institutional data. The sixth section introduces the qualitative results of the study from interviews with participants and stakeholders. The seventh section describes the most important limitations associated with the study. The eighth section offers a conclusion that reiterates the main findings and implications of the current evaluation. The final section provides recommendations from the study. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers University-Newark Economic Development Research Group, School of Public Affairs and Administration, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.fatherhood.org/Document.Doc?id=296 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 123197

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: Risk/Needs Assessment 101: Science Reveals New Tools to Manage Offenders Summary: Over the past few decades, experts have developed and refined risk/needs instruments to measure the likelihood of an individual returning to crime, violence or drug use. These tools can help officials to better identify offenders at a high risk of reoffending, while also pinpointing the types of supervision and services that are most likely to prevent future criminal behavior and slow the revolving door of America’s prisons. Key Findings: • Risk/needs instruments measure an individual’s risk of reoffending and identify the specific risk factors that, if addressed, can reduce the likelihood of future criminal behavior. • Risk/needs assessment tools are used at many points in the corrections process by courts, probation and parole agencies, prison and jail systems and parole boards to inform decisions about offender management. • Differentiating offenders by risk level is important—intensive programming can work well with higher-risk offenders but can actually increase recidivism rates among lower-risk offenders. • Research has shown that a comprehensive evidence-based approach—assessing risk, matching supervision and treatment to an offender’s risk level and targeting criminal risk factors with proven programs—reduces recidivism. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Center on the States, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/Pew_Risk_Assessment_brief.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Classification of Offenders Shelf Number: 123198

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: 2011 Kentucky Reforms Cut Recidivism, Costs Broad Bill Enacts Evidence-Based Strategies Summary: Problem: Kentucky had one of the fastest growing prison populations in the nation over the decade ending in 2009, rising by 45 percent, compared to 13 percent growth for all states. Consequences: Corrections spending jumped 214 percent over the two decades ending in FY 2010, to $440 million. Meanwhile, recidivism rates remained above levels seen in the 1990s, despite slight improvement in recent years. Drivers: Data showed an increase in overall arrests and court cases, as well as rising incarceration rates for technical parole violators. Analysis also showed offenders in Kentucky were far more likely to be sentenced to prison than the national average and an increase in the percentage of all admissions who were drug offenders. Reforms: With technical assistance from the Pew Center on the States, the Task Force on the Penal Code and Controlled Substances Act produced a set of reforms leading to the Public Safety and Offender Accountability Act of 2011. Passed unanimously in the Senate and with just one dissenting vote in the House, the law concentrates expensive prison beds on serious offenders, reduces recidivism by strengthening probation and parole, and establishes mechanisms for measuring government progress over time. Impact: The legislation is expected to enhance public safety and improve the performance of Kentucky’s correctional system on multiple levels. The state estimates the reforms will save $422 million over 10 years, allowing increased investment in programs to reduce recidivism with residual funds available for state budget relief. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Center on the States, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/2011_Kentucky_Reforms_Cut_Recidivism.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123199

Author: Autry, Phillip G. Title: An Analysis of the Effectiveness of Sino-U.S. Law Enforcement Cooperation to Combat Human Smuggling Summary: This paper analyzes the effectiveness of Sino-U.S. governmental law enforcement cooperation to combat human smuggling. A history of bilateral law enforcement cooperation against human smuggling is presented, with emphasis given to the period since 1993. U.S. immigration statistics, along with statistics from the U.S. Coast Guard, are presented as a measure of the success of law enforcement efforts. In the analysis that follows, identification is made of factors that seem to have hindered and obstructed, or promoted and advanced Sino-U.S. law enforcement cooperation. This study finds that sudden shifts in the macroclimate of Sino-U.S. relations may positively or adversely affect cooperation on law enforcement matters, including human smuggling. In the current case, bilateral cooperation against human smuggling has been advanced by spillover effects of convergent Sino-U.S. counterterrorism interests that occurred in the wake of September 11. Next, it is found that the creation of formal bilateral institutions for law enforcement cooperation since 1997 has facilitated improved effectiveness in Sino-U.S. work against human smuggling.. Finally, this study finds that the effectiveness of bilateral law enforcement cooperation against human smuggling has been substantially undermined by the inability of the two sides to maintain an effective repatriation-based deterrent against human smuggling. Details: Atlanta, GA: Georgia Institute of Technology, 2007. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://smartech.gatech.edu/jspui/bitstream/1853/16263/1/autry_phillip_g_200708_mast.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Smuggling Shelf Number: 123202

Author: Roberts, Bryan Title: An Analysis of Migrant Smuggling Costs along the Southwest Border Summary: Border enforcement is intended to prevent and deter the illegal movement of goods and people across a country’s border. The intensification of border enforcement activities creates impediments to illegal entry that increase the costs incurred by migrants when crossing the border. Increased costs may include additional time investment, physical hardship, and higher fees charged by smugglers who assist migrants across the border. The impact of enforcement on illegal immigration depends on how enforcement affects migration costs and how migration costs affect the decision to migrate. Our goal in this paper is to estimate the impact that enforcement has on the price smugglers charge to bring illegal immigrants across the U.S.-Mexico border. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Office of Immigration Statistics, Policy Directorate, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/statistics/publications/ois-smuggling-wp.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Smuggling Shelf Number: 123203

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: The Impact of the Economic Downturn on American Police Agencies Summary: The economic downturn of the past several years has been devastating to local economies and, by extension, their local law enforcement agencies. According to a report by the National Institute of Justice, the United States is currently experiencing the 10th economic decline since World War II. The impact of this downturn will result in a change of how law enforcement services are delivered. As has been discussed by the COPS Office Director, Bernard Melekian, in a series of recent articles published in the Community Policing Dispatch, expectations will not be lowered just because an agency now has fewer officers, or because the budget is limited. Simply doing less while waiting for local budgets to recover to pre-2008 levels is not a viable option. Faced with a dramatic budget contraction, law enforcement leaders need to start identifying different ways to deliver police services and, perhaps more importantly, articulate what the new public safety models will look like to their communities. The effects of the economic downturn on law enforcement agencies may be felt for the next 5–10 years, or worse, permanently. The permanence of this change will be driven not just by the economy, but by the local government officials determining that allocating 30–50 percent of their general fund budgets for public safety costs is no longer a fiscal possibility. While some people see signs that the economy is beginning to recover on the national level, most economists agree that local jurisdictions are still in decline and will continue to be so, at least in the short term. County and municipal budgets tend to lag behind the general economy and continuing foreclosures are slowing the recovery of property tax revenues, which are the backbone of local agency funding. Faced with these budget realities, the current model for service delivery — which has been with us for the last 50 years — is already starting to change, and will be forced to continue to change dramatically and rapidly in the next 3–5 years. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e101113406_Economic%20Impact.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 123204

Author: American Bar Association. Criminal Justice Section Title: Dialogue On Strategies to Save States Money, Reform Criminal Justice & Keep the Public Safe Summary: The American Bar Association has chosen to focus on five key issues where states can implement changes that will promote public safety, reduce recidivism, and save money. These five issues cover a range of criminal justice topics, but the goal is the same: to create an effective, low-cost system that improves our current justice system. Below is a brief description of each policy. PRE-TRIAL RELEASE REFORM According to the United States Department of Justice, over 500,000 men and women sit in jail awaiting trial. Two-thirds of these people are low bail risk, meaning they have been deemed by a magistrate to pose no significant risk to themselves or the community, as well as representing a low risk of flight. Often, these inmates will sit in jail for over a year before standing trial. While these non-violent offenders are in jail, taxpayers provide them with food, clothing, healthcare, and security – last year alone the United States spent $9 billion on services for those who could not afford bail. With the development of better tools, methods, and technologies to supervise non-violent offenders, states will be able to save money on pretrial detention and reduce risk to the community. Those who pose the lowest risk can be identified, released before trial, and then appropriately monitored and supported so they do not become a risk. Under these narrow circumstances, not only do taxpayers save money, but the community is not put in danger. DECRIMINALIZATION OF MINOR OFFENSES State budgets have very limited resources. Because of these limits, police and prosecutors simply cannot bring justice to all culprits. By declassifying certain minor crimes, law enforcement and attorneys can focus on more serious offenders. A large portion of low-level cases in this country go unsolved – declassification would not only direct more resources toward the investigation of serious crimes, but it would also provide states with a steady stream of income in from applicable civil fines. EFFECTIVE REENTRY PROGRAMS Recidivists account for a significant portion of the United States’ prison populations – it is estimated that over half of former inmates are re-arrested and incarcerated within three years following release from prison. A key component to combating these high numbers is to more effectively choose those inmates who are prepared for release and to create programs that provide those released with useful counseling and vocational training. Without guidance, former inmates are often left without necessary support and job training and quickly return to a life of crime. With the costs of incarceration skyrocketing, states simply cannot afford to repeatedly house the same prisoners. At a reduced cost, states can implement programs that provide former inmates with the tools necessary to become successful, productive members of the community. INCREASED USE OF PAROLE & PROBATION Unnecessary inctiaornce irsa a tremendous expense to the taxpayer, and can do more harm than good with regards to an offender’s rehabilitation. Lengthy periods of incarceration should therefore be reserved for offenders who commit the most serious offenses and pose the greatest danger to the community. In contrast, alternatives to incarceration should be provided for those offenders who pose minimal risk to the community and appear likely to benefit from rehabilitation efforts outside a correctional institution. Recognizing that few convicted persons require lengthy incarceration and many require none, the ABA’s Criminal Justice Standards on Sentencing call for sentencing schemes that allow administrative parole boards to decide when individuals incarcerated under inadequately determinate sentences should be released. The Standards also include probation options for the courts, substantial “good time” credit for individuals sentenced to total confinement, and the assertion that violations of parole and probation for non-violent offenders should not automatically result in incarceration. COMMUNITY CORRECTIONS PROGRAMS Community corrections consists of any number of sanctions served by an offender within the community where that offender either (a) committed an offense, or (b) currently resides. The objectives of community corrections include punishing an offender in the least restrictive setting consistent with public safety and the gravity of the crime; providing offenders with education, training, and treatment to enable an individual to become a fully functional member of the community upon release from supervision; and making offenders accountable to the community for criminal behavior. Community corrections envisions a wide-range of locally implemented, non-incarcerative sanctions such as probation, day-reporting centers, community service, home confinement with or without electronic monitoring, drug and alcohol treatment, means-based fines, and restitution to both the victim and the community. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2011. 170p. Source: Interent Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/events/criminal_justice/dialogpacket.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 123205

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Title: Institutionalization of Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability in the Port St. Lucie, Florida Police Department Summary: This report is a synopsis of results of a collaborative partnership by the Port St. Lucie, Florida Police Department (PSLPD) and Dr. Rachel Boba that has sought to increase the effectiveness of crime reduction efforts in the agency. The initiative began in 2004 and has evolved through a “practice-based evidence” approach over the last 7 years into a system of policies, procedures, practices, and products for implementing problem solving, analysis, evaluation, and accountability for effective crime reduction. The result has been the creation of a new organizational model for crime reduction called the Stratified Model of Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability. This report describes the phases of the model’s implementation in the department, explains the major events and accomplishments in each phase, presents the process and impact evaluation results, and discusses the results and their implications. Two important themes that arise from this work are that to be successful in improving crime reduction efforts police departments should: take a practice based-research approach and also ensure that strong leadership drives the organizational changes that are necessary. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e07118380_Instit-of-PS-Analysis-PtStLucie-508.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 123206

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: Gun Control After Heller: Litigating Against Regulation Summary: The “core right” established in D.C. vs. Heller (2008) is to keep an operable handgun in the home for self-defense purposes. If the Court extends this right to cover state and local jurisdictions, the result is likely to include the elimination of the most stringent existing regulations – such as Chicago’s handgun ban – and could also possibly ban regulations that place substantial restrictions or costs on handgun ownership. We find evidence in support of four conclusions: The effect of Heller may be to increase the prevalence of handgun ownership in jurisdictions that currently have restrictive laws; Given the best evidence on the consequences of increased prevalence of gun ownership, these jurisdictions will experience a greater burden of crime due to more lethal violence and an increased burglary rate; Nonetheless, a regime with greater scope for gun rights is not necessarily inferior – whether restrictive regulations would pass a cost benefit test may depend on whether we accept the Heller viewpoint that there is a legal entitlement to possess a handgun; In any event, the core right defined by Heller leaves room for some regulation that would reduce the negative externalities of gun ownership. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 15431: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w15431.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 123208

Author: Dharmapala, Dhammika Title: Do Exclusionary Rules Convict the Innocent? Summary: Rules excluding various kinds of evidence from criminal trials play a prominent role in criminal procedure, and have generated considerable controversy. In this paper, we address the general topic of excluding factually relevant evidence, that is, the kind of evidence that would rationally influence the jury’s verdict if it were admitted. We do not offer a comprehensive analysis of these exclusionary rules, but add to the existing literature by identifying a new domain for economic analysis, focusing on how juries respond to the existence of such a rule. We show that the impact of exclusionary rules on the likelihood of conviction is complex and depends on the degree of rationality exhibited by juries and on the motivations of the prosecutor. Details: Chicago: Law School, University of Chicago, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago Law & Economics, Olin Working Paper No. 569 Illinois Program in Law, Behavior and Social Science Paper No. LBSS11-30, Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/569-rma-innocent.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Trials Shelf Number: 123210

Author: Harcourt, Bernard E. Title: Henry Louis Gates and Racial Profiling: What's the Problem? Summary: A string of recent studies has documented significant racial disparities in police stops, searches, and arrests across the country. The issue of racial profiling, however, did not receive national attention until the arrest of Professor Henry Louis Gates, Jr., at his home in Cambridge. This raises three questions: First, did Sergeant Crowley engage in racial profiling when he arrested Professor Gates? Second, why does it take the wrongful arrest of a respected member of an elite community to focus the attention of the country? Third, why is racial profiling so pervasive in American policing? The answers to these questions are interconnected: they turn on the fact that racial profiling is just another form of statistical discrimination and that, today, we all embrace statistical discrimination as efficient and justified whenever there are group-based differences in behavior or fact disparities. We have all become, today, statistical discriminators. This answer, though, points to a solution in the racial profiling quandary, because statistical discrimination is misguided in dynamic situations where there are feedback effects. In policing, it is counter-productive to the law enforcement objective of reducing crime. Like Lani Guinier and Gerald Torres’s metaphor of the miner’s canary, the racial dimension of racial profiling is what troubles us in the arrest of Henry Louis Gates. But, just like the canary whose distress is a warning that the air in the mine is poisoned, the troubling aspect of race in the debate over racial profiling points to the larger problems of statistical discrimination writ large. Details: Chicago: Law School, University of Chicago, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper Presented at the Malcolm Wiener Inequality & Social Policy Program, Harvard University, U of Chicago, Law & Economics, Olin Working Paper No. 482, U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 277: Accessed November 1, 2011 at: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/482-277-bh-Gates.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 123211

Author: Weller, Steven Title: Uses of State Criminal Court Records in Immigration Proceedings Summary: This article examines the ways in which state criminal court records may be used in immigration court to determine whether a state criminal conviction falls within a category that can affect the immigration rights of a defendant. Details: Denver, CO: Center for Public Policy, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2011 at: http://jec.unm.edu/manuals-resources/manuals/Criminal-Court-Records-in-Immigration-Proceedings-7.5.2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Court Records Shelf Number: 123217

Author: Yvette, Emily Title: Offenders on the "Earned Release Date Housing Voucher" Program Summary: The objective of the Earned Release Date (ERD) Housing Voucher Program is to assist offenders release at or near their ERD. The aim of this report is to describe the participants of the voucher program beginning July 2009 through October 2010. This report describes the demographics of the housing voucher population, their release to the community relative to ERD, and the offenders’ recent history of homeless or transient status in the community. Additionally, this report provides an analysis of offender violations, sanctions, new offenses, and reincarceration during and after voucher funding. A comparison group comprised of offenders who did not receive housing vouchers was established in order to determine how voucher recipients differ from other offenders. The comparison group consists of offenders released during the same time period as voucher recipients. Non-voucher releases are separated into those that received supervision following release and those that did not; comparisons are between voucher recipients and supervised non-voucher releases. The distribution of demographics varies between voucher recipients and supervised non-voucher releases; voucher recipients are older and are more likely to have been convicted of a sex offense (33% vs. 12%). During 2010, voucher recipients had fewer average days past ERD than non-voucher releases (71 vs. 84 days) and contributed fewer days past ERD than non-voucher releases (42,671 vs. 54,264 days). The average length of follow up time is 274 days. Voucher recipients are more likely to report being homeless prior to incarceration and following release. Voucher recipients are more likely than supervised non-voucher releases to have a violation after release. A very small proportion of each group was convicted of new crimes during the follow up period. Overall, voucher recipients are more likely than non-voucher releases to be convicted of a new offense and to face reincarceration after release. Among offenders with at least one year of follow up, voucher funding status did not predict a new conviction or reincarceration for a new offense. This report could be improved by using a more appropriate comparison group and by incorporating other indicators of successful reentry. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Corrections, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2011 at: www.doc.wa.gov Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 122432

Author: Law Enforcement-Private Security Consortium Title: Operation Partnership: Trends and Practices in Law Enforcement and Private Security Collaborations Summary: This report was produced to help law enforcement and private security organizations develop and operate effective partnerships. It provides guidelines and analysis—supported by examples from partnerships throughout the nation—of trends, innovative practices, obstacles, lessons learned, and results. The law enforcement-private security (LE-PS) partnerships featured here were formed or expanded to address a range of critical needs: to avert or respond to a terrorist attack, support urban downtown revitalization, marshal resources to combat financial crimes, compensate for law enforcement budget cuts, improve safety at special events, improve security for the nation’s infrastructure, and bring community policing approaches and new resources to bear on crimes against residents and businesses. Many of the partnerships have been able to measure success not only by meetings and exchanges of information but also by crimes prevented and solved. Key Issues and Questions Many in law enforcement and private security are already convinced, at least in a general sense, that greater collaboration is needed. To initiate a partnership or take one to a higher level, though, they need more information about what is involved and what results they can expect from their investments of time and effort. For example: How are effective LE-PS partnerships formed, organized, and sustained? How can leadership and responsibilities best be shared in LE-PS partnerships? How can partners and potential partners address the trust and legal issues that challenge the exchange of vital information? What factors make the greatest contributions to partnership success? What are the most important lessons to be taken from partnerships that are meeting and exceeding their goals and from those that are not? What remains to be done to continually improve communication, professionalism, and results? This report is geared toward law enforcement managers and security directors who want to develop new partnerships or enhance existing ones. It is organized to let readers quickly turn to the issues, examples, and resources most relevant to them. At the same time, it strives for a comprehensive treatment of the topic. It includes diverse partnership models, with enough detail to understand their objectives and operating environments, and often the challenges. The underlying message is that the challenges are worth tackling. Many LE-PS partnerships have achieved impressive results. The report is also intended for government and private-sector policymakers at the local, state, and national levels, and for leaders and members of associations that support law enforcement and security professionals. Their commitment to LE-PS collaboration has a direct bearing on what the partnerships can accomplish. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2011 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/ric/ResourceDetail.aspx?RID=534 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 123218

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: Cities Where Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations Operate Within the United States Summary: (LES) The National Drug Intelligence Center (NDIC) assesses with high confidence that in 2009, Mexican drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) were operating in the United States in at least 1,286 cities spanning all nine Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Force (OCDETF) regions, based on law enforcement reporting. Moreover, NDIC assesses with high confidence that Mexican DTOs in at least 143 of these U.S. cities were linked to a specific Mexican Cartel or DTO based in Mexico — the Sinaloa Cartel (at least 75 cities), the Gulf Cartel/ Los Zetas (at least 37 cities), the Juárez Cartel (at least 33 cities), the Beltrán-Leyva DTO (at least 30 cities), La Familia Michoacán (at least 27 cities), or the Tijuana Cartel (at least 21 cities). NDIC assesses with high confidence that Mexican DTOs will further expand their drug trafficking operations in the United States in the near term, particularly in the New England, New York/New Jersey, Mid-Atlantic, and Florida/Caribbean Regions. NDIC also believes that Mexican DTOs will maintain the present high level of availability for heroin, marijuana, and methamphetamine because the conditions in Mexico and in the United States that enabled and motivated the DTOs to increase production and availability of those drugs have not significantly changed. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2011 at: http://www.9news.com/pdfs/gangs%20and%20cities.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 123219

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Adult Offenders in Local Custody and Under Community Supervision in San Diego County: Current Capacities and Future Needs Summary: Over the years, the Criminal Justice Clearinghouse at the San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) has periodically produced a report entitled “Local Detention Facilities in the San Diego Region.” Historically, this report has examined the number and characteristics of adults and juveniles detained locally in jails and other facilities by either the San Diego County Sheriff’s or Probation Departments. However, with crime and arrest rates steadily declining and jail populations also going down, the most recent report was published over a decade ago, in 1999. As such, despite the fact that crime remains at 30-year lows, it seemed timely to update this report, especially given the upcoming changes across the state that will significantly impact who is detained and supervised locally, as opposed to at the state level through Assembly Bill 109 (Segerblom) (AB 109). Since this realignment currently applies solely to adult offenders, this bulletin is likewise focused on adults who have been detained and under community supervision in 2006, 2009, and 2010. These data are summarized and presented to serve as a baseline for 2011 and future years when these significant shifts in public policy have been made and the local justice system has responded. The information presented here will be useful to regional stakeholders as a tool to prepare and plan for the new populations that will be supervised locally, document the effects of various policy changes, and determine where additional resources may be needed. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: CJ Bulletin: Accessed November 4, 2011 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1612_13431.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders (California) Shelf Number: 123226

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Arizona Border Surveillance Technology: More Information on Plans and Costs Is Needed before Proceeding Summary: CBP does not have the information needed to fully support and implement its Arizona Border Surveillance Technology Plan in accordance with DHS and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) guidance. In developing the Plan, CBP conducted an analysis of alternatives and outreach to potential vendors. However, CBP has not documented the analysis justifying the specific types, quantities, and deployment locations of border surveillance technologies proposed in the Plan. Best practices for developing and managing costs indicate that a business case analysis should be rigorous enough that independent parties can review it and clearly understand why a particular alternative was chosen to support mission requirements. Without documentation of the analysis, there is no way to verify the process CBP followed, identify how the underlying analyses were used, assess the validity of the decisions made, or justify the funding requested for the Plan. CBP officials also have not yet defined the mission benefits expected from implementing the new Plan. GAO has previously reported that a solid business case providing an understanding of the potential return of large investments can be helpful to decision makers for determining whether continued investment is warranted after deployment. Defining the expected benefit could help improve CBP's ability to assess the effectiveness of the Plan as it is implemented. CBP does not intend to assess and address operational issues regarding the effectiveness and suitability of SBInet, steps that could provide CBP with information to help make decisions regarding alternatives for implementing the Plan. OMB guidance suggests that a post-implementation review occur when a system has been in operation for 6 months or immediately following investment termination. Such a review could help CBP make the most effective use of existing SBInet systems that, in connection with the Plan, could build a comprehensive and integrated approach for surveillance technology along the entire Arizona border. CBP's 10-year life-cycle cost estimate for the Plan of $1.5 billion is based on a rough order of magnitude analysis, and agency officials were unable to determine a level of confidence in their estimate as best practices suggest. Specifically, GAO's review of the estimate concluded that the estimate reflected substantial features of best practices, being both comprehensive and accurate, but it did not sufficiently meet other characteristics of a high-quality cost estimate, such as credibility, because it did not identify a level of confidence or quantify the impact of risks. GAO and OMB guidance emphasize that reliable cost estimates are important for program approval and continued receipt of annual funding. In addition, because CBP was unable to determine a level of confidence in its estimate, it will be difficult for CBP to determine what levels of contingency funding may be needed to cover risks associated with implementing new technologies along the remaining Arizona border. Thus, it will be difficult for CBP to provide reasonable assurance that its cost estimate is reliable and that its budget request for fiscal year 2012 and beyond is realistic and sufficient. A robust cost estimate--one that includes a level of confidence and quantifies the impact of risk--would help ensure that CBP's future technology deployments have sufficient funding levels related to the relative risks. GAO recommends that CBP document the analysis justifying the technologies proposed in the Plan, determine its mission benefits, conduct a post-implementation review of SBInet and determine a more robust life-cycle cost estimate for the Plan. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-22: Accessed November 4, 2011 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1222.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (Arizona) Shelf Number: 123229

Author: Hamby, Sherry Title: Children’s Exposure to Intimate Partner Violence and Other Family Violence Summary: This bulletin discusses the data on exposure to family violence in the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), the most comprehensive nationwide survey of the incidence and prevalence of children’s exposure to violence to date, sponsored by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) (see “History of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence,” p. 2). An earlier bulletin (Finkelhor, Turner, Ormrod, Hamby, and Kracke, 2009) presented an overview of children’s exposure to conventional crime, child maltreatment, other types of physical and sexual assault, and witnessing community violence. This bulletin explores in depth the NatSCEV survey results regarding exposure to family violence among children in the United States, including exposure to intimate partner violence (IPV), assaults by parents on siblings of children surveyed, and other assaults involving teen and adult household members. These results confirm that children are exposed to unacceptable rates of violence in the home. More than 1 in 9 (11 percent) were exposed to some form of family violence in the past year, including 1 in 15 (6.6 percent) exposed to IPV between parents (or between a parent and that parent’s partner). One in four children (26 percent) were exposed to at least one form of family violence during their lifetimes. Most youth exposed to family violence, including 90 percent of those exposed to IPV, saw the violence, as opposed to hearing it or other indirect forms of exposure. Males were more likely to perpetrate incidents that were witnessed than females, with 68 percent of youth witnessing only violence by males. Father figures were the most common perpetrators of family violence, although assaults by mothers and other caregivers were also common. Children often witness family violence, and their needs should be assessed when incidents occur. These are the most comprehensive and detailed data ever collected at the national level on this topic. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed November 5, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/232272.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Witnesses of Family Violence Shelf Number: 123237

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Banking on Bondage: Private Prisons and Mass Incarceration Summary: The imprisonment of human beings at record levels is both a moral failure and an economic one — especially at a time when more and more Americans are struggling to make ends meet and when state governments confront enormous fiscal crises. This report finds, however, that mass incarceration provides a gigantic windfall for one special interest group — the private prison industry — even as current incarceration levels harm the country as a whole. While the nation’s unprecedented rate of imprisonment deprives individuals of freedom, wrests loved ones from their families, and drains the resources of governments, communities, and taxpayers, the private prison industry reaps lucrative rewards. As the public good suffers from mass incarceration, private prison companies obtain more and more government dollars, and private prison executives at the leading companies rake in enormous compensation packages, in some cases totaling millions of dollars. Details: New York: ACLU, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2011 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/bankingonbondage_20111102.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 123238

Author: Prendergast, Michael Title: Final Report on the UCLA-ISAP Evaluation of the 1,000 Bed Expansion of Therapeutic Community Treatment Programs for Prisoners Summary: This report summarizes the quantitative results of UCLA Integration Substance Abuse Programs 5-year process evaluation of the California Department of Corrections (CDC) 1,000-bed expansion of therapeutic community (TC) Programs for prisoners. The process evaluation was conducted over the full 5-year term of the evaluation study and involved the collection and analysis of both quantitative and qualitative data. This report only presents quantitative process findings related to client characteristics, treatment participation (in-prison and aftercare) and return-to-custody rates. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs (ISAP), 2003. 33p. Source: Report Available at the Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 123239

Author: Bart, Elias Title: Screening and Securing Air Cargo: Background and Issues for Congress Summary: The October 2010 discovery of two explosive devices being prepared for loading on U.S.-bound all-cargo aircraft overseas has heightened concerns over the potential use of air cargo shipments to bomb passenger and all-cargo aircraft. The incidents have renewed policy debate over air cargo security measures and have prompted some policymakers to call for comprehensive screening of all air cargo, including shipments that travel on all-cargo aircraft. U.S. policies and strategies for protecting air cargo have focused on two main perceived threats: the bombing of a passenger airliner carrying cargo and the hijacking of a large all-cargo aircraft for use as a weapon to attack a ground target such as a major population center, critical infrastructure, or a critical national security asset. With respect to protecting passenger airliners from explosives placed in cargo, policy debate has focused on whether risk-based targeting strategies and methods should be used to identify those shipments requiring additional scrutiny or whether all or most shipments should be subject to more intensive physical screening. While the air cargo industry and the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) have argued for the implementation of risk-based approaches, Congress mandated 100% screening of all cargo placed on passenger aircraft using approved methods by August 2010 (see P.L. 110-53). While 100% of domestic air cargo now undergoes physical screening in compliance with this mandate, not all inbound international cargo shipments carried on passenger airplanes are scrutinized in this manner. TSA is working with international air cargo operators to increase the share of cargo placed on passenger flights that is screened, but 100% screening may not be achieved until August 2013. In the interim, TSA, along with Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and international partners, is relying on risk-based targeting to increase screening of air cargo, particularly shipments deemed to be high risk. Amid renewed congressional interest on air cargo security, a number of policy issues may arise regarding • the desirability of risk-based strategies as alternatives to 100% cargo screening and inspection; • the adequacy of off-airport screening under the Certified Cargo Screening Program (CCSP) in conjunction with various supply chain and air cargo facility security measures; • the costs and benefits of requiring blast resistant cargo containers to protect aircraft from in-flight explosions in cargo holds; • the desirability of having air cargo screened by employees of private firms rather than TSA and CBP employees; and • cooperative efforts with international partners and stakeholders to improve the security of international air cargo operations. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2010. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: R41515: Accessed November 5, 2011 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R41515.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Air Cargo Shelf Number: 123242

Author: Institute for Children and Poverty Title: Exposure to Intimate Partner Violence among Poor Children Experiencing Homelessness or Residential Instability Summary: Over the past several decades, the public health crisis of intimate partner violence (IPV) has received increased attention. Victims of intimate partner violence report various patterns of abuse at the hands of their partners including, though not limited to, physical and sexual assault. Between 2001 and 2005, 38% of intimate partner violence in the United States was experienced by mothers with children under the age of twelve. Furthermore, it is estimated that over three million children are at risk of exposure to intimate partner violence each year, with such risk greatest for children under the age of six. Witnessing this violence adversely shapes a child’s social-emotional development, with evidence of increased externalizing and internalizing behavior problems compared to those who do not witness family violence. In addition, children who are exposed to intimate partner violence are less likely to succeed in school than children who are not exposed. Research suggests that stressful life events, such as intimate partner violence, and structural factors, including poverty and residential instability, greatly increase a family’s risk for homelessness. Although intimate partner violence affects families across all socio-economic groups, living in poverty greatly increases the risk. Moreover, there is a bi-directional relationship between intimate partner violence and poverty: poverty can decrease one’s resources, both economic and social, that are likely to increase the probability of escaping the abuse. On the other hand, the violence itself can decrease the likelihood of the victim being lifted out of poverty. Not only does living in poverty place families at greater risk for homelessness and residential instability, the co-occurrence of these factors increases the likelihood of experiencing intimate partner violence. One of the most important goals for families experiencing intimate partner violence is safety, so as the abuse escalates, many mothers and children make the difficult decision to leave their homes. Impoverished families escaping abuse, however, frequently have limited choices with regard to housing; these options include short-term solutions such as doubling-up with family or friends or entering the shelter system. Studies estimate that half of all homeless mothers experience intimate partner violence and over one-quarter of women in shelter cite domestic violence as the cause of their homelessness. Young children in these families not only witness the abuse of their mothers but also experience instability, by being displaced from their homes, schools, and, possibly, their fathers. Additionally, these children are at an increased risk of having been abused themselves. Once families are forced to make the decision to leave their homes because of intimate partner violence, they leave behind not only their belongings and familiar surroundings, but also their social support networks. Mothers who are victims of intimate partner violence and live in shelter are prone to greater social isolation than is found among low-income, housed victims, and this isolation can lead to increased fear and distrust of others. Compounded with the stresses of living in shelter, such as a lack of privacy, this isolation can impact the relationship between a mother and her young child. Children in these situations may experience increased parent-child conflict and display aggressive behavior toward their peers. At adulthood, females who witnessed intimate partner violence during childhood are more likely to experience abuse by intimate partners, while males are more likely to abuse their partners when compared to children from non-violent households. Using longitudinal data from a nationally representative sample of families, this research brief contributes to the field by analyzing how a family’s experiences with homelessness, poverty, and residential instability over the first five years of a child’s life are associated with incidences of intimate partner violence, specifically physical and sexual abuse against mothers by the child’s father. In addition, children’s exposure to such abuse by the time they are five years old is investigated. Details: New York: Institute for Children and Poverty, 2010. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2011 at: http://www.icphusa.org/PDF/reports/ICP_ResearchBrief_ExposureToIntimatePartnerViolenceAmongPoorChildren.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Witnesses, Family Violence Shelf Number: 123243

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Risk Management Fundamentals Homeland Security Risk Management Doctrine Summary: This doctrine, Risk Management Fundamentals, serves as an authoritative statement regarding the principles and process of homeland security risk management and what they mean to homeland security planning and execution. It is intended as the capstone doctrine on risk management for the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Furthermore, Risk Management Fundamentals serves as a foundational document supporting DHS risk management efforts in partnership with the homeland security enterprise. Risk Management Fundamentals is intended to help homeland security leaders, supporting staffs, program managers, analysts, and operational personnel develop a framework to make risk management an integral part of planning, preparing, and executing organizational missions. The development of homeland security risk management doctrine is an essential element in promoting a risk-informed culture enabling training, capability development, and integration across DHS to strengthen and improve the Nation’s security. Risk Management Fundamentals articulates a desired end-state that DHS aspires to achieve in promoting risk management. This doctrine is not a substitute for independent thought or innovation in applying these principles and concepts. Simply reading the doctrine will not make one adept in managing risks, nor will attempting to follow the ideas herein as if they were a checklist; rather, doctrine serves to shape how one thinks about the issues that you are considering and should be applied based on the operating environment. Homeland security practitioners should compare the doctrine herein against their own experience and think about why, when, and how it applies to their situation and area of responsibility. The purpose of this document is to:  Promote a common understanding of, and approach to, risk management;  Establish organizational practices that should be followed by DHS Components;  Provide a foundation for conducting risk assessments and evaluating risk management options;  Set the doctrinal underpinning for institutionalizing a risk management culture through consistent application and training on risk management principles and practices; and  Educate and inform homeland security stakeholders in risk management applications, including the assessment of capability, program, and operational performance, and the use of such assessments for resource and policy decisions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2011 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/rma-risk-management-fundamentals.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123245

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Polyvictimization: Children’s Exposure to Multiple Types of Violence, Crime, and Abuse Summary: All too often, children are victims of violence, crime, and abuse. This victimization may take the form of physical assault, child maltreatment, sexual abuse, or bullying. They may also witness such events in their homes, schools, and communities. Some children suffer several different kinds of such victimization even over a relatively brief timespan. These children and youth are at particularly high risk for lasting physical, mental, and emotional harm. The National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV) was the first comprehensive national survey to look at the entire spectrum of children’s exposure to violence, crime, and abuse across all ages, settings, and timeframes. NatSCEV examined past-year and lifetime exposure to physical and emotional violence through both direct victimization and indirect exposure to violence (either as an eyewitness or through other knowledge). A focus of NatSCEV was multiple and cumulative exposures to violence. A large proportion of children surveyed (38.7 percent) reported in the previous year more than one type of direct victimization (a victimization directed toward the child, as opposed to an incident that the child witnessed, heard, or was otherwise exposed to). Of those who reported any direct victimization, nearly two-thirds (64.5 percent) reported more than one type. A significant number of children reported high levels of exposure to different types of violence in the past year: more than 1 in 10 (10.9 percent) reported 5 or more direct exposures to different types of violence, and 1.4 percent reported 10 or more direct victimizations. Children who were exposed to even one type of violence, both within the past year and over their lifetimes, were at far greater risk of experiencing other types of violence. For example, a child who was physically assaulted in the past year would be five times as likely also to have been sexually victimized and more than four times as likely also to have been maltreated during that period. Similarly, a child who was physically assaulted during his or her lifetime would be more than six times as likely to have been sexually victimized and more than five times as likely to have been maltreated during his or her lifetime (Finkelhor, Turner, Ormrod, Hamby, and Kracke, 2009). This helps explain why victimizations cumulate. More attention needs to be paid to children who are exposed to multiple types of violence, crime, and abuse. Most research has looked only at individual forms of child victimization — such as sexual abuse or bullying — without investigating the other exposures these same children may face. A new emphasis on the study of what is being called “polyvictimization” offers to help teachers, counselors, medical professionals, psychologists, child welfare advocates, law enforcement, juvenile justice system personnel, and others who work with children identify the most endangered children and youth and protect them from additional harm. This bulletin summarizes some of the key findings on polyvictimized youth, based on NatSCEV (see “History of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence”) and the closely related Developmental Victimization Survey (DVS) (see “Methodology”). Among the key findings: 8 percent of all youth in the nationally representative NatSCEV sample had seven or more different kinds of victimization or exposures to violence, crime, and abuse in the past year. These polyvictimized youth had a disproportionate share of the most serious kinds of victimizations, such as sexual victimization and parental maltreatment. They also had more life adversities and were more likely to manifest symptoms of psychological distress. Polyvictimization tended to persist over time. It was most likely to start near the beginning of grade school and the beginning of high school, and was associated with a cluster of four prior circumstances or pathways: living in a violent family, living in a distressed and chaotic family, living in a violent neighborhood, and having preexisting psychological symptoms. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed November 7, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/232273.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 123247

Author: Ohio Prescription Drug Abuse Task Force Title: Ohio Prescription Drug Abuse Task Force Final Report: Task Force Recommendations Summary: On April 2, 2010, Governor Ted Strickland signed Executive Order 2010-4S, establishing the Ohio Prescription Drug Abuse Task Force (the “Task Force”). The Task Force was created to develop a coordinated and comprehensive approach to Ohio’s prescription drug abuse epidemic. The group was comprised of 33 members with a wide range of professional backgrounds and perspectives, including: state and local public health officials, health provider board and association representatives, state and local law enforcement, local government officials, state agency representatives and legislators. The Task Force was charged with meeting regularly to develop and recommend potential remedies to the growing misuse and abuse of prescription drugs in Ohio. Due to the urgency of this problem, the Task Force was required to submit an initial progress report to the Governor and the leaders of the Ohio General Assembly by May 17, 2010. The progress report included initial recommendations encouraging support for community education efforts (i.e. drug take back programs and social marketing campaigns) and charged the Task Force Work Groups to explore and identify potential solutions for the Task Force Final Report. Since the submission of the initial progress report, the Task Force and its Work Groups met frequently and have developed 20 recommendations. In order to ensure the state’s approach is both multifaceted and comprehensive, the recommendations address issues related to treatment, law enforcement, public health and regulation. In accordance with Executive Order 2010-4S, and in support of the Governor’s mission to reduce prescription drug abuse in Ohio, the Task Force hereby issues this final report. Details: Columbus: The Task Force, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2011 at: http://www.odh.ohio.gov/ASSETS/895B95C591534F7A82A815A69A00011E/OPDATF%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 123254

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: Unauthorized Immigrant Population: National and State Trends, 2010 Summary: As of March 2010, 11.2 million unauthorized immigrants were living in the United States, virtually unchanged from a year earlier, according to new estimates from the Pew Hispanic Center, a project of the Pew Research Center. This stability in 2010 follows a two-year decline from the peak of 12 million in 2007 to 11.1 million in 2009 that was the first significant reversal in a two-decade pattern of growth. The number of unauthorized immigrants in the nation’s workforce, 8 million in March 2010, also did not differ from the Pew Hispanic Center estimate for 2009. As with the population total, the number of unauthorized immigrants in the labor force had decreased in 2009, from its peak of 8.4 million in 2007. The number of children born to at least one unauthorized-immigrant parent in 2009 was 350,000, essentially the same as it was a year earlier. An analysis of the year of entry of unauthorized immigrant parents of babies born in 2009 indicates that 61% arrived before 2004, 30% arrived from 2004 to 2007, and 9% arrived from 2008 to 2010. According to the Pew Hispanic Center, unauthorized immigrants made up 3.7% of the nation’s population and 5.2% of its labor force in March 2010. Births to unauthorized immigrant parents accounted for 8% of newborns from March 2009 to March 2010, according to the center’s estimates, which are based mainly on data from the government’s Current Population Survey. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, Pew Hispanic Center, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: http://pewhispanic.org/files/reports/133.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123255

Author: Karch, Debra L. Title: Surveillance for Violent Deaths --- National Violent Death Reporting System, 16 States, 2008 Summary: Problem/Condition: An estimated 50,000 persons die annually in the United States as a result of violence-related injuries. This report summarizes data from CDC's National Violent Death Reporting System (NVDRS) regarding violent deaths from 16 U.S. states for 2008. Results are reported by sex, age group, race/ethnicity, marital status, location of injury, method of injury, circumstances of injury, and other selected characteristics. Reporting Period Covered: 2008. Description of System: NVDRS collects data regarding violent deaths obtained from death certificates, coroner/medical examiner reports, and law enforcement reports. NVDRS data collection began in 2003 with seven states (Alaska, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oregon, South Carolina, and Virginia) participating; six states (Colorado, Georgia, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Rhode Island, and Wisconsin) joined in 2004, four (California, Kentucky, New Mexico, and Utah) in 2005, and two in 2010 (Ohio and Michigan) for a total of 19 states. This report includes data from 16 states that collected statewide data in 2008; data from California are not included in this report because NVDRS was implemented only in a limited number of California cities and counties rather than statewide. Ohio and Michigan are excluded because they did not begin data collection until 2010. Results: For 2008, a total of 15,755 fatal incidents involving 16,138 deaths were captured by NVDRS in the 16 states included in this report. The majority (58.7%) of deaths were suicides, followed by homicides and deaths involving legal intervention (i.e. deaths caused by police and other persons with legal authority to use deadly force, excluding legal executions) (26.4%), deaths of undetermined intent (14.5%), and unintentional firearm deaths (0.4%). Suicides occurred at higher rates among males, American Indians/Alaska Natives (AI/ANs), non-Hispanic whites, and persons aged 45--54 years. Suicides occurred most often in a house or apartment (70.6%) and involved the use of firearms (51.5%). Suicides were precipitated primarily by mental health (45.4%), intimate partner (30.9%), or physical health problems (22.6%), or by a crisis during the preceding 2 weeks (27.9%). Homicides occurred at higher rates among males and persons aged 20--24 years; rates were highest among non-Hispanic black males. The majority of homicides involved the use of a firearm (65.8%) and occurred in a house or apartment (52.5%) or on a street/highway (21.3%). Homicides were precipitated primarily by arguments (41.4%) and interpersonal conflicts (18.4%) or in conjunction with another crime (30.2%). Other manners of death and special situations or populations also are highlighted in this report. Interpretation: This report provides a detailed summary of data from NVDRS for 2008. The results indicate that violent deaths resulting from self-inflicted or interpersonal violence disproportionately affected adults aged <55 years, males, and certain minority populations. For homicides and suicides, relationship problems, interpersonal conflicts, mental health problems, and recent crises were among the primary precipitating factors. Because additional information might be reported subsequently as participating states update their findings, the data provided in this report are preliminary. Details: Atlanta, GA: Division of Violence Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: MMWR Vol. 60, No. 10: Accessed November 7, 2011 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/ss6010a1.htm Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 123256

Author: Connors, Edward Title: National Evaluation of the Legal Assistance for Victims Program Summary: In November 2000, the National Institute of Justice, with funding support from the Office on Violence Against Women, awarded a grant to the Institute for Law and Justice (ILJ), in partnership with the National Center for Victims of Crime (NCVC), to conduct a national evaluation of the Legal Assistance for Victims (LAV) grant program. The LAV program provides funding to organizations throughout the country to provide comprehensive, free or low-cost civil legal and advocacy services to victims of domestic violence, sexual assault, and stalking. The evaluation focused on the provision of civil legal and other services to victims of domestic violence and examined LAV projects that were funded in 1998 through 2000. Overall, the LAV program has been a success. LAV has made it possible to provide desperately needed civil legal services to more victims of domestic violence who cannot afford a private attorney. It has also promoted the delivery of high quality, comprehensive services by encouraging collaboration and cross-training among legal services organizations and domestic violence victim services programs. Yet even with LAV funding, there is still a chronic unmet need for attorneys and other personnel to assist and represent domestic violence victims who cannot pay legal fees, either because of their poverty or because their access to financial resources is controlled by the batterer. The LAV grant program is authorized under the Violence Against Women Act of 1994, as amended, and is administered by the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW), which awarded the first LAV grants in 1998. The purpose of the LAV program is to increase the capacity of local organizations—primarily legal services agencies, domestic violence victim services programs, bar associations, and law schools—to provide free or low cost, comprehensive civil legal and advocacy services to victims of domestic violence. The LAV program was expanded in 2000 to include civil legal and advocacy services to victims of sexual assault and stalking.1 The LAV program advocates a holistic approach to delivering high quality services. It is concerned with the whole system of service providers and with all of a victim’s needs, both legal and non-legal. Local organizations receiving LAV funding provide (1) legal assistance and representation with protection orders and other family law matters; (2) advocacy services that address victims’ safety, health, and other needs; and (3) legal services to resolve housing, employment, public benefits, and other issues. Because very few organizations are able by themselves to fully address all three of these program elements, OVW requires that LAV projects represent collaborations among organizations, and that the projects conduct cross-training of attorneys and victim advocates. Individual LAV projects are given the flexibility to employ various approaches to meet the specific needs identified in their jurisdictions. In addition to hiring staff attorneys to provide legal assistance and representation, many LAV projects develop pro bono programs (in which private attorneys provide services free of charge); hold legal clinics and develop materials for victims who proceed with their cases pro se (on their own); and conduct outreach to traditionally underserved populations, including members of racial, ethnic, and cultural minority groups and victims living in rural areas. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Law and Justice, 2005. 325p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/208612.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123269

Author: Hill, Catherine Title: Crossing the Line: Sexual Harassment at School Summary: Sexual harassment has long been an unfortunate part of the climate in middle and high schools in the United States. Often considered a kind of bullying, sexual harassment by definition involves sex and gender and therefore warrants separate attention. The legal definition of sexual harassment also differentiates it from bullying. Based on a nationally representative survey of 1,965 students in grades 7–12 conducted in May and June 2011, Crossing the Line: Sexual Harassment at School provides fresh evidence about students’ experiences with sexual harassment, including being harassed, harassing someone else, or witnessing harassment. The survey asked students to share their reactions to their experience with sexual harassment and its impact on them. It also asked them about their ideas for how schools can respond to and prevent sexual harassment. Details: Washington, DC: American Association of University Women, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2011 at: http://www.aauw.org/learn/research/upload/CrossingTheLine.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 123279

Author: New York University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic Title: Justice Derailed: What Raids on New York’s Trains and Buses Reveal about Border Patrol’s Interior Enforcement Practices Summary: This report is the first-ever in-depth examination of the Border Patrol’s transportation raids in upstate New York. It paints a disturbing picture of an agency resorting to aggressive policing tactics in order to increase arrest rates, without regard for the costs and consequences of its practices on New Yorkers’ rights and freedoms. The report extends beyond transportation raids to other Border Patrol practices as well, raising serious concerns about an agency that appears to be driven by the belief that the regular rules of the Constitution do not apply to it. American democracy was founded on the idea that people possess certain inalienable rights, among them the right to privacy and the right to move freely about the country. Throughout this nation’s history, Americans have never been required to carry identification papers proving their citizenship. “Show me your papers” is a statement posed to people living under oppressive regimes, not those residing in the world’s oldest democracy. Anyone who has traveled on trains and buses through upstate New York in recent years has cause to question the federal government’s fealty to these core democratic values. Throughout central and western New York, armed Border Patrol agents routinely board trains and buses nowhere near the border to question passengers about their citizenship. They force certain people to produce documents proving their citizenship or immigration status. Passengers who cannot produce documentation to an agent’s satisfaction are subjected to arrest, detention and potential deportation. These “transportation raids” occur many miles from the Canadian border or any point of entry into the United States. They do little to protect the border, but they threaten constitutional protections that apply to citizens and immigrants alike, invite racial profiling, tear apart families and burden taxpayers with the cost of detaining individuals who were arrested while innocently going about their business. The transportation raids also serve as a window into the practices of an agency that, although charged with policing the border, abuses its authority through its unprecedented reach into the interior of the United States and the use of aggressive search and seizure procedures that do not comport with standards and expectations for domestic policing or interior immigration enforcement. While the full extent of the Border Patrol’s interior enforcement practices remains unknown, community groups have documented abuses of power that extend beyond the transportation system and into our state’s towns and villages. These concerns include complaints of Border Patrol agents wrongfully stopping, questioning and arresting individuals, including United States citizens, and engaging in improper enforcement practices in close collaboration with state and local police. This report is the first in-depth examination of transportation raids by Border Patrol agents in upstate New York, particularly in the Rochester Station within the Border Patrol’s Buffalo sector. Through a Freedom of Information Act request, which is still being litigated, the authors of this report obtained a complete dataset of all transportation arrests in Rochester Station from 2006 to 2009 and detailed information on a random sample of 200 of those arrests. Analysis of the documents obtained through the FOIA litigation and other publicly available documents confirm that Rochester Station’s interior transportation raids represent a shift from the Border Patrol’s mission of policing the border. Furthermore, the evidence suggests an established pattern of misconduct by Border Patrol agents in the course of transportation raids. Key preliminary findings from this data include the following: Despite the Border Patrol’s mission of policing the border, transportation raids do not target recent border-crossers. From 2006 to 2009, less than 1 percent of transportation raid arrests were made at entry, and only 1 percent were made within 72 hours of entry. In contrast, 76 percent of those arrested on transportation raids in Rochester had been in the United States for more than a year, and 12 percent of these individuals had been present for more than 10 years. Interior transportation raid arrests represent the majority of the Rochester Station’s arrests despite the fact that they occur far from any point-of-entry into the United States. Although the agency long sought to block release1 of precise yearly data, we now know that transportation arrests constituted almost two-thirds of all arrests in Rochester between 2007 and 2009. Agents widely violate established arrest procedures in the course of transportation raids. In 77 percent of all transportation raid arrests between 2006 and 2009, Rochester Station officers violated the two-officer rule, which requires that someone other than the arresting officer, whose judgment may be clouded by numerous factors, examine the person who was arrested and determine whether to commence removal proceedings or exercise prosecutorial discretion. In addition to violating the agency’s own regulations, such violations implicate significant due process rights and Fourth Amendment requirements. Despite the immense human and financial costs of overzealous detention, data culled from the sample of Rochester transportation raid arrests reveal that more than 73 percent of individuals arrested were then placed in a detention facility rather than released while awaiting the adjudication of their case. The data further indicates that were it not for a lack of bed space, agents would have detained an even higher percentage of transportation raid arrestees. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2011 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/NYCLU_justicederailedweb.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 123301

Author: Vermeire, Diana Tate Title: Discipline in California Schools: Legal Requirements and Positive School Environments Summary: The American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California (ACLU-NC) has a longstanding commitment to educational equity and ensuring that all California students are guaranteed their fundamental right to an education as promised under the California Constitution. Among the most serious of the issues facing our state’s public education institutions is the “pushout” phenomenon, where students either leave school voluntarily or are forced to leave. Racially disparate and punitive discipline, among other things, underlies the phenomenon; we believe it to be one of the reasons California fails to graduate many of its students. Although inconsistent discipline is by no means the sole cause of the dropout crisis, it is certainly a significant contributor. ACLU-NC has long worked with the educational community — school administrators, principals, and teachers — to reach our common goals of educating students, protecting them from harm, and helping them reach their full potential through a meaningful and equal educational experience. In order to combat pushout, school discipline policies and practices must be fair and equitable — both in their writing and their implementation. ACLU-NC’s varied litigation, policy advocacy, and organizing experience gained through our school bias and pushout work has given us insight into some of the successful strategies employed by — as well as common mistakes made by — California school districts in implementing effective and fair school discipline. In general, schools with the least number of suspensions and referrals maintain clearly defined policies, and the principal and teachers have established protocol that enables them to handle individual cases of misbehavior consistently. On the other hand, schools with the highest number of suspensions and referrals tend to have rigid, yet vague, discipline policies that do not incorporate preventive measures or positive interventions. Schools that shift to clearly defined discipline policies will most likely not only reduce discipline referrals and improve school environment but also improve students’ academic performance: schools that significantly lower their suspension and expulsion rates find that improved scholastic performance follows. Discipline in California Schools: Legal Requirements and Positive School Environments is intended to help school districts develop and implement more successful school discipline policies and therefore reduce pushout. It is based on the work of the ACLU-NC and the expertise of other organizations and individuals committed to ending racially disparate discipline in our nation’s schools. In particular, we want to acknowledge the excellent work of the following organizations: the Advancement Project; national American Civil Liberties Union; American Civil Liberties Unions of Florida and Washington; New York Civil Liberties Union; Dignity in Schools Campaign; UCLA Institute for Democracy, Education and Access; Southern Poverty Law Center; and Equity Project at Indiana University. Discipline in California Schools also incorporates the admirable work of the California Department of Education (CDE) to address school discipline and environment through CDE policy guidelines and resources, sample policies, and other materials. This guide is intended to highlight successful approaches and common mistakes without purporting to cover all potential best practices and pitfalls. Details: San Francisco: ACLU of Northern California, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2011 at: http://www.aclunc.org/docs/racial_justice/discipline_in_california.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime and Disorder Shelf Number: 123314

Author: McLeod, Jeffrey S. Title: State Efforts in Sentencing and Corrections Reform Summary: States continue to struggle during what is the most difficult fiscal environment since the Great Depression. Projections are that the economic recovery will be slow, forcing states to think longterm about how to do more with less. Full economic recovery may not happen until the end of the decade. With corrections among states’ largest expenditures, many are rethinking their approaches to sentencing and corrections practices as they seek to constrain spending. Between 2009 and 2010, at least 40 states made cuts to general fund expenditures for corrections. They are reducing staff salaries, benefits, or overtime, eliminating prison programs, and making food-service changes. Furthermore, states have been increasingly focused on finding ways to decrease overall prison populations. Given that the average prison bed now costs $29,000 a year, they are looking for ways to reduce the number of nonviolent and low-risk individuals going to prison, to move offenders who can be safely managed in the community out of prison sooner, and to keep ex-offenders out of prison through improved prisoner reentry practices. Ultimately, states aim to reduce prison populations enough to allow them to close prisons. States are accomplishing reductions through sentencing reform, efforts to reduce offender recidivism, and parole and probation reform. For example:  South Carolina approved a sentencing reform package in 2010 that the state estimates will reduce the need to build and operate new prison beds by 1,786, saving up to $241 million by reducing incarceration of nonviolent offenders and more closely supervising released inmates to reduce recidivism;  Nevada saved $38 million in operating expenditures by FY 2009 and avoided $1.2 billion in new prison construction by making key sentencing reforms, including expanding the number of credits inmates could earn for “good time” and the number of credits those on community supervision could earn for complying with conditions; and  Kentucky passed legislation expected to save the state $422 million over the next decade by diverting certain drug offenders into treatment rather than prison and reserving prison space for violent and career criminals. The challenge to states is to make cuts in corrections spending while maintaining public safety. Fortunately, there now exists a significant body of research about which sentencing and corrections practices work and which do not. Research shows that implementation of evidence-based practices leads to an average decrease in crime of between 10 percent and 20 percent. Programs that are not evidence-based, on the other hand, tend to see no decrease or even a slight increase in crime. States can use that knowledge to make more informed decisions about which policies and programs to support as they seek to reduce spending on corrections. This Issue Brief provides an overview of the cost drivers behind corrections expenditures and identifies critical decision-points for states to consider as they take action to reduce costs. It also examines challenges to enacting reforms and makes recommendations for states looking to improve public safety with fewer resources. Those recommendations include:  Pursue an approach to reform that involves coordination and collaboration among state executive, legislative, and judicial branches;  Adopt evidence-based practices proven to reduce recidivism and eliminate programs shown to be ineffective or harmful;  Target high-risk offenders and tailor sentencing, treatment, and release decisions to individual risk factors;  Support mandatory supervision and treatment in the community; and  Use real-time data and information for decision-making. Details: Washington, DC: NGA Center for Best Practices, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2011 at: http://www.nga.org/files/live/sites/NGA/files/pdf/1110SENTENCINGREFORM.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123315

Author: Clawson, Elyse Title: Putting the Pieces Together: Practical Strategies for Implementing Evidence-Based Practices Summary: This manual describes a generalized process for adopting and implementing principles that underlie evidence-based practice. The evidence-based policies and practices discussed in this manual are derived from high-quality research and have been embraced by criminologists, other social scientists and respected practitioners. The research and the theoretical underpinnings of EBP are described in a companion document, Implementing Evidence-Based Policy and Practice in Community Corrections. This manual is intended to offer a practical guide to their application. The principles and the activities for implementation described in this manual are not intended to squelch creative thinking, enthusiasm or innovation. Your innovations will inspire the hypotheses that lead to further research, more effective implementation strategies and perhaps even additional principles. EBP is an evolving body of knowledge and practice. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2011 at: http://nicic.gov/Library/024394 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 123317

Author: Wolfson, Mark Title: National Evaluation of the Enforcing Underage Drinking Laws Randomized Community Trial Summary: This is the final report of the National Evaluation of the Enforcing Underage Drinking Laws Program Randomized Community Trial, covering the entire project period (2003-2009). The report describes the goals and objectives of the study, outlines the design and methods used in the evaluation, and summarizes the results. In addition, it provides a discussion of challenges and accomplishments of the study, as well as recommendations for future research and practice. The report is divided into eight major sections. Section 1: Executive Summary Section 2: Overview and Methods Section 3: Grant Requirements Section 4: Impact Evaluation Results Section 5: Process Evaluation Results Section 6: Sustainability Section 7: Late Breaking Crash Analyses Section 8: Conclusions and Recommendations Section 9: Appendices Details: Winston-Salem, NC: Wake Forest University, School of Medicine, 2011. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/236176.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 123320

Author: Armstrong, Nicholas J. Title: Securing America's Passenger Rails: Analyzing Current Challenges and Future Solutions Summary: Homeland security research and recent transnational terrorist trends lend credibility to the prediction that the next major terrorist attack on the U.S. homeland could be on a mass transit transportation system. Mass transit systems remain an easy target even for the terrorists with modest levels of reconnaissance and surveillance training. London, Madrid, Mumbai, Tokyo and other cities have experienced terrorist attacks on their public transportation systems. For the United States, it is only a matter of time. Mass transit security requires a different approach than airport security. Unlike airports, mass transit systems are open with flexible schedules and multiple points of entry for a much larger number of daily passengers (3.8 billion passenger trips in 20071). Consequently, mass transit security often comes at the expense of operational efficiency. For example, implementing single-entry choke points for 100 percent passenger screening at Grand Central Station during rush hour – as employed by airports – would cause crippling operational delays. Furthermore, mass transit authorities receive a sub-optimal allocation of homeland security funding with respect to risk, leaving vulnerable systems open to an attack. The purpose of this report is to provide an analysis of domestic and international mass transit screening strategies, current and future screening technologies, and governmental challenges to and cost-benefits of enhancing rail security while maintaining as open a system as possible. In addition to discussing these critical topics and providing recommendations in the following section, this report highlights the following themes: • A layered, system-of-systems approach to screening is most effective in a mass transit environment. The principal challenge of quick and efficient screening is in screening carry-on baggage, not passengers. • Current technologies such as biometrics and intelligent video offer the ability to enhance current security systems in the short-term, while the advent of new technologies like Portable Explosive Detection Devices and Passive Millimeter Wave Screening will provide additional layers of security as they become more cost-effective and efficient over time. • Federal grant funding for rail security has increased substantially, particularly in the FY 2008 Transit Security Grant Program; however, allocation of those funds are somewhat less than proportional to the risk among the recipient agencies. • Coordination is both the problem and solution to effective rail security implementation. Local, regional, and state governments are the implementing authorities for rail security projects; it is the responsibility of the federal government to foster coordination through incentives, best practices, and supportive policies. • A centralized clearinghouse for transit security research and best practices does not exist and U.S. government representation within international clearinghouses is weak. Details: Syracuse, NY: Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, Syracuse University, 2008. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://insct.syr.edu/uploadedFiles/insct/uploadedfiles/PDFs/Workshop%20Project%202008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Transit (U.S.) Shelf Number: 119338

Author: VanNostrand, Marie Title: Pretrial Risk Assessment in Virginia: The Virginia Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: There are currently 29 pretrial services agencies serving 80 of Virginia’s 134 cities and counties. All Virginia pretrial services agencies operate under the authority of the Pretrial Services Act1 and are funded in whole or part by the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS). DCJS administers general appropriation funds designated for the purpose of supporting the Pretrial Services Act (PSA) as discretionary grants to local units of government. The field of pretrial services contains two primary sub-fields; pretrial release and pretrial diversion. Pretrial release generally involves the provision of information to judicial officers to assist them in making the pretrial release/detention decision, as well as the monitoring and supervision of persons released from custody while awaiting disposition of criminal charges. Pretrial diversion is a dispositional alternative for pretrial defendants. Defendants voluntarily enter into a diversion program in lieu of standard prosecution and court proceedings. Virginia pretrial services agencies provide pretrial release related services and do not provide pretrial diversion related services.2 The Pretrial Services Act was enacted into law with the purpose of providing more effective protection of society by establishing pretrial services agencies that will assist judicial officers in discharging their duties related to determining bail. The Act states that “such agencies are intended to provide better information and services for use by judicial officers in determining the risk to public safety and the assurance of appearance of persons … other than an offense punishable by death, who are pending trial or hearing.” In addition, in accordance with Virginia Code § 19.2-152.3 the Department of Criminal Justice Services was required to develop risk assessment and other instruments to be used by pretrial services agencies in assisting judicial officers in discharging their duties relating to determining bail for pretrial defendants. The duties and responsibilities of pretrial services agencies are detailed in Virginia Code § 19.2- 152.4:3 - Duties and responsibilities of local pretrial services officers. Pretrial services agencies are required to supervise and assist all defendants placed on pretrial supervision by any judicial officer to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of bail. In order to assist judicial officers in discharging their duties related to determining bail for pretrial defendants, pretrial services officers are required to provide the following services: 1. Investigate and interview defendants arrested on state and local warrants and who are detained in jails located in jurisdictions served by the agency while awaiting a hearing before any court that is considering or reconsidering bail, at initial appearance, advisement or arraignment, or at other subsequent hearings; and 2. Present a pretrial investigation report with recommendations to assist courts in discharging their duties related to granting or reconsidering bail. Consistent with the Code of Virginia, the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services in partnership with the Virginia Community Criminal Justice Association and Luminosity, Inc., developed, implemented, and validated the Virginia Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument (VPRAI) for use by pretrial services agencies. An overview of pretrial risk assessment generally, the development and validation of the VPRAI, and instructions for instrument completion are provided in this report. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice, 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/corrections/riskAssessment/assessingRisk.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Detention (Virginia) Shelf Number: 123344

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Moonlighting: Skill Premia in Commercialized Sex Markets Summary: Prostitution is generally considered a low-skill industry; however, we demonstrate earnings returns to college education similar to those found for the labor market generally. College-educated sex workers receive little or no wage premium; however, they appear to receive important non-pecuniary returns in the form of “job amenities.” They also service more clients and provide longer client sessions, conditional on working, though they work less frequently. We show that these results are consistent with a labor supply model featuring both fixed and variable costs of supplying prostitute services, and argue that such a model may be able to reconcile the findings in the literature regarding the determinants of prostitute wages. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, Department of Economics, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1583510 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 123346

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Prostitution 2.0: The Changing Face of Sex Work Summary: Technological change in the prostitution industry has provided a wealth of data that supply a clearer picture of this poorly‐understood activity. The use of Internet technology for solicitation by sex workers has also raised important legal and regulatory questions. We provide a description of the new institutions that facilitate prostitution online, and supply some of the first evidence on several key parameters of interest to policymakers. First, we find that workers who solicit online largely represent growth in the overall prostitution market, as opposed to simple displacement of the off‐line, street‐focused market, although we find important displacement effects among sex workers in their 30s and 40s. Using a newly‐implemented survey, we also find that most sex workers who solicit online engage in lower risk behaviors than traditional street‐based workers; however, workers close to the margin for migration from outdoor work bring riskier business and sexual practices with them as they enter the off‐street sector. Details: Waco, TX: Department of Economics, Baylor University, 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.toddkendall.net/Pros20_Final.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 123347

Author: Petteruti, Amanda Title: Education Under Arrest: The Case Against Police in Schools Summary: The increase in the presence of law enforcement in schools, especially in the form of school resource officers (SROs) has coincided with increases in referrals to the justice system, especially for minor offenses like disorderly conduct. This is causing lasting harm to youth, as arrests and referrals to the juvenile justice system disrupt the educational process and can lead to suspension, expulsion, or other alienation from school. All of these negative effects set youth on a track to drop out of school and put them at greater risk of becoming involved in the justice system later on, all at tremendous costs for taxpayers aswell the youth themselves and their communities. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/research/3177 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Personnel Shelf Number: 123357

Author: Crites, Erin L. Title: Evaluating Grand Jury Reform in Two States: The Case for Reform Summary: The grand jury system has long been the subject of debate and proposals for reform. While the federal system has largely resisted any change, a number of states have not only implemented various reforms but also have extensive experience with them. Their experience is instructive in understanding how these measures would fare if adopted into the federal grand jury system. NACDL selected two states for consideration: Colorado and New York. Both states have a constitutional right to a grand jury and have adopted several prominent reforms similar to those recommended by NACDL. In addition, the two states differ in their geography, size and legal culture, thus permitting comparisons of the experiences of grand jury reform in varying locales. Grand juries in both states see many of the same kinds of felony cases as those brought in federal court, including white collar fraud, gang cases and cases with strong political or public interest. Researchers surveyed nearly 200 defense lawyers and interviewed upwards of 50 prosecutors, defense lawyers and retired judges. Prosecutors constituted no fewer than one-third of the interviewees in each state. Four key reforms were addressed in the research, as both states had experience with each: (1) defense representation in the grand jury room, (2) production of witness transcripts for the defense, (3) advance notice for witnesses to appear, and (4) the presentation of exculpatory evidence to the grand jury. The results strongly support the implementation of the four reforms at issue, finding many benefits and few drawbacks when states pursue these measures. The responses were uniform between the two states and across roles in the criminal justice system, whether prosecutors, defense lawyers or judges. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: www.nacdl.org/reports/grand_jury/grand_jury_pdf/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Grand Jury (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123359

Author: Smith, Alisa Title: Three-Minute Justice: Haste and Waste in Florida’s Misdemeanor Courts Summary: Nearly a half million people, or approximately 3% of the state’s adults, pass through Florida’s misdemeanor courts each year. While the charges adjudicated in these courts are often viewed as minor, the consequences of conviction are significant. Not only are there direct, immediate costs of such a conviction (fines and/or imprisonment), but often there are also long-term, collateral consequences (employment barriers and possible deportation). Despite these serious stakes, an eight-month investigation of one-third of Florida’s counties reveals disturbing evidence that efficiency commonly trumps due process in Florida’s misdemeanor courts, particularly in the larger counties. Most individuals accused of misdemeanors resolve their cases at the first hearing, the arraignment. A large percentage does so without a lawyer, notwithstanding the well-recognized importance of counsel to ensure the accused “may know precisely what he is doing, so that he is fully aware of the prospect of going to jail or prison, and so that he is treated fairly by the prosecution.” The overwhelming majority plead guilty. Indeed, 94% of misdemeanor cases are resolved before trial. On average, these arraignment proceedings lasted fewer than three minutes, even when defendants were pleading guilty at the hearing. Some defendants were informed of their rights by video or rights-waiver form, but in less than 50% of cases were the defendants who were pleading guilty directly advised by the trial judge of the rights they were forfeiting. Upon entering a plea, few were advised of their right to appeal or the immigration consequences of entering a plea. In-custody defendants and defendants without counsel were most likely to enter a guilty plea at arraignment. Defendants who entered a plea at arraignment were three times more likely to be unrepresented. Pleading guilty without counsel occurred more often in larger, rather than small counties. Moreover, defendants who were less informed of their rights to counsel were also more likely to enter a plea at arraignment. Based on this quantitative analysis of Florida’s misdemeanor courts, the following recommendations are offered to improve compliance with due process and ensure fundamental fairness: Provide counsel to all accused persons facing misdemeanor charges; Ensure a level of due process that is compatible with the seriousness and consequences of a misdemeanor prosecution; Reduce fines for less-serious, non-violent offenses; and Create citizen boards that provide oversight and review of county courts; Conduct a systemic review of Florida’s criminal code to identify misdemeanors that warrant reclassification or decriminalization. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.nacdl.org/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 123360

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Projecting Confined Juvenile Populations In Georgia Summary: The Georgia Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) is faced daily with the challenging task of balancing three primary goals: ensuring public safety, holding juvenile offenders accountable for their actions, and helping their clients to improve life skills. While this vision would appear to place the agency somewhere between the conflicting goals of law enforcement and human service, DJJ management articulates its task as an opportunity to make positive changes in Georgia’s juvenile justice system. This report presents the findings of the first in a series of research projects currently underway at DJJ. The three issues addressed in this report include (1) a thorough examination of Georgia's juvenile crime and population trends, (2) an historical analysis of DJJ's confined juvenile population (including detention and longterm institutions), and (3) five-year projections of the confined juvenile populations for the purpose of long-range planning. The goal of the current project is to provide Georgia policymakers with accurate information to make tough decisions about the allocation of scarce public resources. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2000. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/ProjectingConfinedJuvenilePopulationsinGeorgia2000.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 122589

Author: Mayors Against Illegal Guns Title: Fatal Gaps: How Missing Records in the Federal Background Check System Put Guns in the Hands of Killers Summary: Since its creation in 1999, the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) has blocked more than 1.6 million permit applications and gun sales to felons, the seriously mentally ill, drug abusers and other dangerous people who are prohibited by federal law from possessing firearms. Completing the necessary paperwork for a background check takes a gun buyer mere minutes, and more than 91 percent of these electronic screens are completed instantaneously. And, amidst a polarized national debate about gun control, the background check system enjoys nearly universal public support. Despite its relative success, NICS has serious gaps and limitations that still allow firearms to be sold to dangerous people, including some of the nation’s worst mass murderers. The NICS database can access the names of individuals who are barred from possessing guns due to citizenship status and other prohibiting factors with relative ease. That data is regularly and efficiently shared among government and law enforcement agencies. But, for complex legal and logistical reasons discussed in this report, records about the kinds of serious mental health and drug abuse problems that disqualify people from gun ownership have proven more difficult to capture. In 2007, Seung Hui Cho shot and killed 32 people at Virginia Tech before taking his own life. More than a year earlier, a judge had found Cho to be mentally ill—a determination that should have barred him for life from possessing a firearm. But the records documenting his profound mental illness were never submitted to NICS, and Cho was able to pass several background checks before buying the guns he used in the mass shooting. On January 8, 2011 Jared Loughner shot and killed six people and critically wounded 13 others in Tucson, including Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords. Media reports indicated that Loughner had a troubled past that included a drug-related arrest, an admission of drug use to the U.S. Army and suspension from community college for a pattern of disturbing behavior. He nevertheless passed background checks and bought firearms on two separate occasions, including the Glock 19 he used in his attempt to assassinate Congresswoman Giffords. News accounts suggested that Loughner’s admission of drug use should have barred him from purchasing his first gun, an assertion the government has never confirmed. After the Tucson mass shooting, Mayors Against Illegal Guns conducted an investigation to discover why critical mental health and drug abuse records are missing from the NICS database. We obtained Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) data on the number of records states and federal agencies have shared with the system, analyzed related state and federal policies and interviewed more than 60 government officials responsible for NICS record collection and submission in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Based on our analysis and FBI data released on October 31, 2011, we drew the following conclusions: Millions of records identifying seriously mentally ill people and drug abusers as prohibited purchasers are missing from the federal background check database because of lax reporting by state agencies. • Many state mental health records are still missing: Twenty-three states and the District of Columbia have submitted fewer than 100 mental health records to the federal database. Seventeen states have submitted fewer than ten mental health records, and four states have not submitted any records at all. • State substance abuse records are also underreported: Forty-four states have submitted fewer than ten records to the controlled substance file in the NICS Index, and 33 have not submitted any records at all. Even though federal regulations and policy establish that a failed drug test, single drug-related arrest or admission of drug use within the past year temporarily disqualify a person from possessing a gun, the vast majority of states are unaware that these records should be shared with NICS. • While still inadequate, mental health record reporting by the states has improved: From August 2010 to October 2011, the number of state-submitted mental health records in the federal background check database increased by 35.4 percent. • States with the highest rates of mental health record submission have typically enacted policies that require or permit reporting of records: Nine of the ten states that submit the most mental health records per capita have adopted laws or policies that mandate or permit the sharing of mental health records with NICS, while just two of the ten states that submit records at the lowest rates have such laws or policies. • States with access to federal funding tend to submit more records: From August 2010 to October 2011, the nine states that received NICS Act Record Improvement Program (NARIP) grants to improve NICS submission increased their rate of mental health record sharing by nearly twice as many records per capita as states with no federal funding. • Leadership makes a difference: In each state that has significantly improved at sharing records with the federal database, one or more state actors have taken the lead in identifying and surmounting the logistical, legal and political obstacles to compliance. Federal agencies are not reporting records to NICS despite a federal law requiring all federal agencies to report “any record of any person” who is prohibited from purchasing firearms to the FBI. • Federal agencies have shared very few mental health records: 52 of the 61 agencies for which the FBI keeps relevant data have reported no mental health records to NICS. The vast majority of federal records were submitted by just one agency—the Department of Veterans Affairs. • Most federal agencies have not submitted any substance abuse records: Only three federal agencies—the FBI, the U.S. Coast Guard and the Court Services and Offenders Supervision Agency (CSOSA)—have shared any substance abuse records with NICS, with the vast majority submitted by CSOSA. • A Clinton-era policy directive may discourage federal reporting: Federal agencies may continue to rely on a policy memorandum issued in 1994 by former Attorney General Janet Reno that instructs federal agencies not to submit certain substance abuse records to NICS. Details: S.l.: Mayors Against Illegal Guns, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2011 at: http://www.mayorsagainstillegalguns.org/downloads/pdf/maig_mimeo_revb.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 123362

Author: Slobogin, Christopher Title: Prevention as the Primary Goal of Sentencing: The Modern Case for Indeterminate Dispositions in Criminal Cases Summary: Among modern-day legal academics determinate sentencing and limiting retributivism tend to be preferred over indeterminate sentencing, at least in part because the latter option is viewed as immoral. This Article contends to the contrary that, properly constituted, indeterminate sentencing is both a morally defensible method of preventing crime and the optimal regime for doing so. More specifically, the position defended in this Article is that, once a person is convicted of such an offense, the duration and nature of sentence should be based on a back-end decision made by experts in recidivism reduction, within very broad ranges set by the legislature. The territory covered in this Article, particularly as it addresses the debate between deontological retributivists and utilitarians, is well-trodden. But this Article seeks to provide new perspectives on the morality, legality, and practicality of indeterminate sentencing. It starts with an outline of what a properly constituted indeterminate sentencing regime would look like. It then defends this regime against numerous objections. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University Law School, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Vanderbilt University Law School, Public Law & Legal Theory Working Paper Number 11-31 Law & Economics Working Paper Number 11-43: Accessed November 16, 2011 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1959489 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Indeterminate Sentences Shelf Number: 123368

Author: Cooper, Alexia Title: Homicide Trends in the United States, 1980-2008: Annual Rates for 2009 and 2010 Summary: This report presents findings from data on homicides that occurred in the United States from 1980 through 2008. It also includes overall homicide rates for 2009 and 2010. The report contains a series of tables and figures that describe homicide patterns and trends. This patterns and trends release analyzes homicide trends by age, sex, and race, including homicides of children under age 5 and of persons age 65 or older. It examines the relationship between the victim and the offender, particularly in cases of intimate and family homicide. Data include homicides involving multiple victims and offenders, circumstances surrounding the death, justifiable homicides, law enforcement officers killed, homicides cleared, and homicide trends by city size and weapon use. The data are primarily from the FBI's Supplementary Homicide Reports with summary data from the annual report, Crime in the United States, for 2009 and 2010. Highlights include the following: In the last decade (since 2000) the homicide rate declined to levels last seen in the mid-1960s. Based on data from 1980 and 2008, males represented 77% of homicide victims and nearly 90% of offenders. The victimization rate for males (11.6 per 100,000) was 3 times higher than the rate for females (3.4 per 100,000). The offending rate for males (15.1 per 100,000) was almost 9 times higher than the rate for females (1.7 per 100,000). The average age of both offenders and victims increased slightly in recent years, yet remained lower than they were prior to the late 1980s. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=2221 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123370

Author: Council for Court Excellence Title: Unlocking Employment Opportunity for Previously Incarcerated Persons in the District of Columbia Summary: In the District of Columbia today a criminal record is an enormous impediment to employment. Nearly half of previously incarcerated persons in the city may be jobless with little prospect of finding consistent work. Without a job, the path toward rehabilitation and economic security is far more challenging, increasing the likelihood of repeat offenses that keep individuals trapped in a revolving cycle of incarceration. This problem has implications for our city as a whole. At a time when the unemployment rate in the District’s lowest-income wards has soared as high as 25%, joblessness among the previously incarcerated is exacerbating overall employment problems and threatening the long-term economic health and security of our neighborhoods. A steady flow of individuals into our communities who are short on skills and face barriers to getting a job is likely to create unemployment challenges for years to come. The possibility of criminal behavior related to lack of opportunity could present ongoing challenges in preserving public safety. An estimated 60,000 people in the District have criminal records and about 8,000 of them return to the city each year after serving sentences in prison or jail. After just three years, some 4,000 will be back behind bars. While the lack of a job is only one factor leading to recidivism, research shows that when the previously incarcerated have stable employment they are less likely to return to crime and public safety improves. The Council for Court Excellence (CCE) surveyed 550 previously incarcerated persons in the District of Columbia to assess the employment challenges facing them upon leaving prison or jail. Among the key findings: • Forty-six percent of those surveyed said they were unemployed. • Seventy-seven percent said they received no assistance from “anyone at the facility” in helping them look for a job. • Eighty percent of respondents said they were asked “all the time” about their criminal records when looking for a job. • Just 50 percent of those who received an education or training certificate while they were incarcerated said it helped them find work after their release. • There was little or no difference in employment rates for those who earned a GED or job certificate before or after prison and those who did not earn a GED or job certificate. CCE also conducted surveys and in-depth interviews with a diverse group of nearly 20 District employers ranging in size from 15 to nearly 700 employees, and also with representatives of DC business associations. Their responses indicate that a variety of obstacles stand in the way of hiring previously incarcerated persons. Most (80%) said they do not have a policy in place for hiring previously incarcerated persons and instead rely on application forms that ask about criminal history. Although one-third of respondent employers said they had hired a previously incarcerated person in the past or would do so if the opportunity arose, more than 50% said factors such as legal liability protection, certificates of good standing or rehabilitation and industry-specific skill training would “significantly increase or influence hiring.” Details: Washington, DC: Council for Court Excellence, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.courtexcellence.org/PublicationsNew/CCE_Reentry.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 123371

Author: Oregon. Reset Subcommittee on Public Safety Title: Report of the Reset Subcommittee on Public Safety Summary: The key objective of the Reset Cabinet is to “develop a plan containing specific recommendations to the Governor to reset State government’s core functions and stabilize its revenue structure.” We have developed options at a time when, according to the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting indexes, Oregon’s person and property crimes are at historic lows, prison capacity has grown to its highest level, and the cost of operating the prison system has increased dramatically over the last fifteen years. The Public Safety subcommittee has addressed the expected $2.5 billion shortfall in the 2011‐13 biennial state budget by focusing primarily on the most expensive element of the state’s public safety system – prisons. During the next decade, when the shortfall between revenue and expenses is expected to remain at more than $2 billion if nothing is done, the April 2010 Department of Corrections prison forecast predicts 2,000 additional prison beds will be necessary to carry out our current sentencing policies – pushing the prison population to 16,000 by 2020. There are three main cost drivers in building and operating prisons. Our efforts focused on two: who is entering the prison system and how long they stay. (The third cost driver – the pay and benefits of public safety workers – will be addressed in the main Reset Cabinet report.) The subcommittee options will impact those two cost drivers by looking with a cost/benefit eye at what gives taxpayers the greatest return on their public safety investment and continues to protect communities and reduce future crime victimization. Because the budget savings from some of the options presented will take several years to realize, we provide both short‐term and long‐term steps to optimize the use of our most expensive public safety resource, state prison beds. These options require weighing difficult trade offs in how to reduce budgets and must be driven by evidence based practices and the experience of other states. None of these options are easily achieved, but we believe these options represent a viable opportunity for the State to emerge from its financial crisis with a well balanced and efficient system that prioritizes the public’s safety. In concert with other options, these reductions will provide some budgetary protection for key programs in education and health and human services systems – including mental health and alcohol and drug treatment that directly impact crime and incarceration rates. These systems are essential areas of investment to break cycles of criminality and reduce crime long term. Both the Reset Cabinet and the Subcommittee were asked to put traditional thinking and structures aside and develop options that could be used as new, more economical models of service delivery. This request proved to be a challenge. But the Subcommittee has identified options that meet this test and bear further consideration. These options include modifications in the relationship between the state and counties and the current cost structures for public safety funding. The Subcommittee looked for options that would provide models for incentives to form new partnerships with counties to encourage district attorneys to adopt uniform charging and sentencing practices. Also, the subcommittee suggests that counties use local cost effective, accountability measures to deal with short term, non‐violent offenders who will be shortly returning to their communities. These policies, if implemented, would make more effective use of the expensive prison bed resource. Given the expected loss of federal timber revenue in several counties, these partnerships are critical to maintaining an acceptable level of county services. The subcommittee during the course of its work produced a survey instrument to gauge the reaction of various stakeholders to the acceptance of the problem statement set forth by the Governor in the executive order, and to determine whether there were potential solutions or options around which public safety stakeholders could coalesce. A brief summary of the survey results are provided later in this report and the full results are available at http://cjinstitute.org/projects/oregonreset. In addition, the subcommittee spent time discussing both the challenges and options for solutions with many stakeholder and partner groups including sheriffs, chiefs of police, district attorneys, victims advocates from the Attorney General’s office, community corrections leaders, leadership from the Oregon Youth Authority, Board of Parole and Post‐Prison Supervision, the Judicial Department and others. Because sentencing policy, not crime rates, drives the use of expensive prison beds, the subcommittee believes a restructuring of sentencing policy to a modern, uniform sentencing guideline system based upon truth in sentencing will provide fair, transparent allocation of prison time to those offenders posing the greatest long term threat to our communities. These guidelines must: 􀂃 Take advantage of the more than 9,000 prison beds that have been added to system since the old guideline system was created in 1989 􀂃 Keep faith with the spirit of the statutory sentencing changes that have been implemented by the Legislature and citizens since those guidelines were created Acknowledge the scarcity of resources in this environment, an issue that is too often ignored when sentencing policies are established. Finally, at the recommendation of many in the public safety community, the subcommittee has proposed that the State adopt federal earned‐time guidelines including 15 percent earned time for all offenders that are not incarcerated for life, and greater use of transitional resources such as halfway houses and electronic monitoring at the end of their sentences. Many of the options presented in this report, if implemented, would take more than a single biennium to achieve their desired result. In some cases it may be five or more years before the financial impacts of these policy choices will be reflected in the State budget. Yet the material addressed later in this report demonstrates that the cumulative effect of these changes, if enacted and adhered to over time, can result in potentially hundreds of millions of dollars in avoided costs and system savings. The short‐term budget challenge is, however, more daunting. While politically difficult to address, the Subcommittee believes the biggest short‐term savings would come from a further legislative delay in the implementation of sentence enhancements contained in Ballot Measure 57, dealing with repeat property offenders. Property crime rates are at historic lows in Oregon, and a decision to delay the measure’s implementation would result in estimated savings of almost $40 million in the 2011‐2013 biennium alone. Virtually all of these options would require legislative action. The key sentencing guidelines measure, however, will require a bi‐partisan legislative effort with a 2/3 approval or a citizen referral and vote in May, 2011. The incoming Governor and Legislature must understand the gravity of the State’s financial situation and seriously consider their role in crafting a long term stable public safety system against the backdrop of our current and projected financial picture. The alternatives are much worse. If Oregonians fail to plan for our public safety system’s future with an honest assessment of the financial situation, the State will not avoid the problem. The State will still have to deal with less money, but rather than using long term, careful planning to assure our ability to carry out the sentences that are imposed, the State will be forced to consider the early release of offenders who have already been sentenced and will risk the same overcrowding of inmates that brought federal litigation in Oregon in the 1980’s. Rather than the temporary policy that bridges the State to sustainable corrections practices, these early releases and prison overcrowding will become the norm. In addition, the State risks disproportionate reductions in certain segments of the public safety system that create dangerous imbalances in the system as a whole. Cuts, for example to courts and indigent defense, have the effect of shutting down the criminal justice system. These actions erode the principle of “swift and certain” sanctions and destroy accountability as certain crimes are essentially ignored. Likewise, limiting resources for law enforcement, prosecutors, and community corrections can create an unbalanced system. In short, if we fail to plan for a changed economic future, we plan to fail as a public safety system. Details: Salem, OR: State of Oregon, 2010. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://cjinstitute.org/files/OR_pubsafe_subcomreport_final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Budgets for Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123372

Author: Los Angeles County. Office of Independent Review Title: Evaluation and Recommendations Concerning Internal Investigations at the Los Angeles County Probation Department Summary: The Office of Independent Review was asked in March of this year by the County Board of Supervisors to conduct a three month examination of internal investigation functions at the Los Angeles County Probation Department. Our review of this 6,000 member Department revealed a number of significant problems in the units most directly involved with internal investigations and administrative discipline. During our review, we received the unqualified support of the new Departmental leadership and executive team and were granted unfettered access to documents and managerial personnel. We discovered inordinate delays in completing and reviewing internal investigations. As a result, in at least thirty-one cases over the past two calendar years, the Department may well be unable to discipline sworn employees who violated policy because it was unable to complete the cases on time. The twenty-eight cases are only emblematic of a wholesale systems breakdown in which over half of all disciplinary cases were completed five days or less shy of the statutory one-year deadline. This systemic failure caused victims, complainants, subject employees, and Department managers in over half the cases to wait almost a year before the cases were finalized. The bottlenecks that caused the delay derived primarily from bureaucratic inefficiencies, insufficient tracking, and weak case management. We found general difficulty in accurately tracking cases through the system from beginning to end. The lack of an integrated database caused investigators, reviewers, supervisors, case managers, and executives alike to be unable to ascertain fundamental data such as the current number of administrative investigations in the system. This inability to know the universe of cases and track each of them hampers the Department’s efforts to improve the system in critical ways. The Department entities assigned to root out and address misconduct work in isolation from one another and this way of doing business combined with the lack of an integrated database makes it virtually impossible to share information effectively and make the system more efficient. In the Internal Affairs unit, we found quality deficiencies in the investigations and a clear need for training in basic investigative skills to professionalize their methods and work product. We also found that the unit lacked adequate Departmental investigative support , making it extremely difficult for the investigators to conduct timely, thorough and effective investigations. In the Child Abuse Special Investigations Unit, we found the beginning of a well functioning investigation entity hampered by uneven training, erratic notification and evidence preservation at the juvenile facilities, and insufficient internal quality control within the unit. In the Performance Management unit we found significant holes in documentation and an obscure, inconsistent process of case evaluation and discipline decision-making. Some of these issues are personnel based. Many others concern processes and procedures that do not serve those personnel well and create unnecessary obstacles to effective performance. When we asked why some seemingly counterproductive procedures exist, we often heard, ―[t]hat’s the way we’ve always done it.‖ Many of the problems we identified are amenable to practical short and medium term solutions, while others may take a more sustained effort. We have recommended a total of 34 changes in structure, procedure, policy and standards. We also recommend that the leadership of the Department make an explicit commitment to creating a disciplinary system that meets the standards of skill, integrity and professionalism that are so necessary to this Department. Among our central recommendations, we believe it is indispensable for the Department to adopt a single unified case tracking system accessible by personnel from Internal Affairs, Child Abuse, and Performance Management. The confusion, data loss and mistakes engendered by the current proliferation of different, incompatible tracking systems cripples the Department’s disciplinary efforts We also recommend that the investigative and reviewing units take action to speed up the glacial pace with which cases are moved through the system and institute better safeguards and management control so that cases are not needlessly bottlenecked and potentially lost to expired statutes of limitation. We make recommendations aimed at improving the skill set of Internal Affairs and Child Abuse investigators. We also believe that IA and CASIU could benefit from merging into a single professional organization with standardized prerequisites, training, and procedures. Many of our recommendations point to a new holistic attitude we believe the Department should adopt toward the internal disciplinary system. Disciplinary investigations and their outcomes can provide significant feedback to Department leaders that can help improve the quality of operations within the Department as well as the investigations themselves. We recommend that the Department provide needed transparency and information to both its employees and the public about individual cases, the investigative process, and systemic issues. We also recommend that the Department consider seeking independent oversight to ensure a continued path to reform, system-wide as well as providing quality control, fair investigations and principled decision-making on a case-specific level. During our review, we observed a Department already actively engaging in reforms on many fronts with the assistance of the County offices of the CEO, the Auditor/Controller and Human Resources. The Probation Department’s managers have already modified some aspects of their process during our review as a result of our continuing dialogue with them. Details: Los Angeles: Office of Independent Review, County of Los Angeles, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://laoir.com/reports/Report%20on%20Los%20Angeles%20County%20Probation%20Department%20June%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Probation (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123397

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Montgomery County Adult Drug Court Program Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: The Montgomery County Adult Drug Court (MCADC) is located in Rockville, the county seat. The county has a population of 950,680, based on the 2008 Census estimate. The MCADC began serving participants in 2004. As of June 2009, 121 participants have been served. The MCADC serves nonviolent adult offenders with substance abuse problems in need of intensive treatment and monitoring services. The MCADC is a post-plea, postconviction program. Upon entry into the program, participants are placed on 2 to 3 years of probation, although once a participant successfully completes the program (on average after 18 months), her/his probation is terminated successfully. The program provides services aimed at rehabilitation, including substance abuse treatment provided by Maryland’s Department of Health and Human Services community-based substance abuse treatment programs. The MCADC program has three phases and takes a minimum of 16 months to complete. For the 76 drug court participants included in this study who had since exited the program, either successfully or unsuccessfully, the average number of days in the program was 512 (almost 17 months). Graduates spent an average of 525 days in the program (just over 17 months), whereas non-graduates spent an average of 487 days in the program (approximately 16 months). Throughout the program, participants attend drug court hearings evaluating their progress, supervision meetings with a case manager, and group and individual counseling sessions. The pro-gram requires that the individuals submit to drug testing, and uses incentives and sanctions to encourage positive behaviors. In order to graduate from the MCADC program, participants must satisfy program requirements for all three phases and complete an aftercare plan. In addition, they must meet all probation requirements, complete community service and other program assignments, have 9 months clean and sober, be recommended for graduation from the drug court team, and approved by the Judge. Three key policy questions of interest to program practitioners, researchers, and policymakers about drug courts were addressed in this study. 1. Do ADC Participants Reduce their Substance Abuse During Program Participation? 2. Do ADC Participants Have Reduced Re-Arrest Rates After Program Entry? 3. Does the ADC Result in Savings of Taxpayer Dollars? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Montgomery_Circuit_Outcome_Cost_0110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123399

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: Interior Immigration Enforcement: Programs Targeting Criminal Aliens Summary: Congress has a long-standing interest in seeing that immigration enforcement agencies identify and deport serious criminal aliens. The expeditious removal of such aliens has been a statutory priority since 1986, and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and its predecessor agency have operated programs targeting criminal aliens for removal since 1988. These programs have grown substantially since FY2005. Despite the interest in criminal aliens, inconsistencies in data quality, data collection, and definitions make it impossible to precisely enumerate the criminal alien population, defined in this report as all noncitizens ever convicted of a crime. CRS estimates the number of noncitizens incarcerated in federal and state prisons and local jails—a subset of all criminal aliens—at 173,000 in 2009, with state prisons and local jails accounting for somewhat more incarcerations than federal prisons. The overall proportion of noncitizens in federal and state prisons and local jails corresponds closely to the proportion of noncitizens in the total U.S. population. DHS operates four programs designed in whole or in part to target criminal aliens: the Criminal Alien Program (CAP), Secure Communities, the § 287(g) program, and the National Fugitive Operations Program (NFOP). The CAP, Secure Communities, and certain § 287(g) programs are jail enforcement programs that screen individuals for immigration-related violations as they are being booked into jail and while they are incarcerated; the NFOP and some other § 287(g) programs are task force programs that target at-large criminal aliens. This report describes how these programs work and identifies their common features and key differences among them. While consensus exists on the overarching goal to identify and remove serious criminal aliens, these programs have generated controversy, particularly Secure Communities and the § 287(g) program. On one hand, the Obama Administration and other supporters of jail enforcement programs see them as efficient and even-handed ways to identify criminal aliens. The Administration has taken steps to strengthen and expand Secure Communities and plans to implement the program in every law enforcement jurisdiction in the country by 2013. On the other hand, some lawmakers and advocacy groups have raised concerns that Secure Communities and the § 287(g) program have not been narrowly targeted at serious criminal offenders and that the programs may have adverse impacts on police-community relations, may result in racial profiling, and may result in the detention of people who have not been convicted of criminal offenses and may not be subject to removal. Disagreements about the merits of jail enforcement programs overlap with a separate set of questions about the role of states and localities in immigration enforcement. These jurisdictional questions have focused in particular on Secure Communities, in part because the Administration initially appeared to present it as a discretionary program but now takes the position that states and localities may not “opt out” of Secure Communities. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: R42057: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://mexicoinstitute.files.wordpress.com/2011/10/csr-interior-enforcement.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123402

Author: Maine. State Legislature. Office of Program Evaluation & Government Accountability Title: Health Care Services in State Correctional Facilities – Weaknesses Exist in MDOC’s Monitoring of Contractor Compliance and Performance; New Administration is Undertaking Systemic Changes Summary: The Maine Legislature’s Office of Program Evaluation and Government Accountability (OPEGA) has completed a review of Health Care Services in State Correctional Facilities. This review was performed at the direction of the Government Oversight Committee for the 124th Legislature. OPEGA contracted with an expert consultant, MGT of America, Inc. (MGT), to conduct most of the fieldwork for this review. The review’s scope was limited to the adult and juvenile correctional facilities operated by the Maine Department of Corrections (MDOC). It was also specifically focused on the health care services delivered to prisoners by the private correctional care providers Correctional Medical Services (CMS) and CorrectRx. Contracts with these providers represent most of the health care dollars spent on State prisoners, all of which are supported by the State’s General Fund. MGT conducted its fieldwork from September through November 2010 and began sharing its preliminary issues and recommendations with OPEGA and MDOC in January 2011. Subsequently, OPEGA discussed issues raised by MGT with MDOC management and performed some additional document review in the course of finalizing the issues and recommendations for this report. MDOC’s administration of health services for prisoners has been in a state of continuous change since OPEGA began this review in the summer of 2010 and continues to undergo changes as this report is being published. When the review was initiated, the MDOC position of Health Care Services Director was vacant. The position is responsible for administration and oversight of health care services and was filled just prior to MGT beginning the fieldwork. In January 2011, while OPEGA was just beginning discussions with MDOC about reportable issues and corrective actions, a new Governor assumed office. A new MDOC Commissioner was appointed and started in the position in late February and the staff in other administrative positions directly related to managing health care services began to change as well. As a result, OPEGA put this project on hold during the spring of 2011 to allow time for the new management of MDOC to familiarize themselves with the Department’s functions, review the MGT findings, and form their own conclusions about the state of health care services in MDOC facilities. This report now reflects issues drawn from MGT’s point in time look at the Department’s health care services for prisoners during the fall of 2010, the relevant actions that have been taken to date by the new administration, and OPEGA’s recommendations for ongoing improvements. 1 Correctional Medical Services has recently undergone organizational Details: Augusta: Maine State Legislature, Office of Program Evaluation & Government Accountability, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. SR-MEDSERV-09: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.maine.gov/legis/opega/GOC/GOC_meetings/Current_handouts/11-15-11/MEDSERV%20Final%20Report%2011-10-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Care Shelf Number: 123403

Author: Rights Working Group Title: Reclaiming Our Rights: Reflections on Racial Profiling in a Post-9/11 America Summary: In the summer of 2001, racial justice advocates were in the midst of a flurry of exciting developments. After years of work by advocates to fight back against the racially discriminatory impact of the “war on drugs,” the End Racial Profiling Act (ERPA) had been introduced in both houses of Congress. An August hearing in the Senate encouraged hopes for passage within the year. In the private sector, giant corporations Xerox and Microsoft were being sued for racial and gender discrimination, and Coca Cola had just reached, in 2000, a record $192 million settlement in a racial bias case brought by African American employees. The Third World Conference Against Racism, Racial Discrimination, Xenophobia and Related Intolerance was held in early September in Durban, South Africa, to celebrate the end of apartheid and a new global commitment to fighting racial injustice. Then, on September 11th, the tragic attacks on the World Trade Center in New York and the Pentagon in Washington, D.C., changed the nation in a single day. The loss of human life was staggering — there were nearly 3,000 victims killed by the attacks including nationals of more than 70 countries of every race and religion. Not only did all of the passengers on the planes used in the attacks die, but thousands more were killed in the crash sites of the Twin Towers, the Pentagon, and the field in Pennsylvania, and hundreds of rescue workers, fire fighters and police officers also gave their lives. Many more residents and rescue workers became ill and some also died in the months and years after the attacks, as debris and dust from the collapsed buildings were proven to be toxic for nearly one year after the attacks. In addition to these terrible losses, another significant loss occurred — the loss of civil liberties and human rights protections for many communities in the U.S. In particular, the problem of racial and religious profiling expanded dramatically under a number of new or revised government policies and programs. The decision in 2001-2002 by the Bush Administration to detain men of Arab, South Asian, or Muslim backgrounds as suspects in the new “war on terrorism” resulted in the arbitrary detention of more than 1,200 individuals. It coincided with a dramatic increase in harassment of and hate crimes against people in those communities. The newly-created Department of Homeland Security (DHS) devoted new and expanded resources toward the detention and deportation of immigrants, increasingly encouraging local police to enforce federal immigration laws and raising concerns about the racial profiling of Latino communities. DHS also joined forces with the Federal Bureau of Investigation and other law enforcement agencies to dramatically expand surveillance and information-sharing activities through such initiatives as fusion centers and suspicious activity reporting. These activities have led to allegations of racial profiling of Arab, South Asian, Muslim, and Latino communities by federal agencies. Many state governments joined their federal counterparts in implementing racial profiling as a law enforcement technique. In 2007, the Los Angeles Police Department was forced to cancel a mapping program designed to identify potential extremists in Middle Eastern, Arab, and Muslim communities in Los Angeles after residents protested the plan. In the last two years, a number of states have claimed new authority to enforce federal immigration laws, enacting “papers please” legislation and mandating that local police ask individuals about their immigration or citizenship status. The infamous law enacted in Arizona in 2010—SB 1070—has now been copied and passed in Alabama, Georgia, Indiana, South Carolina, and Utah, with Pennsylvania holding legislative hearings on similar legislation. Ten years later, the Rights Working Group (RWG) coalition sees the anniversary of these events as a chance to pause and remember — to reflect on our losses since September 11th and to reclaim those rights lost in the aftermath of the attacks. This collection of essays, from public offi cials, policy advocates, grassroots organizers, law enforcement offi cials, and community leaders, shares personal reflections of the struggle to overcome the pervasive human rights problem of racial profiling. Their stories and suggestions are insightful views into the challenges of the work but also the signifi cance of the struggle. Congressman John Conyers, Jr., who first introduced ERPA in 2001, offers an introduction for this collection of essays, noting why the legislation is needed today more than ever. Karen K. Narasaki reminds us that racial profiling is not new, and that we must remember the historical lessons from World War II and the internment of Japanese Americans in order to avoid making the same errors of targeting a particular community out of fear. Laura W. Murphy shares her personal recollections of the encounters her African American family had with law enforcement, and how her experience drove her and others at the ACLU to promote ERPA as an important response to biased policing. Monami Maulik describes her work as a community organizer who was overwhelmed by the racial and religious profiling targeting her community after September 11th and the steps she took to fight back. Shahid Buttar notes that September 11th was used to justify new government powers of surveillance and information-sharing that have resulted in further racial profiling of Muslim, Arab, South Asian, and other immigrant communities. Nadia Tonova and Christian Ramirez discuss the pervasive use of racial profiling on the northern and southern borders of the United States, where border communities increasingly fear contact with both the police and Customs and Border Protection officers. Pramila Jayapal offers insight into the expansion of immigration enforcement programs that have led to racial profiling of Latino and other immigrant communities across the country, impacting community safety and residents’ trust in the police. Former Police Chief Art Venegas highlights the importance of law enforcement officers taking steps to combat racial profiling within their own departments in order to be effective at promoting community safety. In the concluding essay, Senator Benjamin L. Cardin explains his commitment to reintroducing ERPA later this year, noting that racial profiling is not only an ineffective law enforcement technique but also a violation of our constitutional rights. Rights Working Group is grateful to all of them for contributing to this effort. In considering where we go next in the fight against racial profiling, Rights Working Group has provided a list of recommendations at the end of the report, including urging policymakers and community members to join the RWG Racial Profiling: Face the Truth campaign. Dr. Tracie Keesee has graciously contributed recommendations to law enforcement officers working to end racial profiling within their departments. Details: Washington, DC: Rights Working Group, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.rightsworkinggroup.org/sites/default/files/RWG_911AnnivReport_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 123406

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Arizona Title: In Their Own Words: Enduring Abuse in Arizona Immigration Detention Centers Summary: Through the Immigrant Detention Advocacy Project, the ACLU of Arizona has worked for two years to document civil and human rights abuses in immigration detention centers in Arizona. Based on 115 face-to-face interviews with detainees held in Eloy and Florence, Arizona, the 36-page report, "In Their Own Words: Enduring Abuse in Arizona Immigration Detention Centers," is the most comprehensive report documenting the experiences of immigrants detained by the federal government in the state. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detains 3,000 men, women and children in Arizona on any given day. The detained immigrant population in Arizona makes up 10% of immigrants detained nationwide with Arizona having the third largest number of people in ICE custody. It is estimated that approximately 440,000 people will be detained by immigration authorities nationwide this year. Details: Phoenix, ACLU of Arizona, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.acluaz.org/sites/default/files/documents/detention%20report%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 123409

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: 2011 Electronic Control Weapon Guidelines Summary: One of the defining characteristics of police organizations is that they have been given legal authority to use physical force, and one of the most critical challenges for police departments is the constant struggle to ensure that their use of force is legitimate. Over the last few decades, there has been a growing awareness that police must strive not only to prevent unnecessary or excessive uses of force but also to ensure that communities perceive their police to be acting properly when they use force. As a result of this greater attention to use-of-force issues, there have been substantial improvements in policies, practices, and results. These include significant reductions in officer-involved shootings, creation of early intervention systems to detect possible excesses in individual officers’ use of force, greater mechanisms for accountability and transparency regarding use-of-force issues, and training of officers to de-escalate situations when possible using verbal techniques and other nonlethal methods of controlling an incident. Another advancement has been the development of new less-lethal weapons, which give police a wider range of options to choose from in dealing with persons who resist police authority in various situations—in some cases because they have a mental illness or are under the influence of drugs. Each new less-lethal weapon brings its own set of advantages and limitations that must be managed if officers are to choose the best options in a given situation. In 2005, the COPS Office and PERF came together to produce a set of policy guidelines regarding the use of what were then called Conducted Energy Devices and now are called Electronic Control Weapons (ECWs). Police practitioners and other experts met in Houston and were able to hammer out a strong set of guidelines on ECW use. The guidelines offered practical guidance on the situations in which ECWs are useful and those in which they are not the best option, as well as advice about best practices for training, supervision of officers’ ECW activations, and other issues. The COPS/PERF guidelines of 2005 were adopted by many departments, and they helped those agencies to ensure that ECWs were used properly. Since 2005, researchers have continued to conduct studies of ECWs, and thousands of police departments have gained real-world experience with them. As a result, the COPS Office asked PERF to update the 2005 guidelines, reflecting these developments. PERF conducted background research, including a survey of nearly 200 law enforcement agencies regarding ECW deployments, as well as interviews of police chiefs and other experts. PERF and the COPS Office then convened a conference in Philadelphia in August 2010 where 150 police executives, researchers, doctors, attorneys, and others discussed the use of ECWs in light of five years’ worth of experience in the field. This publication is the result of those efforts, providing an updated and improved version of the initial guidelines to reflect the state of the field regarding ECWs. The 2011 guidelines also reflect a general consensus in policing that ECWs play an invaluable role in providing officers with another type of less-lethal weapon that can be effective in many situations, but they should not be seen as an all-purpose weapon that takes the place of de-escalation techniques and other options. In addition, ECWs have limitations, so officers must be prepared to switch to other strategies if an ECW is not producing the desired result. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum and the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.policeforum.org/library/use-of-force/ECWguidelines2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Non-Lethal Force Shelf Number: 123412

Author: Whitfield, Emily Title: A Force to be Reckoned With: Taser Use and Policies in 20 Arizona Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: This special report represents the most comprehensive survey of Taser use by law enforcement agencies in Arizona to date. To our knowledge, it is also the first independent examination of the relationship between Taser use and the frequency of deployment of lethal force by police in Arizona. Police use of Tasers has been controversial since the release of TASER International’s first highpowered Electronic Control Weapons (ECWs) to agencies in the early 2000s. While billed as an alternative to lethal force including firearms, according to Amnesty International at least 330 people have lost their lives after being exposed to police Tasers between 2001 and 2008. In addition, a 2011 report by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) – a branch within the U.S. Department of Justice – found that Tasers have indirect or secondary effects, such as injury from falling, that can result in death. The NIJ cautioned that the effects of Tasers on certain vulnerable populations, such as small children, pregnant women, the elderly, and people with heart conditions, are not well understood. As more incidents involving Tasers have come to light in the age of YouTube and the 24-hour news cycle – from the 2007 University of Florida episode that coined the phrase “Don’t Tase Me, Bro,” to ongoing reports of tragic deaths and serious injuries inflicted by Tasers – criticism of police use of the weapon has mounted around the country. Arizona has not escaped this controversy. Many U.S. law enforcement and correctional agencies in the United States are using Tasers today. In Arizona, where TASER International has its corporate headquarters, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) of Arizona asked large police departments and sheriff’s offices about the number and percentage of officers armed with a Taser; virtually every sworn officer is provided with one. The ACLU of Arizona supports the responsible use of less-lethal weapons such as Tasers. We recognize that there are times when police officers must use such force to protect their lives and the lives of others. However, all too often, Tasers are used “preemptively” against citizens that do not present an imminent safety threat, and even offensively as a pain compliance tool. What’s more, both TASER International training materials and agency policies anticipate that officers will use the weapon as a pain compliance tool. The purpose of this report is to illuminate specific facts about Taser use by Arizona law enforcement officers and to use those facts as a starting point for a conversation about the need for meaningful reform. Details: Phoenix: American Civil Liberties Union of Arizona, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.acluaz.org/taserreport Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Non-Lethal Force Shelf Number: 123410

Author: Lai, Annie Title: Protecting What Works: Juvenile Diversion in Maricopa County Summary: In 2010, four percent of Arizona’s youth, or 41,040 juveniles, received at least one delinquency referral to the juvenile justice system. About half of these youth had not had any previous contact with the justice system, and 66 percent were referred for misdemeanors or status offenses. Fortunately, the rate of juveniles referred to the justice system who are being diverted is on the rise. Diversion is a process by which juveniles can avoid formal court processing, and therefore, a delinquency record, by successfully completing one or more diversion “consequences.” The consequences can range from writing an apology to community service, counseling, or teen court. In 2010, 46% of the youth referred were diverted. Two-thirds of the youth diverted had never been referred to the court before. More than 86% of these youth had one prior referral or less, and 83% were referred for non-felony offenses. The concept of diversion has been around since the early days of the juvenile justice system. It is based on evidence that processing youth offenders through the court system can do more harm than good. Indeed, court involvement for low-level offenders has been shown to be related to lower educational attainment, more limited employment prospects and higher rates of reoffending. By handling such cases outside of the formal system, courts and prosecutors can avoid exacerbating these effects and also reduce the strain on overloaded dockets. In 1967, partly in response to concerns that processing youth through the formal system could lead to further delinquency, the President’s Commission on Law Enforcement and the Administration of Justice called on communities to establish local youth agencies or bureaus that could serve as an alternative to putting youths through court. The Commission’s recommendation led to a proliferation in diversion programs in the late 1960s and 1970s. Today, most diversion programs are no longer sustained by federal grants, but by state and local funding sources. As these budgets continue to get slashed, policy-makers will undoubtedly face pressure to reduce the investment in good quality diversion programs and shift more of the cost onto the families of referred youth who may not be able to afford the cost. This would be a mistake. Diversion offers an important opportunity for many young people who, with limited intervention, need never return to the juvenile justice system. By investing in diversion, we not only increase the chance that these youth will succeed, but also save money over the long run and enhance public safety. In 2010, following the announcement of some significant changes to the diversion program by the local county attorney’s office, the ACLU of Arizona undertook an investigation of juvenile diversion in Maricopa County. Maricopa County contains 60% of the state’s population and is home to the large metropolitan community of Phoenix. It handles just over half of the state’s juvenile referrals and an almost equal share of the diversion. As part of its investigation, the ACLU of Arizona examined data from the juvenile court, probation department and two private contractors that were retained by the Maricopa County Attorney’s Office (MCAO) to provide fee-based diversion services. The ACLU also interviewed court and probation department staff, juvenile defenders, a juvenile prosecutor, and representatives from the private companies. This paper presents the findings and recommendations of the investigation. Details: Phoenix: American Civil Liberties Union of Arizona, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2011 at: http://www.acluaz.org/sites/default/files/documents/ACLU%20Juvenile%20Diversion%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 123411

Author: Rights Working Group Title: Faces of Racial Profiling: A Report from Communities Across America Summary: The Bill of Rights clearly states that everyone in the United States is entitled to equal treatment and equal protection under the law, that everyone should be free from unreasonable searches and seizures, and should be afforded a presumption of innocence. However, this is not the reality for millions of people in the United States who have been denied these rights — and many others — due to racial profiling. This report seeks to demonstrate the pervasive nature of this nationwide problem, document its impact on individuals, families and communities across the country, and propose recommendations to end this harmful and ineffective practice. Details: Washington, DC: Rights Working Group, 2010. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: http://www.rightsworkinggroup.org/sites/default/files/rwg-report-web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123420

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Understanding the Public Health Implications of Prisoner Reentry in California: State-of-the-State Report Summary: When prisoners are released and return to communities, an often overlooked concern is the health care needs that former prisoners have and the role that health care plays in how successfully they reintegrate. To a large extent, the reentry population will eventually become part of the uninsured and medically indigent populations in communities. This volume examines the health care needs of newly released prisoners in California, including the need for mental health and substance abuse treatment; which communities are most affected by prisoner reentry; the health care system capacity of those communities; and the experiences of released prisoners, service providers, and families of incarcerated individuals. The authors conducted a geographic analysis to identify where parolees are concentrated in California and the capacity of the safety net in four of these communities — Alameda, Los Angeles, San Diego, and Kern counties — to meet the health care needs of the reentry population. They then conducted focus groups in Alameda, Los Angeles, and San Diego counties with former prisoners and their family members and interviews with relevant service providers and community groups to better understand how health affects reentry; the critical roles that health care providers, other social services, and family members play in successful reentry; and how the children and families of ex-prisoners are affected by reentry. The authors discuss all this in the context of budget cuts that have substantially shrunk California's safety net and the May 2011 U.S. Supreme Court decision ordering California to reduce its prison population by 33,000. The volume concludes with recommendations for improving access to care for this population in the current fiscal environment. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 252p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2011/RAND_MG1165.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 123423

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Investigation and Prosecution of Sexual Assault, Domestic Violence, and Stalking Summary: This project examined sexual assault, domestic violence, and stalking cases reported to the Alaska State Troopers. More specifically, we examined all sexual assault and sexual abuse of minor incidents reported to Alaska State Troopers in 2003 and 2004, all assaults in domestic violence incidents reported to Alaska State Troopers in 2004, and all stalking incidents reported to Alaska State Troopers from 1994 to 2005. In addition, we examined whether cases were referred to the Alaska Department of Law for prosecution, were accepted for prosecution, and resulted in a conviction. This report provides a thorough overview of key characteristics on reports, suspects, victims, incidents, witnesses, and legal resolutions. This report also examines the predictors of legal resolutions. Finally, this report examines whether rural cases are less likely to have successful legal resolutions. Results clearly show that what Alaska State Troopers do when investigating reported offenses can increase rates of referral, acceptance, and conviction. In addition, we found no evidence of under-enforcement in rural areas. Contrary to allegations that the provision of criminal justice services is diminished in rural areas, we found that geographic isolation does not hinder case processing. These results are important for other rural jurisdictions. Most importantly, we found that cases first reported to local first responders had better legal resolutions. This finding suggests that the resources provided by these first responders (i.e., reduced response time and enhanced investigation) increase the rates of prosecutions and convictions. This finding is important not just in Alaska, but in other jurisdictions where official responders are not immediately available. Details: Anchorage, AK: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2010. 246p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236429.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123416

Author: McGrath, Robert J. Title: A Model of Static and Dynamic Sex Offender Risk Assessment Summary: The purpose of the present study was to test models of combining static and dynamic risk measures that might predict sexual recidivism among adult male sex offenders better than any one type of measure alone. Study participants were 759 adult male sex offenders under correctional supervision in Vermont who were enrolled in community sex offender treatment between 2001 and 2007. These offenders were assessed once using static measures (Static-99R, Static-2002R and VASOR) based on participants’ history at the date of placement in the community. A 22-item dynamic risk measure (SOTNPS) was used multiple times to assess participants, shortly after their entry into community treatment and approximately every six months thereafter. Analyses of SOTNPS scores resulted in the development of a new 16-item dynamic risk measure, the Sex Offender Treatment Intervention and Progress Scale (SOTIPS). At fixed one- and three-year follow-up periods from participants’ initial, second, and third dynamic risk assessments, the SOTIPS and Static-99R, the static risk measure selected for further analysis in the present study, each independently showed moderate ability to rank order risk for sexual, violent, and any criminal recidivism and return to prison. A logistic regression model that combined SOTIPS and Static-99R consistently predicted recidivism and outperformed either instrument alone when both instruments had similar predictive power. Participants who demonstrated treatment progress, as reflected by reductions in SOTIPS scores, showed lower rates of recidivism than those who did not. Details: Waterbury, VT: Vermont Department of Corrections, 2011. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236217.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 123424

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Arizona Crime Trends: A System Review Summary: On a biennial basis, the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission is tasked with preparing for the governor a criminal justice system trends report. Available resources, the size and complexity of the criminal justice system and the availability of relevant data influence the scope of the issues addressed in the report. In support of data-driven decision making, this report uses publicly available data to describe the activity of Arizona’s criminal justice system from law enforcement agencies description of the offenses reported to their agencies to the population of the Arizona Department of Corrections. More specifically, in this edition of Arizona Crime Trends: A System Review, up to 11 years of data from law enforcement, the courts, corrections, and the juvenile justice system are compiled to give readers an overview of crime and criminal and juvenile justice system activity from 2000 to 2010 in Arizona. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/pubs/Crime%20Trends%202011_Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (Arizona) Shelf Number: 123425

Author: Freeman, Linda Title: Comparison of Case Outcomes: Household Member Assault/Battery Cases and Non-Household Member Assault/Battery Cases Summary: This report looks at cases disposed statewide in New Mexico for calendar year 2008. During 2008, NM District Courts disposed of 1,860 cases that had at least one assault or battery charge. In NM, if the victim of an assault or battery meets the definition of a household member (HHM) “a spouse, former spouse, parent, present or former stepparent, present or former parent-in-law, grandparent, grandparent-in-law, a co-parent of a child or a person with whom a person has had a continuing personal relationship” (NMSA 30-3-11) the defendant can be charged with a specific charge that is identifiable and different than if the victim does not meet the definition. For the purposes of this study, the existence of separate statutes allows us to compare the case outcomes when the victim meets the HHM definition compared to when the victim is not a HHM. The analysis used in this report is based on the most serious charge in the case. All cases disposed in 2008 that had any assault/battery or assault/battery HHM charges were selected from data that is provided to the New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC) by the New Mexico Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC). After the initial case selection, it was determined whether or not the assault/battery or assault/battery HHM charge was the most serious charge in the case or a lower charge. Lower charges are considered less serious and we categorize cases by the most serious charge. Typically the most serious charge in the case is first count in the case; we refer to it as the top charge. Cases were categorized by their most serious charge and then grouped by whether or not it was a HHM or non-HHM crime anywhere in the charges. Prosecution rates, disposition and sentencing analysis were computed for each category of cases. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2011. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Aggravated Assault Shelf Number: 123426

Author: Furgeson, Thomas Title: Wyoming Crime Victimization Survey, 2011 Summary: Beginning in January 2011 the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) at the University of Wyoming conducted a state-wide telephone survey of Wyoming residents to gather information on crime prevalence along with opinions and perceptions of crime in the state and local communities. The 2011 Wyoming Crime Victimization Survey (WCVS) was funded through the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) State Justice Statistics (SJS) program. Modeled in part on the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), this survey was customized to Wyoming during questionnaire development. An additional component to this survey was a set of questions addressing community attitudes and perceptions of law enforcement and government. The data collection period was January 26 through February 25, 2011. All Wyoming counties are represented in the survey and 1,698 completed interviews were secured. The 2011 WCVS is designed to provide a detailed picture of crime incidents, victims, and trends throughout the state of Wyoming. The survey focuses on three major themes. 1. Nature and Frequency of Crime: Two major types of crime are addressed: violent crimes and property crimes. The survey collected detailed information on the crimes of rape/sexual assault, robbery, assault, burglary, theft, and stalking. 2. Attitudes toward Policing and Government: Residents were queried about their contact with law enforcement agencies and about their attitudes toward law enforcement authorities. There were also questions about perceived injustice and profiling. 3. Information about Victims, Offenders, and Crimes: The survey gathered information about the age, sex, race, ethnicity, marital status, income, and education level of crime victims. The survey also gathered information on offenders’ relationship to the victim, the physical and economic consequences of crime, and whether or not (and why not) the crime was reported to police. Generally, Wyoming residents feel safe in their communities. About 94% always or almost always feel safe, as opposed to only 1.4% who never, or almost never, feel safe. The vast majority of residents also live without fear of violent crime. About 92% are never or almost never fearful of being the victim of a violent crime. Results from the survey show that 61% of Wyoming residents feel that crime has either stayed the same or decreased in the past three years, as opposed to 33.2% who feel crime has somewhat increased and 5.8% who feel that crime has greatly increased over the past three years. There is a similar distribution with regard to estimations of how crime will change in the upcoming three years. Survey results show that over 64% of Wyoming residents feel that crime will stay the same or decrease over the next three years, while another 31.2% feeling that crime will somewhat increase. Only 4.4% indicate that they feel crime will greatly increase over the next three years. For the most part, Wyoming residents are not concerned about crime. Wyoming residents are concerned very little about most violent crime, and only marginally concerned about property crime within their home state. Property crime and theft top the list with 15.4% of Wyomingites indicating that they are very concerned about ―having [their] property vandalized‖ and 10.5% that they are concerned about ―being cheated or conned out of [their] money.‖ Residents are less concerned about violent crime and personal theft, as less than 4% indicate being very concerned about each: household burglary (while at home), sexual assault, robbery, or murder. The vast majority of Wyoming residents are confident or feel neutral about government and policing institutions whether local, state, or national. The institution with which there is the least confidence is the federal government: Data show that 42.6% of Wyoming residents are not confident in the federal government, followed by 16.1% who feel the same way—not confident—about city government. For the most part, citizens feel that Wyoming law enforcement (WLE, hereafter) officers do their job well, and interact with the public appropriately. Over 87% of Wyomingites feel that generally, WLE officers are polite and use appropriate manners during citizen contact. Similarly, over 80% feel that officers are reliable, competent, do a good job of performing their mission, treat citizens with respect, and are attentive to the questions and concerns of citizens. Notable is that 17.4% disagree or strongly disagree with the statement that WLE officers typically treat citizens the same regardless of their ethnic background. Property crime is the most frequently experienced type of crime victimization. Around 15% of residents indicate that within the past 12 months, someone stole or attempted to steal their car, broke into or tried to break into their home, or vandalized their property. Violent crime appears to occur in Wyoming far less than property crime. Robbery was experienced in the last 12 months by less than 1% of residents; 7.1% had been threatened with assault, while 1% appear to have experienced actual assault. A total of five respondents (or 0.3%) indicate to have been forced or experienced an attempt to be forced into unwanted sexual activity. Less than 7% of residents appear to have been stalked in any way, although it is noteworthy that 1 in 12 (8.5%) persons with high-speed internet have felt threatened by another person sending unsolicited messages via email, instant message, or social networks. Survey results indicate that in the past 12 months 10.6% of Wyoming residents were the victim of someone using or attempting to use their credit cards or credit card numbers without their permission. The most common aftereffect of victimization is talking with a psychologist, psychiatrist, or other mental health professional, with 12.3% of victims indicating to have taken such actions. It appears that Wyomingites report crime to police at higher rates than the national levels. Most often reported were robbery (76.9%) and assault (76.5%), with property crime not far behind at 75.9%. While it is troubling that only 20% of sexual assaults were reported to police, it should be noted that this percentage accounts for a single case out of the five total sexual assaults indicated by survey respondents. Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center, University of Wyoming, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: WYSAC Technical Report No. SRC-1103: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: http://wysac.uwyo.edu/Reports.aspx?TypeId=4 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123427

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: The Impact of Correctional Orientation on Support for the Offender Reentry Initiative Summary: Over 600,000 prisoners are released from prisons and jails each year in the US. Of these released prisoners, approximately two-thirds will be reincarcerated within three years of their release. The sheer number of offenders admitted and released from correctional institutions each year, coupled with statistics on recidivism among released offenders, has renewed interest in offender reentry and reintegration programming across the nation and here at home. As a result, West Virginia recently implemented a comprehensive strategy designed to better prepare offenders for release from prison and assist them as they reintegrate back into their communities. Implemented in July 2004, the West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative (WVORI) is designed to provide a continuum of reentry services to offenders as they transition from prison to the community. To better prepare prisoners for release and reintegration into the community, the West Virginia Division of Corrections (WVDOC) worked to develop and implement a comprehensive, new prescriptive case management system. The newly developed case management system incorporates the use of empirically-based offender assessment and classification tools as well as innovative prisoner programs and services. This report is the first in a series of research publications designed to convey the results of an ongoing process evaluation of the WVORI. The central purpose of the process evaluation is to systematically evaluate the WVORI in terms of both coverage and delivery. That is, to determine the extent to which the offender reentry initiative is reaching its intended target population and to assess the degree of congruence between the reentry program plan and actual service delivery. In short, this research is designed to ascertain the degree to which the WVORI has been fully implemented in accordance with the WV Offender Reentry Program Plan developed by the WVDOC. This first report focuses on one key aspect of program implementation — the level of support for the WVORI among WVDOC correctional staff. More specific, the research examines the influence of various demographic and employment characteristics as well as the impact of correctional staff attitudes and orientation on support for the WVORI. As a result, this report underscores the degree to which those who are charged with implementing the WVORI actually support it and sheds light on the factors that may shape correctional staff's level of support. Details: Charleston WV: Mountain State Criminal Justice Research Services, 2005. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative: Report 1: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/evaluation/program-corrections/wv-impact.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (West Virginia) Shelf Number: 123429

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: Implementation of the West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative: An Examination of Staff Attitudes and the Application of the LSI-R Summary: Preparing prisoners for release continues to be of utmost importance to many jurisdictions in the United States. This is partly due to a sustained increase in prison populations across the country. Over the past decade, the number of persons incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails rose from 1.6 million in 1995 to over 2.1 million persons by midyear 2005 (Harris and Beck, 2006). A consequence to this growth has been a greater number of inmates being released from correctional facilities each year. Although admissions to state correctional facilities continue to outpace releases, there has been a sustained increase in the number of prisoners released over the past several decades. Moreover, according to figures released by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), this trend has continued since 2000. In a recent BJS publication on incarceration, Harris and Beck (2006) report that 672,202 prisoners were released from state prisons in 2004, up from 604,858 in 2000. This translates into an increase of 11.1% in the number of inmates released from state prisons over this five year period. Moreover, it is estimated that roughly half of all these prisoners will be reincarcerated within three years of their release (Langan and Levin, 2002). West Virginia has contributed to the national trend in prison population growth over the past decade. In fact, WV had one of the fastest growing prison populations in the nation in recent years. According to a recent report published by the BJS, WV was ranked third in the nation with an average annual growth rate of 8.2% between 1995 and 2004 (Harrison and Beck, 2005; 2006). As a result, WV's state prison population reached 5,312 inmates at the end of 2005. Moreover, the state's prison population is forecasted to continue growing at a rate of 3.2% per a year on average, reaching 6,010 inmates in 2009. As the prison population in WV continues to grow, the need for effective reentry programming and postrelease supervision becomes even more salient. This is primarily due to the large number of serious, highrisk offenders being released into communities across the state every year. In 2005, the Division of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) estimated that 2,157 inmates were released from WVDOC custody, up from 1,278 in 2000. As a result, the state of WV experienced a 68.8% increase in the number of prisoners released from WVDOC custody between 2000 and 2005 (Lester and Haas, 2006). Such increases have led to a record number of offenders being released to parole supervision in the state. In a single year, the number of offenders released from WVDOC custody to parole services increased by 35.6%. Between 2004 and 2005, the number of inmates paroled in WV increased from 773 to 1,048 inmates. Thus, nearly one-half (48.6%) of the 2,157 inmates released from WVDOC custody in 2005 were released on parole (Lester and Haas, 2005). Additionally, with a recent increase in the number of parole board hearings as well as continued growth in the number of WVDOC commitments and admissions, these release trends are expected to continue for some time into the future. Against this backdrop, the WVDOC began implementing a new offender reentry program across the state in 2004. The West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative (WVORI) provides a continuum of services to offenders as they transition from prison to the community. To provide a systematic mechanism for the delivery of transitional services, the WVDOC developed a new case management system that incorporates the use of empirically-based offender assessments as well as innovative prisoner programs and services. WVDOC's Prescriptive Case Management System (PCMS) is designed to enhance inmate readiness for release by prescribing institutional programming and transitional services based on the individual needs of offenders. WVDOC's approach to offender reentry is guided by a body of research that is generally known as the "what works" literature. This literature describes a series of evidence-based practices that have come to be known as the principles of effective correctional intervention. These principles identify various characteristics of effective treatment programs, including aspects of proper program implementation and service or treatment delivery. Moreover, this research views the assessment of offender risk and needs as the first step in identifying appropriate interventions and the development of effective treatment and supervision plans. As a result, the assessment of offender risk and needs serves as the foundation for the WVDOC's PCMS. However, the implementation of a new program is a complex endeavor — even if the new program is rooted in sound, evidence-based practices. Many barriers or impediments to implementation can come into play when an organization begins to launch a new initiative. In the implementation of any new program or approach, it is necessary to obtain agency-wide commitment. An organization must work to get staff buy-in and ensure that staff are adequately trained on the system and processes. In addition, it is critical that an agency ensure that staff can appropriately apply and implement the strategies or approaches that make up the new program (Street, 2004). Research has consistently shown that the proper implementation of programs is critical for achieving positive outcomes. For instance, those programs or interventions that depart substantially from the principles known to inform effective correctional programming are much less likely to observe reductions in recidivism (Hubbard and Latessa, 2004; Lowenkamp and Latessa, 2005; Wilson and Davis, 2006). As Rhine, Mawhorr, and Parks (2006: 348) point out, "If a program has been unable to adhere to the salient principles in a substantive meaningful way, the expectation of observing a significant decrease in reoffending is predictably diminished." Such departures include the failure to properly assess offenders using valid risk and needs assessments, the inability to maintain staff buyin or conformity to the new approach, and the inability to provide adequate training, monitoring and supervision of staff responsible for administering the program (Rhine et al., 2006). Given that staff such as case managers, counselors, and parole officers interact with prisoners on a daily basis, it is critical that they are supportive of new organizational initiatives and are adequately equipped to perform the tasks necessary for proper implementation. Research has consistently shown that staff have the capacity to influence the success or failure of any initiative undertaken by a correctional organization (Cameron and Wren, 1999; Flores, Russell, Latessa, and Travis, 2005; Cagan and Hewitt-Taylor, 2004; Moon and Swaffin-Smith, 1998). Thus, this process evaluation focuses on the impact of both staff attitudes and performance on the implementation of the WVORI. More specifically, this study examines two factors known to influence the successful implementation of programs — the attitudes of correctional staff and the reliable and valid application of offender risk and needs assessments to inform case planning and programming decisions. Details: Charleston, WV: Mountain State Criminal Justice Research Services, 2006. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative: Report II: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/evaluation/program-corrections/wv-implementation.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 123430

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: The Use of Core Correctional Practices in Offender Reentry: The Delivery of Service Delivery and Prisoner Preparedness for Release Summary: The substantial increase in incarceration in West Virginia and across the nation over the past two decades has turned the attention of policymakers toward the consequences of releasing large numbers of prisoners back into society. As prison populations continue to rise, more and more offenders are making the transition from prison to the community every day. The U.S. prison population continues to grow at startling rates each year. According to a recent publication released by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), the number of persons incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails reached a record high of 2,186,230 inmates by midyear 2005 (Harrison and Beck, 2006). This record number of persons in our nation’s prisons and jails has resulted in more prisoners than ever before being released from incarceration. In 2004, 672,202 sentenced inmates were released from state prisons in the U.S., resulting in an increase of 11.1% since 2000 (Harrison and Beck, 2006). WV has also experienced tremendous growth in the number of inmates confined in state correctional facilities. Between 1995 and 2005, WV had the second fastest growing prison population in the nation. As of December 2005, WV’s correctional population was over two and one-half times its size in 1993 (Lester and Haas, 2006). At the end of 2006, a record 5,312 prisoners comprised WV’s state correctional population. With the ever growing prison population, however, there is increased pressure on the part of prison administrators and parole board members to get offenders out of custody and into the community. As a consequence, this has led to a greater number of releases and has further highlighted the need to identify effective reentry strategies and services. Both parole grant rates and the number of prisoners being released from state prisons in WV have increased in recent years. Between 2004 and 2005, there was a 10.0% increase in the number of cases being granted parole, which was the largest percent increase in parole grant rates since 2000 (Lester and Haas, 2006). The growth in the prison population, coupled with the increase in parole grant rates, has resulted in many more prisoners being released into our communities. In fact, in the first half of this decade the number of prisoners released from WVDOC custody increased by 68.8%, from 1,336 inmates released in 2000 to 2,157 in 2005 (Lester and Haas, 2006). The sheer number of WV prisoners reentering society has further underscored the need for effective transitional services. Prior research has shown that upon release from prison, these ex-offenders will encounter many barriers to successful reintegration as they try to reenter society. These barriers to reentry can manifest themselves in seemingly basic or practical needs of offenders (e.g., having social security cards reissued, obtaining a driver’s license, securing social or veteran benefits, etc.) or more arduous problems associated with mental illness or substance abuse issues. Unfortunately, the extent to which offenders are successful in dealing with these known barriers to reintegration will ultimately determine whether or not they will return to the criminal justice system. As a result, the West Virginia Division of Corrections (WVDOC) developed a comprehensive offender reentry program with the anticipation that it would significantly reduce the number of barriers that offenders will have to face upon release and thereby increase their chances for successful reintegration. The West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative (WVORI) is designed to provide a continuum of reentry services to offenders as they transition from prison to the community. Similar to other reentry programs, a key aspect of the WVORI is its focus on providing transitional services to inmates preparing for release. While offender reentry services begin as the inmate is admitted into the institution, this report centers on the community-based transition phase. During the transitional phase of the WVORI, correctional staff work closely with each other and the inmate to provide prerelease services in an effort to prepare the offender for release while identifying available community resources and programs to address the individual offender’s needs after release. Thus, a central purpose of the current study is to examine the extent to which these services are reaching a sample of prisoners nearing release. As part of a broader process evaluation, however, this report is equally interested in examining the quality of services that are being provided to inmates. While many researchers rush to examine whether reentry programs will lead to reductions in recidivism, there is also an enduring need to study whether these programs are being delivered in a manner that can be expected to work (i.e., reduce recidivism). Indeed, there is a growing body of research which illustrates that how things are done may be as important as what is done. In fact, emerging empirical evidence suggests that how correctional services are delivered can have a substantive effect on offender outcomes (Leschied, 2000). Accordingly, this report also examines how reentry services are being delivered to a sample of soon-to-be-released prisoners. Details: Charleston, WV: Mountain State Criminal Justice Research Services, 2007. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative: Report III: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 123431

Author: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice. Office of Research and Statistics Title: Crime and Justice in Colorado: 2008-2010 Summary: The Office of Research and Statistics (ORS), Colorado Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) presents to the State this comprehensive picture of the criminal and juvenile justice systems. Relying heavily on graphics and a non-technical format it brings together a wide variety of data from multiple sources, including the Division of Criminal Justice’s (DCJ) own databases, the Colorado Bureau of Investigation (CBI), the Colorado Judicial Branch, the Department of Corrections (DOC), and the Division of Youth Corrections (DYC). The most recent data available are presented here. Depending on the data source, the latest dates vary between 2006 and 2010. The report includes information on the following topics: Colorado demographics; Adult and juvenile arrests, prosecution, and placements; Daily cost of adult and juvenile placements; Prison, juvenile commitment, and parole population forecasts; Recidivism of offenders in probation, committed youth, community corrections, and DOC; The CCJJ and the JJDPC; Impact of incarceration on crime; Research on crime desistance; Escape: mandatory consecutive sentences; The death penalty; and The role of restorative justice. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice Services, 2011. 219p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://dcj.state.co.us/ors/pdf/docs/CJ08-10.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123436

Author: Quinn, Susan Teresa Title: The Gang Member Label and Juvenile Justice Decision-Making Summary: Labeling theory studies have generally focused on the creation of secondary deviance through the process of internalizing the applied label. The combination of labeling theory studies focusing on secondary deviance and the belief that labeling theory was ‘dead’ as of the 1980s has created a dearth of research regarding the impact of labels on criminal or juvenile justice processing. The purpose of the current study is to determine if there is a relationship between the gang member label and juvenile justice decisions at three stages: (1) intake, (2) disposition, and (3) incarceration release. There are a total of five primary findings related to the impact of the gang member label on juvenile justice recommendations and incarceration length. Three of the five findings are significant (p<.05), including one intake decision, one disposition decision, and the length of incarceration. These three findings all support the hypothesis that the gang member label increases the severity of the recommendation and the number of days incarcerated. Variables representing the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice staffs’ perception of offender attitudes are incorporated into the analyses to determine if these variables mediate the hypothesized relationship between the gang member label and juvenile justice decisions. The findings weakly support the hypothesis that perceptions of the offenders will partially mediate the relationship between the gang member label and recommendation severity or the number of days incarcerated. However, the variables only mediate a small portion of the impact of the gang member label on the dependent variables. Finally, interaction terms are included in the analyses to see if the hypothesized impact of the gang member label on juvenile justice decision-making varies based on individual characteristics (e.g., race, sex). The hypothesis that the impact of the gang member label will vary based on demographic characteristics is largely unsupported. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2010. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://etd.lib.fsu.edu/theses/available/etd-06142010-211407/unrestricted/Quinn_S_Dissertation_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making, Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 123437

Author: Southwest Institute for Research on Women, College of Lopaz, Tomas Title: Left Back: The Impact of SB 1070 on Arizona's Youth Summary: In April 2010, the State of Arizona passed SB 1070, a law designed to reduce the size of Arizona’s undocumented immigrant population through aggressive state enforcement of federal immigration laws. Its passage sparked worldwide controversy and debate. It also led to lawsuits challenging the law’s constitutionality, and as a result, on July 28, 2010, one day before the law was scheduled to go into effect, a federal district court enjoined the law. This decision was subsequently upheld by the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, and a final appeal of the decision is currently pending before the U.S. Supreme Court, which has not yet decided whether it will hear the case. Although SB 1070 was never actually fully implemented, there is no question that it has had real effects on the state. Most attention to date has focused on the legislation’s impact on Arizona’s economy. This report focuses on a different type of impact – one that may be less tangible but has equally serious implications for the future of the state: SB 1070’s impact on youth. Based on over 70 interviews in seven different schools in Pima County, this report summarizes the perspectives of teachers, parents, and students themselves on how young people have been impacted by the law’s passage. The report’s findings reveal a disturbing picture of youth destabilized, disillusioned, and disadvantaged by the passage of SB 1070. Their communities have been frayed by the departure of family members and friends. Their educations have been undermined by, among other factors, decreased school enrollments and the distress left in the wake of those departures. Many young people and their families also maintain a powerful mistrust of the public institutions around them, especially police, but also often extending to schools. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, Bacon Immigration Law and Policy program, James E. Rogers College of Law, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.law.arizona.edu/depts/bacon_program/pdf/left_back.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 123438

Author: Rabin, Nina Title: Disappearing Parents: A Report on Immigration Enforcement and the Child Welfare System Summary: Quiet, slow motion tragedies unfold every day in immigration detention centers throughout the country, as parents caught up in immigration enforcement are separated from their young children and disappear into the detention system. If no relative is identified who can take the children at the time of an immigrant parent's apprehension, the children may be placed in state custody and find themselves in foster homes, abruptly unable to communicate with their parents or even know where their parents are. If parents choose to accept their deportation, they risk being forever separated from their children, since their children will likely be unable to accompany them so long as they remain in state custody. If parents choose instead to fight their deportation, they often remain detained for months or even years, greatly complicating efforts to reunify as a family even if they are eventually successful in their case against deportation. Details: Tucson: Bacon Immigration Law and Policy Program, James E. Rogers College of Law, University of Arizona, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.law.arizona.edu/depts/bacon_program/pdf/disappearing_parents_report_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 123439

Author: Women's Refugee Commission Title: Torn Apart by Immigration Enforcement: Parental Rights and Immigration Detention Summary: Approximately 5.5 million children in the United States live with at least one undocumented parent. Three million of them are U.S. citizens. These children are uniquely situated in relation to federal immigration law because immigration enforcement activities against their parents can have a particularly dramatic and disproportionate effect on them. According to a report by the Department of Homeland Security, Office of the Inspector General, more than 108,000 alien parents of U.S. citizen children were removed from the United States between 1998 and 2007.4 Deportation forces countless parents to make heart-wrenching decisions about what to do with their children. For some families, however, there is no choice to be made. Immigration apprehension, detention and deportation can trigger a complex series of events that undermine parents’ ability to make decisions about their children’s care, complicate family reunification and can — in some circumstances — lead to the termination of parental rights. With the exception of parents apprehended in large worksite enforcement operations, few parents benefit from time-of-apprehension protocols designed to minimize adverse consequences of detention and deportation on children. There is no guarantee that apprehended parents can make a phone call within a reasonable time of apprehension in order to make care arrangements for children. While Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) makes efforts to identify and release parents apprehended in large worksite raids, the majority of parents are not subject to any humanitarian protections and immigration officers struggle with how to handle apprehensions where children will be impacted. Many parents are transferred from the area in which they are apprehended to an immigration detention center without knowing what care arrangements have been made for their children and without knowing how to remain in contact with their children. For these parents, it can be difficult, if not impossible, to locate and reunite with their children at the conclusion of their immigration case. The legal systems governing immigration law and family and child welfare law are not well calibrated. The awkward intersection of these two disciplines can create challenges to parental rights and family unity, violations of due process, significant trauma for children and an undue burden for our social services system. Yet adverse effects that arise at the crossroads of the two systems could be reduced or avoided through policies and procedures that are not inconsistent with the enforcement of existing immigration or child welfare laws. Since the Women’s Refugee Commission began focusing on this issue in 2007, we have found that challenges to parental rights are becoming more frequent as immigration enforcement expands. Our interviews with detained parents continue to reveal cases in which parents are unable to locate or communicate with their children, unable to participate in reunification plans and family court proceedings, and unable to make arrangements to take their children with them when they leave the country. With the increased participation of states and localities in immigration enforcement programs like Secure Communities and the expansion of this program nationwide by 2013 we can expect the number of parents who are apprehended and deported to remain stable or increase. Unless ICE takes steps to reduce the unnecessary detention of parents, to ensure that detained parents can take steps to protect their parental rights and to facilitate the ability of parents facing deportation to make decisions in the best interest of their children, challenges to parental rights will remain a very real problem for children, families and society. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: www.womenscommission.org Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 123440

Author: National Immigration Forum Title: The Math of Immigration Detention: Runaway Costs for Immigration Detention Do Not Add Up to Sensible Policies Summary: One symptom of our broken immigration system is the exorbitant spending wasted on the detention of immigrants. The vast majority of these immigrants, if ever Congress acted to reform our immigration system, would be encouraged to stay and continue contributing to our economy. Even for those who must eventually be removed, billions of dollars could be saved if the government properly allocated resources towards more humane and cost-effective alternative methods of monitoring. Physical detention, as costly as it is, should only be used in limited circumstances, such as for holding immigrants whose release would pose a serious danger to the community. For the majority of immigrants, the government could use less expensive alternatives to detention prior to removal. A cost-effective approach to monitoring immigrants who face removal is unlikely to be implemented as long as Congress continues to throw money at the detention operations of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), located in the Department of Homeland Security. For the Fiscal Year beginning October 1, 2011 (Fiscal Year 2012), the House of Representatives has approved a budget of $2.75 billion for Detention and Removal — more than $184 million more than the previous year and enough for ICE to keep 34,000 immigrants detained at any one time. The Obama Administration‘s most recent request to Congress for immigration detention alone amounts to $5.5 million per day spent on immigration detention (the House increased that amount). The current cost to detain an immigrant is approximately $166 per day at a capacity of 33,400 detention beds. Less wasteful alternatives to detention range in cost from as low as 30 cents to $14 a day. If only individuals convicted of serious crimes were detained and the less expensive alternative methods were used to monitor the rest of the detained population, taxpayers could save more than over $1.6 billion—over an 80% reduction in annual costs. The government should focus on expanding its alternatives to detention program and reforming its immigration laws. An examination of the numbers makes it clear — the dollars spent to detain immigrants do not add up to something that makes sense. Details: Washington, DC: National Immigration Forum, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.immigrationforum.org/images/uploads/MathofImmigrationDetention.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123441

Author: Mocan, Naci H. Title: Skill-biased Technological Change, Earnings of Unskilled Workers, and Crime Summary: This paper investigates the impact of unskilled (non-college educated) workers’ earnings on crime. Following the literature on wage inequality and skill-biased technological change, we employ CPS data to create state-year as well as state-year-and (broad) industry specific measures of skill-biased technological change, which are then used as instruments for unskilled workers’ earnings in crime regressions. Regressions that employ state panels reveal that technology-induced variations in unskilled workers’ earnings impact property crime with an elasticity of -1.0, but that wages have no impact on violent crime. Estimating structural crime equations using micro panel data from NLSY97 and instrumenting real wages of young workers with state-year-industry specific technology shocks yields elasticities that are in the neighborhood of -1.7 for most types of property crime. In both data sets there is evidence for asymmetric impact of unskilled workers’ earnings on crime. A decline in earnings has a larger effect on crime in comparison to an increase in earnings by the same absolute value. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17605: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17605 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 123442

Author: Heartland Alliance. National Immigrant Justice Center Title: Isolated in Detention: Limited Access to Legal Counsel in Immigration Detention Facilities Jeopardizes a Fair Day in Court Summary: U.S. law requires that individuals in immigration proceedings receive a “reasonable opportunity” to present their case in court. But the U.S. government routinely limits this right when it detains thousands of people in immigration detention facilities far from legal service providers, fails to adequately support programs to inform detainees of their rights, and restricts detainees’ phone contact with attorneys. Heartland Alliance’s National Immigrant Justice Center (NIJC) conducted a comprehensive national survey measuring access to counsel in detention facilities and found that the availability of affordable legal services for immigrant detainees is grossly inadequate. The geographic isolation of many detention facilities hinders detainees’ ability to obtain counsel. Policies that restrict detainees from contacting legal counsel by phone further isolate these men, women, and children. NIJC surveyed 150 of the estimated 300 immigration detention facilities in operation between August and December 2009. The survey sample accounted for 31,355 detainee beds, the vast majority of the 32,000 beds available to hold immigrants for the Department of Homeland Security’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). NIJC then interviewed as many legal aid organizations providing services for detained immigrants as it was able to locate. The scope of NIJC’s survey illustrates a systemic problem facing detainees trying to access counsel: the United States detains nearly 400,000 immigrants per year, yet there are only 102 non-governmental organizations providing legal services to detainees, and the vast majority of those organizations have fewer than five staff members dedicated to detention work. Details: Chicago: National Immigrant Justice Center, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.immigrantjustice.org/sites/immigrantjustice.org/files/Detention%20Isolation%20Report%20FULL%20REPORT%202010%2009%2023_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 123443

Author: Iowa. Governor's Office of Drug Control Policy Title: Iowa’s Drug Control Strategy, 2011 Summary: The 2011 Iowa Drug Control Strategy is submitted in satisfaction of Chapter 80E.1 of the Code of Iowa which directs the Drug Policy Coordinator to monitor and coordinate all drug prevention, enforcement and treatment activities in the state. Further, it requires the Coordinator to submit an annual report to the Governor and Legislature concerning the activities and programs of the Coordinator, the Governor’s Office of Drug Control Policy and all other state departments with drug enforcement, substance abuse treatment, and prevention programs. Chapter 80E.2 establishes the Drug Policy Advisory Council (DPAC), chaired by the Coordinator, and consisting of a prosecuting attorney, substance abuse treatment specialist, law enforcement officer, prevention specialist, judge and representatives from the departments of corrections, education, public health, human services, public safety and human rights. This report and strategy was developed in consultation with the DPAC. Details: Des Moines: Governor's Office of D5ug Control Policy, 2010. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://publications.iowa.gov/10008/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 123445

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: Peer-to-Peer Violence and Bullying: Examining the Federal Response Summary: This report focuses on the government‘s efforts to enforce federal civil rights laws with respect to peer-to-peer violence based on race, national origin, sex, disability, religion, and sexual orientation or gender identity. The Commission examined the nature and incidence of peer-to-peer violence in public K-12 schools and studied the types of peer-to-peer violence faced by students, as well as the effects of such violence. The Commission further reviewed the policies and procedures employed by the United States Departments of Education and Justice in enforcing prohibitions against peer-to-peer violence. The Commission, by majority vote, concluded that bullying and harassment, including bullying and harassment based on sex, race, national origin, disability, sexual orientation, or religion, are harmful to American youth, and developed findings and recommendations to address the problem, including the following recommendations:  The U.S. Departments of Education and Justice should track their complaints/inquiries regarding sexual harassment or gender-based harassment by creating a category that explicitly encompasses LGBT youth.  The U.S. Departments of Education and Justice should track complaints that they receive regarding harassment based solely on sexual orientation that are closed for lack of jurisdiction.  The U.S. Department of Education should track complaints that it receives regarding harassment based solely on religion that are closed for lack of jurisdiction.  The U.S. Department of Education should consider issuing a new Dear Colleague Letter regarding the First Amendment implications of anti-bullying policies. The new Letter should provide concrete examples to clarify the guidance that the Department of Education previously provided in its Dear Colleague Letter on the First Amendment dated July 28, 2003. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2011. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2011 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2011statutory.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 123448

Author: Georgia. Special Council on Criminal Justice Reform for Georgians Title: Report of the Special Council on Criminal Justice Reform for Georgians Summary: Seeking new ways to protect public safety while controlling the growth of prison costs, the 2011 Georgia General Assembly passed HB 265 to establish the inter-branch Special Council on Criminal Justice Reform for Georgians (Council). Beginning in the summer of 2011, the Council members began a detailed analysis of Georgia’s sentencing and corrections data and solicited input from a wide range of stakeholders to identify ways to improve public safety for the citizens of Georgia. The Council used that information to develop tailored policy options, including proposals that would invest a portion of any savings from averted prison spending into evidence-based strategies to improve public safety by strengthening probation and parole supervision and reducing recidivism. During the past two decades, the prison population in Georgia has more than doubled to nearly 56,000 inmates. As a result, Georgia has one of the highest proportions of adult residents under correctional control. This growth has come at a substantial cost to Georgia’s taxpayers. Today the state spends more than $1 billion annually on corrections, up from $492 million in FY 1990. Yet despite this growth in prison, Georgia taxpayers haven’t received a better public safety return on their corrections dollars: the recidivism rate has remained unchanged at nearly 30 percent throughout the past decade. If current policies remain in place, analysis indicates that Georgia’s prison population will rise by another 8 percent to reach nearly 60,000 inmates by 2016, presenting the state with the need to spend an additional $264 million to expand capacity. The Council’s analysis revealed that inmate population growth is due in large part to policy decisions about who is being sent to prison and how long they stay. The data shows that drug and property offenders represent almost 60 percent of all admissions. Importantly, many of these offenders are identified as lower-risk. In 2010, Georgia courts sent more than 5,000 lower-risk drug and property offenders to prison who have never been to prison before, accounting for 25 percent of all admissions. Looking more closely at drug admissions, more than 3,200 offenders are admitted to prison each year on a drug possession conviction (as opposed to a sales or trafficking conviction), and two-thirds of these inmates are assessed as being a lower-risk to re-offend. The Council also identified several challenges to the state’s ability to effectively supervise offenders on probation and parole and provide interventions that can reduce the likelihood of reoffending. Since 2000, Georgia’s felony probation population has grown by 22 percent to 156,000 and the state’s parole population has grown by 9 percent to 22,000. Currently, probation and parole agencies operate effective programs using evidence-based tools to identify and supervise higher risk offenders. But the Council’s analysis shows that these options are limited and supervision agencies do not have the resources required to supervise offenders adequately. With greater investment in these and other programs and expansion to additional sites to serve more offenders, the state can reduce recidivism and create viable sentencing options for judges that can achieve better public safety outcomes at a lower cost. This report provides analysis and options for policymakers to consider. These policy options increase public safety and avert the growth currently projected for the state’s prison population. The Council considered these recommendations and options and, despite not reaching consensus on every one, agreed to forward the report to the legislature for consideration and action in the 2012 legislative session. The Council recommends that where potential savings are achieved, a portion should be reinvested into those options proven to reduce recidivism and improve public safety. These include expanding the availability of drug and other accountability courts and strengthening community supervision. The Council also recommends investing in effective information and performance measurement systems. Many of the policy proposals in this report focus on improving community-based supervision, sanctions and services as well as other practices proven to reduce recidivism, which are essential to improving public safety. Some of these proposals will require investment by the state. In order to allow for this reinvestment, the policy proposals in this report provide the legislature with options to avert much if not all of the projected growth in the prison population and corresponding costs over the next five years. Details: Atlanta, GA: The Special Council, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://www.legis.ga.gov/Documents/GACouncilReport-FINALDRAFT.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123450

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Law Enforcement Guidelines for First Amendment-Protected Events Summary: As articulated in the United States Constitution, one of the freedoms guaranteed by the First Amendment is the right of persons and groups to assemble peacefully. Whether demonstrating, counterprotesting, or showing support for a cause, individuals and groups have the right to peacefully gather. Law enforcement, in turn, has the responsibility to ensure public safety while protecting the privacy and associated rights of individuals. To support agencies as they fulfill their public safety responsibilities, the Criminal Intelligence Coordinating Council (CICC) developed this paper to provide guidance and recommendations to law enforcement officers in understanding their role in First Amendment-protected events. This paper is divided into three areas, designed to provide in-depth guidance for law enforcement. Pre-Event Stage—Discusses how law enforcement will plan for an event or demonstration where First Amendment protections are involved, focusing on the activity that begins when law enforcement leadership learns of an event and must determine the level, if any, of involvement at the event, from both public safety and investigative standpoints. Operational Stage—Focuses on how law enforcement will respond to the event, based on the findings from the Pre-Event Stage, including the development and execution of the Operations Plan. Post-Event Stage—Addresses how and whether information obtained as a result of the event (both during the Pre-Event Stage and Operational Stage) will be evaluated, disseminated, retained, or discarded, as per agency policy. As agencies respond to First Amendment-protected events, law enforcement leadership should be aware of certain “red flag” issues that may arise as they assess whether the agency and personnel should be involved in these events and, if so, what form that involvement should take. As agencies review and understand the concepts and recommendations within this paper, special consideration should be given to these “red flag” issues to ensure that law enforcement agencies and personnel do not infringe on the rights of persons and groups. The purpose of this paper is to provide greater awareness and understanding of the appropriate role of law enforcement in events and demonstrations where First Amendment rights are involved. This paper provides guidance and recommendations to law enforcement officers as they prepare for, respond to, and follow up with events, activities, and assemblies that are protected by the First Amendment of the Constitution of the United States of America. As officers address these types of events, the three-stage process identified in this paper should be incorporated into agency policies, manuals, and/or directives. This process, while focusing on law enforcement’s response to First Amendment events and activities, is not designed to limit the ability of officers to engage in normal criminal investigations or public safety missions. A law enforcement agency may have special rules and procedures governing the levels of review and approval required to engage in preliminary or full investigations or other activities discussed herein; as such, officers should be aware of and understand these rules and procedures. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://publicintelligence.net/doj-dhs-law-enforcement-guidelines-for-first-amendment-protected-events/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Disorders Shelf Number: 123451

Author: Burch, Andrea M. Title: Arrest-Related Deaths, 2003-2009 - Statistical Tables Summary: This report provides data on the circumstances of deaths that occur during, or shortly after, state or local law enforcement officers engage in an arrest or restraint process. Data from the Arrest-Related Deaths (ARD) component of the Deaths in Custody Reporting Program (DCRP) represent a national accounting of persons who have died during the process of arrest from 2003 through 2009. The ARD program includes homicides by law enforcement personnel as well as deaths attributed to suicide, intoxication, accidental injury, and natural causes. Data collected include information about the date of death, manner and cause of death, the decedent's demographic characteristics, the decedent's behavior during the events leading up to the death, and the tactics and weapons used by law enforcement personnel. Highlights include the following: A total of 4,813 deaths were reported to the Arrest-Related Deaths program from January 2003 through December 2009. Of reported arrest-related deaths, 61% (2,931) were classified as homicides by law enforcement personnel, 11% (541) were suicides, 11% (525) were due to intoxication, 6% (272) were accidental injuries, and 5% (244) were attributed to natural causes. State and local law enforcement agencies employing 100 or more full-time sworn personnel accounted for 75% of the 4,813 arrest-related deaths reported during 2003-2009. Among reported arrest-related deaths, 42% of persons were white, 32% were black, and 20% were Hispanic. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/ard0309st.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Statistics (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123453

Author: Hollist, Dusten R. Title: Montana State Prison: Analysis of the Impact of Treatment Programs on Inmate Misconduct and Recidivism Summary: The purpose of this research is to examine the effectiveness of two therapeutic treatment programs currently available at the Montana State Prison (MSP): Intensive Treatment Unit Chemical Dependency (ITU CD) and Intensive Treatment Unit Sex Offender Programming (ITU SOP). Program effectiveness is measured using the rate of inmate misconduct while in MSP and the three-year recidivism rate of released inmates. The study was designed to allow for the comparison of misconduct rates before and after treatment and the comparison of after-treatment misconduct rates of those receiving treatment and those not receiving treatment. The study design also allows for the comparison of the recidivism rates of those who did or did not receive treatment. Major findings: Intensive Treatment Unit – Chemical Dependency (ITU CD) • The vast majority of the inmates (97.3%) had a prior arrest. Most (79.6%) had served time in jail or prison as a result of a prior arrest • Although in most cases the difference is not statistically significant, misconduct rates decline after completion of ITU CD treatment. • Of those completing ITU CD treatment, about twice as many showed a reduction in their misconduct rate rather than an increase after treatment. • In general, inmates who do not complete ITU CD treatment have misconduct rates that are higher than the after-treatment rates of inmates who complete ITU CD treatment. • Those who did not complete ITU CD treatment have higher recidivism rates than those who completed treatment and were compliant with the treatment at the time of release. • For those in the ITU CD sample, the longer the sentence served, the higher the likelihood of recidivism. • In terms of reducing recidivism, ITU CD treatment has the greatest impact on White inmates and those who are under age 40 at the time of release. • Treatment compliant ITU CD inmates have lower recidivism rates. But, if a treatment compliant inmate is going to return to prison, he is more likely than a non-treatment inmate to return in the first year after release. Intensive Treatment Unit – Sex Offender Programming (ITU SOP) • The vast majority of inmates (97.3%) had a prior arrest. Most (80.5%) had served time in jail or prison as a result of a prior arrest. • With some exceptions, misconduct rates decline after completion of ITU SOP treatment. • Of those treatment-compliant inmates completing ITU SOP treatment, almost three times as many showed a reduction in their misconduct rate rather than an increase after treatment. Details: Helena, MT: Montana Department of Corrections, 2004. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://www.cor.mt.gov/content/Resources/Reports/MSP_AITPIMR.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Shelf Number: 123456

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Police Recruitment and Retention for the New Millennium: The State of Knowledge Summary: The supply of and demand for qualified police officers are changing in a time of increasing attrition, expanding law-enforcement responsibilities, and decreasing resources. These contribute to the difficulties that many agencies report in creating a workforce that represents community demographics, is committed to providing its employees the opportunity for long-term police careers, and effectively implements community policing. This report summarizes lessons on recruiting and retaining effective workforces. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2011 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/MG959.html Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 123458

Author: Neal, Rosemary A. Title: URICA: Assessing Readiness to Change among Male Offenders at Intake Summary: The University of Rhode Island Change Assessment (URICA) is a self-assessment tool designed to measure the level of an individual's motivation to modify their behavior as they progress through a process known as the stages of change. In the present study, the stages of change included precontemplation, contemplation, action, and maintenance phases. This research investigated the readiness to change behavior among male offenders at intake at the Oregon Department of Corrections based on the stages of change approach. Details: Monmouth, OR: Western Oregon University, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/DOC/RESRCH/docs/URICA.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 123459

Author: Jurecska, Diomaris Title: Competence to Stand Trial: Special Challenges for the Population Diagnosed With Intellectual Disabilities and Borderline Intellectual Functioning Summary: This study contributes to the psychometric validity of the psychological tests most frequently used to determine competency to stand trial for people with intellectual disabilities. First, the relationship between The MacArthur Competence Assessment Tool (MacCAT-CA) and the Competence Assessment to Stand Trial for Defendants with Intellectual Disabilities (CAST-MR) was analyzed, including their respective determination of competency for currently adjudicated adults with intellectual disabilities. Second, the relationship between performance on the Malingered Incompetence Legal Knowledge test (MILK), a new measure designed to evaluate malingering by people with intellectual disabilities in a legal context, and the Test of Memory Malingering (TOMM) was explored. Additionally, this study contributes to the development of norms for both the MacCAT-CA and the MILK in a population with intellectual disabilities. Results demonstrate that was not significant agreement between the MacCAT-CA and the CAST-MR in determining adjudicative competency in the study population. The lack of convergent validity between these two commonly used measures raises questions about test validity and whether individuals with intellectual disabilities are held to a lower standard for adjudicative competence. Further, a significant correlation between the TOMM and the MILK suggests that evidence of exaggerated cognitive impairments does suggest feigned ignorance of legal knowledge. The evidence from this study suggests that CST evaluations with an ID population results in different findings based on the measure that the examiner chooses. Consequently, adherence to appropriate and standardized measures is needed in forensic psychology to ensure the quality of the evaluation. Details: Newberg, OR: George Fox University, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.oregon.gov/DOC/RESRCH/docs/jurecska_dissertation100628.pdf?ga=t Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 123460

Author: Conley, Timothy B. Title: Predicting and Reducing Recidivism: Factors Contributing to Recidivism in the State of Montana Pre-release Center Population & the Issue of Measurement: A report with recommendations for policy change. Summary: Between July of 2005 and August of 2006 The University of Montana’s professors, Tim Conley and David Schantz, assisted by teams of social work graduate students, paid site visits to all five of the State of Montana’s Department of Corrections, Community Corrections Prerelease Centers. The primary purposes of these visits was twofold: 1) to collect data by which predictive models of Pre-release Center recidivism could be developed and 2) to assess the state of records with an eye to establishing a data system that provides valid, reliable resident data to be used in program and resident outcomes studies. Helena and Butte were visited once each; Great Falls and Missoula were visited twice. At these four centers a representative systematic research sample of paper records were reviewed and data gathered on a variety of variables. At the fifth center, Billings, information was gathered from electronic records. This report will describe the sample and its characteristics along with selected statistical analyses generated from the data gathered at the Pre-release Centers (PRCs). Additional data secured from the State of Montana’s Advanced Computing and Information Systems (ACIS) was used to validate the sample and was sometimes incorporated into the analyses presented here. The second component of this report provides observations of current data collection and recording practices in the PRC system and specific recommendations for improvements. The third component of this report provides observations and preliminary recommendations regarding the intake assessment of residents in the PRC system. Finally, a summary of intervention/behavior change tools being utilized in the PRC system is provided with basic observations as to refinement of their use for improved effectiveness as outcome measures. Details: Missoula: University of Montana, School of Social Work, 2006. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.cor.mt.gov/content/Resources/Reports/PrereleaseRecidivismStudy.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Rehabilitation (Montana) Shelf Number: 123461

Author: Silverman, Carol Title: The Consequences of Structural Racism, Concentrated Poverty and Violence on Young Men and Boys of Color Summary: This brief examines the broader structural and institutional elements that research implicates as the root causes of violence among boys and young men of color. It includes policy solutions and emerging and promising practices that respond to the primacy of broader structural issues, including structural racism. The brief also highlights organizations seeking to change conditions in their communities. Details: Berkeley, CA: Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, University of California, Berkeley Law School, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.boysandmenofcolor.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Youth-Violence-for-Boys-and-Men-of-Color-Research-Brief.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 123464

Author: Barry, Tom Title: Fallacies of High-Tech Fixes for Border Security Summary: In the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, President George W. Bush created the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The new department promised border security over traditional border-control operations. Rushing to secure the borders, the abundantly funded DHS nearly tripled the number of Border Patrol agents, fortified ports-of-entry, built a highly controversial border wall and quickly opted for several high-tech initiatives to patrol the border with virtual eyes. DHS rushed ahead with its two remote surveillance initiatives—the SBInet program (commonly known as the “virtual fence”) and the Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) program—without having a detailed or focused border security strategy in place. Not only did this expedited border security lack a strategy, but it also lacked a foundation of successful experience in high-tech border control. Instead, it has been based more on dreams, hopes and fantasy—and on the widely shared, but faulty, assumption that technology provided by private contractors could meet the challenge of securing the country’s nearly 6,000 miles of land borders with remote surveillance systems. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), the DHS agency in charge of border security, states it is committed to “a comprehensive and systemic upgrading of the technology used in controlling the border.” But the new agency lacks the oversight and management capacity, in-house technological expertise, and the necessary commitment to direct and operate its proposed high-tech solutions. CBP professes its commitment to protecting the homeland against the entry of “dangerous people and goods.” Yet it lacks a strategy that prioritizes actual threats. Its high-tech initiatives, like the entire Secure Border Initiative (SBI) endeavor, which encompasses the two main high-tech border security programs, are shockingly unfocused and nonstrategic. Even when the immensely expensive technological surveillance occasionally does work, CBP’s high-tech web catches only illegal border crossers looking for work or carrying backpacks of marijuana. These arrests and drug seizures are certainly not the reason the Department of Homeland Security was created and cannot justify the continuing depletion of the U.S. treasury in the unfocused post-September 11 quest for border security. Trying to stand by its promise to gain “operational control” over the land borders, DHS hurriedly turned to high-tech fixes for border security. But DHS’s hasty commitment to remote surveillance technology—such as virtual fences and drones—has been symptomatic of the new department’s apparent confidence that there would be unlimited funding for border security and that its operations would not be subject either to cost-benefit analysis or to evaluations of the impact on homeland security. Rather than being guided by threat assessments, they have been experiments in technological wish fulfillment. This International Policy Report examines the failed SBInet and UAV programs. Sidebars in the report examine the support of high-tech fixes for border security by liberal sectors and the role of congressional supporters of UAVs. A final section includes conclusions and recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Center for International Policy, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: International Policy Report: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.ciponline.org/images/uploads/1004_TBP.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123487

Author: Derks, Maria Title: A Community Dilemma: DDR and the Changing Face of Violence in Colombia Summary: Colombia has stood at the forefront of debate across Latin America and the world on how chronic armed violence can be combated. Its programmes of Disarmament, Demobilization and Reintegration (DDR) have aimed to put over 50,000 ex-combatants from paramilitary forces and guerrilla movements back into civilian life. But a rising tide of criminal violence has swept up former paramilitary fighters and is seizing control of Colombia’s many sources of illicit wealth, with cocaine production and trafficking at their heart. While thousands are still enrolled in reintegration courses, this paper asks what more the Colombian government, civil society and the international community can do to ensure that the demobilization process does not end in failure. The paper, based on extensive field research, argues that an essential first step is to ensure local communities are engaged, respected and protected. Details: The Hague: Conflict Research Unit, Netherlands Institute for International Relations 'Clingendael', 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2011 at: http://www.clingendael.nl/cru/news/2011/20110707_a_community_dilemma_ddr_and_the_changing_face_of_violence_in_colombia.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 123489

Author: Culhane, Dennis P. Title: Young Adult Outcomes Of Youth Exiting Dependent Or Delinquent Care In Los Angeles County Summary: This report investigates the young adult outcomes of youth who age-out of or otherwise exit Los Angeles County’s child welfare supervised foster care system and/or juvenile probation system. Two cohorts of young adults from both systems were selected for analysis. Within the two cohorts, this study focuses on three groups of youth exiters: (i) The child welfare (CW) group is comprised of youth who exited from a child welfare out-of-home placement between the ages of 16 and 21; (ii) the juvenile probation (JP) group is made up of youth who exited from any type of juvenile probation supervision between the ages of 16 and 21; and (iii) the crossover group is comprised of all youth who exited an out-of-home child welfare placement between the ages of 16 and 21 and who also had a record of involvement with the juvenile probation system. The adult outcomes of youth in each of these three groups are analyzed by linking their administrative records from Los Angeles County’s Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS) and/or Probation Department with administrative databases from seven County departments providing an array of public services to residents of Los Angeles County, as well as from two California statewide agencies. In performing this investigation, this study features several novel approaches toward examining the adult outcomes of youth aging-out of the child welfare system. While several studies have examined the adult outcomes of this population, there has been no such study looking specifically at adult outcomes among the sub-group of “crossover” youth who are involved in both child welfare and juvenile justice systems, and who may be at a particularly high risk for poor outcomes in adulthood. Despite the concern that has been raised about adult outcomes in this population, no prior studies have looked at adult outcomes of crossover youth, nor among the more general group of children who exit the juvenile justice system as adults. Along with providing findings on the adult outcomes of these latter two groups, this study also provides a basis for outcome comparisons across the three groups among these outcomes. Here, we can assess the assertion that crossover youth represent a group that stands out among their peers who are only involved with either the child welfare or juvenile justice systems, as a particularly at-risk population for undesirable outcomes in adulthood. Additionally, this study looks at outcomes across a variety of public programs and thus offers an opportunity to better understand the relationship and dynamics between a number of adult domains including the educational, occupational, health, mental health, criminal justice and public welfare systems. Details: Report Supported by the Conrad N. Hilton Foundations, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 30, 2011 at: http://www.hiltonfoundation.org/images/stories/Downloads/media_resources/Young_Adult_Outcomes_of_Youth_Exiting_Dependent_or_Delinquent_Care_in_LA_County_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 123491

Author: Doty, Steven Title: Maryvale Weed & Seed Site Evaluation Report Summary: Operation Weed and Seed was developed by the U.S. Department of Justice in 1991 for the purpose of reducing crime (particularly violent and drug-related offenses) in high-crime neighborhoods through a mixture of focused policing techniques and community organization. Weed and Seed procedures are administered by the Community Capacity Development Office (CCDO) under the jurisdiction of the DOJ Office of Justice Programs. In the two decades since Operation Weed and Seed‟s inception, over 300 officially recognized sites have been established (CCDO, 2010). The key element of the program‟s crime reduction strategy is the development and maintenance of a dedicated working relationship between the community and the police department. While this is a difficult goal to master, it is also the greatest strength of the Weed and Seed program, due to the efficacy of pooling community and police resources to achieve a common goal based on quality of life. The purpose of this study was to conduct an evaluation of the Maryvale Weed and Seed Coalition. First, a process evaluation was conducted to examine the implementation of policies, goals, and planned activities by Maryvale Weed and Seed. Afterwards, an impact evaluation was conducted to assess the efficacy of Maryvale Weed and Seed in combating crime and disorder in the designated program area. The sections within outline both the characteristics of the affected site and the methodology used to conduct the process and impact evaluations. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2011 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/Maryvale_Weed_Seed_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 123492

Author: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime Title: The Criminal Justice Response to Support Victims of Acts of Terrorism Summary: The handbook draws on the national experiences of a broad range of geographically representative criminal justice experts regarding programmes of assistance and support for victims of acts of terrorism. This handbook is intended to share experiences related to support mechanisms for victims of terrorism, and to give policymakers and criminal justice officials practical insights into challenges faced, and good practices developed, by their counterparts at the national and regional level. Our hope is that this handbook will aid Member States in the development and implementation of programmes of assistance and support for victims of acts of terrorism within their respective criminal justice systems. Details: Vienna, United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, 2011 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2011 at: http://www.unodc.org/documents/terrorism/Victims_Rights_E-Book_EN.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Terrorism Shelf Number: 123493

Author: Eventon, Ross Title: Russia, the U.S. and Drugs in Afghanistan Summary: The U.S.-Russian relationship throughout Central Asia is one of intense rivalry, albeit with occasional politically opportune collaboration. As the two powers pursue their own political and military objectives, the relationship can often appear contradictory and confused, as co-operation exists simultaneously alongside competition, involving vocal condemnation and criticism. This rivalry is especially evident in Afghanistan, and particularly in relation to the enormous levels of opium cultivation in that country since the invasion. For both the U.S. and Russia, exploitation of the drugs issue has been an important means of achieving their respective aims. Washington’s proclaimed “war on drugs” is quite transparently an aspect of counter-insurgency and shows little regard for the actual level of drug production. In light of domestic policies, Moscow’s claims of concern with Afghan opium flowing into the country are clearly disingenuous. The “drugs threat” instead serves as a mechanism for increasing Russia’s engagement with Afghanistan and the Central Asian states. As the U.S. seeks to establish a permanent presence, secure the authority of a client state in Afghanistan, and exert control over the future of the region, Moscow is using bilateral and regional mechanisms in an effort to counter Washington and become an influential player in Central Asia. Recent developments suggest that this “New Great Game” is approaching a crucial moment, with significant geo-strategic implications. Details: Oslo, Norway: NOREF (Norwegian Peacebuilding Resource Centre), 2011. Source: Internet Resource, NOREF Report, Accessed on December 6, 2011 at: http://peacebuilding.no/var/ezflow_site/storage/original/application/86c44fb74d83db259d0f516bc9fc07c7.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Afghanistan Shelf Number: 123496

Author: National Community Advisory Commission Title: Restoring Community: A National Community Advisory Report on ICE's Failed "Secure Communities" Program Summary: The National Day Laborer Organizing Network (NDLOR) and a National Community Advisory Commission published this report maps out details of how S-Comm (Secure Communities Program) has failed as an immigration policy, doing much more irreversible damage than actually fixing the problem at hand. It includes testimony from law enforcement officials, scholars and academics, and organizers and advocates. Criticizing the ineffective program, the report summarizes S-Comm and highlights the stories of several individuals from across the country who have been victims of S-Comm, facing deportation as a result of simply calling 911 for an emergency, being pulled over while driving or any other arbitrary reason. It multiplies laws and enforcement policies that, in effect, make the pursuit of the American Dream a criminal proposition for current generations of immigrants. That such a program should be the showcase policy of an Administration that presents itself asa champion of immigration reform is a betrayal. Multiplying the force of misguided policy and unjust laws is not reform—it is a step backwards. Details: National Day Laborer Organizing Network, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2011 at: http://altopolimigra.com/documents/FINAL-Shadow-Report-regular-print.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 123497

Author: Johnson, David T. Title: Hawaii's Imprisonment Policy and the Performance of Parolees Who Were Incarcerate In-State and on the Mainland Summary: This study report was completed in partnership with the University of Hawaii at Manoa, and examines the records of 660 criminal offenders in the State of Hawaii who were released to parole from either public/in-state prisons or private/mainland prisons during Fiscal Year 2006. The parolees were statistically tracked for three years. The study’s principal finding is that the difference in recidivism rates for the public/in-state cohort (56 percent) and the private/mainland cohort (53 percent) is statistically insignificant. The report also presents a statistical portrait of both cohorts (e.g., criminal history, risk assessments, demographics), and provides an overview of the history, policies, national context, and costs relating to the State of Hawaii’s use of private, out-of-state correctional facilities. Details: Hawaii: University of Hawaii and Department of the Attorney General, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on December 6, 2011 at: http://hawaii.gov/ag/cpja/main/rs/sp_reports_0306/AH-UH%20Mainland%20Prison%20Study%20(Jan%202011).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 123499

Author: Rubin, Mark Title: Implementing Evidence-Based Principles in Community Corrections: A Cast Study of Successes and Challenges in Maine Summary: The integration of evidence-based principles, organizational development, and collaboration is investigated. Sections of this report are: introduction; background; literature review; methodology; document review; key informant interviews; interviews with probation officers (observations of current climate); quantitative analysis of intermediate measures; and findings. “The research on evidence-based principles in Maine … suggests that this concurrent model may not be a realistic strategy given its insistence on an integrated focus on evidence-based principles, organizational development, and collaboration” (p. 30).” Details: Maine: University of Southern Maine, 2011 Source: Internet Resource: Project Technical Report for the National Institute of Corrections: Accessed on December 7, 2011 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025242.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections (Maine) Shelf Number: 123500

Author: Alabama Department of Public Safety Title: Final Technical Report for In-Car Video Project Summary: The ADPS purchased the equipment, including the ICV system, along with installation in the State trooper patrol vehicles assigned to the Quad Cities and Jacksonville Trooper Posts. The goals of the ICV program were to increase safety for citizens and officers, ensure officer integrity, and increase conviction rates by 10 percent for driving under the influence (DUI). The evaluation found that the project has been plagued with malfunctions of defective equipment. The original vendor company was sold, and although it initially appeared that the new owners would stand behind the product, this has not occurred. Currently, 30 (more than half) of the cameras are not functional; therefore, analysis of statistical data cannot produce valid results. Officer safety was expected to be improved through the monitoring capability of the ICV system when operating at peak efficiency; however, due to the unreliability of the equipment, there was no way to collect a sufficient amount of observational data regarding officer integrity and use for the targeted training. DUI conviction rates for 2007 were compared to 2008 in order to identify changes in DUI cases outcomes attributed to the use of ICVs. Both ICV Troops showed decreases in convictions for DUI, and not-guilty outcomes also decreased. These findings may be attributed to the general declining numbers of DUI citations as well as other programs that affected DUI case outcomes, such as pretrial diversion and the institution of the Zero-Tolerance Task Force, which has reduced the number of impaired drivers on the road. Details: Alabama: Alabama Department of Public Safety, 2011. 16p. pg.s Source: Internet Resource: Technical Report: Accessed December 7, 2011 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/233344.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alabama Shelf Number: 123501

Author: Hutcherson, Donald T. Title: Street Dreams: The Effect of Incarceration on Illegal Earnings Summary: Theory and research on the employment lives of the ex-incarcerated suggests that imprisonment can decrease earnings in the conventional labor market for young adults (e.g., Sampson and Laub, 1993; Sampson and Laub, 2003; Western, 2002; Western, 2006). However, little is known about the influence of imprisonment on criminal earnings. To fill this gap, the research reported below addresses the following question: How does incarceration influence criminal earnings for adolescents and young adults? Drawing on theories regarding stigma, social and human capital, and opportunity structure, I develop an argument to explain how incarceration can yield returns in the form of greater illegal earnings. Briefly, the case is made that due to failures in the conventional labor market, the ex-incarcerated are forced to rely on criminal earnings from illegal opportunity structures during the life course. Thus, illegal earnings will be greater for this group than for their counterparts who have not been incarcerated. To assess the role of prior incarceration on illegal earnings, this study estimates random-effects models for adolescents and young adult male ex-offenders and non-offenders using the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth (NLSY97) for 1997-2005. Consistent with the theoretical arguments, the findings reveal that individuals with an incarceration history earn significantly higher annual illegal earnings than those who do not have such a history. This is true net of a variety of predictors of illegal income, including factors related to ‘persistent heterogeneity’. The analyses also reveal an interaction effect of prior incarceration and African-American racial status on illegal earnings, whereby formerly incarcerated African-American males earn much higher predicted illegal income than former incarcerees from other race/ethnic backgrounds. To assess the role of different sources of illegal earnings, I also investigated the influence of prior incarceration on illegal earnings from drug trafficking. These analyses demonstrated a strong positive relationship between incarceration history and annual illegal income from this source. Further, interaction models revealed that ex-incarcerated African-American males earn significantly higher predicted logged income from drug trafficking than Hispanic and White ex-offenders and those never incarcerated. There is also an interaction between prior incarceration and hardcore drug use for this outcome. Formerly incarcerated individuals who use hardcore drugs earn much higher predicted logged annual illegal income from drug sales than ex-incarcerated non-drug users, non-incarcerated drug users and non-incarcerated individuals that do not use drugs. Details: Ohio: Ohio State University, 2008. Source: Dissertation: Ohio State University. Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Earnings Shelf Number: 123503

Author: Magnani, Laura Title: Buried Alive: Long-Term Isolation in California's Youth and Adult Prisons Summary: The American Friends Service Committee (AFSC) is launching a national campaign, called STOPMAX, in May 2008, calling for the end of the use of solitary confinement in U.S. prisons. It is the successor of a campaign which Bonnie Kerness, of the New York Metropolitan Region of the AFSC, conducted in the early 1990s, when the development of security housing units was beginning its ascent. In California, the premiere organization to focus on these new maxi maxi prisons has been California Prison Focus (CPF). Under the leadership of Dr. Corey Weinstein, Luis (Bato) Talamantez, Charles Carbone, Georgia Schreiber, Leslie DeBenedetto, Judy Greenspan, and many others, CPF has conducted interviews with prisoners in these units and reported their findings. AFSC owes a great debt to these courageous folks, along with our brothers and sisters inside who are living for years at a time under the extreme conditions described herein. The other debt we owe is to the lawyers and psychiatrists who have challenged prison conditions in California and stuck around for decades to help monitor compliance. That would include the Prison Law Office, Don Specter, Steve Fama, Sara Norman and others, as well as Jane Kahn, of Rosen, Bien & Galvan, and Sarah Chester from the California Appellate Project. On the psychology end of things, Terry Kupers and Craig Haney have both made huge contributions in bringing horrific conditions to light. These folks are our heroes in this work. This is not a story that the public seems to want to hear. However, if we continue to anesthetize ourselves to the horrors being committed in our names, there is no hope for positive change. In May 2007, the AFSC Arizona office published Buried Alive: Solitary Confinement in Arizonas Prisons and Jails. This report is intended to be the California story of isolation in the state prisons and juvenile facilities. Details: Oakland, CA: American Friends Service Committee, 2008. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on December 7, 2011 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/Buried%20Alive%20%20PMRO%20May08%20.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections Shelf Number: 123504

Author: New Hampshire State Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: Unequal Treatment: Women Incarcerated in New Hampshire's State Prison System Summary: The New Hampshire Advisory Committee (Advisory Committee) submits this report, "Unequal Treatment: Women Incarcerated in New Hampshire's State Prison System" as part of its responsibility to advise the Commission on civil rights issues in the state. The Advisory Committee concludes that New Hampshire's Department of Corrections faces a nearly insurmountable challenge in meeting many of the important needs of its female inmate population. The failure of the state to provide comparable services in these respects seriously affects the ability of women offenders to maintain appropriate family relationships, impairs their mental and physical health, and inhibits their ability to prepare for productive and self-supporting work upon their eventual release from incarceration. The exceptionally high recidivism rate for female offenders in New Hampshire among the only states in the country with a recidivism rate for women that exceeds the comparable rate for men is a powerful testament to the high cost that the state pays for its failure to address unequal conditions of confinement faced by female offenders. Details: Washington DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Report: Accessed on December 8, 2011 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/Unequal_Treatment_WomenIncarceratedinNHStatePrisonSystem.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 123506

Author: Adkins, Geneva Title: Iowa Adult and Juvenile Drug Court Extended Recidivism Outcomes Summary: Over the past decade, the Iowa Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice (CJJP), located in the Department of Human Rights, has been engaged in several outcome and process evaluations of Iowa’s adult and juvenile drug courts. Since 2001 CJJP has engaged in two studies of adult drug courts and two studies of juvenile drug courts. These earlier studies found that adult drug courts had positive impacts on recidivism, particularly for felony offenders and female offenders. The juvenile studies did not demonstrate significant impact on recidivism. The purpose of this research is to complete a longitudinal study of drug court participants and comparison groups from the above cohorts to address the following questions: Do adult drug court participants continue to have lower rates of recidivism over time? What is the adult recidivism rate for juvenile drug court participants? In addition, the following questions will be explored: Are there differences in the highest level of new conviction? Are there differences in the type of new convictions? Are there differences in the number of new convictions? Are there differences in cumulative recidivism over time? Are there differences in recidivism by offender background or model? It should be clearly understood that this longitudinal study looks at outcomes for adult and juvenile drug courts as they functioned in the past. The outcomes identified in this study apply to those participants and matched comparison groups. Any generalization to current operations would only be valid to the extent that the courts are being operated in substantially the same manner. Any modifications in design, staffing, or participant selection could alter the long-term outcomes for offenders. The findings for the adult drug court confirm the earlier studies. o Females drug court participants tend to have lower recidivism rates than male participants. o Non-white drug court participants do not have better long-term outcomes than the comparison groups. o Judge model drug courts tend to be more effective than community panel courts. o Drug court participants who graduate tend to have lower recidivism over time than do non-graduates. o Of those offenders who did recidivate, the highest percentages of offenses were non-person and drug-related offenses. There was not much difference between participants and the comparison groups except for the pilot cohort. That cohort had a larger percentage of violent offenses than the other three cohorts. o Drug court participants who did not graduate had a higher percentage of violent offense convictions, and had a higher cumulative recidivism rate than did the graduates. The findings for the juvenile drug court also confirm the earlier studies, suggesting that participation in drug courts does not improve outcomes into adulthood. o Participants tended to have poorer long-term outcomes than the comparison groups. o The cohort with the lowest recidivism was the consent decree cohort. o The difference between white and minority participants is not as marked as that of adult drug court participants, although white participants did have lower recidivism rates. o Long-term recidivism rates do not vary significantly by drug court model. o Non-graduates have higher felony recidivism rates than do graduates and the three comparison cohorts. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/Extended%20Drug%20Court%20Study-Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Iowa) Shelf Number: 123535

Author: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning,Statistical Analysis Center Title: Process and Outcome Evaluation of the Iowa First Judicial District Department of Correctional Services Dual Diagnosis Offender Program (DDOP) Summary: This study consists of a process and outcome evaluation of the First Judicial District’s Dual Diagnosis Offender Program (DDOP). The study was supported by Byrne funds through the Iowa Office of Drug Control Policy, which provided partial support for DDOP operation. The purposes of the study were to: explain the context of the program, its history and funding sources; depict the program staff; describe the program and activities; portray the beneficiaries of the program and describe who completes it; describe changes to the program; and assess participants and a comparison group on measures such as recidivism, substance abuse relapse, and justice system costs. Program The Dual Diagnosis Offender Program (DDOP) is delivered by the First District Department of Correctional Services. The residential portion is housed at the Waterloo Residential Correctional Facility and consists of a 16–bed unit for male offenders. The program began in 1998 and was created to fill a void in services for criminally-involved dual-diagnosed individuals. The goal of DDOP is to divert clients from incarceration and crime and enhance coordination of criminal justice and mental health services for the target population. The program provides integrated substance abuse and mental health group and individual treatment, which empirical research has identified as being an effective treatment model. The program also incorporates other elements that have been identified in the literature as being effective for dually-diagnosed offenders. Staff DDOP staff had varying educational and professional backgrounds and years of experience, a reflection of a program with a multidisciplinary team. Most staff had at least a Bachelor’s degree and professional background in human services or counseling with roughly half being with DDOP for up to five years. Program Clients Between January 1, 2001 and September 30, 2007, 236 males were admitted to the DDOP. Offenders were court ordered into the program for a minimum of six months and a maximum of one year. Participants spent an average of about five months in the residential program, with about 60% completing the residential program. The average participant at entry was 32 years old, white (71.6%), unmarried (86.0%) and had a GED or high school diploma (61.4%). Most had a prior prison admission (56.8%) and were under supervision for a felony (73.3%). Over one-third reported poly-drug usage (35.2%). Among the 73.3% of participants for whom data on chronic mental illnesses were available, 78% had a serious mental illness. The average score on the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R) was 37.3, in the moderate/high risk category, with relatively high average sub-scores on alcohol/drugs (6.0 out of 9) and emotional/personal (4.5 out of 5) indicators. DDOP Study Group The DDOP study group included all offenders who started the program after January 1, 2001 and were discharged by September 30, 2005 (n= 144). The matched “comparison group” was comprised of individuals who entered community supervision between January 1, 2001 and December 30, 2005 (n=106). While there were some differences in characteristics between the study and comparison groups, they were sufficiently similar to permit valid comparisons. Outcomes The DDOP study group and comparison group were tracked for the three years following their entry to DDOP or community supervision. Outcome measures included recidivism and substance abuse relapse. Justice system costs were also tracked for a three year time period for the groups. Generally, on recidivism measures, the DDOP study group completers had outcomes similar to the comparison group, while non-completers fared worse. 70.9% of the completers and 73.6% of the comparison group had a new conviction compared to 86.2% of the non-completers. 19.8% of the completers and 17.9% of the comparison group had a new felony compared to 37.9% of the non-completers. 48.8% of the completers and 42.5% of the comparison group returned to prison compared to 98.3% of the non-completers. On relapse measures, the DDOP study group completers and non-completers showed similar outcomes, while the comparison group fared worse. Half of the completers and 41.1% of the non-completers had a positive drug test, compared to 64.7% of the comparison group. 18.6% of the completers and 17.2% of the non-completers had a new drug conviction, compared to 25.5% of the comparison group. 62.8% of the completers and 55.2% of the non-completers had a positive drug test or a new drug or alcohol conviction, compared to 71.7% of the comparison group. In terms of justice systems costs, DDOP non-completers had the highest three-year supervision costs, followed by DDOP completers. Longer-term study is necessary to determine the true financial impact of the program. Race Outcomes suggested that white and non-white DDOP participants benefitted equally from the program. This is noteworthy because non-whites tend to have higher rates of failure than whites in most correctional programming. There were considerable differences in outcome measures between non-white DDOP clients and their comparison group counterparts. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/DualDiagnosisOffenderProgram.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123536

Author: Liu, Xiaodong Title: Criminal Networks: Who is the Key Player? Summary: We analyze delinquent networks of adolescents in the United States. We develop a theoretical model showing who the key player is, i.e. the criminal who once removed generates the highest possible reduction in aggregate crime level. We also show that key players are not necessary the most active criminals in a network. We then test our model using data on criminal behaviors of adolescents in the United States (AddHealth data). Compared to other criminals, key players are more likely to be a male, have less educated parents, are less attached to religion and feel socially more excluded. They also feel that adults care less about them, are less attached to their school and have more troubles getting along with the teachers. We also find that, even though some criminals are not very active in criminal activities, they can be key players because they have a crucial position in the network in terms of betweenness centrality. Details: London: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2011. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series, No. 8185: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: www.cepr.org/pubs/dps/DP8185.asp Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 123539

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Adult Drug Courts: Studies Show Courts Reduce Recidivism, but DOJ Could Enhance Future Performance Measure Revision Efforts Summary: A drug court is a specialized court that targets criminal offenders who have drug addiction and dependency problems. These programs provide offenders with intensive court supervision, mandatory drug testing, substance-abuse treatment, and other social services as an alternative to adjudication or incarceration. As of June 2010, there were over 2,500 drug courts operating nationwide, of which about 1,400 target adult offenders. The Department of Justice’s (DOJ) Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) administers the Adult Drug Court Discretionary Grant Program, which provides financial and technical assistance to develop and implement adult drug-court programs. DOJ requires grantees that receive funding to provide data that measure their performance. In response to the Fair Sentencing Act of 2010, this report assesses (1) data DOJ collected on the performance of federally funded adult drug courts and to what extent DOJ used these data in making grant-related decisions, and (2) what is known about the effectiveness of drug courts. GAO assessed performance data DOJ collected in fiscal year 2010 and reviewed evaluations of 32 drug- court programs and 11 cost-benefit studies issued from February 2004 through March 2011. GAO recommends that BJA document key methods used to guide future revisions of its performance measures for the adult drug-court program. DOJ concurred with GAO’s recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-53: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1253.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123545

Author: Calvin, Elizabeth Title: Against All Odds: Prison Conditions for Youth Offenders Serving Life without Parole Sentences in the United States Summary: Currently, more than 2,500 inmates in the United States await death in adult prison, sentenced to life without parole for crimes they committed while they were under the age of 18. Youth offenders serving life without parole enter prison with developmental needs for protection, education, and other services in order to be able to fully mature into adulthood. Yet youth offenders are among the inmates most susceptible to physical and sexual assault during their incarceration, are often placed in isolated segregation, and are frequently classified in ways that can deprive them of access to rehabilitative programs. The United States is the only country in the world with youth offenders serving life without parole sentences, in violation of international human rights law. Against All Odds details the strong evidence that youth offenders serving life without parole are imprisoned in conditions that violate fundamental international human rights law and standards. Based on information from corrections departments across the country and hundreds of youth offenders serving life without parole, the report documents how states fail to protect youth offenders from physical assault and sexual violence, to administer adequate mental health care, or to provide access to age-appropriate services and programs. Despite the fact that the length of their sentence and their youth upon entering adult prison make growth and rehabilitation extraordinarily difficult, some youth offenders sentenced to life without parole do achieve emotional, intellectual, and personal transformation in prison—an extraordinary fact given the hurdles they face. Human Rights Watch calls on the US government to abolish the sentence of life without parole for crimes committed by persons below the age of 18 and to investigate and improve conditions for youth offenders imprisoned across the United States. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0112ForUpload_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 123546

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Border Security: Additional Steps Needed to Ensure That Officers Are Fully Trained Summary: Recent incidents involving potential terrorists attempting to enter the country highlight the need for a vigilant and well-trained workforce at the border. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), within the Department of Homeland Security, is the lead federal agency in charge of inspecting travelers and goods for admission into the United States. About 20,000 CBP officers play a central role in ensuring that CBP accomplishes its mission of securing the border while also facilitating the movement of millions of legitimate travelers and billions of dollars in international trade. GAO was asked to assess the extent to which CBP has (1) revised its training program for newly hired CBP officers in accordance with training standards and (2) identified and addressed the training needs of incumbent CBP officers. GAO analyzed data and documentation related to the agency’s training efforts, such as its covert test program and its training records. GAO also interviewed CBP officials and CBP officers. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in October 2011. Information CBP deemed sensitive has been redacted. To improve CBP training efforts, GAO recommends that the CBP Commissioner evaluate the “Back to Basics” training course; analyze covert test results; establish a policy for training responsibilities, including oversight of training records; and, conduct a training needs assessment. CBP concurred with the recommendations and is taking steps to address them. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-269: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/587314.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 123548

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Expert Working Group Report: International Perspectives on Indigent Defense Summary: The vast majority of criminal defendants in the United States are too poor to afford a lawyer, yet adequate funding and resources for defense counsel remains an elusive goal. The U.S. Department of Justice (the Department) seeks effective, evidence-based solutions to problems in indigent defense so that the nation can deliver on its constitutionally guaranteed promise to provide legal representation to people accused of crime who cannot afford it. In January 2011, the Department‘s Access to Justice Initiative (ATJ) and National Institute of Justice‘s (NIJ) International Center jointly convened an Expert Working Group (EWG) on International Perspectives on Indigent Defense to explore domestic and international practices in indigent defense. That the convening started on the same day that the Governor of Massachusetts announced his plans to overhaul the commonwealth‘s public defender system was only further evidence of the importance of identifying the best approaches to the delivery of defender services.1 The 40-person EWG consisted of leading experts drawn from multidisciplinary communities, including domestic and international practitioners, researchers, government officials and advocates from nine countries.2 The goals of the workshop were to:  Help suggest federal priorities on indigent defense;  Help identify research in the field of indigent defense;  Learn about alternative and best practices in the provision of defender services for the poor from the United States and around the globe;  Consider the transferability of successful international practices to the United States; and  Forge sustained American and international collaborations in the field of criminal legal aid. Over a day and a half, participants were led in a facilitated discussion around the following six panels:  The state of indigent defense in the United States generally;  Costs associated with being indigent in the criminal justice system;  Improvements to the provision of defender services for the poor;  Improvements to the provision of defender services for juveniles;  The intersection of indigent defense and immigration; and  Indigent defense in indigenous communities. At the conclusion of the facilitated discussions, participants were divided into five breakout groups to identify specific, actionable recommendations for ATJ and NIJ. These breakout groups aligned with the panel topics of the convening and were organized to consider costs of being indigent, general improvements to the criminal justice system, improvements for juveniles, special considerations for immigrants and special considerations for indigenous communities. The breakout groups were asked to create recommendations to advance ATJ‘s and NIJ‘s efforts to set federal priorities in indigent defense, identify research gaps in the field and identify international practices that should be assessed for transferability to the United States. This report provides an overview of the EWG‘s discussions and includes the breakout groups‘ recommendations following the summary of the corresponding panel presentations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/236022.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 123553

Author: Deschenes, Elizabeth Piper Title: Recidivism Among Female Prisoners: Secondary Analysis of the 1994 BJS Recidivism Data Set Summary: This study explores the recidivism of female inmates released from state prison through secondary analysis of data collected by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (Langan & Levin 2002). This BJS study examined the recidivism of prisoners from 15 states released in 1994 by collecting 3-year follow-up data as described in the bulletin, Recidivism of Prisoners Released in 1994. The present study examines the 23,562 females in this data set, examining their recidivism patterns and exploring the impact of prior criminal history on post-release recidivism. Secondary analysis of this data set found: • The majority (63%) of the women had no prior prison terms. • Female offenders served less time in prison than the total sample with two-thirds having served less than 12 months (compared to half of the total sample having served more than 12 months) and a median sentence length of 13 months (compared to the total sample median sentence length of 20 months). • Female prisoners were more likely than the total sample to have lower rates of recidivism across all four measures (rearrest, reconviction, resentence to prison and return to prison). • About 60% of the females in the sample were rearrested, while almost 70% of the total sample were rearrested. Forty percent of the females had a new conviction compared to 48% of the total sample. • Correspondingly, about 30% of the females returned to prison (with only 18% the result of a new sentence), compared to 37% of the total sample (with 25% the result of a new sentence). • Judgments about the similarity or difference in rates of female and male offenders do not depend upon the definition or measure of recidivism. • The majority of female offenders convicted and sentenced to prison for violent offenses prior to their release in 1994 do not reoffend with a violent crime. • However, for both the total sample and the female subsample, those serving time for a property offense or a drug offense were much more likely to have a new arrest than those released in all other offense categories. • Female offenders, similar to those in the total sample, are most likely to be rearrested for a property crime. • Female offenders typically do not specialize or concentrate their offending in their offense types over their criminal careers. • However, there is some degree of repetition in related offenses such as property, drugs, and to a lesser extent, public order crimes. • The strongest and most consistent predictors of recidivism of female offenders, whether measured as the proportion with a new arrest, the number of new arrests, or the time to a new arrest, are the number of prior arrests and age at release from prison. • Failure, as measured in time to a new arrest, is higher for female offenders who are incarcerated for drug possession and property offenses and lowest for those incarcerated for a violent offense. Details: Long Beach, CA: California State University Long Beach, Department of Criminal Justice; Fresno, CA: California State University Fresno, Department of Criminology, 2006. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/216950.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 123554

Author: U.S. Department of Defense Title: Annual Report on Sexual Harassment and Violence at the Military Service Academies: Academic Program Year 2010–2011 Summary: Section 532 of Public Law Number 109-364, the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2007, requires an assessment at the Military Service Academies (MSA) during each Academic Program Year (APY). This assessment is to determine the effectiveness of the policies, training, and procedures of the academy with respect to sexual harassment and assault involving academy personnel. In APYs beginning in even-numbered years (e.g., APY 10-11), the Report is comprised of the Department’s assessment, statistical data on sexual assault, and results of focus groups of cadets and midshipmen conducted by the Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC). The Department of Defense (DoD) Sexual Assault Prevention and Response Office (SAPRO) and the Office of Diversity Management and Equal Opportunity (ODMEO) use this annual assessment as an oversight tool to monitor improvement of the Department’s Sexual Assault Prevention and Response (SAPR) and Prevention of Sexual Harassment (POSH) Programs. To that end, the assessment of the SAPR and POSH Programs was organized by the priorities established in the DoD-wide SAPR Strategic Plan approved in December 2009. For APY 10-11, the United States Military Academy (USMA) at West Point is overall partially in compliance with the Department’s policies regarding sexual harassment and assault. Actions undertaken by USMA will ensure compliance with Department Policy for sexual harassment and assault, as well as enhance the program. USMA will ensure all cadets and Sexual Assault Response Coordinators are trained in accordance with the Department’s policies; reporting options are clear and in line with Policy; and provide effective oversight of the SAPR and POSH Programs. USMA did demonstrate one commendable practice that should be considered for replication by other MSAs. The Department will reassess USMA before the next Report to Congress in order to document improvement in the program. Overall, the United States Naval Academy (USNA) is in compliance with the Department’s policies regarding sexual harassment and assault for APY 10-11. USNA put considerable time and effort into the Sexual Harassment and Assault Prevention and Education training program to prevent sexual harassment and assault. Additionally, USNA has a well-organized SAPR staff to train midshipmen and support victims. However, there are areas for improvement to USNA’s program and initiatives pertaining to training effectiveness. Additionally, USNA demonstrated four commendable practices that should be considered for replication by other MSAs. The United States Air Force Academy (USAFA) is in compliance with the Department’s policies regarding sexual harassment and assault for APY 10-11. USAFA’s SAPR and POSH Programs are mature and robust. These programs were taken seriously and given the appropriate attention at the Academy. USAFA has implemented innovative and unique ideas to draw awareness to this issue and provided support to victims. However, there are areas for continued improvement of USAFA’s program. Additionally, USAFA demonstrated nine commendable practices that should be considered for replication by other MSAs. One of the Department’s strategic priorities is to build a climate of confidence that brings more victims forward to report sexual assault and to obtain needed support and services. During APY 10-11, there were a total of 65 reports of sexual assault; 38 Unrestricted Reports and 27 Restricted Reports. Initially, the MSAs received a total of 37 Restricted Reports, but 10 converted to Unrestricted Reports at the victims’ request. The 65 reports represent an increase from the 41 reports made in APY 09-10. The Department does not have the ability to conclusively identify the reasons for this increase in reporting behavior. However, in prior years’ assessments, the Department identified steps the academies could take to encourage more victims to report. Some of the increased reporting of sexual assault may be attributed to these efforts as well as many other factors. DMDC conducted focus groups at all three MSAs in the Spring of APY 10-11 covering topics such as sexual assault, sexual harassment, reporting, leadership response, training, and bystander intervention. Although focus group results are not able to be generalized to all students at each of the MSAs, the themes serve as illustrations of situations and attitudes for consideration in the assessment of the SAPR and POSH Programs. The academies should analyze focus group responses to improve SAPR and POSH Programs. Areas include reasons for not reporting a sexual assault, training improvements and the issue of sexual assault victim collateral misconduct. The MSAs did not complete all the recommendations from the APY 08-09 Report. The academies must implement the remaining 18 recommendations from the APY 08-09 Report, and the necessary actions items put forth in the APY 10-11 Report in a timely manner. Additionally, the academies will provide an update on implementation before the end of the APY. The Department will follow up with the academies every 6 months thereafter to ensure all actions are completed. While a number of challenges remain, the Department believes the greatest of these pertain to the prevention and reporting of sexual assault. Using survey and focus group data, the Department encourages the academies to employ their considerable academic and programmatic resources to implement meaningful, evidence-based prevention and reporting interventions. In addition, identifying and tracking key measurements over time will be critical to demonstrate to stakeholders the efforts underway at the MSAs. Preventing sexual harassment and assault at the MSAs, as well as in all aspects of military service, remains a top priority for the Department. The APY 10-11 report demonstrates some progress towards that goal. However, more can be done in the prevention of and response to sexual misconduct. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Defense, 2011. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2012 at: http://www.sapr.mil/media/pdf/reports/FINAL_APY_10-11_MSA_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Military Academies Shelf Number: 123555

Author: Franklin, Cortney A. Title: Risk Factors Associated with Women’s Victimization Summary: The prevalence of victimization on college campuses has been the focus of study for decades. Research indicates that campus crime is relatively problematic, but that sexual assault risk is epidemic. Specifically, prevalence estimates have suggested that 25 percent of college women will experience attempted or completed rape during their college career.1 More recent work has reported incidents rates that range from 15 to 30 percent.2, 3, 4 This study focused on women’s routine activities and levels of self-control as they related to property, personal, and sexual assault victimization. The findings indicated that: • Decreases in self-control produced increases in victimization for college women • The risk of property victimization increased when women spent more time shopping and partying. Additionally, living off campus, participation in drug sales, and being in their early years of college increased property victimization risk among these University women • Personal victimization was not so much related to spending time away from home, but was related to living off campus and participating in drug sales behavior • The risk of sexual assault victimization increased with time spent on campus and time spent partying The results presented in this report provide important implications for crime prevention strategies on Texas college campuses. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, Criminal Justice Center, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/Risk%20Factors%20Final%20Print.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 123557

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: The Bronx Family Treatment Court2005-2010: Impact on Family Court Outcomes and Participant Experiences and Perceptions Summary: The Bronx Family Treatment Court (FTC) is one of more than 50 family treatment courts across New York State. The Bronx FTC structure is loosely based on the adult drug court model. The court orders respondent parents with a child neglect case and an underlying substance abuse treatment allegation to treatment. The court supervises the treatment process through regular judicial status hearings, drug testing, intensive case management, and graduated sanctions and rewards. FTC participation is voluntary but requires an admission of “responsible” to the child neglect allegations. Departing from most drug courts, the Bronx FTC divides its caseload among three dedicated judges, each of whom presides over approximately one-third of the cases. The current evaluation assessed the court by comparing outcomes of respondent children whose parents enrolled in the FTC with similar children whose parents did not enroll. In addition, based on structured interviews with FTC and non-FTC parents, we assessed the court’s impact on service experiences; perceptions of the judge, case managers, and court process; and drug use. To enrich the analysis, we also conducted staff and stakeholder interviews; a focus group with public defenders who represent the parents; and an analysis of FTC court administrative data. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Full_Bronx_FTC.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123558

Author: Seffrin, Patrick Title: Socioeconomic Disadvantage, Peer and Romantic Relationships, and the Process of Criminal Desistance Summary: The current study examines the role of socioeconomic disadvantage and peer context in shaping romantic relationship experiences, and in turn, the influence of these experiences on crime trajectories. Drawing on four waves of panel data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (N = 1,066) we found that, both low SES and delinquent peers are linked to more liberal approaches to romantic and sexual relationships as well as higher levels of intimate partner violence. Increasing involvement with delinquent peers predicted higher than average trajectories of liberal relationship scripts and intimate partner violence. These relationship dynamics, especially liberal dating scripts, were found to influence crime trajectories even after controlling for changes in relationship stability, employment, and other crime correlates. Research should incorporate broader socioeconomic factors that are likely to influence the character of peer networks and specific problem features of romantic relationships that are associated with variations in criminal involvement. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Center for Family and Demographic Research, Bowling Green State University, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series 2012-02: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/downloads/cas/file105616.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance from Crime Shelf Number: 123559

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: Terrorism Information Sharing and the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Report Initiative: Background and Issues for Congress Summary: The 2004 National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (the 9/11 Commission) cited breakdowns in information sharing and the failure to fuse pertinent intelligence (i.e., “connecting the dots”) as key factors in the failure to prevent the 9/11 attacks. Two of the efforts undertaken since 2001 to tackle these issues included • Congress mandating the creation of an information-sharing environment (commonly known as the “ISE”) that would provide and facilitate the means of sharing terrorism information among all appropriate federal, state, local, and tribal entities and the private sector through the use of policy guidelines and technologies. • States and major urban areas establishing intelligence fusion centers to coordinate the gathering, analysis, and dissemination of law enforcement, homeland security, public safety, and terrorism intelligence and analysis. The imperative for the exchange of terrorism-related intelligence information among law enforcement and security officials at all levels of government is founded on three propositions. The first is that any terrorist attack in the homeland will necessarily occur in a community within a state or tribal area, and the initial response to it will be by state, local, and tribal emergency responders and law enforcement officials. Second, the plotting and preparation for a terrorist attack within the United States (such as surveillance of a target, acquisition and transport of weapons or explosives, and even the recruitment of participants) will also occur within local communities. Third, “[i]nformation acquired for one purpose, or under one set of authorities, might provide unique insights when combined, in accordance with applicable law, with seemingly unrelated information from other sources.” Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) contain information about criminal activity that may also reveal terrorist pre-operational planning. Many believe that the sharing of SARs among all levels of government and the fusing of these reports with other intelligence information will help uncover terrorist plots within the United States. The Nationwide SAR Initiative (NSI) is an effort to have most federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement organizations participate in a standardized, integrated approach to gathering, documenting, processing, and analyzing terrorism-related SARs. The NSI is designed to respond to the mandate of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (P.L. 108-458), for a “decentralized, distributed, and coordinated [information sharing] environment ... with ‘applicable legal standards relating to privacy and civil liberties.’” This report describes the NSI, the rationale for the sharing of terrorism-related SARs, and how the NSI seeks to achieve this objective. It examines the privacy and civil liberties concerns raised by the initiative and identifies other oversight issues for Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: R40901: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/intel/R40901.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 123560

Author: Yeh, Brian T. Title: Drug Offenses: Maximum Fines and Terms of Imprisonment for Violation of the Federal Controlled Substances Act and Related Laws Summary: This is a chart of the maximum fines and terms of imprisonment that may be imposed as a consequence of conviction for violation of the federal Controlled Substances Act (CSA) and other drug supply and drug demand related laws. It lists the penalties for: heroin, cocaine, crack, PCP, LSD, marihuana (marijuana), amphetamine, methamphetamine, listed (precursor) chemicals, paraphernalia, date rape drugs, rave drugs, designer drugs, ecstasy, drug kingpins, as well as the other substances including narcotics and opiates assigned to Schedule I, Schedule II, Schedule III, Schedule IV, and Schedule V of the Controlled Substances Act and the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (Title II and Title III of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse and Control Act). Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: RL30722: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL30722.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 123561

Author: Donohue, John Title: Capital Punishment in Connecticut, 1973-2007: A Comprehensive Evaluation from 4684 Murders to One Execution Summary: This study explores and evaluates the application of the death penalty in Connecticut from 1973 until 2007, a period during which 4686 murders were committed in the state. The objective is to assess whether the system operates lawfully and reasonably or is marred by arbitrariness, caprice, or discrimination. My empirical approach has three components. First, I provide background information on the overall numbers of murders, death sentences, and executions in Connecticut. The extreme infrequency with which the death penalty is administered in Connecticut raises a serious question as to whether the state’s death penalty regime is serving any legitimate social purpose. Specifically, of the 4686 murders committed during the sample period, 205 are death-eligible cases that resulted in a homicide conviction, and 138 of these were charged with a capital felony. Of the 92 convicted of a capital felony, 29 then went to a death penalty sentencing hearing, resulting in 9 sustained death sentences, and one execution (in 2005). A comprehensive assessment of this process of winnowing reveals a troubling picture. Overall, the state’s record of handling death-eligible cases represents a chaotic and unsound criminal justice policy that serves neither deterrence nor retribution. Second, mindful of the Supreme Court’s mandate that “[c]apital punishment must be limited to those offenders who commit ‘a narrow category of the most serious crimes’ and whose extreme culpability makes them ‘the most deserving of execution,’”3I evaluate whether the crimes that result in sustained death sentences are the most egregious relative to other death-eligible murders. Any claim to properly punishing such a narrow and specific category of the most serious offenses can definitively be put to rest. The Connecticut death penalty regime does not select from the class of death-eligible defendants those most deserving of execution. At best, the Connecticut system haphazardly singles out a handful for execution from a substantial array of horrible murders. Third, I conduct a multiple regression to test more formally for the presence of arbitrariness or discrimination in implementing the death penalty. Specifically, I examine the impact on capital charging and sentencing decisions of legitimate factors that bear on the deathworthiness of 205 death-eligible cases, as well as legally suspect variables—such as race and gender of the defendant, race of victim, or judicial district in which the murder occurred. The Connecticut death penalty system decidedly fails this inquiry; arbitrariness and discrimination are defining features of the state’s capital punishment regime. Details: Stanford, CA: The Author, 2011. 456p. Source: Available at the Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Connecticut) Shelf Number: 123563

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: The Virtuous Tax: Lifesaving and Crime-Prevention Effects of the 1991 Federal Alcohol-Tax Increase Summary: On January 1, 1991, the federal excise tax on beer doubled, and the tax rates on wine and liquor increased as well. These changes are larger than the typical state-level changes that have been used to study the effect of price on alcohol abuse and its consequences. In this paper, we develop a method to estimate some important effects of those large 1991 changes, exploiting the interstate differences in alcohol consumption. We demonstrate that the relative importance of drinking in traffic fatalities is closely tied to per capita alcohol consumption across states. As a result, we expect that the proportional effects of the federal tax increase on traffic fatalities would be positively correlated with per capita consumption. We demonstrate that this is indeed the case, and infer estimates of the price elasticity and lives saved in each state. We repeat this exercise for other injury-fatality rates, and for nine categories of crime. For each outcome, the estimated effect of the tax increase is negatively related to average consumption, and that relationship is highly significant for the overall injury death rate, the violent crime rate, and the property crime rate. A conservative estimate is that the federal tax reduced injury deaths by 4.7%, or almost 7,000, in 1991. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 17709: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17709 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 123564

Author: New Jersey. Commission of Investigation Title: Industrious Subversion: Circumvention of Oversight in Solid Waste and Recycling in New Jersey Summary: Over the years, lawmakers, regulators and law enforcement officials repeatedly have taken aim at organized crime and other criminal elements in New Jersey’s solid waste industry. Garbage mobsters have been prosecuted and jailed, their waste-hauling cartels have been dismantled, and special licensing requirements have been established – all in an effort to prevent convicted felons and other unscrupulous individuals from systematically infiltrating and subverting what collectively constitutes one of the State’s largest commercial enterprises impacting the health and quality of life of the citizens of New Jersey. Despite these actions, the integrity of this industry remains in peril. The State Commission of Investigation, which first uncovered significant criminal intrusion into solid waste as far back as the late 1960s, has found that the industry today remains open to manipulation and abuse by criminal elements that circumvent the State’s existing regulatory and oversight system. The urgency of this matter is compounded by evidence that convicted felons, including organized crime members and associates, profit heavily from commercial recycling, which, though a lucrative adjunct to solid waste, has remained largely unregulated. That is the case even though recycling has developed and grown to be an economic force far beyond what was envisioned when New Jersey adopted mandatory recycling nearly 25 years ago. The Commission’s latest investigation has revealed that individuals who were banned from the solid waste industry in New Jersey years ago because of ties to organized crime or and other criminal activities nonetheless have found ways to conduct a lucrative commerce in waste-hauling and recycling here. In some cases, they operate behind the guise of seemingly legitimate front companies. In other, they make money secondarily as the owners of real estate and/or equipment leased to licensed waste companies. In still others, their business interests are covertly embedded in firms owned and operated byu relatives whose credentials and clean criminal records satisfy solid waste licensing requirements. Among the most disturbing trends identified during this inquiry is the fact that New Jersey once again has become a haven for criminally tainted garbage and recycling entrepreneurs who were kicked out of the business as a result of heightened vigilance and stronger rules elsewhere, most notably in neighboring New York. During this investigation, the Commission identified more than 30 individuals debarred by New York but currently engaged in commercial solid waste and/or recycling in New Jersey. Of particular concern is the vulnerability to corruption of certain activities, such as the recycling and disposal of contaminated soil and demolition debris that pose serious potential environmental and public health consequences. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.state.nj.us/sci/pdf/Solid%20Waste%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 123565

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Small Vessel Security Strategy Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Small Vessel Security Strategy (SVSS) exists within the framework of other security strategies. It does not replace any of the current strategies or relevant documents. Rather, this strategy harmonizes directions from related strategies into a multi-layered, unified approach for the component agencies within the DHS, and to lay the groundwork for DHS participation in coordination across all levels of government, as well as other public, private and international stakeholders in the maritime domain. This strategy’s purpose is to address the risk that small vessels1 might be used to smuggle terrorists or WMD into the United States or might be used as either a stand-off weapon platform or as a means of a direct attack with a WBIED. The resulting risks are difficult to manage because small vessels are not centrally registered, operators have not always demonstrated proficiency in small vessel operations, and the ability to screen or detect vessel-borne hazards is extremely limited. There is, moreover, a tradition and expectation among the large population of small vessel operators of largely unrestricted access to U.S. waterways. This strategy also describes the small vessel community and the environment in which it operates. It discusses and identifies the threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences resulting from four key risk scenarios. Understanding the relationship of the threat, risk, vulnerability, and consequence of a small vessel terrorist attack on the United States will help to reduce the risk of such an attack. The guiding principles and overall goals of this strategy complement existing solutions for large vessels. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2008. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/small-vessel-security-strategy.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 123566

Author: LaVigne, Nancy Title: Evaluation of Camera Use to Prevent Crime in Commuter Parking Facilities: A Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: Car-related crimes are a pervasive problem in the United States: each year an estimated 3.3 million people have their cars stolen or broken into. The cost of these crimes is significant: in 2008, the total value of stolen cars was roughly $6.4 billion, while another $1.6 billion was lost through thefts from cars. Commuter parking facilities, where owners leave their cars unattended for most of the day, have particularly high rates of car crime (Clarke 2002; Clarke and Mayhew 1998). Almost onequarter (23.7 percent) of car thefts and nearly 12 percent of all thefts happen in parking lots and non-residential garages. Despite the frequency and cost of car crime, strategies to prevent these crimes have not been well studied. This evaluation report examines the impact of digital cameras in reducing car crime in parking facilities serving riders of Washington, DC’s commuter rail system. Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) runs the second-largest rail transit system and sixth-largest bus network in the United States. Between 1999 and 2003, before this study began, roughly half of all serious crimes on Metro property took place in parking facilities. Car crimes were roughly split between stolen cars and thefts from cars, but crime rates were not equal across Metro stations: just over one-third (36 percent) of the stations accounted for 80 percent of car crimes in 2003. These data suggest that some stations make better targets than others — and finding out why could help prevent those crimes. Urban Institute researchers, working with Metro Transit Police (MTP), set out to identify what parking facility characteristics and management practices might create opportunities for crime, analyze those findings in relation to past crimes, and identify promising crime reduction strategies. Noting the limited surveillance of Metro station parking facilities, researchers recommended WMATA use prominently placed cameras to deter offenders. To minimize costs, MTP chose to invest in digital cameras, installing still cameras (not video cameras) at the exits of half of Metro’s commuter parking lots, along with signs alerting drivers (and potential criminals) that license plate numbers and exit times were being recorded and monitored. Similar to “red light” traffic cameras, the digital cameras were equipped with motion detectors to take still photos of cars — including their license plates — as they exited the facility. In addition to deterring criminals, the cameras could provide Metro police with information to tailor their patrol schedules (such as the exact times of thefts) and aid in investigations. In reality, however, only a third of the cameras were live due to budget constraints; nevertheless, the dummy cameras were expected to convey the perception of surveillance. This strategy relied heavily on rational choice theory as embodied in situational crime prevention (SCP): by creating the perception of greater surveillance, law enforcement agencies hope to convince potential criminals that they are more likely to get caught and that they should consequently refrain from crime or take their criminal activities elsewhere. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236740.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 123594

Author: Black, Michele C. Title: National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey: 2010 Summary Report Summary: Sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence are major public health problems in the United States. Many survivors of these forms of violence can experience physical injury, mental health consequences such as depression, anxiety, low self-esteem, and suicide attempts, and other health consequences such as gastrointestinal disorders, substance abuse, sexually transmitted diseases, and gynecological or pregnancy complications. These consequences can lead to hospitalization, disability, or death. Our understanding of these forms of violence has grown substantially over the years. However, timely, ongoing, and comparable national and state-level data are lacking. Less is also known about how these forms of violence impact specific populations in the United States or the extent to which rape, stalking, or violence by a romantic or sexual partner are experienced in childhood and adolescence. CDC’s National Center for Injury Prevention and Control launched the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey in 2010 with the support of the National Institute of Justice and the Department of Defense to address these gaps. The primary objectives of the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey are to describe: • The prevalence and characteristics of sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence • Who is most likely to experience these forms of violence • The patterns and impact of the violence experienced by specific perpetrators • The health consequences of these forms of violence The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey is an ongoing, nationally representative random digit dial (RDD) telephone survey that collects information about experiences of sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence among non-institutionalized English and/or Spanish-speaking women and men aged 18 or older in the United States. NISVS provides detailed information on the magnitude and characteristics of these forms of violence for the nation and for individual states. This report presents information related to several types of violence that have not previously been measured in a national population-based survey, including types of sexual violence other than rape; expressive psychological aggression and coercive control, and control of reproductive or sexual health. This report also provides the first ever simultaneous national and state-level prevalence estimates of violence for all states. The findings presented in this report are for 2010, the first year of data collection, and are based on complete interviews. Complete interviews were obtained from 16,507 adults (9,086 women and 7,421 men). The relative standard error (RSE), which is a measure of an estimate’s reliability, was calculated for all estimates in this report. If the RSE was greater than 30%, the estimate was deemed unreliable and is not reported. Consideration was also given to the case count. If the estimate was based on a numerator ≤20, the estimate is also not reported. Estimates for certain types of violence reported by subgroups of men such as rape victimization by racial/ethnic group are not shown because the number of men in these subgroups reporting rape was too small to calculate a reliable estimate. These tables are included in the report so that the reader can easily determine what was assessed and where gaps remain. Key Findings Sexual Violence by Any Perpetrator • Nearly 1 in 5 women (18.3%) and 1 in 71 men (1.4%) in the United States have been raped at some time in their lives, including completed forced penetration, attempted forced penetration, or alcohol/drug facilitated completed penetration. • More than half (51.1%) of female victims of rape reported being raped by an intimate partner and 40.8% by an acquaintance; for male victims, more than half (52.4%) reported being raped by an acquaintance and 15.1% by a stranger. • Approximately 1 in 21 men (4.8%) reported that they were made to penetrate someone else during their lifetime; most men who were made to penetrate someone else reported that the perpetrator was either an intimate partner (44.8%) or an acquaintance (44.7%). • An estimated 13% of women and 6% of men have experienced sexual coercion in their lifetime (i.e., unwanted sexual penetration after being pressured in a nonphysical way); and 27.2% of women and 11.7% of men have experienced unwanted sexual contact. • Most female victims of completed rape (79.6%) experienced their first rape before the age of 25; 42.2% experienced their first completed rape before the age of 18 years. • More than one-quarter of male victims of completed rape (27.8%) experienced their first rape when they were 10 years of age or younger. Stalking Victimization by Any Perpetrator • One in 6 women (16.2%) and 1 in 19 men (5.2%) in the United States have experienced stalking victimization at some point during their lifetime in which they felt very fearful or believed that they or someone close to them would be harmed or killed. • Two-thirds (66.2%) of female victims of stalking were stalked by a current or former intimate partner; men were primarily stalked by an intimate partner or an acquaintance, 41.4% and 40.0%, respectively. • Repeatedly receiving unwanted telephone calls, voice, or text messages was the most commonly experienced stalking tactic for both female and male victims of stalking (78.8% for women and 75.9% for men). • More than half of female victims and more than one-third of male victims of stalking indicated that they were stalked before the age of 25; about 1 in 5 female victims and 1 in 14 male victims experienced stalking between the ages of 11 and 17. Violence by an Intimate Partner • More than 1 in 3 women (35.6%) and more than 1 in 4 men (28.5%) in the United States have experienced rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner in their lifetime. • Among victims of intimate partner violence, more than 1 in 3 women experienced multiple forms of rape, stalking, or physical violence; 92.1% of male victims experienced physical violence alone, and 6.3% experienced physical violence and stalking. • Nearly 1 in 10 women in the United States (9.4%) has been raped by an intimate partner in her lifetime, and an estimated 16.9% of women and 8.0% of men have experienced sexual violence other than rape by an intimate partner at some point in their lifetime. • About 1 in 4 women (24.3%) and 1 in 7 men (13.8%) have experienced severe physical violence by an intimate partner (e.g., hit with a fist or something hard, beaten, slammed against something) at some point in their lifetime. • An estimated 10.7% of women and 2.1% of men have been stalked by an intimate partner during their lifetime. • Nearly half of all women and men in the United States have experienced psychological aggression by an intimate partner in their lifetime (48.4% and 48.8%, respectively). • Most female and male victims of rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner (69% of female victims; 53% of male victims) experienced some form of intimate partner violence for the first time before 25 years of age. Impact of Violence by an Intimate Partner • Nearly 3 in 10 women and 1 in 10 men in the United States have experienced rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner and reported at least one impact related to experiencing these or other forms of violent behavior in the relationship (e.g., being fearful, concerned for safety, post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms, need for health care, injury, contacting a crisis hotline, need for housing services, need for victim’s advocate services, need for legal services, missed at least one day of work or school). Violence Experienced by Race/Ethnicity • Approximately 1 in 5 Black (22.0%) and White (18.8%) non-Hispanic women, and 1 in 7 Hispanic women (14.6%) in the United States have experienced rape at some point in their lives. More than one-quarter of women (26.9%) who identified as American Indian or as Alaska Native and 1 in 3 women (33.5%) who identified as multiracial non-Hispanic reported rape victimization in their lifetime. • One out of 59 White non-Hispanic men (1.7%) has experienced rape at some point in his life. Nearly one-third of multiracial non-Hispanic men (31.6%) and over one-quarter of Hispanic men (26.2%) reported sexual violence other than rape in their lifetimes. • Approximately 1 in 3 multiracial non-Hispanic women (30.6%) and 1 in 4 American Indian or Alaska Native women (22.7%) reported being stalked during their lifetimes. One in 5 Black non-Hispanic women (19.6%), 1 in 6 White non-Hispanic women (16.0%), and 1 in 7 Hispanic women (15.2%) experienced stalking in their lifetimes. • Approximately 1 in 17 Black non-Hispanic men (6.0%), and 1 in 20 White non-Hispanic men (5.1%) and Hispanic men (5.1%) in the United States experienced stalking in their lifetime. • Approximately 4 out of every 10 women of non-Hispanic Black or American Indian or Alaska Native race/ethnicity (43.7% and 46.0%, respectively), and 1 in 2 multiracial non-Hispanic women (53.8%) have experienced rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner in their lifetime. • Nearly half (45.3%) of American Indian or Alaska Native men and almost 4 out of every 10 Black and multiracial men (38.6% and 39.3%, respectively) experienced rape, physical violence and/or stalking by an intimate partner during their lifetime. Number and Sex of Perpetrators • Across all types of violence, the majority of both female and male victims reported experiencing violence from one perpetrator. • Across all types of violence, the majority of female victims reported that their perpetrators were male. • Male rape victims and male victims of non-contact unwanted sexual experiences reported predominantly male perpetrators. Nearly half of stalking victimizations against males were also perpetrated by males. Perpetrators of other forms of violence against males were mostly female. Violence in the 12 Months Prior to Taking the Survey • One percent, or approximately 1.3 million women, reported being raped by any perpetrator in the 12 months prior to taking the survey. • Approximately 1 in 20 women and men (5.6% and 5.3%, respectively) experienced sexual violence victimization other than rape by any perpetrator in the 12 months prior to taking the survey. • About 4% of women and 1.3% of men were stalked in the 12 months prior to taking the survey. • An estimated 1 in 17 women and 1 in 20 men (5.9% and 5.0%, respectively) experienced rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner in the 12 months prior to taking the survey. Health Consequences • Men and women who experienced rape or stalking by any perpetrator or physical violence by an intimate partner in their lifetime were more likely to report frequent headaches, chronic pain, difficulty with sleeping, activity limitations, poor physical health and poor mental health than men and women who did not experience these forms of violence. Women who had experienced these forms of violence were also more likely to report having asthma, irritable bowel syndrome, and diabetes than women who did not experience these forms of violence. State-Level Estimates • Across all types of violence examined in this report, state-level estimates varied with lifetime estimates for women ranging from 11.4% to 29.2% for rape; 28.9% to 58% for sexual violence other than rape; and 25.3% to 49.1% for rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner. • For men, lifetime estimates ranged from 10.8% to 33.7% for sexual violence other than rape; and 17.4% to 41.2% for rape, physical violence, and/or stalking by an intimate partner. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2011. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.cdc.gov/ViolencePrevention/pdf/NISVS_Report2010-a.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 123595

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division. United States Attorney’s Office, Western District of Washington Title: Investigation of the Seattle Police Department Summary: On March 31, 2011, the Civil Rights Division opened an investigation of the Seattle Police Department (SPD) pursuant to the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Following its comprehensive investigation, the Justice Department on December 16, 2011, announced its findings that the SPD has engaged in a pattern or practice of officers using excessive force. The Justice Department also announced that its investigation raised serious concerns that some of SPD's policies and practices, particularly those related to pedestrian encounters, could result in unlawful discriminatory policing. Additionally, on November 23, 2011, the Justice Department released a technical assistance letter that provided our specific recommendations regarding SPD's practices relating to an officer's protections against self-incrimination pursuant to the U.S. Supreme Court case of Garrity v. New Jersey. The documents on this page provide more information about the investigation, the Justice Department's findings, and next steps. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/spl/documents/spd_findletter_12-16-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 123599

Author: Horowitz, Carl F. Title: Union Corruption in America: Still a Growth Industry Summary: Back in the summer of 1999 the National Institute for Labor Relations Research (NILRR) published a monograph by this author entitled, Union Corruption: Why It Happens, How to Combat It. Drawn primarily from newspapers, magazines and government reports, the study described various patterns of corruption within unions. Replete with juicy anecdotes of embezzlement, extortion, and on due occasion, murder, it concluded with a discussion of the potential ways through which unions could be made to adhere to legal conduct. While unions have made some progress in ridding their ranks of their criminal element, the reality is that their officials, under pressure from the government, have had little choice in such instances but to clean up their operations. This new monograph focuses exclusively on several high-profile cases that have emerged since its predecessor's publication. Yet it retains the 1999 edition's thesis that American trade unionism is shot through with a culture of intimidation. That is, people within unions who steal often show a willingness to threaten and terrorize members who are aware of theft and might come forward to report it. Corruption and criminal violence are to a large extent by-products of our longstanding system of exclusive representation and forced-dues collection by unions. They are further exacerbated by insufficient enforcement of union financial reporting standards. Any long-term strategy to eliminate, or at least radically reduce, union corruption depends heavily on preventing unions from interfering with the rights and wishes of individual workers. Details: Springfield, VA: National Institute for Labor Relations Research, 2004. 84p. Source: Internet Resosurce: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.nilrr.org/files/Horowitz.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 123604

Author: Meng, Grace Title: No Way to Live: Alabama’s Immigrant Law Summary: The sponsors of Alabama's new immigrant law, widely known as HB 56, intended to make life difficult for unauthorized immigrants in Alabama. As the bill’s co-sponsor State Rep. Mickey Hammon stated during debate, “[HB 56] attacks every aspect of an illegal alien’s life…This bill is designed to make it difficult for them to live here so they will deport themselves.” Although the law only went into effect on September 28, 2011, it has largely succeeded. No Way to Live is based interviews with 50 unauthorized immigrants as well as several dozen affected citizens, activists, and local government officials in Alabama. It documents the ways in which the Beason-Hammon Alabama Taxpayer and Citizen Protection Act has radically transformed the lives of unauthorized immigrants in that state. Most of the people we interviewed have lived in the state for more than 10 years, and have deep ties to the state through US citizen family, work, and community. In the first two months the law was in effect, local officials have used it to deny unauthorized immigrants access to everyday necessities such as water and housing in violation of their basic rights. The law also denies all unauthorized immigrants fundamental rights protections that should apply to everyone, not just citizens, making them more susceptible to discriminatory harassment and abuse by local authorities and ordinary people. They live in a climate of fear and uncertainty, which has had a particularly severe impact on children, many of whom are US citizens. Under international law, governments are empowered to regulate immigration. However, no government at any level may enact a law that denies fundamental rights to people based on their status. The experience of Alabama’s unauthorized immigrants and their families underscores the urgent need for comprehensive federal immigration reform that is respectful of human rights, and for Alabama’s immediate repeal of the Beason- Hammon Act. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us1211ForUpload_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 123605

Author: Roettger, Michael E. Title: Longitudinal Associations Between Dimensions of African American Residential Segregation and Arrest within U.S. Metropolitan Areas, 1980-2000 Summary: While much research incorporates measures of residential segregation in macro-level research, surprisingly little work has examined the relationship between dimensions of segregation to changes in arrest rates within metropolitan areas. Using data from the U.S. Census and FBI Arrest reports, this paper analyzes how Massey and Denton‟s (1988, 1994) five dimensions of residential segregation influence total, violent, and property arrest rates within a panel of metropolitan areas (MAs). Additionally, by extending this analysis to explain race-specific arrest rates over time, this study expands existing research using theories of racial threat and concentrated deprivation that link African American residential segregation and arrest rates. Results suggest that significant dimensions of segregation include evenness in distribution across census tracts, exposure to non-African Americans, and concentration within adjoining census tracts. Analysis of arrest rates also suggests that concentrated disadvantage explains arrest patterns over time within MAs. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2009. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series 2009-16: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/downloads/cas/file73769.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 123606

Author: Budzilowicz, Lisa M. Title: Who's on First? Challenges Facing Prosecutors and Financial Institutions in Responding to Identity Theft Summary: Prosecutors and law enforcement struggle with how to approach victimized financial institutions and their consumers. Prosecutors rely on prompt reporting of crime and they need to access financial institutions' information, such as account data, video evidence, and witness statements, as evidence of the crimes. This report examines how prosecutors and financial institutions can work together to prevent, investigate, and prosecution identity theft. Details: Alexandria, VA: National District Attorneys Association, American Prosecutors Research Institute, 2007. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Topics Series: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.ndaa.org/pdf/pub_whos_on_first_07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 123607

Author: Berrebi, Claude Title: Earthquakes, Hurricanes, and Terrorism: Do Natural Disasters Incite Terror? Summary: A novel and important issue in contemporary security policy is the impact of natural disasters on terrorism. Natural disasters can strain a society and its government, creating vulnerabilities which terrorist groups might exploit. Using a structured methodology and detailed data on terrorism, disasters, and other relevant controls for 167 countries between 1970 and 2007, we find a strong positive impact of disaster-related deaths on subsequent terrorism deaths and incidence. We find that, on average, an increase in deaths from natural disasters of 25,000 leads to an increase in the following year of approximately 33 percent in the number of deaths from terrorism, an increase of approximately 22 percent in the number of terrorist attacks, and an increase of approximately 16 percent in the number wounded in terrorist attacks, holding all other factors constant. Furthermore, the effects differ by disaster types and country characteristics. Results were consistently significant and robust across a multitude of disaster and terrorism measures for a diverse set of model specifications. The results have strong implications for both disaster and terrorism mitigation policy. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper W876: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/working_papers/2011/RAND_WR876.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Natural Disasters Shelf Number: 123608

Author: Kunkle, Susan M. Title: Bind Over and Blended Sentencing in Ohio Summary: In the early 1990s, juvenile crime in the US appeared to be increasing in frequency and seemed to be exceedingly more violent. In state after state, legislative efforts increased the mechanisms of transfer, made transfer mandatory for a larger number of offenses, and generally sought to remove more serious and violent juveniles from the special jurisdiction of the juvenile courts. This research is an effort to understand how those legislative actions were operationalized by the juvenile courts, specifically by identifying the relationship between legal and extra legal variables and dispositional outcomes. In Ohio, three outcomes are salient in the disposition of cases of youthful offenders who engage in felony-level, violent, and/or repetitive criminal offending – retain in the juvenile court, a blended sentence that straddles both the juvenile and adult criminal court system, and a transfer of the case from the juvenile to the adult criminal court system. Data were collected from five Ohio Juvenile Courts and the Ohio Department of Youth Services and consist of populations of transferred and blended sentence cases and a sample of felony adjudication cases from the years of 2002 through 2006. Multinomial logistic regression was used to analyze the data; retained in the juvenile court was identified as the reference factor. The use of a weapon, the severity of the offense, if the offense was violent, prior record, the age of the offender at the time of the offense, and the age of the offender at first contact with the juvenile justice system were significant in the decision to transfer a case to the adult criminal court system. The use of a weapon, the severity of the offense, prior record, and the age of the offender at the time of the offense were significant in the decision to dispose of a case through a blended sentence. Details: Kent, OH: Kent State University, Department of Political Science, 2011. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi/Kunkle%20Susan%20M.pdf?kent1302131672 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Blended Sentences Shelf Number: 122527

Author: Winesburg, Melissa Title: Perceptions Of Neighborhood Problems: Agreement Between Police and Citizens and Impact on Citizen Attitudes Toward Police Summary: Research comparing police and citizen perceptions of neighborhood problems and the impact their agreement or disagreement has on attitudes toward the police is limited. While researchers have examined citizen attitudes toward the police since the 1960s, there have been few studies focusing on police and citizen priorities. This research examined these issues together to determine whether or not differences in perceptions impact citizen attitudes toward the police. This research explored data collected from two sources, including a survey of citizens in Cincinnati neighborhoods and a survey of Cincinnati police beat and community officers assigned to separate neighborhoods. It examined police and citizen alignment of 13 neighborhood problems focusing on crime and disorder, and the impact these have on attitudes toward the police. Logistic regression models were used to examine the influence police-citizen agreement on neighborhood problems had on citizen perceptions of attitudes toward the police in general, citizen attitudes toward the job police were doing to prevent crime in their neighborhood, and citizen attitudes toward the job police were doing working with citizens in their neighborhood to solve crime. Findings revealed that when citizens viewed disorder as less of a problem than officers, citizen satisfaction toward the police increased across all dependent variables in the study. Findings also revealed that the mere presence of a difference in perceptions impacted attitudes toward the police, regardless of the magnitude of the difference in perceptions. When police and citizens differed in their perceptions of neighborhood crime problems, citizens were more likely to have positive attitudes toward the job police were doing to prevent crime when they perceived crime as less of a problem than officers. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, 2010. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1299178960 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 123609

Author: Fell, James C. Title: An Evaluation of the Three Georgia DUI Courts Summary: In the spring of 2002, Georgia embarked on an exploratory demonstration program, establishing three driving-underthe- influence (DUI) courts funded as part of a cooperative agreement from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, with additional funding from the Department of Justice. Following the model of drug courts, three Georgia DUI courts (established in Chatham, Clarke, and Hall counties) were designed to address the underlying alcohol problems of repeat DUI offenders through continuous and frequent judicially supervised treatment, periodic alcohol and other drug testing, the use of graduated sanctions, and other appropriate rehabilitative services. A team comprised of a judge, court personnel, probation officials, and treatment providers met regularly to assess offender progress, and offenders met biweekly with the judge to report their progress. As of May 2006, 1,053 offenders were referred to the three Georgia DUI courts. Of these, 301 (29%) graduated from the program, 532 (51%) were active participants in the DUI courts, and 220 (21%) were either not in compliance or had been removed from the program. The overall retention rate was 79 percent over an approximate 4-year period. There is some evidence that the Georgia DUI court program has successfully encouraged lifestyle changes for the participating offenders and may be a viable alternative to traditional sanctioning. An impact evaluation showed that after 4 years of exposure, the DUI court graduates and terminated offenders combined (intent-to-treat group) showed a recidivism rate of 15 percent compared to 24 percent for a group of matched offenders from three similar counties in Georgia (contemporary group) and a 35 percent rate for matched offenders from the same counties as the DUI court who would have been eligible for the DUI court had it been in existence (retrospective group). Offenders who graduated from the DUI courts experienced a 9 percent recidivism rate while offenders who were terminated from the DUI courts for various reasons had a recidivism rate of 26 percent. The intent-to-treat group (DUI court graduates combined with the DUI court terminated offenders) had significantly lower recidivism rates: 38 percent lower than the contemporary group and 65 percent lower than the retrospective group. It is estimated that the DUI courts prevented between 47 and 112 repeat arrests during a 4-year period due to the reduced recidivism associated with them. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2011, 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811450.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Courts (Georgia) Shelf Number: 123614

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: Evaluation of the Bernalillo County Metropolitan DWI/Drug Court Final Report Summary: As of July 31, 2001, 560 offenders have been served in the Bernalillo County Metropolitan DWI/Drug Court. The first client in the program began in July 1997. This report is divided into four major sections. In the first section, we briefly summarize four years of client demographic, criminal history, treatment, and other programmatic characteristics of individuals served in the Bernalillo County Metropolitan DWI/Drug Court Program. In the second section, we present an analysis of the data using logistic regression modeling. This technique allows us to present the profiles of successful and unsuccessful drug court participants. The third section reflects an indepth look into client recidivism for any new offense for drug court graduates compared to similar groups of successful and unsuccessful probation clients. Finally, an analysis of the difference between the costs of incarceration for drug court clients compared to a similar group of probation clients. The client level drug court information in this report is based solely upon automated data collected and entered by Bernalillo County Metropolitan Court. No attempt was made to verify or validate data quality since the scope of our contract does not include these responsibilities. Similarly, the comparison group data included in the latter sections of this report are drawn from automated records maintained by the Court. We did not attempt to reconstruct any missing, incomplete or incorrect data. Details: NM: The University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, Center for Applied Research and Analysis, 2002. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2012 at http://www.yourhonor.com/dwi/dwicourts/bernalillocoeval.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Shelf Number: 123615

Author: Shaffer, Deborah Koetzle Title: Reconsidering Drug Court Effectiveness: A Meta-analytic Review Summary: The first drug court was implemented in 1989, largely in response to the increasing number of substance-using offenders moving through the criminal justice system. Today, there are over 1,100 drug courts operating throughout the United States and an estimated 230,000 offenders had received drug court services by the year 2000. Despite the rapid proliferation of drug courts, relatively little is known about their effectiveness. Previous research on drug courts has been mixed in terms of its support. Some studies have found that drug courts fail to have an effect or actually increase recidivism, prior meta-analyses have found drug courts to be generally effective. It is likely that differences in drug court effectiveness may be attributable to differences between the drug courts themselves. The current study used a modified approach to meta-analysis to identify characteristics associated with the most effective drug courts. A total of 60 drug court evaluations were identified representing 76 distinct drug courts and 6 aggregated drug court programs. Data regarding policies and procedures were collected from 63 of the distinct drug courts via telephone surveys. These data were then combined with data collected from outcome evaluations. This approach allowed for an overall effect size to be calculated across the 82 distinct effect sizes and the exploration of moderating variables across 63 drug courts. Potentially moderating variables were grouped into 11 domains including: assessment, funding, intensity, leverage, philosophy, predictability, service delivery, staff characteristics, target population, treatment characteristics, and quality assurance. Consistent with prior meta-analyses, the current study found that drug courts, on average, reduce recidivism 9 percent. Adult drug courts appear to fare better than juvenile drug courts, and pre- or post-adjudication drug courts are more effective than mixed model drug courts. In terms of moderators, the target population, leverage, staff, and intensity domains were able to explain the most variance in effectiveness. These domains were followed by the treatment, philosophy, funding, and service delivery domains. The domains with the least ability to explain variance were predictability, assessment, and quality assurance. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Ohio, 2006. 315p. Source: Dissertation. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 15, 2012 at Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 123616

Author: Thompson, Kevin M. Title: An Adult Recidivism Outcome Evaluation of North Dakota's Juvenile Drug Court Summary: This report summarizes findings from an adult recidivism study of North Dakota’s Juvenile Drug Court. Two drug courts were implemented in North Dakota in May of 2000. The sites chosen included the East Central Judicial District (Fargo) and the Northeast Central Judicial District (Grand Forks). A one-year juvenile recidivism study completed in 2001 showed that drug court participants recorded significantly fewer juvenile referrals than a group of substance abusing juveniles not participating in drug court. This evaluation examines whether similar patterns surface four years later when the majority of these juveniles had reached the age of majority. Separate analyses were undertaken for the two courts because there were, and continue to be marked differences in the manner in which the two drug courts were implemented and there are modest differences between the two courts regarding the characteristics of participants. By July 31, 2004, 133 of the original juvenile drug court participants and comparison group subjects had reached the age of at least 17. The comparison group included juveniles who met criteria for admission to drug court and resembled the drug court participants in terms of court history and relevant background characteristics. The average age of these individuals by July 31, 2004 was 19.5 years. Among drug court participants (N = 90), 44 (49%) completed the objectives of drug court and graduated, 46 (51%) were dismissed from drug court for either non-compliance with program objectives or reached their 18th birthday prior to completing drug court. Subjects were tracked using three sources: (1) the North Dakota State Court Data Warehouse; (2) the Fargo Police Department computer tracking system, and (3) the state’s AS400 computer software. Multiple methods were employed in order to avoid missing cases and to allow for cross-records checking. Recidivism measures included: (1) any arrest as an adult for a Class A misdemeanor or higher; (2) any arrest as an adult for a substance use related offense; (3) any conviction as an adult for a Class A misdemeanor or higher, and (4) any conviction as an adult for a felony. The highest recidivism rate among the six groups (two courts x three groups) in the study was recorded by drug court graduates in the East Central Judicial District (EC). The lowest recidivism rate was recorded by graduates from the Northeast Central Judicial District (NEC). Overall, terminated participants had higher recidivism rates than subjects from the comparison group. The data suggest that there are two interpretations why drug court graduates in the EC court had higher recidivism in adulthood: (1) that the length of stay in the EC drug court was too brief at 7.8 months, compared to the NEC graduates where the length of stay was 11.1 months and (2) that juveniles are being admitted too late to the EC drug court. Other differences between the courts were not associated with adult recidivism. Details: Fargo, ND: North Dakota State University, 2004. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www1.spa.american.edu/justice/documents/150.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Court (North Dakota) Shelf Number: 123617

Author: Wiest, Katharina L. Title: Indiana Drug Courts: St. Joseph County Drug Court Program: Process, Outcome and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the United States. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of 2007, there were more than 1700 adult and juvenile drug courts operating in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Marina Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam (BJA, 2006). Drug courts use the coercive authority of the criminal justice system to offer treatment to nonviolent addicts in lieu of incarceration. This model of linking the resources of the criminal justice system and substance treatment programs has proven to be effective for increasing treatment participation and decreasing criminal recidivism. Indiana’s drug court movement began in 1996 with two drug courts that hoped to mirror the successes of the Court Alcohol and Drug Programs. As the number of drug courts grew in Indiana, a subcommittee was formed to consider the possibility of developing a certification program for drug courts. In 2002, the Indiana General Assembly enacted drug court legislation. By 2003, drug court rules were adopted which provided a framework for certification of drug courts operating under state statute. The St. Joseph County Drug Court Program (SJCDC) began operations in February 1997 for nonviolent, substance-abusing offenders and was fully certified in October 2004 by the Indiana Judicial Center (IJC). Since inception, 465 individuals have enrolled in the drug court program; 56% of these participants graduated, 39% are terminated or have withdrawn, and 5% are active. The program serves an annual average of 52 participants. For all drug court participants, the primary drug of choice is marijuana (56%), followed by crack/cocaine (24%) and alcohol (13%). In 2006, NPC Research (NPC), under contract with the IJC began process, outcome and cost studies of five adult drug courts in Indiana, including the SJCDC. This report contains the process, outcome and cost evaluation for the SJCDC. Information was acquired from several sources, including observations of court sessions and team meetings during site visits, key informant interviews, focus groups, Court Substance Abuse Program (CSAP) records which includes drug court data, plus arrest records. The methods used to gather this information are described in detail in the main report. This evaluation was designed to answer key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, policymakers and researchers: 1. Has the SJCDC program been implemented as intended and are they delivering planned services to the target population? 2. Does the SJCDC reduce recidivism? 3. Does the SJCDC reduce substance use? 4. Is there a cost-savings to the taxpayer due to drug court participation? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 90p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/St._Joseph_Adult_Eval_Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123618

Author: Wiest, Katharina L. Title: Indiana Drug Courts: Vigo County Drug Court: Process, Outcome and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the United States. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of 2007, there were more than 1700 adult and juvenile drug courts operating in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Marina Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam (BJA, 2006). Drug courts use the coercive authority of the criminal justice system to offer treatment to nonviolent addicts in lieu of incarceration. This model of linking the resources of the criminal justice system and substance treatment programs has proven to be effective for increasing treatment participation and decreasing criminal recidivism. Indiana’s drug court movement began in 1996 with two drug courts that hoped to mirror the successes of the Court Alcohol and Drug Programs. As the number of drug courts grew in Indiana, a subcommittee was formed to consider the possibility of developing a certification program for drug courts. In 2002, the Indiana General Assembly enacted drug court legislation. By 2003, drug court rules were adopted which provided a framework for certification of drug courts operating under state statute. The Vigo County Drug Court (VCDC) was one of the first drug courts in Indiana. It began operations in 1996 and was officially certified in May 2004 by the Indiana Judicial Center (IJC). The VCDC targets nonviolent, non-dealing, substance-abusing OVWI and felony offenders. As of March 2006, 697 people have been enrolled in the program and 39% have graduated. The program serves approximately 100 participants annually. The mean age of participants is 33 years with a range of 18 to 56 years. For all drug court participants, the primary drugs of choice are methamphetamine (38%), alcohol (31%) and marijuana (18%). In 2006, NPC Research (“NPC”), under contract with the IJC began process, outcome and cost studies of five adult drug courts in Indiana, including the VCDC. This report contains the process, outcome and cost evaluation results for the VCDC program. Information was acquired from several sources, including observations of court sessions and team meetings during site visits, key informant interviews, focus groups, drug court database, plus state and county records. The methods used to gather this information are described in detail in the main report. This evaluation was designed to answer key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, policymakers and researchers: 1. Has the VCDC program been implemented as intended and are they delivering planned services to the target population? 2. Does the VCDC reduce recidivism? 3. Does the VCDC reduce substance use? 4. Is there a cost-savings to the taxpayer due to drug court participation? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 81p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Vigo_Adult_Eval_Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123619

Author: Wiest, Katharina L. Title: Indiana Drug Courts: Monroe County Drug Treatment Court: Process, Outcome and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in non-violent offenders in the United States. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of 2007, there were more than 1700 adult and juvenile drug courts operating in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Marina Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam (BJA, 2006). Drug courts use the coercive authority of the criminal justice system to offer treatment to nonviolent addicts in lieu of incarceration. This model of linking the resources of the criminal justice system and substance treatment programs has proven to be effective for increasing treatment participation and decreasing criminal recidivism. Indiana’s drug court movement began in 1996 with two drug courts that hoped to mirror the successes of the Court Alcohol and Drug Programs. As the number of drug courts grew in Indiana, a subcommittee was formed to consider the possibility of developing a certification program for drug courts. In 2002, the Indiana General Assembly enacted drug court legislation. By 2003, drug court rules were adopted which provided a framework for certification of drug courts operating under state statute. The Monroe County Drug Treatment Court (MCDTC) began operations in November 1999 and was officially certified in May 2005 by the Indiana Judicial Center (IJC). The MCDTC targets non-violent, non-dealing felony offenders. It is estimated that 200 individuals, with a mean age of 33 years, have enrolled in the drug court since inception: 38% (76) graduated and 26% (52) were terminated. The primary drugs of choice are alcohol (60%), followed by benzodiazepine (8%) and marijuana (8%). In 2006, NPC Research (“NPC”), under contract with the IJC began process, outcome and cost studies of five adult drug courts in Indiana, including the MCDTC. This report contains the process, outcome and cost evaluation results for the MCDTC program. Information was acquired from several sources, including observations of court sessions and team meetings during site visits, key informant interviews, focus groups, drug court database, plus state and county records. The methods used to gather this information are described in detail in the main report. This evaluation was designed to answer key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, policymakers and researchers: 1. Has the MCDTC program been implemented as intended and are they delivering planned services to the target population? 2. Does the MCDTC reduce recidivism? 3. Does the MCDTC reduce substance use? 4. Is there a cost-savings to the taxpayer due to drug court participation? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 99p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Monroe_Adult_Eval_Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123620

Author: Wiest, Katharina L. Title: Indiana Drug Courts: Vanderburgh County Day Reporting Drug Court: Process, Outcome and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the United States. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of 2007, there were more than 1700 adult and juvenile drug courts operating in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Marina Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam (BJA, 2006). Drug courts use the coercive authority of the criminal justice system to offer treatment to nonviolent addicts in lieu of incarceration. This model of linking the resources of the criminal justice system and substance treatment programs has proven to be effective for increasing treatment participation and decreasing criminal recidivism. Indiana’s drug court movement began in 1996 with two drug courts that hoped to mirror the successes of the Court Alcohol and Drug Programs. As the number of drug courts grew in Indiana, a subcommittee was formed to consider the possibility of developing a certification program for drug courts. In 2002, the Indiana General Assembly enacted drug court legislation. By 2003, drug court rules were adopted which provided a framework for certification of drug courts operating under state statute. The Vanderburgh County Day Reporting Drug Court (VCDRDC) began operations in April 2001 and was given provisional certification in February 2003 and was later officially certified in March 2005 by the IJC. The VCDRDC targets nonviolent, substance-abusing offenders. As of March 2006, 153 people have been enrolled in the program and 45% have graduated. The program serves approximately 48 to 60 participants annually. For all drug court participants, the primary drug of choice is marijuana (32%), followed by methamphetamines (26%) and cocaine (21%). In 2006, NPC Research (“NPC”), under contract with the Indiana Judicial began process, outcome and cost studies of five adult drug courts in Indiana, including the VCDRDC. This report contains the process, outcome and cost evaluation results for the VCDRDC program. Information was acquired from several sources, including observations of court sessions and team meetings during site visits, key informant interviews, focus groups, drug court database, plus state and county records. The methods used to gather this information are described in detail in the main report. This evaluation was designed to answer key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, policymakers and researchers: 1. Has the VCDRDC program been implemented as intended and are they delivering planned services to the target population? 2. Does the VCDRDC reduce recidivism? 3. Does the VCDRDC reduce substance use? 4. Is there a cost-savings to the taxpayer due to drug court participation? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Vanderburgh_Adult_Eval_Final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123621

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: California Drug Courts: Costs and Benefits. Phase III: DC-CSET Statewide Launch Superior Court of Sacramento County Sacramento Drug Court Site-Specific Report Summary: This report contains the site-specific cost-benefit results for the Sacramento Drug Court. These results are part of a multi-part of Phase III, the statewide launch phase, of this research effort to develop a statewide methodology for assessing the benefits and costs of drug courts in the State of California. The aim of this effort is to produce a validated methodology to conduct inexpensive cost-benefit studies on an ongoing basis of drug courts throughout the state. This methodology, when fully implemented, will enable NPC Research and the California State Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) to answer important public policy questions from a cost-benefit perspective. These questions include the following: 1. Are adult drug courts cost beneficial? 2. What adult drug court practices appear most promising and cost-beneficial? As a part of this effort, a web-based tool was created the Drug Court Cost Self-Evaluation Tool (DCCSET) that drug courts statewide can use to help determine their own costs and benefits. This tool has been piloted in four drug court program sites. The results of the pilot, and in particular feedback from the pilot sites, were used to adjust the web-tool in preparation for the statewide launch. This report is the result of the statewide launch. This report contains the site-specific results for the Sacramento Drug Court in Sacramento County, California. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2008. 25p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/California_Drug_Courts_%20Sacramento_full_site_cost_report_1208.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123622

Author: Dandan, Doria Nour Title: Sex, drug courts, and recidivism Summary: Research studies have identified gender differences in the drug abusing patterns and treatment needs of men and women. Even so, studies on the drug court model have not assessed drug court effectiveness across sex. Using secondary data collected from the Ada County Drug Court, the recidivism rates of drug court participants (n=259) and probationers (n=235) were analyzed. Drug court participants were found to be less likely to recidivate compared to probationers, which supports previous research on drug court effectiveness. Regression analyses failed to find an interaction between group membership and sex, thereby indicating that the effect of the drug court did not differ across sex. These findings suggest that, despite differences in drug abuse patterns, the treatment needs of both men and women were being addressed in the drug court. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2010. 46p. Source: Thesis. Internet accessed on January 15, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Idaho) Shelf Number: 123623

Author: Ferguson, Andrew Title: A Process and Site-Specific Outcome Evaluation of Maine's Adult Drug Treatment Court Programs Summary: The high correlation between crime and the abuse of drugs and alcohol is well documented. Individuals with substance abuse problems are significantly more likely to commit crimes, to commit a wider range of crimes and to be convicted of more violent and serious offenses. Drug courts were developed as a means to respond to problems posed by substance abusing offenders involved in the revolving door of the criminal justice system. As such, they represent a nexus between criminal justice and substance abuse treatment systems that is intended to reduce prison populations by reducing crimes of drug involved offenders by changing their drug using habits. Through comprehensive supervision, drug testing, integrated substance abuse treatment services and frequent court appearances before a designated program judge, drug courts attempt to motivate offenders to engage and participate in a program of behavioral change. Across the United States, there are more than 1,600 drug courts in operation and it is estimated that over 400,000 drug-using offenders have participated in these programs. The vast body of research literature on drug courts indicates positive outcomes – that drug courts are helping to improve the lives of difficult to reach populations. According to the United States Government Accountability Office (2005), drug court programs have demonstrated the ability to reduce recidivism and generate other positive outcomes. Maine’s Adult Drug Treatment Court was created by statute in August 2000 and currently operates in five of Maine’s sixteen counties. As of November 30, 2005, there were a total of 1,365 offenders referred to these programs and 540 offenders were admitted. Maine’s drug courts are intensive and challenging programs to successfully complete. The overall completion rate in Maine (60%) exceeds completion rates across drug court programs nationally (48%). The current study contributes to ongoing discussions about the effectiveness of drug court programs. Consistent with the national literature, this study shows that Maine’s Adult Drug Court program is not only effective in reducing crime but cost effective as well. Details: Augusta, ME: Department of Health and Human Services, 2006. 36p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.maine.gov/dhhs/osa/pubs/correct/2006/adultdc06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123624

Author: Lucas, Lisa M. Title: Prince George's County Circuit Court Adult Drug Court: Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for them and their families. Benefits to society often take the form of reductions in crime committed by drug court participants, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. In the typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of state and local agency representatives who operate outside of their traditional roles. The team typically includes a drug court coordinator, addiction treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, defense attorneys, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. Prosecuting attorneys and defense attorneys hold their usual adversarial positions in abeyance to support the treatment and supervision needs of program participants. Drug court programs can be viewed as blending resources, expertise, and interests of a variety of jurisdictions and agencies. NPC Research, under contract with the Maryland Judiciary, Administrative Office of the Courts, conducted a cost and outcome study of the Prince George’s County Circuit Court Adult Drug Court (PGCADC) program. The report includes the cost of the program and the outcomes of participants as compared to a sample of similar individuals who received traditional court processing. There are three key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, researchers and policymakers that this evaluation was designed to answer. 1. Do drug treatment court programs reduce recidivism? 2. Do drug treatment court programs reduce substance abuse? 3. Do drug treatment court programs produce cost savings? Information was acquired for this evaluation from several sources, including administrative databases, agency budgets, and other financial documents. Data were also gathered from PGCADC and other agency files and databases. NPC Research identified a sample of participants who entered PGCADC between August 2002 and August 2005. A comparison group was identified from individuals who were arrested on a drug court-eligible charge during the study period. These individuals did not attend drug court and instead received traditional court processing. Both the participant and comparison groups were examined through existing administrative databases for a period up to 36 months from the date of drug court entry (or equivalent for the comparison group). The two groups were matched on age, sex, race, marital status, education, prior drug use history, criminal history (including arrests and drug arrests for the 2 years prior to the study period), and drug of choice. The methods used to gather this information from each source are described in detail in the main report. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2008. 62p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/PG_Circuit_Adult_Outcome_Cost_1008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123626

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Howard County District Court Drug Treatment Court Program Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: Individual drug courts are intensive interventions that involve coordination of multiple agencies and professional practitioners applying a variety of areas of expertise, intensive case management and supervision, and frequent judicial reviews. The purpose of drug courts is to guide offenders, identified as abusing substances, into treatment that will reduce drug use and criminality, and consequently improving the quality of life for participants and their families. In the typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional, sometimes adversarial roles. Benefits to society take the form of reductions in crime committed by drug court participants, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. NPC Research, under contract with the Administrative Office of the Courts of the State of Maryland, conducted an outcome and cost study of the Howard County District Court Drug Treatment Court (DTC) program. This program is a combined drug court and DUI court program, but this report will focus only on the participants who are served by the drug court side of the program. Another report will cover the DUI court participant outcomes and associated costs. Howard County District Court Drug Treatment Court (DTC) was formed in 2004, with the expansion into a dual program with DUI offenders beginning in 2005. The program has a capacity of 25 and since inception has served over 66 participants. The DTC program has four phases that can be completed by participants in a period as short as 12 months. For the 44 drug court participants included in this study who had since exited the program, either successfully or unsuccessfully, the average number of days in the program was 380 (12.5 months). Graduates spent an average of 489 days in the program (approximately 16 months), whereas non-graduates spent an average of 318 days in the program (approximately 10.5 months). Throughout the program, participants attend drug court sessions evaluating their progress, meetings with a case manager, and group and individual counseling sessions. The program requires that the individuals submit to drug testing. The DTC uses incentives and sanctions to encourage positive behaviors. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Howard_District_DTC_Outcome_Cost_0110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123628

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Wicomico County Circuit Court Adult Drug Treatment Court Program Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: Drug treatment courts are intensive interventions that involve coordination of multiple agencies and professional practitioners applying a variety of areas of expertise, intensive case management and supervision, and frequent judicial reviews. The purpose of drug treatment courts is to guide offenders, identified as abusing substances, into treatment that will reduce drug use and criminality, and consequently improving the quality of life for participants and their families. In the typical drug treatment court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional, sometimes adversarial roles. Benefits to society take the form of reductions in crime committed by drug treatment court participants, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. NPC Research, under contract with the Administrative Office of the Courts of the State of Maryland, conducted an outcome and cost study of the Wicomico County Circuit Court Adult Drug Treatment Court (DTC) program. The Wicomico County Circuit Court Adult Drug Treatment Court Program (DTC) was created to provide intensive intervention to nonviolent felony offenders whose criminality is likely a result of their dependence on substances. Generally, prospective drug treatment court participants have not responded to regular probation and outpatient treatment. The Wicomico County DTC admitted its first participant in September 2005. At capacity, the DTC program is designed to serve 50 active participants. As of October 2009, 85 individuals had entered the drug treatment court since the program‘s inception. The DTC program has four phases, which cumulatively take 18 to 24 months to complete. During all phases, participants must comply with their individualized substance abuse treatment plan, health care instructions, medication requirements, curfew rules, and referrals made by the resource manager. They must attend drug treatment court review hearings and submit to regular drug tests. For the 37 drug court participants included in this study who had since exited the program, either successfully or unsuccessfully, the average number of days in the program was 470 (just over 15 months). Graduates spent an average of 634 days in the program (almost 21 months), whereas non-graduates spent an average of 345 days in the program (approximately 11 months). A minimum of 210 consecutive clean days are required in order to graduate. The graduation rate for this program is approximately 43%. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 15, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Wicomico_Circuit_Outcome_Cost_1209.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123625

Author: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission Title: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission Youth Reentry Improvement Report Summary: An essential measurement of any juvenile “reentry” system is whether youth returning from incarceration remain safely and successfully within their communities. By this fundamental measure, Illinois is failing. While precise data is difficult to come by (itself an indication of our current reentry shortcomings), it is clear that well over 50 percent of youth leaving Department of Juvenile Justice (“DJJ”) facilities will be reincarcerated in juvenile facilities; many others will be incarcerated in the adult Department of Corrections (“DOC”) in the future. The costs of failure are catastrophic for the young people in the state’s care, for their families, and for our communities. The financial costs of this failing system are staggering as well: The Illinois Auditor General estimates that incarceration in a DJJ “Youth Center” cost $86,861 per year, per youth in FY10.1 Worse, the juvenile justice system is, in many ways, the “feeder system” to the adult criminal justice system and a cycle of crime, victimization and incarceration. Today, nearly 50,000 people are incarcerated in Illinois prisons at an immediate annual cost to the state of well over $1 billion.2 The economic ripple effect of incarceration inflates taxpayer costs even more.3 In human terms, we must do better for our young people and our communities. In fiscal terms, we simply cannot afford to continue business as usual. There is good news: Young people are capable of tremendous positive change and growth and—with the right support, supervision and services—youth leaving DJJ facilities can become valued assets in our communities. In addition, there is burgeoning knowledge in Illinois and beyond about adolescent brain development, effective communitybased supervision and services, and “what works” with young offenders. Perhaps most importantly, there is growing leadership and commitment in Illinois to do what is necessary to ensure that young people leaving the state’s custody return home safely and successfully. This report provides the findings and recommendations of the Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, as required by the Youth Reentry and Improvement Law of 2009, 20 ILCS 505/17a-5(5.1), to realize this vision of safe communities, positive outcomes for our youth, and responsible use of public resources. Details: Springfield, IL: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://www.dhs.state.il.us/OneNetLibrary/27896/documents/By_Division/DCHP/RFP/IJJC_YouthRentryImprovement.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Illinois) Shelf Number: 123636

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Supportive Housing for the Disabled Reentry Population: The District of Columbia Frequent Users Service Enhancement Pilot Program Summary: Using qualitative and quantitative data, this report discusses the history, performance, and progress of the District of Columbia Frequent Users Service Enhancement Pilot Program, implemented by the Corporation for Supportive Housing. As a supportive housing reentry program focused on disabled individuals with histories of homelessness and incarceration, the program intended to provide housing and coordinate services for 50 "frequent users" leaving the city jail. Over the first year of operations, the program successfully identified and targeted more than a dozen frequent users and linked them to supportive housing through effective cross-system coordination. Policy implications of the evaluation findings are discussed. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2012 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 123638

Author: Macallair, Daniel Title: Renewing Juvenile Justice Summary: The Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) was commissioned by Sierra Health Foundation to critically examine California’s juvenile justice system and consider the potential role of foundations in promoting systemic reform. The information gathered by CJCJ researchers for this report suggests that foundations can perform a key leadership role in juvenile justice by assisting counties in their efforts to develop a broader array of interventions, especially for special needs youth. The treatment needs of special-needs youth, particularly the mentally ill, are a primary challenge for county juvenile justice systems, especially when it comes to accessing services and funding streams across jurisdictional, institutional and administrative boundaries. Despite the current statewide economic crisis, many counties continue to underutilize resources and funding streams that could diversify their treatment service, bolster resources and improve the quality of care. In addition, the need to develop data gathering and management information systems is present in many California juvenile justice systems. In developing the recommendations contained in this report, Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice researchers examined the evolution of California’s juvenile justice system from its origins in the 1850s through the creation of the juvenile court in 1903 to the tumultuous events of the past decade. CJCJ has attempted to provide a comprehensive historical account that illustrates the origins of today’s issues and provides a direction for establishing a model 21st century juvenile justice system for California. Site visits to selected counties revealed a high level of commitment to quality care among California’s juvenile justice professionals. In some instances, California counties offer a model for not just the state, but the nation. However, our research also revealed vast discrepancies and disparities within county systems. As a result, youth residing in certain counties do not have access to the same level of services as youth in other counties. We believe that based on this analysis, foundations can promote the development of a coherent and consistent level of juvenile justice care throughout California. We recommend that foundations focus their resources in assisting counties to develop behavioral health-oriented services that target the highest-need youth. Demonstrating successful strategies with this most challenging population promotes systemic reform by changing long-term assumptions and practices about appropriate interventions. Eliminating the disparity in treatment for youth in the juvenile justice system will create better outcomes and improve the health of the communities in which they reside. Due to the state’s dire budget situation, counties will be asked to absorb more oversight of youthful offenders. This change offers a rare opportunity for foundations to exercise a sizable influence on juvenile justice practice for the 21st century. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Renewing_Juvenile_Justice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Foster Care Shelf Number: 123642

Author: New York (State). Office of the Attorney General Title: Internet System for Tracking Over-Prescribing (I-STOP): A Proposal Addressing New York's Prescription Drug Abuse and Drug Diversion Epidemic Summary: Prescription drug diversion involves channeling legitimately produced controlled substances from their lawful purpose into illicit drug traffic. Abuse of diverted drugs comprises the nation’s fastest growing drug problem, and in recent years has reached epidemic proportions. It affects every sector of society, straining our healthcare and criminal justice systems, and endangering the future of our younger generations. Painkiller overdoses nationwide killed nearly 15,000 people in 2008. In New York, the number of prescriptions for all narcotic painkillers has increased from 16.6 million in 2007 to nearly 22.5 million in 2010 - prescriptions for hydrocodone have increased 16.7 percent, while those for oxycodone have increased an astonishing 82 percent. In New York City, the rate of prescription pain medication misuse among those age 12 or older increased by 40 percent from 2002 to 2009, with nearly 900,000 oxycodone prescriptions and more than 825,000 hydrocodone prescriptions filled in 2009. The roots of the problem are two-fold. First, a lack of education and communication between practitioners significantly increases the likelihood of over-prescribing and dangerous drug interaction. Second, access to an ever-increasing supply of prescription narcotics, through legal or illegal means, has grown four-fold in the past decade. Virtually all observers of prescription drug diversion agree that expanding the use of Prescription Monitoring Programs (PMPs), and enhancing the quality and availability of the data they collect, are essential to the solution. The federal Governmental Accountability Office (GAO), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the insurance industry, the White House, and independent researchers all point to such an expansion as a key part of the solution to prescription drug fraud, abuse and diversion. While New York’s PMP collects critical data on prescription drugs dispensed by pharmacists, the current system is outdated with regard to how and when data is collected, who has access to it, and how it is used. New York State Attorney General Eric T. Schneiderman has introduced a program bill in the State Legislature that would exponentially enhance the effectiveness of New York’s existing PMP to increase detection of prescription fraud and drug diversion. A.8320 (Cusick)/S.5720 (Lanza) would enact the Internet System for Tracking Over-Prescribing (I-STOP) Act, to establish an on-line, real-time, controlled substance reporting system that requires prescribers and pharmacists to search for and report certain data at the time a controlled substance prescription is issued, and at the time such substance is dispensed. The legislation would: • require the Department of Health to establish and maintain an on-line, real-time controlled substance reporting system to track the prescription and dispensing of controlled substances; • require practitioners to review a patient's controlled substance prescription history on the system prior to prescribing; • require practitioners or their agents to report a prescription for such controlled substances to the system at the time of issuance; • require pharmacists to review the system to confirm the person presenting such a prescription possesses a legitimate prescription prior to dispensing such substance; • require pharmacists or their agents to report dispensation of such prescriptions at the time the drug is dispensed. I-STOP will vastly enhance the effectiveness of the present system. Its goal is to enable doctors and pharmacists to provide prescription pain medications, and other controlled substances, to patients who truly need them. At the same time, it will arm them with the necessary data to detect potentially dangerous drug interactions, identify patterns of abuse by patients, doctors and pharmacists, help those who suffer from crippling addictions and prevent potential addiction before it starts. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Office of the Attorney General, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://www.ag.ny.gov/media_center/2012/jan/ISTOP%20REPORT%20FINAL%201.10.12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 123644

Author: O'Hear, Michael M. Title: Solving the Good Time Puzzle: Why Following the Rules Should Get You Out of Prison Early Summary: Good-time programs have long been an important part of the American penal landscape. At least twenty-nine states and the federal government currently offer prison inmates early release, sometimes by many years, in return for good behavior. Written a generation ago, the leading scholarly article on the subject presented a strong case against good time, which has yet to be effectively addressed. Although good time is traditionally justified by reference to its usefulness in deterring inmate misconduct — credits can be denied or withdrawn as a penalty for violations of prison rules — the article questioned how it could possibly be just to impose additional incarceration based on mere violations of administrative regulations. In response to this important challenge, the present Essay proposes a new way to conceptualize good-time credits, specifically, as a way to recognize atonement. Drawing on increasingly influential communicative theories of punishment, the Essay argues that good time can be seen as congruent with (and not, as is commonly supposed, in opposition to) the basic purposes of sentencing. The Essay then proposes reforms that would help good-time programs more fully to embody the atonement ideal. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University Law School, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No. 11-25: Accessed January 17, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1969072 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 123649

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Medical Marijuana Laws, Traffic Fatalities, and Alcohol Consumption Summary: To date, 16 states have passed medical marijuana laws, yet very little is known about their effects. Using state-level data, we examine the relationship between medical marijuana laws and a variety of outcomes. Legalization of medical marijuana is associated with increased use of marijuana among adults, but not among minors. In addition, legalization is associated with a nearly 9 percent decrease in traffic fatalities, most likely to due to its impact on alcohol consumption. Our estimates provide strong evidence that marijuana and alcohol are substitutes. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 6112: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp6112.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 123651

Author: Voas, Robert B. Title: Alcohol and Highway Safety: Special Report on Race/Ethnicity and Impaired Driving Summary: This report reviews the state of knowledge of alcohol-impaired driving among major racial and ethnic groups living in the United States. Although it primarily focuses on the relationship between impaired driving and race/ethnicity, this review also covers patterns of alcohol use and misuse among various racial and ethnic groups within the United States. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 811 336: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811336.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 123654

Author: Volunteers in Police Service Title: Volunteers in Police Service Add Value While Budgets Decrease Summary: While the current economic crisis has led law enforcement agencies to have to cut staff and programs, the use of volunteers remains consistent or, in some cases, has increased. Many agencies have responded to the tough financial climate by training and placing volunteers in duties not previously performed by volunteers. To help agencies think creatively about potential volunteer roles, the latest VIPS publication, Volunteers in Police Service Program Add Value While Budgets Decrease, highlights innovative ways agencies around the country are engaging citizens and increasing their reach in the community. Details: Alexandria, VA: Volunteers in Police Service, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.policevolunteers.org/resources/pdf/volunteers_police_service_add_value_while_budgets_decrease.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Agencies Shelf Number: 123656

Author: Leachman, Michael Title: Improving Budget Analysis of State Criminal Justice Reforms: A Strategy for Better Outcomes and Saving Money Summary: This report details how a change to the way states evaluate the budgetary effects of proposed laws could help states find better budget solutions while protecting public safety and decreasing our incarceration rate. According to the report, “Improving Budget Analysis of State Criminal Justice Reforms: Strategies for Improving Outcomes and Saving States Money,” poorly performed state evaluations of the budgetary consequences of criminal justice legislation are causing some states to spend unnecessarily on prisons while cutting other vital state programs. Earlier this year, for example, legislators from both sides of the political aisle in Maryland sought to pass a law that would have allowed nonprison sanctions for individuals who commit technical parole violations, such as missing a meeting with their parole officer or failing to complete community service. More than one-third of the people behind bars around our nation are there for similar technical violations, not for new crimes. This Maryland bill would have allowed the state to put a portion of the $1 billion it spends annually on corrections to better use while keeping the public safe. If implemented, this reform could have started saving the state money within three years, since that’s when most people return to prison for technical violations. But a misguided state budget estimate of the bill’s impact considered only the up-front costs, ignoring the future savings and thus incorrectly concluding that the program would cost too much. As a result, the bill was scaled back to only three counties. Now, the rest of Maryland will continue to send individuals who violate parole conditions back to prison. According to the new report released today, Maryland isn’t the only state where this is happening. Many state budget analyses tend to focus on the upfront start-up costs of a bill, but fail to examine the later savings these programs will bring—even savings that could be realized in the following year. The upshot: When states examine policies through a cost-only lens, instead of a cost-effectiveness lens, legislators and the public are more likely to reject policies that would actually save money overall. Amid this mess, however, there is hope. Bipartisan leaders in some states, among them Texas, Mississippi, and Ohio, recognized the short- and long-term benefits of cutting prison spending. Over the last few years, these states implemented reforms to cut their incarceration rates and their costs—all the while protecting public safety and reducing recidivism. Such reforms—like providing effective addiction treatment instead of prison to more people convicted of drug crimes and increasing parole eligibility for elderly prisons who no longer pose safety risks—free up precious state dollars to reallocate to other societal resources such as education, infrastructure, or returning tax dollars back to working families. Details: Washington, DC: Center on Budget and Policy Priorities; American Civil Liberties Union, 2012 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/improvingbudgetanalysis_20120110.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Budgets Shelf Number: 123657

Author: Washington (State). Task Force on Race and the Criminal Justice System. Research Working Group Title: Preliminary Report on Race and Washington’s Criminal Justice System Summary: In 1980, of all states, Washington had the highest rate of disproportionate minority representation in its prisons. Today, minority racial and ethnic groups remain disproportionately represented in Washington State’s court, prison, and jail populations, relative to their share of the state’s general population. The fact of racial and ethnic disproportionality in our criminal justice system is indisputable. Our research focused on trying to answer why these disproportionalities exist. We examined differential commission rates, facially neutral policies, and bias as possible contributing causes. We found that the assertion attributed to then-Justice Sanders, that “African Americans are overrepresented in the prison population because they commit a disproportionate number of crimes,” is a gross oversimplification. Many studies of particular Washington State criminal justice practices and institutions find that race and ethnicity influence criminal justice outcomes over and above commission rates. Moreover, global assertions about differential crime commission rates are difficult to substantiate. Most crime victims do not report crimes and most criminal offenders are never arrested. We never truly know exact commission rates. If problematic arrest rates are used as a proxy for underlying commission rates, 2009 data shows that 36% of Washington’s imprisonment disproportionality cannot be accounted for by disproportionality at arrest. We reviewed research that focused on particular areas of Washington’s criminal justice system, and conclude that much of the disproportionality is explained by facially neutral policies that have racially disparate effects. For the areas, agencies, and time periods that were studied, the following disparities were found:  In Washington’s juvenile justice system, it has been found that similarly situated minority juveniles face harsher sentencing outcomes and disparate treatment by probation officers.  Defendants of color were significantly less likely than similarly situated White defendants to receive sentences that fell below the standard range.  Among felony drug offenders, Black defendants were 62% more likely to be sentenced to prison than similarly situated White defendants.  With regard to legal financial obligations, which are now a common though largely discretionary supplement to prison, jail, and probation sentences for people convicted of crimes, similarly situated Latino defendants receive significantly greater legal financial obligations than their White counterparts. 2011).  Disparate treatment has been discovered in the context of pretrial release decisions, which systematically disfavor minority defendants.  Regarding the enforcement of drug laws, researchers have discovered a focus on crack cocaine – a drug associated with Blacks stereotypically and in practice – at the expense of other drugs, and the focus on crack cocaine results in greater disproportionality, without a legitimate policy justification.  This disparity in drug law enforcement informs related asset forfeitures, which involve distorted financial incentives for seizing agencies and facilitate further disparity.  With regard to the Washington State Patrol, researchers have found that although racial groups are subject to traffic stops at equitable rates, minorities are more likely to be subjected to searches, while the rate at which searches result in seizures is lower for minorities.  This disparity in traffic law enforcement informs the disproportionate imposition of “Driving While License Suspended” charges, which inflicts disparate financial costs. In all of these areas, facially neutral policies resulted in disparate treatment of minorities over time. Disproportionality also is explained in part by the prevalence of racial bias – whether explicit or implicit – and the influence of bias on decision-making within the criminal justice system. Race (and in particular racial stereotypes) plays a role in the judgments and decision-making of human actors within the criminal justice system. The influence of such bias is subtle and often undetectable in any given case, but its effects are significant and observable over time. When policymakers determine policy, when official actors exercise discretion, and when citizens proffer testimony or jury-service, bias often plays a role. To sum up:  We find the assertion that Black disproportionality in incarceration is due solely to differential crime commission rates is inaccurate.  We find that facially neutral policies that have a disparate impact on people of color contribute significantly to disproportionalities in the criminal justice system.  We find that racial and ethnic bias distorts decision-making at various stages in the criminal justice system, thus contributing to disproportionalities in the criminal justice system.  We find that race and racial bias matter in ways that are not fair, that do not advance legitimate public safety objectives, that produce disparities in the criminal justice system, and that undermine public confidence in our legal system. Details: Seattle, WA: Task Force on Race and the Criminal Justice System, 2011. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2012 at: http://www.law.washington.edu/About/RaceTaskForce/preliminary_report_race_criminal_justice_030111.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 123658

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: 2010 Juvenile Arrestee Drug Use in the San Diego Region Summary: This CJ Bulletin, “2010 Juvenile Arrestee Drug Use in the San Diego Region,” is the first in a series presenting data collected (from both juveniles and adults) in the 2010 calendar year and now includes eleven years of data. As part of this study, a total of 136 youth were interviewed at Juvenile Hall during two separate months in 2010. Ninety-six percent (96%) or 131 of these youth provided a urine sample for drug testing purposes (103 males and 28 females). This research bulletin includes the results of urinalysis trends over time, as well as information pertaining to lifetime and recent self-reported drug use, perceived risk and availability of different drugs, and characteristics of the youth that were interviewed and how these factors may be related to drug use. In addition, all of the data (percentages and raw numbers) captured through the juvenile interviews and urinalyses for 2004 through 2010 are available online at www.sandag.org/cj. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: CJ Bulletin: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1595_13155.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 123663

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: 2010 Adult Arrestee Drug Use in the San Diego Region Summary: This SANDAG CJ Bulletin is one in a series1 highlighting findings from data collected as part of the Substance Abuse Monitoring (SAM) program. Since 2004, when federal funding for the Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring (ADAM) program was suspended, San Diego has been the only site to continue this project uninterrupted. With funding from SANDAG’s Criminal Justice Clearinghouse, these data have been reported on an annual basis, providing useful information to policy makers, as well as law enforcement, prevention, and treatment professionals regarding drug use trends over time. In 2010, this data collection effort was generously supported by the California Border Alliance Group (CBAG), County of San Diego Alcohol and Drug Services (ADS), the District Attorney’s Office, and the Public Safety Group. Their support, as well as the cooperation of the San Diego County Sheriff’s Department, is gratefully acknowledged. As part of this project, arrestees are approached (using a random sampling method) within 48 hours of their arrest and booking into jail. If the arrestee is available and willing to participate in a confidential survey, s/he is asked a series of questions related to her/his drug use history and to provide a urine sample for drug testing. In 2010, 563 male arrestees were selected to be interviewed at the Vista and Central Jails and 269 female arrestees were selected at Las Colinas. Of these 832 arrestees, 802 completed the interview and also provided a valid urine sample for analysis. This research bulletin includes updated information regarding self-reported drug use, the results of urinalysis trends since 2000, factors related to drug use, drug market dynamics, prior justice system contact, participation in other risky behaviors, and prior receipt of drug and/or mental health treatment. Details: San Diego, CA: SANDAG, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: CJ Bulletin: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1621_13749.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition (San Diego) Shelf Number: 123664

Author: Haire, E.R. Title: Use of Warrants to Reduce Breath Test Refusals: Experiences From North Carolina Summary: Many States experience high rates of breath test refusals among DWI suspects. The objective of this study was to examine one possible strategy to decrease refusals rates—the use of a search warrant to obtain blood samples from a driver who refuses to provide a breath sample. Three counties in North Carolina established the use of warrants in cases of breath test refusals and were research sites. This report presents case study information on their experiences with the implementation and use of warrants. The program evaluation examined whether the use of warrants reduced refusal rates in the participating counties. However, many of the counties were unable to implement a program during the timeframe of the study, and others did not achieve much program strength. This report includes data from the evaluation effort. However, given the various methodological issues that occurred during this study, it is not possible to determine whether observed decreases in refusal rates were a result of the warrants program. In general, police officers in these participating counties report that the 15 to 60 minutes of added processing time needed to obtain a warrant and draw blood was time well spent, and that the chemical evidence obtained from blood was of great value. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Behavioral Safety Research, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 811 461: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811461.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 123666

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Community Re-entry After Prison Drug Treatment: Learning from Sheridan Therapeutic Community Program Participants Summary: The Sheridan Correctional Center National Model Drug Prison and Reentry Program is a drug treatment program providing in-prison substance abuse treatment as well as substance abuse treatment upon release. Prior research has shown reductions in recidivism among Sheridan participants compared to other prisoners. This study examined a group of 50 re-incarcerated men who successfully completed the in-prison phase of the Sheridan program and what led to their re-incarceration. Among this sample, positive findings about the Sheridan program and its participants include: • Sixty-two percent stated they were Very engaged in the Sheridan program. • Slightly more than half (60 percent) felt Sheridan prepared them for success after release. • Over three-fourths (76 percent) indicated they had a job at some point after graduating Sheridan and before their re-incarceration. • A majority (84 percent) reported having little difficulty in finding housing. • Most (86 percent) said Sheridan helped them more than a traditional prison. Other notable findings include: • On average, Sheridan graduates in this study spent 738 days (about two years) in the community before returning to IDOC. The range was 40 to 2,096 days (over five-and-a-half years). • A majority of the men in our sample (90 percent) relapsed into drug or alcohol use after their release from Sheridan. • Slightly more than half (56 percent) of the sample reported they had illegal sources of income. • Sixty-eight 68 percent stated drug dealing was common in the neighborhood they lived in after release. This study found many factors associated with length of time to relapse to drug or alcohol use and recidivism (self-reported criminal activity or re-incarceration) including: • Younger participants engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner than older participants. Younger participants also reported being less engaged in the Sheridan program than older participants. • After prison, those who returned to their original neighborhood relapsed sooner than those who did not return to their original neighborhood. • Unemployed participants engaged in criminal activity sooner than employed participants. • Those living in neighborhoods that were perceived as unsafe and/or where drug dealing was common relapsed sooner than those living in safer, lower-risk neighborhoods. • Those who reported spending time with persons who engage in risky activities—substance use and/or criminal activity—relapsed sooner than those who did not spend time with persons engaging in risky activities. • Those with gang involvement engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner. • Those who did not complete aftercare engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner than those who did complete aftercare. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.icjia.org/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Reentry_Sheridan_Report_012012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 123667

Author: Chambers, Linda Title: An Investigation of Police Officers Bereaved by Police Suicides Summary: Police suicide represents a major threat to police departments because police officers are at least 8 times more likely to die from suicide than from accidental death. The problem addressed was a lack of organized, authentic suicide prevention programs in core training for police officers. The purpose of this study was threefold: first, to add to the existing body of literature on police suicide; second, to show how seemingly disconnected aspects of law enforcement such as training and police culture are interrelated; and third, explore the need for prevention and intervention strategies. There were 4 research questions used to address: (a)?the impact of a police suicide on fellow officers, (b)?suicide prevention training, (c)?suicide warning signs, and (d)?contingency plans for suicide prevention. The method used was phenomenological interviewing. Collected data were grouped in categorical dimensions using NVivo7 software. Data were coded by using various nodes within NVivo7 to explore content and list detailed hierarchy such as unsolved domestic problems, and suicide intervention training. This helped identify patterns of relationships that described emergent themes. For instance, insufficient training served as a catalyst for participants to educate themselves on suicide prevention. Results were based on emergent themes that illustrated the need for ongoing prevention training. Findings will benefit law enforcement officers and communities they serve, and police leaders will be better informed about the significance of suicide prevention training. This knowledge might solidify the relevance of exposing officers to suicide prevention programs to reduce the incidence of police suicide. Details: Walden University, 2008. 177p. Source: Available at the Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bereavement Shelf Number: 123668

Author: Pennsylvania. Supreme Court. Committee on Racial and Gender Bias in the Justice System Title: Rinal Report of the Pennsylvania Supreme Court Committee on Racial and Gender Bias in the Justice System Summary: This report reviews several areas of the criminal justice system in Pennsylvania in regards to racial and gender bias. Among the areas reviewed were: litigants with limited-English proficiency, employment practices within the courtroom workgroup, perceptions of bias by the courtroom workgroup, juvenile justice, and the death penalty. Along with an indepth analysis of several areas of the system, the report provides specific recommendations for reform. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania Supreme Court, 2003 549p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2012 at: http://www.courts.state.pa.us/NR/rdonlyres/EC162941-F233-4FC6-9247-54BFE3D2840D/0/FinalReport.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 123672

Author: Madensen, Tamara D. Title: The Impact of Foreclosures on Neighborhood Crime in Nevada, 2006-09 Summary: This State Data Brief provides an examination of foreclosures in Nevada and the impact of these events on crime in Nevada neighborhoods. The distribution of foreclosures across neighborhoods, the characteristics of high foreclosure neighborhoods, and the impact of foreclosures on neighborhood crime between 2006 and 2009 are examined. The findings and related policy implications are discussed in light of theoretical frameworks that help to explain the observed outcomes. Details: Las Vegas, NV: Center for Analysis of Crime Statistics, Department of Criminal Justice, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: State Data Brief: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://cacs.unlv.edu/SDBs/Foreclosures/Foreclosures%20in%20Nevada%202006-09%20v4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 123685

Author: Yearwood, Doug Title: Prescription Drug Abuse and Diversion: The Hidden Crisis Summary: This report addresses public concerns about increased misuse, abuse and illegal diversion of licit or prescription medications in North Carolina. The study indicates that prescription drug abuse and diversion is a prominent and preeminent issue facing North Carolina’s medical and law enforcement organizations and personnel. Ninety percent of the law enforcement respondents reported an increase in abuse and diversion over the past five years, with the typical agency investigating 51 prescription drug cases per year or 356 per year on a per capita basis. This case investigation rate exceeds the reported crime rates for all of the violent Part I Uniform Crime Report categories. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Governor's Crime Commission, Criminal Justice Analysis Center, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://www.ncgccd.org/pdfs/pubs/drugdiversion.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 123686

Author: Berlin, Lisa J. Title: Juvenile or Adult? Adolescent Off enders and the Line Between the Juvenile and Criminal Justice Systems Summary: Most states’ juvenile justice systems have two main goals: increased public safety and the rehabilitation of adolescent offenders to prevent future crime. Policymakers and others need balanced information about the most effective ways to meet both goals. Currently, North Carolina, New York, and Connecticut are the only states that prosecute 16- and 17-year-olds charged with a crime in adult criminal court. The North Carolina General Assembly is addressing the question of whether 16- and 17-year-olds charged with a crime should be prosecuted in juvenile court instead. The question of whether adolescent offenders should be prosecuted in the juvenile or adult system is important because off enders aged 16-24 account for 37 percent of arrests for violent crimes in the United States and North Carolina. Policies that impact the frequency and duration of criminal activity among 16- and 17-year-olds have a major impact on overall crime rates and public safety. This Family Impact Seminar briefing report addresses the line between the juvenile and adults systems. A “family impact perspective” on policymaking informs this report. Just as policymakers routinely consider the environmental or economic impact of policies and programs, Family Impact Seminars help policymakers examine impact on families by providing research findings and evidence-based strategies. This report consists of five briefs: Brief 1 provides background and recent history on the handling of adolescent offenders in the United States and North Carolina; a description of how the current North Carolina juvenile justice system works; recent North Carolina juvenile justice statistics; and information on programs and facilities for adolescent offenders in North Carolina and other states. Brief 2 discusses research on youth development pertaining to three issues central to policies for adolescent offenders: blameworthiness, competence to stand trial, and the potential for an adolescent’s character to change. Brief 3 details how other states treat adolescent offenders. Brief 4 discusses research on how juvenile crime rates respond to changes in punishment laws. Brief 5 presents three policy options and a series of further considerations. The briefing report concludes with a glossary, a list of acronyms, a list of additional resources, and a chart of the current legal age in NC for different activities. Details: Durham, NC: Center for Child and Family Policy, Duke University, 2007. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2012 at: http://www.childandfamilypolicy.duke.edu/pdfs/familyimpact/2007/BriefingReport_07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 123690

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: The Multi-Site Adult Drug Court Evaluation: The Impact of Drug Courts - Final Report, Volume 4 Summary: Volume 4 from the National Institute of Justice's Multi–site Adult Drug Court Evaluation (MADCE) provides findings from the outcome evaluation answering the questions, "do drug courts work", "for whom do drug courts work," and "what are the mechanisms by which drug courts work", as well as provides findings from the cost–benefit study. The outcome evaluation found that drug courts prevent crime and substance use and work equally well for most participant subgroups. Effects are greatest among participants whose judges who spend time with them, support them, and treat them with respect. Implications for practice, policy, and future research are also discussed. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute Justice Policy Center, 2011. 366p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412357-MADCE-The-Impact-of-Drug-Courts.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123694

Author: Piper, R.K. Title: Cost/Benefit Analysis of the Douglas County Drug Court Summary: The primary purpose of this cost-benefit evaluation of the Douglas County Drug Court (DCDC) is to provide administrators and policy-makers with critical information for future policy and funding decisions. This study expands and refines previous DCDC cost-benefit analyses through an investigation of drug court program investment, outcome and societal-impact costs and savings. This study employs a Transaction Cost model that examines complex, multiagency events and costs for participants in drug court and non-drug court comparison groups. A “cost-to-taxpayer” approach is used that includes any criminal justice related costs (or avoided costs) generated by drug court or non-drug court comparison group participants, that directly impacts citizens either through tax-related expenditures or personal victimization costs/losses due to crimes committed by drug offenders. Details: Omaha, NE: University of Nebraska at Omaha, 2004. 41p. Source: Internet Resource. Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.dc4dc.com/images/stories/forms/UNO_CostBenefit.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123695

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Vermont Drug Courts: Rutland County Adult Drug Court Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation - Final Report Summary: In the past 20 years, one of the strongest movements in the United States focused on reducing substance abuse among the criminal justice population has been the spread of Drug Courts across the country. In 2002, under Act 128 the Vermont legislature established a pilot project to create drug court initiatives and begin implementing drug courts in 3 Vermont counties: Rutland, Chittendon, and Bennington. By 2007, at the sunset of Act 128, drug courts in Vermont were up and running on their own. Currently, in Vermont, there are three operational Adult Drug Courts, one Family Treatment Court and one Mental Health Court. The Rutland County Adult Drug Court (RCADC) began its operations in January 2004 with the support of a federal grant. In early 2008, NPC Research ("NPC"), under contract with the Supreme Court of Vermont, Office of the Court Administrator, began a process, outcome and cost study of the Rutland County Adult Drug Court Program (RCADC). The goals of this project were to evaluate the effectiveness of the RCADC in reducing recidivism, to determine the cost-benefits of drug court participation and to evaluate the RDADC processes. The results of this evaluation are designed to be helpful in assisting the drug court in improving the services to drug court participants, and in gaining support from the community. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2009. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/VT_Drug_Court_Eval_Rutland_0109.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123696

Author: Labriola, Melissa M. Title: The Drug Court Model and Chronic Misdemeanants: Impact Evaluation of the Queens Misdemeanor Treatment Court Summary: In January 2002, the Queens Misdemeanor Treatment Court (QMTC) opened in Queens County, New York to provide an alternative to incarceration for drug-addicted, chronic misdemeanor offenders. QMTC was established through the cooperative efforts of the New York State Unified Court System, the Queens District Attorney’s Office, the Queens defense bar, the New York City Department of Probation, and Treatment Alternatives for Safe Communities (TASC), a nationwide case management agency. An earlier report provided a process evaluation of the QMTC model, documenting the Court’s policies, key implementation challenges, participant characteristics, and compliance outcomes (Labriola 2006). The current report evaluates the impact of the QMTC on recidivism, case processing efficiency and sentencing outcomes. Outcomes were compared between 335 QMTC participants and a matched sample of 335 similar defendants arrested in Queens County, New York in the two years before the Court opened. The comparison group was rigorously matched to participants to ensure comparability in their current charges, prior criminal history, and key demographic characteristics (age, sex, and race/ethnicity). Details: New York, NY: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/Queens_Impact_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123697

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Marion County Adult Drug Court Outcome Evaluation Final Report Summary: Marion County, Oregon has a population of approximately 280,000. It is rich in ethnic diversity, including a large Hispanic/Latino population, a growing Russian-American community, and is near the Grande Ronde Indian tribe. The Office of National Drug Control Policy identified Marion County as a “High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area” (HIDTA) as the county has links to major Interstate and Highway routes that contribute to the drug trafficking trade from Mexico and Central America. The Community Corrections Division of the Marion County Sheriff’s Office reports that 64% of the offenders currently under their supervision have been convicted of alcohol and/or drug related offenses. Further, a study by Portland State University indicated that 80% of all corrections inmates had substance abuse addictions that directly contributed to their current offense. With these statistics in mind, Marion County began planning a drug court. The County was awarded a program planning grant in July of 1999. In April of 2000, Marion County began a pilot of their Adult Drug Court. Arrangements were made to collect client data in a drug court database, the Oregon Drug Court Case Management System (ODCMS), which is used in several counties in Oregon. In September of 2001, Marion County received a drug court implementation grant from the Drug Court Program Office (DCPO) at the National Institute of Justice and transitioned from their pilot phase into full drug court operations. This grant provided funds for evaluation and NPC Research was hired to perform a process and outcome study of the Marion County Adult Drug Court (MCADC). This report contains the MCADC outcome evaluation performed by NPC Research. The Drug Court participant outcomes were compared to outcomes for a matched group of offenders who were eligible for Drug Court during a time period one year prior to the MCADC program implementation. The first section of this report is a brief summary of the MCADC program process (An executive summary of the process evaluation can be found in Appendix A). Following the process summary is a description of the methods used to perform the outcome evaluation, including sample selection, data collection, and analysis. The next section provides the results of the outcome analyses and an interpretation of these results. A summary of the results with overall conclusions can be found at the end of this report. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Marion%20Outcome%20Evaluation%20Final%20Report%20-%20January%202005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Oregon) Shelf Number: 123699

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Guam Adult Drug Court Outcome Evaluation Final Report Summary: In the past 15 years, one of the most dramatic developments in the movement to reduce substance abuse among the U.S. criminal justice population has been the spread of drug courts across the country. In a typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles including addiction treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, public defenders, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. “The emergence of these new courts reflects the growing recognition on the part of judges, prosecutors, and defense counsel that the traditional criminal justice method of incarceration, probation, or supervised parole have not stemmed the tide of drug use among criminals and drug-related crimes in America” (Hora, Schma, & Rosenthal, 1999). Guam’s drug court movement began in the mid-1990s with the emergence of the “ice” (crystal methamphetamine) epidemic. Nationwide, there was an unprecedented increase in drug-related offenses, particularly with crack cocaine, that significantly impacted the criminal justice system. Following national statistics, Guam’s increase of drug offenders, particularly “ice” offenders, rose to staggering numbers, thus impacting an already over-burdened justice system that was unprepared for this occurrence. An examination of statistics from the Guam Uniform Crime Report shows relatively high numbers of substance abuse arrests for adults, despite extremely limited law enforcement activities targeting drug crimes. In 1998, there were 418 drug-related arrests and 70% involved methamphetamine. Because of these statistics, Guam was awarded a Program-Planning Grant in 1998 and a Drug Court Implementation Grant in 2002. In August 2003, Guam held its first Adult Drug Court session. The implementation grant also provided funds for evaluation and NPC Research was hired to perform a process and outcome study of the Guam Adult Drug Court (GADC). This report contains the GADC outcome evaluation performed by NPC Research. GADC participant outcomes were compared to outcomes for a matched group of offenders who were eligible for drug court during a 2-year time period just prior to the GADC implementation. The first section of the main report is a brief summary and update of the GADC process with some new recommendation from NPC. The rest of the report contains a detailed description of the methodology used for the outcome evaluation and its results. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Guam_Adult_Drug_Court_Outcome_Evaluation_Final%20_Report_0307.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Guam) Shelf Number: 123700

Author: Finigan, Michael W. Title: Impact of a Mature Drug Court Over 10 Years of Operation: Recidivism and Costs (Final Report) Summary: This study examined the impact of a single drug court on the total population of drug court-eligible offenders over a 10-year period in Portland, Oregon. This drug court, the Multnomah County Drug Court in Portland, Oregon, is the second oldest in the United States. The Program was originally designed to be a pre-plea offer to individuals arrested on drug charges. The program began accepting probationers and parolees (as well as pre-plea clients) in 1995 and became a completely post-plea program in 2000. This study covers the period from program start in 1991 through 2001. The entire population of offenders, identified as eligible for drug court by the Multnomah County District Attorney’s Office over a 10-year period, from 1991 to 2001, was identified and tracked through a variety of administrative data systems. Approximately 11,000 cases were identified; 6,500 participated in the Drug Court program during that period and 4,600 had their case processed outside the drug court model. Because the program changed from pre-plea to post-plea over time, the population of drug court participants used in these analyses contains a mix of both pre- and post-conviction offenders. Data on intermediate and long-term outcomes were gathered on each offender, with a particular emphasis on criminal recidivism (re-arrest) as a primary outcomes measure. The outcome data were drawn in late 2005 and early 2006, allowing a minimum of 5 years of follow-up on all cohorts and more than 10 years on many cohorts. Data on costs were gathered using a modified Transactional Cost Analysis Approach to allow us to conduct a cost-benefit analysis. Costs were calculated in terms of investment costs (transactions associated with the drug court-eligible case), outcome costs (transactions that occurred after participants entered the program, not associated with the drug court-eligible case) and total costs per participant. The analysis of the data focused on both the overall impact of the drug court on the target population over time, variations over time on that impact, and external and internal conditions that influenced these outcomes. A cost analysis was conducted to assess the overall investment of taxpayer money in the court compared to its benefits. Results included significantly reduced recidivism for drug court participants up to 14 years after drug court entry compared to eligible offenders that did not participate. Drug court judges that worked longer with the drug court had better participant outcomes. Judges that rotated through the drug court twice had better participant outcomes the second time than the first. Investment costs in the drug court program were $1,392 less than the investment costs of business-as-usual. Savings (benefits) due to reduced recidivism for drug court participants totaled more than $79 million over the 10-year period. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/10yr_STOP_Court_Analysis_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123701

Author: Marchand, Gwen Title: Barry County Adult Drug Court Outcome and Cost Evaluation (Final Report) Summary: In the past fifteen years, one of the most dramatic developments in the movement to reduce substance abuse among the U.S. criminal justice population has been the spread of drug courts across the country. In a typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles including addiction treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, public defenders, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. “The emergence of these new courts reflects the growing recognition on the part of judges, prosecutors, and defense counsel that the traditional criminal justice methods of incarceration, probation, or supervised parole have not stemmed the tide of drug use among criminals and drug-related crimes in America” (Hora, Schma, & Rosenthal, 1999, p.9). In the drug treatment court movement, Michigan has been a pioneering force. The Michigan Community Corrections Act was enacted in 1988 to investigate and develop alternatives to incarceration. Four years later, in June 1992, the first women’s drug treatment court in the nation was established in Kalamazoo, Michigan. The Drug Court in Barry County began in 2001 as a response to the high number of drunk drivers coming before the court. Over time, the Barry County Adult Drug Court has emerged as a powerful force in the community in combating increasing jail and prison populations as well as social and public health problems stemming from a variety of substance abuse issues. In 2005, the Michigan Supreme Court, State Court Administrative Office contracted with NPC Research to perform outcome and cost evaluations of two Michigan adult drug courts; the Kalamazoo Adult Drug Treatment Court and the Barry County Adult Drug Court. This document describes the evaluation and results for the Barry County Adult Drug Court (BCADC). Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2006. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Barry%20Final%20Report_1006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123702

Author: Marchand, Gwen Title: Kalamazoo County Adult Drug Treatment Court Outcome and Cost Evaluation (Final Report) Summary: In the past fifteen years, one of the most dramatic developments in the movement to reduce substance abuse among the U.S. criminal justice population has been the spread of drug courts across the country. In a typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles including addiction treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, public defenders, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. “The emergence of these new courts reflects the growing recognition on the part of judges, prosecutors, and defense counsel that the traditional criminal justice methods of incarceration, probation, or supervised parole have not stemmed the tide of drug use among criminals and drug-related crimes in America.” (Hora, Schma, & Rosenthal, 1999, p. 9). In the drug treatment court movement, Michigan has been a pioneering force. The Michigan Community Corrections Act was enacted in 1988 to investigate and develop alternatives to incarceration. Four years later, in June 1992, the first women’s drug treatment court in the nation was established in Kalamazoo, Michigan. In 1997, a program for male offenders was added to the Drug Treatment Court Program through an expansion grant from the U.S. Department of Justice1. In 2005, NPC Research was hired to perform outcome and cost evaluations of two Michigan adult drug courts; the Kalamazoo Adult Drug Treatment Court and the Barry County Adult Drug Court. This document describes the evaluation and results for the Kalamazoo County Adult Drug Treatment Court (KADTC). There are three key policy questions that are of interest to program practitioners, researchers and policymakers that this evaluation was designed to answer. 1. Do drug treatment court programs reduce substance abuse? 2. Do drug treatment court programs reduce recidivism? 3. Do drug treatment court programs produce cost savings (in terms of avoided costs)? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2006. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Kalamazoo%20Final%20Report_1006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123703

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Evaluation of the Salt Lake County Adult Felony Drug Court Final Report Summary: The general effectiveness of drug courts on reducing recidivism has been consistently established (Belenko, 2001). The Government Accountability Office’s (GAO) review of adult drug court evaluations (2005) found that most studies have shown both during program and post-program (up to one year) reductions in recidivism. The evaluation of the Salt Lake County Drug Court is consistent with that overall finding. In the 12 months following drug court exit, 19.7% of graduates had a new arrest, compared to 29.8% of the probationer comparison group and 46.5% of terminated clients. Drug court graduates had more pre-intervention arrests on average than the probationer comparison group and pre-intervention arrests were the most consistent predictor of post-intervention recidivism; however, a smaller proportion of drug court graduates than probationers recidivated during the follow-up period, suggesting that drug court may have lessened the detrimental effects of prior criminal history for this group of graduates. Terminated clients are three times more likely than graduates to recidivate in the first year after exiting drug court. However, even terminated clients had a significant decrease in offending from one year prior to drug court to one year following drug court (3.63 offenses on average in year prior to drug court; 0.81 on average in the year following drug court exit). Program compliance was significantly related to post-program recidivism, with those who recidivated in the 12-months after exiting drug court having about 31.8% of their urinalysis tests (UAs) positive or missed on average, compared to 19.5% for those who did not. Those who re-offended after exiting drug court had significantly fewer treatment sessions on average (26.6) than those who did not (59.5). Time in drug court also varied significantly for those who recidivated (200 days in drug court on average) and those who did not (356). The cost-benefit return for the drug court based on the Utah cost-benefit model (Fowles, et al., 2005) is approximately $4.29 return on every dollar invested in the program. This benefit takes into account both the explicit reduced costs to the taxpayer due to lowered recidivism and also the implicit reduced costs to potential victims due to lowered recidivism. Client satisfaction with the drug court staff and professionals was overwhelmingly positive. Most clients felt that the judges, case managers, treatment staff, and other professionals both respected them and helped them to remain drug free. Even terminated clients had mostly positive reviews of the drug court components and the program overall. Key informant interviews with those professionals conducting drug court included judges, prosecutors, therapists and case managers. While overwhelmingly supportive of drug court, concerns were expressed regarding the need to retain program fidelity if the court is to continue to experience the success indicated in this and other evaluations. Specifically, respondents recognized the role of the judge in drug court success and the concern that the judicial role would be compromised if the court becomes too large. Secondly respondents brought up the compatibility of the legal team, therapists, and case managers, as their roles have potential for conflict. Methodological limitations of the recidivism analyses, such as sample size, follow-up length, and probation end-date calculations, may impact the results of these tests. Additional analysis of the three recidivism studies included in this report should be conducted after the follow-up period for both participants and the probation group have been extended to 24 months (the length of time required to capture 75-80% of adult recidivism events; Barnoski, 1997), to see if the differences among the groups are durable across a longer period of time. Larger samples of graduates and terminated clients should be included in the recidivism analyses, as the follow-up period allows. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Criminal and Juvenile Justice Consortium, College of Social Work, University of Utah, 2005. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://ucjc.law.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/1.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123704

Author: Shaffer, Deborah K. Title: Evaluation of Ohio's Drug Courts: A Cost Benefit Analysis Summary: In 1995, researchers in the Center for Criminal Justice Research at the University of Cincinnati began an evaluation of Ohio’s first drug court (Hamilton County). Since that time, numerous other drug courts have been implemented throughout the State of Ohio. The University of Cincinnati has completed outcome evaluations on juvenile, felony, and misdemeanor drug courts throughout the State. While these studies have suggested that Ohio’s drug courts are reducing recidivism, none of them have included a cost-benefit analysis. In 2003, the Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services contracted with the University of Cincinnati to extend the previous research. Specifically, this project seeks to assess whether drug courts save taxpayer dollars as either a less expensive sentencing option or through reductions in recidivism. Details: Cincinatti, OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, University of Cincinnati, 2005. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_CostBenefitAnalysisofOhiosDrugCourts2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123705

Author: Rhodes, William Title: Suffolk County Drug Court Evaluation Summary: This report documents an evaluation of four adult treatment drug court programs located in Suffolk County, Massachusetts. The evaluation incorporates both process and impact analyses conducted by Abt Associates Inc. The process evaluation examines program caseflow and participant characteristics to describe program intake, retention, and graduation. Using a comparison group of matched probationers who did not enter drug court, the impact analysis studies the receipt of alcohol and other drug treatment services following entry into drug court; and it studies probation revocations, criminal recidivism (new arrests and new convictions), and incarceration (Houses of Correction or jails) during a follow-up period beginning one year after the probationer entered drug court. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates Inc., 2006. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.abtassociates.com/reports/MASSDRUGCT_Report_FINAL061406.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Massachusetts) Shelf Number: 123706

Author: Rhyne, Charlene Title: Clean Court Outcome Study Summary: In July 2001, Multnomah County Department of Community Justice was awarded a Targeted Capacity Expansion grant. SAMHSA and the Multnomah County Board of County Commissioners provided support for this post-adjudication drug court named Clean Court. The main thrust of this model was to improve offender referral to and completion of alcohol and drug treatment. The outcome study produced at grant end explores the impact of this endeavor on offender criminal, drug taking, stability and treatment outcomes. The outcome study utilized a quasi-experimental design with 130 research participants enrolled in Clean Court and 130 comparison group offenders who would have been eligible for Clean Court had it been in place in 2001. The research sample data included baseline and 12 month follow-up interviews that asked about social, stability, drug taking, criminal and health issues. Both groups had treatment and arrest data included in the analyses. Details: Portland, OR: Multnomah County Department of Community Justice, 2004. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://web.multco.us/sites/default/files/dcj/documents/clean_court_outcome_summary.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Shelf Number: 123707

Author: Loman, Anthony L. Title: A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the St. Louis City Adult Felony Drug Court Summary: The St. Louis Adult Felony Drug Court in the City of St. Louis is a pre-plea drug court that accepts individuals charged with drug crimes shortly after arrest. The program is voluntary. Participants must submit to regular breath testing for alcohol and urinalysis for drugs, make regular court appearances, find and maintain employment, and participate in prescribed drug and alcohol treatment. If they successfully complete the program, which averages nearly a year and a half in length, their original charges are dismissed. The St. Louis Adult Felony Drug Court began operating on April 7, 1997 in the City of St. Louis (22nd Judicial Circuit). The graduates selected for this study were the first 219 to successfully complete the program. A number of reforms, including a special program for youthful defendants, have been introduced since that time that are designed to enhance drug court outcomes. This group of graduates predates most of those reforms. Research indicating the benefits of drug courts has accumulated during the previous decade. However, there have been few controlled studies designed to demonstrate whether the value of those benefits to the community offset the costs of operating the programs. The primary goal of the present study was a cost-benefit analysis of the St. Louis Adult Felony Drug Court that compared the first 219 drug court graduates, who had completed drug court before 2001, with a carefully matched group of other individuals charged with drug crimes who were not offered drug court but completed probation. This is the final report of the cost-benefit analysis of the St. Louis Adult Felony Drug Court in the City of St. Louis. The drug court is a voluntary program designed to provide drug treatment and other services to individuals charged with felony drug or drug-related offenses within a program that involves close supervision and monitoring by drug court officials. The primary focus of the report is a comparison in monetary terms of the costs of such services with the benefits to participants who successfully complete the program and to the community as a whole. Details: St. Louis, MO: Institute for Applied Research, 2004. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.iarstl.org/papers/SLFDCcostbenefit.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Shelf Number: 123708

Author: Gilbertson, Troy Title: 2008 DWI Court Evaluation Report - Ninth Judicial District Minnesota Summary: An evaluation of the DWI Courts in the Minnesota 9th Judicial District was conducted. The individual courts include; Aitkin County DWI Court, Beltrami County DWI Court, Cass County/ Leech Lake Band of Ojibwe Wellness Court, Crow Wing County DWI Couty, Koochiching County DWI Court, Lake of the Woods County DWI Court, and Roseau County DWI Court. The evaluation is based on data collected from participants active in the above referenced DWI courts between January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2008. The analysis was focused on four main criteria: recidivism, sobriety, community functioning, and jail cost avoidance. Details: Bemidji, MN: Criminal Justice Department, Bemidji State University, undated. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.american.edu/spa/jpo/customcf/get.cfm?jpo_collection=1&doc=2008-DWI-Court-Evaluation-Report--Ninth-Judicial-District-MN-Executive-Summary & at: http://www.american.edu/spa/jpo/customcf/get.cfm?jpo_collection=1&doc=2008-DWI-Court-Evaluation-Report-Ninth-Judicial-District-MN1 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123709

Author: Drake, E.K. Title: "What Works" In Community Supervision - Interim Report Summary: The Department of Corrections contracted with the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to examine effective community supervision practices of offenders. The specific research tasks, to be completed by July 2012, include: Task 1: Evaluate DOC’s use of sanctions, including confinement, for offenders who violate the terms of their community custody. Task 2: Review evidence-based practices for offenders on community supervision. Task 3: Examine DOC’s use of evidence-based programming and practices of offenders on community supervision. In this interim report, we provide background information on community supervision as it is delivered in Washington. We also summarize our findings to date on our systematic review of the literature regarding “what works” for community supervision. The Institute has previously published findings on two types of supervision for adult offenders: intensive supervision focused on increased surveillance, and intensive supervision coupled with treatment. We review these findings in this interim report. We also summarize our research results of an emerging literature on supervision using the “Risk Need Responsivity” approach—focusing on the risk, treatment, and supervision by the Community Corrections Officer. Our findings indicate that intensive supervision focused on surveillance achieves no reduction in recidivism; intensive supervision coupled with treatment achieves about a 10 percent reduction in recidivism; and supervision focused on the Risk Need and Responsivity approach achieves a 16 percent reduction in recidivism. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/11-12-1201.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123710

Author: Glaze, Lauren E. Title: Probation and Parole in the United States, 2010 Summary: Presents statistics about adult offenders under community supervision while on probation or parole during 2010. It examines changes in community supervision populations during 2010 and prior years. The report documents a slowing of growth in these populations over time and declines in recent years. The report also provides statistics on the number of offenders entering and exiting probation and parole and the turnover of these populations. It describes the outcomes of supervision, including the rate at which probationers or parolees completed the terms of their supervision or were incarcerated for violating the conditions of supervision. Appendix tables in the report include detailed information by jurisdiction, such as entries and exits by type; sex, race, and Hispanic origin of offenders; offense type; supervision status; and Global Positioning System (GPS) offender tracking, including sex offenders. Highlights include the following: The number of adult offenders under community supervision declined by 66,700 during 2010 to reach 4,887,900 offenders at yearend 2010. At yearend 2010, about 4,055,500 adults were on probation, and during 2010 more than 4.4 million adults moved onto or off probation. At yearend 2010, an estimated 840,700 adults were on parole, and about 1.1 million offenders moved onto or off parole during the year. Both parole entries (down 0.5%) and exits (down 1.8%) declined during 2010. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ppus10.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123711

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Bigots on Bikes: The Growing Links between White Supremacists and Biker Gangs Summary: In recent years, a disturbing trend has emerged on the white supremacist scene in the United States. More and more white supremacists are developing links to motorcycle clubs across the country, including outlaw motorcycle gangs frequently involved with criminal activity. Though there has always been a small amount of crossover between white supremacist subcultures on one hand and the biker subculture on the other, these contacts have heretofore been relatively limited. Now, however, bikers and white supremacists are commingling with increasing frequency in a number of different ways. All five of the major white supremacist movements in the United States—neo-Nazis, racist skinheads, Ku Klux Klan groups, racist prison gangs, and Christian Identity groups—have developed noteworthy ties to the biker subculture. There is a significant overlap between elements of the biker subculture and elements of white supremacist subcultures, including shared symbology, shared slang and language, and in some cases shared dress. These cultural connections make encounters between the different movements easier. As a result of these individual connections, the number of people who hold dual membership in biker clubs and white supremacist groups has grown. Institutional connections have also grown, including biker gangs co-sponsoring white power events and allowing white supremacists to meet at their club houses. The most disturbing development has been the formation in recent years of a number of explicitly white supremacist biker gangs and clubs. If these connections continue to increase, they could add strength to white supremacist movements and could also increase ties between white supremacists and organized crime. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.adl.org/extremism/ADL_CR_Bigots_on_Bikes_online.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 123712

Author: Fishbein, Diana Title: Assessing the Role of Neuropsychological Functioning in Inmates' Treatment Response Summary: The findings indicated that inmates with ECF (executive cognitive functions), in particular impulsivity, were less likely to respond to standard correctional treatment favorably, were more likely to drop out of treatment, and were more disruptive during treatment. The results thus supported the main hypothesis that performance deficits in ECF tasks and emotional responses would characterize disruptive inmates and predict their treatment response. Other factors that predicted treatment outcomes of ECF inmates included history of physical abuse, age of inmate, and the experience of psychological problems within the past 30 days. Factors unrelated to treatment outcomes for ECF inmates included IQ and prior drug use. The authors suggest that ECF inmates may be better treated with a targeted, neurocognitive-based treatment strategy to reduce violence among prison inmates. Details: Baltimore, MD: RTI International, 2006. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/216303.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 123713

Author: Wolak, Janis Title: Sexting: A Typology Summary: This bulletin presents a typology of sexting episodes based on a review of over 550 cases obtained from a national survey of law enforcement agencies. The cases all involved “youth‐produced sexual images,” defined as images of minors created by minors that could qualify as child pornography under applicable criminal statutes. The episodes could be broadly divided into two categories, which we termed ‘Aggravated’ and ‘Experimental’. Aggravated incidents involved criminal or abusive elements beyond the creation, sending or possession of youth‐produced sexual images. These additional elements included 1) adult involvement; or 2) criminal or abusive behavior by minors such as sexual abuse, extortion, threats; malicious conduct arising from interpersonal conflicts; or creation or sending or showing of images without the knowledge or against the will of a minor who was pictured. In Experimental incidents, by contrast, youth took pictures of themselves to send to established boy‐ or girlfriends, to create romantic interest in other youth, or for reasons such as attention‐seeking, but there was no criminal behavior beyond the creation or sending of images, no apparent malice and no lack of willing participation by youth who were pictured. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes Against Children Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/CV231_Sexting%20Typology%20Bulletin_4-6-11_revised.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123714

Author: Anderson, James M. Title: How Much Difference Does the Lawyer Make? The Effect of Defense Counsel on Murder Case Outcomes Summary: One in five indigent murder defendants in Philadelphia are randomly assigned representation by public defenders while the remainder receive court-appointed private attorneys. The authors exploit this random assignment to measure how defense counsel affect murder case outcomes. Compared to appointed counsel, public defenders in Philadelphia reduce their clients' murder conviction rate by 19% and lower the probability that their clients receive a life sentence by 62%. Public defenders reduce overall expected time served in prison by 24%. They find no difference in the overall number of charges of which defendants are found guilty. When they apply methods used in past studies of the effect of counsel that did not use random assignment, they obtain far more modest estimated impacts, which suggests defendant sorting is an important confounder affecting past research. To understand possible explanations for the disparity in outcomes, they interviewed judges, public defenders, and attorneys who took appointments. Interviewees identified a variety of institutional factors in Philadelphia that decreased the likelihood that appointed counsel would prepare cases as well as the public defenders. The vast difference in outcomes for defendants assigned different counsel types raises important questions about the adequacy and fairness of the criminal justice system. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/working_papers/2011/RAND_WR870.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Defendants Shelf Number: 123716

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: The Effects of Prison Visitation on Offender Recidivism Summary: Following recent studies in Florida (Bales and Mears, 2008) and Canada (Derkzen, Gobeil, and Gileno, 2009), this study examines the effects of prison visitation on recidivism among 16,420 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2003 and 2007. Using multiple measures of visitation (any visit, total number of visits, visits per month, timing of visits, and number of individual visitors) and recidivism (new offense conviction and technical violation revocation), the study found that visitation significantly decreased the risk of recidivism, a result that was robust across all of the Cox regression models that were estimated. The results also showed that visits from siblings, in-laws, fathers, and clergy were the most beneficial in reducing the risk of recidivism, whereas visits from ex-spouses significantly increased the risk. The findings suggest that revising prison visitation policies to make them more “visitor friendly” could yield public safety benefits by helping offenders establish a continuum of social support from prison to the community. It is anticipated, however, that revising existing policies would not likely increase visitation to a significant extent among unvisited inmates, who comprised nearly 40 percent of the sample. Accordingly, it is suggested that correctional systems consider allocating greater resources to increase visitation among inmates with little or no social support. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 21, 2012 at http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/11-11MNPrisonVisitationStudy.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 123717

Author: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services Title: Felony Drug Court Activity Among Offenders Eligible Under 2009 Drug Law Changes 2008-2010 Summary: New York’s Rockefeller Drug Laws, enacted in 1973, mandated long prison sentences for many drug offenders. After several amendments to the original laws, in April 2009 the Legislature instituted significant changes. Mandatory prison sentences for some drug offenses were eliminated, and minimum sentence lengths were reduced for others. In October 2009, CPL Article 216 became effective, expanding judicial discretion to offer drug court alternatives to certain addicted nonviolent offenders without the approval of the district attorney. The Article also establshed a mechanism to request a judicial hearing on diversion to drug court. Article 216 is presented in Appendix A. To meet the anticipated increase in diversion cases, OCA established new felony drug courts in St. Lawrence, Dutchess, Madison, Nassau, Suffolk, and Westchester counties and expanded existing felony drug courts in New York City. The 2009 reform of New York’s drug laws included a requirement to study the impact of these changes (see Section 837, (4) (b-1) of the Executive Law). DCJS is coordinating this effort and working with other state agencies, including OCA, the Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services (OASAS), and the Department of Corrections and Community Services (DOCCS). DCJS is also working with New York City agencies, district attorneys’ offices and diversion programs to obtain additional data not available at the State level. This report focuses on the impact of the 2009 drug law changes on drug court screenings and admissions among offenders eligible for judicial diversion under CPL Article 216. Eligible offenses include felony level B, C, D, or E drug offenses and property offenses specified in Article 216. Details: New York: Division of Criminal Justice Services, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://criminaljustice.state.ny.us/drug-law-reform/documents/drug-court-activity-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (New York) Shelf Number: 123719

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Juvenile Drug Court Program Evaluation Final Report Summary: The Arizona Governor’s Office of Children, Youth, and Families, through the Governor’s Division of Substance Abuse Prevention, hired LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. in November 1999 to evaluate several juvenile and family drug court and diversion programs that were being implemented in Arizona. The Arizona Parents Commission on Drug Education and Prevention provided partial funding for the programs through grants managed by the Governor’s Division of Substance Abuse Prevention. Three prior evaluation reports addressed evaluability assessment findings and evaluation capacity building efforts. The process and outcome evaluation findings are presented in a series of three final reports—one each for juvenile drug courts, family drug courts, and diversion programs. This report, the first in the series, presents findings only for the juvenile drug court programs. The findings for the diversion programs and the family drug court programs are presented in two separate final reports. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc., 2003. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://www.lecroymilligan.com/JDC%20final%20report%202003w%20cover.PDF Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 123720

Author: Ottawa County Planning Department Title: Program Evaluation - Ottawa County Sobriety/Drug Courts - (58th District Sobriety Court, 20th Circuit Adult Drug Court, 20th Circuit Juvenile Drug Court) Summary: Over the past decade, sobriety and drug courts have been established throughout the nation as a new way to address substance abuse problems among criminal offenders. These courts seek to treat the needs of alcohol or drug-dependent offenders in a relational, non-adversarial approach, while at the same time, requiring accountability and a structured lifestyle. This balance between therapeutic and sanction-based programming has increased the popularity of these courts immensely among judges and their staff. Sobriety courts are designed primarily for offenders with serious alcohol-dependencies, while drug courts are designed primarily for offenders with serious drug-dependencies (i.e. crack, heroine, cocaine, prescription drugs, other). However, both courts can accept and process offenders who have either (or both) alcohol and drug-dependencies. The Circuit and District Court judges in Ottawa County were prompted to explore the use of sobriety and drug courts in their dockets based on the numerous positive accolades this approach to substance abuse treatment had received in recent years. Judge Susan Jonas launched the first Ottawa County District Sobriety Court in May 2004, and Judge Bradley Knoll followed with a second District Sobriety Court in October 2004. Judge Mark Feyen initiated a Juvenile Drug Court in October 2004 and an Adult Circuit Drug Court in January 2005. The team members responsible for implementing the sobriety/drug courts all have a positive view of their involvement in the sobriety/drug courts. In fact, because team members find it is more therapeutic for participants than being solely punitive, many say that this is the most satisfying work they have ever performed in the criminal justice system. Based on self-reported performance from District Sobriety Court graduates, it appears to be popular with many of the graduates as well. Since the adult sobriety/drug court programs require an average of 17 months to complete, and the courts have only been operational for 20-24 months, there are only a few program graduates who can be evaluated to determine the long-term impacts (i.e. sobriety and recidivism) of the program. Furthermore, operational issues that were recently addressed in the Juvenile Drug Court also affect the completion of the evaluation at this time. Despite the inability to look at long-term, outcome-based measures, it was still possible to assess all three courts to determine their administrative and operational performance, as well as, relative cost. In the District Sobriety Court, the total cost per participant was $6,168. As a comparison, the total average cost for a similar offender sentenced to traditional probation is $1,926, and the average cost for a similar offender sentenced to Intensive Supervision Probation in the Grand Haven District Court and in the Hudsonville District Court is $2,907 and $3,105, respectively. In the Circuit Drug Court, the total cost per participant was $14,563. At the time of this evaluation, comparison group data were not available. Since Circuit Drug Court involves participants with felony charges, it is expected that sentencing practices, program intensity, and associated expenses would be greater than Sobriety Court. In the Juvenile Drug Court, the total cost per participant was $5,285. As a comparison, the total average cost for a juvenile offender enrolled in the Juvenile Community Justice (JCJ) program is $14,698. Another issue that will need to be factored into the overall cost of sobriety/drug courts is the program expense presently being funded through grant dollars. When these grants expire, financial support will likely be sought from the County to replace 80% of grant funding presently being used for salaries, programming, drug/alcohol testing, and other program expenses. The remaining 20% of the grant funding, on average, is in the form of inkind contributions, so it will not have to be replaced. The total replacement funds needed could be as high as $866,542 beginning 2011/12. It is important to note that the outcome-based success and relative expense of the sobriety/drug court programs can only be calculated by comparing program cost, completion rates, and recidivism rates to other existing treatment programs when more data become available for analysis in 2008/09. Nevertheless, this report does provide several recommendations for administrative and operational improvements, as well as a detailed overview of the relative cost of each program. Details: Ottawa County, MI: Ottawa County Planning Department, 2006. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://www.co.ottawa.mi.us/CoGov/Depts/Planning/pdf/SobrietyDrugCourtsEval2006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123721

Author: innovation Research & Training, Inc. Title: Rowan County Juvenile Drug Treatment Court Process Evaluation Report Summary: The primary purpose of this process evaluation report is to provide a description of the structure, organization, and operations of the Rowan County Juvenile Drug Treatment Court (RCJDTC), as well as to identify the strengths and barriers of the court. Process evaluations are required by North Carolina’s Administrative Office of the Courts and the Bureau of Justice Assistance, and are supported by the North Carolina Governor’s Crime Commission. The North Carolina Drug Treatment Court Advisory Committee is “established to develop and recommend to the Director of the AOC guidelines for the DTC and to monitor local courts wherever they are implemented” (N.C. Gen. Stat. §7A-795). A drug court process evaluation documents and describes the current operation, strengths, and areas in need of improvement in the functioning of a court. A process evaluation differs from an outcome evaluation in that it does not examine and evaluate the effectiveness of the Drug Treatment Court in terms of its effectiveness in reducing recidivism, substance abuse, and addiction. This report describes the results of the process evaluation conducted on the functioning of the RCJDTC. At various points within this report, excerpts from program materials and from interviews are reported verbatim in order to retain the exact language and nuances intended by the Drug Court Team or by the interviewee. Details: Durham, NC: innovation Research & Training, Inc., 2005. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://www.dtcintranet.nccourts.org/Documents/Resources/Rowan/Youth/processevaluation.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 123722

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: Caroline County Juvenile Drug Court Process Evaluation Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the United States. The first drug court was implemented in Florida in 1989. There were over 1,700 drug courts as of April 2007, with drug courts operating or planned in all 50 states (including Native American Tribal Courts), the District of Columbia, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam (BJA 2007). Drug courts use the coercive authority of the criminal justice system to offer treatment to nonviolent addicts in lieu of incarceration. This model of linking the resources of the criminal justice system and substance treatment programs has proven to be effective for increasing treatment participation and for decreasing criminal recidivism. The Honorable Karen Murphy Jensen, Circuit Court Judge for Caroline County, was instrumental in starting the Caroline County Juvenile Drug Court (CCJDC) program, which began in 2004. Judge Jensen took the role on voluntarily and continues to be the drug court's judge today. The CCJDC enrolled 15 participants from July 2004 through May 2007. A total of 3 participants have graduated. For the first 2½ years of the program, a part-time therapist worked with program participants one day a week. In February 2007, the program hired a full-time therapist, and capacity increased from approximately 4 to 20 participants. In 2001, NPC Research (NPC), under contract with the Administrative Office of the Courts of the State of Maryland, began cost studies of adult drug courts in Baltimore City and Anne Arundel County, Maryland. These studies were completed in 2003. Subsequently, NPC was hired to perform evaluations on 4 adult and 10 juvenile drug courts in Maryland, one of which is the CCJDC. This report contains the process evaluation for the CCJDC. Information was acquired for this process evaluation from several sources, including observations of court reviews and team meetings during site visits, key informant interviews, and focus groups. The methods used to gather this information from each source are described in detail in the main report. According to its procedures manual, CCJDC’s program goals are to: Provide quality treatment to eligible adolescents with substance abuse/use issues and adjudicated juvenile charges; Increase the educational capacity for drug court participants; Expedite the process of adjudication and entrance into the drug court program; Decrease recidivism potential of juvenile offenders in the drug court program. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2007. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Caroline_Juvenile_Process_0707.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Maryland) Shelf Number: 123723

Author: Hiller, Matthew Title: Fayette County Juvenile Drug Court Implementation Evaluation Summary: The current evaluation describes the implementation of the Fayette County Juvenile Drug, which was planned beginning in 1999 and established initially as a pilot program in January 2001. It received funds to become fully implemented in September 2001. During this evaluation, data were collected on drug court operations and drug court participants in order to The 16 strategies pertain to collaborative planning, teamwork, clearly defining a target population and eligibility criteria, judicial involvement and supervision, monitoring and evaluation, community partnerships, comprehensive treatment planning, developmentally appropriate services, gender-appropriate services, cultural competence, a focus on strengths, family engagement, educational linkages, drug testing, goal-oriented incentives and sanctions, and confidentiality. The process evaluation concluded that the Fayette County Juvenile Drug Court had successfully incorporated these strategies in its implementation. The program staff attempts to meet the need of each participant, and the opinions and suggestions of team members are considered by the judge before making final decisions about participants. The cohesiveness of the drug court team provides a supportive and therapeutic environment that facilitates the recovery of participants. The evaluation recommends building stronger relationships with local treatment programs, increasing the involvement of participants' families, enrolling 30 percent of eligible youth each year, and developing a plan for funding the court beyond grant monies. Evaluation methods included interviews with court team members, participant observation, a focus group, and a review of program documentation. 8 figures and appended participant observation coding sheet, the participant record coding sheet, and the consent and script for the focus group. Details: Lexington, KY: Center on Drug and Alcohol Research, University of Kentucky, 2003. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://courts.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/5032E79A-6565-4E19-AB8D-C6D6AC555ADE/0/FayetteCountyJuvenileDrugCourtImplementationEvaluation2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Kentucky) Shelf Number: 123724

Author: Oldemeyer, Lacey N. Title: Demographic and Historical Factors in Violent and Nonviolent Offenders with Psychotic Disorders Summary: The purpose of this study was to explore historical or demographic factors of inmates diagnosed with a psychotic disorder as well as to assess whether any of these factors distinguish violent and nonviolent offenders diagnosed with mental illness. The sample consisted of 73 male inmates who had been released from Oregon Department of Corrections before 2004. Of these, 44 had been convicted of nonviolent crimes and 29 had been convicted of violent crimes. Inmates’ institutional and medical files were examined for 18 factors: conviction, arrest record, race, marital status, employment history, highest grade level completed, psychiatric treatment before arrest, inpatient treatment, psychiatric medication history, probation or parole revocation, history of disciplinary reports, age of first crime, age of onset of psychosis, parents’ marital status before participant reached the age of 18, history of abuse, history of substance abuse, family history of crime, and violence before the age of 18. The results of a frequency analysis showed large differences (10% or more) between nonviolent and violent inmates for the following variables: race, marital status, parents’ marital status, type of parent/guardian figure present in the childhood home, unemployment 6 months before arrest, age of psychotic onset, revocation of probation or parole, disciplinary reports, and history of violence. A chi square analysis was conducted to determine if there were any significant differences in the variables between violent and nonviolent offenders. There was a significant difference in age of psychotic onset. Inmates in the violent group more often experienced psychotic onset between the ages of 15 to 19 than at younger or older ages, whereas inmates in the nonviolent group more often experienced psychotic onset before the age of 15 and between the ages of 20 to 29. Details: Hillsboro, OR: School of Professional Psychology, Pacific University, 2009. 66p. Source: Thesis. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://commons.pacificu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1221&context=spp&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3D%2522demographic%2520and%2520historical%2520factors%2520in%2520violent%2520and%2520nonviolent%2520offenders%2520with%2520psychotic%2520disorders%2522%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D2%26ved%3D0CCYQFjAB%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fcommons.pacificu.edu%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1221%2526context%253Dspp%26ei%3DN2kcT9vmGMbv0gHbs9HoAg%26usg%3DAFQjCNEGIuJ3NdIeKOotWYNKvowpYUAp7w#search=%22demographic%20historical%20factors%20violent%20nonviolent%20offenders%20psychotic%20disorders%22 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 123726

Author: England, Marcia Rae Title: Citizens on Patrol: Community Policing and the Territorialization of Public Space in Seattle, Washington Summary: This dissertation shows how organizations, including local government and police, and residents within Seattle, Washingtons East Precinct define and police the contours of community, neighborhoods and public space. Under the rubric of public safety, these players create territorial geographies that seek to include only those who fit the narrowly conceived idea of a neighbor. Territoriality is exercised against the social Other in an attempt to build a cohesive community while at the same time excluding those who are seen as different or as non-conformant to acceptable behaviors in the neighborhood. This research provides a framework through which to examine how community policing produces an urban citizen subject and an idea of who belongs in public space. This work also combines discourses of abjection and public space showing how the two are linked together to form a contingent citizenship. Contingent citizenship describes a particular relationship between geography and citizenship. As I frame it, contingent citizenship is a public citizenship where one must conform to a social norm and act in a prescribed, appropriate way in the public sphere or fear repercussions such as incarceration, public humiliation or barring from public parks. This dissertation, through a synthesis of the literatures on abjection, public space and social control, provides an empirical example of how community policing controls, regulates and/or expels those socially constructed as the Other in public space. This dissertation also brings a geographic lens to questions of abjection, public space and social control. This dissertation is a comprehensive survey and analysis of how discourses surrounding public space produce a space that is exclusionary of those who are not conceived as citizens by structures intact within the city. This research shows how not all citizens (in the legal sense) fit the socio-cultural model of citizenship. Such contingent citizens are subject to more surveillance and policing in public space. Additionally, this research contributes to growing literature regarding how abjection plays into representations and understandings of public space. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, 2006. 244p. Source: Dissertation. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://archive.uky.edu/handle/10225/313 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing (Washington) Shelf Number: 123728

Author: Bipartisan Policy Center Title: Tenth Anniversary Report Card: The Status of the 9/11 Commission Recommendations Summary: A decade after the September 11 terrorist attacks, nine of the 41 recommendations made by the 9/11 Commission in July 2004 remain unfinished. Today, our country is undoubtedly safer and more secure than it was a decade ago. We have damaged our enemy, but the ideology of violent Islamist extremism is alive and attracting new adherents, including right here in our own country. The terrorist threat will be with us far into the future, demanding that we be ever vigilant. Changing circumstances require that we regularly reassess our priorities and expenditures to determine what is needed to defend our country and people. Our terrorist adversaries and the tactics and techniques they employ are evolving rapidly. We will see new attempts, and likely successful attacks. One of our major deficiencies before the 9/11 attacks was a failure by national security agencies to adapt quickly to new and different kinds of enemies. We must not make that mistake again. Details: Washington, DC: Bipartisan Policy Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://www.bipartisanpolicy.org/sites/default/files/CommissionRecommendations.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: 9/11 Commission Report Shelf Number: 123731

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: A Ten-Step Guide to Transforming Probation Departments to Reduce Recidivism Summary: This guide draws extensively on the experience of a multi-year effort in Travis County, Texas (Austin), to implement each of the four recidivism reduction practices. The fieldwork in Travis County emerged from an on-the-ground reality: Although much had been written about evidence-based practices in parole agencies, little or no research had been conducted on how the individual elements of effective probation practices can be used together to produce positive agency-wide outcomes. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://nationalreentryresourcecenter.org/documents/0000/1150/A_Ten-Step_Guide_to_Transforming_Probation_Departments_to_Reduce_Recidivism.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 123732

Author: Forbes, Gerry J. Title: National Cooperative Highway Research Program Synthesis 394: Reducing Litter on Roadsides - A Synthesis of Highway Practice Summary: The Transportation Research Boards’s National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Synthesis 394: Reducing Litter on Roadsides explores the state of the practice in reducing roadside litter as it involves state departments of transportation (DOTs). The report provides information concerning the prevention and removal of roadside litter, unfulfilled needs, knowledge gaps, and underperforming activities. It covers enforcement, education, awareness, and engineering methods for both litter prevention and collection. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2009. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 22, 2012 at http://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/nchrp/nchrp_syn_394.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Litter Shelf Number: 123734

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Results of the Patrol Officer Survey A Component of the Evaluation of the Colorado Springs Community Policing Demonstration Center Summary: In the fall of 1997 the Colorado Springs Police Department (CSPD) received funds from the COPS Office to establish a Community Policing Demonstration Center. As part of its strategy, CSPD established a number of goals. As with other demonstration centers, the department sought to enhance its internal community policing efforts by working directly with its officers on problem solving and community interaction. As part of that effort, the Colorado Springs Police Department and 21st Century Solutions, Inc. conducted a survey focused on the major tenets of community policing – community interaction and engagement, problem solving, and organizational development. The survey was completed by police officers working in Sand Creek, Gold Hill, and Sand Creek in February 2000. The surveys asked about perceptions of police work, the Colorado Springs Police Department, and the community it serves. They also asked about public safety, and fear of crime as well as specific problem solving efforts. Finally, the surveys inquired about department leadership and technology. One hundred forty-five surveys were completed during roll calls in each of the three divisions. This summary describes the results of the survey and points out similarities and differences among the respondents. Details: Silver Spring, MD: 21st Century Solutions, Inc., 2001. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2012 at: http://www.jssinc.org/publications/JSS-038-1.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing (Colorado) Shelf Number: 118352

Author: Bakir, Niyazi Onur Title: An Analysis of Truck Cargo Security at Southwestern Borders and Potential Impacts of Cross-Border Trucking Services of Mexican Carriers on Terrorism Risk Exposure Summary: This report aims to assess the feasibility of Mexican truck border crossings beyond the current commercial zone os 20 miles, while maximizing the federal government's ability to deter and intercept smuggling of weaspons and nuclear materials. This assessment includes a review of inspection processes on either side of the border and security challenges faced by Mexican factories, truck-drivers and customs brokers. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Risk and Economic Analysis of Terrorism Events, University of Southern California, 2006. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Report #06-003): Accessed January 23, 2012 at: http://create.usc.edu/research/54710.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123739

Author: Arnold, John Thomas Title: Characteristics of Wildlife Law Violators in Mississippi and Their Attitudes Toward Conservation Officers Summary: With little research available addressing violator attitudes, two important research questions arise. First, does the type of violation (i.e., no hunter orange, trespassing, baiting, and hunting from a public road) committed affect violator attitudes? Second, does motivation for committing the violation influence violator attitudes? This study examined these questions by investigating violator attitudes toward Conservation Officers. I collected information from a sample of licensed violators in 2002 and 2003 using self-administered mail questionnaires. Most (90%) of the violators studied had been cited while hunting white-tailed deer. I did not detect any differences in attitudes toward Conservation Officers among the four violation types investigated. Reasons for violating also did not influence attitudes toward Conservation Officers. Thus, I conclude that Mississippi wildlife law violators can be treated as a homogenous group when looking at attitudes toward Conservation Officers. Details: Mississippi State, MS: Mississippi State University, 2005. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://hdclel.org/PDFs/thesis/ArnoldThesis.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 123741

Author: McCutcheon, Chuck Title: Securing Our Borders: Doing What Works to Ensure Immigration Reform Is Complete and Comprehensive Summary: A new report from Center for American Progress investigates the failures of the Secure Border Initiative (SBI) program and has found that there are "salvageable" parts of former attempts at boarder security reform and lessons to be learned from past mistakes. This paper details their findings and emphasizes that future efforts "must be accompanied by the enactment of comprehensive immigration reform, which would create orderly migration channels and allow the border patrol to focus on smuggling and other criminal enterprises. By restoring order to our nation's chaotic and broken immigration system, DHS' operational control of the Mexican border will be enhanced." As part of the Center for American Progress' 'Doing What Works' project, this paper concludes that while SBI's performance has been dismal, an advanced technology program can reach SBI's key goals if multiple corrective measures are taken. By upgrading human resources and procurement practices, harnessing new technology, and setting up transparent, evidence-based operations, DHS can restore confidence in the overall SBI program and produce budget savings. The study proposes 10 reforms for SBI, in general, and a sharply re-defined technology component." SBI, established in 2005, is "a comprehensive, multi-year plan to help secure America's borders." Its mission "is to lead the operational requirements support and documentation as well as the acquisition efforts to develop, deploy, and integrate technology and tactical infrastructure in support of CBP's efforts to gain and maintain effect control of U.S. land border areas." More information on SBI can be found at the Customs and Borders Protection website. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2010/04/pdf/dww_borders.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control (United States) Shelf Number: 123743

Author: Sahoo, Smita Title: Exploring "Transparent Security": A Case Study of the Alachua County Courthouse Entrance Lobby in Gainesville, Florida Summary: This study explores the how courthouse lobby design affects end users’ behavior, perception and cognitive judgments about personal security, as well as their impressions about the effectiveness of the lobby’s security systems. This study’s hypothesis contends that transparent security can actually make users feel less secure and less safe than conventional, or “visible,” security measures such as physical barriers, visible cameras [CCTVs], or security guards. It is based on two crimerelated theories— Routine Activity and Rational Choice —which tell us that when low risk of detection or apprehension accompanies a suitable crime target, offenders are more likely to commit a crime. But does transparent security also affect the perceptions of legitimate users? This study aims to answer that question by examining how legitimate users perceive personal safety and security within environments that employ transparent security strategies. An additional aim was to assess how well the courthouse designers’ intentions—that is, the creation of a lobby that is both secure and friendly—were relayed to the public. The study was conducted in three parts—first, determining the designers’ intentions in planning the courthouse lobby, second, conducting a pre-study that analyzed the reality of the courthouse lobby design, and finally, surveying 100 lobby users to assess user perceptions and cognitive judgments about built environments that employ transparent security strategies. After analyzing the study’s data with a series of the paired sample t-tests, results support the study’s hypothesis that areas with invisible security (transparent security) can actually make users feel less secure and less safe than areas with visible security. Henceforth, we are likely to believe that the original design intent of creating a lobby that is both secure and friendly was not entirely achieved. While most users perceived the space as open and friendly, several areas were seen as unsecured. This pilot study filled a knowledge gap by providing evidence about how transparent security strategies affect end users’ cognitive judgments, and also contributed to the body of crime prevention literature as a whole. Details: Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, 2006. 144p. Source: Master's Thesis. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0013391/sahoo_s.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 123744

Author: Pearson-Nelson, Benjamin Title: Allen County Community Corrections Reentry Court Program Impact Evaluation Summary: This report is an analysis of the Allen County Community Corrections (ACCC) reentry program from the inception of the program in 2001 through 2008. This report focuses on two general categories: program completion by offenders and recidivism. The program completion analysis highlights the proportion of offenders who successfully completed the program, as well as the various proportions of the categories for non-completion. The recidivism analysis includes rearrest rates, length of time after an offender started the ACCC reentry program before rearrest (for offenders who were rearrested on the program), and evaluations of the validity of mental health measures for predicting rearrest. The overarching finding is that offenders who complete the reentry program have a much lower rate of recidivism than would otherwise be expected. Further more, even offenders who had limited exposure to the reentry program (i.e., offenders who did not complete the program) demonstrated significantly lower rates of rearrest. Details: Unpublished, 2008. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.allencountycorrections.com/pdfs/reports/ReEntry%20Court%20Impact%20Evaluation%2002%2004%2009.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 123746

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: The Multi-Site Adult Drug Court Evaluation: The Drug Court Experience - Final Report Volume 3 Summary: Volume 3 from the National Institute of Justice's Multi–site Adult Drug Court Evaluation (MADCE) provides process evaluation findings about the 23 drug courts included in the MADCE outcome evaluation, and information about participant receipt of program services including drug court supervision (contact with judges and attorneys; case management; drug testing; and sanctions and incentives) and treatment. It also describes drug court participants' outcomes related to offender attitudes and to drug court retention. Participants' perceptions of procedural justice, distributive justice, and severity of the sentence to be imposed upon drug court failure significantly predicted program compliance, criminal behavior, and drug use at follow–up. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2011. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/uploadedpdf/412356-MADCE-The-Drug-Court-Experience.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123747

Author: Ziedenberg, Jason Title: You're An Adult Now: Youth in Adult Criminal Justice Systems Summary: It has been estimated that nearly 250,000 youth under age 18 end up in the adult criminal justice system every year. However, little attention has been directed to how adult corrections systems are managing the youth offenders that end up in jails, prisons and under community supervision. To address this information gap, the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) convened three dozen juvenile justice and adult corrections experts on June 18th, 2010, to consider some of the known issues, impacts and opportunities that face corrections systems as they work to safely and effectively rehabilitate thousands of youth offenders in the nations’ jails, prisons, probation and parole systems. This monograph presents the key findings identified during this convening of experts.” Six section comprise this publication: executive summary; what is known about the issue of juveniles in the adult corrections systems, and where there are gaps in data collection and information; what the issues, impacts and options are facing public safety systems when youth are awaiting trial on adult charges; when youth are convicted, and committed to the adult system; when youth who convicted in adult court are on probation or parole; and conclusion--corrections and the entire public safety system needs to focus on the successful strategies to curb delinquency, and positive youth development. The “Summary of Options for Federal, State, and Local Policymakers to Consider” is appended. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025555.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections Shelf Number: 123753

Author: Erez, Edna Title: Jihad, Crime, and the Internet - Content Analysis of Jihadist Forum Discussions Summary: The study’s findings indicate that most Jihadist on-line forum discussions are brief, involve a small number of participants from among the registered forum members, and include few entries and pages. Forum participants often refer viewers to approved web site and share authentic Jihadist multimedia. References and quotes from religious sources are common. Just over one-third of the discussions include calls for Jihad, and 3 percent of the communications discussed non-terrorist illegal activities, particularly computer-related and software-related offenses. Content analysis of the forum discussions identified four categories of content: information dissemination, religious preaching, instruction or training, and social interactions. These content categories support three core activities of the terrorist organization: ideological foundation, organizational structure, and operational means. Based on these findings the study offers a number of policy recommendations. First, analyze the forum discussions to determine the current status of Jihadist attention and interest. Second, respond to threats by adding interference at any touch point along the communication process. Third, mitigate the harm posed by exposure of Web site viewers to violent imagery. Fourth, the content of forum discussions could increase understanding of the context of the Arab, Muslim, and Jihadist milieu in which the forum social interactions occur. Recommendations for further research are offered. The peer reviews seriously challenge the study’s methodology and conclusions. One of the core criticisms among peer reviewers is that sweeping generalizations are frequently made with little, if any, documented evidence to validate them. Extensive references from a literature review. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, 2011. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 23, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236867.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 123756

Author: Davies, Elizabeth Title: Impact & Influence: The Role of Local Jurisdictions in Managing Prison Population Size Summary: Budgetary pressures, court mandates on crowding, and social justice concerns have prompted many states throughout the country to develop laws and administrative policies intended to control the size of the prison population. While long-term strategies often look to offender rehabilitation and reductions in new criminal activity to achieve this goal, the most common short-term strategies focus on requiring, encouraging, and permitting decision makers to use local options in lieu of prison at the time of sentencing, inmate release and transfer, and supervision violation response. By modifying decision making at the system points that influence prison population size, legislatures and other state-level policy makers hope to avert projected growth in prison populations, control corrections spending, and potentially reinvest in strategies that have been shown to improve public safety. Although many strategies to control the size of the prison population are developed in consultation with local stakeholders, a number of states create policy that relies on local jurisdictions to assume responsibility for the offender population without fully considering how this shift might impact the resources and capacity of jails, supervision offices, and community service and treatment providers. Further, they often do not account for how the policies and practices of those local agencies, which are largely responsible for the day-to-day operation of the criminal justice system, can influence the success of state prison population control efforts. Incarceration is not a problem limited to state government, nor can its solutions be conceived and executed solely by state governments. In designing strategies to manage the size of the prison population, states must consider the effect that these changes will have on local jurisdictions and the important role of local policy and support in the success of their efforts. The purpose of this white paper is to explore the role of local jurisdictions in state prison population management strategies by examining the three policy levers in the criminal justice system that can most directly and immediately influence the number of people in prison. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412437-Role-of-Local-Jurisdictions.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 123760

Author: Advancement Project Title: Zero Tolerance in Philadelphia: Denying Educational Opportunities and Creating a Pathway to Prison Summary: This report criticizes zero tolerance in Philadelphia schools as a failed policy that makes city schools less safe, criminalizes or pushes out of school tens of thousands of students every year, and creates a School-to-Prison Pipeline. Among the most startling findings in the report are the following: •Philadelphia’s arrest rate was up to 25 times higher than some of the other large districts in the state. In fact, one single high school in Philadelphia had more arrests in 2008-09 than 17 of the other 19 largest school districts in the state. •According to the data, Philadelphia schools are punishing the same behavior far more harshly than it did just a few years ago, and also appear to be criminalizing its students far more often than other Pennsylvania school districts for the same behaviors. •Philadelphia’s school security force is almost three times larger than that of the 19 other districts combined, despite a far lower student enrollment. •The number of expulsions has skyrocketed in recent years, and nearly all of the students expelled in 2008-09 were between the ages of 8 and 14, with the most common ages of the expelled students being 11 and 12. •Black and Latino students are far more likely to be suspended, transferred to alternative schools, and arrested than White students, and the data suggests that students of color are being punished more harshly than their peers for the same behavior. •There are strong negative relationships between the use of exclusionary discipline and both graduation rates and academic achievement rates, meaning that schools with high suspension and arrest rates are far more likely to have low graduation rates and low achievement levels. •Charter schools in Philadelphia appear to have disciplinary practices that are as harsh, or even harsher, than traditional public schools. The report recommends a number of steps that the district, Department of Education, and state legislators can take to dismantle the school-to-prison pipeline in Philadelphia. Details: Washington, DC: Advancement Project, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.advancementproject.org/sites/default/files/publications/YUC%20Report%20Final%20-%20Lo-Res.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 123764

Author: National Coalition for the Homeless Title: Hate Crimes against the Homeless: Violence Hidden in Plain View Summary: the past twelve years (1999-2010), the National Coalition for the Homeless (NCH) has documented one thousand, one hundred eighty-four acts of violence against homeless individuals by housed perpetrators. These crimes are believed to be motivated by the perpetrators’ bias against homeless individuals or their ability to target homeless people with relative ease. The documented violence includes everything from murder to beatings, rapes, and setting people on fire. Hate Crimes against the Homeless: Violence Hidden in Plain View is the twelfth annual report documenting violence against homeless persons. The violence continues, and with twenty-four known deaths, 2010 ranks in the top-five deadliest years for attacks on homeless people in a decade, and with one hundred thirteen attacks, ranks as the fourth most violent year since NCH began tracking the violence in 1999. NCH has found startling data in the number and severity of attacks. However, the reports also acknowledge that since the homeless community is treated so poorly in our society, many more attacks go unreported. Hate crimes against the homeless community is a growing wave in need of public attention. • 1,184 reported acts of bias motivated violence have been committed against homeless individuals between 1999-2010. • 312 homeless individuals lost their lives as a result of the attacks • Reported violence has occurred in 47 states, Puerto Rico, and Washington, DC Our data also suggests that the perpetrators of these attacks tend to be young men and teenage boys. In the twelve year history of our hate crime reports, the vast majority of the attacks against homeless people have been committed by youth as young as nine years old. In 2010: • 72 percent of the attacks were committed by people under thirty years of age • 88 percent of perpetrators were men • More than one in five attacks ended in death Hate Crimes against the Homeless: Violence Hidden in Plain View documents the known cases of violence against homeless individuals by housed individuals in 2010. The report includes descriptions of the cases, current and pending legislation that would help protect homeless people, and recommendations for advocates to help prevent violence against homeless individuals. Details: Washington, DC: National Coalition for the Homeless, 2012. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.nationalhomeless.org/publications/hatecrimes/hatecrimes2010.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 123765

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: The Price of Prisons: What Incarceration Costs Taxpayers Summary: Staff from Vera’s Center on Sentencing and Corrections and Cost-Benefit Analysis Unit developed a methodology to calculate the taxpayer cost of prisons, including costs outside states’ corrections budgets. Among the 40 states that participated in a survey, the cost of prisons was $38.8 billion in fiscal year 2010, $5.4 billion more than what their corrections budgets reflected. States’ costs outside their corrections departments ranged from less than 1 percent of total prison costs in Arizona to as much as 34 percent in Connecticut. The full report provides the taxpayer cost of incarcerating a sentenced adult offender to state prison in 40 states, presents the methodology, and concludes with recommendations about steps policy makers can take to safely rein in these costs. Fact sheets provide details about each of the states that participated in Vera’s survey. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3407/the-price-of-prisons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 123766

Author: Kaba, Mariame Title: Policing Chicago Public Schools: A Gateway to the School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: This report relies on data from the Chicago Police Department (CPD) to show (for the first time in seven years) the type of offenses and the demographics (gender, age and race) of the juveniles arrested on Chicago Public Schools properties in calendar year 2010. We were limited because CPD reports data by police district rather than by individual school. In the 2003-2004 academic year, Chicago Public Schools (CPS) had about 1,700 security staff, nearly tripling in number in five years (2). We were unable to obtain the current number of security guards in CPS despite repeated requests. We are sure that this number exceeds the 1,700 from the 2003-2004 academic year. The presence of so many security staff and especially police officers in schools means that school discipline issues quickly turn into police records. In our discussions about the school-to-prison pipeline, we need concrete examples of how the process works. As such, it is important to understand the role that police and security staff play in our schools. Yet reports about police involvement in CPS have unfortunately not been readily available to the public. There is no easily accessible citywide or statewide data that illustrate how many students are arrested in schools each year. The last report that was written about the role of police in Chicago Public Schools was published in 2005 by the Advancement Project. That report, “Education on Lockdown,” found that Chicago Public Schools (CPS) referred over 8,000 students to law enforcement in 2003. Forty percent of these referrals were for simple assault or battery with no serious injuries. Most of these cases were dismissed (3). Our purpose in writing this report was to ensure that the public is informed about the scope and extent of policing in Chicago Public Schools. We hope that this will galvanize educators, parents, students, policymakers and community members to advocate for a dramatic decrease of CPS’s reliance on law enforcement to address school discipline issues. Instead, we would like to see an increase in the use of restorative justice, which is an effective approach, to respond to student misbehavior in our schools. In light of a push for budget austerity, limited resources should be re-directed away from policing and into affirming programs and opportunities for students. This, we believe, will improve the overall well-being of all stakeholders in the educational system (most especially students). We also call on our city council to improve data transparency by passing an ordinance requiring CPS and CPD to report quarterly on the numbers of students arrested in the district. Having timely and reliable information will support efforts to hold CPS and CPD accountable. Finally, we believe that student privacy should be protected rather than further eroded. Current reporting practices between schools and law enforcement do not need to be reformed to increase the exchange of student information between these parties. The key data points in the report are that: 1.Too many young people are still being arrested on CPS properties. Over 5,500 arrests of young people under 18 years old took place on CPS properties in 2010. If we include those between 18 and 20 years old, the number increases to over 6,100 arrests. 2.Black youth are disproportionately targeted by these arrests. While they represent 45% of CPS students, black youth account for 74% percent of juvenile school-based arrests. This mirrors the general trend of disproportionate minority contact within the juvenile legal system. For example, while they comprise only 34% of youth ages 5 to 17 in the city of Chicago, African American youth accounted for 76% of citywide juvenile arrests (youth 17 and under) in 2010. 3.Young men are much more likely to be arrested on CPS properties than are their female counterparts [73% vs. 27%]. 4.Male youth under 21 years old are most often arrested on CPS property for simple battery followed by drug abuse violations and disorderly conduct. Females under 21 are most often arrested for simple battery, disorderly conduct and miscellaneous non-index offenses. Nearly a third (27%) of school-based arrest offenses on CPS property are simple battery. This suggests that a significant number of CPS students are probably being arrested for fighting. 5.Certain police districts are more likely to arrest youth in schools than others. In particular, the highest aggregate (4) numbers of juvenile school-based arrests are in the 4th, 6th, 8th, 22nd, and 5th police districts. Together these five districts account for 39% of total juvenile school-based arrests on CPS properties. Details: Chicago: Project NIA, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.reclaimingfutures.org/blog/report-policing-chicago-public-schools Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Crimes (Chicago) Shelf Number: 123767

Author: Wyse, Jessica J.B. Title: Rehabilitating Criminal Selves: Gendered Strategies in Community Corrections Summary: Despite sweeping changes to the criminal justice system, scholars have documented that the formation of criminal subjects remains deeply gendered. While women’s criminality is explained as emanating out of psychological disorder and a fractured self, men’s is understood as a rational choice made by a whole self. Drawing upon observational, interview and case note data collected within the probation/parole system of a Northwestern State, I both concur with and challenge this standard narrative. I present a unified concept of the gendered selves that underlie contemporary notions of men and women as criminal subjects and link the particular rehabilitative strategies officers employ to these gendered beliefs. I suggest that officers are critical of the criminal selves of both men and women, positing the male self as flawed or underdeveloped and the female as permeable and amorphous. Responsive to these beliefs, officers attempt to rehabilitate men via encouraging “non-criminal” thought processes and behaviors and modeling a conventional, officious interactional style. For women, offices attempt to solidify women’s boundaries, discourage relationship formation, model a healthy relationship and contain women’s emotions. I focus particularly upon interactions within supervision meetings, as I will argue that it is within this space that officers, facing substantial resource constraints, are able to work towards rehabilitative goals. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: Population Studies Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Population Studies Center Research Report 12-751: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.psc.isr.umich.edu/pubs/pdf/rr12-751.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 123770

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Past, Present, and Future of Juvenile Justice: Assessing the Policy Options (APO) Summary: In recent decades, state governments have enacted sweeping changes in law and policy that have profoundly affected the juvenile justice landscape in the United States; many mirror those made to the adult justice system (Wool and Stemen 2004) and are unprecedented historically (Butts and Mears 2001; Katzmann 2002; Howell 2003). Examples include new and expanded laws for transferring youth to the adult system and for reducing gaps between the juvenile and adult justice systems; sentencing guidelines and graduated sanctions models that encourage greater consistency in juvenile dispositions; laws aimed at reducing the confidentiality of juvenile records and hearings; and efforts to target serious and violent crime, drug offending, and weapon offenses. Yet, arguably, the last two decades have also been marked by innovation aimed at preventing delinquency and improving the structure and administration of juvenile justice (Butts and Mears 2001). The increased prevalence of and legislative support for specialized courts including juvenile drug, mental health and truancy court programs, as well as diversion programs designed to promote positive youth development and increased efforts to integrate treatment and evidence-based approaches into the fabric of juvenile justice, are just a few examples of recent advances. Despite these remarkable changes, policymakers lack information about how front-line juvenile justice professionals—those individuals responsible for implementing these changes and most likely to be affected by them—view the new policies. Furthermore, relatively little is known about how well such policies address the critical issues facing the juvenile justice system and its practitioners (Mears 2000). Most of the extant research focuses on whether practitioners agree with or support the philosophy of a given policy, not their views about its impact or necessity. Likewise, very few studies measure the actual effectiveness of a given policy in achieving its stated outcomes, choosing instead to examine implementation. The Past, Present, and Future of Juvenile Justice: Assessing the Policy Options (APO) project, funded by the National Institute of Justice (#2005-IJ-CX-0039) and supported by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, addressed these questions by taking stock of recent policy changes and asking juvenile justice practitioners about their impressions of these changes. Between October 2005 and December 2007, researchers at the Urban Institute, Florida State University, and the Chapin Hall Center for Children at the University of Chicago conducted an online survey of juvenile justice professionals to measure their impressions of recent policy changes and the critical needs facing today’s juvenile justice system, and to garner recommendations for improving the administration and effectiveness of this system. An examination of 17 prevalent juvenile justice policies and practices and review of state-level legislative activity around those issues were also conducted to identify recent and emerging trends in the administration of juvenile justice. The study’s primary objective was to provide policymakers, administrators, and practitioners with actionable information about how to improve the operations and effectiveness of the juvenile justice system, and to examine the role practitioners could play in constructing sound juvenile justice policy. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2009. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412247-Future-of-Juvenile-Justice.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policy (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123771

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Identity Theft Reported by Households, 2005-2010 Summary: Presents data on the nature of and trends in identity theft victimization among U.S. households from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The NCVS defines identity theft as the misuse or attempted misuse of an existing credit card or another existing account or the misuse of personal information to open a new account or for other fraudulent purposes. Findings are based on experiences of all household members age 12 or older as reported by the head of household. The data brief examines changes in the percentage of households experiencing identity theft from 2005 to 2010. It describes differences in the types of identity theft experienced by households in 2010 compared to 2005, as well as changes in the demographic characteristics of victimized households. The brief also presents estimates on the monetary losses attributed to household victims of identity theft. Highlights include the following: In 2010, 7.0% of households in the United States, or about 8.6 million households, had at least one member age 12 or older who experienced one or more types of identity theft victimization. Among households in which at least one member experienced one or more types of identity theft, 64.1% experienced the misuse or attempted misuse of an existing credit card account in 2010. From 2005 to 2010, the percentage of all households with one or more type of identity theft that suffered no direct financial loss increased from 18.5% to 23.7%. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 11p. Source: Crime Data Brief. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/itrh0510.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Fraud Shelf Number: 123772

Author: Sumner, Michael D. Title: School-Based Restorative Justice as an Alternative to Zero-Tolerance Policies: Lessons from West Oakland Summary: In this report we examine a pilot restorative justice program at a school that primarily served students of color from low-income families. We document the implementation of the program at Cole Middle School in West Oakland, California, and the observations and perceptions of those who participated in it. We also draw lessons from Cole’s experiences that we hope will be helpful to those interested in implementing school-based restorative justice. Restorative justice is an alternative to retributive zero-tolerance policies that mandate suspension or expulsion of students from school for a wide variety of misbehaviors including possession of alcohol or cigarettes, fighting, dress code violations, and cursing. Although zero-tolerance policies have resulted in substantial increases in student suspensions and expulsions for students of all races, African American and Hispanic/Latino youth are disproportionately impacted by a zero-tolerance approach. Under zero tolerance, suspensions and expulsions can directly or indirectly result in referrals to the juvenile and adult criminal systems where African American and Hispanic/Latino youth are also disproportionately represented. This phenomenon, part of a process that criminalizes students, has been termed the school-to-prison pipeline. Proponents of restorative justice have begun to promote school-based restorative justice as an alternative to zero-tolerance policies. Restorative justice is a set of principles and practices grounded in the values of showing respect, taking responsibility, and strengthening relationships. When harm occurs, restorative justice focuses on repair of harm and prevention of re-occurrence. Although preliminary research suggests that school-based restorative justice reduces violence, school suspensions, expulsions, and referrals to the juvenile and criminal justice systems, little research looks at the impact of restorative justice programs as an alternative to zero-tolerance policies for youth of color. This research seeks to fill that gap. The findings presented in this report are based on a case study of a single school conducted by researchers at the Thelton E. Henderson Center for Social Justice at the University of California, Berkeley, School of Law. Data are drawn from observations, openended interviews and a questionnaire along with statistics collected from published reports from the Oakland Unified School District (OUSD) and the California Department of Education. Details: Berkeley, CA: Thelton E. Henderson Center for Social Justice, University of California, Berkeley, School of Law, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/11-2010_School-based_Restorative_Justice_As_an_Alternative_to_Zero-Tolerance_Policies.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 123776

Author: Orr, Benjamin Title: Labor Market Trends in the District of Columbia Summary: It has long been understood that employment and crime are related in various ways. Occupation in conventional employment limits the time available for committing crime. When employed, people also have more to lose from criminal justice involvement. When unemployed, people sometimes substitute illegitimate earnings for legitimate earnings. In addition, a criminal record can bar participation in important segments of the labor market. In view of the links between employment and crime, this brief examines the local labor market in the District of Columbia. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2011. 5p. Source: Brief No. 11. Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/Briefs/images/Labor-Markets-9-14-11_2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 123781

Author: Bahr, Stephen J. Title: The Effectiveness of Short-term Drug Treatment for Jail Inmates: An Evaluation of the OUT Program Summary: In this study we compared 70 jail inmates who took the OUT program, a cognitive-based drug treatment program, with a matched group of 70 inmates who did not take the program. We used three different measures of recidivism, (1) any re-arrest, (2) a re-arrest that resulted in more than 30 days in jail, and (3) returning to prison or jail for more than 30 days. Fifteen percent fewer of the treatment than control group were sent back to prison or jail for more than 30 days. Using survival analysis to control for exposure time and other variables, the treatment group was almost half as likely to recidivate as the control group. We conclude that the success of the OUT program may be due to its focus, cognitive-behavioral principles, and effective implementation. The Cognitive Transformation Theory is a useful framework for understanding the OUT program and identifying principles that could be used in similar treatment programs. Details: Provo, UT: Department of Sociology, Brigham Young University, 2009. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://www.co.utah.ut.us/Dept2/Health/Substance%20Abuse/Documents/OUT_paper_4_7_2008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 123782

Author: Cahill, Megan Title: Foreclosures and Crime in the District of Columbia, 2003-2010 Summary: The continuing high foreclosure rates experienced nationwide are a central factor in the current economic crisis. The volume of foreclosures in Washington, D.C., which is relatively low compared to many places in the United States, rose steadily from 2006 through 2009 (see figure 1) and dropped off in 2010 (with enactment of the D.C. Foreclosure Mediation Law that year; see sidebar). Foreclosures can have detrimental effects on neighborhoods, contributing to higher levels of disorder and crime. This brief explores the relationship between foreclosures and crime in Washington, D.C. If foreclosed homeowners leave a property and the bank, as the new owner, is unable to sell it immediately, the house is left vacant. Vacant houses that are not kept up are likely to become eyesores, with overgrown lawns and deteriorating physical conditions, sending the message that the house is not cared for, and that the neighborhood tolerates such conditions. Abandoned properties are particularly susceptible to drug-dealing, gang activity, illegal dumping and arson. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 5p. Source: Brief No. 12: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 26, 2012 at http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/images/DCPIBriefForecl01182012_Large_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 123783

Author: Vera Institute of Justice. Center on Sentencing and Corrections Title: Los Angeles County Jail Overcrowding Reduction Project: Final Report Summary: Los Angeles County (County) operates the world’s largest jail system. The County’s criminal justice system is extraordinarily complex, involving 88 municipalities, 47 law enforcement agencies, more than 30 criminal courthouses, and eight jail facilities. In mid-2011, the nature and scope of the problems facing the L.A. County criminal justice system and its jails have grown in ways few could have foreseen two years ago: First, County revenues in Los Angeles—as in most counties in the country—have shrunk dramatically. Although the jail population has dropped to approximately 15,000, attributable largely to early release policies that the Sheriff implemented because of budget reductions, the ability of the County government to invest in new efforts to combat jail crowding is now limited. Second, and perhaps more alarming, the State of California has passed legislation to move some of what are now state-prison-bound offenders to local jails and some parolees to County supervision. With these recent developments, jail overcrowding in Los Angeles has become a looming crisis with dramatic implications for the safety of its residents. While the County has already made serious efforts to streamline its processes (for example, using electronic subpoenas, video arraignments, and an early disposition program) and create programs responsive to problematic subpopulations (such as day reporting for probationers at risk of violation and the Women’s Reentry Court), these new challenges call for a more far-reaching effort that fully engages all parts of the system. In summary, Vera offers the following observations: 1. The County’s jails are a resource: limited, useful, and expensive. While the CCJCC’s Jail Overcrowding Subcommittee is charged with finding ways to reduce the population, there seems to be no overall agreement on the priorities for the use of the jail. Law enforcement wants a place to bring those who might be a danger to themselves or others; the Court wants to ensure that defendants are secure and can readily be brought to court when needed; prosecutors want to make sure defendants will not flee or intimidate witnesses; and probation officers want a place to put non-compliant probationers. While these are legitimate interests, they are not of equal merit in the use of a limited resource. • Los Angeles County must find a way to create consensus among stakeholders on the most critical uses of the jail and find alternatives for the others. 2. It is no one entity’s fault that the jail is too crowded. The agencies that use it are independent, many led by elected officials, and each one is trying to fulfill its own mandate. Sometimes the interests and priorities of the agencies and their mandates seem to be competing, and often contradicting. • The County must encourage and reward the efforts of the criminal justice system stakeholders to work cooperatively around the issue of jail use. Vera’s analysis has identified many points at which changes, big and small, could produce a measureable impact on the daily population of the jail. The analysis affirms that there is no one part of the system that owns the problem or the solution. Every agency—from law enforcement through the Probation Department—is touched by these findings and recommendations. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2011. 289p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2012 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3381/LA%2520County%2520Jail%2520Overcrowding%2520Reduction%2520Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 123786

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G. Title: One Year Out: Tracking the Experiences of Male Prisoners Returning to Houston, Texas Summary: Of the 61,000 men released from Texas prisons, roughly 13,000 call Houston their home. These men face challenges across a wide array of skill deficits and needs. In an effort to understand the factors contributing to successful reentry and inform policies to ensure a safer return for both prisoners and the communities in which they reside, the Urban Institute conducted a study of 210 men exiting Texas prisons and returning to the Houston area. This report presents findings from three waves of interviews with these men, conducted shortly before and at two points after their release. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2009. 20p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411911_male_prisoners_houston.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 123791

Author: Visher, Christy A. Title: The Impact of Marital and Relationship Status on Social Outcomes for Returning Prisoners Summary: A large body of empirical literature shows that marriage reduces criminal activity. However, many of these studies were done on the general population or used data that are now decades old. Little research has examined whether relationship status affects social outcomes, including crime and employment, among a contemporary cohort of ex-prisoners. Using data collected from over 650 male former prisoners returning to three large U.S. cities between 2002 and 2005, we tested the short-term impact of marital and intimate partner status on recidivism, substance use, and employment. After statistically adjusting for self-selection into marriage or into unmarried relationships, we found that former prisoners who were married or living as married had half the odds of self-reporting a new crime and/or drug use as did those in casual, unmarried relationships. Marriage’s effect on drug use was strongest for older ex-offenders (those over age 26), suggesting that committed relationships are more beneficial for those already in the process of aging out of crime. Moreover, higher quality partnerships were associated with lower odds of drug use. Former prisoners in casual, unmarried relationships experienced outcomes similar to those with no intimate partner. Overall, the findings suggest that in-prison programs that strengthen the quality of married relationships may improve recidivism and substance use outcomes after release. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2009. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Marriage Shelf Number: 123792

Author: Shollenberger, Tracey L. Title: When Relatives Return: Interviews with Family Members of Returning Prisoners in Houston, Texas Summary: This research brief examines the challenges of incarceration and reentry from the perspective of family members in Houston, Texas. Prior research documents that returning prisoners expect and receive high levels of support from family after release, and that those who have access to family support fare better than those who do not on a range of reentry outcomes. Given the potential value of involving family in reentry planning, this report offers useful information about the family members who are closest to returning prisoners and the challenges they face in supporting their relatives. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2009. 17p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 123793

Author: Brazzell, Diana Title: Prisoner Reentry in Houston: Community Perspectives Summary: In Houston, Texas, returning prisoners face many challenges, from securing housing and employment to rebuilding relationships with their families and support networks, while at the same time attempting to avoid old pathways to criminal behavior and substance abuse. The impact of prisoner reentry, however, extends far beyond these individuals and their families and friends. The communities to which former prisoners return and the local government and social service networks that serve these communities have a significant stake in the successful reintegration of returning prisoners. This research brief explores prisoner reentry from the perspective of Houston stakeholders and community members. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2009. 8p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411901_prisoner_reentry_houston.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Perspectives Shelf Number: 123794

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G. Title: Women on the Outside: Understanding the Experiences of Female Prisoners Returning to Houston, Texas Summary: This research report explores the unique experiences of women exiting prison, focusing on a representative sample of 142 women who were released from Texas prisons and state jails in 2005 and returned to Houston communities. It describes the challenges women face in obtaining housing, reuniting with family, and avoiding drug use and criminal behavior after their return to the community. Recommendations for improvements in policies and practices specific to increasing the successful reintegration of women are also presented. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2009. 17p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 123795

Author: Roman, John K. Title: Impact and Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Anchorage Wellness Court Summary: The primary goal of this research is to estimate the costs and benefits of serving misdemeanor DUI offenders in the Anchorage Wellness Court (AWC), a specialized court employing principles of therapeutic jurisprudence. The Urban Institute conducted an impact and a cost-benefit analysis (CBA) to estimate the effectiveness of the AWC. The study focused on the impact of the program on reducing the prevalence and incidence of new criminal justice system contact. Costs were collected to estimate the opportunity cost of the AWC. Recidivism variables were monetized to estimate the benefits from crime reductions. Outcomes were observed at 24, 30, 36, and 48 months. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2008. 73p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411746_anchorage_wellness.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Courts (Alaska) Shelf Number: 123796

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Release Planning for Successful Reentry: A Guide for Corrections, Service Providers, and Community Groups Summary: This report is designed to help the corrections community, service providers and community groups prepare prisoners for the moment of release from prison and the time immediately following release. It describes the eight most basic and immediate needs returning prisoners have when they exit prison, recommends minimum policies practitioners can institute to meet these needs, and highlights the opportunities and challenges practitioners face when trying to improve their release planning policies. The report also uses the results of a UI survey of 43 departments of corrections to illustrate what release planning procedures are currently being implemented across the country. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2008. 104p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411767_successful_reentry.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 123797

Author: Adams, William Title: An Analysis of Federally Prosecuted CSEC Cases since the Passage of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Prevention Act of 2000 Summary: This study examined the prosecution of the commercial sexual exploitation of children and youth (CSEC) in the United States. The research took the form of a national analysis of federal prosecutions since the passage of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) in 2000, answering the following research questions: (1) Is the United States enforcing existing federal laws related to CSEC? (2) What are the key features of successfully prosecuted CSEC cases? (3) Have the U.S. courts increased penalties associated with sexual crimes against children? (4) What are the effects of CSEC legislation on service providers who work with victims? This assessment provides policy makers with a means of assessing the effects of legislation aimed at combating CSEC. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2008. 163p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411813_CSEC_analysis.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Commerical Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC) Shelf Number: 123832

Author: Travers, Harry, ed. Title: Serious Economic Crime: A boardroom guide to prevention and compliance Summary: In many ways this publication, with its contributions from both the public and private sector, and from a wide variety of expert sources, is emblematic of this new approach. Part I features chapters from a number of regulators and key bodies. The Financial Services Authority (FSA) describes the role it plays in prosecuting market abuse and insider dealing, while the chapter by the City of London Police highlights what can be achieved by domestic prosecution agencies working in partnership with equivalent agencies on a global scale. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) expands on the benefits of international co-operation, following closely the pioneering Oslo conference that brought governments, non-governmental organisations and business together in the fight against financial crime, while the World Bank outlines the historic 2010 agreement between multilateral development banks to adopt common definitions of fraud and due process and, crucially, to recognise and enforce debarment decisions of the other signatories. The chapter by Transparency International brings global perspectives on counter-corruption measures, and in a separate chapter the World Bank outlines its anti-corruption agenda. We hear also from the European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF) on the European Union approach to combating money laundering, while the Society of Corporate Compliance and Ethics introduces non-regulatory compliance solutions. Details: London: White Page Ltd, 2011. 312p. Source: White Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.seriouseconomiccrime.com/ebooks/Serious-Economic-Crime.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Business Community Shelf Number: 123833

Author: Klein, Alex Title: Chewing over Khat prohibition: The globalisation of control and regulation of an ancient stimulant Summary: In the context of a fast changing and well documented market in legal highs, the case of khat (Catha edulis) provides an interesting anomaly. It is first of all a plant-based substance that undergoes minimal transformation or processing in the journey from farm to market. Secondly, khat has been consumed for hundreds if not thousands of years in the highlands of Eastern Africa and Southern Arabia. In European countries, khat use was first observed during the 1980s, but has only attracted wider attention in recent years. Discussions about appropriate regulatory systems and the implications of rising khat use for European drug policies should take cognizance of social, demographic and cultural trends, and compare the existing models of control that exist in Europe. Khat provides a unique example of a herbal stimulant that is defined as an ordinary vegetable in some countries and a controlled drug in others. It provides a rare opportunity to study the effectiveness, costs and benefits of diverse control regimes. As long as khat is legally produced and traded, it also allows for the views of stakeholders such as farmers and traders to be included in policy discussions. Details: Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Transnational Institute (TNI), 2012. 12p. Source: Series on Legislative Reform of Drug Policies Nr. 17: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://undrugcontrol.info/images/stories/documents/dlr17.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Regulation Shelf Number: 123835

Author: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO) Title: Prescription Pain Reliever Abuse: Agencies Have Begun Coordinating Education Efforts, but Need to Access Effectiveness Summary: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has declared that the United States is in the midst of an epidemic of prescription drug overdose deaths, with deaths associated with prescription pain relievers of particular concern. To address this issue, federal agencies are raising awareness by educating prescribers and the general public. In response to your request, GAO (1) described recent national trends in prescription pain reliever abuse and misuse, (2) described how federal agencies are educating prescribers, (3) assessed the extent to which federal agencies follow key practices for developing public education efforts, and (4) identified educational efforts that use similar strategies and assessed how agencies coordinate those efforts. GAO interviewed officials and reviewed documents and websites from seven agencies involved in federal drug control efforts and analyzed the most recent data from several data sources related to prescription pain reliever abuse and misuse. GAO also assessed the development of public education efforts and federal coordination efforts against key practices from prior GAO work. GAO recommends that the Director of ONDCP establish outcome metrics and implement a plan to evaluate proposed educational efforts, and ensure that agencies share lessons learned among similar efforts. ONDCP did not explicitly agree or disagree with GAO’s recommendations, but noted that it will continue to work for improved coordination of educational efforts and evaluation of outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office Source: Report to Congressional Requesters: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://atforum.com/addiction-resources/documents/GAOReport_000.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123839

Author: Dunworth, Terence Title: Y2 Final Report: Evaluation of the Los Angeles Gang Reduction and Youth Development Program Summary: In April 2009 the Urban Institute (Washington, D.C), in partnership with Harder+Company (Los Angeles, CA), was contracted by the Office of the Mayor of Los Angeles to conduct a multi-year evaluation of the Mayor’s Gang Reduction and Youth Development Program (GRYD). This is the second report of the evaluation. It builds upon the process and preliminary outcome findings reported in 2010, and extends them through April, 2011. The main report contains detailed analyses of the self-reported changes in the attitudes and delinquent/criminal behaviors of a sample of 902at risk youth enrolled in programs focused on preventing gang-joining, compared to a sample of 248 youth who were referred to the program but were not enrolled. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute; Los Angeles, CA: Harder+Company, Community Research, 2011. 72p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412409-Evaluation-of-the-Los-Angeles-Gang-Reduction-and-Youth-Development.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 123840

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Surveying the Field: State-Level Findings from the 2008 Parole Practices Survey Summary: Parole supervision is the key mechanism facilitating the return of prisoners to the community. To examine the current state of parole practice, the Urban Institute conducted a survey of parole supervision field offices. In this report, the authors examine survey results at the state level to supplement and extend the national-level analysis presented in the previously released An Evolving Field. This analysis provides a more nuanced view of parole practices and, despite differences in population and structure of justice systems, shows the varying strengths, weaknesses, and similarities across states. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 27, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412410-State-Level-Findings-from-the-2008-Parole-Practices-Survey.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 123841

Author: Petrosino, Anthony Title: What characteristics of bullying, bullying victims, and schools are associated with increased reporting of bullying to school officials? Summary: This study tested 51 characteristics of bullying victimization, bullying victims, and bullying victims' schools to deter-mine which were associated with reporting to school officials. It found that 11 characteristics in two categories—bullying victimization and bullying victims—showed a statistically significant association with reporting. The study also notes the high percentage (64 percent) of respondents who experienced bullying but did not report it. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Regional Educational Laboratory Northeast and Islands, 2010. 45p. Source: Issues & Answers Report, REL 2010-No.092: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs/regions/northeast/pdf/REL_2010092.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123848

Author: Minsker, Natasha Title: California's Death Penalty is Dead: Anatomy of a Failure Summary: California’s death penalty is dead. Prosecutors, legislators and taxpayers are turning to permanent imprisonment with no chance of parole as evidence grows that the system is costly, risky, and dangerous to public safety. New polls also indicate that voters favor replacing the death penalty with life in prison without the possibility of parole, with a requirement for work and restitution paid to the Victims’ Compensation Fund. Most significantly, only three death sentences were handed down in California from January to June 2011, compared with the same period last year when there were 13. This is the lowest number of new death sentences in a six month period since the death penalty was reinstated in 1978, and a clear indicator that district attorneys and jurors across the state are turning away from the death penalty. On average, 49% of death sentences are decided in the first six months of the year. This means that California may be on track for a total of less than 10 death sentences in 2011– the lowest number in 33 years. Details: California: American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.aclunc.org/docs/criminal_justice/death_penalty/the_death_penalty_is_dead_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (California) Shelf Number: 123850

Author: Solomon, Amy L. Title: Putting Public Safety First: 13 Parole Supervision Strategies to Enhance Reentry Outcomes Summary: In 2007, the Urban Institute convened two meetings with national experts on the topic of parole supervision. The goal of the meetings was to articulate participants’ collective best thinking on parole supervision, violation, and revocation practices and to identify policies and strategies that would help policymakers and practitioners improve public safety and make the best use of taxpayer dollars. This paper, the result of those meetings and a review of the research literature, describes 13 key strategies to enhance reentry outcomes along with examples from the field. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, The Urban Institute, 2008. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411791_public_safety_first.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 123851

Author: Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: A Review of U.S. Customs and Border Protection's Procurement of Untrained Canines Summary: Chairman Bennie G. Thompson and Representative Kendrick B. Meek, U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security, requested that we review a contract awarded by U.S. Customs and Border Protection to procure and deliver untrained canines to its canine training facilities. They expressed concerns that the contract costs may be outside of a reasonable price range for untrained dogs. We were also requested to review vendor licensing requirements, the percentage of canines unsuitable for service, and the role of dog deployment in the overall border protection strategy. From April 2006 through June 2007, U.S. Customs and Border Protection procured 322 untrained canines at a cost of $1.46 million, or an average price of $4,535 per canine. The costs incurred for the untrained canines were reasonable and were comparable to the costs incurred for untrained canines procured by organizations such as the United States Secret Service and the Department of Defense. Regarding the cost effectiveness of the program, while only 3.85% of the Office of Border Patrol’s 13,905 agents were canine handlers, they were credited with 60% of narcotic apprehensions and 40% of all other apprehensions in FY 2007. The solicitation and award of this contract were conducted according to applicable federal regulations. Also, U.S. Department of Agriculture officials said that the vendors were not required to possess a federally issued license to engage in the sale of animals. Through August 14, 2007, 26 or 8% of the procured canines did not complete the training. CBP donated six of these canines to private homes, which was inconsistent with federal regulations. We recommend that U.S. Customs and Border Protection adjust the delivery timeframes for vendors, properly transfer or sell unfit canines, and implement a unified system that accurately accounts for the performance of canine teams. U.S. Customs and Border Protection generally concurred with all recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Office of Inspector General, 2008. 35p. Source: OIG-08-46: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/OIG_08-46_Apr08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Agencies Shelf Number: 123855

Author: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits Title: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation: It Fails to Track and Use Data That Would Allow It to More Effectively Monitor and Manage Its Operations Summary: With annual expenditures at nearly $10 billion—10 percent of the State’s General Fund—the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Corrections) is responsible for nearly 168,000 inmates, 111,000 parolees, and more than 1,600 juvenile wards of the State. Corrections oversees 33 adult correctional institutions, conservation camps, community correctional facilities, and contracts to house inmates in out-of-state facilities. Further, Corrections provides health care to inmates at each adult facility and through external contractors. The inmate health care function transitioned to a federal court-appointed receiver and is now known as California Prison Health Care Services (Health Care Services). Corrections is also responsible for implementing rehabilitative strategies to successfully reintegrate offenders into communities. -- To be more cost-effective and improve its management, we recommended that Corrections collect and use data associated with factors that affect the cost of its operations. We also recommended that Corrections develop a staffing plan allocating teacher and instructor positions for its education and vocational programs at each institution based on inmates’ needs and to track and use historical inmate program assignment and waiting list data to measure program success. Additionally, we recommended that Corrections encourage the Department of Personnel Administration to exclude provisions in bargaining unit agreements that would permit any type of leave to be counted as time worked for the purpose of computing overtime compensation and negotiate a reduction in the amount of voluntary overtime correctional officers are allowed to work. Details: California: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits, 2009. 112p. Source: Report 2009-107.1: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2009-107.1.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Adminsitration (California) Shelf Number: 123857

Author: Daro, Deborah Title: The Duke Endowment Child Abuse Prevention Initiative: Durham Family Initiative Implementation Report Summary: The Durham Family Initiative (DFI) is one of two community-based child abuse prevention efforts that comprise The Duke Endowment’s Child Abuse Prevention Initiative. Beginning in 2002, the Endowment provided support to the Durham Family Initiative (DFI) in North Carolina and Strong Communities in South Carolina to develop a comprehensive approach to address four core outcomes: a reduction in child abuse rates; an improvement in parenting practices and behavior; strengthening community service systems; and an improvement in a community’s capacity to protect children and support parents. Both sites were given considerable latitude in defining how to achieve these objectives and were encouraged to develop strategies with the potential for replication throughout the Carolinas. Although sharing a set of common objectives with Strong Communities, DFI theorizes that child abuse can be prevented by addressing the risk factors and barriers that affect the healthy development of parent-child relationships. Adopting an ecological perspective, DFI staff formulated a work plan to strengthen and expand the pool of available evidence-based direct services, to identify and secure meaningful public policy reforms, and to build local community capacity. Details: Chicago: Chapin HIll at the University of Chicago, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 28, 2012 at http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Duke%20DFI_Implementation_09_17_09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123861

Author: Daro, Deborah Title: The Duke Endowment Child Abuse Prevention Initiative: Strong Communities Implementation Report Summary: The Strong Communities initiative is one of two community-based child abuse prevention efforts included in The Duke Endowment’s Child Abuse Prevention Initiative. Beginning in 2002, the Endowment provided support to both Strong Communities and the Durham Family Initiative (DFI)2 to develop a comprehensive approach for achieving four core outcomes: a reduction in child abuse rates; an improvement in parenting practices and behavior; the strengthening of community service systems; and an improvement in a community’s capacity to protect children and support parents. Both sites were given considerable latitude in defining how to achieve these objectives and were encouraged to develop strategies with the potential for replication throughout the Carolinas. Although sharing a set of common objectives with DFI, Strong Communities placed particular emphasis on building collective responsibility for prevention of child abuse and neglect and the promise of reciprocity of help. Project strategies were designed to assist the general public as well as local service providers in understanding the relationship among child maltreatment risk factors and how their individual and collective efforts could directly address this complex and often destructive web of interactions. The project’s logic model argued that once residents feel that their neighborhood is a place where families help each other and, indeed, the expected normative behavior is that individuals ask for and offer help, public demand will drive service expansion and system improvement. Details: Chicago: Chapin HIll at the University of Chicago, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Duke%20SC%20Implementation_09_17_09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123862

Author: Daro, Deborah Title: The Duke Endowment Child Abuse Prevention Initiative: A Midpoint Assessment Summary: Building on the Endowment’s longstanding commitment to enhancing the welfare of children in the Carolinas, substantial support was provided to planning teams in both North and South Carolina to develop, implement, and test a range of strategies designed to create multifaceted systems for improving supports and services for parents and young children. The two programs emerging from this planning process, the Durham Family Initiative and Strong Communities, embrace a range of strategies designed to improve parental capacity and functioning, community capacity and collective efficacy, and the public service response to child protection. Both projects operate within conceptual frameworks that reflect a keen understanding of the diversity and interdependency among the varied causes of child abuse, including aspects of individual functioning, familial and cultural values, and local social and institutional capacity. Both focus on reducing maltreatment rates by insuring that parents are in a better position to meet the needs of their children and live in communities more able to support them in this task. However, each operates under a distinct theory of change and has placed different emphasis on the individual, community, and public policy strategies essential for achieving their core objectives. Details: Chicago: Chapin HIll at the University of Chicago, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Duke%20Mid_Point_Report_09_17_09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123863

Author: Wasilewski, Yvonne Title: Identifying and Responding to the Needs of Children in Domestic Violence Shelters: Final Report June 1, 2008 Summary: The Domestic Violence Shelter Screening Project (DVSP) was a collaborative effort between the Center for Child and Family Health, the Center for Child and Family Policy, and six North Carolina domestic violence shelters located in Caldwell, Guilford, Halifax, Robeson, Vance, and Wilson counties, which served as pilot sites. The project was funded jointly by The Duke Endowment and the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation. The purpose of the pilot project was to develop, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of a training protocol that improves the capacities of domestic violence shelter staff to screen, intervene, and refer child shelter residents experiencing distress related to their exposure to violence and other adverse events. Shelter staff was trained on the appropriate, reliable, and valid use of three screening tools to assess child and adolescent posttraumatic stress, psychological symptoms, psychosocial functioning, and child development milestones. Staff also received education in child traumatic stress, behavior management, and techniques to support effective parenting. As a first step, a needs assessment was conducted with shelter directors to identify current shelter practices related to children, facilitators of and barriers to providing mental health services for child residents, and to inform the development of the training curricula. The quality of the training sessions, level of engagement and response to training were evaluated using staff and facilitator process evaluation questionnaires, conference call notes, and through focus groups conducted with shelter staff at each site after training. Project impact in the form of changes in: (1) staff knowledge, attitudes, and beliefs about domestic violence and its effects on children; (2) staff use of behavioral management strategies to help parents and children; and (3) staff self-efficacy and ability to assess, score, and make appropriate referrals to community agencies was evaluated using pre and posttest questionnaires and an instrument developed to monitor the implementation of the screening measures. Key findings from the project were: It is feasible to train staff working in domestic violence shelters to systematically evaluate children entering shelter using standardized screening tools addressing broad psychosocial functioning, developmental status, and traumatic stress symptoms. During the pilot, 40% (range 18%-71%) of eligible children were assessed using at least one of three screening measures. However, the fact that the majority of children were not screened highlights the difficulty of obtaining consistent implementation of such a procedures. Through the use of standardized screening tools, shelter staff was able to identify mental health concerns among sheltered children, as well as concerns related to developmental status. Consistent with expectations, the assessments revealed significant levels of psychological distress, functional impairment, and developmental risk among a substantial number of child shelter residents. Almost half (45%) of children who received the screening scored in the clinically significant or at-risk range on at least one of the three screening measures. Staff viewed the screening tools as a positive strategy for engaging, educating, and supporting parents. Staff was able to identify both risk and resiliency factors in children and apply newly learned skills in behavioral management when teaching parents and interacting with children. Details: Durham, NC: Center for Child & Family Health; Center for Child and Family Policy, Duke University, 2008. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.childandfamilypolicy.duke.edu/pdfs/pubpres/EvalServ_Final_Report_DVS_071608.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Shelters Shelf Number: 123864

Author: Jenks, David Title: Examining Police Integrity: Categorizing Corruption Vignettes Summary: A growing body of literature on police officer integrity focuses on their perceptions of corruption vignettes. The current analysis examines those vignettes using a factor analysis of Klockars’ et. al. survey data of police officers in the United States. Results indicate that the historically used vignettes cluster into two factors, one that reflects more serious, and one that reflects less serious, corrupt behavior. The vignettes regarding an off-duty business and accepting free meals and other gratuities may not be perceived as corruption. Implications for research and practice are discussed. Details: Geneva: DCAF (Center for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces), 2012. 22p. Source: IPES/DCAF Working Paper No. 40 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 123866

Author: Carnegie, Jon A. Title: Driver's License Suspensions, Impacts and Fairness Study Final Report Summary: In New Jersey, as is the case in many other jurisdictions, the reasons for driver’s license suspension are diverse, complex and sometimes interrelated. License suspension in New Jersey (NJ) is no longer only used to punish habitual bad driving. It is widely used as a punishment or deterrent for things completely unrelated to driving and as a means to compel appearance in court and/or payment of various fines, fees, and other financial obligations. Suspension patterns indicate that certain segments of the licensed driver population are more likely to be suspended than others. For all reasons, except suspensions for driving under the influence (DUI) and accumulation of motor vehicle points, drivers residing in urban and lower income zip codes are overrepresented. Suspension rates among male drivers residing in lower income areas are consistently the highest. The obvious and most direct impact of license suspension is loss of personal mobility. However, suspension may also have collateral and/or unintended consequences such as job loss, difficulty in finding employment, and reduced income. Consequences can also include other financial impacts, such as increased insurance premiums and other costs associated with suspension; as well as psychological and social impacts such as loss of freedom, increased stress, and family strain. Despite a limited menu of options to address the unintended or collateral impacts of suspension, there appear to be areas of possible reform in New Jersey. These include: reexamining the purpose and need for the NJ insurance surcharge program; assessing the fairness of the Parking Offenses Adjudication Act; addressing issues that contribute to license suspensions for failing to maintain proper insurance; and considering the creation of a restricted-use license program for at least certain suspended drivers under limited circumstances. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Alan M. Voorhees Transportation Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 2007. 139p. Source: FHWA-NJ-2007-020: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://policy.rutgers.edu/vtc/reports/REPORTS/MVC%20DL%20Susp%20Final%20Report%20-%20Vol2.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 123869

Author: Carnegie, Jon A. Title: Study of Recidivism Rates among Drivers Administratively Sanctioned by the New Jersey Motor Vehicle Commission Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine the current state of practice related to driver improvement countermeasures used in the United States and to assess the effectiveness of New Jersey’s negligent driver interventions. As part of the study, the research team conducted a national literature review and a survey of motor vehicle agency policies in other states to document the current state of practice related to driver improvement programs and the current state of knowledge regarding the effectiveness of specific countermeasures. In addition, the research team obtained and analyzed an extensive longitudinal database of driver history records to examine the effectiveness of various countermeasures used in New Jersey to address negligent driver behavior relative to violation and crash recidivism. This study provides important evidence that New Jersey’s program of negligent driver countermeasures is effective at reducing violation and crash recidivism among most negligent driver subgroups in the two-year period after Motor Vehicle Commission (MVC) intervention. Of the countermeasures used in New Jersey, the combination of license suspension with one-year probation resulted in the greatest overall reduction in both mean violation and crash rates. New Jersey’s driver re-education classes, which are accompanied by a three-point credit against accumulated demerit points and one-year probation, resulted in the lowest mean violation rate reduction. Point advisory notices, which for experienced drivers are accompanied by a concurrent assessment of negligent driver fees (MVC “insurance surcharges”), appear to be an effective early intervention, producing substantial reductions in both violation and crash recidivism among all driver subgroups except teen drivers who are not assessed negligent driver fees at the time of notice issuance. Several policy recommendations can be derived from this research. First, with regard to teen drivers, consideration should be given to whether or not a “zero-tolerance” policy for motor vehicle violations and at-fault crashes should be applied to teen drivers. It may be appropriate to impose license suspension as an earlier intervention if the reforms already enacted do not result in meaningful change in teen driver safety outcomes. Second, MVC should consider streamlining the suspension program to make it more straightforward and easier to administer. Thirdly, consideration should be given to reviewing and reforming New Jersey’s driver monitoring system and/or plea bargaining practices to ensure that repeat traffic offenders are not able to use zero-point plea bargaining to avoid corrective actions that improve safety outcomes. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Alan M. Voorhees Transportation Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 2009. 66p. Source: FHWA-2009-019: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 123870

Author: Carnegie, Jon A. Title: Study of the Effects of Plea Bargaining Motor Vehicle Offenses Summary: The objectives of this study were to examine the impact of plea bargaining point-carrying moving violations to zero-point offenses on roadway safety in New Jersey and to assess the impact of plea bargaining on New Jersey Motor Vehicle Commission (MVC) programs and revenues. For this study the research team conducted a national literature review and a scan of current practices used in other states; reviewed New Jersey laws and program guidance related to driver monitoring and control and plea bargaining motor vehicle offenses; conducted a series of interviews with personnel from the MVC and Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC); analyzed data from the AOC Automated Traffic System (ATS) and the MVC driver history database; and, assessed how the practice of plea bargaining may be affecting MVC programs and revenues. The study finds clear evidence that the practice of plea bargaining point-carrying moving violations to zero-point offenses has increased significantly in New Jersey since July 2000. However, the effect of this increase on highway safety is not as clear. The overall number of moving violation convictions has not changed significantly since 2000, nor has the nature of the violations being committed changed significantly. The study also finds evidence that a small minority of habitual offenders appear to be using the system to their advantage and that the number of drivers subjected to MVC negligent driver countermeasures has declined by 36 percent since 1999. This diversion of negligent drivers out of MVC driver monitoring and control programs appears to be particularly problematic in light of research findings from a recently completed study on recidivism among drivers sanctioned by MVC. That study found the countermeasures used by MVC to address negligent driving behavior are effective at reducing violation and crash recidivism among most negligent driver subgroups. The findings of this study combined with the findings and conclusions of the MVC recidivism study suggest a number of policy reforms should be considered to ensure that repeat traffic offenders are not able to circumvent driver monitoring and control programs through plea bargaining. First, MVC should work with the AOC, the Attorney General’s office and other key stakeholders to develop more explicit guidelines regarding the use of plea bargaining to reduce point-carrying moving violations to zero-point offenses. Second, MVC should examine the efficacy of transitioning from a point-based system of driver monitoring and control to an event-based system that relies on the accumulation of “countable” offenses to trigger negligent driver countermeasures. Thirdly, policy makers should consider amending the “unsafe operation” statute to limit the use of plea bargaining by any driver to two times. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Alan M. Voorhees Transportation Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 2009. 56p. Source: FHWA-NJ-2009-018: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.nj.gov/transportation/refdata/research/reports/FHWA-NJ-2009-018.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 123871

Author: Carnegie, Jon A. Title: Customer Perceptions of Transit Security Summary: The objectives of this research were to: a) examine the extent to which NJ TRANSIT (NJT) security measures provide customers with a sense of overall security/comfort when using the system; b) identify which security measures appear to enhance customer perceptions of safety and what measures could further enhance customer perceptions of security; and c) examine what elements of a transit security public awareness campaign might resonate most with NJT customers. Observations from the focus groups conducted for this study provide insights into how NJT customers perceive transit security and how well they understand the role they play in transit security equation. The focus groups also shed light on which security measures are visible to customers and which measures apparently help to make them feel safe. Finally the focus groups confirm that NJT customers seem to be well aware of expectations regarding the need to be aware of suspicious activity or objects and are familiar with the “See Something, Say Something” campaign used by MTA and the Port Authority However, there was significant confusion regarding how and when to report suspicious activity/objects, especially with regard to what phone number to call. The study concludes that it would be beneficial for NJT to work closely with New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA), the Port Authority, AMTRAK and other transit providers operating in the metropolitan region to ensure security initiatives being undertaken by each agency, at a minimum, are coordinated with each other. Further NJT should explore the potential for implementing joint public awareness campaigns with shared slogans, imagery and media strategies. Cooperating agencies should consider creating a universal reporting procedure and phone number that can be used across geographic and institutional boundaries to eliminate unnecessary customer confusion regarding when and who to call to report security concerns. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Alan M. Voorhees Transportation Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 2010. 67p. Source: FHWA-NJ-2010-08: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Risk Perceptions Shelf Number: 123872

Author: Iyigun, Murat Title: Learning Piracy on the High Seas Summary: We introduce a novel dataset of 3,362 modern-day piracy incidents that occurred around the world between 1998 and 2007. Our data include detailed information on the location, timing and success of each attack, as well as the material damage and violence inflicted upon the crew and the cargo. We combine these incident-based data with macroeconomic and aggregate measures of per-capita incomes, rates of economic growth and institutional quality of countries whose territorial waters either witnessed these piracy incidents or were in closest proximity. We find that economic factors and the law do matter: higher per-capita incomes as well as more effective legal and political institutions dampen both the physical violence and material damage of modern-day piracy. But we also document significant learning-by-doing and skill accumulation among the pirates: A history of successful attacks improves the odds of future success, making it more likely that pirates launch successful raids aimed at larger vessels closer to land. The learning-by-doing effects are detectable even after controlling for our proxies for capital use and labor input (the number of pirates). Details: Unpublished: 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.colorado.edu/Economics/courses/iyigun/IRPiracy10062010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 123875

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Commercial Bail Bonds in New York City: Characteristics and Implications - Final Report Summary: This report updates and expands upon a recent study of bail making by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc. (CJA), which found that bail bondsmen play a much larger role in New York City than they once did (Phillips 2010a, hereafter referred to as the “bailmaking report”). The research revealed that bonds accounted for 15% of all bail releases in the study sample, and 21% of cases with bail set at $1,000 or more. The bail-making report presented data showing that over 750 commercial bonds were posted in the four largest boroughs of the City for cases with an arrest from July through September 2005. (The term “commercial bond” is used here to refer to an insurance company bail bond, written by a commercial bond agent.) That number results in an annualized estimate of about 3,000 bonds per year in the City, although the actual total is undoubtedly higher than that. The majority of defendants in New York City are still released on recognizance (CJA 2010), and the majority of defendants who make bail do so by posting cash directly with the court. Still, the research showed that commercial bonds are by no means the rarity they once were. Analyses presented in the bail-making report utilized defendant and case-processing data from the CJA database, as well as form-of-bail data from the Office of Court Administration (OCA). The research examined the factors associated with making bail by cash versus bond, including the amount of bail set at arraignment, the courts’ use of cash alternatives, and time to release. Supplementary information collected by hand from cash bail receipts was presented pertaining to the sureties who posted cash bail for defendants, their relationship to the defendant, and geospatial relationships among the locations of the jail where the defendant was held, the bail-posting site, and the surety’s residence. Supplementary data describing characteristics of cash bail cases were presented citywide and for all four boroughs included in the research. Comparably detailed information about bonds was also collected by hand from court papers filed by bail bondsmen, but when the bail-making report was in preparation this supplemental information for bond cases had been collected only for Brooklyn and Manhattan. The results, revealing striking differences between the two boroughs, were presented in the full report (Phillips 2010a) and summarized in the corresponding Research Brief (Phillips 2010b) with a cautionary comment on the preliminary nature of the conclusions. We promised to enlarge the number of cases with supplementary bond data citywide and to round out the borough comparisons by adding supplementary data from the Bronx and Queens in a future update. This report provides that update with the presentation of supplementary bond data for all four of the largest boroughs and expands the analyses to consider the implications for bail setting suggested by the citywide data. Details: New York, NY: CJA New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.cjareports.org/reports/bonds2010final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 123878

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Commercial Bail Bonds in New York City Summary: This report expands upon a recent study of bail making by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc. (CJA), which found that bail bondsmen play a much larger role in New York City than they did 30 years ago Research Brief #23, 2010). Commercial bail bonds are the most common form of pretrial release throughout the country, but for decades New York City has been different. Release on recognizance (ROR) accounts for two thirds of releases at arraignment in NYC. And when bail is set, it is more likely to be made by posting cash directly with the court than by posting a bond. However, the use of commercial bonds has increased in New York City in recent years, to well over 3,000 bonds annually. For cases with bail set at $1,000 or more, commercial bonds account for one in five bail releases. Defendants buy bonds because the amount of cash required up front can be considerably less than would be needed to post cash bail. The drawback is that a bond is much more expensive in the long run because cash bail is refunded. In addition, the bondsman can revoke the bond, sending the defendant back to jail, without giving the courts a reason. Citywide data are presented describing characteristics of bond agents, insurance companies, and co-signers. The research focused primarily on the financial aspects of commercial bonds and identified significant borough differences. These findings were used to devise a tool — the “effective cash discount” — that would enable the courts to set cash alternatives at a level calculated to remove the financial incentive for posting a bond rather than cash, tailored to the borough and bond amount. The report concludes with several recommendations, including use of an effective cash discount, that would lessen reliance on bondsmen. Details: New York, NY: CJA New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2011. 8p. Source: CJA Research Brief No. 26: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.cjareports.org/reports/brief26.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (New York City) Shelf Number: 123879

Author: The Center for HIV Law and Policy Title: Juvenile injustice: The unfulfilled rights of youth in state custody to comprehensive sexual health care Summary: This is the first legal report and guide on the rights of youth in detention and foster care facilities to comprehensive sexual health care, including sexual medical care, sexuality education, and staff training on sexual orientation and the needs and rights of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning (LGBTQ) youth. This publication analyzes the foundation of this right and the sexual health care needs of youth in out-of-home care. Youth in state custody, particularly LGBTQ youth, are at higher than average risk of acquiring sexually transmitted infections and HIV but there is not one state in the country that guarantees access to the necessary sexual medical care and scientifically accurate and inclusive sexuality education that would address this health crisis. Youth in out-of-home-care report sexual activity at earlier ages, higher-risk sexual activity and greater rates of STIs and HIV than youth who live with family members. These sexual health risks are additionally severe for LGBTQ youth, who are proportionately represented in state detention and foster care facilities yet are largely ignored in health care and education services. According to a recent Department of Justice Report, gay youth also are also more likely to be the victims of sexual abuse while confined to juvenile facilities. Juvenile Injustice: The Unfulfilled Rights of Youth in State Custody to Comprehensive Sexual Health Care is the first in a series of publications that CHLP's Teen SENSE (Sexual health and Education Now in State Environments) initiative is developing for legal and community advocates as well as government and public health officials. Teen SENSE brings together medical experts, educators, government agencies, advocates, youth, and others to ensure that all young people in state facilities have access to comprehensive sexual health. Pending additional publications include model standards on sexual medical care, sexuality education, and staff training on LGBTQ issues that can guide policy-making in youth detention centers and congregate foster care across the country. Details: New York, NY: The Center for HIV Law and Policy, 2010. 55p. Source: White Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.hivlawandpolicy.org/resources/download/565 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 123882

Author: Berry-James, RaJade M. Title: Summit County Juvenile Court: Disproportionate minority contact assessment report Summary: This DMC assessment report was prepared on behalf of Summit County Juvenile Court for the purpose of examining the extent to which disproportionate minority contact (DMC) exists in the juvenile justice system Summit County, Ohio. Details: Ohio Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 123883

Author: Heilbrunn, Joanna Zorn Title: Pieces of the Truancy Jigsaw: A Literature Review Summary: Communities across the nation are taking a renewed interest in the problem of poor school attendance. Truancy reduction programs designed to serve students who have attendance problems are rapidly being organized according to a number of models. Some are school-based, others court-based, and some operate through community service agencies. All share the same general purposes: to improve school attendance in the short term, with the longer term goals of raising grades and encouraging high school graduation for students who are at risk of dropping out. As the search intensifies for ways to nip truancy in the bud and reverse established patterns of school skipping, more people are seeking sources of information about the causes and outcomes of poor attendance, and about practices that effectively reduce truancy. In general, the literature surrounding truancy is in its infancy. Researchers are just beginning to add studies on school attendance to the vast quantity of work on at-risk and delinquent youth. This document seeks to summarize what we know to date, and point to areas in need of further study. Details: Denver, CO: National Center for School Engagement, 2007. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.schoolengagement.org/TruancypreventionRegistry/Admin/Resources/Resources/PiecesoftheTruancyJigsawALiteratureReview.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 122056

Author: Seattle, Washington Department of Neighborhoods Title: Report on Mandatory Compliance Efforts in the Seattle Alcohol Impact Areas Summary: Mandatory AIAs (Alcohol Impact Areas) that were established in Seattle in November 2006 continue to be an important element of the City’s efforts to address neighborhood public safety issues that are the result of chronic public inebriation. Building on the City of Seattle’s March 2008 Report on Mandatory Compliance Efforts, this progress report provides an analysis of the multiple strategies in place to decrease the effects of chronic public inebriation on the community at large, specifically communities within the Alcohol Impact Areas. This broader strategy was framed in the original 2006 request for establishing Seattle’s Mandatory AIAs. Quantitative data in the March report, required more analysis to better understand the effect of the AIAs. For this report we have delved deeper into the 2007 data and focused our analyses on criteria specific to AIA impact. An analysis of Police data from identical time frames premandatory AIA and post-mandatory AIA found a decrease in offenses related to chronic public inebriation: Adult Liquor Violations, Parks Exclusions, and Criminal Trespass. In addition, the sobering unit van also saw a 9% decrease in pick-ups over the same pre-mandatory AIA and post-mandatory AIA periods of time. Additionally, in this report we provide information on the possible connection between the mandatory AIA policy and the use of the Dutch Shisler Sobering Center, located in downtown Seattle, within the Central Core AIA. Over two identical periods of time pre-mandatory AIA and post-mandatory AIA, the Sobering Center admitted more inebriants during the period of mandatory AIA than prior to the mandatory AIA. Fewer Sobering Center visitors arrived by ESP van during the mandatory AIA than before the mandatory AIA and more visitors arrived at the Sobering Center on their own after the implementation of the mandatory AIA than prior to mandatory AIA. Although the use of the Sobering Center provides another method of decreasing the impacts of chronic public inebriation on the community at large, we realize it is not the solution. Details: Seattle, WA: Department of Neighborhoods, City of Seattle, 2008. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.seattle.gov/neighborhoods/aia/pubs/june_2008_aia_report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (Seattle) Shelf Number: 123912

Author: Gotsch, Kara Title: Breakthrough in U.S. Drug Sentencing Reform: The Fair Sentencing Act and the Unfinished Reform Agenda Summary: Last year's (2010) passage of the federal Fair Sentencing Act, legislation that reduced the 100-to-1 sentencing disparity for crack cocaine offenses and eliminated the five-year mandatory minimum for simple possession of crack cocaine, reformed a law universally condemned for its harshness and for the racial disparity it produced. The reform is part of a larger movement to reconsider long mandatory minimum sentences for low-level drug offenses that pervade sentencing policy in the United States as well as in Latin America. Passage of the Fair Sentencing Act in August 2010 marked the first time in 40 years that the U.S. Congress eliminated a mandatory sentence. The legislation was historic at a time when intense partisan wrangling over a broad range of issues on Capitol Hill dominated debate and stymied action. Hopefully, the breakthrough represented by the Fair Sentencing Act will contribute to a broader movement to address disproportionate punishment and ensure a fairer justice system. WOLA’s new report by Kara Gotsch, director of advocacy at The Sentencing Project, describes the effort that led to passage of the Fair Sentencing Act and points to the unfinished sentencing reform agenda. The report highlights the importance of the reform beyond U.S. borders and argues that “given the United States’ role as the principal architect and major proponent of a global drug control system that has emphasized ‘zero-tolerance’ and criminal sanctions, the passage of the Fair Sentencing Act is a milestone not only for U.S. policy, but also for reform advocates in other countries.” Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: January 31, 2012 at http://sentencingproject.org/doc/dp_WOLA_Article.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Laws (U.S.) Shelf Number: 123914

Author: Silverii, Louis Scott Title: Policy Alternatives for Reducing Recidivism in Lafourche Parish Summary: The current correctional philosophy of intense sentencing, incarceration and supervision has failed to produce successful reentry programs that reduce recidivism and calm the public’s fears of victimization. Therefore, the issue of prisoner reentry, theprocess of leaving prison and returning to society was addressed by this project. This project presented a comprehensive evaluation of the correctional system’s philosophy of prisoner reentry and its effect on recidivism. The goal of this project wasto assist Lafourche Parish governing authorities reduce the average rate of recidivismamong those prisoners sentenced to incarceration within the Lafourche ParishCorrectional System (LPCS), identified as the Lafourche Parish Detention Center,Lafourche Parish Work Release Center and the Lafourche Drug Court.The research question was formulated to focus the attention of the research and tomore directly arrive at a conclusion relative to initiatives that have a positive effect onreducing Lafourche Parish recidivism. The research project asks, “Will prisoner reentry programs reduce recidivism among inmates incarcerated in the Lafourche Parish Correctional System?” Details: Unpublished, 2006. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.scribd.com/Silver2/d/7621805-Policy-Alternatives-for-Reducing-Recidivism-in-Lafourche-Parish Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 123916

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Effect of Release Type on Failure to Appear - Final Report Summary: Prior research on bail making by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency (CJA) has documented the prevalence of commercial bonds in the City, described the costs and benefits of posting a commercial bond as opposed to cash bail, and identified case and defendant characteristics associated with each form of bail making (Phillips 2010a, 2010b, 2011a, 2011b). In the decades prior to this research New York City had nearly eliminated bail bonds from city jails, but the industry's huge nationwide growth since the early 1990s suggested that it was time to take another look. This research comes in the midst of an aggressive national campaign mounted by the bail bond industry, aimed at influencing public opinion and legislators around the country. At stake in many states is legislation that would protect the bail bond industry at the expense of pretrial agencies, which are viewed as competitors. Bondsmen argue that they are more successful than pretrial recidivism. This study addresses a part of that claim by comparing failure to appear (FTA) rates for defendants released on commercial bonds versus other types of release. This is the only contemporary research on the topic using New York City arrests, and the only study that controls for key factors that also affect FTA. Details: New York, NY: CJA New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2011. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 31, 2012 at http://www.cjareports.org/reports/releasetype&fta.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Bail Bonds (New York City) Shelf Number: 123270

Author: Thomas, Cheryl Title: Sex Trafficking Needs Assessment for the State of Minnesota Summary: The Advocates for Human Rights (“The Advocates”) prepared this needs assessment report at the request of the State of Minnesota Human Trafficking Task Force1 (“Task Force”) pursuant to its mandate from the Commissioner of Public Safety to conduct a human trafficking needs assessment and to develop a plan to prevent human trafficking. This report focuses solely on trafficking of persons for commercial sexual exploitation or prostitution as defined in federal law and Minnesota law. The findings of this report are based on interviews with 175 participants throughout the State of Minnesota. Interviewees included judges, prosecutors, public defenders, immigration attorneys, family law attorneys, probation officers, law enforcement officers, immigration officials, healthcare providers, service providers, social services and other stakeholders regarding their knowledge of and experiences with trafficked persons. Sex trafficking violates numerous human rights. Federal, state, and international laws compel an effective response from the government to address these violations. This report describes the legal framework and the various institutional and collaborative responses necessary to address these violations, including services to protect the fundamental human rights of trafficked persons and law enforcement actions to hold traffickers accountable for the crimes they have committed. Despite the increased attention to this problem in recent years, The Advocates has found that often the response of law enforcement is ineffective and the needs of trafficked persons remain unmet. This report includes recommendations to address the barriers to an effective, coordinated response to sex trafficking and to better meet the needs of trafficked women and children. Details: Minneapolis: Advocates for Human Rights, 2008. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://www.theadvocatesforhumanrights.org/sites/608a3887-dd53-4796-8904-997a0131ca54/uploads/REPORT_FINAL.10.13.08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 112713

Author: Rhode Island Justice Commission. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Youth Gangs In Rhode Island: Perceptions Of Youth & Law Enforcement Agencies And Anti-Gang Strategies Summary: The Rhode Island Justice Commission (RIJC), the state’s criminal and juvenile justice planning agency, commissioned a study of youth gangs conducted by W. Bradley Crowther Consultants. The study had a number of components including: (a) surveying of law enforcement agencies; (b) focus groups and surveying of youth in Central Falls, Cranston, Pawtucket, Providence, and Woonsocket, where youth gang activity or the risk of youth gang activity was believed to be greatest; and (c) review of national research about effective anti-gang strategies. Major findings and recommendations from the study are presented. Details: Providence, RI: Rhode Island Justice Commission, 2002. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://www.rijustice.ri.gov/documents/reports/Youth%20Gang%20Report%20August%202002.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Youth Gangs (Rhode Island) Shelf Number: 118739

Author: Beck, Connie J.A. Title: Intimate Partner Abuse in Divorce Mediation: Outcomes from a Long-Term Multi-cultural Study Summary: Despite three decades of scholarly research on numerous aspects of divorce mediation, there is no comprehensive understanding of the short- and long-term outcomes for couples legally ordered to mediation to resolve custody and parenting time disputes or for those using free (or low cost) conciliation court mediation services to do so. Even less is known about the use or effectiveness of court-mandated mediation services among couples alleging intimate partner abuse (IPA). This study was funded by NIJ to address these gaps in the literature. Using several archival court and law enforcement databases, we systematically documented actual percentages of IPA in those participating in mediation, systematically analyzed mediator practices addressing those IPA cases, and systematically assessed mediation outcomes, divorce outcomes and post-decree outcomes for IPA cases. To accomplish this we linked archival data from two court databases and two law enforcement databases for a large matched sample (N=965) of couples involved in the divorce process in one court-based mediation program in one jurisdiction. We first linked data produced in business-as-usual, naturalistic clinical interviews used to screen parents for marital stressors and IPA to questionnaire data also measuring specific IPA-related behaviors. We then linked this IPA data to the mediator’s decisions concerning whether to identify a case as having IPA or not, whether to proceed in mediation or to screen out IPA-identified cases, and whether to provide special procedural accommodations for IPA-identified cases. We then linked the IPA and mediator decision data to mediation outcome data from mediation case files and to outcomes in final divorce decrees and parenting plans found in Superior Court divorce files. We then linked these pre-divorce and divorce data to post-divorce, longitudinal data concerning re-litigation of divorce-related issues in Superior Court and longitudinal data concerning contacts with area law enforcement. The results of this study provide strong empirical support for previous estimates that most couples attending divorce mediation report some level of IPA. Mediators accurately identified many but not all client self-identified cases of IPA. One third of the couples classified as non-IPA reported at least one incident of threatened and escalated physical violence or sexual intimidation, coercion or assault. Cases were rarely screened out of mediation (6%) and special procedural accommodations were most often provided in cases where a parent called the mediation service requesting the accommodations or reporting concerns about IPA and about participating in mediation (84%). Calls to area law enforcement and orders of protection were common (approximately 40% of couples for each category). While mediation agreements that included restrictions on contact between parents or on parenting were rare, the victims of the highest level of IPA often left mediation without agreements and returned to court, wherein they obtained restrictions on contact between parents and/or restrictions on aspects of parenting at a much higher rate than those appearing in mediation agreements. Mediators are not judges and therefore, these results are to be expected. It is a rare abuser who will voluntarily agree to terms that allow less control over contact with the victims and more structured contact with the couple’s children. The majority of parents in the study returned to court at some point to re-litigate divorce-related issues (62%); however, a small group of couples (4.5%) who returned for a tremendous number of hearings (31% of total number of hearings for all couples in study). The fact that parents reaching agreements are less likely to relitigate provide significant support for the use of mediation programs. According to reporting by parents in this study, at least some form of IPA occurred in over 90% of the cases and two thirds of the couples reported that either or both partners utilized outside agency involvement from police, shelters, courts, or hospitals to handle the IPA. These figures represent a tremendous amount of IPA in couples mandated to attend mediation. Thus, it is essential that highly trained mediators who use standardized screening procedures and follow program policies regarding how to handle IPA cases. Details: Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona, 2011. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236868.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Divorce Mediation Shelf Number: 123917

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Report to Congress: Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: This report assesses the impact of mandatory minimum penalties on federal sentencing, particularly in light of the Supreme Court's decision in Booker v. United States, which rendered the federal sentencing guidelines advisory. The United States Sentencing Commission prepared this report pursuant to a congressional directive contained in section 4713 of the Matthew Shepherd and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act of 2009, Pub L. No. 111–84, and the Commission's general authority under 28 U.S.C. §§ 994–995, as well as its specific authority under 28 U.S.C. § 995(a)(20) to "make recommendations to Congress concerning modification or enactment of statutes relating to sentencing, penal, and correctional matters that the Commission finds to be necessary and advisable to carry out an effective, humane, and rational sentencing policy." Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Commission, 2011. 369p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://www.ussc.gov/Legislative_and_Public_Affairs/Congressional_Testimony_and_Reports/Mandatory_Minimum_Penalties/20111031_RtC_Mandatory_Minimum.cfm Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Booker v. United States Shelf Number: 123919

Author: DeBacker, Jason Title: Importing Corruption Culture from Overseas: Evidence from Corporate Tax Evasion in the United States Summary: This paper studies how cultural norms and enforcement policies influence illicit corporate activities. Using confidential IRS audit data, we show that corporations with owners from countries with higher corruption norms engage in higher amounts of tax evasion in the U.S. This effect is strong for small corporations and decreases as the size of the corporation increases. In the mid-2000s, the United States implemented several enforcement measures which significantly increased tax compliance. However, we find that these enforcement efforts were less effective in reducing tax evasion by corporations whose owners are from countries with higher corruption norms. This suggests that cultural norms can be a challenge to legal enforcement. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/public_html/confer/2011/CCf11/DeBacker_Heim_Tran.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 123920

Author: Kaplow, Louis Title: On the Optimal Burden of Proof Summary: The burden of proof is a central feature of adjudication, and analogues exist in many other settings. It constitutes an important but largely unappreciated policy instrument that interacts with the level of enforcement effort and magnitude of sanctions in controlling harmful activity. Models are examined in which the prospect of sanctions affects not only harmful acts but also benign ones, on account of the prospect of mistaken application of sanctions. Accordingly, determination of the optimal strength of the burden of proof, as well as optimal enforcement effort and sanctions, involves trading off deterrence and the chilling of desirable behavior, the latter being absent in previous work. The character of the optimum differs markedly from prior results and from conventional understandings of proof burdens, which can be understood as involving Bayesian posterior probabilities. Additionally, there are important divergences across models in which enforcement involves monitoring (posting officials to be on the lookout for harmful acts), investigation (inquiry triggered by the costless observation of particular harmful acts), and auditing (scrutiny of a random selection of acts). A number of extensions are analyzed, in one instance nullifying key results in prior work. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17765: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17765.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adjudication Shelf Number: 123921

Author: Amendola, Karen L. Title: The Impact of Shift Length in Policing on Performance, Health, Quality of Life, Sleep, Fatigue, and Extra-Duty Employment Summary: Most law enforcement agencies have traditionally deployed their patrol officers based on a 40-hour workweek in which personnel work five consecutive, 8-hour shifts, followed by two days off. In recent years, however, an increasing number of agencies have moved to some variant of a compressed workweek (CWW) schedule in which officers work four 10-hour shifts per week or three 12-hour shifts (plus a time adjustment to make up the remaining 4 hours of the standard 40-hour workweek). While this trend towards CWWs has been moving apace, there have been few, if any, rigorous scientific studies examining the advantages and disadvantages associated with these work schedules for officers and their agencies. In this report, we present data on the prevalence of CWWs in American law enforcement in recent years and provide results from the first known comprehensive randomized experiment exploring the effects of shift length (8- vs. 10- vs. 12-hours) on work performance, safety, health, quality of life, sleep, fatigue, off-duty employment, and overtime usage among police officers. We implemented a randomized block experiment in Detroit (MI) and Arlington (TX), in which the blocks include site (i.e., Detroit, Arlington) as well as shift (day, evening, midnight) in order to examine the effects of the three shift lengths on various outcomes. Work performance was measured using both laboratory simulations and departmental data. Health, quality of life, sleep, sleepiness, off-duty employment, and overtime hours were measured via self-report measures including surveys, sleep diaries, and alertness logs. Fatigue was measured using both objective, laboratory-based instruments, and subjective reports of sleepiness. The results revealed no significant differences between the three shift lengths on work performance, health, or work-family conflict. There were, however, important differences where the other outcomes were concerned. Officers working 10-hour shifts, for example, averaged significantly more sleep and reported experiencing a better quality of work life than did their peers working 8-hour shifts. And officers working 12-hour shifts experienced greater levels of sleepiness (subjective measure of fatigue) and lower levels of alertness at work than those assigned to 8-hour shifts. The results suggest that CWWs are not likely to pose significant health risks or result in worsened performance, and that 10-hour shifts may offer certain benefits not associated with 8-hour shifts, whereas 12-hour shifts may have some disadvantages over 8-hour shifts. Importantly, those on 8-hour shifts averaged significantly less sleep per 24-hour period and worked significantly more overtime hours than those on 10- or 12-hour shifts. As such, a 10-hour shift may be a viable alternative to the traditional 8-hour shift in larger agencies; however, caution is advised when considering 12-hour shifts due to increased levels of selfreported fatigue/sleepiness and lower levels of alertness. Indeed, researchers have noted that individuals tend to underestimate their levels of fatigue, so officers may be more fatigued than they reported while working 12-hour shifts. Additionally, past research has shown increased risks for accidents with increasing numbers of hours worked. It is for these reasons that caution should be exercised when agency leaders consider adopting 12-hour shifts. Finally, the reduced levels of overtime usage for those working 10- and 12-hour shifts suggests the possibility for cost savings for agencies employing compressed schedules. These findings are consistent with many past findings; however, the lack of randomized controlled trials has limited the utility of past studies. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2011. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2012 at: http://policefoundation.org/pdf/Shift%20Length%20Full%20Technical.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Occupational Safety and Health Shelf Number: 123923

Author: Woolfenden, Sue Title: Establishing Appropriate Staffing Levels for Campus Public Safety Departments Summary: IACLEA (International Association of Campus Law Enforcement Administrators) engaged Strategic Direction LLC to conduct a study of appropriate campus public safety staffing levels. It conducted a thorough review of existing literature on this topic, convened focus groups to identify staffing issues and considerations, and administered a comprehensive survey of U.S. campus public safety departments. This publication identifies the factors and considerations that impact staffing, including the characteristics of a particular campus, the geographic setting (urban, rural, suburban), number of students, faculty and staff, programs and/or facilities that have security implications, venues and athletic programs that affect campus public safety staffing, and other considerations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e061122378_Est-Approp-Stfg-Levels_FIN.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 123924

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Sexual Assault of Women by Strangers Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of sexual assault of women by strangers and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then lists a series of questions to help you analyze your local sexual assault problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Sexual assault of women by strangers is but one aspect of the larger set of sexual violence related problems. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms sexual assaults by strangers cause women. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 64p. Source: Problem-Specific Guides Series, Problem-Oriented Guides for Police No. 62, Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/sex_assault_women.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 123925

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: The Integration of Crime Analysis Into Patrol Work: A Guidebook Summary: The Integration of Crime Analysis Into Patrol Work: A Guidebook explores the data and analysis needs of patrol officers and the importance of analysis throughout the police organization. This guidebook explores the current state of the field as it relates to the use of crime analysis and analytical products, the needs of the police organization, and best practices in crime analysis and data collection as they relate to patrol work. The guidebook also illustrates the work of a select group of agencies that successfully integrated crime analysis into patrol services. Helpful examples of crime analysis products are provided. The purpose of this document is to offer guidance to law enforcement agencies on integrating data collection and crime analysis into regular patrol work within a community policing context. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e061120376_Integrating-Crime-Analysis-508.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 123926

Author: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts Title: Task Force for Criminal Justice Collaboration on Mental Health Issues: Final Report Summary: The Judicial Council’s Task Force for Criminal Justice Collaboration on Mental Health Issues recommends that the Judicial Council receive its final report and recommendations and direct the Administrative Director of the Courts to prepare an implementation plan. When approved, the recommendations will provide a framework for improving practices and procedures in cases involving both adult and juvenile offenders with mental illness, for ensuring the fair and expeditious administration of justice for offenders with mental illness, and for promoting improved access to treatment for litigants with mental illness both in the community and in the criminal justice system. Details: San Francisco, CA: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2011. 375p. Source: Report to the Judicial Council: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/20110429itemo.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123927

Author: Smith-Heisters, Skaidra Title: The Nonviolent Offender Rehabilitation Act: Prison Overcrowding, Parole and Sentencing Reform (Proposition 5) Summary: California’s prisons are overburdened because state policies have created an endless cycle of incarceration that does little to promote public safety. An estimated one-third of inmates in California prisons are nonviolent recidivists who have never been sentenced for a violent crime.1 Meanwhile, as a result of sentencing changes in the late 1970s and early ’80s, the prison population has quadrupled, the parolee population has more than quadrupled, and general fund expenditures for the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) have ballooned from 2 percent to 10 percent, or more than $10 billion today. State institutions are at double their capacity, resulting in such poor performance that portions of the state’s criminal justice system are now run by federal mandate. The threat of federal takeover of more of the state’s failing prison system is real and significant. Proposition 5, the Nonviolent Offender Rehabilitation Act, will be decided by voters in the November 4, 2008 General Election. The proposition contains within it some of the important reform measures that numerous advisory committees have for years urged the state to implement.2 These reforms would help to break the state’s appallingly high prison recidivism rate by bringing California’s parole terms and sanctions for parole violation more in line with other states’, which have managed incarcerated populations more effectively. Proposition 5 would also build on the cost-saving drug treatment programs approved by voters in 2000 under Proposition 36, the Substance Abuse and Crime Prevention Act. Details: Los Angeles, CA: The Reason Foundation, 2008. 19p. Source: Policy Brief 74: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://reason.org/files/fca481a6c38c69c7f9ae9761e97bb053.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Nonviolent Offenders (California) Shelf Number: 123928

Author: Gilroy, Leonard Title: Annual Privatization Report 2010: Corrections Summary: This section of Reason Foundation's Annual Privatization Report 2010 provides an overview of the latest news and trends in corrections public-private partnerships (PPPs). Topics include: corrections PPPs in 2010; corrections PPPs Bring Savings in Texas, Florida; State Spotlight: Arizona; State Spotlight: California; State Spotlight: Florida; leveraging the Power of PPPs in Correctional Rehabilitation; corrections 2.0: A Proposal to Create a Continuum of Care in Corrections through Public-Private Partnerships. Details: Los Angeles, CA: The Reason Foundation, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://reason.org/files/corrections_annual_privatization_report_2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Texas, Florida, Arizona Shelf Number: 123929

Author: Cramer, Clayton E. Title: Tough Targets: When Criminals Face Armed Resistance from Citizens Summary: The ostensible purpose of gun control legislation is to reduce firearm deaths and injuries. The restriction of access to firearms will make criminals unable to use guns to shoot people. Gun control laws will also reduce the number of accidental shootings. Those are the desired effects, at least in theory. It is important, however, for conscientious policymakers to consider not only the stated goals of gun control regulations, but the actual results that they produce. What would be the effect of depriving ordinary, law-abiding citizens from keeping arms for self-defense? One result seems certain: the law-abiding would be at a distinct disadvantage should criminals acquire guns from underground markets. After all, it is simply not possible for police officers to get to every scene where they are urgently needed. Outside of criminology circles, relatively few people can reasonably estimate how often people use guns to fend off criminal attacks. If policymakers are truly interested in harm reduction, they should pause to consider how many crimes—murders, rapes, assaults, robberies—are thwarted each year by ordinary persons with guns. The estimates of defensive gun use range between the tens of thousands to as high as two million each year. This paper uses a collection of news reports of self-defense with guns over an eight-year period to survey the circumstances and outcomes of defensive gun uses in America. Federal and state lawmakers often oppose repealing or amending laws governing the ownership or carrying of guns. That opposition is typically based on assumptions that the average citizen is incapable of successfully employing a gun in self-defense or that possession of a gun in public will tempt people to violence in “road rage” or other contentious situations. Those assumptions are false. The vast majority of gun owners are ethical and competent. That means tens of thousands of crimes are prevented each year by ordinary citizens with guns. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2012. 58p. Source: White Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://www.cato.org/pubs/wtpapers/WP-Tough-Targets.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Violence Shelf Number: 123938

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: The State of Sentencing 2011: Developments in Policy and Practice Summary: This report from the Sentencing Project highlights 55 reforms in 29 states and documents a growing trend to reform sentencing policies and scale back the use of imprisonment without compromising public safety. The report provides an overview of recent policy reforms in the areas of sentencing, probation and parole, collateral consequences, and juvenile justice. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on February 3, 2012 at http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/publications/sen_State_of_Sentencing_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 123939

Author: Hercik, Jeanette Title: Development of a Guide to Resources on Faith-Based Organizations in Criminal Justice - Final Report Summary: In developing a guide to faith-based organizations (FBO's) that have supplied resources to the criminal justice system, this project hoped to assist in the development of a research agenda that will determine whether and under what circumstances FBO's can promote public safety by reducing crime and delinquency. A literature review that examined theory and research on the impact of religion on crime and delinquent behavior found that religion is generally inversely related to delinquency and crime; however, the specific concepts and elements of faith and religion that cultivate positive behaviors have not been clearly identified. A broad-based environmental scan that identified promising faith-based programs that support criminal justice initiatives encompassed national networks, community organizations, and local church congregations. The scan identified a wide range of programs and services being provided by FBO's in order to improve outcomes in the areas of crime prevention, intervention, and aftercare. A research brief examines the evolution of religion's focus on criminal justice concerns, with attention to the theoretical foundation of its involvement, the historical context, prior research, contemporary challenges, and recommendations for future research. The brief concludes that the most methodologically rigorous studies show that religion reduces both minor and serious forms of juvenile delinquency and adult criminality. Future research is recommended. Finally, case studies portray innovative faith-based programs, including the Aleph Institute, Amachi Program, Kairos Horizon Communities in Prison, and the Masjid Al-Islam Da'wah Program. The case studies show that engaging FBO's in collaborative, problem-solving partnerships has the potential to improve outcomes for offenders in general, inmates, ex-inmates, and their families. Details: Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/209350.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 123952

Author: Johnson, Jennifer A. Title: Social network analysis in an operational environment: Defining the utility of a network approach for crime analysis using the Richmond City Police Department as a case study Summary: Increased awareness of network-based social action (Castells, 2009), including criminal action, necessitates the incorporation of network-based analyses in the work of the precinct crime analyst. Social network analysis is a social science methodology that can provide crime analysts with a set of quantitative metrics and robust visual displays, through which they can quickly discover, analyze and visualize network-based criminal action with the goal of developing rigorous interdiction strategies. Using ‘real world’ data provided by the Richmond City Police Department, a large urban metropolitan police department located in the United States in Richmond, Virginia, we show how social network analysis can provide a common language through which crime analysts and police detectives can effectively work to quickly develop interdiction strategies in response to criminal activities that afflict local law enforcement agencies. Through both a case study and use of SNA in actual criminal cases, we show how a network approach can assist police in understanding complex behavioral motivations of offenders, strategically hot-spotting people of interest and developing stronger inter-jurisdictional working relationships. Details: Geneva, Switzerland: Geneva Centre for the Democratic Control of Armed Forces, 2011. 23p. Source: International Police Executive Symposium Working Paper No. 39: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.dcaf.ch/content/download/55532/838406/file/WPS39.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 123959

Author: Spain, Susan Kennedy Title: InsideOut Dad Program in Maryland and Ohio Prisons - Evaluation Report Summary: The social, economic, and emotional impacts of parents who are incarcerated are clearly suffered by the children of these parents. The National Institute of Corrections noted that, "Parental arrest and confinement lead to stress, trauma, stigmatization, and separation problems for the children. These problems are coupled with existing troubles that include poverty, violence, parental substance abuse, high crime environments, intra-family abuse, abuse and neglect, multiple care givers, or prior separations. As a result, these children often exhibit a broad variety of behavioral, emotional, health, and educational problems that are compounded by the pain of separation" (LIS, Inc. for NIC, 2002, p.1). In addition, children of incarcerated parents are six times more likely than other children to be incarcerated at some point in their lives (Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Bill, Senate Report 106-404, 2001). These parents also feel the strain of separation from their families. There are many benefits to keeping the families intact even though a parent is incarcerated. Less strain and stress for both children and parents have been noted, and parents who are incarcerated can still be involved in their children’s lives in a positive way. Parental contact can build supportive and healthy relationships that help both the parents and children especially upon the offender’s reentry back into the community. How widespread is the problem of incarcerated parents with minor children? In the most recent national survey of incarcerated parents conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) and released as a Special Report: Incarcerated Parents and Their Children (Mumola, 2000), parents held in U. S. prisons had an estimated 1,498,800 minor children in 1999. Between 1991 and 1999, which represents an eight-year span, an increase of over 500,000 minors with parents in prison occurred. With the prison population continuing to increase (Harrison and Beck, 2006) and another eight year span approaching since the BJS survey on incarcerated parents, we can only surmise that we have at least another 500,000 children to add to the statistics cited from the 1999 survey bringing the estimated total to 2,000,000 minor children with parents in prison. The Center for Children of Incarcerated Parents estimates there are 2.8 million minor children with incarcerated parents in prisons and jails (2006). Not much is being done in the prisons to address this widespread problem. Although more than half of the state prisoners and close to two-thirds of federal prisoners had at least one minor child, a majority of both fathers and mothers reported never having a personal visit with their children since admission (Mumola, 2000, p.5). Almost three-fourths of the fathers (and more than 50% of the mothers) were serving sentences of more than five years (Ibid. p.6). This means that many of these minor children will lose contact with their incarcerated parent for long periods of time and in some cases permanently. Many states have inadequate resources for programs that provide services to families. Moreover, the limited programs currently found in prisons that address family reunification or parenting are more likely found in prisons for women rather than for men (LIS, Inc. for NIC, 2002, p.6). While these programs are essential for both parents, they are especially lacking for fathers in prison. National Fatherhood Initiative® (NFI) designed the InsideOut Dad™ Program to address the specific needs of incarcerated fathers by bridging the gap between the inmate father and his children (NFI, 2005). Details: Germantown, Maryland: National Fatherhood Initiative, 2009. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.fatherhood.org/document.doc?id=57 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Ohio) (Maryland) Shelf Number: 123963

Author: Smith, Linda G. Title: National Fatherhood Initiative Summary: The social, economic, and emotional impacts of parents who are incarcerated are clearly suffered by the children of these parents. The National Institute of Corrections noted that, “Parental arrest and confinement lead to stress, trauma, stigmatization, and separation problems for the children. These problems are coupled with existing troubles that include poverty, violence, parental substance abuse, high crime environments, intra-family abuse, abuse and neglect, multiple care givers, or prior separations. As a result, these children often exhibit a broad variety of behavioral, emotional, health, and educational problems that are compounded by the pain of separation” (LIS, Inc. for NIC, 2002, p.1). In addition, children of incarcerated parents are six times more likely than other children to be incarcerated at some point in their lives (Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Bill, Senate Report 106-404, 2001). These parents also feel the strain of separation from their families. There are many benefits to keeping the families intact even though a parent is incarcerated. Less strain and stress for both children and parents have been noted, and parents who are incarcerated can still be involved in their children’s lives in a positive way. Parental contact can build supportive and healthy relationships that help both the parents and children especially upon the offender’s reentry back into the community. How widespread is the problem of incarcerated parents with minor children? In the most recent national survey of incarcerated parents conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) and released as a Special Report: Incarcerated Parents and Their Children (Mumola, 2000), parents held in U. S. prisons had an estimated 1,498,800 minor children in 1999. Between 1991 and 1999, which represents an eight year span, an increase of over 500,000 minors with parents in prison occurred. With the prison population continuing to increase (Harrison and Beck, 2006) and another eight year span approaching since the BJS survey on incarcerated parents, we can only surmise that we have at least another 500,000 children to add to the statistics cited from the 1999 survey bringing the estimated total to 2,000,000 minor children with parents in prison. The Center for Children of Incarcerated Parents estimates there are 2.8 million minor children with incarcerated parents in prisons and jails (2006). Not much is being done in the prisons to address this widespread problem. Although more than half of the state prisoners and close to two-thirds of federal prisoners had at least one minor child, a majority of both fathers and mothers reported never having a personal visit with their children since admission (Mumola, 2000, p.5). Almost three-fourths of the fathers (and more than 50% of the mothers) were serving sentences of more than five years (Ibid. p.6). This means that many of these minor children will lose contact with their incarcerated parent for long periods of time and in some cases permanently. Many states have inadequate resources for programs that provide services to families. Moreover, the limited programs currently found in prisons that address family reunification or parenting are more likely found in prisons for women rather than for men (LIS, Inc. for NIC, 2002, p.6). While these programs are essential for both parents, they are especially lacking for fathers in prison. National Fatherhood Initiative® (NFI) designed the InsideOut Dad™ Program to address the specific needs of incarcerated fathers by bridging the gap between the inmate father and his children (NFI, 2005). Details: Germantown, Maryland: National Fatherhood Initiative, 2008. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.fatherhood.org/document.doc?id=60 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 123964

Author: Schmitz, Connie C. Title: Final Report and Summative Evaluation Plan for the Ramsey County ACE Program Summary: The Ramsey County ACE program is a long-term intervention program for children under 10 who are found to be at high risk for serious, violent, and chronic juvenile delinquency. Founded in late 1999, ACE serves our society’s most vulnerable population of children: that is, those who have committed a chargeable offense at a very young age and who come from multi-generational, multi-problem families. In working with ACE children and their families, ACE takes a broad public health, intensive case management approach. Through an inter-agency service delivery team, the resources of multiple county departments, police, schools, and community agencies are coordinated on an individual basis. Child and family case management is provided weekly by community workers from the time of the child’s initial screening until age 18. The goals of ACE are to reduce problem behaviors, to increase school bonding and success, and to prevent the children from entering the juvenile justice system. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Professional Evaluation Services and Professional Data Analysts, Inc., 2004. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.co.ramsey.mn.us/NR/rdonlyres/82A097AE-978C-4F63-9C68-30B6829A7A2F/1752/ACE_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 123965

Author: LaFree, Gary Title: Hot Spots of Terrorism and Other Crimes in the United States, 1970 to 2008 Summary: While efforts are increasingly aimed at understanding and identifying “hot spots” of ordinary crime, little is known about the geographic concentration of terrorist attacks. What areas are most prone to terrorism? Does the geographic concentration of attacks change over time? Do specific ideologies motivate and concentrate terrorist attacks? Moreover, what factors increase the risk that an attack will occur in a particular area? Using recently released data from the Global Terrorism Database, we address these gaps in our knowledge by examining county-level trends in terrorist attacks in the United States from 1970 through 2008. This research was motivated by issues related to three research areas: geographic concentration of terrorist attacks, terrorism and ordinary crime, and predicting geographic concentrations of terrorist attacks. Like ordinary crime, terrorism hot spots are predominately located in large, metropolitan areas. While some locales remain targets of terrorist attacks, to a large extent hot spots of terrorist attacks demonstrate a significant amount of variability over time. Moreover, we find significant variability in the ideologies motivating terrorist attacks across decades. Terrorism and ordinary crime occur in many of the same areas. We find that while some traditional predictors of ordinary crime also predict terrorist attacks, many robust correlates of ordinary crime do not. These data were limited in some respects; much more work in this area is needed to fully understand the linkages between terrorism and ordinary crime. Details: College Park, MD: START, 2012. 36p. Source: Final Report to Human Factors/Behavioral Science Division, Science and Technology Directorate, U.S. Department of Homeland Security: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://start.umd.edu/start/publications/research_briefs/LaFree_Bersani_HotSpotsOfUSTerrorism.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Data Shelf Number: 123973

Author: Lichtenwald, Terrance G. Title: Smuggling Multi-Consignment Contraband: Isolated Incidents or a New Trend? Summary: The study included an extensive literature review and a number of scholarly articles, books, national and international government documents, and newspaper stories. Web crawlers ran 24 hours a day every day between the years 2004 through 2009, with all possible MCC combinations being searched for (i.e., drugs, guns, jewels, nuclear weapons, cigarettes, wildlife, immigrants, human trafficking, etc.), and located key words identifying MCC incidents. This study found 16 documented cases of smugglers transporting more than one type of contraband in the same shipment. MCC shipments were frequently associated with Phase II and III smuggling organizations. MCC is occurring by land, air, and sea. A number of cases were identified where a smuggler or smuggling organization had smuggled more than one type of contraband but not in the same shipment. There were two incidents of a smuggler using multiple contrabands as a Trojan horse. There was one incident of a weapons smuggler assisting what he believed was a terrorist group involved in drug production and smuggling, with purchasing one hundred Igla surface-to-air missiles, armor-piercing rocket launchers, and combat helicopters. There was one finding of a smuggling organization having an armory that included a light anti-tank weapon. Details: Springfield, MO: Inside Homeland Security, Summer 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.all-about-forensic-science.com/support-files/smuggling.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Smuggling Shelf Number: 123974

Author: Ramirez, Victoria Title: The Effectiveness of Implementing Gang Injunction in Latino Communities Summary: Gang injunctions are restrictions that prohibit gang members from certain activities intended to break a gang’s common routines in a neighborhood. There have been studies on both sides of the spectrum, those allegedly against gang injunctions and those in favor of placing them. This study measures the effectiveness of gang injunctions through the use of surveys and interviews where I compare the responses of the residents living outside the gang injunction area to those living within the gang injunction area in the city of Compton, California. This study evaluates the way a gang injunction is introduced, implemented, and what results from it from a Latino resident’s point of view focusing on neighborhood safety, police involvement in the community, and community involvement by residents. Furthermore, this study shows that reduction in crime is in no way linked to the implementation of a gang injunction, as the relationships between residents and the police have decreased. According to the responses, residents are reluctant to call the police, not due to fear but because they do not provide the safety they are looking for; therefore, the removal of gang injunctions will eliminate the invisible barrier they create between residents and law enforcement. Details: Unpublished. University of California, Irvine, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2012 at http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=%22the%20effectiveness%20of%20implementing%20gang%20injunctions%20in%20latino%20communities%22&source=web&cd=1&sqi=2&ved=0CCEQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.chicanolatinostudies.uci.edu%2Ffiles%2Fchicanolatinostudies%2Fdocs%2F2011%2FAwards%2FJeff%2520Garcilazo%2520Awards%2F2009-10Winners%2F2ndPlace-EffectivenessOfImplementingGangInjunctions.doc&ei=u64tT7bJLujk0QG0oZXiCg&usg=AFQjCNGwMG5TtZWw7LNReVp-7Bx3ZeryyA Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 123975

Author: Howard, Lisbeth Title: Methamphetamine Use by Adult and Juvenile Arrestees in 2010 Summary: Interviews with adult and juvenile arrestees regarding drug use and other risky behaviors have been conducted by the San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) in San Diego since 1987. This CJ Bulletin is part of a series of four presenting Substance Abuse Monitoring (SAM) data collected in calendar year 2010. Information collected from the SAM project provides useful, objective indicators regarding meth use trends over time, as well as other information regarding treatment access, distribution, and other risky behaviors of concern. As part of this effort, all arrestees who are randomly selected to participate in the SAM project and report methamphetamine (meth) use in the past 30 days are asked to complete a meth addendum. In 2010, 172 adults and 10 juveniles completed the addendum, which includes questions that pertain to how the arrestees obtain and use meth, their involvement in distribution, the effect it has on their lives, and their participation in treatment services. In 2010, this data collection effort was generously supported by the California Border Alliance Group (CBAG), County of San Diego Alcohol and Drug Services, the District Attorney’s Office, and the Public Safety Group. Their support, as well as the cooperation of the San Diego County Sheriff’s and Probation Departments, is gratefully acknowledged. Details: San Diego, CA: Criminal Justice Division, SANDAG, 2011. 11p. Source: CJ Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2012 at http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1619_13747.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123985

Author: Correia, Debbie Title: Gang Involvement Among San Diego County Arrestees in 2010 Summary: The nexus between gangs and crime is commonly accepted and well documented in the research. While crime has been trending downward, gang activity and membership have been reported to be on the increase. According to the recently released National Gang Threat Assessment (National Gang Intelligence Center, 2011), a steady resurgence of gang problems has occurred in many jurisdictions in recent years. In addition to increasing numbers, gangs are expanding into more non-traditional criminal enterprises such as pimping/pandering, human trafficking, and white-collar crimes. San Diego County has not necessarily seen an increase in gang membership or gang sets with approximately 170 different gangs consisting of around 7,700 members (San Diego Police Department, 2011). However, the region has experienced the diversification of gang activities with human trafficking (e.g. prostitution) and pimping/pandering gaining increased attention from law enforcement, non-profit organizations, and the U.S. Attorney’s Office. Additionally, because of San Diego County’s close proximity to the Mexican border, some local gangs under the supervision of the Mexican Mafia are trafficking narcotics for the cartels on the U.S. side of the border (San Diego Police Department, 2010). Details: San Diego, CA: Criminal Justice Research Division, SANDAD, 2011. 14p. Source: CJ Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2012 at http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1618_13746.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 123986

Author: Hayes, Richard A. Title: Gangs in North Carolina: An Analysis of GangNET Data Summary: Since 1997 the North Carolina Criminal Justice Analysis Center (NCCJAC) of the Governor’s Crime Commission (GCC) has investigated and published more than a dozen reports on the existence and extent of criminal gangs in North Carolina. Once thought of as a juvenile activity or not significant enough to investigate or report, these activities earned a dominate role in criminal justice activities in the first decade of the 21st century. In the past 10 years, a codified definition of what constitutes a criminal gang has been established. New laws and enhancements to existing laws and sanctions have been implemented and a tremendous amount of state and community funding has been expended in efforts to deter, prevent, divert, investigate and suppress gang activities. Communications across jurisdictions, law enforcement agencies, state and federal prosecutors and corrections have been greatly advanced with the growth of the N.C. Gang Investigators Association, N.C. GangNET, Project Safe Neighborhoods, the High Point Model and other efforts all designed to confront the issue of criminal gangs. The ability for this agency to collect meaningful data has strengthened since nearly all communities are now willing to identify and report on the activities of criminal gang members and the gangs they represent either via N.C. GangNET, informal meetings or surveys. Today data is now available to provide a meaningful snapshot of what the data tells us about criminal gangs and their members in North Carolina. The NCCJAC does not attempt to serve as experts on gangs and criminal gang activities. This can only be accomplished by local law enforcement when talking about the groups and individuals within their respective jurisdictions. This sociological and criminological topic is too broad to afford topical expertise, but there is ability for specialization in specific elements of the multifarious components that make up the subject of criminal gangs and their activities. This agency has made great efforts to specialize in the demographic composition and geographical disbursement of gangs and their members as reported via several data sources, most recently relying on the N.C. GangNET databases. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Criminal Justice Analysis Center, Governor's Crime Commission, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.ncgccd.org/pdfs/gangs2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 123989

Author: Ozdemir, Habib Title: Zero Tolerance in Implementation of Gun-Free School Zones Act of 1995 in the USA Summary: The Gun-Free School Zones Act of 1995 aimed to provide a safe environment to children in building their and nation's future. However, the harsh discipline suggested by this act may cause severe negative outcomes for kids‟ psychologies and judgment skills, especially by mandatory expulsions. Since the act decreased the illegal gun possession at schools and outlying areas, this paper proposes to continue the implementation of the act with some amendments. A suggested network comprised of educators, police, families, peer/youth organizations is assumed to improve the results of the act while promoting the role of teachers in the eyes of students and sharing their responsibilities with the courts in expelling students through court verdicts. In this project, police is the major institution in dealing with delinquency within schools and surroundings with specialized units. Families and peer/youth organizations are silent but more constructive units of this network. It is projected that there will a strong commitment and information sharing within the network components. Details: International Police Executive Symposium (IPES) and the Geneva Center for the Democratic Control of the Armed Forces (DCAF) and COGINTA., 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: IPES/DCAF Working Paper No 32; Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.ipes.info/WPS/WPS_No_32.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 123993

Author: Lindo, Jason M. Title: Drawn into Violence: Evidence on 'What Makes a Criminal' from the Vietnam Draft Lotteries Summary: Draft lottery number assignment during the Vietnam Era provides a natural experiment to examine the effects of military service on crime. Using exact dates of birth for inmates in state and federal prisons in 1979, 1986, and 1991, we find that draft eligibility increases incarceration for violent crimes but decreases incarceration for non-violent crimes among whites. This is particularly evident in 1979, where two-sample instrumental variable estimates indicate that military service increases the probability of incarceration for a violent crime by 0.34 percentage points and decreases the probability of incarceration for a nonviolent crime by 0.30 percentage points. We conduct two falsification tests, one that applies each of the three binding lotteries to unaffected cohorts and another that considers the effects of lotteries that were not used to draft servicemen. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 17818: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17818.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Military Service Shelf Number: 123995

Author: Crowe, Ann H. Title: Underage Drinking: Intervention Principles and Practice Guidelines for Community Correction Summary: For more than two decades, the people of the United States have benefited from a uniform minimum legal drinking age (MLDA) of 21. This has been one of the most successful public health regulations ever implemented (Voas, 2006). Many thousands of lives have been saved and tragedies averted. According to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the MLDA law has saved almost 24,000 lives in traffic crashes alone since 1975, when states began raising the drinking age. This figure does not include the many thousands of other types of injury and death that can result from alcohol use and that have been prevented since the law was changed (Jones, Pieper, & Robertson, 1992). These laws are highly effective, but they do require continued commitment and effort for enforcement. Underage drinking is both a public safety and a public health challenge in the United States. More notably, however, as is brought forth in the Surgeon General’s Call to Action To Prevent and Reduce Underage Drinking (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2007), underage drinking is an issue that our society continues to grapple with and work to overcome for the betterment of our nation’s youth. Many of the strategies to reduce underage drinking have focused on decreasing the availability of alcohol to underage drinkers, reducing opportunities and occasions for underage drinking, and diminishing the demand for alcohol among youth. These strategies have proved to be successful, but young people do continue to engage in illegal alcohol consumption and to be exposed to the many risks it entails. A thoughtful and comprehensive approach to dealing with underage drinkers is clearly needed. Only in recent years has our society begun to truly grapple with this issue, particularly at the federal level. One of the most prominent agencies within the federal government that has taken action to address underage drinking is the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP). Since its inception in 1974, OJJDP has supported local and state efforts to prevent delinquency and improve the juvenile justice system. In 1998, Congress gave OJJDP the authority to administer the Enforcement of Underage Drinking Laws (EUDL) program. The EUDL program supports and enhances efforts by states and local jurisdictions to reduce the availability of alcohol to minors and to prevent underage drinking by minors. Close partnerships between law enforcement agencies and communitybased groups involved in preventing and intervening in underage drinking are strongly encouraged by the program. As the only federal program devoted exclusively to preventing alcohol consumption by minors, OJJDP offers states and local jurisdictions funding, comprehensive training, and technical assistance to guide them in their efforts (see OJJDP, 2009). The community corrections field, specifically probation and diversion, performs an important role in the EUDL program in both prevention and intervention when dealing with underage drinking offenders.1 Community corrections professionals can work closely with judges, attorneys, and other justice professionals to handle each underage drinking case in the most effective and appropriate fashion. Community corrections professionals can also work with community-based groups in efforts to prevent underage drinking through community-wide initiatives that reach both parents and youth. Appendix A provides some examples of local and state EUDL coalitions in which community corrections agencies have partnered. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2011. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/appa/pubs/UDIPPGCC.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 123996

Author: Bauldry, Shawn Title: Positive Support: Mentoring and Depression Among High-Risk Youth Summary: Positive Support examines the potential benefits of matching high-risk youth with faith-based mentors. Drawing on surveys and interviews with young people who participated in the National Faith-Based Initiative, we found that mentored youth were less likely to show signs of depression than the youth who were not matched with a mentor. This in turn was related to a variety of other beneficial outcomes, including handling conflict better and fewer self-reported instances of arrests. The report concludes with a consideration of the challenges of implementing a mentoring program for high-risk youth and how they might be overcome. Details: New York: P/PV, Public/Private Ventures, 2006. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.ppv.org/ppv/publications/assets/202_publication.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 124009

Author: MENTOR/National Mentoring Partnership Title: Mentoring: A Promising Intervention for Children of Prisoners Summary: Incarceration rates have increased substantially in the United States over the past several decades (Travis et al., 2001; U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, www.ojp.usdoj.gov/bjs). As crime rates spiked in this country in the 1980’s, so did the call for more punitive and accountability-based approaches to stem the rising tide of crime. While the debate continues as to the wisdom of the policies that resulted from this crackdown on crime, including the jailing of more drug and other non-violent offenders and longer sentences for violent offenders, there seems to be little controversy over the fact that this trend has caused what one could term “collateral damage.” This damage isn’t to the offenders, victims, or the communities from which the offenders enter local jails or state correctional facilities and federal prisons; although one could argue that the damage resides there as well. The damage is to the children of those offenders, negatively impacted by the incarceration of their parents. It is a group—that, along with their families, has been described as more at-risk than any other subculture in this country (Travis et al., 2001). To better understand children of prisoners, it is necessary to understand the scope of this problem, the life circumstances facing the children and their parents at the time of incarceration, the impact of the incarceration on the children from a developmental perspective, and the potential benefit different types of interventions may provide. This paper explores these issues and the specific benefit mentoring may provide as an intervention. Details: Alexandria, VA: MENTOR/National Mentoring Partnership, 2007. 32p. Source: Issue 10, Research in Action: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.mentoring.org/downloads/mentoring_391.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124011

Author: Bauldry, Shawn Title: The Promise and Challenge of Mentoring High-Risk Youth: Findings from the National Faith-Based Initiative Summary: This report, the third derived from research out of the National Faith-Based Initiative (NFBI), examines how faith-based organizations designed and implemented mentoring programs for high-risk youth. Focusing on four NFBI sites (in the Bronx and Brooklyn, NY; Baton Rouge, LA; and Philadelphia, PA), the report takes up three key questions: How were the best practices of community-based mentoring programs adapted to address the specific needs of faith-based mentors and high-risk youth? How did the organizations draw on the faith community to recruit volunteers, and who came forward? And finally, how successful were the mentoring relationships—how long did they last and what potential did they show? Details: New York: P/PV, Public/Private Ventures, 2004. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.ppv.org/ppv/publications/assets/171_publication.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 124012

Author: Garringer, Michael Title: "It May Be the Missing Piece" - Exploring the Mentoring of Youth in Systems of Care Summary: As youth mentoring has grown in popularity over the past two decades, the field has consistently faced a dilemma: wanting to expand mentoring into new service areas and bring support to increasingly highrisk youth, while potentially struggling to find sufficient resources and relevant research to guide this expansion. Early mentoring proponent Mark Freedman called this dilemma “fervor without infrastructure” in his seminal 1993 book The Kindness of Strangers, and in many ways, his past concern for mentoring’s future has been realized in its present. The high-quality research of the 1990s and early 2000s by organizations like Public/Private Ventures, and researchers such as David DuBois and Jean Grossman, demonstrated the convincing effectiveness of certain mentoring models while also creating new curiosity as to how mentoring could be used to support different populations or be fused with other youth services. The apparent combination of effectiveness and flexibility of mentoring interventions has created an environment where mentoring is viewed as a “go to” strategy for many serious issues facing disadvantaged youth. As a result, recent years have seen substantial funding, both public and private, directed to programs serving higher-risk youth: children of incarcerated parents, gang-involved youth, homeless youth, youth who have suffered abuse and trauma, teenagers in juvenile detention, children and adolescents with disabilities, and most recently, youth who have been victims of sex trafficking. While this expansion of mentoring has increased support for young people, many in the field note that the research on these innovative models tends to be sparse. Mentoring is being applied to more difficult youth issues, but there continues to be a shortage of research around best practices for developing, implementing, and sustaining mentoring programs that serve youth involved in various systems of care. Just how much do we know about mentoring “system-involved” youth? What can we learn from current research? And what remains unknown or unconsidered by researchers, practitioners, and policymakers? These questions provided the backdrop for the 2011 Summer Institute on Youth Mentoring (SIYM), where over 50 mentoring researchers, practitioners, service providers, and policymakers gathered to discuss the issues related to mentoring youth in the child welfare, juvenile justice, and other systems. The weeklong event at Portland State University featured presentations from innovative researchers and clinicians, as well as intense discussion about the implications for practice. This year’s proceedings also featured two new events hosted by the Center for Interdisciplinary Mentoring Research (CIMR) and designed to engage the broader youth-serving community: The Summer Symposium on Mentoring Research (see page 20), which brought a dozen prominent researchers together for a series of short presentations, and a Policy Summit (page 21), which fostered a dialogue on these issues with government leaders, private philanthropists, foundations, and others in position to influence the future direction of the mentoring field. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.pdx.edu/youth-mentoring/sites/www.pdx.edu.youth-mentoring/files/It%20May%20Be%20the%20Missing%20Piece.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 124013

Author: Commonwealth Corporation Title: DYS Holyoke Mentoring Pilot Program - Fiscal Year 2009 Report Summary: In fiscal year 2009, Commonwealth Corporation (CommCorp), in partnership with Mass Mentoring Partnership (MMP), brought together DYS and local faith-based organizations – Light of Restoration Ministries and Faith Unlimited, Inc. – in Holyoke, Massachusetts, and implemented a mentoring pilot program that targeted youth in the reentry phase of their commitment to DYS. This approach was based on a positive youth development approach that enables youth, in partnership with the adults working with them, to be active participants in all aspects of their life planning. The Walk in My Shoes mentoring pilot program, as the pilot was named, was managed by CommCorp and focused on providing education and employment-focused mentoring to young people, committed to the care of DYS in the Holyoke area. This program was established to pilot and evaluate a mentoring approach that would have the greatest impact on the lives of DYS clients and respond to their unique strengths and needs. All collaborating partners in this pilot shared a similar perspective and approach to breaking down institutional barriers to assist DYS-involved youth in gaining the key skills and knowledge they need to be productive in their communities and today‟s economy. Through mentoring, the two major goals of the Walk in My Shoes mentoring pilot program were: a) to expand opportunities for DYS youth through exposure to educational and career opportunities, and b) to develop community connections linked to cultivating young people's sense of interest and involvement in the community and in career and future. Using a site-based, group mentoring model, with opportunities for one-to-one mentoring, the pilot initiative aimed to partner 12 adult mentors from the Holyoke community with 12 youth, between the ages of 16-21, all of whom were in the reentry phase of their commitment to DYS. Adult mentors were recruited from the Holyoke community, with a focus on those who shared similar backgrounds and reflected the socio-cultural demographics of the DYS youth involved in the pilot. Based on an evaluation plan that included a pre- and post-survey for mentees and mentors and other sources of feedback, an evaluation team from CommCorp collected data to assess the efficacy of this approach. Both this evaluation data and subsequent recommendations for future mentoring programs for DYS youth are further discussed in this report. Details: Boston, MA: Commonwealth Corporation Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://www.commcorp.org/resources/documents/FY%2009%20DYS%20Mentoring%20Annual%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Faith-Based Organizations Shelf Number: 124014

Author: Toldson, Ivory A. Title: Breaking Barriers 2: Plotting the Path Away from Juvenile Detention and Toward Academic Success for School-age African American Males Summary: In 2008, the Congressional Black Caucus Foundation (CBCF) released Breaking Barriers: Plotting the Path to Academic Success for School-age African-American Males, which is widely regarded as one of the most important scholarly contributions for promoting academic achievement among black males. Overall, we learned that education is most effective for black males when it promotes positive school-related growth experiences, with particular emphasis on teacher–student relationships, didactic learning, and emotional support. Cooperative parenting arrangements, and positive parent–child communication, including parents expressing praise and helping with homework, also promote academic success among Black male students. In addition, through civic engagement, volunteerism and sports, academic functioning and peer relations can be improved. Finally, educators must advocate for policies that reduce racial disparities in income, and increase equity and inclusion in education. Above any other lesson, we learned that our work is far from complete. Recent trends in the juvenile justice system and school disciplinary practices threaten the foundation of the school experience and are contributing to schools taking on the appearance of correctional facilities. We applaud the work of the American Civil Liberties Union and the NAACP Legal Defense Fund for alerting the nation to a systemic problem, aptly called the school-to-prison pipeline. Reports on the school-to-prison pipeline demonstrate that zero tolerance and the use of law enforcement to address minor disciplinary problems at school ultimately lead to a rise in the number of juvenile inmates, as well as racial disparities in juvenile detention and academic attainment. The next step is to research specific strategies to create an environment that is consistent with lower levels of delinquency and higher levels of academic success for black males. Breaking Barriers 2: Plotting the Path Away from Juvenile Detention and Toward Academic Success for School-age African-American Males analyzes the responses of a spectrum of black males: high achievers and low achievers; those with arrest records and those without; those who have participated in delinquent activities and those who have not; those who go to safe schools and those who do not; and those who live in safe communities and those who do not. In total, 4,470 school-age black males from across the nation have responded to the surveys analyzed in this report, giving us a complete picture of the life and circumstances of black males who choose to do the right thing, avoid criminal justice involvement, and enjoy higher levels of academic success. We hope that school administrators, teachers, families, legislators, community leaders, and policymakers will use the research findings in our second Breaking Barriers report to create an academic and social environment that is consistent with the most positive youth experiences for black males, ultimately to plot their paths away from the juvenile justice system and toward higher levels of academic success. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Black Caucus Foundation, Inc., 2011. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://cbcfinc.org/oUploadedFiles/BreakingBarriers2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 124015

Author: Spohn, Cassia Title: Policing and Prosecuting Sexual Assault in Los Angeles City and County: A Collaborative Study in Partnership with the Los Angeles Police Department, the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department, and the Los Angeles County District Attorney's Office Summary: We use quantitative data on the outcomes of sexual assaults reported to the LAPD and the LASD, detailed quantitative and qualitative data from case files for a sample of cases reported to the two agencies, and interviews with detectives and with deputy district attorneys to pursue five objectives: 1) to document the extent of case attrition and to identify the stages of the criminal justice process where attrition is most likely to occur; 2) to identify the case complexities and evidentiary factors that affect the likelihood of attrition in sexual assault cases; 3) to identify the predictors of case outcomes in sexual assault cases; 4) to provide a comprehensive analysis of the factors that lead police to unfound the charges in sexual assault cases; and 5) to identify the situations in which sexual assault cases are being cleared by exceptional means. We also identify the themes that emerged from our interviews with officials in each agency and with sexual assault survivors. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 535p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237582.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates Shelf Number: 124016

Author: Garza, V. Title: Vulnerabilities of the National Border Security Strategy on the U.S. Border Patrol Summary: This report analyzes critical issues within the United States Border Patrol that have led to high attrition rates within the agency and an all-time low in morale among Border Patrol agents. A broadcast of Lou Dobbs Tonight reported, "Customs and border protection agents' hands are tied because their job no longer includes enforcement. Instead they have to man their posts 8-10 hours a day to serve as a deterrent, part of a bureaucratic decision that critics say is jeopardizing our national security.”1 The United States Border Patrol, a critical agency within the U.S. Bureau of Customs and Border Protection, is responsible for defending our borders between ports of entry. But when they are told to stand down and not do their job, who will? In June 2004, the Border Patrol station in Temecula, California, formed a special Mobile Patrol Group that conducted a series of illegal alien sweeps in the communities of Norco, Corona, Escondido. The 12-man group made more than 450 arrests resulting in both approval and contempt. Latino activists were enraged, accusing the Border Patrol of violating their civil rights. Asa Hutchinson, then Undersecretary of Homeland Security, announced that while the sweeps were not illegal, they did breach policy and the chain of command. Robert Bonner, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Commissioner, issued that same month an order that all future enforcement operations within the surrounding areas of checkpoints must first be approved by Border Patrol Headquarters in Washington, D.C. Morale at the Temecula border patrol station sank to its lowest level. “We don't know which way to turn – for once, we were doing our job, what the government pays us to do," said Ron Zermeno, shop steward for the National Border Patrol Council at the Temecula station.2 The purpose of this report is to raise significant problems within the National Border Patrol Strategy and how these problems affect the mission of the U.S. Border Patrol. This report is divided into three main parts. The first looks at the different risks and vulnerabilities that have shaped Border Patrol strategies at the northern and southwest borders. The second part focuses on Border Patrol operations: the history of Border Patrol, priorities pre and post 9/11, budget obligations and resources, and cooperation with land management agencies on federal borderlands. The last section analyzes the effects of problems internal to Border Patrol agents on national security. Areas focused on include inadequate staffing, insufficient technology, and attrition rates. A solution for a long-term Border Patrol strategy is beyond the scope of this report. Follow-up work should include possible assessments to determine the optimal number of personnel needed to secure the border. An evaluation of the proper technology necessary to deploy to the northern and southern border is also critical. It is essential that the Department of Homeland Security develop a long-term National Border Security Strategy based on a risk and vulnerability assessment. Details: Los Angeles, CA: CREATE - Center for Risk and Economic Analysis of Terrorism Events, 2005. 36p. Source: Report #05-022: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2012 at http://create.usc.edu/research/50792.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124023

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Minnesota Felony Driving While Impaired Report Summary: In June 2001, the Minnesota Legislature amended the state’s DWI laws by creating a felony-level offense. The felony offense applies to individuals who violate the state’s DWI laws and have prior convictions for three or more DWIs within the last ten years, a previous conviction for a felony DWI, or a previous conviction for criminal vehicular homicide or injury. The law stipulates a mandatory sentence that can be no less than three years but no greater than seven years, and the court may stay execution but not imposition of the sentence. Minnesota sentencing guidelines presume an executed sentence of imprisonment for offenders convicted of a felony DWI who have a criminal history score greater than two or those who have a previous felony DWI conviction regardless of criminal history score. Offenders who receive an executed sentence also are placed on conditional release for an additional five years after their release from prison. Failure to comply with conditions of release may result in revocation and return to prison. Sentencing guidelines presume a stayed sentence for offenders who have a criminal history score of two or less. The court must apply the mandatory penalties for nonfelony DWI offenses for those who receive a stayed sentence, which may include a jail term, intensive supervised release, long-term alcohol monitoring, and any chemical dependency treatment recommended. The court may order the stayed sentence to be executed if any conditions are violated; if so, the offender is committed to the commissioner of corrections and incarcerated in prison. This is the second report submitted on felony DWI offenders committed to the commissioner of corrections. In 2009, the legislature amended the statute requiring the commissioner submit a report on the effects of the felony DWI offense (M.S. §244.085) by narrowing the scope of the report. Specifically, the scope of the report was reduced from all persons convicted of a felony DWI to those convicted of a felony DWI and sentenced to prison, which includes offenders given an executed sentence (new court commitments) as well as those whose stayed sentence was executed following a probation violation (probation violators). Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2010. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/legislativereports/documents/12-10FelonyDWI.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 124034

Author: Bernsen, James A. Title: The Costs of Illegal Immigration to Texas Summary: Texas, which accounts for about half of the U.S. border with Mexico, has been particularly hard hit by the costs of illegal immigration. The state has seen an extraordinary growth in immigration over the last few decades. In 1970, there were only 310,000 foreign-born citizens in the state. By 1990, that number had increased 391 percent, to 1.5 million. The immigration rate since then has exploded. According to a 2004 U.S. Census Bureau estimate, the number of foreign born residents of Texas in that year was 3.45 million – 1,100 percent of the 1970 number. In 1970, the foreign-born population of Texas was three percent. In 1990, it was eight percent. In 2004, foreign-born residents represented 15.7 percent of all Texans. Although Texas has seen widespread migration from within the United States as well, this wave of external immigration comes with much more profound social – and fiscal – consequences. The majority of this increase comes from legal immigrants, but a large – and proportionately growing – percentage comes from illegal immigrants. Texas, according to the Census Bureau, is now home to 15 percent of all illegal immigrants in the United States. Since 1993, the population has doubled by conservative estimates. Some studies have estimated that the population has even tripled. Details: Austin, TX: Lone Star Foundation, 2006. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: http://www.lonestarreport.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=5Vg_zxX8oz8%3D&tabid=162&mid=687 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124036

Author: Wasem, Ruth Ellen Title: Unauthorized Aliens Residing in the United States: Estimates Since 1986 Summary: Estimates derived from the March Supplement of the U.S. Census Bureau’s Current Population Survey (CPS) indicate that the unauthorized resident alien population (commonly referred to as illegal aliens) rose from 3.2 million in 1986 to 11.2 million in 2010. Jeffrey Passel, a demographer with the Pew Hispanic Research Center, has been involved in making these estimations since he worked at the U.S. Bureau of the Census in the 1980s. The estimated number of unauthorized aliens had dropped to 1.9 million in 1988 following passage of a 1986 law that legalized several million unauthorized aliens. The estimates of unauthorized aliens peaked at an estimated 12.4 million in 2007. About 39% of unauthorized alien residents in 2010 were estimated to have entered the United States in 2000 or later. Similarly, the Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Immigration Statistics (OIS) reported an estimated 10.8 million unauthorized alien residents as of January 2010, up from 8.5 million in January 2000. The OIS estimated that 6.6 million of the unauthorized alien residents were from Mexico, an estimate comparable to Passel and D’Vera Cohn’s calculation of 6.5 million. The OIS based its estimates on data from the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Community Survey. The OIS estimated that the unauthorized resident alien population in the United States increased by 37% over the period 2000 to 2008, then leveled off in 2009 and 2010. Research suggests that various factors have contributed to the ebb and flow of unauthorized resident aliens, and that the increase is often attributed to the “push-pull” of prosperity-fueled job opportunities in the United States in contrast to limited or nonexistent job opportunities in the sending countries. Accordingly, the economic recession that began in December 2007 may have curbed the migration of unauthorized aliens, particularly because sectors that traditionally rely on unauthorized aliens, such as construction, services, and hospitality, have been especially hard hit. Some researchers also suggest that the increased size of the unauthorized resident population during the late 1990s and early 2000s is an inadvertent consequence of border enforcement and immigration control policies. They posit that strengthened border security has curbed the fluid movement of seasonal workers. This interpretation, generally referred to as a caging effect, argues that these policies have raised the stakes in crossing the border illegally and created an incentive for those who succeed in entering the United States to stay. The current system of legal immigration is cited as another factor contributing to unauthorized alien residents. The statutory ceilings that limit the type and number of immigrant visas issued each year create long waits for visas. According to this interpretation, many foreign nationals who would prefer to come to the United States legally resort to illegal avenues in frustration over the delays. It is difficult, however, to demonstrate a causal link or to guarantee that increased levels of legal migration would absorb the current flow of unauthorized migrants. Furthermore, some researchers speculate that the doubling in deportations since 2001 might also have had a chilling effect on family members weighing unauthorized residence in recent years. Some observers point to more elusive factors when assessing the ebb and flow of unauthorized resident aliens—such as shifts in immigration enforcement priorities away from illegal entry to removing suspected terrorists and criminal aliens, or discussions of possible “amnesty” legislation. This report does not track legislation and will be updated as needed. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: RL33874: Accessed February 10, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL33874.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124038

Author: Title: TSA's Oversight of the Airport Badging Process Needs Improvement Summary: The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is responsible for protecting the Nation’s transportation systems. This includes ensuring that employees working in secured airport areas are properly vetted and badged. The agency relies on designated airport operator employees to perform the badging application process. Our objective was to determine whether the TSA provides effective oversight for the issuance of airport security badges. Individuals who pose a threat may obtain airport badges and gain access to secured airport areas. We analyzed vetting data from 359 airport badging offices and identified badge holder records with omissions or inaccuracies pertaining to security threat assessment status, birthdates, and birthplaces. For example, of the badges were issued to individuals without a complete security threat assessment. These problems exist because TSA has designed and implemented only limited oversight of the application process. Specifically, the agency did not: Ensure that airport operators have quality assurance procedures for the badging application process; Ensure that airport operators provide training and tools to designated badge office employees; and Require its Transportation Security Inspectors to verify the airport data during their reviews. Consequently, the safety of airport workers, passengers, and aircraft is at risk due to the potential of inappropriate individuals obtaining airport badges. TSA concurred with five recommendations and partially concurred with one that will improve the effectiveness of safeguards over the badging process. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2011. 34p. Source: Report OIG-11-95: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://chsdemocrats.house.gov/SiteDocuments/20110803172118-83003.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 124040

Author: Conley, Robin Helene Title: Doing Death in Texas: Language and Jury Decision-Making in Texas Death Penalty Trials Summary: This dissertation explores the means through which language and culture make death penalty decisions possible – how specific language choices mediate and restrict jurors', attorneys', and judges' actions and experiences while serving and reflecting on capital trials. More specifically, it investigates how discursive constructions of place and space are mobilized within trial participants' argumentation and reasoning about death penalty decisions; grammatical and semantic forms as both facilitating and stymying empathic and emotional experiences; and how language mediates jurors' understandings and judgments about agency and culpability, regarding both defendants' criminal actions and their own sentencing decisions. In conclusion, it argues that language is one of the primary resources by which jurors construct defendants as non-human and thus decide to sentence them to death. The dissertation research involved twelve months of fieldwork, from 2009-2010, in and around Houston, Texas for data collection. The methodologies included interviews of jurors, attorneys, judges, and prison staff; participant-observation in death penalty trials; audio-recordings and note-taking of these trials; and qualitative linguistic analyses of transcribed interviews and courtroom interaction. The overall analysis reveals that language is crucial in the making and unmaking of defendants into human beings, acts often described by theorists of law and language as violent. The dissertation argues that language mediates a central tension and source of violence in death penalty trials, between encounters with the face of another human being and the discursive, institutional making of that being. Overcoming this tension is crucial to jurors being able to sentence a defendant to death. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California, 2011. 317p. Source: Doctoral Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236354.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Death Penalty (Texas) Shelf Number: 124044

Author: Welsh, Brandon C. Title: The Future of Crime Prevention: Developmental and Situational Strategies Summary: Crime prevention means many different things to many different people. Programs and policies designed to prevent crime can include the police making an arrest as part of an operation to deal with gang problems, a court disposal to a secure correctional facility, or, in the extreme case, a death penalty sentence. These measures are more correctly referred to as crime control. More often crime prevention refers to efforts to prevent crime or criminal offending in the first instance – before the act has been committed. Both forms of crime prevention share a common goal of trying to prevent the occurrence of a future criminal act, but what distinguishes crime prevention from crime control is that prevention typically operates outside of the confines of the formal justice system. There are, of course, exceptions, as in the case of problem-oriented policing initiatives that incorporate prevention measures (Braga, 2008; Braga and Weisburd, 2010; Weisburd et al., 2010). In this respect, prevention is considered the fourth pillar of crime reduction, alongside the institutions of police, courts, and corrections (Waller, 2006). This categorization draws attention to crime prevention as an alternative approach to the more traditional responses to crime. Situational prevention refers to interventions designed to prevent the occurrence of crimes by reducing opportunities and increasing the risk and difficulty of offending (Clarke, 1995b; Cornish and Clarke, 2003). Community prevention refers to interventions designed to change the social conditions and institutions (e.g., families, peers, social norms, clubs, 4 organizations) that influence offending in residential communities (Hope, 1995). Criminal justice prevention refers to traditional deterrent, incapacitative, and rehabilitative strategies operated by law enforcement and criminal justice system agencies (Blumstein et al., 1978; MacKenzie, 2006). In this paper we set out to address three main questions as they relate to developmental and situational crime prevention today and in the years to come: 1. What do we know? This pertains largely to the effectiveness of the two strategies. 2. What do we need to know? This concerns gaps in knowledge on effectiveness and related key issues. 3. How can we find out? This final question has to do with research strategies to address the gaps in knowledge and priorities for research. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://www.nij.gov/nij/topics/crime/crime-prevention/working-group/future-of-crime-prevention-research.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 124045

Author: Casey, Timothy Title: Not Enough: What TANF Offers Family Violence Victims Summary: Domestic violence and poverty are intersecting issues. Significant numbers1 of women2 living in poverty are battered and the violence they experience can make the climb out of poverty unattainable. Poverty, in turn, can make it impossible to escape violence or deal with its effects. To be safe, victims need to be free from the violence and control of those who abuse them, but they must also be able to meet their basic human needs. Some studies have found that over half of the women receiving public assistance (“welfare”) have reported being battered.3 This paper reports on a recent national survey documenting both the importance of the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program to victims of family violence, and difficulties victims may encounter when seeking assistance from TANF.4 Survey responses show that some victims in some places are getting the TANF resources – a financial bridge to safety – that they need. In these instances, TANF often represents the difference between safety and continued violence for a victim and her children. Unfortunately though, the survey data also reveals a different reality – one marked by bureaucratic black holes, indifferent or even hostile staff, inadequate benefits, rules and practices that effectively bar victims from needed assistance, and in some circumstances, mandates and errors that put victims in more danger than before they sought help. For too many victims, TANF does not provide what they need to be safe. It is not enough. Details: New York: Legal Momentum, 2010. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 124071

Author: Samuels, Julie E. Title: Collecting DNA from Juveniles Summary: Collecting DNA from Juveniles examines the laws, policies, and practices related to juvenile DNA collection in the United States. States have increasingly required juveniles - mostly those adjudicated delinquent but also some arrestees - to submit DNA samples for analysis and inclusion in the Combined DNA Index System (CODIS), the FBI-operated national database. The report describes the issues encountered during the implementation of these laws, including the coordination challenges between the state crime labs and juvenile justice agencies, and discusses the challenges that researchers and practitioners face in assessing the effects of juvenile DNA collection on public safety outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 67p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/417487-Collecting-DNA-from-Juveniles.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 124073

Author: Caldwell-Aden, Laura Title: Case Studies of Community-Base Self-Sufficient DWI Programs Summary: This report is intended to provide guidance to communities in developing or adapting existing programs to function more self-sufficiently. The report features five case studies of community-based, self-sufficient DWI programs operating at the local level in various communities across the country. Two of the programs are enforcement-oriented, one focusing on traffic safety violations, the other on vehicle forfeiture; two programs focus on offender supervision, one operating within the court system, the other as a human services program; one program is a multijurisdictional community traffic safety coalition providing prevention and intervention programming. While it is intended to provide information on self-sufficiency strategies and program components, it does not evaluate the specific program strategies (use of enforcement, offender supervision, coalitions, etc.). Community-based, self-sufficient DWI programs are independently managed and operated at the local level using sustainable funding sources to cover at least 75 percent of program costs. Sustainable funding sources may include fees or fines dedicated to the DWI program, as well as an established funding stream dedicated exclusively to the DWI program. A self-sufficient DWI program must be funded through sustainable sources to function efficiently if nonsustainable funding sources cease. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2011. 88p. Source: DOT HS 811 300: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811300.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Programs, Community-Based Shelf Number: 124076

Author: Title: Removals Involving Illegal Alien Parents of United States Citizen Children Summary: The Committee on Appropriations for the House of Representatives directed the Department of Homeland Security Office of Inspector General, through H. Rep. 110-181, to report on detentions and removals involving U.S. citizen children and their parents among Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s detention center population over the past 10 years. The requested data included: (1) the total number of aliens removed from the United States; (2) the number of instances in which one or both parents of a U.S. citizen child were removed; (3) the reason for the parents’ removal; (4) the length of time the parents lived in the United States before removal; (5) whether the U.S. citizen children remained in the United States after the parents’ removal; and (6) the number of days a U.S. citizen child was held in detention. The United States conducted 2,199,138 alien removals between FYs 1998 and 2007. Existing data indicate that these removals involved 108,434 alien parents of U.S. citizen children. Alien parents were removed because of immigration violations, such as being present without authorization or committing criminal violations that affect immigration status. Data limitations decrease the reliability of these results, including the absence of a requirement for staff to collect data that establish which aliens are the parents of U.S. citizen children. We were unable to compile all the requested data because Immigration and Customs Enforcement does not collect the following specific information: (1) the number of instances in which both parents of a particular child were removed; (2) the length of time a parent lived in the United States before removal; and (3) whether the U.S. citizen children remained in the United States after the parents’ removal. Immigration and Customs Enforcement reported detaining no U.S. citizen children. We are recommending that Immigration and Customs Enforcement analyze and report on the feasibility of establishing procedures to document the number of removed alien parents and the age of aliens’ children to indicate whether they are minors or adults. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 23p. Source: OIG-09-15: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2012 at http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/library/P3156.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124080

Author: Title: Detention and Removal of Illegal Aliens: U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) Summary: This report presents the results of our review of DHS’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) program for detaining and removing illegal aliens1 apprehended in the United States and at ports of entry. The program is administered through ICE’s Office of Detention and Removal (DRO). The objective of our review was to determine the extent to which DRO is performing its mission to remove all illegal aliens who are removable, including those that pose a potential national security or public safety threat to the U.S. Currently, DRO is unable to ensure the departure from the U.S. of all removable aliens. Of the 774,112 illegal aliens apprehended during the past three years, 280,987 (36%) were released largely due to a lack of personnel, bed space, and funding needed to detain illegal aliens while their immigration status is being adjudicated. This presents significant risks due to the inability of Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) and ICE to verify the identity, country-oforigin, and terrorist or criminal affiliation of many of the aliens being released. Further, the declining personnel and bed space level is occurring when the number of illegal aliens apprehended is increasing. For example, the number of illegal aliens apprehended increased from 231,077 in FY 2002 to 275,680 in FY 2004, a 19 percent increase. However, during the same period, authorized personnel and funded bed space levels declined by 3 percent and 6 percent, respectively. These shortfalls encourage illegal immigration by increasing the likelihood that apprehended aliens will be released while their immigration status is adjudicated. Further, historical trends indicate that 62 percent of the aliens released will eventually be issued final orders of removal by the U.S. Department of Justice Executive Office of Immigration Review (EOIR) and later fail to surrender for removal or abscond. Although DRO has received additional funding to enhance its Fugitive Operations Program, it is unlikely that many of the released aliens will ever be removed. As of December 30, 2005, there were more than 544,000 released aliens with final orders of removal who have absconded. Declining bed space and personnel levels are also making it difficult for ICE/DRO to detain and remove illegal aliens that are from countries other than Mexico (OTM) including aliens from countries whose governments support state sponsored terrorism (SST) or who promote, produce, or protect terrorist organizations and their members (SIC). Of the 605,210 OTMs apprehended between FY 2001 and the first six months of FY 2005, 309,733 were released of which 45,008 (15%) purportedly originated from SST and SIC countries. DRO estimates that in FY 2007 there will be 605,000 foreign-born individuals admitted to state correctional facilities and local jails during the year for committing crimes in the U.S. Of this number, DRO estimates half (302,500) will be removable aliens. Most of these incarcerated aliens are being released into the U.S. at the conclusion of their respective sentences because DRO does not have the resources to identify, detain, and remove these aliens under its Criminal Alien Program (CAP). It is estimated that DRO would need an additional 34,653 detention beds, at an estimated cost of $1.1 billion, to detain and remove all SST, SIC, and CAP aliens. Additionally, DRO’s ability to detain and remove illegal aliens with final orders of removal is impacted by (1) the propensity of illegal aliens to disobey orders to appear in immigration court; (2) the penchant of released illegal aliens with final orders to abscond; (3) the practice of some countries to block or inhibit the repatriation of its citizens; and (4) two recent U.S. Supreme Court decisions which mandate the release of criminal and other high-risk aliens 180 days after the issuance of the final removal order except in “Special Circumstances.” Collectively, the bed space, personnel and funding shortages coupled with the other factors, has created an unofficial “mini-amnesty” program for criminal and other high-risk aliens. DRO’s goal is to develop the capacity to remove all removable aliens, and it has developed a strategic plan covering 2003-2012 entitled “Endgame,” to accomplish that goal. However, the plan identifies several significant challenges beyond its control, including the need for sufficient resources, political will, and the cooperation of foreign governments. Current resources, including those included in the FY 2006 Appropriations Act and the Administration’s FY 2007 budget request, are not sufficient to detain all high-risk aliens, including those from SST and SIC countries. We are recommending that the Assistant Secretary (ICE) develop a plan to provide ICE with the capacity to: (1) detain and remove high-risk aliens; (2) intensify its efforts to develop alternatives to detention; and (3) resolve with the State Department issues that are preventing or impeding the repatriation of illegal OTMs. Also, we are recommending that DRO expedite its efforts to implement a data management system that is capable of meeting its expanding data collection and analysis needs relating to the detention and removal of illegal aliens. Such a system would significantly enhance DRO’s ability to support future budget requests, identify emerging trends, and assess its overall mission performance. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2006. 52p. Source: Office of Audits Report OIG-06-33: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2012 at http://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/OIG_06-33_Apr06.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124081

Author: Sacco, Dena T. Title: Sexting: Youth Practices and Legal Implications Summary: This document addresses legal and practical issues related to the practice colloquially known as sexting. It was created by Harvard Law School’s Cyberlaw Clinic, based at the Berkman Center for Internet & Society, for the Berkman Center’s Youth and Media Policy Working Group Initiative. The Initiative is exploring policy issues that fall within three substantive clusters emerging from youth’s information and communications technology practices: Risky Behaviors and Online Safety; Privacy, Publicity and Reputation; and Youth Created Content and Information Quality. The Initiative is funded by the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation and is co‐directed by danah boyd, Urs Gasser, and John Palfrey. This document was created for the Risky Behaviors and Online Safety cluster, which is focused on four core issues: (1) sexual solicitation and problematic sexual encounters; (2) Internet‐related bullying and harassment; (3) access to problematic content, including pornography and self‐harm content; and (4) youth‐generated problematic content, including sexting. The Initiative’s goal is to bring the best research on youth and media into the policy‐making debate and to propose practical interventions based upon that research. This document is intended to provide background for the discussion of interventions related to sexting. It begins with a definition of sexting, and continues with overviews of research and media stories related to sexting. It then discusses the statutory and constitutional framework for child pornography and obscenity. It concludes with a description of current and pending legislation meant to address sexting. Details: Cambridge, MA: The Berkman Center for Internet & Society at Harvard University, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 124082

Author: Restrepo, Tanya Title: Violence in the Workplace Summary: The reality of workplace violence is markedly different from popular opinion. Workplace homicides "are not crimes of passion committed by disgruntled coworkers and spouses, but rather result from robberies." The majority of workplace assaults are committed by healthcare patients. This report examines the many aspects of work-related homicides and injuries due to assaults, and extends a series of studies published by NCCI on workplace violence with three years of additional data through 2009. For the most part, previously observed patterns and key findings are largely unchanged. Details: Boca Raton, FL: National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc., 2012. 26p. Source: NCCI Research Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2012 at https://www.ncci.com/documents/Workplace_Research.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 124083

Author: Strategic Policy Partnership Title: The Department in Review, Cincinnati Police Department Summary: This report presents the results of review or "audit" of the Cincinnati Police Department, undertaken at the request of Chief James Craig. The objective of this review was to assess current structure, operations, and systems within the Cincinnati Police Department against national standards, identifying strategies that were notable for their effectiveness and needed to be protected, areas that needed strengthening and areas that needed major reform. Overall, the department is a police agency that has made significant strides toward excellence in a number of areas over the last five years. A number of notable initiatives have been undertaken, such as the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV), which has won several national awards. The quality of the police officers with whom the review staff interacted was notable, having a strong commitment to Cincinnati and its future. Since the riots that occurred some years ago, the department has worked hard to build trust with the Cincinnati community experiencing substantial success. Key recommendations resulting from the review are the following: the organization is somewhat top heavy, overly specialized and in need of more robust performance management processes; a greater percentage of police officers need to be assigned to the Police Districts as opposed to specialized assignments, with District Commanders held accountable for how those officers are used to address the major concerns of District neighborhoods; the relationship between investigations of felonious assault cases and homicides needs to be strengthened. Presently, Districts investigate the assaults and Investigations investigate homicides. They are in reality often the same event - except that in a homicide the victim has died; the department needs to strengthen its commitment to victims of crime, who often are traumatized from the crime event and need regular information from the investigating officer; the successful CIRV strategy against violent crime needs to be re-vitalized and focused. Having had excellent success in its initial years, it has become a bit disorganized in the last year but has the potential to dramatically further violent crime in the community; the department needs to be restructured, merging related units and activities, reducing staffing in some so that additional personnel can be moved to patrol assignments; there is a strong need for the department to move forward at a fast pace with its technology initiatives, since they can dramatically increase the information flow in the department and that made available to field personnel; performance management through the CompStat process and the related Problem-Oriented Policing process needs to become a cornerstone of strategic thinking about how crime prevention should occur; the community must be brought into the department processes of policy development, strategy and tactics. Details: West Tisbury, MA: Strategic Policy Partnership, 2012. 147. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.cincinnati-oh.gov/city/downloads/city_pdf44990.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 124092

Author: Piekielek, Jessica A. Title: Public Wildlands at the U.S.-Mexico: Where Conservation, Migration, and Border Enforcement Collide Summary: This dissertation examines changing relationships among natural landscapes and state agencies, as these relationships intersect in transboundary protected wildlands and in debates about natural resource protection and U.S.-Mexico border policy. Recent increases in undocumented migration, smuggling, and border enforcement along the Arizona-Sonora border impact ecology and public land management practices. In this dissertation, I analyze how natural and national spaces and boundaries are produced through institutional and individual practices and discourses in border wildlands. Further, I consider how different productions of space restrict or create opportunities for collaborative responses to ecological impacts resulting from migration, smuggling, and border enforcement. This research builds on anthropological scholarship on conservation, borders, and the production of space through an ethnography of conservation institutions as they face dramatic political and ecological changes in the U.S.-Mexico borderlands. Details: Arizona: University of Arizona, 2009. 264p. Source: Doctor of Philosophy Dissertation Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) (Mexico) Shelf Number: 124098

Author: Boba, Rachel Title: A Police Organizational Model for Crime Reduction: Institutionalizing Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability Summary: A Police Organizational Model for Crime Reduction: Institutionalizing Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability presents a new and comprehensive organizational model for the institutionalization of effective crime reduction strategies into police agencies, called the Stratified Model of Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability. It describes all the components of the Stratified Model in a succinct and practical way to provide police managers and commanders with a template for improving the efficiency, effectiveness, and accountability of their agency’s crime reduction efforts. Although the objective is to implement all aspects of the Stratified Model, an agency may choose to implement parts of the model as needed or to implement the model in phases. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/Publications/e071126389_Police%20Organizational%20Model%20v5_09SEP11-508.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reduction, Handbooks Shelf Number: 124100

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Youth's Needs and Services: Findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement Summary: The Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (SYRP) is the third component in the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention’s constellation of surveys providing updated statistics on youth in custody in the juvenile justice system. It joins the Census of Juveniles in Residential Placement and the Juvenile Residential Facility Census, which are biennial mail surveys of residential facility administrators conducted in alternating years. SYRP is a unique addition, gathering information directly from youth through anonymous interviews. This bulletin series reports on the first national SYRP, covering its development and design and providing detailed information on the youth’s characteristics, backgrounds, and expectations; the conditions of their confinement; their needs and the services they receive; and their experiences of victimization in placement. This bulletin describes key findings from the first Survey of Youth in Residential Placement about the needs and service experiences of youth in custody. SYRP surveyed youth about their psychological state, substance abuse problems, their needs, and the services their facilities pro-vided to them. Specifically, this bulletin details youth reports regarding: their overall emotional and psychological problems and the counseling they receive in custody; their substance abuse problems prior to entering custody and the substance abuse counseling they receive in their facility; their medical needs and services; their educational background and the educational services the facility provides to them. SYRP’s findings are based on interviews with a nationally representative sample of 7,073 youth in custody during spring 2003, using audio computer-assisted self-interview methodology. Researchers analyzed youth’s answers and assessed differences among subgroups of youth offenders in custody based on their age, gender, and placement program (i.e., detention, corrections, community-based, camp, or residential treatment facilities). When other studies offered corresponding data about youth in the general population, analysts compared these data to the SYRP results for youth in custody. For more information, see the sidebar “Surveying Youth in Residential Placement: Methodology.” Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 12p. Source: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/227728.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 124101

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Social Networks and Behaviors of Youth in the District of Columbia: An Interim Research Report Summary: The D.C. Crime Policy Institute, in partnership with Temple University, is conducting a study on the behavior and social networks of youths ages 14 to 21 in Washington, D.C. The study measures both positive activities (e.g., sports, after-school programs) and delinquent behaviors (e.g., theft, violence) and uses data on social networks to understand how relationships influence behavior and, in turn, to provide insight on how to best prevent youth involvement in delinquent or violent activity. Our preliminary analysis, outlined in this report, finds that nonpeer relationships (teachers, mentors, extended family members) may be just as important as peer relationships when examining delinquency and violence. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/images/DCYouthSurveyFinalJan2012-web-posted2_2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 124102

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: A Case Study on the Practice of Pretrial Services and Risk Assessment in Three Cities Summary: This report compares three pretrial agencies—Washington, D.C., New York City, and Baltimore—and discusses their practice of pretrial services and programs, with a particular focus on risk assessment. DCPI researchers identify several unique attributes of the District of Columbia’s Pretrial Service Agency, including its focus on public safety, implementation of formal assessments of flight risk, and lack of reliance on monetary bail. They conclude that PSA’s pretrial risk assessment is more comprehensive than in the other two agencies because it is both designed to inform the use of a broad range of pretrial treatment and supervision options and is focused on helping to reduce and manage the risk to public safety posed by pretrial defendants. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, The Urban Institute, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.dccrimepolicy.org/images/Pretrial-Comparative-Final-Report_1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 124103

Author: Popkin, Susan J. Title: Safety Is the Most Important Thing: How HOPE VI Helped Families Summary: Fear of crime has profound implications for residents, causing stress and social isolation; relocation has brought about a dramatic positive impact on residents’ life circumstances. Those residents who left traditional public housing—voucher holders and unassisted renters and homeowners—are now living in neighborhoods that are dramatically safer than their original public housing developments. These improvements in safety have had a profound impact on their quality of life; they can let their children play outside, they are sleeping better, and are feeling less worried and anxious overall. However, those who remain in traditional public housing developments are still living in extremely dangerous circumstances, little better than where they started. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2007. 12p. Source: Metropolitan Housing and Communities Center Brief No. 2: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 124106

Author: Teji, Selena Title: Counties' modern secure facilities have enough institutional capacity for juvenile justice realignment Summary: In January 2012, California’s Governor Brown released a proposed budget for fiscal year 2012-2013 including a plan to eliminate the state’s Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF).1 The current proposal would prohibit new commitments to DJF after January 1, 2013, and allow the current DJF population to serve their remaining custody time before full closure of the facilities. Several law-enforcement associations and individual counties have expressed concern that counties do not have appropriate and secure juvenile placement options at the local level to serve the high-risk juvenile offender population that DJF currently serves. This report examines the availability of county-based modern and secure juvenile justice facilities in order to assess whether counties have the institutional capacity to implement the Governor’s proposal. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 7p. Source: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/County_Modern_Facilities_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 124108

Author: McCarger, Laura Title: Invisible Students: The Role of Alternative and Adult Education in the Connecticut School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: There are thousands of young people across the state of Connecticut pursuing their education outside of traditional high schools. Some have left high school by choice; others have been counseled, coerced, or otherwise forced to leave. This report examines the systematic removal of struggling and vulnerable students from traditional high school. It finds that furtive practices employed by school districts across the state flout the due process and procedural protections promised to students by state law and, in the worst instances, effectually eradicate students’ constitutionally granted right to education. Nationwide, nearly 1.2 million teens – more than one third of all high school students – drop out of high school every year. Until recently, this devastating reality remained one of our nation’s best-kept secrets. Recent efforts on the part of students, parents, activists, advocates and education reformers across the country have led states to report graduation and dropout rates more accurately and to develop new pathways to help youth on the margins get back on track to graduation. While this progress is laudable, there remains another troubling truth we must confront: students rarely “drop out” of school simply because they do not desire to finish; in fact, for many students who stop short of finishing, leaving high school is not really a choice at all. A growing body of research, informed by a decade’s worth of analysis of what has come to known as the school-to-prison pipeline, explores and documents how many of our nation’s most vulnerable and struggling students do not chose to leave school, but are in effect pushed out. The school-to-prison pipeline refers to laws, policies and practices that remove students from places of learning and place them on a path towards prison. There are actually two pipelines. One is overt and well documented. A plethora of research, both statewide and nationally, has documented how factors such as zero tolerance school discipline; suspensions and expulsions; school-based arrests; increasingly prison-like school environments; criminalization of everyday student behaviors; pressures created by high stakes tests; and budgets that prioritize incarceration over education, work in concert to place many of our struggling students on a conveyer belt into the justice system. There is also a “secret pipeline” which has not received adequate attention nor been thoroughly investigated. The secret pipeline refers to the mechanisms and strategies employed by school districts to remove students who present academic and behavioral challenges while circumventing due process and skirting accountability and responsibility for the educational outcomes of those students. Once funneled into this secret pipeline, some students never return to school. Those that attempt to finish often find themselves in alternative or adult education programs which are often ill equipped to meet students’ needs, yield startlingly low completion rates, and risk accelerating rather than curbing the flow of young people into the justice system. Gaps and loopholes in data collection and reporting mechanisms sustain the secret pipeline by rendering the experiences and outcomes of these students largely invisible. Using Connecticut as a case study, this report explores the pressures propelling the secret pipeline, documents the “de facto discipline” practices that place students on it, examines the educational experiences and outcomes of students that land in alternative and adult education programs, and advances recommendations for reform. Details: Connecticut: A Better Way Foundation; Connecticut Pushout Research and Organizing Project, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.hartfordinfo.org/issues/wsd/Education/InvisibleStudents.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 124109

Author: U.S. Chamber of Commerce Title: What are Counterfeiting and Piracy Costing the American Economy Summary: Counterfeiting and piracy are costing the U.S. public billions of dollars every year. But the problem is more insidious than that. It damages investment and innovation; has potentially devastating economic consequences for small businesses; puts a severe strain on law enforcement agencies; nearly always escapes taxation; threatens public health and safety; diverts government resources from other priorities; and has links to terrorism and organized crime. Counterfeiting and piracy, once viewed as “victimless” crimes mainly consisting of selling cheap knockoff sunglasses and watches, have mushroomed in recent years to endanger every product that is created. From dangerous substandard replacement parts for airplane engines to ineffective pharmaceuticals to illegally copied compact discs manufactured by the millions in clandestine factories around the world, sales of counterfeit and pirated goods are skyrocketing. Profits from these illicit sales are being funneled worldwide into the pockets of everyone, from groups associated with known terrorists to organized crime elements. The problem of counterfeiting and piracy goes beyond the manufacture, distribution, and sale of cheap, unauthorized goods. It threatens our national security, lessens the value of legitimate brand names, and erodes the profits of nearly every business in America. Details: Washington, DC: National Chamber Foundation, 2005. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://www.fnal.gov/directorate/OQBP/sci/sci_reference_docs/SCI%20Costs%20to%20Economy%20uschamber.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Goods (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124114

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Eligibility and Capacity Impact Use of Flexibilities to Reduce Inmates’ Time in Prison Summary: The Department of Justice’s Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is responsible for the custody and care of federal offenders. BOP’s population has increased from about 145,000 in 2000 to about 217,000 in 2011 and BOP is operating at 38 percent over capacity. There is no longer parole for federal offenders and BOP has limited authority to affect the length of an inmate's prison sentence. BOP has some statutory authorities and programs to reduce the amount of time an inmate remains in prison, which when balanced with BOP’s mission to protect public safety and prepare inmates for reentry, can help reduce crowding and the costs of incarceration. GAO was asked to address: (1) the extent to which BOP utilizes its authorities to reduce a federal prisoner’s period of incarceration; and (2) what factors, if any, impact BOP's use of these authorities. GAO analyzed relevant laws and BOP policies; obtained nationwide data on inmate participation in relevant programs and sentence reductions from fiscal years 2009 through 2011; conducted site visits to nine BOP institutions selected to cover a range of prison characteristics and at each, interviewed officials responsible for relevant programs; and visited four community-based facilities serving the institutions visited. Though not generalizable, the information obtained from these visits provided insights. GAO recommends that BOP establish a plan, including time frames and milestones, for requiring contractors to submit prices of RRC beds and home detention services. BOP concurred with this recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-320: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/588284.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124115

Author: Bryant, Phil Title: The Impact of Illegal Immigration on Mississippi: Costs and Population Trends Summary: The focus of this report is costs and population trends associated with illegal immigration in the State of Mississippi. The report attempts to differentiate between lawful immigrants who are here within the legal framework and process established by the U.S. federal government and illegal immigrants who have broken federal and state laws. The report provides limited regional and national background material and draws on national data sources where data collected by Mississippi State government is unavailable. Further, it contemplates recommendations for government data collection and changes to Mississippi law. Details: Jackson, MS: Office of the State Auditor, 2006. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report #102: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://www.osa.state.ms.us/documents/performance/illegal-immigration.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124116

Author: Levinson, Bruce Title: An Inquiry into the Nature, Causes and Impacts of Contraband Cigarettes Summary: The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is contemplating a ban on menthol-flavored cigarettes. Prior to reaching a preliminary decision, the agency and their independent science advisory panel are required to consider the “countervailing” effects a ban would have on smokers and non-smokers, including the creation of significant demand for contraband cigarettes. This monograph addresses the potential negative effects of a menthol ban by analyzing three facets of the contraband cigarette issue: 1) the nature of contraband cigarettes including consideration of how they may materially differ from legal products, such as by containing higher levels of heavy metals and other contaminants; 2) factors influencing the size of the contraband market and an estimation of how it would respond to a menthol ban; and 3) a discussion of the impacts of contraband cigarettes on society. Academic literature, findings by US government and foreign government agencies, and accounts from major media publications serve as the databases for the analyses. The monograph concludes that a ban on menthol-flavored cigarettes would significantly inflate the market for contraband cigarettes, many of which present even higher health risks than legally-made products. The increased health hazards from illicit cigarettes disproportionately impact underage and African American smokers. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Regulatory Effectiveness, 2011. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://www.fda.gov/downloads/AdvisoryCommittees/CommitteesMeetingMaterials/TobaccoProductsScientificAdvisoryCommittee/UCM243625.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 124121

Author: Gillings, Alison Title: An Investigation Into 'John's Schools' Summary: Historically, law enforcement agencies have focused on controlling prostitution by arresting and charging prostituted women. This method of dealing with prostitution is increasingly viewed as ineffective for several reasons: recidivism rates remain high for those selling sex; there is a greater acknowledgement of victimization experienced by those in prostitution; the arrested individual is typically charged a fine they cannot pay which often leads them back into prostitution; and arresting prostituted individuals does not address the underlying issue of the reasons why prostitution exists. In the mid-1990s, the “john” school concept was developed in an attempt to address prostitution by focusing on the demand for commercial sex. Research conducted by Monto (1998) suggests that men who purchase sex are not necessarily malicious, but often just unaware of the risks and societal implications. While a variety of “john” schools exist, each program is built on a similar fundamental model. In counties where “john” schools are offered, the offender may be given the opportunity to participate in a class (i.e. “john” school) as a diversion program or part of a criminal sentence. “John” schools educate men about the risks associated with prostitution and aim to deter men from purchasing commercial sex in the future. This report describes various “john” schools and details research on the efficacy of such programs. Details: Chicago: Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://g.virbcdn.com/_f/files/2f/FileItem-149841-Johnsschoolreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Sex Shelf Number: 124122

Author: Siskin, Alison Title: Immigration-Related Detention: Current Legislative Issues Summary: As Congress considers addressing some of the problems in the nation’s immigration system, the detention of noncitizens in the United States may be an issue as Congress may chose to reevaluate detention priorities (i.e., who should be detained) and resources. Under the law, there is broad authority to detain aliens while awaiting a determination of whether the noncitizen should be removed from the United States. The law also mandates that certain categories of aliens are subject to mandatory detention (i.e., the aliens must be detained). Aliens subject to mandatory detention include those arriving without documentation or with fraudulent documentation, those who are inadmissable or deportable on criminal grounds, those who are inadmissable or deportable on national security grounds, those certified as terrorist suspects, and those who have final orders of deportation. Aliens not subject to mandatory detention may be detained, paroled, or released on bond. The priorities for detention of these aliens are specified in statute and regulations. As of December 13, 2011, on an average day in FY2012, 32,953 noncitizens were in Department of Homeland Security (DHS) custody. There are many policy issues surrounding detention of aliens. The Illegal Immigrant Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA) increased the number of aliens subject to mandatory detention, and raised concerns about the justness of mandatory detention, especially as it is applied to asylum seekers arriving without proper documentation. Additionally, as DHS increases its ability to identify aliens who are subject to removal from local jails in more remote locations, the nationwide allocation of detention space may become an issue. The 108th Congress passed P.L. 108-458, the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, directing the Secretary of DHS to increase the amount of detention bed space by not less than 8,000 beds for each year, FY2006 through FY2010; a total of 40,000 beds. Although Congress increased the bed space between FY2006 and FY2010, the number of beds only increased by approximately 12,000. One bill related to immigration detention has received Congressional action in the 112th Congress. H.R. 1932 was placed on the Union Calendar on October 17, 2011. After a removal order has been issued against an alien, the law provides that the alien subject to a final removal order be removed within 90 days, except as otherwise provided in the statute. Certain aliens subject to a removal order “may be detained beyond the removal period and, if released, shall be subject to [certain] terms of supervision.” This provision had been interpreted as permitting indefinite detention where removal was not reasonably foreseeable, but in 2001, the U.S. Supreme Court in Zadvydas v. Davis, interpreted it as only permitting detention for up to six months where removal was not reasonably foreseeable. Nonetheless, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled absent clear guidance from Congress. H.R. 1932 as reported by the House Judiciary Committee, would amend the Immigration and Nationality Act to allow DHS to indefinitely detain, subject to six-month reviews, aliens under orders of removal who could not be removed if certain conditions were met. In addition, in the 112th Congress, other bills have been introduced covering a range of provisions and perspectives concerning the detention of noncitizens. Several bills—including H.R. 100 and H.R. 1274—would mandate that DHS increase the amount of detention space. In addition, other bills (e.g., H.R. 933 and S. 1258) would mandate the propagation of regulations concerning detainee care, and expand the alternatives to detention program. Other proposed legislation, such as H.R. 713, would make changes to the mandatory detention provisions, lessening the categories of aliens required to be detained. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: RL32369: Accessed February 14, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/irp/crs/RL32369.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124125

Author: U.S. Congress. House of Representatives. Minority Staff, Committee on Oversight Title: Fatally Flawed: Five Years of Gunwalking in Arizona Summary: On December 15, 2010, Customs and Border Protection Agent Brian Terry was killed in a gunfight in Arizona, and two AK-47 variant assault rifles found at the scene were traced back to purchases by one of the targets of an investigation called Operation Fast and Furious being conducted by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF). The target already had been identified as a suspected straw purchaser involved with a large network of firearms traffickers smuggling guns to deadly Mexican drug cartels. At the request of the Committee’s Ranking Member, Rep. Elijah E. Cummings, this report describes the results of the Committee’s year-long investigation into the actions and circumstances that led to this operation. The report finds that gunwalking operations originated as early as 2006 as agents in the Phoenix Field Division of ATF devised a strategy to forgo arrests against low-level straw purchasers while they attempted to build bigger cases against higher-level trafficking organizers and financiers. Rather than halting operations after flaws became evident, they launched several similarly reckless operations over the course of several years, also with tragic results. Each investigation involved various incarnations of the same activity: agents were contemporaneously aware of illegal firearms purchases, they did not typically interdict weapons or arrest straw purchasers, and firearms ended up in the hands of criminals on both sides of the border. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, Minority Staff, 2012. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at: http://democrats.oversight.house.gov/images/stories/minority_report_13112.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 124129

Author: Lanzante, Joseph A. Title: The Relationship between Criminal and Terrorist Organizations and Human Smuggling Summary: This thesis sought to expand on the literature that has been written on the possibility and impact of a relationship forming between criminal and terrorist organizations in terms of human smuggling. These entities could form a strategic alliance and leverage existing narcotics, weapons, and human smuggling corridors that exist south of the U.S./Mexico border to smuggle terrorist operatives into the U.S. thereby threatening U.S. interests and national security. The analysis of the scholarly literature, interview data, and case studies point to a relationship between criminal and terrorist organizations and the fact that they have worked together to smuggle terrorists into the U.S. Additionally, corruption efforts by these organizations places a weak link in U.S. border security that can be exploited for nefarious purposes. Enhanced information sharing between law enforcement entities may be the single best way to detect the relationship between criminal and terrorist organizations and prevent them from smuggling a terrorist operative into the U.S. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2009. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 14, 2012 at: http://www.thecre.com/ccsf/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Lanzante.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 124131

Author: Fowler, Deborah Title: Texas' School-to-Prison Pipeline: Ticketing, Arrest & Use of Force in Schools. How the Myth of the "Blackboard Jungle" Reshaped School Disciplinary Policy Summary: Schools in Texas have historically been safe places for teachers to teach and students to learn—even in high crime neighborhoods, yet student discipline is increasingly moving from the schoolhouse to the courthouse. Disrupting class, using profanity, misbehaving on a school bus, student fights, and truancy once meant a trip to the principal’s office. Today, such misbehavior results in a Class C misdemeanor ticket and a trip to court for thousands of Texas students and their families each year. It is conservatively estimated that more than 275,000 non-traffic tickets are issued to juveniles in Texas each year based on information from the Texas Office of Court Administration (TOCA). Low reporting of juvenile case data by Justice of the Peace courts to TOCA suggests that the number of non-traffic tickets issued to students may very well grossly exceed that number. While it is impossible to pinpoint how many of these tickets are issued by campus police, the vast majority of these tickets are issued for offenses most commonly linked to school-related misbehavior—disruption of class, disorderly conduct, disruption of transportation, truancy, and simple assaults related to student fights. “Criminalization” of student misbehavior extends to even the youngest students. In Texas, students as young as six have been ticketed at school in the past five years, and it is not uncommon for elementary-school students to be ticketed by school-based law enforcement. School-based arrest of students is not as common, but does occur—and often without prior notice to parents or a lawyer being present during initial questioning of the student. The increase in ticketing and arrest of students, in Texas and nationwide, has coincided with the growth in school-based policing. Campus policing is the largest and fastest growing area of law enforcement in Texas, according to its own professional association. With counselors stretched to handle class scheduling and test administration duties, school administrators and teachers are increasingly turning to campus police officers (also known as School Resource Officers or SROs) to handle student behavior problems. Today in Texas, most public schools have a police officer assigned to patrol hallways, lunchrooms, school grounds, and after-school events. According to media accounts, police officers in some Texas schools are resorting to “use of force” measures more commonly associated with fighting street crime—pepper spray, Tasers and trained canines—when a schoolyard fight breaks out or when students are misbehaving in a cafeteria or at a school event. The intent is to keep schools and students safe, but there can be unintended consequences to disciplining public school students in a way that introduces them to the justice system or exposes them to policing techniques more commonly used with adults. This report is the third in a series of Texas Appleseed publications exploring the impact of school disciplinary policies on school dropout and future involvement in the juvenile justice system. The “school-to-prison pipeline” is a phenomenon documented in a growing body of state and national research, and it is a destructive path all too familiar to the hundreds of teens incarcerated in Texas Youth Commission (TYC) facilities. Their stories highlight being repeatedly suspended, expelled, ticketed and referred to court for minor offenses before committing the offense that triggered their incarceration in TYC. Lock up in TYC is the “end of the pipeline” for some, while others will be transferred or commit a new offense resulting in their imprisonment in an adult corrections facility. After three years researching these issues through data analysis, literature review, direct observations and interviews with stakeholders, our main finding is clear: Texas can interrupt this destructive cycle and prevent the loss of more young people to the “school-to-prison pipeline” through early interventions focused less on punishment and more on creating positive school environments that address students’ academic and behavioral needs. Recommendations for reform are included in this report. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Appleseed, 2010. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at http://www.texasappleseed.net/images/stories/reports/Ticketing_Booklet_web.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 124138

Author: United States National Institute of Corrections Title: Assessing Local Pretrial Justice Functions: A Handbook for Providing Technical Assistance Summary: This guide “presents a protocol designed to produce high-quality technical assistance for the front end of the criminal justice system—the pretrial justice stage” (p. iii). Sections contained in this publication are: basic obligations of a technical assistance (TA) provider; preparation for the site visit; conducting the site visit; people who should be interviewed and areas of inquiry; after the site visit; characteristics of effective technical assistance; and logistics of acting as a consulting technical assistance provider. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 39p. Source: NIC Accession Number 025016: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025016.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 124139

Author: King, Martha, ed. Title: Justice and Safety in America's Immigrant Communities: Conference Series Report Summary: This volume summarizes the research and discussions that took place during the Justice and Safety in America’s Immigrant Communities conference series. The series examined the special issues involved in the relationship between newly arrived Americans and the police. This volume also tells the story of the conference series’ process, which involved crossing the boundaries of academic disciplines, professional worlds and political outlooks. The series was designed around three daylong sessions. The first session, in November 2004, convened law enforcement leadership from New Jersey, New York and Philadelphia. The second session in March 2005 convened a group of advocates, elected officials, and community-based organizations representing jurisdictions with large immigrant populations in the same region. The culminating session occurred in May 2005. This final session brought together police and immigrant community leadership in order to generate promising strategies for improving safety and administration of justice in America’s immigrant communities. At each session, leading researchers presented their original work on: the perspectives of immigrant communities on policing strategies; the patterns of victimization and offending among immigrants; and, how September 11th affected communities with significant immigrant populations, including the role of local law enforcement in immigration control. The three conferences were structured to generate plans and ideas that law enforcement officials and immigrant community advocates could implement in their communities. Sessions one and two (see conference agendas in the appendix) were designed around a keynote address followed by presentations by three researchers. After each researcher presented his work, two to three responders, who were either immigrant community advocates or law enforcement leaders themselves, shared their reactions publicly and related the research to their own local experience. Each of these sessions incorporated audience questions and discussion. However, the last conference, which brought together advocates and law enforcement officials, was designed differently for two reasons. First, the final session was designed to bring advocates and law enforcement in dialogue based on their local experiences and their experiences from the first two sessions. The first two sessions, therefore, provided a common framework and base of knowledge for all participants. Second, the last conference was designed to generate specific strategies for improving police-community trust and cooperation that attendees could take back to their towns and neighborhoods. The last conference began with the three researchers reflecting on the reactions of conference participants to their research. The rest of the day was organized around smaller, moderated discussions of the issues at the core of the conference series: definitions of safety; barriers to safety and accessing justice; and strategies for improved safety and justice in immigrant communities. The three conferences addressed these topics from a regional perspective, incorporating promising practices, lessons and challenges from Philadelphia, New York and New Jersey. What emerged was that much work remains to be done and that many advocates and law enforcement leaders are ready to continue this work at both the local and federal levels. This volume serves as a template for participants and others interested in beginning this dialogue locally. What follows is an attempt to share the conference’s discussions and findings with a larger audience. The volume begins with the background paper that was sent to conference participants. A summary of the last session follows to highlight the participants’ recommendations. This is then followed by a summary of sessions one and two. The volume concludes with the three academic papers that formed the core of the conference discussions and presentations. Details: Princeton, NJ: Policy Research Institute for the Region, Woodrow Wilson School of Public & International Affairs, Princeton University, 2006. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at http://wws.princeton.edu/research/prior-publications/conference-books/justice.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 105029

Author: Petrosino, Anthony Title: Formal System Processing of Juveniles: Effects on Delinquency Summary: Justice practitioners have tremendous discretion when handling juvenile offenders who have committed minor crimes. Police officers, district attorneys, juvenile court intake officers, juvenile and family court judges and other officials decide whether the youth should be "officially processed" by the juvenile justice system of diverted from the system to a program, counseling, other services - or simply released. An important policy question is which strategy leads to the best outcome for juveniles. When examining the impact of juvenile system processing and whether it reduces subsequent delinquency, the authors reviewed studies that included more than 7,300 juveniles across 29 experiments reported over a 35-year period. Based on the evidence presented, not only does formal processing of juveniles appear not to control crime, it actually seems to increase delinquency. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2010. 88p. Source: Cambell Systematic Reviews 2010:1, Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/761/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 118215

Author: Office of Criminal Justice Research, Georgia State Board of Pardons and Paroles Title: Special Report: Lifetime Likelihood of Going to a Georgia State Prison Summary: The current study relies on life tables techniques to estimate the lifetime likelihood of going to prison in the State of Georgia. The “lifetime likelihood of incarceration” measurement reflects the percentage of Georgia residents who should be expected to be incarcerated in a State prison at some point during their lifetime. These lifetime estimates are based on established life table techniques frequently used by demographers and actuaries to summarize today’s first-time admission prison rate and age-specific mortality rates (referred to as double decrement life table), as well as the techniques used by the Department of Justice in estimating U.S. rates in the 1997 report, Lifetime Likelihood of Going to State or Federal Prison. Georgia men (17.8%) are over seven times more likely than women to be incarcerated in prison at least once during their lifetime. Among Georgia women, black females (4.6%) are three times more likely to enter prison at least once during their life compared to white females (1.5%). Among Georgia men, four out of every ten black males (38.5%) will likely go to a Georgia state prison sometime over the course of their lives. The likelihood of a Georgia man going to prison (17.8%) is nearly double that of the national average (9.0%). The likelihood of incarceration for Georgia females (2.5%) was over two times that of the national average (1.1%). The likelihood of black Georgia men being incarcerated (38.5%) is ten points higher than that of the rest of the nation (28.5%). White males in Georgia are more than twice as likely (9.3%) to be incarcerated than white males elsewhere in the U.S. (4.4%). Details: Atlanta, Georgia: Office of Criminal Justice Research, Georgia State Board of Pardons and Paroles, 1999. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/LifetimeLikelihoodofGoingtoaGeorgiaStatePrison1999.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections (Georgia) Shelf Number: 124140

Author: Christeson, Bill Title: A Stitch or Two in Time Cuts Crime: Federal Options for Supplementing Unreliable State and Local Funding for What Works to Keep Kids Safe from Crime and Violence Summary: In today’s world of fiscal uncertainty, a conundrum exists for policymakers facing the daunting social problems of the twenty-first century: less funding is available at the state and local level even though we are more knowledgeable than ever about what works to help at-risk children. It is New York’s at-risk children who may bear the greatest burden of the recession as it becomes common practice to cut state and local funding for the programs that are proven to help children succeed and stay free of crime. And that will become a burden we will all share, down the road. Fortunately, at the federal level, a new commitment to health reform and evidence-based practices promises to make more routine funding available for proven programs that will help children become productive, law-abiding citizens. By shifting the paradigm so that children more routinely have access to needed and effective services, New York and the country can dramatically reduce future needs for child welfare and criminal justice spending by helping kids become healthy, productive and crime-free citizens. This report will focus on two questions: What programs are both proven to work and ready to go to scale? And, what are the most likely sources of substantial and sustainable federal funding for these programs? Further White Papers will follow to provide timely information on the evolving status of these funding streams and guidance on how they can be accessed for particular programs. Details: Albany, NY: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2012 at http://www.fightcrime.org/sites/default/files/reports/RS%20Clark%20A%20Stitch%20in%20Time_2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime-Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 124141

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: Translating Police Research into Practice Summary: Eleven years ago, in one of the first Ideas in American Policing lectures, Lawrence Sherman advocated for evidence-based policing, that is, “. . . police practices should be based on scientific evidence about what works best” (1998, 2). Like other police researchers and innovative police practitioners at the time, Sherman believed that information generated from systematic or scientific research, as well as rigorous in-house crime analysis, should be regularly used by the police to make both strategic and tactical decisions. The idea of evidence-based policing seemed logical and advantageous. Why wouldn’t police tactics be based on what we know are effective strategies that reduce or prevent crime? A number of benefits could be reaped from such a rational approach. Strategies and tactics that are generated from information and based in scientific knowledge about effectiveness are more likely to reduce crime when they are employed. Similarly, if interventions have been shown to have harmful effects, police policies might explicitly discourage their deployment. Evidence-based policing also seems more justifiable in supporting police practices than other, much less scientific methods, such as best-guessing, emotional hunches, or anecdotal reflections on single cases. In turn, information-based decision making can provide legitimacy, transparency, and structure to police-citizen communications and interactions, all of which are important requirements for effective policing in modern democracies. Perhaps less obvious but equally important benefits could include advancing police information and management systems that improve efficiency. Evidence-based approaches rely on the consistent and speedy collection, management, analysis, recording, and turnaround of crime data. This reliance can force improvements in police information technology systems, which, in turn, have the potential of strengthening and making more tangible accountability systems that facilitate managerial practices, of which information is a central component. These include innovations such as Compstat, problem-oriented policing, and intelligence-led policing (see Ratcliffe 2008). Such a system seems more promising than what police leaders have previously relied upon to establish accountability—amorphous cultural norms of quasi-military hierarchy or adherence to a reactive standard operating procedures manual. Evidence-based policing could also have a broader impact on transforming cultural forces that strongly influence a reactive approach to police operations, which oftentimes paralyzes crime prevention efforts and change. Although its conceptualization and implementation seem scientific or academic, evidence-based policing could increase the motivation of patrol officers and supervisors in their daily activities. Reducing crime by using strategies more likely to be effective can reduce workload and make efforts more rational. Information-based approaches can also be problem oriented and require a team effort, giving further meaning, logic, and motivation to everyday routines. Evidence-based policing requires police to look outward for information as well, opening officers and command staff to different ideas and worldviews, and providing new challenges, interactions, and relationships that could make any workplace more interesting. Police culture has generally resisted change and external influence (O’Neill, Marks, and Singh 2008), and an evidence-based paradigm might aid in mollifying this resistance. Thus, at least in theory, evidence-based policing holds much promise. Indeed, by the time of Sherman’s Ideas lecture, a number of innovations that reflected its principles had already been implemented or were being considered (see generally, Weisburd and Braga 2006). Examples include the diffusion of crime analysis and computerized mapping in medium to larger police agencies (Weisburd and Lum 2005); the acceptance and use of some principles of Compstat by a number of agencies (Weisburd, Mastrofski, McNally, Greenspan, and Willis 2003; Willis, Mastrofski, and Weisburd 2003; Willis, Mastrofski, and Weisburd 2007); and at least an interest and sporadic efforts in conducting problem-oriented policing and hot-spot patrol. Additionally, by the time of Sherman’s lecture, Sherman, Weisburd, Mazerolle, and others had already evaluated hot-spot patrol using randomized controlled experiments (see Sherman and Rogan 1995a, 1995b; Sherman and Weisburd 1995; Weisburd and Green 1995), showing its clear advantage over existing methods of random, preventive, beat-based, reactive patrol (a conclusion recently reached by a 2004 National Research Council report). More than policing paradigms of the past, evidence-based policing and its associated tactics and tools have shown the promise of both intuitive appeal and scientific credibility. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2009. 16p. Source: Ideas in American Policing, No. 11: Internet Resource: Accesed February 14, 2012 at http://www.policefoundation.org/pdf/Ideas_Lum.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 124142

Author: Ashton, Paul Title: The Education of D.C.: How Washington D.C.’s Investments In Education Can Help Increase Public Safety Summary: As education is correlated with crime rates and incarceration, addressing shortcomings in the D.C. education system should be part of a comprehensive public safety strategy. Higher levels of education increase access to well paying jobs, build stronger community ties and positive social skills and decrease risk-taking behavior, all of which decrease the chances that a person will be involved in criminal activity. People who experience barriers to educational achievement are also disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system. Sixty-eight percent of people in U.S. state prisons have not received a high school diploma. The Alliance for Excellent Education estimates that a five percent increase in graduation rates for young men would produce an annual savings of $66.5 million in crime-related expenses for Washington, D.C. Although the city has made strides in improving its public education system, youth in D.C. continue to face significant challenges. Fourth and eighth grade students in D.C. public schools were ranked the lowest in the nation in math and reading proficiency, according to the U.S. Department of Education’s “National Assessment of Educational Progress in 2011.” This report also showed a significant performance gap between black and white students. For example, the fourth grade reading gap between white and black students in 2011 was 62 percentage points: 92 and 37 percent of white and African American students, respectively, read at or above basic 4th grade level. This value remains unchanged from 1992. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/education_of_dc_-_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (District of Columbia) Educ Shelf Number: 124146

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Cold-Case Investigations: An Analysis of Current Practices and Factors Associated with Successful Outcomes Summary: The number of cold-case units and the expenditures to fund them are increasing, but little is known about the return on this investment. This report seeks to help better understand cold-case investigation, discussing the status of cold-case investigations in the United States and examining factors associated with successful cold-case investigations. It asks what the current practices of law enforcement agencies are with respect to investigating cold cases and what strategies agencies can use, based on the likelihood of success, to prioritize cold-case investigations. A national survey of law enforcement agencies was used to determine whether and how agencies conducted cold-case investigations, while samples were drawn from investigative case files in four cities to determine attributes of cold cases that are associated with case clearance, arrest, and conviction. The survey revealed that most agencies do little cold-case work, cold-case funding is tenuous, success rates for cold-case investigations are low, and agency factors associated with higher clearance rates included level of funding and access to investigative databases. The case-file analysis revealed that one can identify factors that predict whether a cold-case investigation will be successful, including the basis for initiating the cold-case investigation, characteristics of the victim and crime, progress made during the initial investigation, and actions of cold-case investigators; clearing a cold case does not automatically lead to making an arrest; in sexual-assault cold cases, even when a suspect DNA match has been made, about one-third of cases are not filed because of problems with victim cooperation, credibility, or availability of suspects who are deceased or in prison, but those cases that are prosecuted resulted in convictions and lengthy prison terms more than 90 percent of the time; and cooperation between police and prosecutors can improve both the efficiency and effectiveness of cold-case investigations. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2011/RAND_TR948.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Cold-Case Investigations Shelf Number: 123149

Author: United States Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Progress Made, but Further Actions Needed to Secure the Maritime Energy Supply Summary: The nation's economy and security are heavily dependent on oil, natural gas, and other energy commodities. Al-Qa'ida and other groups with malevolent intent have targeted energy tankers and offshore energy infrastructure because of their importance to the nation's economy and national security. The U.S. Coast Guard--a component of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)--is the lead federal agency for maritime security, including the security of energy tankers and offshore energy infrastructure. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) also has responsibilities for preventing and responding to terrorist incidents. This testimony discusses the extent to which (1) the Coast Guard and the FBI have taken actions to address GAO's prior recommendations to prevent and respond to a terrorist incident involving energy tankers and (2) the Coast Guard has taken actions to assess the security risks to offshore energy infrastructure and related challenges. This testimony is based on products issued from December 2007 through March 2011 and recently completed work on the Coast Guard's actions to assess security risks. GAO reviewed documents from the Coast Guard's risk model and relevant laws, regulations, policies, and procedures; and interviewed Coast Guard officials. The Coast Guard and the FBI have made progress implementing prior recommendations GAO made to enhance energy tanker security. In 2007, GAO made five recommendations to address challenges in ensuring the effectiveness of federal agencies' actions to protect energy tankers and implement response plans. The Coast Guard and the FBI have implemented two recommendations, specifically: (1) the Coast Guard, in coordination with U.S. Customs and Border Protection, developed protocols for facilitating the recovery and resumption of trade following a disruption to the maritime transportation system, and (2) the Coast Guard and the FBI participated in local port exercises that executed multiple response plans simultaneously. The Coast Guard has made progress on a third recommendation through work on a national strategy for the security of certain dangerous cargoes. It also plans to develop a resource allocation plan, starting in April 2012, which may help address the need to balance security responsibilities. However, the Coast Guard and the FBI have not yet taken action on a fourth recommendation to develop an operational plan to integrate the national spill and terrorism response plans. According to DHS, it plans to revise the National Response Framework, but no decision has been made regarding whether the separate response plans will be integrated. Also, DHS has not yet taken action on the final recommendation to develop explicit performance measures for emergency response capabilities and use them in risk-based analyses to set priorities for acquiring needed response resources. According to DHS, it is revising its emergency response grant programs, but does not have specific plans to develop performance measures as part of this effort. The Coast Guard has taken actions to assess the security risks to offshore energy infrastructure, which includes Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) facilities (facilities that are involved in producing oil or natural gas) and deepwater ports (facilities used to transfer oil and natural gas from tankers to shore), but improvements are needed. The Coast Guard has used its Maritime Security Risk Analysis Model (MSRAM) to examine the security risks to OCS facilities and deepwater ports. To do so, the Coast Guard has coordinated with the intelligence community and stakeholders, such as the Department of the Interior's Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement. However, the Coast Guard faces complex and technical challenges in assessing risks. For example, the Coast Guard does not have data on the ability of an OCS facility to withstand an attack. The Coast Guard generally recognizes these challenges and has actions underway to study or address them. Further, GAO determined that as of May 2011, the Coast Guard had not assessed security risks for 12 of the 50 security-regulated OCS facilities that are to be subjected to such assessments. Coast Guard officials later determined that they needed to add these OCS facilities to MSRAM for assessment and have completed the required assessments. However, while the list of security-regulated facilities may change each year based on factors such as production volume, the Coast Guard's current policies and procedures do not call for Coast Guard officials to provide an annual updated list of regulated OCS facilities to MSRAM analysts. Given the continuing threat to such offshore facilities, revising its procedures could help ensure that the Coast Guard carries out its risk assessment requirements for security-regulated OCS facilities. GAO is recommending that the Coast Guard revise policies and procedures to ensure its analysts receive the annual updated list of regulated offshore energy facilities to ensure risk assessments are conducted on those facilities. The Coast Guard concurred with this recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: United States Government Accountability Office, 2011. 28p. Source: GAO Report GAO-11-883T: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://gao.gov/assets/130/126837.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Energy Infrastructure Shelf Number: 124153

Author: Nickel, Jessica Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents: An Action Plan for Federal Policymakers Summary: This action plan is designed to help federal leaders improve policies for children of incarcerated parents, but also includes recommendations of value to state and local governments that can facilitate and complement federal initiatives and result in better responses to this population” (p. ix). Sections of this publication include: introduction; children of incarcerated parents—overview and research; coordination across service systems; responses to children during a parent’s arrest; parent-child interactions within correctional systems; support for kinship caregivers of children who parents are incarcerated; foster care and permanence; child support; and state and federal benefits and income support. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2009. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.reentrypolicy.org/jc_publications/federa_action_plan_/Children_Incarcerated_Parents_v8.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124154

Author: Victor, Kain Sebastian Title: CIA and the Contras' cocaine connection: Funny Farm and the Coca Cultivation Program - a true story how CIA used cocaine to finance an insurgency Summary: The evidence shows that the government knew that the Contras’ decided to traffic cocaine to finance themselves. The government participated in the drug trafficking by not interrupting it. CIA ordered the Contras to traffic drugs. Traffickers were protected from prosecution and received government contract. The government knew and sanctioned the drug trafficking into the US to support the Contras. The White House urged lenience for at least one convicted trafficker and terrorist. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) protected major drug traffickers, who diverted drug proceeds to finance the Contras. When former Contra mercenaries accused the CIA run Contras of being involved in drug trafficking the Senate started to investigate. Confidential memos and papers were leaked to the State Department, the Justice Department, the White House and CIA, who in a joined effort tried to sabotage the investigation. Documents were withheld, witnesses labelled as terrorist threats and put under surveillance, and the credibility of the Senatorial subcommittee’s members was questioned in the press. The conclusion of the investigation was that CIA had allowed the Contras to traffic cocaine and had protected them from prosecution. The conclusion went unnoticed in the media. When the drug connection came to the media’s attention a decade later, they focused on how the media covered the news, not news that the government had sanctioned drug trafficking. It were three small articles in San Jose Mercury News that sparked it all, and caused the Senate to force DOJ and CIA to investigate. When the official investigations were finished two years later and the reports release, the media’s attention had turned to Monica Lewinsky affair. All the reporters did was to quote from the conclusions of the reports. The mainstream media reported that the US Government had not sanctioned drug trafficking, but the media missed the scoop. The reports confirmed that the government knew about the Contras involvement in drug trafficking, that the government protected traffickers from prosecution, that the government granted contracts to trafficker whom they knew were drug trafficker, and that the Contras in part was funded by drug proceeds. The conclusions in the official reports denied what their reports confirmed. What evidence does exists, which shows that the government knew about and was involvement in the Contras’ drugs trafficking? This is the report about the evidence. Details: Denmark: Roskilde University, 2006, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://rudar.ruc.dk/bitstream/1800/1978/1/CIA%20and%20the%20Contras%E2%80%99%20cocaine%20connection%20(RUB%20version).pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 124165

Author: Youth Justice Board. Center for Court Innovation. Title: Strong Families, Safe Communities - Recommendations to Improve New York City's Alternative to Detention Programs Summary: In 2006, New York City introduced a new initiative to decrease the number of youth who are placed in detention while their cases are being heard in family court. The initiative includes the creation of Alternative to Detention (ATD) programs in each borough. These programs allow some young people who have been arrested to remain at home before their disposition hearings in family court while they receive relevant services and curfew monitoring. At the core of ATD programs is the concept of giving young people a chance—that is, giving them opportunities to succeed outside the confines of detention. The Youth Justice Board believes that communitybased ATD programs are critical to improving outcomes for young people involved in the juvenile justice system. Over five months, the Youth Justice Board conducted interviews with over 30 stakeholders involved in the ATD initiative. The Board visited four ATD programs and conducted three focus groups with young people involved in the juvenile justice system to learn about the experiences and perspectives of youth. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/YJBreportfinal_20091.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Detention, Juveniles Shelf Number: 122752

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: The Aryan Circle: Crime in the Name of Hate Summary: The Aryan Circle is a large, growing and dangerous white supremacist prison gang based primarily in Texas, though it has a presence in a number of other states. It is active both in prisons and on the streets. It is an extreme and violent group, with a long track record of murder, including the deaths of two police officers in Bastrop, Louisiana, in 2007. The Aryan Circle is an organized crime group; its white supremacy often takes a backseat to traditional criminal motives. However, it uses its white supremacy as a bond to cement the loyalty of individual members to the group, creating an extended Aryan crime "family." It originated in the Texas prison system in the mid-1980s. For many years it was a small group, but by 2009 it has become the second largest white supremacist gang in the Texas prison system. The Aryan Circle has four distinct segments: its Texas prison population, its federal prison population, its out-of-state prison population, and its "street" or "free world" population. The total number of Circle members is probably over 1,400, making it one of the largest white supremacist groups in the United States. Perhaps the most disturbing trend is the rapid growth in its "free world" membership, which has resulted in an epidemic of criminal activity across Texas and beyond. The Aryan Circle is headed by an elected president and run by senior members comprising an Upper Board who control the four segments mentioned above. Each segment has hierarchies that comprise a Middle Board as well as officers such as majors, captains/district captains, and lesser ranks. After several years of divided leadership, Billy "Thumper" Haynes was elected the Circle's new president in 2008. However, dissatisfaction with this choice led to in-fighting and dissent. After Haynes was arrested for alleged murder in late 2008, Greg "Droopy" Freeman replaced him, but internal dissent continues. The Aryan Circle recruits in the prisons and on the streets. Recruits or "prospects" must undergo a lengthy apprentice period in which their background is checked and they are indoctrinated into the rules and beliefs of the Circle. Only after many months are they allowed full Circle membership. Aryan Circle members tend to come from lower socioeconomic backgrounds and their criminal activity often supplements a blue collar or service industry paycheck. Many Aryan Circle members work in the oil industry in Texas. The Aryan Circle is somewhat unusual among racist prison gangs in that women can and do become full-fledged members. The Circle has a significant female component that takes part in all Circle activities—administrative, social, and criminal. Some women have achieved positions of considerable importance and responsibility within the Circle, but sexism prevents them from rising to the highest ranks. By the late 1990s, the Aryan Circle developed a significant presence in the free world across Texas and beyond. This has increased the group's criminal opportunities and ability to recruit. The Circle expects released prisoners to report to their "free world" district captain and continue their association with the group. The original "homegrown" white supremacy of the Aryan Circle has become more sophisticated, closer to that of "traditional" white supremacists such as neo-Nazi and Klan groups. However, many Circle members still have only a crude understanding of white supremacist ideology. The Circle uses its white supremacy to increase solidarity within its ranks, consciously trying to create the atmosphere of an extended Aryan family or clan to which all are unbendingly loyal. The Aryan Circle has few relationships with "traditional" white supremacist groups. Its relations with other prison gangs, such as the Aryan Brotherhood of Texas or the White Knights, are more often violent than not; the Aryan Circle has been involved in a number of violent prison gang wars. The Aryan Circle not only deals drugs; many of its members abuse drugs, especially methamphetamine, which has caused serious problems for the group and its members. Efforts by Circle leaders in the past to combat drug use by members have failed. A new effort started in 2008 that creating a "Chemical Free" program, complete with distinctive tattoo, faces serious hurdles. Much of the Aryan Circle's criminal activities are profit-driven. Inside prisons, Circle members engage in protection rackets and other schemes, but the smuggling of contraband (particularly illegal drugs and tobacco) is the most important endeavor. Outside prison walls, Circle members engage in a wide variety of activities, of which illegal drugs (especially methamphetamine) are the most important, followed by a variety of theft and robbery rings.Organized violence is also a feature of Aryan Circle activity. Behind prison walls, Aryan Circle members engage in violence against rival gangs, while inside and outside of prisons, the Circle has killed or attempted to kill a number of suspected informants or other people perceived to be "weak links," in order to protect the group. In and out of prisons, Aryan Circle members have committed a variety of violent acts against African-Americans, Hispanics, homosexuals and transgender people, and others. Though their main motivations are those of an organized crime group, they live up to the hatred implicit in their white supremacist beliefs as well. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://www.adl.org/extremism/Aryan-Circle-Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 124169

Author: Pennsylvania. General Assembly. Joint State Government Commission Title: The Effects of Parental Incarceration on Children: Needs and Responsive Services Summary: House Resolution No. 203, Printer’s No. 1321, of 2009 was adopted on June 3, 2009, and Senate Resolution 52, Printer’s No. 708, of 2009 was adopted on June 8, 2009. The resolutions directed the Joint State Government Commission to establish an advisory committee to study the effects of parental incarceration on children of the incarcerated parents; to recommend a system for determining and assessing the needs of children of incarcerated parents, services available to them, and barriers to accessing those services; and to report recommendations to the House and the Senate. A 38-member advisory committee was appointed over the course of several months. Ann Schwartzman, Director of Policy of the Pennsylvania Prison Society, served as the chair. The advisory committee includes staff from the Pennsylvania Board of Probation and Parole, the Department of Public Welfare, the Department of Corrections, the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing, the Department of Aging, county government centers, police, and the Harrisburg School District. It also includes a judge, attorneys, college professors, representatives of various community-based and faith-based support services and the Pennsylvania District Attorneys Association. Details: Harrisburg, PA: General Assembly of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Joint State Government Commission, 2011. 152p. Source: Report of the Advisory Committee: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://jsg.legis.state.pa.us/resources/documents/ftp/documents/children%20of%20incarcerated%20parents.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 124170

Author: Males, Mike Title: Jail Needs Assessment for San Mateo County: A preliminary analysis Summary: On April 5, 2011, Governor Edmund G. Brown signed into law Assembly Bill 109 (AB 109) codifying, one of history’s most sweeping reforms of California’s criminal justice system. This landmark legislation comes 35 years after then Governor Brown signed the Determinant Sentencing Law (DSL) of 1976, ushering in an era of unprecedented prison population expansion. Under the DSL, rehabilitation was eliminated as a goal of sentencing in California in favor of more punitive practices that emphasized incarceration. With the shift to more punitive policies, incarceration rates soared resulting in inevitable overcrowding and a deterioration of conditions within the state’s prisons and jails. As result present day criminal justice stakeholders in each of California’s 58 counties are addressing the challenge of how to serve an increased number of individuals under their supervision. The Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) produced this report at the request of San Mateo County’s Controller’s Office. The intention of the analysis is to explore San Mateo County’s current and historic criminal justice system trends and determine the future necessity of additional county jail construction. This report provides San Mateo County criminal justice stakeholders with a data-driven analysis that explores targeted areas to apply model interventions that reduce unnecessary incarceration while promoting public safety. San Mateo County is one of the most affluent counties in California, with 2010 median household incomes ($82,750) well above the state average ($57,700). Additionally, the percentage of residents with incomes below poverty thresholds (6.8%) is well below the state as a whole (15.8%). For every race and age level, San Mateo County residents have poverty levels less than half the state average. The county’s population has stabilized, with current and projected growth levels (1% to 1.5% per decade) that are much slower than California as a state (10%) (Demographic Research Unit, 2010). The county thus has (with a few exceptions) generally lower crime rates and social problems, as well as more resources available to apply to reducing them. However, within these apparently stabilizing factors lies great change. Like other major counties, San Mateo County has undergone a dramatic population shift in recent decades, with a significant increase in minority populations. Thirty years ago, three-fourths of the county’s adults age 18-69 was White, of European origin.1 After declines of 30% and 40% in the white and black populations respectively, a 260% rise in the Latino population, and a quadrupling in the Asian population, today there are 80,000 more San Mateo County adults than in 1980, 6 in 10 of whom are Asian, Hispanic, African-American, and other nonwhites. The state Demographic Research Unit (2011) projects continued slow population growth, with declining white populations offset by continued increases in Asians and Latinos. Details: San Francisco, California: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 15p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/San_Mateo_County_Sentencing_Practices_and_Trends.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 124171

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) Title: National Symposium on Pretrial Justice - Convened by the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs and the Pretrial Justice Institute - Summary Report of Proceedings Summary: The 2011 National Symposium on Pretrial Justice convened by the Office of Justice Programs of the U.S. Department of Justice, together with the Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI), highlighted the major shortcomings in current pretrial release decision-making practices and showcased efforts to improve those practices. The Symposium brought together representatives of associations from a broad array of stakeholder groups, including law enforcement, judges, prosecutors, public defenders, jails, and victims, as well as county, state, and federal legislative and executive branch officials, and private funders. The Summary of Proceedings provides a summary of the Symposium and recommendations for improving pretrial justice for all. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://pretrial.org/NSPJ%20Report%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 124172

Author: Males, Mike Title: Charging youths as adults in California: A county by county analysis of prosecutorial direct file practices Summary: This report examines county by county prosecutorial direct file practices between 2003 and 2010 to determine whether Proposition 21 (2000) has resulted in more commitments of youths to state institutional facilities than would have occurred otherwise. In light of these historic trends the report also reflects on the potential effect that the Governor’s proposed closure of the state’s Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF) would have on prosecutorial direct file practices in California. The Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) finds that at least two-thirds of direct files do not result in state DJF or adult prison terms. Prosecutorial direct file has not proven an effective means of securing state prison sentences for youthful offenders compared to previously existing mechanisms, such as judicial transfer after juvenile court fitness hearings. While CJCJ was unable to determine the exact numbers of direct file cases that resulted in transfer from DJF to state prison at age 18, the number appears small and has declined sharply over the last three years. In addition, frequent usage of direct file appears to have no effect on crime compared to infrequent usage. The overall statewide increase in direct file rates during 2003-2010 is attributable to a select group of counties, whose prosecutors utilize direct file significantly more than the state average. This increase in direct file rates is not correlated to county juvenile court commitments to DJF. In addition, county commitments to DJF varied significantly and declined greatly during the period. The data suggests there are 7 counties that continue to heavily rely on the state system through both high rates of juvenile court DJF commitments and prosecutorial direct filing and may require significant local capacity building if DJF were to be eliminated. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 7p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/Charging_youths_as_adults_in_California.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 124173

Author: Arthur, Pat Title: Arkansas Youth Justice: The Architecture of Reform Summary: This report is offered to shine a light on the collective efforts underway in Arkansas to transform the state's juvenile justice system. It describes the work that has been done to build reform over the past four years under the steady and skilled stewardship of Ron Angel, Director of the Division of Youth Services (DYS). It also suggests additional changes in policy and practices that might further "revolutionize" youth services, as is called for in the division's strategic reform plan. The first section of the report discusses the state of juvenile justice in Arkansas prior to the start of reform efforts. The second section describes the building blocks of reform, including the architecture of the reform process and the essential elements of specific reform initiatives. The last section provides hypothetical scenarios that suggest some of the ways current practices could be changed in order to further DYS' efforts to safely reduce the number of youth held in secure custody. These scenarios are offered to aid the discussions among Arkansas policymakers and stakeholders about ways to further the goals of reform in the future. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law and National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://nccd-crc.issuelab.org/sd_clicks/download2/arkansas_youth_justice_the_architecture_of_reform Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 124174

Author: Kessler, Bryce R. Title: Perceptions of Texas Parks & Wildlife Game Wardens about Effectiveness of Law Enforcement Programs Summary: Conserving wildlife and wildlife habitat for future generations has been very important in America. The decline, if not extinction, of native wildlife have become major issues in the conservation field. Youth are vulnerable to following the practices of a society and youth are the future in protecting and conserving natural resources. Illegal hunting and fishing have caused the extinction or demise of many wildlife species. Law enforcement at both federal and state levels has been addressing wildlife crimes for well over a hundred years. Natural resource law enforcement programs are used every day in order to protect this nations’ wildlife for future generations. In Texas, the Texas Parks and Wildlife game wardens have been tasked with protecting Texas’ natural resources. This study was created in order to find out the perceptions of Texas Parks and Wildlife game wardens about effectiveness of law enforcement programs within the department. A survey was sent to game wardens throughout the state of Texas to find out the effectiveness of the following law enforcement programs: fish patrol, game patrol, Operation Game Thief, and educational programs. The effectiveness of the above programs was based on six categories of effectiveness. The six categories of effectiveness used were specific deterrence, general deterrence, detection, cost effectiveness, public support, and Operation Game Thief. Game wardens ranked each program on how well they perceived the program in being effective. An additional survey was added to this research paper as exploratory research in order to explore possible concerns about recruitment and retention within the Texas Parks and Wildlife Division of Law Enforcement. The four law enforcement programs studied received above average support from game wardens throughout the state. Fish and game patrol were considered the most effective in the perception of effectiveness categories. Even though Operation Game Thief and educational programs were considered to be less effective, the programs were still supported by a majority of game wardens. The recruitment and retention survey illustrated that a large number of game wardens were concerned about recruitment and retention within the Texas Parks & Wildlife Law Enforcement Division. Details: San Marcos, Texas: Texas State University-San Marcos, 2005. Source: Applied Research Project, Paper 5, Master's Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Hunting Shelf Number: 124175

Author: Baxter, Tom Title: Alabama's Immigration Disaster: The Harshest Law in the Land Harms the State's Economy and Society Summary: In June 2011 Alabama passed the Beason-Hammon Alabama Taxpayer and Citizen Protection Act, H.B. 56. The law, which took effect in late September, lives up to its billing as the nation’s toughest immigration bill and goes well beyond the Arizona law (S.B. 1070) on which it was based. H.B. 56 requires schools to check and report the immigration status of their students and bars undocumented students from postsecondary education. It instructs police to demand proof of immigration status from anyone they suspect of being in the country illegally, even on a routine traffic stop or roadblock. It also invalidates any contract knowingly entered into with an illegal alien, including routine agreements such as a rent contract, and makes it a felony for an unauthorized immigrant to enter into a contract with a government entity. Finally, it goes beyond any previous legislation by effectively making it a crime to be undocumented in the state. The law’s impact, by virtue of the fact that much of it went into effect, has been swift and detrimental to the state, with a significant exodus of Latinos. But in a state already ravaged by tornadoes and lagging in economic recovery, the costs and social effects of the law have been particularly harsh. Overall, as Professor Samuel Addy of the Center for Business and Economic Research at the University of Alabama’s Culverhouse College of Commerce and Business Administration has illustrated, because of H.B. 56, Alabama could lose up to $10.8 billion (or 6.2 percent of its gross domestic product), up to 140,000 jobs in the state, $264.5 million in state tax revenue, and $93 million in local tax revenue. These costs will all be incurred to drive out an undocumented population that is estimated to be only 2.5 percent of the state—a population that paid $130 million into the state’s tax coffers in 2010. Alabama’s agricultural industry and foreign investment are especially affected. Chad Smith, a tomato farmer, estimates that he could lose up to $300,000 in produce because of the lack of farmworkers who are now fleeing the state. And recent embarrassing incidents such as the arrest of Mercedes-Benz and Honda executives under the provisions of the new law jeopardize the presence of foreign companies, which give the state both a significant amount of money and a significant number of jobs—5 percent of the state’s workforce in 2009, the most recent year for which data are available. As bad as the economic impact is, though, the social and humanitarian costs are even higher. There are countless stories of families suddenly torn apart and lives disrupted, of frightened children and distraught parents faced with the choice of leaving their children behind to give them a better future. Not surprisingly, supporters and opponents of the law alike are already discussing changing it. Even Gov. Robert Bentley (R), an early proponent of the law, has acknowledged that he is working with the legislature to revise the immigration bill in the next session. This report reviews the economic and social harm caused by H.B. 56, arguing that the anti-immigration bills has, and will continue to cause severe damage to the agricultural industry, foreign investment, and civil rights. We contend that Republican legislators rushed into passing H.B. 56 without considering the economic effects of the law, following a national political debate led by such figures as the anti-immigrant Kansas Secretary of State Kris Kobach (R), rather than the needs of their home state. Efforts to repeal the bill cannot possibly undo all of the harm wrought by H.B. 56 but repeal would go a long way at stopping the damage of a poorly conceived and hastily enacted measure. The best solution, though, comes not from the state but from Congress, which should step in to fix our broken immigration system and fill the void created by federal inaction. A sensible federal solution would establish smart enforcement policies, resolve the status of those illegally present in the United States, create flexible legal channels of immigration that serve the national interest, and curtail immigration outside of legal status. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2012/02/pdf/alabama_immigration_disaster.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 124176

Author: Kurzman, Charles Title: Muslim-American Terrorism in the Decade Since 9/11 Summary: Almost 200 Muslim-Americans have been involved in violent plots of terrorism over this decade, and more than 400 Muslim-Americans have been indicted or convicted for supporting terrorism. In 2011, the numbers dropped in both categories, and the severity of the cases also appeared to lessen: Muslim- American terrorist plots led to no fatalities in the United States, and the year’s four indictments for terrorist financing indictments involved relatively small amounts of money. As in previous years, non-Muslims were also involved in domestic terrorism, proving once again that Muslims do not have a monopoly on violence. This study has not attempted to analyze those cases. The limited scale of Muslim-American terrorism in 2011 runs counter to the fears that many Americans shared in the days and months after 9/11, that domestic Muslim-American terrorism would escalate. The spike in terrorism cases in 2009 renewed these concerns, as have repeated warnings from U.S. government officials about a possible surge in homegrown Islamic terrorism. The predicted surge has not materialized. Repeated alerts by government officials may be issued as a precaution, even when the underlying threat is uncertain. Officials may be concerned about how they would look if an attack did take place and subsequent investigations showed that officials had failed to warn the public. But a byproduct of these alerts is a sense of heightened tension that is out of proportion to the actual number of terrorist attacks in the United States since 9/11. This study’s findings challenge Americans to be vigilant against the threat of homegrown terrorism while maintaining a responsible sense of proportion. Details: Durham, North Carolina: Triangle Center on Terrorism and Homeland Security, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://sanford.duke.edu/centers/tcths/documents/Kurzman_Muslim-American_Terrorism_in_the_Decade_Since_9_11.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124177

Author: Immarigeon, Russ Title: Diversion Works: How Connecticut Can Downsize Prisons, Improve Public Safety and Save Money with a Comprehensive Mental Health and Substance Abuse Approach Summary: After leading the nation in prison population reduction in 2003, Connecticut's prison population reached record high levels this year, with more than 19,800 men and women behind bars. A recent prison population forecast by the Connecticut Statistical Analysis Center indicates that, unless measures are quickly taken to bring prison population levels back under control, taxpayers are likely to be burdened with excessive and rising costs to pay for capacity expansion. This report outlines how Connecticut can save money and increase public safety through diverting people with mental health and substance abuse issues away from prison. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2008. 19p. Source: A Better Way Foundation Report, Commissioned by the Drug Policy Alliance: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://www.drugpolicy.org/docUploads/DiversionWorks.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (Connecticut) Shelf Number: 124180

Author: Gibson, Chris L. Title: Unpacking the Influence of Neighborhood Context and Antisocial Propensity on Violent Victimization of Children and Adolescents in Chicago Summary: This research combines social disorganization and self-control theories to understand violent victimization among children and adolescents. In doing so, several research questions are investigated to explore the independent and interactive influences that neighborhood disadvantage and low self-control have on violent victimization risk. Data from the 9, 12, and 15-year old cohorts of the Longitudinal Cohort Study in the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN-LCS) were used in this study. Data analyzed were from self-reports of children, adolescents, and their primary caregivers during waves 1 and 2 of the longitudinal data collection effort. In addition, neighborhood structural characteristics from the U.S. Census were also analyzed. Results from a combination of hierarchical generalized linear models and multivariate logistic regression models with robust standard errors revealed that violent victimization did not significantly vary across neighborhoods, and independent of various behavioral and lifestyle choices made by children and adolescents, low self-control increased the risk for becoming a victim of violence. Additionally, choices made by them also influenced their risk of violent victimization; those who reported engaging in violent offending, spending more time in unstructured activities, and having more delinquent peers had a higher risk of being a victim of violence. Further analysis shows that the association between low self-control and violent victimization risk varies across levels of neighborhood concentrated disadvantage in which youth live; low self-control’s influence in the most disadvantaged neighborhoods dissipated while it was amplified for those living in the least disadvantaged neighborhoods. Unstructured socializing with peers was the only factor that significantly influenced violent victimization risk across low, medium and high disadvantaged neighborhoods. Findings are consistent with a “social push” perspective, which suggests that disadvantaged environments provide social pressures that may override the influence of individual differences on vulnerability to violent victimization. Implications of this study’s findings are discussed as they relate to policy, prevention and theory; while also setting forth a research agenda on neighborhoods, antisocial traits, and violent victimization risk for future research. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 79p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237731.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 124181

Author: Robinson, Paul H. Title: Crime and Punishment in New Jersey: The Criminal Code and Public Opinion on Sentencing Summary: This groundbreaking report contains two major findings: The first finding comes from the survey of 222 New Jersey residents regarding their opinions on the level of seriousness (and thus punishment) of 108 criminal offenses. For almost 90 percent of the offenses about which New Jersey residents were asked their opinion, the survey respondents categorized the offenses as belonging in a less serious category, and therefore deserving of a less serious penalty, than what is actually mandated by the criminal code. In other words, the penalties contained in the criminal code are at odds with the values of New Jersey residents. The second finding is that the structural flaws of the original criminal code, exacerbated by years of amendments and additions, have created a seriously flawed system of offenses and penalties. New Jersey enacted its Code of Criminal Justice in 1978. The code established a comprehensive list of 243 critical offenses and suboffenses. Since then there has been an enormous number of offense-related legislative amendments: 863 – an average of nearly 29 amendments every year for 30 years. The large number of amendments has seriously degraded the original criminal code and produced an increasingly convoluted body of law riddled with grading irrationalities and internal inconsistencies. Today, there are 650 offenses listed in the criminal code and another 904 offenses that have been added in New Jersey statutes other than the criminal code for a total of 1,554 total criminal offenses. This stunning growth has resulted in a code that has become increasingly irrational in its categorization (and punishment) of offenses and unfair in its application. Details: Trenton, NJ: Drug Policy Alliance, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/Crime%20and%20Punishment%20In%20New%20Jersey%20With%20All%20Appendices%20FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Public Opinion Shelf Number: 124184

Author: Justice Center, The Council of State Governments Title: Justice Reinvestment in Oklahoma - Analysis and Policy Framework Summary: IN JANUARY 2011, GOVERNOR MARY FALLIN, Speaker of the House Kris Steele, Senate President Pro Tempore Brian Bingman, and Supreme Court Justice James Edmondson expressed interest in employing a justice reinvestment strategy, which is a data-driven approach to contain corrections spending and reinvest a portion of the savings generated in strategies that will increase public safety. These state leaders wrote to the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), a division of the U.S. Department of Justice, and the Pew Center on the States (Pew) seeking intensive technical assistance, which was approved by BJA and Pew in May 2011. As a result, the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) - the technical assistance provider working in partnership with BJA and Pew - launched a comprehensive analysis of the state's criminal justice system. This report summarizes the CSG Justice Center's work to address key issues that emerged from the quantitative and qualitative analyses. Policy options are organized around three strategies: 1) reducing violent crime, 2) improving supervision of people on probation, and 3) containing state spending on prisons. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://justicereinvestment.org/files/JR_OK_Analysis_Policy_Framework.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (Oklahoma) Shelf Number: 124185

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Evaluating the Communities Foundation of Texas's Gift to the Dallas Police Department - The Caruth Police Institute's First Leadership Course Summary: History has shown the importance of strong and effective police leadership, but it is no longer enough to learn the principles of policing early in one's career: The explosion in technology has made it essential that police managers keep current with new developments and that organizations have the flexibility to change appropriately. In 2006, the Communities Foundation of Texas allocated $15 million to the Dallas Police Department, of which $10 million was used to establish the W. W. Caruth Jr. Police Institute (CPI), a partnership between the department and two local universities. CPI was designed to provide training for police officers at all stages of their careers and to serve as the research and problem-solving arm of the Dallas Police Department. The hope is that the institute will play an integral role in supporting leadership training, staff development, and career advancement among all Dallas police officers. An evaluation of the first course offered by CPI, a leadership training course for lieutenants in which participation was voluntary, revealed that participants had favorable opinions of the course in terms its impact on their approach to their jobs, their relationships with supervisors and subordinates, and their sense of solidarity with their coworkers. The evaluation contrasted the experiences of participants with those of a control group of lieutenants in the department to determine whether there were changes in leadership style as a result of completing the course. It also included interviews with senior Dallas Police Department staff to gauge their perspectives on the course and how the institute could be used for the benefit of the department. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND Corporation, 2012. 16p. Source: Technical Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2012/RAND_TR1134z2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Training (Texas) Shelf Number: 124186

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Pennsylvania Title: Reproductive Health Locked Up - An Examination of Pennsylvania Jail Policies Summary: The number of women incarcerated in the United States is rapidly growing at the rate of 11.2% annually – twice the rate of incarceration for men. About 3,800 women are housed in Pennsylvania’s county correctional facilities. Similar to other states, approximately three-quarters are of reproductive age (ages 18–44). Most women in county jails are incarcerated for nonviolent crimes, are undereducated, come from minority groups, and fall below the poverty line. Incarcerated women experience disproportionately higher levels of abuse and have worse health status than their non-incarcerated counterparts. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) has long-standing commitments to the rights of women, the incarcerated, and reproductive freedom. These three interests led to our involvement in the successful Pennsylvania effort to ban shackling and other restraints for incarcerated women during the latter stages of pregnancy. However sweet the victory, eliminating restraints during pregnancy represents a mere sliver of the reproductive health concerns facing Pennsylvania’s incarcerated women. We decided to look at the issue more broadly with the goal of identifying other aspects of reproductive health care that could be improved through advocacy, legislation, or legal challenges. This report was compiled after reviewing the policies of the 57 county jails in Pennsylvania that house women. We focused on county jails rather than state prisons because the needs of women in these facilities have never been systematically explored. By identifying trends across the state and in individual counties, we aim to help advocates improve women’s reproductive health care behind bars. Using Pennsylvania’s Right to Know Law, the state version of the federal Freedom of Information Act, the ACLU of Pennsylvania obtained county jail policies about reproductive health care for women, medical contracts, sick call procedures, and more. Requests were sent to every county correctional facility with a 100% response rate. Six county facilities do not house women, so the report covers the policies of 57 Pennsylvania county facilities that do house women. The policies were reviewed for information about routine gynecological care, contraception, pregnancy testing, abortion access, prenatal care, labor and delivery, postpartum care, mental health care following miscarriage and pregnancy termination, and testing and treatment of sexually transmitted diseases. Our findings have a major limitation. They only report on the written policies of county facilities. Actual practices may vary significantly from written policies. In addition, having a written policy does not guarantee that the policy is followed. A county facility may have a detailed written policy about prenatal services that is not followed, while another county may lack a written policy, but women there actually receive high quality prenatal care. Ideally, counties will have good policies that are followed, leading to good practices. Overall, the policies at Pennsylvania jails are not meeting the reproductive health needs of incarcerated women. Policies were more detailed and prevalent where a state law or regulation requires care—such as health screenings, prenatal and postpartum care, and STD/HIV testing and treatment. Absent a law, policies were more likely to be non-existent or inadequate—like those for pregnancy testing, contraception, labor and delivery and, not surprisingly, abortion. The roots of this lie in the evolution of a jail population from one that was primarily male to one that houses an increasing number of women, along with punitive attitudes toward those in jail and a system of county jails that has little oversight. As the population of women in jail continues to grow, counties will increasingly be vulnerable to lawsuits brought by prisoners whose medical treatment or lack of treatment has caused them harm or violated their constitutional rights. The public will be harmed as women leaving jail re-enter the community with unaddressed health needs. And finally, we as a society are harmed when we squander the opportunity to help the most vulnerable among us. Details: Philadelphia, PA: American Civil Liberties Union of Pennsylvania, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.aclupa.org/downloads/RHLUrpt.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 124187

Author: Higa, Marion: Hawaii Office of The Auditor. Title: Management Audit of the Department of Public Safety's Contracting for Prison Beds and Services Summary: This report responds to a request by the speaker of the House of Representatives and the president of the Senate asking the Auditor to exercise her authority to conduct a management audit that 1) focuses on the Department of Public Safety’s contracting for prison beds and services with non-Hawai‘i entities and 2) compares in-state and out-of state incarceration costs. The audit was undertaken pursuant to Section 23-4, Hawai‘i Revised Statutes (HRS) and Article VII, Section 10 of the Hawai‘i State Constitution, which requires the State Auditor to conduct post audits of the transactions, accounts, programs, and performance of all departments, offices, and agencies of the State of Hawai‘i and its political subdivisions. This report on the management audit of the Department of Public Safety focuses on contracting for prison beds and services with non-Hawai'i entities and compares in-state and out-of-state incarceration costs. Details: Honolulu, Hawaii: The Auditor, State of Hawaii, 2010. 84p. Source: Report No. 10-10: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.state.hi.us/auditor/Reports/2010/10-10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 124188

Author: Isaacs, Caroline Title: Private Prisons: The Public's Problem - A Quality Assessment of Arizona's Private Prisons Summary: Arizona has enthusiastically embraced prison privatization, with 13% of the state prison population housed in private facilities (the 11th highest percentage in the nation). Motivated by a belief that private enterprise could build and manage prisons safely and at lower cost than the state, the legislature has mandated construction of thousands of private prison beds. Little was done over the years to test actual performance of private prisons or to determine their cost effectiveness. In the summer of 2010, three inmates escaped from the privately operated Kingman prison, killed two people, and shattered the myth that private prisons can keep us safe. Since that time, more evidence has come to light unmasking the truth about the private prison industry in Arizona: It is costly, plagued by security problems, and in some cases is violating state and federal law. State leaders have failed in their responsibility to protect the public, to provide adequate oversight of this industry, or to hold the corporations accountable for their failures. This report is the first of its kind in Arizona. To date, no independent analysis of the performance and quality of all private and public prisons has been undertaken. Such an analysis is long overdue, given that private prisons have operated in Arizona for decades, and the state has invested billions of taxpayer dollars into this industry. The people of Arizona have had little or no evidence that these prisons are safe, cost effective, or competent at fulfilling the job taxpayers pay them to do. When AFSC learned that the state had not properly monitored and reported on private prison operations since state law mandated it in 1987, AFSC undertook its own investigation into the private prison industry in Arizona. The Arizona Department of Corrections (ADC) later announced that it would complete the statutorily-required biennial comparison review, which was released on December 21, 2011. The ADC study contains very little methodological information or supporting data, suffers from inconsistent data collection procedures, and overlooks important measures of prison safety. By contrast, AFSC’s report incorporates data that was omitted or deemed to be outside the scope of the ADC review, including security audits of private prisons before and after the Kingman escapes and data on six prisons operated by Corrections Corporation of America that are located in Arizona but do not contract with the state, putting them outside state oversight. In addition, AFSC’s analysis incorporates additional performance measures which have emerged as important aspects of the debate over prison privatization: recidivism, accountability, and transparency. The most common measurement of the effectiveness of a prison is its ability to reduce recidivism. Yet private prison corporations flatly refuse to measure their recidivism rates. The issues of accountability and transparency made headlines in 2010 when it was revealed that lobbyists for Corrections Corporation of America may have had a hand in drafting SB 1070, Arizona’s controversial anti-immigrant bill, which potentially represented millions of dollars in revenue for the corporation through lucrative immigrant detention contracts. Since then, more and more evidence has surfaced revealing the various prison corporations’ efforts to buy influence with state and federal governments, particularly through the involvement of the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), a group whose members consist of elected officials and corporate lobbyists. ALEC holds conferences at exclusive resorts where legislators and corporate representatives draft model legislation that members introduce in their various home states. Yet this activity is not considered lobbying under many states’ law, and the reimbursements ALEC provides to legislators (and their spouses) for travel and lodging at these conferences are not reported as political contributions. Most importantly, AFSC’s analysis found patterns of serious safety lapses in all the private prisons for which data was available. Together, this data demonstrates a set of problems endemic to the industry that could lead to future tragedies like the Kingman escapes. Malfunctioning security systems go unrepaired for months, leading staff to ignore safety protocols. Under-trained guards combined with poor state oversight leads to assaults, disturbances, and riots. For-profit prison staff members are too often unprepared, or unwilling, to intervene in these events, and risk losing control of the facilities. Insufficient rehabilitation programs, educational opportunities, or jobs for the prisoners provide idle time for conflicts to brew. The result is facilities that are unsafe for the people living and working inside them, as well as the surrounding community. Regardless of differing political views, most Arizonans want the same thing from their prisons: Increased public safety. Yet the state has deliberately obscured information that would cast private prisons in a negative light. It is critical that the people of Arizona and our elected representatives have solid, objective data on which to base important decisions about the future of our prisons. Billions of tax-payer dollars and the safety of our communities hang in the balance. ADC cancelled the Request for Proposals (RFP) for 5,000 private prison beds in December 2011, but issued a new RFP for 2,000 private prison beds in early February 2012. The taxpayers of Arizona deserve an honest accounting of what we stand to gain and lose if we continue to follow the “tough on crime” mantra. This report offers new insights and original data that reveals the truth about for-profit prisons in Arizona. Details: Tucson, AZ: American Friends Service Committee-Arizona, 2012. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/AFSC_Arizona_Prison_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration (Arizona) Shelf Number: 124189

Author: Kuzyk, Ivan Title: Recidivism among sex offenders in Connecticut Summary: Once sex offenders in Connecticut are released from prison, they are unlikely to be sent back for another sex crime, according to a report released Wednesday by the state Office of Policy and Management. Of 746 sex offenders released in Connecticut in 2005, five years later, less than 4 percent had been re-arrested and charged with a new sex crime. "What's really relevant here is that the population is really small," said Ivan Kuzyk, author of the report and director of the CT Statistical Analysis Center at OPM. "It's kind of remarkable to me. I hadn't expected the rates to be so low." After arrest, 2.7 percent of those 746 men were convicted of another sex offense; 1.7 percent went back to prison to serve time for that new sex crime. The data, Kuzyk writes, flies in the face of conventional wisdom that says all sex offenders are likely to re-commit a sex crime, and then head straight back to prison. "There hasn't been a rational and reasonable discussion about sex offenders," Kuzyk said. "But now we know that not every single one of them is going to reoffend. And we can get a better understanding of who these people are." Michael Lawlor, undersecretary for criminal justice at OPM, pointed to the potential for reaching this small, high-risk group through an existing criminal justice system and social services intervention. "As it turns out, there are things that can be done with this population with very significant results," he said, while previewing the report last week. With this kind of data, Lawlor said, the state might be able to single out those at highest risk of returning to prison for a sex specific crime, prioritize them and target them with special services. "The idea is you can actually do things to them while you've got them to reduce the chance of them getting re-arrested," he said. What those compiling data for the report weren't able to do, Kuzyk said, was pore through the detailed files of each of the offenders. "You can't go through more than 700 records -- that's just cost-prohibitive," Kuzyk said. But with this data, the state can now go back and determine whether the small population of reoffenders was, for example, under supervision by the state when they committed another sex crime. Or what specific type of sex crime they committed. "If you've got less than 20 guys, you can move forward and do a qualitative analysis of their commonalities," Kuzyk said. And that should make it easier to identify high-risk offenders. In treating and supervising sex offenders, the state's criminal justice system relies on the Department of Correction, a web of parol and probation officers, victim advocates and nonprofit service providers. According to the report, which pulled data from each of these groups, a specialized treatment plan is developed for each offender. But until three weeks ago, there was no place for released sex offenders to go. "There were no secure sex offender beds for high riskers getting out of prison," Lawlor said in his comments last week. "They were often just being dropped off by bus in Hartford or New Haven, ending up in homeless shelters. And that's the worst place for a sex offender to be." Then, a 2008 provision of Public Act 08-01 required the state to build a residential facility for sex offenders released from prison. Despite objections from the town of Montville, a 24-bed facility for sex offenders opened last month on the grounds of the Corrigan-Radgowski Correctional Center. "Housing and supports are really important to keep them from re-committing," Lawlor said. A larger report analyzes the arrests, convictions and imprisonment of 14,398 men for five years after their release from prison in Connecticut in 2005. A majority -- 78.6 percent -- were re-arrested within five years. And 49.8 percent of those re-arrested were convicted and sent back to prison. The recidivism rate among the 746 sex offenders for non-sex crimes was slightly lower at 40.2 percent. The report's appendices go deeper, looking at five separate sex offender categories based on offenders' prior arrests, convictions, sentence histories and identification by the Department of Correction as sex offenders. Looking at histories, prior convictions and arrests is crucial, Kuzyk said. As the report notes, offenders often commit sex crimes but are able to avoid sex charge convictions through a plea bargain. There are also cases where victims are unwilling or unable to come forward with testimony. "Sometimes, these guys will end up pleading guilty to a related, nonsexual crime. But who's a greater risk to public safety? Someone who was just convicted, or someone who was able to avoid conviction but remains high risk?" Among the 1,712 men identified in at least one of the five subgroups, arrest on a prior sex charge was the best predictor for being sent back to prison for a new sex crime. "This is all about trying to assess future risk based on who you were in the system," Kuzyk said. Recidivism rates don't change much year to year, Kuzyk said. So he's hoping to move the department to looking at smaller subgroups, like this one, on a yearly basis. Lawlor called the report the first of its kind in Connecticut. "And as I understand it, this may have been a virtually unique analysis in the country," he said. Details: Hartford, CT: Criminal Justice Policy & Planning Division, Office of Policy and Management, State of Connecticut, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.ct.gov/opm/lib/opm/cjppd/cjresearch/recidivismstudy/sex_offender_recidivism_2012_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Connecticut Shelf Number: 124190

Author: Bell, James Title: Non-Judicial Drivers into the Juvenile Justice System for Youth of Color Summary: Executive Director of the Burns Institute James Bell authored a new report, Non-Judicial Drivers into the Juvenile Justice System for Youth of Color. Originally prepared for the California Endowment's Boys & Men of Color Initiative, the report discusses the negative impacts incarceration can have on a young person's psyche as well as their physical health. The report also discusses how a lack of access to proper medical care and a lack of knowledge in the justice field of trauma-informed alternatives disproportionately drive youth of color into the juvenile justice system. Details: San Francisco, CA: W. Haywood Burns Institute, 20. 12p. Source: Prepared for The California Endowment's Boys & Men of Color Initiative: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.burnsinstitute.org/downloads/Non-Judicial%20drivers%20report_fin.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 124192

Author: Wolf, Angela M. Title: Operating and Managing Street Outreach Services Summary: Increasingly, cities have added street outreach to the mix of strategies used in comprehensive gang reduction efforts, drawing upon mounting evidence of impact. Street outreach relies on street workers to support and advocate on behalf of gang members, or those at high risk of joining gang, to change behavior patterns and link them to needed services and institutions. Street outreach workers work day and night to link marginalized and hard-to-serve individuals in communities with high levels of gang activity to social services, and play an important role in diffusing and stopping violence (Decker, Bynum, McDevitt, Farrell, & Varano, 2008; Spergel, 1966; Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention [OJJDP], 2002). These workers reach out to targeted community members at their homes, community events, on street corners, in parks, and in any neighborhood spaces where community members in gangs or at risk of joining gangs spend time (OJJDP, 2002, p. 54). Outreach workers often possess intimate familiarity with the communities in which they work. Their knowledge and skills allow them to work with individuals whom traditional service providers cannot access or support. California Cities Gang Prevention Network cities (the Network or CCGPN) note that street outreach services are an important piece of their cities’ primary intervention strategies, with ties to prevention and enforcement. Cities such as Stockton provide prevention-oriented outreach to clients at risk of gang involvement. Other Network cities, including San Francisco, follow the Chicago CeaseFire model—a violence reduction model that treats violence as a learned behavior that can be prevented using disease control methods. The Chicago Ceasefire approach directs outreach workers to prevent retaliation and intervene in conflicts to prevent escalation to violence. Like Network cities, High Point, North Carolina, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, use outreach services as a promising component of their cities’ crime prevention and intervention strategies. As a collaborative, community-based approach aiming to combat open-air drug markets, the High Point initiative employs outreach services to establish relationships and provide services to lowlevel street drug dealers and their families (Bass, 2009; Kennedy, 2007; Schoofs, 2008). Similarly, in Rio de Janeiro, outreach workers work closely with street children involved with the drug trade to provide them with housing and services, and to stifle gang activity (Sauma, 2008). and sustaining outreach programs. In particular, they find it challenging to operate and manage outreach services. Operating an outreach program can include dealing with a variety of dangers. Without weapons or bulletproof vests, outreach workers insert themselves into dangerous and violent situations to prevent or stop violence; they risk and sometimes become the targets of gang violence (Bass, 2008; Decker, 2011; Fenton, 2009). Operating an outreach program also involves securing and maintaining healthy relationships with law enforcement and communities. For outreach workers to perform their duties, law enforcement must be supportive and knowledgeable about the role and function of outreach workers. They must also be comfortable working with outreach workers with criminal records, in addition to not pressuring outreach workers to serve as an extension of law enforcement. If law enforcement and outreach programs do not mutually trust each other, it can reduce an outreach organization’s credibility among the community it serves and, consequently, its ability to reduce violence (Bass, 2009). A common fear among Network cities is outreach workers being arrested or misrepresenting their outreach organization. Such incidents could create negative credibility for cities and outreach organizations among important partners like the police department, the community, and clients. Maintaining a fully staffed outreach program is a longstanding challenge. Outreach work is inevitably stressful because it exposes outreach workers to dangerous and traumatic events. Because of the risky and stressful nature of outreach work, many outreach workers leave the profession after only a few years. Consequentially, outreach programs must make every effort to support and sustain current workers, and at the same time prepare to hire and train new outreach workers. This bulletin briefly explores the different types of outreach services that currently exist. Additionally, with examples from Network cities such as Richmond, San Francisco, and Oakland, as well as from outreach programs in High Point, North Carolina; Boston, Massachusetts; and Chicago, Illinois, this bulletin identifies ways outreach programs can strategically support, care for, and hire outreach workers as a way of managing the challenges of implementing an outreach program. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2011. 7p. Source: The California Cities Gange Prevention Network: Bulletin 22: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.ccgpn.org/Publications/CA%20Cities%20Bulletin%2022.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 124193

Author: Wolf, Angela M. Title: Juvenile Call-ins Summary: Focused deterrence, also known as a “call-in,” is a strategy in which community stakeholder groups deliver a nonviolence message to community members who are most likely to commit violence. Call-ins rely on the partnership of community representatives, service providers, and law enforcement to collaboratively deliver a three-point message against violence: (1) violence affects everyone in the community and will not be tolerated; (2) the community cares about at risk individuals, and will provide services and assistance to those who need and want help; and (3) those who continue to commit violence despite this fair warning will face the full consequences of the law, along with the other members of their violent groups. Call-ins have been associated with substantial reductions in gun violence in Boston and Indianapolis (McGarrell, Chermak, Wilson, & Corsaro, 2006), and have become a widely used strategy for gang violence intervention throughout the country. As call-in strategies are implemented in more cities throughout the country, some cities are interested in applying focused deterrence to a new target population: high risk juveniles. Most call-ins did not originally include juveniles (Bonner, Worden, & McLean, 2008). Based on differences in age and legal technicalities such as privacy and parental consent requirements, juveniles must be treated differently than adults, and call-ins must be adjusted. This California Cities Gang Prevention Network bulletin draws on academic literature and the experiences of Network cities like Oxnard and Salinas, and other cities including Union City, California; Boston, Massachusetts; and Winston-Salem, North Carolina to provide information about juvenile call-ins. Also, to advise effective implementation of juvenile call-ins, this bulletin provides examples from cities that apply call-ins to juveniles, discusses how call-ins may differ for juveniles and adults, and discusses key elements of effective call-ins. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2011. 6p. Source: The California Cities Gange Prevention Network: Bulletin 23: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.ccgpn.org/Publications/CA%20Cities%20Bulletin%2023.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 124194

Author: Speir, John C. Title: Georgia Urban and Rural Arrest and Incarceration Rates: Examining Racial Patterns Summary: Georgia has witnessed a dramatic increase in its prison incarceration rate over the past fifteen years. Our last report (April 1, 2000), examined trends in crime, arrest and prison incarceration rates and highlighted dramatically different patterns in all three between urban and rural Georgia. These patterns raise questions about criminal justice system processing of whites and African-Americans residing in urban and rural counties. The purpose of this Special Research Report is to examine racial differences in Georgia'’s arrest and prison incarceration trends. The timing of this discussion is of particular importance as Georgia considers the establishment of statewide uniform and consistent responses to crime. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, 2000. 7p. Source: Special Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/GeorgiaUrban_RuralArrest_IncarcerateRates2000.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Rates (Georgia) Shelf Number: 124195

Author: Loman, L. Anthony Title: Differential Response Improves Traditional Investigations: Criminal Arrests for Severe Physical and Sexual Abuse Summary: This research paper is based upon data collected as part of the evaluation of the Missouri Family Assessment and Response Demonstration. The Institute of Applied Research (IAR) conducted the evaluation. This demonstration represented a fundamental change in the approach of the Missouri Children’s Division (CD) to a large majority of child abuse and neglect (CA/N) incident reports. Under the old Missouri system, all valid incident reports that were received via the state’s CA/N hotline were investigated by CD CA/N investigators. Under the demonstration, only 30 percent of child abuse and neglect incident reports were investigated and the response to the remaining reports was to provide family assessment home visits. The family assessment approach was designed to shift initial encounters with families in a more positive and supportive direction. The minority of incident reports that received an investigation were those in which very serious or criminal abuse or neglect was believed to be likely. An explicit objective of the new approach was to pursue criminal prosecution of perpetrators when investigations had uncovered potentially criminal acts. A number of factors implemented in the Missouri demonstration had the potential for improving investigations, as interviews with workers during site visits to local offices confirmed. The screening of hotlines, and the subsequent use of family assessments in many cases, reduced the number of incidents that were investigated. This reduction had consequences for the types of situations investigated and the manner in which they were investigated. As noted, nearly every investigation in demonstration areas involved serious allegations, if not the likelihood of criminal acts. In most demonstration areas, the large majority of investiga-tions became co-investigations with the local police department. In offices in which separate staffs conducted investigations and family assessments, investigative workers frequently spoke of a closer relationship with law enforcement. During interviews, workers reported an increase in the comprehensiveness of investigations and an improvement in their overall quality. Some also saw an improvement in their efficiency. Some workers also described a carry-over effect of the family assessment approach into investigations. Investigators were likely to be more aware of the social psychological dynamics involved in home visits, more sensitive to the feelings of families, and more focused on the timeliness of interventions. In a survey conducted near the end of the demonstration, investigators in demonstration areas were more likely to report that they had been able to interview all the people they thought they should during investigations conducted within the previous 30 days (82 percent versus 66 percent for comparison workers). In the review of sample cases, it was found that investigators in demonstration areas were more likely to have contacted a prosecutor in cases involving severe injury to children. The present paper describes a more elaborate analysis of criminal arrests in demonstration and comparison areas utilizing criminal records maintained by the Missouri Highway Patrol. Details: St. Louis, Missouri: Institute of Applied Research, 2005. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.iarstl.org/papers/DiffRespAndInvestigations.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 124196

Author: Speir, John C. Title: Analysis of Georgia's 90-Day Short-Term Program for Juvenile Offenders Summary: The Children and Youth Coordinating Council (CYCC) commissioned Applied Research Services (ARS) to conduct a preliminary investigation into the re-offending patterns of juveniles ordered to spend time in Georgia’s 90-day Short-Term Program (STP). The central question is whether youths placed in STP exhibit improved re-offense rates compared to similarly situated youths placed on probation. The research focused on two main questions: 1. Is there an observable difference between Georgia youths placed in STP compared to those placed on probation (demographics, referral type, offense type, prior history)? 2. Is there a measurable reduction in re-offending among youths placed in STP compared to similarly situated probationers at the end of a two-year follow-up period? In Georgia, juvenile case management and local probationary services are organized into independent and non-independent court systems. The independent courts, such as Fulton and Cobb Counties, depend on the Juvenile Case Activity Tracking (JCAT) System as the primary case management system. Information on youth referrals, charges, and dispositions in the independent juvenile courts was retrieved from JCAT. The remaining courts, also referred to as DJJ served courts, rely on the Georgia Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) Juvenile Tracking System (JTS). This state operated case management system contains referrals, charges, disposition, and facility admissions for all youths committed to the custody of DJJ (including the independent courts), as well as youths placed on probation in the DJJ served juvenile court systems. Information for the DJJ served court system cases was retrieved from JTS. The study examines a variety of outcome measures associated with juvenile reoffending. Unfortunately, there is no single, accepted measure of re-offending used nationwide or recommended by the Office of Juvenile Justice Delinquency and Prevention (OJJDP) to evaluate juvenile justice programs, such as the Short-Term Program. Each measure has inherent advantages and disadvantages which must be taken into consideration, and each is impacted by the way researchers select the study cohort and define their follow-up period. These reasons usually explain why agencies often produce disparate re-offending rates over time. Recognizing these problems, this study investigates over a dozen distinct measures of re-offending. This study also includes a comparison group in order to assess the effectiveness of STP in comparison to another DJJ program – probation. For example, if the reoffense rate for STP was 50%, one might incorrectly conclude that STP is ineffective. However, if the similarly situated youths placed on probation exhibited a 75% re-offense rate, the STP findings now take on an entirely new interpretation. While policy-makers may conclude that both re-offense rates are unacceptable and inconsistent with the agency mission, the lower, hypothetical STP rate suggests that the program is resulting in improved outcomes over probation. To provide such a benchmark, this study includes juvenile probationers as an appropriate comparison group. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2004. 11p. Source: Submitted to Pete Colbenson, Executive Director Children and Youth Coordinating Council: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://ars-corp.com/_view/PDF_Files/AnalysisofGeorgias90DayShortTermProgramforJuvenileOffenders2004.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 124197

Author: Juchniewicz, Mike Title: Retail Policing: Analysis of Dispatches to Walmart, the most frequent Location of Calls for Police Services in Rochester Summary: This paper will examine calls for service made to the Monroe County 911 Center from the Walmart located at 1490 Hudson Avenue in Rochester, New York. In 2010 this was the leading location for calls for police services in Rochester. This research grew out of an interest in considering high volume locations for calls for service and was further encouraged in discussions during the Center for Public Safety Initiative’s work with the local Rochester community organization, Group 14621. Citizens in the 14621 community felt that the nearby Walmart, located on the northern boundary of the 14621 area, was a common location for police calls for service and were interested in how this may affect policing services in the neighborhood. Excluding police sub-station locations, the Hudson Avenue Walmart was the most common location for Rochester calls for service in 2010. The Hudson Avenue Walmart recorded twice as many calls as the next highest location. Even with that volume, this accounted for .25% of the total of 460,448 Rochester related calls for service received in 2010. The goals of this research will be to describe the nature of calls for service and the response to them at the Hudson Avenue Walmart. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2011. 18p. Source: Working Paper #10: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2011/2011-10.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Calls for Service Shelf Number: 124200

Author: Klofas, John M. Title: Sustainable Communities and Corrections: The Impact on Local Populations Summary: The concept of sustainable communities has provided a context for policy analysis in a wide variety of areas. It has not, however, found wide application in criminal justice. This paper will examine corrections, including imprisonment, from the perspective of community sustainability. An analysis of incarceration levels and the concentration of parolees and probationers in a northeastern city is used to examine this idea. Data reveal high concentrations of corrections populations in high crime neighborhoods. Census data also show declines in populations of young men and over all declines in parenting aged adults in the same neighborhoods. The data suggest that corrections policy and incarceration in particular has been harmful to sustainability in urban poor neighborhoods. The patterns found are inconsistent with contemporary views on desirable social structure and neighborhood efficacy. With growing interest in areas such as reentry and mass incarceration, sustainability may provide a useful context for analyses in criminal justice. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2011. 25p. Source: Center for Public Safety Initiatives (CPSI) Working Paper #2011-01: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2011/2011-01.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Safety Shelf Number: 124201

Author: Comeau, Michelle Title: Analysis of 2010 Rochester-City Pawn Shop Transactions Summary: The following report analyzes 2010 data on Rochester pawn shops. Within this paper, pawn shops are listed by pseudonym based on their level of business for 2010. Although many pawn shops may be legitimate businesses, questions of crime and stolen property have become a focus on some pawn shops recently; with the Monroe County Sheriff/FBI raid on Rochester Pawn Brokers, Inc. and several other pawnshops late last September, there is a noted concern of whether these businesses are being utilized to fence stolen property and the frequency to which this occurs. It is for this reason that an analysis of local pawn shops could be fruitful. Pawn shops are second-hand businesses where people may bring goods to either be sold for cash or loaned for a short period of time. Due to limitations in how the data was recorded, our analysis cannot delineate between individuals who pawned and individuals who sold items to the shops; “pawner” will be used to describe any individual who sold or pawned an item. Almost 24,000 transactions occurred within Rochester pawn shops in 2010 – transactions being instances where an individual either pawned or sold an item. Among the 24,000 transactions there were instances of very-active and not-so-active pawners. For this reason, the data will be analyzed by looking at pawners as a whole as well as looking specifically at the most active pawners. The twenty most frequent pawners all sold 30 or more items during this one-year period. The twenty pawners who received the most amount of money for their items were also briefly examined. Furthermore, although there are currently 41 registered pawn shops in Rochester, some pawn shops recorded much higher transactions than others. Fourteen shops recorded fewer than ten transactions for the year – six recorded only one. It is highly probable that several of these shops were the result of typographical errors – in three out of the fourteen shops the addresses were not able to be found. Additionally, Doing Business As information was available for 36 of the pawn shops; of these, 72% opened within the last decade. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2011. 14p. Source: Center for Public Safety Initiatives Working Paper #2011-03: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2011/2011-03.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124202

Author: Waller, Matthew A. Title: An Empirical Study of Potential Uses of RFID in the Apparel Retail Supply Chain Summary: Phase I of an empirical study of potential uses of radio frequency identification (RFID) in the apparel supply chain was conducted in the fall of 2010. This Phase of the research was designed to identify potential use cases for the use of RFID in an apparel supply chain and was funded by GS1 US and the American Apparel and Footwear Association (AAFA). The three-phase Supplier ROI study is commonly referred to as the Many-to-Many study. Phase II will involve the measurement of ROI for select use cases identified in Phase I. Phase III will study the effect of RFID on multiple suppliers simultaneously through an experiment. The use cases were solicited from a wide range of companies, in several different countries, in many different types of facilities, and thus reveal where the industry collectively believes the greatest RFID benefits reside. Over a period of several months, we collected more than 60 use cases. The findings of Phase I show that the potential benefits of item-level RFID in the apparel supply chain reach beyond the retailer and include apparel manufacturers. Details: Fayetteville, Arkansas: Information Technology Research Institute, Sam W. Walton College of Business, University of Arkansas, 2011. 40p. Source: Information Technology Research Institute Working Paper Series ITRI-WP156-0111: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://itri.uark.edu/91.asp?code=completed&article=ITRI-WP156-0111 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Radio-frequency Identification (RFID) Shelf Number: 124203

Author: Washington Office on Latin America Title: Daring To Care: Community-Based Responses to Youth Gang Violence in Central America and Central American Immigrant Communities in the United States Summary: As the title indicates, this report identifies elements to successful anti-gang strategies and programs by highlighting the work of six gang prevention and intervention programs in the United States and the Central American region. WOLA concludes that the most effective responses to gang violence require a comprehensive approach that includes prevention programs that help young people in difficult situations meet their own needs, intervention programs that offer alternatives for those most attracted to gang life, rehabilitation for those who wish to leave gangs and law enforcement that deters crime and reduces violence. Youth gang violence is only one part of the spectrum of violent and criminal behavior that people in poor communities in the Americas experience – a spectrum that runs from intra-familial violence to the coercion of organized crime syndicates and to the rivalries of drug traffickers. Gangs are a highly visible part of the spectrum and one that receives significant attention from the media. However, gangs bear only part of the blame for the problems of crime and violence in poor communities. This is not meant to excuse or diminish the significance of the violent or criminal activity in which youth gangs engage. But an informed understanding of the nature of youth gangs, what they are and why they form, is necessary to formulate effective responses. As the title indicates, this report identifies elements to successful anti-gang strategies and programs by highlighting the work of six gang prevention and intervention programs in the United States and the Central American region. WOLA concludes that the most effective responses to gang violence require a comprehensive approach that includes prevention programs that help young people in difficult situations meet their own needs, intervention programs that offer alternatives for those most attracted to gang life, rehabilitation for those who wish to leave gangs and law enforcement that deters crime and reduces violence. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America (WOLA), 2008. 48p. Source: A WOLA Special Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2012 at http://www.wola.org/sites/all/modules/download_rewriter/force_download.php?file=%2Fsites%2Fdefault%2Ffiles%2Fdownloadable%2FWOLA General/past/Daring to Care.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Communities (Central America) Shelf Number: 124204

Author: U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Office of Investigations Title: Investigation of Failure of the SEC to Uncover Bernard Madoff's Ponzi Scheme -Public Version- Summary: The investigation did not find evidence that any SEC personnel who worked on an SEC examination or investigation of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities, LLC (BMIS) had any financial or other inappropriate connection with Bernard Madoff or the Madoff family that influenced the conduct of their examination or investigatory work. Neither did the investigation find that former SEC Assistant Director Eric Swanson’s romantic relationship with Bernard Madoff’s niece influenced the conduct of the SEC examinations of Madoff and his firm. In addition, the investigation did not find that senior officials at the SEC directly attempted to influence examinations or investigations of Madoff or the Madoff firm, nor was there evidence that any senior SEC official interfered with the staff’s ability to perform its work. The investigation did find, however, that the SEC received more than ample information in the form of detailed and substantive complaints over the years to warrant a thorough and comprehensive examination and/or investigation of Bernard Madoff and BMIS for operating a Ponzi scheme. Had these efforts been made with appropriate follow-up at any time beginning in June 1992 until December 2008, the SEC could have uncovered the Ponzi scheme well before Madoff confessed. The OIG attributes these findings to systematic breakdowns in the manner in which the SEC conducted its examinations and investigation. For this reason, the OIG is issuing under separate cover two audit reports that provide the SEC with specific recommendations for improving how the SEC conducts its enforcement activities. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Investigations, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 2009. Source: Report No. OIG-509: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2012 at Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 124222

Author: Lovrich, Nicholas P. Title: Results of the Monitoring of WSP Traffic Stops for Biased Policing: Analysis of WSP Stop, Citation, Search and Use of Force Data and Results of the Use of Observational Studies for Denominator Assessment Summary: This portion of the final report prepared under the auspices of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) Grant-Funded Study on Racial Profiling Phenomena in Washington State [OGRD # 107828] sets forth findings derived from the independent monitoring of traffic stop data collected by the WSP. This report contains the results of an analysis of traffic stops, traffic citations, searches and use of force for evidence of biased policing. Our analysis of agency data is carried out both at the statewide and individual Autonomous Patrol Area (APA) levels. Our analysis indicates very few instances of noteworthy minority/non-minority disparities in the use of police discretion by the officers of the Washington State Patrol. Most importantly, there is no evidence of a systematic practice of racial profiling in either who is stopped, who is issued a citation, who is searched, and to whom force is applied by WSP officers. In addition to these substantive findings, this report also contains findings derived from a testing of the utility of racial coded traffic collision data as a “denominator” for racial profiling assessments by means of three observational studies conducted with digital photography. Those results indicate that collision data are likely to represent a reliable and cost-effective indicator of driver population demographics, making the monitoring of racial profiling an affordable practice in nearly all police jurisdictions. Details: Pullman, WA: Division of Governmental Studies and Services, Washington State University, 2007. 70p. Source: Report to the Washington State Patrol Relating to National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) Grant-Funded Study on Racial Profiling Phenomena in Washington State OFRD #107828: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2012 at http://www.wsp.wa.gov/publications/reports/wsu_2007_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: -Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 124223

Author: Texas. Legislative Budget Board. Title: Windham School District Evaluation Report Summary: The Windham School District (WSD) evaluated the post-release employment impact of Career and Technology Education (CTE) vocational training provided to ex-offenders during their incarceration. The study included those ex-offenders released from prisons and state jails from April 01, 2005 through March 31, 2006. This report examines the relationship between vocational training, employment, and earnings for nearly 40,000 exoffenders. The study indicates: Ex-offenders who completed vocational training while incarcerated were more likely to be employed than those who participated without completing training or those who did not receive vocational training; For all age groups and all levels of academic achievement, vocationally-trained ex-offenders exhibited higher employment rates than those who participated without completing training or those who did not receive vocational training; Vocationally-trained ex-offenders exhibited a higher average salary difference (from first quarter earnings to fourth quarter earnings) and higher average annual earnings than those who participated without completing training or those who did not receive vocational training; Overall, two out of three vocationally-trained ex-offenders who were employed earned income working in one or more occupations related to their vocational training; Vocationally-trained ex-offenders who worked in occupations related to their vocational training had a higher average salary difference (from first quarter earnings to fourth quarter earnings) than those working in unrelated fields; Vocationally-trained ex-offenders exhibited better job retention than those who participated without completing training or those who did not receive vocational training. In general, for all age groups studied, a higher percentage of vocationally-trained ex-offenders retained employment for three consecutive quarters compared to those who did not receive vocational training; Overall, ex-offenders who had attained a GED or high school diploma retained employment longer than those who had not; In the Prison/State Jail study group, ex-offenders with college degrees who completed vocational training gained employment at a higher rate than those with college degrees who did not receive vocational training; Industry certification and working in an occupation related to training appear to enhance job retention. Details: Texas: Legislative Budget Board, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2012 at http://www.lbb.state.tx.us/PubSafety_CrimJustice/3_Reports/Windham_School_0208.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 124229

Author: Levin, Marc A. Title: Work Release: Con Job or Big Payoff for Texas? Summary: This publication explains how the “promise of work release, as it provides a means for individuals whose criminal activity has imposed costs on victims and taxpayers [effectively acts] to off set some of those expenses while at the same time advancing their own reentry into society as productive taxpayers who support their families” (p. 1). Sections following a summary of recommendations include: introduction; what work release is; how work release is employed in Texas in community corrections facilities, in transitional treatment centers, and other Texas work release-related programs past and present; work release delivers positive results—the Texas experience and the national experience; recommendations in detail; and conclusion. The use of transitional treatment centers saves $15.40 in costs per inmate per day or about $5,600 per inmate per year. Details: Austin, TX: Center for Effective Justice, Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2008. 16p. Source: Policy Perspective: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2012 at http://www.texaspolicy.com/pdf/2008-04-PP11-workrelease-ml.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 124230

Author: Boque, Bradford Title: Motivational Interview in Corrections: A Comprehensive Guide to Implementing MI in Corrections Summary: This guide explains how to implement motivational interviewing (MI) in correctional settings. Motivational Interviewing is a counseling technique that enables people to get beyond their reluctance to change problem behaviors. MI is directive (focused on goals), client-centered, and non-confrontational. The first four chapters of this guide “address background and fundamental issues related to agency or systemwide implementation of MI … [while the last two chapters] address agency issues, such as organizational norms, mental models, and leadership styles that can significantly affect the success of MI implementation”. These chapters are: what MI is; how MI is learned; supervising and coaching to support implementation; assessing motivational interviewing skills; and planning to help individuals develop MI skills in a correctional setting. A glossary is also included. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025556.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 124278

Author: Independent Review Board Title: The Baltimore Police Department: Police-Involved Shooting of January 9, 2011 Summary: In the early morning hours of January 9, 2011, Baltimore City police responded to Select Lounge, located at the corner of Franklin and North Paca Streets in the Central Police District, for crowd control and dispersal operations due to disorderly conduct and numerous fights at the location. Upon arrival, on-scene officers’ initial request for additional units was ended shortly thereafter by a "10-32" (sufficient units on scene). However, soon after the “10-32,” the Central District Duty Commander who was on the scene radioed for any free units to respond and assist in closing the club. Over 30 officers responded and began their attempts to control and disperse the crowd. With so many officers responding from a number of different units, managing the incident became difficult, especially after the Central District Commander failed to coordinate and assign units to specific tactical duties or to quickly establish an incident command structure. The lack of overall incident management of an agitated crowd placed the responding officers at risk and contributed to an increasingly chaotic situation. This risk escalated as officers in plainclothes began responding to the scene without a crowd-control strategy in place and without the establishment of an incident command center to direct and control the increasingly complex police operation. Officer William Torbit was on duty in plainclothes that night and responded to the scene minutes after the District Commander’s call was placed for all available units. Officer Torbit began to assist in dispersing the crowd in the parking lot and, in the process, intervened in an altercation in the lot. This altercation led to a fight between Officer Torbit and several of the club patrons, with a number of individuals punching and pushing him to the ground. Apparently unable to get up and finding himself assaulted and stomped by 6-8 individuals, Officer Torbit drew his gun and fired to stop the attack against him. Four uniformed officers rushed into the area of the fight and, not recognizing Officer Torbit, fired at him. After 6 seconds and 42 rounds discharged, the shooting ended, and the uniformed officers quickly realized they had shot a plainclothes police officer. In addition, one of the individuals assaulting Officer Torbit—Sean Gamble—was also shot and killed (likely by Torbit, himself), and four other persons (including a uniformed officer) were wounded. All of the rounds fired were by Officer Torbit and four uniformed officers. The City of Baltimore Mayor’s Office and the Police Commissioner tasked the Independent Review Board (IRB) with examining this police-involved shooting. The Mayor’s Office and the Police Commissioner also asked the IRB to review crowd-control techniques, use of lethal force, deployment of incident command, and the homicide investigation. Appendix A provides a copy of the charge letter with a complete list of tasks for the IRB to complete. CNA was contracted to support the IRB in this process, though the IRB members, themselves, served without compensation. Details: Baltimore: Independent Review Board, 2011. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/news/2011/Baltimore%20Shooting%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 124291

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Coast Guard Needs to Improve Use and Management of Interagency Operations Centers Summary: The Coast Guard—a component of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)—is responsible for establishing Interagency Operations Centers (IOC) in response to provisions of the Security and Accountability For Every (SAFE) Port Act of 2006. IOCs are designed to, among other things, share maritime information with the Coast Guard’s port partners (other agencies and organizations it coordinates with). To facilitate IOCs, the Coast Guard is implementing an information-management and sharing system called WatchKeeper. GAO was asked to assess IOC and WatchKeeper implementation. This report addresses the extent to which (1) DHS and the Coast Guard have implemented IOCs, (2) port partners use WatchKeeper and the Coast Guard has facilitated its use to enhance IOC capabilities, and (3) the Coast Guard has adhered to established guidance in defining WatchKeeper requirements and its associated cost and schedule. GAO analyzed laws and documents, such as implementation plans, and interviewed Coast Guard and port-partner officials at the first four sectors (field locations) where WatchKeeper was implemented. The results of the four sector visits are not generalizable, but provide insights. GAO recommends that the Coast Guard collect data on port partners’ access and use of WatchKeeper; develop, document, and implement a process on how to incorporate port-partner input; implement requirements-development practices; and revise the cost estimate and the integrated master schedule. DHS concurred subject to the availability of funds. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-202: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/588476.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Coast Guard Shelf Number: 124294

Author: Gau, Jacinta M. Title: Report of Results of the 2007 Citizen Survey. Eighth Periodic Survey of Public Attitudes Toward the Washington State Patrol: Focus on Racial Profiling and Aggressive Driving and Longitudinal Assessment, 1992 – 2007 Summary: This report is the eighth in a series of Washington State citizen assessments of the performance of the Washington State Patrol. As with the previous assessments, this survey was conducted by mail. The survey sample was selected randomly from 10 universes of potential respondents: Citizens who were cited (arrested) by the WSP; citizens to whom the WSP issued written warnings; citizens who received verbal warnings; citizens who were searched by WSP troopers; citizens who were rendered assistance by troopers; four autonomous patrol areas of high minority contacts (Kelso, Sunnyside, Highway 99, and South King County); and a random cross-section of Washington State residents. The purpose of the survey was twofold: 1) to provide the WSP with feedback concerning citizens’ current opinions and attitudes about troopers; and 2) to offer a longitudinal comparison of how those opinions and attitudes have changed over time. It should be noted that some changes have been made to the 2007 questionnaire items that may preclude a full comparison between 2007 and prior years; nevertheless, the key questions remain the same and can be used for trend analysis. In addition, the sampling procedure allows for comparisons between those who have been sanctioned by the WSP (citation, search, etc.), those who have been assisted by the WSP, and a random sample of Washington State citizens who may or may not have had recent contact with the WSP. Each survey in the series has featured a new topic area that is of interest to the WSP at the time of the survey. The featured topic area in the 2007 survey is road rage and aggressive driving. The survey contained items asking respondents to indicate the extent to which these behaviors are a problem in Washington, and to report their perceptions of the effort that WSP has invested in addressing these problems. The 2007 survey also included a question tapping citizens’ attitudes about whether or not the WSP uses driver race as a basis for making traffic stops. The inclusion of this question allows for ongoing monitoring of the public’s attitudes about the incidence of racial profiling by the WSP. Though the bulk of the survey was quantitative in nature, there was a qualitative aspect as well. Respondents had several opportunities throughout the survey to provide written elaborations on their views about road rage and aggressive driving, about their satisfaction with WSP services, about biased policing, and about other traffic- and driving-related issues. These comments were analyzed to determine if common themes emerged; that is, whether large groups of respondents wrote about the same problem(s). Ten such themes emerged from this analysis: 1) concern was expressed about road rage and aggressive or reckless driving; 2) problems were noted with semi-truck drivers; 3) concerns about under-enforcement of traffic laws by the WSP were expressed; 4) overlylenient treatment of traffic law violators by the legislature and/or courts were cited; 5) citizens’ views on WSP ticketing practices were noted (e.g., the belief that quotas guide troopers’ discretion); 6) biased policing was noted; 7) confusion regarding the WSP’s mission and function as a law enforcement agency was expressed; 8) concern was voiced regarding limited visibility and level of service that the WSP provides in areas where some people drive; 9) there was disappointment in troopers’ demeanor and respectfulness; and 10) attitudes about the professionalism and overall effectiveness of the WSP were described. The results of the content analysis will be summarized in Part 4 of this report, and the full analysis is located in Appendix B. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Division of Governmental Studies and Services, 2007. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.wsp.wa.gov/publications/reports/citizen07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Driving Shelf Number: 124296

Author: Lovrich, Nicholas P. Title: Results of the Monitoring of WSP Traffic Stops for Biased Policing: Analysis of WSP Stop, Citation, Search and Use of Force Data and Results of the Use of Observational Studies for Denominator Assessment Summary: This report prepared under the auspices of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) Grant-Funded Study on Racial Profiling Phenomena in Washington State [OGRD # 107828] sets forth findings derived from the independent monitoring of traffic stop data collected by the WSP. This report contains the results of an analysis of traffic stops, traffic citations, searches and use of force for evidence of biased policing. Our analysis of agency data is carried out both at the statewide and individual Autonomous Patrol Area (APA) levels. Our analysis indicates very few instances of noteworthy minority/non-minority disparities in the use of police discretion by the officers of the Washington State Patrol. Most importantly, there is no evidence of a systematic practice of racial profiling in either who is stopped, who is issued a citation, who is searched, and to whom force is applied by WSP officers. In addition to these substantive findings, this report also contains findings derived from a testing of the utility of racial coded traffic collision data as a “denominator” for racial profiling assessments by means of three observational studies conducted with digital photography. Those results indicate that collision data are likely to represent a reliable and cost-effective indicator of driver population demographics, making the monitoring of racial profiling an affordable practice in nearly all police jurisdictions. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Division of Governmental Studies and Services, 2007. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://www.wsp.wa.gov/publications/reports/wsu_2007_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling (Washington State) Shelf Number: 124297

Author: Erp, Michael Title: Nampa Police crime and criminal justice sysrvey: Report to the Manpa Police Department: Results of the Citizen Survey and Field Interviews Carried Out in 2007 Summary: Experts typically agree that community policing is a journey, not a destination; it represents an overarching philosophy for the delivery of police services, not just a collection of programs. As has been the case in many American police agencies over the course of the past two decade and more, the Nampa (Idaho) police began their efforts towards implementation of community policing in the late 1980’s and early 1990’s. Unlike many organizations, the Nampa police have undertaken significant steps to plan their actions carefully and have sought outside assistance to implement their community policing philosophy. Among those important steps taken was an intensive and comprehensive on-site organizational and community assessment process conducted in 1999 by the Western Regional Institute for Community Oriented Public Safety (WRICOPS), and now this community-wide survey of citizen attitudes and perceptions conducted by Washington State University’s Division of Governmental Studies and Services (DGSS). OVERVIEW OF PRINCIPAL SURVEY FINDINGS • Nampa respondents express a high level of regard for their police department and officers 93% trust rating for Nampa Police Department and Nampa officers, compared to 79% for city officials and 83% for local schoolteachers High level of support for community oriented policing exists in Nampa • 94% feel that community policing is the right direction police should take to police Nampa • Top Problems Identified by Citizens to be “Community-wide Problems” Youth gangs, using illegal drugs, vandalism, traffic, home break-ins, domestic or intimate partner violence, being victimized by violent crimes, and child abuse • Top Problems Identified by Citizens to be “Neighborhood Problems” Dogs running at large, vandalism, traffic, noise, home break-ins, youth gangs, garbage/litter, drunk driving • High level of volunteerism and cooperation with community policing expressed by the citizens of Nampa 94% of respondents agree citizens must take more responsibility for safety in neighborhoods; police alone can not do it; 87% are likely or possibly likely to volunteer for block watch or neighborhood watch activities; 59% indicate that are “likely” or “possibly likely” to participate in future community policing efforts • Low proportion of citizens feel that police services are improving While 62% of respondents feel that service has stayed the same over the past couple of years, 9% of survey respondents feel that law enforcement services have gotten worse over the same time period • Relatively high levels of satisfaction among those citizens who have been crime victims and among those arrested for crimes 62% of Nampa crime victims were satisfied with the Nampa Police response compared to 57% in the WRICOPS region; Quality of service was rated as good/excellent by 60% of traffic violators, 71% of those arrested or interrogated, nearly 59% of those reporting a crime and 73% of those requesting police service • Nampa Minority and non-Minority residents are remarkably alike in their willingness to help the police and in support for community policing; Minorities are slightly more likely to become involved in community policing efforts that are non-Minorities • Remarkably, Nampa Minority residents have higher trust levels of governmental officials than do non-Minority residents. Minority and non-Minority trust of Nampa police are nearly identical • Major themes commented upon by the citizens of Nampa o Community and Individual support and resolve for the difficult job of policing Nampa o Importance and appreciation of positive community engagement o Quality of life issues o Opportunities to correct undesired impressions o Growth and growing pains in Nampa o Assorted individual level concerns Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Division of Governmental STudies and Services, 2007. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://dgss.wsu.edu/Final%20Reports/Nampa2007CrimeCJSurvey.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 124298

Author: James, Nathan Title: DNA Testing in Criminal Justice: Background, Current Law, Grants and Issues Summary: Deoxyribonucleic acid, or DNA, is the fundamental building block for an individual’s entire genetic makeup. DNA is a powerful tool for law enforcement investigations because each person’s DNA is different from that of every other individual (except for identical twins). DNA can be extracted from a number of sources, such as hair, bone, teeth, saliva, and blood. As early as the 1980s, states began enacting laws that required collecting DNA samples from offenders convicted of certain sexual and other violent crimes. The samples were then analyzed and their profiles entered into state databases. Meanwhile, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Laboratory convened a working group of federal, state, and local forensic scientists to establish guidelines for the use of forensic DNA analysis in laboratories. The group proposed guidelines that are the basis of current national quality assurance standards, and it urged the creation of a national DNA database. The criminal justice community began to utilize DNA analyses more often in criminal investigations and trials, and in 1994 Congress enacted legislation to authorize the creation of a national DNA database. Federal law (42 U.S.C §14132(a)) authorizes the FBI to operate and maintain a national DNA database where DNA profiles generated from samples collected from people under applicable legal authority and samples collected at crime scenes can be compared to generate leads in criminal investigations. Statutory provisions also authorize the collection of DNA samples from federal offenders and arrestees, District of Columbia offenders, and military offenders. State laws dictate which convicted offenders, and sometimes people arrested for crimes, will have profiles entered into state DNA databases, while federal law dictates the scope of the national database. Increasing awareness of the power of DNA to solve crimes has resulted in increased demand for DNA analysis, which has resulted in a backlog of casework. Some jurisdictions have started to use their DNA databases for familial searching, which involves using offender profiles to identify relatives who might be perpetrators of crimes. In addition to solving crimes, DNA analysis can help exonerate people incarcerated for crimes they did not commit. Congress has authorized several grant programs to provide assistance to state and local governments for forensic sciences. Many of the programs focus on providing state and local governments with funding to reduce the backlog of forensic and convicted offender DNA samples waiting to be processed and entered into the national database. Since FY2006, Congress has appropriated approximately $785 million for backlog reduction and laboratory capacity enhancement programs. However, other grant programs provide funding for related purposes, such as offsetting the cost of providing post-conviction DNA testing. In the 1990s and the early part of the last decade, most of the debate in Congress focused on the scope of DNA databases, reducing the backlog of DNA casework, and providing access to postconviction DNA testing. Most of the debate about the scope of DNA databases faded away with the enactment of the Violence Against Women and Department of Justice Reauthorization Act of 2005 (P.L. 109-162), which expanded federal collection statutes to include anyone arrested or detained under the authority of the United States. The act also expanded the scope of the national database to include DNA profiles of individuals arrested for state crimes. However, concerns about the backlog of DNA casework and access to post-conviction testing have persisted. In addition, new issues related to the use of DNA in criminal justice have emerged, including whether (1) DNA databases should be used to conduct familial searches, (2) sexual assault evidence collection kits (i.e., “rape kits”) should be standardized, and (3) there should be national accreditation standards for forensic laboratories. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 49p. Source: CRS R41800: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41800.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 124305

Author: Terrill, William Title: Final Technical Report Draft: Assessing Police Use of Force Policy and Outcomes Summary: While force continuum policies are frequently discussed in the policing literature by academics and practitioners alike, little is known concerning how many agencies actually use a continuum. Moreover, given potential variation in both continuum design (e.g., linear, matrix, wheel, etc.) and tactical placement (e.g., OC spray, CED, etc.), even less is known with respect to whether differences in continuum policies matter, and if so, in what way. Within this context, this project set two separate, but interrelated goals: to identify the extent of variation in use of force policies being used by police agencies throughout the country, and determine whether certain types of policies offer more beneficial outcomes to police practitioners. Stated more directly, the project sought to (1) identify existing variation in use of force policies, particularly those employing a force continuum approach and (2) determine which types of policies offer more beneficial outcomes to police practitioners, which are measured in terms of the degree to which varying policies: (a) provide officers assistance and guidance with respect to force decision-making, and (b) are associated with less force (i.e., by amount and type), injuries to suspects and officers, citizen complaints, and lawsuits levied for improper force. As one reads through this executive summary (and the 200 plus pages of the final report) undoubtedly, like ourselves, there may be a sense of letdown. Ideally, one would want to walk away from this study knowing which use of force policy (or policies) is the best and which policy (or policies) should be avoided. Unfortunately, one of the greatest strengths of the empirical approach taken (i.e., examining multiple outcomes) is also potentially its greatest weakness. As such, we cannot unanimously endorse or condemn one use of force policy over another. What is abundantly clear from the many analyses and rankings conducted is that there is no ideal (or flawed) policy approach across all outcomes. The good news is that we provide empirical evidence of various strengths and weaknesses across many important police outcomes. We leave it to police executives to consider those outcomes most important or relevant to them and their constituents, and see which policy approaches performed more favorably in those respects. As just a single example, if one is looking to reduce citizen injuries and complaints as top policing concerns, St. Petersburg’s approach may be worth considering. However, one has to also be cognizant that officers generally did not view St. Petersburg’s policy in a favorable light. A “cop’s cop” police leader may thus prioritize such officer-related concerns and dismiss St. Petersburg’s policy, and instead endorse Knoxville’s approach that received outstanding feedback from patrol officers (irrespective of the fact that Knoxville patrol officers were injured at the highest rate of all cities). Any number of other examples could be given as well with other cities. In the end, one must weigh the advantages and drawbacks of each policy approach against various desirable (or undesirable) outcomes. Of course, readers must also use caution interpreting the findings presented throughout this summary and the full report. Although this is the most comprehensive less lethal use of force study conducted to date, as one astute reviewer accurately points out - we have just begun to scratch the surface with respect to how varying types of policies may influence varying types of outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 287p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237794.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Procedures Shelf Number: 124306

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Due South: Looking to the South for Criminal Justice Innovations Summary: Southern states historically have had some of the highest incarceration rates in the U.S., regularly trumping the national average. Recognizing the significant costs associated with such high incarceration rates, a number of these states have recently implemented innovative strategies for reducing their prison and jail populations and ensuring better outcomes for people who come into contact with the criminal justice system. These strategies start at the time of arrest, include sentencing reform, and impact who is released from prison on parole and the reentry services they receive upon return to the community. Each of these reforms have either already shown positive results or have significant potential to reduce prison or jail populations, save money and improve public safety. While a number of challenges still face these states and localities around their criminal justice policies, these reforms indicate a significant step toward more fair and effective policies. Although a number of states and localities have implemented or are in the process of creating reforms for youth involved in the juvenile justice system, this brief reviews only adult criminal justice reforms. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/due_south-full_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Rates (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124307

Author: Redcross, Cindy Title: More Than a Job: Final Results from the Evaluation of the Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) Transitional Jobs Program Summary: This report presents the final results of the evaluation of the Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO). CEO is one of four sites in the Enhanced Services for the Hard-to-Employ Demonstration and Evaluation Project, sponsored by the Administration for Children and Families and the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), with additional funding from the U.S. Department of Labor. MDRC, a nonprofit, nonpartisan social and education policy research organization, is leading the evaluation, in collaboration with the Urban Institute and other partners. Based in New York City, CEO is a comprehensive employment program for former prisoners — a population confronting many obstacles to finding and maintaining work. CEO provides temporary, paid jobs and other services in an effort to improve participants’ labor market prospects and reduce the odds that they will return to prison. The study uses a rigorous random assignment design: it compares outcomes for individuals assigned to the program group, who were given access to CEO’s jobs and other services, with the outcomes for those assigned to the control group, who were offered basic job search assistance at CEO along with other services in the community. The three-year evaluation found that CEO substantially increased employment early in the follow-up period but that the effects faded over time. The initial increase in employment was due to the temporary jobs provided by the program. After the first year, employment and earnings were similar for both the program group and the control group. CEO significantly reduced recidivism, with the most promising impacts occurring among a subgroup of former prisoners who enrolled shortly after release from prison (the group that the program was designed to serve). Among the subgroup that enrolled within three months after release, program group members were less likely than their control group counterparts to be arrested, convicted of a new crime, and reincarcerated. The program’s impacts on these outcomes represent reductions in recidivism of 16 percent to 22 percent. In general, CEO’s impacts were stronger for those who were more disadvantaged or at higher risk of recidivism when they enrolled in the study. The evaluation includes a benefit-cost analysis, which shows that CEO’s financial benefits outweighed its costs under a wide range of assumptions. Financial benefits exceeded the costs for taxpayers, victims, and participants. The majority of CEO’s benefits were the result of reduced criminal justice system expenditures. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, the Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2012. 166p. Source: OPRE Report 2011-18: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.mdrc.org/publications/616/full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 124308

Author: Mitchell-Herzfeld, Susan Title: Effects of Multisystemic Therapy (MST) on Recidivism Among Juvenile Delinquents in New York State Summary: Two sets of findings resulted from this study. Regarding the impact of the therapy, the study found that multisystemic therapy (MST) was not effective in decreasing recidivism rates among juvenile delinquents released from an OCFS (Office of Children and Family Services) facility, and few subgroup differences in treatment were found across the four sample sites. Regarding implementation of the program, the study found that while OCFS’s implementation of the program was unique, the services provided by the department adhered to the MST treatment principles and analytic model; the problems faced by the youth and families served by the MST program were multiple and severe; the recidivism rates were higher for youth when their families had mental health, criminal affiliation, and family conflict issues; and program outcomes were not associated with treatment duration or intensity but did vary with treatment content. This report examines the effectiveness of MST on the recidivism rates of youth who have been released from an OCFS facility. MST is a short-term, intensive treatment program that focuses primarily on environmental systems, with services provided in the family home or at community-based locations at times that are convenient for the youth and their families. A sample of 898 youth released from OCFS facilities between March, 2000, and May, 2004, were included in the study. The study was divided into two parts: to evaluate the effectiveness of MST on recidivism rates of youth recently released from an OCFS facility, and to examine the State’s adherence to the principles of MST. Results of the study indicate that MST was ineffective for treating youth released from OCFS facilities for two reasons: the severity and intractability of the problems facing OCFS youth and their families, and the decision to use MST as a post-release service. Recommendations for future use of the program are discussed. Details: Renssaelaer, NY: New York State Office of Children and Family Services, 2008. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.ocfs.state.ny.us/main/reports/FINAL%20MST%20report%206-24-08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 124314

Author: DuMont, Kimberly Title: Final Report: A Randomized Trial of Healthy Families New York (HFNY): Does Home Visiting Prevent Child Maltreatment? Summary: This study utilizes a seven-year randomized controlled trial to evaluate the effectiveness of a state-administered home visitation program, Healthy Families New York (HFNY), in preventing child maltreatment and risks for delinquency. Based on the Healthy Families America model, HFNY strives to promote positive parent-child interactions, prevent child maltreatment, support optimal child development, and improve parents’ self-sufficiency. In 2000, eligible families were randomly assigned to either an intervention group that was offered HFNY services or to a control group that received referrals to appropriate services. Baseline interviews were conducted with 1173 of the eligible women, with follow-up interviews at birth, and Ages 1, 2 and 3. At Age 7, interviews were completed with 942 of the original study participants and 800 of their children. The researchers also obtained administrative data on Child Protective Services (CPS) reports, foster care placements, federal and state-supported benefits, and program costs and services. HFNY produced markedly lower rates of confirmed CPS reports and initiation of child welfare services for a subgroup of mothers who had confirmed CPS involvement prior to random assignment, referred to as the Recurrence Reduction Opportunity (RRO) subgroup. There were no differences between the intervention and control groups in rates of confirmed CPS reports for the sample overall. However, consistent with prior findings, HFNY mothers reported engaging in serious physical abuse less frequently than mothers in the control group. HFNY children were also less likely to report that their mothers used minor physical aggression. In addition, sustained reductions in psychological and minor physical aggression were observed for a subgroup of young, first-time mothers, who enrolled in HFNY during pregnancy (the High Prevention Opportunity or HPO subgroup). HFNY also directly benefited children: Compared to children in the control group, HFNY children were more likely to participate in a gifted program, and less likely to receive special education services and to skip school. In addition, HFNY children in the HPO subgroup were less likely to score below average on a standardized vocabulary assessment and to repeat a grade. No differences were detected for problem behaviors. By age seven, participant earnings and savings from monetized benefits such as receipt of welfare and use of the child welfare system generated a return of more than $3.00 for every dollar invested in RRO families, but only partially recovered program expenditures for the HPO subgroup and sample as a whole. Home visiting presents a unique opportunity to forge enduring relationships with families at a time when parents are vulnerable and the developmental path of the newborn is particularly malleable. Findings from the current study demonstrate the benefits of providing HFNY services to families early in life. Details: New York: New York State Office of Children and Family Services, 2010. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.ocfs.state.ny.us/main/reports/NIJ%20ReportFINAL%20REPORT%2011-29-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 124315

Author: Lifespan of Greater Rochester, Inc. Title: Under the Radar: New York State Elder Abuse Prevalence Study: Self-Reported Prevalence and Documented Case Surveys, Final Report Summary: The New York State Elder Abuse Prevalence Study is one of the most ambitious and comprehensive studies to quantify the extent of elder abuse in a discrete jurisdiction ever attempted, and certainly the largest in any single American state. With funding from the New York State William B. Hoyt Memorial Children and Family Trust Fund, a program administered under NYS Office of Children and Family Services, three community, governmental, and academic partners (Lifespan of Greater Rochester, the New York City Department for the Aging and the Weill Cornell Medical College) formed a collaborative partnership to conduct the study. The study had three central aims achieved through two separate study components: To estimate the prevalence and incidence of various forms of elder abuse in a large, representative, statewide sample of older New Yorkers over 60 years of age through direct interviews (hereafter referred to as the Self-Reported Prevalence Study); To estimate the number of elder abuse cases coming to the attention of all agencies and programs responsible for serving elder abuse victims in New York State in a one-year period (the Documented Case Study); and to compare rates of elder abuse in the two component studies, permitting a comparison of “known” to “hidden” cases, and thereby determining an estimate of the rate of elder abuse underreporting in New York State. Prevalence refers to the number of older adults who have ever experienced elder mistreatment since turning 60. Incidence refers to the number of new cases of elder abuse in the year prior to the survey interview. While the Prevalence Study did not attempt to analyze the reasons for the disparity in self-reported versus documented elder abuse, some possible explanations can be offered. Considerable variability in documentation systems may play a role in the results. The Documented Case Study found a great deal of variability in the way service systems and individual organizations collect data in elder abuse cases. Some service systems and some regions may lack the resources to integrate elder abuse elements in data collection systems or may simply not have an adequate elder abuse focus in their data collection. Population density, the visibility of older adults in the community and, conversely, social isolation in rural areas may contribute to differences in referral rate trends based on geography. Greater awareness by individuals, both lay and professional, who have contact with older adults and might observe the signs and symptoms of elder abuse, may also explain higher referral rates in some areas. The New York State Elder Abuse Prevalence Study uncovered a large number of older adults for whom elder abuse is a reality but who remain “under the radar” of the community response system set up to assist them. The findings of the New York State Elder Abuse Prevalence Study suggest that attention should be paid to the following issues in elder abuse services: Consistency and adequacy in the collection of data regarding elder abuse cases across service systems. Sound and complete data sets regarding elder abuse cases are essential for case planning and program planning, reliable program evaluation and resource allocation; Emphasis on cross-system collaboration to ensure that limited resources are used wisely to identify and serve elder abuse victims; Greater focus on prevention and intervention in those forms of elder abuse reported by elders to be most prevalent, in particular, financial exploitation; Promotion of public and professional awareness through education campaigns and training concerning the signs of elder abuse and the resources available to assist older adults who are being mistreated by trusted individuals. Details: New York: Lifespan of Greater Rochester, Inc. Weill Cornell Medical Center of Cornell University, New York City Department for the Aging, 2011. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.lifespan-roch.org/documents/UndertheRadar051211.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse (New York) Shelf Number: 124316

Author: Porter, Rachel Title: Choosing Performance Indicators for Your Community Prosecution Initiative Summary: This report was developed to aid prosecutors in their selection of performance indicators to monitor the effectiveness of community prosecution initiatives. Community prosecution is a broad term used to describe strategies other than traditional prosecution to address problems in the community, to improve interagency coordination, to make prosecution more efficient, and to expand the presence of prosecutors in the community. The report includes a table listing five potential goals of community prosecution program: community engagement, problem-solving, effective case administration, public safety, and interagency partnerships. Each goal is linked to a set of objectives that can be measured using performance indicators showing progress in achieving the desired goals. Performance indicators for community prosecution that have been identified in previous research include: 1) target problems, 2) geographic target area (which may, but is not always confined to specific neighborhoods), 3) role of community, 4) content of response to community problems, 5) organizational changes within prosecutor’s office, 6) case processing adaptations, and 7) interagency collaboration and partnerships. Performance indicators are quantitative in nature and should be able to answer a relatively straightforward yes or no question. The final section of the report briefly explains each of the five goals and its associated objectives. Details: Washington, DC: Association of Prosecuting Attorneys, 2011. 23p. Source: Prosecutor's Report II: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Choosing_Performance_Indicators.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Courts Shelf Number: 124317

Author: North Dakota State Data Center at North Dakota State University Title: North Dakota Statewide Child Abuse and Neglect Study: 2005 Survey Results Summary: This study reports findings from a follow-up survey of North Dakota public opinion regarding child abuse and neglect issues. The original baseline survey was conducted in the spring of 2002. The follow-up survey was conducted the spring of 2005. A campaign targeting sexual abuse took place between the two surveys. The overall purpose of these public opinion surveys is to gain insight into residents’ attitudes and perceptions regarding child abuse and neglect issues in North Dakota in an attempt to develop effective prevention strategies. In addition, the results provide valuable information that can be used in evaluating educational and programmatic campaigns targeting child abuse and neglect. The 2002 and 2005 reports are available online at http://www.ndsu.edu/sdc/publications.htm. Details: Fargo, ND: North Dakota State Data Center at North Dakota State University, 2005. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2012 at http://www.ndsu.edu/sdc/publications/childabuseneglect/ChildAbuseNeglect2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (North Dakota) Shelf Number: 124318

Author: Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) Title: Conducted Energy Devices: Use in a Custodial Setting Summary: These guidelines for the use of Conducted Energy Devices (CEDs) in custodial settings provide protections designed to ensure that CEDs are used in custodial settings only by deputies who have been trained in their use. CEDs are to be used by these deputies only against subjects who make a sudden attack or offer active physical resistance. In making a decision about the use of a CED, deputies must consider the entire context of a situation, including factors such as the subject’s history of violence and whether bystanders are at risk. The recommended policies also call for caution and evaluation of other options before a CED is used against elderly subjects, women believed to be pregnant, and persons with apparent physical disabilities that impair their mobility. The recommended policies also require the reporting of CED activations and prohibit using CEDs as a form of punishment. The NSA envisions that continued research into CED use, such as the U.S. Department of Justice’s current study of the impact of CED use on officers and suspects, will inform the development of additional policies governing CED use. Out of the 345 sheriffs’ agencies sent the survey, 288 returned completed surveys. The survey contained a series of open-ended and closed-ended questions about agency personnel and its detention centers, followed by questions on the agency’s mission; the number of CED-type weapons possessed; when, where, and by whom the CED weapons are authorized to be deployed; the agency’s other policies regarding CED deployment; training in CED use; and lawsuits related to CED weapons. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.bja.gov/pdf/PERFNSA_CED.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Conducted Energy Weapons Shelf Number: 114886

Author: Turner, Susan Title: Development of the California Static Risk Assessment Instrument (CSRA) Summary: Beginning in the mid-1990s, various public policy groups have made recommendations concerning reform of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) parole system. The Little Hoover Commission (1994-2007), the Independent Review Panel led by former Governor Deukmejian (2004), and the Expert Panel commissioned by the California Legislature through the 2006-07 Budget Act have all recommended reforms of the system. One of the central features of recommended reform models is a system of structured decision making for parole supervision and violation issues.1 Such a system would make decisions more consistent and amenable to a policy-driven approach. The panels recommended a system that utilized supervision and violation decision matrices that combined risk to re-offend with other factors to guide supervision and treatment. CDCR has incorporated risk and needs assessment in its “Logic Model” – the recently adopted conceptual framework guiding programming and decisions within the Department. Risk/needs assessment plays a key role from the time offenders enter CDCR reception centers through their release on parole in the community. The Department has adopted the Correctional Offender Management and Profiling Alternative Sanctions (COMPAS) as their primary risk/needs tool. As of this date, CDCR is in the process of vetting COMPAS through a contract with researchers from the University of California at Los Angeles. In order to expedite the development of a structured decision-making matrix for parole purposes, the Reentry Strike Team commissioned work to develop a risk prediction model based on static risk factors derived from existing data sources at CDCR and the California Department of Justice (DOJ). The UCI Center for Evidence-Based Corrections (CEBC) was asked by CDCR to collaborate with their Office of Research to develop the scale. The Washington State static risk instrument developed by Robert Barnoski (Barnoski and Drake, 2007; Barnoski and Aos, 2003) served as the model for the tool’s development. Robert Barnoski served as a consultant to the project. The project was conducted under a very tight time line. The project began in October, 2007 and produced the California Static Risk Assessment (CSRA) tool by the end of January 2008. This report describes the development and validation of the CSRA. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, The University of California, Irvine, 2009. 39p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/CSRA%20Working%20Paper.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Reform (California) Shelf Number: 118604

Author: Lowy, Jonathan Title: Exporting Gun Violence: How Our Weak Gun Laws Arm Criminals in Mexico and America Summary: Mexico has strong gun laws, requiring registration and restrictions on lethality. The United States has weak federal laws and weak state laws in Texas and Arizona. As a result, high firepower weapons from the United States are supplying Mexican drug cartels and causing carnage. This report provides examples of Mexican crimes committed with guns purchased in the United States because our weak gun laws make it easy to traffic guns. Details: Washington, DC: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.bradycenter.org/xshare/pdf/reports/exporting-gun-violence.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Arms Smuggling Shelf Number: 114348

Author: Maryland. Office of the Attorney General Title: Prescription for Disaster: The Growing Problem of Prescription Drug Abuse in Maryland Summary: Maryland Attorney General J. Joseph Curran Jr. released a report which warns of a burgeoning crisis of prescription drug abuse and diversion in Maryland and nationwide which will only get worse unless federal and state officials step up efforts to address the problem. Entitled "Prescription for Disaster:The Growing Problem of Prescription Drug Abuse in Maryland," the report makes several recommendations, including the creation of an electronic prescription monitoring program, increased penalties for illegal distribution of pharmaceuticals, and a public outreach campaign to heighten awareness about the dangers of prescription drug abuse, with particular focus on the virtually unfettered youth access to controlled dangerous substances via the Internet. The report cites federal data showing that prescription drug abuse is rising faster and more consistently than abuse of illicit drugs, particularly among young people. An alarming one in five teens report having used a prescription pain reliever, like Vicodin® or OxyContin®, to get high, and they are more likely to have done so than to have experimented with most illicit drugs like Ecstasy, cocaine, crack and LSD. Maryland is no exception to national trends, with prescription drug abuse rising almost five times faster than abuse of illicit drugs. The State ranked 6th in the nation in its recent rates of admission for prescription drug abuse treatment, and law enforcement officials cite concerns that the Baltimore region is becoming a "source area" for diverted OxyContin®. Adults and teens obtain prescription drugs through prescription fraud, doctor-shopping, theft and the Internet, which is fast becoming a frightening pipeline for prescription drug diversion. While Curran said it must fall to the federal government to impose much-needed regulation on the pharmaceutical Internet trade, which he urged Congress to do, he emphasized steps the State can and should take immediately to address the problem. First, he called for illegal distribution of prescription drugs to be made a felony instead of a misdemeanor. In addition, Curran promised he would work to see that Maryland join 21 other states in establishing an electronic prescription monitoring program, in which a central database of all prescriptions written and dispensed in the State would be kept to help detect abuse and diversion. Most states surrounding Maryland, like Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Virginia, either have or will soon have such programs up and running. Curran cautioned that a prescription monitoring program must be designed carefully, drawing upon the input and expertise of pain management specialists, pharmacists, law enforcement, patient advocates and others. He has already begun discussions with medical and pharmaceutical experts, and he emphasized the importance of making sure the program would protect patient privacy and would not interfere with the legitimate use of pain relievers and other drugs. Recognizing that people already often have trouble getting prescription pain relievers and other drugs which would be of tremendous help to them, he said, "the last thing we want to do is make that problem worse. We want to keep prescription drugs out of the wrong hands, but we must make sure that doctors can provide the best care possible to their patients, and patients get the medicines they need." Finally, Curran urged an educational effort to make parents and others more aware of prescription drug abuse, its growing prevalence and warning signs, and the increasing availability of a wide range of powerful prescription drugs on the Internet. Details: Maryland: State of Maryland Office of the Attorney General, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.oag.state.md.us/Reports/PrescriptionDrugAbuse.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 124325

Author: Wood, Erika Title: De Facto Disenfranchisement Summary: Voting is both a fundamental right and a civic duty. However there remains a significant blanket barrier to the franchise: 5.3 million American citizens are not allowed to vote because of criminal convictions. As many as four million of these people live, work, and raise families in our communities, but because of convictions in their past they are still denied the right to vote. State laws vary widely on when voting rights are restored. Maine and Vermont do not deny the franchise based on a criminal conviction; even prisoners may vote there. Kentucky and Virginia are the last two states to continue to permanently disenfranchise all people with felony convictions unless they receive individual, discretionary clemency from the governor. The remaining 46 states fall somewhere in between, with the varied state laws forming a patchwork across the country. Some states restore voting rights upon release from prison, others upon completion of probation and parole, and others impose waiting periods or other contingencies and categories before restoring voting rights. This disenfranchisement by law of millions of American citizens is only half the story. Across the country there is persistent confusion among election officials about their state’s felony disenfranchisement policies. Election officials receive little or no training on these laws, and there is little or no coordination or communication between election offices and the criminal justice system. These factors, coupled with complex laws and complicated registration procedures, result in the mass dissemination of inaccurate and misleading information, which in turn leads to the de facto disenfranchisement of untold hundreds of thousands of eligible would-be voters throughout the country. De facto disenfranchisement has devastating long-term effects in communities across the country. Once a single local election official misinforms a citizen that he is not eligible to vote because of a past conviction, it is unlikely that citizen will ever follow up or make a second inquiry. Without further public education or outreach, the citizen will mistakenly believe that he is ineligible to vote for years, decades, or maybe the rest of his life. And that same citizen may pass along that same inaccurate information to his peers, family members and neighbors, creating a lasting ripple of de facto disenfranchisement across his community. Between 2003 and 2008, the ACLU and the Brennan Center for Justice, together with our state partners, conducted interviews with election officials in 15 states to determine the level of knowledge of their state’s felony disenfranchisement law. This report summarizes the results of telephone interviews conducted in Arizona, Colorado, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee and Washington. Prior to conducting interviews in each state, the ACLU and the Brennan Center performed a thorough legal analysis of the state’s felony disenfranchisement law. A separate set of questions was designed for each state based on the state law and the specific information sought in the state. The same questions were asked of each election official in the state and their answers were carefully documented along with the official’s name and the date and time of the interview. Where feasible, we interviewed a representative of every local election office in each state. In states where a large number of localities made this difficult, a representative sample was identified. The interviews revealed an alarming national trend of de facto disenfranchisement: Election officials do not understand the basic voter eligibility rules governing people with criminal convictions; Election officials do not understand the basic registration procedures for people with criminal convictions; Interviewers experienced various problems communicating with election officials, including repeated unanswered telephone calls and bureaucratic runaround. Details: American Civil Liberties Union, 2008. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.aclu.org/pdfs/racialjustice/defactodisenfranchisement_report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Felon Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 124332

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Evaluating Problem Solving in Colorado Springs: The 1999 School-Based Partnership Program Summary: In 1998 and 1999 the COPS Office initiated major grant programs to deal with crime and disorder problems in schools. The idea behind the program was to assist police and schools in implementing Problem-Oriented Policing, a strategy first developed by Herman Goldstein in 1979. While police agencies had successfully used the problem-solving model for crime and disorder problems on city streets, in parks and recreational areas, and in public housing, rarely did they work with schools to deal with day-to-day problems. The School-Based Partnership program (SBP) was an attempt to encourage law enforcement to work with school administrators, students, faculty and parents using this model. Over 250 jurisdictions received funding in 1998 and 1999 at a cost of over $30 million. As part of the grant, the COPS Office required that law enforcement provide funds to evaluators to document and describe the implementation of the program. In 1999, the Colorado Springs Police Department (CSPD) received one of these grants to conduct problem-solving projects in five high schools. CSPD selected 21st Century Solutions, Inc. as its evaluator. During a two-year period, staff of 21st Century Solutions, Inc. made site visits, conducted in-person interviews, analyzed data from the schools and police, worked closely with the School Resource Officers, and observed a variety of activities. This document describes the implementation of the problem-solving model and discusses possible impacts of the project on the schools and police. The report is divided into eight sections. The first section provides background information about Colorado Springs, the police department, schools, and the problem-solving partnership grant. We also discuss our research methods, including research questions, data sources, and analysis. Section 2 examines the literature on school-based programs and problem oriented policing to provide a context for this study and the work of police officers in schools. Sections 3 through 7 report on the problem-solving activities at each of the five high schools. Section 8 concludes with a summary of our findings and recommendations. Details: Silver Spring, MD: 21st Century Solutions, Inc., 2001. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2012 at http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/school_based/ColoradoSprings_CO.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 118161

Author: Nellis, Ashley Title: The Lives of Juvenile Lifers: Findings from a National Survey Summary: The United States stands alone worldwide in imposing sentences of life without parole on juveniles. The U.S. achieved this unique position by slowly and steadily dismantling founding principles of the juvenile justice system. Today a record number of people are serving juvenile life without parole (JLWOP) sentences in the U.S. for crimes committed before their 18th birthday. Sentences of life without parole are often erroneously believed to translate to a handful of years in prison followed by inevitable release. The reality is that a life without parole sentence means that the individual will die in prison. This report provides a new perspective on the population of individuals serving life sentences without parole for crimes committed in their youth. It represents the findings of a comprehensive investigation into this population that includes a firstever national survey of juvenile lifers. Through this effort we obtained in-depth information from these individuals about their life experiences prior to their conviction, as well as descriptions of their lives while incarcerated. The findings are sobering, and should become an element of policy discussion regarding this extreme punishment. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/jj_The_Lives_of_Juvenile_Lifers.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 124336

Author: Center for Human Rights and Global Justice, Title: Targeted and Entrapped: Manufacturing the “Homegrown Threat” in the United States Summary: Since September 11, 2001, the U.S. government has targeted Muslims in the United States by sending paid, untrained informants into mosques and Muslim communities. This practice has led to the prosecution of more than 200 individuals in terrorism-related cases. The government has touted these cases as successes in the so-called war against terrorism. However, in recent years, former Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) agents, local lawmakers, the media, the public, and community-based groups have begun questioning the legitimacy and efficacy of this practice, alleging that—in many instances—this type of policing, and the resulting prosecutions, constitute entrapment. This Report examines three high-profile terrorism prosecutions in which government informants played a critical role in instigating and constructing the plots that were then prosecuted. In all three cases, the FBI or New York City Police Department (NYPD) sent paid informants into Muslim communities or families without any particularized suspicion of criminal activity. Informants pose a particular set of problems given they work on behalf of law enforcement but are not trained as law enforcement. Moreover, they often work for a government-conferred benefit—say, a reduction in a preexisting criminal sentence or a change in immigration status—in addition to fees for providing useful information to law enforcement, creating a dangerous incentive structure. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.chrgj.org/projects/docs/targetedandentrapped.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 124344

Author: Turner, Nathaniel J. Title: U.S. Muslim Charities and the War on Terror: A Decade in Review Summary: This report summarizes the shutdown of Muslim charities and subsequent lawsuits filed against the government. It also looks at cases of intrusive government actions, such as surveillance of Muslim communities and Islamophobic congressional hearings. Finally, the report gives an overview of how the civil society sector has responded to government scrutiny through interfaith dialogues, education initiatives and partnerships with law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Charity and Security Network, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://www.charityandsecurity.org/studies/US_Muslim_Charities_and_the_War_on_Terror_2011 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Muslims Shelf Number: 124345

Author: Rehavi, M. Marit Title: Racial Disparity in Federal Criminal Charging and Its Sentencing Consequences Summary: This paper assesses the extent to which the large disparities in sentencing outcomes between black and white defendants can be explained by disparities in prosecutors' initial choice of charges, a critical stage overlooked by existing studies of sentencing disparities. To analyze charging, we pair newly constructed measures of charge severity with a newly linked dataset that traces federal cases from the arrest through sentencing. We find that black arrestees, especially black males, face significantly more severe charges conditional on arrest offense and other observed characteristics. The disparities in the use of charges that carry mandatory minimum sentences are particularly striking. These disparities appear to be major drivers of sentencing disparity. Black males face significantly longer sentences than white males do, on average and at almost every decile of the sentence-length distribution, even after conditioning on arrest offense, criminal history, district, and age. However, the addition of controls for initial charges renders most of these disparities insignificant. Indeed, the otherwise-unexplained racial disparities at the mean and at most of the deciles can be almost entirely explained by disparities in a single prosecutorial decision: whether to file a charge carrying a mandatory minimum sentence. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Law School, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Michigan Law & Econ, Empirical Legal Studies Center Paper No. 12-002: Accessed March 2, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1985377 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 124348

Author: U.S. Department of Transporation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Title: Low-Staffing Sobriety Checkpoints Summary: Impaired driving crashes result in tens of thousands of injuries and thousands of lives lost every year. Stopping and arresting a drug- and/or alcohol-impaired driver may seem to be a simple process. In fact, it is a series of procedures that are dictated by complex State and local laws. Before addressing the issue of impaired driving enforcement, it is important for law enforcement to consider all components involved in successfully deterring the impaired driver. High visibility enforcement efforts accompanied by aggressive media coverage of enforcement efforts, public awareness, and education are essential to a comprehensive impaired driving campaign. These tools have proven effective in reducing impaired driving, and were documented in the Checkpoint Tennessee Evaluation Project. This document will provide guidance to law enforcement agencies on how to adequately coordinate the planning, operation, data collection, and actions of conducting low-staffing sobriety checkpoints. Details: Washington, DC: U.D. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006. 24p. Source: DOT HS 810 590: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/enforce/LowStaffing_Checkpoints/images/LowStaffing.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Impaired Driving Shelf Number: 124353

Author: Accenture Title: Achieving high performance with theft analytics: Leveraging smart grid deployments to enhance revenue protection Summary: Electricity theft includes diverting power currents and tampering with the meters that measure customer electricity consumption. While energy diversion and tampering have been increasing along with the world’s economic challenges, the evolution of smart grid technologies fortunately has enabled better ways to proactively identify potential diversion problems. In addition, smart meters and grid devices provide the type of data that can be leveraged by back-office analytics and software techniques to detect theft and support the next steps of revenue protection— prosecution and payment collection. This Accenture point of view introduces a capability framework for utilities to consider in the pursuit of achieving high performance. We review smart grid and back-office analytics maturity against the types of diversions that can be identified and benefits captured based on various smart grid deployment levels. Details: New York: Accenture, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.accenture.com/SiteCollectionDocuments/PDF/Accenture-Achieving-High-Performance-with-Theft-Analytics.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Electrical Power Shelf Number: 124354

Author: Bernsen, James Aalan Title: Illegal Immigration - The Costs to Texas, 2009 Summary: This paper is an attempt to adjust the 2006 findings of the Lone Star Foundation on the costs of illegal immigration to Texas. In 2006, the Lone Star Foundation (LSF) completed a six-month review of the costs of illegal immigration to Texas. This study’s findings were published on the foundation’s website and in the book “Immigration and the American Future” by Chronicles Press. The LSF study found a total net cost to Texas of illegal immigration at around $3.5 billion, consisting of $4.5 billion of direct, identifiable costs offset by $1 billion in tax revenues. This figure confirmed estimates by the Federation for American Immigration reform (FAIR). The key cost figure in both studies was far and away the cost of education. This is because costs for health care and other services only affect a small portion of the immigrant population, while virtually all children of illegal immigrants are educated at state expense. But how do those numbers stack up today? What is the 2009 cost of illegal immigration to Texas? As the lead author of the 2006 Lone Star Foundation study, this writer takes another look at the numbers in light of recent research with the aim of updating those figures. Using population change as the major variable, as there has been little in the area of public policy which has changed since 2006, we have updated the 2006 numbers and come up with a best estimate of the minimum net costs of illegal immigration to Texas taxpayers around $4.5 billion. Additional evidence shows that number could be as high as $6 billion. Details: Austin, TX: Bernsen Consulting, 2009. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at system.gocampaign.com/files/file.asp?f=165355 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 124355

Author: Boyd, Carol J. Title: Program Evaluation of Michigan Department of Corrections' Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT): A Descriptive Assessment of Prison and Community-Based Treatment Programs Summary: The relationship between criminal behavior and substance abuse has been well documented and social systems that support a drug or criminal lifestyle share several common features. In order to address these commonalities, the Michigan Department of Corrections (MDOC) offers several types of treatment in prison and in the community. In 1998, MDOC used federal and State monies to pilot three RSAT programs in order to test the benefits of a residential program situated in a prison setting. An independent evaluation of the RSAT programs was mandated and in 1999 the University of Michigan’s Substance Abuse Research Center, under the direction of Dr. Carol J. Boyd, began annual and independent evaluation of the three RSAT programs in MDOC. Program evaluations for the previous two fiscal years were filed with the Michigan Department of Corrections. Those reports included assessments of the developmental and implementation aspects of the programs. Since this third report covers the fiscal year of October 1, 2000 through September 30, 2001 and RSAT graduates are now out of prison and living in their communities, this report focuses on program outcomes. The original RSAT pilot envisioned 150 RSAT beds, funded through a combination of federal grant and State funds. Additional RSAT beds were funded through the availability of legislative pilot funding. As of 9/30/01, the MDOC operates two pilot RSAT programs totaling 230 beds, providing service to both male and female offenders. The goal of the RSAT programs is to reduce relapse and recidivism among substance abusing offenders through therapeutic interventions that prepare them for return to the community. The programs aim to accomplish these goals by providing six months (nine months at Macomb) of residential treatment. The therapeutic focus is on reducing both substance abuse and criminal behaviors by using a cognitive behavioral treatment model. This treatment model has an orientation phase, two intensive treatment phases and a brief segment for preparation to return to the community. The RSAT treatment units, based on the ‘therapeutic community’ living model, have been substantially modified to fit the needs of the prisons. As such, the living units are dedicated to treatment, but not entirely self-contained. RSAT participants interact with fellow prisoners in the yard, at mealtimes and on their jobs. Upon graduation residents of the RSAT programs have the option of entering a follow up treatment program in a step-down unit for up to six months. After release from prison, RSAT graduates are followed for 12 months in the community during which time they are referred for outpatient substance abuse treatment. Details: Substance Abuse Research Center, University of Michigan, 2002. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.michigan.gov/documents/040102sec306%282%29RSAT_18215_7.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 124356

Author: Grant, Jaime M. Title: Injustice at Every Turn: A Report of the National Transgender Discrimination Survey Summary: This study brings to light what is both patently obvious and far too often dismissed from the human rights agenda. Transgender and gender non-conforming people face injustice at every turn: in childhood homes, in school systems that promise to shelter and educate, in harsh and exclusionary workplaces, at the grocery store, the hotel front desk, in doctors’ offices and emergency rooms, before judges and at the hands of landlords, police officers, health care workers and other service providers. Hundreds of dramatic findings on the impact of anti-transgender bias are presented in this report. In many cases, a series of bias-related events lead to insurmountable challenges and devastating outcomes for study participants. It is part of social and legal convention in the United States to discriminate against, ridicule, and abuse transgender and gender non-conforming people within foundational institutions such as the family, schools, the workplace and health care settings, every day. Instead of recognizing that the moral failure lies in society’s unwillingness to embrace different gender identities and expressions, society blames transgender and gender non-conforming people for bringing the discrimination and violence on themselves. Nearly every system and institution in the United States, both large and small, from local to national, is implicated by this data. Medical providers and health systems, government agencies, families, businesses and employers, schools and colleges, police departments, jail and prison systems—each of these systems and institutions is failing daily in its obligation to serve transgender and gender non-conforming people, instead subjecting them to mistreatment ranging from commonplace disrespect to outright violence, abuse and the denial of human dignity. The consequences of these widespread injustices are human and real, ranging from unemployment and homelessness to illness and death. This report is a call to action for all of us, especially for those who pass laws and set policies and practices, whose action or continued inaction will make a significant difference between the current climate of discrimination and violence and a world of freedom and equality. And everyone else, from those who drive buses or teach our children to those who sit on the judicial bench or write prescriptions, must also take up the call for human rights for transgender and gender non-conforming people, and confront this pattern of abuse and injustice. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Transgender Equality and National Gay and Lesbian Task Force, 2011. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.thetaskforce.org/downloads/reports/reports/ntds_full.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 124359

Author: Brazzell, Diana Title: Using Local Data to Explore the Experiences and Needs of Children of Incarcerated Parents Summary: The Urban Institute partnered with local research organizations in three sites to learn more about children of incarcerated parents through the merging and analysis of local and state level criminal justice and human services data. The purpose of the project was to better understand the experiences and needs of children of incarcerated parents in each locality and to explore the involvement of affected families with the criminal justice, child welfare, and social welfare systems. This report presents findings from the sites and lessons learned regarding the merging and analysis of administrative data on this population. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2008. 14p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411698_incarcerated_parents.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124361

Author: Gul, Serdar Kenan Title: Providing Efficient Police Services: A Cost-Benefit Analysis Summary: This case study evaluates and compares several alternatives for increasing efficiency in the Kent State University (KSU) Police Department in Ohio, USA by using Bardach’s Eightfold Path Model. The KSU Police Department provides money escort services despite the recent decrease in the number of personnel allocated to routine police services. The community expects the campus police to be more visible and respond to calls for service more swiftly. In order to increase efficiency in terms of visibility and rapid response on campus, this study recommends contracting out the money escort services to a private company and redeploy police officers to foot patrol and community policing activities on campus. Details: New York: International Police Executive Symposium, 2009. 24p. Source: Working Paper No. 16: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.ipes.info/WPS/WPS%20No%2016.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Police (Ohio) Shelf Number: 124367

Author: Seeley, Ken Title: Bullying in Schools: An Overview Summary: The harmful effects of bullying cannot be overstated. Reports of bullying in the 1990s show that, in extreme cases, victims may face shooting or severe beatings and may even turn to suicide (Rigby and Slee, 1999). These reports have triggered public action, such that more than 20 states currently have laws that require schools to provide education and services directed toward the prevention and cessation of bullying. A well-known meta-analysis of school-based antibullying programs, conducted by the Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention, found that these programs result in a 17- to 23-percent reduction in bullying (Ttofi, Farrington, and Baldry, 2008). Ttofi and colleagues report that antibullying programs are less effective in the United States than in Europe in reducing the incidence and prevalence of bullying in schools that operate the bullying reduction programs. In response, the current study investigates how American schools can support victimized children and encourage them to graduate and thrive. To determine the causes of bullying in schools and to inform the development of effective intervention strategies, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention funded a series of studies in 2007 at the National Center for School Engagement. The research focused on the connection between different types and frequencies of bullying, truancy, and student achievement, and whether students’ engagement in school mediates these factors. The researchers completed three studies. The first was a quantitative analysis of students that would support the development of a predictive model to explain the relationships among bullying (referred to in the study as peer victimization), school attendance, school engagement, and academic achievement. The second study was a qualitative study in which researchers interviewed victims about their experiences to gain insight into how bullying in school affects attendance. The third study was a qualitative analysis of teachers’ experiences in working to ameliorate the impact of bullying in schools. In this bulletin, the authors compare the results of these studies with the results of the Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention report (Ttofi, Farrington, and Baldry, 2008), which is currently viewed as one of the most comprehensive studies on antibullying programs worldwide. Ttofi and her colleagues conducted a metaanalysis— Effectiveness of Programmes to Reduce School Bullying: A Systematic Review—that reviewed evaluations of 59 school-based antibullying programs in various countries, including the United States. In addition to their comparisons with the Swedish study, the authors recommend strategies and programs to combat bullying in schools that are based on the findings from the three studies described here and a literature review. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 12p. Source: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/234205.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124368

Author: Murder Victims' Families for Reconciliation Title: "I don't want another kid to die." Families of Victims Murdered by Juveniles Oppose Juvenile Executions Summary: The creation of the juvenile justice system rests on the belief that when a juvenile commits a crime a different kind of response is warranted as opposed to when an adult commits a crime. Therefore, juveniles typically receive sentences that focus on treatment rather than punishment, except in States that sentence juvenile offenders to death. In the United States, the opposition to the execution of juvenile offenders is growing with opinion polls showing that most people oppose the practice. This report examines the issue of the juvenile death penalty from the perspective of family members of victims killed by juvenile offenders and parents of juvenile offenders who have been executed. Individuals presented in this report are members of Murder Victims’ Families for Reconciliation. This is a national organization of homicide victims’ family members opposing the death penalty in all cases. It demonstrates that the issues surrounding the juvenile death penalty are victims’ issues too. The report is a statement against state killing of juveniles, presented by those who know violent loss most intimately and have been most directly affected by juvenile crimes. The members of human rights organization, Murder Victims’ Families for Reconciliation conclude that the juvenile death penalty has no place in a democratic society and that it is time to bring the law in line with the national consensus and abolish the juvenile death penalty. Details: Cambridge, MA: Murder Victims' Families for Reconciliation, 2004. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.aclu.org/files/FilesPDFs/mvfr%20report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124369

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Tennessee Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Tennessee's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Tennessee assessment, the Project has released state assessments of Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, and Indiana. In the future, it plans to release reports in, at a minimum, Ohio and Pennsylvania. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised of or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) law enforcement tools and techniques; (3) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (4) prosecutors; (5) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (6) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (7) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (8) clemency; (9) jury instructions; (10) judicial independence; (11) racial and ethnic minorities; and (12) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings of each team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Tennessee Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail. The Project and the Tennessee Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Tennessee death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2007. 422p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/migrated/moratorium/assessmentproject/tennessee/finalreport.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Tennessee) Shelf Number: 124374

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Georgia Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Georgia's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As our capital punishment system now stands, however, we fall short in protecting these bedrock principles. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that there is a crisis in our country’s death penalty system and that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine sixteen U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. The Project is conducting state assessments in Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, South Carolina, Texas, and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. These assessments examine the above-mentioned jurisdictions’ death penalty systems, using as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration, including defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project includes for review five new areas associated with death penalty administration, including the preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each state’s assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based Assessment Team, which is comprised of or has access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) evolution of the state death penalty statute; (3) law enforcement tools and techniques; (4) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (5) prosecutors; (6) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction proceedings; (7) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (8) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (9) clemency; (10) jury instructions; (11) judicial independence; (12) the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities; and (13) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings provide information about how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law of the land in each of the assessment states and because the ABA has no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. Moreover, the Project and the Assessment Team have attempted to note as accurately as possible information relevant to the Georgia death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Despite the diversity of backgrounds and perspectives among the members of the Georgia Death Penalty Assessment Team, and although some members disagree with particular recommendations contained in the assessment report, the team is unanimous in many of the conclusions. Even though not all team members support the call for a moratorium, they are unanimous in their belief that the body of recommendations as a whole would, if implemented, significantly enhance the accuracy and fairness of Georgia’s capital punishment system. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2006. 391p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/migrated/moratorium/assessmentproject/georgia/report.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Georgia) Shelf Number: 124372

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Alabama Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Alabama's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As our capital punishment system now stands, however, we fall short in protecting these bedrock principles. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that there is a crisis in our country’s death penalty system and that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine sixteen U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. The Project has conducted or is conducting state assessments in Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Nevada, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, South Carolina, Texas, and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. This assessment of Alabama is the second in this series. These assessments examine the above-mentioned jurisdictions’ death penalty systems, using as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration, including defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project includes for review five new areas associated with death penalty administration, including the preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each state’s assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based Assessment Team, which is comprised of or has access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) evolution of the state death penalty statute; (3) law enforcement tools and techniques; (4) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (5) prosecutors; (6) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction proceedings; (7) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (8) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (9) clemency; (10) jury instructions; (11) judicial independence; (12) the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities; and (13) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings provide information about how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law of the land in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. Moreover, the Project and the Assessment Team have attempted to note as accurately as possible information relevant to the Alabama death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Despite the diversity of backgrounds and perspectives among the members of the Alabama Death Penalty Assessment Team, and although some members disagree with particular recommendations contained in the assessment report, the team is unanimous in many of the conclusions, including its belief that the body of recommendations as a whole would, if implemented, significantly enhance the accuracy and fairness of Alabama’s capital punishment system. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2006. 300p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/migrated/moratorium/assessmentproject/alabama/report.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Alabama) Shelf Number: 124373

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Kentucky Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Kentucky's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments, conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues, publishes periodic reports, encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions, convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty, and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project began in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and minimize the risk of executing the innocent. It undertook assessments examining the administration of the death penalty in Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Tennessee and released reports on these states’ capital punishment systems from 2006 through 2007. A summary report was also published in 2007 in which the findings of the eight reports completed to date were compiled. Due in large part to the success of the state assessments produced in the eight jurisdictions described above, the Project began a second round of assessments in late 2009. In addition to this report on Kentucky, the Project also plans to release reports in, at a minimum, Missouri, Texas, and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. Past state assessment reports have been used as blueprints for state-based study commissions on the death penalty, served as the basis for new legislative and court rule changes on the administration of the death penalty, and generally informed decision-makers’ and the public’s understanding of the problems affecting the fairness and accuracy of their state’s death penalty system. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments in 2006: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised of or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, (2) DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence, (3) law enforcement tools and techniques, (4) crime laboratories and medical examiner offices, (5) prosecutors, (6) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (7) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process, (8) state post-conviction relief proceedings, (9) clemency, (10) jury instructions, (11) judicial independence, (12) racial and ethnic minorities, and (13) mental retardation and mental illness. The findings of each assessment team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations, impose reforms, or in some cases, impose moratoria. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Kentucky Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this Report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail, followed by an Appendix. The Project and the Kentucky Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Kentucky death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any factual errors or omissions in this Report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2011. 520p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.abanow.org/wordpress/wp-content/files_flutter/1323199256kydeathpenaltyreport_120711.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Kentucky) Shelf Number: 124371

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Missouri Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Missouri's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the Supreme Court of the United States has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it offers a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide suspension of executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the fall of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project began in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In its first round of assessments, the Project examined the administration of the death penalty in Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Tennessee and released reports on these states’ capital punishment systems from 2006 to 2007. A summary report was also published in 2007 in which the findings of the eight reports were compiled. Due in large part to the success of the state assessments produced in the eight jurisdictions described above, the Project began a second round of assessments in late 2009. In addition to this Report on Missouri, the Project released its report on Kentucky in December 2011. The Project also plans to release reports in Texas and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. Past state assessment reports have been used as blueprints for state-based study commissions on the death penalty, served as the basis for legislative and court rule changes, and generally informed decision-makers’ and the public’s understanding of the problems affecting the fairness and accuracy of their state’s death penalty system. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments in 2006: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment is conducted by a state-based assessment team. Team members typically include current and former judges, state legislators, current and former prosecutors, current and former defense attorneys, state bar association leaders, and law professors. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. They are also not required to support the Protocols, but they have agreed to follow them for the purposes of this assessment. The state assessment teams are responsible for analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. The findings of each assessment team illuminate how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and identify areas of strength and areas in need of reform. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a synopsis of the findings and proposals of the Missouri Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this Report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail, followed by an Appendix. Citations in the Report conform to rules set forth by the Supreme Court of Missouri, and thus deviate from The Bluebook citation rules where appropriate. The Project and the Missouri Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Missouri death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any factual errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2012. 488p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/death_penalty_moratorium/final_missouri_assessment_report.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Missouri) Shelf Number: 124370

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Ohio Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Ohio's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Ohio assessment, the Project has released state assessments of Alabama, Arizona, Florida Georgia, Indiana, and Tennessee. In the future, it plans to release an additional report in Pennsylvania. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive statefunded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) law enforcement tools and techniques; (3) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (4) prosecutors; (5) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (6) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (7) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (8) clemency; (9) jury instructions; (10) judicial independence; (11) racial and ethnic minorities; and (12) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings of each team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Ohio Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail. The Project and the Ohio Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Ohio death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Despite the diversity of backgrounds and perspectives among the members of the Ohio Death Penalty Assessment Team, and although some members disagree with particular recommendations contained in the assessment report, the team believes that the body of recommendations as a whole would, if implemented, significantly improve Ohio’s capital punishment system. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2007. 495p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Ohio) Shelf Number: 108608

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Pennsylvania Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Pennsylvania's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Pennsylvania assessment, the Project has released state assessments in Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Ohio, and Tennessee. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised of or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) law enforcement tools and techniques; (3) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (4) prosecutors; (5) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (6) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (7) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (8) clemency; (9) jury instructions; (10) judicial independence; (11) racial and ethnic minorities; and (12) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings of each team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focus exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and do not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Pennsylvania Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail. The Project and the Pennsylvania Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the death penalty in Pennsylvania. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2007. 324p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/migrated/moratorium/assessmentproject/pennsylvania/finalreport.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 107717

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Indiana Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Indiana's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Indiana assessment, the Project has released state assessments of Alabama, Arizona, Florida and Georgia. In the future, it plans to release reports in, at a minimum, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Tennessee. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive statefunded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised of or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) law enforcement tools and techniques; (3) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (4) prosecutors; (5) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (6) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (7) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (8) clemency; (9) jury instructions; (10) judicial independence; (11) racial and ethnic minorities; and (12) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings of each team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Indiana Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail. The Project and the Indiana Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Indiana death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2007. 398p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.eurunion.org/legislat/DeathPenalty/IndianaDPRept0207.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Indiana) Shelf Number: 104794

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Florida Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Florida's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As the United States Supreme Court has recognized, these goals are particularly important in cases in which the death penalty is sought. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy in the administration of the death penalty. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine several U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Florida assessment, the Project has released state assessments of Alabama, Arizona, and Georgia. In the future, it plans to release reports in, at a minimum, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. All of these assessments of state law and practice use as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ 2001 publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration: defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus proceedings, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project added five new areas to be reviewed as part of the assessments: preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team. The teams are comprised of or have access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors, current or former defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) law enforcement tools and techniques; (3) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (4) prosecutors; (5) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction and clemency proceedings; (6) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (7) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (8) clemency; (9) jury instructions; (10) judicial independence; (11) racial and ethnic minorities; and (12) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings of each team provide information on how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. This executive summary consists of a summary of the findings and proposals of the Florida Death Penalty Assessment Team. The body of this report sets out these findings and proposals in more detail. The Project and the Florida Death Penalty Assessment Team have attempted to describe as accurately as possible information relevant to the Florida death penalty. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in any future reprints. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2006. 426p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/migrated/moratorium/assessmentproject/florida/report.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Florida) Shelf Number: 103440

Author: American Bar Association Title: Evaluating Fairness and Accuracy in State Death Penalty Systems: The Arizona Death Penalty Assessment Report - An Analysis of Arizona's Death Penalty Laws, Procedures, and Practices Summary: Fairness and accuracy together form the foundation of the American criminal justice system. As our capital punishment system now stands, however, we fall short in protecting these bedrock principles in all cases. Our system cannot claim to provide due process or protect the innocent unless it provides a fair and accurate system for every person who faces the death penalty. Over the course of the past thirty years, the American Bar Association (ABA) has become increasingly concerned that there is a crisis in our country’s death penalty system and that capital jurisdictions too often provide neither fairness nor accuracy. In response to this concern, on February 3, 1997, the ABA called for a nationwide moratorium on executions until serious flaws in the system are identified and eliminated. The ABA urges capital jurisdictions to (1) ensure that death penalty cases are administered fairly and impartially, in accordance with due process, and (2) minimize the risk that innocent persons may be executed. In the autumn of 2001, the ABA, through the Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities, created the Death Penalty Moratorium Implementation Project (the Project). The Project collects and monitors data on domestic and international death penalty developments; conducts analyses of governmental and judicial responses to death penalty administration issues; publishes periodic reports; encourages lawyers and bar associations to press for moratoriums and reforms in their jurisdictions; convenes conferences to discuss issues relevant to the death penalty; and encourages state government leaders to establish moratoriums, undertake detailed examinations of capital punishment laws and processes, and implement reforms. To assist the majority of capital jurisdictions that have not yet conducted comprehensive examinations of their death penalty systems, the Project decided in February 2003 to examine a number of U.S. jurisdictions’ death penalty systems and preliminarily determine the extent to which they achieve fairness and provide due process. In addition to the Arizona assessment, the Project has released state assessments of Alabama and Georgia and is conducting state assessments and releasing reports in, at a minimum, Florida, Indiana, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, and Virginia. The assessments are not designed to replace the comprehensive state-funded studies necessary in capital jurisdictions, but instead are intended to highlight individual state systems’ successes and inadequacies. These assessments examine the above-mentioned jurisdictions’ death penalty systems, using as a benchmark the protocols set out in the ABA Section of Individual Rights and Responsibilities’ publication, Death without Justice: A Guide for Examining the Administration of the Death Penalty in the United States (the Protocols). While the Protocols are not intended to cover exhaustively all aspects of the death penalty, they do cover seven key aspects of death penalty administration, including defense services, procedural restrictions and limitations on state post-conviction and federal habeas corpus, clemency proceedings, jury instructions, an independent judiciary, the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities, and mental retardation and mental illness. Additionally, the Project includes for review five new areas associated with the administration of the death penalty, including the preservation and testing of DNA evidence, identification and interrogation procedures, crime laboratories and medical examiners, prosecutors, and the direct appeal process. Each state’s assessment has been or is being conducted by a state-based assessment team, which is comprised of or has access to current or former judges, state legislators, current or former prosecutors and defense attorneys, active state bar association leaders, law school professors, and anyone else whom the Project felt was necessary. Team members are not required to support or oppose the death penalty or a moratorium on executions. The state assessment teams are responsible for collecting and analyzing various laws, rules, procedures, standards, and guidelines relating to the administration of the death penalty. In an effort to guide the teams’ research, the Project created an Assessment Guide that detailed the data to be collected. The Assessment Guide includes sections on the following: (1) death-row demographics, DNA testing, and the location, testing, and preservation of biological evidence; (2) evolution of the state death penalty statute; (3) law enforcement tools and techniques; (4) crime laboratories and medical examiners; (5) prosecutors; (6) defense services during trial, appeal, and state post-conviction proceedings; (7) direct appeal and the unitary appeal process; (8) state post-conviction relief proceedings; (9) clemency; (10) jury instructions; (11) judicial independence; (12) the treatment of racial and ethnic minorities; and (13) mental retardation and mental illness. The assessment findings provide information about how state death penalty systems are functioning in design and practice and are intended to serve as the bases from which states can launch comprehensive self-examinations. Because capital punishment is the law of the land in each of the assessment states and because the ABA takes no position on the death penalty per se, the assessment teams focused exclusively on capital punishment laws and processes and did not consider whether states, as a matter of morality, philosophy, or penological theory, should have the death penalty. Moreover, the Project and the Assessment Team have attempted to note as accurately as possible information relevant to the death penalty in Arizona. The Project would appreciate notification of any errors or omissions in this report so that they may be corrected in future reprints. Despite the diversity of backgrounds and perspectives among the members of the Arizona Death Penalty Assessment Team, and although some members disagree with particular recommendations contained in the assessment report, the team believes that the body of recommendations as a whole would, if implemented, significantly improve Arizona’s capital punishment system. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2006. 354p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2012 at Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Arizona) Shelf Number: 103267

Author: The NYU Review of Law and Security Title: Are We Safer? In New York City? In our states? In the country at large? Summary: Strolling down the street, sitting in traffic, listening to campaign slogans, one hears the question daily: “Are We Safer?” Whether we want to or not, we cannot help but bend our ear in the direction of the voice that promises an answer. Rarely is the answer firm or reassuring. Always, it seems these days to be partisan or driven by political concerns. “Yes, we are safer,” the Republicans tell us, except when they want to encourage fear as a basis of support for continuity in the White House or for the war in Iraq. “No,” the Democrats tell us, figuring the image of the Republicans as insufficient protectors cannot but help the Democrats in the coming election. Citizens line up accordingly. But the question of the nation’s safety is only partly a matter of conjecture; it is also a matter of fact. Since September 11, the country has taken numerous steps legislatively, judicially, militarily and in the Oval Office to ameliorate weaknesses in our security system. Some of these measures have proven effective, some have not. Policymakers continue to scrutinize the efficacy of our border control, our information gathering and other counterterrorism measures in the hopes of assessing these measures. But in the heated political atmosphere, the conclusions on both sides have become suspect. The relationship between safety and the legitimacy of authoritative analysis is not something to be overlooked. The respect for language is a sign of the authenticity of the relationship between citizen and state. It is, in that sense, fundamental to a functioning democracy. Education, as envisioned by Jefferson and the founding fathers, was first and foremost education of the citizen and at the heart of that education was the proper and learned use of language. In the context of American society, religious doctrine reinforces in theory the sanctity of impeccably used language. If language is an inviolable basis of the social (and personal) contract, it is also the first tool in the battle for power. As language goes, so goes politics. George Orwell insisted that there is a direct correlation between the integrity of politics and the honesty with which those in power use language. So, too, for the obverse. “Corrupt language leads to corrupt politics.” Consider, in this context, the use of language by President George W. Bush and his administration. On the one hand, we have the President who displays a disregard for the word so much so that it has become a trademark of sorts. “Nucular,” not nuclear, “subliminable” not subliminal, “embetter” not improve, “resignate,” instead of resonate. More, he relishes the colloquial, in his case, the slang of American Westerns. When it comes to Osama, his goal is to “Smoke ‘em out,” and when it comes to the insurgents in Iraq, he dares, “Bring ‘em on.” But while George Bush downplays language as something to respect and pay too much attention to, his administration is busy lobbing terms of great import at the American public. In the battle for the hearts and minds of Americans, Bush’s circle of advisors has created a lexicon of terms aimed at persuading the American mind with the word itself. The terminology which labels the multiplicity of changes on behalf of national security and the war on terror are full of examples: Homeland Security, the Patriot Act, and the Citizens Corps. Not to mention the use of value statements as strategic euphemisms designed to quell further thought, as if to say that he who first labels the situation, wins the battle of interpretation. Take, for example, the word ‘coalition,’ which in reality consists of U.S. troops with comparably negligible troops from England and a few small countries; or the statement that the U.S. is “bringing democracy and freedom” to the Middle East. This use of words as “euphemism, question begging and sheer cloudy vagueness,” Orwell’s description of politically slanted speech, is a basic technique of language misconstrued for political ends: “liberation” instead of occupation, “military justice” instead of incommunicado detention, “unlawful combatant” instead of prisoner of war, “collateral damage” instead of civilian deaths, “enabling interrogation” instead of torture, and so on. American policymakers are eminently aware of the firepower of linguistic ammunition and of the importance of George W. Bush seeming like a confused, lost communicator. It is part of the process of spinning the nation. If Orwell were around, he might want, in the case of President Bush and his entourage, to add a new category for the current state of affairs: posing. How could someone as clueless and full of human foibles have an evil plan? He’s just a regular guy, with a regular guy’s language. What he says must be right. It’s just down-home, simple fact. Criticism of the government is treason, lack of support for the President is a lack of support for the troops, spending American lives and money abroad at the rate of 20 million dollars a day is patriotism and love of country. Yet in contradistinction to the signs of verbal laxity on the part of Bush, the careful selection of words, coordinated at the executive level, to launch the war in Iraq and by extension the war on terror at home, has been a strong and unflagging tactic of the Bush Administration as they have tackled the Axis of Evil and the possibility of unknown terrorists among us. They understand, as the political philosopher Hannah Arendt once wrote that the misuse of facts, the use of “deliberate falsehood,” is “clearly an attempt to change the record, and as such, it is a form of action.” Powell’s insistence before the U.N. that there was “evidence, not conjecture” of WMD’s in Iraq, and that his facts were “true” and “well-documented” has turned into the admission that there did not seem to be weapons of mass destruction. The public denial of any knowledge of torture practices and the subsequent release of documents sanctioning torture would be another case of the use of misinformation as action. The duplicity was intensified by the attack on those who questioned the initial assertions of the government. Rumsfeld, members of Congress and others attacked the media for “hurting our chances,” by “dwelling upon the mistakes, the ambushes, the soldiers killed, the wounded,” rather than the signs of progress. And what of the Democrats? It seems they have lost their dictionaries and have ceded to the Republicans the role of wordsmiths, as if one of the perks of power is the right to control language. One can only assume either that they agree with the Republicans on some level, or that they are scared. The Republicans, they know, will label their words propagandistic and they want to avoid that, it seems, at all costs. But what about taking an oath to use language simply as it is used in the dictionary? Killing is killing, whether it is by a terrorist or an American soldier. From that, they could graduate to facts. The numbers of dollars spent and Americans killed is not an abstraction; it is not a matter of debate. It is a fact. As is the relationship between the Saudis and the Bush family, whether harmful or benign. And so on. The press has not always been helpful. They have helped spread the factual errors of the Bush Administration by refusing to fact-check, as if unwilling to put themselves in the position of pointing to errors of fact. There was no yellow cake uranium sent to Niger. There were no weapons of mass destruction. There was little to no chance that the oil in Iraq would be able to be sold on the market until after a complete rehaul costing vast sums of time and money reengineered them for producing crude oil. The fact is that Democrats and Republicans alike have ceded to the Bush Administration’s unspoken conviction that all words, all use of facts are ideology. In this, there is tremendous victory. No words are valuable; no facts, it seems, are without spin. Everything, it is agreed, is opinion. How do we find a language of honesty? Vaclav Havel had some advice. The first premise is to look at the facts. The U.S. invaded Iraq, for example. For what reasons it did so is interpretation. What we should do now is a matter of conjecture. And so on. If we start with the facts and keep listing facts, self-consciously and with restraint, perhaps we will eventually have a firmer, less ideological ground upon which to make judgments. “Conceptually we may call truth what we cannot change. Metaphorically, it is the ground on which we stand and the sky that stretches above us,” wrote Hannah Arendt. This issue represents an attempt to look at the facts as stepping stones to grounded conclusions, or at least as windows of information rather than opinion for inclusion in our store of opinions. We have included the debates on the safety of the country, on the Patriot Act and on Homeland Security but we have tried to present these within the context of knowledge about the terms used, the statistics available and the goals achieved or missed. In acknowledging the degree to which language has become the prisoner of ideology, the issue is an attempt to return to basics: first the information, later the interpretation. Perhaps in answer to the question, “Are We Safer?” we should be asking, “Do We Feel Safer?” The answer is apparently no. It is hard to feel safer when we know at heart that we are proceeding along the lines of duplicity in our means of communicating and assessing our current status. The hope is that eventually more knowledge will yield more trust. When we trust that there are facts without spin, perhaps then we can make some conclusions. First the ground, then the sky. Details: New York: The Center on Law and Security at NYU School of Law, 2004. 52p. Source: Issue No. 3: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at http://www.lawandsecurity.org/Portals/0/Documents/Quarterly/fall04.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124375

Author: Greenberg, Karen J., ed. Title: Terrorist Trial Report Card: September 11, 2001 - September 11, 2011 Summary: Ten years after Al Qaeda’s attack on the United States on September 11, 2001, the federal government’s record on terrorism prosecutions is relatively easy to summarize: a heavy reliance on preventive law enforcement, an increasingly aggressive use of material support statutes, and a high conviction rate. Strikingly, during the first two years of Barack Obama’s presidency, the annual number of prosecutions for jihadist-related terrorism doubled. The nature of the threat has assumed relatively clear contours, as completed or intended terrorist acts aimed against domestic U.S. targets fall into stable and recognizable patterns. The terrorism challenge facing U.S. law enforcement reflects a mixture of domestic and internationally-inspired threats, including a small but not insignificant number of serious terrorist plots. The strategy of prosecuting terrorism-related crimes has evolved in important ways over the course of the decade. Increasingly, the Department of Justice has focused on cases with high level charges, rather than expending scarce resources on document fraud and other low-level crimes that had absorbed an inordinate amount of prosecutorial attention during the early years of the war on terror. Approximately 300 prosecutions, from 2001 to 2011, resulted in indictments related to jihadist terror or national security charges. Of the several hundred resolved cases in this category, 87% resulted in convictions, roughly the same conviction rate that we find for all federal criminal indictments. The indictments remained relatively steady from 2003-2007, during the Bush years, with an average of 27 per year. During 2009 and 2010, as mentioned, the numbers of indictments per year nearly doubled. So, too, the proportion of serious charges increased appreciably. In 2009 and 2010 (and thus far in 2011), a significant majority of charges brought against defendants for jihadist-related offenses were for national security or terrorism crimes, which include conspiracy to commit terrorism, weapons of mass destruction (WMD) possession and training, and providing material support to terrorist groups. Details: New York: The Center on Law and Security, New York University School of Law, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at http://www.lawandsecurity.org/Portals/0/Documents/TTRC%20Ten%20Year%20Issue.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Court Procedures (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124376

Author: Wolf, Angela Title: It's About Time: Prevention and Intervention Services for Gang-Affiliated Girls Summary: Although a substantial number of girls are involved with gangs, gang prevention and intervention services are not designed with girls in mind. As Kevin Grant, a service provider working with girls in gangs, notes, "A lot of the [gang prevention and intervention] programs that are available do not fully support the needs of girls in gangs." Girls in gangs require services that respond to their unique experiences and needs. This NCCD Focus highlights the vulnerabilities and consequences of gang involvement for girls, the service needs of girls in gangs and girls at risk of joining gangs, as well as the importance of addressing these service needs as a critical gang violence-prevention strategy. It also provides examples of how various programs are currently addressing the gender-specific needs of girls involved in gangs. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD), 2012. 8p. Source: NCCD FOCUS Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at http://nccd-crc.issuelab.org/sd_clicks/download2/its_about_time_prevention_and_intervention_services_for_gang_affiliated_girls Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 124377

Author: Drug Abuse Warning Network Title: Emergency Department Visits Involving Illicit Drug Use among Males Summary: The use of illicit drugs (e.g., marijuana, heroin, and cocaine) may lead to serious health issues such as unintentional injuries, car accidents, and overdoses that may require acute emergency care. National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) data show that 1 in 10 males aged 12 or older reported past month illicit drug use in 2009, compared with 1 in 15 females. The same data show that males were also more likely than females to be past month users of marijuana (8.6 vs. 4.8 percent), the use of which has been found to contribute to traffic accidents and other injuries. The higher illicit drug rates for males suggests that negative consequences associated with illicit drug use, such as emergency department (ED) visits, may be disproportionately found among males. The Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN) is a public health surveillance system that monitors drug-related ED visits in the United States. To be a DAWN case, an ED visit must have involved a drug, either as the direct cause of the visit or as a contributing factor. Data are collected on numerous illicit drugs, including cocaine, marijuana, heroin, and stimulants (i.e., amphetamines and methamphetamines). This issue of The DAWN Report focuses on ED visits involving illicit drug use among males. Data for 2004 to 2009 are presented, both as trends over time and also as annual averages for the 6-year period. Illicit drug use among females is covered in a separate report. Details: Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2011. 6p. Source: The DAWN Report, DAWN_017: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 124381

Author: Levin, Marc A. Title: Peach State Criminal Justice: Controlling Costs, Protecting the Public Summary: Georgia has struggled to identify polices that properly differentiate between high-risk, violent offenders and lower-risk, nonviolent offenders. Though Georgia’s response to a nonviolent crime has often been to incarcerate, increasing prison populations and costs have led many to question whether probation or diversion to drug or mental health treatment may be better for public safety, better for taxpayers and even better for the offender. That was the conclusion reached in November 2011 by the Special Council on Criminal Justice Reform for Georgians (“the Council”), a bipartisan council of prominent judges, legislators and attorneys in Georgia that was authorized by the Legislature in 2011 to conduct a top-to-bottom review of the state’s criminal justice system. Government often grows far beyond its necessary scope and traditional core functions. The fact that public safety is a core function of government, however, does not mean that it should be excused from scrutiny about its size and scope. It is important that policy-makers hold criminal justice agencies accountable for their performance. From an accountability perspective, the Council’s report is encouraging because rather than simply asking how many people are in prison, it asks whether public safety is being served. Prisons are certainly a vital part of an overall crime-fighting strategy, but “thinking outside the cell” when it comes to those offenders who are less likely to pose a violent threat to the public can make Georgians safer and save them money. At the end of 2007, one out of every 70 Georgia adults was incarcerated compared with one out of every 100 nationally, and Georgia had the fourth highest incarceration rate in the country.3 However, the state’s recidivism rate – the proportion of inmates who are reconvicted within three years of release – has remained unchanged, hovering just shy of 30 percent throughout the past decade. Moreover, the Council estimated that if no policy changes are made, the Georgia prison population will grow by 8 percent from 2012-2016, and this will cost the state an extra $264 million in corrections spending. Fortunately, there are solutions consistent with the principles of limited government, fiscal responsibility and public safety that have proven successful in states such as Texas. The Council explored several of these measures, such as diverting nonviolent drug possession offenders away from prison and into treatment programs and implementing evidence-based practices in community supervision to hold offenders accountable and reduce recidivism. The Council also recommended expanding accountability courts and developing clear criteria so that existing community-based residential corrections beds are used for diverting appropriate offenders from prison rather than as an add-on for offenders who can be safely supervised on basic probation. This paper will review the most prominent recommendations that were made by the Council and discuss how these recommendations have assisted other states in ensuring public safety, holding offenders accountable and controlling corrections costs. Details: Georgia Public Policy Foundation, 2012. 8p. Source: Issue Analysis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2012 at http://www.georgiapolicy.org/pub/Crime/IACriminalJustice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (Georgia) Shelf Number: 124382

Author: Blumenschien, Karen Title: Review of Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs in the United States Summary: Prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) collect prescription data on medications classified as federal controlled substances. The information is stored in a central database and can be accessed by authorized users. Although programmatic details differ among states, in general, all PDMPs are designed to assist in detecting and preventing abuse, misuse, and diversion of controlled substances. Specifically, programs are targeted toward reducing the incidence of ‘doctor shopping’ which occurs when patients see multiple providers and pharmacies with the intent of obtaining controlled substances for misuse and/or diversion. Health care professionals who prescribe or dispense controlled substances can access PDMP databases with increasing ease and efficiency. Since the advent of electronic prescription drug monitoring systems, access can occur at the point of care and can assist prescribers and dispensers in making treatment decisions. Patients’ reported use of scheduled medications can be confirmed by accessing PDMP reports, allowing prescribers and dispensers to detect individuals who may be feigning illnesses in an effort to acquire drugs for the purpose of abuse or diversion. The term prescriber as used in this report includes physicians, dentists, nurse practitioners and other health care professionals authorized to prescribe controlled substances; the term dispenser refers to those individuals who dispense controlled substances, the vast majority of whom are community pharmacists. In addition to prescribers and dispensers, most states allow regulatory and law enforcement agencies involved in drug-related investigations to access PDMP databases, enabling them to more efficiently collect and analyze data that may be useful in identifying those individuals involved in illegal trafficking or misuse of prescription drugs. Details: Lexington, KY: Institute for Pharmaceutical Outcomes and Policy, Department of Pharmacy Practice and Science, College of Pharmacy, University of Kentucky, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2012 at http://chfs.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/85989824-1030-4AA6-91E1-7F9E3EF68827/0/KASPEREvaluationPDMPStatusFinalReport6242010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 124385

Author: Herz, Denise Title: Addressing the Needs of Multi-System Youth: Strengthening the Connection between Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice Summary: It has been known for quite some time that children involved in the child welfare system are at risk of “crossing over” to the juvenile justice system and, inversely, that many juvenile justice–involved youth later become involved in the child welfare system. These youth are commonly referred to as crossover youth. The accumulation of research on this population has given us greater understanding of their characteristics, of the pathway they took to become crossover youth, and of the practices professionals can employ to improve their outcomes. Despite these advances in our knowledge, jurisdictions around the United States, and arguably around the world, continue to face challenges in adequately meeting the needs of this difficult-to-serve population. As a result, several reform efforts have been developed to guide jurisdictions in their efforts to improve the way they serve crossover youth. The purpose of this paper is to provide communities with a consolidated framework for serving crossover youth that incorporates the most up-to-date research, lessons from ongoing reform efforts, and an innovative collaborative management structure. To accomplish this task, the paper begins with a summary of the research on crossover youth, including their characteristics and system experiences. The paper then explores the systemic factors that contribute to ineffective service delivery for this population, followed by a review of two major crossover youth reform initiatives in the United States—the Systems Integration Initiative (SII) and the Crossover Youth Practice Model (CYPM). The final section presents the next frontier of this work by providing a comprehensive array of the best practices needed to improve outcomes for this population and describing Results-Based Accountability™ (RBA), an innovative management structure that can be used to align the work of a variety of stakeholders around a common, community-wide effort for crossover youth. This introduction serves to briefly orient the reader to what we know about crossover youth, the challenges in serving this population, the current reform efforts underway, and the Results-Based Accountability™ framework. These topics are elaborated upon further in subsequent sections. The stage is then set for the presentation of a new frontier of this work—a more cohesive and robust framework regarding how systems can undertake reforms to improve the lives of crossover youth. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown Public Policy Institute, Georgetown University, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://cjjr.georgetown.edu/pdfs/msy/AddressingtheNeedsofMultiSystemYouth.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 124393

Author: Cloud, Morgan Title: Law Deans in Jail Summary: A most unlikely collection of suspects - law schools, their deans, U.S. News & World Report and its employees - may have committed felonies by publishing false information as part of U.S. News' ranking of law schools. The possible federal felonies include mail and wire fraud, conspiracy, racketeering, and making false statements. Employees of law schools and U.S. News who committed these crimes can be punished as individuals, and under federal law the schools and U.S. News would likely be criminally liable for their agents' crimes. Some law schools and their deans submitted false information about the schools' expenditures and their students' undergraduate grades and LSAT scores. Others submitted information that may have been literally true but was misleading. Examples include misleading statistics about recent graduates' employment rates and students' undergraduate grades and LSAT scores. U.S. News itself may have committed mail and wire fraud. It has republished, and sold for profit, data submitted by law schools without verifying the data's accuracy, despite being aware that at least some schools were submitting false and misleading data. U.S. News refused to correct incorrect data and rankings errors and continued to sell that information even after individual schools confessed that they had submitted false information. In addition, U.S. News marketed its surveys and rankings as valid although they were riddled with fundamental methodological errors. Details: Social Science Research Network, 2012. 77p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Delivery.cfm/SSRN_ID2014157_code33010.pdf?abstractid=1990746&mirid=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 124396

Author: Nobles, Matt R. Title: Understanding How Some Victims Become Perpetrators: Self-Control as Moderator Summary: Although much of the criminology literature conceptualizes the overlap in victims and offenders as originating with perpetration behaviors that result in increased risk of victimization, some evidence suggests that the reverse order also may be predictive. Socio-psychological literature, for example, offers alternative explanations demonstrating that perpetration in adolescence and adulthood may be driven by a lifetime history of traumatic victimization (e.g. child abuse or neglect, peer conflicts). Research on individual-level personality and experiential factors, including a history of certain types of victimization, is significantly associated with different forms of future perpetration, including adolescent weapon carrying, intimate partner physical abuse, child molestation, and adult sexual abuse. Smith and Ecob’s review of theoretical explanations of the victimization-perpetration link, highlight the roles environmental contextual factors and individual beliefs may play post-victimization. Sub-cultural explanations also may be valuable to address the phenomenon. For example, both personal value systems in gangs and learned aggression via victimization may offer clear pathways to future perpetration. In this case, there would be the intersection of the effects of individual traits, such as personality and self-control, and structural effects. Further, the interaction of individual and structural characteristics may provide additional predictive value to this relationship. Gottfredson and Hirschi posit in their general theory of crime that low levels of self-control are associated with criminal behavior throughout the life course, an idea that has generated wide empirical support. The theory also has been extended to account for different forms of victimization. Research from different areas of the psychology literature suggests that a history of certain types of victimization predicts later perpetration through various mechanisms. To date no research has explicitly tested low self-control as a moderating influence in the relationship between various forms of victimization and perpetration. The present study hypothesizes that low self-control affects the direction and strength of this relationship and that the relative influence of the moderation varies across crime types. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.crimevictimsinstitute.org/documents/8793%20Self%20Control%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offenders Shelf Number: 124401

Author: Rogers, Audrey Title: From Peer-To-Peer Networks to Cloud Computing: How Technology is Redefining Child Pornography Laws Summary: Child pornography circulating in cyberspace has ballooned into the millions. To punish this flood, the law must accurately delineate culpable conduct. Technology such as peer-to-peer networks has erased the divisions among traders of child pornography, and, therefore, the differentials in punishment have lost their underpinnings. The current sentencing controversy surrounding child pornographers is merely the tip of the iceberg of the larger need to revamp the offenses themselves. This paper provides a framework for a normative critique of the offenses and their sentences. It suggests the law could better reflect technology by comporting with a refined harm rationale that rests on the fundamental injury to the victim’s dignity and privacy. Drawing on comparisons to diverse laws such as the Geneva Convention’s ban on photographs of prisoners of war, this paper states all traders in child pornography violate the rights of the children depicted and therefore inflict harm, albeit at different levels. Accordingly, the paper proposes three categories: producers, traders, and seekers of child pornography with base sentences varying accordingly. Starting at the same base level, the Sentencing Commission could then propose enhancements or departures to distinguish among the traders and their individual culpability. Details: Social Science Research Network, 2012. 41p. Source: Working Paper Series: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2006664& Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 124403

Author: Blanton, Kimberly Title: The Rise of Financial Fraud Summary: Individuals save for decades to ensure that they will have financial security in retirement. That security can be threatened or eliminated virtually overnight if an individual who is in or near retirement becomes the victim of a financial fraud, such as a Ponzi scheme or sham investment in high-yield securities. Fueled by the Internet, the incidence of financial fraud is on the rise. Law enforcement officials and fraud experts expect the trend to continue or accelerate as aging baby boomers increasingly become targets. According to the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), Americans in 2011 submitted more than 1.5 million complaints about financial and other fraud – up 62 percent in just three years. But these data do not fully represent fraud’s pervasiveness, because researchers say that it often goes unreported to the authorities. Identifying the patterns of fraud can be helpful because scams and the con men who perpetrate them, once identified, are more easily recognized by a potential victim. This brief discusses fraud trends and describes some of the patterns. The first section documents the surge in fraud. The second section identifies what is driving this increase. The third section explains why seniors are often targets of fraud. The fourth section defines four major categories of financial-product fraud. The fifth section reports three of the many disguises used by scammers to persuade their targets to purchase investments or financial products. The conclusion is that all Americans, especially older Americans, should learn how to recognize the signs of fraud. Details: Chestnut Hill, MA: Center for Retirement Research at Boston College, 2011. 8p. Source: Brief IB No. 12-5: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://crr.bc.edu/images/stories/Briefs/IB_12-5.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Victims Shelf Number: 124410

Author: Blanton, Kimberly Title: The Rise of Financial Fraud: Scams Never Change but Disguises Do Summary: Americans submitted nearly 1.1 million complaints about financial and other fraud in 2010 – a 35 percent increase in just three years. But scammers may be difficult to recognize, because they constantly alter their disguises. A primary goal of this report is to provide insight into the disguises con men use to perpetrate their age-old fraud schemes and to recruit their potential targets, who may be retirees, members of the military, college students, the unemployed, homebuyers, investors, low-income families, among others. Some con men, for example, position themselves as a sort of rescue squad, swooping in during a natural or man-made disaster and offering a product or business opportunity to ameliorate the crisis – and bring untold wealth to investors. Others infiltrate churches where they claim to be doing God’s work. Church-based scams are the most common form of “affinity fraud,” which occurs when con men exploit an interest shared by many potential victims, whether a religious belief or country club membership. There are affinity scams against Iranian-Americans, Cubans in Miami, Spanish speakers, Haitian immigrants, and Muslims, to name a few. Fraudulent subprime mortgage brokers who were immigrants made loans to homeowners who came from the home country and spoke the same language. Cloaked in new skins, con men appeal to an individuals’ weak spot: a desperate shortage of money before payday, a need to earn more than the yield on their certificate of deposit, a need for cash to pay medical bills. But awareness of these disguises can prevent fraud by helping individuals recognize and steer clear of it. Details: Chestnut Hill, MA: Financial Security Project at Boston College, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://fsp.bc.edu/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/Scams-RFTF.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Victims Shelf Number: 124411

Author: Byrne, Olga Title: The Flow of Unaccompanied Children Through the Immigration System: A Resource for Practitioners, Policy Makers, and Researchers Summary: Unaccompanied children placed in immigration proceedings in the United States are likely to encounter a complex web of policies and practices, numerous government agencies—each acting in accordance with a different mission and objective—and a legal process that often takes years to resolve. Since 2005, the Vera Institute of Justice has administered the Unaccompanied Children Program, which provides access to legal services for people who are younger than 18, have no lawful immigration status, and have no parent or legal guardian in the United States available to provide care and custody. The program is funded by the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), the agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services responsible for these children after apprehension and referral by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Vera’s work on this project has given it unique access to a national network of legal services providers with expertise in representing unaccompanied children, as well as to quantitative and qualitative information about unaccompanied children from these providers and from ORR. This report is based on project staff’s analysis of this material and their review of the most recent information about this population, including documents published by government agencies and nongovernmental organizations. It aims to demystify a sometimes daunting process by providing a thorough overview of the system—from the children’s point of apprehension by immigration enforcement authorities to their release from government custody and the end of their immigration cases—and to clearly describe the maze of government agencies, actors, and policies. Key system characteristics revealed in the course of this analysis include: Up to 15 percent of unaccompanied children enter the system as a result of being apprehended “internally” in the United States (as opposed to at a port of entry); Most children referred by DHS to ORR (80 percent) are placed in a shelter setting—the least restrictive type of placement available within the ORR system; Most children (75 percent) remain in ORR custody for one week to four months, with an average stay of 61 days; At least 65 percent of children admitted to ORR custody are ultimately placed with a sponsor living in the United States; Approximately 40 percent of children admitted into ORR custody are identified as eligible for a form of legal relief from removal (such as asylum, special immigrant juvenile status, or visas for victims of crime or trafficking); Fewer than 1 percent of children are granted relief from removal during their stay in ORR custody. Although this publication provides a comprehensive system overview, relatively little is known about the experiences of children in the system, and additional empirical research is needed. This report is intended as a resource to assist practitioners, policy makers, and researchers in their work with unaccompanied children, and to help people in the field make strides toward improving the multilayered immigration process faced by thousands of children annually. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 38p. Source: Center on Immigration and Justice, Vera Institute: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2012 at http://www.vera.org/download?file=3483/the-flow-of-unaccompanied-children-through-the-immigration-system.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 124412

Author: Oregon. Oregon Criminal Justice Commission Title: Measure 57 Implementation and Impact Summary: In a 1996 special session, the Oregon Legislature passed House Bill 3488 (HB 3488) and created the Repeat Property Offender law (ORS 137.717). The law was created by a workgroup that flowed out of the Community Corrections Task Force that created the Community Corrections Act and resultant grants with Senate Bill 1145 in 1995. The context of the Repeat Property Offender (RPO) law’s passage was that the legislature had just passed SB 1145, creating a system where offenders sentenced to a prison term of 12 months or less served the sentence in local jails rather than a state correctional institution. HB 3488 created sentences of 13 months for certain property offenders with the intent that these offenders would serve their time in state prison, and take pressure off Oregon’s jail system. The legislative fiscal office estimated the measure would require the state to operate 769 more prison beds by 2001. ORS 137.717 has been substantially amended by several subsequent legislatures, and it is this statute that was amended in 2008 by Measure 57. The RPO law was passed at a time when Oregon’s property crime rate was consistently one of the highest in the nation. Throughout the 1990s and the first half of the 2000s, Oregon continued to have one of the highest property crime rates in the country. Oregon’s property crime rate began dropping precipitously in 2005. From 2005 to 2010 Oregon experienced the largest property crime rate drop of any state. Measure 61 was filed in August 2006 at a time when the most recent reports on property crime rates in Oregon and the United States published by the FBI was the 2004 crime data. Measure 61 would have created mandatory minimum prison sentences for various property crimes and manufacturing or delivery of a controlled substance. This measure was expected to add thousands of prison beds and did not provide any funding for drug or alcohol treatment. As a response to Measure 61 the Oregon Legislature passed Senate Bill 1087 in the February 2008 session which was referred to the voters as Measure 57 (M57) in the November 2008 general election. Details: Oregon: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 4p. Source: 2011 Briefing Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/Measure_57b.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Property Crime (Oregon) Shelf Number: 124417

Author: Kubrin, Charis E. Title: Does Fringe Banking Exacerbate Neighborhood Crime Rates? Social Disorganization and the Ecology of Payday Lending Summary: Payday lenders have become the banker of choice for many residents of poor and working class neighborhoods in recent years. The substantial costs that customers of these fringe bankers incur have long been documented. Yet there is reason to believe there are broader community costs that all residents pay in those neighborhoods where payday lenders are concentrated. One such cost may be an increase in crime. In a case study of Seattle, Washington, a city that has seen a typical increase in the number of payday lenders, we find that a concentration of payday lending leads to higher violent crime rates, controlling on a range of factors traditionally associated with neighborhood crime. Social disorganization theory provides a theoretical framework that accounts for this relationship. The findings suggest important policy recommendations and directions for future research that could ameliorate these costs. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2009. 43p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://ancsaragreen.org/Payday.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Banking Shelf Number: 124418

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission. Statistical Analysis Center Title: 2009 Yuma County Gang Threat Assessment Summary: During spring 2010, the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission’s (ACJC) Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) surveyed law enforcement officers in Arizona regarding gangs and gang activity within their respective jurisdictions. The SAC gang threat assessment survey, titled the Arizona Gang Threat Assessment, was modeled after the National Gang Threat Assessment, conducted by the National Alliance of Gang Investigators Associations in partnership with the Federal Bureau of Investigation, National Drug Intelligence Center, and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives. The survey contained questions for law enforcement officials concerning the presence of gangs within their jurisdictions, the level of gang activity, the involvement of gang members in crime and illegal drug distribution, the extent of cross-gang coordination, and law enforcement strategies targeting gang members. The following report provides Yuma County and statewide results from the 2009 survey administration, including trend data collected during prior administrations of the gang threat assessment survey in 2007 and 2008. Additional state and county reports are available at http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/publications/publications.aspx?ServId=1000. Findings: Six of the seven Yuma County agencies that responded to the survey in 2010 reported an active gang presence within their respective jurisdictions. Of the agencies that reported at least one active gang, four agencies provided estimates of the number of gang members within their jurisdictions. These agencies estimated that there were 4,310 active gang members across the four jurisdictions; Five of the six Yuma County agencies with a gang presence reported that gangs were expanding their membership and scope of activities. More than 60 percent of the responding agencies reported that gang activity had increased during the prior six months. More than 80 percent of agencies reported that gang activity had increased during the previous 12 months. When asked about the five years prior to taking the 2009 survey, half of the agencies reported that gang activity had increased significantly or slightly while 16.7 percent of agencies reported that gang activity had not changed and 33.3 percent reported activity had decreased slightly; Approximately 67 percent of the agencies with a gang presence reported that gangs had a high level of involvement in the distribution of marijuana, and 40 percent of agencies reported a high level of involvement in the distribution of methamphetamine; The Hispanic Sureños/SUR 13, Mexican Mafia/La Eme, and the Hispanic Norteños/14 were the gangs reported as having a high level of involvement in Yuma County; and When asked about gang intervention strategies, law enforcement agencies with a gang presence identified enforcement, identification of gang members, and joint efforts with other agencies as the most effective strategies in response to gangs and gang activity in their jurisdictions. Details: Arizona: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 16p. Source: Statistical Analysis Center Publication: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2009_Gang_Threat_Assessment_Yuma_County_final_06222011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Activity (Arizona) Shelf Number: 124419

Author: MacDonald, Stephen Title: Industry Recognized Certification: A Pathway to Reentry Summary: This report indicates that industry recognized certifications are effective in reducing recidivism by providing inmates with the skills and qualifications that industries look for in their employees; by providing a pool of skilled workers for industries, particularly in high-growth occupations; and can be an effective tool for correctional systems to increase the rate of successful reentry of inmates by providing a foundation upon which a released inmate can build and demonstrate to employers that they are ready to work in their field and add value to the business. Inmates who gain a certification increase the probability of gaining employment and reducing the risk of re-offending. Information is provided on the need for skilled labor, the need for certification, incorporating certifications into a correctional facility, currently available certifications, and possible certifications that will be available in the future. Details: Centerville, UT: MTC Institute, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 124422

Author: Perry, Steven W. Title: Prosecutors in State Courts, 2007 - Statistical Tables Summary: Presents findings on felony caseloads and convictions in the 2,330 chief prosecutors' offices in the United States that handled felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. The report summarizes the annual office budget, tenure and salaries of chief state court prosecutors, and the full-time office staffing, including attorneys, investigators, victim advocates, and support personnel. It presents data on threats against staff and data on staff who carry firearms. It details the number of felony cases closed, felony jury trial verdicts, and the use of DNA evidence. Statistical tables include selected types of cases prosecuted, such as methamphetamine production, use of internet for child exploitation, elder abuse, and gang-related violence. Data are from the 2007 National Census of State Court Prosecutors, the second complete census of all state prosecutors' offices litigating felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. Highlights include the following: In 2007, 2,330 prosecutors’ offices across the United States served districts with populations ranging in size from 500 to 9.9 million residents; In 2007, almost half (47%) of prosecutors’ offices had received a written threat, a threatening phone call, a face-to-face threat, or had staff who were victims of battery or assault; The average annual salary of a chief prosecutor in 2007 was $98,000, with mean salaries ranging from $165,700 for chief prosecutors in the largest offices to less than $45,000 in part-time offices. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 12p. Source: NCJ 234211: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/psc07st.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124423

Author: Anderson, Vincent J. Title: Decrease the Number of Contract Laboratory Cases Awaiting Data Review While Improving DNA Analysis Efficiency Summary: As of September 30, 2011, case turn-around time increased from 71 days to 108 days for delivery of the final report, due to the assigning of older cases in the backlog and a change in reporting dates. The samples per analyst per month increased 82 percent from a baseline of 15.9 to 29.0. Also, the backlog of requests for DNA analysis decreased approximately 52 percent from a baseline of 3,107 to 1,491. Although no funds from this grant were directly used to fund the validation of new analytical platforms, because of funds used from this grant for overtime to perform subcontractor reviews, LAPD personnel were able to conduct research into developing a method for spermatozoa identification and extraction using Laser Micro dissection. As of September 30, 2011, LAPD has reviewed 2,865 reports from outside vendors under the Efficiency Grant. Those reviews have led to 1,705 cases with at least one CODIS upload and 895 cases with at least one CODIS Hit Notification. Those cases were reviewed on grant-funded overtime in the amount of $238,061.64. This grant stemmed from the LAPD’s need to upload subcontractor DNA profiles into the CODIS database in a timely and efficient manner while still allowing time to develop and implement DNA analysis efficiency measures. This circumstance encouraged the LAPD to apply for the 2009 Forensic DNA Unit Efficiency Improvement grant (Efficiency Grant). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 66p. Source: NCJ 236693: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236693.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 124427

Author: Rodriguez, Michelle Natividad Title: State Reforms Promoting Employment of People with Criminal Records: 2010-11 Legislative Round-Up Summary: The severe economic climate facing the states has fueled a growing recognition of the need for cost-saving alternatives to incarceration. This paper seeks to contribute to this momentum for state-level reform by identifying policies that reduce the employment barriers faced by people with criminal records. As policy makers and advocates evaluate opportunities for reform heading into the 2012 state legislative sessions, the bills highlighted here, which seek to reduce crime and reward rehabilitation, warrant close attention. People with criminal records now confront unprecedented employment challenges that are not solely the result of a weak labor market. States, for example, have collectively adopted more than 30,000 laws that significantly restrict access to employment and other basic rights and benefits for people with criminal records, according to an exhaustive analysis2 by the American Bar Association. Recognizing that many such barriers fail to increase public safety, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder urged states to evaluate and remove laws that prevent people from living and working productively. The inspiring work of state policy makers and advocates across the country has led to new model policies that allow qualified people with criminal records to compete more fairly for employment. This paper highlights these laws enacted in 2010 and 2011 and reports on state trends of concern that broadly restrict employment based on a criminal record. This paper is organized into the following policy categories: (1) inventories of collateral consequences, (2) fair hiring and occupational licensing standards, (3) restoration of eligibility for employment and occupational licensing, (4) expungement and sealing of records, (5) prohibiting discrimination based on a criminal record, (6) securing identification documents, (7) reducing child support arrearages, (8) training and job placement for people with criminal records, and (9) employer negligent hiring protections. Key developments on these policy fronts include:  Three states (Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Mexico) have adopted “ban the box” policies that prescribe the point at which an individual’s criminal record may be revealed in the hiring process.  Two states (North Carolina and Ohio) passed laws that create certificates that recognize an individual’s rehabilitation and thereby reduce employment sanctions and disqualifications.  Thirteen states (Arkansas, California, Colorado, Delaware, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Texas, and Utah), recognizing that old, minor offenses can plague job seekers years later, took positive steps to allow the expungement and sealing of a number of low-level offenses.  Five states (Colorado, Kentucky, Nevada, New York, and Virginia) created new rights for workers to more easily access identification documents and other information needed to secure employment.  Three states (Colorado, Massachusetts, and North Carolina) adopted laws, in conjunction with other reforms, to limit the liability of employers that hire people with criminal records. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project (NELP), 2011. 23p. Source: Legislative Update: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.nelp.org/page/-/SCLP/2011/PromotingEmploymentofPeoplewithCriminalRecords.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 124428

Author: Gordon, Mirta B. Title: A random walk in the literature on criminality: a partial and critical view on some statistical analysis and modeling approaches Summary: Criminology is intrinsically a pluri-disciplinary subject. Along history different schools of thought have proposed different and sometimes conflictive ways of considering crime. We are interested in the possible contributions of mathematical modeling. In an attempt to discover stylized trends worth of being understood through simple models, we referred to numerous and quite recent papers that analyze and discuss empirical data. In the following we summarize part of this literature trying to extract general conclusions. Then we present some recent modeling attempts that may help to understand the large variance in the statistical based conclusions. Details: France: HAL, 2009. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr/docs/00/40/44/05/PDF/CrimeModeling_Gordon.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124431

Author: Smith, Laura M. Title: Adaptation of an Animal Territory Model to Street Gang Spatial Patterns in Los Angeles Summary: Territorial animals and street gangs exhibit similar behavioral characteristics. Both organize themselves around a home base and mark their territories to distinguish claimed regions. Moorcroft et al. model the formation of territories and spatial distributions of coyote packs and their markings in [24]. We modify this approach to simulate gang dynamics in the Hollenbeck policing division of eastern Los Angeles. We incorporate important geographical features from the region that would inhibit movement, such as rivers and freeways. From the gang and marking densities created by this method, we create a rivalry network from overlapping territories and compare the graph to both the observed network and those constructed through other methods. Data on the locations of where gang members have been observed is then used to analyze the densities created by the model. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 124432

Author: Campbell, Michael Title: Social Interactions and the Dynamics of Crime Summary: In recent decades, crime rates have increased dramatically in many Western countries and crime has become a major issue of public policy, especially in the United States. A very large literature has developed on the general causes of, and the impact of public policy on, crime. Yet no consensus has emerged on quite basic issues such as, for example, the effect of incentives, both positive and negative, on crime. Leading conservative criminologists such as Wilson (1975) argue the case for the effectiveness of the policies of deterrence, and even though his original position has softened somewhat (Wilson 1994), the conclusions which he draws from the evidence are still quite different from those of liberals such as Currie (1985, for example). Economic analysis of the phenomenon of crime was stimulated in the late 1960s by the paper by Becker (1968). In this framework, agents in the market for crime - for example, criminals and the law enforcement agencies - are assumed to act in accordance with the rules of optimising behaviour. They are able to both gather and process substantial amounts of information efficiently in order to form expectations on the likely costs and benefits associated with different courses of action, and to respond to incentives and disincentives in an appropriately rational manner. This is in marked contrast to the tenets of conventional criminology (for example, Nuttall 1994 and Gottfredson and Hirshi 1995), in which the typical criminal is portrayed as having difficulty identifying and assessing alternative courses of action, rarely thinking through the consequences of actions, and not thinking about possible punishments. But even amongst research carried out within the common framework of economic theory few clear conclusions emerge. Ehrlich (1996), in an excellent exposition of the approach to crime based upon such theory notes that the empirical literature is 'voluminous'. However, he states that on the crucial question of the impact of positive and negative incentives on crime, 'it would be premature to view the empirical evidence as conclusive'. Ehrlich notes that the quantitative estimates of such effects vary, even to the extent of a minority of studies failing to find any effect at all, and part of his paper is devoted to a discussion of the potential reasons for this, not least of which is the intrinsic limitations of crime statistics. Indeed, an awareness of the often seriously unreliable nature of the statistics is one thing on which most economists and criminologists find common ground. In this paper, we offer a different methodological approach to the process by which crime rates spread (or contract) over time. Our aim is not to account for the path over time followed by any particular set of crime rates, whatever the degree of reliability which might be attached to any available data. In principle, the model could be calibrated to a particular data series, but our purpose is to give a general description of how crime rates change over time. Details: Unpublished Paper, Undated. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.paulormerod.com/pdf/CRIME42.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 124433

Author: Givens, Aldon Garrett Title: Crime and Punishment: Institutional Sanctions and Other Characteristics that Effect Campus Crime Summary: Crime, has and continues to be, a major issue in the world of institutions of higher education. Colleges and universities are constantly working on ways to prevent and improve crime on their respective campuses, which in most occasions includes collecting and reporting crime data to law enforcement agencies and the general public. By setting up punishment schemes and sanctions to deter criminal activity at their institution, administrators and faculty are looking for better, more efficient ways to influence the behavior or their students and steer them away from a life of criminal activity. By studying existing literature, crime definitions, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Uniform Crime Report, this thesis attempts to uncover some of the influences of criminal activity and seeks to discuss possible ways to deter such activity. Taking an economic approach to crime, we seek to take an empirical and theoretical path in order to answer the behavioral questions of criminal activity. Using the FBI’s Uniform Crime Report for campuses across the county, as well as a sample of twenty-one colleges and universities in the state of South Carolina, we are able to investigate criminal activity and changes in criminal behavior. This research and analysis might be able to give institutions a better view of how to approach and deter criminal activity among their student body. By knowing how and why prospective offenders react to the changing costs and benefits of committing crime can greatly aid in the process of finding a better, more effective way to deter criminal activity. Details: Clemson, SC: Clemson University, 2010. 66p. Source: Master's Thesis, Economics: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://etd.lib.clemson.edu/documents/1306870856/Givens_clemson_0050M_11020.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 124434

Author: Lieberthal, Kenneth Title: Cybersecurity and U.S.-Chine Relations Summary: There is perhaps no relationship as significant to the future of world politics as that between the U.S. and China. And in their relationship, there is no issue that has risen so quickly and generated so much friction as cybersecurity. Distrust of each other’s actions in the cyber realm is growing and starting to generate deeply negative assessments of each country’s long term strategic intentions. During 2010-2011 Brookings’ John L. Thornton China Center and 21st Century Defense Initiative hosted a working group on cybersecurity and its impact on U.S.-China relations. The following paper draws from discussions in that working group and additional research to suggest how to take the particular characteristics of the cyber security realm into account while fostering U.S.-China cooperation on cybersecurity. Details: Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/Files/rc/papers/2012/0223_cybersecurity_china_us_lieberthal_singer/0223_cybersecurity_china_us_lieberthal_singer_pdf_english.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cybersecurity (U.S.) (China) Shelf Number: 124435

Author: Beyer, Marty Title: Review of Services for Alabama Girls Charged with Delinquency Summary: Alabama has made excellent progress in reaching a primary goal of the 2008 Juvenile Justice Act (Act) — to promote community-based alternatives to costly institutional settings while holding youth accountable for their actions. Alabama now is poised to make significant progress on another of the Act’s critical goals -- to promote a continuum of services for children and their families, from prevention to aftercare. Dr. Marty Beyer and Mr. Paul DeMuro, two nationally recognized juvenile justice experts, conclude in the following report that Alabama can take a giant step towards this goal by developing a trauma-informed system of care for girls charged with delinquency. After an extensive study of the Alabama’s present service delivery system for delinquent girls, Beyer and DeMuro observe the following: 1. The two Department of Youth Services (DYS) facilities which serve girls are Chalkville (Birmingham) and Working on Womanhood (WOW) (Tuscaloosa). Both facilities are highly restrictive settings with very low censuses. In November 2011, there were 23 girls held at Chalkville and four girls at WOW. Chalkville is an old, large, traditional training school with many physical plant problems making it very costly to maintain. 2. The girls at these facilities are low-risk and have high needs. They have often seen and been victims of violence and, in many cases, have suffered the loss of close family members. Most have been sexually and/or physically abused. They have difficulty trusting adults and forming relationships. Despite this, there is a general lack of understanding of the impact of trauma on girls and about interventions that are effective in working with traumatized youth. Too often symptoms from trauma are misinterpreted as part of the character of a girl, rather than a guide to what was behind behavior that could have changed. As an experienced Alabama probation administrator told the experts, the girls locked up in Alabama’s state facilities are more often victimized and abused by family members than they are perpetrators of serious crimes. 3. There is no system of care. Services to girls are hit-or-miss rather than systematic. DYS’s statutory authority is limited and in some cases no other state agency is mandated to step in for a girl, particularly when her time with DYS is complete. Gains made in DYS custody are often lost. There are marked differences in the availability of services based on geography; rural areas, not surprisingly, having the fewest options for girls. Services that could benefit a particular girl are often not available because the girl does not meet narrow eligibility criteria. Providers consistently told the experts that there are not enough community-based services to ensure that girls’ needs are met in the community in a way that ensures public safety. Details: Montgomery, AL: Alabama Disabilities Advocacy Program, Center for Public Presentation, Southern Poverty Law Center, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/ChalkvilleReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 124436

Author: Bauer, Mary Title: Alabama's Shame: HB 56 and the War on Immigrants Summary: Alabama's HB 56 is a self-inflicted wound—the product of short-sighted lawmakers unable to see beyond the most immediate political opportunity. Though the impact of similar anti-immigrant laws in Arizona and Georgia clearly foreshadowed its legal and economic fallout, HB 56 was passed with little regard for the hardships those states have experienced. The result is a crisis that harkens back to the bleakest days of Alabama’s racial history. It is a crisis that could have been avoided—one that certainly must end now. Like the Arizona law it was modeled after, Alabama’s law grants police the authority to demand “papers” demonstrating citizenship or legal status during routine traffic stops. But it does much more. In Alabama, where undocumented immigrants comprise just 2.5 percent of the population, lawmakers added a slew of cruel provisions designed to create a law that, in the words of a key sponsor, “attacks every aspect” of an undocumented immigrant’s life. The result was the harshest anti-immigrant law in the nation—a law that virtually guarantees racial profiling, discrimination and harassment against all Latinos in Alabama. HB 56 attacks not only “every aspect” of an immigrant’s life in Alabama—but also basic human dignity and our most fundamental ideals as a nation. Shortly after the law took effect, the Southern Poverty Law Center and its allies established a hotline for residents to report how the law affected them. Almost 1,000 calls poured in during its first weekend of operation. By late January 2012, more than 5,100 calls had been received. This report contains stories reported to the SPLC through the hotline and other channels. They illustrate the devastating impact HB 56 has had on Alabama Latinos, regardless of their immigration status. The stories also illustrate that HB 56 has unleashed a kind of vigilantism, leading some Alabamians to believe they can cheat, harass and intimidate Latinos with impunity. These consequences were easily foreseeable. The law was forged within a legislative debate rife with stereotypes, misinformation, incendiary rhetoric and bigotry. The Senate sponsor told colleagues they needed to “empty the clip” to deal with immigrants. The House sponsor, Rep. Micky Hammon, cited the increase in Alabama’s Latino population to illustrate the growth of the state’s undocumented population. Hammon’s conflation of “Hispanic” with “illegal immigrant” during the legislative debate was so egregious that a federal judge cited it in a recent opinion. When legislators supporting HB 56 can’t distinguish between ethnicity and immigration status, it should be no surprise the law brings the chaos and confusion described in the following pages. As the Latinos whose stories are told here can attest, HB 56 has been a dangerous, failed experiment—a humanitarian disaster. It is not a mere reflection of federal immigration law, as some supporters suggest. Federal immigration law does not require school officials to question students about their immigration status. It does not invalidate contracts based on a person’s immigration status. And it does not make it a crime to give someone a ride. Yet HB 56 contains these provisions and more. Whether through ignorance or design, HB 56 sends a destructive message of intolerance to Alabama’s Latino residents and sullies the state’s reputation in the eyes of the world. It gives a nod and a wink to the worst prejudices harbored by some residents. The message is being heard loud and clear. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/SPLC_HB56_AlabamasShame.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration (Alabama) Shelf Number: 124437

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: A Fair and Impartial Jury? The Role of Age in Jury Selection and Trial Outcomes Summary: This paper uses data from over 700 felony trials in Sarasota and Lake Counties in Florida from 2000-2010 to examine the role of age in jury selection and trial outcomes. The results of the analysis imply that prosecutors are more likely to use their peremptory challenges to exclude younger members of the jury pool, while defense attorneys exclude older potential jurors. Having established that age has an important role in jury selection, the paper employs a research design that isolates the effect of the random variation in the age composition of the pool of eligible jurors called for jury duty to examine the causal impact of age on trial outcomes. Consistent with the jury selection patterns, the empirical evidence implies that older jurors are indeed more likely to convict. These results are robust to the inclusion of a broad set of controls for the racial and gender composition of the jury and a series of county, time, and judge fixed effects; almost identical effects are estimated separately for each county. These findings have implications for the role that the institution of peremptory challenges has on a defendant’s right to a fair trial and to an eligible citizen’s rights to serve on a jury. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 26p. Source: NBER Working Ppaer 17887: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w17887.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 124439

Author: Balskus, Logan Title: Final Report Prepared for The Rural Crime & Justice Center (RCJC) by The Rural Methamphetamine Education Project (RMEP) Summary: Through analysis of existing methamphetamine-related data, RMEP identified that the prevalence of methamphetamine has leveled or decreased in some areas but continues to rise in others. - During the reporting dates November 22, 2005 through May 31, 2009, RMEP provided 720 presentations attended by 33,903 people, and 86 booth displays attended by 35,695 people. - Over 75 percent of the people surveyed after the RMEP presentation strongly agreed that their awareness regarding methamphetamine had increased. - Over 82 percent of the people surveyed strongly agreed that they would recommend the RMEP presentation to others. - Collaboration with Minot State University Chemistry department continues to explore lithium detection, effects of time and temperature on methamphetamine residual materials, effectiveness of swab detection methods for home testing, as well as the use of portable equipment for detection purposes. - Collaboration with Prairie Public Broadcasting, Inc. resulted in the production of a series of television and radio programs, outreach kits, video clips for presentations, and a website with downloadable content. - Continued presence in mentor communities throughout North Dakota will include community surveys in each mentor community. - Community surveys will assess perception of methamphetamine issues within the community and the perceived impact/benefit of RMEP's efforts within the community. - Expanding the use of digital medium to more effectively disseminate information within a rural state is one of the strategies to be explored. Details: Minot, ND: Minot State University, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.minotstateu.edu/rcjc/pdf/RMEPFinalReportFY06.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Use Shelf Number: 124299

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: Assessing the Validity of Hate Crime Reporting: An Analysis of NIBRS Data Summary: The Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program was developed over eighty years ago to meet the need for reliable crime statistics for the nation. Today, nearly 17,000 law enforcement agencies across the US participate in this voluntary program. UCR, and the modernized National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS), are recognized as the primary source of information about crimes reported to the police. While the UCR Program is critical to understanding crime, there are known limitations to these data such as underreporting and misclassification. As with any large scale data collection system, errors are inevitable and occur for a variety of reasons. While it is unlikely that all error will be eliminated, it is important to understand and measure it. Classification error occurs when the facts of the crime are recorded by the police, but the crime type is identified incorrectly. These errors can occur for many reasons including inaccurate interpretation of UCR definitions, reliance on criminal rather than statistical definitions, record automation issues, and even purposive actions in an attempt to downgrade crime. Classification error is particularly important since it can ultimately impact the statistical accuracy of reported crime statistics. The purpose of the current study is to examine the misclassification of crimes as they relate to hate. That is, the degree to which classification error impacts the statistical accuracy of reported hate crimes. Such error can vary by crime type and result in both the undercounting and overcounting of crimes in official statistics. To focus this study on hate crimes is noteworthy because, by their very nature, a unique set of issues converge when seeking to properly classify these incidents. Inherently, the intention of people involved and/or their motivation for committing a crime must be taken into account by officers when determining whether a particular incident constitutes a hate crime. For this reason, and others to be discussed later in this report, it is often speculated that many hate crimes are not accurately recorded in official records. Through a systematic review of official records, this study seeks to examine the degree to which classification error impacts the statistical accuracy of hate crime, as reported in official law enforcement statistics. Utilizing a methodology previously developed by the authors (Nolan, Haas, and Napier, 2011; Nolan, Haas, Lester, Kirby, and Jira, 2006) this study assesses the amount of classification error in hate crime reporting in WV. The researchers randomly selected cases, which were included in the state’s statistical data files, from designated offense categories for a detailed review of the officer’s written narrative of the incident. Though this approach has been applied to examine error across general crime types, no study to date has systematically focused on a crime category as widely believed to be underreported as hate crimes. While the previous study examined classification error across general crime types, the current study focuses specifically on identifying sources of error (i.e., over- and undercounts) contained in hate crime statistics. Additionally, this study further builds on the quantitative method described above by further capturing the perspectives of frontline officers. Qualitative information from a focus group is used to gain insight into the thought processes officers adhere to when deciding whether a specific incident constitutes a hate crime. Equipped with narratives of cases believed to contain errors, the researchers use a focus group approach to explore the various definitional and interpretation issues that are believed to result in classification error in these cases. Thus, it is anticipated that this study will not only yield an estimate of the error contained in officially reported hate crime statistics, but shed light on the inherent difficulties officers face in interpreting these incidents. In the end, it is the hope of the authors that this study will yield useful information for training officers on the reporting of hate crimes, get us closer to understanding the true magnitude of these crimes, and serve as a precursor for adjusting crime statistics to better estimate the actual number of hate crimes in the population. Details: West Virginia: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Department of Military Affairs & Public Safety, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://www.djcs.wv.gov/SAC/Documents/ORSP_WV_Hate_Crime_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Data Shelf Number: 124440

Author: Wilshusen, Gregory C. Title: Cybersecurity: Challenges in Securing the Modernized Electricity Grid Summary: The electric power industry is increasingly incorporating information technology (IT) systems and networks into its existing infrastructure as part of nationwide efforts—commonly referred to as the “smart grid”—aimed at improving reliability and efficiency and facilitating the use of alternative energy sources such as wind and solar. Smart grid technologies include metering infrastructure (“smart meters”) that enable two-way communication between customers and electricity utilities, smart components that provide system operators with detailed data on the conditions of transmission and distribution systems, and advanced methods for controlling equipment. The use of these systems can bring a number of benefits, such as fewer and shorter outages, lower electricity rates, and an improved ability to respond to attacks on the electric grid. However, this increased reliance on IT systems and networks also exposes the grid to cybersecurity vulnerabilities, which can be exploited by attackers. Moreover, for nearly a decade, GAO has identified the protection of systems supporting our nation’s critical infrastructure—which include the electric grid—as a governmentwide high-risk area. GAO is providing a statement describing (1) cyber threats facing cyber-reliant critical infrastructures and (2) key challenges to securing smart grid systems and networks. In preparing this statement, GAO relied on its previously published work in this area. Details: Washington, DC: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO), 2012. 19p. Source: GAO-12-507T: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/588913.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 124441

Author: Verité Title: Compliance is Not Enough: Best Practices in Responding to The California Transparency in Supply Chains Act Summary: The California Transparency in Supply Chains Act has focused company attention on the presence of human trafficking and modern-day slavery in supply chains. Yet standard social compliance responses will not be adequate to reduce company risks – or worker vulnerability – to these egregious problems. In this White Paper, Verité outlines the content of the Act, the sources of trafficking and forcedlabor risk, and what is necessary in order to address these problems adequately in supply chain production. Details: Amherst, MA: Verité, 2011. 8p. Source: White Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.verite.org/sites/default/files/VTE_WhitePaper_California_Bill657FINAL5.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Businesses and Crime (California) Shelf Number: 124451

Author: Polaris Project Title: Combating human trafficking and modern-day slavery: ten years of impact 2002-2012 Summary: uring their senior year at Brown University, Katherine Chon and Derek Ellerman read a newspaper article describing the horrific conditions of a brothel located near their apartments. The brothel had been disguised as a massage parlor. But inside the building, police officers had found six Asian women with cigarette burns on their arms who were being held in a situation of debt bondage. “This was like slavery,” were the words of the officer who handled the investigation. This eye-opening case made it clear to Katherine and Derek that modern-day slavery existed in present-day America in ways that they were not aware of. They could not walk away. Instead, they devoted themselves to preventing such abuses from happening to more people. Inspired by the example of the Underground Railroad, Katherine and Derek developed a vision for an organization where everyday people could come together to do extraordinary things to overcome the scourge of slavery. Just as those who were escaping the slavery of the 19th century followed Polaris, the North Star, as they sought freedom, a similar spirit of hope, courage, and community infused Katherine and Derek’s work. They officially founded Polaris Project on February 14, 2002, a day dedicated to generating attention to stop violence against women and girls. The day after graduation, they packed up a U-Haul truck and relocated their lives to Washington, d.c., to launch Polaris Project’s first office on Capitol Hill. Polaris Project’s central goal was to create long-term solutions that would change the underlying systems that allow human trafficking to occur. Katherine and Derek’s programmatic strategy was grounded in an analysis of human trafficking as a market-based phenomenon driven by two primary factors: low-risk and high-profit. They believed then, as they do today, that modern-day slavery can be eliminated by reaching a tipping point where human trafficking becomes a high-risk, lowprofit endeavor. Over time, Katherine and Derek built an organization that successfully combines its work on the frontlines serving victims of human trafficking with the creation of long-term solutions that affect systemic and social change. Early on, they launched an innovative victim outreach program to uncover trafficking locations, directly target trafficking networks, identify victims and connect them to services. As the organization grew, staff members worked with coalition partners to help pass landmark bills through Congress and groundbreaking legislation in 48 states that protect victims and punish perpetrators. In 2007, Polaris Project expanded the National Human Trafficking Resource Center to operate as a national anti-slavery lifeline. And law enforcement officers, service providers, and other key first responders have sought out Polaris Project as a go-to agency for valuable trainings on how to recognize the signs of trafficking. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.polarisproject.org/about-us/financial-information/2002-2012-report Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 124452

Author: Ponemon, Larry Title: Airport Insecurity: The Case of Lost & Missing Laptops - Executive Summary U.S. & EMEA Results Summary: Do you ever worry about losing your laptop computer while rushing to catch a flight at a busy airport? Everyday business travelers are putting the sensitive and confidential data of their organizations at risk when they travel through airports. Sponsored by Dell, Ponemon Institute conducted this study, Airport Insecurity: The Case of Lost & Missing Laptops to understand the current risks posed to sensitive and confidential data contained in the laptops of business travelers. Companies are dependent upon a mobile workforce with access to information no matter where they travel. However, this mobility is putting companies at risk of having a data breach if a laptop containing sensitive information is lost, missing or stolen. The findings of this study are important in helping companies understand what they should be doing to protect the information on their employees’ laptops and to reduce the likelihood that their employees will lose laptops while traveling. The twofold objectives of this study are: 􀂃 To understand how major airports throughout the United States and six EMEA nations handle laptops that are lost, stolen or missing within their facilities. Our study determines the frequency, prevalence, and airport operating practices concerning lost or missing laptops at security checkpoints, departure gates, airport retail areas, lounges and so forth. 􀂃 To assess business travelers’ awareness and concern about data loss. For instance, what would they do if they lost their laptop or other portable data-bearing devices? What steps would they take after learning about this loss or theft? What have they done to protect or backup the information they carry? Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2008. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.ponemon.org/local/upload/fckjail/generalcontent/18/file/LostLaptopsDell%20EMEA%20Final%208.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 124455

Author: de Leon, Brian Heller Title: Juvenile Justice Realignment in 2012 Summary: The purpose of this publication is to recommend a full juvenile justice realignment plan in the 2012-13 budget cycle. The Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF) budget triggers implemented on January 1, 2012, highlight the unsustainable costs of maintaining a dual juvenile justice system in California. DJF’s current recidivism rate of 80% and continued scrutiny under the Farrell lawsuit both demonstrate the limited success the state has at rehabilitating youthful offenders (CDCR, 2010, p.10). This system should no longer be considered an appropriate or affordable use of California taxpayer dollars. A well-designed, phased juvenile justice realignment beginning in 2012 will strengthen the ability of counties to serve their most high-needs youth, enhance long-term public safety, and provide a fiscally responsible approach to juvenile justice in a time of great financial crisis. CJCJ’s juvenile justice realignment recommendation is outlined by five key components on page 6 of this report. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 9p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/Juvenile_Justice_Realignment_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice (California) Shelf Number: 124456

Author: Taylor, Mac Title: The 2012-13 Budget: Completing Juvenile Justtice Realignment Summary: Over the past 16 years, the Legislature has enacted various measures which realigned to counties a significant share of responsibility for managing juvenile offenders. Under current law, only juveniles adjudicated for a serious, violent, or sex offense can be sent to state facilities by the juvenile courts. As a result, 99 percent of juvenile offenders are housed or supervised by counties. As part of his 2012-13 budget plan, the Governor proposes completing the realignment of juvenile justice by stopping new admissions of offenders to state Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) facilities on January 1, 2013. The Governor would provide counties with an unspecified level of funding to manage wards who would otherwise have been committed to DJJ after that date, as well as $10 million in planning grants in the current year. We recommend that the Legislature adopt a comprehensive juvenile justice realignment plan that completes the shift of responsibility to counties. We believe the Governor’s proposal has merit on both policy and fiscal grounds, but that the Legislature could address various concerns with the administration’s plan. Specifically, we recommend developing a funding approach that promotes innovation and efficiency, establishing a transition plan for DJJ, providing state oversight and technical assistance through the newly created Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC), taking measures to reduce the number of juveniles tried in adult court, and requiring counties to house minors tried in adult court until age 18. Details: CA: Legislative Analyst's Office (LAO), 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.lao.ca.gov/analysis/2012/crim_justice/juvenile-justice-021512.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention (California) Shelf Number: 124457

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: Interim Evaluation of Baltimore's Safe Streets Program Summary: The Safe Streets program was designed and implemented in selected high-crime neighborhoods of Baltimore in an attempt to replicate Chicago's CeaseFire Program. The overall aims of the research are to: 1) describe how the program was implemented using objective measures generated by program implementers; 2) estimate program effects on attitudes and norms around gun violence among youth; and 3) estimate program effects on severe violence, especially severe violence involving youth. A fourth aim, not examined in this report, is to draw important lessons from the experiences and insights of the individuals who are implementing the program about what strategies and tactics appear to be most effective in preventing gun violence in communities. This is an interim report based on the first 14 months of Safe Streets implementation. Details: Baltimore, MD: Center for the Prevention of Youth Violence, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.baltimorehealth.org/info/2009_01_13.SafeStreetsEval.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Program Shelf Number: 124459

Author: Griffiths, Hugh Title: Maritime Transport and Destabilizing Commodity Flows Summary: Maritime transport flows are the lifeblood of global trade. They are also the dominant means of transporting a range of potentially destabilizing commodities that threaten states and societies throughout the developing and developed worlds. This SIPRI Policy Paper aims to fill an important knowledge gap by—for the first time in a public document—providing a comprehensive mapping and analysis of the ships involved in the clandestine transport of narcotics, arms and dual-use goods essential to the development of weapons of mass destruction. It also offers practical solutions to one of the most important global security challenges for policymakers, civil society and industry in the 21st century. Details: Solna, Sweden: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), 2012. 64p. Source: SIPRI Policy Paper 32: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://books.sipri.org/files/PP/SIPRIPP32.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 124460

Author: Perez, Thomas E. Title: United States' Investigation of the Maricopa County Sheriff's Office Summary: We write to report the findings of the Civil Rights Division's investigation into civil rights violations by the Maricopa County Sheriffs Office ("MCSO"). Our initial inquiry began in June 2008, and the investigation has focused on MCSO's compliance with the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, 42 U.S.C. § 14141 ("Section 14141"), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-7 and its implementing regulations at 28 C.F.R. § 42.101 et seq. ("Title VI"). Section 14141 prohibits law enforcement agencies, such as MCSO, from engaging in activities that amount to a pattern or practice of violating the Constitution or laws of the United States. Title VI and its implementing regulations provide that recipients of federal financial assistance, such as MCSO, may not discriminate on the basis of race, color, or national origin. These laws give the United States the authority to file legal action and obtain the necessary relief to ensure compliance with the Constitution and laws of the United States. We notified MCSO of our formal investigation in March 2009. During our investigation, aided by four leading police practice experts, one jail expert, and an expert on statistical analysis, we reviewed tens of thousands of pages of documentary evidence; toured MCSO'sjails; and interviewed over 400 individuals, including approximately 150 former and current MCSO jail inmates, and more than 75 former and current MCSO personnel, including the Sheriff, the Chief of Enforcement, the Chief of Patrol, the Administrative Investigative Commander, the Sergeant heading MCSO's Criminal Employment Squad, and the Lieutenant heading MCSO's Human Smuggling Unit. 2Based upon our extensive investigation, we find reasonable cause to believe that MCSO engages in a pattern or practice of unconstitutional policing. Specifically, we find that MCSO, through the actions of its deputies, supervisory staff, and command staff, engages in racial profiling of Latinos; unlawfully stops, detains, and arrests Latinos; and unlawfully retaliates against individuals who complain about or criticize MCSO's policies or practices, all in violation of Section 14141. MCSO's discriminatory police conduct additionally violates Title VI and its implementing regulations. We also find reasonable cause to believe that MCSO operates its jails in a manner that discriminates against its limited English proficient ("LEP") Latino inmates. Specifically, we find that MCSO, through the actions of its deputies, detention officers, supervisory staff, and command staff, routinely punishes Latino LEP inmates for failing to understand commands given in English and denies them critical services provided to the other inmates, all in violation of Title VI and its implementing regulations. The absence of clear policies and procedures to ensure effective and constitutional policing, along with the deviations from widely accepted policing and correctional practices, and the failure to implement meaningful oversight and accountability structures, have contributed to a chronic culture of disregard for basic legal and constitutional obligations. In addition to the formal findings noted above, we have identified three additional areas of serious concern that, while not warranting a formal pattern or practice finding at this time, require further investigation. First, our investigation revealed a number of troubling incidents involving MCSO deputies using excessive force against Latinos. Second, we observed that MCSO has implemented its immigration enforcement program in a way that has created a "wall of distrust" between MCSO officers and Maricopa County's Latino residents-a wall of distrust that has significantly compromised MCSO's ability to provide police protection to Maricopa County's Latino residents? Third, we have expanded our investigation to encompass a review of serious allegations that MCSO failed to investigate a large number of sex crimes. Given the systemic nature ofMCSO's constitutional violations, effective resolution of this matter will require the development of a comprehensive written agreement along with federal judicial oversight. We prefer to resolve this matter without resort to further litigation, although we will not hesitate to file suit, if necessary. We would like to immediately begin a constructive dialogue about comprehensive and sustainable ways to remedy the identified violations of the Constitution and federal law. Please let us know by close of business on January 4,2012, ifMCSO is interested in having this dialogue. IfMCSO is not interested or if we deem that MCSO is not engaged in good-faith efforts to achieve compliance by voluntary means, we are prepared to file a civil action to compel compliance. In the remainder of this letter, we highlight our factual and legal findings, broadly describe our investigation ofMCSO's practices, provide an outline of our factual findings in sufficient detail to give you fair notice of the violations committed, briefly discuss how those 3factual findings relate to MCSO's violations of federal law, and outline the remedial measures MCSO must undertake to comply with the law. Details: Washington, DC: Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/spl/documents/mcso_findletter_12-15-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Arizona) Shelf Number: 124464

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of Inspector General Title: Medicaid Managed Care: Fraud and Abuse Concerns Remain Despite Safeguards Summary: We found that although managed care entities (MCE) and States are taking steps to address fraud and abuse in managed care, they remain concerned about their prevalence. States have increasingly adopted managed care in response to Medicaid expenditures, which have nearly doubled in the past decade. CMS requires MCEs to meet specific program integrity requirements as a condition for receiving payment. CMS also requires MCEs to disclose to States certain information, such as ownership and control. States are directly responsible for monitoring MCE operations. CMS's Medicaid Integrity Group (MIG) conducts program integrity reviews of States and MCEs. In 2000, CMS issued guidelines to States for addressing fraud and abuse in Medicaid managed care. The guidelines identified six areas of concern. We surveyed a purposive sample of 46 MCEs and received responses from 45. We conducted structured telephone interviews with the 13 States that contracted with those MCEs. We also reviewed MIG's files from its program integrity reviews of those 13 States and 46 MCEs. All MCEs in our sample reported taking steps to meet the Federal program integrity requirements. All 45 MCEs that responded to our questionnaire provided fraud and abuse safeguard training to their staffs in 2010. Most also reported offering such training to their providers. In 2009, 33 MCEs reported cases of suspected fraud and abuse to their State Medicaid agencies, and 20 MCEs recovered payments from providers that resulted from fraud and abuse. The 13 States in our sample reported taking steps to oversee MCEs' fraud and abuse safeguards. All 13 States conduct desk reviews of MCEs' compliance plans, and 11 States conduct onsite MCE reviews. All 13 States reported requiring that MCEs disclose ownership and control information. Eleven States hold recurring meetings with MCEs and often provide training. The primary concern about Medicaid managed care fraud and abuse-shared by MCEs and States-related to services billed but not received. The major concerns identified in our review largely fall under only one of the six areas included in CMS's 2000 guidelines. Managed care presents challenges in addressing fraud that differ from those in fee-for-service Medicaid. As States increasingly use managed care to deliver Medicaid services, implementing safeguards to protect against fraud and abuse remains essential. We recommend that CMS require that State contracts with MCEs include a method to verify with beneficiaries whether they received services billed by providers. CMS could require States to implement one of several options, such as for MCEs to send explanations of medical benefits to beneficiaries. We also recommend that CMS update guidance to reflect concerns expressed by MCEs and States. CMS could also share best practices and innovative methods that States and MCEs have used to address fraud and abuse concerns and strengthen program integrity oversight. CMS concurred with both recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Inspector General, Department of Health & Human Services, 2011. 26p. Source: OEI-01-09-00550: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-01-09-00550.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 124465

Author: Evans, Michael Title: Does Participation in Washington's Correctional Industries Increase Employment and Reduce Recidivism? Summary: Substantial barriers to legal employment exist for former prison offenders after their release. Finding a job with a livable wage and keeping the job are more difficult due to their previous criminal histories and lower education levels compared to the general population; however, 40.1 percent of offenders participating in the Correctional Industries (CI) were employed one year after release in 2007 and recidivated at a rate of 34.5 percent. In contrast, offenders with similar demographic characteristics who were not in CI were employed at 29.1 percent one year after release and had a 45 percent recidivism rate. Holding a job is an important signal that an individual is moving toward a crime-free life. Not only are these individuals working and crime-free, they are also taxpayers and consumers who help the local economies grow. Details: Washington: Washington State Department of Corrections, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2012 at http://www.doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/.../CIEmploymentRecidivism2011.docx Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment and Crime (Washington) Shelf Number: 124468

Author: U.S. Chamber of Commerce. Coalition Against Counterfeiting and Piracy (CACP) Title: No Trade in Fakes Supply Chain Tool Kit Summary: The growing problem of counterfeiting and piracy threatens businesses and consumers in nearly every region of the world. Fake products deprive legitimate businesses of revenue and undermine consumer confidence in their brand names. The damage affects both the brand and domestic and foreign subcontractors that supply materials, components, and finished products to the brand owner. Consumers are also adversely affected because they are deceived into buying fake products that don't meet the brand owner's standards and can pose health and safety hazards. Governments have a particularly critical role to play in this effort. They must create the necessary legal infrastructure to protect trademarks and copyrights effectively and enforce intellectual property laws to deter fraudulent behavior. Businesses, however, must also do their part to prevent the production and sale of counterfeit products. Many aspects of the counterfeiting problem are beyond the control of businesses. But one important area over which businesses can exert a large measure of control is the security of their supply chain. Lax security creates opportunities for counterfeit and stolen goods to make their way into legitimate production, wholesale, and retail channels. Globalization, the Internet, and advanced technology have made it easier for counterfeiters to infiltrate fake products into the supply chain and increase the availability of these products in markets around the world. Yet many businesses, particularly small and medium-size companies, do not fully appreciate the bottom-line cost of lax supply chain security and the adverse impact it has on brand value. To assist businesses and raise awareness of the importance of supply chain security, the Coalition Against Counterfeiting and Piracy (CACP) has developed a tool kit of best practices that companies in a variety of industry sectors are using to improve their internal systems and coordinate with other stakeholders, including subcontractors and government authorities. The CACP recognizes that supply chain requirements vary from industry to industry. There is not one set of best practices effective for all businesses. However, there are lessons that can be learned from businesses that take the security of their supply chains seriously. The following tool kit provides a useful guide for businesses to assess the effectiveness of their supply chain practices and consider new options for improving performance. In addition, this tool kit includes 7 case studies highlighting companies who are employing successful strategies to help protect their products from counterfeiters and modern-day pirates. Details: Washington, DC: Accenture, 2006. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.fnal.gov/directorate/OQBP/sci/sci_reference_docs/SCI%20No%20Trade%20in%20Fakes%20CACP.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 124469

Author: Ellis, Monica Title: Ohio Arrest-Related Deaths, 2008-2010 Summary: An arrest-related (ARD) death is defined as a death that occurs anytime a person’s freedom to leave is restricted by state or local law enforcement. Arrest-related death incidents include:  A death that occurs before law enforcement personnel establish physical custody or before a formal arrest process is initiated.  A death that occurs while attempting to elude law enforcement personnel during the course of apprehension (e.g., police chases involving action by law enforcement personnel such as deploying tire deflation devices, and standoffs).  A death caused by any use of force by state or local law enforcement personnel, as well as those not directly related to actions of law enforcement, such as deaths attributed to suicide, accidental injury, and illness or natural causes.  A death that involves law enforcement assistance in restraining and transporting individuals in need of medical or mental health care. Deaths that occur in a jail or other long-term holding facility and deaths that occur in the custody of federal law enforcement officers are outside the scope of the ARD program and are not collected by OCJS. The data collection cycle begins January 1 and ends December 31. OCJS researchers rely on multiple sources to collect ARD data; but media reports are often used for initial identification. Official autopsy reports are then requested via fax from the appropriate county coroner. Once these reports are received four weeks to six months following the death, final incident reports are completed. In some cases, coroner’s offices are proactive and submit reports to OCJS of deaths they believe to qualify under the ARD program. Some of these reports have been excluded from this summary because they do not meet the parameters of an ARD. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Department of Public Safety, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_arrestrelateddeaths2008-2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Related Deaths (Ohio) Shelf Number: 124472

Author: Miller, Mark L. Title: Protecting America's Senior Citizens: What Local Prosecutors Are Doing to Fight Elder Abuse Summary: The crime of elder abuse is rapidly gaining the attention of society, policymakers, and law enforcement. As gatekeepers to the criminal justice system, local prosecutors have a crucial role to play in fighting elder abuse. They are frequently central to investigating allegations of elder abuse, prosecuting offenders, and ensuring that critical services are delivered to victims. Yet little is known about how local prosecutors handle elder abuse cases. This report summarizes a national survey of local prosecutors’ offices, in which prosecutors describe their experiences with investigating, prosecuting, and providing victim services in elder abuse cases. In addition, information from case studies of three local prosecutors’ offices with successful elder abuse programs is summarized, including various tips and tools developed by these offices. People who were interviewed for the case studies agreed that several elements were critical to success in working with elderly crime victims: The chief prosecutor’s personal commitment to a proactive, innovative approach; Early involvement of the prosecutor’s office; Victim advocacy and support; Community outreach and education; and Law enforcement training. APRI’s national survey suggests that the three case study jurisdictions may be at the vanguard of a growing movement to direct more attention to elderly victims: Nearly 30 percent of local prosecutors’ offices (typically from more populous jurisdictions) report having a unit devoted exclusively to elder abuse; Only a small minority of local prosecutors’ offices emphasize early involvement in elder abuse cases; Fewer than a quarter of local prosecutors’ offices (mostly in larger jurisdictions) have victim advocates who work exclusively with elderly victims; Almost 60 percent of local prosecutors’ offices engage in public education and prevention activities regarding elder abuse; One-third of local prosecutors report offering specialized training (e.g., for law enforcement, APS, medical personnel) in how to handle elder abuse cases. The most difficult challenges facing local prosecutors in elder abuse cases, according to the national survey, revolve around the victims’ physical and mental capacities, as well as the victims’ degree of cooperation in their case. Throughout the report are selected examples of innovative strategies that prosecutors have found effective in surmounting these challenges. By sharing these ideas with prosecutors across the country, APRI hopes to ensure greater safety and protection for America’s senior citizens. Details: Alexandria, VA: American Prosecutors Research Institute (APRI), 2003. 47p. Source: APRI Special Topics Series: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.ndaa.org/pdf/protecting_americas_senior_citizens_2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124502

Author: U.S. Federal Trade Commission Title: Using FACTA Remedies: An FTC Report on a Survey of Identity Theft Victims Summary: The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) maintains a longstanding and comprehensive program to combat identity theft. The FTC enforces a variety of laws requiring entities to protect consumer information and ensure that such information does not fall into the hands of identity thieves or other unauthorized persons. For example, the FTC enforces the Safeguards Rule under the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; and the FTC Act's proscription against unfair and deceptive acts or practices in cases where a business makes false or misleading claims about its data security procedures, or where its failure to employ reasonable security measures causes or is likely to cause substantial consumer injury that is not reasonably avoidable by consumers and not outweighed by countervailing benefits. Since 2001, the Commission has brought 35 law enforcement actions to ensure that businesses implement reasonable safeguards to protect the consumer information they maintain. In addition, the FTC manages the Identity Theft Clearinghouse, a secure online database of identity theft-related complaints, and analyzes this data to target consumer education efforts and assist criminal law enforcers. The FTC also disseminates consumer education materials on identity theft, both directly and through public and private sector partners. To further combat the problem of identity theft, in 2007, then-President Bush established an Identity Theft Task Force to craft a comprehensive national strategy. The Task Force issued a strategic plan, making over 30 recommendations for improving the federal identity theft strategy. One of the recommendations was that the agencies involved in enforcing the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) assess the impact and effectiveness of the rights established by Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (FACTA) through the use of surveys. FACTA gives consumers the right to: place fraud alerts with the consumer reporting agencies (CRAs); request a free credit report from each of the three national CRAs (Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion) when placing a fraud alert; block fraudulent information from appearing in their credit reports; receive a notice of these and other rights from the CRAs. Accordingly, the FTC conducted a survey of consumers who had contacted the FTC to report that they were victims of identity theft. The survey was designed to determine these consumers' general satisfaction with utilizing their FACTA rights and to examine the types of problems and issues they encountered while doing so. Because almost all of the FACTA rights involve the CRAs, which maintain consumer credit files, the survey focused largely on the victims' interactions with the CRAs. This report summarizes the FTC staff's methodology in carrying out this survey, the results of the survey, and recommendations for further steps to assist consumers in utilizing their FACTA rights. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Trade Commission, 2012. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.ftc.gov/os/2012/03/factareport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 124516

Author: Hallerberg, Mary K. Title: Maritime Piracy: Examining the U.S. Response to a Global Threat Summary: Recent high profile maritime hijackings off the coast of Somalia and in the Gulf of Aden have sharpened U.S. and international focus on the long-standing, but growing problem of maritime piracy. Despite an extensive record of anti-piracy efforts by the U.S. and other nations around the globe, piracy continues to challenge the U.S. and the international community in the 21st Century. This paper will examine the U.S. response to the global threat of piracy. Analysis will include an evaluation of U.S. policies and the effectiveness of implemented strategies to counter the assessed threat posed by maritime piracy, with particular emphasis on the escalating activity off the Horn of Africa. Finally, this study will propose indicators that could necessitate a modification in strategy in order to counter a change in the threat environment. Details: Carlisle, PA: U.S. Army War College, 2010. 32p. Source: Strategy Research Project: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?AD=ADA522024 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 124528

Author: Roman, Caterina G. Title: Social Networks, Delinquency, and Gang Membership: Using a Neighborhood Framework to Examine the Influence of Network Composition and Structure in a Latino Community Summary: As part of the Social Networks, Delinquency, and Gang Membership project, funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, social network data were collected from youth in a small, at-risk neighborhood. The data were analyzed using social network methods. Results indicated that individuals with multiple, separate groups of friends have greater constraints on their behavior and are less likely to be delinquent. Results also suggested that networks with very low densities (fewer connections) are more successful contexts for intervention. These findings are relevant to developing appropriate delinquency programs and shed light on the efficacy of neighborhood-based interventions. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Criminal Justice, The Urban Institute, 2012. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412519-Social-Networks-Delinquency-and-Gang-Membership.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 124532

Author: Colorado Juvenile Defender Coalition Title: Re-Directing Justice: The Consequences of Prosecuting Youth as Adults and the Need to Restore Judicial Oversight Summary: Direct File is a law that gives prosecutors unilateral discretion to file charges against children in adult criminal court. Contrary to popular belief that direct file is only used on the most serious cases, prosecutors are more often direct filing mid-level felony cases. Only 15% of direct file cases are homicides, and only 5% of cases are charged as first degree murder (only 8 of 84 first-degree murder charges resulted in a first-degree murder conviction). The vast majority of direct filed youth never have their case reviewed by a judge or jury. 95% of cases are plea-bargained. Only 28% of direct file cases are convicted of the highest offense charged, and 22% of cases are dismissed. Direct file disproportionately affects children of color. 82% of admissions to the Youthful Offender System in 2009-2010 were black and Hispanic youth. In contrast, 75% of dismissed cases were white youth. The direct-file law has been used to try thousands of Colorado youth as adults, inappropriately incarcerate them in adult jails and prisons, and mark them with lifelong felony convictions. A large body of research shows that prosecuting children as adults is counterproductive to community safety because youth are less likely to be rehabilitated and become productive members of society. Recommendations: 1.Restore authority over whether a youth should be tried in criminal court to juvenile court judges to ensure constitutional due process and better outcomes for kids and families. 2.If direct file laws are maintained, raise the age limit to 16 and over, restrict criteria to the most serious cases and provide juveniles an opportunity to request transfer back to juvenile court. 3.Create a separate sentencing scheme for juveniles in adult court. 4.Keep youth out of adult jails. 5.Provide opportunities for youth convicted as adults to earn the ability to seal criminal convictions. 6.Improve data collection. Provide comprehensive reports on the impact, cost and effectiveness of prosecuting children as adults. Restoring opportunities for youth to be adjudicated in juvenile court leads to greater opportunities for future success and thus enhances public safety for all of Colorado. Now is the time for Colorado to reassess policies that are trying and incarcerating juveniles in the adult system. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Juvenile Defender Coalition, 2012. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://cjdc.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/RE-DIRECTING-JUSTICE-FULL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Criminal Justice (Colorado) Shelf Number: 124537

Author: Congdon-Hohman, Joshua Title: The Lasting Effects of Crime: The Relationship of Discovered Methamphetamine Laboratories and Home Values Summary: This study estimates a household’s willingness to pay to avoid the stigma of crime while minimizing concerns of omitted variable bias. By assuming methamphetamine producers locate approximately at random within a narrowly defined neighborhood, this study is able to use hedonic estimation methods to estimate the impact of the discovery of a methamphetamine laboratory on the home values near that location. Specifically, the analysis designates those closest to the site as the treated, while those slightly farther away act as the comparison group. The discovery of a methamphetamine laboratory has a significant effect on the property values of those homes close to the location that peaks from six to 12 months after each lab’s discovery. The estimates found in this study range from a decrease in sale prices of ten to nineteen percent in the year following a laboratory’s discovery compared to the prices for homes that are farther away but still in the same neighborhood. Surprisingly, the impact does not appear to depend on intensity as both the discovery of a second lab and being very close to the discovered lab do not adversely impact home values. Details: Worcester, MA: Department of Economics, College of the Holy Cross, 2011. 34p. Source: Faculty Research Series, Paper No. 11-14: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://college.holycross.edu/RePEc/hcx/Congdon_MethLabs.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 124544

Author: Qian, Yi Title: Brand Management and Strategies Against Counterfeits Summary: In this paper, I provide a theory for the brand-protection strategies to counterfeiting under weak intellectual property rights. My theoretical framework has general implications for endogenous sunk cost investments as a means of deterring counterfeiters. My model incorporates two layers of asymmetric information that counterfeits can incur: counterfeiters fooling consumers, and buyers of counterfeits fooling other consumers. Brands have a number of different tools at their disposal to maintain a separating equilibrium in the face of counterfeits. One of the theoretical predictions of this study is that counterfeit entry would induce incumbent brand to introduce new products. This helps to explain the innovation strategies that authentic firms employ in response to entry by their counterfeiters in the real world. Authentic prices rise if and only if the counterfeit quality is lower than a threshold level. In addition, the model demonstrates how authentic producers could invest in self-enforcement to increase counterfeiters' incentives to separate themselves. Better channel management through company stores and other costly devices are forms of non-price signals and complement a company's own enforcements against counterfeits. These predictions are validated using a unique panel data collected from Chinese shoe companies covering the years 1993-2004. Data further reveal that companies with worse relationships with the government invest more in various self-enforcement strategies, which are effective in reducing counterfeit sales, and that the set of strategies are complements rather than substitutes. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 43p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series 17849: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w17849.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Businesses and Crime Shelf Number: 124552

Author: Stuart-Cassel, Victoria Title: Analysis of State Bullying Laws and Policies Summary: Bullying in schools has become widely viewed as an urgent social, health, and education concern that has moved to the forefront of public debate on school legislation and policy. Increasingly, elected officials and members of the school community have come to view bullying as an extremely serious and often neglected issue facing youths and local school systems (Swearer, Limber, & Alley, 2009). The focus on youth bullying has intensified over the past 12 years as a catalyzed reaction to school violence that is often linked explicitly or by inference to bullying. The Columbine High School shooting in 1999 was the first of many high-profile incidents of violent behavior that appeared to implicate bullying as an underlying cause (Greene & Ross, 2005). The incident ignited a wave of new legislative action within state legislatures that aimed to curtail bullying behavior on school campuses or to mitigate its effects. The trend was later fueled by a number of highly visible suicides among school-age children and adolescents that were linked to chronic bullying, attracting national attention to the issue (Marr & Field, 2001). The heightened visibility has coincided with an expansion of research knowledge identifying a range of serious and long-term consequences associated with bullying behavior, such as increased depression, substance use, aggressive impulses, and school truancy (Nansel, et al., 2001; Roland, 2002; Klomek, et al., 2007; Gastic, 2008; O’Brennan, Bradshaw, & Sawyer, 2009; Juvonen, 2009). Together these factors have placed increased pressure on governments and school systems for solutions to more effectively prevent or reduce bullying in schools. To address these issues, in August 2010, the U.S. Department of Education and U.S. Department of Health and Human Services cohosted the first Federal Partners in Bullying Prevention Summit, which brought together government officials, researchers, policymakers, and education practitioners to explore potential strategies to combat bullying in schools. This summit highlighted the need for more comprehensive information about the current status of state legislation, as well as information on how existing laws and policies translate into practice within elementary and secondary school systems. To address this gap in information, the U.S. Department of Education, Program and Policy Studies Service, initiated a study designed to answer the following study questions: 1. To what extent do states’ bullying laws cover U.S. Department of Education-identified key legislative and policy components? The first study question concerns the need for an informative and clearly focused analysis of state legislation to describe the purpose and structure of laws and their definitions, key provisions, similarities, and differences. To address this question, the study includes a systematic review and coding of components in laws governing K–12 education. The review identifies the types of provisions that are addressed in legislation and measures their expansiveness. The review of legislation is based on a framework conceptualized by the U.S. Department of Education (“the Department”) that was disseminated to school districts nationally and is presented in Exhibit 1 in Chapter 1 of the report (U.S. Department of Education, 2010a). The review covers legislation enacted through April of 2011, across the 50 U.S. states. 2. To what extent do states’ model bullying policies cover U.S. Department of Education-identified key legislative and policy components? The second study question focuses on the nature and content of model policies and guidance documents that have been developed by state education agencies, or school boards associations, pursuant to legislation. These policies guide and support district efforts to develop and implement effective bullying policies. The study reviews and systematically codes model policy documents available for 41 states to determine the coverage and expansiveness of key components. 3. To what extent do school districts’ bullying policies cover U.S. Department of Education-identified school district policy subcomponents? The third study question focuses on the structure and content of bullying policies developed at the local school district level that directly shape implementation within the school environment. The study involves a systematic review and coding of components in district policies for a small sample of urban and rural school districts that was selected to incorporate the geographic and community diversity of U.S. school districts. The analysis aims to determine the types of definitions and policy components that are present in local policy documents in addition to providing a measure of their expansiveness. The analysis also examines the relationship between state legislation and local policy development (e.g., the degree to which state legislation shapes local policy). 4. How are state laws translated into practice at the school level? The final study question focuses on how bullying laws and their legislative requirements are implemented by school districts and schools. The question will be answered through a series of case studies conducted at 24 school sites across four states. The purpose of the case studies will be to highlight lessons from the field on how state legislation and model policies are shaping implementation of bullying programs and procedures, and to assess the ways that state and district policies facilitate or create challenges for effective implementation. The second study phase will be launched in the fall of 2011. Details: Washington, DC: Policy and Program Studies Service, Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development, U.S. Department of Education, 2011. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2012 at http://www2.ed.gov/rschstat/eval/bullying/state-bullying-laws/state-bullying-laws.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 124557

Author: Davies, Molly Title: Law Enforcement Officers' Understanding and Response to Elder Abuse Summary: The purpose of this study was to explore law enforcement officers' understanding and response to elder abuse, and their role in investigating elder abuse and neglect. Participants in this study included all classifications within police departments that serve the City and the County of Los Angeles, including the Los Angeles Police Department, the Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department, and other local jurisdictions in Los Angeles. Purposive sampling and snowball sampling were utilized for this study. An online survey was administered utilizing Survey Monkey. The sample included 56 participants. The study found that the variable that had the most impact or predictability of elder abuse knowledge and application of knowledge was the increased number of elder abuse training hours. This factor had more impact than years of service in law enforcement and had more impact than level of education or any other tested factor. The majority of law enforcement officers in this sample understood when reports of abuse should be made. There were some scenarios that there was great agreement by respondents in the classifying and handling and others that did not have the same level of consistency. Additionally, the developed survey instrument that was designed specifically to represent and follow California's mandatory reporting law, and Hallie's Understanding and Response to Elder Abuse Scale had strong reliability and may be utilized for replication in other communities in California. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 2010. 88p. Source: Master's Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://gradworks.umi.com/1490282.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 124571

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Bureau of Justice Assistance Title: PREA Data Collection Activities, 2011 Summary: The Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (PREA; P.L. 108-79) requires the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) to carry out, for each calendar year, a comprehensive statistical review of the incidence and effects of prison rape in randomly selected federal, state, and county correctional facilities. Every year since 2004, BJS has collected administrative records on allegations and substantiated incidents of sexual victimization in correctional facilities nationwide. BJS also conducted interviews with prison and jail inmates in 2007 and 2008-09 and youth held in juvenile correctional facilities in 2008-09. During 2010, BJS in collaboration with the National Institute of Justice and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention conducted a feasibility study using clinical indicators to track sexual violence in prisons and jails. This report provides selected findings and status updates on each of these data collection efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 4p. Source: NCJ 234183: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/pdca11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Data Analysis Shelf Number: 124579

Author: James, Nathan Title: Federal Prison Industries Summary: UNICOR, the trade name for Federal Prison Industries, Inc. (FPI), is a government-owned corporation that employs offenders incarcerated in correctional facilities under the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP). UNICOR manufactures products and provides services that are sold to executive agencies in the federal government. FPI was created to serve as a means for managing, training, and rehabilitating inmates in the federal prison system through employment in one of its industries. By statute, UNICOR must be economically self-sustaining, thus it does not receive funding through congressional appropriations. In FY2009, FPI generated $885.3 million in sales. UNICOR uses the revenue it generates to purchase raw material and equipment; pay wages to inmates and staff; and invest in expansion of its facilities. Of the revenues generated by FPI’s products and services, approximately 80% go toward the purchase of raw material and equipment; 17% go toward staff salaries; and 4% go toward inmate salaries. Although there have been many studies on the recidivism rate and societal factors that may contribute to it, there are only a handful of rigorous evaluations of the effect that participation in correctional industries (i.e., FPI) has on recidivism. What research exists suggests that inmates who participate in correctional industries are less likely to recidivate than inmates who do not participate, but the results are not conclusive. The previous Administration made several efforts to mitigate the competitive advantage UNICOR has over the private sector. Going beyond the previous Administration’s efforts, Congress took legislative action to lessen the adverse impact FPI has caused on small businesses. For example, in 2002, 2003, and 2004, Congress passed legislation that modified FPI’s mandatory source clause with respect to procurements made by the Department of Defense (DOD) and the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). In 2004, Congress passed legislation limiting funds appropriated for FY2004 to be used by federal agencies for the purchase of products or services manufactured by FPI under certain circumstances. This provision was extended permanently in FY2005. In the 110th Congress, the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2008 (P.L. 110-181) modified the way in which DOD procures products from FPI. In 2011, Congress granted FPI the authority to carry out pilot projects in partnership with private companies to produce items that are currently manufactured outside of the United States. There are several issues Congress might consider as it continues its oversight of FPI, including whether FPI should be involved in emerging technology markets as a way to provide inmates with more job-ready skills for post-release employment and how FPI implements the new authority Congress gave it to enter into partnerships with private manufacturers. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2011. 14p. Source: CRS Report for Congress RL32380: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://www.ndia.org/Divisions/Divisions/SmallBusiness/Documents/Federal%20Prison%20Industries.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 124582

Author: The Schapiro Group Title: Men Who Buy Sex with Adolescent Girls: A Scientific Research Study Summary: This report details a first-of-its-kind study to quantify, describe, and understand demand for CSEC (Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children) in Georgia. It paints a clear picture of the adult men who exploit adolescent females by paying for sex with them. The study involved an innovative survey methodology that yielded 218 completed useable surveys over a 2-month period in fall 2009. Almost half these men are the age 30-39, with the next largest group being men under age 30. The mean age is 33 and the median 31. The youngest survey participant was 18, and the oldest was 67. The data clearly debunk the myth that CSEC is a problem relegated to the urban core. Men who respond to advertisements for sex with young females come from all over metro Atlanta, the geographic market where the advertisements in this study were targeted. Not only are 65% of men who buy sex with young females doing so in and around suburban metro Atlanta, but 9% of men who buy sex with young females in metro Atlanta gave their location as near the airport. This finding is consistent with advocates’ claims that travel and tourism play a major role in sustaining CSEC. The numbers are staggering — 12,400 men each month in Georgia pay for sex with a young female, 7,200 of whom end up exploiting an adolescent female. Craigslist is by far the most efficient medium for advertising sex with young females; ads on this site received 3 times as many responses compared to identical ads placed on other sites. (See Appendix). These men account for 8,700 paid sex acts with adolescent females each month, which means that each adolescent female is exploited an average of 3 times per day. Over 700,000 men have bought sex with females in Georgia, including both “young” and “not young” females. With approximately 3 million adult men in Georgia, this study finds that 23% have purchased sex with females, and 20,700 men do so in any given month. While many of the men who exploit these children are not seeking adolescent females per se, the study also shows that just under half are willing to pay for sex with a young female even when they know for sure she is an adolescent. Local, state, and national lawmakers need to be made aware of the magnitude of the demand for CSEC, as well as the nature of the demand. Advocates need to debunk the myth that CSEC is perpetrated by a small number of “sexual predators.” Details: Atlanta, Georgia: The Schapiro Group, Inc., Undated. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://www.womensfundingnetwork.org/sites/wfnet.org/files/AFNAP/TheSchapiroGroupGeorgiaDemandStudy.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 124585

Author: Stemen, Don Title: Alternative Sentencing Policies for Drug Offenders: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Kansas Senate Bill 123, Final Report Summary: The number of individuals arrested, convicted, and imprisoned for drug possession in the United States has grown substantially over the last thirty years, with drug possessors accounting for an increasing share of criminal justice resources. Approximately 1.4 million arrests for drug possession were reported in 2008, representing roughly 10 percent of all arrests in the United States and a 210 percent increase in drug possession arrests since 1982 (Federal Bureau of Investigation, 1983, 2009). By 2004, 161,000 persons were convicted annually of felony drug possession in state courts, up from 58,000 persons in 1986 (Durose & Langan, 2007; Langan, 1989). These increases in arrests and convictions have fueled a significant increase in the number of prison admissions for drug possession, with persons convicted of drug possession now representing roughly 15 percent of all commitments to state prisons, up from just 1.3 percent in 1983 (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 1986, 2006). Like other intermediate sanctions focused on prison diversion, Arizona‘s Proposition 200 (Arizona Revised Statutes §13-901.01), California‘s Proposition 36 (California Penal Code §1210), and Kansas‘ Senate Bill 123 (Kansas Statutes Annotated §21-4729) were largely motivated by a system level goal of reducing overall prison populations (see, e.g. Petersilia & Turner, 1990a, 1993; for goals of specific legislation, see Drug Medicalization, Prevention and Control Act of 1996; Kansas Senate Judiciary Committee, 2003; Substance Abuse and Crime Prevention Act of 2000). At the same time, the reforms elevated the primacy of treatment and emphasized the need to achieve an individual level goal of reducing the recidivism rates and substance abuse problems of program participants. These goals are complementary. The system level goal of reducing prison populations is generally achieved by both diverting individuals from prison at sentencing and reducing returns to prison following revocation or reconviction (the product of achieving individual level goals and, at the least, changes in organizational responses to technical violations). To address some of these and other limitations of the research on state-wide drug treatment initiatives and to provide a more comprehensive policy focus on their context, processes, and impacts, we undertook a NIJ-sponsored evaluation of Kansas‘ Senate Bill 123 (SB 123). Enacted in 2003, SB 123 created mandatory community-based supervision and drug treatment for nonviolent offenders convicted of a first or second offense of simple drug possession (Kansas Statutes Annotated §21-4729). Unlike Proposition 36, SB 123 clearly defined eligible offenders in terms of offense of conviction and prior criminal history, created a mandatory sentence requiring judges to impose a community-based sentence with treatment and requiring offenders to accept that sentence and treatment, and articulated clear rules limiting the use of revocation for violations of the SB 123 sentence. These factors had the potential to overcome many of the deficiencies that undermined the impact of previous state-wide intermediate sanction efforts – ensuring diversion at the sentencing, reducing recidivism rates for targeted offenders, and, as a result, reducing overall prison populations. This study examines SB 123‘s combined impact on diversion, recidivism rates, and overall prison populations. It then explores the impact of SB 123 on the work routines of criminal justice system actors and the process of implementing SB 123. The goal is to provide an assessment of the functioning and impact of SB 123 in Kansas and a set of recommendations for the effective implementation of similar mandatory diversion/treatment programs in other states. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 264p. Source: NCJ 238012: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders (Kansas) Shelf Number: 124586

Author: CASA de Maryland Title: Frederick County Immigration Enforcement: Fighting Crime of Just Fighting Immigrants? Summary: In February 2008, the Frederick County Sheriff’s Office finalized a formal agreement with U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and began training twenty-six Frederick County deputies in immigration enforcement. The agreement is known as a 287(g) agreement in reference to the section authorizing cooperation between local law enforcement agencies and federal immigration in the Immigration and Nationality Act. Frederick County also began participating in ICE’s Criminal Alien Program. This is the first 287(g) agreement in Maryland. CASA de Maryland, the largest immigrant service and advocacy organization in Maryland conducted an empirical and comparative analysis of current and predicted costs, incarceration rates and community impact, including crime fighting capacity. The study reveals that the Frederick County’s planned immigration enforcement program will result in negative consequences and cause unprecedented harm for residents of Frederick County and for Maryland. The report’s key findings: Frederick County is investing more per person and more per foreign-born person than any of the similar jurisdictions that have implemented such programs. In fact, Frederick County is investing about two times as much as the next closest jurisdiction per person and over three times as much as the next closest jurisdiction per foreign-born person; Frederick County has trained 14% of its force on immigration enforcement, compared to 3% and 1% of similar jurisdictions in Virginia; Frederick County’s immigration enforcement program will have a negative impact on public safety by discouraging trust and cooperation with law enforcement; The estimated cost of immigration enforcement, in contrast to the Sheriff’s publicly stated estimate of “zero”, is $3,217,220 per year, not including the cost of liability; Frederick County has an alarmingly high incarceration rate for Latinos. It has increased almost 400% in the last five years and is more than double the population of Latinos in the county; The Frederick County Sheriff’s Office already likely engages in racial profiling of Latinos, and obscures the problem by recording most Latinos as “white” during police stops. The program will result in an increase in racial profiling, which is harmful to all Latinos, all African-Americans and all foreign-born persons. Key recommendations include: Sheriff Jenkins and the Frederick County Sheriff's Office halt its immigration enforcement program by terminating the 287(g) agreement; Investigate racial profiling by the Frederick County Sheriff’s Office; Investigate the rise of Latino inmates in the Frederick County Adult Detention Center; Implement a community, school and social service response plan in the event of family separation caused by detention or deportation. Details: Silver Spring, MD: CASA de Maryland, 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.casademaryland.org/storage/documents/frederick%20report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 124587

Author: Ryan, Meghan J. Title: Breakthrough Science and the New Rehabilitation Summary: Breakthroughs in pharmacology, genetics, and neuroscience are transforming how society views criminals and thus how society should respond to criminal behavior. Although the criminal law has long been based on notions of culpability, science is undercutting the assumption that offenders are actually responsible for their criminal actions. Further, scientific advances have suggested that criminals can be changed at the biochemical level. The public has become well aware of these advances largely due to pervasive media reporting on these issues and also as a result of the pharmaceutical industry’s incessant advertising of products designed to transform individuals by treating everything from depression to sexual dysfunction. This public familiarity with and expectation of scientific advances has set into motion the resurrection of the penological theory of rehabilitation that has lain dormant since the mid-1970s. The New Rehabilitation that is surfacing, however, differs in form from the rehabilitation of the earlier era by effecting change through biochemical interventions rather than through attempting to change an offender’s character. This raises novel concerns about this New Rehabilitation that must be examined in light of the science that has sparked its revival. Details: Unpublished, 2010. 51p. Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=2019368 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2019368 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2019368 Year: 9368 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Psychology Shelf Number: 124608

Author: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) Title: Juvenile Detention in Cook County: Future Directions Summary: Cook County has a long and proud tradition of progressive practice in juvenile justice - not only with the advent of the first juvenile court but as a national leader through the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative. The last two decades, however, have brought intense scrutiny in the area of juvenile detention culminating in a lawsuit by the American Civil Liberties Union alleging a range of violations including overcrowding, unsafe and unsanitary conditions, and regular exposure to violence and abuse. With the intervention of federal courts, substantial progress has been made to date and additional improvements are planned or underway. Nonetheless, substantial concern continues that such reforms cannot fully resolve the challenges presented by the existing facility. In the belief that it is time for Cook County to once again set a new standard - this time for youth detention - the Jane Addams Juvenile Court Foundation (JAJCF), on behalf of the Chief Judge of Cook County, has commissioned the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) to conduct this study of youth detention in Cook County. This study looks beyond the challenges of the current facility to examine more fundamentally the detention needs of the county and its youth. The ultimate goal of the study is to guide discussion regarding a new vision for detention in Cook County - a vision that holds to the ideals that informed the creation of the court in 1899 while recognizing the current circumstances in which the court operates. After careful assessment and discussion with experts within the County, it is the opinion of NCCD that, even after appropriate reforms are implemented, the current Juvenile Temporary Detention Center (JTDC) will have at best limited capacity to meet the complex needs of youth being detained in Cook County. Working with JAJCF, NCCD instead offers the following vision for detention in Cook County, one that rests on the conviction that secure detention must be one element of a cohesive juvenile justice system that includes efficient case processing, a range of alternatives to avoid unneccessary confinement, and equity for children of all races and ethnicities. Cook County shoud maximize community safety and the health and well-being of its youth and families by: reserving secure detention for only those youth who present a real threat to the safety of the community; providing youth who must be detained with meaningful assessment, case management, and programming; detaining youth in small, safe, community-based facilities consistent with best practice; and ensuring that decision making is guided by timely, accurate information about the youth and all aspects of the juvenile justice system. Details: Madison, Wisconsin: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD), 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at: http://www.nccd-crc.org/nccd/dnld/JuvenileDetentioninCookCounty.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 124609

Author: Paulhus, Elizabeth Title: Stemming the Tide: The Racial and Economic Impacts of West Virginia's Prison System Summary: Despite a relatively stable crime rate, West Virginia is facing a growing prison population, which currently is larger than the capacity of the existing state prisons. As a result, many state prisoners are being housed in regional jails where they cannot access educational and supportive services offered by the Division of Corrections. With more individuals serving sentences in prison, there is a growing financial burden on the state. This population increase is associated with an increase in prison spending, with a growing percentage of the General Revenue fund going toward the Division of Corrections. Prison population growth and its associated overcrowding are not only criminal justice issues, but also fiscal concerns for West Virginia. This growth in the prison population in a state with little total population growth and a stable crime rate is in part the effect of sentencing patterns that place offenders into prison rather than into alternatives like community corrections and give them long sentences, as well as a reduction in the rate of granting parole. It also is a result of the shift from understanding prison as a place of rehabilitation to one of punishment that accompanied the “war on drugs” and the movement in the 1970s toward harsher sentences and being tough on crime. The growing prison population appears to be mainly the result of structures and policies, rather than an increase in crime. Although overcrowding and housing inmates in regional jails may seem like new issues, they have actually plagued West Virginia for decades, even culminating in several lawsuits. After the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that the overcrowding in California was unconstitutional, calling it “cruel and unusual,” states like West Virginia are anxious to find solutions to their own overcrowding problems. Although one option recommended during the 2011 legislative interim sessions is the building of a new 1,200- bed medium security prison at a cost of $120 to $200 million (not including annual operating costs), opponents argue that “state governments cannot build their way out of the overcrowding problems.” A better option is to find ways to reduce the prison population by decreasing the number of offenders entering the system and increasing the number exiting from it. West Virginia could consider several options for reducing prison admissions, such as: Expanding drug courts to every county and creating mental health courts. This would ensure that inmates in need of substance use or mental health care treatment would receive it; and Increasing the use of alternative sanctions for technical parole and probation violators. This could take the form of more traditional methods like electronic monitoring and day report centers, or could mean the creation of “halfway back centers” that would provide support services and programs. The state could also reduce the length of time that inmates spend in prison and increase the number exiting from the prison system by: Conducting a comprehensive review of its criminal code and comparing sentencing patterns to those in other states; Seeking ways to increase the number of inmates released to parole, which not only would reduce the prison population but also would give the inmates access to supportive services in their transition back into society; and Expanding its current “good time” credits to include the completion of educational and other programs rather than just simply good behavior. Key findings include: Many state prisoners are being housed in regional jails, where they lack access to various educational and rehabilitative services. In 2009, approximately 20 percent of the Division of Corrections population was housed in regional jails, while an additional seven percent was housed at the Stevens Correctional Center/McDowell County Corrections; Most state prisoners in West Virginia are not high risk. Only 10 percent are classified as maximum security. One in three inmates can work outside the confines of the prison or is eligible for community-based placements; Many state prisoners struggle with mental illness, substance abuse, or the co-occurence of the two. Many of these individuals would benefit more from treatment and rehabilitation than from regular incarceration; African Americans are disproportionately represented in the West Virginia prison system, and are four times more likely than whites to be in prison; The majority of recidivists in West Virginia are picked up for technical parole violations, not new crimes; Only five percent of state prisoners have more than a high school degree, compared with 43 percent of the state as a whole. As such, educational programs for inmates in prison are crucial to help them develop the skills and knowledge to be more competitive workers in the future; The cost of housing an inmate in prison is nearly 20 times greater than putting someone on parole or probation. Yet West Virginia had 6,200 inmates in prison in 2010 and only 1,264 in-state parolees; and West Virginia had the nation’s second highest growth in general revenue spending on corrections between 1990 and 2010. Details: Charleston, West Virginia: West Virginia Center on Budget and Policy, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.wvpolicy.org/downloads/PrisonReport022212.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections (West Virginia) Shelf Number: 124610

Author: Graham, Kyle Title: Crimes, Widgets, and Plea Bargaining: An Analysis of Charge Content, Pleas, and Trials Summary: This article considers how the composition and gravamen of a charged crime can affect the parties’ willingness and ability to engage in plea bargaining. Most of the prevailing descriptions of plea bargaining ignore or discount the importance of charge content in plea negotiations. In fact, one leading commentator has likened crimes to widgets insofar as plea bargaining is concerned. In developing its counter-thesis, this article reviews seven years of federal conviction data, focusing on those crimes that produce the most and fewest trials relative to how often they are alleged; the most and fewest acquittals at trial; and the most and fewest plea bargains that involve a substantial alteration in charges. Overall, the data demonstrate that the character of and circumstances that surround a particular offense can catalyze or frustrate plea bargaining. Similar information to that utilized in and gleaned from this study, it is also argued, can and should be considered in connection with the adoption of new crimes and the re-evaluation of existing offenses. This information would provide legislatures with insight into how a proposed crime is likely to be utilized, and how current crimes are being used. Details: Unpublished, 2012. 58p. California Law Review, Forthicoming. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2004194 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Convictions Shelf Number: 124611

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Georgia Title: Terror and Isolation in Cobb: How Unchecked Police Power under 287(g) Has Torn Families Apart and Threatened Public Safety Summary: The Cobb County Sheriff’s Office is one of seventy‐seven state and local law enforcement agencies across the country and one of five agencies in Georgia that are involved in a program known as 287(g), made possible through section 287(g) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA). The 287(g) program allows local law enforcement representatives to act as immigration officers and participate in enforcement of federal civil immigration laws, per a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with the Department of Homeland Security Immigration and Customs and Enforcement (ICE). Though initially intended as a measure to combat violent crime and other felonies such as gang activity and drug trafficking, 287(g) agreements have come to undermine police work as immigrant communities, fearful of being deported and leery of local, de facto immigration officers, hesitate to report crime. The Major Cities Chiefs Association and the Police Foundation have both found that participating in 287(g) programs has harmed community policing efforts. In addition, law enforcement agencies that reallocate limited resources towards nonviolent crimes, such as driving without a license or lack of insurance, may have scarce means left with which to combat crimes of violence and other felonies. The 287(g) program has also encouraged and served as a justification for racial profiling and human rights violations by some local enforcement officers acting as immigration agents. Across the country, there have been several well‐documented instances of 287(g)‐related racial profiling. Some actions of local law enforcement have even prompted federal investigations and lawsuits. In Maricopa County, Arizona, Sheriff Joe Arpaio was given “the largest and most comprehensive 287(g) contract in the nation." With these added powers, he rounded up large numbers of immigrants, often without probable cause, launching a “criminal illegal alien” crackdown which caused widespread terror in Maricopa County. In August 2009, the ACLU of Arizona filed a lawsuit against Arpaio’s office, for picking up a son driving his father to work and detaining them for hours without probable cause. Despite showing the arresting officers proof of their legal presence in the U.S., the father, a legal permanent resident, and the son, a U.S. citizen, were taken to a detention center after being picked up for what they thought was a routine traffic stop. There they were denied food and water and access to a restroom for several hours.xi In addition, the Justice Department started an investigation against Sheriff Joe Arpaio in March 2009 for possible civil rights violations, including racial profiling and unlawful search and seizure, while exercising immigration enforcement under 287(g). here are disturbing indications suggesting that race may be a guiding factor in determining in which jurisdictions 287(g) agreements continue to be put into effect. The Cobb County Sheriff’s Office entered into an MOA with the Department of Homeland Security to participate in the 287(g) program on February 13, 2007. The MOA authorized 12 sheriff deputies within the Cobb County Sheriff’s Department who have gone through the ICE training to perform immigration screens of any person arrested and brought to the Cobb County jail. Additionally, per an agreement between the Cobb Sheriff’s Office and ICE known as the Inter‐Governmental Service Agreement (IGSA), the jailxx is permitted to hold people believed to be immigration violators for up to seventy‐two hours before they are transferred to ICE custody. program has been implemented, Cobb officers have misused the authority granted to them under the agreement and engaged in racial profiling, resulting in the propagation of widespread fear and mistrust towards law enforcement within immigrant communities in Cobb County, specifically the Latino community. Interviews with community members and advocates have shown that Cobb County residents who appear to be foreign‐born have been subjected to rampant racial profiling and are routinely picked up by the police for minor or non‐existent violations. Furthermore, many immigrants in Cobb County are afraid to call the police for help, a fear exploited by perpetrators of violent crimes and robberies who know they will not face repercussions if they attack immigrants. Families have been torn apart as people are arrested on their way to conduct everyday business, leaving many wary of leaving their homes. As immigrants feel that they cannot trust local law enforcement, even to report crime, a public safety crisis has ensued for citizens and non‐citizens alike. In Cobb, members of the immigrant community live their daily lives in terror as Cobb law enforcement and jail personnel abuse the power afforded to them by their contract with ICE. Cobb County law enforcement agents are committing egregious Constitutional and human rights violations under the cloak of federal civil immigration law enforcement. There is no meaningful check in place to ensure that local law enforcement do not abuse the program by intimidating and racially profiling immigrant communities in Cobb County. A Government Accountability Office (GAO) investigation earlier this year found that ICE was not exercising proper oversight over local or state agencies. This problem is compounded in Georgia, as there is currently no state legislation banning racial profiling and mandating accountability and transparency for law enforcement. In addition, complaint mechanisms provided in the MOA have not been at all publicized in Cobb County and community members are unaware of their existence. As interviews with community members and advocates indicate that law enforcement in Cobb have abused the 287(g) power by engaging in racial profiling and human rights violations and because 287(g) has led to an atmosphere of terror and a less safer community for all residents of Cobb County, the ACLU of Georgia strongly urges both Cobb County and ICE not to renew the 287(g) agreement. If the program is to continue, local, state, and federal authorities need to create meaningful mechanisms for accountability and oversight. The primary purpose of this report is to show the human impact of 287(g) and the impact on community safety in Cobb County. As such, the primary source of information for this report is interviews with community members who have been directly affected by the implementation of 287(g) as well as community advocates and attorneys who interact on a daily basis with immigrant communities in Cobb County and have born witness to its impact. Dozens of community members in Cobb County were interviewed for this report. The testimony of ten of them is featured here. Only first names are used in this report in order to protect the privacy of the interviewees. A secondary source of information for this report is records provided by the Cobb County Sheriff’s Office per an ACLU of Georgia Open Records Request. Details: Atlanta, GA: American Civil Liberties Union and Foundation of Georgia, 2009. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.aclu.org/files/intlhumanrights/immigrantsrights/asset_upload_file306_41281.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Practices (Georgia) Shelf Number: 124615

Author: Ciolfi, Angela A. Title: Educate Every Child: Promoting Positive Solutions to School Discipline in Virginia Summary: Too many students in Virginia’s public schools are suspended or expelled due to harsh disciplinary policies, according to this report. Based on an analysis of Virginia’s Safe School Information Resource, the report concludes that excluding students from school does not improve behaviour and comes at a grave cost to society including high dropout, crime and teacher attrition rates. The report recommends that Virginia improve school climate and students’ futures by adopting more effective approaches to managing challenging behaviour, including expanding Virginia’s successful Effective Schoolwide Discipline (ESD) programme. ESD is a framework that emphasises teaching and rewarding positive behaviour on a schoolwide, classroom and individual basis. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Legal Aid Justice Center, 2011. 19p. Source: A Report by the Legal Aid Justice Center's JustChildren Program: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.atlanticphilanthropies.org/sites/default/files/uploads/report_educate_every_child.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (Virginia) Shelf Number: 124616

Author: Greenberg, Richard Title: Do No Harm: A Briefing Paper on the Reentry of Gang-Affiliated Individuals in New Jersey Summary: This briefing paper provides background information and identifies promising strategies to help guide New Jersey’s policy and practice on the reentry of gang-affiliated individuals. Its purpose is to synthesize and translate existing approaches, as well as new ideas, that could be implemented in New Jersey to improve reentry outcomes for gang-affiliated individuals. As such, it is intended for engaged practitioners and the policymaking community. The paper is part of a series of briefings on specific aspects of reentry published by the New Jersey Institute for Social Justice (NJISJ), a policy research and advocacy organization based in Newark, New Jersey. The identified strategies share a unifying theory of change: in order to be effective, reentry interventions for gang-affiliated individuals should be 1) targeted and tailored and 2) sustained and intensive. The highlighted approaches include both specific programs and emerging frameworks that could be piloted in the near-term. Rather than seeking to eliminate gangs, they provide lessons that could be used to achieve a more pragmatic goal: to make gang-related activity less violent and pervasive. The key lessons learned include: On the street, gang membership can be used to negotiate a place to live, a source of income, and a loyal set of friends; successful interventions will do the same; Comprehensive community-wide approaches offer the greatest likelihood of success; Direct ‘carrot-and-stick’ engagement with gang-affiliated individuals during and after release has demonstrated promise in reducing gang-related crime; Rewards and sanctions can be calibrated to match the risks and behaviors of the targeted individuals; Incremental approaches and violence reduction benchmarks are appropriate; Interventions should be maximally data-driven and experience-based. Details: Newark, NJ: New Jersey Institute for Social Justice, 2007. 30p. Source: Briefing Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.njisj.org/documents/DoNoHarm_August2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 124618

Author: Martin, Jack Title: The Fiscal Burden of Illegal Immigration on United States Taxpayers Summary: This report estimates the annual costs of illegal immigration at the federal, state and local level to be about $113 billion; nearly $29 billion at the federal level and $84 billion at the state and local level. The study also estimates tax collections from illegal alien workers, both those in the above-ground economy and those in the underground economy. Those receipts do not come close to the level of expenditures and, in any case, are misleading as an offset because over time unemployed and underemployed U.S. workers would replace illegal alien workers. With many state budgets in deficit, policymakers have an obligation to look for ways to reduce the fiscal burden of illegal migration. California, facing a budget deficit of $14.4 billion in 2010-2011, is hit with an estimated $21.8 billion in annual expenditures on illegal aliens. New York’s $6.8 billion deficit is smaller than its $9.5 billion in yearly illegal alien costs. The report examines the likely consequences if an amnesty for the illegal alien population were adopted similar to the one adopted in 1986. The report notes that while tax collections from the illegal alien population would likely increase only marginally, the new legal status would make them eligible for receiving Social Security retirement benefits that would further jeopardize the future of the already shaky system. An amnesty would also result in this large population of illegal aliens becoming eligible for numerous social assistance programs available for low-income populations for which they are not now eligible. The overall result would, therefore, be an accentuation of the already enormous fiscal burden. Details: Washington, DC: Federaion for American Immigration Reform, 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 21, 2012 at: http://www.fairus.org/site/DocServer/USCostStudy_2010.pdf?docID=4921 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 124625

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: The Aryan Circle: Crime in the Name of Hate Summary: The Aryan Circle is a large, growing and dangerous white supremacist prison gang based primarily in Texas, though it has a presence in a number of other states. It is active both in prisons and on the streets. It is an extreme and violent group, with a long track record of murder, including the deaths of two police officers in Bastrop, Louisiana, in 2007. The Aryan Circle combines extremism with organized crime. The Aryan Circle is an organized crime group; its white supremacy often takes a backseat to traditional criminal motives. However, it uses its white supremacy as a bond to cement the loyalty of individual members to the group, creating an extended Aryan crime "family." It originated in the Texas prison system in the mid-1980s. For many years it was a small group, but by 2009 it has become the second largest white supremacist gang in the Texas prison system. Most of the group's members are concentrated in Texas, with cells in or near many metropolitan areas, including Houston, Dallas, Fort Worth, Austin, San Antonio, Waco, San Angelo, Wichita Falls, and Midland/Odessa, among others. The group also has spread its tentacles into surrounding states, has attempted to actively recruit new members in Texas' border states, and individual cells and members have been noted across the country. Details: New York: ADL, 2009. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Groups Shelf Number: 124630

Author: Mauer, Marc Title: To Build a Better Criminal Justice System: 25 Experts Envision the Next 25 Years of Reform Summary: In a new publication of The Sentencing Project 25 leading scholars and practitioners have contributed essays on their strategic vision for the next 25 years of criminal justice reform. Issues addressed in the collection include racial justice strategies, linking public health and criminal justice reform, challenging the war on drugs, and the viability of fiscal pressures as a focus for reform. Details: Washington, D.C.: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/sen_25_eassys.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 124637

Author: Baldridge, David Title: Preventing and Responding to Abuse of Elders in Indian Country Summary: In 2002, the National Indian Council on Aging (NICOA), under contract to the National Center on Elder Abuse, initiated a project to achieve a greater understanding of the scope and nature of elder abuse in Indian country, how it is perceived, services currently being provided, and promising approaches to prevention. This final report for the project – Preventing and Responding to Abuse of Elders in Indian Country – is accompanied by a separate document, Elder Abuse in Indian Country: A Review of the Literature on Research, Policy and Practice. Elder abuse spans a broad spectrum. It ranges from physical violence to the neglect of elders who depend on others for their basic needs. Over the past twenty years, states and local communities across the country have crafted policies and programs to stop abuse, treat its effects and prevent its recurrence. Most states have adopted laws, patterned after child abuse response programs, which enlist professionals and the public to report abuse to public agencies for investigation and follow up. Adult protective service (APS) programs are typically authorized to receive and investigate reports and assess victims’ needs for legal, health or social services. Although little is known about elder abuse in Indian country, the existing literature and accounts by Indian elders and their families, tribes and advocates suggest that it is a serious and pervasive problem. The experiences of Indian elders with abuse, however, and their attitudes about what should be done about it appear to differ from those of non-Indian elders, suggesting the need for new responses to prevention. This project was created to explore the special needs of abused or vulnerable Indian elders and promising approaches for meeting them. Details: Washington, DC: National Indian Council on Aging, National Center on Elder Abuse, 2004. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2012 at http://www.ncea.aoa.gov/main_site/pdf/whatnew/abuseindian040707.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 124640

Author: Boddie, Stephanie C. Title: Religion in Prisons: A 50-State Survey of Prison Chaplains Summary: From the perspective of the nation’s professional prison chaplains, America’s state penitentiaries are a bustle of religious activity. More than seven-in-ten (73%) state prison chaplains say that efforts by inmates to proselytize or convert other inmates are either very common (31%) or somewhat common (43%). About three-quarters of the chaplains say that a lot (26%) or some (51%) religious switching occurs among inmates in the prisons where they work. Many chaplains report growth from religious switching in the numbers of Muslims and Protestant Christians, in particular. Overwhelmingly, state prison chaplains consider religious counseling and other religion-based programming an important aspect of rehabilitating prisoners. Nearly three-quarters of the chaplains (73%), for example, say they consider access to religion-related programs in prison to be “absolutely critical” to successful rehabilitation of inmates. And 78% say they consider support from religious groups after inmates are released from prison to be absolutely critical to inmates’ successful rehabilitation and re-entry into society. Among chaplains working in prisons that have religion-related rehabilitation or re-entry programs, more than half (57%) say the quality of such programs has improved over the last three years and six-in-ten (61%) say participation in such programs has gone up. At the same time, a sizable minority of chaplains say that religious extremism is either very common (12%) or somewhat common (29%) among inmates. Religious extremism is reported by the chaplains as especially common among Muslim inmates (including followers of the Nation of Islam and the Moorish Science Temple of America) and, to a substantial but lesser degree, among followers of pagan or earth-based religions such as Odinism and various forms of Wicca. (See Glossary.) An overwhelming majority of chaplains, however, report that religious extremism seldom poses a threat to the security of the facility in which they work, with only 4% of chaplains saying religious extremism among inmates “almost always” poses a threat to prison security and an additional 19% saying it “sometimes” poses a threat. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, The Pew Forum on Religion & Public Life, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at: http://www.pewforum.org/uploadedFiles/Topics/Issues/Social_Welfare/Religion%20in%20Prisons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Chaplains Shelf Number: 124644

Author: Hopper, Allen Title: Public Safety Realignment: California at a Crossroads Summary: California is at a criminal justice crossroads. After decades of “tough on crime” policies and draconian sentencing practices, the state correctional system—one of the largest incarcerators in the largest incarcerating country in the world—finally buckled under its own weight. Faced with a historic U.S. Supreme Court order requiring the state to reduce overcrowding, California made a momentous decision: it would no longer take into state facilities or under state custody most people convicted of low-level, non-violent offenses, instead tasking counties with dealing with these individuals at the local level. Legislatively codified as the Public Safety Realignment Act, or Assembly Bill 109 (AB 109), this major policy shift has put California’s 58 counties in the driver’s seat. Each county will choose its own path, but their futures are intertwined. Poor implementation in one county will inevitably affect others. All will affect California taxpayers. The ACLU has conducted an in-depth review of all 53 available county realignment implementation plans, and we have analyzed the statutory changes and related state laws and budget allocations. We have identified four major interrelated themes: • A troubling lack of state monitoring, data collection, outcome measurements and funding incentives to help counties successfully implement realignment. • A dramatic increase in spending on county jails—facilitated by billions of dollars in state funding—particularly in those counties that have historically sent more people to state prison for low-level, non-violent offenses. • A shockingly high number of people who present no real threat to public safety being held in county jails before having their day in court, incarcerated without trial simply because they cannot afford bail. • A promising commitment—though not yet realized—by many counties to adopt alternatives to incarceration and evidence-based practices to reduce recidivism. A few counties are adopting innovative programs and approaches that can serve as models for the rest of the state, but all too often our analysis revealed few, if any, resources allocated for such programs. Details: San Francisco: American Civil Liberties Union of California, 2012. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at: http://aclusandiego.org/article_downloads/001251/Public%20Safety%20Realignment%20FINAL%20.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (California) Shelf Number: 124645

Author: National Network for Immigrant and Refugee Rights (NNIRR) Title: Injustice for All: The Rise of the U.S. Immigration Policing Regime Summary: HURRICANE’s 2009-2010 report, Injustice for All: The Rise of the Immigration Policing Regime, finds that the U.S. government has built a brutal system of immigration control and policing that criminalizes immigration status, normalizes the forcible separation of families, destabilizes communities and workplaces, and fuels widespread civil rights violations. This “immigration policing regime” is also fueling racial discrimination and hate violence against immigrants and those perceived to be foreign born or “illegal.” Based on over 100 stories of abuse documented by NNIRR’s initiative, HURRICANE: The Human Rights Immigrant Community Action Network, Injustice for All shows how a new dimension of immigration control, ICE-police collaboration and border security, are hurting communities from the rural areas of New Mexico and North Carolina to New York City and the suburbs of Chicago. Injustice for All includes eleven essays by HURRICANE members in California, Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, Illinois, North Carolina, Rhode Island, and New York. These reports demonstrate how immigration policing impacts border and rural communities, women, Indigenous people, African and South Asian communities and workers. The report’s findings and testimonial essays bring to light the often tragic consequences of this system of immigration policing and its four identifiable pillars: 1. Relentless criminalization of immigration status and use of incarceration. 2. Persistent linking of immigration to the politics of national security and engaging in policing tactics that rely upon racial, ethnic/nationality and religious profiling. 3. Escalating militarization of immigration control and border communities; reinforcing policies and strategies that deliberately “funnel” migrants to cross through the most dangerous segments of the U.S.-Mexico border and compromise the rights and safety of border residents. 4. Scapegoating immigrants for the economic crisis and leveraging anti-immigrant sentiment to push laws and policies that cut and/or eliminate public services, roll back civil rights, environmental, labor and other social protections. Details: Oakland, CA: National Network for Immigrant and Refugee Rights (NNIRR), 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Acccessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.colawnc.org/files/pdf/injustice_2011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 124646

Author: National Network for Immigrant and Refugee Rights (NNIRR) Title: Over-raided, under seige: U.S. Immigration laws and enforcement destroy the rights of immigrants Summary: Over-Raided, Under Siege: U.S. Immigration Laws and Enforcement Destroy the Rights of Immigrants provides a critical overview and analysis of the trends and patterns of human rights violations being perpetrated against immigrant and refugee communities by the U.S. government, local, county and state governments, employers and private citizen groups. It is the fourth report issued by the National Network for Immigrant and Refugee Rights (NNIRR) on immigration enforcement. The most recent report – Human Rights, Human Security at Risk – concludes that placing immigration services and enforcement under the new Department of Homeland Security (DHS) jeopardizes community safety and compromises access to services. The report was published in 2003, shortly after the formation of DHS. Over-Raided, Under Siege, produced under the auspices of the Human Rights Immigrant Community Action Network (HURRICANE) a new initiative of NNIRR, documents over 100 stories of human rights violations from across the country between 2006 and 2007. They range from immigration raids and migrant deaths at the U.S.-Mexico border tomounting detentions and deportations. The report identifies fivemajor trends of rights violations in immigration services and enforcement based on some 100 stories of abuse and 206 incidents of raids tracked through extensive documentation from newspaper articles, scholarly journals, reports, and interviews with affected persons and reporting by community groups. The report also provides a political and historical context to the stories (SEE PAGE 53). Over-Raided, Under Siege concludes with a series of recommendations for Congress, state and local governments, the Social Security Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, and local law enforcement agencies to cease all policies, practices, measures and laws that violate international human rights norms and to protect and uphold the rights of all immigrant and refugee families, workers and communities and focus on addressing the root causes of migration. Details: Oakland, CA: National Network for Immigrant and Refugee Rights, 2008. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://173.236.53.234/~nnirrorg/drupal/sites/default/files/undersiege_web.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 124647

Author: Rana, Sheetal Title: Addressing Domestic Violence in Immigrant Communities: Critical Issues for Culturally Competent Services Summary: mmigrant women as a social category are a diverse group. In the U.S., there are approximately 18 million women and girls who have emigrated from many countries around the world, under a myriad of circumstances, and with different types of immigration status (American Community Survey, 2008). They are from various socio-economic, cultural, and religious backgrounds. Their age, sexual orientation, individual abilities, and levels of acculturation to the mainstream society vary. Amidst this diversity, immigrant women may share experiences, everyday realities, and a collective identity as immigrants, making them different from the mainstream society. These differences and similarities among immigrant women pose challenges in offering services to immigrant survivors of domestic violence, as well as highlight the importance of culturally competent services. Central to culturally competent domestic violence services to immigrant women is an in-depth understanding of domestic violence in immigrant communities. Cultural competence is a process that involves individual practitioners and systems responding to their clients in ways that recognize, value, and respect the clients’ cultures, languages, classes, races, ethnic backgrounds, religions, and other diversity factors (NASW National Committee on Racial and Ethnic Diversity, 2001; Rothman, 2008). In offering culturally competent domestic violence services to immigrant women, knowledge about socio-economic, cultural, and political contexts within which immigrant women experience domestic violence can be a useful guide. Such knowledge may contribute to the development and implementation of policies, programs, and approaches that respectfully as well as effectively respond to the unique and specific needs of immigrant survivors. With this purpose in mind, this paper focuses on what we can learn from existing research on immigrant women and domestic violence. This paper is organized into three sections: 1) overview of methodological issues in research used to generate knowledge of the nature and dynamics of domestic violence in immigrant communities; 2) research findings that help us understand the broad contexts within which immigrant women experience domestic violence; and 3) considerations for culturally competent services. Legal protections available for immigrant women survivors are discussed in another VAWnet Applied Research document by Shetty and Kaguyutan (2002) and, therefore, are not discussed in this paper. The terms “immigrant women survivors,” “immigrant survivors,” and “survivors” are used throughout this paper to refer to immigrant women who survive domestic violence. Details: National Online Resource Harrisburg, PA: Center on Violence Against Women, 2012. 11p. Source: VAWnet.org Applied Research: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_DVImmigrantComm.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 124671

Author: Pierce, Alexandra (Sandi) Title: New language, old problem: Sex trafficking of American Indian women and children Summary: The selling of North America’s indigenous women and children for sexual purposes has been an ongoing practice since the colonial era. There is evidence that early British surveyors and settlers viewed Native women’s sexual and reproductive freedom as proof of their “innate” impurity, and that many assumed the right to kidnap, rape, and prostitute Native women and girls without consequence (see Deer, 2010; Fischer, 2001; Smith, 2003; Waselkov & Braund, 1995). Today, major centers for sex trafficking include cities near rural, high-poverty First Nations reserves, American Indian reservations, and Alaskan Native communities.1 The FBI recently noted, “There have been traffickers and pimps who specifically target Native girls because they feel that they’re versatile and they can post them [online] as Hawaiian, as Native, as Asian, as you name it” (Hopkins, 2010). The U.S. and Canada have only recently classified human trafficking as a form of slavery subject to major penalties. In 2000, the U.S. passed the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA), the first nation to criminalize human trafficking. One section of the TVPA focuses explicitly on sex trafficking, making it illegal to “recruit, entice, or obtain a person to engage in commercial sex acts, or to benefit from such activities” (see18 U.S.C. § 1591 and 22 U.S.C. § 7101, 7102, and 7105). Also in 2000, Canada, the U.S., and 115 other nations signed the United Nations Convention of Member States’ Palermo Trafficking Protocol, which criminalized sex and labor trafficking. Canada ratified the Protocol in 2002, and the U.S. did so in 2005 (United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, 2008). As of August 2011, forty U.S. states had also passed sex trafficking legislation (Polaris Project, 2011). This legal reframing of the sale of human beings for sexual purposes has resulted in new research and new efforts to address it. In our discussion, we summarize published materials on the commercial sexual exploitation of indigenous women and children in the U.S. and Canada and the legal issues related to their protection. We begin with a brief discussion of the unique vulnerability of Native women and children. This is followed by a summary of research with Native women and girls in the sex trade. Next, we discuss gaps in legal protections and victims support services. Drawing on these, we conclude with implications for professionals. Details: Harrisburg, PA: National Online Resource Center on Violence Against Women, 2011. 15p. Source: VAW.net Applied Research: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_NativeSexTrafficking.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Victims Shelf Number: 124720

Author: Eisen, Lauren-Brooke Title: Reallocating Justice Resources: A Review of 2011 State Sentencing Trends Summary: they are challenged to increase public safety while coping with smaller budgets. This report distills lessons from 14 states that passed research-driven sentencing and corrections reform in 2011 and is based on interviews with stakeholders and experts, and the experience of technical assistance staff at the Vera Institute of Justice. It is intended to serve as a guide to policy makers and others interested in pursuing evidence-based justice reform in their jurisdiction. Legislatures throughout the United States enacted sentencing and corrections policy changes in 2011 that were based on data analysis of their prison populations and the growing body of research on practices that can reduce recidivism. Although this emphasis on using evidence to inform practice is not new in criminal justice, legislators are increasingly relying on this science to guide the use of taxpayer dollars more effectively to improve public safety outcomes. In highlighting important legislative changes enacted in the past year, this report documents a new approach to reform in which bipartisan, multidisciplinary policy groups are using analysis of state population and sentencing data, harnessing the political will emerging from the budget crisis, relying on decades of criminal justice research, and reaching out to key constituencies. The result is legislation that aims to make more targeted use of incarceration and to reinvest the cost savings into community programs geared toward reducing recidivism and victimization. Details: New York: Center on Sentencing and Corrections, Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.vera.org/download?file=3489/reallocating-justice-resources.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 124723

Author: The Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights Title: Restoring a National Consensus: The Need to End Racial Profiling in America Summary: "Restoring a National Consensus: The Need to End Racial Profiling in America" is an update of our 2003 report, "Wrong Then, Wrong Now: Racial Profiling Before and After September 11, 2001." Sadly, 10 years after 9/11, the problem of racial profiling continues to be a significant national concern that demands priority attention. In releasing this report, our goals are to examine the use of racial profiling in the street-level context in which it originally arose, in the newer context of counterterrorism, and in the most recent context of immigration; and to re-establish a national consensus against racial profiling in all its forms. Details: Washington, D.C.: The Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2012 at http://www.civilrights.org/publications/reports/racial-profiling2011/racial_profiling2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 124725

Author: Markowitz, Sara Title: Estimating the Relationship Between Alcohol Policies and Criminal Violence and Victimization Summary: Violence is one of the leading social problems in the United States. The development of appropriate public policies to curtail violence is confounded by the relationship between alcohol and violence. In this paper, we estimate the propensity of alcohol control policies to reduce the perpetration and victimization of criminal violence. We measure violence with data on individual level victimizations from the U.S. National Crime Victimization Survey. We examine the effects of a number of different alcohol control policies in reducing violent crime. These policies include the retail price of beer, drunk driving laws and penalties, keg laws, and serving and selling laws. We find some evidence of a negative relationship between alcohol prices and the probability of alcohol or drug related assault victimizations. However, we find no strong evidence that other alcohol policies are effective in reducing violent crimes. These results provide policy makers with guidance on potential approaches for reducing violence through alcohol beverage control. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 39p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series 17918: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2012 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w17918.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 124730

Author: Judicial Council of California. Administrative Office of the Courts Title: Effective Court Practice for Abused Elders: A Report to the Archstone Foundation Summary: This report is the product of a two-year research grant awarded to the Administrative Office of the Courts, Center for Families, Children & the Courts, by the Archstone Foundation under its Elder Abuse and Neglect Initiative. The objectives of the study were to identify courts that have adopted a specialized response to elder abuse, document innovative and effective practices in handling elder abuse cases, and assess the needs of abused and neglected elders who come before the courts. The overall goal of the study was to gather and disseminate information to help courts improve the quality of justice for elderly victims who come before the courts. Because elder abuse appears in the courts under the guise of many different case types, this study takes a broad view of elder abuse in the court context, examining issues and court programs related to probate conservatorship, restraining order (elder and dependent adult abuse, domestic violence, or civil harassment), family law, criminal, unlawful detainer, and other civil matters. Because the timing of this project coincided with information gathering and development of recommendations by the Judicial Council’s Probate Conservatorship Task Force, the project team chose to place somewhat less emphasis on issues related to probate conservatorship, to both minimize redundancy in reports and avoid overburdening the courts with requests for information or study participation. The study also views the specialized response to elder abuse with a wide lens, exploring initiatives not directly court-related, but with a potential impact on the courts or highlighting a key partnership. The research design called for the identification of four “study courts” that had implemented or were interested in implementing some kind of specialized response to elder abuse. The study courts were identified through publicizing the study and the opportunity to participate in Court News Update, review of Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) project documents and discussions with AOC colleagues, and referrals from professional contacts. The four courts selected for participation in the study represent the following counties: Alameda, Orange, San Francisco, and Ventura. Site visits to those counties included semistructured interviews with a variety of court personnel and justice partners, observation and documentation of court and program operations, and court file reviews. To supplement the in-depth examination of initiatives in the four courts, the study included a statewide survey on the court response to elder abuse and incorporated other available and relevant statewide data. In addition to the following report, which includes an overview of elder abuse issues and highlights court programs and initiatives to address them, the other major product of this study was the development of a basic elder abuse curriculum for the courts, developed by Candace J. Heisler, J.D., a retired assistant district attorney with extensive expertise in domestic violence and elder abuse issues. The primary audience for this curriculum is judicial officers, but a variety of court staff will benefit from it, as well. The curriculum is included in the PowerPoint presentation entitled Elder Abuse: An Overview for the California Courts on the enclosed CD. The CD also contains report appendixes (more detailed write-ups of data collection efforts, statistical profiles for the study counties, and data collection instruments) and a list of key resources for the courts on elder abuse, including links to Web sites, where available. Chapter 1 of this report provides an overview of the elderly population and elder abuse, including issues for the community as a whole and for the courts specifically. Chapter 2 reviews national, state, and local programs and initiatives developed in response to elder abuse, as well as trends that are likely to have an impact on agencies that serve abused elders. Chapter 3 highlights what is known about elder abuse in the courts at the state level, including a review of the results of the statewide survey on the court response to elder abuse. Chapter 4 describes the elder abuse initiatives adopted by the four study courts, highlights issues faced by the courts and community in serving elder abuse victims, and provides some background data on elders in the county and elder abuse in the court. Chapter 5 summarizes the types of specialized programs or initiatives in which courts could become involved to better respond to elder abuse; it draws on examples from the study courts as well as other significant national initiatives. Details: San Francisco: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts, Center for Families, Children & the Courts, 2008. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2012 at http://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/EffectiveCourtAbusedEldersMain.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Court Procedures Shelf Number: 124733

Author: Petro, John Title: Increading Collaboration and Coordination of the Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice Systems to Better Serve Dual Jurisdiction Youth: A Literature Review Summary: Dual jurisdiction youth are children and youth who are under the jurisdiction of the child welfare system; who are placed in out-of-home care; and who come to the attention of the juvenile justice system. Out-of-home care can consist of foster care, group care, kinship care, or residential placement. These youth cross between or concurrently exist in both the child welfare and juvenile justice systems. Research suggests that children who are abused or neglected are more likely to go on to commit delinquent acts than the general population. From the standpoint of child welfare and juvenile justice professionals, dual jurisdiction youth pose special challenges and require special attention, thereby straining limited resources. Although dual jurisdiction youth make up only a small percentage of the juvenile court’s total caseload, the research suggests that these youth may require a disproportionate share of agency resources. Dual jurisdiction youth make up a large proportion of the court’s deeper-end delinquency caseload. For instance, 42% of all juveniles in a probation placement also had a dependency petition active for at least a portion of that calendar year (Halemba et al., 2004). Dual jurisdiction youth also have higher recidivism rates than those with no history of involvement with the child welfare system. From the standpoint of the youth themselves, contact with the juvenile justice system may result in heightened trauma, increased instability, contribute to a child’s propensity to antisocial behavior, and impair a child’s educational attainment and income. The Child Welfare League of America (CWLA), therefore, is seeking to identify ways in which the child welfare and juvenile justice agencies can collaborate and coordinate their efforts to better serve dual jurisdiction youth and prevent those children with a history of maltreatment from going down the path of delinquency. It is to this effect that CWLA is undertaking the creation of practice guidelines. Developed with the assistance of a national advisory committee comprised of behavioral health, child welfare, and juvenile justice practitioners, experts, and advocates, the practice guidelines will delineate the necessary factors and components of systems collaboration on behalf of youth in out-of-home care entering and transitioning through the juvenile justice system. Practice guidelines are developed to provide practical guidance to the field in a particular area and represent the “best thinking” of professionals across program areas. This review of the literature will give first an overview of the research that suggests a link between maltreatment and delinquency. Second, we will review the research that evaluates the effect of placement on a child’s likelihood of delinquency. Next, we will examine programmatic responses child welfare and juvenile justice agencies may undertake to identify and deliver services to those children at risk of becoming dual jurisdiction youth. Lastly, we will examine models of collaboration between these agencies and review any policies, practices, or programs that have been evaluated for their effectiveness in assisting dual jurisdiction youth. Details: Washington, DC: Child Welfare League of America, . 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.cwla.org/programs/juvenilejustice/jjlitreview.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 124737

Author: Illinois Department on Aging. Illinois Family Violence Coordinating Councils Title: Protocol for Law Enforcement: Responding to Victims of Elder Abuse, Neglect and Exploitation Summary: In February 2006, in partnership with the Illinois Department on Aging (IDoA), the Illinois Family Violence Coordinating Councils (IFVCC) convened a statewide Responding to Elder Abuse Committee. The purpose of the committee is to identify and develop resources to assist the courts, criminal justice systems and communities in responding to the needs of abused seniors. According to the Illinois Department on Aging, about 4 to 5 percent of senior citizens experience some kind of mistreatment and only about 1 in 13 cases of elder abuse are ever reported. Of the seniors abused, almost 35 percent were living with their abusers. Of the abusers, 40 percent were children of the victim. Due to the underreporting of elder abuse, the need for specialized training and the lack of resources for law enforcement, the committee determined the need for a law enforcement protocol. Details: Springfield, IL: Illinois Family Violence Coordinating Councils, 2009. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.ifvcc.org/respondingtoelder/Elder%20Abuse%20Law%20Enforcement%20Protocol%20as%20of%201%202009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse and Neglect (Illinois) Shelf Number: 124738

Author: Dean, Charles W. Title: Social Work and Police Partnership: A Summons To The Village Strategies and Effective Practices Summary: The introductory chapter notes that social work/police partnerships are the next logical step in the development of community policing, since such a partnership meets the mandate to work together for the benefit and survival of the community. The second chapter provides a background overview of social work/police partnerships. It indicates that law enforcement and social work have continually served the same target groups, but with varying success. Currently, there are social work/police partnerships in several North Carolina jurisdictions that follow the crisis intervention paradigm that consists of the three stages of response, stabilization, and prevention. The third chapter profiles five social work/police partnerships that address domestic violence situations; four are in North Carolina jurisdictions, and one is in Memphis, TN. The next chapter presents observations and identifies critical concerns. It notes that the various models described focus on multi-problem households and some first-time callers with severe problems. In such situations, police act to restore order, mediate, separate if needed, stabilize the situation, arrest when warranted, and then leave, typically providing no prevention services. Social workers are involved in the coordinated response, either with the police on initial calls or the next day. They assess the situation, provide emergency service, mediate or facilitate separation when needed, read police reports, conduct background checks, refer to other agencies, and provide interim counseling until referral services begin. They monitor client progress and advocate for clients who need assistance. The fifth chapter outlines steps for communities to follow in assessing the need for social work/police partnerships; and the sixth chapter presents a checklist of effective practices for such partnerships. The concluding chapter outlines the measures that can be used to assess the effectiveness of social worker/police partnerships. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Governor's Crime Commission, Criminal Justice Analysis Center, 2000. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Assault Shelf Number: 124739

Author: Linkins, Karen Title: Congressional Report on the Feasibility of Establishing a Uniform National Database on Elder Abuse Summary: The limited research in the area of elder abuse suggests that the problem is widespread and largely unreported. In a 1988 study, 3.2 percent of older adults reported having experienced physical or verbal abuse or neglect. An estimated 5 million older people may be victimized by financial exploitation each year. There is evidence to suggest that the number of reported incidents has increased. Between 2000 and 2004, total reports of elder abuse and neglect to state Adult Protective Services (APS) agencies increased 19.7 percent, but it is not clear whether the increase in number of reports is due to a greater underlying incidence of elder abuse or an increase in public awareness of elder abuse as an issue that should be reported to authorities, or both. These reports to APS likely represent only a small fraction of total cases, as most abuse is never reported. Over the next several decades, the problem is elder abuse is expected to grow as the population of Americans age 65+ rapidly expands. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 directed the Secretary of HHS to conduct a study, in consultation with the Attorney General, assessing current elder abuse data collection systems and examining the feasibility of establishing a uniform national elder abuse database to improve the quality and accessibility of data (Public Law 109-432). To develop the basis for its Report to Congress, ASPE contracted with the Lewin Group to conduct research in support of these efforts. This Report to Congress synthesizes the findings and discusses considerations and recommendations for a national elder abuse data collection effort. Specifically, the report addresses: Current reporting systems for elder abuse at the federal and state levels; Elder abuse definition and laws; Examples of data collection efforts in similar fields; and Considerations and recommendations for a national data collection effort. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2010. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/reports/2010/elderCR.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reporting Shelf Number: 124740

Author: Stiegel, Lori A. Title: Final Technical Report to the National Institute of Justice on "A Multi-Site Assessment of Five Court-Focused Elder Abuse Initiatives" Summary: We assessed the five court-focused elder abuse initiatives in existence when our study began to examine how they handle elder abuse cases and determine whether they improve the criminal justice response to those cases. The initiatives were the: “Elder Protection Court” in Alameda County, California; “Elder Justice Center” in Hillsborough County, Florida; “Elder Justice Center” in Palm Beach County, Florida; “In-Home Emergency Protective Order Initiative” in Jefferson County, Kentucky; “Elder Temporary Order of Protection” Initiative in Kings County, New York. Our goal was to provide judges, court administrators, policymakers, and funders with evidence-based knowledge about the structure, process, and outcomes of these initiatives so they can make informed decisions about supporting similar initiatives in their communities. Guided by a multidisciplinary advisory committee, we: reviewed research literature; identified and surveyed key informants; identified key stakeholders from an array of disciplines; developed four question sets for stakeholder interviews; created a case file review sheet; conducted five site visits at which we interviewed 92 stakeholders, including three victims, and reviewed 68 court case files; coded and analyzed (qualitatively and quantitatively) stakeholder interview and court case file data; and developed findings and arrived at conclusions. We found that the initiatives improved handling of elder abuse cases and enhanced the criminal justice response to elder abuse in several ways, including: facilitating greater access to justice and better court outcomes for victims through court accommodations, increasing judges’ and other professionals’ knowledge about elder abuse, and providing emotional support throughout the court process; providing services to courts or to victims that enhance victim safety and prevent further abuse; connecting victims with services that may help address underlying problems and prevent future court cases; providing services to courts or to victims that may facilitate prosecution of elder abuse cases; and handling elder abuse cases more efficiently and with fewer delays. We also found that the initiatives do almost nothing to self-assess their impact and outcomes and should strengthen evaluation and data collection efforts. Each initiative does a better job of handling elder abuse cases than do courts and communities without such initiatives. Given the extent of elder abuse now, its anticipated growth, and its devastating effects on victims, we recommend that judges, court administrators, service providers, policymakers, and funders in other communities give serious consideration to implementing similar efforts. Details: American Bar Association and University of Kentucky Research Foundation, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/uncategorized/2011/2011_aging_ea_multi_assess.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 124741

Author: Saeteurn, Michelle L. Title: Exploring Characteristics and Outcomes of 241.1 Youth in Alameda County Summary: This study explored the characteristics and outcomes of crossover youth (youth who come from the child welfare system and cross over into the juvenile justice system also known as Welfare and Institution Code 241.1 youth) in Alameda County. The study results were compared to a Los Angeles County study of 241.1 youth with the assumption that crossover youth will have similar characteristics no matter what region they come from. Maltreatment, disparity of African-American males, instability in placement, mental health issues, co-occurring disorders, poor academic achievement, and a lack of permanency were prominent in the findings. Child welfare and juvenile justice system should collaborate in providing preventative and intervention services to decrease the risks of foster youth becoming a delinquent. Michelle Saeteurn and Janay Swain are co-authors in this research study. The two authors of this study have contributed equally to the research. Details: Sacramento, CA: California State University, 2009. 127p. Source: Thesis (M.S.W. Social Work): Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10211.9/661/SAETEURN%2c%20MICHELLE%20L._SUMMER_2009.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare (California) Shelf Number: 124744

Author: Halemba, Gregg Title: King County (Seattle, WA) Uniting for Youth: Prevalence of Child Welfare and BECCA (Status Offender) Involvement Among Youth Referred to the Juvenile Court on Delinquency Matters Summary: First established in 2003, the King County Uniting for Youth (formerly the King County Systems Integration) Initiative is a collaboration of state and local community agencies and organizations that have come together to examine and improve integrated program development, policy development, and service delivery for children, youth, and families served by the child welfare and juvenile justice systems as well as other youth-serving entities (such as education and the mental/behavioral health communities). During the ensuing eight years, initiative accomplishments have been impressive. Uniting for Youth committees/task forces have tackled a number of difficult issues including development of information-sharing protocols/resource guides; specification of the technological functionalities needed to facilitate the sharing of information on multi-system youth; an assessment of the local mental health service continuum; design of a dropout retrieval system and recent implementation of a pilot project based on this design; and development of cross training and joint policy/procedural protocols to facilitate cross-system case work. A growing body of research examining the crossover youth population continues to confirm the important challenges presented by these cases. These include considerably higher recidivism rates (markedly so for female offenders); earlier onset of delinquent behavior; more and longer detention stays, deeper and faster juvenile justice system penetration; substantially higher out-ofhome placement rates; frequent placement changes; poor permanency outcomes; and substantial costs in the face of shrinking budgets. In support of this internal evaluation capacity-building effort and with funding provided by the Seattle Field Office of Casey Family Programs, the National Center for Juvenile Justice (NCJJ) in 2007 began work to design a strategy to conduct research on the prevalence of multi-system involvement among youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on offender (delinquency), Becca (truancy, ARY and/or CHINS), and/or dependency matters. This included development of preliminary specifications on how to proceed in obtaining the necessary administrative data from the various stakeholder organizations/agencies required to conduct such a study. This report summarizes findings specific to the prevalence of multi-system involvement (specifically, child welfare and Becca) for youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on offender matters, how this varies demographically, and how juvenile justice trajectories and outcomes vary by level of multi-system involvement. The report also begins to examine temporal issues related to the onset of juvenile justice, child welfare and Becca involvement. The data set has considerable potential to allow for more in-depth analysis in this regards and subsequent summaries are planned that will take a closer look at differential outcomes for firsttime offenders, females, and minority youth, among others. Also, The Washington State Center for Court Research (WSSCR) has identified youth in the current study who were administered the Washington State Juvenile Court Risk Assessment (WSJCA) instrument at some point during their court involvement on an offender matter. WSSCR has recently initiated an analysis examining differences in various risk and protective domains for these youth controlling for a history of multi-system involvement. Lastly, NCJJ and WSCCR plan to examine differential patterns of multi-system involvement for all youth referred to the court on dependency and Becca matters in a fashion similar to what is presented herein for youth referred on offender matters. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice (NCJJ), 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.texascasaresources.org/files/grants/Crossover_Youth_Prevalence_Study_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 124745

Author: Halemba, Gregory Title: Doorways to Delinquency: Multi-System Involvement of Delinquent Youth in King County (Seattle, WA) Summary: This executive summary highlights fi ndings from a study conducted by the National Center for Juvenile Justice (NCJJ) that examines the prevalence of multi-system involvement (specifi cally, child welfare and Becca) among youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on offender matters during the 2006 calendar year. The study examines how this varies demographically and how juvenile justice trajectories/outcomes vary by level of multi-system involvement. The target population for the current study reflected a time limited snapshot of youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on one or more offender referrals during calendar year 2006. The study cohort included 4,475 youth and their history of court and child welfare involvement was tracked through the end of the 2008 calendar year. In support of this internal evaluation capacity-building effort and with funding provided by the Seattle Field Office of Casey Family Programs, the National Center for Juvenile Justice (NCJJ) in 2007 began work to design a strategy to conduct research on the prevalence of multi-system involvement among youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on offender (delinquency), Becca (truancy, ARY and/or CHINS), and/or dependency matters. This included development of preliminary specifications on how to proceed in obtaining the necessary administrative data from the various stakeholder organizations/ agencies required to conduct such a study. This report summarizes fi ndings specifi c to the prevalence of multi-system involvement (specifi cally, child welfare and Becca) for youth referred to the King County Juvenile Court on offender matters, how this varies demographically, and how juvenile justice trajectories and outcomes vary by level of multi-system involvement. The report also begins to examine temporal issues related to the onset of juvenile justice, child welfare and Becca involvement. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Models for Change, National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/MFC/Doorways_to_Delinquency_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 124746

Author: Bogie, Andrea Title: Assessing Risk of Future Delinquency Among Children Receiving Child Protection Services Summary: Children who experience maltreatment are more likely than other children to be arrested and/or referred for delinquent offenses. Maltreated children are more likely to become delinquent at a younger age, and their risk of delinquency increases as their exposure to violence increases. In an effort to prevent children who are already involved with the Los Angeles County Department of Children and Family Services (LA DCFS) from becoming involved with the Los Angeles County Probation Department, county managers sought to develop a structured, actuarial assessment to help identify which children served by LA DCFS were most likely to become delinquent. The managers intend to provide additional supports to children who are at high risk of future delinquency. For example, the county may provide wraparound services to meet the specific needs of these high risk children, in an effort to prevent them from becoming delinquent. This report describes a longitudinal study conducted by the Children’s Research Center (CRC) to identify the risk factors for subsequent delinquency, and if possible, construct a screening assessment that classifies children with an open child protective services (CPS) case by the likelihood of future delinquency. The next section examines findings from peer-reviewed literature regarding the needs and characteristics of children involved with both child welfare and juvenile justice systems, and provides more detail about the objectives of the current study. Subsequent sections of the report describe the methodology followed to construct an actuarial assessment that classifies children by risk of delinquency, and review findings of the study. The summary section identifies limitations of the current research and proposes next steps for piloting use of the delinquency screening assessment. Details: Oakland, CA: Children's Research Center, National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2011. 57p. Source: Prepared for Los Angeles County Department of Children and Families: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2012 at http://www.nccd-crc.org/crc/crc/pubs/LA_Delinquency_Screening_Assessment_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 124747

Author: Wessler, Seth Freed Title: Shattered Families: The Perilous Intersection of Immigration Enforcement and the Child Welfare System Summary: This report presents a national investigation on threats to families when immigration enforcement and the child welfare system intersect. It explores the extent to which children in foster care are prevented from uniting with their detained or deported parents and the failures of the child welfare system to adequately work to reunify these families. Immigration policies and laws are based on the assumption that families will, and should, be united, whether or not parents are deported. Similarly, child welfare policy aims to reunify families whenever possible. In practice, however, when mothers and fathers are detained and deported and their children are relegated to foster care, family separation can last for extended periods. Too often, these children lose the opportunity to ever see their parents again when a juvenile dependency court terminates parental rights. In fiscal year 2011, the United States deported a record-breaking 397,000 people and detained nearly that many. According to federal data released to ARC through a Freedom of Information Act request, a growing number and proportion of deportees are parents. In the first six months of 2011, the federal government removed more than 46,000 mothers and fathers of U.S.-citizen children. These deportations shatter families and endanger the children left behind. Details: New York: Applied Research Center, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2012 at: http://act.colorlines.com/acton/form/1069/0041:d-0001/0/index.htm Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 124753

Author: Freeman, Semuteh Title: Immigration Incarceration: The Expansion and Failed Reform of Immigration Detention in Essex County, NJ Summary: This report takes a hard look at the outcome of detention expansion and so-called “reform” of immigration detention in Essex County, New Jersey. Although immigration detention has always been justified as non-punitive, and the rhetoric from the Obama Administration has emphasized a reform of the civil immigration detention system, in recent years there has been an expansion of immigration detention even while detention facilities fail to meet the 2008 and 2011 Immigration and Customs Enforcement Performance-Based National Detention Standards (PBNDS). What is currently happening in Essex County is an example of what occurs when expansion of immigration detention fails to coincide with any meaningful review of the system currently in place. Every indicator of the conditions and treatment of immigrant detainees in Essex County shows a detention system that is failing to meet the bare minimum of humane treatment and due process. What’s more, the increase in the number of immigrants detained and the conditions of their detention are contrary to promises for reform and prosecutorial discretion at the national level, as well as assurances of oversight at the local level. After providing a history of the rise of immigration detention in Essex County, this report will delve into the experiences of detainees who are held in the two facilities—the privately owned and operated Delaney Hall and the Essex County Correctional Facility (hereafter “ECCF”). Part I of the report chronicles the expansion of detention in the United States, specifically the expansion of detention in Essex County, NJ, including information about the two immigration detention facilities in Essex County: Delaney Hall and ECCF. Part II will focus on who is being detained in Delaney Hall and ECCF. Part III will present information about the conditions in Delaney Hall and ECCF for immigrant detainees. Part IV concerns access to legal services and due process for immigrant detainees in Essex County. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, Immigrant Rights Clinic, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/ImmigrationIncarceration2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 124755

Author: Doucet, Jessica M. Title: Crime in New Orleans: Applying the Civic Community Perspective to Urban Violence Summary: Civic community theory is a macro-level social control perspective that has emerged within the past 10 years as an explanation of community variation in crime rates. The theory is based on the assumption that well-integrated communities are better able to regulate their members’ behaviors than poorly integrated communities. It has been particularly successful in explaining violent crime rates in rural counties or communities, but research has generally ignored the relationship between civic community theory and violent crime in urban areas. The current study aims to determine the applicability of the civic community perspective to urban areas, as a link has not been demonstrated in previous research. To test its applicability, census tract data are analyzed. The link between civic community theory and violent crime, particularly homicide and aggravated assault, is determined using secondary data geocoded to census tracts in Orleans Parish, Louisiana. Data are gathered from the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Community Survey, the Zip Code Business Patterns, and the New Orleans Police Department. Negative binomial regression techniques are utilized after creating a measure to capture any spatial autocorrelation that may exist between census tracts. The results reveal that the protective effects of civic community theory are applicable to violent crime in urban areas. Each civic community measure was found to be negative and significantly related to homicide and aggravated assault counts individually and when combined. Additionally, an interactive effect between civic engagement and resource disadvantage indicated that the protective effect of civic engagement is stronger in areas plagued with high levels of disadvantage. Upon analyzing the standardized percent changes, it was revealed that the strength of the individual civic community measures varies depending on which violent crime is being predicted. Specifically, self-employment was found to have a greater protective effective against homicide while civic engagement and homeownership had greater protective effects against aggravated assault. The paper is concluded with a discussion of theoretical implications, limitations of the current project, and avenues for future research. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana State University, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-07052011-161631/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime (New Orleans) Shelf Number: 124759

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Illinois Title: Chicago's Video Surveillance Cameras: A Pervasive and Unregulated Threat to our Privacy Summary: Chicago has our nation’s most “extensive and integrated” network of government video surveillance cameras, according to former U.S. Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff. While the City of Chicago is secretive about the number of cameras (as well as many other critical aspects of its camera program), the City does not dispute the repeated public reports that it has access to 10,000 publicly and privately owned cameras throughout the City. In the downtown district, virtually every segment of the public way is under video surveillance. These technologically sophisticated cameras have the power to automatically identify and track particular persons, and the capacity to magnify and make visible small details and objects at great distances. Nevertheless, the City seeks to expand and enhance the level of surveillance. Mayor Daley has announced a plan to place a camera “on every corner” of the City. In the words of another top City official, the objective is to “cover one end of the city to the other.” The American Civil Liberties Union of Illinois believes that Chicago does not need a camera on every sidewalk, on every block, in every neighborhood. Rather, our City needs to change course, before we awake to find that we cannot walk into a book store or a doctor’s office free from the government’s watchful eye. We urge the City to order a moratorium on the expansion of the camera system. Then the City should initiate a thorough and open review of this surveillance system, including whether to reduce the number of cameras. Finally, for those cameras that remain, the City should implement new rules to safeguard individual privacy. Details: Chicago: ACLU of Illinois, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://il.aclu.org/site/DocServer/Surveillance_Camera_Report1.pdf?docID=3261 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cameras Shelf Number: 124760

Author: Acer, Eleanor Title: U.S. Detention of Asylum Seekers Seeking Protection, Finding Prison Summary: In March 2003, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) took over responsibility for asylum and immigration matters when the former INS (Immigration and Naturalization Service) was abolished. With this transfer, DHS was entrusted with the duty to ensure that the United States lives up to its commitments to those who seek asylum from persecution. These commitments stem from both U.S. law and international treaties with which the United States has pledged to abide. Yet, those who seek asylum—a form of protection extended to victims of political, religious and other forms of persecution—have been swept up in a wave of increased immigration detention, which has left many asylum seekers in jails and jail-like facilities for months or even years. Six years after DHS and its interior immigration enforcement component, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (known as “ICE”) took over responsibility for immigration detention, the U.S. system for detaining asylum seekers is more flawed than ever. As detailed in this report, thousands of asylum seekers have been detained during these years. In 2007 alone, more than 10,000 asylum seekers were newly detained in the United States. They are held in facilities that are actual jails or are operated like jails. They are often brought in handcuffs and sometimes shackles to these facilities, where they wear prison uniforms, are guarded by officers in prison attire, visit with family and friends only through glass barriers, and have essentially no freedom of movement within the facilities. The cost of detaining these asylum seekers over the past six years has exceeded $300 million. During that time, ICE parole policies have become more restrictive, and parole rates for asylum seekers dropped from 41.3 percent in 2004 to 4.2 percent in 2007. ICE has not provided Congressionally-mandated statistics—detailing the number of asylum seekers detained, the length of their detention, and the rates of their release—in a timely or complete manner. The U.S. detention system for asylum seekers, which lacks crucial safeguards, is inconsistent with international refugee protection and human rights standards. DHS and ICE have increased their use of prison-like facilities by at least 62 percent—with six new megafacilities added in just the last five years. Some of these facilities are located far from legal representation and the immigration courts. More than a third of detained asylum seekers are not represented by legal counsel, even though asylum seekers are much more likely to be granted asylum in immigration court when they are represented. At these remote facilities, detained asylum seekers often see U.S. immigration judges and asylum officers only on television sets, with immigration court asylum hearings and asylum office “credible fear” interviews (which determine whether an individual will even be allowed to apply for asylum or will instead be summarily deported) increasingly conducted by video. In fact, more than 60 percent of credible fear interviews were conducted by video in 2007. A recent study demonstrated that asylum seekers who have their immigration court asylum hearings conducted by video are about half as likely to be granted asylum. Through our pro bono representation work, and in conducting research for this report, we have learned of many refugees who were jailed for many months—and some for years—in these prison-like facilities before being granted asylum in this country. Many asylum seekers could have been released from detention while their cases were pending, either on parole or through an immigration court custody hearing. Providing asylum seekers with access to fair release procedures does not undermine security. In fact, the Department of Homeland Security’s regulations and guidelines on parole expressly prohibit the release of an individual who presents a risk to the community or a flight or security risk. The case law governing immigration court custody hearings also requires that the individual establish that he or she does not present a danger to others, a threat to national security, or a flight risk. In some cases, asylum seekers could have been released, at significant savings, to a supervised release program. In fact, while detention costs $95 each day on average, alternatives to detention cost $10 to $14 for each person each day. Individuals who have been released through these programs have continued to appear for their immigration court hearings at high rates—ranging from 93 to 99 percent. According to ICE, participants in the intensive supervision appearance program (ISAP) demonstrated a 91 percent compliance with removal orders as well. Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2009. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/wp-content/uploads/pdf/090429-RP-hrf-asylum-detention-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum, Right of (U.S.) Shelf Number: 124761

Author: Patel, Deepali M. Title: Social and Economic Costs of Violence - Workshop Summary Summary: Violence not only causes physical and emotional damage, but also creates a social and economic burden on communities. Measuring these costs can be difficult, and most estimates only consider the direct economic effects of violence, such as productivity loss or the use of health care services. Beyond these clear-cut costs, however, the pain and suffering of violence can affect human and social development and increase the risk of chronic outcomes later in life. Communities and societies feel the effects of violence through loss of social cohesion, financial divestment, and the increased burden on the health care and justice systems. Initial estimates show that the cost of implementing successful violence prevention interventions is usually less than the cost borne by individuals and society if no action is taken. April 28-29, 2011, the IOM’s Forum on Global Violence Prevention held a workshop to evaluate the social and economic costs of violence. The workshop was designed to examine cross-cutting public health approaches to violence prevention from multiple perspectives and at various levels of society. Participants focused on exploring the successes and challenges of calculating direct and indirect costs of violence, as well as the potential cost-effectiveness of intervention. Speakers discussed social and economic costs of violence at four levels: individual, family, community, and societal. This document is a summary of the workshop. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2012. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://www.iom.edu/Reports/2011/Social-and-Economic-Costs-of-Violence-Workshop-Summary.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 124762

Author: Bronstein, Berjamin Title: Felony Disenfranchisement: An Annotated Bibliography Summary: While the right to vote is a cornerstone of American democracy, a substantial and growing population of citizens is restricted from participation in the electoral process. Current estimates suggest that about five million Americans are ineligible to vote as a result of having a felony conviction. Depending on the state in which they have been convicted, these people may be disenfranchised while incarcerated, on probation or parole, or even after completing a sentence. As a result of the dramatic expansion of the criminal justice system in recent decades, the number of people with convictions, and hence disenfranchised, is at a record high. Since the first modern-day estimates of the disenfranchised population were developed in the late 1990s, there has been a surge of policy reform activity around the country. Two dozen states have enacted various policy and practice reforms designed to either scale back the number of persons disenfranchised or remove some of the barriers to rights restoration. Along with this movement has come a new generation of scholarship on the issue of felony disenfranchisement. A wealth of studies and analyses have been produced in recent years that examine disenfranchisement from a variety of perspectives – law, social science, history, and journalism. Overall, these writings provide new estimates of the statistical impact of disenfranchisement, assess legal and moral perspectives on the policy, and place the issue in a comparative international context. This bibliography provides an overview of the scholarship on felony disenfranchisement over the past two decades. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/vr_Felony_Disenfranchisement_Annotated_Bibliography.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 124768

Author: Altindag, Duha T. Title: Essays on the Economics of Crime Summary: This dissertation includes three essays on the application of economics to various aspects of crime and criminal activity. The research presented in this dissertation points out a cause and a consequence of crime as well as the possible influence of a law on criminal activity. The first chapter provides an introduction to the ways that economic reasoning can be used to analyze criminal activity. The second chapter examines individuals‟ gun carrying activity in the presence of concealed weapon laws. The results suggest that allowing law-abiding individuals to carry concealed handguns is more likely to reduce crime than to increase it. Chapter 3 investigates the effect of joblessness on criminal activity using an international panel data set. The results indicate that increase in unemployment causes more property crimes. The fourth chapter presents evidence for the existence of a negative externality of crime. Countries that have higher crime rates suffer from the loss of international tourists and tourism revenue. Chapter 5 summarizes the findings of the dissertation, provides concluding remarks, and discusses opportunities for future research in the economics of crime. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, Department of Economics, 2011. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-05152011-212114/unrestricted/altindag_diss.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Weapons Shelf Number: 124769

Author: California State Auditor. Bureau of State Audits Title: Sex Offender Commitment Program: Streamlining the Process for Identifying Potential Sexually Violent Predators Would Reduce Unnecessary or Duplicative Work Summary: This report concludes that the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Corrections) and the Department of Mental Health’s (Mental Health) processes for identifying and evaluating sexually violent predators (SVPs) are not as efficient as they could be and at times have resulted in the State performing unnecessary work. The current inefficiencies in the process for identifying and evaluating potential SVPs stems in part from Corrections’ interpretation of state law. These inefficiencies were compounded by recent changes made by voters through the passage of Jessica’s Law in 2006. Specifically, Jessica’s Law added more crimes to the list of sexually violent offenses and reduced the required number of victims to be considered for the SVP designation from two to one, and as a result many more offenders became potentially eligible for commitment. Additionally, Corrections refers all offenders convicted of specified criminal offenses enumerated in law but does not consider whether an offender committed a predatory offense or other factors that make the person likely to be an SVP, both of which are required by state law. As a result, the number of referrals Mental Health received dramatically increased from 1,850 in 2006 to 8,871 in 2007, the first full year Jessica’s Law was in effect. In addition, in 2008 and 2009 Corrections referred 7,338 and 6,765 offenders, respectively. However, despite the increased number of referrals it received, Mental Health recommended to the district attorneys or the county counsels responsible for handling SVP cases about the same number of offenders in 2009 as it did in 2005, before the voters passed Jessica’s Law. In addition, the courts ultimately committed only a small percentage of those offenders. Further, we noted that 45 percent of Corrections’ referrals involved offenders whom Mental Health previously screened or evaluated and had found not to meet SVP criteria. Corrections’ process did not consider the results of previous referrals or the nature of parole violations when re-referring offenders, which is allowable under the law. Our review also found that Mental Health primarily used contracted evaluators to perform its evaluations—which state law expressly permits through the end of 2011. Mental Health indicated that it has had difficulty attracting qualified evaluators to its employment and hopes to remedy the situation by establishing a new position with higher pay that is more competitive with the contractors. However, it has not kept the Legislature up to date regarding its efforts to hire staff to perform evaluations, as state law requires, nor has it reported the impact of Jessica’s Law on the program. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2010-116: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2010-116.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offenders (California) Shelf Number: 124771

Author: California State Auditor. Bureau of State Audits Title: Office of Traffic Safety Although It Exercises Limited Oversight of Sobriety Checkpoints, Law Enforcement Agencies Have Complied With Applicable Standards Summary: The mission of the Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) is to effectively and efficiently administer traffic safety grant funds to reduce traffic deaths, injuries, and economic losses. OTS awards traffic safety grants to local law enforcement and state agencies, such as the Department of Public Health, the California Highway Patrol, and the University of California at Berkeley. OTS primarily uses federal funding to administer the traffic safety program by making grants available to local and state agencies for programs to enforce traffic laws and educate the public about traffic safety. Examples of OTS‑funded grant activities include conducting sobriety checkpoints (checkpoints) and serving warrants on drivers with multiple driving under the influence of drugs or alcohol offenses. According to its review, OTS grantees reported conducting 2,562 checkpoints and claimed $16.8 million in overtime expenditures between October 2009 and September 2010. No federal or state statutes or regulations exist governing the operation of checkpoints. However, a set of guidelines resulted from the California Supreme Court’s (court) decision in Ingersoll v. Palmer (Ingersoll guidelines), a case which considered whether a checkpoint violated state and federal constitutional protections against unreasonable searches and seizures. For example, one of the characteristics that made the checkpoint valid included having a neutral formula for screening vehicles—every fifth vehicle passing through the checkpoint was stopped—so that drivers would not be subject to the unrestricted discretion of the officers operating the checkpoint. Federal regulation and state law require that OTS produce an Annual Performance Report (annual report), which contains information on various traffic safety statistics, including fatality statistics on passengers not using seat belts and fatalities from alcohol‑impaired driving. OTS also provides information on OTS‑funded checkpoints, including the number of vehicles passing through checkpoints, the number of drivers screened, and the number of arrests for drug‑ and alcohol‑related offenses. These statistics show that checkpoints more often result in citations for unlicensed motorists or for those with suspended or revoked driver’s licenses than for alcohol‑related offenses. For example, OTS reported that between October 2009 and September 2010 the 2,562 checkpoints administered by law enforcement resulted in nearly 28,000 citations to unlicensed motorists while there were approximately 7,000 arrests for driving under the influence. However, such statistics do not suggest that these checkpoints were performed improperly or are not achieving their intended outcomes. As noted in the court’s ruling and as explained by OTS’s management, a key component of a checkpoint is that it provides a publicized deterrent to alcohol‑impaired driving. Nevertheless, these statistics should be viewed with some caution since OTS’s grantees self‑report this information and it is not verified for accuracy. Neither state law nor federal regulation expressly requires that checkpoint data be included in OTS’s annual report. According to the assistant director of operations, OTS does not verify the checkpoint information because it is not required, and doing so would be overly burdensome on its staff. As a result of our audit, OTS began disclosing in its 2011 annual report that its checkpoint data was self‑reported by its grantees and was unverified. Since no federal statutes or regulations define how law enforcement should operate checkpoints, we did not expect OTS to systematically monitor whether its grantees comply with the Ingersoll guidelines. In fact, OTS does not explicitly refer to these guidelines in agreements with its grantees. Nevertheless, our review found that OTS does perform such monitoring on a limited and informal basis. OTS uses two retired police officers (law enforcement liaisons) to witness grantees’ execution of checkpoints and to report their findings to the OTS director. One of the law enforcement liaisons we spoke with indicated that he had visited at least 24 checkpoints between January 2007 and September 2011. The other law enforcement liaison asserted that he had visited nine checkpoints between September 2010 and September 2011. According to OTS, the results of these reviews and a survey of law enforcement agencies suggest that the court’s checkpoint guidelines are being followed. Although we were unable to observe the checkpoints as they happened, we reviewed the documentation related to five checkpoints conducted by different law enforcement agencies in 2010 and found that each could reasonably demonstrate compliance with the Ingersoll guidelines. For example, each law enforcement agency provided either checkpoint‑planning documents or policies demonstrating that it had practices to limit the discretion of field officers by following a neutral formula for screening vehicles. At the Oakland Police Department checkpoint, for instance, the commanding officer initially directed every fifth car for screening but retained discretion to alter intervals, directing more vehicles for screening during low traffic periods. As the checkpoint progressed, we noted that the Oakland Police Department periodically changed the interval to every third car or every 10th car. OTS grantees operate checkpoints using federal funds and may use any revenue derived from these checkpoints, such as fines from citations and fees from towing and storing vehicles, without restriction under federal requirements. Our review of documentation from five checkpoints found that law enforcement agencies charge different amounts for releasing towed vehicles to the registered owners or their designated agents (release fees). In addition to charging vehicle release fees, some police departments or cities we reviewed receive other revenue from vehicles impounded at checkpoints. For example, the Los Angeles Police Department collects 7 percent of all gross revenue earned by tow contractors for police‑related tows. Recommendations -- If the Legislature desires to receive periodic information on whether law enforcement agencies comply with existing sobriety checkpoint guidelines across the State, it should consider amending state law to require OTS to evaluate and include this information in its annual report. Such an amendment should also require OTS to recommend statutory changes if it identifies widespread problems at checkpoints. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2011-110: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2011-110.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 124773

Author: Florida Department of Education Title: Developing Effective Education in Department of Juvenile Justice and other Dropout Prevention Programs Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide the Florida legislature with the information required by section 1003.52(19), Florida Statutes (F.S.), Educational services in Department of Juvenile Justice programs, and section 1003.53, F.S., Dropout prevention and academic intervention. Section 1003.52, F.S., requires the Florida Department of Education (FDOE) and the Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) to report annually on the progress toward developing effective educational programs for juvenile delinquents. The report is divided into seven sections. The first section provides demographic data for all students served in dropout prevention (DOP) programs. The second section addresses the types of data indicators used to measure student outcomes in dropout prevention programs, followed by four sections that address these outcomes in each of the four major dropout prevention programs: educational alternatives, teenage parent, disciplinary, and educational services in Department of Juvenile Justice programs. The final section addresses additional juvenile justice topics required by s. 1003.52, F.S. This section includes information on funding and expenditures, cooperative agreements and educational service contracts, school improvement plans, services to exceptional education students, and recommendations for system improvement. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida Department of Education, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2012 at: http://info.fldoe.org/docushare/dsweb/Get/Document-6321/dps-2012-23a.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education (Florida) Shelf Number: 124774

Author: Porter, Rachel Title: Procedural Fairness in California: Initiatives, Challenges, and Recommendations Summary: Procedural fairness concerns the extent to which the courts are understandable, accessible, respectful, and trustworthy in the eyes of the people who use them. In 2005, the Judicial Council of California commissioned a landmark public trust and confidence assessment, Trust and Confidence in the California Courts, which identified perceptions of procedural fairness as the strongest predictor of whether members of the public approve of or have confidence in California’s courts (Rottman, 2005). In 2007, in response to these findings and those in a follow-up study involving in depth focus groups and interviews with court users, administrators, bench officers, and attorneys (Wooden and Doble, 2006), Chief Justice Ronald M. George launched a statewide initiative on procedural fairness, the first initiative of its kind in the nation. It is aimed at ensuring fair process, quality treatment of all court users, and higher public trust and confidence in California’s courts. In 2008, the California Administrative Office of the Court’s Executive Office Programs Division commissioned the Center for Court Innovation to conduct a thorough needs assessment and analysis of best practices in promoting procedural fairness among the state’s civil and traffic cases. This report describes findings from over 20 site visits and nearly 50 stakeholder interviews along with a document and website review. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation; Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Procedural_Fairness_CA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Courts (California) Shelf Number: 124788

Author: Youth Justice Board (New York City) Title: Looking Forward: Youth Perspectives on Reducing Crime in Brownsville and Beyond Summary: This report presents the findings and recommendations of the Youth Justice Board, a group of New York City teenagers who study public policy issues that affect young people. Since August 2010, the Youth Justice Board has focused on reducing youth crime in New York City using the neighborhood of Brownsville, Brooklyn as a case study. This report presents ideas about how to reduce incidences of youth crime in Brownsville and neighborhoods that face similar challenges. In 2011-12, the Board will work to implement many of the ideas contained in this report in conjunction with the development of a new community justice center in Brownsville. The Board’s ultimate goal is to make Brownsville a safe, supportive neighborhood for young people that provides for their social, emotional, and educational needs. Over five months, the Youth Justice Board conducted interviews with over 30 individuals involved in the city justice system and the Brownsville community. The Board visited four community justice centers and conducted three focus groups with young people involved in the justice system to learn about the experiences and perspectives of youths. The Youth Justice Board developed 10 recommendations designed to reduce youth crime in Brownsville and make the community a safer, more supportive place for youths to grow up. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/report%20for%20website.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice Centers Shelf Number: 124789

Author: Garcia, Angela S. Title: Life as an Undocumented Immigrant: How Restrictive Local Immigration Policies Affect Daily Life Summary: What happens to undocumented immigrants after the passage of anti-immigrant state laws such as Arizona’s S.B. 1070 and Alabama’s H.B. 56 or restrictive local ordinances such as those in Prince William County, Virginia, or Freemont, Nebraska? What is life like for unauthorized immigrants in these areas, and how do they mitigate the harshness of these ordinances? On the flip side, what happens to the larger communities—documented and not, immigrant and not—and how do these laws impact the ability of law enforcement professionals to keep our communities safe? Many studies have focused on the fiscal and economic ramifications of anti-immigrant legislation, but little work has been done on the harmful effects these laws have on everyday life in our communities. That is the focus of this report. This report presents one of the first studies of immigrants’ responses to local restrictions and enforcement. We demonstrate that exclusionary policies and ramped-up federal enforcement inhibit immigrant incorporation into their communities. Immigrants react to legal threats and hostile reception by going underground: They hold negative perceptions of local law enforcement, associate routine activities such as driving and walking with anxiety and the risk of deportation, and develop strategies of avoidance and fitting in to mitigate the discovery of their unauthorized status. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2012/03/pdf/life_as_undocumented.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 124790

Author: California State Auditor. Bureau of State Audits Title: California Prison Industry Authority: It Can More Effectively Meet Its Goals of Maximizing Inmate Employment, Reducing Recidivism, and Remaining Self-Sufficient Summary: This review of the California Prison Industry Authority (CALPIA) revealed the following: * It cannot determine its impact on post‑release inmate employability because it lacks reliable data. * It is unable to match parolees’ social security numbers from the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s (Corrections) information system to employment data from the Employment Development Department. * In attempting to use another of Corrections’ databases to track employment data, we noted it contained numerous errors— we found more than 33,000 instances of erroneous parolee employer information. »»Although CALPIA created a set of comprehensive performance indicators, several of these indicators are either vague or not measurable. * Since 2004 it has introduced only a modest number of new revenue‑generating enterprises while it has closed, deactivated, or reduced the capacity of six enterprises at 10 locations throughout the State. * Although CALPIA prepared pricing analyses to support its product-pricing decisions, it did not document the basis for how it determines profit margins and in some instances, we found no analysis of market considerations. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2011. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2010-118: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2010-118.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Labor Shelf Number: 124791

Author: Deibel, Jeffrey Title: Sex Offenders and Predatory Offenders: Minnesota Criminal and Civil Regulatory Laws Summary: This information brief describes Minnesota laws that apply to sex offenders and predatory offenders. The information brief consists of two parts. The first part summarizes the criminal laws that prohibit unlawful sexual conduct, the criminal penalties that apply to these offenses, and the mandatory sentences that courts must impose on certain offenders. The second part describes the civil and regulatory laws that supplement the criminal provisions. These regulatory laws include the predatory offender registration law, the community notification law, and the law authorizing civil commitment of persons determined to be sexually dangerous. Details: St. Paul, MN: Research Department, Minnesota House of Representatives, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Information Brief: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.house.leg.state.mn.us/hrd/pubs/sexofdr.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Crimes, Prevention Shelf Number: 124793

Author: Magnuson, Benet Title: Youth Experiences at Giddings State School : 2012 survey Findings Summary: The survey was conducted on January 4, 2012, at Giddings State School. All youth at the facility were invited to participate in the survey, and they were told the survey was voluntary, anonymous, and independent from the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD). Ultimately, 115 youth chose to participate. To reduce response bias, the interviews were conducted one-on-one in separate cubicles. The interview team was comprised of: 3 men and 5 women; 2 African American, 2 Latino, and 4 white; ages ranging from 20 to 44. Youth were surveyed about their experiences in state secure facilities, as well as their previous experiences in county secure facilities. In order to interview as many youth as possible, the survey was divided into short-answer and long-answer sections. 58 youth received only the short-answer section; 11 youth received only the long-answer section; and 46 youth received both the short- and long-answer sections. If a youth was unable to provide a clear answer on a question – for example, what county facilities he had stayed in – his response is omitted in the results. To gauge the reliability of the self-reported responses, the issues of safety and programming were assessed using both open-ended and closed-ended questions (including scaled and ordinal questions). The consistency across questions suggests the broad patterns reported here are an accurate reflection of the youths’ experience in the Texas juvenile justice system. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Colation, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.criminaljusticecoalition.org/files/userfiles/Giddings_Youth_Survey_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 124794

Author: Skiba, Russell Title: Are Zero Tolerance Policies Effective in the Schools? An Evidentiary Review and Recommendations Summary: There can be no doubt that schools have a duty to use all effective means needed to maintain a safe and disciplined learning environment. Beyond the simple responsibility to keep children safe, teachers cannot teach and students cannot learn in a climate marked by chaos and disruption. About this there is no controversy. Abundant controversy has arisen however, over the methods used to achieve that aim. Since the early 1990s, the national discourse on school discipline has been dominated by the philosophy of zero tolerance. Originally developed as an approach to drug enforcement, the term became widely adopted in schools in the early 1990s as a philosophy or policy that mandates the application of predetermined consequences, most often severe and punitive in nature, that are intended to be applied regardless of the seriousness of behavior, mitigating circumstances, or situational context. Such policies appear to be relatively widespread in America’s schools, although the lack of a single definition of zero tolerance makes it difficult to estimate how prevalent such policies may be. In addition to universal goals of any school discipline approach, such as maintaining a safe school climate, zero tolerance policies assume that removing students who engage in disruptive behavior will deter others from disruption, and create an improved climate for those students who remain. In an era of educational policy defined by accountability, it is appropriate and important to examine the extent to which any widely-implemented philosophy, practice, or policy has demonstrated, through sound research, that it has contributed to furthering important educational goals. Thus the American Psychological Association, as part of its mission to advance health, education, and human welfare, commissioned the Zero Tolerance Task Force to examine the evidence concerning the effects of zero tolerance policies. The task force examined the assumptions that underlie zero tolerance policies and all data relevant to testing those assumptions in practice. In addition, due to concerns about the equity of school discipline, the task force synthesized the evidence regarding the effects of exclusionary discipline on students of color and students with disabilities. Finally, the Zero Tolerance Task Force examined research pertaining to the effects of zero tolerance policies with respect to child development, the relationship between education and the juvenile justice system, and on students, families, and communities. The task force was also charged with offering recommendations for the improvement of zero tolerance policies and with identifying promising alternatives to zero tolerance. Thus the report concludes with recommendations for both reforming zero tolerance policies and for implementing alternatives in practice, policy, and research. The following are the findings of the Zero Tolerance Task Force. Details: Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, Zero Tolerance Task Force, 2006. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://fairfaxzerotolerancereform.org/images/20060221_APA_Report_on_Zero_Tolerance.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 104040

Author: Jain, Sonia Title: The Power of Developmental Assets in Building Behavioral Adjustment Among Youth Exposed to Community Violence: A Multidisciplinary Longitudinal Study of Resilience Summary: Researchers and practitioners have repeatedly noted substantial variation in the behavioral functioning of youth exposed to community violence. Several studies across fields have documented the detrimental effects of exposure to violence, while other studies have considered how developmental assets promote positive youth development. However, few have examined the lives of the many youth who demonstrate resilience (that is, positive adjustment despite risk) and hardly any have examined how developmental assets may shape resilient trajectories into adulthood for youth exposed to violence. What resources and relationships can high-risk youth leverage to tip the balance from vulnerability in favor of resilience? We used generalized estimating equations, a multivariable technique appropriate for longitudinal and clustered data, to examine multilevel longitudinal data from 1,114 youth ages 11-16 from the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN). We considered whether baseline family, peer and neighborhood-level protective factors predicted behavioral adjustment 3-7 years later, among youth who were victims of, witnesses of, or unexposed to violence, controlling for individual and neighborhood-level risks. Behavioral adjustment varied across waves and by exposure to violence. In the short-term, being a victim was associated with increased aggression and delinquency. In the long-term, though, both victims and witnesses to violence had higher odds of behavioral adjustment. Family support, friend support and neighborhood support, family boundaries and collective efficacy had protective effects, and family support, positive peers, and meaningful opportunities modified the effect of exposure to violence to increase the odds of behavioral adjustment over time. Policies, systems and programs across sectors that help nurture these specific supports and opportunities can promote positive behavioral trajectories and resilience into adulthood among urban youth exposed to community violence. Details: San Francisco: WestEd Health and Human Development Program, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237915.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 124795

Author: Goslin, Charles Title: Maritime and Port Security: White Paper Summary: Worldwide Port and Maritime operations and their associated facilities and infrastructure collectively represent one of the single greatest unaddressed challenges to the security of nations and the global economy today. The reason that ports and shipping activity are so difficult to secure lies primarily in their topography. Ports are typically large, asymmetrical activities dispersed over hundreds of acres of land and water so that they can simultaneously accommodate ship, truck and rail traffic, petroleum product/liquid offload, storage or piping, and container storage. The movement of freight, cargo (solid or liquid), and transport through a port is generally on a “queuing” system, meaning that any delay snarls all operations1. Whether or not delays are related to security, security generally falls by the wayside in the interest of time management or convenience. Globally, there are very few uniform standards for point-to-point control of security on containers, cargoes, vessels or crews - a port’s security in one nation remains very much at the mercy of a port’s security, or lack thereof, in another nation. Organized crime is entrenched in many ports, and a large majority of them still do not require background checks on dock workers, crane operators or warehouse employees. Most ports lease large portions of their facility to private terminal operating companies, who are responsible for their own security. The result of this is a “balkanized”, uneven system of port security and operations management as a whole. In spite of awareness by public policymakers that ports remain critically vulnerable, funding and government-led efforts to harden port facilities worldwide is moving at a glacial pace. Terrorists, in particular, are aware of this unaddressed vulnerability. As outlined below, the threats to the maritime industry are very real. Unfortunately, the question of whether terrorists will act to exploit the weaknesses in port facilities is, unfortunately, not a matter of “if” they will, but “when” they will. Details: Jacksonville, FL: duostechnologies International, 2008 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.duostechnologies.com/DownloadCenter/WP-MaritimeAndPortSecurity.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 124796

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: Public Opinion on Sentencing and Corrections Policy in America Summary: As part of the Public Safety Performance Project's work with states to improve public safety and control corrections costs, we collaborated with two of the nation's leading polling firms, The Mellman Group and Public Opinion Strategies, to explore public opinion on sentencing and corrections issues across the country. The firms conducted a national survey of 1,200 likely voters to measure underlying attitudes and support for specific policy changes. Download the summary of findings. (Adobe PDF) Key Takeaways • American voters believe too many people are in prison and the nation spends too much on imprisonment. • Voters overwhelmingly support a variety of policy changes that shift non-violent offenders from prison to more effective, less expensive alternatives. • Support for sentencing and corrections reforms (including reduced prison terms) is strong across political parties, regions, age, gender, and racial/ethnic groups. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Center on the States, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2012 at: http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewcenteronthestatesorg/Initiatives/PSPP/PEW_NationalSurveyResearchPaper_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 124804

Author: Fleck, Angela Marie Title: Is Institutional Sexual Misconduct Predictive of Sexual Recidivism Amongst Male Sex Offenders? Summary: There has been a large body of research conducted on establishing a valid set of predictors of sexual offender recidivism in the past 20 years. However, despite findings that indicate that prior history of sexual offenses serves as a primary predictor of sexual offense recidivism, there has been little focus on the impact of institutional sexual misconduct on sexual offense recidivism rates. This study aimed to investigate the relationship between institutional sexual behavior and sexual offense recidivism rates amongst a sample of male offenders who received a sexual misconduct report while incarcerated and/or was convicted of a sexual offense. Additionally, this study explored whether instances of institutional sexual misconduct added to the variance accounted for by actuarial measures commonly used in Sexually Violent Predator Civil Commitment evaluation procedures. Results revealed that there is little association between sexual offense recidivism rates and receipt of institutional sexual conduct reports unless an offender is issued multiple sexual conduct reports during the same period of incarceration. Additionally, the actuarial measures used in the study were not found to be predictive of sexual offense recidivism. Implications for conducting Sexually Violent Predator Civil Commitment evaluations, identifying institutional sexual offender treatment needs, and identifying community supervision practices are discussed, and future research directions are proposed. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University, 2011. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 3, 2012 at: http://epublications.marquette.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1128&context=dissertations_mu Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prediction Shelf Number: 124806

Author: DeBoard-Lucas, Renee Lynn Title: Children's Understanding of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: There is a clear connection between exposure to interparental aggression and children’s own future episodes of violent behavior. What is significantly less understood is why this pattern develops. The current study used quantitative and semi-structured methods to identify factors that shape children’s understanding of intimate partner violence. Understanding violence was defined as including causal knowledge (Why does violence occur?) and beliefs about the acceptability of intimate partner violence. Factors proposed to predict children’s causal attributions included mothers’ perceived causes of interparental aggression and exposure to different forms of violence, including interparental, parent-child, and neighborhood aggression. Perceived causes of intimate partner violence, mothers’ beliefs about the acceptability of this type of violence, and children’s empathy and perspective taking skills were expected to predict children’s beliefs about the acceptability of intimate partner violence. Mothers’ acceptability beliefs also were expected to moderate the relationship between exposure to violence and children’s own acceptability beliefs. Results suggested that mothers’ and children’s causal attributions were not related and that violence exposure did not predict their causal understanding of intimate partner violence. When children perceived aggression to be committed in self-defense, they found it more acceptable. Few direct relationships were found between violence exposure and children’s acceptability beliefs; however, mothers’ beliefs about aggression significantly moderated these relationships. Findings highlight the importance of context in shaping children’s understanding of intimate partner violence. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University, 2011. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 3, 2012 at: http://epublications.marquette.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1127&context=dissertations_mu Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 124805

Author: Fischman, Joshua B. Title: Racial Disparities, Judicial Discretion, and the United States Sentencing Guidelines Summary: The United States Sentencing Guidelines were instituted to restrict judicial discretion in sentencing, in part to reduce unwarranted racial disparities. However, judicial discretion may also mitigate disparities that result from prosecutorial discretion or Guidelines factors that have disparate impact. To measure the impact of judicial discretion on racial disparities, we examine doctrinal changes that affected judges’ discretion to depart from the Guidelines. We find that racial disparities are either reduced or little changed when the Guidelines are made less binding. Racial disparities increased after recent Supreme Court decisions declared the Guidelines to be advisory; however, we find that this increase is due primarily to the increased relevance of mandatory minimums. Our findings suggest that judicial discretion does not contribute to, and may in fact mitigate, racial disparities in Guidelines sentencing. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Virginia School of Law Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper Series No. 2012-02: Accessed April 4, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1636419 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Discretion Shelf Number: 124815

Author: Appleman, Laura I. Title: Justice in the Shadowlands: Pretrial Detention, Punishment, & the Sixth Amendment Summary: In a criminal system that tips heavily to the side of wealth and power, we routinely detain the accused in often horrifying conditions, confined in jails while still maintaining the presumption of innocence. Here, in the rotting jail cells of impoverished defendants, are the Shadowlands of Justice, where the lack of criminal procedure has produced a darkness unrelieved by much scrutiny or concern on the part of the law. This article contends that our current system of pretrial detention lies in shambles, routinely incarcerating the accused in horrifying conditions often far worse than those convicted offenders existing in prisons. Due to these punitive conditions of incarceration, pretrial detainees appear to have a cognizable claim for the denial of their Sixth Amendment jury trial right, which, at its broadest, forbids punishment for any crime unless a cross-section of the offender’s community adjudicates his crime and finds him guilty. This article argues that the spirit of the Sixth Amendment jury trial right might apply to many pretrial detainees, due to both the punishment-like conditions of their incarceration and the unfair procedures surrounding bail grants, denials and revocations. In so arguing, I expose some of the worst abuses of current procedures surrounding bail and jail in both federal and state systems. Additionally, I also propose some much needed reforms in the pretrial release world, including better oversight of the surety bond system, reducing prison overcrowding by increasing electronic bail surveillance and revising the bail hearing procedure to permit a community “bail jury” to help decide the defendant’s danger to the community. Details: Unpublished paper, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2031196 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 124819

Author: Ward Research Incorporated Title: Perceptions of Child Abuse and Neglect in Hawai'i: A Comprehensive Study of Hawai'i Residents. Summary: This research sought to measure the perceptions and understanding of child abuse and neglect in Hawaii and any influencing factors in helping victims. Specifically, the research sought to answer these questions:  What is the prevalence of and level of concern for child abuse and neglect (CAN)?  What is the current level of knowledge and understanding about CAN?  How do social factors and current knowledge and understanding of CAN influence the likelihood of a witness or bystander seeking help for the victim and/or family?  What factors and attributes contribute the most to the likelihood of a witness or bystander seeking help for the victim and/or family?  How may programs educate and influence these factors in order to promote witnesses or bystanders to get involved and/or seek help to prevent or remedy CAN?  What role, if any, do demographics play in the understanding of CAN and the likelihood of witnesses or bystanders getting involved? Details: Honolulu(?): Hawai'i Children's Trust Fund and Joyful Heart Foundation, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2012 at: http://www.joyfulheartfoundation.org/Perceptions%20of%20Child%20Abuse%20and%20Neglect%20in%20Hawaii.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 124820

Author: May, David Title: Criminal Victimization Experiences, Fear of Crime, Perceptions of Risk, and Opinion of Criminal Justice Agents among a Sample of Kentucky Residents Summary: In this study, we used a mail survey of a sample of Kentucky residents to collect data relating to three major outcome variables of interest. These variables included: (1) fear of criminal victimization; (2) perceived risk of criminal victimization; and (3) self-reported victimization experiences for various offenses organized by property crime, violent crime, and sexual crime categories. In an effort to make the sample as representative of the state as possible, we obtained a list of all registered voters in Kentucky and drew a random sample of 5,000 registered voters. Of that original 5,000, we received completed surveys from 1,616 adult respondents, a response rate of 36.6% after accounting for all undeliverable addresses. Details: Richmond, KY: Eastern Kentucky University, Department of Safety, Security, and Emergency Management, 2008. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://justice.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/15878C81-10EF-443A-B3C3-FD386219B5A1/203501/2008KYVictimizationStudy.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124856

Author: Michigan Corrections Organization Title: Pitfalls and Promises The Real Risks to Residents and Taxpayers of Privatizing Prisons and Prison Services in Michigan Summary: Everyone is frustrated. Corrections spending just won’t come down. The prison population has been reduced, and corrections staff have been cut. Hard choices have been made. Risks have been taken, and sacrifices have been borne—but results remain elusive. Legislators are looking for new ideas. Private groups such as the Citizens Research Council of Michigan (CRC), the Center for Michigan and the Citizens Alliance on Prisons and Public Spending (CAPPS) have proposed ideas such as establishing a sentencing commission, expediting the parole process, and increased use of medical/geriatric parole—to name a few. Industry groups, meanwhile, are pushing to turn Michigan prisons over to for-profit companies. Privatization, however, is not a promising path. To understand why, this report examines the privatization of prisons and prison functions. The report begins with Michigan’s experience with private prisons then expands to other states’ experience. The focus is on costs and performance, paying special attention to the GEO Group, the private prison company most active in the state of Michigan. The report also reviews contracted correctional healthcare—again focusing on Michigan’s own experience, the experience in other states and Corizon, the company currently active in Michigan. Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan Corrections Organization - Local 562M, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.mco-seiu.org/files/2012/02/MCO-Private-Prison-Report-v8.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons (Michigan) Shelf Number: 124859

Author: MacGillivary, Heather Title: Truancy in Denver: Prevalence, Effects and Interventions Summary: Truancy is a gateway offense that generates the involvement of non-attenders in many service systems. Delinquent truants may become involved with the state juvenile or municipal court. Drug using truants may enter alcohol and drug abuse services. Truants with social emotional difficulties may require mental health or special education services. Neglected or ungovernable truants often end up on human service case loads. Pregnant truants are served by the public health system. Since so many sectors are affected by truancy, prevention and reduction activities must include a large cross section of agencies. Denver has a long history of collaboration between educators, judges and social services workers to tackle truancy. In the mid nineties, a city attorney from the Department of Human Services recognized that the families and children served by social services were involved in many different agencies. He brought together a committee to discuss a fictitious, multi-problem family. Through this case study, the committee recognized that school nonattendance was at the heart of the issues. This recognition initiated the Geraldine Thompson Family Project (GTFP) which consisted of numerous professionals who met monthly until 2004 to discuss how to prevent and reduce truancy in Denver by focusing on systems coordination and integration. A subcommittee of GTFP was formed in 1996 to explore programmatic options. This committee was aptly named, the Creative Options Committee (CO). This committee operated parallel to GTFP, with CO meeting in the evenings and GTFP meeting over the lunch hour. The membership of these committees was very diverse, including school staff, judges, magistrates, social service workers, city government representatives, and law enforcement. As a result of these discussions and the attention to the issue of truancy, funds were obtained from the City of Denver (Safe School and Healthy Student Initiative and Drug Free Schools) and the Denver school district for truancy intervention programs. In the late 1990’s, interventions focused on middle schools. Many of the middle schools had truancy officers, catch-up classrooms, and Student Attendance Review Boards (SARB). Unfortunately, budget cuts in early 2000 to 2003, eliminated many of these interventions and supports. In 2005, the GTFP essentially disbanded and the Creative Options Committee continued to meet. In spring 2004, the committee recognized that many ideas were suggested but very little data was available to inform action. For this reason a planning grant from the National Truancy Prevention Association (NTPA) and the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) was pursued and secured. Creative Options partnered with The National Center for School Engagement (NCSE) to conduct this needs assessment. The findings from the 10-month study are described in this report. Details: Denver, CO: National Center for School Engagement, 2006. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: https://www.denvergov.org/Portals/713/documents/FinalReportCreativeOptions.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 124860

Author: Kester, Kyra Title: Housing Sex Offenders in the Community; Results of a Literature Search Conducted for the Washington State Sex Offender Policy Board Summary: The primary issue in investigating housing for sex offenders returning to the community is that little research exists that demonstrates the specific effect of housing on sex offender transition. This is not to say that there is no evidence at all regarding sex offender housing, rather that it is too indiscrete (housing is one of many social support or environmental issues linked together) and there is simply too little altogether to be a compelling body of evidence. Research on sex offender housing does little to depict the availability of housing generally in a community nor to demonstrate a relationship between homelessness and sex offense recidivism. Analysis also suffers from the heterogeneity of sex offenders and the scarcity of longitudinal study. Lacking a compelling body of empirical data addressing the topic, policy makers rely on “evidence” regarding the importance of housing in sex offender transition from: • General correlations between housing and crime or housing and offender transitions. According to the Justice Policy Institute, of the ten states that spent the largest proportion of their total expenditures on housing, all ten had re‐incarceration rates lower than the national average. A study of offenders leaving an Illinois correctional institution for structured housing found a 30 percent reduction in recidivism compared to offenders not in the program. And California’s efforts to provide housing for the mentally ill observed a reduction in days of incarceration (and increase in days of full employment.) • The testimony provided by sex offenders themselves, who regularly cite a lack of housing as one of the difficulties they face on release from prison. How severe this problem appears to be relative to other problems reported by transitioning sex offenders varies, particularly among regions. This is not surprising given considerable differences in social‐political attitudes that would affect the likely reception and support of sex offenders in American communities. Economic stresses, climate, transit and housing availability will be significantly different among regions as well. • Theories such as social disintegration, which profiles environmental conditions that are conducive to crime and therefore to recidivism. When sex offenders are faced with housing limitations they may be more likely to find themselves in socially disrupted neighborhoods, heightening the risk of reoffending. How well social disintegration pertains to sex offenses, however, is not well documented. The theory began as an analysis of juvenile delinquency and remains most often applied to general lawlessness. No psychological information yet connects to the specific crimes of the sex offender. Initial studies are intriguing, and further inquiry may clarify the community characteristics that correlate with high or low sex offender recidivism. Still, the conditions of release that now exist for sex offenders in the community are such that housing dilemmas must result. Whether or not the suspect conditions prove to be critical to recidivism, sex offenders certainly do face obstacles to finding accommodation, which is a logical component of reintegration into a community. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State University, Social & Economic Sciences Research Center-Puget Sound Division, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.ilvoices.com/media//DIR_109112/e8cdcb74bf2b54beffff8825ffffe415.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 124880

Author: Amnesty International Title: USA: Cruel Isolation: Amnesty' International's Concerns About Conditions in Arizona Meximum Security Prisons Summary: This report describes Amnesty International’s concerns relating to the conditions under which prisoners are confined in the Special Management Units (SMU) of Arizona State Prison Complex (ASPC)-Eyman and other maximum custody facilities operated by the Arizona Department of Corrections (ADOC). More than 2,900 prisoners are held in Arizona’s highest security maximum custody facilities, the majority in the SMUs at ASPC-Eyman. Most are confined alone in windowless cells for 22 to 24 hours a day in conditions of reduced sensory stimulation, with little access to natural light and no work, educational or rehabilitation programs. Prisoners exercise alone in small, enclosed yards and, apart from a minority who have a cell-mate, have no association with other prisoners. Many prisoners spend years in such conditions; some serve out their sentences in solitary confinement before being released directly into the community. While the Arizona authorities classify maximum security inmates as those posing the highest institutional security risk, Amnesty International’s findings suggest that some prisoners are confined to the units who do not fit this criteria. The organization is further concerned that many of those confined to the units suffer from mental illness or disability and are held in conditions likely to exacerbate their illness or disability. This report focuses mainly on conditions in the SMUs, but also includes information on other isolation units, including the Lumley Unit Special Management Area at the women’s prison at Perryville, and the maximum custody unit at Rincon Minors, a facility for male youths aged 14 to 17 who have been tried and convicted as adults. Amnesty International recognizes that it may sometimes be necessary to segregate prisoners for disciplinary or security purposes. However, all measures must be consistent with international standards for humane treatment. Article 10 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, which the USA has ratified, provides that “all persons deprived of their liberty shall be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person”, a standard which the United Nations (UN) Human Rights Committee, the treaty monitoring body, has stressed is a “fundamental and universally applicable rule”.1 As described below, Amnesty International considers that conditions in the above facilities fall short of this standard and that the cumulative effects of the conditions, particularly when imposed for a prolonged or indefinite period, constitutes cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment, in violation of international law. In recognition of the severe effects of such treatment, international human rights treaty bodies and experts have called on states to limit the use of solitary confinement in prisons so that it is imposed only in exceptional circumstances, for a short period of time. In a recent report on this issue, reviewing the practice internationally, the UN Special Rapporteur on Torture defined solitary confinement as the “physical and social isolation of individuals who are confined to their cells for 22 to 24 hours a day”.2 In conducting its research, Amnesty International regrets that its request to tour the SMU units at ASPC-Eyman was denied and that ADOC declined to meet with the organization’s delegates when they were in Arizona in July 2011. As a human rights organization which has visited prisons around the world, Amnesty International is concerned that the department was unwilling to allow it to view the facilities first-hand or to discuss its policies and practice. While the organization has thus not been able to obtain the views of the department regarding the issues raised, its concerns are based on a range of sources, including prisoners and prisoner advocates, present and former prison staff members and ADOC’s written policies and procedures. Details: London: Amnesty International, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Maximum Security Prisons Shelf Number: 124883

Author: Popkin, Susan J. Title: Public Housing Transformation and Crime: Making the Case for Responsible Relocation Summary: Our analysis indicates a complex relationship between public housing transformation and crime in Chicago and Atlanta, though the efforts led to small net decreases in crime over a study period where crime declined significantly. In neighborhoods with public housing demolition, crime rates fell substantially, while in destination neighborhoods for households relocated with vouchers, they did not fall as much as expected. On average, neighborhoods with a modest or high density of relocated households saw higher crime rates than areas without relocated households. These findings suggest a need for thoughtful relocation strategies that support both assisted residents and receiving communities. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412523-public-housing-transformation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 124884

Author: Baradaran, Shima Title: Race, Prediction & Discretion Summary: Many scholars and political leaders denounce racism as the cause of disproportionate incarceration of black Americans. All players in this system have been blamed including the legislators who enact laws that disproportionately harm blacks, police who unevenly arrest blacks, prosecutors who overcharge blacks, and judges that fail to release and oversentence black Americans. Some scholars have blamed the police and judges who make arrest and release decisions based on predictions of whether defendants will commit future crimes. They claim that prediction leads to minorities being treated unfairly. Others complain that racism results from misused discretion. This article explores where racial bias enters the criminal justice system through an empirical analysis that considers the impact of discretion and prediction. With a close look at the numbers and consideration of factors ignored by others, this article confirms some conventional wisdom but also makes several surprising findings. This article confirms what many commentators have suspected—that police arrest black defendants more often for drug crimes than white defendants. It also finds, contrary to popular belief, that there is little evidence to support the belief that drugs are linked to violent crime. Also, judges actually detain white defendants more than similarly-situated black defendants for all types of crimes. The important and surprising findings in this article challenge long-held conventions of race and help mitigate racial disparity in criminal justice. Details: Unpublished paper, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2035064 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discretion Shelf Number: 124888

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: Evaluation of the Youth Justice Board Impact on Alternative-to-Detention Policy in New York City, 2008-2010 Summary: The Youth Justice Board (YJB), a program of the Center for Court Innovation, is an after-school program where 15-20 teenagers from different schools, neighborhoods, and experiences within New York City come together to study and devise policy recommendations on a specific issue affecting youth. Though the teens typically stay for one program year, the Board addresses the same policy issue for two. The first year is devoted to researching an issue and forming policy recommendations, the second year to advocating for and pursuing implementation of the those recommendations. This report is a brief evaluation of the Board’s work on alternative-to-detention (ATD) programs for youth in the juvenile justice system during the 2008-2009 and 2009-2010 program years, looking at whether the Board was successful in taking what was learned from a capacity building research project to be more effective in getting policymakers to implement or consider implementing any of the recommendations. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/YJB_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration (New York City) Shelf Number: 124891

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: IT Supply Chain: National Security-Related Agencies Need to Better Address Risks Summary: Federal agencies rely extensively on computerized information systems and electronic data to carry out their operations. The exploitation of information technology (IT) products and services through the global supply chain is an emerging threat that could degrade the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of critical and sensitive agency networks and data. GAO was asked to identify (1) the key risks associated with the IT supply chains used by federal agencies; (2) the extent to which selected national security-related departments have addressed such risks; and (3) the extent to which those departments have determined that their telecommunication networks contain foreign-developed equipment, software, or services. To do this, GAO analyzed federal acquisition and information security laws, regulations, standards, and guidelines; examined departmental policies and procedures; and interviewed officials from four national security-related departments, the intelligence community, and nonfederal entities. GAO is recommending that the Departments of Energy, Homeland Security, and Justice take steps, as needed, to develop and document policies, procedures, and monitoring capabilities that address IT supply chain risk. These departments generally concurred with GAO’s recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-361: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-12-361 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 124895

Author: Ulmenstein, Sibylle von Title: Group Violence Reduction Strategy: Four Case Studies of Swift and Meaningful Law Enforcement Responses Summary: The publication captures examples of successful and creative law enforcement responses to group violence as carried out by police departments at key National Network jurisdictions. It explores: • How law enforcement partners identified the prohibited violent act that triggered their response • How the act was linked to a particular street group or gang • How active group members were identified for special enforcement attention • How creative levers and sanctions were designed and applied to make the response swift and meaningful • What outcomes were achieved • What important lessons were learned While some of the enforcement actions presented here might have been shaped by specific local conditions at the time of strategy implementation, the ideas, methods, and tactics used can nevertheless be broadly applied in other jurisdictions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.nnscommunities.org/LE_Case_Studies.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 124899

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Capitol Police: Retirement Benefits, Pay, Duties, and Attrition Compared to Other Federal Police Forces Summary: The Washington, D.C. metropolitan (DC metro) area is home to many federal police forces, including the United States Capitol Police (USCP), which maintain the safety of federal property, employees, and the public. Officials are concerned that disparities in pay and retirement benefits have caused federal police forces to experience difficulties in recruiting and retaining officers. In 2010, the USCP Labor Committee proposed six changes to enhance the USCP benefit structure. GAO was asked to review USCP’s pay and retirement benefits and compare them to other federal police forces in the DC metro area. GAO (1) compared USCP to other forces with respect to retirement benefits, minimum entry-level salary, duties, and employment requirements; (2) compared attrition at USCP to other forces, and determined how, if at all, USCP and other forces used human capital flexibilities (e.g., retention bonus); and (3) determined what level of retirement income USCP benefits provide and the costs associated with the proposed benefit enhancements. GAO chose nine other federal police forces to review based on prior work, inclusion in the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) police occupational series, and officer presence in the DC metro area. GAO analyzed laws, regulations, OPM data from fiscal years 2005 through 2010, and human capital data from the 10 police forces. GAO also surveyed the 10 forces. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-58: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/590/587910.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 124900

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police, Highway Safety Committee Title: Traffic Safety in the New Millennium: Strategies for Law Enforcement A Planning Guide for Law Enforcement Executives, Administrators and Managers Summary: Traffic safety programs form an integral component of the effective, comprehensive law enforcement operation. Unfortunately, not all law enforcement executives recognize this important fact. Other law enforcement issues constantly compete with traffic safety for law enforcement’s attention, and too often traffic safety initiatives take a “back seat” to what are perceived as more important programs. Violent crime, gang violence and the proliferation of illegal narcotics are matters that, to many police executives, far outweigh the need to dedicate time to proactive traffic safety. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Many successful traffic safety initiatives have resulted not only in reductions in crashes, but in additional positive results that benefit our communities in many areas. As one might expect, there are many approaches to traffic safety presently taken by law enforcement in the United States. As we enter the new millennium, emerging trends and new technology will be of the utmost importance. This document will serve as a guidebook for law enforcement executives and their organizations; it will catalog effective strategies and address promising practices for the future. This document addresses elements and core components in human resources, management and technology issues, with a focus on effective traffic safety strategies. These individual strategies discuss background information, possible actions, benefits, and other considerations. The information contained in this document deals with both proven strategies and promising initiatives for the future. A safe and efficient transportation system will provide positive results to our society, and effective traffic safety programs and strategies will ensure success in this endeavor. This document will serve as a menu of effective programs and a roadmap for the journey into a safer millennium. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2003. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/enforce/trafficsafety.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Traffic Enforcement Shelf Number: 124910

Author: McCampbell, Michael S. Title: The Collaboration Toolkit for Community Organizations: Effective Strategies to Partner with Law Enforcement Summary: The goal of this toolkit is to help community organizations accomplish the following objectives: - Strengthen partnerships between the community and law enforcement; - Further the community's role as a partner in crime reduction efforts; - Identify and address social issues that diminish the quality of life and threaten public safety in communities; - Link those in need to services and resources that currently exist in the community. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://www.ojp.gov/fbnp/pdfs/Collaboration_Toolkit.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 124911

Author: Spalding, Mark K. Title: Mobilizing Across Borders: The Case of the Laguna San Ignacio Saltworks Project Summary: This analysis outlines a successful binational campaign to protect critical grey whale habitat by using the rule of law in Mexico to hold the state and its representatives accountable to their constituencies, and thus to stop an industrial saltworks project in Baja California Sur, Mexico. Beginning with a review of the facts of the dispute over an industrial saltworks development at Laguna San Ignacio; then tracing the role of binational cooperation in the Campaign itself; and highlighting the ten most important coordinated actions taken by the binational coalition; followed by analysis of the outcome in light of the cooperation. An afterward will discuss the rule of law in relationship to the land easements recently put in place to further protect the lagoon. The Laguna San Ignacio campaign is one of the best case studies of the challenges and successes of cross-border, cross-sectoral, and cross-disciplinary collaboration. Details: La Jolla and San Diego, CA: UCSD Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies and USD Trans-Border Institute, 2006. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Justice in Mexico Working Paper Series, Issue Number 9, 2006: Accessed April 9, 2012 at: http://justiceinmexico.files.wordpress.com/2010/07/11-mobilizing_across_borders_the_case_of_the_laguna_san_ignacio_saltworks_project.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Offenses Against the Environment Shelf Number: 123176

Author: Owens, Emily G. Title: The Birth of the Organized Crime? The American Temperance Movement and Market-Based Violence Summary: Economic theory and anecdotal evidence suggest that the absence of formal contract enforcement increases systemic, or market-based, violence in illegal markets. Lack of substantial variation in market legality has prevented empirical evaluation of the strength of this association. Using a state-level panel of age-specific homicide rates between 1900 and 1940, I demonstrate that criminalization of alcohol markets led to a compression of the age distribution of homicide victims. Specifically, homicide rates for individuals between the ages of 20 and 30 increased relative to homicide rates for individuals under 20 and over 30. The compression of the age distribution of homicide victims was most evident in northern states and in states with large immigrant and urban populations. Using modern homicide data, I show that this age specific change in homicide rates is consistent with an increase in systemic violence, supporting the argument that the temperance movement contributed to the rise of organized crime in the United States. Banning the commercial sale of alcohol appears to have had a protective effect for children and mature adults, but this came at the expense of increasing the rate of violence among young adults. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1865347 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime Shelf Number: 124912

Author: Austin, James Title: Florida Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: Evidence-­‐based practices requires the use of validated criteria to assess the risks that pretrial defendants pose of being rearrested on new charges while their cases are pending and of failing to appear (FTA) in court. Florida Statute 903.046 (2) lists the criteria that judicial officers are to take into consideration in making pretrial release decisions. Those criteria include: the nature and circumstances of the offense; the weight of the evidence; the defendant’s family ties, length of time in the community; employment history; financial resources; mental conditions; prior criminal history; prior history of appearance in court; current status on pretrial release, probation, and parole; and the “nature and probability of danger which the defendant’s release poses to the community.” The statute does not provide any guidance on what weight to assign each of these criterion in assessing a defendant’s risk of danger to the community and non-­‐ appearance in court. But research has clearly demonstrated that it is possible to sort defendants into categories that accurately reflect the risks they pose to the safety of the community and to appearance in court.2 During 2011, six Florida counties participated in a project to develop a multi-­‐county pretrial risk assessment instrument. The six counties are: Alachua, Manatee, Osceola, Palm Beach, Pinellas, and Volusia. The purpose of the instrument is to support pretrial decision making as outlined in state statute. Details: Denver, CO: The JFA Institute, 2012? 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2012 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Setting%20Bail%20Documents/FL%20Pretrial%20Risk%20Assessment%20Report%20(2012).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 124918

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute Title: The Colorado Pretrial Assessment Tool (CPAT) Summary: The Colorado Improving Supervised Pretrial Release (CISPR) project is an ongoing 12-county initiative1 to develop research-based policies and practices for the criminal justice professionals who have a role in pretrial decision-making and case processing. The first phase of the project involved the development of the Colorado Pretrial Assessment Tool (CPAT), an empirically validated pretrial risk assessment instrument for use in any Colorado jurisdiction. This report describes this phase of the project and presents the new tool. The second phase will include the development of research-based protocols that match defendants’ pretrial risk profiles to bond conditions and/or supervision techniques that are most likely to reduce that risk. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2012 at: http://pretrial.org/Setting%20Bail%20Documents/CO%20Pretrial%20Assessment%20Tool%20Report%20(PJI%202012).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 124919

Author: Rantala, Ramona R. Title: Cybercrime against Businesses, 2005 Summary: Presents the nature and prevalence of computer security incidents among 7,818 businesses in 2005. This is the first report to provide data on monetary loss and system downtime resulting from cyber incidents. It examines details on types of offenders, reporting of incidents to law enforcement, reasons for not reporting incidents, types of systems affected, and the most common security vulnerabilities. The report also compares in-house security to outsourced security in terms of prevalence of cyber attacks. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2008. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Special Report: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/cb05.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Business Securityi Shelf Number: 124921

Author: Wiseman, Jane Title: Strategic Cutback Management: Law Enforcement Leadership for Lean Times Summary: The United States is experiencing the 10th economic decline since World War II. This document presents lessons learned from past experience and suggests approaches leaders can use to address financial crises in law enforcement agencies. Leadership is the most critical element for success. We know from the past that an organization's leaders create a shared sense of the importance of the priorities and tasks of the group. It is this inspiration that induces workers to follow along in support of the group's mission. Additional lessons learned from the past: - Avoid across-the-board cuts. They cause disproportionate harm. - Use the crisis to improve management and improve productivity. In law enforcement, examples abound of departments faced with unfortunate crises "from consent decrees to accidental shootings" where the events provided meaningful moments of reflection, learning and process improvement. Budget crises are no different. - Think long term. Research has shown that organizations capable of enduring a deep fiscal crisis had developed and were able to stick to a strategic plan with a multiyear time frame. - Do not just cut costs, look for revenue opportunities. Research on past recessions shows that increasing a tax or fee provides relief faster than cutting expenditures. Although police agencies do not have the power to levy taxes, they may be able to charge user fees for some services. - Invite innovation. During past fiscal crises, new approaches were tried that are now standard in many cities. For example, local governments have privatized certain city services and sold public facility naming rights. - Look outside for help. Law enforcement can look outside the department to other government agencies, or to suppliers, academics or other subjectmatter experts for suggestions on improving operations at reduced cost. - Targeted layoffs are more effective than hiring freezes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, national Institute of Justice, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/232077.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 124924

Author: Moss Group, Inc. Title: Systemic Assessment of the Texas Youth Commission’s Sexual Safety Reform Strategies: Final Report Summary: The leadership of the Texas Youth Commission (TYC) engaged The Moss Group, Inc. to assess the application of reforms related to sexual safety that have been implemented over the past three years. Specifically, The Moss Group reviewed the policies, practices, reporting culture, trends, and operational issues related to the prevention, detection, and response to sexual abuse. The outcome of this process was the identification of the strengths of the reforms and the recommendations for further improving the overall sexual safety of the youth under TYC’s supervision. During site reviews of nineteen facilities - ten secure institutions and nine halfway houses - consultants spoke with staff, youth, contractors, volunteers, and advocates and observed operations on all shifts. Overall Findings -- Based on our review, The Moss Group consultant team concludes that the many reform efforts implemented by the agency to ensure sexual safety as a result of Senate Bill 103 and House Bill 3689 have significantly increased the sexual safety of the youth under the care of TYC. Staff and youth with whom The Moss Group consultants spoke have all acknowledged that (1) they understand the zero tolerance for sexual abuse, (2) reporting mechanisms are institutionalized and understood, and (3) immediate responses to all allegations of sexual abuse represent the agency’s policy and commitment to the safety of youth. TYC leadership has placed a high priority on the elimination of sexual abuse in the secure facilities and halfway houses, which is reflected in the culture of each facility. Our team observed consistent and ongoing efforts by the facility leaders to ensure that all staff is trained in their responsibilities for responding to allegations of sexual abuse and that staff value the importance of creating an environment where youth recognize their rights to be free from all forms of abuse. Throughout the course of the project, The Moss Group recognized TYC’s commitment to promptly enhancing operations as demonstrated by their continual improvements during the five month assessment period. Some of these corrective actions or initiatives were influenced by our work and others were a part of the agency’s ongoing commitment to the implementation of best practices. Implications of Facility Culture -- Our assessment process took into consideration the interrelated issues throughout the system, integrating a number of data sets and sources of information. We looked beneath the formal systems that are in place throughout the agency (e.g., policies, procedures, and what is in writing) and considered the individual characteristics of how things operate at the local level. Gaining an understanding of the informal practices and the values and beliefs of both staff and youth enabled The Moss Group consultants to have a deeper understanding of how the reform efforts are taking root at each facility. The importance of shaping staff culture as a strategy for creating safe environments for youth and staff is foundational to sustaining the positive changes realized by the reform efforts. As such, each facility’s strengths and challenges must be taken into consideration as the agency reform transitions into models of best practice in all areas of operations. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Youth Commission, 2010.; 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.tjjd.texas.gov/about/TYCFinalTMGReport_111910.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Facilities (Texas) Shelf Number: 124927

Author: Telep, Cody W. Title: What is Known about the Effectiveness of Police Practices? Summary: Over the past two decades there have been a number of reviews of the policing evaluation literature focused on the question of what police can do to most effectively address crime and disorder. The 1997 Maryland report to Congress on “What works, what doesn’t, what’s promising” devoted a chapter to police effectiveness (Sherman, 1997), as did the 2002 book version of the report (Sherman & Eck, 2002). Founded in 2000, the Campbell Collaboration Crime and Justice Coordinating Group (see http://campbellcollaboration.org/crime_and_justice; Farrington & Petrosino, 2001) has now published over 25 systematic reviews on a variety of criminal justice topics, many of which are relevant to the question of what works in policing. The National Research Council Committee to Review Research on Police Policy and Practices published a 2004 volume on the policing literature, devoting a chapter to police strategies to reduce crime, disorder, and fear of crime (see also Weisburd & Eck, 2004). More recently, Lum and colleagues (2011) have developed the Evidence-Based Policing Matrix (see http://policingmatrix.org) to display visually the characteristics and results of the most rigorous police evaluation research. The Office of Justice Programs in the Department of Justice also recently launched a new online initiative (see http://crimesolutions.gov) to highlight what programs in law enforcement (and criminal justice more generally) are effective and promising. Our goal in this paper is not to simply replicate what has already been accomplished in these prior chapters and articles, although we will devote space to reviewing the collective wisdom from these earlier reviews. Instead, we hope to build upon and synthesize these reviews to categorize strategies and tactics based on what police should be doing, what they should not be doing, and what we know too little about to make informed recommendations. Additionally, based on the limited available data, we will discuss how current policing policies and practices match up with effective practices from the research literature. That is, are police doing what they should be doing? In doing so, we will pay particular attention to the strategies and tactics of the New York City Police Department (NYPD) and assess how well these line up with empirical evidence on police effectiveness in addressing crime and disorder. We will first briefly review the sources of research evidence we consulted for this review. We then turn to our review of what police should be doing, what police should not be doing, and what we currently know too little about (but which police are currently engaging in). We cover a broad span of police strategies, focusing in particular on a number of innovations in policing that have developed over the past 20 to 30 years (see Weisburd & Braga, 2006). After reviewing the research evidence, we discuss the implications for policing and compare what we know about what strategies police are currently using to what we know is most effective, focusing in particular on strategies in the NYPD. Details: Paper Prepared for “Understanding the Crime Decline in NYC” funded by the Open Society Institute, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: http://www.jjay.cuny.edu/Telep_Weisburd.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Performance Shelf Number: 124928

Author: Austin, James Title: Evaluation of the Current and Future Los Angeles County Jail Population Summary: This report is designed to provide a comprehensive evaluation of the Los Angles County jail population in terms of its attributes, current and future population trends. More importantly, it provides a plan that will allow the Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department (LASD) to safely manage its jail population within its current jail facility capacity by implementing evidence-based policies that have been adopted in other jurisdictions. The plan has been reviewed by Sheriff Baca and he agrees with the plan’s recommendations that will allow him to close the antiquated Central Jail facility and still safely manage the growing number of AB 109 inmates and thus avoid costly jail construction. The study was requested and funded by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU). However, it was conducted with the strong support and cooperation of LASD and Sheriff Leroy Baca. A wide array of data were collected to complete the analysis and recommendations that was largely provided by the LASD. These data included detailed data on people admitted and released from the LASD jail system as well as aggregate level data on historical trends in Los Angeles County crime, arrest, jail bookings, releases and overall jail population. These data were used to better understand what factors are driving the jail population and what options can be employed to better manage that population in the future. Details: Denver, CO: JFA Institute, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/austin_report_20120410.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates, Los Angeles County Jail Shelf Number: 124932

Author: Lindquist, Christine H. Title: Prisoner Reentry Experiences of Adult Females: Characteristics, Service Receipt, and Outcomes of Participants in the SVORI Multi-Site Evaluation Summary: The Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI) funded agencies in 2003 to develop programs to improve criminal justice, employment, education, health, and housing outcomes for released prisoners. Sixty-nine agencies received federal funds to develop 89 programs. The SVORI Multi-site Evaluation was funded by the National Institute of Justice to examine the extent to which the SVORI (1) improved access to appropriate, comprehensive, integrated services; (2) improved employment, health, and personal functioning; and (3) reduced criminal recidivism. Sixteen programs—12 adult and 4 juvenile—were included in an impact evaluation to determine the effectiveness of the programming provided under SVORI. This report presents findings from the pre-release and postrelease interviews conducted with women in 11 impact sites. The sample includes 153 females enrolled in SVORI programs and 204 comparison females who did not receive SVORI programming. The respondent profile revealed a high-risk, high-need study group. The women reported many physical and mental health problems, with half reporting receiving treatment for mental health problems before the current period of incarceration. Whereas more than half of the women reported working during the six months before prison, nearly as many reported receiving income from illegal activities. The women reported an average of 11 arrests, with the first occurring at 19 years of age, and nearly all reported at least one previous incarceration. The women reported very high levels of current service need; among the most commonly reported were education, public health insurance, financial assistance, employment, and mentoring. The focus of the evaluation was to assess whether SVORI respondents received more services than non-SVORI respondents and to examine differences between the groups on a variety of post-release outcomes. Propensity score weights were developed, tested, and applied to improve the comparability of the SVORI and non-SVORI groups. Weighted analyses were used to examine the treatment effect of SVORI. In terms of service receipt, SVORI and non-SVORI respondents reported the highest levels of service receipt during confinement. Whereas both groups reported low levels of postrelease service receipt, SVORI respondents generally reported higher levels of service receipt than non-SVORI respondents. However, the levels of post-release service receipt reported by both groups were considerably lower than their reported levels of service need. SVORI programming appeared to have a positive impact on both employment outcomes and abstinence from drug use. The findings for criminal behavior were mixed; the women enrolled in SVORI had positive outcomes for self-reported criminal behavior and official measures for rearrest but had negative outcomes for self-reported compliance with conditions of supervision and official measures of reincarceration. SVORI programming did not appear to affect core housing outcomes, familial or peer relationships, or physical or mental health outcomes. Study findings clearly demonstrate that female prisoners returning to society are a population with high needs. While the SVORI programs were successful in increasing services provided to female participants, the levels of services that female SVORI participants received failed to match their high levels of need. However, the findings support the notion that enhanced access to a variety of reentry services results in modest improvements among several key reentry domains for women. The current evaluation’s detailed documentation of service areas for which women reported high needs can be used for effective planning and service delivery. Because of the variety of challenges that returning women prisoners face, particularly with respect to mental and physical health problems, extensive family responsibilities, and lack of employment experience (compared with reentering male prisoners), effective coordination of services is necessary. Details: Report tao the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2009. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/230420.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 124936

Author: University of California at Davis. Reynoso Task Force Title: UC Davis November 18, 2011 "Pepper Spray Incident" Task Force Report Summary: On November 18, 2011, University of California, Davis, police officers used pepper spray on students sitting in a line in the midst of a protest and “occupation” on the campus quad. Viral images of the incident triggered immediate and widespread condemnation of the police action. To assist the Task Force with fact finding and the identification of best practices in policing, the University engaged Kroll, Inc., an internationally known risk management firm. Kroll completed the final draft of its report on Feb. 22, 2012 (the “Kroll Report”). The Kroll Report describes at length the events leading up to this incident. In brief, at approximately 3:00 p.m. on Thursday, November 17, 2011, tents were erected on the Quad at the Davis campus. The Administration decided to remove the tents, instructing police to do so at 3:00 p.m. on Friday, November 18, 2011. While attempting to remove tents, the police arrested several individuals. Subsequently, in the midst of a growing group of people, the police officers employed pepper spray to remove several students linking arms in a line across a walkway in the Quad. The UC Davis protest focused on and drew strength from widespread discontent among students about the increase in tuition and fees at the University of California. The incident also took place against the backdrop of worldwide student protests, including demonstrations by the Occupy Wall Street movement, which triggered similar events across the nation. These protests presented challenges for all affected universities and municipalities in attempting to balance the goals of respecting freedom of speech, maintaining the safety of both protesters and non-protesters, and protecting the legitimate interests of government and the non-protesting public. In the immediate aftermath of the UC Davis incident, University of California President Mark G. Yudof announced the appointment of former California Supreme Court Justice Cruz Reynoso to chair a Task Force to address the pepper spraying of UC Davis students. The President established the following charge to the Task Force:  Receive and review the fact-finding report from Kroll concerning the events that took place on November 18, 2011;  Based on that review, and subject to available information, issue findings regarding responsibility for the events of November 18;  Provide recommendations to Chancellor Katehi and the President on improvements to police procedures, command protocols, and campus policies and oversight structures that will help ensure the rights and safety of nonviolent protesters and the entire campus community. Our overriding conclusion can be stated briefly and explicitly. The pepper spraying incident that took place on November 18, 2011 should and could have been prevented. Details: Davis, CA: University of California at Davis, 2012. 190. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: http://reynosoreport.ucdavis.edu/reynoso-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Pepper Spray Shelf Number: 124939

Author: Camarota, Steven A. Title: A Shifting Tide: Recent Trends in the Illegal Immigrant Population Summary: Monthly Census Bureau data show that the number of less-educated young Hispanic immigrants in the country has declined significantly. The evidence indicates that the illegal population declined after July 2007 and then rebounded somewhat in the summer of 2008 before resuming its decline in the fall of 2008 and into the first quarter of 2009. Both increased immigration enforcement and the recession seem to explain this decline. There is evidence that the decline was caused by both fewer illegal immigrants coming and an increase in the number returning home. However, this pattern does not apply to the legal immigrant population, which has not fallen significantly. Among the findings: •Our best estimate is that the illegal population declined 13.7 percent (1.7 million) from a peak of 12.5 million in the summer of 2007 to 10.8 million in the first quarter of 2009. •If we compare the first quarter of 2007 to the first quarter of 2009, the implied decline is 1.3 million (10.9 percent). In just the last year the decline was 5.7 percent. •By design, these estimates produce results similar to those from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). DHS estimates of the illegal population show a 1.5 percent decline between January 1, 2007, and January 1, 2008. Our estimates show a 1.6 percent decline over the same time period. DHS has not yet estimated the illegal population for January 2009. •There is evidence that the number of new illegal immigrants arriving has fallen by about one-third in the last two years compared to earlier in this decade. •There is also evidence that the number of illegal immigrants returning home has more than doubled in the last two years compared to earlier in this decade. •While migration patterns have fundamentally changed, it must be remembered that the overwhelming majority of illegal immigrants have not left the country, and tens of thousands of new illegal immigrants continue to settle in the country each year. •Our analysis shows that only the illegal immigrant population has declined. The legal immigrant population does not show the same decline. This is also true for Mexico, the top illegal-immigrant-sending country. •The fact that the legal immigrant population does not show the same decline is an indication that stepped up enforcement has played a role. •Another indication that enforcement has played a role in the decline is that the illegal immigrant population began falling before there was a significant rise in their unemployment rate. •While the decline began before unemployment among illegal immigrants rose, unemployment among illegal immigrants has increased dramatically and must now be playing a significant role in reducing their numbers. •There is evidence that the illegal population rose in the summer of 2007, while Congress was considering legalizing illegal immigrants. When that legislation failed to pass, the illegal population quickly began a dramatic fall. •There is no way to know if the current trend will continue. Given President Obama’s stated desire to legalize illegal immigrants and his backing away from enforcement efforts, it seems likely that when the economy recovers, the illegal population will resume its growth. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: http://www.cis.org/articles/2009/shiftingtide.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 120915

Author: New Jersey Courts Title: A Model for Success: A Report on New Jersey's Adult Drug Courts Summary: The New Jersey Adult Drug Court Program is an alternative to incarceration for drug dependent offenders. Instead of imprisoning offenders, the Drug Court offers a voluntary, therapeutic program designed to break the cycle of addiction and crime by addressing the underlying cause of repeated criminal behavior. In New Jersey, the Drug Court process begins with a legal review of the offender’s current and prior offenses and a clinical assessment of his or her substance abuse history. Offenders who meet eligibility criteria and are found to be drug and/or alcohol dependent are placed in the Drug Court program and referred to a treatment level of care that meets their clinical need. Over several years, the individual receives substance abuse treatment, intensive probation supervision, frequent and random drug testing and may be referred to a variety of ancillary service providers. A unique element of the Drug Court program is that offenders must appear in court regularly, even weekly and report to the Drug Court judge on their compliance with program requirements. The personal intervention of the judge in the offenders’ lives is a major factor in the success of Drug Courts. This report tells the of the accomplishments of Adult Drug Courts in the State of New Jersey over the past ten years. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Courts, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 124940

Author: Human Rights Campaign Foundation Title: A Guide to State-Level Advocacy Following Enactment of the Hate Crimes Prevention Act Summary: The guide provides state-specific data on current hate crime laws in every state, identifies where hate crime laws could be stronger and offers feedback about improvements that could be made. It also offers a model hate crime law and steps that victims of hate crimes can take, as well as frequently asked questions on the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act (HCPA). Details: Washington, DC: Human Rights Campaign Foundation, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: http://www.hrc.org/resources/entry/a-guide-to-state-level-advocacy-following-enactment-of-the-matthew-she Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 124941

Author: Deardorff, Robert B. Title: Countering Violent Extremism: The Challenge and the Opportunity Summary: It is crucial for the United States to confront the increasing incidence of Americans who turn to violence against their fellow citizens in support of Islamist terrorists. This thesis explores the application of “soft power,” the government’s ability to mitigate the recruitment and radicalization of new terrorists by attraction rather than coercion, in order to prevent “homegrown” terrorism. Methods include a comparative policy analysis of counterterrorism models in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, a survey of conservative Muslim leaders in the Houston area, and an extensive literature review. Recent arrests portend an increasing threat if the United States continues along its “hard power” path exclusively. Potential solutions require active engagement by government leaders, coordinated messaging, and continuing contact between government agencies and vulnerable communities. A broad national strategy, refined and implemented at a regional level, is required. Strategies that balance hard and soft power separate radicalizing influences from their recruiting pool, alter the social context of potential recruits in favor of democratic process, and make partners of potential antagonists. Regional Outreach and Operational Coordination Centers (ROOCC) offer a mechanism to develop and support strategies that combine government, nongovernment, and community leaders to combat terrorism at the ideological level. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2010. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=11538 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 124942

Author: Lauritsen, Janet L. Title: Methods for Counting High-Frequency Repeat Victimizations in the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: Thie report examines the nature and extent of series victimization in the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The report assesses the general patterns of victims' responses to being asked "How many times did this type of incident occur?" and provides data on how reports of high-frequency repeated victimizations have changed over time. It describes how different procedures for counting series victimizations would affect estimates of the level and annual rate of change in victimization for various crime types and incident characteristics. The report also describes how BJS will change its counting practices for estimating annual victimization rates in future reports. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2012 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/mchfrv.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124944

Author: Stephens, Darrel W. Title: Strategic Communication Practices: A Toolkit for Police Executives Summary: Strategic Communication Practices: A Toolkit for Police Executives was developed to help police executives communicate more effectively with their communities and organizations. It addresses the changes in the news media and how that has affected the way people obtain information. It is designed to provide greater insight into communications strategies and planning. It will provide examples of strategic communications plans and how police have used various communications tools to more effectively reach their community. It is a companion piece and builds on the 2010 Major Cities Chiefs Association/COPS Office white paper – Key Leadership Strategies to Enhance Communication. Details: Washington, DC: Community Oriented Policing Services, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/e081129395_Strategic-Comm-Practices-Toolkit_rev.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 124946

Author: Neiman, Samantha Title: Crime, Violence, Discipline, and Safety in U.S. Public Schools: Findings From the School Survey on Crime and Safety: 2009-10, First Look Summary: This report presents findings on crime and violence in U.S. public schools, using data from the 2009-10 School Survey on Crime and Safety (SSOCS:2010). First administered in school year 1999-2000 and repeated in school years 2003-04, 2005-06, 2007-08, and 2009-10, SSOCS provides information on school crime-related topics from the perspective of schools. Developed and managed by the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) within the Institute of Education Sciences and supported by the Office of Safe and Drug-Free Schools of the U.S. Department of Education, SSOCS asks public school principals about the frequency of incidents, such as physical attacks, robberies, and thefts, in their schools. Portions of this survey also focus on school programs, disciplinary actions, and the policies implemented to prevent and reduce crime in schools. SSOCS:2010 is based on a nationally representative stratified random sample of 3,476 U.S. public schools. Data collection began on February 24, 2010, when questionnaires were mailed to principals, and continued through June 11, 2010. A total of 2,648 public primary, middle, high, and combined schools provided usable questionnaires, yielding an unweighted response rate of approximately 77 percent. When the responding schools were weighted to account for their original sampling probabilities, the response rate increased to approximately 81 percent. A nonresponse bias analysis was performed because the weighted response rate was less than 85 percent, and the results suggest that nonresponse bias is not an issue for SSOCS:2010. For more information about the methodology and design of SSOCS, including how response rates were calculated and the details of the nonresponse bias analysis, please see Appendix B: Methodology and Technical Notes in this report. Because the purpose of this report is to introduce new NCES data through the presentation of tables containing descriptive information, only selected findings are presented below. These findings have been chosen to demonstrate the range of information available when using SSOCS:2010 data rather than to discuss all of the observed differences. The tables in this report contain totals and percentages generated from bivariate cross-tabulation procedures. All of the results are weighted to represent the population of U.S. public schools. Comparisons drawn in the bulleted items below have been tested for statistical significance at the .05 level using Student's t statistic to ensure that the differences are larger than those that might be expected due to sampling variation. Adjustments for multiple comparisons were not included. Many of the variables examined are related to one another, and complex interactions and relationships have not been explored. Due to the large sample size, many differences (no matter how substantively minor) are statistically significant; thus, only differences of 5 percentage points or more between groups are mentioned in the findings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 2011. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2011/2011320.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 124948

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Bullying/Cyberbullying Prevention Law: Model Statute and Advocacy Toolkit Summary: Bullying and harassment in elementary and secondary educational settings is a continuing problem for school districts, parents, and students. The impact of bullying has been well documented -- studies have shown that difficulty making friends, loneliness, low self-esteem, depression, poor academic achievement, truancy and suicide are all associated with being bullied. Bullying is often motivated by prejudice and hate, and some of the most serious cases are the result of bias based on the victim’s personal characteristics, such as race, religion, national origin, gender identity, or sexual orientation. Whether bullying is related to identity-based group membership, or more universal characteristics such as appearance or social status, this form of social cruelty can produce devastating consequences for the targets – and the perpetrators of bullying – and may be a precursor to more destructive behavior. Cyberbullying, described as intentional harm inflicted through electronic media, is a growing problem that affects almost half of all U.S. teens. An increasing number of youth are misusing online technology -- e-mailing, text messaging, chatting and blogging -- to bully, harass and even incite violence against others. Targets of cyberbullying may be subject to additional distress due to the pervasive and invasive nature of modern communication technology. Cyberbullying messages can be circulated far and wide in an instant and are usually irrevocable; cyberbullying is ubiquitous—there is no refuge and victimization can be relentless; and cyberbullying is often anonymous and can rapidly swell as countless and unknown others join in on “the fun.” For years, governments, schools and courts have been wrestling with how to deal with the issue of bullying and harassment in schools. A school’s duty to maintain a safe learning environment for students must be balanced with a student’s right to privacy and free speech. Particularly with the rise in cyberbullying, schools are seeking ways to create a safe environment, and communities and legislatures are creating guidelines on the issue. Over the past ten years, thirty-seven states have adopted legislation mandating schools implement anti-bullying statutes. Some statutes are general prohibitions on bullying while others are specific in their requirements. The Anti-Defamation League has prepared a Model Anti-Bullying Statute. The League’s Model Statute combines the best elements of existing laws, along with refinements to ensure that this anti-bullying statute is comprehensive and constitutional. While some of the current thirty-seven state statutes may have all of the elements in ADL’s model, most do not. ADL is taking a strong lead in encouraging states to ensure their anti-bullying statutes are complete, effective, constitutional, and implemented. This Toolkit contains ADL’s Model Anti-Bullying Statute, general talking points in support of anti-bullying legislation, a specific section-by-section description of our model policy, a compilation of the existing anti-bullying statutes, and examples of school Internet Acceptable Use Policies. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2009. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.adl.org/civil_rights/Anti-Bullying%20Law%20Toolkit_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 124949

Author: Misczynski, Dean Title: Rethinking the State-Local Relationship: Corrections Summary: California is changing the way it manages its adult prisons and jails more comprehensively than at any time since statehood. The legislature has passed and Governor Jerry Brown has signed legislation (AB 109) to send roughly 30,000 prisoners to county jail rather than state prison. It makes counties responsible for supervising roughly 60,000 offenders released from state prisons after serving their sentences—offenders who would have been supervised by state parole officers in the past. It also makes it more difficult to return parolees to incarceration, and generally sends them to county jail rather than state prison if they are returned. These changes begin to take effect on October 1, 2011. Although nearly uniformly described as a realignment, these changes to California’s correctional system are more than that. To reduce crowding and costs throughout the jail and prison system, this year’s legislation, together with related bills enacted since 2009, reduce the time a prisoner will actually spend in prison (through increased sentence reductions for good behavior), reduce the likelihood of a return to prison for parole violations, increase the likelihood of forms of punishment short of incarceration, and increase the likelihood of early release for at least some prisoners. These changes reflect a long-dormant reality—that tough sentencing laws require money for adequate prisons and jails, more money than California has been willing to raise or spend. California has some experience with realigning corrections programs. An important example is the California Probation Subsidy Act, which was in effect from 1965 through 1978. Under this law, the state calculated the number of convicted felons who were likely to have been punished with jail time and county probation instead of being sent to state prison, based on each county’s historical record. It paid counties $4,000 for each additional convicted felon kept under county jurisdiction above this rate. This reduced state prison costs and overcrowding. The program was effective in that state prison admissions declined by 20 percent by 1970. However, state costs for this program increased rapidly with rising crime rates at the time. Counties complained that funding (which stayed at $4,000 per case) did not cover rapidly inflating program costs. Reformers complained that counties were not providing increased rehabilitative services. Sheriffs complained that keeping these offenders in the community increased local crime. This program is instructive. Perhaps most important is that long-term realignment success requires good-faith adaption to changing circumstances and program experiences—in addition to adequate funding in both the short and long term. This report offers background for this adult corrections realignment effort, briefly describes these complex changes, reviews how they may work out from the perspective of the state and the counties, and identifies important next steps, in terms of implementation and evaluation. Details: San Francisco, CA: Public Policy Institute of California, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_811DMR.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (California) Shelf Number: 124950

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Commission of Public Safety Report to the Governor, December 30, 2011 Summary: On July 15, 2011 Governor Kitzhaber, by executive order (EO11-06), created the Commission on Public Safety to focus Oregon’s longterm planning efforts on sentencing and public safety as envisioned by the Reset Cabinet. Planning for the future was the purpose Governor Kitzhaber set for the Commission on Public Safety in his executive order: “In the 2011-13 biennium, Oregon faces a multibillion dollar deficit and substantial general fund cuts. In the midst of this economic crisis, we must take a strategic look at our sentencing policies. With limited dollars, we must ensure the public’s safety by making smart investments across our adult and juvenile justice system, including law enforcement, courts, local jails, state prisons, community corrections and other critical public safety partners.” The Governor asked the Commission to develop specific concepts on comprehensive public safety policy for consideration by the public and policy makers, informed by the recommendations of the Reset Cabinet. The charge asked the Commission to focus on four outcomes: The safety of our citizens in their homes and communities; Accountability for criminal offenses; An efficient system that controls costs; and A system that is smart and fair. The Governor made the Commission small and bipartisan. He directed that it consist of leaders from all three branches of government and the public. He gave the Commission a short, five-month time frame in which to work, to make clear the Commission’s purpose was to recommend the path for a broader discussion with all stakeholders before the 2013 legislative session. This report outlines the work of the Commission, identifies key findings, recommends future work, and establishes the principles to guide that work. Details: Salem, OR: Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.oregon.gov/CJC/docs/CPS_report_to_Governor_12_30_11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration (Oregon) Shelf Number: 124965

Author: Taylor, Mac Title: The 2012-13 Budget: Refocusing CDCR After The 2011 Realignment Summary: In 2011, the state enacted several bills to “realign” to county governments the responsibility for certain low-level offenders, parolees, and parole violators. These changes will result in significant reductions in the inmate and parole populations managed by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). These reductions will have various implications for how CDCR manages its prison and parole system. In 2011, the state enacted several bills to realign to county governments the responsibility for managing and supervising certain felon offenders who previously had been eligible for state prison and parole. Over the next few years, these changes will result in significant reductions in the inmate and parole populations managed by CDCR. The purpose of this report, which is the second of a two-part series examining the impacts of the 2011 realignment on California’s criminal justice system, is to identify the impacts of the realignment of adult offenders on CDCR’s operations and facility needs. Specifically, this report discusses whether realignment will enable the state to meet the prison population limit required by the federal court, and how the state should proceed if it appears that these limits will be missed in the time line specified by the court. In addition, the report discusses how the change in the makeup of CDCR’s inmate population following realignment will affect its housing, mental health, and medical facility needs, and provides recommendations on how to better match CDCR facilities with the remaining inmate population. We also discuss how realignment will impact the state’s fire camp program and how the state can ensure that this program continues to yield its full benefit following realignment. Finally, we describe how realignment will affect the need for rehabilitation programs and how to better match these programs to the needs of the remaining inmates and parolees. Details: California: Legislative Analyst's Office (LAO), 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.lao.ca.gov/analysis/2012/crim_justice/cdcr-022312.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Administration Shelf Number: 124966

Author: Perez-Arce, Francisco Title: A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the National Guard Youth ChalleNGe Program Summary: Decades of research show that high school dropouts are more likely than graduates to commit crimes, abuse drugs and alcohol, have children out of wedlock, earn low wages, be unemployed, and suffer from poor health. The ChalleNGe program, currently operating in 27 states, is a residential program coupled with post-residential mentoring that seeks to alter the life course of high school dropouts ages 16-18. A rigorous evaluation of the ChalleNGe program employing random assignment has demonstrated that the program has positive effects on educational attainment and employment. The cost-benefit analysis presented in this document estimates that those and other program effects yield $25,549 ($2010) in social benefits per individual admitted to the program, or $2.66 in social benefits for every dollar expended for a return on investment of 166 percent. The program's benefits accrue mostly in the form of higher lifetime earnings attributable to higher levels of educational attainment induced by the program. Under baseline assumptions, this cost-benefit analysis suggests continued operation of existing ChalleNGe sites will yield substantial net benefits to program participants and society at large. This quantitative finding supports public investment in the ChalleNGe program as currently operated and targeted. Details: Arlington, VA: RAND Corporation, 2012. 68p. Source: Technical Report: Accessed April 15, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 124967

Author: Green, Anthony Title: Auditing the Cost of the Virginia Tech Massacre: How Much We Pay When Killers Kill Summary: Five years ago, on April 16, 2007, an English major at Virginia Tech University named Seung-Hui Cho gunned down and killed 32 people, wounded another 17, and then committed suicide as the police closed in on him on that cold, bloody Monday. Since then, 12 more spree killings have claimed the lives of another 90 random victims and wounded another 92 people who were in the wrong place at the wrong time when deranged and well-armed killers suddenly burst upon their daily lives. This carnage includes the very recent killing by Ohio high school student T.J. Lane of three of his fellow students with a gun he took out of his grandfather’s barn, which also wounded two others. Lane’s revolver held 10 bullets, and he fired all 10. As we went to press, still another spree killing took place on a university campus where at least seven were killed and three wounded. This most recent spree killing— the 13th, including Cho’s rampage at Virginia Tech five years ago—occurred at a small religious college near Oakland, California, called Oikos University. What links these tragedies? It’s simple: histories indicating dangerousness combined with the lack of adequate gun control. Cho had a history of mental illness but was able to bypass the national gun purchase background check system and buy two weapons to accomplish his meticulously planned spree killing. He also bought a number of high-capacity magazines, which supersized his weapons. Well-armed, he was able to commit his carnage in no more than 15 minutes, pausing in between his two attacks. The human toll of this, the worst spree killing in recent American history, is incalculable, but there are financial costs that can be calculated. In March 2012 a state court jury in Montgomery County, Virginia, found that Virginia Tech was negligent and awarded $4 million each to two families of victims. The lawsuit was based on the families’ allegations that the lives of the students could have been saved if the university warned the campus community more quickly after the first of the two killings, which took place on the same morning. The damage award may be reduced to $100,000 for each family due to the state’s cap on damages. But as we go to press, the issue of the damages is being argued by the parties before the trial court judge. Further, whether the university appeals the verdict is still an open question. In a completely different legal action, the U.S. Department of Education fined the university $55,000 under the Clery Act, which requires universities to give notice of dangers affecting students. The university appealed, the U.S. Department of Education rejected the appeal, and subsequently a federal administrative court judge in April 2012 ruled in favor of Virginia Tech. These possible courtroom costs, however, pale in comparison to the cost of negligence due to the failure of ambiguous gun control laws alongside the lack of any genuine effort by federal or state officials to clarify the laws so that state police and courts can enforce them to the fullest extent of the law. This lack of enforcement of poorly written laws enables mentally ill people to pass background checks and purchase guns legally even if they have a history indicating dangerousness, including those found by courts to be mentally ill or subject to orders of confinement to a mental health facility. This breakdown in our legal system results in the inestimable loss of life and its horror and consequence. Sadly, we can calculate this cost another way. Another outcome of the lack of gun control is the taxpayer’s bill for a spree killing. In this report we share the findings of our survey of the monetary costs incurred as a result of this murderous rampage at Virginia Tech five years ago. This paper assesses this cost at $48.2 million for the taxpayers of the United States and the commonwealth of Virginia, and for Virginia Tech, a public university. This report also demonstrates how the background-check system, still rife with loopholes, failed to protect American citizens from an armed and dangerous Seung-Hui Cho, costing innocent lives—many of them young ones. The loss of one innocent life to a mentally disturbed shooter should be reason enough to close the gaping holes in the system that permit gun purchases and access to high-capacity magazines that can cause such mayhem. The Virginia Tech tragedy drives this point home in the most dramatic of ways because of the sheer number of deaths and extraordinary financial costs. For this reason, we recommend several commonsense measures designed to curb gun violence without taking a single gun away from the great majority of Americans who have the right to own a weapon. These measures are detailed in main pages of our report, but briefly we recommend: Completing state compliance with requirements to post appropriate mental health records in the National Instant Criminal Background Check System; Establishing clear reporting guidelines for when and how mental health records are required to be posted in the National Instant Criminal Background Check System so that states can be held accountable for compliance; Requiring a full background check in all gun transactions, including private sales at gun shows and those online, so that dangerous people cannot purchase guns legally in these nontraditional venues; Fully funding state technology efforts to comply with the federal background check system requirements; Requiring states to comply fully with the protocols of the National Instant Criminal Background Check System or taking away their federal funding if they do not; and Mandating federal compliance with a proposed presidential executive order directing all agencies to submit records to this instant background check system and certifying that they have done so twice yearly to the U.S. attorney general. In addition we offer two other recommendations for Congress to enact arising from the lessons of Virginia Tech: Outlawing high-capacity bullet magazines; and Requiring campuses to establish a threat assessment process. Taking these commonsense steps would go a long way toward ending the spree killing rampages that continue to haunt our nation. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2012/04/pdf/vt_gun_control.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 124968

Author: McCarthy, Sara Title: State Survey of California Prisons, What Percentage of the State's Polled Prison Inmates Were Once Foster Care Children? Summary: A significant percentage of the nation’s foster care youth have been accused of crimes or have had contact with law enforcement within the first few years after they turned 18 years old (the age at which most children “age out” of foster care1 and some become homeless), according to recent studies. A University of Chicago study found that one-third of the former foster care children who were tracked in three Midwest states suffered a “high level” of involvement with the criminal justice system. Such findings have prompted California policymakers and researchers to ask the question that initiated this report: How many inmates in California’s adult prisons were once foster care children? A state survey of California inmates conducted for the first time by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) in collaboration with the California Senate Office of Research (SOR) offers significant findings: Of the 2,564 adult California prisoners surveyed by CDCR in June 2008, 356 of the respondents —14 percent of the inmates—said they had been in foster care at some point in their lives. This SOR/CDCR survey is unique; in the majority of studies conducted on this subject, surveyors asked foster care children who had recently left their foster care arrangement if they had ever been incarcerated, whereas in this survey, California prison inmates who were about to be paroled were asked if they had ever been in foster care. When this survey was conducted in the summer of 2008, there were approximately 171,000 inmates incarcerated in California’s prison system; only those inmates who were being paroled for the first time from prison within the next eight months and who completed the survey and reported a foster care history were tabulated in the following survey results. (For more information on how the SOR/CDCR survey was conducted, please see the Survey Methodology section on page 11.) Details: Sacramento, CA: California Senate Office of Research, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.sor.govoffice3.com/vertical/Sites/%7B3BDD1595-792B-4D20-8D44-626EF05648C7%7D/uploads/Foster_Care_PDF_12-8-11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Foster Care (California) Shelf Number: 124969

Author: Stotzer, Rebecca Title: Comparison of Hate Crime Rates Across Protected and Unprotected Groups Summary: Sexual orientation and gender identity are not currently covered by federal hate crime laws. This analysis compares victimization rates for lesbian, gay, and bisexual individuals with groups already covered by hate crime laws. Results indicate that the hate crime rate against lesbian, gay, and bisexual individuals is comparable to the rate of hate crimes against already protected groups. While the National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs reports an average of 213 hate crimes per year, the federal government has no system in place for documenting or collecting these statistics. This discrepancy indicates a need for including gender identity in hate crime tracking laws, and extending legislative protection to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender people. Details: The Williams Institute, 2007. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://williamsinstitute.law.ucla.edu/wp-content/uploads/Stotzer-Comparison-Hate-Crime-June-2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 124970

Author: Stahnke, Tad Title: 2008 Hate Crime Survey Summary: Human Rights First’s 2008 Hate Crime Survey—our second annual study—is a review of the rising tide of hate crime covering the region from the Far East of the Russian Federation and the Central Asian states across Europe to North America: the 56 participating states of the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE). Human Rights First continues to document and analyze the reality of violent hate crime. We have reviewed available reports on violence motivated by prejudice and hatred, including the findings of the few official monitoring systems that provide meaningful statistical information. This data—combined with the findings of nongovernmental monitoring organizations as well as media reporting—provides important insights into the nature and incidence of violent hate crimes. Our aim is to raise the profile of these insidious crimes and the challenges they pose to societies that are becoming increasingly diverse. Hate crimes are everyday occurrences that result in broken windows and burnt out homes, mental distress and bodily harm—sometimes fatal. Hate crimes threaten whole communities who identify with the victim based on race, religion, or other attributes, leaving many to live in fear and alienated from the larger society. This report seeks to overcome official indifference and indecision in the fight against such crime. In the first part of this report, we examine six facets of hate crime in sections on Violence Based on Racism and Xenophobia, Antisemitic Violence, Violence Against Muslims, Violence Based on Religious Intolerance, Violence Against Roma, and Violence Based on Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Bias. In the second part, we assess government responses to violent hate crimes in sections on Systems of Monitoring and Reporting and The Framework of Criminal Law. Although not included in this compilation, the 2008 Hate Crime Survey also includes separate sections on the Russian Federation and Ukraine, where hate crime has been on the rise and where governments have not responded adequately. No state is immune from the prejudice and bigotry that stand behind bias-motivated violence. A Country Panorama section profiles hate crime cases from 30 countries and includes in-depth descriptions of hate crime in France, Germany, and the United Kingdom—three countries where considerable efforts have been undertaken to combat hate crimes. Similarly, there has generally been a vigorous government response to hate crime in the United States, even though the problem continues. In a separate substantive section on the U.S., we outline recommendations to enhance the government’s response. These sections are available at the Fighting Discrimination website: www.humanrightsfirst.org/discrimination. Human Rights First is concerned that governments are not doing enough to combat violent hate crimes. In this survey, we offer a Ten-Point Plan for governments to strengthen their response. In particular, we are calling on governments to establish systems of official monitoring and data collection to fill the hate crime information gap. We are likewise urging them to improve criminal law and law enforcement procedures required to combat hate crimes. Stronger laws that expressly address violent hate crimes are necessary to more effectively deter, detect, and hold perpetrators accountable. International organizations also have an important role to play, and this Survey provides Recommendations for Strengthening the OSCE, in particular by advancing the organization’s tolerance and nondiscrimination agenda—of which combating hate crime is an important component. Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2008. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/wp-content/uploads/pdf/FD-081103-hate-crime-survey-2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 124972

Author: Virginia. Joint Legislative Audit and Review Commission Title: Review of the Civil Commitment of Sexually Violent Predators Summary: Item 30 of the 2011 Appropriation Act directed JLARC staff to review the civil commitment of sexually violent predators in Virginia. JLARC staff found that Virginia’s risk assessment approach is flawed. Citing a specific actuarial assessment instrument and score in statute does not allow qualified professionals to use their professional judgment to review certain high-risk offenders. It also makes it likely that the State will use an out-ofdate instrument as actuarial science evolves. To address these flaws, it is recommended that the Code of Virginia be amended to remove references to a specific instrument and score. JLARC staff also found that Virginia’s risk assessment process does not provide enough flexibility or sufficiently use consensus to decide whether to proceed with the civil commitment process. Several recommended changes are intended to create a more flexible and consensusbased process. Virginia’s civil commitment program will continue to grow over time, as more individuals are committed each year than are released. However, the rate of program growth can be reduced if certain program changes, such as those recommended, are made. Details: Richmond, VA: Joint Legislative Audit and Review Commission, 2012. 202p. Source: House Document No. 5: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://jlarc.virginia.gov/meetings/November11/SVP.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment of Sex Offenders (Virginia) Shelf Number: 124973

Author: Virginia. The Virginia Commission on Youth Title: Study of Truancy & School Dropout Prevention Summary: This study originated at the Commission on Youth’s April 23, 2008, meeting, during which the Commission adopted a two-year plan to study truancy and dropout prevention in Virginia. Specifically, the Commission was to study the provisions set forth in House Bill 1263 (Appendix A), to include a review of policies and procedures that address truancy and dropout prevention, including enforcement of compulsory attendance laws. As part of the study, the Commission established an Advisory Group consisting of stakeholder representatives, including members of the Commission, the Virginia 2 Department of Education, law enforcement and court agencies, child and family advocacy groups, and parent organizations. Although students were not official members of the Advisory Group, the Commission sought student input by inviting youth to speak at Advisory Group meetings and roundtables. Details: Richmond, VA: The Virginia Commission on Youth, 2010. 68p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/fc86c2b17a1cf388852570f9006f1299/9e96abbe33032fb6852577f90077957f/$FILE/RD392.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 124975

Author: Virginia. The Virginia Commission on Youth Title: Study of Juvenile Offender Reentry in the Commonwealth Summary: The majority of juveniles entering Virginia’s juvenile justice system have complex needs, including mental health and substance abuse. These juveniles may have already been receiving services from multiple systems, such as child welfare, special education, mental health and juvenile justice. In Fiscal Year 2009, the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) received 85,578 intake complaints, 16,626 new probation cases and 17,202 pre-dispositional placements. During this 12-month period, 819 juveniles were committed to DJJ. Virginia spends over $120,000 per year to confine a youth in a juvenile correctional center. According to DJJ, the majority of juvenile offenders placed in confinement will eventually be released into the community; the percentage of juveniles who return to their communities is close to 100 percent. Thus, it is important to establish approaches that enhance successful community reintegration for juvenile offenders. The fundamental goal of successful community reintegration is that juveniles not reoffend as they begin building a foundation for a successful and productive future. In keeping with that goal, the Commission on Youth conducted a one-year study to examine challenges confronting the juvenile as he or she returns to the community, to identify barriers to successful reentry, and to recommend system improvements. Details: Richmond, VA: The Virginia Commission on Youth, 2011. 76p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/fc86c2b17a1cf388852570f9006f1299/2aa3342132c11b2f85257903005a63f6/$FILE/RD179.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 124976

Author: National Retail Federation Title: 2011 Organized Retail Crime Survey Summary: The National Retail Federation’s Organized Retail Crime survey, now in its seventh year, is conducted every spring to gauge the impact and severity of organized retail crime. This year’s survey collects information from a variety of retailers, ranging from restaurants to department stores to specialty retailers and grocery stores. Insights of senior retail loss prevention executives from 129 retail companies are included in this report. This year’s survey found that organized retail crime affects almost every single retailer, with 95 percent reporting they have been a victim of organized retail crime in the past 12 months, up six percent from last year. Although retailers continue to build their defenses against this growing problem, criminals are finding myriad ways to work around the system. Retailers are also reporting that the criminals they apprehend are increasingly resorting to violence, putting the safety of both associates and customers at risk. The scope of most criminal enterprises extends far beyond store limits. For the first time in the survey’s history, NRF polled retailers about this threat and found that nearly half of all respondents said they have been a victim of cargo theft within the past year. The survey found most cargo theft occurs en route from the distribution center to the store, but other points within the supply chain are just as vulnerable. This not only affects a retailer’s bottom line, it also affects what consumers end up seeing on the shelves at the store and the amount of inventory available. Crime rings throughout the country often take advantage of big cities and large highways to move their stolen merchandise and hit multiple targets. When asked where in the United States retailers have the most problems with criminal gangs and organized retail crime, cities including Los Angeles, Miami, New York and Dallas were listed. Making the list for the first time, Las Vegas and Phoenix are now among the top 10 metropolitan areas retailers say are affected, indicating criminal enterprises continue to travel the country. Many times, retailers and law enforcement officials find it difficult to track these crime gangs because they cross state lines in a matter of hours. New technologies, however, are beginning to play a vital role in tracking thefts and criminal behavior even through various states and at different retail companies. As the economy forces retail executives to pay close attention to every line item in their budgets, loss prevention executives say senior leadership is more likely to understand how organized retail crime impacts the company’s bottom line. This year’s survey found nearly six in 10 senior loss prevention executives say their senior management understands the severity of the problem, a big step up from the 39 percent reported in 2005. As a result, many companies are allocating additional resources – including more personnel and greater investment in technology – to combat the problem. Organized crime gangs who steal consumer and other valuable goods such as over-the-counter medicines, baby formula, diabetic testing strips and designer jeans, often use the façade of a local pawn shop, flea market or warehouse to hide their stolen merchandise. These criminals also pose as legitimate sellers on online auction sites, selling their stolen goods to innocent and unknowing consumers. The report found more than seven in 10 retailers identified or recovered this stolen merchandise from both physical and online fence locations. Industry partnerships with law enforcement and increased resources in personnel may have contributed to the increase in identifying these stolen goods. The increase in the number of retailers who have been victimized may have played a role as well. Retailers have spent years lobbying Congress about the need for specific organized retail crime legislation. Specific lobbying interests include stiffer penalties for criminals involved with organized retail crimes, expanding law enforcement’s ability to charge and prosecute offenders and decreasing the felony dollar amount threshold at which criminals are charged. Though retailers recently celebrated the passing of H.R. 5932, the Organized Retail Theft Investigation and Prosecution Act of 2010 in the House of Representatives, which aims to establish the Organized Retail Theft Investigation and Prosecution Unit with the Department of Justice, budget crises and several other pressing issues prevented this bill from being presented to the Senate. Several states have engaged the issue through state legislation and many have already seen success. The report outlines which states have already passed bills and those that are currently working on bills. Through various platforms, retailers are able to communicate and network with industry peers about the challenges organized retail crime presents for their business and how to combat the multi-billion dollar problem. These platforms include national committees, local intelligence sharing groups, partnerships with local, state, and federal law enforcement, and relationships with lawmakers. Together, retailers and law enforcement officials are making great strides in uncovering the criminal enterprises that exist throughout the country. These collaborations have resulted in many successful federal indictments and the breakup of large crime rings, which operated for years behind physical and online fence operations. From government affairs and strategic partnerships to grassroots initiatives, retailers have been very resourceful in finding ways to confront the issue. Efforts to pass federal legislation persist and work continues behind the scenes as executives from different companies come together to shed light on this growing problem. Details: Washington, DC: National Retail Federation, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2012 at http://www.nrf.com/modules.php?name=Documents&op=viewlive&sp_id=6549 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 124977

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation Title: Tennessee Human Sex Trafficking and Its Impact on Children and Youth 2011 Summary: This study is an attempt to quantify and qualify the issue of trafficking domestically and within the state of Tennessee in particular. In the forthcoming pages, the scale of the problem is discussed using the combined knowledge of law enforcement and social service personnel in every county across Tennessee. There are indications that some professionals blame the victim or see trafficking (as it is federally defined) as a victimless crime. These are barriers to combat trafficking and have been indicated in other studies of sex trafficking. The problem of trafficking is not only a problem of supply and demand, but of understanding and training among professionals who may come across victims or potential victims of trafficking. The analyses of the study provided a great number of facts and figures; however, please take the time to read the case studies that are offered in this report. According to the experiences of TBI staff, these are not uncommon stories of women who have been forced or coerced into prostitution, or were prostituted at a young age (i.e., the very definition of trafficking). These case studies put a face on the problem. In essence, they humanize the victims of human sex trafficking. Details: Nashville, TN: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2012 at: http://www.tbi.state.tn.us/documents/finaltnhumansextraffickingstudycolorrev2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 125020

Author: Farabee, David Title: Expert Panel Study of the Inmate Classification Score System Summary: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) uses an inmate classification system to ensure that inmates are properly housed and supervised. The proper housing and supervision of inmates serves goals that are paramount to the correctional setting: protecting staff and inmates from in-prison misconduct, protecting the public from inmate escapes, and safeguarding opportunities for inmates to benefit from rehabilitative programming. All three goals serve public safety by promoting institutional order and inmate rehabilitation. California’s prison system presents a multitude of housing and supervision options to achieve these goals. Housing types range from camps to open dormitories to cells. Some housing is protected by a low-security perimeter, some secured by an electrified fence. Some areas have armed coverage, others do not. Within those different types of housing, inmate supervision levels may vary as well, with some inmates more closely monitored than others. A successful inmate classification system utilizes this spectrum of choices to ensure an appropriate balance between liberty and security. Currently, CDCR uses a classification process that is based on two overlapping systems: the inmate’s placement score and the inmate’s Custody Designation. The placement score is determined by the Inmate Classification Score System (ICSS), which is further broken down into two parts – the preliminary score and any applicable Mandatory Minimums. The preliminary score predicts risk for institutional misconduct using several variables related to an inmate’s background and prior incarceration behavior. Additional Mandatory Minimum scores are then applied to inmates incarcerated for certain violent or sex crimes, crimes of public notoriety, or crimes carrying life sentences. Mandatory minimums restrict the housing level to which these inmates can be assigned. The final classification placement score is the maximum of either the preliminary or the Mandatory Minimum score. Final classification scores determine the institution or housing level in which an inmate will be placed by producing four levels of scores that correspond to four institutional housing security levels. Custody Designations attempt to mitigate an inmate’s risk for escape and threat to the community if escaped. They determine the level of in-prison supervision that inmates receive and also present a further opportunity for restricting program access and the housing levels to which certain inmates can be assigned. The purpose of this study was to evaluate CDCR’s classification system. The study aims to assist CDCR in best identifying factors that justify restrictions on liberty while avoiding factors that could lead to unwarranted impingements on inmate rehabilitation. Analyses focused on male offenders since the research design relied on the delineation between particular housing levels that are not applicable to female offenders. CDCR determined that the best strategy for carrying out the study was to work with outside correctional experts and statisticians. An “Expert Panel” was created, comprised of scholars with experience in studying correctional issues. To assist in conducting its analyses, the department contracted with the University of California (UC), Davis and UC Berkeley for statistical services. The major findings from this study are as follows: 1) There are no natural “breaks” in preliminary classification scores that indicate sharp changes in inmate behavior across housing levels, though the likelihood of behavioral infractions increases with preliminary score. 2) Mandatory Minimum scores appear to “trap” many well-behaving inmates into higher housing levels. Inmates crowded above the classification score cut points due to the Mandatory Minimum scores are relatively well behaved. This better behavior is explained entirely by age and the lower average preliminary scores of these inmates. In other words, age and the preliminary classification score provide a better predictor of behavior for those “trapped” at a specific placement classification score than does the actual placement classification score determined by binding mandatory minimums. 3) There is little evidence that housing inmates with preliminary scores slightly above the Classification Score Level I/II, Level II/III, and Level III/IV thresholds suppresses institutional misconduct. Furthermore, there is evidence of a criminogenic effect for inmates who have classification scores just above the Classification Score Level III/IV threshold who are placed in Level IV housing. 4) There are few escapes, particularly in institutions with electric fences. The risk of inmate escapes from facilities with electrified fences is nearly zero. Based on these findings, the Expert Panel developed the following recommendations: 1) Decisions to move inmates into lower housing levels should be guided by the safety risks those inmates pose to other inmates, staff, and the public. Estimates of risk should be grounded in the preliminary classification score and should not be overridden by CDCR Mandatory Minimum factors. Older inmates could also be given priority in downward housing placements. 2) Inmates with preliminary and placement scores at the threshold (or classification score cut points) of each housing level can be moved to lower levels with the expectation that it will not lead to increases in individual or overall rates of serious misconduct within levels. 3) CDCR should not use Custody Designation as a proxy for the risk of inmate misconduct. The custody classification system was not designed for this purpose and does not capture meaningful dimensions of an inmate’s likelihood of bad behavior. Downward movements in custody should be based upon preliminary classification score. 4) Moreover, Custody Designations may no longer be justified as a mechanism to reduce the likelihood of escape. CDCR should consider removing the use of Custody Designation as markers for escape risks. Changes to current policy need to be monitored. The Expert Panel advocates the use of random assignment as the best way to determine the impact. If that is not possible, quasi-experimental methods could provide some evidence of impact, although not as conclusive. Monitoring will require more extensive data collection on specifics of timing, location and the nature of violations than is currently collected in automated systems. Details: Ssacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Research, Research and Evaluation Branch, 2011. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports/docs/2010-2011-Classification-Study-Final-Report-01-10-12.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Classification (California) Shelf Number: 125024

Author: Operation Broken Silence Title: The Cleveland Backpage Report: An Analysis of Human Trafficking and the Online Commercial Sex Industry in Northeast Ohio Summary: The purpose of this study is to raise awareness of human trafficking and forced prostitution taking place within the online commercial sex industry of northeast Ohio. While the data will not always cite specific examples of human trafficking or forced prostitution, it addresses the supply of commercial sex advertised on cleveland.backpage.com and its connection to human trafficking. Commercial sex is illegal in Ohio. Despite its illegality, commercial sex can be easily and anonymously purchased while browsing the escort classifieds on Backpage. For this reason, we can confidently claim that Backpage is profiting from illegal enterprises and illicit trade. The escort classifieds are often used as a vessel for human trafficking and forced prostitution. This Cleveland Backpage Report exposes the connection between the online sex industry and human trafficking in Cleveland, Ohio and provides solutions for citizens, policy makers, law enforcement, and NGOs. Details: Cleveland, OH: Operation Broken Silence and the Imagine Foundation, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://imaginefreedom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/backpage_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Ohio) Shelf Number: 125026

Author: Operation Broken Silence and End Slavery Tennessee Title: The Nashville Backpage Report: An Analysis of the Online Commercial Sex Industry and Human Trafficking in Tennessee Summary: The purpose of this report is to raise awareness of human trafficking and forced prostitution within the online commercial sex industry of Nashville, Tennessee and recommend ways to combat human trafficking on the internet. While the data will not always cite specific examples of human trafficking or forced prostitution, it addresses the supply of commercial sex advertised on nashville.backpage.com and its connection to human trafficking. Commercial sex is illegal in Tennessee. Despite its illegality, commercial sex can be easily and anonymously purchased while browsing the escort classifieds on Backpage. For this reason, we can confidently claim that Backpage is profiting from illegal enterprises and illicit trade. The escort classifieds are often used as a vessel for human trafficking and forced prostitution. This Nashville Backpage Report exposes the connection between the online sex industry and human trafficking in Nashville, Tennessee and provides solutions for citizens, policy makers, law enforcement, and NGOs. Details: Operational Broken Silence and End Slvery Tennessee, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://www.operationbrokensilence.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Nashville-Backpage-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 125027

Author: Harbaugh, William T. Title: Theft and Deterrence Summary: We report results from economic experiments of decisions that are best described as petty larceny, with high school and college students who can anonymously steal real money from each other. Our design allows exogenous variation in the rewards of crime, and the penalty and probability of detection. We find that the probability of stealing is increasing in the amount of money that can be stolen, and that it is decreasing in the probability of getting caught and in the penalty for getting caught. Furthermore, the impact of the certainty of getting caught is larger when the penalty is bigger, and the impact of the penalty is bigger when the probability of getting caught is larger. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 17059: Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w17059.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 125030

Author: Cantor, David Title: A closer Look at Drug and Violence Prevention Efforts in American Schools: Report on the Study on School Violence and Prevention Summary: As part of the 1994 reauthorization of SDFSCA, Congress mandated that the U.S. Department of Education (ED) collect information on efforts to prevent violence in schools nationally. Consequently, ED initiated the Study on School Violence and Prevention to describe the level of problem behavior, including violence, in schools; to learn about the measures that schools are taking to prevent problem behavior and promote school safety; and to examine the use of funds allocated through SDFSCA. The Study on School Violence and Prevention was a cooperative effort between the U.S. Department of Education (ED) and the National Institute of Justice, U.S. Department of Justice (NIJ). At the same time that ED commissioned the Study on School Violence and Prevention, NIJ awarded a grant to conduct the National Study of Delinquency Prevention in Schools. To maximize resources and minimize the burden to schools, the agencies and external researchers agreed to merge many of the study activities. In this report, we refer to the project as the Study on School Violence and Prevention; in NIJ and other publications, the project is called the National Study of Delinquency Prevention in Schools. This report focuses on one of three study components, referred to as the “intensive level.” It is the first study in over 20 years to examine in detail what schools are doing to promote school safety. While the intensive level component is an in-depth examination of a limited number of schools, the two other study components (national and intermediate level components) are based on broad surveys of national probability samples of schools. This report is organized in accordance with the topics covered by the study questions: • Extent of problem behavior in schools, including the types of victimization experienced by students and teachers, and how students and teachers perceive the safety of their schools. Also included is a description of incident reporting systems. • Efforts used by schools to prevent problem behavior and the quality of their implementation. These efforts include formal curricular programs as well as disciplinary practices and policies, and security measures. Observations on school climate are presented here. • Planning processes used by schools and districts for prevention activities and the use of information (e.g., on effectiveness) in doing so. • Results of efforts to compare schools that differed on the extent of problem behavior. These results allowed us to consider the characteristics and processes that distinguish safe and unsafe schools. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Planning and Evaluation Service, 2001. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: U.S. Department of Education DOC #2001-36; Accessed April 19, 2012 at: http://www2.ed.gov/offices/OUS/PES/studies-school-violence/closer-look.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125032

Author: Cantor, David Title: School Crime Patterns: A National Profile of U.S. Public High Schools Using Rates of Crime Reported to Police. Report on the Study of School Violence and Prevention Summary: This report profiles violence in U.S. public high schools. It is based on analysis of data from a U.S. Department of Education survey of school principals that asked about the number and types of crimes they reported to police for the 1996-97 school year. The analysis shows that violence is clustered within a relatively small percentage of locations, with about 60 percent of the violence occurring in 4 percent of the schools. This is about four times higher than would be expected based on national rates of crime. High schools are grouped by the nature and level of crimes occurring in the school. Four patterns emerge from this grouping: 1) No Crime, 2) Isolated Crime, 3) Moderate Crime and 4) Violent Crime. High schools in each group are described in terms of their student population characteristics, community characteristics, and school violence prevention efforts. The results indicate that the characteristics (size, location, socio-economic make-up) of high-violence schools differ markedly from the other schools. High schools with the highest levels of violence tended to be located in urban areas and have a high percentage of minority students, compared to high schools that reported no crime to the police. They also tended to be located in areas with high social disadvantage and residential mobility. It should be noted, however, that a relatively large minority of the schools in the Violent Crime group were located in rural areas (36%), so that the image of school violence being solely restricted to central cities is not accurate. The types of violence prevention programs differed between crime groups. The schools that experience a high level of serious violence also reported high use of prevention measures and programs that were specifically aimed at controlling violence. Schools in the Violent Crime group appeared to put more emphasis on programs geared toward changing individual behavior, such as behavioral modification or other types of individual attention. This contrasted with high schools in the other three crime groups, which tended to place a higher priority on prevention instruction or counselors within the school. Similarly, the Violent Crime group was more likely than the other groups to adopt a variety of security measures to reduce risk of crimes, particularly random metal detectors, used by about one-third of the Violent Crime group (compared to 10% or less in the other groups). The crime groups also differed in their use of law enforcement and security personnel. The schools in the Violent Crime group were more likely to use this as a measure to control disorder than were schools with lower levels of crime. These observations indicate that schools with the greatest need (i.e., highest rate of violent crime) took action at a fairly high rate (e.g., around two-thirds of the schools reported using many of the programs/activities). A follow-up question is whether these programs are effective at reducing violence. The current analysis did not allow for assessment of whether programs were implemented in an effective way and/or significantly reduced the amount of violence in the school. The report suggests that methods to prevent school violence be tailored to the level and type of crime problems that schools are experiencing. Also, future evaluation of prevention methods should put some emphasis on schools experiencing the most severe problems. Comparing these schools to those with a similar profile but lower levels of disorder would be especially useful. This would provide an efficient and cost-effective way to better understand how to significantly reduce crime in the nation’s high schools. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Planning and Evaluation Service, 2002. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: U.S. Department of Education DOC #2001-37: Accessed April 19, 2002 at: http://www2.ed.gov/offices/OUS/PES/studies-school-violence/school-crime-pattern.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: High Schools Shelf Number: 125033

Author: Karter, Jr., Michael J. Title: Fire Loss in the United States During 2010 Summary: U.S. fire departments responded to an estimated 1,331,500 fires. These fires resulted in 3,120 civilian fire fatalities, 17,720 civilian fire injuries and an estimated $11,593,000,000 in direct property loss. There was a civilian fire death every 169 minutes and a civilian fire injury every 30 minutes in 2010. Home fires caused 2,640, or 85%, of the civilian fire deaths. Fires accounted for five percent of the 28,205,000 total calls. Eight percent of the calls were false alarms; sixty-six percent of the calls were for aid such as EMS. Details: Quincy, MA: National Fire Protection Association, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://www.nfpa.org/assets/files/PDF/OS.fireloss.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 125039

Author: Evarts, Ben Title: Intentional Fires Summary: During 2005-2009, an estimated 306,300 intentional fires were reported to U.S. fire departments per year, with associated annual losses of 440 civilian deaths, 1,360 civilian injuries, and $1.3 billion in direct property damage. Three-quarters (75%) of these fires occurred outside, 18% occurred in structures and 8% in vehicles. In 2009, 19% of arson offenses were cleared by arrest or exceptional means. The fire estimates are based on data from the U.S. Fire Administration’s (USFA’s) National Fire Incident Reporting System (NFIRS) and the National Fire Protection Association’s (NFPA’s) annual fire department experience survey. Details: Quincy, MA: National Fire Protections Association, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://www.nfpa.org/assets/files//pdf/os.intentional.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 125040

Author: Zeh, Jon M. Title: Decentralizing police detectives: Increasing efficiency of property crime investigations Summary: Beginning in November, 2007, the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department implemented organizational changes to the Financial / Property Crimes Bureau by decentralizing all property crime detectives. Although no previous research was found on the decentralization of police detectives specifically, there is existing research on similar concepts that suggest at least two benefits of decentralizing police detectives: improved communication with patrol officers and increased efficiency of investigations. With these benefits in mind, the current study examines the following hypotheses: hypothesis 1: decentralizing property crime detectives will lead to improved quality of communication between property crime detectives and patrol officers; hypothesis 2: decentralizing property crime detectives will lead to greater efficiency of property crime investigations. This research will assume a quasi-experimental design with the Southeast Area Command (SEAC) being the experimental group by having detectives decentralized to an area command level and the Southwest Area Command (SWAC) being the comparison group, their detectives remaining at the centralized bureau level. The experimental iii condition began on November 1, 2007 and continued for 8 months, terminating on June 30, 2008 when SWAC was decentralized, ending the department wide reorganization and decentralization of property crimes detectives. Secondary data in the form of a survey that was administered to patrol officers and performance indicators from the area command and detective levels were received from the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department. These data were used to evaluate the impact that the decentralization had on communication between detectives and officers and the efficiency of property crime investigations. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2009. 54p. Source: UNLV Theses/Dissertations/Professional Papers/Capstones, Paper 1153: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://digitalcommons.library.unlv.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2155&context=thesesdissertations Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 125041

Author: Papachristos, Andrew V. Title: Social Networks and the Risk of Gunshot Injury Summary: Objectives: This study investigates the relationship between an individual’s position in a social network and the probability of being a victim of a fatal or non-fatal gunshot wound. Methods: This study combines detailed observational data from the police with records of fatal and non-fatal gunshot injuries among 763 individuals in Boston’s Cape Verdean community. After creating the social networks of these high-risk individuals, logistic regression is used to uncover the relationship between the odds of being a victim of a gunshot injury and various network characteristics. Results: The probability of gunshot victimization is directly related to one’s network distance to other gunshot victims - i.e., the closer someone is to a gunshot victim, the more likely that person is to also be a gunshot victim. This social distance to gunshot victims operates above and beyond other types of exposure to gun violence. Younger individuals, gang members, and individuals with a high density of gang members in their interpersonal networks are also at increased risk of being a gunshot victim. Conclusions: Risk of gunshot injuries in urban areas is more greatly concentrated than previously thought. While individual and neighborhood level risk factors contribute to the aggregate rates of violence, this study suggests that most of the actual risk of gun violence is concentrated in a small social network of identifiable individuals. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2011. 19p. Source: Working Paper Series: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1772772 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Guns Shelf Number: 125042

Author: Operation Broken Silence Title: Memphis Area Backpage.com Report: An Analysis of the Online Memphis Sex Industry and Human Trafficking Summary: Human trafficking is the illegal trade of human beings for the purpose of entering them into the commercial sex trade or using them for forced labor. The United Nations created the Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, also known as the Palermo Protocol or the Trafficking Protocol, in 2000. The document defines human trafficking as: “[T]he recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons, by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, of abduction, of fraud, of deception, of the abuse of power or of a position of vulnerability or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purpose of exploitation.” Within the same year, the United States Congress passed the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act (VTVPA), which includes federal statutes that exist to protect victims of human trafficking as well as deter and punish criminals that traffic victims domestically. For the purposes of this report, two clarifications must be made regarding a functional definition of human trafficking. Firstly, human trafficking is not the same as smuggling. There is often a fine line between the two trades, yet human trafficking is slavery and smuggling is not. A victim may begin her journey to the United States thinking that she is being smuggled into the country and come to find herself in dirty and demeaning conditions where she is forced to be a prostitute. Here, the victim has been trafficked even though she originally intended to be smuggled into the U.S. The second clarification is perhaps the more important of the two, additionally it is more relevant to the report. A minor that is a victim is never a prostitute and is always a trafficking victim. Anyone who is under 18 years of age and is soliciting prostitution cannot legally be a prostitute and is always a slave. Even though he or she may appear willing to be on the street or seem to be soliciting themselves online, a minor will always have a pimp or a trafficker forcing them into the trade. Sometimes minors are arrested on prostitution charges and the trafficker or pimp will go free because he is able to protect himself behind his victim. The minor now has a criminal record and it will be more difficult for her to acquire a legitimate job. While the VTVPA and the Palermo Protocol are landmark documents both domestically and internationally, there is still much work to be done. Modern abolition is only ten years old, in its infancy, and very often far behind the sophisticated networks of traffickers that have been recruiting, hiding, and selling people for years. The good news is that the world is catching up and pushing trafficking into the fringes of society and dismantling it. Unfortunately, a casual computer user can still find slavery at the reach of his fingertips, and it is here that we begin. Details: Memphis, TN: Operation Broken Silence, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.operationbrokensilence.org/downloads/OBS-Backpage-Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Tennessee) Shelf Number: 125047

Author: Children's Advocacy Institute Title: State Secrecy and Child Deaths in the U.S.: An Evaluation of CAPTA-Mandated Public Disclosure Policies about Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities or Near Fatalities, with State Rankings - 2nd Edition Summary: This 2nd edition of State Secrecy and Child Deaths in the U.S. grades all fifty states and the District of Columbia on their laws and regulations pertaining to public disclosure of child abuse or neglect deaths and near deaths. It includes an analysis of the elements of an effective statute and describes how each state includes or omits such features. The federal government has determined that the good that can be gained from disclosing information about child abuse or neglect deaths or near deaths will exceed any potential harm or embarrassment that some individuals might experience as a result. Through this report, the Children’s Advocacy Institute (CAI) and First Star aim to encourage each state to adopt laws that further the spirit and intent of federal law, facilitate full disclosure, and ultimately better protect children from abuse and neglect. State legislatures should formalize their policies in statutory form and agencies need to adopt binding rules to implement those laws. When states do have these predictable and enforceable policies encouraging transparency, we hope advocates within the states will use this report as a motivator to pursue appropriate remedies to ensure the proper enforcement of the state’s public disclosure laws. The Child Abuse Prevention and Training Act (CAPTA) acknowledges that, while maintaining confidentiality of child abuse and neglect records is important, there are some cases which have been carved out from this shield of confidentiality and must be made public. Specifically, cases where child abuse and neglect leads or contributes to a fatality or near fatality must be made public so that they can be examined to identify needed systemic reform. Thus, CAPTA requires that states have policies that allow for public disclosure of the findings or information regarding such cases. As of 2012, all 50 states and the District of Columbia accept CAPTA funds. It should follow that all states provide for public disclosure of information about cases of fatal and near-fatal child abuse and neglect. While every state now does have some identifiable public disclosure policy regarding child abuse or neglect deaths, unfortunately, a few states still do not have identifiable public disclosure policies that cover near fatalities, and many states have policies that fail to further the congressional goal of identifying systemic problems in order to implement meaningful reform. Details: San Diego, CA: Children's Advocacy Institute, University of San Diego School of Law, 2012. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.caichildlaw.org/Misc/StateSecrecy2ndEd.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125048

Author: Skiba, Russell J. Title: Parsing Disciplinary Disproportionality: Contributions of Behavior, Student, and School Characteristics to Suspension and Expulsion Summary: It has been widely documented that the characteristics of behavior, students, and schools all make a contribution to school discipline outcomes. The purpose of this study is to report on a multilevel examination of variables at these three levels to identify the relative contributions of type of behavior, student demographic variables, and school characteristics to rates of and racial disparities in out-of-school suspension and expulsion. Results indicated that variables at all three levels made a contribution to the odds of being suspended or expelled. Type of behavior and previous incidents at the behavioral level; race, gender and to a certain extent SES at the individual level; and school enrollment, percent Black enrollment, and principal perspectives on discipline at the school level all made a contribution to the probability of out-of-school suspension or expulsion. For racial disparities in discipline, however, school level variables, including principal perspective on discipline, appear to be stronger predictors of disproportionality in suspension and expulsion than either behavioral or individual characteristics. Details: Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, 2012. 32p. Source: Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association, April 16, 2012: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.indiana.edu/~equity/docs/SkibaAERAParsingDisciplinaryDisproportionality.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 125053

Author: Friedmann, Robert R. Title: Improving Crime Data Project Summary: The criminal justice system lags behind other social service providers and the private sector in the development, timely dissemination, and use of reliable statistical indicators to monitor, predict, and prevent crime. Deficiencies in the nation’s crime data infrastructure deny policymakers the ability to make decisions based on sound and timely information. In contrast, health, education, business, and economics possess readily available data for forecasting and planning. Too often in criminal justice data are not compiled in standardized formats suitable for policy development or program evaluation without time-consuming, repetitive, and costly compilation and analysis efforts. In smaller agencies large amounts of data are still collected by hand and few agencies are able to routinely share comparable data across jurisdictions. Moreover, law enforcement data are generally devoid of other relevant attributes (such as census information) and are reported in tabular or aggregate formats that are not suitable for policy-relevant research. These problems indicate a demonstrable need for improvements in criminal justice data collection, analysis, and dissemination methods to facilitate better strategic choices and policy decisions. Georgia State University and the University of Missouri-St. Louis, in conjunction with the Great Cities’ Universities (GCU) coalition of urban public universities, proposed to develop a model for improved data compilation, analysis, and dissemination across criminal justice jurisdictions in the United States. The objective was to enable agencies to “talk” to each other so that, for example, what is defined as a gang-related assault or drug-related robbery in one jurisdiction is comparable to the same behavior in another jurisdiction. The project focused on improving crime data produced and used primarily by law enforcement agencies. But the proposed model also can be applied across levels within the justice system so that data can be more smoothly transferred between the various system components (law enforcement agencies, prosecutors, courts, corrections). This project - Improving Crime Data (ICD) - was earmarked in legislation and housed in the National Institute of Justice. It is not a standard research project, but rather a demonstration project intended to devise and implement a model of crime data compilation and analysis that can be used by multiple agencies. The project team also provided technical assistance to participating agencies to facilitate implementation and use of the model. As important background, the project team conducted an assessment of the current state of major crime indicators (UCR, NIBRS). The major conclusion of that assessment is that the current indicators do not provide timely or useful information for policy development or evaluation or for strategic initiatives by police managers. The UCR data lack sufficient detail and are badly out of date when disseminated. NIBRS is more promising, but nationwide implementation is a long way off. In response, we sought to assemble a coalition of law enforcement agencies and with their continuous input develop model crime indicators and information technology to access and analyze them that can be applied directly and immediately to crime issues in the areas in which the agencies are located. The project succeeded in establishing basic “proof of concept” for the model crime indicators, a common data platform, and common analysis capabilities. But we had to address several challenges along the way, both technical and organizational, that highlight the fragility of interagency coalitions, the arduous task of sharing even basic data elements across agencies, and the ambivalence of many police managers regarding the utility of cross-jurisdictional data sharing for meeting pressing organizational objectives. Details: Atlanta, GA: Statistical Analysis Bureau, Georgia State University, 2010. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237988.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Data Shelf Number: 125056

Author: Pezdek, Kathy Title: A Preliminary Study of How Plea Bargaining Decisions by Prosecution and Defense Attorneys Are Affected by Eyewitness Factors Summary: This preliminary study attempted to assess how appraisals of the strength of eyewitness evidence affect plea bargaining decisions by prosecutors and defense attorneys. A sample of 93 defense attorneys and 46 prosecutors from matched counties in California participated. The attorneys had extensive experience practicing law and trying felony criminal cases in Superior Court. The attorneys were presented four scenarios in which two specific eyewitness factors – (a) same- versus cross-race identification and (b) prior contact or not – were experimentally manipulated in a factorial design. After reading each scenario, they were asked five questions regarding whether they would plea bargain the case, the lowest/highest plea bargain they would offer/accept, and their estimate of the probability that the defendant was guilty and the probability that they would win the case if it went to trial. This study attempted to experimentally assess how these typical decisions regarding plea bargaining are influenced by variations in the strength of two eyewitness factors, and the whether this pattern of results differs for prosecutors versus defense attorneys. Details: Claremont Graduate University, 2012. 46p. Source: Final Technical Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238136.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 125057

Author: Hanson, Thomas Title: A Randomized Experimental Evaluation of the Tribes Learning Communities Prevention Program Summary: School-based violence prevention programs are often designed to reduce aggressive, violent or otherwise disruptive behavior in school, and to ameliorate risk factors for later violence or promote protective factors enhancing resiliency. Tribes is an intensive universal prevention strategy implemented in the class for the entire academic year, with children organized into smaller learning groups (i.e., ―tribes‖) and teachers trained to facilitate positive classroom climate, respect for others, teamwork, building of relationships, and accountability. The Tribes program has been listed as a promising prevention program by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, and by a number of other ―best practice lists.‖ Almost no rigorous, experimental research has been conducted on the impact of Tribes on risk or protective factors or on longer-term child and classroom outcomes. To respond to this need, WestEd conducted a randomized trial to evaluate the impact of Tribes on 1st-4th grade classrooms and students. We examined program impacts on the classroom environment and teacher practices, student protective factors against violence, and disruptive and disorderly behavior. Impacts on student outcomes were assessed immediately after one academic year of exposure to Tribes and six months after students left their Tribes’ classrooms. The results provided little evidence that Tribes impacted teacher reports about the classroom environment or instructional practices. None of the estimated impacts on teacher survey measures were statistically or substantively significant. For the outcomes based on classroom observations, however, the analyses indicated that Tribes classrooms manifested more opportunities for small-group work, student collaboration, and student reflection; and students in Tribes classrooms appeared to be more engaged and exhibited more sharing behavior. The impact evaluation provided a mixed picture of the effects of Tribes on student outcomes, with beneficial effects observed for some outcomes and students, and detrimental effects observed for others. Little evidence was provided that Tribes had sustained impacts on student outcomes six months after leaving a Tribes classroom. In the short-term, however, Tribes appeared to have more beneficial impacts for boys and more detrimental impacts for girls. Boys in Tribes classrooms exhibited higher scores than those on control classrooms on teacher reports of intrapersonal and affective strengths and parent reports of intrapersonal strengths. Boys also had lower scores on parent reports of rule-breaking behavior. Few significant impacts of Tribes were detected for girls, with the exception that deleterious effects on student test scores were found. Details: San Francisco, CA: WestEd, 2011. 163p. Source: Final Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237958.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 125058

Author: Sanders, Cynthia K. Title: Asset Building Programs for Domestic Violence Survivors Summary: Initiatives to promote asset ownership among low-income households have grown substantially in the last 20 years (Sherraden & McKernan, 2008). Asset ownership among low-income groups has largely been promoted through savings, homeownership, and small business development initiatives. Only recently have such programs begun to emerge as a strategy for promoting the social and economic well-being of domestic violence survivors (Sanders & Schnabel, 2006). This paper will discuss asset building programs, including some of the benefits of asset ownership and why asset building programs for domestic violence survivors may be important. The dearth of literature on assets and domestic violence is reviewed, calling for further research. Details: Harrisburg, PA: VAWnet, National Resource Center on Domestic Violence, 2011. 14p. Source: Applied Research: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2012 at http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_AssetBuilding.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 125060

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Review Panel on Prison Rape Title: Report on Sexual Victimization in Prisons and Jails Summary: This Report presents the findings of the Review Panel on Prison Rape (Panel), resulting from the hearings it held in Washington, DC, in the spring and fall of 2011, based on the national survey that the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) published in August 2010, Sexual Victimization in Prisons and Jails, Reported by Inmates, 2008-09. Under the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003, the Panel is responsible for holding public hearings to which it invites, relying on data from the BJS, two correctional institutions with a low prevalence of sexual victimization and three institutions with a high prevalence of sexual victimization. The purpose of the hearings is to identify the common characteristics of (1) sexual predators and victims, (2) correctional institutions with a low prevalence of sexual victimization, and (3) correctional institutions with a high prevalence of sexual victimization. In 2011, the Panel held two sets of hearings. In April of 2011, the hearings addressed federal and state prisons; in September of 2011, the hearings addressed local jails. Hearings on Prisons For the April 2011 hearings on prisons, the Panel invited the following five prisons to appear: (1) Low Incidence: Elkton Federal Correctional Institution, Federal Bureau of Prisons, Elkton, Ohio. (2) Low Incidence: Bridgeport Pre-Parole Transfer Facility, operated by Corrections Corporation of America for the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ), Bridgeport, Texas. (3) High Incidence: James V. Allred Unit, TDCJ, Wichita Falls, Texas. (4) High Incidence: Fluvanna Correctional Center for Women, Virginia Department of Corrections, Troy, Virginia. (5) High Incidence: Elmira Correctional Facility, Department of Corrections and Community Supervision, Elmira, New York. Based on the prison hearings, the Panel identified the following common themes requiring careful consideration: ● Recognizing Common Characteristics of Inmates Who are Vulnerable to Sexual Abuse ● Understanding Common Differences between Male and Female Facilities ● Understanding the Importance of Professional Language in Establishing a Safe Environment ● Recognizing the Vulnerability of Non-Heterosexual Inmates and Their Need for Proper Treatment ● Strengthening the Integrity of the Entire Complaint Process ● Providing Effective Victim Services ● Equipping Staff to Respond Effectively to Inmate Sexual Victimization iii The Panel identified the following topics for further study: ● Why are Homosexuality and Prior Victimization Significant Indicators of Inmate Victims of Sexual Abuse? ● What are the Distinctive Needs of Female Facilities in Preventing Sexual Victimization? Hearings on Jails For the September 2011 hearings on jails, the Panel invited the following five jails to appear: (1) Low Incidence: Hinds County Work Center, Hinds County Sheriff’s Department, Raymond, Mississippi. (2) Low Incidence: David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center, Tulsa County Sheriff’s Office, Tulsa, Oklahoma. (3) High Incidence: Clallam County Corrections Facility, Clallam County Sheriff’s Office, Port Angeles, Washington. (4) High Incidence: Pre-Trial Detention Center, Miami-Dade County Corrections and Rehabilitation Department, Miami, Florida. (5) High Incidence: Orleans Parish Prison, Orleans Parish Sheriff’s Office, New Orleans, Louisiana. Based on the jail hearings, the Panel identified the following common themes requiring careful consideration: ● Acknowledging the Importance of Facility Design ● Appreciating the Value of Outside Oversight ● Noting the Reluctance to Prosecute Sexual Victimization Cases Involving Inmates ● Recognizing the Resource Challenges that Jails Face ● Employing Well-Trained, Professional Staff The Panel identified the following topics for further study: ● What are the Specific Challenges of Big-City and Rural Jails in Preventing Inmate Sexual Victimization? ● What are the Best Practices in Classifying and Housing LGBTQ Inmates? ● What Would Encourage the Prosecution of Crimes Involving Inmate Sexual Victimization? ● What are the Policies and Practices that Contribute to a Jail Culture that Has Zero Tolerance for Sexual Victimization? ● What are the Best Practices for Monitoring Compliance with a Jail’s Zero- Tolerance Policy for Sexual Victimization? ● What are the Best Practices for Reliably Reporting Sexual Abuse in Jails? Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2012 at: http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/reviewpanel/pdfs/prea_finalreport_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Shelf Number: 125069

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Findings From the Evaluation of OJJDP’s Gang Reduction Program Summary: In the 1970s, less than half the states reported gang problems. By the turn of the 21st century, however, every state and the District of Columbia were facing this challenge. Helping communities combat gang activity is a leading priority for the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP), and our Gang Reduction Program has been a key initiative to that end. A comprehensive, integrated, and coordinated approach to preventing and reducing gang activity, the program emphasizes addressing the needs of youth and affecting change in families, organizations, and communities. This bulletin draws on findings from an independent evaluation, conducted by the Urban Institute, of the Gang Reduction Program's impact in Los Angeles, CA; Milwaukee, WI; North Miami Beach, FL; and Richmond, VA, to examine how effectively these sites implemented the program. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://www.preventgangsnova.org/GangReductionStudy.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 125073

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Child and Youth Victimization Known to Police, School, and Medical Authorities Summary: Considerable efforts have been made during the last generation to encourage children and their families to report victimization to authorities. Nonetheless, concern persists that most childhood victimization remains hidden. The 2008 inventory of childhood victimization—the National Study of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV) — allowed an assessment of whether authorities, including police, school, and medical authorities, are identifying victimizations. The victim, the victim’s family, or a bystander may have disclosed the victimization to those authorities, or the authorities may have directly observed the victimization or evidence of that victimization. Among the survey findings: • Thirteen percent of children victimized in the previous year had at least one of their victimizations known to police, and 46 percent had one known to school, police, or medical authorities. • Authorities knew about a majority of serious victimizations, including incidents of sexual abuse by an adult, gang assaults, and kidnappings, but they were mostly unaware of other kinds of serious victimizations, such as dating violence and completed and attempted rape. • In general, school officials knew about victimization episodes considerably more often (42 percent) than police (13 percent) or medical personnel (2 percent). However, police were the most likely to know about kidnapping, neglect, and sexual abuse by an adult. • More victimization and abuse appears to be known to authorities currently than was the case in a comparable 1992 survey. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin, N AT I O N A L S U R V E Y O F Children’s Exposure to Violence: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/235394.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children as Victims Shelf Number: 125075

Author: Bierschbach, Richard A. Title: Proportionality and Parole Summary: Commentators analyzing the Supreme Court’s watershed decision in Graham v. Florida, which prohibited sentences of life without parole for juveniles convicted of nonhomicide crimes, have generally done so in substantive proportionality terms, ignoring or downplaying parole in the process. This Article challenges that approach, focusing on the intersection of proportionality and parole as a jumping off point. Taking parole seriously makes clear that Graham is difficult to understand solely in terms of substantive proportionality concepts like individual culpability and punishment severity. Instead, the decision can be seen as establishing a rule of constitutional criminal procedure, one that links the validity of punishment to the institutional structure of sentencing. By requiring the state to revisit its first-order sentencing judgments at a later point in time, Graham mandates a procedural space for granular, individualized, and ultimately more reliable sentencing determinations. I expose this procedural and institutional side of parole’s constitutional significance, situate it within the constitutional landscape of sentencing, and sketch some of its implications for the future of sentencing regulation. Details: New York: Cardozo School of Law, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Cardozo Legal Studies Research Paper No. 367: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2038969 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 125078

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Shelby County Juvenile Court Summary: More than 40 years ago, the Supreme Court established the parameters of due process for children facing delinquency proceedings and thereby subject to the “awesome prospect of incarceration.” In re Gault, 387 U.S. 1, 36 (1967). The Court held that children must be afforded the right to counsel, the right to notice of the charges, the right to be free from self-incrimination, and the right to confront witnesses. Gault, 387 U.S. 1. The year before Gault, the Supreme Court held that a child facing the possibility of a transfer to adult criminal court must be accorded the protections of due process, including a hearing, the right to representation by counsel, access to the evidence considered in determining the waiver, and, where the court waives its jurisdiction, a statement of the reasons for transfer on the record. Kent v. United States, 383 U.S. 541, 561-62 (1966). In Shelby County, it is JCMSC’s obligation to ensure that due process principles are met. JCMSC must also administer justice in a non-discriminatory manner that comports with equal protection and does not result in discriminatory impacts that violate Title VI. We find that JCMSC fails to provide constitutionally required due process to children of all races. In addition, we find that JCMSC’s administration of justice discriminates against Black1 We have reasonable cause to believe that JCMSC fails to ensure due process for all children appearing for delinquency proceedings. children. Further, we find that JCMSC violates the substantive due process rights of detained youth by not providing them with reasonably safe conditions of confinement. • JCMSC fails to provide timely and adequate notice of charges to children appearing on delinquency matters by not providing petitions of their charges prior to their detention hearings or even, in many cases, before the adjudicatory hearing (the juvenile equivalent of a trial). This violates the requirement that notice be provided “sufficiently in advance of scheduled court proceedings so that reasonable opportunity to prepare will be afforded.” Gault, 387 U.S. at 33. • JCMSC fails to protect children from self-incrimination during probation conferences by (1) failing to advise juveniles of their Miranda rights prior to questioning them about the facts underlying their charges; (2) not obtaining informed waivers of those rights before asking the children to divulge potentially incriminating statements about their charges; and (3) eliciting self-incriminating statements in the absence of Miranda warnings and informed waivers. This is contrary to Gault’s holding that “the constitutional privilege against self-incrimination is applicable in the case of juveniles as it is with respect to adults.” Id. at 55. • JCMSC fails to hold timely probable cause hearings for children arrested without a warrant by failing to hold detention hearings on weekends and holidays. When a person has been arrested without a warrant, the Fourth Amendment requires that a judicial officer must determine that probable cause exists to believe the person has committed a crime in order for the state to continue the person’s detention. Gerstein v. Pugh, 420 U.S. 103 (1974). In County of Riverside v. McLaughlin, 500 U.S. 44, 57 (1991), the Court held that probable cause determinations must be made within 48 hours of a warrantless arrest. Children at JCMSC experience extended detentions because the court has no procedure in place to hold detention hearings on weekends, extended holiday weekends, and holidays. For example, JCMSC detained 815 children over a five-year period for three days or more before their probable cause hearings. • JCMSC fails to provide adequate due process protections for children before transferring them to the adult criminal court. We observed hearings and reviewed transcripts in which Magistrates made transfer decisions after making cursory inquiries (and in some cases no inquiries) into the child’s background, after failing to hold a waiver hearing, or after asking the child to self-incriminate. This violates the minimal requirement that transfer proceedings “must measure up to the essentials of due process and fair treatment.” Kent, 383 U.S. at 562. We also have reason to believe that JCMSC engages in conduct that violates the constitutional guarantee of Equal Protection and federal laws prohibiting racial discrimination, including Title VI. We retained a leading, nationally recognized, expert on measuring disparities in the juvenile justice system through statistical analysis. Statisticians in the Department of Justice’s (“DOJ”) Office of Justice Program’s Bureau of Justice Statistics and National Institute of Justice peer reviewed the expert’s work. The expert used two methodologies to make this determination. First, he reviewed JCMSC’s Relative Rate Index (“RRI”), the reporting mechanism required by DOJ’s Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (“OJJDP”).2 2 Our consultant was one of the developers of the RRI mechanism. The RRI compares Disproportionate Minority Contact in Shelby County with other counties throughout the nation. Our consultant also examined JCMSC’s case data – more than 66,000 files – over a five-year period to assess the outcomes throughout the different phases of a case, using odds ratio and logistic regression techniques. These techniques track the odds that a child’s case will be handled in a specific way at different decision points in the juvenile court process. The cases range from misdemeanor offenses, such as trespassing, to serious felony offenses, such as murder. Both methods show that Black children are disproportionately represented in almost every phase of the Shelby County juvenile justice system, including pre-trial detention and transfers to criminal court. Moreover, the data shows that in certain phases of the County’s juvenile justice system, race is – in and of itself – a significant contributing factor, even after factoring in legal variables (such as the nature of the charge and prior record of delinquency) and social variables (such as age, gender, and school attendance). • The statistical analysis shows that Black children in Shelby County are less likely to receive the benefits of more lenient judicial and non-judicial options. While we found that the impact of some legal and social factors reduced the impact of race, race was still a statistically significant factor in determining whether a child would receive lenient treatment (such as a warning) as opposed to more serious sanctions. Specifically, Black children were one third less likely to receive a warning than White children, even after accounting for other factors such as prior contacts with the court, the severity of the charges, gender, and education. • We also found a disparity in the initial detention of Black children as compared to White children. The case data showed that a Black child was more than twice as likely to be detained as a White child. This number remained unchanged after accounting for other legal and social factors. • We also found a substantial disparity in the rates of transfers to adult court. The RRI shows that JCMSC transfers Black children to adult criminal court more than two times as often than White children. Analysis of the case files shows that Black children in JCMSC have a greater odds ratio (2.07) of being considered for transfer to the criminal court and have a substantially higher chance of having their case actually transferred to the criminal court. Even after accounting for other variables including the types of offenses, prior offenses, age, and gender, the odds ratio associated with race was only slightly reduced to 2.02. This disproportionate impact cannot be explained by factors other than race. Our investigation also included a review of JCMSC’s detention facility. There we found several violations to the children’s substantive due process rights to reasonably safe conditions of confinement and freedom from undue bodily restraints. Youngberg v. Romeo, 457 U.S. 307, 315-16 (1982). In particular, JCMSC subjects children at the detention center to unnecessary and excessive restraint, including use of restraint chairs and pressure point control tactics. These restraints endanger the safety of the children detained in the facility. JCMSC has recently informed us that it is taking steps to resolve these excessive restraint issues. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2012 at: http://www.memphisdailynews.com/Editorial_Images/13516.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Disparities in Juvenile Justice Processing Shelf Number: 125079

Author: Carpenter, Christopher Title: The Drinking Age, Alcohol Consumption, and Crime Summary: We use exogenous variation in alcohol consumption induced by the Minimum Legal Drinking Age to estimate the causal effect of alcohol consumption on crime. Individuals just over age 21 are 31 percent more likely to report having recently consumed alcohol and report drinking on 57 percent more days than individuals just under 21. This increase in alcohol consumption results in a 6 percent increase in arrests mostly due to robberies, assaults, alcohol-related offenses, and nuisance crimes. The results imply an elasticity of about .10, which suggests that policies that affect the alcohol consumption of young adults can substantially affect crime. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California Irvine, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://web.gsm.uci.edu/~kittc/Carpenter_Dobkin_Crime_website_01192011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 125080

Author: Ozdemir, Habib Title: Compstat: Strategic Police Management for Effective Crime Deterrence in New York City Summary: This is a descriptive study of Compstat. It is a popular American police management model innovated in 1994 by then NYPD Police Commissioner. Compstat helps departments to control and decrease crime. In Compstat departments, middle and lower managers are more likely to have an organizational environment facilitating to share knowledge, ideas, experience and cooperation. In sum, it is a simplified but highly sophisticated police management model. It systemically produces crime prevention and public order maintenance strategies created mainly by mid-level managers. This paper examines the Compstat model, its implementation in the U.S. by using research data of the Police Foundation concerning Compstat and non-Compstat departments‘ strategic policing methods. Comparison of the crime statistics between New York City and the U.S. is asserted as appropriateness of Compstat as a strategic management tool in police administration for effective crime deterrence. Details: International Police Executive Symposium (IPES) and the Geneva Center for the Democratic Control of the Armed Forces (DCAF) and COGINTA., 2011. 31p. Source: Working Paper No. 30: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.coginta.org/pdf/WPS/WPS%2030%20final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat (New York City) Shelf Number: 125084

Author: Teh, Bing-ru Title: Do Liquor Stores Increase Crime and Urban Decay? Evidence from Los Angeles Summary: Liquor stores are a common sight in many distressed neighborhoods. But does the presence of liquor stores actually cause crime and urban decay – as suggested by situational models of criminal activity – or are liquor stores more likely to open in declining neighborhoods? In this paper, I use administrative data on the locations of alcohol outlets in the city of Los Angeles, merged with detailed incident crime reports and property transactions, to evaluate the effects of alcohol outlet openings and closings on local crime rates and property values. I specify an event-study framework to measure the changes in violent and property crimes just after the opening and closing of outlets. Both types of crime increase following an outlet opening, with larger effects in the immediate vicinity of the new outlet. The overall impact of new outlet openings is driven by effects in low socioeconomic status (SES) neighborhoods: openings in high-SES neighborhoods only have small effects on property crime. Outlet closings have smaller impacts, on average, although there is some indication that the closing of an outlet in a low-SES neighborhood reduces crime. A parallel analysis of residential property transaction values find that outlets located in low-SES neighborhoods are seen as a disamenity, whereas outlets located in high-SES neighborhoods are valued by homeowners. Overall, it appears that additional alcohol outlets – especially in lower-SES neighborhoods – contribute to both crime and urban decay. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkely, 2007. 54p. Source: Job Market Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://websv03b.colgate.edu/portaldata/imagegallerywww/2050/ImageGallery/teh_jobmktpaper.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Liquor Stores Shelf Number: 125085

Author: Kudla, Joe Title: Metal Theft Claims and Questionable Claims from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2011 Summary: There were a total of 25,083 claims identified for the theft of copper, bronze, brass, or aluminum submitted to ISO ClaimSearch between January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2011. Of the 25,083 total claims, 96.1% pertained to the theft of copper. Fifty-five percent of the claims were on commercial policies, while 45% were on personal policies. When the number of metal theft claims per month and monthly average copper prices are compared, the number of claims filed is found to have a statistically significant correlation with the price of copper. From January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2011, there were 237 NICB Questionable Claims submitted involving the theft of copper, aluminum, brass, or bronze. Of the 237 total Questionable Claims, 94.5% pertained to the theft of copper. Sixty-six percent were on personal policies, while 31% were on commercial policies. Ohio was the loss state in the most metal theft claims in ISO ClaimSearch, with 19% more claims than Texas, the state with the 2nd largest number of claims. However, in Questionable Claims Ohio ranked 4th, while Illinois topped the rankings. Illinois had 62% more QCs than Texas, the 2nd ranked state in Questionable Claims. When ranked by number of ISO ClaimSearch metal theft claims per 10,000 residents, Rhode Island tops the rankings, followed by Ohio and Delaware. Rhode Island had 25% more metal theft claims per 10,000 residents than Ohio did. The number of claims per 10,000 residents by state was found to be correlated with estimated state drug abuse/dependence rates. The Chicago-Naperville-Joliet, IL-IN-WI Core Based Statistical Area (CBSA) had both the largest number of ISO ClaimSearch metal theft claims and NICB Questionable Claims. The New York-Northern New Jersey- Long Island, NY-NJ-PA CBSA ranked 2nd in ISO ClaimSearch metal theft claims, while Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA ranked 2nd in NICB Questionable Claims. Details: National Insurance Crime Bureau (NICB), 2012. 11p. Source: Data Analytics ForeCAST Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at https://www.nicb.org/File%20Library/Public%20Affairs/Metal-Theft-Claims.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Copper Theft Shelf Number: 125086

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Title: Vital Signs: Unintentional Injury Deaths Among Persons Aged 0-19 Years --- United States, 2000-2009 Summary: Unintentional injuries are the leading cause of death in the United States among persons aged 1–19 years, accounting for 37% of all deaths in this age group in 2009, and the fifth leading cause of death among newborns and infants aged <1 year. Unintentional injury deaths are responsible for more years of potential life lost before age 65 years than cancer, heart disease, or any other cause of death, in part because children and adolescents die from unintentional injuries much more commonly than other causes. For every childhood injury death, more than 1,000 are treated or receive medical consultation for a nonfatal injury. In 2009, child and adolescent unintentional injuries resulted in approximately 9,000 deaths, 225,000 hospitalizations, and 8.4 million patients treated and released from emergency departments. Unintentional injuries occurring in 2005 that resulted in death, hospitalization, or an emergency department visit cost nearly $11.5 billion in medical expenses. These injuries are preventable, and effective interventions for reducing childhood injuries are less costly than the medical expenses and productivity losses associated with those injuries. The high incidence and preventability of child and adolescent unintentional injuries highlight the need for public health action. Although unintentional injury death rates have decreased in recent decades, rates remain high in some population subgroups and states. This report summarizes trends in unintentional injury deaths among persons aged 0–19 years, from 2000 to 2009, by age group, sex, race/ethnicity, injury mechanism, and state, using data from the National Vital Statistics System. Details: Washington, DC: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2012. 7p. Source: Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, April 16, 2012, Vol 61: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm6115a5.htm?s_cid=mm6115a5_w Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Injury Deaths Shelf Number: 125087

Author: Idaho State Police Title: An Evaluation of a Comprehensive Community Initiative: Switch-Track Summary: Canyon County, Idaho has historically been a gang and crime prone area partly due to its higher level of poverty and younger population. Knowing that truancy puts students at risk of becoming adult criminal offenders, the Caldwell Police Chief and The United Way of the Treasure Valley helped bring together community organizations to focus efforts on at-risk youth to reduce truancy. Through collaborative efforts Switch-Track was successful in developing inhouse attendance courts in two school districts and a formal Truancy Magistrate Court to criminally prosecute juveniles and parents who fail to abide by attendance court mandates. The Switch-Track initiative was also successful in supporting law enforcement drug and gang strategies and community prevention programs. Details: Idaho: Planning, Grants, and Research, Statistical Analysis Center, Idaho State Police, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/SwitchTrackFinal.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Idaho) Shelf Number: 125089

Author: Idaho State Police. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Idaho Drug and Alcohol Related Offenses and Arrests: 2006-2012 Summary: The “Idaho Drug and Alcohol Related Offenses and Arrests: 2006-2010” report is an annual update performed by the Idaho Statistical Analysis Center. The yearly trend analysis utilizes law enforcement This report is the newest version of the drug trends analysis performed yearly by the Idaho Statistical Analysis Center. The information is taken from Idaho’s repository for the National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS). The NIBRS property, arrest, and offense tables were used for the following analysis. As in years past, this document contains a description of the latest trends in drug offenses and arrests, alcohol arrests, and drug seizures. Further, detailed information from the years 2006 through 2010 is provided on the types of drugs seized, offender and arrestee characteristics, offender drug and alcohol use, and type of drug activity. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/DrugTrends2012_000.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Arrests (Idaho) Shelf Number: 125090

Author: Idaho State Police. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Crime on School Campuses 2005-2010 Summary: Schools should provide safe environments for students to learn, grow and prepare for the future. However, certain types of crime, such as property crimes are more likely to affect a juvenile while they are at school than anywhere else (Robers, Zhang & Truman, 2010). School crime can negatively affect students, teachers and the surrounding community. To ensure schools offer a secure refuge for learning, research should uncover the extent to which various crimes occur and estimate the impact of various school based initiatives. This publication highlights the differences between crime occurring on school campuses in comparison to other locations. Policymakers, school officials and law enforcement need to have an understanding of the prevalence and scope of school-based campus crime to appropriately address it. Differences exist between the culture of various geographic areas in Idaho, as well as how students behave within different age groups. Whether or not students commonly bring weapons to school and the types of weapons most often confiscated are affected largely by the culture of the area, influencing whether or not the student has access to guns and/or other weapons. For example, Idaho, Wyoming, Montana and Nevada have higher rates of students carrying guns to school than other states in the nation (Robers et al., 2010). In addition, teachers of elementary age school children face different types of offenses than secondary school teachers. More bullying is reported in elementary school, but physical assault is more common in upper grades. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/schoolviolence2_000.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime (Idaho) Shelf Number: 125091

Author: Porter, Rachel Title: What Makes a Court Problem-Solving? Universal Performance Indicators for Problem-Solving Justice Summary: This report identifies a set of universal performance indicators for specialized “problem-solving courts” and related experiments in problem-solving justice. Traditional performance indicators related to caseload and processing efficiency can assist court managers in monitoring case flow, assigning cases to judges, and adhering to budgetary and statutory due process guidelines. Yet, these indicators are ultimately limited in scope. Faced with the recent explosion of problemsolving courts and other experiments seeking to address the underlying problems of litigants, victims, and communities, there is an urgent need to complement traditional court performance indicators with ones of a problem-solving nature. With funding from the State Justice Institute (SJI), the Center for Court Innovation conducted an investigation designed to achieve three purposes. The first was to establish a set of universal performance indicators against which to judge the effectiveness of specialized problem-solving courts, of which there are currently more than 3,000 nationwide. The second purpose was to develop performance indicators specific to each of the four major problem-solving court models: drug, mental health, domestic violence, and community courts. The third purpose was to assist traditional court managers by establishing a more limited set of indicators, designed to capture problem-solving activity throughout the courthouse, not only within a specialized court context. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation; Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/What_Makes_A_Court_P_S.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 125093

Author: Butts, Jeffrey Title: Youth, Guns, and the Juvenile Justice System Summary: The falling rate of violent crime in the United States is not likely to reduce the need for effective policies and programs to address youth gun violence. The rate of firearm deaths among American youth is still one of the highest in the world. In the coming years, all levels of government, the private sector, and communities will require sound information and practical guidance as they try to reduce gun violence among young people. Funded by the Joyce Foundation, this report reviews recent trends in youth gun violence, policy responses to gun violence, and the growing variety of data resources for research on the effects of gun laws. The report is designed to inform discussions about these issues and to aid in the development of future research efforts. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2002. 30p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/410417_youth_guns.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 125095

Author: Florida. Senate. Committee on Criminal Justice Title: Review Penalties for Drug-Free Zone Violations Summary: Florida law increases the gravity of certain drug offenses and the severity of the penalty when these offenses are committed within 1,000 feet of certain places and facilities, such as within 1,000 feet of the real property of a K-12 school. These protected areas are sometimes referred to as “drug-free zones” or “DFZs.” DFZ laws have been advocated to protect the users of these places and facilities and as valuable drug enforcement and prosecution tools, but also have been criticized as being unfair, indiscriminatly punitive, and not accomplishing purposes for which they are typically intended. This report provides information relevant to Florida’s DFZ provisions so that legislators can assess whether these provisions should be retained in their current form, modified, or repealed. Some options are provided for legislators to consider. Details: Tallahassee: Florda Sentate, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Interim Report 2012-116; Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.flsenate.gov/PublishedContent/Session/2012/InterimReports/2012-116cj.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenses - Shelf Number: 125098

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: Cracked Justice Summary: In August 2010 President Barack Obama signed the Fair Sentencing Act (FSA), historic legislation that reduced the quantity-based sentencing differential between federal crack and powder cocaine convictions that resulted in significant racial disparities and excessive penalties. The bipartisan measure addressed the 100-to-1 disparity that punished defendants with five grams of crack cocaine (also known as cocaine base) with the same five-year mandatory minimum penalty imposed on powder cocaine defendants with 100 times that amount. Lawmakers rushed to establish the disparity and stiff sentences for crack cocaine in 1986 when the growing hysteria around the drug’s emergence in urban communities climaxed because of the death of a college basketball star whose overdose, officials believed, was caused by crack cocaine. The policy advances at the federal level, which reduced the disparity to 18-to-1, provide an opening for reevaluating similar state policies enacted during the height of the crack cocaine “epidemic,” and followed the lead of Congress. While each state maintains its own laws governing offenses involving crack cocaine, and none maintain the extreme 100-to-1 differential between crack and powder cocaine, the harsh penalties for low-level crack cocaine offenses are considerable and produce significant consequences. Today 13 states maintain sentencing disparities between crack and powder cocaine offenses. These include:  In Missouri, where a defendant convicted of selling six grams of crack cocaine faces the same prison term –a ten-year mandatory minimum – as someone who sells 450 grams of powder cocaine, or 75 times that amount..  In Oklahoma, which maintains a 6-to-1 quantity-based sentencing disparity, a ten-year mandatory minimum sentence is triggered for five grams of crack cocaine and 28 grams of powder cocaine.  In Arizona, which has a 12-to-1 disparity, nine grams of powder cocaine or less than a gram of crack cocaine trigger five-year prison terms for trafficking offenses. Harsh drug penalties like these are a contributing factor to the exceptionally high rates of incarceration and overcrowding in state prison facilities. During the 1980s, policy responses to drug abuse deprioritized treatment in favor of enforcement and sentencing enhancements. A quadrupling of investments in drug enforcement ramped up drug arrests.1 Moreover, since the early days of the war on drugs, the number of Americans incarcerated for drug offenses in state prisons has increased from 19,000 in 1980 to 265,000 by 2008. Fiscal pressure to tighten state corrections budgets, along with mounting evidence documenting the unfair and unwarranted structure of these sentencing laws, suggests that lawmakers should reexamine the sentencing differential between crack and powder cocaine. According to the National Governors Association, 46 states expect budget deficits this year. High rates of incarceration are expensive to maintain and sentencing changes that limit terms for low-level drug offenses, including crack cocaine, can effectively conserve resources without adverse effects on public safety. States like Kansas, Michigan, New York, and New Jersey have enacted policy changes in recent years that significantly reduced prison populations, while maintaining public safety and curbing the cost of incarceration. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/dp_Cracked%20Justice.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Disparities in Sentencing Shelf Number: 125099

Author: Tehan, Rita Title: Cybersecurity: Authoritative Reports and Resources Summary: Cybersecurity vulnerabilities challenge governments, businesses, and individuals worldwide. Attacks have been initiated by individuals, as well as countries. Targets have included government networks, military defenses, companies, or political organizations, depending upon whether the attacker was seeking military intelligence, conducting diplomatic or industrial espionage, or intimidating political activists. In addition, national borders mean little or nothing to cyberattackers, and attributing an attack to a specific location can be difficult, which also makes a response problematic. Congress has been actively involved in cybersecurity issues, holding hearings every year since 2001. There is no shortage of data on this topic: government agencies, academic institutions, think tanks, security consultants, and trade associations have issued hundreds of reports, studies, analyses, and statistics. This report provides links to selected authoritative resources related to cybersecurity issues. This report includes information on • “Legislation” • “Hearings in the 112th Congress” • “Executive Orders and Presidential Directives” • “Data and Statistics” • “Cybersecurity Glossaries” • “Reports by Topic” • Government Accountability Office (GAO) reports • White House/Office of Management and Budget reports • Military/DoD • Cloud Computing • Critical Infrastructure • National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace (NSTIC) • Cybercrime/Cyberwar • International • Education/Training/Workforce • Research and Development (R&D) • “Related Resources: Other Websites” Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: R42507: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42507.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125104

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: Criminal Justice Interventions for Offenders with Mental Illness: Evaluation of Mental Health Courts in Bronx and Brooklyn, New York Summary: Mental health courts (MHCs) emerged more than a decade ago. Initially implemented in Broward County, FL, in 1997, there are more than 250 MHCs now operating in the U.S., with others planned. The spread of mental health courts is likely due to the confluence of several trends (Denckla and Berman 2001; Fisher, Silver, and Wolff 2006; Pogrebin and Poole 1987; Rossman, Roman, et al. 2011; Teplin 1984), including: • Resources available for treating populations with mental health problems systematically shifted during the 1960s and early 1970s from residential, state-run psychiatric hospitals to community-based settings, resulting in the deinstitutionalization of individuals needing mental health services, without a concomitant increase in the availability of such services. • Law enforcement agencies have increasingly encountered offenders with mental illness who must be processed under their purviews. • Problem-solving courts⎯after which mental health courts are modeled⎯have evolved from an originally grassroots response (to burgeoning drug offender arrests and prosecutions that overwhelmed the capacity of courts) into a welldocumented successful strategy, employed in numerous jurisdictions, to mitigate offenders’ substance use, prevent relapse, support crime desistance, and achieve significant reductions in crime. By the early 2000s, it had become starkly clear that the criminal justice system, de facto, was not only the primary public response to inappropriate behaviors by persons with mental illness, but also that such individuals were over-represented within criminal justice populations. In response, various federal agencies supported programming and services targeting offenders with mental disorders. In line with this increasing awareness, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) commissioned an Evaluation of Criminal Justice Interventions for Mentally Ill Offenders (now entitled Criminal Justice Interventions for Offenders With Mental Illness: Evaluation of Mental Health Courts in Bronx and Brooklyn, New York) to assess two distinct approaches to handling offenders with mental health problems in the criminal justice system: 1) the Brooklyn MHC, a specialized problem-solving court operating in the Supreme Court in Brooklyn, New York, and 2) the Pinellas County Mentally-Ill Diversion Program, operating in the 6th Judicial Circuit’s Public Defender’s Office in Clearwater, Florida. Subsequently, the Florida site was replaced by a second MHC in Bronx, NY. This report provides an overview of the study funded by NIJ; summarizes key findings from the process and impact components of the evaluation; and identifies implications for practice, policy, and future research. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2012. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238264.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts (New York) Shelf Number: 125107

Author: Henry, Kelli Title: Mental Health Services for Justice-Involved Youth: A Process and Outcome Evaluation of QUEST Futures Summary: QUEST Futures began operations in October 2008 as a demonstration project designed to meet the mental health needs of justice-involved youth in Queens, New York. The program was established by the Center for Court Innovation in collaboration with the New York City Office of the Criminal Justice Coordinator, the Queens Family Court, the New York City Departments of Probation and Health and Mental Hygiene, and other juvenile justice and mental health stakeholders. Researchers from the Center for Court Innovation conducted an evaluation covering the program’s planning process, which began in 2003, and its first 24 months of operations, from October 2008 through September 2010. The evaluation was designed to assess the planning process; describe key features of the program’s model; and present six in-depth case studies as well as quantitative data on participant characteristics and outcomes. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2012. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Mental_Health_Services_Youth.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (New York) Shelf Number: 125109

Author: Nagin, Daniel S. Title: Deterrence and the Death Penalty Summary: Many studies during the past few decades have sought to determine whether the death penalty has any deterrent effect on homicide rates. Researchers have reached widely varying, even contradictory, conclusions. Some studies have concluded that the threat of capital punishment deters murders, saving large numbers of lives; other studies have concluded that executions actually increase homicides; still others, that executions have no effect on murder rates. Commentary among researchers, advocates, and policymakers on the scientific validity of the findings has sometimes been acrimonious. Against this backdrop, the National Research Council report Deterrence and the Death Penalty assesses whether the available evidence provides a scientific basis for answering questions of if and how the death penalty affects homicide rates. This new report from the Committee on Law and Justice concludes that research to date on the effect of capital punishment on homicide rates is not useful in determining whether the death penalty increases, decreases, or has no effect on these rates. The key question is whether capital punishment is less or more effective as a deterrent than alternative punishments, such as a life sentence without the possibility of parole. Yet none of the research that has been done accounted for the possible effect of noncapital punishments on homicide rates. The report recommends new avenues of research that may provide broader insight into any deterrent effects from both capital and noncapital punishments. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2012. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2012 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=13363#description Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 125115

Author: Weber, Samantha, ed. Title: Continued Cultivation of Illegal Marijuana in U.S. Western National Parks Summary: Since 1998, at least 10 western national parks were used as illegal marijuana cultivation sites by Mexican-national drug traffic organizations. This paper documents the continued use of national park lands as illegal cultivation sites through 2011. During the grow season of 2010, the Drug traffic organizations began scouting the hills of Whiskeytown in mid-winter. Supplies and personnel to manage the sites were in place as early as March. Rangers detected six grow sites within Whiskeytown National Recreation Area boundary, and several sites immediately adjacent to the park. Rangers eventually removed 26,028 plants, which had a street value of $78,840,000. Six foreign nationals were arrested, some with weapons, and all believed to be associated with the Mexican drug traffic organizations. Similar situations occur at Sequoia and Kings Canyon Na - tional Parks, Yosemite National Park, Golden Gate National Recreation Area, Pt. Reyes National Seashore, Santa Monica National Recreation Area, Lake Mead National Recreation Area, and North Cascades National Park. The drug trafficking organizations are operating year round within the parks. Added to this problem is the increasing number of quasi-legal medical marijuana grow sites operating on remote private land surrounding the parks, often within the same watersheds. Details: Hancock, MI: The George Wright Society, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.georgewright.org/1138milestone.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Traffickers Shelf Number: 125119

Author: California Police Chiefs Association. Task Force on Marijuana Dispensaries Title: White Paper on Marijuana Dispensaries Summary: Proposition 215, an initiative authorizing the limited possession, cultivation, and use of marijuana by patients and their care providers for certain medicinal purposes recommended by a physician without subjecting such persons to criminal punishment, was passed by California voters in 1996. This was supplemented by the California State Legislature’s enactment in 2003 of the Medical Marijuana Program Act (SB 420) that became effective in 2004. The language of Proposition 215 was codified in California as the Compassionate Use Act, which added section 11362.5 to the California Health & Safety Code. Much later, the language of Senate Bill 420 became the Medical Marijuana Program Act (MMPA), and was added to the California Health & Safety Code as section 11362.7 et seq. Among other requirements, it purports to direct all California counties to set up and administer a voluntary identification card system for medical marijuana users and their caregivers. Some counties have already complied with the mandatory provisions of the MMPA, and others have challenged provisions of the Act or are awaiting outcomes of other counties’ legal challenges to it before taking affirmative steps to follow all of its dictates. And, with respect to marijuana dispensaries, the reaction of counties and municipalities to these nascent businesses has been decidedly mixed. Some have issued permits for such enterprises. Others have refused to do so within their jurisdictions. Still others have conditioned permitting such operations on the condition that they not violate any state or federal law, or have reversed course after initially allowing such activities within their geographical borders by either limiting or refusing to allow any further dispensaries to open in their community. This White Paper explores these matters, the apparent conflicts between federal and California law, and the scope of both direct and indirect adverse impacts of marijuana dispensaries in local communities. It also recounts several examples that could be emulated of what some governmental officials and law enforcement agencies have already instituted in their jurisdictions to limit the proliferation of marijuana dispensaries and to mitigate their negative consequences. Details: Sacramento: California Police Chiefs Association, 2009. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.procon.org/sourcefiles/CAPCAWhitePaperonMarijuanaDispensaries.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 125120

Author: Williams, Jenny Title: Why Do Some People Want to Legalize Cannabis Use? Summary: Preferences and attitudes to illicit drug policy held by individuals are likely to be an important influence in the development of illicit drug policy. Among the key factors impacting on an individual's preferences over substance use policy are their beliefs about the costs and benefits of drug use, their own drug use history, and the extent of drug use amongst their peers. We use data from the Australian National Drug Strategy's Household Surveys to study these preferences. We find that current use and past use of cannabis are major determinants of being in favor of legalization. These results control for reverse causality from favorable attitudes to use. We also find that cannabis users are more in favor of legalization the longer they have used cannabis and, among past users, the more recent their own drug using experience. This may reflect that experience with cannabis provides information about the costs and benefits of using this substance. Finally, we uncover some evidence that peers' use of cannabis impacts on preferences towards legalization. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 16795: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16795 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 125121

Author: McCaffrey, Barry R. Title: Texas Border Security: A Strategic Military Assessment Summary: During the past two years the state of Texas has become increasingly threatened by the spread of Mexican cartel organized crime. The threat reflects a change in the strategic intent of the cartels to move their operations into the United States. In effect, the cartels seek to create a “sanitary zone” inside the Texas border -- one county deep -- that will provide sanctuary from Mexican law enforcement and, at the same time, enable the cartels to transform Texas’ border counties into narcotics transshipment points for continued transport and distribution into the continental United States. To achieve their objectives the cartels are relying increasingly on organized gangs to provide expendable and unaccountable manpower to do their dirty work. These gangs are recruited on the streets of Texas cities and inside Texas prisons by top-tier gangs who work in conjunction with the cartels. Details: Mico, TX: Colgen, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://mccaul.house.gov/uploads/Final%20Report-Texas%20Border%20Security.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (Texas) Shelf Number: 125122

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: Beyond the Border Buildup Security and Migrants Along the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: Once relatively quiet and neglected, the U.S.-Mexico border zone is a very different place than it was twenty years ago, or even ten years ago. Today, border communities are separated by both security measures and security conditions. South of the borderline, a spiral of organized crime has made Mexico’s northern states one of the world’s most violent regions. North of the borderline, a “war on drugs,” a “war on terror,” and rising anti-immigrant sentiment have encouraged a flurry of fence-building and a multiplied presence of guards, spies, and soldiers. Together, both sides comprise one of the world’s principal corridors for the transshipment of illegal drugs and weapons. The population most affected by this sharp change in threats, vigilance, and attitudes is the hundreds of thousands of undocumented people who seek every year to migrate into the United States. Some come because of the promise of economic opportunity, or the lack of it in their countries of origin, mostly Mexico and Central America. Some come to escape violence or poor governance. A growing proportion comes to be reunited with loved ones already in the United States. The number of migrants is less than it used to be, for reasons that this report will explore. But after the changes of the past several years, migrants face a much greater risk of being kidnapped and extorted by criminals and corrupt officials in Mexico; finding themselves mired in the U.S. criminal justice system; or even dying in a desert wilderness. This report is the product of a yearlong study of border security policy and its impact on the migrant population. On the U.S. side, we visited three border regions and carried out extensive research in Washington. In Mexico, we conducted surveys of migrants, and met with Mexican officials and representatives of civil society and migrant shelters. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://justf.org/files/pubs/120419_WOLA_Beyond.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 125124

Author: Iowa Public Safety Advisory Board Title: Final Report: Outcomes of Mandatory Minimum Sentences for Drug Traffickers Summary: A mandatory minimum sentence requires that offenders serve a certain portion of their sentence in confinement, without the possibility of parole, until they have served the required portion of time. Mandatory minimum sentencing became popular in the 1980s and 1990s as a proposed way to control crime and create equity in sentencing. However, a growing body of research indicates that mandatory sentencing is ineffective and has not reduced recidivism rates or gender, age, and race disparities. In addition, exceptions in the law allow for reductions in mandatory sentencing if offenders provide helpful information to authorities, typically benefiting high risk offenders and resulting in a higher incarceration of low risk offenders. This study was undertaken to assess the effectiveness of mandatory minimum sentences for drug traffickers. In Iowa, the drug offender mandatory minimum is required by Code of Iowa §124.413 and requires offenders to serve at least one-third of the maximum sentence of their offense class. Code of Iowa §901.10 allows for reductions in the mandatory minimum sentence. The cohort studied here included drug traffickers who entered prison as new admissions or probation violators and who were released from prison or work release in FY2007. Those who served mandatory sentences were compared to those whose mandatory sentences were waived (eligible but not serving a mandatory sentence). The total in the study cohort was 625. The outcome of interest in the study was recidivism, defined as a return-to-prison within three years. Outcomes for all cohort members were examined excluding foreign born offenders who may not have had an opportunity to recidivate due to deportation or federal incarceration. The major findings are summarized below. Detailed data and other findings are provided in the outcomes section. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/PSAB_MandatoryMinimumReport2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 125125

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Youth in Minnesota Correctional Facilities and the Effects of Trauma: Responses to the 2010 Minnesota Student Survey Summary: The Minnesota Student Survey (MSS) is a 127-item questionnaire administered every three years to 6th, 9th and 12th graders in Minnesota public schools. The survey includes a wide variety of questions related to youth attitudes, behaviors and health indicators. Questions reflect a range of protective factors including connectedness to school, family and community, as well as risk factors such as drug and alcohol use, violence and victimization. The survey originated in 1989 with the most recent administration occurring in 2010. In 2010, 88 percent of school districts participated. In total, 71 percent of 6th, 9th and 12th graders (roughly 131,000 students) completed the 2010 MSS. Twenty-four residential juvenile correctional facilities with onsite education programs also participated in the 2010 MSS. This report explores how youth in Minnesota correctional facilities who report having experienced trauma on the MSS (N=482) are similar to or different from those who do not. In addition, the responses of a matched sample of youth who have the same age, gender and racial attributes as the youth in correctional facilities, but took the MSS in a mainstream school, are analyzed for their experiences with trauma (N=500). Youth are classified as having experienced trauma if they answered “yes” to at least one of six trauma indicators on the MSS. Specifically, these questions assess if youth have experienced or witnessed domestic abuse at home; experienced familial or non-familial sexual abuse; or experienced abuse, threats or sexual force in a dating relationship. Understanding trauma is relevant to the field of juvenile justice, and indeed all youth-serving practices, in that childhood and adolescent exposure is connected to myriad issues for youth. These issues include family discord, running away, self-harm and suicide attempts, mental and emotional distress, and increased issues with drugs and alcohol. This report identifies the extent to which these attitudes and behaviors are present in Minnesota youth populations that have experienced trauma, and offers recommendations for traumainformed interventions and services. Child traumatic stress occurs when children and adoles - cents are exposed to events or situations that over - whelm their ability to cope. Generally speaking, a traumatic experience is one that threatens someone’s life, safety or well-being often resulting in intense feelings such as fear, terror, helplessness and hopelessness. Research continually demonstrates that youth involved in the juvenile justice system experience trauma at a rate significantly higher than the general youth popu - lation. MSS data support these findings in that over half of youth in correctional facilities report at least one form of trauma on the MSS (53%) compared to just over one-quarter of a matched sample of main - stream students (28%). Furthermore, a larger percen - tage of youth in correctional facilities report agreement with 3-6 trauma indicators (16%) than mainstream students (7%). In both populations, experiencing and witnessing domestic abuse are the most common trauma indi - cators reported. While mainstream youth are more likely to report experiencing physical, emotional or sexual abuse in their dating relationships, youth in correctional facilities are more likely to report having been sexually abused by a non-familial perpetrator. Interestingly, of all youth who report 3-6 trauma indicators, a greater percentage of mainstream youth report sexual abuse by a family member than do youth in correctional facilities. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/!2012%20Trauma%20Corrections%20Report%20(2).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 125127

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Girls in Minnesota Correctional Facilities: Responses to the 2010 Minnesota Student Survey Summary: The Minnesota Student Survey (MSS) is a 127-item questionnaire administered every three years to 6th, 9th and 12th graders in Minnesota public schools. The survey includes a wide variety of questions related to youth attitudes, behaviors and health indicators. Ques - tions reflect a range of protective factors including connectedness to school, family and community, as well as risk factors such as drug and alcohol use, violence and victimization. The survey originated in 1989 with the most recent administration occurring in 2010. In 2010, 88 percent of school districts participated. In total, 71 percent of 6th, 9th and 12th graders (roughly 131,000 students) completed the 2010 MSS. Twenty-four residential juvenile correctional facilities with onsite education programs also participated in the 2010 MSS. This purpose of this report is to explore the unique experiences and responses of girls in Minnesota’s juvenile correctional facilities (n=103) as compared to boys (n=481). Understanding protective factors and risk factors related to delinquency that are influenced by gender can assist juvenile justice serving entities in providing services and interventions to the unique needs of females. This report seeks to illuminate statistically significant differences in responses between girls and boys in correctional facilities; to explore how these data are relevant to research on juvenile justice risk factors by gender; and to provide research-based recommendations for serving the specific needs of juvenile female offenders. Girls and boys in juvenile correctional facilities who participated in the 2010 MSS often had statistically significant differences in responses when self-reporting experiences and behaviors. The responses of girls generally support a wide body of research which posits that girls in the juvenile justice system have unique risk and protective factors or have a unique sensitivity to their effects. The following sections are selected content and findings from the report. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/!2010%20Girls%20v%20Boys%20Corrections%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 125128

Author: Males, Mike Title: San Francisco’s Arrest Rates of African Americans for Drug Felonies Worsens Summary: The following publication details a 40+ year pattern of San Francisco’s racially discriminatory arrest practices against African Americans, which recently increased in intensity. Specifically, the publication finds: African Americans experienced felony drug arrest rates 19 times higher than other races in San Francisco, and 7.3 times higher than African Americans elsewhere in California. San Francisco’s explosion in drug felony arrests of African Americans, during the 1995-2009 period, did not occur elsewhere in the state, nor for other racial categories in the city. The city’s African American female youth account for over 40% of the felony drug arrests of African American female youths in California, and have arrest rates 50 times higher than their counterparts in other counties. More than half of all youth drug felonies involved African Americans, who constitute 9% of the city’s youth; and one-third Latino males, who comprise 11% of the city’s youth. Despite disproportionately high drug arrest rates among young African Americans in San Francisco, of the more than 2,000 residents and nonresidents in the city who have died from abuse of illicit drugs in the last decade, 6 in 10 were non-Latino Whites, and more than 7 in 10 were age 40 and older. The Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) respectfully recommends that the San Francisco Human Rights Commission and San Francisco Board of Supervisors investigate and respond to these racially disparate trends of policing and arrest. It is arguable that this violates the human rights of African Americans under the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (ICERD) and the anti-discriminatory clause of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), both signed and ratified by the United States. This publication concludes with three recommendations for consideration by the San Francisco Human Rights Commission and Board of Supervisors, to investigate and adequately address the concerns highlighted throughout this publication. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Drug_Policy_2012_in_SF.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 125129

Author: Pinheiro, Erika D. Title: 287(G) and Public Safety: Determining the Effects of Local Immigration Enforcement on Crime Summary: Agreements between Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and local law enforcement under Section 287(g) of the Immigration and Naturalization Act (INA) allow city, county, state, and correctional police officers to investigate and enforce federal immigration laws. The stated objective of the 287(g) program is to fight against serious crime committed by removable aliens to improve our national security and enhance safety in local communities. This study analyzes the effect of 287(g) programs on violent and property crime, using data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Uniform Crime Reports and the U.S. Census Bureau’s Current Population Survey. 287(g) agreements empowering correctional officers to enforce immigration law reduce violent crime and property crime. City-level 287(g) agreements substantially increase property crime, cancelling out the effects of Correctional 287(g) agreements. The effect of county-level agreements is unclear, but there are some indications that they also increase property and violent crime. State-level 287(g) agreements have no effect on either violent or property crime. African American populations are associated with higher crime rates in jurisdictions with any type of 287(g) agreement. Recent immigrants displace African Americans from the local labor force. 287(g) programs are implemented in response to rising immigrant populations, but impose substantial costs on implementing jurisdictions for detention, overtime, litigation based on unconstitutional racial profiling, and foster care for youth whose parents are deported. Jurisdictions divert resources away from local law enforcement priorities and reduce public services, which may help explain the increase in crime amongst African American communities. Criminality amongst youth with immigrant parents also increases when some 287(g) programs are adopted, and the programs hamper collaboration between immigrant communities and local law enforcement. City, County, and State-level 287(g) agreements have either no effect or deleterious effects on public safety and should be eliminated. Correctional 287(g) programs should be limited to immigrants already convicted, indicted, or arrested based on reasonable cause to alleviate constitutional concerns. Greater federal oversight and guidance is needed to prevent waste and abuse, and further research is needed to analyze differential crime reporting amongst populations, allegations of racial profiling, and whether Correctional 287(g) programs reduce or displace criminal activity. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown Public Policy Institute, Georgetown University, 2009. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/553869/pinheiroErika.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 125131

Author: Dahlberg, Robin L. Title: Arrested Futures: The Criminalization of School Discipline in Massachusetts' Three Largest School Districts Summary: On October 23, 2007, a 14-year-old boy at the Kennedy Middle School in Springfield, Massachusetts, was arrested after he refused to walk with a teacher to her office and instead returned to his classroom. According to the police report, he yelled at the teacher, bounced a basketball in a school hallway, failed to respond to a police officer’s request to go with the teacher and slammed his classroom door shut. He was subsequently taken into police custody, handcuffed, transported to the police station and charged with “disturbing a lawful assembly.” This incident illustrates a matter of growing concern to educators, parents and advocates: the extent to which the permanent on-site presence of police officers in public schools results in the criminalization of disruptive behavior. While other research has focused on zero-tolerance policies and the overuse of out-of-school suspension and expulsion as significant factors in feeding the “School-to-Prison Pipeline,” this report focuses on the additional problem of arrest, in particular the use of arrest to address behavior that would likely be handled in the school by school staff if not for the presence of on-site officers. Details: Boston: American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts, Citizens for Juvenile Justice, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (Massachusetts) Shelf Number: 125137

Author: SUNY Downstate Medical Center Title: Report on Violence Among Adolescents and Young Adults Summary: Since the early 1990's, the number of violent crimes committed in Brooklyn and elsewhere in New York City has steadily declined. Between 1993 and 2003, for example, the number of homicides committed in Brooklyn fell by 67 percent. Today Brooklyn is a much safer place than it was just a dozen years ago, and as a result, it is a better place to live, work, go to school, visit, and do business. But for all the progress we have made, we can't afford to relax our efforts. In Brooklyn and throughout the City, acts of violence are still far too common. Violence is not just a law enforcement problem—it is a very real public health problem. Homicide is the sixth leading cause of death among all New York residents younger than 65. Each year, tens of thousands of New Yorkers are treated in emergency rooms after being injured in an assault. Thousands are hospitalized for these injuries, and some are permanently disabled. Violence can also cause serious emotional harm, and fear of violence can prevent whole communities from fulfilling their potential. As with other major public health problems such as smoking, substance abuse, and HIV/AIDS, the problem of violence calls for a community-wide response. We believe that with our strengths in research, health care, education, and community outreach, we at Downstate can make a valuable contribution to Brooklyn's campaign against violence—and that we have an obligation to do so. Effective community action begins with a clear understanding of the problem. Strong partnerships are needed to reduce the threat that violence poses to the health of our communities. We are pleased to offer this Report on Violence among Adolescents and Young Adults as a starting point for discussion. Details: Brooklyn, NY: SUNY Downstate Medical Center, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://www.downstate.edu/bhr/reports/Violence-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 125139

Author: Ramey, David Michael Title: Neighborhood Violent Crime in Contemporary Latino Destination Cities Summary: The emergence of new Latino destination cities over the 1990s presents a host of unanswered questions about neighborhood violent crime rates. While past neighborhood crime studies have found little or no evidence of an association between Latino immigrant concentration and violent crime in multiple cities, contemporary studies of neighborhood violent crime do not consider how varying characteristics of cities in which neighborhoods are embedded have a bearing on immigrant composition and violent crime. The current project uses the Neighborhood Change Database and the National Neighborhood Crime Study to examine the relationship between Latino migration and neighborhood violent crime in cities that vary according to their histories with Latino migration. Using multilevel modeling techniques, this analysis demonstrates that the effects of social disorganization and Latino population characteristics on neighborhood violence are significantly influenced by city-level Latino population growth. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, 2010. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1275414603 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Demographics and Crime Shelf Number: 125142

Author: Gennette, Karen Title: Bennington County Integrated Domestic Violence Docket Project: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Bennington County Integrated Domestic Violence Docket (IDVD) Project was initiated in September, 2007, as a special docket within the Bennington County Criminal/Family Division Courts. The goal of the IDVD project was to provide an immediate response to domestic violence events by coordinating Family and Criminal Division cases. Dedicated to the idea of One Family, One Judge, the IDVD Project was designed to allow a single judge, one day each week, to have immediate access to all relevant information regardless of the traditional docket and to gather all appropriate players at the table regardless of any traditionally limited roles. The IDVD Project focused on: 1) protection and safety for victims and their children as well as other family members; 2) providing immediate access to community services and resources for victims, their children, and offenders to help overcome the impact of prior domestic abuse and prevent future abuse; and 3) providing an immediate and effective response to non-compliance with court orders by offenders. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/idvdreport_files/IDVD%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Vermont) Shelf Number: 125144

Author: Maier, Elizabeth Title: Evidence-Based Initiatives to Reduce Recidivism Summary: This report was commissioned by the Vermont Legislature pursuant to Act 41 during the 2011-2012 Legislative Session. The study involved two parts: 1) a literature review of “innovative programs and initiatives, including local programs and prison-based initiatives, best practices, and contemporary research regarding assessments of programmatic alternatives and pilot projects relating to reducing recidivism in the criminal justice system;” (Act 41, Section 10); and 2) a survey of Vermont criminal justice service providers to identify innovative programs and assess the level of evidenced-based programming in the state. Although this report is not an exhaustive analysis of evidence-based initiatives which reduce recidivism it does suggest an effective strategy for the future collection and dissemination of information regarding evidence-based programs and practices at both the national and state level. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2011. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/ebiredrecid_files/DOCRR%20LitRev%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 125145

Author: Ramey, David M. Title: Neighborhood Violent Crime during a New Era of Immigration Summary: The 1990s was a period of simultaneous concentration and dispersal for the immigrant population in the United States (Portes and Rumbaut 2006). While vibrant migrant streams remained in large cities with traditionally high levels of immigration, economic and social changes also influenced a shift in settlement patterns towards places with relative low immigrant populations at the start of the decade. Although past neighborhood studies find little or no evidence of any association between immigration and neighborhood crime, few consider how varying characteristics of cities and neighborhoods may have an influence. This project uses the Neighborhood Change Database and the National Neighborhood Crime Study to examine how the effects of immigration on neighborhood violent crime vary in neighborhoods and cities that vary according to their immigration histories. Using multilevel modeling techniques, I argue that local immigrant concentration and growth contribute to a decline in neighborhood violence, but that this is condition by factors associated with city-level immigration. Further, the effects of city-level immigration dynamics are stronger in more integrated neighborhoods. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://paa2011.princeton.edu/download.aspx?submissionId=110722 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cities and Crime Shelf Number: 125146

Author: Laurikkala, Minna Title: Different Time, Same Place, Same Story? A Social Disorganization Perspective to Examining Juvenile Homicides Summary: In 2007, juveniles were involved in a minimum of 1,063 murders in the United States (Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2008), and a concern over juvenile homicide offenders remains. While increasingly more macrolevel research on juvenile homicide offending has been accumulated, particularly since the 1980s, research focusing on macrolevel correlates of juvenile homicides is still relatively scarce (MacDonald & Gover, 2005; Ousey & Campbell Augustine, 2001). In the first part of this study, several variables relating to the offender, victim, setting, and precursors to the homicide by race and gender were examined in order to provide details on the context of youth homicides between 1965 and 1995 in Chicago. The Homicides in Chicago, 1965-1995 data set and Census data for 1970, 1980, and 1990 were used in this study. The results indicate that changes in youth homicides over the 31-year time period involved increases in lethal gang altercations, particularly among Latinos, and increases in the use of automatic weapons. Young females had very little impact on homicide rates in Chicago. The second part of the study examined whether measures of social disorganization can aid in the prediction of homicides committed by youths, and a total of ten negative binomial models were run. The results of the analyses in the three time periods indicate that racial/ethnic heterogeneity, educational deprivation, unemployment, and family disruption are significantly and positively related to homicides. Foreign-born population and median household income were found to be significantly and negatively related to homicides. The significant indicators of social disorganization varied in the seven models for the disaggregated groups. Overall, the results reflect support for social disorganization theory. Limitations, suggestion for future research, and policy implications are also addressed. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, Department of Sociology, 2009. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2012 at: http://digitalcollections.lib.ucf.edu/cdm4/item_viewer.php?CISOROOT=/ETD&CISOPTR=4405 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Homicide Shelf Number: 125149

Author: Butler, Steve Title: Scheduled Prescription Drug Distribution in Wyoming: Analysis of the Wyoming Prescription Drug Monitoring Program 2004-2009 Summary: The Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) at the University of Wyoming proposed this research project as part of the 2010 State Justice Statistics Program for Statistical Analysis Centers. Accepted projects were funded by the Bureau of Justice Statistics. The study examines statewide prescribing patterns of Schedule II and above drugs as recorded through the Wyoming Prescription Drug Monitoring Program (PDMP). PDMPs are databases that contain prescribing information of drugs that have high potential for abuse, such as opioids, benzodiazepines, stimulants, and barbiturates, among others (Schedule II and above). In Wyoming and other states, PDMPs have primarily been used to assist doctors and pharmacists in identifying patients who might be attaining illicit access to drugs through doctor-shopping and fraudulent prescription scams. Also helping states to understand legitimate scheduled drug prescribing, PDMPs analysis reveals the scale and scope of scheduled drug distribution, both geographically and over time. Testament of the usefulness of PDMPs is demonstrated through their proliferation throughout the U.S.: In 2002 only nineteen states had PDMPs and as of 10/2008 forty-seven states had such systems. In the 2002 United States General Accounting Office report, Prescription Drugs: State Monitoring Programs Provide Useful Tools to Reduce Diversion, the GAO asserted that PDMPs in some states were used to evaluate prescribing patterns in order to identify medical practitioners who are overprescribing. After identifying possible cases, PDMP officials inform doctors that their patterns are unrepresentative of the greater medical community, and thereby attempt to influence prescribing by educating practitioners. PDMPs also identify patients who are abusing or diverting prescription drugs for sale on the black-market and provide this information to doctors and pharmacists. Programs that educate physicians, pharmacies, and the public about the existence of diversion scams, along with the tactics employed, are constructive outcomes of the public dissemination of PDMP analyses. Once educated about diversion tactics, key stakeholders can become a substantial force in the prevention of abuse and diversion. For example, based on PDMP analysis in Nevada and Utah, physicians were sent drug utilization letters containing information that signaled potential diversion activity, including the number and types of drugs prescribed. Here in Wyoming, a RX Abuse Stakeholders was created in 2008 and is chaired by the U.S. Attorney’s Office. Representatives from health care, government, law enforcement and community members serve on the taskforce. The mission is to prevent the increasing abuse of prescription medications while ensuring that they remain available for patients in need. Methods of advancement include educating healthcare professionals, law enforcement and the general public about use and abuse of scheduled drugs, and strengthening the regulatory framework. The Wyoming State Board of Pharmacy manages the PDMP and according to Wyoming statute, legitimate uses of the system include: “release of information to practitioners and pharmacists when the release of the information may be of assistance in preventing or avoiding inappropriate use of controlled substances; The board shall report any information that it reasonably suspects may relate to fraudulent or illegal activity to the appropriate law enforcement agency and the relevant occupational licensing board and the board may release data for educational, research or public information purposes” (W.S 35-7-1060). Data for this study consists of all Wyoming PDMP records from 2004 through 2009. Prior to this project, no comprehensive study has been conducted on the distribution of prescribed Schedule II, III, and IV drugs as recorded in the Wyoming PDMP. Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center, University of Wyoming, 2011. 307p. Source: Internet Resource: WYSAC Technical Report No. CJR-1007: Accessed May 4, 2012 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/ReportView.aspx?DocId=479&A=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Prescription Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 125158

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Youth in Minnesota Correctional Facilities and the Effects of Trauma: Responses to the 2010 Minnesota Student Survey - September 2011 Summary: The Minnesota Student Survey (MSS) is a 127-item questionnaire administered every three years to 6th, 9th and 12th graders in Minnesota public schools. The survey includes a wide variety of questions related to youth attitudes, behaviors and health indicators. Questions reflect a range of protective factors including connectedness to school, family and community, as well as risk factors such as drug and alcohol use, violence and victimization. The survey originated in 1989 with the most recent administration occurring in 2010. In 2010, 88 percent of school districts participated. In total, 71 percent of 6th, 9th and 12th graders (roughly 131,000 students) completed the 2010 MSS. Twenty-four residential juvenile correctional facilities with onsite education programs also participated in the 2010 MSS. In this report, the responses from 584 youth in correctional facilities were compared to a same-sized sample of youth who took the MSS in mainstream schools. Students were matched to one another on their gender, age, race and Hispanic ethnicity. Comparing two “mirror image” groups of students helps to ensure that differences in survey responses are not attributable to demographic variables. Exploring differences between the two student groups can provide information on what challenges youth in correctional facilities are facing, and what targeted intervention efforts may alleviate their personal or situational difficulties. Similarly, areas in which survey responses are the same for both groups can illuminate protective factors all youth possess, or risk factors to which all youth are vulnerable. A secondary objective of this report is to demonstrate how the MSS data findings support the need for best practices across youth-serving disciplines. The following sections are selected findings from the report. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2012 at https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/!2010%20Youth%20Corrections%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 125159

Author: Iowa. Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Title: Public Safety Advisory Board: The Effectiveness of Domestic Abuse Protective Orders & Court Practices in Sentencing Violators Summary: Deterring abuse is important to ensuring safety among domestic violence and assault victims. Protective orders are tools aimed at restricting contact between the victim and the abuser to prevent subsequent violence. While empirical research has indicated that protective orders are effective, the extent of the effectiveness is uncertain because violation rates have varied widely from study to study. In addition, little research exists to explain how violations of protective orders are handled, which factors are considered when giving penalties, and whether certain situations lead to a given type of penalty. Punishing protective order violators is important because, if abusers have violated the order once, it is likely that they will so again; without enforcement, the order is essentially a piece of paper that does not protect the victim from danger. Another important consideration is the nature of the punishment. Iowa law allows defendants accused of domestic abuse contact order violations to be charged with civil contempt or a criminal misdemeanor. These two penalties differ in severity and impact on the offender’s criminal record. The current study attempts to fill these gaps in the research. The purpose of the study is to 1) Examine practices for handling protective order violations and compare Iowa’s eight judicial districts to identify whether there are differences in court practices. 2) Determine the effectiveness of protective orders in Iowa by calculating protective order violation rates and subsequent occurrences of domestic violence. The first research question was addressed through the use of a survey of county attorneys and judges. The purpose of the survey was to identify variations among the districts in procedures pertaining to protective/no contact orders and differences in how violations of orders are treated (as civil contempt or criminal simple misdemeanor) as allowed under Iowa Code 664A.7. The survey also asked participants about their opinions on the effectiveness of Code 664A.7, their perspectives on certain aspects of the law, and their ideas for how it could be improved. The questionnaire, which was developed in collaboration with county attorneys and a judge, was reviewed by several other legal professionals to ensure that questions were appropriate and relevant. An email providing a link to the online questionnaire was sent to all 99 county attorneys and all 8 judicial district chief judges and administrators. Details: Iowa: Iowa Department of Human Rights, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2012 at http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/Domestic_Violence_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Iowa) Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 125160

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: Helping Others Pursue Excellence in Public Schools: Assessing the Impact of HOPE CDC's Mentoring Program Summary: While mentoring programs are generally well received interventions, research indicates mixed results in terms of their impact. Nearly everyone is familiar with the Big Brothers Big Sisters of America organization and likely has positive attitudes toward their programs which started forming as early as 1904. Success of mentoring programs is, however, often contingent upon the program design and implementation. Those programs that have had proven impacts on relationships, attitudes, school attendance and performance, and anti-social behaviors are well designed and follow strict implementation models. Little is also known about whether these impacts, when found, can last over time. Follow-ups, when available, are generally short term and not all that favorable. This report illustrates the results of an impact study of the HOPE (Helping Others Pursue Excellence) Community Development Corporation’s mentoring program. The program is a faith-based initiative designed to improve academic performance and behavior of at-risk youth by providing mentors in typically under performing schools. The mentors or Youth Development Specialists, seek to develop positive relationships with the youth by engaging in various activities mainly at the school. Academic tutoring and lessons related to moral development are also provided to encourage the youth to become better students and citizens and ultimately prevent delinquency. In a prior study (Haas and Turley, 2008), characteristics of the design and implementation of the HOPE CDC’s mentoring program were measured against those of programs that have proven successful in the past. The goal of that study was to determine if the program contained elements that would suggest the potential for the positive impacts they envisioned. While the HOPE CDC’s program was generally well received by those involved, the study found problems with its design and implementation strategy that could hinder its ability to produce positive impacts. Like other newly developed prevention and intervention programs, HOPE CDC experienced common implementation issues at the beginning of the school year. In addition, the study found that the model chosen as a basis for the HOPE CDC mentoring program was not evidence-based and that they departed from this curriculum in several important ways. For example, the mentors were found to be managing large caseloads rather than developing close personal relationships. Both program and school staff indicated that there was a heavy focus on academic performance and tutoring rather than mentoring. Other weaknesses of the program included little or no evidence of formal performance monitoring and an inadequate use of community resources, including family members. Despite these programmatic issues, school staff indicated a high level of support for the program and its expansion. For the most part, the school staff reported positive relationships with the mentors and wished there were more of them. Program staff also had a genuine interest in helping as many students as possible. Finally, the students seemed to be encouraged by the program’s use of incentives for good behavior and performance. Details: Charleston ,WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Research and Strategic Planning, Division of Justice and Community Services, Department of Military Affairs and Public Safety, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2012 at http://www.djcs.wv.gov/SAC/Documents/HopeImpactEvaluationOct2011_Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 125161

Author: He, Ni Title: A Multi-city Assessment of Juvenile Delinquency in the U.S.: A Continuation and Expansion of the International Self-Report Delinquency Study (ISRD) Summary: This project is a part of the International Self-report Delinquency (ISRD) study. The ISRD study is now in its second sweep, involving more than 30 nations. A major goal for the ISRD study is to provide an ongoing assessment of (1) the prevalence and incidence of youthful offending; (2) the correlates of youthful crime and different explanations of crime; (3) various dimensions of delinquent trajectories; (4) social response to juvenile misbehavior; (5) the relative importance of micro-level (individual), meso-level (school and neighbourhood), and macro-level (city and country) variables for self-report delinquency and its correlates; and (6) the methodological implications for cross-national survey research. Data collection for the U.S. portion of the ISRD- 2 study was carried out in the fall of 2006 and spring of 2007. The achieved US sample includes 2,571 7th to 9th grade students from 11 public and 4 private schools in three geographically and socio-economically diverse regions (Northeast, Southwest, and Midwest). With regard to risk factors for juvenile delinquency, we find truancy to be of major concern (32.8% last month). The rates of alcohol use (41.5% life-time and 14.0% last month) and marijuana/hashish use (16% life-time and 7.9% last month) based on our sample are comparable to those from other major U.S. national studies. Theft (31.2% last year) and bullying (20% last year) are the two major victimization categories according to our study. The prevalence rates of being a victim of robbery/extortion (4.5%) and assault (4.1%) are noticeably much lower. The reporting (to the police) rate of bullying is particularly low (4.9%), compared to the rates for all other victimization categories (varying from 12.6% to 16.1%). Shoplifting (20.7%), group fight (16.0%), vandalism (15.9%) and carrying a weapon (14.3%) captured the highest life-time prevalence rates in all offense categories measured in our study. Similar observations are found in the corresponding last-year offense prevalence measures. Outcomes based on analyses of both attitudinal and behavioral (victimization and offense prevalence) measures across gender, grade level, city size and school types are quite consistent with predictions that could be made based on either relevant theories or previous studies. Students of different immigrant statuses do not differ in self-reported victimization and offending experiences. We also did not find statistically significant difference between genders with regard to age of onset for all variety of offenses. Our multivariate analyses (both OLS and Negative Binomial regressions) lend support to the theoretical relationships derived from social bonding, self-control, and social learning theories. Findings included in the current report are based on U.S. ISRD-2 data only. The anticipated release of the merged cross-national ISRD-2 data will not only provide us an opportunity to compare our domestic findings with those of the other nations, it will also allow multi-level cross-national analyses. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2012 at http://nuweb.neu.edu/nhe/NIJ%20Final%20Technical%20Report%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 125162

Author: Taylor, Rachel S. Title: Kept Out: Barriers to Meaningful Education in the School-To-Prison Pipeline Summary: In the United States today, a large subset of our student population is denied the right to an education. Most of these youth, low-income and at-risk, are already particularly vulnerable, yet rather than being provided support services and a meaningful education, they are labeled “undesirable” or “bad kids.” Denying access to education can produce life-altering results for any student, and for these vulnerable youth the effects are often especially dire. “Keep Out” is a phenomenon that occurs when students try to reenter a setting where they can access meaningful education and are denied by the policies and practices of the education and juvenile justice systems. Keep Out is a part of the larger School-To-Prison Pipeline. The Pipeline includes disciplinary and discretionary policies that push youth out of school and into the criminal justice system. Students of color, low-income students, and students with disabilities are disproportionately affected. This report is the product of interviews with over 100 stakeholders — including students, teachers, administrators, probation officers, education advocates, and many others — in Los Angeles, California, all of whom were interviewed in January of 2012. These interviews tell the stories of students who were unable to access education after being removed from school, often for disciplinary reasons. The report is organized around three main findings: “You Can’t Come Back” deals with direct Keep Out and tells the stories of students who, when trying to reenter their schools, were denied access or transferred away. Schools use a variety of excuses and evade general school-access requirements in order to keep these students out. • School safety concerns are often cited to justify student exclusion, which affects particularly vulnerable groups of students including youth on probation, girls who are pregnant, students with perceived and actual disciplinary problems, or those who are or are thought to be academically low performing. • Some students are kept out based on the rationale that they are too old, have too few credits, or some combination of the two. • Schools deny students access to education by transferring them away to schools that are physically inaccessible or unsafe for that student. “Slipping Through the Cracks” discusses indirect Keep Out and addresses what happens to students who are unable to reenter school because of administrative and logistical barriers. • Inadequate crediting and record keeping in alternative and juvenile justice schools impede students’ return to traditional schools by making enrollment and completion of sufficient credits for graduation nearly impossible. • Lack of coordination and planning among alternative schools, juvenile justice schools, and traditional schools prevents students from transitioning back to traditional schools. • Traditional schools are able to keep students out because students and families do not know the extent of their educational rights or how to enforce them. “School Is Not for Me” explains constructive Keep Out and highlights the stories of students whose school experiences have been so discouraging and inadequate that they have given up on pursuing a traditional education. • A lack of wrap-around services in traditional schools means that students’ most basic needs are often unmet, leaving little room for students and families to focus on education. • Students are not always given the support they need to succeed and are often harshly stigmatized when they are suspended, expelled, or associated with the criminal justice system. • Even if students are able to get back into a classroom, alternative and juvenile justice system schools often lack a consistent education that meets students’ needs. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown Law School Human Rights Institute, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/humanrightsinstitute/documents/keptout.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 125166

Author: Waslin, Michele Title: The Secure Communities Program: Unanswered Questions and Continuing Concerns Summary: The Secure Communities program, which launched in March 2008, has become a centerpiece of immigration enforcement efforts by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Its rapid expansion coupled with serious concerns about the design, goals, and implementation of the program has resulted in a great deal of controversy. Under Secure Communities, participating jurisdictions submit arrestees’ fingerprints not only to criminal databases, but to immigration databases as well, allowing ICE access to information on individuals held in jails. While state and local law‐enforcement officers are not directly enforcing federal immigration law or making arrests for immigration violations, the transmission of fingerprints allows ICE to tap into information about detainees and make determinations about additional ICE enforcement action. While some may claim that Secure Communities is an improvement over other federal‐local partnerships—such as the 287(g) program, which deputizes state and local police officers to enforce immigration laws through agreements with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)—the Secure Communities program still faces many of the same criticisms. A Task Force appointed by DHS to make recommendations regarding the program concluded that Secure Communities is fundamentally flawed. While roughly half of the Task Force members favored a suspension or termination of the program and half believed the program must be continued while reforms are being made, all Task Force members agreed that the program must be reformed. This paper describes the Secure Communities program, identifies concerns about the program’s design and implementation, and makes recommendations for the future of the program. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.aijustice.org/resources/advocacy/S-COMM_Special_Report_by_Immigration_Policy_Center.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 125167

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute Title: Rational and Transparent Bail Decision Making: Moving from a Bash-Based to a Risk-Based Process Summary: Between 1990 and 2008, the jail population in the United States doubled from 400,000 inmates to 800,000. During much of this period, crime rates were steadily dropping, falling to levels not seen in decades. The number of defendants held in jail awaiting disposition of their charges drove much of the increase in the jail population. Up until 1996, jail populations were comprised evenly of about 50 percent sentenced and 50 percent pretrial inmates. Beginning in 1996, the number of pretrial inmates grew at a much faster pace than the sentenced inmates. Currently, 61 percent of inmates in local jails have not been convicted, compared to 39 percent who are serving sentences.1 This shift has resulted in a dramatic change in how jails are being used. One major policy shift corresponding with the rise in the pretrial detainee population has been the increase in the use of money bond. When a person is arrested, the court can release the defendant with non-!nancial conditions or set a money bond, which must be posted before the defendant can be released. Existing laws in most states establish a presumption for release on the least restrictive conditions necessary to reasonably assure the safety of the community and the defendant’s appearance in court. Those laws also identify non-!nancial release options as being the least restrictive and money bonds being the most restrictive. Notwithstanding the presumption for release on the least restrictive conditions, historically, money bond has been used in the majority of cases – and its use is on the rise. In 1990, money bonds were being set in 53 percent of felony cases. By 2006, that !gure had jumped to 70 percent.2 As the use of money bonds has gone up, pretrial release rates have gone down. In 1990, 65 percent of felony defendants were released while awaiting trial, compared to 58 percent in 2006.3 Rising jail populations have come at great cost to taxpayers. Between 1982 and 2006, county expenditures on criminal justice grew from $21 billion to $109 billion. County spending on jails alone rose 500 percent over that period.4 A recent analysis by the Florida Sheri"’s Association calculated that in just 30 of Florida’s county jails, taxpayers spend $983,921,079 – or nearly one billion dollars – a year to house just those inmates who are in jail awaiting trial.5 If these !gures were extrapolated nationally, they would be in the tens of billions of dollars. This White Paper takes the position that most of the money spent to house defendants who cannot post a bond is unnecessary to achieve the purposes of bond – to protect the safety of the community while the defendant’s case is pending, and to assure the appearance of the defendant in court. With local jurisdictions laying o" teachers, police o#cers and !re!ghters and cutting back on vital services because they do not have the money to pay them, this waste of money is unconscionable. Aside from the wasteful use of taxpayer dollars, the practice of using money to decide pretrial release has also played a signi!cant role in contributing to the mass incarceration phenomena that has swept the nation for the past three decades. Research dating back 50 years clearly and consistently demonstrates the relationship between being locked up pending trial and subsequent incarceration. The research shows that defendants detained in jail while awaiting trial plead guilty more often, are convicted more often, are sentenced to prison more often, and receive harsher prison sentences than those who are released during the pretrial period. These relationships hold true when controlling for other factors, such as current charge, prior criminal history, and community ties.6 As one of these studies noted, “Although no statistical study can prove causality, the !ndings of this research are fully consistent with the argument that something about detention (awaiting trial) itself leads to harsher outcomes.”7 Regardless of the reasons for the harsher outcomes for those who are detained during the pretrial period, the facts cannot be ignored. There is an enormous amount of unnecessary pretrial detention taking place in this country, and being held in jail awaiting trial in e"ect pre-selects persons for later incarceration. Moreover, the greatest impact of this falls on racial and ethnic minorities, who are the least likely to be able to post money bonds. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Featured%20Resources%20Documents/Rational%20and%20Transparent%20Bail%20Decision%20Making.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125168

Author: Hanson, Gordon H. Title: The Economic Logic of Illegal Immigration Summary: Illegal immigration is a source of mounting concern for politicians in the United States. In the past ten years, the U.S. population of illegal immigrants has risen from five million to nearly twelve million, prompting angry charges that the country has lost control over its borders. Congress approved measures last year that have significantly tightened enforcement along the U.S.-Mexico border in an effort to stop the flow of unauthorized migrants, and it is expected to make another effort this year at the first comprehensive reform of immigration laws in more than twenty years. Legal immigrants, who account for two-thirds of all foreign-born residents in the United States and 50 to 70 percent of net new immigrant arrivals, are less subject to public scrutiny. There is a widely held belief that legal immigration is largely good for the country and illegal immigration is largely bad. Despite intense differences of opinion in Congress, there is a strong consensus that if the United States could simply reduce the number of illegal immigrants in the country, either by converting them into legal residents or deterring them at the border, U.S. economic welfare would be enhanced. Is there any evidence to support these prevailing views? In terms of the economic benefits and costs, is legal immigration really better than illegal immigration? What should the United States as a country hope to achieve economically through its immigration policies? Are the types of legislative proposals that Congress is considering consistent with these goals? This Council Special Report addresses the economic logic of the current high levels of illegal immigration. The aim is not to provide a comprehensive review of all the issues involved in immigration, particularly those related to homeland security. Rather, it is to examine the costs, benefits, incentives, and disincentives of illegal immigration within the boundaries of economic analysis. From a purely economic perspective, the optimal immigration policy would admit individuals whose skills are in shortest supply and whose tax contributions, net of the cost of public services they receive, are as large as possible. Admitting immigrants in scarce occupations would yield the greatest increase in U.S. incomes, regardless of the skill level of those immigrants. In the United States, scarce workers would include not only highly educated individuals, such as the software programmers and engineers employed by rapidly expanding technology industries, but also low-skilled workers in construction, food preparation, and cleaning services, for which the supply of U.S. native labor has been falling. In either case, the national labor market for these workers is tight, in the sense that U.S. wages for these occupations are high relative to wages abroad. Of course, the aggregate economic consequences of immigration policy do not account for other important considerations, including the impact of immigration on national security, civil rights, or political life. Illegal immigration has obvious flaws. Continuing high levels of illegal immigration may undermine the rule of law and weaken the ability of the U.S. government to enforce labor-market regulations. There is an understandable concern that massive illegal entry from Mexico heightens U.S. exposure to international terrorism, although no terrorist activity to date has been tied to individuals who snuck across the U.S.-Mexico border. Large inflows of illegal aliens also relax the commitment of employers to U.S. labor-market institutions and create a population of workers with limited upward mobility and an uncertain place in U.S. society. These are obviously valid complaints that deserve a hearing in the debate on immigration policy reform. However, within this debate we hear relatively little about the actual magnitude of the costs and benefits associated with illegal immigration and how they compare to those for legal inflows. This analysis concludes that there is little evidence that legal immigration is economically preferable to illegal immigration. In fact, illegal immigration responds to market forces in ways that legal immigration does not. Illegal migrants tend to arrive in larger numbers when the U.S. economy is booming (relative to Mexico and the Central American countries that are the source of most illegal immigration to the United States) and move to regions where job growth is strong. Legal immigration, in contrast, is subject to arbitrary selection criteria and bureaucratic delays, which tend to disassociate legal inflows from U.S. labor-market conditions. Over the last half-century, there appears to be little or no response of legal immigration to the U.S. unemployment rate. Two-thirds of legal permanent immigrants are admitted on the basis of having relatives in the United States. Only by chance will the skills of these individuals match those most in demand by U.S. industries. While the majority of temporary legal immigrants come to the country at the invitation of a U.S. employer, the process of obtaining a visa is often arduous and slow. Once here, temporary legal workers cannot easily move between jobs, limiting their benefit to the U.S. economy. Details: Washington, DC: Council on Foreign Relations, 2007. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Council Special Report No. 26; Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://www.cfr.org/immigration/economic-logic-illegal-immigration/p12969 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 125171

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Voices From Across the Country: Local Law Enforcement Officials Discuss The Challenges of Immigration Enforcement Summary: In recent years, local police and sheriffs’ departments increasingly have found themselves drawn into a debate about how to enforce federal immigration laws. In many jurisdictions, local law enforcement agencies are being pressured to take significantly larger roles in what has traditionally been considered a federal government responsibility, for the simple reason that the nation’s immigration laws are federal laws. The pressure on local police and sheriffs’ departments to become more involved in immigration enforcement is not a simple matter for them. Active involvement in immigration enforcement can divert local law enforcement agencies from their primary mission of investigating and preventing crime, and can make it difficult for local police to maintain close relationships with their communities. The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) has been researching this issue since 2007, when it convened an executive session with police chiefs and sheriffs to identify the major challenges facing local law enforcement agencies. PERF has conducted other initiatives exploring the role of local law enforcement and public expectations about what that role should be, and the challenges confronting chiefs and agencies as they strike a balance among often-conflicting demands. To some extent, today’s immigration issues are the same controversies that were discussed five years ago at PERF’s first immigration conference: the extent to which illegal immigrants commit crimes in local communities, and the extent to which they are targeted for victimization; whether local immigration enforcement actions make immigrants less likely to report crimes; whether police should check the immigration status of minor offenders; and so on. However, many new issues have arisen since 2007, particularly in the area of the federal government’s initiatives to foster greater involvement of local law enforcement agencies in immigration enforcement. For example, the 287(g) program, which was implemented in 2002, allows local agencies to receive training from the federal Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agency so that local police officers can perform immigration enforcement functions. In 2009, ICE reformed the program in order to provide greater accountability and oversight, and to increase the focus on immigrants who have violated criminal laws. The program currently is operational in 69 law enforcement agencies in 24 states, according to ICE. In an effort to impose greater consistency and accountability in cooperative efforts with state and local law enforcement, ICE in 2008 launched Secure Communities. This program allows ICE to obtain directly from the Federal Bureau of Investigation fingerprints and other information about persons arrested at the local level, to determine whether they may be in the United States illegally and subject to immigration enforcement actions. Secure Communities has proved very controversial. While local and state law enforcement officials have expressed general support for the original intent of the program, many others have raised concerns that Secure Communities was promoted as an effort to deport illegal immigrants who have committed serious crimes, but in practice has also resulted in deportations of traffic violators and other minor offenders, and thus has created mistrust of local law enforcement. PERF took a role in exploring these issues in June 2011, when the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) convened a Task Force on Secure Communities to examine the uncertainties and confusion that came to characterize the program. PERF President and Philadelphia Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey served on this 14-member task force, along with three other PERF members, Las Vegas Sheriff Douglas Gillespie, Dallas County Sheriff Lupe Valdez, and Tucson Police Chief Roberto Villasenor; and PERF Executive Director Chuck Wexler served as Chairman. The Task Force issued a report containing recommendations to clarify the purpose of Secure Communities and to modify some of its policies and procedures in response to concerns by state and local governments. The intensity of the immigration issue has not diminished over time, as evidenced by recent developments in Arizona, Alabama, South Carolina, Georgia, and other states and localities. Frustrated by Congress’s failure to pass comprehensive national immigration reform legislation, these states and municipalities have passed controversial laws that impose additional immigration-related responsibilities on state and local law enforcement agencies. The Obama Administration has challenged several of these laws in federal courts, arguing that the federal government has the Constitutional authority to regulate immigration, not the states. The U.S. Supreme Court has agreed to consider the Constitutionality of Arizona’s law, in a case that could have implications for other states that have passed similar laws. So, while states and localities continue to pass laws that impose additional immigration-related responsibilities on state and local law enforcement agencies, and while DHS continues to rely on programs to foster cooperation between ICE and state and local law enforcement agencies, the fact remains that immigration continues to be an unsettled issue that affects law enforcement agencies across the country. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://policeforum.org/library/immigration/VoicesfromAcrosstheCountryonImmigrationEnforcement.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 125172

Author: Larkin, Jim R. Title: An Empirical Analysis of Alcohol Use, Drug Prohibition Enforcement and Major Crime in the USA Using State Level Aata for the 1990s Summary: This study assesses the aggregate association in the USA (1988-2005) between alcohol and other drug consumption, drug prohibition enforcement and crimes against persons and property while controlling for potential confounders. Its main aim is to contribute to existing econometric evidence about the effectiveness of drug law enforcement as a tool for reducing other types of crime. A secondary aim is to address the question of whether increases in cannabinoid use and decreases in alcohol contributed to the enigmatic 1990s US nationwide crime decline. Details: Adelaide: University of Adelaide, School of Economics, 2008. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://economics.adelaide.edu.au/events/archive/2008/An-Empirical-Analysis-of-Alcohol-Use-Drug-Prohibition-Enforcement-and-Major-Crime-in-the-USA-using-state-level-data-for-the-1990s.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Albohol Abuse ( U.S.) Shelf Number: 125175

Author: Hagen, Courtney Title: Bias in the Federal Judicial System: Do Sentencing Disparities Exist in the Southwest Border Region of the United States? Summary: Despite falling crime rates in recent years, political arguments have been made that illegal immigrants entering the country are contributing to increased crime along the Southwest Border region of the United States. Given existing literature that demonstrates bias in the judicial system, particularly regarding sentencing disparities based upon demographic characteristics, I intend to examine the potential effects of such policies, practices, and rhetoric in creating sentencing disparities in the Southwest Border. Specifically, I test the hypothesis that Hispanics and/or illegal immigrants receive longer sentences than other ethnic groups and U.S. citizens for similar crimes committed in the Southwest Border. Additionally, I test whether these disparities are greater in the Southwest Border than in the rest of the country. Using sentencing data provided by the United States Sentencing Commission for the years 2000 through 2008, I study the effects of ethnicity and citizenship while controlling for crime type and geographic region, and include control variables for additional demographic characteristics, prior criminal history, and other "legalistic" attributes. My hypothesis is inconsistently supported; certain crimes exhibited sentencing bias for Hispanics and/or illegal immigrants, while others did not. Moreover, no strong pattern emerged to identify which crimes would produce bias. The inconsistent and often suspect results suggest the absence of important data, likely attributable to a "deportation effect" which is not fully documented and therefore is not available for inclusion in tests regarding sentencing disparities for illegal immigrants and/or Hispanics. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://repository.library.georgetown.edu/handle/10822/553752 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 125179

Author: Sanders, Cynthia K. Title: Savings Outcomes of an IDA Program for Survivors of Domestic Violence Summary: This report examines account monitoring data on outcomes of an IDA program for survivors of domestic violence. This study examines saving rates, withdrawals, and purchases made among 125 women who participated in the IDA program. Approximately two-thirds of women reached their savings goal and 76% made at least one matched withdrawal purchase. On average, women saved $87 per month while living on modest incomes (most women lived at or below 150% of poverty). These savings outcomes demonstrate that women impacted by intimate partner violence are capable of successfully saving in an IDA program when given the opportunity. Findings regarding factors associated with savings outcomes are limited given the sample size; however, education emerged as a positive factor in improving women’s savings outcomes. Details: St. Louis, MO: Washington University of St. Louis, Center for Social Development, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: CSD Research Report No. 10-42: Accessed May 8, 2012 at: http://csd.wustl.edu/Publications/Documents/RP10-42.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125180

Author: Stencavage, Darla L. Title: Security Implications of Human-Trafficking Networks Summary: Globalization has provided many people around the world with increased prospects where they had been severely restricted from enhancing their economic plight in the past. Unfortunately, organized crime groups have used these new opportunities for personal gain by trafficking other humans. Although human trafficking is not a new phenomenon, globalization has increased competition and has intensified the demand for cheaper goods and services worldwide. Consequently, in the modern era of globalization and with the possibility for increased profits, it seems likely that human trafficking will continue to grow as a part of human existence. The United States must recognize any connections between the operations of human-trafficking networks and terrorist groups and the potential implications these networks can have on the security of the nation. This study looks at the connections that exist between human-trafficking networks and terrorist organizations in Kosovo. An analysis of the connections between the trafficking networks and terrorist groups in this area attempts to bring to light the need for further research of the connections between these types of operations and highlights the need to maintain both national security and human security in the United States. Details: Fort Leavenworth, Kansas: U.S. Army Command and General Staff College, 2007. 96p. Source: Masters Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?AD=ADA471456 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 125197

Author: Predd, Joel B. Title: Using Pattern Analysis and Systematic Randomness to Allocate U.S. Border Security Resources Summary: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security is responsible for protecting U.S. borders against terrorist threats, criminal endeavors, illegal immigration, and contraband. Unfortunately, due to budgetary and other resource constraints, it cannot "see and be" everywhere at once. In response, the Office of Border Patrol (OBP) is investigating how pattern and trend analysis and systematic randomness can be used to position border security personnel and equipment in the places and at the times they will be most effective. A RAND study examined how these techniques affect interdiction rates, incorporating results from a RAND-developed agent-based simulation model of the interaction of border patrol agents and illegal smugglers. The model allowed an exploration of how interdiction rates differ across thousands of scenarios that vary by the number of patrols, the rate of illegal flow, the size of the border, and the approach OBP takes to using pattern and trend analysis and systematic randomness. The analysis shows how approaches that combine these two techniques yield higher interdiction rates than approaches using either technique alone, and it identifies circumstances in which combined approaches are competitive with perfect surveillance. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 62p. Source: Technical Report: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2012/RAND_TR1211.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125198

Author: Lin, Jeffrey Title: The Scope of Correctional Control in California Summary: How many people are under correctional control in California? That is, on any given day, how many adults (18 and older) are held in adult county jails and state prisons, or supervised in the community on adult probation or parole? How many young people (ages 12-25) are held in county juvenile detention and state juvenile placement facilities, or supervised in the community on juvenile probation and parole? According to the federal Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), in 2004, California had the largest adult parolee population in the United States, the second largest probationer population after Texas (Glaze and Palla 2005), and the third largest prisoner population after the federal system and Texas (Harrison and Beck 2005a).1,2 However, California is also the most populous state in the country. The U.S. Census Bureau reports that in 2004, there were 35.8 million California residents, with 26 million Californians ages 18 or older, and 7.2 million Californians between the ages of 12 and 25 (the ages of jurisdiction for the state juvenile justice system). Given differences in state populations, a more appropriate question to ask is: How do California’s rates of correctional control compare to national averages? This research bulletin presents one-day standing counts of Californians under correctional control on December 31, 2004,3 and where possible, compares rates of control to those found in other states. The bulletin considers adult correctional control (consisting of adult prison, adult parole, jail and adult probation populations) and juvenile correctional control (consisting of state Division of Juvenile Justice institution and parole, county juvenile detention and juvenile probation populations) separately, and also notes gender, racial and ethnic differences in correctional control rates. The purpose of this bulletin is to provide a descriptive overview of the California population over which some form of control is exercised by a state or local criminal justice agency, and situate this information in a national context. It serves as an extension to data reported annually by the Bureau of Justice Statistics on the prevalence of forms of correctional control, providing additional detail for California. Policymakers will be interested in this bulletin as background in crafting criminal justice policies. It will also be useful to researchers seeking to inform their work around issues of crime, justice and punishment. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Correction, UC Irvine, 2006. 8p. Source: Bulletin Vol. 2, Issue 1: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/pdf/Bulletin706Da.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections (California) Shelf Number: 125199

Author: Sumner, Jennifer Macy Title: Shining Light in Dark Corners: An Overview of Prison Rape Elimination Legislation and Introduction to Current Research Summary: On September 22, 2005, Governor Schwarzenegger signed into law the “Sexual Abuse in Detention Elimination Act” (AB 550), designed to prevent, reduce and effectively respond to the sexual abuse of inmates and wards held in detention facilities operated by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). According to Stop Prisoner Rape (SPR), a Los Angeles-based human rights organization, this law “lays the foundation for California, the largest prison system in the country, to be a national leader in the fight to end prisoner rape.” recent national legislation—the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003—signed into law by President Bush. Combined, these two laws focus newfound attention on sexual assault in correctional facilities, encouraging new ways of thinking about how best to foster safety in prisons, and demonstrating a commitment to increased and improved data collection and research on sexual assault in prison and other detention facilities. In an era in which the CDCR promotes an “evidence- based’ approach to corrections, support for data collection is consistent with this mission. The data collection efforts described in this bulletin are designed to help corrections officials understand the parameters of the problem of sexual assault in order to enhance the development of prevention, detection, and response protocols that address the realities of sexual assault. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, UC Irvine, 2006. 8p. Source: Bulletin, Vol. 1, Issue 2: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/pdf/PREABulletinSoftCopy3.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Legislation (California) Shelf Number: 125200

Author: Austin, James Title: Assessment of Ohio Prison Admission Trends for Female Prisoners and Their Impact on the Prison Population Summary: In 2004, the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRC) began to see a steady increase in the female prison population. The number had reached 3,136 on November 1, 2004, an increase of 280 since January 1, 2004, or an increase of 10 percent. The previous end of year high was 2,886 on January 1, 1998. The female prisoner population had hovered in the range of 2,700- 2,800 for the past several years but the 2004 surge in the female prison population was both surprising and difficult to manage for the ODRC. In order to cope with the sudden increase, an honor camp at a male facility has been converted to a female facility to handle the growth. At that time and in response to this emerging trend, then Director Reginald Wilkinson made a request to the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), U.S. Department of Justice, to receive technical assistance in analyzing these emerging trends. BJA responded by having one of its contractors, the JFA Institute, to provide the requested TA under the BJA Correctional Options program. The ODRC submitted a formal request which was approved by the BJA and detailed Dr. James Austin to provide the necessary assistance. Dr. Austin then contacted Steve Van Dine, Chief, Bureau of Research, to help with the study. The ODRC Research Bureau provided considerable assistance to the project. Since the research was enacted, the prison populations for both the male and female populations have continued to rise. As of October 27, 2006, the female population was 3,611 while the male population was 44,209. The remainder of this report summarizes the more recent trends in the female prisoner population as compared to the male trends, as well as a more detailed analysis of trends among the various counties. Recommendations are then offered to help control these trends and reduce the need for additional female prison beds. Details: Washington, DC: The JFA Institute, 2006. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.jfa-associates.com/publications/srs/Final%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends (Ohio) Shelf Number: 125201

Author: Minton, Todd D. Title: Jails in Indian Country, 2009 Summary: At midyear 2009, a total of 2,176 inmates were confined in Indian country jails, a 1.9% increase from the 2,135 inmates confined at midyear 2008 (figure 1). This count was based on data from 80 facilities, including jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other correctional facilities, that were in operation in Indian country at midyear 2009. For 2008, the number of inmates was based on data for 82 facilities in operation at midyear 2008. The number of inmates held in Indian country jails between 2004 and 2009 increased by 25% from 1,745 to 2,176. On June 30, 2009, the number of American Indians and Alaska Natives confined in jails outside of Indian country (9,400) was more than 4 times the number held in jails in Indian country. (See box on page 2.) The number of jails in Indian country has increased between 2004 and 2009 The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) collected data from 68 correctional facilities in Indian country in 2004, from 79 in 2007, from 82 in 2008, and from 80 in 2009. The survey was not conducted in 2005 and 2006. Over the 5-year period, a number of facilities closed and new facilities became operational. Eleven facilities permanently closed between 2004 and 2009 and a total of 21 facilities were newly constructed. BJS estimated inmate population counts for 7 facilities in 2004 and 4 facilities in 2007 that did not respond to the surveys. All known operating facilities responded to the 2008 and 2009 surveys. See Methodology for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011. 20p. Source: BJS Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/jic09.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 125205

Author: Hakim, Peter Title: Rethinking US Drug Policy Summary: Most Americans believe that their country’s forty-year “war on drugs” has failed. Yet, instead of a serious national discussion of how to reform US drug control strategies, there remains a silent tolerance of ineffective, socially harmful laws, institutions, and policies. What is most needed now is a farreaching debate on alternative approaches that could reduce the risks and damage from the trafficking and abuse of illegal drugs. That was also the conclusion of a highly-regarded report prepared by a distinguished group of Latin American presidents and other leaders. This Inter-American Dialogue report proposes six US government initiatives that would set the stage for a thorough rethinking of US drug policy. Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Dialogue, The Beckley Foundation, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.seguridadcondemocracia.org/administrador_de_carpetas/OCO-IM/pdf/Rethinking_US_Drug_Policy_feb2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 125206

Author: Petro, John Title: Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Agencies: Collaborating to Serve Dual Jurisdiction Youth Survey Report Summary: Research suggests that children who are abused or neglected are more likely to commit delinquent acts than the general population (Carter et al., n.d.; English et al., 2002). Those that do become delinquent form a population of youth known as dual jurisdiction youth. For the purposes of this report, dual jurisdiction youth are children and youth under the jurisdiction of the dependency system, placed in out-of-home care, and who come to the attention of the juvenile justice system. Out-of-home care can consist of foster care, group care, kinship care, or residential placement. These dual jurisdiction youth cross between or concurrently exist in both the child welfare and juvenile justice systems. From the standpoint of child welfare and juvenile justice professionals, dual jurisdiction youth pose special challenges and require special attention, thereby straining limited resources. From the standpoint of dual jurisdiction youth, contact with the juvenile justice system may result in heightened trauma and also contribute to a child’s propensity to antisocial behavior and impair a child’s educational attainment and income (Conger & Ross, 2001). The Child Welfare League of America (CWLA), therefore, is seeking to learn about and provide support for methods by which child welfare and juvenile justice agencies can collaborate, coordinate, and integrate public agency and private provider efforts to better serve dual jurisdiction youth and prevent children with a history of maltreatment from penetrating deeper into the delinquency system. Through the ongoing generous support of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, the Juvenile Justice Division of CWLA and the Research and Evaluation Division conducted a nationwide survey of child welfare and juvenile justice professionals to gauge what agencies are doing at the state level to address the challenges and issues that surround dual jurisdiction youth. The survey specifically examined whether collaborative efforts are underway, and if so, what collaborative efforts have these agencies undertaken to identify and deliver services to dual jurisdiction youth? Details: Washington, DC: Child Welfare League of America, Undated. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.cwla.org/programs/juvenilejustice/jjsurveyreport.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 125207

Author: Rytina, Nancy Title: Apprehensions by the U.S. Border Patrol: 2005 - 2008 Summary: Statistics on apprehensions represent one of the few indicators available regarding illegal entry or presence in the United States. This Office of Immigration Statistics Fact Sheet provides information on recent trends in U.S. Border Patrol apprehensions and the gender, age, country of origin, and geographic location of persons apprehended during 2005 through 2008. Databeginning in 2005 were obtained from the Enforcement Case Tracking System (ENFORCE) of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). For prior years, data were obtained from the Performance Analysis System (PAS) of DHS. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Immigration Statistics, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 2p. Source: Fact Sheet: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/statistics/publications/ois_apprehensions_fs_2005-2008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 125208

Author: Drake, Greg Title: Recommendations for Addressing the Problem of Illegal Transfer of Guns, including Straw Purchases in Monroe County, New York Summary: Violence in Rochester, New York, has been a serious problem for its citizens, with a homicide per capita rate hovering at about 25 per 100,000 persons since 2005 and violent crime rates at about 900 incidents per 100,000 persons since 2003 (UCR for Rochester, N.Y.). In 2007, 36 of the 50 (72%) of homicides and 858 of 2352 (36.5%) of violent crimes in Rochester involved the use of a firearm (UCR for Rochester, N.Y.). Research has also shown each year there are approximately 250 victims of shootings in Monroe County. Even apart from the problem of homicide, the non-fatal shootings result in medical costs of approximately $3.3 million. Of that approximately $2.6 million is not recovered because so many victims have no insurance of any kind and cannot otherwise pay their bill. The unrecovered costs are ultimately passed on to the general population through higher medical bills, higher insurance premiums and a State indigent care pool. A significant portion of the local problem of gun violence is attributable to the illegal transfer of guns from lawful owners to illegal gun users. These may include Straw Purchases which involve a legal gun buyer purchasing a weapon on behalf of a person prohibited by law from owning a gun. In New York other illicit transfers may also involve a purchase by a legitimate permit holder who gives the weapon to someone who does not register it on their own pistol permit. A review of guns seized by the Rochester Police shows that nearly half of all guns used in crimes were illegally possessed at the time of the crime: That is, the possessor of the gun did not have a permit for the weapon and/or was a person prohibited by law from possessing the gun. Additionally, in the study 7% of guns had serial numbers that were obliterated or defaced. Finally, 15% of the crime guns had been reported stolen. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives local tracing data also show that most guns used in crime come from the local area rather than being smuggled in from other states. In summary, the data show that a large number of guns used in crimes are, at one time or another, transferred, perhaps through theft or illegal intention, from legal owners to illegal possessors of the weapon. Any successful efforts to reduce the illegal transfer of weapons can have a significant impact on local gun violence and the enormous costs born by the local community. We will begin this paper by examining federal, state and local laws dealing with gun ownership. We will also briefly discuss straw purchases. That is followed by a description of the legal process in Monroe County for the ownership and possession of pistols. That includes a review of some recent case law. This is followed by a review of a program in Los Angeles that was designed to reduce straw purchases. Finally, the paper presents five recommendations for programs that could reduce the incidence of transfer of weapons from legal to illegal possessors. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2009. 32p. Source: Working Paper # 2009-18: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2009/2009-18.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 125213

Author: Tran, Peter Title: Rochester Motor Vehicle Break-Ins Summary: This paper will examine the issues of motor vehicle break–ins in Rochester through spatial, temporal, aoristic and other environmental analysis. These use analysis are also used to determine the increase or decrease in motor vehicle breaks in certain PSA (Police Service Area) within particular days, weeks, and months. These certain PSAs were selected based upon the high increase or hotspots of motor vehicle break-ins the city of Rochester; these PSAs are 30, 44, 46, 50, and 51. The PSAs selected includes residential areas as well as commercial areas within Rochester. The data of motor vehicle break-ins collected are from the beginning of May 2007 to the end of April 2009. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2009. 18p. Source: Working Paper # 2009-07: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2009/2009-07.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 125214

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Drive-By America, Second Edition Summary: Drive-by shootings are commonly defined as an incident in which the shooter fires a firearm from a motor vehicle at another person, vehicle, building, or another stationary object. This study is a follow-up to the July 2007 Violence Policy Center (VPC) report Drive-By America, which, using a limited sample of information, offered for the first time a nationwide overview of drive-by shootings. Three years after the publication of the original VPC study, there remains no national data on the prevalence of drive-by shootings, those who commit them, those who are killed and injured as a result of them, the firearms used, where they take place, or at what times they most often occur. The goal of this new edition of Drive-By America is to continue the VPC’s efforts to fill the information gap surrounding drive-by shootings while illustrating the need for improved data collection regarding this specific category of firearms violence. From July 1, 2008, through December 31, 2008, the Violence Policy Center used the Google news search engine to collect every reported news article that contained the term “drive by.” From these results, the VPC removed all results not related to a drive-by shooting incident (for example, extraneous results included news reports of football games detailing a “drive by” one team against another, etc.). Recognizing the limitations of the survey tools used, and taking into account prior studies looking at the number of drive-by shootings in specific jurisdictions, it is likely that the number of shootings is dramatically underreported. The number of reported instances may also be influenced by local media focus. During the six-month period covered in this report, 733 drive-by shooting incidents were reported in the news media as identified by Google, claiming 154 lives and injuring 631 individuals. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2012 at http://www.vpc.org/studies/driveby2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 125215

Author: LaFaive, Michael Title: Cigarette Taxes and Smuggling: A Statistical Analysis and Historical Review Summary: States usually cite two major reasons for hiking their cigarette taxes: to decrease smoking, and to increase state tax revenue. Although these two goals can conflict, the “inelastic” nature of the cigarette market often allows policymakers to achieve both aims at once, with modest smoking reductions accompanying net increases in tax revenue. This outcome may become increasingly difficult to achieve, however. Many states have raised their cigarette taxes significantly in recent years. These increases have likely furthered the growth of two types of cigarette smuggling: “casual” smuggling, in which individual consumers save money by buying their cigarettes in low-tax states or countries, and “commercial” smuggling, in which larger-scale operators buy cigarettes in bulk in a low-tax area and sell them tax-free in hightax areas. This smuggling undermines both the revenue and health goals of higher cigarette taxes, while producing unintended consequences for individual states and American society as a whole. In this study, the authors consider cigarette smuggling from two angles. First, they employ a statistical model to estimate the degree to which cigarette smuggling occurs in 47 of the 48 contiguous U.S. states. Second, they review the historical experiences of three states — Michigan, New Jersey and California — known to have problems with cigarette smuggling. The authors’ statistical model compares legal, per-capita sales of cigarettes from 1990 through 2006 with survey data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on the percentage of smokers in each state. Apparent discrepancies between legal sales and smoking rates — for instance, relatively low sales in a heavy smoking state — are used to estimate smuggling import and export rates between states, including any imports from, or exports to, Canada and Mexico. The model also distinguishes between casual and commercial smuggling. From 1990 to 2006, the authors estimate that the states with the top five average smuggling import rates as a percentage of their total estimated in-state cigarette consumption, including both legally and illegally purchased cigarettes, were California (24.5 percent of the state’s total cigarette consumption), New York (20.9 percent), Arizona (20.6 percent), Washington state (20.1 percent) and Michigan (16.0 percent). Commercial smuggling import rates were highest in New Jersey (13.8 percent), Massachusetts (12.7 percent) and Rhode Island (12.7 percent). Casual smuggling import rates were highest in New York (9.9 percent), Washington (8.9 percent) and Michigan (6.0 percent). The authors estimate that the states with the highest average smuggling export rates from 1990 to 2006 (excluding North Carolina) were Delaware, Virginia and New Hampshire, where the volumes of the smuggling export markets were equal to 29.4 percent, 20.8 percent and 17.2 percent respectively of each state’s total estimated in-state cigarette consumption. Delaware’s high export rate is driven by an estimated casual smuggling volume equal to 34.8 percent of the state’s estimated total cigarette consumption, a figure that is partially offset by an estimated commercial smuggling import rate of 5.0 percent. Mexico is also estimated to have played a significant role as a source of smuggled cigarettes to California, Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, exporting quantities that represented 8 percent to 10 percent of each state’s estimated total cigarette consumption. The authors’ 2006 smuggling estimates were much higher, with rapid cigarette tax increases since 2001 fueling greater tax-induced smuggling activity. In 2006, the states with the highest estimated cigarette smuggling import rates were Rhode Island (45.7 percent), New Mexico (42.4 percent) and the state of Washington (42.3 percent). All three states have raised their cigarette taxes significantly since 2003. The authors estimate that in 2006, no state had a higher export rate than Delaware, where outbound cigarette smuggling — fueled by casual smuggling — reached 82.8 percent of the state’s estimated in-state cigarette consumption. (State smuggling estimates appear in Graphic 6 and Graphic 7.) The authors’ review of Michigan’s, New Jersey’s and California’s cigarette smuggling experiences suggest that cigarette smugglers can realize large profits: tens of thousands of dollars for a single vanload of cigarettes, and hundreds of thousands of dollars for a single truckload. These sums represent a loss in estimated tax revenues to a state’s treasury, but they have produced other unintended consequences, including a variety of crimes: • financing a terrorist organization; • thefts of untaxed cigarettes, including truck hijackings; • thefts of state tax stamps; • counterfeiting of tax stamps; • property damage; • counterfeiting of name-brand cigarettes, which are replaced with adulterated products, including counterfeit cigarettes from China; and • violence against residents and police officers. These societal costs are frequently borne by innocent people. This, together with the authors’ cigarette smuggling estimates, suggests that state policymakers should reassess the value of cigarette taxes as a revenue and public health tool. States with high cigarette taxes, for instance, may want to consider reducing those taxes to reduce the smuggling incentive and the attendant ancillary crime. States with lower cigarette tax rates should be cautious about increasing the taxes, especially with an apparent growth in international smuggling. State policymakers should also recall that cigarette taxes are regressive, and that cigarette tax revenues are best spent on programs that mitigate the cost of smoking, not on general programs that would be more properly financed by the general taxpayer. Details: Midland, MI: Mackinac Center for Public Policy, 2008. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2012 at: http://www.mackinac.org/archives/2008/s2008-12.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125229

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Profile of the DuPage County Metropolitan Enforcement Group Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the DuPage County Metropolitan Enforcement Group (DUMEG), which covers DuPage County with an estimated total population of 932,541 in 2010. In 2011, 23 local police agencies participated in DUMEG. These agencies served more than two-thirds, or 69 percent, of the population in DuPage County. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Twelve officers and one State’s Attorney Inspector were assigned to DUMEG in 2011, nine of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and three from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2012 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/DuPage_MEG_Profile_042012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 125230

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: The Effects of Summary: A number of American police departments have been experimenting with new problem-oriented policing frameworks to prevent gang and group-involved violence generally known as the “pulling levers” focused deterrence strategies. Focused deterrence strategies honor core deterrence ideas, such as increasing risks faced by offenders, while finding new and creative ways of deploying traditional and non-traditional law enforcement tools to do so, such as directly communicating incentives and disincentives to targeted offenders. Pioneered in Boston to halt serious gang violence, the focused deterrence framework has been applied in many American cities through federally sponsored violence prevention programs. In its simplest form, the approach consists of selecting a particular crime problem, such as gang homicide; convening an interagency working group of law enforcement, social-service, and community-based practitioners; conducting research to identify key offenders, groups, and behavior patterns; framing a response to offenders and groups of offenders that uses a varied menu of sanctions (“pulling levers”) to stop them from continuing their violent behavior; focusing social services and community resources on targeted offenders and groups to match law enforcement prevention efforts; and directly and repeatedly communicating with offenders to make them understand why they are receiving this special attention. These new strategic approaches have been applied to a range of crime problems, such as overt drug markets and individual repeat offenders, and have shown promising results in the reduction of crime. Details: Oslo, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Review 2012:6: Accessed May 9, 2012 at: www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/1918/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 125231

Author: Deitch, Michele Title: Conditions for Certified Juveniles in Texas County Jails Summary: The majority of juveniles who are accused of committing crimes in Texas are tried in juvenile courts, however, each year a small number of youth are transferred to the adult criminal justice system for trial. This process is referred to as certification. Until September 2011, Texas law required that all juveniles certified to be tried as adults were housed in adult county jails while they awaited their trials. In 2011, the 82nd Texas Legislature passed Senate Bill 1209 (SB 1209), which provided local juvenile boards the option to adopt a policy allowing for certified juveniles to be confined in juvenile detention centers rather than adult county jails. If the juvenile board adopts such a policy, the final decision as to where a particular youth would be housed would be up to the juvenile judge conducting the certification hearing. Although SB 1209 allows juvenile boards to create an option for certified youth to be confined in juvenile detention centers, until now there has been little information about the conditions for certified juveniles who are awaiting trial in county jails across the state. Without this information, it may be difficult for juvenile boards to determine whether juvenile detention centers or county jails are best suited to house certified youth, and to adopt an appropriate policy in response to SB 1209. To gather more information about the conditions for certified juveniles in Texas county jails, we worked with the Texas Commission on Jail Standards (TCJS) to conduct a survey of county jails in Texas that have experience housing certified juveniles. The survey focused on five key areas: housing, contact with adults, out-of-cell time, educational programming, and other programming. This report aims to provide a clearer picture of the conditions for certified juveniles in county jails based on the findings of this survey. The report provides a comprehensive assessment of how certified juveniles are housed in county jails in Texas, and the challenges faced by jail administrators when they confine certified youth. This information should help inform juvenile boards as they consider how to implement SB 1209, and can also inform policy makers, state and county agencies, and advocates in future discussions about the most appropriate way to manage the confinement of certified juveniles. Details: Austin, TX: Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs, The University of Texas at Austin, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: https://www.utexas.edu/lbj/sites/default/files/file/news/Conditions%20for%20Certified%20Juveniles%20in%20Texas%20County%20Jails-FINAL-3.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails Shelf Number: 125233

Author: Orbis Partners, Inc. Title: Outcome Evaluation of the Women Offender Case Management Model in Connecticut Probation Summary: This outcome report on the Women Offender Case Management Model (WOCMM) implemented in Connecticut probation represents the first formal examination of outcomes. The reporting period for this outcome report includes data collected from the introduction of WOCMM in July 2007 until November 2008. The outcome evaluation focuses on determining whether participation in the project reduces future involvement in the criminal justice system as measured by recidivism over a fixed length follow-up period. The outcome evaluation employs a comparison group to determine if participants have more positive outcomes than a group of women with similar characteristics who were not exposed to the model. Details: Ottawa: Orbis Partners, Inc., 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025927.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 125234

Author: LaFaive, Michael Title: Cigarette Taxes and Smuggling 2010: An Update of Earlier Research Summary: Between January 2007 and 2009, 21 of the 48 contiguous states — including tobacco state North Carolina — raised their cigarette taxes, producing a total of 27 tax hikes. In 2010, tobacco state South Carolina and five other states did the same. This study updates the Mackinac Center’s 2008 publication “Cigarette Taxes and Smuggling: A Statistical Analysis and Historical Review” to reflect state and federal cigarette tax hikes through fiscal 2009. The original study used data through fiscal 2006. Our new estimates indicate that in 2009, the state of Michigan ranked 10th in the nation in smuggled cigarettes as a percentage of total in-state cigarette consumption — 26 percent. The five smuggling destination states with the highest cigarette smuggling rates were Arizona (51.8 percent of the state’s total consumption); New York (47.5 percent); Rhode Island (40.5 percent); New Mexico (37.2 percent); and California (36.3 percent). According to our calculations, Arizona’s inbound smuggling rate was not in the top five in 2006, yet we estimate that Arizona now has the nation’s highest inbound cigarette smuggling rate, with over half of all cigarette consumption coming from smuggled sources. This is probably a function of the state’s 2006 excise tax hike, the 2009 federal excise tax hike and Arizona’s proximity to Mexico. The study also breaks smuggling rates into two primary types of smuggling: “casual” and “commercial.” Casual smuggling typically involves individuals crossing borders to obtain their cigarettes for personal use. It may also involve purchases made over the Internet. Commercial smuggling involves larger, typically long-haul efforts, such as transporting cigarettes from North Carolina (a typical source state) to Michigan or elsewhere. In the casual smuggling category, Michigan’s smuggling rate ranks 5th in the nation, at 11.6 percent of total in-state cigarette consumption. Only New York (19.9 percent), Rhode Island (18.2 percent), Washington (14.5 percent) and Montana (13.2 percent) residents crossed into neighboring jurisdictions for lower-taxed cigarettes more often than those of the Great Lakes State. Remarkably, New York state earned the number one spot even before hiking state taxes by $1.60 per pack in 2010. Anecdotal evidence suggests that this recent hike has been a boon to Pennsylvania retailers just across the Empire State’s border. The states with the top inbound commercial cigarette smuggling rates are New Jersey (29.1 percent); New York (28.5 percent); Vermont (24.2 percent); Massachusetts (23.3 percent); and Connecticut (20.9 percent). Five smuggling destination states moved up by double digits between 2006 and 2009 in our state rankings of net smuggling rates: Texas, from 16th to 6th; Mississippi, from 37th to 22nd; South Dakota, from 28th to 12th; Maryland, from 24th to 9th; and Iowa, from 33rd to 15th. These large smuggling rate increases relative to those of other states can likely be attributed to the five states’ substantial state excise tax increases over the past three years. Texas increased its per-pack cigarette tax from 41 cents to 141 cents in 2007; Mississippi, from 18 cents to 68 cents in 2009; South Dakota, from 53 cents to 153 cents in 2007; Maryland, from 100 cents to 200 cents in 2008; and Iowa, from 36 cents to 136 cents in 2007. Despite the notable cigarette tax hikes in recent years, other proposals are being floated around the country. In 2009, Michigan Gov. Jennifer Granholm suggested raising cigarette taxes to $2.25 per pack, up from $2.00 per pack. That proposal never came to fruition, but we estimate that had it become law, illicit cigarette trafficking would have leapt to 28.3 percent of Michigan’s total cigarette consumption. In Illinois, according to our calculations, a proposed $1.00-perpack cigarette tax hike would cause cigarette smuggling to increase from a modest 5.9 percent of total in-state consumption to 24.3 percent. Smuggling is not the only unintended consequence of high cigarette taxes. Taxinduced smuggling can also lead to violence against people, police and property, and encourage sizable and brazen theft. The authors recommend reducing state and local cigarette taxes as a way to thwart smuggling and other unintended consequences. Details: Midland, MI: Mackinac Center for Public Policy, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://www.mackinac.org/archives/2010/2010-09TobaccoSmugglingFINALweb2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125232

Author: Children's Law Center, Inc. Title: Falling Through the Cracks: A New Look at Ohio Youth in the Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: Over the past 20 years, Ohio laws have changed to make it increasingly easier for youth to come into contact with the adult criminal justice system. Although Ohio has recently taken a step towards removing youth from the adult system, these policies have resulted in over 300 youth are processed in adult court or placed in adult jails and prisons each year in Ohio. Falling Through the Cracks examines recent national research on the harmful effects of these policies as well as the national trend toward reducing the number of youth in adult court by states across the country – including Ohio – and the U.S. Supreme Court. The report also includes extensive Ohio-specific information, including original data on outcomes for youth who are bound over to adult court and recommendations on how to change Ohio law and practice on youth in adult court. Details: Covington, KY: Children's Law Center, Inc., 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://www.childrenslawky.org/storage/documents/Falling%20Through%20The%20Cracks%20-%20A%20New%20Look%20at%20Ohio%20Youth%20in%20the%20Adult%20Criminal%20Justice%20System%20-%20May%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 125238

Author: Jimenez, Maria Title: Humanitarian Crisis: Migrant Deaths at the U.S. – Mexico Border Summary: TAmerican Civil Liberties Union of San Diego and Imperial Counties (ACLU) and Mexico’s National Commission of Human Rights have been resolute in the protection and defense of the fundamental human rights of international migrants. Of all entitlements, the right to life is perhaps the most important. It is essential to the exercise of every other basic freedom and civil liberty. Under international law, the right to life has to be guaranteed at all times and under all circumstances. This right is violated not only when a life is deprived due to the arbitrary actions of a State, but also when actions are not taken to protect life. In enacting border and immigration policies, nations have the sovereign prerogative to protect their territorial integrity and defend their citizenry. That power, however, is restricted and constrained by international obligations to respect fundamental human rights. Unfortunately, these restraints have not precluded the U.S. government from deploying deadly border enforcement policies and practices that, by design and by default, lead to at least one death every day of a migrant crossing the border. This report is the sounding of an alarm for a humanitarian crisis that has led to the death of more than 5,000 human beings. It is part of a larger effort of human rights organizations throughout the border region to call attention to the most significant, ongoing violations of human rights occurring today. The report analyzes border security policies and practices that have contributed to the suffering and death of unauthorized border crossers. It reviews the impact of migrant fatalities and injuries to individuals, families and communities. It examines government and civil society responses to preserve and protect human life moving through hostile terrain and severe climates. It explores relevant international human rights laws and principles. Finally, the report offers recommendations to end this humanitarian crisis. Details: San Diego: American Civil Liberties Union of San Diego & Imperial Counties and Mexico's National Commission of Human Rights, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/pdfs/immigrants/humanitariancrisisreport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 125239

Author: Lovenheim, Michael F. Title: How Far to the Border?: The Extent and Impact of Cross-Border Casual Cigarette Smuggling Summary: This paper uses micro-data on cigarette consumption from four waves of the CPS Tobacco Supplement to estimate cigarette demand models that incorporate the decision of whether to smuggle cigarettes across a state or Native American Reservation border. I ¯nd demand elasticities with respect to the home state price are indistinguishable from zero on average and vary signi¯cantly with the distance individuals live to a lower-price border. However, when smuggling incentives are eradicated, the price elasticity is negative, though still inelastic. I also estimate cross-border sales cause a modest increase in consumption, and between 13 and 25 percent of consumers purchase cigarettes in border localities in the CPS sample. The central implication of this study is, while cigarette taxes are ine®ective at achieving the goals for which they were levied in many states, there are signi¯cant potential gains from price increases that are confounded by cross-border sales. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research, Stanford University, 2007. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: SIEPR Discussion Paper No. 06-40: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://www-siepr.stanford.edu/papers/pdf/06-40.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 125240

Author: Schmitz, Connie C. Title: The Ramsey County All Children Excel (ACE) Program: A Comprehensive Process Evaluation. Interim Report Summary: The Ramsey County ACE program is a long-term intervention program for children under 10 who are found to be at high risk for serious, violent, and chronic juvenile delinquency. Founded in late 1999, ACE serves our society’s most vulnerable population of children: that is, those who have committed a chargeable offense at a very young age and who come from multi-generational, multi-problem families. Such children are estimated to have a 50% base rate of risk for becoming chronic juvenile offenders. In working with ACE children and their families, ACE takes a broad public health, intensive case management approach. Through an inter-agency service delivery team, the resources of multiple county departments, police, schools, and community agencies are coordinated on an individual basis. Child and family case management is provided weekly by community workers from the time of the child’s initial screening until age 18. The goals of ACE are to reduce problem behaviors, to increase school bonding and success, and to prevent the children from entering the juvenile justice system. Research and evaluation has long been a core feature of the ACE program. This current evaluation was undertaken in order to help the ACE program further refine the community agency portion of the ACE long-term intervention and develop a Healthy Development Curriculum and Staffing Guide. The evaluation was considered important and timely for a number of reasons: 􀂃 The ACE intervention had been implemented by several different community agencies and case workers since 1999. Over time, substantive differences had emerged between the programs as implemented by the two main agencies (the YWCA and St. Paul Youth Services). This led to important questions about the comparative efficacy of their two approaches. 􀂃 Case management is believed to constitute the “heart of the ACE intervention.” Yet the widely varying skills of case workers and the “un-chartered waters” of case management itself called for greater examination. 􀂃 After three years of operation and data collection, the ACE program was better positioned to look at preliminary youth outcomes. While program staff believed strongly that case management (when done well) “works,” they sought more tangible evidence of that belief. This report describes the work of an evaluation team, hired in January of 2004, to conduct a comprehensive process evaluation. Using qualitative and quantitative methods of inquiry, the evaluation team structured their work into five components. The five components were to: 1. Describe the ACE long-term case management model in terms of its history, current status, and underlying model. 2. Integrate all of the available data on ACE youth and program implementation in order to conduct subsequent sub-studies of interest. 3. Assess the psychometric properties of the ACE Risk Factor Profile (the initial screening tool and placement procedure). To do this, the team analyzed data on youth who were placed into short-term interventions (STI) as well as data on youth who were placed into the ACE long-term intervention (LTI). 4. Compare the YWCA and the St. Paul Youth Services in terms of their program implementation and youth outcomes. 5. Determine the extent to which ACE case management reduces delinquency outcomes, after taking initial risk factors and demographic characteristics into account. In these analyses, “delinquency outcomes” was defined as charged offenses that youth committed six or more months after their initial screening and placement into the short or long-term intervention. Details: Minneapolis: Professional Evaluation Services and Professional Data Analysts, Inc., 2004. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://www.co.ramsey.mn.us/NR/rdonlyres/82A097AE-978C-4F63-9C68-30B6829A7A2F/1750/ACE_Interim_Report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management, Juveniles Shelf Number: 125241

Author: Phillips, Scott Title: Continued Racial Disparities in the Capital of Capital Punishment? The Rosenthal Era Summary: Given the substantial amount of research that has been conducted throughout the United States regarding the relationship between race and capital punishment, one might assume that much of the attention has been focused on Harris County, Texas. After all, Harris County -- home to Houston and surrounding areas -- is the capital of capital punishment. Indeed, if Harris County were a state it would rank second in executions after Texas. Yet only one study has examined whether race influences the death penalty in Houston. Specifically, Phillips (2008) reports that death was more likely to be imposed against black defendants, and more likely to be imposed on behalf of white victims, during the period from 1992 to 1999 -- the final years of Johnny Homes tenure as District Attorney. After Holmes retired, Charles Rosenthal served as District Attorney from January 1, 2001 to February 15, 2008. Did racial disparities continue during the Rosenthal administration? The current research suggests that the impact of defendant race disappeared, but the impact of victim race continued: death sentences were imposed on behalf of white victims at 2.5 times the rate one would expect if the system were blind to race, and death sentences were imposed on behalf of white female victims at 5 times the rate one would expect if the system were blind to race and gender. Such disparities are particularly troubling because Rosenthal was forced out of office in a scandal that included racist emails. Given the disparities, coupled with racist emails from the elected official who decides whether to seek the death penalty, the paper contemplates a key question: Should the state of Texas be allowed to execute inmates who were sentenced to death in Harris County during the Rosenthal administration? Details: Denver: University of Denver Sturm College of Law, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: U Denver Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-05: Accessed May 10, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2033905## Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Texas) Shelf Number: 125242

Author: Grella, Christine Title: Female Offender Treatment and Employment Project (FOTEP) Final Evaluation Report FY 2003-2006 Summary: The Female Offender Treatment and Employment Project (FOTEP) was initiated in 1999, following legislation requiring the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) to provide intensive training and counseling services for female parolees. The goal of FOTEP is to assist female parolees in their successful reintegration into the community following their completion of an in-prison therapeutic community substance abuse program (SAP) and discharge from prison. The FOTEP aims to promote recovery, to improve parenting skills and foster family reunification, and to assist participants in entering the workforce. Details: California Department of Corrections & Rehabilitation, 2008. 10p. Source: FOTEP Final Evaluation Report, FY03-06 DRAFT: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/DARS/docs/FOTEP_EvalRpt_06.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 125245

Author: North Carolina. The Vance County Gang Assessment Project Title: An Assessment of Gang Activity in Vance County, North Carolina Summary: Vance County, a rural community located in north central North Carolina bordering the state of Virginia, is strategically placed with numerous resources favorable for positive economic growth and development. However, the county finds itself struggling with a shifting economic base, trying to re-establish itself after the loss of its traditional textile and tobacco related industries. This has impacted all elements of the community. Low income, high unemployment and low educational levels reduce opportunities and impact decision making for community youth. In consideration of these conditions, the Vance County Juvenile Crime Prevention Council decided to undertake an assessment of youth gang involvement in Vance County. This executive summary highlights the findings of the resulting assessment. The assessment began in March, 2010 and followed the Comprehensive Gang Model, “A Guide to Assessing Your Community’s Youth Gang Problem” developed by the U. S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. Instruments used in the assessment were based upon documents from the guide. Findings cited in this summary can be found in the following report and in more detail in the attached Appendix and include copies of the data collection instrument, collection methods, and resulting data. Multiple data sources were used to collect information. The assessment did not use scientific research methods for data collection. While different methods were used from source to source, and representative participation may not always be reflective of the population as a whole, the similar findings from each of the individual data sources increase the confidence that the cumulative data reflects the perceptions and conditions within Vance County. General areas used to determine the level of youth gang involvement were: 1) law enforcement data and perceptions including juvenile and school data for the period of 2006-2009, 2) school staff perceptions obtained by staff survey, 3) community perceptions obtained through a resident survey, a leadership survey, and a youth service organizations survey, 4) youth perceptions obtained by a middle and high school survey, and 5) community resources serving youth compiled from completed inventories. As indicated in the above listing, data was collected through record reviews and surveys. Details: North Carolina: The Vance County Juvenile Crime Prevention Council, 2010. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.vancecounty.com/vancegangassessmentfinalreport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 125246

Author: Cebula, Nancy Title: Understanding Corrections through the APEX Lens Summary: The APEX: Achieving Performance Excellence Initiative introduces a systems approach to change, specifically for correctional organizations, and incorporates multiple tools and strategies to assist agencies in building sustainable capacity for higher performance. The APEX Initiative includes the APEX Public Safety Model and its components, the APEX Assessment Tools Protocol, the APEX Guidebook series, and the APEX Change Agent Training. This initiative informs data-driven decisionmaking, enhances organizational change efforts, and provides support and resources to correctional agencies. At the heart of APEX is the fundamental mission of correctional organizations to maintain public safety, ensure safe and secure correctional supervision of offenders, and maintain safe and secure settings for those who work in the field. This comprehensive systems approach to continuous performance improvement encourages innovative ideas to enhance organizational operations, services, and processes and to achieve desired results. Corrections is a people business. Stakeholders, especially individuals under supervision and in custody, their families, criminal justice and human service professionals, the public, and the agency’s workforce, are part of a vast and complex network that determines every correctional agency’s success. Corrections is also a systems business, in which high performance is made more complicated by interdependent operations that must always consider subsystem impacts on safety and security. In short, a multitude of factors determine higher performance in corrections. Understanding Corrections through the APEX Lens, part of the APEX (Achieving Performance Excellence) Guidebook series, presents chapters on several of the APEX Public Safety Model domains: Operations, including Safe and Secure Supervision and Settings and Process Management; Stakeholder Focus; Workforce Focus; Strategic Planning; Measurement, Analysis, and Knowledge Management; and Results. Understanding and mastery of these domains can put a correctional organization on a fast track toward enhanced results. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 96p. Source: Achieving Performance Excellence (APEX) Guidebook Series: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025299.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 125247

Author: Lim, Nelson Title: Workforce Development for Big-City Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: The readiness of any police workforce requires careful and consistent personnel development. Specifically, the individual talent within the workforce must be managed in such a way that the skills and knowledge needed to provide effective law enforcement are recognized, appropriately utilized, and fostered. This occasional paper provides an overview of a RAND methodology for creating an effective workforce development system to better align personnel with current and future force requirements. The paper presents a conceptual framework, its major steps, and its strengths and limitations in a law enforcement context. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 10p. Source: Issues in Policing, Occasional Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/occasional_papers/2012/RAND_OP357.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Personnel Shelf Number: 125248

Author: Feder, Jody Title: Racial Profiling: Legal and Constitutional Issues Summary: Racial profiling is the practice of targeting individuals for police or security detention based on their race or ethnicity in the belief that certain minority groups are more likely to engage in unlawful behavior. Examples of racial profiling by federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies are illustrated in legal settlements and data collected by governmental agencies and private groups, suggesting that minorities are disproportionately the subject of routine traffic stops and other security-related practices. The issue has periodically attracted congressional interest, particularly with regard to existing and proposed legislative safeguards, which include the proposed End Racial Profiling Act of 2011 (H.R. 3618/S. 1670) in the 112th Congress. Several courts have considered the constitutional ramifications of the practice as an “unreasonable search and seizure” under the Fourth Amendment and, more recently, as a denial of the Fourteenth Amendment’s equal protection guarantee. A variety of federal and state statutes provide potential relief to individuals who claim that their rights are violated by race-based law enforcement practices and policies. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 16p. Source: CRS RL31130: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL31130.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Laws and Legal Procedures Shelf Number: 125249

Author: Beuhring, Trisha Title: Ramsey County All Children Excel (ACE) Promoting Resiliency in Children At Risk for Serious and Violent Delinquency. Preliminary Outcome Evaluation Study Summary: The latest research on juvenile delinquency has major implications for policy makers. Up to 70% of all serious and violent juvenile crimes are committed by a small group of chronic offenders—only 8% of the adolescents in a typical community. Each chronic, serious and violent juvenile delinquent (SVJ) costs the community $1.7 to $3.4 million dollars over the course of his or her lifetime. The best predictor of who will become a chronic SVJ is early onset delinquency. On average, chronic SVJ start their criminal careers at age seven. Early onset offenders are committing increasingly serious crimes, raising concerns about rising rates of out-of-home placement and serious crime in the future. Only a handful of programs exist worldwide for early onset offenders. All Children Excel (ACE) is one of those programs. ACE offers a comprehensive, long term intervention that incorporates research-based strategies, supports the integration of services across government units, and promotes collaboration among police, schools, and community nonprofit organizations toward a common goal—preventing delinquency, substance abuse, and school dropout by promoting healthy development. This report focuses on evidence of the program’s effectiveness in identifying children who are on the path to becoming chronic SVJ, and early findings regarding its success at deflecting them from this path. Details: Ramsey County, MN: Department of Public Health, 2002. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.co.ramsey.mn.us/NR/rdonlyres/82A097AE-978C-4F63-9C68-30B6829A7A2F/1753/ACE_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Chronic Offenders Shelf Number: 125250

Author: Farah, Douglas Title: Fixers, Super Fixers and Shadow Facilitators: How Networks Connect Summary: The multi-billon dollar illicit trade of commodities (from cocaine to blood diamonds, weapons and human beings) has many complexities, from creating or extracting the product to moving the product to international markets to delivering payments. The return cycle is equally complex, including the types of payments used to acquire the commodities, from cash to weapons and other goods the seller may need. This cycle relies on a specific group of individuals who act as facilitators in connecting different facets of the criminal and/or terrorist networks of state and non-state actors. This chapter addresses this crucial role of a cohort of actors -- “fixers,” “super fixers” and “shadow facilitators” -- in empowering social networks that operate within illicit commodity chains. Details: Alexandria, VA: International Assessment and Strategy Center, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://www.strategycenter.net/docLib/20120423_Farah_FixersSuperFixersShadow.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 125252

Author: The Sikh Coalition Title: Bullying in New York City Schools: Educators Speak Out 2009-2010 Summary: On September 3, 2008, Mayor Michael Bloomberg and Schools Chancellor Joel Klein announced Chancellor’s Regulation A-832, which established a procedure for preventing and addressing student-to-student bias-based harassment in New York City public schools. During the 2009-2010 school year, our organizations continued to monitor the implementation of Regulation A-832 as well as the Respect for All program. Rather than survey students again about the regulation’s implementation, we chose to survey teachers, who are at the frontlines of ensuring that city schools have safe, respectful climates. In all, we surveyed about 200 teachers and other school staff members from 117 schools to gather valuable anecdotal input on the DOE’s progress employing its anti-bullying measures. This report summarizes the findings from our 2009-2010 survey and provides an assessment of Chancellor’s Regulation A- 832 in its second year. We hope it will provide a road map for improving compliance with Regulation A-832 and expanding Respect for All programming, as well as encourage the DOE to quickly come into compliance with the Dignity for All Students Act, a new state law that requires schools to take affirmative measures (training, counseling, education) to prevent and respond to incidents of bullying and harassment. The results of our 2009-2010 survey of teachers and school staff about bias-based harassment reveal that, despite some progress, the New York City Department of Education (DOE) still has not dedicated adequate resources to fully employ its primary anti-bullying tool, Chancellor’s Regulation A-832. With media outlets reporting more and more horrific bias-based attacks in New York City schools and schools around the country, full implementation of the regulation is more urgent than ever. The DOE has, however, taken many important steps in the right direction. Spring 2010 brought the first ever Respect for All Week, which carried with it a promise to deliver more trainings for students on diversity issues. We applaud the DOE and City Council Speaker Quinn’s office for initiating this program, and are eager to work together in making it even more successful in the future. As our findings demonstrate, though, much more work is needed to provide all city students an educational environment free from discrimination and harassment. Details: New York: The Asian American Legal Defense and Education Fund, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2012 at http://aaldef.org/Bullying%20Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (New York City) Shelf Number: 125253

Author: Miller, Johanna Title: Education Interrupted: The Growing Use of Suspensions in New York City's Public Schools Summary: The New York State Constitution guarantees a free public education to all children in New York. In addition, both international human rights bodies and U.S. courts have recognized that a free education is the cornerstone of success and social development for young people. In Brown v. Board of Education, the Supreme Court unequivocally stated, “In these days, it is doubtful that any child may reasonably be expected to succeed in life if he is denied the opportunity of an education.” Unfortunately, growing reliance on exclusionary punishments such as suspensions effectively denies many children their right to an education. This is true nationwide, and also in New York City, where zero tolerance discipline is the norm. The New York Civil Liberties Union analyzed 10 years of discipline data from New York City schools, and found that: •The total number of suspensions in New York City grew at an alarming rate over the last decade: One out of every 14 students was suspended in 2008-2009; in 1999-2000 it was one in 25. In 2008-2009, this added up to more than 73,000 suspensions. •Students with disabilities are four times more likely to be suspended than students without disabilities. •Black students, who comprise 33 percent of the student body, served 53 percent of suspensions over the past 10 years. Black students with disabilities represent more than 50 percent of suspended students with disabilities. •Black students also served longer suspensions on average and were more likely to be suspended for subjective misconduct, like profanity and insubordination. •Suspensions are becoming longer: More than 20 percent of suspensions lasted more than one week in 2008-2009, compared to 14 percent in 1999-2000. The average length of a long-term suspension is five weeks (25 school days). •Between 2001 and 2010, the number of infractions listed in the schools’ Discipline Code increased by 49 percent. During that same period, the number of zero tolerance infractions, which mandate a suspension regardless of the individual facts of the incident, increased by 200 percent. •Thirty percent of suspensions occur during March and June of each school year. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/Suspension_Report_FINAL_noSpreads.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 125260

Author: Chiou, Lesley Title: Crossing the Line: The Effect of Cross Border Cigarette Sales on State Excise Tax Revenues Summary: Differences in excise tax rates across jurisdictions create incentives for consumers to cross the border and purchase in lower-tax jurisdictions. This paper introduces a discrete choice model to examine tax avoidance and state border-crossing in the market for cigarettes. We exploit a rich dataset of consumer location choices and demographics to estimate a consumer’s tradeoff between distance and price when choosing a location to maximize utility. Using the estimates from our location and demand models, we reconsider a recent public policy issue among states and simulate tax avoidance under alternative cigarette excise tax levels. Details: Cambridge, MA: John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University., 2008. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/fs/emuehle/Research%20WP/Chiou%20and%20Muehlegger_Feb08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 125264

Author: Merriman, David Title: Cigarette Tax Avoidance in the Chicago Area: A Contribution to the Literature Summary: The large tax differentials between Chicago and neighboring jurisdictions provide an incentive for smokers to buy cigarettes outside Chicago. By examining a random sample of discarded cigarette packs, I can see whether Chicago taxes have been paid on the cigarettes consumed in Chicago. I find a startling amount of tax avoidance: three-quarters of the packs found on the streets of Chicago did not display a Chicago tax stamp. Demonstrating that the cost of tax avoidance influences behavior in the predicted direction, the percentage of packs without a Chicago tax stamp fell as distance to lowertax borders increased. Details: Chicago: Institute of Government and Public Affairs of the University of Illinois, 2008. 56 p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: http://igpa.uillinois.edu/system/files/documents/WP-MerrimanCigLitter.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cigaretts Shelf Number: 125265

Author: Goolsbee, Austan Title: Playing with Fire: Cigarettes, Taxes and Competition from the Internet Summary: This paper documents the rise of the Internet as a source of cigarette tax competition for states in the United States. Using data on cigarette tax rates, taxable cigarette sales and individual smoking rates by state from 1980 to 2005 merged with data on Internet penetration, the paper documents that there has been a substantial increase in the sensitivity of taxable cigarette sales that is correlated with the rise of Internet usage within states. The estimates imply that the increased sensitivity from cigarette smuggling over the Internet has lessened the revenue generating potential of recent cigarette tax increases substantially. Given the continuing growth of the Internet and of Internet cigarette merchants, the results imply serious problems for state revenue authorities. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, Ross School of Business, 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://www.bus.umich.edu/otpr/WP2007-5.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 125266

Author: DePrince, Anne P. Title: The Effectiveness of Coordinated Outreach in Intimate Partner Violence Cases: A Randomized, Longitudinal Design Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) poses an extremely costly problem to the individual, society, and criminal justice system. Effective responses to IPV require comprehensive, well-coordinated policies and protocols that maximize the legal sanctions and available community resources. Prosecution decisions and criminal justice outcomes are influenced by victim support for official action. The current study tested the prediction that early coordinated victim outreach would improve criminal justice outcomes as well as increase victim safety and empowerment. In collaboration with research, criminal justice, and community-based partners, this project employed a randomized control design to evaluate an innovative outreach program for racially and ethnically diverse IPV victims whose cases have come to the attention of the criminal justice system. Participants, who were randomly selected to receive outreach or treatment-as-usual, were interviewed at three time points: after an incident of IPV was reported to the police (T1), 6 months after T1, and 12 months after T1. The study addressed three primary goals. First, we evaluated the effectiveness of a coordinated, community-based outreach program in improving criminal justice and victim safety and empowerment outcomes for IPV victims using a longitudinal, randomized control design. Second, we identified victim and case characteristics that moderated outcomes. Third, we evaluated the influence of spatial characteristics on criminal justice outcomes. Between 5 December 2007 and 14 July 2008, 236 women in Denver City/County were enrolled into the study within a median of 26 days from an incident of IPV report to law enforcement. Victim-focused outreach had an impact on decreasing women’s reluctance to work with prosecutors and increasing women’s likelihood of being encouraged to take part in the prosecution of their abusers. These findings also indicated that outreach might be particularly important for IPV survivors marginalized by race/ethnicity, socio-economic status as well as for those survivors still living with their abusers after the target IPV incident (from which they were recruited for study participation). In addition, compared to the treatment-as-usual condition, women who received outreach reported decreased PTSD symptom severity, depression, and fear one year later. Although there were no effects of outreach on revictimization or social support levels, women randomly assigned to outreach reported greater readiness to leave the abuser than women assigned to treatment-as-usual. Further, the use of a geographic information system (GIS) revealed spatial patterns to key variables, such as aggression and posttraumatic responses. Women who anticipated problems going to court due to travel-related barriers (e.g., problems parking, taking the bus, etc.) were less likely to go to court when asked to go. Thus, this research highlights potential ways to think about and use spatial data in victim-focused research. Finally, research, policy, and practice implications of the study are discussed. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238480.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 125270

Author: Gies, Stephen V. Title: Monitoring High-Risk Sex Offenders with GPS Technology: An Evaluation of the California Supervision Program Summary: Despite the increasing number of high-risk sex offenders (HRSOs) who are being placed on electronic monitoring programs, little is known about how effective these programs are in increasing offender compliance and in reducing recidivism. The purpose of this evaluation is to determine the effectiveness of the global positioning system (GPS) monitoring of HRSOs who are released onto parole. This study integrates outcome, cost, and process evaluation components. The outcome component assesses the impact of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s GPS supervision program by employing a nonequivalent-group quasi-experimental design with a multilevel survival model. We also use a propensity score matching procedure to account for the differences between the treatment and comparison groups. The study population is drawn from all HRSOs who were released from prison between January 2006 and March 2009 and residing in the state of California. The final sample includes 516 subjects equally divided between the treatment and control groups. The treatment group consists of HRSOs who were placed on GPS monitoring. The control group is made up of similar offenders who were not placed on the GPS system during the study period. The resulting sample shows no significant differences between the groups on any of the propensity score matching variables. The effectiveness of the program is assessed using an intent-to-treat (known as ITT) approach. The two main outcomes of interest are compliance and recidivism. Compliance is measured through violations of parole. Recidivism is assessed in a variety of ways, including 1) rearrest, 2) reconviction, and 3) return to prison custody. Each outcome is assessed with a survival analysis of time-to-event recidivism data, using a Cox proportional hazards model. In addition, we use frailty modeling to account for the clustering of parole agents within parole districts. The findings indicate, despite the baseline similarities, a clear pattern of divergence in outcomes during the 1-year study period. The subjects in the GPS group demonstrate significantly better outcomes for both compliance and recidivism. In terms of compliance, the multivariate model shows that the hazard ratio of a sex-related violation is nearly three times as great for the subjects who received traditional parole supervision as for the subjects who received the GPS supervision. In terms of recidivism, compared with the subjects who received the GPS monitoring supervision, the hazard ratio for any arrest is more than twice as high among the subjects who received traditional parole supervision. Similarly, for both a parole revocation and any return-to-custody event, the hazard ratio suggests that these events are about 38 percent higher among the subjects who received traditional parole supervision. The cost analysis indicates that the GPS program costs roughly $35.96 per day per parolee, while the cost of traditional supervision is $27.45 per day per parolee—a difference of $8.51. However, the results favor the GPS group in terms of both noncompliance and recidivism. In other words, the GPS monitoring program is more expensive but more effective. Finally, the process evaluation reveals that the GPS program was implemented with a high degree of fidelity across the four dimensions examined: adherence, exposure, quality of program delivery, and program differentiation. Details: Bethesda, MD: Development Services Group, Inc., 2012. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 15, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238481.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 125277

Author: Herring, Richard Title: Casinos and Florida: Crime and Prison Costs Summary: Based on a conservative estimate, crime increases following the introduction of casinos into Miami-Dade County will result in a $3 billion dollar impact, on just the state prison system over a 10-year period. This estimate assumes that only 3%-8% of new crime will result in arrest and sentencing. This estimate does not attempt to put a dollar value on the costs for local police, prosecutors, or courts. Nor does it attempt to quantify the costs to the individuals who are the victims of crime. The impact of crime is felt more by victims than by society as a whole. It is, however, extremely difficult to put a price tag on the impact of crime to its victims. The financial impact of crime on the community, state, and taxpayers can be estimated. Ultimately, individual and business taxpayers must pay for the direct effects of crime on the costs of community policing, prosecution, court resources, and imprisonment. Other indirect costs of increased crime also exist, such as negative impacts on property values, productivity, and availability of public resources for other community needs. This estimate assumes that 2015-16 will be the first full year of casino operation in South Florida. It further assumes that casinos will be located only in Miami-Dade County. If it included Broward and Palm Beach Counties, the fiscal impact would more than double. It conservatively assumes that crime rates in Miami-Dade County are the same as the national crime rates used in our comparison study for the United States. (Just for Florida, we know that the crime rate in 2010 for serious crimes per 100,000 population was 5,506 for Miami-Dade County and 4,105 for the state as a whole.) Details: Unpublished report: 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://nocasinos.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/CasinosFloridaReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Casinos Shelf Number: 125306

Author: Wright, Emily M. Title: Exposure to Intimate Partner Violence: Gendered and Contextual Effects on Adolescent Interpersonal Violence, Drug Use, and Mental Health Outcomes Summary: Although research has indicated that intimate partner violence (IPV) increases the likelihood of a range of negative outcomes for children, few studies have examined the shortand long-term consequences of IPV while controlling for other relevant experiences, investigated the multi-level nature of exposure to IPV among youth, or explored gender differences in the relationships. This study sought to aid in this research by examining three questions: 1. What are the direct effects of IPV exposure on youths‘ interpersonal violence, drug use, and internalizing symptoms? 2. What are the main effects of neighborhood characteristics (i.e., concentrated disadvantage and collective efficacy) on neighborhood rates of youth violence, drug use, and internalizing symptoms? 3. Does the effect of IPV exposure vary across neighborhoods? If so, is the relationship between IPV exposure and youth violence, drug use, and internalizing symptoms conditioned by neighborhood characteristics? Data from the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN) were utilized to answer these questions. The short- and long-term effects of IPV exposure were examined using longitudinal data collected at three time points, when youth participants were aged 8-17 (wave 1), 9-20 (wave 2), and 12-22 (wave 3). Each research question was examined for the full sample (N=2,344 youth at wave 1 from 79 neighborhood clusters), and separately by gender (N=1,180 males and 1,164 females). Data were analyzed using hierarchical modeling techniques (HLM) to account for the multi-level structure of the data. Details: Columbia, SC: Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, University of South Carolina, 2009. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/235153.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children's Exposure to Violence Shelf Number: 125284

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Indigent Defense: DOJ Could Increase Awareness of Eligible Funding and Better Determine the Extent to Which Funds Help Support This Purpose Summary: The Sixth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution guarantees every person accused of a crime the right to counsel. States and localities generally fund indigent defense services, and the Department of Justice (DOJ) also provides funding that can be used for these services. GAO was asked to review federal support for indigent defendants. This report addresses, for fiscal years 2005 through 2010, the (1) types of support DOJ provided for indigent defense; (2) extent to which eligible DOJ funding was allocated or awarded for indigent defense, the factors affecting these decisions, and DOJ’s actions to address them; (3) percentage of DOJ funding allocated for indigent defense and how it was used; (4) extent to which DOJ collects data on indigent defense funding; and (5) extent to which DOJ assesses the impacts of indigent defense grants, indigent defense programs have been evaluated, and DOJ has supported evaluation efforts. GAO surveyed (1) all 4,229 grant recipients about funding allocations and (2) a sample of 253 public defender offices about factors influencing their decisions to apply for funding. Though not all survey results are generalizable, they provide insights. GAO also analyzed grant related documents and interviewed relevant officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ increase grantees’ awareness that funding can be allocated for indigent defense and collect data on such funding. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-569: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/600/590736.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 125302

Author: Edley, Christopher F., Jr. Title: Response to Protests on UC Campuses: A Report to President Mark G. Yudof Summary: After physical conflict erupted between police and students during demonstrations at UC Berkeley and UC Davis in November 2011, University President Mark G. Yudof asked Vice President and General Counsel Charles F. Robinson and Berkeley Law School Dean Christopher F. Edley, Jr. to review existing policies and practices regarding the University’s response to demonstrations and civil disobedience. This review was not intended as a fact-finding investigation into the November 2011 protests, or into any other particular incident. Other reviews have been tasked with that objective. Rather, this review was aimed at identifying best practices to inform the University’s response to future demonstrations. Since work on the review—and this resulting Report—began, additional clashes on other campuses have underscored the need for this analysis. This Report is premised on the belief that free expression, robust discourse, and vigorous debate over ideas and principles are essential to the mission of our University. The goal of this Report is to identify practices that will facilitate such expression—while also protecting the health and safety of our students, faculty, staff, police, and the general public. For some campus administrators and police, this will require a substantial shift away from a mindset that has been focused primarily on the maintenance of order and adherence to rules and regulations. For some protestors, this will require taking more responsibility for their activities as well, including by educating themselves about protest-related rules and considering the impact acts of civil disobedience can have on others in the campus community. In developing this prospective framework for responding to protests and civil disobedience, the authors examined existing University policies and practices on speech, demonstrations, and use of force by police; the opinions of students, faculty, administrators, staff, and police on all ten campuses; and the views of academics and other experts on speech, civil liberties, and law enforcement. The objective has been to be as broad and fair as possible in collecting information in order to develop a thoughtful and fact-based Report. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, 2012. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft Report: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://campusprotestreport.universityofcalifornia.edu/documents/Robinson-Edley-Report-043012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Demonstrations (California) Shelf Number: 0

Author: Hartney, Christopher Title: Prison Bed Profiteers: How Corporations Are Reshaping Criminal Justice in the U.S. Summary: Reported crime is at the lowest level in decades, safe alternatives to incarceration are an accepted part of the corrections system, and private prisons have not provided the cost savings and improved conditions of confinement that their proponents promise. Nevertheless, business is booming for prison companies. Since their start in the 1980s, private prisons have come to hold 8% of all U.S. state and federal prisoners, including half of federal immigration detainees. A steady flow of inmates has meant huge profits for these companies. Just as steady have been the reports of abuse and neglect, poor management of inmate needs, and poor governmental oversight. Low pay, limited staff training, and other cost-cutting measures—the primary ways private prisons sustain their profits—can lead to unmet inmate needs and security issues, heightening the inherent dangers to staff and inmates in secure settings. Private prison companies spend millions of dollars on lobbying, political campaign contributions, support for legislation favorable to their profits, shaping public opinion, and research likely to support their practices, which leads many to question the prison industry’s influence on criminal justice policymaking. There also are significant issues with the government’s ability to effectively monitor what goes on at private prisons. Proponents’ claims that private prisons can provide higher-quality and more cost-effective service provisions, improved conditions of confinement, and economic growth in the communities where new facilities are built are neither borne out in research, nor seen in the scores of private facility incident reports across the country. The expectation that competition for contracts among free market players would lead to generally improved efficiency, quality, and cost savings has not been met. Nevertheless, proponents continue to use these claims widely as a basis for pursuing privatization. This report describes the findings of conversations with several experts in corrections privatization, a review of the academic and legal literature on private prisons, and a media review of newspaper and radio stories on private prisons. It also includes recommendations for responding to the expansion of private prisons. Secure, locked facilities designed for adults are the major focus of this report, although many of the same issues and potential solutions apply to other types of privatization, in corrections and elsewhere. Federal immigration detention and contracted services, such as in-custody health care and programming or post-release supervision and services, are also briefly discussed. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime & Delinquency, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/prison-bed-profiteers.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125306

Author: United States Interagency Council on Homelessness Title: Searching Out Solutions: Constructive Alternatives to the Criminalization of Homelessness Summary: In recent years, the United States has seen the proliferation of local measures to criminalize “acts of living” laws that prohibit sleeping, eating, sitting, or panhandling in public spaces. City, town, and county officials are turning to criminalization measures in an effort to broadcast a zero-tolerance approach to street homelessness and to temporarily reduce the visibility of homelessness in their communities. Although individuals experiencing homelessness should be afforded the same dignity, compassion, and support provided to others, criminalization policies further marginalize men and women who are experiencing homelessness, fuel inflammatory attitudes, and may even unduly restrict constitutionally protected liberties. Moreover, there is ample evidence that alternatives to criminalization policies can adequately balance the needs of all parties. Community residents, government agencies, businesses, and men and women who are experiencing homelessness are better served by solutions that do not marginalize people experiencing homelessness, but rather strike at the core factors contributing to homelessness. Criminalization policies are costly and consume substantial state and local resources. In today’s economic climate, it is important for state, county, and local entities to invest in programs that work rather than spend money on activities that are unlikely to achieve the desired result and which may, in some cases, open the jurisdiction to liability. In addition to the increase in public resources used to carry out these criminalization measures, Individuals who are arrested or fined for “act of living” crimes in public spaces now have a criminal record; resulting in barriers to work, and difficulty in receiving mainstream services and housing that often bar individuals with criminal histories. These policies are a temporary solution to street homelessness and create greater barriers for these individuals to exit homelessness successfully, providing neither a permanent or sustainable solution to homelessness. The federal government has an important responsibility to provide leadership, share best practices, and provide technical support to localities in their efforts to find constructive ways of addressing the needs of individuals experiencing homelessness. Specifically, the 2009 HEARTH Act charged the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness (USICH) with “develop[ing] alternatives to laws and policies that prohibit sleeping, eating, sitting, resting, or lying in public spaces when there are no suitable alternatives, result in the destruction of property belonging to people experiencing homelessness without due process, or are selectively enforced against people experiencing homelessness.” One of the strategies of Opening Doors: Federal Strategic Plan to Prevent and End Homelessness is to reduce criminalization of homelessness by defining constructive approaches to address street homelessness and considering incentives to urge cities to adopt these practices. The alternatives to criminalization policies identified in this report have been effective in reducing and preventing homelessness in several cities around the country. These solutions can be relatively inexpensive to implement, result in overall cost-savings, and have a lasting positive impact on the quality of life for individuals experiencing homelessness and the larger community. Details: Washington, DC: United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2012 at: http://www.usich.gov/resources/uploads/asset_library/RPT_SoS_March2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 125307

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Michigan Title: Basic Decency: Protecting t5he Human Rights of Children Summary: Six years ago, through polling and focus groups, citizens of Michigan were asked this question: “How should we treat Michigan youth involved in homicide crimes?” People weighed the importance of just punishment, the need for public safety, and also considered their social responsibility to the troubled youth involved in the crime. Results revealed that these Michigan residents were deeply concerned that the most severe sentence our state laws can impose on an adult who commits murder is likewise imposed on a child who did not. They were also uncomfortable to learn that Michigan’s current laws do not allow a jury or a judge to consider a juvenile’s age, abusive upbringing, troubled environment, lack of maturity, or their potential for rehabilitation before imposing adult punishment. Most of those polled were unaware that hundreds of adolescents in our state, some as young as 14, have been sentenced to die in prison without an opportunity to demonstrate their remorse, show their potential for rehabilitation, or prove that they pose no risk to society. The 2006 polling revealed strong public opposition to our current laws, which require sentencing all young people between the ages of 14 and 17, who are convicted of an offense involving a first-degree homicide, to spend the rest of their lives in adult prison without any opportunity for parole. When faced with the issue, people in Michigan strongly supported eliminating the life without parole sentence for juveniles.1 They recognized the distinct differences between adults and developing adolescents, and supported sentencing practices that would protect youthful offenders from the adult consequences of their decisions.2 In 2008 a bipartisan majority of the Michigan House of Representatives passed legislation that would end Michigan’s practice of sentencing young people under the age of 18 to life without parole. The Michigan Senate Judiciary Committee refused to release these bills for a vote and the laws mandating this punishment remain in place. Introduction To date, 376 young people have been sentenced to life without the possibility of parole in Michigan. Only one other state has more. In recent years, editorials in major media outlets have called for, at minimum, judicial discretion in sentencing. Some legislators who initially favored this punishment for youth have since called for reform. Former Representative Burton Leland, a Democrat from Detroit, repudiating his initial support of the 1995 Juvenile Justice Reform Act explained, “We wanted to let thugs know that they can’t hide behind their mother’s apron. Now, 25 years later, I think locking youthful offenders up for life is ridiculous.” 3 Prosecutors, who are central opponents of juvenile life without parole reform, often make the argument of “adult time for adult crime.” However, most adults do not spend the rest of their lives in prison for comparable homicide crimes because prosecutors have full discretion to offer plea bargains of a lesser sentence to those adults charged with homicide crimes. Even where children are offered plea bargains, they are at a significant disadvantage in negotiating these same pleas. In fact, young people in Michigan are more likely to receive longer sentences than adults for comparable offenses. This report examines the arguments for and against reforming Michigan’s laws that mandate a life without parole sentence for youth involved in certain homicide crimes. It addresses the disadvantages children face in the adult criminal justice system and analyzes the data resulting from the implementation of this sentence. This report also explores the fiscal and human costs of sentencing a young person to life without parole (LWOP) in Michigan. Details: Detroit, MI: ACLU of Michigan, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2012 at: http://www.aclumich.org/sites/default/files/file/BasicDecencyReport2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 125310

Author: Gambler, Rebecca Title: Border Patrol Strategy: Progress and Challenges in Implementation and Assessment Efforts Summary: Border Patrol, within DHS’s CBP, is the federal agency with primary responsibility for securing the national borders between the U.S. ports of entry (POE). DHS has completed a new 2012-2016 Border Patrol Strategic Plan (2012-2016 Strategic Plan) that Border Patrol officials stated will emphasize risk management instead of increased resources to achieve border security and continue to build on the foundation of the 2004 National Border Patrol Strategy (2004 Strategy). This statement highlights key issues from prior GAO reports that discuss Border Patrol’s progress and challenges in (1) implementing key elements of the 2004 Strategy and (2) achieving the 2004 strategic goal to gain operational control of the border. This statement is based on GAO reports issued since 2007 on border security, with selected updates from April and May 2012 on Border Patrol resource needs, actions taken to address prior GAO recommendations, and efforts to develop performance measures. To conduct these updates, GAO reviewed agency documents such as operational assessments and interviewed DHS officials. In prior reports, GAO made recommendations to, among other things, strengthen border security technology, infrastructure, and partnerships. DHS concurred with the recommendations and has reported actions planned or underway to address them. CBP reviewed a draft of information contained in this statement and provided comments that GAO incorporated as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-688T: Accessed May 16, 2012 at: http://homeland.house.gov/sites/homeland.house.gov/files/Testimony-Gambler.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 125315

Author: Virginia. Secretary of Public Safety Title: Report on the Status and Effectiveness of Offender Drug Screening, Assessment and Treatment - 2011 Summary: In 1998, Virginia’s General Assembly passed House Bill 664 and Senate Bill 317 (HB664/SB317) enacting the Drug Offender Screening, Assessment, and Treatment (DSAT) Initiative. The DSAT legislation, subsequently amended in 1999, outlined specific substance abuse screening and assessment provisions that became effective for offenses committed on or after January 1, 2000. These provisions, contained in §§ 16.1-273, 18.2-251.01, 19.2-299, 19.2-299.2 and 19.2-123(B), of the Code of Virginia, target three offender groups: juveniles, adult felons, and adult misdemeanants. Because several different types of offenders are subject to the Code mandates, the Initiative affects staff and clients of numerous agencies, including the Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ), the Department of Corrections (DOC), local community-based probation and pretrial services agencies administered by the Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS), the Commission on Virginia Alcohol Safety Action Program (VASAP), and the Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services (DBHDS). The Interagency Drug Offender Screening and Assessment Committee (the Committee) was created by § 2.2-223 (formerly § 2.1-51.18:3) to oversee the screening and assessment provisions contained in the Code of Virginia. The Committee, with representation from all affected agencies and the Virginia Criminal Sentencing Commission, is charged with ensuring the quality and consistency of the screening and assessment process across the Commonwealth. Significant budget and staff reductions have affected each of the principal agencies. In response to cuts in funding since 2001, particularly the elimination of Substance Abuse Reduction Effort (SABRE) funds, agencies involved in screening and assessment activities have re-examined protocols and developed alternative strategies to maximize the use of remaining resources. Despite the elimination of a substantial number of staff positions formerly devoted to this task, agencies have continued their efforts to address offenders’ substance abuse needs by streamlining the process utilizing other screening instruments and otherwise attempting to make this task manageable for the fewer number of staff involved. The number and type of services available have decreased significantly. The lack of resources has also greatly limited the ability to coordinate services across agencies. Thus, the Committee, or workgroup have evaluated the effectiveness of offender screening, assessment, and treatment independently and within in their own agency. It is recommended that due to budget cuts, legislation surrounding the DSAT Initiative (§§ 16.1-273, 18.2-251.01, 19.2-123(B), 19.2-299, and 19.2-299.2 of the Code of Virginia) should be eliminated from the Code of Virginia. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Office of the Secretary of Public Safety, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2012 at: http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/4d54200d7e28716385256ec1004f3130/e2da8bbfc675ce80852577ee0066fc2e?OpenDocument Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 125316

Author: California. Department of Corrections. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special Report: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Supervision of Parolee Phillip Garrido Summary: On June 10, 1991, federal parolee Phillip Garrido and his wife Nancy allegedly kidnapped 11-year-old Jaycee Dugard from South Lake Tahoe, California. Over the course of the following 18 years, Garrido reportedly sexually assaulted Jaycee–fathering two children–while holding her captive on the grounds of his residence in Antioch, California. For many of those years, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s (department) parole division supervised Garrido. Despite numerous clues and opportunities, the department, as well as federal and local law enforcement, failed to detect Garrido’s criminal conduct, and victimization of Jaycee and her two daughters. On August 26, 2009, Garrido heinous crimes, and Jaycee was reunited with her family. In 1977, Garrido was convicted in state and federal court for kidnapping and repeatedly raping a 25-year-old female victim. The federal court sentenced him to 50 years for kidnapping while Nevada imposed a five years to life term for forcible rape. In January 1988, after serving 11 years of his federal sentence, the federal government paroled Garrido and released him to Nevada authorities to serve his state sentence. Seven months later, Nevada paroled Garrido, returning him to the jurisdiction of federal parole authorities to serve the remainder of his federal parole term. He resided at his mother’s house in Antioch, California throughout the terms of his federal and state paroles. In March 1999, the federal government discharged Garrido from federal parole, returning him to the jurisdiction of Nevada parole authorities. In June 1999, under the terms of an interstate parole compact, the department assumed parole supervision of Garrido on Nevada’s behalf because Garrido resided in California. On August 27, 2009, the day after the arrest of Garrido and his wife, the department held a press conference in which an official hailed the diligence of parole agents who had supervised Garrido. The official also proclaimed that Garrido had complied with his parole conditions, never receiving a violation. Other department officials have made similar public statements. While it is true that Garrido’s California parole was never officially violated, our review shows that Garrido committed numerous parole violations and that the department failed to properly supervise Garrido and missed numerous opportunities to discover his victims. The focus of this special report is limited to the department’s parole supervision of Garrido. However, it should be noted that Garrido was on parole under the jurisdiction of federal parole authorities from August 1988 to January 1999. During that time, Garrido allegedly kidnapped Jaycee Dugard and sexually assaulted her, fathering two children. Federal parole authorities also failed to detect Garrido’s criminal conduct and his victims. Details: Sacramento: Office of the Inspector General, 2009. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/BOI/Special%20Report%20on%20CDCRs%20Supervision%20of%20Parolee%20Phillip%20Garrido.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 125318

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special Report: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Implementation of the Non-Revocable Parole Program Summary: On October 11, 2009, a major change occurred in California statutory parole requirements with the passage of Senate Bill X3 18. This landmark legislation was intended to help alleviate the endemic overcrowding within California prisons – and the numerous constitutional violations and budgetary demands occasioned by such overcrowding – by providing a system whereby non-violent parole offenders would not be returned to prison unless they were convicted of another felony offense. On April 4, 2011, additional significant legislation was enacted with the passage of Assembly Bill 109. When funded, this legislation will ultimately shift non-violent parolees from oversight by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) to oversight by local governmental agencies. Consequently, the nonrevocable parole program established by Senate Bill X3 18 can now be viewed as an interim measure that will be in place only until such time as local governmental agencies assume supervision over non-violent parolees. Effective January 25, 2010, CDCR began placing eligible convicted felons on non-revocable parole, commonly referred to as NRP, in compliance with Penal Code section 3000.03. Before the law’s enactment, when these types of inmates were released from California prisons, they were typically subject to parole terms of one to three years and were under some level of supervision by CDCR. Since the enactment of Penal Code section 3000.03, however, paroled inmates who meet certain criteria must be placed on non-revocable parole. Parolees on non-revocable parole are not supervised. Moreover, unlike supervised parolees, they are not subject to arrest or reincarceration in prison for parole violations. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation has very little authority over offenders once they are placed on non-revocable parole. In the interest of public safety, then, and to comport with the legislative intent that only qualified, non-violent offenders be placed on non-revocable parole, the screening process used to determine an inmate’s eligibility for non-revocable parole must be accurate. The screening process for non-revocable parole excludes the following inmates and parolees: registered sex offenders; offenders with current or prior serious, violent or sexually violent felony convictions; offenders who are known prison gang members; and other offenders determined to have a high risk to reoffend. To determine an inmate’s risk of reoffending, CDCR has developed a validated risk assessment instrument referred to as the California Static Risk Assessment (CSRA).1 However, flaws in the CSRA’s implementation have resulted in flawed assessments. The CSRA has understated some offenders’ risk of reoffending; some of these high-risk offenders have been placed on nonrevocable parole. The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) estimates that approximately 23.5 percent of the offenders assessed for possible placement on non-revocable parole between January and July 2010 were scored inaccurately, and that approximately 15 percent of the more than 10,000 offenders placed on non-revocable parole were inappropriately placed on non-revocable parole during that same time period.2 Over 450 of these ineligible offenders carry a high risk for violence, and some of these ineligible offenders may have already been discharged from nonrevocable parole after completing 12 months of parole, thereby precluding CDCR from taking action to correct the parolee’s inappropriate placement on non-revocable parole. It should be noted, however, that CDCR reports it has improved scoring tables used in the automated scoring process and that these corrections would have reduced the error rate from approximately 23.5 percent to approximately eight percent if these corrections had been in place before July 2010. Details: Sacramento: Office of the Inspector General, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/BOI/Special%20Report%20California%20Department%20of%20Corrections%20and%20Rehabilitations%20Implementation%20of%20the%20Non-Revocable%20Parole%20Program.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Imprisonment Shelf Number: 125319

Author: California. Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Inspector General Title: Special Report: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Supervision of John Gardner Summary: On May 14, 2010, John Gardner was sentenced to state prison for life without the possibility of parole for the rapes and murders of 14-year-old Amber Dubois and 17-year-old Chelsea King, and for the assault on 23-year-old Candice Moncayo with the intent to commit rape. Each of these heinous crimes occurred subsequent to the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s (department) September 2008 discharge of Gardner after he completed a three-year parole term for sexually assaulting a 13-year-old girl in 2000. Our review revealed that during Gardner’s parole supervision, the department did not identify his aberrant behavior, including unlawfully entering the grounds of a state prison—a felony—as well as numerous instances of violating the conditions of his parole. Had the department aggressively monitored Gardner’s GPS data during parole, it would have identified his criminal act and parole violations, enabling the department to refer them for appropriate action. Successful prosecution of Gardner’s crime and administrative action in response to his parole violations would have sent Gardner back to prison, making it impossible for him to murder the two young girls and commit the attempted sexual assault. Indeed, the San Diego District Attorney advised us that had the department brought to her attention Gardner’s criminal act of entering the grounds of a state prison, she would have charged Gardner with a third-strike felony, which, if Gardner were convicted, could have resulted in his serving a 25-years-to-life sentence. The department did not identify Gardner’s crime and parole violations because even though it placed a GPS monitoring device on Gardner in September 2007, it did not require parole agents to review the GPS data associated with the device. We identified this weakness in our November 2009 special report titled The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s Supervision of Parolee Phillip Garrido. In March 2010, the department issued a GPS monitoring policy that requires parole agents to periodically review GPS data for parolees such as Gardner. Nonetheless, the new passive GPS policy, although improved, remains deficient in meeting the department’s goal of aggressively monitoring all sex offender parolees. Under its provisions, the department remains unlikely to have detected crimes such as Gardner’s felony or many of his parole violations. The department’s current policy still ignores 87 percent of the GPS data collected for parolees such as Gardner. The policy also limits the time that parole agents spend in the field by imposing on parole agents laborious GPS data review techniques. However, by using Criminal Intelligence Specialists and better review techniques, the department could free up parole agents’ time, thereby enhancing public safety through effective parole supervision. These specialists could forward to parole agents any GPS data that requires further review and action. Finally, the department could also be more effective if it used the GPS system’s zonemonitoring capacity to a greater extent and realigned some of the responsibilities for reviewing the alerts that the zones produce. Details: Sacramento: Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/BOI/Special%20Report%20on%20CDCRs%20Supervision%20of%20John%20Gardner.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Monitoring Shelf Number: 125320

Author: California. Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Inspector General Title: Special Report: Inmate Cell Phone Use Endangers Prison Security and Public Safety Summary: According to numerous California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Department) officials, the possession of cell phones and electronic communication devices by California’s inmates is one of the most significant problems facing the Department today. Therefore, in February 2009, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) began a review into the proliferation of contraband cell phones in California prisons and how their use puts Department staff, inmates, and the general public at risk. During 2006, correctional officers seized approximately 261 cell phones in the state’s prisons and camps. However, by 2008, that number increased ten-fold to 2,811 with no end in sight. Inmates’ access to cell phone technology facilitates their ability to communicate amongst themselves and their associates outside of prison, to plan prison assaults, plot prison escapes, and orchestrate a myriad of other illegal activity. In addition, these devices can provide an inmate unrestricted and unmonitored access to the Internet, whereby they can communicate with unsuspecting victims, including minors. According to the Department, inmates are paying those involved in smuggling cell phones into California prisons between $500 and $1,000 per phone. There are currently no criminal consequences for the introduction or possession of cell phones in prison, making this activity merely an administrative violation. Furthermore, current security entrance procedures provide ample opportunities for staff and visitors to bring contraband into prison facilities without fear of discovery. Therefore, the introduction of cell phones into state prisons is a low risk, high reward endeavor. In addition to staff, other conduits for smuggling cell phones include visitors, outside accomplices, minimum support facility inmates working outside perimeter fences, and contracted employees. In an effort to combat this growing threat, the Department is supporting legislation making it a crime to introduce or possess cell phones in California’s prisons. Unfortunately, previous efforts to pass similar legislation have failed. In addition, technology that detects or jams cell phone signals is commercially available but potentially expensive and would require federal authorization to place into use. Other detection methods that have been used or are now in sporadic use, such as hands-on searches, metal detectors, and x-ray equipment, are more labor intensive and would require an increase in staffing and funding. Details: Sacramento: Office of the Inspector General, 2009. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/BOI/Special%20Report%20of%20Inmate%20Cell%20Phone%20Use.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 125321

Author: Morral, Andrew R. Title: Measuring Illegal Border Crossing Between Ports of Entry: An Assessment of Four Promising Methods Summary: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security is responsible for controlling the flow of goods and people across the U.S. border, a difficult task that raises challenging resource management questions about how best to minimize illicit flows across the border while facilitating legitimate ones. Commonly reported border control measures, such as numbers of illegal migrants apprehended or miles of border under effective control, bear only an indirect and uncertain relationship to the border control mission, making them unreliable management tools. Fundamental to the question of border control effectiveness is the proportion of illicit border crossings that are prevented through either deterrence or apprehension. Estimating these proportions requires knowing the total flow of illicit goods or border crossings, but compelling methods for producing such estimates do not yet exist. This short paper describes four innovative approaches to estimating the total flow of illicit border crossings between ports of entry. Each is sufficiently promising to warrant further attention for purposes of supporting reliable, valid, and timely measures of illicit cross-border flow. Successfully implementing each of these approaches will require methodological development and analysis to identify barriers or constraints to using the approach, the cost of data collection, and the amount of error that can be expected in the resulting estimates. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/occasional_papers/OP328.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125322

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization Reported by Former State Prisoners, 2008 Summary: The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) conducted the first-ever National Former Prisoner Survey (NFPS) between January 2008 and October 2008. NORC at the University of Chicago, under a cooperative agreement with BJS, collected the data. A total of 317 parole offices in 40 states were randomly included in the survey sample. A total of 17,738 former state prisoners who were under active supervision (i.e., required to contact a supervisory parole authority regularly in person, by mail, or by telephone) participated in the national survey. Interviews from an additional 788 former prisoners were included from the survey test sites. These former inmates had been randomly selected from 16 offices sampled. Based on 18,526 completed interviews, the survey achieved a 61% response rate. 9.6% of former state prisoners reported one or more incidents of sexual victimization during the most recent period of incarceration in jail, prison, or a postrelease community-treatment facility Among the 18,526 former state inmates participating in the NFPS survey, 2,096 reported experiencing one or more incidents of sexual victimization during their most recent period of incarceration, including the combined time in local jails, state prisons, or post-release communitytreatment facilities. Because the NFPS is a sample survey, weights were applied to the sampled offices and offenders under their supervision to produce national-level estimates. The estimated number of former state prisoners experiencing sexual victimization totaled 49,000, or 9.6% of all former state prisoners under active supervision at midyear 2008 (table 1). Among all former state prisoners, 1.8% reported experiencing one or more incidents while in a local jail, 7.5% while in a state prison, and 0.1% while in a postrelease community-treatment facility. An estimated 1.4% reported an incident in a facility for which the type could not be determined. 5.4% of former inmates reported an incident with another inmate; 5.3% reported an incident with staff Among former state prisoners, 5.4% (or an estimated 27,300 prisoners nationwide at midyear 2008) reported an incident that involved another inmate, and 5.3% (27,100) reported an incident that involved facility staff. Some inmates (1.1%) reported sexual victimization by both another inmate and facility staff. An estimated 3.7% of former prisoners said they had nonconsensual sex with another inmate, including manual stimulation and oral, anal, or vaginal penetration. An additional 1.6% of former prisoners said they had experienced one or more abusive sexual contacts only with another inmate, including unwanted touching of the inmate’s buttocks, thigh, penis, breast, or vagina in a sexual way. An estimated 1.2% of former prisoners reported that they unwillingly had sex or sexual contact with facility staff. An estimated 4.6% said they “willingly” had sex or sexual contact with staff. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Offi ce of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/svrfsp08.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Shelf Number: 125342

Author: Willis, Henry H. Title: Terrorism Risk Modeling for Intelligence Analysis and Infrastructure Protection Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has adopted a focused approach to risk reduction. DHS is moving increasingly to risk analysis and risk-based resource allocation, a process that is designed to manage the greatest risks instead of attempting to protect everything. This report applies a probabilistic terrorism model that is broadly applied in the insurance industry to assess risk across cities, to assess risks within specific cities, and to assist intelligence analysis. Among the authors' conclusions: Terrorism risk is concentrated in a small number of cities, with most cities having negligible relative risk, so terrorism estimates such as those described in the report should be incorporated into the grant allocation assessment process. DHS should consider funding the development of city profiles of major metropolitan areas receiving DHS preparedness grants. It should also develop descriptions of terrorist attack planning and operations that can be used to translate estimates from risk models of likely attack scenarios into detailed recommendations. Finally, DHS should develop tabletop exercises to test the scenarios and provide feedback. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2007. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/2007/RAND_TR386.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 125343

Author: Hafemeister, Thomas L. Title: The Ninth Circle of Hell: An Eighth Amendment Analysis of Imposing Prolonged Supermax Solitary Confinement on Inmates with a Mental Illness Summary: The increasing number of inmates with a mental disorder in America’s prison population and the inadequacy of their treatment and housing conditions have been issues of growing significance in recent years. The U.S. Department of Justice estimates that “over one and a quarter million people suffering from mental health problems are in prisons or jails, a figure that constitutes nearly sixty percent of the total incarcerated population in the United States.” Furthermore, a person suffering from a mental illness in the United States is three times more likely to be incarcerated than hospitalized, with as many as forty percent of those who suffer from a mental illness coming into contact with the criminal justice system every year and police officers almost twice as likely to arrest someone who appears to have a mental illness. As a result, the United States penal system has become the nation’s largest provider of mental health services, a “tragic consequence of inadequate community mental health services combined with punitive criminal justice policies.” This growth in the number of inmates with a mental disorder, combined with the recent rise of prolonged supermax solitary confinement and the increasingly punitive nature of the American penological system, has resulted in a disproportionately large number of inmates with a mental disorder being housed in supermax confinement. The harsh restrictions of this confinement often significantly exacerbate these inmates’ mental disorders or otherwise cause significant additional harm to their mental health, and preclude proper mental health treatment. Given the exacerbating conditions associated with supermax settings, this setting is not only ill-suited to the penological problems posed by the growing number of these inmates, but intensifies these problems by creating a revolving door to supermax confinement for many such inmates who may be unable to conform their behavior within the prison environment. Housing inmates with a mental disorder in prolonged supermax solitary confinement deprives them of a minimal life necessity as this setting poses a significant risk to their basic level of mental health, a need “as essential to human existence as other basic physical demands . . . .”, and thereby meets the objective element required for an Eighth Amendment cruel and unusual punishment claim. In addition, placing such inmates in supermax confinement constitutes deliberate indifference to their needs as this setting subjects this class of readily identifiable and vulnerable inmates to a present and known risk by knowingly placing them in an environment that is uniquely toxic to their condition, thereby satisfying the subjective element needed for an Eighth Amendment claim. Whether it is called torture, a violation of evolving standards of human decency, or cruel and unusual punishment, truly “a risk this grave — this shocking and indecent — simply has no place in civilized society.” Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law; University of Virginia School of Medicine, 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2032139 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Conditions of Confinement Shelf Number: 125245

Author: Meng, Grace Title: Cultivating Fear: The Vulnerability of Immigrant Farmworkers in the US to Sexual Violence and Sexual Harassment Summary: Producing food consumed throughout the country, hundreds of thousands of immigrant women and girls in the United States today work in fields, packing houses, and other agricultural workplaces where they face a real and significant risk of sexual violence and sexual harassment. Cultivating Fear, based on interviews with over 50 farmworkers and 110 advocates, agricultural industry representatives, and government officials, documents cases of rape, stalking, unwanted touching, exhibitionism, and verbal harassment, perpetrated by supervisors, co-workers, employers, and others in positions of power. Although farmworkers are protected in theory from workplace sexual violence and harassment under US civil and criminal law, farmworker women and girls face systemic barriers—as farmworkers and often as unauthorized immigrants—to reporting abuses and helping bring perpetrators to justice. Human Rights Watch calls on employers to take responsibility for the safety of their workers and on local police to ensure unauthorized immigrant victims are able to report crimes without fear of deportation. Most critically, Human Rights Watch calls on the US government to reform immigration and labor law and policy, at the federal and state levels, to ensure that the workers whose labor sustains US agriculture are able to fully assert their rights to protection from workplace sexual violence and harassment. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2012. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2012 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0512ForUpload_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125258

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Men-in-Transit and Prostitution: Using Political Conventions as a Natural Experiment Summary: Approximately 100,000 visitors came to Denver, Colorado and Minneapolis, Minnesota to attend the 2008 Democratic and Republican National Conventions. Economic theory suggests that men in transit can cause a shift in demand for commercial sex work. We estimate the responsiveness of labor supply to these two conventions, focusing on a previously neglected but increasingly important segment of the prostitution market: indoor sex workers who advertise on the Internet. Using a differences‐in‐differences estimator, we find that the conventions caused a roughly 30% increase in advertisements on the larger of two advertisement sites in the affected markets. Given the key role prostitution plays in the transmission of STIs, these results imply a focus of public health resources on men in transit. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2012 at: http://www.toddkendall.net/Men_In_Transit_012511.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Advertisments Shelf Number: 125264

Author: Edlund, Lena Title: The Wages of Sin Summary: Edlund and Korn [2002] (EK) proposed that prostitutes are well paid and that the wage premium reflects foregone marriage market opportunities. However, studies of street prostitution in the U.S. have revealed only modest wages and considerable risks of disease and violence, casting doubt on EK’s premise of an unexplained wage premium. In this paper, we present evidence from high-end prostitution, the so called escort market, a market that is, if not entirely safe, notably safer than street prostitution. Analyzing wage information on more than 40,000 escorts in the U.S. and Canada collected from a web site, we find strong support for EK. First, escorts in the sample earn high wages, on average $280/hour. Second, while looks decline monotonically with age, wages follow a hump-shaped pattern, with a peak in the 26-30 age bracket, which coincides with the most intensive marriage ages for women in the U.S. Third, the age-wage profile is significantly flatter, and prices are lower (5%), despite slightly better escort characteristics, in cities that rank high in terms of conferences, suggesting that servicing men in transit is associated with less stigma. Fourth, this hump in the age-wage profile is absent among escorts for whom the marriage market penalty is lower or absent: escorts who do not provide sex and transsexuals. Details: New York: Columbia University, Department of Economics, 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Department of Economics Discussion Paper No. 0809-16: Accessed May 22, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1413899 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Prostitution Shelf Number: 125268

Author: de la Vega, Connie Title: Cruel and Unusual - U.S. Sentencing Practices in a Global Context Summary: In the United States, people who are found in possession of drugs, a non-violent offense, can be sentenced to die behind bars. A person can get a 25 year to life sentence for stealing golf clubs if he has committed two previous offenses, or a life sentence if he has stolen small sums of money three times. A person can get a series of consecutive sentences for each of the component parts of his conduct, such as counting each child pornography file as a separate offense, resulting in a 150 year sentence, much longer than if that person had actually molested a child. A person who sells a handful of drugs can face a mandatory sentence of 15 years. In many states, a child can be prosecuted at any age, tried as an adult, and sentenced to life without parole. U.S. law allows the same defendant to face prosecution twice, by both the federal and state government. And even if legislators decide to enact laws that lighten sentences, the new law does not automatically apply to prisoners already serving their sentences. All of these sentencing practices—life without the possibility of parole, “three strikes” laws, consecutive sentences, mandatory minimums, juvenile justice laws, dual sovereignty, and non-retroactive application of ameliorative law—are used frequently in the United States in ways they are not in the rest of the world. These American practices, focused on goals of deterrence and retribution, neglect the possibility of rehabilitation. Meanwhile, international human rights law places social rehabilitation and reformation as the aims of any penitentiary system. The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, a human rights treaty that the United States has signed and ratified, says, “The penitentiary system shall comprise treatment of prisoners the essential aim of which shall be their reformation and social rehabilitation.” By ratifying this document, the United States has agreed that it will uphold this basic human right. Despite this obligation, the United States is an outlier among countries in its sentencing practices. The U.S. is among the minority of countries (20%) known to researchers as having life without parole (LWOP) sentences. The vast majority of countries that do allow for LWOP sentences have high restrictions on when they can be issued, such as only for murder or for two or more convictions of life sentence-eligible crimes. The number of prisoners serving LWOP sentences is more than 41,000 in the United States. In contrast, there are 59 serving such sentences in Australia, 41 in England, and 37 in the Netherlands. The size of the U.S.’s LWOP population dwarfs other countries’ on a per capita basis as well; it is 51 times Australia’s, 173 times England’s, and 59 times the Netherlands’. Recidivism statutes in the United States allow a person with multiple convictions to be given lengthy sentences. While many countries take past criminal history into account for sentencing, very few of them apply a blanket punishment that is as harsh as those used in the United States, where 3,700 people who have never committed a violent crime are serving 25 years to life in California alone. A systemic problem in the United States is that courts have not considered consecutive sentencing, or punishing one wrong as if it were two or more, as a major problem. As a result, they have not offered comprehensive remedies or established clear lines on when sentences should be consecutive or concurrent. Only 21% of countries around the world, including the United States, allow uncapped consecutive sentences for multiple crimes arising out of the same act. Mandatory minimum sentences in the United States have also increased sentence lengths, particularly for drug crimes. Under federal law, a judge must sentence a person convicted of possession of a kilogram of heroin to at least 10 years. The same offender in Britain would receive a maximum sentence of 6 months. There is no minimum age of criminal liability in many U.S. jurisdictions (in 32 out of 50 states) and in the 18 states that do have them, the age is less than 10. International legal standards however suggest the minimum age of criminal liability to be 12. The United States is only one of 16% of countries in the world that allow for juveniles to be tried and sentenced as adults. The United States is the only country in the world that in practice sentences juveniles to life without parole. Its maximum sentence for juveniles, life without parole, is much more severe than those found in the majority of the world (65%), which either limit sentences to 20 years or less or reduce the degree of the crime for juveniles. The United States, Somalia, and South Sudan are the only three countries in the world that are not state parties to the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The United States, Canada, and Micronesia are the only countries known to researchers that allow successive prosecution of the same defendant by both the federal and state government for the same crime. International law and practice indicate that when a change of law will benefit an offender it should apply retroactively. The majority of countries in the world (67%) provide for this type of retroactive application of ameliorative law. In contrast, the U.S. federal government and state legislatures frequently refuse to apply the lighter penalty to those already sentenced. The sentencing practices in the United States persist at the same time that the United States has the largest prison population in the world and the highest incarceration rate in the world. Never before have so many people been locked up for so long and for so little as in the United States. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center for Law and Global Justice, School of Law, University of San Francisco, 2012. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2012 at http://www.usfca.edu/law/docs/criminalsentencing/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mandatory Minimum Sentences (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125320

Author: Lee, Stephanie Title: Return on investment: Evidence-Based Options to Improve Statewide Outcomes Summary: The 2009 Washington Legislature directed the Institute to “calculate the return on investment to taxpayers from evidence-based prevention and intervention programs and policies.” The Legislature instructed the Institute to produce “a comprehensive list of programs and policies that improve . . . outcomes for children and adults in Washington and result in more cost-efficient use of public resources.” This report summarizes our findings as of April 2012. Readers can download the technical appendix for details about our methods. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2012. 152p. Source: Document No. 12-04-1201: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2012 at http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/12-04-1201.pdf AND http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/12-04-1201B.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 125321

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections, Research & Evaluation Title: Department of Corrections (DOC) Revocation from Post-Prison Supervision Summary: Oregonians sentenced for felony convictions and released from jail or prison in 2005 and 2006 were evaluated for revocation risk. Those released from jail, from prison, and those served through interstate compact were considered in the analysis. The revocation rate is lowest for the interstate compact population and highest for the jail population; overall, 24% were revoked in the two years after release. Revocation risk is influenced by numerous static and demographic variables. Independent variables common with the three populations include recidivism risk, number of arrests while on parole or post-prison supervision (PPS), number of prior felony convictions, age, and being a veteran. Comparing the jail and prison populations, both age and number of prior felony convictions have similar effects for both populations. The number of arrests while on parole/PPS has more of an effect with the jail population than those released from prison. The factors that are important for the prison population yet are not important risk factors for the jail population include being male, being African American, incarcerated for a violent offense, incarcerated for a public order offense, and considered high risk at release; all of these factors increase risk for the prison population yet are not important risk considerations for those released from jail. The factors that have different effects in each population (i.e. associated with increased risk in one population and decreased risk in the second population) include veteran status, prior imprisonment, and incarceration for a property crime. There are some demographic and static factors that influence revocation risk among the three populations. Despite numerous similarities, differences do exist. The predictive accuracy of the models suggests that individuals prone to revocations can be identified with some accuracy. Details: Salem, OR: Department of Corrections, Research & Evaluation, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2012 at: http://www.oregon.gov/DOC/RESRCH/docs/revocation_final_draft.pdf?ga=t Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 125322

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections, Research & Evaluation Title: Survey of Inmate Victimization and Extortion In the Oregon Prison System Summary: There is some evidence that certain inmates use their seniority, status, knowledge, or other sources of power to victimize and extort less powerful inmates (Toch, 1992) and that physical, psychological, and sexual violence occurs within many correctional institutions throughout the United States. Inmate extortion and/or victimization could exist within Oregon’s prison system as well. As part of ODOC’s larger effort to examine rates of extortion the Research and Evaluation unit conducted a study in six Oregon prisons. The purpose of the study is fourfold: Estimate the incidence of extortion and victimization among inmates in the five largest male institutions and the only female institution in Oregon; Compare rates of extortion and victimization between male and female inmates; Compare rates of extortion and victimization between inmates with developmental disabilities (DD) and the general population; and, Determine patterns of extortion and victimization among different inmate groups (i.e., males, females, DD). Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Department of Corrections, Research & Evaluation, 2009. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2012 at http://www.oregon.gov/DOC/RESRCH/docs/inmate_extortion_2011.pdf?ga=t Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Extortion Shelf Number: 125323

Author: Wing, Janeena Title: Domestic Violence in Idaho - A Compilation of Court Filings and Police Reported Incidents: 2005-2010 Summary: Intimate partner violence includes incidents where the offender and victim are related through marriage/common-law, as an ex -spouse, boy/girlfriend, or as same sex partners. In 2010, there were 5,901 victims of reported intimate partner violence in Idaho. Domestic violence, on the other hand, (as defined by Idaho statute) includes incidents where the offender and victim are married, formerly married, or have a child in common. Crimes reported to the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS) do not indicate whether the victim and offender reside within the same household or have a child in common. In addition, IIBRS does not indicate the actual Idaho statute violation that occurred, but rather provides crime types that have been standardized for crime comparison across the nation. To understand the trend of domestic violence in Idaho, this report provides information from both court case filings and police reports (IIBRS data) from 2005 through 2010. Court filings were obtained for all cases of domestic violence assault and battery, attempted strangulation, stalking, domestic violence protection order and no contact order violations between 2005 and 2010. The actual victim/ offender relationship was unknown, but these specific charges were focused on as they are more commonly associated with intimate partners. The outcomes of cases filed related to domestic relationships helps understand how criminal cases are handled by the judicial system. Although IIBRS does not track Idaho code violations, it contains the victim/offender relationship, which was used to determine all crimes occurring between intimate partners and family members between 2005 and 2010. Intimate partner and family member victims are compared against all victims within this report, to understand the characteristics and trends of family violence in Idaho. Details: Boise, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2012 at http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/Research/documents/IntimatePartnerViolence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 125324

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Anchorage Disproportionate Minority Contact Study Summary: This project examined disproportionate minority contact in Anchorage, Alaska. It was designed to provide a more nuanced understanding of disproportionate minority contact at the referral stage (when law enforcement officers refer youth to the Alaska Division of Juvenile Justice). To do so, we relied on community involvement and utilized different statistical techniques to examine the geography and development of disproportionate minority contact. Researchers partnered with practitioners from the Anchorage Disproportionate Minority Contact Initiative to structure the research process and to interpret and disseminate results. Geographic analyses were conducted to examine where the highest levels of disproportionate minority contact were occurring and longitudinal analyses were conducted to examine at what age disproportionate minority contact began. These analyses provided an understanding of disproportionate minority contact that was obscured when examining relative rate indices. Geographic analyses, for example, revealed high levels of disproportionate minority contact for Pacific youth (a group that would have traditionally been ignored because of its ‘small population’). Longitudinal analyses revealed that disproportionate minority contact began at age 13. Although relative rate indices are useful to identify broad patterns in disproportionate minority contact, they are less useful to drive action. We overcame this limitation with strong community partnerships and different statistical methods for disproportionate minority contact research. In the end, practitioners and researchers used data and research to develop strategic plans to reduce disproportionate minority contact. Details: Anchorage, AK: UAA Justice Center, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238562.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact (Alaska) Shelf Number: 125326

Author: Lynch, Jennifer Title: From Fingerprints to DNA: Biometric Data Collection in U.S. Immigrant Communities and Beyond Summary: The collection of biometrics—including fingerprints, DNA, and face-recognition ready photographs—is becoming more and more a part of society. Both the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) are in the process of expanding their biometrics databases to collect even more information, like face prints and iris scans. The expansion of biometric data collection, however, is uniquely affecting undocumented immigrants and immigrant communities. Under DHS’s Secure Communities program, for example, states are required to share their fingerprint data with DHS, thus subjecting undocumented and even documented immigrants in the United States to heightened fears of deportation should they have any interaction with law enforcement. In this report, co-sponsored by the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF), author Jennifer Lynch explains the different technologies for collecting biometrics, as well as how that data is collected, stored and used. She raises concerns about data-sharing, legal protection, technological problems, then proposes changes to control and limit the storage of biometrics to benefit not only immigrants, but all people in the U.S. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, 2012. 23p. Source: Special Report: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at https://www.eff.org/sites/default/files/filenode/BiometricsImmigration052112.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 125330

Author: Jacobs, James B. Title: A Proposed National Corrections College Summary: More than four decades ago, Chief Justice Warren E. Burger proposed the establishment of a National Corrections Academy. He envisioned a training center for prison and jail personnel as prestigious, well-funded, and high-powered as the FBI Academy in Quantico, Virginia. Although the National Institute of Corrections established a National Corrections Academy in 1982, this academy has remained extremely small (ten full-time program specialists) and modestly funded ($2.5 annual budget) given the size of this nation’s correctional infrastructure. Today, at a cost of approximately $70 billion per year, more than half a million correctional employees in more than 5,000 correctional facilities across the U.S. house, feed, clothe, supervise, recreate, educate, and provide medical care to nearly 2.3 million inmates, and probation and parole officers supervise an additional 5 million people. Despite the cost and complexity of administering this massive correctional complex, there is no national institution to identify and prioritize correctional-leadership-development needs, evaluate best training practices, develop and disseminate quality curricula, conduct cutting-edge research, and deliver training to a significant number of high-level corrections leaders. This article reprises Chief Justice Burger’s proposal, calling for the establishment of a National Corrections College that would be the nation’s “brain center” for correctional research, curriculum development, and leadership training. As Justice Burger observed three decades ago, an investment in a full-fledged national-level correctional training and research center would “cost less in the long run” than the failure to make such investment Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2012. 44p. Source: Public Law & Legal Theory Research Paper Series, Working Paper No. 12-07: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=2060497 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration, Training Shelf Number: 125332

Author: California. California Department of Corrections & Rehabilitation Title: The Future of California Corrections: A blueprint to save billions of dollars, end federal court oversight and improve the prison system Summary: For years, California’s prison system has faced costly and seemingly endless challenges. Decades-old class-action lawsuits challenge the adequacy of critical parts of its operations, including its health care system, its parole-revocation process, and its ability to accommodate inmates with disabilities. In one case, a federal court seized control over the prison medical care system and appointed a Receiver to manage its operations. The Receiver remains in place today. The state’s difficulty in addressing the prison system’s multiple challenges was exacerbated by an inmate population that—until recently—had been growing at an unsustainable pace. Overcrowded prison conditions culminated in a ruling last year by the United States Supreme Court ordering the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation to reduce its prison population by tens of thousands of inmates by June 2013. At the same time that prison problems were growing, California’s budget was becoming increasingly imbalanced. By 2011, California faced a $26.6 billion General Fund budget deficit, in part because the department’s budget had grown from $5 billion to over $9 billion in a decade. To achieve budgetary savings and comply with federal court requirements, the Governor proposed, and the Legislature passed, landmark prison realignment legislation to ease prison crowding and reduce the department’s budget by 18 percent. Realignment created and funded a community-based correctional program where lower-level offenders remain under the jurisdiction of county governments. In the six months that realignment has been in effect, the state prison population has dropped considerably—by approximately 22,000 inmates. This reduction in population is laying the groundwork for sustainable solutions. But realignment alone cannot fully satisfy the Supreme Court’s order or meet the department’s other multi-faceted challenges. This plan builds upon the changes brought by realignment, and delineates, for the first time, a clear and comprehensive plan for the department to save billions of dollars by achieving its targeted budget reductions, satisfying the Supreme Court’s ruling, and getting the department out from under the burden of expensive federal court oversight. Details: CA: California Department of Corrections & Rehabilition, 2012. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/2012plan/docs/plan/complete.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration (California) Shelf Number: 125339

Author: Legal Action Center Title: Behind Closed Doors: An Overview of DHS Restrictions on Access to Counsel Summary: While many people have heard of immigration courts, few understand that immigration judges make only a small percentage of the decisions about immigration status. Most determinations are made by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) adjudicators, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) inspectors, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers, and other government officials empowered to decide an individual’s fate. These decisions might result in lengthy imprisonment and expulsion from the country and often are made without affording the affected individuals access to legal counsel at their own expense. The right to competent legal representation is a constitutional mandate in criminal law. It is also a well‐recognized right in immigration court, although—by contrast with criminal proceedings—the government does not appoint lawyers for indigent noncitizens. Individuals in many types of administrative proceedings before the immigration agencies similarly have a right to legal representation. However, in this obscure world of decision‐making outside the courtroom, the right is often unrecognized or denied. Even when officials provide some access to counsel, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), particularly ICE and CBP, have discouraged or prevented counsel from meaningfully participating in their clients’ cases. The American Immigration Council (Immigration Council), the American Immigration Lawyers Association (AILA), and the Center for Immigrants’ Rights at Pennsylvania State University’s Dickinson School of Law began a project over two years ago to uncover the scope of these limitations on access to counsel. Using a variety of tools—including surveys and in‐depth interviews, Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests, and extensive policy and legal analysis—we discovered that limitations on access to counsel were prevalent throughout DHS. Prior to issuing this report, the Immigration Council sought to bring these problems to the attention of the individual agencies. Only USCIS was responsive. In fact, USCIS has made significant revisions to its policies regarding access to counsel in response, at least in part, to the concerns we identified. With respect to ICE and CBP, however, the urgent need for reform remains. Details: Washington, DC: Legal Action Center, American Immigration Council, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://www.legalactioncenter.org/sites/default/files/docs/lac/Behind_Closed_Doors_5-31-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 125344

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Title: The Bully-Sexual Violence Pathway in Early Adolescence Summary: The focus of this ASAP is to highlight the early findings from a three-year study aimed to examine the overlap between bullying and sexual violence victimization and perpetration in five middle schools in a Midwest state. The first two waves of the study have shown that bullying perpetration and homophobic teasing were significant predictors of sexual harassment perpetration over time. While these findings are preliminary, they do suggest that homophobic teasing may be a component of bullying that may increase the potential for sexual harassment later. In other words, a bully perpetrator who also used homophobic teasing may later turn to sexual harassment. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Division of Violence Prevention, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2012. 4p. Source: ASAP Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2012 at http://www.cdc.gov/ViolencePrevention/pdf/ASAP_BullyingSV-a.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 125348

Author: Veele, Sarah Title: Domestic Violence in Washington State: 1999-2010 Summary: This study was designed to 1) provide rates of all domestic violence case filings in Washington State district, municipal, superior and juvenile courts from 1999 through 2010, 2) provide rates of all first-time domestic violence (DV) case filings in Washington State for 2004 and 2005, 3) provide summary characteristics of first-time domestic violence offenders and DV events, 4) describe the offending careers of first-time domestic violence offenders in the five years prior to this offense, and 5) describe the criminal trajectory of offenders during the five years after their first domestic violence offense. Methods: Using statewide data, rates for domestic violence charges and convictions were calculated for 1999-2010. Descriptive analysis of the profile of domestic violence offenders, including their criminal trajectory, and predictors of recidivism are included. Results: Conviction rates for domestic violence have decreased over the past ten years and are significantly lower than rates for charges not related to domestic violence. The majority (58%) of first-time DV offenders have offenses pre – and post- their index DV event. A small, but substantial portion of offenders (24%) have no other offenses in the five years before or after their DV event. Conclusion: Domestic violence continues to be an issue of concern for the Washington State courts. Further detailed analysis needs to occur to better understand the variability in offender profiles and offense rates. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.ofm.wa.gov/sac/nchip/domestic_violence_in_wa_1999-2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers (Washington) Shelf Number: 125375

Author: Lachman, Pamela Title: Tracking Costs and Savings through Justice Reinvestment Summary: This publication is one of three policy briefs designed to guide local policymakers in undertaking justice reinvestment, a data-driven strategy to identify the drivers of criminal justice system costs and make more efficient use of resources while maintaining public safety. This brief focuses on the specific justice reinvestment task of tracking costs and anticipated savings to target reinvestment. It provides guidance on how to: conduct a comprehensive assessment of local justice spending; assess cost implications for agencies outside of the criminal justice system; and target reinvestment efforts. Additional resources and a "getting started" worksheet are included in an appendix. Details: New York: Urban Institute, 2012. 12p. Source: Justice Reinvestment at the Local Level Brief 1: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412541-Tracking-Costs-and-Savings-through-Justice-Reinvestment.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125367

Author: Osler, Mark Title: What Would It Look Like If We Cared About Narcotics Trafficking? An Argument to Attack Narcotics Capital Rather Than Labor Summary: As the failure of the “War on Drugs” becomes ever more obvious, alternative strategies are coming to the fore. This article adds to that movement with a novel suggestion: That we cause drug networks to fail as a business through the tactic of focusing resources on the seizure of cash flow traveling back to source countries. To date, federal narcotics interdiction has centered on restricting the labor supply to drug traffickers by incarcerating street dealers, mules, and middle managers. It shouldn’t be surprising that this has not worked, because low-wage labor is in ready supply, and those workers are easily replaced. Instead, we should leverage the skills we have gained in interdicting cash flowing to terrorist organizations and apply it to drug networks. The result could be a self-financing law enforcement effort, a federal effort that is more consistent with the core values of federalism and a belief in markets, and an actual chance to succeed at the task of restricting the flow of narcotics. Details: Minnesota: University of St. Thomas - School of Law, 2011. 17p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1800370 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 125365

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Housing as a Platform for Formerly Incarcerated Persons Summary: This policy framing paper is one of three that explores the potential for housing combined with support services to create better outcomes for vulnerable populations. The U.S. population of formerly incarcerated individuals has increased dramatically over the past decade, resulting in sweeping consequences to individuals and families, communities, safety, and public spending. Against the backdrop of these reentry challenges, this paper discusses how housing can be a platform or pathway toward more successful reentry and reintegration for formerly incarcerated persons. The authors then identify research needed to inform policymakers and practitioners in meeting the housing and service needs of this at-risk group. This framing paper is part of a series of field-building research agendas produced under the What Works Collaborative. More information can be found on the What Works Collaborative web page. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2012. 23p. Source: What Works Collaborative Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412552-Housing-as-a-Platform-for-Formerly-Incarcerated-Persons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 125354

Author: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids California Title: Pay Now or Pay Much More Later: Law Enforcement Leaders support high-quality early education to cut crime and save money in California Summary: As California faces record fiscal pressures, our state’s law enforcement leaders have identified an area where the state government can achieve significant savings. California is spending $7.8 billion in 2011-2012 to house, feed and provide 24-hour supervision of criminals. In contrast, California spent only a fraction as much—$784 million—on early education programs. Research shows that high-quality preschool programs can significantly reduce felony arrests and incarceration rates and return $10 or more in savings for every dollar invested, with nearly half of the savings coming from lower prison and crime-related costs. Police chiefs, sheriffs, district attorneys and crime survivors across the state are saying “pay now or pay much more later”—pay now for early education or pay much more later for corrections. To realize these savings, state and federal policy makers must move forward on providing more at-risk children with high-quality early care and education. Details: San Francisco, CA: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids California, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://fightcrime.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/CA-Pay-Now-or-Pay-More-Later-FINAL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (California) Shelf Number: 125383

Author: Downey, P. Mitchell Title: Adult Criminal Justice Case Processing in Washington, DC Summary: This report describes adult criminal case processing and disposition in Washington, DC. In general, this analysis finds that the District follows national patterns with respect to charging practice and sentencing. Defendants in the District are slightly more likely to be charged with serious person crimes than are cases nationally, and slightly less likely to be charged with a property crime. Defendants in the District are slightly more likely than other large urban counties to receive probation, and slightly less likely to be sentenced to jail, prison, or long prison sentences, though sentences for serious person offenses are longer. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412562-Adult-Criminal-Justice-Case-Processing-in-Washington-DC.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 125355

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: Pre-Trial Detention of Dangerous and Violent Defendants Following Passage of the Omnibus Public Safety Justice Amendment Act of 2009 Summary: One of the policy changes introduced by the Omnibus Public Safety and Justice Amendment Act of 2009 made it easier to detain pretrial defendants charged with certain offenses in the District of Columbia, mostly dangerous or violent crimes. This report examines whether detention of these defendants increased following passage of the Act. Trends in the pretrial detention of violent and dangerous defendants indicate that detention was on the rise before the Act and continued to rise after its passage. Results suggest that pretrial detention for dangerous and violent defendants without weapons charges rose after passage of the Act, but those with associated weapons charges show no change. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412570-Omnibus-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Dangerous Offenders (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 125356

Author: Downey, P. Mitchell Title: The Costs and Benefits of Community-Based Substance Abuse Treatment in the District of Columbia Summary: This policy brief summarizes the first of many Urban Institute cost-benefit analyses employing an innovative statistical method that enables policymakers to assess the range of possible costs and benefits associated with specific evidence-based programs designed to prevent crime and recidivism. This particular study examined the costs and benefits of the District of Columbia's Community-Based Substance Abuse Treatment (CBSAT) program. The analysis found a 55 percent chance, on average, that the CBSAT program serving 150 people will yield benefits exceeding its costs. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412584-The-Costs-and-Benefits-of-Community-Based-Substance-Abuse-Treatment-in-the-District-of-Columbia.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Treatment (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 125357

Author: Walsh, Wendy A. Title: Understanding Child Abuse in Rural and Urban America: Risk Factors and Maltreatment Substantiation Summary: Using a large national sample of child maltreatment reports, this brief compares the outcomes of child maltreatment cases in rural versus urban places and identifies the characteristics associated with substantiation. Child abuse cases substantiated in rural and urban areas share many caregiver risk factors, such as drug and alcohol abuse, and many family stressors. Substantiation is equally likely across income levels; approximately one-fourth of cases in each income level are substantiated. However, when place is taken into account, a greater share (36 percent) of higher-income families (that is, families with incomes greater than 200 percent of the federal poverty level) in rural areas have substantiated maltreatment reports than in urban areas. Details: Durham, NH: Carsey Institute, 2012. 4p. Source: Issue Brief No. 50: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.carseyinstitute.unh.edu/publications/IB-Walsh-Child-Abuse-Substantiation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 125361

Author: Dervan, Lucian E. Title: The Innocent Defendant's Dilemma: An Innovative Empirical Study of Plea Bargaining's Innocence Problem Summary: In 1989, Ada JoAnn Taylor was accused of murder and presented with stark options. If she pleaded guilty, she would be rewarded with a sentence of ten to forty years in prison. If, however, she proceeded to trial and was convicted, she would likely spend the rest of her life behind bars. Over a thousand miles away in Florida and more than twenty years later, a college student was accused of cheating and presented with her own incentives to admit wrongdoing and save the university the time and expense of proceeding before a disciplinary review board. Both women decided the incentives were enticing and pleaded guilty. That Taylor and the college student both pleaded guilty is not the only similarity between the cases. Both were also innocent of the offenses for which they had been accused. After serving nineteen years in prison, Taylor was exonerated after DNA testing proved that neither she nor any of the other five defendants who pleaded guilty in her case were involved in the murder. As for the college student, her innocence is assured by the fact that, unbeknownst to her, she was actually part of an innovative new study into plea bargaining and innocence. The study, conducted by the authors, involving dozens of college students, and taking place over several months, not only recreated the innocent defendant’s dilemma experienced by Taylor, but revealed that plea bargaining’s innocence problem is not isolated to an obscure and rare set of cases. Strikingly, the authors’ study found that over half of the participants were willing to falsely admit guilt in return for a perceived benefit. This finding not only brings finality to the long-standing debate regarding the possible extent of plea bargaining’s innocence problem, but also ignites a fundamental constitutional question regarding an institution the Supreme Court reluctantly approved of in 1970 in return for an assurance it would not be used to induce innocent defendants to falsely admit guilt. Details: Rochester, NY: Social Science Research Network, 2012. 52p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=2071397 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Guilty Pleas Shelf Number: 125362

Author: Drinan, Cara H. Title: Clemency in a Time of Crisis Summary: At the state level, the power to pardon or commute a criminal sentence — that is, to grant clemency — is vested in either the Governor, an executive clemency board, or some combination thereof. Until very recently, clemency grants were a consistent feature of our criminal justice system. In the last four decades, though, state clemency grants have declined significantly; in some states, clemency seems to have disappeared altogether. In this Article, I contend that executive clemency should be revived at the state level in response to ongoing systemic criminal justice failings. Part I of this Article describes clemency at the state level today. Despite judicial and scholarly support for the role of clemency in our criminal justice system, state clemency practice fails to live up to its theoretical justifications. Part II of this Article makes the case for a policy of vigorous clemency on both theoretical and practical grounds. Not only was clemency designed, at least in part, to serve an error-correcting function, but also, today, there are several reasons why state executive actors may be able to use their clemency power robustly without suffering politically. In Part III, I address questions of implementation. If state executive actors are to pursue commutations of sentences or pardons, which inmates should be the subject of such pursuits? How can those executive actors best be insulated from political pressure? In sum, this Article argues that revitalizing state clemency is a valuable and viable component of broader criminal justice reform. Details: Atlanta, GA: 28 Georgia State Law Review 1123, Forthcoming. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=2079812 Year: 1123 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 125386

Author: Cheng, Cheng Title: Does Strengthening Self-Defense Law Deter Crime or Escalate Violence? Evidence from Castle Doctrine Summary: Since Florida adopted the first castle doctrine law in 2005, more than 20 other states have passed similar self-defense laws that justify the use of deadly force in a wider set of circumstances. Elements of these laws include removing the duty to retreat in places outside of one’s home, adding a presumption of reasonable belief of imminent harm necessitating a lethal response, and removing civil liability for those acting under the law. This paper examines whether aiding self-defense in this way deters crime or, alternatively, escalates violence. To do so, we apply a difference-in-differences research design by exploiting the within-state variation in law adoption. We find no evidence of deterrence; burglary, robbery, and aggravated assault are unaffected by the laws. On the other hand, we find that murder and non-negligent manslaughter are increased by 7 to 9 percent. This could represent either increased use of lethal force in self-defense situations, or the escalation of violence in otherwise non-lethal situations. Regardless, the results indicate that a primary consequence of strengthening self-defense law is increased homicide. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 36p. Source: NBER Working Paper 18134: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w18134.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Castle Doctrine Shelf Number: 125387

Author: Covey, Russell D. Title: Death in Prison: The Right Death Penalty Compromise Summary: The death penalty today provides virtually none of the benefits its advocates proffer as justifications for its existence. The tiny number of death sentences imposed, the even tinier number actually carried out, the enormous drain on public resources, and the decade-long delays that inevitably occur thoroughly undermine any deterrent or retributive benefits today’s death penalty might otherwise provide. In this paper, I argue for a compromise position that promises to better serve penal purposes and that will save states money at the same time: abandon the current dysfunctional death penalty in favor of a new ultimate sentence: death-in-prison. A sentence of death-in-prison would be exactly what it says: a prisoner sentenced to death-in-prison would remain in prison until he or she died. Death-in-prison would be a kind of hybrid sentence: like life in prison without possibility of parole (“LWOP”), death-in-prison would entail lifetime incarceration but no affirmative state action to terminate the prisoner’s life, but death-in-prison would also share several features of the conventional death penalty. As with the conventional death penalty, a special penalty trial would be needed to impose the ultimate death-in-prison sentence. In addition, persons sentenced to death-in-prison might continue to serve their sentences in special segregated “death rows.” Death-in-prison sentences would also be imposed with all the magisterial weightiness of conventional death sentences. Persons so sentenced would be told, like those in conventional death penalty states, that the punishment for their crime is the ultimate one — death. If adopted, death-in-prison would reduce criminal justice expenditures, facilitate community healing, discourage divisive and ineffective commutation campaigns, and diminish wrongful executions, without forgoing what is arguably the greatest benefit of the current death penalty: the expressive value of imposing a “death” rather than a “life” sentence on highly culpable offenders. Details: Atlanta, GA: George State University College of Law, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2080076 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 125388

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: At America's Expense: The Mass Incarceration of the Elderly Summary: At America’s Expense compiles extensive data detailing epidemic of aging prisoners in the United States. It provides a comprehensive 50-state and federal analysis of the unnecessary incarceration of aging prisoners and provides a fiscal analysis showing the actual amount states would save, on average, by releasing aging prisoners: over $66,000 per year per released prisoner. The report also includes new data showing that the elderly population is growing because of harsh sentencing laws and not because of new crimes, as well as data highlighting the low public safety risks posed by elderly prisoners. At America’s Expense supplies detailed and practical legislative solutions that states and the federal government can implement to address the dramatic and costly growth in the number of elderly prisoners without putting communities at risk. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2012. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/elderlyprisonreport_20120613_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Administration Shelf Number: 125389

Author: Iowa. Iowa Department of Human Rights Title: Description and Post-Arrest Outcomes of South Central Iowa Drug Task Force Arrestees Summary: This study examined the characteristics and outcomes of cases resulting from arrests made by the South Central Iowa Drug Task Force between January 1, 2001 and June 30, 2007. The original cohort included 309 alleged offenders. Detailed analyses were performed on arrest cases that resulted in a conviction (n=245). Variables of interest for the group of convicted offenders were supervision statuses, demographic characteristics, and long-term outcomes such as employment, substance abuse treatment, and recidivism (defined as any new arrest). The study suggests that the racial make-up of those arrested by the Task Force (TF) was similar to that of the population of the area covered by the TF, with a high percentage of Caucasian arrests. As expected, the predominant drug involved in the Task Force cases was methamphetamine, characteristic of the type of rural areas covered by the TF. While nearly 80% of Task Force arrests resulted in conviction, many charges were reduced. For example, while Class B felonies were alleged in 44.3% of the TF arrests, only 6.9% of the convictions occurred at this level. Most convictions resulted in community placement, with about 23% resulting in imprisonment. The average time served in prison for those imprisoned was 19.9 months. While few of those convicted (2%) were in drug treatment at the time of their arrest, a majority (63%) participated in treatment after arrest, showing that many offenders enter treatment due to their involvement in the justice system. Most of those participating in treatment (59%) were involved in extended outpatient treatment. Many, however, did not successfully complete treatment, as just over half (53%) successfully completed treatment. Those imprisoned were more likely than community-based placements to successfully complete treatment. Recidivism results showed that about half (47%) of those who were convicted were later arrested for a new criminal offense. Nearly half of these first recidivist arrests (49%) were for drug offenses. That more than half the new arrest were for non-drug offenses suggests that many of those arrested were criminals who happened to do drugs, rather than addicts who got into crime to help support their habit. The most serious recidivism offenses tended to be less serious than the offense resulting in inclusion in this study. While the largest group of offenders in the study (44%) was charged with Class B felonies, the largest percentage of new offenses (23%) was for Class D felonies. Put another way, 88% of those arrested by the Task Force were charged with felonies, while 56% of the recidivist arrests for those convicted were felonies. Of note is that offenders who underwent drug treatment had recidivism rates similar to those who did not receive treatment. This finding, however, is compromised somewhat by the delay between arrest by the Task Force and the date of entering treatment (766 days for those imprisoned and 407 for those sent to community alternatives). Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/South_Central_Iowa_Drug_Task_Force_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Arrestees (Iowa) Shelf Number: 125392

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: The Maryland Adult Offender Population Urine Screening (OPUS) Program - Final Report Summary: In 2005, CESAR piloted an innovative cost-effective method to measure drug use trends in offenders in Maryland, using urine specimens already collected and tested for a small panel of drugs by the Division of Parole and Probation (DPP). The 2005 OPUS study sampled 299 specimens obtained from adult parolees and probationers in six counties in Maryland (Baltimore City, Baltimore, Howard, Prince George’s, Charles and Washington counties) and retested the specimens for an expanded panel of 30 drugs. The findings indicated considerable promise of the OPUS methodology for providing the state with information regarding the availability and use of drugs by offenders. The current study used the OPUS methodology to obtain 1,061 specimens from the three Maryland DPP labs that process urine specimens submitted from 55 DPP collection sites. These specimens were sent to a laboratory for testing of an extended panel of 31 drugs. As we found in the prior pilot study, the most common drugs detected were marijuana, cocaine, benzodiazepines, and morphine. Again, we found almost no evidence of methamphetamine use and that most PCP positives came from offenders in Prince George’s County. On the other hand, a larger percentage of buprenorphine positives were detected (5% vs. 13%, p<.001) than we found in 2005, suggesting greater use of this relatively newly prescribed drug in Maryland. Considerable geographic differences were found in the patterns of drugs detected across Maryland. Only 4% of the tested specimens were found to test positive solely for a drug in the expanded screen. It therefore appears that the current five drug DPP screen identifies 96% of all recent drug users. The OPUS methodology may provide states with a relatively quick and low cost method for monitoring drug trends in offenders. Details: College Park, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Research (CESAR), University of Maryland, 2009. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/msac/documents/bjag-2005-1080.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders (Maryland) Shelf Number: 125393

Author: McClellan, Chandler B. Title: Stand Your Ground Laws and Homicides Summary: Since 2005, eighteen states have passed legislation that has extended the right to self-defense, with no duty to retreat, to places a person has a legal right to be, and several other states are debating to introduce similar legislation. The controversies surrounding these laws have captured the nation’s attention recently. Despite significant implications that they may have on public safety, there has been little empirical investigation of the impact of these laws on crime and victimization. In this paper, we examine how Stand Your Ground laws that extend the right to self-defense to areas outside the home affect homicides using monthly data from the U.S. Vital Statistics. We identify the impact of these laws by exploiting the variation in the effective date of these laws across states. Our results indicate that Stand Your Ground laws are associated with a significant increase in the number of homicides among whites, especially white males. According to our estimates, between 4.39 and 7.44 additional white males are killed each month as a result of these laws. We find no evidence to suggest that these laws increase homicides among blacks. Our results are robust to a number of specifications and unlikely to be driven entirely by the killings of assailants. Taken together, our findings raise serious doubts against the argument that Stand Your Ground laws make America safer. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18187: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://papers.nber.org/papers/w18187?utm_campaign=ntw&utm_medium=email&utm_source=ntw Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 125397

Author: Gehring, Krista S. Title: Are Needs Related to Pretrial Outcomes? An Examination of the Hamilton County Inventory of Need Pretrial Screening Tool Summary: In recent years, there have been ever increasing numbers of individuals entering into the criminal justice system. Because of this, criminal justice professionals and researchers have become progressively more concerned about the phenomenon of individuals continually cycling through the system. Pretrial service agencies are afforded a unique opportunity to address this issue at the “gateway” of the criminal justice system. It is possible that identifying and addressing pretrial needs could interrupt this cycle and contribute to pretrial success. Furthermore, attention to gender-responsive needs at this stage of the criminal justice process may prove beneficial for female pretrial defendants. While evidence-based practices in the pretrial field have begun to emerge, there has been little inquiry into pretrial needs and their subsequent influence on pretrial outcomes. This dissertation contributes to both the pretrial and gender-responsive literature by investigating the existence of gender differences of pretrial needs and whether these needs are predictive of pretrial outcomes. Examination of domains included in the Hamilton County Inventory of Need Pretrial Screening Tool afforded an opportunity to identify and examine the needs of 266 pretrial defendants from Hamilton County, Ohio. Results indicate there are gender differences in the substance, prevalence, co-occurrence of the needs of pretrial defendants; many of the examined needs are risk factors for pretrial failure; and gender-responsive pretrial risk factors are important in predicting pretrial outcomes. In all, this study demonstrates the importance of examining pretrial needs and their potential contribution to pretrial failure. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, 2011. 303p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=ucin1321641724 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 125398

Author: Pew Center on the States Title: Time Served: The High Cost, Low Return of Longer Prison Terms Summary: Over the past four decades, criminal justice policy in the United States was guided largely by a central premise: the best way to protect the public was to put more people in prison. A corollary was that offenders should spend longer and longer time behind bars. The logic of the strategy seemed inescapable—more inmates serving more time surely equals less crime—and policy makers were stunningly effective at putting the approach into action. As the Pew Center on the States has documented, the state prison population spiked more than 700 percent between 1972 and 2011, and in 2008 the combined federal-statelocal inmate count reached 2.3 million, or one in 100 adults. Annual state spending on corrections now tops $51 billion and prisons account for the vast majority of the cost, even though offenders on parole and probation dramatically outnumber those behind bars. Indeed, prison expansion has delivered some public safety payoff. Serious crime has been declining for the past two decades, and imprisonment deserves some of the credit. Experts differ on precise figures, but they generally conclude that the increased use of incarceration accounted for one-quarter to one-third of the crime drop in the 1990s. Beyond the crime control benefit, most Americans support long prison terms for serious, chronic, and violent offenders as a means of exacting retribution for reprehensible behavior. But criminologists and policy makers increasingly agree that we have reached a “tipping point” with incarceration, where additional imprisonment will have little if any effect on crime. Research also has identified new offender supervision strategies and technologies that can help break the cycle of recidivism. Across the nation, these developments, combined with tight state budgets, have prompted a significant shift toward alternatives to prison for lower-level offenders. Policy makers in several states have worked across party lines to reform sentencing and release laws, including reducing prison time served by nonviolent offenders. The analysis in this study shows that longer prison terms have been a key driver of prison populations and costs, and the study highlights new opportunities for state leaders to generate greater public safety with fewer taxpayer dollars. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://www.pewstates.org/uploadedFiles/PCS_Assets/2012/Prison_Time_Served.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125400

Author: Calbom, Linda M. Title: School Bullying: Extent of Legal Protections for Vulnerable Groups Needs to Be More Fully Assessed Summary: Millions of youths are estimated to be subject to bullying in U.S. schools. GAO was asked to address (1) what is known about the prevalence of school bullying and its effects on victims, (2) approaches selected states and local school districts are taking to combat school bullying, (3) legal options federal and selected state governments have in place when bullying leads to allegations of discrimination, and (4) key federal agencies’ coordination efforts to combat school bullying. GAO reviewed research on the prevalence and effects on victims; analyzed state bullying laws, and school district bullying policies; and interviewed officials in 8 states and 6 school districts. States were selected based on various characteristics, including student enrollment, and their definitions of bullying. Also, GAO reviewed selected relevant federal and state civil rights laws, and interviewed officials from Education, HHS, and Justice. GAO recommends that Education compile information about state civil rights laws and procedures that relate to bullying, and inform complainants about state legal options; Education, HHS, and Justice develop information about bullied demographic groups in their surveys; and assess whether legal protections are adequate for these groups. Education disagreed with our first recommendation and we clarified it to address some of their concerns. Education is considering our second recommendation, agreed with our third, and provided information on efforts related to the last. HHS agreed with our recommendations. Justice Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-349: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/600/591202.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125401

Author: Holzer, Jacqueline W. Title: A Spatial Analysis of Human Trafficking in Greater Los Angeles Summary: This research provides a spatial analysis of the local anti-human trafficking movement that has emerged in Greater Los Angeles since the discovery of the El Monte case in 1995. Over the past 15 years, the U.S. government has allocated substantial funds and resources to fighting human trafficking in Greater Los Angeles and elsewhere in the country. Non-governmental and governmental institutions have launched a series of awareness campaigns, established coalitions of agencies, developed and implemented rescue strategies and social service programs, and educated tens of thousands of law enforcement members and local communities on the issue of human trafficking. So far, these federally led anti-human trafficking efforts have struggled to yield their expected outcome in terms of the number of victims identified and traffickers prosecuted. Deploying a variety of ethnographic and qualitative methods, this study investigates how and in what form a localization of international and national anti-human trafficking responses through local agents has emerged as an essential but often neglected factor in effectively combating human trafficking in Greater Los Angeles. The study identifies key agents operating in the anti-human trafficking sector and analyzes the forms in which local agents create space for meaningfully and effectively translating national antitrafficking policies into specific local contexts. Results show that community-based organizations embracing the dynamics of place and adopting a strong victim-centered approach have produced better outcomes in terms of identifying victims, organizing adequate and necessary assistance, and seeking justice for survivors of human trafficking. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2010. 316p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://digitallibrary.usc.edu/assetserver/controller/item/etd-Holzer-4100.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 125402

Author: Good, Beverly Title: Preventing Bulk Cash and Weapons Smuggling into Mexico: Establishing an Outbound Policy for the Southwest Border for Customs and Border Protection Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is the agency responsible for securing the borders of the United States from those people and things that would do the United States harm. The Office of Field Operations (OFO) is the office responsible for securing the Ports of Entry (POEs). CBP/OFO has dedicated personnel, technology, infrastructure and resources assigned to the inbound inspections for processing those travelers and inbound processing has been a national priority of CBP since its inception in 2003. Although CBP/OFO has the authority to conduct outbound inspections, there is little infrastructure, intelligence sharing or technology at the POEs for conducting outbound operations. Some POEs are conducting outbound operations with officers that have been taken from the inbound staffing models. However, at the time of writing this thesis, CBP does not have a national policy mandating POEs conduct outbound operations. On the Southwest Border (SWB), the Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations (DTOs) are continuing to smuggle bulk cash and weapons into Mexico and border violence continues to increase. This thesis makes a recommendation of what the best policy option for outbound operations would be to implement on the SWB. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2010. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=11533 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 125403

Author: Ramiriz, Mary Kreiner Title: Criminal Affirmance: Going Beyond the Deterrence Paradigm to Examine the Social Meaning of Declining Prosecution of Elite Crime Summary: Recent financial scandals and the relative paucity of criminal prosecutions against elite actors that benefited from the crisis in response suggest a new reality in the criminal law system: some wrongful actors appear to be above the law and immune from criminal prosecution. As such, the criminal prosecutorial system affirms much of the wrongdoing giving rise to the crisis. This leaves the same elites undisturbed at the apex of the financial sector, and creates perverse incentives for any successors. Their incumbency in power results in massive deadweight losses due to the distorted incentives they now face. Further, this undermines the legitimacy of the rule of law and encourages even more lawlessness among the entire population, as the declination of prosecution advertises the profitability of crime. These considerations transcend deterrence as well as retribution as a traditional basis for criminal punishment. Affirmance is far more costly and dangerous with respect to the crimes of powerful elites that control large organizations than can be accounted for under traditional notions of deterrence. Few limits are placed on a prosecutor’s discretionary decision about whom to prosecute, and many factors against prosecution take hold, especially in resource-intensive white collar crime prosecutions. This article asserts that prosecutors should not decline prosecution in these circumstances without considering its potential affirmance of crime. Otherwise, the profitability of crime promises massive future losses. Details: Topeka, KS: Washington University School of Law, 2012. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2039785 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Elite Crime Shelf Number: 125404

Author: Hayeslip, David Title: Evaluation of the Forensic DNA Unit Efficiency Improvement Program Summary: This evaluation examined the implementation and outcomes of a 2008 National Institute of Justice program designed to increase the volume of DNA evidence processing through innovative methods designed to increase efficiency instead of expanding laboratory capacities. Four crime labs funded by this program participated in the evaluation. The key implementation findings were that there were significant implementation delays, largely the result of external demands and administrative constraints; and, project management varied across the sites with a laboratory-wide collaborative approach appearing to be most successful. DNA evidence processing productivity and efficiency also varied across sites. Nonetheless, outcome findings did provide support for the hypothesis that DNA processing can be improved in novel and innovative ways besides simply increasing capacity. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412575-evaluation-of-the-forensic.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 125406

Author: Barnes, Geoffrey C. Title: Classifying Adult Probationers by Forecasting Future Offending Summary: Random forest modeling techniques represent an improvement over the methodologies of traditional risk prediction instruments. Random forests allow for the inclusion of a large number of predictors, the use of a variety of different data sources, the expansion of assessments beyond binary outcomes, and taking the costs of different types of forecasting errors into account when constructing a new model. This study explores the application of random forest statistical learning techniques to a criminal risk forecasting system, which is now used to classify adult probationers by the level of risk they pose to the community. The project principally focused upon creating a risk prediction tool within a partnership between University-based researchers and Philadelphia’s Adult Probation and Parole Department (APPD). This report details the model building process, including an explanation of the random forest procedures, and sets out the issues in data management and in policy considerations that are associated with creating a prediction tool. The importance of developing strong researcher-practitioner partnerships, especially with regard to tailoring the prediction tool to real-world concerns, is also considered. The prediction models developed as a part of this project have been used since 2009 to assess all incoming probation and parole cases. Each risk prediction is then used to assign offenders to risk-stratified supervision divisions. This report discusses the development and accuracy of the three generations of models that have been employed to make these predictions, as well as the salient features of each iteration. For the most recent version of the model, the influences of major predictor variables are discussed, with a focus on those that were most powerful in the Philadelphia sample. Additionally, the predictions of the three models are also validated using a sample of cases from 2001, a cohort not used to build any of the prediction models. The long-term offending patterns of these 2001 offenders, with regard to their assessed risk level, are also considered. Finally, suggestions and step-by-step instructions are offered for practitioners seeking to build a similar prediction instrument for use in a wide variety of criminal justice settings. As a matter of policy, criminal sanctions that are encompassed under the umbrella of community corrections have become an increasingly prevalent punishment option. Given resource constraints, as well as concerns about public safety, statistical risk assessment tools – such as the one developed here – have begun to take increasingly prominent roles in determining levels of supervision. This report, and the partnership supporting it, highlights the promises and potential of the methodology. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238082.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Classification (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 125408

Author: Cavendish, Betsy Title: Reimagining the Immigration Court Assembly Line: Transformative Change for the Immigration Justice System Summary: The United States takes particular pride in our justice system. Acknowledging it’s not perfect, we rely on this system to give people a day in court, a fair shot to explain their cases before a judge who is genuinely open-minded. We expect both sides to have access to the basic facts and an opportunity to develop additional evidence; we expect that the judge will rule based on the facts and the law; and we expect the disappointed party to have the right to appeal before another impartial tribunal, where errors can be undone. We expect the government to seek justice for all and to use its prosecutorial resources wisely, to address the cases of truly public import. We value courts so highly as an alternative to cruder, more violent and far more unjust means of solving disputes that the United States advocates around the world for countries to empower independent courts to function legitimately as critical components of systems of justice. Our 2009 report, Assembly Line Injustice, found that U.S. Immigration Courts all too often, and in many, many categories, fell far short of being just, efficient places where personal dramas and dreams of belonging in the United States could be resolved. The Immigration Courts were often perceived as illegitimate, and people returned to home countries with a sense of having been dealt an injustice under the name of United States law. The losers in any case are bound to be disappointed, but it’s inexcusable to give them reason to feel that they endured a sham process carried out in the name of the law. Too often, we in the U.S. gave people reason to feel wronged. Through this update report, Appleseed and Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice, together with our pro bono partners at Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, Latham & Watkins and the law schools at George Washington University and IIT Kent, are demonstrating that we are staying on the case of ensuring that our immigration justice system is just that: a system of justice. In updating our 2009 report, we note some significant improvements— and certainly a desire on the part of many government officials—to ensure a fair process, to promote prioritization of cases and modernization of recordings and systems. We also note some areas, as for instance in the patently unfair use of videoconferencing, where the government barely even nods in the direction of trying to ensure fair treatment for all. Details: Chicago: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://appleseednetwork.org/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=9yXUsswTnBI%3D&tabid=157 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 125409

Author: Forman, James Title: Racial Critiques of Mass Incarceration: Beyond the New Jim Crow Summary: In the last decade, a number of scholars have called the American criminal justice system a new form of Jim Crow. These writers have effectively drawn attention to the injustices created by a facially race-neutral system that severely ostracizes offenders and stigmatizes young, poor black men as criminals. This Article argues that despite these important contributions, the Jim Crow analogy leads to a distorted view of mass incarceration. The analogy presents an incomplete account of mass incarceration’s historical origins, fails to consider black attitudes toward crime and punishment, ignores violent crimes while focusing almost exclusively on drug crimes, obscures class distinctions within the African American community, and overlooks the effects of mass incarceration on other racial groups. Finally, the Jim Crow analogy diminishes our collective memory of the Old Jim Crow’s particular harms. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University School of Law, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Yale Law School, Public Law Working Paper No. 243: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1966018 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African American Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125410

Author: Kutateladze, Besiki Title: Do Race and Ethnicity Matter in Prosecution?: A Review of Empirical Summary: Vera’s Prosecution and Racial Justice Program (PRJ) conducted a review of 34 empirical studies on the relationship of race and ethnicity to prosecutorial decision making published between 1990 and 2011 in peer-reviewed journals. The literature review distills the research and provides a reference resource for a diverse audience—including academics, practitioners, and interested generalists—about the current state of the debate on these subjects. The aim of the literature review is to encourage additional empirical research on the relationship between race and prosecution by identifying areas that need further study; provide prosecutors and other criminal justice practitioners with a frame of reference in which to assess their own practices; and strengthen the general public’s understanding of the criminal justice system. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.vera.org/files/race-and-ethnicity-in-prosecution-first-edition.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 125415

Author: DeMichele, Matthew Title: Predicting Repeat DWI: Chronic Offending, Risk Assessment, and Community Supervision Summary: Between 1981 and 2008, nearly 550,000 individuals were killed in alcohol-related traffic accidents. To put this in perspective, the state of Wyoming has approximately 540,000 residents. Several major U.S. cities, such as Tuscon, Az., Atlanta, Ga; Kansas City, Mo., and Long Beach, Calif., are home to fewer residents. While such a high number of alcohol-related traffic fatalities is staggering, there is reason to believe the policy changes emphasizing different practices to control drunk driving have, in fact, reduced the number of drunk driving deaths. Consider that between 1982 and 1988, 171,681 alcohol-related traffic fatalities occurred. In comparison, between 2002 and 2008, 113,403 alcohol-related traffic fatalities occurred – a reduction of 33.9 percent. In comparing year by year reductions, the number of drunk driving fatalities decreased by nearly 50 percent when comparing the number of fatalities in 1982 (26,173) to the number of fatalities in 2008 (13,846). The reduction in the number of alcohol-related traffic deaths can be attributed to a number of different factors, most of which center around changes in policies and practices related to the legislative control of drunk driving. In particular, increases in the minimum drinking age, lowered illegal thresholds for blood alcohol concentrations (BAC), increased use of monetary sanctions such as fines, increased use of incarceration for drunk drivers, more focused use of substance abuse treatment, expanded use of electronic monitoring, and stricter community-based supervision practices carried out by probation and parole officers have played a role in reducing the number of drunk driving deaths. Despite the reduction in the number of drunk driving deaths, additional changes in policies and practices are needed in order to further reduce the extent of drunk driving. Using principles of evidence-based practices, in this project the American Probation and Parole Association conducted a risk assessment study to develop a pilot risk assessment instrument that can be used to identify convicted offenders who are at an increased risk for future drunk driving. This process entailed reviewing prior research on drunk driving, addressing the way that criminological theory explains drunk driving, developing a methodology to study drunk driving, conducting a study on a sample of 3,884 convicted drunk drivers, statistically analyzing factors that seemed to predict levels of repeat drunk driving, and developing a pilot instrument from these findings. Six assumptions have guided this process: Risk for drunk driving can be predicted. Efforts to predict risk should be guided by research and evidence-based practices. Policies and practices developed from risk assessment research will further reduce the extent of future drunk driving. Predicting risk will not eliminate drunk driving completely, but it will help to reduce it. Community-based corrections professionals are in a prime position to reduce drunk driving. Policy makers will continue to play an important role in controlling drunk driving. The next stage of this project will entail the application of the risk assessment instrument to a sample of drunk-driving offenders convicted in various states. By identifying which offenders are most at risk for future drunk driving, policy makers and criminal justice officials will be in a position to develop control strategies that target those offenders most at risk for re-offending. This will make our highways safer and reduce the number of alcohol-related accidents. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2012. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/PRDWI-DRAFT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 125416

Author: Hobbs, Anne Title: Nebraska State DMC Assessment Summary: The Juvenile Justice Delinquency Prevention Act charges states to institute multipronged strategies not only to prevent delinquency but to improve the juvenile justice system and assure equal treatment of all youth. To successfully address Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC), the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention recommends a five-phase process, whereby jurisdictions: 1) identify whether disproportionality exists and the extent to which it exists; 2) assess the contributing factors, examine minority overrepresentation and explain differences at all contact stages of the juvenile justice system; 3) provide an intervention plan; 4) evaluate the efficacy of efforts to reduce DMC; and 5) monitor and track DMC trends over time to identify emerging critical issues and to determine whether there has been progress. The goal of this assessment is to identify the factors that contribute to DMC so that Nebraska’s juvenile justice system stakeholders can design appropriate intervention strategies. Like many assessments of this type, we were limited by the availability and quality of data. However, the report and recommendations that follow identify ways in which Nebraska can: 1) improve its capacity to develop data-driven approaches to addressing DMC; 2) examine subjective discretion points for the purpose of removing the potential for implicit bias to impact decision making; and 3) implement best practices to improve the juvenile justice system. Details: Lincoln, NE: Nebraska Commission on Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice, 2012. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.ncc.ne.gov/pdf/others/DMCAssessment2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 125417

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The Early Release of Prisoners and its Impact on Police Agencies and Communities in California Summary: For decades, probation and parole agencies have striven not only to protect the public by monitoring criminal offenders, but also to help offenders get their lives back on track. Probation and parole agents have helped offenders obtain job training, education, drug or alcohol treatment, and other help they need to start law-abiding lives. Prisons and jails have a similar dual mission: incapacitating criminals for a time, while also preparing most of them for a return to the community. The fact that prisons, jails, probation, and parole agencies are known collectively as the “correctional” system reflects the importance of their role in helping offenders to correct their behavior. In recent years, a number of police departments and sheriffs’ offices have come to a realization that their mission statements also should include “reentry” initiatives aimed at helping offenders reenter society successfully. This is perhaps the result of the most fundamental change in policing in our lifetime—the near-universal adoption of community policing and problem-oriented policing. No longer do police merely respond to calls for service and investigate crimes that have been committed. In a hundred different ways, today’s police aim to identify the problems that contribute to crime, and to solve those problems. And one of the biggest problems in policing is that recidivism rates are extremely high. In a study that looked at recidivism in more than 40 states, more than four in 10 offenders returned to state prison within three years of their release. Police and sheriffs’ departments see the futility of this “revolving door,” in which offenders cycle in and out of the justice system repeatedly, committing new crimes over and over again. Police executives recognize that if these repeat offenders can be set on a new path, crime rates will decline. This report is about the growing interest in reentry initiatives within law enforcement agencies. For many years, the COPS Office and other U.S. Department of Justice agencies have supported a wide variety of reentry programs. In this report, the COPS Office and the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) collaborated on an effort to identify the successful efforts—as well as the challenges—in prisoner reentry programs, with a focus on California, where the reentry issue is tied up with a major prison overcrowding crisis that is resulting in the early release of thousands of inmates. A May 2011 decision by the U.S. Supreme Court brought the issue to a head, as the Court upheld a lower court order mandating the release of tens of thousands of California prisoners. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=695692 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 125418

Author: Gold, Emily Title: Diverting Shoplifters: A Research Report and Planning Guide Summary: The problem of retail theft, or shoplifting as it is also known, creates a significant drain on both public and private resources. Diverting Shoplifters: A Research Report and Planning Guide—written for criminal justice agencies, community-based organizations, and retailers alike—explores new ways to respond to low-level theft, while also framing the nature of the problem. The promising practices included in this report focus on using problem solving and partnerships to reduce the level of retail theft, as well as the burden these cases place on the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/e11117410_Diverting-Shoplifters-508.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Retail Crime Shelf Number: 125420

Author: Larance, Eileen R. Title: Terrorist Watchlist: Routinely Assessing Impacts of Agency Actions since the December 25, 2009, Attempted Attack Could Help Inform Future Efforts Summary: The December 25, 2009, attempted bombing of Northwest Flight 253 exposed weaknesses in how the federal government nominated individuals to the terrorist watchlist and gaps in how agencies used the list to screen individuals to determine if they posed a security threat. In response, the President tasked agencies to take corrective actions. GAO was asked to assess (1) government actions since the incident to strengthen the nominations process, (2) how the composition of the watchlist has changed based on these actions, and (3) how agencies are addressing gaps in screening processes. GAO analyzed government reports, the guidance used by agencies to nominate individuals to the watchlist, data on the volumes of nominations from January 2009 through May 2011, the composition of the list, and the outcomes of screening agency programs. GAO also interviewed officials from intelligence, law enforcement, and screening agencies to discuss changes to policies, guidance, and processes and related impacts on agency operations and the traveling public, among other things. This report is a public version of the classified report that GAO issued in December 2011 and omits certain information, such as details on the nominations guidance and the specific outcomes of screening processes. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism ensure that the outcomes and impacts of agencies’ actions to strengthen nominations and screening processes are routinely assessed. Technical comments were provided and incorporated. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-476: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://gao.gov/assets/600/591312.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 125421

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Measuring Jail Recidivism in Montgomery County, Maryland Summary: The jail recidivism study in Montgomery County, Maryland is a collaborative work between Justice & Security Strategies, Inc. (JSS) and the Pre-Release and Re-Entry Services Division (PRRS) of the Montgomery County Department of Correction and Rehabilitation (MCDOCR). The purposes of the study were to examine recidivism within a jail population, determine the research needs of a county jail system, and provide recommendations about how to deal with recidivism overall. To conduct the study, JSS and PRRS developed the research design, collected and analyzed the data, and wrote the final report. We collected and analyzed data of a sample of men (n=294) and women (n=282) who were released from MCDOCR from July 1, 2003 to December 31, 2004. JSS created an MS Access database specifically for this project. Doing so allowed us to combine information from nine (9) databases and to track offenders before and after their release. The data were drawn from: 1. FBI/NCIC criminal histories 2. Maryland State Record of Arrest and Prosecution (RAP) records 3. Maryland Department of Motor Vehicle Administration (MVA) 4. Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS) 5. Montgomery County CJIS 6. Maryland Judiciary Case Search 7. Diminution Reports 8. Commitment files 9. District Court cases The analysis included the use of survival and hazard models to estimate the failure rates of the offender population. Details: Silver Spring, MD: Justice & Security Strategies, 2009. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2012 at: http://www6.montgomerycountymd.gov/content/docr/pdfs/finalrecidivismreport-dec-16-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates (Maryland) Shelf Number: 125423

Author: Peterson, Joseph Title: Sexual Assault Kit Backlog Study Summary: Sexual assault is one of the most serious crimes facing society and, over the past several decades, increasing attention has been paid to the proper collection of physical evidence from victims to document and reconstruct the crime, to identify the assailant, and to aid in the prosecution of the assailant. When victims report such offenses to the police and are examined at hospitals, medical personnel employ sexual assault kits and accompanying protocols to guide the collection of evidence from the victim. Sexual assault kit (SAK) report forms also record important information from the victim about activities prior to, during and after the assault. Given the likely transfer of biological secretions in such crimes, sexual assault kits and DNA evidence have the power to verify the crime and pinpoint the identity of the assailant. The probative value of such scientific evidence, however, depends largely on the circumstances of the particular case, being pivotal in one instance and less important in another. Although law enforcement agencies and hospitals have greatly improved and expanded procedures to gather sexual assault kit evidence, scientific resources and procedures to test such evidence have not kept pace. The National Institute of Justice staff, researchers and investigative journalists have uncovered the fact that backlogged and untested sexual assault kits (SAKs) are a major problem facing forensic crime laboratories and law enforcement agencies throughout the United States. The combined untested SAKs from the Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department (LASD) and Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) reached 10,895 cases in the fall of 2008. As the result of growing public concern, Human Rights Watch undertook a study in Los Angeles to document reasons behind the accumulation of these untested kits and found a number of organizational and resource deficiencies throughout the city and county. They were not crime laboratory backlogs per se but were untested kits held in police property rooms in cold storage, where investigators and prosecutors had not requested that the SAK be tested. In 2009, however, the chief executives of Los Angles city and county law enforcement agencies announced that all backlogged kits would be tested, using outside private DNA testing laboratories. The untested sexual assault kit problem in Los Angeles, coupled with the fact that agencies had decided to test all such kits for the presence of DNA evidence, presented a unique research opportunity. The Sexual Assault Kit Backlog Project at California State University, Los Angeles (CSULA) was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) in 2009 to accomplish four primary objectives: 1) evaluate the results of scientific tests performed by private laboratories on backlogged sexual assault kit (SAK) evidence from the LASD and LAPD crime laboratories, 2) review the sexual assault case processing literature and the role played by evidence and other factors in solving and prosecuting such cases; 3) determine the criminal justice dispositions of a sample of backlogged and non-backlogged cases before and after kit testing; and 4) identify principal case and evidence characteristics that could be used by forensic laboratories to evaluate and prioritize sexual assault evidence submitted to crime laboratories. The accomplishment of such goals would aid all law enforcement agencies and associated crime laboratories about the value of testing backlogged sexual assault kits and to set guidelines for processing such evidence in the future. Details: Los Angeles: California State University - Los Angeles, School of Criminal Justice & Criminalistics, 2012. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed june 28, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238500.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 125377

Author: George, Thomas P. Title: School Engagement and Juvenile Offending Among Maltreated Youth Who Vary by Race/Ethnicity, Gender, and Type of Child Maltreatment Summary: Child maltreatment is a pervasive social problem affecting millions of children and their families every year. While past research has documented the short and long-term deleterious outcomes of abused and neglected children, variations in outcomes based on type of maltreatment, race/ethnicity, and gender are not well understood. This study explored the interrelationships of these variables on youths’ school engagement and juvenile criminal offending in a large, diverse sample followed prospectively from the time of maltreatment until youths’ sixteenth birthday. Results indicated that maltreated boys were 2.7 – 3.5 times more likely than non-maltreated boys to exhibit poor school engagement (odds ratios = 3.7 – 5.3), and maltreated girls were 3.4 – 4.2 times more likely than non-maltreated girls (odds ratios = 5.3 – 6.9). The increased risk was even greater in relation to juvenile offending. Maltreated boys were 3.3 – 9.2 times more likely to have committed a misdemeanor, felony, or violent felony by the age of 16 (odds ratios = 4.5 – 9.4), and maltreated girls were 3.8 – 12.0 times more likely (odds ratios = 4.4 – 11.7). With respect to race/ethnicity, American Indian, Black, and Hispanic boys and girls tended to have poorer outcomes than Asian and White youths regardless of maltreatment status. Regarding type of abuse, physical abuse was related to suspensions/expulsions and criminal offending for both genders. However, sexual abuse among boys had the strongest relationship to violent felony offending with a rate 17.6 times higher than non-maltreated boys (8.8% vs .5%, OR = 9.5), and significantly higher than physically abused or neglected boys. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2012 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/sac/nchip/gender_racial_differences_in_outcomes.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 125376

Author: New Hampshire. Attorney General Title: Attorney General’s Review of the March 2, 2010 Incident at the Strange Brew Tavern in Manchester, New Hampshire Summary: On July 15, 2010, the Attorney General announced that the Department of Justice would undertake a comprehensive review of all the facts and circumstances surrounding the March 2, 2010 incident at the Strange Brew Tavern in Manchester, New Hampshire involving four off-duty Manchester police officers and a civilian to determine if any crimes were committed. Details: Concord, NH: Attorney General, 2011. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2012 at: http://doj.nh.gov/criminal/documents/strange-brew-incident-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 125374

Author: Cebula, Nancy Title: Achieving Performance Excellence: The Influence of Leadership on Organizational Performance Summary: Leadership is a very important component of higher performing organizations. This book presents a breadth and depth of information about leading others and describes what leaders need to excel at and what up-and-coming leaders need to know as they prepare themselves for leadership positions. Taking a balanced approach to leadership allows correctional leaders to influence different people and diverse stakeholder groups in differing situations. Good leaders know when they need to manage rather than lead and how these two activities differ. “Leadership That is Transforming” discusses a key concept for correctional leaders. The intersection of transformational leadership and command-and-control organizational structure is discussed in depth, using the Army’s reliance on transformational leadership concepts as presented in one of their field manuals and through military doctrine. Correctional leaders who master the navigation of these seemingly contradictory concepts are those who are able to lead their organizations to higher performance, develop staff who are able to perform effectively in the complex correctional environment, and encourage innovation while managing risk. Two case studies are presented to show how leaders use collaboration to create buy-in and commitment to change; how important leadership is when changing the fundamental structure of an agency, moving from micromanaging to empowering staff; and how this changes outcomes, especially for the supervised population. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 28, 2012 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/025338.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 125373

Author: Tinto, Eda Katharine Title: Undercover Policing, Overstated Culpability Summary: This Article examines the legal doctrine of “sentencing manipulation,” a claim, raised at the time of sentencing, in which the defendant argues that undercover police officers purposefully encouraged him to commit particular criminal conduct in order to expose him to a higher, and often mandatory, punishment. Currently, the sentencing manipulation claim has no consistent animating theory nor uniform definition or procedural treatment. Based on traditional theories of punishment as well as the systemic interest in an accurate determination of a defendant’s culpability, this Article argues that inducements, used by undercover officers and their agents to encourage the suspect to commit particular criminal conduct, should be the central focus of a reformed sentencing manipulation doctrine. The sentencing manipulation doctrine as currently conceived fails to recognize the potential and problematic impact of police inducements on an assessment of a defendant’s culpability and reflects binary concerns of guilt versus innocence that, while perhaps appropriate for a claim made at trial, are inapposite for a claim made at the time of sentencing. In determining where to draw the line between police inducements that affect a defendant’s culpability and those that do not, this Article also suggests a new way to view police conduct—on a continuum ranging from conduct that “facilitated culpability” to conduct that “overstated culpability.” A reformed doctrine of sentencing manipulation, as proposed by this Article, appropriately directs courts’ focus to inducements used by the police or their agents that result in the overstatement of a defendant’s culpability, and to offense conduct which should therefore be removed from the sentencing calculus. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: New York University Public Law and Legal Theory Working Papers, 319: Accessed June 28, 2012 at: http://lsr.nellco.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1320&context=nyu_plltwp Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Undercover Work (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125371

Author: Frazier Group, LLC Title: Independent Investigation Occupy Oakland Response October 25, 2011 Summary: On October 10, 2011, a group identifying itself as Occupy Oakland set up an encampment in front of Oakland City Hall in Frank Ogawa Plaza Park (FOP Park). The group erected approximately 147 tents, kitchen and restroom facilities, child care areas, posted dozens of banners, and claimed the park as their own. At that time, the City of Oakland sought to accommodate the group in the exercise of their First Amendment rights of expression. However, as time progressed, there were legitimate concerns - mostly supported by evidence - on behalf of city officials for the health, safety and welfare of people in the FOP Park, city employees, and community members. One official who had detailed knowledge of devolving conditions stated "The totality of circumstances was untenable." In short, these concerns included but were not limited to:  Health and Welfare - trash and debris were excessive, human and animal waste was observed in excavated holes and buckets, portable bathrooms were too few and un-serviced, rodents were populating the Park, and food preparation and provision were occurring in unsanitary conditions.  Safety - illegal and non-permitted electrical hookups were made and structures indicating permanence were erected. Fire inspectors voiced concerns regarding the presence of propane tanks, open-flame cooking, plus cooking and smoking inside tents. A victim who fell from a structure was carried away from the Park for treatment because occupants would not allow fire/medical personnel access. Police officers who attempted to walk through the Park were confronted and told to leave. Attitudes graduated toward aggression and violence. City employees3 were complaining about harassment and concerns for their personal safety. Media reported that a teacher who had occupied the camp was attacked and choked, and a reporter was attacked by a dog and then confronted and told to leave. There were concerns about an alleged sexual assault within the Park, a homeless individual who was beaten with a board, and obvious use of drugs and alcohol. Individuals in the Park felt threatened when they were confronted by groups and told to not communicate with government officials. One government official who attempted to liaison with members of Occupy during a march was told by the marchers he was lucky they did not beat him or spit on him. During the later afternoon hours, the population of the Park increased to the degree where clustering was problematic, tempers flared, arguments ensued, and people within the Park had to intervene to prevent escalation. An effort to identify leadership of Occupy, and then establish a working, collaborative relationship between Occupy and City officials, was a priority of the City from the very early stages of the movement in the Park. A city representative feels that Occupy never allowed this relationship to develop, and in fact Occupy members ensured that it deteriorated over time. City of Oakland Officials became increasingly concerned about conditions within the encampment, and the OPD was directed to develop an eviction plan. On October 25, 2011 beginning at approximately 5:00 AM, 392 OPD and 202 mutual aid personnel responded to 14th and Broadway Streets. Their purpose was execution of the OPD plan to evict the Occupy movement from both FOP Park and from Snow Park. In the early evening, Occupy Oakland clashed with the Oakland Police Department resulting in controversial uses of force, including an incident involving a protestor who was critically injured by a police officer after allegedly being struck in the head by a specialty impact munition and/or a tear gas canister. The Aftermath of October 25th In the wake of these events, serious concerns were raised by both City Officials and by the community at large concerning use of unnecessary force, overall police performance, and OPD’s ability to manage future events in an acceptable manner. The ability of OPD to effectively and impartially investigate the widely reported allegations of police use of force and other misconduct was also questioned. In response to this need for an impartial review of the events of October 25th, the City of Oakland contracted Frazier Group, LLC on December 19, 2011. We are pleased to present the following report, completed under the terms of this contract. Details: Oakland, CA: Frazier Group, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2012 at www2.oaklandnet.com/w/OAK036236 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 125370

Author: Goddard, Terry Title: How to Fix a Broken Border. A Three-Part Series Summary: If the United States wants effective border security, then more effective law‐enforcement measures must be taken. The first step is to identify the right target: the increasingly sophisticated smuggling organizations known as the “cartels.” By attacking the money laundering which is the life blood of the cartels, and making the bi‐national criminal investigation and prosecution of cartel bosses a priority, the border can be made significantly more secure. In the process, the violence in Mexico and the smuggling of drugs and people into the United States will be reduced. But this requires a unified focus, with state and federal law‐enforcement agencies cooperating to target organized criminal activity rather than economic migrants. As described in the How to Fix a Broken Border series of papers, written by former Arizona Attorney General Terry Goddard, an effective border‐enforcement strategy must do the following: Adopt a Coordinated, Multi‐dimensional, Bi‐national Approach • We must stop compartmentalizing border objectives by illegal activity. Current agency efforts are incorrectly focused on stopping particular kinds of contraband. But a successful effort cannot be about unauthorized immigrants alone (Immigration and Customs Enforcement), or drugs alone (Drug Enforcement Agency), or guns alone (Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms). It must address, disrupt, and destroy the total business of the cartels. • We need a comprehensive, bi‐national, border‐wide strategy that includes federal authorities and Mexican law enforcement, as well as state and local police. Target Cartel Money • A more effective border‐enforcement strategy starts with the money. Billions of dollars in illegal revenue from the sale of drugs and other contraband flows into cartel pocketbooks each year. This revenue crosses the border, from the United States into Mexico, by many means, ranging from bulk cash shipments and wire transfers to funnel bank accounts and stored value devices. • Any serious border defense must go after the cartel’s money, but that is not happening. U.S. Treasury Department officials who observe and regulate the international movement of currency remain unwilling or unable to go after money laundering across the Mexican border. • Generally speaking, the failures of the anti‐money laundering effort are not because of inadequate statutes, but a failure of enforcement. Again and again, huge amounts of funds flowing illegally out of this country could be stopped if financial institutions and government agencies focused on the problem and aggressively policed unlawful or questionable behavior. • Current federal law limits the circumstances under which prosecutors can seize the cash they believe to be part of a criminal scheme. In contrast, Arizona law makes it far easier to hold suspected funds pending further examination of their source. Expanding federal authority, with appropriate safeguards, would enhance anti‐money laundering efforts. Close Money‐Laundering Loopholes • The cross‐border movement of “stored value” devices is a particularly critical problem. These innocent‐looking plastic cards can contain thousands if not millions of dollars and are not covered by any currency disclosure requirements at the border. 􀂾 Under U.S. law, no traveler may take over $10,000 in cash or cash equivalents, called “monetary instruments,” into or out of the United States without declaring that money at the border. 􀂾 However, stored value devices are not listed as monetary instruments or otherwise subject to declaration at the border, even though they could contain many times the $10,000 disclosure threshold. 􀂾 This loophole, clearly identified by federal authorities over five years ago, provides smugglers with a massive opportunity to evade anti‐money laundering security at the border. • The U.S. government must enforce existing anti‐money laundering provisions, and quickly close existing loopholes, to stop (or at least slow down) the cash flowing to the cartels. Until government agencies, especially Treasury, get more serious about cutting off the illegal international flow of funds, we can never say we have a “secure” border. Go After Cartel Bosses • Current law‐enforcement efforts primarily target low‐level subcontractors for the cartels. • This country must focus on the arrest and incarceration of cartel leaders. We need to send a clear message that it will be extremely hazardous for anyone to take a fallen leader’s place. • For example, the arrest, prosecution, and incarceration of Chapo Guzman, the notorious leader of the Sinaloa cartel, would significantly boost our border‐enforcement efforts. • Ultimately, going after the cartel bosses will require federal leadership and close cooperation with the law enforcement of Mexico. The lack of bi‐national coordination, in effect, provides cartel leaders a sanctuary south of the border. Protect Ports of Entry • One of the consequences of the hysteria about border security is the buildup of the Border Patrol at the expense of customs enforcement. With the de‐emphasis on customs inspections, more contraband gets through the ports. • By appearing tough—making fortification of the border with additional Border Patrol the top priority, while deemphasizing the ports of entry—it is now easier for the criminals to come through our front door. • Most of the criminal activity has shifted to the border crossings, not the places in between. We need more resources for inspections at ports of entry. If this country wants to stop smuggling, we must take a broader and more analytical approach to what motivates the smugglers—and the means by which they illegally move drugs, money, guns, and people in such large volumes with such impunity. Going after the contraband product or smuggled people, as this country has been doing for years, is destined to be an endless chase. The cartels will just regroup and continue operations, learning from their mistakes. If we are serious about stopping the threat on the border, we have to dismantle the criminal organizations that carry the contraband and take away the tools that make them so effective. Anything less will fail. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, 2011. 3 parts Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2012 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/perspectives/how-fix-broken-border-three-part-series Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125429

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: The Maryland Adult Offender Population Urine Screening (OPUS) Program: Final Report Summary: In 2005, CESAR piloted an innovative cost-effective method to measure drug use trends in offenders in Maryland, using urine specimens already collected and tested for a small panel of drugs by the Division of Parole and Probation (DPP). The 2005 OPUS study sampled 299 specimens obtained from adult parolees and probationers in six counties in Maryland (Baltimore City, Baltimore, Howard, Prince George’s, Charles and Washington counties) and retested the specimens for an expanded panel of 30 drugs. The findings indicated considerable promise of the OPUS methodology for providing the state with information regarding the availability and use of drugs by offenders. The current study used the OPUS methodology to obtain 1,061 specimens from the three Maryland DPP labs that process urine specimens submitted from 55 DPP collection sites. These specimens were sent to a laboratory for testing of an extended panel of 31 drugs. As we found in the prior pilot study, the most common drugs detected were marijuana, cocaine, benzodiazepines, and morphine. Again, we found almost no evidence of methamphetamine use and that most PCP positives came from offenders in Prince George’s County. On the other hand, a larger percentage of buprenorphine positives were detected (5% vs. 13%, p<.001) than we found in 2005, suggesting greater use of this relatively newly prescribed drug in Maryland. Considerable geographic differences were found in the patterns of drugs detected across Maryland. Only 4% of the tested specimens were found to test positive solely for a drug in the expanded screen. It therefore appears that the current five drug DPP screen identifies 96% of all recent drug users. The OPUS methodology may provide states with a relatively quick and low cost method for monitoring drug trends in offenders. Details: College Park, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Research (CESAR), University of Maryland, College Park, 2009. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/msac/documents/bjag-2005-1080.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125441

Author: Shively, Michael Title: A National Overview of Prostitution and Sex Trafficking Demand Reduction Efforts Summary: To combat prostitution and human trafficking for the purpose of sexual exploitation, criminal justice interventions and collaborative programs have emerged that focus on reducing demand for commercial sex. In a prior study, Abt Associates found that the use of anti-demand approaches was more widespread throughout the United States than previously thought. We also found that little research or descriptive information was available about the vast majority of interventions. It was also evident that communities attempting to address demand had usually done so with little guidance from the collective experience of others; consequently, some initiatives had struggled or failed when faced with problems that had been solved elsewhere. This report is designed to provide a descriptive overview of initiatives targeting the demand for commercial sex in the United States. It describes the process of gathering the information in this (and other) reports, discusses specific initiatives, and highlights selected communities to illustrate how and why their members have endeavored to address prostitution and sex trafficking by combating demand. The report is intended to serve as an introduction for those considering applying antidemand tactics in their communities, and for those at the state government level who are considering policies, statutes, and infrastructure investments supporting local efforts. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2012. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238796.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 125442

Author: Madnick, Mattison H. Title: Street Gangs as Decentralized Criminal Networks?: The Case of the 18th Street Gang Summary: The purpose of this research is to demonstrate that street gangs have the ability to operate as independent decentralized networks. Street gangs have been stereotyped as having a centralized leadership structure similar to that of larger criminal organizations. Although some gangs do have a formalized hierarchical structure, this is clearly not the case for all gangs. A thorough examination of how some street gangs operate and communicate with each other clearly shows that some street gangs have the capacity to operate sects independently from each other and without a central leadership instructing them on how to operate their criminal enterprise. The 18th Street gang was selected as a case study for this thesis because the gang's network and structure clearly demonstrates the capacity for street gangs and similar groups to operate as decentralized, autonomous criminal networks. This Thesis looks at the various aspects of 18th Street's criminal network. This includes the gang's culture, its methods of communication, how the gang is structured and functions, as well as the techniques used by gang members to shield themselves from law enforcement. The paper will also look at the international impact the gang has had as it has spread from the United States into Mexico and Central America. It will dissect the gang's international structure, criminal enterprise, as well as dissect the validity of the claim that 18th Street is a transnational criminal organization. Details: San Deigo, CA: San Diego State University, 2010. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://sdsu-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.10/311/Madnick_Mattison.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 125443

Author: Bushway, Shawn D. Title: Sentencing Guidelines and Judicial Discretion: Quasi-experimental Evidence from Human Calculation Errors Summary: There is a debate about whether advisory non-binding sentencing guidelines affect the sentences outcomes of individuals convicted in jurisdictions with this sentencing framework. Identifying the impact of sentencing guidelines is a difficult empirical problem because court actors may have preferences for sentencing severity that are correlated with the preferences that are outlined in the guidelines. But, in Maryland, ten percent of the recommended sentences computed in the guideline worksheets contain calculation errors. We use this unique source of quasi-experimental variation to quantify the extent to which sentencing guidelines influence policy outcomes. Among drug offenses, we find that the direct impact of the guidelines is roughly ½ the size of the overall correlation between recommendations and outcomes. For violent offenses, we find the same ½ discount for sentence recommendations that are higher than they should have been, but more responsiveness to recommendations that are too low. We find no evidence that the guidelines themselves directly affect discretion for property offenders, perhaps because judges generally have substantial experience with property cases and therefore do not rely on the errant information. Sentences are more sensitive to both accurate and inaccurate recommendations for crimes that occur less frequently and have more complicated sentencing. This suggests that when the court has more experience, the recommendations have less influence. More tentative findings suggest that, further down the decision chain, parole boards counteract the remaining influence of the guidelines. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 16961: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w16961 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Discretion Shelf Number: 125444

Author: Roman, John Title: Post-Conviction DNA Testing and Wrongful Conviction Summary: This study analyzed the results of new DNA testing of old physical evidence from 634 sexual assault and homicide cases that took place in Virginia between 1973 and 1987 in the first study of the effects of DNA testing on wrongful conviction in a large and approximately random sample of serious crime convictions. The study found that in five percent of homicide and sexual assault cases DNA testing eliminated the convicted offender as the source of incriminating physical evidence. When sexual assault convictions were isolated, DNA testing eliminated between 8 and 15 percent of convicted offenders and supported exoneration. Past estimates generally put the rate of wrongful conviction at or less than three percent. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www2.timesdispatch.com/mgmedia/file/796/urban-institute-report/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Typing (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125445

Author: Brister, Paul D. Title: Ku Klux Rising: Toward an Understanding of American Right Wing Terrorist Campaigns Summary: Since 1866, the Ku Klux Klan has been able to muster three distinctive and sustained campaigns of terrorism, commonly referred to as the three “waves” of Klan violence. The first occurred between 1866 and 1871, the second between 1915 and 1928, and the third from roughly 1954 to the mid-1960s. Subsequent to the third wave, the Klan unsuccessfully attempted another resurgence in the mid-1970s/early 1980s but was snuffed out before a campaign could be triggered. By studying the three most successful Klan campaigns of the past (granting that each varied in scope, intensity and outcome) alongside the failed campaign attempt of the 1970–1980s, this dissertation will investigate which commonly cited factors and conditions were, in fact, associated with the rise of the KKK’s campaigns of terrorism. Ultimately, the dissertation finds that four factors—the presence of a safe haven, organizational structure, leadership, and recruitment techniques—are necessary and jointly sufficient to explain Klan campaign emergence. By combining these factors in a manner which better reflects their interplay, a model offering greater explanatory value emerges. The first significant set of correlates is the presence or absence of safe havens and their relation to the organizational structure chosen by Klan leadership. The second set of correlates is the ability of the Klan to downplay its core ideology and effectively frame a recruitment message which resonates with a pre-existing dominant social narrative—a narrative usually based on mythologized history or an unfalsifiable belief system. As will be explained in concluding chapters, the probabilistic model that emerges when these factors combine proves more effective in explaining and predicting campaigns of Klan terrorism than simply listing these factors as if they are not consciously combined for effect. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2011. 292p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=691628 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 125447

Author: Spielberger, Julie Title: Building a System of Support for Evidence-Based Home Visiting Programs in Illinois: Findings from Year 2 of the Strong Foundations Evaluation Summary: In the fall of 2009, the Illinois Department of Human Services (IDHS), in collaboration with the Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS), and the Home Visiting Task Force (HVTF) of the Early Learning Council began the implementation of Strong Foundations. Funded by the Children’s Bureau of Administration for Children, Youth, and Families at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Illinois was one of 17 grantees in 15 states to receive funding for 5 years to support the implementation, scale up, and sustainability of evidence-based home visiting programs for the prevention of child maltreatment. Each grantee was expected to conduct local implementation and outcome evaluations, along with an analysis of program costs, and contribute information to a national cross-site evaluation. Strong Foundations is based on the assumption that a well-functioning and effective infrastructure at the state level will be reflected in, and supportive of, a well-functioning and effective local system and the successful operation of program sites. It is further assumed that if programs operate successfully, they will produce long-term positive outcomes on maternal life course, child development, and the prevention of child maltreatment similar to those observed in randomized controlled trials of these evidence-based programs. Following these assumptions, the two overarching goals for Strong Foundations are to: implement activities to strengthen the infrastructure of supports for home visiting programs in Illinois and ensure that programs operate with fidelity to their model and are supported with necessary training and resources. The evaluation focuses on three models of evidence-based home visiting programs in Illinois—Parents as Teachers (PAT), Healthy Families America (HFA), and the Nurse-Family Partnership (NFP). The primary research questions are:1  State system. To what extent do state partners in the Strong Foundations initiative collaborate and implement an effective state infrastructure to support evidence-based home visiting programs, for example, with respect to governance, funding, monitoring and quality assurance, and training and technical assistance?  Community partnerships. How are communities supported and assisted by the state infrastructure in selecting evidence-based home visiting programs to meet the needs of families and in delivering services effectively? Are home visiting programs integrated into the full array of services and supports for families with young children in the community?  Program quality and fidelity. Are home visiting programs being implemented and delivered in a way that is faithful to their program model, for example, with respect to staff selection, training, and supervision; engagement, participation, and retention of families; intensity, length, and frequency of services; and links to other community services? To address these questions, the evaluation includes a process evaluation to assess the implementation of the state system, local infrastructure, and the operation of local programs; a pilot study of the newly implemented Strong Foundations trainings on domestic violence, perinatal depression, and substance abuse, and an administrative data study of program performance, capacity, and fidelity. This second year report is based primarily on interviews in the spring of 2011 with state-level informants and program directors and supervisors at 15 local programs; surveys of supervisors and frontline staff; and records and other secondary information from local programs and state agencies. The report also includes an analysis of administrative data from the IDHS Cornerstone system for Healthy Families Illinois (HFI) programs for a 5-year baseline period prior to full implementation of Strong Foundations. Based on findings from the first two years, we conclude with preliminary recommendations to improve state level structures and supports for evidence based home visitation services, as well as program implementation and quality. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2012. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Building%20Support%20System%20Report_05_25_12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 125448

Author: McCarty, Maggie Title: Drug Testing and Crime-Related Restrictions in TANF, SNAP, and Housing Assistance Summary: Throughout the history of social assistance programs, administrators have attempted to limit access only to those families considered “worthy” of assistance. Policies about worthiness have included both judgments about need—generally tied to income, demographic characteristics, or family circumstances—and judgments about moral character, often as evidenced by behavior. Past policies evaluating moral character based on family structure have been replaced by today’s policies, which focus on criminal activity, particularly drug-related criminal activity. The existing crime and drug-related restrictions were established in the late 1980s through the mid-1990s, when crime rates, especially drug-related violent crime rates, were at peak levels. While crime rates have since declined, interest in expanding these policies has continued. The three programs examined in this report—the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) block grant, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP, formerly Food Stamps), and federal housing assistance programs (public housing and Section 8 tenant and project-based assistance)—are similar, in that they are administered at the state or local level. They are different in the forms of assistance they provide. TANF provides cash assistance and other supports to low-income parents and their children, with a specific focus on promoting work. SNAP provides food assistance to a broader set of poor households including families with children, elderly households, and persons with disabilities. The housing assistance programs offer subsidized rental housing to all types of poor families, like SNAP. All three programs feature some form of drug- and other crime-related restrictions and all three leave discretion in applying those restrictions to state and local administrators. Both TANF and SNAP are subject to the statutory “drug felon ban,” which bars states from providing assistance to persons convicted of a drug-related felony, but also gives states the ability to opt-out of or modify the ban, which most states have done. Housing assistance programs are not subject to the drug felon ban, but they are subject to a set of policies that allow local program administrators to deny or terminate assistance to persons involved in drug-related or other criminal activity. Housing law also includes mandatory restrictions related to specific crimes, including sex offenses and methamphetamine production. All three programs also have specific restrictions related to fugitive felons. Recently, the issue of drug testing in federal assistance programs has risen in prominence. In the case of TANF, states are permitted to drug-test recipients; however, state policies involving suspicionless drug testing of TANF applicants and recipients are currently being challenged in courts. SNAP law does not explicitly address drug testing, but given the way that SNAP and TANF law interact, state TANF drug testing policies may affect SNAP participants. The laws governing housing assistance programs are silent on the topic of drug testing. The current set of crime- and drug-related restrictions in federal assistance programs are not consistent across programs, meaning that similarly situated persons may have different experiences based on where they live and what assistance they are seeking. This variation may be considered important, in that it reflects a stated policy goal of local discretion. However, the variation may also be considered problematic if it leads to confusion among eligible recipients as to what assistance they are eligible for or if the variation is seen as inequitable. Proposals to modify these policies also highlight a tension that exists between the desire to use these policies as a deterrent or punishment and the desire to support the neediest families, including those that have ex-offenders in the household. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R42394: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://assets.opencrs.com/rpts/R42394_20120307.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125450

Author: Lattimore, Pamela K. Title: Prisoner Reentry Services: What Worked for SVORI Evaluation Participants? Summary: This report presents the results from a secondary analysis of data collected for a large multi-site evaluation of state and local reentry initiatives, the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI; see, e.g., Lattimore & Visher, 2009). These data include administrative recidivism data, as well as extensive, detailed information on background characteristics, including criminal and employment history and substance use; treatment and service needs; services and program receipt; and outcomes across multiple domains, including criminal justice, employment, health (including substance use and mental health), and housing. The original data were augmented with updates from administrative records for arrests and incarcerations and used to examine the questions of “what works, for whom, and for how long?” in prisoner reentry programs. In addition, a search of death records identified 55 individuals who participated in the original evaluation who had died as of spring 2011. RESEARCH SUBJECTS This report presents findings for more than 2,300 adult males, adult females, and juvenile males in multiple states who either participated in SVORI programs or were members of control or comparison groups between 2004 and 2007. The study participants had extensive criminal and substance use histories, low levels of education and employment skills, and high levels of need across a range of services (e.g., education, driver’s license, substance abuse treatment, and job training). Participants in SVORI programs received more services, on average, than comparison subjects. STUDY METHODS The original data were collected during interviews 30 days before and 3, 9, and 15 months after release. Data from state agencies and the National Crime Information Center documented post-release recidivism; the original data were augmented with additional years of post-release arrest and reincarceration data for adult subjects. Propensity score techniques were used to improve the comparability between the SVORI and non-SVORI groups. Weighted analyses examined the treatment effects of the receipt of specific services, as well as SVORI program participation. Costs analyses examined the costs savings for arrest and incarceration related expenses associated with services and reentry program participation. MAJOR FINDINGS The results suggest:  Participation in SVORI programs was associated with longer times to arrest and fewer arrests after release for all three demographic groups during a minimum follow-up period of 56 months for the adults and 22 months for the juvenile males.  For the adult males, SVORI program participation was associated with a longer time to reincarceration and also fewer reincarcerations, although the later result was not statistically significant (p = 0.18). For the adult females, the results were mixed and not significant. For the juvenile males, the results for reincarceration were in the right direction (i.e., less likelihood of reincarceration) but were not statistically significant. vi  Individual change services were more likely to be beneficial and practical services detrimental with respect to the time to first arrest for the adult and juvenile male samples. Few effects were significant for the adult females.  Once we controlled for 12 different types of services, there was a strong remaining effect of SVORI program participation on rearrest that was not identified in the previous work that had focused on a shorter follow-up period.  SVORI program participation was associated with a $3,567 reduction in arrest-related costs over the fixed follow-up period for the adult males.  Services oriented towards practical needs including reentry preparation, life skills programs, and employment services did not improve post-release non-recidivism outcomes for men, including housing, employment, and drug use outcomes. In some cases, these services appeared to be detrimental to successful reintegration.  Services oriented toward individual change including substance abuse treatment, cognitive-focused programs, and education (e.g., general equivalency diploma [GED] classes) may have modest beneficial effects on non-recidivism outcomes. Educational services were most consistently associated with positive outcomes for the adult males.  SVORI reentry program participation was associated with positive non-recidivism outcomes in some cases, over and beyond the effects of individual service items, particularly for the adult male sample. CONCLUSIONS Many of the specific services had no effect on housing, employment, substance use, or recidivism outcomes and in some cases the effect was actually deleterious rather than beneficial. There were significant effects of SVORI program participation on arrests following release, with SVORI program participation associated with a 14% reduction in arrests for the adult men, 48% reduction for the adult females, and 25% reduction for the juvenile males over the fixed follow-up periods. The results suggest the need for additional research into the sequencing and effects of specific and combinations of reentry services, with an understanding that some programs may be harmful if delivered at the wrong time or in the wrong way. The results also suggest that follow-up periods longer than 2 years may be necessary to observe positive effects on criminal behavior and criminal justice system interaction, as the strong effects observed at 56 months were not observed at 24 months after release when nonsignificant positive effects were observed. Observation for the longer follow-up periods may be particularly important for high-risk populations such as the populations studied here who had substantial criminal histories and who may have greater difficulty disengaging from past behaviors at release. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2012. 560p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238214.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125451

Author: Morgan, Katherine Ann Title: Domestic Human Trafficking, Pimping, and Prostitution Enforcement in San Diego: A Policy Analysis and Case Study Summary: This research aimed to understand the scope, dynamics, and characteristics of domestic human sex trafficking in San Diego County. The methodology included a content analysis of 17 pimping case investigations, 12 face-to-face interviews with experts in the field, and an examination of the county's current policy and programming responses to these issues. The results of this study are limited due the small sample and lack of direct contact with pimps or prostitutes. This study found that the extent of pimping in San Diego County is greater than previous research indicated. Respondents who work in the field also noted that the rate of gang-related pimping appears to have significantly increased over the past five years and rival gangs are believed to share information and resources to maximize profits resulting from the sexual exploitation of young women. Additionally, major gaps in victim services were noted, such as lack of beds in safe houses, minimal 24- hour emergency services, and scant availability of programs tailored to juveniles and victims with children. Details: San Diego, CA: San Diego State University, 2012. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://sdsu-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.10/1904/Morgan_Katherine.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 125454

Author: Rabin, Nina Title: At the Border between Public and Private: U.S. Immigration Policy for Victims of Domestic Violence Summary: This paper is an examination of the treatment of women in flight from domestic violence at the U.S. Mexico border. It compares the robust state protections and institutional framework for women victims of domestic violence in the interior of the country with the hostile landscape women encounter at the border. The paper draws on three sources for information about the treatment at the border of domestic violence victims: an in-depth case study of one woman’s experience of domestic violence and flight, a small data set of women who fled domestic violence and were detained in Eloy Detention Center in Arizona during 2010 and 2011, and a detailed analysis of the policies and practices at play when a woman in flight from domestic violence comes to the U.S. border. The case study, data sample, and policy analysis paint a grim picture that may surprise many. Women fleeing violence whose lives entangle with the border confront a bureaucracy and a justice system that harkens back to the time, fifty years ago, when domestic violence was seen as a private matter about which there was little the government could or should do to respond. Most often, women are immediately turned around and sent back to the abuse without any opportunity to explain their terror. If they do voice their fear, they are often locked up in detention centers for months and sometimes years at a time. In the majority of cases, after this prolonged incarceration, they are deported back to the abuse from which they fled. The U.S. immigration policies and practices that lead to these results are not only failing to respond to these victims’ harms; they are actually exacerbating their trauma and isolation, often sending them back to a more dangerous situation than the one they originally fled. Building on this descriptive account, the paper analyzes whether there is sound justification for the differential treatment immigrant women victims of domestic violence receive at the border as compared to in the interior of the country. A closer look at the treatment of immigrant victims of domestic violence in the interior reveals that they receive state protection and assistance so long as they are conceived of solely in terms of their victimization. Inevitably, when their status as victims becomes intertwined with their status as undocumented immigrants, the state’s commitment to robust protection and assistance weakens. What is unique at the geographic border, however, is the ways in which these anxieties about admissions are cloaked in language about the “private” nature of the violence at issue for women in flight from domestic violence. This use of the public/private distinction to express underlying concerns about immigration admissions policies is disturbing on two counts: it fails to discuss transparently the considerations at issue and it minimizes the deep structural roots of domestic violence no matter where it occurs. Details: Tucson, AZ: James E. Rogers College of Law, University of Arizona, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft Paper: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2084363 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Shelf Number: 125457

Author: Young, Douglas Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in the Maryland Juvenile Justice System Summary: More than at any time in its past, Maryland is devoting resources to reducing racial and ethnic disparities in its juvenile justice system. Numerous statewide and locally targeted initiatives have been prompted in part by studies that have uncovered disparities at virtually all stages of the system, from juvenile arrest through disposition and placement. This report, which provides the first comprehensive look at the nature and extent of disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in Maryland, as well as initiatives aimed at reducing DMC, is one product of the state’s increased efforts. Unfortunately, the report repeats much the same message as earlier studies: DMC remains an entrenched problem in the state. Despite expanded efforts to reduce disparities, the state continues to struggle—and in some areas is falling further behind—in providing equal treatment of African American, Latino, and White youth involved in the juvenile justice system. But there is some good news: Certain DMC reduction programs do appear to be effective. And the research reported here represents a substantive advance in knowledge about DMC in Maryland. With results and recommendations in hand, state and local experts and practitioners have the beginnings of a road map for improving current efforts and targeting the additional resources that will surely be needed if the state is serious in its commitment to DMC reduction. Hopefully, the report will also help spur the sense of urgency and assiduous engagement and monitoring that must accompany these expanded efforts. The report and underlying research were prepared and conducted by the Institute for Governmental Service and Research at the University of Maryland, College Park, with funding from the Governor’s Office of Crime Control and Prevention (GOCCP). GOCCP staff, the statewide DMC coordinator, and members of the State Juvenile Council contributed valuable input to the report, and the Department of Juvenile Services commendably provided data that underlie much of the report. The report’s presentation and some of its terminology follows from constructs advanced by the federal Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP), which makes states’ receipt of certain federal funds contingent on fulfilling DMC-related reporting and program mandates. Following the Introduction, the report’s sections (and this Executive Summary) roughly parallel OJJDP’s “DMC Cycle”—identification (of the extent of DMC at different stages in juvenile case processing), assessment (of factors that underlie and contribute to DMC), and program assessment (of the state’s current efforts to reduce DMC). Results from a statewide survey of juvenile justice stakeholders on DMC issues are also included in the full report and this summary. In all sections of the report and summary, statewide information is first presented, followed by available results from the state’s five largest jurisdictions (Baltimore City, and Baltimore, Montgomery, Prince George’s, and Anne Arundel Counties). Results and observations on other counties are presented when numbers are sufficiently large to appear stable and reliable. In the full report, key findings and recommendations are included in each of the chapters. In the summary, results from each of the three primary components of the DMC Cycle are vi UM – IGSR presented and then followed by a discussion of recommendations and priorities for immediate and ongoing DMC-related interventions and monitoring. Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, College Park, 2011. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2012 at: http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/documents/DMC-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems (Maryland) Shelf Number: 125459

Author: California State Task Force on Prescription Drug Misuse Title: Prescription Drugs: Misuse, Abuse and Dependency Summary: The nonmedical use of prescription drugs has emerged as a growing and serious problem in California. In response, the California Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs (ADP), under the leadership of Director Renée Zito, convened the Prescription Drug Misuse (PDM) Task Force. The Task Force was charged with studying the problem and developing recommendations to increase awareness, limit access, and reduce misuse rates. For the past year, this group has convened by teleconference. The Task Force developed information and discussed issues concerning use patterns, availability, awareness levels and problems associated with the nonmedical use of prescription drugs by diverse population sub‐groups. This report is a culmination of their efforts. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2012 at: http://www.adp.ca.gov/director/pdf/Prescription_Drug_Task_Force.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125462

Author: Rutgers School of Law–Newark Immigrant Rights Clinic (IRC) Title: Freed but not Free: A Report Examining the Current Use of Alternatives to Immigration Detention Summary: In May 2011, the White House released a report entitled, “Building a 21st Century Immigration System.”1 In recognition of the need to balance the valuable economic contributions made by immigrants with the need to secure the nation’s borders, the Obama Administration detailed its “blueprint” to remedy issues related to unlawful immigration as well as to strengthen the economy.2 The document also included other proposals for change, such as creating a more humane immigration system, providing clearer compliance guidance, and improving the immigration court system.3 Among its many outlined solutions, the Obama Administration made clear its desire to remedy critical detention issues, including expanding the capacity of alternative to detention (ATD) programs.4 As the use of ATD programs increases, the need to examine such programs to ensure they are being carried out fairly and effectively also becomes greater. As set forth in further detail in the report, immigration detention is costly, and it is unnecessary except in rare cases. For this reason, many advocates have called for an increase in alternatives to detention. Despite the proven effectiveness of many alternatives to detention, as this report makes clear, the capacity of the current ATD system is insufficient. At present, many individuals who are released from detention are placed on an Order of Release on Recognizance (ROR) or an Order of Supervision (OSUP), under which participants are required to check in periodically with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), among other requirements. Some of those individuals are subject to the Intensive Supervision Appearance Program (ISAP), which includes an electronic monitoring component and is administered by a private company. This report attempts to examine the use, enforcement, restrictions, and human impact of the existing ATD programs in New Jersey and nationally. For the thousands of individuals that ICE places on supervisory programs—many of whom have been determined to be neither a flight risk nor a danger to the community—ATD programs can be both liberating and debilitating. This report highlights the economic, psychological, emotional, and physical toll faced by individuals under ATD programs and proposes some recommendations for reform. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers School of Law-Newark, Immigrant Rights Clinic; Philadelphia: American Friends Service Committee, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.law.newark.rutgers.edu/files/FreedbutnotFree.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 125470

Author: Locke, Rachel Title: Organized Crime, Conflict, and Fragility: A New Approach Summary: The rise of transnational organized crime in conflict-affected and fragile states poses a serious threat to peace and development. And the pressure transnational organized crime is placing on the international system is stretching the collective ability to respond. While the correlation between conflict and state fragility is well established, this policy paper explains the links between transnational organized crime, conflict, and fragility, showing that the three fit together in an uneasy and potentially deadly triumvirate. The report finds that organized crime does not merely undermine the strength of the state in conflict-affected and fragile contexts, it further impacts the critical and often contested relationship between the state and society. Given this complex context, the author makes a number of recommendations for governments and international actors: • Law-and-order interventions that focus on eliminating cartel leadership remain insufficient and can even reinvigorate long-standing divisions in society. • These status quo interventions must therefore be part of a larger strategy that takes into account the political, economic, and social realities in each context. • In the long run, building and reinforcing the connections between state and society in fragile and conflict-affected contexts will be essential to undermining transnational criminal networks and ensuring lasting peace and development. Details: New York: International Peace Institute, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.ipacademy.org/publication/policy-papers/detail/364-organized-crime-conflict-and-fragility-a-new-approach.html Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 125472

Author: Levin, David J. Title: Validation of the Coconino County Pretrial Risk Assessment Tool Summary: The goal of this analysis was to determine whether the risk assessment instrument used by the Coconino County Pretrial Services is a valid predictor of the likelihood of a defendant on pretrial release failing to appear in court or being rearrested on a new charge while the initial charge was pending. The findings indicate that the instrument is not efficient at predicting either form of pretrial misconduct. No correlation was found between most of the variables included in the instrument and the outcomes of failure to appear or rearrest. Efforts to identify which variables were related using multivariate models proved untenable given problems with selection bias, resulting from the fact that only about half the defendants in the study sample were released during the pretrial period. When release rates are so low, it is not possible to identify the variation between low, medium, and high risk defendants. As a result of these selection bias problems, a new risk assessment instrument was constructed based upon research-­‐based findings from other jurisdictions. Simulations run on the new instrument show that it is successful in sorting out Coconino County defendants by risk level. The simulations also show that no significant additional risk would be incurred by releasing defendants currently not released who resemble defendants who currently are released. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Documents/PJI%20Final%20report%20to%20Coconino%20County.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Release Shelf Number: 125482

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty Title: Criminalizing Crisis: The Criminalization of Homelessness in U.S. Cities Summary: Since the National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty (the Law Center) and the National Coalition for the Homeless released their last report on the criminalization of homelessness, Homes Not Handcuffs, in July 2009, the housing and homelessness crisis in the United States has deepened significantly. In its 2010 survey of 27 large cities, the U.S. Conference of Mayors observed that 52 percent of cities have seen in increase in overall homelessness, while 58 percent have seen an increase in family homelessness. Further, across the surveyed cities, an average of 27 percent of homeless people were turned away from emergency shelter due to lack of space. Despite the fact that communities all over the country lack adequate affordable housing and shelter space, cities are continuing to penalize people forced to live on our streets and in public spaces. Criminalization measures often prohibit activities like as sleeping/camping, eating, sitting, and/or begging in public spaces and include criminal penalties for violations of these laws. Some cities have even enacted restrictions that punish groups and individuals for serving food to homeless people. Many of these measures appear to be designed to move homeless persons out of sight, or even out of a given city. Criminalizing Crisis, the Law Center’s tenth report on the criminalization of homelessness, provides an overview of the criminalization measures in place across the country, as well as guidance on how advocates can combat them and promote more constructive alternatives. The report summarizes the results of a national survey by the Law Center on the enforcement of criminalization measures across the country, as well as a survey of the particular laws in place in 234 cities and the changes in those laws since our 2009 report. Criminalizing Crisis reviews the costs and other impacts of criminalization and includes recommendations for policy change. The report concludes that criminalization measures do nothing to solve the problem of homelessness. Instead, they frequently perpetuate homelessness, place unnecessary burdens on our criminal justice system, and violate homeless individuals’ civil and human rights. The report’s comprehensive Advocacy Manual provides guidance and tools for advocates. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty, 2011. 208p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2012 at: http://www.nlchp.org/content/pubs/11.14.11%20criminalization%20report%20&%20advocacy%20manual,%20final1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125485

Author: Brennan, Tim Title: California Department Of Corrections And Rehabilitation (CDCR), Pilot Study Report, Female Offender Programs and Services (FOPS), Risk and Needs Assessment of Women Offenders in California Prisons: An Evaluation of COMPAS Reentry and NIC’s Gender-Respon Summary: As the number of females in prisons and jails increase in the U.S. (Hartney, 2007), correctional agencies are modifying their strategies to better meet the needs of females and also address the impacts their imprisonment is having on children and families. In July 2005, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) established the Female Offender Programs and Services (FOPS) Office to manage and provide oversight for all adult female programs, including prisons, conservation camps, and community programs. FOPS developed a gender-responsive, culturally sensitive approach to program and policy development aimed at improving recidivism outcomes for adult incarcerated and paroled female offenders under the supervision of the CDCR. In addition, the CDCR established a Gender Responsive Strategies Commission (GRSC) to assist in the development of a Master Plan for female offenders. The GRSC is comprised of representatives of the various disciplines within CDCR, including community partners, nationally recognized experts on female offenders, previously incarcerated individuals, family members of women offenders and other external stakeholders, including the California Commission for the Status of Women, the Little Hoover Commission, as well as labor and legislative representatives. Several subcommittees provide input to the CDCR on institutional operational practice and policy, treatment programs, community re-entry, medical and mental health services, and parole. Collaboratively, FOPS and GRSC have developed and will maintain a Master Plan that provides an organizational blueprint for CDCR to incorporate national standards in operational practice, program development, medical and mental health care, substance abuse treatment, family reunification and community re-entry. The organizational blueprint uses a common Case Management Logic for aligning (1) assessment, (2) interpretation, (3) case-planning, (4) intervention, and (5) evaluation efforts. This report focuses on assessment, the first of the five dimensions. Understanding the female population through an assessment of their risks and needs will guide effort in the other four dimensions of effective case management practice. Assessments are used to determine an offender‘s custody classification, supervision level, programming needs, progress in treatment, appropriateness for early release, reentry and revocation of community supervision. Traditionally, institutions have used the same assessment tools for both men and women. In most cases, the tools were developed and validated on male offender populations. This practice has been challenged by mounting evidence of the differences in female offending, their Northpointe – Evolving Practice Through Scientific Innovation 3 motivation for offending, and how to respond to them once incarcerated (Bloom, Owen, and Covington, 2003). For example, in their report on ―Gender Responsive Strategies for Women Offenders‖ Bloom et al. (2003) document that compared to male offenders females are less likely to commit violent offenses, more likely to have been convicted of a drug-related offense, likely to be survivors of physical and/or sexual abuse as children and adults, and to have multiple physical and mental health problems. Given these differences using a ―gender neutral‖ risk assessment tool on the female offender population may not be sufficiently sensitive to their unique risks and needs (Salisbury, Van Voorhis and Wright 2006; Blanchette and Brown 2006). Moreover, using an assessment tool that does not take women‘s specific risks and needs into account may result in inefficient and ineffective management and treatment of female offenders, not to mention the damaging and stigmatizing effects of over classifying women and placing them at higher levels of custody than necessary (Brennan 2008). In an effort to improve the policies and practices for female offenders, FOPS and GRSC have contracted with Pat Van Voorhis at the University of Cincinnati and Northpointe Institute for Public Management to conduct a pilot study for the development of an assessment instrument tailored to the risks and needs of women that helps case managers guide their re-entry into the community. Currently, CDCR uses COMPAS, a fourth generation assessment tool, to assess females for re-entry into the community. While COMPAS uses gender-specific calibrations of all its risk and need factors and a female-based pattern identification procedure reminiscent of the feminist ―pathways‖ model (Daly and Chesney-Lind 1988, Daly 1992) it does not explicitly include a set of gender-responsive factors. The present study examines whether an additional set of assessment questions or scales specifically developed for the female population can be integrated into the COMPAS to help guide female offenders in their transition to the community. This study thus integrates the ―Women‘s Trailer,‖ a female assessment tool developed by Van Voorhis and colleagues with COMPAS Reentry to create a joint domain space that should provide a more expansive and appropriate Gender-Responsive assessment for women. The results of this pilot study will enhance our understanding of female risks and needs and will contribute to the current debate on how to best assess and intervene with female offenders. Details: Northpoint Institute for Public Management, 2008. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2012 at: http://www.northpointeinc.com/files/research_documents/California_Department_of_Corrections_and_Rehabilitation_(CDCR)_Pilot_Study_Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 125396

Author: Hollander-Blumoff, Rebecca Title: Crime, Punishment, and the Psychology of Self-Control Summary: Criminal law rests on the assumption that individuals — most of the time — have free will. They act in ways that they choose to act, exercising control over their own behavior. Despite this central role of free will and self-control in the conceptualization of criminal responsibility, criminal law scholars have not, to date, considered the implications of decades of research in social psychology on the mechanisms of self-control. This article suggests that examining current social psychology research on self-control offers a novel way to amplify our thinking about crime and punishment, helping to make sense of the way that the law has developed, casting doubt on the descriptive validity of legal perspectives on self-control and crime, and offering potential guidance as we think about appropriate levels of culpability and punishment. Two important broad insights come from examining this psychological research. First, by considering self-control failure at the micro level — in a particular moment of action or inaction — psychological research on self-control helps uncouple self-control questions from broader questions about the existence of free will. The roots of failure to control one’s behavior, important though they may be, are separate from the question of an individual’s ability to do so at a specific time and place. Psychology’s robust findings on the fine-grained aspects of self-control suggest that self-control is a concept with meaning and usefulness for the law, regardless of one’s viewpoint about the existence of free will. Second, taking psychological research on self-control seriously indicates that criminal law may vastly underdescribe the scope of situations in which an individual lacks the ability to control her actions. That is, acts that the law calls “uncontrolled” are a mere subset of the behavior that psychology would call “uncontrolled.” The mismatch between the scope of self-control as described by psychology and criminal law helps to highlight that notions of self-control in the law are inherently constructed by the law itself, rather than reflecting some empirical reality, and that any efforts to define and understand the concept and role of self-control in law as purely positive, rather than normative, are misguided. Details: St. Louis, MO: Washington University in Saint Louis - School of Law, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Washington University in St. Louis Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-05-22: Accessed July 6, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2080858 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 125488

Author: Maryland Department of Juvenile Services Title: Report on Female Offenders: Statistical Information on Girls and An Inventory of Services Summary: The report on Services and Programs for Females was required by Senate Bill 787 / House Bill 511 (Chapters 290 and 291, 2011 Laws of Maryland) enacted during the Maryland General Assembly’s 2011 session. This legislation directed the Department of Juvenile Services (DJS) to report to the General Assembly on the manner in which the Department will use existing resources to ensure that females receive services that are substantially equivalent to those offered to males in fiscal 2013 and subsequent years. The General Assembly further required that the report include statewide and regional information on utilization of: (1) prevention and diversion services; (2) alternatives to detention, including day and evening reporting and shelter care; (3) the continuum of services for those committed to the Department for probation or residential placement, including evidence-based programs; and (4) educational and vocational training and services. In order to discuss the status of female offenders with DJS, and in order to provide the most complete discussion, this report is divided into 4 sections.  Part I will present a statistical overview of females at each decision point in the juvenile justice system. This will allow for examination of trends and will provide a detailed look at a female/male comparison.  Part II will provide a list of all services currently available for girls. This list will be presented by region as well as by counties within each region.  Part III will provide the utilization of prevention and diversion services; alternatives to detention, including day and evening reporting and shelter care; the continuum of services for those committed to the Department for probation or residential placement, including evidence based programs; and educational and vocational training services.  Part IV will discuss how the DJS work to use existing resources to ensure that females receive services that are substantially equivalent to those offered to males in fiscal 2013 and subsequent years. Details: Baltimore, MD: Maryland Department of Juvenile Services, 2012. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.djs.state.md.us/docs/Boys%20and%20Girls.Feb.2012.Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 125489

Author: Maryland Department of Juvenile Services Title: “The Doors to Detention” A Study of Baltimore City Detention Utilization Summary: The Juvenile Detention Alternative Initiative (JDAI) is a project of the Annie E. Casey Foundation through which a team of expert management consultants guided by the Juvenile Justice Strategy Group provides technical assistance to states and local jurisdictions to establish a more effective and efficient juvenile justice system. Baltimore City has participated in the JDAI for more than ten years with important system improvements occurring guided by the JDAI core strategies and principles. The purpose of this report is to provide a snapshot of detention utilization for Baltimore City youth by means of a retrospective study of secure detention placements occurring between June 1 and July 31, 2011. Data were collected from ASSIST (DJS automated case management system), the DRAI instrument, and review of the individual records for the study sample which was comprised of all youth (n = 514) who were newly detained (either pre- or postdisposition) in the study period. Ways that youth entered detention or “doors” were prioritized yielding six mutually exclusive categories. Demographics, supervision status, average daily population, average length of stay, and offense severity were analyzed for the total group and for each of the doors. Key Findings • Baltimore uses detention more heavily than comparable JDAI jurisdictions, and in recent years the use of detention relative to the number of juvenile arrests has actually gone up. • It remains the case that Baltimore’s youth detention population is overwhelmingly black and male. • Most Baltimore detention resources go to youth who are awaiting adjudication before the juvenile court. • Most Baltimore youth placed in detention are already under some form of DJS supervision at the time of placement. • Detention in Baltimore continues to be used disproportionately to hold post-dispositional youth who are awaiting a committed out of home placement. • Most Baltimore detention placements are based on non-violent offenses. • The use of detention in Baltimore is driven overwhelmingly by policies and practices, rather than the offenses of or public safety risks posed by youth. • One of the fundamental challenges to controlling the use of detention in Baltimore is the existence of multiple, sometimes overlapping, pathways (“doors”) into secure detention. Based on these findings, the Department of Juvenile Services outlines ten opportunities to reduce unnecessary detention which exist at one or more of the doors into detention. Additional recommendations to enhance data quality are also put forth. Details: Baltimore, MD: Maryland Department of Juvenile Services, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.djs.state.md.us/assets/Detention_Utilization_Report_Final_version_to_print.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 125490

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Rapid Assessment on Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking: Virginia Summary: Domestic minor sex trafficking (DMST) is the commercial sexual exploitation of a United States (U.S.) citizen or lawful permanent resident (LPR) child through prostitution, pornography or sexual performance for monetary or other compensation (i.e. shelter, food, drugs, etc.). Experts estimate 100,000 U.S. citizen/LPR minors are used in prostitution every year in the U.S., making DMST the single most under-reported, under-identified, and most severe form of commercial sexual exploitation America is facing today.1 The federal Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, and subsequent reauthorizations, has defined all minors involved in commercial sex acts as victims of trafficking, including minors who are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents. Despite being federally defined as victims of a crime, many domestic minor sex trafficking victims are routed through the juvenile justice system under charges of prostitution or related delinquencies instead of being identified as victims in need of services to which they are statutorily entitled. Shared Hope International has researched the identification of and response to domestic minor sex trafficking victims in Virginia. The Rapid Assessment Methodology and Tool: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking in the United States was developed by Shared Hope International, funded by the Department of Justice (DOJ), and implemented in Virginia by Samantha Healy Vardaman, Esq., Taryn Mastrean, Tabatha Mansfield, and Elizabeth Scaife of Shared Hope International. This assessment includes information collected from July to November 2010 through a comprehensive survey of existing research and the completion of 41 interviews with representatives from 32 organizations and agencies that interact with or advocate for victims of domestic minor sex trafficking. An addendum follows that brings in recent information and developments in Virginia, as the issue has rapidly gained attention and action on the part of state leaders and legislators. Throughout the report, Shared Hope International notes effective practices as well as gaps and challenges that are present while working with this challenging population of victims. The goal of this assessment is to provide first responders and community members with information to advocate for improvements in the identification and proper response to DMST victims. This assessment will be provided to all stakeholders to inform the identification of victims and to help bring services. This research offers qualitative data on the DMST issue in Virginia; additional and continuing research to quantify the scope of the problem would help support future action in Virginia. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.sharedhope.org/Portals/0/Documents/VirginiaRA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 125492

Author: Waller, Mark S. Title: Benton County Adult Drug Treatment Court: Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation: Final Report Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for the offenders and their families. Benefits to society include substantial reductions in crime, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. In late 2009, the Benton County Adult Drug Treatment Court (BCADTC) received a program grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance. This grant included funds for evaluation. NPC Research was contracted to perform a process, outcome and cost evaluation. The process study included an examination of BCADTC practices in relation to the 10 Key Components of drug court (NADCP, 1997) and recommendations for enhancements to the program to meet research based best practices results. The outcome evaluation included a criminal justice recidivism study comparing outcomes for drug treatment court participants to a matched group of offenders who were eligible for the program but did not participate. Outcomes were examined for up to five years after drug treatment court entry. The cost evaluation was a cost-benefit analysis that calculated the cost of the program and the costs of participant and comparison group criminal justice related outcomes including rearrests, court cases, time on probation, in jail and in prison. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Benton_County_Adult_Drug_Treatment_Court_Final_Report_1211.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 125493

Author: Smith, Erica Title: Violent Crime against the Elderly Reported by Law Enforcement in Michigan, 2005-2009 Summary: This report presents statistics about violent victimization of persons age 65 or older reported by law enforcement agencies into the FBI's National Incident Based Reporting System from 2005 to 2009. The report describes characteristics of known violent victimizations perpetrated against the elderly in Michigan over the 5-year period, including location and time of day the violence occurred, involvement of weapons, victim-offender relationships, and the percentage of reported violent victimizations of the elderly that resulted in an arrest. It also compares patterns of elder victimization with patterns of victimization of younger persons. Population-based rates of violent victimization are also presented. Highlights include the following: Half (49.5%) of violent victimizations of the elderly known to law enforcement in Michigan involved serious violence— murder, rape, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and kidnapping. More than a third of violent victimizations of elderly women (37.8%) involved the victim's child or grandchild, compared to less than a quarter of victimizations of elderly men (22.5%). The rate of reported violence against elderly men (247.7 per 100,000 males age 65 or older) was 1.4 times higher than the rate for elderly women (172.9 per 100,000 women age 65 or older). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/vcerlem0509.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse (Michigan) Shelf Number: 125494

Author: Winterdyk, John Title: Prison Gangs: A Review and Survey of Strategies Summary: This study collected 34 completed surveys from a list of 50 states, two correctional corporations, and the U.S. Bureau of Prisons, for a response rate of 64 percent (these systems held 954,132 prisoners at midyear 2008). In addition, we conducted an extensive literature review on prison gang literature using North American and international sources. The design was based on a prior study conducted by Ruddell, Decker, and Egley (2006) and assistance in administering the survey was facilitated by the Director of Operational Research for the CSC. We believe that this is one of the most comprehensive surveys on American prison gang interventions. The objective of the study was to provide insight into the following research questions: (1) What different gang management strategies are currently in use in three main areas: a. Prevention (e.g., Thwarting gang recruitment of new members). b. Sanctions (e.g., The use of informal and formal methods of controlling existing gang members). c. Interventions (e.g., Treatment/therapeutic interventions that respond to the offender’s criminogenic needs). (2) What strategies have been used to identify and map gangs (e.g., gang structure and activities), including applications of new technology (e.g., tracking J-Pay funds from community sources to prisoners, or developing computerized databases to track the inter-relationships of offenders). (3) To determine whether any formal evaluations of these strategies have been conducted, and if so, whether these interventions have proven to be effective? (In the absence of formal evaluations, are there any strategies that seem to be effective or promising?) Some of the major findings, organized by the six main sections of the survey, include: 􀂙 Most prison systems have experienced some increase in Security Threat Group (STG) members over the past five years and this has been associated with an increased range of challenges including violence, disruptive behaviors, and threats to staff authority. 4 􀂙 While virtually all prison systems surveyed had management strategies to sanction gang members, the most common intervention still remains segregation and isolation followed by restrictions on privileges, and including gang membership in security rating or classification scores. 􀂙 Relatively few of those who responded acknowledged having formal orientation or reception strategies to inform and discourage gang and/or potential gang members from becoming involved in gangs. 􀂙 Approximately one-half of all prison gang members were thought to be unaffiliated with a gang when they were admitted to prison. According to almost two-thirds of respondents, the primary reason for joining a gang is fear of other inmates. 􀂙 Gang renunciation and treatment programs were present in approximately one-third of the prison systems, but for those jurisdictions that do have such programs their most effective strategy for reducing STG misconduct was the case management activities of counselors. 􀂙 While virtually all respondents collect data and information on STG members virtually no external evaluations were conducted on the relative effectiveness of prison-based gang interventions. 􀂙 The most common problem facing American prisons today, as identified by the 34 respondents, was a lack of dedicated resources to combat STG compounded by an increasing prison population, overworked staff, and changing dynamics of STGs. 5 􀂙 Overall, while there is clear evidence showing that prison gangs/STG represent significant challenges for American prison systems, there is no one clear strategy for the management, monitoring, or evaluating the relative effectiveness of current gang management interventions. The primary reason for the lack of coordination and/or investigation is attributable to a lack of resources for STG investigations and coordination between the different jurisdictions (e.g., local jails, as well as state and federal prisons). Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/briefs/b43/b43-eng.shtml Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Management Shelf Number: 125503

Author: Realuyo, Celina B. Title: It’s All about the Money: Advancing Anti-Money Laundering Efforts in the U.S. and Mexico to Combat Transnational Organized Crime Summary: In the course of examining transnational criminal organizations (TCOs) operating in the U.S. and Mexico, we focus on their most prominent illicit activities like the trafficking of drugs, arms, and persons, and kidnapping, extortion and money laundering. These criminal enterprises leverage global supply chains and weak governance to move their products and services to meet market demand. While the globalization of organized crime is not a new phenomenon, the magnitude, pace and violence accompanying its illicit activities is alarming. In the past five years, Mexico has witnessed unprecedented levels of drug-related violence claiming over 47,000 lives since 2006. According to the U.S. National Drug Intelligence Center, major Mexican-based TCOs and their associates are solidifying their dominance of the U.S. wholesale drug trade and will maintain their reign for the foreseeable future. Their preeminence derives from a competitive advantage based on several factors, including access to and control of smuggling routes across the U.S. border and the capacity to produce (or obtain), transport, and distribute nearly every major illicit drug of abuse in the United States. These TCOs are extremely well funded and well armed: and they are presenting a formidable threat to the security, prosperity, and psyche of the people of Mexico and the United States. For transnational criminal organizations, including those operating in the U.S. and Mexico, “it’s all about the money.” Criminal enterprises seek to maximize profit at every opportunity and minimize their risk of being detected and interdicted. Money is the lifeblood for any organization including governments, private companies, and criminal enterprises. From purchasing goods and services to paying employees, money is the oxygen for any activity, licit or illicit. TCOs engage in money laundering in order to enjoy the spoils from their crimes. Contrary to what some may believe, money laundering is not a victimless crime. The proceeds of crime enrich and empower transnational criminal organizations and allow them to undermine state institutions and economic prosperity. Illegal drug export revenues from Mexico in 2011 were estimated at approximately US$ 6.2 billion, comprised of the major drugs: cocaine (est. $2.8 billion), followed by marijuana ($1.9bn), heroin ($0.9bn) and methamphetamines ($0.6bn). The governments of the U.S. and Mexico recognize that they must attack the economic power of transnational criminal organizations to weaken them. Mexican President Felipe Calderon has said, “The prevention of money laundering and combating financial terrorism is a fundamental part of the state's comprehensive strategy against organized crime." In 2011, the U.S. released its Strategy to Combat Transnational Organized Crime that describes how TCOs and their activities, including money laundering, present a threat to U.S. national security. This paper outlines the use of the economic and financial instruments of national power aimed at degrading transnational criminal organizations in the U.S. and Mexico and increasing their cost of doing business. It will examine the major modes of money laundering employed by the TCOs, describe current U.S. and Mexican anti-money laundering measures, and offer some options for advancing the U.S.-Mexican fight against money laundering. Some options the U.S. and Mexico should consider going forward include:  Make combating money laundering a top priority of their strategies to combat transnational organized crime,  Establish a centralized coordinating mechanism for U.S.-Mexican anti-money laundering activities, such as a TCO Finance Working Group,  Dedicate adequate human, financial, and technological resources to their agencies responsible for combating money laundering,  Enhance bilateral cooperation on money laundering investigations and prosecutions; and  Engage the private and civic sectors in the fight against money laundering and transnational organized crime. Details: Washington, DC: Woodrow Wilson Center for International Scholars, Mexico Institute, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/Realuyo_U.S.-Mexico_Money_Laundering_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Money Laundering Shelf Number: 125504

Author: George, Carrie Title: Deconstructing The Demand for Prostitution: Preliminary Insights From Interviews With Chicago Men Who Purchase Sex: Further Insights: A Comparison of Men Who Purchase Sex Indoors Versus Outdoors Summary: In December of 2006 and June of 2007 the Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation (CAASE), Prostitution Research and Education (PRE), and the Chicago Coalition for the Homeless (CCH) launched a research initiative in Chicago to investigate the cognitive and behavioral patterns of men who purchase sex. A research team of ten individuals, including three survivors of the sex trade, were trained by CAASE and PRE. In the course of four days in December of 2006 the interview team interviewed 54 men who purchase sex. Interviews were held in a public hotel lobby in order to ensure safety for the interviewer and to reassure interviewees that this was, in fact, a legitimate interview and not a policesting. In June of 2007 the second 59 interviews were conducted. These interviews were held in private meeting rooms of Chicago Public Libraries. Participants for this study were recruited by an advertisement that was published weekly in the Chicago Reader and Chicago After Dark (free news publications). The advertisement was also run daily in the “Erotic Services” section of Craigslist. Craigslist is a community website where people can find jobs, locate roommates, sell furniture, etc. It is also a website where people can advertise “erotic services” which is mostly code for prostitution. In the last year there has been increased public awareness of Craigslist as a location where pimps and johns sell and buy sex in great numbers. On Craigslist Chicago men can find thousands of women in prostitution who sell sex in homes, hotels, motels, apartment-based brothels and massage parlor brothels1. We posted our ad in the “Erotic Services” section of Craigslist since we knew men who buy sex would likely be using that website. Our ad read as follows: Chicago based Research Organization is looking to interview men who have paid for commercial sex. Interviews last two hours and are completely confidential. We pay $40.00 in cash at the end of each interview. If interested, please call XXX-XXXXXXX or e-mail _______________. In total, the research team interviewed 113 men who buy sex. In 2008, CAASE released Deconstructing The Demand for Prostitution: Preliminary Insights From Interviews With Chicago Men Who Purchase Sex,2 which summarized the demographic and cognitive characteristics of the men who were interviewed. This report is meant to be the first in a series of addendums meant to give additional insights into men who buy sex. Details: Chicago: Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation (CAASE), 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://g.virbcdn.com/_f/files/2e/FileItem-149843-JohnsWhoPurchaseInsideVersusOutside.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 125507

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking: Child Sex Slavery in Washington Summary: Domestic minor sex trafficking (DMST) is the commercial sexual exploitation of United States citizen or lawful permanent resident (LPR) children through prostitution, pornography or sexual performance for monetary or other compensation (shelter, food, drugs, etc.). Experts estimate at least 100,000 U.S. citizen/LPR minors are used in prostitution every year in the U.S., making DMST the single most under-reported, under-identified, and most severe form of commercial sexual exploitation children are facing today.1 The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, and subsequent reauthorizations, has defined all minors involved in commercial sex acts as victims of trafficking, including minors who are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents. However, the reality is that many domestic minor sex trafficking victims are detained in the criminal justice system under charges of prostitution instead of receiving the services they need and to which they are statutorily entitled. Shared Hope International has researched the identification and proper response to domestic minor sex trafficking victims in Washington. The Rapid Assessment Methodology and Tool: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking in the United States was developed by Shared Hope International, funded by the Department of Justice (DOJ), and implemented in Washington by Melissa Snow, Karen Redington, M.S., and Kelli Russell of Shared Hope International. This assessment includes information collected from September to November 2010 through a comprehensive survey of existing research and the completion of 105 interviews with representatives from over 55 organizations and agencies that interact with or advocate for victims of domestic minor sex trafficking. Best practices are noted throughout the report, as well as the gaps and challenges that are present while working with this difficult population of victims. A motivated group of individuals, organizations, and agencies in Washington are wrestling with the task of identifying and responding to domestic minor sex trafficking victims. Nonetheless, countless victims remain hidden and those who are identified or self-disclose their involvement in prostitution are often placed in the juvenile justice system rather than treated as victims. This results in the failure to access available services for the restoration of victims. The goal of this assessment is to provide Washington first responders and community members with information to advocate for improvements in the identification and proper response to DMST victims. This assessment will be provided to all stakeholders to inform the identification of victims and to help bring them services offered in accordance with the TVPA and its reauthorizations. This research offers qualitative data on the DMST issue in Washington; Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.sharedhope.org/Portals/0/Documents/WashingtonRA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 125515

Author: Shapiro, Melanie Title: Sex Trafficking and Decriminalized Prostitution in Rhode Island Summary: Rhode Island is the only state in the United States where prostitution is decriminalized indoors. Since decriminalization in 1980, the sex industry has expanded and Rhode Island has become a destination for commercial sex in New England. Rhode Island is one of only three states that have not had a human trafficking prosecution. Rhode Island has had no prosecutions of sex trafficking since the state anti-trafficking law was passed in 2007. The goal of this project was to research the history of decriminalization, gather information on Asian massage parlor brothels, and determine if sex trafficking is occurring in these establishments. Research on Asian massage parlor brothels and sex trafficking was carried out by observation of brothels, content analysis of writings by “johns” in online forums, newspaper stories, analysis of federal, state, and local statutes, analysis of known prostitution and sex trafficking cases, and advertisements by Asian massage parlor brothels. Asian massage parlors were the focus of the research since they advertise publicly, making them easier to research than other brothels in Rhode Island. The massage parlor advertisements and the reported experiences of “johns” were monitored for indications of sex trafficking. Interviews about massage parlor brothels and sex trafficking were conducted with public officials, law enforcement personnel, social justice groups, faith-based organizations, and victim service providers. To research the history of decriminalization, the trial transcripts, affidavits, motions, and briefs of the federal case were analyzed. Lawyers, officials, and other people knowledgeable about the decriminalization case were interviewed. Results of the research identified thirty-three Asian massage parlor brothels. Indicators of sex trafficking were found, such as barred windows and sealed exit doors, and the use of surveillance video cameras. Indications of women’s restricted freedom and limited mobility were identified, such as living on the premises and being rotated through a circuit of massage parlors. Content analysis of “johns’” reports of buying sex revealed examples of women’s resistance to engage in sex acts, indicating they may not have been acting freely. Research into the history of prostitution and massage parlor raids found evidence of sex trafficking. In 2006, a federal multistate sex trafficking case included a Providence massage parlor. Decriminalization of prostitution indoors resulted from a confluence of factors. In the late 1970s, citizens demanded police action against street prostitution in their neighborhoods. The existing prostitution laws made criminal procedures slow, and since prostitutes remained on the streets awaiting jury trials, it was ineffective to reduce prostitution. In addition, a prostitutes’ rights group filed a federal sex discrimination against the state of Rhode Island because more women than men were being arrested for soliciting sex even though the statute was genderneutral. Decriminalized prostitution has factored in the expansion of the commercial sex industry and the absence of any federal or state sex trafficking cases. Decriminalization of prostitution also makes it difficult to use existing statutes for organizing and controlling prostitution. Decriminalization of prostitution also interferes with the ability to identify and assist victims of sex trafficking. Details: Kingston, RI: University of Rhode Island, 2009. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Senios Honors Project, Paper 135: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://digitalcommons.uri.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1137&context=srhonorsprog&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3D%2522sex%2520trafficking%2520and%2520decriminalized%2520prostitution%2522%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D1%26ved%3D0CE4QFjAA%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fdigitalcommons.uri.edu%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1137%2526context%253Dsrhonorsprog%26ei%3D59v6T6T5BumU6wG1zoHOBg%26usg%3DAFQjCNH6GGMMpr0oL9JW2X1WV-F6LnciFw#search=%22sex%20trafficking%20decriminalized%20prostitution%22 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 125520

Author: Ridgeway, Greg Title: Police-Community Relations in Cincinnati: Year Two Evaluation Report Summary: In 2002, the Cincinnati Police Department (CPD), the Fraternal Order of Police, and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) initiated a collaboration to resolve social conflict, improve community relations, and avoid litigation in Cincinnati. The collaborative agreement requires the participants to undertake collective efforts to pursue five primary goals: (1) ensure that police officers and community members partner proactively to solve community problems; (2) build respect, cooperation, and trust within and between police and communities; (3) improve CPD education, oversight, monitoring, hiring practices, and accountability; (4) ensure fair, equitable, and courteous treatment for all; and (5) establish public understanding of police policies and procedures and recognize exceptional service to foster support for police. The parties chose the RAND Corporation to evaluate progress for five years and to publish its findings in annual reports. RAND surveyed citizens and officers, reviewed statistics, examined traffic stop data, and analyzed recorded police-citizen interactions, for this, the second annual report. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2006. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/TR445.html Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 104999

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Iron River: Gun Violence and Illegal Firearms Trafficking on the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: Mexico is under siege, its democratic governance is at risk. This report examines the role of the U.S. civilian gun market in the drug-related violence in Mexico that is creeping northward into the United States. Part One provides an overview of the conflict and its links with the United States. These links include the “drug war,” the U.S. civilian firearms market, and transnational street gangs involved in drug and firearms trafficking. Part Two outlines in more detail the role of the U.S. civilian gun market in fueling the war in Mexico. It focuses on weak regulation and the deliberate introduction of military-style firearms that today define the civilian market. Part Three suggests ways to control the firearms traffic. It emphasizes “upstream” measures to inhibit the movement of firearms from legal commerce into illegal trade, as opposed to only law enforcement efforts, which are aimed “downstream” and focus on apprehending and prosecuting smugglers after the damage is done. Some steps can be taken immediately by strong presidential leadership without the need for new legislation. Others require legislation or rule-making procedures. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2009. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/ironriver.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 116390

Author: Beckett, Katherine Title: The Consequences and Costs of Marijuana Prohibition Summary: This report draws on a wide range of data sources to assess the consequences and costs of enforcing criminal laws that prohibit the use of marijuana. Despite widespread and longstanding disagreement about the continuation of marijuana prohibition, the number and rate of marijuana arrests have increased significantly in the United States since the early 1990s. These arrests are not evenly distributed across the population, but are disproportionately imposed on African Americans. Our findings regarding the costs and consequences of marijuana prohibition, as well as state and local efforts to relax it. Details: Seattle, WA: Law, Societies and Justice Program, University of Washington, 2008. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.aclu-wa.org/library_files/BeckettandHerbert.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 113851

Author: Booza, Jason C. Title: Reality vs. Perceptions An Analysis of Crime and Safety in Downtown Detroit Summary: The crime rate in downtown Detroit is significantly lower than the crime rate for the entire United States, the State of Michigan and Michigan’s largest metropolitan areas. Specifically, in 2003 there were 3,004 serious crimes per 100,000 people reported in downtown Detroit compared to 4,063 in the entire United States, 3,788 in Michigan and 4,085 in Michigan’s major metropolitan areas per 100,000 people. Detroit’s rate of serious crime, therefore, is 26% below the national average. During the past four years, the overall rate of serious crime in downtown Detroit has dropped 22%, from 3,027 crimes in 2001 to 2,345 crimes in 2004. Each of the seven categories of serious crime either fell or remained constant during the period. To understand the risk of crime for someone attending a major downtown Detroit event, it is necessary to include in the downtown population count the 19 million visitors who come to the Auto Show and numerous other events each year. Doing so lowers downtown Detroit’s crime rate to a miniscule level of 12 per 100,000 people. Details: Detroit: Wayne State University, 2007. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://www.cus.wayne.edu/content/publications/DMCVBJuneFinalReport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (Detroit) Shelf Number: 117830

Author: Eck, John E. Title: Situational Crime Prevention at Specific Locations in Community Context: Place and Neighborhood Effects Summary: This final report to the National Institute of Justice describes the methods, data, findings and implications of a study of the situational and contextual influences on violence in bars and apartment. The study was conducted in Cincinnati, Ohio. Interviews of managers and observations of sites were made for 199 bars. For apartment complexes owners were interviewed for 307 and observations were made at 994. Using the data from these sources, police records, county land parcel data, and census information, the study examined why some bars and apartments had more violent crime than others. For both types of places, violent crime is highly skewed: a few places have most of the violent incidents but most bars and most apartment complexes have no violence or very little violence. In both bars and apartment complexes, neighborhood context seems to be loosely coupled with violence. Bars were clustered in a few neighborhoods, but violent and non-violent bars were near each other. Neighborhood context influenced the relationship between situational variables and violence in apartment complexes, but not consistently. Place specific features are also important. In bars, minimum drink price and whether the bar was attracting the ideal customer were negatively associated with violence while security was positively associated with violence. In apartment complexes a host of site specific features and management practices were associated with violence, including location, physical characteristics, incivilities, and management practices. These associations sometimes depended on neighborhood disadvantage or violence. To account for these findings, the report describes a hypothetical general model of place management. The report concludes with policy and research implications. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2010. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/229364.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime and Disorder Shelf Number: 118077

Author: Beckett, Katherine Title: Race and Drug Law Enforcement in Seattle Summary: SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS The majority of those who use and deliver serious drugs in Seattle are white. • Data from multiple sources – surveys of public school students, needle exchange clients, and the general Seattle population; mortality data; drug treatment admission data; and an observational study of two outdoor Seattle drug markets – all support the conclusion that a majority of those who use and deliver serious illegal drugs with the possible exception of crack cocaine in Seattle are white. The majority of those purposefully arrested for delivering a serious drug in Seattle are black, and blacks are over-represented among drug arrestees to a greater degree than in nearly all other mid-sized cities. • Although the city population is 8 percent black, two-thirds (67 percent) of those arrested in Seattle for delivery of a serious drug in a four-month sample from 2005–2006 were black. • The black drug arrest rate in 2006 was more than 13 times higher than the white drug arrest rate. • The black drug arrest rate for delivery of a serious drug is more than 21 times higher than the white arrest rate for the same crime. • In 2006, only one of 38 comparable mid-sized cities had a higher degree of racial disproportionality in drug arrests than Seattle. The focus on crack cocaine is the fundamental cause of racial disparity in Seattle drug delivery arrests. • The over-representation of blacks among drug delivery arrestees is not primarily a function of racial differences in drug delivery. o Blacks delivering drugs downtown are 13.6 times more likely to be arrested than whites engaging in the same behavior in the same geographic area. o Blacks are over-represented by a statistically significant margin among those arrested in the Capitol Hill and University District neighborhoods. • Most blacks who are arrested for delivering serious drugs are arrested downtown and outdoors. However, the majority of those arrested in other parts of the city and indoors are also black. • The focus on crack cocaine is a fundamental cause of racial disparity in Seattle drug delivery arrests. o Nearly three-fourths (72.9 percent) of those purposefully arrested for delivery of a serious drug in 2005–2006 were arrested for delivering crack cocaine. Nearly three-fourths (73.4 percent) of those purposefully arrested for delivering crack cocaine in 2005– 2006 were black. o By contrast, fewer than 20 percent of those arrested for delivery of a serious drug other than crack were black. The focus on crack cocaine is not a function of race-neutral policy considerations. • Powder cocaine and ecstasy are the most widely used serious drugs in Seattle. • More Seattle residents are admitted to public drug treatment programs for heroin abuse than for crack cocaine abuse. Heroin users also report making more frequent purchases than crack cocaine users. The frequency with which crack cocaine is exchanged thus does not explain the over-representation of crack cocaine among Seattle drug arrestees. • The focus on crack cocaine is not a function of public health considerations. Although crack cocaine use poses health risks, other serious drugs, especially heroin and other opiates, are more likely to be associated with drug-related mortality and infectious disease. • The focus on crack cocaine is not a function of public safety risks. Among Seattle serious drug arrestees, those involved with crack cocaine were least likely to have a dangerous weapon in their possession at the time of their arrest. • The focus on crack is not a consequence of civilian complaints about that particular substance: there is little geographic correspondence between complaints and delivery arrests, and most complainants do not identify the drug involved. Moreover, most civilian complaints about drug activity do not result in arrest, and most arrests do not involve a civilian complainant. • The degree to which blacks are over-represented among drug arrestees in Seattle continues to be large relative to other mid-sized cities. • Black over-representation in Seattle drug delivery arrests is primarily a function of the focus on crack cocaine. • The focus on crack cocaine does not appear to be attributable to the frequency with which crack cocaine is exchanged, civilian complaints, public health or public safety considerations. • Although colorblind on its face, the focus on crack cocaine does not appear to be a function of race-neutral considerations and continues to produce an unusually high degree of racial disparity in Seattle drug arrests. Details: Seattle, WA: American Civil Liberties Union and The Defender Association, 2008. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://faculty.washington.edu/kbeckett/Race%20and%20Drug%20Law%20Enforcement%20in%20Seattle_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 125522

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Dating-Specific Parenting in Adolescence and Young Adult Dating Violence Summary: Most prior studies of intimate partner violence (IPV) have relied on traditional indices of parental support, control or coercion to examine how parents influence IPV. We examine whether parental reports of adolescent dating specific attitudes and behaviors (cautioning to delay dating, imposing dating rules, questioning partner choices, and expressing gender mistrust) are associated with young adult child’s report of IPV, once traditional parent factors and other covariates are introduced. Analyses rely on data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (n=680), a four wave longitudinal study. Results indicate that each of the indices of dating-specific parenting and a composite measure of parental negativity about dating are related to later reports of intimate partner violence. With the addition of various controls, including the traditional parenting measures, “questioning partner choice” and the general composite measure remain significant predictors. Gender interactions were not significant, indicating that parents’ dating-specific attitudes and behaviors exert similar effects on young adult male and female reports of IPV. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: 2012 Working Paper Series: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2012-036/PWP-BGSU-2012-036.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 125524

Author: Smith, Linda A. Title: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking: Child Sex Slavery in Arizona Summary: Domestic minor sex trafficking (DMST) is the commercial sexual exploitation of United States citizen or lawful permanent resident (LPR) children through prostitution, pornography or sexual performance for monetary or other compensation i.e. shelter, food, drugs, etc. Experts estimate 100,000 U.S. citizen/ LPR minors are used in prostitution every year in the U.S., making DMST the single most under-reported, under-identified, and most severe form of commercial sexual exploitation children are facing today.1 The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, and subsequent reauthorizations, has defined all minors involved in commercial sex acts as victims of trafficking, including minors who are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents. However, the reality is that many domestic minor sex trafficking victims are detained in the criminal justice system under charges of prostitution instead of receiving the services they need and to which they are statutorily entitled. Shared Hope International has researched the identification and proper response to domestic minor sex trafficking victims in Arizona. The Rapid Assessment Methodology and Tool: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking in the United States was developed by Shared Hope International, funded by the Department of Justice (DOJ), and implemented in Arizona by Taryn Mastrean and Samantha Healy Vardaman, J.D., both of Shared Hope International. This assessment includes information collected from July to September 2010 through a comprehensive survey of existing research and the completion of 64 interviews with representatives from 36 organizations and agencies that interact with or advocate for victims of domestic minor sex trafficking. Best practices are noted throughout the report, as well as the gaps and challenges that are present while working with this difficult population of victims. A motivated group of individuals, organizations, and agencies in Arizona are wrestling with the task of identifying and responding to domestic minor sex trafficking victims. Nonetheless, most victims remain hidden and those who are identified or self-disclose their involvement in prostitution are often placed in the juvenile justice system rather than treated as victims. This results in the failure to access available services for the restoration of victims. The goal of this assessment is to provide Arizona first responders and community members with information to advocate for improvements in the identification and proper response to DMST victims. This assessment will be provided to all stakeholders to inform the identification of victims and to help bring them services offered in accordance with the TVPA and its reauthorizations. This research offers qualitative data on the DMST issue in Arizona; additional research to quantify the scope of the problem would support upcoming action in Arizona. Phoenix is a state and national leader on domestic minor sex trafficking. Professionals in other municipalities within Arizona expressed great desire to implement the same response measures that have proven successful in Phoenix; however, financial support is more difficult to obtain for these smaller cities and counties. Inadequate funding and limited resources have restricted responders and service providers from implementing proper identification, investigation, prosecution, service response, and aftercare for victims of trafficking. Dedicated actors around the state illustrate that Arizona has the elements necessary to grow as a national leader on the issue of domestic minor sex trafficking through continued collaboration and advocacy despite adverse economic conditions. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2010. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2012 at: http://www.sharedhope.org/Portals/0/Documents/ArizonaRA.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 125526

Author: Shapiro, Robert J. Title: The Economic Benefits of Reducing Violent Crime: A Case Study of 8 American Cities Summary: This report presents the findings and conclusions of a yearlong project to examine and analyze the costs of violent crimes in a sample of eight major American cities and estimate the savings and other benefits that would accompany significant reductions in those crimes. This analysis draws on data pinpointing the incidence and location of murders, rapes, assaults, and robberies. The data were provided by the police departments of Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Houston, Jacksonville, Milwaukee, Philadelphia, and Seattle. We examined a broad range of both direct and intangible costs associated with those violent crimes based on their incidence in each of the eight cities in 2010. The direct costs reported here are those borne by the residents and city governments of the eight cities, although additional costs are also borne by state and federal governments and the taxpayers who finance them. Finally, we calculated the benefits to those residents associated with substantial reductions in violent crime, including the impact on residential home values and a variety of savings to the city governments. In today’s tight fiscal and economic environment, the mayors and city councils of every city—along with state and the federal governments—are searching for ways to reduce their spending and expand their revenues. The common challenge is to achieve sustainable fiscal conditions without hobbling government’s ability to provide the vital goods and services that most Americans expect, all without burdening businesses and families with onerous new taxes. This analysis provides another way available to many American municipalities: Secure budget savings, higher revenues, and personal income and wealth gains by reducing violent crime rates. To calculate the extent of those savings and benefits, we analyze a broad range of direct costs associated with the violent crime in the eight cities sampled here. These direct costs start with local spending on policing, prosecuting, and incarcerating the perpetrators of those crimes. These costs also encompass out-of-pocket medical expenses borne by surviving victims of violent crime as well as the income those victims must forgo as a result of the crimes. These costs also include the lost incomes that would otherwise be earned by the perpetrators of violent crimes had they not been apprehended—as distasteful as it is to calculate the foregone income of rapists or armed robbers who are arrested, convicted, and incarcerated. These direct, annual costs range from $90 million per year in Seattle to around $200 million per year in Boston, Jacksonville, and Milwaukee, to more than $700 million in Philadelphia and nearly $1.1 billion for Chicago. This report also examines certain intangible costs associated with violent crime, including the pain and suffering of the surviving victims of violent crime and the costs to the families of murder victims. Across the eight cities examined here, the total annual costs of violent crimes, including these intangible costs as well as the more direct ones, range from more than $300 million per year in Seattle to more than $900 million in Boston, to some $3.7 billion per year in Philadelphia and $5.3 billion for Chicago. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2012 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2012/06/pdf/violent_crime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 125533

Author: Minnesota. Judicial Branch. State Court Administrator's Office Title: Minnesota Statewide Adult Drug Court Evaluation Summary: The first drug court in Minnesota started in Hennepin County in 1996. However, not until the mid-2000s did drug courts spread throughout the state, primarily in counties where judges had interest in the drug court concept. By July 2007, Minnesota had 27 operational drug courts, covering one third of Minnesota counties. In 2007, the Judicial Council approved, upon the Drug Court Initiative Advisory Committee (DCI) recommendation, the Drug Court Standards, which became Judicial Council Branch Policy 511.1. The Standards, based on the 10 Key Components published by the U.S. Department of Justice’s Office of Justice Programs, and written by the National Association of Drug Court Professionals (NADCP), require all drug courts to follow uniform practices. The Standards allow flexibility at the local level, while keeping basic and foundational aspects of drug courts uniform across all locations. The Standards provide the foundation for the evaluation. The research questions evaluate if drug courts meet the three goals of drug courts, as well as the extent courts are employing the practices required and recommended by the Standards. A comparison group is used to evaluate outcome measures related to incarceration and recidivism. In June 2008 the DCI approved the Statewide Drug Court Evaluation plan. The plan focused on a cohort of adult and hybrid drug court participants entering drug courts from July 2007 to December 2008. All drug courts in Minnesota operational during the evaluation period are included in the evaluation. The evaluation measures drug court processes, compliance with the standards, outcomes for incarceration time served by participants, and recidivism rates of new charges and convictions. The comparison group includes court participants meeting drug court eligibility criteria (e.g. chemically dependent) and matching similar characteristics of the selected drug court participants (e.g. offenses, criminal history, and demographics). Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Judicial Branch, 2012. 157p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2012 at: http://www.mncourts.gov/Documents/0/Public/Drug_Court/2012%20Statewide%20Evaluation/MN_Statewide_Drug_Court_Evaluation_Report_-_Final_Public.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 125542

Author: Evans, Douglas N. Title: Pioneers of Youth Justice Reform: Achieving System Change Using Resolution, Reinvestment, and Realignment Strategies Summary: In the past three decades, state and local governments implemented a variety of reform strategies to reduce the youth justice system’s reliance on confinement facilities and to serve as many youth as possible in their own homes or at least in their own communities when removal from the home is warranted. The various reform strategies may be conceptualized as relying on three distinct but interrelated mechanisms: resolution, reinvestment, and realignment (Butts and Evans 2011). Resolution refers to the use of managerial authority and administrative directives to influence system change; reinvestment entails the use of financial incentives to encourage system change; and realignment employs organizational and structural modifications to create new systems. This report describes the history and implementation of the most well-known reform initiatives that draw upon one or more of these mechanisms to achieve system change and it considers their impact on juvenile confinement at the state and local level. Details: New York, NY: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2012. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2012 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/rec20123.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 125545

Author: Texas. Sunset Advisory Commission Title: Staff Report with Hearing Material: Texas Department of Criminal Justice, Correctional Managed Health Care Committee, Windham School District, Board of Pardons and Paroles Summary: This review assesses the agencies' functions, structures, and relationship to one another. Details: Austin: Texas Sunset Advisory Commission, 2012. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2012 at: http://www.sunset.state.tx.us/83rd/CJ/CJ_hm.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems (Texas) Shelf Number: 125591

Author: Uggen, Christopher Title: State-Level Estimates of Felon Disenfranchisement in the United States, 2010 Summary: The United States is one of the world’s strictest nations when it comes to denying the right to vote to citizens convicted of crimes. A remarkable 5.85 million Americans are forbidden to vote because of “felon disenfranchisement,” or laws restricting voting rights for those convicted of felony-level crimes. In this election year, the question of voting restrictions is once again receiving great public attention. This report is intended to update and expand our previous work on the scope and distribution of felon disenfranchisement in the United States (see Uggen and Manza 2002; Manza and Uggen 2006). The numbers presented here represent our best assessment of the state of felon disenfranchisement as of December 31, 2010, the most recent year for which complete data are available. Our goal is to provide statistics that will help contextualize and anticipate the potential effects of felon disenfranchisement on elections in November 2012. T Our key findings include the following:  Approximately 2.5 percent of the total U.S. voting age population – 1 of every 40 adults – is disenfranchised due to a current or previous felony conviction.  Ex-felons in the eleven states that disenfranchise people after they have completed their sentences make up about 45 percent of the entire disenfranchised population, totaling over 2.6 million people.  The number of people disenfranchised due to a felony conviction has escalated dramatically in recent decades as the population under criminal justice supervision has increased. There were an estimated 1.17 million people disenfranchised in 1976, 3.34 million in 1996, and over 5.85 million in 2010.  Rates of disenfranchisement vary dramatically by state due to broad variations in voting prohibitions. In six states – Alabama, Florida, Kentucky, Mississippi, Tennessee, and Virginia – more than 7 percent of the adult population is disenfranchised.  1 of every 13 African Americans of voting age is disenfranchised, a rate more than four times greater than non-African Americans. Nearly 7.7 percent of the adult African American population is disenfranchised compared to 1.8 percent of the non-African American population.  African American disenfranchisement rates also vary significantly by state. In three states – Florida (23 percent), Kentucky (22 percent), and Virginia (20 percent) – more than one in five African Americans is disenfranchised. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/fd_State_Level_Estimates_of_Felon_Disen_2010.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Convicts Shelf Number: 125608

Author: Listwan, Shelley Johnson Title: The Prison Experience and Reentry: Examining the Impact of Victimization on Coming Home Summary: With the adoption of the Prison Rape Elimination Act in 2003, institutions around the country began developing policies and procedures related to the detection, prevention, and elimination of sexual victimization in prison. The research, however, was in its infancy and little was known regarding the context, severity, and impact of victimization on a variety of outcomes. This study explored the impact of emotional, physical, and/or sexual victimization on inmates who were returning to the community. Few, if any studies have explored the additive effect victimization may have on an already difficult transition period for offenders. The study hypothesized that victimization intensified mental health problems and criminal behavior. Recently released prisoners from twenty-two halfway houses and prisons in Ohio, were selected for this study. Standardized instruments were utilized to assess the inmates’ psychological status in various areas, including but not limited to post-traumatic cognitions, depression, anxiety, social support, coping, and criminality. The final analysis compared recidivism rates between those who report having been victimized and those who have reported not being victimization. The findings from this study have implications for policy and practice. For example, by examining patterns of victimization, administrators may be able to develop strategies towards identifying those at risk for victimization even in an inmate who has not come forward, thereby facilitating early, needed interventions. Early detection and intervention could significantly reduce the negative impact of victimization on inmates. Additionally, this study provides support for expanding the types of services provided to incarcerated individuals, both in the institution and after release. It is important that practitioners identify and comprehend the impact that victimization can have on reentry, short- and long-term. Details: Kent, OH: Institute for the Study and Prevention of Violence, Kent State University, 2012. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238083.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Elimination Act Shelf Number: 125609

Author: Morgan, Robert D. Title: Re-Entry: Dynamic Risk Assessment Summary: Much research has gone into the prediction of criminal and violent behavior. The majority of studies in this area of risk assessment have focused on risk factors that are defined through preincarceration behavior and background. With little exception, these historical risk factors are rated by a professional based upon interview and file review. Considerable time can elapse between initial incarceration and release and therefore the risk factors central to the risk assessment process represent old, albeit important information. The focus on historical variables precludes key factors of: (a) current psycho/social functioning, (b) predictors sensitive to measuring community functioning, and (c) details of the offender’s social situation at release. The purpose of this prospective study was to evaluate recidivism as a process, focusing on the ability of dynamic factors to predict release performance. This project aimed to provide an initial step towards providing supervising staff with the tools to make meaningful assessments of a change in risk and hence change in likelihood to re-offend. Thus, this project emphasized reentry as a dynamic process rather than an event (crime / no crime). For this study we had the overarching goal to investigate the dynamic predictors of post-release performance in a correctional sample entering the community. Three specific goals led the investigation: Goal #1: Replicate a predominantly mental health study that successfully measured dynamic change as it related to release incidents. Goal #2: Expand the dynamic content to areas of psycho/social functioning. Goal #3: Improve the methodology of previous studies, thereby allowing for stronger conclusions. To accomplish these goals data were obtained from 133 male offenders paroled from Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) correctional facilities from June 11, 2008 – January 31, 2011. Although we aimed to recruit 318 inmates, the actual sample size was significantly less largely due to fewer parolees released to Lubbock County, the home county of the researchers, than initially expected. Although some offenders declined to participate (refused participation), these refusals did not account for a significant decrease in the sample size. Participants had a mean age of 34.9 years (SD = 11.09 years) and were predominantly black (33.8%) or white (19.5%) with approximately one-half of participants of Hispanic ethnicity (45.9%). Participants completed, on average, 10.7 years of education and 38% of the sample graduate high school. Offenders that participated in this study were primarily convicted of non-violent offenses (84.3%), and 52% of participants failed a prior sentence of community supervision. Participants were recruited to participate in a 7-wave data collection procedure (upon community re-entry and monthly follow-up for minimum of 6 months) with measures designed to measure criminal risk or that have proven related to criminal outcomes. Results indicated adequate internal consistency reliability and temporal stability; however, interrater reliability and convergent validity for the selected rated measures were unstable. Consequently, the inclusion of dynamic risk factors did not contribute to the predictive power of static variables. Most notably, in this study changes in offenders dynamic functioning was not associated with changes in community outcomes. That is, measuring change in offenders functioning using rated measures did not increase our ability to predict community failure. Importantly however, offenders were able to self-report risk areas that were predictive of community failure suggesting that offenders should be involved in the criminal risk assessment. Finally, the results of this study support previous findings that current measures of risk prediction may not be culturally sensitive. That is, the measures appear to be better at predicting criminal risk for white offenders, but less accurate when predicting criminal behavior for nonwhite offenders (i.e., black and Hispanic offenders in this study). Implications of these findings for clinicians and policy makers are discussed. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238075.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Classification (U.S.); Parole Casework; P Shelf Number: 125610

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Carnage Interrupted: An Analysis of Fifteen Terrorist Plots Against Public Surface Transportation Summary: This report examines 13 terrorist plots against public surface transportation that were uncovered and foiled by authorities between 1997 and 2010 and two failed attempts to carry out attacks. Certainly, this is not the total universe of foiled or failed terrorist plots in these years, but they were selected on the basis of what is known about them and the accessibility of information. The report focuses on terrorist plots in the West. Seven of the 15 plots took place in the United States, and four occurred in the United Kingdom. These two countries figure prominently as targets of terrorism, and in addition, American and British officials have dealt with terrorist plots through publicized arrests and trials, which provide additional information. Although motive was not a criterion in the selection of the plots, all but one involve individuals or groups inspired by al Qaeda’s ideology of violent global jihad against the West. The exception is the 1997 Flatbush plot, in which two terrorists, both of whom had connections with Hamas, angered by events in Palestine, simply wanted to kill as many Jews as possible to express their opposition to U.S. support for Israel. Other sources suggest that the Flatbush plotters wanted to force the release of jailed Islamist terrorists in the United States, including Ramzi Yousef, who participated in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, and Sheik Omar Abdul-Rahman, who was convicted for his involvement in a plot to carry out additional bombings in New York. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, College of Business, San José State University, 2012. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: MTS Report 11-20: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.transweb.sjsu.edu/PDFs/research/2979-analysis-of-terrorist-plots-against-public-surface-transportation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 125611

Author: Patel, Roopal Title: Criminal Justice Debt: A Toolkit for Action Summary: Criminal justice debt is a huge problem for the overwhelmingly indigent population of the United States criminal justice system. States charge a number of fees at every stage of criminal processing: fees for public defenders, jail fees, prison fees, court administrative fees, prosecution fees, probation fees, parole fees, etc. When these fees are applied without considering if a person can actually pay them or not, it can create enormous costs for the individuals ensnared in the criminal justice system. Many offenders now serve multiple sentences because they cannot afford to pay. They often face another physical sentence, or as they struggle to make payments, they may suffer a host of collateral consequences that create barriers to re-entering society and raise the specter of re-imprisonment. Criminal Justice Debt: A Toolkit for Action examines the myriad problems that criminal justice debt collection policies create for the individuals in the criminal justice system, the communities they reside in, and the states who attempt to make money off of them. The report also analyzes the impact these charges have had on the states that attempt to collect fees from people who cannot pay them. The authors propose areas that advocates can target for reform, and present action materials that advocates can use to build a successful campaign to fight for more just policies. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://brennan.3cdn.net/4c14b93f5afee89bd5_zfsm6v848.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Debt Shelf Number: 125612

Author: Ferrell, Christopher E. Title: Neighborhood Crime and Travel Behavior: An Investigation of the Influence of Neighborhood Crime Rates on Mode Choice - Phase II Summary: There are considerable environmental and public health benefits if people choose to walk, bicycle, or ride transit, instead of drive. However, little work has been done on the effects of neighborhood crimes on mode choice. Instinctively, we understand that the threats posed by possible criminal activity in one’s neighborhood can play a major role in the decision to drive, take transit, walk or ride a bicycle, but so far little empirical evidence supports this notion, let alone guides public infrastructure investments, land use planning, or the allocation of police services. This report--describing Phase 2 of a research study conducted for the Mineta Transportation Institute on crime and travel behavior – finds that high crime neighborhoods tend to discourage residents from walking or riding a bicycle. When comparing a high crime to a lower crime neighborhood the odds of walking over choosing auto decrease by 17.25 percent for work trips and 61 percent for non-work trips. For transit access to work trips, the odds of choosing walk/bike to a transit station over auto decrease by 48.1 percent. Transit trips, on the other hand, are affected by neighborhood crime levels in a similar way to auto trips, wherein high crime neighborhoods appear to encourage transit mode choice. The odds of taking transit over choosing auto increase by 17.25 percent for work trips and 164 percent for non-work trips. Surprised by this last finding, the research team tested two possible explanations for why high levels of neighborhood crime would increase transit use: 1) the mode choice models do not adequately account for the effects and interplay between urban form and crime levels and mode choice; and 2) people who ride in cars or take transit may feel more protected when riding in a vehicle (termed here, the “neighborhood exposure hypothesis”). To investigate the first explanation, the researchers tested a number of alternative urban form and crime interaction variables to no effect. Digging deeper into the second hypothesis, the researchers tested whether the access portion of transit trips (walking, bicycling, or driving to a transit stop) is sensitive to neighborhood crimes as well, wherein high crime neighborhoods discourage walking and bicycling and encourage driving to transit stations. The report provides evidence that high crime neighborhoods encourage driving to transit stops and discourage walking or bicycling, lending support to the neighborhood exposure hypothesis. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, College of Business, San José State University, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: MTI Report 11-04: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://transweb.sjsu.edu/PDFs/research/2802-Neighborhood-Crime-Travel-Mode-Behavior.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhooda and Crime; Travel Behavior Shelf Number: 125613

Author: Gabor, Thomas Title: Evidence-Based Crime Prevention Programs: A Literature Review Summary: The current fiscal crisis has led governments at all levels to reflect on their approaches to fighting crime. A decline in the revenues of local governments compels them to prioritize programs on the basis of their efficacy and cost effectiveness. A recent editorial in the Palm Beach Post (August 24th) stated that the pressure is on the Criminal Justice Commission (CJC) to demonstrate that cherished programs, such as the youth empowerment centers, are effective in reducing crime. Research and evaluation allow funding to proceed by demonstrating program effectiveness. They also contribute to a more impartial and transparent way of arriving at funding decisions. The present project involved a structured, scholarly literature review that was designed to achieve two objectives: 1) to assess the evidence underlying the key crime prevention programs and initiatives currently being funded by Palm Beach County; and, 2) to identify exemplary or promising programs that might be considered for implementation in the County. The ultimate goal was to provide evidence-based information that would inform crime policy, improve the operation of the criminal justice system, and reduce crime. Decisions taken on the project, including the selection of programs to be covered by the literature review, were made collaboratively with the Research and Planning Unit of the CJC. In short, this review aimed to answer the question of “what works” in crime prevention and what is likely to work in Palm Beach County. This paper describes the methodology used in the structured literature review as the aim was to minimize the bias that frequently intrudes in literature reviews. The selection of materials for literature reviews, the material extracted from each work, and the methods used to assess the literature as a whole can easily be influenced by one’s prior expectations and beliefs. Therefore, a systematic approach is taken in the present 2 Thomas Gabor, LLC Literature Review of Crime Prevention Programs review. A critical aspect of this review is to distinguish between evaluations on the basis of their methodological rigor. While some program evaluations are true experiments with randomization (also known as randomized control trials), the vast majority use less rigorous methods. The more rigorous a study, the more reliable will be the conclusions of the evaluation. Hence, the greater the confidence will be that the program will be effective if implemented elsewhere. Thus, the weight given to the conclusion of an evaluation study must take into account the methodology applied. Methods for rating evaluation studies and for drawing conclusions across studies are presented below. The ultimate goal of the review is to facilitate the implementation of politically neutral and evidence-based crime prevention programming in Palm Beach County. Details: West Palm Beach, FL: Palm Beach County Board of County Commissioners and Criminal Justice Commission, 2011. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.pbcgov.com/criminaljustice/youth/pdf/FinalReportStructuredLiteratureReview.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 125616

Author: Allegheny Casualty Title: Taxpayer Funded Pretrial Release: A Failed System Summary: 􀀃 􀀃 􀀃 PREFACE Persons legitimately suspected by a proper official of having committed a crime are processed into custody – usually the county jail where they remain until trial unless they are released upon approval of the court. Such a release pending trial is always based upon an assurance, acceptable to the court, that the person will return to court as directed. These promises of the defendant to make their scheduled court appearance fall neatly into two categories: where the promise is financially secured (posting of a bond) or where the release is based upon an unsecured promise to come back for trial. These unsecured releases are frequently recommended by, and supposedly administered through, a local taxpayer funded county agency commonly called “Pretrial Services.” Arranging for secured release is done by the private sector industry known as commercial bail bonding. It will be seen that claims by Pretrial Services which advocate that their taxpayerfunded agencies are a beneficial adjunct to local courts and law enforcement should be scrutinized carefully. Their key performance function is in getting persons in their charge to court for disposition of the charges against them. Proof will be provided to show that in this critical performance requirement Pretrial Services dramatically fails the test. The purpose of this booklet is to point out the critical differences between these two approaches and how those differences affect the public safety and economic interests of citizens. It is hoped that judges, state legislators and local government leaders will, by reviewing these materials, be better able to make appropriate decisions relative to the type of pretrial release system that would best serve the interests of their respective constituents. Details: Fairfax, VA: American Bail Coalition, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.americanbailcoalition.com/documents/PretrialWebBooklet-link.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 119660

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Comparing South Mountain Neighborhood Arrestees among AARIN Respondents Summary: The South Mountain neighborhood is located in the southern part of the City of Phoenix in Maricopa County. The three zip codes of 85040, 85041 and 85042 comprise the bulk of the neighborhood and serve as the target area boundary for this report. South Mountain is a distressed community, with significant need and limited resources. It is an area that differs from most of the city, with a pre- dominantly economically disadvantaged Latino and African-American population. As part of Maricopa County’s efforts to identify the needs, the gaps in services and resources, and to use data to inform the County about making effective and meaningful policy changes, this report uses data collected as part of the ongoing AARIN project and economic measures derived from U.S. Census data to help examine and potentially guide restoration efforts in South Mountain. The report is divided into two sections for analysis. The first section uses U.S. Census estimates as a basis for understanding some of the community’s social and economic context through demographic characteristics. The second series of analysis relies on data gathered as part of the AARIN project to compare arrestees from the South Mountain area to respondents from the rest of Maricopa County. When the information provided by AARIN respondents is combined with the social and economic characteristics of the South Mountain community at large, meaningful policy implications emerge. Details: Phoenix: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2009. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/AARIN%20Report_south%20mountain_FINAL2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders (Arizona) Shelf Number: 125619

Author: Estep, Ben Title: Economic Study of Integrated Family Support Programme (IFS) Summary: nef consulting (the consultancy arm of UK think thank the new economics foundation) was asked in March 2012 to assess the potential socio-economic impact of the Prison Advice and Care Trust’s Integrated Family Support (IFS) programme. This assessment focuses on the economic impact of the work carried out by the programme on behalf of prisoners and their families. Our research is based on case studies, administrative data provided by the programme and interviews with programme staff. There is a sizeable body of literature on the varied needs of prisoners and their families and a growing recognition that these needs, particularly those related to the maintenance of productive family ties, are closely associated with successful resettlement. The importance of prisoner and family support work is underscored by the rapidly growing prison population. At the time of writing, there are just under 87,000 people in prison in England and Wales, an increase of 23 per cent over the last ten years and a population that has nearly doubled over the last two decades. Whilst delivering economic savings is not the primary motivation of IFS, in a climate of both reduced social spending and increasing prison populations this is an important and under-evidenced question to consider. For purposes of this analysis, we focus on IFS work in three prisons: HMP Swansea, HMP Wandsworth, and HMP Eastwood Park, and in three different areas: visits (including help arranging and supporting visits between offenders and their families and intermediary work between offenders and families); support to families (including provision of information, emotional support, referral to services and interfacing with social services); and resettlement-focused help (including housing and employment support, and benefits and debt advice). Based on our review of the support that IFS offers and accounting for multiple scenarios, we estimate that IFS delivers potential benefits to the State of between £515,465 and £3,479,294 over a one year period. Based on an annual cost per programme site of £40,368 in London and £35,972 elsewhere, and using our middle estimate, this represents a value of £1,281,240 or return of £11.41 for every £1 invested. The predominant source of this impact is in cost savings from reductions in reoffending due to IFS work toward the encouragement and supporting of visits, and the consequent maintenance of family ties. Potential social and health care savings related to prisoner’s families have also been identified, as well as cost avoidance based on resettlement-focused planning. It is worth noting that there are a number of other probable impacts connected to IFS that are beyond the scope of this study, and the existing literature, to capture. This includes the future potential positive impacts on children and their life chances, amongst others. This assessment demonstrates that IFS provides good value for money for the taxpayer. As IFS’s work continues, we would encourage recording client outcomes systematically and longitudinally in order to evidence the socio-economic impact of the programme. The way in which the support offered contributes separately and collectively to changes for offenders and families is in need of deeper investigation. A better understanding of the way in which individual IFS sites are developing their model to create change will both contribute to the on-going development of the programme and help its wider impact. This conservative assessment has been prepared using a portfolio analysis approach informed by Social Return on Investment (SROI) principles and cost-benefit analysis. Beyond the areas of support on which we focus here, case studies and conversations with IFS staff, as well as evidence in the research literature, suggests that IFS’s work also has a material impact on the well-being of prisoners and families. Moving forward, IFS may consider adopting a full social value analysis which could help evidence and value these additional benefits. Details: London: nef (new economics foundation), 2012. 35p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.prisonadvice.org.uk/files/nef_Pact%20IFS%20Economic%20study.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 125593

Author: Dvorak, Lisa Title: Designing and Implementing a Citizen Police Academy Summary: Police-community relations programs are typically established to help the community understand the role and problems of the police officer. In our ever-changing society the role and expectations of a police officer is not well-defined. This can contribute to misperception on the part of the police and the citizens. The police may be seen as inefficient or exceeding their authority and the citizens as uninterested or critical, wanting to exercise more control over police operations. To be effective, policing must involve a cooperative relationship between the citizens and the police. In his principles of law enforcement, Sir Robert Peel identified public approval, citizen cooperation, and crime prevention as necessary elements of policing. Police-community relations and citizen involvement programs attempt to combine these elements through a learning process. Historically, the learning process has been one-way geared towards educating the citizens. It is clear that citizen involvement programs should be expanded to ones that also include the education of the police. The police must gain a better understanding of the citizens’ needs and solicit their views, perceptions, and inputs. By creating a two-way learning process a much more effective cooperative relationship can be established. A program which may best define the total concepts of police-community relations, crime prevention and the two-way learning process between citizens and the police is the Citizen Police Academy. A Citizen Police Academy (CPA) is an interactive program that is designed to educate the public about its police department’s policies, rules, regulations, the criminal justice system, and crime prevention. Through blocks of instruction over a period of weeks the program allows citizens and police to meet and share ideas and information in a positive and proactive environment. The open dialogue fosters mutual understanding and respect. The idea of the CPA was developed in England in 1977 by the Devon and Cornwall Constabulary, Middlemoor, Exeter. Originally known as the “Police Night School,” the program was designed to familiarize private citizens with the nature of police work and the organization of the police system in England. Police personnel taught the Police Night School on a volunteer basis. The success of the program inspired several other British police departments to imitate it. In 1985, the Orlando, Florida Police Department introduced the concept of the Police Night School in their agency and created the first CPA in the United States. With the success of the program, other U.S. cities have followed Orlando’s lead. The first Texas CPA was started in Missouri City in 1986. The theme of these and all CPA programs is to create better understanding and awareness between citizens and police through education. Details: San Marcos, TX: San Marcos Police Department, 1995. 33p. Source: Copies Available from the Don M. Gottfredson Library Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Academy (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125621

Author: Johnson, Ernest L. Title: Alcohol and Crime in Wyoming: 2011 Summary: This report contains an analysis of alcohol-related arrest information collected in all twenty-three counties in Wyoming during a twelve-month time period (January 1, through December 31, 2011) by the Wyoming Association of Sheriffs and Chiefs of Police. Information was collected from a total of 19,003 persons who were arrested and subsequently detained in a county detention facility. The alcohol-related arrest data contained in this report provides a detailed, statistical picture of the impact of alcohol abuse on crime in Wyoming. The profile of the average person taken to jail in Wyoming continues to be relatively consistent with previous years. Eight out of ten times it was a male – average age 35. Ten percent of the time it was an out-ofstate visitor and 6% of the time it was an in-state visitor. Juvenile arrests that resulted in detention in a county detention facility accounted for less than 2% of the total custodial arrests. A review of the data collected from persons arrested and subsequently taken to jail indicates that Wyoming continues to be relatively safe from what is generally considered to be “serious” crime. The number of persons who are arrested for felonies are relatively low when compared to the number of persons arrested for minor crimes (misdemeanors). Felony arrests accounted for 7% of the total arrests statewide. Details: Gillette, WY: Wyoming Association of Sheriffs and Chiefs of police, 2012. 54p., supp. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: jandaconsulting.com Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse and Crime (Wyoming) Shelf Number: 125629

Author: Moehling, Carolyn Title: Immigration and Crime in Early 20th Century America Summary: Research on crime in the late 20th century has consistently shown that immigrants have lower rates of involvement in criminal activity than natives. We find that a century ago immigrants may have been slightly more likely than natives to be involved in crime. In 1904 prison commitment rates for more serious crimes were quite similar by nativity for all ages except ages 18 and 19 when the commitment rate for immigrants was higher than for the native born. By 1930, immigrants were less likely than natives to be committed to prisons at all ages 20 and older. But this advantage disappears when one looks at commitments for violent offenses. Aggregation bias and the absence of accurate population data meant that analysts at the time missed these important features of the immigrant-native incarceration comparison. The relative decline of the criminality of the foreign born reflected a growing gap between natives and immigrants at older ages, one that was driven by sharp increases in the commitment rates of the native born, while commitment rates for the foreign born were remarkably stable. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2007. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 13576: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w13576.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Historical Studies Shelf Number: 110195

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: The Second Wave: Return of the Militias Summary: The 1990s saw the rise and fall of the virulently antigovernment "Patriot" movement, made up of paramilitary militias, tax defiers and so-called "sovereign citizens." Sparked by a combination of anger at the federal government and the deaths of political dissenters at Ruby Ridge, Idaho, and Waco, Texas, the movement took off in the middle of the decade and continued to grow even after 168 people were left dead by the 1995 bombing of Oklahoma City's federal building — an attack, the deadliest ever by domestic U.S. terrorists, carried out by men steeped in the rhetoric and conspiracy theories of the militias. In the years that followed, a truly remarkable number of criminal plots came out of the movement. But by early this century, the Patriots had largely faded, weakened by systematic prosecutions, aversion to growing violence, and a new, highly conservative president. They're back. Almost a decade after largely disappearing from public view, right-wing militias, ideologically driven tax defiers and sovereign citizens are appearing in large numbers around the country. "Paper terrorism" — the use of property liens and citizens' "courts" to harass enemies — is on the rise. And once-popular militia conspiracy theories are making the rounds again, this time accompanied by nativist theories about secret Mexican plans to "reconquer" the American Southwest. One law enforcement agency has found 50 new militia training groups — one of them made up of present and former police officers and soldiers. Authorities around the country are reporting a worrying uptick in Patriot activities and propaganda. "This is the most significant growth we've seen in 10 to 12 years," says one. "All it's lacking is a spark. I think it's only a matter of time before you see threats and violence." A key difference this time is that the federal government — the entity that almost the entire radical right views as its primary enemy — is headed by a black man. That, coupled with high levels of non-white immigration and a decline in the percentage of whites overall in America, has helped to racialize the Patriot movement, which in the past was not primarily motivated by race hate. One result has been a remarkable rash of domestic terror incidents since the presidential campaign, most of them related to anger over the election of Barack Obama. At the same time, ostensibly mainstream politicians and media pundits have helped to spread Patriot and related propaganda, from conspiracy theories about a secret network of U.S. concentration camps to wholly unsubstantiated claims about the president's country of birth. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/The_Second_Wave.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 116189

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Gun Control: Sharing Promising Practices and Assessing Incentives Could Better Position Justice to Assist States in Providing Records for Background Checks Summary: From 2004 to 2011, the total number of mental health records that states made available to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) increased by approximately 800 percent—from about 126,000 to 1.2 million records—although a variety of challenges limited states’ ability to share such records. This increase largely reflects the efforts of 12 states. However, almost half of all states increased the number of mental health records they made available by fewer than 100 over this same time period. Technological, legal, and other challenges limited the states’ ability to share mental health records. To help address these challenges, the Department of Justice (DOJ) provides assistance to states, such as grants and training, which the 6 states GAO reviewed reported as helpful. DOJ has begun to have states share their promising practices at conferences, but has not distributed such practices nationally. By disseminating practices that states used to overcome barriers to sharing mental health records, DOJ could further assist states efforts. The states’ overall progress in making unlawful drug use records available to NICS is generally unknown because of how these records are maintained. The vast majority of records made available are criminal records—such as those containing arrests or convictions for possession of a controlled substance—which cannot readily be disaggregated from other records in the databases checked by NICS. Most states are not providing noncriminal records, such as those related to positive drug test results for persons on probation. On May 1, 2012, DOJ data showed that 30 states were not making any noncriminal records available. Four of the 6 states GAO reviewed raised concerns about providing records outside an official court decision. Two states also noted that they did not have centralized databases that would be needed to collect these records. DOJ has issued guidance for providing noncriminal records to NICS. DOJ has not administered the reward and penalty provisions of the NICS Improvement Amendments Act of 2007 because of limitations in state estimates of the number of records they possess that could be made available to NICS. DOJ officials were unsure if the estimates, as currently collected, could reach the level of precision needed to serve as the basis for implementing the provisions. The 6 states GAO reviewed had mixed views on the extent to which the reward and penalty provisions—if implemented as currently structured—would provide incentives for them to make more records available. DOJ had not obtained the states’ views. Until DOJ establishes a basis for administering these provisions—which could include revising its current methodology for collecting estimates or developing a new basis—and determining the extent to which the current provisions provide incentives to states, the department cannot provide the incentives to states that were envisioned by the act. Nineteen states have received federal certification of their programs that allow individuals with a precluding mental health adjudication or commitment to seek relief from the associated firearms prohibition. Having such a program is required to receive grants under the 2007 NICS act. Officials from 10 of the 16 states we contacted said that grant eligibility was a strong incentive for developing the program. Reductions in grant funding could affect incentives moving forward. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/600/592452.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 125631

Author: U.S. Customs and Border Protection Title: Secure Borders, Safe Travel, Legal Trade: U.S. Customs and Border Protection Fiscal Year 2009–2014 Strategic Plan Summary: This strategic plan is one of the most important tools we will use to chart our course of action for fiscal year (FY) 2009–14. It is designed to guide the strategic planning efforts of the various offices and programs within CBP, enabling the development of effective strategies and establishment of key priorities needed to achieve our mission and improve organizational performance. In accordance with the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) requirements, CBP will update this plan every 3 years. Internally, however, we will review this document annually to ensure that it continues to be relevant in our ever-changing environment. This plan is the foundation of an overall framework that links agency strategic planning to the resource allocation process. The Strategic Management Framework—a process we will use to implement our plan—will keep CBP priorities aligned, linking programs and operations to performance measures, mission-critical goals, resource priorities, and strategic objectives. I endorse this flexible, comprehensive approach with complete confidence that it will enable us to better fulfill our mission and ultimately secure and protect the Nation’s borders. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.cbp.gov/linkhandler/cgov/about/mission/strategic_plan_09_14.ctt/strategic_plan_09_14.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 125632

Author: Rabin, Nina Title: Unseen Prisoners: A Report on Women in Immigration Detention Facilities in Arizona Summary: Roughly three hundred women are currently detained in immigration detention facilities in Arizona. Large scale detention of immigrants is a relatively recent phenomenon, and detention of women in significant numbers is even more recent. Women have only been detained in immigration detention facilities in the state since 2001. They have been placed in facilities that largely house other populations, either male immigration detainees or people serving criminal sentences of either sex. There is little public information about or awareness of immigration detention facilities, and in light of the small numbers of women and their recent addition, even less information or awareness about their treatment. The University of Arizona’s Southwest Institute for Research on Women (SIROW), with support from the Bacon Immigration Law and Policy Program of the James E. Rogers College of Law, undertook this report in order to fill this information gap and determine the extent to which immigration detention facilities in Arizona are responsive to the needs of women detainees. Over a twelve month period from September 2007 through August 2008, SIROW researchers and law students conducted interviews with over forty people who have knowledge about the facilities, including currently and previously detained women, family members of detainees, and attorneys and social service providers who have worked with women in immigration detention facilities. The three facilities that currently house women immigration detainees in Arizona are in Florence and Eloy, two small remote desert towns a significant distance from the Tucson and Phoenix metropolitan areas. The government agency in charge of the detention and removal of immigrants, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), contracts with the private for-profit prison company Corrections Corporation of America to run two of the three facilities. The third facility is a county jail in Florence in which ICE contracts for bed space for immigration detainees. Based on its research, this report identifies the following key concerns about the conditions of confinement for women in these three immigration detention facilities. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, Southwest Institute for Research on Women, College of Social and Behavioral Sciences Bacon Immigration Law and Policy Program, James E. Rogers College of Law, 2009. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.law.arizona.edu/depts/bacon_program/pdf/Unseen_Prisoners.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 113773

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: State of New Mexico Disproportionate Minority Contact Statewide Assessment: Preliminary Report Summary: The disproportionate minority contact (DMC) mandate of the federal Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) requires states to institute multi-pronged intervention strategies including juvenile delinquency prevention efforts and system improvements to assure equal treatment of all youth. Disproportionate minority contact (DMC) is defined as an overrepresentation of minority youth at any stage within the juvenile justice system (Huizinga et al., 2007). The nine stages within the juvenile justice system where contact occurs are: arrest; referral; diversion; case petitioned; secure detention; delinquency finding; probation; confinement in secure correctional facility; and case transferred, certified, and waived to adult court (OJJDP, 2009A). The purpose of this assessment is to begin to determine the mechanisms contributing to DMC in New Mexico. This assessment is based primarily on juvenile justice system data provided by the New Mexico Children, Youth and Families Department (CYFD) Data Analysis/FACTS Bureau. Other sources of information used in this report include: relative rate index trends, the review of reports compiled by other states, a review of other literature, a review of the New Mexico juvenile justice system, and formal and informal discussions with CYFD staff. We also briefly describe other aspects of our research that includes a review of juvenile justice system prevention and intervention programs that provide additional context to the NM juvenile justice system. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 125652

Author: Rohlich, Nina Title: Exploring the Effectiveness of Transit Security Awareness Campaigns in the San Francisco Bay Area Summary: Public involvement in alerting officials of suspicious and potentially harmful activity is critical to the overall security of a transit system. As part of an effort to get passengers and the public involved, many transit agencies have security awareness campaigns. The objective of this research is to learn how transit agencies seek to make security awareness campaigns effective and explore how they measure the effectiveness of such campaigns, if at all. This research project includes data from case studies of five major agencies that provide transit service in the San Francisco Bay Area region. The case study data are comprised of descriptions of the types of security awareness campaigns the agencies have implemented, the goals of the campaigns, and how they seek to make their campaigns effective, as well as whether and how these agencies measure and determine the effectiveness of their campaigns. A positive finding of this research is the consistency with which Bay Area transit organizations address the need for passenger awareness as part of their overall security program. However, none of the five agencies analyzed for this study measures the effectiveness of their campaigns. Whereas they all have a similar goal—to increase passenger awareness about security issues—little evidence exists confirming to what extent they are achieving this goal. The paper concludes with suggestions for using outcome measurements to provide a reasonable indication of a campaign’s effectiveness by capturing the public’s response to a campaign. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, College of Business, San Jose State University, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: MTI Report 09-19: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://transweb.sjsu.edu/mtiportal/research/publications/documents/2914_09-19.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Media Campaigns Shelf Number: 125656

Author: Travis, Jeremy Title: Exploring the Role of the Police in Prisoner Reentry Summary: One thing is certain for nearly all prisoners who are in state and federal custody: they will come back. Traditionally, the police have played little part in facilitating the reentry of prisoners into the community, both because the police have seen their role as limited to the surveillance of probationers and parolees for the violation of the terms of their release or the commission of new crimes and because of a historical lack of trust between organizations that work with returning offenders and law enforcement agencies. In this paper, the authors argue that police, particularly urban police departments, have a major role to play in prisoner reentry, in part because of high recidivism rates among returning offenders and because of their concentration in some of the poorest, highest crime neighborhoods. Greater involvement of the police in prisoner reentry can promote public safety through more focused problem-oriented policing efforts and increase police legitimacy, particularly in minority communities, through enhanced community policing efforts. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 125659

Author: Blomberg, Thomas G. Title: An Analysis of Violent Crime in Palm Beach County and Strategies of Violence Reduction Initiatives in U.S. Cities Summary: The first section of this report provides a comprehensive overview of the crime problem in Palm Beach County with emphasis on violent crimes involving a firearm and murder offenses. In particular, Palm Beach County experienced a significant increase in the number of gun-related crimes of violence and homicide in 2004, especially amongst younger citizens. The second section of the report examines the violence reduction initiatives in other U.S. cities with a focus on their strategies and outcomes. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, 2006. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://www.criminologycenter.fsu.edu/p/pdf/Palm%20Beach%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 125654

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Gun Control: States' Laws and Requirements for Concealed Carry Permits Vary across the Nation Summary: The number of states allowing concealed carry permits is increasing, and states broadly differ in eligibility requirements and the extent to which they have reciprocity agreements. In June 2002, 7 states and the District of Columbia prohibited the concealed carry of handguns. As of March 2012, individuals can carry concealed handguns in all but 1 state (Illinois) and the District of Columbia. “Shall-issue” states—in which issuing authorities are required to issue a permit to an applicant that fulfills the objective statutory criteria— generally issue more permits than states with greater discretion in granting permits (“may-issue” states). Because of differing eligibility requirements, some states would issue a permit to an applicant, while others would not. For example, some states define what constitutes a disqualifying felony differently or have different firearms training requirements. As of March 2012, 39 states that issue permits and Vermont (permits not required) recognize concealed carry permits from other states. Of the 9 states that do not grant reciprocity, 8 are may-issue states. Issuing authorities from all 9 states included in GAO’s case study stated that they take action to confirm an individual’s continued eligibility to hold a permit as part of the permit renewal process; and issuing authorities from 8 of these 9 states reported using mechanisms to monitor resident permit holders’ continued eligibility between issuance and renewal. In these 8 states, issuing authorities told GAO that they are notified if a permit holder commits a disqualifying act within their state through law enforcement or state databases. After detecting a disqualifying criminal offense or other disqualifying factors, each of the 9 states begins the revocation process by notifying the permit holder. The states have varying retrieval processes, and 3 of them have authority to impose a penalty for failure to surrender a revoked permit or continuing to possess one. Law enforcement in the 9 case study states that issue permits told GAO that when encountering permits, such as during routine traffic stops, they visually check them and can take additional steps, such as checking state databases, as needed, to determine whether the permits are current and valid. Law enforcement in the 9 case study states that issue permits told GAO that when encountering permits, such as during routine traffic stops, they visually check them and can take additional steps, such as checking state databases, as needed, to determine whether the permits are current and valid. According to state reporting to GAO, there were at least 8 million active permits to carry concealed handguns in the United States as of December 31, 2011. States and local authorities control the issuance of concealed carry permits. Applicants who wish to obtain such permits are required to meet certain state eligibility requirements, such as minimum age and the lack of a felony conviction. States also decide which other states’ permits to honor. Typically, states enter into reciprocity agreements that establish which out of- state permit holders can carry concealed firearms within each state. In recent years, Members of Congress have introduced legislation that would require each issuing state to recognize any permit. GAO was asked to provide information on the status of concealed carry permitting. This report describes (1) the extent to which states allow concealed carry permits, and how select states’ eligibility requirements and recognition of other states’ permits differ, (2) what processes select states use to help ensure they revoke permits when holders no longer meet eligibility requirements, and (3) how law enforcement officials in select states determine whether permits they encounter are current and valid. GAO gathered information on the number of permits, laws, issuing authorities, and reciprocity agreements for 50 states and the District of Columbia, and conducted a case study on 9 states that issue permits. GAO selected these states to reflect differences among states’ eligibility requirements, state reciprocity of permits, and permit issuing processes; the results cannot be generalized across all states but provide a broad understanding of the different requirements and processes states utilized in issuing permits. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-717: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/600/592552.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Permits Shelf Number: 125663

Author: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, Pretrial Executives Network Title: Measuring What Matters: Outcome and Performance Measures for the Pretrial Services Field Summary: This monograph presents recommended outcome and performance measures and mission-critical data for pretrial service programs. It is hoped that these suggested measures will enable pretrial service agencies to gauge more accurately their programs’ effectiveness in meeting agency and justice system goals. The contributors to this monograph believe the recommended elements are definable and measurable for most pretrial service programs and are consistent with established national pretrial release standards and the mission and goals of individual pretrial programs. The monograph defines each measure and critical data element and identifies the data needed to track them. It also includes recommendations for programs to develop ambitious but reasonable target measures. Finally, the monograph’s appendix lists examples of outcome and performance measures from three nationally representative pretrial service programs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://www.pretrial.org/PerformanceMeasuresDocuments/Measuring%20What%20Matters.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 125666

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Explosives and Incendiaries Used in Terrorist Attacks on Public Surface Transportation: A Preliminary Empirical Examination Summary: This report provides data on terrorist attacks against public surface transportation targets and serious crimes committed against such targets throughout the world. The data are drawn from the MTI database of attacks on public surface transportation, which is expanded and updated as information becomes available. This analysis is based on the database as of February 20, 2010. Data include the frequency and lethality with which trains, buses, and road and highway targets are attacked; the relationship between fatalities and attacks against those targets; and the relationship between injuries and attacks against them. The report presents some preliminary observations drawn from the data that can help stakeholder governments, transit managers, and employee to focus on the ways the most frequent and/or most lethal attacks are carried out as they consider measures to prevent or mitigate attacks that may be considered likely to happen in the United States. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, College of Business, San Jose State University, 2010. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: MTI Report WP 09-02: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://transweb.sjsu.edu/mtiportal/research/publications/documents/2875-IED-Support-Research.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Explosives Shelf Number: 125667

Author: Gilchrist-Scott, Douglas Title: Frequent Users of Jail and Shelter Systems in the District of Columbia: An Overview of the Potential for Supportive Housing Summary: Using available data describing 196 frequent users identified by the District of Columbia Frequent Users Service Enhancement Pilot Program, this brief provides an overview of the characteristics, needs, and jail and shelter use costs of frequent users in the District of Columbia (DC). UI estimates that, on average, each frequent user costs the DC government approximately $8,607 a year through their jail and shelter use alone. To inform future policies and practices, this brief presents the potential cost savings to the DC government of reducing jail and shelter use through supportive housing, based on the success of a supportive housing program based in another large city. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412504-Frequent-Users-of-Jail-and-Shelter-Systems-in-the-District-of-Columbia.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125668

Author: Kralstein, Dana Title: A Comprehensive Community Justice Model: An Evaluation of the Baltimore Community Justice Initiative Summary: This report evaluates an ambitious and comprehensive new community justice initiative implemented in two communities of Baltimore, Maryland beginning in late 2004. The initiative, funded by the Crane Family Foundation, aims to reach adults and youth alike, and seeks to incorporate a broad array of justice system agencies and community-based organizations. An important question is whether such a comprehensive model can produce a large and sustainable impact, both within its target communities and in the Baltimore City justice system as a whole. There were three principal components of the Baltimore Community Justice Initiative: focus on the justice system; school conflict resolution; and youth advocacy. Community Justice – Prosecution, Capacity-Building, and Collaboration This component encompassed three goals. The first goal was to develop a community prosecution project in the Hargrove District Court servicing the communities of Cherry Hill and Pigtown – and perhaps to lay the groundwork for a community court at some point in the future. The second goal was to strengthen the capacity of community organizations to become significant contributors to the ongoing discussion about justice in Baltimore. Lastly, the initiative intended to create a network of justice system and community stakeholders. During the evaluation period, from January of 2006 through August of 2007, the initiative team established a citywide network of almost 200 contacts throughout the criminal justice system as well as in the communities of Pigtown and Cherry Hill. This network met on a quarterly basis as a Task Force to discuss common issues. The team made inroads in the criminal justice community in Baltimore regarding support for the idea of a community court and gained the commitment of a State Senator to sponsor any legislation that might be required. Perhaps most significantly, the initiative helped to foster an environment that enabled other community justice projects to emerge throughout the city, including a prostitution task force, a community prosecution project, a community defense program, and the creation of the Office of Problem-Solving Courts within the Maryland judiciary. Lastly, a national symposium was held in March of 2007 at the University of Maryland School of Law to discuss community justice, engaging both local and national participants. The School of Law established itself as an effective convener. School Conflict Resolution As part of the community justice initiative, the Center for Dispute Resolution at the University of Maryland School of Law (C-DRUM) proposed to implement a demonstration project in conflict resolution at one specific school, the Southside Academy of Cherry Hill. The program was to consist of a peer mediation program, coupled with efforts to spread the philosophy and practice of alternative conflict resolution throughout the school. Beginning in the fall of 2005, C-DRUM staff began to implement the peer mediation model in Southside. The first mediation session took place in February of 2006, and a small number of other sessions were held in the course of the spring semester. Despite the efforts of C-DRUM staff, however, the peer mediation program never received the level of institutional support that was necessary from Southside Academy. In the spring of 2007, C-DRUM broke away from the Southside Academy and turned its attention to the Baltimore Freedom Academy (BFA), a high school that seemed more receptive to conflict resolution efforts. In March 2007, C-DRUM staff held a training for 13 students at the Baltimore Freedom Academy to become peer mediators. The mediation sessions began almost immediately, and 18 mediation sessions took place the first month of implementation. The students who participated in mediation sessions were surveyed at the end of the school year, and the results were mostly encouraging. In addition, a teacher survey was distributed in the spring of 2007, and teacher feedback was positive about the use of conflict management techniques within their classrooms. C-DRUM currently has plans to continue the peer mediation program as well as implement a more comprehensive conflict resolution program in the Baltimore Freedom Academy during the 2007-08 school year that would incorporate teacher training in classroom management techniques. Youth Advocacy The final component of the Baltimore Community Justice Initiative involved the piloting of a youth advocacy program within a school environment. The Community Law in Action Center (CLIA) at the University of Maryland School of Law planned to recruit a small number of teenagers to be trained in advocacy. This group of teenagers would then accompany CLIA into the Cherry Hill community to identify a specific youth safety concern on which to focus their advocacy project. Concurrent with the youth advocacy piece, CLIA would help the Southside Academy set up a youth court and a student government. However, late in the spring of 2006, the entire youth advocacy plan was rebuffed by the administration at the Southside Academy. In January of 2007, CLIA staff put together a new plan with three components: • The Youth Media Showcase was hosted by CLIA at the National Symposium on community justice at the University of Maryland School of Law. Youth from around the country were invited to send in video tapes of their vision of violence and self in the community. The youth media showcase was the opening event for Beginning in the fall of 2005, C-DRUM staff began to implement the peer mediation model in Southside. The first mediation session took place in February of 2006, and a small number of other sessions were held in the course of the spring semester. Despite the efforts of C-DRUM staff, however, the peer mediation program never received the level of institutional support that was necessary from Southside Academy. In the spring of 2007, C-DRUM broke away from the Southside Academy and turned its attention to the Baltimore Freedom Academy (BFA), a high school that seemed more receptive to conflict resolution efforts. In March 2007, C-DRUM staff held a training for 13 students at the Baltimore Freedom Academy to become peer mediators. The mediation sessions began almost immediately, and 18 mediation sessions took place the first month of implementation. The students who participated in mediation sessions were surveyed at the end of the school year, and the results were mostly encouraging. In addition, a teacher survey was distributed in the spring of 2007, and teacher feedback was positive about the use of conflict management techniques within their classrooms. C-DRUM currently has plans to continue the peer mediation program as well as implement a more comprehensive conflict resolution program in the Baltimore Freedom Academy during the 2007-08 school year that would incorporate teacher training in classroom management techniques. Youth Advocacy The final component of the Baltimore Community Justice Initiative involved the piloting of a youth advocacy program within a school environment. The Community Law in Action Center (CLIA) at the University of Maryland School of Law planned to recruit a small number of teenagers to be trained in advocacy. This group of teenagers would then accompany CLIA into the Cherry Hill community to identify a specific youth safety concern on which to focus their advocacy project. Concurrent with the youth advocacy piece, CLIA would help the Southside Academy set up a youth court and a student government. However, late in the spring of 2006, the entire youth advocacy plan was rebuffed by the administration at the Southside Academy. In January of 2007, CLIA staff put together a new plan with three components: • The Youth Media Showcase was hosted by CLIA at the National Symposium on community justice at the University of Maryland School of Law. Youth from around the country were invited to send in video tapes of their vision of violence and self in the community. The youth media showcase was the opening event for Beginning in the fall of 2005, C-DRUM staff began to implement the peer mediation model in Southside. The first mediation session took place in February of 2006, and a small number of other sessions were held in the course of the spring semester. Despite the efforts of C-DRUM staff, however, the peer mediation program never received the level of institutional support that was necessary from Southside Academy. In the spring of 2007, C-DRUM broke away from the Southside Academy and turned its attention to the Baltimore Freedom Academy (BFA), a high school that seemed more receptive to conflict resolution efforts. In March 2007, C-DRUM staff held a training for 13 students at the Baltimore Freedom Academy to become peer mediators. The mediation sessions began almost immediately, and 18 mediation sessions took place the first month of implementation. The students who participated in mediation sessions were surveyed at the end of the school year, and the results were mostly encouraging. In addition, a teacher survey was distributed in the spring of 2007, and teacher feedback was positive about the use of conflict management techniques within their classrooms. C-DRUM currently has plans to continue the peer mediation program as well as implement a more comprehensive conflict resolution program in the Baltimore Freedom Academy during the 2007-08 school year that would incorporate teacher training in classroom management techniques. Youth Advocacy The final component of the Baltimore Community Justice Initiative involved the piloting of a youth advocacy program within a school environment. The Community Law in Action Center (CLIA) at the University of Maryland School of Law planned to recruit a small number of teenagers to be trained in advocacy. This group of teenagers would then accompany CLIA into the Cherry Hill community to identify a specific youth safety concern on which to focus their advocacy project. Concurrent with the youth advocacy piece, CLIA would help the Southside Academy set up a youth court and a student government. However, late in the spring of 2006, the entire youth advocacy plan was rebuffed by the administration at the Southside Academy. In January of 2007, CLIA staff put together a new plan with three components: • The Youth Media Showcase was hosted by CLIA at the National Symposium on community justice at the University of Maryland School of Law. Youth from around the country were invited to send in video tapes of their vision of violence and self in the community. The youth media showcase was the opening event for the Symposium and was attended by more than 100 people. • Teen Leaders for Change was created in Cherry Hill by recruiting five to ten high school seniors from a different school, the New Era Academy, training them in advocacy, and then paying them to work in the community. CLIA taught the teens mapping skills and sent them out to survey the Cherry Hill neighborhood. They also linked the youth to a community-based mentoring program for kids at risk for gang involvement. • CLIA also recruited a group of youth for Pigtown advocacy. The youth were charged with walking the community streets to identify code violations, writing up their work into a report and giving a public presentation of their findings. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2007. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2012 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/Baltimore_Eval.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice (Baltimore) Shelf Number: 125670

Author: Blomberg, Thomas Title: An Evaluation of the Youth Violence Prevention Program in Palm Beach County Summary: Since the early 1990s, Palm Beach County has employed research in its efforts to successfully confront crime and improve its criminal justice system. Through the efforts of its Criminal Justice Commission (CJC), Palm Beach County has implemented such research-based initiatives as Weed and Seed, and drug courts. What is particularly noteworthy about Palm Beach County’s research-driven orientation to confront crime and improve its criminal justice system has been its concerted effort to not only implement research validated initiatives but to evaluate these initiatives in order to conclusively determine their actual effectiveness. This commitment to research and validated crime and criminal justice initiatives has been exemplified once again as Palm Beach County has mobilized against the problem of youth violence. Beginning in 2004, a series of media stories detailed frequent violent and often fatal crimes with firearms in the county. The perception was that the County was in the midst of a violent crime epidemic. In response, the Criminal Justice Commission initiated a study to determine if the perception of a crime epidemic was, in fact, correct. The study assessed the County’s historical trends in the levels of violent crime, gun-related crime, and murder. The study found that while the County’s overall crime rate had declined from 1990-2005, violent crime including those involving firearms, had increased with the murder rate having experienced particularly substantial increases from 2000 to 2005. Of additional importance was the study’s finding that violent criminal offenders in Palm Beach County were most often adolescents or young adults between the ages of 15 and 24. These findings led the Criminal Justice Commission to assess what other communities across the country were doing to combat youth violence. After reviewing the federally sponsored youth violence reduction efforts of Boston, Massachusetts; Oakland, California; Kansas City, Missouri; Detroit, Michigan; Richmond, Virginia; Birmingham, Alabama; Buffalo, New York; Riverside, California; Minneapolis/St. Paul, Minnesota; and Seattle, Washington, it became evident that there were promising youth violence reduction program strategies that might be useful in Palm Beach County. Specifically, the most promising programs would need to be comprehensive and include law enforcement, prevention, intervention, and offender reintegration services. Moreover, it was clear that to maximize the program’s potential for youth violence reduction success, it would be essential to involve the community in the planning and implementation stages of these programs. Ultimately, it was decided that while Palm Beach County’s youth violence problem mirrored those of other communities, it was critical that a tailored community-wide program be implemented that explicitly addressed the specifics of Palm Beach County’s high violent crime communities. In recognition of the findings and conclusions of the study of violent crime in Palm Beach County, it was concluded that the county would implement a comprehensive approach that employed key elements of the national model established by the U.S. Department of Justice for Youth Violence Prevention. The county invited cities to participate and agree to the following conditions: • Abide by the requirement that all city-related projects and efforts will service the residents within the identified geographic areas as outlined by Criminal Justice maps • The city will make a commitment of building space for services within the identified geographical areas • Design a phase-in plan, including timeline, for the creation of a Youth Empowerment Center • Design a phase-in plan, including timeline, for a Justice Service Center • Participate in the multi-agency task force law enforcement component of the Youth Violence Prevention Project • Utilize the findings of the Project’s 500 youth surveys to develop and prioritize youth empowerment programs • Pay the city’s portion of all goods, services, and personnel used in connection with this project • Develop separate community advisory boards for youth and young adults • Participate in all aspects of evaluation including data collection, data sharing, site monitoring, and visits The county’s comprehensive approach for confronting youth violence involved an integration of the national model for Youth Violence Prevention with the findings and conclusions of the research study of violent crime in Palm Beach County. Further, county professionals from the criminal justice system, education, human services, and local youth contributed to the planning for the County’s comprehensive approach to youth violence reduction. Four subcommittees were formed, namely, crime prevention, law enforcement, courts, and corrections, and charged with developing a strategic plan. Additionally, a youth workgroup of 25 youth from around the county was established and began its efforts with a survey of over 500 youth throughout the county. The recommendations from the youth workgroup and the four subcommittees were examined and used to support the county’s implementation of a multi-agency comprehensive program model. Ultimately, Palm Beach County’s Youth Violence Prevention Program Model included four components, namely, (1) Crime Prevention; (2) Law Enforcement; (3) Courts; and (4) Corrections, and involved a joint county/city effort. Based on the findings from the study of violent crime in the county, five program sites or violent crime “hot spots” were identified and these cities agreed to implement the Youth Violence Prevention Project. Moreover, in order to conclusively determine the effectiveness of the program in the five program sites, five matching control sites (did not implement the YVPP) were identified by the FSU Evaluation Team. The method used to select appropriate matching control sites included the use of U.S. Census data and Uniform Crime Report (UCR) data. On the basis of implementation, results, and outcomes reported in this Report, Palm Beach County’s first year experiences in implementing the violent crime reduction program model appear successful. The County has demonstrated an ability to mobilize different agencies, services, youth, and other citizens in a common collaborative mission to reduce violent crime. The County’s violence reduction efforts have been facilitated by its now several decade old collaborative history that has involved multiple agencies and citizen involvement in confronting crime. Beginning with Weed and Seed in the early 1990s and continuing with drug courts and the current violence reduction programs, the County has established infrastructures that include productive relationships between the Criminal Justice Commission, Board of Supervisors, Sheriff’s Office, various police departments, State Attorney’s Office, Courts, Corrections, County businesses, various County citizens groups, and others. This collaborative history and set of established multiple relationships has directly and positively impacted the County’s current violent crime reduction efforts. Details: Tallahassee: Center for Criminology and Public Policy, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Florida State University, 2008. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.criminologycenter.fsu.edu/p/pdf/Palm%20Beach%20County%20YVPP%20Year%201%20Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention (Florida) Shelf Number: 125674

Author: Kostyniuk, Lidia P. Title: Societal Costs of Traffic Crashes and Crime in Michigan: 2011 Update Summary: Cost estimates, including both monetary and nonmonetary quality-of-life costs specific to Michigan, were estimated for overall traffic crashes and index crimes by experts in the field of economics of traffic crashes and crimes. These cost estimates were applied to 2009 Michigan traffic crash and index crime incidence data to estimate dollar losses from traffic crashes and index crimes to the state and for each county within the state. Crash costs associated with alcohol-involved traffic crashes, teen-driver-involved crashes, crash-involved motorcyclists, and unrestrained occupants of passenger vehicles were also calculated. Findings indicate that in 2009, index crimes in Michigan resulted in $1.9 billion in monetary costs and $4.7 billion in total (monetary and nonmonetary quality-of-life) costs. Overall traffic crashes resulted in $4.8 billion in monetary costs and $9.1 billion in total costs. Of these costs, alcohol-involved crashes accounted for $0.8 billion in monetary costs and $1.9 billion in total costs. Crashes involving teen drivers accounted for almost $1 billion in monetary costs and $1.8 billion in total costs. Crash-involved motorcyclists accounted for $0.4 billion in monetary costs and $0.8 billion in total costs. Injury-crash involved unrestrained occupants accounted for $0.5 billion in monetary costs and $1.2 billion in total costs. Based on dollar losses to the state, the magnitude of the problem of traffic crashes exceeded that of index crimes in 2009. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, Transportation Research Institute, 2011. 365p. Source: Internet Resource: UMTRI-2011-21: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.michigan.gov/documents/msp/2011_Crash_and_Crime_Final_Report_361083_7.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (Michigan) Shelf Number: 125677

Author: Weiss, Billie Title: An Assessment of Youth Violence Prevention Activities in USA Cities Summary: Research has shown that violence is a serious issue for cities. Despite the evidence little data have been collected reporting on cities’ overall strategies, resources, and activities to address this problem. In an effort to inform urban efforts to reduce violence, UNITY conducted an assessment to establish baseline measurements of the magnitude of youth violence, the level of concern within the city and collaborative efforts to address and monitor the issue. The assessment was conducted by Southern California Injury Prevention Research Center (SCIPRC) at UCLA School of Public Health. The study included standardized interviews with Mayors, Police Chiefs, Health Department Directors and School Superintendents, or their designees in a representative sample of the largest cities, populations of 400,000 or more, across the U.S. Major Findings • Most cities cited a lack of a comprehensive strategy. • Public Health Departments are not generally included in city strategies. • Law enforcement and criminal justice are the most prevalent strategy used in the cities. • Gang violence was identified as the major type of youth violence. • Cities, for the most part, lack clearly developed outcomes, evaluations, or evaluation plans to measure and monitor their efforts. • Cities with the greatest coordinated approach also had the lowest rates of youth violence. Recommendations For cities: • Adopt a comprehensive approach to youth violence that includes an equitable distribution of prevention, intervention and suppression/enforcement. • Establish greater collaboration between city entities and across jurisdictional borders to county and state entities. • Develop and implement a city-wide plan with measurable objectives and an evaluation component. For the nation: • Create a national agenda to address youth violence in the largest cities developed and adopted by several national partners. • Provide training for State and Local Public Health Departments about their role in violence prevention and also provide incentives and opportunities to participate in city-wide efforts. • Provide cities with the opportunity to network and mentor each other in their efforts to reduce and prevent violence through UNITY. Details: Los Angeles: Southern California Injury Prevention Research Center, UCLA School of Public Health, 2008. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.ph.ucla.edu/sciprc/pdf/UNITY-SCIPRCassessment.June2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125680

Author: Kochel, Tammy Rinehard Title: Legitimacy as a Mechanism for Police to Promote Collective Efficacy and Reduce Crime and Disorder Summary: Prior research showed that when collective efficacy is strong, it mediates the effects of concentrated disadvantage, and neighborhoods experience less crime. An untested theory about legitimacy suggests that legal institutions may be a catalyst for neighborhoods to improve collective efficacy. Legitimacy theory claims that when societies grant legal institutions legitimacy, people internalize rules and laws upheld by legal institutions, socialize others to those rules and laws, and adhere to the formal authority of legal institutions, which reduces crime. This dissertation is interested in the process by which people socialize others to rules and laws in the form of collective efficacy, examining whether views about police behaviors are related to legal institution legitimacy and collective efficacy. I theorized that police can improve legal institution legitimacy by delivering high quality services and minimizing misconduct, thus strengthening collective efficacy in neighborhoods and reducing crime and disorder. Conducting the research in Trinidad and Tobago extends the boundaries of prior research on collective efficacy and legitimacy beyond the United States, Britain, and other developed nations, into a developing nation that is wrestling with difficult challenges, including widespread disadvantage, inadequate infrastructure, acute violence, corruption, and cynicism and distrust among its people. Trinidad’s circumstances provided the opportunity to examine the linkages between police misbehavior and legal institutions and community outcomes in an environment fraught with challenges for police and neighborhoods to overcome. Additionally, in this context, I studied the linkages between delivering higher quality services and legal institution legitimacy, collective efficacy, and crime and disorder, even when the overall level of services is constrained to be low. I found that police behavior in Trinidad and Tobago has important consequences for legal institution legitimacy and for neighborhood outcomes. The results support that police may contribute to and utilize neighborhood collective efficacy as a lever to reduce crime and disorder problems. The results, however, do not (in general) support that the mechanism through which police accomplish this is legal institution legitimacy. The conclusions uphold the strong relationship between collective efficacy and crime and disorder, but leave in doubt whether legal institution legitimacy provides a pathway for increasing collective efficacy. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, Department of Administration of Justice, 2009. 219p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu:8080/dspace/bitstream/1920/4525/1/Kochel_Tammy.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 125683

Author: Mason, Cody Title: Dollars and Detainees: The Growth of For-Profit Detention Summary: The War on Drugs and harsh sentencing laws led to explosive growth in state and federal prison populations in the 1980s. The massive rise in prisoners overwhelmed government budgets and resources, and created opportunities for private prison companies to flourish. In 2010, one in every 13 prisoners in the U.S. was held by for-profit companies, despite evidence that private prisons often provide inadequate levels of service and are no more cost-effective than publicly-run facilities. In addition, private prisons operate on a business model that emphasizes profits over the public good, and benefit from policies that maintain America’s high incarceration rate. Nonetheless, these companies could count on predictable growth in the number of state and federal prisoners until 2008, when budget crises and policy changes led some states to reduce their prison populations and private prison contracts. The resulting losses for private prison companies were more than offset by expansion of their management of federal detainees under the jurisdiction of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the U.S. Marshals Service. Between 2008 and 2010, the number of privately-held inmates decreased by 1,281, while the number of privately-held detainees increased by 3,327. This growth was part of a larger trend that saw the total private detainee population increase by 259 percent between 2002 and 2010; a change largely due to stepped up efforts to find, incarcerate, and deport people who violate immigration laws. There are indications that federal detention will remain a major market for private companies. There are two key concerns about the expansion of private federal detention that need to be addressed. First, many of the problems associated with private corrections appear equally valid in the area of private detention. These include unsubstantiated claims of cost savings, problems with oversight, and high staff turnover. Second, there are considerable concerns regarding transparency in the use of private detention. The way federal agencies report data on privately-held detainees, along with the complex contractual arrangements and tiered layers of bureaucracy that result from privatization, make it difficult to ascertain the full scope of detention privatization at any given time. Without such transparency, policymakers and citizens are inherently limited in their ability to assess the full effects of privatization. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_Dollars_and_Detainees.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Detainees Shelf Number: 125687

Author: Blomberg, Thomas G. Title: Correctional Operations Trend Analysis System (COTAS): An Independent Validation Summary: This report provides research findings and recommendations from the Florida State University (FSU) Center for Criminology and Public Policy’s validation of the Florida Department of Corrections (DOC) Correctional Operations Trend Analysis System (COTAS). COTAS is designed to serve as a tool for DOC staff to aid in the prevention of violent events at institutional facilities. Using DOC’s large collection of historical and real-time data regarding characteristics about individual inmates, violent and non-violent incidents, and environmental characteristics of institutions, COTAS provides correctional administrators with trend analysis and risk assessment of inmates’ involvement in violent events. COTAS provides the regional and facility administrators with two types of statistics, namely descriptive and predictive. Descriptive statistics from COTAS provide a summary of violent and non-violent events that occurred within DOC regions or administrative areas within the prior 30 days. This data can be “drilled down” to examine the prevalence of events at the facility, dorm, and inmate levels. Additionally, COTAS can provide a 12-month trend analysis of facilities’ monthly count of specific violent and non-violent events. Predictive statistics from COTAS provide the predicted probability of individual inmates’ involvement in violent events. Predictions are generated by an algorithm, which uses historical data to examine the relationship between inmate and facility characteristics and inmates’ involvement in violent events. Both descriptive and predictive statistics are reported to the user in a web-based dashboard interface. Based on pre-defined thresholds, the interface (dashboard) displays the degree of concern that a particular administrator should have regarding the likelihood of violent events occurring during the next thirty days. A detailed description of the COTAS system is provided in Chapter 2 of this report. Details: Tallahassee: Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Florida State University, 2011. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://www.criminologycenter.fsu.edu/p/pdf/COTAS%20Validation%20Report%20-%20FINAL%20July%2010%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 125688

Author: McCartt, Anne T. Title: Washington State’s Alcohol Ignition Interlock Law: Effects on Recidivism Among First-time DUI Offenders Summary: Objective: More than half of U.S. states require some DUI offenders to install ignition interlocks on their vehicles for a certain period of time if they want to drive. Increasingly states are strengthening these laws to apply to all offenders, including first-time offenders. The current study evaluated two changes in Washington state’s interlock law: moving the issuance of interlock orders from the courts to the Department of Licensing in July 2003, and extending the interlock requirement to cover all convicted offenders, including first-time offenders with blood alcohol concentrations (BACs) lower than 0.15 percent (―first simple DUI offenders‖), in June 2004. The primary focus was whether or not these law changes affected rates of recidivism among first-time DUI offenders. Method: Trends in the types of convictions resulting from a DUI arrest, rates of interlock orders and installations, and rates of recidivism were examined, using data extracted from driver license records. The main focus was first-time convictions (simple, high-BAC, and test refusal DUI; deferred prosecution; or alcohol-related negligent driving) stemming from arrests on DUI charges occurring during January 1999-June 2006. Regression analyses examined the effects on rates of recidivism of the law changes and of interlock installation rates. Possible general deterrent effects of the law changes on alcoholimpaired driving were examined by comparing trends in single-vehicle nighttime (9 p.m.-6 a.m.) policereported crashes and fatal crashes in Washington with trends in California and Oregon. Results: Throughout the study period, about three-quarters of DUI offenses were first offenses. Simple DUI convictions and alcohol-related negligent driving convictions each accounted for about 30-40 percent of first DUI-related offenses. After interlocks were required for simple DUIs in 2004, the proportion of simple DUI convictions trended somewhat downward, while the proportion of alcohol-related negligent driving convictions continued a slow, long-term upward trend. The interlock installation rate among first simple DUI offenders increased dramatically as a result of the 2004 law change, going from less than 5 percent before the law change to about one-third after; increases in installation rates were observed among other first DUI offenders as well. Extending the interlock requirement to first simple DUI convictions was estimated to have lowered the cumulative rate of recidivism during the 2 years following arrest by about 12 percent among people with such convictions (e.g., from an expected 10.6 percent without the law change to 9.3 percent among offenders arrested in the second quarter of 2006, the last part of the study period) and by about 11 percent (from an expected 10.2 to 9.1 percent) among all first-time DUI offenders. There was an estimated 0.06 percentage point decrease in the 2-year cumulative recidivism rate for each percentage point increase in the proportion of first simple DUI offenders who installed interlocks. If the interlock installation rate had been 100 percent rather than 34 percent for first simple DUI offenders arrested in the second quarter of 2006, and if the linear relationship between the recidivism rate and the rate of interlock installations continued, the 2-year cumulative recidivism rate could have been reduced from 9.3 to 5.3 percent. Similarly, if the interlock installation rate had been 100 percent rather than 24 percent for all first DUI offenders arrested in the second quarter of 2006, their 2-year cumulative recidivism rate could have been reduced from 9.1 to 3.2 percent. Although interlock installation rates increased somewhat after moving responsibility for issuing interlock orders to the Department of Licensing in 2003, that action did not significantly affect recidivism rates, perhaps due to the short follow-up period before the second law change. The 2004 law change was associated with a 4.8 percent reduction in the risk of single-vehicle nighttime crashes in Washington, but the change was not significant given the variability in the data. A smaller and likewise non-significant reduction in the risk of single-vehicle nighttime fatal crashes was estimated. Conclusions: Extending an interlock requirement to all first-time DUI convictions reduces recidivism among the cohort of affected offenders, even with relatively low interlock use rates, and additional gains are likely to be achievable with higher use rates. Jurisdictions should seek ways to increase installation rates among offenders required to install interlocks and should re-consider policies that allow reducing DUI charges to other traffic offenses that do not have an interlock requirement. Details: Arlington, VA: Insurance Institute for Highway Safety, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.iihs.org/research/topics/pdf/r1168.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 125696

Author: Mahoney, Barry Title: The Seattle Community Court: Start-up, Initial Implementation, and Recommendations Concerning Future Development Summary: In June 2006, a group of urban court administrators and presiding judges from large urban trial courts in the United States met in Seattle, Washington, hosted by the Seattle Municipal Court. The program for the meeting, which was organized by The Justice Management Institute (JMI) as part of its Urban Court Managers Network project, included opportunity to observe a session of the Seattle Community Court. Following the court session, participants at the meeting had an opportunity to speak informally with three justice system leaders—Presiding Judge Fred Bonner, City Attorney Tom Carr, and Dave Chapman, Director of Associated Counsel for the Accused, the lead indigent defense agency serving the Municipal Court—who had participated actively in the session. During the informal discussion following the session, everyone present learned about the origins of the Community Court and the remarkable commitment to innovation and system improvement that these three leaders had forged. All of the court administrators and presiding judges present at the meeting recognized the difficulty of the challenge that the Community Court leaders had taken on. Every community of any size faces problems of the sort that Seattle has faced with a population of individuals charged repeatedly with minor “quality of life” offenses. It has become increasingly clear that traditional criminal sanctions—such as jail, probation, or fines—rarely have any deterrent effect on these individuals. It has also become apparent that the roots of their behavior lie much deeper. The individuals who repeatedly commit these offenses are very likely to have a host of other problems: substance abuse or addiction, mental illness, lack of employment or stable housing, and physical disabilities of varying severity. In addition to cycling repeatedly through the criminal justice system, they also turn up repeatedly at hospital emergency rooms, homeless shelters, and other publicly supported facilities. Few jurisdictions have developed effective ways of handling the problems they pose. The Seattle approach struck most everyone at the meeting as innovative and promising. It involved the use of the authority of the court to impose a short sentence of community service rather than a jail term, coupled with requirements that the defendant make at least initial linkages with social services and treatment agencies. The Seattle justice system leaders were candid in acknowledging that their objectives for the program were modest: they hoped to begin to turn around the lives of some of the participants, but they had no illusions of 100% success. Simply getting as many as 30 percent of the defendants to complete their sentence obligations could be regarded as a major accomplishment. However, even modest success would be better than continued adherence to traditional practices that were demonstrably ineffective in changing behaviors, though expensive in the use of jail space.The main objectives of this report are to describe how and why the Seattle Community Court program got started, summarize the experience of the first two years of the program, and provide recommendations for further expansion of the Community Court. Details: Denver, CO: Justice Management Institute, 2007. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.jmijustice.org/publications/the-seattle-community-court-start-up-and-implementation Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 125700

Author: Biegel, Stuart Title: Safe at School: Addressing the School Environment and LGBT Safety through Policy and Legislation Summary: Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) students face a unique set of safety concerns each day. Over 85% report being harassed because of their sexual or gender identity, and over 20% report being physically attacked. Far too often teachers and administrators do nothing in response. In part because of this, the suicide rate for LGBT students continues to be 3-4 times higher than that of their straight counterparts, and in some parts of the country LGBT runaways may comprise up to 40% of the entire teen homeless population. Advances in law and policy have helped lead to much more fulfilling and productive lives for many LGBT persons, but the problems facing LGBT youth in America‘s public schools are still substantial. Gay and gender-non-conforming students continue to be confronted with challenges that can become overwhelming. Court records and academic research reveal a highly troubling pattern of mistreatment, negative consequences, and a dramatic failure on the part of many educational institutions to adequately address LGBT-related issues and concerns. This brief describes those issues, presents concrete policy recommendations, and then offers model statutory code language to implement many of those recommendations. Details: Boulder, CO: National Education Policy Center, University of Colorado, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://nepc.colorado.edu/publication/safe-at-school Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 125702

Author: National Association of Counties Title: County Jails and the Affordable Care Act: Enrolling Eligible Individuals in Health Coverage Summary: In 2014 the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) will provide new health insurance coverage options for millions of individuals through an expansion of Medicaid eligibility and the establishment of state-based health insurance exchanges. This brief will examine ways that counties may be involved in eligibility determination and enrollment processes for these newly eligible individuals, focusing particularly on issues related to enrolling qualified individuals held in county jails as pre-adjudicated detainees and inmates preparing to reenter the community. Specifically the brief will assess some of the potential issues and challenges county jail and human services staff may face in terms of enrollment procedures. The brief will also highlight examples of existing county-based enrollment strategies that may be able to serve as models for developing processes to enroll individuals in county jails who become newly eligible for health insurance coverage in 2014. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Counties, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.naco.org/programs/csd/Documents/Health%20Reform%20Implementation/County-Jails-HealthCare_WebVersion.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125706

Author: Wisconsin State Council on Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse,Prevention Committee, Controlled Substances Workgroup Title: Reducing Wisconsin’s Prescription Drug Abuse: A Call to Action Summary: Communities around the state report that prescription narcotic abuse, such as oxycodone and hydrocodone, along with illegal narcotic substances, such as heroin, are on the rise. The Wisconsin State Council on Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse (SCAODA), in recognition that prescription drug abuse and narcotic abuse is a growing problem in Wisconsin, established a Controlled Substances Prevention Sub- Committee. The committee, known as the Controlled Substances Work Group (CSW) convened for the fi rst time in July 2010. CSW was charged with identifying prescription and non-prescription drugs that are most often abused in Wisconsin, focusing upon legal opiates (opioid analgesics) and illegal opiates, as well as other drugs of abuse with high consequences. Additionally, CSW was tasked with examining the prevalence and burden of use and to determine if an adequate surveillance system exists in Wisconsin. CSW also examined the role of community coalitions, substance abuse prevention and treatment providers, law enforcement and the judicial system, the medical community, schools, and legislative and state agencies in preventing drug abuse. CSW also identifi ed key educational messages targeting the health care community in the broad scope including; physicians, pharmacists and other key health care stakeholders, and to determine if there are preventive measures that can be employed when prescribing or dispensing drugs with a high potential for abuse. CSW examined community based education targeting the general population and specifi c subgroups (such as high risk populations) to help avoid abuse and its deadly consequences. CSW identifi ed the urgency in establishing a Prescription Drug Monitoring Program (PDMP) as well as an accessible and cost effective system for prescription drug disposal in Wisconsin. The work of CSW culminated in this report that outlines strategies and recommendations to prevent and reduce substance abuse in Wisconsin. Details: Madison, WI: State Council on Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://scaoda.state.wi.us/docs/prevandspfsig/FINAL01032012CSWReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125707

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Redirection Saves $51.2 Million and Continues to Reduce Recidivism Summary: Over the past five years, the Redirection Program has operated at a lower cost than residential juvenile delinquency programs and has achieved better outcomes. Youth who successfully completed the Redirection Program were significantly less likely to be subsequently arrested for a felony or violent felony, adjudicated or convicted for a felony, or sentenced to prison after treatment than similar youth who successfully completed residential commitment programs. The Redirection Program has achieved $51.2 million in cost savings for the state since it began five years ago due to its lower operating costs compared to residential delinquency programs. If the Legislature wishes to expand the program, it could consider authorizing the Redirection Program to treat certain juvenile sex offenders who are considered appropriate for community treatment and/or gang members; such programs would be less expensive than residential commitment. Details: Tallahassee: Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 10-38: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1038rpt.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125708

Author: Warren, Roger K. Title: Using Offender Risk and Needs Assessment Information at Sentencing: Guidance for Courts from a National Working Group Summary: During the last two decades, substantial research has demonstrated that the use of certain practices in criminal justice decision making can have a profound effect on reducing offender recidivism. One of these practices is the use of validated risk and needs assessment (RNA) instruments to inform the decision making process. Once used almost exclusively by probation and parole departments to help determine the best supervision and treatment strategies for offenders, the use of RNA information is expanding to help inform decisions at other points in the criminal justice system as well. The use of RNA information at sentencing is somewhat more complex than for other criminal justice decisions because the sentencing decision has multiple purposes— punishment, incapacitation, rehabilitation, specific deterrence, general deterrence, and restitution—only some of which are related to recidivism reduction. This document provides guidance to help judges and others involved in the sentencing decision understand when and how to incorporate RNA information into their decision making process. The Guide begins with a discussion of why courts should consider the use of RNA information in their sentencing decisions, reviews the principles of a research- or evidence-based approach to sentencing, identifies other uses of risk assessments not covered in the Guide, and offers a set of Guiding Principles for incorporating RNA information into the court’s sentencing decisions. The Guide and its Principles are the result of the deliberations of a National Working Group on Using Risk and Needs Assessment Information at Sentencing, interviews with practitioners in jurisdictions that have or are considering using RNA information at sentencing, and a review of relevant literature. The National Working Group offers the Guide as a starting point for courts using offender assessment information with the understanding that its advice will continue to be refined as new research and lessons from the field expand current knowledge. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://www.ncsc.org/~/media/Files/PDF/Services%20and%20Experts/Areas%20of%20expertise/Sentencing%20Probation/RNA%20Guide%20Final.ashx Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 125709

Author: Freeh Sporkin & Sullivan, LLP Title: Report of the Special Investigative Counsel Regarding the Actions of the Pennsylvania State University Related to the Child Sexual Abuse Committed by Gerald A. Sandusky Summary: This report presents the findings of the investigation of the alleged failure of Pennsylvania State University personnel to respond to, and report to the appropriate authroities, the sexual abuse of children by former University football coach Gerald A. Sandusky and the circumstances under which such abuse could occur in University facilities or under the auspices of University programs for youth. Details: Wilmington, DE: Freeh Sporkin & Sullivan, LLP, 2012. 267p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2012 at: http://i.turner.ncaa.com/dr/ncaa/ncaa/release/sites/default/files/files/freeh_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 125746

Author: Potter, Phoebe Margaret Title: Employment and the Desistance Process: The Effect of Employment Status and Wages on Criminal Recidivism among Young Adults Summary: Every year, thousands of ex-convicts in the United States undergo the challenging process of reentering society. Contact with the criminal justice system can disrupt critical developmental experiences for young adults, often resulting in these individuals continuing a life of crime. The purpose of this study is to determine if employment is an effective way for young adults to re-transition into society after being convicted for a crime, and therefore increases the likelihood of desistance from crime. Using data from the NLSY 1997 cohort, the effects of employment status, weekly employment hours, and income on the length of time before an individual recidivates are estimated with Cox proportional hazard models. The results suggest that employment and income both have statistically significant negative relationships with recidivism. These findings are robust even when controlling for other factors that may be spuriously related to both employment and recidivism. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 24, 2012 at: http://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/553877/potterPhoebe.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Convicts, Employment Shelf Number: 125749

Author: Smith, Sandra Susan Title: Searching for Work with a Criminal Record Summary: To date, researchers have been very attentive to how the stigma of criminality informs employers’ hiring decisions, and, in the process, diminishes ex-offenders’ employment opportunities. Few, however, have investigated the extent to which the mark of a criminal record also shapes ex-offenders’ search strategies in ways that might either attenuate or amplify ex-offender effects. We fill this gap in the literature by investigating how arrest and conviction influence the search strategies that employed and unemployed job-seekers deploy to find work. Analysis of NLSY97 reveals that much of the disadvantage of penal contact comes with arrest, not conviction. Compared to non-arrestees, arrestees are less likely to search through friends and relatives, labor market intermediaries, and go-it-alone strategies. Lower odds of search across methods likely signify the disillusionment that these job-seekers feel after early attempts to find work fail. Further analysis reveals, however, that arrestees’ employment disadvantages are specific to their use of two methods. Go-it-alone strategies reduce arrestees’ odds that a search will end successfully (with a job), and network search significantly lengthens search duration. But labor market intermediation emerges as an equalizing force, moderating the effect of ex-offender status on employment outcomes. Significantly, too, race and gender mediate the relationships between search methods and search outcomes, highlighting how these axes of difference also help to structure ex-offenders’ labor market experiences. Details: Berkeley, CA: Department of Sociology University of California, Berkeley, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 24, 2012 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/csls/SmithSandraSEARCHING_WORKwith_CRIMINAL_RECORD-Jan_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Convict, Employment Shelf Number: 125753

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: Testing for Racial Prejudice in the Parole Board Release Process: Theory and Evidence Summary: We develop a model of a Parole Board contemplating whether to grant parole release to a prisoner who has finished serving their minimum sentence. The model implies a simple outcome test for racial prejudice robust to the inframarginality problem. Our test involves running simple regressions of whether a prisoner recidivates on the exposure time to the risk of recidivism and its square, using only the sample of prisoners who are granted parole release strictly between their minimum and maximum sentences and separately by race. If the coefficient estimates on the exposure time term differ by race, then there is evidence of racial prejudice against the racial group with the smaller coefficient estimate. We implement our test for prejudice using data from Pennsylvania from January 1996 to December 31, 2001. Although we find racial differences in time served, we find no evidence for racial prejudice on the part of the Parole Board based on our outcome test. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18239: Accessed July 24, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18239 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 125756

Author: Males, Mike Title: Can California County Jails Absorb Low-Level State Prisoners? Summary: California spends nearly $1.3 billion per year to imprison 26,300 offenders whose primary sentencing offense was a low-level property or drug crime. For nearly 11,000 of these, the low-level sentencing offenses were classed as second or third strikes. The advisability of imposing long, strike-enhanced sentences for low-level second or third offenses is the subject of other publications. This publication focuses on the remaining 15,400 low-level, non-strike prisoners who constituted 9% of the state prison population as of December 31, 2009, and cost taxpayers nearly $750 million annually to lock up (CDCR, 2011). California counties vary 13-fold in their rates of sentencing such low-level offenders to California state prison, from 227 per 100,000 population in Kings County to 17 per 100,000 in Contra Costa (see Appendix). More than one-fourth of the total prisoners from Calaveras county were sentenced for low-level, non-strike offenses, five times the percentage in Los Angeles. Counties are imposing radically varying burdens on state taxpayers to incarcerate their lowpriority offenders at $50,000 each per year. This publication addresses the question of whether sufficient jail capacity is available at the county level to which state prisoners can be transferred in order to help achieve Governor Jerry Brown’s goal of reducing state prison populations by moving low-level offenders to local jails (CCPOA, 2011). Under Governor Jerry Brown’s realignment policies, counties will no longer be allowed to commit certain categories of offenders to state prison, but instead will be required to develop county-based alternatives. A second question involves how low-level offenders should be handled in terms of incarceration versus alternative sentencing. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Legislative Policy Study: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Can_California_County_Jails_Absorb_Low-Level_State_Prisoners.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125765

Author: National Immigration Forum Title: Immigrants Behind Bars: How, Why, and How Much? Summary: States across the U.S. are facing large budget deficits leading to significant reductions in local programs and services, including cuts to police and Sheriff's departments. But in spite of shrinking resources, many local law enforcement agencies assist in enforcement of federal immigration law, including helping with the identification and detention of immigrants believed—sometimes wrongly—to be subject to deportation. The following backgrounder provides explanations of the ways that immigrants end up in local custody and are held there on the basis of their immigration status. It also explores the associated fiscal costs of increased detention to states and counties. In recent years police have increasingly been drawn into immigration enforcement operations, and as a result, local jails are holding increased numbers of immigrants, even those not facing criminal charges. Detaining immigrants in state or local custody creates additional costs and burdens on local law enforcement agencies, and the unnecessary and prolonged detention of immigrants costs local budgets millions of taxpayer dollars per year. The enforcement of our nation’s immigration laws has historically been a federal duty. However, throughout the last decade, the distinction between federal immigration enforcement and state and local criminal law enforcement has been eroding. Since its creation in 2003, the Department of Homeland Security has pursued broad expansions of local involvement with federal authorities in enforcement of federal immigration laws. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is the Department of Homeland Security’s primary interior immigration enforcement bureau and the manager of the largest detention system in the country. ICE has aggressively sought both formal and informal relationships with state and local law enforcement agencies. This collaboration broadens ICE’s ability to identify, apprehend, and detain immigrants around the country. Notably, ICE’s efforts are not limited to undocumented immigrants. All non-citizens who may possibly be subject to deportation are under ICE’s jurisdiction, even if they have been permanent residents of the United States for decades. In 2007, ICE grouped its major programs for apprehending non-citizens identified or arrested by local law enforcement under an umbrella called “Agreements of Cooperation in Communities to Enhance Safety and Security” (ICE ACCESS). ICE ACCESS encompasses 14 different programs that connect ICE agents to state and local law enforcement agencies and operations. Three ICE ACCESS programs engender particularly broad-ranging consequences for immigrants who interact with the criminal justice system: the Criminal Alien Program (CAP), Secure Communities, and the 287(g) program. All of these programs are designed to help ICE identify immigrants who come into contact with the criminal justice system. The increased collaboration between DHS and local law enforcement agencies has resulted in greater numbers of non-citizens being held in local jails for prolonged periods of time, at great expense. When jails go beyond handling regular local criminal matters to holding civil detainees for federal agencies, many additional bodies of law and logistical requirements come into play. Questions of custody and responsibility now involve both federal and state agencies, and inmates may be juggling both criminal and civil proceedings involving different legal rights. The result has been widespread confusion and frequent civil rights violations. Immigrants who come into contact with police may end up in the local jail, being held for ICE, without even being suspected of or charged with a crime. Non-citizens involved in the criminal justice process spend more time behind bars than citizens facing similar charges. And non-citizen inmates due to be released from local custody are unlawfully detained on a regular basis. Imprisoning people is a very expensive endeavor, and the impact of this unnecessary and excessive detention amounts to millions of dollars per year for local budgets. This paper seeks to identify the ways, legal and illegal, that immigrants end up in local custody, and the associated costs to states and counties. Details: Washington, DC: National Immigration Forum, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.immigrationforum.org/images/uploads/2011/Immigrants_in_Local_Jails.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125767

Author: Virginia. Department of Education Title: Study of the Nature and Effectiveness of Virginia School Divisions' Antibullying Policies (HJR 625, 2011) Summary: In 2011, the Virginia General Assembly passed House Joint Resolution No. 625, requesting the Virginia Department of Education (VDOE) to study the nature and effectiveness oflocal school divisions' antibullying policies. Specifically, the directive ofthe resolution requested VDOE: to study the nature and effectiveness of local school divisions' antibullying policies, completing its meetings by November 30, 2011, and submitting to the Governor and General Assembly an executive summary and a report of its findings and recommendations for publication as a House or Senate document...no later than the first day ofthe 2012 Regular Session of the General Assembly (January II, 2012). The study directives were: 1. To review and compare "antibullying measures in the student codes of conduct from each school division;" n. To compare "existing policies with the Department (of Education's) model policy for codes of student conduct;" and iii. To detennine "if improvements to existing policies are warranted, in order to more effectively combat bullying in Virginia public schools." In response to this resolution, VDOE surveyed all school divisions regarding policies, regulations, procedures, discipline actions, prevention and intervention programs, and strategies surrounding bullying. VDOE worked with the Center for School Safety within the Department of Criminal Justice Services to utilize school-level data from the 2011 Virginia School Safety Audit (SSA). VDOE contracted with the School of Education at Virginia Commonwealth University to conduct the study. Methodology of the study included several steps. A review was conducted of bullying policies collected in a VDOE division-level survey and division-written policies posted on school division Web sites. Themes across school division policies were culled. Division-level policies also were compared to ten components of best practice identified by a literature review and review of the policies of states held in high national regard surrounding bullying efforts. Four of the elements of the Board of Education's Student Conduct Policy Guidelines (2009) were examined as they coincide with the ten components of best practice. These components are: (I) standards of student conduct; (2) training of school personnel; (3) dissemination and review of standards; and (4) discipline procedures. In addition, school-level activities, programs, and policies as reported by schools in the SSA were examined. Study Findings It was found that all school divisions in Virginia meet the requirements of the Code of Virginia and include bullying as a part of character education and as a prohibited behavior. Details: Richmond: Virginia Department of Education, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: House Document No. 7: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.doe.virginia.gov/support/prevention/bullying/2011_legislative_study.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying (Virginia) Shelf Number: 125771

Author: Virginia. State Crime Commission Title: Indecent Liberties and Prostitution-Related Offenses Involving Children (HJR 97, 2010) Summary: During the 2010 Session of the Virginia General Assembly, Delegate David Bulova introduced House Joint Resolution 97 (HJR 97), directing the Crime Commission to study a number of criminal justice issues connected with the problems of taking indecent liberties and prostitution-related offenses involving children. Specifically, the Crime Commission was directed to collect and review recent data related to the crimes of indecent liberties, prostitution, prostitution involving children, and the failure by employers to pay wages to employees. In addition, the Crime Commission also examined whether any of the recently enacted human trafficking criminal statutes have yet been utilized by prosecutors. To comply with this study request, data was obtained from the Virginia Criminal Sentencing Commission (Sentencing Commission), the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry, the Virginia State Police, and the Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ). The information obtained reveals that the majority of defendants who are convicted of the crime of indecent liberties, or indecent liberties committed by a person in a custodial or supervisory relationship (hereinafter referred to as indecent liberties by a custodian), received a punishment involving active incarceration versus probation alone. Of the defendants who received incarceration, slightly more received a prison term (more than 12 months incarceration) than a jail term (12 months or less incarceration). When imposing a sentence for these two crimes, judges are more likely to depart from the recommended sentence provided by the Virginia Sentencing Guidelines than is the reported rate for Guidelines compliance for crimes overall. In particular, judges are more likely to depart upwards from the recommended sentence (i.e., impose a heavier punishment). The number of prosecutions and convictions for misdemeanor prostitution crimes has remained relatively stable over the past five years. The number of prosecutions and convictions for felony prostitution crimes has remained somewhat stable, and is much lower – there were fewer than fifteen convictions throughout the state in any particular year. The number of juveniles arrested for prostitution or prostitution-related offenses is even smaller (less than five per year). Fewer than ten juveniles a year have formal criminal charges initiated against them for prostitution offenses. Conversations with staff at the DJJ support these figures; anecdotally, very few juveniles who are discovered to have engaged in prostitution are formally charged. Instead, every effort is made by staff to provide these juveniles with appropriate counseling and treatment. While the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry receives over five hundred complaints per year that are deemed valid from employees who have not been paid by their employers, almost none of these cases are prosecuted criminally under Va. Code § 40.1-29. Further, the national origin or immigration status of individuals who file such complaints is not collected. Finally, the three recently enacted criminal offenses aimed at combating human trafficking, Va. Code §§ 18.2-59(iii), 18.2-59(iv), and 18.2-47(B), do not appear to have been used; the Sentencing Commission reports that there have been no prosecutions or convictions for these crimes. Details: Richmond: Virginia State Crime Commission, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/fc86c2b17a1cf388852570f9006f1299/93a62852a1ef5fb18525773800702ebf/$FILE/HD8.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution (Virginia) Shelf Number: 125772

Author: Mahoney, Barry Title: The Ventura Day Fine Pilot Project: A Report on the Planning Process and the Decision to Terminate the Project, With Recommendations Concerning Future Development of Fines Policy Summary: A day-fine is a monetary sanction that can be used as a sentence in criminal cases. Initially developed in Europe, the day fine is based on a simple concept: that punishment by a fine should be proportionate to the seriousness of the offense and should have similar impact—in terms of economic "sting"—upon persons with differing financial resources. Thus, day fine amounts are typically set through a two-step process that determines the severity of the punishment separately from assessment of a specific dollar amount. First, the number of day-fine units for the offense for which the defendant has been convicted is determined, by reference to a scale that ranks offenses according to their gravity. Second, the amount of the fine is determined by multiplying the number of day fine units by a portion of the defendant's net daily income. By contrast, fines in most American courts are typically set on a "tariff" basis— i.e., imposition of a single fixed amount (or an amount that is within a narrow range), based solely on the perceived seriousness of the offense. Under a tariff fine system, there is little or no variance in fine amount to take into account an offender's income level or assets. The result, according to critics of the tariff system, is that fines are all too frequently set at amounts that are too high for poor defendants to pay yet too low to be a meaningful punishment or deterrent for affluent offenders. In 1991 the California Legislature enacted a statute authorizing In 1991 the California Legislature enacted a statute authorizing the California Judicial Council to establish a pilot program in one county, to test the feasibility of using day fines as a sanction for misdemeanor offenses. In enacting this law, the Legislature [F]ine punishment should be proportionate to the severity of the offense but equally impact individuals with differing financial resources . . . . [T]he implementation of a pilot program in California which is designed to use a [day-fine system similar to those used in Sweden, West Germany, and, experimentally, in Staten Island, NY and Phoenix, AZ)] would serve as a test for a fairer method in California of dispensing criminal justice and as a program which could possibly help alleviate the presently overcrowded conditions of our county jails. For more than a year following enactment of the authorizing legislation, no court could be found that was willing to undertake the project. Then, in the spring of 1993, state-level judicial leaders asked the judges of the Ventura Municipal Court to consider becoming the pilot court. The judges agreed, contingent upon approval by the County's Board of Supervisors. On April 27, 1993 the Board of Supervisors voted to approve the project with one important proviso—assurance by the state that participation in the project would not result in a loss of revenue to the county. Initial planning of the project began in June 1993, and involved a broad range of policymakers and practitioners involved in the administration of criminal justice in Ventura County. By mid-1994, basic plans for implementation of the project had been developed and the California legislature had amended the authorizing legislation to address a number of issues identified during the first year of the planning process. A target date of January 19, 1995, was set for initial implementation of the project. During the fall of 1994, however, detailed planning for implementation came to a sudden halt and funding earmarked for assistance in implementation was placed on hold. Early in 1995, the pilot project was officially terminated. This report has three main purposes: (1) to describe the sixteen month Phase I planning process (June 1, 1993-September 30, 1994); (2) to examine the reasons why the project was terminated; and (3) to assess what has been learned from this experience and develop recommendations concerning future development of policy with respect to the use of fines as criminal sanctions. declared that: Details: Denver, CO: The Justice Management Institute, 1995. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2012 at: http://www.jmijustice.org/publications/ventura-day-fine-project-final-report-may-1995 Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 125780

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: Memphis Murder Mystery Revisited: Do Housing Voucher Households Cause Crime? Summary: In recent years, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has greatly increased the absolute and relative size of the Housing Choice Voucher (HCV or “voucher”) program. In 1980, the traditional public housing program was almost twice the size of the HCV program; by 2008, the voucher program was almost twice the size of public housing program. There were 2.2 million vouchers nationwide in 2008, compared to 1.2 million public housing units. Although the academic and policy communities have welcomed this shift, community opposition to vouchers can be fierce (Galster et al. 2003). Local groups often express concern that voucher recipients will both reduce property values and heighten crime. Hanna Rosin gave voice to the latter worries in her widely-read article, “American Murder Mystery,” published in the Atlantic Magazine in August 2008. Despite the publicity, however, there is virtually no research that systematically examines the link between the presence of voucher holders in a neighborhood and crime. Our paper aims to do just this, using longitudinal, neighborhood-level crime and voucher utilization data in 10 large U.S. cities. We use census tracts to represent neighborhoods. The heart of the paper is a set of regression models of census tract-level crime that test whether the presence of additional voucher holders leads to elevated rates of crime, controlling for census tract fixed effects—which capture unobserved, pre-existing differences between neighborhoods that house large numbers of voucher households and those that do not, trends in crime in the city or broader sub-city area in which the neighborhood is located, and in some models, time-varying census tract characteristics such as the extent of other subsidized housing and demographic characteristics. We also test for the possibility that causality is reversed and that voucher holders tend to settle in higher crime areas. In brief, we find no evidence that an increase in the number of voucher holders in a tract leads to more crime. We do find that crime in a year tends to be higher in census tracts with more voucher households that year, but that positive relationship disappears after we control for crime trends in the broader sub-city area. There is some evidence for the reverse causal story, however. That is, the number of voucher holders in a neighborhood tends to increase in tracts with rising crime, suggesting that voucher holders are more likely to move into neighborhoods where crime rates are increasing. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, Wagner School of Public Service and Furman Center for Real Estate and Urban Policy, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2012 at: http://furmancenter.org/files/publications/Memphis_murder_mystery.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 125783

Author: Lens, Michael C. Title: Neighborhood Crime Exposure Among Housing Choice Voucher Households Summary: Given a choice to move, do voucher holders successfully locate in neighborhoods with greater public safety? Housing Choice Vouchers provide tenants with opportunities to obtain affordable housing in higher quality neighborhoods, yet evidence suggests that they rarely take advantage of such opportunities by moving to lower-poverty neighborhoods. Using census tract-level crime and subsidized housing data for 91 large cities in 2000, the researchers compare the neighborhood crime rates of voucher holders to those of public housing, Low-Income Housing Tax Credit, and unassisted poor renter households. The researchers also examine longitudinal crime data from seven cities at the census tract level, allowing them to observe changes in crime exposure from 1998 to 2008. The results suggest that from 1998 to 2008 exposure of voucher holders to neighborhood crime improved considerably in seven sample cities. However, gains in safety are not attributed to voucher households moving to lower crime neighborhoods. Rather, the more significant cause is that the safety levels of the neighborhoods where voucher holders live improved more than those of other neighborhoods. The researchers find that voucher households occupied neighborhoods that were about as safe as the average poor renter household, and with much lower crime rates than those of assisted tenants of place-based programs (i.e., the Low Income Housing Tax Credit and public housing programs) in the same cities. Although voucher holders selected much safer neighborhoods than those of other subsidized households, they did not select lower poverty neighborhoods. This result suggests that voucher households simply may care more about safety levels than about poverty rates. At the very least, it suggests that neighborhood poverty rates do not perfectly capture underlying neighborhood conditions. Public safety outcomes of voucher holders are found to differ on the basis of race and ethnicity. Consistent with other studies, black voucher households lived in neighborhoods with higher crime rates than other voucher holders. Yet their neighborhoods were considerably safer than those of poor black households and black renters. This was not the case for white and Hispanic voucher holders, suggesting that the voucher program may be more successful in helping black households reach safer neighborhoods than it is in helping white and Hispanic households reach lower crime communities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Office of Policy Development and Research, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Assisted Housing Research Cadre Report; Accessed July 26, 2012 at: http://www.huduser.org/publications/pdf/Lens_NeighborhoodCrime_AssistedHousingRCR08.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 125784

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: American Murder Mystery Revisited: Do Housing Voucher Households Cause Crime? Summary: Potential neighbors often express worries that Housing Choice Voucher holders heighten crime. Yet no research systematically examines the link between the presence of voucher holders in a neighborhood and crime. Our paper aims to do just this, using longitudinal, neighborhoodlevel crime and voucher utilization data in 10 large U.S. cities. We test whether the presence of additional voucher holders leads to elevated rates of crime, controlling for neighborhood fixed effects and either time-varying neighborhood characteristics or trends in the broader sub-city area in which the neighborhood is located. In brief, crime tends to be higher in census tracts with more voucher households, but that positive relationship disappears after we control for existing trends. We find far more evidence for the reverse causal story; voucher use in a neighborhood increases in tracts with rising crime, suggesting that voucher holders tend to move into neighborhoods where crime rates are increasing. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, Wagner School of Public Service and Furman Center for Real Estate and Urban Policy, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2012 at: http://furmancenter.org/files/publications/American_Murder_Mystery_Revisited.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 125782

Author: Van Zandt, Shannon Title: The Effect of Housing Choice Voucher Households on Neighborhood Crime: Longitudinal Evidence from Dallas Summary: Tenant-based housing assistance is designed to provide access for low-income households to a wider range of housing options, de-concentrating poverty and reducing the exposure of these households to negative conditions. Yet an observed coincidence of crime and subsidized households indicates that something is going wrong. Either households are constrained in their choices and are settling in high-crime neighborhoods, or these households bring crime with them, using vouchers to penetrate otherwise low-crime neighborhoods. We use longitudinal data from Dallas to assess whether changes in the number of HCV households are related to changes in crime, not just whether HCV households are present in high-crime neighborhoods. The evidence supports the hypothesis that observed relationships between crime and HCV households results from a lack of units that accept vouchers in areas that have lower levels of crime. The hypothesis that voucher holders are the cause of increases in neighborhood crime is not supported. Details: College Station, TX: College of Architexture, Texas A&M University, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Sustainable Housing Research Unit (SHRU) Working Paper 09-01; Accessed July 26, 2012 at: http://urbanplanningblog.com/papers/HCV%20Crime%202008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 125786

Author: Parsons, Jim Title: Closing the Gap: Using Criminal Justice and Public Health Data to Improve the Identification of Mental Summary: This report describes findings from the Vera Institute of Justice’s District of Columbia Forensic Health Project—a study of the mental health needs of people arrested in the District of Columbia designed to fill a gap in the available information on this high-need and underserved population. The project was developed by Vera’s Substance Use and Mental Health Program (SUMH) to provide criminal justice and health agencies with information to improve the delivery of mental health services to people involved in the criminal justice system in the District of Columbia (referred to as “DC” throughout this report). The identification and treatment of people with mental health needs who are involved with the criminal justice system is an ongoing priority in DC, as demonstrated by the establishment of the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council’s Substance Abuse Treatment and Mental Health Services Integration Taskforce (SATMHSIT) in 2006. The findings of this study support the strategic recommendations of the task force and the work of individual health and justice agencies by providing the most comprehensive quantitative assessment to date of the mental health needs of people arrested in DC. The study uses administrative data supplied by five government agencies to track criminal justice system involvement and markers of psychiatric need for a cohort of 2,874 people arrested by the Metropolitan Police Department of the District of Columbia (MPD) during June 2008. In addition to the arrest data provided by MPD, the Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency for the District of Columbia (CSOSA), the District of Columbia Department of Corrections (DOC), the District of Columbia Department of Mental Health (DMH) and the Pretrial Services Agency for the District of Columbia (PSA) provided client-specific data describing contacts with members of the study cohort between 2006 and 2011.1 This is the first time that records from these agencies have been combined into an aggregate dataset. Vera researchers calculated rates of mental illness based on the indicators of psychiatric need provided by each of the agencies (for example, formal diagnosis, or contact with specialized mental health supervision teams) for the study cohort. They sought to answer two basic questions: >>Which people arrested in DC have mental health needs? >>When this population comes into contact with local and relevant federal criminal justice agencies, do these agencies recognize their mental health needs?2 The research had three goals: to inform ongoing initiatives in DC seeking to improve access to treatment services; to support the design of new policies and programs; and to provide a baseline against which to measure the effectiveness of new initiatives. The key study findings include: >>About 33 percent of adult DC residents arrested during June 2008 had some indication of mental health need in partner agency records between 2006 and 2011. >>Many of those arrested with mental health needs were not known to community mental health care providers. Most of the cohort members who had mental health needs (83 percent) were known to at least one criminal justice agency as having such a need between 2006 and 2011. Yet the Department of Mental Health knew about only 59 percent of the cohort members who had mental health needs during that same period. 3 >>Criminal justice agencies often failed to identify the mental health needs of the people that they encountered. Six hundred sixty-six cohort members with mental health needs came into contact with probation, pretrial services, or the jail as a result of the June 2008 arrest; however, almost half (46 percent) of this group was not identified as having a mental health need by any of the agencies during those contacts. >>Thirty-three percent of the cohort members known to the Department of Mental Health as having a psychotic spectrum disorder or bipolar disorder were not identified by any of the criminal justice agencies; rates of identification of mental health need by the criminal justice agencies were even lower for people with other diagnoses, such as depression and anxiety disorders. The report concludes with a series of recommendations aimed at increasing rates of identification of mental health problems by DMH and criminal justice agencies in DC. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2012 at: http://www.vera.org/download?file=3544/closing-the-gap-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 125791

Author: American Probation and Parole Association Title: Hardcore Drunk Driving Community Supervision Guide: A Resource Outlining Probation & Parole Challenges, Effective Strategies and Model Programs Summary: The American Probation and Parole Association and the Century Council convened a group of community supervision and corrections experts to develop the “Hardcore Drunk Driving Community Supervision Guide: A Resource for Outlining Supervision Challenges, Effective Strategies, and Model Programs.” This guide combines the latest in evidenced-based supervision practices with treatment strategies known to work with alcohol involved and DUI/DWI offenders. The advisory group assembled to develop this guide began by identifying what would educate and benefit the community corrections field. To that end, the group identified supervision challenges, and where applicable possible solutions to those challenges, promising practices working in their jurisdictions, and an array of resources for community corrections practitioners and administrators to turn to for additional information and guidance. What is meant by saying that someone is supervised in the community? It means that probation and/or parole officers using a combined approach involving surveillance, treatment, and accountability, enforce the court ordered rules and sentencing meted out to the offenders. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association; Arlington, VA: Century Council, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.centurycouncil.org/sites/default/files/materials/HCDD-Community-Supervision-Guide.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 125799

Author: Justice Policy Institute' Ashton, Paul Title: Rethinking the Blues: How We Police in the U.S. and At What Cost Summary: Despite crime rates being at their lowest levels in more than 30 years, the U.S. continues to maintain large and increasingly militarized police units, spending more than $100 billion every year, according to a report released today by the Justice Policy Institute. Police forces have grown from locally-funded public safety initiatives into a federally subsidized jobs program, with a decreasing focus on community policing and growing concerns about racial profiling and “cuffs for cash,” with success measured not by increased safety and well-being but by more arrests. Rethinking the Blues: How we police in the U.S. and at what cost, highlights the negative effects of over-policing by detailing how law enforcement efforts contribute to a criminal justice system that disconnects people from their communities, fills prisons and jails, and costs taxpayers billions. The report also highlights both alternatives to improve public safety and examples of effective community policing efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 125801

Author: Neal, Melissa Title: Mindful of the Consequences: Improving Mental Health for D.C.'s Youth Benefits the District Summary: Improving public safety in D.C. depends on a comprehensive approach that involves multiple strategies spanning all City agencies. One facet of such a comprehensive approach is to improve outcomes for youth so that fewer become caught up in the justice system, a victim of crime, or both. This brief is part of a series explaining how improving youth outcomes in D.C. can also result in better public safety outcomes for the District as a whole. The power of good mental health is underestimated in maintaining safety and wellbeing within D.C.’s communities. But, as our understanding of brain science expands, the connections between public safety and health promotion are increasingly clear. Historically, the role of mental health as a crucial component of overall wellness and health has been “misunderstood and often forgotten.” Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/mindful_of_the_consequences.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125805

Author: Sethi, Suresh A. Title: Poaching and the Performance of Marine Reserves as Ocean Management Tools Summary: Noncompliance in fisheries management is unavoidable and is likely to occur in marine reserves. This Master’s thesis presents two models exploring the effects of poaching on a reserve-fishery system: an age-structured reserve model that explores the effects of poaching on the biological and fishery performance of the system under different policy choices for the open area, and a reserve model with logistic population growth and simple poaching fleet dynamics to explore considerations about harvester noncompliance behavior. Both models make similar predictions about the biological and fishery outcomes of poaching. Departures from the traditional assumptions of full compliance to reserve boundaries alter the conclusions of prior modeling work that demonstrate yield equivalence to no-reserve effort control management and augmented reproductive benefits when small reserves are implemented. By degrading the recruitment subsidization effect to nonreserve areas from protected reserve populations, poaching results in negative externalities on yield for compliant fishermen in open areas and degrades the reproductive output and age-structure of the system. Due to the biological link between reserve and nonreserve areas, poaching in closed areas requires effort reduction in open areas to maintain management reference points. Results from the model with simple poaching fleet dynamics suggest that there are two main approaches to manage noncompliance in the marine reserve context. First is to reduce the expected benefits of poaching through enforcement and fines, and the second is to change the characteristics of the poaching fleet itself. “Community based” policies that incorporate resource users into management and enforcement may be helpful in altering the characteristics of the poaching fleet towards reducing noncompliance. The results of these simulations emphasize the importance of garnering compliance to reserve boundaries from resource users for spatial closures to be successful ocean management tools. Details: Seattle, WA: University of Washington, 2007. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://fish.washington.edu/research/publications/ms_phd/Sethi_S_MS_Su07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 125808

Author: Robinson, Alanna Title: Characteristics of Adolescent Females Sexually Exploited Through Prostitution Summary: Adolescent females are becoming the fastest growing population amongst juveniles being held in detention and referred to juvenile courts. Unfortunately such increases are linked to a lack of alternative services available for youths during the adjudication process. Upon being arrested, delinquent girls are suffering from a host of health, emotional and social issues for which there is also a lack of programming and detailed research. However, emerging evidence indicates that female delinquency is characterized by a multitude of overlapping problems that distinguish them from male delinquents. Issues include poor mental health, history of child abuse, substance abuse among parents and family members, unstable home environments, poor academic performance, association with other deviant peers, and involvement in high-risk sexual activity. One high risk sexual activity is engaging in prostitution, a behavior often seen with youth who have a history of sexual abuse. Youth often use prostitution as a survival strategy while living on the streets after running away to escape abuse at home. This study aims to examine the extent of prostitution behaviors of adolescent girls in Clark County, Nevada and determine which characteristics can be identified as risk factors or predictors of involvement in prostitution. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: UNLV Theses/Dissertations/Professional Papers/Capstones. Paper 323: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://digitalscholarship.unlv.edu/thesesdissertations/323/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Female Prostitution Shelf Number: 125812

Author: Center for Constitutional Rights Title: Stop and Frisk: The Human Impact. The Stories Behind the Numbers; The Effects on Our Communities Summary: The New York City Police Department's (NYPD’s) aggressive stop-and-frisk practices are having a profound effect on individuals, groups and communities across the city. This report documents some of the human stories behind the staggering statistics and sheds new light on the breadth of impact this policy is having on individuals and groups, in neighborhoods, and citywide. The Center for Constitutional Rights conducted a series of interviews with people who have been stopped and frisked by NYPD and heard testimonies from a wide range of people who are living under the weight of the unprecedented explosion of this practice. These interviews provide evidence of how deeply this practice impacts individuals and they document widespread civil and human rights abuses, including illegal profiling, improper arrests, inappropriate touching, sexual harassment, humiliation and violence at the hands of police officers. The effects of these abuses can be devastating and often leave behind lasting emotional, psychological, social, and economic harm. The NYPD stop-and-frisk program affects thousands of people every day in New York City and it is widely acknowledged that an overwhelming majority of those people are Black or Latino. This report shows that many are also members of a range of other communities that are experiencing devastating impact from this program, including LGBTQ/GNC people, non-citizens, homeless people, religious minorities, low-income people, residents of certain neighborhoods and youth. Residents of some New York City neighborhoods describe a police presence so pervasive and hostile that they feel like they are living in a state of siege. What these stories describe are widespread and systematic human and civil rights violations against thousands of New Yorkers on a daily basis. The NYPD and city and state governments must act immediately to put policies and legal protections in place to end these abuses. Details: New York: Center for Constituitonal Rights, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://ccrjustice.org/the-human-impact-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 125813

Author: Matthies, Carl F. Title: Identifying Barriers to Diversity in Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: This paper describes how law enforcement agencies can use barrier analysis, a method of assessment aimed at identifying potential obstacles to obtaining resources or participating in a program, to better understand and address the challenge of creating diversity among their personnel. They examine key points in the career lifecycle, such as recruitment, hiring, promotion, and retention practices, to determine where women and racial/ethnic minorities face obstacles that might account for less-than-proportionate representation among applicants, hires, and senior leadership. They describe the barrier analysis process, illustrate how it can help law enforcement agencies increase the diversity of their workforce, and present case studies featuring police departments that have used barrier analysis. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Issues in Policing: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/occasional_papers/2012/RAND_OP370.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Hiring Practices in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 125814

Author: Freedman, Matthew Title: Your Friends and Neighbors: Localized Economic Development, Inequality, and Criminal Activity Summary: We exploit a sudden shock to demand for a subset of low-wage workers generated by the 2005 Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) program in San Antonio, Texas to identify the effects of local economic development programs on crime. We use a difference-in-difference methodology that takes advantage of variation in BRAC’s impact over time and across neighborhoods. We find that appropriative criminal behavior increases in neighborhoods where a fraction of residents experienced increases in earnings. This effect is driven by residents who were unlikely to be BRAC beneficiaries, implying that inequality can increase crime. We find less evidence of an impact on serious violence. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Economics and Department of Policy Analysis and Management, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://works.bepress.com/matthew_freedman/17/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Development and Crime Shelf Number: 125816

Author: City of Albany Gun Violence Task Force Title: Final Report to the Common Council Summary: With the enactment of an ordinance in July, 2007, the City of Albany’s Gun Violence Task Force was formed “to research and develop strategies to reduce gun violence.” The Task Force was comprised of thirteen voting members, whose work was to be completed within one year. The Task Force was specifically charged to: o prepare a report on the number and types of gun-related offenses, with as much detail as possible, in the City of Albany from the year 2000 to the present; o compare the number and types of incidents to at least five other municipalities of similar size; o research and report on programs used successfully by other municipalities to reduce gunrelated violence and the approximate cost of such programs. The Task Force itself specified a two-fold mission of assessment and recommendation. o To the end of assessment, it is our purpose: 1. to ascertain the root causes of gun violence; 2. to examine the manifestations of gun violence; and 3. to engage in dialogue with the people concerning gun violence. o To the end of recommendation, it is our purpose: 1. to identify resources to address gun violence; 2. to suggest a strategy to alleviate gun violence; and 3. to recommend programs to combat gun violence. With this report, the Task Force fulfills its mandates and completes its work, with the hope that the information offered herein will prove useful to the City as it formulates initiatives to reduce gun violence. The report includes four principal parts. First we summarize the organization of the Task Force and its work. Then we provide an overview of the gun violence problem, including a brief review of the causes of gun violence, a consideration of the role of street gangs in gun violence, and a discussion of the supply of crime guns. Third, we summarize information on gun violence in Albany. Finally, we offer recommendations that, as a set, are based on several strategies, and which include multiple programs, identifying existing and potential resources wherever we were able to do so. We have not included, nor were we asked to formulate, specific financing packages for recommended infrastructure or programming. The Task Force understood its role to be one of recommendation and not implementation. Decisions about the priority accorded to preventing and controlling gun violence, and the allocation of public resources, are properly those of the elected leadership of the City. Details: Albany, NY: City of Albany, 2009. 281p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2012 at: http://www.albanyny.gov/_files/Gun%20Violence%20Task%20Force%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence (New York) Shelf Number: 125819

Author: Farrell, Amy Title: Identifying Challenges to Improve the Investigation and Prosecution of State and Local Human Trafficking Cases Summary: Over the past two decades, the American public has become increasingly concerned about the problem of human trafficking. In response, federal and state legislatures have passed laws to promote the identification of and assistance to victims, and to support the investigation and prosecution of human trafficking perpetrators. In 2000, the federal government passed the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act (TVPA). This law defined a new set of crimes related to human trafficking and enhanced penalties for existing offenses, such as slavery, peonage, and involuntary servitude. Since passage of the TVPA, 49 states have enacted legislation criminalizing human trafficking. Despite the attention and resources directed at combating this crime, reports indicate that fewer cases of human trafficking have been identified and prosecuted than would be expected based on estimates of the problem, causing speculation that the provisions of federal and state anti-human trafficking laws are not being enforced by government officials and that law enforcement agencies are not working together to confront the problem. Still others suggest that the incidence of human trafficking is grossly overestimated. Previous research has documented the challenges that state and local law enforcement faces in identifying human trafficking cases, but we do not yet know which practices would improve the ability of local agencies to identify, investigate, and successfully prosecute human trafficking cases. This study seeks to fill these gaps. Using a multi-method approach to examining the way local and state police, prosecutors, and courts investigate and prosecute human trafficking cases, we discuss challenges to the identification and investigation of these difficult cases, and propose strategies for overcoming the barriers to investigation and prosecution of human trafficking cases in the U.S. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2012. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412593-State-and-Local-Human-Trafficking-Cases.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 125820

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Minnesota Juvenile Diversion: A Summary of Statewide Practices and Programming Summary: Juvenile diversion, or the intentional decision to address unlawful behavior outside of the formal juvenile justice system, has long been in practice in the state of Minnesota. In 1995, a requirement for at least one juvenile diversion program became a uniform requirement in every county under Minnesota Statute § 388.24. This legislation further solidified diversion in Minnesota as both a cost-saving measure and a pro-social, community-based response to youth offending. Furthermore, the statute ensures that diversion is available across jurisdictions regardless of youths’ county of residence. While Minnesota statute specifies the purpose of diversion and establishes minimum eligibility criteria, most aspects of juvenile diversion programming and service delivery are left to individual counties to determine. With 87 counties, which youth receive diversion, what agency oversees programming, the conditions necessary to complete diversion, and the services offered in conjunction with diversion can vary widely. This variability can potentially result in inconsistent application of diversion or inequitable access to services among those diverted. This report provides an overview of juvenile diversion programs and services across the state of Minnesota using information collected directly from diversion service providers. The recommendations included in this report are derived from literature related to best practices in pretrial diversion as well as gaps and inconsistencies in diversion service delivery and policy identified in the interviews. It is the intention that the findings of this report will be useful to support the work of juvenile-diversion providers; to advocate for continued and enhanced diversion opportunities; to promote greater consistency in the use of diversion; and to highlight the importance of data collection and evaluation to effective service delivery. Details: St. Paul, MN: Statistical Analysis Center, Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Justice Programs, 2012. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/Juvenile%20Justice%20Reports/MINNESOTA%20JUV_DIV%20REPORT_Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 125823

Author: Castberg, Didrick Title: Motor Vehicle Theft and Burglary in Hawaii: A Statistical Profile of Adult Offenders and Criminal Convictions Summary: This study report examines the records of 370 adult criminal offenders in the State of Hawaii, who were convicted on a total of 508 burglary and/or motor vehicle theft charges during Calendar Year 2010. The specific charges include Burglary in the first and second degree (HRS §708-810 and §708-811, respectively) and Unauthorized Control of a Propelled Vehicle (HRS §708-836). Hawaii does not have a motor vehicle theft statute, per se, but rather a statute addressing the “unauthorized control” of a propelled vehicle, which may include not only automobiles but also motorcycles, boats, aircraft, etc. The vast majority of such offenses involve automobiles. Data from the Hawaii Criminal Justice Data Center and the Crime Prevention and Justice Assistance Division, both within the Department of the Attorney General, were used to analyze these offenders and offenses. Details: HI: Attorney General for the State of Hawaii, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://hawaii.gov/ag/cpja/main/rs/sp_reports_0306/Motor%20Vehicle%20Theft%20and%20Burglary%20in%20Hawaii%20(Feb%202012).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 125824

Author: Morenoff, Jeffrey D. Title: Final Technincal Report: Neighborhoods, Recidivism, and Employment Among Returning Prisoners Summary: The rising number of individuals being released from prison has prompted renewed interest among researchers, policy makers, and practitioners in reintegrating former prisoners. Yet relatively little is known about the communities into which former prisoners return and how they affect the likelihood that former prisoners will secure stable employment or return to prison. This research fills an important gap in the literature on prisoner reentry by focusing on the role that community context plays in the labor market outcomes and recidivism of former prisoners. A rich set of longitudinal administrative records were assembled on individuals paroled in Michigan during 2003, including records from corrections, police, and unemployment insurance databases. This report describes the data collected and presents results indicating that neighborhood context predicted both the recidivism and labor market outcomes of former prisoners. The analysis considered the association between baseline neighborhood characteristics (first post-prison neighborhood) and cumulative exposure to neighborhood conditions during one’s time on parole. The analysis of baseline neighborhood characteristics was based on the full population of 11,064 people released on parole in Michigan in 2003, whereas the analysis of time-varying neighborhood characteristics was based on a 1/6 sample (n=1,848). Returning to a more disadvantaged baseline neighborhood was associated with higher risks of absconding and returning to prison for a technical violation, a lower risk of being arrested, and more adverse labor market outcomes, including less employment and lower wages. Cumulative exposure to disadvantaged neighborhoods was associated with lower employment and wages but not related to recidivism. Returning to a more affluent baseline neighborhood was associated with a lower risk of being arrested, absconding, and returning to prison on a technical violation, and more positive labor market outcomes, including greater employment and wages. However, cumulative exposure to affluent neighborhoods was not significantly related to any of the recidivism or labor market outcomes when the full set of controls were added to models. Returning to a more residentially stable baseline neighborhood was associated with a lower risk of absconding and returning to prison for a new conviction, but not with any labor market outcomes; nor was cumulative exposure to residentially stable neighborhoods associated with any recidivism or labor market outcomes. Returning to a baseline neighborhood with a younger age structure was negatively related to the odds of returning to prison on a technical violation, but when measured as cumulative exposure it was associated with an increased risk of being arrested, absconding, and being returned to prison for either a new commitment or technical violation. Being employed substantially reduced the risk of all recidivism outcomes, but there was no evidence that employment mediated the association between neighborhoods and recidivism. Together, these results suggest that the neighborhoods parolees experience during parole were strong predictors of recidivism and labor market outcomes, but there is not a simple answer to the question of what neighborhood characteristics constitute “risky” environments for parolees. Neighborhood socioeconomic composition was a strong predictor of labor market outcomes, as parolees residing in disadvantaged neighborhoods had difficulty securing employment and escaping poverty. For recidivism, the protective effect of living in a residentially stabile neighborhood and the risks posed by spending more time in neighborhoods with higher densities of young people were the most robust predictors. From a policy perspective, these findings suggest that parole outcomes might be improved through more careful evaluation of a parolee’s neighborhood context when approving new residences, placement of institutional housing for former prisoners in more advantaged neighborhoods, inclusion of neighborhood context in risk assessments to better target services to former prisoners in high risk neighborhoods, and place-based parole strategies involving geographically based agent caseloads. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: Population Studies Center and Survey Research Center, Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan, 2011. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236436.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 125825

Author: California. Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation Title: The Cost of Crime: Issues for California-Specific Estimation - Interim Report Summary: This review focuses on developing cost-of-crime estimates for use in cost-benefit analyses of policies and programs in California. The large volume of literature on the topic of the economics of crime contains few attempts to produce estimates of the cost of individual crimes and little agreement on how to derive such estimates. This interim report focuses on the most relevant issues pertinent to the feasibility of deriving valid and useful estimates for California-based criminal justice cost-benefit analyses. It is intended to serve as the foundation for discussions of how best to proceed with this activity. Details: Davis, CA: Center for Public Policy Research, 2009. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/CDCR%20Interim%20Report%20Cost%20of%20Crime%20Project%2010-31-09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (California) Shelf Number: 125828

Author: Kinscherff, Robert Title: A Primer for Mental Practitioners Working With Youth Involved in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Many mental health practitioners were trained in programs or at a time when very little attention was paid during the course of training to youth involved in the juvenile justice system. For a variety of reasons, general clinical training does not ordinarily equip a mental health practitioner to operate within the juvenile justice context. Practitioners who have been trained within more recently developed programs with a “forensic” emphasis may be more familiar with adults within the criminal justice system than with juveniles, more focused upon technical assessments, such as competency to stand trial, than upon youth-specific developmental and functional assessments, or relatively unfamiliar with the emerging literature regarding youth with mental health needs who have had contact with the juvenile justice system or penetrated to its deeper end programs. This paper provides an overview for mental health practitioners who provide professional services to youth who are involved with the juvenile justice system. This overview emphasizes emerging research and practices, the emerging conceptualization of trauma and its implications for youth involved with the juvenile justice system, and implications for policy and practice.While primarily intended for mental health professionals working within system of care communities or interested in developing a system of care collaboration in their area, this paper is relevant for any mental health practitioner providing professional services to youth involved or at risk of involvement in the juvenile justice system. It is also relevant for juvenile court and juvenile justice professionals whose work brings them into contact with youth with significant mental health needs. Details: Washington, DC: Technical Assistance Partnership for Child and Family Mental Health, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://www.tapartnership.org/docs/jjResource_mentalHealthPrimer.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 125833

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: The Impact of the Economic Downturn on American Police Agencies Summary: The economic crisis that began in 2008 has changed America in many ways. Unemployment rates have increased sharply, the stability of the housing market has collapsed, consumer spending has slowed, and city revenues have lessened. Law enforcement agencies are some of the hardest hit by the current economic climate, and they face a new reality in American policing—one that requires a shift in the methods they use to uphold levels of service while dealing with ever shrinking budgets. The importance of maintaining and expanding community policing practices during this time of economic hardship is paramount. Drawing from reputable surveys, publications, and a variety of data sets, The Impact of the Economic Downturn on American Police Agencies outlines the ways in which law enforcement agencies have been affected, and examines the ways some have responded. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2012 at http://cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/e101113406_Economic%20Impact%20Publication%20vFIN_19APR12.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 125839

Author: Shelden, Randall G. Title: Collateral Consequences of Interstate Transfer of Prisoners Summary: In 2011, the Supreme Court ordered the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) to immediately take actions to reduce its state prison overcrowding to 137% capacity. As a result California has embarked on sweeping criminal justice reforms which realign responsibility for low level offenders to the counties, through passage of Assembly Bill 109. Prior to the Supreme Court mandate, California had been addressing overcrowding concerns by utilizing out-of-state private prisons, the majority of which are operated by the Corrections Corporation of America (CCA). The temporary transfer of California inmates to other states began in late 2006, rose to a peak of 10,400 in early 2011, and declined to under 10,000 by mid-2011. Continued utilization of private out-of-state facilities is slated under the 2011-2012 budget to fall by nearly half by June 2012. In light of California’s extensive budget crisis, in early 2012, CCA offered to purchase California state prisons and operate them through a 20-year management contract. In exchange CCA requested an assurance that the prisons would remain at least 90% capacity (CCA, 2012). California not only declined the offer, but CDCR released plans in April 2012, to return out-of-state inmates to state facilities and terminate its contracts with private out-of-state facilities by FY 2015- 16. This proposal estimates savings of $318 million. In addition to cost savings, returning out-of-state inmates is a sound public policy decision. The purpose of this publication is to provide an overview of the effects of out-of-state transfers on inmates and families, to evaluate the potential public safety and policy merits of CDCR’s proposal. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed August 2, 2012 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Out_of_state_transfers.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125842

Author: Hinkle, Joshua Conard Title: Making Sense of Broken Windows: The Relationship Between Perceptions of Disorder, Fear of Crime, Collective Efficacy and Perceptions of Crime Summary: The broken windows thesis has had a profound impact on policing strategies around the world. The thesis suggests that police can most effectively fight crime by focusing their efforts on targeting disorder—minor crimes and nuisance behaviors such as loitering, public drinking and vandalism, as well as dilapidated physical conditions in a community. The strategy was most prominently used in New York City in the 1990s, and has been often credited for the crime drop observed in the city over that decade. Despite the widespread influence of the broken windows thesis, there has been relatively little rigorous empirical research which has sought to test the validity of its theoretical propositions. This dissertation aimed to address this shortcoming by using structural equation modeling to test the relationships between perceived disorder, fear of crime, collective efficacy and perceptions of crime suggested by the broken windows thesis using survey data collected during a randomized, experimental evaluation of broken windows policing in three cities in California. The results are supportive of the broken windows thesis, but also raise some challenges. Perceptions of disorder were found to increase fear of crime, reduce collective efficacy and lead to crime as suggested. However, fear of crime was not significantly related to collective efficacy as suggested, and the direct effect of perceived social disorder on perceptions of crime was the strongest effect in every model. Nevertheless, the findings do suggest that a reduction of disorder in a community may have positive effects in the form of reducing fear and promoting collective efficacy, and suggest the limitations of studies which only test for direct effects of disorder on crime and/or do not examine the variables at the perceptual level. Future research needs to further examine the broken windows thesis, ideally involving a prospective longitudinal study of crime at place. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2009. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/9547/1/Hinkle_umd_0117E_10573.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 125845

Author: Beckenkamp, Martin Title: First Impressions Engender (Anti-)Social Behaviour An Experimental Test of a Component of Broken Windows Theory Summary: Broken Windows: the metaphor has changed New York and Los Angeles. Yet it is far from undisputed whether the broken windows policy was causal for reducing crime. In a series of lab experiments we put one component of the theory to the test. We show that first impressions are causal for cooperativeness in three different institutional environments: absent targeted sanctions; with decentralised punishment; with decentralised punishment qualified by the risk of counterpunishment. In all environments, the effect of first impressions cannot be explained with, but adds to, participants’ initial level of benevolence. Mere impression management is not strong enough to stabilise cooperation though. It must be combined with some risk of sanctions. Details: Bonn, Germany: Max Planck Institute for Research on Collective Goods, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Preprints of the Max Planck Institute for Research on Collective Goods Bonn 2009/21: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.coll.mpg.de/pdf_dat/2009_21online.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 125846

Author: Seiler, Bryan M. Title: Moving from 'Broken Windows' to Healthy Neighborhood Policy: Reforming Urban Nuisance Law in the Public and Private Sectors Summary: City and state governments throughout the country are increasingly turning to public nuisance law as a way to preserve public order in urban neighborhoods. Many cities have established problem property units to encourage neighborhoods to actively report public nuisance conditions and behaviors. This public order enforcement certainly fills an enforcement gap for both criminal and landlord-tenant law, but its misuse threatens dire consequences for the disenfranchised urban poor. Public nuisance law is a powerful injunctive force that can rapidly change the composition of neighborhoods, and, used improperly, can be a means to cultural, economic, and racial homogeneity. Despite the extensive academic literature on urban renewal, there is little written about the authority and advisability of the current policy trend towards the use of public nuisance law. This Note attempts to fill this scholarly void in several ways. First, it provides an overview of the history and present application of public nuisance law, with particular attention paid to the expansion of the doctrine during the nineteenth century. Second, it summarizes the many weaknesses of the broken windows policy system that currently dominates public nuisance law. Finally, it proposes a novel combination of both public and private reforms to state and local public nuisance law to ensure the proper use of public nuisance law. In particular, this Note argues that the infusion of economic value into an area of entitlement presents the best hope of striking a balance between enforcing public order while protecting vulnerable residents. Though difficult, this is a balance that all healthy urban neighborhoods must actively seek and maintain. Details: Minneapolis: Hubert H. Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs; University of Minnesota, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 08-19 : Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1099019 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 125847

Author: Helmholdt, Nicholas Gerald Title: Neighborhood Effects of Physical Interventions to Abandoned Housing Summary: Many communities are facing new challenges due to the foreclosure crisis in terms of code enforcement and community stabilization. Older, industrial cities have been dealing with the effects of housing abandonment for many years. Previous studies have collected the best practices and prevailing trends for interventions to vacant and abandoned properties. Theoretical and quantitative evidence suggests that abandoned properties pose serious threats to the health and safety of surrounding neighborhoods. This study attempts to evaluate whether the physical interventions performed to abandoned homes can abate these adverse consequences. A survey of code enforcement officers in large, American cities along with Exploratory Spatial Data Analysis were performed to see this goal. The results suggest that maintenance interventions are able to abate neighborhood rates of fire and crime incidence to a much greater degree than demolition. This study is exploratory in nature and further research will be needed to quantify and better understand these results. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2009. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://ecommons.library.cornell.edu/handle/1813/13804?mode=full Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Abandoned Properties Shelf Number: 125848

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Secure Communities: Criminal Alien Removals Increased, but Technology Planning Improvements Needed Summary: Data from the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) indicate that the percentage of its removals attributable to Secure Communities increased from about 4 percent in fiscal year 2009 to about 20 percent in fiscal year 2011. Of about 183,000 aliens removed under the program from October 2008 through March 2012, about 74 percent had a criminal conviction. ICE did not have state or local arrest charges for about 56 percent of alien Secure Communities removals from October 2010 (when ICE began collecting arrest charges) through March 2012, so we were unable to determine the most frequent arrest charges under the program. For the 44 percent of aliens removed on whom ICE collected arrest charge data, traffic offenses, including driving under the influence of alcohol, were the most frequent arrest charges. ICE is taking steps to improve the collection of arrest charge data, but it is too early to assess the effectiveness of its efforts. ICE has not consistently followed best practices in acquiring technology to help determine the immigration status of aliens identified by Secure Communities. ICE awarded contracts to modernize its technology without fully defining requirements or developing an integrated master schedule—two best practices for managing capital programs. As a result, ICE encountered delays, cost increases, and products that did not meet ICE’s needs. For example, ICE spent $14.3 million for one contract to develop services that ICE found to be unusable. Establishing well-defined requirements and developing an integrated schedule for completing technology modernization could better position ICE to prevent delays and cost increases. Further, ICE plans to develop a workforce plan after the systems are deployed. Developing a workforce plan prior to full system deployment, consistent with internal controls, could better position ICE to effectively use staff when it deploys the modernized technology. DHS’s Office of Civil Rights and ICE identified four safeguards to help protect aliens’ civil rights under Secure Communities, including providing detainees with a revised detainer form with telephone numbers to call when they feel their civil rights have been violated. Officials are also developing briefing materials on how to protect aliens’ civil rights, statistically analyzing arrest and other information to identify potential civil rights abuses, and using an existing DHS complaint process for addressing Secure Communities concerns. Initiated in 2008, Secure Communities is an ICE program designed to identify potentially removable aliens, particularly those with criminal convictions, in state and local law enforcement custody. Fingerprints checked against a Federal Bureau of Investigation criminal database are checked against DHS’s immigration database to help determine whether an arrested individual is removable. GAO was asked to review Secure Communities operations. This report addresses (1) enforcement trends under Secure Communities, (2) ICE’s adherence to best practices in acquiring Secure Communities–related technology, and (3) ICE safeguards to help protect against potential civil rights abuses under Secure Communities. GAO analyzed ICE data on removals from October 2008 through March 2012, and arrest charges from October 2010 through March 2012; reviewed program guidance, policies, and reports; and interviewed ICE’s Law Enforcement Support Center and agency officials, local law enforcement and community groups in four locations selected for geographic diversity, among other factors. These perspectives are not generalizable, but provided insights into Secure Communities operations. GAO recommends that ICE develop well-defined requirements and an integrated master schedule that accounts for all activities for its technology contracts, and a plan for workforce changes in preparation for full technology deployment. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-708: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/600/592415.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 125850

Author: Parlow, Matthew J. Title: The Great Recession and Its Implications for Community Policing Summary: During the last twenty years, community policing has been the dominant approach to local law enforcement. Community policing is based, in part, on the broken windows theory of public safety. The broken windows theory suggests a link between low-level crime and violent crime — that is, if minor offenses are allowed to pervade a community, they will lead to a proliferation of crime and, ultimately, a community plagued by violent crime. To maintain a perception of community orderliness, many local governments adopted “order maintenance” laws — such as panhandling ordinances and anti-homeless statutes. This emphasis on cracking down on such low-level offenses brought with it an increase in the needs and costs of policing, prosecutions, jails, social services, and other related resources. When the economy was flourishing, local governments were able to pay for the time- and resource-intensive broken windows approach to community policing. The Great Recession, however, has forced localities to think critically about whether they can sustain these practices given budget cuts. This Article analyzes the effects that the downturn in the economy has had on public safety budgets and the changes that many local governments have made, and are continuing to make, to adjust to decreasing revenue and resources. This Article will also explore proposed changes to the current criminal justice and social service systems that seek cost-effective approaches to deliver the same level of public safety to which communities are accustomed. In particular, this Article will assess and evaluate evidence-based decision-making — an emerging trend in some criminal justice systems — as part of an evolving trend driven by the effects of the Great Recession, but also stemming out of community policing. Finally, this Article will use Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, as an example of an evidence-based decision-making approach and explain how it can fulfill the public safety goals of the broken windows theory of community policing while creating a framework that provides for “smart” decision-making that accounts for the financial realities that most cities face. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University Law School, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No. 12-12: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2083754 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 125851

Author: Klingele, Cecelia M. Title: Changing the Sentence Without Hiding the Truth: Judicial Sentence Modification as a Promising Method of Early Release Summary: Last year, as the State of California struggled with a $42 billion budget deficit, its financial inability to correct constitutionally-deficient prison conditions led a federal court to order the release of 40,000 state prisoners. In Oregon, Michigan, Connecticut, Vermont, and Delaware, spending on corrections now exceeds spending on higher education. Across the nation, more than 1 of every 100 Americans is behind bars. When the financial crisis of 2008 dealt its blow, state correctional budgets were already nearing a breaking point. Now, in the wake of unprecedented budget shortfalls, state governments have been forced to confront a difficult reality: the ever-increasing prison population has come at too high a price. The question is no longer whether to reduce the number of prisoners, but how. Reversing years of ever-harsher sentencing policies, jurisdictions throughout the United States are trying to cut costs by expanding good time credit, increasing parole eligibility, and authorizing new forms of early release. This Article examines judicial sentence modification, an often overlooked ameliorative mechanism that has potential benefits many other forms of early release lack. For states wishing to promote early release in a manner that is both transparent and publicly accountable, judicial sentence modification is a promising, and potentially sustainable, new mechanism for sentence reduction. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2010. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1109: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1576131 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Compassionate Release Shelf Number: 125853

Author: Kuziemko, Ilyana Title: Should Prison Inmates be Released via Rules or Discretion? Summary: In 1980, nearly all state and federal prisoners were released via the discretion of a parole board, whereas today the majority are subject to rules-based regimes where the original sentence is binding. While opponents of parole have argued that boards are discriminatory or overly lenient, discretion might also have important benefits. If prison time lowers recidivism risk and if parole boards can accurately estimate inmates' risk, then, relative to a rules-based regime where sentences are binding, discretion produces allocative-efficiency benefits (costly prison space is allocated to the highest-risk offenders) and incentive benets (prisoners know they must reduce their recidivism risk to gain an early release, so invest in their own rehabilitation). Exploiting quasi-experiments from the state of Georgia, I show that prison time reduces recidivism risk and that parole boards set prison time in an allocatively efficient manner. Prisoners respond to these incentives -- after a reform that limited parole for certain offenders, they accumulated a greater number of disciplinary infractions, completed fewer prison rehabilitative programs, and recidivated at higher rates than inmates unaffected by the reform. I estimate that eliminating parole increases the prison population by ten percent while simultaneously increasing the crime rate through deleterious effects on recidivism. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.princeton.edu/~kuziemko/parole_29oct2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Discretion Shelf Number: 125854

Author: Finklea, Kristin M. Title: Cybercrime: Conceptual Issues for Congress and U.S. Law Enforcement Summary: Twenty-first century criminals increasingly rely on the Internet and advanced technologies to further their criminal operations. These criminals can easily leverage the Internet to carry out traditional crimes such as distributing illicit drugs and sex trafficking. In addition, they exploit the digital world to facilitate crimes that are often technology driven, including identity theft, payment card fraud, and intellectual property theft. Cybercrimes have economic, public health, and national security implications, among others. For over three decades, Congress has been concerned about cybercrime and its related threats. Today, these concerns often arise among a larger discussion surrounding the federal government’s role in ensuring U.S. cyber security. Conceptualizing cybercrime involves a number of key elements and questions that include where do the criminal acts exist in the real and digital worlds (and what technologies are involved in carrying out the crimes), why are malicious activities initiated, and who is involved in carrying out the malicious acts? • One way of viewing cybercrimes is that they may be digital versions of traditional, real world offenses. They could be considered traditional, or “real world,” crimes if not for the incorporated element of virtual or cyberspace. In some instances, however, it may seem that law enforcement struggles to keep up with developments in the virtual world, which transform routine activities once driven by paper records in the real world. As a result, criminals are often prosecuted using laws intended to combat crimes in the real world. • The distinction between cybercrime and other malicious acts in the virtual realm is the actor’s motivation. Cyber criminals can exhibit a wide range of self interests, deriving profit, notoriety, and/or gratification from activities such as hacking, cyber stalking, and online child pornography. Without knowing the criminal intent or motivation, however, some activities of cyber criminals and other malicious actors may appear on the surface to be similar, causing confusion as to whether a particular action should be categorized as cybercrime or not. When referring to cybercrime incidents, terms such as cyber attack, cyber espionage, and cyber war are often loosely applied, and they may obscure the motives of the actors involved. • Criminal attribution is a key delineating factor between cybercrime and other cyber threats. When investigating a given threat, law enforcement is challenged with tracing the action to its source and determining whether the actor is a criminal or whether the actor may be a terrorist or state actor posing a potentially greater national security threat. This is highlighted by examining the online collective known as Anonymous. Some refer to Anonymous as a group of online activists, others see the collective as a group of criminal actors, and still others have likened it to online insurgents. The U.S. government does not appear to have an official definition of cybercrime that distinguishes it from crimes committed in what is considered the real world. Similarly, there is not a definition of cybercrime that distinguishes it from other forms of cyber threats, and the term is often used interchangeably with other Internet- or technology-linked malicious acts. Federal law enforcement agencies often define cybercrime based on their jurisdiction and the crimes they are charged with investigating. And, just as there is no overarching definition for cybercrime, there is no single agency that has been designated as the lead investigative agency for combating cybercrime. Congress may question whether it is necessary to have a clear definition of what constitutes cybercrime (e.g., S. 2105, S. 3414) and what delineates it from other real world and cyber threats. On one hand, if the purpose of defining cybercrime is for investigating and prosecuting any of the various crimes under the broader cybercrime umbrella, it may be less critical to create a definition of the umbrella term and more imperative to clearly define which specific activities constitute crimes—regardless of whether they are considered real world crimes or cybercrimes. On the other hand, a distinction between cybercrime and other malicious activities may be beneficial for creating specific policies on combating the ever-expanding range of cyber threats. If government agencies and private sector businesses design strategies and missions around combating cybercrime, it may be useful to communicate a clear definition of cybercrime to those individuals who may be involved in carrying out the strategies. The United States does not have a national strategy exclusively focused on combating cybercrime. Rather, there are other, broader strategies that have cybercrime components (a selection of which are presented in the Appendix). Policymakers may question whether there should be a distinct strategy for combating cybercrime or whether efforts to control these crimes are best addressed through more wide-ranging strategies such as those targeting cyber security or transnational organized crime. Congress may also question whether these broader strategies provide specific cybercrime-related objectives and clear means to achieve these goals. Comprehensive data on cybercrime incidents and their impact are not available, and without exact numbers on the current scope and prevalence of cybercrime, it is difficult to evaluate the magnitude of the threats posed by cyber criminals. There are a number of issues that have prevented the accurate measurement and tracking of cybercrime. For one, the lack of a clear sense of what constitutes cybercrime presents a barrier to tracking inclusive cybercrime data. Additionally, much of the available data on cybercrime is self-reported, and individuals or organizations may not realize a cybercrime has taken place or may elect—for a host of reasons— not to report it. Policymakers may debate whether to direct a thorough evaluation of the threats posed by cyber criminals. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: R42547: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42547.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 125858

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: An Outcome Evaluation of the InnerChange Freedom Initiative in Minnesota Summary: This study evaluated the effectiveness of the InnerChange Freedom Initiative (InnerChange), a faith-based prisoner reentry program, by examining recidivism outcomes among 732 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2003 and 2009. Results from the Cox regression analyses revealed that participating in InnerChange significantly reduced reoffending (rearrest, reconviction, and new offense reincarceration), although it did not have a significant impact on reincarceration for a technical violation revocation. The findings further suggest that the beneficial recidivism outcomes for InnerChange participants may have been due, in part, to the continuum of mentoring support some offenders received in both the institution and the community. The results imply that faith-based correctional programs can reduce recidivism, but only if they apply evidence-based practices that focus on providing a behavioral intervention within a therapeutic community, addressing the criminogenic needs of participants, and delivering a continuum of care from the institution to the community. Given that InnerChange relies heavily on volunteers and program costs are privately funded, the program exacts no additional costs from the State of Minnesota. Yet, because InnerChange lowers recidivism, which includes reduced reincarceration and victimization costs, the program may be especially advantageous from a cost-benefit perspective. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2012 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/2-12-DOC_IFI_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 125859

Author: Novick, Sheldon M. Title: Americans Without Papers, State Immigrant 'Attrition' Laws, and the Fourteenth Amendment Summary: State immigration laws aim at the removal of a class of persons, undocumented aliens, through “attrition by enforcement.” Sponsors of the attrition laws claim federal authorization for their efforts, which otherwise may violate the Fourteenth Amendment and federal civil rights laws. The ultimate basis of the claim does not rest on the Constitution, but on a doctrine constructed in the nineteenth century, in the Chinese Exclusion Cases, contemporary with Plessy v. Ferguson. The Supreme Court then accepted a claim that Congress and the President had extra-constitutional power to expel a class of unwanted “aliens,” defined by their race. Congress in 1996 renewed the claim of power to deport even documented immigrants and naturalized citizens, and attempted to authorize state governments to share in the deportation power. State immigrant “attrition by enforcement” laws are the result. In Arizona v. United States, the S.B. 1070 case, the Supreme Court held that portions of the statute, a model for other state immigrant attrition laws, were not authorized but instead were preempted. The remaining state “attrition” schemes are still to be tested against the civil rights laws, however. The Court in modern times has greatly circumscribed the supposed, unlimited power to deport aliens claimed in the Chinese Exclusion Cases, and one hopes Congress and the courts will abandon the dubious doctrines announced in those opinions and do away with “Juan Crow.” Details: South Royalton, VT: Vermont Law School, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Vermont Law School Research Paper No. 23-12: Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2117436 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 125863

Author: Noriega, Chon A. Title: Quantifying Hate Speech on Commercial Talk Radio: A Pilot Study Summary: The considerable and often heated debate over hate speech has produced numerous reports, articles, and books. These studies have looked at the issue from a number of disciplinary perspectives, including those of journalism, law, linguistics, economics, history, and philosophy. These studies offer valuable theoretical, conceptual, interpretive, and descriptive insights into hate speech, but they often rest upon unsubstantiated empirical premises about the phenomenon itself. Indeed, to date there is limited research on hate speech using scientific approaches to medium, content, and impact. The main goal of this pilot study is to develop a sound, replicable methodology for qualitative content analysis that can be used to examine hate speech in commercial broadcasting that targets vulnerable groups—ethnic, racial, religious, and/or sexual minorities. This pilot study establishes data-driven descriptive categories for such speech and creates a preliminary baseline or reference point for future research. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Chicano Studies Research Center, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CSRC Working Paper: Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://www.chicano.ucla.edu/research/documents/WPQuantifyingHateSpeech.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Speech Shelf Number: 125866

Author: Fuller, David L. Title: Unemployment Insurance Fraud and Optimal Monitoring Summary: The most prevalent incentive problem in the U.S. unemployment insurance system is that individuals collect unemployment benefits while being gainfully employed. We show how the unemployment insurance authority can efficiently use a combination of tax/subsidy and monitoring to prevent such fraud. The optimal policy monitors the unemployed at fixed intervals. Employment tax is nonmonotonic: it increases between verifications but decreases after a verification. Unemployment benefits are relatively flat between verifications but decrease sharply after a verification. Details: St. Louis, MO: Federal Research Bank of St. Louis, 2012. 41p. Source: Internet Resource:Working Paper 2012-024A: Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://research.stlouisfed.org/wp/2012/2012-024.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Insurance Fraud Shelf Number: 125868

Author: Antkowiak, Bernard Title: Process Evaluation and Outcomes Analysis: Twin Cities RISE! Performance-Based Training and Education Demonstration Project Summary: In August 2008, the Employment and Training Administration (ETA) contracted with Coffey Consulting, LLC to conduct a process and outcomes evaluation of three ETA grants to TCR! awarded between January 2007 and February 2009. The stated goals of Twin Cities Rise! (TCR!), are to maintain a market-driven, outcomes-based approach that puts the needs of employers first and places emphasis on the achievement of a “gold standard” job, which is career-focused and pays a living wage. Founded in 1994, the mission of TCR! is to provide employers with skilled workers – primarily African American men in the Twin Cities area – by training underemployed and unemployed adults for skilled jobs that pay a living wage of at least $20,000 annually with benefits. The process evaluation documented program procedures and services and identified key implementation lessons. Outcomes considered included program retention, job placement and quality. The report contains an executive summary, an overview of TCR!, a summary of grant performance and outcomes, and a discussion of findings and implications. Information for the report came from three site visits that took place between September 2009 and December 2010 and included classroom observations as well as interviews with key informants. For the analysis of participant outcomes, the research team used aggregate data from the programs funded by the original Demonstration Grant and individual records for the Continuation and Earmark Grants. Data were most complete for the Earmark Grant. Details: Bethesda, MD: Coffey Consulting, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/ETAOP_2012_05.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs, Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 125869

Author: Rios, Viridiana Title: Unexpected Consequences of Mexico’s Drug War for US National Security: More Mexican Immigrants Summary: Mexican immigration figures have reached its lowest point since 2000. Yet, even if as a whole the US is receiving less Mexican migrants, the opposite is true for cities at the border. In this paper, I present evidence to show that this sui generis migration pattern cannot be understood using traditional explanations of migration dynamics. Instead, Mexicans are migrating because of security issues, fearing drugrelated violence and extortion, which has spiked since 2008. I estimate that a total of 264,693 have migrated fearing organized crime activities. By doing so, I combine the literature of migration dynamics with the one of violence and crime, pointing towards ways in which non-state actors shape actions of state members. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Paper presented at Violence, Drugs and Governance: Mexican Security in Comparative Perspective Conference, Stanford University. October 3-4, 2011 (Palo Alto, CA): Working Paper 2012-002, Weatherhead Center for International Affairs, Harvard University, Accessed August 6, 2012 at: http://www.wcfia.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/Rios2012_SecurityIssuesAndImmigration3.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Violence Shelf Number: 125871

Author: Kooten, G. Cornelis van Title: Elephant Economics in the Rough: Modelling Ivory Trade Summary: Trade in ivory is banned under CITES in an effort to protect the African elephant. The trade ban is supported by some range states, most notably Kenya, because they see the ban as an effective means for protecting a ‘flagship’ species, one that attracts tourists and foreign aid. It is opposed by some states, mainly in southern Africa, because their elephant populations are exceeding the capacity of local ecosystems with culling and other sources have resulted in the accumulation of large stocks of ivory. They argue that ivory trade will benefit elephant populations. The question of whether an ivory trade ban will protect elephant populations is addressed in this paper using a dynamic partial-equilibrium model that consists of four ivory exporting regions and a single demand region. Results indicate that a trade ban can be successful in maintaining elephant populations if the ban leads to a stigma effect that reduces demand and increases the marginal costs of marketing ivory. Surprisingly, elephant populations are projected to crash if range states can operate an effective quota scheme that even excludes poaching. However, free trade in ivory can be made to protect the elephant if western countries make effective side payments to range states based on in situ numbers of elephants. Details: Department of Economics Victoria, BC, Canada: University of Victoria, Canada, 2005. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://web.uvic.ca/econ/research/seminars/Kooten.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 125900

Author: Klingele, Cecelia M. Title: The Early Demise of Early Release Summary: Reversing the tough-on-crime policies that have defined American criminal justice for the past two decades, cash-strapped states across the nation have begun reducing the number of people they confine in prisons and jails. In their efforts to reduce correctional populations, numerous states have passed laws that allow parole boards, prison officials, or judges to shorten the sentences of people already serving time in custody. These so-called "early release" laws have proven highly controversial, and in at least three states have been repealed outright. In others, they remain on the books but have provided less savings than anticipated because of the failure of decision-makers to utilize their newly-conferred authority. This Article examines the early demise of early release in several jurisdictions, identifying practical, political, and moral obstacles to the practice of early release that may account for the failure of recent legislation. Responding to those concerns, I suggest principles to guide future efforts to reduce custodial populations through the use of early release. These include drafting laws that respect the limits of institutional capacity, adopting principled rules about who may be released early and for what reasons, and emphasizing the moral concerns that justify efforts to reduce prison populations. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1179: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1968432 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 125901

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Bureau of Justice Assistance Title: Reducing Crime Through Intelligence-Led Policing Summary: Through the Targeting Violent Crime Initiative, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, has identified numerous law enforcement agencies throughout the United States that have experienced tremendous success in combating complex crime problems plaguing their communities. A cornerstone of these agencies‟ efforts appears to be the incorporation of intelligence-led policing, along with other initiatives, to address their crime problems. To better understand the role of ILP in these successes, BJA requested a study of selected programs that represent a broad spectrum of agencies that are geographically diverse and varied in agency size and available resources. The purpose of the study was to identify commonalities, challenges, and best practices that may be replicated in other jurisdictions. The study was composed of case studies of selected agencies and involved delving into the nature and scope of the crime problems targeted, examining institutional changes made to address those crime problems, and identifying ongoing or newly implemented complementary efforts. Many, but not all, agencies selected for the study were grantees of the BJA Targeting Violent Crime Initiative. A protocol was developed to collect program information, and a team visited ten agencies to review data and policies and conduct interviews. Although the agencies exhibited differing operational practices and organizational styles, it quickly became apparent that they shared certain commonalities that were critical to their success. These include:  Command commitment  Problem clarity  Active collaboration  Effective intelligence  Information sharing  Clearly defined goals  Results-oriented tactics and strategies  Holistic investigations  Officer accountability  Continuous assessment The case studies in this report validate the fact that implementing ILP substantially enhanced the ability of these high-performing agencies to achieve success. ILP was implemented in varying degrees within these agencies and was often complemented by other policing practices, such as community policing, problem solving, and CompStat based on robust data collection and analysis. The success of these programs also reflects BJA‟s principles of:  Emphasizing local control  Building relationships in the field  Developing collaborations and partnerships  Promoting capacity building through planning  Encouraging innovation. Details: Washington, DC: BJA, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2012 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/ReducingCrimeThroughILP.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 125904

Author: Harvard Law School. Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice Title: Three Strikes: The Wrong Way to Justice. A Report on Massachusetts' Proposed Habitual Offender Legislation Summary: This report provides critical information to the public and to Massachusetts state legislators about the likely long-term impact of the proposed changes to Massachusetts’ Habitual Offender Law (S 2080 AND H 3818). These changes are currently being debated in the Legislature’s Conference Committee. At a time when many states are moving to repeal or amend their “three strikes” laws in order to take a more balanced approach to public safety, Massachusetts has inexplicably chosen to move in the “wrong direction.” The report offers a detailed analysis of the most problematic provisions of the bills that are almost certain to cost taxpayers far more than originally estimated, increase the likelihood of unnecessarily lengthy prison sentences for low-level offenders, further burden an already severely overcrowded prison system—putting employees and prisoners at risk—and divert precious state resources away from education, basic services, infrastructure improvement, and job creation. The legislation will almost certainly further exacerbate the stark racial disparities that characterize the state’s prison population. There is still time for the Commonwealth to take a different approach to public safety. Justice Reinvestment is a project of the Council of State Governments’ Justice Center. It can offer Massachusetts a consensus-building, data-driven process for reducing the state’s prison population without sacrificing public safety. This approach has been effectively employed in seventeen other states, including many of our New England neighbors. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Law School, Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at: http://charleshamiltonhouston.org/assets/documents/publications/CHHIRJ%203%20Strikes%20Report-Merged.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Habitual Offenders Shelf Number: 125905

Author: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice Title: Strategies to Enhance and Coordinate Cook County Diversion Programs Summary: This document proposes strategies for Cook County to employ a smarter, more effective, cost efficient system of administering justice for the people. These are neither radical ideas nor unrealistic aspirations. Every recommendation is based on the documented successes of other jurisdictions in grappling with the issues that we address: how do we make our criminal justice system more efficient, decrease government costs, and improve the quality of life for the citizens of Cook County? Improving the criminal justice system in Cook County is not as difficult as it may appear. Making the system more efficient need not come at the cost of decreasing services or reducing public safety. To the contrary, the strategies proposed will decrease crime rates while increasing cost savings. There is plenty of opportunity for diversion. This is because Cook County expends tremendous resources sending people to jail on charges that are later dismissed. Other offenders are put on probation and released after spending time in jail. The County does not benefit from paying the jail costs in these cases, and jailing these people does not make the County safer. Nonviolent cases and cases with a low likelihood of successful prosecution present ideal opportunities for diversion. In 2010, the Cook County Jail admitted 78,534 individuals, seventy percent of whom – 55,000 people – were held on the basis of nonviolent charges. Also in 2010, 12,446 Cook County prisoners were released because the charges against them were dismissed entirely. On average, these detainees spent 25 days in jail before release. The County estimates the total cost of operating the jail to be $229,449,000 per year. This breaks down to a cost of about $142.60 per inmate per day. Even if we just improve the system so that we jail 10% fewer of the defendants whose cases are ultimately dismissed, we save the County over $4,000,000 a year. And we think that Cook County can do better than a 10% improvement. Not diverting is no longer an option. Our institutions and justice personnel are stretched beyond their limits. In order to allow them to address the most serious and strongest cases, we must divert nonviolent and weak cases. To reduce reliance upon incarceration safely and cost-effectively, we offer the following strategies, divided into three categories: 1. Centralize & Coordinate Diversion Court Efforts We suggest that the existing diversion courts, also known as specialty courts, remain in place. The County should convene a blue ribbon task force, a coalition, to help create a diversion system and centralize these diversion efforts in two dedicated courtrooms in the Criminal Division. Judges and staff would focus on the issues that overburden the criminal justice system: people suffering from addiction and mental health problems. These courts would also handle cases of many first time offenders who are suitable to be diverted from the traditional court system. 2. Improve Access Points We recommend three key stages after arrest where defendants may be identified for formal diversion programs and recommended for release from jail: Stationhouse Felony Drug Review, Enhanced Pretrial Services, and Bond Court. These stages are opportunities to improve the administration of justice and create savings. We propose strategies for limiting involvement in the criminal justice system through optimizing efficiency at each stage. 3. Collect Data on Performance and Use It Perhaps the most common sense strategy is that the County should be collecting data on program performance and using that data to monitor and evaluate progress. Currently, data is collected piecemeal, and often only by the people responsible for program management: not surprisingly, each program reports excellent performance. We suggest that the County create an independent data collection group to ensure that the County is using methods that objectively analyze performance. The real question is: if we are not using objectively collected data to gauge performance now, do we even know how we are doing? Details: Chicago: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at: http://chicagoappleseed.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/chicago-appleseed-diversion-strategies-for-cook-county1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Chicago) Shelf Number: 125906

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Drug Control Initial Review of the National Strategy and Drug Abuse Prevention and Treatment Programs Summary: An estimated 22.6 million Americans aged 12 or older were illicit drug users in 2010, representing 8.9 percent of the population aged 12 or older, according to the National Survey on Drug Use and Health. This represents the highest overall rate of illicit drug users among this population group since 2002, when the rate was 8.3 percent. Abuse of illicit drugs results in significant social, public health, and economic consequences for the United States. For example, the economic impact of illicit drug use, including the costs of crime, health care, and lost productivity, was estimated at more than $193 billion in 2007, the most recent year for which data were available. The Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) was established by the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988 to, among other things, enhance national drug control planning and coordination and represent the drug policies of the executive branch before Congress. In this role, ONDCP provides advice and governmentwide oversight of drug programs and is responsible for coordinating drug control activities, including federal drug abuse prevention and treatment programs, and related funding across the federal government. ONDCP is required annually to develop the National Drug Control Strategy (Strategy), which sets forth a plan to reduce illicit drug use through prevention, treatment, and law enforcement programs, and to develop a Drug Control Budget for implementing the Strategy. ONDCP reported that for fiscal year 2012, about $25.2 billion was provided for drug control programs across 17 federal departments and independent agencies. Further, according to ONDCP, from 2004 to 2012 this signified an increase of $5.9 billion (about 31 percent) for drug control programs, including drug abuse prevention and treatment programs. The 2010 Strategy is the inaugural strategy guiding drug policy under President Obama’s administration and, according to ONDCP officials, sought a comprehensive approach to drug policy, including an emphasis on drug abuse prevention and treatment efforts and the use of evidence-based practices—approaches to prevention or treatment that are based in theory and have undergone scientific evaluation. Drug abuse prevention includes activities focused on discouraging the first-time use of controlled substances and efforts to encourage those who have begun to use illicit drugs to cease their use. Treatment includes activities focused on assisting regular users of controlled substances to become drug free through such means as counseling services, inpatient and outpatient care, and the demonstration and provision of effective treatment methods. National Drug Control Program agencies (drug control agencies) follow a detailed process in developing their annual budget submissions for inclusion in the Drug Control Budget, which provides information on the funding that the executive branch requested for drug control to implement the Strategy. Agencies submit to ONDCP the portion of their annual budget requests dedicated to drug control, which they prepare as part of their overall budget submission to the Office of Management and Budget for inclusion in the President’s annual budget request. ONDCP reviews the budget requests of the drug control agencies to determine if the agencies have acceptable methodologies for estimating their drug control budgets, and includes those that do in the Drug Control Budget . Agencies may administer programs that include drug abuse prevention and treatment activities but do not meet ONDCP’s standards for having an acceptable budget estimation methodology. Such programs are not represented in the Drug Control Budget. Part of the 2010 Strategy is a long-term policy goal for increasing the emphasis on preventing and treating substance abuse. Multiple federal departments—and their component agencies, bureaus, divisions, and offices—and independent agencies (collectively referred to as agencies), administer drug abuse prevention and treatment programs, fund these programs, or both. The drug abuse prevention and treatment programs vary and may include grants to service providers, direct services, and education and outreach activities. For example, an agency’s grant program may award block grants to grantees, such as states or local entities, to implement their own interventions through community-based drug abuse prevention or treatment programs, while direct service programs often entail interventions directly administered by an agency to a specific population. Drug abuse prevention and treatment programs target various populations and use a wide variety of interventions, which are strategies or approaches intended to prevent an undesirable outcome, such as abuse of an illicit drug; promote a desirable outcome, such as reducing the use of alcohol among youth; or alter the course of an existing condition, such as successful treatment of drug addiction. Some programs may be either jointly funded or administered by two or more agencies. In light of the increase in the rate of illicit drug use among Americans, efforts to oversee and coordinate the implementation of the Strategy and ensure that ONDCP and federal agencies invest in the most effective drug abuse prevention and treatment programs become more important. You asked us to determine the extent to which the 2010 Strategy has been implemented, review the sources of funding for federal drug abuse prevention and treatment programs as well as federal agency efforts to coordinate their programs, and examine agencies’ efforts to evaluate drug abuse prevention and treatment programs and ensure that they are effective. Specifically, in this report we (1) provide an initial review of the extent to which the 2010 Strategy has been implemented, the extent to which ONDCP coordinates its implementation across drug control agencies, and how ONDCP assesses the effectiveness of the Strategy in preventing and reducing drug use; (2) review what agencies fund drug abuse prevention and treatment programs and how agencies coordinate their programs; and (3) provide an initial review of the extent to which federal agencies evaluate their drug abuse prevention and treatment programs and the extent to which agencies assess their programs’ effectiveness. This is the first report in response to your request that we assess the implementation of the 2010 Strategy. This report describes the implementation approach, federal agencies’ drug abuse prevention and treatment programs, and Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Department of Justice (DOJ), and Department of Education (Education) efforts to assess the effectiveness of their drug abuse prevention and treatment programs. We will continue our work on these issues and plan to evaluate the extent to which the 2010 Strategy has been implemented and coordinated across agencies and how ONDCP assesses the effectiveness of the Strategy in preventing and reducing drug use. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-744R: Accessed August 8, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-12-744R Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125909

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Families and Reentry: Unpacking How Social Support Matters Summary: This study evaluated the family-inclusive case management component of the Chicago-based Safer Return program, which engages family members in service provision to former prisoners. Using qualitative and quantitative data, the research focused on the associations between family support and family members' and formerly incarcerated persons' short-term outcomes. The research found that family members have strong and positive relationships with their formerly incarcerated relatives. However, engaging families in the reentry process directly can be challenging because incarcerated persons are reticent to nominate family members and/or family members are unwilling or unable to participate in their family member's reentry program. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001630-Families-and-Reentry-Unpacking-How-Social-Support-Matters.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 125940

Author: Haigner, Stefan D. Title: Combating money laundering and the financing of terrorism: A survey Summary: Policy programs on anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) have largely called for preventive measures like keeping record of financial transactions and reporting suspicious ones. In this survey study, we analyze the extent of global money laundering and terrorist financing and discuss the preventive policies and their evaluations. Moreover, we investigate whether more effective tax information exchange would bolster AML/CFT policies in that it reduced tax evasion, thus the volume of transnational financial flows (i.e. to and from offshore financial centres) and thus in turn cover given to money laundering and terrorist financing. We conclude that such a strategy can reduce financial flows, yet due to a "weakest link problem" even a few countries not participating can greatly undo what others have achieved. Details: Berlin: Economics of Security, DIW Berlin, 2012. 109p. Source: Economics of Security Working Paper 65: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.diw.de/documents/publikationen/73/diw_01.c.404013.de/diw_econsec0065.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Financing of Terrorism Shelf Number: 125944

Author: Heaton, Paul Title: Sunday Liquor Laws and Crime Summary: Many jurisdictions have considered relaxing Sunday alcohol sales restrictions, yet such restrictions' effects on public health remain poorly understood. This paper analyzes the effects of legalization of Sunday packaged liquor sales on crime, focusing on the phased introduction of such sales in Virginia beginning in 2004. Differences-in-differences and triple-differences estimates indicate the liberalization increased minor crime by 5% and alcohol-involved serious crime by 10%. The law change did not affect domestic crime or induce significant geographic or inter-temporal crime displacement. The costs of this additional crime are comparable to the state's revenues from increased liquor sales. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper, WR-818-ISEC: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/working_papers/2011/RAND_WR818.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 125951

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Victimizations Not Reported to the Police, 2006-2010 Summary: This report presents findings, for a five-year period from 2006 to 2010, on the characteristics of crime victimizations that went unreported to police, according to data from the National Crime Victimization Survey. The characteristics examined in this report include the type of crime, whether it involved a weapon or injury, the victim-offender relationship, and demographic characteristics of the victim. For each of the characteristics examined, the report also details victims' rationale for not reporting to the police, including beliefs that the police would not or could not help, that the crime was not important enough to report, or fear of reprisal or getting the offender into trouble. The report also examines trends from 1994 to 2010 in the types of crime not reported to the police and the reasons victimizations went unreported. Highlights include the following: From 1994 to 2010, the percentage of serious violent crime—rape or sexual assault, robbery, or aggravated assault—that was not reported to police declined from 50% to 42%. From 2006 to 2010, the highest percentages of unreported crime were among household theft (67%) and rape or sexual assault (65%) victimizations, while the lowest percentage was among motor vehicle theft (17%) victimizations. From 2006 to 2010, a greater percentage of victimizations perpetrated by someone the victim knew well (62%) went unreported to police, compared to victimizations committed by a stranger (51%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/vnrp0610.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 125953

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Suspended Education: Urban Middle Schools in Crisis Summary: Since the early 1970s, out-of-school suspension rates have escalated dramatically. In part, the higher use of out-of-school suspension reflects the growth of policies such as “zero tolerance,” an approach to school discipline that imposes removal from school for a broad array of school code violations - from violent behavior to truancy and dress code violations. There is no question that teachers and principals must use all effective means at their disposal to maintain safety and to provide the most effective learning environments practicable. There is controversy, however, about the means to this end. The advent of harsher approaches has resulted in a deeply divided national debate on school discipline. Supporters of zero tolerance offer a host of reasons why frequent resort to out-of-school suspension is critical for maintaining order and discipline in our schools.1 While the philosophy and practice of zero tolerance has led to increases in the use of suspension and expulsion, recent examinations (e.g., APA, 2008; Skiba & Rausch, 2006) have raised serious questions about both the effectiveness and fairness of such strategies. Some have argued that suspensions remove disorderly students and deter other students from misbehaving, thereby improving the school environment so that well-behaving students can learn without distractions (Ewing, 2000). Yet, despite nearly two decades of implementation of zero tolerance disciplinary policies and their application to mundane and non-violent misbehavior, there is no evidence that frequent reliance on removing misbehaving students improves school safety or student behavior (APA, 2008). Because suspended students miss instructional time, frequent use of out-of-school suspension also reduces students’ opportunity to learn. In order to better understand the issues of efficacy and fairness in the use of out-of-school suspension, we first must answer two questions: How frequently is suspension being used in our schools? Are there significant differences in the frequency of suspension when we look at subgroups of children by race/ethnicity and gender? This report is designed to help answer these questions. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/research/k-12-education/school-discipline/suspended-education-urban-middle-schools-in-crisis/Suspended-Education_FINAL-2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 125961

Author: Jones, Greg Title: Crime Analysis Case Studies Summary: This volume presents a collection of crime analysis case studies that examines practical yet unique crime and disorder problems. These case studies are written by crime analysts and practitioners to demonstrate the processes, tools, and research crime analysts use to understand as well as to find viable, comprehensive solutions to crime and disorder problems. Each case study draws upon an analyst’s experience, training, and basic problem-solving skills; however, several draw upon the problem-analysis process as well. Problem analysis is an important part of the Scanning, Analysis, Response and Assessment (SARA) process and has been a weakness of problem-solving efforts historically. It requires an in-depth examination of the what, when, how, who, and,most important, the why. This examination requires innovation, which may include development of additional tools or multilateral approaches to triangulate appropriate methods or analyses that should be conducted. Each case study follows a uniform format using SARA, which enables a systematic review of a problem to facilitate well-developed, targeted response(s). The scanning phase involves identifying the problem initially as well as defining that problem in its entirety. Analysis refers to an in-depth exploration of the problem and the examination of its underlying causes. The response phase entails implementation of a well-developed strategy that is tailored according to the results of the analysis phase. The assessment phase requires ongoing monitoring, review, and evaluation of the responses to ensure that goals and objectives are met. Sometimes, especially when dealing with a complex problem, an agency may have to conduct numerous repetitions of the scan and analysis phases before reaching the response phase. The candid descriptions, and personal insights, provided in each case study demonstrate the innovation and diligence of each analyst and practitioner as they journeyed through the SARA process. Also included are maps, images, graphs, and/or tables that were used to help them understand the problem, targeted responses, and evaluate the impact of their responses. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation and U.S. Department of Justice, office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/pdf/CrimeAnalysisCaseStudies.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 125964

Author: U.S. House. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform Title: The Department of Justice’s Operation Fast and Furious: Fueling Cartel Violence Summary: The previous joint staff report entitled The Department of Justice’s Operation Fast and Furious: Accounts of ATF Agents chronicled Operation Fast and Furious, a reckless program conducted by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF), and the courageous ATF agents who came forward to expose it. Operation Fast and Furious made unprecedented use of a dangerous investigative technique known as “gunwalking.” Rather than intervene and seize the illegally purchased firearms, ATF’s Phoenix Field Division allowed known straw purchasers to walk away with the guns, over and over again. As a result, the weapons were transferred to criminals and Mexican Drug Cartels. This report explores the effect of Operation Fast and Furious on Mexico. Its lethal drug cartels obtained AK-47 variants, Barrett .50 caliber sniper rifles, .38 caliber revolvers, and FN Five-seveNs from Arizona gun dealers who were cooperating with the ATF by continuing to sell to straw purchasers identified in Operation Fast and Furious. In late 2009, ATF officials stationed in Mexico began to notice a large volume of guns appearing there that were traced to the ATF’s Phoenix Field Division. These weapons were increasingly recovered in great numbers from violent crime scenes. ATF intelligence analysts alerted Darren Gil, Attaché to Mexico, and Carlos Canino, Deputy Attaché, about the abnormal number of weapons. Gil and Canino communicated their worries to leadership in Phoenix and Washington, D.C., only to be brushed aside. Furthermore, ATF personnel in Arizona denied ATF personnel in Mexico access to crucial information about the case, even though the operation directly involved their job duties and affected their host country. Rather than share information, senior leadership within both ATF and the Department of Justice (DOJ) assured their representatives in Mexico that everything was “under control.” The growing number of weapons recovered in Mexico, however, indicated otherwise. Two recoveries of large numbers of weapons in November and December 2009 definitively demonstrated that Operation Fast and Furious weapons were heading to Mexico. In fact, to date, there have been 48 different recoveries of weapons in Mexico linked to Operation Fast and Furious. ATF officials in Mexico continued to raise the alarm over the burgeoning number of weapons. By October 2010, the amount of seized and recovered weapons had “maxed out” space in the Phoenix Field Division evidence vault.1 Nevertheless, ATF and DOJ failed to share crucial details of Operation Fast and Furious with either their own employees stationed in Mexico or representatives of the Government of Mexico. ATF senior leadership allegedly feared that any such disclosure would compromise their investigation. Instead, ATF and DOJ leadership’s reluctance to share information may have only prolonged the flow of weapons from this straw purchasing ring into Mexico. ATF leadership finally informed the Mexican office that the investigation would be shut down as early as July 2010. Operation Fast and Furious, however, continued through the rest of 2010. It ended only after U.S. Border Patrol Agent Brian Terry was murdered in December 2010 with weapons linked to this investigation. Only then did the ATF officials in Mexico discover the true nature of Operation Fast and Furious. Unfortunately, Mexico and the United States will have to live with the consequences of this program for years to come. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Congress, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Joint Staff Report: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://oversight.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/FINAL_FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 125969

Author: Lowen, Matthew Title: Lifetime Lockdown: How Isolation Conditions Impact Prisoner Reentry Summary: Imagine living completely alone 23 hours a day for several months or years, then being placed in a three-person cell in an overcrowded, noisy dormitory, or worse, released directly into society with no chance to adjust. This is the reality faced by many people in Arizona state prisons. In recent years, prisoner reentry has emerged as an area of concern for social service agencies, prisoner advocates, religious congregations, neighborhoods, and advocacy organizations across the country. Much of the discourse about prisoner reentry and recidivism has focused on what are referred to as “collateral consequences”: the structural barriers erected by institutions that bar people with criminal convictions from voting, housing, employment, welfare assistance, and other factors critical to ensuring success upon release. Rarely is there discussion of the direct impact that prison conditions have on a person’s cognitive, emotional, social, and behavioral functioning and therefore, on that person’s ability to function as a member of society post-incarceration. Yet, a growing body of research clearly demonstrates the deleterious mental health impacts of incarceration in super maximum-security—or “supermax”—environments, commonly referred to as “lockdown,” the “SHU,” or “Ad-Seg.” While there is some variation, these units generally employ long-term solitary confinement—prisoners are housed alone in small cells for 23-24 hours per day with no activities with other inmates (meals, recreation, etc.), for years at a time. These conditions amount to sensory deprivation and have been widely documented to produce a set of mental health symptoms that can be extremely debilitating to prisoners, including visual and auditory hallucinations, hypersensitivity to noise and touch, paranoia, uncontrollable feelings of rage and fear, and massive distortions of time and perception. Studies have found that supermax confinement increases the risk of prisoner suicides, and this research is borne out here in Arizona. A recent investigation found that Arizona's official prison-suicide rate is 60 percent higher than the national average, and that the majority of suicides took place in supermax units.1 Combining these crippling symptoms with the extensive legal and structural barriers to successful reentry is a recipe for failure. Prisoners in supermax are deeply traumatized and essentially socially disabled. When their sentence ends, they are given little or no preparation for release, and then return to their communities where they are expected to obtain housing and employment. This report represents the first effort to directly link conditions in Arizona’s supermax prisons with the state’s high recidivism rate. Because the statistical evidence of this link is already available, the basis of this report is qualitative research conducted by an anthropologist, Dr. Brackette F. Williams. Dr. Williams interviewed newly released individuals who had spent a significant portion of their time in prison in supermax facilities. This research demonstrates the “why” and “how” of this causal relationship, illustrating the impacts of long-term solitary confinement on actual re-entry experiences. The findings are a wake-up call to corrections officials, state leaders, and social service agencies, who are often completely unaware of the prison experiences of their clients or how to assist them in this transition. The American Friends Service Committee hopes that this research will add to the growing body of evidence that the practice of long-term solitary confinement in supermax units creates more problems than it is purported to solve and should be abolished. Details: Tucson, AZ: American Friends Service Committee, Arizona Office, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/AFSC-Lifetime-Lockdown-Report_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Maximum Security Prisons Shelf Number: 125981

Author: Bazemore, Gordon Title: A Civic Justice Corps: Community Service as a Means of Reintegration Summary: Rarely considered in re-entry programs is the role of community service as a means of reintegration. We argue for the creation of a “Civic Justice Corps”; a program for parolees to return to the community in the spirit of service. A CJC would benefit both offenders and communities by allowing for “earned redemption”—enabling offenders to repair the harm caused by their crimes and regain community trust. Service may foster positive identity change leading to reduced recidivism and civic commitment, while also providing an opportunity for parolees to reestablish community social ties, leading to permanent housing and employment. We make the case for a CJC as well as review the research on the correctional use of community service. Details: Unpublished paper, 2005. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/bazemore.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Community Service Shelf Number: 125987

Author: Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force Title: Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force: Recommendations to Governor John R. Kasich Summary: Human trafficking – the illegal trade of human beings for commercial sexual exploitation and forced labor – is one of the fastest growing criminal enterprises worldwide and is on pace to surpass the drug trade in less than five years. Ohio is not immune to this plague. Each year an estimated 1,078 Ohio children become victims of human trafficking and 3,016 more are at-risk. Governor John Kasich is committed to addressing this problem and on March 29th, 2012, he signed an executive order forming The Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force. This report is the result of the work of said task force. The recommendations in this report are designed to work in conjunction with Ohio’s recently passed legislation – H.B. 262 The Ohio Human Trafficking Act of 2012– which uses a threepronged approach to address the problem of human trafficking. H.B. 262 raised the penalty for committing the crime of human trafficking to a first-degree felony with a mandatory minimum sentence of 10-15 years. This penalty matches the federal statute and allows Ohio to effectively prosecute pimps and traffickers. The law created a diversion program whereby juvenile victims of human trafficking will receive the protection and treatment they need through the juvenile justice system. The law allows for adult victims of human trafficking with prior convictions of prostitution or solicitation to have their records expunged. The task force was formed to marshal the resources of the state of Ohio to coordinate efforts to identify and rescue victims, to create a coordinated law enforcement system to investigate these crimes, and to provide the services and treatment necessary for victims to regain control of their lives. Eleven state agencies are members of the task force and have worked to identify service gaps and make recommendations for filling those gaps. The task force seeks to complement the work already being done to fight human trafficking around Ohio, and benefits from the expertise of members of Attorney General Mike DeWine’s Human Trafficking Commission in the creation of this report. The first and most significant gap is the public knowledge of human trafficking is low. As data on the prevalence of human trafficking is fairly new, this lack of awareness mirrors the larger national situation. Human trafficking has been a viable policy issue on the federal level for the past 10 years, however much of that data is focused on the international human trafficking trade. Research on the U.S. domestic human trafficking trade is in its earliest stages. Ohio is fortunate to have several universities working to fully understand the pervasiveness of human trafficking within Ohio’s borders, but more analysis can be done. The task force recommends a public awareness campaign be launched and state employees receive training on human trafficking. Extensive training is recommended for employees who have a regulatory or investigatory role or who are in positions that come into contact with victims. Services provided to victims are not specific to immediate needs or to long-term recovery. Violence, repeated rapes, threats, and other tactics used to “condition” a child to total reliance on the trafficker leave a victim of this cruel crime with many scars. A victim may receive treatment for a myriad of symptoms (drug addiction, health, and mental health related issues) before the core trauma is addressed. The task force recommends a victim-centered, trauma-informed approach to treatment that is both more effective and a better use of state resources. The task force includes several recommendations for this gap, including special training for foster parents and child welfare workers, protocol for the treatment of human trafficking victims, youth prevention services and identifying a statewide Ohio service provider network that would be an intensive case management partner for serving minor victims of human trafficking. It should be noted that Medicaid eligibility and housing are two obstacles to providing effective treatment to human trafficking victims. The state will hire a human trafficking coordinator who will be responsible for implementing the enclosed recommendations and pursuing creative solutions to the remaining obstacles. To accomplish this goal, the human trafficking project manager will build on existing interagency, coalition, and local provider relationships. The recommendations do not require additional revenue funding and instead focus on leveraging the resources the state already has and aggressively pursuing federal grant opportunities. We believe the enclosed recommendations are a comprehensive look at what state agencies can do to reach this population and prevent Ohio’s young people from being trafficked. The Task Force will remain in place to help implement the recommendations made here and to continue to find new ways to further our mandate. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://www.governor.ohio.gov/Portals/0/pdf/news/OhioHumanTraffickingTaskForceReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Ohio) Shelf Number: 126005

Author: U.S. House. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform Title: The Department of Justice’s Operation Fast and Furious: Accounts of ATF Agents Summary: This report is the first in a series regarding Operation Fast and Furious. Possible future reports and hearings will likely focus on the actions of the United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Arizona, the decisions faced by gun shop owners (FFLs) as a result of ATF’s actions, and the remarkably ill-fated decisions made by Justice Department officials in Washington, especially within the Criminal Division and the Office of the Deputy Attorney General. This first installment focuses on ATF’s misguided approach of letting guns walk. The report describes the agents’ outrage about the use of gunwalking as an investigative technique and the continued denials and stonewalling by DOJ and ATF leadership. It provides some answers as to what went wrong with Operation Fast and Furious. Further questions for key ATF and DOJ decision makers remain unanswered. For example, what leadership failures within the Department of Justice allowed this program to thrive? Who will be held accountable and when? Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Congress, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://oversight.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/ATF_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 126010

Author: Player, Candice Title: Things I Have Seen and Heard: How Educators, Youth Workers and Elected Leaders Can Help Reduce the Damage of Childhood Exposure to Violence in Communities Summary: Even as violent crime declines across the nation, children who live in neighborhoods of concentrated poverty continue to be exposed to high levels of violence in their communities. Not until fairly recently, though, has a research consensus formed to help us understand far-reaching effects of neighborhood violence exposure and direct us toward promising solutions to reduce its damage to young people. This brief from the Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice summarizes and translates this research into useable form. We offer concrete recommendations and action steps for the many men and women committed to increasing opportunity and life chances for children who live in disenfranchised neighborhoods where violence is commonplace. Details: Cambridge, MA: Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race & Justice, Harvard Law School, 2009. 15p. Source: http://www.charleshamiltonhouston.org/assets/documents/publications/ThingsIHaveSeenandHeard_Website.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cycle of Violence Shelf Number: 126015

Author: Mann, Christopher Title: Mental Health and Criminal Activity: The Prevalence and Characteristics of Mental Health Disorders among a Population of Probationers Summary: Although ADHD (Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder), BD (Bipolar Disorder), and IED (Intermittent Explosive Disorder) are common mental disorders, there has been limited research to study their prevalence among prisoner/probationer populations. This study aimed to measure the prevalence of ADHD, BD, and IED in Fort Worth’s Treatment Alternative to Incarceration Program (TAIP) probationer population. TAIP is a probation sentencing diversion for offenders with substance abuse problems. Rather than being incarcerated, these offenders may choose to enroll in three or more months of substance abuse treatment, including detoxification, residential treatment, and/or outpatient substance abuse counseling, as deemed appropriate by the offender’s initial assessment/evaluation. The study also evaluated the ability of a new mental health survey instrument to measure the prevalence of these mental disorders. The survey instrument is a compilation of other validated instruments put together by the Primary Care Research Institute. If the survey is determined to be an effective and efficient way to measure these mental health disorders, it will be used in a larger general study to measure the prevalence of mental health disorders in the general population. Although a growing body of evidence supports the hypothesis that ADHD, BD, and IED are prevalent, though under‐diagnosed, among the adult prison population, few studies have investigated the characteristics of the prison population affected by these disorders or investigated their prevalence with co‐occurring disorders. In an effort to fill this gap, this study aimed to assess the prevalence of ADHD, BD, and IED among a probationer population and describe characteristics of the probationer population with ADHD. The study further aimed to assess the prevalence of co‐occurring ADHD and Bipolar and/or Intermittent Explosive Disorder and describe the population that has co‐occurring disorders. Details: Fort Worth, TX: Primary Care Research Institute, 2009. 12p. Source: Research Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at http://centerforcommunityhealth.org/Portals/14/Reports/MentalHealthBrief%20Final2.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 126016

Author: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice Title: Con-Quest Residential Substance Abuse Treatment Program Outcome Evaluation Summary: The link between drugs and crime in the United States is widely accepted. Drug users frequently commit crime in order to secure for themselves the drugs that they crave. The chemical effects of certain drugs, especially drugs used in combination, have also been connected to violent behavior. Additionally, the drug abuser’s lifestyle includes the daily use of drugs, seriously disrupting his or her ability to fully participate in society. Furthermore, even recreational drug use is extremely risky because of the danger of contracting diseases such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and Hepatitis. Along with committing costly crimes, drug users are an enormous burden to society as a result of health care costs. Beginning in the mid-1970s, rising concern over the spread of drug use brought about harsher punishments for drug offenses. Over the years, there has been a large influx into the criminal justice system of offenders who are addicted to drugs. In hopes of breaking the drug-crime cycle, prison officials, researchers, and treatment professionals alike have searched for ways to effectively treat drug-addicted prisoners. The Residential Substance Abuse Treatment for State Prisoners (RSAT) Formula Grant Program was created by the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 in order to assist state and local governments with the development, implementation, and improvement of residential substance abuse treatment programs in correctional facilities. The goal of RSAT programs is to reduce recidivism by providing individual and group based substance abuse treatment in a Therapeutic Community (TC) setting. The TC is separated from the rest of the correctional population, allowing residents to create an atmosphere that encourages them to help themselves and each other as they progress through treatment. It is recommended that states also include relapse prevention and aftercare services in their treatment approach, as well as coordinate with other social service and rehabilitation programs. This study and report are the result of a request by the Utah Substance Abuse and Anti-Violence Coordinating Council (USAAV). A growing body of government and independent researchers at the national level has found empirical evidence that Residential Substance Abuse Treatment programs aimed at jail and prison inmates are effective at crime reduction, and are relatively costeffective. To ensure that these programs are working well and economically at the state level, there is a need for accurate outcome evaluations to be performed. Details: UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2004. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/Research/Drugs/RSATfinalevaluation.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (Utah) Shelf Number: 126017

Author: Yahner, Jennifer Title: Which Components of Transitional Jobs Programs Work Best? Analysis of Programs for Former Prisoners in the Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration Summary: Different components of transitional jobs (TJ) programs may improve employment and recidivism outcomes among former prisoners. Using data from the Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration evaluation, we found that former prisoners who spent 30 workdays or more in a TJ were 14 percent more likely to obtain an unsubsidized job in the subsequent six months (45% vs. 31%). No other TJ program components (e.g., job development, case management, retention bonuses) individually affected employment or recidivism. Although non-experimental, analyses incorporated regression-based adjustments for selection bias. Future research evaluating different components of TJ programs via random assignment design is recommended. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2012. 17p. Source: Research Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412571-TJRD_Special_Report_May-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 126028

Author: New York Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU) Title: Stop-and-Frisk 2011, NYCLU Briefing Summary: The February 1999 shooting death of Amadou Diallo by police officers in the NYPD’s Street Crimes Unit triggered a broad public controversy about racial profiling and stop-and-frisk that continues to this day. Not only did the shooting prompt widespread protests, but it led the New York State Attorney General’s Office to conduct a detailed study of NYPD stop-and-frisk activity and led the New York City Council to enact legislation requiring the Police Department to provide quarterly reports about stop-and-frisk activity. Following a lapse of several years without any NYPD reporting, repeated requests from the New York Civil Liberties Union and others forced the Department to disclose in March 2007 that stops had mushroomed from 97,296 in 2002 to more than 500,000 in 2006. Since then, the NYCLU has released quarterly reports compiled by the NYPD revealing that stops have continued to increase dramatically, with the nearly 700,000 stops last year being seven times as many stops as in 2002. Beyond the quarterly paper reports, the NYPD also maintains a computerized database of its stop-and-frisk program. Having successfully sued the NYPD to obtain the database, the NYCLU can provide a much more detailed picture of the stop-and-frisk program than is provided by the quarterly reports. While those reports are largely limited to providing basic numbers about stops, summonses (tickets), and arrests each quarter, the database allows one to analyze the stop-and-frisk program for the entire year and to examine in detail stops, frisks, the use of force, and the recovery of weapons. Analyzing the database also provides detailed information at a precinct level and allows one to look much more closely at race-related aspects of stop-and-frisk. In this report the NYCLU provides a detailed picture of the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk program in 2011. This report examines stops, frisks, force, race, the recovery of weapons, and the treatment of the hundreds of thousands of innocent people stopped last year. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/NYCLU_2011_Stop-and-Frisk_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (New York) Shelf Number: 126030

Author: Baudouin, Richard, ed. Title: Ku Klux Klan: A History of Racism and Violence, Sixth Edition Summary: This report on the history of the Ku Klux Klan, America’s first terrorist organization, was prepared by the Klanwatch Project of the Southern Poverty Law Center. Klanwatch was formed in 1981 to help curb Klan and racist violence through litigation, education and monitoring. Details: Birmingham, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2012 at http://cdna.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/Ku-Klux-Klan-A-History-of-Racism.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126032

Author: Posner, Eric A. Title: The Institutional Structure of Immigration Law Summary: Immigration law scholars should give more attention to the institutional structure of immigration law and, in particular, the way that the government addresses problems of asymmetric information in the course of screening potential migrants and attempting to control their behavior once they arrive. Economic models of optimal contracting provide a useful starting point for analyzing this problem. This approach is applied to several current debates in immigration scholarship, including controversies over “crimmigration” and courts’ refusal to extend labor and employment rights to undocumented aliens. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, Law School, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Institute for Law & Economics Olin Research Paper No. 607: Accessed August 16, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2120759 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126042

Author: Markman, Joshua Title: Implementation Evaluation of the District of Columbia Put Families First Program: Final Report Summary: The goal of this evaluation was to understand the planning, implementation, and execution of the Put Families First program as it is administered by Functional Family Therapy (FFT) in the District of Columbia (D.C.). The primary question is whether FFT has been implemented with high fidelity and quality, and whether there are local factors or circumstances that either facilitate or interfere with its reliable implementation. This evaluation reviewed programmatic manuals and materials, engaged in semistructured interviews, analyzed performance data, and scanned the extant FFT programmatic and outcome literature. Through these activities, this report documents how the program came together, identifies its key stakeholders and their role in the process, and uses performance data to examine how the program appeared to be progressing along a number of key measures. Management oversight and buy-in are key qualities that the program already possesses. Evidence-Based Associates, LLC (EBA) guided the original planning discussions, led troubleshooting efforts as barriers arose, and attempted to look to the future to anticipate and avoid future problems and institute changes that would be beneficial moving forward. The program partners were all committed to the program; they identified representatives that had leadership and supervisory roles in their respective agencies and had the authority to implement change. Commitment and belief in the model and its implementation are critical factors. The implementation results to date suggest that the FFT program was implemented rigorously and is on its way to effective implementation, but has some challenges yet to overcome. The apparent differences between service providers offer an obvious starting point for inquiry to identify opportunities for such improvement. The current implementation evaluation shows promise for the effective implementation of FFT for youth at risk of out-of-home placement in D.C. For those who do complete the program, implementation is generally close to program benchmarks and showing improvement. Some areas needing improvement were also identified, especially concerning the program’s ability to engage and retain the referred youth through program completion, and understanding the reasons for agency referrals. Prior evidence of program effectiveness in reducing delinquency suggests that the current program has strong potential for being an effective part of the service mix for these youth and their families. Future evaluation activity should continue to focus on improving program initiation, effective implementation, and program completion. This would then set the stage for either a rigorous impact evaluation or a cost-benefit analysis based on combining local cost analysis with evidence of program effectiveness from prior evaluations of FFT. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412465-Put-Families-First-Program.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 126058

Author: McCormick, Joel G. Title: National Evaluation of Crime Prevention Strategies in Urban Parks: Using Rational Choice Theory to Understand Decisions of Park Directors and Professors Summary: Crime and fear of crime is increasing in recreational settings Chavez, Tynon, & Knap, 2004, Manning et al., 2001； Pendleton, 2000； Shore, 1994). However, research on the effectiveness of crime prevention programs in urban parks, rural parks, or national forest/park lands is scarce. This dissertation utilized a three paper format to gain a more complete understanding of how Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design CPTED) principles observation, access control, territoriality and maintenance) are taught and applied in urban parks. Paper one evaluates crime prevention strategies currently being employed by public park managers in the United States. Paper two applies a combination of descriptive statistics and qualitative methods to investigate Rational Choice Theory as a decision making tool for implementing CPTED) strategies to reduce crime and fear of crime in urban parks. The third paper examines whether and how CPTED is being taught at the college level. This paper also uses a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods to investigate college professors decisions to teach CPTED using a Rational Choice framework. In papers one and two, a web based survey link was e-mailed to the directors of municipal recreation and park agencies in the 250 largest cities in the United States. A total of 129 agencies responded 52%). In paper three, a different web based survey link was e-mailed to 100 college professors across the United States. A total of 72 professors responded. The results indicate that 45% of park directors in the United States have received training in crime prevention strategies. A belief that the occurrence of crime was not a problem in parks was reported by 66% of park directors. However, when presented with the statement, “reducing fear of crime in the park that I manage is a priority” 55% of park directors agreed. Over two-thirds of the professors agreed that crime in parks was a problem； even more agreed that fear of crime in parks was a problem, but only one-third stated that they would make it a priority to do something about it. Only 24% of professors in this study included CPTED strategies in their classes. The main reason given for not including these strategies was “lack of knowledge” of CPTED. There appears to be a need to bring awareness about fear of crime and strategies to the forefront of the field. Park directors should increase their efforts to reduce crime opportunities in their parks and most academicians need to increase their awareness and teaching of CPTED strategies to address problems that have real world applications. Further research in park safety for visitors is needed. Details: Florida: University of Florida, 2011. 125p. Source: Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2012 at http://www.socscience.com/social-sciences/17825.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126073

Author: Fischman, Allison Title: Reconciling Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) and Walkability Factors for Safe, Active Trips to School: The Role of School Site Size, Placement and Design Summary: Obesity is a growing threat to child health, and active transportation through walking and biking to school is one way to reduce its prevalence. As school districts and local governments begin to coordinate planning for the location of new schools, the ability of children to walk and bike to school is receiving greater attention. With increased media focus on school shootings and terrorist attacks, child safety at and around schools is also receiving greater attention than ever before. More and more school districts and local governments are employing the theory of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) in development regulations and school facilities plans. This research analyzes the largely unexplored effects of the implementation of CPTED mechanisms on public health, specifically its effects on walkability and the potential for children's active transport to school. In this study, a methodology set forth by Steiner et al. (2008) is used to determine the potential for children to walk and bicycle to school in a sample of sixteen elementary schools in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Results from the walkability analysis are then compared to the results of a CPTED survey to identify and explore any relationship(s) between walkability and the presence of CPTED-related elements. The study has three research components: (1) analysis of the potential for children to walk to school based on a variety of measures for a sample of elementary schools; (2) analysis of the presence and location of CPTED-related elements at and around the sample school sites; and (3) comparison of the potential for walkability to the presence of CPTED-related elements and identifying any relationship(s) or interaction. There is considerable variation, but results generally do not support a clear answer to the question of how CPTED and walkability interact at school sites and in surrounding neighborhoods, this study presents an initial methodology for exploring the issue. A more refined methodology may help researchers and practitioners better understand facilitators and impediments to active transportation among children. With this information, planners will be more knowledgeable about the effects of CPTED on walkability and will be able to make informed recommendations to improve CTPED-influenced policies. Also, school facilities planners and officials will be better informed about these effects and can use the information to help maximize the potential for safe, active trips to school. Details: Gainesville, FL: Department of Urban and Regional Planning; College of Design, Construction, and Planning; University of Florida, 2009. 115p. Source: Dissertation: Library Resource, Available at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Acc. # 126075. Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT Shelf Number: 126075

Author: Issa, Darrell Title: Memorandum: Update of Operation Fast and Furious Summary: Since February 2011, the House Oversight and Government and Government Reform Committee has been conducting a joint investigation with Senate Judiciary Committee Ranking Member Chuck Grassley (R-IA) of reckless conduct in the Justice Department’s Operation Fast and Furious. The committee has held three hearings, conducted twenty-four transcribed interviews with fact witnesses, sent the Department of Justice over fifty letters, and issued the Department of Justice two subpoenas for documents. The Justice Department, however, continues to withhold documents critical to understanding decision making and responsibility in Operation Fast and Furious. This memo explains key events and facts in Operation Fast and Furious that have been uncovered during the congressional investigation; remaining questions that the Justice Department refused to cooperate in helping the Committee answer; the ongoing relevance of these questions; and the extent of the harm created by both Operation Fast and Furious and the Department’s refusal to fully cooperate. The memo also explains issues for Committee Members to consider in making a decision about holding Attorney General Eric Holder in contempt of Congress for his Department’s refusal to provide subpoenaed documents. Attached to this memo for review and discussion is a draft version of a contempt report that the Committee may consider at an upcoming business meeting. Details: Washington, DC: United States Congress, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2012 at http://oversight.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Update-on-Fast-and-Furious-with-attachment-FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126084

Author: Mahaffy, Kimberly A. Title: Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas Adult Drug Court: Outcome Evaluation January 4, 2005 - June 30, 2006 Summary: After the first year of operation, the Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas (LCCCP) Adult Drug Court enrolled fifty-six participants. Of the 56, two participants were discharged unsuccessfully and no one had graduated. For a more complete look at the program’s outcomes, this report covers the Adult Drug Court’s first 18 months of operation. This study examines outcomes for Drug Court participants within the LCCCP Adult Drug Court program. In other words, data post graduation or discharge have not been collected. Future LCCCP Adult Drug Court evaluations will track these groups and compare their outcomes with a matched sample from Adult Probation and Parole Services. To determine whether the Adult Drug Court is more effective than the traditional probation/parole system, a larger Drug Court sample will be necessary. With the current samples, I found that Drug Court participants were less likely to commit a new crime, more likely to receive drug treatment, and spent less time in jail compared with probationer/parolees. However, Drug Court participants relapsed and committed crimes in a shorter period of time than members of the probation sample. Drug Court participants were also more likely to test positive for drug use and less likely to be employed. It should be noted; however, that Drug Court participants are supervised and drug tested more intensively than the probation/parole sample. The greater frequency of testing increases the Drug Court participants’ chance of testing positive. Further, phase one Drug Court participants are discouraged from working until they establish themselves in treatment and are active in recovery. I was unable to study fines, costs, and restitution payments because of the data were incomplete. Details: Lancaster County, PA: Lancaster County Court of Common Pleas, 2006. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.co.lancaster.pa.us/courts/lib/courts/LCCCP_Drug_court_outcome_eval0506.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 126090

Author: Krisberg, Barry Title: Getting the Genie Back in the Bottle: California's Prison Gulag Summary: The California prison population pushed past 172,000 in 2006, even though it rarely exceeded 30,000 during most of the 20th century. In fact, as late as 1976, the inmate population was just above 20,000 (NCCD, 2008). While there are several reasons for this phenomenal growth in the prison population, there is little doubt that changes in sentencing laws enacted by the Legislature or passed through voter initiatives fed the ever larger correctional leviathan. Crime rates actually declined during these three decades, with the largest declines occurring between 1991 and 2000; crime rates have remained low since the mid-1990s. Details: Berkeley, CA: The Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, University of California, Berkeley School of Law, 2011. 6p. Source: Issue Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/Krisberg_-_Getting_the_Genie_Back_in_the_Bottle_-_101711.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (California) Shelf Number: 126095

Author: Sharp, Susan Title: No Sympathy... Study of Incarcerated Women and Their Children Summary: This study is based on data from the annual study of Oklahoma incarcerated women and their children that has been conducted since 2004. Female inmates are almost twice as likely as male inmates to report that they had a child of their own living with them prior to their arrest. Thus, their imprisonment is more likely to disrupt their children’s living arrangements. Females are also significantly less likely than males to say those children are now living with their other parent. Taken in conjunction, these two statistics emphasize the fact that children of incarcerated mothers may find themselves not only without their mothers but also without their homes. It is clear that more work needs to be done to improve the situations of incarcerated women and their children. Our policies of incarcerating low level drug and property offenders are negatively impacting the children of Oklahoma, and the financial burden for the state continues to grow, both in the cost of incarceration and in the cost of providing needed services to children. Nonetheless, many children are falling through the cracks because they are a hidden population and because bureaucratic red tape makes accessing services difficult. It is imperative that we direct our attention and resources to these children in order to break the cycle of incarceration in this state. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Commission on Children and Youth, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.okkids.org/documents/Study%20of%20Incarcerated%20Women%20and%20Their%20Children%20-%20Report%20-%202010%20%28Final%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (Oklahoma) Shelf Number: 126103

Author: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice Title: Utah Cost of Crime 2012: Overview of Methodology Summary: This paper briefly describes Utah’s approach to creating a new management tool to maximize the money spent on criminal justice and provides August 2012 as the deadline for completing this round of analysis. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2012. 1p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20o%20f%20Crime%202012%20-%20Overview.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (Utah) Shelf Number: 126105

Author: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice Title: Utah Cost of Crime 2012: Analysis of State and Local Criminal Justice Budgets (2005 - 2010) Summary: This paper briefly describes data collected by researchers at the Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice to create Utah’s Cost-Benefit Model. When adjusted for inflation, criminal justice budgets at the state level only increased 4% between 2005 and 2010 while budgets at the local level increased by 23%. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2012. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20o%20f%20Crime%202012%20-Budget%20Review.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Budgets for Criminal Justice (Utah) Shelf Number: 126016

Author: Fowles, Richard Title: Utah Cost of Crime 2012: Introduction to an Economic Cost-Benefit Approach Summary: This paper describes the methodology used by researchers from the Department of Economics at the University of Utah, in conjunction with the Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice, to create Utah’s Cost-Benefit Model, including sources of data and descriptions of statistical methods used. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20of%20Crime%202012%20-%20Methods%20Review%20Cost.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (Utah) Shelf Number: 126107

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime 2012: Methods for Reviewing Program Effectiveness (Systemic Review/Meta-Analysis) Summary: This paper describes the methodology used by researchers at the Utah Criminal Justice Center and the Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice to assess program effectiveness for its inclusion in the Utah's Cost Benefit Model, including sources of data and descriptions of statistical methods used. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/CCJJ/Cost%20of%20Crime/Utah%20Cost%20of%20Crime%202012%20-%20Methods%20Review%20Benefits.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (Utah) Shelf Number: 126108

Author: U.S. Senate. Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs. Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations Title: U.S. Vulnerabilities to Money Laundering, Drugs, and Terrorist Financing: HSBC Case History Summary: This hearing examined the money laundering, drug trafficking, and terrorist financing risks created in the United States when a global bank uses its U.S. affiliate to provide U.S. dollars and access to the U.S. financial system to a network of high risk affiliates, high risk correspondent banks, and high risk clients. The hearing focused on a case study involving HSBC, one of the largest banks in the world. Headquartered in London, HSBC has a network of over 7,200 offices in more than 80 countries, 300,000 employees, and 2011 profits of nearly $22 billion. HSBC has been among the most active banks in Asia, the Middle East, and Africa. It first acquired a U.S. presence in the 1980s; today its leading U.S. affiliate is HSBC Bank USA, known as HBUS. HBUS has more than 470 branches across the United States and 4 million customers. HBUS is the key U.S. nexus for the entire HSBC worldwide network. In 2008, it processed 600,000 wire transfers per week; in 2009, two-thirds of the U.S. dollar payments HBUS processed came from HSBC affiliates in other countries. One HSBC executive told us that a major reason why HSBC opened its U.S. bank was to provide its overseas clients with a gateway into the U.S. financial system. Add on top of that, HBUS’ history of weak anti-money laundering controls, and you have a recipe for trouble. In 2003, the Federal Reserve and New York State Banking Department took a formal enforcement action requiring HBUS to revamp its AML program. HBUS, which was then converting to a nationally chartered bank under the supervision of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or OCC, made changes, but even before the OCC lifted the order in 2006, the bank’s AML program began deteriorating. In September 2010, the OCC issued a Supervisory Letter, 31-pages long, describing a long list of severe AML deficiencies, and followed in October 2010, with a Cease and Desist order requiring HBUS to revamp its AML program a second time. The OCC cited, among other problems, a massive backlog of unreviewed alerts identifying potentially suspicious activity; a failure to monitor $60 trillion in wire transfers and account activity; a failure to examine risks at HSBC’s overseas affiliates before providing them correspondent banking services; and a failure, over a three-year period, to conduct anti-money laundering checks on more than $15 billion in bulk-cash transactions with those same affiliates. To examine the issues, the Subcommittee issued subpoenas, reviewed more than 1.4 million documents, and conducted extensive interviews with HSBC officials from around the world, as well as officials at other banks, and with federal regulators. HSBC has cooperated fully with the investigation. The Subcommittee’s work identified five key areas of vulnerability exposed by the HSBC case history. The five areas involve: •Providing U.S. correspondent accounts to high risk HSBC affiliates without performing due diligence, including a Mexican affiliate with unreliable AML controls; •Failing to stop deceptive conduct by HSBC affiliates to circumvent a screening device designed to block transactions by terrorists, drug kingpins and rogue nations like Iran; •Providing bank accounts to overseas banks with links to terrorist financing; •Clearing hundreds of millions of dollars in bulk U.S. dollar travelers cheques, despite suspicious circumstances; and •Offering bearer-share accounts, a high risk account that invites wrongdoing by facilitating hidden corporate ownership. Details: Washington, DC: Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, 2012. 340p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: www.hsgac.senate.gov/subcommittees/investigations Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Banking Industry Shelf Number: 126117

Author: Kane, Michael Title: Exploring the Role of Responsivity and Assessment with Hispanic and American Indian Offenders Summary: This report presents findings from an exploration of cultural responsivity in risk and needs assessment in community corrections agencies. As risk and needs assessment becomes more popular in community corrections, more researchers have begun to study issues involving the specific characteristics of offenders and how they interact with assessment and programming to impact outcomes, a concept commonly known as responsivity. In particular, two cultural groups were selected for study: Hispanics and American Indians. Initial plans for the current project involved the development of a new tool or ‘trailer’ for use in assessing Hispanic and American Indian populations. In the early stages of the project, however, the project team and its advisors determined that the creation of a new tool would be premature. Instead, the project focused efforts on: 1) describing current practices in assessing and working with Hispanic and American Indian offenders; 2) determining how well current assessment tools and practices predict recidivism for these offender groups; and 3) suggesting ways to improve tools and practices to make them more culturally competent and responsive. The report that follows will describe assessment and cultural responsivity, describe current practices in culturally responsive assessment, and detail the findings of research activities including data analysis and focus groups. Chapter 1 provides a literature review on the topic of risk assessment and culture. This section will describe the evolution of risk assessment in community corrections, summarize research on evidence-based practices, describe the Hispanic and American Indian populations in the United States and their context in corrections systems nationwide, suggest a model for understanding cultural competency, and describe some popular risk and needs assessment tools. Chapter 2 provides information on a Roundtable of assessment and corrections experts and results from a national survey of probation and parole agencies. The chapter describes the project team’s understanding of the current state of community corrections practice in assessing and supervising American Indian and Hispanic offenders. Chapter 3 summarizes findings from discussions with experts in Hispanic and American Indian culture and focus groups conducted with community corrections staff and Hispanic and American Indian offenders in five sites. Based on this feedback, the project team provides recommendations for improving assessment practices. Focus groups addressed cultural and linguistic barriers in supervision and assessment, specific cultural factors that may impact the scoring of risk and needs assessment, cultural competency during the assessment process, cultural competency training available to officers and supervisors, and suggestions for improving supervision and assessment with Hispanic and American Indian offenders. Chapter 4 presents findings from analysis of assessment and outcome data provided by five community corrections agencies and provides recommendations for improving the effectiveness of assessment tools. Predictive validity analysis was conducted for each site, and a combined analysis examining whether Hispanic and American Indian offenders are scoring differently on risk assessments compared to other offenders, and if agency-level cultural competency practices result in reductions in recidivism. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute at Community Resources for Justice, 2011. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/CRJ_Role_of_Responsivity.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: American Indian Offenders Shelf Number: 126118

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Gun Control Legislation Summary: Congress has debated the efficacy and constitutionality of federal regulation of firearms and ammunition, with strong advocates arguing for and against greater gun control. In the wake of the July 20, 2012, Aurora, CO, theater mass shooting, in which 12 people were shot to death and 58 wounded (7 of them critically) by a lone gunman, it is likely that there will be calls in the 112th Congress to reconsider a 1994 ban on semiautomatic assault weapons and large capacity ammunition feeding devices that expired in September 2004. There were similar calls to ban such feeding devices (see S. 436/H.R. 1781) following the January 8, 2011, Tucson, AZ, mass shooting, in which 6 people were killed and 14 wounded, including Representative Gabrielle Giffords, who was grievously wounded. The 112th Congress continues to consider the implications of Operation Fast and Furious and allegations that the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) mishandled that Phoenix, AZ-based gun trafficking investigation. On June 28, 2012, the House passed a resolution (H.Res. 711) citing Attorney General Eric Holder in contempt of Congress for his failure to produce additional, subpoenaed documents related to Operation Fast and Furious to the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform. On May 18, 2012, the House passed the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year 2013 (H.R. 4310), which amends a provision that limits the Secretary of Defense’s authority to regulate firearms privately held by members of the Armed Forces off-base. On May 10, 2012, the House passed a Commerce-Justice-State appropriations bill (H.R. 5326) that would fund ATF for FY2013 and, on April 19, 2012, the Senate Committee on Appropriations reported a similar bill (S. 2323). On April 17, 2012, the House passed the Sportsmen’s Heritage Act of 2012 (H.R. 4089), a bill that would require agencies that manage federal public lands to facilitate access to and use of those lands for the purposes of recreational fishing, hunting, and shooting with certain exceptions set out in statute. Language to a similar effect was included in the FY2013 Interior, Environment, and Related Agencies Appropriations bill (H.R. 6091), which the House Committee on Appropriations reported on July 10, 2012. On November 16, 2011, the House passed a bill (H.R. 822) that would establish a greater degree of reciprocity between states that issue concealed carry permits for handguns. On October 11, 2011, the House passed a Veterans’ Benefits Act (H.R. 2349) that would prohibit the Department of Veterans Affairs from determining a beneficiary to be mentally incompetent for the purposes of gun control, unless such a determination were made by a judicial authority based upon a finding that the beneficiary posed a danger to himself or others. In May 2011, firearms-related amendments to bills reauthorizing the USA PATRIOT Act were considered (H.R. 1800, S. 1038, and S. 990), but they were not passed. This report also includes discussion of other salient and recurring gun control issues that have generated past or current congressional interest. Those issues include (1) screening firearms background check applicants against terrorist watch lists, (2) combating gun trafficking and straw purchases, (3) reforming the regulation of federally licensed gun dealers, (4) requiring background checks for private firearms transfers at gun shows, (5) more-strictly regulating certain firearms previously defined in statute as “semiautomatic assault weapons,” and (6) banning or requiring the registration of certain long-range .50 caliber rifles, which are commonly referred to as “sniper” rifles. To set these and other emerging issues in context, this report provides basic firearms-related statistics, an overview of federal firearms law, and a summary of legislative action in the 111th and 112th Congresses. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: RL32842: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32842.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126119

Author: Feldbaum, Mindy Title: The Greening of Corrections: Creating a Sustainable System Summary: Although the primary goal of corrections is safety for the community and for those housed and working within the facilities, increasingly, sustainability goals and strategies are being integrated into policies and plans within the corrections community. Accordingly, more and more leaders within corrections are evaluating the long-term impacts of its buildings, operations, and programs on the environment, community, and economy, and are making decisions on management, resource allocation, and programming based on green principles and practices. The greening of corrections provides an extraordinary opportunity to create more efficient, resilient, and sustainable prisons and jails, with benefits that include reducing the financial and human capital costs of prisons through reduced energy and resource consumption and engaging inmates in hands-on work experiences and education and training to prepare them for jobs in the emerging green economy. The paper focuses on the greening of correctional facilities and their operations; the education and training of inmates to prepare for reentry, including environmental literacy; the current landscape of the greening of correctional industries through processes, products and partnerships; and the greening of reentry programs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2012 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/024914.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 126122

Author: Ranson, Matthew Title: Crime, Weather, and Climate Change Summary: This paper estimates the impact of climate change on the prevalence of criminal activity in the United States. The analysis is based on a 50-year panel of monthly crime and weather data for 2,972 U.S. counties. I identify the effect of weather on monthly crime by using a semi-parametric bin estimator and controlling for county-by-month and county-by-year fixed effects. The results show that temperature has a strong positive effect on criminal behavior, with little evidence of lagged impacts. Between 2010 and 2099, climate change will cause an additional 30,000 murders, 200,000 cases of rape, 1.4 million aggravated assaults, 2.2 million simple assaults, 400,000 robberies, 3.2 million burglaries, 3.0 million cases of larceny, and 1.3 million cases of vehicle theft in the United States. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School Mossavar-Rahmani Center for Business and Government, 2012. 49p. Source: Harvard Kennedy School M-RCBG Associate Working Paper Series No. 8: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2111377 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Climate Change Shelf Number: 126127

Author: Heinonen, Justin A. Title: Product Counterfeiting: Evidence-Based Lessons for the State of Michigan Summary: Product counterfeiting represents a range of criminal activities associated with intellectual property rights infringement and focuses on material goods. Nearly any product, from pharmaceuticals and food to auto parts and electronics, can be counterfeited. Although the precise extent of product counterfeiting is not known, by most accounts the problem is substantially large and growing. What makes product counterfeiting particularly troublesome is its detrimental effects on public health and safety, jobs and tax bases, and corporate innovation and profitability. To date there has been no empirical examination of the risk Michigan faces from product counterfeiting. To help policymakers better understand and respond to this problem, this paper introduces the topic of product counterfeiting and develops lessons based on a systematic examination of Michigan-based product counterfeit incidents as evident in open sources. This evidence-based assessment is meant to generate discussion about this crime in Michigan and potential steps for addressing it. Part of an internally reviewed series sponsored by the Michigan State University (MSU) Anti-Counterfeiting and Product Protection Program, this paper has not undergone formal peer review. Details: East Lansing, MI: Anti-Counterfeiting and Product Protection Program (A-CAPPP), Michigan State University, 2012. 16p. Source: A-CAPPP Paper Series: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://www.a-cappp.msu.edu/files/PC_Michigan_Paper_Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Goods (Michigan) Shelf Number: 126130

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: The Risk of Insider Fraud: U.S. Study of IT and Business Practitioners Summary: Ponemon Institute and Attachmate are pleased to present the results of The Risk of Insider Fraud. According to Ponemon Institute research, insider negligence and maliciousness can be one of the major causes of a costly and reputation damaging data breach. As reported in the Ponemon Institute’s most recent Cost of Data Breach study, malicious insiders cause 31 percent of all data breaches and the average cost of such a breach is $318 per lost record. We believe this study is important because it reveals how prevalent insider fraud is in the organizations we studied, the consequences of fraud and how much money is needed to reduce the risk. In our study, we defined insider fraud as the malicious or criminal attacks perpetrated upon business or governmental organizations by employees, temporary employees and contractors. Typically, the objective of such attacks is the theft of financial or information assets – which include customer data, trade secrets and intellectual properties. Sometimes the most dangerous insiders are those who possess strong IT skills or have access to your organization’s critical applications and data. Other risks with potentially severe consequences are the intentional or accidental data misuse or policy violation. The recent case involving a 31-year-old UBS trader illustrates how costly and potentially damaging to an organization’s reputation insider fraud can be. According to the Financial Times, Kweku Adoboli was charged with fraud by abuse of position and two counts of false accounting. The total loss to UBS as a result of his “unauthorized” activity is $2 billion. Using survey methods, we implemented an objective study about how highly experienced individuals in IT, security, compliance and other business fields deal with the risk of fraud perpetrated by malicious insiders. This study attempts to ascertain what these individuals perceive to be the most serious vulnerabilities in their organizations and how they can improve IT, governance and control practices that reduce fraud and ensure compliance with regulations. Our sample consists of 707 individuals (respondents) who have more than 10 years of experience and the vast majority is positioned at or above the manager level within their organizations. Sixty-two percent of respondents are in IT-related roles. While all respondents are located in the United States, many of their organizations are multinational or with operations in other countries. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2011. 22p. Source: Ponemon Institute Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at http://resources.idgenterprise.com/original/AST-0060002_Ponemon_2011_Insider_Fraud_Survey_Results.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employee Fraud Shelf Number: 126156

Author: Macallair, Daniel Title: Lessons Learned: The Santa Cruz County Study Summary: Within California, 58 counties operate 58 diverse local criminal justice systems. Some counties rely heavily on the state prison system, while others invest in local practices and alternatives to incarceration. A few of these self-reliant counties are demonstrating positive crime reduction and public safety trends. This indicates their success in implementing deliberate strategies to reduce the number of inmates housed locally and within the state prison system. Santa Cruz is one of those self-reliant counties, where the dedication of local administrators has improved the county’s justice system (“Santa Cruz” refers to the county here, unless the city is specified). Consequently, the county is more prepared to manage the increase in local offender populations resulting from realignment under Assembly Bill 109 (AB 109). Furthermore, the county’s Jail Alternatives Initiative (JAI) model helps anticipate the potential impacts of AB 109 and to develop systemic interventions necessary for successful implementation of the policy. JAI facilitates a continuous improvement process that is data-driven and can evolve over time. Santa Cruz engages in ongoing multi-agency collaborations that enhance the system-wide data analysis process to initiate deliberate interventions within the local criminal justice system. This publication explores the Santa Cruz experience through an analysis of data trends and implications for deliberate local strategies. Further, the study understands how Santa Cruz best utilized systemic interventions. This serves as a basis for concluding how California counties can improve their justice systems and better prepare for the increased local responsibility over offenders, following AB 109. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 16p. Source: Case Study: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/Santa_Cruz_Case_Study.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (California) Shelf Number: 126172

Author: Kerrigan, Sarah Title: Drug Toxicology for Prosecutors: Targeting Hardcore Impaired Drivers Summary: Drug impaired drivers kill and maim thousands of people each and every year in the United States. Unfortunately, prosecuting drug-impaired drivers is a daunting task. Jurors, who are very familiar with alcohol’s effects, signs and symptoms, often know little or nothing about other drugs. Tainted by crime shows like CSI: Miami, they may have unrealistic expectations about the nature and quantum of available proof. Unlike alcohol, most states do not have “per se” limits for drugged driving. To successfully explain the evidence and issues to jurors in Driving Under the Influence of Drugs (DUID) cases, prosecutors must understand the basics of drug toxicology. This publication is designed to provide prosecutors with a basic understanding of drug pharmacology and testing. The prosecution of drug impaired driving cases is more complex than alcohol-related DWI (driving while impaired) cases—both scientifically and legally. Impairment can be more difficult to discern and prove, thus making these cases more difficult to prosecute. Although alcohol is a drug, not all drugs can be considered in the same way. This means that a case involving a driver suspected of driving under the influence of drugs (DUID) may require special handling and evaluation. Good communication and effective integration of law enforcement and legal and scientific personnel are essential in these cases. Details: Alexandria, VA; American Prosecutors Research Institute, 2004. 59p. Source: Special Topics Series: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://www.ndaa.org/pdf/drug_toxicology_for_prosecutors_04.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 126173

Author: Moskowitz, Herbert Title: Antihistamines and Driving-Related Behavior: A Review of the Evidence for Impairment Summary: A review of the scientific literature concerning the effects of antihistamines on driving-related skills was conducted. After reviewing all pertinent publications from 1998 and earlier, a total of 130 publications were found to meet criteria for inclusion in the data summaries. A data base was created with study results being indexed, and summarized, by specific drug, dose, dosing schedule (i.e., single versus repeated) and H1-antagonist generation as well as by behavioral area or subjective measure. For each H1-antagonist generation, five drugs were evaluated: chlorpheniramine, clemastine, diphenhydramine, hydroxyzine and tripolidine for the 1st-generation, and astemizole, cetirizine, fexofenadine, loratadine and terfenadine for the 2nd-generation. It was concluded that: 1. There is some slight, but ambiguous, evidence from epidemiological studies of a connection between antihistamine use and traffic collision rates. However, these studies were done primarily when use of only 1st-generation (but not 2nd- generation) antihistamines was prevalent; thus, more study is needed. 2. There is overwhelming evidence from the experimental literature that the 1st-generation antihistamines produce objective signs of skills performance impairment as well as subjective symptoms of sedation. 3. While 2nd-generation antihistamines represent a major triumph for the pharmaceutical industry in reducing potential side effects, there still remains some evidence that all antihistamines, even the 2nd- generation drugs, may cause sedation and objective skills impairment at least in some cases and for some individuals. 4. Within both the 1st- and 2nd-generation antihistamine groupings, there is considerable variation in objective evidence of impairment and in subjective effects such as sedation. Thus, there clearly are drugs that are to be preferred for use to avoid side effects such as sedation and driving-related performance impairment. 5. Methodologically, it is apparent that among the many diverse techniques for investigating driving-related impairment, some methods and behavioral domains are more sensitive to the effects of antihistamines. Future studies of antihistamines, therefore, must utilize the most methodologically-sound techniques so as to permit a better comparison between different drugs. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2004. 92p. Source: DOT HS 809 714, Final Report: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/research/antihistamines/Antihistamines%20Web/images/Antihistamines%20text.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs Shelf Number: 126175

Author: Aldridge, Chris D. Title: "Bait Vehicle" Technologies and Motor Vehicle Theft Along the Southwest Border Summary: In 2005, over 33% of all the vehicles reported stolen in the United States occurred in the four southwestern border states of California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas, which all have very high vehicle theft rates in comparison to the national average. This report describes the utilization of “bait vehicles” and associated technologies in the context of motor vehicle theft along the southwest border of the U.S. More than 100 bait vehicles are estimated to be in use by individual agencies and auto theft task forces in the southwestern border states. The communications, tracking, mapping, and remote control technologies associated with bait vehicles provide law enforcement with an effective tool to obtain arrests in vehicle theft “hot spots.” Recorded audio and video from inside the vehicle expedite judicial proceedings as offenders rarely contest the evidence presented. At the same time, law enforcement is very interested in upgrading bait vehicle technology through the use of live streaming video for enhanced officer safety and improved situational awareness. Bait vehicle effectiveness could be enhanced by dynamic analysis of motor theft trends through exploitation of geospatial, timeline, and other analytical tools to better inform very near-term operational decisions, including the selection of particular vehicle types. This “information-led” capability would especially benefit from more precise and timely information on the location of vehicles stolen in the United States and found in Mexico. Introducing Automated License Plate Reading (ALPR) technology to collect information associated with stolen motor vehicles driven into Mexico could enhance bait vehicle effectiveness. Details: Livermore, CA: Sandia National Laboratories, 2007. 40p. Source: Sandia Report SAND2007-6010: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2012 at http://prod.sandia.gov/techlib/access-control.cgi/2007/076010.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 126177

Author: Burghardt, John Title: National Job Corps Study: Impacts by Center Characteristics Summary: Job Corps is a major part of federal efforts to provide education and job training to disadvantaged youths. It provides comprehensive services--basic education, vocational skills training, health care and education, counseling, and residential support. More than 60,000 new students ages 16 to 24 enroll in Job Corps each year, at a cost to the federal government of more than $1 billion per year. Currently, the program provides training at 119 Job Corps centers nationwide. The National Job Corps Study is being conducted under contract with the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) to provide Congress and program managers with the information they need to assess how well Job Corps attains its goal of helping students become more employable, productive citizens. This report is one of a series of reports presenting findings from the study. It examines whether the impacts of Job Corps on students' employment and related outcomes differ according to the characteristics of the Job Corps center that a student attended. Overall, Job Corps increased education and training, increased earnings, and reduced youths' involvement with the criminal justice system. This report asks: Were these positive findings concentrated at centers with certain characteristics or in certain regions of the country, or were they similar across diverse centers in the system? The center characteristics considered are type of operator, student capacity, region of the country, and performance ranking. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc., 2001. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2012 at: http://www.acinet.org/ReadingRoom/01-jccenter.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126180

Author: Adams, Christine M. Shea Title: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice Evaluation of the Colorado Short Term Intensive Residential Remediation Treatment (STIRRT) Programs Summary: The Short Term Intensive Residential (STIRRT) program is intended to provide 14 days of residential substance abuse treatment designed to stabilize an individual and then provide outpatient, community-based services for six to nine months following discharge from the residential component. The program is offered at one of four Colorado locations: Arapahoe House (Denver), Crossroads Turning Point (Pueblo), Mesa County Community Corrections (Grand Junction), and Larimer County Community Corrections (Fort Collins). The program is considered a “last chance” for offenders who would otherwise go to prison. Those eligible include those referred by probation, parole, Treatment Alternatives to Street Crime (TASC), Denver Drug Court, and community corrections. This evaluation includes 1,324 individuals who participated in the STIRRT program between January 1, 2008 and June 30, 2009. FINDINGS • Most participants (91%) successfully completed the 14-day residential component of STIRRT. • Less than half (42.3%) of successful STIRRT discharges participated in the continuing care component of the program. • Recidivism, measured as new county or district court filing within 12 months of discharge from residential treatment, was approximately 25% regardless of participation in continuing care. This analysis included 296 individuals who participated in continuing care and were at risk of recidivating for 12 months. o In comparison, in FY 2008, 63.7% of community corrections clients (diversion and transition combine) successfully completed the program and 14.6% recidivated within 12 months. Details: Denver, CO: Office of Research and Statistics, Division of Criminal Justice, Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://cospl.coalliance.org/fedora/repository/co:8588/ps722r312010internet.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126232

Author: Evans, Jerome R. Title: YouthZone Program Evaluation Report Summary: Youth development and family services provided by YouthZone seek to motivate and equip individuals, organizations, and communities and their leaders to join together in nurturing competent, caring, and responsible children and adolescents. Helping young people means doing more than just just solving an immediate problem. It means also thinking about how communities can foster positive relationships among young people, assist families and schools with resources, and create opportunities that raise expectations for a for a bright future. In towns where children and youth experience family, school, and community life as positive and where they have relationships with people who guide them, they are much more likely to learn, achieve, mature, and to reach their potential. In this sense then, every child and youth whose faltering well-being is restored is prepared to contribute to the quality of life where they live. Healthy youth make strong communities. Life is complex and changing. Necessarily, the approaches to helping youth regain their positive sense of direction call for keeping up with new ideas and evaluating those that appear to be working to improve their results. This report contributes to these objectives. It suggests new ways of looking at common challenges and helps YouthZone be as accountable as possible to its funders, families, and the communities it serves. This evaluation report summarizes findings from a comparison of pre-post YouthZone Screening scores for youths who in the majority (95%) came with an admission legal problem. Details: Glenwood Springs, CO: YouthZone, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://www.youthzone.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/YouthZone_Evaluation_Report_03-24-2011_with_appen_A-E.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Colorado) Shelf Number: 126234

Author: Roca Title: Intervention Work with High-Risk Young People: Foundational Elements, Guiding Principles, Ideas, and Questions for Discussion A Report by Police Officers, Roca Youth Workers, and DYS Officials Summary: The goal of this document is to provide a framework for intervention work with young people ages 14-24 who are currently involved in violence, delinquency, substance abuse, and other harmful behaviors. It is a collaborative effort of various individuals who currently work in the intervention field. This document is not meant to be completely comprehensive; rather, it is meant to initiate important dialogue regarding strategies for improving our work with high-risk young people. After reviewing the research and discussing intervention in depth, we believe that there are five core elements to intervention work. We believe that each of these core elements must be targeted and based on data, intentional and outcome focused, and long term. They also must be implemented by organizations that care about young people and believe they can change. The core elements are: a. Outreach and Youth Work: Young people need positive, constructive, purposeful, long-term relationships with caring and mature adults to help them change. b. Programming: Programming helps to develop necessary skills for the young person. Examples of programming include educational, employment, counseling, substance abuse treatment, parenting, and family support. The purpose of programming is to build competency that will drive the young person to reach his outcomes. c. Organizational Partnerships: Partnerships among community, police and criminal/juvenile justice are vital. Organizations, agencies, and departments that work with young people must do so in a coordinated manner. In order to be most effective, they must share information and responsibility. An “us versus them” mentality simply will not work. One organization/agency cannot provide all the necessary services to a young person. In order to have a coordinated and intentional response, partnerships are vital. d. Suppression: The formal criminal justice/juvenile justice system must be part of the intervention strategy in order to maintain community safety. e. Family and Community Involvement: When developing strategies, we must keep in mind the realities of the family and community structures within which young people live. Programs that involve families can be more effective than individualfocused strategies alone. When possible and sensible, families should be involved. Additionally, reducing the risk factors in the community as a whole is a desirable outcome in any large-scale intervention work. Details: Chelsea, MA: Roca, 2009. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://www.rocainc.org/doclibrary.php?doc_file=InterventionManual.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126235

Author: Schochet, Peter Z. Title: National Job Corps Study and Longer-Term Follow- Up Study: Impact and Benefit-Cost Findings Using Survey and Summary Earnings Records Data Summary: Job Corps stands out as the nation’s largest, most comprehensive education and job training program for disadvantaged youths. It serves disadvantaged youths between the ages of 16 and 24, primarily in a residential setting. The program’s goal is to help youths become more responsible, employable, and productive citizens. Each year, it serves more than 60,000 new participants at a cost of about $1.5 billion, which is more than 60 percent of all funds spent by the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) on youth training and employment services. Because Job Corps is one of the most expensive education and training programs currently available to youths, DOL sponsored the National Job Corps Study (conducted from 1993 to mid-2004) to examine the effectiveness of the program. Mathematica Policy Research, Inc. (MPR), was the prime contractor for the study, with subcontractors Battelle Human Affairs Research Centers and Decision Information Resources, Inc. (DIR). DOL subsequently contracted with MPR to examine longer-term earnings impacts and benefit-cost comparisons using the same Job Corps sample and earnings data from administrative records. The Job Corps evaluation was designed to address the following research questions: • How effective is Job Corps overall at improving the outcomes of its participants? Does the program increase educational attainment and literacy? Does it reduce criminal behavior and the receipt of welfare benefits? And, most importantly, does it improve postprogram employment and earnings? • Do Job Corps impacts differ across groups defined by youth and center characteristics and for residents and nonresidents? Do impacts differ by age, gender, race and ethnicity, arrest history, or educational level? Are impacts associated with center performance level, type of center operator, or center size? • Do program benefits exceed program costs? Is Job Corps a good investment of society’s resources? The Job Corps study is based on an experimental design where, from late 1994 to early 1996, nearly 81,000 eligible applicants nationwide were randomly assigned to either a program group, whose members were allowed to enroll in Job Corps, or to a control group, whose 6,000 members were not. The study research questions have been addressed by comparing the outcomes of program and control group members using survey data collected during the four years after random assignment and using administrative earnings records covering the ten years after random assignment (at which point sample members were between the ages of 26 and 34). This report is the final in a series of project reports presenting impact and benefit-cost findings from this large-scale random assignment evaluation of Job Corps.1 The report serves two main purposes. First, it presents an additional year of earnings impacts to those presented in the previous project report (Schochet and Burghardt 2005) and updates findings from the benefitcost analysis. Second, it places the earnings impact findings in perspective, by providing a comprehensive summary of key study findings across all project reports. Thus, this selfcontained report pulls together and interprets the main evaluation results from the past twelve years. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc., 2006. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/National%20Job%20Corps%20Study%20and%20Longer%20Term%20Follow-Up%20Study%20-%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 126236

Author: Bellotti, Jeanne Title: Giving Ex-Offenders a Choice in Life: First Findings from the Beneficiary Choice Demonstration Summary: The number of individuals being released from prisons and jails in the United States has continued to grow for the past decade. More than 672,000 individuals were released from Federal and state prisons in 2004, a significant increase from 405,000 individuals in 1990. Upon release from incarceration, ex-offenders often face a range of challenges. Many have low levels of education and literacy, limited prior attachment to the legal workforce, reduced ties to family and community, and histories of substance abuse and mental health problems (Bushway and Reuter 2002; Petersilia 2003; Steurer et al. 2002; Nelson et al. 1999; Byrne et al. 2002). Former prisoners may also confront barriers that directly limit their ability to gain employment, including lack of basic documentation, the use of criminal background checks by employers, and state laws and licensing requirements for certain jobs (Clear and Cole 2000). If not adequately addressed, these barriers can reduce reentry success. Estimates suggest that 45 percent of state prisoners are rearrested within one year of release and 67 percent within three years (Langan and Levin 2002). Prompted by this research, Federal policymakers began in the late 1990s to shift their focus and resources to initiatives aimed at helping ex-offenders successfully reintegrate into society. Programs funded by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), such as Weed and Seed and the Reentry Partnership Initiative, began to bridge the divides among correctional agencies, community supervision, and local public and private social service agencies. The U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) has also funded several prominent initiatives within the past decade, including the Youth Offenders Demonstration, the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative, Ready4Work, and the Prisoner Reentry Initiative (PRI). To further expand its initiatives to serve this needy population, the Employment and Training Administration within DOL created the Beneficiary Choice Contracting Program, a demonstration to help ex-offenders successfully enter and remain in the workforce and stay free of crime. To be eligible for the program, individuals must be between 18 and 29 years of age, have been convicted of a Federal or state crime, and have been released from a Federal or state institution within the past 60 days. In July 2007, DOL awarded five grantees a total of $5 million for the first year of operations to serve approximately 225 participants each.The Beneficiary Choice Demonstration involves an indirect funding model in which grantees engage in performance-based contracts with specialized service providers (SSPs) to provide employment-focused services to participants. DOL provided a blueprint for building a service delivery structure that includes the grantee, a services coordinator, and at least five specialized SSPs. Grantees maintain the administrative functions. Services coordinators serve as the gateway for participants to select an SSP. The SSPs then provide in-depth services. Community partners also provide referrals and leveraged resources to support service delivery. The model has three key components that distinguish it from prior programs: 1. Emphasis on Participant Choice. The cornerstone of the program is that it allows participants to choose the program that best meets their needs. Each SSP must offer three core services: (1) workforce readiness training, (2) career counseling, and (3) six months of follow-up services. SSPs are also expected to offer a unique combination of supplemental and supportive services. 2. Expansion of the Service Delivery Network. Grantees were encouraged by DOL to engage a wide range of SSPs, including faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) that offer both a range of secular and faith-infused services. DOL also required that each grantee partner with at least one local provider with which it has not previously worked. In this way, the demonstration can draw on the unique qualifications of FBCOs that may not typically partner with the government. 3. Use of Performance-Based Contracts. Grantees are required to engage in performance-based contracts with at least five SSPs that offer services to participants. Providers receive benchmark payments as they document their success in helping participants achieve key outcomes, such as completing services, obtaining a job, and retaining employment. The Beneficiary Choice model is a new direction in the provision of services to exoffenders and, therefore, is likely to pique the interest of policymakers and program administrators alike. DOL contracted with Mathematica Policy Research, Inc. (MPR) to evaluate the implementation of the program, the short-term outcomes of participants, and the costs of providing services. The evaluation addresses six research questions: 1. How do grantees plan for, implement, and operate the program? 2. How do grantees ensure that participants have a true and independent choice of providers? 3. How does performance-based contracting influence implementation? 4. What are the characteristics of participants and what services do they receive? 5. What are the employment outcomes and recidivism rates of participants? 6. What are the costs of the program? Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc., 2008. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/Giving%20Ex-Offenders%20a%20Choice%20in%20Life%20-%20First%20Findings%20from%20the%20Beneficiary%20Choice%20Demonstration.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126237

Author: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research Title: Impaired Driving in New York State: Study on How Frequently Motorists Drink and Drive Summary: Over the past two decades, New York has made significant strides in reducing the incidence of impaired driving on its roadways. The number of alcohol-related fatal crashes has declined by 60%, dropping from 884 fatal crashes in 1981 to 355 in 2008. However, there is concern that further progress will be difficult to achieve since the alcohol-related fatal crash rate has been on an upward trend in recent years, increasing from 24% in 2004 to 31% in 2008. To address this concern, in spring 2008, New York’s Governor’s Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC) established the New York State Task Force on Impaired Driving. The Task Force has been charged with conducting a comprehensive examination of the scope and causes of the problem of impaired driving and developing recommendations for reducing crashes resulting from impaired driving. To support the work of the Task Force, the GTSC is funding the Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research (ITSMR) to conduct a series of research studies on specific topics that have been identified by the Task Force. This document reports on the initial study conducted by ITSMR to establish an estimate of how often motorists drink and drive. Details: Albany, NY: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research, University at Albany, State University of New York, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://itsmr.org/pdf/Impaired_Driving_FullRpt_May2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crashes (New York) Shelf Number: 126249

Author: Maynard, Brandy R. Title: Indicated Truancy Interventions: Effects on School Attendance among Chronic Truant Students Summary: Truancy is a significant problem in the U.S. and in other countries around the world. Truancy has been linked to serious immediate and far-reaching consequences for youth, families, and schools and communities, leading researchers, practitioners, and policy makers to try to understand and to address the problem. Although numerous and significant steps have been taken at the local, state, and national levels to reduce truancy, the rates of truancy have at best remained stable or at worst been on the rise, depending on the indicator utilized to assess truancy rates. The costs and impact of chronic truancy are significant, with both short- and long-term implications for the truant youth as well as for the family, school, and community. Although several narrative reviews and one meta-analysis of attendance and truancy interventions have attempted to summarize the extant research, there are a number of limitations to these reviews. It is imperative that we systematically synthesize and examine the evidence base to provide a comprehensive picture of interventions that are being utilized to intervene with chronic truants, to identify interventions that are effective and ineffective, and to identify gaps and areas in which more research needs to be conducted to better inform practice and policy. Details: Oslo: The Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 84p. Source: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2012:10: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://www.campbellcollaboration.org/lib/download/2136/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126250

Author: Brown, Sarah Alice Title: Trends in Juvenile Justice State Legislation 2001 - 2011 Summary: A rise in serious juvenile crime in the late 1980s and early 1990s led to state laws that moved away from the traditional emphasis on rehabilitation in the juvenile justice system toward tougher, more punitive treatment of youth, including adult han­dling. During the past decade, juvenile crime rates have declined, and state legislatures are rebalancing approaches to juvenile crime and delinquency in order to identify methods that pro­duce better results for kids at lower cost. Today, there is more and better information available to policymakers on the causes of juvenile crime and what can be done to prevent it. This includes im­portant information about neurobiological and psychosocial factors and the effects these factors have on development and competency of adolescents. The research has contributed to recent legislative trends to distin­guish juvenile from adult offenders, restore the jurisdiction of the juvenile court, and adopt sci­entific screening and assessment tools to structure decision-making and identify needs of juvenile of­fenders. Competency statutes and policies have be­come more research-based, and youth interventions are evidence-based across a range of programs and services. Other legislative actions have increased due process protections for juveniles, reformed de­tention and addressed racial disparities in juvenile justice systems. Under a partnership with the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation in Chicago, Illinois, the following report, “Juvenile Justice Trends in State Legislation, 2011-2011,” was produced illustrating the trends in juvenile justice enactments over the past decade. The report is a summary analysis of 2001-2011 juvenile justice legislation in all 50-states and describes the direction of state juvenile justice policy over this ten-year period. It highlights significant pieces of legislation and catalogs the volume and variety of juvenile justice legislation enacted in states. Details: Denver, CO: National Conference of State Legislatures, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2012 at http://www.ncsl.org/documents/cj/TrendsInJuvenileJustice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 126253

Author: Aneja, Abhay Title: The Impact of Right to Carry Laws and the NRC Report: The Latest Lessons for the Empirical Evaluation of Law and Policy Summary: For over a decade, there has been a spirited academic debate over the impact on crime of laws that grant citizens the presumptive right to carry concealed handguns in public – so-called right-to-carry (RTC) laws. In 2005, the National Research Council (NRC) offered a critical evaluation of the “More Guns, Less Crime” hypothesis using county-level crime data for the period 1977-2000. 17 of the 18 NRC panel members essentially concluded that the existing research was inadequate to conclude that RTC laws increased or decreased crime. One member of the panel, though, concluded that the NRC's panel data regressions supported the conclusion that RTC laws decreased murder. We evaluate the NRC evidence, and improve and expand on the report’s county data analysis by analyzing an additional six years of county data as well as state panel data for the period 1977-2006. We also present evidence using both a more plausible version of the Lott and Mustard specification, as well as our own preferred specification (which, unlike the Lott and Mustard model used in the NRC report, does control for rates of incarceration and police). While we have considerable sympathy with the NRC’s majority view about the difficulty of drawing conclusions from simple panel data models, we disagree with the NRC report’s judgment that cluster adjustments to correct for serial correlation are not needed. Our randomization tests show that without such adjustments the Type 1 error soars to 44 – 75 percent. In addition, the conclusion of the dissenting panel member that RTC laws reduce murder has no statistical support. Our paper highlights some important questions to consider when using panel data methods to resolve questions of law and policy effectiveness. Although we agree with the NRC’s cautious conclusion regarding the effects of RTC laws, we buttress this conclusion by showing how sensitive the estimated impact of RTC laws is to different data periods, the use of state versus county data, particular specifications, and the decision to control for state trends. Overall, the most consistent, albeit not uniform, finding to emerge from both the state and county panel data models conducted over the entire 1977-2006 period with and without state trends and using three different specifications is that aggravated assault rises when RTC laws are adopted. For every other crime category, there is little or no indication of any consistent RTC impact on crime. It will be worth exploring whether other methodological approaches and/or additional years of data will confirm the results of this panel-data analysis. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18294: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18294 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 126259

Author: Stults, Brian J. Title: Determinants of Chicago Neighborhood Homicide Trends: 1980-2000 Summary: One of the most important social changes in the United States during the 1980s and 1990s was the dramatic increase and subsequent decrease in crime, and particularly violent crime, in large cities. For example, the homicide rate in Chicago nearly tripled between 1965 and 1992, after which point it declined by more than 50% through 2005. Surely this is a remarkable pattern of change, but is this trend representative of all areas in the city? The general purpose of the proposed project is to examine homicide trends in Chicago neighborhoods from 1980-2000 using three data sources available from ICPSR and the National Archive of Criminal Justice Data (NACJD). Drawing on the social disorganization and concentrated disadvantage literature, this study will use growth-curve modeling and semi-parametric group-based trajectory modeling to: 1) assess neighborhood variation in homicide trends; 2) identify the particular types of homicide trajectory that Chicago neighborhoods follow; 3) assess whether structural characteristics of neighborhoods influence homicide trends and trajectories; and 4) determine the extent to which the influence of structural characteristics is mediated by neighborhood levels of collective efficacy. This project extends prior research by not only describing the homicide trends and trajectories of Chicago neighborhoods, but also identifying the neighborhood characteristics that directly and indirectly influence those trends. Results show that considerable variation exists in homicide trends across Chicago neighborhoods. In the group-based trajectory analysis, homicide trajectories are consistently associated with initial levels of concentrated disadvantage as well as change over time. Change in family disruption is also predictive of trajectory group assignment, but only among neighborhoods with very high initial levels of ii homicide. In the growth curve analysis, concentrated disadvantage is associated with initial levels of homicide, but not change over time. In contrast, social disorganization and immigrant concentration emerge as significant predictors of variability in homicide trends. Additional models incorporating data from the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN) show that neighborhood ties and perceived social disorder mediate a substantial portion of the effects of concentrated disadvantage and social disorganization on homicide rates. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239202.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide (Chicago) Shelf Number: 126260

Author: Crime and Justice Institute Title: Interventions for High-Risk Youth: Applying Evidence-Based Theory and Practice to the Work of Roca Summary: Roca is a values-based, outcomes-oriented, youth and young adult development organization in Chelsea, Revere, and East Boston, Massachusetts. The agency’s mission is to “promote justice through creating opportunities for young people to lead happy and healthy lives.” Roca chooses to pursue this mission with some of the most marginalized youth in the community, and works with those youth to achieve self-sufficiency and live out of harm’s way. After nearly two decades of experience serving this population, Roca is undergoing a thoughtful restructuring to clearly define and measure the work that they do, and ultimately to institutionalize practices that fulfill the agency’s mission and goals. As part of this transition to evidence-based practice, Roca is reviewing existing theory and practice that are applicable to its work. This document is a component of that effort. This literature review focuses on research in criminal and juvenile justice, delinquency prevention, and behavior change. Roca has previously engaged in a review of relevant literature in the field of youth development; this review will expand upon previous work by viewing Roca through the lens of another discipline. This research is appropriate to apply to Roca because many of its participants are either involved with the court, or at risk of becoming court-involved. The disengaged and disenfranchised youth with whom Roca works possess several of the characteristics that put youth in contact with the criminal justice system, including dysfunctional family relations, alcohol and drug problems, and anti-social companions. The criminal and juvenile justice fields have developed effective, evidence-based practices that can inform Roca’s work and provide support for Roca’s Theory of Change. Cited works include theoretical and practical research in delinquency prevention and intervention, and pro-social skill building for high-risk youth. Consistent with Roca’s model, the review considers not only programming, but the engagement of individuals and institutions in the change process. Of note, Roca identifies itself as a youth development organization, not as a clinical service provider. Therefore, this review does not offer a review of the clinical practices that have proven successful with court-involved and high-risk youth, as these practices are outside the scope of Roca’s services. Details: Boston: Crime & Justice Institute, 2006. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.rocainc.org/pdf/resources/external/InterventionsforHighRiskYouth.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126263

Author: Homeland Security Advisory Council. U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Task Force on Secure Communities: Findings and Recommendations Summary: The Task Force on Secure Communities is a subcommittee of the Homeland Security Advisory Council (HSAC) and was created in June 2011 at the request of DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano. HSAC, which is comprised of leaders from state and local government, first responder agencies, the private sector, and academia, provides advice and recommendations to the Secretary on matters related to homeland security. The Task Force was asked to consider how Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) may improve the Secure Communities Program, including how to address some of the concerns about the program that “relate to [its] impact on community policing and the possibility of racial profiling,” and “how to best focus on individuals who pose a true public safety or national security threat.” In addition, the Task Force was specifically charged with making recommendations “on how ICE can adjust the Secure Communities program to mitigate potential impacts on community policing practices, including whether and how to implement policy regarding the removals of individuals charged with, but not convicted of, minor traffic offenses who have no other criminal history.” Under Secure Communities, fingerprints of persons arrested by state and local law enforcement agencies, which those agencies routinely submit to the FBI for criminal justice database checks, are automatically shared with DHS. ICE then checks the local arrestee information against the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) immigration databases. If ICE determines that it has an interest in an individual arrestee, the agency then determines what enforcement action to take. In most cases, the people determined to be of interest to ICE are subject to ICE enforcement action for reasons independent of the arrest or conviction. That is, the check of databases may indicate, for example, that the person is removable because he or she entered the country without inspection or overstayed a visa. Specific findings and recommendations are offered within. There is a strong consensus view, within the Task Force and in communities across the nation, that it is appropriate for ICE to continue to take enforcement action against serious criminal offenders who are subject to deportation. But because there are circumstances in which Secure Communities results in the removal of persons who are minor offenders or who have never been convicted of a crime, and because statements by ICE have left much confusion about the full reach of its enforcement priorities, many jurisdictions are concerned about the impact of Secure Communities on community policing. We recommend specific steps on which there is Task Force consensus that would help build trust in the program. Many Task Force members would go further, including recommending suspension of the program until major changes are made, or even recommending termination of what they believe is a fundamentally flawed program. Other members believe that reforms are necessary but the program nonetheless must continue to function. Those differences of view are reflected in the discussion below. ICE must recognize that it does not work in a vacuum and that its enforcement actions impact other agencies and the relationships with their communities in what some may conclude is a negative way. The following pages contain recommendations for ICE to revise the program while working with state and local police, elected officials, and other stakeholders, taking their concerns seriously and working in partnership to find appropriate solutions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.dhs.gov/xlibrary/assets/hsac-task-force-on-secure-communities-findings-and-recommendations-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 126264

Author: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research Title: New York State Evaluation of Leandra's Law Expansion of Ignition Interlock: Telephone Survey of County Monitors Summary: In 2009, of the 1,060 fatal crashes that occurred on New York’s roadways, 31% were alcohol-related, a rate that is among the lowest in the nation. However, since it represents an increase over the rate of 24% in 2004, New York continues to enhance and implement innovative legislation, enforcement efforts, and public information campaigns that target the problem of impaired driving. One of the most recent significant innovative strategies designed to reduce impaired driving occurred late in 2009 with the passage of Chapter 496 of the Laws of 2009, commonly known as Leandra’s Law. Leandra’s Law has two major components: 1) effective December 18, 2009, the criminal sanctions surrounding driving while intoxicated or under the influence of drugs with children under the age of 16 in the car were increased, and 2) effective August 15, 2010, the law expands the use of ignition interlock devices, making them applicable to any person who is convicted of a misdemeanor or felony DWI for a minimum period of six months. The implementation of the ignition interlock section of the law, in particular, has been the focus of a number of agencies, including the New York State Governor’s Office, the Governor’s Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC), the Office of Probation and Correctional Alternatives, the Department of Motor Vehicles and the state’s Task Force on Impaired Driving. To determine the effectiveness of Leandra’s Law in reducing impaired driving, the GTSC has funded the Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research (ITSMR) to conduct a study of the law. Designed to evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the provisions of Leandra’s Law, the study has three major components: 1) Increased penalties for impaired driving with children under age 16 in the car. To determine the effectiveness of this provision of the law, the study involves analyses of the tickets issued for this violation during the first year (2010) and their adjudication by the courts. Analyses will also be conducted of the crashes attributed to impaired driving where children are present in the vehicle. 2) Expansion of the ignition interlock sanction: Administrative Evaluation. This component of the law provides that the state’s Office of Probation and Correctional Alternatives (OPCA) be responsible for establishing the appropriate regulations to govern the expansion of the use of ignition interlocks and overseeing their implementation. Each of the state’s 62 counties are required to submit a plan to the OPCA that describes how it will implement and monitor the use of the ignition interlocks that are imposed on convicted impaired drivers in their county. Under this component of the study, ITSMR will examine the implementation of the ignition interlock requirement which has been delegated to the counties. The objective of this administrative evaluation will be to determine whether and to what extent the law is being implemented as intended, isolate any issues affecting the implementation, and identify common practices. 3) Expansion of the ignition interlock sanction: Impact Evaluation. This component of the study will focus on the impact of the expansion of the ignition interlock sanction on impaired driving arrests, recidivism and crashes. This part of the study involves the analyses of ticket and disposition data, as well as analyses of crash data. While all three parts of the study are underway, this report focuses on the second component of the study described above with respect to a telephone survey of the persons responsible for monitoring the drivers sentenced to ignition interlock in the state’s 62 counties. Details: Albany, NY: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research, University at Albany, State University of New York, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.safeny.ny.gov/10data/MonitorSurveyFull.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices (New York) Shelf Number: 126266

Author: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management Title: Impaired Driving among Motorcyclists Involved in Crashes in New York State Summary: Because of the vulnerability of motorcyclists who share the road with much larger vehicles, motorcycle safety has long been a priority of New York’s highway safety program. Reinforcing the need for continued efforts to reduce crashes, fatalities and injuries among these roadway users is the increasing popularity of motorcycles that is reflected in upward trends in both motorcycle licenses and registrations over the last decade. Since 2001, the number of drivers with motorcycle licenses has increased by 22%, reaching over 666,000 in 2010, while the number of registered motorcycles has increased by 54% to over 340,000. These increases in motorcycle licenses and registrations have been accompanied by increases in the proportions of fatal crashes and personal injury crashes on New York roadways that involve motorcycles. Since motorcyclists are especially vulnerable to serious or fatal injury when a crash occurs, any factors that contribute to the risk of crash involvement are of great concern. Alcohol is one factor that has been demonstrated to substantially heighten this risk. Research conducted by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has shown that alcohol impairs critical elements of the motorcycle riding task (Creaser et al, 2007). Reaction time to hazards and the ability to position the motorcycle appropriately when stopping or maneuvering were affected even at a low blood alcohol concentration (BAC at 0.08 or less). To address concerns raised by the increase in fatal motorcycle crashes in recent years and studies that have indicated that impaired driving may be a serious problem among motorcyclists, the NYS Governor’s Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC) funded the Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research (ITSMR) to conduct a study on motorcyclists and impaired driving. This document reports on the findings of this research which should be useful to the alcohol and highway safety community, in particular the GTSC, the NYS Advisory Council on Impaired Driving, DMV and DMV’s Advisory Group on Motorcycle Safety, in the development of countermeasures that address the problem of impaired driving among motorcyclists in New York State. Details: Albany, NY: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research, University at Albany, State University of New York, 2011. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.safeny.ny.gov/10data/MCStudyFull.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crashes, Motorcycles (New York) Shelf Number: 126267

Author: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research Title: Impaired Driving in New York State Study on Recidivism Summary: With the establishment of the New York State Task Force on Impaired Driving in spring 2008, the New York State Governor’s Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC) has reinforced its commitment to reduce impaired driving on New York’s roadways. Despite the 63% decline in the number of alcohol-related fatal crashes between 1981 and 2009 (884 vs. 329), the fact that the alcohol-related fatal crash rate increased from 24% in 2004 to 31% in 2008 and 2009 is cause for concern. To address this concern, the GTSC has provided support to the Task Force to develop and implement new or enhanced initiatives to reduce impaired driving. To meet the need for more in-depth information and data on impaired driving, the GTSC is funding the Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research (ITSMR) to conduct a series of research studies on specific topics that have been identified by the Task Force. This document reports on a recent study conducted by ITSMR on the issue of recidivism. Details: Albany, NY: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research, University at Albany, State University of New York, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.itsmr.org/pdf/RecidivistFinal.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (New York) Shelf Number: 126269

Author: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research Title: New York State Evaluation of Leandra's Law: ADWI with Child Under Age 16 in the Vehicle Summary: The Child Passenger Protection Act (Chapter 496 of the Laws of 2009), commonly known as Leandra’s Law, is one of the most recent in a long line of significant legislation passed in New York State to address the serious issue of impaired driving. The law was named for an 11-year-old girl who was killed while riding in a vehicle driven by the intoxicated mother of one of her friends. The driver received misdemeanor charges prompting calls for stronger legislation and stricter penalties for driving impaired with young passengers in the vehicle. Leandra’s Law created a new crime of Aggravated Driving While Intoxicated with a Child under Age 16 in the Vehicle (Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 1192.2ab). Effective December 18, 2009, drivers who violate the ADWI/Child in Vehicle law are charged with a Class E felony and face up to four years in prison and/or a fine of $1,000-$5,000. The second major component of Leandra’s Law expands the use of ignition interlock devices as a sanction in alcohol impaired driving cases. Any driver convicted of a misdemeanor or felony DWI is now required to install an ignition interlock device for a minimum of six months on any vehicle they drive. Drivers convicted of ADWI/Child in Vehicle were subject to the new sanction on the effective date of the new law (December 18, 2009), while the sanction for other DWI convictions (VTL 1192.2, 1192.2aa and 1192.3) took effect on August 15, 2010. This report focuses on the implementation of the new violation of ADWI/Child in Vehicle (VTL 1192.2ab). The study was designed to identify the number and characteristics of drivers who had been arrested for violating VTL 1192.2ab between December 18, 2009 and June 30, 2011 and determine whether they were adjudicated and sanctioned in accordance with Leandra’s law. Using ticket data extracted from the TSLED (Traffic Safety Law Enforcement and Disposition) system on July 15, 2011, the first set of analyses focused on drivers ticketed for 1192.2ab violations and the adjudication outcome of these tickets. TSLED includes all tickets issued for impaired driving offenses in New York State with the exception of New York City and five western towns in Suffolk County on Long Island. The Driver License file, which contains information on all drivers in the state convicted of a misdemeanor or felony DWI, was the source for further analyses on the drivers convicted of these violations. These analyses included the penalties and sanctions received, involvement in a crash in association with the violation, and the extent to which these drivers had prior alcohol-related convictions on their driving records. The Driver License file data used in the analyses were extracted on August 31, 2011. The results of the analyses are presented within. Details: Albany, NY: The Institute for Traffic Safety Management and Research, University at Albany, State University of New York, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.safeny.ny.gov/10data/ADWIwithChildFull.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices (New York) Shelf Number: 126270

Author: Blandford, Alex M. Title: A Checklist for Implementing Evidence-Based Practices and Programs for Justice-Involved Adults with Behavioral Health Disorders Summary: The prevalence of serious mental illness (SMI) among persons in the criminal justice system is between three and six times the rate for individuals with SMI in the general U.S. population. A recent study of over 20,000 adults in five local jails found that 14.5 percent of male inmates and 31 percent of female inmates met criteria for a SMI. If these same estimates are applied to the almost 13 million jail admissions reported in 2010, the study findings suggest that more than two million bookings of a person with SMI occur annually. Studies suggest that the co-occurrence of mental health and substance use disorders (COD) is common. In jails, of the approximately 17 percent with SMI, an estimated 72 percent had a co-occurring substance use disorder. Approximately 59 percent of state prisoners with mental illnesses had a co-occurring drug and/or alcohol problem. The overrepresentation of people with SMI or COD in the criminal justice system has a significant impact on the recovery path of these individuals, creates stress for their families, and has an effect on public safety and government spending. A significant number of individuals who receive services through the publicly funded mental health and substance abuse systems are involved, or are at risk for involvement, in the criminal justice system. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), the criminal justice system is the single largest source of referral to the public substance abuse treatment system, with probation and parole treatment admissions representing the largest proportion of these referrals. There is no “one-size-fits-all” approach to advance the recovery of individuals under criminal justice supervision with substance abuse and/or mental health disorders—or to reduce their likelihood of reoffending. Treatment, support, and supervision must be tailored to individuals’ needs and risk levels. Research supports the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of some behavioral interventions for people with behavioral health issues under the supervision of the criminal justice system. Yet not all treatment is equally effective, and it’s important to ensure that individuals with behavioral health disorders have access to evidence-based practices and programs (EBPs). EBPs, when implemented as designed (i.e., with high fidelity), are critical to improve outcomes, maximize investments, and build support for further expansion of services. Details: Delmar, NY: SAMHSA's GAINS Center for Behavioral Health and Justice Transformation, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://gainscenter.samhsa.gov/cms-assets/documents/73659-994452.ebpchecklistfinal.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Corrections Shelf Number: 126272

Author: Daniels-Young, Stacey Title: Kansas City, Missouri Commission on Violent Crime Final Report Summary: Following Kansas City’s 96th homicide, in October 2005, the City Council unanimously passed Resolution Number 051238, appointing the Commission on Violent Crime (the Commission) to commence evaluation of the city’s escalating homicide rate. Kansas City has experienced the ebb and flow of social instability, sustained by the ravages of poverty, violence, and substance abuse, for many years. Issues plaguing not only the city’s neighborhoods, but also stealthily eroding the values of surrounding areas, negatively marking the city as an area to be avoided by businesses, job transferees, and potential homeowners. However, the solution for Kansas City is found in a combination of policies, collective attention and changing individual decision-making. The Commission on Violent Crime determined that the causes of homicide in Kansas City are the result of a confluence of housing, employment, and education policies dating back several generations. These policies have concentrated poverty and led to successively fewer assets and opportunities for advancement in the same geographic area that has historically been plagued by the greatest homicide rates. This confluence of community detriments is found primarily in the 64127 zip code. Details: Kansas City, MO: Commission on Violent Crime, The Honorable Kansas City, Missouri City Council, 2006. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://ww4.kcmo.org/council/covc.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention (Missouri) Shelf Number: 126274

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Interim Evaluation of the Pilot Program of the Truancy Case Management Partnership Intervention in the District of Columbia Summary: The Case Management Partnership Initiative (CMPI) addresses chronic truancy by linking truant ninth graders and their families to social services and case management, along with regular interagency case management meetings. A pilot was conducted at Anacostia and Ballou High Schools in 2011-2012. The implementation evaluation found that the pilot program successfully implemented an interagency partnership and linked families to needed services, which likely improved family well-being. Whether this impacted truancy is not yet known. To reduce chronic truancy, the CMPI is a promising platform for additional program experimentation, including possible modifications to timing, eligibility criteria, and program components. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412619-Truancy-Case-Management-Partnership-Intervention.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126275

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Supportive Housing for Returning Prisoners: Outcomes and Impacts of the Returning Home-Ohio Pilot Project Summary: This evaluation of a supportive housing reentry pilot project, "Returning Home-Ohio", yielded positive outcomes for program participants. The pilot project, developed jointly by the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction and the Corporation for Supportive Housing, was designed for disabled prisoners returning from state prison to five Ohio cities. A process, impact, and cost evaluation employing a quasi-experimental design with multiple data sources found that RHO participants were significantly less likely to be rearrested or reincarcerated within one year of release and significantly more likely to be delivered substance abuse and mental health services, relative to a comparison group. Details: Washington, DC; Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2012. 62p. Source: Research Report: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412632-Supportive-Housing-for-Returning-Prisoners.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 126276

Author: Uzzell, Donna Title: AMBER Alert Best Practices Summary: The AMBER (America’s Missing: Broadcast Emergency Response) Alert Program began following the 1996 abduction and murder of 9-year-old Amber Hagerman in Arlington, TX. In response to this tragedy, representatives from law enforcement and the local media joined forces to develop and implement a groundbreaking series of protocols to be followed in the event of a child abduction. The program has since expanded to include 133 state, local, regional, tribal, and territorial plans in the United States and Canada. As of March 2012, AMBER Alerts helped directly in the safe recovery of 572 children in the United States. The AMBER Alert Program is a voluntary partnership involving law enforcement, broadcasters, transportation agencies, and the wireless industry. It is designed to disseminate timely, accurate information about abducted children, the suspected abductor(s), and the vehicle(s) used in the commission of the crime. During an AMBER Alert, an urgent news bulletin is broadcast over the airwaves and via text messages as well as on highway alert signs to enlist the aid of the public in finding an abducted child and stopping the perpetrator. Participants and subject-matter experts attending a federally sponsored national AMBER Alert conference identified emerging practices that have enhanced the ability of law enforcement, other stakeholders, and partners to safely recover missing and abducted children. This report provides a “what works” approach based on what was garnered during the conference as well as the experience and knowledge gained since the inception of the first AMBER Alert plan. It offers the field additional information about effective and promising practices and is designed for interpretation at the state and local levels in a manner that allows teams to consider their resource limitations and diverse demographic and geographic needs. In addition, because the AMBER Alert Program is a collaborative effort involving multiple agencies, the public, and the media, the report provides a general overview of each discipline’s responsibilities along with suggested practices to improve the approach to responding to cases of missing or abducted children. Significant progress has been made since 1996; however, as with any major multiagency initiative, all program partners and stakeholders must remain vigilant and work collaboratively to improve their understanding of the roles and responsibilities of every agency and organization involved in the program. Partners must be openminded when communicating with each other and always strive to meet the ultimate goal—keeping our children safe. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/232271.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: AMBER Alert Shelf Number: 126277

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: Race and Selective Enforcement in Public Housing Summary: Drugs, crime and public housing are closely linked in policy and politics, and their nexus has animated several intensive drug enforcement programs targeted at public housing residents. In New York City, police systematically conduct “vertical patrols” in public housing buildings, making tens of thousands of Terry stops each year. During these patrols, both uniformed and undercover officers systematically move through the buildings, temporarily detaining and questioning residents and visitors, often at a low threshold of suspicion, and usually alleging trespass to justify the stop. We use a case-control design to identify the effects of living in one of New York City’s 330 public housing developments on the probability of stop, frisk and arrest from 2004-11. We find that the incidence rate ratio for trespass stops and arrests is more than two times greater in public housing than in the immediate surrounding neighborhoods. We decompose these effects using first differences models and find that the difference in percent Black and Hispanic populations in public housing compared to the surrounding area predicts the disparity in trespass enforcement and enforcement of other criminal law violations. The pattern of racially selective enforcement suggests the potential for systemic violations of the Fourteenth Amendment’s prohibition on racial discrimination. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 12-314: Accessed September 11, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2133384 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs and Crime Shelf Number: 126298

Author: Boulger, Jordan Title: Juvenile Recidivism in Illinois: Examining Re-arrest and Re-incarceration of Youth Committed for a Court Evaluation Summary: This study tracked re-arrest and re-incarceration of 1,230 youth incarcerated in the Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice (IDJJ) for court evaluation after being released in state fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 2007. A court evaluation is a 30-, 60-, or 90-day commitment to IDJJ, during which administrators assess a youth’s rehabilitative needs and inform a judge’s sentencing decision. Demographic characteristics, re-arrest, and re-incarceration of the court evaluation population in Illinois were examined. Key findings include:  89 percent of youth incarcerated for court evaluations were male, and about half were African-American. These youth averaged 15.5 years old at admission and 15.8 at exit from the Department of Juvenile Justice.  36 percent of the sample had completed some high school (grades 9 through 12).  Almost two thirds of youth in the sample were incarcerated for court evaluation for a non-violent offense, most commonly a property offense.  About one quarter of the sample youth were released after being sentenced for a Class 2 felony, while 21 percent had been sentenced for a Class 3 felony.  Youth incarcerated for court evaluations averaged about 4.6 prior arrests. Only 3 percent of youth had been previously incarcerated.  Class 4 offenders tended to have more prior arrests, with an average of six. Drug offenders had the lengthiest criminal backgrounds, averaging seven prior arrests.  Of the youth in the sample, 86 percent were re-arrested within three years of release from a youth prison. Overall, 93 percent of the sample were re-arrested within six years.  Drug offenders had the highest three-year re-arrest rate at 93 percent, while sex offenders had the lowest (80 percent).  Class 4 offenders had the highest overall re-arrest rate at 93 percent, while misdemeanants had the lowest (81 percent).  Overall, 59 percent of the sample was re-incarcerated as either a juvenile or an adult, with 36 percent re-incarcerated within a year after release.  Forty percent of the youth had at least one juvenile re-incarceration, while 29 percent were re-incarcerated as adults. 10 percent were re-incarcerated as both juveniles and adults. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/IDJJ_Recidivism_Court_Evaluation_082012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Illinois) Shelf Number: 126299

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: The U.S. Drug Policy Landscape: Insights and Opportunities for Improving the View Summary: Discussions about reducing the harms associated with drug use and antidrug policies are often politicized, infused with questionable data, and unproductive. This paper provides a nonpartisan primer that should be of interest to those who are new to the field of drug policy, as well as those who have been working in the trenches. It begins with an overview of problems and policies related to illegal drugs in the United States, including the nonmedical use of prescription drugs. It then discusses the efficacy of U.S. drug policies and programs, including long-standing issues that deserve additional attention. Next, the paper lists the major funders of research and analysis in the area and describes their priorities. By highlighting the issues that receive most of the funding, this discussion identifies where gaps remain. Comparing these needs, old and new, to the current funding patterns suggests eight opportunities to improve understanding of drug problems and drug policies in the United States: (1) sponsor young scholars and strengthen the infrastructure of the field, (2) accelerate the diffusion of good ideas and reliable information to decisionmakers, (3) replicate and evaluate cutting-edge programs in an expedited fashion, (4) support nonpartisan research on marijuana policy, (5) investigate ways to reduce drug-related violence in Mexico and Central America, (6) improve understanding of the markets for diverted pharmaceuticals, (7) help build and sustain comprehensive community prevention efforts, and (8) develop more sensible sentencing policies that reduce the excessive levels of incarceration for drug offenses and address the extreme racial disparities. The document offers some specific suggestions for researchers and potential research funders in each of the eight areas. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/occasional_papers/OP393.html Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy Shelf Number: 126300

Author: Fernandes-Alcantara, Adrienne L. Title: Vulnerable Youth: Background and Policies Summary: The majority of young people in the United States grow up healthy and safe in their communities. Most of those of school age live with parents who provide for their well-being, and they attend schools that prepare them for advanced education or vocational training and, ultimately, selfsufficiency. Many youth also receive assistance from their families during the transition to adulthood. During this period, young adults cycle between attending school, living independently, and staying with their families. Approximately 60% of parents today provide financial support to their adult children who are no longer in school. This support comes in the form of housing (50% of parents provide this support to their adult children), living expenses (48%), cost of transportation (41%), health insurance (35%), spending money (29%), and medical bills (28%). Even with this assistance, the current move from adolescence to adulthood has become longer and increasingly complex. For vulnerable (or “at-risk”) youth populations, the transition to adulthood is further complicated by a number of challenges, including family conflict or abandonment and obstacles to securing employment that provides adequate wages and health insurance. These youth may be prone to outcomes that have negative consequences for their future development as responsible, selfsufficient adults. Risk outcomes include teenage parenthood; homelessness; drug abuse; delinquency; physical and sexual abuse; and school dropout. Detachment from the labor market and school—or disconnectedness—may be the single strongest indicator that the transition to adulthood has not been made successfully. The federal government has not adopted a single overarching federal policy or legislative vehicle that addresses the challenges vulnerable youth experience in adolescence or while making the transition to adulthood. Rather, federal youth policy today has evolved from multiple programs established in the early 20th century and expanded in the years following the 1964 announcement of the War on Poverty. These programs are concentrated in six areas: workforce development, education, juvenile justice and delinquency prevention, social services, public health, and national and community service. They are intended to provide vulnerable youth with opportunities to develop skills to assist them in adulthood. Despite the range of federal services and activities to assist disadvantaged youth, many of these programs have not developed into a coherent system of support. This is due in part to the administration of programs within several agencies and the lack of mechanisms to coordinate their activities. In response to concerns about the complex federal structure developed to assist vulnerable youth, Congress passed the Tom Osborne Federal Youth Coordination Act (P.L. 109- 365) in 2006. Though activities under the act were never funded, the Interagency Working Group on Youth Programs was formed in 2008 under Executive Order 13459 to carry out coordinating activities across multiple agencies that oversee youth programs. Separately, Congress has considered other legislation (the Younger Americans Act of 2000 and the Youth Community Development Block Grant of 1995) to improve the delivery of services to vulnerable youth and provide opportunities to these youth through policies with a “positive youth development” focus. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: RL33975: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL33975.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126306

Author: Bostwick, Lindsay Title: Juvenile Recidivism in Illinois: Exploring Youth Re-arrest and Re-incarceration Summary: This study was conducted to add to the understanding of juveniles incarcerated in Illinois by examining re-arrest and re-incarceration of 3,052 juveniles released from the Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice (IDJJ) in state fiscal years 2005, 2006, and 2007. This report provides a detailed summary of this population, including demographics and offending history to recidivism into the adult system. Key findings include:  63 percent of youth in the sample were incarcerated for a non-violent offense, 43 percent for a property offense, and 31 percent for a person offense.  Most (85 percent) served sentences in IDJJ for felonies.  Youth in the sample had been arrested an average of five times prior to incarceration, and 21 percent had previously been incarcerated.  Youth incarcerated for Class 4 felonies had the highest average number of prior arrests (mean=7) compared to other offense classes.  Youth incarcerated for drug offenses had the highest average number of prior arrests (mean=8) compared to other offense types.  86 percent of youth were re-arrested within three years of release from IDJJ.  Youth released after serving a sentence for a drug offense had the highest re-arrest rates (95 percent), while sex offenders had the lowest (61 percent).  Youth released after serving a sentence for a Class 4 felony had the highest re-arrest rates (91 percent).  Youth released for first-degree murder had the lowest re-arrest rates (46 percent) compared to other offense types.  68 percent of youth in the sample were re-incarcerated within three years of release.  53 percent of youth in the sample were re-incarcerated as juveniles. Some (34 percent) were re-incarcerated as adults.  41 percent of those in the sample were re-incarcerated at least once for a new sentence.  53 percent of youth in the sample were re-incarcerated at least once for a technical violation of parole or MSR.  64 percent of first re-incarcerations were for technical violations of parole. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/IDJJ_Recidivism_Delinquents_082012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Illinois) Shelf Number: 126319

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Bail Fail: Why the U.S. Should End the Practice of Using Money for Bail Summary: The vaguely understood pretrial process of bail costs the taxpayers of the United States billions of dollars and infringes on the liberty and rights of millions of Americans each year. Fortunately, there are alternatives that states and localities can pursue that have been shown to effectively promote safety, deliver justice, and decrease the number of people in jails all while reducing the price of this incarceration to taxpayers and those directly impacted. Numerous reports and studies have supported the elimination of money bail since the early 1900’s; however, reform efforts have been slow. With the era of mass incarceration putting the United States at the top of the world regarding the number of its residents behind bars, the need for reform has become increasingly urgent. States that cannot maintain burgeoning criminal justice systems are now open to safer, more effective ideas. Current policies and practices around money bail are among the primary drivers of growth in our jail populations. On any given day, 60 percent of the U.S. jail population is composed of people who are not convicted but are being held in detention as they await the resolution of their charge. This time in detention hinders them from taking care of their families, jobs and communities while overcrowding jails and creating unsustainable budgets. In 2011, detaining people in county jails until their court dates was costing counties, alone, around $9 billion a year. The use of bail money is generally accepted for securing release from jail after an arrest. It is a part of our culture: there are jokes about getting bail money if one anticipates getting into trouble and a very common fundraiser involves donating dollars in order to “bail out” a person raising money for a cause. However what is not well known is that starting at the time of arrest, many people charged with an offense undergo a confusing, coercive, and expensive process intended to deliver justice. Constitutional safeguards, court rulings, and laws provide for both the protection of people who are accused of offenses, as well as, the power of government to pursue justice and safety in the community. However, the extensive use of money bail as the primary release mechanism has distorted the pretrial justice process. While cases are resolved, justice is not always served and our communities are not always safer. However, the ability to pay money bail is neither an indicator of a defendant’s guilt nor an indicator of risk in release. The focus on money alone as a mechanism for pretrial release means people often are not properly screened for more rational measures of public safety risk: their propensity to flee before their court date or their risk of causing public harm. Meanwhile, those too poor to pay a money bail remain in jail regardless of their risk level or presumed innocence. Evidence suggests that up to 25 percent more people could be safely released from U.S. jails while awaiting trial if the proper procedures are put in place, including valid risk assessments and appropriate community supervision. This report provides an explanation and analysis of the use of money bail in the pretrial justice system. The following sections are designed to facilitate meaningful discussion and reform: • Overview of the pretrial process so that even readers with little to no familiarity with the process can understand what may happen from arrest through a charge being resolved. • Discussion of issues involved in the use of money bail, such as disproportionate impact on certain communities, loss of liberty, and its linkage to the practice of plea-bargaining. • Overview of more effective, just, and cost-saving practices to give readers an idea of what could be done instead of depending on money bail. • Recommendations for beginning to practically address the issue of money bail. There are vastly more effective and cost-saving practices that should replace money bail as our primary release mechanism. By implementing more effective and efficient programs and services, various jurisdictions across the U.S. are demonstrating the cost savings and enhancement of community safety that could be gained. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/bailfail.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126320

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: A Decade of Bail Research in New York City Summary: A decade-long research project examining the bail system in New York City has recently been completed by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc. (CJA). The research was conceived in the context of CJA’s mission of reducing unnecessary pretrial detention, and it continued in the midst of a national debate about the role of bail and the commercial bail bond industry in the criminal justice system. With the publication in 2011 of the last of a series of reports from this research, it is now time to take stock of what we have learned, and to consider how the findings might inform the ongoing public discussion. This final report of the bail project synthesizes the major findings, with the dual objective of making the research results more accessible by gathering them together in one place, while also introducing a level of clarity that is difficult to achieve when disparate findings are viewed only as separate pieces. The bail research began in 2002 with a pilot project to determine the feasibility of collecting data from courtroom observations that would be of use in examining the factors that enter into judges’ decisions to release or set bail for defendants at arraignment. The first published report from that study appeared in 2004. Findings from each phase of the research raised further questions, leading us to expand the study to investigate the part played by the prosecutor in the judge’s bail decision, the role of commercial bonds in bail release, the association between release type and failure to appear (FTA), and the effects of pretrial detention on case outcomes. All together, eight full reports and seven Research Briefs were published between 2004 and 2011 presenting the results of the bail project. They are listed together in a separate section at the beginning of the References, and all are available on CJA’s website at www.nycja.org/research/research.htm. (Two additional unpublished reports, also listed in the References, are not on the website.) Two chapters included here are not based on any of the previously published reports. One of them (Chapter III) situates the New York City bail system within the country as a whole, comparing state bail statutes and presenting nationwide data pertaining to release and bail. This chapter provides essential context — not only for understanding how New York compares in release and detention of pretrial defendants, but also for understanding why national bail reform efforts occasionally focus on conditions that do not apply here. The other chapter with new material (Chapter IV) presents current baseline data on release and bail in New York City, separately for felony and nonfelony cases, including the setting of cash alternatives. The research summarized in Chapters V through VIII used datasets that were compiled between 2002 and 2005. Chapter IV, along with a more detailed table in Appendix B, provides updated data describing release and bail in New York City as of 2010, the most recent year for which data were available. CJA’s concerns about the uses and effects of bail can be traced to the Agency’s origins in the early 1960s. Upon learning that large numbers of impoverished defendants were held in New York City jails awaiting trial — for no other reason than that they lacked money for bail — industrialist Louis Schweitzer established the Vera Foundation in 1961 to address this inequity. The Vera Foundation (now the Vera Institute of Justice) launched the Manhattan Bail Project, in conjunction with the New York University School of Law and the Institute of Judicial Administration, to study the feasibility of release on recognizance (ROR) as an alternative to bail. The Manhattan Bail Project showed that defendants with strong ties to the community would usually return to court without bail, and as a result of that research Vera developed a recommendation system based on objective community-ties information obtained by interviewing defendants. Since that time, the Vera recommendation system has served as a model for pretrial services programs nationwide, and ROR has replaced bail as the dominant form of release in New York. The Vera recommendation system was administered by the NYC Probation Department until 1973, when the Pretrial Services Agency (PTSA) was created to take over its administration. In 1977, PTSA became independent from Vera and was incorporated as the New York City Criminal Justice Agency. From its inception, CJA has been responsible for interviewing virtually every defendant shortly after arrest to collect information that is used to calculate an objective score reflecting the estimated risk of nonappearance. The score provides the basis for assigning a recommendation category, which is provided to the court to assist in the release decision at arraignment. The Agency is constantly reviewing and monitoring its recommendation system, which is described in detail in Appendix A. Data presented in each year’s Annual Report show that the recommendation is effective in persuading judges to release low-risk defendants (Exhibit 12), and — no coincidence — that it is also effective in predicting which defendants are most likely to return to court without bail (Exhibit 18). The system was overhauled in 2003, and a new research project was recently launched to improve its predictive accuracy even further. In spite of the success of the recommendation system in establishing ROR as the primary release type in New York City, judges are not bound by it, and in fact they are required to consider other factors as well. As a result, there are many cases in which the recommendation is not followed. Every year thousands of defendants who were recommended have bail set, and an even larger number who were assigned to the highrisk category are released without bail.1 This observation formed the starting point for the bail project, which began by investigating the question of what — other than the CJA recommendation — influences judicial release and bail decisions. This and related issues addressed by CJA’s bail project have gained in importance as local and national criticism of the system of money bail has grown in recent years. U.S. jails are increasingly filled with pretrial detainees, as release rates drop and reliance on bail rises across the country (Clark 2010). Media and watchdog organizations have begun to put a spotlight on the shortcomings of the bail system in New York City, publicizing the plight of the thousands of New Yorkers “stuck behind bars because they’re too broke to get out,” as the Village Voice put it (Pinto 2012; see also Murphy 2007, Liptak 2008, Fellner 2010, and Eligon 2011a, 2011b). In December 2011 the New York County Lawyers Association held a public forum to discuss the topic.2 On a wider stage, a three-part National Public Radio series in January 2010 introduced the general public to the sad stories of people arrested for minor offenses and jailed for lack of bail money in Lubbock, Texas (Part 1), New York City (Part 2), and Broward County, Florida (Part 3). In the second part of the series, Martin Horn — then New York City Commissioner of Correction — commented on the difficult choice faced by individuals who do not wish to plead guilty and cannot afford bail. “‘Individuals who insist on their innocence and refuse to plead guilty get held,’ according to Horn. ‘But the people who choose to plead guilty get out faster’” (NPR 2010). In the most important development to date, Attorney General Eric Holder, together with the Pretrial Justice Institute, convened a National Symposium On Pretrial Justice on May 31 and June 1, 2011, in Washington, DC. Law enforcement officers, judges, prosecutors, public defenders, victims, elected officials, and pretrial organizations were represented. Calling the pretrial release decision-making process “deeply flawed,” symposium organizers called on participants to help find solutions (PJI 2011b). The symposium harked back to the 1964 conference convened by Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy to bring attention to the injustice that had so disturbed Louis Schweitzer a few years earlier. Kennedy, like Schweitzer, argued that money should not be the only thing that matters in determining whether a defendant avoids jail while awaiting trial (PJI 2011a; Schnacke, Jones, et al. 2010). The Kennedy conference culminated in the Federal Bail Reform Act of 1966, which led to the increased use of ROR across the country. It remains to be seen what concrete changes will result from the 2011 National Symposium, but a long list of recommendations came out of the proceedings, all of which reflect standards the American Bar Association has endorsed for many years (ABA 2007). The adoption of the recommendations in their entirety by New York would require major changes in the way release and bail decisions are made. We will return to this topic in the concluding chapter of this report, where we present the National Symposium recommendations and discuss what changes would be entailed in bringing New York into compliance. The role of the commercial bail bond industry in the U.S. forms a subtext to the public debate about bail. In some parts of the country (not New York) commercial bonds are nearly synonymous with release on bail, and the local pretrial service agency is responsible for supervising defendants on non-financial, conditional release. The bond industry has responded to this perceived competition for clients by launching an aggressive national campaign to discredit pretrial services agencies and to convince lawmakers and the public that bail bonds are the most effective form of release (see, for example, AIA 2010). In New York City, where the bond industry is relatively weak, it was unclear at the outset if enough bonds are posted here to conduct any meaningful research on their impact. However, the research soon revealed that bonds have regained a foothold in the City, enough to allow us to expand the bail project to include a study that eventually refuted some of the commercial bond industry’s claims. This study would have been much more difficult to do in areas of the country where virtually all bail release is by a commercial bond because it would be impossible to distinguish the impact of the bondsman from the impact of money bail itself. The most important findings from all the studies conducted as part of the bail project are grouped together in four chapters, addressing judicial decision making (Chapter V), bail release (Chapter VI), effects of release type on failure to appear (Chapter VII), and effects of pretrial detention on case outcomes (Chapter VIII). Most chapters summarize the findings from more than one report, and the order in which the research findings are discussed here is not necessarily the same order in which they were originally published. Many details, additional analyses, and discussions that were omitted here are included in the original reports. The reader is also referred to the original reports for full descriptions of the manual data collection procedures used to supplement data from the CJA database. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, Inc., 2012. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 13, 2012 at: http://www.cjareports.org/reports/DecadeBailResearch.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (New York City) Shelf Number: 126322

Author: Nobles, Matthew Robin Title: Evaluating Philadelphia's Gun Court: Implications for Crime Reduction and Specialized Jurisprudence Summary: We evaluated the City of Philadelphia's specialized problem-solving gun court. The gun court program began in 2005, and features mandatory treatment elements in addition to enhanced processing celerity and intensive supervision protocols, with the ultimate goal of impacting aggregate levels of gun violence in Philadelphia. Although gun policy research from criminology and other fields has examined a variety of gun violence interventions with different levels of success, to date there are no peer-reviewed evaluations of a gun court program in the literature. Meanwhile, gun courts continue their expansion into jurisdictions of all sizes with varying levels of social problems, from Providence, Rhode Island (home to the nation's first gun court in 1994) to relatively newer programs including New York City (2003) and Boston (2006). This study first describes Philadelphia’s Gun Court program, reviews deterrence theory broadly implicated in anti-crime programs, and recounts what works and what’s promising in anti-gun interventions. It then presents an interrupted time series analysis to determine whether there are statistically significant treatment effects observed in Philadelphia after the intervention. The analysis includes a comparison site (Pittsburgh) and non-gun crime series while implementing the proper controls for autocorrelation, seasonality, and non-stationarity. Results indicate that there are no statistically significant declines in the aggregate rates of four gun-related crime categories in Philadelphia in the 24 months after the introduction of the court program, although this finding does not necessarily preclude individual-level effects for offenders processed through gun court. Implications for gun policy and problem-solving courts are discussed. Details: Tallahassee, FL: University of Florica, 2008. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 13, 2012 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0022084/nobles_m.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 126326

Author: Koper, Christopher S. Title: Police Strategies to Reduce Illegal Possession and Carrying of Firearms: Effects on Gun Crime Summary: Criminal misuse of firearms is among the world’s most serious crime problems. Strategies to reduce gun violence include efforts to restrict the manufacture and sale of firearms, interrupt the illegal supply of guns, deter gun possession, reduce gun carrying in public places, toughen responses to illegal gun use, reduce demand for firearms, promote responsible ownership of guns, and address community conditions that foster gun crime. In this review, we examine research on the effectiveness of selected law enforcement strategies for reducing gun crime and gun violence. This review examines the impacts of police strategies to reduce illegal possession and carrying of firearms on gun crime. Examples include gun detection patrols in high-crime areas, enhanced surveillance of probationers and parolees, weapon reporting hotlines, consent searches, and other similar tactics. Details: Oslo, Norway: Campbell Collaboration, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2012:11: Accessed September 13, 2012 at: www.campbellcollaboration.org Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 126329

Author: Gardner, Julie Title: Minnesota Girls Are Not For Sale Summary: It is fair to say the problem of Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking (DMST) is among the greatest travesties known in our world today. The issue is deplorable, and the haunting effects on its victims are an appalling injustice. The scale on which this trafficking is taking place reflects the magnitude of the problem, and our global society risks being judged in history as having fundamentally failed our most vulnerable members without broad efforts to fight it. Although a subject rife with research possibilities and probable solutions, sex-trafficking is currently poorly defined, differentially and intermittently quantified, and often challenged by obsolete legal codes and a sexist prostitution enforcement paradigm. In response, government agencies, international organizations, nongovernmental organizations, faith-based organizations, and the private sector are reallocating and mobilizing some of their resources to combat this ancient scourge made modern. The vast majority of anti-human trafficking money is being offered to organizations involved in rescue and rehabilitation work. While this is commendable, it also potentially puts the cart before the horse. The funding for research, data collection and analysis is rare in comparison and it remains very hard to find either short-term or longitudinal studies. Governments and organizations are currently being forced to make important policy decisions based on very few substantial analyses of the problem. There are considerable gaps in our knowledge, which in turn means that policy is being developed in the absence of strong data. A review of the literature on human sex-trafficking, state by state, region by region, and topic by topic, is the critical first step to understanding the scope of the problem. This review is also essential to finding the gaps in the knowledge base so that coordinated efforts can be directed to those areas. Without research and attendant analyses, policymakers potentially make decisions in the dark, thereby wasting precious and limited resources. With the aforementioned in mind, this project investigates the literature, law, funding mechanisms, and program services available relating to the trafficking of girls for sexual exploitation within the United States, and where possible Minnesota. Attention is also paid to the media and its coverage of the issue. The intent is to explore the extent and complexity of the problem, the cost in both human and economic terms, and research directions toward the development and implementation of probable political, legal, economic, and social solutions applicable to Minnesota. Recommendations include continued state statute monitoring with an eye toward modification, police training and paradigm change as well as an increased and broadened victims’ services framework. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, Humphrey School of Public Affairs, 2011. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: MPA and MPP Professional Paper: Accessed September 13, 2012 at: http://law-library.rutgers.edu/cj/gray/search.php Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 126331

Author: KPMG, Assurance & Advisory Services Center Title: E-Commerce and Cyber Crime: New Strategies for Managing the Risks of Exploitation Summary: At the turn of the millennium, one would be hard-pressed to find a competitive and thriving organisation that does not rely upon communications and other information technologies as an enabler of its activities. No longer incidental to the workings of an organisation, technology is integral to business today. At the same time, however, the very “digital nervous system,” as Bill Gates terms it, that enables and improves our lives at work and at home also creates enormous new risks, many of which organisations may not perceive or have not yet considered. The complexity of modern enterprises, their reliance on technology, and the heightened interconnectivity among organisations that is both a result and a driver of e-business— these are rapidly evolving developments that create widespread opportunities for theft, fraud, and other forms of exploitation by offenders both outside and inside an organisation. With the growth of e-business, internal and external perpetrators can exploit traditional vulnerabilities in seconds. They can also take advantage of new weaknesses—in the software and hardware architectures that now form the backbone of most organisations. In a networked environment, such crimes can be committed on a global basis from almost any location in the world, and they can significantly affect an organisation’s overall well-being. As businesses grow and partner, systems become increasingly sophisticated and less dependent on human intervention. Monitoring individual behaviour becomes more difficult (though certainly more important); and vulnerability to electronic crime grows as organisations are increasingly connected to, and reliant on, individuals and systems they do not directly control. Most organisations are alert to the risks posed by electronic viruses such as the May 2000 “I Love You” virus, which spawned a number of derivative viruses and is estimated to have cost businesses and governments upward of $10 billion dollars. Many, however, remain unaware of the extent to which they can be harmed by a wide variety of cyber misbehaviour that may originate with their own employees or partners. As organisations develop and refine their e-business strategies, they need to consider the issues that influence the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of their data. In this context, they need to know how they can be affected by the new risks of e-crime and how inadequate preparation could leave them open to an attack that could easily diminish the value of their businesses. This white paper focuses on how organisations can use a comprehensive cyber defence program to turn e-crime preparedness into a new competitive advantage. It describes the business risks now evolving rapidly in the electronic marketplace. It discusses how some attacks take place as well as how some organisations are beginning to protect themselves, both to deter and respond to attacks and to avert further damage once an exploitation has taken place. Finally, this document examines how the scope and nature of e-crime is expected to change and how organisations can prepare to meet those new challenges. Details: New York: KPMG, 2000. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://www.uazuay.edu.ec/bibliotecas/e-marketing/E-Commerce%20and%20Cyber%20Crime.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 126333

Author: Thompson II, Richard M. Title: Drones in Domestic Surveillance Operations: Fourth Amendment Implications and Legislative Responses Summary: The prospect of drone use inside the United States raises far-reaching issues concerning the extent of government surveillance authority, the value of privacy in the digital age, and the role of Congress in reconciling these issues. Drones, or unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), are aircraft that can fly without an onboard human operator. An unmanned aircraft system (UAS) is the entire system, including the aircraft, digital network, and personnel on the ground. Drones can fly either by remote control or on a predetermined flight path; can be as small as an insect and as large as a traditional jet; can be produced more cheaply than traditional aircraft; and can keep operators out of harm’s way. These unmanned aircraft are most commonly known for their operations overseas in tracking down and killing suspected members of Al Qaeda and related organizations. In addition to these missions abroad, drones are being considered for use in domestic surveillance operations, which might include in furtherance of homeland security, crime fighting, disaster relief, immigration control, and environmental monitoring. Although relatively few drones are currently flown over U.S. soil, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) predicts that 30,000 drones will fill the nation’s skies in less than 20 years. Congress has played a large role in this expansion. In February 2012, Congress enacted the FAA Modernization and Reform Act (P.L. 112-95), which calls for the FAA to accelerate the integration of unmanned aircraft into the national airspace system by 2015. However, some Members of Congress and the public fear there are insufficient safeguards in place to ensure that drones are not used to spy on American citizens and unduly infringe upon their fundamental privacy. These observers caution that the FAA is primarily charged with ensuring air traffic safety, and is not adequately prepared to handle the issues of privacy and civil liberties raised by drone use. This report assesses the use of drones under the Fourth Amendment right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. The touchstone of the Fourth Amendment is reasonableness. A reviewing court’s determination of the reasonableness of drone surveillance would likely be informed by location of the search, the sophistication of the technology used, and society’s conception of privacy in an age of rapid technological advancement. While individuals can expect substantial protections against warrantless government intrusions into their homes, the Fourth Amendment offers less robust restrictions upon government surveillance occurring in public places and perhaps even less in areas immediately outside the home, such as in driveways or backyards. Concomitantly, as technology advances, the contours of what is reasonable under the Fourth Amendment may adjust as people’s expectations of privacy evolve. In the 112th Congress, several measures have been introduced that would restrict the use of drones at home. Senator Rand Paul and Representative Austin Scott introduced the Preserving Freedom from Unwarranted Surveillance Act of 2012 (S. 3287, H.R. 5925), which would require law enforcement to obtain a warrant before using drones for domestic surveillance, subject to several exceptions. Similarly, Representative Ted Poe’s Preserving American Privacy Act of 2012 (H.R. 6199) would permit law enforcement to conduct drone surveillance pursuant to a warrant, but only in investigation of a felony. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2012. 23p. Source: CRS Report R42701: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/R42701.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Covert Surveillance, Drones Shelf Number: 126334

Author: Hart, Timothy C. Title: Criminal Victimization in Nevada, 2011 Summary: Recent population estimates rank the state of Nevada the 35th most populous state in the country. Along with a rapidly growing population, Nevada’s crime rate has seen a dramatic change. For example, according to the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) program data, Nevada’s violent crime rate (i.e., murder, rape, robbery, and aggravated assault) increased nearly 10% between 2005 and 2010 while its property crime rate (i.e., burglary, larceny, and motor vehicle theft) decreased about 35% during the same time (FBI, 2012). Although UCR data provide insight into Nevada’s crime problem, they paint only part of the crime picture. One of the most important limitations of UCR data is that they only contain information on those crimes known to police. Since estimates produced from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) suggest that only about half of all violent crime that is committed is reported to police (Hart & Rennison, 2003), UCR figures likely underestimate the extent of crime in Nevada. In an attempt to provide an additional perspective on crime experienced by Nevada residents in 2011, the Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics (CACS) conducted the state’s second survey of crime victims. This State Data Brief contains findings from the 2011 CACS victimization survey, presenting information on the nature and extent of crime experienced by Nevada residents in 2011 and the level at which victimizations were reported to police. Victim demographics are also provided in the context of various crime types and state-level comparisons are made to national estimates. Limitations to the survey are also discussed. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada - Las Vegas, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2012. 8p. Source: State Data Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://cacs.unlv.edu/SDBs/Criminal%20Victimization/Criminal%20Victimization%20in%20Nevada,%202011%20v4.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends, Victims (Nevada) Shelf Number: 126336

Author: Hart, Timothy C. Title: Arrest Related Deaths in Nevada, 2009-11 Summary: For nearly a decade, the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), through the Deaths in Custody Reporting Program (DCRP) (PL 106-297), has collected inmate death records from each of the nation's 50 state prison systems, 50 state juvenile correctional authorities, and from local jails throughout the country. In 2003, BJS began collecting arrest-related deaths data from state and local law enforcement agencies as a part of the DCRP. Since the initial data collection year, law enforcement agencies in Nevada have not provided BJS with arrest-related deaths in custody information and are under no obligation to do so. In 2009, funding from the State Justice Statistics Program (award #2009-BJ-CX-K035), administered by BJS, was used by the Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics (CACS) to develop and implement a statewide online data collection instrument. This survey tool offers local law enforcement agencies throughout Nevada a quick and easy way provide arrest-related deaths in custody information that can be included in the DCRP. In 2011, 51 of Nevada’s 53 agencies (96%) participated in the project. This State Data Brief presents details related to the arrests-related deaths that occurred in Nevada from 2009 through 2011 and that were reported to CACS. The report includes information on when incidents occurred, demographic information of the suspects, the cause and manner of the reported deaths, the mental/physical condition of suspects at the time of the incidents, the locations of the deaths, and whether suspects were armed. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Department of Criminal Justice, Center for the Analysis of Crime Statistics, 2012. 5p. Source: State Data Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://cacs.unlv.edu/SDBs/Arrest%20Related%20Deaths%20in%20Custody/Arrest%20Related%20Deaths%20in%20Custody,%202009-11%20v4.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Related Deaths (Nevada) Shelf Number: 126337

Author: Baltazar, James Title: Pathways to Gang Violence: Analysis and Recommendations Summary: Gang activity is an endemic problem in many national metropolitan areas, including the city of Minneapolis. Understanding underlying causes and identifying key intervention points for gang involvement are necessary to improve prevention strategies. The task of the Pathways to Gang Involvement research project was to review a dataset provided to us by a Minneapolis Department of Health and Family Support (MDHFS) public health official and develop a restructuring and analysis plan for the dataset in collaboration with MDHFS. This paper is an exploratory study of the dataset with which we were presented. It includes the following components: literature review, demographic analysis, spatial analysis, statistical analysis, and qualitative analysis. We sought to determine any correlations between roles in crimes early in life, geographic area, age, and gang activity, as well as identifying key intervention points for reducing gang violence in Minneapolis youth. Our research yielded several findings. Demographic analysis illustrated the composition of gang-related youth in the city, spatial analysis revealed the density of neighborhood patterns of crime, empirical analysis uncovered patterns of association between key indicators, and our qualitative assessment provided local perspective. Through these analyses we sought to establish avenues for public officials to understand the broader context for gang related offenses in the city of Minneapolis. Details: Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, 2012. 88p. Source: MMP Professional Paper, Masters Degree: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/123483/1/Baltazar_Pathways%20to%20Gang%20Violence%20Analysis%20and%20Recommendations.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 126338

Author: Papazian, John Title: Program Evaluation of the Denver Police HALO Camera Surveillance System: A Geospatial Statistical Analysis of Crime Summary: The Denver Police Department has recently implemented a new high-tech surveillance program to prevent crime throughout the city. The High Activity Location Observation (HALO) cameras are an improvement over traditional closed-circuit television cameras because they have full pivot and zoom capabilities that can transmit video to police headquarters in real time. The department has installed more than 100 HALO cameras at various high crime areas in Denver as of 2012. This investigation attempts a program evaluation of the surveillance system through a geospatial statistical analysis of crime. Although cameras have been installed across the city, this investigation focuses on cameras installed in Police District #6, which encompasses the central business district. This investigation establishes a statistically significant relationship between the installation of the HALO cameras and a reduction of thefts from motor vehicles in the viewshed of the cameras in Denver Police District #6. The difference-in-difference econometric approach is rigorous enough to infer causality in the relationship. Other categories of crime also may have been reduced due to the HALO cameras, but the statistical evidence is not strong enough to make a causal claim. Based upon the empirical results, I recommend three strategies: (1) collaborating with local BIDs to expand new HALO video cameras into other areas experiencing high levels of theft from motor vehicles, (2) upgrading the information system to cross-reference NIBRS crime incident data to actual arrests and convictions, and (3) implementing a randomized controlled experiment in the next phase of the HALO program. Details: Durham, NC: Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, 2012. 38p. Source: Sanford School Master of Public Policy (MPP) Program Master’s Projects: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/5146/MPP_MP_John_Papazian.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126339

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: State Could Enhance Visa Fraud Prevention by Strategically Using Resources and Training Summary: Foreign nationals may apply for entry into the United States under dozens of different visa categories, depending on circumstances. State’s Bureaus of Consular Affairs and Diplomatic Security share responsibility for the prevention of visa fraud, which is a serious problem that threatens the integrity of the process. Some documents through illegal means, such as using counterfeit identity documents or making false claims to an adjudicating officer. Visa fraud may facilitate illegal activities in the United States, including crimes of violence, human trafficking, and terrorism. This report examines (1) countries and visa categories that are subject to the most fraud; (2) State's use of technologies and resources to combat fraud; and (3) training requirements of State officials responsible for fraud prevention. GAO examined State's reports and data on fraud trends and statistics, examined resources and technologies to counter fraud, and observed visa operations and fraud prevention efforts overseas and domestically. Certain countries and visa categories are subject to higher levels of fraud. In fiscal year 2010, almost 60 percent of confirmed fraud cases (9,200 out of 16,000) involved applicants from Brazil, China, Dominican Republic, India, and Mexico. Department of State (State) officials told GAO that fraud most commonly involves applicants for temporary visits to the United States who submit false documentation to overcome the presumption that they intend to illegally immigrate. Fraud is also perpetrated for immigrant visas and nonimmigrant visa categories such as temporary worker visas and student visas. In response to State efforts to combat visa fraud, unscrupulous visa applicants adapt their strategies, and as a result, fraud trends evolve over time. State has a variety of technological tools and resources to assist consular officers in combating fraud, but does not have a policy for their systematic use. For example, State recently implemented fraud prevention technologies such as a fraud case management system that establishes connections among multiple visa applications, calling attention to potentially fraudulent activity. Overseas posts have Fraud Prevention Units that consist of a Fraud Prevention Manager (FPM) and locally employed staff who analyze individual fraud cases. In 2011, the ratio of Fraud Prevention Unit staff to fraud cases varied widely across overseas posts, causing disproportionate workloads. The Kentucky Consular Center (KCC) is a domestic resource available to posts that verifies information on certain visa applications. However, KCC services are only provided on an ad-hoc basis, and State does not have a policy for posts to systematically utilize its resources. For example, an FPM at a high fraud post told GAO that the post would like to utilize KCC anti-fraud services for screening certain visa categories, but did not know how to request KCC assistance. Although State offers anti-fraud training courses at the Foreign Service Institute and online, it does not require FPMs to take them and does not track FPMs’ enrollment. Consular officers receive limited fraud training as part of the initial consular course, and FPMs are not required to take advanced fraud training in new technologies. In addition, GAO found that 81 percent of FPM positions were filled by entry-level officers and 84 percent of FPM positions were designated as either part-time or rotational. Between October 2009 and July 2012, entry-level officers made up about 21 percent of the total students who registered for a course on detecting fraudulent documents, and State could not guarantee that FPMs were among them. Four out of the five FPMs with whom GAO spoke had not been trained in State's new fraud case management system. GAO recommends that State (1) formulate a policy to systematically utilize anti-fraud resources available at KCC, based on post workload and fraud trends, as determined by the Department and (2) establish requirements for FPM training in advanced anti-fraud technologies, taking advantage of distance learning technologies, and establishing methods to track the extent to which requirements are met. State concurred with these recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 51p. Source: GAO-12-888 Report to Congressional Requesters: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at http://www.gao.gov/assets/650/647871.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126341

Author: Markoff, Gabriel H. Title: Arthur Andersen and the Myth of the Corporate Death Penalty: Corporate Criminal Convictions in the Twenty-First Century Summary: The conventional wisdom states that prosecuting corporations can subject them to terrible collateral consequences that risk putting them out of business and causing massive social and economic harm. Under this viewpoint, which has come to dominate the literature following the demise of Arthur Andersen after that firm’s prosecution in the wake of the Enron scandal, even a criminal indictment can be a “corporate death penalty.” The Department of Justice (“DOJ”) has implicitly accepted this view by declining to prosecute many large companies in favor of using criminal settlements called deferred prosecution agreements, or “DPAs.” Yet, there is no evidence to support the existence of the “Andersen Effect” and the much-hyped corporate death penalty. Indeed, no one has ever empirically studied what happens to companies after conviction. In this Article, I do just that. Using the database of organizational convictions made publicly available by Professor Brandon Garrett, I find that no publicly traded company failed because of a conviction in the years 2001–2010. Moreover, many convictions included plea agreements imposing compliance programs that advocates have pointed to as a key justification for using DPAs. Because corporate convictions do not have the terrible consequences they were assumed to have, and because they can be used to obtain compliance programs just as DPAs can, the DOJ should prosecute more lawbreaking companies and reserve DPAs for extraordinary circumstances. In the absence of some other justification for using DPAs, the DOJ should exploit the stronger deterrent value of corporate prosecution to its full capacity. Details: Social Science Research Network, 2012. 47p. Source: Working Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2012 at https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Delivery.cfm/SSRN_ID2143925_code1710157.pdf?abstractid=2132242&mirid=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Convictions Shelf Number: 126343

Author: Moll, Jeanette Title: Reforming Juvenile Detention in Texas Summary: Given its costs and ill effects for juveniles and families, juvenile detention should only be ordered when a youth represents a risk to the public safety. Both re-offense rates and the number of youth failing to appear have decreased in jurisdictions reducing their detention populations. Risk assessments, deferred prosecution programs, evening reporting, and specialized dockets all provide avenues for more effective juvenile rehabilitation without relying on detention. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation Policy Perspective, 2012. 12p. Source: PP14-2012: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2012 at http://www.texaspolicy.com/center/effective-justice/reports/reforming-juvenile-detention-texas Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Reform (Texas) Shelf Number: 126352

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Growing Inmate Crowding Negatively Affects Inmates, Staff, and Infrastructure Summary: The Department of Justice’s Bureau of Prisons’ (BOP) 9.5 percent population growth from fiscal years 2006 through 2011 exceeded the 7 percent increase in its rated capacity, and BOP projects continued population growth. Growth was most concentrated among male inmates, and in 2011, 48 percent of the inmates BOP housed were sentenced for drugs. From fiscal years 2006 through 2011, BOP increased its rated capacity by about 8,300 beds as a result of opening 5 new facilities and closing 4 minimum security camps, but because of the population expansion, crowding (or population in excess of rated capacity) increased from 36 to 39 percent. In 2011 crowding was most severe (55 percent) in highest security facilities. BOP’s 2020 long-range capacity plan projects continued growth in the federal prison population from fiscal years 2012 through 2020, with systemwide crowding exceeding 45 percent through 2018. According to BOP, the growth in the federal inmate population has negatively affected inmates, staff, and infrastructure, but BOP has acted within its authority to help mitigate the effects of this growth. BOP officials reported increased use of double and triple bunking, waiting lists for education and drug treatment programs, limited meaningful work opportunities, and increased inmate-to-staff ratios. These factors, taken together, contribute to increased inmate misconduct, which negatively affects the safety and security of inmates and staff. BOP officials and union representatives voiced concerns about a serious incident occurring. To manage its growing population, BOP staggers meal times and segregates inmates involved in disciplinary infractions, among other things. The five states in GAO’s review have taken more actions than BOP to reduce their prison populations, because these states have legislative authority that BOP does not have. These states have modified criminal statutes and sentencing, relocated inmates to local facilities, and provided inmates with additional opportunities for early release. BOP generally does not have similar authority. For example, BOP cannot shorten an inmate’s sentence or transfer inmates to local prisons. Efforts to address the crowding issue could include (1) reducing the inmate population by actions such as reforming sentencing laws, (2) increasing capacity by actions such as constructing new prisons, or (3) some combination of both. Why GAO Did This Study BOP operates 117 federal prisons to house approximately 178,000 federal offenders, and contracts with private companies and some state governments to house about another 40,000 inmates. BOP calculates the number of prisoners that each BOP run institution can house safely and securely (i.e., rated capacity). GAO was asked to address (1) the growth in BOP’s population from fiscal years 2006 through 2011 and BOP’s projections for inmate population and capacity; (2) the effects of a growing federal prison population on operations within BOP facilities, and the extent to which BOP has taken actions to mitigate these effects; and (3) actions selected states have taken to reduce their prison populations, and the extent to which BOP has implemented similar initiatives. GAO analyzed BOP’s inmate population data from fiscal years 2006 through 2011, BOP’s 2020 long-range capacity plan, and BOP policies and statutory authority. GAO visited five federal prisons chosen on the basis of geographic dispersion and varying security levels. The results are not generalizable, but provide information on the effects of a growing prison population. GAO selected five states based on actions they took to mitigate the effects of their growing prison populations—and assessed the extent to which their actions would be possible for BOP. GAO makes no recommendations in this report. BOP provided technical clarifications, which GAO incorporated where appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-12-743: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/650/648123.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 126353

Author: Bumby, Kurt Title: A Report to the Montana Department of Corrections on the Establishment of a Minimum Security Sex Offender Treatment Facility Summary: In February 2007, the Montana Legislature passed Senate Bill 547. In addition to modifying criminal penalties for those convicted of sex offenses, expanding registration laws, defining conditions and requirements for sex offender assessments and treatment, and other measures designed to strengthen Montana’s management of sex offenders, this Bill allows “the Department of Corrections to contract for a residential sexual offender treatment program.” Senate Bill 547 provides the opportunity to expand the capacity and continuum of treatment services for sex offenders and augment ancillary services for this population. Perhaps most importantly, it creates an opportunity for a systemwide strengthening of sex offender management policies and practices. Indeed, for this facility to be successful – with success defined as delivering to sex offenders the level and type of interventions that are most likely to result in recidivism reduction – the broader system of sex offender management must be observed. Recognizing the unique opportunity Senate Bill 547 offers, the Montana Department of Corrections (DOC) contracted with the Center for Sex Offender Management (CSOM) to provide recommendations for the establishment of this new facility and enhancement of the broader system of sex offender management that are necessary for supporting the success of the facility. The resulting report is comprised of three sections that are designed to provide the DOC with a comprehensive analysis that can assist them in these efforts. Section I outlines the rationale and scope of work for the consultants, which was not limited by an exclusive focus on the establishment of a minimum security sex offender treatment facility; rather, the consultants also explored critical areas of policy and practice in Montana that will ultimately influence the establishment and successful operation of this facility. Section II addresses four fundamental areas of sex offender management (assessment, treatment, supervision, and reentry). Within each of these areas, a summary of relevant contemporary research and practice, the consultants’ understanding and observations regarding policy and practice in Montana, and issues for consideration are included. Section III of the report includes the consultants’ suggestions regarding the parameters for defining the minimum security sex offender treatment facility’s offender population and programmatic structure, as well as key facility-specific and broader system supports. The extent to which Montana has embraced promising practices in many areas of sex offender management is particularly noteworthy. Indeed, the overall sex offender management structure currently in place has the potential to contribute significantly to public safety. At the same time, the need to develop a policy-driven approach to sex offender management within the state is evident. The existing structure can be strengthened by the establishment of a multidisciplinary policy-level group whose mission is to oversee and advance sex offender management policy and practice throughout the criminal justice system. Details: Silver Spring, MD: Center for Effective Public Policy, Center for Sex Offender Management, 2008. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://cor.mt.gov/content/Resources/Reports/mtreportsexofftreatment.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons Shelf Number: 126354

Author: Farley, Melissa Title: Garden of Truth: The Prostitution and Trafficking of Native Women in Minnesota Summary: Since Native women are at exceptionally high risk for poverty, homelessness, and sexual violence which are elements in the trafficking of women, and because the needs of Native women are generally not being met, and because prostituted women are at extremely high risk for violence and emotional trauma, our goal was to assess the life circumstances of Native women in prostitution in Minnesota, a group of women not previously studied in research such as this. We assessed their needs and the extent to which those needs are or are not being met. We interviewed 105 Native women in prostitution for approximately 1.5 hours each, administering 4 questionnaires that asked about family history, sexual and physical violence throughout their lifetimes, homelessness, symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder and dissociation, use of available services such as domestic violence shelters, homeless shelters, rape crisis centers, and substance abuse treatment. We asked the women about the extent to which they connected with their cultures, and if that helped them or not. We asked about racism and colonialism. The questionnaires were both quantitative and qualitative. About half of the women met a conservative legal definition of sex trafficking which involves third-party control over the prostituting person by pimps or traffickers. Yet most (86%) interviewees felt that no women really know what they're getting into when they begin prostituting, and that there is deception and trickery involved. • 79% of the women we interviewed had been sexually abused as children by an average of 4 perpetrators. • More than two-thirds of the 105 women had family members who had attended boarding schools. • 92% had been raped. • 48% had been used by more than 200 sex buyers during their lifetimes. 16% had been used by at least 900 sex buyers. • 84% had been physically assaulted in prostitution. • 72% suffered traumatic brain injuries in prostitution • 98% were currently or previously homeless. • Racism was an emotionally damaging element in these women's lives and a source of ongoing stress. • 62% saw a connection between prostitution and colonization, and explained that the devaluation of women in prostitution was identical to the colonizing devaluation of Native people. • 33% spoke of Native cultural or spiritual practices as an important part of who they were. • 52% had PTSD at the time of the interview, a rate that is in the range of PTSD among combat veterans. 71% had symptoms of dissociation. • 80% had used outpatient substance abuse services. Many felt that they would have been helped even more by inpatient treatment. 77% had used homeless shelters. 65% had used domestic violence services. 33% had used sexual assault services. • 92% wanted to escape prostitution • Their most frequently stated needs were for individual counseling (75%) and peer support (73%), reflecting a need for their unique experiences as Native women in prostitution to be heard and seen by people who care about them. Two thirds needed housing and vocational counseling. • Many of the women felt they owed their survival to Native cultural practices. Most wanted access to Native healing approaches integrated with a range of mainstream services. Prostitution is a sexually exploitive, often violent economic option most often entered into by those with a lengthy history of sexual, racial and economic victimization. Prostitution is only now beginning to be understood as violence against women and children. It has rarely been included in discussions of sexual violence against Native women. It is crucial to understand the sexual exploitation of Native women in prostitution today in its historical context of colonial violence against nations. In order for a woman to have the real choice to exit prostitution, a range of services must be offered yet there are currently few or no available services especially designed for Native women in prostitution. We recommend increased state and federal funding for transitional and long term housing for Native women and others seeking to escape prostitution. We recommend increased funding for Native women's programs, including advocacy, physical and mental health care, job training and placement, legal services, and research on these topics. We urge state, local, and tribal officials to review and reconsider their policies toward victims of prostitution and We recommend increased state and federal funding for transitional and long term housing for Native women and others seeking to escape prostitution. We recommend increased funding for Native women's programs, including advocacy, physical and mental health care, job training and placement, legal services, and research on these topics. We urge state, local, and tribal officials to review and reconsider their policies toward victims of prostitution and trafficking, including this new research about Native women. The arrest and prosecution of victims is counter-productive and exacerbates their problems. As a Native woman interviewed for this research study said, "We need people with hearts." Arresting sex buyers, not their victims, is a more appropriate policy. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Indian Women's Sexual Assault Coalition; San Francisco, CA: Prostitution Research & Education, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://www.prostitutionresearch.com/pdfs/Garden_of_Truth_Final_Project_WEB.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 126355

Author: Hollist, Dusten Title: Assessing the Mechanisms that Contribute to Disproportionate Minority Contact in Montana's Juvenile Justice Systems Summary: The objective of the research was to conduct a disproportionate minority contact assessment oriented toward providing an understanding of the contributing factors that influence minority overrepresentation trends in four Montana counties. Specifically, the investigation involved a quantitative examination of the role of extra-legal and social factors in the explanation of disproportionate minority contact. The study used data from focus groups and face-to-face interviews with juvenile justice systems decision makers to put in to context and provide a more complete understanding of the mechanisms that contribute to disproportionate minority contact in Montana. The primary research objectives are based on an examination of the following questions: 1. Are minority juveniles overrepresented in Montana’s Juvenile Justice Systems? • Are disparities concentrated in a single decision point or are they spread out across multiple points? 2. Does race continue to contribute to disproportionate minority contact after social characteristics (e.g. individual and family factors) and criminal histories have been accounted for in the models? • Are the findings similar when examined across multiple decisions points (e.g. referral to the county attorney; petitions for adjudication; delinquency findings; confinement in secure placement)? Details: Missoula, MT: Social Science Research Laboratory University of Montana, Missoula, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://mbcc.mt.gov/Data/SAC/RAI/DMC%20Technical%20Report%20_Final%20Version_.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 126356

Author: Lynch, Joseph J. Title: An Examination of Philadelphia Murder: A Quest to Understand the 2004-2006 Surge in Violent Crime Summary: This paper examines the 2004-2006 surge in violent crime, specifically murder in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Interviews were conducted with local prominent criminal justice professionals. Interviewees were asked what they believe is wrong with the local criminal justice system, and how the system can be enhanced. Crime predictors were identified and suggestions for mitigating them were offered. The findings suggest that reduced funding, lack of collaboration amongst component agencies rank as leading causes for ineffectiveness. One person stated that due to the war in Iraq and Afghanistan, funding streams for juvenile justice programs have been reduced, resulting in fewer programs designed to provide these youth with needed resources to steer them away from crime. It was suggested that restructuring these agencies will improve their operational goals, and create better accountability and improved relationships with the community. It is also recommended that the agencies working within the criminal justice system pool their resources and collaborate regularly to enhance their effectiveness. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2007. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Master of Science in Organizational Dynamics Thesis: Accessed September 17, 2012 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1007&context=od_theses_msod&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3D%2522an%2520examination%2520of%2520philadelphia%2520murder%2522%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D2%26ved%3D0CCcQFjAB%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Frepository.upenn.edu%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1007%2526context%253Dod_theses_msod%26ei%3DuBlXUM3tIefy0gH4qoHAAQ%26usg%3DAFQjCNGhm7hMicrO__BANOjfohgyYf0BCA#search=%22an%20examination%20philadelphia%20murder%22 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 126358

Author: Martin, Misty M.J. Title: Lighting and Landscaping Cues Contributing to Residential Burglary Rates: A Case Study of Selected Gainesville Housing Authority Developments Summary: The objective of the present study is to explore residential burglaries, and the contributions of lighting and landscaping cues relative to their occurrences. We employed Geographic Information Systems (GIS) to locate low-income housing developments in Gainesville, Florida (managed by the Gainesville Housing Authority) and map the occurrences of residential burglaries. Throughout the analysis of the burglary occurrences, we focused on the basic placebased crime prevention techniques, examining the possibility of successfully promoting or discouraging criminal acts of residential burglary with lighting and landscaping elements. We hypothesized that lighting and landscape maintenance directly affected the reported occurrences of residential burglaries within our select GHA developments. We identified select reported incidences in Pine Meadows, Woodland Park, and Caroline Manor, three of the Gainesville Housing Authority (GHA) developments, and conducted landscaping and lighting surveys within proximity of the point of entry for each victimized unit to determine if landscaping or lighting environmental cues played any role within the reported incidence and predator’s target selection. We found that lighting levels in our study developments to be minimal at the points of entry and landscaping often to be overgrown, contributing to opportunities of cover for potential offenders. The results of our analysis suggest that lighting and landscaping play a role in the amount of surveillability, which plays a role in decreased residential burglary opportunities. Through our research, we were unable to infer a direct relationship between lighting and landscaping cues and the occurrences of residential burglaries. Nevertheless, our studies suggest that the residential burglary occurrences were more than random criminal acts. Details: Tallahassee, FL: University of Florida, 2009. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://purl.fcla.edu/fcla/etd/UFE0041267 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 126365

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Working for a Better Future: How Expanding Employment Opportunities for D.C.'s Youth Creates Public Safety Benefits for All Residents Summary: Improving public safety in the District of Columbia depends on a comprehensive approach that includes multiple strategies spanning all City agencies, as well as the community at large. One facet of such a comprehensive approach is to improve outcomes for youth so fewer are either caught up in the justice system, a victim of crime, or both. This is one in a series of briefs addressing ways that improving youth outcomes can also result in better public safety outcomes for the District as a whole. A commitment to increasing employment opportunities for D.C.’s youth is important to giving them positive workplace experiences, reducing justice system involvement and improving their work and earning potential into adulthood. Quality and robust job training and placement assistance share with delinquency prevention programs the ability to reconnect disconnected youth and create pathways to positive outcomes. These programs can help empower D.C.’s young people by promoting a desire for continued education and personal and professional development. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/research/3819 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126368

Author: Kohli, Aarti Title: Borders, Jails, and Jobsites: An Overview Of Federal Immigration Enforcement Programs in the U.S. Summary: This report provides an overview of the current state of immigration enforcement in the United States in order to encourage and facilitate a productive discussion towards reform. The paper summarizes available background information and the latest research on the key components of the enforcement system. It describes the primary actors and programs, presents specific concerns identified by scholars, advocates and researchers, and offers preliminary recommendations. Details: Berkeley, CA: The Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Race, Ethnicity & Diversity, University of California, Berkeley Law School, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/WI_Enforcement_Paper_final_web.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126372

Author: Skinner, Beth Ann Title: To What Extent Does Prisoners' Mental Illness Undermine Programming Effectiveness? Summary: Careful review of the literature found prison programs having a positive impact on post-release outcomes in employment and lowered recidivism rates. Most of the literature reviewed found negative effects of mental illness on post-release success. This study expands the literature on prison programming and mental illness by examining the dynamics between mental illness, program completion, and post-release success. Furthermore, this research can be linked to Hirschi’s social bond theory, which created a framework to view the relationship between prison programming and increased ties to conventional society through commitment, attachment, and involvement. This study examines the impact of mental illness and prison vocational and educational programming on reentry outcomes (employment rates, length of employment, enrollment in and completion of school, and recidivism) and the relationship between mental illness and program completion. Additionally, the study examines the interactions of mental illness and prison programming on reentry outcomes. The sample consists of male offenders released onto parole in the State of Iowa (N=3426). Vocational training had positive significant effects on employment rates and full-time employment. An additional analysis found a significant indirect relationship between vocational training and recidivism through employment. Mental illness had a negative significant impact on completion of vocational programming, GED classes, and employment outcomes. Furthermore, it was found that having a mental illness significantly increased the likelihood of recidivism. The interaction of mental illness and programming on reentry outcomes did not have a significant impact. However, the interaction of mental illness and vocational programming had a positive significant impact on full-time employment in the opposite direction of prediction. The results inform social work practice and policy on the benefits of prison programming and the negative impact of mental illness on participation in programs and reentry outcomes. Details: Ames, IA: University of Iowa, 2010. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://ir.uiowa.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2072&context=etd Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 126373

Author: Bileski, Matthew Title: The Reporting of Sexual Assault in Arizona, CY 2001-2010 Summary: Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) §41-2406, which became law in July 2005, requires the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) to maintain information obtained from disposition reporting forms submitted to the Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS) on sexual assault (A.R.S. §13-1406) and the false reporting of sexual assault involving a spouse (A.R.S. §13-2907.03). Utilizing DPS disposition data, ACJC is mandated to provide an annual report briefing the governor, the president of the senate, the speaker of the house, the secretary of state, and the director of the Arizona state library, archives, and public records on sexual assault in Arizona. According to statute, the report is to contain the total number of police reports filed, the number of charges filed, the number of convictions, and the sentences assigned for sexual assault, sexual assault involving a spouse, and false reporting of sexual assault involving a spouse separately. All data for sexual assault involving a spouse must include whether or not the victim and the victim’s spouse were estranged at the time of the assault. The disposition data come from an extract of the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) record system provided by DPS to ACJC in January 2012. By statute, the ACCH repository is populated with arrest and disposition reporting form information for all felony, sex offense, driving under the influence, and domestic violence-related charges submitted to DPS by local law enforcement, prosecuting attorneys, and the courts. This report focuses on data from calendar years (CY) 2001 to 2010 and updates data reported in The Reporting of Sexual Assault in Arizona, CY2008-2009 report. Details: Tuczon: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2012%20ARS%2041-2406%20Report_Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 126374

Author: Levinthal, Jodi Title: The Community Context of Animal and Human Maltreatment: Is there a Relationship between Animal Maltreatment and Human Maltreatment: Does Neighborhood Context Matter? Summary: The purpose of the study is to explore the influence of demographic and neighborhood factors on the phenomenon of animal maltreatment in an urban setting as well as the association of animal maltreatment with human maltreatment. Using a unique dataset of animal maltreatment from the Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, the distribution and prevalence of animal neglect, abuse, and dog fighting in Philadelphia were mapped with Geographic Information Systems (GIS). Statistical analysis was employed to examine the relationship between animal maltreatment and neighborhood factors, domestic violence, and child maltreatment. The low correlation between animal abuse and neighborhood factors in this study suggests that animal abuse may be better explained as an individual phenomenon than a behavior that is a function of neighborhoods. However, animal neglect does correlate with demographic, cultural, and structural aspects of block groups, suggesting social disorganization may lead to animal neglect. This study also suggests that dog fighting is a crime of opportunity, as dog fighting correlates with indicators of abandoned properties. Finally, this study is unable to demonstrate a community link between animal maltreatment and child maltreatment, which does not preclude the link among individuals. The findings suggest caution in policies and advocacy campaigns that link human and animal violence in all arenas. Details: Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania, 2010. 115p. Source: Publicly accessible Penn Dissertations, Paper 274: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://repository.upenn.edu/edissertations/274/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 126375

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: Shifting Boundaries: Final Report on an Experimental Evaluation of a Youth Dating Violence Prevention Program in New York City Middle Schools Summary: The purpose of this multi‐level experiment was to provide high‐quality scientific evidence concerning the effectiveness of targeting a young, universal primary prevention audience with classroom‐based curricula and school‐level interventions. We randomly assigned a schoolbased intervention to 30 public middle schools in New York City, and within these schools we identified 117 sixth‐ and seventh‐grade classes (over 2,500 students) to randomly receive our interventions called Shifting Boundaries. The classroom intervention was delivered through a six‐session curriculum that emphasized the consequences for perpetrators of DV/H, state laws and penalties for DV/H, the construction of gender roles, and healthy relationships. The building‐based intervention included the use of temporary school‐based restraining orders, higher levels of faculty and security presence in areas identified through student mapping of safe/unsafe “hot spots,” and the use of posters to increase awareness and reporting of DV/H to school personnel. Our study included quantitative and qualitative data. Our quantitative surveys were implemented at baseline, immediately after the intervention and six months post‐intervention and included the following measures: Knowledge, attitudes, behavioral intentions, intentions to intervene as a bystander, peer and dating partner physical and sexual violence (experienced as a victim and/or perpetrator), sexual harassment (experienced as a victim and/or perpetrator), and other background items. Our qualitative focus groups were conducted with interventionists and students to provide rich contextual to assess intervention implementation and student change associated with the interventions. Participating students ranged in age from 10 to 15, with 53% female. Our sample was 34% Hispanic, 31% African American, 16% Asian, 13% white and 6% “other.” About 40% of our sample had prior experience with a violence prevention educational program. About half reported being in at least one dating relationship. About 20% of our sample reported having been the victim of dating violence and 66% victims of peer violence. Overall, the “building only” intervention and the “both” interventions were effective at reducing DV/H. The success of the “building only” intervention is particularly important because it can be implemented with very few extra costs to schools. However, classroom sessions alone were not effective. Finally, our focus groups confirmed that the interventions were implemented as planned and straightforward to implement, teachers liked and were supportive of the interventions, and the positive survey results related to the interventions effectiveness were confirmed. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, 2011. 322p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/236175.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 126377

Author: Severson, Margaret Title: Final Report Federal Prisoners' Coming Home Initiative: The Shawnee County Reentry Program Summary: The Shawnee Country Reentry Program was conceptualized as and continues to be a three-phase program, starting while the inmate is incarcerated and continuing through his/her release and reintegration into the community. Consistent with the terms of the grant award, the final outcomes reported here [in the report] include findings on recidivism, housing stability, and job attainment and retention. Details: Lawrence, KS: School of Social Welfare, University of Kansas, 2007. Source: Library Resource: Available at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers Newark School of Law Library. Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Employment of Ex-Offenders (Kansas) Shelf Number: 115757

Author: Feldman, Lisa B. Title: Evaluation Findings: The Detention Diversion Advocacy Program Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Summary: General issues and trends in juvenile adjudication across the country are presented to illustrate the challenges facing juvenile correctional systems. One of the most pressing issues is the overrepresentation of minority youth in juvenile correctional facilities. During the early 1990’s, Federal grant guidelines required that States assess levels of minority youth incarceration and work toward reducing the overrepresentation of minority youth incarceration rates. After highlighting some of the outcomes of these Federal guidelines, the authors focus on juvenile detention challenges in Philadelphia. A historical context for juvenile justice in Philadelphia is presented, and spans the years 1970 through the 1990’s. In 2000, the DDAP program was designed to reduce overcrowding in Philadelphia’s juvenile correctional facilities, to reduce the disproportionate confinement of minority youth, to improve the quality of services, and to demonstrate that community-based services can serve as an effective alternative to juvenile detention. The evaluation of the DDAP program focused on the state of juvenile detention in Philadelphia and the social and political issues it had been dealing with, such as overcrowding. The evaluation also examined whether the DDAP program effectively monitored high-risk juveniles in the community and whether the DDAP community corrections program was an effective alternative to youth detention. Data were collected from 97 youth who participated in DDAP from December 2000 through December 2001. Demographic information, offense information, case information, and outcome information were all examined. The evaluation revealed that the DDAP program staff should have a greater presence in the courtroom to coordinate with judges about program referrals. Also, the goal of providing quality, treatment oriented services has not been fully met; the authors recommend that DDAP place a greater emphasis on connecting clients with other support services. Finally, the authors recommend that DDAP develop and implement an electronic case management and recording system to track clients. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Excellence in Municipal Management, The George Washington University, 2002. 19p. Source: CEMM Research: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/ddap_philly.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 126380

Author: Maruschak, Laura M. Title: HIV in Prisons, 2001-2010 Summary: Presents national trends in the rates of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) and AIDS-related death rates among state and federal prison inmates from 2001 to 2010. The bulletin also presents annual statistics on HIV/AIDS for state and federal inmates by jurisdiction from 2008 to 2010. The number of cases is reported for males and females and distinguishes between inmates who tested positive for HIV and inmates with confirmed AIDS. Tables present the numbers and demographic characteristics of inmates who died from AIDS-related causes between 2008 and 2010. The report also compares AIDS-related death rates in the general U.S. population ages 15 to 54 with AIDS-related death rates in prison populations in that age group. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/hivp10.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: AIDS Shelf Number: 126384

Author: Kurtz, Ellen Title: Philadelphia's Gun Court: Process and Outcome Evaluation Executive Summary Summary: Philadelphia’s gun court opened its doors on January 10, 2005. This report describes the results of the process and outcome evaluation conducted over the past 18 months. The evaluation of Philadelphia’s gun court focuses on two distinct pieces: the court itself and the probation department’s intensive supervision program. The evaluation of the court addresses questions about case processing. The evaluation of the probation program examines the impact of gun court supervision on VUFA offenders. Details: Philadelphia, PA: The Philadelphia Courts, 2007. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.courts.phila.gov/pdf/criminal-reports/Gun-Court-Evaluation-report-executive-summary.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluative Studies Shelf Number: 126385

Author: The Schapiro Group Title: Adolescent Girls in the Minnesota Sex Trade: Tracking Study Results for February to November 2012 Summary: The commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) is a societal phenomenon receiving growing attention from researchers, policy makers, and a wide array of advocates. Rightfully so, many wonder how it could be the case that children are sold for sex in the United States today. Unfortunately, it is an issue area fraught with mystery, misconception, and a general lack of scientific data. One fundamental question looms over everyone who tries to put an end to CSEC in their community: how prevalent is the problem, anyway? This research is designed to answer exactly this question in states [here Minnesota] across the U.S. It involves a series of state-level scientific investigations into the incidence of CSEC among females under age 18. Details: Women's Funding Network, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.wfmn.org/PDFs/TSG_MNTrackingReport_Dec2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescent Victims (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 126386

Author: White, William L. Title: Management of the High-Risk DUI Offender Summary: The state of Illinois invests considerable resources to prevent and contain the threat to public safety posed by alcohol- and other drug-impaired drivers. Those resources have produced significant changes in legislation and a multi-agency system that seeks to further reduce impaired driving and to respond aggressively to contain, rehabilitate and monitor those convicted of driving under the influence (DUI). Between 1982 and 2001, the efforts of these agencies have reduced the alcohol-related fatalities per 100 million miles of travel in Illinois by more than 60 percent (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2002). One important initiative has been the design and delivery of DUI-related training by the Illinois Department of Human Services Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse, the Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts, the Secretary of State, and the Illinois Department of Transportation. For the past fourteen years, the author has worked with these agencies to update judges, prosecutors, evaluators, probation officers, treatment personnel, and administrative hearing officers on the latest findings about what we are learning about impaired driving, the profile of the DUI offender and the most effective approaches to prevention, rehabilitation and containment. The purpose of this monograph is to capture the information provided through that training in writing so that it may reach a larger audience. It is hoped this information will help orient new personnel filling these roles and aid in the development of new trainers who will continue this work in the future. This monograph has been written with six specific audiences in mind: state’s attorney staff who prosecute DUI cases, judges who hear DUI cases, the evaluators who assess DUI offenders and report their findings to the courts, the probation officers who monitor and supervise DUI offenders, the treatment personnel called upon to counsel DUI offenders, and the Secretary of State administrative hearing officers who decide if and when to reinstate driving privileges for persons convicted of DUI. The monograph will cover the following content areas: Substance use trends and their implication for public safety; The changing perception of the DUI offender; Subpopulations of DUI offenders; The high risk DUI offender profile; The role of addiction treatment and mutual aid resources in managing and rehabilitating the DUI offender; and, Principles and strategies for managing the DUI offender in the local community. Details: Springfield, IL: University of Illinois at Springfield Institute for Legal, Administrative and Policy Studies, 2003. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://cspl.uis.edu/ILLAPS/Research/documents/Management_of_the_High_Risk_DUI_Offender2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (DUI) Shelf Number: 126387

Author: Lococo, Kathy H. Title: Literature Review of Polypharmacy and Older Drivers: Identifying Strategies to Collect Drug Usage and Driving Functioning Among Older Drivers Summary: This research product updates the state-of-the-knowledge regarding key factors that bear on NHTSA’s ability to investigate the effects of multiple medications on safe driving among older people. First, the prevalence of medication use by older people in the population, the physiological/metabolic effects of specific drugs and drug classes, and the known effects on driving ability—principally for single substances—are reviewed. Next, the strengths and weakness of various methods that may be used to learn which prescription and over-the-counter drugs are being taken by older adults are described and contrasted; a consideration of which factors most strongly affect compliance with a medication regime, and which factors influence older people’ willingness to participate in studies aimed at obtaining such information, complements this discussion. The remaining section in this review examines on-road, closed course, and simulation methods that have been applied in this arena, highlighting those that appear to hold the greatest promise for evaluating the effects of drugs on driving performance while also acknowledging shortcomings and limitations that have been reported in the literature. For the most part, this review concentrates on recent (since 2001) studies accessed through print and electronic media. A bibliography containing over 200 citations is included, plus an appendix identifying potentially inappropriate medications commonly prescribed for older, community-dwelling individuals. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Research and Technology, 2006. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/olddrive/druguse_olderdriver/images/Job%202859%20Polypharmacy_NEW.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Impaired Driving Shelf Number: 126388

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: For Better or For Profit: How the Bail Bonding Industry Stands in the Way of Fair and Effective Pretrial Justice Summary: As early as 1912 – 100 years ago – critics were concerned that poor people remained in jail while awaiting trial solely because of their inability to pay even small bail amounts, that bail bondsmen had become too prominent in the administration of justice and that corruption plagued the industry. Amazingly, these issues still apply to the for-profit bail bond system in today, the Justice Policy Institute shows in its report new report, For Better or For Profit: How the Bail Bonding Industry Stands in the Way of Fair and Effective Pre-Trial Justice. There are approximately 15,000 bail bond agents working in the United States, writing bonds for about $14 billion annually. Bail bond companies take billions from low-income people, with no return on investment in terms of public safety and added costs to communities, according to JPI’s findings. Backed by multibillion dollar insurance giants, the for-profit bail bonding industry maintains its hold in the pretrial system through political influence. For Better or For Profit recommends the U.S. should end for-profit bail bonding; promote and further institutionalize pretrial services; and require greater transparency within the industry. Details: Washington DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/_for_better_or_for_profit_.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126392

Author: Finegan, Sharon Title: Watching the Watchers: The Growing Privatization of Criminal Law and the Need for Limits on Neighborhood Watch Associations Summary: On the night of February 26, 2012, George Zimmerman, a member of a neighborhood watch program, was patrolling his community in Sanford, Florida when he spotted Trayvon Martin, a 17-year-old African-American high school student, walking through the neighborhood. Zimmerman called 911 and indicated that he was following "a real suspicious guy." Zimmerman then disregarded the police dispatcher's request that he discontinue following Martin and approached the teenager. In the resulting confrontation, Zimmerman used his legally-owned semi-automatic handgun to shoot and kill Martin. Martin had been returning from a local convenience store to his father's fiancée's house, where he was spending the night. He was unarmed. George Zimmerman is currently being charged with second-degree murder. It is unclear whether Zimmerman will be proven guilty of the offense, but what is certain is that despite the fact that Zimmerman was engaged in law enforcement activities, Zimmerman's conduct in approaching and confronting Martin is not governed by the same constitutional restrictions that limit the actions of police. The Fourth and Fifth Amendments that restrict police in detaining, searching, and interrogating suspects do not apply to neighborhood watch organizations. At the same time, in many states neighborhood watch members can carry firearms and are protected under Stand Your Ground laws from having to retreat when confronted by a suspect. Thus, neighborhood watch members wield significant authority, but with neither the training that police officers receive nor the restrictions that govern their conduct. While neighborhood watch groups, just like police, perform a valuable service to the community, they are also in need of statutory oversight and restrictions, just like the police. This Article proposes statutory provisions that could effectively address the problems posed by the growing privatization of criminal law enforcement as it relates to neighborhood watch associations. By enacting statutes that limit the abilities of neighborhood watch members to confront suspects, mandate training for those engaged in law enforcement activities, and expand the exclusionary rule to bar evidence seized illegally by private citizens engaged in law enforcement functions, legislatures would better ensure that due process guarantees are not abandoned when private actors participate in law enforcement activities. Details: Houston: South Texas College of Law, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2139591 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 126396

Author: Henning, Kristin N. Title: Criminalizing Normal Adolescent Behavior in Communities of Color: The Role of Prosecutors in Juvenile Justice Reform Summary: There is little dispute that racial disparities pervade the contemporary American juvenile justice system. The persistent overrepresentation of youth of color in the system suggests that scientifically supported notions of diminished culpability of youth are not applied consistently across races. Drawing from recent studies on implicit bias and the impact of race on perceptions of adolescent culpability, Professor Henning contends that contemporary narratives portraying black and Hispanic youth as dangerous and irredeemable lead prosecutors to disproportionately reject youth as a mitigating factor for their behavior. Although racial disparities begin at arrest and persist through every stage of the juvenile justice process, this Article focuses specifically on the unique opportunity and obligation that prosecutors have to address those disparities at the charging phase of the juvenile case. Professor Henning implores juvenile prosecutors to resist external pressures to respond punitively and symbolically to exaggerated perceptions of threat by youth of color and envisions a path toward structured decision making at the charging phase that is informed by research in adolescent development, challenges distorted notions of race and maturity, and holds prosecutors accountable for equitable decision making across race. While fully embracing legitimate prosecutorial concerns about victims’ rights and public safety, Professor Henning frames the charging decision as one requiring fairness, equity, and efficacy. Fairness requires that prosecutors evaluate juvenile culpability in light of the now well-documented features of adolescent offending. Equity demands an impartial application of the developmental research to all youth, regardless of race and socioeconomic status. Efficacy asks prosecutors to rely on scientifically validated best practices for ensuring positive youth development and achieving public safety. Thus, even when neighborhood effects and social structures produce opportunities for more serious and more frequent crime among youth of color, prosecutors have a duty to evaluate that behavior in light of the current developmental research and respond to that conduct with the same developmentally appropriate options that are so often available to white youth. As the gatekeepers of juvenile court jurisdiction, prosecutors should work with developmental experts, school officials, and other community representatives to develop and publish juvenile charging standards that reflect these goals. To increase transparency and encourage buy-in from the public, Professor Henning recommends that prosecutors track charging decisions according to race and geographic neighborhood and provide community representatives and other stakeholders with an opportunity to review those decisions for disparate impact. Finally, to ensure that communities of color are able to respond to adolescent offending without state intervention, Professor Henning contemplates a more expansive role for prosecutors who will engage and encourage school officials and community representatives to identify and develop adequate community-based, adolescent-appropriate alternatives to prosecution. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Georgetown Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 12-117: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2026&context=facpub Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 126399

Author: Shalom, Alexander Title: Trial and Error: A Comprehensive Study of Prosecutorial Conduct in New Jersey Summary: A comprehensive study of prosecutor error released today by the ACLU-NJ and Rutgers School of Law-Newark found low rates of errors but an alarming lack of accountability or regular training to prevent repeat lapses by New Jersey prosecutors. The report, titled “Trial and Error: A Comprehensive Study of Prosecutorial Conduct in New Jersey,” recommends changes at the state and county level and reveals a noteworthy range of error rates in individual New Jersey counties in the process. “Prosecutors have a heavy responsibility as representatives of the state, and most take their obligations extremely seriously,” said ACLU-NJ Policy Counsel Alexander Shalom, one of the authors of the report. “Because prosecutors are largely immune from civil liability, and because they represent the government’s authority, it’s both more difficult and critical to hold them accountable for mistakes that interfere with a fair trial. Without a way to hold prosecutors accountable for all but the most outrageous violations, New Jersey leaves too many opportunities for justice to slip through the cracks.” The report examined allegations of error raised on appeal in the state between 2005 and 2011, and tracked the number of case decisions reversed based on prosecutorial error and the discipline they faced if they committed multiple errors. Prosecutorial error covers a range of actions, including failure to disclose exculpatory evidence, making improper remarks to the jury, or appealing to emotion rather than facts. Most errors, according to the report, occur during summations. The report found that of the 343 prosecutors accused of committing error, not one – including the 30 prosecutors who were found to have committed multiple errors – received discipline for in-court behavior. This is a stark contrast to the discipline that other types of attorneys receive for errors. The report also revealed that the state of New Jersey has no functional system for identifying, disciplining or eliminating prosecutor error except in the most egregious cases. The report found surprising disparities in New Jersey’s counties. Warren County, for example, represented only 1.4 percent of the state’s convictions but had 5.7 percent of its harmful errors. Camden County, however, had 6.2 percent of the state’s convictions but only 3.1 percent of total errors, as well as no reversed convictions. The authors recommend mandatory reporting of error, which is only optional under the current system, making it harder for disciplinary boards to collect enough information to determine when sanctions would be appropriate. This is especially problematic in cases of serious or repeated error that do not amount to an ethical lapse. The report also recommends heightened training, supervision and discipline within prosecutors’ offices. The authors also determined that, in order to provide prosecutors with maximum guidance, courts should determine whether conduct constitutes error in every case in which the issue is raised. Defense attorneys, as well, have an important role in preventing prosecutorial error in the form of objecting during the trial. Details: Newark, NJ: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey, 2012. 44p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.aclu-nj.org/files/3213/4815/6942/ACLU-NJ_Pros_Cond_BW.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 126400

Author: The Constitution Project Title: Recommendations for Fusion Centers: Preserving Privacy & Civil Liberties while Protecting Against Crime & Terrorism Summary: In the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, the federal and state governments embarked on a far-ranging effort to detect and defend against potential terrorist threats. One of the central components of this effort has been the creation of a network of state and regionally-based fusion centers that share information among law enforcement and some intelligence agencies. Today at least 77 fusion centers are active in the United States. While these state entities have received substantial support from Congress and the Executive Branch, their roles and missions vary widely and are still being developed. Run properly, fusion centers could play an important role in addressing terrorist and other criminal threats. Yet fusion centers can also pose serious risks to civil liberties, including rights of free speech, free assembly, freedom of religion, racial and religious equality, privacy, and the right to be free from unnecessary government intrusion. Several fusion centers have issued bulletins that characterize a wide variety of religious and political groups as threats to national security. In some instances, state law enforcement agencies that funnel information to fusion centers have improperly monitored and infiltrated anti-war and environmental organizations. Moreover, the manner in which fusion centers amass and distribute personal information raises the concern that they are keeping files—perhaps containing information that is sensitive or concerns constitutionally protected activities—on people in the United States without proper justification. For these reasons, we, the members of The Constitution Project’s Liberty and Security Committee endorsing this report, have undertaken this examination of fusion centers, and offer a set of recommendations to assist policymakers to ensure that fusion centers operate effectively while respecting civil liberties and constitutional values. Part II of this report provides an overview of the structure of fusion centers and the institutional framework within which they operate. Parts III, IV and V identify specific concerns raised by fusion center data collection, data storage and use, and accountability and governance mechanisms. Part VI outlines our specific recommendations for reforms that address civil liberties concerns. We hope that these recommendations will facilitate the development of sound rules and best practices to ensure respect for constitutional rights and values. Indeed, fusion centers themselves seek concrete guidance on the practical application of constitutional principles to daily threat assessment. We also hope that they will encourage further consideration of the proper role and mission of fusion centers within the nation’s law enforcement and anti-terrorism framework. Details: Washington, DC: The Constitution Project, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.constitutionproject.org/pdf/fusioncenterreport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 126403

Author: Kent, Jody Title: A Just Alternative to Sentencing Youth to Life in Prison Without the Possibility of Parole Summary: There are more than 2,500 people in the United States serving life in prison without the possibility of parole for crimes committed under the age of eighteen. In the spring of 2010, the United States Supreme Court is expected to rule on the constitutionality of imposing such sentences on a subset of these juvenile offenders who were convicted of non-homicide crimes. This constitutional challenge was brought before the court in two cases, Sullivan v. Florida and Graham v. Florida, for for which arguments were heard in November 2009. As Chief Justice John Roberts acknowledged in those oral arguments, the Court has previously recognized that “juveniles are different.” Regardless of whether the Court extends that precedent to find the sentencing of youth to life in prison without the possibility of parole unconstitutional in one or both of these cases, advocates for youth have called for reform of extreme sentencing policies, on the basis that they grossly undermine rational, fair, and age-appropriate treatment of youth. This Issue Brief begins by explaining why the practice of sentencing youth to life in prison without the possibility of parole is deeply flawed public policy. First, we address the long-recognized principle that youth are different from adults, reinforced in recent years by adolescent development brain science, as well as by examples of youth who were successfully rehabilitated. Second, we critique the frequently argued notion that harsh sentencing is necessary to protect public safety, a premise undermined by both the inconsistent and arbitrary application and by the resulting diversion of taxpayer dollars that could be used to increase public safety through prevention programs. Third, we discuss how the sentencing of youth to life in prison without the possibility of parole undermines America’s moral standing in the world, as the only nation in the world that imposes this irrevocable sentence on people under the age of eighteen. We conclude the Issue Brief with a suggested alternative to the practice of sentencing youth to life in prison without the possibility of parole which balances the need to hold youth who commit serious crimes accountable, while still recognizing their inherent capacity for change. We recommend the creation of a system that would allow for meaningful periodic review of sentences given to youth convicted of serious offenses to determine whether they continue to pose a threat to society or may be able to return to our communities as productive citizens. This is a common sense solution to an irrational and grossly misguided policy. Details: Washington, DC: American Constitution Society for Law and Society, 2010. 10p. Source: Issue Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.acslaw.org/sites/default/files/Kent%20Colgan%20Juvenile%20Life%20Issue%20Brief_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment, Juveniles Shelf Number: 126404

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Realigning Justice Resources A Review of Population and Spending Shifts in Prison and Community Corrections Summary: Ongoing state budget deficits have placed the centerpiece of U.S. penal policy—incarceration—under intense scrutiny. Although crime rates have been on the decline since 1992, prison populations and spending continue to grow, spurring state policymakers to question whether resources can be better used to enhance public safety. State officials are beginning to rethink long-held tough-on-crime policies and turn their attention to decades of research showing that many offenders are dealt with more effectively in the community. To control rising costs, many states have adopted policies that aim to lower prison populations by moving people who are incarcerated to less-expensive supervision in the community, though there is recognition that for such a shift to be successful further investment in community supervision is often required. In these states, policymakers and corrections administrators hope not only to reduce correctional costs but also improve public safety outcomes. In this study, the Vera Institute of Justice, in partnership with the Pew Center on the States’ Public Safety Performance Project, set out to determine whether—in light of recent state-level policy changes and the economic recession—there have been observable shifts from prisons to community corrections between 2006 and 2010 by examining changes in 1) prison populations, 2) prison spending, 3) community corrections populations, and 4) community corrections spending. Staff from Vera’s Center on Sentencing and Corrections surveyed state corrections agencies, reviewed recent sentencing and corrections legislation, and conducted interviews with criminal justice officials knowledgeable about their states’ corrections policies and budgets. Although approaches to corrections and responses to budget shortfalls varied widely across responding states, for most states the overall trend between 2006 and 2010, in both prison and community corrections, was one of growth. However, when the findings from just the last two years of the study period are considered, a different story emerges. Between 2009 and 2010, Vera observed a stark downward shift in expenditures across many states and systems of prison and community corrections despite variations in population change—a consequence, perhaps, of shrinking state budgets and the contraction in correctional spending as a whole. Vera’s study demonstrated that there is not always a discernible relationship between population and spending shifts from one part of the system to another. Policy changes that aim to cut spending on prisons do not necessarily have the expected impact on community corrections populations or spending. Larger fiscal realities, other legislative changes, and factors outside of policymakers’ control can upset predictions of a policy’s impact. However, several states—such as, Michigan, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Wisconsin, and Virginia—have successfully implemented policies that curb both prison populations and spending. These states demonstrate that cost-savings can be realized through sentencing reform that addresses the number of people entering prison or placed on community supervision and the dedication of appropriate resources to support research-driven community supervision practices and programs. It remains to be seen, however, whether more states will achieve this type of outcome from similar policy efforts, given current fiscal pressures and external factors. Continuing efforts by states to reduce their prison populations and expenditures, strengthen their community corrections systems, and improve public safety suggest that further research may be needed. Details: New York, NY: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.vera.org/files/Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 126405

Author: Levy, Nathaniel Title: Bullying in a Networked Era: A Literature Review Summary: "Bullying in a Networked Era: A Literature Review", by Nathaniel Levy, Sandra Cortesi, Urs Gasser, Edward Crowley, Meredith Beaton, June Casey, and Caroline Nolan, presents an aggregation and summary of recent academic literature on youth bullying and seeks to make scholarly work on this important topic more broadly accessible to a concerned public audience, including parents, caregivers, educators, and practitioners. The document is guided by two questions: “What is bullying?” and “What can be done about bullying?” and focuses on the online and offline contexts in which bullying occurs. Although the medium or means through which bullying takes place influence bullying dynamics, as previous research demonstrates, online and offline bullying are more similar than different. This dynamic is especially true as a result of the increasing convergence of technologies. Looking broadly at the commonalities as well as the differences between offline and online phenomena fosters greater understanding of the overall system of which each is a part and highlights both the off- and online experiences of young people – whose involvement is not typically limited to one end of the spectrum. Details: Cambridge, MA: The Berkman Center for Internet & Society at Harvard University, 2012. 62p. Source: Kinder & Braver World Project: Research Series, Research Publication No. 2012-17: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2146877 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 126406

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Prevalence of Violent Crime among Households with Children, 1993-2010 Summary: Presents data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) on nonfatal violent crime involving members of a household as victims and reports on the annual prevalence of that violent crime among U.S. households with children from 1993 to 2010. The report estimates the number of children age 17 or younger living in households in which at least one household member age 12 or older experienced violent crime during a given year. As defined in NCVS, nonfatal violent victimizations include rape, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault. Estimates of the number of children are provided by age of children (ages 0 to 11 and ages 12 to 17), type of crime, and location of the crime. The report also examines households that experienced violent crime by whether children lived in the household, type of crime, and location of the crime. Data on victimized households by type, composition, and characteristic are also presented. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Justice Programs, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/pvchc9310.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 126407

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Access to Justice for Women Victims of Sexual Violence: Education and Health Summary: The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights presented today the report Access to Justice for Women Victims of Sexual Violence: Education and Health. The report analyzes the problem of sexual violence in the educational and health institutions in the Americas and the challenges in access to justice for victims of this violence. As established in the Inter-American Convention on the Prevention, Punishment and Eradication of Violence against Women, or “Convention of Belém do Pará”, the States have the responsibility of acting to fight discrimination and violence against women in all spheres. Notwithstanding, the IACHR report indicates that sexual violence persists against women and girls in the spheres of education and health. The report also found under-reporting of the phenomenon and impunity in the majority of the cases. The report further indicates this type of violence is tolerated by the society given the framework of very hierarchical gender relations. The report identifies girls, indigenous women, women with disabilities and women affected by armed conflict as groups at particular risk to human rights violations. In the case of education, sexual violence tends to be regarded as the natural order of things and as part of discipline and punishment. In the sphere of health, the problem of sexual violence committed by physicians and health-care professionals is virtually invisible. This is due to insufficient norms, procedures for filing complaints and disciplinary investigation in hospitals and health care centers. It is also attributable to inadequate statistics as well as to the meager information available on the rights of patients. The IACHR emphatically reasserts its profound concern over the fact that sexual violence committed against women and girls in educational and health-care institutions still enjoys social acceptance and that the vast majority of these acts are never punished. Even today, this kind of violence in these settings prevents many women and girls across the Americas from fully exercising their rights to education and health. In order to comply with their international human rights obligations, the States must adapt their legislation, public policies and practices and substantially improve their protection systems and the access to justice for victims of this phenomenon. The IACHR reminds the States their obligation to adopt measures in order to make compatible their norms and practices with the American Declaration, the Inter-American Convention, and other international instruments for the protection of human rights, and to comply with the Convention of Belém do Pará, which establishes the obligation for the States to protect women from violence in all its forms and in all spheres, in order to ensure that they can freely exercise their civil, political, economic, social, and cultural rights. The report contains urgent recommendations that seek to address sexual violence as an extreme form of discrimination and to ensure the basic guarantee of access to justice. The recommendations aim to improve the judicial response to acts of violence committed against women in educational institutions and health-care institutions. The Commission urges the States to overcome lingering cultural and legal obstacles to prevent and – failing that – to investigate and punish acts of sexual violence committed against women and girls in these settings. In addition, the IACHR calls on the States to create the conditions that enable women to use the justice systems to remedy the acts of violence they suffer and to be treated respectfully and decently by public officials. The Commission also calls upon the States to adopt public policies intended to put a stop to cultural patterns that regard sexual violence as the norm or that trivialize it. Details: Washington, DC: Organization of American States, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/women/docs/pdf/SEXUALVIOLENCEEducHealth.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Women Shelf Number: 126408

Author: LaChance, Daniel Title: Condemned To Be Free: The Cultural Life of Capital Punishment in the United States, 1945-Present Summary: This dissertation examines the waning of capital punishment in the immediate post-World War II period and its resurgence in the 1980s and 1990s. Some scholars understand the revival of the death penalty in the United States as part of a socially conservative backlash in a society undergoing immense social change. Qualifying and building upon these accounts, I argue that the migration of Americans‘ sense of political community away from the public sphere and a concomitant resurgence of individualism in the post-World War II period played an under-examined role in the growth of the American demand for capital punishment. State killing, I show, was compatible with a cultural consensus that social problems could be solved only by individual acts of will and not by large-scale social engineering. The revival of the death penalty reflected Americans‘ discomfort with the way that modern, utilitarian approaches to punishment, which peaked in the years after World War II, failed to take individuals seriously, prioritizing social goals over individual autonomy. In this context, capital punishment legitimized, rather than simply masked, the state‘s withdrawal of its claim to being the central provider of social, economic, and personal security. And it denied, rather than endorsed, the state‘s role as a dispenser of traditional morality. Contradictory understandings of the role of the killing state as normatively and descriptively strong and weak worked, moreover, to sustain the practice of capital punishment in the United States. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Department of American Studies, University of Minnesota, 2011. 228p. Source: Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/101797/1/LaChance_umn_0130E_11760.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 126409

Author: Bowers, James Henry Title: Urban Growth Boundaries: Urban Crime Reduction or Urban Myth? Summary: There has been much research written on the negative aspects associated with sprawl, such as crime, the flight of people and businesses to the suburbs, and resulting inner-city decay. However, there is a dearth of information on the effects of limiting sprawl and crime. The objective of this research was to examine the impact of an urban growth boundary (UGB) that limits uncontrolled sprawl on crime rates in Portland, Oregon. UCR data from 1975-1997 was utilized to measure the impact. Crime impacts were analyzed with time-series analysis for property crime, violent crime, and overall crime indexes. Vancouver, Washington crime data was used as a comparison group. Other smaller cities within the UGB in the Portland area also were analyzed. The results show significant increases in violent, property, and the overall crime rates in Portland. There also were significant increases in crime rates in the comparison city of Vancouver. The smaller cities showed a significant decrease in violent crimes after the implementation of the urban growth boundary, with property crimes increasing slightly. This legal impact study does provide results that can be interpreted through both ecological theories and routine activities theory. It would appear that the benefits of the urban growth boundary may be felt in the Oregon cities surrounding Portland. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2012. 153p. Source: Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://dspace.iup.edu/bitstream/handle/2069/715/James%20Henry%20Bowers.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 126410

Author: California Council on Science and Technology Title: The Efficacy of Managed Access Systems to Intercept Calls from Contraband Cell Phones in California Prisons Summary: This report is in response to a July 7, 2011 letter of request to the California Council on Science and Technology (CCST) from four California State Senators (Senators Elaine Alquist, Loni Hancock, Christine Kehoe and Alex Padilla). As detailed in the front of this report, the senators asked CCST to provide input on the best way to prevent cell phones from getting into the hands of inmates and, if they do, how best to prevent calls from being completed without impairing the ability of prison authorities to make and receive official business cell phone calls. In addition, they asked CCST to undertake a study on the feasibility of Managed Access Systems (MAS) technology as an effective strategy to curtail the use of contraband cell phones in the California State Prisons. In their letter the senators indicated that the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) had issued an Invitation for Bid (IFB), for replacement of the Inmate and Wards Telephone System (IWTS) including a requirement and specifications for the installation and operation of a MAS at each of the 33 State Prison sites to combat the problem of contraband cell phones in the California State Prison system. In exchange for the MAS system, the successful bidder/vendor would receive the right to operate and collect revenues from the IWTS landline phone system. Across all of the California prison facilities this IWTS use is estimated to be approximately 99 million minutes of landline calls. The CDCR IFB defines in detail the required parameters for the IWTS and the MAS. Details: Sacramento, CA; California Council on Science and Technology, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.ccst.us/publications/2012/2012cell.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones (California) Shelf Number: 126411

Author: U.S. House Committee on Homeland Security, Republican Staff Title: Tobacco and Terror: How Cigarette Smuggling is Funding our Enemies Abroad Summary: It has been well-reported that terrorist and criminal organizations are conducting illicit business operations within the United States, sending the profits overseas to finance domestic and international terrorist and criminal organizations. Recent law enforcement investigations have revealed that these profits, estimated to be in the millions of dollars annually in the United States along, are generated in part by illicit cigarette trafficking. Historically, the low-risk, high profitability of the illicit cigarette trade served as a gateway for traditional criminal traffickers to move into lucrative and dangerous criminal enterprises such as money laundering, arms dealing, and drug trafficking. Recent law enforcement investigations, however, have directly linked those involved in illicit tobacco trade to infamous terrorist organizations such as Hezbollah, Hamas, and al Qaeda. These startling discoveries led U.S. House Committee on Homeland Security Ranking Member Peter T. King (R-NY) to launch an investigation of the issue. The following staff report - which will focus on the estimated millions of dollars in illicit tobacco profits being funneled to terrorist groups overseas as well as New York State's refusal to enforce tobacco laws - is the result of numerous interviews with law enforcement official at the local, State, and Federal level, as well as open-source research. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. House Committee on Homeland Security, 2007. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2012 at https://www.documentcloud.org/documents/412462-tobacco-and-terror-how-cigarette-smuggling-is.html Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 126414

Author: Gregoriou, Greg N. Title: Madoff: A Riot of Red Flags Summary: For more than seventeen years, Bernard Madoff operated what was viewed as one of the most successful investment strategies in the world. This strategy ultimately collapsed in December 2008 in what financial experts are calling one of the most detrimental Ponzi schemes in history. Many large and otherwise sophisticated bankers, hedge funds, and funds of funds have been hit by his alleged fraud. In this paper, we review some of the red flags that any operational due diligence and quantitative analysis should have identified as a concern before investing. We highlight some of the salient operational features common to best-of-breed hedge funds, features that were clearly missing from Madoff’s operations. Details: Nice, France: EDHEC Risk and Asset Management Research Centre, EDHEC Business School, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2012 at http://docs.edhec-risk.com/mrk/000000/Press/EDHEC_PP_Madoff_Riot_of_Red_Flags.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes, Madoff, Bernard Shelf Number: 126415

Author: Bender-Olson, Katie Title: Supervised Release and Discharge of Sexually Violent Persons Summary: This Staff Brief describes the standards that must be met in order for a person who has been civilly committed as a sexually violent person to be released to supervised release or discharged from the commitment. Chapter 980, Stats., governs civil commitments of sexually violent persons. Wisconsin was one of the first states to enact such a law. Currently, 20 states civilly commit certain sex offenders. These laws have been challenged on the basis of due process, double jeopardy, and equal protection and have generally been held to be constitutional. This Staff Brief summarizes sections of ch. 980, Civil Commitment of Sexually Violent Persons, Stats., related to initial commitment under the chapter and to petitions for discharge and supervised release. The Brief also summarizes case law relevant to the constitutionality of ch. 980 civil commitments and to discharge and supervised release procedures. Part I describes sections of ch. 980 related to initial commitment of sexually violent persons and summarizes case law related to the constitutionality of civil commitments. Part II describes sections of ch. 980 related to supervised release from civil commitment and summarizes Wisconsin case law regarding supervised release. Part III describes sections of ch. 980 related to discharge from civil commitment and summarizes Wisconsin case law regarding discharge. Details: Madison, WI: Wisconsin Legislative Council, 2012. 22p. Source: Staff Brief, SC-2012-06: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2012 at http://legis.wisconsin.gov/lc/publications/sb/sb_2012_06.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment of Sex Offenders (Wisconsin) Shelf Number: 126416

Author: Connor, David Patrick Title: Prison Wardens' Perceptions of Sex Offenders, Sex Offender Registration, Community Notification, and Residency Restrictions Summary: There is relatively little known about how criminal justice system actors perceive sex offenders and the fairness, efficacy, and scope of policies aimed at sex offenders. Similarly, there is sparse research that specifically examines the attitudes, beliefs, and experiences of prison wardens. Following in the footsteps of earlier research (Tewksbury & Mustaine, 2011; Tewksbury, Mustaine, & Payne, 2011, in press), the present study addresses these gaps by considering the attitudes and beliefs toward sex offenders held by wardens. This examination includes perceptions about sex offenders as prison inmates, sex offender registration, community notification, and residency restrictions. Further, this research assesses the utility of the 18-item Community Attitudes Toward Sex Offenders (CATSO) scale (Church, Wakeman, Miller, Clements, & Sun, 2008), which was advocated for use with criminal justice system actors, to determine whether or not the instrument can be effectively utilized with wardens. Findings and policy implications are discussed. Details: Louisville, KY: University of Louisville, Department of Justice Administration, 2012. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://digital.library.louisville.edu/utils/getfile/collection/etd/id/2363/filename/5160.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 126442

Author: Clark, Thomas Title: Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs: An Assessment of the Evidence for Best Practices Summary: The role of state prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) in facilitating appropriate prescribing of controlled prescription drugs and helping to address the prescription drug abuse epidemic has been highlighted in recent studies and in the 2011 White House Office of National Drug Control Policy’s Prescription Drug Abuse Prevention Plan (GAO, 2002; Pradel et al., 2009; Baehren et al., 2010; Katz et al., 2010; Johnson et al., 2011; Office of National Drug Control Policy, 2011). A special concern for PDMPs is the diversion of opioid pain relievers into nonmedical use and abuse. A PDMP is a statewide electronic database that gathers information from pharmacies on dispensed prescriptions for controlled substances (most states that permit practitioners to dispense also require them to submit prescription information to the PDMP). Many PDMPs now provide secure online access to this information for authorized recipients. Prescription data (usually for the past year, and including information on date dispensed, patient, prescriber, pharmacy, medicine, and dose) are made available on request from end users, typically prescribers and pharmacists, and sometimes distributed via unsolicited reports. Recipients of PDMP data may also include practitioner licensure boards, law enforcement and drug control agencies, medical examiners, drug courts and criminal diversion programs, addiction treatment programs, public and private third-­party payers, and other public health and safety agencies. States vary widely in which categories of users are permitted to request and receive prescription history reports and under what conditions. PDMPs represent a substantially underutilized resource in efforts to improve public health outcomes and address prescription drug abuse (Katz et al., 2010). Key reasons for this underutilization include differences in the data PDMPs collect, whether and how they ensure data quality, the kinds of data analyses and reports they produce, to which users and under what conditions they make data available, and differences in an array of other procedures and practices. With respect to many of these practices, there is not widespread understanding of which constitute “best practices”; that is, which practices are associated with maximizing PDMP effectiveness. The purpose of this white paper is to describe what is known about PDMP best practices, describe and assess the evidence supporting their identification as best practices, and document the extent to which PDMPs have implemented these practices. The paper is structured as follows: • Section II provides background on the history of PDMPs and a conceptual framework for assessing their effectiveness. The contexts in which PDMPs developed have been an important influence on the range of PDMP practices and the extent of their current adoption. Practices can be organized in terms of PDMP workflow and functions (e.g., data collection, analysis, and reporting). Their effectiveness can be assessed by observing their differential impact in achieving intermediate objectives, such as increasing the utilization of PDMPs by all appropriate end users, and ultimate goals, such as improving patient health and reducing the diversion of prescription drugs into illegal use (drug diversion) and overdose. • Section III provides an overview of the paper’s methods and discusses types of evidence for effectiveness, the relative strength of the methods and evidence, and how the current evidence base for potential PDMP best practices was assessed. • Section IV describes candidate PDMP best practices, the extent to which they are implemented by PDMPs, and the evidence base for each practice, and identifies barriers to their adoption. • Section V discusses conclusions and recommendations regarding PDMP best practices. It includes a table summarizing the types of evidence that currently exist for each practice and the strength and consistency of evidence within those types. This section also outlines a research agenda, suggesting the kinds of studies needed to produce a stronger evidence base for practices we believe have the greatest potential to improve PDMP effectiveness. • Section VI provides the references we have examined in developing this white paper. These references are summarized in two tables in an appendix: one providing an overview of the peer-­reviewed, published literature on PDMP practices and effectiveness, and a second providing an overview of other literature of evaluation studies and reports, case studies, anecdotal information, and expert opinion. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2012. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://www.pewhealth.org/uploadedFiles/PHG/Content_Level_Pages/Reports/PDMP_Full%20and%20Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 126443

Author: Pyrooz, David Cyrus Title: The Non-Criminal Consequences of Gang Membership: Impacts on Education and Employment in the Life-Course Summary: Research on the consequences of gang membership is limited mainly to the study of crime and victimization. This gives the narrow impression that the effects of gang membership do not cascade into other life domains. This dissertation conceptualized gang membership as a snare in the life-course that disrupts progression in conventional life domains. National Longitudinal Survey of Youth Cohort of 1997 (NLSY97) data were used to examine the effects of adolescent gang membership on the nature and patterns of educational attainment and employment over a 12-year period in the life-course. Variants of propensity score weighting were used to assess the effects of gang joining on a range of outcomes pertaining to educational attainment and employment. The key findings in this dissertation include: (1) selection adjustments partially or fully confounded the effects of gang joining; despite this (2) gang joiners had 70 percent the odds of earning a high school diploma and 42 percent the odds of earning a 4-year college degree than matched individuals who avoided gangs; (3) at the 11-year mark, the effect of gang joining on educational attainment exceeded one-half year; (4) gang joiners made up for proximate deficits in high school graduation and college matriculation, but gaps in 4-year college degree and overall educational attainment gained throughout the study; (5) gang joiners were less likely to be employed and more likely to not participate in the labor force, and these differences accelerated toward the end of the study; (6) gang joiners spent an additional one-third of a year jobless relative to their matched counterparts; and (7) the cumulative effect of gang joining on annual income exceeded $14,000, which was explained by the patterning of joblessness rather than the quality of jobs. The theoretical and policy implications of these findings, as well as directions for future research, are addressed in the concluding chapter of this dissertation. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2012. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239241.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 126447

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency Title: Improving the Public’s Awareness and Reporting of Suspicious Activity: Key Research Findings from Literature Review, Household Surveys, Focus Groups and Interviews Summary: In January 2011, three cleanup workers notified law enforcement of a suspicious backpack they found on a bench along the route of a parade honoring Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. in Spokane, Washington. The backpack contained a live radio-controlled pipe bomb. Thanks to the timely report, law enforcement officers and bomb specialists were able to reroute the parade and neutralize the bomb before anyone was injured. This is just one of many examples that demonstrate the importance of the public’s awareness and willingness to report suspicious activity. Members of the public have long served as the “eyes and ears” of the communities in which they reside and work. Community members have a vested interest in keeping their neighborhoods safe and are critical to support law enforcement’s duty to prevent and investigate crime and terrorism. Many law enforcement agencies are already implementing local programs to enhance their community’s awareness of reporting suspicious activity, yet there is little guidance or research regarding best practices to improve citizen reporting. Improving the Public’s Awareness and Reporting of Suspicious Activity: Key Research Findings presents research-based fi ndings that can inform local officials in developing education and awareness campaigns. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/pdfs/SARKeyResearchFindings_508.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 126448

Author: Benedetti, Genevieve Title: Innovations in the Field of Child Abuse and Neglect Prevention: A Review of the Literature Summary: Child abuse and neglect prevention is a complex field due, in part, to the diverse and numerous factors that can lead to maltreatment. As a result, prevention strategies, interventions, and initiatives must address multiple issues and rely on expertise from a variety of disciplines. This literature review considers recent and multidisciplinary research that can lead to innovative and improved ways to target, design, and monitor child abuse prevention efforts. The author identifies and explores eight promising trends or lines of learning. The paper discusses implications for future research, program planning and public policy relevant to preventing maltreatment, strengthening families, and promoting the health and well-being of children. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Child%20Abuse%20&%20Neglect%20Prevention_09_11_12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 126449

Author: Gilman, Denise Title: Realizing Liberty: The Use of International Human Rights Law to Realign Immigration Detention in the United States Summary: This article takes a comprehensive look at the extensive U.S. immigration detention system from a human rights perspective. The article represents a first effort to synthesize and present recently-developed international human rights standards and apply those rules to the U.S. immigration detention system. It engages in an in-depth analysis to identify the changes necessary to realign U.S. law and scale back immigration detention in accord with international human rights law. The article proposes that U.S. courts should effect those changes through the interpretation of constitutional and statutory provisions in light of the international human rights law standards. This use of the human rights standards is appropriate, because the standards represent binding obligations for the United States as a matter of international law and closely track U.S. constitutional law principles relating to civil detention in contexts less contentious than immigration. The article demonstrates how the application of international human rights law standards can bring rationality and humanity to U.S. immigration detention by revitalizing the right to liberty, which constitutes a core conception in both international human rights law and U.S. constitutional law. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2144812 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 126451

Author: Alderden, Megan A. Title: Gang Hot Spots Policing in Chicago: An Evaluation of the Deployment Operations Center Process Summary: From 2000 to 2007, Chicago experienced a significant decline in violent crime (murder, criminal sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault/battery), particularly gun-related public violence. In public discourse, this decline was attributed to the Chicago Police Department (CPO) and, in particular, to a process spearheaded by the Deployment Operations Center (DOC). The primary mission of the DOC was to analyze crime and intelligence data, identifying areas of the city believed to have a high probability for violent crime (i.e., violent crime "hot spots"). Areas identified by DOC analysts, termed Level II deployment areas, were used to guide deployment decisions for specialized units, whose responsibility was to enter designated hot spots and suppress gang, drug, and gun crime. The primary purpose of this study, funded by the National Institute of Justice, was to evaluate whether the aforementioned crime reductions could be attributed to the DOC process. To accomplish this, researchers used both qualitative and quantitative research methods, collecting data on various elements of the DOC logic model - analysis of crime and intelligence data, identification of hot spots, communication of designated hot spots to CPO personnel, redeployment of officers to hot spots, and engagement in suppression activities. CPO administrators believed that, through this process, gang, drug, and gun-related crime would be reduced. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239207.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Hot Spots Shelf Number: 126452

Author: Greene, Judith: Mazon, Alexis Title: Privately Operated Federal Prisons for Immigrants: Expensive. Unsafe. Unnecessary Summary: Presented before a House of Representatives briefing sponsored by Rep. Jared Polis of Colorado on September 13, 2012, Privately Operated Federal Prisons for Immigrants: Expensive, Unsafe, Unnecessary chronicles the May 2012 Adams County Correctional Center uprising in Natchez, Mississippi, a private for-profit facility operated by Corrections Corporation of America, under contract with the Federal Bureau of Prisons. The report details some of the tragic personal consequences for Juan Villanueva, his family, and others caught in the midst of the horrific conditions at the facility, leading to the insurrection. The report weaves into this narrative a look at the rise and fall of the private prison industry, and its resurrection through the benefit of federal contracts to detain and imprison undocumented immigrants, in an atmosphere of moral panic after the 9/11 terrorist attacks. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/publications/2012/privately-operated-federal-prisons-immigrants-expensive-unsafe-unnecessary Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 126464

Author: Graybill, Lisa Title: Border Patrol Agents as Interpreters Along the Northern Border: Unwise Policy, Illegal Practice Summary: Advocates along the Northern Border report a recent, sharp increase in the use of U.S. Border Patrol (USBP) agents to provide interpretation services to state and local law enforcement officers and emergency responders. This most often occurs when an officer or responder encounters an individual who does not speak English and proactively reaches out to USBP for assistance. But it has also occurred when USBP agents respond to an incident report in lieu of, or in addition to, local law enforcement officers. In other cases, USBP agents have reportedly begun responding to 911 emergency assistance calls, especially if the caller is known or perceived not to speak English. Much of this activity appears to have been precipitated by the fact that the U.S.-Canada border has undergone a dramatic transformation, including an influx of newly assigned USBP agents. Immigrants, their advocates, and community members are reporting—and official statistics confirm—that there are simply too many USBP agents on the ground, apparently with too much time on their hands, who lack adherence to stated priorities. This special report by Lisa Graybill for the Immigration Policy Center lays out the problems with border patrol agents serving as translators and make recommendations intended to promote Title VI compliance, maintain the integrity of the USBP mission on the Northern Border, and protect the rights of immigrants and their families who call the Northern Border home. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, Immigration Policy Center, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/borderpatrolagentsasinterpreters.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Agents (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126466

Author: Hollist, Dusten Title: The Montana Pre-Adjudicatory Detention Risk Assessment Instrument: A Validation and Assessment Study Summary: The primary research objective in the current investigation is a performance assessment of the Montana Pre-Adjudicatory Risk Assessment Instrument (RAI). The RAI has been used on a pilot basis in Cascade, Hill, Missoula, and Yellowstone Counties since 2009 as part of the predispositional detention decision-making process to determine whether or not juveniles pose a public safety risk if released. The analysis focuses on two dimensions associated with the RAI. The first of these pertains to racial and cultural sensitivity in assessing offender risk. The second pertains to public safety outcomes associated with the behavior of juveniles who are released from detention. Specifically, whether a new offense occurred resulting in a misdemeanor or felony citation during the 45-day period of risk and whether the juvenile failed to appear for an initial court appearance after release from detention. To achieve these objectives, the following three research questions were examined: 1. Is the RAI being administered impartially and in a manner that it assesses juvenile offender “risk” in a culturally and racially sensitive manner? • Are there differences in the patterns of overrides that are used to make detention decisions when comparing White and minority juveniles? 2. Did the juveniles reoffend while on release status during the period of risk? • Was there a new felony or misdemeanor citation within 45 days following release from detention? 3. Did the juveniles fail to appear for the initial court appearance following release from detention? • Did the juvenile fail to appear for the next court appearance or follow-up with the probation officer after their release from detention? Details: Missoula, MT: Social Science Research Laboratory University of Montana, Missoula, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://mbcc.mt.gov/Data/SAC/RAI/RAI%20Technical%20Report%20_Final%20Version_.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 126467

Author: King, Chris Title: Spotlight On: Malicious Insiders and Organized Crime Activity Summary: The term organized crime brings up images of mafia dons, dimly lit rooms, and bank heists. The reality today is more nuanced; especially as organized crime groups have moved their activities online. This article focuses on a cross-section of CERT’s insider threat data, incidents consisting of 2 or more individuals involved in a crime. What we found is that insiders involved in organized crime caused more damage (approximately $3M per crime) and bypassed protections by involving multiple individuals in the crime. As organized crime has made its way online, it has become a significant source of fraud and embezzlement. Several recent news articles have raised awareness of this threat. The online crimes are often committed by individuals inside the organization who are attempting to bypass increasingly sophisticated fraud prevention controls. Analysis of multiple cases of insiders and organized crime has shown that the incidents fall into two primary categories: insiders either formed their own groups to bypass controls, or were recruited by established organized crime groups for a particular task in the commission of a crime. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Software Engineering Institute, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: www.cert.org/archive/pdf/12tn001.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 126469

Author: Cummings, Adam Title: Insider Threat Study: Illicit Cyber Activity Involving Fraud in the U.S. Financial Services Sector Summary: This report describes a new insider threat study funded by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Science and Technology Directorate (S&T) in collaboration with the U.S. Secret Service (USSS) and the CERT Insider Threat Center, part of Carnegie Mellon University's Software Engineering Institute. Researchers extracted technical and behavioral patterns from 67 insider and 13 external fraud cases; all 80 cases occurred between 2005 and the present. Using this information, we developed insights and risk indicators of malicious insider activity within the banking and finance sector. This information is intended to help private industry, government, and law enforcement more effectively prevent, deter, detect, investigate, and manage insider threats in this sector. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Software Engineering Institute, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.sei.cmu.edu/library/abstracts/reports/12sr004.cfm Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 126470

Author: Kosciw, Joseph G. Title: The 2011 National School Climate Survey The Experiences of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Youth in Our Nation’s Schools Summary: This report examined the experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) students in America's schools. The 2011 survey found for the first time both decreased levels of biased language and victimization and increased levels of student access to LGBT-related school resources and support. The 2011 survey demonstrates a continued decline in anti-LGBT language over the years, and for the first time the 2011 survey shows a significant decrease in victimization based on sexual orientation. The survey has also consistently indicated that a safer school climate directly relates to the availability of LGBT school-based resources and support, including Gay-Straight Alliances, inclusive curriculum, supportive school staff and comprehensive anti-bullying policies. The 2011 survey had 8,584 student respondents from all 50 states and the District of Columbia. "GLSEN has worked tirelessly for more than two decades to address endemic bias and violence directed at LGBT students in our schools," said GLSEN's Executive Director Dr. Eliza Byard. "With this report, we are beginning to be able to discern real impact of our efforts. Much work remains to be done to turn promising change into a concrete, sustainable reality, but those schools and districts that are taking action are beginning to make a real difference in improving the lives of students and providing better educational opportunity for all." Despite signs of progress, the survey found that the majority of LGBT students are faced with many obstacles in school affecting their academic performance and personal well-being. Results indicated that 8 out of 10 LGBT students (81.9%) experienced harassment at school in the past year because of their sexual orientation, three fifths (63.5%) felt unsafe at school because of their sexual orientation and nearly a third (29.8%) skipped a day of school in the past month because of safety concerns. Details: New York: The Gay, Lesbian & Straight Education Network (GLSEN), 2012. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.glsen.org/binary-data/GLSEN_ATTACHMENTS/file/000/002/2105-1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 126472

Author: Starr, Sonja B. Title: Estimating Gender Disparities in Federal Criminal Cases Summary: This paper assesses gender disparities in federal criminal cases. It finds large gender gaps favoring women throughout the sentence length distribution (averaging over 60%), conditional on arrest offense, criminal history, and other pre-charge observables. Female arrestees are also significantly likelier to avoid charges and convictions entirely, and twice as likely to avoid incarceration if convicted. Prior studies have reported much smaller sentence gaps because they have ignored the role of charging, plea-bargaining, and sentencing fact-finding in producing sentences. Most studies control for endogenous severity measures that result from these earlier discretionary processes and use samples that have been winnowed by them. I avoid these problems by using a linked dataset tracing cases from arrest through sentencing. Using decomposition methods, I show that most sentence disparity arises from decisions at the earlier stages, and use the rich data to investigate causal theories for these gender gaps. Details: East Lansing, MI: University of Michigan Law School, 2012. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Michigan Law and Economics Research Paper, No. 12-018: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2144002 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discretion Shelf Number: 126473

Author: American Prosecutor's Research Institute Title: A Local Prosecutor's Guide for Responding to Hate Crimes Summary: The United States has long been a “melting pot” society, to which people of different ethnic groups and races, from many diverse cultures and countries, have come. They and their children have become Americans, to form this unique and unified nation. Yet throughout our history these distinctions have fostered bias, prejudice, and hatred by some people— manifested in the form of harassment, intimidation, and bias-motivated crimes. Bias- or hate-motivated incidents and crimes can have a serious impact not only on the victim but also on those who share his or her characteristics because they have been singled out as a result of inherent characteristics and robbed of self-esteem. The deep psychological impact of hate crimes causes terror among victims and victimized groups, distrust of the criminal justice system and its ability to protect against hate crimes, and the potential for retaliatory crimes against the offender or the group the offender represents. Criminologically, hate crimes are regarded by some as a more severe offense than non bias-motivated offenses. Compared to other crimes in general, bias-motivated crimes are more likely to: • Be directed against persons as opposed to property; • Involve injury to victims; • Involve multiple offenders; • Involve serial victimizations; and • Go unsolved. For these reasons, hate crimes must be addressed in a manner that takes into account the seriousness of the offenses and their impact on victims/victimized groups and that serves to stop biased attitudes and beliefs from escalating into crimes. Details: Alexandria, VA: APRI, 2003. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.ndaa.org/pdf/hate_crimes.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 126474

Author: George, Thomas P. Title: Domestic Violence Sentencing Conditions and Recidivism Summary: This study examined the types of sentence conditions imposed on domestic violence offenders, the combination of conditions that formed offenders’ sentences, and the relationship between the type of sentence received and recidivism. A total of 66,759 individuals charged with a domestic violence offense from 2004 through 2006 in Washington State courts were included in the study, 41% of whom had conditions imposed at sentencing. Over 100 different types of conditions were used during the study period, which were then reduced to 14 condition categories. Offenders received, on average, over six different conditions. Proscriptions, fines, jail, and probation were the most common conditions imposed, each included in over half of all sentences. The combinations of conditions within sentences were then examined, and ten types of sentences were selected for analysis. Logistic regression was used to predict both domestic violence recidivism and any type of subsequent offense, controlling for a number of offender and case characteristics. Results indicated that, when compared to offenders who received sentences involving only fines and/or proscriptions, those who also complied with either probation, victim-oriented treatment, or probation and treatment had lower odds of committing another domestic violence offense during the five-year follow-up period. Any sentence that included a jail term along with fines and/or proscriptions was associated with higher odds of domestic violence recidivism. Results were similar when examining recidivism in general with one exception; sentences that included anger management interventions were also associated with lower odds of recidivating. Offenders who completed state-certified domestic violence treatment, on the other hand, did not have significantly lower or higher odds of recidivating when compared to offenders who received only fines and/or proscriptions. Results suggest a need to re-examine how domestic violence offenders are sentenced as well as whether current models of domestic violence treatment are effective in preventing further violence. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, Administrative Office of the Courts, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/sac/nchip/DV_sentencing_conditions_recidivism.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 126477

Author: Behm, Michael E. Title: Traffic Stops in Nebraska. A Report to the Governor and the Legislature on Data Submitted by Law Enforcement April 1, 2012 Summary: Issues of fairness and trust are critical in the administration of justice. These issues are critical for the public as well as for law enforcement. Traffic stops are one of the most common types of contact for the public. Perceptions derived from these contacts and the need for openness on the reasons for stops fit with other concerns. The Nebraska Legislature passed LB593 in 2001 to respond to possible issues relating to the way that traffic stops are made. The act specifically prohibited racial profiling and required law enforcement to implement policies prohibiting discriminatory practices as well as requiring the collection of prescribed data. Additionally, it required agencies to report to the Crime Commission all allegations of racial profiling received and the disposition of such allegations. This report includes traffic stop data from 2002 through 2011 as submitted to the Nebraska Crime Commission. One component of addressing concerns has been the training of law enforcement. Issues regarding racial profiling have been incorporated into the basic training all law enforcement officers attend for certification. Since the law took effect in 2001, and even prior to this law, students in basic training are taught that all traffic stops must be based on a legal justification and cannot be based solely upon the person’s (or driver's) race or ethnic makeup. Any stop based solely upon the person's race or ethnicity would be unconstitutional. Students fill out racial profiling report forms with each simulated traffic stop conducted while in the training academy. Data by agency and county is available at the Crime Commission's website (www.ncc.ne.gov). Proactive use of these data can assist in an agency's monitoring and adherence to legislation. They can provide opportunities to reach out to the community as well as examine processes and procedures. We strongly encourage agencies to examine their data and look at what is happening within their jurisdiction. · There were 515,390 traffic stops reported to the Crime Commission for 2011 from 179 law enforcement agencies. · Of the total traffic stops reported, over two thirds were by the Nebraska State Patrol or agencies in Douglas, Lancaster and Sarpy Counties. Overall, 42% of the stops made statewide were by the Patrol. Omaha PD made 11% and Lincoln PD made almost 8% of the statewide traffic stops. · While both population and stops were concentrated in the largest counties, the largest metropolitan agencies accounted for the most stops. The Omaha Police Department, Lincoln Police Department and the Nebraska State Patrol accounted for 61% of stops. o Given that the 2010 census included detailed data on Lincoln and Omaha we were able to better examine details of stops in those communities. · The general or census population only provides one aspect of the potential group that would be stopped by law enforcement, particularly in areas with a lot of commuters or Interstate traffic. Nonetheless, the local population provides one view of the area and is often used for these comparisons. · The breakdown of types of stops and related data by race has stayed relatively consistent throughout the reported years, with certain variations showing in searches and the dispositions of stops. · The statewide breakdown of traffic stops by race parallels the census adult population breakdown as well as the general known licensed driving population. In and of itself this does not mean that there is no racial profiling. It can be said that, on the statewide aggregate, there are not apparent disproportionalities. · However, this does not mean that there are not disparities. There are other variances that show up when looking at particular local populations or jurisdictions. Since minority populations vary greatly across Nebraska it significantly affects the contact law enforcement would have with them. · The majority of stops in Douglas County were by the Omaha Police. o Black drivers in Omaha are stopped almost twice as often by the Omaha Police Department (21.6% to 12.2%) · Lancaster County has the majority of its stops by the Lincoln Police Department. o The Lincoln Police Department stops Blacks at over twice their local adult population (7.7% to 3.3%) · Dawson County has a large Hispanic population that dramatizes the need for local examination of populations. o Hispanics, the largest minority population in Dawson County, account for 30.8% of stops countywide compared to their overall population of 26.2% o Hispanics are 53% of Lexington's adult population but account for 51.4% of the stops · Looking at the processing of stops can point to similarities and disparities. A search can be requested of the driver or cause may bring about a search. o The overall reporting by law enforcement shows that Blacks (3.0%), Hispanics (3.9%) and Native Americans (4.7%) are searched more often than overall (2.4%) or Whites (2.2%). o The Nebraska State Patrol searches at a proportion lower than those reported overall (0.9% to 2.4%). o The State Patrol does search Native Americans (2.9%) three times as often as their overall searches (0.9%). o The Douglas County Sheriff's Office conducts a larger proportion of searches on Blacks (9.1), Hispanics (11.7) and Native Americans (12.5) than overall (5.3%) o The Omaha Police Department conducts searches over three times as often on Native Americans (4.2) than overall (1.2%) o The Lincoln Police Department searched Blacks (3.5%) and Native Americans (7.1%) and Hispanics (2.7%) more frequently than general searches (1.4%) o The Dawson County Sheriff's Office searched Hispanics (4.5) almost twice as frequently as general searches (2.6%) · For 2011 the Crime Commission received seven reports from three agencies of the public making allegations of racial profiling. All the agencies involved conducted internal investigations. In all seven instances the officer was exonerated. As always. it must be noted that any observed disparities are just that: disparities. The data cannot prove bias or instances of racial profiling but they can point to areas that agencies can look at more closely. Detailed review by agencies, including specifics such as officers, locations, populations or other criteria are essential to understanding the local situation. While this data provides a good snapshot of traffic stops it must be noted that there are inherent limitations. Since only summary data is required to be collected and reported there is no way to track individual instances or get to a detailed level of analysis available in other data sets. Details: Lincoln, NE: Nebraska Commission on Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.ncc.ne.gov/pdf/stats_and_research/2011DataFinal.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 126478

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Bailing on Baltimore: Voices from the Front Lines of the Justice System Summary: In Baltimore City, the bail system relies almost exclusively on financial conditions of release, or money bail. All adults who are arrested are processed at the Baltimore Central Booking and Intake Center (Central Booking). After they have been booked, people attend a bail hearing where a District Court bail commissioner sets the initial bail amount. The State’s Attorney may make recommendations regarding the bail amount, but the commissioner is not required to accept these recommendations. In most cases, the bail commissioner has the authority to release people on their own recognizance, but in Baltimore City, this rarely occurs. In fact, most people in Baltimore City are not offered release under any conditions. On February 13, 2012, the jail population in the Baltimore City jail was 3,605 people, and 57 percent of the people were in custody due to not being offered bail on one or more of their charges. Bail commissioners are appointed by the Administrative Judge and must hold a bachelor’s degree but are not required to be lawyers or have any sort of certification or background in criminal justice. If a person pays their bail amount in full or procures the services of a for-profit bail bonding company, they are released. If they are detained in jail because they cannot pay the initial amount, they go before a judge during the next session of court for a bail review hearing. At the bail review hearing, the judge makes the final bail decision and may change the commissioner’s initial decision, including modifying the amount of bail or releasing a person on their own recognizance. However, data show that judges change the decision of the commissioners in less than a fourth of all cases. In effect, bail commissioners most often decide who is released on personal recognizance, who receives bail or who is held without bail. This report is the product of interviews with thirteen individuals with knowledge about or direct experience with the pretrial justice systems in Baltimore City and Washington, D.C. From March to May 2012, researcher Jean Chung sat down with residents of Baltimore City who had been in jail as well as criminal justice advocates, attorneys, judicial officials, and pretrial services providers in Baltimore City and Washington, D.C. The purpose of this report is twofold: first, to document and make heard the perspectives and stories of people whose lives have been affected by the bail system in Baltimore City; second, to identify the policy reforms that are most relevant and needed to improve the Baltimore City bail system. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2012 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/bailingonbaltimore.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (Baltimore, Maryland) Shelf Number: 126481

Author: Burress, George W. Title: Homeland Security in Small Law Enforcement Jurisdictions: Preparedness, Efficacy, and Proximity to Big-City Peers Summary: Over the last decade, local law enforcement agencies have developed a more robust capacity to respond to homeland security incidents. This trend was initiated in response to the 9/11 terror attacks, though myriad other criminal events (shootings on college campuses) and non-criminal incidents (weather-related disasters) have contributed to this rallying cry. The main focus of the current discussion is on the need for agencies to develop an “all hazards” approach to homeland security that will increase prevention, preparedness, response, and recovery to a broad range of critical events, whether related to terrorism or not. Much of the dialog and attention has been focused on the largest agencies and metropolitan areas in the country, yet smaller jurisdictions also play a key role in developing and sustaining a homeland security network. It is the smallest agencies that are perhaps the least understood actors in the advances of the past decade. While training and funding opportunities have been extended to departments of all sizes, far less is known about the extent to which homeland security innovations have diffused into these small organizations, which represent the majority of all American law enforcement agencies. Prior work by this study’s authors in the state of Illinois suggests that smaller jurisdictions were not as prepared as their larger counterparts. This research suggested, but did not directly assess, the extent to which intragroup variation among small agencies was possibly a function of proximity. Were small agencies that were “closer” to large peers (in terms of physical distance and/or level of interaction) taking more preparatory measures and did they perceive they were more capable of an effective response to a homeland security event? The study described in this report sought to address these and related research questions. A stratified national sampling strategy was used to identify small municipal agencies (employing 25 or fewer full-time sworn officers) positioned across a variety of metropolitan and non-metropolitan contexts. Agency respondents (typically the chief executive officer) were asked to report a number of data points for their organization: assessments of the risk the jurisdiction would experience terrorist or non-terrorist homeland security incidents; preparedness measures taken by the agency; perceived efficacy of the agency’s response capacity across various salient domains (i.e., communication networks, policies, staffing, training, etc.); extent to which the responding agency monitors and emulates peers and best practices in the field; and, level of interactions between respondents and the nearest large municipal agency (employing 250+ full-time sworn officers). Project findings would tend to support organizational theory expectations regarding the diffusion of homeland security innovation. Agencies that perceived a greater risk of experiencing terrorism-related events reported greater levels of preparedness. Likewise, agencies that were more integrated into professional networks and paid more attention to respected peers and trends in the policing profession had engaged in more preparedness activities. Confirming the relevance of proximity to large agencies, respondents who engaged in more interactions with their closest large agency peer reported greater levels of preparedness. Agency size and position in more metropolitan areas also contributed to the level of reported preparedness. In addition, agencies that reported engaging in more preparatory measures perceived a greater level of efficacy should a homeland security incident occur. The results confirm that, while small agencies have been found less prepared in contrast to their larger peers, intragroup variation exists. While this variation is partially a function of the proximity between small jurisdictions and their larger peers, it also is influenced by the extent to which small agencies are connected to broader trends, practices, and peers within the profession. The results hold important implications for how future homeland security innovations might effectively be diffused into the smallest agencies in America’s policing system. This is a vital issue considering that over three-quarters of municipal agencies meet the definition of small used in this study. Details: Carbondale, IL: Dept. of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Southern Illinois University, 2012. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239466.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126490

Author: PROS Network Title: Public Health Crisis: The Impact of Using Condoms as Evidence of Prostitution in New York City Summary: The confiscation of condoms by police and the use of condoms as evidence of prostitution‐related offenses is a public health issue that has long been decried by human rights organizations and harm reduction service providers who interact with people in the sex trade and other vulnerable populations on a daily basis. This practice has been documented in cities across the United States, as well as in countries around the world for over a decade (Alliance for a Safe & Diverse DC 2008; Amnesty International 2005; Human Rights Watch 2004, 2006; Thukral & Ditmore 2003). PROS Network (Providers and Resources Offering Services to sex workers) members have been receiving reports from their clients and constituents for years that the police are confiscating their condoms during street encounters and arrests for prostitution‐related crimes. In response to concerns about the impact of this practice on the health and safety of their clients and constituents, the PROS Network has participated in two studies to document this practice and its effects, and to strengthen the case for policy reform around the use of condoms as evidence of prostitution. In the experience of PROS Network members, condom confiscation is primarily experienced by people who are– or are perceived to be–involved in the sex trades, as well as by lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) adults and youth of color, and street‐based and lower income communities. Ironically, these are some of the same populations that have been targeted for increased HIV prevention programming and condom distribution. In addition to directly conflicting with state public health policies and initiatives to combat the HIV/AIDS epidemic, such as the distribution of free New York City condoms, the use of condom possession to prove evidence of intent to engage in prostitution‐related offenses is dangerously undermining people’s efforts to protect themselves and others, and discouraging people from carrying condoms. Fortunately, legislative measures have been introduced in New York to stop this harmful practice. In 1999, New York State Assembly Bill S.1645 was sponsored and introduced by State Senator Velmanette Montgomery (D – 18th District), who was later joined by State Assemblywoman Barbara M. Clark (D – 33rd District), to amend the civil practice law, the criminal procedure law, and the executive law to prohibit the introduction of condoms as evidence of prostitution and prostitution‐related offenses. At the time of this report’s publication, the current version of this legislation, Bill A1008/S323 is still under consideration by the New York State Senate Rules Committee and the New York State Assembly Codes Committee. The New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (NYC DOHMH) partnered with the PROS Network between August and October 2010 to conduct a study to examine the prevalence of the confiscation of condoms by the New York City Police Department (NYPD) and the use of such condoms as evidence of prostitution‐related offenses in criminal cases (hereinafter referred to as “the DOHMH Study”). The survey was also designed to determine the extent to which this practice discouraged people from carrying condoms. One of the objectives of the DOHMH Study was to evaluate and highlight the public health impact of this practice in New York City. Target populations for the DOHMH Study included people in the sex trade and other populations accessing harm reduction services. Sixty‐three people participated in the survey, and the qualitative and quantitative survey data were analyzed and presented in a report completed in December 2010. However, the DOHMH Study was not released to the public until February 2012, when a partially redacted version was disclosed in response to a Freedom of Information Law request filed by Human Rights Watch. In the interim, the PROS Network decided in August 2011 to conduct additional research on the confiscation and use of condoms as evidence in New York City (hereinafter referred to as “the PROS Network Study”). The PROS Network Study was initiated with the aim of investigating and documenting the experiences of people in the sex trade and other communities with the policing of condoms. Another objective of the study was to raise awareness of the impacts that the New York City Police Department’s approach to enforcing prostitution laws has on the health, safety and human rights of people in the sex trade and other marginalized communities. Finally, the study was initiated with the objective of making recommendations to improve the treatment of people in the sex trade and other vulnerable populations by the NYPD; to improve the relations between these communities and the police; and to challenge police practices that actively hinder or obstruct access to HIV prevention resources. Details: New York: The PROS Network, Sex Workers Project, 2012. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://sexworkersproject.org/downloads/2012/20120417-public-health-crisis.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Condoms Shelf Number: 126491

Author: Smith, S. Mar Title: Human Trafficking in Illicit Massage Facilities: Analysis and Recommendations Summary: This research paper analyzes interventions and offers recommendations that will increase the effectiveness of anti-trafficking efforts. We are targeting illicit massage for three reasons: 1. Increase in number of victims. Criminals are trafficking victims from Asia (primarily China, Thailand, and S. Korea) into the U.S. for labor and sexual exploitation and hiding them under the name “massage,” “foot massage,” and “reflexology.” Indicators suggest that illicit massage is increasing in our state, which implies that the victims of trafficking are increasing in number. 2. Inability of Victims to Self-Identify. The cultural context and controlling practices of traffickers in illicit massage facilities impose serious limitations upon the ability of victims to self-identify as trafficking victims. This reality substantially reduces the likelihood that current intervention efforts will result in the freedom of victims enslaved in this industry. 3. Flourishing of Illicit Facilities Despite Raids. Interviews and consultations with key stakeholders have identified significant frustration by investigators and law enforcement regarding the ability of illicit massage businesses to continue to thrive despite costly investigations and prosecutions. Even if law enforcement or DOH investigators successfully complete a raid and shut one business down, another business front for criminal activity will often replace it in the same location within weeks or months. Law enforcement has encountered a similar problem in the war on drug trafficking: capture one criminal and a second criminal quickly arises to replace him. This rapid replacement is being driven by the profitability of human trafficking in illicit massage facilities. For this reason, we propose preventative interventions that negatively impact the core business structure and profitability of illicit massage in our state. These interventions are more effective at prevention and less costly for our government than the costs incurred from law enforcement investigations, busts, prosecutions, and imprisonments of criminals. Through proactive, preventative, and proven interventions, we can make our state more uninhabitable and unprofitable for businesses that are a front for illicit massage, trafficking, and prostitution. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Engage, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://waengage.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/12/Massage-White-Paper.FinalR11.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Washington State, U.S. Shelf Number: 126494

Author: Shatz, Steven F. Title: Challenging the Death Penalty with Statistics: Furman, McCleskey and a Single County Case Study Summary: In the forty year history of the Supreme Court's modern death penalty jurisprudence, two cases — Furman v. Georgia (1972) and McCleskey v. Kemp (1987) — stand out above all others. Both cases turned on the Court's consideration of empirical evidence, but they appear to have reached divergent — even altogether inconsistent — results. In Furman, the Court relied on statistical evidence that the death penalty was infrequently applied to death-eligible defendants to hold that the Georgia death penalty scheme was unconstitutional under the Eighth Amendment. In McCleskey, the Court, despite being presented with statistical evidence that race played a significant role in death-charging and death-sentencing in Georgia, upheld the revised Georgia scheme and McCleskey's death sentence against Equal Protection and Eighth Amendment challenges. The McCleskey decision called into question the use of statistical evidence to challenge the death penalty. In the present article, we report on a unique empirical study of the administration of the death penalty in Alameda County, California — the largest single-county death penalty study and the only study to examine intra-county geographic disparities in death-charging and death-sentencing. The data set, drawn from 473 first degree murder convictions for murders occurring over a 23-year period, compares death-charging and death-sentencing in the two halves of the county. During the study period, the two halves differed significantly in racial makeup — the population of North County was over 30% African-American, and of South County less than 5% African-American; and the two halves differed in the race of homicide victims — in North County, African-Americans were homicide victims roughly 4.5 times as often as Whites, while, in South County, Whites were homicide victims more than three times as often as African-Americans. The study reveals that there were statistically significant disparities in death-charging and death-sentencing according to the location of the murder: the Alameda County District Attorney was substantially more likely to seek death, and capital juries, drawn from a county-wide jury pool, were substantially more likely to impose death, for murders that occurred in South County. We argue that, McCleskey notwithstanding, statistical evidence such as the "race of neighborhood" disparities found in the present study should support constitutional challenges to the death penalty under both the Equal Protection Clause and the Eighth Amendment. Details: San Francisco, CA: University of San Francisco - School of Law, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2012-23: Accessed September 28, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2146253 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 126496

Author: Guttin, Andrea Title: The Criminal Alien Program: Immigration Enforcement in Travis County, Texas Summary: The Criminal Alien Program (CAP) is a program administered by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) that screens inmates in prisons and jails, identifies deportable non-citizens, and places them into deportation proceedings. In this Special Report, The Criminal Alien Program: Immigration Enforcement in Travis County, Texas, provides a brief history and background on the CAP program. It includes a case study of CAP implementation in Travis County, Texas, which finds that the program has a negative impact on communities because it increases the community’s fear of reporting crime to police, is costly, and may encourage racial profiling. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/Criminal_Alien_Program_021710.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 126497

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: A Price Illinois Cannot Afford: Tamms and the Costs of Long-Term Isolation Summary: In “A Price Illinois Cannot Afford: Tamms and The Costs of Long-Term Isolation,” (PDF) the John Howard Association (JHA) offers an unprecedented analysis of the operations and policies of Illinois’ only supermax prison. This special report was based in part on a March 2012 visit that followed Governor Quinn’s proposal to close Tamms. The report sets out JHA’s findings with respect to conditions of inmates housed in the facility's closed maximum security unit (C-Max), considerations regarding Tamms’ proposed closure, and the costs and consequences of long-term isolation. Key Findings • It costs almost $65,000 per year to house an inmate at Tamms—the highest cost of any DOC facility. • Most inmates spend 23 to 24 hours alone in their cells without social interaction, human contact, or sensory stimulation. This state of isolation can extend for months, years or indefinitely. Some Tamms inmates have spent more than a decade in this isolation. • Approximately 18 percent of Tamms inmates are 50 years or older. • While Tamms offers no re-entry programs, the majority of its inmates will be released and returned to the community. • In observing, visiting, and communicating with Tamms inmates, JHA found evidence of inmates suffering deleterious effects to their mental and physical health related to long-term isolation. • JHA found that Tamms’ staff are not given adequate training, strategies, resources, and professional support to assist them in managing and interacting with mentally ill and selfinjuring inmates. • At its peak, Tamms held 287 inmates in C-Max. At the start of 2010, it held 265 inmates. On November 9, 2010, the date of JHA’s last visit, Tamms held 207 inmates. At the time of JHA’s most recent visit, that number had dropped by almost 30, for a total of about 180 inmates. • According to DOC Director Godinez’s Closure Recommendations, Tamms’ staff will be offered positions in nearby facilities that suffer from chronic understaffing, minimizing job loss. Details: Chicago: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://thejha.org/sites/default/files/TammsReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Incarceration Shelf Number: 126499

Author: Osher, Fred Title: Adults with Behavioral Health Needs under Correctional Supervision: A Shared Framework for Reducing Recidivism and Promoting Recovery Summary: The large numbers of adults with behavioral health disorders (mental illnesses, substance use disorders, or both) who are arrested and convicted of criminal offenses pose a special challenge for correctional and health administrators responsible for their confinement, rehabilitation, treatment, and supervision. As corrections populations have grown, the requirements for correctional facilities to provide health care to these inmates has stretched the limits of their budgets and available program personnel. They often lack the resources to provide the kinds of services many of these individuals need for recovery and to avoid reincarceration. Addressing the needs of individuals on probation or returning from prisons and jails to the community also raises difficult issues for the behavioral health administrators and service providers who have come to be relied on for treatment. Individuals with behavioral health issues who have criminal histories often have complex problems, some of which are difficult to address in traditional treatment settings. The reality is, however, that public healthcare professionals are already struggling to serve them. A significant number of individuals who receive services through the publicly funded mental health and substance abuse systems are involved in the criminal justice system. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), the criminal justice system is the single largest source of referral to the public substance abuse treatment system, with probation and parole treatment admissions representing the highest proportion of these referrals.1 Overlapping populations similarly exist for corrections administrators and mental healthcare providers.2 With state and local agencies enduring dramatic budget cuts, resources are already scarce for serving and supervising individuals with substance abuse and mental health needs who are, or have been, involved in the criminal justice system. The question that many policymakers and practitioners are asking is whether those resources are being put to the best use in advancing public safety and health, as well as personal recovery. They are examining whether allocations of behavioral health resources are increasing diversion from the criminal justice system when appropriate and reducing ongoing criminal justice involvement for individuals under correctional control and supervision.3 The answer, frankly, is we do not think that the scale of the investments in these efforts has come close to addressing the extent of the problem or that resources are always properly focused. The dedication of resources made behind the bars and in the community does not appear to stop the individuals with substance abuse and mental health disorders from cycling through the criminal justice system—in many cases, they are simply insufficient to effect a systemwide change or do not focus narrowly enough on the people who would most benefit from the interventions. These investments in treatment and supervision have traditionally not been coordinated and sometimes even work at cross-purposes. Just as the substance abuse and mental health systems used to operate in silos—but now frequently come together to provide integrated co-occurring treatment options—a similar challenge is now before the corrections and behavioral health systems. The vast majority of inmates eventually return to their home communities from prisons and jails (650,000 or more individuals each year from state prisons alone,4 and more than 9 million individuals from jail).5 This influx of returning inmates has sparked an urgent need for corrections and behavioral healthcare administrators to reconsider the best means to facilitate reentry and service delivery to the many individuals with substance abuse and mental health problems. Despite the overlap in the populations they serve, little consensus exists among behavioral healthcare and community corrections administrators and providers on who should be prioritized for treatment, what services they should receive, and how those interventions should be coordinated with supervision. Too often, corrections administrators hear that “those aren’t my people” from behavioral healthcare administrators and providers. And just as often, the behavioral health community feels they are asked to assume a public safety role that is not in synch with their primary mission. Misunderstandings about each system’s capacity, abilities, and roles, as well as what types of referrals are appropriate, have contributed to the problem. This white paper presents a shared framework for reducing recidivism and behavioral health problems among individuals under correctional control or supervision—that is, for individuals in correctional facilities or who are on probation or parole. The paper is written for policymakers, administrators, and practitioners committed to making the most effective use of scarce resources to improve outcomes for individuals with behavioral health problems who are involved in the corrections system. It is meant to provide a common structure for corrections and treatment system professionals to begin building truly collaborative responses to their overlapping service population. These responses include both behind-the-bars and community-based interventions. This framework is designed to achieve each system’s goals and ultimately to help millions of individuals rebuild their lives while on probation or after leaving prison or jail. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2012. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://consensusproject.org/jc_publications/adults-with-behavioral-health-needs Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 126500

Author: Ditmore, Melissa Title: The Road North The Role of Gender, Poverty and Violence in Trafficking from Mexico to the US Summary: The Road North was undertaken when service providers in Mexico sought information about people trafficked to the United States via Mexico in order to inform their practice, and support their work to prevent human trafficking. The context of migration between the US and Mexico is influenced by economic disparities, economic and migration policies, labor opportunities and gender roles in both countries. Human trafficking also occurs within Mexico. The US response to human trafficking, which emphasizes law enforcement, is described, alongside the challenges presented. These topics are discussed throughout the full report to promote greater understanding of the data and its interpretation. The Road North highlights the experiences of 37 individuals who were trafficked from Mexico to the United States, eventually arriving in the New York City area. Of the 36 women, including 2 transgender women, and 1 man in this report, all but one had experienced some form of sexual harassment or were trafficked into the sex industry. Many were also forced or coerced into other labor or economic activities, including theft. Data was collected from 37 signed affidavits and 6 interviews. The affidavits were written between 2005 and 2011. Interviews were conducted in January and February 2012. 25 affidavits were collected from the Sex Workers Project (SWP) at the Urban Justice Center and 12 were collected from the Anti-Trafficking Program at Safe Horizon, both based in New York City. The interviews were conducted with clients and former clients of SWP whose affidavits were also being used for this report. Details: New York: Sex Workers Project, Urban Justice Center, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2012 at: http://www.sexworkersproject.org/downloads/2012/swp-2012-the-road-north-en.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S., Mexico) Shelf Number: 126501

Author: Texans for Public Justice Title: Lax Oversight Plagues Private Prisons in Texas Summary: This report discusses prison privatization in the state of Texas, including the disastrous contract with the Geo Group to run a youth detention facility in West Texas, where state officials abruptly shuttered the Coke County Juvenile Justice Center, after discovering its squalid conditions. Details: Austin, TX: Texans for Public Justice; Grassroots Leadership, 2008. 9p. Source: Watch Your Assets, Vol. 1, No. 9: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://info.tpj.org/watchyourassets/prisons/prisons.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration (Texas) Shelf Number: 126502

Author: Hudson, Nicholas Title: Ground Zero: The Laredo Superjail and the No Action Alternative Summary: South Texas has become ground zero in the immigrant incarceration boom. There, thousands of nonviolent border crossers are being placed behind bars where they absord tax dollars and create a perceived need for additional prison space. The state of Texas is home to at least 9,500 proposed or recently built prison beds - all of which are intended to house federal detainees from the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the United States Marshals Service (USMS). The largest of these expansions is the proposed Laredo facility. In 2004, the USMS issued a "request for proposal" (RFP) for a privately owned and operated detention center. This facility, which has been dubbed the "Laredo superjail" by local media, would eventually hold 2, 800 detainees, most of whom would be immigrants. The EIS briefly explains, but does not recommend, a "no action alternative." The no action alternative, as defined in the draft EIS, is "not to proceed with the proposed action to award a contract to house federal detainees in a Contractor-Owned/Contractor-Operated detention facility." This report concludes that USMS prison expansion in or near the Laredo area is unnecessary, and that the best course of action is the no action alternative. The data analyzed in this report indicates immigration-related detention is disproportionately represented compared to every other type of offense in the Texas South USMS district. The USMS maintains that there were no reasonable alternatives to expansion. This report rejects that argument. The proposed Laredo facility would not be necessary with slight changes in federal prosecution and enforcement patterns in the Southern District of Texas. This report also addresses specific arguments in the draft EIS, including those regarding the potential economic impacts of the proposed prison. A comprehensive analysis of the draft EIS's economic assessment reveals many problematic conclusions riddled with economic fallacy, and an overwhelming reliance on unsupported evidence geared toward making the case for the Laredo superjail. This report reaches a conclusion contrary to that of the draft EIS. Relying on the most current and authoritative sources available, this report determines that the Laredo superjail will most likely have no positive economic impacts on any of the proposed sites, and that rural economics may even experience detrimental impacts. The most recent and conclusive data shows that the construction of large prison facilities can actually hinder long-term economic growth in some communities. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2006. 24p. Source: Grassroots Leadership Special Report: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.grassrootsleadership.org/_publications/groundzero.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Texas) Shelf Number: 126503

Author: Bandy, Tawana Title: What Works for Male Children and Adolescents: Lessons from Experimental Evaluations of Programs and Interventions Summary: As young people transition through childhood to adolescence, they often face developmental challenges that can impede their quest to become flourishing, healthy adults. While both males and females experience difficulties, there are certain risk factors to which males are more susceptible. Compared with females, males tend to be more likely to drop out of school, engage in delinquency, use alcohol, smoke cigarettes, and act out. They are also less likely than females to go to college. While a number of evidence-based programs have been found to be effective at reducing risk factors for children and adolescents, many programs have differential impacts for females and males. Understanding what works for male children adolescent is critical to improving outcomes for youth. This Fact Sheet and its companion Fact Sheet, focused on female children and adolescents1, examine programs and strategies that work, as well as those that don’t work. This literature review synthesizes findings from 115 random assignment intent-to-treat evaluations of interventions that targeted male children and adolescents, or coed interventions that provide impact data specifically for male children and adolescents. Interventions were excluded from the review if they did not include at least 100 males in the evaluation sample. Overall, 57 of the 115 programs had a positive impact on at least one outcome reviewed, 27 had mixed findings, and 31 did not have any positive impacts for the males studied. While several themes emerged, we did not find any one program or practice that worked across all outcome areas. Details: Washington, DC: Child Trends, 2012. 28p. Source: Child Trends Fact Sheet #2012-22: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.childtrends.org/Files//Child_Trends-2012_08_20_WW_MaleChildrenAdol.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents, Males Shelf Number: 126505

Author: Bell, Kelly Title: What Works for Female Children and Adolescents: Lessons from Experimental Evaluations of Programs and Interventions Summary: Girls face unique developmental challenges in childhood and adolescence. Compared to boys, girls tend to report more mental health problems, and they are susceptible to reproductive health risks, such as unwanted pregnancy and sexually transmitted disease. While a number of evidence-based programs have been found to be effective at reducing risk factors for children and adolescents, many programs have differential impacts for girls and boys. Understanding what works for girls is critical to improving outcomes youth. This brief and its companion brief, focused on boys3, examine programs and strategies that work, as well as those that don’t for each gender. This research brief synthesizes findings from 106 random assignment intent-to-treat evaluations of social interventions that targeted female children, adolescents, and young adults, or co-ed interventions that provide separate data about impacts for the female subgroup. Interventions were excluded from the review if they did not include at least 100 girls in the evaluation sample. Overall, 51 of the 106 programs had a positive impact for girls on at least one of the outcomes reviewed, 27 had mixed findings, and 28 did not have a positive impact on any of the outcomes studied. While several themes emerged within each outcome area, there was no approach that worked across all outcome areas. Details: Washington, DC: Child Trends, 2012. 23p. Source: Child Trends Fact Sheet #2012-23: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.childtrends.org/Files//Child_Trends-2012_08_20_WW_FemaleChildrenAdol.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents, Females Shelf Number: 126506

Author: West, Emily M. Title: Court Findings of Prosecutorial Misconduct Claims in Post-Conviction Appeals and Civil Suits Among the First 255 DNA Exoneration Cases Summary: Prosecutorial misconduct remains a largely underdeveloped research issue in large part because of the challenges of defining what constitutes misconduct, but also because some misconduct never comes to light. For example, it is impossible to know the extent to which prosecutors engage in misconduct, especially if it involves suppressing potentially exculpatory evidence that never gets disclosed at trial. DNA exoneration cases offer a unique perspective on this issue, given that we know the clients in these cases were convicted of crimes they did not commit. As such, while courts differentiate between harmless and harmful error, we know now that what was deemed as harmless error in these appeals may have contributed to the wrongful convictions. Results from this study indicate that of the 65 DNA exoneration cases involving documented appeals and/or civil suits addressing prosecutorial misconduct, 31 (48%) resulted in court findings of error, with 18% of findings leading to reversals (harmful error). It is difficult to place these court error rates in perspective—first, because these rates are based solely on documented appeals, providing an incomplete picture of the total number of appeals in these cases and their outcomes. Second, these cases are unrepresentative of the larger offender population, making up those who were mainly convicted in the 1980s, for violent crimes, sentenced to long prison terms, and dispersed throughout the nation. While a few studies have looked at outcomes in appeals alleging prosecutorial misconduct, most have been limited to specific regions or to a subset of conviction types. While not a perfect comparison, there has been one large, nationwide study, by the Center of Public Integrity on prosecutorial misconduct which found that among all 11,452 documented appeals alleging some type of prosecutorial misconduct between 1970 and 2002, 2,012 appeals led to reversals or remanded indictments, indicating harmful error—a rate of 17.6%. This is nearly identical to the rate of harmful error findings in the DNA exoneration cases of 18%. This may suggest that innocent persons raising claims of misconduct on appeal are not much more likely to find relief than presumed guilty persons raising similar claims—a suggestion that raises questions about the ability of the appellate process to correct wrongful convictions. In fact, an earlier study of the first 200 DNA exonerees found that reversal rates for the DNA exoneree cases were the same when compared to a matched sample of criminal cases with similar characteristics, where innocence had not been established. Details: New York: Innocence Project, Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law, Yeshiva University, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.innocenceproject.org/docs/Innocence_Project_Pros_Misconduct.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 126507

Author: Pilnik, Lisa Title: Victimization and Trauma Experienced by Children and Youth: Implications for Legal Advocates Summary: The Safe Start Center, ABA Center on Children and the Law, and the Child and Family Policy Associates recently released a new resource, Victimization and Trauma Experienced by Children and Youth: Implications for Legal Advocates. In this resource, you'll find: Information about the prevalence and impact of victimization and exposure to violence; Practice tips for juvenile defenders, children's attorneys and GALs, judges, and CASAs; Explanations of traumatic stress symptoms and trauma-related assessments and treatments; Descriptions of promising local and state initiatives to address trauma; and, Guidance on policy reforms and other considerations for trauma-informed advocacy. Details: North Bethesda, MD: Safe Start Center, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. Source: Moving From Evidence to Action: The Safe Start Center Series on Children Exposed to Violence, Issue Brief #7: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 126509

Author: DeLauri, Linda Title: A Seamless Web of Support: Effective Strategies for Redirecting the School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: Decrying an escalation in harsh, exclusionary school discipline and its ensuing “school to prison pipeline,” educators, civil rights lawyers, civil libertarians, parents and students have successfully moved “zero-tolerance” to the center of educational policy discussions. It is obvious that suspension and expulsion rob students of instructional time, endangering their academic performance in the short term. But research also demonstrates a strong association between suspension/expulsion and dropping out of school. It is well established that dropping out is strongly associated with involvement in the criminal justice system and incarceration. This CHHIRJ brief, “A Seamless Web of Support,” explores promising alternatives to suspension and expulsion and offers concrete recommendations to educators, litigators, advocates and the professionals who work with youth and their families. Details: Cambridge, MA: Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race & Justice, Harvard Law School, 2010. 21p. Source: CHHIRJ Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.charleshamiltonhouston.org/assets/documents/publications/SeamlessWeb.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 126510

Author: Barnoski, Robert Title: The Effects of Parole on Recidivism: Juvenile Offenders Released from Washington State Institutions - Final Report Summary: In July 1998, the Washington State Legislature eliminated parole for youth released from Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration (JRA) institutions for all but high risk and sex offenders. In a 2001 report, preliminary recidivism findings were compared for juvenile offenders released on parole with juvenile offenders released without parole. Results indicated that parole does not have an influence on recidivism. In this study, the Institute used a longer follow-up period and added a second comparison group. This 2006 study is therefore a more rigorous test of the effect of parole on recidivism for most juvenile offenders. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2006. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/06-07-1203.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 110180

Author: Ponemon, Larry Title: The Cost of a Lost Laptop Summary: An independent study on laptop security commissioned by Intel Corporation and conducted by Ponemon Institute analyzes the potential business costs of stolen or lost laptop computers, suggesting that in an era where "the office" can be almost anywhere, good security precautions are essential. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2009. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.ponemon.org/local/upload/fckjail/generalcontent/18/file/Cost%20of%20a%20Lost%20Laptop%20White%20Paper%20Final%203.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 126514

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: The Billion Dollar Lost Laptop Problem: Benchmark study of U.S. organizations Summary: What do you think your organization would do if it realized that each year it is losing millions of dollars because of the carelessness of employees and contractors entrusted with laptops? While organizations may be aware of the lost laptop problem, we do not believe they understand fully the adverse affect it may be having on their bottom line. If they did, we believe they would be more diligent in protecting these devices. For this reason, Intel and Ponemon Institute decided to conductThe Billion Dollar Lost Laptop Problem, an independent benchmark study of 329 private and public sector organizations located in the United States. The purpose of the study is to determine the economic consequences to organizations when laptops used by employees and contractors are lost or stolen. To calculate the total economic impact, we referred toThe Cost of a Lost Laptopbenchmark study released in 2009 and also sponsored by Intel. In that study, we were able to determine that the average value of one lost laptop is $49,246. The Cost of a Lost Laptop study, conducted by Ponemon Institute in 2009 and sponsored by Intel, was the first benchmark study to estimate full costs associated with a lost or stolen laptop. The benchmark analysis focuses on representative samples of organizations in the US that had experienced laptop loss or theft within the last 12 months. The analysis was based on 138 separate incidents involving lost laptops as used by employees, temporary employees and contractors. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2010. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.intel.com/content/dam/doc/white-paper/enterprise-security-the-billion-dollar-lost-laptop-problem-paper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 126516

Author: Brash, Rachel Title: Youth Violence Prevention and Reduction: Strategies for a Safer Baltimore Summary: A wide spectrum of strategies has been developed to combat youth violence across the country. Some interventions focus on preventing violent behavior in the first place, while others focus on reducing such behavior after it has developed. Interventions fall into three broad categories: individual-level interventions, neighborhood-level interventions, and gun and police strategies. Individual-level interventions include parent training, prenatal and early childhood interventions, and social-cognitive and behavioral training. Each of these types of intervention has been associated with reductions in antisocial behavior or violence. Neighborhood interventions include comprehensive strategies and school-based programs. Comprehensive strategies—which provide extensive services to youth and their families and aim to improve social and economic conditions within neighborhoods—have gained popularity over the past decade. Because of their complexity, these types of strategies are difficult to implement and evaluate. School-based interventions are widespread and research suggests that they can help reduce risk factors associated with violence and violence itself. Lastly, many cities have implemented strategies involving gun and police policies. Some of these, including intensive patrols targeting gun possession and gun crimes, have been shown to be very promising. The research reviewed has several important implications for Baltimore and cities like it. Because of the wide range of programs that have been found to help reduce violence, cities do not need to focus all their resources on any one type of intervention. City leaders should keep in mind that not all popular programs have been found effective. For example, evidence suggests that mentoring programs help reduce substance abuse, but they have not been shown to reduce violence. As for gun buyback programs, evidence suggests they do not reduce violence either. Public resources might be better spent on other types of interventions. Additionally, policy makers and service providers should keep in mind that evidence suggests that parent training may not benefit families if parents have limited economic resources, mental health problems, little social support, or serious marital conflict. Given that these conditions are prevalent in Baltimore, parenting training may not be a successful strategy. The evidence from Baltimore and the rest of the country suggests that a successful violence prevention strategy for Baltimore should include at least five components: Wrap-around services for youth most at risk of violence; Targeted handgun patrols in high-violence areas; Home visitation by nurses and paraprofessionals; Evidence-based prevention instruction in schools; and, Intensive family therapy. Evidence from Baltimore also suggests that attention needs to be paid to continuity of programming over time, communication and collaboration among agencies and organizations, monitoring of programs, and sharing of information from past and current efforts. If Baltimore addressed these communication and programming issues and implemented, with integrity, the five strategies described above, the city could greatly improve its chances of significantly reducing the number of young people killed in its neighborhoods. Details: Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Institute for Policy Studies, 2004. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012: http://ips.jhu.edu/elements/pdf/ips/abell/brash.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 126518

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Police Foundation Displacement and Diffusion Study Summary: Recent studies point to the potential theoretical and practical benefits of focusing police resources on crime hot spots. However, many scholars have noted that such approaches risk displacing crime or disorder to other places where programs are not in place. Although much attention has been paid to the idea of displacement, methodological problems associated with measuring it have often been overlooked. We try to fill these gaps in measurement and understanding of displacement and the related phenomenon of diffusion of crime control benefits. Our main focus is on immediate spatial displacement or diffusion of crime to areas near the targeted sites of an intervention. Do focused crime prevention efforts at places simply result in a movement of offenders to areas nearby targeted sites—do they simply move crime around the corner? Or, conversely, will a crime prevention effort focusing on specific places lead to improvement in areas nearby—what has come to be termed a diffusion of crime control benefits? Our data are drawn from a controlled study of displacement and diffusion in Jersey City, New Jersey. Our findings indicate that, at least for crime markets involving drugs and prostitution, crime does not simply move around the corner. Indeed, this study supports the position that the most likely outcome of such focused crime prevention efforts is a diffusion of crime control benefits to nearby areas. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2010. 14p. Source: Police Foundation Report: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.policefoundation.org/pdf/DisplacementDiffusionPFReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 126519

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Louisiana Title: Unequal Under the Law: Racial Profiling in Louisiana Summary: Seven years ago, Louisiana passed the state’s first racial profiling law. It made a statement about racial equality under the law, but was a largely empty gesture in that it did not require law enforcement to document officers’ daily conduct. Almost three years ago, in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina, the world watched as thousands of New Orleans residents — most of them poor and black — were left stranded by the rising floodwaters. Then last year, race inequality in Louisiana was once again thrust into the national spotlight when six African-American students were suspended and arrested under dubious circumstances in Jena. Racial profiling erodes our system of justice. It erodes the public’s faith in the police, and the police’s trust in the community. Assumptions take the place of facts—facts which are needed to fight crime and make our neighborhoods safer. The American Civil Liberties Union is dedicated to the principle that all people should be treated equally under the law. In 2007, we began an investigation to find out whether racial profiling is still occurring in Louisiana, and if so, which areas have the worst problem. We collected arrest and booking data for the first three months of 2007 from three parishes in Louisiana, analyzed the numbers, reviewed law enforcement policies and looked into individual complaints of racial profiling. This is a summary of what we found. Racial profiling remains a problem in Louisiana. In the worst areas, in towns like Bunkie and Mansfield, black people are two to three times as likely to be arrested as white people. There remains a common perception that African-Americans are more likely to be driving a stolen car, carrying drugs, or involved in illegal activity when pulled over than white people, but many studies have shown this perception to be untrue. There is a growing body of evidence—studies by Attorney General Offices, watchdog organizations and the U.S. Department of Justice—showing black drivers violate laws less frequently or at the same rates as white drivers. Our report puts three parishes under the magnifying lens. It is a small window into racial profiling in Louisiana and law enforcement policies which have a disparate effect on people of color. We urge Louisiana legislators to amend the current law and require all law enforcement agencies to collect and report racial data on all traffic stops. This would be a vital step towards stopping racial profiling. Armed with this information, police chiefs will have a better idea of how their officers are behaving and how to strengthen law enforcement overall. Details: New Orleans, LA: American Civil Liberties Union of Louisiana, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.laaclu.org/PDF_documents/unequal_under_law_web.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Legislation Shelf Number: 126521

Author: The Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: States Report Reductions in Recidivism Summary: The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center's National Reentry Resource Center (NRRC) released this policy brief on September 25, 2012 highlighting a number of states reporting significant reductions in recidivism. The states profiled in the report show significant declines in their three-year recidivism rates based on data tracking individuals released from prison in 2005-2007. Texas and Ohio reported reductions of 11 percent, while the Kansas rate fell by 15 percent and Michigan's rate dropped by 18 percent. Incorporating data through 2010 (and in some cases, through 2011), the report provides the most recent multi-state information available on recidivism. Details: New York: The Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.nationalreentryresourcecenter.org/documents/0000/1569/9.24.12_Recidivism_Reductions_9-24_lo_res.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reduction, Recidivism Shelf Number: 126522

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Office of Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART) Title: Sex Offender Registration and Notification in the United States: Current Case Law and Issues Summary: The SMART Office has compiled this new resource which summarizes the sex offender registration and notification system within the United States, as well as pertinent case law. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART); Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/smart/caselaw/handbook_july2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Notification Shelf Number: 126523

Author: Siska, Tracy Title: Chicago Police Board: A 10-Year Analysis Summary: The Chicago Police Board (Board) plays a vital role in the accountability systems in place for disciplining Chicago Police Officers in line with the established rules governing their conduct. Mutual trust between communities relies on how accountability mechanisms within and external to the Department operate. Citizen oversight of the Chicago Police Department plays an important role in giving citizens a voice in how their communities are policed. An important piece of that oversight must include transparency in the operations of the civilian oversight agencies. Transparency must be more than a slogan; it needs to be part of how the agencies operate. Community members need to see that officers whose actions are in violation of accepted rules of conduct are disciplined in line with Department policy. Fellow officers need to be assured that the practices are procedurally fair and representative of their larger forces’ desires to be free of officers who are not representing the City or the Department with pride and a desire to serve the citizens of Chicago. In short, the accountability mechanisms serve both the citizens of Chicago and the members of the Chicago Police Department. With this understanding, the Chicago Justice Project (CJP) examined ten years of the Board’s decisions in cases for which the Superintendent of the Chicago Police Department sought the termination of either sworn officers or civilian employees. We included the cases involving civilian employees for comparison purposes. Our study covered 310 cases over the course of a ten-year period starting in January 1999 and ending in December 2008. This study examines many factors to provide a more holistic view of the role played by the Board. We examine differences in outcomes of cases for which the Superintendent of Police found employee behaviors eligible for termination. Following current protocols for holding civilian employee or sworn officers accountable, either the Commander of the Internal Affairs Division of the Chicago Police Department or the Chief Administrator of the Independent Police Review Authority investigate the case and recommend an amount of discipline that the Superintendent reviews and then agrees with prior to charges being filed with the Board. Our study analyzed the following factors related to how the Board operates: The rate at which the Board upheld the recommendation of the Superintendent to terminate both sworn officer and civilian employees; The average length of suspensions; The length of time it takes a case to proceed through the Board from the time charges are filed until the time the Board renders a decision; The rate at which the Board returned both the civilian employees and sworn officers to duty without any discipline; The rate at which the Board produced unanimous decisions; The effect played by the individual hearing officers; and, The rate at which board members missed votes. Details: Chicago, IL: Chicago Justice Project, 2009. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.chicagojustice.org/research/long-form-reports/chicago-police-board-a-ten-year-analysis/CJP_CPB_Report_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior (Chicago) Shelf Number: 126524

Author: Siska, Tracy Title: Felony Sex Crime Case Processing: Report, Analysis & Recommendations - Chicago/Cook County, Illinois Summary: Criminal justice agencies play a very important role in assisting communities in securing their neighborhoods from crime and violence. The basis for how successful these agencies will be in this role depends greatly on the level of trust built up between each individual agency and community members, and this trust can only be established by empowering community members to become fully engaged partners with the agencies. This partnership relies heavily on the ability of community members to validate the actions of the agencies in order to establish that each agency is operating in the best interests of the public. This is impossible to do when community members are denied access to the data created by the agencies or are ill informed about how the data is collected and what is missing from the data released by the agencies. There is a gap between the system’s stakeholders’ (community members, crime victims, policy makers, advocates for victims, and academics) understanding of what data is collected in the responding to and processing of felony sex crime allegations, and each agency’s data related practices. This gap inhibits the ability of those stakeholders to hold the agencies accountable for poor practices related to felony sex crime allegations. In lieu of data access, the stakeholders are dependent on sporadic and superficial media coverage and press releases from the agencies. The Chicago Justic Project (CJP) seeks to close that gap with this report that specifically examines the data related practices of three agencies in the Chicago/Cook County criminal justice system: the Office of Emergency Management and Communications (OEMC), the Chicago Police Department (CPD), and the Cook County State’s Attorney’s Office (SAO) in order to verify their data capturing, maintaining, and releasing practices related to allegations of felony sex crimes. It is of the utmost importance that communities validate these practices because these agencies help frame the public discussion regarding the prevalence and seriousness of felony sex crimes in our communities. The numbers captured by the agencies become the official record and challenging those figures is nearly impossible because of the restrictions on data. With the current level of restrictions on data it is impossible to judge the impact the practices of one agency is having on other agencies within the local criminal justice system. It is very likely that if, like the advocates assume, the Cook County State’s Attorney’s Office is rejecting acquaintance rapes at a high level that the Chicago Police Department would bring less of those cases in the future to felony review. To what degree this impact plays in the real world can only be known by examining data from all the agencies involved. Details: Chicago, IL: The Chicago Justice Project, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2012 at http://www.chicagojustice.org/research/long-form-reports/felony-sex-crime-case-processing-report-analysis-recommendations/CJP_Felony_Sex_Crime_Case_Processing_Report_Analys.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 126526

Author: Myslajek, Crystal Title: Racial Disparity of Child Poverty in Minnesota: The Hidden Consequence of Incarceration Summary: Relative to the rest of the United States, Minnesota incarcerates only a small percentage of its population. In fact, Minnesota has the second lowest imprisonment rate1 of all the states. Yet disaggregating the imprisonment rate by race reveals the troublesome fact that African American Minnesotans are in prison at a rate twelve times the rate of whites. Mounting evidence suggests that rather than disrupting a person’s criminal career, incarceration detrimentally impacts a person’s future transitions into conventional domains of life such as employment, education, and family. More immediately, incarceration disrupts not only criminal behavior but other activities as well, such as employment and parenting. As a result, parents who are either in prison or have an incarceration record may have a decreased ability to financially support their children. Thus, it follows that children whose parents are incarcerated are more likely to face poverty. Given this logic, it is not surprising that in addition to the high rate of incarceration for African American adults relative to white adults, a greater percentage of African American children in Minnesota live in poverty than do white, non-Hispanic children. In fact, both the black-white ratios of incarceration rates (12:1) and child poverty rates (6:1)2 are above the national averages (7:1 and 3:1) (Western 2008; U.S Census Bureau 2009). I argue that incarceration has an often overlooked but critical effect on the racial disparity of child poverty in Minnesota. This effect emerges as a result of incarceration’s disruption to educational attainment, employment, and family dynamics. Furthermore, bans on federal benefits for felony-drug offenders may function to exacerbate incarceration’s impact on child poverty. To provide context, this work examines some of the policies contributing to the black-white disparity of incarceration in Minnesota. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/50655/1/Myslajek,%20Crystal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Childhood Poverty (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 126527

Author: Barton, Bridget Title: Perceptions of Crime in the St. Paul Promise Neighborhood Summary: The purpose of this project was to explore perceptions of crime in the St. Paul Promise Neighborhood and compare them with reported crime. We utilized focus groups to identify resident perceptions of which areas in the Promise Neighborhood are safe and which are unsafe. These perceptions were mapped by each individual focus group participant, aggregated into one overall map, and then overlaid on reported crime data maps from the City of St. Paul Police Department. The Promise Neighborhood initiative in St. Paul, MN, encompasses a 250-block area that includes the Frogtown Neighborhood and part of the Summit University Neighborhood. This initiative is a collective effort to create “a community where all children succeed in school and life.” (Strong Schools, Strong Communities: Saint Paul Public Schools Strategic Plan 2011-2014, 2010). The St. Paul Public School system is in the process of transitioning from a school choice model to a community schools model, which encourages students to attend schools near where they live (Ibid.). This change will have a significant impact on how students travel to and from school; parents in this area must have confidence that safe pathways to school are available for their children. Equally important when considering perceptions of crime is the feeling of overall safety for residents, which affects the willingness of residents to use public spaces and interact with neighbors. Results from the focus group and mapping activities indicate that resident perceptions are on target in some areas, but more frequently, residents perceive the Promise Neighborhood to be more unsafe than the reported crime rates reveal. Several areas were specified as unsafe when they had a relatively lower rate of reported crime from the city of St. Paul. Conversely, of the four blocks in the neighborhood with the highest rates of crime, only one of the blocks was indicated to be unsafe by more than a few focus group participants. There were limitations of this study, namely, the small sample size and the short amount of time available for research. Focus groups were conducted at already established community meetings, so the number of participants was dependent upon those who attended each meeting. This research project was conducted in three months from start to finish. Researchers were only able to scratch the surface of neighborhood crime perceptions, leading focus groups at only three community meetings. This research finds that strengthened neighborhood relationships will bridge the gap between perceived crime and reported crime. The results of this research recommend further work in building neighborhood ties between the Promise Neighborhood initiative and residents, in an effort to reach more residents in the neighborhood. Relationships between residents should be supported to build neighborhood cohesion and trust, with special focus on activities that will encourage sharing and helping between neighbors. Neighborhood cohesion will enhance positive perceptions of the neighborhood by residents and encourage everyone to feel responsible for public spaces. Finally, relationships between residents and institutional service organizations in the area, such as the police, city, and garbage service, should be strengthened to promote trust and to demonstrate the dedication of the institutions to the neighborhood. Details: Minneapolis, MN: The Hubert H. Humphrey School of Public Affairs The University of Minnesota, 2012. 40. Source: Internet Resource: MPP and MURP Capstone Paper; Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/123486/1/Barton_Perceptions%20of%20Crime%20in%20the%20St%20Paul%20Promise%20Neighborhood.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 126528

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Asset Forfeiture Programs: Justice and Treasury Should Determine Costs and Benefits of Potential Consolidation Summary: Since 2003, the Departments of Justice (Justice) and the Treasury (Treasury) have taken some steps to explore coordinating forfeiture program efforts, including sharing a website for posting notifications and pursuing a contract for seizure efforts abroad. However, limited progress has been made to consolidate the management of their assets. According to department officials, when Congress established the Treasury Forfeiture Fund in 1992, it recognized the differences in the programs' missions, which warranted creating separate programs, and this encouraged independent operational decisions that eventually created differences between the programs. There are some differences between the programs, but both departments seize similar assets such as vehicles. Nevertheless, the departments have not assessed the feasibility of consolidation, including whether such efforts would be cost-effective, and continue to duplicate efforts by separately managing and disposing of their seized and forfeited property. Specifically, Justice and Treasury maintain four separate information technology (IT) asset tracking systems, which perform similar functions to support their respective asset forfeiture program activities. In addition, both departments procure separate national contracts for the management of real property and they separately store assets seized under each program that are in some cases located within the same geographic area. For example, both the United States Marshals Service (Marshals)--the primary custodian of Justice's seized assets--and Treasury maintain vehicle storage facilities, 40 percent of which are within 20 miles of each other. GAO recognizes the separate legal authorities of the asset forfeiture funds, but those authorities do not preclude consolidating certain management activities within the programs. Conducting a study to evaluate the feasibility of consolidation that considers associated costs and benefits, among other things, could help Justice and Treasury effectively identify the extent to which consolidation would help increase efficiency, effectiveness, and cost savings. Both Justice and Treasury operate separate asset forfeiture programs that are designed to prevent and reduce crime through the seizure and forfeiture of assets that represent the proceeds of, or were used to facilitate, federal crimes. Annually, participating agencies within Justice and Treasury seize millions of dollars in assets as a result of their law enforcement activities. In fiscal year 2011, the combined value of assets in these two programs was about $9.4 billion. Beginning in 1988 and through 2003, Congress and GAO have called on Justice and Treasury to consolidate management activities between their programs. GAO was asked to assess the extent to which Justice and Treasury have assessed and acted on opportunities to coordinate or consolidate forfeiture property management activities since 2003 to reduce any duplication and achieve cost savings. GAO interviewed officials to determine actions under way or completed to consolidate their management activities. GAO also analyzed IT asset tracking systems functions and the geographic proximity of contracted facilities that store vehicles, vessels, and aircraft. GAO recommends that Justice and Treasury conduct a study to evaluate the feasibility, costs, and benefits of consolidating their asset management activities. Justice and Treasury concurred with GAO's recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resoruce: GAO-12-972: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://gao.gov/assets/650/648098.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126529

Author: Salomon, Mereth Pauline von Title: Motherhood On Trial: The American Media's Reception of the Filicide Cases of Susan Smith, Andrea Yates, and Casey Anthony Summary: In 2008, two year old Caylee Anthony was reported missing, and a frantic search for the toddler began. In December 2008, the child's body was found in a wooded area close to her mother Casey's parent's house. Casey Anthony was then charged with murder of her daughter. In 2011, Ms. Anthony was found not guilty of killing her daughter. But most Americans – until this day - are convinced that Casey Anthony had gotten rid of her child because she had wanted to continue living her party-life and date men, accusations lined with a loathing of promiscuity and women's sexuality, even though the evidence brought forward against her was not enough to prove the charges pressed against her. I cannot – and neither do I want to – pass judgment about whether or not Anthony's acquittal was justified. What this study aims to do, however, is to lay out how cases of maternal filicide in the United States are reacted to in the American media, an idea that I had shortly after the Anthony trial ended. Even though I had not followed the Anthony trial in its entirety, it became inescapable for me on the Internet. My Facebook Newsfeed blew up on July 5th 2011, the day when Casey Anthony was found not guilty. Many of my friends posted angry statuses about the verdict, several of them calling the outcome of this trial a “crime” in itself. One friend wrote that if Dexter (the homicidal main character of popular TV Show Dexter who brutally kills murderers who had gone unpunished) was real, he would pay Anthony a friendly visit. Ever since then, the Anthony case has been on my mind. I was surprised, flabbergasted even, about what had happened here. I wondered what outraged my friends and millions of people in America about this trial. Were they really just concerned with Caylee (and the justice she arguably had not gotten)? Why did they hate Anthony so much, and what freedom to voice their opinions did the Internet give them? Was Anthony such a target because she was a beautiful young woman who seemed to hide her real face from the world? Or was her single motherhood the real problem at hand - did Americans loathe Anthony so much because she was not what people thought a mother should be? And if that would be the case, what do Americans expect from mothers? These questions form the foundation for this study. In order to answer them, next to the case of Casey Anthony, the media's reception of the cases of Susan Smith and Andrea Yates will be covered. Newspaper and magazine articles will be taken as mirrors and catalysts of public opinion, with the Internet also taking up some room in this study's discussion of the Anthony case. Details: Utrecht, The Netherlands: Utrecht University, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://igitur-archive.library.uu.nl/student-theses/2012-0719-200734/Master'sThesis-Mereth%20von%20SalomonPDF.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Homicide Shelf Number: 126530

Author: Shimabukuro, Jon O. Title: Whistleblower Protections Under Federal Law: An Overview Summary: Legal protections for employees who report illegal misconduct by their employers have increased dramatically since the late 1970s when such protections were first adopted for federal employees in the Civil Service Reform Act of 1978. Since that time, with the enactment of the Whistleblower Protection Act of 1989, Congress has expanded such protections for federal employees. Congress has also established whistleblower protections for individuals in certain private-sector employment through the adoption of whistleblower provisions in at least 18 federal statutes. Among these statutes is the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). In general, claims for relief under the 18 federal statutes follow a similar pattern. Complaints are typically filed with the Secretary of Labor, and an investigation is conducted. Following the investigation, an order is issued by the Secretary, and a party aggrieved by the order is generally permitted to appeal the Secretary’s order to a federal court. However, because 18 different statutes are involved in prescribing whistleblower protections, some notable differences exist. For example, under the Department of Defense Authorization Act of 1987, individuals employed by defense contractors who engage in whistleblowing activities file complaints with the Inspector General rather than the Secretary of Labor. Under some of the statutes, including the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, the Secretary’s preliminary order will become a final order if no objections are filed within a prescribed time period. This report provides an overview of key aspects of the 18 selected federal statutes applicable to individuals in certain private-sector industries. It focuses on the protections provided to employees who believe they have been subject to retaliation, rather than on how or where alleged misconduct should be disclosed. In addition, the report also includes an overview of the Whistleblower Protection Act. While state law may also provide whistleblower protections for employees, this report focuses only on the aforementioned federal statutory provisions. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: R42727: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42727.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 126532

Author: Griffin, Patrick Title: Baseline Measures for Illinois: The MacArthur Foundation’s Juvenile Justice Initiative Summary: The following analysis of juvenile justice data and trends in Illinois is intended to establish a general baseline against which to measure future progress in juvenile justice system reform in line with the Model Systems Framework. The Model Systems Framework, which was developed by the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation in partnership with its grantees in the juvenile justice field, is a detailed schematic of a model juvenile justice system. Beginning with a small number of widely shared values, it specifies goals, characteristics, practices, and outcomes that follow from those values, along with measures for determining whether those outcomes are being achieved. It is intended to give policy-makers, practitioners, and advocates in real-world juvenile justice systems a handy way to measure themselves, to determine areas in which their systems fall short of shared ideals—and thereby to stimulate and give practical direction to change. The Model Systems Framework elaborates dozens of measurable outcomes that would be achieved by a juvenile justice system that operates with due regard for fundamental fairness, acknowledges juvenile-adult differences, recognizes juveniles’ individuality and potential, and takes account of personal, community, and system responsibility. However, the MacArthur Foundation has focused on five “key” outcomes as overall system benchmarks: 1. Reduction in Incarceration/Formal Handling, Increase in Diversion 2. Reduction in Case-Handling Disparities Due to Race 3. Reduction in Transfer to the Criminal Justice System 4. Reduction in Recidivism 5. Increase in Participation in Pro-Social Activities These outcomes were chosen not only because they appeared to indicate “the state of the state,” in terms of adherence to Model System Framework principles, but also because they constituted tangible and direct expressions of primary juvenile justice system values. Moreover, given their central importance in any juvenile justice system, it was hypothesized that significant system reforms would be reflected by movement in these key indicators. The discussion of Illinois baseline data and trends is organized around these key indicators. After a general summary of juvenile population trends by state and region, the first section focuses on a series of measures—including basic annual caseload statistics, detention data of various kinds, and data on secure commitments—which help to describe the degree to which the juvenile justice system in Illinois relies on formal handling and incarceration. The next section analyzes possible indicators of racial disparities in juvenile justice case-handling. The next describes transfer and transfer disposition statistics and trends. The last focuses on measures of juvenile recidivism. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2004. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/BaselineMeasures_IL_final.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice System Shelf Number: 126533

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Evaluating the Effects of California’s Corrections Realignment on Public Safety Summary: In response to a court order to reduce the population in its seriously overcrowded prisons, California began implementing a major new corrections realignment plan in October 2011. The plan shifts responsibility for a substantial number of non-serious, non-violent, non-sexual felony offenders from the state to its 58 counties. Ultimately, this reform is projected to reallocate about 30,000 low-risk felons from state prisons to either county jails or an alternative form of community corrections. Additionally, county probation departments will take on the supervision of roughly 60,000 additional offenders on Post-Release Community Supervision (PRCS). Although the counties receive funding to cover the cost of supervising these felons, the state has not established any statewide standards, nor provided any funding, for evaluating county policies and practices in managing this new program. This report provides guidelines on how to monitor the effects of realignment—most fundamentally, is it achieving the goals of assuring public safety and doing so efficiently? It also presents a brief review of the various data that can be used to monitor the effects and evaluate the success of realignment at the local level. Finally, it describes several research designs for accomplishing these tasks. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_812MLR.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional System Shelf Number: 126534

Author: Buentello, Tara Title: Operation Streamline: Drowning Justice and Draining Dollars along the Rio Grande Summary: Operation Streamline, a policy begun in 2005 by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in conjunction with the Department of Justice (DOJ), mandates that nearly all undocumented immigrants apprehended near the southern border in designated areas be detained and prosecuted through the federal criminal justice system, a dramatic departure from previous practices when most immigration cases were handled exclusively within the civil immigration system. According to the Department of Homeland Security’s Operation Streamline press release: “Those aliens who are not released due to humanitarian reasons will face prosecution for illegal entry. The maximum penalty for violation of this law is 180 days incarceration. While the alien is undergoing criminal proceedings, the individual will also be processed for removal from the United States.” Operation Streamline’s key component is that it mandates that immigrants crossing the border in designated areas be arrested, detained while awaiting trial, prosecuted with a misdemeanor or felony charge, incarcerated in the federal justice system, and finally deported. On December 16, 2005, The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) launched Operation Streamline along a section of the Texas-Mexico border near Del Rio, Texas, spanning a total of 210 miles. Operation Streamline has spread to other areas along the U.S.-Mexico border, including much of Arizona and Texas. Operation Streamline has exposed undocumented immigrants crossing the southern border to unprecedented rates of incarceration; overburdened the federal criminal justice system in the districts where it has been implemented; and added enormous costs to the American taxpayer while providing a boon to the for-profit private prison industry. The extent of the program is so sweeping that by 2009, 54% of all federal prosecutions nationwide were for immigration offenses. The effect is more pronounced in border districts. In April 2010, prosecutions of 1325 and 1326 alone accounted for 84% of all prosecutions in the Southern District of Texas, which includes Houston. Since Operation Streamline began in 2005, there has been a 136% in prosecutions for unauthorized entry and an 85% increase in prosecutions for unauthorized re-entry in the Western and Southern Districts of Texas. More than 135,000 migrants have been criminally prosecuted in these two border districts since 2005 under the two sections of the federal code that make unauthorized entry and re-entry a crime. Operation Streamline has funneled more than $1.2 billion into the largely for-profit detention system in Texas, driving the expansion of private prisons along the border. Operation Streamline has significantly increased the caseload of public defenders and federal judges while radically increasing the number of individuals incarcerated for petty immigration violations in for-profit private prisons and county jails throughout Texas. Data in this report show an increase in criminal prosecutions of undocumented border-crossers even as the estimated number of migrants to the United States has dropped. In 2009, two border districts in Texas prosecuted 46,470 immigrants, representing approximately 186 entry and re-entry prosecutions a day for federal courts along the border. Proponents of Operation Streamline argue that it has deterred illegal entry. However, research conducted amongst migrants in the United States indicates that the decreased migration has largely been caused by the economic downturn, while the ironic impact of beefed-up border enforcement has been to deter migrants from returning to their countries of origin during the recession. Operation Streamline: Drowning Justice and Draining Dollars along the Rio Grande presents facts, figures, and testimony highlighting the human and financial costs Operation Streamline exacts on migrants, the federal judiciary, and the detention system in Texas. The recommends report recommends the repeal of Operation Streamline. Successor policies to Operation Streamline addressing undocumented border crossers should return jurisdiction over immigration violations to civil immigration authorities, reduce the use of detention for border crossing violations, and promote and promote a pathway for legal and reasonable means for immigrants to obtain legal status in the United States. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Green Paper: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126536

Author: Robertson, Alistair Graham Title: Operation Streamline: Costs and Consequences Summary: In 2005, the Del Rio sector of the Border Patrol, an agency within the federal Department of Homeland Security’s Customs and Border Protection, faced a peculiar issue. With civil detention facilities at capacity and voluntary return to Mexico available only to Mexican citizens, non-Mexican migrants were given a notice to appear in front of an immigration judge and released in the United States.” In 2004, Border Patrol apprehended approximately 10,000 non-Mexican migrants in the Del Rio sector; just one year later, the figure spiked to 15,000. The solution to this enforcement issue, Border Patrol decided, was to circumvent the civil immigration system by turning non-Mexican migrants over for criminal prosecution, a practice until then relegated almost exclusively to cases of violent criminal history or numerous reentries. Upon considering the proposition, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Texas responded with one caveat: in order to avoid an equal protection violation, the courts would have to criminally prosecute all migrants within a designated area, not just those from countries other than Mexico. With the signature of Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff, it was decided to do just that. Starting in December of 2005, “Operation Streamline” required all undocumented border-crossers in the Eagle Pass area of the Del Rio Border Patrol sector to be funneled into the criminal justice system and charged with unlawful entry or re-entry (8 U.S.C. § 1325 or 1326). Those charged with improper entry usually face a sentence of up to 180 days, and a judge may impose a sentence of over ten years dependent upon criminal history. Re-entry offenders also face tough sentences, including a felony charge that places up to a ten-year bar on legal immigration. The Department of Homeland Security since has drastically expanded the criminal referral model through similar programs in the Yuma sector in 2006, the Laredo sector in 2007, and the Tucson sector in 2008. By 2010, every U.S.-Mexico border sector except California had implemented a “zero-tolerance” program of some sort, the whole of which are commonly referred to by the moniker of the original program— Operation Streamline. Depending upon the sector, the degree of implementation may vary significantly. For example, according to Federal Public Defenders in the Yuma and Del Rio sectors, Border Patrol refers nearly 100% of apprehended immigrants in those areas for criminal prosecution. In the Tucson sector, where greater migrant volume renders such high referral rates logistically unfeasible, the percentage on immigrants “Streamlined” may be closer to 10%, or about 70 of the 800 migrants apprehended each day. The resulting prisoner volume has led the Bureau of Prisons in the Department of Justice to depend upon private prison corporations like Corrections Corporation of America (CCA) and GEO Group. Through increased facility use and contracts for other services, CCA and GEO have enjoyed a combined $780 million increase in annual federal revenues since 2005. In FY2011, the federal government paid immense sums of taxpayer money to private prison companies, $744 million and $640 million to CCA and GEO Group, respectively. Much of this revenue derives from contracts for Criminal Alien Requirement (CAR) prisons, where federal immigrant prisoners are segregated in privately owned, privately operated prisons contracted by the Bureau of Prisons. The terms of CAR contracts include incentives (and sometimes guarantees) to fill facilities near capacity with immigrant prisoners. Each year, these companies dedicate millions of dollars to lobbying and campaign contributions. The federal dollars behind immigrant incarceration come at a significant cost to the taxpayer, climbing in 2011 to an estimated $1.02 billion annually. Before the announcement of Operation Streamline in 2005, the federal government annually committed about 58% of that total, or $591 million toward incarcerating immigrants. In 1994, the amount was about $72 million, 7% of its current level. Recent budget proposals indicate that federal spending on 2 Operation Streamline: Costs and Consquences prosecution and incarceration will likely increase, as Congress recently stated an ambition to “expand Operation Streamline to additional Border Patrol sectors” alongside a record-setting DHS budget request of $45.2 billion. The sheer volume of immigration cases has also severely burdened the courts in border districts, which have been forced to handle a near 350% increase of petty immigration cases from 12,411 in 2002 to 55,604 in 2010. In Tucson, courts may see as many as 200 immigrants lined up for prosecution in a single morning. To handle the expanded caseload, the Department of Justice has pursued a combination of resource-intensive options, including privately contracting with defense attorneys, deputizing Border Patrol agents as special Assistant U.S. Attorneys, and bringing several magistrate judges out of retirement. Furthermore, Operation Streamline strips Assistant U.S. Attorneys of the power to prosecute the crimes they deem pressing. Immigration cases made up 36% of all criminal prosecutions nationwide in 2011, surpassing drug and fraud prosecutions combined. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 1, 2012 at: http://www.grassrootsleadership.org/files/GRL_Sept2012_Report%20final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126537

Author: Lydgate, Joanna Title: Assembly-Line Justice: A Review of Operation Streamline Summary: The current administration is committed to combating the drug and weapon trafficking and human smuggling at the root of violence along the U.S.-Mexico border. But a Bush-era immigration enforcement program called Operation Streamline threatens to undermine that effort. Operation Streamline requires the federal criminal prosecution and imprisonment of all unlawful border crossers. The program, which mainly targets migrant workers with no criminal history, has caused skyrocketing caseloads in many federal district courts along the border. This Warren Institute study demonstrates that Operation Streamline diverts crucial law enforcement resources away from fighting violent crime along the border, fails to effectively reduce undocumented immigration, and violates the U.S. Constitution. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) began implementing Operation Streamline along the U.S.-Mexico border in 2005. The program has fundamentally transformed DHS’s border enforcement practices. Before Operation Streamline began, DHS Border Patrol agents voluntarily returned first-time border crossers to their home countries or detained them and formally removed them from the United States through the civil immigration system. The U.S. Attorney’s Office reserved criminal prosecution for migrants with criminal records and for those who made repeated attempts to cross the border. Operation Streamline removed that prosecutorial discretion, requiring the criminal prosecution of all undocumented border crossers, regardless of their history. Operation Streamline has generated unprecedented caseloads in eight of the eleven federal district courts along the border, straining the resources of judges, U.S. attorneys, defense attorneys, U.S. Marshals, and court personnel. The program’s voluminous prosecutions have forced many courts to cut procedural corners. Magistrate judges conduct en masse hearings, during which as many as 80 defendants plead guilty at a time, depriving migrants of due process. Indeed, in December 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit held that Operation Streamline’s en masse plea hearings in Tucson, Arizona violate federal law. By focusing court and law enforcement resources on the prosecution of first-time entrants, Operation Streamline also diverts attention away from fighting drug smuggling, human trafficking, and other crimes that create border violence. To examine Operation Streamline’s effects, the Warren Institute observed Operation Streamline court proceedings and conducted interviews with judges, U.S. attorneys, defense attorneys, Border Patrol representatives, and immigration lawyers in four border cities in Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona. This report outlines the Warren Institute’s findings. It concludes that Operation Streamline is not an effective means of improving border security or reducing undocumented immigration. Furthermore, Operation Streamline has unacceptable consequences for the agencies tasked with implementing the program, for the migrants it targets, and for the rule of law in this country. The administration should therefore eliminate Operation Streamline and restore U.S. attorneys’ discretion to prosecute serious crimes along the border. If the administration seeks to punish first-time border crossers, it need look no further than the civil system. Details: Berkeley, CA: Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Race, Ethnicity & Diversity, University of California, Berkeley Law School, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed October 1, 2012 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/Operation_Streamline_Policy_Brief.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126538

Author: Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, Office of Health Assessment and Epidemiology Title: Reducing Alcohol-Related Harms in Los Angeles County: A Cities and Communities Report, Revised Edition Summary: Excessive alcohol consumption costs LA County 2,500 lives and $10.8 billion each year. The findings in this analysis are consistent with previous studies which have shown significant associations between alcohol availability and alcohol-related harms. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at http://publichealth.lacounty.gov/sapc/resources/AODFinalRevised13012.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 126540

Author: Klima, Tali Title: Risk Assessment Instruments to Predict Recidivism of Sex Offenders: Practices in Washington State Summary: This paper reviews policies and practices regarding assessment of sex offenders for risk of reoffense among public agencies and private treatment providers in Washington State. Specifically, we reviewed the use of risk assessment instruments, which gauge the likelihood that individual sex offenders will reoffend. We found that a diverse set of instruments are employed by public and private entities in making decisions about sex offenders. These decisions include sentencing, facility assignment, treatment, release, public notification, and community supervision. As expected, there was greater variability in risk assessment practices among private treatment providers than public agencies. Three policies related to risk assessment were identified as topics of concern. One is the lack of appropriate instruments for juvenile sex offenders. The second is the validity of the primary instrument used to determine risk levels for registration purposes, the WSSORLCT (soon to be replaced). Third, some informants discussed the static nature of risk level assignment and suggested provisions to reassess offenders’ levels during extended registration periods. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2008. 12p. Source: Document No. 08-06-1101: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2012 at http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/08-06-1101.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Re-Offending Shelf Number: 126541

Author: Almashat, Sammy Title: Pharmaceutical Industry Criminal and Civil Penalties: An Update Summary: In December 2010, Public Citizen published a report that, for the first time, documented all major financial settlements and court judgments between pharmaceutical manufacturers and the federal and state governments since 1991. At the time of the report’s publication, almost $20 billion had been paid out by the pharmaceutical industry to settle allegations of numerous violations, including illegal, off-label marketing and the deliberate overcharging of taxpayer-funded health programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. Three-fourths of the settlements and accompanying financial penalties had occurred in just the five-year period prior to 2010. At the time of the report’s publication, there was no indication that this upward trend was subsiding. The following study was undertaken to assess the level of settlement activity from the previous report through the first half of 2012 – an additional 1 ½ years – and to conduct, for the first time, an analysis of the results of individual state enforcement efforts since 1991. Methodology from the 2010 report was largely replicated, with all federal and state government settlements, of $1 million or greater, reached with pharmaceutical manufacturers from November 2, 2010 through July 18, 2012 included in the current study. In addition, a 50-state analysis of settlement activity, going back to 1991, was conducted for the first time on state settlements that did not involve the federal government. State settlements were classified as single-state settlements (those in which only one state was a party to the final settlement) or multi-state settlements (all other state settlements). A total of 74 additional settlements, totaling $10.2 billion in financial penalties, were reached between the federal and state governments and pharmaceutical manufacturers between November 2, 2010 and July 18, 2012, with the first half of 2012 alone already representing a record year for both federal ($5.0 billion) and state ($1.6 billion) financial recoveries. Since 1991, a total of 239 settlements, for $30.2 billion, have now been reached (through July 18, 2012) between federal and state governments and pharmaceutical companies. Other key findings included: - Single-state settlements have been responsible for most of the recent increase in settlement activity, comprising almost three-fifths (59%) of all settlements since the beginning of 2009, compared to only one-fourth (25%) of settlements prior to 2009. - Since 1991, 27 states have reached at least one single-state settlement with a pharmaceutical company. Kentucky has had the most single-state settlements (17) while Texas has had the highest number of single-state settlements resulting from actions initiated by private whistleblowers (6). - Seventeen of the 27 states with at least one single-state settlement since 1991 have attained a return on investment of $1 or greater for every dollar spent on enforcement of all (both pharmaceutical-related and non-pharmaceutical) Medicaid fraud. - Since 2009, the federal government has concluded almost as many settlements and recovered more in financial penalties as it had in the previous 18 years combined. - Whistleblower-initiated investigations were responsible for most federal settlements (75%) and financial penalties (78%) during the current study period. - As in the previous study, overcharging government health insurance programs, mainly drug pricing fraud against state Medicaid programs, was the most common violation, while the unlawful promotion of drugs was associated with the largest penalties. The past two years have seen a continuation of the recent trend of record settlements between the federal and state governments and pharmaceutical manufacturers. A much larger proportion of these recent settlements have been brought about by individual state investigations than in previous years which, in most states involved in such litigation, has resulted in financial recoveries that more than offset enforcement expenses. However, despite the scale of the fraud against their Medicaid programs and the potential recoveries at stake, most states, including some with the highest prescription drug expenditures, have yet to pursue investigations on their own. On a federal level, financial penalties still continue to pale in comparison to company profits and a parent company is only rarely excluded from participation in Medicare and Medicaid for the illegal activities, which endanger the public health and deplete already overstretched taxpayer-funded programs. In what will hopefully represent an emerging trend, the federal government has recently pursued criminal charges against key company employees and executives, but the cases so far have either been thrown out or resulted in minor sentences. Stronger legislation and more robust enforcement are needed on a federal and state level to deter future unlawful behavior. Details: Washington, DC: Public Citizen, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2012 at: http://www.citizen.org/documents/2073.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 126544

Author: Puzzanchera, Charles Title: Allegheny County Detention Screening Study Summary: The National Center for Juvenile Justice (NCJJ) agreed to conduct a study working with staff from Allegheny County Juvenile Probation to gather data from the automated Detention Assessment Instrument and other individual level information from Pennsylvania’s Juvenile Court Management System (JCMS). The study’s goal was to use these data, to the extent possible, to conduct analyses recommended in A Practical Guide to Juvenile Detention Risk Assessment (Steinhart, 2006) and determine how well the Allegheny County instrument was working to reduce the amount of disproportionality in detention risk decision-making. Data Collection Allegheny County Juvenile Probation gathered data from the Detention Assessment Instrument completed by intake officers for arrested youth considered for admission to Shuman Juvenile Detention Center beginning in mid-February in 2008. For this study, NCJJ analyzed detention screening data collected from March of 2008 through February of 2010. These data included the following information: Screening outcomes. The primary analyses address the question of the impact of the Detention Assessment Instrument on the decision of whether to detain youth, place them in a detention alternative program, or release them. Accordingly, the data included basic demographic information (gender, race/ethnicity, and date of birth) for all youth considered for detention, along with the scores earned across seven factors that compose the overall risk score. In addition, information regarding mandatory detention holds, discretionary overrides, and the attendant aggravating/mitigating factors were also provided. Disproportionate minority contact. To the extent that data were available, additional analyses were conducted to consider the entire pool of youth brought to detention intake. To better understand the instrument’s impact on detention rates and disproportionate minority confinement, analyses compared detention rates and population profiles of white and black youth. Validation The goal of validation analyses is to measure the post-implementation success of the Detention Assessment Instrument in relation to the risk of committing a new offense pending court appearance and the risk of failing to appear in court. A validation sample would include youth who were released or placed on detention alternative status based on the Detention Assessment Instrument. A validation analysis would then focus on determining decision error for this population. In other words, to what degree were youth released using the instrument who, in hindsight, should not have been — either because they failed to appear or because they committed a new offense while not detained? [It should be noted that this report describes the results of a test of the Detention Alternatives Instrument implemented by Allegheny County Juvenile Probation at Shuman Detention Center. A formal validation study would require data on outcomes for juveniles who are released at detention intake based on their risk scores (Steinhart, 2008). Validation studies are normally done after the detention screening instrument has undergone a general implementation test (like the current analysis). Although it was initially hoped that data would be available to conduct such a validation study, these data were not available in time to support the needs of this report.] This report also summarizes the literature on effective detention risk assessments and presents an overview of the use of detention in Allegheny County prior to the development of detention alternatives and the implementation of the Detention Assessment Instrument, study methods and analyses, study results, study limitations, and implications for further study/action. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2012 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/MFC/FINAL_Allegheny%20Detention%20Assessment.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 126545

Author: Heartland Alliance National Immigrant Justice Center Title: Invisible in Isolation: The Use of Segregation and Solitary Confinement in Immigration Detention Summary: Immigrants in detention facilities around the United States often are subjected to punitive and long-term solitary confinement and denied meaningful avenues of appeal, according to an investigation by Heartland Alliance's National Immigrant Justice Center (NIJC) and Physicians for Human Rights (PHR). The two human rights groups surveyed conditions in more than a dozen detention centers and county jails that contract with U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). The result is the first comprehensive examination of the effects of solitary confinement on immigration detainees. While the harm caused by solitary confinement to inmates in prisons and jails has been well documented, Invisible in Isolation: The Use of Segregation and Solitary Confinement in Immigration Detention shows that solitary confinement of immigrants in detention is often arbitrarily applied, inadequately monitored, harmful to their health, and a violation of their due process rights. NIJC and PHR uncovered numerous cases in which detention facilities placed mentally ill immigrants in solitary confinement rather than treating them, or separated sexual minorities against their wishes from the general inmate population. Many immigration detainees in solitary confinement had strict limits placed on such “privileges” as outdoor recreation, reading material, and even access to legal counsel. Overall, investigators found, ICE has failed to hold detention centers and jails accountable for their abusive use of solitary confinement. In the report, NIJC and PHR call on ICE and Congress to end solitary confinement in immigration detention, severely limit other forms of segregation, and implement stricter oversight of the detention system. Details: Chicago: Heartland Alliance National Immigrant Justice Center; Cambridge, MA: Physicians for Human Rights, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 3, 2012 at: http://www.immigrantjustice.org/sites/immigrantjustice.org/files/Invisible%20in%20Isolation-The%20Use%20of%20Segregation%20and%20Solitary%20Confinement%20in%20Immigration%20Detention.September%202012_5.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 126547

Author: Heartland Alliance National Immigrant Justice Center Title: Not Too Late for Reform: A Call for President Obama to Close Failed Immigration Detention Facilities, Halt Costly Privatization & Restore Basic Human Rights Summary: The report details ongoing abuses at county jails holding immigrants in the Midwest and calls on the Obama administration to end the expansion and privatization of the abusive immigration detention system. The report focuses on three county jails — Jefferson County Jail and Tri-County Detention Center in Illinois and Boone County Jail in Kentucky — where the deplorable conditions of confinement are typical of immigration detention facilities across the United States. Details: Chicago: Heartland Alliance’s National Immigrant Justice Center and the Midwest Coalition for Human Rights, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2012 at: http://www.immigrantjustice.org/sites/immigrantjustice.org/files/NIJC-MCHR%20Not%20Too%20Late%20for%20Reform%20Report%202011%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 126548

Author: Kim, Scarlet Title: Boxed In: The True Cost of Extreme Isolation in New York's Prisons Summary: This report, Boxed In: The True Cost of Extreme Isolation in New York’s Prisons, is the product of an intensive, year-long investigation that involved communication with more than 100 people who have spent significant amounts of time – in one case, more than 20 years – in extreme isolation. The authors interviewed prisoners’ family members and corrections staff, and analyzed thousands of pages of Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) records obtained through the state’s open records laws. The report is accompanied by a website – www.nyclu.org/boxedin– featuring excerpts of prisoners’ letters about life in extreme isolation, a library of DOCCS data and records, statistical analyses and a video featuring the voices of family members whose loved ones have been held in extreme isolation. Over the past 20 years, New York has spent hundreds of millions of dollars to build and operate an extensive network of extreme isolation cells, which DOCCS calls “Special Housing Units” or “SHUs” – and prisoners call “the Box.” New York has nearly 5,000 SHU beds located in 39 prisons across the state, including two dedicated extreme isolation prisons – Upstate and Southport Correctional Facilities – that combined cost about $76 million a year to operate. New York practices a unique brand of “solitary confinement.” About half of the 4,500 prisoners in solitary confinement spend 23 hours a day in an isolation cell completely alone. The other half are confined in an isolation cell the size of a parking spot with another prisoner, a practice that forces two strangers into intimate, constant proximity for weeks, months and even years on end. The NYCLU uses the term “extreme isolation” to capture the practice of subjecting one or two people in a cell to the conditions most commonly understood as solitary confinement. Based on a year of study and analysis, the NYCLU found that: •New York’s use of extreme isolation is arbitrary and unjustified. Extreme isolation is too frequently used as a disciplinary tool of first resort. Corrections officials have enormous discretion to impose extreme isolation. Prisoners can be sent to the SHU for prolonged periods of time for violating a broad range of prison rules, including for minor, non-violent misbehavior. •Extreme isolation harms prisoners and corrections staff. It causes grave emotional and psychological harm even to healthy and mentally stable inmates. For the vulnerable, particularly those suffering from mental illness, extreme isolation can be life-threatening. The formal and informal deprivation of human necessities, including food, exercise and basic hygiene, compounds the emotional and psychological harm. Prisoners in extreme isolation often lack access to adequate medical and mental health care. For corrections staff, working in extreme isolation has lasting negative consequences that affect their lives at work and home. •Extreme isolation negatively impacts prison and community safety. The psychological effects of extreme isolation can fuel unpredictable and sometimes violent outbursts that endanger prisoners and corrections staff. Prisoners carry the effects of extreme isolation into the general prison population. They also carry them home. Nearly 2,000 people in New York are released directly from extreme isolation to the streets each year. While in the SHU, prisoners receive no educational, vocational, rehabilitative or transitional programming, leaving them less prepared to successfully rejoin society. Extreme isolation is different than prisoner separation, which has long been an accepted corrections practice. Corrections officials can separate and remove violent or vulnerable prisoners from the general prison population without subjecting them to the punishing physical and psychological deprivation of extreme isolation – a point of consensus among corrections officials in other states, legal scholars and international human rights bodies. The NYCLU recommends that New York end its dependence on extreme isolation by: 1.adopting stringent criteria, protocols and safeguards for separating violent or vulnerable prisoners, including clear and objective standards to ensure that prisoners are separated only in limited and legitimate circumstances for the briefest period and under the least restrictive conditions practicable; and 2.auditing the current population in extreme isolation to identify people who should not be in the SHU, transitioning them back to the general prison population, and reducing the number of SHU beds accordingly. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2012 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/nyclu_boxedin_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 126553

Author: Cox, Lisa Title: Global Monitoring Status of Action Against Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: United States of America. 2nd Edition Summary: The United States is a federal constitutional republic, in which the President, Congress and the Judiciary share powers reserved to the Federal Government, and the Federal Government shares sovereignty with the state governments. Although the financial crisis has resulted in a prolonged economic downturn, the United States still has the largest and most powerful economy in the world, with a per capita gross domestic product (GDP) of around $48,000. The country overall has a very high standard of living and was ranked fourth in the world on the Human Development Index (HDI) in 2010. Despite the United States being a very high income country, US children are worse off than their peers in less rich countries in key areas of health, education and poverty. For example, infant and child mortality and rates of low birth weight are higher in the United States than in most other countries of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). In addition, the rate of child poverty is double and the rate of teen births, over three times the OECD average. However, the US Government is working to address these issues. It currently spends more on children than most OECD member states and has developed several relevant policies, as well as a good knowledge base, with regard to child wellbeing. The United States has also made progress in addressing the problem of commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC). Successful efforts in this area have included: adoption of strong legislation like the PROTECT our Children Act of 2008; the formulation and implementation in 2010 of The National Strategy for Child Exploitation Prevention and Interdiction; new initiatives promoting Internet safety and national public awareness campaigns; cooperation between public and private sectors; and the creation of national databases. Despite these efforts, there remains a huge gap in the implementation of existing laws, policies and practises. Major factors contributing to this gap include: a lack of resources to assist victims; insufficient awareness of the extent of harm caused by CSEC; and widespread public attitudes that often view sexually exploited children as juvenile delinquents undeserving of protection. While the United States has a welldeveloped child welfare system that includes risk assessments, family preservation, foster care and adoption services and youth development, these services are often only available to children with caregivers. Children living on the street, runaways and those who have been forced into prostitution are often treated as criminals instead of victims in need of assistance. Thus, the child welfare system needs to be adapted to provide specialised services to children and youth who are without caregivers or parents. Although the prostitution of children is often perceived as a problem confined to developing countries, it regularly takes place in the United States. However, accurate figures about children being entrapped into this form of sexual exploitation are not available. According to government information, experts estimate that at least 100,000 children are exploited through prostitution every year in the United States; however, there is a paucity of reliable data. about the source and characteristics of sexually exploited children.8 It is noteworthy that since the enactment of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000 (often referred to as the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000), all cases of children exploited in prostitution are considered as child sex trafficking regardless of whether the victim is an American citizen or has been transported. Details: Bangkok: ECPAT International, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2012 at: http://www.ecpat.net/EI/Pdf/A4A_II/A4A_V2_AM_USA.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 126556

Author: DeMichele, Matthew Title: APPA's C.A.R.E. Model: A Framework for Collaboration, Analysis, Reentry, and Evaluation: A Response to Street Gang Violence Summary: Recognizing the continued prevalence of crime in local communities, the U.S. Department of Justice implemented the Project Safe Neighborhoods Initiative (PSN). Previous results from Boston’s Operation Ceasefire, Richmond’s Project Exile, and New York’s Compstat confirmed that crime control is not something that the justice system can accomplish alone. Instead, strong interagency collaborations are needed to incorporate law enforcement, prosecution and the courts, probation and parole, universities, community leaders, and faith-based organizations (McGarrell et al., 2009). These earlier initiatives found that as much as 50 percent of homicides in Boston, Chicago, and Los Angeles were gang related (Blumstein, 1995; Braga, Pierce, McDevitt, Bond, & Cronin, 2008; Pritchard & Evans, 2001), with over 90 percent of these homicides involving a firearm (NGIC, 2009). Interestingly, up to 80 percent of homicide offenders and 56 percent of victims were shown to be probationers and parolees (Bowman, 2005). To assist community corrections agencies in this collaborative endeavor, the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA) created the PSN-inspired C.A.R.E. (collaboration, analysis, reentry, evaluation) model (DeMichele & Matz, 2010; Matz, Lowe, & DeMichele, 2011). APPA provides several policy and practice recommendations to assist probation and parole agencies as they pursue collaborative interventions using the C.A.R.E. framework; whole or in part. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association/Council of State Governments; Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Assistance, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.appa-net.org/psn/docs/PSN_CARE_Model.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126557

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Interim Report on the Truancy Court Diversion Program in the District of Columbia, 2011–12 Summary: The Truancy Court Diversion Program (TCDP) is a voluntary program for at risk students and their parents. It combines involvement of a Family Court judge in group and individual sessions with service provision. During the 2011-12 school year, a pilot TCDP was implemented at Kramer Middle School (M.S.) and at Johnson M.S. The program attempts to simultaneously address participants’ motivations and attitudes, as well as barriers to attendance. Attitudes are addressed by the involvement of judges in the program, whose role includes meeting with individual families, and via the program’s curriculum. The curriculum is intended to promote the personal responsibility of students and parents; increase parents’ level of positive involvement with their children and the school; improve attitudes toward school achievement, graduation, and career aspirations; and improve parent-child communication. Barriers to attendance are addressed through family needs assessments, case management, and service referrals provided by a community collaborative and coordinated though a meeting with the judge and program team. The approach of the program is to address the “whole child.” This interim report is focused on implementation. The report reviews the logic and design of the program, implementation successes and challenges, and makes recommendations to enhance the program and its implementation. A final report will also examine the services delivered through the program. Key findings from the pilot TCDP include implementation challenges as well as some encouraging findings. Implementation findings include: • Successful program implementation requires a strong partnership between the courts and schools. • The current pilot encountered challenges concerning recruitment and program participation. • A limiting factor to integrated service provision in the current pilot was the lack of regular team meetings to assess family needs and services as well as academic progress, or a strong structure for regular information-sharing. Despite such implementation issues, the program seems to have improved attitudes and school aspirations of students, as well as parent-child communication, for those students and parents who participated regularly. The program also was successful in reaching needy families with services. This interim report is not able to speak to the program’s success in improving attendance. Based on our study of the program’s implementation in this pilot, we recommend the following modifications to strengthen the program: • Use prior year’s school attendance as eligibility criteria. • Formalize additional program eligibility criteria. • Strengthen the use of incentives and consequences to improve program attendance. • Provide increased training for all partners, especially judges new to the program. • Allow sufficient time for planning, recruitment, and intake prior to beginning weekly program sessions. • Hold regular team meetings. Several additional modifications would be needed in order to expand the program designed to address truancy more broadly, rather than just the truancy of a few individual students. Because each TCDP is inherently limited to 10 to 15 participating students per school per semester, expansion to address considerably more students involves expansion to more schools. To achieve consistent implementation across multiple schools would require: • More formalization of the program, including eligibility and recruitment criteria, program curriculum, procedures for the judge-family individual meetings, and incentives and consequences for program attendance. • Dedicated resources, including a formal program director. • Additional support from both the school and the District of Columbia Public Schools (DCPS). In conclusion, the TCDP seems to hold promise for positive intervention in the lives of students at risk for chronic truancy and their parents, and improving their school attendance and academic performance. However, the pilot suggests that program implementation could be considerably improved, and that structural changes would be necessary for the TCDP to have the potential to impact the truancy of a more substantial number of students. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412664-Interim-Report-on-the-Truancy-Court-Diversion-Program.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126561

Author: Liberman, Akiva M. Title: Delinquent Youth Committed to the Department of Youth Rehabilitation Services 2004-2011 Summary: This report explores recent trends in the commitment of delinquent youth to the custody of the Department of Youth Rehabilitation Services (DYRS). Commitments to DYRS increased considerably from 2006-07 to 2009-10, due to more youth being committed following adjudication on misdemeanors. In 2011, commitments to DYRS declined, due to fewer youth being committed on felonies. By 2011, most youth committed to DYRS were misdemeanants. Neither a history of prior adjudication nor revocations of probation particularly drove the increased commitments of misdemeanants; these commitments involved youth with and without prior adjudications, and also involved both DYRS commitments as initial dispositions and following revocation of probation. Understanding these shifts in the youth committed to DYRS will require a broad exploration of juvenile justice case processing involving all delinquent youth, using integrated data across juvenile justice agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412657-Delinquent-Youth-Committed-to-the-Department-of-Youth-Rehabilitation-Services-2004-2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (District of Columbia) Shelf Number: 126562

Author: U.S. Senate. Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations. Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Title: Federal Support for and Involvement in State and Local Fusion Centers Summary: Sharing terrorism-related information between state, local and Federal officials is crucial to protecting the United States from another terrorist attack. Achieving this objective was the motivation for Congress and the White House to invest hundreds of millions of taxpayer dollars over the last nine years in support of dozens of state and local fusion centers across the United States. The Subcommittee investigation found that DHS-assigned detailees to the fusion centers forwarded “intelligence” of uneven quality – oftentimes shoddy, rarely timely, sometimes endangering citizens’ civil liberties and Privacy Act protections, occasionally taken from already-published public sources, and more often than not unrelated to terrorism. Congress directed the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to lead this initiative. A bipartisan investigation by the Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations has found, however, that DHS’s work with those state and local fusion centers has not produced useful intelligence to support Federal counterterrorism efforts. The Subcommittee investigation also found that DHS officials’ public claims about fusion centers were not always accurate. For instance, DHS officials asserted that some fusion centers existed when they did not. At times, DHS officials overstated fusion centers’ “success stories.” At other times, DHS officials failed to disclose or acknowledge non-public evaluations highlighting a host of problems at fusion centers and in DHS’s own operations. Since 2003, over 70 state and local fusion centers, supported in part with Federal funds, have been created or expanded in part to strengthen U.S. intelligence capabilities, particularly to detect, disrupt, and respond to domestic terrorist activities. DHS’s support for and involvement with these state and local fusion centers has, from the beginning, centered on their professed ability to strengthen Federal counterterrorism efforts. Under the leadership of Senator Coburn, Ranking Subcommittee Member, the Subcommittee has spent two years examining Federal support of fusion centers and evaluating the resulting counterterrorism intelligence. The Subcommittee’s investigative efforts included interviewing dozens of current and former Federal, state and local officials, reviewing more than a year’s worth of intelligence reporting from centers, conducting a nationwide survey of fusion centers, and examining thousands of pages of financial records and grant documentation. The investigation identified problems with nearly every significant aspect of DHS’s involvement with fusion centers. The Subcommittee investigation also determined that senior DHS officials were aware of the problems hampering effective counterterrorism work by the fusion centers, but did not always inform Congress of the issues, nor ensure the problems were fixed in a timely manner. Regarding the centers themselves, the Subcommittee investigation learned that a 2010 assessment of state and local fusion centers conducted at the request of DHS found widespread deficiencies in the centers’ basic counterterrorism information-sharing capabilities. DHS did not share that report with Congress or discuss its findings publicly. When the Subcommittee requested the assessment as part of its investigation, DHS at first denied it existed, then disputed whether it could be shared with Congress, before ultimately providing a copy. In 2011, DHS conducted its own, less rigorous assessment of fusion centers. While its resulting findings were more positive, they too indicated ongoing weaknesses at the fusion centers. The findings of both the 2010 and 2011 assessments contradict public statements by DHS officials who have described fusion centers as “one of the centerpieces of our counterterrorism strategy,”2 and “a major force multiplier in the counterterrorism enterprise.”3 Despite reviewing 13 months’ worth of reporting originating from fusion centers from April 1, 2009 to April 30, 2010, the Subcommittee investigation could identify no reporting which uncovered a terrorist threat, nor could it identify a contribution such fusion center reporting made to disrupt an active terrorist plot. Instead, the investigation found: The Subcommittee investigation found that the fusion centers often produced irrelevant, useless or inappropriate intelligence reporting to DHS, and many produced no intelligence reporting whatsoever. • Nearly a third of all reports – 188 out of 610 – were never published for use within DHS and by other members of the intelligence community, often because they lacked any useful information, or potentially violated Department guidelines meant to protect Americans’ civil liberties or Privacy Act protections. • In 2009, DHS instituted a lengthy privacy and civil liberties review process which kept most of the troubling reports from being released outside of DHS; however, it also slowed reporting down by months, and DHS continued to store troubling intelligence reports from fusion centers on U.S. persons, possibly in violation of the Privacy Act. • During the period reviewed, DHS intelligence reporting suffered from a significant backlog. At some points, hundreds of draft intelligence reports sat for months before DHS officials made a decision about whether to release them to the intelligence community. DHS published many reports so late – typically months late, but sometimes nearly a year after they were filed – that many were considered “obsolete” by the time they were released. • Most reporting was not about terrorists or possible terrorist plots, but about criminal activity, largely arrest reports pertaining to drug, cash or human smuggling. • Some terrorism-related “intelligence” reporting was based on older news releases or media accounts. • Some terrorism-related reporting also appeared to be a slower-moving duplicate of information shared with the National Counter Terrorism Center through a much quicker process run by the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Terrorist Screening Center. In interviews, current and former DHS officials involved in the fusion center reporting process stated they were aware that “a lot of [the reporting] was predominantly useless information,” as one DHS official put it.4 A former reporting branch chief said that while he was sometimes proud of the intelligence his unit produced, “There were times when it was, ‘what a bunch of crap is coming through.’”5 The Subcommittee investigation also examined DHS’s management of the fusion center counterterrorism intelligence reporting process. The investigation discovered: • DHS required only a week of training for intelligence officials before sending them to state and local fusion centers to report sensitive domestic intelligence, largely concerning U.S. persons. • Officials who routinely authored useless or potentially illegal fusion center intelligence reports faced no sanction or reprimand. The Subcommittee investigation also reviewed how the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), a component of DHS, distributed hundreds of millions of taxpayer dollars to support state and local fusion centers. DHS revealed that it was unable to provide an accurate tally of how much it had granted to states and cities to support fusion centers efforts, instead producing broad estimates of the total amount of Federal dollars spent on fusion center activities from 2003 to 2011, estimates which ranged from $289 million to $1.4 billion. The Subcommittee investigation also found that DHS failed to adequately police how states and municipalities used the money intended for fusion centers. The investigation found that DHS did not know with any accuracy how much grant money it has spent on specific fusion centers, nor could it say how most of those grant funds were spent, nor has it examined the effectiveness of those grant dollars. The Subcommittee conducted a more detailed case study review of expenditures of DHS grant funds at five fusion centers, all of which lacked basic, “must-have” intelligence capabilities, according to assessments conducted by and for DHS. The Subcommittee investigation found that the state and local agencies used some of the Federal grant money to purchase: • dozens of flat-screen TVs; • Sport Utility Vehicles they then gave away to other local agencies; and • hidden “shirt button” cameras, cell phone tracking devices, and other surveillance equipment unrelated to the analytical mission of a fusion center. All of those expenditures were allowed under FEMA’s rules and guidance, DHS officials told the Subcommittee. Yet none of them appeared to have addressed the deficiencies in the centers’ basic information analysis and sharing capabilities, so they could better contribute to Federal counterterrorism efforts. Every day, tens of thousands of DHS employees go to work dedicated to keeping America safe from terrorism; Federal funding of fusion centers was intended to advance that Federal objective. Fusion centers may provide valuable services in fields other than terrorism, such as contributions to traditional criminal investigations, public safety, or disaster response and recovery efforts. In this investigation, the Subcommittee confined its work to examining the Federal return on its extensive support of state and local fusion centers, using the counterterrorism objectives established by law, Executive strategy, and DHS policy statements and assessments. The investigation found that top DHS officials consistently made positive public comments about the value and importance of fusion centers’ contributions to Federal counterterrorism efforts, even as internal reviews and non-public assessments highlighted problems at the centers and dysfunction in DHS’s own operations. But DHS and the centers do not shoulder sole responsibility for the fusion centers’ counterterrorism intelligence failures. Congress has played a role, as well. Since Congress created DHS in 2003, dozens of committees and subcommittees in both Houses have claimed jurisdiction over various aspects of the Department. DHS officials annually participate in hundreds of hearings, briefings, and site visits for Members of Congress and their staffs. At Congress’ request, the Department annually produces thousands of pages of updates, assessments and other reports. Yet amid all the Congressional oversight, some of the worst problems plaguing the Department’s fusion center efforts have gone largely undisclosed and unexamined. At its conclusion, this Report offers several recommendations to clarify DHS’s role with respect to state and local fusion centers. The Report recommends that Congress and DHS revisit the statutory basis for DHS support of fusion centers, in light of the investigation’s findings. It also recommends that DHS improve its oversight of Federal grant funds supporting fusion centers; conduct promised assessments of fusion center information-sharing; and strengthen its protection of civil liberties in fusion center intelligence reporting. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Senate, Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, 2012. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: www.hsgac.senate.gov Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 126564

Author: Randazzo, Marisa Reddy Title: Insider Threat Study: Illicit Cyber Activity in the Banking and Finance Sector Summary: Current and former employees, contractors, and other organizational “insiders” pose a substantial threat by virtue of their knowledge of and access to their employers’ systems and/or databases and their ability to bypass existing physical and electronic security measures through legitimate means. Previous efforts to study insider incidents have focused on convenience samples and narrow areas of industry and have not examined the incidents from both behavioral and technical perspectives simultaneously. These gaps in the literature have made it difficult for organizations to develop a comprehensive understanding of the insider threat and address the issue from an approach that draws on human resources, corporate security, and information security perspectives. The Secret Service National Threat Assessment Center and the CERT Coordination Center of Carnegie Mellon University’s Software Engineering Institute joined efforts to conduct a unique study of insider incidents, the Insider Threat Study (ITS), examining actual cases identified through public reporting or as a computer fraud case investigated by the Secret Service. Each case was analyzed from a behavioral and a technical perspective to identify behaviors and communications in which the insiders engaged—both online and offline—prior to and including the insiders’ harmful activities. Section 1 of this report presents an overview of the ITS, including its background, scope, and study methods. Section 2 reports the findings and implications specific to research conducted on insider threat cases in the banking and finance sector. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Software Engineering Institute, 2005. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.sei.cmu.edu/reports/04tr021.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 126569

Author: Tabachnick, Joan Title: A Reasoned Approach: Reshaping Sex Offender Policy to Prevent Child Sexual Abuse Summary: It is only in the last 30 years that society has begun to fully recognize child sexual abuse as the devastating problem that it is, to portray the trauma of sexual abuse in the media, and to seek ways to prevent and eliminate sexual violence. As communities have begun to demand a response to sexual abuse, legislators have passed an increasing number of policies directed at the people who sexually abuse. In 2007 and 2008 alone, more than 1500 sex offender-related bills were proposed in state legislatures and over 275 new laws were enacted. Nearly all of these laws and policies follow two key trends: 1) they increase the length of sex offender incarceration and 2) they monitor, track, and restrict individuals convicted of sexual offenses upon their return to communities. While the intent of these laws is to protect communities from those who abuse, to improve responses to allegations of abuse, and to prevent child sexual abuse, the broad application of these laws has unintended consequences which may make our children and communities less safe. Research from the last decade has highlighted some of the unintended negative impacts these laws may be having on our ability to prevent sexual abuse before it is perpetrated and to prevent re-offense by individuals returning to communities. When a convicted abuser returns to a community, current sex offender management policy may cause the offender to face housing, employment, and financial instability, as well as social isolation and despair — all risk factors for re-offense. The resulting instability may also reduce the ability of law enforcement and probation and parole systems to supervise the offender and ensure that s/he has access to the specialized treatment and services necessary for full accountability. In creating a legislative policy environment that may inhibit the willingness of individuals, families, and communities to face, prevent, and respond to child sexual abuse, our society does a disservice to its children. If no hopeful, rehabilitative solutions are available and made publicly known, people who witness signs of risk for victimization and/or perpetration may be less motivated to take the steps necessary to prevent child sexual abuse, intervene in situations of risk, and come forward when a child is sexually abused. Experts agree that a criminal justice response alone cannot prevent sexual abuse or keep communities safe. Yet, tougher sentencing and increased monitoring of sex offenders are fully funded in many states, while victim services and prevention programs are woefully underfunded. Furthermore, with the majority of child sexual abuse unreported (report rates are as low as 12 percent), laws and policies are unable to ensure accountability for those who abuse or to address the needs of victims. Even with these concerns there is reason for hope. Emerging research about people who sexually abuse has begun to inform new policies. Innovative state-based policies, and policies and programs within organizations and communities, are taking a comprehensive approach toward safety by focusing on the prevention of the perpetration of child sexual abuse, encouraging a range of options for holding abusers accountable, and offering incentives for abusers and families to reach out for help. And new collaborative models encourage cross-disciplinary professional partners to work together to craft new policies that prevent abuse before it is perpetrated and re-offense. Details: Beaverton, OR: Association for the Treatment of Sexual Abusers, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.atsa.com/sites/default/files/ppReasonedApproach.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 126572

Author: Porter, Lauren Title: Reconsidering the Relationship between Paternal Incarceration and Delinquency Summary: Research finds that children who have experienced the incarceration of a parent exhibit higher levels of antisocial behavior. Yet there are reasons to question whether this association is in fact causal, and research that empirically pins down mechanisms that explain any observed association is in high demand. We attempt to better account for unobserved heterogeneity by using children with fathers who will be incarcerated as a strategic comparison group. In addition, we look at two different outcomes in an effort to make inferences about why paternal incarceration may influence delinquency. Results suggest that the association between paternal incarceration and instrumental forms of crime (e.g., theft) is entirely spurious, although paternal incarceration retains a significant effect on expressive crimes (e.g., destruction of property, fighting). Details: Bowling Green, OH: National Center for Family & Marriage Research, Bowling Green State University, 2012. 38p. Source: Working Paper Series WP-12-08: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://ncfmr.bgsu.edu/pdf/working_papers/file118357.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 126573

Author: Warwick, Kevin Title: Case Management Strategies for Successful Jail Reentry Summary: In 2007, the National Institute of Corrections partnered with the Urban Institute to develop and test a comprehensive Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) model for effective jail-to-community transition. The TJC model and initiative advance systems-level change and local reentry through collaborative, coordinated jail-community partnerships. This brief presents the TJC Initiative’s approach to case planning and community handoff, drawing upon the implementation experiences of six TJC learning sites, all of which implemented elements of the TJC case management process and were continuing to work toward a more seamless and integrated process at the close of the TJC technical assistance period. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute; National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 10p. Source: Transition from Jail to Community Initiative Practice Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412671-Case-Management-Strategies-for-Successful-Jail-Reentry.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 126575

Author: Christensen, Gary Title: The Role of Screening and Assessment in Jail Reentry Summary: In 2007, the National Institute of Corrections partnered with the Urban Institute to develop and test the Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) model for effective jail-to-community transition. The TJC model and initiative advance systems change and local reentry through collaborative, coordinated jail-community partnerships. This brief details the two-stage screening and assessment process to determine risk and need levels in the jail population. It describes the importance of screening and assessment in an evidence-based jail transition strategy, including: selecting screening and assessment instruments; implementing a screening and assessment process; and integrating risk and need information into comprehensive jail intervention strategies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute; National Institute of Corrections, 2012. 11p. Source: Transition from Jail to Community Initiative Practice Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 126576

Author: Illinois Coalition for Immigrant and Refugee Rights Title: Immigration Enforcement -- The Dangerous Reality Behind "Secure Communities" Summary: Immigration Enforcement-- The Dangerous Reality behind “Secure Communities,” outlining the deep flaws in the program that nets 78% non-criminals in Illinois - three times nationwide rate. As US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) ramps up deportations to nearly 1,100 each day, it is selling its new “Secure Communities” program as a tool to help local police get dangerous criminals off the streets and out of the country. Yet here in Illinois, where 26 out of 102 counties participate so far, the program has been largely sweeping up immigrants who pose no harm to the community—disrupting families and wasting law enforcement resources paid for by Illinois taxpayers. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Coalition for Immigrant and Refugee Rights, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://icirr.org/sites/default/files/ImmigrationEnforcementTheDangerousRealityBehindSecure%20Communities-1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 126578

Author: Catalano, Shannan Title: Stalking Victims in the United States - Revised Summary: Presents findings on victims of nonfatal stalking in the U.S., based on the largest data collection of such behavior to date. Data were collected in a supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) and sponsored by the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW). Topics covered in the report include stalking and harassment prevalence by demographic characteristics, duration of stalking and harassment, and the nature of behaviors experienced by victims. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 10p. Source: Special Report NCJ224527: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/svus_rev.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 126579

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Title: Teen Drinking and Driving: A Dangerous Mix Summary: The percentage of teens in high school who drink and drive has decreased by more than half since 1991, but more can be done. Nearly one million high school teens drank alcohol and got behind the wheel in 2011. Teen drivers are 3 times more likely than more experienced drivers to be in a fatal crash. Drinking any alcohol greatly increases this risk for teens. Research has shown that factors that help to keep teens safe include parental involvement, minimum legal drinking age and zero tolerance laws, and graduated driver licensing systems. These proven steps can protect the lives of more young drivers and everyone who shares the road with them. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2012. 4p. Source: CDC Vitalsigns: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.cdc.gov/VitalSigns/pdf/2012-10-vitalsigns.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 126581

Author: Koeppel, Maria Title: The Long-Term Health Consequences of Bullying Victimization Summary: Bullying consists of repeated acts of intimidation and/or abuse over a period of time and is a growing issue both nationally and globally, with serious implications for both the victims and the bullies (Glew et al., 2000; Marsh et al., 2001; Mayer & Cornell, 2010). Largely affecting schoolaged children and teenagers, the health effects of bullying may be long lasting. Links have been established between bullying and physical and psychological health issues, violent behavior, alcoholism and substance abuse, sleeping problems, and even suicide (Britt, 2001; Fekkes et al., 2004; Hershberger & D’Augelli, 1995; Menard, 2002; Ttofi & Farrington, 2008; Van der Wal et al., 2003). This research brief provides a summary of results from a recent study designed to examine the relationship between bullying and physical and mental health, health care access and utilization, and health risk behaviors. The full study will be published in a special issue of Justice Quarterly, titled “Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Public Health Studies.” Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, College of Criminal Justice, Sam Houston State University, 2012. 4p. Source: Report No. 2012-01: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/BullyHealthfinal.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 126582

Author: Ewing, Walter Title: Money for Nothing: Immigration Enforcement without Immigration Reform Doesn't Work Summary: While the U.S. government has poured billions upon billions of dollars into immigration enforcement, the number of undocumented immigrants in the United States has increased dramatically. Rather than reducing undocumented immigration, this enforcement-without-reform strategy has diverted the resources and attention of federal authorities to the pursuit of undocumented immigrants who are drawn here by the labor needs of our own economy. For more than two decades, the U.S. government has tried without success to stamp out undocumented immigration through enforcement efforts at the border and in the interior of the country, but without fundamentally reforming the broken immigration system that spurs undocumented immigration in the first place. While billions upon billions of dollars have been poured into enforcement, the number of undocumented immigrants in the United States has increased dramatically. Rather than reducing undocumented immigration, the enforcement-without-reform strategy has diverted the resources and attention of federal authorities to the pursuit of undocumented immigrants who are not a threat to anyone, and who are drawn here by the labor needs of our own economy. It has fueled the growth of increasingly profitable and sophisticated businesses in human smuggling and the production and sale of fraudulent identity documents. And it has done nothing to lessen the dependence of many U.S. industries on the labor of undocumented immigrants. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, The American Immigration Law Foundation, 2008. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/MoneyForNothing05-08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Enforcement Shelf Number: 126585

Author: Ewing, Walter Title: Looking for a Quick Fix: The Rise and Fall of the Secure Border Initiative's High-Tech Solution to Unauthorized Immigration Summary: The Secure Border Initiative (SBI), launched by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in 2005, is a cautionary tale of the dangers inherent in seeking a technological quick fix to the problem of unauthorized immigration. SBI calls not only for fencing the U.S.-Mexico border in the literal sense, but constructing a “virtual fence” as well. Since physical fencing can be climbed over, broken through, or dug under, it is complemented in SBI by a system of cameras and sensors—known as “SBInet”—that will, in theory, alert the Border Patrol whenever an unauthorized border crossing occurs. However, SBI has not gone according to plan. Hundreds of miles in new fencing and vehicle barriers have been erected at the border at a cost of $2.4 billion, but there is no evidence this is enhancing border security or deterring unauthorized immigrants. And SBInet has been plagued by persistent technical problems, shoddy testing, and missed deadlines since the Boeing Corporation received over $1 billion worth of DHS contracts to develop it. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, The American Immigration Law Foundation, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/SBInet_-_Looking_for_a_Quick_Fix_041510.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control (Mexico, U.S.) Shelf Number: 126586

Author: Rubin, Jeffrey Title: Conflict Minerals: What Issuers Should Know Summary: The eastern Congo has been embroiled in violent conflict for more than fifteen years. It has been estimated that the conflict has cost, directly and indirectly, over 5,400,000 lives, more than any other conflict since World War II, and has involved a profound humanitarian crisis with rape as a weapon of war. For a number of years various nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), including notably The Enough Project based in Washington, have made efforts to stem the flow of funds to rebel groups, militias, and criminal networks within the Congolese army arising from the sale of the ores originating in the eastern Congo, the so-called “conflict minerals.” The efforts by the NGOs have been intended to influence companies at the top of the minerals supply chain to use their buying power to exert pressure downward through the entire supply chain and thereby to influence their suppliers to source only conflict-free minerals. The NGOs’ efforts to highlight the conflict minerals issues have been reflected in proposed Congressional legislation since 2008. In 2010, a bill introduced by Senator Durbin and Representative McDermott became part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as Section 1502 of the Act. This memorandum presents a summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the proposed rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) relating to conflict minerals. This summary has been prepared in order to assist companies to better understand the scope of the rules the SEC is required to implement. Because the SEC has not, at the date of this memorandum, adopted its final rules, the guidance set forth herein is subject to the qualification that the SEC’s final rules may differ from its proposed rules. We encourage readers to discuss the matters reviewed in this summary with attorneys of Hogan Lovells, both to review the statutory and proposed rulemaking provisions in greater detail and to consider the implications of these provisions to the specific business operations in which the reader is engaged. At the end of this memorandum is a suggested Company Action Plan that may be helpful in assisting companies preparing to comply with the conflict minerals provisions. Details: New York: Hogan Lovells, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2012 at http://www.hoganlovells.com/files/Publication/c9f789ae-791b-42b5-8af8-5ee80173b9bf/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/7cc26192-815a-4df8-bc0b-3fdeba11c55f/Rubin%20Conflict%20Minerals%20Memorandum%20%282%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Conflict Minerals Shelf Number: 126587

Author: Arciaga, Michelle Title: Street Outreach and the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model Summary: Since the early 19th century and the emergence of street gangs within urban population centers of the United States, community members have sought to reach out to these disenfranchised and criminally involved youth to reengage and redirect them to more pro-social activities. Over the years, these efforts have yielded mixed results. For instance, the detached gang worker programs of the 1950s and ’60s, while well-intentioned, delivered almost uniformly flat results and may actually have increased the cohesion of the gangs they served, thus accelerating gang offending (Klein, 1971). It seems intuitive that social intervention directed at gang members is necessary and vital as a response to gang violence. However, programmatic results, when these programs have been evaluated, suggest that street-level outreach, by itself, is not sufficient to create a reduction in gang-related crime. In 1987, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention launched the Juvenile Gang Suppression and Intervention Research and Development Program, led by Dr. Irving Spergel at the University of Chicago. Spergel conducted a national assessment of agency and community responses to gangs. After reviewing multiple program models and existing programmatic evaluations, Spergel concluded: “neither a single minded suppression nor a single-minded social-intervention approach has demonstrated success in reducing gang crime, especially gang violence.” As a result of that assessment, Spergel and his colleagues created the Comprehensive Community-Wide Gang Program Model (Spergel, 1995; Spergel et al., 1992; Spergel and Curry, 1993). The Spergel Model included a multidisciplinary Intervention Team, composed of law enforcement, probation, and outreach personnel who worked together to case manage gang intervention targets within the context of five interrelated strategies: social intervention, opportunities provision, community mobilization, suppression, and organizational change and development. The success of the Little Village Gang Violence Reduction Project led to the creation of the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model (Model). Since the 1990s, the Model has been tested in targeted sections of more than 20 different communities around the United States, from large cities (Los Angeles, California; Houston, Texas; Miami, Florida; Milwaukee, Wisconsin) to mid-sized cities (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Richmond, Virginia; North Miami Beach, Florida) to small urban and rural communities (East Cleveland, Ohio; Mount Vernon, Illinois; Elk City, Oklahoma; Glenn County, California; Longview, Washington). (National Gang Center, 2010) This article provides an overview of best practices developed in these sites for street outreach in the context of the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, 2012. 10p. Source: National Gang Center Bulletin No. 7: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Content/Documents/Street-Outreach-Comprehensive-Gang-Model.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 126639

Author: Frandsen, Ronald J. Title: Enforcement of the Brady Act, 2010: Federal and State Investigations and Prosecutions of Firearm Applications Denied by a NICS Check in 2010 Summary: The Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act (Brady Act) requires criminal history background checks by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and state agencies on persons who attempt to purchase a firearm from a licensed dealer. In 2010, the FBI and state agencies denied a firearm to nearly 153,000 persons due to National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) records of felonies, domestic violence offenses, and other prohibiting factors. Enforcement of the Brady Act, 2010 reports on investigations and prosecutions of persons who were denied a firearm in 2010. The report describes how the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) screens denied-person cases and retrieves firearms that were obtained illegally. Statistics presented include charges most often filed against denied persons by United States Attorneys and results of prosecutions. Investigation statistics from two states are also presented. Key statistics are compared for the five-year period from 2006 to 2010. Statistical highlights are presented in the body of the report and complete details are included in an Appendix. Details: St. Louis, MO: Regional Justice Information Service, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/239272.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Brady Act Shelf Number: 126647

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Process and Systems Change Evaluation Findings from the Transition from Jail to Community Initiative Summary: In 2007, the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) partnered with the Urban Institute (UI) to develop and test an innovative, comprehensive model for effective jail-to-community transition. Designed to address the unique challenges and opportunities surrounding jail reentry, the Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) initiative and TJC model advance systems-level change through collaborative and coordinated relationships between jails and local communities to address reentry. Enhanced public safety, reduced recidivism, and improved individual reintegration outcomes are the overarching goals of the TJC model. Two pilot sites, Denver, Colorado, and Douglas County, Kansas, were invited to be learning sites implementing the TJC model in September 2008, with four additional learning sites—Davidson County, Tennessee; Kent County, Michigan; La Crosse County, Wisconsin; and Orange County, California—selected to join them in August 2009. The TJC initiative provided all six sites with intensive, targeted technical assistance to implement the key elements of the model, and each was engaged in a systems change evaluation conducted by the Urban Institute. The primary objective of the cross-site systems change evaluation was to test the viability of the TJC model and to document factors which facilitated or inhibited its successful implementation. In doing so, the initiative sought to expand the knowledge base regarding effective jail transition practice. The implementation and systems change evaluation will be followed by an outcome and sustainability analysis commencing in 2012. A participatory action research framework guided the cross-site implementation and systems change evaluations. Evaluation activities supported measurement of systems change and generated relevant and timely information for the sites that would inform planning and implementation, as well as promote monitoring and sustainability. Evaluation-related technical assistance focused on building site capacity for self-assessment and outcome analysis activities; a performance measurement framework formed the core of the initiative’s strategy to build local capabilities for ongoing self-assessment. Regular stakeholder interviews, site visits, analysis of administrative data, and multiple waves of stakeholder survey data informed the evaluation and this report. This report examines implementation of the TJC model across the six learning sites, including key activities, site accomplishments and challenges, and lessons learned both about the TJC model and the technical assistance provided. Key findings from the implementation and cross-site systems change evaluations are presented, following a brief overview of the TJC model and description of the sites’ TJC strategies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 143p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412670-Process-and-Systems-Change-Evaluation-Findings.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 126649

Author: Haas, Gordon Title: Life Without Parole: A Reconsideration Summary: In Massachusetts, the maximum penalty for murder is life in prison without the possibility of a parole (hereinafter LWOP). Often, when murder is discussed, the most heinous or bizarre murders take center stage, as if their perpetrators, the Charles Mansons or Ted Bundys, are representative of all those serving life sentences. The nearly one thousand men and women serving LWOP in Massachusetts, however, include those who were juveniles at the time of the murder, those who participated in a joint enterprise in which another person committed the actual murder, as well as some who have served decades in prison and who no longer pose a threat to society by reason of rehabilitation and/or age. A considerable number of these thousand individuals both recognize and are repentant of the suffering they have caused, and have done the difficult work needed to transform themselves into, and become agents of, constructive change for others. There should be no gainsaying that any killing of a human being is horrendous. As with all killing, murder, the unlawful taking of a life, sows pain and suffering much beyond the immediate victim or victims. A murder rips through, and often rips apart, close families and friends of the victim, and most often does the same to the murderer’s family and friends. Murders also impact less close associates of the victim and of the offender as well; murder destroys a part of the social fabric of the broader community. It is impossible to deny these impacts. Nothing can absolve the murderer of the responsibility for the consequences of this act, as nothing can reverse that loss of life. All affected survivors are forced to come to terms with the murder, its consequences, and suffer the voids which murder creates. This process can take years, often a lifetime. That said, life is not frozen at the point of a murder. People move on, struggling to self-mend, perhaps even those who perceive themselves as to be frozen by that act. The community is better served by recognizing that movement and embracing such healing in perpetrators and their families and friends as it intends to do in the families, friends and associates of the victims. It is in that healing that the community’s social fabric can be rewoven. There is substantive literature addressing the devastation of murder and the impact on survivors. This paper only intends to address one aspect immediately impacting certain individuals—the murderers—as well as the community, which aspect has not received such attention: the punishment of life-without-parole. This paper argues for the introduction of a parole hearing after twenty-five years of incarceration for those sentenced to LWOP as a way to recognize the healing which can occur in all people, even those who have committed murder. Details: Norfolk, MA: Criminal Justice Policy Coalition, Norfolk Lifers Group, 2010. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 9, 2012 at: http://www.realcostofprisons.org/materials/Haas_LWOP.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 126652

Author: Ditmore, Melissa Title: The Use of Raids to Fight Trafficking in Persons Summary: Trafficking in persons refers to the transportation and compulsion of an individual into any form of labor through use of force, threats of force, fraud, or coercion, or debt bondage. In 2000, the US passed legislation recognizing “serious forms of trafficking” as “recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, or obtaining of a person for labor or services, through the use of force, fraud, or coercion” in all forms of labor, including, but not limited to, sex work, bringing domestic legislation in line with international standards governing trafficking in persons. (Trafficking Victims Protection Act, 2000; United Nations Optional Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, EspeciallyWomen and Children, 2000) Enforcement of federal anti-trafficking legislation has taken place in large part through anti-trafficking raids, conducted by federal law enforcement agents, and vice raids targeting prostitution conducted by local law enforcement agencies. Notwithstanding the broader reach of the current legislative definition of trafficking, US law enforcement agencies have been criticized for continuing to focus on trafficking into sex work to the exclusion of other widespread forms of trafficking. (Global Alliance Against Traffic in Women 2007: 239-241; Women’s Commission for Refugee Women and Children 2007) Indeed, the word “trafficking” primarily evokes images of women and children forced into sexual servitude in the popular imagination and, prior to 2000, anti-trafficking legislation focused exclusively on prostitution, based on the presumption that no woman would ever exchange sex for material gain without extreme coercion. In reality, trafficking occurs in a far broader range of sectors and types of work, including domestic work, agricultural labor, manufacturing and the service industries, and affects men as well as women and children. This report summarizes the findings of a human rights documentation project conducted by the Sex Workers Project in 2007 and 2008 to explore the impacts and effectiveness of current anti-trafficking approaches in the US from a variety of perspectives. It is among the first efforts since the passage of the TVPA to give voice to the perspectives of trafficked persons and sex workers who have experienced anti-trafficking raids. A total of 46 people were interviewed for this report, including immigrant sex workers and trafficked persons who have experienced raids or otherwise had contact with law enforcement, along with service providers, attorneys, and law enforcement personnel. The data collected from this small to medium-sized sample is extremely rich, and suggests that vice raids conducted by local law enforcement agencies are an ineffective means of locating and identifying trafficked persons. Our research also reveals that vice raids and federal anti-trafficking raids are all too frequently accompanied by violations of the human rights of trafficked persons and sex workers alike, and can therefore be counterproductive to the underlying goals of anti-trafficking initiatives. Our findings suggest that a rights-based and “victim-centered” approach to trafficking in persons requires the development and promotion of alternate methods of identifying and protecting the rights of trafficked persons which prioritize the needs, agency, and self-determination of trafficking survivors.They also indicate that preventative approaches, which address the circumstances that facilitate trafficking in persons, should be pursued over law enforcement based responses. Details: New York: Urban Justice Center, Sex Workers Project, 2009. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.sexworkersproject.org/downloads/swp-2009-raids-and-trafficking-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Trafficking Raids Shelf Number: 126659

Author: Bjerk, David Title: The Market for Mules: Risk and Compensation of Cross-Border Drug Couriers Summary: This paper uses a unique dataset to shed light on the economics of cross-border drug smuggling. Our results reveal that loads are generally quite large (mean 56 Kg) and of high wholesale value (mean $73,348). We also find that mule compensation is substantial (mean $1,601), and most interestingly, that mules appear to be paid compensating wage differentials for loads that carry a higher sentencing risk if detected and for loads that carry an arguably higher likelihood of detection. This suggests that this underground and unregulated labor market generally acts like a competitive labor market, with an equilibrium in which risk-sensitive, reasonably well informed workers are compensated for taking on higher risk tasks. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1881212 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Couriers Shelf Number: 126660

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: Evaluation of Baltimore's Safe Streets Program: Effects on Attitudes, Participants’ Experiences, and Gun Violence Summary: Cure Violence, formerly CeaseFire, was developed in 1995 to reduce youth violence associated with firearms. The program takes a multifaceted approach to intervention that involves several different components. One of the major components of this program is street outreach workers, many former gang members, who go out into urban areas and develop relationships with at-risk youth. Outreach staff also act as “violence interruputers” who work around the clock to intervene at the site of conflicts and mediate potential violent encounters between individuals or gangs. Dr. Gary Slutkin developed the Cure Violence program by applying public health lessons to gun violence in some of Chicago’s most dangerous neighborhoods. An earlier rigorous evaluation of Cure Violence in Chicago, using a multiple interrupted time series design, found significant reductions in gun violence and retaliatory homicides associated with four of seven intervention neighborhoods studied. Furthermore, when budget cuts reduced program implementation in certain Chicago neighborhoods, shootings increased in these areas. These preliminary results encouraged the Baltimore City Health Department to replicate Chicago’s Cure Violence program in four of Baltimore’s most violent neighborhoods under the name Safe Streets with a grant from the U.S. Department of Justice. This report presents the evaluation findings of Safe Streets, led by Daniel Webster, ScD, MPH, and Jennifer Whitehill, PhD, of Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health with a grant from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. This rigorous multiple interrupted time series evaluation measures Safe Streets' effect on gun violence, attitudes about the acceptability of gun use and impact on the lives of participants after the implementation of the program. Although the evaluation was not funded by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation (RWJF), Chicago’s Cure Violence model is being replicated in 15 more sites across the country with a $4.5 million RWJF grant. The findings from this evaluation will be used to identify the most effective elements of the Cure Violence model in reducing gun violence and will add to the body of evidence supporting replication efforts. To measure the effect of the Safe Streets program in intervention neighborhoods, the evaluation: reviewed implementation data of the program; did multiple interrupted time series analysis of the effects of the program on homicide and nonfatal shootings; conducted a community survey of attitudes toward gun violence; and interviewed participants to determine their perceptions of the program’s effect on their lives. Details: Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Center for the Prevention of Youth Violence, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.rwjf.org/content/dam/web-assets/2012/01/evaluation-of-baltimore-s-safe-streets-program Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126664

Author: Richardson, Mark Title: Protecting America’s Pacific Marine Monuments: A Review of Threats and Law Enforcement Issues Summary: In January 2009, President George W. Bush exercised his authority under the Antiquities Act of 1906 to establish the Marianas Trench, Pacific Remote Islands, and Rose Atoll Marine National Monuments. Collectively, the three monuments encompass nearly 200,000 square miles of low coral islands and their surrounding pelagic zones, which extend roughly 50 nautical miles (nm) seaward of island shorelines. These areas harbor some of the last relatively pristine marine ecosystems in the Western and Central Pacific Ocean, and are home to countless species of marine wildlife, including dolphins, whales, turtles, seabirds, fish, invertebrates, and corals. The presidential proclamations creating these areas prohibit all commercial resource extraction activities, explicitly ban commercial fishing, and allow limited subsistence or recreational fishing. The creation of the monuments reflects a growing trend in ocean protection as nations shift their focus away from smaller, coastal Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) in favor of larger areas that capture an array of marine ecosystems and biodiversity (e.g., the South Georgia & South Sandwich Islands Marine Protected Area created in 2012 spans 386,372 square miles). Unfortunately, large ocean areas remote from human populations are difficult and costly to manage and enforce. Without the provision of sufficient resources, even government agencies of wealthy nations cannot monitor these places on a consistent basis, let alone manage and protect them at a level commensurate with their status as internationally recognized conservation areas. To ensure that the US Pacific marine national monuments (MNMs) in the Western and Central Pacific do not simply linger as “paper parks,” Marine Conservation Institute assessed the major human threats to these areas and reviewed the current performance of US law enforcement agencies in deterring and prosecuting activities that could prove catastrophic to monument ecosystems. Based on an analysis of vessel traffic in the region, damage to the Pacific MNMs is likely to occur in one of the following ways: 1) illegal fishing activity by US or foreign fishing vessels; 2) accidental groundings and oil spills by large commercial vessels (e.g. container ships or tankers) or fishing vessels; or 3) introduction of invasive marine or terrestrial species by small recreational vessels (e.g. sailboats) that trespass in nearshore island waters or on the islands themselves. A synthesis of government documents, personal interviews with federal enforcement staff, and information from international fishery management organizations shows that vessel-based threats continue to manifest themselves inside Pacific marine national monuments. For example: Since the monuments were created in January 2009, there have been low but consistent levels of illegal fishing by US-registered vessels inside the boundaries of Rose Atoll and Pacific Remote Islands MNMs. Foreign fishing vessel incursions are a regular occurrence in the vast and discontinuous US Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) in the Western and Central Pacific Ocean; there have been at least two documented cases of foreign vessels fishing illegally inside Marianas Trench MNM, and many more suspected violations. There have been several documented cases of attempted or actual illegal trespass by recreational sailing vessels at various islands within the Pacific Remote Islands MNM; in one case the presence of an invasive terrestrial species (a rat) was linked to a trespassing vessel at Johnston Atoll, which previously had been cleared of rats. Historically, commercial fishing vessels have posed the greatest threat of accidental groundings and spills; in the last 25 years there have been groundings on Rose Atoll, Palmyra Atoll, and Kingman Reef, all of which caused significant and lingering damage. Large container and tanker vessels pose a potential threat of catastrophic contamination and physical damage to the monuments through accidental groundings and spills, but the frequency and location of commercial vessel traffic are not routinely tracked or made public by federal agencies or international agencies. In addition to documenting these threats, we analyzed routine law enforcement operations in the Pacific Islands region to assess government agency capabilities to track, respond to, and deter illegal activity. To effectively deal with threats, federal law enforcement agencies need to have a minimum set of things in place, including: 1) clear and enforceable regulations; 2) adequate financial, human, and technological resources; 3) a surveillance and monitoring system that detects vessels in real-time; 4) an effective public outreach and education program that contributes to voluntary compliance; and 5) a mechanism for interagency cooperation that allows agencies to leverage scarce resources and find collaborative solutions to problems. Details: Marine Conservation Institute, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2012 at: http://www.marine-conservation.org/media/filer_public/2012/10/04/pacific_islands_enforcement_final_case_studyfull_version.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Fishing Shelf Number: 126665

Author: Dwyer, Allison M. Title: Data-Driven Decisionmaking for Strategic Justice Reinvestment Summary: This publication is one of three policy briefs designed to guide local policymakers in undertaking justice reinvestment, a data-driven strategy to identify the drivers of criminal justice system costs and make more efficient use of resources while maintaining public safety. This brief discusses the central role of strategic planning entities in the justice reinvestment process; outlines how these bodies are structured and operated; and provides guidance in establishing or expanding such a collaborative. A case study from one local justice reinvestment site is presented to highlight the recommended process. Additional resources and a "getting started" worksheet are included in an appendix. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 10p. Source: Justice Reinvestment at the Local Level, Brief 2: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412543-Data-Driven-Decisionmaking-for-Strategic-Justice-Reinvestment.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 126668

Author: Ravoira, L., Patino Lydia, V., Graziano, J., Glesmann, C., & Baker, P. Title: Voices From the Field: Findings From the NGI Listening Sessions Summary: The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) has partnered with the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) Center for Girls and Young Women to create the National Girls Institute (NGI). The purpose of the NGI is to provide training and technical assistance to prevention, intervention, treatment, and aftercare programs for atrisk and delinquent girls across the nation. In addition to training and technical assistance, the institute will disseminate information; collaborate with researchers and program developers; form partnerships with federal, state, tribal, and local agencies; and develop policy. OJJDP and NGI are committed to listening to the voices of girls, parents/caregivers, and key stakeholders from diverse rural, urban, suburban, and tribal communities to inform the priorities of the NGI. To that end, NGI representatives conducted 64 “listening sessions” across the country. One of the most critical aims of the listening sessions was to assess the current training, technical assistance, and informational needs of state, tribal, and local entities serving girls and their families. Through the listening sessions, the NGI also sought to identify strategies and practices that work best with girls—and those that are ineffective or even harmful— to inform development of standards of care. This report details the results and implications of the listening sessions, and sets forth a series of recommendations for NGI, OJJDP, and the field. NCCD’s partnership with OJJDP is a critical next step to expand and deepen work regarding girls within states and local jurisdictions as well as with private organizations. Details: Jacksonville, FL: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, Center for Girls and Young Women. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/ngi-listening-sessions-report.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 126673

Author: Aungst, Sharon, ed. Title: Pretrial Detention & Community Supervision: Best Practices and Resources for California Counties Summary: California Forward launched the Partnership for Community Excellence (Partnership) in December 2011 to assist counties to envision, design and implement their own strategies to effectively implement new responsibilities related to the adult criminal justice Realignment under Assembly Bill 109 and related legislation. The Partnership’s goal is to provide actionable information to local leaders and agencies so they can make smart decisions in building capacity, choosing evidence-based programs, and measuring and improving results. Realignment also creates an opportunity for counties to examine new governance models that will help them achieve better outcomes in other areas of local government. Good governance is centered on collaborative planning, using models and services shown to work, and measuring and improving results. Given the diversity of California, these good governance practices can be expected to result in different strategies. There is no “one right way,” yet government must be accountable to Californians for results. Adopting effective governance models will assist counties to improve transparency, accountability and results. Public leaders need accurate and up-to-date information in order to make good decisions and drive system change. Effective pretrial practices are important to the success of Realignment and improving public safety, given that 71 percent of jail beds currently are occupied by pretrial detainees. Making pretrial release decisions based on a detainee’s risk and needs, versus their ability to post bail, is key to improving public safety and offender outcomes. The purpose of this report is to provide a summary of best practices and practical information to assist county leaders in determining how pretrial programs could assist their local jurisdiction. The report includes the following: • Summary of national pretrial best practices; • Summary of five California counties’ experiences in effectively implementing pretrial programs; • Suggestions related to offender tracking and data collection and analysis; • Issues for consideration in implementing a pretrial program; and, • Resources including technical assistance available to counties. Details: Sacramento: Partnership for Community Excellence, 2012. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2012 at: http://caforward.3cdn.net/7a60c47c7329a4abd7_2am6iyh9s.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 126675

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: Examining Growth in the Federal Prison Population, 1998 to 2010 Summary: The size of the yearend Federal prison population grew by 77% over the 1998-2010 period, from 104,413 offenders who were convicted of federal crimes to an all-time high of 184,809. Drug offenders made up the largest portion of the increase in Federal prisoners, followed by weapon, immigration, and non-regulatory public-order offenders. An increase in the length of time to be served by prisoners was the leading contributor to growth, accounting for 58% of the total prison population growth between 1998 and 2010. Longer expected lengths of stay for drug offenders, alone, accounted for one-third of total growth in the prison population. Changes in federal conviction, investigation, and sentencing practices, respectively, also added to the prison population—notably, a higher conviction rate in drug cases and heightened enforcement of immigration and weapon offenses. By contrast, prison population growth during this period was moderated by changes in the rate at which sentenced offenders were admitted to prison and modest declines in the federal prosecution rate. Report findings were based on a statistical decomposition analysis using data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics’ Federal Justice Statistics Program. Details: Washington, D.C.: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2012. 35p. Source: Research Report, September 2012: Internet REsource: Accessed October 13, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/239785.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Demographic Trends Shelf Number: 126686

Author: Perry, Steven W. Title: Tribal Crime Data Collection Activities, 2012 Summary: Describes Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) activities to collect and improve data on crime and justice in Indian country, as required by the Tribal Law and Order Act, 2010. The report summarizes BJS's comprehensive outreach and collaboration strategy to implement a census of courts operating in Indian country. It presents data from the 2010 Census of Population and Housing, which was conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau, about American Indians and Alaska Natives (AIAN), their tribal affiliations, and the populations of AIAN reservations and villages. It also includes federal justice statistics on federal suspects investigated and charges filed for offenses occurring in Indian country. The report describes tribal law enforcement agencies and the number of agencies with identifiable crime data in the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting Program. It summarizes tribal eligibility for Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) awards. Highlights include the following: In 2010, the self-identified American Indian and Alaska Native (AIAN) population totaled 5.2 million, or 1.7% of the estimated 308.7 million people in the United States. About 3.5 million (76%) of the 4.6 million people living on American Indian reservations or in Alaska Native villages in 2010 were not AIAN. Tribally operated law enforcement agencies in Indian country employed 3,043 full-time equivalent (FTE) personnel in 2008. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 18p. Source: Technical Report: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/tcdca12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 126687

Author: Balck, Annie Title: Advances in Juvenile Justice Reform: 2009 - 2011 Summary: The National Juvenile Justice Network (NJJN) is pleased to present this compilation from across the country of advances in juvenile justice reform made between 2009 and 2011. In it, we have gathered together significant laws, administrative rule and practice changes, positive court decisions, and promising commissions and studies. The breadth and scope of its contents are a testament to the great number of positive changes that have occurred over the course of the past few years. While it may sometimes feel that progress toward reform is slow to non-existent, this compendium shows that, in fact, thanks to the tireless work of advocates, stakeholders, and policymakers, reform victories are won on a regular basis, every year, in nearly every state. That being said, we would be remiss if we did not also note that the news is not all good. There are many states and localities where juvenile justice reform is badly needed—where youths’ due process rights are routinely violated; where schools funnel youth into juvenile court; where youth of color are unfairly and disproportionately punished; where youth in confinement are abused and beaten. Reformers have a lot to celebrate, but there is also much to be done. The document provides a broad view of the primary issues of concern in the reform field, as well as a snapshot of those areas that are gaining the most traction; we hope the publication will serve as an educational tool for individuals less familiar with specific reform efforts, and inspire those already dedicated to change. Lastly, this publication is meant to serve as a concrete representation of how far the movement for juvenile justice reform has come, and act as incontrovertible evidence that progress is indeed being made. Details: Washington, D.C.: The National Juvenile Justice Network, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2012 at http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/NJJN_adv_fin_press_sept_update.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policy Shelf Number: 126692

Author: Brooke, Sandra Title: Review of Surveillance and Enforcement of Federal Fisheries in the Southeastern U.S. Summary: Over the past several decades, there has been a significant increase in the number of marine protected areas including those that are remote from shore and cover large areas of the US Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). The large size of the areas and the complex assortment of regulations within them pose many challenges to policy-makers and resource managers. One of the greatest challenges is monitoring activity in these areas and enforcing regulations so that the designated areas are truly protecting the resources and are not merely ‘paper parks’. The overarching objective of this project entitled ‘Review of surveillance and enforcement of federal fisheries in the southeastern US’ was to increase the effectiveness of resource protection within the South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (SAFMC) boundaries through identification of potential improvement of monitoring and enforcement. The Marine Conservation Institute, in collaboration with the law enforcement and management agencies within the SAFMC region, has identified surveillance and enforcement challenges and suggests a series of recommendations for addressing some of these problems. Selected recommendations are listed briefly below and are described in more detail in the full report. Details: Seattle, WA: Marine Conservation Biology Institute, 2011. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2012 at http://www.marine-conservation.org/media/filer_public/2012/03/23/safmc_serma_final_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Fisheries Shelf Number: 126693

Author: Lind, Bonnie K. Title: Does Race/Ethnicity Affect Criminal Case Disposition of Juveniles in Canyon County? Results of Disproportionate Minority Contact Analysis Summary: The Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDP) defines basic protections for juveniles who become involved in the juvenile justice system. States participating in the JJDP Act voluntarily agree to provide and monitor these protections. One core protection of the JJDP Act is to investigate and address Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) in the juvenile justice system where it exists. The DMC protection requires States to ascertain whether juveniles who are members of minority racial/ethnic groups are overrepresented at various decision points. The primary statistic used to measure this indicator is called the Relative Rate Index (RRI). The RRI is a comparison of the volume of activity at various stages in the juvenile justice system; it is not a calculation of the odds of a youth moving to the next stage of the system. The RRI provides a method of comparison using a single index number that indicates the extent to which the volume of that form of contact or activity is different for minority, or Non-White, youth from White youth. The RRI is similar to vital signs in a health care setting. It can guide observers to a general area, but taken alone, it cannot identify whether a problem exists that needs to be addressed through an intervention. The RRI compares the rate of occurrence for White youth to the rate of occurrence for all Non-White youth. If the RRI is 1.00, then the rate of occurrence for White youth is similar to the rate of occurrence for all Non-White youth. If the RRI is greater than 1.00, then the rate of occurrence for Non-White youth is higher than the rate of occurrence for White youth. If the RRI is less than 1.00, then the rate of occurrence for White youth is higher than the rate of occurrence for Non-White youth. In 2005, the RRI showed that Hispanic or Latino youths in Canyon County were almost twice as likely to be arrested as White youths, and they were 38% more likely to be sent to secure detention. Hispanic youths were also 81% more likely than White youths to be sent to a juvenile correctional facility. Based on these indications, additional data were collected and analyzed in order to determine whether the ratios that differ from 1.0 represent racial bias in the treatment of juveniles or whether disparities reflect differences in crime characteristics such as the seriousness of crimes committed, gang membership, and use of a weapon. These analyses can be used to plan community interventions targeting identified areas of concern. This report presents the results of analyses considering these additional factors. Details: Boise, ID: Center for Health Policy, Boise State University, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://www.ijjc.idaho.gov/Portals/0/Final%20DMC%20Report%201-13-2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 126701

Author: Meyers, H. Title: Lamoille Community Justice Project Program Evaluation Summary: This is a report of evaluation activities conducted by the Vermont Research Partnership (VRP) at the University of Vermont’s James M. Jeffords Center for the Lamoille Valley Community Justice Project (CJP) during fall 2009 through summer 2010. Following a description of the CJP program is reporting of three components utilized in this mixed-method evaluation study: 1) a brief review of literature sources that inform practices for working with children of incarcerated parents; 2) interviews with CJP staff (three caseworkers) and leadership (CJP Co-Director and Manager); 3) interviews with school personnel who work with children served by CJP; and 4) quantitative analysis of outcomes for children in relation to school retention and avoidance of contact with the criminal justice system. Details: Burlington, VT: Vermont Research Partnership, University of Vermont, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://www.uvm.edu/~jeffords/reports/pdfs/%20Lamoille%20CJP%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 126705

Author: Cobb, Kimberly A. Title: Tribal Probation: An Overview for Tribal Court Judges Summary: More effective ways of addressing the misdemeanor offenses of tribal members is needed since incarceration does not play a great part in many tribal cultures. “This article is designed to provide tribal court judges with a general understanding of community supervision and how it can benefit tribal justice systems, as well as provide some insight into the role of community supervision officers” (p. 4). Topics discussed include: what community supervision is; benefits to the tribal justice system; benefits to communities and victims; benefits to offenders; how judges can utilize community supervision officers; the role of a tribal probation officer; and ways a tribal court judge can support community supervision of offenders. Details: Washington, D.C.: Bureau of Justice Assistance, U.S. Department of Justice, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2012 at http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/appa/pubs/TPOTCJ.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 126706

Author: PFM Group Title: A 21st Century Criminal Justice System for the City of New Orleans. Part I: Overview of the Criminal Justice System, its Costs and the Case for Better Coordination Summary: A University of New Orleans survey recently found that 61 percent of New Orleans residents cited crime as the most important issue in the city: the percentage of respondents citing crime as their primary concern was up from just 46 percent two years ago. Finding solutions to this problem is the top priority for Mayor Landrieu and the rest of the city’s leadership. Many factors go into the problem of crime in the United States and New Orleans. Decades of studies have demonstrated that certain individuals – based on socio-economic factors – are both more likely to commit crime and more likely to be victims of crime. Nationally, violent crime rates in the U.S. are higher than in other nations and scholars have noted that one difference may go to the availability of firearms. For years, law enforcement officials have argued that so much of what goes into defining a place’s crime problem is beyond their responsibility. Police are not responsible for school dropout rates. Prosecutors are not responsible for poverty rates. And judges are not responsible for the incidence of mental health problems in a community. Nevertheless, in most communities, we charge those who comprise “the criminal justice system” with the responsibility for keeping streets and neighborhoods safe. At the same time, there are bounds set by law – by statute, by state constitution and by the federal constitution – as to what steps these officials may take to fulfill that responsibility. Overall, we want to have a community where both civil rights and civil order are maintained. Meeting these twin goals – civil rights and civil order – is made more complicated by the fragmented nature of the criminal justice system. It has been noted that: “[I]f a system is thought of as a smoothly operating set of arrangements and institutions directed toward the achievement of common goals, one is hard pressed to call the operation of criminal justice in the United States a system….a more accurate representation may be that of a criminal justice nonsystem.” The New Orleans criminal justice system is highly fragmented – with the Mayor having direct control over some agencies (e.g. Police, Human Services), but with independently elected officials (e.g. Sheriff, District Attorney, judges, clerks) controlling the rest. The fragmentation in authority is matched by a fragmented process of funding – including funds from the City, state and federal governments, as well as outside grants and a significant amount of funding derived through fees and fines collected from defendants. Over the last several years, the city and various parts of the criminal justice system have launched a series of reforms. • In July, the city entered into a consent decree with the Department of Justice that addresses a wide variety of issues at the New Orleans Police Department from community policing practices and training to internal investigations and paid police details. The Mayor has already implemented many of the requirements in the decree and in the next four years it will serve as a detailed, comprehensive road map for reform. • NOLA for Life is a strategy to reduce homicides. Prevention is at the core of this plan - jobs, opportunity, rebuilding neighborhoods and improving the police department. But it all starts with one goal: stop the shooting. • The Mayor’s Strategic Command to Reduce Murders regularly brings together representatives of the criminal justice system, schools, community and civic organizations to review and analyze each homicide so as to develop prevention strategies. • After his appointment in May 2010, Police Superintendent Ronal Serpas announced a 65 point plan to reform the New Orleans Police Department and implementation of the plan began late that year. • The New Orleans Police Department has significantly reduced the number of individuals stopped for committing a crime who are arrested. Instead, the Department now routinely issues summonses to offenders for lower level offenses. • With the support of the Mayor and the City Council, a pre-trial services program was launched in the Criminal District Court under the guidance of the Vera Institute of Justice and with the cooperation of the Orleans Criminal Sheriff. The program is designed to help judges who set bond better assess the threat criminal defendants pose to the public. The result is that many low level offenders who are not a threat to public safety are released on their own recognizance rather than being held in jail awaiting trial. • The Mayor convened a Criminal Justice Working Group that included the Sheriff, Judges, District Attorney, and other community leaders to consider a variety of topics relating to the Orleans Parish Prison. • Greater cooperation between the New Orleans Police Department and the District Attorney has significantly reduced screening time for felony arrests. • The District Attorney now brings misdemeanor charges under provisions of municipal ordinance. The DA has also shifted nearly all state misdemeanor cases to Municipal Court. This has significantly reduced the workload at the Criminal District Court. • The New Orleans Police and Justice Foundation with funding from the federal government, and partners across the criminal justice system are working collaboratively to upgrade the system’s technological capabilities through the Orleans Parish Information Sharing and Information System (OPISIS). • The City Council has also actively supported efforts for reform across the criminal justice system and its Criminal Justice Committee has frequently served as a forum for discussion of new and innovative approaches to public safety. All of these developments are reason to be optimistic about the city’s ability to improve the criminal justice system. Despite these significant developments, our report finds that there is a need to do more. Interviews with leadership across the criminal justice system – and with organizations outside of the criminal justice system – indicate a consensus on the need to do more and to do more in a collaborative and coordinated manner. As detailed below, the cost of the criminal justice system is significant – with approximately $300 million annually expended in local, state, federal, grant and self generated dollars on a system that employs more than 3,200 full time employees or equivalents. This system includes police, prosecutors, public defenders, investigators, coroner’s staff, judges and clerks and their judicial support staff. In addition, because of the disproportionate number of state prisoners, probationers and parolees who come from New Orleans, the state – independent of funds expended through local agencies – also spends an estimated additional $75 million on the criminal justice system and these estimates of spending do not account for costs in the education, health and human services agencies that are directly related to the operations and policies of the criminal justice system. Details: Philadelphia, PA: The PFM Group, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://images.skem1.com/client_id_15553/PFM_Report,_Part_1_October_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 126708

Author: Institute of Internal Auditors Title: Managing the Business Risk of Fraud: A Practical Guide Summary: All organizations are subject to fraud risks. Large frauds have led to the downfall of entire organizations, massive investment losses, significant legal costs, incarceration of key individuals, and erosion of confidence in capital markets. Publicized fraudulent behavior by key executives has negatively impacted the reputations, brands, and images of many organizations around the globe. Regulations such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA), the 1997 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Anti-Bribery Convention, the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the U.S. Federal Sentencing Guidelines of 2005, and similar legislation throughout the world have increased management’s responsibility for fraud risk management. Reactions to recent corporate scandals have led the public and stakeholders to expect organizations to take a “no fraud tolerance” attitude. Good governance principles demand that an organization’s board of directors, or equivalent oversight body, ensure overall high ethical behavior in the organization, regardless of its status as public, private, government, or not-for-profit; its relative size; or its industry. The board’s role is critically important because historically most major frauds are perpetrated by senior management in collusion with other employees. Vigilant handling of fraud cases within an organization sends clear signals to the public, stakeholders, and regulators about the board and management’s attitude toward fraud risks and about the organization’s fraud risk tolerance. In addition to the board, personnel at all levels of the organization — including every level of management, staff, and internal auditors, as well as the organization’s external auditors — have responsibility for dealing with fraud risk. Particularly, they are expected to explain how the organization is responding to heightened regulations, as well as public and stakeholder scrutiny; what form of fraud risk management program the organization has in place; how it identifies fraud risks; what it is doing to better prevent fraud, or at least detect it sooner; and what process is in place to investigate fraud and take corrective action. This guide is designed to help address these tough issues. This guide recommends ways in which boards, senior management, and internal auditors can fight fraud in their organization. Specifically, it provides credible guidance from leading professional organizations that defines principles and theories for fraud risk management and describes how organizations of various sizes and types can establish their own fraud risk management program. The guide includes examples of key program components and resources that organizations can use as a starting place to develop a fraud risk management program effectively and efficiently. Each organization needs to assess the degree of emphasis to place on fraud risk management based on its size and circumstances. Details: Washington, DC: American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, 2008. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://www.aicpa.org/ForThePublic/AuditCommitteeEffectiveness/AuditCommitteeBrief/DownloadableDocuments/Managing_the_Business_Risk_of_Fraud.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 126726

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty Title: Alone Without A Home: A State-by-State Review of Laws Affecting Unaccompanied Youth Summary: Each year, an estimated 1.6 million children and youth (ages 12-17) experience homelessness without a parent or guardian. These youth leave home for a variety of reasons, including severe family conflict, parental abuse or neglect, parental mental health issues, or substance abuse. Whether runaway or throwaway, once on the street, unaccompanied homeless youth face numerous legal barriers that often complicate their attempts to meet the basic necessities of life on their own and prevent them from reaching out for assistance to state agencies and service providers that could otherwise help them. Further complicating matters is that many of these laws vary considerably from state to state, creating misinterpretations by service providers and mistaken avoidance of services on the part of homeless youth who may fear being taken into state custody or assume they will be turned away. This report reviews the state of current law in 12 key issue areas that affect the lives and future prospects of unaccompanied homeless youth in all 50 U.S. states and 6 territories. The report offers an overview of the range of approaches taken by states and their relative prevalence, and reveals significant differences in many cases. The report also provides recommendations for policy change in each of the areas, with a view towards strengthening the supports available to unaccompanied youth. While many issues surrounding unaccompanied youth remain controversial, the aim of this report is to recommend steps that can protect their safety, development, health and dignity, and thus increase their prospects for positive future outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty and The National Network for Youth, 2012. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://www.nlchp.org/content/pubs/Alone%20Without%20a%20Home,%20FINAL1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Runaways Shelf Number: 126728

Author: Lynch, Darlene C. Title: Addressing the “Demand” Side of Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: Review of Federal and State Laws for Prosecuting Offenders Summary: Hundreds of children are commercially sexually exploited through prostitution in Georgia every month.i Atlanta is a hub for this activity and has been identified by federal law enforcement officials as one of the fourteen U.S. cities with the highest rates of child prostitution.ii However, the problem is not confined to the Atlanta area; children are being commercially sexually exploited throughout the state.iii Commercially sexually exploiting children through prostitution violates a number of federal and state criminal statutes related to sex trafficking, pimping, and pandering.iv However, these crimes rarely occur in isolation. Often, the exploitation of children is part of a broader criminal enterprise such as a street gang or human trafficking ring.v Whether or not such an enterprise is involved, exploited children may be kidnapped, beaten, raped, threatened, or provided drugs to ensure compliance.vi Efforts to identify, arrest, and prosecute those who commercially sexually exploit children will be more effective and produce longer sentences if they take into account this broad range of related criminal activity. There are some limitations. When a single act, such as the sexual assault of a child, gives rise to more than one offense, the constitutional prohibition against double jeopardy may prevent multiple convictions.vii A defendant cannot, for example, be convicted of a greater offense and a lesser included offense at the same time.viii On the other hand, he may be convicted of multiple offenses when those offenses differ slightly, with each requiring proof of a fact that the other does not.ix For example, he may be convicted of rape and statutory rape based on the same sexual act, because rape requires proof of force which statutory rape does not, and statutory rape requires proof of the victim’s age which rape does not.x Additionally, when an act is a crime under two separate jurisdictions’ laws – for example when the act is both a federal and a state crime – it does not violate double jeopardy to prosecute the offender under both systems.xi Thus, a defendant can be convicted under Georgia’s sex trafficking lawxii and under the federal sex trafficking lawxiii for the exact same act without violating the defendant’s constitutional rights. Further, when the defendant commits a series of separate acts during the exploitation of a child, double jeopardy rules do not prevent him from being charged, convicted and punished for a range of offenses based on the different types of conduct that occurred.xiv Finally, in Georgia, certain offenses, such as sex trafficking, kidnapping and possession of firearm during a felony, are always treated as separate offenses, and the defendant may be convicted of these crimes regardless of any related convictions.xv This report provides a comprehensive list of Georgia and federal criminal laws that are commonly violated during the commercial sexual exploitation of children (“CSEC”). It includes a detailed chart explaining how different types of crimes relate to CSEC, outlining the elements of each crime and the associated penalties, and providing citations to the criminal statutes and any relevant case law interpreting those statutes. Finally, it analyzes the existing state statutes to identify opportunities to amend Georgia law to better deter those who would exploit children and punish those who have. Details: Atlanta, GA: Barton Child Law and Policy Clinic Emory University School of Law, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: http://children.georgia.gov/sites/children.georgia.gov/files/imported/vgn/images/portal/cit_1210/45/16/158888649GOFCDemandProject.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Molestation Shelf Number: 126734

Author: Roberts, David J. Title: Automated License Plate Recognition Systems: Policy and Operational Guidance for Law Enforcement Summary: Law enforcement officers are often searching for vehicles that have been reported stolen, are suspected of being involved in criminal or terrorist activities, are owned by persons who are wanted by authorities, have failed to pay parking violations or maintain current vehicle license registration, and any of a number of other factors. Law enforcement agencies throughout the nation are increasingly adopting automated license plate recognition (ALPR) technologies, which function to automatically capture an image of the vehicle’s license plate, transform that image into alphanumeric characters, compare the plate number acquired to one or more databases of vehicles of interest, and alert the officer when a vehicle of interest has been observed, all within a matter of seconds This project was designed to assess ALPR implementation among law enforcement agencies in the United States, and to identify emerging implementation practices to provide operational and policy guidance to the field. A random sample of 444 local, state, and tribal law enforcement agencies was surveyed. A total of 305 agencies responded to the initial survey (68.7%). Threequarters of respondents (235 agencies, 77.0%) indicated that they were not using ALPR, while 70 agencies (23.0%) responded that they were using ALPR. A longer, more detailed survey was sent to the 70 agencies who confirmed they were using ALPR, and 40 agencies (57.1%) responded. Survey respondents had typically implemented mobile ALPR systems (95%), and were primarily using ALPR for auto theft (69%), vehicle and traffic enforcement (28%), and investigations (25%). Agencies reported increases in stolen vehicle recoveries (68%), arrests (55%), and productivity (50%). Fewer than half (48%) had developed ALPR policies. Over half (53%) updated their ALPR hot lists wirelessly, and nearly half (43%) updated their hot lists once each day. A total of 40% of respondents retain ALPR data for six months or less (n=16). Five respondents (13%) indicated they retain ALPR data indefinitely, while two indicated that retention is based on the storage capacity of the equipment installed. ALPR technology is a significant tool in the arsenal of law enforcement and public safety agencies. Realizing the core business values that ALPR promises, however, can only be achieved through proper planning, implementation, training, deployment, use, and management of the technology and the information it provides. Like all tools and technologies available to law enforcement, ALPR must also be carefully managed. Policies must be developed and strictly enforced to ensure the quality of the data, the security of the system, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and the privacy of information gathered. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2012. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239604.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Automated License Plate Scanning (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126737

Author: North Dakota. Office of Attorney General Title: 2012 Comprehensive Status and Trends Report Summary: This report is a summary evaluation of the status of substance abuse and treatment in North Dakota, and analysis of substance abuse trends. This Report evaluates five sets of statistics, each providing a different aspect of the substance abuse problem in North Dakota: 1. The Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS) conducted by the Department of Public Instruction every other year, examines the health risks taken by our children; 2. Data on the number and type of drug samples analyzed at the North Dakota Crime Laboratory; 3. Trends in substance abuse treatment as reported by the Department of Human Services; 4. Arrest statistics compiled by the Bureau of Criminal Investigation (BCI) from reports submitted by local law enforcement agencies, and; 5. Information from the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitations on the number of people incarcerated or on probation for drug related crimes. Details: Bismarck, ND: North Dakota Office of Attorney General, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://www.ag.state.nd.us/reports/ComprehensiveStatusRept.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Treatment (North Dakota) Shelf Number: 126738

Author: Sexton, Lori Title: Under the Penal Gaze: An Empirical Examination of Penal Consciousness Among Prison Inmates Summary: This dissertation develops a new theoretical framework that examines the ways in which prisoners orient to and make meaning of their punishment in order to more fully understand the nature of penality writ large. The framework, which I call penal consciousness, moves beyond the limited, objective view of punishment as legal sanction to a more expansive view of penality that privileges subjectivity and meaning. Through the inductive analysis of 80 in-depth, qualitative interviews with Ohio state prisoners, I investigate the ways in which penality— defined here that which is experienced as punishing or recognized as punishment—is understood by different populations of prisoners in different carceral settings. This design allows me to examine the patterned nature of punishment across populations (male and female prisoners) and settings (traditional indirect and innovative direct supervision carceral environments) while setting the stage for a broadly applicable theoretical framework. The penal consciousness framework examines punishment along two key dimensions: salience and severity. Through an examination of the level of abstraction at which punishment is experienced, as well as what I call the “punishment gap” between an individual’s expectations and experiences of punishment, variation in severity and salience can be better understood. The examination of the interplay between severity and salience reveals four distinct narratives of penal consciousness. Each narrative of penal consciousness is a story that prisoners tell about the meaning and place of punishment in their lives. These narratives differ according to the ways in which prisoners situate their punishment in the larger landscape of their lives, with punishment viewed as part of life, a separate life, suspension of life, or death. By examining punishment as the nexus between the objective and the subjective and locating punishment in prisoners’ lives, the penal consciousness framework allows us to map variation in the lived experience of punishment and makes visible the processes by which penality is constructed. Details: Irvine, CA: Department of Criminology, Law and Society, University of California, Irvine, 2012. 217p. Source: PhD Dissertation: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239671.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 126739

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation. Crime Statistics Unit Title: Crimes Against the Elderly Report: 2009-2011 Summary: Each year the Tennessee Bureau of Investigation releases annual reports of crimes reported by law enforcement agencies to the Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System (TIBRS) program in five different reports. The TIBRS data contains a wide range of incident level information including victim and offender demographics. In addition to the usual annual reports, the Crime Statistics Unit focused on a data subset of older victims of crime for the last three years of reported data. According to the 2010 United States Census, the nation's population is growing including America's elderly population. The data for the Tennessee Census shows the same trends. Unfortunately, even with various groups advocating for them and state law specifically punishing those who victimize them, the number of elderly crime victims has grown over the past three years. Their sometimes reduced mobility and trust of others makes them easy prey for offenders. We believe looking at the data reported to TIBRS for older crime victims will be beneficial for policy makers since the U.S. Census data indicates that this population is growing. Details: Nashville, TN: Crime Statistics Unit, Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://www.tbi.tn.gov/tn_crime_stats/documents/CrimesAgainstElderlyReport2009_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 126740

Author: Stewart, James G. Title: A Pragmatic Critique of Corporate Criminal Theory: Atrocity, Commerce and Accountability Summary: Corporate criminal liability is a controversial beast. To a large extent, the controversies surround three core questions: first, whether there is a basic conceptual justification for using a system of criminal justice constructed for individuals against inanimate entities like corporations; second, what value corporate criminal liability could have given coexistent possibilities of civil redress against them; and third, whether corporate criminal liability has any added value over and above individual criminal responsibility of corporate officers. In this paper, I use examples from the frontiers of international criminal justice to criticize all sides of these debates. In particular, I harness the latent possibility of prosecuting corporate actors for the pillage of natural resources and for complicity through the supply of weapons, to highlight the shortcomings of corporate criminal theory to date. Throughout, I draw on principles derived from philosophical and legal pragmatism to reveal a set of recurring analytical flaws in this literature. These include: a tendency to presuppose a perfect single jurisdiction that overlooks globalization, the blind projection of local theories of corporate criminal responsibility onto global corporate practices; and a perspective that sometimes seems insensitive to the plight of the many who have fallen victim to corporate crime in the developing world. To begin anew, we need to embrace a pragmatic theory of corporate criminal liability that is forced upon us in a world as complex, unequal, and dysfunctional as that we presently inhabit. Details: Vancouver, British Columbia: UBC Faculty of Law, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2152682 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 126742

Author: Buchanan, Kim S. Title: Engendering Rape Summary: This Article highlights a systematic bias in the academic, correctional, and human rights discourse that constitutes the basis for prison rape policy reform. This discourse focuses almost exclusively on sexual abuse perpetrated by men: sexual abuse of male prisoners by fellow inmates, and sexual abuse of women prisoners by male staff. But since 2007, survey and correctional data have indicated that the main perpetrators of prison sexual abuse seem to be women. In men’s facilities, inmates report much more sexual victimization by female staff than by male inmates; in women’s facilities, inmates report much higher rates of sexual abuse by fellow inmates than by male or female staff. These findings contravene conventional gender expectations, and are barely acknowledged in contemporary prison rape discourse, leading to policy decisions that are too sanguine about the likelihood of female-perpetrated sexual victimization. The selective blindness of prison rape discourse to counter-stereotypical forms of abuse illuminates a pattern of reasoning I describe as “stereotype reconciliation,” an unintentional interpretive trend by which surprising, counter-stereotypical facts are reconciled with conventional gender expectations. The authors of prison rape discourse tend to ignore these counter-stereotypical facts or to invoke alternative stereotypes, such as heterosexist notions of romance or racialized rape tropes, in ways that tend to rationalize their neglect of counter-stereotypical forms of abuse and reconcile those abuses with conventional expectations of masculine domination and feminine submission. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of Southern California Gould School of Law, 2012. 60p. Source: Legal Studies Working Paper Series Paper 93: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://law.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1228&context=usclwps-lss&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3Dengendering%2520rape%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D2%26ved%3D0CCkQFjAB%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Flaw.bepress.com%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D1228%2526context%253Dusclwps-lss%26ei%3DWaB8UM37EsKB0AH9tYDQDQ%26usg%3DAFQjCNGUFk7KqCHUNKrSI7jElZK993YZrw#search=%22engendering%20rape%22 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse of Inmates Shelf Number: 126744

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: Leaving the Gang: Logging Off and Moving On Summary: Why do people leave a group that they have been a member of? What do they do to leave their group? What role, if any, do the use of social media and the Internet play in this process? These questions and more are addressed in this paper, which is a follow-on to the Summit Against Violent Extremism (SAVE) held by Google Ideas and CFR in Dublin in June 2011. In criminology the focus on desistance has been a part of the life course study of crime. This approach examines involvement in crime across the life span, and pays particular attention to initial involvement in crime during adolescence as well as declines in crime that tend to occur beginning in the early twenties. This latter process is referred to as desistance from crime and tends to occur rather rapidly, usually starting in the late teens. This is typically a period of considerable maturation, marked by the movement from adolescence into adulthood and the increasing involvement in family and the labor market. Social media play an increasingly important role in the lives of adolescents as they transition to adulthood. We examine the results from 177 in-person interviews conducted in Fresno, California; Los Angeles, California; and St. Louis, Missouri. These interviews focus on embeddedness in the gang, use of the Internet, and involvement in offending and victimization. The interviews document why and how individuals leave their gang, and also examine the consequences of leaving the gang. We hope through this research to shed additional light on these important issues. Details: New York: Council on Foreign Relations, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://i.cfr.org/content/publications/attachments/SAVE_paper_Decker_Pyrooz.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 126745

Author: Dupont, Benoit Title: Skills and Trust: A Tour Inside the Hard Drives of Computer Hackers Summary: Stories of the exploits of computer hackers who have broken into supposedly secure government and corporate information systems appear almost daily on the front pages of newspapers and technology websites, yet we know very little about the individuals behind these headlines. Most media accounts and academic studies on hackers suffer from a number of biases that this research attempts to overcome. A case study based on the seized communication logs of ten confirmed co-offenders is used to expand our knowledge of the social norms and practices that govern interactions between malicious hackers. After presenting the data and how the material became available to the author, the remaining sections focus on the two variables that define this criminal network’s performance: skills and trust. The skills under consideration are the three different sets of cognitive and practical abilities that malicious hackers need in order to succeed financially. Monetization and social skills, in addition to technical skills, play key roles in profit-oriented malicious hacking and explain why earning a decent living in the computer underground remains a laborious endeavour, even for advanced hackers. Trust, which facilitates the diffusion of technical, monetization, and social skills and fosters collaboration, was found to be much lower in this network than is generally assumed in the literature. The need for monetization and social skills as well as the lack of trust between members may partly explain why hacker networks are so ephemeral and vulnerable to law enforcement disruption. Details: Montreal: School of Criminology, University of Montreal, 2012. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2154952 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 126746

Author: Ricklund, Peter Title: Rapid Referral Program: Spectrum Youth & Family Services: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Rapid Referral Program is a partnership between Spectrum Youth & Family Services of Burlington, Vermont and the Chittenden County District Court. The purpose of this partnership is to increase access to mental health and substance abuse assessment services for individuals involved in the criminal justice system whose charge(s) are related to substance use. The main objective of the Program is to provide judges with a mechanism at arraignment to rapidly refer defendants to Spectrum Youth Services for substance abuse screening and treatment rather than delaying services until the case is disposed by the court. An outcome evaluation attempts to determine the effects that a program has on its participants. In the case of the Rapid Referral Program (hereafter “the Program”), the objective of this outcome evaluation was to determine the extent to which the Program impacts recidivism among Program participants. An indicator of post-Program criminal behavior that is commonly used in outcome evaluations of criminal justice programs is the number of participants who recidivate -- that is, are convicted of a crime after they complete the Program. For this study an analysis of the criminal history records of the 171 subjects who were referred and accepted into the Program from November, 2008 to September, 2011 was conducted using the Vermont criminal history record of participants as provided by the Vermont Criminal Information Center at the Department of Public Safety. The Vermont criminal history record on which the recidivism analysis was based included all charges and convictions prosecuted in a Vermont District Court that were available as of December 5, 2011. The criminal records on which the study was based do not contain Federal prosecutions, out-of-state prosecutions, or traffic tickets. MAJOR CONCLUSIONS 1. The Rapid Referral Program serves its designated target population. 2. The Rapid Referral Program serves defendants who possess a variety of risk factors generally considered to be related to recidivism. 3. The Rapid Referral Program appears to be a promising approach for positively impacting recidivism among Program participants. 4. The vast majority of Rapid Referral Program participants that recidivate are convicted of new crimes within one year of Program completion. Estimates suggest that the percentage of participants who recidivate is not likely to increase as post-Program elapsed time continues to increase for participants. 5. Generally, post-Program reconvictions for Rapid Referral Program participants involved minor types of crime. 6. The Rapid Referral Program seems to be relatively successful in reducing the number of reconvictions for alcohol and drug crimes among participants after Program completion. 7. The Rapid Referral Program recidivists tended to commit post-Program crime in Chittenden County. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/downloads-2/files/Spectrum%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 126747

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Windsor County Sparrow Project: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Sparrow Project was initiated in the spring of 2009 when it was awarded an H.859 Justice Reinvestment Pilot Project grant from the Vermont Court Administrator’s office (CAO). The grant application was submitted by Health Care and Rehabilitation Services of Southeastern Vermont (HCRS) in collaboration with the Windsor District Court, the Windsor County State’s Attorneys Office, a group of Windsor County public defenders, Probation & Parole for the Springfield and Hartford Districts, and the Field Service Division of the Agency of Human Services for the Springfield and Hartford districts. Bill H.859 was passed during the 2007/2008 Legislative session. The Sparrow Project was designed to address a critical need in the community to meet the challenges facing defendants with substance abuse and/or mental health issues. The Sparrow Project offers effective alternatives to incarceration through a viable community-based treatment plan. Through clinical case management services, the Sparrow Project is focused on increasing the availability of therapeutic services to defendants and veterans in Windsor County charged with non-violent property felonies, drug felonies, and other charges. The Sparrow Project is designed to help improve the quality of life for these individuals by decreasing recidivism, helping them develop the skills they need to make healthy decisions, and moving them towards recovery, in order to become successful participants in our community. During the study period 58% of Sparrow Project participants (56 of 97) completed the Project. An outcome evaluation attempts to determine the effects that a program has on participants. In the case of the Sparrow Project the objective of this outcome evaluation was to determine the extent to which participation in the Sparrow Project reduced recidivism among program participants. An indicator of post-program criminal behavior that is commonly used in outcome evaluations of criminal justice programs is the number of participants who recidivate -- that is, are convicted of a crime after they complete the program or, in the case of this study, while they are in the program or after they are dis-enrolled from the program. An analysis of the criminal history records of the 103 subjects who were referred to and accepted into the Sparrow Project from March 30, 2009 to October 28, 2011 was conducted using the Vermont criminal history record of participants as provided by the Vermont Criminal Information Center at the Department of Public Safety. The Vermont criminal history record on which the recidivism analysis was based included all charges and convictions prosecuted in a Vermont District Court that were available as of January 23, 2012. The criminal records on which the study was based do not contain Federal prosecutions, out-of-state prosecutions, or traffic tickets. MAJOR CONCLUSIONS 1. The Sparrow Project appears to be a promising approach for reducing recidivism among Project participants who completed the Project. Participants who successfully completed the Project had a reconviction rate of 17.9% which is substantially less than the 29.3% recidivism rate for those participants who were dis-enrolled from the Project. 2. Participants who successfully completed the Sparrow Project recidivated at the same pace as did participants who were dis-enrolled from the Project. For the recidivists who successfully completed the Sparrow Project, 100% of those reconvictions for any new crime occurred in less than one year. For the recidivists who were unsuccessful in completing the Project, 91.7% (11 of 12) of reconvictions for any new crime occurred in less than one year, and only one occurred during the first year after being dis-enrolled from the Project. Further analysis indicated that though the vast majority of recidivism occurs within the first year, it is unlikely that recidivism will increase substantially as post-Project elapsed time continues to increase for participants. 3. The Sparrow Project appears to be a promising approach for reducing the number of post-Project reconvictions for participants who completed the Project. The reconviction rate for those participants who completed the Project was 39 reconvictions per 100 participants versus 66 reconvictions per 100 participants for the dis-enrolled group. There were no felony reconvictions for participants who successfully completed the Project, whereas there were four felony reconvictions for the dis-enrolled group. For both groups approximately 85% of their reconvictions involved (listed in order of frequency) motor vehicle charges violations of conditions of release, drug crimes, theft, false information to a law enforcement officer, and violation of probation. There was only one reconviction for a violent crime (Domestic Assault); it involved a participant from the “successful completion” group. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/sparrowreport_files/SparrowRpt_6-20-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126748

Author: Hunnicutt, Wendell Allen Title: Romilly and Rush: The Parallel Paths of Penal Reform in Britain and America, 1780 - 1830 Summary: After the end of the American Revolution, efforts were made in both American and in Britain to alter the penal code in order to reduce the number of offenses that carried the death penalty and to replace capital punishment with incarceration in a penitentiary. In Pennsylvania, Dr. Benjamin Rush achieved apparent success in this matter since, by the time of his death, the local jail was well on its way to being transformed into the total penal institution recognizable in the nineteenth-century penitentiary. Sir Samuel Romilly, on the other hand, faced relentless opposition in Parliament in his efforts to repeal the numerous statutes that constituted England’s “Bloody Code.” The revolutionary spirit in America allowed for the alteration in the penal code and the experimentation with less severe forms of punishment. In Britain, the spirit of revolution seemed too real and threatening to the entrenched elites and therefore efforts to alleviate the law’s harshness came to naught as long as Napoleon Bonaparte remained in power. By the 1820s American interests had changed and penal reform slowed; in Britain, the absence of revolutionary threat allowed Britons to establish a police force and to relax their harsh laws. Details: Arlington, TX: University of Texas at Arlington, 2010. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 19, 2012 at: http://dspace.uta.edu/bitstream/handle/10106/5134/Hunnicutt_uta_2502D_10749.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Benjamin Rush Shelf Number: 126762

Author: Prendergast, Michael L. Title: Evaluation of the 2,000-Bed Expansion of Therapeutic Community Programs for Prisoners - Final Report Summary: The purpose of this report is to summarize the results of the UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs' (ISAP) evaluation of the California Department of Corrections (CDC) 2,000-bed therapeutic community (TC) substance abuse programs (SAPs) for prisoners (Contract Number C98,346). The report includes: the 12-month return-to-custody rates for all the 2,000-bed programs; the 6-month and 12-month return-to-custody rates for the SAP participants at four outcome study sites and the no-treatment comparison groups; the 6-month return-to-custody rates for the SAP-only participants at the four outcome study sites compared with those who went on to participate in aftercare treatment. Details: Los Angeles, CA: UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Program, 2004. 26p. Source: Library Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice, Rutgers Newark Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 126766

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Profile of the Quad Cities County Metropolitan Enforcement Group Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Quad Cities Metropolitan Enforcement Group (QCMEG), which covers Rock Island County with an estimated total population of 147,546 in 2010. In 2010, 5 local Illinois police agencies and 5 agencies from Iowa participated in the QCMEG. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Twelve officers and one office manager and one criminal analyst were assigned to the QCMEG in 2010, seven of the officers were assigned by participating agencies from Illinois and five from Iowa. These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/QCMEG_092012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126769

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile of the Blackhawk Area Task Force Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Blackhawk Area Task Force (BATF), which covers Carroll, Henry, Ogle, and Whiteside Counties with an estimated total population of 177,868 in 2010. In 2010, five local police agencies participated in BATF. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Nine officers were assigned to BATF in 2010, six of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and three from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/BATF_Profile_082012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126770

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile of the State Line Area Narcotics Team Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the State Line Area Narcotics Team (SLANT), which covers two Illinois counties (Stephenson and Winnebago), as well as one Wisconsin county (Green) with an estimated total population of 342,975 in Illinois and 36,842 in Wisconsin in 2010. In 2010, 6 local police agencies participated in SLANT. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Eleven officers were assigned to SLANT in 2010, seven of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and four from the Illinois State Police (ISP). These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/SLANT_Profile_082012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126771

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile Task Force 6 Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Task Force 6, which covers DeWitt, Livingston, and McLean counties with an estimated total population of 225,083 in 2010. In 2010, six local police agencies participated in Task Force 6. These agencies served more than two-thirds, or 69 percent, of the population in the region. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Six officers were assigned to Task Force 6 in 2010, five of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and one from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/TaskForce6_MEG_Aug2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126772

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile of the Multi-County Narcotics Enforcement Group Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Multi-County Narcotics Enforcement Group (MCNEG), which covers Knox, Marshall, Peoria, Stark, Tazewell, and Woodford counties with an estimated total population of 432,105 in 2010. In 2010, eight local police agencies participated in MCNEG. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Ten officers were assigned to MCNEG in 2010, eight of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and two from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/MCNEG_092012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126773

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: 2012 Cost of Cyber Crime Study: Germany Summary: This is the first year the study was conducted in Germany to better understand the economic impact a cyber attack can have on an organization. The benchmark study is based on a representative sample of 43 organizations in various industry sectors. The first Cost of Cyber Crime Study was conducted in the US in 2010 and is now in its third year. Cyber attacks generally refer to criminal activity conducted via the Internet. These attacks can include stealing an organization’s intellectual property, confiscating online bank accounts, creating and distributing viruses on other computers, posting confidential business information on the Internet and disrupting a country’s critical national infrastructure. In Germany, theft of information and revenue losses create the highest costs for organizations following a cyber attack. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.hpenterprisesecurity.com/news/download/2012-cost-of-cyber-crime-study-germany Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime (Germany) Shelf Number: 126774

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile of the West Central Illinois Task Force Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the West Central Illinois Task Force (WCITF), which covers Adams, Brown, Fulton, Pike, Schuyler, and Warren Counties (WCITF counties) with an estimated total population of 152,790 in 2010. In 2010, six local police agencies participated in WCITF. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Fifteen officers were assigned to WCITF in 2010, eight of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and seven were from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/WCITF_MEG_Aug2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126775

Author: Campbell, Rebecca R. Title: Evaluation of Chicago Police Department's Crisis Intervention Team for Youth Training - Year 1 Summary: In 2010, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) provided the National Alliance on Mental Illness of Greater Chicago (NAMI-GC) with funding to implement the Crisis Intervention Team for Youth (CIT-Y) program within the Chicago Police Department (CPD). The CIT-Y program is a five-day, 40-hour course for law enforcement officers on recognizing the symptoms of youth mental disorders, assessing risk levels youth have for hurting themselves and others, applying corresponding crisis de-escalation techniques, and, when appropriate, diverting youth from the juvenile justice system to community-based treatment services. This evaluation was conducted to assess the CIT-Y training components and offer recommendations to enhance the officers’ understanding of the program objectives. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.org/public/pdf/ResearchReports/CIT_Year1_July_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Management, Police (Chicago) Shelf Number: 126776

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Examining Multi-Jurisdictional Drug Task Force Operations in Illinois Summary: Local police departments across the country struggle to fight drug crime without dedicated resources. Drug task forces were designed to combine resources of many local police departments and provide services across jurisdictions. Illinois’ metropolitan enforcement groups (MEGs) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces are charged with combating mid-level drug crime, including drug distribution and sales. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Officers often work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests. In Illinois in the 1970’s, MEGs were developed through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards play an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer (or their designees) from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to enforcing drug laws and certain weapons offenses, as well as the investigation of street gang-related crimes (Adams, 2012). Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s through the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Drug task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations the way MEGs are (Adams, 2012). In this report, MEGs and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces will be referred to as “drug task forces.” Twenty-two drug task forces operate in Illinois. The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) supports these task forces with federal Edward Byrne Justice Assistance Grants. In state fiscal year 2011, ICJIA funded 19 drug task forces (Figure 1). In 2011, ICJIA funded 208 drug task force officers and 19 support staff. Three drug task forces receive the majority of their funding through the Illinois State Police. In order to study drug task force operations, ICJIA researchers conducted two focus groups comprised of officers working on ICJIA-funded drug task forces. The goals of the focus groups were to: Provide general information on drug task forces in a published report; and, Identify programmatic issues that can help establish performance measures and strategic priorities. Focus group participants offered information on drug task force goals and priorities, the identification of drug trends, operations, funding, collaboration, and success. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.org/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Examining_multi-jurisdictional_drug_task_force_operations_Aug2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126777

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-jurisdictional Task Forces: A Profile of the Vermilion County Metropolitan Enforcement Group Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the ICJIA profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Vermilion County Metropolitan Enforcement Group (VMEG), which covers Vermilion County with an estimated total population of 8,625 in 2010. In 2010, 2 local police agencies participated in VMEG. This is the only narcotics unit serving Vermilion County. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Eight officers and two support personnel were assigned to VMEG in 2010, four of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and four from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/VMEG_Aug2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 126778

Author: Roman, John K. Title: The Costs and Benefits of Electronic Monitoring for Washington, D.C. Summary: This is the second in a series of reports that forecast how cost-effective various evidence-based programs would be if operated/expanded in the District of Columbia (DC). These reports use data from many prior research studies, combined with DC-specific costs and DC-specific case processing statistics, to forecast the costs and benefits of implementing the target programs in the District. This report analyzes the annual costs and benefits of probation augmented with electronic monitoring (EM) compared to probation without EM. After briefly describing the expected outcomes of the average EM program, we estimate the savings from those outcomes for DC residents and local and federal agencies, and describe expected program costs. These data are then combined to produce estimates of the cost-benefit of EM in the District. Most cost-benefit analyses (CBAs) generate only average cost-benefit (CB) results without discussing uncertainty, statistical significance, or confidence bounds. Without knowing how widely results are expected to vary, such average results provide insufficient basis to forecast the cost-effectiveness of a new program. It is common in criminal justice for positive results to be largely driven by a few program participants with large benefits. In that case, the average is driven by many offenders with little program benefit and a few offenders with large program benefits. This is more likely to be the case if the program to be implemented is small. As a result, while the program may on average yield benefits greater than the costs, in any one replication, there may be a reasonable chance that a program will not be cost-beneficial. The District of Columbia’s Crime Policy Institute’s (DCPI’s) CBA predicts the range and distribution of expected costs and benefits, and forecasts both the average expected CB result and the probability that the result will be positive. We find that there is an 80 percent chance that an EM program for 800 offenders would yield benefits that exceed its costs. The expected net benefit per participant of EM is more than $4,500, suggesting that the program is generally quite cost-effective. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412678-The-Costs-and-Benefits-of-Electronic-Monitoring-for-Washington-DC.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 126779

Author: Totman, Molly Title: Community Solutions for Youth in Trouble Summary: Texas is building a more effective juvenile justice system. The old system – which sent thousands of kids to large remote state facilities each year – fostered dangerous conditions for incarcerated youth, likely increased recidivism, and wasted millions of tax dollars. As we learn from those mistakes, our new system is making a wiser investment in county programs that connect kids and their families to community resources. Research and Texas’ experience confirm that these community programs are better at getting our kids on the right path and keeping them on the right path, at a fraction of the cost of state secure facilities. Over the past year, TCJC has had the opportunity to visit county juvenile departments across Texas and speak with youth on probation. We learned about the best practices that many counties are implementing successfully, often on a shoestring budget. We also learned about the need for increased oversight and guidance, especially regarding seclusions, restraints, pre-adjudication detention, family visitation, and reentry planning. This new in-depth report, Community Solutions for Youth in Trouble, is a result of those conversations. We hope this report will be the start of conversations in your community about how to support the best possible juvenile justice system. At the end of each section of this report, we have listed questions to help get those conversations started. You can also find out more about your county’s juvenile justice system – and compare with other counties – in the county data sheets in the second appendix. Each program in this report has been successful even under the considerable real-world constraints that county juvenile departments face. Whether your county is struggling with mental health services, the use of seclusions and restraints, reentry planning, or some other juvenile justice concern, this report can help identify solutions that have worked for other counties like yours. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2012. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2012 at http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Community%20Solutions%20for%20Youth%20%28Oct%202012%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Programs, Youth at Risk (Texas) Shelf Number: 126780

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness and Poverty Title: Alone Without a Home: A State-by-State Review of Laws Affecting Unaccompanied Homeless Youth Summary: Each year, an estimated 1.6 million children and youth (ages 12-17) experience homelessness without a parent or guardian. These youth leave home for a variety of reasons, including severe family conflict, parental abuse or neglect, parental mental health issues, or substance abuse. Whether runaway or throwaway, once on the street, unaccompanied homeless youth face numerous legal barriers that often complicate their attempts to meet the basic necessities of life on their own and prevent them from reaching out for assistance to state agencies and service providers that could otherwise help them. Further complicating matters is that many of these laws vary considerably from state to state, creating misinterpretations by service providers and mistaken avoidance of services on the part of homeless youth who may fear being taken into state custody or assume they will be turned away. This report reviews the state of current law in 12 key issue areas that affect the lives and future prospects of unaccompanied homeless youth in all 50 U.S. states and 6 territories. The report offers an overview of the range of approaches taken by states and their relative prevalence, and reveals significant differences in many cases. The report also provides recommendations for policy change in each of the areas, with a view towards strengthening the supports available to unaccompanied youth. While many issues surrounding unaccompanied youth remain controversial, the aim of this report is to recommend steps that can protect their safety, development, health and dignity, and thus increase their prospects for positive future outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Center on Homelessness and Poverty, 2012. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.nlchp.org/content/pubs/Alone%20Without%20a%20Home,%20FINAL1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126783

Author: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, Permanency Planning for Children Department Title: Right From the Start: The CCC Preliminary Protective Hearing Benchcard Study Report: Testing a Tool for Judicial Decision-Making Summary: This report presents findings from the Courts Catalyzing Change: Achieving Equity and Fairness in Foster Care (CCC) Preliminary Protective Hearing (PPH) Benchcard Study. The CCC initiative, supported by Casey Family Programs and the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, was created and launched through the National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges (NCJFCJ) Model Courts project. In the fall of 2009, the Permanency Planning for Children Department (PPCD) of NCJFCJ began a study to examine the effects associated with judges’ use of the PPH Benchcard, which had been developed as part of the CCC agenda. Three sites agreed to participate in a pilot and assessment of the Benchcard. For the assessment study, data were collected on more than 500 children in Los Angeles, California; Omaha, Nebraska; and Portland, Oregon. Data were gathered from case file information (both court and agency files) and from courtroom observations. Researchers collected data at several junctures, from placement to establishment of jurisdiction and disposition. To explore Benchcard implementation effects, the study was designed to allow for several different comparisons. Researchers collected information on numerous data points, including demographic details, information about the families involved, hearing participants, dates of case events, and details on allegations, services, and placement. Data from a baseline sample were collected at each of the three sites, and judicial officers at each site were randomly assigned to either a Benchcard implementation group or a control group. Judicial officers in the Benchcard group were trained on its use, including receipt of a draft Technical Assistance Bulletin explaining the development of the Benchcard (Right from the Start: A Judicial Tool for Critical Analysis & Decision-Making at the PPH Hearing). They began implementation of the Benchcard in their preliminary protective hearings. Each randomly assigned judicial officer heard 10 preliminary protective hearings using the Benchcard, while the control group of judicial officers in each of the sites heard 10 preliminary protective hearings without Benchcard implementation. The Benchcard was not shared with stakeholders during the research project in order to isolate the judicial intervention. Based upon systematic courtroom observation and a standardized count methodology, the data indicate that those judicial officers who used the Benchcard discussed more key topics during the preliminary protective hearings than did the control group. Benchcard implementation appears to be associated with substantially higher quantities and quality of discussion of key dependency topics identified in both the RESOURCE GUIDELINES and the CCC initiative when compared to the control group. Benchcard implementation also corresponds to an increased thoroughness of discussion and judicial inquiry, as demonstrated by the number of topics and how thoroughly they were discussed. Tests indicate that these differences are statistically significant. These process findings indicate that Benchcard implementation is associated with substantial increases in the quantity and quality of discussion in PPH hearings. Benchcard use also was associated with more family placements—placement with a charged parent, with a non-charged parent, or with a relative—at the initial hearing and even more again at adjudication when comparing the same judges before and after Benchcard implementation. (Reciprocally, Benchcard use was also associated with fewer children placed in non-relative foster care at the initial hearing and even fewer again at adjudication.) Statistical tests show these findings to be significant. Similarly, the percentage of children who were reunified with the charged parent at the initial hearing and at the adjudication hearing increased after Benchcard implementation. Differences did exist across the three sites, but the findings remained significant when the three sites were accounted for in the statistical analysis. The study found race differences in filing trends. White mothers (in comparison to African American and Hispanic mothers) tended to enter court with a higher number of allegations. White mothers also had more allegations of substance abuse, homelessness, and mental health issues (each of these represent statistically significant differences). ReportOverall, African American mothers came into court with fewer allegations and were more likely to have their case dismissed by the time of the adjudication hearing. Allegations of substance abuse show a different pattern. White families in the sample were much more likely than other families to face allegations of failure to supervise or parent adequately due to substance abuse (drugs or alcohol) than were families of other racial groups (statistical tests show these differences to be statistically significant). Differences among racial groups are also apparent in allegations involving poor parenting due, in major part, to poor mental health functioning. As with substance abuse allegations, White families were much more likely to be brought to court with allegations relating to mental health. White families were almost three times as likely to face a mental health allegation as families from other racial groups (again statistically significant). Looking at placement differences by race in the baseline sample, children with White mothers were the most likely to be placed in foster care at the initial hearing, and children with African American mothers were the least likely to be placed in foster care. However, when allegations are taken into account, race does not appear to be related to placements at all. Statistical tests show that there may be differences in placement by racial group, but children with similar case allegations tend to be equally likely to be placed in foster care regardless of race. While allegation differences could explain apparent differences by race in placement trends, by the permanency hearing these differences were more substantial. At the permanency hearing, African American children were more likely to be currently placed in foster care than children from White or Hispanic families. Also, African American children were less likely to be currently placed with a parent or with relatives at the permanency hearing than children from Hispanic or White families. Details: Reno, NV: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, Permanency Planning for Children Department, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.ncjfcj.org/sites/default/files/CCC%20Benchcard%20Study%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 126785

Author: Eisen, Marvin Title: Teen Risk-Taking: Promising Prevention Programs and Approaches Summary: For many, preadolescence and adolescence are difficult to navigate. Most teens have newly granted independence and a desire to test limits, yet they lack information and decisionmaking skills. This combination often leads to unnecessary risk-taking that can have harmful, even deadly, consequences. The most serious threats to the health and safety of adolescents and young adults are preventable. They result from such risk-taking behaviors as fighting, substance abuse, suicide, and sexual activity rather than from illness. Many teens do not engage in any of these behaviors; however, most teens that engage in any one of these behaviors are also likely to engage in others, thereby increasing the chance of damage to their health. Programs intended to educate preteens and teens by steering them away from such risky behavior are in demand and gaining in popularity. These programs often are based in schools, where they can potentially reach large and diverse groups of youth. They also are found in a variety of community settings. Although interest in problem behavior prevention programs is increasing, until recently little was known about what components and delivery mechanisms make for a successful intervention— and whether such components and means can be extended to or modified for other settings. Such information is crucial for those interested in either improving existing programs or establishing new ones based on successful models elsewhere. To help close this knowledge gap and to help program directors, practitioners, and community leaders enlarge the network of effective programs and approaches for at-risk youth, Urban Institute researchers reviewed what is known about successful prevention interventions and their dissemination. They identified 51 problem behavior prevention interventions whose initial effectiveness has been demonstrated through scientific evaluation. A subset of 21 programs was selected on the basis of the rigor of their evaluations or the strength of their results for closer examination of the program elements and/or delivery modes that appeared to be associated with their effectiveness. The researchers also explored with the assistance of experienced prevention scientists and schoolbased practitioners what might be the essential elements of schools’ and other community organizations’ readiness to undertake research-based problem behavior prevention programming. This guidebook to promising programs and approaches offers the fruits of that research. It is our hope that it will provide a helpful starting point for the development of a larger, more sustainable network of effective prevention programs and approaches for at-risk teens. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2000. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/TeenRiskTaking_2.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126787

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Process and Systems Change Evaluation Findings from the Transition from Jail to Community Initiative Summary: In 2007, the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) partnered with the Urban Institute (UI) to develop and test an innovative, comprehensive model for effective jail-to-community transition. Designed to address the unique challenges and opportunities surrounding jail reentry, the Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) initiative and TJC model advance systems-level change through collaborative and coordinated relationships between jails and local communities to address reentry. Enhanced public safety, reduced recidivism, and improved individual reintegration outcomes are the overarching goals of the TJC model. Two pilot sites, Denver, Colorado, and Douglas County, Kansas, were invited to be learning sites implementing the TJC model in September 2008, with four additional learning sites—Davidson County, Tennessee; Kent County, Michigan; La Crosse County, Wisconsin; and Orange County, California—selected to join them in August 2009. The TJC initiative provided all six sites with intensive, targeted technical assistance to implement the key elements of the model, and each was engaged in a systems change evaluation conducted by the Urban Institute. The primary objective of the cross-site systems change evaluation was to test the viability of the TJC model and to document factors which facilitated or inhibited its successful implementation. In doing so, the initiative sought to expand the knowledge base regarding effective jail transition practice. The implementation and systems change evaluation will be followed by an outcome and sustainability analysis commencing in 2012. A participatory action research framework guided the cross-site implementation and systems change evaluations. Evaluation activities supported measurement of systems change and generated relevant and timely information for the sites that would inform planning and implementation, as well as promote monitoring and sustainability. Evaluation-related technical assistance focused on building site capacity for selfassessment and outcome analysis activities; a performance measurement framework formed the core of the initiative’s strategy to build local capabilities for ongoing self-assessment. Regular stakeholder interviews, site visits, analysis of administrative data, and multiple waves of stakeholder survey data informed the evaluation and this report. This report examines implementation of the TJC model across the six learning sites, including key activities, site accomplishments and challenges, and lessons learned both about the TJC model and the technical assistance provided. Key findings from the implementation and cross-site systems change evaluations are presented below, following a brief overview of the TJC model and description of the sites’ TJC strategies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 143p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412670-Process-and-Systems-Change-Evaluation-Findings.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections - Community Partnerships Shelf Number: 126789

Author: Rollins, John Title: Terrorism and Transnational Crime: Foreign Policy Issues for Congress Summary: This report provides an overview of transnational security issues related to patterns of interaction among international terrorist and crime groups. In addition, the report discusses the U.S. government’s perception of and response to the threat. It concludes with an analysis of foreign policy options. In recent years, the U.S. government has asserted that terrorism, insurgency, and crime interact in varied and significant ways, to the detriment of U.S. national security interests. Although unclassified anecdotal evidence largely serves as the basis for the current understanding of criminal-terrorist connections, observers often focus on several common patterns. • Partnership Motivations and Disincentives: Collaboration can serve as a force multiplier for both criminal and terrorist groups, as well as a strategic weakness. Conditions that may affect the likelihood of confluence include demand for special skills unavailable within an organization, greed, opportunity for and proclivity toward joint ventures, and changes in ideological motivations. • Appropriation of Tactics: Although ideologies and motivations of an organization may remain consistent, criminals and terrorists have shared similar tactics to reach their separate operational objectives. Such tactics include acts of violence; involvement in criminal activity for profit; money laundering; undetected cross-border movements; illegal weapons acquisition; and exploitation of corrupt government officials. • Organizational Evolution and Variation: A criminal group may transform over time to adopt political goals and ideological motivations. Conversely, terrorist groups may shift toward criminality. For some terrorist groups, criminal activity remains secondary to ideological ambitions. For others, profit-making may surpass political aspirations as the dominant operating rationale. Frequently cited terrorist organizations involved in criminal activity include Abu Sayyaf Group (ASG), Al Qaeda’s affiliates, D-Company, Kurdistan Worker’s Party (PKK), Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC), Haqqani Network, and Hezbollah. To combat these apparent criminal-terrorist connections, Congress has maintained a role in formulating U.S. policy responses. Moreover, recent Administrations have issued several strategic documents to guide U.S. national security, counterterrorism, anti-crime, and intelligence activities. In July 2011, for example, the Obama Administration issued the Strategy to Combat Transnational Organized Crime, which emphasized, among other issues, the confluence of crime and terrorism as a major factor in threatening the U.S. global security interests. While the U.S. government has maintained substantial long-standing efforts to combat terrorism and transnational crime separately, Congress has been challenged to evaluate whether the existing array of authorities, programs, and resources sufficiently respond to the combined crime-terrorism threat. Common foreign policy options have centered on diplomacy, foreign assistance, financial actions, intelligence, military action, and investigations. At issue for Congress is how to conceptualize this complex crime-terrorism phenomenon and oversee the implementation of cross-cutting activities that span geographic regions, functional disciplines, and a multitude of policy tools that are largely dependent on effective interagency coordination and international cooperation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: R41004: Accessed October 25, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41004.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 126799

Author: Schlueter, Max Title: Bennington County Integrated Domestic Violence Docket Project: Outcome Evaluation. Final Report Summary: The Bennington County Integrated Domestic Violence Docket (IDVD) Project was initiated in September, 2007, as a special docket within the Bennington County Criminal/Family Division Courts. The goal of the IDVD project was to provide an immediate response to domestic violence events by coordinating Family and Criminal Division cases. Dedicated to the idea of One Family, One Judge, the IDVD Project was designed to allow a single judge, one day each week, to have immediate access to all relevant information regardless of the traditional docket and to gather all appropriate players at the table regardless of any traditionally limited roles. The IDVD Project focused on: 1) protection and safety for victims and their children as well as other family members; 2) providing immediate access to community services and resources for victims, their children, and offenders to help overcome the impact of prior domestic abuse and prevent future abuse; and 3) providing an immediate and effective response to non-compliance with court orders by offenders. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2012 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/idvdreport.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Vermont, U.S.) Shelf Number: 126800

Author: Watson, Liz Title: Improving the Juvenile Justice System for Girls: Lessons from the States Summary: Improving the Juvenile Justice System for Girls: Lessons from the States examines the challenges facing girls in the juvenile justice system and makes recommendations for gender-responsive reform at the local, state, and federal levels. This report emerged from the policy series—Marginalized Girls: Creating Pathways to Opportunity—convened by the Georgetown Center on Poverty, Inequality, and Public Policy, The National Crittenton Foundation, and the Human Rights Project for Girls. The series focuses on improving public systems’ responses to the challenges facing marginalized girls and young women. The problems facing girls in the juvenile justice system were among the first issues to be addressed in the policy series, in a meeting held at Georgetown University Law Center on September 23, 2011. State reformers, national policy experts, advocates, practitioners, researchers and girls made contributions and insights during that meeting that inspired this report. Girls make up a growing percentage of the juvenile justice population, and a significant body of research and practice shows that their needs are not being met by a juvenile justice system that was designed for boys. The typical girl in the system is a non-violent offender, who is very often low-risk, but high-need, meaning the girl poses little risk to the public but she enters the system with significant and pressing personal needs. The set of challenges that girls often face as they enter the juvenile justice system include trauma, violence, neglect, mental and physical problems, family conflict, pregnancy, residential and academic instability, and school failure. The juvenile justice system only exacerbates these problems by failing to provide girls with services at the time when they need them most. During the past twenty years, there has been a growing effort to reform the juvenile justice system for girls on the local, state, and federal level. This report chronicles the history of those efforts and renews the drumbeat for reform, urging more advocates to take up the cause of girls in the juvenile justice system. To facilitate their efforts, this report provides: • A review of literature documenting girls’ particular pathways into the juvenile justice system • A brief history of recent gender-responsive, traumainformed reform efforts • Detailed case studies of recent reform efforts in three jurisdictions: Connecticut, Florida, and Stanislaus County, California. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown Center on Poverty, Inequality and Public Policy, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2012 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/academics/centers-institutes/poverty-inequality/upload/JDS_V1R4_Web_Singles.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126802

Author: Cavendish, Betsy Title: Children at the Border: The Screening, Protection and Repatriation of Unaccompanied Mexican Minors Summary: “Children at the Border” shows that the 2008 federal Trafficking Victim Protection Reauthorization Act (“TVPRA”)—which was intended to prevent human trafficking and exploitation—has not been fully implemented. Unaccompanied Mexican children who merit protection, either in the U.S. or México, are often quickly shuttled back across the border without sufficient care, leading many to attempt the dangerous journey yet again. Thousands of children are needlessly exposed to human trafficking by drug cartels and criminal gangs, or sent back to potentially abusive and dangerous situations without having a reasonable chance to assert their rights to protection. The roughly 15,000 unaccompanied Mexican minors who are apprehended by the U.S. border patrol each year will benefit from the better screening proposed in the report. Children in México who are either returned to shelters or are in transit through México without a parent will also benefit from these recommendations. The report and recommendations follow two years of research by a pro bono team of 32 lawyers as well as AG Design. The project involved site visits at 14 different locations on both sides of the U.S.-México border. México Appleseed and Appleseed collaborated with pro bono legal counsel from four leading law firms: Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, DLA Piper and Mayer Brown in the U.S.; and Jáuregui y Navarrete in México. Details: Washington, DC: Appleseed; Mexico: Appleseed Mexico, 2011. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 25, 2012 at: http://appleseednetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Children-At-The-Border1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126805

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: The Case For Gun Policy Reforms In America Summary: Each year, more than 31,000 people in the United States die as a result of gunshot wounds. In 2010, firearms were used in almost 338,000 nonfatal violent crimes and more than 73,000 people were treated for gun injuries. But, the true toll of gun violence is not measured in numbers. The victims of gun violence are young people who die too soon, families left to grieve, and community members who feel unsafe in their neighborhoods. According to The Case for Gun Policy Reforms in America, a new report from Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, gun violence in America can be prevented with common sense policy solutions that are widely supported by the American public. The report summarizes existing gun policy research by Johns Hopkins and other institutions. Among several recommendations, the report argues that ownership restrictions should be broadened to include adults convicted of misdemeanors and juveniles convicted of serious crimes in juvenile court – two groups that are more likely to use a gun to commit a crime in the future. Background checks should be required of all gun purchasers to ensure that prohibited persons do not gain access to dangerous weapons. Under current federal law, 40 percent of gun sales are not subject to background checks. Better regulation and oversight of gun dealers can also prevent firearms from being resold illegally to criminals. The nature of guns is also changing. Better regulation and oversight of military-style assault weapons and large capacity magazines – magazines that hold more than 10 rounds of ammunition – can lessen the impact of mass shootings, in which the perpetrator is more likely to use an assault weapon and high-capacity magazine. There is broad public support for improved gun policies to restrict gun ownership by potentially dangerous people. A recent Mayors Against Illegal Guns and Luntz Global poll showed that 82 percent of gun owners supported mandatory background checks for all firearm sales. Another poll showed board support for measures to either expand current gun prohibitions for potentially dangerous people or enhance accountability, so that prohibited individuals cannot access a firearm. The same poll found that 58 percent of adults surveyed supported a ban on high-capacity ammunition magazines. Details: Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research, John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2012 at: http://www.joycefdn.org/assets/1/7/WhitePaper102512_CGPR.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 126808

Author: Jones, Jessica Title: Forced From Home: The Lost Boys and Girls of Central America Summary: Beginning as early as October 2011, an unprecedented increase in the number of unaccompanied alien children (UACs) from the Central American countries of Guatemala, El Salvador and Honduras began migrating to the United States. During the first six months of fiscal year 2012, U.S. immigration agents apprehended almost double the number of children apprehended in previous years. The Department of Health and Human Service’s (HHS) Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), the agency tasked with the care and custody of these children, had a record number of 10,005 in its care by April 2012. In June 2012, the Women’s Refugee Commission (WRC) conducted field and desk research to look into possible reasons for the influx in the number of children migrating alone, and the government’s response, including conditions and policies affecting unaccompanied children. The WRC interviewed more than 150 detained children and met with government agencies tasked with responding to this influx, including the Department of Homeland Security’s (DHS) Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), ORR and the Department of Justice’s Executive Office of Immigration Review (DOJ/EOIR), as well as country experts, local service providers and facility staff. Our recommendations include both legislative and administrative solutions for the protection of UACs. Lost Boys and Girls of Central America Most of the children who have been apprehended as part of this influx are from three countries in Central America: Guatemala (35%), El Salvador (27%) and Honduras (25%). The majority of the children the WRC interviewed said that their flight northward had been necessitated by the dramatic and recent increases in violence and poverty in their home countries. The WRC’s independent research on the conditions in these countries corroborated the children’s reports. These increasingly desperate conditions reflect the culmination of several longstanding trends in Central America, including rising crime, systemic state corruption and entrenched economic inequality. Children from Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador cited the growing influence of youth gangs and drug cartels as their primary reason for leaving. Not only are they subject to violent attacks by the gangs, they explained, they are also targeted by police, who assume out of hand that all children are gang-affiliated. Girls also face gender-based violence, as rape becomes increasingly a tool of control. Children from Guatemala cited rising poverty, poor harvests and continuing unemployment as reasons for migrating. Almost all of the children’s migration arose out of longstanding, complex problems in their home countries – problems that have no easy or short-term solutions. The title of this report, “The Lost Boys and Girls of Central America,” reflects that violence in Central America is generating “lost” children. Until conditions for children in these countries change substantially, we expect this trend will be the new norm. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://wrc.ms/WuG8lM. Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Youth Shelf Number: 126814

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Unasked Questions, Unintended Consequences: Fifteen Findings and Recommendations on Illinois’ Prison Healthcare System Summary: This special report is based on JHA’s analysis of healthcare in 12 diverse correctional facilities, which together embody the state of healthcare in the Illinois prison system. Our findings include the following: •There is insufficient external oversight of prison healthcare services, especially services provided by the private vendor, Wexford Health Sources, who in 2011 negotiated a 10-year contract to provide healthcare services to all 27 IDOC facilities at the cost of $1.36 billion to the state. •JHA found deficient staffing levels that can lead to staff burn out and prevent inmates from timely accessing medical care. •JHA found that while elderly inmates represent the fasting growing segment of prisoners, it is unclear how Illinois will pay for the housing, treatment, and medical care of this population. •The Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC) is in the process of implementing opt-out HIV testing at reception and classification centers and is piloting an electronic medical records program that promises to enhance data-sharing between facilities and improve quality of care. Details: Chicago: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://thejha.org/sites/default/files/Unasked%20Questions-Unintended%20Consequences.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 126816

Author: Scussel, David E. Title: Analysis of the Impact of Juvenile Justice Programming in Nine New Mexico Counties Summary: The purpose of this particular research task is to analyze the impact of juvenile justice programming in the nine selected New Mexico counties have on the juvenile justice system, and to study and report on how these programs contribute to the understanding of law enforcement and juvenile justice system factors, which perpetuate Disproportionate Minority Contact in New Mexico. Sites Targeted for Interviews were: Day Reporting Center (Colfax, Lea, Sandoval, Santa Fe & Taos); DMC Reduction (Dona Ana, Santa Fe & Taos); Girls Circle (Chaves & Taos); Intensive Community Monitoring (Rio Arriba, Santa Fe & Taos); Reception and Assessment Centers (Bernalillo, Dona Ana, Sandoval & Santa Fe); and Restorative Justice Panel (Chaves, Grant, Sandoval & Santa Fe). Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/nmsc_reports/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 126818

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Critical Infrastructure Protection: An Implementation Strategy Could Advance DHS's Coordination of Resilience Efforts across Ports and Other Infrastructure Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is developing a resilience policy, but an implementation strategy is a key next step that could help strengthen DHS resilience efforts. DHS defines resilience as the ability to resist, absorb, recover from, or adapt to adversity, and some high-level documents currently promote resilience as a key national goal. Specifically, two key White House documents emphasize resilience on a national level--the 2011 Presidential Policy Directive 8 and the 2012 National Strategy for Global Supply Chain Security. Since 2009, DHS has emphasized the concept of resilience and is currently in the process of developing a resilience policy, the initial steps of which have included creating two internal entities--the Resilience Integration Team and the Office of Resilience Policy (ORP). According to ORP officials, they saw a need to establish a policy that provides component agencies with a single, consistent, department-wide understanding of resilience that clarifies and consolidates resilience concepts from high-level guiding documents, and helps components understand how their activities address DHS's proposed resilience objectives. ORP officials hope to have an approved policy in place later this year. However, DHS officials stated that currently there are no plans to develop an implementation strategy for this policy. An implementation strategy that defines goals, objectives, and activities; identifies resource needs; and lays out milestones is a key step that could help ensure that DHS components adopt the policy consistently and in a timely manner. For example, an implementation strategy with goals and objectives could provide ORP with a more complete picture of how DHS components are implementing this policy. The Coast Guard and the Office of Infrastructure Protection (IP) work with stakeholders to address some aspects of critical infrastructure resilience, but they could take additional collaborative actions to promote portwide resilience. The Coast Guard is port focused and works with owners and operators of assets, such as vessels and port facilities, to assess and enhance various aspects of critical infrastructure resilience in ports--such as security protection, port recovery, and risk analysis efforts. In contrast, IP, through its Regional Resiliency Assessment Program (RRAP), conducts assessments with a broader regional focus, but is not port specific. An RRAP assessment is conducted to assess vulnerability to help improve resilience and allow for an analysis of infrastructure "clusters" and systems in various regions--for example, a regional transportation and energy corridor. The Coast Guard and IP have collaborated on some RRAP assessments, but there may be opportunities for further collaboration to conduct port-focused resilience assessments. For example, IP and the Coast Guard could collaborate to leverage existing expertise and tools--such as the RRAP approach--to develop assessments of the overall resilience of specific port areas. Having relevant agencies collaborate and leverage one another's resources to conduct joint portwide resilience assessments could further all stakeholders' understanding of interdependencies with other port partners, and help determine where to focus scarce resources to enhance resilience for port areas. U.S. ports are part of an economic engine handling more than $700 billion in merchandise annually, and a disruption to port operations could have a widespread impact on the global economy. DHS has broad responsibility for protection and resilience of critical infrastructure. Within DHS, the Coast Guard is responsible for the maritime environment, and port safety and security, and IP works to enhance critical infrastructure resilience. Recognizing the importance of the continuity of operations in critical infrastructure sectors, DHS has taken initial steps to emphasize the concept of resilience. This report addresses the extent to which (1) DHS has provided a road map or plan for guiding resilience efforts, and (2) the Coast Guard and IP are working with port stakeholders and each other to enhance port resilience. To address these objectives, GAO analyzed key legislation and DHS documents and guidance. GAO conducted site visits to three ports, selected based on geography, industries, and potential threats; GAO also interviewed DHS officials and industry stakeholders. Information from site visits cannot be generalized to all ports, but provides insights. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS develop an implementation strategy for its resilience policy and that the Coast Guard and IP identify opportunities to collaborate to leverage existing tools and resources to assess port resilience. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendations Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-11: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-13-11 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Infrastructure Protection Shelf Number: 126819

Author: Dwayze, Dana Title: On The Level: Disproportionate Minority Contact in Minnesota’s Juvenile Justice System Summary: Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) describes a national phenomenon whereby youth from communities of color have contact with the juvenile justice system at rates different from those of white youth. Over a decade of DMC data collection at the national level support that youth of color are often overrepresented at stages of the justice system focused on accountability and sanctions while underrepresented at stages intended to curtail deeper system involvement or provide community-based services. Minnesota shares in this problem with rates of disparity for youth of color in the justice system which are both higher than national levels and more severe in magnitude than those of many comparable states. An assumption made, often erroneously, is that racial disparities exist because youth of color commit more crime than white youth. While data suggest white youth and youth of color may have different rates of offending for some crimes, the levels of disparity observed are too great to be explained by differences in youth offending patterns alone. Furthermore, once youth of color are in the system, research reveals they receive harsher consequences than white youth with similar offenses and criminal histories. A host of factors potentially contribute to disparate rates of justice system contact for youth of color. These include the inequitable distribution of resources in communities, bias within the policies and practices of juvenile justice agencies, and underlying social conditions of communities, particularly poverty. DMC results from a complex interplay of these factors, rather than a single cause. Therefore, each unique state and jurisdiction must investigate which factors most contribute to disparate outcomes for youth of color and engineer an appropriate local response to reduce racial disparities. Juvenile justice is not the only system in Minnesota in which there are inequities for youth of color. Health and income data show youth of color are more likely to live in poverty, less likely to have health insurance, and are more likely to have serious health problems in adulthood than white youth. Youth of color are overrepresented in the child welfare system, are more likely than white youth to be reported as abused or neglected, and are more likely to be placed in out-of-home care. Furthermore, racial disparities are present in the education system where youth of color have higher rates of school discipline resulting in suspension and expulsion and lower graduation rates than white youth. Each youth serving system must work internally and in collaboration with communities and other youth serving systems to effectively reduce disparate outcomes for youth. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/On%20The%20Level_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 126830

Author: Freeman, Kathryn Title: Breaking Rules, Breaking Budgets: Cost of Exclusionary Discipline in 11 Texas School Districts Summary: This report documents the high price tag attached to public schools' use of out-of-school suspension, expulsion, and alternative schools and spending on school policing--an approach that has failed to reduce the number of student disciplinary referrals. Eleven school districts, educating a quarter of Texas' public school students, are surveyed. The aim is to encourage a dialogue about strategically scaling back spending in these areas and redirecting a portion of the savings to less costly, more effective approaches to student discipline. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2012 at: http://www.texasappleseed.net/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=848&Itemid= Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 126824

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Impact of Family-Inclusive Case Management on Reentry Outcomes: Interim Report on the Safer Return Demonstration Evaluation Summary: This interim report details the first two years of the Urban Institute’s evaluation of the family-inclusive case management component of the Safer Return Demonstration—a reentry program based in Chicago’s Garfield Park neighborhood. The report presents the logic of the case management model and summarizes family members and formerly incarcerated persons experiences and perceptions, based on interviews and focus groups. In general, family members were highly supportive of returning prisoners and, despite a typically disadvantaged socioeconomic status, provided substantial material support to their returning family members, particularly housing. The implications of these findings for the Demonstration and reentry planning are discussed. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/publications/412408.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 126853

Author: Snyder, Howard N. Title: Arrest in the United States, 1990-2010 Summary: Presents annual estimates of arrests in the United States covering the period between 1990 and 2010. Based on data collected by the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting Program, this report expands the FBI's set of published arrest estimates to include offense-specific arrest estimates grouped by age, sex, and race. These breakdowns of arrests and arrest trends provide a detailed description of the flow of individuals into the criminal justice system over a long period. The national estimates represent arrests by state and local law enforcement agencies, and control for variations in sample coverage from year to year. Highlights include the following: The number of murder arrests in the U.S. fell by half between 1990 and 2010. The adult and juvenile arrest rates dropped substantially in the 1990s, while both continued to fall about 20% between 2000 and 2010, reaching their lowest levels since at least 1990. There were 80% more arrests for drug possession or use in 2010 than in 1990. Even though the rate declined between 2006 and 2010, the arrest rate for drug possession or use in 2010 was still 46% above its 1990 level and was at levels similar to those seen between 1997 and 2002. The male arrest rate for larceny-theft in 2010 was about half of the rate in 1990. In comparison, the female arrest rate in 2010 was just 8% below its 1990 level. The female rate fell 25% between 1990 and 2000, remained constant for several years, then grew between 2005 and 2010 to erase most of the decline experienced in the 1990s. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/aus9010.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension (U.S.) Shelf Number: 126856

Author: Freeman, Linda Title: Length of Stay in Detention Facilities: A Profile of Seven New Mexico Counties Summary: In 2004, the New Mexico Association of Counties (NMAC) contracted with the New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC) to conduct a study to estimate the cost of housing arrestees charged with felonies in New Mexico detention facilities. Fiscal impact was the primary focus of the study; however, a second report Length of Stay for Arrestees Held on Felony Charges: A Profile of Six New Mexico Detention Facilities was published that analyzed the amount of time arrestees charged with felonies spent in jail. In subsequent years, the cost estimate has been updated annually. The length of stay study had not been updated since 2005. In June 2011, NMAC contracted with NMSC to update the length of stay study. Rather than just look at arrestees with felony charges, the update includes arrestees charged with misdemeanor charges as well as collection of other data elements. Much of the conclusions from the 2005 report are still relevant. Jail population is a consequence of two factors: the number of jail admissions and the length of stay. Robert Cushman observes in a 2002 NIJ publication, Preventing Jail Crowding: A Practical Guide, that often times jail management is reactive rather than proactive. Many communities leave the jail population to seek its own level. Jail managers do not control how people get in or out so little is done to analyze the jail composition. However, an examination of the type and duration of the length of stay and the sources of admission can give jail managers the information to formulate policy and improve public protection. Variations exist in the length of stay by county. Efforts need to continue to be made to: Analyze the detention process in each county to determine efficiencies and positive externalities; Determine how county detention centers, courts, district attorneys, public defenders, and private attorneys can work together to reduce unsentenced length of stay; Work with county detention centers and sheriffs to reduce the delay in transferring arrestees to prison after the judgment and sentence is signed, and; Consider ways to hear probation revocations more quickly to reduce unsentenced length of stay for probation violators. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://nmsc.unm.edu/index.php/download_file/-/view/460/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 126858

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: New Mexico's Female Prisoners: Exploring Recent Increases in the Inmate Population: Report in Brief Summary: The female prison population has been increasing since calendar year 2010. However, a dramatic increase occurred in the beginning of 2011, surpassing both the projected population and the capacity of the New Mexico Women’s Correctional Facility (NMWCF). While the population has fluctuated some since that point, it has remained high in recent months since its peak in September 2011. It is expected that this trend will continue. The current research was initiated in an effort to discern the source of this increase. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://nmsc.unm.edu/index.php/download_file/-/view/461/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Detention (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 126859

Author: Males, Mike Title: California Youth Crime Plunges to All-Time Low Summary: New figures for 2011 released by the California Department of Justice’s Criminal Justice Statistics Center (CJSC, 2012) show arrests of youths under age 18 fell by 20% from 2010 to 2011, reaching their lowest level since statewide statistics were first compiled in 1954. While there are many theories regarding reasons for crime trends, none have been sufficient to explain the significant decreases in California’s youth crime over the past 60 years. This publication explores the most recent data in the context of these historic trends, and examines possible explanations for the youth crime decline. Details: San Francisco, CA: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2012. 9p. Source: Research Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.cjcj.org/files/CA_Youth_Crime_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics, Youth Crime (California) Shelf Number: 126860

Author: Atella, Julie Title: Mentoring Children of Promise: Interim Evaluation Findings Summary: In 2007, there were more than 1.7 million children with a mother or father in jail or prison. More than 7 million children—approximately one tenth of the nation’s young people—had a parent under supervision by the criminal justice system. When parents are incarcerated, their arrest and imprisonment often have a profound, negative impact on their minor children. Generally impoverished to begin with, most children of prisoners become even poorer upon their parents’ arrest. They exhibit high rates of anxiety, depression, post-traumatic stress and attention disorders. They are also at increased risk of homelessness, household disruption, school failure and delinquency. Numerous studies have shown that mentoring programs can have significant benefits for at-risk youth like children of prisoners. Mentoring increases the likelihood of regular school attendance and academic achievement. It also decreases the chances of engaging in self-destructive or violent behavior. A trusting relationship with a caring adult can often provide stability and have a profound life-changing effect on the child. Volunteers of America of Greater New Orleans Mentoring Children of Promise (MCP) program has been providing mentoring services to children of incarcerated parents since 2004. The goal of this program is to create the right conditions for children of prisoners to reach their full potential. In 2010, Volunteers of America of Greater New Orleans was awarded funding from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to conduct a multi-year process evaluation of this program. VOA has contracted with Wilder Research to document the program’s service model and identify implementation factors that are most critical to the program’s success. Details: Saint Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.wilder.org/Wilder-Research/Publications/Studies/Mentoring%20Children%20of%20Promise/Mentoring%20Children%20of%20Promise,%20Interim%20Evaluation%20Findings.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 126865

Author: Schuyler Center for Analysis and Advocacy Title: Raising the Juvenile Justice Jurisdictional Age: Treating Kids as Kids in New York State's Justice System Summary: New York and North Carolina are the only two states that treat children as young as 16 years of age as adults in the criminal justice system. Most states follow the federal Juvenile Justice Delinquency Prevention Act, which suggests that the juvenile court jurisdiction’s upper age limit be any time before their 18th birthday. In New York State, anyone age 16 or older who commits a crime is sent to the adult criminal justice system, no matter the charge. Despite the fact that 74.4% of crimes committed by 16- and 17-year-olds are misdemeanors, all of these youth go through the adult system. New York’s Family Court Act set the juvenile justice jurisdictional age of 7 to 15 in 1962 as a temporary measure for further study. That temporary agreement has now been in effect for 50 years. The difference between the juvenile system and adult system is philosophy—mainly, rehabilitation versus punishment. The juvenile justice system focuses on the child or youth and offers an opportunity for rehabilitation. The adult criminal system focuses on what the offense warrants in terms of punishment. New York State is one of only two states that has not raised the age of the juvenile courts’ jurisdiction. Research demonstrates that the adult system is not appropriate for 16- and 17-year-olds who are still developing cognitively. These youth and the public are better served by raising the age of the juvenile court’s jurisdiction to include youth up to their 18th birthday. Details: Albany, NY: Schuyler Center for Analysis and Advocacy, 2012. 5p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.scaany.org/documents/scaabrief_raisetheage_march2012_000.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer (New York) Shelf Number: 126867

Author: Utah. Department of Corrections Title: Sex Offender Treatment in Utah Summary: HB 68 (Sex Offender Treatment) passed in the 1996 Legislative Session. This bill appropriated $410,000 to the Department of Corrections for sex offender treatment starting in FY’97. The legislation also amended 64-13-6 and required the following duties of the Department of Corrections and the Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice; The department shall provide data to the Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice to show the criteria for determining sex offender treatability, the implementation and effectiveness of sex offender treatment, and the results of ongoing assessment and objective diagnostic testing. The Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice will then report these data to the Judiciary Interim Committee and to the appropriate appropriations subcommittee annually. The Department of Corrections and the Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice have been providing the required reports to the Judiciary Interim Committee annually since the legislation was passed in 1996. This is the report for November 2010. Details: Utah Department of Corrections & Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2010. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/Research/SexOffender/Sex%20offender%20treatment%20report%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism (Utah) Shelf Number: 126868

Author: New York. Governor's Children's Cabinet Advisory Board Title: Advancing a Fair and Just Age of Criminal Responsibility for Youth in New York State Summary: New York, a state long considered a leader in justice-related issues, is falling behind the vast majority of states on a critical issue – the age of criminal responsibility. While most states treat 16 and 17 year olds as juveniles, New York treats all 16 and 17 year olds as adults for criminal responsibility – if arrested after their 16th birthday, they are taken to adult court, spend time detained or do time in local adult jails and can be incarcerated in state run adult correctional institutions if sentenced to longer than one year. Key stakeholders to contribute to the analysis must include the Office of Court Administration, Division of Criminal Justice Services, Office of Probation and Correctional Alternatives, Office of Children and Family Services, the educational community, local criminal and family court judges, defense counsels including public defenders and district attorneys, local commissioners of probation, social services, non-profit juvenile justice services providers, as well as experts in the fields of adolescent medicine and psychology, and criminal and juvenile justice. In view of the foregoing, the Governor’s Children’s Cabinet Advisory Board, a non-partisan, independent, diverse group of experts, believes the time is now to commission a comprehensive study of New York’s justice system in order to determine a fair and just age of criminal responsibility. New York’s children deserve a system of justice that both holds them accountable for their behavior and allows them to learn from their mistakes and become productive citizens. This needs to be accomplished with the highest regard for public safety. Details: New York: Governor's Children's Cabinet Advisory Board, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/documents/Advancing_a_Fair_and_Just_Age_of_Criminal_Responsibility_for_Youth_in_NYS.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility (New York) Shelf Number: 126869

Author: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges Title: Judicial Perspectives on the Deinstitutionalization of Status Offenders in the United States with Recommendations for Policy and Practice Summary: Juvenile status offenders or non-offenders should be viewed and treated differently by the juvenile justice system. Responses should include a service oriented approach that keeps youth in their community. NCJFCJ is committed to the deinstitutionalization of status offenders and is currently working on a project with the Coalition of Juvenile Justice (CJJ) to develop tools and resources to improve outcomes for youth who may come in contact with the juvenile justice system due to committing a status offence. The project staff has surveyed the juvenile justice field, participated in a Judicial Summit, and developed a technical assistance brief, aimed at highlighting and advancing examples of leadership which focuses on preventing system contact and detention of youth alleged with committing status offences. Details: Reno, NV: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, 2012. 6p. Source: NCJFCJ Issue Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://www.ncjfcj.org/sites/default/files/DSO%20Issues%20Bulletin%202012%20FINAL%20CORRECTED.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deinstitutionalization Shelf Number: 126870

Author: Robinson, Gregory Title: The Partisan Fallout from Arizona's Immigration Battle: Applying Lessons from California Summary: We explore the potential political impact of Arizona’s controversial immigration statute, SB 1070, by examining a similar event: the 1994 passage of Proposition 187 in California. Both statutes were efforts to respond to the flow of undocumented immigrants (largely) entering through each state’s border with Mexico, and thus are seen as especially noxious to Latinos. We reexamine and extend the academic literature on the political impact of Proposition 187 and apply the effect estimates to Arizona by simulating the two-party presidential vote from 2012 thru 2032 under a variety of scenarios. Our results show sizable movement toward the Democratic candidate in Arizona — if Latinos and non-Latinos there react to SB 1070 as Californians reacted to Prop. 187. Coupled with population trends, we project the Democrat presidential candidate to become immediately competitive in the 2012 election and to carry the state as early as 2020. Details: Binghamton, NY: Binghamton University, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2160760 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Legislation (Arizona) (California) Shelf Number: 126872

Author: Dur, Robert Title: Status-Seeking in Criminal Subcultures and the Double Dividend of Zero-Tolerance Summary: This paper offers a new argument for why a more aggressive enforcement of minor offenses (‘zero-tolerance’) may yield a double dividend in that it reduces both minor offenses and more severe crime. We develop a model of criminal subcultures in which people gain social status among their peers for being ‘tough’ by committing criminal acts. As zero-tolerance keeps relatively ‘gutless’ people from committing a minor offense, the signaling value of that action increases, which makes it attractive for some people who would otherwise commit more severe crime. If social status is sufficiently important in criminal subcultures, zero-tolerance reduces crime across the board. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor, 2011. 28p. Source: IZA Discussion Paper No. 5484: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at http://ftp.iza.org/dp5484.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 126873

Author: Hanes, Melodee Title: Community Supervision of Underage Drinkers Summary: Underage drinking is a widespread offense that can have serious physical, neurological, and legal consequences. Problematically, it has become quite commonplace. The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) works to eliminate underage consumption of alcohol and provide guidance for communities developing prevention and treatment programs. OJJDP created the underage drinking bulletin series to educate practitioners and policymakers about the problems youth face when they abuse alcohol and to provide evidence-based guidelines. The series presents findings from a study on preventing underage drinking in the Air Force as well as a literature review of the effects and consequences of underage drinking, best practices for community supervision of underage drinkers and legal issues surrounding underage drinking, and practice guidelines for working with underage drinkers. The series highlights the dangers of underage drinking. Hopefully, the information it provides will support communities in their efforts to reduce alcohol use by minors through the use of evidence based strategies and practices. In this bulletin, the authors provide a theoretical overview upon which to base policies, procedures, and practices that will help professionals—and their corresponding agencies—effectively supervise underage drinkers in the community. They also discuss the legal issues that professionals may encounter when working with these youth. Details: Washington, D.C.: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. Source: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2012 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 126874

Author: Umemoto, Karen Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in the Hawaii Juvenile Justice System: 2000-2010 Summary: Disproportionate minority contact in the justice system is an issue of national concern. This report identifies the ethnic groups that have been over-represented in the juvenile justice system in Hawaii over the past decade and describes some of the groups' characteristics; examines the extent to which racial and ethnic disparities exist at different decision points in the sywstem; and presents recommendations for policy and practice. Details: Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa, Department of Urban and Regional Planning, 2012. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2012 at: http://hawaii.gov/dhs/youth/jjsac/DMC%20FINAL%20REPORT%202012%20(for%20printing).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 126878

Author: Texas Department of Public Safety, Texas Fusion Center, Intelligence & Counterterrorism Division Title: The Texas Gang Threat Assessment 2011 Summary: This assessment analyzes the relationship of gangs to cartels, gangs transnational criminal connections, type and frequency of crimes perpetrated by gangs, the level of violence perpetrated by gangs in their criminal activity, the geographic reach of gangs including the nature of a gang alliances, the size of gangs, effectiveness in organizing members under its leadership across the state, presence in schools, and recent convictions of gang members. The key analytic judgments of this assessment are: • Gangs represent a significant public safety threat to the State of Texas and are responsible for a disproportionate amount of crime in our communities. Of incarcerated members of Tier 1 and Tier 2 gangs, more than half are serving a sentence for a violent crime, including robbery (25 percent), homicide (15 percent), and assault/terroristic threat (13 percent). • The Tier 1 gangs in Texas are Texas Mexican Mafia (estimated at 6,000 members), Tango Blast (8,000 members), Texas Syndicate (3,800 members), and Barrio Azteca (3,000 members). These organizations pose the greatest gang threat to Texas due to their relationships with Mexican cartels, large membership numbers, high levels of transnational criminal activity, and organizational effectiveness. • Mexican cartels continue to use gangs in Texas as they smuggle drugs, people, weapons, and cash across the border. Members of Tier 1 gangs have been recruited by the cartels to carry out acts of violence both in Texas and in Mexico. • Cartel connections are not limited to Tier 1 gangs. For example, members of the Partido Revolucionario Mexicano, a Tier 3 gang, were contracted by the Gulf Cartel in an October 2011 incident that resulted in a law enforcement officer in Hidalgo County being shot and wounded. • Gang activity in Texas is growing, with the current number of gang members possibly exceeding 100,000; national gang membership estimates have increased 40 percent over the past two years. More than 2,500 gangs operate throughout the state, ranging from small gangs with few members and limited geographic reach to large gangs composed of thousands of members operating in all regions of Texas. • Some gangs focus their recruitment on juveniles, seeking them out on the internet and in schools and neighborhoods. Gangs are responsible for a significant portion of juvenile crime in Texas. Gang members accounted for more than half of all juvenile commitments to the Texas Youth Commission in 2010, while one in seven formal referrals to juvenile probation in Texas involves a juvenile confirmed or suspected to have a gang affiliation. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Department of Public Safety, 2011. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2012 at: http://alfinstitute.org/alfi_documents/Texas_Gang_TA_2011_Final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Barrio Azteca Shelf Number: 126891

Author: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Research Title: 2012 Outcome Evaluation Report Summary: To comport with national best practices, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) measures recidivism by tracking arrests, convictions and returns to State custody. CDCR uses the latter measure, returns to State custody, as the primary measure of recidivism for the purpose of this report. We chose this measure because it is the most reliable measure available and is well understood and commonly used by most correctional stakeholders. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2012. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/ARB_FY_0708_Recidivism_Report_10.23.12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners (California) Shelf Number: 126894

Author: Starr, Sonja B. Title: Racial Disparity in the Criminal Justice Process: Prosecutors, Judges, and the Effects of United States v. Booker Summary: Current empirical estimates of racial and other unwarranted disparities in sentencing suffer from two pervasive flaws. The first is a focus on the sentencing stage in isolation. Studies control for the “presumptive sentence” or closely related measures that are themselves the product of discretionary charging, plea-bargaining, and fact-finding processes. Any disparities in these earlier processes are built into the control variable, which leads to misleading sentencing-disparity estimates. The second problem is specific to studies of sentencing reforms: they use loose methods of causal inference that do not disentangle the effects of reform from surrounding events and trends. This Article explains these problems and presents an analysis that corrects them and reaches very different results from the existing literature. We address the first problem by using a dataset that traces cases from arrest to sentencing and by examining disparities across all post-arrest stages. We find that most of the otherwise-unexplained racial disparities in sentencing can be explained by prosecutors’ choices to bring mandatory minimum charges. We address the problem of disentangling trends using a rigorous method called regression discontinuity design. We apply it to assess the effects of the loosening of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines in United States v. Booker. Contrary to prominent recent studies, we find that Booker did not increase disparity, and may have reduced it. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Law School, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Michigan Law & Econ Research Paper No. 12-021: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2170148 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mandatory Minimums Shelf Number: 126895

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: A Performance-Based Approach to Police Staffing and Allocation Summary: Much attention has been given to police recruitment, retention, and, in this economic context, how to maintain police budgets and existing staffing positions. Less has centered on adequately assessing the demand for police service and alternative ways of managing that demand. To provide some practical guidance in these areas, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) provided support to the Michigan State University (MSU) School of Criminal Justice to review current staffing allocation experiences and existing approaches to estimating the number of sworn staff a given agency requires. This guidebook summarizes the research conducted by the MSU team. It highlights the current staffing allocation landscape for law enforcement agencies and provides a practical step-by-step approach for any agency to assess its own patrol staffing needs based upon its workload and performance objectives. Additionally, it identifies some ways beyond the use of sworn staff that workload demand can be managed, and discusses how an agency’s approach to community policing implementation can affect staffing allocation and deployment. This guidebook will be particularly useful for police practitioners and planners conducting an assessment of their agency’s staffing need, and for researchers interested in police staffing experiences and assessment methods. This guidebook has a companion document, entitled Essentials for Leaders: A Performance-Based Approach to Police Staffing and Allocation, which may be of particular interest to police executives and policymakers who are concerned about both police-staffing allocation and efficiently providing quality police service in their communities. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://news.msu.edu/media/documents/2012/10/1f1186b6-b4f5-4fc8-93e8-b228893295ce.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 126901

Author: Epstein, Ruthie Title: Jails and Jumpsuits. Transforming the U.S. Immigration Detention System—A Two-Year Review Summary: Two years ago, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) committed to transform the U.S. immigration detention system by shifting it away from its longtime reliance on jails and jail-like facilities, to facilities with conditions more appropriate for the detention of civil immigration law detainees. At the time of these commitments, in announcements in August and October of 2009, DHS and ICE recognized that detention beds were in facilities that were “largely designed for penal, not civil, detention.” In fact, many criminal correctional facilities actually offer less restrictive conditions than those typically found in immigration detention facilities, and corrections experts have confirmed that less restrictive conditions can help ensure safety in a secure facility. DHS and ICE have consistently affirmed intentions to carry out the planned reforms in a budget-neutral way. Yet two years later, the overwhelming majority of detained asylum seekers and other civil immigration law detainees are still held in jails or jail-like facilities—almost 400,000 detainees each year, at a cost of over $2 billion. At these facilities, asylum seekers and other immigrants wear prison uniforms and are typically locked in one large room for up to 23 hours a day; they have limited or essentially no outdoor access, and visit with family only through Plexiglas barriers, and sometimes only via video, even when visitors are in the same building. Over the last two years, ICE has begun to use, or has acknowledged plans to use, five new facilities that would contain in total 3,485 detention beds in less penal conditions. These conditions would include increased outdoor access, contact visitation with families, and “non-institutional” (though still uniform) clothing for some detainees. These facilities are designed as templates for a more appropriate approach to immigration detention. If they open as designed and as scheduled, 14 percent of ICE’s detained asylum seeker and immigrant population would be housed in these less-penal conditions— meaning that 86 percent of ICE detainees would still be held in jails and jail-like facilities. Official standards detailing core requirements for the environment and conditions of a civil detention system—covering matters such as dress, movement within facilities, extended outdoor access, and contact visitation with family—have not been developed or implemented. ICE has also taken important steps to improve other aspects of the immigration detention system—such as creating a system to allow families and counsel to learn the name of the facility where an immigration detainee is held, issuing new guidance on parole assessments for detained arriving asylum seekers, and training new ICE monitors to report back to headquarters on compliance with standards in the field. However, this report focuses primarily on the agency’s progress on its commitment to “literally overhaul the system”—to transition the immigration detention system away from its jail-oriented approach to a system with conditions more appropriate for civil immigration detainees. While ICE did indicate that the shift would take place “in three to five years,” two years in, there is still a long way to go. Jails and jail-like facilities have been found to be inappropriate and unnecessarily costly for asylum seekers and other civil immigration detainees by the U.S. government itself, as well as by bipartisan groups and international human rights bodies. In a major 2005 study requested by Congress, the bipartisan U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) and its expert on prison systems observed that most of the facilities used by DHS to detain asylum seekers and other immigrants “in most critical respects…are structured and operated much like standardized correctional facilities,” resembling “in every essential respect, conventional jails.” The Council on Foreign Relations bipartisan task force on immigration policy, co-chaired by Jeb Bush and Thomas McLarty, concurred in July 2009 that “[i]n many cases asylum seekers are forced to wear prison uniforms [and] held in jails and jail-like facilities.” The bipartisan Constitution Project’s Liberty and Security Committee similarly concluded in December 2009 that “[d]espite the nominally ‘civil’—as opposed to ‘criminal’—nature of their alleged offenses, non-citizens are often held in state and local jails.” In 2009, DHS’s own Special Advisor—who has run two state prison systems and currently serves as Commissioner of Correction in New York City—concluded in a report prepared for DHS and ICE that: With only a few exceptions, the facilities that ICE uses to detain aliens were built, and operate, as jails and prisons to confine pre-trial and sentenced felons. ICE relies primarily on correctional incarceration standards designed for pre-trial felons and on correctional principles of care, custody, and control. These standards impose more restrictions and carry more costs than are necessary to effectively manage the majority of the detained population. The use of immigration detention facilities that are penal in nature is inconsistent with U.S. commitments under the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and its Protocol, as well as the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights and the U.N. Special Rapporteur on the Human Rights of Migrants have both expressed concern, in reports issued in 2010 and 2008, respectively, about the punitive and jail-like conditions used by the U.S. government in its immigration detention system. Even with more appropriate detention conditions, however, detention can still be—and is—penal in nature when the detention itself runs afoul of other human rights protections—for example, when detention is not necessary, reasonable, or proportionate, or is unnecessarily prolonged. In this report, Human Rights First focuses its review on the progress of DHS and ICE in transforming the U.S. immigration detention system away from its reliance on jails and jail-like facilities to a system with conditions more appropriate for civil immigration law detainees. In the course of our assessment, we visited 17 ICEauthorized detention facilities that together held more than 10,000 of the 33,400 total ICE beds; interviewed government officials, legal service providers, and former immigration detainees; and reviewed existing government data on the U.S. immigration detention system. We also interviewed a range of former prison wardens, corrections officials, and other experts on correctional systems. Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2011. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/wp-content/uploads/pdf/HRF-Jails-and-Jumpsuits-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 126908

Author: Saint-Fort, Pradine Title: Engaging Police in Immigrant Communities: Promising Practices from the Field Summary: Law enforcement faces many barriers to policing new immigrant communities and cultivating partnerships with these groups. Language barriers, immigrants’ reluctance to report crime for fear of deportation, fear of police, federal immigration enforcement, and cultural differences, can lead to misunderstandings between law enforcement and community members. The Engaging Police in Immigrant Communities (EPIC) project highlights promising practices that law enforcement agencies nationwide are using to build effective police-immigrant relations. This guidebook is accompanied by podcasts on the same topic, as well as a website with additional materials and resources available through www.vera.org/epic. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services; New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/e071218496_Engaging-Police-in-Immigrant-Comm_v5_19OCT12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 126910

Author: Rollins, John Title: Terrorism and Transnational Crime: Foreign Policy Issues for Congress Summary: This report provides an overview of transnational security issues related to patterns of interaction among international terrorist and crime groups. In addition, the report discusses the U.S. government’s perception of and response to the threat. It concludes with an analysis of foreign policy options. In recent years, the U.S. government has asserted that terrorism, insurgency, and crime interact in varied and significant ways, to the detriment of U.S. national security interests. Although unclassified anecdotal evidence largely serves as the basis for the current understanding of criminal-terrorist connections, observers often focus on several common patterns. • Partnership Motivations and Disincentives: Collaboration can serve as a force multiplier for both criminal and terrorist groups, as well as a strategic weakness. Conditions that may affect the likelihood of confluence include demand for special skills unavailable within an organization, greed, opportunity for and proclivity toward joint ventures, and changes in ideological motivations. • Appropriation of Tactics: Although ideologies and motivations of an organization may remain consistent, criminals and terrorists have shared similar tactics to reach their separate operational objectives. Such tactics include acts of violence; involvement in criminal activity for profit; money laundering; undetected cross-border movements; illegal weapons acquisition; and exploitation of corrupt government officials. • Organizational Evolution and Variation: A criminal group may transform over time to adopt political goals and ideological motivations. Conversely, terrorist groups may shift toward criminality. For some terrorist groups, criminal activity remains secondary to ideological ambitions. For others, profit-making may surpass political aspirations as the dominant operating rationale. Frequently cited terrorist organizations involved in criminal activity include Abu Sayyaf Group (ASG), Al Qaeda’s affiliates, D-Company, Kurdistan Worker’s Party (PKK), Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC), Haqqani Network, and Hezbollah. To combat these apparent criminal-terrorist connections, Congress has maintained a role in formulating U.S. policy responses. Moreover, recent Administrations have issued several strategic documents to guide U.S. national security, counterterrorism, anti-crime, and intelligence activities. In July 2011, for example, the Obama Administration issued the Strategy to Combat Transnational Organized Crime, which emphasized, among other issues, the confluence of crime and terrorism as a major factor in threatening the U.S. global security interests. While the U.S. government has maintained substantial long-standing efforts to combat terrorism and transnational crime separately, Congress has been challenged to evaluate whether the existing array of authorities, programs, and resources sufficiently respond to the combined crimeterrorism threat. Common foreign policy options have centered on diplomacy, foreign assistance, financial actions, intelligence, military action, and investigations. At issue for Congress is how to conceptualize this complex crime-terrorism phenomenon and oversee the implementation of cross-cutting activities that span geographic regions, functional disciplines, and a multitude of policy tools that are largely dependent on effective interagency coordination and international cooperation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: R41004: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41004.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 126913

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Firearms Stolen during Household Burglaries and Other Property Crimes, 2005-2012 Summary: Victimizations involving the theft of firearms declined from 283,600 in 1994 to 145,300 in 2010 (figure 1). Overall, about 1.4 million guns, or an annual average of 232,400, were stolen during burglaries and other property crimes in the six-year period from 2005 through 2010. Of these stolen firearms, at least 80% (186,800) had not been recovered at the time of the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) interview. The data in this report were drawn from the Bureau of Justice Statistics’ (BJS) NCVS, which annually collects information on nonfatal victimizations reported and not reported to the police against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. The NCVS collects data on criminal incidents for which theft or attempted theft is either a component of the victimization (i.e., robbery, personal larceny, burglary, motor vehicle theft, and other property theft) or could occur in connection with the victimization (i.e., rape or sexual assault). This report examines the theft of firearms in criminal victimizations, focusing on the rate, number, amount of loss, and recovery of guns taken during burglaries and other property crimes, which include motor vehicle theft and other theft. It presents information on how firearms may end up in the hands of persons to whom they do not belong. Trend estimates are based on two-year rolling averages centered on the most recent year (figure 1). For example, estimates reported for 2010 represent the average estimates for 2009 and 2010. This method improves the reliability and stability of estimate comparisons over time. For all tables in this report, aggregate data for the time from 2005 through 2010 are the focus. Details: Washington, D.C.: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 15p. Source: Crime Data Brief, NCJ 239436: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/fshbopc0510.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 126916

Author: Henry, Kelli Title: Community Courts: The Research Literature A Review of Findings Summary: The first community court opened in Midtown Manhattan in 1993. Focusing on quality-of-life offenses, such as drug possession, shoplifting, vandalism, and prostitution, the Midtown Community Court sought to combine punishment and help, sentencing low-level offenders to perform visible community restitution, receive onsite social services, including drug treatment, counseling, and job training. There are currently more than 60 community court projects in operation worldwide. In the United States alone there are 33 while there are 17 in South Africa, 13 in England and Wales, and one each in Australia and Canada. Community courts seek to achieve a variety of goals, such as reduced crime, increased engagement between citizens and the courts, improved perceptions of neighborhood safety, greater accountability for lowlevel, “quality-of-life” offenders, speedier and more meaningful case resolutions, and cost savings. In advancing these goals, community courts generally make greater use of community-based sanctions than traditional courts (Hakuta, Soroushian, and Kralstein, 2008; Katz, 2009; Sviridoff et al., 2000; Weidner and Davis, 2000). Among a sample of 25 community courts surveyed in 2007, 92 percent routinely use community service mandates, and 84 percent routinely use social services mandates (Karafin, 2008). This paper reviews the research literature to date about community courts. Community court studies have employed a number of different research methods, reflecting the variation in community court models. Table 1, below, summarizes the major evaluations to date. Thus far, there have been 19 notable community court evaluations focusing on 11 community courts. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Community%20Courts%20Research%20Lit.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 126917

Author: Archer, Justin Title: Improving Strategic Planning through Collaborative Bodies Summary: Justice reinvestment is a systemwide process of data analysis and collaborative decisionmaking used to identify drivers of criminal justice costs and reinvest resources to yield a more cost-beneficial impact on public safety. It is not a single decision, project, or strategy, but rather a multistaged, ongoing process involving the collaboration of local stakeholders across city, county, and state systems. It is therefore critical that, at the onset of engaging in this process, sites establish a strategic planning entity whose primary mission is to direct efforts and ensure that goals are met. Beyond directing efforts and tracking goals, this type of collaborative body can also ensure that the right decisionmakers are involved in reinvestment efforts and that no critical stakeholders are excluded. This brief will first discuss the importance of strategic planning entities within criminal justice systems and explain why a jurisdiction may want to pursue the formation of a strategic planning body. The discussion should help localities examine the collaborative efforts among its agencies and determine if the formation of an organized planning body is appropriate. The brief will then outline how these bodies are structured and operated, giving guidance for those who wish to form such a collaboration. Finally, a case study from one local justice reinvestment site, Allegheny County, is presented to highlight how a successful collaborative body can conduct a case review to identify systemic issues and develop solutions. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Center, Urban Institute, 2012. 10p. Source: Justice Reinvestment at the Local Level Brief 3: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412542-Improving-Strategic-Planning-through-Collaborative-Bodies.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 126918

Author: Bechtel, Kristin Title: Dispelling the Myths: What Policy Makers Need to Know About Pretrial Research Summary: The for-profit bail bonding industry has relied upon several recent studies to make the claim that commercial surety bonds are the most effective type of pretrial release. This paper provides an overview of those studies and explains why they cannot be used for this purpose because they do not answer questions about the effectiveness of any one type of pretrial release over that of others. This paper also cautions policy makers when the for-profit bail bonding industry presents them with these studies, and concludes that researchers should engage in objective and methodologically sound research that informs cost-effective and evidence-based pretrial public policy. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.pretrial.org/Reports/PJI%20Reports/Dispelling%20the%20Myths%20%28November%202012%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 126919

Author: Manning, John D. Title: Dark Networks Summary: he world today operates in a state of persistent conflict on a sliding scale. The conflicts in question are not traditionally military in nature and often involve nonstate actors. These conflicts present problems for the nation-state, because its historical methods for dealing with conflicts do not work in this case. To manage these conflicts, nation-states and global organizations will have to develop mechanisms to deal with "dark networks." These are networks made up of illicit traffickers, organized crime members, urban gangs, terrorists, pirates, insurgents, and other nefarious characters. The purpose of this paper is to examine the environment that feeds these dark networks, the characters who make up the networks, the networks themselves, and the policy and strategy issues related to defeating dark networks. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: U.S. Army War College, 2010. 28p. Source: Strategy Research Project: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?Location=U2&doc=GetTRDoc.pdf&AD=ADA518125 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Conflict Shelf Number: 126920

Author: North Carolina. North Carolina Criminal Justice Analysis Center Title: Economics and Crime: The Effects of the Economy on North Carolina's Criminal Justice System Summary: The Criminal Justice Analysis Center of the Governor’s Crime Commission conducted a survey of law enforcement agencies across North Carolina to assess how the recent economic downturn has affected the state’s law enforcement and criminal justice systems. The survey replicated a portion of a Police Executive Research Forum survey to determine how criminal justice agencies across the state have been impacted in comparison to the rest of the nation. Survey findings will help enhance understanding of how and where the state’s criminal justice agencies are most affected during tough economic times. Information collected will also assist agencies to assess the status of their department compared to similar agencies across the state and will assist them in implementing recommendations and strategies adopted by other agencies. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Governor's Crime Commission, 2010. 12p. Source: SystemStats Vol. 27, No. 1: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at https://www.ncdps.gov/documents/systemstats-2010-vol-27-no-1-economics-and-crime-effects-economy-north-carolinas-criminal Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends (North Carolina) Shelf Number: 126927

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: "Never Walk Alone" How Concealed Carry Laws Boost Gun Industry Sales Summary: The lethal shooting of unarmed, 17-year-old Trayvon Martin by concealed handgun permit holder George Zimmerman is the predictable result of an aggressive decades-long campaign by the National Rifle Association (NRA) to promote lax concealed carry laws and attendant "Shoot First" laws that boost gun industry sales according to a new Violence Policy Center (VPC) report, “Never Walk Alone”--How Concealed Carry Laws Boost Gun Industry Sales." Faced with a decades-long decline in household gun ownership, the firearms industry has worked to exploit these NRA-backed laws to re-sell old customers and entice new ones. While in their public promotion of lax concealed weapons laws the gun lobby and gun industry rarely mention the financial benefits such laws afford gun sellers, in industry publications they are far more open. Included in the VPC report are numerous color examples of gun industry advertisements representing a wide range of manufacturers. An ad that appeared in the December 2011 issue of Gun World encapsulates the mindset of concealed carry: "Regardless of your location, your dress or the season, NO gun is easier to carry or conceal than a North American Arms mini-revolver. Is it an effective deterrent? Would you want to be shot with one?" The ad warns the reader "don’t leave home without one" and adds, "Remember Rule #1: Have a gun!" The study notes that despite the national controversy over the death of Trayvon Martin, the U.S. Senate may soon take up legislation that would expand the rights of concealed carry vigilantes like George Zimmerman to carry their handguns outside their home states and across the nation. Two bills (S. 2188 and S. 2213) have recently been introduced that would significantly expand the ability of concealed carry permit holders to carry their loaded guns nationwide. The study concludes that "while pro-gun advocates will inevitably voice their support of these bills in terms of self-defense and individual rights, truly the greatest beneficiary of national concealed carry stands to be the gun industry." Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2012 at http://www.vpc.org/studies/ccwnra.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Permits Shelf Number: 126929

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Black Homicide Victimization in the United States: An Analysis of 2009 Homicide Data Summary: America faces a continuing epidemic of homicide among young black males. The devastation homicide inflicts on black teens and adults is a national crisis, yet it is all too often ignored outside of affected communities. This study examines the problem of black homicide victimization at the state level by analyzing unpublished Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data for black homicide victimization submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2009 and is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2009 data on black homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest black homicide victimization rates and the first to rank the states by the rate of black homicides. It is important to note that the SHR data used in this report comes from law enforcement reporting at the local level. While there are coding guidelines followed by the law enforcement agencies, the amount of information submitted to the SHR system, and the interpretation that results in the information submitted (for example, gang involvement) will vary from agency to agency. While this study utilizes the best and most recent data available, it is limited by the quantity and degree of detail in the information submitted. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2012 at http://www.vpc.org/studies/blackhomicide12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 126932

Author: Jusiewicz, David Joseph Title: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design: Crime Free Multi Housing In Arlington, Texas Summary: The purpose of this study is to measure and compare calls for service at the apartment communities participating in the Crime Free Multi-Housing Program in the belief that a reduction in calls for service should translate to a reduction in crime. The review of the existing data is a cross-sectional, pre/post study of secondary data using calls for service. This method is preferred as it will represent the actual number of calls handled at each surveyed apartment community. Therefore, the conclusions provided with this data are not based on a complex statistical manipulation rather it provides a snap shot and serves as an early indicator to the body of knowledge of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) so that others may follow and continue the research. It is evident from the data that the implementation of the CPTED principles and the apartment community participation in the Crime Free Multi-Housing Program is correlated with the decline in calls for service. Details: Arlington, TX: University of Texas at Arlington, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: https://dspace.uta.edu/bitstream/handle/10106/9582/Jusiewicz_uta_2502M_11349.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT Shelf Number: 126934

Author: Boudin, Chesa Title: Prison Visitation Policies: A Fifty State Survey Summary: This paper presents a summary of the findings from the first fifty-state survey of prison visitation policies. Our research explores the contours of how prison administrators exercise their discretion to prescribe when and how prisoners may have contact with friends and family. Visitation policies impact recidivism, inmates’ and their families’ quality of life, public safety, and prison security, transparency and accountability. Yet many policies are inaccessible to visitors and researchers. Given the wide-ranging effects of visitation, it is important to understand the landscape of visitation policies and then, where possible, identify best practices and uncover policies that may be counterproductive or constitutionally infirm. Comparative analysis of the sort we have undertaken will, we hope, not only inform academics but empower regulators and administrators of prisons to implement thoughtful reforms. Our paper and data set allow for state-by-state comparison across a group of common categories of visitation-related policies. In addition, we identify commonalities and variation in the categories we tracked, and also documented outlier policies revealed in the course of our research. We worked with the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) to track down difficult-to-find policy documents, and received written feedback from nearly all fifty state departments of corrections to ensure accuracy. The paper is organized as follows. Part I describes the methodology we employed and considers its potential limitations. Part II provides our key substantive findings, presents a few highlights of the data, and discusses the basic commonalities of the policies, while noting the divergence in other key areas. Part III provides a detailed description of two sub-policy areas within visitation regulations. Here we analyze in more detail the range of approaches that states take to two contrasting forms of visitation: video visitation and overnight family (“conjugal”) visitation. Part IV outlines possible next steps for research on this topic. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, School of Law, 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2171412 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 126939

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Countering Violent Extremism: Additional Actions Could Strengthen Training Efforts Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has identified and is communicating to its components and state and local partners topics that the training on countering violent extremism (CVE) it provides or funds should cover; in contrast, the Department of Justice (DOJ) has not identified what topics should be covered in its CVE-related training. According to a DHS official who leads DHS's CVE efforts, identifying topics has helped to provide a logical structure for DHS's CVE-related training efforts. According to DOJ officials, even though they have not specifically identified what topics should be covered in CVE-related training, they understand internally which of the department's training is CVE-related and contributes either directly or indirectly to the department's training responsibilities under the CVE national strategy. However, over the course of this review, the department generally relied upon the framework GAO developed for potential CVE-related training topics to determine which of its existing training was CVE-related. Further, because DOJ has not identified CVE-related training topics, DOJ components have had challenges in determining the extent to which their training efforts contribute to DOJ's responsibilities under the CVE national strategy. In addition, officials who participated in an interagency working group focusing on ensuring CVE-related training quality stated that the group found it challenging to catalogue federal CVE-related training because agencies' views differed as to what CVE-related training includes. The majority of state and local participant feedback on training that DHS or DOJ provided or funded and that GAO identified as CVE-related was positive or neutral, but a minority of participants raised concerns about biased, inaccurate, or offensive material. DHS and DOJ collected feedback from 8,424 state and local participants in CVE-related training during fiscal years 2010 and 2011, and 77--less than 1 percent--provided comments that expressed such concerns. According to DHS and DOJ officials, agencies used the feedback to make changes where appropriate. DOJ's Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and other components generally solicit feedback for more formal, curriculum-based training, but the FBI does not require this for activities such as presentations by guest speakers because the FBI does not consider this to be training. Similarly, DOJ's United States Attorneys' Offices (USAO) do not require feedback on presentations and similar efforts. Nevertheless, FBI field offices and USAOs covered about 39 percent (approximately 9,900) of all participants in DOJ CVE-related training during fiscal years 2010 and 2011 through these less formal methods, yet only 4 of 21 FBI field offices and 15 of 39 USAOs chose to solicit feedback on such methods. GAO has previously reported that agencies need to develop systematic evaluation processes in order to obtain accurate information about the benefits of their training. Soliciting feedback for less formal efforts on a more consistent basis could help these agencies ensure their quality. DOJ and DHS have undertaken reviews and developed guidance to help improve the quality of CVE-related training. For example, in September 2011, the DOJ Deputy Attorney General directed all DOJ components and USAOs to review all of their training materials, including those related to CVE, to ensure they are consistent with DOJ standards. In addition, in October 2011, DHS issued guidance that covers best practices for CVE-related training and informs recipients of DHS grants who use the funding for training involving CVE on how to ensure high-quality training. Since the departments' reviews and efforts to implement the guidance they have developed are relatively new, it is too soon to determine their effectiveness. Why GAO Did This Study DHS and DOJ have responsibility for training state and local law enforcement and community members on how to defend against violent extremism--ideologically motivated violence to further political goals. Community members and advocacy organizations have raised concerns about the quality of some CVE-related training that DOJ and DHS provide or fund. As requested, GAO examined (1)the extent to which DHS and DOJ have identified and communicated topics that CVE-related training should address to their components and state and local partners, (2) any concerns raised by state and local partners who have participated in CVE-related training provided or funded by DHS or DOJ, and (3) actions DHS and DOJ have taken to improve the quality of CVE-related training. GAO reviewed relevant documents, such as training participant feedback forms and DHS and DOJ guidance; and interviewed relevant officials from DHS and DOJ components. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in September 2012. Information that the FBI deemed sensitive has been redacted. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ identify and communicate principal CVE-related training topics and that FBI field offices and USAOs consider soliciting feedback more consistently. DOJ agreed that it should more consistently solicit feedback, but disagreed that it should identify CVE training topics because DOJ does not have primary responsibility for CVE-related training, among other things. GAO believes this recommendation remains valid as discussed further in this report. Details: Wshington, DC: GAO, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-79: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-13-79 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Training Shelf Number: 126940

Author: Lobasz, Jennifer Kathleen Title: Victims, Villains, and the Virtuous: Constructing the Problems of “Human Trafficking” Summary: Over the past two decades, human trafficking has come to be seen as a growing threat, and transnational advocacy networks opposed to human trafficking have succeeded in establishing trafficking as a pressing political problem. The meaning of human trafficking, however, remains an object of significant—and heated—contestation among transnational actors with opposing perspectives on prostitution, the appropriate balance between law enforcement and human rights protection, and migration. The outcomes of disputes over meaning are highly significant. Anti-trafficking discourses establish regimes of knowledge that set boundaries for how scholars, activists, legislators, and citizens conceive of human trafficking—they establish what trafficking is and who counts as trafficked, and create narratives that explain how trafficking has become a problem and what should be done to fix it. In this dissertation I conduct a genealogical discourse analysis of anti-trafficking advocacy, policy, and scholarship in the United States from the late 1970s to 2000, looking in particular at feminist and religious abolitionist advocacy networks, and the role they play in the creation of the U.S. Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000. I argue that “human trafficking” is better understood as a contested concept rather than as an objectively given problem. The meaning of trafficking is constructed rather than inherent, and inseparable from the political context through which it is produced. Details: Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota, 2012. 270p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/131822/1/Lobasz_umn_0130E_12756.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Feminism Shelf Number: 126941

Author: Nicosia, Nancy Title: Does Mandatory Diversion to Drug Treatment Eliminate Racial Disparities in the Incarceration of Drug Offenders? An Examination of California's Proposition 36 Summary: Like other states, minorities are disproportionately represented in the California’s state prison system, particularly for drug offenses. Unlike other states, California has had a policy of mandatory diversion to drug treatment for non-violent drug offenders since mid-2001 (Proposition 36). Using a rich dataset including current and prior criminal charges from 1995 through 2005 in California, we examine whether disparities in court dispositions to prison and drug treatment between White and Blacks male drug offenders are explained by observable case and criminal justice characteristics. We estimate the extent to which remaining observable disparities are affected by Proposition 36. We find that Black and White male drug offenders differ considerably on covariates, but by weighting on the inverse of a nonparametric estimate of the propensity score, we can compare Blacks to Whites that are on average equivalent on covariates. Unadjusted disparities in the likelihood of being sentenced to prison are substantially reduced by propensity score weighting. Proposition 36 reduces the likelihood of prison overall, but not differentially for Blacks. By contrast, racial disparity in diversion to drug treatment is not reduced by propensity score weighting. There is some evidence that Proposition 36 increased diversion for Blacks. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 18518: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18518.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 126942

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Elder Justice: National Strategy Needed to Effectively Combat Elder Financial Exploitation Summary: Elder financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use of an older adult’s funds or property. It has been described as an epidemic with society-wide repercussions. While combating elder financial exploitation is largely the responsibility of state and local social service, criminal justice, and consumer protection agencies, the federal government has a role to play in this area as well. GAO was asked to review issues related to elder financial exploitation. This report describes the challenges states face in (1) preventing and (2) responding to elder financial exploitation, as well as the actions some federal agencies have taken to help states address these challenges. To obtain this information, GAO interviewed state and local social service, criminal justice, and consumer protection officials in California, Illinois, New York, and Pennsylvania—states with large elderly populations; officials in seven federal agencies; and various elder abuse experts. GAO also analyzed federal strategic plans and other documents and reviewed relevant research, federal laws and regulations, and state laws. What GAO Recommends Federal agencies should develop a written national strategy addressing challenges GAO identified, facilitate case investigation and prosecution, and improve data, among other things. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Department of Health and Human Services supported GAO’s recommendations. FTC did not believe it is necessary to examine the feasibility of requiring victim’s age in complaints. GAO maintains the importance of its recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-110: Accessed November 20, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/650074.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Confidence Game Shelf Number: 126945

Author: Golub, Andrew Title: Monitoring Drug Epidemics and the Markets that Sustain Them Using ADAM II Final Technical Report Summary: Effective law enforcement, drug abuse and related social policies and initiatives depend on the timely availability of information and its interpretation. This study examined trends in use of five widely abused drugs among arrestees at ten geographically diverse locations from 2000 to 2010: Atlanta, Charlotte, Chicago, Denver, Indianapolis, Manhattan, Minneapolis, Portland OR, Sacramento, and Washington DC. The data came from the Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program reintroduced in 2007 (ADAM II) and its predecessor the ADAM program. ADAM data are particularly valuable because they include urinalysis results that provide an objective measure of recent drug use; they provide location specific estimates over time; and, they include sample weights that yield unbiased estimates for each location. Arrestees are often at the forefront of drug use trends. Moreover, this population is of central concern to law enforcement and related agencies. The ADAM data were analyzed according to a drug epidemics framework, which has been previously employed to understand the decline of the crack epidemic, the growth of marijuana use in the 1990s, and the persistence of heroin use. Similar to other diffusion of innovation processes, drug epidemics tend to follow a natural course passing through four distinct phases: incubation, expansion, plateau, and decline. The study also searched for changes in drug markets over the course of a drug epidemic. A variety of exploratory analyses strongly suggest that there is no simple relationship between the nature of individuals’ drug market purchases and the broader course of drug epidemics. As of 2010, the Marijuana Epidemic was in its plateau phase across the country. In contrast, by 2010 the Crack Epidemic had been in decline for some time at most locations. The timing of the decline phase varied substantially across locations. The decline started as early as 1990 in Manhattan and Washington DC and as late as 2003 in Indianapolis. As of 2010, the Crack Epidemic was still in the plateau phase in Sacramento. Powder cocaine use was only substantial at 5 of the 10 ADAM II locations. The Powder Cocaine Epidemic entered a decline early in the 2000s at two eastern locations (Charlotte and Manhattan) and closer to 2010 at two western locations (Denver and Portland OR). In Atlanta, the recent Powder Cocaine Epidemic was either still in plateau or had just entered the decline phase. Heroin use was limited to four locations and was in decline at three of the four (Chicago, Manhattan and Washington DC). Heroin use appears to be endemic to Portland OR; use is not widespread but appears to be embedded within a small population that continues to attract new young users. Methamphetamine use was substantial at two West Coast locations. Of note, the data strongly indicate that the Methamphetamine Epidemics in Portland OR and Sacramento entered the decline phase during the 2000s. The primary limitation to this analysis is that it focused exclusively on male arrestees from the 10 urban locations included in the ADAM II Program. The trends identified do not necessarily parallel the trends in the general population. Additionally, there may be variations in drug use across gender not detectable with ADAM data. The ADAM II locations provide geographic diversity but the program does not include any rural locations. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239906.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 126946

Author: Stickeler, Charles Nickolas Title: A Deadly Way of Doing Business: A Case Study of Corporate Crime in the Coal Mining Industry Summary: To this point, research on corporate crime has been, for the most part, overlooked by mainstream criminology. In particular, corporate violations of safety regulations in the coal mining industry have yet to be studied within the field of criminology. The purpose of this thesis is to examine the crimes of a coal mining corporation, a corporation whose business decisions led to the worst coal mining disaster in forty years, along with the deaths of twenty-nine men. This thesis will utilize a case study format in order to illustrate the crimes committed by this corporation. Previous literature covering the history of coal mining safety in the United States, the political economy of coal, and theoretical explanations of corporate crime will be reviewed. The crimes detailed in this case study will then be explained using Contextual Anomie/Strain Theory. The criminal liability of corporations, potential ways to reduce corporate crime in the coal mining industry, as well as limitations of this study and directions for future research in this area will also be discussed. Details: University of South Florida, 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=5427&context=etd Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Coal Mining Industry Shelf Number: 126951

Author: Alvarado, Camila Title: Crime in College Park: Understanding Crime Levels, Perceptions, and Environmental Design in an Off-Campus Student-Occupied Neighborhood Summary: Despite recently decreasing crime rates in College Park, fear of crime remains high. Additionally, while the crime rate on the University of Maryland campus is relatively low compared to the national average, crime in off-campus areas continues to be a problem. Crime mapping using spatial analysis techniques allowed the researchers to identify Old Town College Park as a student-occupied, off-campus residential area with a relatively high rate of larcenies, burglaries, and robberies. Through a longitudinal case study, quantitative and qualitative data about crime and students' perceptions of crime in the target were collected. These data were used to identify trends in how the rate of crime and perception changed in response to the implementation of CCTV cameras in Old Town. These data were also used to identify the correlation between crime level and the existing environmental design of the neighborhood's housing properties. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2011. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis, Gemstone Team Crime Prevention and Perception: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/11391 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Camera Surveillance Shelf Number: 126984

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Lost Youth: A County-by-County Analysis of 2010 California Homicide Victims Ages 10 to 24 Summary: Homicide is the second leading cause of death for California youth and young adults ages 10 to 24 years old. In 2008, the most recent year for which complete data is available from the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), homicides in California were outpaced only by unintentional injuries" the majority of which were motor vehicle fatalities" as the leading cause of death for this age group. Of the more than 800 homicides reported, 84 percent were committed with firearms. Nationally in 2008, California had the ninth highest homicide rate for youth and young adults ages 10 to 24.1 Broken out by gender, homicide retains its number two ranking for males and drops to number four for females for this age group in California. For males, of the 741 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 86 percent of the killings. For females, of the 87 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 66 percent of the killings. When analyzed by race and ethnicity, however, the rankings become less uniform and the severe effects of homicide on specific segments of this age group more stark. For blacks ages 10 to 24 in California in 2008, homicide was the leading cause of death. For Hispanics, American Indian and Alaska Natives, and Asian/Pacific Islanders it was the second leading cause of death. For whites it was the fourth leading cause of death. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/cayouth2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 126987

Author: Hart, Timothy C. Title: Effects of Data Quality on Predictive Hotspot Mapping Summary: The purpose of the current research was to contribute to the improved robustness of predictive crime mapping techniques. Our goal was to investigate the effect of data quality on predictive hotspot mapping analysis in order to achieve the following three objectives: 1. Determine empirical descriptions of the quality of a range of “typical” geocoding techniques employed in crime mapping, including their completeness, positional accuracy and repeatability; 2. Characterize the effects of data quality on the robustness of selected predictive crime hotspot mapping techniques; and 3. Determine the effects of analysis method, crime type, urban morphology and parameter settings for predictive crime hotspot mapping techniques given a range of typical data quality parameters within the context of the accuracy and precision of hotspot prediction. The current study analyzed over 400,000 crime incident records from six large law enforcement jurisdictions in the U.S. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239861.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 126992

Author: Kay, Gary G. Title: Drugged Driving Expert Panel Report: A Consensus Protocol for Assessing the Potential of Drugs to Impair Driving Summary: In November 2008 and again in March 2009, an expert panel was convened by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration with the goal of determining whether a list could be developed to indicate which medications or classes of medications may pose a hazard to driving. There was particular interest in having the panel develop a list of “safe” medications that do not impair driving. The value of the list would be to better inform patients and physicians regarding the likely effects of a drug on driving. This information could lead to better-informed prescribing practices and to more rational selection of medications by patients. The panel was composed of an international group of behavioral scientists, epidemiologists, pharmacologists, toxicologists, and traffic safety professionals to provide a broad-based perspective on the issue. Discussions included prescription (Rx) medications as well as over-the-counter (OTC) medications and illicit drugs. Although illicit drugs are best known for their impairing effects, Rx and OTC medications are also known to be capable of producing impairment and many are frequently encountered in impaired driver populations. The panel agreed that one of the barriers to categorizing drugs with respect to driving impairment risk is the lack of a common, standardized protocol for assessing the impairing potential of drugs. The panel recognized the need for a structured, standardized protocol for assessing the driving impairment risk of drugs that would lead to better classification of drugs in terms of driving impairment risk. The approach could be useful in providing more meaningful precautions for users and prescribers regarding the impact of drugs on driving. This report provides the background for the project and assembly of the expert panel, a description of the proposed protocol, and offers examples of how the protocol could be useful in evaluating a drug. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety, Administration Office of Behavioral Safety Research, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 811 438: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811438.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 126993

Author: Dolovich, Sharon Title: Exclusion and Control in the Carceral State Summary: Theorists of punishment typically construe the criminal justice system as the means to achieve retribution or to deter or otherwise prevent crime. But a close look at the way the American penal system actually operates makes clear the poor fit between these more conventional explanations and the realities of American penal practice. Taking actual practice as its starting point, this essay argues instead that the animating mission of the American carceral project is the exclusion and control of those people officially labeled as criminals. It maps the contours of exclusion and control, exploring how this institution operates, the ideological discourse that justifies it, and the resulting normative framework that has successfully made a set of practices that might otherwise seem both inhumane and self-defeating appear instead perennially necessary and appropriate. Appreciating the “cognitive conventions” by which current penal practices are rendered at once logical and legitimate proves to shed light on a number of mystifying features of the Americanpenal landscape, including why LWOP and supermax have proliferated so widely; why sentences are so often grossly disproportionate to the offense; why, given the multiple complex causes of crime, the state persists in responding to criminal conduct by locking up the actors; why prison conditions are so harsh; why recidivism is so high; why extremely long sentences are so frequently imposed even for relatively non-serious crimes; and even why the people we incarcerate are disproportionately African-American. Without claiming to provide comprehensive answers to these vexing questions, this essay offers a framework that helps to explain these striking aspects of the American carceral system. This framework takes as its starting point the practical demands incarceration imposes on the state itself: the exclusion and control of the people sentenced to prison. But as will be shown, in the American context, efforts to make sense of this way of responding to antisocial behavior quickly lead beyond practicalities to a moral economy on which the incarcerated lose not only their liberty but also their full moral status as fellow human beings and fellow citizens. What happens to them is thus no longer a matter for public concern. And as a consequence of this collective indifference, penal practices that may otherwise seem counterproductive, unnecessarily harsh, and even cruel become comprehensible and even inevitable. Part II of this essay sketches the structure of the American carceral system, exposing both its dependence on the logic of exclusion and control and the moral economy that drives it. Part III explores the self-defeating nature of current carceral practices — the way the combination of prison conditions and postcarceral burdens ensures that many people who have done time will return to society more prone to criminal activity than previously. Part IV considers the question of how such an evidently self-defeating system has been able to sustain itself, and locates the answer in the radically individualist ideology, pervasive in the criminal context, that construes all criminal conduct as exclusively the product of the offender’s free will. Part V illustrates the way this individualist discourse constructs criminal offenders as not just unrepentant evildoers but also sub-human — a process referred to as “making monsters” — and examines the work this normative reframing does both to vindicate the penal strategy of exclusion and control and to justify the arguably inhumane treatment of prisoners. Part VI explores the way that perceiving criminal offenders as moral monsters makes it difficult to distinguish the relatively few individuals who are genuinely congenitally violent and dangerous from the vast majority who are not; through this ideological (re)construction, all people who persist in committing crimes, even nonviolent offenders, can come to seem appropriate targets for extended and even permanent exclusion. Part VII considers the racial implications of exclusion and control, in particular the way the cultural construction of African Americans as “incorrigible” may explain why members of this group are overrepresented as targets of the American carceral system. Part VIII shifts the focus to the prison itself, where the self-defeating logic of exclusion and control has reappeared behind bars in the form of the supermax prison. Finally, the Conclusion considers how the destructive and self-defeating dynamic of exclusion and control may be disrupted. It argues that a political strategy emphasizing the financial costs of incarceration is bound to fail unless it also generates an ideological reorientation towards recognizing the people the state incarcerates as fellow human beings and fellow citizens, entitled to respect and consideration as such. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2012. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law Research Paper No. 12-25; NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 12-60: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2171862 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 126994

Author: Hansen, Kevin Title: Crimes Against the Wild: Poaching in California Summary: California's wildlife is being slaughtered on an alarming scale by a new breed of criminal who kills wild animals illegally for money- the commercial poacher. The image of a poacher as a poor, uneducated man just trying to put meat on the table is outdated. No longer Simply an occasional deer killed outside the legal hunting season or catching a couple of fish over the legal limit, the age of large-scale commercial poaching has arrived. While more traditional forms of poaching persist, killing wildlife for monetary gain has taken the carnage to a new level and poses a significant threat to our state's wildlife heritage. Skilled, organized, and well-equipped teams of poachers are decimating California's wildlife and reaping obscene profits in the process. The California Department of Fish and Game (DFG) conservatively estimates that commercial poaching in the state is a $100,000,000 a year business and is now the second greatest threat to our wildlife after habitat destruction. The variety and scope of the killing are staggering: • Black bears in northern California's mountains are tracked relentlessly by packs of trained hounds, run up trees, and shot at pOint-blank range. Their gall bladders are then cut out and paws severed. The gall bladders will bring $5,600 an OUl1ce in the apothecary markets of Korea or China as a medicinal curative. (More than the cost of an equal weighrof gold or cocaine.) The paws will fetch $30 to $100 each as a gourmet delicacy. A bear paw meal could cost $400 in some Asian countries. e In 1989, wardens arrested two men as they pulled their boat into Sausalito harbor with a huge haul of 600 abalone. The confiscated mollusks had a wholesale value of atleast$10,500, double that at retail. Consumers may pay as much as $32 to $37 a pound, making it the costliest seafood on the market. Some abalone poachers boast openly of pulling down $20,000 in a good month (Castle 1989). The mollusk must also contend with natural predation, disease, legitimate commercial and sport harvest, and pollution. Meanwhile, abalone populations are in precipitous decline in central and southern California (Karpov 1990). • In 1980, the Department of Fish and Game reported that 32,377 deer were killed legally in the state and an estimated 75,000 were poached (Sheehan 1981a, 1981 b). Many of the illegal kills are for the sale of the meat, hides, and horns. DFG also estimates that in excess of 1,000 deer valued at $32,500 are taker. and illegally sold annually in southern California. The estimate is based upon known commercial operations and arrests. Similar statistics are found throughout the rest of the state. Studies show that wardens made arrests in only one percent of the illegal deer violations and that only two percent of the illegal activities were even reported to DFG (CDFG 1986). It In the San Francisco Bay and Sacramentol San Joaquin Delta areas, poachers take enormous numbers of striped bass using illegal gill nets and set lines. One year the illegal catch was estimated at 50,000 fish - a number which matched the sport catch. Arrests were made of individuals who had taken up to 1,200 pounds of illegal striped bass in one night's fishing (CDFG 1986). With the fish going for as much as $3.75 per pound at a store or restaurant, a poacher toting several hundred pounds of fish can make a healthy profit after a night's work. Some game wardens estimate that more than 400,000 fish of many different species are poached each year from the Delta (Locklin 1991). I i e In 1988,16 people were arrested by wildlife officers in synchronized raids in California and Arizona, culminating a 2-1/2 year undercover sting operation. California wardens seized 149 venomous snakes, six endangered desert tortoises, a dozen piranhas, a 6-foot crocodile, and other rare and protected animals. Among the snakes was a rare Catalina Island rattlesnake, valued at $400 by collectors (Johnston 1988). Wardens fear that reptile poachers in California's deserts are stripping entire mountain ranges of resident snakes and lizards. Chuckwallas, a large lizard inhabiting the Mojave Desert, bring $75 to $100 in the illicit pet trade. Some wildlife officials suggest that commercial poaching is not new, but rather the latest incarnation of the market hunting that occurred in California and throughout North America in the late 1800s and early 1900s. During this era, wild animal species were decimated to supply the restaurant and fashion trades. The carnage was so extensive that it lead to some of the first wildlife protection laws and the establishment of state agencies such as the California Department of Fish and Game. However, modern commercial poaching differs from market hunting in a number of significant ways: 1) the scope of the killing is far greater, involving many more species; 2) foreign markets provide a new and larger demand for California wildlife; 3) new technology allows the commercial poacher to find, kill, process, and hide wildlife more efficiently than ever; 4) commercial poachers are criminals frequently involved in other types of crime; and 5) commercial poaching is extremely lucrative, second only to the drug trade in profits. Well organized and illegal, commercial hunting operations are open for business throughout California (CDFG 1986). If a wild animal or any of its parts can be eaten, worn, stuffed and displayed, caged as a "pet," made into jewelry, or sold as a purported medicine, it probably is falling prey to poachers. Animals that are poached include bear, elk, deer, mountain lion, bighorn sheep, wild pig, bobcat, coyote, rabbit, eagle, and other birds of prey, duck and other waterfowl, most fish and seafood, bullfrog, reptile, and even butterflies (Breedlove and Rothblatt 1987). Poaching has a long tradition in rural America: blinding deer at night with a spotlight, and shooting it with a coffee can over the rifle barrel to muffle the shot; using a barrel of molasses chained to a tree as bait for black bears; shooting a duck or two in the farm pond for dinner. But over the past decade, as wildlife numbers dropped, the stakes have soared. Word is out in the illegal hunting community that fresh black bear gall bladders are worth up to $200 each, a bobcat pelt $100, or a bighorn sheep head $3,000 (the value of each multiplying many times before it reaches the consumer). Poaching has become big business (Poten 1991). Commercial poaching in California is part of the much larger international wildlife trade that, according to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, grosses at least $5 billion a year. As much as 25 percent ($1.25 billion) may be illegally smuggled birds, reptiles, and mammals. With Los Angeles and San Francisco being major ports of entry, California receives a major portion of wildlife imports from other countries. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service has only nine wildlife inspectors at the two ports trying to fight off an ever-growing tide of illegal imports. Of the 80,000 wildlife shipments coming into the United States through ten ports of entry each year, 95 percent of the shipments are never inspected, but cleared on paperwork alone (Speart 1993). Estimates put the black market in America's wildlife at $200 million and rising (Hanback 1992a). Wildlife runs second only to the illegal drug trade in profits (Speart 1993). Details: Sacramento: Mountain Lion Foundation, 1994. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://www.mountainlion.org/publications/Crimes%20Against%20the%20Wild.pdf Year: 1994 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching (California) Shelf Number: 126997

Author: Wolf, Lea Title: May the Songs I Have Written Speak for Me: An Exploration of the Potential of Music in Juvenile Justice Summary: Acting at the intersection between juvenile justice reform, youth development, and a sense of the civic mission of cultural organizations, Carnegie Hall, through its Musical Connections program of the Weill Music Institute, is collaborating with New York City’s Administration for Children’s Services, the Department of Probation, the Department of Education District 79, and other New York City agencies to think about how participatory music-centered programming can support young people who enter and exit the juvenile justice system. Since beginning the work in 2009, Carnegie Hall has sponsored ten creative projects: eight in secure detention facilities and two in non-secure detention settings, serving more than a hundred young people, plus audiences of staff, peers, and families. These residencies last two weeks on average and engage young people in songwriting, instrumental playing, producing, and performing. Each residency culminates in a concert for other residents and staff and the production of a CD. The purpose is not only to teach music or the possibility of ensemble work—it is to jump-start the sense of being a person with potential. The following paper shares what Musical Connections has learned so far in this work by: 1) examining the history and current reforms in juvenile justice; 2) reviewing the underlying research and evaluations conducted by other musical projects both in adult and juvenile corrections; and 3) harvesting and reflecting on its own musical work in juvenile justice over the last three years. The paper contains these sections: • A history of juvenile justice in the United States with an emphasis on the long-standing tension between incarceration and rehabilitation • An overview of the current movement for reform • A summary of basic research on adolescent development, with an emphasis on the new brain science that explains why adolescents are prone to risk-taking, thrill-seeking, and emotionally-driven choices, coupled with a discussion of the potential of music to reach and affect adolescents • A review of research and evaluations from an international set of music programs in both adult and juvenile corrections facilities, with an emphasis on what such programs accomplish and the specific effects they have • A reflection on the design principles emerging from effective programs • An examination of the current work in juvenile justice supported by Carnegie Hall and the Administration for Children’s Services in New York, with an emphasis on the issues and choices that are arising as this work enters a second, deeper, and more challenging phase. The purpose of this review is to invite readers and stakeholders–including organizations, musicians, staff, and advocates–to think about these questions: • What exactly can music (or, more broadly, the arts) contribute to the reform of juvenile justice systems? • What constitutes making that contribution responsibly and well? • How do we build evidence that music (or the arts more broadly) make a difference in the lives of youth, staff, families, or facilities? Put even more concretely, how do artists, along with arts and cultural organizations, partner with their communities to provide the alternatives to “the street” that young people seek? Details: New York: Weill Music Institute, Carnegie Hall, 2012. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2012 at: http://www.carnegiehall.org/uploadedFiles/Resources_and_Components/PDF/WMI/MaytheSongsIHaveWrittenSpeakforMe.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (New York) Shelf Number: 126998

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Key Issues in the Police Use of Pedestrian Stops and Searches: Discussion Papers from an Urban Institute Roundtable Summary: This compilation of papers examines how and why police stop and search pedestrians, and what the impact of that practice is on communities and public safety. Each paper presents the topic from researcher to practitioner perspectives with a primary focus on the implications for law enforcement practice. The papers discuss issues such as citizens' perceptions of street stops and their implications for police legitimacy; the disproportionate impact of street stops in communities of color; and ways in which stops and searches could be conducted in a manner that preserves police-community relations. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412647-Key-Issues-in-the-Police-Use-of-Pedestrian-Stops-and-Searches.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Shelf Number: 126999

Author: New York University School of Law, Center for Human Rights and Global Justice Title: By the Numbers Findings of the Detainee Abuse and Accountability Project Summary: Two years ago, revelations about the abuse of detainees in U.S. custody at Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq shocked people across the world. In response, U.S. government officials condemned the conduct as illegal and assured the world that perpetrators would be held accountable. Two years later, it has become clear that the problem of torture and other abuse by U.S. personnel abroad was far more pervasive than the Abu Ghraib photos revealed-extending to numerous U.S. detention facilities in Afghanistan, Iraq, and at Guantnamo Bay, and including hundreds of incidents of abuse. Yet an analysis of alleged abuse cases shows that promises of transparency, investigation, and appropriate punishment for those responsible remain unfulfilled. U.S. authorities have failed to investigate many allegations, or have investigated them inadequately. And numerous personnel implicated in abuses have not been prosecuted or punished. In order to collect and analyze allegations of abuse of detainees in U.S. custody in Afghanistan, Iraq, and at the Guantnamo Bay detention facility, and to assess what actions, if any, the U.S. government has taken in response to credible allegations, the Center for Human Rights and Global Justice at NYU School of Law, Human Rights Watch and Human Rights First have jointly undertaken a Detainee Abuse and Accountability Project (DAA Project). The Project tracks abuse allegations and records investigations, disciplinary measures, or criminal prosecutions that are linked to them. (This briefing paper does not discuss allegations of torture or abuse at secret U.S. detention facilities in other countries, or allegations of torture following illegal rendition or other informal transfer to other countries.[1]) This briefing paper presents the Project's preliminary conclusions based on data collected as of April 10, 2006. It also highlights a number of individual cases that illustrate the following key findings: Detainee abuse has been widespread. The DAA Project has documented over 330 cases in which U.S. military and civilian personnel are credibly alleged to have abused or killed detainees. These cases involve more than 600 U.S. personnel and over 460 detainees. Allegations have come from U.S. facilities throughout Afghanistan, Iraq and at GuantnamoBay. (These numbers are conservative and likely lower than the actual number of credible allegations of abuse. See box, "Methodology and Sources of Information," opposite.) Only fifty-four military personnel-a fraction of the more than 600 U.S. personnel implicated in detainee abuse cases-are known to have been convicted by court-martial; forty of these individuals have been sentenced to prison time. Available evidence indicates that U.S. military and civilian agencies do not appear to have adequately investigated numerous cases of alleged torture and other mistreatment. Of the hundreds of allegations of abuse collected by the DAA Project, only about half appear to have been properly investigated. In numerous cases, military investigators appear to have closed investigations prematurely or to have delayed their resolution. In many cases, the military has simply failed to open investigations, even in cases where credible allegations have been made. DAA Project researchers found over 400 personnel have been implicated in cases investigated by military or civilian authorities, but only about a third of them have faced any kind of disciplinary or criminal action. And even in cases where U.S. military investigations have substantiated abuse, military commanders have often chosen to proceed with weaker non-judicial forms of disciplinary action instead of criminal prosecution. In cases where courts-martial have convened, only a small number of convictions have resulted in significant prison time. Many sentences have been for less than a year, even in cases involving serious abuse. Of the hundreds of personnel implicated in detainee abuse, only ten people have been sentenced to a year or more in prison. No U.S. military officer has been held accountable for criminal acts committed by subordinates under the doctrine of command responsibility. That doctrine provides that a superior is responsible for the criminal acts of subordinates if the superior knew or should have known that the crimes were being committed and failed to take steps to prevent them or to punish the perpetrators. Only three officers have been convicted by court-martial for detainee abuse; in all three instances, they were convicted for abuses in which they directly participated, not for their responsibility as commanders. The U.S. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has investigated several cases of abuse involving its personnel, and reportedly referred some individuals to the Department of Justice for prosecution. But few cases have been robustly investigated. The Department of Justice appears to have taken little action in regard to the approximately twenty civilians, including CIA agents, referred for criminal prosecution for detainee abuse by the military and the CIA, and has shown minimal initiative in conducting its own investigations into abuse cases. The Department of Justice has not indicted a single CIA agent for abusing detainees; it has indicted only one civilian contractor. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, Center for Human Rights and Global Justice; Human Rights Watch, 2006. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/ct0406webwcover.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Detainees, Abuse Shelf Number: 127000

Author: Cole, Alexandra (Sachi) Title: Prisoners of Profit: Immigrants and Detention in Georgia Summary: As the number of immigrants detained annually approaches half a million, the prison-like conditions of immigration detention facilities and the substandard treatment afforded to the detainees are an area of increasing concern. Georgia is home to four immigration detention facilities: Stewart Detention Center (Stewart), North Georgia Detention Center (NGDC), Irwin County Detention Center (Irwin), and Atlanta City Detention Center (ACDC). Stewart is the largest detention facility in the U.S. It has become common practice for ICE to contract with private companies to operate detention facilities; indeed, private companies run three of the four detention facilities in Georgia documented in this report. Corrections Corporation of America, the largest private prison company in the U.S., whose annual revenue in 2010 was $1.7 billion, runs two of those facilities. Although it has been claimed that privatization of detention facilities is cost-effective, this proposition has been cast into serious doubt. What has been confirmed is the systemic violation of immigrant detainees’ civil and human rights while detained in substandard prison-like conditions ill suited for civil detainees. The ACLU of Georgia has documented the current landscape of immigration detention in Georgia. The following methods were used for documentation: · Interviews with 68 detainees from all four detention facilities · Interviews with detainees’ family members · Interviews with immigration attorneys · Detention center tours · Reviews of responses from officials · Review of grievances filed by detainees Findings from these diverse sources raise serious concerns about violations of detainees’ due process rights, inadequate living conditions, inadequate medical and mental health care, and abuse of power by those in charge. Details: Atlanta: ACLU of Georgia, 2012. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.acluga.org/download_file/view_inline/42/260/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127005

Author: Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service Title: Unlocking Liberty: A Way Forward for U.S. Immigration Detention Policy Summary: In a country that honors due process, and during a time when most are calling for reduced federal spending, locking people up should be the exception to the rule. Yet immigrant detention is the fastest growing, least scrutinized form of incarceration in the United States. On any given day, the U.S. government imprisons more than 33,000 immigrants—many of whom are refugees or survivors of torture or human trafficking—in a vast national network of about 250 federal, private, state, and local jails. The cost to U.S. taxpayers is $122 per detainee per day. These figures, however, fail to account for the human costs. It is well documented that detention has negative long-term consequences for immigrants’ mental and physical health and negatively impacts their ability to integrate into society upon release. All of these costs must necessarily be borne by the public for those granted relief in their removal cases and permitted to stay in the United States. In contrast, alternatives to detention (ATDs) are cheaper—they cost only $22 or less per person per day—and are more humane. An effective use of a broad continuum of alternatives to detention would allow the federal government to meet its responsibility to enforce compliance with U.S. immigration laws, meet its humanitarian obligations, and significantly reduce the financial burden to U.S. taxpayers. Alternatives that utilize case management for those released from custody have a number of benefits: • respect for and fulfillment of human rights, • higher rates of compliance and appearance, • reduced costs, • improved integration outcomes for individuals granted relief from removal, and • improved client health and welfare. The record is clear. Since the 1980s, projects operated by nonprofit organizations in the United States and abroad that have provided tailored supervision, case management, and social services have consistently produced high appearance rates for much less money than detention. Recognizing the successes of these models, Congress provided U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), an arm of the Department of Homeland Security, with funding to initiate a holistic alternative for noncitizens who did not need to be detained. Unfortunately, the U.S. government’s approach has focused on security at the expense of other goals, casting shadows on the program’s operations. Unlocking Liberty: A Way Forward for U.S. Immigration Detention Policy, reviews the U.S. government’s attempts to implement ATD programs and reveals five overarching structural challenges that must be overcome: • an overreliance on detention as an approach to immigration enforcement, • the lack of individualized risk assessments to determine who needs to be detained or otherwise supervised to ensure appearance and removal, • absence of necessary data indicators and the mechanisms to collect and report those indicators to evaluate the use of detention and alternatives, • absence of a robust case management system with referrals to appropriate social services, and • insufficient access to legal and social services. To better control the immigrant removal process, reduce costs, and meet human rights obligations under domestic and international law, three critical reforms are needed to U.S. immigration enforcement policies: an individualized assessment and process to challenge all custody decisions, robust case management tailored to individual needs, and access to legal and support services. Details: Baltimore, MD: Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://www.lirs.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/RPTUNLOCKINGLIBERTY.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127006

Author: U.S. Department of Defense. Defense Science Board Title: Task Force Report: Predicting Violent Behavior Summary: This report conveys the findings and recommendations of the Defense Science Board (DSB) Task Force (TF) on Predicting Violent Behavior. This study was chartered and co-sponsored by the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (USD(AT&L)) and the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy (USD(P)). This DSB study is one of several reviews that resulted from the killings that took place on November 5, 2009 at the Fort Hood, Texas Soldier Readiness Center, and is submitted in response to the Terms of Reference (TOR) of May 21, 2011. The overall conclusions of the Task Force are the following:  Mass-casualty attacks are high consequence but very low-incidence. o However, threats of targeted violence are relatively numerous.  There is no silver bullet to stop ALL targeted violence. o There is no effective formula for predicting violent behavior with any degree of accuracy.  PREVENTION should be the goal rather than PREDICTION. o Good options exist in the near-term for mitigating targeted violence by intervening in the progression from violent ideation to violent behavior and by creating contexts that minimize alienation or isolation.  In the near-term, professional threat management as practiced by law enforcement-led Threat Management Units (TMUs) offer effective means to help prevent targeted violence. o TMUs have been widely deployed, with operational success in the private sector, academia, and elsewhere in government – but not across the Department of Defense (with the exception of the Navy Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS)). o The Department of Defense (DoD) must implement threat management standards of practice, with an emphasis on low footprint, high impact TMUs that largely utilize existing resources.  Improved information sharing – considering appropriate accommodation for privacy and free religious practice – is a vital enabler of effective threat management.  Science and Technology (S&T) shows some promise as an aid to threat management. o Near-term S&T efforts should focus on conducting rigorous case studies and instituting resilience training. o These case studies should include clinical medical, psychological and behavioral indicators as research better defines their relevance and precision. o Over the long-term, screening technology related to biomarkers has potential. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Defense, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2012 at: http://www.acq.osd.mil/dsb/reports/PredictingViolentBehavior.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prediction Shelf Number: 127008

Author: Amnesty International Title: Jailed Without Justice: Immigration Detention in the USA Summary: Migration is a fact of life. Some people move to new countries to improve their economic situation or to pursue their education. Others leave their countries to escape armed conflict or violations of their human rights, such as torture, persecution, or extreme poverty. Many move for a combination of reasons. Governments have the right to exercise authority over their borders; however, they also have obligations under international law to protect the human rights of migrants, no matter what prompted an individual to leave his or her home country. This report focuses on the human rights violations associated with the dramatic increase in the use of detention by the United States as an immigration enforcement mechanism. In just over a decade, immigration detention has tripled. In 1996, immigration authorities had a daily detention capacity of less than 10,000. Today more than 30,000 immigrants are detained each day, and this number is likely to increase even further in 2009. More than 300,000 men, women and children are detained by US immigration authorities each year. They include asylum seekers, torture survivors, victims of human traffi cking, longtime lawful permanent residents, and the parents of US citizen children. The use of detention as a tool to combat unauthorized migration falls short of international human rights law, which contains a clear presumption against detention. Everyone has the right to liberty, freedom of movement, and the right not to be arbitrarily detained. The dramatic increase in the use of immigration detention has forced US immigration authorities to contract with approximately 350 state and county criminal jails across the country to house individuals pending deportation proceedings. Approximately 67 percent of immigration detainees are held in these facilities, while the remaining individuals are held in facilities operated by immigration authorities and private contractors. The average cost of detaining a migrant is $95 per person, per day. Alternatives to detention, which generally involve some form of reporting, are significantly cheaper, with some programs costing as little as $12 per day. These alternatives to detention have been shown to be effective with an estimated 91 percent appearance rate before the immigration courts. Despite the effectiveness of these less expensive and less restrictive alternatives to detention in ensuring compliance with immigration procedures, the use of immigration detention continues to rise at the expense of the United States’ human rights obligations. Details: New York: Amnesty International USA, 2009. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2012 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/pdfs/JailedWithoutJustice.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Detention Shelf Number: 127012

Author: Catalano, Shannan Title: Intimate Partner Violence, 1993-2010 Summary: This report presents data on nonfatal intimate partner violence among U.S. households from 1993 to 2010. Intimate partner violence includes rape, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault by a current or former spouse, boyfriend, or girlfriend. This report presents trends in intimate partner violence by sex, and examines intimate partner violence against women by the victim’s age, race and Hispanic origin, marital status, and household composition. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes reported and not reported to the police from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: From 1994 to 2010, the overall rate of intimate partner violence in the United States declined by 64%, from 9.8 victimizations per 1,000 persons age 12 or older to 3.6 per 1,000. Intimate partner violence declined by more than 60% for both males and females from 1994 to 2010. From 1994 to 2010, about 4 in 5 victims of intimate partner violence were female. Females ages 18 to 24 and 25 to 34 generally experienced the highest rates of intimate partner violence. Compared to every other age group, a smaller percentage of female victims ages 12 to 17 were previously victimized by the same offender. The rate of intimate partner violence for Hispanic females declined 78%, from 18.8 victimizations per 1,000 in 1994 to 4.1 per 1,000 in 2010. Females living in households comprised of one female adult with children experienced intimate partner violence at a rate more than 10 times higher than households with married adults with children and 6 times higher than households with one female only. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=4536 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 127013

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: The Lawless Ones: The Resurgence of the Sovereign Citizen Movement. 2nd edition Summary: The sovereign citizen movement is an extreme anti-government movement whose members believe the government has no authority over them. It began a resurgence of activity, including criminal activity, in 2009 that has shown no signs of stopping. In 2012, the sovereign citizen movement is currently one of the most problematic domestic extremist movements in the United States. Sovereign citizen criminal activity includes violent acts, exemplified recently by the brutal murder of two West Memphis police officers at the hands of a father and son pair of sovereign citizens in May 2010. More violent encounters have occurred between police and sovereign citizens since then. Spontaneous sovereign citizen violence, especially during traffic stops and visits to residences, poses a significant risk to law enforcement officers and public officials. More widespread than violence is a set of tactics known as "paper terrorism," in which sovereign citizens use legal filings to harass, intimidate, and retaliate against public officials, law enforcement officers, and others. Most common is the filing of bogus liens on the property of perceived enemies. Though a number of laws were passed in the 1990s to deal with this problem, sovereign citizens remain undeterred and continue to file such harassing liens in large numbers. Self-appointed "gurus" in the sovereign citizen movement have actively been exploiting the foreclosure crisis, crisscrossing the country promoting schemes and scams to desperate homeowners, while falsely claiming that such schemes can save people's homes. Other sovereign citizens are even brazenly seizing homes left empty because of foreclosures and claiming the homes for their own. As a result of imprisoned sovereign citizens continuing to recruit and teach their ideology while behind bars, a growing number of federal and state prisoners are becoming sovereign citizens or using the "paper terrorism" tactics of the movement to retaliate against judges, prosecutors and others involved in their case. Prison officials have so far had little luck in stemming the growth of this movement in prisons. Though the sovereign citizen movement is still largely white (and contains some white supremacist members), in recent years a growing African- American offshoot of the sovereign citizen movement, often called the "Moorish" movement, has been gaining strength, teaching sovereign citizen ideas and tactics to a new pool of potential recruits. Details: Atlanta, GA: ADL, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.adl.org/learn/sovereign_movement/sovereign_citizens_movement_report_2012_edition.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 127019

Author: Johnson, Sheri Lynn Title: The Death Penalty in Delaware: An Empirical Study Summary: This article is part of a symposium that honors David Baldus, a great scholar and great man, a quiet man with a strong passion for justice. We study the operation of Delaware’s death penalty in the modern era of capital punishment. Our conclusions consist of three main observations. First, Delaware’s reversal rate in capital cases, 44%, while substantial, is also substantially less than that of other jurisdictions. This may not be surprising, given Delaware’s emphasis for much of the time period on judge sentencing and that jury verdicts offer more opportunities for reversal. Indeed, reversal rates during the jury sentencing period approximate the national average. Second, judge sentencing in Delaware results in more death sentences, a result consistent with greater harshness being the motivation behind the statutory change to judge sentencing. This effect, is more pronounced in Delaware than in other states. Third, we find a dramatic disparity of death sentencing rates by race, one substantially more pronounced than in other jurisdictions. Race matters in capital sentencing, as David Baldus told us more than a quarter of century ago, and we need to continue to pursue knowledge about where, when, and how it matters. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University School of Law, 2012. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Cornell Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-24: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 127020

Author: Amnesty International Title: In Hostile Terrain: Human Rights Violations in Immigration Enforcement in the US Southwest Summary: The report examines the human rights violations associated with immigration enforcement at the border and in the interior of the United States. While the development and implementation of immigration policies are a matter for individual governments, such policies must be compatible with international human rights law and standards. All immigrants, irrespective of their legal status, have human rights. This report shows that the USA is failing in its obligations under international law to ensure these rights. Among its findings are: • Recent immigration policy in certain border areas has pushed undocumented immigrants into using dangerous routes through the US desert; hundreds of people die each year as a result. • Immigration enforcement in the USA is a federal responsibility. Federal immigration officials are increasingly working in collaboration with state and local law enforcement agencies but improper oversight of state and local law enforcement has led to increased racial profiling. • Increasingly, state laws and local policies are creating barriers to immigrants accessing their basic human rights, including rights to education and essential health care services. While these laws are targeting non-citizens, these policies are also impacting US citizen children. • Recent legislation enacted or proposed in several states targets immigrant communities and places them, Indigenous communities and other minority communities at risk of discrimination. • Immigrant communities also face a range of barriers to justice when they are victims of crime such as human trafficking, domestic violence or bias crimes. The implementation of immigration enforcement measures along the border has also impacted the rights of Indigenous communities, whose traditional lands lie on both sides of the US-Mexico border. Details: New York: Amnesty International USA, 2012. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/research/reports/usa-in-hostile-terrain-human-rights-violations-in-immigration-enforcement-in-the-us-southwest Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127021

Author: Coolman, Alex Title: No Refuge Here: A First Look at Sexual Abuse in Immigration Detention Summary: This report calls attention to the problem of sexual abuse in immigration detention centers in the United States, focusing on three central issues: (1) the considerable and troubling reported record of sexual abuse of detainees, (2) the lack of substantive policies and procedures in place to address such abuse, and (3) immigration officials' refusal to allow independent monitoring of conditions for detainees. Through this report, Stop Prisoner Rape (SPR) calls on U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to implement more detailed and comprehensive standards for the prevention and treatment of sexual assault in facilities that hold immigration detainees. No systematic research has ever been undertaken to examine sexual abuse in immigration detention centers, and no statistics about its frequency have been collected. Compiled in these pages, however, are accounts that attest to ongoing abuse, including cases in which detainees have been raped, sexually assaulted, forced to trade sex for favors, and sexually harassed. SPR reviews the most well known of these cases, and discusses a number of additional abusive situations discovered through contacts with detainees and with other nonprofit agencies. Second, this report documents SPR's efforts to speak directly with detainees about their experiences and the distressing stonewalling from immigration officials that was the response to these efforts. This is followed by an in-depth analysis of the ICE's policy on the handling of detainees. The analysis concludes that there are serious shortcomings in the agency's approach to sexual assault and sexual misconduct. SPR suggests specific policy changes that can help the ICE create safer, more humane facilities for detainees. Throughout the report, presented as case studies, are the stories of individual detainees' encounters with forms of sexual violence. SPR hopes that this publication will serve as a first step toward acknowledging and addressing sexual abuse in immigration detention, a problem that, whatever its scope, shatters the lives of those who endure it. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Stop Prisoner Rape, 2004. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://www.justdetention.org/pdf/norefugehere.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127025

Author: Johnson, Wendi L. Title: The Influence of Intimate Partner Violence on Trajectories of Depressive Symptoms from Adolescence to Young Adulthood Summary: Using longitudinal survey data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS), and growth curve analyses, we assessed the influence of intimate partner violence on trajectories of depressive symptoms from adolescence to early adulthood (N = 1, 286) while controlling for time stable (age, gender, race/ethnicity) and time-varying correlates associated with both IPV and depressive symptoms. Results show that IPV exerts a positive effect on depressive symptoms over time after controlling for potential confounding factors. While prior work has theorized that certain populations may be at increased psychological vulnerability from IPV, our results indicate that the influence of IPV on depressive symptoms is similar irrespective of age, gender or minority status. While prior studies have documented that adolescent girls, and women are at increased risk of physical injury due to IPV, our study highlights that with respect to one aspect of psychological well-being (depressive symptoms), IPV exerts similar effects across gender. Details: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: 2012 Working Paper Series: Accessed November 28, 2012 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2012-040/PWP-BGSU-2012-040.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 127026

Author: Yamatani, Hide Title: The Program For Offenders: Comprehensive Evaluation and Cost/Benefit Analysis of a Community Corrections Facility Summary: Overall evaluation findings show that a community corrections facility located in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania called The Program For Offenders (TPFO) is shown to be creating an environment of encouragement and accountability that has provided numerous offenders the opportunity to understand how to rebuild their lives and to become self-empowered and reintegrated members of the community. As a result, TPFO is providing the local region with preferable options as an alternative to prison or jail, and succeeding in achieving the mission of public safety and inmate reintegration. Following list of major findings attest to the fact that TPFO is a cost- efficient and highly effective organization. A. High utility of programs offered by TPFO Nearly all of the in-house programs offered by TPFO were appraised as better appreciated at 6-month post release period than initial ratings at the 30-day period. This positive change (from an average of 75% to 83.1% across 11 major program ratings) is more than likely due to their increased opportunity to incorporate what they gained or learned through the TPFO programs 6-months post release compared to the first 30-days post release period. The programs rated as significantly helpful by 80% or more of the former inmates 6 months post release include: (1) Substance abuse rehabilitation; (2) Parenting skills; (3) GED/Adult basic education; (4) Life skills; (5) HIV/AIDS education; (6) Employment search; and (7) Computer literacy. B. Helpfulness of information and guidance A very similar pattern was also found in the evaluative ratings of various information and guidance they received from TPFO during their stay. The overall average positive rating increased from 73.2% to 81.1% between the 30-day and 6-month post-release periods. The programs rated as significantly helpful by 80% or more of the former inmates at 6 months post release include: (1) Drug or alcohol treatment; (2) Building/maintaining relationship with my child; (3) Accessing physical health care; (4) Counseling for emotional/mental health; (5) Finding means of transportation; (6) Finding legal assistance; and (7) Working on personal relationships. C. Successful community integration The living arrangement at 6 months post release from TPFO is encouraging: -- Six out of ten former inmates were residing in own house or apartment, -- Paying rent or mortgage (78.0%); and -- A majority had resided only in one location (67.1%). An employment related profile of the former inmates at 6-months post release from TPFO were also positive: -- A majority (72.1%) of released inmates secure employment at some point after their release; 2 -- The average work hours per week and wage rate are 34.9 hours and $8.80 per hour, respectively; -- Unemployment rate at the 6-month point in time (not entire 6-month period) was 13.6%; and -- Nearly one out of six inmates enrolled in job- training program (16.3% during some time since release). C. Reduced D&A use A majority (66.3%) of the former inmates indicated that they remained clean and sober since leaving TPFO (down from 82.1% at post-30-days). During the previous 30 days of the 6 months after release, the distribution of individuals remaining abstinent across various drug and alcohol abuse is noticeably high. Most stayed away from drugs at the post-6-month period, except for alcohol use to intoxication, and use of cocaine/crack, and marijuana/hashish. It is a positive sign that some time during the post 6-month period, a majority of the inmates (73%) attended AA or NA programs, and none of the former inmates have reported that they have injected drugs during the previous 30 days of the post-6-month period (improvement from 7.1% at the post 30-day assessment period). D. Positive Health Status Overall health status is rated as good to excellent by a high majority of the former inmates at the 6-month post release period (82.7%). Relatively few were using the inpatient, outpatient, or emergency room treatments for physical health complaints, mental or emotional difficulties or for alcohol or substance abuse (less than 9%). This is an improvement over the data from the post-30-day period in which the usage was higher-- outpatient treatment for mental or emotional difficulties (13.8%) and alcohol or substance abuse (17.8%). E: Accessing community-based services The top three types of services received by the former inmates at the time of 6-month survey mirrors the report at post 30-days, which includes AA or NA (54.3%) and family support (45.7%). There was a noticeable decline in other services, including mental health services (17.3% vs. 25.7% at post-30-days), drug/alcohol treatment programs (17.4% vs. 24.3% at post- 30-days), and faith-based programs/services (17.4% vs. 20.4% at post-30-days). Such a positive pattern indicates that the inmates are successfully becoming self-sufficient. F. Successful Recidivism Reduction The estimated annual recidivism rate achieved by TPFO is a noticeably low 14.5% based on the surveys and DOC based searches of the released inmates. Following five factors are suggested by the former inmates as the most important factors in keeping them out of jail: (1) not using drugs; (2) personal commitment to crime free behavior; (3) seeing and being with children; (4) avoiding certain people/situation; and (5) having a job. 3 G. Total Annual Benefits Generated by TPFO exceeds $6.9 million In reference to the total annual benefits generated by TPFO (cost savings, value added cost by TPFO, and aggregate wage) exceed $6.9 million. The cost-benefit ratio is four fold (4.09) -- for every dollar spent on contracting TPFO service, the average return is approximately $4.09. H. Need to raise the County reimbursement rate The inmate reimbursement rate should be set at $70.77 per day per inmate. This rate includes current county reimbursement rate plus additional costs covered by TPFO, including expenditure of providing social and human services. Based on ACJ's most recent data, the estimated cost per inmate per day is $77.75 (without value added costs of social/human services through ACJ Collaborative) compared to $70.77 per day for TPFO, including the value added costs of social/human services. In conclusion, the former inmates are highly convinced that the TPFO is accomplishing its seven major goals: (1) criminal behavior rehabilitation-- positive attitude about crime free behavior; (2) recidivism rate reduction-- avoiding going back to jail; (3) personal growth/development-- life and social skills development; (4) family relationship enhancement-- family support, parenting skills, reunification, reduction of CYF involvement; (5) economic empowerment-- taking job-training opportunities, actively seeking or keeping employment; (6) self-sufficiency-- minimizing dependence on others’ generosity, self-driven initiatives, willingness to help others; and (7) transition back to the community. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Excellence Research, Inc., 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2012 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/026637.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127029

Author: McCrary, Justin Title: The Effect of Police on Crime: New Evidence from U.S. Cities, 1960-2010 Summary: Using a new panel data set on crime in medium to large U.S. cities over 1960-2010, we show that (1) year-over-year changes in police per capita are largely idiosyncratic to demographic factors, the local economy, city budgets, measures of social disorganization, and recent changes in crime rates, (2) year-over-year changes in police per capita are mismeasured, leading many estimates in the literature to be too small by a factor of 5, and (3) after correcting for measurement error bias and controlling for population growth, a regression of within-state differences in year-over-year changes in city crimes on within-state differences in year-over-year changes in police yields economically large point estimates. Our estimates are generally similar in magnitude to, but are estimated with a great deal more precision than, those from the quasi-experimental literature. Our estimates imply that each dollar spent on police is associated with approximately $1.60 in reduced victimization costs, suggesting that U.S. cities employ too few police. The estimates confirm a controversial finding from the previous literature that police reduce violent crime more so than property crime. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California at Berkeley, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2012 at: http://emlab.berkeley.edu/~jmccrary/chalfin_mccrary2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Measurement (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127031

Author: Egesdal, Mike Title: Statistical Modeling of Gang Violence in Los Angeles Summary: Gang violence has plagued the Los Angeles policing district of Hollenbeck for over half a century. With sophisticated models, police may better understand and predict the region's frequent gang crimes. The purpose of this paper is to model Hollenbeck's gang rivalries. A self-exciting point process called a Hawkes process is used to model rivalries over time. While this is shown to fit the data well, an agent based model is presented which is able to accurately simulate gang crimes not only temporally but also spatially. Finally, we compare random graphs generated by the agent model to existing models developed to incorporate geography into random graphs. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2012 at: http://www.math.ucla.edu/~bertozzi/RTG/SIURO_revised.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 127034

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Supply Chain Security: CBP Needs to Conduct Regular Assessments of Its Cargo Targeting System Summary: The U.S. economy is dependent on the expeditious flow of millions of tons of cargo each day. Cargo containers are an important instrument of global trade but also can present security concerns. CBP is responsible for administering container security programs, and its strategy for securing maritime cargo containers includes analyzing information to identify shipments that may contain terrorist weapons or other contraband. Because CBP has insufficient resources to examine every container, targeters use ATS to target which container shipments should be examined. GAO was asked to assess CBP's targeting efforts. This report addresses (1) how ATS supports CBP's targeting of maritime cargo container shipments for national security purposes and (2) the extent to which CBP assesses the effectiveness of ATS's national security targeting rules. GAO analyzed fiscal year 2011 CBP data on shipments and containers arriving at U.S. ports and containers scanned at these ports. GAO also visited six CBP units selected on the basis of the percentage of maritime shipments that were scored as high risk or medium risk for national security purposes at these locations in fiscal year 2011, among other factors. GAO also analyzed documents, such as CBP's ATS performance measures. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that CBP (1) ensure that future updates to the weight set are based on assessments of its performance and (2) establish targets for performance measures and use those measures to regularly assess effectiveness of the weight set. DHS concurred with these recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-9: Accessed November 29, 2012 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/650/649695.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 127035

Author: Whitfield, Nathan S. Title: Traveling the Terror Highway: Infiltration of Terror Operatives across the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: Following the attacks of September 11, 2001, border security and immigration have received increased attention. Public and political scrutiny have elevated and changed the priority of border security and immigration enforcement; from migrant workers seeking employment to counter-terrorism. However, the question remains: if United States law enforcement and security agencies are unable to stop the smuggling of drugs and illegal migrants across the southwestern border between the U.S. and Mexico, is it possible to prevent terrorists from gaining unauthorized and unaccountable entry into the heartland of the U.S.? A corollary question is: given attempts to restructure the immigration enforcement policy and infrastructure to deter illegal entry of terrorists, will it still be possible and lucrative for terrorists to attempt to illegally cross the U.S.-Mexico border? This research seeks to explore existing conditions that may facilitate or increase the likelihood that terrorists would seek to infiltrate personnel across the U.S.-Mexico border. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127037

Author: Wormeli, Paul Title: Mitigating Risks in the Application of Cloud Computing in Law Enforcement Summary: This report comes at an opportune time as the law enforcement community is undergoing a major transformation. Traditionally, communication within law enforcement was often linear and hierarchical. Today, communication happens in real time across jurisdictional boundaries. Because of improved communication and real-time information, the law enforcement community can plan where to place resources ahead of time, instead of only reacting to events after they have occurred. One potential key to this is the advent of cloud computing. Cloud computing can be a cost-effective way to enable improved communication. Cloud computing also provides a potential for cost-savings for law enforcement, since law enforcement organi­zations don’t have to use their tight budgets to build their own information technology infrastructure. According to Steve Ambrosini, executive director of IJIS, there has been a constant search for “emerging and disruptive technology that might posi­tively affect the productivity and efficiency of justice and public safety agencies, and promote better information-sharing in sup­port of their missions.” Ambrosini continues, “Cloud computing has been one of the technologies with potential, but executives in justice and public safety have some general skepticism for concepts embedded in this powerful new infrastructure.” Based on a survey of leaders in the law enforcement community about cloud computing, Wormeli gained an increased under­standing of their major issues, which include concerns about reliability and availability, performance requirements, cost of migration, and the recovery of data. In response to these con­cerns, Wormeli explains how the law enforcement community can effectively respond. The report concludes with six recom­mendations on how law enforcement organizations can success­fully implement a move to cloud computing. Details: Washington, DC: IBM Center for The Business of Government, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2012 at: http://www.businessofgovernment.org/sites/default/files/Mitigating%20Risks%20in%20the%20Application%20of%20Cloud%20Computing%20in%20Law%20Enforcement_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cloud Computing Shelf Number: 127039

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute Title: Using Technology to Enhance Pretrial Services: Current Applications and Future Possibilities Summary: The first pretrial services programs came into existence 50 years ago. The technological tools available to pretrial services staff of that period, and for many years thereafter, were a pen or pencil, paper and index cards, a land-line telephone, and a typewriter. With these tools, pretrial services staff performed their tasks of interviewing defendants, verifying information, checking criminal records, preparing reports for the court, supervising conditions of release imposed by the court, and reminding defendants of upcoming court dates. Today, the pace of technological change is transforming the way pretrial services work is done. And that pace is accelerating at an exponential rate. Computing power has been doubling every 18 months, telecommunications capacity every 34 months, and electronic information storage capacity every 40 months. One author has calculated that, when measured against the 20th Century’s rate of progress, we will experience an astonishing 20,000 years of progress in technological growth in the 21st Century. To what extent are pretrial services programs making use of current technologies? How might the avalanche of technological developments projected to come our way in the next couple of decades aid the work of these programs? This document seeks to explore those questions. It begins with a review of technology to manage information and track program performance. The second section addresses each of the functions of pretrial services programs (e.g., interviewing defendants, verification, and record checks) and describes how technologies can be used to help programs in performing these functions. The third section explores factors that affect the implementation of new technologies, including the maturity of the technology at the time of implementation, the level of staff training required to use the technology, any philosophical issues that should be addressed prior to implementation, and costs. The fourth section discusses how technology affects the diffusion of knowledge about effective pretrial practices. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.pretrial.org/Featured%20Resources%20Documents/PJI%20USING%20TECHNOLOGY%20TO%20ENHANCE%20PRETRIAL%20SERVICES%20(2012).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 127042

Author: Wallace, John A. Title: Integrating Unmanned Aircraft Systems Into Modern Policing in An Urban Environment Summary: This thesis examines the possibilities and advantages of incorporating the use of unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) into operational use by local public safety agencies. The use of UAS has become a vital tool for the military but still has not become a tool used by domestic police forces. This thesis explores the options of using this type of technology, such as an economical alternative or enhancement to existing aviation programs and better situational awareness for tactical operations. In addition, to reviewing issues and concerns related to privacy considerations; this thesis addresses program implementation, creation of best practices policy and procedures, benefits to community safety, and flight regulations and restrictions under the oversight of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2012. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=725881 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Aircraft Shelf Number: 127045

Author: Mosqueda, Laura Title: Coroner Investigations of Suspicious Elder Deaths Summary: When an older American dies due to abuse or neglect, not only has a tragedy occurred, but a particularly heinous crime may have been committed. Because disease and death are more likely as adults grow older, those who investigate suspicious deaths have a particular challenge when it comes to deciding which elder deaths to scrutinize. Although crimes resulting in the death of an elder are going undetected, there has been little research on the decision-making process of those who are charged with investigating suspicious elder deaths, the coroner/medical examiner (CME) agencies. This project elucidates that process as it occurs in California CME offices by documenting current practices for deciding to investigate an elder’s death, and consolidating data from CA jurisdictions on these investigations and their outcomes. Based on preliminary findings, an intervention to augment the decision-making process was pilot tested in three CME offices. As a result of these activities, the researchers arrived at some new insights and reconfirmed some earlier findings, and these provide some direction for future funding, policy-making and research. The two primary models for the organization of the CME function involve an (1) elected official, or coroner, as an administrator whose forensic training and qualifications vary widely depending on local requirements or mandates; or (2) an appointed medical examiner who is a board certified forensic pathologist, highly qualified in death investigation. In California, CME offices exist in each of the 58 counties. CME agencies receive reports of death, usually by phone, from reporting parties such as police officers or medical personnel. At the time of the call they can either release the body (No Jurisdiction Assumed, NJA or “waived” decision), or decide to assume jurisdiction and conduct an investigation. An investigation at the time of the death report may include a death scene visit, bringing in the body for viewing or autopsy, toxicology, or lesser strategies such as phone research and medical records review. To date, most research that informs CME professionals about how to detect elder suspicious deaths has inquired into deaths of nursing home residents. A 2007 meta-analysis suggests some indicators of fatal neglect, including pressure ulcers, malnutrition and dehydration (Lindbloom et al. 2007, 610-616). In order to differentiate accidental deaths from fatal elder abuse there is a need for more information on accidental, blunt-force trauma induced deaths from nursing homes (Gruszecki et al. 2004, 209-12). A better understanding of these issues would inform those investigating deaths in the community as well. At least since 1999, coroners and medical examiners have participated in Elder Death Review Teams to study and learn from suspicious elder deaths as well as facilitate communication among public agencies to identify barriers and fill systems gaps (County of Sacramento Elder Death Review Team 2008; County of San Diego Elder Death Review Team 2006, 15; Orange County CA Elder Death Review Team 2003-2008). These efforts are bringing concerns to light and generating local improvements. Some examples of observations and recommendations that focus on the CME agency’s decision to investigate a death follow. • Failure of CMEs to be aware of a suspicious death while the death scene is intact and the body available for autopsy • The problem of physicians who sign death certificates despite suspicious circumstances • Acknowledgement that the perpetrator of abuse may report the death and provide false information • Ensure CME investigators are able to determine if a decedent was an APS client This study reconfirmed a finding of Elder Death Review Teams: that CME offices are failing to assume jurisdiction over elder deaths that should be investigated. An expert panel reviewed actual cases from three agencies and determined that elderly decedent’s remains were being released from investigation (NJA) even though there were signs consistent with abuse or caregiver neglect, as well as when abuse and neglect could not be ruled out based on information provided by reporting parties. The most glaring issue was that many elder deaths were ruled NJA when neither the reporting party nor the CME investigator had viewed the entire body – this was true of a majority of the elder deaths that made up the study sample. In addition, CME decision-makers were especially likely to overlook possible signs of caregiver neglect contributing to an elder death, and some investigators denied in interviews that this potential cause of death was in their purview. Some other concerns uncovered in interviews and from data analyses include (1) some agencies’ policy not to investigate all accidental deaths of elders; (2) impediments to getting information from (potentially) the most efficient source of data on the elder deaths, reporting parties already at the death scene; and (3) the lack of data gathering standards among CME agencies complicating any effort to set a baseline or measure future progress toward improving processes for detecting suspicious elder deaths. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, School of Medicine, 2012. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239923.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Coroner Shelf Number: 127046

Author: Whitley, John Title: Five Methods for Measuring Unobserved Events: A Case Study of Federal Law Enforcement Summary: The purpose of this report is to review practical techniques, many already in use in other gov­ernment and law enforcement areas, that can be used to estimate unobserved federal crime rates and related performance measures. The intended audience includes federal senior execu­tives responsible for managing and allocating scarce resources within law enforcement, along with performance and program management officials tasked with estimating and reporting these measures. Applied to federal law enforcement, the techniques reviewed in this report could enable the types of performance management reforms that have revolutionized local law enforcement. The discussion of these techniques may also be useful in other settings where unobserved events hinder performance management. Part II of this report reviews the basic performance management framework for law enforcement activities. It uses examples to: • Identify specific, key outcome performance measures essential for sound management • The challenges in estimating performance • The problems created when non-outcome measure proxies are used Part III systematically reviews techniques and methods that can be used to estimate unobserved variables. This includes empirical analysis of administrative records, surveys, and covert testing. Part IV applies these techniques to specific examples in federal law enforcement to demonstrate how they can be used in practice. Part V outlines selected major challenges with data quality and interpretation that arise in estimating outcome performance measures based on unobserved events, and includes concluding remarks. Details: Washington, DC: IBM Center for The Business of Government, 2012. 38p. Source: Iinternet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.businessofgovernment.org/sites/default/files/Five%20Methods%20for%20Measuring%20Unobserved%20Events.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 127047

Author: Popkin, Susan Title: The Chicago Family Case Management Demonstration: Developing a New Model for Serving “Hard to House” Public Housing Families Summary: The situation of the hundreds of “hard to house” families with multiple challenges who remain in CHA’s traditional public housing is of great concern. Many of these families face numerous, complex challenges that create barriers to their ability to move toward self-sufficiency or even sustain stable housing (see figure 1), including serious physical and mental health problems; weak (or nonexistent) employment histories and limited work skills; very low literacy levels; drug and alcohol abuse; family members’ criminal histories; and serious credit problems. The Chicago Family Case Management Demonstration is an innovative initiative designed to meet the challenges of serving the Chicago Housing Authority’s (CHA) “hard to house” residents. It involves a unique partnership of city agencies, service providers, researchers, and private foundations, all with a deep commitment to finding solutions for the most vulnerable families affected by the CHA’s transformation of its distressed public housing developments. The Demonstration puts the CHA and its partner agency, the Chicago Department of Human Services (CDHS) in the vanguard of efforts to meet the needs of the nation’s most vulnerable public housing residents. The rigorous evaluation design allows for continuous learning and mid-course corrections, and will help the team develop a validated model that other housing authorities grappling with similar challenges can use. The Demonstration serves residents from two CHA developments—Wells/Madden Park and Dearborn Homes—and provides these “hard to house” families with intensive family case management services, long-term support, enhanced relocation services, workforce strategies for those who have barriers to employment, and financial literacy training. The ultimate goal of these services is to help these families maintain safe and stable housing, whether in traditional CHA public housing, in the private market with a voucher, or potentially, in new, mixed-income developments. The Demonstration is supported by a consortium of public agencies and foundations (see figure 2 in next section). This report describes the design and development of the Demonstration, provides an overview of the first year of implementation, and presents baseline findings from a comprehensive resident survey. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/411708_public_housing_familes.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Housing Shelf Number: 127082

Author: Lynch, Darlene C. Title: Improving Offender Accountability in CSEC Cases: Tools for Investigating and Prosecuting Adult Exploiters Summary: Hundreds of children are commercially sexually exploited through prostitution in Georgia every month. Atlanta is a hub for this activity and has been identified by federal law enforcement officials as one of the fourteen U.S. cities with the highest rates of child prostitution. However, the problem is not confined to the Atlanta area; children are being commercially sexually exploited throughout the state. Ending the commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) cannot be accomplished simply by providing services for children who have already been victimized. Those who break the laws designed to protect our children must also be held accountable, and prosecutors play a special role in providing that accountability. This toolkit, which was developed through interviews with current and former prosecutors, conversations with subject matter experts, and academic research, is intended to assist you in building successful prosecutions that will take offenders off the streets, protect our children, and send a strong message that Georgia takes these crimes seriously. This toolkit includes the following sections: • Building Your Case: Tools for Obtaining Useful Evidence (starting at page 3) • Educating the Jury: Tools to Help the Jury Understand CSEC and Its Victims (starting at page 10) • Bringing a Victim-Centered Case: Tools for Protecting the Child During CSEC Prosecutions (starting at page 17) • Appendices Details: Atlanta, GA: Barton Child Law and Policy Center, Emory University School of Law, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://children.georgia.gov/sites/children.georgia.gov/files/imported/vgn/images/portal/cit_1210/28/15/165704513CSECProsecutorsGuide_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 127083

Author: Chardonnet, P. Title: Managing the Conflicts Between People and Lion: Review and Insights from the Literature and Field Experience Summary: Not long ago, when large mammals harmed people we talked of accidents; when they damaged people’s assets we referred to incidents. Nowadays, human/wildlife conflicts are regarded as common occurrences. It seems that what were once considered exceptional or abnormal events have become normal or usual. Whether this is a result of higher frequency and amplitude is not clear, because we do not have reliable statistics to make accurate comparisons. Similarly, human-eating and livestock-raiding lions might be seen as normal lions expressing their carnivorous nature in particular circumstances. Contemporary lions are not wilder or crueller or more dangerous than before: it is just that these particular circumstances seem to be recorded more frequently. Also, communication is now instant and universal: news of a casualty in a remote wilderness can be reported at once on the internet, spreading the information worldwide. Furthermore, a problem lion seems to have a greater psychological impact than a problem crocodile: a crocodile victim disappears, but a lion victim is more likely to be noticed; also, according to B. Soto, a lion incident might be perceived as an intrusion into the human environment, whereas a crocodile incident might be viewed as a human intrusion into the crocodile environment. The result is that the lion might be regarded as more at fault than the crocodile, even though the consequences are the same. In any case, the interface between humans and wildlife is increasing: growing human population and encroachment into lion habitat have simply augmented the incidence of contact between people and lions. Similarly, the harvesting of wildlife has increased, leaving less natural prey for lions. Obviously, the probability of clashes between people and lions now tends to be higher. Longestablished traditional ways of deterring fierce, fully-grown lions might become partly ineffective, and lethal methods are not always acceptable by modern standards. Triggers for human eaters and cattle raiders are being investigated, and knowledge of behavioural factors is improving. New methods to protect people and livestock from lions are being tested in a number of risk situations; these methods are also designed to conserve the lion itself from eradication over its natural range. Conservation of the lion is now a topical concern because our ancestors, the hunted humans (Ehrenreich, 1999) of the past who were chased by predators have become hunting humans and predators themselves. Interestingly, this study was undertaken during a period of rising general interest in conservation of the lion. Two regional strategies for the conservation of the African lion have been developed under the auspices of the Cat Specialist Group of the World Conservation Union/Species Survival Commission, one for West and Central Africa, the other for Eastern and Southern Africa.1 And more and more lion-range states are developing national action plans. This provides evidence of the effort invested in tackling the diverse issues related to lion conservation. By focusing on the human/lion interactions, the present study is complementary to the work of the World Conservation Union. This study also echoes the dynamic forum facilitated by the African Lion Working Group.2 We hope that this review will contribute to the challenge of long-term conservation of the African lion. Success will be attained when the lion changes from being perceived as vermin or a pest to being regarded as a wealth or an asset. Details: Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Naitons, 2010. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Wildlife Management Working Paper 13: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.fao.org/docrep/012/k7292e/k7292e00.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Human-Animal Conflict Shelf Number: 127084

Author: Crandall, Vaughn Title: Practice Brief: Call-In Preparation and Execution Summary: The National Network for Safe Communities’ Group Violence Reduction Strategy (GVRS), also known as “Operation Ceasefire,” has repeatedly demonstrated that serious violence can be dramatically reduced when law enforcement, community members, and social services providers join together to directly engage with violent street groups to clearly communicate (1) a law enforcement message that future violence will be met with clear and predictable consequences, (2) a community moral message that violence will no longer be tolerated, and (3) a genuine offer of help to those who want it. The strategy’s central tool to communicate these messages is a call-in—a face-to-face meeting between GVRS representatives and street group members. Practice Brief: Call-In Preparation and Execution is intended to help law enforcement, community, and social services partners already engaged in implementing GVRS to design, prepare, and execute their first and subsequent call-ins. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=723721 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 127086

Author: Kreyling, S.J. Title: Technology and Research Requirements for Combating Human Trafficking: Enhancing Communication, Analysis, Reporting, and Information Sharing Summary: The U.S. Department of Energy’s Science & Technology Directorate directed PNNL to conduct an exploratory study on the domain of human trafficking in the Pacific Northwest in order to examine and identify technology and research requirements for enhancing communication, analysis, reporting, and information sharing – activities that directly support efforts to track, identify, deter, and prosecute human trafficking – including identification of potential national threats from smuggling and trafficking networks. This effort was conducted under the Knowledge Management Technologies Portfolio as part of the Integrated Federal, State, and Local/Regional Information Sharing (RISC) and Collaboration Program. The major recommendations of this report are: • Defensible methodologies are needed to estimate the number of victims of human trafficking, both nationally and regionally. Various modeling and expert elicitation techniques can be applied, using the members of each DOJ anti-trafficking task force as the pool of experts, including victim service providers. Separately, there is a need to harmonize and standardize the existing efforts to estimate the scale of human trafficking in the US. • Variations in the definitions of human trafficking employed by law enforcement, service providers, and others pose a significant challenge to accurate measurement. Develop and implement a methodology that helps practitioners clarify and describe their conceptual frameworks/mental models. • Further identification of information-sharing processes and technologies currently in use by both DHS component agencies and partner organizations that participate in each of the federally-funded Anti-Human-Trafficking Task Forces across the county is required. • Research is needed on the applicability of collecting victim data from a wide variety of sources beyond law enforcement, the outreach strategies necessary to increase the breadth of sources from which information is collected, the reduction of the methodological challenges as more data is collected from different sources, and methods for using this data for the regional examination of patterns and trends. • The information collected about human trafficking investigations by local, regional and federal law enforcement is not easily accessible by investigating agents and data is not efficiently compared between agencies or across systems. Identify an emerging industry standard for federated search and begin to move existing and new systems to support it. • Ad-hoc information sharing between investigating officers/agents in different agencies is difficult and not a routine occurrence. Given the difficulties of browsing and searching the systems of other agencies, research is needed into tools that can be accessed and edited by any vetted law enforcement officer, yet with fixed geographic and categorical sections to focus on their specific interests (human trafficking, Internet Crimes Against Children (ICAC), gangs, narcotics, etc.). • Despite significantly increased attention to human trafficking, Washington State has not seen an increase in identifiable and prosecutable human trafficking-related cases associated with forced labor and domestic servitude of foreign nationals. An analysis based on analyzing visa applications (e.g., B1, H2A, H2B) should be conducted to produce a “proactive triage” of potential victims from high-risk populations. • Despite significantly increased attention to human trafficking nationwide, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) has not seen a comparable increase human trafficking related criminal convictions - only 30% of human trafficking cases that ICE initiated in FY09 eventually led to a criminal conviction. A lessons-learned study should be conducted to identify the factors that are most influential to a case’s successful transition from investigation to a conviction. • An International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) Working Group should be convened that builds on IACP’s pre-existing work related to combating human trafficking with a specific focus on the application of technology for training and investigations from the user perspective. Lessons learned, best practices and tools or technologies needed by local law enforcement will be the expected knowledge-product outcomes. • There is large body of knowledge and perspective on trafficking and smuggling residing in the Intelligence Community (IC) which is not widely available within law enforcement. Research should be conducted on lessons learned from the intelligence community concerning human trafficking and related networks (terrorism, smuggling, narcotics, weapons, etc.) which can then be applied to law enforcement and presented in an unclassified report. • There is no systematic means of proactively assessing the scale, movement, demand, inter-connectedness, or general operation of juvenile prostitution and Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking (DMST) at a regional or larger level. A pilot sensor platform should be built to examine a significant subset of on-line prostitution sites in a regional set of participating urban areas, as well as, street-based prostitution associated with DMST. • The greatest and most immediate need that the Co-Chairs of WashACT (Seattle Police, U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Western District of Washington, ICE, and the Washington Anti-trafficking Response Network) identified was for more shelters with specialized services for victims. In order to successfully investigate and prosecute traffickers, victims must be stable and free from fear and intimidation to be effective witnesses. • There is also a lack of capacity to deal with large numbers of trafficking victims at once, should the need arise (i.e., there is no “surge capacity”). Details: Richland, WA: Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: PNNL-20258: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.pnl.gov/main/publications/external/technical_reports/PNNL-20258.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 127088

Author: Cheesman, Fred Title: Philadelphia Community Court Evaluation Final Report: Outcome/Impact Analysis and Update on Process Evaluation Summary: In the 1990s, the Center City District of Philadelphia began experiencing an increase in the number of what are generally termed “quality-of-life” crimes, such as vandalism, prostitution, disorderly conduct, and minor thefts. City and justice system officials recognized that because of jail and prison overcrowding, insufficient alternative sentencing options, and the need to focus limited resources on more serious crimes, quality-of-life crimes were a low priority for law enforcement and had become virtually decriminalized. This report presents the methodology and findings of the evaluation of the outcome and implementation of the Philadelphia Community Court (PCC), which was established to process “quality-of-life” crimes, such as vandalism, prostitution, disorderly conduct, and minor thefts. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Coruts, 2010. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://dn2vfhykblonm.cloudfront.net/sites/default/files/philadelphia_community_court_final_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: -Nuisance Behaviors and Disorder Shelf Number: 127089

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Management of Immigration Cases and Appeals by the Executive Office for Immigration Review Summary: The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted a review to examine the Department of Justice’s (Department) Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) processing and management of immigration cases and appeals involving foreign-born individuals (aliens) charged with violating immigration laws. Among other duties, EOIR courts are responsible for determining whether aliens charged by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) with immigration violations should be ordered removed from the United States or be granted relief from removal, which would allow them to remain in this country. The OIG found that immigration court performance reports are incomplete and overstate the actual accomplishments of these courts. These flaws in EOIR’s performance reporting preclude the Department from accurately assessing the courts’ progress in processing immigration cases or identifying needed improvements. For example, administrative events such as changes of venue and transfers are reported as completions even though the immigration courts have made no decisions on whether to remove aliens from the United States. As a result, a case may be “completed” multiple times. In our sample of 1,785 closed cases, 484 administrative events were counted as completions by EOIR. Reporting these administrative actions as completions overstates the accomplishments of the immigration courts. Similarly, those same administrative events result in a case being reported as a “receipt” when the case is opened at the receiving court. As a result, the same case may be reported as a “receipt” multiple times, thereby overstating the total number of cases opened by the immigration courts during a particular period. Further, for those cases where EOIR has put in place a timeliness goal for handling a case, EOIR does not report the total time it takes to complete the case. Instead, EOIR tracks case processing time by court. As a result, a case with a timeliness goal of 60 days that spent 50 days at one court and was then transferred to another court, where it spent another 50 days, would be reported by EOIR as two cases that were each completed within the 60-day timeliness goal. In actuality, there was only one case, and that case took EOIR 100 days to reach a decision on whether the alien should be removed, thereby exceeding the 60-day goal. This practice makes it appear that more cases meet the completion goals than actually do. Additionally, in January 2010, EOIR abandoned completion goals for cases involving non-detained aliens who do not file asylum applications, which make up about 46 percent of the courts’ completions. EOIR made this decision to prioritize and focus on the completion of detained cases, in which aliens are deprived of their liberty and housed at taxpayer expense. While the OIG recognizes the importance of the timely completion of cases involving detained aliens, EOIR also should have goals for the timely processing of non-detained cases. Despite overstating case receipts and completions, EOIR’s immigration court data still showed that it was not able to process the volume of work. From FY 2006 through FY 2010, the overall efficiency of the courts did not improve even though there was an increase in the number of judges. In 4 of those 5 years, the number of proceedings received was greater than the number of proceedings completed. As a result, the number of pending cases increased. Our analysis of a sample of closed cases showed that cases involving non-detained aliens and those with applications for relief from removal can take long periods to complete. This results in crowded court calendars and delayed processing of new cases. For example, cases for non-detained aliens took on average 17½ months to adjudicate, with some cases taking more than 5 years to complete. In addition to the volume of new cases, the number and length of continuances immigration judges granted was a significant contributing factor to case processing times. In the 1,785 closed cases we examined, 953 cases (53 percent) had one or more continuances. Each of these cases averaged four continuances. The average amount of time granted for each continuance was 92 days (about 3 months), which results in an average of 368 days for continuances per case. In contrast, the EOIR’s Board of Immigration Appeals (BIA) completed more appeals of immigration court decisions than it received from FY 2006 through FY 2010. Appeals involving non-detained aliens, however, still took long periods to complete. In our sample, the BIA averaged more than 16 months to render decisions on cases involving non-detained aliens, as compared to 3½ months for cases involving detained aliens. However, EOIR’s performance reporting does not reflect the actual length of time to review and decide those appeals because EOIR does not count processing time for one- and three-member reviews from the date the appeal was filed. Rather, EOIR begins the counting process once certain work is completed by the BIA and/or its staff. As a result, EOIR’s performance reporting data underreports actual processing time, which undermines EOIR’s ability to identify appeal processing problems and take corrective actions. In this report, we make nine recommendations to help EOIR improve its case processing and provide accurate and complete information on case completions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 1, 2012 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2012/e1301.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127090

Author: Fahey, Jennifer Title: Crime and Justice in Indian Country: A summary of Talking Circle Findings and the Tribal Law and Order Act of 2010 Summary: This report summarizes information regarding culture and criminal justice issues in Indian Country today, most of it gathered through talking circles and focus groups with members of different American Indian communities in the United States in 2009-2010. Findings from the talking circles highlight some of the major issues facing American Indian tribal governments and communities in terms of criminal justice issues, strategies being used to address such issues, and areas in need of improvement. The intent of this writing is to educate those who may not be familiar with American Indian culture, courts, governments, and current criminal justice challenges; to better inform those making Indian policy and funding decisions; to share with tribal communities a sampling of criminal justice resources and initiatives in Indian Country today, and to outline for all the significant legal changes created by the recently enacted Tribal Law and Order Act. Chapter 1 of the report discusses the legal framework of tribal criminal justice systems in the United States, including an overview of tribal sovereignty, the role of tribal courts, and an introduction of Public Law 280 (PL 280) and jurisdictional authority. Chapter 2 summarizes the talking circle discussions, focusing primarily on the complexities of jurisdictional issues, program needs and resources, and culture and cultural identity as the foundation for tribal justice. With one exception, all talking circles were held prior to the enactment of the Tribal Law and Order Act (also referred to as the TLOA); consequently, discussion of jurisdictional issues in Chapter 2 does not reflect the legal amendments created by the TLOA. Finally, Chapter 3 describes some of the recent changes brought about by the Tribal Law and Order Act, which was passed in July 2010. The Talking Circles Initiative grew out of a larger research project conducted by the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at Community Resources for Justice, examining how culture may play a role in assessing and treating the needs of American Indian offenders in order to help reduce criminal behavior and rates of incarceration. To determine the impact of culture on risk and need assessment and the resulting interventions, data elements from thousands of probation files were reviewed and risk scores of American Indian offenders were compared to those of the general population to determine whether discrepancy exists.2 A significant part of this research focused on state and local corrections agencies because the research design required a comparison between American Indian and non-American Indian offenders. Tribal justice systems, by definition, do not serve non-Indian offenders, making such a comparison impossible. Consequently, CJI believed it important to hear from tribal communities on the issues of culture and crime, both deeply complex issues with differing implications for tribes. Participating tribal communities represented both Public Law 280 and non-Public Law 280 states, geographically diverse communities, and different levels of development in terms of tribal self-governance. Participants included two tribal communities in the Southwest, two tribal communities in the Southeast, and four tribal communities in the Midwest. Areas of discussion included sovereign governments, tribal justice systems, criminal justice needs, strength-based strategies that may have possibility of application or replication in other communities, and how culture plays a role in the system. It is important to recognize that there are over 560 federally recognized tribes in the United States. The information contained in this document is intended as a sampling of information gathered from a handful of Indian nations, tribes or bands across the Country. In no way should the information contained herein be interpreted as representative of all tribal communities. Further, this report provides an introduction to the legal complexities and cultural richness of tribal people and their governments. Additional reading and discussions with tribal justice stakeholders are encouraged. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute at Community Resources for Justice, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://tloa.ncai.org/documentlibrary/2011/08/Talking_Circles_Report_Final_Jul11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 127091

Author: Lee, Erik: North American Center for Transborder Studies, Arizona State University Title: Binational, Multi-state Survey on Human Trafficking Legislation and Collaboration Summary: In 2010-2011 NACTS conducted a multi-state survey on binational human trafficking legislation, law enforcement agency initiatives, and additional, community-level efforts. Human trafficking is an exploitation‐based crime that is distinct from human smuggling, which involves transporting people who have given their consent to be moved. A growing global awareness of this problem during the 1990s culminated in the Palermo Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish the Trafficking in Persons Especially Women and Children, Supplementing the United Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime of 2000. Human trafficking is an exceedingly difficult crime to define, detect, prosecute, prevent and quantify. The precise quantification of and data collection with respect to the human trafficking problem is an additional ongoing global challenge. Trafficking estimates for the U.S. and Mexico vary widely but are generally estimated to be in the tens of thousands annually. The report contains an executive summary and sections on background, current legislation, jurisdictional issues and key conclusions and recommendations. Details: Phoenix, AZ: National American center for Transborder Studies, Arizona State University, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://nacts.asu.edu/sites/default/files/Draft%20Full%20Report%20-%20English.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127092

Author: Nowrasteh, Alex Title: The Economic Case against Arizona’s Immigration Laws Summary: Arizona’s immigration laws have hurt its economy. The 2007 Legal Arizona Workers Act (LAWA) attempts to force unauthorized immigrants out of the workplace with employee regulations and employer sanctions. The 2010 Support Our Law Enforcement and Safe Neighborhoods Act (SB 1070) complements LAWA by granting local police new legal tools to enforce Arizona’s immigration laws outside of the workplace. LAWA’s mandate of E-Verify, a federal electronic employee verification system, and the “business death penalty,” which revokes business licenses for businesses that repeatedly hire unauthorized workers, raise the costs of hiring all employees and create regulatory uncertainty for employers. As a result, employers scale back legal hiring, move out of Arizona, or turn to the informal economy to eliminate a paper trail. SB 1070’s enforcement policies outside of the workplace drove many unauthorized immigrants from the state, lowered the state’s population, hobbled the labor market, accelerated residential property price declines, and exacerbated the Great Recession in Arizona. LAWA, E-Verify, and the business death penalty are constitutional and are unlikely to be overturned; however the Supreme Court recently found that some sections of SB 1070 were preempted by federal power. States now considering Arizona-style immigration laws should realize that the laws also cause significant economic harm. States bear much of the cost of unauthorized immigration, but in Arizona’s rush to find a state solution, it damaged its own economy. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 709: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.cato.org/pubs/pas/PA709.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 127093

Author: Shared Hope International Title: The Protected Innocence Challenge: State Report Cards on the Legal Framework of Protection for the Nation’s Children Summary: Sweeping national legislative advancements proved successful for Louisiana, Florida and Georgia who will join the ranks of Illinois, Missouri, Texas and Washington in leading the nation with laws that provide protection and justice to child victims of domestic minor sex trafficking, according to research released Nov. 29, 2012 by Shared Hope International. Recent findings from the 2012 Protected Innocence Challenge Report, the first comprehensive study on state child sex trafficking laws, show 15 states have raised their grades by enacting legislation that strengthened laws that impact or relate to domestic minor sex trafficking. In addition to the seven leading states listed above that scored a “B” on the 2012 report, nine states earned a “C,” compared to only six in 2011. In 2012, 35 states received grades of “D” or lower, including 18 failing grades— a significant improvement from the 2011 scores with 41 states receiving a grade of “D” or lower and 26 failing states. Every year in the United States, experts estimate at least 100,000 children are exploited in the U.S. commercial sex industry. The average age a child is first exploited through prostitution is 13 years old. RESEARCH HIGHLIGHTS 1. 15 states improved their grades from 2011 2 states went up two grades: AK and MA went from F to C 13 states went up one grade 3 new “B” states: LA, FL, GA 6 new “C” states: AK, IN, MA, OH, OK, WI 6 new “D” states: CO, MD, NE, NV, SC, UT 2. 7 states improved their Protected Innocence Challenge scores by 10+ points MA went up 29.5 pts WV went up 21 pts LA went up 17 pts SC went up 17 pts AK went up 14.5 pts OH went up 12 pts WI went up 10 pts 3. States were scored based on six categories of law. Scores by area of law – states have achieved perfect scores in sections 1 and 6, with “near perfect” scores in the other areas of law: Section 1 (Criminalization of Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking): IL and TX have perfect scores (10 points possible) Section 2 (Criminal Provisions Addressing Demand): LA now has a “near perfect” score with 24.5 points (25 points possible) Section 3 (Criminal Provisions for Traffickers): MS, KY, FL and AL have a “near perfect” score with 14.5 points (15 points possible) Section 4 (Criminal Provisions for Facilitators): LA and WA have a “near perfect” score with 9.5 points (10 points possible) Section 5 (Protected Provisions for Child Victims): IL is the closest to a “near perfect” score with 24.5 points (27.5 points possible) Section 6 (Criminal Justice Tools for Investigation and Prosecution): AL, MN, OH and TX have perfect scores (15 points possible) 4. Most Improved = MA 5. Highest Score = LA 6. Worst score = WY GRADES: B (7) – FL, GA, IL, LA, MO, TX, WA C (9) – AK, AZ, IN, MA, MN, OH, OK, TN, WI D (17) – AL, CO, DE, IA, KY, MD, MS, NE, NJ, NV, NY, NC, OR, RI, SC, UT, VT F (18) – AR, CA, CT, DC, HI, ID, KS, ME, MI, MT, NH, NM, ND, PA, SD, VA, WV, WY 2012 Legislative Progress: One year after the release of the 2011 Protected Innocence Challenge:* 240 state and 38 federal bills were introduced that relate to domestic minor sex trafficking. 78 laws were passed that relate to domestic minor sex trafficking. 40 states had legislation introduced that relates to the Protected Innocence Framework. 33 states enacted legislation related to the Protected Innocence Framework. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2012. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/PIC_ChallengeReport_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 127095

Author: Jones, Megan Title: Recidivism After Release from Prison Summary: For this report, recidivism is defined as a new offense resulting in a conviction and sentence to the Wisconsin Department of Corrections (WI DOC). The follow-up periods (one, two, and three years) are calculated beginning at the time the offender is released from prison. Recidivism rates represent the number of persons who have recidivated divided by the total number of persons in a defined population. All recidivism rates are based on only Wisconsin offenses that have resulted in court dispositions that include custody or supervision under the WI DOC. For this report, recidivism is defined as a new offense resulting in a conviction and sentence to the Wisconsin Department of Corrections (WI DOC). The follow-up periods (one, two, and three years) are calculated beginning at the time the offender is released from prison. Recidivism rates represent the number of persons who have recidivated divided by the total number of persons in a defined population. All recidivism rates are based on only Wisconsin offenses that have resulted in court dispositions that include custody or supervision under the WI DOC. Overall, analyses show that recidivism rates have steadily decreased since 1993. The three-year follow-up recidivism rate decreased by 28.5% (or 12.9 percentage points) from 1993, when the recidivism rate was the highest at 45.3%, to 2007, when it was 32.4%. Furthermore, as recidivism rates decreased, the number of releases from prison dramatically increased, tripling between 1990 and 2009. An offender released in 1993 was 1.4 times more likely to recidivate within three years than an offender released in 2007. Overall, recidivism rates for a total of 124,661 offenders released from prison between 1990 and 2009 are reported in this paper. Recidivism Trends from 2000–2009: Gender. Males had consistently higher recidivism rates than females for every release year and every followup period. Age at Release. Recidivism rates decreased as age increased. The largest group of recidivists was found among offenders between the ages of 20 and 24. Time to Recidivism Event. Fifty percent (50%) of offenders who recidivated within three years did so within the first year following release from prison. This report is the first in a series of recidivism reports that will be regularly published by the WI DOC. The next report will include release from incarceration recidivism rates broken down by a number of additional factors not included in this report. In the near future the Department intends to publish reports including recidivism rates for offenders admitted to supervision and those discharged from supervision. Details: Madison, WI: Wisconsin Department of Corrections, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Performance Measurement Series: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://www.wi-doc.com/PDF_Files/Recidivism%20After%20Release%20from%20Prison_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Rates (Wisconsin, U.S.) Shelf Number: 127096

Author: Zschoche, Ruth Title: A Multilevel Model of Police Corruption: Anomie, Decoupling, and Moral Disengagement Summary: Police corruption is a primary concern for law enforcement agencies. The purpose of this study was to identify factors that could predict the likelihood of police officer susceptibility to corruption. Data was collected through surveys of 1083 officers within eight U.S. police agencies that were participating in the National Police Research Platform funded by the National Institute of Justice. The data were analyzed using multilevel structural equation and base multilevel models. The theoretical model for this study addressed susceptibility to corruption on both the departmental (clusters) and individual officer levels. Four main constructs were utilized in this study. Acceptance of deviant norms was the outcome variable operationalizing susceptibility to corruption. Anomie was a departmental predictor operationalizing expectations that socially accepted goals could not be accomplished through socially acceptable means. Decoupling was a departmental predictor measuring the extent to which departmental pragmatic goals were out of alignment with official ethical codes. Moral disengagement was the individual predictor operationalizing the ability to use cognitive mechanisms to excuse unethical decision-making. Departments higher in anomie and decoupling were hypothesized to have higher acceptance of deviant norms that condone corruption. Officers with higher levels of moral disengagement were also expected to have a greater acceptance of deviant norms. The departmental environment was expected to have more influence than individual officer traits such that anomie and decoupling would moderate the effects of moral disengagement within departments. The results demonstrated the promise of the multilevel theoretical model. Anomie was a strong predictor of acceptance of deviant norms. Moral disengagement was also a moderately strong predictor of acceptance of deviant norms in the base multilevel models. Anomie moderated the effect of moral disengagement to some degree, although it had no impact on the slope between acceptance of deviant norms and moral disengagement. Differences between departmental subgroups indicated how officer assignments and demographic characteristics may impact susceptibility to corruption. Study limitations related primarily to the multilevel structural equation model, scale construction, and sampling. Limitations are addressed as regards their general relevance to theory and methodology. Implications of the results for policy and future research are discussed. Details: Tampa, FL: Department of Criminology, College of Behavioral and Social Sciences, University of South Florida, 2011. 283p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 1, 2012 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4617&context=etd Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Corruption Shelf Number: 127097

Author: McDonald, Theodore W. Title: A Statewide and Multimodal Assessment of the Idaho Department of Juvenile Corrections' Clinical Services Program Summary: During 2007, a pilot program was established that housed, for the first time, an on-site mental health clinician in one of the 12 juvenile detention centers (JDCs) in Idaho. This clinician worked with juveniles detained in the JDC in Bonneville County, and a principal component of his work was to screen detained juveniles for mental health and substance abuse problems, and to make provisional diagnoses of these problems when warranted. The clinician also recommended services in the community for juveniles with provisionally diagnosed mental health or substance abuse problems when they were released into the community. An internal evaluation of this program suggested that it was successful in identifying mental health and substance abuse problems (83% of the screened juveniles were provisionally diagnosed with a mental health problem, a substance abuse problem, or both) and in linking juveniles with these problems with community-based services upon release. Some preliminary data also suggested that the resources provided by the clinician helped reduce future recidivism (as measured by subsequent bookings of previously detained juveniles) and reduced problem behavior (most notably assaults) in the Bonneville County JDC. The project appeared well received by judges and juvenile probation officers in eastern Idaho, both of whom received contact and recommendations from the clinicians as they worked with juveniles from the JDC; 100% of these law enforcement personnel who completed a survey on the pilot project recommended that it continue. The pilot project appeared so successful that it was expanded in 2008 to all 12 JDCs in Idaho; in addition to the JDC in Bonneville County, clinicians were hired to serve in the JDCs in Ada, Bannock, Bonner, Canyon, Fremont, Kootenai, Lemhi, Minidoka, Nez Perce, Twin Falls, and Valley counties. This expanded clinical services project was conducted as a partnership among the Idaho Department of Juvenile Corrections (IDJC), the Juvenile Justice Children’s Mental Health Workgroup (JJCMH), and the Idaho Department of Health and Welfare (IDHW). IDJC, which was responsible for oversight of the project, contracted with researchers from the Center for Health Policy at Boise State University (BSU), to evaluate the expanded project. The evaluation consisted of data collected in three waves. The first wave involved the collection of data from clinicians at the JDCs; this information included booking charges, mental health and substance abuse screening information, information on previous and provisional diagnoses of mental health and substance abuse problems, and information on service recommendations made by the clinicians. The second wave of data collection involved information gleaned from surveys that were mailed to parents of juveniles recently released from the JDCs; these surveys asked questions about whether the parents had been contacted by clinicians and given recommendations for services for their children, and whether their children had accessed any recommended services. The third wave of data collection involved information captured from surveys of judges and juvenile probation officers, which asked questions about contact by JDC clinicians, the value of recommendations made and information provided, and the value of the program as a whole. Details: Boise, ID: Center for Health Policy, Boise State University, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://www.idjc.idaho.gov/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=TApyIjt9bV4%3D&tabid=92 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 127098

Author: Wei, Qing Title: Using Administrative Data to Prioritize Jail Reentry Services: Findings from the Comprehensive Transition Planning Project Summary: This research brief describes the results of a partnership between Vera’s Substance Use and Mental Health Program (SUMH) and the New York City Department of Correction (DOC), the agency responsible for operating the city’s jail system. Faced with a huge demand for jail reentry services the DOC sought a way to target social services and treatment toward those who most needed support to address problems that contributed to their involvement with the justice system. SUMH researchers used information that the DOC maintained in its administrative data systems to develop a tool to assess people’s risk of recidivism—the Service Priority Indicator (SPI). The SPI draws information on charge, age, and prior jail admissions to assign everyone entering the jail to one of five service priority levels. A validation of the SPI found that 84 percent of those in the highest service-priority category were re-incarcerated within a year of release compared to 24 percent of those at the lowest service-priority level. The DOC is currently using the SPI to inform its decisions about who gets reentry services, as it implements its new, innovative discharge planning process. Details: Washington, DC: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 8p. Source: Research Briefing: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://www.vera.org/download?file=3593/CTPP-research%2520brief.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Services for Shelf Number: 127099

Author: Phillips, Susan D. Title: Video Visits for Children Whose Parents Are Incarcerated: In Whose Best Interest? Summary: Video Visits for Children Whose Parents Are Incarcerated: In Whose Best Interest? addresses the question of whether video visitation may also provide benefits for children who are separated from their parents by incarceration. Our conclusion is that it depends on the particular policies and practices of a given institution. Video visitation holds the most potential for benefiting children if: it is used as an adjunct to, rather than a replacement for, other modes of communication, particularly contact visits; children can visit from their homes or nearby sites; facility policies allow for frequent visits; and fees are not cost prohibitive. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/cc_Video_Visitation_White_Paper.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 127104

Author: Minarik, Peter Title: Human Trafficking in Texas: More Resources and Resolve Needed to Stem Surge of Modern Day Slavery Summary: The Texas Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights sumits this report, Human Trafficking in Texas - More Resources and Resolve Needed to Stem Surge in Modern Day Slavery, as part of its responsibility to examine and report on civil rights issues under the jurisdiction of the Commission. This report is the unanimous statement by all members of the Texas Committee and is approved. Human trafficking is the cruel and vicious practice of transporting human beings for the purpose of labor or sex exploitation. At its core is a violation of the fundamental civil rights of its victims. Women are the overwhelming victims of human trafficking, and victims generally come from impoverished circumstances with the majority being from indigenous populations or ethnic minorities. The trafficking of humans is a growing problem in this country, and Texas - as one of the largest border states in the United States - is considered a major destination and transit state for human trafficking. Human trafficking is a high-profit and relatively low-risk business with ample supply and growing demand. Every year, it is estimated that one million to two million persons world-wide are victims of human trafficking. In 2010, for the first time, the United States was ranked in the State Department's annual Trafficking in Persons Report that documents human trafficking and modern slavery. The report found that in America, men, women, and children were subject to trafficking for "forced labor, debt bondage, and force prostitution." Tragically, despite the shocking statistics and the inherent brutality of human trafficking, it is a crime that still has not captured the attention of the public nor made it to the top of political agendas. Few cases ever make it to the courts, and in a cruel irony it is often the victim rather than the perpetrator who is prosecuted for an illegal activity. There continues to be limited resources for law enforcement, and few resources devoted to rehabilitating its victims. Apart from the obvious civil rights violations of the victims, it needs to be emphasized that human trafficking - like all civil rights violations - also has a pernicious effect on the economy; stresses the local tax base; and puts added pressure on border enforcement and national security. In issuing this report the Texas Advisory Committee seeks to bring attention to the pernicious problem of human trafficking; the limited resources devoted to combating this problem; and the likely long-term high social costs for the general society if this civil rights issue is not addressed. Details: TX: Texas Advisory Committee to the United States Commission on Civil Rights, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2012 at http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/TX_HT_Report--ver%2050--FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 127108

Author: U.S. Congress. House. Committee on Homeland Security. Subcommittee on Oversight, Investigations, and Management Title: A Line in the Sand: Countering Crime, Violence and Terror at the Southwest Border. A Majority Report Summary: The first edition of A Line in the Sand, released in 2006, (hereafter “first edition”) exposed the rising threat of Mexican drug cartels and the vulnerabilities of our porous Southwest border. The horrific violence perpetrated by Mexican drug cartels continues to grow and, in many cases documented in this report, spills into the United States. The cartels now have a presence in more than 1,000 U.S. cities and dominate the wholesale illicit drug trade by controlling the movement of most of the foreign-produced drug supply across the Southwest border. This report documents the increased operational control of the cartels inside the United States, their strategy to move illegal drugs, and the bloody turf wars that have taken place between rival cartels, as they struggle to control valuable trafficking corridors. Collectively, Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations (DTO) maintain firm control of drug and human smuggling routes across the U.S.- Mexico border creating safe entry for anyone willing to pay the price. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security, in its most recent assessment, asserts it can control only 44 percent of our border with Mexico. Terrorism remains a serious threat to the security of the United States. The Congressional Research Service reports that between September 2001 and September 2012, there have been 59 homegrown violent jihadist plots within the United States. Of growing concern and potentially a more violent threat to American citizens is the enhanced ability of Middle East terrorist organizations, aided by their relationships and growing presence in the Western Hemisphere, to exploit the Southwest border to enter the United States undetected. This second edition emphasizes America’s ever-present threat from Middle East terrorist networks, their increasing presence in Latin America, and the growing relationship with Mexican DTOs to exploit paths into the United States. During the period of May 2009 through July 2011, federal law enforcement made 29 arrests for violent terrorist plots against the United States, most with ties to terror networks or Muslim extremist groups in the Middle East. The vast majority of the suspects had either connections to special interest countries, including those deemed as state sponsors of terrorism or were radicalized by terrorist groups such as al Qaeda. American-born al Qaeda Imam Anwar al Awlaki, killed in 2011, was personally responsible for radicalizing scores of Muslim extremists around the world. The list includes American-born U.S. Army Major Nidal Hassan, the accused Fort Hood gunman; “underwear bomber” Umar Faruk Abdulmutallab; and Barry Bujol of Hempstead, TX, convicted of providing material support to al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula. In several documented cases, al Awlaki moved his followers to commit “jihad” against the United States. These instances, combined with recent events involving the Qods Forces, the terrorist arm of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps, and Hezbollah, serve as a stark reminder the United States remains in the crosshairs of terrorist organizations and their associates. In May of 2012, the Los Angeles Times reported that intelligence gleaned from the 2011 raid on Osama bin Laden’s compound indicated the world’s most wanted terrorist sought to use operatives with valid Mexican passports who could illegally cross into the United States to conduct terror operations. The story elaborated that bin Laden recognized the importance of al Qaeda operatives blending in with American society but felt that those with U.S. citizenship who then attacked the United States would be violating Islamic law. Of equal concern is the possibility to smuggle materials, including uranium, which can be safely assembled on U.S. soil into a weapon of mass destruction. Further, the standoff with Iran over its nuclear program, and the uncertainty of whether Israel might attack Iran drawing the United States into a confrontation, only heightens concern that Iran or its agents would attempt to exploit the porous Southwest border for retaliation. Confronting the threat at the Southwest border has a broader meaning today than it did six years ago. As this report explains, the United States tightened security at airports and land ports of entry in the wake of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, but the U.S.-Mexico border is an obvious weak link in the chain. Criminal elements could migrate down this path of least resistance, and with them the terrorists who continue to seek our destruction. The federal government must meet the challenge to secure America’s unlocked back door from the dual threat of drug cartels and terrorist organizations who are lined up, and working together, to enter. One of the central criticisms made by the 9/11 Commission regarding the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks was a failure of imagination in piecing together the threat picture from al-Qaeda before it was too late. Recognizing and proactively confronting threats has presented a perennial challenge to our country. In the case of the Cuban missile crisis, we failed to deal with the Soviet threat before it resulted in a full-blown crisis that threatened nuclear war. Now we are faced with a new threat in Latin America that comes from the growing collaborations between Iran, Venezuela, Hezbollah and transnational criminal organizations. Similar to the Cuban missile crisis, the evidence to compel action exists; the only question is whether we possess the imagination to connect the dots before another disaster strikes. The intent of this report is to present that evidence, not to incite anxiety, but rather to reinvigorate vigilance towards our Southwest border and beyond to the threats we face in Latin America. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. House of Representatives, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2012 at: http://homeland.house.gov/sites/homeland.house.gov/files/11-15-12-Line-in-the-Sand.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127109

Author: Bobb, Merrick, J. Title: Managing the Risk of Misconduct for the King County Sheriff’s Office Summary: This report, Managing the Risk of Misconduct for the King County Sheriff’s Office, focuses on that agency's ("KCSO" or "Department") internal oversight of investigations of use of force and employee misconduct. We found that the investigations into misconduct of KCSO employees were of a high quality. It was clear what happened in the investigations and key interviews were conducted of suspects and witnesses. While the investigations of KCSO employees were of high quality, we nonetheless concluded that they could be improved. Thus, we found that KCSO's Internal Investigations Unit (IIU) functions well in its investigations. We could not, however, say the same about internal reviews and critiques of shootings and other uses of force. We reviewed all shootings occurring during 2005-2011. In none of those instances was a shooting held to be out of policy. After analyzing KCSO records, we recommend that the KCSO should create a Use of Force Review Board for all lethal and all non-lethal uses of force involving a KCSO employee, and that a parallel team of specially trained investigators should “roll out” to the on-scene investigations of significant uses of force. The recommended Use of Force Review Board should include three members: the head of training at KCSO, a citizen representative, and a rotating Chief. Additionally, we recommend that the Director of the Office of Law Enforcement Oversight (OLEO) have one nonvoting place on the Use of Force Review Board. The Use of Force Review Board should:  Replace the Shooting Review Board  Document all votes by members  Meet reasonable yet speedy deadlines  Release a statement after each review explaining how the Board arrived at its decision. The Director or another member from the OLEO team should roll out to deputy-involved shootings and other serious uses of force to question KCSO employees and conduct interviews, and take such further steps as may be necessary to fulfill OLEO's duties set forth in the ordinance. This report also includes recommendations for policy changes and other procedural reforms. We recommend changing the general use of force policy, Taser policy, and OC or pepper spray deployment policies, as well as policies for handling of high-risk individuals, firing to and from motor vehicles, and bean-bag deployment. We also recommend ending the 72 hour time period for KCSO employees to make a statement regarding their role in a use of force incident, and to instead take the statement immediately after an opportunity is given for the individual to consult with an attorney or union representative but before the individual is relieved of duty. The statement should be face-to-face and recorded and transcribed as part of an interview. If possible, the suspect should give an interview regarding the incident. Following use of force incidents, particularly in deputy-involved shooting cases, we recommend that the Department clearly record the date when the criminal investigation has begun and concluded, and that all internal deadlines following use of force incidents be adhered to. We found that the analysis of shooting incidents was incomplete and did not look at the incident in question from the perspective of administrative policy, tactical and strategic issues, discipline, and training. Moreover, interviews of the shooter and witness deputies, if taken at all, were missing from the files provided us. Thus, we recommend that uses of force incidents be better documented and that these records be retained indefinitely. Other aspects of the report cover investigations of alleged misconduct of KCSO employees, improvements to the early warning tracking system, and a discussion of the Office of Law Enforcement Oversight’s role for KCSO. We also criticize the 180-day provision in which to complete an administrative investigation. For particularly complex cases, or for a large docket of cases, the shortness of the deadline could mean that investigations do not conclude in time and discipline for misconduct cannot be meted out. The report concludes in a discussion of the 3 functions of OLEO and recommends that this office be bolstered in its staffing, structure, and authority. Details: Los Angeles: Police Assessment Resource Center (PARC), 2012. 78p. Source: Accessed December 3, 2012 at: http://kingcounty.gov/operations/oleo/reports.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 127110

Author: Kennedy, David M. Title: The High Point Drug Market Intervention Strategy Summary: Drug markets are the scourge of too many communities in the United States. They destroy neighborhoods, a sense of community, and the quality of life. They contribute to crime, shootings, prostitution, assaults, robbery, and have a negative effect on local businesses and on business and residential property values. Police sweeps, buy-bust operations, warrant service, and the arrests and jailing of drug dealers have not eliminated the problem. The drug dealers return, new dealers come into the neighborhood, and the drug markets are quickly back in business. Exasperated by the problem, the High Point (North Carolina) Police Department tried a different tactic and, to the surprise of many, succeeded in eliminating the notorious West End drug market. Creating swift and certain consequences by “banking” existing drug cases; addressing racial conflict between communities and law enforcement, setting strong community and family standards against dealing; involving dealers’ family members, and offering education, job training, job placement, and other social services, the police department was able to close the drug market. Buoyed by this success, the police also were able to close three other drug markets in the city using the same tactics. After studying the successes in High Point, other cities across the country have used similar strategies with similar levels of success. The High Point strategy does not solve the drug problem, but by eliminating street drug markets, we can reduce crime, reduce racial conflict, reduce incarceration, build a sense of camaraderie among residents, and turn some dealers’ lives around. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/files/RIC/publications/e08097226-HighPoint.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 127117

Author: Zhang, Sheldon X. Title: Looking for a Hidden Population: Trafficking of Migrant Laborers in San Diego County Summary: Although labor trafficking has received much attention in recent years, there is limited empirical research into the depth, breadth, and scope of the problem. The scarcity of reliable estimates on labor trafficking activities has long caught the attention of major international organizations and government agencies. Both policy makers and advocacy groups recognize that anti-trafficking campaigns cannot gain much credibility without the support of empirical evidence, and more importantly, reliable statistical estimates. However, empirical research on labor trafficking is no easy undertaking. It is expensive and faces major methodological challenges. Taking advantage of recent advances in sampling methodology as well as unique access to unauthorized migrant workers in San Diego County through a partnership with a community organization, this study attempts to answer some of the basic questions confronting current anti-trafficking discourse. The overarching goal of collecting empirical data that can produce valid estimates on the scope of labor trafficking activities was divided into the following two objectives: 1. To provide statistically sound estimates of the prevalence of trafficking victimization among unauthorized migrant laborers in San Diego. 2. To investigate the types of trafficking victimization experienced by these laborers. Details: San Deigo, CA: San Diego State University, 2012. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240223.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bonded Labor Shelf Number: 127118

Author: Poulin, Mary E. Title: A Process and Outcome Evaluation of the 4-H Mentoring/ Youth and Families with Promise (YFP) Program Summary: The Utah 4-H Mentoring/Youth and Families with Promise (YFP) program is a statewide mentoring program designed for at-risk youths who are 10-14 years old. Youths are paired with mentors, participate in 4-H activities, and attend Family Night Out (FNO) activities designed to strengthen family bonds. Following an evaluability assessment by NIJ that showed that the program was ready for evaluation, JRSA conducted a process and outcome evaluation to assess the degree to which the program is implemented and operated as planned, as well as its effectiveness in increasing participants’ interpersonal competence, improving their academic performance, strengthening their family relationships, and preventing delinquency. Our assessment addressed the following: (1) the characteristics of the population served; (2) the type and dosage of program activities; (3) mentor-mentee relationships; (4) satisfaction with the program; (5) involvement of youths’ family members in the program; (6) characteristics of mentors; and (7) issues related to the youths’ length of stay. Though there was significant attrition over the course of data collection, the evaluation included 392 youths in the treatment group and 327 youths in the comparison group. Assessment methods were as follows: We collected pre- and post-program data from 2005 to 2010 from youths in the program and their parents of youths, and from a comparison group of students of similar age. We measured outcome indicators at the start of, during, and up to three years after the youths’ involvement with the program using the Behavioral and Emotional Rating Scale Version 2, official school and court records, and the youths’ self-reports of behavior and perceptions of the program. • Youths’ perceptions of their relationship with their mentor were measured through the Youth–Mentor Relationship Questionnaire. • Program implementation was assessed using program dosage data, observations of program activities, mentor surveys, interviews and surveys of program staff, and program documentation. • Program costs were assessed by collecting data on program expenditures and comparing them to expenditures of similar programs. The evaluation found no evidence for improvement in academic performance, strengthening of family relationships, or delinquency prevention. Significant deviation from documented program guidelines was seen, and required program “dosage” was not always provided. While the evaluation had some methodological limitations, its findings show limited evidence of program success. Once issues with program implementation have been addressed, however, further evaluation might be considered. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2012. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: http://www.jrsa.org/projects/yfp-final-report-to-NIJ.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127123

Author: Johnson, Lallen Title: Classifying Drug Markets by Travel Patterns: Testing Reuter and MacCoun's Typology of Market Violence Summary: Research to date has demonstrated significant relationships between the presence of outdoor drug markets and violent crime. Scholars have neglected however, to consider the role of travel distance on the drugs/violence nexus. The current study examines whether features of the distributions of travel distance to markets of drug buyers, drug sellers, or the interaction between the two distributions predicts drug market violence levels net of surrounding community demographic structure. Reuter and MacCoun's (1992) as yet untested model about the connections between drugs and violent crime, predicts that the interaction of drug seller and buyer distance distributions from varying distances more powerfully drug market violence levels than buyer and average distance averages. This suggests that how the travel patterns of the two major participants in drug markets intersect is key to understanding differences. That model is tested here. In addition, for comparison purposes, impacts of buyer and seller travel median distances are modeled separately. This work uses 5 years (2006-2010) of incident and arrest data from the Philadelphia Police Department. Reuter and MacCoun's model will be tested using the following analytical techniques. First, a methodology for locating and bounding drug markets using a nearest neighbor, hierarchical clustering technique is introduced. Using this methodology 34 drug markets are identified. Second, hierarchical linear models examining buyers and sellers separately predict travel distances to drug markets. Arrestees are nested within markets. This technique separates influences on distance arising from arrestees from drug market distance differences. Third, how market level median travel distance affects within drug market violence is considered. Specifically, the main effects of median buyer travel distance and median seller travel distance on drug market violence are captured using separate Poisson hierarchical linear models. Finally, impacts of the interaction between buyer and seller distance, Reuter and MacCoun's (1992) focus, are explored in another series of generalized hierarchical linear models. The main findings from the dissertation are as follows: 1. Results provide partial support for Reuter and MacCoun's drug market-violence model using multiple operationalizations. Public markets--those in which buyers and sellers travel from outside their own neighborhoods--are expected to be the most violent. 2. Separate raw distance measures for buyers and sellers correlate with within-drug market violence, after controlling for community demographics. 3. A negative effect of socioeconomic status and violence holds even when modeled with drug market variables. 4. As the proportion of crack cocaine sales within drug markets increases so too does within-market violence. Conceptual implications highlight the need to investigate social ties as an intervening variable in the travel distance »» drug market violence relationship. It is not clear from this research whether the travel distances of drug offenders in some way explains the amount or strength of social ties in a drug market, which in turn serves to suppress or elevate within-drug market violence. Policy implications suggest that Reuter and MacCoun's drug market types may connect with specific policing responses. Policing efforts may not receive much support from community residents because dense social networks may discourage reporting illicit activity. Markets drawing dealers and customers from farther away, and located around commercial and recreational centers may be amenable to place-based policing initiatives and coordinated intervention strategies with multiple city agencies. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2012. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 127124

Author: Distler, Michael Title: Less Debate, More Analysis: A Meta Analysis of Literature on Broken Windows Policing Summary: In their broken windows thesis, Wilson and Kelling (1982) propose that social and physical disorder leads to a breakdown in informal social controls, thereby allowing more serious crime to occur. This framework had a tangible impact on policy, though research has shown mixed results with regard to its effectiveness. This thesis conducts a meta-analysis of 66 effect sizes, nested within eleven studies, in order to better understand the effect of broken windows policing on crime according to the literature. Results show that broken windows policing does have an effect on crime and that methodological characteristics of the studies are related to the effect. The discussion section considers the relationship between these findings and other meta-analyses on policing innovations, such as hot spots and problem-oriented policing. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2011. 60. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/11735/1/Distler_umd_0117N_12199.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 127125

Author: Wyckoff, Laura Ann Title: Moving Social Disorder Around Which Corner? A Case Study of Spatial Displacement and Diffusion of Benefits Summary: Prior research seeking to understand the spatial displacement of crime and diffusion of intervention benefits has suggested that place-based opportunities - levels and types of guardianship, offenders, and targets - explain spatial intervention effects to places proximate to a targeted intervention area. However, there has been no systematic test of this relationship. This dissertation uses observational and interview data to examine the relationship, in two street-level markets, between place-based opportunities and spatial displacement and diffusion of social disorder. The street segment is the unit of analysis for this study, since research shows crime clusters at this level and it is a unit small enough to accurately represent the context for street-level crime opportunities. The study begins by investigating if catchment area (an area proximate to an intervention area) segments with similar opportunities to the target area segments differentially experienced parallel intervention effects as compared to segments with dissimilar opportunity factors. These analyses resulted in null findings. The second set of analyses examined if place-based opportunities predicted the segments which fall into a high diffusion group or a displacement group, as compared to a low/moderate group. These analyses resulted in primarily null findings, except for the measures of public flow and the average level of place manager responsibility which positively predicted the segments in the high diffusion group, as compared to the low/moderate diffusion group. A third set of analyses was also performed where the outcome measure was the odds of the occurrence of a social disorder incident in a measured situation period in the segment during the intervention. These analyses revealed that the situations within segments which had a greater number of possible targets and offenders with a lack of guardianship were more likely to experience incidents of social disorder, reinforcing past findings about the relationship between social disorder and opportunities at place. Place-based opportunity factors are likely important factors in understanding parallel spatial intervention effects, but the null findings suggest additional research is needed to better understand these effects. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2011. 253p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/11929/1/Wyckoff_umd_0117E_12485.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 127126

Author: Bersani, Bianca Elizabeth Title: Are Immigrants Crime Prone? A Multifaceted Investigation of the Relationship between Immigration and Crime in Two Eras Summary: Are immigrants crime prone? In America, this question has been posed since the turn of the 20th century and more than 100 years of research has shown that immigration is not linked to increasing crime rates. Nevertheless, as was true more than a century ago, the myth of the criminal immigrant continues to permeate public debate. In part this continued focus on immigrants as crime prone is the result of significant methodological and theoretical gaps in the extant literature. Five key limitations are identified and addressed in this research including: (1) a general reliance on aggregate level analyses, (2) the treatment of immigrants as a homogeneous entity, (3) a general dependence on official data, (4) the utilization of cross-sectional analyses, and (5) nominal theoretical attention. Two broad questions motivate this research. First, how do the patterns of offending over the life course differ across immigrant and native-born groups? Second, what factors explain variation in offending over time for immigrants and does the influence of these predictors vary across immigrant and native-born individuals? These questions are examined using two separate datasets capturing information on immigration and crime during two distinct waves of immigration in the United States. Specifically, I use the Unraveling Juvenile Delinquency data and subsequent follow-ups to capture early 20th century immigration and crime, while contemporary data come from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth, 1997. Three particularly salient conclusions are drawn from this research. First, patterns of offending (i.e., prevalence, frequency, persistence and desistance) are remarkably similar for native-born and immigrant individuals. Second, although differences are observed when examining predictors of offending for native-born and immigrant individuals, they tend to be differences in degree rather than kind. That is, immigrants and native-born individuals are influenced similarly by family, peer, and school factors. Finally, these findings are robust and held when taking into account socio-historical context, immigrant generation, immigration nationality group, and crime type. In sum, based on the evidence from this research, the simple answer to the question of whether immigrants are crime prone is no. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2010. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 4, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/10783/1/Bersani_umd_0117E_11419.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 127127

Author: Miller, J. Mitchell Title: Researching the Referral Stage of Youth Mentoring in Six Juvenile Justice Settings: An Exploratory Analysis Summary: Researching the Referral Stage of Youth Mentoring in Six Juvenile Justice Settings: An Exploratory Analysis examines best practices for referring youth to mentoring from six juvenile justice settings: detention, corrections, probation, delinquency court, teen court/youth court and dependency court. A delinquency prevention and intervention option that capitalizes on the resources of local communities and caring individuals, mentoring has emerged as a promising delinquency reduction strategy for high-risk youth. This mentoring research project researches the “referral stage” of mentoring to improve the design and delivery of mentoring services to appropriate high-risk youth, which most likely will have a favorable impact on reducing juvenile delinquency, alcohol and drug abuse, truancy, and/or other problem behaviors. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2012. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2012 at: http://www.mentoring.org/images/uploads/OJJDP%20Final%20Report_p10.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127128

Author: Bathurst, Cynthia Title: The Problem of Dog-Related Incidents and Encounters Summary: Americans love dogs. There is roughly one dog for every four people in the United States, and they live in a variety of relationships with humans. Because dogs are such a part of American society, police routinely encounter them in the line of duty, not just when responding to calls about inhumane treatment or when dogs are seen to present a danger to people. Officers encounter dogs in the course of almost every kind of police interaction with the public, from making traffic stops and serving warrants, to interviewing suspects and witnesses, and even pursuing suspects. The Problem of Dog-Related Incidents and Encounters discusses tools, practices, and procedures that contribute to effective responses to dog-related incidents and encounters where dogs are present. Primary goals include ensuring public and officer safety and considering community needs and demands. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2012 at: http://cops.usdoj.gov/Publications/e051116358_Dog-Incidents-508.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Dog-Related Violence Shelf Number: 127129

Author: MITRE Corporation Title: Enhancing Access to Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs Using Health Information Technology: Work Group Recommendations Summary: Prescription drug misuse and overdose is one of the fastest growing health epidemics in the United States. In 2010, U.S. pharmacies dispensed enough opioid pain relievers to medicate every adult in America with a 5 mg hydrocodone every 4 hours for an entire month. As of 2010, nearly 5% of people 12 years or older in the United States stated that they used opioids nonmedically. The amount of controlled substances dispensed and used nonmedically is alarming considering that the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported that in 2009, opioid drugs, including oxycodone and hydrocodone, caused more than 15,500 overdose deaths - a number that is increasing. The overdose death rates for all drugs including opioids increased in Louisiana, Mississippi, Kentucky and West Virginia from the years 1999 to 2008. In 2008, New Mexico and West Virginia reported the highest drug overdose death rates at 27 and 25.8 deaths per 100,000 population respectively. To address the prescription drug abuse problem, many states have established Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs (PDMPs). These programs collect prescription data on medications that the federal government classifies as controlled substances and other non-controlled substance drugs. Their purpose is to reduce prescription drug abuse and diversion. PDMPs are not federally operated; they are statewide electronic databases that collect, monitor, and analyze electronically transmitted prescribing and dispensing data submitted by pharmacies and dispensing physicians. PDMP information can be useful to improve decision-making when prescribing and dispensing scheduled prescription drugs, but not all states benefit equally from these programs. Although this data is made available to authorized healthcare professionals in the majority of states, access is generally optional. Details: McLean, VA: MITRE Corporation, 2012. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: http://www.ihealthtran.com/Enhancing-Access-to-prescription-drug-monitoring-programs-using-health-information-technology-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 127134

Author: Amnesty International Title: The Edge of Endurance: Prison Conditions in California's Security Housing Units Summary: More than 3,000 prisoners in California are held in high security isolation units known as Security Housing Units (SHUs), where they are confined for at least 22 and a half hours a day in single or double cells, with no work or meaningful rehabilitation programs or group activities of any kind. Over 1,000 are held in the SHU at Pelican Bay State Prison, a remote facility where most prisoners are confined alone in cells which have no windows to the outside or direct access to natural light. SHU prisoners are isolated both within prison and from meaningful contacts with the outside world: contact with correctional staff is kept to a minimum, and consultations with medical, mental health and other staff routinely take place behind barriers; all visits, including family and legal visits, are also non-contact, with prisoners separated from their visitors behind a glass screen. Under California regulations, the SHU is intended for prisoners whose conduct endangers the safety of others or the security of the institution. Around a third of the current population are serving fixed SHU terms of SHU confinement (ranging from a few months to several years) after being found guilty through the internal disciplinary system of specific offences while in custody. However, more than 2,000 prisoners are serving “indeterminate” (indefinite) SHU terms because they have been “validated” by the prison authorities as members or associates of prison gangs. According to figures provided by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) in 2011, more than 500 prisoners serving indeterminate SHU terms had spent ten or more years in the Pelican Bay SHU; of this number, more than 200 had spent over 15 years in the SHU and 78 more than 20 years. Many had been in the SHU since it opened in 1989, held in conditions of extreme isolation and environmental deprivation. No other US state is believed to have held so many prisoners for such long periods in indefinite isolation. The main route out of the SHU for prisoners with alleged gang connections has been to “debrief”, a process requiring them to provide information on other gang members which many decline to undertake because of the threat of retaliation. Although prisoners may also be released from the SHU if they have been “inactive” as a gang member or associate for six years, many prisoners have been held long beyond this period. Until now, these prisoners have had no means of leaving the SHU through their own positive behaviour or through participating in programs. Many prisoners have spent decades in isolation despite reportedly being free of any serious rule violations and - if they are serving a “term to life” sentence – without any means of earning parole. Prisoner advocates and others have criticized the gang validation process as unreliable and lacking adequate safeguards, allowing prisoners to be consigned to indefinite isolation without evidence of any specific illegal activity, or on the basis of tenuous gang associations, on evidence often provided by anonymous informants. In March 2012, the CDCR put forward proposals which, for the first time, would provide a “step-down program” (SDP) for prisoners serving indeterminate SHU terms, using what the department has called a “behaviour-based model” to enable them to earn their way back to the general prison population. Amnesty International welcomes in principle plans to provide a route out of isolation through prisoners’ own behaviour. However, the SDP – which would take place in four stages, each lasting a minimum of one-year – does not allow any group interaction for at least the first two years. No changes to the physical conditions of confinement are proposed for the Pelican Bay SHU, where prisoners would spend at least two years in the same isolated conditions of cellular confinement as they are now. Prisoners could still be held in indefinite isolation if they fail to meet the criteria for the SDP. In continuing to confine prisoners in prolonged isolation – albeit with shorter minimum terms than under the present system – California would still fall short of international law and standards for humane treatment and the prohibition of torture and other ill-treatment. Amnesty International does not seek to minimize the challenges faced by prison administrators in dealing with prison gangs and individuals who are a threat to institutional security and recognizes that it may sometimes be necessary to segregate prisoners for disciplinary or security purposes. However, all measures must be consistent with states’ obligation under international law and standards to treat all prisoners humanely. In recognition of the negative effects of such treatment, international and regional human rights bodies and experts have called on states to limit their use of solitary confinement, so that it is imposed only in exceptional circumstances for as short a period as possible. As described below, Amnesty International considers that the conditions of isolation and other deprivations imposed on prisoners in California’s SHU units breach international standards on humane treatment. The cumulative effects of such conditions, particularly when imposed for prolonged or indefinite periods, and the severe environmental deprivation in Pelican Bay SHU, in particular, amounts to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment, in violation of international law. Amnesty International’s recommendations to the California authorities, developed in more detail at the end of the report, include:  Limiting the use of isolation in a SHU or similar environment so that is it imposed only as a last resort in the case of prisoners whose behaviour constitutes a severe and ongoing threat to the safety of others or the security of the institution.  Improving conditions for all prisoners held in SHUs, including better exercise provision and an opportunity for more human contact for prisoners, even at the most restrictive custody levels.  Allowing SHU prisoners to make regular phone calls to their families.  Reducing the length of the Step down Program and providing meaningful access to programs where prisoners have an opportunity for some group contact and interaction with others at an earlier stage. Immediate removal from isolation of prisoners who have already spent years in the SHU under an indeterminate assignment. Details: London: Amnesty International, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/california_solitary_confinement_report_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Pelican Bay State Prison Shelf Number: 127135

Author: Bipartisan Policy Center Title: Countering Online Radicalization in America Summary: While being a force for good, the Internet has also come to play an important—and, in many ways, unique—role in radicalizing homegrown and domestic terrorists. Supporters of Al Qaeda, Sovereign Citizens, white supremacists and neo-Nazis, environmental and animal liberationists, and other violent extremist groups all have embraced the Internet with great enthusiasm and vigor. They are using it as a platform to spread their ideas, connect with each other, make new recruits, and incite illegal and violent actions. We believe that this trend will continue and that future terrorist attacks against the United States and its interests will involve individuals who have been radicalized—at least in part—on the Internet. As a result, countering online radicalization should continue to be a major priority for the government and its Countering Violent Extremism (CVE) efforts. The purpose of this report is to equip policy makers with a better understanding of how the Internet facilitates radicalization, in particular within the United States; an appreciation of the dilemmas and trade-offs that are involved in countering online radicalization within the United States; and ideas and best practices for making the emerging approach and strategy richer and more effective. Details: Washington, DC: Bipartisan Policy Center, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: http://bipartisanpolicy.org/library/report/countering-online-radicalization-america Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 127136

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combating Nuclear Smuggling: Megaports Initiative Faces Funding and Sustainability Challenges Summary: National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA) established the Megaports Initiative in 2003 to deter, detect, and interdict nuclear or other radiological materials smuggled through foreign seaports. The Initiative funds the installation of radiation detection equipment at select seaports overseas and trains foreign personnel to use this equipment to scan shipping containers entering and leaving these seaports - regardless of destination. NNSA provides partner countries with maintenance and technical support for about 3 years, after which it transfers the equipment and all related responsibilities to partner countries. GAO was asked to examine (1) the status of the Megaports Initiative and NNSA's plans for completing and sustaining it and (2) the benefits of the Initiative and factors that reduce its effectiveness. GAO analyzed key documents; interviewed agency officials; and visited eight Megaports in five countries, selected on the basis of port size and unique characteristics, among other things. GAO recommends that NNSA take actions, including (1) finalizing its long-term plan for ensuring the sustainability of Megaports operations after NNSA's final transfer of equipment to partner countries and (2) developing and maintaining useful and reliable measures to assess the performance of the Initiative. GAO also recommends that NNSA and DHS jointly assess the extent to which the two Initiatives are effectively coordinating. NNSA and DHS agreed with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-37: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Security Shelf Number: 127143

Author: Minnesota Sex Offender Program Title: Options for Managing the Growth and Cost of the Minnesota Sex Offender Program: Facility Study Summary: Throughout Minnesota, managing sexual offenders and combating sexual violence is a complex issue with a wide scope and multi-agency approach. For years, Minnesota has been a leader on many fronts in this area from specialized caseloads for supervision agents, to the development of one of the first actuarial risk tools in the field (MNSOST-R). The Minnesota Legislature has requested several studies related to sexual violence and sexual offenders in the past 15 years which is indicative of its commitment to continue to evaluate and strengthen current practice and to develop strategies consistent with advancements in the field. Many recommendations from these reports have been implemented and have resulted in an improved system. Minnesota is one of 20 states that enacted civil commitment statutes to indeterminately detain individuals for treatment to address their sexual dangerousness and as part of a broader strategy to manage the risks presented across the continuum of sexual offenders. The civil commitment program is expensive to maintain and the program continues to expand because more sexual offenders are entering than are being released. The cost and growth of the Minnesota Sex Offender Program (MSOP) continues to be an area of concern particularly given the current economic issues facing the state. Public safety cannot be compromised yet the growth of this program creates a strain on the state budget as the per diem for MSOP clients is $328 and projections indicate an expected annual growth of at least 50 additional clients. To address future growth and cost, the 2010 Legislature included a subdivision in the capital investment bonding bill requiring the commissioner of the Department of Human Services (DHS) to submit a report to the Legislature by January 15, 2011. The commissioner tasked MSOP with the completion of this study. MSOP then convened four topical teams to provide analysis and recommendations for sex offender treatment, the civil commitment process, sexual abuse perpetration prevention, and bed space options for MSOP clients. These other facets of this issue were incorporated in this study to paint a complete picture of the growth of Minnesota’s civil commitment program for sexual offenders and its subsequent need for expansion. Developing options to manage the growth and decrease the cost of MSOP was the charge for each topical team as they researched and provided analysis of their topic. The treatment topical team found treatment systems in Minnesota have the potential to further reduce the need for civil commitments and to help support the release of some civilly committed individuals if they have made sufficient progress to warrant any court ordered release to society from MSOP. This results in an increased reliance on community-based treatment to manage higher risk sexual offenders. To make this shift responsibly, Minnesota should work to strengthen its community-based treatment options in several ways. These changes will require additional resources but it is likely that these additional costs will be more than offset through reductions in expected future MSOP operating costs and capital costs associated with program expansions. The team that reviewed the current civil commitment process concluded these programs for sexual offenders are an expensive yet necessary tool in an effective, comprehensive statewide management strategy. The challenge for the State of Minnesota is to utilize MSOP efficiently while maintaining public safety in a fiscally responsible manner. Opportunities exist to impact the future cost and growth of MSOP by making modifications and revisions in the current process of civil commitment. Evaluating the application of commitment criteria in the referral process and considering options to indeterminate commitment would impact the number of new clients admitted to MSOP. Enhancing coordinated community-based resources would increase the ability to manage this challenging population at a decreased cost. Once modifications and new policies are in place, an ongoing evaluation of the statewide management system for sex offenders would assist in maintaining efficiency and better ensure public safety. Managing the growth and decreasing the cost of MSOP could be most effectively achieved if sexual abuse was prevented before someone perpetrated sexual harm. Prevention of sexual abuse perpetration was included in this study and report to illuminate the importance of preventing the creation of civilly committed sex offenders as well as preventing recidivism once MSOP clients are reintegrated into the community. By investing in a population-based public health approach to sexual violence prevention, Minnesota will be investing in long-term cost-savings for the state. A complex web of social norms, environmental factors, peer influence and individual decision-making that precedes an act of sexual violence. Ample opportunities for intervention and prevention exist. After reviewing several options for renovation and expansion, the bed space options topical team concluded that both a short-term and a long-term solution are needed to address the projected growth of MSOP. In the short-term, MSOP should work with the Minnesota Security Hospital to move clients out of the Shantz building on the St. Peter campus. This allows MSOP to request asset preservation funds from the Legislature to complete the infrastructure renovations of the Shantz building. This will increase the capacity of MSOP by 55 additional beds, which will accommodate MSOP’s bed space needs for one more year. This timing allows MSOP to review next year’s projections and develop a bonding request for the 2012-2013 legislative sessions. The low operating costs of this recommendation will assist MSOP in lowering the overall per diem. The long-term solution is the lowest on-going operating cost per client in adding a 400 bed living unit within the original design of the MSOP Moose Lake facility. This allows MSOP to take advantage of existing support infrastructure, security perimeter and administrative staff. The MSOP Moose Lake facility expansion also allows for building only 200 or 100 beds. The 200 bed addition would include adding only two of the five housing wings. The 100 bed option only builds one of the wings. These options will still require building the additional support infrastructure, but require less bonding dollars in the near term and still allow for the additional expansion of the other wings. Minnesota would do well to continue to strengthen its multi-faceted, multi-agency approach to the issue of sex offender management and also, in preventing sexual violence. In moving forward, Minnesota should create and fund an on-going entity to coordinate, assess and improve statewide responses to sex offender management as well as to identify new and emerging issues. As this report demonstrates, the issue of sexual violence is exceedingly complex and thus requires an approach equal in its complexity including prevention, intervention and response. It should be noted that the Office of Legislative Auditor (OLA) is in the process of conducting a program evaluation of MSOP. The OLA report to the Legislature will likely address some of these areas in further detail as well as provide suggestions and or recommendations for future direction. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Human Services, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2012 at: http://archive.leg.state.mn.us/docs/2011/mandated/110064.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment of Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 127187

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: Minnesota Sex Offender Management: Final Report Summary: From 1988 through 2005, there were 12,038 convictions for felony-level sex offenses. Of these, 4,016 offenders were sent to prison and the remaining 8,022 were managed in the community. Throughout this period there have also been numerous policy changes, such as increased sentences and supervision requirements, which bring to the forefront a need for continued discussion on how best to manage this sex offender population. This is not the first time that Minnesota has studied and worked on the issue of enhancing management of the sex offender population. Studies since the mid-eighties have covered topics such as recommendations on increased sentencing, risk assessment and release procedures, creation of a civil commitment process for the highest-risk offenders, and enhancements to supervision, to name a few. With each effort, the criminal justice community gains knowledge and implements better management practices. While the Legislature was dealing with civil commitment of sex offenders in the mid-nineties, the issue of sex offender management through enhancements to supervision and treatment really started coming to the forefront in the late-nineties. One example of this was the passage of a pilot program in Dodge/Fillmore/Olmsted Community Corrections to increase supervision of sex offenders by reducing agent caseloads. At this same time, the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) was directed to study sex offender supervision issues focusing on ways to improve supervision, increase public safety, reduce recidivism and report back to the Legislature by February of 2000. When Katie’s law passed in 2000, specific funding was allocated to enhance sex offender supervision statewide. Since then, public concern over sex offender issues has increased due to several high-profile sex offender cases. In 2004, Governor Pawlenty appointed a cabinet-level position responsible for heading up the coordination of sex offender management activities across agencies. At the same time, the DOC enhanced the process used for referring sex offenders for civil commitment and reviewed all management policies and procedures, making significant revisions. To help guide these efforts, the department partnered with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Center for Sex Offender Management (CSOM); receiving both technical assistance and information on national best practices for sex offender management. In January of 2005, the Legislative Auditor completed a report reviewing the current state of sex offender management in Minnesota and made recommendations for change. At the time the re-port came out, the Legislature was already in the process of passing significant changes to sex offender sentencing and supervision laws. When the final bill passed in May of 2005, it included the directive to form a work group to study and report on many of the issues raised by the auditor (2005 Laws of Minnesota, Chapter 136, Article 3, Section 28). The Legislature directed the commissioner of corrections to establish a Working Group on Sex Offender Management to develop statewide sex offender management standards and best practices. The commissioner was directed to: Given the breadth of the 12 legislative directives, the commissioner decided early on to create four separate work groups that would address the following areas: • Adult supervision practices; • Juvenile supervision practices; • Assessment and treatment practices; and • Polygraph practices. By routing the 12 legislative directives through four groups, the commissioner was able to have work progress simultaneously on several different sets of standards and was also able to recruit a broader range of participation and expertise. Overall, there were more than 60 professionals with extensive experience in the field of sex offender management who participated in the work groups. The full membership convened periodically in general sessions to coordinate the efforts of the four smaller groups. At these all-day general sessions, the members reviewed the work of their peers and submitted recommendations and requests for further study. In this final report to the Legislature, the work groups have created two documents. The first includes a detailed history of sex offender initiatives, information on supervision, treatment, polygraph efforts, and resources for sex offender management in Minnesota. The second, Appendix H, highlights the efforts to establish standards and guidelines for providing the best services available to manage sex offenders. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2007. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/legislativereports/documents/SOreport02-07_000.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 127192

Author: Gordon, John, IV Title: Keeping Law Enforcement Connected: Information Technology Needs from State and Local Agencies Summary: In an effort to assess criminal justice technology needs at the state and local levels, we conducted more than 25 individual and group interviews with criminal justice and law enforcement personnel to arrive at a better understanding of their technology priorities. We also examined the means by which these agencies commonly receive information on technology, including knowledge dissemination at the state and local levels from the National Institute of Justice’s (NIJ) National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC). The technical report outlines who we interviewed, what their priorities are regarding information and geospatial technologies and analytic systems, and how they are currently learning about these technologies. It concludes with recommendations to better align investments with agencies’ needs and to improve dissemination of information about how to best employ technology. As is typical for interview and focus-group studies, the analysis in this report is intended to be exploratory, surfacing agencies’ needs rather than statistically analyzing their prevalence. Nonetheless, what we heard from the agencies was strongly consistent and more than sufficient to draw preliminary conclusions. Thus, the findings in this report will be of interest to the Department of Justice (DoJ), state and local law enforcement, and technology developers supporting law enforcement. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, Center on Quality Policing, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2012/RAND_TR1165.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Information Sharing Shelf Number: 127193

Author: Beckley, Amber L. Title: The Effect of Hurricanes on Burglary in North Carolina Counties, 1999-2003 Summary: Hurricanes and tropical storms cause much harm and extensive damage. Their effect on crime is interesting as their precise timing is unpredictable. Yet, there is a limited body of research on this effect. This thesis examines the effect of hurricanes on burglary in North Carolina counties for a five year period between January 1999 and December 2003. It considers both routine activity theory and social disorganization theory to explain how crime may change after a disaster. The results indicate that some social disorganization components interact with a hurricane to produce an effect on burglary. The routine activity proxies used were not significant, but this could have been the result of numerous limitations. Future directions for research include improving and expanding data sources and incorporating alternate theories. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2008. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/8537 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 127195

Author: Minnesota. Department of Corrections Title: An Outcome Evaluation of Minnesota Circles of Support and Accountability (MnCoSA): Preliminary Results from a Randomized Experiment Summary: In 2008, the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) implemented MnCoSA, a sex offender reentry program based on the COSA model developed in Canada during the 1990s. Using a randomized experimental design, the DOC evaluated the effectiveness of MnCoSA by conducting a cost-benefit analysis and comparing recidivism outcomes in the MnCoSA (N = 31) and control groups (N = 31). The average follow-up period for the 62 offenders in this study was nearly two years. KEY FINDINGS • Compared to sex offenders in the control group, MnCoSA participants had lower rates of recidivism for all five measures. o Rearrest: 39% MnCoSA vs. 65% Control  No MnCoSA participants were rearrested for a new sex offense compared to one sex offender in the control group o Reconviction: 26% MnCoSA vs. 45% Control o New Offense Reincarceration: 10% MnCoSA vs. 26% Control o Technical Violation Revocation: 48% MnCoSA vs. 68% Control o Any Reincarceration: 48% MnCoSA vs. 61% Control • Participation in MnCoSA significantly decreased three of the five measures of recidivism. The reductions in recidivism risk were: o 62 percent for rearrest o 72 percent for technical violation revocation o 84 percent for any return to prison • Due to less recidivism, MnCoSA has reduced costs to the State of Minnesota. o MnCoSA has produced an estimated $363,211 in costs avoided o The benefit per MnCoSA participant is $11,716 o For every dollar spent on MnCoSA, the program has generated a benefit of $1.82 (an 82 percent return on investment). Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/9-12MnCOSAOutcomeEvaluation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 127196

Author: South Carolina. Department of Public Safety. Office of Justice Programs Title: Sexual Violence in Private Residences: Whose, How and Why? Summary: Data from the South Carolina Incident Based Reporting System (SCIBRS) provided the initial basis of this report. SCIBRS data starts with the statewide uniform incident report. Whenever a criminal act is reported to law enforcement, the responding officer fills out an incident report. That report contains detailed information about the incident, the victim and the offender as well as any associated arrests. This information is then entered into SCIBRS, which is maintained by the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division (SLED). Among the SCIBRS information collected and maintained by SLED is a primary location code identifying the type of premise at which the offense occurred. SCIBRS has twenty-seven location codes which identify the specific type of location at which a criminal incident has been reported. The location codes most frequently associated with sexual violence offenses were those which identified private residences such as houses, apartments, condominiums and other privately owned residences. From 2005 to 2009, 73% of South Carolina’s sexual violence victimizations were reported in private residences (SCDPS, 2010). While that information is important in its own right and tells us a lot about the nature of sexual violence, unfortunately, it is quite limited in that it does not provide questions to some follow up questions that naturally arise in response to this finding. For example, did these acts of sexual violence occur in the victims’ homes, the offenders’ homes or in some other private residence? If the violence occurred in a residence other than the victim’s home, how and why did the victim come to be in that place? If the violence occurred in the victim’s home, how did the offender come to be there? Aside from information that might be contained in the narrative portion of the incident report, which is not forwarded to SLED, answers to these questions were not available from SCIBRS. The purpose of this project was to address these questions and hopefully provide a better understanding of where sexual violence in private residences occurred and how the victims and offenders involved in sexual violence came to be at those places. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: www.scdps.gov/ojp/stats/reports.html Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 127200

Author: South Carolina Department of Public Safety. Office of Justice Programs. Statistical Analysis Center Title: An Overview of Racial Disproportionality in Juvenile Arrests and Offenses in South Carolina Summary: Minority racial populations, specifically Blacks, accounted for the majority of adult inmates (South Carolina Department of Corrections [SCDC], 2012), the majority of community corrections admissions (South Carolina Department of Probation, Parole and Pardon Services [SCDPPPS], 2012) and the majority of adult arrests in South Carolina (State Law Enforcement Division [SLED], 2008, 2009). Minority overrepresentation is no less of a problem in the juvenile justice system. Black juveniles represent the majority of the referrals to the South Carolina Department of Juvenile Justice (South Carolina Department of Juvenile Justice [SCDJJ], 2012) as well as the majority of the juveniles arrested statewide (SLED, 2008, 2009). Unfortunately, efforts to systematically examine the problem of disproportionate minority contact with the criminal justice system in South Carolina have been sparse. One previous effort has provided some worthwhile insights, examining racial disproportionality at specific points in the juvenile justice process: the decision to detain juveniles prior to adjudication, the decision to prosecute juveniles, the decision to commit juveniles for evaluation, and the decision to commit juveniles for long-term incarceration (Motes, 2003). However, a particularly important decision point in the juvenile justice process was not included in that analysis, that of juvenile arrest. The purpose of this report is to provide a descriptive overview concerning the nature and extent of racial disproportionality among juveniles for both the arrest process and reported criminal offenses. This report focused on juvenile arrests and offenses throughout South Carolina during 2008 and 2009. Details: Blythewood, SC: South Carolina Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://www.jrsa.org/ibrrc/background-status/South_Carolina/SC_RacialArrests.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 127101

Author: Carson, Jennifer Varriale Title: The Criminal Conduct of Radical Environmental and Animal Rights Groups: A Rational Choice Perspsective Summary: This dissertation examines whether members of radical environmental and animal rights groups are deterred by legal sanctions, morality, both, or neither. From a rational choice framework, I hypothesize that members of these groups weigh costs and benefits and act based on expected utility. I measure an increase in costs through three federal sentencing acts targeted at reducing the criminal behavior of these groups and hypothesize that this legislation decreased the total, serious, and ideologically-specific activity of extremists. I also contend that two terrorist events, the nearly fatal tree-spiking of George Alexander and the assassination of Hyram Kitchen, also increased the costs of criminal conduct for members of radical eco-groups. I evaluate interviews with twenty-five activists and analyze a database of 1056 incidents through both time-series and series hazard modeling. The interviews yield support for the rational choice perspective, particularly in regards to micro-level considerations of legal sanctions and morality. My quantitative findings indicate that the legislation was influential, albeit varying in direction by the method employed. Specifically, the time-series models yield significant increases in the frequency of criminal conduct after the legislation, while the series hazard analyses demonstrate a decrease in the hazard of an attack. I also find that the two major terrorist events did not significantly impact the criminal conduct of these groups. I conclude that members of radical environmental and animal rights groups are rational actors whom consider the moral evaluation of a given act and are susceptible to an increase in costs as measured through legislative efforts, but not as operationalized as a response to high profile attacks. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2010. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/10966 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Rights Groups Shelf Number: 127204

Author: Dabney, Jonathan Dickinson Title: Identifying Victims of Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking in a Juvenile Custody Setting Summary: Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking (DMST) is a severe form of child sexual exploitation. Thus far, DMST studies have been qualitative or relied on secondary data. There has been no quantitative attempt to directly identify victims in a methodical way in order to determine the prevalence of DMST at a local level or the nature and strengths of its correlates. The present study used a three-tiered screening process to identify victims of DMST in a juvenile detention center. All youth taken into custody over a three and a half month period (N = 738) received a short assessment to identify those most at risk and in need of additional screening. During the study, six youth were identified as DMST victims and statistically significant differences were found between youth referred for additional screening (N = 47) and youth who were not. The results suggest that detention and probation staff identified the presence of DMST risk factors in youth screen interviews and were making referral decisions based on the presence of those risk factors. Practical implications of the findings are discussed along with suggestions for future research. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2011. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 10, 2012 at: http://dr.archives.pdx.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/psu/7010/Dabney_psu_0180E_10259.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127207

Author: Baumer, Eric P. Title: Expanding the Scope of Research on Recent Crime Trends Summary: While there is a burgeoning research literature on crime trends, much of the extant research has adopted a relatively narrow approach, efforts across studies are highly variable, and the overall conclusions that can be drawn are ambiguous. In our judgment, one reason for this state of affairs is that the current data infrastructure that supports crime trends research is incomplete and scattered, yielding redundant efforts and highly inconsistent approaches. The primary purpose of this project was to enhance the data infrastructure by compiling in a centralized location the most commonly referenced datasets and measures. An ancillary objective was to illustrate the utility of the resulting data archive. We do so by considering three substantive research issues: (1) a uniform set of analyses across states, counties, and cities; (2) an assessment of the conditional effects of economic conditions on recent crime trends; and (3) an expanded analysis of the effects of key criminal justice attributes (e.g., the nature of policing, age- and crime-specific imprisonment rates) on recent crime trends that have not been considered extensively in prior research. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240204.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 127208

Author: Coburn, Tom Title: Safety At Any Price: Assessing the Impact of Homeland Security Spending in U.S. Cities Summary: The Oklahoma City bombing in 1995 and the attacks of September 11, 2011 will forever be etched in our collective memory and forever serve as painful reminders that the enemies of freedom are many and our security often comes at a steep price—in dollars, lives and liberty. We no longer can assume our distant shores from foreign lands or having the greatest military force in the history of the world are enough to protect us. We now live with the reality terrorists are within our midst and they may look, sound and act like us, but they hate everything we are and the values we share. The balancing act between liberty and security has been tenuous throughout the history of our nation, founded upon basic freedoms granted by our Creator and protected from government infringement within the Bill of Rights of our Constitution. But a new element has been added to this equation over the past decade that threatens to undermine both our liberty and security—excessive government spending and insurmountable debt. We cannot secure liberty and guarantee security simply by spending more and more money in the name of security. Every dollar misspent in the name of security weakens our already precarious economic condition, indebts us to foreign nations, and shackles the future of our children and grandchildren. Our $16 trillion national debt has become the new red menace not only lurking in our midst, but created and sustained by shortsighted and irresponsible decisions made in Washington. We can only defend our freedoms by ensuring the dollars we spend on security are done so in a fiscally responsible manner, meet real needs, and respect the very rights we are aiming to preserve and protect. This report, Safety at Any Price, exposes misguided and wasteful spending in one of the largest terror-prevention grant programs at the Department of Homeland Security – the Urban Area Security Initiative (UASI). We cannot assume that because the UASI program has an important mission and a large budget it is accomplishing its goals, however. Significant evidence suggests that the program is struggling to demonstrate how it is making U.S. cities less vulnerable to attack and more prepared if one were to occur—despite receiving $7.1 billion in federal funding since 2003. After ten years, a clear danger for the Urban Areas Security Initiative (UASI) grant program is that it would be transformed from a risk-based program targeting security gaps into an entitlement program for states and cities. My office has conducted a year-long inquiry into the this grant program found that to wide of latitude is given to states and urban areas to determine the projects they will fund, and program parameters defining what constitute allowable expenses are extremely broad. Congress and DHS failed to establish metrics to measure how funds spent through the UASI program have made us safer or determine the right amount to dedicate to counterterrorism programs to mitigate the threat. While DHS recently established its first National Preparedness Goal, it has yet to develop a robust assessment of the nation’s current preparedness capabilities or defined performance metrics to assess the effectiveness of federal expenditures made to date. If in the days after 9/11 lawmakers were able to cast their gaze forward ten years, I imagine they would be surprised to see how a counter-terrorism initiative aimed at protecting our largest cities has transformed into another parochial grant program. We would have been frustrated to learn that limited federal resources were now subsidizing the purchase of low-priority items like an armored vehicles to protect festivals in rural New Hampshire, procure an underwater robot in Ohio and to pay for first responder attendance at a five-day spa junket that featured a display of tactical prowess in the face of a “zombie apocalypse.” As we mark the tenth anniversary of the creation of the Department of Homeland Security, the time has come for Congress to reconsider DHS’s mission and approach to counterterrorism. We must be honest with the American people that we cannot make every community around the country invulnerable to terrorist attacks by writing large checks from Washington, D.C. Not only is this an unrealistic goal, but it also undermines the very purpose of our efforts. By letting every level of government – federal, State and local – do the things each does best, we can secure our cities and our freedoms. Confusing these roles, as we have done with UASI, leads to waste, inefficiency and a false sense of security. We must rededicate ourselves to ensuring that every dollar the federal government spends on terrorism prevention programs is spent wisely, yielding the largest improvement in security and best return on investment for your tax dollars. Facing a $16 trillion national debt, Congress needs to have a conversation about what we can afford to spend on the Department of Homeland Security’s terrorism prevention programs and where to spend it. The American people recognize and understand the limits we face. They understand that we should never sacrifice all of our freedoms in the name of security. We similarly cannot mortgage our children and grandchildren’s future by funding unnecessary and ineffective programs, even including those that have important missions. Details: Washington, DC: Office of U.S. Senator Tom Coburn; Member, Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2012 at http://www.coburn.senate.gov/public//index.cfm?a=Files.Serve&File_id=b86fdaeb-86ff-4d19-a112-415ec85aa9b6 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 127209

Author: U.S. Department of the Interior. Bureau of Indian Affairs Title: Crime-Reduction Best Practices Handbook: Making Indian Communities Safe 2012 Summary: This handbook contains the successful strategies with information ranging from general approaches to specific details that should be in place to successfully implement strategies. Although specific applications of best practices may vary from location to location, the basic approach to crime-reduction outlined in this handbook is relevant to all law enforcement entities in Indian Country. This handbook is organized into six sections: section 1, The Conceptual Framework, entitled “Formula for Success,” overviews the crime-reduction strategies and how they interrelate to achieve the overall goal of reduced violent crime. Sections 2 through 6, “Implementation and Results,” examine the implementation of each strategy; analyzes which strategies were successful; describes what challenges were faced; and indicates what positive outcomes were achieved. The appendixes provide specific formats and vehicles used to implement the strategies. This part of the handbook is particularly useful to facilitate implementation at other reservations. Information contained in the appendixes includes the formats used for each strategy (e.g., shift reports, operating plans, memoranda of understanding (MOUs) with other agencies, press releases); violent crime and property crime statistics at each High Priority Performance Goal (HPPG) reservation; demographic information for each HPPG reservation with other non-HPPG locations with similar population and acreage; a blank interview guide used for obtaining specific information from the HPPG reservations; and a list of the information sources used to compile this handbook. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Justice Services, Bureau of Indian Affairs, 2012. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://www.bia.gov/cs/groups/xojs/documents/text/idc-018678.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 127211

Author: California. Office of the Attorney General Title: The State of Human Trafficking in California 2012 Summary: On September 22, 2012, our nation celebrated the 150th anniversary of the Emancipation Proclamation. While slavery has been outlawed in this country since 1865, the promise of freedom still eludes thousands of men, women, and children who are forced into labor and prostitution in the United States today. Forced labor and sex trafficking are not just brutal relics of history or crimes that take place in faraway places. They comprise the world’s fastest growing criminal enterprise, and they are flourishing right here in California. Human trafficking is an estimated $32 billion-a-year global industry. After drug trafficking, human trafficking is the world’s second most profitable criminal enterprise, a status it shares with illegal arms trafficking. Like drug and arms trafficking, the United States is one of the top destination countries for trafficking in persons. California – a populous border state with a significant immigrant population and the world’s ninth largest economy – is one of the nation’s top four destination states for trafficking human beings. As part of the state’s first anti-trafficking law (AB 22, Lieber), the California Alliance to Combat Trafficking and Slavery Task Force reviewed California’s response to human trafficking and offered findings and recommendations in a 2007 report to the Governor, Attorney General, and Legislature. California has made tremendous progress in combating human trafficking since the Task Force released the Human Trafficking in California report, but significant new challenges in combating this crime have emerged in the last five years. First, criminal organizations and street gangs have increasingly turned to trafficking in persons. The prevailing wisdom among these criminals is that human trafficking is more profitable and has a lower risk of being detected than drug trafficking. Second, new innovations in technology make it possible for traffickers to recruit victims and perpetrate their crimes online. It is critical that law enforcement have the tools and training to police online trafficking. Third, the Internet, social media, and mobile devices provide new avenues for outreach to victims and raising public awareness about this atrocious crime. In January 2012, Attorney General Kamala D. Harris created a Human Trafficking Work Group to examine the nature and scope of human trafficking in California in 2012; to evaluate California’s progress since 2007 in combating human trafficking; and to identify challenges and opportunities in protecting and assisting victims and bringing traffickers to justice. The Work Group included more than 100 representatives of state, local and federal law enforcement, state government agencies, victim service providers, nonprofit groups, technology companies, and educational institutions. This report reflects the Work Group discussions held during three day-long meetings in Sacramento, San Francisco, and Los Angeles, as well as supplemental research and investigation by the California Department of Justice. Details: Sacramento, CA: Office of the Attorney General, 2012. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at https://oag.ca.gov/sites/all/files/pdfs/ht/human-trafficking-2012.pdf? Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127213

Author: Butler, Jeffrey V. Title: Trust and Cheating Summary: When we take a cab we may feel cheated if the driver takes an unnecessarily long route despite the lack of a contract or promise to take the shortest possible path. Is our decision to take the cab affected by our belief that we may end up feeling cheated? Is the behavior of the driver affected by his beliefs about what we consider cheating? We address these questions in the context of a trust game by asking participants directly about their notions of cheating. We find that: i) both parties to a trust exchange have implicit notions of what constitutes cheating even in a context without promises or messages; ii) these notions are not unique – the vast majority of senders would feel cheated by a negative return on their trust/investment, whereas a sizable minority defines cheating according to an equal split rule; iii) these implicit notions affect the behavior of both sides to the exchange in terms of whether to trust or cheat and to what extent. Finally, we show that individual's notions of what constitutes cheating can be traced back to two classes of values instilled by parents: cooperative and competitive. The first class of values tends to soften the notion while the other tightens it. Details: Washington, DC: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 53p. Source: NBER Working Paper Series, No. 18509: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://www.nber.org/papers/w18509.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cheating Shelf Number: 127217

Author: Papke, David Ray Title: Muted Message: Capital Punishment in the Hollywood Cinema Summary: Contemporary Hollywood films seem at first glance to be opposed to capital punishment. However, this article’s consideration of five surprisingly similar films (Dead Man Walking, The Chamber, Last Dance, True Crime, and The Life of David Gale) finds they do not truly and consistently condemn capital punishment. Instead of suggesting that the practice of capital punishment is fundamentally immoral and should in general be ended, the films champion only worthy individuals on death row and delight primarily in the personal growth of other characters who attempt to aid the condemned. In the end, Hollywood offers only a muted message regarding the on-going use of capital punishment. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University Law School, 2012. 18p. Source: Marquette University Law School Legal Studies Research Paper Series Paper No. 12-25: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2179186 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 127224

Author: Abrams, David S. Title: The Imprisoner's Dilemma: A Cost Benefit Approach to Incarceration Summary: Depriving an individual of life or liberty is one of the most intrusive powers that governments wield. Decisions about imprisonment capture the public imagination. The stories are told daily in newspapers and on TV, dramatized in literature and on film, and debated by scholars. The United States has created an ever-increasing amount of material for discussion as the state incarceration rate quadrupled between 1980 and 2000. While the decision to incarcerate an individual is given focused attention by a judge, prosecutor, and (occasionally) a jury, the overall incarceration rate is not. In this article, I apply a cost-benefit approach to incarceration with the goal of informing public policy. An excessive rate of incarceration not only deprives individuals of freedom, but also costs the taxpayers large amounts of money. Too little imprisonment harms society in a different way – through costs to victims and even non-victims who must increase precautions to avoid crime. Striking the right balance of costs and benefits is what good law and public policy strive for. Changes to the inmate population may be made in several different ways. One insight that I stress in this article is that the precise form of a proposed incarceration policy change is crucial to properly evaluating the impact of the change. Therefore, I analyze several potential policy changes and their implications for sentencing and imprisonment. The calculations are informed by recent empirical work on the various ways in which imprisonment impacts overall welfare. I find that the benefits of limited one-time prisoner releases, as well as the reclassification of some crimes exceed the costs. Details: Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2109703 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 127227

Author: Gastwirth, Joseph L. Title: The Need to Carefully Interpret the Statistics Regarding the Accuracy of a Narcotics Detection Dog: Application to South Dakota v. Nguyen, State of Florida v. Harris and Similar Cases Summary: Before carrying out a warrantless search of a person or their property, police officers need to have sufficient information concerning involvement in possible criminal activity to meet the “probable cause” criteria. In U.S. v. Place, the Court held that dog sniffs of vehicles, stopped for lawful purposes, were not a search. Courts have allowed police to search a vehicle or item after a trained narcotics dog indicates that it contains contraband as the positive indication establishes “probable cause”. The criteria many courts use to assess the reliability of the dog, the fraction of positive identifications in which drugs were found, however, is the predictive value of a positive test (PVP). While related to the two proper measures of the accuracy of a screening technique, the PVP also depends on the prevalence of contraband in the places the dog has examined. It is will be seen that the same PVP can arise in situations where an accurate dog sniffs items with a low prevalence of contraband or when a much less reliable dog examines items with a high prevalence of drugs. It will be seen that it is mathematically impossible to estimate the two accuracy rates of a narcotics dog from the data typically submitted by the state to show the narcotics dog is reliable. The problem arises because one needs three equations to estimate the prevalence and the two accuracy rates but the data only provides two. These issues will be illustrated on data from actual cases. Rather than continuing to rely on an inappropriate measure of the accuracy of dog sniffs, courts should require more information concerning the accuracy of dogs in their training sessions and in the field as well as better information on the prevalence of drugs in commonly occurring settings, e.g. vehicles stopped for routine traffic violations or items examined after police have received a “tip”. Then the legal system would have sufficient information to estimate both measures of accuracy of a narcotics dog and its PVP, which would assist courts in determining whether the police had “probable cause”. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2168838 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Detection Dogs Shelf Number: 127228

Author: Hannaford-Agor, Paula Title: Juror and Jury Use of New Media: A Baseline Exploration Summary: Over the course of six meetings held between 2008 and 2011, the members of the Executive Session for State Court Leaders in the 21st Century considered leadership challenges presented by a series of both longstanding problems and new trends. The new social media’s turn came in April 2010 with a discussion billed as examining “the opportunities and pitfalls of new media for state court leaders.” The youngest Session member, Garrett Graff, an expert on the new media, agreed to frame the issues for everyone’s benefit. He immediately took the discussion to an unexpected place. The real challenge, he claimed, is that “this is much more than just a set of tools—this is a different way of thinking.” That is not to say that the tools themselves are unproblematic. Graff noted that one consequence of the new media is that “every single person who is now sitting in a courtroom has access to just about every piece of information ever published anywhere in the world. And that is a tremendous challenge to the way we traditionally think of sealing off the courtroom from the outside world for the duration of a trial.” Currently, jury and juror use of the Internet to conduct independent research or to engage in ex parte communications on trial-related topics is universally prohibited as a violation of the juror’s oath and can result in a mistrial or an overturned verdict. The more profound challenge, however, is the change to the very nature of how people engage in truth finding. The Kennedy School’s Christopher E. Stone summarized the challenge as a “dilemma for an institution that is used to insisting on its own ways of knowing things, ways that are different from what ordinary people do. Consider the rules of evidence—or just the rules on hearsay—we have an institution that is used to telling the whole society, ‘Yeah, yeah, you think you learn things this way, but we have different rules for acquiring knowledge in this process.’” The jury trial clearly is where new ways of truth seeking are most likely to collide with the requirements of traditional court processes. The potential casualty is fairness. Chief Justice Christine M. Durham of the Utah Supreme Court expressed skepticism about the ability of courts to find a compromise that accommodates new understandings of truth finding with the traditional trial process: “Where I have trouble is with what becomes of the fundamental definition of fairness in the American judicial system—which is founded on the concept of the adversarial system as the means of guaranteeing fairness. We have inextricably connected those two values, fairness and the adversary system, from the beginning of our history.” If judges are no longer the gatekeepers for the flow of information into a courtroom, and if jurors no longer accept the legitimacy of restrictions on what is relevant to fact finding, can the American adversarial system continue to deliver fairness? The subsequent discussion led to a broad consensus that the Executive Session should, as part of its legacy, sponsor one or more jury experiments to inform court leaders as they confront changing technology and approaches to truth finding. More specifically, the National Center for State Courts (NCSC), with its tradition of jury research, was asked to design a research project to explore the impact of the new media on juries, develop the necessary survey and other methodologies needed to explore the impact of the new media on juries, and recommend potential ways to reconcile the use of new media with the dynamics of the adversarial system. This paper frames the research issues and describes what was learned from the pilot test of a jury study in 15 civil and criminal trials. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2012 at http://www.ncsc.org/Services-and-Experts/Court-leadership/Harvard-Executive-Session/~/media/Files/PDF/Services%20and%20Experts/Harvard%20Executive%20Session/jurorandjuryuse.ashx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 127230

Author: Hallett, Michael Title: Selective Celling: Inmate Population in Ohio's Private Prisons Summary: In this May 2001 study, Amy Hanauer and Michael Hallett find that Ohio’s experiment with prison privatization is failing. Among the major findings of the report is that easy-to-manage inmates with dramatically fewer medical, disciplinary, and mental health needs have been targeted to private prisons in the state, allowing them to artificially cut costs. Selective Celling also details the troubled history of private prisons in Ohio, cataloging escapes, injuries, murders, inadequate medical treatment, security lapses, cost overruns, high levels of staff turnover, and contract violations. Details: Cleveland, OH: Policy Matters Ohio, 2001. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2012 at http://www.policymattersohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2001/05/Prisrpt.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration (Ohio) Shelf Number: 127231

Author: Justice for Families Title: Families Unlocking Futures: Solutions to the Crisis in Juvenile Justice Summary: On September 10 2012, Justice for Families and our research partner the DataCenter released Families Unlocking Futures: Solutions to the Crisis in Juvenile Justice. This report offers first-of-its kind analysis that details how the juvenile justice system does more to feed the nation’s vast prison system than to deter or redirect young people from system involvement; and demonstrates the incredible damage the system causes to families and communities. Based on over 1,000 surveys with parents and family members of incarcerated youth and 24 focus groups nationwide, the report presents a body of data that has never been captured or examined before. It aims to correct misperceptions about system-involved youth and their families; demonstrates the need for families’ active participation in redesigning juvenile justice systems; and uncovers crucial flaws in the system that burden, alienate and exclude families from the treatment of system-involved youth. The report details how the rapid growth of the prison system, zero-tolerance policies, and aggressive police tactics, coupled with the decline of social services and public education have wreaked havoc on low-income communities and communities of color. However, the report also puts forth viable, proven solutions and offers a Blueprint for Youth Justice Transformation. Details: Oakland, CA: Justice for Families, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2012 at http://www.justice4families.org/file/Home.html Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127243

Author: Obser, Katharina Title: Politicized Neglect: A Report from Etowah County Detention Center Summary: This report details findings from an assessment of the Etowah County Detention Center in Alabama, which houses both criminal inmates and immigrant detainees. The Women's Refugee Commission found that, disturbingly, the conditions of confinement at Etowah do not meet ICE's OWN detention standards. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2012 at http://womensrefugeecommission.org/resources/doc_download/809-politicized-neglect-a-report-from-etowah-county-detention-center Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities (Alabama) Shelf Number: 127245

Author: Paulsen, Derek Title: Survey and Evaluation of Online Crime Mapping Companies Summary: The purpose of this research is to provide a baseline assessment of the state of the online crime mapping field. Specifically, this report is designed to determine how many online crime mapping companies there are, the basic functions and services they provide, and the accuracy with which they re-produce the local crime data of a police agency. Seven different online mapping companies were identified and canvassed on a number of topics relating to their businesses. In addition to basic information about customer base, questions were asked concerning data acquisition, data integrity, and data archiving. Results indicate that there is a range of online mapping company types, each with a slightly different focus or market. These online mapping companies are effective in handling data uploading, data validation, secure data storage, and how they handle complaints and service issues. Finally, the various online mapping companies analyzed are providing accurate data, with over 80% of all errors being within 300 feet of incident locations. In addition to these findings, recommendations are made for areas of future study and research. Details: North Charleston, South Carolina: SCRA Applied R&D, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2012 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239908.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 127246

Author: National People's Action Title: Jails Fargo: Banking on Immigrant Detention, Wells Fargo's Ties to the Private Prison Industry Summary: Private prison operators are profiting from the deepening immigration crisis in the United States. Companies like CCA and GEO Group have seen steady growth due to the countryʼs policy of locking up immigrants in privately-managed detention facilities. These companies have spent millions to shape this policy, win contracts, and ensure that the rules are fixed in their favor – all at the expense of some of the countryʼs most vulnerable people. These companies would not be positioned to profit from the countryʼs immigration crisis without the help of prominent Wall Street banks. The industry is capital-intensive and requires enormous amounts of financing from banks that sit at the countryʼs financial and economic crossroads. One bank, in particular, has distinguished itself from the competition as an investor in and lender to the industry: Wells Fargo. This report details the financial ties between Wells Fargo and the top private prison operators in the country: Corrections Corp of America (CCA), GEO Group, and Management and Training Corp (MTC). The information compiled in the report shows that as a lender and investor, Wells Fargo has provided critical support for the private prison industry. This report is the first in a series. A future report will detail other aspects and consequences of Wells Fargoʼs support for the private prison industry, and will raise further questions about the bankʼs role in the private prison industry and the vicious cycle of imprisonment and detention, profit, and political influence it facilitates. Details: Chicago, IL: National People's Action, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2012 at http://www.npa-us.org/files/wells_fargo_-_banking_on_immigrant_detention_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Banking Industry Shelf Number: 127247

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2011 Summary: This report presents 2011 estimates of rates and levels of criminal victimization in the U.S. This bulletin includes violent victimization (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault) and property victimization (burglary, motor vehicle theft, and property theft). It describes the annual change from 2010 and analyzes 10-year trends from 2002 through 2011. The bulletin includes estimates of domestic violence, intimate partner violence, and injury and use of weapons in violent victimization. It also describes the characteristics of victims. The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. During 2011, about 79,800 households and 143,120 persons were interviewed for the NCVS. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 15p. Source: Bureau of Justice Statistics Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2012 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv11.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127253

Author: Braverman, Irus Title: Legal Tails: Policing American Cities through Animals Summary: “I don’t worry about the four-legged animals,” Officer Armatys tells me as I scramble to catch up when he enters a backyard with a fierce-looking dog. “It’s the two-legged animals I am concerned about.” I interviewed Officer Armatys twice, first in his office in the Erie County’s Society for the Protection of Animals (ESPCA) and, a few months later, on a ride-along during a routine workday. Based on these encounters and numerous others with members of the ESPCA and with city administrators of animal control, this essay conveys bits and pieces of the story of how the City of Buffalo polices its nonhuman population. Specifically, I focus on the regulation and enforcement of dog laws in the city, what I refer to as “legal tails.” I argue that although seemingly enacted to control dogs, animal laws and ordinances are very much a way to monitor and control the conduct of humans. In the city, human-animal relations are expressed, regulated, and surveilled more closely than anywhere else. Animal laws instruct us which animals are allowed into the city and under what conditions. More than regulating the everyday of urban life as it pertains to animals, humans, and the interrelations thereof, such laws and their enforcement help define the very essence of the city. Indeed, such regulations and systems of surveillance define not only the limits of human conduct, but also the limits of the city itself. Through its distinct matrix of animal-human relationships, the city is distinguished from its significant other, the country, where a different set of animal-human relations is permitted to take place. Details: Buffalo, NY: SUNY Buffalo Law School, 2012. 23p. Source: Buffalo Legal Studies Research Paper Series Paper No. 2013 - 014: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2012 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2166578 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Control Shelf Number: 127256

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: When Men Murder Women: An Analysis of 2010 Homicide Data - Females Murdered by Males in Single Victim/Single Offender Incidents Summary: The annual VPC report details national and state-by-state information on female homicides involving one female murder victim and one male offender. The study uses the most recent data available from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s unpublished Supplementary Homicide Report and is released each year to coincide with Domestic Violence Awareness Month in October. Nationwide, 1,800 females were murdered by males in single victim/single offender incidents in 2010. Where weapon use could be determined, firearms were the most common weapon used by males to murder females (849 of 1,622 homicides or 52 percent). Of these, 70 percent (597 of 849) were committed with handguns. In cases where the victim to offender relationship could be identified, 94 percent of female victims (1,571 out of 1,669) were murdered by someone they knew. Of these, 65 percent (1,017 out of 1,571) were wives or intimate acquaintances of their killers. Sixteen times as many females were murdered by a male they knew than were killed by male strangers. In 88 percent of all incidents where the circumstances could be determined, the homicides were not related to the commission of any other felony, such as rape or robbery. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 22, 2012 at http://www.vpc.org/studies/wmmw2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 127258

Author: Miller, Nancy B. Title: Right from the Start: The CCC Preliminary Protective Hearing Benchcard - A Tool for Judicial Decision-Making Summary: The Technical Assistance Bulletin explains the history and background of the the Courts Catalyzing Change: Achieving Equity and Fairness in Foster Care Initiative (CCC), which brings together judicial officers and other systems’ experts to set a national agenda for court-based training, research, and reform initiatives to reduce the disproportionate representation of children of color in dependency court systems. Details: Reno, Nevada: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 22, 2012 at http://nc.casaforchildren.org/files/public/community/judges/July_2012/Right_from_the_Start.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 127259

Author: Krahl, David E. Title: An Analysis of the Financial Impact of Surety Bonding on Aggregate and Average Detention Costs and Cost Savings in the State of Florida for 2008 by a Single Florida Insurance Company: A Follow-Up Study to Earlier Research Summary: In the twenty-first century world and in light of a sub-optimally performing economy, counties and local governments are attempting to find cost-effective and financially pragmatic ways to contain costs. The edict of "doing more with less" has been the perpetual mantra of local and county government officials when seeking to provide government services without increasing the size or the costs of the bureaucratic infrastructure. This has been particularly true when it comes to the issue of jail overcrowding, and the question of how to reduce the costs of jail operations. Today's jails are filled with defendants who are awaiting trial, those who are awaiting sentencing or who are actually serving sentences, those who are awaiting transportation to state prison facilities, illegal immigrants who have been apprehended by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and those who are detained to civil commitment orders. One pragmatic and workable solution to the problem of jail overcrowding and that oftentimes is routinely ignored by government officials is the use of surety bonding as a way to effectuate the pretrial release of those defendants who are awaiting trial. To say the least, the use of surety bonding has a rich tradition in the United States. One of the distinct advantages of surety bonding is that it functions as cost-effective mechanism to provide for the pretrial release of defendants at an absolute zero-cost to taxpayers. Because the surety bonding industry operates in the private sector, surety bonding is a strategy that does not increase either the size of the government's bureaucracy or the expense of its operation. Government-funded pretrial release programs are unable to make either of these claims; nor can they substantiate the cost-efficiency of their performance through the use of empirical data. This research is a follow-up study to one conducted last year which documents the cost-savings associated with surety bonding as a pretrial release mechanism for one surety bonding company in the state of Florida. This study also discusses the implications of these findings relative to the operation of the process of pretrial release. It also calls for more extensive research to further address the problems posed by government-sponsored pretrial release programs in terms of burgeoning costs to taxpayers and increasing the size of government infrastructure. Details: Tampa, Florida: Department of Criminology, University of Tampa, 2009. 65p. Source: Library Resource: Accessible at Don M. Gottfredson Library of Criminal Justice. Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 127260

Author: Soirila, Ukri Title: Trafficking in Human Beings and Foucauldian Biopower: A Case Study in the Expansion of the Human Rights Phenomenon Summary: Trafficking in human beings has become one of the most talked about criminal concerns of the 21st century. This thesis asks how has the anti-trafficking campaign been translated in human rights language. Can human rights actually bring salvation to the victims of trafficking? The translation process has been a complicated process involving various actors, including scholars, feminist NGOs, local activists and global human rights NGOs. It is argued that in order to understand the measures of the authorities, and to assess the usefulness of human rights, it is necessary to adopt a Foucauldian perspective and to observe the measures as biopolitical defence mechanisms. Human rights have not become useless for the victims of trafficking, but they must be conceived as a universal tool to formulate political claims and challenge power. Details: Helsinki, Finland: University of Helsinki, 2011. 104p. Source: Master's Thesis, University of Helsinki: Internet Resource: Accessed December 22, 2012 at https://helda.helsinki.fi/bitstream/handle/10138/28677/traffick.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 127261

Author: Lococo, Kathy H. Title: Polypharmacy and Older Drivers: Identifying Strategies to Study Drug Usage and Driving Functioning Among Older Drivers Summary: The goal of this project was to determine if there are practical means to obtain information about drug usage by older drivers under everyday, “real world” conditions that are valid and reliable, and to measure the consequences of multiple drug use for safe driving. Further goals were to identify candidate methodologies for carrying out such studies that are both cost-effective and likely to be successful in obtaining a diverse and representative sample of older drivers. These objectives were accomplished through the following tasks: a literature review; a brainstorming session including professionals with expertise in polypharmacy and driving performance measurement; and focus groups with older drivers. The literature review, published by NHTSA as a stand-alone document, contains three main sections. The first reviews the prevalence of medication use by community-dwelling older persons, the physiological/metabolic effects of specific drugs and drug classes, and the known effects on driving ability. The next discusses the strengths and weaknesses of various methods that may be used to learn which prescription and over-the-counter drugs are being taken by older adults, including a consideration of which factors most strongly affect compliance with a medication regime, and which factors influence older persons’ willingness to participate in studies aimed at obtaining such information. The last section examines onroad, closed course, and simulation methods that have been applied in prior studies of drug use and driving functioning. A one-day brainstorming session was conducted to afford guidance in the development of future NHTSA research plans for measuring medication use and driving performance. Project staff and consultants prepared discussion materials that were distributed in advance to 13 panel members, who also completed rating scale exercises to measure differences of opinion with respect to the practicality, reliability, and costeffectiveness of various research methodologies. Four focus groups were conducted with drivers age 55 to 85 in the Tampa, FL and Philadelphia, PA vicinities to better understand the perceptions and concerns that older drivers may have about participating in future NHTSA-sponsored studies where they would be asked to disclose their usage of prescription and over-the-counter medications, and participate in an assessment of their driving abilities. Results were summarized for use in planning later NHTSA research activities. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Research and Traffic Records, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2006. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 22, 2012 at http://www.nhtsa.gov/people/injury/olddrive/polypharmacy/images/Polypharmacy.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Impaired Driving Shelf Number: 127263

Author: Kyckelhahn, Tracey Title: State Corrections Expenditures, FY 1982-2010 Summary: Presents data on state corrections expenditures from fiscal years 1982 to 2010. This bulletin examines trends in state corrections spending for building and operating institutions and for other corrections functions. The report also details institutional operating expenditures per inmate over the study period. It compares trends in state corrections expenditures with state spending for public welfare, education, health and hospitals, and highways. Data are drawn from the Census Bureau's State Government Finance Survey, which collects information on state expenditures and revenues, and the Bureau of Justice Statistics' National Prisoner Statistics, which collects information on state prison populations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 14p. Source: BJS Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/scefy8210.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 127264

Author: Youth Justice Coalition Title: Tracked and Trapped: Youth of Color, Gang Databases and Gang Injunctions Summary: Tracked and Trapped represents the preliminary results from a larger research project currently being conducted by the Youth Justice Coalition's RealSearch Action Research Center on the impacts of gang injunctions and gang databases on Los Angeles' youth and communities. In the 25 years since the LA County Sheriffs established the nation's first gang database, and 30 years since LA County implemented the nation's first gang injunctions, there has been almost no release of data regarding gang suppression policies - including who's impacted, let alone an evaluation of their cost or effectiveness. This report represents the most comprehensive data ever released regarding who is on the Cal Gang Database by county, age and race. We don't say this out of pride, but out of concern for the total lack of state and local transparency and accountability in regards to the implementation of gang suppression. It is our intention to expose these policies and practices to the light of community evaluation and oversight. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Youth Justice Coalition, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://www.ushrnetwork.org/sites/default/files/tracked_and_trapped.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127265

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Violent Victimization Committed by Strangers, 1993-2010 Summary: Presents findings on the rates and levels of violent victimization committed by offenders who were strangers to the victims, including homicide, rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault. The report presents annual trends and compares changes across three 6-year periods in the incidence and type of violence committed by strangers from 1993 through 2010. It describes the characteristics of victims and circumstances of the violent crime. The nonfatal violent victimization estimates were developed from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. The homicide data are from the FBI's Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHR) for 1993 through 2008. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 19p. Source: BJS Special Report: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/vvcs9310.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Victimization Shelf Number: 127266

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Supervision of Aliens Commensurate with Risk Summary: This report addresses the effectiveness of Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s decisionmaking process on whether to detain aliens in an Immigration and Customs Enforcement facility or place them in supervised release. It is based on interviews with employees and officials of relevant agencies and institutions, direct observations, and a review of applicable documents. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s mission is to protect the security of the American people by enforcing the nation’s immigration and customs laws. This includes the identification, apprehension, detention, and removal of deportable aliens from the United States. Aliens undergoing removal proceedings are either held in an Immigration and Customs Enforcement detention facility or placed in one of five supervised release options. On September 30, 2009, 31,306 aliens were in detention facilities, an estimated 153,000 were incarcerated in federal prisons or state and local jails, and 1.5 million were released through a variety of supervision options. Our audit objective was to assess the effectiveness of Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s decisionmaking process on whether to detain aliens in an Immigration and Customs Enforcement facility or place them in supervised release. Immigration and Customs Enforcement generally has an effectively designed decisionmaking process for determining whether to detain or release aliens. In most of the cases we assessed, officers made reasonable decisions and complied with requirements of the Immigration and Nationality Act, Supreme Court decisions, and prescribed policies and procedures. However, personnel could not always provide evidence that all aliens were screened against the Terrorist Watchlist; current policy for screening aliens from specially designated countries is not effective; and personnel did not always maintain accurate and up-to-date information in the case management system. The agency has taken action to correct deficiencies in its data quality. Immigration and Customs Enforcement officials concurred with two of our three recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Inspector General, Department of Homeland Security, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/OIG_11-81_Dec11.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 127268

Author: National Immigration Forum Title: Misbehavior at the Border: Are Those Who Control Immigration Out of Control Themselves? Summary: This paper looks at corruption and misconduct documented within the Border Patrol and its parent agency, Customs and Border Protection. With rapid growth, high turnover and a high new agent to experienced agent ration, there are questions about the adequacy of training and supervision. Another problem stems from the fact that the Inspector General’s office, which investigates many complaints against CBP agents, has not been properly resourced to keep pace with its workload. Details: Washington, DC: National Immigration Forum, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://www.immigrationforum.org/images/uploads/2012/CBP_Misconduct.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127270

Author: Vincent, Gina M. Title: Using Risk Assessment to Meet Needs and Reduce Recidivism Summary: A growing number of juvenile justice experts are suggesting that an effective approach to reducing recidivism is to evaluate a youth’s risk of reoffending, then match services to his or her specific risk factors. With support from the Models for Change initiative, most of the county-based juvenile probation offices in Pennsylvania have adopted the Youth Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (YLS) for this purpose. The near-statewide adoption was a significant accomplishment in a state without a centralized juvenile probation system. A study of the impact of YLS in the probation offices of three counties showed it improved their ability to assign appropriate community-based services and levels of monitoring to individual offenders, and significantly decreased reoffense rates in one county. The study also showed that success requires buy-in from key stakeholders. Pennsylvania’s experience provides a model for how states with decentralized juvenile justice systems can implement statewide innovations. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Models for Change, 2012. 4p. Source: Innovation Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/356/Innovation_Brief_Using_Risk_Assessment_to_Meet_Needs_and_Reduce_Recidivism.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 127273

Author: Troyer, Gwyneth Title: Monitoring Visit to Illinois River Correctional Center Summary: Illinois River’s administrators are focused on programming and want the facility to be known for successful reentry. A current priority is programming that will assist incarcerated fathers to build stronger relationships with their children. JHA applauds this initiative. Illinois River is also notably partnering with Spoon River College on a new literacy program to provide tutor certifications and literacy education. Since our visit, administrators report that 29 inmates have graduated from the Literacy Tutor Certificate program and in October the first Remedial Literacy Class commenced with 36 students and 12 inmate tutors. JHA commends this collaboration and hopes other facilities will institute such programs. On JHA’s visit we were impressed by the administrators’ openness with the facility and the attitude that nothing we would hear from inmates would be news to them. JHA was also pleased to hear many inmate compliments for administrators, including that they held staff accountable as well as inmates. Similarly, we were encouraged by conversations with various Illinois River staff members who have adopted the vision for the facility of promoting programming, reentry, and respect, despite the largest problem grieved by inmates being staff conduct and disrespect, followed by medical issues. Administrators acknowledge that the budget is a challenge to improving inmate quality of life at Illinois River. Budget shortages and overcrowding are issues that go hand in hand. The facility’s population is at twice its design capacity and therefore gets that much more use. Administrators simply do not have the resources to meet the programming needs of the inmate population. This is apparent in the fact that many inmates are waitlisted for educational programming. Illinois River administrators are proud of their notable Leisure Time Services, which includes intramural sports, an exceptional Arts and Crafts program, a Yoga program, and several inmate bands. JHA visitors were informed that Illinois River’s first warden came from a juvenile facility programming background, and this may have built Illinois River’s culture that promotes such activities. Similarly, the current warden comes from a female facility programming background and is focused on such services and promoting parenting. Illinois River also benefits from exceptional vocational programs. Inmates at Illinois River have been able to help in the community, for example participating in an annual town Spring Cleaning event, and Illinois River hopes to continue to build rapport with the community. The remote, rural setting of Illinois River can be a barrier to providing more volunteer services and to recruiting staff. However, the city of Peoria is within commutable distance and Illinois River draws some diverse volunteers from this area. Many Illinois River staff have been at the facility since it opened in 1989 and hence the facility faces an onslaught of retirements in the near future. Details: Chicago, IL: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at http://thejha.org/sites/default/files/Illiinois_River_Report_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration (Illinois) Shelf Number: 127275

Author: Walther, Michael F. Title: Insanity: Four Decades of U.S. Counterdrug Strategy Summary: In the 4 decades since President Richard Nixon first declared war on drugs, the U.S. counterdrug strategy has remained virtually unchanged—favoring supply-reduction, law enforcement and criminal sanctions over demand-reduction, treatment, and education. While the annual counterdrug budget has ballooned from $100 million to $25 billion, the availability of most illicit drugs remains at an all-time high. The human cost is staggering—nearly 40,000 drug-related deaths in the United States annually. The societal impact, in purely economic terms, is now estimated to be approximately $200 billion per year. The global illicit drug industry now accounts for 1 percent of all commerce on the planet—approximately $320 billion annually. Legalization is almost certainly not the answer; however, an objective analysis of available data confirms that: 1) the United States has pursued essentially the same flawed supply-reduction strategy for 40 years; and, 2) simply increasing the amount of money invested each year in this strategy will not make it successful. Faced with impending budget cuts and a future of budget austerity, policymakers must replace the longstanding U.S. counterdrug strategy with a pragmatic, science-based, demand-reduction strategy that offers some prospect of reducing the economic and societal impacts of illicit drugs on American society. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: U.S. Army War College, Strategic Studies Institute, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Carlisle Papers: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: www.StrategicStudiesInstitute.army.mil Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127280

Author: Bucy, Pamela H. Title: RICO Trends: From Gangsters to Class Actions Summary: This article addresses the question: why isn’t RICO used much? RICO, the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, both a crime and a civil cause of action, was passed in 1970 with much fanfare. The fanfare was deserved. RICO was an imaginative criminal justice initiative aimed at complex, systemic crime. RICO’s civil cause of action was viewed as a robust tool for plaintiffs and a vital supplement to strained law enforcement resources. After conducting an in-depth analysis of RICO opinions, reported and unreported, rendered by the federal appellate courts during the seven year time period from 2005-2011, this article has an answer to the question. Criminal RICO’s time has come and gone, but civil RICO’s potential has not yet been realized. This article focuses on recent developments in case law that make civil RICO with regard to class actions, and in the pharmaceutical fraud area, newly viable. The data analyzed in this article suggests that criminal RICO is anachronistic. Simpler, more streamlined statutes are now available to achieve, far more easily than RICO, the benefits RICO used to uniquely bestow: providing context for isolated acts, linking far-flung actors, penetrating organizations to reach key players, stiff sentences, obtaining forfeiture of property used to commit crime and reaped from crime. Civil RICO, on the other hand, is an untapped resource. Used properly, civil RICO is an optimal private attorney general tool and a boon for plaintiffs. This is true for two reasons. First, RICO mandates treble damages at a time when, because of court rulings and legislative actions, many plaintiffs are limited to little more than single damages. Second, in light of recent court rulings in RICO cases, RICO’s elements dovetail with class action requirements of commonality and predominance, making RICO class actions newly viable. This article proceeds in eight parts. Part I provides an overview of the RICO statute. Part II explains the methodology used to gather the data in this study. Part III discusses quantitative measurements from the data including how many RICO cases are decided each year and where they are brought. Part IV describes the types of RICO cases brought under both criminal and civil RICO provisions. Part V examines the issues that have dominated RICO court decisions from 2005-2011. Part V discusses how recent court decisions on issues of “enterprise,” proximate causation and “pattern” make civil RICO cases easier than ever to plead and prove. Part VI analyzes the outcome in RICO cases including who wins, who loses, and which circuits favor which side. Part VII focuses on RICO class actions discussing past and future trends, successes, and failures. Part VIII focuses on pharmaceutical fraud cases, noting why they are especially ripe for use of civil RICO. Details: Tuscaloosa, AL: University of Alabama School of Law, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Alabama Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2179211: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2179211 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Business Fraud Shelf Number: 127282

Author: Meissner, Doris Title: Immigration Enforcement in the United States: The Rise of a Formidable Machinery Summary: The US government spends more on federal immigration enforcement than on all other principal federal criminal law enforcement agencies combined, and has allocated nearly $187 billion for immigration enforcement since 1986. Deportations have reached record highs, border apprehensions 40-year lows, and more noncitizens than ever before are in immigration detention. The report traces the evolution of the immigration enforcement system, particularly in the post-9/11 era, in terms of budgets, personnel, enforcement actions, and technology – analyzing how individual programs and policies have resulted in a complex, interconnected, cross-agency system. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2013. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://carnegie.org/fileadmin/Media/Image_Galleries/immigration_enforcement_in__us_MPI_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127284

Author: Tripp, Tara M. Title: Clandestine Partnerships?: The Link between Human Trafficking and Organized Crime in Metropolitan Atlanta Summary: Since the enactment of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000, which directly criminalized human trafficking, research on human trafficking has significantly increased. While recent studies have analyzed trafficking legislation, characteristics of offenders and victims, and types of human trafficking rings, little data has been collected on human trafficking ties to organized crime. Therefore, this research explores human trafficking and its relationship to organized crime through an analysis of public court records. Specifically, the study includes the 20 federal human trafficking cases in metropolitan Atlanta indicted between 2000 and 2012. It was found that 80% of the 20 human trafficking cases did not involve a tie to organized crime. Three cases involved rings that relied upon an organized crime group to provide services in furtherance of human trafficking. Only one case was operated by an organized crime syndicate. International cases were more likely to include organized crime relationships than domestic cases. Sex trafficking cases overwhelmingly demonstrated a more frequent tie to organized crime. Therefore, researchers should analyze sex and labor trafficking separately, and law enforcement should acknowledge the numerous forms that human trafficking may take. Details: Kennesaw, GA: Kennesaw State University, 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertations, Theses and Capstone Projects. Paper 531: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1533&context=etd Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Atlanta, Georgia) Shelf Number: 127288

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Evaluating A Presumptive Drug Testing Technology in Community Corrections Settings Summary: Justice & Security Strategies, Inc. (JSS) conducted a multi-site evaluation of a presumptive drug detection technology developed by Mistral Security Incorporated (MSI). Funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) the evaluation used multiple social scientific methods to determine whether the technology could be used in community corrections settings and whether the technology was cost-effective. The evaluation was conducted in a work release program, with probation and parole, and in a drug court in three states -- Wyoming, Alabama, and Florida. The presumptive drug detection technology (PDDT) involved the use of aerosol sprays which were used with specialized paper that react with trace elements of cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, and marijuana. Basically, the specialized paper is swiped onto a surface (desk, chair, or any item) or a person (hands, arms, etc.) and then the paper is sprayed with the aerosol. If the paper changes color then it indicates trace elements of a specific drug. Unlike urinalysis, Mistral's products are not meant to determine whether a person has ingested drugs, only that the person has touched, handled, or come into contact with an illegal substance. JSS staff worked with corrections staff to test the technology on clients within community corrections settings. JSS collected data on 562 tests, interviewed clients, correctional officers, and staff, and observed the use of the spray and specialized paper. The major goal of the evaluation was to determine whether the PDDT has a place in the field of community corrections. This evaluation asked: 1. Will this technology increase agencies' success in identifying offenders and/or settings that have been exposed to drugs? 2. Does the technology help to decrease the overall cost of drug testing (i.e., less use of urine analysis)? and 3. What is the overall cost/effectiveness of using this product? Details: Silver Spring, MD: Justice & Security Strategies, Inc., 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240599.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 127338

Author: Peterson, Ben Title: Utah Crime Survey 2010: Victimization & Perceptions Summary: Utah has an effective system of crime data collection in which local law enforcement agencies provide statistics to the State on the number and type of crimes that the public reports to them. There are limitations inherent in this type of system as an estimate of the actual prevalence of crime. The only crimes that can be counted in such a system are those which are reported to the police, and which are then included in the reports from law enforcement to the State. Crimes that go unreported (which may be as high as two-thirds for some types of crimes) will not be included in these official crime statistics. Reporting crime to the police is a personal decision. There are many reasons why a citizen may choose not to report a crime to the authorities, from a well-justified fear for his or her life to not feeling the police can provide the necessary assistance to a reluctance to go through the bother of reporting. Crime surveys that assess victimization rates, such as the one in this current report, have been used by Utah, other states, and the federal government in an effort to bridge the gap between actual crime and reported crime. This survey should be considered an additional tool, along with official crime statistics, toward understanding the amount of crime occurring in Utah communities. A representative random sample of just over 2,000 Utahns from across the state responded to our survey via telephone and the internet. In addition to various types of property, person, and sexual crime victimization in the previous year and lifetime, the survey assessed perceptions about crime in the respondents’ community, causes of crime, fear of crime, personal risk, and specific crime issues such as gangs. The survey also attempted to assess the impact of victimization, reporting of crime, and the use of services by victims. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Commission on Criminal & Juvenile Justice, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.justice.utah.gov/Documents/Research/Crime/Utah%20Crime%20Survey%202010%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127339

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: THE MINNESOTA YOUTH INTERVENTION PROGRAM A Statistical Analysis of Participant Pre- and Post-Program Surveys Summary: The Minnesota Youth Intervention Program is a collective of youth programs which are supported, in part, by specific funding set aside by the Minnesota Legislature. The YIP Program, as it is often termed, was established by the legislature in 1978 and has existed in its current statutory language and purpose since 2005. In order to be eligible for YIP funding, individual youth programs must meet the criteria named in Minnesota Statute1: ‘Youth intervention program’ means a nonresidential community-based program providing advocacy, education, counseling, mentoring, and referral services to youth and their families experiencing personal, familial, school, legal, or chemical problems with the goal of resolving the present problems and preventing the occurrence of the problems in the future. It is the intent of YIP to ‘provide an ongoing stable funding source to community-based early intervention programs for youth.’ Individual programs receive YIP funding through a competitive grant application process administered by the Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs (OJP). In 2012, 51 programs across Minnesota were selected to receive YIP funding. The purpose of the study is to identify whether YIP funded programs are:  Serving the intended youth population;  Meeting the six stated program purpose areas and;  Having a positive effect on youth attitudes and behavior. The assessment tool developed by OJP, in collaboration with the Minnesota Youth Intervention Program Association (YIPA) and YIP grantee partners, is a pre- and post-participation survey designed to be administered as youth entered the program and again as they exit the program. This pre-post survey technique allows for statistical analysis of survey responses before and after, isolating the effect of program involvement on youth. The survey was also designed so that data submitted by individual programs could be provided back to assist the participating programs in targeting specific attitudes and behaviors; support best practices in youth programming; and supplement other outcome measures. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/YIP%202012%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs, Juveniles Shelf Number: 127340

Author: Lynch, Shannon M. Title: Women's Pathways to Jail: The Roles & Intersections of Serious Mental Illness & Trauma Summary: This multi-site study addressed critical gaps in the literature by assessing the prevalence of serious mental illness (SMI), posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and substance use disorders (SUD) in women in jail and pathways to offending for women with and without SMI. Using a randomly selected sample (N = 491) from rural and urban jails, this study employed a structured diagnostic interview to assess current and lifetime prevalence of SMI (e.g., major depression, bipolar, and psychotic spectrum disorders), PTSD, and SUD in women in jail. Women’s prior access to treatment and level of functional impairment in the past 12 months was also assessed. Next, qualitative Life History Calendar (LHC) interviews were conducted with a subset of the sample (N = 115) to examine how onset of different types of criminal activity and delinquency vary as a function of mental health status and trauma exposure. Finally, we also interviewed corrections staff members (N = 37) at participating jail sites to assess staff members’ perceptions about the prevalence of mental health difficulties in women in jail as well as staff beliefs about women’s pathways to jail. Notably, 43% of participants met criteria for a lifetime SMI, and 32% met SMI criteria in the past 12 months. Substance use disorders were the most commonly occurring disorders, with 82% of the sample meeting lifetime criteria for drug or alcohol abuse or dependence. Similarly, PTSD rates were high with just over half the sample (53%) meeting criteria for lifetime PTSD. Women also met criteria for multiple lifetime disorders at high rates. Finally, 30 to 45% of individuals who met criteria for a current disorder reported severely impaired functioning in the past year. Women with SMI reported greater rates of victimization and more extensive offending histories than women who did not meet criteria for lifetime SMI. In a test of our proposed model, experiences of childhood victimization and adult trauma did not directly predict offending histories; instead both forms of victimization increased the risk of poor mental health, and poor mental health predicted a greater offending history. Next, quantitative LHC data were analyzed to elucidate patterns of offending over the lifespan. SMI significantly increased women’s risk for onset of substance use, drug dealing/charges, property crime, fighting/assault, and running away. In addition, experiences of victimization predicted risk of offending. The third component of this study included interviews with corrections staff including supervisors, health practitioners, and corrections officers/deputies. These staff members indicated a general awareness that women’s experiences of victimization were linked with their entry into the criminal justice system. Further, many staff were aware of women’s mental health problems. In particular, they expressed concern that there were limited resources in jail for women struggling with mental illness, and that women were then released from jail with little to no assistance to support their attempts to change behavior and lifestyle. Understanding female offenders’ pathways to offending, including both risk for onset and risk for continued offending, helps elucidate the complexity of their experiences and identify key factors and intervening variables that may ameliorate or exacerbate risk. This type of research is critical to development of gender responsive programming, alternatives to incarceration, and problem-solving court initiatives. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2012. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/Women_Pathways_to_Jail.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 127341

Author: Institute for Economics and Peace Title: Violence Containment Spending in the Untied States: A New Methodology to Categorize and Account for the Economic Activity Related to Violence Summary: It has been well established that violence has a marked effect on economic activity with many studies demonstrating the negative economic impacts of crime, incarceration, insurgencies and especially war. However, there have been no studies to systematically aggregate the economic costs of all forms of violence, including the costs of prevention and protection, to understand how much of an economy is captured by violence and violence containment. For the purposes of classification, this form of economic activity has been defined as the violence containment industry (VCI). Aggregated as an industry sector it would be the single largest in the United States. The Institute for Economics and Peace (IEP) has developed a new methodology to quantify the cost of violence and the economic gains associated with peace for the U.S. economy. All expenditure that is related to violence containment, whether performed by the military on the international stage or domestically through the provision of services to fight crime, has been classified together as the Violence Containment Industry or alternately, as violence containment spending. This provides a framework to classify and better understand a substantial part of the U.S. economy as well as providing a platform for future research. Given the sheer size of the U.S. economy that is dedicated to containing violence, quantifying the expenditure as a discrete industry creates a unique basis for further analysis and debate. IEP defines violence containment spending as economic activity that is related to the consequences or prevention of violence where the violence is directed against people or property. This includes all expenditures related to violence, including but not limited to medical expenses, incarceration, police, the military, insurance, and the private security industry. It is divided into local, state, and federal government expenditure as well as private spending by corporations, households, and individuals. While expenditures on containing violence are an important and necessary public good, the less a nation spends on violence related functions the more resources a nation can allocate to other, more productive areas of economic activity. Expenditure on violence containment is economically efficient when it effectively prevents violence for the least amount of outlay. However, money that is spent on surplus violence containment, or money that is spent on inefficient programs has the potential to constrain a nations’ economic growth. This is simply because much of this type of expenditure is fundamentally unproductive, and if redirected toward productive pursuits, would improve government balance sheets, company profits and ultimately, the productivity and wellbeing of society. The research presented in this report shows that in 2010, VCI accounted for $2.16 trillion or around 15% of U.S. gross domestic product. This figure is considered conservative due to the difficulties of accounting for all private and public sector spending. Having not conducted an analysis of the size of the violence containment spending in other countries it is difficult to assess independently how the U.S. fares compared to other countries. Given the size of its defense and associated homeland security spending, the final size of the VCI in the U.S. is likely higher than other developed nations. THE KEY FINDINGS OF THE STUDY ARE: • Violence Containment spending in the U.S. amounted to $2.16 trillion in 2010 equivalent to just over $15,000 for each taxpayer or $7,000 per year for every man, woman and child.¹ • If violence containment spending was represented as a discrete industry, it would be the largest industry in the United States economy, larger than construction, real estate, professional services or manufacturing. • If violence containment spending was represented as a discrete national economic entity, it would be the seventh largest economy in the world - only slightly smaller than the UK economy. • Violence containment spending is four times higher than the national defense budget. • Public sector spending on VCI accounts for 10.8% of GDP while private sector spending is 4.2% of GDP.² • If U.S. federal violence containment spending was reduced by $326 billion or 25%, i.e. to the same relative levels as in 2001, then in one year the saved funds would be sufficient to entirely update the energy grid, rebuild all levies and renew the nation’s school infrastructure. Violence containment spending has been broken down into both the public and private sectors, and is represented in terms of net value added.³ It shows that the Federal Government spends over $1.3 trillion or approximately 9% of GDP on violence containment. This is more than was spent on pensions and more than double what was spent on infrastructure in 2010. National defense spending includes the Department of Defense, Homeland Security, Veterans Affairs and the debt servicing on these expenditures which is based on the proportion of military related government expenditure.4 Private sector spending on violence containment is conservatively estimated to be $605 billion or 4.2% of 2010 GDP. The remaining amount is spent by state and local government on police, justice, corrections and other security related measures. The approach presented in this report enables a new and novel approach to understanding the international economic competitiveness of a nation, based on calculating the percentage of GDP spent on violence containment. The less a nation spends on violence containment, providing it is also more peaceful, then the more competitive the economy should be, due to the ability to deploy its resources more efficiently. This evidently is only one dimension of national competitiveness, but a uniquely original and important one. For business, higher violence containment spending can result in unaccounted costs such as higher taxes, increased sunken costs and increased ancillary costs such as investing in security systems, security guards or even higher insurance premiums. Additionally, the higher the level of violence in a corporation’s area of operations then the more management time is devoted to responding to security rather than market development or competitive issues. This represents ‘lost’ opportunity which could be transferred into developing capital and expanding profits. Given the enormity of the number of items that needed to be counted in this exercise, it is inevitable many much smaller items were excluded given the difficulty of obtaining data on the true value-added figure. As an illustrative example some of the more meaningful items excluded have been included on page ten. The sheer size of spending on the Violence Containment Industries very clearly illustrates the enormous benefits of investing in the prevention of violence. If policymakers clearly understood the economic burden of non-productive violence containment then improving the levels of peacefulness would be seen as central to long term structural reforms. Details: New York: Institute for Economics and Peace, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.visionofhumanity.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Violence-Containment-in-the-US-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 127342

Author: Willits, Dale Title: Predictors of Firearm Usage in Violent Crimes: Assessing the Importance of Individual, Situational, and Contextual Factors Summary: The New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NM SAC) received funding from the Justice Research and Statistics Association (JRSA) to complete a study examining the degree to which person, incident, and structural characteristics predict firearm usage in violent crimes. Given the significant threat to public safety that firearm crimes pose, a better understanding of the dynamics of firearm crimes is relevant not just to researchers, but to law enforcement and to the community at large. Recognizing this, Federal, State, local and private funds have been allocated in support of a range of law enforcement initiatives aimed at reducing gun violence in communities across the country. Project Safe Neighborhoods, initiated in 2001, and its predecessor, the Strategic Approaches to Community Safety Initiative (SACSI) are notable examples of federal initiatives aimed at reducing gun violence by funding multi-agency intervention, prevention and enforcement strategies. Other interventions include the creation of gun courts and mandatory sentencing laws designed to increase penalties for firearm use and the unlawful carrying of firearms (Committee on Law and Justice, 2004). The rationale for these and other initiatives builds on the importance of reducing firearm violence in the broad interest of public safety. A large body of research on firearms has addressed the consequences of firearm usage in crimes, and reinforces the public safety rationale that guides firearm crime reduction initiatives. These studies suggest that firearm usage increases crime-related injury severity and mortality (Brennan and Moore, 2009; Hemenway, 2004; May et al., 1995; McGonigal et al., 1993). For example, Brennan and Moore (2009: 218) note that “firearms increase the likelihood of death by 40 times” compared to incidents not involving any weapon. Conversely, knives increase the likelihood of death by 4 times, highlighting the particularly serious nature of firearm violence (Brennan and Moore, 2009). Law enforcement and the courts clearly take gun crimes seriously. Studies have shown that crime clearance rates are higher for firearm crimes compared to those for crimes that do not involve firearms (Roberts, 2008). Additionally, sentences are generally longer for crimes that involve firearms compared to those that do not (Bushway and Piehl, 2011; Lizotte and Zatz, 1986). Though it is important to study the consequences of and systemic responses to firearm usage, we argue that it is also important to study the predictors of firearm usage in crimes. In fact, a better understanding of the characteristics that predict firearm use can help frame effective intervention. Most firearm crime reduction interventions are reactive—e.g., firearm enhancements to criminal sentences, targeted policing in areas with high rates of firearm violence, gun buy-back programs, etc. However, if we can identify some of the incident-level characteristics that increase the odds of firearm violence, criminal justice professionals might be able to craft preventative policies that aim to stop firearm violence before it happens. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.jrsa.org/ibrrc/background-status/New_Mexico/NM_FirearmUsage.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 127343

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Youth Depression and Future Criminal Behavior Summary: While the contemporaneous association between mental health problems and criminal behavior has been explored in the literature, the long-term consequences of such problems, depression in particular, have received much less attention. Using data from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health, we examine the effect of depression during adolescence on the probability of engaging in a number of criminal behaviors later in life. In our analysis, we control for a rich set of individual, family, and neighborhood level factors to account for conditions that may be correlated with both childhood depression and adult criminality. One novelty in our approach is the estimation of school and sibling fixed effects models to account for unobserved heterogeneity at the neighborhood and family levels. Furthermore, we exploit the longitudinal nature of our data set to account for baseline differences in criminal behavior. We find little evidence that adolescent depression predicts the likelihood of engaging in violent crime or the selling of illicit drugs. However, our empirical estimates show that adolescents who suffer from depression face an increased probability of engaging in property crime. Our estimates imply that the lower-bound economic cost of property crime associated with adolescent depression is about 219 million dollars annually. Details: Cambridge, MD: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 18656: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18656 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Childhood Depression Shelf Number: 127344

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: New Mexico's Transition from Prison to Community Initiative: A Gaps Analysis Summary: In March 2008, Governor Richardson convened a Task Force to review current practices and make recommendations for prison reform in New Mexico, with the goal of improving reentry success among those released from correctional supervision and thereby ensuring community safety. In June 2008, Governor Richardson‟s Task Force on Prison Reform produced the first of two reports identifying the needs of the State‟s prisons and offering recommendations to improve reentry success among the State‟s prisoners. As a result of the recommendations, The New Mexico Corrections Department (NMCD) created a Reentry and Prison Reform Division, tasked with carrying out reform efforts within the NMCD. The Task Force and the Reentry and Prison Reform Division modeled its prison reform efforts after the national Transition from Prisons to Community Initiative (TPCI). The primary purpose of the current report is to highlight the strengths and gaps in NMCD‟s progress towards the implementation of TPCI in the institutional setting. The gaps analysis is not meant to be an indictment of the system, but rather a useful guide for where the system is currently and where it can improve as it moves towards full implementation of an evidence-based reentry model. While we touch on issues related to community supervision, the primary focus in this report is on the prison system. We introduce the project in the first chapter and describe the methods we used to assess progress and gaps in the TPCI implementation. The second and third chapters describe the key process goals (Chapter 2) and infrastructure goals (Chapter 3) defined in the TPCI model and identify the gaps in the implementation of these goals. At the end of each section within Chapters 2 and 3, we provide a summary table, which highlights the goals of the TPCI model and New Mexico Task Force recommendations (the ideal), describes current progress towards implementation of these goals, and summarizes the significant gaps in implementation. These summary tables are meant to provide the reader with a snapshot of the key points for each section. However, we encourage the reader to also read the accompanying text since this provides much richer detail and information beyond the table summaries. We present a basic logic model for TPCI implementation and evaluation within NM Correctional facilities in Chapter 4. This logic model is not meant as a complete guide for implementation and evaluation of the model, but rather as a baseline from which NMCD can build a full-scale logic model for the implementation and evaluation of the TPCI program for New Mexico. In the final chapter, we summarize the results of the gaps analysis, and offer some suggestions for moving the reentry initiative forward. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Statistical Analysis Center, 2011. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at: http://www.jrsa.org/awards/judging/research_policy_analysis/NM_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 127345

Author: Treyger, Elina Title: Migration and Violent Crime: Lessons from the Russian Experience Summary: The relationship between migration, both internal and international, and crime is not a matter of merely academic interest. Many laws and public policies directly and profoundly affect migration within and across national borders. At a time when international migration is attracting increasing attention of policy makers, courts, and legislators, there is a real need to better understand and predict the public-order consequences of laws affecting population movements. This article exploits the Russian experience to further that aim. The relationship between population movements and crime has been the subject of a growing social science literature. That literature yields but one clear conclusion: that the relationship defies generalization. In some contexts, a concentration of newcomers (whether native or foreign) in communities correlate with higher, and in other contexts, with lower, violent crime rates across space. Some population movements appear to improve, and others to erode, the social capacity for informal control over crime. In this article, I marshal evidence for one promising explanation for the disparate consequences of different population movements, emphasizing the role of social ties and networks. That explanation suggests that where migrations destroy social networks among the migrants or in receiving communities, the social capacity for informal control over violent behaviors is undermined, and public order is liable to suffer. By contrast, where social networks drive migrations and are preserved or reconstituted in areas of settlement, no comparable disruptive effects ensue. Russia’s experience under Soviet rule furnishes a singularly fitting example of population movements that definitively disrupted preexisting social structures and obstructed formation of new ones. I make use of statistical analysis to demonstrate that the Russian post-communist geography of homicide was shaped profoundly by communist-era migration and settlement patterns. In this way, it offers evidence for the proposition that network-disrupting migrations are strongly associated with higher violent crime rates, and that state laws and policies that produce these sorts of movements come at a high social cost. The idiosyncratic character of Russia’s migration history makes it an empirically convenient case – the proverbial “natural experiment” – to explore the full effects of specifically network-disrupting population movements. Its idiosyncrasy notwithstanding, the Russian experience yields generalizable implications for our understanding of the migration-crime relationship, and our ability to identify those policies that are most likely to disrupt the social processes of informal control and contribute to violent crime. Details: Washington, DC: George Mason University, School of Law, 2013. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason University Law and Economics Research Paper Series 13-01 Accessed January 22, 2013 at: http://www.law.gmu.edu/assets/files/publications/working_papers/1301Migration&ViolentCrime.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 127346

Author: Telesca, Donatello Title: Modeling Criminal Careers as Departures from a Unimodal Population Age-Crime Curve: The Case of Marijuana Use Summary: A major aim of longitudinal analyses of life course data is to describe the within- and between individual variability in a behavioral outcome, such as crime. Statistical analyses of such data typically draw on mixture and mixed-effects growth models. In this work, we present a functional analytic point of view and develop an alternative method that models individual crime trajectories as departures from a population age-crime curve. Drawing on empirical and theoretical claims in criminology, we assume a unimodal population age-crime curve and allow individual expected crime trajectories to differ by their levels of offending and patterns of temporal misalignment. We extend Bayesian hierarchical curve registration methods to accommodate count data and to incorporate influence of baseline covariates on individual behavioral trajectories. Analyzing self-reported counts of yearly marijuana use from the Denver Youth Survey, we examine the influence of race and gender categories on differences in levels and timing of marijuana smoking. We find that our approach offers a flexible and realistic model for longitudinal crime trajectories that fits individual observations well and allows for a rich array of inferences of interest to criminologists and drug abuse researchers. Details: Seattle, WA: Department of Statistics, University of Washington, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Technical Report no. 5882: Accessed January 22, 2013 at: http://www.stat.washington.edu/research/reports/2011/tr588.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 127347

Author: University of California, Berkeley, Human Rights Center Title: Freedom Denied: Forced Labor in California Summary: Forced labor—defined as “all work or service which is exacted from any person under the menace of any penalty and for which the said person has not offered himself voluntarily” is not something that happens somewhere ‘over there’ in the developing world. It is a significant and often overlooked problem right here in the United States. Our research suggests that at any given time, ten thousand or more men, women and children are laboring against their will as prostitutes, farm and sweatshop laborers, and domestic workers in the United States. The U.S. Congress has recognized the scope of the problem and, in 2000, adopted the Trafficking Victim Protection Act. But the federal government understands that more needs to be done, and it has urged states to close gaps in the law by passing their own laws to combat human trafficking and forced labor. California is hardly a stranger to the issue—especially because forced labor flourishes in states with large immigrant populations. In recent years, the practice has spread to several areas of the state. Over eighty percent of the cases have been documented in the urban centers of Los Angles, San Diego, San Francisco, and San Jose. The majority of those forced to work as modern-day slaves come to California from abroad—with or without valid travel documents. Others are U.S. citizens that have fallen into the clutches of traffickers. Whether foreigners or not, they are terrified of their captors and face uncertain futures should they manage to escape. Our research identified 57 forced labor operations in almost a dozen cities in California between 1998 and 2003, involving more than 500 individuals from 18 countries. Thailand was the home country of 136 forced labor victims, with 104 and 53 arriving from, respectively, Mexico and Russia. American citizens comprise 5.4 percent of the total. Victims labored in several economic sectors including prostitution and sex services (47.4%), domestic service (33.3%), mail order brides (5.3 %), sweatshops (5.3%), and agriculture (1.8%). Victims of forced labor often suffer severe hardships and deprivations. Their captors often subject them to beatings, threats, and other forms of physical and psychological abuse. They live in conditions of deprivation and despair. Their captors may threaten their families. Perpetrators exert near total control over victims, creating a situation of dependency. Victims come to believe they cannot leave. They are terrified of their captors but also fear law enforcement, a fear often based on bad experiences with police and other government officials in their countries of origin. Once victims escape captivity they confront a host of new problems Obtaining safe shelter and legal employment are immediate concerns. Because so many survivors are strangers in a strange land, provision of comprehensive social services is needed to help them navigate from servitude to independent living. In recent years, thanks to the new trafficking act, federal prosecutors have taken the lead in bringing perpetrators of forced labor to justice. But much more needs to be done at the state level to end this practice. California criminal law, in particular, needs to be reformed to sanction modern traffickers and to train law enforcement to identify forced labor cases and to work appropriately with victims to gain their trust and cooperation in investigations and prosecutions. State law enforcement needs to coordinate their efforts with federal authorities to ensure that survivors promptly can access federal immigration benefits. In addition, prosecutors must act to protect witnesses and their families who reside overseas. To eradicate forced labor in California, we recommend that the following measures be taken: 1. The state should enact new criminal laws against forced labor. California’s criminal laws are not tailored to combat the practice of forced labor. The U.S. Department of Justice has proposed model state legislation which reflects the experience of law enforcement personnel who have investigated and prosecuted perpetrators under federal criminal law. California should review and adapt the model law so that state law enforcement can amplify federal efforts and bring greater numbers of offenders to justice. 2. The state should train law enforcement and other first responders to identify and address forced labor. Law enforcement personnel, health care providers, health and labor inspectors, and other first responders likely to encounter victims of forced labor should be trained to recognize the indicators of forced labor and how to intercede to liberate victims so that wellintentioned interventions do not jeopardize victims and their families. 3. The state should create civil remedies for forced labor survivors. Survivors of forced labor have been robbed of their earnings and their dignity. They should have access to courts to hold their perpetrators liable for the damages they inflicted upon survivors. The ability to file a private suit will allow survivors to control decisions about whether to pursue legal action and may help restore to them a sense of control over their lives. 4. The state should increase access to social services for survivors of forced labor. Safe housing and access to legal counsel must be made available to survivors. The state should provide funds to expand shelters dedicated to serving forced labor survivors. While only the federal government can provide immigration benefits to survivors, state law enforcement promptly should issue the appropriate certifications so that survivors can apply for federal relief. The state should fund medical care, legal assistance, job training and placement to support the recovery of survivors. 5. The state should create a task force to develop policy to address human trafficking and forced labor. A comprehensive response to forced labor involves many state and federal agencies, social service providers, legal advocates, researchers, and policy makers. The state should convene a task force to bring together stakeholders to identify gaps in the response to forced labor, develop guidelines to promote a consistent and survivor-centered approach to cases, and recommend policy to strengthen the state’s response. Details: Berkeley, CA: Human Rights Center, University of California, Berkeley, 2005. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2013 at: http://www.oas.org/atip/country%20specific/Forced%20Labor%20in%20California.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor (California, U.S.) Shelf Number: 127349

Author: Mosehauer, Katie Title: Reclaiming Students: The Educational and Economic Costs of Exclusionary Discipline in Washington State Summary: In 2010, aware that youth in the state of Washington were not exempt from the pushout occurring in schools across the country due to exclusionary disciplinary practices, advocates began the process of sifting through public records and collecting data on the effects of the state's school discipline policies. Based on data from the 2009-2010 school year, the report takes a statewide look at the use of suspensions and expulsions and their impact on students and communities in the state. Details: Seattle: Washington Appleseed and Team Child, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.teamchild.org/docs/uploads/Reclaiming_Students_-_a_report_by_WA_Appleseed__TeamChild.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (Washington State) Shelf Number: 127354

Author: High Hopes Campaign Title: From Policy to Standard Practice: Restorative Justice in Chicago Public Schools Summary: The High HOPES (Healing Over the Punishment of Expulsions and Suspensions) Campaign is calling on Chicago Public Schools (CPS) to reduce suspensions and expulsions by 40% through the implementation of restorative justice practices, which are recognized and embraced in CPS' own Student Code of Conduct. A reduction of at least 40% would mean that thousands of students would be disciplined more effectively and a true culture shift would begin to take place throughout the city's schools. To do this, we call on CPS to work with youth, parent, and community organizations to implement restorative justice strategies, as well as develop and provide accurate and timely performance measures to track the effectiveness of reaching our goals. Details: Chicago: High Hopes Campaign, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.dignityinschools.org/sites/default/files/FromPolicyToStandardPractice.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 127356

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Mississippi Title: Handcuffs on Success: The Extreme School Discipline Crisis in Mississippi Public Schools Summary: Mississippi is mired in an extreme school discipline crisis. Across the state, public schools are hindering the success of children and youth by employing harsh and destructive disciplinary practices. These practices not only exclude students from the classroom thereby reducing learning opportunities, but even worse, Mississippi’s children are being trapped in a pipeline to prison, too often for the most trivial misbehaviors. Whether it is a dress code violation, profane language, or a schoolyard scuffle, young people are being herded into juvenile detention centers and into the revolving door of the criminal justice system. Sadly, none of this is shocking. After all, the State’s harsh approach to discipline still allows corporal punishment. In fact, as one of only 19 states left that permit the paddling of students in public schools, Mississippi has the highest percentage of students being beaten by educators. Finally, Mississippi’s track record is being exposed. In October 2012, the United States Department of Justice filed suit against the city of Meridian, the County of Lauderdale, two youth court judges, the State of Mississippi, and two state agencies for operating a school-to-prison pipeline. The complaint alleges that these actors are “engag[ing] in a pattern or practice of unlawful conduct through which they routinely and systematically arrest and incarcerate children, including for minor school rule infractions, without even the most basic procedural safeguards, and in violation of these children’s constitutional rights.” Among other disturbing facts, the complaint alleges that Meridian schools repeatedly respond to infractions such as “disrespect,” “refusal to follow directions,” and “profanity” by referring students to law enforcement. They also routinely suspend students on juvenile probation, resulting in their automatic incarceration, for such low-level behaviors as use of vulgar language, flatulence in class, and dress code infractions like having a shirt untucked. While the suit is the most recent event to sound the alarm, the school-to-prison pipeline is nothing new to Mississippi and it is certainly not unique to Meridian. In fact, it is a problem that has plagued Mississippi schools statewide for years. For well over a decade, heartbreaking stories of extreme discipline and the criminalization of young people have poured out of Mississippi public schools. This report discusses the ways in which these extreme and destructive approaches to school discipline not only have directly harmed students and families, but also have caused teachers, law enforcement officials, and community members to have their lives and careers made more difficult by these ineffective and counter-productive school discipline policies and practices. Furthermore, the entire state of Mississippi has suffered damage to its economic health and well-being. Given this, the State should eliminate its school-to-prison pipeline, and this report provides recommendations for how it should begin to do so. Details: Jackson, MS: ACLU of Mississippi, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://b.3cdn.net/advancement/bd691fe41faa4ff809_u9m6bfb3v.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (Mississippi) Shelf Number: 127362

Author: Cohen, Thomas H. Title: Pretrial Release and Misconduct in Federal District Courts, 2008-2010 Summary: The report presents findings on pretrial release and misconduct among defendants in federal district courts for the combined fiscal years 2008, 2009, and 2010. The report examines the pretrial process in federal courts, including the pretrial release rate, the type of pretrial release or detention, and the conditions of pretrial release. It explores the most serious offense charges, criminal history, and demographic characteristics of released defendants. Also, it presents rates of pretrial misconduct, including technical violations, missed court appearances, and rearrests for new offenses, by most serious offense charges, types of release, demographic characteristics, and criminal history of defendants. Highlights: From 2008 to 2010, federal district courts released more than a third (36 percent) of defendants prior to case disposition. Nearly three-quarters of federal defendants released pretrial did not pay a financial bond to secure their release. Federal courts released 10% of noncitizen defendants identified as illegal aliens, compared to 43% of legal aliens and 55% of U.S. citizens. About 8 out of 10 federal defendants released prior to their case disposition had conditions attached to their release. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/prmfdc0810.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Courts Shelf Number: 127366

Author: U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Infrastructure Security and Energy Restoration Title: An Updated Assessment of Copper Wire Thefts from Electric Utilities Summary: The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability (OE) monitors changes, threats, and risks to the energy infrastructure in the United States. As part of that responsibility, OE published research in 2007 on the theft of copper wire from electric utilities. Early in 2010 there was evidence of an increase in such thefts. Because of this increase, OE decided to update its 2007 assessment of copper wire thefts. 1 • Electric utilities have launched public awareness campaigns, offered rewards for information leading to the arrest and conviction of thieves, marked copper wire for easier recovery from scrap metal dealers, and collaborated with stakeholders. Copper wire theft continues today throughout the United States, but the magnitude of theft has been reduced considerably. The problem is not likely to cease as long as copper prices remain sufficiently attractive to would-be thieves. However, the combined efforts of electric utilities, lawmakers, scrap metal dealers, and local law enforcement have succeeded in reducing the problem and driving a wedge between copper price increases and comparable increases in copper theft. • Legislation to reduce copper theft has been introduced in every State and passed into law in all but five States as of August 2010. • Scrap metal dealers are cooperating with utilities and lawmakers, reporting suspected thefts, and disseminating information through ISRI’s Theft Alerts. • Local law enforcement has become more responsive to electric utilities facing copper theft and is collaborating to recover more stolen copper and arrest those responsible. Since the beginning of the 2004 spike in copper prices, copper theft and copper prices have been directly linked. Although this link continues today, the rate of thefts as a function of the upward pull of prices has been mitigated. Details: Wsahington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, 2010. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.oe.netl.doe.gov/docs/Updated%20Assessment-Copper-Final-101210%20c.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Copper Theft Shelf Number: 127367

Author: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Sentencing and Corrections Title: Performance Incentive Funding: Aligning Fiscal and Operational Responsibility to Produce More Safety at Less Cost Summary: America’s tough-on-crime sentencing policies are often cited as the primary reason the United States has the highest incarceration rate in the world. Yet there is another contributing factor that is often overlooked: a structural flaw in the way most states fund their criminal justice systems that discourages local decision makers from supervising offenders in the community and makes it easier to send them to prison. It is the state corrections agency that bears the cost of incarcerating people in prison. However, both the decision to send an offender to prison and the cost of keeping an offender in the community almost always rest with a different state agency or a local jurisdiction. This is true for either a new conviction or a revocation from probation or parole. In the eyes of local decision makers and in cases involving low-level offenders, sending someone to prison is all too often the preferred option because it saves the actual expense of supervision and avoids the political cost should an offender commit a serious crime while in the community. Because of ongoing state budget deficits and decades of prison population growth, state policymakers have recently begun to focus attention on this misalignment of fiscal and operational responsibility by devising solutions that make system actors more accountable and collaborative. Since 2003, eight states have enacted legislation creating performance incentive funding (PIF) programs that aim to align the interests of the state corrections agency and local decision makers. PIF programs are premised on the idea that if the supervision agency or locality sends fewer low-level offenders to prison—thereby causing the state to incur fewer costs—some portion of the state savings should be shared with the agency or locality. With PIF, agencies or localities receive a financial reward for delivering fewer prison commitments through reduced recidivism and revocations that, in turn, must be reinvested into evidence-based programs in the community. In September 2011, the Vera Institute of Justice, the Pew Center on the States, and Metropolis Strategies brought together more than 50 practitioners from the states that have enacted or were considering PIF legislation. In addition to outlining how PIF programs can lead to better offender outcomes while reducing overall corrections costs, this report discusses seven key challenges and tasks, identified by summit participants, that a state must address when designing and implementing a PIF program: (1) choosing an administrative structure, (2) selecting a funding mechanism, (3) deciding whether to provide seed funding, (4) selecting outcome measures, (5) determining baseline measures, (6) estimating savings, and (7) engaging stakeholders. The report suggests that including multiple measures to evaluate performance and determine eligibility for incentive funding, rather than focusing on just the single outcome of reduced prison commitments, will ensure that public safety is protected while positive outcomes are still achieved. This report also highlights the importance of incorporating evidence-based practices into the incentive funding structure and providing agencies and localities with the resources and support they need to pursue the program’s goals. A successful PIF program can significantly curb prison population growth and costs while increasing public safety: in the first year of its PIF program, California experienced a 23-percent drop in prison commitments of felony probationers, and $88 million of the savings was distributed to county probation agencies. Most important, PIF can transform public safety by contributing to a reduction in recidivism, crime, and revocation rates. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/files/performance-incentive-funding-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 127369

Author: Ferragut, Sergio Title: Organized Crime, Illicit Drugs and Money Laundering: the United States and Mexico Summary: Organized crime permeates the life of every single country in the 21st century: its global revenues are well above a trillion dollars a year and illicit drugs are a major component of this. Drug prohibition, in effect for almost a century, has not been the deterrent to consumption it was intended to be, and the illicit drug trade has become the most profitable source of revenue for criminal organizations in many countries. This paper reviews the US-Mexican illicit drug landscape and documents the importance of this criminal activity in both countries. The United States is the primary market for illicit drugs in the world and, because of their shared 2,000-mile border, Mexico has become the number one provider of illicit drugs. More than 40 years after a ‘war on drugs’ was declared by President Richard Nixon in 1971, the flow of drugs into the United States has not been eliminated or even reduced. The law of supply-and-demand has prevailed, as should have been expected. The illicit proceeds from drug trafficking in the United States and Mexico, as with those from any criminal activity, must be laundered by criminal organizations so that their assets cannot be traced back to their origins. In recent times anti-money laundering (AML) initiatives have been at the core of the fight against organized crime around the world. Back in the 1980s it was not unusual for a drug trafficker in the United States to walk into a bank with a suitcase full of cash and have it immediately deposited into an account. At that point the money would start a journey from bank to bank and country to country, and tracing its origins became very difficult – the money was effectively laundered. During the past two decades the international financial system has been tightened and today it is much more difficult to launder money through it. However, dirty money continues to be laundered through other channels. The current controls and best practices implemented within the financial system are a necessary condition to combat money laundering; nevertheless, they are not sufficient to curtail it effectively. It is crucial that the authorities look beyond the financial system and into enterprises that accept cash as tender if AML initiatives are to be successful in depriving organized crime of the fruits of its crimes. For at least three decades the laundering of drugs-trade proceeds in Mexico has been transferring economic and political power into the hands of individuals and groups with questionable credentials; billions of dollars have been laundered in the country by drug traffickers and their business partners. This phenomenon poses a potentially serious threat to public and national security in Mexico and the United States; the newly acquired economic strength of these criminal groups positions them to influence the political landscape and acquire significant ownership positions in strategic industries. This paper illustrates how it happens and highlights some of the options available to the authorities to address the challenge. Details: London: Chatham House, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: The views expressed in this document are the sole responsibility of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the view of Chatham House, its staff, associates or Council. Chatham House is independent and owes no allegiance to any government or to any political body. It does not take institutional positions on policy issues. This document is issued on the understanding that if any extract is used, the author(s)/ speaker(s) and Chatham House should be credited, preferably with the date of the publication or details of the event. Where this document refers to or reports statements made by speakers at an event every effort has been made to provide a fair representation of their views and opinions, but the ultimate responsibility for accuracy lies with this document’s author(s). The published text of speeches and presentations may differ from delivery. International Security Programme Paper 2012/01: Accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.chathamhouse.org/sites/default/files/public/Research/International%20Security/1112pp_ferragut.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 127370

Author: Violanti, John M. Title: Shifts, Extended Work Hours, and Fatigue: An Assessment of Health and Personal Risks for Police Officers Summary: The physical health, psychological well-being, safety and efficiency at work are important factors for any police agency to consider. When one considers the monetary and human costs of fatigued officers, it is essential to promote scientific awareness and subsequent plausible interventions. The rate of officers dying from health related problems and accidents for example have surpassed the rate of officers dying from homicide. Fatigued or tired police officers are also a danger to themselves as well as the public they serve. Little is known of the long term impact of shift work and extended work hours on police officers, and no direct scientifically rigorous exposure assessment of shift work has yet been done. The goal of this investigation was to examine police officer exposure to shift work and the association of such exposure with adverse health and psychological outcomes. This study examined two groups of police officers. The first group consisted of 464 currently employed police officers. We assessed shift work impact on health and psychological well-being on this group based on objective day-today payroll work record data. The second group consisted of a mortality cohort (deceased officers) of ever employed police officers, 1950-2005. The cohort covered an estimated 100,000 person-years of observation and was utilized to assess the impact of shift work on causes of police officer deaths. This information was obtained from the U.S. National Death Index (classified by the International Classification of Diseases (ICD), 9th edition). Risk analysis among currently employed officers was performed for outcomes of subclinical disease based on independent variables of shift work, sleep quality, stress biomarkers (cortisol), and lifestyle covariates such as physical activity, diet, smoking and alcohol abuse. Additional analysis involved calculation of risk for specific causes of death in police officers compared to the U.S. General Population and internal police comparisons by shift work patterns. Details: Buffalo, NY: Department of Social & Preventive Medicine, School of Public Health and Health Professions, State University of NY at Buffalo, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237964.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Fatigue Shelf Number: 127371

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: The Impact of Probation and Parole Populations on Arrests in Four California Cities Summary: One of the first questions as officer asks when arresting someone is “Are you on probation or parole?” and the answer generally expected is “yes.” Given this expectation, it is understandable for officers on the beat to believe that it is only a matter of time before people on parole or probation commit a crime. As longstanding and prevalent as this assumption has been, very little research exists quantifying the extent to which people under community supervision are, in fact, driving local law enforcement’s arrest activity. Law enforcement executives across the country have been forced to make deep cuts to their budgets as a result of plunging local tax revenues and shrinking federal funding for local police departments. This has certainly been the case in California. For example, the police departments in Sacramento, Los Angeles, and Redlands experienced significant declines in funding between 2008 and 2012, which have resulted in, among other things, major reductions in personnel. On top of the fiscal pressures police departments are experiencing, local governments in California are struggling with the transformation of the state corrections system currently underway. Compelled by federal court order to address overcrowding in the California prison system, state policymakers have taken a number of steps to reduce the prison population. For example, they have mandated that non-violent, non-serious and non-sex offenders serve their sentences at the local level rather than in state prisons. In addition, state officials have transferred post-release supervision responsibilities for people convicted of these crimes already in state prison to county probation officers. As a result of these and other actions, the number of people incarcerated in state prison has plummeted by nearly 40,000 people, from more than 173,000 in 20063 to fewer than 133,000 in November 2012. During the same timeframe, the state’s parole supervision population has declined by nearly 50 percent, from almost 120,000 to fewer than 61,000.5 The downsizing of the prison population has enabled the state to address dangerous levels of overcrowding in its system and to reduce state spending on corrections by billions ofdollars. Some of these savings have been passed along to the county governments, which must decide what to do with people who had previously been incarcerated in a state prison or under state parole supervision. Local law enforcement officials generally have received few of these redirected funds. Many police chiefs and sheriffs have asserted that the growing numbers of people released from state prison, combined with supervision responsibility shifting from state to local government for people convicted of particular offenses, will intensify demands on the resources of local law enforcement, which are already stretched to the breaking point. In 2010, Chief Charlie Beck of the Los Angeles Police Department, Chief James Bueermann of the Redlands Police Department, Chief Rick Braziel of the Sacramento Police Department, and Chief George Gascón of the San Francisco Police Department asked the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) to help them to determine the extent to which people on probation and parole contribute to the demands on the resources of local law enforcement, and to identify what opportunities exist to use data to target their limited resources more effectively. They asked CSG Justice Center to conduct an unprecedented analysis of arrest, probation, and parole data to answer these questions: 􀁑 To what extent do people on probation and parole contribute to crime, as measured by arrests? 􀁑 What types of crimes are these people most likely to commit? 􀁑 Are there particular subsets of people on probation and parole who are most likely to reoffend? If so, what characteristics do they have in common? 􀁑 What strategies can law enforcement employ to better respond to the people being released from prisons and jails to community supervision? Considerable research exists documenting rearrest or reincarceration rates for people under probation or parole supervision. Little research, however, has been published about the extent to which people on probation and parole contribute to the overall volume of arrests in a particular jurisdiction. This groundbreaking study addresses this gap in the research. Researchers had access to separate information systems maintained by multiple independent agencies. They assembled a vast, comprehensive dataset covering a lengthy time period that is without precedent. Researchers amassed more than 2.5 million adult arrest, probation, and parole supervision records maintained by 11 different agencies over a 42-month period stretching from January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2011. Because California does not mandate the uniform statewide collection of arrest data, each local jurisdiction maintains this information independently and distinctly. Needless to say, the gathering and matching of records for this study proved to be a complex undertaking. The research presented here is not a recidivism study. Researchers did not follow a particular group of people post-release for a prescribed period of time to determine that group’s rates of reoffense and compare that number to another, similar group of people for a similar length of time. The dataset assembled for this study encompassed all people arrested (as opposed to a narrower universe limited to people released from prison or jail) during a three-and-a-half-year time period. By using this cohort, which was far larger than just the number of people under correctional supervision, researchers could learn about the proportion of arrests that involve people under supervision compared to those not under supervision, as well as characteristics of the subset of parolees and probationers who contribute to police arrests. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports/docs/External-Reports/CAL-CHIEFS-REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 127372

Author: Harris, Philip Title: Investigating the Simultaneous Effects of Individual, Program and Neighborhood Attributes On Juvenile Recidivism Using GIS and Spatial Data Mining Summary: The primary goal of this project was to develop, apply, and evaluate improved techniques to investigate the simultaneous effects of neighborhood and program forces in preventing juvenile recidivism. For many years, program evaluation researchers have presented the question, “What works to prevent delinquency for whom under what circumstances?” In community settings, answering this question presents a unique challenge, since “circumstances” includes the home neighborhoods of youths participating in correctional programs. Understanding how programs and neighborhoods jointly shape youth behavior and identifying conditions under which rehabilitative programs are successful are fundamental to planning programs that facilitate positive trajectories for physical, social, cognitive, and affective youth development. We investigated the simultaneous effects of neighborhood, program, and individual characteristics (including family) on juvenile recidivism using linear modeling, geographic information systems (GIS) and spatial data mining. GIS provides the technology to integrate diverse spatial data sets, quantify spatial relationships, and visualize the results of spatial analysis. In the context of juvenile recidivism, this approach will facilitate the investigation of how, and why, recidivism rates vary from place to place, through different programs, and among individuals. The project applies spatial data mining to the analysis of adjudicated juvenile delinquents assigned to court‐ordered programs by the Family Court of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. This population encompasses all adjudicated delinquents committed to programs by the court during the years 1996 to 2002 – more than 26,000 cases. The proposed study makes use of three levels of data: individual, program and neighborhood. In addition to data on individual youths and their families, we will employ a database of designs of the programs that they attended and two or more spatial data sets, including the crime data from Philadelphia Police Department and the U. S. Census. This study includes a vast methodological departure from current practices and can greatly improve the chances of learning more about the dynamics of juvenile recidivism, leading to more effective prevention policies and programs. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2012. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237986.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 127373

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-Jurisdictional Task Forces. Profile of the South Central Illinois Drug Task Force Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties. Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests. There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois—metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970’s through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces began in the 1980’s using the organizational authority from the Intergovernmental Cooperation Act [5 ILCS 220/1]. Task force policy boards are not governed by legislated structure or composition requirements or restricted by statute in their scope of operations. Periodically, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA’s website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the South Central Illinois Drug Task Force (SCIDTF), which covers Bond, Calhoun, Greene, Jersey, Macoupin, and Montgomery Counties with an estimated total population of 137,597 in 2010. In 2010, 2 local police agencies participated in SCIDTF. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Seven officers and one office manager were assigned to SCIDTF in 2010, five of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and two from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/SCIDTF_112012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 127375

Author: Mulvey, Edward P. Title: Transfer of Juveniles to Adult Court: Effects of a Broad Policy in One Court Summary: This bulletin presents findings from the Pathways to Desistance study about the effects of transfer from juvenile court to adult court on a sample of serious adolescent offenders in Maricopa County, AZ. The authors compare the extant literature with findings from the Pathways study and discuss the possible implications of these findings for future changes in transfer statutes. Following are some key points: • Adolescents in the adult system may be at risk for disruptions in their personal development, identity formation, relationships, learning, growth in skills and competencies, and positive movement into adult status. • Most of the youth in the study who were sent to adult facilities returned to the community within a few years, varying widely in their levels of adjustment. Youth were more likely to successfully adjust when they were not influenced by antisocial peers. • Prior work indicates that transferred youth are more likely to commit criminal acts than adolescents kept in the juvenile justice system. • Findings from the Pathways study indicate that transfer may have a differential effect (either reducing or increasing offending), depending on the juvenile’s presenting offense and prior offense history. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin, December 2012: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/232932.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 127379

Author: Warnken, Heather Title: Violence Against Women Needs Assessment Program Summary: Under California law, victims and witnesses of crime are granted certain statutory and constitutional rights, including that they be treated with dignity and respect. In 1982, California established itself as a national leader in the rights of crime victims in passing the Victim’s Bill of Rights. As a key component of these protections, Victim/Witness Assistance Centers (VWACs) arose in 1983 in an effort by the Legislature to reduce the trauma and insensitive treatment that victims and witnesses experienced in the criminal justice system. Today, state and federally funded VWACs operate in each of the 58 counties and in the City of Los Angeles and play a vital role in California’s criminal justice system. Despite the large numbers VWACs, however, very little research has been done to date on the work of California’s VWACs or of government provided victim/witness advocates in general. In particular, very little has been done on their work with one of the most vulnerable populations of crime victims: women victims of violence. Reports about government-based and community-provided Violence Against Women (VAW) victim services tend to fall into two general categories: reports that describe government provided services to all crime victims, with VAW victims as just one category of victim; and reports that focus on combating VAW with services mentioned only as one step to be taken by government. The California Emergency Management Agency (Cal EMA) funded a needs-assessment study of VWACs to be carried out by the California Crime Victims Assistance Association (CCVAA), in partnership with the California District Attorneys Association (CDAA). As part of this assessment, in 2011, the Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, at the University of California, Berkeley School of Law, conducted a two-part survey including follow-up interviews with all 59 of the VWACs. The following questions formed the basis to this assessment: 1. Numbers of VAW victims served by VWACs for the past three to five years; 2. Demographics of VAW victims served by VWACs; 3. Types and numbers of services provided to VAW victims by VWACs; 4. Identification of VWAC prevention-related services provided to VAW victims; 5. Marsy’s Rights information and procedures provided to VAW victims; 6. Collaborations and referrals between VWACs and rape crisis centers and women shelters; 7. Descriptions of “best practices” with VAW victims used by VWACs; 8. Description of the current organizational capacity of the CCVAA (representing the statewide network of VWACs) to adequately meet the gaps in service needs of VAW victims served by VWAC; 9. Identification of other resources (potential funding sources) that would be necessary to build the capacity of the CCVAA to meet the needs of VAW victims served by VWAC. This report, based on the Warren Institute’s data collection, is the first comprehensive study ever done in California of the work and services that VWACs provide to women victims of violence. It represents VWACs’ perceptions of the importance of their work with VAW victims, the gaps in this work, and their needs for further expanding their services to victims of VAW crimes. It addresses all questions above for which VWACs had data. With these findings, Cal EMA, CCVAA, allied victim service organizations, and policy makers will be better equipped to make informed decisions regarding VWAC program development, resource allocation, advocate training, and organizational capacity-building benefitting VAW victims. Details: Berkeley, CA: California Crime Victims Association; California District Attorneys Association; University of California, Berkeley School of Law, Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/bccj/VAW_Study-FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 127381

Author: Appleseed Title: Forcing Our Blues into Gray Areas: Local Police and Federal Immigration Enforcement. A Legal Guide for Advocates Revised and Updated Summary: The laws governing the proper role of the local police in stopping, arresting, questioning, and detaining individuals in an effort to enforce federal immigration law are far from settled, and the policy debate is moving quickly. For decades, as a result of policy directives issued by the federal government itself, it was understood that state and local police could not stop, arrest, or detain individuals for civil violations of the immigration law, such as being present in the United States without authorization. However, in recent years, the Department of Justice and some members of Congress have encouraged an expanded role for state and local police in immigration enforcement. One arm of the Department of Justice, the Office of Legal Counsel, even went so far as to opine that local police have “inherent authority” to enforce immigration laws – a position that is far from clearly supported by then-existing or present case law. In fact, the Department of Justice kept its newfound position secret from the public and refused to release the memo detailing it until required to do so by court order. This dramatic shift by some at the federal level has continued. Federal officials have increased the frequency of raids on immigrants, creating tension between local officials and the communities they seek to protect. However, in recognition of the fact that adopting local immigration enforcement policies is misguided and would actually make it more difficult to fight terrorism and crime, an increasing number of police departments, local governments, and others oppose initiatives to either mandate or encourage local police to intervene in federal immigration enforcement efforts. “Forcing Our Blues Into Gray Areas: Local Police and Federal Immigration Enforcement” contains legal and practical guidelines to combat local anti-immigrant ordinances. It also describes troubling legal and political efforts to involve local police in federal immigration matters, which leads to improper enforcement and a diversion of local safety resources. Details: Washington, DC: Appleseed, 2008. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.waappleseed.org/media/Forcing_Our_Blues_Into_Gray_Areas2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127382

Author: Libicki, Martin C. Title: Crisis and Escalation in Cyberspace Summary: This report presents some of the results of a fiscal year 2011 RAND Project AIR FORCE study on the integration of kinetic and nonkinetic weapons, “U.S. and Threat Non-Kinetic Capabilities.” It discusses the management of cybercrises throughout the spectrum from precrisis to crisis to conflict. The basic message is simple: Crisis and escalation in cyberspace can be managed as long as policymakers understand the key differences between nonkinetic conflict in cyberspace and kinetic conflict in the physical world. Among these differences are the tremendous scope that cyberdefense affords; the near impossibility and thus the pointlessness of trying to disarm an adversary’s ability to carry out cyberwar; and the great ambiguity associated with cyberoperations—notably, the broad disjunction between the attacker’s intent, the actual effect, and the target’s perception of what happened. Thus, strategies should concentrate on (1) recognizing that crisis instability in cyberspace arises largely from misperception, (2) promulgating norms that might modulate crisis reactions, (3) knowing when and how to defuse inadvertent crises stemming from incidents, (4) supporting actions with narrative rather than signaling, (5) bolstering defenses to the point at which potential adversaries no longer believe that cyberattacks (penetrating and disrupting or corrupting information systems, as opposed to cyberespionage) can alter the balance of forces, and (6) calibrating the use of offensive cyberoperations with an assessment of their escalation potential. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2012/RAND_MG1215.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 127383

Author: Manuel, Kate M. Title: Prosecutorial Discretion in Immigration Enforcement: Legal Issues Summary: The term prosecutorial discretion is commonly used to describe the wide latitude that prosecutors have in determining when, whom, how, and even whether to prosecute apparent violations of the law. The Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) and, later, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and its components have historically described themselves as exercising prosecutorial discretion in immigration enforcement. Some commentators have recently challenged this characterization on the grounds that DHS enforces primarily civil violations, and some of its components cannot be said to engage in "law enforcement," as that term is conventionally understood. However, even agencies that do not prosecute or engage in law enforcement have been recognized as having discretion (sometimes referred to as enforcement discretion) in determining whether to enforce particular violations. Federal regulation of immigration is commonly said to arise from various powers enumerated in the Constitution (e.g., naturalization, commerce), as well as the federal government's inherent power to control and conduct foreign relations. Some, although not all, of these powers belong exclusively to Congress, and courts have sometimes described Congress as having "plenary power" over immigration. However, few courts or commentators have addressed the separation of powers between Congress and the President in the field of immigration, and the executive has sometimes been said to share plenary power over immigration with Congress as one of the "political branches." Moreover, the authority to exercise prosecutorial or enforcement discretion has traditionally been understood to arise from the Constitution, not from any congressional delegation of power. Certain decisions have been widely recognized as within the prosecutorial discretion of immigration officers. These include deciding whether to initiate removal proceedings and what charges to lodge against the respondent; canceling a Notice to Appear or other charging document before jurisdiction vests with an immigration judge; granting deferred action or extended voluntary departure to an alien otherwise subject to removal (deportation); appealing particular decisions or orders; and imposing fines for particular offenses, among other things. Enforcement priorities and resources, as well as humanitarian concerns, have typically played a role in determining whether to exercise discretion in individual cases. For example, the George W. Bush Administration temporarily suspended employer sanctions in areas affected by Hurricane Katrina, and the Obama Administration recently began granting deferred action to certain unauthorized aliens brought to the United States as children. While the executive branch's prosecutorial or enforcement discretion is broad, it is not unfettered, and particular exercises of discretion could potentially be checked by the Constitution, statute, or agency directives. Selective prosecution, or prosecution based on race, religion, or the exercise of constitutional rights, is prohibited, although aliens generally cannot assert selective prosecution as a defense to removal. A policy of non-enforcement that amounts to an abdication of an agency's statutory responsibilities could potentially be said to violate the Take Care Clause. However, standing to challenge alleged violations of the Take Care Clause may be limited, and no court appears to have invalidated a policy of non-enforcement founded upon prosecutorial discretion on the grounds that the policy violated the Take Care Clause. Non-enforcement of particular laws could also potentially be challenged under the Administrative Procedure Act if a statute provides specific guidelines for the agency to follow in exercising its enforcement powers. In addition, an agency could potentially be found to have constrained its own discretion, as some courts found that the INS had done in the 1970s with its operating instruction on deferred action. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS7-5700: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42924.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127386

Author: NAACP Legal Defense and Education Fund Title: Dismantling the School-to-Prison-Pipeline Summary: Criminal justice policy in the United States has for some time now spurned rehabilitation in favor of long and often permanent terms of incarceration, manifesting an overarching belief that there is no need to address root causes of crime and that many people who have committed crimes can never be anything but “criminals.” These policies have served to isolate and remove a massive number of people, a disproportionately large percentage of whom are people of color, from their communities and from participation in civil society. In the last decade, the punitive and overzealous tools and approaches of the modern criminal justice system have seeped into our schools, serving to remove children from mainstream educational environments and funnel them onto a one-way path toward prison. These various policies, collectively referred to as the School-to-Prison Pipeline, push children out of school and hasten their entry into the juvenile, and eventually the criminal, justice system, where prison is the end of the road. Historical inequities, such as segregated education, concentrated poverty, and racial disparities in law enforcement, all feed the pipeline. The School-to-Prison Pipeline is one of the most urgent challenges in education today. Details: New York: NAACP Legal Defense and Education Fund, 2005. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.naacpldf.org/files/publications/Dismantling_the_School_to_Prison_Pipeline.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 127388

Author: Phillips, Susan D. Title: Video Visits for Children Whose Parents Are Incarcerated: In Whose Best Interest? Summary: Video Visits for Children Whose Parents Are Incarcerated: In Whose Best Interest? addresses the question of whether video visitation may also provide benefits for children who are separated from their parents by incarceration. Our conclusion is that it depends on the particular policies and practices of a given institution. Video visitation holds the most potential for benefiting children if: •It is used as an adjunct to, rather than a replacement for, other modes of communication, particularly contact visits; •Children can visit from their homes or nearby sites; •Facility policies allow for frequent visits; and •Fees are not cost prohibitive. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/cc_Video_Visitation_White_Paper.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 127390

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: On the Chopping Block 2012: State Prison Closings Summary: The Bureau of Justice Statistics recently reported that the overall state prison population declined for the third consecutive year in 2011. State sentencing reforms and changes in parole revocation policies have been contributing factors in these reductions. As a result, state officials are now beginning to close correctional facilities after several decades of record prison expansion. Continued declines in state prison populations advance the narrative that the nation’s reliance on incarceration is largely a function of policy choices. In 2012, at least six states have closed 20 prison institutions or are contemplating doing so, potentially reducing prison capacity by over 14,100 beds and resulting in an estimated $337 million in savings. During 2012, Florida led the nation in prison closings with its closure of 10 correctional facilities; the state’s estimated cost savings for prison closings totals over $65 million. This year’s prison closures build on closures observed in 2011 when at least 13 states reported prison closures and reduced prison capacity by an estimated 15,500 beds. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2012 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/On%20the%20Chopping%20Block%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 127391

Author: U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Infrastructure Security and Energy Restoration Title: An Assessment of Copper Wire Thefts from Electric Utilities Summary: Fueled by economic growth, worldwide demand for copper has risen over the past several years. Supply has been unable to keep pace, pushing prices dramatically upward, particularly from 2003 through 2006 when the price per pound of copper rose from around $0.70 to as high as $4.00 by mid-2006. The price then steadily declined until stabilizing at about $2.60 per pound in early 2007. Copper appears to be on the way up again in March 2007, exceeding $3.00 per pound by the middle of the month. Prices continued to climb in April 2007, averaging $3.50 per pound. Tight supplies have lead to an increase in copper recycling, which, in turn, has created a market for used copper and made the material a more attractive target for theft. In fact, thefts of copper wire have been on the rise across the United States, with no apparent geographic pattern and all sectors that use the material, including electric utilities, are being targeted. Thefts of copper wire from utilities occur primarily at substation transformers, from utility poles, or from the back of service trucks. The thefts have several adverse consequences, including the obvious economic impact, service disruptions, and possibly personal injury or death for persons involved in the theft or subsequent recovery efforts. Utilities across the Nation are paying increasing attention to this growing problem and have begun to investigate and implement measures for deterring thefts, protecting facilities, and quickly recovering from any consequences. There are a wide variety of countermeasures that can be taken by electric utilities, working closely with scrap metal dealers and law enforcement officials. Countermeasures include communication and coordination with law enforcement and between utilities; fencing, signs, warnings, lighting, patrolling, and intrusion detection for deterrence; wire and equipment protection to make thefts more difficult; alternate equipment and wire devaluation to make the material less attractive; and rewards, watch programs, and resale waiting periods to make the sale of potentially stolen copper easier to detect. In addition, scrap metal dealers have instituted a Scrap Theft Alert System and state legislators are actively drafting legislation addressing copper wire theft. During the first three months of 2007, 21 states have proposed bills raising the fines and penalties for stealing or dealing stolen copper as well as tightening the record-keeping and licensing requirements for scrap metal dealers. Reducing and ultimately eliminating copper wire theft requires a collaborative effort by electric utilities, scrap metal dealers, law enforcement officials, and state regulators and legislators. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability, Infrastructure Security and Energy Restoration, 2007.25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://www.oe.netl.doe.gov/docs/copper042707.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Copper Theft Shelf Number: 127393

Author: Braithwaite, Helen Title: Parole Agent and Supervisor Feedback from the Pilot Implementation of the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM) Summary: Parole reform commenced at four pilot parole units in August, 2010. These four units implemented the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM) into their supervision practices. Caseloads decreased significantly and agents adopted new evidence-based practices that were aimed at front-loading supervision services, engaging the parolee in the supervision process, and more effectively targeting and addressing a parolee’s criminogenic needs that increased their risk of reoffending. The Center for Evidence-Based Corrections at UC Irvine was tasked with conducting a process evaluation of the pilot implementation. We used a mixed-methods approach that used document analysis, surveys, interviews, and behavioral observation to evaluate how effectively the new policies were put into practice, and also measured the impact of parole reform on the attitudes and behavior of parole agents – that is, to see whether their style of supervision actually changed after reform was introduced. This report presents findings from interviews with front-line parole agents (PA1s), Assistant Unit Supervisors (PA2s) and Unit Supervisors (PA3s) from the four pilot sites. All interviews were conducted in January and February, 2011, at which time parole reform had been ongoing for 5-6 months. All supervisory staff from all four pilot units were interviewed (N=8); in addition, fifteen PA1 agents were randomly selected from across the four pilot sites equally, to give a total sample size of twenty-three. The purpose of the interviews was to obtain in-depth, anonymous feedback from pilot site staff concerning their experiences of parole reform part-way through its implementation. We adopted an Action Research approach for the interview component of the process evaluation, with the aim of applying the knowledge gained via interviews to further evolve the implementation of parole reform. The policies contained in the parole reform package have been refined during the pilot as they have been put into practice in the field. While other aspects of the UC Irvine process evaluation have employed a quasi-experimental research design to provide a level of scientific control (for example, by collecting baseline data for comparison purposes) the interviews gave the research team an opportunity to get detailed information on the experiences of parole reform that would (a) assist in the interpretation of findings from other research methodologies, and (b) provide DAPO leadership with ‘food for thought’ that would enable further reflection and refinement of the reform model. The goal of an Action Research approach is for researchers and practitioners to better understand the nature of the problem in order to take further action. As such, the ‘findings’ presented here are not an outcome in themselves, but merely part of the ongoing process of parole reform in California. The first thing to note from the interviews was that the implementation process itself was successful, in that all components of the parole reform package were put into practice at all pilot sites. Supervisory staff at all pilot sites ensured that their agents adopted the new procedures, without ‘cutting corners’ or paying lip service to policies but ignoring them in practice. No interviewee could think of an area of parole reform that had not been fully implemented at their unit. The DAPO parole reform team provided comprehensive follow-up support to assist the implementation process. While many suggestions were made to improve training sessions, the ongoing support provided as a follow-up to training (via email, internet, phone calls, site visits) gave pilot site staff the opportunity to clarify issues that arose and provide feedback that led to the refinement of procedures (e.g., reduced redundancy in forms). The interviews provided anecdotal evidence that the new parole model was achieving aims relating to the front-loading of services, a better understanding of the risk factors (or criminogenic needs) that may contribute to reoffending, and perceived improvement in public safety. Approximately half the agents interviewed reported an increase in face-to-face time with parolees, attributed to procedures such as the comprehensive interview, resource contacts, contacts with family members, and more time spent at the residence. While agents were reluctant to report that they had changed the way they spoke to parolees (believing that they always showed the parolee decency and respect and therefore their personal style had not changed over time), it was the perception of supervisors that agents had improved the way they spoke with parolees. Many supervisors said that, in their opinion, the quality of agent-parolee contacts had improved. Most agents and supervisors thought that parole reform would be shown to have a positive impact on public safety. Many agents could thus see the potential benefits of parole reform – reduced caseloads resulted in a perceived improvement in the quality of contacts, enabled agents to work closer with parolees, and provided agents with more information on parolees. The new forms and procedures (like the comprehensive interview and residence verification) front-loaded services and increased standardization across the department. The other 50% or so of agents showed some resistance to change. Paperwork was seen as the biggest obstacle, even though steps had been taken to reduce the amount of paperwork overall and, in particular, decrease redundancy in forms. Many agents perceived that the additional paperwork introduced as part of parole reform had reduced the time they were able to spend in the field. It is likely that the continual ‘tweaking’ of paperwork based on agent feedback caused an additional level of agent effort – agents had to keep track of these changes, print new forms, and in some cases agents were redoing their paperwork to replace ‘old’ versions of the forms with the ‘newer’ versions, in order to keep their files up to date. It could be that this process of refining the documentation requirements added to the perceived workload for some agents, and made them feel like the paperwork was too much. It appeared that, all things being equal, the new caseload size of 48 was achievable, especially since some redundancy in paperwork was being reduced. However, workload was seen as problematic when anomalous circumstances arose – for example, when agents had to carry additional cases due to other agents within their unit being out, or carry additional cases of a higher supervision category (Transition Phase, Category A or B). If caseloads were to increase and some aspect of workload had to be cut to compensate, agents commonly nominated two areas that could be scaled back – goals reports (particularly for ‘old-timer’ parolees) and Case Conference Reviews. An interesting theme to arise from the interviews was that unit leadership was important in overcoming potential staff resistance. A common finding in the literature is that staff with longer length of service within the organization may be more resistant to change. We did not collect background information on agent age, time at unit etc (to encourage interviewees to speak freely under conditions of anonymity) but certain pilot units, due to their geographical location, were more inclined to have veteran employees close to retirement. Agents from these units, however, were not uniformly more negative in their views toward parole reform than agents from other units. It seems likely that organizational factors (such as strong leadership and supervisor ‘buy in’) will be just as important as agent background in the acceptance of parole reform during a rollout. The pilot implementation subjected pilot units to the scrutiny of audits and a rigorous quality assurance process to make sure that agents were ‘meeting specs’ and that any performance issues were detected and rectified promptly. Staff commonly reported feeling under pressure and micromanaged as they adjusted to parole reform, which may have contributed to their negative impressions of reform overall. The final observation worth noting from the interviews is that, when implementing organizational change, it may be beneficial for supervisors to be provided some leeway in extenuating circumstances to enable staff to adjust to the new system over time. The feedback from pilot site staff gathered during the interview process provides DAPO leadership with valuable information that will assist in the further refinement of CPSRM. As noted previously, these experiences should be considered in terms of providing insight, rather than being considered ‘research findings’ themselves. The CPSRM pilot is ongoing, and further interviews may be conducted as DAPO proceeds down the path of reforming California’s parole system. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California at Irvine, Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed January 24, 2013 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/Parole%20agent%20and%20supervisor%20feedback%20from%20the%20pilot%20implementation%20of%20the%20CPSRM.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 127396

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Variation in 2010-11 Truancy Rates Among District of Columbia Public Schools (DCPS) High Schools and Middle Schools Summary: This report provides a snapshot of truancy in District of Columbia Public Schools (DCPS) high schools and middle schools in 2010-11. School data on student absenteeism was combined with Census and crime data on school neighborhoods and students' residential neighborhoods. Key findings include: The average truancy rates vary so much between schools that the average across all students in all schools represents neither a typical nor representative school, nor a typical student. Informative analysis of truancy must focus on the variation among schools, and the truancy rates of particular schools. Across schools, about 2,500 high schools students were chronically truant. Truancy rates are very high at several high schools, with four schools showing chronic truancy for the majority of their students, and another three showing over 40 percent chronic truancy. These numbers mean it is simply not feasible for the primary response to be based in the Family Court. Actually referring all of these chronic truants to Family Court would swamp the Court's resources. For high schools: Overall absences and truancy are so highly correlated with each other that either measure produces equivalent findings in comparing high schools. As a result, any of these measures can be used to explore why schools vary and the findings will be equivalent. High school (HS) absenteeism rates are strongly predicted by their students' 8th grade truancy. Therefore, most of the differences in truancy among high schools are not due to differential success among HSs in preventing truancy. Put another way, the continuation and escalation of truancy behavior from middle school to high school seems equivalent across schools. This suggests that lowering middle school absenteeism may be the most efficient and effective approach to lowering high school truancy rates. The high school's immediate neighborhood is a weaker predictor of truancy than the residential neighborhoods of its students, although violence surrounding the school is moderately related to truancy. HS truancy rates are moderately related to student poverty and poverty in students' residential neighborhoods. Crime in high school students' residential neighborhoods is moderately related to truancy. For middle schools: Middle school overall absences and truancy are somewhat distinct. The immediate neighborhood of middle schools has little relationship to its truancy. Neighborhood relationships for middle school truancy are weaker than for HS truancy. Middle school students' poverty, residential neighborhood poverty, and residential neighborhood crime are moderately related to truancy, but at one-third to one-half the strength of HS truancy. Residential neighborhood features are more strongly associated with truancy in HS than MS. This is consistent with a general developmental pattern: The family context and parents are the most important influences for younger children; with age, broader social contexts, including peers and neighborhoods, exert more direct effects on children's behavior. Truancy interventions that are primarily family-based are more likely to prove effective at earlier ages, while truancy interventions at older ages need to also involve broader social contexts. Exploring community-level risk variables is an important addition to analysis of truancy data alone, but it only begins to explore the important risk factors for truancy. For example, family factors are widely believed to be important risk factors for truancy, and are central to two pilot interventions launched by the Interagency Truancy Task Force in 2011-12. The current report does not explore such family risk factors, although some "family factors" such as single parenthood are explored at the neighborhood level. Similarly, school factors such as teacher relationships are undoubtedly important factors for truancy, but were beyond the scope of the current study. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412712-Variation-in-2010-11-Truancy-Rates-Among-District-of-Columbia-Public-Schools.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 127397

Author: Stageberg, Paul Title: Comprehensive Jail Diversion Program-Mental Health Courts Study Summary: On April 12, 2012 Governor Branstad signed Senate File 2312, an Act Relating to Persons with Mental Health Illnesses and Substance Related Disorders. Section 18. Comprehensive Jail Diversion Program-Mental Health Courts –Study. The Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning of the Department of Human Rights shall conduct a study regarding the possible establishment of a comprehensive statewide jail diversion program including:  The establishment of mental health courts, for nonviolent criminal offenders who suffer from mental illness.  The division shall solicit input from the Department of Human Services, the Department of Corrections, and other members of the criminal justice system including but not limited to judges, prosecutors, and defense counsel, and mental health treatment providers and consumers.  The division shall establish the duties, scope, and membership of the study commission and shall also consider the feasibility of establishing a demonstration mental health court.  The division shall submit a report on the study and make recommendations to the Governor and the General Assembly by December 1, 2012. This study draws primarily from existing reports and research findings of other programs. Included here are a review of the prevalence of mentally ill offenders in the criminal justice (CJ) system, the system’s response to the problem, findings of participant outcomes, reported costs, special considerations regarding mental health courts, the status of jail diversion programs and mental health courts in Iowa, and recommendations. One of the requirements of the legislation was to consider the feasibility of establishing a demonstration mental health court in Iowa. This directive was not examined because Iowa currently has two mental health courts in operation and one under consideration. Woodbury County has operated a mental health court since 2001 and Black Hawk County since 2009. Polk County has recently received funds from the Council of State Governments, Justice Center to review a mental health court curriculum for developing mental health courts. Recommendations for the establishment of a comprehensive statewide jail diversion program, including the establishment of mental health courts for nonviolent criminal offenders who suffer from mental illness, are limited to operational issues gleaned from existing reports and interviews. Due to limited staff resources and a lack of funding, no assessment of cost or delineation of funding responsibilities (state, local), or estimation of potential implementation timelines was undertaken. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: https://www.legis.iowa.gov/DOCS/LSA/IntComHand/2013/IHJCP000.PDF Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127399

Author: Reuland, Melissa Title: Statewide Law Enforcement/ Mental Health Efforts Strategies to Support and Sustain Local Initiatives Summary: Nationwide, law enforcement agencies in rapidly increasing numbers have embraced specialized policing responses (SPRs, pronounced “spurs”) to people with mental illnesses. These efforts, which prioritize treatment over incarceration when appropriate, are planned and implemented in partnership with community service providers and citizens. The two most prevalent SPR approaches are Crisis Intervention Teams (CITs) and police-mental health co-responder teams. CITs, pioneered by the Memphis (TN) Police Department, draw on a self-selected cadre of officers trained to identify signs and symptoms of mental illness, to de-escalate any situation involving an individual who appears to have a mental illness, and to connect that person in crisis to treatment. The second approach, co-responder teams, forged by the Los Angeles (CA) Police Department and San Diego County (CA) Sheriff’s Department, pairs officers with mental health professionals to respond to calls involving people in mental health crisis. Other law enforcement agencies have modified or combined these strategies, but a common goal holds for all forms of specialized responses: increased safety for all individuals involved. Evidence suggests that when SPRs are appropriately implemented, departments show a decrease in officer injuries and improvements in connecting the individual involved to mental health treatment. Since the groundbreaking efforts in Memphis and California began, these programs have spread steadily to new communities, but largely by word of mouth or in response to a policeinvolved tragedy. Traditionally, practitioners and advocates have traveled to SPR locations and then adapted approaches to their own jurisdictions’ needs. But as the demand for technical assistance has increased, it has become impractical for interested communities to learn directly from the program originators. Furthermore, many agencies lack the capacity to send a team to another jurisdiction as well as the expertise to tailor the program to their distinct needs. As a result, individual states have responded to the growing need to support SPRs by assigning a public agency or nonprofit the lead role in helping local communities to design, implement, and sustain effective responses to people with mental illnesses. In other instances, this responsibility has been taken over by state government, which is especially well structured to meet the needs of interested local agencies and to make resources and technical assistance available. Specifically, state legislatures create the laws that authorize police powers for emergency mental health evaluations and custody. The allocation of many mental health resources is coordinated at the state level as well. State-level organizations have been well positioned to create incentives for innovative partnerships among law enforcement agencies, the community, and the mental health system. These incentives have distinct benefits over state mandates that may not include adequate funding support. Coordinating SPR efforts statewide can also facilitate regional pooling of resources, which helps ensure that smaller or rural agencies can implement this type of program. This paper describes how statewide coordination efforts are structured in three states—Connecticut, Ohio, and Utah—and synthesizes their successes and challenges in coordinating this work. The purpose of the document is to provide readers with a description of how statewide efforts can be organized and play a role in supporting SPRs within their borders. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2013 at: http://consensusproject.org/documents/0000/1613/1.8.12_Statewide_LE_MH_web.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 127407

Author: Berman, Greg Title: From Chicago to Brooklyn: A Case Study in Program Replication Summary: The last 25 years have seen the emergence of a remarkable number of new criminal justice innovations in the United States. Drug courts, family justice centers, HOPE Probation, community policing programs… these and other initiatives have spread from coast to coast. Most of these projects began life as one-of-a-kind experiments before being broadly replicated. Replication sounds easy, but experience tells us that it is anything but. Just because a program works in one location doesn’t mean it will automatically be effective in another. Balancing the demands of model fidelity with the need to adapt to local conditions on the ground is one of the most pressing challenges of replication, but it is far from the only one. In an effort to highlight some of the issues that replication efforts inevitably face, this paper tells the story of Save Our Streets (S.O.S.) Crown Heights, an effort to bring CeaseFire, a violence reduction project that originated in Chicago, to Brooklyn. The goal is to provide a ground-level view of the replication process from the perspectives of those charged with implementing the model. Along the way, this essay attempts to tease out lessons that will be relevant not just to those interested in the CeaseFire model, but to anyone charged with replicating a model originally created somewhere else. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Chicago_Brooklyn.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Program Shelf Number: 127410

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Testing a Public Health Approach to Gun Violence. An Evaluation of Crown Heights Save Our Streets, a Replication of the Cure Violence Model Summary: Save Our Streets (SOS) is a community-based project established to address the problem of gun violence in Crown Heights, a neighborhood in central Brooklyn, New York. SOS is a replication of Chicago Ceasefire, a public health model for gun violence prevention founded in Chicago in 1999. The primary components of the Chicago Ceasefire model are outreach and conflict mediation directed towards individuals at high risk for future gun violence, as well as broader community mobilization and public education efforts throughout the target community. In 2008, using a quasi-experimental comparison neighborhood design, researchers with Northwestern University found that the original Chicago Ceasefire project had a statistically significant impact on the incidence and density of gun violence in three of five intervention neighborhoods (Skogan et al. 2008). A subsequent evaluation of a replication effort in Baltimore found that it too reduced gun violence in three of four intervention neighborhoods (Webster et al. 2009). However, an evaluation of a Pittsburgh replication that opted to omit several of the original program elements did not detect positive results (Wilson et al., 2010). The SOS project sought to implement the original Chicago model with high fidelity--with the help of technical assistance from the Chicago-based founders. Accordingly, this process and impact evaluation provides an important opportunity to determine whether Chicago Ceasefire can be effectively exported to other communities (the City of New York, for example, currently has Ceasefire replications in the works in several neighborhoods including Harlem, Jamaica, East New York, and the South Bronx). Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2012? 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/SOS_Evaluation.pdf. Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Program Shelf Number: 127411

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Alcohol Consumption, Deterrence and Crime in New York City Summary: This paper investigates the relationship between alcohol consumption, deterrence, and crime for New York City. We examine high-frequency time-series data from 1983 to 2001 for one specific location to examine the impacts of variations in both alcohol consumption and deterrence on seven “index” crimes. We tackle the endogeneity of arrests and the police force by exploiting the temporal independence of crime and deterrence in these high-frequency data, and we address the endogeneity of alcohol by using instrumental variables where alcohol sales are instrumented with city and state alcohol taxes and minimum drinking age. We find that alcohol consumption is positively related to assault, rape, and larceny crimes but not murder, robbery, burglary, or motor vehicle theft. We find strong deterrence for all crimes except assault and rape. Generally, deterrence effects are stronger than alcohol effects. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18731: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18731 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 127412

Author: Moriarty, John Title: Peer Effects in Adolescent Cannabis Use: It's the Friends, Stupid Summary: This paper examines peer effects in adolescent cannabis use from several different reference groups, exploiting survey data that have many desirable properties and have not previously been used for this purpose. Treating the school grade as the reference group, and using both neighbourhood fixed effects and IV for identification, we find evidence of large, positive, and statistically significant peer effects. Treating nominated friends as the reference group, and using both school fixed effects and IV for identification, we again find evidence of large, positive, and generally statistically significant peer effects. Our preferred IV approach exploits information about friends of friends � �friends once removed�, who are not themselves friends - to instrument for friends� cannabis use. Finally, we examine whether the cannabis use of schoolmates who are not nominated as friends ��non-friends�� influences own cannabis use. Once again using neighbourhood fixed effects and IV for identification, the evidence suggests zero impact.In our data, schoolmates who are not also friends have no influence on adolescent cannabis use. Details: Melbourne: University of Melbourne - Melbourne Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Melbourne Institute Working Paper No. 27: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2192259 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Use (Australia) Shelf Number: 127416

Author: Turner, Susan Title: Implementation and Outcomes for California’s GPS pilot for High Risk Sex Offender Parolees Summary: In November 2006, California passed Proposition 83 mandating that all sex offenders be monitored by GPS for life. The law was passed without sufficient evidence regarding the effectiveness of GPS monitoring on sex offenders, and lacked a clear plan for how these new provisions would be implemented. This study provides a much needed test addressing the effectiveness of GPS monitoring for high risk sex offenders supervised in the community. Using data from a GPS pilot program in San Diego California in 2005, 94 high risk sex offenders monitored by GPS and 91 high risk sex offenders were followed for 18 months. The results showed that there were no significant differences between groups with respect to overall recidivism rates, although GPS offenders were less likely to abscond or fail to register as a sex offender. Additionally, we found that GPS offenders were less likely to be charged of committing a new crime, but more likely to violate a special condition of GPS supervision. Overall, GPS monitoring appeared to prevent parolees only from committing lower level offenses, which calls into question the utility of this particular supervision tool as a deterrent for the sex offender population. Details: Irvine, CA: UC Irvine, Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/HRSO%20GPS%20Pilot%20Working%20Paper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: GPS (Global Positioning Systems) Shelf Number: 127423

Author: Idaho State Police, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Violent Crimes Against Children in Idaho as Reported to Law Enforcement: 1998-2011 Summary: This is a report on violent crimes against children as reported to the police in Idaho from 1998 through 2011. Data comes from police agencies participating in the Idaho State Incident-Based Reporting (IIBR) program. The IIBR is a subset of the National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS), which collects crime data from law enforcement agencies throughout the United States. Violent crimes include murder/non-negligent manslaughter, negligent manslaughter, aggravated assault, simple assault, intimidation, and sexual assaults (forcible rape and sodomy, forcible fondling, and sexual assault with an object). Trends -- The rates of violent crime against both children and adults are down nationally and in Idaho. In Idaho, violent crimes against children decreased at a greater rate than violent crimes against adults from 1998 to 2011 (-43% versus -27%). Aggravated assaults of children and abductions of children decreased the most since 1998 (-56% and -61% respectively). Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho State Police, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.jrsa.org/ibrrc/background-status/Idaho/ID_JuvenileVictims.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse (Idaho) Shelf Number: 127425

Author: Gibbons, Roberta E. Title: The Evaluation of Campus-Based Gender Violence Prevention Programming: What We Know about Program Effectiveness and Implications for Practitioners Summary: Colleges and universities have been a key venue for the development and evaluation of sexual violence prevention programming. However, there are no studies demonstrating a link between campus-based sexual assault prevention programs and a subsequent campus-wide reduction in the incidence of sexual violence (Coker, Cook-Craig, Williams, Fisher, Clear, Garcia, & Hegge, 2011; Teten Tharp, DeGue, Lang, Valle, Massetti, Holt, & Matjasko, 2011). Nevertheless, there remain important reasons to pursue campus-based gender violence prevention programming: •Prevention programming can create a safer climate where victims feel more comfortable reporting, actually raising the number of recorded incidences of assault. •Using a “decrease in the incidence of sexual assault” as the only measure of success for prevention programs ignores many other short- and intermediate-term goals that are conceptually linked to a reduction in sexual assault, such as increasing students’ knowledge about rape and changing attitudes related to rape so that students are less likely to blame victims (Anderson & Whiston, 2005; Lonsway, Banyard, Berkowitz, Gidycz, Katz, Koss, Schewe, & Ullman, 2009). •Research shows that a significant number of woman experience sexual violence while in college (Fisher, Cullen, & Turner, 2000; Koss, Gidycz, & Wisniewski, 1987; Krebs, Lindquist, Warner, Fisher, & Martin, 2007; Black et. al., 2011). Details: Harrisburg, PA: National Resource Center on Domestic Violence, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://snow.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_EvaluationCampusProgramming.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 127426

Author: Puritz, Patricia Title: Colorado: An Assessment of Access to Counsel and Quality of Representation in Juvenile Delinquency Proceedings Summary: Despite the efforts of many talented and dedicated lawyers who practice in juvenile court, the juvenile indigent defense system in Colorado suffers from benign neglect. It is not that people willfully work against the system; there is just no concerted effort to work for it. The lack of statewide leadership, coupled with the lack of professional standards or a dedicated focus on juvenile defense, has left most defenders who practice in juvenile court without adequate support or in a system that largely depreciates their role. It is this type of neglect that fosters a constant minimization of juvenile court practice – the sentiment that it is just “kiddie court,” not a place for real lawyers. This lack of system accountability diminishes juvenile defense across the state and wreaks direct and collateral harm to youth who depend on it to protect their legal interests. There needs to be greater statewide leadership, vision, and uniformity in practice and policy. Without question, most lawyers who defend children—and many other professionals—share an authentic and abiding concern for the youth with whom they work. This concern, however, does not automatically translate into any genuine protection or realistic acknowledgement of a child’s due process rights. A signi!cant percentage of youth pass through the delinquency system without counsel, effective legal advocates, or adequate safeguards to protect their interests. The concern for the child’s perceived best interests often overshadows even the hint of due process, as the court and practitioners default to a pre-Gault, parens patriae style of system that has long been deemed unconstitutional. A strong juvenile defense system is critical to upholding constitutionally required due process protections for youth. Youth do not have uniform access to or appointment suf!ciently early in the process, and the quality of representation across the state is, at best, uneven. Indigence determinations and fees spur con"icts between parent and child that exacerbate widespread waivers of counsel. Despite the weaknesses in the juvenile defense system, the investigators routinely noted the high level of skill and professionalism exhibited in the courts, detention centers, institutions, and a range of programs and service centers visited across the state. Coloradans care deeply about their youth and about strong communities. To guarantee the fair and effective representation of youth through all phases of the delinquency process, the public defense system in Colorado must take serious steps to re-evaluate its commitment to the representation of youth, and then reallocate resources accordingly. Juvenile defenders must become more pro-active in ful!lling their duties and ethical obligations. Judges and other system professionals must embrace the role of the juvenile defender as vital in protecting the due process rights of children. Given geographical challenges and resource considerations, juvenile defenders will have to work with others to address and solve these problems – they cannot possibly be expected to solve these problems alone. Coloradans have an abiding interest in ensuring that the justice system is not the dumping ground for failing schools, mental health systems, or parents who want the state to control their children. The justice system should be reserved for those youth who must be there. When youth do have the misfortune of coming into contact with the justice system, the system must ensure the protection of their legal rights. As the United States Supreme Court indicated long ago, good intentions alone are not a substitute for a proper system of juvenile defense and due process.1 The judicial, legislative, and executive branches of government must work together with the public defense system, juvenile defense experts, and the community to build a modern and true juvenile defense system in Colorado. The time is now to improve this system and give it the attention it sorely lacks. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center; Colorado Juvenile Defender Coalition, 2012. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.njdc.info/pdf/Colorado_Assessement.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 127430

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: Organized Retail Crime Summary: Organized retail crime (ORC) involves the large-scale theft of everyday consumer items and potentially has much broader implications. Organized groups of professional shoplifters, or “boosters,” steal or fraudulently obtain merchandise that is then sold, or “fenced,” to individuals and retailers through a variety of venues. In an increasingly globalized society, more and more transactions take place online rather than face-to-face. As such, in addition to relying on physical resale markets, organized retail thieves have turned to online marketplaces as means to fence their ill-gotten goods. ORC exposes the United States to costs and harms in the economic, public health, and domestic security arenas. The exact loss from ORC to the retail industry is unknown, but estimates have ranged from $15 billion to $37 billion annually. The economic impact, however, extends beyond the manufacturing and retail industry and includes costs incurred by consumers and taxes lost by the states. The theft and resale of stolen consumable or health and beauty products such as infant formula (that may have been repackaged, relabeled, and subjected to altered expiration dates) poses potential safety concerns for individuals purchasing such goods from ORC fences. In addition, some industry experts and policy makers have expressed concern about the possibility that proceeds from ORC may be used to fund terrorist activities. Current efforts to combat ORC largely come from retailers, online marketplaces, and law enforcement alike. Retailers responding to the 2010 National Retail Security Survey spent an average of 0.46% of their annual sales on loss prevention measures. These loss prevention costs are ultimately borne by consumers in the form of higher prices on goods. Also, online marketplaces report taking various measures to combat the sale of stolen and fraudulently obtained goods on their websites, including educating sellers and consumers, monitoring suspicious activity, and partnering with retailers and law enforcement. Combating retail theft has traditionally been handled by state law enforcement under state criminal laws. Some, however, have begun to question whether state laws—which vary in the quantity of monetary losses that constitute major theft—are adequate to combat ORC. While many agree that ORC is a national problem, there is debate over the federal government’s role in deterring ORC and sanctioning various actors that may be involved in committing or aiding these crimes. One policy issue facing Congress is whether criminalizing organized retail crime in the U.S. Code would allow for more effective investigation and prosecution of these criminals. Congress may also wish to consider whether regulating resale marketplaces (online markets, in particular), to require such entities to increase information sharing with retailers and law enforcement, would strengthen investigations and prosecutions of ORC as well as decrease the prevalence of retail thieves relying on legitimate online marketplaces to fence stolen goods. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R41118: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41118.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 127431

Author: James, Nathan Title: The Federal Prison Population Buildup: Overview, Policy Changes, Issues, and Options Summary: Since the early 1980s, there has been a historically unprecedented increase in the federal prison population. Some of the growth is attributable to changes in federal criminal justice policy during the previous three decades. An issue before Congress is whether policymakers consider the rate of growth in the federal prison population sustainable, and if not, what changes could be made to federal criminal justice policy to reduce the prison population while maintaining public safety. This report explores the issues related to the growing federal prison population. The number of inmates under the Bureau of Prisons' (BOP) jurisdiction has increased from approximately 25,000 in FY1980 to nearly 219,000 in FY2012. Since FY1980, the federal prison population has increased, on average, by approximately 6,100 inmates each year. Data show that a growing proportion of inmates are being incarcerated for immigration- and weapons-related offenses, but the largest portion of newly admitted inmates are being incarcerated for drug offenses. Data also show that approximately 7 in 10 inmates are sentenced for five years or less. Changes in federal sentencing and correctional policy since the early 1980s have contributed to the rapid growth in the federal prison population. These changes include increasing the number of federal offenses subject to mandatory minimum sentences; changes to the federal criminal code that have made more crimes federal offenses; and eliminating parole. There are several issues related to the growing federal prison population that might be of interest to policymakers: The increasing number of federal inmates, combined with the rising per capita cost of incarceration, has made it increasingly more expensive to operate and maintain the federal prison system. The per capita cost of incarceration for all inmates increased from $19,571 in FY2000 to $26,094 in FY2011. During this same period of time, appropriations for the BOP increased from $3.668 billion to $6.381 billion. The federal prison system is increasingly overcrowded. Overall, the federal prison system was 39% over its rated capacity in FY2011, but high- and mediumsecurity male facilities were operating at 51% and 55%, respectively, over rated capacity. At issue is whether overcrowding might lead to more inmate misconduct. The results of research on this topic have been mixed. One study found that overcrowding does not affect inmate misconduct; but the BOP, based on its own research, concluded that there is a significant positive relationship between the two. The inmate-to-staff ratio has increased from 4.1 inmates per staff member in FY2000 to 4.9 inmates per staff member in FY2011. Likewise, the inmate to correctional officer ratio increased from 9.8 inmates per correctional officer in FY2000 to 10.2 inmates per correctional officer in FY2011, but this is down from a high of 10.9 inmates per correctional officer in FY2005. The growing prison population is taking a toll on the infrastructure of the federal prison system. The BOP reports that it has a backlog of 154 modernization and repair projects with an approximate cost of $349 million for FY2012. Past appropriations left the BOP in a position where it could expand bedspace to manage overcrowding but not reduce it. However, reductions in funding since FY2010 mean that the BOP will lack the funding to begin new prison construction in the near future. At the same time, it has become more expensive to expand the BOP's capacity. Should Congress choose to consider policy options to address the issues resulting from the growth in the federal prison population, policymakers could choose options such as increasing the capacity of the federal prison system by building more prisons, investing in rehabilitative programming, or placing more inmates in private prisons. Policymakers might also consider whether they want to revise some of the policy changes that have been made over the past three decades that have contributed to the steadily increasing number of offenders being incarcerated. For example, Congress could consider options such as (1) modifying mandatory minimum penalties, (2) expanding the use of Residential Reentry Centers, (3) placing more offenders on probation, (4) reinstating parole for federal inmates, (5) expanding the amount of good time credit an inmate can earn, and (6) repealing federal criminal statutes for some offenses. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R42937: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42937.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Inmates Shelf Number: 127433

Author: Haddad, Abigail Title: Increasing Organizational Diversity in 21st-Century Policing: Lessons from the U.S. Military Summary: Both the military and police departments are concerned about recruiting and promoting a racially/ethnically diverse workforce. This paper discusses three broad lessons from the Military Leadership Diversity Commission (MLDC) that can be used to inform police department hiring and personnel management: qualified minority candidates are available, career paths impact diversity, and departments should leverage organizational commitment to diversity. Additionally, specific suggestions are given as to how law enforcement agencies can incorporate each of these lessons. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Issues in Policing, Occasional Paper: Accessed January 29, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/occasional_papers/2012/RAND_OP385.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities in Policing Shelf Number: 127435

Author: Koslowski, Rey Title: The Evolution of Border Controls as a Mechanism to Prevent Illegal Immigration Summary: This paper, the first in a joint project of the Migration Policy Institute and European University Institute examining US and European immigration systems, analyzes how the challenges in achieving effective US border control have increased dramatically within recent decades and particularly since the 9/11 terrorist attacks. The author examines the programmatic and funding responses US policymakers have put in place — including the Secure Border Initiative, the Visa Waiver Program, US-VISIT, and registered-traveler programs — and traces their evolution and effectiveness. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/pubs/bordercontrols-koslowski.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 127436

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Los Angeles, California Smart Policing Initiative Reducing Gun-Related Violence through Operation LASER Summary: The Los Angeles Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) sought to reduce gun-related violence in specific neighborhoods in the city of Los Angeles, through application of the SARA problem-solving model—Scanning, Analysis, Response, and Assessment. As part of the scanning phase, the LAPD and its research partner examined gun-related crimes by Division and by Reporting District for 2011. In 2011, the Newton Division was ranked third in gun violence among the 21 Divisions. The Los Angeles SPI team next sought to identify specific areas for intervention in the Newton Division, employing a geographic analysis of data on gun-related crimes, arrests, and calls for service over a six-year period (2006-2011). The location-based analysis resulted in the identification of five large hotspots. Once the target areas were identified, the Los Angeles SPI team developed their intervention strategy, called Los Angeles’ Strategic Extraction and Restoration Program (Operation LASER). Established in September 2011, Operation LASER’s overall goal is to target with laser-like precision the violent repeat offenders and gang members who commit crimes in the target areas. LASER involves both location- and offender-based strategies, most notably the creation of a Crime Intelligence Detail (CID). CID’s primary mission centers on the development of proactive, real-time intelligence briefs called Chronic Offender Bulletins. The bulletins assist officers in identifying crime trends and solving current investigations, and they give officers a tool for proactive police work. The Los Angeles SPI team assessed the impact of Operation LASER using Interrupted Time-Series Analysis. In particular, the team analyzed monthly crime data for the Newton Division and 18 other divisions from January 2006–June 2012. Results show that Part I violent crimes, homicide, and robbery all decreased significantly in the Newton Division after Operation LASER began. After the program was implemented, Part I violent crimes in the Newton Division dropped by an average of 5.4 crimes per month, and homicides dropped by 22.6 percent per month. Importantly, the crime declines did not occur in the other LAPD divisions, which provide strong evidence that Operation LASER caused the declines in the Newton Division. The Los Angeles SPI experience offers a number of lessons learned for both police managers and line officers. The initiative underscores the value of the SARA model as an evidence-based framework for crime control, and it highlights the central role of both crime analysis and technology in data-driven decision-making. The Los Angeles SPI invested heavily in the relationship between line officers and crime analysts, and the investment paid off in sizeable reductions in gun-related crime in the target areas. The initiative also demonstrates the importance of focusing intervention strategies on both people and places to achieve success in crime control and prevention. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, bureau of Justice Assistance, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/spotlights/LA%20Site%20Spotlight%20FINAL%20Oct%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 127437

Author: Southern Center for Human Rights Title: Roadblocks to Reform: Perils for Georgia's Criminal Justice System Summary: Georgia has the highest rate of adults under correctional control of any state in the country, and its corrections budget reflects this fact. This report evaluates current practices of Georgia's Special Council on Criminal Justice Reform, including the contracting out of government responsibilities of running correctional facilities to private companies. It details the risks posed by contracting out and proposes common-sense reforms to cabin the perverse incentives of private companies: increasing transparency, enforcing accountability, and evaluating costs and performance, while also ensuring respect for the constitutional rights of those facing criminal charges or serving prison terms. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Center for Human Rights, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.inthepublicinterest.org/sites/default/files/SCHR%20Roadblocks%20to%20Reform%20-%20Georgia%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 127438

Author: Hynynen, Suvi Title: Community Perceptions of Brownsville: A Survey of Neighborhood Quality of Life, Safety, and Services Summary: In 2010, the Center for Court Innovation began exploring the possibility of creating a community court in Brownsville, Brooklyn. A community court is a neighborhood-focused court that attempts to harness the authority of the justice system to address local problems. As part of the planning process community members were asked to voice their opinions about their neighborhood and community through an “Operation Data” survey, a tool to assess community needs and inform future initiatives. In October 2010, 815 residents, merchants, or people who work in Brownsville completed the survey. Their perceptions of quality of life, safety, services, and youth issues in their neighborhood are presented in this report. The Brownsville neighborhood of Brooklyn covers less than two square miles and has a population of 113,484 (Citizens’ Committee for Children in New York, 2010). Median income for a family in Brownsville is $26,802 with 32.1 percent of families living below the poverty line (New York City Department of City Planning, 2011). Brownsville has the highest concentration of public housing developments in New York City (New York City Housing Authority) and 48 percent receive income support in the form of public assistance, SSI, and/or Medicaid (New York City Department of City Planning, 2011). The majority of residents (80 percent) are African- American. Crime is a major concern in Brownsville—in 2008 it had the highest homicide rate in the city, and along with the surrounding communities of East New York, Bushwick, and Bedford-Stuyvesant accounted for nearly a fifth of the city’s murders and almost half of those in Brooklyn (Wright 2008). The 2010 Brownsville survey was conducted by 25 members of the Juvenile Justice Corps (JJC), the Center for Court Innovation’s AmeriCorps program. The survey consisted of 82 questions asking respondents about their perceptions on a wide range of community issues including youth, the justice system, community problems and safety. Assigned to four teams of about six individuals each, the JJC members conducted surveys with people on the street in seven specific zones in Brownsville. For the purposes of the survey, Brownsville was defined by the official census boundaries that coincide with the area of the 73rd Precinct. The zones (see Appendix A for a map of the Brownsville zones) were high pedestrian traffic areas, such as around public housing complexes, in the main shopping district, and close to subway station entrances. In five of the zones, the volunteers conducted surveys at least twice a day (once in the morning and once in the afternoon). The other two zones (Zone 5 and Zone 6) were in the Ocean Hill part of Brownsville (north of Eastern Parkway) and were only surveyed once. The Juvenile Justice Corps members conducted surveys Monday through Saturday for one week in October. They approached individuals in public spaces and, with permission, in some businesses. They asked if they were interested in participating in the survey (no incentives were offered). The survey took approximately 10 to 15 minutes to complete. While a total of 815 surveys were completed, for some questions the number of responses was as low as 639. Descriptive statistics are reported for most of the questions. Where appropriate, t-tests and regression analysis were used to indicate any significant difference between results based on respondent background characteristics and the relationship between variables. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Brownsville%20Op%20Data%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Courts Shelf Number: 127441

Author: Moll, Jeanette Title: Putting “Corrections” Back in State Jails: How to Reform Texas’ Expensive, Ineffective State Jail System Summary: State jails in Texas are a part of the prison system. State jails are managed by the state, but unlike prisons, almost exclusively house inmates charged with low-level larceny and drug possession crimes. State jails were designed to be a low-cost alternative to prison, with dual goals of reducing prison populations and reducing recidivism rates in low-risk defendants. Unfortunately, state jails are universally failing in their objective. Almost as expensive as prisons, with higher recidivism rates, state jails merely cycle state jail felons in and out of the jailhouse doors, doing little to reduce risks of future criminality, but doing a great deal to burden Texas taxpayers. This paper details the bad deal Texas taxpayers get for the their state jails, both in high costs and increased risks to the public safety, as well as the ways the Texas Legislature can fix the state jail system for good. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2012-11-PP29-PuttingCorrectionsBackInStateJails-CEJ-JeanetteMoll.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 127444

Author: Papachristos, Andrew V. Title: The Small World of Al Capone: The Embedded Nature of Criminal and Legitimate Social Networks Summary: Everyone was guilty of a criminal oense during U.S. Prohibition, but even the imbibing Chicogoans were concerned by the cozy relationships between politicians, union leaders, businessmen, and mobsters that had made their city infamous. This overlap between the legitimate and criminal words poses several empirical questions: what did such network embeddedness look like, who were the men straddling both words, what was their relationship to Al Capone, and what were their structural signatures within the legitimate and criminal networks? Whereas most of our understanding of this embeddedness problem relies on historical analyses, this paper reexamines organized crime through a new analytical lens| social network analysis. Using a unique relational dataset created by coding more than 4,000 pages of documents, our analysis reveals the precise ways in which the criminal networks associated with Al Capone overlapped with political and other legitimate networks. These new data and the use of social network analysis mark this study as perhaps the rst to (quite literally) map the world of organized crime in Prohibition Era Chicago. The ndings reveal a series of overlapping social networks of more than 1,500 individuals with more than 6,000 ties among and between them. We compare the structural signatures"|i.e., the various network characteristics|of organized crime gures who have been deemed important" from more traditional historical analyses with those deemed important from structural analysis. In short, this paper examines how legitimate and criminal networks coalesce to form the small world of Al Capone. Details: Amherst, MA: Harvard University and University of Massachusetts, Amherst, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.erdr.org/textes/papachristos_smith.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Al Capone Shelf Number: 127448

Author: Louden, Jennifer Eno Title: Parolees with Mental Disorder: Toward Evidence-Based Practice Summary: In the U.S., the rate of such serious mental disorders as major depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia is about two times higher among incarcerated men and three times higher in incarcerated women than in the general population (Teplin, 1994; Teplin, Abram, & McClelland, 1996). Estimates suggest that approximately 14.5% of prison inmates have a serious mental disorder (Diamond, Wang, Holzer, Thomas, & Cruzer, 2001; Fazel & Danesh, 2002; Steadman, Osher, Robbins, Case, & Samuels, 2009). As the number of persons supervised by the criminal justice system in the United States grows—it is now at an all-time high of 7.2 million (Glaze & Bonczar, 2007)—so will the number of offenders with serious mental disorder. Although the criminal justice system was not designed to meet the needs of offenders with mental disorder, it has become an integral component of the “de facto” mental health care system. For example, Los Angeles County jail, Riker’s Island jail in New York, and Cook County jail in Chicago each hold more people with mental illness than the largest psychiatric inpatient facilities in the United States (Torrey, 1995). As noted by the Council of State Governments (2002), “the current situation not only exacts a significant toll on the lives of people with mental illness, their families, and the community in general, it also threatens to overwhelm the criminal justice system” (p. 6). Community supervision is a crucial context for beginning to address this problem. Most offenders are supervised in the community on probation or parole1 rather than being incarcerated in 1 Probation and parole are both mechanisms for community supervision, but differ in a meaningful way: probation is a sentence in itself (in lieu of jail), whereas parole is a period of supervision that occurs after a prison term (Abadinsky, 2000). Thus, parolees are generally more serious offenders than probationers. prisons or jails (Glaze & Bonczar, 2007). Compared to their relatively healthy counterparts, probationers and parolees with mental disorders (PMDs) are more likely to have their community term revoked, often for committing a technical violation (breaking of the rules of community supervision, such as associating with known criminals; Cloyes, Wong, Latimer, & Abarca, 2010; Porporino & Motiuk, 1995). This deepens their involvement in the criminal justice system. Understanding parole and mental health is particularly important in California. First, California has the largest parole population in the nation (Petersilia, 2006), in part because every individual released from prison in the state serves at least one year of parole. Second, California’s rate of return to prison for parolees is notoriously high (Grattet, Petersilia, & Lin, 2008). Third, California has long had a system in place for addressing the needs of parolees with mental disorder. The Mental Health Services Continuum Program (MHSCP) is a prison “in-reach” program designed to identify the most seriously ill parolees and refer them to Parole Outpatient Clinics (POCs) for mental health treatment. MHSCP social workers conduct pre-release needs assessments of paroling inmates with mental disorder, assist with applications for social service assistance, and refer them to the outpatient clinics. The focus is on two classes of inmates with major mental disorders identified in the prison: (a) Correctional Clinical Case Management System (CCCMS) inmates who are determined to be stable and have minimal treatment needs, and (b) Enhanced Outpatient Program (EOP) who are characterized by active psychotic symptoms and substantial treatment needs. The most recent available evaluation of the MHSCP program suggests that it has strengths and weaknesses: parolees who receive the evaluation are more likely to receive psychiatric services, but many eligible parolees do not receive the services intended and many return to prison (Farabee, Bennett, Garcia, Warda, & Yang, 2006). Even with these enhanced services, a detailed analysis of all California parolees reported that EOP and CCCMS parolees were at 36% higher risk of committing a new offense than non-disordered parolees, and had an even higher rate of technical violations (70% higher risk; Grattet et al., 2008). To effect change in the recidivism rate of California’s PMDs, this group must be better understood so that recommendations can be tailored to meet their unique needs. Details: Irvine, CA: UC Invine, Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, 2011. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: The Bulletin, 7(1): Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/Parolees%20with%20Mental%20Disorder.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 127449

Author: U.S. Attorney General's National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence Title: Defending Childhood. Protect. Heal. Thrive. Summary: Exposure to violence is a national crisis that affects approximately two out of every three of our children. Of the 76 million children currently residing in the United States, an estimated 46 million can expect to have their lives touched by violence, crime, abuse, and psychological trauma this year. In 1979, U.S. Surgeon General Julius B. Richmond declared violence a public health crisis of the highest priority, and yet 33 years later that crisis remains. Whether the violence occurs in children’s homes, neighborhoods, schools, playgrounds or playing fields, locker rooms, places of worship, shelters, streets, or in juvenile detention centers, the exposure of children to violence is a uniquely traumatic experience that has the potential to profoundly derail the child’s security, health, happiness, and ability to grow and learn — with effects lasting well into adulthood. Exposure to violence in any form harms children, and different forms of violence have different negative impacts. Sexual abuse places children at high risk for serious and chronic health problems, including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, suicidality, eating disorders, sleep disorders, substance abuse, and deviant sexual behavior. Sexually abused children often become hypervigilant about the possibility of future sexual violation, experience feelings of betrayal by the adults who failed to care for and protect them. Physical abuse puts children at high risk for lifelong problems with medical illness, PTSD, suicidality, eating disorders, substance abuse, and deviant sexual behavior. Physically abused children are at heightened risk for cognitive and developmental impairments, which can lead to violent behavior as a form of self-protection and control. These children often feel powerless when faced with physical intimidation, threats, or conflict and may compensate by becoming isolated (through truancy or hiding) or aggressive (by bullying or joining gangs for protection). Physically abused children are at risk for significant impairment in memory processing and problem solving and for developing defensive behaviors that lead to consistent avoidance of intimacy. Intimate partner violence within families puts children at high risk for severe and potentially lifelong problems with physical health, mental health, and school and peer relationships as well as for disruptive behavior. Witnessing or living with domestic or intimate partner violence often burdens children with a sense of loss or profound guilt and shame because of their mistaken assumption that they should have intervened or prevented the violence or, tragically, that they caused the violence. They frequently castigate themselves for having failed in what they assume to be their duty to protect a parent or sibling(s) from being harmed, for not having taken the place of their horribly injured or killed family member, or for having caused the offender to be violent. Children exposed to intimate partner violence often experience a sense of terror and dread that they will lose an essential caregiver through permanent injury or death. They also fear losing their relationship with the offending parent, who may be removed from the home, incarcerated, or even executed. Children will mistakenly blame themselves for having caused the batterer to be violent. If no one identifies these children and helps them heal and recover, they may bring this uncertainty, fear, grief, anger, shame, and sense of betrayal into all of their important relationships for the rest of their lives. Community violence in neighborhoods can result in children witnessing assaults and even killings of family members, peers, trusted adults, innocent bystanders, and perpetrators of violence. Violence in the community can prevent children from feeling safe in their own schools and neighborhoods. Violence and ensuing psychological trauma can lead children to adopt an attitude of hypervigilance, to become experts at detecting threat or perceived threat — never able to let down their guard in order to be ready for the next outbreak of violence. They may come to believe that violence is “normal,” that violence is “here to stay,” and that relationships are too fragile to trust because one never knows when violence will take the life of a friend or loved one. They may turn to gangs or criminal activities to prevent others from viewing them as weak and to counteract feelings of despair and powerlessness, perpetuating the cycle of violence and increasing their risk of incarceration. They are also at risk for becoming victims of intimate partner violence in adolescence and in adulthood. The picture becomes even more complex when children are “polyvictims” (exposed to multiple types of violence). As many as 1 in 10 children in this country are polyvictims, according to the Department of Justice and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s groundbreaking National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV). The toxic combination of exposure to intimate partner violence, physical abuse, sexual abuse, and/or exposure to community violence increases the risk and severity of posttraumatic injuries and mental health disorders by at least twofold and up to as much as tenfold. Polyvictimized children are at very high risk for losing the fundamental capacities necessary for normal development, successful learning, and a productive adulthood. The financial costs of children’s exposure to violence are astronomical. The financial burden on other public systems, including child welfare, social services, law enforcement, juvenile justice, and, in particular, education, is staggering when combined with the loss of productivity over children’s lifetimes. It is time to ensure that our nation’s past inadequate response to children’s exposure to violence does not negatively affect children’s lives any further. We must not allow violence to deny any children their right to physical and mental health services or to the pathways necessary for maturation into successful students, productive workers, responsible family members, and parents and citizens. The findings and recommendations of the task force are organized into six chapters. The first chapter provides an overview of the problem and sets forth 10 foundational recommendations. The next two chapters offer a series of recommendations to ensure that we reliably identify, screen, and assess all children exposed to violence and thereafter give them support, treatment, and other services designed to address their needs. In the fourth and fifth chapters, the task force focuses on prevention and emphasizes the importance of effectively integrating prevention, intervention, and resilience across systems by nurturing children through warm, supportive, loving, and nonviolent relationships in our homes and communities. In the sixth and final chapter of this report, the task force calls for a new approach to juvenile justice, one that acknowledges that the vast majority of the children involved in that system have been exposed to violence, necessitating the prioritization of services that promote their healing. Details: Washington, DC: The Task Force, 2012. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/defendingchildhood/cev-rpt-full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 127452

Author: Rhodes, William Title: Recidivism of Offenders on Federal Community Supervision Summary: The Office of Probation and Pretrial Services (OPPS) of the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts (AOUSC) provides community supervision for offenders convicted of federal crimes and conditionally released to the community. Between October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2010 245,362 offenders commenced a term of federal community supervision – 56,361 began a term of probation following a conviction for a federal offense and 189,001 began a term of supervised release following a prison sentence. This report examines criminal recidivism, defined as an arrest for a new crime or a revocation, for these 245,362 offenders. Specifically this report examines:  The rates of recidivism among offenders who entered federal community supervision between October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2010.  How recidivism rates vary with risk and protective factors and the accuracy of using risk and protective factors to predict recidivism.  How contextual factors (i.e., district, offender’s environment, and probation officer characteristics) affect recidivism rates. Highlights 38% of offenders received for supervision between October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2005 recidivated within five years of commencing supervision.  24 percent were re-arrested and almost 13 percent were revoked.  Most were re-arrested for drug (30%), property (25%) and violent (23%) offenses. 30% of offenders received for supervision between October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2007 recidivated during their term of supervision (within three years of commencing supervision).  16 percent were re-arrested for a new crime and almost 14 percent were revoked.  They were most often arrested for drug (28%), violent (25%) and property (24%) offenses. Several risk factors increase offenders’ risks of committing new offenses or being revoked during their period of supervision including a history of criminal behavior, gender, race, drug abuse problems, mental health issues, unemployment, and basic needs (e.g., financial assistance, temporary housing, and/or transportation assistance). Several protective factors can decrease offenders’ risks of committing new offenses or being revoked including having a strong social support system, marketable skills (i.e., strong educational foundation or life skills), motivation to change, and age. These risk and protective factors distinguish between offenders who will and will not recidivate during their term of supervision and the seriousness of future offenses. Arrest and revocations rates vary significantly across the 90 federal districts studied, after taking risk and protective factors into account. Several district-level variables explain variation in arrest and revocation rates across the districts including the population size, proportion of American Indians, and average household income in a district. Offenders who return to neighborhoods that are seen as impoverished and transient have higher failure rates. Arrest and revocation rates increase with officer experience in the federal probation system. Similarly, arrest and revocations rates increase when an officer has an advanced degree. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, Inc., 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/241018.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 127455

Author: Cribb, Chermaine Title: An Insight into the Wrongly Convicted: Going beyond the Perceptions and Beliefs of the Causes Summary: This study examined the number of wrongful convictions that were exonerated from January 1, 2004 to September 1, 2012. Four hundred forty seven exoneration cases were examined to obtain the factors that contributed to wrongful convictions, the most common offenses related to wrongful convictions, the evidence that led to a new trial, and the outcome of the exoneration based on dismissal of charges, acquittal, or pardons. Interviews were conducted to obtain exoneration case representation criteria, challenges faced in handling exonerations, and the factors found that contributed to wrongful conviction cases worked on. This study revealed that the most common offenses related to wrongful convictions were murder, sexual assault, child sex abuse, and robbery. The factors that contributed to wrongful convictions were mistaken witness identification, false confession, perjury or false accusation, false or misleading forensic evidence, official misconduct, and inadequate legal defense. The most common outcome for wrongful convictions that were exonerated from January 1, 2004 to September 1, 2012 was that the charges were dismissed and the exoneree was acquitted. Benefits of identifying the factors that have contributed to wrongful convictions can be useful in developing policies and legislation. Details: Kennesaw, GA: Kennesaw State University, 2012. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertations, Theses and Capstone Projects. Paper 532: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1532&context=etd Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 127454

Author: Kretschmar, Jeff M. Title: An Evaluation of the Behavioral Health/Juvenile Justice (BHJJ) Initiative: 2006-2011 Summary: Juvenile justice-involved youth with serious behavioral health issues often have inadequate and limited access to care to address their complex and multiple needs. Ohio’s Behavioral Health/Juvenile Justice (BHJJ) initiative was intended to transform and expand the local systems’ options to better serve these youth. Recent emphasis was placed on decreasing the population of ODYS facilities while providing alternatives to incarceration. To assist with this aim, four of the previously existing BHJJ counties (Cuyahoga, Franklin, Montgomery, and Hamilton) as well as two new counties (Lucas and Summit) were funded by a partnership between the Ohio Departments of Youth Services (ODYS) and Mental Health (ODMH). The Begun Center for Violence Prevention Research and Education at Case Western Reserve University provided research and evaluation services for the program. The BHJJ program diverts youth from local and state detention centers into more comprehensive, community-based mental and behavioral health treatment. The BHJJ program enrolled juvenile justice-involved youth between 10-18 years of age who met several of the following criteria: a DSM IV Axis I diagnosis, substantial mental status impairment, a co-occurring substance use/abuse problem, a pattern of violent or criminal behavior, and a history of multi-system involvement. Demographics and Youth Characteristics  1758 youth have been enrolled in BHJJ (55% males). In the two years since BHJJ has operated only in the large urban counties, more non-whites (60%) than whites (40%) have been enrolled.  Youth averaged 2.5 Axis I diagnoses. Females were significantly more likely to be diagnosed with Depressive Disorders, Alcohol-related Disorders, Bipolar Disorder, and Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Males were significantly more likely to be diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and Conduct Disorder.  Of youth enrolled since July 2009, 41% of females and 43% of males were diagnosed with both a mental health and substance use diagnosis.  Caregivers reported that 30% of the females had a history of sexual abuse, nearly 50% talked about suicide, and over 22% had attempted suicide. Over half the males (59%) and females (67%) had family members who were diagnosed with or showed signs of depression.  According to the OYAS, 76% of the youth served in BHJJ were moderate or high risk.  In the current BHJJ counties, 34% of youth had felony charges in the 12 months prior to enrollment, ranging from 20% in Montgomery County to 94% in Summit County.  In the current BHJJ counties, 34% of youth had felony charges in the 12 months prior to enrollment, ranging from 20% in Montgomery County to 94% in Summit County. Details: Cleveland, OH: Begun Center for Violence Prevention Research and Education, Mandel School of Applied Social Sciences, Case Western Reserve University, 2012. 232p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2013 at: http://mentalhealth.ohio.gov/assets/children-youth-families/system-of-care/bhjj-2011-evaluation-final-6-9-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127458

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: Border Security and Migration: A Report from South Texas Summary: Since 2011, WOLA staff have carried out research in six different zones of the U.S.-Mexican border, meeting with U.S. law enforcement officials, human rights and humanitarian groups, and journalists, as well as with Mexican officials and representatives of civil society and migrant shelters in Mexico. As part of this ongoing work, the authors spent the week of November 26-30, 2012 in south Texas, looking at security and migration trends along this section of the U.S.-Mexico border. Specifically, we visited Laredo, McAllen, and Brownsville, Texas, and Matamoros, Mexico. We found that unlike other sections of the border, the south Texas sections have seen an increase, not a decrease, in apprehensions, particularly of non-Mexican migrants; migrant deaths have dramatically increased; and there are fewer accusations of Border Patrol abuse of migrants. We also found that the Zetas criminal organization's control over the area may be slipping and drug trafficking appears to have increased, yet these U.S. border towns are safer than they have been in decades. Lastly, in spite of the ongoing violence on the Mexican side of the border and the failure of the Mexican government to reform local and state police forces, U.S. authorities are increasing repatriating Mexicans through this region, often making migrants easy prey for the criminal groups that operate in these border cities. Details: Washignton, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2013 at: http://www.wola.org/sites/default/files/downloadable/Mexico/2013/Border%20Security%20and%20Migration%20South%20Texas.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 127462

Author: Darehshori, Sara Title: Capitol Offense: Police Mishandling of Sexual Assault Cases in the District of Columbia Summary: Sexual assault is the most underreported serious crime in the United States. Victims fear authorities will not believe them and that reporting will only cause them more pain. This fear may be well-grounded. Police are often skeptical of victims and sometimes respond to reports of assaults in ways that are re-traumatizing. Based on extensive data analysis, documents from four government agencies, and more than 150 interviews, Capitol Offense examines the handling of sexual assault cases by the Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) of the District of Columbia. The report provides strong evidence that between 2008 and September 2011 the MPD mishandled many complaints of sexual assault in D.C. In several cases, victims who reported sexual assaults to the police never had their case documented, or saw it languish when officers apparently determined without effective investigation that their claims were not credible. Human Rights Watch also documented inappropriate and harmful treatment of victims by MPD, such as questioning victims’ credibility; actively discouraging victims from reporting or providing forensic evidence; or asking victim-blaming questions. Not documenting or investigating reports of sexual assault denies justice to the victims, is a public safety issue, and misrepresents to the public the incidence of sexual assault in D.C. Victims who are not treated appropriately are less likely to cooperate with investigations, further reducing chances that perpetrators will be brought to justice. These problems do not appear to stem from official MPD policy, but rather from practices followed within the MPD that, during the period examined, were inconsistent with departmental policy and post-2008 reforms. Since learning of this report’s findings in May 2012, the MPD has adopted a number of our recommendations and made some policy changes. However, ensuring meaningful and sustained change requires more: it needs a commitment by leadership to change departmental practices, increase accountability and responsiveness, and extend external oversight of reforms to ensure transparency. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2013. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2013 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0113ForUpload_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 127464

Author: Schoenfelder, Anna Title: Uncovering USBP: Bonus Programs for United States Border patrol Agents and the Arrest of Lawfully Present Individuals Summary: For almost four years, Families for Freedom (FFF) has been seeking information about the policies, practices and consequences of United States Border Patrol’s (USBP) operation in which they demand to see “papers” from persons traveling and living in Northern New York. In our last report, co‐authored by the New York Civil Liberties Union, we showed that of the thousands of individuals placed in removal proceedings after being questioned by USBP agents on trains and buses, only a miniscule percentage were recent entrants to the United States. But that report relied solely on the information that USBP released early in litigation about USBP practices. This report now adds crucial information about USBP’s aggressive internal enforcement practices. Using information gathered from depositions of senior officials, and data and documents released after years of litigation, this report shows the following: • USBP uses three different bonus programs to reward its agents. The programs include cash bonuses, vacation awards and distribution of gift cards of up to $100. As part of the settlement of our case, CBP gave us tallies for each of these for the Buffalo Sector (which covers northern New York). We also obtained the documents for approving the cash and time off awards, which provide no justification for which agents are awarded year‐end bonuses of up to $2,500 or 40 hours of vacation time. The sums spent on these programs in the Buffalo Sector alone amount to over $200,000 a year. The gift card program, which was not funded in 2009, resumed in 2010. • USBP has adopted a protocol for documenting arrests of individuals who are later determined to have legal status. Through FFF’s lawsuit, we obtained copies of forms – called “I‐44” forms – for persons arrested by agents at the Rochester Station. An analysis of those forms shows that the vast majority of those wrongfully arrested were from South Asian, East Asian, African, and Caribbean backgrounds. In just one program (train and bus arrests) in one station, almost 300 persons who had a form of legal status were arrested and transported to USBP offices prior to being released. The actual number is probably far higher because CBP did not formally instruct its agents to document these arrests until June 2010. These legally present individuals include 12 U.S. citizens, 52 Legal Permanent Residents, 28 tourist visa holders, 37 student visa holders, 39 work visa holders, 51 individuals in immigration proceedings, 26 with pending immigration applications, and 32 individuals that had been granted asylum, withholding or temporary protective status. Eleven individuals had other forms of status, including diplomatic visas, special visas for victims of domestic violence, and special status provided to the citizens of former US territories. Many of these people were arrested because of USBP database errors. The report includes stories about the experiences of these people, including those who are arrested in the middle of the night, and many who are forced to depend on family or employers to fax documents to USBP in order to be released. • Contrary to sworn statements submitted in the federal district court stating that the agency did not maintain an array of arrest statistics, including annual totals for the Rochester Station, the depositions ordered by the Court revealed that arrest statistics are the primary measure employed by local USBP stations and their Sector supervisors in the Buffalo Sector. The Agent in Charge in Rochester testified that recording the station’s daily arrest statistics and sending them to the Sector is the last job of the supervisor at the end of the day. The next morning, the Buffalo Sector office sends summary arrest statistics out to each station in time for each Patrol Agent in Charge to review when he first opens his e‐mail in the morning. Meanwhile, the Chief of Staff of USBP testified that the national office of USBP tracks arrest statistics and distributes reports through mass emails on a twice daily basis. The Agent in Charge for the Rochester Station, which is the subject of much of the data in this report, stated that the Station does not keep any other regular measure of performance. • The documents show that USBP agents act on the assumption that no matter where they operate within the United States, they may arrest any noncitizen—whether a tourist or a long‐term legal resident with a driver’s license—whenever that person is not carrying detailed documentation that provides proof of status. But USBP’s records also show that the agents are not genuinely interested in what documents the law might require noncitizens to carry. Instead, USBP’s demand for “papers” is universal, resulting in an enforcement culture that maximizes arrest rates. Altogether, the documents show that USBP’s policies send a message to the foreign born that is ugly and untenable. This is especially so in New York State, where more than one in five persons was born abroad, and one in ten is a foreign‐born U.S. citizen. The remedy is clear: it is time for USBP to leave its unjustified mission of policing the interior of the United States and to end its unregulated bonus programs. USBP should not be allowed to transform the areas of the United States that are adjacent to the border into a police state in which persons are forced to carry papers at all times to be ready for a demand by a USBP agent to “show me your papers.” Otherwise, as the data shows, USBP will continue to arrest US citizens, lawful permanent residents and countless others who should not live in fear of traveling or living near the border. Details: New York: Families for Freedom; New York University School of Law, Immigrant Rights Clinic, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2013: http://familiesforfreedom.org/sites/default/files/resources/Uncovering%20USBP-FFF%20Report%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Agents Shelf Number: 127465

Author: Dunklee, Caitlin Title: Effective Approaches to Drug Crimes In Texas: Strategies to Reduce Crime, Save Money, and Treat Addiction Summary: During the past 30 years, Texas has enacted laws and policies meant to enhance public safety, resulting in crowded prisons and jails, and a corrections budget that comprises a huge slice of the state budget. Laws that focus on incarcerating men and women have been founded in genuine concern. However, a considerable percentage of the people arrested, charged, and incarcerated have been low-level drug users. Since 1999, arrests for drug possession in Texas have skyrocketed. In fact, almost all drug arrests in Texas are not for delivery or distribution, but for possession of a controlled substance. These numbers include people arrested for possession of illicit drugs, as well as the increasing number of Texans who have become addicted to prescription drugs. Both of these groups share a common thread: their substance abuse problems are often rooted in addiction. A proper response to this public health issue is treatment, not incarceration. Many people prosecuted for low-level drug crimes battle other obstacles, including mental illness, homelessness, joblessness, and poverty. Prosecuting and incarcerating Texans whose addictions push them into using illicit drugs or abusing prescription drugs burdens them with the collateral consequences associated with conviction and incarceration; it (further) limits their housing options, employment opportunities, and access to educational and medical programs, and it ultimately lessens the likelihood that they will become healthy, contributing members of their communities. Incarceration-driven policies are also egregiously expensive: treatment is a fraction of the cost of imprisoning an individual in Texas. Finally, our prisons and jails are simply not equipped with staff or resources to adequately combat the root causes of substance abuse and addiction, which means that untreated individuals are much more likely to commit other crimes after release, threatening public safety and creating a continual drain on limited coffers. For those with addiction, drug treatment is a more effective strategy to treat the individual, reduce recidivism, and lower costs to the state. Texas should take steps to aggressively and proactively address drug addiction, and thereby decrease associated crime, by promoting medical and public health responses to this issue. Specifically, policy-makers must support the efforts of practitioners, including probation departments and judges, who are seeking to effectively treat those with substance abuse problems by improving and making more widely available community-based rehabilitation and treatment diversion alternatives. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 4, 2013 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/TCJC%20Addiction%20Primer%20(Jan%202013).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127469

Author: Miller, J. Mitchell Title: Referring Youth in Juvenile Justice Settings to Mentoring Programs: Effective Strategies and Practices to Improving the Mentoring Experience for At-Risk and High-Risk Youth. A Resource Compendium Summary: examines best practices for referring youth to mentoring when they are in certain juvenile justice system settings, including Juvenile Detention, Juvenile Corrections, Juvenile Probation, Delinquency Court, Youth/Teen Court and Dependency Court. As a low-cost delinquency prevention and intervention option that capitalizes on the resources of local communities and caring individuals, mentoring has emerged as a promising delinquency reduction strategy for at-risk or high-risk youth. This research study, which used multiple methods to capture data from mentoring and juvenile justice settings, provides a deeper understanding of how youth are referred to mentoring, challenges faced during the referral process, examples of effective strategies to face the challenges and action steps. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2012. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2013 at: http://www.mentoring.org/images/uploads/Journal%20Article.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127472

Author: Austin, James Title: How New York City Reduced Mass Incarceration: A Model for Change? Summary: Over the last two decades, crime and violence plummeted dramatically in New York City. Beginning in the 1990s, the New York Police Department shifted its policing practices, implementing a “broken windows” policing strategy which has morphed into the now infamous “stop-and-frisk” practices. During this same time period, the entire incarcerated and correctional population of the City – the number of people in jails and prisons, and on probation and parole – dropped markedly. New York City sending fewer people into the justice system reduced mass incarceration in the entire state. In this report, leading criminologists James Austin and Michael Jacobson take an empirical look at these powerful social changes and any interconnections. Examining data from 1985 to 2009, they conclude that New York City’s “broken windows” policy did something unexpected: it reduced the entire correctional population of the state. As the NYPD focused on low-level arrests, it devoted fewer resources to felony arrests. At the same time, a lowered crime rate – as an additional factor – meant that fewer people were committing felonies. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2013 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/How_NYC_Reduced_Mass_Incarceration.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing (New York City) Shelf Number: 127473

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: The State of Sentencing 2012: Developments in Policy and Practice Summary: Today, 6.98 million men and women are under correctional supervision. A total of 4.8 million individuals are monitored in the community on probation and parole and 2.2 million are incarcerated in prisons or jail. The nation continues to maintain the highest rate of incarceration in the world at 716 people in prison per 100,000 population. The scale of incarceration varies substantially by state, resulting from a mix of crime rates and legislative and administrative policies. Lawmakers continue to face challenges in funding state correctional systems. According to the National Conference of State Legislatures, several states are likely to be reducing services, including education and health care, during the 2013 legislative session due to reduced state revenues, uncertainty at the federal level and the impact of potential cuts in federal funding. In recent years, reducing prison populations with the goal of controlling correctional costs has been a salient reason for reform in states like Kansas, New York, and New Jersey. Overall, prison populations declined by 28,582 in twenty-six states during 2011, or 1.5%. State lawmakers in at least 24 states adopted 41 criminal justice policies that in 2012 may contribute to downscaling prison populations and eliminating barriers to reentry while promoting effective approaches to public safety. This report provides an overview of recent policy reforms in the areas of sentencing, probation and parole, collateral consequences, and juvenile justice. Highlights include: • Relaxed mandatory minimums – Seven states – Alabama, California, Missouri, Massachusetts, Kansas, Louisiana, and Pennsylvania – revised mandatory penalties for certain offenses including crack cocaine possession and drug offense enhancements; • Death penalty – Connecticut abolished the death penalty, becoming the 17th to eliminate death as a criminal sanction; • Sentence modifications – Two states – Louisiana and Oklahoma – authorized or expanded mechanisms to modify sentences post-conviction. These policies allow prosecutors and judges to reduce the prison sentences of individuals who meet eligibility requirements; • Parole and probation revocation reforms – Seven states – Colorado, Delaware, Georgia, Hawaii, Louisiana, Missouri, and Pennsylvania -- expanded the use of earned time for eligible prisoners and limited the use of incarceration for probation and parole violations; and • Juvenile life without parole – Three states -- California, Louisiana, and Pennsylvania – authorized sentencing relief for certain individuals sentenced to juvenile life without parole. Changes in criminal justice policy were realized for various reasons, including an interest in managing prison capacity. Lawmakers have demonstrated interest in enacting reforms that recognize that the nation’s scale of incarceration has produced diminishing returns for public safety. Consequently, legislators and other stakeholders have prioritized implementing policies that provide a more balanced approach to public safety. The evolving framework is rooted in reducing returns to prison for technical violations, expanding alternatives to prison for persons convicted of low level offenses and authorizing earned release for prisoners who complete certain rehabilitation programs. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/sen_State%20of%20Sentencing%202012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 127475

Author: Tewksbury, Richard Title: Final Report on Sex Offenders: Recidivism and Collateral Consequences Summary: This report examines the efficacy of sex offender registration and notification (SORN) through its influence on sex offender recidivism and collateral consequences. The first study examines the recidivism rates of two samples of sex offenders, those released prior to SORN and a sample released under SORN in New Jersey. It asks whether or not there are distinct risk profiles among sex offenders with regard to their recidivism trajectories, and if these profiles are similar or different for sex offenders pre- and post-SORN. Additional analyses also include an examination of the influence of demographics, substance abuse, mental health issues, treatment history, sex offense incident characteristics, and criminal history on recidivism trajectories. The second study looks at whether the recidivism trajectories post-prison release for post-SORN sex offenders are similar to or different from the recidivism trajectories post-prison release for post- SORN non-sex offenders who are released from prison via parole. It also specifically focuses on whether or not a series of collateral consequences are experienced similarly or differently among these post-SORN sex and post-SORN non-sex offender parolees. Recidivism data for both studies in this report were obtained through the New Jersey State Police Computerized Criminal History System and the National Crime Information Center’s Interstate Identification Unit. The first study utilizes two samples of sex offenders, and each was provided by the New Jersey Department of Corrections (NJDOC). The pre-SORN group included a random sample of 250 male sex offenders released from prison by the NJDOC during the years 1990-1994, while the post-implementation group utilized the same sampling procedure and size and matched according to relevant demographics (age, race, and criminal history), with the exception that they were released during the years 1995-1999. For the second study, random samples of 247 post-SORN sex offenders and 250 post-SORN non-sex offenders released from prison in New Jersey via parole during 1995-1999 were drawn from the New Jersey Department of Corrections’ databases. The samples in both studies were followed for approximately eight years post-release for assessing recidivism. For both studies, official records of re-arrest for new offenses were employed as the measure of recidivism. Semi-parametric trajectory modeling was also used in both studies to estimate the recidivism trajectories of the pre- and post-SORN releasees, and the recidivism trajectories of the post-SORN sex offender and the non-sex offender releasees. The first study finds that there are limited observable benefits of SORN regarding sex offender recidivism and general recidivism. With an overall low rate of sex offense recidivism, SORN status (e.g. whether an offender is or is not subject to SORN) failed to predict whether sex offenders would reoffend sexually. The results are consistent with previous research which has argued that sex offenders have relatively low rates of recidivism, typically significantly lower than non-sex offenders. SORN status was also not a significant predictor of which sex offenders would reoffend in general, including non-sexual recidivism. Although sex offenders and non-sex offenders share the experience of collateral consequences, results from the second study reveal that several collateral consequences including not living with friends, living in group facilities, and residential relocation appear to differentially impact sex offenders. Policy makers and treatment providers should focus their efforts on those sex offenders identified as belonging to the high-risk trajectory with a particular interest in targeting the risk factors related to a high-risk trajectory. A targeted rather than universal application of SORN seems a viable alternative. Ultimately, the two studies in this report suggest that SORN is not likely to be an effective deterrent for sex offender recidivism and may produce an environment with specific collateral consequences that inhibit reintegration efforts post-prison release for sex offenders. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238060.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 127476

Author: Rush, Mathew C. Title: Violent Mexican Transnational Criminal Organizations in Texas: Political Discourse and an Argument for Reality Summary: In 2006, Mexico President Felipe Calderon, with U.S. assistance, launched a military campaign to combat Violent Mexican Transnational Criminal Organizations in attempt to disrupt the growing violence throughout Mexico. The result has been an uncontrollable drug war that has claimed more lives within Mexico than the U.S. campaigns in Afghanistan and Iraq combined. From the U.S. perspective, the threat of spillover violence emanating from Mexico is a wicked problem and one that polarizes the political discourse. Conflicting opinions about the meaning of spillover violence has driven misrepresentation of events and evidence that fuel the political narrative. Therefore, no metric for analysis can be put in place to accurately document and monitor the threat to the U.S. homeland. The term spillover violence, instead, has become the focal point. This research seeks to find a broader framework outside of political agendas that provides analysis in a systematic manner rather than focusing on semantics. This research identifies gaps in the understanding of how spillover violence is defined and captured within the current construct; examines current criminal metrics used to classify and report violent crime statistics; and evaluates the scope of Texas border operations dedicated toward violent crime crossing the Southwestern border. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: http://www.dtic.mil/cgi-bin/GetTRDoc?Location=U2&doc=GetTRDoc.pdf&AD=ADA567362 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Cartels Shelf Number: 127478

Author: Hanson, Gordon H. Title: The Economics and Policy of Illegal Immigration in the United States Summary: Policymakers across the political spectrum share a belief that high levels of illegal immigration are an indictment of the current immigration policy regime. An estimated 12 million unauthorized immigrants live in the United States, and the past decade saw an average of 500,000 illegal entrants per year. Until recently, the presence of unauthorized immigrants was unofficially tolerated. But since 2001, policymakers have poured huge resources into securing US borders, ports, and airports; and since 2006, a growing range of policies has targeted unauthorized immigrants within the country and their employers. Notwithstanding these efforts, no agreement has materialized on a system to replace the status quo and, in particular, to divert illegal flows to legal ones. Policy inaction is a result not only of a partisan divide in Washington, but also of the underlying economic reality that despite its faults, illegal immigration has been hugely beneficial to many US employers, often providing benefits that the current legal immigration system does not. Unauthorized immigrants provide a ready source of manpower in agriculture, construction, food processing, building cleaning and maintenance, and other low-end jobs, at a time when the share of low-skilled native-born individuals in the US labor force has fallen dramatically. Not only do unauthorized immigrants provide an important source of low-skilled labor, they also respond to market conditions in ways that legal immigration presently cannot, making them particularly appealing to US employers. Illegal inflows broadly track economic performance, rising during periods of expansion and stalling during downturns (including the present one). By contrast, legal flows for low-skilled workers are both very small and relatively unresponsive to economic conditions. Green cards are almost entirely unavailable to low-skilled workers; while the two main low-skilled temporary visa programs (H-2A and H-2B) vary little over the economic cycle and in any case represent scarcely 1 percent of the current unauthorized population, making them an inconsequential component of domestic low-skilled employment. Despite all this, illegal immigration’s overall impact on the US economy is small. Low-skilled native workers who compete with unauthorized immigrants are the clearest losers. US employers, on the other hand, gain from lower labor costs and the ability to use their land, capital, and technology more productively. The stakes are highest for the unauthorized immigrants themselves, who see very substantial income gains after migrating. If we exclude these immigrants from the calculus, however (as domestic policymakers are naturally inclined to do), the small net gain that remains after subtracting US workers’ losses from US employers’ gains is tiny. And if we account for the small fiscal burden that unauthorized immigrants impose, the overall economic benefit is close enough to zero to be essentially a wash. Where does this leave policymakers? Any new reform effort will have to take a stand on preventing versus facilitating inflows of low-skilled foreign labor. Legislation is expected to embrace aspects of two different strategies: enforcement strategies designed to prevent illegal immigration, and accommodation strategies designed to divert illegal flows through legal channels using legalization and expanded legal options for future prospective migrants. Since US spending on enforcement activities is already very high, sizeable increases in enforcement resources could easily cost far more than the tax savings they generated from reduced illegal presence in the United States. Because the net impact of illegal immigration on the US economy does not appear to be very large, one would be hard pressed to justify a substantial increase in spending on border and interior enforcement, at least in terms of its aggregate economic return. A more constructive immigration policy would aim to generate maximum productivity gains to the US economy while limiting the fiscal cost and keeping enforcement spending contained. Effectively, this means converting existing inflows of illegal immigrants into legal flows. It does not have to mean increasing the total number of low-skilled foreign workers in the labor force. Policies designed to achieve this would: • provide sufficient legal channels of entry to low-skilled workers by expanding legal options for immigration while maintaining reasonable enforcement of immigration laws; • allow inflows to fluctuate with the economy; • create incentives for both employers and immigrants to play by the rules by ensuring meaningful enforcement at US worksites and rewarding workers for their compliance by giving them the chance to seek legal permanent residence; and • mitigate the fiscal impact of low-skilled immigration by charging a fee for legal entry or taxing employers. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/pubs/hanson-dec09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 127480

Author: Fox, Andrew M. Title: Final Evaluation of the Phoenix TRUCE Project: A Replication of Chicago Ceasefire Summary: The Phoenix TRUCE Project is modeled after the Chicago CeaseFire program, and as such has adopted a public health approach in responding to violence in the community. TRUCE emphasizes the use of outreach staff embedded in the community who identify community members who are at imminent risk of being either a victim or perpetrator of violence, particularly gun violence. The project is a data-driven, and its core components include, community mobilization and youth outreach. Each of its components addresses a different facet of the violence problem with the goal of preventing shootings. Both in the short term and the long term, CeaseFire’s purpose is to reduce the number of violent shootings in a community. The Phoenix TRUCE project was led by Chicanos Por La Causa, Inc. in partnership with Arizonans for Gun Safety, St. Joseph’s Hospital and Medical Center, the Phoenix Police Department, and Arizona State University’s Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety. The CeaseFire model was implemented in Hermoso Park, a 1.5 square mile neighborhood located in South Phoenix. This report evaluates the implementation and impact of the TRUCE project from June 2010 to December 2011. Major findings are outlined below. PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION  Outreach staff engaged in a substantial number (n=58) of conflict mediations. The disputants were typically gang-involved (70.7%), historically violent (63.8%), and young (91.4%), which are three criteria the model uses to define individuals as high-risk for gun violence involvement.  All of the clients who were recruited for Phoenix TRUCE (n=118) met at least four of the seven client selection criteria, indicating that the project abided by selection criteria established by national experts.  Using eleven different forms of media and more than 11,000 individual items, TRUCE saturated the community with educational materials. Additionally, more than 25% of respondents who knew a shooting victim were knowledgeable about TRUCE.  Advisory Board meetings were not held consistently, and the Board did not play a major role in establishing a strategic direction for the project.  TRUCE did not establish a coordinated and collaborative relationship with the faithbased community.  A Risk Reduction Plan was not completed for about two-thirds of program youth.  Police regularly attended stakeholder meetings and provided liaisons to the project; however, a routinized process for information sharing was not developed. PROGRAM IMPACT  Time-series analysis indicated that program implementation corresponded to a decrease of more than 16 assaults on average per month, controlling for the comparison areas and the trends in the data.  Time-series analysis indicated that program implementation corresponded to an increase of 3.2 shootings on average per month, controlling for the comparison areas and the trends in the data.  The time-series analysis indicated that the more conflicts mediated and the more people involved in mediated conflicts, the greater the decreases in assaults in the target area.  A number of the dosage effects were related to slight increases in shootings in the timeseries analysis, including number of clients, number of contacts (both home and on the street), and hours spent with clients. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2012. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: https://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/TRUCE-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 127512

Author: Hutcherson, Donald T., II Title: Street Dreams: The Effect of Incarceration on Illegal Earnings Summary: Theory and research on the employment lives of the ex-incarcerated suggests that imprisonment can decrease earnings in the conventional labor market for young adults (e.g., Sampson and Laub, 1993; Sampson and Laub, 2003; Western, 2002; Western, 2006). However, little is known about the influence of imprisonment on criminal earnings. To fill this gap, the research reported below addresses the following question: How does incarceration influence criminal earnings for adolescents and young adults? Drawing on theories regarding stigma, social and human capital, and opportunity structure, I develop an argument to explain how incarceration can yield returns in the form of greater illegal earnings. Briefly, the case is made that due to failures in the conventional labor market, the ex-incarcerated are forced to rely on criminal earnings from illegal opportunity structures during the life course. Thus, illegal earnings will be greater for this group than for their counterparts who have not been incarcerated. To assess the role of prior incarceration on illegal earnings, this study estimates random-effects models for adolescents and young adult male ex-offenders and non-offenders using the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth (NLSY97) for 1997-2005. Consistent with the theoretical arguments, the findings reveal that individuals with an incarceration history earn significantly higher annual illegal earnings than those who do not have such a history. This is true net of a variety of predictors of illegal income, including factors related to 'persistent heterogeneity'. The analyses also reveal an interaction effect of prior incarceration and African-American racial status on illegal earnings, whereby formerly incarcerated African-American males earn much higher predicted illegal income than former incarcerees from other race/ethnic backgrounds. To assess the role of different sources of illegal earnings, I also investigated the influence of prior incarceration on illegal earnings from drug trafficking. These analyses demonstrated a strong positive relationship between incarceration history and annual illegal income from this source. Further, interaction models revealed that ex-incarcerated African-American males earn significantly higher predicted logged income from drug trafficking than Hispanic and White ex-offenders and those never incarcerated. There is also an interaction between prior incarceration and hardcore drug use for this outcome. Formerly incarcerated individuals who use hardcore drugs earn much higher predicted logged annual illegal income from drug sales than ex-incarcerated non-drug users, non-incarcerated drug users and non-incarcerated individuals that do not use drugs. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, 2008. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=osu1218205841 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 127513

Author: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition Title: Girls’ Experiences in the Texas Juvenile Justice System. 2012 Survey Findings Summary: Half of all youth referred to the Texas juvenile justice system each year have previously experienced a significant traumatic event. This trauma can cause a youth’s stress response to be over-reactive, leading to delinquent behavior. In a secure facility, the youth’s over-reactive stress response can lead to discipline problems and deeper system involvement. In fact, recent research has revealed that a youth’s past experience with trauma is a major predictor – and for girls, the largest predictor – of the youth’s assignment to increasingly serious secure placements in the Texas juvenile justice system. Unfortunately, Girls’ Experiences in the Texas Juvenile Justice System, a new report by TCJC, shows that Texas is failing many of these traumatized children. Half of the girls interviewed at the Ron Jackson State Juvenile Correctional Complex report that their previous time in county juvenile facilities either did not help or actually did more harm than good for dealing with their past trauma. Tragically, eight percent report that their time at Ron Jackson is doing more harm than good, suggesting that our juvenile justice system may be re-traumatizing many of these youth. These issues call for a system-wide response. Many of the experiences that the girls report in these interviews – including negative interactions with staff, severe isolation from family, and youth-on-youth violence – match the experiences that boys in state custody reported in a TCJC survey earlier this year. As Texas moves forward with reforms to address those concerns, we should increase funding for trauma counseling in the juvenile system, and we should revisit the policies and procedures in our juvenile facilities to respond better to the vulnerabilities and triggers of traumatized youth. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2013 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Girls%20Experiences%20in%20the%20TX%20JJ%20System%20%28Oct%202012%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 127515

Author: Jones, Jerrett Title: Examining the Relationship between Paternal Incarceration, Maternal Stress, and Harsh Parenting Behaviors Summary: In response to rise of incarceration, there is a burgeoning literature examining the consequences of incarceration on families. Research has suggested that incarceration negatively impacts the well-being of partners connected to men with an incarceration history. However, research examining the effects of imprisonment on partners of former offenders remains underdeveloped. This area of research has yet to adequately address the methodological challenges associated with selection bias. This paper uses data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study (N= 2,819) to examine the effect of paternal incarceration on maternal stress and harsh parenting behaviors. Using multiple methods and accounting for a rich set of covariates associated with incarceration, results run counter to existing literature. More specifically, after accounting for selection processes, the results suggest no relationship between paternal incarceration, maternal stress and harsh parenting behaviors. Research needs to address preexisting disadvantages that select partners to associating with criminal offenders. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: workingpapers/WP13-03-FF; Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-03-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 127520

Author: Martin, Brian D. Title: Findings and Recommendations from a Statewide Outcome Evaluation of Ohio Jails Summary: Scholars and practitioners have very little systemic knowledge regarding evidence-based practices in jails in Ohio or nationally. Historical information about past inspections and jail characteristics maintained by the Bureau of Adult Detention has been impeded by narrowly focused content, limited time frames, and unreliable data collection techniques. As a consequence, the current research project draws on multiple methodologies and sources of information as part of an extensive evaluation of the sources of jail best practices. Data collection activities conducted throughout the project were large in scale and wide-ranging, including focus groups from 6 different stakeholder groups, a correctional officer task survey of 1,005 respondents about training-related needs and deficiencies, statewide facility-level data collection at 86 full service jails, an inmate survey with 979 respondents, a jail administrator survey with 12 respondents, semi-structured interviews of key jail operational personnel at a sample of 12 full service jails, and intensive observational site visits at a sample of 12 full service jails. The results highlight several key themes and important facility-level characteristics that differentiate between levels of functioning and effectiveness in jails. In particular, we identify a set of recommendations and identified best practices stemming from actual operational procedures and administrative capacity while also assessing the effectiveness of current inspection activities and jail standards in Ohio. Details: Columbus, OH: Bureau of Research and Evaluation Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction, 2012. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://www.ocjs.ohio.gov/FinalJailReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 127528

Author: Turney, Kristin Title: The Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Effects of Paternal Incarceration on Maternal Neglect and Harsh Parenting Summary: The American incarceration rate has dramatically swelled since the 1970s, especially among poorly educated minority men, effectively increasing the number of families affected by the penal system. Despite escalating attention to the consequences of incarceration for families, little research considers the possibility that paternal incarceration is consequential for parenting among mothers who share children with currently or recently incarcerated men. In this manuscript, I use data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, a data source uniquely situated to understand the collateral consequences of incarceration for family life, and a series of propensity score models to examine the homogeneous and heterogeneous effects of paternal incarceration on three aspects of maternal parenting: neglect, psychological aggression, and physical aggression. First, results show that paternal incarceration has modest, negative effects on mothers’ physical aggression toward children but that observed effects on neglect and psychological aggression result from formidable selection forces. Second, and importantly, results show that considering the homogeneous effects of paternal incarceration overlooks heterogeneous effects. For psychological aggression and physical aggression, paternal incarceration is detrimental for mothers with a high propensity for attachment to recently incarcerated fathers but beneficial or inconsequential for mothers with a low propensity for such attachment. Taken together, results indicate that the collateral consequences of incarceration for family life may be concentrated among the most disadvantaged and, thus, have implications for increasing inequality among families. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-02-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 127531

Author: Greenwood, Peter W. Title: Implementing Proven Programs for Juvenile Offenders: Assessing State Progress Summary: Evidence-based practice involves the use of scientific principles to assess the available evidence on program effectiveness and develop principles for best practice in any particular field. In delinquency prevention or intervention this includes: assessment of community and individual client needs; review and assessment of programs that could meet those needs; development and/or implementation of new programs; assignment of youth to particular programs; and monitoring of program fidelity and outcomes. For more than 10 years a number of reliable agencies have been publishing well-scrubbed lists of programs that have been proven to produce substantial reductions in recidivism and crime, while saving taxpayers more than $10 in future correctional costs for every dollar expended. There is a long history, stretching from Copernicus and Galileo in the 16th century to professional baseball managers in present day, of practitioners taking a very long time before accepting the practical implications of scientific discoveries. Juvenile justice fits right into this pattern. Although there are sufficient resources currently invested in juvenile justice programs to provide a program that has been proven effective for every youth who could use one, less than 10 percent of youths in need actually receive these programs. Given this state of affairs, one might expect that most states would be in the process of revising their programs and case disposition processes to increase the participation of youth in programs that have been proven effective. In fact, a few states have responded to this knowledge by taking explicit steps to facilitate the implementation of these proven programs, often as alternatives or replacements for their more traditional programming. Some of these states have set up special resource centers to provide technical assistance to local providers and to monitor their progress in implementing these programs. Some have established local “compacts” for sharing the expected savings in state prison costs with counties who cut their admission rates through the use of evidence-based programs (EBPs). Others have established special funding streams to support the launch of new EBPs. Yet, many others have not taken any but the most rudimentary steps toward embracing this new opportunity in the field of delinquency prevention. The present study was undertaken to assess how well individual states are doing in providing the best of these EBPs, and whether there are any commonalities between those who were doing the best. The measure of performance we chose for this analysis was the number of “therapist teams” from “proven programs” divided by the total population. Details: Downington, PA: Association for the Advancement of Evidence-Based Practice, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://www.advancingebp.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/AEBP-assessment.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127532

Author: Strategies for Youth Title: If Not Now, When? A Survey of Juvenile Justice Training in America’s Police Academies Summary: Over the past decade, police have become a ubiquitous presence in the lives of many youths, particularly those living in disadvantaged communities. They are now routinely deployed in public schools. As social and mental health services have been scaled back, police are frequently the first responders in domestic disputes involving juveniles. Yet, police confronting youths in a variety of deeply challenging situations and settings receive surprisingly little training about adolescent psychology and behavior. Strategies for Youth (SFY), an organization founded in 2010 with the express aim of improving interactions between youths and police, conducted a national, comprehensive survey on the state of training about juveniles available in police academies. The results indicate that the curriculum for juvenile justice in police academies is limited both in scope of subject matter and in the time spent reviewing it. SFY’s findings confirm that most police officers who interact frequently with juveniles are not benefiting from the wealth of new scientific research available about adolescent brain development. Nor are police provided information on promising and best practices for interacting with teens that stem from our growing understanding of how teenagers’ brains differ from those of adults. Details: Cambridge, MA: Strategies for Youth, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 7, 2013 at: http://strategiesforyouth.org/sfysite/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/SFYReport_02-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizens Interactions Shelf Number: 127539

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Debunking Urban Legends: Data Shows Summer Heat, Vacation Have Not Led to More Youth Arrests Summary: This spring, like many in the past, policymakers have warned that youth crime will increase come summer. This forecast is based, in large part, on the belief that youth crime typically increases over the summer weeks when it is hot and youth are out of school. However, according to data provided by Metropolitan Police Department regarding the date of arrests for juveniles between 2007 and 2010, youth were actually arrested less frequently during summer when compared to the rest of the year. Moreover, a review of the data reveals that juvenile arrests are actually quite volatile and do not follow a distinct cycle or pattern. Thus, while arrests may rise or fall in the summer of 2011, the data shows this will be due to factors not associated with a change in season or youth being on vacation from school. Details: Washington, DC: DC lawyers for Youth, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: DCLY Issue Brief: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.dcly.org/sites/default/files/Debunking%20Urban%20Legends%20Summer%20Arrests.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 127542

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Youth Arrest Trends in the District of Columbia (2007-2011) Summary: Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) statistics show that youth arrests are at a five-year low after having declined 15 percent since a recent peak in 2009. MPD statistics also demonstrate that youth arrests in 2011 accounted for the lowest proportion of overall arrests than any other point in the last five years, that youth arrests over a variety of offense categories have declined substantially over the last five years, and that youth arrests for homicide in the District are at an all-time low since 2007. This brief analyzes data pertaining to youth arrests in the District over the last five years. It is pertinent to note that, in early 2011, MPD began categorizing arrest data more accurately by offense. As a result, the casual observer may look at the statistics and believe that there were substantial increases in certain categories of offenses in 2011. However, as the brief explains, the degree of these increases results from MPD’s change in data recording, not from an actual increase in arrests in those categories. This brief examines the broader trends likely unaffected by MPD’s improved categorization, and it qualifies findings as necessary. Details: Wsahington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2012. 7 p. Source: Internet Resource: DCLY Issue Brief: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.dcly.org/sites/default/files/DCLY%20Youth%20Arrest%20Trends%20Brief%202007-2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 127543

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Comparison of Juvenile, Young Adult, and Adult Arrests in the District of Columbia (2010) Summary: Since 2007, there has been a 21 percent decline in juvenile arrests for Part I offenses in the District and total arrests are also on the downswing for DC young people. Despite the harmful rhetoric surrounding juvenile crime in the District, young people make up a proportionately low number of arrests. This new brief notes that young adult and adult arrests far outnumber those of juveniles and that juvenile arrests are trending downward in nearly every offense category. Details: Washington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: DCLY Issue Brief: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.dcly.org/sites/default/files/Young%20Adult%20Brief%20Draft%20%28Final%29.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127544

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Arrest Trends in the District of Columbia (2007 - 2010) Summary: The first issue brief in the series - Juvenile Arrest Trends in the District of Columbia (2007-2010) - analyzes Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) juvenile arrest data over the last four years and identifies five important trends in juvenile arrest data. Details: Washington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: DCLY Issue Brief: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.dcly.org/sites/default/files/DCLY%20Juvenile%20Arrest%20Trends%20Issue%20Brief%20%282007%20to%202010%29.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (Washington, DC) Shelf Number: 127545

Author: Brauer, Jurgen Title: The US Firearms Industry: Production and Supply Summary: This report analyses economic aspects of the US firearms industry, specifically the civilian, private security, and law enforcement (i.e. non-military) markets for pistols, revolvers, rifles, and shotguns, providing a focus on supply-side issues. The US Firearms Industry's findings include: The number of firearms tracked for this analysis (domestically retained firearms, plus imports) totals nearly 150 million units. 2,288 US-based producers of civilian firearms have been identified; providing possibly the most extensive public record to date. These firms produced an average of around 4.24 million firearms per year, including those for export, during the period studied. Firearms imports into the United States have risen from around 500,000 units in the early 1980s to about 3.5 million units by 2010. The majority of producers are relatively small in scale, with only a small percentage of firms—between 1.3 and 7.5 per cent, depending on firearms category—producing more than 100,000 weapons per year. Three brands (Sturm, Ruger & Co., Remington, and Smith & Wesson) each produced ten million or more weapons over the entire 1986–2010 period, accounting for about 41 per cent of all domestically produced firearms for domestic use. The Working Paper also estimates firearms resales via licensed dealers and discusses recent merger and acquisitions activity in the industry. The analysis is based on a data record drawn from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives; the Federal Bureau of Investigation; US Customs and Border Protection; and the US Census Bureau. Details: Geneva, SWIT: Small Arms Survey, 2013. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Small arms Survey Working Paper 14: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://www.smallarmssurvey.org/fileadmin/docs/F-Working-papers/SAS-WP14-US-Firearms-Industry.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Industry Shelf Number: 127546

Author: Blumstein, Alfred Title: Extension of Current Estimates of Redemption Times: Robustness Testing, Out-of-State Arrests, and Racial Differences Summary: As information technology has increased the accessibility of criminal-history records, and concern for negligent-hiring lawsuits has grown, criminal background checking has become an important part of the hiring process for most employers. As a result, there is a growing concern that a large number of individuals are handicapped in finding employment because of a stale criminal-history record. The current study is an extension of a NIJ-funded project intended to provide the empirical estimates of what we call “redemption time,” the time when an individual with a prior arrest record has stayed clean of further involvement with the criminal justice system sufficiently long to be considered “redeemed” and relieved of the stale burden of a prior criminal-history record. In the current study, we address new issues that that are important in moving the research on redemption forward and making the findings applicable to relevant policy. In the first section, we introduce the background of this project by discussing the increasing use of criminal background checks by employers, the potential size of population with criminal records that such background checking can affect, and our initial research on redemption that empirically examines when a criminal record loses its relevance in predicting future crime (“redemption times”). In the second section, we explore the issue of robustness of redemption time estimates. In our previous project, we generated our estimates of redemption times using rap sheets from New York State of individuals first arrested in 1980. Using additional data from 1985 and 1990 sampling years in New York as well as data from two additional states, Florida and Illinois, we test the sensitivity of the 1980 New York results to these alternative data. The results show that the redemption time estimates are reasonably robust across sampling years and states, and the range of estimates is presented to summarize the results. In the third section, we examine the relationship between the crime type of the first crime event and the crime type of a possible second arrest. This recognizes that employers are concerned mostly about particular types of offense that their employees may commit, based on the nature of the job position. We estimate the recidivism risk and redemption time of particular second-offense types, focusing particularly on violent and property crimes, often an employer’s primary concern, based on the prior offense type and age at the prior. We find that the prior crime type is associated with the recidivism crime type and thus redemption time, especially for violence, and the association is more prominent for older offenders. We also find that that association diminishes as time since the prior increases. In the fourth section, we address the relationship between race and longer-term recidivism risk, which is relevant to the concern of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) that criminal background checks have a disparate impact on minorities. The results show that 1) the racial rearrest-risk ratio is smaller than the arrest-prevalence ratio, and 2) the rearrest-risk ratio declines over time, so that the recidivism risk of blacks approaches the risk of whites over time. In the last two sections, we conclude this report by summarizing our findings, discuss future work, and describe our outreach efforts to disseminate our findings on this important public policy issue to stakeholders. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240100.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Investigations Shelf Number: 127552

Author: SpearIt Title: Facts and Fictions About Islam in Prison: Assessing Prisoner Radicalization in Post-9/11 America Summary: This report assesses the radicalization of Muslim prisoners in post-9/11 America. In the last decade, Muslim prisoners have been scrutinized for ties to terrorist and other extremist organizations, not to mention characterized as both a “threat” and a “danger” to national security, due to the influence of foreign jihadist movements. However, closer scrutiny shows that these fears have failed to materialize — indeed, despite the existence of an estimated 350,000 Muslim prisoners, there is little evidence of widespread radicalization or successful foreign recruitment, and only one documented case of prison-based terrorist activity. Nonetheless, some prison systems have implemented an aggressive posture toward these inmates and have made suppressive tactics their bedrock policy. This approach unfortunately overlooks Islam’s long history of positive influence on prisoners, including supporting inmate rehabilitation for decades. Moreover, Muslim inmates have a long history of using the court system to establish and expand their rights to worship and improve their conditions of confinement. Hence, a closer look at “life on the ground” turns the prevailing discourse on its head by demonstrating that Islam generally brings peace to inmates and that the greatest “threat” posed by Muslim inmates is not violence, but lawsuits. Details: Saint, Louis, MO: Institute for Social Policy and Understanding, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Institute for Social Policy and Understanding, January 2013 Saint Louis U. Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2013-5: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2206583 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Islam Shelf Number: 127565

Author: National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice Title: Mental Health Screening within Juvenile Justice: The Next Frontier Summary: This report discusses issues surrounding the mental health screening of juvenile offenders such as screening procedures, policies and implementation. Chapters of this report are: "Introduction" by Kathleen R. Skowyra and Joseph J. Cocozza; "Procedures and Policies: Good Practice and Appropriate Uses of Screening Results" by Valerie Williams; and "Implementing mental Health Screening" by Thomas Grisso — ten steps. Appendixes include: resources for identifying and reviewing mental health screening tools; Pennsylvania guidelines for introducing the MAYSI-2 (Massachusetts Youth Screening Instrument - Second Version) to youth; and Texas MAYSI-2 Protocol. Details: Delmar, NY: National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice, 2007. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.ncmhjj.com/pdfs/publications/MH_Screening.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 127570

Author: University of Southern California Title: Hitting Homes: The Impact of Immigration Enforcement Summary: Migrants returned to Mexico by U.S. authorities are now more likely to be older, married, and heads of household since the Obama administration made deportations from American communities a major instrument of immigration policy, according to new data from the Border Survey of Mexican Migration. In 2011 nearly half of all Mexicans repatriated from the United States had lived there for more than a year, and midway through 2012 the share was more than a third. As recently as 2008, those longer-term residents comprised only one-tenth of the repatriations, according to the survey, which captures data from both immigrants who are removed or deported after living in the United States and those returned after being apprehended trying to cross the border. As noted elsewhere in this report, compared with the great weight of economic circumstances, the shift in enforcement emphasis has not had a notable impact on either the size of the Mexican-born population or the flow of new migrants into the United States. The forced removals of Mexicans who are longtime residents of U.S. communities has, however, had a distinct psychological effect in addition to the change in the characteristics of those being returned, according to the border survey. Even during the darkest days of the Great Recession, more than 80 percent of repatriated Mexican migrants said they intended to return to the United States. That figure now hovers around 70 percent as a degree of discouragement appears to have set in. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2013. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Migration Monitor: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.migrationmonitor.com/3-article/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 127571

Author: Adler, Robin Title: Domestic Violence Case Processing in Vermont 2004 -2008 Summary: In the criminal courts, domestic violence is best measured by domestic assault charges and violations of abuse order charges. This report examines the district court case processing and sentencing of these offenses during the study period of 2004 to 2008. Key findings: - A majority of convictions are for the same category of offense (domestic assault or violation of abuse orders) as the original charge. Ninety-nine percent of felony relief from abuse order convictions are for a violation of an order. - Race is not a statistically significant factor in determining which defendants are sentenced to incarceration for domestic assault. Women, however, are more likely to be sentenced to incarceration. - The Counties vary in their approach to sentencing domestic assault and violations of abuse orders. The county of conviction is statistically significant in determining which defendants are incarcerated for domestic assault. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2011. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/dvcaseprocess.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 127572

Author: Drake, E.K. Title: Confinement for Technical Violations of Community Supervision: Is There an Effect on Felony Recidivism? Summary: The Washington State Department of Corrections (DOC) has jurisdiction over offenders when a superior court orders community supervision. While on supervision, offenders must adhere to conditions such as reporting regularly to their Community Corrections Officer (CCO). If conditions are violated, DOC may impose sanctions ranging from reprimands to confinement. Between fiscal years 2002 and 2008, approximately 72 percent of all offenders who had a violation received confinement as a sanction. We investigate whether the use of confinement—as a sanction for a violation—has an impact on recidivism. We rely on a “natural experiment” to analyze this question. We discovered that some CCOs use confinement as a sanction more than others, and that DOC attempts to evenly distribute offenders to CCO caseloads by risk for reoffense. These two factors allow us to test whether recidivism is affected by confining offenders who violate the conditions of their community supervision. We employed numerous tests, all of which demonstrate that recidivism is not lowered for offenders who are confined for a violation of supervision. Limitations and possible extensions of this research are discussed. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/12-07-1201.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections (Washington State) Shelf Number: 127573

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Gun Deaths Outpace Motor Vehicle Deaths in the DMV in 2010 Summary: Firearm-related fatalities exceeded motor vehicle fatalities in the DMV (District of Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia) in 2010, the most recent year for which data is available for both products. Firearm-related deaths include homicide, suicide, and unintentional fatal injuries (see chart below).1 Gun deaths outpaced motor vehicle deaths not only in the region as a whole, but in each of the three jurisdictions that comprise the DMV. In 2010, gun deaths in the DMV totaled 1,512 while motor vehicles deaths totaled 1,280. The statistics in the DMV offer a stark illustration of a public health emergency that often receives scant attention from policymakers. Firearms remain the only consumer product not regulated by a federal health and safety agency, while the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) has overseen automobile safety since 1966. Nationally, firearm fatalities almost equal motor vehicle deaths despite the fact that roughly three times as many Americans own automobiles as own firearms. The tolerance for such a high level of gun death is even harder to comprehend when the relative utility of the two products is taken into account. Unlike guns, motor vehicles are essential to the functioning of the U.S. economy. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/dmv.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 127574

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Black Homicide Victimization in the United States. An Analysis of 2010 Homicide Data Summary: America faces a continuing epidemic of homicide among young black males. The devastation homicide inflicts on black teens and adults is a national crisis, yet it is all too often ignored outside of affected communities. This study examines the problem of black homicide victimization at the state level by analyzing unpublished Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data for black homicide victimization submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2010 and is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2010 data on black homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest black homicide victimization rates and the first to rank the states by the rate of black homicides. It is important to note that the SHR data used in this report comes from law enforcement reporting at the local level. While there are coding guidelines followed by the law enforcement agencies, the amount of information submitted to the SHR system, and the interpretation that results in the information submitted (for example, gang involvement) will vary from agency to agency. While this study utilizes the best and most recent data available, it is limited by the quantity and degree of detail in the information submitted. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/blackhomicide13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 127575

Author: Sugarmann, Josh Title: Assault Pistols: The Next Wave Summary: Not since the late 1980s and early 1990s has there been such a wide variety of assault pistols available for sale on the U.S. civilian market warns the new Violence Policy Center (VPC) study Assault Pistols: The Next Wave (http://www.vpc.org/studies/awpistols.pdf). The study contains more than 20 examples of assault pistols currently marketed in the United States, led by AK-47 and AR-15 pistols that offer assault rifle power in a compact pistol format. Each of the assault pistols detailed in the study would be banned by legislation introduced last week by Senator Dianne Feinstein (D-CA). The study notes that in addition to next-generation AK-47 and AR-15 assault pistols, assault pistols that were banned by name under the now-expired federal assault weapons ban, such as the UZI pistol, MAC, and Calico, are also being marketed. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/awpistols.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 127576

Author: Native Hawaiian Justice Task Force Title: The Native Hawaiian Justice Task Force Report Summary: In 2010, the Office of Hawaiian Affairs, in collaboration with the University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa, Justice Policy Institute, and Georgetown University, produced a report titled The Disparate Treatment of Native Hawaiians in the Criminal Justice System (“2010 Report”). Researchers found that “Native Hawaiians are overrepresented in every stage in the criminal justice system, and the disproportionality increases as Native Hawaiians go further into the system, also making it harder to leave and stay out of prison.” (“2010 Report, at 17”) The 2010 Report recommended the formation of a governing collaborative, which lead to the passage of Act 170 and the statutory creation of the Native Hawaiian Justice Task Force. The disproportionate representation of Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system has been previously reported upon and presented to the Hawaiʻi state Legislature. In addition to the findings of the 2010 Report, the Task Force acknowledges the studies “Crime and Justice Related to Hawaiians and Part Hawaiians in the State of Hawaii,” (“1981 Study”), and “Criminal Justice and Hawaiians in the 1990’s: Ethnic Differences in Imprisonment Rates in the State of Hawaiʻi,” (“1994 Study”). The 1981 Study, the 1994 Study, and the 2010 Report independently concluded that Native Hawaiians are overrepresented in the criminal justice system. Those documents, and several others which discuss Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system, are now available online at: www.oha.org/nativehawaiianjusticetaskforce As a group, the Task Force and the Office of Hawaiian Affairs, which is attached to the Task Force as its administrator through Act 170, have devoted a significant amount of time and effort in engaging in a dialogue with the community. Through a series of summits held throughout the state during the summer of 2012, the Task Force received testimony regarding the disproportionate representation of Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system directly from one hundred fifty nine individuals, and dozens of others through site visits at State correctional facilities and the receipt of written testimony and research. Following the summits, site visits, and the receipt of testimony, the Task Force undertook a deliberate process to draft the Findings and Recommendations sections of the Report. The production of those sections was also influenced by the perspective of each Task Force member who brought forth from his or her role within the criminal justice system. The headings of the Report are: A. Data regarding Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system; B. The disproportionate representation of Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system; C. Early intervention programs for Native Hawaiians; D. Impact of the State’s contracting with non-state facilities on Native Hawaiians; E. Issues in State-operated correctional facilities and their impact on Native Hawaiians; F. Restorative justice practices and their application to Native Hawaiians; G. Lack of services for Native Hawaiians who come into contact with the criminal justice system; H. Continuing state efforts to ameliorate the overrepresentation of Native Hawaiians in the criminal justice system. Details: Honolulu: Native Hawaiian Justice Task Force, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.oha.org/sites/default/files/2012NHJTF_REPORT_FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice System (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 127578

Author: Greenwald, Mark A. Title: Delinquency in Florida’s Schools: An Eight-Year Study (FY 2004-05 through FY 2011-12) Summary: This report summarizes delinquency arrests received by the Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) for offenses occurring on school grounds, a school bus (or bus stop), or at an official school event between FY2004-05 and FY2011-12. • Delinquency arrests for school-related offenses declined 50% and resulted in 48% fewer youth being arrested in Florida’s schools over the past eight years. • School-related delinquency arrests during FY2011-12 accounted for 14% of all the cases handled by DJJ, which is down from 19% during FY 2004-05. • A statewide average of 10 school-related delinquency arrests were received by DJJ for every 1,000 public school students (grades 6-12). • While only representing 21% of the youth ages 10-17 in Florida, black males and females accounted for almost half (47%) of all school‐related arrests. • The differences are substantial between white youth and their nonwhite counterparts in case outcomes for school-related offenses. For example, black males were substantially more likely to receive commitment dispositions or to have their cases transferred to adult court. In addition, black youth were more likely to have their cases ultimately dismissed than their white counterparts. • Misdemeanor “assault and battery” and “disorderly conduct” accounted for 39% of all school‐related delinquency arrests. [Including “misdemeanor violation of drug laws ” increases this to 56%] • Drug and weapon offenses accounted for 27% of all school‐related arrests. • Misdemeanors accounted for 67% of school‐related arrests. • First time delinquents accounted for 51% of the youth receiving school-related arrests during FY2011-12. This is down 7% from the previous year. • School-related delinquency arrests that were ultimately dismissed/not filed or received some type of diversion service totaled 65% during FY2011-12. • Of youth that were referred from schools, 83% had at least one previous out-of-school suspension. • Of youth referred from schools, 29% were identified as Exceptional Student Education (ESE) students. This is down 5% from the previous year. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida Department of Juvenile Justice, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.djj.state.fl.us/docs/comm/fy-2011-12-delinquency-in-schools-analysis-(final-release)-(1-3-2012).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency (Florida) Shelf Number: 127579

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Bullet Buttons The Gun Industry’s Attack on California’s Assault Weapons Ban Summary: California’s assault weapons ban—the toughest in the nation—is under attack by America’s gun industry. Following a series of high-profile mass shootings in the 1980s and 1990s, California led the nation in protecting its citizens from the proliferation of military-style assault weapons. Assault weapons are a discrete class of firearm that incorporate specific design characteristics to enhance lethality. Civilian assault weapons are derived from their full-auto military counterparts developed by the Nazis during World War II to allow German soldiers to spray a wide geographic area with bullets to combat advancing troops. Chief among the characteristics that make assault weapons so lethal compared to other firearms is their ability to accept a detachable, high-capacity ammunition magazine, which, after being emptied, can be replaced with a new fully-loaded ammunition magazine in seconds. In 1989, California passed the Roberti-Roos Act, the first statewide law in the nation designed to ban assault weapons. Soon after its passage however, the firearms industry made minor cosmetic changes to many banned assault weapons—evading the intent of the law and allowing their continued sale. In 1999, after intense media attention, California legislators moved to update the law to address the industry’s actions. Now, the gun industry is once again working to undermine California’s assault weapons ban. And if no action is taken by California policymakers to address this newest attack, the state’s longstanding ban on assault weapons will be eviscerated. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/bulletbuttons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 127581

Author: Weisburd, David Title: Legitimacy, Fear and Collective Efficacy in Crime Hot Spots: Assessing the Impacts of Broken Windows Policing Strategies on Citizen Attitudes Summary: The aim of this study was to examine the impacts of broken windows policing at crime hot spots on fear of crime, ratings of police legitimacy and reports of collective efficacy among residents of targeted hot spots. A block randomized experimental design was employed to deliver a police intervention targeting disorder to 55 treatment street segments with an equal number of segments serving as controls. The main outcomes were measured using a panel telephone survey of 371 persons living or working in these street segments. Our results showed that the broken windows police intervention delivered to the crime hot spots in this study had no significant impacts on fear of crime, police legitimacy, collective efficacy, or perceptions of crime or social disorder. Perceptions of physical disorder, on the other hand, appear to have been modestly increased in the target areas. The study also did not find statistically significant changes in crime or disorder in official police data, though statistical power for these tests was low as the study was designed around the individual-level tests of the variables discussed above. As a whole, our findings suggest that recent criticisms of hot spots policing approaches which focus on possible negative “backfire” effects for residents of the targeted areas may be overstated. The study shows that residents are not aware of, or much affected by, a three hour per week dosage of aggressive order maintenance policing on their blocks (in addition to routine police responses in these areas). However, this lack of change also challenges the broken windows thesis as we did not find evidence of the reductions in fear of crime, or the increases in informal social control, that would be expected by advocates of broken windows based policing approaches. Future research needs to replicate these findings focusing on varied target populations and types of crime hot spots, while also examining different styles of hot spots policing. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 209p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239971.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127585

Author: Adler, Robin Title: Vermont Department of Corrections Work Camp Outcome Evaluation Summary: In Act 41, this body tasked the Vermont Center for Justice Research (VCJR) with evaluating the recidivism rates of defendants assigned to the Northeast and Southeast Work Camps as compared to defendants sentenced to prison/jail without the benefit of work camp. The principal findings of the evaluation include: • The overall recidivism rate for work camp participants was 35%, compared to a 46% recidivism rate for those who went to prison. • Work camp participants with an LSI risk assessment score of “Medium” had a 35% recidivism rate compared to a 53% recidivism rate for prison inmates with an LSI score of “Medium.” • The work camp that a defendant is assigned to is significant in reducing recidivism. Participation at the Northeast Work Camp is more statistically significant in reducing the likelihood of recidivism than is participation at the Southeast Work Camp. • The re-offense patterns for the Work Camp Group and the Prison Group were generally the same. Recidivists from both groups were reconvicted of a wide variety of crimes. Over 70% of the reconvictions for both groups were misdemeanors. During the study period the median number of reconvictions for the Work Camp Group was two as opposed to three reconvictions for the Prison Group. • Recidivists from both groups were reconvicted soon after release from DOC custody. Approximately 45% of the recidivists from the Work Camp Group were reconvicted within one year and 92% were reconvicted within three years. Forty-nine percent of the Prison Group recidivists were reconvicted within one year and 88.4% were reconvicted within three years. • Sixty-nine percent of recidivists in both the Work Camp Group and the Prison Group earned their new offense in the county in which they lived at the time of entry into custody. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Department of Corrections, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/workcamp_files/Work%20Camp%20Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127587

Author: Frost, Natasha A. Title: Recidivism Among Inmates Released from the Billerica House of Correction Summary: In May 2008, the Center for Criminal Justice Policy Research at Northeastern University was awarded a grant from the Middlesex Sheriff’s Office (MSO) to conduct a study of recidivism among inmates released from the Middlesex House of Correction at Billerica. The MSO project involved (1) developing profiles of all inmates released from the facility annually between 1994 and 2007 (initially submitted as an interim report in January 2009); (2) conducting a comprehensive recidivism study that would establish recidivism rates for samples of inmates released from the facility in 1994, 2004, and 2007; and (3) delivering a platform for ongoing recidivism research. The Middlesex Sheriff’s Office provided electronic records for all inmates released from the Billerica House of Correction (BHOC) between 1994 and 2007. An interim report using data for all releases from the BHOC summarized release patterns annually (for every year between 1994 and 2007) and examined release trends over time (between 1994 and 2007). This interim report is included as a part of this final report as well. Data from calendar‐years 1994, 2004, and 2007 were used to conduct a more comprehensive recidivism study. Collection of release data across three points in time allowed for the study of time‐to‐recidivism using both one‐year and three‐year windows for recidivism and allowed for the study of changes in recidivism rates across the two release cohorts (spaced ten years apart). These years (1994 and 2004) were selected to allow for a three year time‐to‐recidivism window. Three‐year windows for recidivism are standard and customary for this type of study and are used in national and state studies of inmate recidivism. Although most released inmates who reoffend will do so in the first year following release, it can take some time to process offenders through the criminal justice system and therefore a three‐year window for recidivism is more reliable (particularly when recidivism is measured as either reconviction or reincarceration as it is in the present study). Due to some fairly substantial structural and programmatic changes at the facility, we also conducted a one‐year recidivism analysis for inmates released more recently in 2007. The report itself is divided into a number of sections and opens with a general introduction to issues related to prisoner reentry and recidivism. In this opening section of the report, we summarize key findings from earlier national recidivism studies conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics and state recidivism studies conducted by state agencies and research organizations. We then describe the Billerica House of Correction (BHOC) including descriptions of: (1) the recent renovation and modernization project, (2) the processes most related to programming and to prisoner reentry, and (3) the programs in place at the BHOC when the study launched. A description of the overall methodology for the study is followed by a description of the sample in terms of demographic and justice system relevant characteristics. The core findings are then described with an emphasis on four major areas: (1) program participation and completion; (2) recidivism – measured as both reconviction and reincarceration – at one‐ and threeyear from release; (3) program participation, program completion, and recidivism; (4) recidivism among specific subsets of released inmates. A supplemental section describes a smaller project focused on the LS‐CMI assessment instrument and program participation/completion. Key findings from each of the four primary results sections are included in this executive summary. Details: Boston: Northeastern University 2009. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.middlesexsheriff.org/Northeastern%20Recid%20Study.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 127588

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act: Jurisdictions Face Challenges to Implementing the Act, and Stakeholders Report Positive and Negative Effects Summary: Studies estimate that about 1 in every 5 girls and 1 in every 7 to 10 boys are sexually abused. In 2006, Congress passed SORNA, which introduced new sex offender registration standards for all 50 states, 5 U.S. territories (American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands), the District of Columbia, and certain Indian tribes. SORNA established the SMART Office to determine if these jurisdictions have “substantially implemented” the law, and to assist them in doing so. The deadline to implement SORNA was July 2009; given that none of the jurisdictions met this deadline, DOJ authorized two 1-year extensions. This report addresses: (1) To what extent has the SMART Office determined that jurisdictions have substantially implemented SORNA, and what challenges, if any, have jurisdictions faced? (2) For jurisdictions that have substantially implemented SORNA, what are the reported effects that the act has had on public safety, criminal justice stakeholders, and registered sex offenders? GAO analyzed SMART Office implementation status reports from September 2009 through September 2012. To identify any challenges, GAO surveyed officials in the 50 states, 5 U.S. territories, and the District of Columbia; GAO received responses from 93 percent (52 of 56) of them. The survey results can be viewed at GAO-13-234SP. GAO visited or interviewed criminal justice officials in five jurisdictions that have substantially implemented SORNA, chosen to represent a range in the number of registered sex offenders per 100,000 residents. Their perspectives are not generalizable, but provided insights. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-211: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-13-211 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act Shelf Number: 127590

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: Birthdays, Schooling, and Crime: New Evidence on the Dropout-Crime Nexus Summary: Based on administrative data for five cohorts of public school children in North Carolina, we demonstrate that those born just after the cut date for starting school are likely to outperform those born just before in reading and math in middle school, and are less likely to be involved in juvenile delinquency. On the other hand, those born after the cut date are more likely to drop out of high school before graduation and commit a felony offense by age 19. We also present suggestive evidence that the higher dropout rate is due to the fact that youths born after the cut date have longer exposure to the legal possibility of dropping out. The “crime” and “dropout” differences are strong but somewhat muted by the fact that youths born just before the cut date are substantially more likely to be held back in school. We document considerable heterogeneity in educational and criminal outcomes by sex, race and other indicators of socioeconomic disadvantage. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 18791: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18791 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 127584

Author: Priest, Gabriella Title: The Continuing Challenge of CORI Reform: Implementing the Groundbreaking 2010 Massachusetts Law Summary: Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI) has a profound impact on many lives, posing challenges to Massachusetts cities, towns, landlords and employers and creating barriers for individuals with a CORI seeking jobs and housing in order to become productive citizens. CORI was established in 1972 to limit access to criminal record information and to create a system with guidelines enabling access to these records in limited circumstances. Over the next 40 years, access to criminal records was greatly expanded. While CORI plays a crucial role in ensuring public safety, the expansion of access had a significant effect on people with criminal records. CORI subjects not only have to deal with their criminal records immediately after the conviction and after release from incarceration, but for several years after the conviction, even when no subsequent criminal activity occurred. Research shows that among other needs, obtaining employment, steady housing and positive social ties are necessary aspects in reducing someone’s chances for reoffending, yet a CORI often impedes these positive elements of successful reintegration. In July 2010, the Massachusetts legislature passed, and the Governor signed, landmark legislation to reform the state’s CORI system. When the CORI bill passed, it was met with broad support and relief, and most people and organizations interested in the issue had high hopes for the impact of the reforms. The main goals of the legislation were to improve the process of obtaining housing and employment for people with a criminal history and to ensure that public safety in sensitive areas of public life was maintained. The 2010 law that rewrote the CORI system changed a number of aspects on how CORI is accessed, who is able to see which portions of criminal history and ways to increase employment opportunities for individuals with CORI. At the same time, the reform did not change all the features for which many people hoped. As with any piece of broad-based legislation, the final law was a compromise between multiple parties. Since 2002, The Boston Foundation (TBF) and the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at CRJ have examined the issues in the CORI system in Massachusetts. In 2005 and in 2007, this collaboration produced two reports that peeled back the layers of the CORI system as well as illuminated the impact of the system on those who use it including employers, ex-offenders, law enforcement and others. This report provides information about reactions to whether the implemented elements of the CORI reform law have had the intended impact, and what the public should expect going forward. While the CORI reform law had several crucial elements and changes, such as the restructuring of the Criminal History Systems Board (CHSB) as the Department of Criminal Justice Information Services (DCJIS), this report focuses on elements of the reform discussed by CORI advocates, employers, housing officials, landlords and legislators. Details: Boston: Boston Foundation; Crime and Justice Institute at Community Resources for Justice, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.tbf.org/~/media/TBFOrg/Files/Reports/CORI%20May2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records (Massachusetts) Shelf Number: 127592

Author: Howell, James C. Title: Prevalence of Gang-Involved Youth in NC Summary: Drugs, property crimes, guns, turf battles, senseless violence…these are all consequences of serious gang problems. North Carolina has youth gangs, youth gang members, and associates of gangs - all creating fear in citizens for safety in their neighborhoods, schools and social institutions. There are gaps in services available to address the needs of high-risk or gang-involved youth. The NC Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (DJJDP) has taken broad steps in examining the extent of the problem and use of best practices to reduce gang involvement. This report reviews the law passed in 2008 to combat the challenge of youth street gangs, the initiatives led by DJJDP and their progress to date, and what DJJDP data reveals with regard to the characteristics of gang members. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Department of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://www.ncdjjdp.org/resources/gang_forms/DJJGangFactSheetPublicationDec2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 127593

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Improving Outcomes for People with Mental Illnesses Involved with New York City's Criminal Court and Correction Systems Summary: This report, commissioned by Mayor Bloomberg and completed with support from the United States Department of Justice Bureau of Justice Assistance and the Jacob & Valeria Langeloth Foundation, presents the results of an unprecedented analysis of the mental health needs, criminogenic risk, and risk of failure to appear in court for individuals admitted to the New York City Department of Correction. The report’s findings are based on tens of thousands of records from city, state, and nonprofit agencies and show important differences in outcomes for those with mental illnesses entering the New York City jail system. Based on the study’s findings and with the guidance of the Mayor’s Criminal Justice and Mental Health Initiative Steering Committee, the report also identifies a set of policy recommendations and strategies to determine the levels of risks and needs for individuals entering the jail system; to provide appropriate pretrial, plea, and sentencing options; and to establish centralized resource hubs for coordinating assessment information and community-based supervision and treatment options. As a result of this initiative, Mayor Bloomberg announced that New York City will create "Court-based Intervention and Resource Teams" (CIRTs) to serve over 3,000 clients with mental health needs annually. New York City now serves as a national model for how a large urban area can use data to develop policies to increase public safety, reduce jail costs, and help connect individuals with mental illnesses to effective community-based health services. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: http://consensusproject.org/jc_publications/improving-outcomes-nyc-criminal-justice-mental-health/FINAL_NYC_Report_12_22_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 127595

Author: Wiliszowski, C. Title: An Evaluation of Intensive Supervision Programs for Serious DWI Offenders Summary: Intensive Supervision Programs (ISPs) for offenders convicted of driving while intoxicated (DWI) vary considerably around the United States. There are State “systems” that provide standard guidelines to counties and local communities in the State, and there are numerous local county and community programs that appear promising in reducing DWI recidivism. We prepared case studies for two State programs (Nebraska and Wisconsin), four individual area ISPs (“Staggered Sentencing for Multiple DWI Convicted Offenders” in Minnesota; “Serious Offender Program” in Nevada; “DWI Enforcement Program” in New York; and “DUII Intensive Supervision Program” (DISP) in Oregon) and two rural programs (“24/7 Sobriety Project” in South Dakota; and “DUI Supervised Probation Program” in Wyoming). These ISPs revealed certain common features:  Screening and assessment of offenders for the extent of their alcohol/substance abuse problem  Close monitoring and supervision of the offenders  Encouragement by officials to complete the program requirements successfully  Jail for noncompliance The authors evaluated three of the programs. The Minnesota Staggered Sentencing Program appeared to be successful in reducing offender recidivism, even given the small sample size of program offenders (n=200). Compared to a similar matched group of DWI offenders, the staggered sentencing offenders had a significant 30.6% lower recidivism rate (p=.017) up to 4 years post-offense. The program prevented an estimated 15 to 23 re-arrests for DWI due to its effectiveness. The Westchester County program appeared to be effective in the short term (18.1% lower recidivism in 5 years post-offense [p<.001]) but not in the long term (only 5.4% [p=.171] lower recidivism in 15 years post-offense). This program resulted in an estimated 78 fewer re-arrests for DWI in the first 5 years. The Oregon DISP intervention group had 54.1% lower recidivism up to 8 years post index offense than both of the stratified matched-sample comparison groups, adjusting for the demographic covariates (Wald=51.50; p>.001). The program prevented 67 re-arrests for DWI in the first 8 years. The benefit/cost of ISPs appears to be very good for the prevention of rearrests. Preventing re-arrest for DWI for multiple offenders saves thousands of dollars in sanctions (jail time) and rehabilitation. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Behavioral Safety Research, 2011. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2013 at: www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811446.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127596

Author: Mehlman-Orozco, K. Title: Smuggling and the Likelihood of Detention: An Exploratory Study of Undocumented Migrants in Northern Virginia Summary: Current political and security realties have focused attention on the mechanisms of undocumented migration at the US southern border. Although data show that the incidence of human smuggling has increased, it is unclear whether smuggled undocumented migrants evade detention more often than non-smuggled undocumented migrants. Do smuggled undocumented migrants evade detention more than undocumented migrants who cross without the help of smugglers? This study uses survey data collected from a convenience sample of day laborers in Northern Virginia to provide an exploratory answer to this question. Bivariate analyses of undocumented migrant entry and detention in the United States provides statistically significant evidence that smuggled undocumented migrants are less likely to be detained than undocumented migrants who traveled individually. This evidence suggests that smuggled undocumented migrants may be continuing to evade border security at a greater rate than individual migrants. Details: Alexandria, VA: Justitia Institute, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://www.justitiainstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/TJISmugglingReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127597

Author: Mehlman-Orozco, Kimberly Title: The “Crimmigration” Effect?: An Exploratory Analysis of 287(g) and Latino Juveniles in Residential Placement Summary: This dissertation explores whether Section 287(g) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act [hereinafter "287(g)"], which allows for state officers and employees to serve as deputized immigration officers, has an indirect effect on the percentage of Latino juveniles in residential placement in the juvenile justice system. Prior research and criminological theories posit that one would not expect Latino foreign nationals and Latino citizens, prima facie, to engage in a disproportionate amount of criminal activity (Katz, Fox, & White, 2011; Lee & Martinez, 2009; Lee, Martinez, & Rosenfeld, 2001; Marcelli, 2001; Martinez, Stowell, & Lee, 2010; Nielsen, Lee, & Martinez, 2005; and Stowell, Messner, McGeever, & Raffalovich, 2009). However, in the (Lopez & Light, 2009; Vazsonyi & Chen, 2010). Previous research suggests different explanations for this phenomenon. One proposition—and the focus of this study—is that disproportionate involvement is due to a “crimmigration” effect of policies like 287(g). "Crimmigration" suggests that the enforcement of policies like 287(g), which focus criminal justice resources on illegal immigration issues, could lead to disproportionate Latino involvement in the criminal justice system because it permits high levels of law enforcement discretion toward non-native racial minorities. In explaining this potential effect, this dissertation explores the applicability of LatCrit theory, Marxist theory, conflict theory, and bounded rationality theory. Ultimately, each of these theories provides a framework that can be used to suggest that 287(g) directives may be currently implemented in a way that disproportionately affects Latinos, with an increased number of searches, citations, arrests, and time in detention. To examine this relationship between 287(g) and disproportionate Latino contact with the criminal justice system, this study specifically focuses on juvenile justice. The analysis uses the Census of Juveniles on Residential Placement, the American Community Survey, and the U.S. Census to examine the percentage of juveniles in residential placement in 287(g) jurisdictions as compared to non-287(g) jurisdictions, while holding constant the population density of Latinos and other social and crime-related controls over time. By doing so, this study explores the relationship between those places with and without 287(g) and the levels of Latinos in juvenile residential placement. Perhaps significant differences between these types of jurisdictions could shed light on how policies like 287(g) impact the racial composition of those involved in the criminal justice system. Despite a growing body of research suggesting that 287(g) jurisdictions may be experiencing increases in Latino involvement in the justice system, the findings of this exploratory study did not support this claim. Specifically, 287(g) jurisdictions may experience no effect or a negative effect on the percentage of Latino juveniles in residential placement. These findings should be taken cautiously, however, given the extremely limited nature of the data available to study this issue. Such limitations yield important insights about the type of information that criminal justice systems need to collect in order to adequately examine whether a relationship exists between immigration policy enforcement and criminal justice involvement. Such information is absolutely necessary to better inform this highly contentious policy area, with little research base for claims on both sides of the debate. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2012. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://www.justitiainstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/DissertationPDF1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Confinement Shelf Number: 127598

Author: Wasem, Ruth Ellen Title: Unauthorized Aliens Residing in the United States: Estimates Since 1986 Summary: Estimates derived from the March Supplement of the U.S. Census Bureau’s Current Population Survey (CPS) indicate that the unauthorized resident alien population (commonly referred to as illegal aliens) rose from 3.2 million in 1986 to 12.4 million in 2007, before leveling off at 11.1 million in 2011. The estimated number of unauthorized aliens had dropped to 1.9 million in 1988 following passage of a 1986 law that legalized several million unauthorized aliens. Jeffrey Passel, a demographer with the Pew Hispanic Research Center, has been involved in making these estimations since he worked at the U.S. Bureau of the Census in the 1980s. Similarly, the Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Immigration Statistics (OIS) reported an estimated 11.5 million unauthorized alien residents as of January 2011, up from 8.5 million in January 2000. The OIS estimated that the unauthorized resident alien population in the United States increased by 37% over the period 2000 to 2008, before leveling off since 2009. The OIS estimated that 6.8 million of the unauthorized alien residents in 2011 were from Mexico. About 33% of unauthorized residents in 2011 were estimated to have entered the United States since 2000, but the rate of illegal entry appears to be slowing. The OIS based its estimates on data from the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Community Survey. Although increased border security, a record number of alien removals, and high unemployment, among other factors, have depressed the levels of illegal migration in recent years, the number of unauthorized aliens residing in the United States remains sizeable. Research suggests that various factors have contributed to the ebb and flow of unauthorized resident aliens, and that the increase is often attributed to the “push-pull” of prosperity-fueled job opportunities in the United States in contrast to limited job opportunities in the sending countries. Accordingly, the economic recession that began in December 2007 may have curbed the migration of unauthorized aliens, particularly because sectors that traditionally rely on unauthorized aliens, such as construction, services, and hospitality, have been especially hard hit. Some researchers also suggest that the increased size of the unauthorized resident population during the late 1990s and early 2000s is an inadvertent consequence of border enforcement and immigration control policies. They posit that strengthened border security curbed the fluid movement of seasonal workers. This interpretation, generally referred to as a caging effect, argues that these policies raised the stakes in crossing the border illegally and created an incentive for those who succeed in entering the United States to stay. More recently, some maintain that strengthened border security measures, such as “enforcement with consequences,” coordinated efforts with Mexico to reduce illegal migrant recidivism, and increased border patrol agents, may be part of a constellation of factors holding down the flow. The current system of legal immigration is cited as another factor contributing to unauthorized migration. The statutory ceilings that limit the type and number of immigrant visas issued each year create long waits for visas. According to this interpretation, many foreign nationals who have family in the United States resort to illegal avenues in frustration over the delays. Some researchers speculate that record number of alien removals (e.g., reaching almost 400,000 annually since FY2009) may cause a chilling effect on family members weighing unauthorized residence. Some observers point to more elusive factors when assessing the ebb and flow of unauthorized resident aliens—such as shifts in immigration enforcement priorities away from illegal entry to removing suspected terrorists and criminal aliens, or well-publicized discussions of possible “amnesty” legislation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: RL33874: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL33874.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127607

Author: Frandsen, Ronald J. Title: Background Checks for Firearm Transfers, 2010 - Statistical Tables Summary: Over 118 million applications for firearm transfers or permits were subject to background checks from the inception of the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act of 1993 on March 1, 1994, through December 31, 2010. During this time period, about 2.1 million applications, or 1.8%, were denied (table 1). In 2010, 1.5% of the 10.4 million applications for firearm transfers or permits were denied by the FBI (approximately 73,000) or by state and local agencies (approximately 80,000). The denial rate for applications checked by the FBI (1.2%) was lower than the rate for checks by state and local agencies (1.8%) (table 2). The data in this report were developed from the Bureau of Justice Statistics’ (BJS) Firearms Inquiry Statistics (FIST) program, which collects information on firearm background checks conducted by state and local agencies and combines this information with the FBI’s National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) transaction data. This report presents the overall trends in the estimated number of applications and denials for firearm transfers or permits since the inception of the Brady Act and describes background checks for firearm transfers conducted in 2010. Data include the number of firearm transaction applications checked by state and local agencies and the FBI, the number of applications denied and the reasons for denial, and estimates of applications and denials by each type of approval system. Statistical tables also provide data on appeals of denied applications and arrests for falsified documents. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/bcft10st.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Brady Act Shelf Number: 127608

Author: Pierce, Glenn Title: New Approaches to Understanding and Regulating Primary and Secondary Illegal Firearms Summary: The major objective of this study is to enhance understanding of the characteristics and regulation of primary and secondary illegal firearms markets. The study has two major components: 1) a national study of illegal firearm markets based on ATF firearm trace data for all firearms recovered by law enforcement between 2003 and 2006, and 2) a California focused study based ATF traced firearms recovered in California between 2003 and 2006 that were crossed referenced with California Dealer Record of Sale (DROS) data to yield information on the last-known purchaser of a firearm. The national study was designed to: - Develop an enhanced understanding of illegal firearms markets using ATF trace data - Assess the potential impact of State firearm laws on firearms trafficking using ATF trace data The California analysis was designed to: • Enhance the tactical and strategic value of firearms trace data by tracing crime-related guns to last-known dealers/purchasers - Improve our overall understanding of illegal secondary markets The national study found that the stringency of state level firearms laws and regulations on time-to-crime and, in the case of California, the regular enforcement of state regulations lead to consistently longer time-to-crime for firearms recovered within their jurisdictions. These patterns persist for whether firearms were purchased within the recovery jurisdiction or in another state. With the addition, of other potential indicators of time-to-crime into the analysis, the effect of firearm laws is mediated in a manner that conforms to the expectations of how firearms regulations can operate to control the illegal distribution guns. Specifically, when dealer related variables are entered into the overall model of time-to-crime the effects of states with more stringent laws and regulations are reduced more than states without such laws, as would be expected given that state firearms laws and regulations should work through their regulation on dealers. In addition, a number of other potential determinants of time-to-crime have effects on time-to-crime that indicate they are potentially useful indicators of illegal firearms trafficking. The California analysis compared illegal firearm market characteristics using information from ATF trace data (based primarily on first-time, retail-sourced information) with illegal firearms market characteristics based on ATF trace data updated with California DROS information. This comparison revealed that including information on the last known purchaser of 2 a firearm significantly reduced the median time-to-crime of California-sourced crime guns relative to time-to-crime calculations based on standard ATF trace data. This finding indicates that guns sometimes move very rapidly from subsequent market transactions to use in crime. These finding suggest that enhanced firearm trace data can be very useful in guiding law enforcement actions against gun traffickers and criminals directly acquiring firearms through secondary market sources. Details: Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: New Approaches to Understanding and Regulating Primary and Secondary Illegal Firearms Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 127610

Author: Stewart, James K. Title: Collaborative Reform Process: A Review of Officer-Involved Shootings in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Summary: The use of deadly force against a citizen is the most serious act a police officer can take. It demands careful, impartial review and the highest professional standards of accountability. In November 2011, the Las Vegas Review Journal (LVRJ) published a five-part investigative series titled "Deadly Force: When Las Vegas Police Shoot, and Kill." The LVRJ series, using data provided by the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD), reviewed officer-involved shootings (OIS) over the past 20 years. The LVRJ reported that although a number of these shootings were highly controversial and could have been avoided, LVMPD's internal accountability systems and the Clark County Coroner's Inquests had ruled that they were justified and held officers minimally accountable. As expected, the LVRJ investigative series raised concern about LVMPD's lack of police accountability both to the department's review bodies and to community stakeholders. In January 2012, in response to the LVRJ's investigative series, the director of the Office of Community Oriented Police Services (COPS Office), of the U.S. Department of Justice called LVMPD's Sheriff Gillespie. The director offered the assistance of the COPS Office through its Critical Response Technical Assistance grant to reduce OISs. Within a week of this phone call, Sheriff Gillespie sent members of his executive command to Washington, D.C., to meet with the COPS Office. They discussed the reforms that LVMPD was already undertaking to address the issue and the areas in which technical assistance would be beneficial. Simultaneously, the American Civil Liberties Union of Nevada (ACLUNV) filed a petition with the U.S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Division on behalf of the Las Vegas chapter of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP). The petition requested that the Civil Rights Division commence an investigation and pursue civil remedies to reform the LVMPD, claiming that the LVMPD "engaged in a pattern or practice of conduct by law enforcement officers . . . that deprives persons of rights, privileges or immunities secured or protected by the Constitution or laws of the United States." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: https://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Collaborative%20Reform%20Process_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 127612

Author: Bradshaw, Elizabeth A. Title: Deepwater, Deep Ties, Deep Trouble: A State- Corporate Environmental Crime Analysis of the 2010 Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill Summary: The 2010 Gulf of Mexico oil spill was one of the worst environmental disasters of all time. Using the concept of state-corporate environmental crime, this project applies a case study analysis of secondary data sources including publicly available government reports, corporate documents, academic sources and journalistic accounts to examine the causes of the blowout and the response to the spill. Building on Michalowski and Kramer’s Integrated Theoretical Model of State-Corporate Crime, this study introduces an additional level of analysis- that of the industry- between the organizational and institutional levels. The causes of the Deepwater Horizon explosion are rooted both in the history of federal development of the offshore oil industry, and the organizational actions of the corporations most directly involved: BP, Transocean and Halliburton. Undertaken in close coordination between the federal government and BP, alongside privately contracted oil spill response organizations, the response to the spill can be classified as a state-facilitated corporate cover up of the environmental crimes in the Gulf. This was accomplished through scientific propaganda and censorship of images and information. Working together, BP and the Obama administration sought to downplay the size of the spill and its effects. An unprecedented amount of toxic chemical dispersants were applied at the surface and directly at the wellhead in an effort to conceal the amount of oil. Federal restrictions blocked access to cleanup operations, beaches and airspace, thereby limiting public visibility of the spill. Policing the media blackout was an intricate matrix of federal and local law enforcement, and private security companies hired by BP. Suppression of images and information helped to contain public outrage while allowing BP and the federal government to carry out dangerous response measures with little oversight. As this study demonstrates, the most recent spill is not an isolated instance of state-corporate environmental crime, but rather is the result of the criminogenic structure of the deepwater oil industry. Details: Kalamazoo, MI: Western Michigan University, 2012. 274p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 14, 2013 at: http://scholarworks.wmich.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1078&context=dissertations Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127613

Author: Leshnick, Sukey Soukamneuth Title: Evaluation of the Re-Integration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) Program: Interim Report Summary: The Reintegration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) initiative was launched in 2005 as a joint initiative by the Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration (ETA) and the Department of Justice. RExO was set up to strengthen urban communities heavily affected by the challenges associated with high numbers of prisoners seeking to re-enter their communities following the completion of their sentences. It does so by funding employment-focused programs that include mentoring and capitalize on the strengths of faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs). In June 2009, ETA contracted with Social Policy Research Associates (SPR), and its subcontractors MDRC and the National Opinion Research Center (NORC), to conduct a random assignment (RA) impact evaluation of the 24 RExO grantees that had been in operation for more than three years. The RA study largely took place during the fifth year of these grantees' operations. A critical component of this evaluation is an implementation study, which includes two rounds of site visits to each of the 24 RExO grantees and alternative providers in their communities. This report summarizes the key findings from this implementation study; including findings on the community context and general structure of the RExO grantees; their recruitment, intake and enrollment strategies; the RA process itself; the services RExO grantees and their partners provide; the specific partnerships in place to provide services; and the services available through alternative providers (to which comparison group members were referred) in the 24 communities. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Labor/ETA, 2012. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2013 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/ETAOP_2012_09.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Organizations Shelf Number: 127615

Author: Olson, Eric L. Title: Is More Getting Us Less? Real Solutions for Securing Our Border Summary: Ongoing reports about Mexico’s bloody conflict with organized crime have raised again the question of whether the United States should do more to prevent such violence from “spilling over” into the country. While officials have documented few cases of actual “spill over,” fears of exploding violence in Mexico and concerns about illegal migration are driving a policy debate that is centered on “securing the border.” To whit, President Barack Obama announced last May the deployment of 1,200 more National Guard troops to enhance border security, and requested an additional $500 million from Congress to further modernize southwestern border security. In August, the U.S. Congress approved a $600 million “Border Security Supplemental Appropriations Act of 2010” in near record time. The question is whether such policy actions are effective. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2013 at: http://welcometheimmigrant.squarespace.com/storage/Is_More_Getting_Us_Less_021511.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 127619

Author: Vincent, Gina M. Title: Risk Assessment in Juvenile Justice: A Guidebook for Implementation Summary: The primary purpose of this Guide is to provide a structure for jurisdictions, juvenile probation or centralized statewide agencies striving to implement risk assessment or to improve their current risk assessment practices. Risk assessment in this Guide refers to the practice of using a structured tool that combines information about youth to classify them as being low, moderate or high risk for reoffending or continued delinquent activity, as well as identifying factors that might reduce that risk on an individual basis. The purpose of such risk assessment tools is to help in making decisions about youths' placement and supervision, and creating intervention plans that will reduce their level of risk. Details: Models for Change, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/346 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 127625

Author: Chen, Greg Title: Border Security: Moving Beyond Past Benchmarks Summary: AssociationFor years, but especially after 9/11, the calls for border security have been increasing with many lawmakers demanding that the border must be secured. The idea has gained traction, and recent comprehensive immigration bills have been loaded with border security measures that include more border agents, fencing, and high-tech surveillance, and the expanded use of detention. Proposals, such as the 2007 Senate reform bill (S.1639), went further by requiring that specific benchmarks, “triggers,” be met before legalization could take place.1 Though none of these proposals became law, a resource-heavy approach has been implemented and has resulted in a dramatic build-up of border security and a massive expenditure of resources focused on the following: 1) Achieving “operational control” of the border; 2) Increasing border personnel; 3) Increasing border infrastructure and surveillance; and 4) Increasing penalties for border crossers, including prosecution and incarceration. In FY 2012, Customs and Border Protection (CBP) alone was funded at $11.7 billion, an increase of 64% since FY 2006.2 In 2010, Congress passed a special border security bill providing an additional $600 million on top of the amount already appropriated.3 This report examines past immigration reform proposals, specifically the 2006, 2007, and 2010 Senate bills (S. 2611, S.1639, and S.3932), and evaluates the proposals in these four areas: operational control, border personnel, border infrastructure and technology, and detention. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Lawyers Association, 2013. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.aila.org/content/default.aspx?docid=43061 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 127634

Author: Sandwick, Talia Title: Making The Transition: Rethinking Jail Reentry in Los Angeles County Summary: Jail and prison reentry services are designed to help people who are released into the community and are associated with lower rates of repeat criminal activity and reincarceration as well as improved public safety. However, providing reentry programs in corrections settings is challenging—particularly in jails, where stays are typically short and turnover is high. In 2010, with support from The California Endowment, the Vera Institute of Justice partnered with the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department and community-based organizations to assess reentry services for people leaving the L.A. County Jail. Vera researchers examined existing services, analyzed their strengths and weaknesses, and recommended changes that could increase the efficacy of interventions. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/making-the-transition-technical-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 127635

Author: Turner, Susan Title: The Impact of the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM) Pilot Implementation on Parole Agent Attitudes Summary: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) currently supervises approximately 125,000 offenders on post-release supervision, or parole. California's rate of parolees per population, currently 438 per 100,000 residents, is much higher than the national average of 315 (Glaze & Bonczar, 2009). This is due in part to the large prison population in California, which results in a large number of offenders released to community supervision at the completion of their sentences. Two sentencing decisions contribute to California's higher-than-average number of parolees. First, determinate sentencing laws introduced in 1976 resulted in fixed sentences of imprisonment for particular crimes, followed by mandatory release. This compares with a system of indeterminate sentencing, applied in some states, which sets minimum and maximum terms but leaves the release decision to parole boards (discretionary release). Second, California historically has released all prisoners to a period of supervised parole, usually for three years, rather than reserving supervision for some offenders and releasing offenders assessed to be a lower risk to the community with no supervision requirements. With so many offenders under parole supervision, inevitably many parolees violate parole, either by committing a new offense or through technical violations of their parole conditions (e.g., failing a drug test or missing a meeting with their parole agent). The return to custody (RTC) rate for a parolee in California is 66%, nearly twice the national average (Fischer, 2005), and on any given day, six out of ten prison admissions in California are returning parolees (Grattet, Petersilia, & Lin, 2008). In recent years, reviews of the corrections system in California have recommended reforms to implement evidence-based practices (EBP) into corrections policy. One common suggestion has been the targeting of parole supervision and treatment resources to those offenders most at risk of reoffending (Little Hoover Commission, 2007; Burke, 2009). Two recent legislative changes have altered California's parole system significantly. First, Senate Bill 3X 18 (Penal Code Section 3000.03), effective January 25th 2010, introduced Non-Revocable Parole (NRP), which placed ‘lower risk, low stakes' offenders into the community with no parole supervision or parole conditions, but still subject to warrantless search and seizure by law enforcement. To be eligible for NRP, offenders must have no prior serious or violent felonies, a low or moderate California Static Risk Assessment (CSRA) risk score, and not be required to register as a sex offender. Consequently, parole resources were targeted toward those offenders with a higher risk to reoffend who were most in need of assistance with reentry. Second, legislation changed the funding of agent caseloads, reducing caseloads from a funding ratio of 70 cases per agent down to 48:1. These two changes - the removal of a proportion of offenders from parole caseloads and the potential to lower the number of cases that each agent supervised - resulted in a unique opportunity for DAPO management to reconsider the way it supervised offenders to incorporate recent developments in EBP research and ‘best practice’ policies being introduced by colleague agencies elsewhere. In October 2009, DAPO convened a Parole Reform Task Force (PRTF) to recommend new policies and procedures in light of research findings and supervision methods used in other jurisdictions. The PRTF comprised 19 representatives from DAPO Headquarters and all four parole regions, and included ranks of Parole Agent 1 (‘rank and file’ parole agents), PA2 (Assistant Unit Supervisors), and PA3 (Unit Supervisors), in addition to Parole Administrators, Deputy Regional Administrators, and Regional Administrators. The Task Force met weekly through January 2010 and produced a report describing the new parole model, called the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM). The CPSRM represented a significant change to the way DAPO supervised offenders post-release. Sections in the Task Force report (i.e., pre-release planning, case management, case conferences, quality of supervision, agent workload, programming, parolee rewards and incentives, and parolee discharge procedures) carefully documented relevant research findings in support of the new practices outlined. At the crux of CPSRM was a move away from a ‘surveillance’ model of supervision towards an approach that emphasized both the quality of supervision, and the engagement of the parolee in the supervision process. Agents were trained in Motivational Interviewing (MI) techniques and used detailed comprehensive interviews to identify the criminogenic needs of parolees. These criminogenic needs formed the basis of the parolee’s case plan. Parolees were encouraged to identify tangible, small steps they could take every month in order to address these needs, and these tasks were written down in a Goals Report. Parolees were now invited to attend Case Conference Reviews in which their case plan was discussed; early discharge from parole was based in part on the level of commitment shown by the parolee in taking a more active role in his/her supervision. Based on the PRTF report a comprehensive DAPO policy manual was developed. Current plans are that CPSRM will roll out state-wide. Prior to its widespread implementation, a pilot implementation took place at four parole units in order to test policies in the field and make adjustments based on agent feedback. This report presents findings from surveys of parole agent attitudes during the CPSRM pilot implementation process. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, University of California, Irvine, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/The%20impact%20of%20CPSRM%20pilot%20implementation%20on%20parole%20agent%20attitudes.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Intensive Supervision Shelf Number: 127422

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: An Uneasy Coexistence: Security and Migration Along the El Paso-Ciudad Juárez Border Summary: In September 2011, three WOLA staff members — Senior Associate Adam Isacson, Senior Fellow George Withers, and Program Assistant Joe Bateman — paid a five-day visit to El Paso, Texas, and Ciudad Juárez, Mexico. Isacson returned to El Paso for three days in October. We found two cities that, while separated only by a narrow river, are rapidly growing further apart. Ciudad Juárez is undergoing wrenching change as dysfunctional state institutions confront powerful, hyper-violent criminal groups. El Paso has witnessed an unprecedented buildup of the U.S. government’s security and law enforcement apparatus. The results have been mixed. Violence has not spilled over into El Paso, in part because the drug traffickers do not want it to do so. The flow of migrants from Mexico into the El Paso region has nearly ground to a halt due to greatly increased U.S. security-force presence, the poor U.S. economy, and the danger that organized-crime groups pose for migrants on the Mexican side of the border. The flow of drugs, meanwhile, continues at or near the same level as always. What we saw in El Paso raised concerns about U.S. policy. Present levels of budgets and personnel may not be sustainable. Nor may they be desirable until a series of reforms are implemented. These include human rights training for law enforcement, improved intelligence coordination, reduced military involvement, stronger accountability mechanisms, increased anticorruption measures, and greater attention to ports of entry. They also include a much sharper distinction between violent threats like organized crime or terrorism, and non-violent social problems like unregulated migration. Any reforms, however, need to be guided by a coherent policy, and for the moment the U.S. government still lacks a comprehensive border security strategy. In El Paso, WOLA found that this lack of clarity amid a security buildup has hit the migrant population especially hard. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2011. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.wola.org/files/111219_uneasy_coexistence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 127636

Author: Levin, Marc A. Title: Engulfed by Environmental Crimes: Overcriminalization on the Gulf Coast Summary: Overcriminalization along the Gulf Coast has become a threat to liberty and economic growth. The five Gulf states—Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida—have nearly 1,000 environmental laws criminalizing activity along the coast. This report presents the following recommendations to address this issue: • Review environmental laws to determine whether criminal sanctions are appropriate. • Identify environmental criminal laws containing weak or nonexistent mens rea protections and either eliminate them, or amend them so that an appropriate culpable mental state is included. • Codify and apply the Rule of Lenity to environmental criminal prosecutions. • Eliminate provisions that delegate the power to agencies to create environmental criminal offenses through rulemaking. • Establish a “Safe Harbor Provision” whereby if an environmental criminal offense is unintentional and no harm has been done to human health, the offender is given the opportunity to mitigate the harm and to come into compliance. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public policy Foundation, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2012-12-PP32-EngulfedInEnvironmentalCrimes-CEJ-MarcLevinVikrantReddy_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127638

Author: Texas Civil Rights Project Title: Police Misconduct in San antonio: The Need for More Accountability, Transparency, and Responsiveness Summary: A string of incidents in the past few years has revealed a troubling pattern of misconduct by San Antonio police officers, ranging from illegal searches and sexual misconduct to unresponsiveness and indifference to victims. The thread connecting these incidents is the fact that better supervision, accountability, and transparency by SAPD could have prevented them. The Texas Civil Rights Project has documented many of these events, discovered through media reports, accounts from community members, SAPD records, and its own intake process. A review of SAPD’s response to many of these incidents shows that misconduct is often addressed too late — after an officer does something egregious, and too late for the department to try and remedy the officer’s dangerous habits and tendencies. SAPD itself has commissioned a number of independent auditors to study some of these issues. To its credit, some changes are beginning to take place, though many reforms have not yet been considered, fallen by the wayside, or have yet to be implemented. This report discusses a departmental culture that protects its own and is unwelcoming of supervision. Citizens report a variety of problems in dealing with the police, often when they are the victims and especially when they attempt to lodge complaints against the police. Internal Affairs’ policies and practices create a hostile environment for individuals reporting possible police misconduct. The agency also suffers from a serious lack of transparency that impedes public scrutiny, and many roadblocks protect officers against the possibility of serious repercussions for most of their actions. SAPD’s current police chief, William McManus, has made efforts to move the department in the right direction by listening to citizens’ concerns and pushing for changes. In order to encourage continued improvement on this front, this report provides forty-one (41) specific recommendations that address institutional problems in SAPD’s culture, training, and policies. The recommended changes focus on the following areas: • improving the investigation of citizen complaints through greater autonomy for investigators and providing better information and follow-up for complainants; • increasing supervisor accountability for misconduct by subordinates when the supervisor fails to report or address it; • facilitating supervisors’ oversight of police officers through the creation of standardized disciplinary guidelines and better monitoring of officers’ job performance; • supporting officers in dealing with the challenges and pressures of law enforcement through access to mental health services, employee assistance programs, and supervisor training; and, • equipping officers to deal better with victims and groups who are subject to discrimination, through regular in-service training and partnerships with community organizations, and adding two victim liaisons to the police force. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Civil Rights Project, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2013 at: http://www.texascivilrightsproject.org/docs/sapd/Police_Misconduct_in_San_Antonio-TCRP_Human_Rights_Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct (San Antonio, Texas) Shelf Number: 127519

Author: Zgoba, Kristen M. Title: A Multi-State Recidivism Study Using Static-99R and Static-2002 Risk Scores and Tier Guidelines from the Adam Walsh Act Summary: This study seeks to examine important components of our nation’s sex offender tracking and monitoring systems, with a focus on risk assessment and sexual recidivism (measured by re-arrest). The principal aims of this study were fourfold: (1) to compare the nationally recommended Adam Walsh Act (AWA) classification tiers with actuarial risk assessment instruments in their respective abilities to identify high risk individuals and recidivists; (2) to evaluate the predictive accuracy of existing state risk assessment classification schemes; (3) to examine the distribution of risk assessment scores within and across tier categories as defined by the AWA; and (4) to examine the role of offender age in recidivism risk across the adult lifespan. Data were collected from 1,789 adult sex offenders in four states (Minnesota, New Jersey, Florida and South Carolina) to inform these analyses. Variables including offender demographics and criminal history information, coded from state criminal justice records, were used to score actuarial risk assessment instruments and sex offender registry information. On average, we found that the recidivism rate was approximately 5% at five years and 10% at 10 years. AWA tier was unrelated to sexual recidivism, except in Florida, where it was inversely associated with recidivism. Actuarial measures and existing state tiering systems both showed better predictive validity than AWA tiers. Finally, offender age was found to have a significant protective effect for sexual reoffending, with older offenders showing a decreased risk for sexual recidivism. The findings indicate that the current AWA classification scheme is likely to result in a system that is less effective in protecting the public than the classification systems currently implemented in the states studied. Policy makers should strongly consider substantial revisions of the AWA classification system to better incorporate evidence-based models of sex offender risk assessment and management. Details: Final Report submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240099.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adam Walsh Act Shelf Number: 127640

Author: Kierkus, Christopher A. Title: Michigan DWI-Sobriety Court Ignition Interlock Evaluation Summary: This report was commissioned by the Michigan Association of Drug Court Professionals (MADCP), and was produced pursuant to Michigan Public Act 154 of 2010, in cooperation with the State Court Administrative Office (SCAO). Its purpose is to provide the legislature, the Secretary of State, and the Michigan Supreme Court documentation related to the program participant’s compliance with court ordered conditions. This 2012 report provides the reader with a description of the data, implementation issues, innovative practices, obstacles, lessons learned, and results from the first year of the DWI/sobriety court interlock pilot project that began in 2011. This document is the first of three annual reports. Subsequent reports (2013 and 2014) will provide additional qualitative and statistical analyses related to the implementation and outcomes of PA 154. This study was guided by the following research questions set forth in the PA154 legislation: a) The percentage of program participants ordered to place interlock devices on their vehicles who actually comply with the order; b) The percentage of program participants who remove court-ordered interlocks from their vehicle without court approval; c) The percentage of program participants who consume alcohol or controlled substances; d) The percentages of program participants found to have tampered with court-ordered interlocks; e) The percentage of program participants who operated a motor vehicle not equipped with an interlock; f) Relevant treatment information about program, participants; and, g) The percentage of program participants convicted of a new offense under section 625(1) or (3) of the Michigan vehicle code, 1949 PA 300, MCL, 257.625. The target population for this study included offenders (N=84) that met the eligibility requirements for entry into a DWI/sobriety court program, based on PA 154 criteria. Participating courts submitted offender data into the Michigan Judicial Data Warehouse/ Drug Court Case Management Information System (DCCMIS). The SCAO staff then provided the researchers with an identity stripped dataset that included information related to the each offender’s demographics, criminal history, history of drug abuse, alcohol abuse, mental health issues, progress through DWI/sobriety court, compliance with interlock restriction, and information on re-offending. In addition to the official data from the SCAO, site visits were conducted with each participating court where Stakeholders (court administrators, judges, probation officers, etc.) involved the DWI/sobriety Court and ignition interlock program were given the opportunity to informally share their impressions of the initial implementation and administration of the pilot program. This report is directed toward legislators, court administrators, and other criminal justice practitioners who are interested in the use of ignition interlock devices as a means of controlling and reducing drunk driving recidivism in the state of Michigan. Section 1 of this report provides the reader with information regarding the nature and extent of drunk driving, traditional prevention practices, an overview of ignition interlock technologies, and criminological theories that support the use of interlocks in controlling drunk drivers. Following this review, Sections 2 and 3 provide the methods used, and the findings from the first year of the ignition interlock pilot program. Section 4 provides conclusions, and a summary of lessons learned during the first year of the project. Details: Lansing, MI: State Court Administrative Office, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2013 at: http://www.dwicourts.org/sites/default/files/ncdc/INTERLOCK%20EVLAUTION%20REPORT%202012%20(Distribution%20Version).pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices (Michigan) Shelf Number: 127646

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office' Wilhausen, Gregory C. Title: Cybersecurity: National Strategy, Roles, and Responsibilities Need to Be Better Defined and More Effectively Implemented Summary: Cyber attacks could have a potentially devastating impact on the nation’s computer systems and networks, disrupting the operations of government and businesses and the lives of private individuals. Increasingly sophisticated cyber threats have underscored the need to manage and bolster the cybersecurity of key government systems as well as the nation’s critical infrastructure. GAO has designated federal information security as a government-wide high-risk area since 1997, and in 2003 expanded it to include cyber critical infrastructure. GAO has issued numerous reports since that time making recommendations to address weaknesses in federal information security programs as well as efforts to improve critical infrastructure protection. Over that same period, the executive branch has issued strategy documents that have outlined a variety of approaches for dealing with persistent cybersecurity issues. GAO’s objectives were to (1) identify challenges faced by the federal government in addressing a strategic approach to cybersecurity, and (2) determine the extent to which the national cybersecurity strategy adheres to desirable characteristics for such a strategy. To address these objectives, GAO analyzed previous reports and updated information obtained from officials at federal agencies with key cybersecurity responsibilities. GAO also obtained the views of experts in information technology management and cybersecurity and conducted a survey of chief information officers at major federal agencies. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-187: Accessed February 16, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/652170.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 127647

Author: Phillips, Susan D. Title: Children in Harm's Way: Criminal Justice, Immigration Enforcement, and Child Welfare Reports Summary: 1998, the Child Welfare League of America published a seminal issue of Child Welfare describing the needs of children with parents in prison. It marked a milestone in what has become an ongoing effort to influence how the child welfare system responds to children whose parents are arrested and the support available to relatives caring for children whose parents are incarcerated. It pointed to policies and practices that either ignored the needs of this group of vulnerable children and their families, or created impediments to reunifying children with parents who had been incarcerated. This publication, produced jointly by The Sentencing Project and First Focus, introduces readers to concerns about a subgroup of this vulnerable group of children: children whose parents are affected by the interplay of the criminal justice, child welfare, and immigration enforcement systems. In the past decade, the federal government dramatically changed its approach to enforcing federal immigration laws and the scale of its efforts. As a result, a growing number of parents are being apprehended by local and state police (often for relatively minor offenses), turned over to federal immigration authorities, held in federal detention centers, and then returned to their home countries. In many cases, their children are U.S. citizens who are forced to leave their homes to be with their parents, or who remain in the United States permanently separated from their parents. Others end up in the foster care system where they may be placed for adoption. The number of people being held in immigration detention centers while waiting for their cases to be heard in administrative immigration proceedings has reached a historic high at a time when prison growth is otherwise beginning to slow. For-profit prison companies are poised to seize on this opportunity to bolster their profit margins. This became most evident in 2010 when Arizona legislators adopted the notorious S.B. 1070 law, perceived by many as an open invitation for law enforcement agencies to engage in racial profiling. Not long after the enactment of S.B. 1070, it became clear that the legislation was based on a blueprint that had been handed out by representatives of the private prison industry at a meeting of the American Legislative Exchange Council. Like an echo from the past, the questions being raised about children whose parents are targets of stepped-up immigration enforcement are similar to those that were first raised nearly 20 years ago about children whose parents were then being sent to jails and prisons in record numbers. Those questions include: What happens to children in the wake of authorities taking their parents into custody?; How do children of color view the legal system after seeing so many members of their communities being taken away by police?; And how are communities changed when arrests or immigration enforcement actions can happen at any time? And, a central issue in the articles assembled here: How does the child welfare system help or hinder families in the wake of criminal or immigration court actions against parents? Details: Washington, D.C.: Jointly published by The Sentencing Project and First Focus, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 16, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/cc_Children%20in%20Harm's%20Way-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 127648

Author: Dunham, Kate Title: The Effort to Implement the Youth Offender Demonstration Project (YODP) Impact Evaluation: Lessons and Implications for Future Research Summary: In the summer of 2005, the Department of Labor Employment and Training Administration (DOL ETA) issued a request for proposals (RFP) to conduct an Impact Study of the Youth Offender Demonstration Program (YODP). The YODP evaluation team selected by DOL was comprised of Social Policy Research Associates (SPR), MDRC, Decision Information Resources (DIR), and Johns Hopkins University. As detailed in the RFP, the intended study was a random assignment evaluation to address a number of important questions about how to work most effectively with youth offenders to prevent recidivism and increase their employment and earnings. To try to answer these questions, the study would have had courts in six different jurisdictions agree to use random assignment methodology to assign youth to a control group in which they received only standard incarceration or assign youth to one of two study groups as follows: study group 1, in which youth were incarcerated but received aftercare services from a YODP grantee, or study group 2, in which youth received services from a YODP grantee in lieu of being incarcerated. To implement the random assignment study required that the courts allow the random assignment process to determine which youth would be incarcerated and which would be assigned to a YODP grantee (essentially to be set free), instead of relying on the judge’s discretion. A similar study took place in the Wayne County Juvenile Court in Detroit, Michigan in the mid 1980s. This study randomly assigned more than 500 youths to either a control group in which youth were assigned to state incarceration or to a study group in which youth received intensive supervision as an alternative to incarceration. This study was only successfully implemented due to a set of very specific circumstances (described in detail below) that did not exist within the six YODP sites. Despite the evaluation team’s best efforts, the evaluation team was unable to convince the courts and YODP programs in any of the six selected jurisdictions to accept the random assignment methodology. As a result, DOL opted not to proceed with the evaluation. This paper describes the evaluation team’s efforts in persuading sites to implement the random assignment design, discusses the range of reasons why these efforts were unsuccessful, and explores what lessons can be drawn from this experience and other studies that have employed random assignment to aid the implementation of future random assignment evaluations. The paper begins with an overview of the six YODP grantees selected by DOL to participate in the evaluation and of the random assignment evaluation plan as outlined in the evaluation team’s proposal. Next, the paper describes the various challenges encountered by the evaluation team in implementing the original random assignment design. Following this, the paper summarizes a number of other studies that have successfully implemented random assignment and draw comparisons and contrasts of these studies to the intended design in the YODP evaluation. Finally, the paper concludes with a discussion of lessons learned from this effort and several recommendations that may assist DOL in implementing future random assignment evaluations. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2008. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2013 at: http://www.nawdp.org/Content/NavigationMenu/ResearchReports/2009-5-TheEfforttoImplementtheYouthOffendeDemonstrat.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127649

Author: Danielson, Michael S. Title: Documented Failures: the Consequences of Immigration Policy on the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: This report presents systematic documentation of the experiences of migrant women, men and children repatriated from the United States to cities along Mexico's northern border, with particular emphasis on the Nogales, Arizona/Nogales, Sonora, Mexico area. The report addresses five common problems experienced by Mexican and Central American migrants before and during migration and upon apprehension, detention and deportation by U.S. migration authorities. The areas of investigation are: 1. The separation of migrants from family members they were traveling with when apprehended and deported by the U.S. Border Patrol. Migrants are often separated from their families, friends and loved ones during the process of deportation. This separation places migrants—the great majority of whom are from parts of Mexico very far from the northern border or Central American countries—in situations of unwarranted vulnerability in an increasingly dangerous region of Mexico. 2. Family separation as a driver of migration and a continuing complication for families of mixed-legal status. As the number of mixed immigration status families is steadily increasing, mothers, fathers, and guardians who are deported by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) are often separated from their citizen children, who remain in the U.S. with their other parent, guardians, other family members, or in foster care. This section also examines how many of those deported by U.S. migration authorities were attempting to reunite with immediate family members already living in the United States. 3. Violence as a cause of migration and abuses and physical security threats experienced by migrants during northward journeys, border crossing, and after deportation from the United States. As levels of violence directly and indirectly related to drug trafficking have increased throughout Mexico and Central America in recent years, violence has become an increasingly common cause of migration. Furthermore, the growing prevalence of violence along the border means migrants are often the victims of theft and physical, verbal and sexual abuse at the hands of criminal gangs, human smugglers, human traffickers and thieves, risks that ought to be taken into consideration by U.S. migration authorities when deporting unauthorized immigrants to northern Mexico border towns. 4. Abuses and misconduct committed by the U.S. Border Patrol and other U.S.migration authorities. Based on multiple data sources, the report demonstrates that there is systematic abuse and misconduct in the process of apprehending, detaining and deporting undocumented migrants. One in four migrants surveyed (24.8%) reported being abused in some way by U.S. Border Patrol agents, and data show that Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and particularly the Border Patrol, systematically deny Mexican migrants the right to contact their consulate. 5. Abuses and misconduct committed by local police in Mexico.When traveling north, as well as after deportation, migrants are in a particularly vulnerable position and can be taken advantage of by local, state, and federal authorities in Mexico.This section provides estimates of the extent of these abuses, finding that men are more likely to be abused by Mexican police than women, and Central Americans are more likely to be abused by Mexican police than their Mexican migrant counterparts. Exploration of the five themes above reveals a complex set of distinct, but interrelated problems. The final section of the report provides a list of recommendations that, if implemented, would begin to address the most pressing problems faced by immigrants and their families. Details: Washington, DC: Jesuit Refugee Services, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Report prepared for the Kino Border Initiative Nogales, Arizona, U.S.A. and Nogales, Sonora, Mexico with funding from Catholic Relief Services of Mexico: Accessed February 19, 2013 at: http://www.jesuit.org/jesuits/wp-content/uploads/Kino_FULL-REPORT_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 127652

Author: Spatial Information Design Lab Title: Justice Re-Investment New Orleans Summary: This report focuses on allocating public safety resources with a new approach, known as Justice Reinvestment, in which public officials identify ways to reduce the growth of the prison population and reinvest those savings in the parts of cities to which most people released from prison return. The states of Connecticut, Texas, Arizona, and Kansas have passed Justice Reinvestment laws. In Texas, for example, lawmakers created a $241 million network of treatment and incarceration diversion programs rather than spending $500 million on new prisons. Lawmakers in Kansas mandated a twenty percent reduction in parole revocations and set aside $7 million for reinvestment in high incarceration communities. The Council on State Governments has provided technical support to lawmakers in half a dozen other states considering similar justice reinvestment initiatives. Typical projects include introducing day reporting centers as alternatives to jails and prisons, promoting workforce development and job placement, providing drug treatment and other community-based programs to inmates and parolees, and strengthening family networks as people return home. This final report based on work done for a grant titled "Rebuilding Community, Prisoner Reentry and Neighborhood Planning in Post-Katrina New Orleans." The report contains three parts: 1. An Introduction to the concepts of Million Dollar Block maps and Justice Reinvestment. 2. Mapping Incarceration in Post-Katrina New Orleans. 3. A description of the neighborhood planing process and the four pilot projects were were implemented as a result of that process. Details: New York: Spatial Information Design Lab, Columbia University Graduate School of Architecture, Planning and Preservation. 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.spatialinformationdesignlab.org/MEDIA/JR_NewOrleans.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127653

Author: Bieler, Sam Title: Addressing Violence and Disorder around Alcohol Outlets Summary: There is a substantial literature around violence and alcohol outlets. Roman et al. (2008) studied block groups in Washington, DC and found that increased densities of on-and off-premise liquor outlets increase disorder and violence, but that each type of outlet affects only a specific kind of violence: the presence of on-premise alcohol outlets predict increases in aggravated assault, while off-premise outlets predict increases in domestic violence. In response to violence and disorder, particularly around on-premise alcohol outlets, effective programs have been developed to address this problem by combining several strategies. The common thread between these policies is that each addresses at least one of the five key factors contributing to assault, social disorder, and domestic violence in or closely linked to entertainment districts: the availability of alcohol, the time of day at which drinking takes place, the protective or risk-creating physical factors of the area, the social and legal fabric of the neighborhood, and the presence of motivated offenders. This report summarizes the literature on the effectiveness of interventions targeting these five key factors. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Crime Policy Institute, Urban Institute, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412735-Addressing-Violence-and-Disorder-around-Alcohol-Outlets.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 127654

Author: Barry, Tom Title: Policy on the Edge: Failures of Border Security and New Directions for Border Control Summary: Ten years after America’s rush to secure our borders, we must review, evaluate and change course. The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 set off a multibillion-dollar border security bandwagon and distinctly altered the way the Border Patrol operates. Yet, despite massive expenditures and the new commitment to “border security,” our border policy remains unfocused and buffeted by political forces. In the absence of a sharp strategic focus, the management of the U.S.-Mexico border continues to be the victim of the problems and pressures created by our failed immigration and drug policies. Over the past decade, the old politics of immigration enforcement and drug control—not counterterrorism or homeland security—are still the main drivers of border policy. “Policy on the Edge” is an International Policy Report published by the Center for International Policy. The report examines the failures, waste and misdirection of the border security operations of the Department of Homeland Security. “Policy on the Edge” concludes that there has been more continuity than change in U.S. border policy. The final section of the report describes a policy path that charts the way forward to regulatory solutions - for immmigration, drugs, gun sales, border management - that are more pragmatic, effective and cost-efficient than current policies. Specific recommendations to improve border policy are included. Details: Washington, DC: Center for International Policy, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.ciponline.org/images/uploads/publications/Barry_IPR_Policy_Edge_Border_Control_0611.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127655

Author: Persico, Nicola Title: An Economic Analysis of Black-White Disparities in NYPD's Stop and Frisk Program Summary: We analyze data on NYPD's "stop and frisk program" in an effort to identify racial bias on the part of the police officers making the stops. We find that the officers are not biased against African Americans relative to whites, because the latter are being stopped despite being a "less productive stop" for a police officer. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 18803: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18803.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 127656

Author: Pullmann, Michael D. Title: Washington State Disproportionate Minority Contact Assessment Summary: Since 1992, the Federal Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP), acting on Congressional legislation, has required states to conduct regular assessments of the level of DMC at each major decision point in the juvenile justice system. DMC refers to unequal rates of white to non-white or Hispanic contact with the justice system, relative to the population of racial and ethnic groups in the community according to census data. The goal of the Washington State DMC assessment is to identify areas in need of attention so that youth in the juvenile justice system are provided with equal and fair treatment that is not based on race and ethnicity. In 2011, after a competitive process, the Washington State Partnership Council on Juvenile Justice (WA-PCJJ) contracted with the University of Washington’s Division of Public Behavioral Health and Justice Policy (PBHJP) to conduct this assessment for Washington State. Our approach to DMC assessment followed precisely the guidelines of OJJDP1 . This DMC assessment process sought to combine available data with the experiences, beliefs, and knowledge of local stakeholders in order to uncover those areas in which DMC is considered to be an issue of importance, to discover what communities may be doing to address DMC, and to provide suggestions on positive directions communities can take to address DMC. For those communities or interviewees with less experience in thinking about and acting on DMC, this process was also intended to provide a starting point for beginning that conversation. Our analyses used data provided to the WA-PCJJ by the Administrative Office of the Courts’ Center for Court Research (AOC-CCR). We supplemented this data with some additional data requests from detention centers and AOC-CCR. We calculated rates of disproportionality at several important decision points for the state of Washington and twelve jurisdictions: Adams, Benton/Franklin, King, Mason, Pierce, Spokane, Skagit, Whatcom, Clark, Kitsap, Thurston, and Yakima. This data was used to interview 3-8 stakeholders in each jurisdiction, usually composed of representatives of court administrations, judges, law enforcement, community advocates, and others. A total of sixty-three stakeholders were interviewed. Overall findings Our data analyses and interviews for each individual jurisdiction are presented in detail in separate chapters in this report. Common themes are detailed below. 1. There were several promising practices for DMC identification and reduction. Details: Seattle, WA: Division of Public Behavioral Health and Justice Policy, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Washington Medical School, 2013. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ojj/DMC/DMC_Final_Report_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination in Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 127658

Author: South Dakota. Unified Judicial System Title: Drug Court Study Summary: In 2009, the South Dakota Legislature passed SB78, which required the Unified Judicial System (UJS) to provide a plan to “determin[e] the need for an additional drug court or drug courts to be established in judicial circuits with the highest volume of felony convictions” and for such findings to “be presented to the 2010 Legislature for possible implementation in fiscal year 2011”. The stated goal of this plan was to present proposals to reduce the prison population without jeopardizing the public safety. To effectuate this plan, the following study was conducted to analyze the need and interest of alternative sentencing options and make appropriate initial recommendations. Ultimately, by utilizing alternative sentencing programs, the final objective is to address the underlying problem of addiction, subsequently reducing recidivism and substance abuse related crime. An overall examination of literature relative to the subject was conducted and is included within this report. Overview information and statistical data specific to each of the three programs currently in place in South Dakota was examined and detailed. For expansion evaluation purposes, in order to determine the highest areas of need in the state, the ten counties with the highest numbers of felony drug and DUI charges for FY 08 were selected for consideration. The ten counties were: Beadle, Brookings, Brown, Brule/Buffalo, Codington, Davison, Lincoln, Pennington, Union, and Yankton. At their request, Walworth County’s DUI convictions were also examined for purposes of this report. All Fourth and Sixth Circuit counties and Minnehaha County were excluded from the study because these areas currently have drug/DUI alternative sentencing programs in place. Upon completion of the study, conclusions were drawn and the following recommendations were made: 1) Continued state allocation of general funds to support the Northern Hills Drug Court Program in the Fourth Circuit; future allocation of state general funds to support the Sixth Circuit STOP DUI Program, and continued state allocation of general funds to support the Adult Intensive Court Services Officer position for the Meth Sentencing Alternative Program in the Second Circuit. 2) Based upon this study’s conclusions, Pennington County, Brown, Yankton, and Davison Counties are identified as showing the greatest need and feasibility for establishing some form of sentencing alternative program. Therefore, these four counties should be pursued as possible candidates for expansion areas. 3) Further study is necessary and appropriate to identify alternative sentencing program specifications in the previously named counties. It is imperative to have a strong foundation and plan in place prior to implementation of any type of alternative sentencing program. The Unified Judicial System should conduct a Symposium to convene pertinent stakeholders from current programs and possible expansion areas to further determine feasibility and program specifics based upon jurisdictional need. From this additional study, specific recommendations regarding possible expansion of alternative sentencing programs, including funding needs, can be presented to the 2011 Legislative session. Details: Pierre, SD: South Dakota Unified Judicial System, 2009. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.sdjudicial.com/Uploads/PublicDocuments/Final_2009_Drug_Court_Study_Reprinted_08_2010.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 127687

Author: McGarrell, Edmund F. Title: An Assessment of the Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative: Final Project Report Summary: The U.S. Department of Justice developed the Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative (CAGI) to support local communities in their efforts to prevent and control gang crime. The cities involved include Cleveland, Dallas/Fort Worth, Los Angeles, Milwaukee, Tampa, Indianapolis, Oklahoma City, Rochester, Raleigh/Durham, Chicago, Detroit, and a seven-city region in Eastern Pennsylvania. Multiple methods were used to evaluate the process and impact of CAGI. These included site visits, phone interviews, mail surveys, video conference calls with project staff, and review of progress reports submitted to the Department of Justice. Local crime data were gathered from five of the CAGI cities and city level crime data were collected from all the jurisdictions as well as from comparable cities nationwide. In terms of the implementation several key findings emerged. There was consensus across the sites that CAGI had allowed for the development of a variety of new partnerships. These relationships were most readily established among criminal justice agencies. The four most common enforcement strategies included increased federal prosecution, increased state and local prosecution, joint case prosecution screening, and directed police patrols. The most common prevention strategies included education and outreach, school-based prevention, ex-offender outreach, and substance abuse treatment. Re-entry interventions proved to be the most challenging to implement with most of the sites struggling to meet target numbers of clients. Unfortunately, the majority of sites could not provide consistent and reliable measures of gang crime. Thus, for most of the impact analyses the focus was on violent crime. CAGI cities were compared to all other comparable U.S. cities and to a matched comparison group of cities. Additionally, within city analyses were conducted in five of the sites. Overall, the CAGI cities experienced a larger decline in violent crime than the comparison cities but the difference was not statistically significant when controlling for concentrated disadvantage and population density. When level of implementation of enforcement was included, the high enforcement CAGI cities experienced a 15 percent decline in violent crime that was statistically significant. The comparison based on a propensity matching approach yielded similar findings. Looking only at the CAGI cities, higher levels of federal prosecution for gun crime were negatively related to violent crime. The final analyses involved within city time series analyses of target areas compared either to other comparison areas or the remainder of the city. These results were inconclusive. Although the CAGI sites all experienced declines in violent crime, in many cases they were not statistically significant or they were similar to declines in the rest of the city or comparison area. The findings of difficulty in implementing all components of the comprehensive strategy in a well-timed and coordinated fashion, as well as the mixed, and at best modest, impact on violent crime, are largely consistent with prior studies of large-scale, comprehensive anti-gang programs. At a minimum, much greater attention needs to be given to effective implementation. Local CAGI officials recognized these challenges and recommended a planning period to allow for the establishment of necessary partnerships before fully funding programs like CAGI. Finally, much greater attention needs to be given to developing reliable measures of gang crime at the local level. Federal funding agencies may wish to make gang crime data availability a prerequisite for the investment of federal funding for anti-gang programs. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2012. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240757.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 127689

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Additional Actions Needed to Strengthen CBP Efforts to Mitigate Risk of Employee Corruption and Misconduct Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) data indicate that arrests of CBP employees for corruption-related activities since fiscal years 2005 account for less than 1 percent of CBP’s entire workforce per fiscal year. The majority of arrests of CBP employees were related to misconduct. There were 2,170 reported incidents of arrests for acts of misconduct such as domestic violence or driving under the influence from fiscal year 2005 through fiscal year 2012, and a total of 144 current or former CBP employees were arrested or indicted for corruption-related activities, such as the smuggling of aliens and drugs, of whom 125 have been convicted as of October 2012. Further, the majority of allegations against CBP employees since fiscal year 2006 occurred at locations along the southwest border. CBP officials have stated that they are concerned about the negative impact that these cases have on agencywide integrity. CBP employs screening tools to mitigate the risk of employee corruption and misconduct for both applicants (e.g., background investigations and polygraph examinations) and incumbent CBP officers and Border Patrol agents (e.g., random drug tests and periodic reinvestigations). However, CBP’s Office of Internal Affairs (IA) does not have a mechanism to maintain and track data on which of its screening tools (e.g., background investigation or polygraph examination) provided the information used to determine which applicants were not suitable for hire. Maintaining and tracking such data is consistent with internal control standards and could better position CBP IA to gauge the relative effectiveness of its screening tools. CBP IA is also considering requiring periodic polygraphs for incumbent officers and agents; however, it has not yet fully assessed the feasibility of expanding the program. For example, CBP has not yet fully assessed the costs of implementing polygraph examinations on incumbent officers and agents, including costs for additional supervisors and adjudicators, or factors such as the trade-offs associated with testing incumbent officers and agents at various frequencies. A feasibility assessment of program expansion could better position CBP to determine whether and how to best achieve its goal of strengthening integrity-related controls for officers and agents. Further, CBP IA has not consistently conducted monthly quality assurance reviews of its adjudications since 2008, as required by internal policies, to help ensure that adjudicators are following procedures in evaluating the results of the preemployment and periodic background investigations. CBP IA officials stated that they have performed some of the required checks since 2008, but they could not provide data on how many checks were conducted. Without these quality assurance checks, it is difficult for CBP IA to determine the extent to which deficiencies, if any, exist in the adjudication process. CBP does not have an integrity strategy, as called for in its Fiscal Year 2009-2014 Strategic Plan. During the course of our review, CBP IA began drafting a strategy, but CBP IA’s Assistant Commissioner stated the agency has not set target timelines for completing and implementing this strategy. Moreover, he stated that there has been significant cultural resistance among some CBP components in acknowledging CBP IA’s authority for overseeing all integrity-related activities. Setting target timelines is consistent with program management standards and could help CBP monitor progress made toward the development and implementation of an agencywide strategy. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-59: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/650505.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 127690

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Inmate Reentry Programs: Enhanced Information Sharing Could Further Strengthen Coordination and Grant Management Summary: About 700,000 inmates are released from federal and state custody each year, and another 9 million are booked into and released from local jails. Former inmates face challenges as they transition into, or reenter, society, such as finding housing and employment. According to the most recent data available, more than two-thirds of state prisoners are rearrested for a new offense within 3 years of release, and about half are reincarcerated. Federal reentry grants are available for state and local providers, as successful reentry reduces rearrest or reincarceration, known as recidivism. GAO was asked to review (1) the extent to which there is fragmentation, overlap, and duplication across federal reentry grant programs; (2) the coordination efforts federal grant-making agencies have taken to prevent unnecessary duplication and share promising practices; and (3) the extent to which federal grant-making agencies measure grantees’ effectiveness in reducing recidivism. GAO identified and analyzed the grant programs and agencies that supported reentry efforts in fiscal year 2011; analyzed agency documents, such as grant solicitations; and interviewed agency officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ, Labor, and HHS enhance their information sharing on approaches for determining how effectively grantees reduce recidivism. In response, DOJ, Labor, and HHS reported that they would take actions to address our recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-93: Accessed February 21, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/650900.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127691

Author: Schnittker, Jason Title: Out and Down: The Effects of Incarceration on Psychiatric Disorders and Disability Summary: Although psychiatric disorders are common among current and former inmates, a putative causal relationship is contaminated by assorted influences, including childhood disadvantage, the early onset of most disorders, and the criminalization of substance use, which is itself comorbid with a variety of other subsequent psychiatric disorders. Using the National Comorbidity Survey Replication, this study examines the relationship after statistically adjusting for these powerful and multidimensional selection processes. The analysis reveals a positive association between incarceration and both current and lifetime psychiatric disorders, while helping to unpack its underpinnings. Results indicate that (i) some of the most common disorders found among former inmates emerge in childhood and adolescence; (ii) the effects of incarceration dissipate somewhat over time, having a smaller impact on current disorders than lifetime disorders; and (iii) substance disorders anticipate both other psychiatric disorders and incarceration. Yet the results also reveal robust incarceration effects on certain disorders, which are no less consequential for being specific. In particular, incarceration has a robust relationship with subsequent mood disorders, related to feeling “down”, including major depressive disorder, bipolar disorder, and dysthymia. These disorders, in turn, are strongly related to social and economic disability. Indeed, mood disorders explain much of the additional social disability former inmates experience following release. For those concerned with prisoner reintegration, mood disorders may be an important—and generally neglected—consideration. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://paa2011.princeton.edu/papers/110115 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment, Effects Shelf Number: 127694

Author: Azrael, Deborah Title: Developing the Capacity to Understand and Prevent Homicide: An Evaluation of the Milwaukee Homicide Review Commission Summary: The Milwaukee Homicide Review Commission (MHRC) was established in May 2004 to address the city’s persistent lethal violence problem. The MHRC is a multi-tiered intervention with four levels, each of which involves participation by a different set of agencies and stakeholders. A key assumption underlying the four levels of MHRC review, and driving its decision to include stakeholders outside of the traditional criminal justice arena, was that the development and implementation of homicide prevention strategies is a complex and multi-faceted process that can be strengthened by input and buy-in from stakeholders throughout the community. The goal of the MHRC was to foster and support innovative homicide prevention and intervention strategies using the emerging tool of strategic problem analysis. In February 2005, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded the Harvard School of Public Health to evaluate the MHRC. The evaluation, which utilized a randomized matched pair design, consisted of three principal components: 1) a formative evaluation, 2) a process evaluation, and 3) an impact evaluation. More specifically, through semi-structured interviews and analysis of homicide data collected as part of the project, the evaluation examined whether homicide reviews provide additional insights into the nature of homicide problems relative to traditional methods; whether these insights lead to the development of new strategic responses to homicide problems; whether law enforcement agencies, social service providers, and the community feel that sharing information improves their ability to work together; and whether these responses seem to have short-term homicide reduction impacts. The NIJ-sponsored evaluation closely examined MHRC work from January 2005 through December 2007. During this time period, the MHRC conducted thirty criminal justice reviews, fifteen community service provider reviews and two community reviews, covering cases from January 2005 through November 2007. Overall, the homicide review process revealed that homicides in the City’s intervention districts were largely clustered in very specific places, such as in and around taverns, and among active offenders who were very well known to the criminal justice system. Homicides were often the outcome of an ongoing dispute between individuals and/or groups (usually gangs) and involved respect, status, and retribution as motives. The MHRC process yielded a comprehensive set of actionable policy and program development recommendations. These recommendations were ratified by and the implementation was continuously monitored by the MHRC Working and Executive Committees. In general, the MHRC recommendations better positioned criminal justice, social service, and community-based organizations to address high-risk places and high-risk people central to recurring homicide problems. MHRC participants credited the implementation of the recommendations with improving both criminal justice and community provider capacity to prevent violence. A key to this increased capacity was the improved communication, information sharing and cooperation both within and between criminal justice agencies, community service providers and community members. The impact evaluation used statistical models to analyze a time series of monthly counts of homicides in the control and treatment districts (January 1999 – December 2006). The impact evaluation revealed that the implementation of the MHRC iv interventions was associated with a statistically significant 52% decrease in the monthly count of homicide in the treatment districts. The control districts experienced a non-significant 9.2% decrease in homicide, controlling for the other covariates. While these analyses can’t be used to specify the exact effect of the MHRC interventions, the empirical evidence suggests that the MHRC interventions were associated with a noteworthy decrease in homicide. As such, the MHRC homicide review process seems to add considerable value to understanding the nature of urban homicide problems, crafting appropriate interventions to address underlying risks associated with homicides, implementing innovative strategies to address these risks, and assessing the impacts of these strategies. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240814.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 127695

Author: Schaenman, Phil Title: Opportunities for Police Cost Savings Without Sacrificing Service Quality: Reducing False Alarms Summary: This report focuses on ways to reduce calls to police for what turn out to be false alarms from security systems. In many cities, such false alarms often number in the tens of thousands each year, waste millions of dollars of officer time, and detract from attention to reducing crimes. We welcome feedback from local or state governments on the usefulness of this report, and information on other ways police departments have obtained cost savings relating to false alarms. The information provided here was primarily drawn from the experiences of three local governments: Montgomery County (MD); Seattle (WA); and Salt Lake City (UT). The report is presented in two sections. The first provides a summary of the findings for public officials. The second provides detailed findings for those wanting more specific information on the various options for reducing the costs of false alarms, and details on how a series of approaches was implemented over time in each jurisdiction examined. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412729-Opportunities-for-Police-Cost-Savings-Without-Sacrificing-Service-Quality.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Burglar Alarms Shelf Number: 127697

Author: Roman, John Title: Citywide Model Bullying Prevention Policy Summary: On June 22, 2012, the District of Columbia City Council passed the Youth Bullying Prevention Act of 2012 (hereafter referred to as ‘the Act’) to address bullying on a comprehensive, citywide level. The policy requires that all District agencies, grantees, and educational institutions that provide services to youth adopt a bullying prevention policy. The law includes any entity who provides services to youth on behalf of, or with funding from, the District of Columbia. The law also creates the Mayor’s Task Force on Bullying Prevention (the ‘Task Force’), whose role is to assist District agencies in their bullying prevention efforts and the creation of their prevention policies. As part of this charge, the Task Force has compiled a model policy designed around evidence-based best-practices in bullying prevention. The District’s model policy on bullying adopts a public health framework with three levels of prevention practices and strategies: primary prevention applied to all youth and staff in a given setting, secondary prevention targeting youth atrisk of being a bully or a victim as well as places where bullying is most likely to occur, and tertiary prevention which includes responses to a particular bullying incident. This three-tiered public health model has been successfully used in clinical and community psychology to promote mental health and reduce social-emotional problems. The policy differentiates between legally-required responses and prevention activities intended to prevent future incidents. To develop the model policy, the Task Force reviewed best-practices in bullying prevention (see Appendix E) and conducted focus groups with District principals and youth. From this review and feedback, the Task Force identified strategies that have been consistently shown to be most effective at reducing bullying. These strategies are included in the model policy. Together these recommendations form a comprehensive framework that creates a positive climate for all youth who come into contact with an agency. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2013. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412741-District-wide-Model-Bullying-Prevention-Policy.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127698

Author: Fries, Arthur Title: The Price and Purity of Illicit Drugs: 1981-2007 Summary: Through the years, policymakers and researchers have constructed estimates of the price and purity of illicit drugs as a means to monitor the status of drug markets and to gauge the effectiveness of efforts to cope with the illegal drug problem. Notwithstanding the acknowledged challenges that confront the meaningful collection, analysis, and interpretation of data on illicit drugs, it is widely recognized that price and purity affect actual drug use and consumption, and that estimates of price and purity can shed light on the workings of drug markets as well as provide insights on the utility of counter-drug policies, initiatives, and specific intervention events. This document, the Results Report, updates estimates of the price and purity of five specific illicit drugs published by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) in 2004: powder cocaine, crack cocaine, heroin, d-methamphetamine, and marijuana. The time period spanned by the present analyses is 1981 through 2007, adding 18 quarters to the period covered in the preceding report. All estimates were derived from records in the System To Retrieve Information from Drug Evidence (STRIDE) database maintained by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and furnished to IDA by ONDCP. STRIDE data records, totaling more than a million in number, are based on seizures and undercover purchases of illicit drugs. No other database encompasses as much spatial and temporal data on the price and purity of illicit drugs. As directed by ONDCP, the estimation methodology for generating the price and purity time series given in this current Results Report is essentially identical to the formal econometric modeling approach used in the 2004 study. We provide descriptions of that “Expected Purity Hypothesis (EPH)” modeling construct in Chapter I of this Results Report as well as in Chapter II of the accompanying Technical Report. The STRIDE database reduces down to about 163,000 records for estimating prices of our subject illicit drugs – with respective proportions being 31 percent for powder cocaine, 35 percent for crack cocaine, 20 percent for heroin, 10 percent for d-methamphetamine, and 3 percent for marijuana. Given the thousands of parameters that the EPH methodology estimates for constructing a single time line of estimates for any drug, the STRIDE data content is considered to be sparse for marijuana and d-methamphetamine, and limited for heroin (due to the inherent variability of those data). Our initial execution of the EPH modeling methods replicated the data count totals, estimates, figures, and tables presented in the 2004 ONDCP Results Report and Technical Report. We then incorporated a few modest software modifications, and executed the revised code to generate the price and purity estimates published in the present report. These updates to the previous results can be viewed as a continuation of those provided in 2004. Although the new results are not always numerically identical to past counterparts (e.g., prices for all years in this report are expressed in terms of constant 2007 dollars and zero purity observations are discarded for all drugs but marijuana), they generally are very similar and past major trends and features were reproduced. In Section A, we report national quarterly EPH estimates for each illicit drug for three or four quantity levels, and, where sufficient data exist, for sets of selected major cities. For powder cocaine, crack cocaine, heroin, and d-methamphetamine, all estimated prices reflect adjustments to account for customers’ perceptions of expected purities; i.e., we report estimated price per expected pure gram (sometimes shortened to estimated adjusted price). The lack of purity data for marijuana limits estimation to purchase prices only; i.e., we report estimated price per bulk gram. With the exception of some supplementary purity analyses that incorporate STRIDE records from seizures, all of the price and purity estimates were based exclusively on STRIDE purchase transactions. Section B follows with a discussion of the roles and utilities of specific methodological approaches for constructing price and purity time series from STRIDE data – including the EPH modeling construct (that generated the results presented in Section A) and alternative analytical techniques. Possible future methodological enhancements and research topics also are addressed. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Defense Analyses, 2008. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: ICA Paper P-4369: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/bullet_1.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 127701

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: American Jihadist Terrorism: Combating a Complex Threat Summary: This report describes homegrown violent jihadists and the plots and attacks that have occurred since 9/11. For this report, “homegrown” describes terrorist activity or plots perpetrated within the United States or abroad by American citizens, legal permanent residents, or visitors radicalized largely within the United States. The term “jihadist” describes radicalized individuals using Islam as an ideological and/or religious justification for their belief in the establishment of a global caliphate, or jurisdiction governed by a Muslim civil and religious leader known as a caliph. The term “violent jihadist” characterizes jihadists who have made the jump to illegally supporting, plotting, or directly engaging in violent terrorist activity. The report also discusses the radicalization process and the forces driving violent extremist activity. It analyzes post-9/11 domestic jihadist terrorism and describes law enforcement and intelligence efforts to combat terrorism and the challenges associated with those efforts. Appendix A provides details about each of the post-9/11 homegrown jihadist terrorist plots and attacks. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: R41416: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41416.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 127702

Author: Weisheit, Ralph A. Title: Methamphetamine and Violence in Illinois Summary: Methamphetamine has spread eastward from Hawaii and California to other parts of the country, including the Midwest. Despite aggressive efforts by state and federal governments the problem persists and has been particularly visible in rural areas of the Midwest. Responding to the problem has been made more difficult because social science research on methamphetamine lags, even though the number of recent methamphetamine users is about the same as the number of recent crack cocaine users – a group that has been extensively studied (SAMHSA, 2006). Beyond a lack of basic information about methamphetamines in rural areas there is a need for research on the association between methamphetamine and violence. Public perceptions notwithstanding, there is very little empirically based knowledge about the association between methamphetamine and violence. This study was designed to fill gaps in knowledge about the problem. The general purpose and goals of the project were as follows: General Purpose -- The general purpose of this study was to generate a better understanding of factors associated with methamphetamine use and methamphetamine-related violence in Illinois. Goals -- There were several inter-related goals for the project: 1. Provide a description of the epidemiology of methamphetamine use and of methamphetamine-related violence, across counties of different sizes in Illinois, with a particular emphasis on use and violence in rural areas. 2. Gain an understanding of the connection between methamphetamine and violence in rural areas, including violence associated with both use and methamphetamine markets. 3. Develop policy recommendations to respond to the methamphetamine problem. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/METHAMPHETAMINE%20AND%20VIOLENCE%20IN%20ILLINOIS%20062009.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 127703

Author: Otero, Cathleen Title: Methamphetamine Addiction, Treatment, and Outcomes: Implications for Child Welfare Workers Summary: Methamphetamine is a highly addictive stimulant associated with serious health and psychiatric conditions, including heart damage and brain damage, impaired thinking and memory problems, aggression, violence, and psychotic behavior. Methamphetamine is also associated with the transmission of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS and hepatitis. Child welfare workers are seeing growing numbers of children and families affected by the parent’s use of methamphetamine. In order to make sound decisions for the benefit of children and families, child welfare workers need accurate information about methamphetamine, its effects on parents and their children, and the effectiveness of treatment. This paper presents the most current research in these areas, and offers recommendations for child welfare workers to help them identify and assist children and families affected by a parent’s use of methamphetamine. Details: Irvine, CA: National Center on Substance Abuse and Child Welfare, 2006. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.ncsacw.samhsa.gov/files/Meth%20and%20Child%20Safety.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 127704

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Drug Control: State Approaches Taken to Control Access to Key Methamphetamine Ingredient Show Varied Impact on Domestic Drug Labs Summary: Meth can be made by anyone using easily obtainable household goods and consumer products in labs, posing significant public safety and health risks and financial burdens to local communities and states where the labs are found. Meth cooks have discovered new, easier ways to make more potent meth that require the use of precursor chemicals such as PSE. Some states have implemented electronic tracking systems that can be used to track PSE sales and determine if individuals comply with legal PSE purchase limits. Two states, along with select localities in another state, have made products containing PSE available to consumers by prescription only. GAO was asked to review issues related to meth. Thus, GAO examined, among other things, (1) the trends in domestic meth lab incidents over the last decade; (2) the impact of electronic tracking systems on meth lab incidents and limitations of this approach, if any; and (3) the impact of prescription-only laws on meth lab incidents and any implications of adopting this approach for consumers and the health care system. GAO analyzed data such as data on meth lab incidents and PSE product sales and prescriptions. GAO also reviewed studies and drug threat assessments and interviewed state and local officials from six states that had implemented these approaches. These states were selected on the basis of the type of approach chosen, length of time the approach had been in use, and the number of meth lab incidents. The observations from these states are not generalizable, but provided insights on how the approaches worked in practice. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 70p. Source: Internet Resource:L GAO-13-204: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/651709.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 127706

Author: Chanin, Joshua M. Title: Negotiated Justice? The Legal, Administrative, and Policy Implications of ‘Pattern or Practice’ Police Misconduct Reform Summary: This study examined settlement reform efforts instituted between the DOJ and offending police departments in four jurisdictions: Pittsburgh, PA; Washington, DC; Cincinnati, OH; and Prince George’s County, MD. The study found that each department faced significant and varied challenges in implementing three settlement components: use-of-force policy change, creation of early warning systems, and the development of citizen complaint investigation protocols. Despite the delays and other complications associated with the implementation of the settlement components, each jurisdiction achieved “substantial compliance” with settlement mandates and was released from Federal oversight within 5 to 7 years of the original settlement date. Several factors were related to variations in the speed and comprehensiveness of the settlement reforms. These factors included the complexity of joint action, agency and jurisdictional resources, active and capable police leadership, and support from local political leaders. The research also identified the critical and unique role of independent monitors charged with overseeing the reform process. This analysis of the settlement implementation process did not address any departmental issues beyond the department’s implementation of the settlement mandates, such as the impacts of the reforms achieved. The study did examine factors related to the sustainability of the reform. After completing case studies of each jurisdiction, the author developed an analytical framework that described and evaluated the implementation of pattern or practice reform. Details: Washington, DC: American University, 2011. 444p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/237957.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127707

Author: Weber, Robin Title: An Analysis of Domestic Violence and Arrest Patterns in Vermont Using NIBRS Data Summary: This project for the first time enumerates domestic violence incidents in Vermont by both county and town. This analysis will be of significant benefit to domestic violence staff in terms of identifying locations where domestic violence education and prevention programs should be focused. The analysis of domestic violence incidents undertaken in this report utilized the National Incident‐Based Reporting System (NIBRS) data from the Vermont Criminal Information Center’s Vermont Crime On‐Line (VCON) site. The project demonstrates the utility of VCON for both policy and service-related research. The project provides a statewide look at domestic violence incidents using a variety of NIBRS data points including victim, offender, and crime circumstance data. The analysis indicates that the most common domestic violence incidents in Vermont involve a boyfriend/girlfriend relationship, where the body is used as a weapon in the act of violence. The report also undertakes an analysis of police response to domestic violence incidents. Statewide results suggest that approximately 80% of all domestic violence incidents were cleared by arrest. Analysis indicated that in some counties, 20% of cases did not end in arrest because the victim refused to cooperate with law enforcement. Cases handled by the Vermont State Police are more likely to encounter victim refusals than cases handled by municipal police or sheriffs. Approximately 60% of cases that ended in arrest ended in a custodial arrest of the defendant versus a citation to appear. In an attempt to understand what factors were related to custodial arrest the researcher conducted logistic regression analysis. Findings suggest that key factors related to custodial arrest are the agency type, the gender of the offender, whether the offender was using alcohol, and the nature of the offense. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/dvarrestsnibrs_files/VTJRSA%2011-30-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 127710

Author: Abrazaldo, Wally Title: Evaluation of the YouthBuild Youth Offender Grants Summary: This report summarizes findings from an implementation and outcomes evaluation of the YouthBuild Youth Offender grants. The evaluation consisted of site visits to each of the 34 grantees to examine their program design and implementation, the characteristics of the participants they served, and the outcomes they obtained. Two rounds of site visits were conducted, the first in the spring and the second in the fall of 2007. These visits included interviews with program administrators, staff, academic and vocational instructors, partners, and employers that had worked with participants. Further, more than 180 of the active participants were interviewed (approximately 75 percent of all active participants), with nearly 100 of them being interviewed during both rounds of site visits, to provide the youth perspective on the operation and value of the program. Additionally, data from the management information system (MIS) used for the grants was obtained and used to summarize the characteristics of youth offender participants and analyze the factors that are associated with their outcomes. Findings in this report are divided into several key areas, including those concerning organizational characteristics of the grantees and general fidelity to the YouthBuild model, recruitment and enrollment procedures, educational and vocational services, and case management, retention, and follow-up supports. Additional chapters examine how contextual factors may influence participants’ educational, workforce, and recidivism outcomes, and the developmental process participants must undertake in order to succeed in and after YouthBuild. Further, several case studies of youth experiences in the program are provided. Finally, participant outcomes are examined, and the factors that affect these outcomes are explored. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Labor/ETA, 2009. 252p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/Evaluation%20of%20the%20YouthBuild%20Youth%20Offender%20Grants%20-%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare - Education Shelf Number: 115740

Author: Leshnick, Sukey Soukamneuth Title: Evaluation of School-District-Based Strategies for Reducing Youth Involvement in Gangs and Violent Crime Summary: In 2007, the Employment and Training Administration provided funding to five school districts to improve services to youth who are involved, have been involved or are at risk of involvement with gangs or the juvenile justice system. A variety of educational, employment, and violence prevention programs and strategies were developed and designed to increase academic performance, lower the involvement of drop-outs and reduce involvement in crime and gangs. The Evaluation of School District-Based Strategies for Reducing Youth Involvement in Gangs and Violent Crime report summarizes findings that cover several key areas for improving services: community context, school district characteristics, in-school and out-of-school youth service models, and program outcomes. The goals of the evaluation were to document prevention and intervention strategies, assess partnership models, document outcomes, and identify successful strategies, challenges and lessons learned. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Labor/ETZ, 2010. 239p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/Evaluation_of_School_District-Based_Strategies_for_Reducing_Youth_Involvement_in_Gangs_and_Violent_Crime_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127711

Author: Owens, Emily Greene Title: Media and the Criminal Justice System Summary: People are influenced by what they see on television. With this in mind, legal scholars and criminal justice practitioners have begun to express concern that the discrepancy between how the justice system operates and how it is portrayed in popular media has hindered the system’s ability to function effectively. This interference has been coined the “CSI effect”; specifically, the use of forensic technology in crime dramas such as “CSI: Crime Scene Investigation” has limited prosecutors’ ability to obtain a conviction without DNA or other forensic evidence. Combining data on television viewing habits, convictions in state and federal courts, and capacity measures of publically funded forensics labs, I present evidence that these anecdotal concerns have merit, although the CSI effect primarily affects conviction rates through plea bargaining. I estimate that on average, increases in CSI popularity were weakly correlated with increases in conviction rates in federal and state court. However, in jurisdictions with small or unproductive forensic labs, the direction of the effect reverses. Details: Unpublished paper, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1632396 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Convictions Shelf Number: 127712

Author: Warner, Kimberly Title: Oceana Study Reveals Seafood Fraud Nationwide Summary: Americans are routinely urged to include more seafood in their diets as part of a healthy lifestyle. Yet consumers are often given inadequate, confusing or misleading information about the seafood they purchase. The dishonest and illegal practice of substituting one seafood species for another, or seafood fraud, has been uncovered both in the United States and abroad at levels ranging from 25 to more than 70 percent for commonly swapped species such as red snapper, wild salmon and Atlantic cod. From 2010 to 2012, Oceana conducted one of the largest seafood fraud investigations in the world to date, collecting more than 1,200 seafood samples from 674 retail outlets in 21 states to determine if they were honestly labeled. DNA testing found that one-third (33 percent) of the 1,215 samples analyzed nationwide were mislabeled, according to U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) guidelines. Of the most commonly collected fish types, samples sold as snapper and tuna had the highest mislabeling rates (87 and 59 percent, respectively), with the majority of the samples identified by DNA analysis as something other than what was found on the label. In fact, only seven of the 120 samples of red snapper purchased nationwide were actually red snapper. The other 113 samples were another fish. Halibut, grouper, cod and Chilean seabass were also mislabeled between 19 and 38 percent of the time, while salmon was mislabeled 7 percent of the time. Forty-four percent of all the retail outlets visited sold mislabeled fish. Restaurants, grocery stores and sushi venues all sold mislabeled fish and chances of being swindled varied greatly depending on where the seafood was purchased. Our study identified strong national trends in seafood mislabeling levels among retail types, with sushi venues ranking the highest (74 percent), followed by restaurants (38 percent) and then grocery stores (18 percent). These same trends among retail outlets were generally observed at the regional level. Seafood substitutions included species carrying health advisories (e.g. king mackerel sold as grouper; escolar sold as white tuna), cheaper farmed fish sold as wild (e.g. tilapia sold as red snapper), and overfished, imperiled or vulnerable species sold as more sustainable catch (e.g. Atlantic halibut sold as Pacific halibut). Our testing also turned up species not included among the more than 1,700 seafood species the federal government recognizes as sold or likely to be sold in the U.S. As our results demonstrate, a high level of mislabeling nationwide indicates that seafood fraud harms not only the consumer’s pocket book, but also every honest vendor or fisherman along the supply chain. These fraudulent practices also carry potentially serious concerns for the health of consumers, and for the health of our oceans and vulnerable fish populations. Because our study was restricted to seafood sold in retail outlets, we cannot say exactly where the fraudulent activity occurred. The global seafood supply chain is increasingly complex and obscure. With lagging federal oversight and minimal government inspection despite rising fish imports, and without sampling along the supply chain, it is difficult to determine if fraud is occurring at the boat, during processing, at the wholesale level, at the retail counter or somewhere else along the way. Our findings demonstrate that a comprehensive and transparent traceability system – one that tracks fish from boat to plate – must be established at the national level. At the same time, increased inspection and testing of our seafood, specifically for mislabeling, and stronger federal and state enforcement of existing laws combatting fraud are needed to reverse these disturbing trends. Our government has a responsibility to provide more information about the fish sold in the U.S., as seafood fraud harms not only consumers’ wallets, but also every honest vendor and fisherman cheated in the process--to say nothing of the health of our oceans. Details: Washington, DC: Oceana, 2013. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: http://oceana.org/sites/default/files/reports/National_Seafood_Fraud_Testing_Results_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 127714

Author: Ruther, Matthew Howard Title: Essays on the Spatial Clustering of Immigrants and Internal Migration within the United States Summary: The chapters in this dissertation each look at some aspect of immigration or internal migration in the United States, highlighting the spatial nature of population distribution and mobility. Chapters 1 and 2 focus on the effect of immigrant residential clustering on crime and Chapter 3 explores the internal migration behavior of Puerto Ricans. In the first chapter, we investigate the effect of immigrant concentration on patterns of homicide in Los Angeles County. We also suggest an alternative method by which to define immigrant neighborhoods. Our results indicate that immigrant concentration confers a protective effect against homicide mortality, an effect that remains after controlling for other neighborhood structural factors that are commonly associated with homicide. Controlling for the spatial dependence in homicides reduces the magnitude of the effect, but it remains significant. Chapter 2 examines how foreign born population concentration impacts homicide rates at the county level. This chapter utilizes a longitudinal study design to reveal how changes in the immigrant population in the county are associated with changes in the homicide rate. The analysis is carried out using a spatial panel regression model which allows for cross-effects between neighboring counties. The results show that increasing foreign born population concentration is associated with reductions in the homicide rate, a process observed most clearly in the South region of the United States. In Chapter 3 we explore the internal migration patterns of Puerto Ricans in the United States, comparing the migration behavior of individuals born in Puerto Rico to those born in the United States. Second and higher generation Puerto Ricans are more mobile than their first generation counterparts, likely an outcome of the younger age structure and greater human capital of this former group. Puerto Ricans born in the United States also appear to be less influenced by the presence of existing Puerto Rican communities when making migration decisions. Both mainland- and island-born Puerto Rican populations are spatially dispersing, with the dominant migration stream for both groups being between New York and Florida. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2012. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/239863.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 127715

Author: Anderson, James M. Title: Measuring the Effect of Defense Counsel on Homicide Case Outcomes Summary: This study examined the impact of randomly assigned public defenders and court-appointed private attorneys in the outcome of criminal cases in Philadelphia. The study found that there are vast differences in outcomes for defendants assigned different counsel types raises important questions about the adequacy and fairness of the criminal justice system. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241158.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Attorneys Shelf Number: 127721

Author: Freedman, Matthew Title: Immigration, Employment Opportunities, and Criminal Behavior Summary: There is little consensus on the effects of immigration on crime. One potential explanation for the conflicting evidence is heterogeneity across space and time in policies toward immigrants that affect their status in the community. In this paper, we take advantage of provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), which granted legal resident status to long-time illegal residents but created new obstacles to employment for others, to explore how employment opportunities affect criminal behavior. Exploiting unique administrative data on the criminal justice involvement of individuals in San Antonio, Texas and using a difference-in-differences methodology, we find evidence of an increase in felony charges filed against Hispanic residents of San Antonio after the expiration of the IRCA amnesty deadline. This was concentrated in neighborhoods where recent immigrants are most likely to locate, suggesting a strong relationship between access to legal jobs and criminal behavior. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: http://www.human.cornell.edu/pam/people/upload/IRCA_20130206.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Employment and Crime Shelf Number: 127722

Author: Scroggins, Jennifer Rhiannon Title: Gender, Social Ties, And Reentry Experiences Summary: A great deal of research has been conducted on factors associated with successful prisoner reentry. However, except for a few studies on women's reentry, most studies have failed to examine the role of parolees' social ties in contributing to reentry outcomes. Additionally, most studies on prisoner reentry only focused on male parolees, and few addressed the influence of gender on reentry experiences. Thus, my goal in this dissertation is to understand the influence of gender on male and female parolees' social ties, and how the resources their ties provide shape their reentry experiences. My dissertation research examines men and women’s strong- and weak-tie relationships and the resources available to them via their relationships to understand how these resources shape their reentry experiences. Study data, which were collected from indepth interviews with fifty men and women under parole supervision, showed that they underwent many changes in their strong- and weak-tie relationships during and after incarceration. Shifts toward closer and more positive relationships with families and the addition of pro-social weak-tie relationships resulted in more tangible and intangible resources that were considered by the men and women as important to their reentry success. Data analysis showed that the relationship patterns experienced by the men and women in the present study were largely consistent with gendered relationship patterns described in the literature, but that patterns of resource availability from their social ties were less consistent with those described in the literature. Findings from the study suggest the influence of gender on men and women's social ties, as reflected in different patterns of strong-tie relationships experienced prior to, during, and after incarceration, and also reveal some similarities between men and women with regard to increases in the number of weak-tie relationships with various pro-social individuals after incarceration. By showing the significant role of social ties, especially strong-ties, in providing tangible and intangible resources to parolees upon their release from prison, this study provides support for social control theory and highlights the importance of helping ex-offenders develop and maintain positive social ties with pro-social individuals to enhance the availability of resources necessary for successful reentry. Details: Knoxville, TN: University of Tennessee, 2012. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 26, 2013 at: http://trace.tennessee.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2645&context=utk_graddiss Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Family Ties Shelf Number: 127725

Author: Brennan, Tim Title: A Need/Risk Explanatory Classification of Female Prisoners Incorporating Gender-Neutral and Gender-Responsive Factors Summary: Correctional institutions must understand the women who enter their care if they are to achieve their key correctional goals. Assessment and classification are the main techniques used by correctional agencies to describe, understand, “name” and guide inmate management and treatment. Criminal justice institutions – like most people-processing bureaucracies –must first transform the unique “person” into a policy based category (e.g. minimum security) before any formal processing can begin (Prottas 1979; Litsky 1980). A major danger is that inadequate or oversimplified classification may produce systematic misunderstandings of women offenders that may lead to inappropriate processing and treatment of women offenders. Thus, there is much at stake in these classifications and the consequences of errors are damaging to both the detainee and the institution (Clear 1988; Blanchette and Brown 2006, Hardyman and VanVoorhis 2004; Brennan 1987b). Many aspects of the woman detainee’s life quality, e.g. housing placement, privileges, program eligibility, access to services and visitation arrangements all depend on classification decisions. It is thus disquieting that several recent reviews argue current classification procedures for women offenders lack adequate validity and are substantially misaligned with women’s needs and risks (Blanchette and Brown 2006, Hardyman and Van Voorhis 2004, Bloom 2000, Bloom et al., 2003; Reisig et al. 2006, Brennan 2008). The main criticisms include over-simplified and irrelevant risk and need factors, weak clinical guidance and poor predictive validity. Each of these deficiencies may produce systematic misclassification. Several research groups at both the State and National levels have called for more appropriate classifications for women offenders. The National Institute of Corrections (NIC) has mounted a multifaceted initiative on the classification of women offenders (Hardyman and Van Voorhis 2004, Wright et al 2007; Salisbury et al 2008). The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) has established a Gender Responsive Strategies Commission (GRSC) to assist in developing a master plan for female offenders. One of their first tasks was to implement a gender-responsive classification for female offenders. In Canada substantial efforts have also focused on re-designing classification procedures for female offenders (e.g. Blanchette and Brown 2006; Hannah-Moffatt and Shaw 2001). At the core of these issues is the problem of misalignment of classification design with organizational purposes. Any confusion over the purposes of classification can result in classification systems being designed and implemented that are “misaligned” with correctional goals of an agency and thus incapable of achieving these goals (Hardyman and Van Voorhis 2004; Brennan 1987). Appropriate alignment means that the design features of the classification are well matched to, and can achieve the policy purposes of an agency (Walton 1980). Misalignment occurs when a correctional agency implements a poorly designed classification that has little chance of achieving the agencies purposes e.g. when an agency implements a predictive risk classification but then uses this for treatment decisions; or when the agency omits female relevant factors from it’s classification but uses this system to classify women detainees. In the present project we will design two separate classifications matched to two different purposes. One aims to optimize risk prediction for women inmates, the other aims to optimize explanatory power and treatment relevance for women prisoners. This paper focuses on the latter classification. Details: Golden, CO: Northpointe Institute for Public Management, 2008. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.northpointeinc.com/files/research_documents/A_Need-Risk_Explanatory_Classification_of_Females.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127729

Author: Jacobs, Erin Title: Returning to Work After Prison: Final Results from the Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration Summary: More than 1.6 million people are incarcerated in prisons in the United States, and around 700,000 are released from prison each year. Those released from prison often face daunting obstacles as they seek to reintegrate into their communities, and rates of recidivism are high. Many experts believe that stable employment is critical to a successful transition from prison to the community. The Joyce Foundation’s Transitional Jobs Reentry Demonstration (TJRD), also funded by the JEHT Foundation and the U.S. Department of Labor, tested employment programs for former prisoners in Chicago, Detroit, Milwaukee, and St. Paul, using a rigorous random assignment design. MDRC led the evaluation, along with the Urban Institute and the University of Michigan. The project focused on transitional jobs programs that provide temporary subsidized jobs, support services, and job placement help. Transitional jobs are seen as a promising model for former prisoners and for other disadvantaged groups. In 2007-2008, more than 1,800 men who had recently been released from prison were assigned, at random, to a transitional jobs program or to a program providing basic job search assistance but no subsidized jobs. The research team tracked both groups using state data on employment and recidivism. Because of the random assignment design, one can be confident that significant differences that emerged between the groups are attributable to the services each group received. This is the final report in the TJRD project. It assesses how the transitional jobs programs affected employment and recidivism during the two years after people entered the study. Key Findings •The transitional jobs programs substantially increased employment early in the study period by providing jobs to many who would not otherwise have worked. However, the gains faded as men left the transitional jobs, and the programs did not increase regular (unsubsidized) employment either during or after the program period. At the end of the second year, only about one-fifth of each group were employed in the formal labor market. Earnings impacts may have been somewhat larger when economic conditions were relatively poor and members of the job search group had more difficulty finding jobs. •The transitional jobs programs did not significantly affect key measures of recidivism over the two-year follow-up period. About half each group were arrested, and a similar number returned to prison. Most of the prison admissions were for violations of parole rules, not new crimes. Overall, these results point to the need to develop and test enhancements to the transitional jobs model. For example, future tests could include enhancements such as extending the period of the transitional job, including vocational training as a core program component, or focusing more on the transition to regular employment by offering stronger financial incentives for participants. (Findings from the TJRD evaluation suggest that these financial incentives may improve earnings impacts.) Researchers and practitioners should also test other strategies to improve employment and recidivism outcomes for reentering prisoners. Details: New York: MDRC, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/full_626.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 127730

Author: Shalom, Alexander Title: The Crisis Continues Inside Police Internal Affairs Summary: Having an impartial complaint process that allows citizens to air grievances about police misconduct, accompanied by complete and fair investigations into those complaints, will improve law enforcement throughout New Jersey. The State of New Jersey recognized this more than two decades ago when the Attorney General first issued a comprehensive list of internal affairs (IA) rules establishing the rights of New Jerseyans to file complaints and a process by which they could do so. Having an effective IA process improves law enforcement because complaints often contain information that can alert supervisors in police departments that something is amiss and needs prompt attention. Additionally, by improving police practices and policies, good IA systems save public resources by preventing expensive litigation that may result when complaints are not addressed in compliance with the Attorney General Guidelines. The American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey (ACLU-NJ) has recognized the importance of ensuring that police departments act in accordance with best practices. Too often, we receive complaints from citizens who feel that they are unable to get their grievance about an officer’s conduct addressed by the department that is best equipped to handle and respond to the complainant: the officer’s home department. In June 2009, we published a report examining how many of New Jersey’s municipal police departments were in compliance with the Attorney General’s Guidelines. The results were disturbing. We learned that the majority of departments failed to follow the law and the guidelines regarding individuals’ rights to file IA complaints. We then attempted to work with many of the departments. Over the past two years, we have taken numerous steps to provide assistance to those departments seeking to correct their errors and implement best practices in this area. This report picks up where the June 2009 report left off, incorporating the lessons from 2009 to conduct an even more thorough analysis in 2012. The results remained disconcerting. Once again a majority of local departments provided inaccurate information in response to the most basic questions regarding individuals’ rights to file IA complaints. The ACLU-NJ remains ready to serve as a partner with police departments that seek help in implementing best practices. Both police and the public benefit when individuals feel their complaints are both welcomed and addressed. However, leadership on this issue must also come from the top. As noted, the Office of the Attorney General (OAG) maintains useful and instructive guidelines to ensure access to the IA process. Having shared a draft of this report with the OAG, the ACLU-NJ is extremely pleased to report that the OAG will soon roll out two initiatives demonstrating its commitment to an accessible IA process and proper training of law enforcement regarding the rights of citizens to file IA complaints. First, the OAG will distribute to all NJ law enforcement agencies a laminated quick reference guide on how to handle IA complaints, designed to be placed by telephones in police departments. The informative guide, similar to ones the ACLU-NJ provided to many departments, demonstrates the desire of the OAG to ensure that the established rules are followed. Second, the OAG is developing an online training course for all police employees to access. Using NJ Learn, a training platform for all New Jersey first responders, police personnel will be able to test their knowledge of the rules that govern access to internal affairs. Both initiatives illustrate the strong commitment the OAG has made to encouraging compliance with its quality guidelines and full access to the IA process. The onus now shifts to the municipal departments to take advantage of the resources the state has pledged to provide. Details: Newark, NJ: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.aclu-nj.org/files/3413/6059/3876/ACLU_NJ_Internal_Affairs.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Ethics Shelf Number: 127732

Author: Whitbeck, Barbara Title: Gangs and Youth Violence Interventions: A Review of Research and Literature Addressing Evidence‐Based and Promising Practices for Gang‐Affiliated and Violent Youth in Juvenile Institutions and Detention Centers Summary: This report reviews current research and literature to determine which evidence-based and promising practices work best for gang‐affiliated and violent youth in juvenile institutions and other detention settings, and what factors need to be considered when implementing best practices. It also notes evidence‐based practices currently used by Washington’s DSHS Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration (JRA), and practices JRA may consider for future implementation. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2.23: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/graphics/Main/jra/VIP%20Literature%20review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 127735

Author: Forrest, Walter Title: Adult Family Relationships and Desistance from Crime Summary: Despite considerable evidence that certain life-course transitions can play a significant role in helping some offenders abandon crime, several fundamental issues remain unresolved. In this dissertation, I examine the links between crime and two lifecourse transitions related to the development of families in adulthood: cohabitation and marriage. Using data from the National Youth Survey (NYS), I investigate the extent to which both types of relationships can contribute to desistance. I then evaluate the major theoretical mechanisms through which marriage is most likely to promote behavioral change. Finally, I examine the degree to which these relationships foster desistance for both men and women. Results indicate that marriage has the capacity to promote desistance, whereas cohabitation does not, and that the effects of marriage on crime are conditional on both the social orientation of the spouse and the quality of the marital relationship. These and other results are mostly consistent with social control and social learning theories of crime and desistance. In addition, the results of the analyses indicate that the effects of marriage on crime are similar among men and women. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, 2007. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1539&context=etd Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 127739

Author: University of Nebraska. Public Policy Center Title: Evaluation of Nebraska’s Probation Problem Solving Courts Summary: Eight Nebraska problem solving courts were examined for this evaluation: three adult drug courts, four juvenile drug courts, and one young adult problem solving court. The key questions intended to be addressed through this evaluation included the following: 1. To what extent do problem-solving courts serve appropriate persons, specifically in relation to risk classification? 2. How do the demographic characteristics of participants compare to the general population and other offenders? 3. To what extent do policies and procedures adhere to the proposed problem solving court rules 4. How do policies and procedures compare across courts? 5. What are possible areas of improvement, particularly in court procedures, treatment and ongoing program evaluation? 6. What are the participant outcomes, and to what extent are these outcomes associated with participant characteristics and program elements? The evaluation used a variety of methods to answer these questions including a review of the literature and Nebraska problem solving court documentation, courtroom observations, focus groups and interviews, and analysis of data from the state probation information system. Quantitative information for this study was collected for the time period January 2006 through June 2007. Information about policies, practices and perceptions about problem solving court operations was collected during the summer of 2007. Therefore, this evaluation provides analysis for a particular period of time and does not reflect subsequent changes in problem solving courts. Consistent with national trends, the majority of Nebraska problem solving court participants are classified as requiring a high level of community supervision. However, there were limited data available to answer this question. There were also limited data available to make a determination about what factors affect success in problem solving courts. It is recommended that data system improvements be developed to help answer these and other key policy questions. There were mixed results regarding whether there are disparities with regard to race and ethnicity of court participants as compared to the general population of the communities they serve. The data available was limited and did not indicate disparities; however, this likely was the result of small sample size. Stakeholders identified potential selection biases that could be addressed through more equitable selection processes. A review of written court policies and procedures revealed disparities between existing documented practices of the eight courts and the proposed court rules for problem solving courts. To conform to the proposed rules, enhancements in documentation are required for most courts. Although currently problem solving courts are standardizing their policies and procedures, at the time of this study there were differences in policies and procedures across the eight problem solving courts reflecting the individual strengths and challenges faced by each. Many of the courts’ practices are known by the team members, but are not well documented in policies and procedures. It is recommended that the combined knowledge and experience of the courts be captured in writing more clearly to help future team members and participants to clearly understand each court’s target population, selection processes, instruments used in the selection process, and activities built into the phases of the problem solving court process. Similar to other evaluations of problem solving courts in Nebraska, this evaluation recommends developing documentation that clearly articulates standards for selecting participants in each problem solving court. The preliminary results of this evaluation also yielded several additional findings that can be used as a basis for enhancing Nebraska’s problem solving courts.  Problem solving courts in Nebraska generally have strong, dedicated teams that are critical to the success of the courts. It is recommended that team functioning be enhanced through on-going training, team building and standardized orientation for new members.  Court procedures strongly influence participant success. Recommendations include enhanced attention to practices in the courtroom such as voice amplification and regular use of trained interpreters. Documenting courtroom practices via standardized orientation material may help participants, their families, team members and communities understand judicial expectations in a courtroom.  The role and expectations of treatment in the problem solving court process can be better articulated. It is recommended that expectations about the use of evidence based practices by treatment providers be articulated in writing along with clear expectations about how providers should report progress in treatment as part of the problem solving court process.  Participants can be better served by developing the capacity for assessment and treatment of mental health disorders for participants with co-occurring disorders.  The current state level data system has serious limitations for collecting the types of information useful for informing policy. Regular generation of reports via an integrated information system would make it possible to track and compare problem solving court activities. It is more likely that errors or omissions in court reporting data will be caught early if reports are meaningful to local courts and relied upon by statewide administrators.  Standardized exit interviews of participants exiting problem solving courts are recommended as a mechanism for documenting challenges and successes in local court processes. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska, Public Policy Center, 2008. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://ppc.unl.edu/userfiles/file/Documents/projects/DrugCourtEvaluation/EvaluationofNebraska'sProbationProblemSolvingCourts.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 127740

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Southwest Border Security: Data Are Limited and Concerns Vary about Spillover Crime along the Southwest Border Summary: Drug-related homicides have dramatically increased in recent years in Mexico along the nearly 2,000-mile border it shares with the United States. U.S. federal, state, and local officials have stated that the prospect of crime, including violence, spilling over from Mexico into the southwestern United States is a concern. GAO was asked to review crime rates and assess information on spillover crime along the border. Specifically, this report addresses: (1) What information do reported crime rates in southwest border communities provide on spillover crime and what do they show? (2) What efforts, if any, have federal, state, and select local law enforcement agencies made to track spillover crime along the southwest border? (3) What concerns, if any, do these agencies have about spillover crime? (4) What steps, if any, have these agencies taken to address spillover crime? GAO analyzed crime data from all of the 24 southwest border counties from 2004 through 2011 and federal documentation, such as threat assessments and DHS’s plans for addressing violence along the southwest border. GAO interviewed officials from DHS and DOJ and their components. GAO also interviewed officials from 37 state and local law enforcement agencies responsible for investigating and tracking crime in the border counties in the four southwest border states (Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas). While the results of the interviews are not generalizable, they provided insights. GAO is not making any recommendations. DHS provided comments, which highlighted border-related crime initiatives recognized by GAO. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-175: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/652320.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 127743

Author: Owens, Emily G. Title: Truthiness in Punishment: The Far Reach of Truth-in-Sentencing Laws in State Courts Summary: Truth-in-Sentencing laws require that violent felons serve large fractions of their sentences behind bars. While generally assumed to increase time behind bars, there is wide scope for TIS laws to be undone; prosecutors and defense attorneys may strategically manipulate charges to make defendants TIS ineligible, and judges may reduce sentences for individuals convicted of TIS eligible crimes. Using a large sample of defendants arrested for violent felonies and charged between 2000 and 2004, I find no evidence of charge or sentence manipulation associated with conviction for a TIS eligible offense. In contrast, I find that people who are arrested for TIS eligible crimes, but avoid the law by pleading guilty to TIS ineligible misdemeanors are dealt with more severely by the criminal justice system. This spillover effect of TIS laws into misdemeanor sanctions suggests that instead of undoing legislative intent, judges honor the spirit of TIS by increasing punishment for all violent offenders, not just those technically subject to the law. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.socialsciences.cornell.edu/0912/Owens.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Decision Making Shelf Number: 127745

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Capacity Challenges in California's Jails Summary: In an effort widely known as "realignment,” California has given its counties enormous new responsibilities for corrections—including authority over many new types of felony offenders and parolees. Rather than go to state prison, these offenders now go to county jail or receive an alternative sanction. In the first few months of realignment, California’s jail population increased noticeably—but many jails were already facing capacity concerns. We find that some offenders who would have been incarcerated prior to realignment are now either not locked up or are not spending as much time in jail. Going forward, counties will need to consider a wide variety of approaches for handling their capacity concerns and their expanded offender populations. Details: San Francisco, CA: Public Policy Institute of California, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_912MLR.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 126580

Author: Williams, Jeremy L. Title: Meth: Resurgence in the South: A Regional Resource Summary: Methamphetamine, or meth, is a highly addictive, synthetically produced, central nervous system stimulant that, according to the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), is the most common synthetic drug manufactured in the United States. The recent, rapid growth of methamphetamine users in the United States largely is due to the ability to produce it using conventional, easily accessible chemicals and supplies. While other major illegal drugs, such as cocaine or heroin, are imported from South American or Asian countries, most methamphetamine consumed in the United States is produced locally with a recipe downloaded from the Internet and readily available products like pseudoephedrine and ephedrine (found in decongestants and other cold medications), iodine, rock salt, battery acid, anhydrous ammonia and some basic kitchen items like plastic bags, glass cookware, funnels and soda bottles. According to the National Institute on Drug Abuse, approximately 10 million people 12 years and older have abused methamphetamine in their lifetimes and, in 2005, about 500,000 people were current users. Other than marijuana, it is perhaps the first major drug to have vast quantities produced in rural regions of the country. This is attributable to the fact that meth production requires discrete locations, such as abandoned farms, fields, vehicles, barns and old hotel rooms. The Southern Legislative Conference (SLC) has been tracking the issue of crystal methamphetamine production, distribution and use for almost a decade. In 2001, the SLC published a report, Methamphetamine Production and Abuse in Southern States, which examined the rise in popularity of the drug from the early to mid 1980s and assessed its impacts on Southern states. It concluded that “methamphetamine has taken hold across the South and Midwest. It has become a particularly pernicious and perplexing problem in states such as Arkansas, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas, but policymakers are confronted with a potential increase in the production and use of methamphetamine across the South.” These concerns were not unfounded. Meth has become one of the most dangerous illegal substances in Southern states, and almost every SLC state is seeing annual increases in meth laboratory seizures. According to the DEA, meth labs are, by far, the most common clandestine laboratories in the United States. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern OFfice of the Council of State Government, 2010. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://knowledgecenter.csg.org/drupal/system/files/MethResurgence.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 127751

Author: Visher, Christy A. Title: Workforce Development Program: Experiences of 80 Probationers in the U.S. Probation Office, District of Delaware Summary: Individuals returning home from prison face several common issues including finding housing, creating ties with family and friends, finding a job, abstaining from alcohol and drug abuse, resisting peer pressure to continue involvement in crime, and supervision requirements (Petersilia 2001; Seiter & Kadela 2003). One issue that has been receiving increased attention is employment and job readiness. Previous research has identified unemployment as an important predictor of recidivism (Seiter & Kadela, 2003; Uggen 2000; Visher, Debus, & Yahner 2008). However, for many ex‐offenders, finding a job after being released from prison can be a very stressful and difficult process. In some cases, they may have not had a legitimate job prior to incarceration, or they may have not been able to keep a legitimate job for a long period of time. Sometimes they may lack the necessary education or skills to obtain employment that will provide them enough income to sustain themselves. The additional burden of a criminal record also limits their prospects for many types of jobs. These individuals also face difficulties staying employed; adjusting to a new schedule, changing attitudes, and dealing with a greater level of responsibility can often be very challenging (Buck, 2000; Harris & Keller, 2005; Holzer, Raphael & Stoll, 2002). Over the past several years more research has been geared toward program evaluation and outcome assessment to determine what types of prisoner reentry programs, policies, and services work and which do not. Results from these studies help to develop evidence‐based practices that can lead to great efficiency and accountability for programs aimed at assisting men and women in their transition from prison back into the community. One specific program developed for ex‐offenders is the federal Workforce Development Program. This initiative has been piloted in several federal probation offices and involves providing men and women under community supervision with assistance to increase their job readiness (including education and vocational skills), identify potential employers, and develop resumes and interview skills with the goals of obtaining full‐time employment and reducing recidivism. While this initiative is still fairly new, preliminary research has found the program to increase employment and reduce recidivism in several jurisdictions including Missouri, Louisiana, and Vermont. In late 2006, the U.S. Probation Office, District of Delaware in Wilmington, Delaware decided to implement this program to improve employment and decrease recidivism for a group of higher risk probationers. Several recent reports on reentry programs and policies suggest that targeting high‐risk individuals is an important component of an evidence‐based reentry strategy (National Research Council 2007; Solomon et al. 2008). The purpose of this report is to present results of a pilot study to track the progress of federal probationers1 under the jurisdiction of the Delaware office after one year of being involved in the workforce development program, and assess the program’s effects on employment and recidivism. The report includes a description and assessment of the Workforce Development Program in Delaware and a comparison of the Workforce Development participants with probationers in two districts without workforce development programs. Details: Newark, DE: Center for Drug and Alcohol Studies University of Delaware, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://madcp.dreamhosters.com/sites/default/files/3E%20Workforce%20Dvlpmnt%20Issues%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 127752

Author: DeMichele, Matthew T. Title: Community Supervision Workload Considerations for Public Safety Summary: Supported by a grant awarded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance, the American Probation and Parole Association developed the report Community Supervision Workload Considerations for Public Safety discussing the dilemma of managing officer time amidst an array of tasks, constraining resources, and high caseloads. Two tools are provided within the document; 1) workload matrices that provide agencies with estimated time ranges for specific tasks officers complete classified by risk level and case type (e.g., domestic violence, sex offender), and 2) a time study template to assist agencies in conducting their own examination of officer workload. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/pubs/CSWCFPS.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Caseload Management Shelf Number: 127755

Author: Kansas Department of Corrections Title: Offender Programs Evaluation: Volume VII Summary: This evaluation report initially proceeded from a set of evaluation questions. These questions, initially discussed in detail in Volume I - January 1997, continue to guide the inquiry, data organization, and reporting format. The output (process) data in this report provides a statistical review of offender program participation for a five-year period from FY 2002 through FY 2006. Outcome (recidivism) data begins with FY 1992 and covers up to a fifteen-year period (through the end of FY 2006). Information is provided for each of the following programs: · Sex Offender Treatment o Sex Offender Treatment Program (SOTP) o Substance Abuse Treatment Component of SOTP · Substance Abuse Treatment o Alcohol and Drug Addiction Primary Treatment (ADAPT) (outcome data only) o Chemical Dependency Recovery Program (CDRP) o Substance Abuse Treatment for Females o Therapeutic Community (TC) (recidivism data covers FY 1997 – FY 2006 only) · Academic Education (process data only) · Special Education (process data only) · Vocational Education · Transitional Training Program · Pre-Release Reintegration Program · Work Release Program (recidivism data covers FY 1995 - FY 2006 only) · InnerChangeTM Program o InnerChange Program (recidivism data covers FY 2000 - FY 2006 only) o Substance Abuse Treatment Component of InnerChange Program. Details: Topeka, KS: Kansas Department of Corrections, 2007. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: http://www.doc.ks.gov/publications/program-evaluation-reports/ProgramsEvaluationVII.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Kansas, U.S.) Shelf Number: 127816

Author: Miller, Marna Title: What Works to Reduce Recidivism by Domestic Violence Offenders? Summary: The 2012 Washington State Legislature directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to: a) update its analysis of the national and international literature on domestic violence (DV) treatment; b) report on other interventions effective at reducing recidivism by DV offenders and criminal offenders in general; and c) survey other states’ laws regarding DV treatment for offenders. Similar to 25 other states, Washington’s legal standards for DV treatment require treatment to be group-based and incorporate elements of a treatment model developed in the 1980s in Duluth, MN. In updating our review of the literature, we identified 11 rigorous evaluations—none from Washington—testing whether DV treatment has a cause-and-effect relationship with DV recidivism. Six of those evaluations tested the effectiveness of Duluth-like treatments. We found no effect on DV recidivism with the Duluth model. There may be other reasons for courts to order offenders to participate in these Duluth-like programs, but the evidence to date suggests that DV recidivism will not decrease as a result. Our review indicates that there may be other group-based treatments for male DV offenders that effectively reduce DV recidivism. We found five rigorous evaluations covering a variety of non-Duluth group-based treatments. On average, this diverse collection of programs reduced DV recidivism by 33%. Unfortunately, these interventions are so varied in their approaches that we cannot identify a particular group-based treatment to replace the Duluth-like model required by Washington State law. Additional outcome evaluations, perhaps of the particular DV programs in Washington State, would help identify effective alternatives to the Duluth model. This report includes separate statements from the Washington State Supreme Court Gender and Justice Commission and the Northwest Association of Domestic Violence Treatment Professionals. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 20p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 4, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/13-01-1201.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127819

Author: Barnoski, Robert Title: Recidivism Findings for the Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration's Mentoring Program: Final Report Summary: The Washington State Legislature directed the Institute to evaluate the Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration’s mentoring program. The Institute conducted a preliminary analysis of the program in 2002 using a 12-month follow-up period and found reduced recidivism for mentor participants. This report updates the preliminary findings by using a longer follow-up period to measure recidivism. Findings • During the preliminary follow-up, the mentor group recidivated at a lower rate than the comparison group. However, the gap converges by the 36-month follow-up. None of the differences between the two groups is statistically significant for any type of recidivism at the 24- or 36-month follow-up periods. • This study is limited by having a relatively small number of youth in the mentor and comparison groups. As a result, large differences between the groups are necessary to show statistical significance. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2006. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/06-07-1202.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 127820

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: The Effects of DNA Databases on Crime Summary: Since 1988, every US state has established a database of criminal offenders’ DNA profiles. These databases have received widespread attention in the media and popular culture, but this paper provides the first rigorous analysis of their impact on crime. DNA databases are distinctive for two reasons: (1) They exhibit enormous returns to scale, and (2) they work mainly by increasing the probability that a criminal is punished rather than the severity of the punishment. I exploit the details and timing of state DNA database expansions in two ways, first to address the effects of DNA profiling on individual’s subsequent criminal behavior and then to address the impacts on crime rates and arrest probabilities. I first show that profiled violent offenders are more likely to return to prison than similar, unprofiled offenders. This suggests that the higher probability of getting caught outweighs the deterrent effect of DNA profiling. I then show that larger DNA databases reduce crime rates, especially in categories where forensic evidence is likely to be collected at the scene—e.g., murder, rape, assault, and vehicle theft. The probability of arresting a suspect in new crimes falls as databases grow, likely due to selection effects. Back-of-the-envelope estimates of the marginal cost of preventing each crime suggest that DNA databases are much more cost-effective than other common law enforcement tools. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Frank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, University of Virginia,, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: http://www.batten.virginia.edu/sites/default/files/fwpapers/Doleac_DNADatabases_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Deterrence Shelf Number: 127821

Author: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission Title: Raising the Age of Juvenile Court Jurisdiction: The future of 17-year-olds in Illinois' justice system Summary: In Illinois, 17-year-olds cannot vote or play the lottery; they need permission to join the military or pierce their ears; they are unable to obtain a full driver’s license or credit card. Abusing a 17-year-old is child abuse; failing to provide adequate food to a 17-year-old is child neglect; teachers and other professionals who work with 17-year- olds must report such incidents or face criminal charges themselves. When 17-year-olds damage someone’s property, their parents can be sued. A 17-year-old arrested for shoplifting an iPod Touch is subject to the juvenile justice system. In all of these respects, the law treats 17-year-olds as it does 16-year-olds: as minors. Yet Illinois law treats a 17-year-old who shoplifts an iPhone as an adult criminal: held with adults in jail, tried in adult criminal court, sent to adult prison if incarcerated, and issued an employment-crushing permanent criminal record—an adult felony conviction. In 38 other states, such a youth would go through the juvenile justice system instead. In 2009, in keeping with legal, criminological, and scientific trends, legislative advocates in Illinois supported moving 17-year-olds from criminal to juvenile court jurisdiction. The proposal was vigorously debated, with opponents raising concerns over public safety, staggering probation caseloads, overcrowded detention facilities and unmanageable fiscal costs. In response to these concerns, the General Assembly passed an innovative compromise; Illinois would be the first and only state in the nation to send exclusively misdemeanants through the juvenile system. Any and all felony charged 17-year-olds would stay in adult criminal court for the time being—until the effects of the change were known and the impact of further change could be considered. Since the misdemeanor age change took effect on January 1, 2010, none of the predicted negative consequences on the juvenile court system have occurred: Adding 17-year-old misdemeanants to the juvenile justice system in 2010 did not crash it. In fact, due to a sharp decline in juvenile crime, there are currently fewer juvenile arrests than when the General Assembly began debating the change in 2008. Public safety did not suffer. In fact, both crime reports and juvenile arrests have continued to decline, including a 14 percent decrease in violent crime statewide since the law was changed. County juvenile detention centers and state juvenile incarceration facilities were not overrun. In fact, one detention center and two state incarceration facilities have been closed and excess capacity is still the statewide norm. Illinois is not wasting costly resources on youth who will not change. In fact, we now know that even felony- level 17-year-old offenders are very good candidates for juvenile court interventions and that there is a net fiscal benefit from sending youth to juvenile rather than adult court. Multiple federal juvenile policy briefs have now offered new insight into the potential for adolescent offenders to grow and change—and have also warned of serious negative public safety consequences of sending minors through an adult criminal system. Illinois’ seemingly reasonable compromise did not, in the end, draw a wise, safe, or clear distinction between minor and serious offenses. In fact, years after the change, jurisdictional questions still regularly arise when 17-year-olds are arrested; some are being unnecessarily housed in adult jails and others are receiving adult convictions for misdemeanor offenses; decisions with lifelong collateral consequences for youth are being made without judicial oversight or a clear, uniform statewide process. Regardless of legislative action on this jurisdictional issue, Illinois cannot continue its status quo of housing felony-charged 17-year-olds with adult inmates without financial cost. In fact, monitoring for compliance with new federal Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) guidelines begins in 2013. PREA will require all offenders under 18, even those in the criminal system, to be housed separately from adults in all lockups, jails, detention centers, and prisons. Noncompliance can result in a 5 percent penalty on several federal formula funds and block grants, which support state and local law enforcement agencies throughout Illinois. The operational impact of raising the age for approximately 4,000 17-year-olds arrested for felony offenses will not crash the system. In fact, most practitioners interviewed for this report believe the change will relieve some administrative burdens inherent in a “bifurcated system” in which some 17-year-olds are handled as adults and others are considered juveniles. Of course, adding felony arrests cannot be expected to have the same operational effects as adding misdemeanor arrests. Some of the original fiscal projections and concerns over raising the age focused primarily on expensive interventions for more serious offenders (detention, incarceration, more intensive probation); these were minimally affected by adding up to 18,000 misdemeanor arrests to the juvenile system but do become more relevant concerns upon shifting 4,000 felony youth arrests from the adult system to the juvenile system. yet many original objections to raising the age focused on the effect of the raw numbers being shifted to front-end processing and diversion functions (arrest, probation screening, juvenile court caseloads, and probation services). At the front end of the system, the hardest stage of change is over, and it has been much more successful than anticipated. While serious youth crime continues to afflict communities, the overall reduction in juvenile crime and increased diversion options have created a smaller and more resilient juvenile justice system. Appropriately resourced, it will be able to absorb the second phase of raising the age while increasing public safety. Since the juvenile jurisdiction compromise changes went into effect in 2010, taking the next step with felonies has become less risky and more manageable, while the enormous economic and safety costs of maintaining the destructive status quo have become more apparent in many neighborhoods, as well as in the research. A great deal of the resistance to further change has dwindled and our state is being presented with the opportunity to do right by youth, their parents, the public, and practitioners. It is time to treat 17-year-olds who are arrested in Illinois as we do their 16-year-old classmates. Details: Springfield, IL: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, 2013. 74. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2013 at: http://ijjc.illinois.gov/rta Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Jurisdiction Shelf Number: 127823

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. National Drug Intelligence Center Title: Puerto Rico/U.S. Virgin Islands High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area Program. Drug Market Analysis 2011 Summary: The overall drug threat to the Puerto Rico/U.S. Virgin Islands (PR/USVI) High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area (HIDTA) has remained relatively consistent over the past year. Drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) transport multikilogram quantities of cocaine and South American (SA) heroin through the PR/USVI HIDTA region en route to drug markets in the continental United States (CONUS). While most of the cocaine and heroin arriving in the region is further transported to the CONUS for distribution, a portion remains in the HIDTA region for local distribution and consumption. As a result, cocaine trafficking and heroin abuse are the principal drug threats to the PR/USVI HIDTA region. In addition, cannabis cultivation and the subsequent distribution and abuse of marijuana pose serious threats to the region. Murders and incidents of violence linked to cocaine trafficking have increased in Puerto Rico over the past year, resulting in widespread fear among the general population because of the often indiscriminate nature of the violence. Key issues identified in the PR/USVI HIDTA region include the following: • Colombian and Venezuelan DTOs have shifted some of their cocaine air transportation routes from the Dominican Republic to the eastern Caribbean in the vicinity of the British Virgin Islands and the USVI.1 • Cocaine continues to pose the greatest drug threat to the region because of the continued high level of trafficking in the PR/USVI HIDTA region. • The number of murders and other violent incidents linked to cocaine trafficking increased in Puerto Rico during the past year. • Heroin abuse is prevalent in Puerto Rico, with high rates of bacterial and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infections occurring among heroin abusers, who typically inject the drug. • The PR/USVI HIDTA region is a major bulk cash movement center for drug traffickers operating in the region and the CONUS. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/archive/ndic/dmas/PR-VI_DMA-2011(U).pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 127827

Author: Biasotti, Michael C. Title: Management of the Severely Mentally Ill and its Effects on Homeland Security Summary: As a result of the events of September 11, 2001, law enforcement agencies nationwide have been assigned a plethora of terrorism prevention and recovery related duties. Many federal documents outline and emphasize duties and responsibilities pertaining to local law enforcement. The prevention of acts of terrorism within communities has become a focal point of patrol activities for state and local police agencies. Simultaneously, local law enforcement is dealing with the unintended consequences of a policy change that in effect removed the daily care of our nation’s severely mentally ill population from the medical community and placed it with the criminal justice system. This policy change has caused a spike in the frequency of arrests of severely mentally ill persons, prison and jail population and the homeless population. A nationwide survey of 2,406 senior law enforcement officials conducted within this paper indicates that the deinstitutionalization of the severely mentally ill population has become a major consumer of law enforcement resources nationwide. This paper argues that highly cost-effective policy recommendations exist that would assist in correcting the current situation, which is needlessly draining law enforcement resources nationwide, thereby allowing sorely needed resources to be directed toward this nation’s homeland security concerns. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2011. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.nychiefs.org/media/Mgmt_Severely_Mentally_Ill_Homeland_Security_Biasotti.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 127828

Author: Bradford, Spike Title: Common Ground: Lessons Learned from Five States that Reduced Juvenile Confinement by More than Half Summary: After decades of expanding correctional populations in the United States, there is a growing awareness that we need to end the era of over-incarceration. Primarily this realization has formed around the adult correctional population, with less attention paid by the media or the general public to young people who are confined for delinquent behavior or prior to adjudication. This is perhaps because of the small percentage of youth that makeup the total incarcerated population: in 2010, approximately 2,270,100 adults were incarcerated in the U.S., compared to 70,792 youth. Simply by its scale, the “adult problem” dominates the conversation. However, as confinement is the least effective method of addressing delinquent behavior in young people and increases the likelihood that they will become justice-involved adults, systemic reforms that will reduce the number of confined youth are urgently needed. Such reforms–including reducing the number of youth held in secure confinement, improving the conditions of juvenile facilities and expanding community-based services that can be used instead of confinement, among other issues–have been aggressively pursued in a number of states around the country for over a decade. In fact, juvenile correctional populations have dropped by about a third, nationally, since 1999, when they peaked at over 107,000 confined youth. Restructuring the “fiscal architecture” of juvenile justice is one approach to reducing youth confinement that has attracted national attention. This approach seeks to remove the incentive of counties and local jurisdictions to send youth to state-run and state-funded institutions. Certainly, the current economic environment has played a role in states wanting to reduce their juvenile corrections expenses, which run upwards of $240 per day, per youth. Creating financial incentives for counties to keep youth close to home has the potential to lower net costs (state confinement and local community-based services), and improve outcomes for youth. Because this approach has showed early success in several states, other jurisdictions are considering whether they, too, should reform the fiscal architecture of their state juvenile justice systems to reduce youth confinement. Four years ago, the Justice Policy Institute, in its publication, Costs of Confinement: Why Good Juvenile Justice Policies Make Good Fiscal Sense, highlighted fiscal reform as a promising practice. Given the drop in juvenile confinement just in the past four years, we decided to look at what role fiscal changes–and other reforms–have played in reducing the number of youth locked up in the U.S. We discovered that adjusting funding schemes was just one of many successful strategies for juvenile confinement reform and, in fact, there are many states that have significantly reduced their juvenile confined populations without fiscal reform. States have initiated top-down policy changes, requiring police and courts to treat juveniles differently, resulting in fewer youth confined. Others have simply closed their state’s juvenile correctional facilities, forcing judges to adopt less restrictive responses to juvenile delinquency. What follows is a critical analysis of those elements that appeared to contribute to the greatest reductions in rates of confinement over the past decade. Keeping in mind juvenile justice in each state operates as a system, the actors, policies and problems are necessarily intertwined. For example, the creation of a juvenile justice reform committee within a state is one way to further deinstitutionalization reforms but this process is often the result of settlement agreements among litigants over poor juvenile justice conditions. In this report, each of these strategies will be addressed. After discussing commonalities of reform activities among the states, we provide a brief overview of each state’s experience. These are not case studies per se of specifics of each state’s work, but more of an aerial view to further describe the transformations made. Through the diversity of strategies, as well as the commonalities between states, we hope advocates and policymakers who seek better outcomes for youth will find inspiration and pursue those strategies that are fiscally and politically achievable in their jurisdictions. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/jpicommonground.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 127829

Author: Lovenheim, Michael F. Title: Does Federal Financial Aid Affect College Enrollment? Evidence from Drug Offenders and the Higher Education Act of 1998 Summary: In 2001, amendments to the Higher Education Act made people convicted of drug offenses ineligible for federal financial aid for up to two years after their conviction. Using rich data on educational outcomes and drug charges in the NLSY 1997, we show that this law change had a large negative impact on the college attendance of students with drug convictions. On average, the temporary ban on federal financial aid increased the amount of time between high school graduation and college enrollment by about two years, and we also present suggestive evidence that affected students were less likely to ever enroll in college. Students living in urban areas and those whose mothers did not attend college appear to be the most affected by these amendments. Importantly, we do not find that the law deterred young people from committing drug felonies nor did it substantively change the probability that high school students with drug convictions graduated from high school. We find no evidence of a change in college enrollment of students convicted of non-drug crimes, or of those charged by not convicted of drug offenses. In contrast to much of the existing research, we conclude that, for this high-risk group of students, eligibility for federal financial aid strongly impacts college investment decisions. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18749: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18749 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127830

Author: Florida Stand Youth Ground Task Force Title: Final Report to Governors Task Force Summary: In the years since passage of the drastic revisions to Chapter 776 of the Florida Statute regarding the use of force in self-defense, Floridians have grappled with the tragic consequences of a arguably, ambiguous law which has shown demonstrable confusion within and among police departments, prosecuting offices and the courts. While commonly referred to as the “Stand Your Ground” law, the statutes have not simply helped law abiding citizens protect themselves from attack, but instead, have often been used as cover for the perpetrators of crimes. Each day that goes by without legislative action places innocent lives at stake. While the focus on public safety and the previously well-established principles of self defense are paramount to the Task Force’s review, the evaluation is also concerned with preventing operation of a system tantamount to lawlessness, where any person can, within a matter of seconds, render himself investigator, judge, jury and executioner, all in one. In a civilized society, governing institutions must provide all Floridians with grounds for confidence in the justice system. The work of the Task Force is geared to avoid extreme pendulum shifts, and to ensure the balance which provides all persons in Florida assurance in their safety and the rule of law. The Task Force’s recommendations are arranged in the following order: recommendation unanimously agreed to, consensus recommendations - which had significant debate and dissention, and one discussion item. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Stand Your Ground Task Force, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://senatorchrissmith.com/standyourground/finalreport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 127832

Author: Staats, Cheryl Title: State of the Science: Implicit Bias Review 2013 Summary: This report - State of the Science: Implicit Bias Review - provides access to the scientific work highlighting the connection between unconscious racial association and human decision-making and outcomes. Details: Columbus, OH: IKirwan Institute for the Study of Race and Ethnicity, Ohio State University, 2013. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://kirwaninstitute.osu.edu/docs/SOTS-Implicit_Bias.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 127833

Author: Annie E. Casey Foundation Title: Reducing Youth Incarceration in the United States Summary: A sea change is underway in our nation’s approach to dealing with young people who get in trouble with the law. Although we still lead the industrialized world in the rate at which we lock up young people, the youth confinement rate in the United States is rapidly declining. In 2010 this rate reached a new 35-year low, with almost every state confining a smaller share of its youth population than a decade earlier. This decline has not led to a surge in juvenile crime. On the contrary, crime has fallen sharply even as juvenile justice systems have locked up fewer delinquent youth. The public is safer, youth are being treated less punitively and more humanely, and governments are saving money— because our juvenile justice systems are reducing their reliance on confinement. With this report, we seek to highlight this positive trend and provide recommendations that can encourage its continuation. Wholesale incarceration of young people is generally a counterproductive public policy. As documented in the Annie E. Casey Foundation’s 2011 report, No Place for Kids: The Case for Reducing Juvenile Incarceration, juvenile corrections facilities are enormously costly to operate, often put youth at risk for injury and abuse and are largely ineffective in reducing recidivism. While youth who have committed serious violent crimes may require incarceration, a large proportion of those currently confined have not been involved in the kinds of serious offending that pose a compelling risk to public safety. The current de-institutionalization trend creates the potential for new, innovative responses to delinquency that are more cost-effective and humane, and lead to better outcomes for youth. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2013. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Data Snapshot Kids Count: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.aecf.org/~/media/Pubs/Initiatives/KIDS%20COUNT/R/ReducingYouthIncarcerationSnapshot/DataSnapshotYouthIncarceration.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 127834

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Chemical Dependency Treatment for Offenders: A Review of the Evidence and Benefit-Cost Findings Summary: The Washington State Institute for Public Policy was directed by the 2012 Legislature to review whether chemical dependency treatment in the adult and juvenile justice systems reduces crime and substance abuse. The Institute was also asked to estimate the monetary benefits and costs of these programs. We conducted a systematic review of research studies to determine if, on average, these programs have been shown to reduce crime. To narrow our review of this vast literature, we focused on the type of chemical dependency programs funded by Washington taxpayers. We located 55 unique studies with sufficient research rigor to include in our review. Programs for adult offenders have been evaluated more frequently than for juveniles. Of the 55 studies, 45 evaluated treatments delivered to adults while only 10 were for juveniles. Our findings indicate a variety of chemical dependency treatments are effective at reducing crime. Recidivism is reduced by 4-9%. Some programs also have benefits that substantially exceed costs. We found that community case management for adult substance abusers has a larger effect when coupled with “swift and certain.” This finding is consistent with an emerging trend in the criminal justice literature—that swiftness and certainty of punishment has a larger deterrent effect than the severity of punishment. Details: Olympia, WA: Washignton State Institute for Public Policy, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/12-12-1201.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 127838

Author: Lieb, Roxanne Title: Special Commitment Center for Sexually Violent Predators: Potential Paths toward Less Restrictive Alternatives, Revised Summary: Washington State law provides for indefinite civil commitment of persons found to meet criteria as sexually violent predators (SVPs). The Special Commitment Center (SCC) on McNeil Island houses persons who are detained and/or committed as SVPs. The Institute was directed to study several aspects of SCC. Major findings include: Releases: As of CY 2012, 86 residents have been released from SCC. Treatment: 37% of residents actively participate in sex offense treatment. Annual Reviews: A survey of legal practitioners revealed concerns about the timeliness of reviews, with mixed reports regarding the quality. Senior Clinical Team: SCC’s group of senior clinicians and managers plays a key role in residents’ treatment progression and decision-making regarding readiness for a less restrictive alternative. Some practitioners in the legal community expressed confusion and/or concern about the team’s role. Less Restrictive Alternatives: Confinement at the state’s Secure Community Transition facilities costs significantly more than confinement at the main facility. The report includes a response from the Special Commitment Center. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Document No. 13-01-1101r: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/13-01-1101r.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment Shelf Number: 127839

Author: Mendel, Richard Title: Juvenile Justice Reform in Connecticut: How Collaboration and Commitment Have Improved Public Safety and Outcomes for Youth Summary: Over the past two decades, a tremendous volume of new knowledge has emerged about causes of adolescent delinquency and the effective responses. Through research and policy experimentation, scholars and practitioners have proven that several new approaches significantly improve outcomes for youth who become involved in delinquency, thereby enhancing public safety and saving taxpayers’ money. These advances provide public officials with unprecedented opportunities to redesign their juvenile justice systems for the benefit of youth, families and communities. Unfortunately, most states and localities have been slow to recognize and act on this new information, slow to seize these opportunities for constructive change. Progress has been uneven. Perhaps more than any other state, Connecticut has absorbed the growing body of knowledge about youth development, adolescent brain research and delinquency, adopted its lessons, and used the information to fundamentally re-invent its approach to juvenile justice. As a result, Connecticut’s system today is far and away more successful, more humane, and more cost-effective than it was 10 or 20 years ago. This report will describe, dissect, and draw lessons from Connecticut’s striking success in juvenile justice reform for other states and communities seeking similar progress. The first section details the timeline and dimensions of change in Connecticut’s juvenile justice system over the past two decades. In 1992, Connecticut routinely locked up hundreds of youths – many of them never convicted or even accused of serious crimes – in decrepit and unsafe facilities while offering little or no treatment or rehabilitation. The state was one of only three in the nation whose justice system treated all 16- and 17-year-olds as adults – trying them in criminal courts, with open records, and sentencing many to adult prisons without education or rehabilitative services designed for adolescents. By 2002 there was a growing awareness that these problems could no longer be ignored. Over the decade that followed, a movement for sweeping reforms began to build momentum and take root. And by 2012, Connecticut had a strong commitment to invest in alternatives to detention and incarceration, improve conditions of confinement, examine the research, and focus on treatment strategies with evidence of effectiveness. Most impressively, these changes have been accomplished in Connecticut without any added financial cost, and without any increase in juvenile crime or violence. To the contrary, the costs of new programs and services for Connecticut’s court-involved youth have been fully offset in the short-term by reduced expenditures for detention and confinement, and promise additional savings down the road as more youth desist from delinquency and crime. Arrests of youth have fallen substantially throughout the reform period, both for serious violent crimes and for virtually all other offense categories as well. The report then looks under the hood of Connecticut’s reform efforts and explores the critical factors underlying these accomplishments. The discussion begins by detailing the main elements and key champions of progress and by identifying the turning points that built momentum toward reform. The report’s final section explores what other states or local jurisdictions can learn from Connecticut’s experience. The most important lesson, it finds, is that a new and vastly improved juvenile justice system is within reach for any jurisdiction that summons the energy and commitment, the creativity and cooperative spirit to do what’s best for their children, their families, and their communities. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/jpi_juvenile_justice_reform_in_ct.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127842

Author: Mauer, Marc Title: The Changing Racial Dynamics of Women’s Incarceration Summary: In the first decade of the 21st century the United States began to experience a shift in the 30-year buildup to a world record prison system. Although the decade ended with an increased number of people in prison, the rate of growth overall was considerably below that of previous decades and since 2008 the overall number of people in state prisons has declined slightly each year. Scholars are beginning to analyze the relative contributions of changes in crime rates, criminal justice policies, economics, and demographics to the slowing growth rate of the prison system, but one area that has gone largely unexplored is the impact of such changes on racial disparities in imprisonment. As is well known, black/white disparities in the use of incarceration have been profound for quite some time. Since the 1980s a series of analyses have documented these trends at the national level as well as examining variation in disparity among the states. As prison populations fluctuate, though, the relative rate of incarceration among racial groups may or may not reflect prevailing patterns. Further, as the prospect of a declining prison population has now become a distinct possibility for the next decade, it will become increasingly important to monitor whether reduced incarceration is experienced in similar ways across racial/ethnic groups. This report first describes trends in incarceration for the first decade of the century, and contrasts this with patterns of the previous decade. We then assess the extent of change in the race and gender dynamics of incarceration over the past decade, and suggest factors which may be contributing to these trends. The data in this report document the following key findings: • Racial/ethnic disparities in U.S. incarceration remain substantial – In 2009, African Americans and Latinos constituted more than 60% of imprisoned offenders. African American males were incarcerated in state and federal prisons at 6.4 times the rate of non-Hispanic white males, and Hispanic males at 2.4 times the rate of non-Hispanic whites. • Declining rate of incarceration for African Americans – From 2000 to 2009 the rate of incarceration in state and federal prisons declined 9.8% for black men and 30.7% for black women. • Rates of incarceration for whites and Latinos generally rising – Incarceration rates for white men and women rose 8.5% and 47.1%, respectively from 2000 to 2009. For Hispanics the men’s rate declined by 2.2% while the women’s rate rose by 23.3%. • Dramatic shift in racial disparities among women – In 2000 black women were incarcerated in state and federal prisons at six times the rate of white women. By 2009 that ratio had declined by 53%, to 2.8:1. This shift was a result of both declining incarceration of African American women and rising incarceration of white women. The disparity between Hispanic and non- Hispanic white women declined by 16.7% during this period. Similar trends can be seen among men, but at a lesser scale, with a decline of 16.9% in the black/white incarceration ratio over the decade. The disparity between Hispanic and non-Hispanic white men declined by 11.1%. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/rd_Changing%20Racial%20Dynamics%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 127843

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: Under the Cover of Darkness: Using Daylight Saving Time to Measure How Ambient Light Influences Criminal Behavior Summary: We use data from the National Incidence-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) to examine how the probability of getting caught when committing a crime, proxied by ambient daylight, impacts criminal activity. We exploit the existence of daylight saving time (DST) to provide within-hour exogenous shock to daylight, using both the discontinuous nature of DST as well as the 2007 extension of DST as sources of variation. Further, we consider both crimes where darkness is likely to play a role in avoiding capture and crimes where darkness would make little difference. Our preferred specification, a regression discontinuity design, shows robbery rates decrease by an average of 51% during the hour of sunset following the shift to DST in the spring. We also find large drops in cases of reported murder (48%) and rape (56%). Effects are largest during the hour of sunset prior to DST (i.e., the hour which was in darkness before but, post-DST, is now light), suggesting changes are due to ambient light rather than other factors such as increased police presence, and we find no changes in crimes where ambient light is unlikely to be a factor. As an additional robustness check, we exploit the variation in the impact of DST by hour and crime to repeat our analysis in a triple-difference framework and show results are largely consistent. Using the social cost of crime, we estimate the 2007 spring extension of DST resulted in $558 million in avoided social costs of crime per year, suggesting investment in lighting such as street lights could have high returns. Finally, we consider if our findings are the result of increased criminal incapacitation or deterrence of criminal behavior, and provide suggestive evidence the majority of the effect is due to deterrence. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Frank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, University of Virginia,, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.batten.virginia.edu/sites/default/files/fwpapers/Doleac_Sanders_DST_Crime.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Daylight Saving Time Shelf Number: 127844

Author: Sheridan, Kathryn M. Title: Mental Health Outcomes, Social Functioning, and the Perspectives of Children from Methamphetamine-Involved Families in the Rural Midwest: Challenges and Strengths Summary: Social workers must confront a number of significant challenges as front-line workers in their efforts to provide appropriate prevention and intervention services to children from methamphetamine-involved, rural-dwelling families. Developing an understanding of children’s strengths as well as their limitations is necessary to the development of interventions that not only remediate deficits, but develop strengths. This cross-sectional, descriptive research describes the mental health, social functioning, and social context of 39 children aged 6 to15 from methamphetamine-involved families receiving child protective services in rural Illinois. An examination of how social context may provide protection from risks to children’s mental health and social competence posed by parent substance misuse was explored. Two illustrative cases of children experiencing differing levels of risk and protection are also presented. Mental health was assessed utilizing the Child Behavior Checklist and Trauma Symptom Checklist for Children and results indicate half of the children in this study were experiencing internalizing symptoms and over half were experiencing externalizing problem behavior based on the CBCL. Slightly less than half of the children were experiencing problems associated with dissociation, post-traumatic stress, anger, and depression and over half of children had clinically significant scores on one or more of the five TSCC subscales. As a group, children scored in the normal range on the CBCL Competence scales. This finding suggests that children had some level of protection from the risks associated with substance-affected homes. Children reported that they received social support from a variety of sources including immediate and extended family members. Importantly, family history of intergenerational substance misuse and the presence of a supportive grandparent were shown to be significantly related to children’s mental health and adaptive functioning. Details: Urbana-Champaign, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2010. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/24045/Sheridan_Kathryn.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 127847

Author: Bloom, Dan Title: Transitional Jobs: Background, Program Models, and Evaluation Evidence Summary: The budget for the U.S. Department of Labor for Fiscal Year 2010 includes a total of $45 million to support and study transitional jobs. This paper describes the origins of the transitional jobs models that are operating today, reviews the evidence on the effectiveness of this approach and other subsidized employment models, and offers some suggestions regarding the next steps for program design and research. The paper was produced for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services by MDRC as part of the Enhanced Services for the Hard-to-Employ project, which includes two random assignment evaluations of transitional jobs programs. Transitional jobs programs provide temporary, wage-paying jobs, support services, and job placement help to individuals who have difficulty getting and holding jobs in the regular labor market. Although recent evaluation results have raised doubts about whether TJ programs, as currently designed, are an effective way to improve participants’ long-term employment prospects, the studies have also confirmed that TJ programs can be operated at scale, can create useful work opportunities for very disadvantaged people, and can lead to critical indirect impacts such as reducing recidivism among former prisoners. Thus, in drawing lessons from the recent results, the paper argues that it may be important to think more broadly about the goals of TJ programs while simultaneously testing new strategies that may produce better long-term employment outcomes. Details: New York: MDRC, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/tj_09_paper_embed.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127848

Author: Schoenberger, Nicole Ann Title: The Effect of Marriage and Employment on Criminal Desistance: The Influence of Race Summary: Life course theorists argue that key transitions such as marriage and employment heavily influence criminal desistance in adulthood among those who committed delinquent acts during their adolescence. Laub and Sampson (1993), authors of the dominant life course theory in criminology, adhere to the general principle of social bonding: if an individual has weak bonds to society, he or she will have an increased chance of committing crime. Consequentially, the prosocial bonds formed in adulthood through marriage and employment will increase the likelihood of criminal desistance. Although much research supports this notion, race has generally been left out of the discourse. Laub and Sampson (1993), in fact, note that their life course theory is race-neutral. For this and other reasons, very few researchers have examined whether and how race plays a role within life course theory. This is surprising insofar as race is an important correlate of crime, marriage, employment, and other life course transitions that are associated with criminal desistance. Because of this potentially serious omission in the research literature, the current study uses data from Waves 1, 2 and 4 of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) to examine differences in the effect of marriage and employment on desistance among 3,479 Black, Hispanic, and White men. Results show that classic life theory applies to Whites, but less so to Blacks and Hispanics. For Black men, having a job for five years or longer is the strongest predictor of criminal desistance, while the most salient factor for desistance among Hispanic men is being in a cohabiting union. For White men, being in a high quality marriage and being employed full time are both strong predictors of desistance. This research also examines several factors that are not adequately addressed in the existing literature on life course theory such as the effect of cohabitation, marital timing, and job loss. The data show that cohabiting unions increase the likelihood of adult criminality among Hispanic men. Furthermore, cohabiting prior to marriage and marrying at earlier ages increases the likelihood of adult criminality among married men. In regard to employment, the loss of a job through either being fired or being laid off increases the likelihood of adult criminality for White men, those aged 30 or older, and among higher SES respondents. The results also show that age and social class influence the effect that several life course factors have on desistance. For instance, cohabitation is a significant predictor of adult criminality among lower SES respondents, while a high quality marriage is an important predictor among higher SES respondents. Similarly, the analyses showed that having a job was a strong predictor of desistance among 24-26 year olds, while job loss was most salient among those aged 30 or older. Overall, the results from this study show that the specific mechanisms of desistance are somewhat different for each race, and that they vary by both age and social class. The implication of these findings is that life course theory is not entirely race neutral, and that it must be sensitive to how the influence of life course factors on desistance are conditioned by these important demographic variables. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://etd.ohiolink.edu/view.cgi?acc_num=bgsu1339560808 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Age Shelf Number: 127849

Author: Huang, Larke Nahme Title: Promoting Positive Development and Preventing Youth Violence and High-Risk Behaviors in Asian American/Pacific Islander Communities: A Social Ecology Perspective Summary: Youth violence is both a community problem and a public health issue. In 1997 violence claimed the lives of more than 3,700 children under the age of 19, an average of 10 deaths per day (Thornton, Craft, Dahlberg, Lynch, & Baer, 2000). In our society, violence involving youth affects all communities. It is no longer a problem confined to large cities and impoverished communities; it is growing in suburban and rural communities, and across all socioeconomic and ethnic/racial groups. While it affects all communities, minority communities (communities of color) bear a disproportionate share of death, disability, and violence-related social disintegration (Cohen & Lang, 1991). The decade from 1983 to 1993 marked an epidemic of violence throughout the country. It took a tremendous toll on young people, their families and communities. Since the peak of this epidemic, youth violence, as evidenced in arrest records, victimization data, and hospital emergency room records, has declined. However, the problem has not resolved as reflected by another indicator of violence—youth’s confidential reports about their violent behavior. These reports reveal no change since 1993 in the numbers of youth who have committed physically injurious and potentially lethal behaviors. Arrests for aggravated assault have declined only slightly and in 1999 remained nearly 70 percent higher than pre-epidemic levels (Brener et al., 1999). Youth violence is recognized as a public health concern. It contributes significantly to morbidity and mortality, and exacts an enormous toll on the health and well-being of our society and its health resource expenditures. A public health approach focuses more on prevention than rehabilitation. In contrast to a criminal offender or medical model, this approach looks at youth violence as a multidetermined behavior, involving numerous antecedents and risk factors. No single etiology can explain this phenomenon. Rather, a combination of social, cultural, environmental, and individual factors contribute to the incidence of youth violence (American Psychological Association, 1993; Children’s Defense Fund, 1999). Thus, this model calls for a practical, goaloriented, community-based strategy for promoting and maintaining the health of a population. The objective of this paper is to examine models of youth violence prevention and the applicability of these models to Asian American Pacific Islander (AAPI) youth and their communities. The increase in youth violence, the alarm stimulated by tragic school-based acts of violence, and the attention of the U.S. Congress have resulted in the establishment of numerous violence prevention programs. While some of these programs and federal initiatives have focused on ethnic minority youth, most have targeted African American or Latino communities (Wilson-Brewer & Jacklin, 1991). Few programs have addressed AAPI youth. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Child and Human Development; Denver, CO: National Asian American/Pacific Islander Mental Health Association, 2004. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: http://www.aapcho.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/2005/06/AAPI.perspectives.P2_Huang_Ida.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 127850

Author: Berkebile, Richard E. Title: Causes of Domestic Terrorism: 1970-2010 Summary: Contrary to conventional wisdom, the structural determinants of transnational and domestic terrorism are not necessarily synonymous. A domestic terrorism event population was derived by applying definitional criteria to the University of Maryland's Global Terrorism Database. Economic, political, systemic, and social structural determinants were tested with a negative binomial regression on 194 states between 1970 and 2010. Results suggested an inverse U relationship between wealth and the incidence of terrorism. Interestingly, short term economic growth had the opposite effect. It depressed terrorism. Political regimes were categorized into three different types - autocracies, anocracies, or democracies. Autocracies were the least susceptible to terrorism. Anocracy was the regime type most conducive to terrorism. Democratic regimes occupied the middle space. They suffered more terrorism than dictatorships but less than anocratic regimes. Cold War bipolarity systemically encouraged terrorism compared to the unipolarity of the post-Cold War era, suggesting superpower rivalry manifested in more terrorist violence. Social tension effects varied depending on type. Linguistic fractionalization increased the incidence of violence. Paradoxically, ethnic fractionalization impeded terrorism. Religious fractionalization had little impact on terrorism. Among control variables, population and a history of terrorism were directly related to terrorism. Mountain terrain and urbanization were not significantly related to it. Details: Columbia, MO: University of Missouri-Columbia, 2012. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 5, 2013 at: https://mospace.umsystem.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10355/16521/research.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism (U.S.) Shelf Number: 127851

Author: Pourheidari, Azadeh Title: Understanding Criminal Co-offending: A Historiography of Research Literature Summary: There has been a recent surge in the amount of literature on the topic of criminal co-offending that exists outside of organized crime organizations and gangs. This paper presents how co-offending has been studied or, how approaches to studying co-offending could be studied from various theoretical perspectives. Ideas from routine activities, strain, social learning, differential association and crime pattern theories are presented. A discussion of the importance of understanding co-offending for modern law enforcement agencies is included. Details: Geneva, SW: Police Executive Symposium and the Geneva Center for the Democratic Control of the Armed Forces, 2010. 220. Source: Internet Resource: IPES/DCAF Working Paper No. 27: Accessed March 7, 2013 at: http://www.ipes.info/WPS/WPS_No_27.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Co-offenders Shelf Number: 127852

Author: Wesson, Marianne Title: Living Death: Ambivalence, Delay, and Capital Punishment Summary: Most discussions about capital punishment in the United States treat the distinct phenomena of death sentencing and execution as joined: in the ordinary case, it is assumed, the first will lead eventually to the second. But in fact it is exceptional for a death sentence to cause the death of the individual sentenced. During the entire modern death penalty era, since 1976, the ratio of death sentences pronounced in the U.S. to those carried out has been about six to one. This Article seeks to investigate the causes of the disparity. It surmises that our tolerance for it grows out of political and institutional ambivalence about capital punishment, and undertakes to identify which actors and processes enact this ambivalence and thus hinder the conversion of death sentences into executions. My research assistants and I chose a small number of jurisdictions that we found representative in which to study the post-sentence careers of death row inmates. We considered the roles of death while in prison, executive clemency, and federal habeas corpus intervention in creating attrition from death row, but taken together these events failed to account for all (indeed, even very much) of the disparity. We investigated in more detail the frequency of sentence reversal by postconviction appeal or collateral state remedies, but contrary to expectation, we found that these processes could not account for the disparity we had observed. We then undertook a more granular study, following the careers of a cohort of death row inmates, all of whom resided on death row in 1995 (and nearly half of whom still reside there today). Our findings suggest that the most powerful explanation was simply delay. Our study population consists entirely of prisoners who have been under sentence of death for seventeen years or longer, yet more of them (in some of our jurisdictions many more) are still alive and under sentence of death than have been executed. To be sure, necessary and expected legal processes consumed some of the intervening years, and the Article investigates and discusses the developments in capital punishment law that have contributed to impeding the march of execution. A variety of measures have been designed to hasten the processing of capital cases between sentence and execution, but they have been unsuccessful. Since 1976, the typical interval between sentence and execution has grown markedly over time, cannot really be explained by necessity, and begins to resemble a permanent feature of the system of capital punishment. Although predicting the outcome of individual cases is difficult, it appears that many death sentences that have not been carried out will never be carried out, and that we have accommodated ourselves to this reality. In closing, the Article discusses the implications of these observations for our national conversation about capital punishment, considers the recent landscape of explicit death penalty abolition activity (especially in California), and makes some predictions about the future of capital punishment. Details: Boulder, CO: University of Colorado Law Schoo, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Colorado Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 13-4: Accessed March 7, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2221597 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 127861

Author: Marlowe, Douglas B. Title: Behavior Modification 101 for Drug Courts: Making the Most of Incentives and Sanctions Summary: Drug Courts improve outcomes for drug-abusing offenders by combining evidence-based substance abuse treatment with strict behavioral accountability. Participants are carefully monitored for substance use and related behaviors and receive escalating incentives for accomplishments and sanctions for infractions. The nearly unanimous perception of both participants and staff members is that the positive effects of Drug Courts are largely attributable to the application of these behavioral contingencies (Lindquist, Krebs, & Lattimore, 2006; Goldkamp, White, & Robinson, 2002; Farole & Cissner, 2007; Harrell & Roman, 2001). Scientific research over several decades reveals the most effective ways to administer behavior modification programs. Drug Courts that learn these lessons of science reap benefits several times over through better outcomes and greater cost-effectiveness (Rossman & Zweig, 2012). Those that follow nonscientific beliefs or fall back on old habits are not very effective and waste precious resources. Every Drug Court team should stay abreast of the research on effective behavior modification and periodically review court policies and procedures to ensure they are consistent with science-based practices. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Drug Court Institute, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Drug Court Practitioner Fact Sheet: Accessed March 8, 2013 at: http://www.ndci.org/sites/default/files/BehaviorModification101forDrugCourts.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 127869

Author: Celeste, Gabriella Title: The Bridge to Somewhere: How Research Made Its Way into Juvenile Justice Reform in Ohio Summary: In December 2010, Supreme Court of Ohio Justices Stratton and McGee Brown convened a group of stakeholders interested in supporting effective juvenile justice reform to meet with a team of political strategists and experts dedicated to achieving meaningful policy change in the upcoming legislative budget session. The following June, Ohio Governor John Kasich signed House Bill 86 (HB 86) and the state budget, House Bill 153 (HB 153), both of which included substantial, evidence-based policy reforms for young people in the juvenile justice system. This case study describes the partners, collaborative model and key elements in achieving this major policy change. This collaborative policy change model involved several overarching elements: leveraging the current “policy window” that creates an opportunity for reform; defining juvenile justice as a compelling social problem; setting a research-informed policy agenda and framing solutions; strategically aligning existing spheres of influence with a core campaign team; and ultimately, adopting policy change through legislation. Details: Cleveland, OH: The Schubert Center for Child Studies at Case Western Reserve University, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2013 at: http://schubertcenter.case.edu/research_policy_briefs.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 127900

Author: Lovell, David Title: Felony and Violent Recidivism Among Supermax Prison Inmates in Washington State: A Pilot Study Summary: Since the early 1980’s, most prison system have built specially designed facilities that keep selected offenders in lockdown status for lengthy periods of time, sometimes years, on the grounds that they pose a danger to the prison community. There have been several successful court challenges to some aspects of these practices, for example confinement of psychologically vulnerable inmates in such facilities, but there is scarcely any systematic research on who gets assigned to supermax, how it affects them while they’re there, whether such facilities actually reduce violence within prison systems, and whether it has any bearing on their later behavior. This study compares recidivism in the community by released offenders who were and who were not subjected to substantial periods of supermax confinement while in prison. Specifically, we ask: 1. Whether supermax assignment is associated with the probability, seriousness, or timing of new offenses. 2. Whether the probability, timing, and seriousness of new offenses is associated with (a) the amount of time offenders spend in supermax environments or (b) the length of the interval between transfer out of supermax and release to the community. Details: Seattle: University of Washington, Department of Psychosocial & Community Health, 2004. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.son.washington.edu/faculty/fac-page-files/Lovell-SupermaxRecidivism-4-19-04.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 127911

Author: Children's Defense Fund Title: Protect Children, Not Guns 2012 Summary: CDF's Protect Children, Not Guns 2012 is a compilation of the most recent and reliable national and state data on gun violence in America. This report provides the latest statistics on firearm deaths by race, age and manner; highlights state gun violence trends and efforts to prevent child access to guns; dispels common myths about guns; and explains the significance of recent U.S. Supreme Court decisions on gun ownership. In 2008, 2,947 children and teens died from guns in the United States and 2,793 died in 2009 for a total of 5,740—one child or teen every three hours, eight every day, 55 every week for two years. Six times as many children and teens—34,387—suffered nonfatal gun injuries as gun deaths in 2008 and 2009. This is equal to one child or teen every 31 minutes, 47 every day, and 331 children and teens every week. Details: Washington, DC: Children's Defense Fund, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.childrensdefense.org/child-research-data-publications/data/protect-children-not-guns-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 127912

Author: Alpert, Geoff Title: Examining the Prevalence and Impact of Gangs in College Athletic Programs Using Multiple Sources: A Final Report Summary: Gangs in the United States have permeated areas and institutions previously unaffected by these anti-social and particularly violent youth groups until recent decades. Their geographic expansion has been documented by a substantial body of research that has focused primarily on the prevalence and impact of youth gangs in major American cities (e.g., Curry, Ball, & Fox, 1994; Miller, 1975). Contemporary research has demonstrated that these youth gangs have spread rapidly (e.g., Egley, Howell, & Moore, 2010; Klein, 1995) and the latest estimates provided by the 2008 National Youth Gang Survey suggest that approximately 27,900 gangs with 774,000 members exist in the United States (Egley, Howell, & Moore, 2010). The negative impact of youth gangs has also been well-established. Gang members have been disproportionately involved in delinquent and criminal activities as both offenders (Thornberry, 1998) and victims (Curry, Decker, & Egley, 2002; Peterson, Taylor, & Esbensen, 2004). Most notable has been their representation in violent crimes including homicides (Curry, Egley, & Howell, 2004; Miller, 1982; Tita & Abrahamse, 2004). Fortunately, most gang-involved youth have a relatively short duration of membership (Esbensen, Huizinga, & Weiher, 1993; Hill, Lui, & Hawkins, 2001; Thornberry, Krohn, Lizotte, & Chard-Wierschem, 1993) and interventions are focused on those stages in the life course during which the onset and continuity of gang activities is most likely to be established. Recent research has also examined the infiltration of youth gangs into various social institutions that serve youths and young adults in the United States. The existence of gangs in America’s schools has been repeatedly documented (e.g., Howell & Lynch, 2000; Tromanhauser, Corcoran, & Lollino, 1981) and these groups have negatively impacted individual students and the school as an organization (Burnett & Walz, 1994; Howell & Lynch, 2000; Hutchison & Kyle, 1993). In fact, there is a strong relationship between gangs and school crime (Burnett & Walz, 1994; Howell & Lynch, 2000), dropout rates (Hutchison & Kyle, 1993), and other anti-social outcomes. The problems posed by these groups in the larger communities served by those schools have created an inter-generational cycle of academic failure and criminal involvement. The presence of gangs in schools is not surprising considering the typical ages of gang members and the compulsory nature of our educational system. Gangs in the military, however, are counter-intuitive considering the structured and selective nature of this institution but their presence has been reported (United States Army, 2006; National Gang Intelligence Center, 2007). Youth gang members as student athletes in colleges and universities have surprised even the most attentive observers. This reality is startling considering that gang membership has been correlated with academic failure (Esbensen & Deschenes, 1998; Hill, Howell, Hawkins, & Battin-Pearson, 1999; Thornberry, Krohn, Lizotte, Smith, & Tobin, 2003) and serious criminal involvement as offenders (Curry, Egley, & Howell, 2004; Miller, 1982; Thornberry, 1998; Tita & Abrahamse, 2004). That said, media reports have documented that gang members have been recruited by college athletic programs (e.g., Davidson, 1986; Grumment, 1993; Hooper, 1997; LiCari & Hall, 1994; Schlabach, 2000) and a few reports have portrayed these student-athletes as involved with crimes including homicide (e.g., Berkin, 2004; Mushnick, 2004, Bosworth, 1991; and Radford, 2009), and as victims (e.g., Faught, 2003; Johnson, 2007). Interestingly, no systematic research has examined the extent of gangs in college athletic programs, an institution that is ubiquitous in American society. The purpose of the current study is to examine the prevalence and impact of ganginvolved student-athletes participating in collegiate athletic programs. First, we present a review of the existing literature regarding gangs generally as well as in several institutions to establish the context for our study of gang membership in college athletics. Next, the methodology of the present study is discussed, followed by the findings provided by college athletes, athletic department administrators, and campus law enforcement executives. These findings provide the first systematic examination of gangs in college sports from several sources that have first-hand knowledge of these programs and individuals. Lastly, policy implications of this study are presented. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://artsandsciences.sc.edu/crju/pdfs/gangs_and_student_athletes_final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Athletes Shelf Number: 127919

Author: American University, Washington College of Law, Immigrant Justice Clinic Title: Taken for a Ride: Migrant Workers in the U.S. Fair and Carnival Industry Summary: Samuel Rosales Rios came to the United States from Mexico as a temporary worker under the H-2B guestworker program1 only to be treated by his employer not as a guest, but as a near-slave. Samuel was permitted to enter the U.S. and work legally on a temporary seasonal basis for the employer who had sponsored his work visa, the operator of a Greek food stand at a state fair. Samuel and his coworkers were forced to work between 16 and 17 hours per day for many days in a row in temperatures that sometimes reached over 90 degrees Fahrenheit (over 30 degrees Celsius). The workers lived in poor housing and sometimes earned as little as $1 USD (approximately 13 MXN) per hour, despite being promised an hourly rate of $10 to $12 USD (approximately 129 to 154 MXN) and decent living conditions. Samuel received so little pay that he could not afford to buy additional food to supplement the single meal his employer provided, leading him to suffer dehydration and hunger during his long shifts. After several days of sleeping in an overcrowded, bedbug and flea-infested trailer, and without an adequate place to bathe, Samuel eventually sought treatment in an emergency room for dehydration and infections from bug bites. Samuel and his coworkers’ experiences are illustrative of the appalling work conditions H-2B workers in the fair and carnival industry often face. These workers are vulnerable to unfair employment and labor practices in part because their visas only authorize them to work for the employer who sponsored them, and also because they often arrive in the U.S. with a debilitating pre-employment debt. Recent attempts to enhance H-2B worker protections, while a step in the right direction, are currently stalled due to employer-driven litigation. As a result of inadequate government oversight and enforcement of existing laws, coupled with workers’ limited access to exercise their rights by filing complaints regarding employment and health and safety violations, employers continue to bring workers to the U.S. and place them in deplorable work and living conditions with almost absolute impunity. While Samuel’s employer faced legal consequences, many more violations of fair and carnival workers’ basic rights are never reported or enforced. Too many workers like Samuel are taken for a ride. Based on interviews with H-2B workers in Maryland, Virginia, and Mexico, this report sheds light on the abuses that fair and carnival workers face. Such abuses include deceptive recruitment practices and high pre-employment fees and costs; wage theft; lack of access to legal and medical assistance; substandard housing; and unsafe work conditions. The fair and carnival industry epitomizes what is currently most problematic with the H-2B temporary worker program, as employers are often able to mistreat their workers and claim exemption from basic worker protection laws with very little scrutiny. This report provides recommendations that would rectify H-2B worker mistreatment through means such as comprehensive immigration reform, agency rulemaking, and enforcement of existing laws. Fixing the H-2B program would not only help foreign temporary workers: all workers in the U.S. benefit when the rights of a specific group of workers are enhanced and enforced. Details: Washington, DC: American University, Washington College of Law, Immigrant Justice Clinic, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.cdmigrante.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/110145_Taken_for_a_Ride_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 127920

Author: Wilhelm, Daniel F. Title: Youth, Safety, and Violence: Schools, Communities, and Mental Health Summary: One of the most shocking elements of the Newtown, Connecticut tragedy is that it took place in what is supposed to be a safe place for children: a school. Understandably, much attention is being paid to how to make and keep schools safe. Some propose that increasing the police presence in schools is necessary. However, in a 2005 national survey of principals, a quarter of those who reported the presence of school-based law enforcement personnel (often referred to as School Resource Officers, or SROs) said that the primary reason for introducing police was not the level of violence in the school, disorder problems, or even requests from parents, but “national media attention about school violence.” In considering this approach, it is important to recognize that little is known about the immediate and long-term effects of such a policy and practice. Intensive information gathering and discussion about the potential implications of allowing or increasing school-based police is needed to ensure that a well-intentioned policy initiative does not have unintended consequences, such as: further criminalizing youth, particularly youth of color from marginalized and under-resourced communities; impeding the development of positive school enviroments; and in some cases, actually reducing the likelihood of achieving the goal of fostering safe school environments. It is also necessary to put school violence in context: according to national data, less than 1 percent of all homicides among school-aged children occur on school grounds or in transit to and from school. This figure does not detract from the tragedy of any death or other violent incidents related to school, but it demonstrates where most lethal violence takes place in young people’s lives: outside school settings. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed March 12, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/youth-safety-and-violence.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 127926

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Teaming Up for Safer Cities Summary: The National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention is a White House inspired, locally coordinated effort to strengthen youth violence prevention in selected U.S. cities. Communities electing to participate in the National Forum collaborate to develop youth violence prevention strategies that draw upon a wide array of community and organizational resources, including law enforcement, courts, schools, social services, mental health agencies, faith-based organizations, the business community, and a variety of neighborhood and community-based groups. Six cities began working with the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention in 2010. They were Boston, Chicago, Detroit, and Memphis, as well as Salinas and San Jose, California. By 2012, the Forum had grown to ten cities, including Camden (New Jersey), Minneapolis, New Orleans, and Philadelphia. Soon after the National Forum began, the federal partners managing the effort asked the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice to observe the implementation of the National Forum and to prepare an assessment of the strategies pursued by each city. The research team at John Jay College worked with colleagues at Temple University’s Department of Criminal Justice to conduct the assessment. The project employed a number of techniques for measuing the implementation of the National Forum, including direct observations, participant interviews, and stakeholder surveys administered at three points in time. This report describes the results from the series of stakeholder surveys conducted in five of the first six cities to participate in the National Forum: Boston, Detroit, Memphis, Salinas, and San Jose. (By 2012, the National Forum efforts in Chicago had not reached a point that would justify the city’s inclusion in this assessment report.) The first round of surveys was launched (via surveymonkey.com) in June 2011, while the second and third rounds began in February and August 2012, respectively. The last survey in the third round was received in October 2012. Thus, this report describes changes perceived by respondents during 15 months of National Forum implementation. Changes are slow to come in complex violence reduction initiatives. The assessment team didn’t expect to find large and profound improvements in the perceptions of respondents from National Forum cities. There were, however, a number of important indicators of postive change. Across the five surveyed cities, respondents reported improved law enforcement effectiveness, better access to family services and opportunities for youth, and more support for violence prevention from local officials. Most importantly, survey respondents in the third round of surveys were less likely than those in the first round to report increasing levels of particular forms of violence in the community. Perceptions of violence associated with drug sales and family conflict, for example, improved in National Forum cities. Perceptions of gang violence also improved. In the first survey, for example, 46 percent of respondents in the five cities believed that gang activity was becoming more visible in their communities. By the third survey, the same perception was reported by just 33 percent of respondents. Cities involved in the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention are beginning to see substantive improvements in their efforts to stem youth violence. The results of these efforts are modest and they are almost always slow to develop. Some of the indicators that improved between the first and second surveys did not appear to improve in the third survey. Yet, the existence of any positive and measurable change in just 15 months is reason enough to believe that the efforts of the National Forum are having a beneficial effect on community safety. Details: New York: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2012/12/teamingup2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 127931

Author: Chauhan, Preeti Title: Homicide by Neighborhood: Mapping New York City’s Violent Crime Drop Summary: The United States, and New York City (NYC) in particular, experienced falling rates of violent crime beginning in the 1990s. For two decades, researchers, scholars, and policymakers interested in the NYC crime decline have attempted to pinpoint causes of the downward trend. Discovering the causes of the city’s crime drop may lead to important lessons for the city itself and may influence policy and practice throughout the state, nation, and perhaps other countries. Researchers have suggested a host of mechanisms that may explain the dramatic decline in violence, but two factors—misdemeanor policing and the transformation of drug markets—continue to receive the most attention. This report focuses on these factors in relation to gun-related homicide rates. Specifically, it describes and maps precinct-level relationships between misdemeanor policing, drug markets, and gun-related homicide rates from 1990 to 1999 in NYC. While some precincts demonstrate theoretically expected patterns, others do not. An increase in misdemeanor policing is related to a decrease in homicide in some, but not all, precincts. Similarly, a decrease in drug use (measured by accidental deaths with toxicology reports positive for cocaine and drug arrest rates) is not consistently related to homicide decline. Notably, cocaine consumption demonstrates more theoretically consistent relationships relative to drug arrest rates. Overall, there is substantial heterogeneity in the social processes associated with the decline in violent crime. A few select precincts may be responsible for driving aggregate level trends. Future investigations may be able to develop a more nuanced understanding of the complex systems of crime reduction if they consider micro level, geospatial analyses, in addition to multivariate analyses. Details: New York: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2012. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/rec20122.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127932

Author: Cox, Robynn Title: The Impact of Incarceration on Food Insecurity among Households with Children Summary: This study seeks to determine the role that parental incarceration plays on the probability of food insecurity among families with children and very low food security of children using micro-level data from the Fragile Families and Child Well Being Study (FFCWS). The data set contains the 18-question food security module which allows us to explore the link between incarceration and food insecurity and very low food security among children, families, and adults. The incidence of very low food security in our data is somewhat higher than the national average, but the incidence of other levels of food security is similar to national aggregates. Since there is likely reverse causality in the relationship between parental incarceration and food insecurity, we employ a variety of program evaluation techniques to identify the causal relationship between food insecurity and parental incarceration. We employ imputation techniques to account for non-response among the food security variables and independent variables. Our ordinary least squares results suggest that having at least one parent that has ever been incarcerated has a small positive effect (1 to 4 percentage points) on the probability of very low food security among children, adults and households with children, but the results are not significant in various specification. Food insecurity for adults and households with children (a less dire level of food insecurity than very low food security) is affected by parental incarceration under most specifications with magnitudes of impact from 4 to 15 percentage points. This research provides some evidence that incarceration adversely affects children and families in terms of food insecurity. Policies to mitigate the impact could be addressed through the court system whereby children are provided with court-sanctioned support to address food needs. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: 13-05-FF: Accessed march 14, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-05-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 127933

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Paternal Incarceration and Father-Child Contact in Fragile Families Summary: High rates of incarceration in the United States have motivated a broad examination of the effects of parental incarceration on child wellbeing. Although a growing literature documents challenges facing the children of incarcerated men, most incarcerated fathers lived apart from their children before their arrest, raising questions of whether they were sufficiently involved with their families for their incarceration to affect their children. I use the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study (N=4,071) to examine father involvement among incarcerated fathers, and find that most incarcerated fathers maintained a degree of contact with their children, through either coresidence or visitation. Moreover, I find robust reductions in both father-child coresidence and visitation when fathers are incarcerated – between 18 and 20 percent for coresidence, and 30 to 50 percent for the probability of visitation. My findings suggest that these reductions are driven by both incapacitation while incarcerated and union dissolution upon release. Details: Princeton, NJ: Fragile Families Working Group, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP12-10-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S) Shelf Number: 127934

Author: Tomberg, Kathleen A. Title: Youth Development Through Service: A Quality Assessment of the YouthBuild AmeriCorps Program Summary: The YouthBuild AmeriCorps program serves youth facing a multitude of challenges, including a lack of education and job skills, community disengagement, and economic disadvantage. This assessment of the program found that after engaging with the YouthBuild AmeriCorps model, participants made significant, positive changes in their outlook on service, personal responsibility, and community orientation. More specifically, after participating in the program, they deepened their personal commitments to service, began to develop a sense of personal worth and reliability, became more connected with their communities, and started to develop more trust in larger social institutions. These encouraging findings suggest that YouthBuild AmeriCorps is succeeding in the development of service commitment, a sense of community engagement, and personal satisfaction within students who participate in their construction service, education, and leadership development program. Details: New York: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/2013/01/31/ybac2013/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127937

Author: Planty, Michael Title: Female Victims of Sexual Violence, 1994-2010 Summary: „„ From 1995 to 2010, the estimated annual rate of female rape or sexual assault victimizations declined 58%, from 5.0 victimizations per 1,000 females age 12 or older to 2.1 per 1,000. „„ In 2005-10, females who were age 34 or younger, who lived in lower income households, and who lived in rural areas experienced some of the highest rates of sexual violence. „„ In 2005-10, 78% of sexual violence involved an offender who was a family member, intimate partner, friend, or acquaintance. „„ In 2005-10, the offender was armed with a gun, knife, or other weapon in 11% of rape or sexual assault victimizations. „„ The percentage of rape or sexual assault victimizations reported to police increased to a high of 56% in 2003 before declining to 35% in 2010, a level last seen in 1995. „„ The percentage of females who were injured during a rape or sexual assault and received some type of treatment for their injuries increased from 26% in 1994-98 to 35% in 2005-10. „„ In 2005-10, about 80% of female rape or sexual assault victims treated for injuries received care in a hospital, doctor’s office, or emergency room, compared to 65% in 1994-98. „„ In 2005-10, about 1 in 4 (23%) rape or sexual assault victims received help or advice from a victim service agency. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fvsv9410.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 127939

Author: Bernhardt, Rebecca Title: Harris County Communities: A Call for True Collaboration Restoring Community Trust and Improving Public Safety Summary: This report addresses the negative impact of the Harris County criminal justice system on black and brown communites. The data and analysis in this report paint a picture of Harris County that reveals some disturbing truths. First, Harris County’s criminal justice system is committed to policies that racially target blacks and Hispanics. Second, these policies cannot be justified by public safety goals; on the contrary, they harm public safety. These harms reinforce negative stereotypes of minorities and negative attitudes toward police in these same communities. There is a lot of pain and frustration resulting from racially targeted criminal justice policies in Harris County. In this shared outrage, there is also an opportunity for the black and Hispanic communities of Harris County to build stronger bonds and work together to make positive changes in local government and law enforcement – with county-wide benefits. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Harris%20County%20Communities%20A%20Call%20for%20True%20Collaboration.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 127940

Author: University of Washington. Jackson School of International Studies. Human Trafficking Taskforce Title: Human Trafficking: A Spotlight on Washington State Summary: The U.S. State Department’s (2005) estimates that between 14,500 and 17,500 people are trafficked into the United States each year. However, since the passing of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) in 2000, only about 600 people nationwide, including 14 people in Washington State, have been certified as victims of human trafficking. This report seeks to address the reasons for this discrepancy and propose ways in which more victims can be found. In doing so, we examine the discourses that revolve around trafficking, the stakeholders who have the power and will to create change, the Federal and Washington State law and legislation and the potential for Washington State in public mobilization and political willpower as demonstrated through its groundbreaking anti-trafficking legislation. From there, we look at the ways in which trafficking operates through networks and industries. In doing so, we examine particular industries that contain characteristics that make them vulnerable to trafficking, including: the commercial sex industry, sweatshops, domestic work, agriculture, small businesses such as restaurants and hotels, international marriage brokers, and the international adoption industry. In addition, this report surveys the local community in order to assess the general public’s knowledge about trafficking. From this survey we draw a set of recommendations about what the content and audience should be for future campaigns. The result of our research has lead us to find five major factors that contribute to the discrepancy between the estimated number of trafficked persons and the number of trafficked persons who are either found or come forward. • The nature of trafficking as an underground institution makes it very difficult for victims to be found or come forward. • The complex elements of fear and cultural barriers that trafficked persons face also inhibit them from being found or coming forward. • The general public lacks awareness, misunderstands, or misrepresents the issue of human trafficking. • The limited way in which trafficking is framed within the law affects the number of victims found and the way victims are assisted. • There exist some weaknesses in government and service providing institutions that find and assist trafficked persons which include, but are not limited to, a lack of law enforcement training, cultural competency training, and sufficient funding for such programs. To address these challenges our task force recommends: 1. The creation of an anti-trafficking campaign that is aimed towards the general public, greater support of grassroots movement and cultural community involvement in the development of antitrafficking campaigns and in the Washington State Trafficking Task Force, and mandatory training about trafficking for civil servants and healthcare workers. 2. Addressing the demand side of trafficking. 3. Amending the S Visa, by not requiring individuals to waive their ability to contest deportation, and by providing an incentive to informants. 4. Greater collaboration between NGOs that aid trafficking victims and law firms in order to encourage more pro-bono civil suits to be filed against traffickers. 5. And, we propose the creation of a non-governmental organization in Washington State to cohesively and comprehensively address all the proposals and issues mentioned above through trainings, public awareness, direct service provision, and research and evaluation. Details: Seattle, WA: Jackson School of International Studies, 2006. 375p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2013 at: http://csde.washington.edu/~scurran/files/HumanTraffickingSpotlightonWashingtonState.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 127960

Author: Murphy, Amy Title: Parole Violation Decision-Making Instrument (PVDMI) Process Evaluation Summary: California currently has the nation’s largest prison population (about 167,000 prisoners) (CDCR, 2009), and while some other state prison populations have declined in recent years, California’s continues to increase (Petersilia, 2008). Its prison expenditures are among the highest in the nation—per inmate, per staff, and as a share of the overall state budget. In spite of vast expenditures, California prisons remain dangerously overcrowded (now at 200 percent of inmate capacity), and a federal court has issued an Opinion and Order to reduce the number of inmates by over 40,000 (Grattet, et. al., 2008). Rehabilitation has also been scaled back, as classrooms have been converted to living space. California’s Expert Panel on Rehabilitation recently reported that nearly 50 percent of all prisoners released in 2006 sat idle—meaning they did not participate in any work assignment or rehabilitation program for their entire time in prison (California Expert Panel on Adult Offender Recidivism Reduction Programming, 2007). Two-thirds (66 percent) of all parolees return to prison within three years, nearly twice the average rate nationally (Grattet, et. al., 2008). Because of this high rate of failure, parolees comprise much of the prison admissions in California, accounting for nearly two-thirds (66 percent) of all persons admitted to California prisons in 2007 (Grattet, et. al., 2008). Over the last 20 years, the number of parole revocations has increased 30-fold in California, compared with a six-fold increase nationally (Travis, 2003). As an effort to address parolees’ high rates of recidivism and returns to custody, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) introduced and piloted the Parole Violations Decision-Making Instrument (PVDMI) in 2008-9, two years after the initial planning for the tool began. The PVDMI is a tool that uses parolee risk level and violation severity to make recommendations on addressing parole violations. This type of reform, using structured decision-making tools in parole practice, had been recommended by several public policy forums in California. The pilot took place over 90 days in four parole units, and the PVDMI was then implemented across the state. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections The University of California, Irvine, 2009 (Revised February 2010). 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 15, 2013 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/sites/ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/PVDMI.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 118614

Author: Schaenman, Phil Title: Opportunities for Cost Savings in Corrections Without Sacrificing Service Quality: Inmate Health Care Summary: In many cities and counties, inmate health care comprises as much as a third of the cost of the corrections department. Options are presented on ways to substantially reduce the costs without reducing the quality of the care. We drew on practices of jails and prison across the nation. The approaches for cost reduction include ways to reduce demand or need for health care (e.g., screening need for hospitalization), and ways to reduce the cost per inmate when care is need (e.g. use of telemedicine.) Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412754-Inmate-Health-Care.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 127964

Author: Smith, Rebecca Title: Workers’ Rights on ICE: How Immigration Reform Can Stop Retaliation and Advance Labor Rights Workers’ Rights on ICE Summary: This report outlines how employers across the country are gaming today’s broken immigration system to exploit immigrant workers and evade both labor and immigration laws. The report by the National Employment Law Project (NELP) uses two dozen case studies—including the recent action at Palermo’s Pizza—as examples of employers’ use of immigration enforcement or the threat of it to retaliate against workers who seek their basic workplace rights. One of the key principles of the AFL-CIO’s comprehensive immigration reform’s blueprint is the coverage and enforcement of workplace rights for undocumented workers. At Palermo's Pizza, Workers’ Rights on ICE: How Immigration Reform Can Stop Retaliation and Advance Labor Rights report relates that when workers there began to form a union, management used the threat of a reverification of their immigration status by the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to intimidate the workers. Even though ICE told Palermo's it was not conducting an investigation. One day after receiving notice that ICE was not pursuing enforcement action against it, Palermo's fired some 75 striking workers. Palermo's claimed that the firings were not motivated by anti-union animus but to comply with immigration law, a dubious claim in light of ICE’s retraction. Palermo's Pizza workers, who have been on strike since June 1, are protesting unfair labor practices and demanding safe working conditions, recognition for their union and the reinstatement of 90 workers who were, according to a recent Worker Rights Consortium report, illegally fired for trying to organize a union. Other examples of employer abuse in the report include: •A California employer falsely accuses a day laborer of robbery to avoid paying him wages owed. Police turn him over to immigration enforcement agents anyway. •An Ohio company, on the eve of an National Labor Relations Board decision finding it guilty of unfair labor practices, carries out its threat to “take out” union leadership by reverifying union leaders’ immigration status and work eligibility. •A Seattle employer threatens workers seeking to recover unpaid wages with deportation, and an immigration arrest follows. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.nelp.org/page/-/Justice/2013/Workers-Rights-on-ICE-Retaliation-Report.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 127967

Author: Northcott, Melissa Title: Intimate Partner Violence Risk Assessment Tools: A Review Summary: Intimate partner violence touches the lives of thousands of Canadians. The criminal justice system is faced with the task of protecting victims of intimate partner violence, while at the same time ensuring that the rights of the accused are not violated. This tension is evident at different stages in the criminal justice system process such as at bail, sentencing and parole. One approach that has been adopted to manage the above noted issues is assessing the risk that offenders pose for re-offending and how to best manage these offenders (Hoyle 2008; Roehl et al. 2005). Specialized risk assessment tools have been created for these purposes and are being used in many jurisdictions across Canada (Millar 2009). The purpose of this report is to provide an understanding of intimate partner violence risk assessment tools and of the issues that assessors should consider when choosing an assessment instrument. This report begins with a discussion of the general use of risk assessment tools, their use in the criminal justice system in general and in cases of intimate partner violence specifically. The different approaches of risk assessment are then discussed, as are factors to consider when choosing a tool. The strengths and limitations of the various approaches and of risk assessment tools in general are also explored. This report was created to contribute to a better understanding of the range of risk assessment tools that are used by the various professionals working in the area of intimate partner violence. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/rs/rep-rap/2012/rr12_8/rr12_8.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 127968

Author: Herrera, Carla Title: The Role of Risk: Mentoring Experiences and Outcomes for Youth with Varying Risk Profiles Summary: More and more, mentoring programs are being asked to serve higher-risk youth—for example, those in foster care or the juvenile justice system or youth with a parent who is incarcerated. This impulse is understandable: Studies have illuminated the varied benefits that mentoring programs can provide, including improving academics and relationships with others and reducing involvement in problem behaviors. Higher-risk youth are clearly in need of such support. While these youth are often viewed through the lens of likely future costs to their communities, they also embody enormous unrealized potential. With the right kinds of support, these young people could put themselves on a path toward bright, productive futures, and make vital contributions to their families, neighborhoods and nation. Many hope that mentoring programs can help make this vision a reality. Yet few studies have examined and compared the benefits of mentoring for youth with differing types or sources of risk. The Role of Risk: Mentoring Experiences and Outcomes for Youth with Varying Risk Profiles presents findings from the first large-scale study to examine how the levels and types of risk youth face may influence their relationships with program-assigned mentors and the benefits they derive from these relationships. The study looked closely at the backgrounds of participating youth and their mentors, the mentoring relationships that formed, the program supports that were offered, and the benefits that youth accrued—and assessed how these varied for youth with differing “profiles” of risk. We believe the study’s results provide useful guidance for practitioners, funders and policymakers who want to know which youth are best suited for mentoring and how practices might be strengthened to help ensure that youth facing a variety of risks get the most out of their mentoring experience. Details: New York: A Public/Private Ventures project distributed by MDRC, 2013. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/Role%20of%20Risk_Final-web%20PDF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127969

Author: Adair, Craig Title: The Driver Responsibility Program: A Texas-Sized Failure Summary: In 2003, the Texas Legislature enacted a new system of drivers’ license surcharges called the Driver Responsibility Program (DRP). The stated purpose of the program was to enhance public safety. Given the $10 billion budget shortfall that year, however, lawmakers also saw the program as an innovative way to fund Texas trauma centers and to generate much needed revenue for the state. The DRP has failed on nearly every front. It has generated less than half of the revenue an􀆟 cipated, largely due to an extremely low collection rate. As of the end of fiscal year 2012, less than 40% of the surcharges assessed since the program’s inception had been collected, despite changes made to the program during the 2009 and 2011 state legislative sessions to induce more Texans to pay overdue surcharges. Of even greater concern is the DRP’s adverse impact on public safety. Unable or unwilling to pay the surcharges (on top of criminal penalties and court fines), nearly 1.3 million drivers now have invalid licenses, which could jeopardize their liability insurance policies. As such, the program has likely increased the number of uninsured motorists on Texas roads – and the cost of accidents with drivers lacking liability insurance. Furthermore, while overall traffic fatalities in Texas have decreased somewhat in recent years, data indicate that the program has failed to change driver behavior as it relates to a significant traffic-related offense: drunk driving. Since the DRP’s inception in 2003, the percentage of traffic fatalities involving alcohol increased from 27% to 34%.3 Based on the DRP’s record, if lawmakers fail to repeal or substantially revise the program, the Legislature may want to commemorate the program’s first decade of operation in 2013 by renaming it the “Driver Irresponsibility Program.” In light of the economic blow that the DRP deals to families, as well as the deleterious effect the program is having on Texas’ court system and communities, it is clear that the Driver Responsibility Program is fundamentally flawed. Those fl aws, combined with increasing calls by Texans caught in spiraling surcharge debt, have led to a growing, bipartisan coalition of lawmakers calling for the program’s repeal. Even the original author of the bill creating the program has called for the DRP to be revised or repealed. The DRP has been successful on one front, however. Half of revenue generated by the DRP is directed to a General Revenue “dedicated” account that provides tens of millions of dollars per year for Texas hospitals designated as “trauma centers;” these centers absorb hundreds of millions of dollars in uncompensated healthcare costs every year. While DRP revenue covers less than one-third of those uncompensated care costs, the amount is not insignificant. Unfortunately, budget writers have allowed the dedicated “Trauma Facility & Emergency Medical Services Account” to accumulate a balance of over $370 million in unappropriated funds to help balance the biennial budget – money that could be used to defray an even larger portion of the hospitals’ costs. For the reasons enumerated in this report, we believe lawmakers should abolish the DRP or fundamentally reform it and create an alternative funding mechanism for Texas trauma centers. Despite the importance of the Texas trauma system and its need for a stable revenue stream to pay for uncompensated care, the failed Driver Responsibility Program is not the answer. This report will analyze the many failures of Texas’ Driver Responsibility Program and make recommendations to the Legislature for its revision or repeal, including alternati ve sources of funding for the Texas trauma system. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Driver%20Responsibility%20Program.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 127970

Author: Ellis, Monica Title: Victim Awareness Program: A Descriptive Study Summary: The Victim Awareness Program is restorative in nature in that it requires offenders to address their criminal behavior. The program also allows victims the opportunity to be engaged in the justice process of offenders who participate in the program. The premise behind Victim Awareness Programming, otherwise mentioned in the research literature as Impact of Crime on Victim Classes (ICVC) is that the majority of offenders are not incarcerated for violent offenses (Seymour, 1989). Thus, it is argued that ICVC programs are sufficient for addressing offenders’ cognitive needs as well as encouraging offenders to accept responsibility for their actions. ICVC programs focus on developing an intense emotional impact among offenders and are touted as being able to reduce offenders’ propensity for blaming and increase their ability to accept responsibility for their actions (Jackson, Lucas & Blackburn, 2009). Offenders who are not willing to accept responsibility for their actions are more likely to weaken their ties with reality and use external attribution as a means of eliminating feelings of guilt, which are important for reconciliation and healing (Pattison, 2000). The motivation underlying the initial development of victim impact and awareness programs was recognition that many offenders were completely unaware and unmoved by the impact of their crime on victims. To provide a benchmark for this, twenty-two years ago, Seymour (1989) conducted the first national survey in the United States and reported that awareness classes were conducted in only approximately ten percent of the 50 states. There has been a significant increase in programs in a relatively short span of time. Despite the expansion of these programs, victim awareness classes have been the subject of an extremely small number of unpublished evaluation reports. A comprehensive literature review conducted in 2005 found no published peer reviewed journal articles reporting empirical findings specifically related to awareness programs other than Monahan, Monahan, Gaboury and Niesyn (2004). Since 2005 there have been two primary studies gauging the effectiveness of impact of crime programming. In a 2007 evaluation of the ICVC Curriculum Project sponsored by the Office for Victims of Crime, U.S. Department of Justice, lead evaluator Dr. Mario T. Gaboury found definite benefits to the concept of victim awareness programming for offenders. Dr. Gaboury along with colleague Dr. Chris Sedelmaier studied the implementation of a standardized program at 10 correctional facilities in four states: California, Ohio, Tennessee and Virginia. The researchers found that offenders participating in the study demonstrated statistically significant improvements in knowledge of victims’ rights and knowledge about the impact of victimization on crime victims (Gaboury, 2007). The results of this study indicate that it is possible to move offenders toward understanding the impact of their criminal behavior while at the same time developing a sense of accountability for their actions. In a subsequent study of offenders in the Missouri Department of Corrections, Dr. Arrick Jackson, a criminal justice professor from North Texas University found that offenders completing victim awareness programming experienced an increase in accountability with a decreased amount of external blaming of the victim, and society for their correctional supervision (Jackson, 2009). ICVC programs focus on developing an intense emotional impact among offenders and are touted as being able to reduce offenders’ propensity for blaming and increase their ability to accept responsibility for their actions (Jackson, Lucas & Blackburn, 2009). The Victim Awareness Program in Ohio, which builds on research regarding the positive impact of victim awareness on offender behavior (Gaboury et al. 2004, 2007, & Jackson 2009), underwent curriculum changes and implemented the revised curriculum in October 2009. Programmatic changes included a Media section that allows program participants to understand the impact of the media on issues surrounding crime victims. Unique to Victim Awareness is the development of the Forgiveness/Making Amends portion of the curriculum. Historically, program participants have proposed questions surrounding the issues of forgiveness and survivors of crime. The Forgiveness/Making Amends section allows participants to begin a process toward developing an understanding of the concept of forgiveness from a victim’s perspective. This occurs while simultaneously encouraging participant accountability for the harm done to victims and survivors. A distinctive feature of the Victim Awareness curriculum in Ohio is the creation and implementation of a gender-specific curriculum for female offenders. The corresponding gender-specific curriculum attempts to increase offender responsibility for their actions while addressing the unique trajectory of offenses committed by female offenders. This study assesses whether offenders gain knowledge and insight into the impact of crime on victims and the community. The acquisition of knowledge and insight is central to changing criminal mindsets (Kegan & Lahey, 2009). It has been the experience of professionals at ODRC that this program effectively demonstrates to offenders the true impact of crime. Program facilitators have provided accounts of observable behavior and attitude changes relative to crime. However, the positive experience of practitioners should be tested by empirical evidence. This study was completed in order to conduct an exploratory assessment of the claims of increased knowledge as a result of the Victim Awareness Program. ODRC is committed to the model of practitioners and researchers working in partnership to assess the validity of theories of intervention and improve their practical application. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 18, 2013 at: http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_VictimAwarenessStudy2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cognnitive-Behavioral Programs (Ohio, U.S.) Shelf Number: 127990

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Effects of Welfare Reform on Women's Crime Summary: We investigate the effects of broad-based work incentives on female crime by exploiting the welfare reform legislation of the 1990s, which dramatically increased employment among women at risk for relying on cash assistance. We find that welfare reform decreased female property crime arrests by 4–5%, but did not affect other types of crimes. The effects appear to be stronger in states with lower welfare benefits and higher earnings disregards, and in states with larger caseload declines. The findings point to broad-based work incentives—and, by inference, employment—as a key determinant of female property crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18887: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18887 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 127992

Author: Bryant, Rhonda Title: Investing in Boys and Young Men of Color: The Promise and Opportunity Summary: Policies and practices that support young men of color in their teen years can help put them on the path to lead healthy and productive lives. Young men of color face more obstacles in education, employment, and health than their white peers. In order to improve health and success of middle- and high school-aged young men of color, RWJF launched Forward Promise in 2011. To inform this new initiative and better understand the issues at work, RWJF engaged the Center for Law and Social Policy (CLASP) to conduct roundtable discussions, online surveys, and telephone interviews. The resulting issue brief highlights challenges, recommendations, and ideas for action. Key Findings Promote school discipline approaches that address behavioral problems without pushing students out of school. Increase the use of data to target interventions to boys at risk for dropping out of school. Expand opportunities for young men to work, learn, and develop career-enhancing skills. Elevate the importance of a “caring adult” in policy and programmatic efforts to re-engage out-of-school males. Provide options for out-of-school males to attain a secondary credential with pathways to postsecondary education. Increase access to health care services and the cultural competency of health professionals and educators who work with boys and young men of color. Change the philosophy and culture of how youth systems provide services to youth experiencing violence and trauma. “There is much to be done in the realm of legislation and regulatory reform, in the reframing of social service systems to be explicitly supportive of boys and young men of color, and in programmatic efforts on the ground that are geared toward youth of color,” write the authors. “The strength of our society depends on whether young men of color have the opportunity to become healthy adults who contribute to their communities and society.” Details: Princeton, NJ: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.rwjf.org/content/dam/farm/reports/issue_briefs/2013/rwjf404345 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: -Minority Youth Shelf Number: 127993

Author: Teplin, Linda A. Title: The Northwestern Juvenile Project: Overview Summary: The Northwestern Juvenile Project (NJP) studies a randomly selected sample of 1,829 youth who were arrested and detained in Cook County, IL, between 1995 and 1998. This bulletin provides an overview of NJP and presents the following information about the project: NJP is a longitudinal study that investigates the mental health needs and long-term outcomes of youth detained in the juvenile justice system. This study addresses a key omission in the delinquency literature. Many studies examine the connection between risk factors and the onset of delinquency. Far fewer investigations follow youth after they are arrested and detained. The mental health needs of youth detained in the juvenile justice system are far greater than those in the general population. The mental health needs of youth in detention are largely untreated. Among detainees with major psychiatric disorders and functional impairment, only 15 percent had been treated in the detention center before release. Details: Wsahington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/234522.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 127996

Author: Montgomery County (Ohio). Ex-Offender Reentry Employment Work Group. FCFC Economic Self-Sufficiency Outcome Team Title: Ex-Offender Reentry Employment Final Report: October 2007 Summary: “Reentry,” as defined by the Urban Institute Justice Policy Center, “is the process of leaving the prison system and returning to society.” Fashioning a reentry strategy for Montgomery County will require our community to develop a comprehensive, collaborative, and holistic approach that couples services, supports and structure with systemic change—including advocating for the state legislature to eliminate collateral sanctions which are barriers to employment. After spending an average of 2.3 years in prison, sixteen hundred (1,600) inmates will be released from the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRC) and return to Montgomery County during 2007. Prior to release from prison, many inmates are not prepared for the challenges and barriers they will encounter while trying to become productive taxpaying citizens. Research has shown that ex-offenders who return with little or no family and community support, no income, poor job skills, untreated alcohol or drug abuse problems, and no stable place to live, are much more likely to re-offend and return to prison within three years of their release. Although employment is a key component to successful reentry, it is not a stand alone strategy that will reduce recidivism. The concept of providing a continuum of services and support to help ex-offenders return from prison and successfully re-establish themselves in their communities is becoming an important priority for a growing number of cities and counties in the U.S. Montgomery County will spend approximately $110M, which is 69% of its General Fund budget—up from 56% in 2000—on Criminal Justice services during 2007. Three thousand and fifty (3,050) Montgomery County residents are currently incarcerated in Ohio prisons—with fifty percent (50%) returning without supervision from the Adult Parole Authority. Sixty percent (60%) of Montgomery County residents committed to ODRC serve one year or less. In 2006, thirty-one percent (31%) of ODRC facilities were overcrowded. Due to overcrowding and the short lengths of stay, many ex-offenders do not receive the necessary rehabilitation services, (i.e., mental health, drug and/or alcohol treatment, literacy and GED education, job training or job readiness skills) while incarcerated. Thus, most will return to the community with the same employment barriers that they had prior to incarceration. The demographic profile of individuals from Montgomery County committed to and returning from ODRC is both instructive and compelling. Most (87%) of those returning are men. Fifty-four percent (54%) are African-American; forty-six percent (46%) are White. Eighty-nine percent (89%) are single, divorced or separated. Forty-two percent (42%) have less than a high school diploma. Seventy-five percent (75%) reported abusing drugs, and forty percent (40%) reported abusing alcohol during the six months prior to their incarceration. Seventy-four percent (74%) had one or more prior felony convictions before being sent to prison. The rate of recidivism for Montgomery County (44.4%) exceeds both the Ohio rate (39%) and the rates of all of the other five large urban counties in Ohio. The recidivism rate is not without great financial cost—$24,586 to incarcerate one inmate per year—underwritten by the taxpayers of Ohio. Being concerned about the ex-offender’s successful transition from prisoner to contributing, tax paying citizen is in everyone’s self-interest. Considering the negative impact that unsuccessful reentry has on individuals, families, neighborhoods, communities, public safety, state and local government budgets, and the local economy, the Ex-Offender Reentry Employment Work Group believes that the time for action is now. In November 2006, the Family and Children First Council’s Economic Self Sufficiency Outcome Team established the Ex-Offender Reentry Employment Work Group as a subcommittee of their Outcome Team. The Ex-offender Reentry Employment Work Group was given the following charge: • Research and assess the current status of formerly incarcerated individuals reentering Montgomery County; • Conduct analysis of local programs, services and available resources; • Identify barriers to employment and economic self-sufficiency; • Identify and review effective local and national programs and “best practice” models that have overcome barriers and led to stable employment; and, • Recommend to the Family and Children First Council funding, program development and system change that will create increased employability and self sufficiency for ex-offenders returning to the community. Details: Dayton, OH: Montgomery County Ex-Offender Reentry Employment Work Group, 2007. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.mcohio.org/docs/ExoffenderReentry_1.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 127997

Author: Florida. Governor's Task Force on Citizen Safety and Protection Title: Report of the Governor's Task Force on Citizen Safety and Protection Summary: The Task Force on Citizen Safety and Protection was established by Governor Rick Scott on March 22, 2012. Governor Scott appointed Lieutenant Governor Jennifer Carroll as Chairwoman and Reverend R.B. Holmes, Jr. as Vice Chairman. The 19 member Task Force was comprised of a diverse group of people from across the state. The Task Force held public hearings, took public testimonies, solicited ideas, reviewed all matters related to the rights of Floridians to feel safe and secure in the state, and drafted a report to present to the Governor and the Legislature. After holding seven public meetings across the state, hearing from a broad array of relevant subject matter experts, and considering 16,603 pieces of correspondence, 711 phone calls, 64 comment cards, 160 public comments at Task Force meetings, and over 30 documents, the Task Force recommends the following: 1. The Task Force concurs with the core belief that all persons, regardless of citizenship status, have a right to feel safe and secure in our state. To that end, all persons who are conducting themselves in a lawful manner have a fundamental right to stand their ground and defend themselves from attack with proportionate force in every place they have a lawful right to be. 2. The Task Force recommends the Legislature examine the term “unlawful activity” as used in Chapter 776, Florida Statutes and provide a statutory definition to provide clarity to all persons, regardless of citizenship status, and to law enforcement, prosecutors, defense attorneys, and the judiciary.* *Discussed definition of “unlawful activity” to give guiding language to the courts to ensure uniform application of the law with the intent to protect the innocent person. a) Task Force member State Attorney Katherine Fernandez Rundle proposed the definition of “unlawful activity” should exclude noncriminal violations as defined in Section 775.08(3), Florida Statutes. b) Task Force member Judge Krista Marx proposed that the definition should include temporal proximity of the unlawful activity to the use of force. c) Task Force member Public Defender Stacy Scott proposed that the definition of “unlawful activity” should exclude some county and municipal ordinance violations. d) Task Force member Edna Canino proposed that the definition exclude citizenship status. The Task Force heard a number of examples related to the definition of “unlawful activity” used in Chapter 776, Florida Statutes. Questions were raised including whether the term applied to all unlawful activity including misdemeanors, ordinances, and minor traffic violations. Without a clear definition of the term “unlawful activity” the potential for inconsistent application of the law across the state may occur. Details: Tallahassee: Governor's Office, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.flgov.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Citizen-Safety-and-Protection-Task-Force-Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Guns (Florida, U.S.) Shelf Number: 127998

Author: Minnesota. Department of Public Safety. Office of Justice Programs Title: No Wrong Door: A Comprehensive Approach to Safe Harbor for Sexually Exploited Youth. Summary: Juvenile victims of sexual exploitation are the focus of a recent model aimed at ensuring they are indentified, receive effective services and are housed safely, according to Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Justice Programs (OJP). The model is highlighted in the recently released report No Wrong Door: A Comprehensive Approach to Safe Harbor for Sexually Exploited Youth. The model features 11 recommendations from 65 stakeholders, including representatives from The Family Partnership—an organization that strives to build strong families, communities and better futures for children through counseling, education programs and advocacy. Recommendations include: 1.Creating a statewide human trafficking director position. This full-time position with the Department of Health would be responsible for coordinating trainings, and collecting and disseminating information on sexual exploitation and services across the state as a resource to stakeholders. 2.Creating six regional navigator positions. These grant-funded positions would serve as experts in their region of the state and a resource to professionals needing information on how to work with juvenile sex trafficking victims. 3.Providing comprehensive training on juvenile sexual exploitation. Training on how to recognize, screen, refer and investigate sexual exploitation would be available to professionals who come into contact with youth. 4.Ensuring effective outreach to youth. Outreach efforts would be made to sexually exploited youth to connect them with services and support. 5.Supporting coordinated law enforcement investigations across Minnesota. Law enforcement would increase their ability to effectively conduct victim-centered investigations focused on arresting traffickers and commercial sex abusers. 6.Providing appropriate, effective diversion opportunities to youth ages 16 and 17. Law enforcement and county attorneys would divert victimized youth as a means of keeping them from becoming more deeply involved in the juvenile justice system. 7.Modifying the Juvenile Protection Hold Statute to meet the needs of sexually exploited youth. This modification would ensure that sexually exploited youth being held by law enforcement would be placed in the least restrictive setting possible. 8.Ensuring access to safe and supportive housing. Four types of shelter and housing services would be available specifically for sexually exploited youth across Minnesota to meet the different needs of youth. 9.Providing appropriate and accessible supportive services to sexually exploited youth. They would have access to several types of trauma-informed, victim-centered services including advocacy, health care, education and employment. 10.Supporting efforts to prevent the sexual exploitation of youth. Prevention activities would be undertaken to address the environmental, organizational and cultural norms that allow for the sexual exploitation of youth. 11.Conducting comprehensive evaluation to ensure the No Wrong Door Model is an effective model of intervention. Safe Harbor for Sexually Exploited Youth Law The creation of the No Wrong Door Model is one of five provisions included in Minnesota’s Safe Harbor for Sexually Exploited Youth Law. Passed in July 2011, the law affirms Minnesota’s recognition that it is a best practice to treat sexually exploited children and those at risk for exploitation as victims rather than as juvenile delinquents. The legislation also ensures that those who purchase juveniles for sex are held accountable, and that there is a system of response in place to move victims of sexual exploitation toward recovery and healing. In addition to development of a victim-centered response model, provisions of the law: •Define sexually exploited youth in Minnesota’s child protection statutes/laws (effective Aug. 1, 2011). •Increase the penalty against commercial sex abusers (effective Aug. 1, 2011). •Exclude sexually exploited youth under the age of 16 from the definition of a delinquent child (effective Aug. 1, 2014). •Create a mandatory first-time diversion for any 16 and 17 year old who has been exploited in prostitution (effective Aug. 1, 2014). Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Public Safety. Office of Justice Programs, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/!2012%20Safe%20Harbor%20Report%20(FINAL).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 127999

Author: Zapf, Patricia Title: Standardizing Protocols for Treatment to Restore Competency to Stand Trial: Interventions and Clinically Appropriate Time Periods Summary: The Washington State Institute for Public Policy (Institute) was directed by the 2012 Legislature to “study and report to the legislature the benefit of standardizing treatment protocols used for restoring competency to stand trial in Washington, and during what clinically appropriate time period said treatment might be expected to be effective.” Data from Western State Hospital and Eastern State Hospital were examined to determine typical length of stay for defendants deemed incompetent and remanded for restoration. This report then summarizes the literature on treatment protocols used to restore defendants to competency throughout the United States and the literature on the time periods for restoration. Finally, the report summarizes the 2011-12 recommendations of the National Judicial College’s Best Practices Model. Details: Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Document No. 13-01-1901): Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/rptfiles/13-01-1901.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial (Washington State, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128001

Author: Normandin, Heidi Title: Looking Beyond the Prison Gate: New Directions in Prisoner Reentry Summary: The iron law of incarceration is that nearly all prisoners come back—to their families and communities. In FY 2006, over 14,500 prisoners were released from Wisconsin prisons. This means that the population returned to society last year was similar in size to Bayfield County, the city of Menomonie, or the combined student bodies of UW-Stevens Point and UW-Green Bay. After being behind bars an average of 10 years, many prisoners have difficulty with the most basic requirements of life outside prison, such as finding a steady job, locating housing, and reestablishing positive relationships with family and friends. This report examines the latest evidence on how reentry policy can keep the public safe by better preparing prisoners for their inevitable return. The first chapter is written by Jeremy Travis, president of the John Jay College of Criminal Justice at the City University of New York. Sentencing policy in the United States has changed dramatically in the last 30 years. During this time, U.S. incarceration rates quadrupled (largely due to drug offenses) and corrections budgets have become the second fastest growing state expenditure. More offenders entering prison means that more prisoners will eventually leave and return to their families and communities. Yet returning prisoners face a number of challenges in their family relationships, work, health, and housing. Many have a low level of human capital; for example, the longest that half of them have held a job is two years. Two-thirds of released prisoners end up being rearrested for a new offense within three years, and one-quarter are returned to prison for a new conviction. To turn these numbers around, new policy directions include a) reinventing supervision by front-loading services to ex-prisoners during the first six months after their release, the time they are most likely to commit a new crime, and b) establishing reentry courts to provide appropriate sanctions and incentives for successful reintegration. The next chapter on designing reentry programs is written by Edward Latessa, professor and division head in the Division of Criminal Justice at the University of Cincinnati. Successful prisoner reentry programs have garnered public support because of their potential to reduce recidivism and save taxpayer dollars. To be effective, reentry programs must apply the four principles of effective corrections interventions. First, programs should be targeted to high-risk offenders. Placing low-risk offenders in intensive programs might actually increase their recidivism rates. Second, programs should focus on crime-producing factors such as antisocial attitudes and substance abuse. Boot camp programs are ineffective because they target factors unrelated to crime, model aggressive behavior, and bond criminals together. Third, programs should use a cognitive-behavioral approach, which has been shown to reduce reoffenses by an average of 10%. This actionoriented approach teaches prisoners new skills through modeling, practice, and reinforcement. Fourth, for model programs to be effective, implementation must closely replicate the original design; poorly implemented programs can do more harm than good. Given budget deficits, other states may follow Oregon’s lead in requiring all programs for offenders to be evidence-based. The third chapter by Christina Carmichael and Jere Bauer, Jr. of the Legislative Fiscal Bureau describes prisoner reentry programs in Wisconsin. The reentry process begins at the time of sentencing. For felony offenses, except those punishable by life imprisonment, felons receive a bifurcated sentence. The judge specifies the time to be spent in (a) prison and (b) the community on extended supervision. Reentry services assist prisoners in transitioning back into the community through programs provided to inmates in prison and to offenders under community supervision who need assistance with housing, job readiness, and access to services. As of July 2007, Wisconsin correctional institutions had 22,729 inmates, and community corrections served 55,879 offenders on probation and 17,084 on parole or extended supervision. Upon admission, an assessment identifies the offender’s individual needs for services such as cognitive intervention, education, employment training, medical care, and sex offender treatment. For example, almost half of adult inmates lack a high school diploma or GED and, when admitted, about two thirds have alcohol and drug abuse problems. The portion of inmate spending allocated to reentry programming is not available; however, $123.7 million is spent for probation, parole, and extended supervision in the community and $24.8 million to purchase community services for offenders. The Family Impact Seminars encourages policymakers to consider how families are affected by problems and whether policies would be more effective if families were part of the solution. This report details a number of ways that families are affected by prisoner reentry. In the U.S., two-thirds of female inmates and one-half of male inmates are parents. When one parent is incarcerated, the children left behind are at risk of unhealthy development. The remaining family members also face financial stress and strain from the separation. When prisoners return home, the family can be central to the reentry process. Of course, not all families are in a position to help or want to help. Yet in one study, 90% of former prisoners “agreed” or “strongly agreed” that their family had been supportive in the first few months after their release. Former prisoners who felt that their family was a source of support had more success finding a job and staying off drugs. In fact, continuing contact with family members during and following incarceration can reduce recidivism and foster reintegration. As critical as this support is, it often comes at a price for families, many of whom are fragile. For families to serve as a cornerstone of successful prisoner reentry, policies should take family needs into account. For example, policymakers could enact programs that strengthen families who, in turn, will support the returning prisoner. Policymakers could also examine the state’s statutes, policies, and practices that may interfere with successful prisoner reentry and disadvantage their families. Some of these are summarized in a table prepared by the Wisconsin Department of Corrections. Corrections agencies could improve visitation policies; make it easier to maintain phone, video, or Internet contact; and expand the definition of family to allow visitation by girlfriends or boyfriends who are sometimes raising the prisoner’s children. Schools, youth organizations, and agencies that serve families could take into account the special challenges families face when a parent or partner enters into or returns from prison. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2008. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: 26th Wisconsin Family Impact Seminar: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.familyimpactseminars.org/s_wifis26report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 128004

Author: National Research Council: Carriquiry, Alicia Title: Options for Estimating Illegal Entries at the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is responsible for securing and managing the nation’s borders. Over the past decade, DHS has dramatically stepped up its enforcement efforts at the U.S.–Mexico border, increasing the number of U.S. Border Patrol (USBP) agents, expanding the deployment of technological assets, and implementing a variety of “consequence programs” intended to deter illegal immigration. During this same period, there has also been a sharp decline in the number of unauthorized migrants apprehended at the border. Trends in total apprehensions do not, however, by themselves speak to the effectiveness of DHS’s investments in immigration enforcement. In particular, to evaluate whether heightened enforcement efforts have contributed to reducing the flow of undocumented migrants, it is critical to estimate the number of border-crossing attempts during the same period for which apprehensions data are available. With these issues in mind, DHS charged the National Research Council (NRC) with providing guidance on the use of surveys and other methodologies to estimate the number of unauthorized crossings at the U.S.–Mexico border, preferably by geographic region and on a quarterly basis. The NRC appointed the Panel on Survey Options for Estimating the Flow of Unauthorized Crossings at the U.S.–Mexican Border to carry out this task. A better understanding of the magnitude, timing, and location of these flows will help DHS to better evaluate the effectiveness of its enforcement efforts and to more efficiently allocate its resources along the border. This study focuses on Mexican migrants since Mexican nationals account for the vast majority (around 90 percent) of attempted unauthorized border crossings across the U.S.–Mexico border. A discussion of the use of surveys and statistical methods to measure unauthorized border flows needs to be set in the context of border enforcement and the migration process, both current and past. The migration process is highly complex, and it is influenced by a variety of factors such as the economic, social, and environmental conditions in sending and destination areas; immigration policies; and interior and border enforcement. Furthermore, migrants and their smugglers have adapted, and can continue to adapt, to changes in resources and strategies on the U.S. side of the border, and enforcement efforts in one geographic area can have spillover effects into another. This situation argues for a broader conception of the border, not segmented into ports of entry and sectors between the ports of entry. The migration process is also dynamic and evolving, and survey designs and modeling approaches that may be well suited for capturing certain aspects of migration flows today may not be able to do so with the same reliability in the future. Thus, flexibility of design and continuous evaluation of how DHS is implementing border metrics will be of the utmost relevance. Within this context, one can assess the usefulness of different types of data to capture information on migration flows. There are a number of major surveys in the United States and Mexico that collect some information about migration and border crossing. On the U.S. side, the American Community Survey (ACS) and Current Population Survey (CPS) each target U.S. households. On the Mexican side, the “long questionnaire” of the Mexican Census of Housing and Population (administered to a 10 percent sample of the population in Mexico), the National Survey of Occupation and Employment (ENOE), the National Survey of Population Dynamics (ENADID), and the longitudinal Mexican Family Life Survey (MxFLS) target households at a national level. None of these surveys was specifically designed to study migration. The Mexican Migration Project (MMP) and Mexican Migration Field Research Program (MMFRP), in contrast, focus on studying migration, although the surveys are not based on probability sampling. The Survey of Migration at the Northern Border (EMIF-N), which has a probability sample conceptual basis, targets migrants passing through northern border cities of Mexico. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2013. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2013 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=13498 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 128011

Author: Celeste, Gabriella Title: The Bridge to Somewhere: How Research Made its Way into Legislative Juvenile Justice Reform in Ohio: A Case Study Summary: In 2011, Ohio Governor John Kasich signed House Bill 86, landmark legislation that established juvenile justice reforms based on evidence-based practices and adolescent development research. This legislative achievement, which includes significant cost savings, was the result of a collaborative policy change model that relied upon critical engagement among experts, practitioners, key stakeholders, advocates, and policymakers. The case study, “The Bridge to Somewhere: How Research Made its Way into Legislative Juvenile Justice Reform in Ohio,” explores what led to passage of House Bill 86. On January 14, the Schubert Center published this case study describing the partners, the collaborative model, and key elements in achieving this major policy change. The case study is meant to be a learning tool for those interested in understanding a collaborative approach to policy change and potentially pursuing similar efforts in the future. The intended audience includes scholars and students in the areas of public policy and political science, researchers, practitioners, philanthropic organizations, public agencies, advocates, lobbyists, and policymakers. The center hopes its partners and colleagues will find the case study useful when considering strategies to promote compelling, research-based, cost-effective policy change with positive outcomes for young people, families, and communities. Details: Cleveland, OH: Case Western Reserve University, Schubert Center for Child Studies, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://schubert.case.edu/Case_Study_Release.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 128014

Author: Erez, Edna Title: GPS Monitoring Technologies and Domestic Violence: An Evaluation Study Summary: This study examines the implementation of Global Positioning System (GPS) monitoring technology in enforcing court mandated “no contact” orders in domestic violence (DV) cases, particularly those involving intimate partner violence (IPV). The research also addresses the effectiveness of GPS as a form of pretrial supervision, as compared to other conditions in which defendants are placed. The project has three components: First, a national web-based survey of agencies providing pretrial supervision reported on patterns of GPS usage, as well as the advantages, drawbacks, and costs associated with using GPS for DV cases. The results indicate a gradual increase in agencies’ use of GPS technology for DV cases since 1996, primarily to enhance victim safety and defendant supervision. Second, a quasi-experimental design study of three sites from across the U.S. – referred to as “Midwest,” “West,” and “South” – examined the impact of GPS technology on DV defendants’ program violations and re-arrests during the pretrial period (referred to as the “short term”), and on re-arrests during a one-year follow-up period after case disposition (referred to as the “long term”). The results indicate that GPS has an impact on the behavior of program enrollees over both short and long terms. Examination of the short-term impact of GPS enrollment shows it is associated with practically no contact attempts. Furthermore, defendants enrolled in GPS monitoring have fewer program violations compared to those placed in traditional electronic monitoring (EM) that utilizes radio frequency (RF) technology (i.e., remotely monitored and under house arrest, but without tracking). GPS tracking seems to increase defendants’ compliance with program rules compared to those who are monitored but not tracked. Defendants enrolled in the Midwest GPS program had a lower probability of being rearrested for a DV offense during the one-year follow-up period, as compared to defendants who had been in a non-GPS condition (e.g., in jail, in an RF program, or released on bond without supervision). In the West site, those placed on GPS had a lower likelihood of arrest for any criminal violation within the one-year follow-up period. In the South site, no impact deriving from participation in GPS was observed. The heterogeneity of the defendants who are placed on GPS at this site, and the different method for generating the South sample of DV defendants, may account for the absence of GPS impact on arrest in the long term. An examination of the relationship between GPS and legal outcomes across the three sites revealed similar conviction rates for defendants on GPS and those who remained in jail during the pretrial period. Further, a comparison of conviction rates for GPS and RF defendants at the Midwest site found a significant difference – with GPS defendants being likelier to be convicted as compared to RF defendants; conviction rates in the Midwest and South sites were also higher for GPS defendants compared to defendants released on bond without supervision, suggesting that defendants’ participation in GPS increases the likelihood of conviction. These findings may be related to the fact that GPS provides victims with relief from contact attempts, empowering them to participate in the state’s case against the defendant. The third component of the study is a qualitative investigation conducted at six sites, entailing in-depth individual and group interviews with stakeholders in domestic violence cases – victims, defendants and criminal justice personnel. The interviews identified a variety of approaches to organizing GPS programs, with associated benefits and liabilities. Victims largely felt that having defendants on GPS during the pretrial period provided relief from the kind of abuse suffered prior to GPS, although they noted problems and concerns with how agencies and courts apply GPS technology. Interviews with defendants supported quantitative findings about the impact of GPS on defendants’ short- and long-term behavior, and found both burdens and occasional benefits associated with participation. Benefits of GPS enrollment for defendants included protecting them from false accusations, providing added structure to their lives, and enabling them to envision futures for themselves without the victim. Burdens pertained to living with restrictions and becoming transparent, managing issues related to stigma and disclosure of one’s status as a DV defendant tethered to GPS, and handling the practical issues that emerge with the technology and equipment. Policy implications highlight the importance of having a logical connection between defendant attributes and program details, avoiding enrollment in cases where the GPS has minimal or no value and is imposed for reasons other than protecting victims or enforcing restraining orders, the need for justice professionals to cultivate relationships with victims whose abusers are on GPS, and the importance of maintaining an appropriate balance between victim safety and due process for the defendant. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2012. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238910.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Offenders Shelf Number: 128015

Author: Lutze, Faith E. Title: Washington State's Reentry Housing Pilot Program Evaluation: Year 3 Final Report Summary: In 2007 Washington State continued its work to end homelessness and to reduce recidivism committed by high risk and high need offenders being released from prison or jail without a home or a viable release plan. To address the issue of recidivism and homelessness the State implemented the Reentry Housing Pilot Program (RHPP) and similar programs funded by the Housing Grant Assistance Program (HGAP). This report provides the results of the final phase of the research project designed to determine whether providing wrap around services, treatment, and offender accountability with the provision of affordable and safe housing reduces recidivism. This report provides (1) a description of each of the RHPP programs implemented in Clark, King, and Spokane Counties and the HGAP programs implemented in Clallam and Whatcom Counties; and (2) a 24 month follow-up outcome evaluation comparing RHPP/HGAP participants with a similar group of offenders released from prison. RHPP/HGAP participants are compared with offenders who were released from prison into homelessness, unstable housing, or stable housing. The Washington State Legislature eliminated funding for the RHPP program in 2009 due to the economic crisis confronting the state. RHPP Outcome Evaluation Findings:  RHPP participants were less likely (32%) than the comparison groups (36%) to be convicted for a new crime 24 months following their release from prison. This finding was not statistically significant.  RHPP participants were less likely (45%) than the comparison groups (50%) to be revoked from community supervision for a violation. This finding was not statistically significant.  RHPP participants were significantly less likely (53%) than the comparison groups (62%) to be readmitted to prison. HGAP Outcome Evaluation Findings:  HGAP participants experience significantly fewer new convictions. These findings were mixed based on county.  HGAP participants were significantly less likely (17%) to have their community supervision revoked than the comparison group (41%).  HGAP participants were significantly less likely (41%) to be readmitted to prison than the comparison groups (60%). Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Criminal Justice Program, 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://www.co.whatcom.wa.us/health/wchac/pdf/rhpp_year3_report_june_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 128016

Author: McDougal, Topher Title: The Way of the Gun: Estimating Firearms Traffic Across the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: This new study estimates the volume and value of arms trafficking from the United States to Mexico. We apply a unique GIS-generated county-level panel dataset (1993-1999 and 2010-2012) of Federal Firearms Licenses to sell small arms (FFLs) and we create a demand curve for firearms based on the distance by road from the nearest point on the U.S.-Mexico border and official border crossing. We use a time-series negative binomial model paired with a post-estimation population attributable fraction (PaF) estimator. In this way, we are able to estimate a total demand for trafficking, both in terms of firearms and dollar sales for the firearms industry. Details: Rio de Janeiro, Brazil: Igarape Institute; San Diego, University of San Diego, Trans-Border Institute, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://pt.igarape.org.br/the-way-of-the-gun-estimating-firearms-traffic-across-the-u-s-mexico-border/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 128044

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: Public Mass Shootings in the United States: Selected Implications for Federal Public Health and Safety Policy Summary: This report focuses on mass shootings and selected implications they have for federal policy in the areas of public health and safety. While such crimes most directly impact particular citizens in very specific communities, addressing these violent episodes involves officials at all levels of government and professionals from numerous disciplines. This report does not discuss gun control and does not systematically address the broader issue of gun violence. Also, it is not intended as an exhaustive review of federal programs addressing the issue of mass shootings. Policy makers may confront numerous questions about shootings such as the December 2012 incident at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, CT, that claimed 27 lives (not including the shooter). Foremost, what are the parameters of this threat? How should it be defined? There is no broadly agreed-to, specific conceptualization of this issue, so this report uses its own definition for public mass shootings. These are incidents occurring in relatively public places, involving four or more deaths—not including the shooter(s)—and gunmen who select victims somewhat indiscriminately. The violence in these cases is not a means to an end—the gunmen do not pursue criminal profit or kill in the name of terrorist ideologies, for example. One Measure of the Death Toll Exacted by Public Mass Shootings. Applying this understanding of the issue, the Congressional Research Service (CRS) has identified 78 public mass shootings that have occurred in the United States since 1983. This suggests the scale of this threat and is intended as a thorough review of the phenomenon but should not be characterized as exhaustive or definitive. According to CRS estimates, over the last three decades public mass shootings have claimed 547 lives and led to an additional 476 injured victims. Significantly, while tragic and shocking, public mass shootings account for few of the murders or non-negligent homicides related to firearms that occur annually in the United States. Policymaking Challenges in Public Health and Safety Aside from trying to develop a sense of this phenomenon’s scope, policy makers may face other challenges when addressing this topic. To help describe some of the health and safety issues public mass shootings pose, this report discusses selected policy in three areas: law enforcement, public health, and education. While mass shootings may occur in a number of settings, the education realm is one that has received particular attention from policy makers, officials, and the public alike—at least since the 1999 shooting at Columbine High School in Littleton, CO. The tragedy at Sandy Hook Elementary has renewed such concerns for many. In the areas of law enforcement, public health, and education, this report discusses some key efforts to prevent mass shootings as well as efforts geared toward preparedness and response. Policy measures that deal with recovery are also discussed within the context of education and public health initiatives. Policy Effectiveness and Outlay of Resources. Many of the policymaking challenges regarding public mass shootings boil down to two interrelated matters: (1) a need to determine the effectiveness of existing programs and (2) figuring out where to disburse limited resources. Finally, baseline metrics related to this problem are often unclear or unavailable. This lack of clarity starts with identifying the number of shootings themselves, since no broadly agreed-to definition exists. Several questions flow from this issue. How many people have such incidents victimized? How much does prevention of, preparedness for, and response to such incidents cost the federal government? What measurements can be used to determine the effectiveness of such programs? Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: R43004: Accessed March 21, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43004.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 128065

Author: Dills, Angela K. Title: What Do Economists Know About Crime? Summary: In this paper we evaluate what economists have learned over the past 40 years about the determinants of crime. We base our evaluation on two kinds of evidence: an examination of aggregate data over long time periods and across countries, and a critical review of the literature. We argue that economists know little about the empirically relevant determinants of crime. Even hypotheses that find some support in U.S. data for recent decades are inconsistent with data over longer horizons or across countries. This conclusion applies both to policy variables like arrest rates or capital punishment and to less conventional factors such as abortion or gun laws. The hypothesis that drug prohibition generates violence, however, is generally consistent with the long times-series and cross-country facts. This analysis is also consistent with a broader perspective in which government policies that affect the nature and amount of dispute resolution play an important role in determining violence. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2008. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 13759: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w13759 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Economics Shelf Number: 128072

Author: McNeil Education, Training and Research Title: Process Evaluation of the Demand-Side Youth Offender Demonstration Project (Phase II): Final Report Summary: The Welfare-to-Work Partnership (The Partnership), later known as Business Interface, Inc. (BI), was awarded funding by the Employment and Training Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL/ETA) in January 2003 to conduct a Demand-Side Youth Offender Demonstration Project (DSYODP). Under this grant, The Partnership served as an intermediary in connecting employers in four sites with young ex-offenders and youth at-risk of court involvement between the ages of 18 and 25. The DSYODP initiative built on the experience of The Partnership in serving welfare recipients under a DOL grant for the Welfare-to-Work program. The DSYODP initiative also built on the experience of DOL/ETA through three rounds of the Youth Offender Demonstration Project (YODP), which began in 1999. The goals of the YODP were to assist youth at-risk of court or gang involvement, youth offenders, and gang members ages 14-24 to find long-term employment at wage levels that would prevent future dependency and would break the cycle of crime and juvenile delinquency. McNeil Education, Training and Research (McNeil ETR) worked with DOL/ETA to conduct evaluations of both YODP and DSYODP Phases I and II. Phase II of DSYODP began in July 2005 when it received a Task Order contract from DOL/ETA to conduct a process evaluation of the demonstration project in four cities: Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, and Washington, D.C. The purpose of the evaluation was to determine: (1) the efficacy of the business intermediary model implemented by the grantee; and (2) the impact of the services delivered on the employment, earnings and retention of youth ex-offenders and youth at-risk of court or gang involvement. Further, DOL/ETA expects that the evaluation will also “determine lessons from the implementation and operation of the DSYODP Phase II which can be shared with other communities wishing to replicate the business intermediary approach to serve ex-offenders and at-risk youth.” Details: Chapel Hill, NC: McNeil Education, Training and Research, 2008. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/Process%20Evaluation%20of%20the%20Demand-Side%20Youth%20Offender%20Demonstration%20Project%20Phase%20II%20-%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128075

Author: Levine, Harry Title: One Million Police Hours: Making 440,000 Marijuana Possession Arrests In New York City, 2002‐2012 Summary: A new report documents the astronomical number of hours the New York Police Department has spent arresting and processing hundreds of thousands of low-level misdemeanor marijuana possession arrests during Mayor Bloomberg’s tenure from 2002 to 2012. The report finds that NYPD used approximately one million hours of police officer time to make 440,000 marijuana possession arrests. Under Mayor Bloomberg, New York City has made more marijuana possession arrests than under mayors Koch, Dinkins and Giuliani combined. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance and the Marijuana Arrest Research Project, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/One_Million_Police_Hours_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy Shelf Number: 128078

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: 2011 Arizona Gang Threat Assessment Summary: In the summer of 2011, the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission’s Statistical Analysis Center surveyed law enforcement officers in Arizona regarding gangs and gang activity in their jurisdictions. The survey used for the Arizona Gang Threat Assessment was based upon the National Gang Threat Assessment conducted by the National Alliance of Gang Investigators Associations in partnership with the Federal Bureau of Investigation, National Drug Intelligence Center, and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives. The survey was designed to obtain from law enforcement information about the gangs in their jurisdictions and their level of activity. This report provides statewide results from the 2011 Gang Threat Assessment and compares it to similar data collected in 2007 through 20101 to assess changes over time. Results of the threat assessment from local agencies have also been aggregated to the county level for 14 of the 15 Arizona counties. County level data is contained in the appendices of this report. Findings  Gangs were reported to be active in 46 of the 63 jurisdictions (73.0 percent) that responded to the survey in 2011. Of the agencies that reported active gangs, 35 provided estimates of the number of gang members in their jurisdiction. Together, these agencies alone estimated that there are 31,511 active gang members in their jurisdictions.  Slightly less than half (48.8 percent) of responding agencies reported that gangs were expanding their scope of activities.  Over half of the agencies reported that gang activity had increased in the prior 12 months and during the last five years. Nearly two-thirds of the agencies (62.2 percent) reported gang activity had either stayed the same or decreased in the six-month period preceding the survey.  Assault/aggravated assault was listed by nearly 67 percent of the agencies reporting on gang activities as the primary crime being committed by gangs, followed by burglary and drug offenses.  A high level of gang involvement in the sale of marijuana was reported by 45.5 percent of responding agencies and 26.7 percent reported high levels of gang involvement in the sale of methamphetamine. The percent of agencies reporting a high level of gang involvement in heroin sales nearly doubled from 5.8 percent in 2008 to 10.3 percent in 2010 and then nearly doubled again to 20 percent in 2011.  When asked about gang intervention strategies, law enforcement agencies identified law enforcement, identification of gang members and Gang Immigration Intelligence Team Enforcement Mission (GIITEM) as the most effective strategies for responding to gangs and gang activity in their jurisdictions. Much lower percentages of agency respondents saw value in school programs, special gang prosecution units and community-based gang programs. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2013. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://acjc.state.az.us/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2011%20GTA.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 128080

Author: Sandholtz, Nathan Title: Hate Crime Victimization, 2003-2011 Summary: Presents annual counts and rates of hate crime victimization that occurred from 2003 through 2011, using data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The report examines changes over time in hate crime victimizations, including the type of bias that motivated the hate crime, the type of crime, whether the incident was reported to police, and characteristics of the incident, offender, and victim. In addition, the report compares characteristics of hate crime and nonhate crime victimization. NCVS estimates are supplemented by data from official police reports of hate crime from the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Hate Crime Statistics Program. Highlights: From 2007 to 2011, an estimated annual average of 259,700 nonfatal violent and property hate crime victimizations occurred against persons age 12 or older residing in U.S. households. Across the periods from 2003-06 and 2007-11, there was no change in the annual average number of total, violent, or property hate crime victimizations. The percentage of hate crimes motivated by religious bias more than doubled between 2003-06 and 2007-11 (from 10% to 21%), while the percentage motivated by racial bias dropped slightly (from 63% to 54%). Violent hate crime accounted for a higher percentage of all nonfatal violent crime in 2007-11 (4%), compared to 2003-06 (3%). Between 2003-06 and 2007-11, the percentage of hate crime victimizations reported to police declined from 46% to 35%. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=4614 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 128081

Author: Kerness, Bonnie, ed. Title: Torture in United States Prisons: Evidence of Human Rights Violations. 2nd Edition Summary: When prison doors close behind men and women they become our prisoners. If we are their family and friends, we may visit, write, call, and advocate on their behalf. If they are anonymous, we will likely dismiss them with the thought, “they broke the law—that was their choice— and now they must pay the penalty.” And we proceed about our daily lives without looking over the prison wall. It is time we did just that; prisons reflect the societies that create them. International treaties, conventions, and declarations provide basic guidelines for the treatment of prisoners. These guidelines are often ignored by the U.S. criminal justice system. Meanwhile, the United States continues to criticize other countries for violations of prisoners’ human rights. “Torture in United States Prisons” (Second Edition) provides primary evidence of such human rights violations. Its goal is to cast light on the torture and abuse of prisoners. For over three decades, the American Friends Service Committee (AFSC) has spoken out on behalf of prisoners. Since 1975 AFSC has operated a Criminal Justice Program in Newark, New Jersey. During that time AFSC has received thousands of calls and letters of testimony of an increasingly disturbing nature from prisoners and their families about conditions in prison. The list of abuses is long and horrifying: use of stun guns and restraint devices, rape, prison chain gangs, inadequate medical care, isolation, “no touch torture” (lights on 24/7, deliberately startling sounds, menacing dogs), use of force, and other egregious violations of international human rights standards, including the Convention Against Torture, ratified by the United States in 1994. The concepts of human rights law must be upheld by the United States police, court, and prison justice systems. One way to foster this change is for prisoners, their families and loved ones, and prisoner rights advocates to weave the language of international standards and treaties into their arguments for humane prison conditions and treatment of prisoners. To that end, this document presents prisoners’ testimonies in five sections—Isolation, Health and Medical Services and Conditions, Use of Force and Devices of Torture, Racism, and Women in Prison—and introduces each section with a relevant international standard as stipulated in international human rights agreements. For example, Article 1 of the United Nations Convention Against Torture prohibits “physical or mental pain and suffering, inflicted to punish, coerce or discriminate for any reason.” Yet practices such as the indefinite use of shackles and other mechanical restraints, the administration of dangerous chemical treatments, and the practice of extended isolation continue in the United States. The practice of extended isolation in particular is of growing concern to many prison activists, both inside and outside the walls. The reports that come to AFSC about prisoners subjected to devices of torture have largely been from isolation cells—often called management control units or special management units—in which there are few witnesses. Ojore Lutalo is one such prisoner, and you can find his full story in the Appendix. There are thousands of similar stories as well, some of which are included here. Details: Newark, NJ: American Friends Service Committee, Northeast Region, Healing Justice Program, 2011. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/torture_in_us_prisons.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Violations Shelf Number: 128082

Author: Duncan, Greg J. Title: Early School Skills and Behaviors: Precursors to Young Adult Crime? Summary: We investigate primary school precursors to criminal involvement in early adulthood. Two large longitudinal datasets, Children of the National Longitudinal Youth Study (NLSY) and the Beginning School Study (BSS), provide us with estimates of the association between criminal involvement by around age 21 on the one hand and four primary school indicators—reading and math skills, attention problems, and antisocial behavior problems—on the other. Looking first at bivariate associations, we find significant correlations between early-adult crime and all of our early measures of skills and behaviors. Controls for either a handful of family background measures or concurrent primary-school skills and behaviors reduce all but the early antisocial behavior measure to statistical insignificance. Our detailed look at the persistence of early antisocial behavior problems show that children, particularly boys, with antisocial behavior that begins early and persists beyond age 10 or 11 are at the highest risk of later arrest or incarceration. Details: Prepared for presentation at the SRCD Biennial meetings, Denver, April, 2008. (Published, March 24, 2009). 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2013 at: http://fcd-us.org/sites/default/files/SRCDCrimePaperFinal032509.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Criminal Behavior (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128085

Author: Blasi, Gary Title: Policing Our Way Out of Homelessness? The First Year of the Safer Cities Initiative on Skid Row Summary: One year ago, on September 24, 2006, Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa announced the public launch of a “Safer Cities Initiative” on Skid Row in Los Angeles. This report summarizes the results of that initiative, as determined through a months-long research project carried out by two faculty members and twelve advanced law students1 who comprised the Fact Investigation Clinic at the UCLA School of Law. This report is part of a larger project examining the problem of chronic homelessness in Los Angeles’ Skid Row and the role of City and County policy in both contributing to and responding to that problem. Our investigation has included review of about 15,000 pages of public records and the analysis of multiple computer databases provided under the California Public Records Act by the Los Angeles Police Department, the Office of the City Attorney, and the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority. We also conducted more than 200 interviews of people with special knowledge of one or more aspects of the problem. A future report will examine the role of County policy, particularly in the operation of the General Relief program, in relation to chronic homelessness on Skid Row. We also expect to continue the research and investigation reflected in this report and to integrate other information and data as they are received in a future comprehensive report. To that extent, this report should be regarded as preliminary and interim in nature. In summary form, this is what we found thus far: Homelessness in the City of Los Angeles • Although Los Angeles has the largest homeless population of any city in the United States, this is primarily because Los Angeles is large and has so many extremely poor people. The ratio of homeless people to extremely poor people is similar, for example, to that in San Francisco or San Jose. • What does distinguish Los Angeles from many other cities is how few of its homeless are sheltered (21%) compared to 57% in San Francisco and more than 90% in Philadelphia, Denver, or New York City. • Although the great majority of Los Angeles’ homeless population lives outside Skid Row, the 0.85 square miles of Skid Row has by far the densest population of homeless people. • Homeless individuals in Skid Row are predominantly people with severe and chronic mental disabilities, addiction disease, and most commonly both mental disability and addiction (cooccurring disorders). Shelter and Short Term Housing in Los Angeles and in Skid Row • Across the City, there are about 13 persons with mental disabilities for every shelter space targeting this population, and 21.5 homeless addicts for every potential shelter bed. For the many people with co-occurring disorders, the ratio is likely far higher. • Whether shelter or transitional housing spaces are actually available depends very much on the funding and program restrictions of the shelter program operations, including restrictions related to disability, religious participation, and gender. Most shelters have restrictions that effectively exclude broad segments of the homeless population. • About half of the shelter and housing program beds for homeless individuals in the County of Los Angeles are located in Skid Row, a current result of past City planning decisions and current NIMBY (“Not in My Back Yard”) resistance to homeless services outside Skid Row. • Contrary to some reports, based on an independent analysis of nightly call sheets by LAPD officers, the median number of actually available shelter beds in Skid Row has been four (4) beds, at a time when the LAPD was counting about 1,000 homeless people living on the sidewalks each night. This extremely low vacancy rate is confirmed by other studies. • Emergency (night-only) shelters return homeless people to the streets during the day. There is, however, broad agreement that the only real path off the streets for the mentally disabled and chronically homeless requires 24-hour housing with support services. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA School of Law, 2007. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2013 at: http://www.lafla.org/pdf/policinghomelessness.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 107710

Author: Taylor, Mac Title: California's Criminal Justice System: A Primer Summary: In January 2007, our office released the first edition of California’s Criminal Justice System: A Primer to provide the public, media, and policymakers some basic information on the state’s criminal justice system, caseloads, costs, trends, and outcomes. This publication provides more up-to-date data, generally through 2011. Updating this information for policymakers is particularly important in light of major criminal justice law changes implemented in 2011 that shifted—or “realigned”—significant responsibilities from state corrections agencies to county governments. Such data gives policymakers a picture of the state’s criminal justice system prior to the full implementation of the 2011 realignment, against which they can evaluate how the system changed following the realignment (such as in terms of crime rates, court caseloads, and correctional populations). This primer is organized into different sections that seek to answer key questions about the criminal justice system in California. Chapter 1 provides a general overview of the state’s criminal justice system, including information on the respective roles of different state and local agencies. Chapters 2 through 5 provide a series of charts and tables on each of the four major stages of the criminal justice system: (1) the commission of crimes, (2) arrest by law enforcement agencies, (3) prosecution in the trial courts, and (4) state and local corrections. Chapter 6 discusses some of the recent significant policy changes in California criminal justice, as well as some of the major criminal justice policy challenges facing policymakers in the next few years. Details: Sacramento: Legislative Analyst’s Office, 2013. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2013 at: http://www.lao.ca.gov/reports/2013/crim/criminal-justice-primer/criminal-justice-primer-011713.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 128115

Author: American Immigration Council Title: Two Systems of Justice: How the Immigration System Falls Short of American Ideals of Justice Summary: There is a growing consensus that our immigration system is broken. Severe visa backlogs hurt U.S. businesses, undocumented workers are frequently exploited, and record levels of deportations tear families apart. While much energy is now focused on addressing these problems, one issue that is frequently overlooked is the structure and quality of justice accorded immigrants who are caught in the enforcement net. In reforming our immigration system, we must not forget that the immigration removal system—from arrest to hearing to deportation and beyond—does not reflect American values of due process and fundamental fairness. The failure to provide a fair process to those facing expulsion from the United States is all the more disturbing given the increasing “criminalization” of the immigration enforcement system. Although immigration law is formally termed “civil,” Congress has progressively expanded the number of crimes that may render an individual deportable, and immigration law violations often lead to criminal prosecutions. Further, local police now play an increasingly active role in immigration enforcement. Consequently, even relatively minor offenses can result in a person being detained in immigration custody and deported, often with no hope of ever returning to the United States. This special report is a product of the Immigration Policy Center and the Legal Action Center of the American Immigration Council. It lays out the the incongruency of America's criminal justice system and its immigration justice system, and provides recommendations for how these problems could be fixed. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2013 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/special-reports/two-systems-justice-how-immigration-system-falls-short-american-ideals-justice Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 128116

Author: Stachelberg, Winnie Title: Blindfolded, and with One Hand Tied Behind the Back How the Gun Lobby Has Debilitated Federal Action on Firearms and What President Obama Can Do About It Summary: It is no secret that annual appropriations bills are often used as a vehicle for moving through discrete legislative measures unrelated to funding the government. Because appropriations bills are often considered to be “must pass” pieces of legislation, packaging nonfunding policy provisions into these bills can be an effective way to ensure passage of measures that might not pass if submitted through the regular legislative process in the House and Senate. The use of appropriations riders to enact policy changes, however, has reached new heights in the area of firearms. Beginning in the late 1970s and accelerating over the past decade, Congress, at the behest of the National Rifle Association, or NRA, and others in the gun lobby, began incrementally chipping away at the federal government’s ability to enforce the gun laws and protect the public from gun crime. The NRA freely admits its role in ensuring that firearms-related legislation is tacked onto budget bills, explaining that doing so is “the legislative version of catching a ride on the only train out of town.” Inserting policy directives in spending bills bypasses the traditional process, which allows for more careful review and scrutiny of proposed legislation. Appropriations bills are intended to allocate funding to government agencies to ensure that they are capable of fulfilling their missions and performing essential functions. But the gun riders directed at the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, or ATF, do exactly the opposite and instead impede the agency’s ability to function and interfere with law-enforcement efforts to curb gun-related crime by creating policy roadblocks in service to the gun lobby. As a group, the riders have limited how ATF can collect and share information to detect illegal gun trafficking, how it can regulate firearms sellers, and how it partners with federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/GunRidersBrief-7.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128119

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: TSA Explosives Detection Canine Program: Actions Needed to Analyze Data and Ensure Canine Teams Are Effectively Utilized Summary: The Transportation Security Administration (TSA), the federal agency that administers the National Canine Program (NCP), is collecting and using key data on its canine program, but could better analyze these data to identify program trends. TSA collects canine team data using the Canine Website System (CWS), a central management database. TSA uses CWS to capture the amount of time canine teams conduct training as well as searching for explosives odor, among other functions. However, TSA has not fully analyzed the data it collects in CWS to identify program trends and areas that are working well or in need of corrective action. Such analyses could help TSA to determine canine teams’ proficiency, inform future deployment efforts, and help ensure that taxpayer funds are used effectively. For example: • GAO analysis of canine team training data from May 2011 through April 2012 showed that some canine teams were repeatedly not in compliance with TSA’s monthly training requirement, which is in place to ensure canine teams remain proficient in explosives detection. • GAO analysis of TSA’s cargo-screening data from September 2011 through July 2012 showed that canine teams primarily responsible for screening air cargo placed on passenger aircraft exceeded their monthly screening requirement. This suggests that TSA could increase the percentage of air cargo it requires air cargo canine teams to screen or redeploy teams. TSA has not deployed passenger screening canines (PSC)—trained to identify and track explosives odor on a person—consistent with its risk-based approach, and did not determine PSC teams’ effectiveness prior to deployment. TSA’s 2012 Strategic Framework calls for the deployment of PSC teams based on risk; however, GAO found that PSC teams have not been deployed to the highest-risk airport locations. TSA officials stated that the agency generally defers to airport officials on whether PSC teams will be deployed, and some airport operators have decided against the use of PSC teams at their airports because of concerns related to the composition and capabilities of PSC teams. As a result of these concerns, the PSC teams deployed to higher-risk airport locations are not being used for passenger screening as intended, but for other purposes, such as screening air cargo or training. TSA is coordinating with aviation stakeholders to resolve concerns related to PSC team deployment, but has been unable to resolve these concerns, as of September 2012. Furthermore, TSA began deploying PSC teams in April 2011 prior to determining the teams’ operational effectiveness and before identifying where within the airport these teams would be most effectively utilized. TSA is in the process of assessing the effectiveness of PSC teams in the operational environment, but testing is not comprehensive since it does not include all areas at the airport or compare PSCs with already deployed conventional canines (trained to detect explosives in stationary objects). As a result, more comprehensive testing could provide TSA with greater assurance that PSC teams are effective in identifying explosives odor on passengers and provide an enhanced security benefit. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-239: Accessed March 25, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/651725.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Canine Units Shelf Number: 128126

Author: Volokh, Alexander Title: Everything We Know About Faith-Based Prisons Summary: This Article examines everything we know about the effectiveness of faith-based prisons, which is not very much. Most studies can’t be taken seriously, because they’re tainted by the “self-selection problem.” It’s hard to determine the effect of faith-based prison programs, because they’re voluntary, and volunteers are more likely to be motivated to change and are therefore already less likely to commit infractions or be re-arrested. This problem is the same one that education researchers have struggled with in determining whether private schools are better than public schools. The only credible studies done so far compare participants with non-participants who volunteered for the program but were rejected. Some studies in this category find no effect, but some do find a modest effect. But even those that find an effect are subject to additional critiques: for instance, participants may have benefited from being exposed to treatment resources that non-participants were denied. Thus, based on current research, there’s no strong reason to believe that faith-based prisons work. However, there’s also no strong reason to believe that they don’t work. I conclude with thoughts on how faith-based prison programs might be improved, and offer a strategy that would allow such experimentation to proceed consistent with the Constitution. Details: Unpublished (Draft) Paper: 2011. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Emory Law and Economics Research Paper No. 11-99 Emory Public Law Research Paper No. 11-145 ; Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1789282 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Faith-Based Prisons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128132

Author: Bileski, Matt Title: Arizona Property Crime Trends, CY2002-2011 Data Brief Summary: The Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program is a valuable tool for analyzing the frequency and rate of crime in Arizona and across the country. According to the FBI, the U.S. property crime rate, as measured by three property index offenses (burglary, larceny-theft, and motor vehicle theft), has decreased from calendar years (CY) 2002 through 2011. This data brief looks more closely at the trends over time in Arizona for the three property index offenses. Although arson is often included in national data, arson offense rates are not available for Arizona. Instead, data on the U.S. arson offense rate and arrests for arson in Arizona are provided. The data used in this brief were submitted to the FBI’s UCR program by local police agencies across Arizona and the nation and was published by the FBI in their UCR program report titled Crime in the United States. Details: Phoenix: Statistical Analysis Center, Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2013. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://acjc.state.az.us/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/Arizona%20Property%20Crime%20Trends%20CY2002-2011.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 128136

Author: Irvine, Steve Title: Arizona Youth Survey 2012 Data Brief Summary: The Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) conducts a statewide, biennial survey with technical assistance from Bach Harrison, LLC to estimate the prevalence of drug use and other risky behaviors among Arizona 8th, 10th, and 12th grade youth and inquire about the circumstances in which they live. The Arizona Youth Survey (AYS) is a school-based survey that was successfully implemented in 2012 across 349 schools in all 15 Arizona counties resulting in a final sample size of 62,817 youth. This ACJC data brief summarizes the primary findings from the 2012 AYS. Alcohol continues to be the most used substance among youth in Arizona across all grades, with 37.3% of 8th graders, 59.1% of 10th graders, and 69.2% of 12th graders report-ing having consumed alcohol at least once in their lifetime. For substance use in the 30-days prior to taking the survey, alcohol was again the most widely used, with 17.1% of 8th graders, 32.1% of 10th graders, and 43.5% of 12th graders reporting use. As is evident with alcohol, rates of substance use among youth tend to be higher among older youth com-pared to younger youth (Tables 1 and 2). An exception to this pattern can be seen in rates of inhalant use where 8th grade youth have higher rates of lifetime and past 30 day use than 10th and 12th grade youth. Note that the synthetic drug and other club drug categories contained in Chart 1 and Tables 1 and 2 were added in the 2012 survey. The five substances that have the highest percentages of lifetime and 30-day use among Arizona youth are alcohol, cigarettes, marijuana, prescription pain relievers, and synthetics (e.g., bath salts, spice, etc). To illustrate the relationship between substance use and gen-der, Chart 1 shows the lifetime and 30 day usage rates of the five highest used drugs by gender. The rates of substance use for males and females are generally similar to one an-other. Nevertheless, among the five substances that are used by the highest percentage of Arizona youth, females report slightly higher rates of use than males for alcohol and pre-scription pain relievers. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2013. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://acjc.state.az.us/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/AYS%20general%20data%20brief%202012%20final%20march%2012%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 128137

Author: Bileski, Matt Title: Completeness of Criminal History Records in Arizona, CY2002-2011 Summary: As mandated by Arizona Revised Statute §41-1750, Arizona criminal justice agencies are required to submit arrest and associated case disposition information for all felony, sexual, domestic violence-related, and driving under the influence (DUI) offenses to the central state repository, called the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) records system. The Arizona Criminal Justice Commission’s Statistical Analysis Center used annual ACCH data provided by the Arizona Department of Public Safety to analyze the completeness (i.e., arrest charges with associated case disposition information attached) of ACCH records. The data used in this brief and presented in Tables 1, 3, and 4 exclude all arrest records leading to appellate court decisions and those records containing specific date errors (e.g., case disposition date information precedes date of arrest information). Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2013. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://acjc.state.az.us/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/Completeness%20of%20Criminal%20History%20Records%20in%20Arizona,%20CY2002-2011.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Records Shelf Number: 128138

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Crime, Cost, and Consequences: Is it Time to Get Smart on Crime? Summary: As the title suggests, the report calls into question Massachusetts's current approach to corrections, which favors long prison stays at the expense of treatment, reentry programming, and post-release supervision. Without a change in course, the report concludes that Massachusetts will spend more than $2 billion over the next decade on corrections policies and practices that provide limited public safety benefit for the taxpayer. The report shows that models developed elsewhere, including in many “red states” that have halted prison construction, reformed sentencing practices, and invested in evidence-based programs, provide Massachusetts with sound alternatives. Instead of spending more on what doesn’t work, states like Arkansas, Georgia, South Carolina, and Texas have cut corrections budgets and increased public safety for their residents. Crime, Cost, and Consequences lays the groundwork for a multi-year campaign to make the Commonwealth a leader in the field of corrections. This effort is spearheaded by the Massachusetts Criminal Justice Coalition, committed prosecutors and corrections practitioners, defense lawyers and community organizers, and businessmen and women, working together to reform the Massachusetts criminal justice system. MassINC will support the work of the Coalition with additional research, polling, and civic events. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Institute for a New Commonwealth, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://www.massinc.org/~/media/Files/Mass%20Inc/Research/Full%20Report%20PDF%20files/Crime_Cost_Consequences_MassINC_Final.ashx Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128142

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, National Drug Intelligence Center, National Gang Intelligence Center Title: Eastern Pennsylvania Drug and Gang Threat Assessment 2011 Summary: The influence of New York area (New York City and northern New Jersey) drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) and gangs reaches nearly every sizable drug market in eastern Pennsylvania. a Dominican DTOs and gangs are the most active of these groups, and their influence within the region is increasing except in select drug markets where Mexican DTOs are dominant and growing. In Philadelphia and Reading, for instance, the influence of Dominican DTOs has diminished since 2008, when Mexican DTOs emerged as the principal wholesale drug distributors, supplying hundreds of kilograms of cocaine and heroin each year to eastern Pennsylvania drug markets. Drug-related violence, committed primarily by criminal groups against other criminals, is increasing in several eastern Pennsylvania communities even as overall violent crime rates are decreasing throughout the region. Emerging trends in the region include the following: • New York area gangs—previously significant but ad hoc suppliers of drugs to eastern Pennsylvania—are becoming increasingly organized, entrenched, and dominant in many eastern Pennsylvania drug markets. • Cocaine and heroin trafficking have represented the greatest drug-related law enforcement and healthcare challenges to communities in eastern Pennsylvania for many years. However, heroin trafficking has increased sharply in recent years, emerging as the single greatest drug threat to the region. • Heroin abuse among adolescents is increasing in eastern Pennsylvania, in part because some adolescent prescription opioid abusers are transitioning to heroin. • Dominican DTOs and gangs—the most prolific drug distributors in eastern Pennsylvania— are strengthening their operations in Hazleton, a strategic location where they are dominating and expanding drug distribution. • Mexican DTOs are the dominant wholesale cocaine distributors in Philadelphia and Reading drug markets. They are increasingly transporting wholesale shipments of cocaine from the Southwest Border to Philadelphia and Reading, contributing to strong and stable cocaine availability in those drug markets. • Rival gangs and organized thieves are more frequently engaging in home invasions, ransom kidnappings, and organized thefts from drug dealers in many eastern Pennsylvania drug markets. • Coatesville, Harrisburg, Lancaster, and Lebanon have experienced an increase in organized and deliberate drug-related violence perpetrated by street gangs and independent robbery crews that target other criminals, particularly drug dealers in possession of cash. Details: Johnstown, PA: National Drug Intelligence Center, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/archive/ndic/pubs44/44229/44229p.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 128143

Author: Alexander Weiss Consulting Title: Traverse City Police Workload Analysis Summary: In November 2010, Alexander Weiss Consulting was chosen to conduct a comprehensive assessment of the Traverse City Police. The scope of this study was defined as follows: • Evaluate City police services by benchmarking against other communities our size • Evaluate the overall management structure • Evaluate the number of police officers required to provide law enforcement services • Evaluate the police work schedule, including overtime to determine alternative schedules which may be more cost effective and productive • Evaluate the Detective Division operations, efficiency and workload to determine whether there are operational efficiencies that can be achieved • Evaluate the central records operations arrangement with Grand Traverse County • Evaluate the various support services in the public safety area to determine operational efficiencies and potential services provided by civilians vs. sworn officers • Evaluate cooperative police service delivery opportunities with adjacent government units • Outline procedures for implementing proposed alternatives including public safety services • Outline cost evaluations and savings of various alternatives. This report is based on several sources of information including: • Meetings with ad hoc advisory board • Comprehensive review of department data • Interviews with a range of departmental members including command staff and police officers • Observations of field operations • Meetings with representatives of employee groups • Interview with the Sheriff of Grand Traverse County • Focus group with key community stakeholders. Details: Evanston, IL: Alexander Weiss Consulting, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2013 at: http://www.alexanderweissconsulting.com/pdf/AWC_TraverseCItyFinalReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 128154

Author: Weiss, Alexander Title: City of Holland, Michigan Public Safety Services Summary: In January 2009, the City of Holland, Michigan engaged a consultant to examine the delivery of public safety services in Holland. The city asked the consultants to perform a number of tasks including: • An evaluation of the management structure of the police and fire departments to determine potential consolidation of public safety management services. • A comprehensive look at both police and fire schedules to determine alternative schedules that may be more cost effective and productive. • An evaluation of developing a fully comprehensive public safety department including top management and day‐to‐day operations. • An evaluation of emergency medical services as currently provided by the fire department and alternatives to providing these services. • Evaluate support services within the police and fire departments to determine operational efficiencies and potential service provided by civilian vs. sworn police and fire officers. • Evaluate possible cooperative public safety services delivery opportunities with adjacent governmental units. • Outline procedure for implementation. • Outline cost evaluations and savings of various alternatives. This report represents the results of our inquiry. It is based on a number of sources of information including: • Extensive interviews with management and staff of the police and fire departments • Review of performance data from the police and fire departments, and from AMR the community’s EMS provider • A focus group of community leaders and key public safety stakeholders • A community forum open to the general public • Interviews with officials from neighboring jurisdictions • Site visits to the Kalamazoo Department of Public Safety. In addition, we were aided in our work by an outstanding advisory committee composed of two members of the Holland City Council, the city’s human resource and finance directors, the interim police and fire chief, two captains from the police department, three captains from the fire department, and two representatives of the police union and the fire union. Details: Evanston, ILL: Alexander Weiss Consulting, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.alexanderweissconsulting.com/pdf/AWC_CityofHollandFinalReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Consolidation Shelf Number: 128166

Author: Alexander Weiss Consulting Title: Illinois Traffic Stop Study. 2011 Annual Report Summary: This is the eighth annual report of the Illinois Traffic Stop Study. Alexander Weiss Consulting, LLC prepared it for the Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT). This report describes statewide results and related issues. A separate document includes the results from each of the reporting law enforcement agencies. This report examines several items:  Reporting procedures  Agency participation  Stop and citation data  The ratio of stops of minority drivers to the estimated minority driving population  The reasons for traffic stops  The duration of traffic stops  The outcome of traffic stops  Consent searches Details: Springfield, IL: Illinois Department of Transportation, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.alexanderweissconsulting.com/pdf/2011%20ITSS%20Executive%20Summary.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Traffic Stops (Illinois, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128167

Author: Hillard Heintze Title: A Key Platform for Transformation: Advancing the Lemont Police Department's Effectiveness and Efficiency Through Community-Focused Policing Summary: Strategic Context: At the center of every world-class policing agency’s reputation and success – regardless of size – is a strong, commendable and often collaborative relationship with the community at many different levels. This is the threshold that the Lemont Police Department stands upon today – the strategic opportunity to improve the integrity, operations and reputation of the Department and help shape it, now and over time, into a national example of a true community-focused policing agency committed to public service and professional excellence. Assignment: In January 2011, the Lemont Police Department requested that Hillard Heintze assess the Department’s current operations and make recommendations on the best opportunities to improve its performance and delivery of service to the Lemont community in a highly cost-efficient manner. Hillard Heintze was asked to give special attention to strategies that would help the Department meet its mission in financially challenging times and engage cost-effective methods to maximize and improve the services provided to Lemont residents through community-focused policing. A Key Definition: What exactly is community-focused policing? Hillard Heintze uses this term to describe a compelling blend of (1) traditional policing, (2) problem-oriented policing and (3) community-oriented policing (or community policing). This is a crucial concept. We believe, in effect, that by embracing community-focused policing, the Lemont Police Department can launch a full-scale, sustainable, long-term transformation. Actions Taken: In short, the Hillard Heintze team conducted a strategic and comprehensive evaluation of the Department to identify high performing functions as well as areas that could be improved to transform the Lemont Police Department into a best-in-class model of a modern, suburban police department. This involved a six-step process outlined in the Introduction. Scope of Assessment: The study examined critical elements of Department management and operations, including strategy, accountability, communications, community-oriented policing and problem solving, patrol staffing and deployment, investigations, administration and the Lemont Emergency Management Agency (LEMA). Key Findings: As a result of this assessment, we have drawn six key findings. 1. Current Staffing Levels: The Lemont Police Department is staffed adequately to ensure a professional response to calls for service and major incidents while providing a safe and productive work environment for their officers. 2. Availability of Officers to Focus on the Community: The Village of Lemont’s low rate of calls for service allows sufficient discretionary time for officers to respond to citizen-generated calls for service and engage in a robust community-policing program. 3. Deficiencies in the Department’s Structure: The Department’s current structure is not well suited to a community-based approach to service delivery. With such low levels of crime in Lemont, the Department’s structure should be patrol focused with a stronger alignment of supervision, investigations and specialty positions to the visible uniform functions. 4. The Need to Shift the Community Focus from Project-Based to Strategy-Driven: While the Department has adopted a community-focused approach and has several successful programs such as neighborhood watch, the citizens’ police academy and school resource officers, its implementation relies heavily on only a few members of the Department. The Department needs to transform this approach from merely project-based to strategy-driven. 5. The Crucial Importance of Developing a Strategic Plan: The Department does not have a strategic plan or a clearly defined strategy for policing in place. It needs to establish a longterm strategic plan and a more data-driven approach to resource deployment that is developed with substantial community input. 6. Internal Communications and Personnel Development: The Department is lacking in a consistent message on strategy, communications, accountability and goal setting, much of which can be solved through the creation of a strategic plan and performance measurement program and improved communications. Recommendations: Key findings have emerged from this endeavor and our collective experience in leading, assessing and advising police agencies across the U.S. and in select international locations. The Hillard Heintze team has compiled a list of 24 actionable recommendations for the Lemont Police Department which are organized into six categories, including Patrol, Investigations, Administration, Strategic Planning, Communications and Organizational Structure. Final Considerations and Next Steps: We view the Lemont Police Department as confronting three critical challenges: the need to improve communications, involve the community and plan strategically. We suggest that the first step be to invite employees, members of the public and the business community to come together and begin a dialogue on these recommendations. This dialogue should determine the pathway that will determine how the Department is to evolve into a high performing agency. In order for this to unfold, the Police Chief, along with the Village Manager must lead, mentor and champion both the immediate and long-term value of a community-focused strategic planning initiative and lead the organization into a transformation that embraces a strategy-driven approach to decision making and thinking at every level. Details: Chicago: Hillard Heintze, 2011. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.alexanderweissconsulting.com/pdf/Lemont.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing (Lemont, Illinois, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128268

Author: New Jersey. Police Suicide Task Force Title: New Jersey Police Suicide Task Force Report Summary: Nationally, suicide is the eleventh leading cause of death. While New Jersey has one of the lowest suicide rates in the nation, suicide is also a leading cause of injury death in the state, exceeded only by motor vehicle crashes and drug overdoses. In 2007, New Jersey had more than 600 suicides, and suicides exceeded homicides by a ratio of approximately three to two. For each completed suicide, approximately eight non-fatal attempts result in hospitalization. Yet the impact of suicide cannot be measured by the number of deaths alone, because suicide has devastating consequences for loved ones, co-workers and society. The law enforcement community in New Jersey and elsewhere has long been faced with the troubling issue of law enforcement officer suicide, which routinely takes more lives than deaths occurring in the line of duty. The stress of law enforcement work as well as access to firearms puts officers at above average risk for suicide. The impact of suicide in the law enforcement community has led many to call for a more concerted effort to improve prevention. On October 5, 2008, Governor Jon S. Corzine announced the formation of the Governor’s Task Force on Police Suicide. A fourteen member panel was established representing various branches of law enforcement, mental health professionals, service providers, and survivors’ organizations. A list of the Task Force members is included in Appendix A. Chaired by the Attorney General and the Commissioner of Human Services, the Task Force was charged with examining the problem of law enforcement1 suicide in New Jersey, and developing recommendations for suicide prevention. The Task Force members shared their expertise and reviewed a great deal of material on law enforcement officer suicide. Additionally, a number of guest speakers made presentations. A complete list of presentations is included in Appendix B. The Task Force also surveyed law enforcement supervisors on their utilization of mental health services for their officers. The Task Force’s recommendations focus on: • Providing more suicide awareness training to law enforcement officers and supervisors; • Improving access to and increasing the effectiveness of existing resources; • Recommending the adoption of best practices; and • Combating the reluctance of officers to seek help. Details: Trenton: The Task Force, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.nj.gov/lps/library/NJPoliceSuicideTaskForceReport-January-30-2009-Final(r2.3.09).pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 128169

Author: Texas. Legislative Budget Board Title: Windham School District Evaluation Summary: During the Seventy-ninth Legislature, Regular Session, 2005, the enactment of House Bill 2837 added Education Code, §19.0041, and mandated the evaluation of training services provided by the Windham School District (WSD) to offenders housed in Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) facilities. Specifically, this evaluation is to address the type of training services provided, the type of employment obtained upon release, whether employment is related to training received, the difference between earnings on the initial date of employment and on the first anniversary of that date, and employment retention factors. Pursuant to Education Code, §19.0041, WSD is to consult with the Legislative Budget Board (LBB) regarding the evaluation and analysis of the training services, and the LBB is to report the findings to the Legislature. Attachment A contains the most recent full report prepared by WSD, dated November 2012, with findings for offenders released from prison or state jail between January 1, 2010, and December 31, 2010. This is the seventh annual report submitted to the legislature under this directive. WSD collaborated with TDCJ and the Texas Workforce Commission to collect and report data pertaining to this evaluation. When appropriate, comparisons are established between this and previous reports. Methodological changes across the reports limit comparability in some instances. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Legislative Budget Board, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://www.lbb.state.tx.us/Public_Safety_Criminal_Justice/Windham/Windham%20School%20District%20Evaluation%20Reports2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 128173

Author: Saxena, Preeta Title: Estimating the Effect of Sexism on Perceptions of Property, White-Collar, and Violent Crimes Summary: Prior research on the role of gender in perceptions of crime and sentencing has focused primarily on judicial outcomes (i.e., empirical differences in male/female sentencing), and some theorists have proposed the chivalry thesis to explain differential outcomes for male and female offenders. Although a prominent theory, the empirical validity of the chivalry thesis has been under scrutiny for decades. In light of this, I argue that gender differences in sentencing can be understood through examination of sexist attitudes and beliefs, and how these sexist attitudes and beliefs interact with characteristics of the offense and the offender to influence perceptions of crime and appropriate sentencing. To test this assertion, 671 respondents were assessed according to their sexist attitudes along both the benevolent and hostile dimensions of sexism, as well as to their perceptions of a series of violent, white collar, and property crime vignettes. Sexism scores were hypothesized not only to share significant associations with respondent’s perceptions of crime, but also to interact with the type of crime committed and the gender of the offender to influence respondent’s perceptions of the crimes in the vignettes. Results based on ordered logistic regressions suggest that both benevolent and hostile sexist attitudes interact with the type of crime committed and the gender of the offender to influence perceptions of crime seriousness, and sentence severity. Furthermore, when controlling for type of crime and sexist attitudes, female offenders tended to be given harsher ratings than men for violent and property crimes. When controlling for crime type and the gender of the offender, respondents with higher benevolent sexism scores perceived violent and property crimes to be more serious and thought sentencing should be more severe than either non-sexists, or respondents with higher hostile sexism scores. Finally, hostile sexists gave the harshest ratings for white-collar crime vignettes. Implications for existing theories and future studies are discussed. Details: Riverside, CA: University of California, Riverside, 2012. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/278674nj Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 128177

Author: Klingele, Cecelia M. Title: Rethinking the Use of Community Supervision Summary: Community supervision, whether in the form of probation or post-release supervision, is ordinarily framed as an alternative to incarceration. For this reason, legal reformers intent on reducing America's disproportionately high incarceration rates often urge lawmakers to expand the use of community supervision, confident that diverting offenders to the community will significantly reduce over-reliance on incarceration. Yet, on any given day, a significant percentage of new prisoners arrive at the prison gates not as a result of sentencing for a new crime, but because they have been revoked from probation or parole. It is therefore fair to say that in many cases community supervision is not an alternative to imprisonment, but only a delayed form of it. This Article examines the reasons why community supervision so often fails, and challenges popular assumptions about the role community supervision should play in efforts to reduce over-reliance on imprisonment. While probation and post-release supervision serve important purposes in many cases, they are often imposed on the wrong people, and executed in ways that predictably lead to revocation. To decrease the overuse of imprisonment, sentencing and correctional practices should therefore limit, rather than expand, the use of community supervision in three important ways. First, terms of community supervision should be imposed in fewer cases, with alternatives ranging from fines to unconditional discharge to short jail terms imposed instead. Second, conditions of probation and post-release supervision should be imposed sparingly, and only when they directly correspond to a risk of re-offense. Finally, terms of community supervision should be limited in duration, extending only long enough to facilitate a period of structured re-integration after sentencing or following a term of incarceration. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1220 : Accessed March 30, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2232078 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128179

Author: Napa County, California Title: Napa County Gang and Youth Violence Master Plan Summary: Gangs and gang members have been present in municipalities and unincorporated areas in Napa County for nearly two decades, and while they are responsible for a portion of the above statistics, the crime rates have not reflected the changes in gang activity. Gang activity throughout Napa County increased in the mid-1990s. Many medium-sized law enforcement agencies across the state of California experienced similar increases during this period (Klein and Maxson, 2006). These numbers increased at the start of the 21st century, reflecting a nationwide trend. In 2008, there were 3,253 property crimes and 832 violent crimes recorded in the county. With regard to the former, there were 768 burglaries, 2,178 thefts, and 307 motor vehicle thefts. With regard to the latter, there was 1 homicide, 39 forcible rapes, 70 robberies, and 722 aggravated assaults. Napa County’s 2008 rate of 2,446.9 property crimes per 100,000 persons is lower than both the state of California (2,940.3) and the nation (3,212.5). For violent crimes, the 625.8 incidents per 100,000 persons is greater than both the state of California and national rate. The 2008 violent crime rate was nearly double than that of previous years, which is believed to be a reporting error. Homicide is very rare in Napa County. The homicide rate of 0.8 per 100,000 persons is well below state (5.8) and national averages (5.4), and even lower than many European countries. The National Youth Gang Center (NYGC), funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP), collects and reports law enforcement statistics about gangs and gang activity present in jurisdictions. The City of Napa and Napa County are included in these data sources. Between 2002 and 2006, the City of Napa reported an average of 446 gang members while the County of Napa reported nearly 550 (many of these are likely duplicate and reside in both incorporated and unincorporated areas throughout the County, regardless of reporting jurisdiction). The City’s numbers increased over the time period, while the County’s decreased. With regard to the number of gangs, Napa City reported having two active gangs from 2002 to 2005, and in 2006 reported five gangs in the City. Napa County reported having between two and four gangs, and in 2006 reported three gangs in the county. While gang activity is present in the County of Napa, the data indicate that the extent of the gang violence is limited. The data from the National Youth Gang Center indicate that over a five-year period (2002-2006) there was one gang homicide, which was reported by the Sheriff’s Department. Given the involvement of gangs in homicide, the most serious form of violence, this is a positive sign of the level of safety in the county. This report is provided to help one better understand how and why gangs are forming and operating in Napa County and for what purposes. In addition, it includes information to help one recognize early warning signs that may indicate a child's interest or participation in a gang. Details: Napa, CA: Napa County, 2011. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.countyofnapa.org/DA/gang/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 128183

Author: Renaud, Jorge Antonio Title: Effective Approaches for Reducing Graffiti in Texas Summary: Over recent years, Texas cities have increased their efforts to address and prevent graffiti. Some cities have implemented abatement programs, aimed at educating communities about graffiti, while simultaneously engaging in expensive cleanup efforts. Others have ramped up arrests for graffiti, which can now lead to prison terms. Further criminalizing graffiti adds significant costs without providing property owners and communities any true relief. Enforcement and incarceration come with a high price-tag in the immediate term, but long-term costs also result from criminalizing individuals, many of them youth, for graffiti offenses. A criminal conviction poses lifelong barriers, including limited employment and housing opportunities. Fewer contributions to the local tax base end up burdening communities, while a lack of opportunities drives people to further criminal behavior. Considering the economic and personal costs of criminalizing certain behavior, Texas must begin identifying and implementing approaches, like House Bill 3494 by Representative Joe Moody, that address and prevent graffiti without relying solely on incarceration. This report, Effective Approaches for Reducing Graffiti in Texas: Strategies to Save Money and Beautify Communities, offers solutions to graffiti that will save money while bringing together the best elements of innovative approaches. Studies recommend a “rapid response” approach: eradicating graffiti within 48 hours. This has proven most successful in preventing recurring instances of graffiti. Another method promotes community involvement, encouraging graffitists to turn their artistic talents into mural paintings. In Philadelphia, this has resulted in the city becoming famous for the quality of its murals and the cohesiveness of its neighborhoods. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.texascjc.org/effective-approaches-reducing-graffiti-texas Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti (Texas) Shelf Number: 128184

Author: Smith, Laura Michelle Title: Incorporating Spatial Information into Density Estimates and Street Gang Models Summary: The spatial features within a region influence many processes in human activity. Mountains, lakes, oceans, rivers, freeways, population densities, housing densities, and road networks are examples of geographical factors that impact spatial behaviors. Separated into two parts, the work presented here incorporates this information into both density estimation methods and models of street gang rivalries and territories. Part I discusses methods for producing a probability density estimate given a set of discrete event data. Common methods of density estimation, such as Kernel Density Estimation, do not incorporate geographical information. Using these methods could result in non-negligible portions of the support of the density in unrealistic geographic locations. For example, crime density estimation models that do not take geographic information into account may predict events in unlikely places such as oceans, mountains, etc. To obtain more geographically accurate density estimates, a set of Maximum Penalized Likelihood Estimation methods based on Total Variation norm and H1 Sobolev semi-norm regularizers in conjunction with a priori high resolution spatial data is proposed. These methods are applied to a residential burglary data set of the San Fernando Valley using geographic features obtained from satellite images of the region and housing density information. Part II addresses the behaviors and rivalries of street gangs and how the spatial characteristics of the region affect the dynamics of the system. Gangs typically claim a specific territory as their own, and they tend to have a set space, a location they use as a center for their activities within the territory. The spatial distribution of gangs influences the rivalries that develop within the area. One stochastic model and one deterministic model are proposed, providing different types of outputs. Both models incorporate important geographical features from the region that would inhibit movement, such as rivers and large highways. In the stochastic method, an agent-based model simulates the creation of street gang rivalries. The movement dynamics of agents are coupled to an evolving network of gang rivalries, which is determined by previous interactions among agents in the system. Basic gang data, geographic information, and behavioral dynamics suggested by the criminology literature are integrated into the model. The deterministic method, derived from a stochastic approach, modifies a system of partial differential equations from a model for coyotes. Territorial animals and street gangs often exhibit similar behavioral characteristics. Both groups have a home base and mark their territories to distinguish claimed regions. To analyze the two methods, the Hollenbeck policing division of the Los Angeles Police Department is used as a case study. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of Californa, Los Angeles, 2012. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/0z69s4gh Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (California) Shelf Number: 128185

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Chittenden County Mental Health Court: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Chittenden County Mental Health Court (CMHC) began operation in January 2003. It is a program for adults who have committed a crime and are having difficulty with issues related to severe and persistent mental illness but are deemed competent to stand trial. These mental illnesses could include schizophrenia, paranoia, clinical depression, and borderline personality disorders. The CMHC accepts participants with any mental health diagnoses, including personality disorders and intellectual disabilities, but the majority of participants also have a co-occurring substance use condition as well. Typically, their offenses are crimes such as disorderly conduct, unlawful trespass, drug possession, burglary, and retail theft. Occasionally, the court will hear felonies, such as arson, DWI, and assault, though all cases must first be approved by the State’s Attorney’s office. An outcome evaluation attempts to determine the effects that a program has on participants. In the case of the Chittenden County Mental Health Court (CMHC) the objective of this outcome evaluation was to determine the extent to which the CMHC reduced recidivism among program participants. For this outcome evaluation, the study cohort was divided into two groups – subjects who successfully completed the CMHC program (n=56), and a segment that was terminated or withdrew from the program (n=43). Six other subjects who were currently active in the CMHC were also on the participant list provided by the Court Administrator’s Office, but they were not included in this report. During the study period, 57% of CMHC participants (56 of 99) successfully graduated from the CMHC. An indicator of post-program criminal behavior that is commonly used in outcome evaluations of criminal justice programs is the number of participants who recidivate -- that is, are convicted of a crime after they complete the program. An analysis of the criminal history records of the 99 subjects who were referred to the CMHC from March 21, 2003 to May 24, 2012, was conducted using the Vermont criminal history records of participants as provided by the Vermont Criminal Information Center (VCIC) at the Vermont Department of Public Safety. The Vermont criminal history record on which the recidivism analysis was based included all charges and convictions prosecuted in a Vermont Superior Court-Criminal Division that were available as of July 13, 2012. The criminal records on which the study was based do not contain federal prosecutions, out-of-state prosecutions, or traffic tickets. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1. The Chittenden County Mental Health Court (CMHC) appears to be a promising approach for reducing recidivism among participants who completed the program. An analysis of the Vermont criminal records for the 99 study subjects shows that significantly fewer CMHC graduates were reconvicted of some type of crime as compared to the subjects who were terminated/withdrew from the program (25.0% versus 51.2%). 2. The CMHC was shown to be effective in producing graduates that remained conviction free in the community during their first year after leaving the program. Approximately 82% of the successful graduates of the CMHC were conviction-free during their first year after leaving the program. The success rate dropped to 72% for the study group that was terminated or withdrew from the CMHC. 3. The CMHC appears to be a promising approach for reducing the number and severity of reconvictions for participants who completed CMHC. The reconviction rate of the successful CMHC participants was less than half the rate for the participants that were unsuccessful (91 compared to 225 reconvictions per 100, respectively). 4. The CMHC recidivists from both study groups tended to commit a majority of their post-CMHC crime in Chittenden County. 5. Subject characteristics that were found to have some correlation with the tendency to recidivate were the Age at First Conviction/Contact, Age at Referral to CMHC, the Base Charge Sentence Type, and Total Prior Misdemeanors. However, further analysis showed that these correlations were not strong enough to result in a useful model that could be used as a predictor of recidivism. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/CMHCreport_files/CMHC%20Outcome%20Eval%20Rpt.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 128186

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Washington County Treatment Court: Outcome Evaluation Summary: In 2002, under Act 128, the Vermont Legislature established a pilot project to create drug court initiatives and begin implementing drug courts in three Vermont counties -- Rutland, Chittenden, and Bennington. Since the establishment of these drug courts, and the initial indications of their efficacy, additional Vermont counties have started drug court programs. The Washington County Treatment Court began official operation in September of 2006. It was established as a pilot program for combating drug crimes, not only drug possession, but drug-related crimes, both misdemeanors and felonies, such as retail theft, burglaries, and grand larceny. Offenders identified as drug-addicted are referred to the court by law enforcement, probation officers and attorneys and put into a treatment program whose goal is to reduce drug dependency and improve the quality of life for offenders and their families. In most cases, after their successful completion of drug court, the original charges are dismissed or reduced. The benefits to society include reduced recidivism by the drug court participants, leading to increased public safety and reduced costs to taxpayers. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/wctcreport_files/WCTC%20Outcome%20Eval%20Rpt.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Vermont, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128187

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Chittenden County Rapid Intervention Community Court: Outcome Evaluation Summary: The Chittenden Rapid Intervention Community Court (hereafter the “RICC”) is a program that is available to non-violent offenders whose crimes have been driven by untreated addiction or mental illness. The program is designed as a pre-charge system through which offenders are quickly assessed using evidence-based screening tools and offered diversion to community programming, services, and community-based accountability programs. The RICC staff work closely with the Chittenden County State’s Attorney and the Burlington Police Department to identify individuals who may benefit from a rapid intervention program, without which they may reoffend and engage in conduct that is costly both to them and to the community. The Burlington Community Justice Center accepts referrals from RICC for individuals who agree to meet with a restorative justice panel to take responsibility for the crime, learn how individuals and the community were impacted, and take steps to repair the harm caused by the crime. An outcome evaluation attempts to determine the effects that a program has on participants. In the case of the RICC the objective of this outcome evaluation was to determine the extent to which the RICC reduced recidivism among program participants. An indicator of post-program criminal behavior that is commonly used in outcome evaluations of criminal justice programs is the number of participants who recidivate -- that is, are convicted of a crime after they complete the program. An analysis of the criminal history records of the 654 subjects who entered the RICC from September 14, 2010 to December 5, 2012, was conducted using the Vermont criminal history record of participants as provided by the Vermont Criminal Information Center at the Department of Public Safety. The Vermont criminal history records on which the recidivism analysis was based included all charges and convictions prosecuted in a Vermont Superior Court – Criminal Division that were available as of September 17, 2012. The criminal records on which the study was based do not contain Federal prosecutions, out-of-state prosecutions, or traffic tickets. For this evaluation, the study cohort was divided into three segments – subjects who successfully completed the RICC program (n=470), a segment that did not complete the program and were returned to docket (n=71), and a segment that were currently in the RICC and pending outcome (n=113). Summary of Conclusions 1. The RICC appears to be a promising approach for reducing recidivism among participants who successfully complete the program. Only 7.4% of the successful participants of the RICC were reconvicted of a crime after leaving the program. In comparison, 25.4% of participants who were unsuccessful at completing the RICC were convicted of a new crime after leaving the program. Although this is a significantly higher rate of recidivism compared to the successful participants, the rate is still relatively low. This indicates that even an abbreviated exposure to the benefits of the RICC may provide a positive influence on those participants who do not complete the program. 2. The RICC was shown to be very effective in producing successful participants that remained conviction free in the community during their first year after leaving the program. Approximately 93% of the successful participants of the RICC had no arrest for any new criminal conviction within one year after program completion. The unsuccessful participants had a significantly lower success rate – only 78% remained conviction free within the first year after leaving the program. 3. The RICC appears to be a promising approach for reducing the number of post-program reconvictions for participants who successfully complete the RICC. The successful participants of the RICC had a significantly lower reconviction rate of 15 per 100 participants compared to 48 reconvictions per 100 participants for those who did not complete the program. 4. A large majority of the recidivists who completed the RICC were reconvicted in Chittenden County (91%), followed by Franklin and Addison counties. The recidivists who did not complete the RICC showed a similar pattern with most of their crimes occurring in Chittenden County (76%), and the remaining occurring in Franklin, Addison, Grand Isle, and Lamoille counties. 5. Comparing the demographic and criminal history profiles between the subjects who were successful in completing the RICC and those who were unsuccessful revealed no significant differences. This leads to the conclusion that the reduced recidivism rates observed for the successful participants compared with those who were unsuccessful at completing the program were more likely due to the benefits of the RICC program rather than to differences in characteristics of the study segments. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/chittricc_files/Chitt%20Rapid%20Referral%20Rpt2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Courts Shelf Number: 128188

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Rutland County Treatment Court: Outcome Evaluation Summary: In 2002, under Act 128 the Vermont legislature established a pilot project to create drug court initiatives and begin implementing drug courts in three Vermont counties: Rutland, Chittenden, and Bennington. The Rutland County Treatment Court (hereafter, the “RTC”) was one of the drug courts established by Act 128, and began operating in January 2004. It was established as a pilot program for combating drug crimes, not just possession, but drug-related crimes such as retail theft, burglaries, grand larceny – both misdemeanors and felonies. Offenders identified as drug-addicted are referred to the court by law enforcement, probation officers, and attorneys and put into a treatment program that will reduce drug dependency and improve the quality of life for themselves and their families. In most cases, after their successful completion of drug court, the original charges are dismissed or charges are reduced. The benefits to society include reduced recidivism by the drug court participants, leading to increased public safety and reduced costs to taxpayers. An outcome evaluation attempts to determine the effects that a program has on participants. In the case of RTC, the objective of this outcome evaluation was to determine the extent to which the RTC reduced recidivism among program participants. An indicator of post-program criminal behavior that is commonly used in outcome evaluations of criminal justice programs is the number of participants who recidivate -- that is, are convicted of a crime after they complete the program. An analysis of the criminal history records of the 165 subjects who were referred to and accepted into the RTC from January 6, 2004 to February 7, 2012, was conducted using the Vermont criminal history record of participants as provided by the Vermont Criminal Information Center at the Department of Public Safety. The Vermont criminal history record on which the recidivism analysis was based included all charges and convictions prosecuted in a Vermont Superior Court – Criminal Division that were available as of April 24, 2012. The criminal records on which the study was based do not contain Federal prosecutions, out-of-state prosecutions, or traffic tickets. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1. The RTC appears to be a promising approach for reducing recidivism among participants who completed the program. People who graduated from the RTC had a recidivism rate of 35.4% which is significantly less than the recidivism rate of 54.0% for participants who were terminated or withdrew from the RTC. 2. The research showed that significantly more graduates of the RTC (84.6%) remained conviction-free for the first year after leaving the program, compared to the subjects who were unsuccessful in completing the RTC (69%). 3. The RTC appears to be a promising approach for reducing the number and severity of post-RTC reconvictions for participants who complete the RTC. The reconviction rate for the successful RTC participants was almost half the rate for the participants that were unsuccessful (109 compared to 226 reconvictions per 100, respectively). RTC graduates also had significantly fewer felony reconvictions than did the subjects that did not complete the RTC. 4. The RTC recidivists tended to commit post-project crime in Rutland County. For the total study group, 84% of new convictions were prosecuted in Rutland County. 5. The reduced recidivism rates observed for the graduates of the RTC compared with the subjects who were unsuccessful in completing the program were most likely due to the benefits of the RTC rather than due to differences in demographic, criminal history, or base charge characteristics of the study segments. 6. An investigation into the demographic and criminal history characteristics of the RTC participants showed correlations between base docket sentencing severity and type, and tendency to recidivate. However, the correlations were not strong enough to result in a useful model that could be used as a predictor of recidivism. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/RTCreport_files/RTC%20Outcome%20Eval%20Rpt.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Vermont, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128189

Author: Castle, Nicholas Title: An Examination of Resident Abuse in Assisted Living Facilities Summary: Introduction. An estimated 39,100 Assisted Living (AL) settings exist in the U.S., with about 971,900 beds, providing services to 733,300 persons every day. Elders living in AL settings may be particularly vulnerable to abuse because many suffer from cognitive impairment, behavioral abnormalities, or physical limitations – factors that have been reported as risk factors associated with abuse. In this research, perceptions of abuse in AL coming from a large sample of Direct Care Workers (DCWs) and administrators are examined. Methods. Information on abuse came from two sources, administrators and DCWs in AL. A random sample of eligible AL settings (N=1,500) was selected from all 50 states. To obtain information administrators were asked if they were willing to complete the questionnaire. An incentive gift card was used ($25). The administrator questionnaires were anonymous. Second, administrators were asked if they would be willing to distribute the questionnaire to DCWs. The DCWquestionnaires were also anonymous. Results. The applied psychometric statistics of the DCWs questionnaire were favorable. In general, the percent of missing responses was low averaging about 1%. Of the 15,500 DCW questionnaires distributed, a total of 12,555 returned the questionnaire. This gave a response rate of 81%. For the DCWs perceptions of abuse the highest percent was for staff arguing with a resident (9.65%). For the DCWs perceptions of resident-to-resident abuse, the highest percent was for arguing with another resident (12.83%) and the lowest percent was for digital penetration (0.02%). Of the 1,500 AL administrator questionnaires distributed a total of 1,376 were returned. This gave a response rate of 84%. For the administrators perceptions of abuse the findings for “Occurred Often (during the past 3 months)” are the highest for destroying things belonging to a resident (0.80%). Some areas associated with abuse in multivariate analyses include external, organizational, and internal factors (especially lower staffing levels). Very few associations with demographic characteristics of DCWs were associated with abuse. Resident characteristics associated with high levels of abuse include residents with dementia and with physical limitations. Administrator characteristics associated with high rates of abuse include shorter tenure and lower education level. Conclusion. Overall, we find resident abuse by staff to be relatively uncommon. However, in some areas (such as humiliating remarks) substantial improvements in the rates could be made. With respect to resident-resident abuse we find this to be more common than staff abuse. In both cases (staff abuse and resident-to-resident abuse) verbal abuse and psychological abuse were reported most often. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241611.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 128190

Author: Cook-Craig, Patricia Title: Youth Sexual Violence Prevention Summary: The risk of sexual violence begins early in life. Despite this, sexual violence prevention efforts have largely focused on college-age students. The need to reach younger populations fuels the momentum to adapt and design programs for sexual violence prevention work with youth. While more attention and research have been placed on college women as a group identified as at higher risk of sexual violence victimization, by the time youth enter high school they have already been exposed to a range of experiences related to both sexual activity and sexual violence. The most recent Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS), an annual nationwide schoolbased survey monitoring health risk behaviors by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, n.d.), found that in 2011, nearly half of students in grades 9-12 reported that they had engaged in sexual intercourse, with 33.7 percent having reported sexual activity within the three months prior to the survey (CDC, 2012). Not all adolescent sexual experiences are positive or consensual. Strategies to prevent sexual violence among adolescents have tended to focus on programs that can be delivered in a high school setting and this article is focused on prevention of sexual violence among high school aged adolescents (ages 14-17). The paper will explore the rates and consequences of sexual violence victimization and perpetration among adolescents. We will highlight recent trends in violence prevention strategies to address adolescent sexual violence. Finally, the paper will outline major prevention strategies currently being employed using example programs to illustrate the types of responses used in practice settings. Details: Harrisburg, PA: VAWnet, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_YouthSVPrevention.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescent Sexual Violence Shelf Number: 128195

Author: West, Carolyn M. Title: Sexual Violence in the Lives of African American Women Summary: According to the 2010 U.S. Census, 13.6% (42 million) of the population self-identified as Black or African American1 (Rastogi, Johnson, Hoeffel, & Drewery, 2011). African Americans reported substantial rates of criminal victimization, including domestic violence, assault, and robbery (Truman & Planty, 2012). Furthermore, Black women’s sexual victimization has occurred in a unique sociohistorical context. Accordingly, in the first section we will provide a historical overview. Next, we will discuss the characteristics of Black rape survivors2 and the environment in which their assaults occurred. In addition, we will identify risk factors that elevate Black women’s vulnerability to rape and review the physical and mental health problems that are associated with their victimization. To conclude, we will offer culturally sensitive techniques that can be used by professionals and highlight the resilience of African American survivors. Details: Harrisburg, PA: National Resource Center on Domestic Violence, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_SVAAWomenRevised.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African American Women Shelf Number: 128196

Author: Noonan, Margaret E. Title: Mortality in Local Jails and State Prisons, 2000-2010 - Statistical Tables Summary: During 2010, 4,150 inmates died while in the custody of local jails and state prisons—a 5% decline from 2009. Local jails accounted for about a quarter of all inmate deaths, with 918 inmates who died in custody in 2010. The number of jail inmate deaths declined from 2009 to 2010 (down 3%), while the mortality rate remained relatively stable, from 128 deaths per 100,000 jail inmates in 2009 to 125 per 100,000 in 2010. The five leading causes of jail inmate deaths were suicide, heart disease, drug or alcohol intoxication, cancer, and liver disease. Most inmates who died in custody were serving time in state prisons (78%). In 2010, 3,232 state prison inmates died in custody—a 5% decline from 2009. The mortality rate in state prisons declined slightly, from 257 deaths per 100,000 prison inmates in 2009 to 245 per 100,000 in 2010. In 2010, the five leading causes of state prison inmate deaths were cancer, heart disease, liver disease, respiratory disease, and suicide. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2013 at: http://bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/mljsp0010st.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 128199

Author: Randour, Mary Lou Title: A Common Bond: Maltreated Children and Animals in the Home. Guidelines for Practice and Policy Summary: Practitioners, advocates, policymakers, and researchers now acknowledge that violence against children frequently exists alongside other forms of family violence, such as domestic violence. A shift in conceptualizing child maltreatment and family violence occurred, and it no longer seemed wise to treat those different forms of violence as separate, unrelated problems. In a similar spirit, A Common Bond examines the significant role that animals play in child development and in family and community life—whether the animals are beloved, mistreated, or simply forgotten. Accepting this moreinclusive understanding of the many currents in child development and maltreatment generates important questions: • How can child protective services agencies work with other agencies to both intervene sooner and enhance safety when homes being investigated for suspected child abuse or neglect include family pets? • What are the factors that need to be considered in these families? • How can abusers be held accountable while also protecting the close bonds that may exist between children and their family pets? • Does considering animal maltreatment as an important part of child maltreatment have implications for the identification of victims, the treatment of families, and legal and policy responses? Details: Englewood, CO: American Humane and The Humane Society of the United States, 2008. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://awionline.org/sites/default/files/uploads/legacy-uploads/documents/DV-CommonBond-040811-1302285421-document-39019.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128201

Author: Seattle Police Department Title: Seattle Police Department. After - Action Review, May Day Events, 05/01/2012 Summary: This report accessed the response of the Seattle Police Department to the May Day events of 2012. On May Day 2012, permitted events included a support for immigration march, additionally there were open source announcements of a protest, a Hip Hop group and other protesters who would then march without a permit. Untimately, people dressed in black did damage to businesses in the downtown core before both ad Mayoral declaration and police action interdicted those bent on destruction. On May Day, officers made arrests for both property damage and assault on Police Officers. Following the event, a May Day Task Force was assembled to review video footage of those who caused damage in an effort to hold them accountable for their crimes. This report presents the report of the Seattle Police Department in response to calls for a review of actions taken by the Department. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle Police Department, 2012. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.seattle.gov/police/publications/MayDay/SPD_After_Action_May_Day_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 128202

Author: Hillmann, Michael R. Title: Independent Review Report to the Chief of Police, Seattle Police Department Response to May Day 2012 Summary: This independent review examines the response of the Seattle Police Department to the disturbances which took place during the May Day celebration of 2012. Details: Seattle: Seattle Police Department, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.seattle.gov/police/publications/MayDay/Hillmann_After_Action_May_Day_2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 128203

Author: Olson, Eric L. Title: The State of Security in the U.S.-Mexico Border Region Summary: Concerns about global terrorism, potential threats posed by those entering the United States illegally, and fears that skyrocketing violence in Mexico might spillover into the United States have led to dramatic policy shifts and significant efforts to secure the border. Without a doubt, the U.S. and Mexican federal governments have made large investments in staffing, infrastructure and technology and have reorganized and refocused efforts to respond to specific threats and events. Yet gains in areas such as apprehensions of undocumented migrants and reductions in violence in key cities such as Ciudad Juarez seem tenuous at best and beg for more comprehensive, creative and collaborative solutions between these two countries, one a superpower and the other a key emerging power. Details: Washington, DC: . Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, Mexico Institute, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series on the State of the U.S.-Mexico Border: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/State_of_Border_Security_Olson_Lee.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 128206

Author: Moll, Jeanette Title: Expelling Zero-Tolerance: Reforming Texas School Discipline for Good Summary: It is universally acknowledged that children will misbehave. Thus, so long as institutionalized education exists, so too will disciplinary problems. Both school discipline practices and the prevailing societal norms evolved with the educational institutions, which created the present-day system of zero-tolerance discipline: a system of mandatory punishments for specified behavior with little discretion and few alternatives. Zero-tolerance policies today extend to cover drugs, alcohol, violence on and off campuses, and sometimes even relatively minor infractions. Zero-tolerance policy supporters claim that this method of discipline is forceful enough to eliminate school violence through deterrence and removal from the classroom. Advocates also argue that zero-tolerance policies are clear-cut and uniform, and can provide peace of mind to parents. The data, however, reveals that the intended results of zero-tolerance measures were not necessarily achieved. Many studies have been conducted on zero-tolerance policies that cast doubt on their effectiveness. Furthermore, current crime and victimization rates do not indicate that zero-tolerance policies have produced increases in school safety. On top of that, these programs have been found to cost millions in taxpayer dollars each year through costly alternative programs for suspended students, while other costs compound the taxpayer investment, including lost educational hours for students and lost wages for parents taking time off work to deal with a suspended child. This evidence indicates that alternatives to zero-tolerance policies may lead to a more effective system of school discipline for students by keeping them in school and reducing overreliance on the justice system for school-based discipline. A tiered response to most low-level school discipline issues could create a far more effective approach to discipline via effective, targeted intervention into minor misbehavior, while ensuring that the most serious of oncampus offenses are still dealt with immediately, appropriately, and strictly. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policyi Perspective: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2012-08-PP18-ExpellingZeroTolerance-CEJ-JeanetteMoll.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Crimes (Texas) Shelf Number: 128211

Author: Scali, Mary Ann Title: Missouri: Justice Rationed: An Assessment of Access to Counsel and Quality of Representation in Juvenile Delinquency Court Summary: While Missouri stands out for its innovation in providing small, regionalized juvenile corrections programs, an effective juvenile justice system is not built solely upon the corrections options available to youth after they have navigated their way through a complex legal process. An effective juvenile justice system must encompass the foundational elements of fundamental fairness and due process. The system must include legal advocacy and zealous representation by competent and well-trained attorneys who uphold the rights of children at all critical stages. The 1967 United States Supreme Court decision In re Gault extended the principles of due process to delinquency proceedings.1 It held that accused youth facing the awesome prospect of incarceration have the right to counsel.2 Due process is violated when children’s legal interests are not protected. This assessment is designed to provide policy makers and juvenile defense leaders with relevant baseline information about whether youth have timely and meaningful access to qualified counsel in delinquency proceedings, identify systemic barriers to quality representation, highlight best practices, and provide recommendations and implementation strategies for improving Missouri’s juvenile indigent defense delivery system. The report begins with a summary of the evolution of due process and the right to counsel for youth in delinquency proceedings. It then provides an overview of this right as it pertains to youth in Missouri, and gives a snapshot of the state’s judicial system, the juvenile justice system, and the indigent defense system. A synopsis of Missouri juvenile law and the various stages of delinquency proceedings are then described to facilitate an understanding of how youth navigate through the system. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.njdc.info/pdf/Missouri_Assessement.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 128256

Author: King, Salena Marie Title: The Impact of Crisis Intervention Team Training on Law Enforcement Officers: An Evaluation of Self-Efficacy and Attitudes Toward People with Mental Illness Summary: Law enforcement officers (LEOs) routinely respond to calls involving people with mental illness (PMI) in crisis. While LEOs have come to expect a wide spectrum of needs for assistance from PMI, there is often little to no training provided for responding to these encounters. This is an alarming fact given that 7 to 10 % of all law enforcement contacts involve PMI. It has been found that the lack of training leaves LEOs perceiving themselves as ill-equipped to manage mental health-related situations, creating a great deal of anxiety. The insufficient training has also been determined to negatively impact PMI receiving help, either through exacerbation of the problem or a dismissal of the crisis. As an answer to these difficulties, Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) training was developed to better inform officers about mental illnesses, provide skills useful for these encounters, and prevent unnecessary arrests. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the impact of CIT training on officers’ (1) perceptions of self-efficacy when working with PMI and (2) attitudes toward PMI. The Self-Efficacy Scale (SES), designed specifically to assess the self-efficacy of LEOs when encountering a person with mental illness, was administered to 58 officers pre/post CIT training as well as 40 officers with no CIT training. Additionally, the Community Attitudes Toward the Mentally Ill (CAMI) was administered to the same groups of officers in order to measure attitudes along the four subscales of Authoritarianism, Benevolence, Social Restrictiveness, and Community Mental Health Ideology (CMHI). It was hypothesized that CIT training would significantly increase LEOs’ perceived self-efficacy when working with PMI, result in significantly more positive attitudes toward people with mental illness, and that LEOs with no CIT training would not significantly differ from officers assessed at the pre-CIT stage. Results, obtained through the use of an ANOVA, indicate that officers who participated in CIT training achieved a significant increase in perceived self-efficacy from pre to post measures. Contrary to expectations, a significant difference was found between officers who did not choose to participate in CIT training and officers assessed at pre-CIT – it was indicated that non-CIT officers reported a higher degree of perceived self-efficacy. Alternatively, there was no significant difference found between non-CIT officers and pre-CIT officers on measures of attitudes toward PMI. Through the use of a MANOVA, it was determined that CIT training effected the desired changes of increasing benevolent and community-inclusive attitudes toward PMI, as well as decreasing socially restrictive attitudes. The prediction that CIT training would decrease authoritarian attitudes toward PMI was not supported. Implications for these outcomes are discussed along with recommendations for law enforcement agencies and mental health advocates. Details: Auburn, AL: Auburn University, 2011. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://etd.auburn.edu/etd/bitstream/handle/10415/2580/Salena%20King%20Dissertation%20Final%20Draft.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 128254

Author: Caponi, Vincenzo Title: Empirical Characteristics of Legal and Illegal Immigrants in the U.S. Summary: We combine the New Immigrant Survey (NIS), which contains information on US legal immigrants, with the American Community Survey (ACS), which contains information on legal and illegal immigrants to the U.S. Using econometric methodology proposed by Lancaster and Imbens (1996) we compute the probability for each observation in the ACS data to refer to an illegal immigrant, conditional on observed characteristics. The results for illegal versus legal immigrants are novel, since no other work has quantified the characteristics of illegal immigrants from a random sample. We find that, compared to legal immigrants, illegal immigrants are more likely to be less educated, males, and married with their spouse not present. These results are heterogeneous across education categories, country of origin (Mexico) and whether professional occupations are included or not in the analysis. Forecasts for the distribution of legal and illegal characteristics match aggregate imputations by the Department of Homeland Security. We find that, while illegal immigrants suffer a wage penalty compared to legal immigrants, returns to higher education remain large and positive. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No. 7304; Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp7304.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128258

Author: Nichols, Mark W. Title: The Impact of Legalized Casino Gambling on Crime Summary: We examine the impact of legalized casino gambling, including Indian casinos, on crime. Using county-level data between 1994 and 2009, the impact that casino legalization had on crime is examined. Our results show an increase in crime associated with casinos in some circumstances, but not others. Crime impact results are quite sensitive to data, sample periods and econometric specifications. In addition to known Part 1 offenses (assault, burglary, larceny, robbery, rape, and auto theft), we also examine various arrest classifications, including driving under the influence (DUI), fraud, and prostitution. Again, casinos are associated with a statistically significant increase in some circumstances but not in others, with results depending on econometric specification. In no circumstances, however, are casinos and crime significantly negatively correlated. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper No. 7299: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp7299.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Casino Gambling Shelf Number: 128259

Author: Mauger, Sue Title: Effectiveness of Citizens’ Environmental Monitoring Program. Exxon Valdez Oil Spill Restoration Project 02667 Final Report Summary: Study History: Project 02667 examines data previously collected through the Citizens’ Environmental Monitoring Program in the Kachemak Bay and Anchor River watersheds. This one-year project was originally funded from October 1, 2001 to September 30, 2002. Due to contract issues with the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, the project was granted a deadline extension to December 31, 2002. Abstract: Cook Inlet Keeper analyzed five years of past data from the Citizens’ Environmental Monitoring Program, the first consistent and coordinated community-based water quality monitoring program in Alaska. The objective of the analysis was to determine if sampling frequency, methods, parameters, and site selection are effective at meeting the monitoring objectives of detecting significant changes in water quality over time. Based on the analysis, the following recommendations are made: 1) prioritize collecting five year baseline data sets (n=80), 2) state explicitly what significant change can be detected: 2oC, 0.25 pH units, and 5% saturation of dissolved oxygen, 3) deploy continuous temperature loggers during summer months, 4) consider new turbidity method with a higher maximum range, 5) consider new orthophosphate and nitrate-nitrogen methods with lower detection limits, 6) continue colorimetric pH method as a quality control check on Hanna Meter, 7) coordinate with USGS to establish stage or discharge stations on smaller streams, 8) add a method to measure flow, 9) provide citizens with summary statistics of their site annually, 10) secure long-term funding for volunteer coordinators. These recommendations will increase the effectiveness of community-based monitoring programs. Details: Homer, AK: Cook Inlet Keeper, 2003. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://inletkeeper.org/resources/contents/effectiveness-of-cemp-final-report Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crimes Shelf Number: 128260

Author: Koeppel, Maria Title: Dating Safety and Victimization in Traditional and Online Relationships Summary: The technological landscape of society is changing at an extremely rapid pace (Sautter et al., 2010), with an estimated 80% of Americans having access to the internet either at home or at work in October 2010 (Strickling & Gomez, 2011). The availability and use of online dating websites has also grown exponentially during that period of time (Finkel et al., 2012), and societal perceptions of online dating have changed dramatically. During the 1990s, online dating was seen as an extremely deceptive and ineffective enterprise (Madden & Lenhart, 2006). Since then, however, online dating has become much more mainstream. While online dating has become relatively common, a large portion of Americans do not believe that the practice itself is safe (Madden & Lenhart, 2006). Using an online dating site, like any other form of social networking, requires users to put personal information about themselves on the internet. Beyond traditional concerns regarding the protection of internet users’ personal information, the safety of dating websites is additionally in question due to the relative ease with which users are able to deceive potential partners (Madden & Lenhart, 2006; Toma et al., 2008). The pervasiveness of deception in online dating has become somewhat of a cultural phenomenon, spawning both movies and an entire television series (“Cat􀏐ish” on MTV) dedicated to deciphering whether online partners are representing themselves accurately. There is currently an emerging body of empirical literature regarding online dating; however most of this research overlooks differences in victimization evident between this type of social interaction and its traditional counterpart (Jerin & Dolinsky, 2001). This report presents results of a study designed to investigate questions of safety and victimization experiences related to online dating versus more traditional forms of dating. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, College of Criminal Justice, Sam Houston State University, 2013. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/DatingSafety.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 128279

Author: Bouffard, Leana A. Title: Texas School Districts' Implementation of Teen Dating Violence Legislation Summary: In March of 2003, 15‐year old Ortralla Mosley was stabbed to death by her ex‐boyfriend in the hallway of her high school in Austin, Texas. This was the 􀏐irst on‐campus homicide in the state that was linked to dating violence. The intense scrutiny following this incident and the activism of Ortralla’s mother and others highlighted the issue of teen dating violence (TDV), especially with regard to behaviors that occur at school and the response of school administrators. In 2007, Texas became the 􀏐irst state to pass a law requiring school districts to adopt and implement a dating violence policy (HB 121). According to section 37.0831 of the Texas Education Code, each school district is required to develop and implement a dating violence policy that must: (1) “include a de􀏐inition of dating violence that includes the intentional use of physical, sexual, verbal, or emotional abuse by a person to harm, threaten, intimidate, or control another person in a dating relationship” and (2) “address safety planning, enforcement of protective orders, school‐based alternatives to protective orders, training for teachers and administrators, counseling for affected students, and awareness education for students and parents.” In response to this legislation, a number of state and local victim service agencies mobilized to support school districts in their efforts to respond to this new law, producing a model policy, guides to implementation, sample protocols for dealing with incidents, and training and education. Since this law passed 􀏐ive years ago, however, very little systematic attention has been paid to how school districts have developed and implemented dating violence policies in connection with the legislation. This report presents results from the 􀏐irst empirical assessment of the extent to which Texas school districts have implemented the legislatively mandated teen dating violence policy. The full study will be published in an upcoming issue of the journal, Criminal Justice Policy Review. Sample The purpose of this study was to examine how Texas school districts have addressed teen dating violence in their policies. There are over 200 school districts located throughout the 20 Education Service Center (ESC) regions in Texas. In his study we included only Independent/Common school districts (i.e., traditional public schools, N = 1,034) with overall student enrollment greater than 25,000. For those regions that did not have districts with 25,000 or more student enrollments, the two districts with the largest student enrollments within that region were selected. In total, 72 Texas public school districts that serve K‐12 students were selected. For each of the selected school districts, publicly available documents (i.e., student/parent handbooks, student codes of conduct) were obtained from the district website. These documents were examined to assess the extent to which (1) districts implemented the TDV policy, (2) consequences are outlined for offending students, (3) rights for victims are presented, and (4) the policies are easily accessible. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Criminal Justice Center, Sam Houston State University, 2013. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/TDVforWeb.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 128280

Author: Franklin, Cortney A. Title: Differences in Education/Employment Status and Intimate Partner Victimization Summary: Research has estimated that approximately one out of four women will experience abuse by an intimate partner. There has been considerable effort directed toward understanding the occurrence of intimate partner violence (IPV) (Franklin & Kercher, 2012; Franklin, Menaker, & Kercher, 2012). One approach to clarify why men perpetrate IPV has focused on power structures of male dominance and female submission that are maintained in society and reinforced in relationships. For example, in looking at persons with authority in various professional and industry positions, the leaders are typically male. These are the individuals with decision-making power who are responsible for delegating tasks and managing people. Support staff, including secretaries and assistants, are often female. Their job duties require them to submit to male leaders and support the achievements of male authority. The gendered division of employment happens, in part, through an individual’s access to resources, including their occupational and educational status and income-earning potential. These structures are replicated in the family and in marital, intimate, and courtship relationships (Johnson, 2005). Such a model suggests that familial control and decision- making power are associated with a family member’s ability to accrue resources of value. In the family context, inconsistencies in status or power (e.g., educational achievement, income earned, employment status) can produce feelings of stress and inadequacy among those who lack these resources (Lenton, 1995). Couples involved in “status-reversal relationships,” where women hold higher status than their male partners, may experience barriers to healthy interaction. Status-reversal relationships may generate feelings of stress, inadequacy, and fear among men (Lenton, 1995; Yick, 2001). In order to neutralize these feelings, men may rely on the use of physical strength and violence to dominate women (Hotaling & Sugarman, 1986; McCloskey, 1996; Teichman & Teichman, 1989). Recent empirical research has supported these claims (Atkinson, Greenstein, & Lang,, 2005). This research brief presents a summary of 􀏐indings produced from a recent study that will soon be published in the journal Violence Against Women. The study tested the relationship between education and employment status differences in couples and experiences of Intimate Partner Violence victimization among 303 female Texas residents involved in heterosexual relationships. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute, Sam Houston State University, Criminal Justice Center, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/Status%20Inconsistencyappr.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 128281

Author: Koeppel, Maria Title: The Burden of Victimization Summary: A staggering 9 million property crimes and nearly 1.25 million violent crimes occurred nationwide during 2010.1 These crimes led to an estimated 18.7 million people becoming victims of violent or property crime.2 As the second largest state, a sizable proportion of these crimes occurred in Texas, which recorded nearly 1 million property index crimes and over 113,000 violent index crimes in 2010.3 While violent and property crime and subsequent victimization rates have been declining during the past decade, the need for and importance of victim services should not be underestimated. Criminal victimization is a heavy burden to bear, beginning with the immediate cost of crime and extending to consequences relating to health, education, employment, and overall quality of life. Additionally, the consequences of victimization are often intertwined. Victims rarely experience one adverse effect, like physical injury, without also developing issues in other areas, such as missed employment due to the injury or anxiety resulting from the experience. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, Criminal Justice Center, Crime Victims Institute, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Legislative Brief: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/Burden%20of%20Vic.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 128282

Author: Rocky Mountain Information Network Title: Gangs: Their Increasing Grip on the RMIN Region Summary: Rocky Mountain Information Network® (RMIN) is one of six regional projects in the United States that comprise the Regional Information Sharing Systems® (RISS). Each project links law enforcement agencies from neighboring states into a regional network that interacts with law enforcement member agencies nation-wide. Funded by the United States Congress through the Bureau of Justice Assistance, RISS provides secure communications, information sharing resources and investigative support to help detect, deter, prevent and prosecute multi-jurisdictional crime. Headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, RMIN serves more than 15,000 law enforcement officers from 1,038 agencies in Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming and Canada. This report presents a number of gang-related articles designed to present an analysis of the gang problems in this geographical area. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Rocky Mountain Information Network, 2010. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://cryptocomb.org/RMIN%20Gangs%20Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Graffiti Shelf Number: 128284

Author: Kennedy, William Gregory Title: The Impact of Police Agency Size on Crime Clearance Rates Summary: The impact of police agency size on the ability of those agencies to deliver necessary police services is a question critical to many policy makers as they attempt to determine the best and most efficient manner to provide police services to their citizens. Over the years, there has been an ongoing debate as to the role of agency size and its effect on agency effectiveness. This study examines one element of that debate by looking at the role agency size plays on the ability of the agency to clear reported crime. The study hypothesizes that larger agencies are able to clear a larger proportion of reported crimes because larger agencies can take advantage of larger staff, greater resources and capitalize on other factors often associated with larger organizations. To conduct this analysis, the study develops a data set from LEMAS, UCR, and Census Bureau data that contains 2,271 local, county, and regional police and sheriffs’ agencies. Utilizing this data set, the study uses hierarchical regression to assess the impact of agency size on the clearance rates for seven UCR Part I crimes. The analysis controls for the effect of community demographics, agency structure, community policing tactics, and workload. The results of the analysis are mixed. For several crime categories, agency size dose not contribute significantly. However, for robbery, felony assault and vehicle theft, size is significant and has an inverse relationship to crime clearance rates. The finding that the clearance rates for robbery, felony assault and vehicle theft would decrease as agency size increases, is contrary to the study’s hypothesis. The study concludes with a discussion of possible reasons the size variable did not have the affect theorized, the implications of these findings, a discussion of the issues surrounding the effect of the control variables, as well as possible directions for future research. Details: Charlotte, NC: University of North Carolina at Charlotte, 2009. 227p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.cpcc.edu/pd/resources-1/doctoral-research-group/dissertations/Kennedy-William-2009-PhD.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates Shelf Number: 128285

Author: Beckett, Katherine Title: Race and the Enforcement of Drug Delivery Laws in Seattle Summary: Between 1980 and 2002, the number of people incarcerated in the United States grew from approximately 500,000 to over 2 million. This trend has sharply and disproportionately affected racial and ethnic minorities: over 60% of today’s inmates are black and/or Latino (Sentencing Project, n.d). Many analysts have suggested that the policies and practices associated with the war on drugs are an important cause of the expansion of the prison and jail populations, as well as the increasingly disproportionate representation of minorities in them (Blumstein 1993; Duster 1997; Tonry 1995). Recent data confirms this conjecture: approximately 30% of U.S. inmates are drug offenders, and over 90% of those admitted to prison for drug offenses are black or Latino (Sentencing Project n.d.). Theoretically, the dramatic impact of the war on drugs on the black and Latino communities may be a consequence of higher rates of drug law violations within those groups, selective enforcement of drug laws, and/or post-arrest practices and policies. Some studies have found that black drug defendants are treated more harshly than white drug defendants once in the justice system (Blumstein 1993; Goode 2002; Spohn 2000; Austin & Allen 2000). In Seattle, however, there is evidence that the differential impact of the war on drugs on black and Latino communities is not a consequence of differential treatment after arrest. It appears, therefore, that comparatively high rates of incarceration among blacks resident to the Seattle area stem from higher rates of offense behavior and/or the selective enforcement of drug laws (Minority & Justice Commission Report 1999). This report analyzes a wide range of data sources pertaining to drug delivery in order to identify the extent to which selective/discriminatory law enforcement contributes to high rates of incarceration for drug delivery among blacks. Doing so requires estimating the racial composition of Seattle’s drug-delivering population. This estimate can then be compared with arrest statistics to determine whether or not blacks are over-represented among those arrested for narcotics delivery (or possession with intent to deliver narcotics) given the estimated composition of those who deliver drugs in Seattle. At the same time, this report assesses whether whites are under-represented among drug delivery arrestees in Seattle given the frequency with which they engage in behaviors that meet the legal definition of that crime. Details: Seattle, WA: Department of Sociology and Law, Societies & Justice Program, 2003. 78p. University of Washington,, 2003. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.kcba.org/druglaw/pdf/beckettstudy.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 128288

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Partnership Agreements and Enhanced Oversight Could Strengthen Coordination of Efforts on Indian Reservations Summary: Individuals seeking to enter the United States illegally may attempt to avoid screening procedures at ports of entry by crossing the border in areas between these ports, including Indian reservations, many of which have been vulnerable to illicit cross-border threat activity, such as drug smuggling, according to DHS. GAO was asked to review DHS’s efforts to coordinate border security activities on Indian reservations. This report examines DHS’s efforts to coordinate with tribal governments to address border security threats and vulnerabilities on Indian reservations. GAO interviewed DHS officials at headquarters and conducted interviews with eight tribes, selected based on factors such as proximity to the border, and the corresponding DHS field offices that have a role in border security for these Indian reservations. While GAO cannot generalize its results from these interviews to all Indian reservations and field offices along the border, they provide examples of border security coordination issues. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in December 2012. Information that DHS, the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Department of the Interior (DOI) deemed sensitive has been redacted. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS examine the benefits of government-to-government agreements with tribes and develop and implement a mechanism to monitor border security coordination efforts with tribes. DHS concurred with our recommendations Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-352: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/653590.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 128290

Author: Haugh, Todd Title: Sentencing the Why of White Collar Crime Summary: “So why did Mr. Gupta do it?” That question was at the heart of Judge Jed Rakoff’s recent sentencing of Rajat Gupta, a former Wall Street titan and the most high-profile insider trading defendant of the past 30 years. The answer, which the court actively sought by inquiring into Gupta’s psychological motivations, resulted in a two-year sentence, eight years less than the government requested. What was it that Judge Rakoff found in Gupta that warranted such a modest sentence? While it was ultimately unclear to the court exactly what motivated Gupta to commit such a “terrible breach of trust,” it is exceedingly clear that Judge Rakoff’s search for those motivations impacted the sentence imposed. This search by judges sentencing white collar defendants — the search to understand the “why” motivating defendants’ actions — is what this article explores. When judges inquire into defendants’ motivations, they necessarily delve into the psychological justifications defendants employ to free themselves from the social norms they previously followed, thereby allowing themselves to engage in criminality. These “techniques of neutralization” are precursors to white collar crime, and they impact courts’ sentencing decisions. Yet the role of neutralizations in sentencing has been largely unexamined. This article rectifies that absence by drawing on established criminological theory and applying it to three recent high-profile white collar cases. Ultimately, this article concludes that judges’ search for the “why” of white collar crime, which occurs primarily through the exploration of offender neutralizations, is legally and normatively justified. While there are potential drawbacks to judges conducting these inquiries, they are outweighed by the benefits of increased individualized sentencing and opportunities to disrupt the mechanisms that make white collar crime possible. Details: Chicago: llinois Institute of Technology - Chicago-Kent College of Law, 2013. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Chicago-Kent College of Law Research Paper: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2244569 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 128296

Author: Draper, Laura Title: Lessons Learned: Planning and Assessing a Law Enforcement Reentry Strategy Summary: Law enforcement officers across the country report that they repeatedly encounter and arrest the same individuals in their jurisdictions. In many areas, recidivism rates remain stubbornly high—with more than 60 percent of individuals leaving prison reincarcerated within a few years after their release. Although many police agencies already have the building blocks to help make prisoner reentry safer and more successful, law enforcement professionals often lack the practical guidance to implement a comprehensive and effective initiative. The Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) joined with the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) on a national project to learn in detail how agencies create a reentry strategy or enhance an existing effort. The project team selected four “learning sites” to receive technical assistance from national experts. In addition to receiving assistance, the sites would in turn inform project staff and other jurisdictions about elements of reentry for which they found solutions to common challenges. The lessons learned from that work and subsequent information-gathering efforts formed the foundation for this report. The four law enforcement agencies selected as learning sites—the Las Vegas (Nevada) Metropolitan Police Department, Metropolitan (District of Columbia) Police Department, Muskegon County (Michigan) Sheriff’s Department, and White Plains (New York) Police Department—each had reentry strategies that addressed key aspects of a successful reentry program. The project also benefitted from the work conducted on a previously published guide the Justice Center developed in partnership with the COPS Office and the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) for law enforcement professionals and reentry partners. Planning and Assessing a Law Enforcement Reentry Strategy was crafted to serve as a starting point for police officials to direct and assess progress on reentry. That guide helped agencies identify areas of weakness or issues that created implementation challenges. The learning sites project was launched to take agencies to the next level by providing detailed recommendations for overcoming some of these commonly experienced obstacles to program implementation. The rich information gleaned from practitioners’ experiences at the learning sites (and beyond) is summarized in this report. The major challenges the agencies face can be grouped into three categories: collaboration, program terms, and data collection and analysis. In an effort to address these, this report provides information on the following recommendations, grounded in advice from law enforcement professionals and their partners on the front lines of reentry. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://reentrypolicy.org/documents/0000/1687/Law_Enforcement_Lessons_Learned.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 128302

Author: National Rifle Association. National School Shield Task Force Title: Report of the National School Shield Task Force Summary: This report presents the NRA position and suggestions for preventing school violence. Details: Washington, DC: National Rifle Association, 2013. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.nraschoolshield.com/NSS_Final_FULL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 128306

Author: Colorado. Task Force on the Implementation of Amendment 64 Title: Task Force Report on the Implementation of Amendment 64 Regulation of Marijuana in Colorado Summary: The Task Force was charged with finding practical and pragmatic solutions to the challenges of implementing Amendment 64. The enclosed report offers up our recommendations, most of which now need to be enacted into law by the Colorado General Assembly or developed into administrative rules by various state departments. We fully appreciate that these recommendations will now need to be perfected through the legislative and rulemaking processes and we offer to you the support and expertise of task force members as you need them in the weeks and months ahead. The Task Force included members of the Colorado General Assembly and representatives of the Attorney General’s office, state agencies, law enforcement, the defense bar, district attorneys, the medical profession, the marijuana industry, the Amendment 64 campaign, marijuana consumers, academia, local governments and Colorado’s employers and employees. Five working groups, comprised of task force members and additional subject matter experts from around the state, met weekly during January and February. The working groups heard testimony from stakeholders and members of the public and then developed and drafted implementation recommendations, which were further vetted, revised, adopted or rejected in the meetings of the Task Force. All meetings of the Task Force and its working groups were open to the public, and there was time set aside at each of the meetings for public input and comment. Details: Denver, CO: State of Colorado, 2013. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.colorado.gov/cms/forms/dor-tax/A64TaskForceFinalReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Policy Shelf Number: 128309

Author: Ackerman, Gary Title: The “New” Face of Transnational Crime Organizations (TCOs): A Geopolitical Perspective and Implications to U.S. National Security Summary: The continually evolving strategic environment coupled with the ascendant role of Transnational Criminal Organizations (TCOs) necessitates a comprehensive understanding of these organizations. TCOs represent a globally-networked national security threat and pose a real and present risk to the safety and security of Americans and our partners across the globe. This challenge blurs the line among US institutions and far surpasses the ability of any one agency or nation to confront it. Thus countering TCOs necessitates a whole-of-government approach and beyond that vibrant relationships with partner nations based on trust. These are essential if the U.S. is to remain the partner of choice, and effectively counter TCOs globally. Weak and unstable government institutions coupled with scarce legitimate economic opportunities, extreme socio-economic inequities, and permissive corrupt environments are key enablers that allow TCOs to operate with impunity. These same factors enable the emergence of VEOs. The potential nexus between VEOs and TCOs remains an area of deep concern. In this context, deeper insight into the contemporary face of TCO's will facilitate the development of strategies to counter and defeat them. In this struggle, DoD lacks law enforcement authorities but brings to the government some unique capabilities. This white volume examines the “new” face of these transnational crime organizations and provides a geopolitical perspective and implications to U.S. national security. The nexus of culture and technology (including modern communication technologies) and their impact on the evolution of TCOs is discussed in addition to their implications to countering TCOs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff and Department of Defense, 2013. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=733208 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 128311

Author: Males, Mike Title: Beyond Realignment: Counties’ Large Disparities in Imprisonment Underlie Ongoing Prison Crisis Summary: This publication analyzes the changes in state prison commitments by county since the implementation of the Public Safety Realignment Act of 2011 (AB 109), which redirects people convicted of low-level, non-violent crimes from state to county supervision. AB 109, commonly referred to as Realignment, is intended to reduce unconstitutional levels of prison overcrowding, save money, encourage counties to develop and implement best practices and alternatives to incarceration, and reserve state prisons for people convicted of serious offenses. However, while many counties have followed the mandate and dramatically reduced their prison commitments for low-level offenses, others continue to sentence high rates of these offenders to state prison. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.cjcj.org/files/Beyond_Realignment_March_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 128313

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Evaluation of Dlo’ayazhi Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a nationwide crime reduction initiative sponsored by the Department of Justice (DOJ). It has been in operation for over a decade. It began with a focus on firearm crimes, and in 2006, expanded to include gang crimes. This initiative is typically implemented in urban areas; however, in 2008 the DOJ invited the Navajo Nation Department of Public Safety to apply for the program. The successful application outlined a plan for implementing PSN in and around the Crownpoint area of the Navajo Nation. In 2011, DOJ provided supplemental funding to continue PSN efforts in Crownpoint and expand into the Shiprock area, which is in the northwestern part of New Mexico. This report summarizes a process evaluation of these expansion efforts, as well as ongoing PSN efforts in the Crownpoint area. There are three primary principles that guide the PSN model: it is meant to be community based, coordinated and comprehensive. PSN is designed to be centered on the community in which it is being implemented, recognizing and reacting to community needs and the local resources available to address those needs (http://www.psn.gov/about/index.html). For example, while PSN focuses on gun and gang crime, the Navajo Nation PSN program has been expanded to include a domestic violence component. This addition represents a Task Force response to concerns about domestic violence voiced by representatives of the Navajo Nation. Across the country, United States Attorney’s Offices (USAO) coordinate PSN efforts in their respective districts. The USAO designates a Task Force Coordinator whose charge is to convene a PSN Task Force that brings together representatives from law enforcement and prosecution at all jurisdictional levels (local, tribal, state and federal), as well as community leaders, research partners, and others. This Task Force then meets regularly to develop collaborative strategies to address PSN program goals. The Task Force meetings are a venue for planning, reporting on and refining PSN activities and initiatives. In addition to managing these efforts, the PSN Task Force Coordinator reports back to the Department of Justice regarding local PSN efforts. Finally, PSN is meant to be comprehensive. The Navajo Nation PSN focuses on intervention, prevention, and prosecution of gun crimes, gang related/motivated offenses, juvenile violence and domestic violence offenses occurring on the Navajo Nation. Intervention involves violence suppression through targeted law enforcement operations. Prevention includes educational programming, outreach and support services. For example, the educational component involves a program called Project Sentry which targets at-risk youth, and is designed to prevent their involvement in gun and gang crime. Other prevention efforts occur as well. Outreach includes family advocacy and support for domestic violence issues and related problems, such as substance abuse. Finally, prosecution of targeted crimes occurs at the tribal and federal levels. The Navajo Nation PSN program is unique among PSN programs. It is among the first to be implemented on tribal lands, and must address challenges that differ from those typically seen in urban areas. First, the geography of the area differs from that of a typical urban PSN site. It is a very large geographical area, with many undeveloped roads and many areas that are sparsely populated. Second, there are fewer law enforcement officers per square mile relative to that seen in an urban area. In addition, this PSN initiative must take into account tribal law, and be able to work with tribal government in addition to negotiating municipal, state and federal laws. Finally, there are cultural differences and sovereignty issues that PSN must be sensitive to and take into account when implementing the initiative. However, the area is also similar to other PSN sites in that the community leaders have identified violence and gangs as a problem. They note that these problems are associated with substance abuse and poverty issues, like other PSN locales. Further, there is concern that particular housing structures on the Navajo Nation have become crime magnets, similar to urban dwellings. The USAO for the District of New Mexico (USAO NM) requested evaluation services in support of the Navajo PSN initiative from the New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center at the University of New Mexico’s Institute for Social Research. The USAO NM outlined two primary evaluation goals. First, the USAO NM expressed particular interest in determining how well the Task Force was coordinating activities and forging connections between disparate groups. Second, they were interested in better understanding the challenges to PSN implementation on the Navajo Nation so that they could best meet these challenges. There are five questions guiding this evaluation: 1. What portions of PSN are being implemented? 2. How well are PSN Task Force partners coordinating activities to implement the program goals? 3. What are Task Force members’ perceptions of PSN’s impact and success? 4. What are the facilitators to PSN implementation in the target areas? 5. What are the barriers to PSN implementation in the target areas? The purpose of this evaluation, then, is to determine whether the initiative is being implemented in the way that it is intended, to understand the perceived success of the initiative, and to pinpoint facilitators and barriers to implementation, focusing especially on coordination of activities. The results are meant to be used to make decisions about whether and how to refine the program activities and to provide feedback to the funders regarding program compliance. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research; New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://nmsac.unm.edu/psn-process-evaluation-final-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 0

Author: Robbins, Christopher S., ed. Title: Prickly Trade: Trade and Conservation of Chihuahuan Desert Cacti Summary: World Wildlife Fund (WWF) considers the Chihuahuan Desert Ecoregion (CDE) of Mexico and the United States an important ecoregion for conservation because of its outstanding biological diversity, ecological fragility, and environmental concerns. The ecoregion, rich in natural resources, faces a range of visible threats stemming from human activities such as mining, fossil fuel exploration, livestock grazing, industrial agriculture, and development. A less publicized, but significant, threat in the U.S. portion of the ecoregion is the commercial extraction of wild native succulents, including cacti, for landscaping in private gardens hundreds of miles away. In the Mexican Chihuahuan Desert, some of the world’s rarest cacti are harvested and exported, often illegally, by opportunistic foreign collectors, or sold to unaware tourists by impoverished villagers supplementing paltry incomes. WWF approached TRAFFIC North America, the wildlife trade monitoring unit of WWF and the World Conservation Union (IUCN), to investigate the implications of harvest and trade on the conservation of affected cactus taxa and localities in the Chihuahuan Desert. TRAFFIC divided this study into two parts to reflect the political boundaries of the CDE in the United States (Part I) and Mexico (Part II). TRAFFIC recognizes, however, that the geographic delineation of the CDE is defined by ecological and biological characteristics shared by both countries, and so it should be treated as one biogeographic region. TRAFFIC’s decision to assess the trade and management of CDE cacti in Mexico separately from the trade and management of CDE cacti in the United States was determined by practicality and methodology. The disparate issues associated with cactus trade, taxonomy, and management in Mexico and in the United States required two different investigators with knowledge specific to each country. Each investigator contributed a report to this publication and, to the extent possible, the reports have been harmonized to minimize stylistic differences. Commercial trade drives the harvesting of CDE cactus species in Mexico and the United States, but the nature and scale of this trade differ in both countries. Mexico harbors the greatest diversity of endemic, endangered, and newly discovered cactus species. Those species are highly sought after by foreign collectors and continue to appear in the international marketplace in spite of Mexico’s laws prohibiting illegal collection. The number of specimens entering trade illegally is believed to be small but may be significant enough to destabilize wild populations of some species. This practice also undermines the competitive advantage of Mexican growers to propagate and sell endemic cacti in the marketplace. In the United States, the cactus trade involves fewer cactus species but considerably more plant material. The primary markets are southwestern U.S. cities with an arid climate where consumers are trying to conserve water by resorting to desert landscaping with plants like cacti instead of water-intensive gardens. Contrary to their best intentions, gardeners and homeowners are addressing one conservation issue at the expense of another. Details: Washington, DC: TRAFFIC North America, World Wildlife Fund, 2003. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.traffic.org/plants Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Cacti Shelf Number: 114743

Author: U.S. Department of Defense Task Force on Mental Health Title: An Achievable Vision: Report of the Department of Defense Task Force on Mental Health Summary: The costs of military service are substantial. Many costs are readily apparent; others are less apparent but no less important. Among the most pervasive and potentially disabling consequences of these costs is the threat to the psychological health of our nation’s fighting forces, their families, and their survivors. Our involvement in the Global War on Terrorism has created unforeseen demands not only on individual military service members and their families, but also on the Department of Defense itself, which must expand its capabilities to support the psychological health of its service members and their families. In particular, the system is being challenged by emergence of two “signature injuries” from the current conflict – posttraumatic stress disorder and traumatic brain injury. These two injuries often coincide, requiring integrated and interdisciplinary treatment methods. New demands have exposed shortfalls in a health care system that in previous decades had been oriented away from a wartime focus. Staffing levels were poorly matched to the high operational tempo even prior to the current conflict, and the system has become even more strained by the increased deployment of active duty providers with mental health expertise. As such, the system of care for psychological health that has evolved over recent decades is insufficient to meet the needs of today’s forces and their beneficiaries, and will not be sufficient to meet their needs in the future. Changes in the military mental health system and military medicine more generally, have mirrored trends in the landscape of American healthcare toward acute, short-term treatment models that may not provide optimal management of psychological disorders that tend to be more chronic in nature. As in the civilian sector, military mental health practices tend to emphasize identification and treatment of specific disorders over preventing and treating illness, enhancing coping, and maximizing resilience. Emerging lessons from recent deployments have raised questions about the adequacy of this orientation, not only for treating psychological disorders, but also for achieving the goal of a healthy and resilient force. The challenges are enormous and the consequences of non-performance are significant. Data from the Post- Deployment Health Re-Assessment, which is administered to service members 90 to 120 days after returning from deployment, indicate that 38 percent of Soldiers and 31 percent of Marines report psychological symptoms. Among members of the National Guard, the figure rises to 49 percent (U.S. Air Force, 2007; U.S. Army, 2007; U.S. Navy, 2007). Further, psychological concerns are significantly higher among those with repeated deployments, a rapidly growing cohort. Psychological concerns among family members of deployed and returning Operation Iraqi Freedom and Operation Enduring Freedom veterans, while yet to be fully quantified, are also an issue of concern. Hundreds of thousands of children have experienced the deployment of a parent. Details: Falls Church, VA: Defense Health Board, 2007. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2013 at: http://www.health.mil/dhb/mhtf/mhtf-report-final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 128316

Author: University of Nebraska. Public Policy Center Title: Evaluation of Nebraska’s Problem-Solving Courts Summary: From March 2010 through December 2011, the University of Nebraska Public Policy Center conducted an evaluation of Nebraska’s problem solving courts. Main findings include the following:  Nebraska’s problem solving courts are effectively operated, following the ten key components for drug courts, thereby reducing crime and addiction and improving the lives of participants  Graduation rates for Nebraska drug courts match or exceed national drug court rates  Costs for Nebraska programs are comparable to costs for drug courts across the country  Nebraska drug court programs are cost efficient, saving between $2,609,235 and $9,722,920 in tax dollars per year  Problem solving courts in Nebraska are serving moderate to high need offenders, the type of offenders most appropriate for drug court services  Nebraska drug courts are serving a diversity of offenders, with few disparities based on race, ethnicity, and gender  Education and employment skills are emphasized in problem solving courts, which lead to successful outcomes for participants  Although the evaluation found Nebraska problem solving courts are operating effectively and efficiently, there are areas that can be improved:  Participants with higher criminal history risk could be accepted and effectively served in drug courts  Increased training in the 10 key drug court components and the Standardized Model for Delivery of Substance Abuse Services could benefit problem solving courts, particularly family drug courts  Review of admissions procedures for select courts could identify causes for racial/ethnic disparities; culturally competent approaches could improve services  Improvements could be made by ensuring full participation of county attorneys, defense attorneys, judges, law enforcement, and treatment provides in problem solving court teams  Drug court teams could benefit from additional training and team building  Additional funding would enhance key supports for drug courts including participant incentives, access to day reporting centers, and enhanced treatment  Programs could be improved through standardized procedures for reporting treatment progress and fidelity to evidence based practices  Time between arrest and drug court admission could be reduced, thereby improving outcomes for participants  The quality of problem solving courts could be improved through ongoing program evaluation. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska, Public Policy Center, 2012. 366p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.supremecourt.ne.gov/sites/supremecourt.ne.gov/files/reports/courts/drug-court-report-final-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 128317

Author: Van Wormer, Jacqueline G. Title: Understanding Operational Dynamnics of Drug Courts Summary: Drug courts seek to provide a coordinated and comprehensive approach to addressing the complex intersection of defendant addiction and crime that plagues our court system. Under the layers of activity and services that occurs in a drug court model exists a team that is charged with carrying out the goals and objectives of the designed program. This program should represent, in most courtrooms, a drastic departure from business as usual. History has shown, however, that proper implementation and maintenance of criminal justice reform and program efforts over time is difficult, and mission creep or program drift is not uncommon. This research analyzes the ability of drug court teams to follow recommended operational standards and explores whether drug courts are able to reach a strong state of collaboration. In addition, this research examines philosophical and ideological program change over time to assess if drug courts have drifted away from the balanced approach that should be applied within the model. This study found that survey respondents report strong adherence to the recommended drug court components and strategies, although juvenile drug court team members are embracing components built for adult drug courts. Training was significantly correlated across many scales and revealed that as training increases for team members, so to does perceptions of model adherence. As training increases, so to does perceptions of personal and system wide benefits associated with drug court operations. Findings also reveal that the prosecutor and probation officer express less overall systems and personal benefit with participation on the team and within the drug court. In terms of assessing program drift, those team members that have received varied types of training perceive more drift and mission creep of the program over time. These findings offer important new insights into the inner working of the drug court model. Policy implications and recommendations for standardization are discussed. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2010. 235p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: https://research.wsulibs.wsu.edu:8443/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/2810/vanWormer_wsu_0251E_10046.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 128318

Author: New York University. Furman Center Title: Investigating the Relationship Between Housing Voucher Use and Crime Summary: A 2008 feature in The Atlantic (“American Murder Mystery” by Hanna Rosin) highlighted the correlation between the presence of households using housing vouchers in a community and crime levels. The article, which drew from interviews and maps in the Memphis area, amplified common fears that families with vouchers bring crime with them when they move to a new neighborhood. Community resistance to households assisted by the Housing Choice Voucher (HCV) program is nothing new. The media has long stoked speculation that increased crime follows households with vouchers, and fear of increased crime has fueled community resistance that threatens to undermine the effectiveness of the voucher program. However, until recently, virtually no empirical research existed to fortify, or debunk, the presumption that an influx of families with vouchers into a neighborhood increases crime. A recent Furman Center study fills this gap by examining whether, in fact, households with vouchers bring higher crime with them into neighborhoods. Using neighborhood-level data on crime and voucher use in 10 cities, our study finds no evidence that an increase in households using vouchers results in increased crime in a neighborhood. Instead, we find that households with vouchers tend to settle in areas where crime is already high. Our results show that community resistance to households with vouchers based on fears about crime is unwarranted. Moreover, our finding that voucher holders tend to use their vouchers in communities with elevated crime rates raises important questions about whether the voucher program is achieving its objective of allowing low-income households to choose from a wider range of neighborhoods. After describing our research and Investigating the Relationship between Housing Voucher Use and Crime 2 results, this policy brief considers the relevance of these two findings to recent policy debates and initiatives involving the voucher program. Details: New York: New York University, Furman Center, 2013. 5p. Source: New York: Policy Brief: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://furmancenter.org/files/publications/FurmanCenter-HousingVoucherUseCrime.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 128321

Author: The Muslim American Civil Liberties Coalition (MACLC), The Creating Law Enforcement Accountability & Responsibility (CLEAR), The Asian American Legal Defense and Education Fund (AALDEF), Title: Mapping Muslims: NYPD Spying and its Impact on American Muslims Summary: Since 2001, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) has established a secret surveillance program that has mapped, monitored and analyzed American Muslim daily life throughout New York City, and even its surrounding states. In 2011, the unveiling of this program by the Associated Press (AP) and other journalists1 who had obtained leaked internal NYPD documents led to an outcry from public officials, civil rights activists, American Muslim religious leaders, and members of the public. Protesters and advocates held that such racial and religious profiling was not only an example of ineffective policing and wasteful spending of taxpayer dollars, but it also marginalized and criminalized a broad segment of American Muslims. Almost a year later, in August 2012, the Chief of the NYPD Intelligence Division, Lt. Paul Galati admitted during sworn testimony that in the six years of his tenure, the unit tasked with monitoring American Muslim life had not yielded a single criminal lead.2 Proponents of the sprawling surveillance enterprise have argued that, regardless of its inefficacy, mere spying on a community is harmless because it is clandestine and that those who are targeted should have nothing to fear, if they have nothing to hide. Our findings, based on an unprecedented number of candid interviews with American Muslim community members, paint a radically different picture. We have found that surveillance of Muslims’ quotidian activities has created a pervasive climate of fear and suspicion, encroaching upon every aspect of individual and community life. Surveillance has chilled constitutionally protected rights—curtailing religious practice, censoring speech and stunting political organizing. Every one of our interviewees noted that they were negatively affected by surveillance in some way - whether it was by reducing their political or religious expression, altering the way they exercised those rights (through clarifications, precautions, or avoiding certain interlocutors), or in experiencing social and familial pressures to reduce their activism. Additionally, surveillance has severed the trust that should exist between the police department and the communities it is charged with protecting. Section One of the findings highlights the impact of NYPD surveillance on religious life and expression. Interviewees felt that the NYPD’s spotlight on American Muslims’ practice of their faith, their degree of religiosity and their places of worship disrupted and suppressed their ability to practice freely. Many also indicated that within heterogeneous Muslim communities, this has resulted in the suppression of certain practices of Islam more than others. Interviews also highlighted the atmosphere of tension, mistrust and suspicion that permeates Muslim religious places – which the NYPD has infiltrated with informants and undercover agents, deeming them “hot spots.” These law enforcement policies have deeply affected the way Muslim faith is experienced and practiced in New York City. Section Two documents how NYPD surveillance has chilled American Muslims’ freedom of speech. Interviewees noted a striking self-censorship of political speech and activism. Conversations relating to foreign policy, civil rights and activism are all deemed off-limits as interviewees fear such conversations would draw greater NYPD scrutiny. This same fear has deterred mobilization around Muslim civil rights issues, and quelled demands for law enforcement accountability. Parents discourage their children from being active in Muslim student groups, protests, or other activism, believing that these activities would threaten to expose them to government scrutiny. Surveillance has also led to a qualitative shift in the way individuals joke, the types of metaphors they use, and even the sort of coffee house chatter in which they engage. Since 2001, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) has established a secret surveillance program that has mapped, monitored and analyzed American Muslim daily life throughout New York City, and even its surrounding states. In 2011, the unveiling of this program by the Associated Press (AP) and other journalists1 who had obtained leaked internal NYPD documents led to an outcry from public officials, civil rights activists, American Muslim religious leaders, and members of the public. Protesters and advocates held that such racial and religious profiling was not only an example of ineffective policing and wasteful spending of taxpayer dollars, but it also marginalized and criminalized a broad segment of American Muslims. Almost a year later, in August 2012, the Chief of the NYPD Intelligence Division, Lt. Paul Galati admitted during sworn testimony that in the six years of his tenure, the unit tasked with monitoring American Muslim life had not yielded a single criminal lead.2 Proponents of the sprawling surveillance enterprise have argued that, regardless of its inefficacy, mere spying on a community is harmless because it is clandestine and that those who are targeted should have nothing to fear, if they have nothing to hide. Our findings, based on an unprecedented number of candid interviews with American Muslim community members, paint a radically different picture. We have found that surveillance of Muslims’ quotidian activities has created a pervasive climate of fear and suspicion, encroaching upon every aspect of individual and community life. Surveillance has chilled constitutionally protected rights—curtailing religious practice, censoring speech and stunting political organizing. Every one of our interviewees noted that they were negatively affected by surveillance in some way - whether it was by reducing their political or religious expression, altering the way they exercised those rights (through clarifications, precautions, or avoiding certain interlocutors), or in experiencing social and familial pressures to reduce their activism. Additionally, surveillance has severed the trust that should exist between the police department and the communities it is charged with protecting. Section One of the findings highlights the impact of NYPD surveillance on religious life and expression. Interviewees felt that the NYPD’s spotlight on American Muslims’ practice of their faith, their degree of religiosity and their places of worship disrupted and suppressed their ability to practice freely. Many also indicated that within heterogeneous Muslim communities, this has resulted in the suppression of certain practices of Islam more than others. Interviews also highlighted the atmosphere of tension, mistrust and suspicion that permeates Muslim religious places – which the NYPD has infiltrated with informants and undercover agents, deeming them “hot spots.” These law enforcement policies have deeply affected the way Muslim faith is experienced and practiced in New York City. Section Two documents how NYPD surveillance has chilled American Muslims’ freedom of speech. Interviewees noted a striking self-censorship of political speech and activism. Conversations relating to foreign policy, civil rights and activism are all deemed off-limits as interviewees fear such conversations would draw greater NYPD scrutiny. This same fear has deterred mobilization around Muslim civil rights issues, and quelled demands for law enforcement accountability. Parents discourage their children from being active in Muslim student groups, protests, or other activism, believing that these activities would threaten to expose them to government scrutiny. Surveillance has also led to a qualitative shift in the way individuals joke, the types of metaphors they use, and even the sort of coffee house chatter in which they engage. transparency, and accountability when it comes to the NYPD has never been greater. Details: New York: The Muslim American Civil Liberties Coalition (MACLC), The Creating Law Enforcement Accountability & Responsibility (CLEAR), The Asian American Legal Defense and Education Fund (AALDEF), 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.law.cuny.edu/academics/clinics/immigration/clear/Mapping-Muslims.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: American Muslims (New York City, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128325

Author: Kansas. Department of Corrections Title: Offender Program Evaluation: Volume VIII Summary: The programs described in this report have different curricula, different program durations, different objectives, different offender target groups, and different contractors. This set of differences makes program-to-program comparisons not “apples-to-apples.” Nonetheless, below we present a summary of some of the FY 2008 program results. Please keep in mind that these comparisons are not direct and that final interpretation and meaning must occur within the context of each individual program. Detailed data for each program is reported in subsequent sections of this report. It should be noted that during quality assurance reviews of the final draft of this report, the Department identified errors and inconsistencies with utilization data. Due to time constraints to investigate and correct the errors, utilization data is not provided in this evaluation. Total Program Participants -- The total number of program participants ranges from a low of 88 (Substance Abuse Treatment Program for females) to a high of 1,535 (Academic Education) for FY 2008. The Work Release Program had the second highest total number of participants at 828 and the Sex Offender Treatment Program had the third highest total participant number with 723. Number of Program Completions The total number of program completions (unduplicated) during FY 2008 ranged from a high of 412 (Work Release) to a low of 11 (Special Education). The Academic Education program achieved the second highest number of program completions at 390 and the Sex Offender Treatment program ranked third with a total of 251 program completions. The programs considered in this report also vary in the number of slots contracted or allocated to each program. This figure contributes heavily to the number of total participants that, in turn, influences the number of potential program completers. For FY 2008, the largest number of slots (average full-time equivalents) was for the Work Release program at 316. The next highest number of slots was for the Therapeutic Communities substance abuse treatment program at 220. Vocational Education (all types of vocational education combined) had the third-highest number of slots at 213. The smallest program in terms of contracted slots was Substance Abuse Treatment program for females (16 slots). Cost per Program Slot For the contractually operated programs, the FY 2008 actual expenditures can be divided by the number of program slots to obtain a cost per slot for the program. To ensure comparable figures, all slots are stated in terms of full-time equivalents. Actual program expenditures are not maintained for the KDOC-operated programs in a fashion that is separable from other KDOC functions (e.g., security, classification, etc.) associated with the program. Therefore, no cost per program slot is available for the KDOC-operated Chemical Dependency Recovery Program (CDRP) substance abuse treatment, Pre-Release, or Work Release programs. It should also be noted costs per slot are not reported for InnerChange, as all costs are assumed by the contract provider. Of the contracted programs considered in this report, Therapeutic Communities substance abuse treatment program demonstrates the lowest cost per program slot at $5,110 followed by Vocational Education at $5,137 and the Transitional Training Program at $6,149. The highest cost per slot was in the Academic Education Program ($10,520) followed by Special Education ($10,100) and the Sex Offender Treatment program ($9,970). Cost per Participant Using the same actual expenditure figures, the cost per participant can also be calculated for each of the contracted programs. As previously noted, costs are not reported for InnerChange, as all costs are assumed by the contract provider. Cost per participant was highest for the Special Education program ($4,720) followed by the Transitional Training program ($2,617) and the Sex Offender Treatment Program ($2,151). The lowest cost per participant was realized by Academic Education ($1,017), followed by Vocational Education ($1,460) and Therapeutic Community substance abuse treatment program ($1,976). The costs per participant for Special Education in Corrections, as it is in the public school system, are higher than other programs due in part to mandated requirements including lower class sizes, comprehensive evaluations, development and annual review of individualized education plans, provision of necessary services to qualified student(s) regardless of number of students available (can create teacher-student class ratios of 1 to 1), and that often as a result of disabilities, few students will achieve GED or complete all aspects of the IEP in the time in the program. Cost per Program Completion Although cost per participant gives a sense of how much it costs to have an offender enrolled in these programs, how much it costs for a program completion is also of interest. Special Education realized the highest cost per completion of the programs considered in this report ($45,909). This was followed by the Transitional Training program ($13,665) and the Therapeutic Community substance abuse treatment program ($8,185). The lowest cost per program completion was the Academic Education program ($4,003) followed by the Vocational Education program ($4,410). Note that important factors in this program cost calculation include the number of slots, the completion ratio, and the length of the treatment program. Costs per program completion for InnerChange are not reported, as all costs are assumed by the contract provider. The costs per program completion for Special Education in Corrections, as it is in the public school system, are higher than other programs due in part to mandated requirements including lower class sizes, comprehensive evaluations, development and annual review of individualized education plans, provision of necessary services to qualified student(s) regardless of number of students available (can create teacher-student class ratios of 1 to 1), and that often as a result of disabilities, few students will achieve GED or complete all aspects of the IEP in the time in the program. Completion Ratio The Completion Ratio is a calculation that compares the number of offenders completing a specific program within a fiscal year to the number who enrolled and had the opportunity to complete the program. The completion ratio is another measure of program efficiency. In FY 2008, the highest completion ratios were achieved by the Pre-Release program (88.9%), followed by the Work Release program (78.6%), the Substance Abuse Treatment Program for females (77.5%), and the Sex Offender Treatment program (68.0%). The lowest completion ratios were experienced by the Special Education Program (17.5%), Transitional Training (36.0%) and Academic Education (38.3%). PROGRAM OUTCOME MEASUREMENTS: OVERVIEW Recidivism For most of the correctional interventions considered in this report, one of the program goals includes a reduction in recidivism, i.e., the number of returns to prison. There is no universally accepted definition of recidivism and it varies in three main areas: definition of “recidivating act”, “recidivism pool” and “length of follow-up period”. Please take caution in comparing outcome results in this report to those generated by other jurisdictions. The recidivism analysis pool consists of “new commitments” (including probation violators with or without new sentences) admitted and released during the period FY 1992 – FY 2008. For this evaluation some refinements to the outcome pool were imposed. In order to increase the homogeneity of the group on which recidivism information is reported and to ensure that all offenders in this recidivism analysis pool have “similar” opportunities for “success” or “failure,” the initial outcome pool was refined by excluding certain sub-groups (primarily “short termers” – offenders who served less than four months, which is usually insufficient time for program completion). The basic outcome measure is return to a Kansas Department of Corrections facility with or without a new sentence during the period of post-incarceration supervision or as a return via new court commitment following discharge from the initial sentence. Each offender is tracked individually for follow-up periods of one year, two years and three years. For most programs covered in this report, outcome is considered across the period FY 1992 through FY 2008. Exceptions to this include the Work Release program where outcomes are tracked from FY 1995 through FY 2008, InnerChange program where outcomes are tracked from FY 2000 through FY 2008 and the Therapeutic Communities for which the outcome tracking period varies. Further, given the fact that we do not employ experimental design (for discussion, see Section IV: Study Limitations), the difference in recidivism rates among groups does not necessarily imply a causal relationship with program experience. At best, we can only say that these events co-occur. To move toward a causal relationship would require employment of experimental or quasi-experimental research design(s). Also, in the following data presentation, treatment programs are treated as if they have remained static in modality and curriculum over the time period considered. In experience, however, this is not the case. The programs have undergone numerous changes over the course of the time frame considered. In alignment with the Department’s commitment to evidence-based practices, the KDOC has made strides toward identifying and targeting the high risk offender with the implementation of the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R). Research suggests that targeting higher risk offenders for intensive treatment and reducing the mixing of risk levels will reduce recidivism (Andrews, Zinger, Hoge, Bonta, Gendreau & Cullen, 1990; Andrews & Dowden, 1999, 2006; Dowden & Andrews, 1999a, 1999b; Lipsey & Wilson, 1998; Lowenkamp & Latessa, 2005; Lowenkamp, Latessa, & Holsinger, 2006; Lowenkamp, Smith & Bechtel, 2007).1 In an effort to conduct more rigorous analyses with our data, the Department has conducted logistic regression models.2 While previous reports have primarily provided frequencies for re-admission to KDOC, this analysis considers the influence that sex, race, age and LSI-R total score have on recidivism and controls for these factors. These multivariate models can generate probabilities which can be interpreted as rates of failure based on the low, medium and high risk levels as determined by the LSI-R. These probabilities are presented in the bar chart below.3 Specifically, these findings suggest that over the three year follow-up period, recidivism rates do increase, regardless of the risk level. Over the three years, the rates of recidivism for the low risk group increases from 11.7% to 45.2%, resulting in an increase of 33.5%. Similarly, for the medium and high risk groups, the difference in rates of recidivism between the three year periods is 43.2% and 35.4% respectively. The key finding with this bar chart is that for each time period, the lower risk offenders are consistently re-admitted at a significantly lower rate than that of the moderate and high risk groups. Further, this provides empirical evidence that the Kansas Department of Corrections is adhering to the risk principle. It is important to note that these findings are not to be interpreted as program characteristics associated with the recidivism rates by risk level as we have not conducted such an analyses. Details: Topeka, KS: Kansas Department of Corrections, 2009. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.doc.ks.gov/publications/program-evaluation-reports/offender-programs-evaluation-volume-viii-april-2009/view Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs (Kansas, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128329

Author: Ishizuka, Katie Title: Fostering Change: How Investing In D.C.’s Child Welfare System Can Keep Kids Out of the Prison Pipeline Summary: Fostering Change: How Investing In D.C.’s Child Welfare System Can Keep Kids Out of the Prison Pipeline looks at the need for robust community investments to increase public safety and youth outcomes in areas such as Wards 5, 7 and 8, which are majority African American having also the highest rate of children living below the poverty line and in foster care. The District has one of the highest incarceration rates in the country, which has direct and long-term implications on the city’s youth. Parental incarceration is now the third highest reason for child welfare system involvement in the District, following neglect and abuse. The community and family impacts of mass incarceration are disproportionately prevalent among African-American children and children of parents with low levels of educational attainment. Nationally, African-American children are three times more likely than Latino children and seven times more likely than white children to have a parent in prison and incarcerated parents tend to face significant barriers to retaining their parental rights. Fostering Change is the fourth and last in a series of research briefs that shows reducing harm to children in the home, strengthening families, and investing in systems that support children who are abused and neglected should be part of a comprehensive public safety strategy in the District. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/fostering_change.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Systems Shelf Number: 128331

Author: U.S. Immigration and CustomsEnforcement Title: Secure Communities: A Comprehensive Plan to Identify and Remove Criminal Aliens. Strategic Plan Summary: Secure Communities: A Comprehensive Plan to Identify and Remove Criminal Aliens (Secure Communities) is working with ICE senior leadership and offices, as well as the broader law enforcement community, to better identify criminal aliens, prioritize enforcement actions on those posing the greatest threat to public safety, and transform the entire criminal alien enforcement process. Through improved technology, continual data analysis, and timely information sharing with a broad range of law enforcement agency (LEA) partners, we are helping to protect communities across the country. This document outlines our goals, objectives, and our strategic approach to accomplishing them. Details: Wshington, DC: U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://epic.org/privacy/secure_communities/securecommunitiesstrategicplan09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 128336

Author: Heslop, Richard Title: Police Pre-Employment Training the United States of America: (A study conducted under the auspices of a Fulbright Police Research Scholarship) Summary: This paper reports on findings from a study of police pre‐employment training and education in the United States of America conducted under the auspices of a Fulbright Police Research Scholarship. The report is informed by a review of key literature relating to police recruit training in the U.S.A and U.K and the author’s experiences and empirical research conducted as a visiting Fulbright Scholar at the University of Cincinnati. The report begins with an overview of the scope and purpose of the global Fulbright Programme and the U.S‐U.K Police Research Awards, before discussing the background and rationale to this research project and its aims. Further details are then provided on the methodology, including a discussion of the study’s scope and limitations. The remaining substantive sections cover findings and comparison is made with current and emerging approaches to police pre‐employment training and education in England and Wales. A key finding of the research is that where universities and colleges in the U.S.A operate pre‐employment (open enrolment) training and education programmes to facilitate their students’ entry into law enforcement agencies, they replicate the curriculum and approach of ‘traditional’ police academies; being certified and tightly controlled by state regulating authorities. Simply put, these institutions operate as private police academies. This approach works well (and is indeed necessary) within the radically decentralised and diverse structure of U.S policing and the report concludes by recommending that this approach should be considered as a possible future model for structuring U.K police pre‐employment training and education. Details: Wakefield, UK: West Yorkshire Police Training and Development Centre,, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://www.richardheslop.net/PDFs/Heslop%20Fulbright%20USA%20Police%20Training%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education Shelf Number: 128338

Author: Taylor, Stuart, Jr. Title: Marijuana Policy and Presidential Leadership: How to Avoid a Federal-State Train Wreck Summary: This paper explores how the federal government and the eighteen states (plus the District of Columbia) that have partially1 legalized medical or recreational marijuana or both since 1996 can be true to their respective laws, and can agree on how to enforce them wisely, while avoiding federal-state clashes that would increase confusion and harm the community and consumers. The paper takes no position (and this writer has no firm conviction) on whether legalizing recreational marijuana use, production, and distribution—as Colorado and Washington have now become the first modern jurisdictions to do—is a good or a bad idea. Rather, the paper seeks to persuade even people who think legalization is a bad idea that the best way to serve the federal interest in protecting public health and safety is not for the federal government to seek to abort state legalization. To the contrary, a federal crackdown would backfire by producing an atomized, anarchic, state-legalized but unregulated marijuana market that federal drug enforcers could neither contain nor force the states to contain. Rather, the Justice Department should use its considerable leverage to ensure that state regulators protect the federal government’s interests in minimizing exports across state lines, sales outside the state-regulated system, sales of unduly large quantities, sales of adulterated products, sales to minors, organized crime involvement, and other abuses. Legalizing states, for their part, must provide adequate funding for their regulators as well as clear rules to show that they will be energetic in protecting federal as well as state interests. If that sort of balance is struck, a win-win can be achieved. And the Obama Administration and legalizing states should take advantage of a provision of the 1970 federal Controlled Substances Act (CSA) to hammer out clear, contractual cooperation agreements so that stateregulated marijuana businesses will know what they can and cannot safely do. The urgency of this subject is at a zenith because of the ballot initiatives that 55 and 56 percent majorities of the voters in Colorado and Washington, respectively, adopted in November, legalizing possession (and, in Colorado, home growing and gifting) of small quantities of recreational marijuana. Both states are also putting in place plans, effective later this year, to license, regulate, and tax commercial production and distribution of marijuana. Both states had previously legalized medical marijuana. With public opinion tipping toward legalization,2 more states seem poised to legalize medical or recreational marijuana or both in the next few years.3 But the criminal sanctions and other penalties in the CSA for marijuana possession, cultivation, and distribution seem etched in stone by congressional inertia. So the Obama Administration’s response to the Colorado and Washington initiatives, and state officials’ sensitivity to federal law and federal interests, will shape the evolution of state as well as federal drug policy for years to come. The time for presidential leadership on marijuana policy is now. And, happily, Congress long ago directed in the CSA that the Attorney General “shall cooperate” with the states on controlled substances and authorized him “to enter into contractual agreements . . . to provide for cooperative enforcement and regulatory activities.”4 The CSA also gives the Administration ample leverage to insist that the legalizing states take care to protect the federal interests noted above. Details: Washington, DC: Governance Studies, Brookings Institution, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2013/04/11%20marijuana%20legalization%20taylor/marijuana%20policy%20and%20presidential%20leadership_v24.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 128340

Author: Van Nostrand, Marie Title: New Jersey Jail Population Analysis: Identifying Opportunities to Safely and Responsibly Reduce the Jail Population Summary: The New Jersey County Jail System (NJCJS) is collectively operated by each of the state’s 21 counties. Each county is responsible for the safe, secure detention of individuals committed to their custody who have either been charged with a crime and are pending case disposition or who have been sentenced to a period of incarceration after having been convicted of a crime. On any given day the NJCJS has in its custody approximately 15,000 inmates. The population includes adult males and females with varying custody levels, a wide range of physical and mental health needs, and holds minor non-violent inmates to very serious and dangerous inmates. The current study was commissioned by the Drug Policy Alliance for the purpose of examining the New Jersey jail population and developing a population profile. The population profile is intended to describe the population in terms of demographics, custody status, offense characteristics, bail status, and any other relevant information. The goal of the study is to use this profile to identify opportunities to responsibly reduce New Jersey’s jail population while maintaining public safety and the integrity of the judicial process. To conduct the study, data were requested and received from the New Jersey Administrative Office of the Courts (“AOC”). The AOC maintains the County Corrections Information System (CCIS) for which 19 of the 21 counties contribute inmate data (Bergen and Passaic counties do not provide data to CCIS). In addition, an informal survey was conducted of all county correctional facilities and the New Jersey Department of Corrections’ Office of County Services (NJDOC-OCS) was consulted to obtain more detailed information on the individual jail facilities. A jail population cannot be examined in a vacuum. The population is driven by many criminal justice agencies and is a reflection of the operation of the entire criminal justice system. It is based both on the number of people admitted to the jail and how long they stay. Any responsible population- reduction strategy must take into consideration many outside factors including the practices of key stakeholder agencies such as law enforcement, prosecutor, public defender, courts, alternatives to detention programs, and the jail itself. A detailed examination of these areas was outside the scope of this study, but readily available information related to criminal justice system trends and key stakeholder agencies (e.g., crime rate, incident, and arrest statistics; law enforcement; prosecutor; public defender; and the courts) were included to provide context to the population profile results. The current report includes a description of the NJCJA, an overview of criminal justice system trends and key stakeholder agencies, a detailed population profile, and a summary of findings. Details: St. Petersburg, FL: Luminosity, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2013 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/New_Jersey_Jail_Population_Analysis_March_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128341

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Report on the Continuing Impact of United States v. Booker on Federal Sentencing Summary: This report assesses the continuing impact on the federal sentencing system of the Supreme Court's 2005 opinion in United States v. Booker, which rendered the sentencing guidelines advisory. Part A of the report discusses the history of the federal sentencing guidelines and the post-Booker sentencing and appellate processes. It also reports the results of statistical analyses of federal sentencing data spanning a broad time frame, from October 1995 through September 2011, and provides recommendations for strengthening the federal sentencing guidelines system. Parts B through F contain more detailed descriptions of appellate court decisions, additional charts, tables, and graphs depicting sentencing data, and a description of other stakeholders' proposals for sentencing reform. Appendices to Parts B through F include additional data and tables, summaries of relevant public hearings, and a summary of the Commission's 2010 survey of district judges. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2012. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://www.ussc.gov/Legislative_and_Public_Affairs/Congressional_Testimony_and_Reports/Booker_Reports/2012_Booker/index.cfm Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Sentencing Guidelines Shelf Number: 128346

Author: Papachristos, Andrew V. Title: Desistance and Legitimacy: The Impact of Offender Notification Meetings on Recidivism among High Risk Offenders Summary: Objective: Legitimacy-based approaches to crime prevention operate under the assumption that individuals — including violent offenders — are more likely to comply with the law when they believe that the law and its agents are legitimate and act in ways that seem inherently “fair” and “just.” While mounting evidence finds an association between such legitimacy-based programs and reductions in aggregate levels of crime and violence, no study has investigated whether such programs influence individual offending. This study evaluates the effectiveness of one such program — Project Safe Neighborhoods’ (PSN) Offender Notification Meetings — at reducing individual recidivism among a population of returning prisoners in Chicago. Methods: This study uses a quasi-experimental design and two types of survival analyses (Cox hazard models and competing risk models) to evaluate the effects of PSN on the subsequent recidivism of program participants relative to the control group. Results: Cox hazard models and competing risk models suggest that involvement in PSN significantly reduces the risk of subsequent incarceration. In fact, participation in PSN Offender Notification Forums is associated with a significant lengthening of the time that offenders remain on the street and out of prison. Conclusion: This study provides some of the first individual-level evidence of the efficacy of such programs on patterns of individual offending. Results suggest that interventions such as these do indeed reduce rates of recidivism in the treatment group. Details: Working Paper, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2240232 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 128349

Author: Waggoner, Lauren B. Title: Police Officer Fatigue: The Effects of Consecutive Night Shift Work on Police Officer Performance Summary: Police officers frequently work long, irregular and fatiguing shifts, including night shifts. The effects of night shift work on both waking alertness and ability to sleep during the day may result in degraded police officer performance during operational tasks such as driving and decision making, especially in ambiguous and fast-paced situations. Such decrements in performance by police officers can have catastrophic effects on officers, police departments, municipal governments, and the public through increasing the risk of accidents and injuries. This study examined the effects of consecutive night shift work on police officer performance using a unique research design combining controlled laboratory measures of performance and police officers working actual night shifts in the field. Measures included simulated routine driving, psychomotor vigilance, and simulated deadly force decision making as well as subjective sleepiness. N=30 police patrol officers were studied on two separate occasions during their normal duty cycle: in the morning immediately following five consecutive night shifts, and at the same time in the morning following three days off duty. Mixed-effects analysis of variance (ANOVA) revealed degraded simulated driving (F1,78=6.78; P=0.011), vigilance (F1,161=14.06; P<0.001), and increased subjective sleepiness (F1,84=96.99; P<0.001) following five consecutive night shifts on duty compared to three days off duty. Repeated measures ANOVA also showed significantly different false alarm rates (F1,53=4.82; P=0.033) with higher instances of false alarms occurring following the night shift condition, and sensitivity, or ability to detect a threat presented, (F1,53=5.94; P=0.018) with increased signal sensitivity seen during the control condition. Police officers experienced degraded simulated driving and psychomotor vigilance, impaired simulated deadly force decision making performance, and higher subjective sleepiness following consecutive night shifts on duty. These results indicate that police officers are suffering the effects of night shift work on operational performance, creating a safety risk for themselves and the public. Additionally, the success of this study, involving combined laboratory and field data collection, indicates that the study is a useful approach for investigating the relationship between shift work induced fatigue and operational performance. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology, 2012. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: https://research.wsulibs.wsu.edu/xmlui/handle/2376/4273 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officer Fatigue Shelf Number: 128352

Author: Giovanni, Thomas Title: Gideon at 50: Three Reforms to Revive the Right to Counsel Summary: In 1963, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Gideon v. Wainwright that criminal defendants have a constitutional right to counsel, even when they cannot afford one. But 50 years later, Gideon’s promise remains unrealized. Despite radical changes to our criminal justice system over the last half century, state and federal governments have not committed the funding necessary for public defenders to keep pace with the rising flood of criminal cases. Many public defenders lack the staff, time, training, and resources to investigate each case adequately or prepare a robust legal defense. Often, they end up spending only minutes per case due to overwhelming and unrealistic caseloads. As a result, they are simply unable to provide clients with their constitutional right to counsel, effectively making Gideon an unfunded mandate at a time when public defenders are needed most. Today, we live in an era of mass incarceration. The United States leads the world in number of people in prison. After 40 years of the War on Drugs and “tough on crime” policies, there are currently 2.3 million people behind bars — disproportionately people of color. Nearly half the people in state prison are there for nonviolent crimes, and almost half the people in federal prison are there for drug crimes. According to the American Bar Association (ABA), researchers estimate that anywhere from 60 to 90 percent of criminal defendants need publicly-funded attorneys, depending on the jurisdiction. Yet most public defenders are unable to meet this demand due, in part, to the deluge of low-level charges and misdemeanor cases. To make matters worse, prosecutors often bring charges against defendants that are far higher than warranted by the facts of the case, and defenders often do not have time or resources to assertively negotiate with prosecutors in plea discussions. Defendants are then left to accept unfair plea deals rather than risk trials that may leave them behind bars for even longer. As this broken process repeats itself in case after case, the systemic result is harsher outcomes for defendants and more people tangled in our costly criminal justice system. The routine denial of effective legal representation for poor defendants, coupled with the over-criminalization of petty offenses, feed our mass incarceration problem at great social and economic costs. Reports estimate that taxpayers spend $79 billion a year on corrections nationwide, with an average of $31,286 per state prisoner. Surely, there are better ways to spend this money — on higher education, infrastructure, job creation, or targeted crime prevention programs. Fortunately, fixes to our criminal defense system are not out of reach. Federal, state, and local governments can implement reforms to help reduce unnecessary incarceration and restore the right to counsel for poor people. This paper examines how Gideon’s unfunded mandate impacts public defenders and our criminal justice system and identifies three common-sense solutions to move the country toward a more functional and fair system of public defense. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Gideon_Report_040913.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 128353

Author: Gross, John P. Title: Gideon at 50: A Three-Part Examination of Indigent Defense in America Summary: The lack of adequate compensation for assigned counsel is a serious threat to our criminal justice system. Our adversarial system cannot function properly when defense attorneys are impeded from providing adequate representation. Low hourly wages combined with caps on fees undermine the right to counsel guaranteed by the Sixth Amendment. Low hourly wages for assigned counsel in criminal cases reinforce the idea that we have two criminal justice systems, one for the wealthy and one for the poor. This disparity violates the principle that everyone in this country stands equal before the law. Statutory caps on the already low court-appointed fees are an additional impediment to the representation of the indigent accused. These caps result in attorneys earning less per hour the more they work on a client’s case. This type of financial disincentive creates a conflict of interest for defense attorneys and undermines the confidence of the accused and the public in our criminal justice system. While the vast majority of assigned counsel zealously represents their clients, inadequate compensation substantially reduces the number of attorneys willing to represent indigent defendants and diminishes the overall quality of representation. The provision of counsel at state expense is a necessary predicate to a lawful prosecution of an accused who cannot afford his own attorney. The attorneys who represent the indigent in our nation’s criminal courts perform an invaluable service without which, the criminal justice system would collapse. Yet in many instances, states pay hourly wages that do not even cover the costs incurred by the attorneys during the course of representation. When states refuse to adequately compensate assigned counsel, they fail to discharge their constitutional obligation to the accused. The right to counsel is a fundamental American right. When states fail to adequately compensate assigned counsel, they discourage the active participation of the private bar in indigent defense, which causes excessive caseloads for public defender organizations. NACDL’s 50-State Survey of Assigned Counsel Rates documents the current funding levels for assigned counsel across the nation. It is a guide for the defense bar, assigned counsel plan administrators and government officials in all three branches who must determine compensation rates for assigned counsel. As we celebrate the 50th anniversary of the Supreme Court’s decision in Gideon v. Wainwright, the information contained in the survey should provide the impetus for the reform of our nation’s assigned counsel systems so that every defendant stands equal before the law irrespective of financial status. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: www.nacdl.org Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 128358

Author: Fugio, Christy Title: Buried Alive: Solitary Confinement in the US Detention System Summary: Solitary confinement is a generic term used to describe a form of segregation or isolation in which people are held in total or near-total isolation. People in solitary confinement are generally held in small cells for 23 hours a day and rarely have contact with other people. Solitary confinement has historically been used to control and discipline detainees in a variety of settings, including federal and state prisons, local jails, and immigration and national security detention facilities. Unlike incarcerated prisoners, immigration and national security detainees are held not as punishment for a crime but as a preventive measure. Indeed, it is unlikely that these detainees will ever be charged with a crime. For these people, solitary confinement then becomes entirely punitive, with dire consequences for their mental and physical health. For these people, solitary confinement then becomes entirely punitive, with dire consequences for their mental and physical health. Immigration and national security detainees are particularly likely to be held in isolation for prolonged periods because their precarious legal status makes them less able to challenge their conditions of confinement, including placement in isolation. A review of the medical literature on solitary confinement provides convincing evidence that isolation has severe psychological and physical effects. These effects are exacerbated if the person has previously been subject to torture and abuse, as is often the case with many immigration and national security detainees. Even relatively short periods in solitary confinement can cause severe and lasting physiological and psychological harm. Moreover, in many cases, the resulting harm rises to the level of torture or cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment, in violation of domestic and international law. The unequivocal position of Physicians for Human Rights is that solitary confinement should not be used at all in immigration and national security detention. Details: Cambridge, MA: Physicians for Human Rights, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/PHR_Reports/Solitary-Confinement-April-2013-full.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 128356

Author: Cramer, Clayton E. Title: Background Checks and Murder Rates Summary: What is the statistical evidence of the effects of state mandatory firearms background check laws on murder rates? For states that adopted or repealed such laws after 1960 (which consistent and high quality murder rate data becomes available), an interrupted time series analysis shows that five out of nine states have statistically significant changes in murder rates, which three having higher murder rates during the background check period, and two having lower murder rates. Of the four states with statistically insignificant changes in murder rates, two had higher murder rates during the background check period, and two had lower murder rates during the background check period. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2249317 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks (U.S.) Shelf Number: 12361

Author: Janson, Lara Title: “Our Great Hobby”: An Analysis of Online Networks for Buyers of Sex in Illinois Summary: When it comes to prostitution, the commercial sex industry, and sex trafficking, most discussions, reports, and research on the topics focus on “the prostitute,” ignoring the consumers of prostituted women, the “johns.” Focusing primarily on the women, who mostly constitute the supply side of the commercial sex industry, limits our understanding of the social relationships that characterize and fuel the commercial sex industry. This study focuses on the exchange of information among men who post on the USA Sex Guide in Illinois regarding what they call their “great hobby,” buying sex. Studying these online forums where men trade information with one another on buying sex with women sheds light on the attitudes of a segment of men who buy sex in Illinois as well as a broader community of sex purchasers. It offers a unique glimpse into a world that remains hidden and often inaccessible to researchers. Researching the online johns’ boards also contributes to a better understanding of the increasingly important role of the Internet in the lives of men who buy sex. This research is based on predominantly qualitative content analysis of posts made on the USA Sex Guide from June 1, 2010 to August 31, 2010 by men who buy sex in Illinois. We found that the USA Sex Guide serves as a community and an important resource for johns to inform themselves about buying sex throughout Illinois. The forums create a brotherhood among men who buy sex and reinforce men’s justifications for purchasing sex. The USA Sex Guide appears to be a source of strong bonding among the johns, who often use the forums to help buttress one another against perceived critics or threats. Postings on the USA Sex Guide indicate that men travel throughout Illinois to buy sex in a variety of venues, particularly throughout the Chicago suburbs. The geographic mobility of men who buy sex suggests that responses to the demand for commercial sex must be coordinated in order to be effective. The entries also reflect an ethos of male entitlement to sex that many johns use to rationalize their behavior. Additionally, the data indicate a common vision of a fantasy shared by many men on the forum—an ideal experience in which prostituted women provide an illusion of intimacy and authenticity in their sexual encounters with johns. This research confirms findings from other studies that indicate that the commercial sex industry in Illinois is harmful; some men who buy sex admit on the USA Sex Guide boards to being violent or aggressive toward women in prostitution, and many men on the forums reference the harm the commercial sex industry causes to women, communities, relationships, and themselves. Comments made by men on the USA Sex Guide about law enforcement and policy efforts to combat prostitution reveal the ineffectiveness, in terms of deterring men from buying more sex, of policies that target prostituted women or only men of color who buy sex. Conversely, when johns post on the boards about law enforcement raids that only target men who buy sex, it creates energetic discussions about the risks of their “great hobby.” Some men on the forums state that they will no longer take the risk of buying sex due to the increased risk of legal punishment. Details: Chicago: Chicago Alliance Against Sexual Exploitation, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://caase.org/demandreport Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 128362

Author: Patel, Faiza Title: A Proposal for an NYPD Inspector General Summary: Over the last decade, the New York City Police Department (NYPD), like state and local law enforcement agencies around the country, has become increasingly involved in collecting counterterrorism intelligence. But the NYPD’s counterterrorism and intelligence gathering operations are unique among municipal police departments, both in size and character. The magnitude of these operations vastly exceeds that of similar efforts in other major cities: In 2010, the NYPD’s budget for counterterrorism and intelligence was over $100 million and the two divisions reportedly employed 1000 officers. Equally important, while New York City police cooperate with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) on counterterrorism matters, they also conduct intelligence operations and investigations completely separate from federal authorities. The creation of this stand-alone capability was a stated goal of Police Commissioner Raymond W. Kelly, and is an accomplishment frequently highlighted by the Department. Unlike the FBI and other national intelligence agencies, the NYPD’s sizable counterterrorism and intelligence operations operate largely free from independent oversight. Currently, oversight of the NYPD – as conducted by the Department’s Internal Affairs Bureau, the Commission to Combat Police Corruption and the Civilian Complaint Review Board – focuses almost exclusively on police corruption and individual police misconduct. The City-wide Department of Investigation similarly focuses on corruption, incompetence, and misconduct in 300 municipal agencies and, in any event, does not cover the police. The City Council has supervisory jurisdiction over the police, but has rarely examined its intelligence operations. Control mechanisms established by a 1980s consent decree largely have been eliminated. In the federal system, Congressional supervision informed by reports from independent inspectors general has been a crucial tool for increasing transparency, accountability, and effectiveness in the realm of intelligence and counterterrorism. This oversight system was developed in the wake of the 1970s Congressional investigations into the FBI’s and the Central Intelligence Agency’s (CIA) illegal collection of intelligence about Americans, and both agencies have operated for decades under its strictures. Even after the September 11th attacks, this system continues to function well and has, in fact, been strengthened. The FBI, in particular, has benefitted from a robust inspector general who has contributed to the effectiveness of its counterterrorism programs through reviews of issues ranging from the need for the Bureau to develop a comprehensive risk assessment of the terrorist threat to its use of the new intelligence techniques that have been authorized over the last decade. Given that the NYPD has built an intelligence and counterterrorism capability more in line with the FBI than a traditional urban police force, it is time to build an oversight structure that is appropriate for its size and functions. An independent inspector general should be established for the NYPD. This would be an enormous step forward for police accountability and oversight for several reasons: • ENSURING TRANSPARENCY – The inspector general would be in a position to make policing more transparent, thus allowing the Mayor and the City Council to better exercise their oversight responsibilities and increase public confidence in policing. Reliable information about how policies and legal constraints are implemented is especially important in the context of intelligence operations, the specifics of which are often necessarily concealed. • PROTECTING CIVIL LIBERTIES – As the NYPD continues its important work of keeping New Yorkers safe, the inspector general would have the mandate, expertise, and perspective to make sure that it does so consistent with our constitutionally guaranteed liberties. • REFORMING FROM WITHIN – The inspector general would be in a position to work with the police cooperatively to address any problems in the Department’s operations and to keep track of progress. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/publication/proposal-nypd-inspector-general Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 128363

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Workplace Violence Against Government Employees, 1994-2011 Summary: This report presents information on both nonfatal and fatal forms of violence in the workplace against government employees, based on the Bureau of Justice Statistics' National Crime Victimization Survey and the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Census of Fatal Occupational Injuries. This report describes violence against government employees and compares violence in the workplace against government and private-sector employees. It includes information on type of workplace violence, violence by occupation, and victim and crime characteristics, such as sex and race distribution, offender weapon use, police notification, and victim injury. Highlights: In 2011, about 1 in 5 victims of workplace homicide was a government employee. From 2002 to 2011, the annual average rate of simple assault in the workplace against government employees (18.9 per 1,000) was more than three times that of private-sector employees (4.6 per 1,000). Serious violent crime accounted for a larger percentage of workplace violence against private-sector employees (25%) than government employees (15%). From 2002 to 2011, about 96% of workplace violence against government employees was against state, county, and local employees, who made up 81% of the total government workforce. Male government employees were more likely than female government employees to face a stranger in an incident of workplace violence from 2002 to 2011. From 2002 to 2011, female government employees were more likely than male government employees to be attacked in the workplace by someone with whom they had a work relationship. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/wvage9411.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Government Employees Shelf Number: 128364

Author: FAMM (Families Against Mandatory Minimums) Title: Turning Off the Spigot. How Sentencing Safety Valves Can Help States Protect Public Safety and Save Money Summary: During the 1980s and 1990s, lawmakers with good intentions voted to enact many mandatory minimum sentences in an effort to reduce crime. Lawmakers across the country were led to believe that mandatory minimum prison sentences were necessary to remove drug dealers from the streets and stop the flow of illegal drugs into our communities. This national movement toward harsh punishment has had the opposite effect of its intentions as many states have seen an unprecedented increase in their inmate populations without a proportionate benefit to public safety. Mandatory minimums are a one-size-fits-all approach to sentencing that have taken away judges’ discretion and force the sentencing of offenders without consideration of the individual circumstances of a case. Mandatory sentences have been extended from applying to “big-time dealers” to many smaller fish who deal drugs to support their own addiction. At least two-thirds of our inmates have drug addiction issues. Mandatory minimums have been a driving force behind Pennsylvania’s inmate population increase from 8,000 in 1980 to 51,000 in 2011. FAMM’s work on fair sentencing issues is changing attitudes here in Pennsylvania and across the country as many states are now moving toward fairer sentencing practices. FAMM has provided valuable advice and insight to the Pennsylvania Senate Judiciary Committee and to me personally as we work toward prison reform. This report examines several states’ “safety valve” statutes — legislation that allows judges to bypass a mandatory sentence under certain circumstances. I support legislation that would provide a safety valve for cases where the mandatory minimum sentence would be unjust. A federal law providing for a safety valve was enacted in 1994. Since that time nearly 80,000 federal drug offenders facing mandatory minimum sentences have received the benefit of the safety valve, saving the federal government an estimated $25,000 per prisoner, per year for each year shaved off of the sentence. About one-third of states have enacted some type of safety valve statute, with considerable cost savings and without a reduction in public safety. The following report should serve as a guide to lawmakers and policy advisors across the country who are seeking to reduce their states’ inmate populations and save precious resources currently spent on incarceration. FAMM has demonstrated that we can be tough on crime as well as smart on crime. Details: Washington, DC: FAMM, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://www.famm.org/Repository/Files/Turning%20Off%20the%20Spigot%20web%20final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 128382

Author: James, Lois Title: The Influence of Suspect Race and Ethnicity on Decisions to Shoot in a Deadly Force Judgment and Decision-Making Simulator Summary: During the past several decades substantial research has addressed the broad public concern that suspect race and ethnicity influences police use of deadly force. Previous research based on incident reports of police shootings and experimental research using still images as stimuli prompts have supported two, contrasting hypotheses: (1) that police in the United States disproportionally shoot Black suspects because of racial bias, or (2) that police disproportionally shoot Black suspects because they were more likely than Whites to constitute a threat. The goal of this dissertation was to shed empirical light on these competing hypotheses by advancing the methodological techniques used to examine the influence of suspect race and ethnicity on police use of deadly force. After developing and testing a novel set of sixty realistic, high definition video deadly force scenarios based on thirty years of official data on officer-involved shootings in the United States, three experiments were conducted testing participant responses to the scenarios in computerized simulators. In each experiment, participants were presented with White, Black and Hispanic suspects in potentially deadly situations. In the first experiment (n = 24), we found that participants took longer to shoot Black suspects than White or Hispanic suspects, were more likely to shoot unarmed White suspects than unarmed Black or Hispanic suspects, and were more likely to fail to shoot armed Black suspects than armed White or Hispanic suspects. In the second experiment (n = 48), we found that participants experienced higher levels of neurophysiological arousal in response to Black suspects than White or Hispanic suspects, but still took longest to shoot Black suspects. In the third experiment (n = 30), we found that across both fatigued and rested conditions participants took longer to shoot Black suspects than White or Hispanic suspects, and were more likely to shoot unarmed White suspects than unarmed Black or Hispanic suspects. In sum, this research demonstrated that neither of the two dominant hypotheses is sufficient to explain racial and ethnic bias in police use of deadly force. Despite evidence of implicit racial bias, participants displayed significant bias favoring Black suspects in their decisions to shoot. The results of these three experiments using a more externally valid research design have challenged the results of less robust experimental designs and have shed additional light on the broad issue of the role that status characteristics, such as race and ethnicity, play in the criminal justice system. Future research should assess whether this finding holds among other populations of research subjects, determine whether bias favoring Black suspects is a consequence of administrative measures (e.g., education, training, policies and laws), and identify the cognitive processes that underlie this phenomenon. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2011. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: https://research.wsulibs.wsu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/3010/James_wsu_0251E_10245.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 128384

Author: Garvey, Todd Title: State Legalization of Recreational Marijuana: Selected Legal Issues Summary: May a state authorize the use of marijuana for recreational purposes even if such use is forbidden by federal law? This novel and unresolved legal question has vexed judges, politicians, and legal scholars, and it has also generated considerable public debate among supporters and opponents of “legalizing” the recreational use of marijuana. Under the federal Controlled Substances Act (CSA), the cultivation, distribution, and possession of marijuana are prohibited for any reason other than to engage in federally approved research. Yet 18 states and the District of Columbia currently exempt qualified users of medicinal marijuana from penalties imposed under state law. In addition, Colorado and Washington recently became the first states to legalize, regulate, and tax small amounts of marijuana for nonmedicinal (so-called “recreational”) use by individuals over the age of 21. Thus, the current legal status of marijuana appears to be both contradictory and in a state of flux: as a matter of federal law, activities related to marijuana are generally prohibited and punishable by criminal penalties, whereas at the state level, certain marijuana usage is increasingly being permitted. Individuals and businesses engaging in marijuana-related activities that are authorized by state law nonetheless remain subject to federal criminal prosecution or other consequences under federal law. The Colorado and Washington laws that legalize, regulate, and tax an activity the federal government expressly prohibits appear to be logically inconsistent with established federal policy toward marijuana, and are therefore likely subject to a legal challenge under the constitutional doctrine of preemption. This doctrine generally prevents states from enacting laws that are inconsistent with federal law. Under the Supremacy Clause, state laws that conflict with federal law are generally preempted and therefore void and without effect. Yet Congress intended that the CSA would not displace all state laws associated with controlled substances, as it wanted to preserve a role for the states in regulating controlled substances. States thus remain free to pass laws relating to marijuana, or any other controlled substance, so long as they do not create a “positive conflict” with federal law, such that the two laws “cannot consistently stand together.” This report summarizes the Washington and Colorado marijuana legalization laws and evaluates whether, or the extent to which, they may be preempted by the CSA or by international agreements. It also highlights potential responses to these recent legalization initiatives by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) and identifies other noncriminal consequences that marijuana users may face under federal law. Finally, the report closes with a description of legislative proposals introduced in the 113th Congress relating to the treatment of marijuana under federal law, including H.R. 499 (Ending Federal Marijuana Prohibition Act of 2013); H.R. 501 (Marijuana Tax Equity Act of 2013); H.R. 689 (States’ Medical Marijuana Patient Protection Act); H.R. 710 (Truth in Trials Act); H.R. 784 (States’ Medical Marijuana Property Rights Protection Act); and H.R. 964 (Respect States’ and Citizens’ Rights Act of 2013). Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: R43034: Accessed April 16, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43034.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 128387

Author: Theile, Stephanie Title: Fading Footprints: The Killing and Trade of Snow Leopards Summary: Snow Leopards, in a genus of their own, are endangered big cats. They inhabit rugged, mountainous terrain, in 12 range States - Afghanistan, Bhutan, China, India, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Mongolia, Nepal, Pakistan, the Russian Federation, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan. There are regional differences in prey, but the cats’ natural prey includes ungulates and rodents. The global population of Snow Leopards is estimated to be between about 4000 and 7000, but sharp declines in populations have been reported over the past decade from parts of the species’s range. High levels of hunting for the animals’ skins and for live animals, for zoos, during the last century contributed to the species’s endangered status and, from the 1970s, legal measures were taken for its protection. In 1975, the species was listed in Appendix I of CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Fauna and Flora) and in 1985 it became an Appendix-I species of the Convention of Migratory Species. It has been accorded nation-wide legal protection in almost every range State, in some cases since the 1970s. In spite of such provision, Snow Leopards have been hunted during the 1990s in numbers as high as at any time in the past and this killing continues in the present century. Several factors are adversely affecting Snow Leopards throughout their range. These factors show regional variation and are sometimes inter-connected. The picture that emerges shows that the species is menaced primarily by direct, intentional killing and loss of wild prey, with habitat fragmentation and accidental trapping or poisoning as secondary threats. Direct killing of Snow Leopards is driven by two main objectives: the desire to protect domestic livestock from predating cats and the desire to trade in the animal or its parts, but the two objectives cannot always be separated entirely. The cost of livestock loss can be very great and herders are often driven to kill Snow Leopards, either following an attack on livestock, or to prevent future attacks. However, herders are likely to try and sell Snow Leopard parts whenever the opportunity arises, so that, even where trade was not the primary incentive for killing, it is usually the end result. Generally speaking, conflict with herders is seen as the main threat to Snow Leopards in the Himalayan region of their range and in the Karakorum and Hindu Kush mountains, while killing for trade is the prominent threat in the central Asian region and northern part of the species’s range - in the Chinese Altai and Tien Shan mountains, Mongolia and the Russian Federation. There are indications that both types of threat - that resulting from conflict with herders and that arising from the incentive to trade in Snow Leopard body parts - have increased in recent years. Loss of natural prey is a threat to the species throughout its range, sometimes caused by competition for grazing with domestic livestock or by unmanaged hunting by humans. These pressures on wild prey can drive Snow Leopards to seek alternative prey among domestic stock, and so lead to resentment and killing of the cats by herders. These threats have been the subject of extensive study and this report draws on the findings of such research. Additionally, original surveys of trade in Snow Leopards, were conducted, especially for this project, in Mongolia and Pakistan, and information was collected by consultants in India and the Russian Federation during 2002. The results clearly show that Snow Leopards and their parts are traded in all range States, with the possible exception of Bhutan. In the large majority of cases, this trade is illegal. Details: Cambridge, UK: TRAFFIC International, 2003. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.wwf.de/fileadmin/fm-wwf/Publikationen-PDF/report_schneeleopard_03.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Wildlife Trade Shelf Number: 128390

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: The Outskirts of Hope: How Ohio’s Debtors’ Prisons Are Ruining Lives and Costing Communities Summary: During his January 8, 1964 State of the Union address, President Lyndon B. Johnson announced the launch of a “War on Poverty.” This announcement led to new programs that provided greater access to education, job training, and social assistance for financially disadvantaged people. New awareness campaigns were also launched to raise the profile of both urban and rural Americans caught in the vicious cycle of poverty, struggling to make ends meet with nearly no hope for escape. Nearly 50 years after President Johnson’s speech, poverty in America has not dissipated. In Ohio, the percentage of people living in poverty has actually grown. In 1969, 10% of the state’s population lived in poverty. By 2012, that number had risen to 16.4%.2 As in 1964, generational poverty is all too common in both rural and urban areas, but there is also a new class of suburban poor. Fueled by severe economic hemorrhaging, the number of people living in poverty in Ohio grew by 57.7% from 1999 to 2011, with the largest increase coming from suburban counties. This same phenomenon occurred throughout the Midwest, with concentrated poverty nearly doubling in Midwestern metropolitan areas between 2000 and 2009. The plight of the poor becomes both more difficult and more obvious when they have contact with the criminal justice system, where people with fewer resources often receive correspondingly worse treatment. Those in poverty cannot afford private counsel to negotiate favorable sentences. Instead, they face criminal charges with representation from overworked and underresourced public defenders. When facing only misdemeanor charges, they may have no attorneys at all. Regardless of whether or not charges could result in jail time, defendants often come away with a mountain of harsh fines and fees. For people who live paycheck to paycheck, it may be nearly impossible to pay them. The resurgence of contemporary debtors’ prisons sits squarely at this intersection of poverty and criminal justice. While this term conjures up images of Victorian England, the research and personal stories in this report illustrate that debtors’ prisons remain all too common in 21st century Ohio. In towns across the state, thousands of people face the looming specter of incarceration every day, simply because they are poor. Taking care of a fine is straightforward for some Ohioans — having been convicted of a criminal or traffic offense and sentenced to pay a fine, an affluent defendant may simply pay it and go on with his or her life. For Ohio’s poor and working poor, by contrast, an unaffordable fine is just the beginning of a protracted process that may involve contempt charges, mounting fees, arrest warrants, and even jail time. The stark reality is that, in 2013, Ohioans are being repeatedly jailed simply for being too poor to pay fines. Details: Cleveland: ACLU of Ohio, 2013. 24p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/TheOutskirtsOfHope2013_04.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Fines Shelf Number: 128391

Author: Nyrop, Kris Title: An Ethnographic Comparison of Public Venue Drug Markets in Two Seattle Neighborhoods Summary: The purpose of this project was to provide an ethnographic picture of the demographic composition of two public venue drug areas in Seattle. Of particular interest was the difference (if any) between the demographic composition and structure of public venue narcotics sales between the area surrounding Second and Pike in downtown and one 15 blocks away in the Capitol Hill neighborhood. To that end the following methods were used: • on randomized days and times ethnographers carried out observations of the following areas: Second and Pike and, Broadway and Denny (both areas described below). The area around Second and Pike was observed in two waves of thirty (30) hours each and Broadway was observed in one wave of thirty (30) hours and a follow-up observation of ten (10) hours, resulting in a total of 100 observation hours. • ethnographers looked for and recorded all indications of drug sales that occurred in these locations. Ethnographers recorded the perceived race/ethnicity those engaged in transactions, the gender of those involved, and the nature of the transaction (i.e., whether individuals involved were engaged in drug purchase or the referral of buyer to seller or actual sale, which we termed “delivery”). This report is based on those observations and highlights the nature of these public venue drug markets and notes key differences and similarities. In particular, it calls attention to the differences between the two markets and the difference between publicly observable law enforcement practices in each market. Details: Seattle, WA: Street Outreach Services, 2003. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.kcba.org/druglaw/pdf/ethnographicstudy.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets (Seattle, WA, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128383

Author: Patten, Ryan Title: The Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife's Paradigm Shift : A Grounded Theory Analysis of Law Enforcement Officers' Receptivity Toward Collaborative Problem Solving Summary: This dissertation utilizes a grounded theory approach to understanding in the exploration of the opinions and attitudes of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) law enforcement officers’ regarding their agency’s effort to accomplish a “paradigm shift” toward collaborative problem solving to gain compliance with resource-protective regulations. While a laudable and timely goal, such a paradigm shift faces numerous internal and external barriers to successful implementation by the WDFW law enforcement division. By way of general context, over a century of natural resource rule-making and regulation by the federal government has angered many citizens in the American West, and this resentment creates difficulties for the WDFW and similar natural resource regulatory agencies as they attempt to utilize collaboration in the field. Although the use of collaboration has been on the rise in the United States since the 1970s, it is generally not yet the preferred method of natural resource conflict resolution. Additionally, paradigm shifts of the sort being dealt with here in American law enforcement agencies have been historically difficult to implement. In recent history, the effort to implement community-oriented policing (COP) has been confronted by numerous internal obstacles – among the most important being officer resistance to change. The 43 WDFW law enforcement officers interviewed for this research study revealed that there remains a general lack of rank-and-file commitment to make use of collaboration to resolve contentious natural resource problems on the part of the officers. This lack of commitment would seem to result from two principal sources: the current reward system does not give due recognition to officer efforts to use collaboration, and very little communication takes place between veteran and rookie officers concerning the utility of collaboration in natural resource law enforcement work. To the extent that the WDFW is typical of other natural resource regulatory agencies, the lessons learned from this research study should be of interest to the many other public agencies seeking to make the paradigm shift from feared “regulator” to a trustworthy “collaborative problem solver.” Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Program in Criminal Justice, 2006. 227p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://clbarchive.wsu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/482/r_patten_050106.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 128394

Author: Virginia. Supreme Court Title: Evaluation of Virginia's Drug Treatment Court Programs (Phase 1) Summary: The Office of the Executive Secretary (OES) was awarded a U.S. Department of Justice Grant (# 2002-DC-BX-0034) to conduct comprehensive statewide evaluations of Virginia’s drug court programs. When the grant was awarded in 2002, there were fourteen drug treatment court programs in Virginia. Twelve additional drug treatment court programs have been implemented since that time. Of the current twenty-six operational drug treatment court programs, thirteen are Circuit Court (adult felony) programs, two adult misdemeanor (DUI and misdemeanor drug) drug courts, eight juvenile drug court programs, and three family drug court programs. This report presents the results of two evaluation efforts: (1) a process evaluation reporting myriad facts about program policies and procedures and descriptions of Virginia’s adult, juvenile, and family drug court participants, and (2) an outcome evaluation reporting drug court participant retention rates and graduate and non-graduate (terminated or withdrawn participants) recidivism rates. Also included in the outcome evaluation is an analysis of the severity and chronicity of offenses committed by participants prior to their drug court admittance. Severity and chronicity assessments were conducted to examine whether drug courts accept only “light weight” offenders or more serious and chronic offenders. In the coming year, five other evaluations are planned to give additional information about Virginia’s drug court programs: (1) a quasi-experimental impact study comparing drug court results with the outcomes of drug offenders in matched control groups; (2) qualitative staff and participant assessments of operational drug court programs; (3) a Delphi study of treatment components of Virginia’s drug court programs; (4) a cost assessment study; and (5) a summative analysis of participant variables related to successful drug court outcomes. Each type of drug addiction (alcoholism, crack addiction, narcotics addition, etc.) has different treatment protocols and different rates of success. In addition to differences in treatment needs, participant profiles vary between Virginia’s drug court programs. For example, a post-dispositional program may accept only probation violators who have exhausted other sentencing alternatives and are facing lengthy incarceration. A predispositional drug court may catch addicts earlier in their criminal history. Another drug court may accept homeless people or those with mental illness as well as addiction. Because of the wide variability in participant populations among Virginia’s drug courts, the reader is urged to resist comparing one drug court program with another. Rather than compare programs, it is important to ask the “big picture” questions: (1) do drug courts reduce subsequent drug-fueled crime overall?; (2) what is the longevity of program impact on sobriety and criminal offending?; (3) which program elements increase program success measures of increased retention and reduced recidivism?; and, (4) which participant profiles are most amenable to success in drug treatment courts? Virginia drug court programs require offenders to plead guilty prior to drug court admittance. Some drug court programs are primarily pre-dispositional (facts are found sufficient for conviction, adjudication is deferred pending program outcome, and, with program graduation, admitting charges may be reduced or dismissed) while other programs are primarily post-dispositional (participant is found guilty, sentenced, and drug court success may earn reduction or dismissal of sentence). Newer drug court programs tend to follow the post-dispositional model. Of the operational adult drug court programs, two are predispositional, six are post-dispositional, and seven are a combination of the pre-dispositional and post-dispositional models. Of the 3216 Virginians admitted to adult felony drug court programs between November 1995 and December 2004, a total of 2002 have graduated or are currently enrolled in the programs. The resulting retention rate is 62.25%. Juvenile drug courts have admitted 371 youths. Of this total, 217 have graduated or are currently enrolled resulting in a retention rate of 58.49%. An additional 66 addicted parents have been admitted to Virginia’s family drug treatment court programs. Twenty-seven have graduated or are currently enrolled for a retention rate of 40.9%. Retention is an important benefit of drug court programs. Lower recidivism rates correlate with longer periods of drug treatment. Drug court participants stay in treatment longer and have higher program completion rates than other criminal justiceinvolved addicts who voluntarily enter substance abuse treatment. Virginia drug court participants stay a minimum of twelve months in judicially-supervised treatment programs. Research indicates that addicts who stay in treatment over a year have twice the recovery rates as those who fail to stay in treatment at least a year. National studies indicate that recidivism rates of drug court graduates are half or less than half the recidivism rates of other addicted offenders not participating in drug courts. The 2004 Virginia drug court impact study included 2,056 adult drug court participants. Of these, 647 participants have graduated from a drug court program. Of the total number of graduates, 103 have been arrested for felony offenses after drug court graduation. This represents a statewide felony recidivism rate of 15.9% for adult drug court graduates. There were 59 drug court graduates who had misdemeanor arrests resulting in a misdemeanor recidivism rate of 9.1%. Recidivism rates of drug court non-graduates were also examined. Non-graduates include former drug court participants who withdrew or were involuntarily terminated from drug court programs. Of the total sample of 2,056, 918 former participants are drug court non-graduates. Of these, 303 were arrested for felony offenses after leaving drug court. This results in a felony recidivism rate for non-graduates of 33.0%. There were 72 non-graduates who were arrested for subsequent misdemeanor offenses. This represents a 7.8% misdemeanor recidivism rate for nongraduates. It is apparent that adult drug court graduates have significantly lower felony recidivism than non-graduates. Details: Richmond, VA: Supreme Court of Virginia, 2005(?). 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/fc86c2b17a1cf388852570f9006f1299/82c03793ce42b31785256ec500553b91/$FILE/RD40.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Virginia, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128395

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Ending Mass Incarceration: Charting a New Justice Reinvestment Summary: Justice Reinvestment was conceived as part of the solution to mass incarceration. The intent was to reduce corrections populations and budgets, thereby generating savings for reinvestment in high incarceration communities to make them safer, stronger, more prosperous, and equitable. While efforts to date have played a significant role in opening space for criminal justice reform, they have not produced significant reductions in the correctional populations. This report contains an analysis of why this has been the case, and how the original mission of Justice Reinvestment can be achieved moving forward by focusing on reducing incarceration and targeting investments in high incarceration communities. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/sen_Charting%20a%20New%20Justice%20Reinvestment.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 128396

Author: Geisler, Gregory Title: Lake Erie Correctional Institution Summary: The Lake Erie Correctional Institution (LAECI) is a medium/minimum security prison, housing Level 1 and 2 inmates. It is located on 52 acres in Conneaut, Ohio, Ashtabula County. The rated capacity for Lake Erie Correctional Institution is 1,798. On the date of the inspection, the institution housed 1,794 inmates. The institution scored high on the most recent ACA audit. Demographically, 60.1 percent of the inmates are classified as black, and 36.5 percent as white. The average inmate age was 33 years. The institution employs 275 staff. Since the last CIIC inspection in September 2011, the state sold the institution to the Corrections Corporation of America (CCA). CCA assumed control of operations on December 31, 2011. In 2012, the institution increased its population by 300 inmates. Inspection Overview: The inspection of LAECI raised a number of significant concerns. At CCA staff’s invitation, CIIC will conduct a full re-inspection in six months’ time to reevaluate; this report is therefore to be considered a progress report. LAECI’s primary issue is safety and security. Staff interviews, inmate focus groups, the inmate survey, and institutional data all indicate that personal safety is at risk at LAECI. Assaults, fights, disturbances, and uses of force have all increased in comparison to prior years. There is a high presence of gang activity and illegal substance use. Inmates reported frequent extortion and theft. Incident reports indicate that staff hesitate to use force even when appropriate and at times fail to deploy chemical agents prior to physical force, risking greater injury to both inmates and staff. Staff also do not appropriately sanction inmates for serious misconduct. At the time of the inspection, the facility had no options for sanctions other than the segregation unit, which was full. The above issues are compounded by high staff turnover and low morale. New staff generally do not have the experience or training to be able to make quick judgments regarding the appropriate application of force or how to handle inmate confrontations. Staff also reported that they are often required to work an extra 12 hours per week, which may impact their response. Staff have relayed that they have already instituted additional security measures to control contraband and that they are in the process of implementing a stratification plan that will improve the overall facility environment and violence levels. Following the inspection, LAECI staff were very responsive to CIIC’s concerns. Staff promptly developed extensive action plans and engaged in several follow-up discussions with CIIC regarding the identified issues. LAECI staff also relayed that they are actively engaging local stakeholders to build positive relationships with the surrounding community. Details: Cleveland: ACLJ of Ohio, 2013. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/2013_0123LakeErieCorrectionalInstitutionFullReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 128397

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: San Joaquin DUI Monitoring Court Process and Outcome Evaluation. Final Report Summary: For the past 20 years in the United States, there has been a trend toward guiding nonviolent drug and alcohol offenders into treatment rather than incarceration. The original drug court model links the resources of the criminal system and substance treatment programs to increase treat-ment participation and decrease criminal recidivism. Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the nation. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of December 2010, there were 2,633 drug courts including 1,881 adult and juvenile drug courts, 343 family courts, and 409 other types of drug courts in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands (NDCI, 2011). In a typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles. These include addiction treatment providers, district attorneys, public defenders, law enforce-ment officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. Generally, there is a high level of supervision and a standardized treatment program for all the participants within a particular court (including phases that each participant must pass through by meeting certain goals). Supervision and treatment may also include regular and frequent drug testing. More recently, over the past 10 years, the drug court model has been expanded to include other populations (e.g., juveniles) and other systems (e.g., child welfare and mental health). The model has also been used with a special focus on specific types of offenders (e.g., DWI offenders). DWI courts specifically target repeat driving-while-intoxicated (DWI) offenders with the main goal of protecting public safety. Benefits to society take the form of reductions in crime and fu-ture DWIs, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. DWI courts, specifically, have been shown to be effective in reducing recidivism (both of DWIs and other crimes) and in reducing taxpayer costs due to positive outcomes for DWI court participants, in-cluding fewer re-arrests, less time in jail and less time in prison (Carey, Fuller, Kissick, Taylor, & Zold-Kilbourn, 2008). In 2008, San Joaquin County implemented a system change where all repeat DUI offenders in the largest judicial district (mainly the City of Stockton) are required to participate in a DUI Monitor-ing Court program. Because this program was designed to treat all repeat DUI offenders, and be-cause the drug court model is designed to treat high-risk/high-need offenders (in particular, drug- or alcohol-dependent individuals) the San Joaquin DUI Monitoring Court (SJDMC) does not fol-low all tenants of the drug court model for all participants. Many of the repeat DUI offenders in this program are not dependent on alcohol or other drugs and do not need the high level of supervision and treatment that would be appropriate for high-risk/high-need offenders. For this reason, there are two tracks to the San Joaquin DUI Monitoring Court. Track 1 is the “monitoring track” where participants are required to come to court infrequently to report on progress in completing the terms of their probation, including DMV requirements to qualify to get their license returned. Track 2 is for those participants who demonstrate that they are unable to comply with Track 1 re-quirements and are assessed as needing drug and alcohol treatment. Track 2 follows a drug court model more closely. The SJDMC program is described in detail in Chapter 1 of this report. For the evaluation of the SJDMC, the court was interested in learning about the effectiveness of this program in reducing DUI recidivism and protecting public safety and, if it proved to be effec-tive, wanted a detailed process evaluation that would allow other interested jurisdictions to follow the model in implementing a similar program. Chapter 1 of this report describes the process eval-uation methods and provides a detailed description of the program. Chapter 2 presents the meth-ods and results of the outcome evaluation. The process evaluation was also designed to provide the SJDMC program with suggestions for process improvement. Chapter 3 compares the SJDMC practices with the research-based drug court best practices and provides recommendations for en-hancing Track 2 of the program. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.centurycouncil.org/sites/default/files/reports/California-Evaluation-1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128398

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Colorado Statewide DWI and Drug Court Process Assessment and Outcome Evaluation. Final Report Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for the offenders and their families. Benefits to society include substantial reductions in crime, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. In late 2011, NPC Research was contracted by the State of Colorado Judicial Department to conduct a statewide process assessment and outcome evaluation of Colorado’s adult drug courts (ADC) and DUI courts. The process study included an examination of Colorado’s drug court practices in relation to the 10 Key Components of drug court (NADCP, 1997) and research-based best practices for drug courts. Recommendations for enhancements to the programs were provided. The outcome evaluation included an examination of the characteristics of the participant population who entered Colorado’s adult drug courts and DUI courts as well as an examination of whether there were participant characteristics that would predict graduation or unsuccessful termination from the program. In addition, analyses were performed to determine the graduation rate for Colorado’s drug courts and whether programs were graduating their participants within the intended time frame. Finally, the outcome evaluation included a criminal justice recidivism study comparing arrest rates and charges for drug court participants before and after participation in the program. The main purpose of the overall evaluation was to answer four key policy and research questions. Specifically, 1. What are the components of the problem-solving courts (e.g., who is on the drug court team, what practices are Colorado’s drug courts engaging in, and how do they relate to program outcomes)? 2. What are the components of the probation program within the problem-solving court? 3. What are the significant characteristics of participants who have entered Colorado’s drug court programs? What are the demographics? How do adult drug court and DUI drug court populations differ? What are the characteristics of the drug court participants who successfully complete the program compared to those who terminate from the program? 4. How successful are the problem-solving courts? What are the graduation rates of Colora-do’s drug courts? Are the drug courts graduating participants within the intended time frame? What are the recidivism rates of Colorado’s drug courts? Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2012. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/CO_Statewide_Process_Assessment_and_Outcome_Evaluation_0912.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Colorado, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128399

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Marion County Fostering Attachment Treatment Court Process, Outcome and Cost Evaluation. Final Report Summary: For the past 20 years in the United States, there has been a trend toward guiding nonviolent drug offenders into treatment rather than incarceration. The original drug court model links the resources of the criminal system and substance treatment programs to inrease treatment participation and decrease criminal recidivism. Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent of-fenders in the nation. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of May 2009, there were 2,037 adult and juvenile drug courts active in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and Guam, with another 214 being planned (National Association of Drug Court Professionals, 2009). Drug courts have been shown to be effective in reducing recidivism (GAO, 2005) and in reduc-ing taxpayer costs due to positive outcomes for drug court participants (including fewer re-arrests, less time in jail, and less time in prison) (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey, Finigan, Waller, Lucas, & Crumpton, 2005). Some drug courts have even been shown to cost less to operate than processing offenders through business-as-usual (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey et al., 2005). More recently, in approximately the last 10 years, the drug court model has been expanded to include other types of offenders (e.g., juveniles and parents with child welfare cases). Family Drug Courts (FDCs) work with substance-abusing parents with child welfare cases. There have been a modest number studies of these other types of courts including some recidivism and cost studies of juvenile courts (e.g., Carey, Marchand, & Waller, 2006) and a national study of family drug courts (Green, Furrer, Worcel, Burrus, & Finigan, 2007). Many of these studies show prom-ising outcomes for these newer applications of the drug court model. However, the number of family drug court studies in particular has been small, and to date, there have been no detailed cost studies of family drug courts. In late 2008, NPC Research was contracted by the Oregon State Police and the Criminal Justice Commission to conduct the third year evaluations of 11 drug courts funded by the Byrne Methamphetamine Reduction Grant Project. NPC conducted Drug Court Process Foundations evaluations of 11 Oregon adult and family drug court sites (examining the programs‟ adherence to best practices within the 10 Key Components, with adjustments for the special family drug court population of parents with child welfare cases). In addition, as a part of this project, NPC per-formed full process, outcome and cost-benefit evaluations of two family drug court sites, the Ma-rion and Jackson County Family Drug Court Programs. This evaluation was funded under the Edward Byrne Memorial State and Local Law Enforce-ment Assistance Grant Program: Byrne Methamphetamine Reduction Grant Project 07-001. This summary contains process, outcome and cost evaluation results for the Marion County Fostering Attachment Family Treatment Court (FATC). Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://www1.spa.american.edu/justice/documents/3905.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128401

Author: Virginia. State Crime Commission Title: Illegal Cigarette Trafficking (SJR 21, 2012) Summary: During the 2012 Regular Session of the Virginia General Assembly, Senate Joint Resolution 21 was enacted, which directed the Crime Commission to study and report on a number of topics involving the subject of illegal cigarette trafficking. The Commission was mandated to determine: why illegal cigarette trafficking occurs, the methods and strategies used by traffickers, the beneficiaries of trafficking, the health implications of non-regulated cigarettes, methods used to counterfeit cigarettes and tax stamps, potential uses of information technology to prevent cigarette trafficking, and statutory options that Virginia could adopt to combat the problem. All cigarette trafficking schemes, regardless of the scope of the operation or the methods employed, depend upon tax avoidance to generate illegal profits. Traffickers exploit differences in tax rates between different jurisdictions or geographic locations, purchasing cigarettes in one area and then illegally transporting them to another area where the tax rates are higher. The difference in the tax rates creates the profit for the trafficker, who is also able to sell his cigarettes at lower than market prices. The lower prices, in turn, provide an incentive for retailers and consumers to purchase these black market cigarettes. Retail merchants who purchase trafficked cigarettes gain an unfair economic advantage over their competitors, due to the lower prices they can offer customers. The customers, in turn, may be unaware that these low-cost cigarettes are black market items, and may simply think they have found a great bargain. Cigarette trafficking can occur at all points along the normal production and distribution channels, with cigarettes being diverted outside normal commercial streams and into the black market. Manufacturers can produce “off the book” cigarettes, failing to pay the taxes on them. Wholesalers can similarly falsify records, under-reporting the quantities of cigarettes purchased and then re-sold. Retailers can sell some or all of their cigarettes “off the books,” thereby avoiding the payment of sales tax. And, individuals can purchase large quantities of cigarettes in one area, at the retail or wholesale level, and then transport them to another area or state, a process sometimes referred to as “smurfing.” When individuals purchase their cigarettes at the wholesale level, sometimes creating fictional retail businesses to do so, they deprive the state of tax revenue. When this occurs, not one, but two states are made the victims of tax evasion—the state where the cigarettes were purchased, and the state where the cigarettes were transported. To achieve lower costs, traffickers can arrange for their cigarettes to be manufactured overseas. Frequently, these cigarettes are counterfeits. The packaging used in popular brands of cigarettes is duplicated; however, the cigarettes inside will differ substantially from the genuine articles. A number of recent studies have reported that the manufacturing facilities used in the production of counterfeit cigarettes have little or no quality control; the counterfeit cigarettes, in turn, have alarmingly high levels of contaminants, including dangerous levels of toxic metals. In short, counterfeit cigarettes present a serious public health risk. The recent increases in state cigarette excise taxes in the north-eastern states have created a situation where Virginia has become a primary source of cigarettes for traffickers in the United States. Virginia currently has the second lowest state tax rates on cigarettes in the country, after Missouri. Meanwhile, New York, Rhode Island, and New Jersey have some of the highest cigarette tax rates in the country. In the past two years, a number of studies, some academically published in peer-reviewed journals, have determined that Virginia is currently the largest single source of out-of-state, black market cigarettes in New York City. By some estimates, up to 30% of all cigarettes purchased in New York City are black market; of those, over half may be trafficked from Virginia. The profits that can be generated by exploiting the differences in tax rates between Virginia and the states north of the Commonwealth are staggering. The state excise tax rate for a carton of cigarettes (10 packs) is $3.00 in Virginia; in New Jersey, it is $27.00; in Rhode Island, it is $34.60; and in New York, it is $43.50, while in New York City, it is $58.50. Traffickers can therefore realize a profit of around $100,000 for a smuggling run from Virginia to New York City, transporting in a car or van just 1,500 cartons of cigarettes. In turn, a tractor-trailer filled with cartons of cigarettes represents a potential profit of a few million dollars. These large amounts of money have proven irresistible to organized crime. Law enforcement intelligence reports have indicated that gangs and other organized crime rings have increasingly begun to focus their efforts on cigarette trafficking as a source of revenue. The profit margins on black market cigarettes are now greater than for cocaine, heroin, or illegal firearms. If organized crime continues to view Virginia as an ideal location to obtain cigarettes, their habitual presence may lead, in turn, to increases in attendant crimes—robberies, burglaries, credit card fraud, and money laundering. The tax stamp that Virginia currently uses on cigarette packs has a number of security features, which can assist law enforcement in determining if a particular stamp is genuine or counterfeit. Tax stamps with higher security features, and with digital encoding capabilities, exist. However, there are associated costs with the use of high-tech tax stamps, and most of the information which a digital stamp could provide can currently be obtained with Virginia’s existing stamps, albeit with more effort, such as tracing the serial number on a stamp back to the wholesaler. As almost all data and law enforcement intelligence indicates that Virginia is a source state for trafficked cigarettes, and not a destination state, switching to a digital tax stamp would probably not have a significant impact on Virginia’s tax revenues. However, technology could be used to assist manufacturers, wholesalers, and the Virginia Department of Taxation in expediting the filing of mandatory reports, and in facilitating the payments made by wholesalers for the tax stamps which they affix to packs of cigarettes. Currently, the mandatory reports made by manufacturers and wholesalers to the Virginia Department of Taxation and the Office of the Attorney General of Virginia are generated in paper format, and sent by mail. In a similar manner, the payments made for tax stamps by wholesalers could be submitted to the Virginia Department of Taxation electronically. Details: Richmond: Virginia State Crime Commission, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Senate Document No. 5: Accessed April 17, 2013 at: http://leg2.state.va.us/dls/h&sdocs.nsf/fc86c2b17a1cf388852570f9006f1299/dba061dea0fa878b852579c8006e00a4/$FILE/SD5.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (Virginia) Shelf Number: 128402

Author: Cheesman, Fred L. Title: Virginia Adult Drug Treatment Courts Impact Study Summary: To date, Virginia has formally implemented 16 adult drug treatment courts. Data from twelve of Virginia’s adult drug treatment courts are included in this report. The twelve adult drug court sites included in this study are: • Charlottesville/Albemarle Adult Drug Court • Chesterfield/Colonial Heights Adult Drug Court • Hampton Adult Drug Court • Henrico Adult Drug Court • Loudoun Adult Drug Court • Newport News Adult Drug Court • Norfolk Adult Drug Court • Portsmouth Adult Drug Court • Rappahannock Regional Adult Drug Court • Roanoke Adult Drug Court • Richmond Adult Drug Court • Staunton Adult Drug Court The other four operational adult drug treatment courts - Tazewell Adult Drug Court, Hopewell/Prince George Adult Drug Court, Bristol Adult Drug Court and Chesapeake Adult Drug Court – were excluded from the study due to limited available data. A total of 1,156 drug court participants were included in the primary analysis of demographics and service level information. For all of the remaining analysis, only the participants that were matched with the comparison group are included (n=972). This report summarizes evaluation findings with respect to several primary issues, such as post-program recidivism, within-program outcomes, and drug treatment court performance measures. Several interesting findings have emerged which are consistent with prevailing drug treatment court trends. Key findings are summarized below. • Virginia drug courts provide a variety of services, substance abuse and ancillary, to participants while at the same time holding them accountable by means of drug testing, sanctions and incentives, and frequent contacts with the court and court staff. • The profile of the typical drug court participant is a young male, unemployed, with limited education, and prior felony, misdemeanor, and drug convictions. This suggests that Virginia’s adult drug courts service high-risk, high-needs offenders. • Virginia drug court participants report cocaine, alcohol, and opiates as their primary drugs of choice. Frequent drug testing indicates that while most participants test positive for illicit drugs at some point in the program, drug use decreases dramatically over time. Lengthy periods of continuous sobriety are observed among drug court participants while enrolled in drug court. Results also indicate that participants are more likely to be employed when they exit their respective programs than when they entered their programs. • About 50 percent of dug court participants successfully graduate their program, very much in-line with national estimates. On average, graduates spend around 1.7 years in their respective programs before graduation, which is slightly higher than recommended best practices. Participants that do not graduate spend about a year in drug court before termination. It is recommended that Virginia drug court programs critically examine their termination policies and strive to reduce their rate of terminations. • Drug court graduates are significantly less likely than terminated clients to recidivate than drug court participants as a whole (combining graduates with non-graduates). • A carefully selected comparison group was used to allow for comparisons between the drug court group, as a whole, and a “business as usual” comparison group. Propensity score matching eliminated or reduced most of the differences between drug court participants and offenders convicted of drug court eligible offenses who did not go to drug court, enabling valid comparisons of program outcomes and impacts described in subsequent analyses. • Drug court participants (graduates and non-graduates combined) are significantly less likely than the propensity score matched comparison group to recidivate while participating in their respective programs. The latter result suggests that Virginia’s drug courts are doing a good job of protecting public safety. • Recidivism was measured using different indices, including arrests, convictions, felony convictions, misdemeanor convictions, and drug offense convictions. When the recidivism rates of drug court participants as a whole (i.e., including both graduates and terminations) are compared to those of the propensity score matched comparison group using all of these indices, drug court participants far out-perform the comparison group. A similar pattern was observed when post-exit recidivism was examined in isolation from in-program recidivism (with the exception of new drug convictions, where no significant difference was observed). These findings, combined with those of the Kaplan-Meier Survival functions, suggest a robust and sustained impact of drug court on recidivism compared to the business-as-usual alternative (probation, jail, and/or prison). These findings need to be confirmed by a multivariate analysis that will control for differences noted between the drug court participants and the comparison group that persisted after propensity score matching. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/singleitem/collection/spcts/id/244/rec/55 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 128406

Author: Cheesman, Fred L. Title: Virginia Adult Drug Treatment Courts: Cost Benefit Analysis Summary: To date, Virginia has formally implemented 16 adult drug treatment courts. In addition, there are eight planning courts that gained approval for implementation following the 2012 Virginia General Assembly as a result of changes to the 2012-2014 budget language and an additional adult drug court that was approved in October 2012 by the Virginia Drug Treatment Court Statewide Advisory Board. Data from 12 of Virginia’s adult drug treatment courts are included in this report. The 12 adult drug court sites included in this study are: • Charlottesville/Albemarle Adult Drug Court • Chesterfield/Colonial Heights Adult Drug Court • Hampton Adult Drug Court • Henrico Adult Drug Court • Loudoun Adult Drug Court • Newport News Adult Drug Court • Norfolk Adult Drug Court • Portsmouth Adult Drug Court • Rappahannock Regional Adult Drug Court • Roanoke Adult Drug Court • Richmond Adult Drug Court • Staunton Adult Drug Court The other four operational adult drug treatment courts – Tazewell Adult Drug Court, Hopewell/Prince George Adult Drug Court, Bristol Adult Drug Court and Chesapeake Adult Drug Court – were excluded from the study due to limited available data. The following report is the second produced as a result of the National Center for State Courts’ study of Virginia’s adult drug courts. The critical finding from the first report was that drug court participants in the sample were significantly less likely to recidivate than the carefully matched “business-as-usual” comparison group and that this reduction in recidivism was a robust and sustained effect. In this, the second report, the following research questions were answered: Key Question 1: What defendant characteristics and program characteristics are associated with the graduation rates and recidivism rates of drug court participants? Key Question 2: Controlling for differences in demographics and criminal history, do drug court participants demonstrate better recidivism outcomes than defendants processed through the traditional criminal justice system? Key Question 3: How much does an adult drug court in Virginia cost per participant? Key Question 4: What is the impact on the criminal justice system of processing defendants through a drug court compared to traditional case processing? Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2012. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/singleitem/collection/spcts/id/245/rec/54 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128407

Author: Lynch, Shannon M. Title: Women’s Pathways to Jail: Examining Mental Health, Trauma, and Substance Use Summary: The rate of incarceration of women has increased substantially in recent decades, with a 31 percent increase between 2000 and 2011 (Minton, 2012). Female offenders appear to have different risk factors for offending than do male offenders. In particular, female offenders report greater incidence of mental health problems and serious mental illness (SMI) than do male offenders (James and Glaze, 2006; Steadman et al., 2009). Female offenders also report higher rates of substance dependence as well as greater incidence of past physical and sexual abuse (James and Glaze, 2006). Other researchers also have noted elevated rates of experiences of interpersonal trauma, substance dependence, and associated symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in female offenders (Green et al., 2005; Lynch et al., 2012). This multisite study addresses critical gaps in the literature by assessing the prevalence of SMI, PTSD, and substance use disorders (SUD) in women in jail, and the pathways to jail for women with and without SMI. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2013. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: BJA Policiy Brief: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/WomensPathwaysToJail.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 128414

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: Southern District of Alabama Summary: In 2001 the Bush Administration made the reduction of gun crime one of the two major priorities of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), along with defeating terrorism and enhancing homeland security. The vehicle tor translating this goal into action is Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN). PSN represents a commitment to gun crime reduction through a network of local partnerships coordinated through the nation's 94 United States Attorneys Offices. These local partnerships are supported by a strategy to provide them with the resources that they need to be successful. The PSN initiative integrates five essential elements from successful gun crime reduction programs such as Richmond's Project Exile, the Boston Ceasefire Program and DOJ's Strategic Approaches to Community Safety Initiative (SACSJ). Those elements are: partnerships, strategic problem solving, outreach, training and accountability.' The strategic problem-solving component of PSN was enhanced through grants to local researchers to work in partnership with the PSN task force to analyze local gun crime patterns, to inform strategic interventions, and to provide feedback to the task force about program implementation and impact. At the national level, PSN included a grant to a research team at the School of Criminal Justice at Michigan State University (MSU) to provide support to the strategic problem-solving component as well as to conduct research on PSN implementation and impact. As part of its research role, MSU has produced a series of strategic case studies ofPSN interventions that have emerged in a number of jurisdictions across the country." The current report is part of a second series of studies focused on implementation of PSN in particular districts. The current study, focused on the Southern District of Alabama, is similar to the situation in the Middle District of Alabama. The PSN effort was initially focused on the major city within the district and relied on a strong partnership between the local police department and the U.S. Attorney's Oftice. The task force implemented a strategy that drew heavily on Project Exile and the core principles ofPSN. Once sites were identified, the MSU research team conducted site visits to learn more about PSN structure, implementation, and impact. Cooperative relationships between the local research partners and the MSU research team were established for the purpose of generating the case studies. This provided the benefit of the "deep knowledge" of the local research partners with the "independent eyes" of the national research team. This approach will continue to be employed through an ongoing series of case studies in additional PSN sites. Given this strategy, in effect a purposive sampling approach, the case studies cannot be considered representative of PSN in all 94 judicial districts. Rather, these are studies of PSN within specific sites. Through these studies, particularly as more and more case studies arc completed, complemented by evaluations conducted by local research partners, we hope to generate new knowledge about the adaptation of the national PSN program to local contexts as well as about the impact ofPSN on levels of gun crime in specific jurisdictions. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: PSN Case Study Report #10: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241728.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 128418

Author: Dahlberg,L.L. Title: Measuring Violence-Related Attitudes, Behaviors, and Influences Among Youths: A Compendium of Assessment Tools. Second Edition Summary: This compendium provides researchers and prevention specialists with a set of tools to assess violence-related beliefs, behaviors, and influences, as well as to evaluate programs to prevent youth violence. If you are new to the field of youth violence prevention and unfamiliar with available measures, you may find this compendium to be particularly useful. If you are an experienced researcher, this compendium may serve as a resource to identify additional measures to assess the factors associated with violence among youths. Although this compendium contains more than 170 measures, it is not an exhaustive listing of available measures. A few of the more widely used measures to assess aggression in children, for example, are copyrighted and could not be included here. Other measures being used in the field, but not known to the authors, are also not included. Many of the measures included in the first edition of the compendium focused on individual violence-related attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors. These types of measures are included in this edition as well and may be particularly useful if you are evaluating a school-based curriculum or a community-based program designed to reduce violence among youths. Several measures to assess peer, family, and community influences have been added to the compendium. Many of these measures are from the major longitudinal and prevention research studies of youth violence being conducted in the United States. Most of the measures in this compendium are intended for use with youths between the ages of 11 and 24 years, to assess such factors as serious violent and delinquent behavior, conflict resolution strategies, social and emotional competencies, peer influences, parental monitoring and supervision, family relationships, exposure to violence, collective efficacy, and neighborhood characteristics. The compendium also contains a number of scales and assessments developed for use with children between the ages of 5 and 10 years, to measure factors such as aggressive fantasies, beliefs supportive of aggression, attributional biases, prosocial behavior, and aggressive behavior. When parent and teacher versions of assessments are available, they are included as well. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2005. 363p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/yv_compendium.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 128420

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Lessons from the States: Reducing Recidivism and Curbing Corrections Costs Through Justice Reinvestment Summary: Over the past 20 years, state spending on corrections has skyrocketed—from $12 billion in 1988 to more than $52 billion in 2011.1 Declining state revenues and other fiscal factors are putting a serious strain on many states’ criminal justice systems, often putting concerns about the bottom line in competition with public safety. Strategies tested in numerous states and local jurisdictions, however, show that there are effective ways to address the challenge of containing rising corrections costs while also increasing public safety. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://justicereinvestment.org/resources/lessons-learned Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 128422

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: District of Nebraska Summary: Unlike the other initiatives which were created in local jurisdictions, Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) was created as a national program. PSN was designed in 2001 by officials in the U.S. Department of Justice. PSN was coordinated through 93 U.S. Attorneys’ Offices that encompass the United States and its territories. United States Attorneys are federal prosecutors who are considered the chief law enforcement official within each federal jurisdiction. In designing PSN, the U.S. Department of Justice emphasized five core components: partnerships, strategic planning, training, outreach, and accountability. PSN proposed to increase partnerships between federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies through the formation of a local gun crime reduction task force. Additionally, PSN encouraged establishing partnerships with other sectors of local government, social services, community groups, and citizens to increase resources for gun crime prevention components as well as to increase the legitimacy of interventions. The strategic planning and problem solving component of PSN was designed to help jurisdictions tailor PSN to the local context. Specifically, PSN provided resources for the inclusion of a research partner. The research partner would work with the PSN task force to analyze the local gun crime problem and to share the findings with the task force for the development of a proactive plan for gun crime reduction. And, the research partner would assist in the ongoing assessment of the program implementation and provide feedback to the task force. Finally, PSN included a significant commitment of resources to support training and community outreach. Although there was variation across the 93 PSN task forces,2 the provided training emphasized several common features. First, it was a focused deterrence model. Rather than increasing the threat of sanctions for all offenders, this program was highly focused on reducing gun crime. Additionally, emphasis was placed on understanding the patterns of gun crime in the local jurisdiction so that enforcement and prevention resources could be directed to the people, places, and contexts generating gun crime. One example of an intervention that emerged in several communities was the use of a data driven approach to identify high risk, high volume, violent offenders for whom enforcement resources would be concentrated (Bynum et al., 2006). Second, resources were provided to communicate the deterrent message to those at risk for engaging in gun crime as both offenders and victims. This included a media campaign of risk messages through a variety of outlets (e.g., radio, television, billboards, posters in jails and community centers). Third, resources were provided for the development of intervention and prevention programs. Again, there was wide variation across the various PSN sites in terms of the nature of these programs. Following the Boston and Indianapolis programs described above, a number of sites attempted combine a deterrence message with social support opportunities specifically tailored to high risk offenders. This was a common PSN strategy using direct communication to at-risk individuals through what has become known as offender notification meetings (McDevitt et al., 2006). In addition to providing support (e.g., mentoring, vocational training, job preparation) these meetings were intended to increase the sense of fairness and legitimacy of the overall approach. Not only were these individuals being told to stop carrying guns and to stop the violence but they were being offered support and the hope for an alternative set of choices. The current repon focuses on the District of Nebraska. Similar to PSN in the Eastern District of Missouri and in the District ofMassaehusetts, PSN in Nebraska built upon prior experience with multi-agency strategic problem solving through the district's panicipation as an informal participant in the SACS I initiative. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Case Study 9: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241727.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 128426

Author: Bryant, Rhonda Title: Taking Aim at Gun Violence: Rebuilding Community Education & Employment Pathways Summary: In a single generation, our nation is faced with the prospect of losing over 132,000 black men and boys to gun violence. Moreover, for every black male who dies from gun violence, there are another 24 others who suffer non-fatal injuries - making the impacts of such violence even greater. In black communities, gun violence is about far more than reforming gun control laws and empowering law enforcement. Gun violence for young black males predominates in communities where residents live in concentrated disadvantage with high rates of unemployment, school dropout, and poverty. The absence of opportunities in these communities gives rise to criminal activity and the loss of too many young lives. Solving the crisis of gun violence in communities requires that America address the issue of concentrated poverty and geography. The rebuilding and strengthening of these communities through creating infrastructure to provide improved education and employment opportunities for black youth will significantly reduce issues of gun violence. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.clasp.org/admin/site/publications/files/Taking-Aim-at-Gun-Violence.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 128428

Author: Iowa Department of Human Services Title: Report on Iowa’s Highly Structured Juvenile Program Summary: The Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS or Department) consulted with the Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning of the Department of Human Rights to prepare this report. The Legislature requested a review of the programming and effectiveness of Iowa’s two highly structured juvenile programs. This report includes information gathered two ways. First, a literature review of international research concerning juvenile "boot camp" programs was conducted. Second, recidivism and foster care re-entry rates for the Iowa highly structured juvenile program (HSJP) was compared with the recidivism and foster care re-entry rates of other Iowa group foster care programs (called Comparison or Control group in the Iowa-specific data of this report). The literature review revealed that no U.S. studies found statistically significant differences in recidivism between boot camp graduates and comparison groups. Research seems to indicate that simply participating in boot camps does not improve outcomes for most juveniles. Most studies found little difference in outcomes, suggesting that boot camps, as a tool, are neither better nor worse than other alternatives. State fiscal years (SFY) 2006 and 2007 were used to study recidivism and re-entry. A group of juveniles discharged from the highly structured programs during SFY 2006 (139 individuals) was compared with a group discharged during SFY 2006 from group foster care (140 individuals). The follow up period for each group was through the end of SFY 2007. Most categories of comparison between the two groups showed no remarkable differences. However, one distinguishing finding was the average number of days from discharge until a new adjudication. For the HSJP group the number was 253 days and for the Comparison group the number was 331 days. On average, the highly structured group recidivated 2 ½ months sooner. The HSJP group also had more serious charges at the time of the recidivism. The HSJP group’s “Violent” charges represented 37% of all their charges post-program discharge, while “Violent” charges represented 19% of the Comparison group’s charges postprogram discharge. Less serious “Property” offenses represented 29% of the HSJP group’s charges while “Property” offenses represented 49% of the Comparison group’s charges. Drug offenses were slightly higher for the HSJP group too; they represented 15% of the charges of the HSJP and 11% of the charges of the Comparison group. The children in the highly structured group were also more likely to be placed in detention post-discharge, 41% compared to 18%. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Human Services, 2007. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://www.dhs.state.ia.us/docs/IA_Highly_Strutured_Juvenile_Program_Dec1407.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Boot Camps (Iowa, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128432

Author: Fisher, Randy D. Title: Examining the Link Between Sexual Entertainment and Crime: The Presence of Adult Businesses and the Prediction of Crime Rates in Florida Summary: The Supreme Court of the United States has recently considered the constitutionality of anti-nudity legislation passed by municipalities and states. In City of Erie v. Pap's A.M., the Court held that municipalities may under certain circumstances pass anti-nudity ordinances on the assumption that nudity causes adverse secondary effects such as increased crime. The purpose of the present study was to examine whether rates of crime are associated with the rates of adult businesses in the 67 counties of Florida once other variables related to crime are controlled. Three kinds of crime were examined: UCR property crimes, UCR violent crimes, and rape. Rates per 100K people in the population were also computed for the numbers of nonsexual adult businesses: drinking establishments, gambling establishments, and hotels and motels in each county. These measures, along with measures of social disorganization and demographic variables, were examined for their relative ability to predict the three rates of crime. Regression analyses were performed to determine the unique contributions made by the control variables, rates of nude or semi-nude businesses, and rates of nonsexual adult businesses to prediction of the three rates of crime. Results revealed that rates of nude or semi-nude businesses were not significantly related to rates of property crimes or violent crimes. However, they were significantly, though inversely, related to rates of rape when other variables were taken into account. By contrast, rates of nonsexual adult businesses showed strong positive relationships with rates of both property crimes and rape. These results are consistent with previous research using different methodologies and they support the predictions of routine activity theory. However, they may cast doubt upon the validity of the doctrine of the adverse secondary effects of businesses offering nude or semi-nude entertainment. Details: Paper presented to the Law and Policy Division at the 2004 Annual Meeting of the International Communication Association, 2004. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://www.adultentertainmentforum.com/pdf/Florida_County_rev_May_2.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: City of Erie v. Pap's A.M. Shelf Number: 128435

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Time Bomb: How the NRA Blocked the Regulation of Black and Smokeless Powder to the Benefit of Its Gun Industry “Corporate Partners” Today Summary: Since the 1970s, the National Rifle Association (NRA) has worked to block federal regulation--including background checks on transfers--of black and smokeless powder. The NRA’s decades-long campaign against regulating these two common explosives today benefits the gun industry “corporate partners” that help fund the organization according to the new Violence Policy Center (VPC) report, Time Bomb: How the NRA Blocked the Regulation of Black and Smokeless Powder to the Benefit of Its Gun Industry “Corporate Partners” Today. The VPC study details how in 1970, in response to a wave of bombings throughout the country, Congress, with the support of the Nixon Administration, moved to consolidate and increase federal regulatory oversight of the explosives industry and its products, including black and smokeless powder. Despite the clear threat posed by black and smokeless powder, the NRA--joined by other pro-gun organizations such as the National Shooting Sports Foundation (NSSF)--worked to ensure that resulting legislation contained an exemption for “small arms ammunition and components thereof” which applied to most smokeless powder as well as to “black powder in quantities not to exceed five pounds.” In 1974, over the protestations of the Department of Justice and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF), the NRA successfully lobbied to increase the amount of black powder exempted from federal regulation from five pounds to 50 pounds. The continuing danger posed by the exemptions for smokeless and black powder has been noted by experts. In a review of the implementation of the “Safe Explosives Act” (SEA) passed in the wake of the September 11th attacks, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Justice identified “several issues related to the regulation and safeguarding of explosives in the United States that while not addressed in the SEA nonetheless are relevant to public safety.” Among the issues identified was ATF’s limited authority over smokeless and black powder. The report noted, “Because black powder is relatively inexpensive (between $5 and $15 per pound), it is the most common explosive used in pipe bombs. Additionally, the ATF does not regulate smokeless powder, a more expensive explosive used in the manufacturing of firearms ammunition.” ATF acknowledges the threat to public safety posed by the unregulated sale of black powder and smokeless powder. In a letter sent to Federal Firearms Licensees in July 2004, the agency wrote: “As you may know, explosives are frequently used by terrorists to cause destruction. Some of the products you may carry in your inventory, such as black powder and smokeless powder, could be used in acts of violence. While smokeless powder and black powder generally are exempt from the Federal explosives laws, these products are often used to make illegal or ‘improvised explosives devices’ and pipe bombs.” The letter included a flyer headlined “BE AWARE FOR AMERICA.....” and set out tips to help dealers identify suspicious buyers. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 128441

Author: Nobis, Elizabeth Title: Improving the Epidemiology of Alcohol-Related Violence in the City of Philadelphia Using Geospatial Analysis Summary: In the United States, alcohol related violence is a major public health problem. There is a significant amount of evidence suggesting that the density of alcohol outlets and the level of social disorganization in a neighborhood are related to levels of violent assault. Less is known about the spatial distribution of assaults surrounding these alcohol outlets including the neighborhood characteristic of vacant lots. Better understanding these spatial linkages will contribute to improvements in the public health efforts to suppress violence and morbidity. Objective: This project aims to determine whether the density of alcohol outlets in Philadelphia is associated with neighborhood levels of violence and whether this relationship is influenced by the density of vacant lots. It was then investigated how violence geographical clusters around these spaces. Methods: This study utilized police-recorded data of aggravated assaults in Philadelphia, alcohol outlet addresses in Philadelphia, and 2010 Census Bureau block group information. Descriptive statistics, regression, spatial clustering, and qualitative mapping analysis were used to identify the distribution and relationships of assaults in the city. Results: Areas with higher percentages of vacant housing in combination with high density of alcohol outlets have a positive relationship with increased levels of aggravated assaults. This effect is most evident in economically disadvantaged areas. Conclusion: There is significant evidence that aggravated assaults are spatially linked to alcohol outlets and vacant lots. Development of alcohol policy, as well as improving neighborhood environments in low-income areas will reduce alcohol-related violence and improve the safety of Philadelphia’s general public. Details: Philadelphia: Drexel University, School of Public Health, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://idea.library.drexel.edu/handle/1860/3946 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Aggravated Assaults Shelf Number: 128500

Author: Holman, Barry Title: The Dangers of Detention: The Impact of Incarcerating Youth in Detention and Other Secure Facilities Summary: Despite the lowest youth crime rates in 20 years, hundreds of thousands of young people are locked away every year in the nation’s 591 secure detention centers. Detention centers are intended to temporarily house youth who pose a high risk of re-offending before their trial, or who are deemed likely to not appear for their trial. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2006. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/research/1978 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 106879

Author: U.S. Congress. Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control Title: The Buck Stops Here: Improving U.S. Anti-Money Laundering Practices Summary: A bipartisan report entitled The Buck Stops Here: Improving U.S. Anti-Money Laundering Practices that provides recommendations for Congress and the Obama Administration to strengthen anti-money laundering laws and regulations in the United States. “Drug traffickers are motivated by one thing: money. The illicit proceeds from their crimes are blood money, and blood money has no place in our financial system.” said Senator Feinstein. “Money laundering—very often through U.S. businesses and financial institutions—must be stopped if we are to make real progress in curtailing the drug trade. Improving our anti-money laundering laws will help better combat transnational organized crime and return revenue to the U.S. Treasury.” “Our report has common-sense recommendations to curb key shortcomings in anti-money laundering statutes and enforcement practices.” said Senator Grassley. “By cutting off financing, we can get at the criminals who misuse legitimate institutions to fuel their illegal activities. Congress and the Obama Administration should take a close look at these recommendations.” The report recommends: •Stronger enforcement of anti-money laundering laws by the Justice Department, particularly in cases where banks are accused of improperly monitoring billions of dollars in illicit proceeds; •Making pre-paid cards (known as stored value) subject to cross-border reporting requirements; •Closing a loophole that makes armored cash carriers exempt from reporting requirements; •Passage of the Incorporation Transparency and Law Enforcement Assistance Act to make it more difficult for criminal organizations to hide behind shell companies; •Passage of the Combating Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Counterfeiting Act to close gaps in anti-money laundering laws; and •Enforcement of the 2007 National Money Laundering Strategy, including the requirement that all money service businesses register with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. Details: Washington, DC: Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.feinstein.senate.gov/public/index.cfm/files/serve/?File_id=311e974a-feb6-48e6-b302-0769f16185ee Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 128503

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Office of National Drug Control Policy: Office Could Better Identify Opportunities to Increase Program Coordination Summary: ONDCP is responsible for coordinating implementation of drug control policy across the federal government to address illicit drug use. ONDCP developed the 2010 Strategy, which sets forth a 5-year plan to reduce illicit drug use through programs intended to prevent or treat drug abuse or reduce the availability of drugs. GAO was asked to review Strategy implementation and drug abuse prevention and treatment programs. This report assesses, among other things, the extent to which progress has been made toward achieving Strategy goals; ONDCP has mechanisms in place to monitor progress; fragmentation, overlap, and duplication exist across prevention and treatment programs; and ONDCP and federal agencies coordinate efforts to reduce the potential for unnecessary overlap or duplication. GAO analyzed the Strategy and its updates, available data on progress toward achieving Strategy goals, and documents about ONDCP’s monitoring mechanisms. GAO also analyzed data from questionnaires sent to the 15 federal agencies that administer prevention and treatment programs that collected information on services provided and coordination efforts. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that ONDCP assess the extent of overlap and the potential for duplication across federal programs engaged in drug abuse prevention and treatment activities and identify opportunities for increased coordination. ONDCP concurred and stated that it will work with agencies administering these programs to further enhance coordination. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-333: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/653354.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Agency Coordination Shelf Number: 128504

Author: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Domestic Violence and Sex Offender Management Title: Lifetime Supervision of Sex Offenders: Annual Report Summary: The Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC), Colorado Department of Public Safety (CDPS) and the State Judicial Department has collaborated to write this Annual Report on lifetime supervision of sex offenders. The report is submitted pursuant to Section 18-1.3-1011, C.R.S.: “On or before November 1, 2000, and on or before each November 1 thereafter, the department of corrections, the department of public safety, and the judicial department shall submit a report to the judiciary committees of the house of representatives and the senate, or any successor committees, and to the joint budget committee of the general assembly specifying, at a minimum: (a) The impact on the prison population, the parole population, and the probation population in the state due to the extended length of incarceration and supervision provided for in sections 18-1.3-1004, 18-1.3-1006, and 18-1.3-1008; (b) The number of offenders placed in the intensive supervision parole program and the intensive supervision probation program and the length of supervision of offenders in said programs; (c) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who received parole release hearings and the number released on parole during the preceding twelve months, if any; (d) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who received parole or probation discharge hearings and the number discharged from parole or probation during the preceding twelve months, if any; (e) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who received parole or probation revocation hearings and the number whose parole or probation was revoked during the preceding twelve months, if any; (f) A summary of the evaluation instruments developed by the management board and use of the evaluation instruments in evaluating sex offenders pursuant to this part 10; (g) The availability of sex offender treatment providers throughout the state, including location of the treatment providers, the services provided, and the amount paid by offenders and by the state for the services provided, and the manner of regulation and review of the services provided by sex offender treatment providers; (h) The average number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 that participated in Phase I and Phase II of the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program during each month of the preceding twelve months; (i) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who were denied admission to treatment in Phase I and Phase II of the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program for reasons other than length of remaining sentence during each month of the preceding twelve months; (j) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who were terminated from Phase I and Phase II of the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program during the preceding twelve months and the reason for termination in each case; (k) The average length of participation by sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 in Phase I and Phase II of the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program during the preceding twelve months; (l) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who were denied readmission to Phase I and Phase II of the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program after having previously been terminated from the program during the preceding twelve months; (m) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who were recommended by the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program to the parole board for release on parole during the preceding twelve months and whether the recommendation was followed in each case; and (n) The number of sex offenders sentenced pursuant to this part 10 who were recommended by the department's sex offender treatment and monitoring program for placement in community corrections during the preceding twelve months and whether the recommendation was followed in each case.” This report is intended to provide the Colorado General Assembly with information on the thirteenth year of implementation of the Lifetime Supervision Act in Colorado. The report is organized into three sections, one for each of the required reporting departments. Each department individually addresses the information for which it is responsible in implementing lifetime supervision and associated programs. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, Office of Domestic Violence and Sex Offender Management, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://dcj.state.co.us/odvsom/sex_offender/SO_Pdfs/2012%20Lifetime%20Supervision%20Annual%20Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 128506

Author: Ouss, Aurelie Title: When Punishment Doesn't Pay: "Cold Glow" and Decisions to Punish Summary: Economic theories of punishment focus on determining the levels of punishment that will provide maximal social material payoffs. In calculating these levels, several parameters are important: total social costs, total social benefits and the probability that defectors are apprehended. However, often times social levels of punishment are determined by aggregates of individual decisions. Research in behavioral economics, psychology and neuroscience shows that individuals appear to treat punishment as a private good ("cold glow") and so individual decisions may be inappropriately responsive to the above parameters. This means that, depending on environment, aggregate punishment levels can be predictably above or below optimally deterring benchmarks and final social outcomes (e.g.. levels of cooperation and total social costs incurred) can be highly inefficient. We confirm these predictions in a series of experiments. Our research highlights the importance of understanding the psychology of punishment for understanding economically important outcomes and for designing social mechanisms. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University - Program for Evolutionary Dynamics and Department of Economics, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2247446 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Economics Shelf Number: 128508

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Information Sharing: Additional Actions Could Help Ensure That Efforts to Share Terrorism-Related Suspicious Activity Reports Are Effective Summary: In 2007, DOJ and its federal partners developed the Nationwide Suspicious Activity Reporting Initiative to establish a capability to gather and share terrorism-related suspicious activity reports. GAO was asked to examine the initiative's progress and performance. This report addresses the extent to which (1) federal agencies have made progress in implementing the initiative, and what challenges, if any, remain; (2) the technical means used to collect and share reports overlap or duplicate each other; (3) training has met objectives and been completed; and (4) federal agencies are assessing the initiative's performance and results. GAO analyzed relevant documents and interviewed federal officials responsible for implementing the initiative and stakeholders from seven states (chosen based on their geographic location and other factors). The interviews are not generalizable but provided insight on progress and challenges. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ implement formalized mechanisms to provide stakeholders feedback on the suspicious activity reports they submit, mitigate risks from supporting two systems to collect and share reports that may result in the FBI not receiving needed information, more fully assess if training for line officers meets their needs, and establish plans and time frames for implementing measures that assess the homeland security results the initiative has achieved. DOJ agreed with these recommendations and identified actions taken or planned to implement them. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-233: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Fusion Centers Shelf Number: 128579

Author: Pugh, Tracy Title: Blueprint for a Public Health and Safety Approach to Drug Policy Summary: Some of the problems with our current drug policies stem from the fact that these policies have been largely bifurcated between two different and often contradictory approaches. One treats drug use as a crime that cannot be tolerated and should be punished; the other views addiction as a chronic relapsing health or behavioral condition requiring ongoing treatment and support. Neither of these views is all encompassing—it should be recognized that there are patterns of drug use that do not result in significant harm or health problems and therefore require no intervention. The public health approach presented here takes the view that our focus should be on the harm caused by drug use and the harm caused by our policy responses to it. We have focused specifically on illicit drugs, not because they are by themselves more harmful (in fact, tobacco causes more morbidity and mortality than any illicit drug), but because it has become increasingly clear that our current policies to manage illicit drugs are failing. Drug policy in New York is further complicated by multiple actors that all play some role in preventing or responding to drug use. Without a unified framework and better coordination, they often work at cross-purposes. For instance, while New York has grown its network of innovative harm reduction, drug treatment, and alternative-to-incarceration programs, it has also been aggressive in policing and penalizing the same population that accesses these services for possession of drugs and syringes and for relapses. The result is a system that is not working well for anyone. Drug use and its associated harms continue, and our policy responses have resulted in the mass incarceration of New Yorkers, increased racial disparities, stigmatization of individuals and whole subpopulations, fragmented families, deep distrust between police and the communities they serve, and millions of dollars in costs during times of both economic prosperity and, more recently, fiscal crisis. In an era of limited resources, we simply can no longer afford to keep doing what we have been doing when our actions have shown to be largely ineffective and even detrimental: • Drug use affects New Yorkers. The New York State Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services (OASAS) estimates that one in 13 New York State residents suffers from a substance abuse condition. An estimated 447,000 people in New York State need treatment but do not get it.1 Statewide, over 1.8 million New Yorkers (1.77 million adults and 156,000 young people ages 12-17) have a substance abuse condition.2 Many more are affected by the drug use of a family member, friend, or colleague. • Incarceration has proven ineffective at reducing drug use. With one in every 100 U.S. adults now in prison and many more involved in the criminal justice system,3 incarceration is increasingly seen as an important public health issue and as a social determinant of health that exacerbates existing health disparities.4-5 In 2011, there were 104,897 adult drug arrests overall in New York City—21,149 were felony arrests and 83,748 were misdemeanors.6 That same year, the New York City Police Department made over 50,000 arrests for marijuana possession7 yet overall rates of drug use, including marijuana, have remained relatively stable.8 • Our drug policies are driving unacceptable racial disparities in our criminal justice system. Despite the relative consistency in the prevalence of drug use across races, the vast majority of those arrested and incarcerated for drug offenses are people of color. In New York City in 2011, more than 85 percent of those arrested for marijuana possession were Black and Latino, mostly young men,9 even though young white males use marijuana at comparable, if not higher, rates.10 • Illicit drug use and our current policy responses to it are costly and require a revised approach. The economic cost of illicit drug use to the U.S. is estimated to be more than $193 billion annually. 11 The average annual cost of incarceration to New York tax payers is estimated at $3.6 billion.12 As incarceration has increased substantially over the last 40 years, illicit drug use has not seen a substantial reduction. New York is poised for change. There is much momentum to move our drug policies toward a public health-based approach. At the local level, communities around the state are actively calling for a new approach. They are challenging criminal justice-dominated strategies for dealing with drug use—such as stop, question, and frisks leading to arrests for low-level marijuana possession—and mass incarceration. At the policy level, New York in 2009 became one of the first and biggest states in the country to move away from the harsh mandatory sentencing laws that characterized drug policy in the U.S. throughout much of the past four decades. The significant reform to the Rockefeller Drug Laws was advanced by a historic conference held at NYAM in January 2009. The conference, called New Directions New York: A Public Health Safety Approach to Drug Policy, helped to delineate a public health and safety approach as a clear alternative to existing policy. The conference made clear that a wide array of community, government, health, and other stakeholders agree that at the center of all our drug policies whether addressing legal or illicit drugs—should be the question, “What impact will our policies have on the public’s health and safety?” This Blueprint seeks to outline an approach that responds to this question using the best evidence available coupled with the input of hundreds of New Yorkers. Details: New York: New York Academy of Medicine, 2013. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.nyam.org/assets/3371_DPA_NYAM_Report_FINAL_for_WEB_v2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 128583

Author: New York City Council. Task Force to Conmbat Gun Violence Title: A Report to: New York City Council Speaker Christine C. Quinn Summary: This report calls for a comprehensive community-based response to gun violence, including recommendations for programs that the City can fund in neighborhoods with the most gun violence as well as state and federal legislation that will make New York and all Americans safer. We are pleased that, under your leadership, over $4 million has already been allocated to begin implementing the Task Force’s recommendations. Details: New York: New York City Council, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://council.nyc.gov/html/pr/gvtfreport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 128586

Author: Henry, David B. Title: Evaluating the Implementation of a Family-Focused Prevention Program: Effectiveness of SAFE Children Summary: Despite nearly 30 years of delinquency prevention research (Elliott, Huizinga, & Ageton, 1985; Hawkins & Weis, 1985), research findings on youth development and intervention have informed large scale programs and public policy to only a limited extent. There is need for strong evaluation of effectiveness and for greater knowledge about the key issues involved in moving interventions that demonstrate promise to being useful at full scale. There have been several formulations of key issues in effectiveness evaluation, all of which are oriented toward evidence-based prevention (e.g., Flay, et al., 2005; Sandler, et al., 2005; Spoth & Grenberg, 2005). Accompanying these conceptual formulations has been greater attention to practical considerations in undertaking such evaluations and valid measurement of key implementation issues in design of prevention trials (Tolan & Brown, 1998). Consensus is emerging that effectiveness studies should test the practical utility and viability of promising interventions for “at-scale” or “real-world” implementation. As in efficacy trials, it is important that effectiveness trials employ strong evaluation designs with random assignment, longitudinal analysis, reliable and valid measurement, and sophisticated growth oriented data analytic methods. Effectiveness trials also can inform about issues involved in implementation and transition to typical practice. As is noted by Sandler et al. (2005), effectiveness trials function as “dress rehearsal” for going to scale. The Standards Committee of the Society for Prevention Research (Flay et al., 2005) suggests that effectiveness trials should provide good estimates of how the intervention can be implemented in actual practice, cost of such implementation, and understanding of for what population this intervention is intended/appropriate. These formulations guided the development of this effectiveness trial. This project incorporates measurement and analyses that fit with these desired qualities of effectiveness evaluations, and substantially increase the quality and extent of information yield from the study for prevention of delinquency and other antisocial behavior. This final technical report consists of reports on research related to four separate goals, all related to the SAFE Effectiveness Trial. The first goal was to test the effects of the SAFE Effectiveness Trial intervention. Because of unexpected low participation rates, we include with this goal analyses aimed at understanding predictors of intervention participation. The second goal was to explore network processes within the groups and their relations to outcomes. The third was to explore pre-existing provider attitudes and process and fidelity measures, and their relations to outcome. The fourth and final goal was to conduct a cost-benefit analysis of the SAFE Effectiveness Trial. Specific methodological details are provided under the reports of each study goal below. Our overall study plan was to obtain a single baseline assessment before the intervention and then re-assess at post-test and at 6-, 12-, and 24-month post-intervention. Initial recruitment planning and collaborative relationships were formed prior to the beginning of the study, and were in place when initial recruitment began in the Spring of 2006, training the first set of providers began in the Summer of 2006, and recruitment of the first cohort in the Fall of 2006. Details: Chicago: University of Illilnois at Chicago, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/238972.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128588

Author: Toomey, Traci L. Title: The Association between Density of Alcohol Establishments and Violent Crime within Urban Neighborhoods Summary: Background. Numerous studies have found that areas with higher alcohol establishment density are more likely to have higher violent crime rates but most of these studies did not assess the differential effects of type of establishments or the effects on multiple categories of crime. In this study, we assess whether alcohol establishment density is associated with four categories of violent crime, and whether the strength of the associations varies by type of violent crime and by on-premise establishments (e.g., bars, restaurants) versus off-premise establishments (e.g., liquor and convenience stores). Methods. Data come from the city of Minneapolis, Minnesota in 2009 and were aggregated and analyzed at the neighborhood level. Across the 83 neighborhoods in Minneapolis, we examined four categories of violent crime: assault, rape, robbery, and total violent crime. We used a Bayesian hierarchical inference approach to model the data, accounting for spatial auto-correlation and controlling for relevant neighborhood demographics. Models were estimated for total alcohol establishment density as well as separately for on-premise establishments and off-premise establishments. Results. Positive, statistically significant associations were observed for total alcohol establishment density and each of the violent crime outcomes. We estimate that a 3.9% to 4.3%. increase across crime categories would result from a 20% increase in neighborhood establishment density. The associations between on-premise density and each of the individual violent crime outcomes were also all positive and significant and similar in strength as for total establishment density. The relationships between off-premise density and the crime outcomes were all positive but not significant for rape or total violent crime, and the strength of the associations was weaker than those for total and on-premise density. Conclusions. Results of this study, combined with earlier findings, provide more evidence that community leaders should be cautious about increasing the density of alcohol establishments within their neighborhoods. Details: Minneapolis, MN: School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.sph.umn.edu/faculty1/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/rr2011-019.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Outlets Shelf Number: 128590

Author: Buchen, Lizzie Title: California's Division of Juvenile Facilities: Nine Years After Farrell Summary: Since its inception, California’s youth correctional system, the California Youth Authority (CYA), was an institution riddled with overcrowding, abuse, suicides, and high levels of violence. In 2000, Inspector General Steve White testified that it was “impossible to overstate the dimension of the problem.” The system had a dismal record of rehabilitating its wards, more than 80 percent of whom returned to state custody within three years of release. In 2003, a coalition of advocates filed a lawsuit against CYA in Farrell v. Harper, alleging “inhumane conditions” and pointing out that “rehabilitation is impossible when the classroom is a cage and wards live in constant fear of physical and sexual violence from CYA staff and other wards.” The following year, then-Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger signed a consent decree acknowledging the critical problems and pledging to implement significant reforms, including reducing levels of violence, providing more education, treatment, and rehabilitation, and improving medical and mental health care. In 2005, the agency was reconstituted as the Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF) and merged with the adult prison system in the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). In March 2006, the Safety and Welfare Planning Team, a panel of state-approved correctional experts, found DJF was “not a system that needs tinkering around the edges, this is a system that is broken almost everywhere you look.” Moreover, the team concluded that the state’s juvenile facilities had “[become] like adult prisons.” Among its list of 17 significant problems, the team reported: “high levels of violence and fear,” “antiquated facilities unsuited for any mission,” “an adult corrections mentality,” “hours on end when many youths have nothing to do,” and “poor re-entry planning and too few services on parole.” Later that year, the team filed the Safety and Welfare Remedial Plan (hereafter “Remedial Plan”) describing its requirements for a new state youth corrections system that would address these serious issues and be founded on a rehabilitative, rather than a punitive, model. This publication reviews the progress DJF has made in implementing these Court-ordered reforms, using qualitative and quantitative data from the court-appointed expert in safety and welfare, the Special Master who oversees all Farrell reforms, and the CDCR. DJF now has fewer than 800 youth in three facilities — O.H. Close Youth Correctional Facility (OHCYCF), N.A. Chaderjian Youth Correctional Facility (NACYCF), and Ventura Youth Correctional Facility (VYCF) — down from approximately 10,000 youth in 11 facilities in 2000. Although overall levels of violence and abuse are down, CJCJ finds insufficient progress in nearly every area of reform. Seven years after DJF was ordered to implement the Remedial Plan, all of the above-listed problems remain significant concerns. Details: San francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/state_of_djf.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 128596

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: The Federal Bureau of Prisons’ Compassionate Release Program Summary: In the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984, Congress authorized the Director of the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) to request that a federal judge reduce an inmate’s sentence for “extraordinary and compelling” circumstances. Under the statute, the request can be based on either medical or non-medical conditions that could not reasonably have been foreseen by the judge at the time of sentencing. The BOP has issued regulations and a Program Statement entitled “compassionate release” to implement this authority. This review assessed the BOP’s compassionate release program, including whether it provides cost savings or other benefits to the BOP. RESULTS IN BRIEF The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) found that an effectively managed compassionate release program would result in cost savings for the BOP, as well as assist the BOP in managing its continually growing inmate population and the significant capacity challenges it is facing. However, we found that the existing BOP compassionate release program has been poorly managed and implemented inconsistently, likely resulting in eligible inmates not being considered for release and in terminally ill inmates dying before their requests were decided. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2013/e1306.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Compassionate Prisoner Release Shelf Number: 128609

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: The Federal Bureau of Investigation and Terrorism Investigations Summary: The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI, the Bureau) is the lead federal law enforcement agency charged with counterterrorism investigations. Since the September 11, 2001 (9/11) attacks, the FBI has implemented a series of reforms intended to transform itself from a largely reactive law enforcement agency focused on investigations of criminal activity into a more proactive, agile, flexible, and intelligence-driven agency that can prevent acts of terrorism. This report provides background information on key elements of the FBI terrorism investigative process based on publicly available information. It discusses • several enhanced investigative tools, authorities, and capabilities provided to the FBI through post-9/11 legislation, such as the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001; the 2008 revision to the Attorney General’s Guidelines for Domestic FBI Operations (Mukasey Guidelines); and the expansion of Joint Terrorism Task Forces (JTTF) throughout the country; • intelligence reform within the FBI and concerns about the progress of those reform initiatives; • the FBI’s proactive, intelligence-driven posture in its terrorism investigations using preventative policing techniques such as the “Al Capone” approach and the use of agent provocateurs; and • the implications for privacy and civil liberties inherent in the use of preventative policing techniques to combat terrorism. This report sets forth possible considerations for Congress as it executes its oversight role. These issues include the extent to which intelligence has been integrated into FBI operations to support its counterterrorism mission and the progress the Bureau has made on its intelligence reform initiatives. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: R41780: Accessed May 3, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R41780.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 128611

Author: Rushford, Michael Title: Rationalizing Realignment; A perspective on California's return to alternative sentencing Summary: The combined impact of the national recession (which has caused a major reduction in tax revenue) and unsustainable spending policies during the earlier boom have placed unprecedented weight on state governments to significantly reduce spending. Corrections departments have become a major focus of these spending reductions for several reasons. Policies enacted over the past three decades that required longer prison sentences for violent and habitual criminals have increased prison populations in many larger states. Prominent social scientists, criminologists, and academics have criticized these “tough on crime” sentencing policies as a naive abandonment of their growing expertise at identifying low risk offenders who were unsuitable for incarceration and prescribing treatment programs to rehabilitate high risk offenders.1 The favorable publicity enjoyed by these critics and the volumes of research they have produced to support their conclusions have provided a plausible argument in the defense of states which have chosen alternative sentencing rather than to increase prison capacity to accommodate the increased inmate population. California, perhaps more than any other state, is at the center of the conflict between the “tough on crime” sentencing, which has had broad popular support, and the alternative sentencing policies advanced by social scientists and encouraged by the mainstream media. Details: Sacramento, CA: Criminal Justice Legal Foundation, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.cjlf.org/publications/RationalizingRealignment2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 128651

Author: Spielberger, Julie Title: Building a System of Support for Evidence-Based Home Visitation Programs in Illinois: Findings from Year 3 of the Strong Foundations Evaluation Summary: In the fall of 2009, the Illinois Department of Human Services (IDHS), in collaboration with the Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE), the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS), and the Home Visiting Task Force (HVTF) of the Early Learning Council began the implementation of Strong Foundations. Funded by the Children’s Bureau, Illinois was one of 17 grantees in 15 states to receive funding for 5 years to support the implementation, scale-up, and sustainability of evidence-based home visiting programs for the prevention of child maltreatment. Drawing primarily from interviews with state-level informants, program directors and supervisors at a sample of local programs, focus groups and surveys with home visitors, and analysis of administrative records, these reports from the first three years of implementation provide findings and recommendations on aspects of the state-level structures and supports for evidence-based home visitation services, as well as program implementation and quality. These recommendations fall into several areas, including local system building; staff development and training; monitoring and quality assurance; and communication. The report also notes that despite a number of challenges to system building, strong advocacy and leadership in the state, growing collaborations at the local community level, and sustained participation by a wide range of stakeholders provide a good foundation to meet those challenges. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2013. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/research/report/building-system-support-evidence-based-home-visitation-programs-illinois-early-findi-2 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 128652

Author: Sherman, Francine T. Title: Making Detention Reform Work for Girls: A Guide to Juvenile Detention Reform Summary: In 2005, the Annie E. Casey Foundation published Detention Reform and Girls: Challenges and Solutions, the thirteenth installment in its “Pathways to Detention Reform” publication series. The report showed that while girls comprise a minority of youth who appear in juvenile courts on delinquency charges, they often present vastly different challenges than boys. The special needs of girls are manifest throughout the juvenile justice process, the report found, but particularly at the detention phase. Serving girls effectively often requires targeted gender-responsive strategies. Throughout the nation, court-involved girls frequently pose minimal risk to public safety but suffer with significant social service needs. Data on detention utilization show that girls are being disproportionately detained for misdemeanors, status offenses and technical violations of probation and parole. In short, many girls enter detention for the wrong reasons and many remain in detention for extended periods harmful to them and contrary to best practice. Mirroring the national picture, the Pathways report found, “JDAI sites are struggling with how to reduce the population of girls in their secure facilities, implement detention alternatives to best meet girls’ needs, and provide gender-responsive programming for girls who require detention.” Further, the report noted, JDAI’s “core strategies by themselves — without specific policies, practices, and programs that address the particular challenges posed by girls — do not seem sufficient to eliminate disparities, to improve program performance, or to ensure appropriate conditions of confinement.” The Pathways report included a wealth of information about girls and detention. It provided data on girls’ growing share of the detention population, information on how girls’ backgrounds and needs differ from boys’, and an extensive discussion of promising approaches and best practices research on how to serve girls more effectively and make detention reform work for girls. What the report did not provide, however, were clear and specific instructions for local JDAI leaders on how to put this information to constructive use. This practice guide aims to fill that void. It responds to a call from both mature and new sites, which continue to find that effectively serving and supervising girls is among the most difficult issues in detention reform. The practice guide will stress that efforts to safely reduce the inappropriate detention of low-risk girls must be rooted in JDAI’s core strategies, but with an added intentional focus on applying those core strategies to girls’ unique needs and circumstances. These efforts require a strong and collaborative leadership team with the will and capacity to undertake meaningful reforms in the treatment of girls at the detention stage. The work must be rooted in careful analysis of detention management reports and individual case files to pinpoint policies or practices that may result in girls’ inappropriate or unnecessary detention, and they must lead to action as local leaders design, test and continually revise new strategies to meet girls’ needs. The practice guide begins with an overview of the challenges facing local juvenile justice systems in improving their approaches to girls in the detention process. The chapter summarizes the available information about the characteristics of girls in detention, the disparities in the system’s treatment of girls and boys, and the harm caused by unnecessary overreliance on detention for girls. This opening chapter highlights several prevalent causes for this overreliance on detention for girls, and it summarizes some of the key lessons from available research about what can be accomplished through focused efforts to improve the treatment of girls in the detention process. Chapter II describes the organizational steps necessary for JDAI jurisdictions to create a gender work group at the local level and to begin the process of analyzing current practices vis-à-vis girls in detention and developing a work plan for improving the detention process for girls. The chapter provides guidelines and suggestions for creating a local work group to examine the needs of girls, discusses the best timing for detailed gender analysis, and explains how the efforts of the girls work groups will be rooted in the JDAI core strategies. Chapter III will detail the steps required to conduct in-depth gender-focused data analyses to identify the nature and extent of disparities in the jurisdiction’s treatment of girls. Steps in the process include: an initial data scan of readily available data; selection of locally targeted research questions for further study (based on national research combined with local judgment and experience); in-depth quantitative analyses to determine underlying patterns that might be driving gender disparities and problematic treatment of girls; and, finally, a systematic analysis of information contained in case files and related records to further understanding and address questions that remain unanswered based on quantitative data. In addition to step-by-step instructions, the chapter will illustrate the process through a practical case study of a hypothetical jurisdiction. Chapter IV will describe how jurisdictions should go about putting the information gleaned from their gender-focused analysis to practical use. The chapter will help participating jurisdictions create a locally tailored work plan for improving the detention process for girls. The chapter profiles an array of promising and proven strategies gleaned from both the core JDAI strategies and best practice research on effective and gender-responsive practices for girls to address common needs and problems that may be revealed by sites’ data analyses. Also included are practical examples of these strategies from JDAI sites and other jurisdictions. The discussion will illustrate this process by detailing the gender-focused work plan developed in the hypothetical jurisdiction introduced in the prior chapter. Finally, in addition to the text in these chapters, the practice guide offers a variety of practical tools and templates in the Appendices. These include Girls Detention Facility Self-Assessment guidelines and sample tables for the quantitative and case file analyses for the jurisdiction described throughout the report in the hypothetical case study. Details: Baltimore: Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative, Anne E. Casey Foundation, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.jdaihelpdesk.org/Featured%20Resources/JDAI%20-%20Making%20Detention%20Reform%20Work%20for%20Girls.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Delinquents Shelf Number: 128653

Author: Piening, Suzanne Title: From “The Life” to My Life: Sexually Exploited Children Reclaiming Their Futures. Suffolk County Massachusetts’ Response to Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC) Summary: The commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) is a crime of systemized brutality and sexual assault that is deliberately waged on children with prior histories of neglect, abuse, isolation and vulnerability. In recent years, hundreds of girls in the Boston area have been drawn into “the life” of commercial sexual exploitation; countless others remain at risk. These child victims are typically groomed by their exploiters with initial promises of the love and protection that they so deeply crave. Over time, through an incremental process of isolation and abuse, this child becomes the dehumanized possession of her exploiter; repeatedly assaulted physically, sexually and emotionally for her exploiter’s economic gain. This report describes efforts in Suffolk County to identify high risk and sexually exploited children and to provide a path to safety and recovery. Based on interviews and focus groups with professionals from the Boston area’s 35+ agency Support to End Exploitation Now (SEEN) Coalition, this report profiles the problem of CSEC in Suffolk County and describes service models and legislation that are having a positive impact. In addition, it outlines recommendations for continued development, expansion and coordination of these efforts, and the undeniable fiscal constraints that must be surmounted in order for these improvements to be realized. Details: Boston: Children's Advocacy Center of Suffolk County, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.suffolkcac.org/assets/pdf/From_the_Life_to_My_Life_Suffolk_Countys_Response_to_CSEC_June_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 128655

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Transition from Prison to Community Initiative: Process Evaluation Final Report Summary: The National Institute of Corrections (NIC) launched the Transition from Prison to the Community (TPC) initiative in 2001, recognizing the need to provide states with support and guidance in developing an effective reentry system to help prisoners prepare for their release, navigate their transition back to the community, and overcome short- and long-term barriers to reintegration. Along with its cooperative agreement partners, NIC developed the TPC model, a comprehensive model for a systems approach to transition from prison that would incorporate the lessons of evidence-based practice, emphasize the importance of collaboration and a unified vision throughout the reentry continuum, and provide a practical framework to guide corrections agencies and their non-correctional partners in efforts to advance reentry practices. The TPC model was first implemented in a group of eight states from 2001 to 2009. In 2009, NIC and its cooperative agreement partner the Center for Effective Public Policy (CEPP) selected six states to receive a second round of TPC technical assistance; Iowa, Kentucky, Minnesota, Tennessee, Texas, and Wyoming. In order to assist jurisdictions in implementing the TPC model, CEPP organized TPC implementation into a ten-step organizational change process necessary to fully implement TPC: 1. Create and charter teams 2. Develop a clear vision and mission 3. Develop a work plan 4. Understand current policy, practice, populations, and resources 5. Align with evidence-based practice 6. Conduct a gaps analysis 7. Identify targets of change 8. Develop an implementation plan 9. Execute, monitor, adjust, and correct 10. Evaluate TPC work in all six sites unfolded consistent with this framework and TPC technical assistance provision was structured around it. The Urban Institute (UI) conducted an implementation evaluation of this second phase of the TPC initiative. The evaluation included a process evaluation to tell the story of TPC in each state, including whether implementation proceeded as designed, the range of activities pursued, factors that facilitated or inhibited TPC implementation, lessons learned, and a systems change analysis to examine the effect of TPC on each state’s reentry system and operations including changes in policy, procedures and processes. The evaluation drew upon stakeholder interviews, direct observation, document review, and review of performance measurement data. It was clear that system changes occurred in the TPC sites. Regardless of the state of transition practice when the six states joined TPC, at the beginning of building a reentry system or with a strong system in place, advancing in accordance with the TPC model created opportunities for focus and system improvement. All six states developed or modified collaborative structures to oversee reentry, including policy teams with executive-level leadership and implementation teams to oversee the details of key changes, and stakeholders in each state described enhanced collaboration around reentry. Kentucky, Tennessee implemented risk/needs assessment, Iowa, Minnesota, and Wyoming worked to improve their use of existing assessment tools, and Minnesota and Texas planned for implementing new assessment tools to improve their process. All states worked to determine the quality and evidence basis of institutional and community programming. And each state worked to better understand current client-level practice, and measure and monitor reentry performance. Cross-site observations from the process evaluation include: TPC Structure and Collaboration It was important to have many people in the core agencies working on TPC who understand the big picture. Turnover in key positions is inevitable, and occurred in all TPC states. Without a network of people who understood and had ownership of the state’s reentry work, a change in a linchpin position could delay the effort for months. Even successful collaborative efforts experience growing pains. The early stages of building a collaborative effort were often characterized by stakeholder frustration with the pace of the initiative and the perception that it was unfocused. However, these frustrations generally abated (without necessarily disappearing completely) over the course of the initiative as common goals were developed and concrete accomplishments were realized. Establishing a clear charter and defining roles within a TPC effort helps partners engage. A clear charter for the collaborative bodies driving the transition work provided valuable focus to TPC work and made the initiative more transparent to external stakeholders. Securing buy-in from line staff requires special attention. Stakeholders described resistance to change from line staff arising from several sources. TPC states dealt with these challenges in a variety of ways, including focusing on staff recognition, building staff skills, general education, reporting results of reentry efforts, and empowering staff to access leadership and innovate. Middle managers have a vital role to play. TPC leaders felt that middle management in corrections agencies, meaning those directly supervising line staff, were a crucial group to engage in the TPC change process. Their influence on staff and ability to directly support or impede transition practice and transmit (or not) the message that reentry was a priority made them a critical determinant of whether desired system changes were fully executed. Dedicating staff to the change effort makes a difference. Staff dedicated to managing a change process to support transition had a tremendous impact on processes in several states. A person or team able to devote substantial, consistent attention to the TPC effort helped maintain momentum, organization, and focus in the effort. Everyone needs to own reentry. Many of the TPC states identified the need to ensure that all correctional staff, as well as community partners, felt an obligation to facilitate reentry. Establishing reentry-specific units or staff positions facilitated reentry progress in many ways, but stakeholders noted that there was a risk that other staff would feel less ownership over reentry, believing that it belonged to reentry staff. Systems change work requires patience. When asked directly what advice they would give peers in other states seeking to make changes along the lines of the TPC model, many stakeholders stressed the importance of patience with the process and recognizing that changing systems takes a long time. Implementing Systems of Integrated Case Management Assessment of criminogenic risk and need, and a case plan based on the results are the backbone of the transition effort. Once these tools were implemented and automated, it allowed for both evidence-based and consistent work at the client level, and provided vital information regarding the distribution of risk and need across the reentry population necessary for resource allocation and strategic planning decisions. Implementing assessment is just the first step. While putting a valid risk/needs assessment into place was a substantial achievement, TPC stakeholders emphasized the need to ensure that those assessments were being done correctly, consistently, and were being used to build case plans and direct individuals to the appropriate programs. Providing information and training on how to use assessment results increases buy-in to a risk and need-driven reentry system. TPC stakeholders stressed the importance of ensuring that everyone expected to utilize assessment information understood what that information meant and how it could be used. They felt that when this was done properly, assessments were recognized by staff as valuable tools for effective correctional work and decision-making. States grappled with losing program staff. Staff reductions reduced the capacity to deliver programming in a number of TPC states, and reductions in supervision staff in some states had similar effects. Minimal social service infrastructure in many rural areas is a major challenge. Rural reentry posed a difficulty in the participating states, particularly due to the scarcity of community-based treatment and program providers, the distance between them, and the absence of transportation infrastructure. Placing new requirements on staff must be balanced with removing responsibilities. States needed to seek ways to reduce workload to make room for new practices, as well as to create time for offender engagement, motivation enhancement, and positive reinforcement. Iowa, for example, is planning to simplify its case plan for this reason. Assessing Practice and Measuring Performance Capacity to draw and analyze data is limited and overtaxed. TPC states experienced challenges related to both the design of their data systems and lacking staff or sufficiently-skilled staff to retrieve data or conduct analyses using the systems. Gauging the content of line-level practice requires special effort. Every state in TPC needed to conduct activities to determine what was occurring with transition practice at the line level. There is an ongoing need to check and monitor practice at this level to ensure that policy changes are reflected in practice, but also to learn from line-level practice and innovation to guide policy improvements. Data integration is hugely beneficial when it is achieved, but requires upfront investment. Differences in data systems for institutional corrections and field supervision made it difficult to measure progress. Creating integrated data systems is a resource-intensive undertaking, but states that had done so believed it to be tremendously valuable. Measurement questions are strategic questions. It was not possible to define the correction measures to track TPC process until there was clarity at the strategic level of the initiative regarding what should be measured and why. Only once the strategic questions were answered was it possible to move to the technical questions regarding what was possible to extract from the data systems, or what data system modifications might be needed to track progress. Both performance measurement and performance management are important. Gathering measures of transition performance was difficult, and the full benefit of doing so was not realized unless there was a process for the consistent review of those measures to assess progress and identify issues. Tennessee’s Joint Offender Management Plan (JOMP) process was a good model of the regular review of data as part of a systems change process. Disseminating evidence of success builds support for the reentry effort. Summarizing and publicizing evidence of reentry success, both internally within partnering agencies and publicly, helped substantiate progress and increase buy-in at all levels of partnering organizations, as well as solicit support from elected leaders and the public. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412690-Transition-from-Prison-to-Community-Initiative-Process-Evaluation-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Reintegration Shelf Number: 128656

Author: Nelson, Nanette M. Title: The Cost of Substance Abuse in Wyoming 2010 Summary: The Wyoming Department of Health, Public Health Division (PHD) contracted with the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) at the University of Wyoming to conduct a cost of illness (COI) analysis of alcohol, tobacco, illicit drug abuse, prescription drug abuse, and mental health in the state. WYSAC received methodological guidance on the project from the Wyoming State Epidemiological Outcomes Workgroup (SEOW). In this report, WYSAC presents estimates of the economic impacts of substance abuse. In COI studies, estimated costs represent opportunity costs (WYSAC, 2011). Opportunity costs in COI studies are the economic values of opportunities or resources that could have otherwise been used for an alternative purpose instead of those opportunities or resources being used because of adverse health conditions or other outcomes. In this study WYSAC researchers estimated economic costs that would not have been incurred if the Wyoming population was not exposed to the risk factor (i.e., substance abuse) at some point during 2010. Details: Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center University of Wyoming, 2012. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: WYSAC Technical Report No. DER-1250, 2012: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://wysac.uwyo.edu/Reports.aspx?TypeId=4 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 128658

Author: Caponera, Betty Title: Incidence and Nature of Domestic Violence In New Mexico XI: An Analysis of 2011 Data From The New Mexico Interpersonal Violence Data Central Repository Summary: Statewide domestic violence policy and programs are having a positive impact on domestic violence incidents and victimization. The number of domestic violence incidents has decreased 35% since 2005 and the number of victims has decreased 24%. In 2011, there were 21,368 victims in 18,740 domestic violence incidents reported to statewide law enforcement agencies. Unfortunately, the number of adult survivors that sought services (7,910) represent only one third (37%) of total victims identified by law enforcement, down from 45% represented in 2010. More consistently, the number of children served in 2011 (3,591) represent 58% of those identified by law enforcement at the scene of domestic violence incidents. This is similar to the 59% represented in 2010, although the actual number of children served by statewide service providers is 11% less than in 2010. The negative consequences of domestic violence to victims, families, and communities warrants our combined prevention and response efforts. Too many victims and their children are physically injured as a result of domestic violence. Forty-four percent of domestic violence incidents identified by law enforcement resulted in victim injury. Similarly, one-third (37%) of victims and children (34%) served by statewide service providers experienced injury as a result of domestic violence. In 2011, the Central Repository, in collaboration with the New Mexico Coalition Against Domestic Violence, launched a new data collection system that gathers individual records to improve the quality of domestic violence data and assist in our ability to identify risk factors for injury and lethality associated with domestic violence. In this year’s report, Section One presents law enforcement reported domestic violence incidents, as well as domestic violence reports from service providers throughout the state. Presently, the Central Repository is working on a data conversion process with the Administration Office of the Courts that will improve the quality of court information reported in next year’s report. Data for 2011 will be analyzed and the findings will be reported at that time, as well. Section Two presents a discussion of the implications of the findings; and in Section Three, you can see at a glance, county trends on 15 important domestic violence variables. Details: Albuquerque, NM: Office of Injury Prevention, Injury and Behavioral Epidemiology Bureau, Epidemiology and Response Division, New Mexico Department of Health, 2012. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.health.state.nm.us/injury/documents/Incidence%20and%20Nature%20of%20DV%20in%20NM%20XI%202011%20data%20Aug%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (New Mexico, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128659

Author: Schaenman, Philip Title: Opportunities for Police Cost Savings Without Sacrificing Service Quality: Reducing Fuel Consumption Summary: Police vehicles burn a great deal of fuel while patrolling continuously. Various approaches have been proven to significantly reduce the amount of fuel used and its cost. Hybrid vehicles typically get two-three times higher mileage per gallon than conventional vehicles and have proven viable for policing, in many cities, including New York. Computers in vehicles that reduce trips back to stations, fuel-saving driving techniques (such as reducing idling), good vehicle maintenance (such as maintaining proper tire pressures), use of on-line reporting and other strategies such as community policing that require fewer vehicle trips also can reduce fuel consumption. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412803-Opportunities-for-Police-Cost-Savings-Without-Sacrificing-Service-Quality.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Savings Shelf Number: 128661

Author: DiPoala, Audrey Title: An Exploration of Gun Violence and Prevention: Toward the Development of an Inclusive Database Working Paper 2 of 3: Databases as Prevention Summary: This paper is the second in a series of three addressing the need for developing a shooting database in Rochester. The benefit from crime analysis has been seen in recent years as smart policing has come to the forefront. This paper addresses the role that databases play in crime prevention and then moves toward a focus on the need for a shooting database and what role that would play in law enforcement. In addition to providing examples of crime databases, this paper will also highlight the variables necessary to include in a database specific to shooting victims. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives Rochester Institute of Technology, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper # 2013-2: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/cpsi/WorkingPapers/2013/2013-03.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 128662

Author: Lindo, Jason M. Title: Economic Conditions and Child Abuse Summary: Although a huge literature spanning several disciplines documents an association between poverty and child abuse, researchers have not found persuasive evidence that economic downturns increase abuse, despite their impacts on family income. In this paper, we address this seeming contradiction. Using county-level child abuse data spanning 1996 to 2009 from the California Department of Justice, we estimate the extent to which a county's reported abuse rate diverges from its trend when its economic conditions diverge from trend, controlling for statewide annual shocks. The results of this analysis indicate that overall measures of economic conditions are not strongly related to rates of abuse. However, focusing on overall measures of economic conditions masks strong opposing effects of economic conditions facing males and females: male layoffs increase rates of abuse whereas female layoffs reduce rates of abuse. These results are consistent with a theoretical framework that builds on family-time-use models and emphasizes differential risks of abuse associated with a child's time spent with different caregivers. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 18994: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w18994 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128663

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Out of School & Off Track: The Overuse of Suspensions in American Middle and High Schools Summary: In this first of a kind breakdown of data from over 26,000 U.S. middle and high schools, we estimate that well over two million students were suspended during the 2009-2010 academic year. This means that one out of every nine secondary school students was suspended at least once during that year. As other studies demonstrate, the vast majority of suspensions are for minor infractions of school rules, such as disrupting class, tardiness, and dress code violations, rather than for serious violent or criminal behavior. Serious incidents are rare and result in expulsions, which are not covered by this report. Given the recent research showing that being suspended even once in ninth grade is associated with a twofold increase in the likelihood of dropping out, from 16% for those not suspended to 32% for those suspended just once (Balfanz, 2013), the high number of students suspended, as presented in this report, should be of grave concern to all parents, educators, taxpayers, and policymakers. We are publishing this report because of the serious academic implications these statistics have for students who attend schools with high suspension rates. We believe greater awareness will help produce more effective approaches that create safe, healthy, and productive learning environments, which research indicates is best accomplished without resorting to frequent out-of-school suspensions. Done well, efforts to reduce suspensions should also improve graduation rates, achievement scores, and life outcomes, while also decreasing the rate of incarceration for juveniles and adults. The findings of this report also highlight critical civil rights concerns related to the high frequency of secondary school suspensions. We focus on secondary schools because children of color and students from other historically disadvantaged groups are far more likely than other students to be suspended out of school at this level. Our prior report, released in August 2012, looked only at K-12 suspension rates across the entire grade span and contained no new analysis at the secondary school level. While the racial discipline gap has always been largest in middle schools and high schools, it has grown dramatically at the secondary level since the early 1970s. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2013. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2013 at: http://civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/resources/projects/center-for-civil-rights-remedies/school-to-prison-folder/federal-reports/out-of-school-and-off-track-the-overuse-of-suspensions-in-american-middle-and-high-schools/OutofSchool-OffTrack_UCLA_4-8.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 128670

Author: Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research Title: Halfway from Prison to the Community: From Current Practice to Best Practice Summary: With the growing emphasis on reentry readiness, federal, state, and local correctional agencies have developed reentry strategies that rely to varying degrees on “halfway” residential facilities, called “residential reentry centers” (RRCs) in this report. Some states (e.g., California, Colorado, Connecticut, Illinois, New Jersey, Ohio, Pennsylvania), in addition to the Federal Bureau of Prisons, release a significant proportion of their offenders through RRCs. Indeed, untold millions are spent annually by government agencies on reentry services provided by RRCs. These services are often purchased through contracts between correctional agencies and private providers. As a whole, little is known about RRCs or the contracting process that funds them. There is no national database for these facilities. For this reason, strikingly little is known about who is providing the services; what these facilities do or are supposed to do; how much is spent on them; how correctional agencies contract for services and monitor performance; how many people they serve; how reentry performance is measured and reported; or whether these reentry intermediaries work in terms of reducing recidivism or lowering correctional costs. The Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research at Rutgers University, with funding from the Langeloth Foundation and the National Institute of Mental Health, convened three roundtables from August to November 2012, to explore a variety of issues related to halfway house models and operations through a dialogue among researchers, policymakers, advocates, and practitioners. The dialogue was guided by a series of commissioned papers prepared by leading experts and presentations by representatives of RRCs. This report provides a framework and a set of guidelines for the structure, implementation, and evaluation of RRCs. What was most clear from Roundtable discussions and the review of the research is: the performance of RRCs, in general, has not reached its potential. The central issue, and the one addressed in this report, is how to move from current practice to best practice. Details: New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Behavioral Health Services & Criminal Justice Research, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2013 at: http://cbhs-cjr.rutgers.edu/pdfs/Halfway_house_RRC_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Halfway Houses Shelf Number: 128672

Author: Marceau, Justin F Title: Gideon's Shadow Summary: The right to counsel is regarded as a right without peer, even in a field of litigation saturated with constitutional protections. But from this elevated, elite-right status, the right to counsel casts a shadow over the other, less prominent criminal procedure rights. Elaborating on this paradoxical aspect of the Gideon right – that the very prominence of the right tends to dilute other rights, or at least justify limitations on non-Gideon rights – this essay analyzes the judicial and scholarly practice of employing the counsel right as a cudgel to curb other rights. Details: Denver: University of Denver Sturm College of Law. 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal Research Paper Series Working Paper No. 13-20: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2248366 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 128678

Author: Pawasarat, John Title: Wisconsin’s Mass Incarceration of African American Males: Workforce Challenges for 2013 Summary: Among the most critical workforce issues facing Wisconsin are governmental policies and practices leading to mass incarceration of African Americans men and suspensions of driving privileges to low-income adults. The prison population in Wisconsin has more than tripled since 1990, fueled by increased government funding for drug enforcement (rather than treatment) and prison construction, three-strike rules, mandatory minimum sentence laws, truth-in-sentencing replacing judicial discretion in setting punishments, concentrated policing in minority communities, and state incarceration for minor probation and supervision violations. Particularly impacted were African American males, with the 2010 U.S. Census showing Wisconsin having the highest black male incarceration rate in the nation. In Milwaukee County over half of African American men in their 30s have served time in state prison. This report uses two decades of state Department of Corrections (DOC) and Department of Transportation (DOT) files to assess employment and training barriers facing African American men with a history of DOC offenses and DOT violations. The report focuses on 26,222 African American males from Milwaukee County incarcerated in state correctional facilities from 1990 to 2012 (including a third with only non-violent crimes) and another 27,874 men with DOT violations preventing them from legally driving (many for failures to pay fines and civil forfeitures). Prison time is the most serious barrier to employment, making ex-offender populations the most difficult to place and sustain in full-time employment. When DOT driver’s licensing history is also considered, transportation barriers make successful labor force attachment even less likely. Yet, most of the recent state policy discussions about preparing the Wisconsin workforce and debates over redistribution of government job training dollars have largely ignored African American men and relegated ex-offender populations to a minor (if not invisible) place in Wisconsin’s labor force. • This paper quantifies Milwaukee County African American male populations in need of increased workforce policy attention and program support. • Proposed changes in state policies and legislation have been brought forward by religious groups, the Milwaukee County District Attorney, The Sentencing Project, and others to reduce Wisconsin’s levels of incarceration. They deserve serious consideration. • Programs to address reentry and workforce needs are currently operated by the Department of Corrections and non-profit organizations but serve only a small portion of those in need. These should be expanded and tested for their effectiveness. • Recognizing that there is no quick fix for ex-offender populations, the cost savings from reductions in the prison population should be used to fund employment and training programs for those in and out of corrections and to support programs to assist those without driver’s licenses, an essential employment credential. • The Windows to Work, a joint effort between the DOC and workforce investment boards, should be expanded. If successful, these efforts will save the state money, help ensure public safety, and reduce recidivism. Details: Milwaukee: Employment and Training Institute, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://www4.uwm.edu/eti/2013/BlackImprisonment.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 128680

Author: James, Juliene Title: Justice Reinvestment in Action: The Delaware Model Summary: Justice reinvestment is a data-driven approach to corrections policy that seeks to cut spending and reinvest savings in practices that have been empirically shown to improve safety and hold offenders accountable. The Vera Institute of Justice is working with Delaware to advance its efforts under the Justice Reinvestment Initiative—a project sponsored by the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance. Delaware’s work in justice reinvestment began in the summer of 2011, when Governor Jack Markell established the Delaware Justice Reinvestment Task Force through executive order to conduct a comprehensive examination of the factors contributing to the size of the corrections population, both pretrial and sentenced individuals. Vera assisted the task force in analyzing these factors and assessed the capacity and quality of institutional and community-based programs. The task force found that people awaiting trial made up a large proportion of the prison population, that supervision practices resulted in a large number of probationers spending time in prison, and that Delaware prisoners served long sentences with limited opportunity to earn reductions in their sentences—even when they had made significant steps toward rehabilitation. Based on these findings, Vera helped the task force develop a policy framework to address these drivers of the corrections population and ensure that scarce justice resources are used to reduce recidivism and enhance public safety. Legislators translated these policy recommendations into Delaware Senate Bill 226. Among other changes, the legislation requires implementation of an objective risk assessment instrument to help magistrates make informed decisions about pretrial release, makes available objective risk and needs assessment for judges’ use in sentencing, supports improved community supervision practices, and creates incentives for those who are incarcerated and under supervision to complete evidence-based programs designed to reduce recidivism. Strong bipartisan efforts led to the near-unanimous passage of the legislation, which Governor Markell signed in August 2012. As other jurisdictions consider how best to invest limited public safety dollars, Delaware’s experience offers a helpful example of what can be accomplished through a close consideration of data and social science. Because it is a unified system—one of only a handful in which the state’s Department of Correction has custody of both pretrial and sentenced populations—Delaware’s recent work is relevant not only to other states, but also to local jurisdictions, which typically are responsible for jail populations. This brief reflects on Delaware’s efforts. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Sentencing and Corrections, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/justice-reinvestment-in-action-delaware.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (Delaware, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128682

Author: Mathematica Policy Research Title: Advancing the Self-Sufficiency and Well-Being of At-Risk Youth: A Conceptual Framework Summary: How can programs advance the self-sufficiency and well-being of at-risk youth? This report attempts to answer this important question by presenting a research-based framework for efforts to help at-risk youth enter a career workforce trajectory and prepare to become well-functioning, self-sufficient adults. The framework presented is particularly relevant for youth who are or could be served by ACF programs—especially homeless youth, youth in the foster care system, and teen parents—but it may also apply to other programs. The framework suggests the possibility of using evidence-informed interventions to address two primary areas: youths’ resilience and human capital development. It suggests finding tailored solutions grounded in a trusting relationship between youth and program staff to help move youth toward both healthy functioning and economic self-sufficiency as they transition to adulthood. This report was written as part of the Youth Demonstration Development project being conducted by Mathematica Policy Research and Chapin Hall Center for Children. Details: Washington, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRDE Report # 2013-13: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/ydd_final_report_3_22_13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128686

Author: Gaebler, Helen Title: Criminal Records in the Digital Age: A Review of Current Practices and Recommendations for Reform in Texas Summary: “Smart on Crime” reentry reforms have tended to focus on problems arising after criminal records are already publicly available. This is too late. Once criminal records have been released and incorporated into online databases it is difficult, if not impossible, to put the genie back in the bottle. It is time to broaden the reentry discussion and take a comprehensive look at how criminal records are accessed, disseminated, and utilized in this digital age and to find ways to make the criminal justice system more effective at providing meaningful opportunities for successful and lasting reintegration into our communities. Across the United States criminal records are increasingly available to the public through government repositories and commercial vendors alike. The opportunities and benefits lost as a result of a criminal record create lifelong barriers for anyone attempting to overcome a criminal past.  Easy access to records means that most employers and landlords routinely request criminal history information when screening applicants.  A criminal record severely restricts most employment opportunities and can entirely eliminate the opportunity to work in hundreds of licensed professions.  A criminal record makes it significantly harder to find housing, whether with private landlords or in publicly subsidized housing, with some offenses requiring lifetime bans.  Government benefits, including, cash assistance, food stamps, and student loans, may be denied or restricted because of a criminal history. More than 65 million adults nationwide have a criminal history; the numbers in Texas are equally alarming, with an estimated 4.7 million adults possessing a criminal record. These numbers continue to increase as more people are arrested and drawn into the criminal justice system. In Texas alone, law enforcement makes more than 1 million new arrests annually. All of these individuals are at risk for the long term negative collateral consequences that flow from a criminal record. With the rise of the Internet and the emergence of electronic databases, more than 40 million criminal background checks are performed annually for non-criminal justice purposes. But despite the technological advances that make criminal records so easy and cheap to access, little oversight exists to ensure that the information being reported is accurate and legally compliant. Equally problematic is that efforts to minimize collateral consequences by limiting access to the criminal records are undermined by the absence of uniform statewide release procedures. Widespread access to criminal records has serious long-term societal implications:  Employment and housing are determinant factors in assessing recidivism risks, with the first year following release being the most critical time for reentry.  Collateral consequences affect everyone in contact with the individual, including families and children. Many communities most affected already contend with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, and crime.  The overrepresentation of African Americans and Latinos at every level of the criminal justice system puts these individuals at greater risk of harm. The risk of recidivism and danger to public safety are the most common concerns voiced by those advocating for increased access to criminal records, but such fears are overstated. Few, if any, contend that criminal history information is never a relevant factor to be considered. Problems arise, however, when policies and practices allow searches to include any past criminal involvement or law enforcement contact, regardless of offense, circumstance, and time passed. Restricting all opportunity for those living with a criminal record does not enhance public safety. A review of legislative efforts from across the US illustrates the complex nature of these problems. Lawmakers must combine many small solutions to create comprehensive system-wide reform to better control access to and use of criminal records and to minimize downstream reentry barriers. It is time for Texas to engage in this same process. Details: Austin, TX: William Wayne Justice Center for Public Interest Law The University of Texas School of law, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.utexas.edu/law/centers/publicinterest/research/criminalrecords_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128687

Author: Ludwig, Jens Title: Preventing Youth Violence and Dropout: A Randomized Field Experiment Summary: Improving the long-term life outcomes of disadvantaged youth remains a top policy priority in the United States, although identifying successful interventions for adolescents – particularly males – has proven challenging. This paper reports results from a large randomized controlled trial of an intervention for disadvantaged male youth grades 7-10 from high-crime Chicago neighborhoods. The intervention was delivered by two local non-profits and included regular interactions with a pro-social adult, after-school programming, and – perhaps the most novel ingredient – in-school programming designed to reduce common judgment and decision-making problems related to automatic behavior and biased beliefs, or what psychologists call cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT). We randomly assigned 2,740 youth to programming or to a control group; about half those offered programming participated, with the average participant attending 13 sessions. Program participation reduced violent-crime arrests during the program year by 8.1 per 100 youth (a 44 percent reduction). It also generated sustained gains in schooling outcomes equal to 0.14 standard deviations during the program year and 0.19 standard deviations during the follow-up year, which we estimate could lead to higher graduation rates of 3-10 percentage points (7-22 percent). Depending on how one monetizes the social costs of crime, the benefit-cost ratio may be as high as 30:1 from reductions in criminal activity alone. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resoruce: NBER Working Paper 19014: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w19014 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 128689

Author: Wilks, Kim Title: Effective Approaches for Reducing Prostitution in Texas: Proactive and Cost-Efficient Strategies to Help People Leave the Streets Summary: The diversion of individuals with low-level, nonviolent offenses from the criminal justice system has not only been shown to improve public safety; it has also resulted in significant cost savings for state prison systems. Diversion programs have proven especially successful in re-directing individuals with mental illness and addictilon issues away from incarceration and toward much needed treatment services. Individuals who engage in sex work are far more likely to suffer from mental illness, drug and alcohol addiction, and past trauma than both the general population and many other individuals entering the criminal justice system. The proven effectiveness of diversion programs when applied to similar popular ons compels us to believe that an increase in the number of prostituion diversion programs in Texas will positively impact public health and public safety while simultaneously saving taxpayer dollars. Texas incarcerates sex workers at a higher rate than most other states, and it is the only state in the nation to charge individuals engaging in prostitution with a felony. This punitive approach has not significantly deterred individuals from prostitution or decreased the number of prostituion arrests. Instead, Texas’ policies have resulted in high costs associated with policing, prosecuting, and incarcerating these individuals, and they have created collateral consequences for the arrested individuals themselves and the communities where prostitution occurs. Indeed, individuals face lifelong barriers associated with conviction, including limited access to housing and employment, while communities struggle to address populations that are under-employed or homeless, and draining local budgets. Prostitution diversion programs throughout the country, including one in Dallas, have a proven track record of success in offering individuals a safe exit from prostitution. Based on an examination and consideration of these successful models, the Texas Criminal Justice Coalition urges legislators to consider expanding such programs throughout the state. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/TCJC%20Effective%20Approaches%20Reducing%20Prostitution%20(2013).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 128695

Author: Rodriguez, Nancy Title: An Impact Evaluation of Three Strategies Created to Reduce Disproportionate Minority Contact and the Detention Population Summary: The goal of this project was to examine the effectiveness of three distinct strategies (revision of a detention index, a procedural change in review of detention decisions, and a monitoring system of detained youth) created by Maricopa County Juvenile Probation to reduce disproportionate minority contact (DMC) and the number of youth subject to detention in the County. The study objectives include the examination of: 1) the overall number of detentions among youth brought to detention on a referral, especially minority youth; 2) the effect of race and ethnicity in detention outcome and subsequent stages of processing; 3) the length in detention stays among all youth; and 4) the decision-making processes of system actors directly involved with the processing of youth in the justice system, specifically detention and probation staff. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/241506.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 128698

Author: Flick, Peg Title: H.B.10-1352 Savings Analysis Report: First 12 Months of Implementation. Pursuant to 24-33.5-503(1)(u), C.R.S. Summary: In May 2010 the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill 10-1352 which substantially altered Article 18, Title 18, concerning Uniform Controlled Substances. The intent of H.B.10-1352 as specified in its legislative declaration was to generate savings from reduced crime classifications and their resulting sentences, and direct those savings into substance abuse treatment. H.B.10-1352 created a distinction between drug use and possession, and the crimes of manufacturing and distribution. Specifically, the bill lowered the crime classification for use and possession crimes, and directed expected savings to the state’s Drug Offender Treatment Fund. H.B.10-1352 also increased the Drug Offender Surcharge for felony, misdemeanor, and petty offenses. H.B.10-1352 directs the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) to report annually on the savings generated by its modifications (24-33.5-503(u), C.R.S.). The statute went into effect on August 11, 2010. This report analyzes the savings realized in first 12 months after its enactment. This analysis attempts to measure the impact of H.B.10-1352 outlined in its fiscal note by comparing the cost of offenders sentenced in the initial 12 month period after the bill’s enactment date to the cost of offenders in the 12 months prior. To be included in this analysis, an offender had to be arrested on or after August 11, 2010 and be filed on, convicted and sentenced on or before August 10, 2011. Cases meeting these same criteria in 2009 were used as the comparison group. Court records for offenders were obtained from the Judicial Branch and from Denver County Court to build a model that tracked offenders meeting the criteria. Sentence start and end dates were obtained from the Office of Community Corrections in the Division of Criminal Justice, and from the Department of Corrections. Caseload data were obtained from the Office of the State Public Defender. Costs per day data were obtained for each sentence placement type. This information was combined into the model to identify and then compare offender costs for pre- and post-1352 groups as each progressed through the justice system. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Office of Research and Statistics Division of Criminal Justice, Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://www.colorado.gov/ccjjdir/Resources/Resources/Report/2012-01_HB1352Rpt.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128699

Author: Flick, Peg Title: H.B.10-1352 Savings Analysis Report: First Two Years of Implementation Summary: In May 2010 the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill 10-1352 which substantially altered Article 18, Title 18, concerning Uniform Controlled Substances. The intent of H.B.10-1352 as specified in its legislative declaration was to generate savings from reduced crime classifications and their resulting sentences, and direct those savings into substance abuse treatment. H.B.10-1352 created a distinction between drug use and possession, and the crimes of manufacturing and distribution. The bill lowered the crime classification for use and possession, and directed expected savings to the state’s Drug Offender Treatment Fund. H.B.10-1352 also increased the Drug Offender Surcharge for felony, misdemeanor, and petty offenses. H.B.10-1352 directed the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) to report annually on the savings generated by its modifications (24-33.5-503(u), C.R.S.). This final report analyzes the savings realized in the first two years after its implementation. This analysis measured the impact of H.B.10-1352 by comparing the cost of offenders sentenced in the initial two year period after the bill’s enactment to the cost of offenders sentenced in the two years prior. To be included in this analysis, an offender had to commit the offense on or after August 11, 2010 and be filed on, convicted, and sentenced on or before August 10, 2012. Cases meeting these same criteria from August 11, 2008 to August 10, 2010 were used as the comparison group. This analysis attempts to track the cost of all offender sentences. To do so, court records were obtained from the Judicial Branch and from Denver County Court. To supplement court records, sentence start and end dates were obtained from the Office of Community Corrections in the Division of Criminal Justice, and from the Department of Corrections. This information, combined with cost per day of each sentence placement, was used to determine the actual cost of offenders as they progressed through the system. In addition to actual cost, the cost of offender sentences if H.B.10-1352 had not passed was estimated. The savings generated by H.B.10-1352 presented in this report is the difference between the actual cost of sentences served and the estimated costs of the sentences they would have served had the bill not been enacted. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Office of Research and Statistics Division of Criminal Justice, Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://www.colorado.gov/ccjjdir/Resources/Resources/Report/2013-03_HB1352Rpt.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128700

Author: Olson, Jeremiah Carl Title: Social Construction and Political Decision Making in the American Prisons System(s) Summary: With over two million inmates, the United States’ prison population is the largest in the world. Nearly one in one hundred Americans are behind bars, either in prisons or pre-trial detention facilities. The rapid growth in incarceration is well-documented. However, social science explanations often stop at the prison gates, with little work on treatment inside prisons. This black box approach ignores important bureaucratic decisions, including the provision of rehabilitative services and the application of punishment. This dissertation offers a systematic analysis of treatment decisions inside the American prisons. I use a mixed methods approach, combining multiple quantitative datasets with environmental observation at four prisons, and original interviews of twenty-three correctional staff members. I offer the only large-n comparative analysis of American state prisons. Characteristics of the inmates as well as characteristics of staff are explored. I am able to analyze data at the state, facility and individual level. All of this is to answer a crucial and somewhat overlooked question; how do prison staff decide who should be punished and who should receive rehabilitative treatment? I find that theories of social construction offer insight into the treatment of American prison inmates. Specifically, I find that socially constructed racial categories offer explanatory value for inmate treatment. Black and Hispanic inmates are less likely to receive important rehabilitative programs, including access to mental health and medical care. Black and Hispanic inmates are also more likely to receive punishment including the use of solitary confinement in administrative segregation units. I find, consistent with theories of representative bureaucracy that staffing characteristics also impact treatment decisions, with black and Hispanic staff members expressing lower preferences for punishment and prisons with higher percentages of black staff members utilize administrative segregation less. I provide a historical overview of the changing social constructions of crime and prisons inside the United States, from colonial to present day America. I argue that the treatment of prisoners changes as our conception of crime changes. I discuss recent bipartisan attempts at prison reform and offer my own suggestions for reform of the American prison system. Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, Political Science, 2013. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://uknowledge.uky.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1005&context=polysci_etds Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 128713

Author: Scarbrough, Sarah Huggins Title: Reducing Recidivism in Returning Offenders with Alcohol and Drug Related Offenses: Contracts for the Delivery of Authentic Peer Based Recovery Support Services Summary: In collaboration with Sheriff C. T. Woody, the Deputies and other jail personnel, Kingdom Life Ministries (KLM) operates in the City of Richmond Jail. Aimed at serving individuals who suffer from alcoholism and other drug addictions, KLM’s programs offer peer-to-peer recovery support services; meaning people who are successful in their recovery deliver the recovery message. On any given day, rehabilitation and recovery services are provided to 120 men in what used to be the worst tier of the Richmond City Jail. A large portion of these men battle substance abuse disorders and have exhibited habitual criminal behavior over an extended period of time. Using a mixed methods approach, this study examined the effectiveness of KLM, during two stages — while the men are incarcerated and upon release. Beginning in February 2008, with the initial implementation of the KLM program, the examination spanned three and a half years, concluding in September 2011. The qualitative and quantitative findings of this study revealed the effectiveness of the KLM program. Secondary data examining other programs in and outside of Virginia was also reviewed to in order to develop best practices recommendations for substance abuse treatment organizations. Last, it was also discovered that private organizations provide more efficient services than public programs, and do in a much more cost effective manner. Details: Richmond VA: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2012. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://sarahscarbrough.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/scarbrough-dissertation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Offenders Shelf Number: 128714

Author: Larsen, Amanda Title: Potential Factors Influencing Leniency toward Veterans who Commit Crimes Summary: Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety disorder that occurs following a traumatic experience and has symptoms that can severely impair functioning. Military personnel are particularly likely to experience trauma, and thus are commonly diagnosed with PTSD. Importantly, because PTSD is correlated with expressions of anger and aggression, military veterans are at an increased risk of committing crimes upon returning from deployment. Although legal records have shown that veterans with PTSD are often charged with lighter crimes and/or given lighter sentences compared to people not diagnosed with PTSD, to date no psychological research has directly investigated if jurors truly are inclined to give veterans with PTSD lighter sentences than veterans without PTSD. It also remains unclear how various factors related to PTSD may influence jurors’ sentencing recommendations. The purpose of the present research was to compare judgments of guilt for veterans with PTSD to civilians and to investigate whether various factors lead to increased leniency from jurors. Participants read fictional court documents describing a crime and reported perceptions of guilt, responsibility, and feelings toward the defendant. Results indicated that the diagnosis of PTSD, timing of diagnosis, and type of combat experienced influenced various perceptions of the defendant and his sentencing. Future directions are discussed. Details: Illinois Wesleyan University, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Honors Projects, Paper 157: Accessed May 13, 2013 at: http://digitalcommons.iwu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1156&context=psych_honproj Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 128722

Author: Caron, Anne Title: Fourth Judicial District Veterans Court – Two Year Review: July 2010 – June 2012 Summary: • The Fourth Judicial District Veterans Court began in July 2010 as a voluntary problem-solving court for veteran offenders with treatable chemical dependency and/or mental health issues. It is a hybrid of the drug court and mental health court models. • Veterans Court promotes sobriety, recovery, and stability through a coordinated response that involves the cooperation and collaboration of court and probation personnel along with the addition of the VA Medical Center, VA Benefits Administration, and volunteer veteran mentors. • In its first two years of operation, 131 individuals entered Veterans Court. Nearly all (97%) are male, two-thirds are white, the average age at entry is 44 years, and nearly half have gross misdemeanor offenses. The most common offense type is gross misdemeanor DWIs (40%), followed by misdemeanor domestic offenses (20%). Nearly half (47%) have been deployed overseas at least once, most commonly to Iraq (60%). • At the end of two years, there are seventy-three active participants (56%), forty-one graduates (31%), eight individuals terminated by the Court (6%), seven who voluntarily withdrew (5%), and two who are no longer active due to other reasons (death, transfer out of state). • This review of Veterans Court includes a pre-post analysis of participants at this point in the program. A full evaluation, with a matched comparison sample, will ensue once the number of graduates reaches 100 and those graduates have one year of street-time post Veterans Court. • Since this is a program review, all goals should be considered in progress o Goal 1: Reduce criminal recidivism  During the first six months after entry into Veterans Court, 83% of participants commit fewer offenses than during the six months just prior to entry. This pattern maintains through both years of data: 72% of participants who have at least 24 months post-entry commit fewer offenses than during the 24 months just prior to entering the Court (Table 6, page 17).  The majority of Veterans Court participants have no new offenses while in the program, and those who do commit new offenses generally do so at a non-felony level (Table 8, page 18). o Goal 2: Promote participant sobriety  Not all participants are in Veterans Court for drug or alcohol related issues: indeed only two-thirds of graduates and terminated defendants were required to take alcohol and drugs tests while in the program. Graduates test positive at a lower rate than terminated defendants do (Table 9, page 19). o Goal 3: Increase compliance with treatment and other court-ordered conditions  Between two-thirds and three-fourths of all participants are ordered to complete chemical dependency treatment and/or domestic abuse programming. No graduate or active participant has failed to complete treatment, while nearly half of the non-completers do not enter treatment before terminating from the Court.  More than half (57%) of graduates complete inpatient treatment while 39% of active participants do so (Table 10, page 21). If needed, active participants may be required to complete a more intensive level of treatment prior to their graduation. o Goal 4: Improve access to VA benefits and services  Veterans Court works closely with a VA benefits specialist and the Hennepin County Veterans Service Office to assist participants in filing claims as needed to begin receiving benefits or to increase benefits to the level to which they are entitled.  Nearly three-fourths (73%) of participants already receive benefits prior to entering the Court, while others connect while in Veterans Court (21%). A few participants (5%) are not eligible for VA benefits - for example, due to income level, dishonorable discharge status, or because they are currently active in the Guard/Reserves. o Goal 5: Improve family relationships and social support connections  The Hennepin County Veterans Court has established a mentor program, in which participants are matched with veterans in the community if they so choose in order to help them navigate the court and VA Medical Center system as well as to provide support and friendship in the community. o Goal 6: Improve life stability  More than half of graduates maintain or increase their level of employment from entry to graduation (Table 11, page 23).  Nearly three-fourths of graduates live on their own in a private residence at both entry and exit from the program, while another 15% increase their housing stability from entry to graduation (Table 12, page 23). • Overall, participants are extremely satisfied with the services they receive through Veterans Court and its partners. On the uSPEQ® survey scores can range from one (strongly disagree) to four (strongly agree), and in both the first and second years of Veterans Court the average score on all five question categories (service responsiveness, informed choice, respect, overall value, and participation) was 3.8 or higher. Although slight, scores on all five measures increased in the second year (Table 13, page 25). Details: Minneapolis: Minnesota Judicial Branch, Fourth Judicial District Research Division, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://www.mncourts.gov/Documents/4/Public/Research/Veterans_Court_Two_Year_Review.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 128726

Author: American Educational Research Association. Title: Prevention of Bullying in Schools, Colleges, and Universities: Research Report and Recommendations Summary: Bullying presents one of the greatest health risks to children, youth, and young adults in U.S. society. It is pernicious in its impact even if often less visible and less readily identifiable than other public health concerns. Its effects on victims, perpetrators, and even bystanders are both immediate and long term and can affect the development and functioning of individuals across generations. The epicenter for bullying is schools, colleges, and universities, where vast numbers of children, youth, and young adults spend much of their time. Bullying—a form of harassment and violence—needs to be understood from a developmental, social, and educational perspective. The educational settings in which it occurs and where prevention and intervention are possible need to be studied and understood as potential contexts for positive change. Yet many administrators, teachers, and related personnel lack training to address bullying and do not know how to intervene to reduce it. The report is presented as a series of 11 briefs. All but one present research and set forth conclusions and implications. The briefs, which range in length from four to 10 pages each, include: •Looking Beyond the Traditional Definition of Bullying •Bullying as a Pervasive Problem •Bullying and Peer Victimization Among Vulnerable Populations •Gender-Related Bullying and Harassment: A Growing Trend •Legal Rights Related to Bullying and Discriminatory Harassment •Improving School Climate: A Critical Tool in Combating Bullying •Students, Teachers, Support Staff, Administrators, and Parents Working Together to Prevent and Reduce Bullying •Putting School Safety Education at the Core of Professional Preparation Programs •Reinvigorated Data Collection and Analysis: A Charge for National and Federal Stakeholders. Details: Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association, 2013. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://www.aera.net/Portals/38/docs/News%20Release/Prevention%20of%20Bullying%20in%20Schools,%20Colleges%20and%20Universities.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128730

Author: Hakim, Simon Title: Cost Analysis of Public and Contractor-Operated Prisons Summary: As states continue to grapple with aging correctional facilities, overcrowding, underfunded retiree obligations and other constraints, new research from Temple University’s Center for Competitive Government finds that privately operated prisons can substantially cut costs – from 12 percent to 58 percent in long-term savings – while performing at equal or better levels than government-run prisons. Temple economics Professors Simon Hakim and Erwin A. Blackstone analyzed government data from nine states that generally have higher numbers of privately held prisoners (Arizona, California, Florida, Kentucky, Mississippi, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee and Texas), and Maine, which does not contract its corrections services. The professors calculated both short- and long-run savings per state, finding that contracted prisons generate significant savings without sacrificing quality. "Contracts between private-prison operators and state governments can be very precise in terms of the outcomes the state expects," said Hakim, director of Temple’s Center for Competitive Government, which is affiliated with the Fox School of Business. "And contractors have an incentive to overshoot the performance metrics established by the state – lest they lose out to a higher-performing company on the next contract bid." The study uses economic models to determine each state’s avoidable costs, which are compared to the contracted per diem rates charged by the private operators. The study also takes into account underfunded pensions and retiree healthcare costs – a critical issue, with the Pew Center on the States reporting in 2010 of a $1.38 trillion gap between states’ assets and their pension and healthcare retiree obligations. Details: Philadelphia: Center for Competitive Government, Temple University, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://d3iovmfe1okdrz.cloudfront.net/cms/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Cost-Analysis-of-Public-and-Contractor-Operated-Prisons-FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128732

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Adolescent Dating Violence: The Influence of Friendships and School Context Summary: Prior research has examined parental and peer influences on adolescent dating violence, but fewer studies have explored the broader social contexts of adolescent life. The present research examines the effect of variations in school context on IPV perpetration, while taking into account parental, peer and demographic factors. Results indicate that net of parents’ and friends’ use of violence, the normative climate of schools, specifically school-level partner violence, is a significant predictor of respondents’ own IPV. Norms about dating also contributed indirectly to odds of experiencing IPV. However, a more general measure of school-level use of violence toward friends is not strongly related to variations in IPV, suggesting the need to focus on domain-specific influences. Details: Bowling Green, Ohio: Department of Sociology and Center for Family and Demographic Research Bowling Green State University, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: 2013 Working Paper Series: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/organizations/cfdr/file130328.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128734

Author: Holbrook, Justin G. Title: Veterans’ Courts and Criminal Responsibility: A Problem Solving History & Approach to the Liminality of Combat Trauma Summary: In September 2010, a federal judge dismissed a criminal case involving a veteran accused of assaulting a federal police officer to allow the case to be heard by the Buffalo Veterans Treatment Court, a division of Buffalo City Court. For those involved in veterans’ advocacy and treatment, the case is significant for a number of reasons. First, it is the first criminal case nationwide to be transferred from federal court to a local veterans treatment court where the goal is to treat - rather than simply punish - those facing the liminal effects of military combat. Second, the case reignites the still unsettled controversy over whether problem-solving courts generally, and veterans courts specifically, unfairly shift the focus of justice away from the retributive interests of victims to the rehabilitative interests of perpetrators. Third, the case serves as a signal reminder to all justice system stakeholders, including parties, judges, attorneys, and treatment professionals, of the potential benefits of sidestepping courtroom adversity in favor of a coordinated effort that seeks to ameliorate victim concerns while advancing treatment opportunities for veterans suffering from combat-related trauma. This chapter explores these issues in light of the history of combat-related trauma and the development of veterans’ treatment courts around the country. Details: Chester, PA: Widener University School of Law, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Widener Law School Legal Studies Research Paper Series no. 10-43: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: https://d3gqux9sl0z33u.cloudfront.net/AA/AT/gambillingonjustice-com/downloads/205863/Veterans_Courts-Law_Article_Widener_Law_School.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Shelf Number: 128736

Author: Holbrook, Justin G. Title: Veterans Courts: Early Outcomes and Key Indicators for Success Summary: The growing trend within the judicial, treatment, and advocacy communities toward specialized courts for military veterans raises important questions about the effectiveness of such courts in rehabilitating veterans. Both principally and practically, veterans courts observers may take opposing positions regarding the appropriateness and effectiveness of placing veterans in a specialized, treatment-based court program simply because of their military service. This chapter explores these challenging issues in two parts. First, we undertake a discussion of first principle concerns related to veterans courts by reviewing research studies examining the link between veterans and criminal misconduct. The return of 1.6 million veterans from the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan has re-ignited the still unsettled controversy over whether veterans suffering from combat trauma are more likely than their non-veteran counterparts to commit criminal misconduct after returning home. While firm conclusions may be difficult (and unpopular) to draw, the issue warrants attention in any serious discussion about the merits and best practices of veterans court programs. Second, we present early findings from an assessment we conducted of the practices, procedures, and participant populations of certain veterans courts operating as of March 2011. Of the 53 courts invited to participate, 14 provided a response by completing either an online or paper survey. Of these, seven submitted sample policies and procedures, participant contracts, plea agreements, and mentor guidelines for our review. Drawing on these courts’ common practices and procedures, we identify key operational components courts should consider in implementing veterans court programs. We also conclude that veterans court outcomes, at least at present, appear at least as favorable as those of other specialized treatment courts. Details: Chester, PA: Widener University School of Law, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Widener Law School Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-25: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1912655 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Shelf Number: 128737

Author: Roman, Jonathan Kilbourn Title: What is the Price of Crime? New Estimates of the Cost of Criminal Victimization Summary: Robust estimates of the price of crime, measured as the costs of crime to victims, inform a wide range of policy analysis. The most commonly cited studies are constrained by limited data and rely on indirect methods to estimate prices. In these studies, health statistics are used to estimate direct losses from crime, jury award data are used to estimate indirect damages from crime, and self-reported crime data are used to weight injury prevalence within broad crime categories. While the relationship between injury and damages can be observed at the individual level in civil court records, individual level data have not previously been available that link crimes and injury. Since both individual and aggregate data are combined in these studies, prior research has not corrected sampling bias, and the estimates of victimization costs have been reported only as point estimates without confidence intervals. Estimates have been developed for only a few broad categories of crime and these estimates have not been robust to study design. This study analyzes individual-level data from two sources: jury award and injury data from the RAND Institute of Civil Justice and crime and injury data from the National Incident-Based Reporting System. Propensity score weights are developed to account for heterogeneity in jury awards. Data from the jury awards are interpolated onto the NIBRS data based on the combination of all attributes observable in both data sets. From the combined data, estimates are developed of the price of crime to victims for thirty-one crime categories. Until data become available linking information about criminal incidents to jury award data, the strategy used here is likely to yield the most robust estimates of the costs to crime victims that can be generated from the jury compensation method. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2009. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 128740

Author: Perlin, Michael Title: 'John Brown Went off to War': Considering Veterans’ Courts as Problem-Solving Courts Summary: In this paper, I seek to contextualize veterans courts in light of the therapeutic jurisprudence (TJ) movement, the turn to problem-solving courts of all sorts (especially focusing on mental health courts), and the societal ambivalence that we have shown to veterans in the four decades since the Vietnam war. I argue that TJ’s focuses on how law actually impacts people’s lives, on the law’s influence on emotional life and psychological well-being and on the need for law to value psychological health and avoid the imposition of anti-therapeutic consequences whenever possible can serve as a template for a veterans courts model (if we are to expand these courts robustly). TJ is the explicit inspiration for many of the most important problem-solving courts (including Judge Ginger Lerner-Wren’s mental health court in Broward County), but it is also clear that many such courts – specifically, some drug courts – do not follow TJ principles, existing, instead in a “due process-free zone” (implicitly rejecting the basic TJ premise that therapeutic outcomes cannot trump due process). Just as mental health courts should ensure that defendants receive dignity and respect, and are given a sense of voice and validation, so should veterans courts. And we must also recognize that our treatment of injured war veterans provides a vivid example of society’s general ambivalence toward guaranteeing robust social rights. Thirty years ago, in Falter v. Veterans’ Administration, a case seeking to force the VA into implementing a “patients’ bill of rights” at VA hospitals, the trial judge observed that the case was basically about “how [plaintiffs] are treated as human beings.” This observation must be at the forefront of any assessment of veterans courts. Despite general low recidivism rates, Veterans Courts have received criticism as some have argued that they provide veterans with a “hall pass“ to certain criminal-defense rights that others do not have, and that, from an entirely different perspective, they are stigmatizing because they perpetuate the stereotype that veterans are returning “war-crazy.” I address these and other criticisms in my paper. One critical issue that has received almost no attention we are just beginning to take seriously in the mental health courts context: how can we assure that there is experienced, dedicated, knowledgeable counsel assigned to represent defendants in such tribunals? We know that if there has been any constant in modern mental disability law in its thirty-five-year history, it is the near-universal reality that counsel assigned to represent individuals at involuntary civil commitment cases are likely to be ineffective. How can we be sure that counsel in these cases be more effective?. I offer some conclusions and suggestions for those jurisdictions that are implementing veterans courts, so as to optimally assure adherence to TJ values in a court setting that continues to provide litigants with the full range of constitutional rights to which they are entitled. Details: New York: New York Law School, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: NYLS Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12/13 #52; NYLS Clinical Research Institute Paper No. # 30/ 2012: Accessed May 15, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2221375 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Shelf Number: 128741

Author: Planty, Michael Title: Firearm Violence, 1993–2011 Summary: –Firearm-related homicides declined 39 percent and nonfatal firearm crimes declined 69 percent from 1993 to 2011, the Justice Department’s Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) announced today. Firearm-related homicides dropped from 18,253 homicides in 1993 to 11,101 in 2011, and nonfatal firearm crimes dropped from 1.5 million victimizations in 1993 to 467,300 in 2011. For both fatal and nonfatal firearm victimizations, the majority of the decline occurred during the 10-year period from 1993 to 2002. The number of firearm homicides declined from 1993 to 1999, rose through 2006 and then declined through 2011. Nonfatal firearm violence declined from 1993 through 2004 before fluctuating in the mid- to late 2000s. In 2011, about 70 percent of all homicides and eight percent of all nonfatal violent victimizations (rape, sexual assault, robbery and aggravated assault) were committed with a firearm, mainly a handgun. A handgun was used in about 7 in 10 firearm homicides and about 9 in 10 nonfatal firearm violent crimes in 2011. In the same year, about 26 percent of robberies and 31 percent of aggravated assaults involved a firearm, such as handguns, shotguns or rifles. In 2007-11, about one percent of victims in all nonfatal violent crimes reported using a firearm to defend themselves during the incident. A small number of property crime victims also used a firearm in self-defense—about 0.1 percent of all property victimizations. The majority of nonfatal firearm violence occurred in or around the victim’s home (42 percent) or in an open area, on the street, or while on public transportation (23 percent). Less than one percent of all nonfatal firearm violence occurred in schools. From 1993 to 2010, males, blacks and persons ages 18 to 24 were most likely to be victims of firearm-related homicide. In 2011, the rate of nonfatal firearm violent for males (1.9 per 1,000) was not significantly different than the rate for females (1.6 per 1,000). Non-Hispanic blacks (2.8 per 1,000) and Hispanics (2.2 per 1,000) had higher rates of nonfatal firearm violence than non-Hispanic whites (1.4 per 1,000). Persons ages 18 to 24 had the highest rates of nonfatal firearm violence (5.2 per 1,000). In 2004 (the most recent year of data available), among state prison inmates who possessed a gun at the time of the offense, fewer than two percent bought their firearm at a flea market or gun show. About 10 percent of state prison inmates said they purchased it from a retail store or pawnshop, 37 percent obtained it from family or friends, and another 40 percent obtained it from an illegal source. Findings in this report on nonfatal firearm violence are based on data from the BJS National Crime Victimization Survey. Findings on firearm homicide are based on data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed May 20, 2013 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fv9311.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 128751

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Alcohol Consumption, Deterrence and Crime in New York City Summary: This paper investigates the relationship between alcohol consumption, deterrence, and crime for New York City. We examine high-frequency time-series data from 1983 to 2001 for one specific location to examine the impacts of variations in both alcohol consumption and deterrence on seven “index” crimes. We tackle the endogeneity of arrests and the police force by exploiting the temporal independence of crime and deterrence in these high-frequency data, and we address the endogeneity of alcohol by using instrumental variables where alcohol sales are instrumented with city and state alcohol taxes and minimum drinking age. We find that alcohol consumption is positively related to assault, rape, and larceny crimes but not murder, robbery, burglary, or motor vehicle theft. We find strong deterrence for all crimes except assault and rape. Generally, deterrence effects are stronger than alcohol effects. Details: New York: American Association of Wine Economists, Economics Dept, New York University, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: AAWE WORKING PAPER No. 135 Economics: Accessed May 20, 2013 at: http://www.wine-economics.org/aawe/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/AAWE_WP135.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder (New York City, U. Shelf Number: 128752

Author: Longmore, Monica A. Title: Physical and Psychological Victimization, Strained Relationships, and Young Adults’ Depressive Symptoms Summary: Interpersonal violence peaks during the early adult years and may have implications for the well-being of female and male victims. Drawing on relational theory and data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS) (n = 984), we examined associations between intimate partner victimization, indicators of strained relationships, and depressive symptoms. In zero-order models, we found that both physical and psychological victimization increased depressive symptoms. Including strained relationship measures attenuated the effects of physical and psychological victimization on depression. Moreover, the effect of physical victimization is significant at above average levels of respondent control, respondent jealousy, and obsessive love. The associations between both types of victimization and depressive symptoms did not differ by gender, nor were the effects of relationship strain conditional on gender. These findings contribute to our understanding of the links between victimization and well-being. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: 2013 Working Paper Series: Accessed May 22, 2013 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2013-004/PWP-BGSU-2013-004.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 128771

Author: Smith, David Michael Title: Immigrants and Counterterrorism Policy: A comparative study of the United States and Britain Summary: This project examines the political mechanisms through which foreign nationals are perceived as security threats and, as a consequence, disproportionately targeted by counterterrorism policies. Evidence suggests that domestic security strategies that unduly discriminate against non-citizens or national minorities are counterproductive; such strategies lead to a loss of state legitimacy, they complicate the gathering of intelligence, and they serve as a potential source of radicalization. At the same time, discriminatory counterterrorism policies represent a significant break from liberal democratic ideals by legitimizing unfair treatment of targeted groups. If discriminatory counterterrorism policies are counterproductive and undemocratic, why do policymakers support such strategies in the first place? By what means do these types of policies and related administrative measures gain traction in the political system? How do these measures operate in practice, and what accounts for variations in their implementation over time? To answer these questions, a policy process model is used that distinguishes between the problem definition and agenda setting, policy formulation and legitimation, and policy implementation phases of policymaking. The American government’s handling of the First Red Scare (1919-1920), the American response to 9/11, and the British response to 9/11 are examined to provide a comparative perspective on these issues. Policy outputs across these three cases were remarkably similar. The rights of noncitizens were curtailed to a much greater extent than were the rights of citizens. These similarities are attributed to the ways in which notions of national identity influence problem definition and policy legitimation. In particular, concepts that were prevalent in nationalist narratives about the Other were incorporated into dominant policy narratives about terrorism. The nationalist Other became indistinguishable from the terrorist Other, thereby contributing to the translation of group-neutral policies into a group-specific practice of counterterrorism. The greatest variation, within and between cases, was observed in the implementation of counterterrorism policy. Each instance of implementation represented a unique trajectory, and both American cases displayed a much more vigorous and public set of counterterrorism activities than the British case. These differences are traced to variations in other institutional (domestic and international) and political variables that were found to be influential in each case. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Department of Political Science, 2013. 263p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 22, 2013 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1012&context=polisci_diss Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 128779

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: No More Rights Without Remedies: An Impact Evaluation of the National Crime Victim Law Institute's Victims' Rights Clinics Summary: The National Crime Victim Law Institute (NCVLI) victims' rights clinics are an effort to remedy what many perceived as a serious deficit in victims' rights legislation. Although all states have laws protecting victims' rights and many have constitutional amendments establishing rights for victims, the rights of many victims still are not observed. In large measure, this may be because there are no remedies enforceable when victims are denied their rights. The NCVLI clinics were intended to promote awareness, education, and enforcement of crime victims' rights in the criminal justice system. The victims' rights clinics sought to protect and enforce rights for victims in the court process through filing motions in criminal cases in which victims' rights were denied and by seeking appellate decisions that interpreted and reinforced victims' rights statutes. By providing direct representation to individual victims in criminal court, NCVLI hoped not only to increase the observance of rights in those particular cases but also to increase awareness of victims' rights by prosecutors, judges, and police officers in general. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/technical_reports/TR1179.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Victims of Crime Shelf Number: 128780

Author: Sharp, Vincent H. Title: Faded Colors: From the Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) to the National Terrorism Advisory System (NTAS) Summary: After the events of 9/11, Homeland Security Presidential Directive-3 (HSPD-3) established the Homeland Security Advisory System (HSAS) to provide a comprehensive and effective means to disseminate information regarding the risk of terrorist acts to federal, state, and local authorities and the American people. Under HSAS, threat levels were raised or lowered 16 times, but never below Threat Level Yellow (Elevated Condition). HSAS should have been straightforward and easy to understand. What evolved was confusion over alerts, lack of specific threat information, concerns over costs to institute and maintain protective measures, and questions regarding what was expected of citizens. Government agencies, the private sector, and the general population became immune with the threat level remaining at or above Yellow. HSAS was woefully misunderstood not just by the general population, but also within federal, state, and local governments. Ridiculed by comedians, HSAS gradually began to disappear, to the point where it was necessary to search to find the current threat level, whereas it had once been prominently posted. The purpose of this thesis is to review HSAS and the associated problems, look at comparable international systems, and present an alternative recommendation to provide timely and informative warnings of terrorist threats, and restore credibility by merging HSAS with the already existing DoD force protection conditions. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 22, 2013 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/public/bitstream/handle/10945/32899/13Mar_Sharp_Vincent.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: National Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128782

Author: Turney, Kristin Title: The Intergenerational Consequences of Mass Incarceration: Implications for Children’s Contact with Grandparents Summary: In response to the rapid growth in mass incarceration, a burgeoning literature documents the mostly deleterious consequences of mass incarceration for individuals and families. But mass incarceration, which has profoundly altered the American kinship system, may also have implications for relationships that span across generations. In this paper, I use data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study to examine how paternal incarceration has altered one important aspect of intergenerational relationships, children’s contact with grandparents. Results from both ordinary least squares (OLS) and fixed-effects regression models show that incarceration decreases the frequency of children’s contact with paternal, but not maternal, grandparents. More than one-quarter of this negative relationship is explained by separation between parents that occurs after paternal incarceration, highlighting the “kinkeeping” role of mothers. Additionally, consequences are concentrated among children living with both parents prior to paternal incarceration and among children of previously incarcerated fathers. Taken together, results provide some of the first evidence that the collateral consequences of incarceration may extend to intergenerational relationships. Details: Princeton, NJ: Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, Princeton University, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper WP13-07-FF: Accessed May 23, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-07-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 128787

Author: Turney, Kristin Title: Redefining Relationships: Explaining the Countervailing Consequences of Paternal Incarceration for Parenting Summary: In response to dramatic increases in imprisonment, a burgeoning literature considers the consequences of incarceration for family life, almost always documenting negative consequences. But the effects of incarceration may be more complicated and nuanced and, in this paper, we consider the countervailing consequences of paternal incarceration for a host of family relationships, including fathers’ parenting, mothers’ parenting, and the relationship between parents. Using longitudinal data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study and a rigorous research design, we find recent paternal incarceration sharply diminishes parenting behaviors among residential fathers but not among nonresidential fathers. Virtually all of the association between incarceration and parenting among residential fathers can be explained by changes in fathers’ relationships with their children’s mothers. The consequences for mothers’ parenting, however, are inconsistent and weak. Furthermore, our findings show recent paternal incarceration sharply increases the probability a mother will repartner, potentially offsetting some losses in the involvement of the biological father while simultaneously leading to greater family complexity. Taken together, the collateral consequences of paternal incarceration for family life are complex and countervailing. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed May 23, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP12-06-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 128788

Author: Brown, Christian Title: Beyond Bars: Estimating the Economic Consequences of Parental Incarceration Summary: Many people incarcerated in the United States are parents, and this may have negative effects on the social and educational development of their children. I evaluate this hypothesis empirically using National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1979 data to estimate the effects of parental incarceration on a child's level of education and adult wages. Models of incarceration's effects control for parent and child gender, age at incarceration, incarceration frequency, and pre-incarceration household residency. The incarceration of parents, particularly mothers, is associated with lower levels of higher education and earnings. Daughters of incarcerated mothers face higher educational penalties than sons; sons face higher wage penalties than daughters. Details: Murfreesboro, TN: Middle Tennessee State University, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed May 23, 2013 at: http://capone.mtsu.edu/ccb3g/ch1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 128789

Author: Lee, Erik Title: The State of the Border Report: A Comprehensive Analysis of the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: As the debate over immigration reform has brought the management of the U.S.-Mexico border back into the spotlight, this report provides a comprehensive look at the state of affairs in the management of the U.S.-Mexico border and the border region, focusing on four core areas: trade and competitiveness, security, sustainability, and quality of life. The report suggests that rather than consider each issue individually, the interdependent nature of topics like trade and security demand the border be approached from a more holistic perspective. Details: Washington, DC: Mexico Institute, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, 2013. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/mexico_state_of_border.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 128792

Author: Walker, Sheri Pruitt Title: The Effects of the Incarceration of Fathers on the Health and Wellbeing of Mothers and Children Summary: The male incarceration rate has risen dramatically in the last several decades. Over half of incarcerated men are fathers of minor children. My dissertation focuses specifically on families and addresses various aspects of how mothers and children have been affected by the incarceration of fathers. This research uses data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study (FFCWB), a national sample of mostly unwed parents and their children, to estimate the causal effect of the incarceration of fathers on various outcomes for mothers and children. However, since the female partners and children of incarcerated men differ along observable characteristics from other mothers and children in the FFCWB, they are also likely to differ in terms of unobservables, and thus ordinary least squares estimation is unlikely to provide an unbiased estimate of this causal effect. Instead, I employ propensity score matching methods to estimate this effects, exploiting the rich data availability in FFCWB. The first chapter introduces these topics and provides a brief discussion. The second chapter discusses the impact of a father‟s incarceration on the public assistance participation of mothers as measured by welfare and food stamp program participation. A large body of research has examined consequences of incarceration on incarcerated men, while little has analyzed the effect on women who share children with incarcerated men. My research aims to fill this gap. I find robust evidence that, among women with incarcerated partners, a partner‟s incarceration increases the probability that mothers receive both welfare and food stamp benefits. The third chapter considers the effect of father‟s incarceration on the health of mothers and the development of children. The outcome variables I analyze are mothers‟ physical health and mental health as measured by depression and anxiety, as well as child‟s cognitive development and social behavior. My findings indicate that, among children with incarcerated fathers, paternal incarceration adversely affects cognitive development and increases aggressive behavior in children at age five. I also find that, among mothers with incarcerated partners, having a partner that is recently incarcerated adversely affect mothers‟ mental health as measured by depression, but positively affects mothers‟ physical health. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland at College Park, 2011. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/12188/1/PruittWalker_umd_0117E_12530.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128793

Author: Dunn, Christopher Title: NYPD Stop-and-Frisk Activity in 2012 Summary: In May 2012, the New York Civil Liberties Union released a detailed analysis of the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk activity during 2011. Based on the NYPD database that the Department now makes public following earlier NYCLU litigation, the 2011 report examined stops, frisks, summonses, arrests, the use of force and gun recoveries, all on a citywide and precinct basis. The 2011 report also delved into the wide racial disparities in the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk regime. Since the release of the NYCLU report last year, the stop-and-frisk controversy in New York City has grown enormously. Shortly after release of the report, public officials and candidates seeking to succeed Mayor Michael Bloomberg started to regularly raise concerns about the stop-and-frisk program. In the summer of 2012, Mayor Bloomberg went on the offensive, attempting to aggressively defend the program by claiming that it reduces shootings and saves lives. In October 2011, a federal judge presided over a hearing in a case brought by the NYCLU and others challenging the part of the stop-and-frisk regime conducted at private residential buildings enrolled in the “Clean Halls” program in the Bronx. In January 2012, the court ruled that the NYPD was systematically stopping building residents, visitors and passersby unlawfully. Meanwhile, a package of NYPD reform bills in the City Council, collectively referred to as the Community Safety Act, has generated robust public discussion and is moving towards passage. Among other things, the bills would ban profiling by the NYPD and create an inspector general to review Department practices. Finally, just days before the release of this report, a federal judge heard closing arguments in a two-month trial challenging the enormous number of street stops that are at the heart of New York City’s stop-and-frisk regime. A ruling in that case is expected this summer. With all of these developments, a close examination of the stop-and-frisk activity from 2012 becomes particularly important. As with last year’s NYCLU report, this report discloses detailed information about all aspects of the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk program, including detailed breakdowns by precinct. New to this report is an analysis of marijuana-related aspects of the NYPD’s stop-and-frisk regime. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.nyclu.org/publications/report-nypd-stop-and-frisk-activity-2012-2013 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 128795

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Gun Homicide Rate Down 49% Since 1993 Peak; Public Unaware Pace of Decline Slows in Past Decade Summary: National rates of gun homicide and other violent gun crimes are strikingly lower now than during their peak in the mid-1990s, paralleling a general decline in violent crime, according to a Pew Research Center analysis of government data. Beneath the long-term trend, though, are big differences by decade: Violence plunged through the 1990s, but has declined less dramatically since 2000. Compared with 1993, the peak of U.S. gun homicides, the firearm homicide rate was 49% lower in 2010, and there were fewer deaths, even though the nation’s population grew. The victimization rate for other violent crimes with a firearm—assaults, robberies and sex crimes—was 75% lower in 2011 than in 1993. Violent non-fatal crime victimization overall (with or without a firearm) also is down markedly (72%) over two decades. Nearly all the decline in the firearm homicide rate took place in the 1990s; the downward trend stopped in 2001 and resumed slowly in 2007. The victimization rate for other gun crimes plunged in the 1990s, then declined more slowly from 2000 to 2008. The rate appears to be higher in 2011 compared with 2008, but the increase is not statistically significant. Violent non-fatal crime victimization overall also dropped in the 1990s before declining more slowly from 2000 to 2010, then ticked up in 2011. Despite national attention to the issue of firearm violence, most Americans are unaware that gun crime is lower today than it was two decades ago. According to a new Pew Research Center survey, today 56% of Americans believe gun crime is higher than 20 years ago and only 12% think it is lower. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.pewsocialtrends.org/files/2013/05/firearms_final_05-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 128824

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization in Prisons and Jails Reported by Inmates, 2011–12 Summary: Highlights Prevalence of sexual victimization ƒƒ In 2011-12, an estimated 4.0% of state and federal prison inmates and 3.2% of jail inmates reported experiencing one or more incidents of sexual victimization by another inmate or facility staff in the past 12 months or since admission to the facility, if less than 12 months. ƒƒ Using the same methodology since 2007, the rate of sexual victimization among state and federal prison inmates was 4.5% in 2007 and 4.0% in 2011-12; but, the difference was not statistically significant. Among jail inmates, the rate of sexual victimization remained unchanged—3.2% in 2007 and 3.2% in 2011-12. ƒƒ Among state and federal prison inmates, 2.0% (or an estimated 29,300 prisoners) reported an incident involving another inmate, 2.4% (34,100) reported an incident involving facility staff, and 0.4% (5,500) reported both an incident by another inmate and staff. ƒƒ About 1.6% of jail inmates (11,900) reported an incident with another inmate, 1.8% (13,200) reported an incident with staff, and 0.2% (2,400) reported both an incident by another inmate and staff. ƒƒ From 2007 to 2011-12, reports of “willing” sexual activity with staff (excluding touching) declined in prisons and jails, while reports of other types of sexual victimization remained stable. Facility rankings ƒƒ Eleven male prisons, 1 female prison, and 9 jails were identified as high-rate facilities based on the prevalence of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization in 2011-12. Eight male prisons, 4 female prisons, and 12 jails were identified as high rate based on the prevalence of staff sexual misconduct. Each of these facilities had a lower bound of the 95%-confidence interval that was at least 55% higher than the average rate among comparable facilities. ƒƒ Seven male prisons, 6 female prisons, and 4 jails were identified as low-rate facilities based on a small percentage of inmates reporting any sexual victimization by another inmate or staff and a low upper bound of the 95%-confidence interval around the rate. ƒƒ Among the 225 prisons and 358 jails in the survey, 13 prisons and 34 jails had no reported incidents of sexual victimization. ƒƒ Two military facilities and one Indian country jail had high rates of staff sexual misconduct in 2011-12. The Northwest Joint Regional Correctional Facility (Fort Lewis, Washington) (6.6%) and the Naval Consolidated Brig (Miramar, California) (4.9%) had high rates of staff sexual misconduct that were more than double the average of prisons (2.4%) and jails (1.8%) nationwide. The Oglala Sioux Tribal Offenders Facility (Pine Ridge, South Dakota) (10.8%) reported the highest rate of staff sexual misconduct among all tribal and nontribal jails in the survey. Variations in victimization rates ƒƒ Patterns of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization in 2011-12 were consistent with patterns in past surveys. Rates reported by prison and jail inmates were higher among females than males, higher among whites than blacks, and higher among inmates with a college degree than those who had not completed high school. ƒƒ Variations in staff sexual misconduct rates were also similar across surveys. Rates reported by inmates were higher among males in jails than females in jails, higher among black inmates in prisons and jails than white inmates in prisons and jails, and lower among inmates age 35 or older than inmates ages 20 to 24 in both prisons and jails. ƒƒ Inmates held for violent sexual offenses reported higher rates of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization (3.7% in prison and 3.9% in jails) than inmates held for other offenses. Special inmate populations ƒƒ In 2011-12, juveniles ages 16 to 17 held in adult prisons and jails did not have significantly higher rates of sexual victimization than adult inmates: • An estimated 1.8% of juveniles ages 16 to 17 held in prisons and jails reported being victimized by another inmate, compared to 2.0% of adults in prisons and 1.6% of adults in jails. • An estimated 3.2% of juveniles ages 16 to 17 held in prisons and jails reported experiencing staff sexual misconduct. Though higher, these rates were not statistically different from the 2.4% of adults in prisons and 1.8% of adults in jails. • Juveniles (ages 16 to 17) and young adults (ages 18 to 19 and 20 to 24) reported similar rates of sexual victimization for most of the key subgroups (sex, race or Hispanic origin, body mass index, sexual orientation, and offense). ƒƒ Inmates with serious psychological distress reported high rates of inmate-on-inmate and staff sexual victimization in 2011-12: • Among state and federal prison inmates, an estimated 6.3% of those identified with serious psychological distress reported that they were sexually victimized by another inmate. In comparison, among prisoners with no indication of mental illness, 0.7% reported being victimized by another inmate. • Similar differences were reported by jail inmates. An estimated 3.6% of those identified with serious psychological distress reported inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization, compared to 0.7% of inmates with no indication of mental illness. • Rates of serious psychological distress in prisons (14.7%) and jails (26.3%) were substantially higher than the rate (3.0%) in the U.S. noninstitutional population age 18 or older. • For each of the measured demographic subgroups, inmates with serious psychological distress reported higher rates of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization than inmates without mental health problems. ƒƒ Inmates who reported their sexual orientation as gay, lesbian, bisexual, or other were among those with the highest rates of sexual victimization in 2011-12: • Among non-heterosexual inmates, 12.2% of prisoners and 8.5% of jail inmates reported being sexually victimized by another inmate; 5.4% of prisoners and 4.3% of jail inmates reported being victimized by staff. • In each demographic subgroup (sex, race or Hispanic origin, age, and education), non-heterosexual prison and jail inmates reported higher rates of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization than heterosexual inmates. • Among inmates with serious psychological distress, non-heterosexual inmates reported the highest rates of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization (21.0% of prison inmates and 14.7% of jail inmates). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: National Inmate Survey, 2011–12: Accessed May 25, 2013 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/svpjri1112.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Sexual Assaults Shelf Number: 128828

Author: Collins, Matthew L. Title: Spotlight On: Insider Theft of Intellectual Property Inside the United States Involving Foreign Governments or Organizations Summary: This is the sixth entry in the Spotlight On series published by the CERT®Insider Threat Center. Each entry focuses on a specific area of threat to organizations from their current or former employees, contractors, or business partners and presents analysis based on hundreds of actual insider threat cases cataloged in the CERT insider threat database. This entry in the series focuses on insiders who stole intellectual property (IP), such as source code, scientific formulas, engineering drawings, strategic plans, or proposals, from their organizations to benefit a foreign entity. This technical note defines IP and insider theft of IP, explains the criteria used to select cases for this examination, gives a snapshot of the insiders involved in these cases, and summarizes some of the cases themselves. Finally, it provides recommendations for mitigating the risk of similar incidents of insider threat. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, Software Engineering Institute, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: TECHNICAL NOTE CMU/SEI-2013-TN-009; Accessed May 28, 2013 at: http://www.sei.cmu.edu/reports/13tn009.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 128834

Author: Robles, Gustavo Title: The Economic Consequences of Drug Trafficking Violence in Mexico Summary: The levels of violence in Mexico have dramatically increased in the last few years due to structural changes in the drug trafficking business. The increase in the number of drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) fighting over the control of territory and trafficking routes has resulted in a substantial increase in the rates of homicides and other crimes. This study evaluates the economic costs of drug-­‐related violence. We propose electricity consumption as an indicator of the level of municipal economic activity and use two different empirical strategies to test this. We utilize an instrumental variable regression using as exogenous variation the instrument proposed by Castillo, Mejía, and Restrepo (2013) based on historical seizures of cocaine in Colombia interacted with the distance of the Mexican border towns to the United States. We find that marginal increases of violence have negative effects on labor participation and the proportion of unemployed in an area. The marginal effect of the increase in homicides is substantive for earned income and the proportion of business owners, but not for energy consumption. We also employ the methodology of synthetic controls to evaluate the effect that inter-­‐narco wars have on local economies. These wars in general begin with a wave of executions between rival criminal organizations and are accompanied by the deterioration of order and a significant increase in extortion, kidnappings, robberies, murders, and threats affecting the general population. To evaluate the effect that these wars between different drug trafficking organizations have on economic performance, we define the beginning of a conflict as the moment when we observe an increase from historical violence rates at the municipal level beyond a certain threshold, and construct counterfactual scenarios as an optimal weighted average from potential control units. The analysis indicates that the drug wars in those municipalities that saw dramatic increases in violence between 2006 and 2010 significantly reduced their energy consumption in the years after the change occurred. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2013 at: http://iis-db.stanford.edu/pubs/24014/RoblesCalderonMagaloni_EconCosts5.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime (Mexico, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128839

Author: Chiu, Tina Title: Building Cost-Benefit Analysis Capacity in Criminal Justice: Notes from a Roundtable Discussion Summary: Interest in using cost-benefit analysis (CBA) to help in criminal justice policymaking and planning has grown in recent years as state and local budgets have become increasingly strained. Most jurisdictions, however, have not been able to create a sustained capacity to produce and use CBA in decision making and budgeting. The Vera Institute of Justice organized a roundtable discussion to examine what factors might help jurisdictions build lasting capacity to use and perform CBA. (See “Roundtable Participants” on page 2 for a list of attendees and their affiliations.) The discussion highlighted the need for expertise in conducting cost-benefit studies. It also highlighted the need for trusted, credible organizations that can house this expertise. And participants talked about structures and processes that would help bring cost-benefit information to policymakers and integrate CBA as part of decision making. This document covers three areas to consider when building CBA capacity: organizations, staff, and processes. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/building-cost-benefit-analysis-capacity.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128841

Author: O'Hear, Michael M. Title: Not Just Kid Stuff? Extending Graham and Miller to Adults Summary: The United States Supreme Court has recently recognized new constitutional limitations on the use of life-without-parole (LWOP) sentences for juvenile offenders, but has not clearly indicated whether analogous limitations apply to the sentencing of adults. However, the Court’s treatment of LWOP as a qualitatively different and intrinsically more troubling punishment than any other sentence of incarceration does provide a plausible basis for adults to challenge their LWOP sentences, particularly when they have been imposed for nonviolent offenses or on a mandatory basis. At the same time, the Court’s Eighth Amendment reasoning suggests some reluctance to overturn sentencing practices that are in widespread use or otherwise seem to reflect deliberate, majoritarian decisionmaking. This Essay thus suggests a balancing test of sorts that may help to account for the Court’s varied Eighth Amendment decisions in noncapital cases since 1991. The Essay concludes by considering how this balancing approach might apply to the mandatory LWOP sentence established by 21 U.S.C. §841(b)(1)(A) for repeat drug offenders. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Marquette University Law School, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No. 13-14 : Accessed May 29, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2267595 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 128843

Author: Johnston, E. Lea Title: Humane Punishment for Seriously Disordered Offenders: Sentencing Departures and Judicial Control Over Conditions of Confinement Summary: At sentencing, a judge may foresee that an individual with a major mental disorder will experience serious psychological or physical harm in prison. In light of this reality and offenders’ other potential vulnerabilities, a number of jurisdictions currently allow judges to treat undue offender hardship as a mitigating factor at sentencing. In these jurisdictions, vulnerability to harm may militate toward an order of probation or a reduced term of confinement. Since these measures do not affect offenders’ day-to-day experience in confinement, these expressions of mitigation fail to protect adequately those vulnerable offenders who must serve time in prison. This article argues that judges should possess the authority to tailor the conditions of vulnerable, disordered offenders’ carceral sentences to ensure that sentences are humane, proportionate, and appropriate for serving the intended aims of punishment. To equalize, at least in part, conditions of confinement for this population, judges should consider ordering timely and periodic mental health evaluations by qualified professionals, disqualifying facilities with insufficient mental health or protective resources, specifying the facility or unit where an offender will serve or begin his sentence, and mandating certain treatment in prison. Allowing judges to exercise power over correctional conditions in this way will allow judges to fulfill better their institutional function of meting out appropriate, humane, and proportionate punishments, subject prison conditions to public scrutiny and debate, and help reform the image and reality of the criminal justice system for some of society’s most vulnerable individuals. Details: University of Florida, Levin College of Law, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft: Accessed May 29, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2267612 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 128844

Author: Global Justice Information Sharing Initiative Title: Developing a Policy on the Use of Social Media in Intelligence and Investigative Activities: Guidance and Recommendations Summary: The advent of social media sites has created an environment of greater connection among people, businesses, and organizations, serving as a useful tool to keep in touch and interact with one another. These sites enable increased information sharing at a more rapid pace, building and enhancing relationships and helping friends, coworkers, and families to stay connected. Persons or groups can instantaneously share photos or videos, coordinate events, and/or provide updates that are of interest to their friends, family, or customer base. Social media sites can also serve as a platform to enable persons and groups to express their First Amendment rights, including their political ideals, religious beliefs, or views on government and government agencies. Many government entities, including law enforcement agencies, are also using social media sites as a tool to interact with the public, such as posting information on crime trends, updating citizens on community events, or providing tips on keeping citizens safe. Social media sites have become useful tools for the public and law enforcement entities, but criminals are also using these sites for wrongful purposes. Social media sites may be used to coordinate a criminal-related flash mob or plan a robbery, or terrorist groups may use social media sites to recruit new members and espouse their criminal intentions. Social media sites are increasingly being used to instigate or conduct criminal activity, and law enforcement personnel should understand the concept and function of these sites, as well as know how social media tools and resources can be used to prevent, mitigate, respond to, and investigate criminal activity. To ensure that information obtained from social media sites for investigative and criminal intelligence-related activity is used lawfully while also ensuring that individuals’ and groups’ privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties are protected, law enforcement agencies should have a social media policy (or include the use of social media sites in other information-related policies). This social media policy should communicate how information from social media sites can be utilized by law enforcement, as well as the differing levels of engagement—such as apparent/overt, discrete, or covert—with subjects when law enforcement personnel access social media sites, in addition to specifying the authorization requirements, if any, associated with each level of engagement. These levels of engagement may range from law enforcement personnel “viewing” information that is publicly available on social media sites to the creation of an undercover profile to directly interact with an identified criminal subject online. Articulating the agency’s levels of engagement and authorization requirements is critical to agency personnel’s understanding of how information from social media sites can be used by law enforcement and is a key aspect of a social media policy. Social media sites and resources should be viewed as another tool in the law enforcement investigative toolbox and should be used in a manner that adheres to the same principles that govern all law enforcement activity, such as actions must be lawful and personnel must have a defined objective and a valid law enforcement purpose for gathering, maintaining, or sharing personally identifiable information (PII). In addition, any law enforcement action involving undercover activity (including developing an undercover profile on a social media site) should address supervisory approval, required documentation of activity, periodic reviews of activity, and the audit of undercover processes and behavior. Law enforcement agencies should also not collect or maintain the political, religious, or social views, associations, or activities of any individual or group, association, corporation, business, partnership, or organization unless there is a legitimate public safety purpose. These aforementioned principles help define and place limitations on law enforcement actions and ensure that individuals’ and groups’ privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties are diligently protected. When law enforcement personnel adhere to these principles, they are ensuring that their actions are performed with the highest respect for the law and the community they serve, consequently fostering the community’s trust in and support for law enforcement action. The Developing a Policy on the Use of Social Media in Intelligence and Investigative Activities: Guidance and Recommendations is designed to guide law enforcement agency personnel through the development of a social media policy by identifying elements that should be considered when drafting a policy, as well as issues to consider when developing a policy, focusing on privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties protections. This resource can also be used to modify and enhance existing policies to include social media information. All law enforcement agencies, regardless of size and jurisdiction, can benefit from the guidance identified in this resource. The key elements identified in this resource can be applied to “traditional” social media sites (such as Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube) and are also applicable as different and new types of social media sites emerge and proliferate. As a policy is developed, the agency privacy officer and/or legal counsel should be consulted and involved in the process. Additionally, many agencies have an existing privacy policy that includes details on how to safeguard privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties, and an agency’s social media-related policy should also communicate how these protections will be upheld when using information obtained from social media sites. Social media sites have emerged as a method for instantaneous connection among people and groups; information obtained from these sites can also be a valuable resource for law enforcement in the prevention, identification, investigation, and prosecution of crimes. To that end, law enforcement leadership should ensure that their agency has a social media policy that outlines the associated procedures regarding the use of social media-related information in investigative and criminal intelligence activities, while articulating the importance of privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties protections. Moreover, the same procedures and prohibitions placed on law enforcement officers when patrolling the community or conducting an investigation should be in place when agency personnel are accessing, viewing, collecting, using, storing, retaining, and disseminating information obtained from social media sites. As these sites increase in popularity and usefulness, a social media policy is vital to ensuring that information from social media used in criminal intelligence and investigative activities is lawfully used, while also ensuring that individuals’ and groups’ privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties are diligently protected. Details: Washington, DC: Global Justice Information Sharing Initiative, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 29, 2013 at: https://it.ojp.gov/gist/Document/132 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 128845

Author: Anwar, Shamena Title: The Role of Age in Jury Selection and Trial Outcomes Summary: This paper uses data from 700 felony trials in Sarasota and Lake Counties in Florida from 2000-2010 to examine the role of age in jury selection and trial outcomes. The results imply that prosecutors are more likely to use their peremptory challenges to exclude younger members of the jury pool, while defense attorneys exclude older potential jurors. To examine the causal impact of age on trial outcomes, the paper employs a research design that isolates the effect of the random variation in the age composition of the pool of eligible jurors called for jury duty. Consistent with the jury selection patterns, the empirical evidence implies that older jurors are significantly more likely to convict. Results are robust to the inclusion of broad set of controls including county, time, and judge fixed effects. These findings imply that many cases are decided differently for reasons that are completely independent of the true nature of the evidence in the case – i.e., that there is substantial randomness in the application of criminal justice. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Economic Research Initiatives at Duke (ERID) Working Paper No. 146: Accessed May 29, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2266613 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 128846

Author: McCullough, Alison N. Title: An Evaluation of the Pre-Release Planning Program of the Georgia Department of Corrections and a Qualitative Assessment of Reentry Experiences of Program Participants Summary: Higher rates of HIV are seen within correctional systems across the United States. Georgia has one of the largest correctional populations in the country and HIV rates among prisoners are elevated when compared to the state as a whole. In 2008. 2.1% of state prisoners in Georgia were living with HIV. A focal point for the public health system is the moment of release and reentry into the community. Prison systems are responsible for the healthcare of persons in their custody and the public health system typically has limited access to this population until release. Federal programs like Ryan White seek to address the needs of underserved populations with limited access to HIV care. The Ryan White system has facilitated access to Georgia prisoners prior to release by funding the Pre-Release Planning Program, which provides case management and linkage to medical care for persons living with HIV in Georgia state prisons. The purpose of this project was to evaluate the Pre-Release Planning Program of the Georgia Department of Corrections and to identify reentry needs unique to persons living with HIV. An assessment of the program was conducted to determine strengths, weaknesses and areas for improvement. This assessment was informed by the post-release experiences of program participants who described their own reentry journeys through semi-structured qualitative interviews. Methods: For the purpose of this study secondary analysis was conducted on qualitative interviews. A convenience sample consisting of 45 Pre-Release Planning Program participants was recruited to complete a semi-structured qualitative interview following their release in 2009-2010. All 45 persons recruited consented to be contacted for an interview three to 12 months after release. A research interviewer successfully located 25 members of the original sample and they all agreed to participate. They completed an informed consent and were compensated with a cash incentive for their time. The interviews covered a broad range of topics related to: general reentry challenges, HIV, health, risk behaviors, and feelings about the Pre-Release Planning Program. In addition a structure and process evaluation of the Pre-release Planning Program was conducted within the framework of a quality improvement perspective. A stakeholder analysis identified persons and organizations best equipped to promote quality improvement efforts for this program. Recommendations for improvement were developed from the program evaluation and qualitative analysis of participants‟ reentry experiences. Results: Areas for improvement were identified for the Pre-Release Planning Program in both structure and process. The program is understaffed and incapable of reaching every person living with HIV in the Georgia Department of Corrections, more concrete linkages to community resources are sorely needed, and data collection and management activities are deficient. For former program participants three central needs were identified: housing, health (HIV, chronic conditions, and mental) and income (employment or benefits). Stigma (HIV and felony status) and risk behaviors (sexual and substance misuse) negatively impacted stability of housing, health and income. Overall the Pre-Release Planning Program was incapable of addressing most post-release barriers to HIV care and successful reentry. Strengths of the program included linkage to a Ryan White Clinic, provision of prison medical records, referrals to general social service agencies and its acceptability among interviewed participants. Participants reported appreciating the services available pre-release and were able to reflect on specific examples of how they were helpful. Conclusions: Qualitative analysis indicated that participants appreciated the Pre-Release Planning Program and deeply desired to address their health needs post-release. However, their reentry narratives illustrated a need for far more comprehensive pre-release and post-release services to ensure continuity of HIV care and successful reintegration into their home community. The structural and individual challenges faced by persons living with HIV leaving the prison system demand comprehensive integrated services to assure access to HIV care and avoid recidivism. Minimally, housing, health and income must be addressed to ensure successful reentry. To holistically attend to the needs of this population multiple forms of stigma and risk factors in the community must be mediated by working with the individual and promoting systemic changes. Social determinants of health affecting reentry experiences in Georgia must be addressed through policy changes which have the capacity to reach farther than a single Pre-Release Planning program nestled in the Department of Corrections. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2011. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://digitalarchive.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1197&context=iph_theses Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 128856

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Terrorist Watch List Screening and Background Checks for Firearms Summary: The November 2009 shooting at Fort Hood, TX, renewed interest in terrorist watchlist screening and background checks for firearms through the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS). Pursuant to the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act (P.L. 103-159), in November 1998 the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) activated NICS for the purposes of determining an individual’s firearms transfer and possession eligibility whenever a private person seeks to acquire a firearm from a federally licensed gun dealer. Prior to February 2004, however, the FBI did not conduct terrorist watchlist queries as part of firearms background checks because being a known or suspected terrorist was not a disqualifying factor for firearms transfer and possession eligibility; nor is it today under current law. Similarly, the April 15, 2013, Boston Marathon bombing could generate renewed interest in terrorist watchlist screening, because at least one of the alleged perpetrators was possibly entered into the National Counterterrorism Center’s (NCTC’s) Terrorist Identities Datamart Environment (TIDE). As a consequence, he was possibly watch-listed in the FBI-led Terrorist Screening Center’s Terrorist Screening Database—the U.S. government’s master watchlist of known and suspected terrorists. In addition, on April 18, 2013, both alleged perpetrators—Tamerlan and Dzhokhar Tsarnaev—are further alleged to have shot and killed a police officer, high-jacked an automobile and taken its owner hostage at gunpoint, and engaged in a subsequent shootout with police. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) is tracing a pistol recovered at the scene of the shootout. If the watch-listed brother, Tamerlan, had acquired the pistol from a federally licensed gun dealer, it might have generated a terrorist watchlist hit through NICS. Critics could argue that watchlist hits through NICS, or border and aviation security screening systems, might have prompted federal investigators to scrutinize Tamerlan Tsarnaev’s travels and activities more closely prior to the bombing. As described in this report, moreover, a NICS-generated watchlist match might have prevented him from acquiring the pistol. Following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, the U.S. government reevaluated its terrorist screening procedures. As part of this process, the Department of Justice (DOJ) and FBI modified the Brady background check procedures and recalibrated NICS to query an additional file in the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) that included terrorist watchlist records. Since February 2004, information related to the subjects of NICS-generated terrorist watchlist matches have been passed on to the FBI Counterterrorism Division and special agents in the field, who are usually members of Joint Terrorism Task Forces (JTTFs). These FBI agents, in turn, verify the match between the individual and the watchlist record, and they check for information that would prohibit that individual, the prospective transferee, licensee, or permittee, from possessing firearms or explosives (e.g., illegal immigration or fugitive status). While the modified NICS procedures initially generated little public opposition, those procedures called three possible issues into question. One, should terrorist watchlist checks be incorporated statutorily into the firearms- and explosives-related background check processes? Two, given certain statutory prohibitions related to prohibiting a firearms registry, should approved firearm transfer records be maintained on a temporary basis to determine whether persons of interest in counterterrorism investigations have obtained firearms? Three, should the Attorney General be granted authority to deny a firearms transfer based solely on a terrorist watchlist match? Since the 109th Congress, several related legislative proposals have been introduced. Several of those bills would have addressed the retention of firearms-related transfer records. Another proposal would have prohibited persons watch-listed as terrorists for aviation security purposes on the “No Fly” list from firearms transfer or possession eligibility. In the 110th Congress, Senator Frank Lautenberg and Representative Peter King introduced a bill based on a legislative proposal developed by DOJ that would have authorized the Attorney General to deny the transfer of firearms or the issuance of firearms (and explosives) licenses/permits to “dangerous terrorists” (S. 1237/H.R. 2074). In the 111th Congress, they reintroduced this bill (S. 1317/H.R. 2159), which supporters dubbed the “Terror Gap” proposal. In the 112th Congress, they introduced similar bills (S. 34 and H.R. 1506). And, in the 113th Congress they reintroduced their bills (S. 34 and H.R. 720) once more. When the Senate considered the Safe Communities, Safe Schools Act of 2013 (S. 649) in April 2013, Senator Lautenberg also filed an amendment (S.Amdt. 734) to that bill, which is nearly identical to S. 34. While the Senate leadership set S. 649 aside, if the Senate reconsiders this bill, it might also consider S.Amdt. 734. In addition, Representative James Moran has included similar provisions in the NRA Members’ Gun Safety Act of 2013 (H.R. 21). The Terror Gap proposal raises several potential issues for Congress. One, should the Attorney General notify watch-listed individuals who have been deemed to be “dangerous terrorists” for the purposes of gun control? Two, what form of redress and/or remedy would be provided to individuals wrongfully denied a firearm transfer because they were misidentified, or improperly watch-listed, and then deemed to be a “dangerous terrorist”? Three, if enacted, would such a law draw unwanted attention to related terrorist screening procedures, possibly undermining the effectiveness of these procedures by making terrorists and other adversaries aware of them, and possibly setting a judicial review precedent for other terrorist watchlist screening processes? Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: R42336: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=736360 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 128858

Author: Kukorowski, Drew Title: Please Deposit All of Your Money: Kickbacks, Rates, and Hidden Fees in the Jail Phone Industry Summary: At a time when the cost of a phone call is approaching zero, one population is forced to pay astronomical sums to stay in touch: the families of incarcerated people. For a child to speak with her incarcerated parent, a family member or friend is forced to pay almost $1 per minute, plus a long list of other fees that easily double the total cost of the call. Faced with phone bills that can total hundreds of dollars, many families have to choose between paying for calls and paying for basic living expenses. Social science research shows that strong community ties are one of the best predictors of success after release from prison or jail, but the prison telephone market threatens those ties because it is uniquely structured to create a counter-productive cycle of exploitation: prison systems and local jails award the monopoly contracts to the phone company that will charge the highest rates and share the largest portion of the profits. The prisons and jails get their commissions, the phone industry gets the fees, and the families get the hefty bills. While previous research has documented the unjustifiably high calling rates in the prison phone industry, this report is the first to address in depth the many fees prison phone customers must pay. We find that meaningful regulation of the prison phone industry must stem from a comprehensive analysis of the customers' whole bills, rather than limiting the discussion to addressing the high per-minute calling rates alone. This report finds that fees have an enormous impact on prison phone bills, making up 38% of the $1 billion annual price of calling home. This report details the fees that prison phone companies charge for "services" such as: •accepting customers' money (deposit fees of up to $10/deposit) •holding on to customers' money (monthly account fees as high as $12) •closing customers' accounts (refund fees of up to $10) This report reveals that these fees are but the tip of the iceberg, though, as many other charges are far less transparent. For example, some companies operate "single call programs" that charge customers who do not have preexisting accounts up to $14.99 to receive a single call from a prison or jail. Some companies have hidden profit-sharing agreements with payment processors such as Western Union, which are not disclosed to the correctional systems that award contracts. Other companies give their fees government-sounding names, even though the fees are not required by the government and may not even be paid to the government. Unlike in most industries, bad customer service is a key source of revenue for prison phone companies. For example, most of the industry finds it economically advantageous to use poorly calibrated security systems to drop phone calls and trigger additional connection charges. Other companies show no hesitation to triple the cost of a call made to a local cellphone by charging consumers the more expensive long distance rate. Previous research has generally focused on the price to call home from state and federal prisons, but we find that limiting the scope to prisons only significantly understates the sheer number of families that must bear the burden of exorbitant phone bills. This report expands the discussion to also include the families and friends of the more than 12 million people who cycle through 3,000 local jails across the country every year. To our knowledge, almost no local jails refuse commission payments in order to make calling home more feasible. Because the opportunities for consumer exploitation in this broken marketplace are almost endless, regulation by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is the only permanent, nationwide solution that would remove the inherent conflicts of interest between the facilities that award monopoly contracts, the companies that execute them, and the families that pay the price. The FCC should craft a regulatory solution that is based on a comprehensive view of the prison phone industry, taking into account each of the components that contribute to customers' high bills, including fees. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013: http://www.prisonpolicy.org/phones/pleasedeposit.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 128874

Author: Council for Court Excellence. D.C. Misdemeanor Arrest & Pretrial Release Project Title: Clarifying the Post-Arrest Process in the District of Columbia: Report, Recommendations and Proposed Legislation. Summary: Post-arrest release is an often overlooked, yet important, facet of the DC criminal justice system. In 2012 alone there were almost 17,000 persons arrested that availed themselves of the array of post-arrest release options. The evolution of the District’s post-arrest release process has been largely rooted in custom and practice with the unintended result being confusion by the public and, at times, even criminal justice practitioners – attorneys and police officers alike – as to how the system works, which crimes are eligible for which types of release, and how current and prior criminal history and other factors may affect post-arrest release options. The CCE report recommends that: The Council for the District of Columbia should consider adoption of proposed legislation to update and clarify the post-arrest process and related criteria; and The Metropolitan Police Department should adopt the proposed “plain English” description of post-arrest options and conditions on MPD's Notice to Arrested Persons, with translations into other languages as necessary. It is worth noting that DC is one of the few jurisdictions in the country that has a post-arrest release process that embodies the principle that arrested persons, so long as they do not pose a danger to the community or a flight risk, should be released from custody on their own recognizance. The post-arrest process is largely based on the least restrictive options available to arrested persons, rather than being based on the amount of money they are able to post. The report is, for the most part, based on the consensus of the DC Misdemeanor Arrest and Pretrial Release Project Subcommittee - a diverse committee of those who are involved in the post-arrest process in DC. CCE thanks the Subcommittee for its efforts and excellent work! The Subcommittee is chaired by Clifford Keenan, a Board Director of the Council for Court Excellence, and includes CCE Board Directors Cary Feldman, Feldesman Tucker Leifer Fidell LLP; Mark Flanagan, McKenna Long & Aldridge LLP; Richard Gilbert, Law Offices of Richard K. Gilbert; Michael Hays, Dow Lohnes PLLC; and Earl Silbert, DLA Piper. Representatives of DC criminal justice agencies on the Subcommittee are: Daniel Cipullo, Tenisha Jiggetts and Kiger Sigh, the DC Superior Court; Patricia Riley and Renata Cooper, United States Attorney’s Office for DC; Laura Hankins, the DC Public Defender Service; Kelly O’Meara, the DC Metropolitan Police Department; and David Rosenthal DC Office of the Attorney General. Details: District of Columbia, US: Council for Court Excellence, 2013. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www.courtexcellence.org/uploads/publications/CCE_Post_Arrest_Report_and_Legislative_ProposalFINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 128877

Author: Sparrow, Malcolm K. Title: Crime Reduction as a Regulatory Challenge Summary: The police profession has much to gain by recognizing its kinship with a broad range of regulatory professions. Law-enforcement agencies, security and intelligence organizations, and social regulatory agencies all exist primarily to protect society from a variety of harms. Such harms include crime, pollution, occupational hazards, transportation hazards, corruption, discrimination, various forms of exploitation, food contamination, terrorism, and risks from unsafe commercial products. The core task for such organizations is to identify harms, risks, dangers, or threats of one kind or another, and then either eliminate them, reduce their frequency, mitigate their effects, prevent them, or suppress them; and, by so doing, provide citizens higher levels of safety and security. Agencies with risk-control tasks at the core of their mission are a special breed, and can learn a great deal from one another. They are fundamentally different from the other half of government, which provides citizens with services such as education, health care, welfare, or public transportation systems. Enforcement and regulatory agencies accomplish their task principally by constraining the behavior of citizens or industry. They deliver protection from harm primarily through the delivery of obligations, and they use the coercive power of the state to back up that delivery! They may, on occasions, restrict business practices, seize property, suspend licenses, and even deprive individuals of their liberty or life. Not surprisingly, given their use of such powers, these agencies are scrutinized and criticized more for their uses and abuses of power than for their uses and abuses of public funds. The price paid by society—in terms of governmental intrusion, loss of liberty, and imposed restrictions—has to be worth it in terms of risks reduced, harms prevented, or dangers mitigated. The vogue prescriptions used to improve governments’ performance over the last 30 years, largely imported from the private sector, have provided little instruction in relation to these distinctive risk-control tasks. The management guidance available has focused on customer service, business process improvement, and quality management,1 much less on the challenges of operational risk-control, behavior modification, compliance management, or the structuring of enforcement discretion around specific harm-reduction objectives. Risk-control agencies have been left to fend for themselves, to invent their own more particular brand of reforms, and to seek more specialized and relevant sources of inspiration. Details: Cambridge, MA: Regulatory Policy Program Mossavar-Rahmani Center for Business and Government Harvard Kennedy School, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: RPP-2013-10: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/var/ezp_site/storage/fckeditor/file/RPP_2013_10_Sparrow.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 128878

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Effects of Minnesota Prison-Based Educational Programming on Recidivism and Employment Summary: This study evaluated the effectiveness of prison-based educational programming by examining the effects of obtaining secondary and post-secondary degrees on recidivism and post-release employment outcomes among offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2007 and 2008. Obtaining a secondary degree in prison significantly increased the odds of securing post-release employment by 59 percent but did not have a significant effect on recidivism or other employment measures such as hourly wage, total hours worked, and total wages earned. Earning a post-secondary degree in prison, however, was associated with greater number of hours worked, higher overall wages, and less recidivism. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/MNDOCEducationalProgrammingEvaluation_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 128880

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Effects of Private Prison Confinement in Minnesota on Offender Recidivism Summary: Evidence has been mixed as to whether private prisons are more effective than state-operated facilities in reducing recidivism. This study analyzes whether private prison confinement in Minnesota has had an impact on recidivism by examining 3,532 offenders released from prison between 2007 and 2009. Propensity score matching was used to individually match a comparison group of 1,766 inmates who had only been confined in state-run facilities with 1,766 offenders who had served time in a private prison facility. Using multiple measures of recidivism and private prison confinement, 20 Cox regression models were estimated. The results showed that offenders who had been incarcerated in a private prison had a greater hazard of recidivism in all 20 models, and the recidivism risk was significantly greater in eight of the models. The evidence presented in this study suggests that private prisons are not more effective in reducing recidivism, which may be attributable to fewer visitation and rehabilitative programming opportunities for offenders incarcerated at private facilities. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2013 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/publications/documents/MNPrivatePrisonEvaluation_WebsiteFinal.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons (Minnesota, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128882

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Improvements Needed in Bureau of Prisons’ Monitoring and Evaluation of Impact of Segregated Housing Summary: The U.S. Federal Bureau of Prisons confines about 7 percent of its 217,000 inmates in segregated housing units for about 23 hours a day. Inmates are held in Special Housing Unit (SHUs), Special Management Units (SMUs), and Administrative Maximum (ADX). GAO was asked to review BOP’s segregated housing unit practices. This report addresses, among other things: (1) the trends in BOP’s segregated housing population, (2) the extent to which BOP centrally monitors how prisons apply segregated housing policies, and (3) the extent to which BOP assessed the impact of segregated housing on institutional safety and inmates. GAO analyzed BOP’s policies for compliance and analyzed population trends from fiscal year 2008 through February 2013. GAO visited six federal prisons selected for different segregated housing units and security levels, and reviewed 61 inmate case files and 45 monitoring reports. The results are not generalizable, but provide information on segregated housing units. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that BOP (1) develop ADX-specific monitoring requirements; (2) develop a plan that clarifies how BOP will address documentation concerns GAO identified, through the new software program; (3) ensure that any current study to assess segregated housing also includes reviews of its impact on institutional safety; and (4) assess the impact of long-term segregation. BOP agreed with these recommendations and reported it would take actions to address them. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-429: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/654349.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Management Shelf Number: 128885

Author: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Research Title: Realignment Report: A One-year Examination of Offenders Released from State Prison in the First Six Months of Public Safety Realignment Summary: One-year arrest rates are down and conviction rates are virtually static for offenders released after completing their state prison sentences post-Realignment, according to a report released today by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). For this Realignment Report, CDCR identified all offenders who had served their full sentence and were released from prison during the first six months after the implementation of Realignment (October 2011 through March 2012). Researchers then tracked the offenders, which include those released to state parole supervision and those released to county probation supervision, for one year to see if they were re-arrested, convicted of a new crime, or returned to state prison. CDCR then compared those results with all offenders released during October 2010 to March 2011 (pre-Realignment) and tracked them for one year in the same manner. Key findings include: • Post-Realignment offenders were arrested at a lower rate than pre-Realignment offenders (62 percent pre-Realignment and 58.7 percent post-Realignment). • The rate of post-Realignment offenders convicted of new crimes is nearly the same as the rate of pre-Realignment offenders convicted of new crimes (21.3 percent pre-realignment and 22.5 percent post realignment). • Post-Realignment offenders returned to prison at a significantly lower rate than pre-Realignment offenders, an intended effect of Realignment as most offenders are ineligible to return to prison on a parole violation. (42 percent pre-Realignment and 7.4 percent post-Realignment) Under California’s Public Safety Realignment Act of 2011, no offenders receive an early release from state prison. The law, which was passed by the Legislature in response to a federal court order to reduce California’s prison population, has achieved dramatic reductions by stemming the flow of low-level inmates and parole violators into prison. The intent of Realignment is to encourage counties to develop and implement evidenced-based practices and alternatives to incarceration to limit future crimes and reduce victimization. Prior to Realignment, more than 60,000 felon parole violators returned to state prison annually, with an average length of stay of 90 days. Beginning on October 1, 2011, most parole violations are now served in county jails. Also, offenders newly convicted of certain low-level offenses serve their time in county jail. Under another component of Realignment, inmates who have served their full state prison sentence for a non-serious, non-violent or non-sexual offense are now supervised upon their release by county probation rather than state parole. Realignment provides a dedicated, constitutionally protected, and permanent revenue stream to the counties. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/realignment/docs/Realignment%206%20Month%20Report%20Final_5%2016%2013%20v1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 128887

Author: Mason, Cody Title: Too Good to be True: Private Prisons in America Summary: In 2010 private prisons held 128,195 individuals, representing eight percent of America's total prison population and an 80 percent increase compared to 1999. This growth has been fueled by claims that private prisons provide equal or superior services compared to publicly operated facilities, and at a lower cost. This report details the history of the movement to privatize prisons in America and documents the increase in their use. It also examines the purported ability of private prisons to provide the same level of services as publicly operated facilities, but at a lower cost, as well as the lobbying and contribution activities of private prisons on the state and federal level. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2012. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_Too_Good_to_be_True.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 128892

Author: Filindra, Alexandra Title: The Myth of "Self-Deportation": How Behavioral Economics Reveals the Fallacies behind “Attrition through Enforcement” Summary: The concept of “self-deportation” rests on a deceptively simple premise. According to its supporters, if the federal government invests more in enforcing immigration laws, and if states and localities take on additional immigration control responsibilities, the costs and risks of staying in the United States will increase substantially for undocumented immigrants. Faced with a high risk of being caught and imprisoned, “rational” undocumented residents will “give up and deport themselves” returning to their home countries rather than remain in the U.S. However, preliminary evidence from studies conducted in states where such enforcement laws have been enacted shows that immigration restrictionists have gotten it wrong. Immigrant population in these states has remained in place and the predicted exodus never materialized. Economic factors, rather than enforcement, have played a far more important role in reducing the rate of undocumented entry into the United States. This report uses important research findings from cognitive psychology and behavioral economics to explain why restrictionists have gotten it wrong and people do not behave in the “rational” way that restrictionists expect them to. Details: Wsahington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/filindra_-_self-deportation_042912.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 128894

Author: Heyman, Josiah McC. Title: Guns, Drugs, and Money: Tackling the Real Threats to Border Security Summary: The external borders of the United States matter to security, but how and in what ways is neither automatic nor obvious. The current assumption is that borders defend the national interior against all harms, which are understood as consistently coming from outside—and that security is always obtained in the same way, whatever the issue. Some security policies correctly use borders as tools to increase safety, but border policy does not protect us from all harms. The 9/11 terrorists came through airports with visas, thus crossing a border inspection system without being stopped. They did not cross the U.S.-Mexico border. Future terrorists would not necessarily cross a land border. U.S. citizens and residents, and nationals of Western Europe, also represent an important element of the terrorist threat, and they have unimpeded or easy passage through U.S. borders. Fortified borders cannot protect us from all security threats or sources of harm. Moreover, not all border crossers pose security concerns, even ones who violate national laws. The hundreds of thousands of unauthorized migrants who cross the U.S.-Mexico border each year have not posed a threat of political terrorism, and external terrorists have not traveled through this border. Enforcement of laws against unauthorized immigration is, in the vast majority of cases, a resource- and attention-wasting distraction from sensible national security measures. That does not mean the U.S.-Mexico border is free from risk of harm, such as increasingly violent drug trafficking organizations operating nearby in Mexico. But that issue needs to be addressed in different ways than current enforcement policy does. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2011. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/perspectives/guns-drugs-and-money-tackling-real-threats-border-security Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (Mexico, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128897

Author: Clark, Richard L. Title: Male Attitudes Regarding Domestic and Sexual Violence: Survey Data Report Summary: Domestic and sexual violence is a prevalent and pernicious reality in our society. Occurrences of domestic and sexual violence can be found in all demographics and regions throughout America, and Vermont is by no means less susceptible to this social ill. While perpetrators and victims of domestic and sexual violence can be either gender, the majority of cases have a male perpetrator and a female victim. With that in mind, the Male Attitudes Survey was proposed to address the attitudes of men about domestic and sexual violence, mostly as it victimizes women. This survey and report was initiated by the Vermont Governor’s Prevention of Domestic and Sexual Violence Task Force (GPDSVTF) and supported by the Vermont Network Against Domestic and Sexual Violence and the Vermont Department of Health with funding from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Rape Prevention and Education cooperative agreement. The goals of this project (as stated in the Request for Proposals) are as follows: 1. “To provide guidance for service providers to develop future training and education programs; 2. To provide a benchmark to measure improvements/declines over time in male attitudes in Vermont towards the prevention of domestic and sexual violence against women; 3. To provide a tool for local and state-wide non-profits for fundraising, grant-writing and other purposes.” (GPDSVTF RFP, May23, 2012). To this end, the Castleton Polling Institute surveyed 341 adult males in Vermont by telephone. The households were selected through random digit dialing, using a sample frame that only included landlines. Once a sampled household was reached, the respondents were selected by asking for the youngest adult (over 17 years of age) male in the household. The average length of the survey was about 19 minutes. The results of this study create a better understanding of the independent variables associated with various attitudes. Details: Castleton, VT: Castleton Polling Institute, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.vtnetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/Male-Attitudes-Survey-FINAL-REPORT-Color2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Vermont, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128898

Author: Jones, Lisa M. Title: Evaluation of Internet Child Safety Materials Used by ICAC Task Forces in School and Community Settings, Final Report Summary: Research Goals and Objectives: This project involves content and process evaluations of current internet safety education (ISE) program materials and their use by law enforcement presenters and schools. Despite a proliferation of internet safety programs over the last decade, there is little information that can guide law enforcement, policy makers or the public in determining which materials or delivery methods are most likely to increase children’s online safety. The design of the proposed content and process evaluation is based on the perspective that, despite widespread dissemination, internet safety education is still in a formative stage. It is not clear that ISE messages have been formulated around a careful analysis of the risk and the ways that youth experience problems online, or that they have applied research-based prevention strategies. While outcome evaluation will be critical to determining the effectiveness of internet safety programs in the future, it is important to identify problems in ISE delivery and create guidelines for developing more promising programs. Research Design and Methodology: The study was divided into four subprojects. First, a systematic review or “meta-synthesis” was conducted to identify effective elements of prevention identified by the research across different youth problem areas such as drug abuse, sex education, smoking prevention, suicide, youth violence, and school failure. The process resulted in the development of a KEEP (Known Elements of Effective Prevention) Checklist. Second, a content analysis was conducted on four of the most well-developed and long-standing youth internet safety curricula: i-SAFE, iKeepSafe, Netsmartz, and Web Wise Kids. Third, we conducted a process evaluation to better understand how internet safety education programs are being implemented. The process evaluation was conducted via national surveys with three different groups of respondents: Internet Crimes Against Children (ICAC) Task Force commanders (N=43), ICAC Task Force presenters (N=91), and a sample of school professionals (N=139). Finally, we developed an internet safety education outcome survey focused on online harassment and digital citizenship. The intention for creating and piloting this survey was to provide the field with a research-based tool that can be used in future evaluation and program monitoring efforts. This tool, along with other research and evaluation information on internet safety will be placed in an Internet Safety Education Resource Center on the ICAC Task Force website. Research Results and Conclusions: The internet safety education (ISE) content and process evaluation results indicated that the educational approach and messages of current ISE fail to incorporate critical elements of effective prevention education, including: 1) research-based messages; 2) skill-based learning objectives; 3) opportunities for youth to practice new skills; and 4) sufficient time for learning. Our analyses indicate that the ISE field has been slow to include research-based information on internet predators and online harassment and there is no research to support the assumption that many of the popular educational slogans messages around privacy and digital reputation concerns (e.g., “Think Before You Click”) will lead to improved youth online behavior. The failure to define research-supported program logic means that most ISE is a highly speculative and experimental undertaking, whose success cannot be assumed. Recommendations are made for re-conceptualizing ISE and developing a more effective approach to helping protect youth. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes Against Children Research Center (CCRC), University of New Hampshire, 2012. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/242016.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 128899

Author: Ray, Bradley R. Title: Reintegrative Shaming in Mental Health Court Summary: Reintegrative shaming theory suggests that shame can be either stigmatizing or reintegrative and predicts that, stigmatizing shame increases the likelihood of crime, while reintegrative shame reduces criminal behavior recidivism (Braithwaite 1989). Stigmatizing shame involves labeling offenders as deviant and casting them out of the community. Reintegrative shaming focuses on condemning the deviant behavior without condemning the individual. Thus, the behavior is punished but the individual is reaccepted to the community after completing the punishment. Unlike stigmatizing shaming, reintegrative shaming is finite, ends with words or gestures of forgiveness, and, throughout the shaming process, there is an effort to maintain respect for the shamed individual. The theory suggests that when shaming is reintegrative, offenders are unlikely to recidivate because they are accepted back into the community and their morality is strengthened. This dissertation examines reintegrative shaming theory in a mental health court which is a type of problem-solving court that divert persons with mental illness out of the cycle of arrest, incarceration, release and re-arrest, by motivating them to connect with treatment and services and to change their behaviors. The body of empirical research on these courts is still small but finds support for mental health courts’ effectiveness in reducing recidivism, reporting that mental health court participants are less likely to offend than before entering the court. The first three studies in this dissertation attempt to validate the whether reintegrative shaming occurs in the observed mental health court setting. The first is a qualitative observation study which links the components of reintegrative shame to the court process to the mental health court process. The second and third studies use research instruments designed to objectively and subjectively measure reintegrative and stigmatizing shame in the Australian Reintegrative Shaming Experiments. The second study used systematic observation instruments, completed by multiple observers in both mental health court and traditional criminal court setting, and finds that the mental is more likely to practice reintegrative shaming and less likely to practice stigmatizing shame. The third study employed a survey instrument to interview individuals who had recently completed the mental health court process and found that those who completed the process are more likely to have experienced reintegrative shame than stigmatizing shame. The collective finding from these studies are that the mental health is more likely to practice observed reintegrative shame than the traditional criminal court and that those who complete the mental health court were likely to perceive this process as reintegrative rather than stigmatizing. The final study uses exit statuses from court as indirect measures shaming types to test the prediction of reintegrative shaming theory. Mental health court completion is used as a proxy measure for reintegrative shame, and being found guilty in traditional criminal court as a proxy measure for stigmatizing shame. This study found that those who have an exit status consistent with a reintegrative experience are less likely to recidivate than those who have a shame or stigmatizing experience. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina State University, 2012. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://repository.lib.ncsu.edu/ir/bitstream/1840.16/7812/1/etd.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 128901

Author: Burke, Kimberly S. Title: An Inventory and Examination of Restorative Justice Practices for Youth in Illinois Summary: In this study, organizations in Illinois that address youth misconduct or delinquency were surveyed to examine the use of restorative justice practices in Illinois and the extent to which they incorporate critical components of restorative justice, and to create an inventory of restorative justice practices across the state. A total of 152 individuals completed a web-based survey. From their responses, 95 organizations were included in an inventory of restorative justice practices. Key findings include: • Respondents reporting using restorative justice practices were found in 54 Illinois counties, and in many different types of organizations who respond to youth misconduct, including police departments, probation and court services, schools, community-based organizations, and other state and municipal departments • Of respondents who indicated the types of restorative justice practices they used (n=69), the most common restorative justice practices used were peer juries (40 percent), circles (17 percent), family group conferencing (16 percent), and victim-offender mediation (23 percent). • Respondents most commonly used restorative justice practices with non-violent, first-time offenders. For program eligibility, restorative justice programs commonly required youth to volunteer to participate, admit guilt for the wrongdoing, and have little or no criminal history. • Of respondents who listed an agency affiliation (n=114), 68 percent worked within the juvenile justice system, and 65 percent of those working within the juvenile justice system were law enforcement. • Of the respondents who indicated the types of restorative justice practices used (n=69), 61 percent reported using a combination of practices. • When a single program was used peer jury was the most commonly reported. This study provided respondents with a scale to measure the degree to which they used five components of restorative justice in their program. The five components of restorative justice included offender involvement and experience of justice, victim involvement and experience of justice, victim-offender relationships, community involvement and experience of justice, and problem-solving through restorative justice. Respondents were invited to respond on how likely it was that each component of restorative justice was addressed through their programming. The study found the following through the use of the scale. • Twenty-three percent of survey respondents highly incorporated the five components of restorative justice into programming in their organizations. Respondents were given a survey with five choices of the degree to which restorative justice is incorporated into programming. • The components reported as the least likely addressed by organizations was victim-offender relationships in their programs (average of 2.11 on a scale of five) or involve the community in the experience of justice (average of 2.93 on a scale of five). Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/researchreports/inventoryandexaminationofrestorativejusticepracticesforyouthillinois_042013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative Dispute Settlement Shelf Number: 128905

Author: Galston, William A. Title: The New Politics of Marijuana Legalization Summary: Over less than a decade, public opinion has shifted dramatically toward support for the legalization of marijuana. For many years, opinion on the issue was quite stable, but the turn of the millennium unsettled this long-standing consensus: sentiment in favor of legalization has increased by 20 points in just over a decade. The proportion of Americans who view marijuana use as immoral has fallen from 50 percent to 32 percent in just seven years. A recent national survey showed a narrow national majority in favor of legalization, and its supporters translated this sentiment into ballot initiative victories in Colorado and Washington State in 2012. Some of the change is likely to be durable. The 4-to-1 edge that opponents of legalization enjoyed twenty years ago has almost certainly vanished permanently. Momentum is on the side of those favoring legalization. Support for legalization is especially strong among the young, while the only age group staunchly opposed consists of those 65 years old and over. Unless the younger generation substantially alters its views as it ages, generational change alone is likely to keep support well above the levels of the relatively recent past, even if enthusiasm for legalization wanes. One possible explanation for the shift is a sharp decline over the past generation in the proportion of Americans who see marijuana as a “gateway” to harder drugs. That decline has been steepest among those who have never tried marijuana. In addition, some surveys have found that a slim majority now believes that alcohol is more harmful than marijuana to both individuals and society. The implicit syllogism: if we long ago ceased regarding alcohol use as morally wrong, why should we continue to think this way about marijuana use? Details: Washington, DC:Governance Studies The Brookings Institution, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2013/05/29%20politics%20marijuana%20legalization%20galston%20dionne/dionne%20galston_newpoliticsofmjleg_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 128907

Author: Schwan, Michael J. Title: Border Cracks: Approaching Border Security from a Complexity Theory and Systems Perspective Summary: Presently, U.S. border security endeavors are compartmentalized, fragmented, and poorly coordinated. Moreover, international collaborations are extremely limited; success hinges on effective international cooperation. This thesis addresses U.S. border security management using complexity theory and a systems approach, incorporating both borders and all associated border security institutions simultaneously. Border security research has rarely viewed all stakeholders as a holistic unit up to this point, nor has border security been thoroughly examined using a systems approach. This research scrutinizes the current U.S. border security paradigm in an attempt to determine the systemic reasons why the system is ineffective in securing U.S. borders. Additionally, the research investigates the current level of international cooperation between the United States, Canada, and Mexico. This thesis increases awareness and will possibly create dissent among established agencies, which is the first step in instituting needed changes that will ultimately increase North American security. The thesis contends that the establishment of a tri-national— United States, Canadian, and Mexican—border security agency, in addition to legalizing drugs and reestablishing a guest worker program, will be more effective and costefficient in securing North American borders. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=732181 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 128908

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: A Guide to Calculating Justice-System Marginal Costs Summary: The costs and benefits of criminal justice policies and activities affect everyone. Understanding what goes into the costs of operating jails, prisons, probation and parole, courts, law enforcement agencies, treatment programs, and other segments of the criminal justice system is important for taxpayers, politicians, practitioners, and society as a whole. Any economic study of a justice-related investment needs to use the right cost information in its calculations. The type of cost used makes a difference in the accuracy of a study’s findings, as well as its relevance for policymaking, budgeting, and practice. Vera’s Cost-Benefit Knowledge Bank for Criminal Justice has published this guide to help technical users and general readers understand marginal cost—the amount of change in total cost when a unit of output changes. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/marginal-costs-guide.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 128912

Author: Kukoroski, Drew Title: The Price To Call Home: State-Sanctioned Monopolization In The Prison Phone Industry Summary: Exorbitant calling rates make the prison telephone industry one of the most lucrative businesses in the United States today. This industry is so profitable because prison phone companies have state-sanctioned monopolistic control over the state prison markets, and the government agency with authority to rein in these rates across the nation has been reluctant to offer meaningful relief. Prison phone companies are awarded these monopolies through bidding processes in which they submit contract proposals to the state prison systems; in all but eight states, these contracts include promises to pay “commissions” — in effect, kickbacks — to states, in either the form of a percentage of revenue, a fixed up-front payment, or a combination of the two. Thus, state prison systems have no incentive to select the telephone company that offers the lowest rates; rather, correctional departments have an incentive to reap the most profit by selecting the telephone company that provides the highest commission. This market oddity — that the government entity has an incentive to select the highest bidder and that the actual consumers have no input in the bidding process — makes the prison telephone market susceptible to prices that are well-above ordinary rates for non-incarcerated persons. This fact, coupled with what economists would label as the “relative inelastic demand” that incarcerated persons and their families have to speak with one another, leads to exorbitant prices. The prison telephone market is structured to be exploitative because it grants monopolies to producers, and because the consumers — the incarcerated persons and their families who are actually footing the bills — have no comparable alternative ways of communicating. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2012. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: http://www.prisonpolicy.org/phones/price_to_call_home.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 128915

Author: Hipple, Natalie Kroovand Title: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report: Middle District of North Carolina (Case Study 11) Summary: In 2001 the Bush Administration made the reduction of gun crime one of the two major priorities of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), along with defeating terrorism and enhancing homeland security. The vehicle for translating this goal into action is Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN). PSN represents a commitment to gun crime reduction through a network of local partnerships coordinated through the nation's 94 United States Attorney's Offices. These local partnerships are supported by a strategy to provide them with the resources that they need to be successful. These site-specific case studies are intended to provide information about how PSN has been structured and implemented in different jurisdictions. PSN is a national program tailored to address varying gun crime pattems in localjurisdictions. One of the key roles of the research partner is to analyze these patterns to help inform the PSN task force. The local nature of PSN, however, makes it important to examine implementation and impact at the local level. Consequently, this series of site-specific cases studies addresses these issues. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/241729.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 128917

Author: Osler, Mark Title: Amoral Numbers and Narcotics Sentencing Summary: Americans are fascinated with lists and rankings. Magazines catch the eye with covers promising “92 Cute Summer Looks,” college football fans anxiously await the release of pre-season rankings, and law schools have reshaped themselves in reaction to the rankings released by U.S. News and World Report. With each of these, though, the lists often do more to create a reality than to reflect one, with distinct negative effects. The same problem plagues federal narcotics sentencing, where rankings of the relative seriousness of crimes are embedded in sentencing guidelines and minimum sentences required by statutes, though they are rooted neither in empirical evidence nor a consistent theory of problem-solving. Details: Minneapolis: University of St. Thomas School of Law, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: U of St. Thomas (Minnesota) Legal Studies Research Paper No. 13-21: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2271380 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 128920

Author: New York City School-Justice Partnership Task Force Title: Keeping Kids In School and Out of Court: Report and Recommendations Summary: As the education of our children – our nation’s future – and the school-justice connection has increasingly captured public attention, the sunshine of increased graduation rates has brought into sharp focus the shadow of the so-called school-to-prison pipeline – the thousands of students who are suspended, arrested, put at greater risk for dropping out, court involvement and incarceration. They are the subject of this Report. In school year 2011-2012 (SY2012), the number of suspensions in New York City public schools was 40 percent greater than during SY2006 (69,643 vs. 49,588, respectively), despite a five percent decrease in suspensions since SY2011. In addition, there were 882 school-related arrests (more than four per school day on average) and another 1,666 summonses issued during the SY2012 (more than seven per school day on average), also demonstrating an over-representation of students of color. These numbers might suggest New York City has a growing problem with violence and disruption in school but the opposite is true. Over the last several years, as reported by the Department of Education in November 2012, violence in schools has dropped dramatically, down 37 percent between 2001 and 2012. Indeed, violence Citywide has dropped dramatically. Emerging facts suggest that the surge in suspensions is not a function of serious misbehavior. New York City has the advantage of newly available public data that makes it possible for the first time to see patterns and trends with respect to suspensions by school and to see aggregate data on schoolrelated summonses and arrests. The data shows that the overwhelming majority of school-related suspensions, summonses and arrests are for minor misbehavior, behavior that occurs on a daily basis in most schools. An important finding is that most schools in New York City handle that misbehavior without resorting to suspensions, summonses or arrests much if at all. Instead, it is a small percentage of schools that are struggling, generating the largest number of suspensions, summonses and arrests, impacting the lives of thousands of students. This newly available data echoes findings from other jurisdictions indicating that suspension and school arrest patterns are less a function iv of student misbehavior than a function of the adult response. Given the same behavior, some choose to utilize guidance and positive discipline options such as peer mediation; others utilize more punitive alternatives. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Permanent Judicial Commission on Justice for Children, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://www.advocatesforchildren.org/sites/default/files/library/sjptf_report.pdf?pt=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Crimes Shelf Number: 128921

Author: Piehl, Anne Morrison Title: Immigrant Assimilation into U.S. Prisons, 1900-1930 Summary: The analysis of a new dataset on state prisoners in the 1900 to 1930 censuses reveals that immigrants rapidly assimilated to native incarceration patterns. One feature of these data is that the second generation can be identified, allowing direct analysis of this group and allowing their exclusion from calculations of comparison rates for the “native” population. Although adult new arrivals were less likely than natives to be incarcerated, this likelihood was increasing with their years in the U.S. The foreign born who arrived as children and second generation immigrants had slightly higher rates of incarceration than natives of native parentage, but these differences disappear after controlling for nativity differences in urbanicity and occupational status. Finally, while the incarceration rates of new arrivals differ significantly by source country, patterns of assimilation are very similar. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. w19083 : Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2272519 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants and Crime Shelf Number: 128922

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Indian Country Investigations and Prosecutions 2011-2012 Summary: The report, based on data compiled from the case management system used by U.S. Attorney’s Offices (USAO) with Indian Country jurisdiction shows among other things a 54 percent increase in Indian Country criminal prosecutions since Fiscal Year 2009. The information contained in the report shows the following: • The Justice Department’s prioritization of Indian country crime has resulted in a notable increase in commitment to overall law enforcement efforts in Indian country. Caseloads have increased overall from 1,091 cases filed in fiscal year (FY) 2009 to 1,138 in FY 2010 to 1,547 in FY 2011 to 1,677 in FY 2012. This represents a nearly 54 percent increase in the Indian country crime caseload. • USAO data for calendar year (CY) 2011 indicate that just under 37 percent (1,041) of all Indian Country submissions for prosecution (2,840) were declined by USAOs. In CY 2012, USAOs declined approximately 31 percent (965) of all (3,145) Indian Country submissions for prosecution. Overall, a substantial majority of Indian Country criminal cases opened by USAOs were prosecuted. • The most common reasons for declination by USAOs were insufficient evidence (61 percent in CY 2011 and 52 percent in CY 2012) and referral to another prosecuting authority (19 percent in CY 2011 and 24 percent in CY 2012). • The most common reasons investigations during calendar years CY 2011 and 2012 were not referred included deaths determined to be due to non-criminal causes (e.g., natural causes, accidents, suicides) and allegations in which there was insufficient evidence to prove criminal activity. •The report shows a new era of partnership between the federal government and American Indian tribes, including an unprecedented level of collaboration with tribal law enforcement. The increase in collaboration and communication strengthens the bond of trust between federal and tribal investigators, prosecutors, and other personnel in both federal and tribal criminal justice systems, and it will make communities safer as a result. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/tribal/tloa-report-cy-2011-2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128923

Author: Capps, Randy Title: A Demographic, Socioeconomic, and Health Coverage Profile of Unauthorized Immigrants in the United States Summary: This issue brief provides all kinds of useful and interesting data about unauthorized immigrants currently living in the U.S. The final section of the brief lays out some of the policy implications of the data they have compiled, both in terms of immigration reform and implementation of the Affordable Care Act. For example, under the immigration reform bill that is currently under consideration in the Senate, unauthorized immigrants who are granted registered provisional status (which would permit them to reside and work here legally) would be ineligible for Medicaid or most other federal benefits. MPI’s data suggests that 71% of unauthorized immigrants (47% of children) are uninsured, and the vast majority of them have incomes that fall below the federal poverty level. So it appear that many RPI status holders would struggle to obtain medical insurance under the Senate bill. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief No. 5: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/pubs/CIRbrief-Profile-Unauthorized.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 128924

Author: Englander, Elizabeth Title: Low Risk Associated with Most Teenage Sexting: A Study of 617 18-Year-Olds Summary: This report describes research conducted in 2011 and 2012 on 617 subjects, 30% of whom reported sexting. The report details the frequency of sexting behaviors as well as the relationship between coerced and non-coerced sexting, sexting and gender differences, characteristics of sexters, and data on risk of discovery and social conflict following engaging in sexting. The study revealed that most risk associated with sexting is experienced by youth who are coerced into sexting; they are more impacted emotionally by the experience, and are more likely to have a prior victimization. Risk of discovery and social conflict was highest for coerced sexters but still generally low. Details: Bridgewater, MA: Massachusetts Aggression Reduction Center (MARC), Bridgewater State University, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: MARC Research Reports. Paper 6: Accessed June 3, 2013 at: http://vc.bridgew.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&context=marc_reports Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Peer Influences Shelf Number: 128925

Author: McGarrell, Edmund Title: Promising Strategies for Violence Reduction: Lessons from Two Decades of Innovation Summary: Since reaching peak levels in the early 1990s, the United States has witnessed a significant decline in levels of homicide and gun-related crime. Indeed, whereas in 1991 there were more than 24,000 homicides in the United States (9.8 per 100,000 population), this number declined to less than 15,000 in 2010 (4.8 per 100,000 population) (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2011). Similarly, the number of violent victimizations declined from more than 16 million in 1993 to less than six million in 2011 (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013). Although the decline is certainly welcome, violent crime and homicide continue to exact a heavy toll in terms of the impact on victims, families, offenders, and neighborhoods. Indeed, some estimates put the cost of a homicide at more than $17 million per incident (DeLisi et al., 2010). Given these human and fiscal costs, it becomes critical to identify evidence-based practices that local, state, tribal, and federal law enforcement agencies, criminal justice partners, community-based organizations, social service providers, governmental officials, and citizens can consider for possible implementation in their communities. Fortunately, since the mid-1990s several promising interventions have emerged with varying degrees of empirical support for their ability to prevent and reduce levels of crime and violence at the local level. These interventions share some common elements, although they vary in other respects. Different communities also make adaptations to these interventions when they implement them. This situation can make it difficult to specify the key dimensions of each intervention when transferring to other settings. To add to the confusion, two of the initiatives discussed below are commonly referred to as “Ceasefire” and some cities participating in the Project Safe Neighborhoods initiative have also used the “Ceasefire” terminology. The following attempts to briefly describe the key elements of each intervention, their commonalities and their differences, and to summarize the existing research. Citations to the many reports that exist on these initiatives are provided so that interested readers can learn more about these efforts. Details: East Lansing, MI: School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Project Safe Neighborhoods Case Study Report #13; Accessed June 3, 2013 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/MSU_PromisingViolenceReductionInitiatives.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 128927

Author: Latessa, Edward J. Title: Final Report: Outcome and Process Evaluation of Juvenile Drug Courts Summary: This study adds to the existing juvenile drug court literature by providing a national multi-site outcome and process evaluation of nine juvenile drug courts from across the U.S. This study assesses the relative effect of each court, as well as their combined effectiveness in reaching the overall goal of reducing recidivism and improving youths' social functioning. It also identifies, where possible, the characteristics of youth and programs associated with successful outcomes. The goals of this research are consistent with those stated in the OJJDP-approved grant proposal. There were six original goals. One additional goal was added at the request of OJJDP. The goals of this research are: 1) To determine if there is a reduction in recidivism and substance abuse associated with participation in a juvenile drug court program, relative to comparison groups. 2) To determine if there are increases in social functioning related to participating in juvenile drug court programs relative to comparison groups. 3) To identify the characteristics of successful juvenile drug court participants. 4) To determine if juvenile drug courts are operating in a manner consistent with evidence-based approaches. 5) To identify the programmatic characteristics of effective juvenile drug courts. 6) To provide policymakers with information about the effectiveness of juvenile drug courts. 7) To determine if the 16 strategies for juvenile drug courts recommended by the National Drug Court Institute (NDCI) are effective practices (Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2003). The nine juvenile drug courts participating in this research study are located in: Ada County, Idaho; Clackamas County, Oregon; Jefferson County, Ohio; Lane County, Oregon; Lucas County, Ohio; Medina County, Ohio; Rhode Island (the state); San Diego County, California; and Santa Clara County, California. As discussed above, the study included both process and outcome evaluation components. Details: Cincinnati, OH: Center for Criminal Justice Research, University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2013. 421p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/241643.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 128931

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives’ Efforts to Prevent the Diversion of Tobacco Summary: The U.S. Department of Justice’s (Department) Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) is charged with investigating the diversion of alcohol and tobacco products from the legal distribution system to evade payment of federal and state excise taxes. This diversion can include several different types of criminal behavior, such as smuggling alcohol and tobacco products from a low tax state to sell in a high tax state, smuggling across international borders, avoiding taxes by pretending to export products but illegally selling them in the United States, producing counterfeit products, selling products without tax stamps or with counterfeit stamps, and selling products illegally over the Internet. In the United States, federal and state governments estimate that tobacco diversion costs over $5 billion in revenue from unpaid excise taxes annually. The primary reason that tobacco diversion is profitable in the United States is the disparity among the states’ excise taxes. For example, because South Carolina has the lowest state excise tax at 7 cents per pack of cigarettes and Rhode Island has the highest at $3.46 per pack, South Carolina is a source of less expensive cigarettes for criminals to buy and then resell at a profit in Rhode Island. While most cities or counties do not impose tobacco taxes, New York City and Chicago do, and those cities have the highest priced cigarettes in the country because of the additional city and county taxes. New York City charges $1.50 tax per pack in addition to a New York State tax of $2.75, resulting in $4.25 added to the cost of a pack of cigarettes. In Chicago, the combination of a state tax (98 cents), county tax ($2), and city tax (68 cents) adds a total of $3.66 to the cost of each pack of cigarettes. In addition to state and local taxes, federal taxes add another $1.50 to a pack of cigarettes. As of July 2009, the average retail price per pack of cigarettes across all states was $5.72, with prices ranging from $4.01 to $7.55 due to variations in state taxes and retail business practices. The incentive to profit by evading payment of taxes rises with each tax rate hike imposed by federal, state, and local governments. High state tobacco excise taxes make it profitable for individuals and groups to risk crossing state borders to smuggle and engage in other illegal sales activities. For example, solely by purchasing cigarettes in a low tax state and reselling them in a high tax state a seller can make a profit up to $23,000 on 10 cases of cigarettes (a car load), up to $90,000 on 50 cases (a van load), and up to $465,000 for 200 cases (a small truck load). The diversion of tobacco can occur anywhere on the production or supply chain – manufacturers, wholesalers, and retail outlets have been involved in diverting tobacco products. Counterfeit and authentic contraband tobacco products are available through illegal “black market” sources, through the Internet, and at legally operated retail locations. According to ATF, since 2000, organized criminal groups have become increasingly active in the diversion of tobacco products, particularly cigarettes, and are running larger scale and more complicated diversion schemes. The schemes have included the use of counterfeit tax stamps, counterfeit cigarettes, shell companies, money laundering, and fraudulent tobacco rebate forms. According to ATF, alcohol diversion that rises to the level of a federal offense is not as prevalent as tobacco diversion because alcohol is harder to transport in larger quantities than tobacco and the manufacturing of illegal alcohol is limited to specific geographic areas of the country. Consequently, alcohol diversion is generally investigated by state tax or law enforcement entities instead of ATF. Therefore, this report focuses predominantly on tobacco diversion. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2009. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Report Number I-2009-005; Accessed June 4, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ATF/e0905.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling (U.S.) Shelf Number: 128932

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Community Reentry after Prison Drug Treatment: Learning from Sheridan Therapeutic Community Program participants Summary: The Sheridan Correctional Center National Model Drug Prison and Reentry Program is a drug treatment program providing in-prison substance abuse treatment as well as substance abuse treatment upon release. Prior research has shown reductions in recidivism among Sheridan participants compared to other prisoners. This study examined a group of 50 re-incarcerated men who successfully completed the in-prison phase of the Sheridan program and what led to their re-incarceration. Among this sample, positive findings about the Sheridan program and its participants include: • Sixty-two percent stated they were Very engaged in the Sheridan program. • Slightly more than half (60 percent) felt Sheridan prepared them for success after release. • Over three-fourths (76 percent) indicated they had a job at some point after graduating Sheridan and before their re-incarceration. • A majority (84 percent) reported having little difficulty in finding housing. • Most (86 percent) said Sheridan helped them more than a traditional prison. Other notable findings include: • On average, Sheridan graduates in this study spent 738 days (about two years) in the community before returning to IDOC. The range was 40 to 2,096 days (over five-and-a-half years). • A majority of the men in our sample (90 percent) relapsed into drug or alcohol use after their release from Sheridan. • Slightly more than half (56 percent) of the sample reported they had illegal sources of income. • Sixty-eight 68 percent stated drug dealing was common in the neighborhood they lived in after release. This study found many factors associated with length of time to relapse to drug or alcohol use and recidivism (self-reported criminal activity or re-incarceration) including: • Younger participants engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner than older participants. Younger participants also reported being less engaged in the Sheridan program than older participants. • After prison, those who returned to their original neighborhood relapsed sooner than those who did not return to their original neighborhood. • Unemployed participants engaged in criminal activity sooner than employed participants. • Those living in neighborhoods that were perceived as unsafe and/or where drug dealing was common relapsed sooner than those living in safer, lower-risk neighborhoods. • Those who reported spending time with persons who engage in risky activities—substance use and/or criminal activity—relapsed sooner than those who did not spend time with persons engaging in risky activities. • Those with gang involvement engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner. • Those who did not complete aftercare engaged in criminal activity and relapsed sooner than those who did complete aftercare. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2013 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/researchreports/reentry_sheridan_report_012012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 128958

Author: New York City Title: Gun Show Undercover: Report on Illegal Sales at Gun Shows Summary: Every weekend, thousands of Americans in all parts of the country attend local gun shows. Organized by gun-owners associations or professional promoters, the shows offer a chance to browse among dozens, and sometimes hundreds, of vendors. For many Americans, gun shows are a family outing. For the gun enthusiast, there are a huge variety of guns – new and used long guns and handguns, historical curios or related accessories – and for the general shopper there are often other vendors selling clothing, books, or local crafts. The vast majority of vendors and customers at gun shows are law abiding citizens out to enjoy a day with others who share a common interest. Unfortunately, gun shows are also considered a significant source of guns used in crimes. According to ATF, 30 percent of guns involved in federal illegal gun trafficking investigations are connected in some way to gun shows. In response to these concerns, the City of New York launched an undercover investigation of illegal sales at seven gun shows across three states. The investigation shows it is both feasible and easy for criminals to illegally buy guns at gun shows. Gun shows are a unique marketplace for guns because they feature sales from two types of vendors – federal firearm licensees (FFLs) and private sellers. By law, FFLs include anyone who sells guns professionally – at a gun store, a pawn shop, from their home, or at a gun show. Private sellers are individuals who are not “engaged in the business” but who may make “occasional sales” from their “personal collection.” FFLs and private sellers are subject to different federal standards regarding gun sales, most importantly regarding background checks and recordkeeping. FFLs are required to check every buyer in the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) to prevent sales to felons, domestic violence misdemeanants or other federal categories of prohibited purchasers. NICS checks are done over the phone and are generally instantaneous. FFLs are also required to maintain the paperwork that connects each gun sold to its buyer. These requirements are designed to keep guns out of the hands of prohibited purchasers and prevent gun trafficking by allowing law enforcement to trace guns recovered in crime to their original point of sale. In contrast, because private sellers are presumed to be occasional sellers or hobbyists, they are under minimal regulation. They are not required to run background checks or keep records of their gun sales. However, even though federal law exempts private sales from background checks, it is still a felony for private sellers to sell to an individual they “know” or “have reason to believe” is a prohibited purchaser. Private sellers’ exemption from background checks and recordkeeping is often referred to as the “gun show loophole.” Even though this exemption applies regardless of where private sales take place, gun shows form a central market for prohibited purchasers to connect with private sellers who make anonymous gun sales. Federal law enforcement agencies have repeatedly expressed concerns about the impact of the gun show loophole on crime. According to a 1999 report by the Justice and Treasury Departments, “gun shows leave a major loophole in the regulation of firearms sales” because they “provide a large market where criminals can shop for firearms anonymously.” ATF has said “[gun] shows provide a ready supply of firearms to prohibited persons, gangs, violent criminals, and illegal firearms traffickers.” Presidents Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama have all called for the end of private sales without instant background checks at gun shows. In addition to concerns about private sales at gun shows, ATF has noted that even FFLs who sell firearms at gun shows are a source of illegally trafficked guns. In 1999, the Departments of Justice and Treasury and ATF reported that 34 percent of the investigations connected to gun shows involved licensed dealers. According to ATF’s report, FFLs at gun shows committed numerous federal crimes, including selling to out-of-state residents, selling without a background check, and engaging in straw purchases. A straw purchase – a federal felony – occurs when a dealer allows someone to fill out the paperwork and undergo the background check, but that person is not the actual buyer of the gun. With no records of private sales at gun shows, it is almost impossible to know the exact extent of criminal activity that occurs there.11 In fact, there are no definitive answers to many basic questions one might ask about gun shows: the number of gun shows in America; how many guns are sold at gun shows; or how many private sellers operate at gun shows. The very aspects of gun shows that make them attractive to criminals – the lack of background checks and recordkeeping – also make it impossible to gather comprehensive information about undocumented sales that occur at those shows. To shed light on the practices of firearms sellers at gun shows, the City of New York launched an undercover investigation of illegal sales. The investigation covered seven gun shows spread across three states: Nevada, Ohio, and Tennessee. Working undercover, agents conducted “integrity tests” of 47 sellers – both licensed dealers and private sellers – by simulating illegal gun sales at gun shows. The investigation sought answers to two questions: Question 1: Would private sellers sell guns to people who said they probably could not pass a background check? Question 2: Would licensed dealers sell guns to people who appear to be straw purchasers? Details: New York: City of New York, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2013 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/om/pdf/2009/pr442-09_report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 128962

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives’ Investigative Operations at Gun Shows Summary: The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) has the dual responsibilities of enforcing federal criminal laws regarding the possession and use of firearms and explosives, as well as regulating the firearms and explosives industries. ATF works to investigate and reduce crime involving firearms and explosives, acts of arson, and illegal trafficking of alcohol and tobacco products. As part of its enforcement of federal firearms laws, ATF has conducted operations at gun shows to investigate whether firearms are being sold or bought illegally. A gun show is an exhibition or gathering where guns, gun parts, ammunition, gun accessories, and literature are displayed, bought, sold, traded, and discussed. The types of guns displayed and sold at gun shows include new and used handguns, semi-automatic assault weapons, shotguns, rifles, and curio or relic firearms. The estimated number of gun shows held each year in the United States can range from 2,000 to 5,200.1 These shows provide a venue for the sale and exchange of firearms by federal firearms licensees (FFL) who are licensed by the federal government through ATF to manufacture, import, or deal in firearms. Such shows also are a venue for private sellers who buy and sell firearms for their personal collections or as a hobby. In these situations, the sellers are not required to have a federal firearms license. Although federal firearms laws apply to both FFLs and private sellers at gun shows, private sellers, unlike FFLs, are under no legal obligation to ask purchasers whether they are legally eligible to buy guns or to verify purchasers’ legal status through background checks.2 This mix of licensed and private firearms sellers makes gun shows a unique forum for gun sales. ATF’s investigative operations at gun shows received widespread attention in February 2006 when Congress held two hearings to examine the law enforcement techniques used by ATF agents at eight gun shows held in Richmond, Virginia, from May 2004 through August 2005.3 The first hearing presented testimony from four witnesses who alleged that ATF agents used aggressive and harassing techniques primarily at a gun show held on August 13 and 14, 2005, at the Richmond International Raceway in Virginia. Three of the witnesses were present at the gun show: the gun show promoter, a gun salesman who worked for a federally licensed dealer but represented himself as a private seller at the show, and a federally licensed dealer who had exhibited his firearms collection for sale at the Richmond gun show. The fourth witness was a private investigator who was hired by the National Rifle Association (NRA) to conduct an investigation of ATF enforcement activity at the August 2005 gun show. The witnesses alleged that ATF Special Agents and state and local police interrogated and intimidated gun buyers, targeted women and minorities as potential straw purchasers, visited the homes of buyers to verify their addresses, and detained some gun buyers after they left the gun show and seized their weapons without cause.4 At the second congressional hearing, representatives from ATF, the City of Richmond Police Department, and the Henrico County Division of Police responded to the allegations.5 The ATF representative acknowledged that some investigative techniques were not implemented in a manner consistent with ATF’s best practices but that the “focus at the Richmond-area gun shows was on indicators of criminal activity, not on the color of skin or the gender of potential suspects.”6 The representative from the City of Richmond Police Department stated that the Police Department had no intent to deny any citizen the ability to purchase a firearm, but rather to prevent the acquisition of a firearm in an illegal manner, and thereby reduce crime in the City of Richmond. The representative from the Henrico County Division of Police stated that county police officers conducted only six residency checks related to the Richmond gun show, and that each check took less than 20 minutes. The Henrico police official testified that no gun purchases by Henrico County residents were denied or delayed due to the checks. Subsequent to the congressional hearings, the House of Representatives passed a bill, H.R. 5092, known as the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives Modernization and Reform Act of 2006. The bill included language requesting that the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) assess how ATF conducts “the gun show enforcement program and blanket residency checks of prospective and actual firearms purchasers.”7 The bill was subsequently forwarded to the Senate for consideration, but no vote was taken by the Senate in the 109th Congress and the proposed legislation was not enacted. In light of the congressional interest in this issue, the OIG conducted this review to examine the policies, procedures, and oversight mechanisms that guide ATF’s investigative operations at gun shows. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Report I-2007-007: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ATF/e0707/final.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 128969

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: The War on Marijuana in Black and White: Billions of Dollars Wasted on Racially Biased Arrests Summary: This report is the first to examine marijuana possession arrest rates by race for all 50 states (and the District of Columbia) and their respective counties from 2001 to 2010. The report relies on the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program and the United States Census’ annual county population estimates to document arrest rates by race per 100,000 for marijuana possession. The report finds that between 2001 and 2010, there were over 8 million marijuana arrests in the United States, 88% of which were for possession. Marijuana arrests have increased between 2001 and 2010 and now account for over half (52%) of all drug arrests in the United States, and marijuana possession arrests account for nearly half (46%) of all drug arrests. In 2010, there was one marijuana arrest every 37 seconds, and states spent combined over $3.6 billion enforcing marijuana possession laws. The report also finds that, on average, a Black person is 3.73 times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession than a white person, even though Blacks and whites use marijuana at similar rates. Such racial disparities in marijuana possession arrests exist in all regions of the country, in counties large and small, urban and rural, wealthy and poor, and with large and small Black populations. Indeed, in over 96% of counties with more than 30,000 people in which at least 2% of the residents are Black, Blacks are arrested at higher rates than whites for marijuana possession. The report concludes that the War on Marijuana, like the larger War on Drugs of which it is a part, is a failure. It has needlessly ensnared hundreds of thousands of people in the criminal justice system, had a staggeringly disproportionate impact on African- Americans, and comes at a tremendous human and financial cost. The price paid by those arrested and convicted of marijuana possession can be significant and linger for years, if not a lifetime. Arrests and convictions for possessing marijuana can negatively impact public housing and student financial aid eligibility, employment opportunities, child custody determinations, and immigration status. Further, the War on Marijuana has been a fiscal fiasco. The taxpayers’ dollars that law enforcement agencies waste enforcing marijuana possession laws could be better spent on addressing and solving serious crimes and working collaboratively with communities to build trust and increase public health and safety. Despite the fact that aggressive enforcement of marijuana laws has been an increasing priority of police departments across the country, and that states have spent billions of dollars on such enforcement, it has failed to diminish marijuana’s use or availability. To repair this country’s wrecked War on Marijuana, the ACLU recommends that marijuana be legalized for persons 21 or older through a system of taxation, licensing, and regulation. Legalization is the smartest and surest way to end targeted enforcement of marijuana laws in communities of color, and, moreover, would eliminate the costs of such enforcement while generating revenue for cash-strapped states. States could then reinvest the money saved and generated into public schools and public health programs, including substance abuse treatment. If legalization is not possible, the ACLU recommends depenalizing marijuana use and possession for persons 21 or older by removing all attendant civil and criminal penalties, or, if depenalization is unobtainable, decriminalizing marijuana use and possession for adults and youth by classifying such activities as civil, not criminal, offenses. The ACLU also recommends that until legalization or depenalization is achieved, law enforcement agencies and district attorney offices should deprioritize enforcement of marijuana possession laws. In addition, police should end racial profiling and unconstitutional stop, frisk, and search practices, and no longer measure success and productivity by the number of arrests they make. Further, states and the federal government should eliminate the financial incentives and rewards that enable and encourage law enforcement to make large numbers of arrests, including for low-level offenses such as marijuana possession. In sum, it is time to end marijuana possession arrests. Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/aclu-thewaronmarijuana-rel2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 128970

Author: Abram, Karen M. Title: PTSD, Trauma, and Comorbid Psychiatric Disorders in Detained Youth Summary: This bulletin examines the results of the Northwestern Juvenile Project—a longitudinal study of youth detained at the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center in Chicago, IL, cosponsored by OJJDP. The authors discuss their findings on the prevalence of trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among juvenile detainees and PTSD’s tendency to co-occur with other psychiatric disorders. Of the study sample, 92.5 percent of youth had experienced at least one trauma, 84 percent had experienced more than one trauma, and 56.8 percent were exposed to trauma six or more times. Among participants with PTSD, 93 percent had at least one comorbid psychiatric disorder. Among males, having any psychiatric diagnosis significantly increased the odds of having comorbid PTSD. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Beyond Detention Series: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/239603.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 128971

Author: Armstrong, Gaylene Title: Evaluation of the Windham School District Correctional Education Programs Summary: The Windham School District (WSD) provides educational services to the eligible offender population within the Texas Department of Criminal Justice. Approximately 63,000 offenders participated in services during the 2011-2012 school year. Sam Houston State University researched and reported on offender outcomes based on various levels and types of participation in educational programs. After a review of research and program descriptions, the findings will provide a general overview from a service delivery perspective. Next, the report examines the impact of WSD program delivery on offender outcomes, specifically the advancement of educational achievement levels and recidivism. Finally, this report presents the results of the impact of participation in WSD programs on average quarterly wages for those offenders employed subsequent to their FY2009 release. All investigative findings should take into consideration that the study found that as legislatively mandated, the WSD prioritizes services for offenders with high risk characteristics. However, because offenders within the TDCJ are not individually identified as high or low risk for re-incarceration, measuring the impact of programming to recidivism was challenging. An individual program assessment of the pre-release program, CHANGES, is not included in the study because significant curriculum revisions infusing cognitive skills were made during the 2009 school year. However, CHANGES students were included as participants in applicable cohorts of the study. A Brief Comparison of Literature Review and Study Findings Literature: Research has indicated that program intensity and duration of rehabilitation programs are directly related to positive outcomes, including recidivism, for certain offenders. Finding: Each WSD program demonstrated to a statistically significant degree that higher levels of program exposure decreased the likelihood of WSD offender re-incarceration. Literature: The higher the overall education level of the offender, the less likely they are to recidivate. Finding: Advances in educational achievement levels, specifically reading, led to much lower re-incarceration levels in many cases. Offenders who participated in WSD adult basic education programs had significantly higher reading, math and language grade equivalency scores as well as overall composite scores upon release in FY2009 as compared to non-participants. Literature: Research found that participants were 1.7 times more likely to be employed upon release to the community. Finding: WSD offenders who earned a GED were even more likely to report post-release earnings as compared to non-WSD offenders. Literature: Empirical evidence suggests correctional education participation results in an increased likelihood of success in obtaining and maintaining employment and higher wage earnings for former offenders. Finding: WSD offenders who had a higher level of reading ability as indicated by their reading category were more likely to report post-release earnings. Furthermore, participants in WSD programs improved their reading ability an average of two grade levels. Literature: Studies have shown that offenders who participate in correctional education programs have higher rates of employment upon release and participating offenders earn higher wages in each successive year. Finding: On average, WSD offenders earned higher wages per quarter as compared to Non-WSD offenders. Literature: Researchers have found that individuals who obtain meaningful, quality employment upon release have lower recidivism rates than those who obtain employment of a lesser quality. Finding: Obtaining Vocational Certification certificates further bolstered earnings within WSD offender groups. WSD offenders who earned vocational certifications on average earned $3,180.81 per quarter as compared to WSD offenders who engaged in vocational programming but did not earn certification who on average earned $2,795.37 per quarter. Literature: Findings are relatively consistent in that participation in correctional education reduces recidivism. Finding: Overall, younger offenders (<35) were significantly more likely to re-offend in contrast to offenders above the age of 35; however, within both age groups, educational achievement of WSD offenders had a suppression effect on re-incarceration. Literature: Cognitive-behavioral treatment is well-established as an effective method for adjusting maladaptive thinking and producing positive behavioral outcomes. Finding: WSD offenders who completed the Cognitive Intervention Program (CIP) earned significantly higher wages when post-release earnings were reported as compared to non-CIP participants. Further Considerations Future evaluation efforts should consider the examination the impact of consecutive or concurrent enrollment. Given that more than 43 percent of the offenders in this sampling time frame were incarcerated on more than one occasion, future consideration should be given to program involvement across various periods of incarceration. Future evaluations should compare differences between offenders exposed to a single correctional education program with those exposed to multiple programs. Details: Austin, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.windhamschooldistrict.org/reports/WSD_Rider6_Response.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Programs (Texas, U.S.) Shelf Number: 128972

Author: Deitch, Michele Title: Understanding and Addressing Youth Violence in the Texas Juvenile Justice Department. Report to the Office of the Independent Ombudsman Summary: Following numerous reports in 2012 of increased levels of youth violence in secure facilities operated by the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD), the Office of the Independent Ombudsman (OIO) requested assistance from the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas to analyze the extent and nature of youth misbehavior within TJJD and to identify strategies to effectively address the violence. This report responds to that request and aims to support the OIO in its efforts to understand and address misbehavior in TJJD’s secure facilities so that youth and staff are safe and youth receive effective rehabilitative programming. This report focuses on “major rule violations,” the most serious offenses a youth can commit during his or her time at TJJD. These include a wide range of non-violent and violent infractions, as well as attempted escapes, riots, and other group disturbances. At the OIO’s request, TJJD provided information about all of the major rule violations that took place within its six long-term, secure facilities from January 2009 through December 2012. These data were thoroughly analyzed to identify trends in the occurrence of violence. The report also examines youths’ and staff members’ personal experiences with assaultive behavior based on the results of a survey the OIO administered to youth and staff in five of the secure facilities in August and September 2012. To understand how TJJD manages youth misbehavior, we also analyzed data about current disciplinary practices, reviewed agency policies, and spoke with relevant agency administrators. In order to identify best practices for managing the behavior of youth within institutional settings, we conducted an extensive literature review and consulted with a wide variety of national experts in the field, including current and former administrators of other state juvenile systems. The findings presented in this report are timely as Texas legislators, TJJD administrators, and the OIO work to address the chronic challenge of youth misbehavior in TJJD’s secure facilities. The persistent nature of violence and other major rule violations has critical implications for juvenile justice system reform efforts during the 83rd Legislature and beyond. Details: Austin, TX: Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs, The University of Texas at Austin, 2013. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.utexas.edu/lbj/sites/default/files/file/faculty/DeitchUnderstandingandAddressingYouthViolenceinTJJDMay%202013FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Facilities (Texas) Shelf Number: 128973

Author: Martinez, Daniel E. Title: A Continued Humanitarian Crisis at the Border: Undocumented Border Crosser Deaths Recorded by the Pima County Office of the Medical Examiner, 1990-2012 Summary: This report analyzes the numeric trends and demographic characteristics of the deaths of undocumented border crossers in the area covered by the Pima County Office of the Medical Examiner which is located in the city of Tucson, Arizona. This office provides medico-legal death investigation for the western two-thirds of the Tucson Sector’s southern border with Mexico (Anderson 2008) and has been the office responsible for the examination of over 95% of all migrant remains discovered in Arizona since 2003 (Coalición de Derechos Humanos 2013). The data for this report come from the Pima County Office of the Medical Examiner. Details: Tucson, AZ: The Binational Migration Institute, The University of Arizona, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://bmi.arizona.edu/sites/default/files/border_deaths_final_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 128974

Author: King County Mental Health, Chemical Abuse and Dependency Services Division Title: 2011 King County Substance Use Disorder Prevention and Treatment Services Performance Indicator Report Summary: This report provides information on program and demographic data for people served in King County's substance abuse system. Details: Seattle, WA: King County Mental Health, Chemical Abuse and Dependency Services Division, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2013 at: http://www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/MHSA.aspx Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 128977

Author: Kunkel, Tara L. Title: Arkansas SWIFT Courts: Implementation Assessment and Long-Term Evaluation Plan Summary: In 2011, the Arkansas legislature provided for the establishment of five pilot programs, known as SWIFT Courts. These pilots are modeled after the successful Hawaii HOPE program and are designed to reduce probation failure among high-risk probationers by concentrating on a small number of easily verifiable behaviors (drug use and showing up for appointments) to ensure compliance. The five pilot SWIFT Courts became operational between March and October 2012. An implementation review of the SWIFT Courts, conducted by the National Center for State Courts, suggests that the programs have successfully implemented the majority of the HOPE benchmarks. Preliminary data suggests the programs are having a positive short-term impact on the probationers enrolled in the program. A number of suggestions for strengthening the pilot programs are offered throughout this review. Finally, the report concludes with a long-term evaluation plan for the SWIFT Court programs. Details: Williamsburg, VA; National Center for State Courts, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/singleitem/collection/criminal/id/219 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Court Administration (Arkansas) Shelf Number: 129014

Author: Carns, Theresa White Title: Recidivism in Alaska’s Therapeutic Courts for Addictions and Department of Corrections Institutional Substance Abuse Programs Summary: The Judicial Council and ISER evaluated two programs for offenders with substance abuse problems: Alaska’s therapeutic courts and Department of Corrections institutional programs for incarcerated offenders. Based on the information available, the study found that the programs were promising, especially for those who completed them. This report also identifies ways to improve data collection. Suggestions for improved data collection and sharing • Agencies should improve their internal methods of data collection. Data should be entered electronically to the extent possible, in a consistent format. Agencies should collect additional data, such as information about substance abuse problems, mental health issues and socioeconomic status, all of which have been shown to be related to recidivism. • Agencies should work together to find efficient ways to reduce the burdens of collecting data, and to share data about offenders and programs. To match individuals so that agencies can share data accurately and efficiently, all agencies should begin to enter the APSIN ID number for each offender as soon as possible. • Agencies should work with treatment providers and others to assure that they meet the same high standards for data quality that the agencies set for in-house data collection. Agency staff responsible for contracted programs should assist management of the programs by providing clear descriptions of the data expected, and by frequent review of program reports. Findings about therapeutic court programs • Any participation by felons in a therapeutic court program appeared to be beneficial; all participants had lower rearrest and reconviction rates than comparison offenders. Graduates benefitted the most. The rearrest rate for felon graduates was about one-third lower than the comparison group, and the reconviction rate was about one-half that of the comparison offenders. • Misdemeanant success depended on graduation. The rearrest and reconviction rates for graduates were about one-third lower than those of the comparison offenders. Non-graduate misdemeanants had substantially higher rearrest and reconviction rates than comparison offenders, but the rearrest and reconviction rates for graduates and non-graduates combined were about the same as the rates for the comparison offenders. Findings about DOC institutional substance abuse programs • DOC institutional substance abuse treatment programs were most effective for those who completed them. Felons were 50% more likely to complete a program than misdemeanants, probably because it was less likely they would be transferred or released prior to completion. • Misdemeanor offenders who completed programs had the most success; their rearrest rate was about one-third lower than the comparison group and their reconviction rate was a little more than one-half that of the comparison group. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Judicial Council, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.ajc.state.ak.us/reports/2012programrecid.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 129019

Author: Carns, Teresa Title: Anchorage PACE Probation Accountability with Certain Enforcement A Preliminary Evaluation of the Anchorage Pilot PACE Project Summary: On July 12, 2010, Anchorage judges conducted the first warning hearings for the initial group of twenty-nine probationers assigned to the PACE – Probation Accountability with Certain Enforcement – pilot program. Modeled after Project HOPE in Hawaii, Anchorage’s PACE added another fifty-one probationers between November 2010 and February 2011.2 This report describes the progress of the program, and the data on outcomes collected between July 2010 and June 2011. Probationers assigned to PACE were required to comply with all probation conditions, including random drug testing and periodic meetings with their probation officers. A positive drug or alcohol test, failure to appear for a scheduled test, or failure to attend a meeting with the probation officer were the three conditions targeted in the PACE program. If offenders failed to comply with any one of these, they were immediately arrested or a warrant was issued for their arrest. A court hearing was scheduled, usually within 72 hours. At the hearing, the judge imposed a sanction of a short jail term, generally two to three days. If the offender violated again, the process was repeated, with another sanction. The essence of the program was that every single violation that was included in the PACE program was dealt with quickly, and a sanction was imposed each time. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Judicial Council, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.ajc.state.ak.us/reports/pace2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 129021

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: Combating Auto Theft in Arizona: A Randomized Experiment with License Plate Recognition Technology Summary: License Plate Recognition Technology (LPR) is a relatively new tool for law enforcement that reads license plates on vehicles using a system of algorithms, optical character recognition, cameras, and databases. Through high-speed camera systems mounted on police cars or at fixed locations, LPR systems scan license plates in real time, and compare them against databases of stolen vehicles, as well as vehicles connected to fugitives or other persons of interest, and alert police personnel to any matches. Although the use of LPR technology is extensive in the United Kingdom and becoming more prevalent in the United States, research on LPR effectiveness is very limited, particularly with respect to how LPR use affects crime. This report presents results from a randomized field experiment with LPRs conducted by the Police Executive Research Forum and the Mesa, Arizona Police Department (MPD) to target the problem of auto theft. The experiment sought to determine whether and to what extent LPR use improves the ability of police to recover stolen cars, apprehend auto thieves, and deter auto theft. We did this by examining the operations of a specialized 4-car MPD auto theft unit that worked in auto theft hot spots over a period of time both with and without LPR devices. The experiment was conducted in two phases. Phase 1 of the study, which lasted 30 weeks, involved operations focused on “hot routes”—high risk road segments, averaging 0.5 miles in length, that we believed auto thieves were likely to use based on analysis of auto theft and recovery locations and the input of detectives. At randomly selected times over this 30-week period, officers worked 45 randomly assigned routes using the LPR equipment (each police car was equipped with an LPR system) and another 45 randomly selected routes doing extensive manual checks of license plates. An additional 27 routes were randomly assigned to serve as a control group for the analysis of trends in auto theft. (These routes received only normal patrol operations.) In Phase 2, conducted over 18 weeks, operations shifted to larger “hot zones” of auto theft activity that averaged about 1 square mile in size. Fifty-four hot zones were identified and randomly assigned to the same conditions as in Phase 1. At randomly selected times during Phase 2 officers worked 18 zones using the LPRs and another 18 zones doing manual license checks. The remaining 18 zones served as a control group that received only normal patrol. Each phase involved the same number of officers working approximately one hour a day in each LPR and manual route/zone for eight days spread over two weeks. (For purposes of surveillance, investigation, and pursuit, the auto theft unit operated as a team with all officers working in the same route or zone at the same time.) The main difference was that in Phase 2 the officers conducted more roving surveillance. Experimental results showed that LPR use considerably enhanced the productivity of the auto theft unit in checking license plates, detecting stolen vehicles and plates, apprehending auto thieves, and recovering stolen vehicles. Combining results across both phases, the use of LPRs resulted in 8 to 10 times more plates checked, nearly 3 times as many “hits” for stolen vehicles, and twice as many vehicle recoveries. Further, all hits for stolen plates, all arrests for stolen vehicles or plates, and all recoveries of occupied vehicles were attributable to use of the LPRs (all arrests for stolen vehicles and recoveries of occupied vehicles occurred in Phase 1). Across both phases, use of the LPRs produced 36 hits for stolen vehicles or plates, 5 arrests for stolen vehicles or plates, and 14 vehicle recoveries (4 of which involved occupied vehicles). These numbers are modest relative to the time officers spent using the LPRs (the officers worked 192 shifts over the course of the two phases, using LPRs approximately half of the time); however, the results were constrained by a number of factors, including limits on the data that were entered into the LPR system (which consisted primarily of state-level data on stolen automobiles), relatively low levels of auto theft in Mesa during the experiment, and, perhaps most importantly, the design of the experiment, which required the officers to work the locations according to a predetermined, randomized schedule (in order to ensure that the places and times worked with LPRs were comparable to the places and times worked without LPRs). Data from other operations by the auto theft unit suggest that officers using LPRs can improve hits for stolen vehicles considerably when targeting operations based on recent theft data and daily traffic patterns. Our experiment primarily demonstrates the improvements in productivity that police can achieve using LPRs relative to manual license checks under equal conditions. LPR use did not reduce crime in the hot routes and zones, though note that the dosage of LPR intervention in each location was modest. However, the manual license check operations produced shortterm reductions in auto theft during Phase 1 of the experiment. We speculate that the unit had a more visible presence when doing manual checks because they spent more time moving along the main routes as well as roaming parking lots, apartment complexes, and side streets—often at slow speeds and with frequent pauses. This may have made the officers more conspicuous and made it more obvious to onlookers that they were checking vehicles. These effects were likely intensified by the smaller locations the officers worked during Phase 1. When using the LPRs in Phase 1, in contrast, the officers were more likely to make quick passes through side streets and parking lots and then remain at fixed positions along the route. Finally, we did not find evidence of crime displacement or a diffusion of crime control benefits associated with either form of patrol in either phase. We conclude by discussing limitations of the study, questions for future research, and policy implications of the results (such as how police might optimize the use of LPRs to improve recoveries of stolen vehicles and apprehension of auto thieves while also achieving the crime reduction benefits of the manual license check patrols). Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.policeforum.org/library/technology/FinalreportPERFLPRstudy12-7-11submittedtoNIJ.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft (Arizona) Shelf Number: 129020

Author: Aizer, Anna Title: Juvenile Incarceration, Human Capital and Future Crime: Evidence from Randomly-Assigned Judges Summary: Over 130,000 juveniles are detained in the US each year with 70,000 in detention on any given day, yet little is known whether such a penalty deters future crime or interrupts social and human capital formation in a way that increases the likelihood of later criminal behavior. This paper uses the incarceration tendency of randomly-assigned judges as an instrumental variable to estimate causal effects of juvenile incarceration on high school completion and adult recidivism. Estimates based on over 35,000 juvenile offenders over a ten-year period from a large urban county in the US suggest that juvenile incarceration results in large decreases in the likelihood of high school completion and large increases in the likelihood of adult incarceration. These results are in stark contrast to the small effects typically found for adult incarceration, but consistent with larger impacts of policies aimed at adolescents. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 19102: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w19102 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 129024

Author: National Juvenile Justice Network Title: The Comeback States: Reducing youth incarceration in the United States Summary: In 2000, a record-setting 108,802 youth were held in detention centers awaiting trial or confined by the courts in juvenile facilities in the United States. In a dramatic turnaround, by late-2010, the number of youth confined in state and county juvenile facilities had plummeted by 39 percent to 66,322. This reversal erased a 63 percent increase in the number of confined youth that began in 1985, when 66,762 youth were confined—an increase driven by highly publicized increases in youth arrests, growing public concern about youth crime, and state juvenile justice policies favoring increased reliance on incarceration. This report uses new federal data to document and analyze national and state incarceration trends. The turnaround is associated with changes in state policies since 2001 that reflected declines in youth arrests, new understandings of the teenage brain, less costly, evidence-based alternatives to incarceration, and constrained state budgets. A regression analysis of annual data found that although the decline in arrests helped explain the decline in confinement, post-arrest decisions by law enforcement officials, which are often shaped by state juvenile justice policies, also had a potent impact. Six policies were identified in this report that have been adopted by states since 2001 and encourage reductions in reliance on detention and incarceration. These changes: • increase the availability of evidence-based alternatives to incarceration; • require intake procedures that reduce use of secure detention facilities; • close or downsize youth confinement facilities; • reduce schools’ overreliance on the justice system to address discipline issues; • disallow incarceration for minor offenses; and • restructure juvenile justice responsibilities and finances among states and counties. Nine “comeback” states were singled out for their leadership in adopting these policies. They include California; Connecticut; Illinois; Ohio; Mississippi; New York; Texas; Washington; and Wisconsin. The report profiles each of the states with regard to: 1) the growth of their reliance on youth incarceration during the 1980s and 1990s; 2) reversal of that reliance during the 2001-to-late-2010 period; and 3) the incarceration reduction policies that they have adopted since 2001. The “comeback” states were selected because they adopted at least four of the six policies, exceeded the national-average reduction in youth confinement for the 2001-to-2010 period, and experienced a decline in youth arrests (as a proxy for greater public safety) between 2000 and 2010. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Justice Network; Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/Comeback-States-Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 129030

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Crime and Forfeiture Summary: Forfeiture has long been an effective law enforcement tool. Congress and state legislatures have authorized its use for over two hundred years. Every year, it redirects property worth billions of dollars from criminal to lawful uses. Forfeiture law has always been somewhat unique. Legislative bodies, commentators and the courts, however, had begun to examine its eccentricities in greater detail because under some circumstances it could be not only harsh but unfair. The Civil Asset Forfeiture Reform Act (CAFRA), P.L. 106-185, 114 Stat. 202 (2000), was a product of that reexamination. Modern forfeiture follows one of two procedural routes. Although crime triggers all forfeitures, they are classified as civil forfeitures or criminal forfeitures according to the nature of the procedure which ends in confiscation. Civil forfeiture is an in rem proceeding. The property is the defendant in the case. Unless the statute provides otherwise, the innocence of the owner is irrelevant—it is enough that the property was involved in a violation to which forfeiture attaches. As a matter of expedience and judicial economy, Congress often allows administrative forfeiture in uncontested civil confiscation cases. Criminal forfeiture is an in personam proceeding, and confiscation is only possible upon the conviction of the owner of the property. The Supreme Court has held that authorities may seize moveable property without prior notice or an opportunity for a hearing but that real property owners are entitled as a matter of due process to preseizure notice and a hearing. As a matter of due process, innocence may be irrelevant in the case of an individual who entrusts his or her property to someone who uses the property for criminal purposes. Although some civil forfeitures may be considered punitive for purposes of the Eighth Amendment’s excessive fines clause, civil forfeitures do not implicate the Fifth Amendment’s double jeopardy clause unless they are so utterly punitive as to belie remedial classification. The statutes governing the disposal of forfeited property may authorize its destruction, its transfer for governmental purposes, or deposit of the property or of the proceeds from its sale in a special fund. Intergovernmental transfers and the use of special funds are hallmarks of federal forfeiture. Every year federal agencies transfer hundreds of millions of dollars and property to state, local, and foreign law enforcement officials as compensation for their contribution to joint enforcement efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: 97-139: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/97-139.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 129032

Author: Texas Juvenile Justice Department Title: Effectiveness of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports: A Report to the Texas Legislature Summary: House Bill 3689 from the 81st Legislative Session required the implementation of Positive Behavioral Supports and Interventions (PBIS) in the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) [formerly Texas Youth Commission], with an implementation status report due December 1, 2010, and an effectiveness report due December 1, 2012. Statutory reporting requirements for this document, as outlined in Texas Education Code, Title 2, Subtitle F., Chapter 30, Subchapter E, §30.106, are (c) (3) (A) documentation of school-related disciplinary referrals, disaggregated by the type, location, and time of infraction and by subgroups designated under commission rule; and (B) documentation of school-related disciplinary actions, including time-out, placement in security, and use of restraints and other aversive measures, disaggregated by subgroups designated under commission rule. The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) provides oversight to educational programming in secure facilities as required by statute for both general and special education student populations. When the legislation was initiated during the 81st legislative session in 2009, nine secure facility schools were recipients of the PBIS implementation, and currently, following facility closures in 2011, there are six. The evolution of programming elements continues to be a focus at each campus. This is a comprehensive report which not only provides statistical analysis satisfying statutory requirements, but also includes discussion on program elements, considering comparative data for the current school year and those prior (pre-PBIS : post-PBIS). The implementation of PBIS appears to be having an impact on the behavior and academic outcomes of youth in secure facilities. Significant findings regarding the effectiveness of PBIS in TJJD: - The number of incidents, both minor and major, are four times higher in non-school settings than in school, where PBIS has been implemented; - The percent of incidents with youth eligible for special education services has decreased, and the percent of Security admissions for these students is the lowest it’s been since 2009; - The percent of disciplinary referrals for Hispanic and Anglo students is the lowest it’s been since 2009; - The percent of disciplinary referrals involving physical and mechanical restraint has decreased to the lowest levels since 2009; - Average Daily Attendance has increased; and - Academic performance has increased in all categories of measured outcomes. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Juvenile Justice Department, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.tjjd.texas.gov/publications/reports/PBISLegislativeReport2012-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 129146

Author: Texas Juvenile Justice Department Title: Youth Reentry and Reintegration. Comprehensive Report Summary: The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) was created as a new state agency on December 1, 2011 pursuant to Senate Bill 653 passed by the 82nd Texas Legislature. Simultaneous to the creation of TJJD, the legislation abolished the two previous juvenile justice agencies in Texas, the Texas Juvenile Probation Commission (TJPC) and the Texas Youth Commission (TYC) and transferred all functions, duties and responsibilities of these former agencies to TJJD. In 2009, the 81st Texas Legislature required TYC to develop a comprehensive reentry and reintegration plan (Texas Human Resource Code, Section 245.0535) to reduce recidivism and ensure the successful reentry and reintegration of children into the community following a child’s release under supervision or final discharge, as applicable, from the commission. TYC's comprehensive plan known as "Cultivating Success: The Reentry & Reintegration of TYC Youth" was finalized in June 2010. As a result, a comprehensive community reentry plan is developed for each youth during their time in TJJD. TJJD’s research department has conducted an evaluation to determine whether the comprehensive reentry and reintegration plan reduces recidivism. Subsequently, a report is required no later than December 1 during even-numbered years to determine if recidivism has been reduced. This report focuses on the implementation of Texas Human Resource Code, Section 245.0535 and the results of the current outcome measures. The youth population trend, noted in Cultivating Success: The Reentry & Reintegration of TYC Youth, continues with an increase in commitment of youth with higher risk assessment scores, specialized treatment needs, violent behaviors and below grade level achievement. To address the on-going changes in population, TJJD continues to evaluate and update its reentry and rehabilitation practices and procedures. This report highlights the requirements of Texas Human Resource Code, Section 245.0535 and describes TJJDs compliance with each section. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Juvenile Justice Department, 2012. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.tjjd.texas.gov/publications/reports/2012ReentryReintegrationReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 129147

Author: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents in New York State. A Data Analysis Summary: This report summarizes findings from a survey on children with incarcerated parents administered in December of 2010 to incarcerated individuals in the New York State prison system. The survey was developed in response to policy issues raised by a cross systems Subcommittee on Children with Incarcerated Parents. The Subcommittee was made up of New York State agency representatives from the corrections and human services fields as well as advocates and not for profit service providers who work with incarcerated individuals and their families. The survey was structured to gather information to inform policy discussion related to the following questions:  How many incarcerated individuals have minor children?  What type and amount of contact do incarcerated parents have with their children prior to and during their incarceration?  What factors influence parents’ ability to maintain contact with children?  What are the living arrangements of children prior to and following parents’ incarceration?  What type of activities do incarcerated parents use to maintain a role in the care and planning for their children in foster care?  To what extent have children with incarcerated parents witnessed the arrest of their parent?  What percent of incarcerated parents plan to reunify with their children?  What factors do incarcerated parents identify as barriers to their reunification with their children? Details: Albany: NYS Division of Criminal Justice Services, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.criminaljustice.state.ny.us/pio/2013-children-with-inarcerated-parents-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (New York State, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129148

Author: Samuels, Julie E. Title: Collecting DNA at Arrest: Policies, Practices, and Implications Summary: This report examines arrestee DNA laws, their implementation in the field, and their subsequent effects on agency operations and public safety. Twenty-eight states and the federal government have enacted laws authorizing DNA collection from individuals arrested for or charged with certain offenses, and the practice has been upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court. Arrestee laws vary across states, particularly with respect to qualifying offenses, point of collection and analysis, and expungement procedures, and impose significant administrative and analytic burdens on state laboratories and collecting agencies. The report finds that arrestee DNA laws have contributed additional profiles to CODIS and led to additional hits, but is unable to estimate the total number of hits for which arrestee laws were solely responsible. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2013. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412831-Collecting-DNA-at-Arrest-Policies-Practices-and-Implications-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129151

Author: Waller, Mark S. Title: Testing the Cost Savings of Judicial Diversion. Final Report Summary: Adopted in 1973 and named after then-Governor Nelson Rockefeller, the Rockefeller drug laws required lengthy prison sentences for felony-level drug sale and possession offenses. When punitive drug enforcement strategies peaked in late 1980s and early 1990s, as many as 10,000 drug offenders in New York were sentenced to state prison each year (10,785 in 1990). Reform legislation, adopted in April 2009, included several “judicial diversion” provisions that went into effect six months later, giving judges the discretion to link offenders charged with drug- or property-related felonies to treatment, primarily through New York’s existing network of drug courts. Drug courts seek to halt the revolving door of addiction and arrest by linking addicted offenders to drug treatment and rigorous judicial monitoring. Drug courts bring together judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys, treatment providers and court staff in a collaborative effort to enforce compliance with court orders. Drug courts also use classic behavioral modifi cation strategies (swift and certain sanctions and incentives) that are designed to motivate substance abusers to maintain a drug-free and crime-free life. Key Findings Researchers at NPC Research and the Center for Court Innovation compared the change in treatment participation in the year before the reform took effect and the year after using publicly available case-level data in all 62 counties. For the cost-benefi t analysis, the researchers extrapolated to the entire state results obtained through an in-depth comparison of costs associated with court-ordered treatment and conventional case processing in 10 representative counties. Key fi ndings include: — Court-ordered treatment enrollment increased by 77 percent in the year after October 7, 2009, when the judicial diversion provisions of drug law reform went into effect. — Changes in treatment enrollment varied widely by region and county, indicating that the precise impact of Rockefeller drug law reform depends heavily on local culture and practice. For instance, enrollment increased by more than 200 percent in 13 of New York’s 62 counties and by 1 to 200 percent in 25 counties; enrollment remained the same in 6 and decreased in 18 counties. — The greatest increase in treatment enrollment took place in the suburbs of New York City, which saw a 728 percent increase—mostly stemming from a change from seven to 326 treatment participants in Nassau County and from 30 to 215 participants in Suffolk County. — Offenders sent to treatment consumed signifi cantly fewer criminal justice resources than similar offenders processed the year before judicial diversion went into effect. In particular, offenders sent to treatment spent signifi cantly fewer days than the comparison group on probation or jail sentences stemming from the initial criminal case and—due to reductions in re-offending over a three-year follow-up period—also spent fewer days serving prison sentences that stemmed from future criminal cases. — Those felony-level offenders who enrolled in treatment due to judicial diversion were a higher-risk/higher-need population (e.g., longer and more serious drug use history and more prior arrests and convictions) than the offenders who were enrolled in treatment previously. This trend puts New York State more closely in line with national research demonstrating that high-risk/high-need offenders are particularly suitable for intensive interventions such as drug courts. — Judicial diversion in New York will yield a projected net benefi t of $5,144 per offender over fi ve years, resulting in cost-benefi t ratio of 1 to 2. That is, for every taxpayer dollar invested in the program, there will be a $2 return in the form of criminal justice resources saved after 5 years. When victimization costs are included—representing the cost to crime victims whenever there is a property or violent crime—the net benefi t is $13,284 per offender, and the cost-benefi t ratio increases to a return of $3.56 per dollar spent. (Judicial diversion produces substantial victimization savings by reducing the quantity of new property crimes and crimes against persons.) As Testing the Cost Savings of Judicial Diversion documents, sending cases to treatment in lieu of incarceration or probation can free up signifi cant criminal justice resources. But only subsequent policymaker decisions can determine whether actual savings will be realized. Among other things, realizing cost savings depends on continuing to send a high volume of felony-level defendants to treatment. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation; Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2013. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/NY_Judicial%20Diversion_Cost%20Study.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 129152

Author: Schwartz, David S. Title: High Federalism: Marijuana Legalization and the Limits of Federal Power to Regulate States Summary: The conflict between state marijuana legalization and the blanket federal marijuana prohibition of the Controlled Substances Act ("CSA") has created a federalism crisis in which the duties of state officials to adhere to state or federal law is unclear. Current federalism doctrine cannot even tell us whether or not a local police officer who encounters a person in state-authorized possession of marijuana must arrest the person and seize the marijuana. The two most clearly applicable federalism doctrines -- the Tenth Amendment anti-commmandeering doctrine and the doctrine of federal preemption of state law under the Supremacy Clause" offer only unsatisfactory answers. Anti-commandeering doctrine is incapable of telling us whether a federally imposed duty to arrest and seize the marijuana possessor is impermissible commandeering, permissible "general applicability," or permissible preemption, let alone answer the more complex federalism questions posed by state marijuana legalization. Alternatively, a strong preemption approach, while capable of producing consistent results in theory, would entail the virtual abandonment of the anti-commandeering doctrine and of judicial enforcement of federalism more generally, while at the same time violating important premises of the "political safeguards of federalism" theory. The article argues that courts should pursue a middle path by applying a rigorous presumption against commandeering when considering the obligation of state officials to adhere to federal laws. This approach is faithful to consensus principles of federalism that should command the agreement of judges and academics on both sides of the judicial versus political safeguards of federalism debate. A presumption against commandeering, when applied to the CSA, requires that state officials be afforded broad latitude to enforce their states' legalization laws and have no compelled obligations to enforce federal law beyond a duty to refrain from active obstruction of federal officers. The extent of Congress's power to command state official compliance with the CSA can be considered if and when such an amendment to the CSA is under serious congressional consideration" something that may never occur given the current political trend. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1222 : Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2237618 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 129156

Author: Hockenberry, Sarah Title: Juveniles in Residential Placement, 2010 Summary: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention sponsors the Census of Juveniles in Residential Placement (CJRP), a biennial survey of public and private juvenile residential facilities in every state that the U.S. Census Bureau conducts. The CJRP presents a detailed picture of the young people who are held in custody across the nation—including age, race, gender, offenses, adjudication status, and more. This bulletin presents the latest available national and state-level data from the CJRP, describing 79,165 youth held in 2,259 facilities on February 24, 2010. Findings from the 2010 CJRP appear positive. The population of juvenile offenders in custody has declined by one-third since 1997, and the number of status offenders in custody was down 52% from 1997. There are still areas for improvement, however, especially as regards rates of confinement for minority youth. Nationwide, the custody rate for black youth was more than 4.5 times the rate for white youth, and the custody rate for Hispanic youth was 1.8 times the rate for white youth. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Offenders and Victims: National Report Series Bulletin: Accessed June 25, 2013 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/241060.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 129162

Author: Dharmapala, Dhammika Title: Punitive Police? Agency Costs, Law Enforcement, and Criminal Procedure Summary: Criminal law enforcement depends on the actions of public agents such as police officers, but there is no standard economic model of police as public agents. We seek to remedy this deficiency by offering an agency model of police behavior. We begin by explaining why the standard contracting solutions are unlikely to work. Instead, we follow recent literature exploring intrinsic motivation and posit heterogeneity in the preferences of potential agents. Drawing on experimental evidence on punishment preferences (so-called “altruistic punishment”), in which subjects reveal a preference for punishing wrongdoers, our model identifies circumstances in which “punitive” individuals (with stronger-than-average punishment preferences) will self-select into law enforcement jobs that offer the opportunity to punish (or facilitate the punishment of) wrongdoers. Such “punitive” agents will accept a lower salary and be less likely to shirk, but create agency costs associated with their excessive zeal (relative to the public’s preferences) in searching, seizing, and punishing suspects. Under plausible assumptions, the public chooses to hire punitive police agents, while submitting them to monitoring by other agents (such as the judiciary) with average punishment preferences. Thus, two kinds of agents are better than one. We explore various implications for police shirking, corruption, and the content of the criminal procedure rights that the judiciary enforces. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 644 : Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2278597 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Procedure Shelf Number: 129167

Author: Baldwin, Julie Marie Title: Executive Summary: National Survey of Veterans Treatment Courts Summary: This summary reports the major results from the author’s dissertation research using data collected from a national survey administered to 79 Veterans Treatment Courts (VTCs) in 2012. This research produced a comprehensive national overview of VTCs; the complete findings, additional analysis, and an in-depth case study of a VTC can be found in her dissertation titled “Veterans Treatment Courts: Studying Dissemination, Implementation, and Impact of Treatment-Oriented Criminal Courts” (University of Florida). Details: Little Rock, AR: University of Arkansas at Little Rock, Department of Criminal Justice, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2274138 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Problem-Solving Courts Shelf Number: 129168

Author: Walters, Jennifer Hardison Title: Household Burglary, 1994-2011 Summary: This report presents rates and trends in household burglary from 1993 to 2011. The report explores overall trends in household burglary and examines patterns in completed household burglary by type and value of items stolen, percentage of burglaries reported to the police and insurance companies, and police response. It also describes the characteristics of victimized households. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: The rate of household burglary decreased 56% from 1994 to 2011, from a peak of 63.4 victimizations per 1,000 U.S. households in 1994 to 27.6 victimizations per 1,000 households in 2011. From 1994 to 2011, the rate of completed burglary decreased by at least half across households headed by persons of all races and Hispanic origin. Among all completed burglaries, those involving the theft of an electronic device or household appliance increased from 28% in 2001 to 34% in 2011. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/hb9411.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129184

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Treatment Alternatives and Diversion (TAD) Program: Advancing Effective Diversion in Wisconsin. 2007-2010 Evaluation Report Summary: In 2005, Wisconsin Act 25 (SECTION 90m. 16.964) authorized “grants to counties to enable them to establish and operate programs, including suspended and deferred prosecution programs and programs based on principles of restorative justice, that provide alternatives to prosecution and incarceration for criminal offenders who abuse alcohol or other drugs.” These programs are designed to target non-violent offenders where a violent offender is defined as “a person to whom one of the following applies”: 1. The person has been charged with or convicted of an offense in a pending case and, during the course of the offense, the person carried, possessed, or used a dangerous weapon, the person used force against another person, or a person died or suffered serious bodily harm. 2. The person has one or more prior convictions for a felony involving the use or attempted use of force against another person with the intent to cause death or serious bodily harm. (Section 90m. 16.964 (12)). The goals of the TAD program are to “…promote public safety, reduce prison and jail populations, reduce prosecution and incarceration costs, reduce recidivism, and improve the welfare of participants’ families...”. This evaluation report documents the implementation of the TAD program in seven sites in Wisconsin and examines the individual outcomes of offenders who participated in the TAD projects between January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2010. 150p. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Population Health Institute, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/van-stelle-kit/tad-2011-evaluation-report-full-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129185

Author: Blodgett, Janet C. Title: A Structured Evidence Review to Identify Treatment Needs of Justice-Involved Veterans and Associated Psychological Interventions Summary: In order to better serve the population of justice-involved Veterans, the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) has developed targeted Veterans Justice Programs (VJP), including Veterans Justice Outreach (VJO) and Health Care for Reentry Veterans (HCRV). To support the mission of VJP, this review synthesizes research relevant to (1) the unique treatment needs of justice-involved Veterans, with a primary focus on mental health needs, and (2) evidence-based and promising treatments for addressing these needs. This synthesis of unique treatment needs and best practices can serve as a guide for VJP that will allow it to capitalize on existing strengths of the program and promote further development of evidenced-based programs to address the needs of justice-involved Veterans both within and outside of VA. Details: Menlo Park, CA: Center for Health Care Evaluation VA Palo Alto Health Care System, 2013. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2013 at: http://www.ilapsc.org/pdfs/Justice-InvolvedVeteransStructuredEvidenceReviewFINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates, Veterans Shelf Number: 129188

Author: Stringer, Scott M. Title: Led Astray: January 2013 Reforming New York City’s Animal Care and Control Summary: New York City’s Animal Care & Control (“AC&C”) – the non-profit corporation that runs the largest animal shelter system in the Northeast – is in dire need of reform. Since 1995, AC&C has been under contract with the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (“DOHMH”) for rescuing, caring for and finding loving homes for the city’s homeless and abandoned animals. However, AC&C’s performance falls short of this mission. Adoptions have dropped 37 percent in the past six years while placements, which enable AC&C to pass the responsibility of caring for an animal onto a rescue group, have increased by 70 percent. Dog licensing, a viable source for significant revenue, lingers at around 10 percent, and the number of new licenses issued has declined for three straight years. Furthermore, a high rate of illness at AC&C shelters exposes thousands of animals each year to potentially life-threatening conditions. AC&C’s inability to generate outside revenue has made the non-profit overly-dependent on City funding, which historically has been inconsistent and inadequate. The root of the problem is structural: AC&C is controlled by the DOHMH. The DOHMH both administers the City’s contract with AC&C and oversees its board – leaving little room for AC&C to question DOHMH priorities and decisions. In short, AC&C’s Executive Director and board members lack the independence, animal care expertise and fund-raising capabilities necessary to properly fulfill their mission. As a result, AC&C has experienced years of under-funding, mismanagement and service cuts – and the animals under its control have suffered severe neglect at shelters. Nothing reflects the organizational dysfunction of Animal Care & Control more profoundly than its management history. Since 1995, the corporation has had eleven different Executive Directors, including eight in the last ten years. Additionally, AC&C has been without a full-time Medical Director on staff since February 2010, contributing to deplorable shelter conditions and a high rate of illness among dogs and cats. On October 29, 2012, Superstorm Sandy hit New York City, causing catastrophic damage to numerous neighborhoods and displacing thousands of residents, businesses and animals. In the days following the storm, volunteers and rescuers reported that AC&C’s doors were closed and field operations ceased – preventing individuals from dropping off found animals or adopting out existing ones. Veteran rescuers said the agency effectively stopped communicating – by phone, e-mail or web postings – making it impossible to know how its animals were faring or what the agency needed. As AC&C struggled to respond, outside groups stepped in to fill the leadership void. Many smaller rescue groups took on the sometimes dangerous tasks of searching for lost animals, while others successfully set up a new network of foster families to take in strays – both responsibilities that should have reasonably fallen to AC&C. Ultimately, the ASPCA established an Emergency Boarding Facility, thanks to a $500,000 grant provided by television personality Rachel Ray, in the Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood of Brooklyn to provide temporary sheltering for scores of animals displaced by the storm. The shelter did not open until November 17, more than two weeks after the storm hit. In addition to a moral obligation, New York City has a legal requirement to care for its stray animal population. Various State and City laws outline requirements for the humane treatment of animals as well as mandate the City to operate shelters and necessary services. AC&C’s record of underperformance stands in stark contrast to New York City’s history as a national leader in animal care. The American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (“ASPCA”), the first animal welfare organization in the country, was founded in New York. Additionally, some of the nation’s first and most important animal welfare laws were enacted in the city. It is time for New York to lead once again. Details: New York Cityi: Office of the Manhattan Borough President, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2013 at: http://www.mbpo.org/uploads/FINALLedAstrayReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty (New York City, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129190

Author: Jackson, Shelly L. Title: Understanding Elder Abuse: New Directions for Developing Theories of Elder Abuse Occurring in Domestic Settings Summary: As of 2010, 13% of the population was age 65 and older, with this group expected to comprise 19.3% of the population by 2030. Elder abuse among this population is both a pervasive problem and a growing concern. Given that the vast majority (96.9%) of older Americans are residing in domestic settings, it is not surprising that most (89.3%) elder abuse reported to Adult Protective Services (APS) occurs in domestic settings. And yet, although greater recognition of the occurrence of elder abuse is beginning to emerge, the field has generated few theory-based explanations of what causes elder abuse and how best to respond to it. This article reports the findings of two studies funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) in an effort to begin to fill this void, and attempts to spur the critique of existing theories and facilitate the development of new theories that will enhance our understanding of elder abuse. In doing so, it addresses a subset of the various types of elder abuse, namely, physical abuse, neglect, "pure" financial exploitation, and "hybrid" financial exploitation. This article concludes that the response to elder maltreatment needs to change from a relatively fragmented approach unguided by theory to one that embraces a systematic approach drawn from a greater understanding of the underlying phenomenon. Further, these theories should take into account the characteristics of both the elderly victims and the abusive individuals, including their cognitive statuses, the nature of their relationships, the settings in which the abuse occurs, the type of abuse involved, and protective factors; in general, the theories should employ a more dynamic approach. Researchers should then test the resulting constructs, including the tenets presented in this article, and help build a foundation that will both deepen our understanding of elder maltreatment and form a basis for crafting more effective interventions to increase the safety and well-being of elderly people. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs National Institute of Justice, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Research in Brief, National Institute of Justice: Accessed June 28, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/241731.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129193

Author: Strauss, Jack Title: Does Immigration, Particularly Increases in Latinos, Affect African American Wages, Unemployment and Incarceration Rates? Summary: This paper evaluates the impact of immigration on African American wages, unemployment, employment and incarceration rates using a relatively large cross-sectional data-set of 900 cities. An endemic problem potentially plaguing the cross-sectional metro approach to immigration has been endogeneity. Does increased immigration to a city lead to improved economic outcomes, or does a city's improving labor market attract immigrant inflows? The paper focuses on resolving the endogeneity concerns through a variety of controls, statistical methods and tests. Overall, results strongly support one-way causation from increased immigration including Latinos to higher African American wages and lower poverty. Rising immigration including from Latin America is not responsible for higher Black incarceration rates. Details: St. Louis, MO: Saint Louis University - Department of Economics, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2186978 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129195

Author: University of California, Berkeley. School of Law. Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy Title: JDAI Sites and States An Evaluation of the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative: JDAI Sites Compared to Home State Totals Summary: The Annie E. Casey Foundation developed the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI) to address the unnecessary and prolonged detention of youth. JDAI has been in operation for over 20 years. It is almost unheard of that a foundation commit to such a long-term effort to reform public policy. The longevity of JDAI is due in part to a learned value of thorough and thoughtful data collection and reflection on that data. The Initiative leaders have been willing to conduct honest self-assessments, post unfavorable results when they occur, and take a problem-solving approach to improving the program. Assessing the impact of JDAI is anything but simple. Deciding how to globally measure results is challenging to begin with. Beyond that, sites need to spend energy, attention, and resources to collect adequate data. However, this data collection is of benefit to the sites as a critical tool to use in improving their juvenile justice systems. As data collection improves over time, data are more complete and therefore more useful for meaningful evaluation. Casey supports its JDAI sites to continue to expand their capacity to collect and analyze high-quality data by providing technical assistance. Initiative leaders have examined the use of detention in participating JDAI sites by looking at the standard measures of Average Length of Stay (ALOS), Admissions, and Average Daily Population (ADP) in detention centers, among other indicators. In past publications, Casey has reported on impressive reductions in detention within JDAI sites and has presented other indicators of impact, influence, and leverage. This report is the first effort to compare JDAI sites (both individually and collectively) within a state to the state as a whole. Following is a series of 23 individual state profiles that include both qualitative and quantitative information. Each profile begins with a narrative that may highlight detention reform efforts and the adoption of JDAI in that state. The main data focus is on ADP in the JDAI sites for the baseline year to 2010 (that is, the year prior to implementing JDAI to the most recent year for which data are available) and at the state level from 1997 to 2010. This report also provides additional context in the form of data on youth serving long-term commitments and on juvenile arrest counts as an indicator of crime. Within that framework, and by those measures, JDAI certainly presents some positive gains. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California (Berkeley), School of Law, 2012. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2013 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/JDAI_Rep_1_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129199

Author: Texas. Legislative Budget Board Title: Criminal Justice Uniform Cost Report, Fiscal Years 2010 to 2012 Summary: This Legislative Budget Board (LBB) report, Criminal Justice Uniform Cost Report, Fiscal Years 2010 to 2012, provides cost per day information for various adult and juvenile correctional operations, facilities, and programs for use in funding determinations and to provide a basis of comparison for the Eighty-third Legislature, 2013. One responsibility of the Criminal Justice Data Analysis Team is to calculate cost per day information. This report summarizes uniform cost information for programs, services, and facilities operated or contracted by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ), the former Texas Youth Commission (TYC), the former Texas Juvenile Probation Commission (TJPC), and the current Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD). The appendices detail the methodology used for data collection and cost per day calculations; provide an overview of each agency’s operations and programs; and provide comparisons to other cost per day figures nationally. Details: Austin: Texas Legislative Budget Board, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.lbb.state.tx.us/Public_Safety_Criminal_Justice/Uniform_Cost/Criminal%20Justice%20Uniform%20Cost%20Report%20Fiscal%20Years%202010%20to%202012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 129215

Author: Moushey, Bill Title: Stories of Transition: Men and Women in the Allegheny County Jail Collaborative’s Reentry Program Summary: The Allegheny County Jail’s Reentry Program is one of a set of initiatives of the Allegheny County Jail Collaborative, a partnership among the Allegheny County Court of Common Pleas, the Allegheny County Jail, the Allegheny County Department of Human Services, the Allegheny County Health Department, community organizations and civic leaders. The Jail Collaborative was created in 2000 in an effort to identify creative ways to improve public safety and reduce recidivism. More than 200 people have completed the Reentry Program since its start in 2010, and the Jail Collaborative knows from the outcomes that the program is reducing recidivism. Sophisticated evaluations will tell us more about why it is working and what we can do to make the program better. The Jail Collaborative wants to understand what the experience of reentry is like for the people behind the statistics — the men and women who are in the midst of their transition from jail. It needs to hear their stories, including the struggles, their reflections and their advice for others. To do this, the Jail Collaborative commissioned award-winning journalist Bill Moushey to interview participants in the Reentry Program and write their stories of transition. Moushey, who was an investigative reporter for the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize, and winner of the National Press Club’s Freedom of Information Award, agreed to this assignment on one condition: that he be permitted to write in his unvarnished way. These are the first two of Bill Moushey’s reports about men and women in transition. Their memories of their experiences in jail are still fresh, and they spoke openly with Moushey about the help they received and the challenges they faced during jail and since their release. Their names have been changed to protect their privacy. Details: Pittsburgh, OH: The Allegheny County Department of Human Services, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.alleghenycounty.us/uploadedFiles/DHS/About_DHS/Report_and_Evaluation/13-ACDHS-03_StoriesOfTransition_052813.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 129216

Author: Carns, Teresa White Title: Recidivism in Alaska’s Felony Therapeutic Courts Summary: The Alaska Judicial Council found that graduates of the Anchorage Felony Driving Under the Influence, Anchorage Felony Drug, and Bethel Therapeutic Courts were rearrested and re-convicted far less frequently than comparison offenders. The Council followed graduates for one year after they completed their program and tracked comparison offenders for one year after they were released from serving their sentence. Therapeutic court graduates were also re-arrested far less frequently than a baseline sample of Alaskan offenders charged with felonies in 1999, discussed in the Council’s January 2007 report, Criminal Recidivism in Alaska. Findings included: • The longer the participants stayed in the program, the less likely they were to recidivate even if they did not graduate. • 54% of the participants in these project graduated. • 13% of graduates were re-arrested within one year after completing a therapeutic court program compared to a 32% re-arrest rate for comparison offenders and a 38% re-arrest rate for offenders charged with felonies in 1999. • Participants who were discharged from the programs or who left voluntarily had about the same rate of recidivism as the offenders charged with felonies in 1999. • Older participants were less likely to be re-arrested than younger participants. • Participants in the Anchorage Felony DUI Court were less likely to be re-arrested than those in the Anchorage Felony Drug Court and the Bethel Therapeutic Court. • No participants in the programs who were re-convicted within the first year were convicted of an offense at a more serious level than the one on which they entered the therapeutic courts. None were convicted of a Drug or Sexual offense. In contrast, 3% of the comparison offenders were convicted of offenses at a more serious level. In the Council’s companion report on recidivism among 1999 offenders, about 15% of most types of offenders were convicted of offenses at a more serious level. • Native participants responded as well to the therapeutic court programs as did Caucasian participants. Blacks and other ethnicities did not do as well as Caucasian participants. • The Council recommended that the state should develop further information about the costs and benefits of therapeutic court programs; should explore the reasons for the relative success of Native participants in the programs; and should determine why ethnic groups other than Natives and Caucasians did not do as well in the programs. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Judicial Council, 2007. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.ajc.state.ak.us/reports/recidtherct07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 129227

Author: Rubin, Mark Title: Drug Offense Trends and Drug Offender Recidivism in Maine Summary: For years, Maine’s criminal justice and public health systems have grappled with the issues of substance abuse, drug and alcohol‐related offending, and treatment for various addictions to legal and illegal substances. The body of knowledge on drug offenders and drug offenses in Maine, however, has not kept pace with the urgent need to respond to an array of drug‐related issues in communities. This new report, funded by the Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Statistics, and developed by the Maine Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) of the USM Muskie School of Public Service, enhances the knowledge base by public safety drug arrest trends (with comparison to other states) and recidivism rates of drug offenders admitted to probation in Maine. Key findings include: •Drug arrests increased dramatically in Maine over the last 25 years, from 1,747 in 1986 to 5,912 in 2010. The share of drug arrests as a percentage of all arrests in Maine rose from 4.1 percent in 1986 to 10.9 percent in 2010. •Arrests for marijuana offenses remained the most prevalent type of drug arrests at 58.7 percent of all drug arrests in 2010. However, the percent of marijuana arrests compared to all drug arrests declined from 80.5 percent of all drug arrests in 1995 to the 58.7 percent mark in 2010. •Drug offenders had lower rates of re-arrest for a new crime (21.9 percent) than non-drug offenders (24.4 percent) at one and two years after admission to Maine's adult probation system. Details: Portland, ME: Maine Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Adult/Drug_Trends_and_Drug_Offender_Recidivism_in_Maine.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Arrests Shelf Number: 129233

Author: Prospero, Moises Title: 2012 Best Practices in Confronting Gang Membership & Crime in Utah Summary: This report reviews the gang literature in search of best practices to confront gang membership and crime. The review includes prevalence of gangs, gang crime, its consequences, etiology of gangs, characteristics of gangs, and gang control efforts. Based on the most recent gang literature, 11 recommendations were developed aimed at individual, group, and community levels for prevention, intervention, suppression, and re-entry services. Gangs are prevalent around the world but lack of documentation makes it difficult to accurately describe the gang issues at a global level. The US has the best documentation of gangs and gang crime, but other countries are recognizing that gangs are a problem in their region and are beginning to collect data, especially in Europe. The data reveal a common trend around the world: Gang members are significantly more violent than non-gang members. The factors related to gang violence are the presence of firearms, ethnic tensions, and the social norm of using guns during conflict. The cost of gang crime is extremely high, from death and psychological trauma to community fear and significant economic costs. A serious concern is the alliance between Mexico’s drug trafficking organizations (DTO), such as Los Zetas Cartel and La Familia Michoacana, with US gangs, such as the Banditos Outlaw Motorcycle Gang and and MS-13. DTOs use motorcycle and street gangs as soldiers in the drug war, for drug delivery into the US, and for smuggling guns and drug earnings into Mexico from the US. DTOs have been reported in every large city in the US, including Utah (Ogden and Salt Lake City). Consumption of drugs, drug money and high powered weapons increases the strength of Mexican DTOs and US gangs. Although suppressing Mexican DTOs is needed, addressing the large consumption of illegal drugs by the US and trafficking US military weapons to Mexican DTOs also need to take priority in order to obtain long-term reduction of gang violence and crime in the US. The main risk factors for gang membership are impulsivity, negative life events, lack of sense of belonging, antisocial attitudes, delinquent peers, and lack of parental supervision. The risk factors for gang formation are communities that lack appropriate jobs, lack prosocial alternate activities to gang members, lack informal and formal controls but have minority youth segregation and an out-migration of the middle class. In the US, research has revealed that gangs are poorly organized with unstable leadership, are more ethnically diverse and gendered than originally believed, and that most members leave the gang within a year, usually by maturing out of the lifestyle. All gang members are not alike, with at least two types of gang members identified: core and fringe. Core gang members are more likely to identify strongly with the gang, be more cohesive with their clique, stay longer in the gang, be more resistant to gang control efforts, and be more violent. At the group level, the cohesiveness of cliques within a gang is related to gang violence as these smaller tight groups of gang members are more likely to follow the “code of the streets” and be more likely to violently retaliate when these codes are broken. Through an extensive validation process that included data across the US collected through gang experts (law enforcement, gang workers, & researchers), a gang typology was created that included five types: traditional, neotraditional, compressed, collective, and specialty gangs. Traditional gangs are large (over 100 members), enduring, and territorial with a wide age range and several internal cliques. Neotraditional gangs are newer territorial gang that appears to be evolving into larger traditional type of gangs. Compressed gangs make up the largest percentage of gangs (39%) and are smaller groups that have a relatively short history. Collective gangs are medium sized groups of adolescents and young adults that have not developed into a form that has any of the characteristics from other gangs. Specialty gangs are smaller groups that are involved in the following types of crimes: drugs, assault, burglary, theft, and robbery. The review revealed that gang control efforts have not been effective at addressing the issues of gang proliferation and gang crime. There are a few gang control efforts that have attempted to be multi-level and comprehensive and hold some promise for future success (OJJDP GRP and Chicago’s Ceasefire Program). Unfortunately, these approaches largely ignore the prevention and reentry levels in favor of intervention and suppression efforts. A few comprehensive models hold promise in filling the prevention gap: Kids First and Megacommunities. Effective reentry programs, unfortunately, are practically non-existent, which is extremely concerning as offenders who have been incarcerated for long periods of time are at greatest risk (several criminogenic needs) to re-victimize the community. Another area that has largely been ignored by gang control efforts but unique to gangs and related to increased gang violence is the cohesiveness of cliques within the larger gang. The following recommendations are based on this literature: 1. Implement multi-level comprehensive gang control efforts with goals and strategies (need political and economic support). 2. Use data-driven assessment to identify target populations (need statewide database). 3. Use programs found to be effective with non-gang members (e.g., Blueprint Model Programs). 4. Use “hot spot” problem-oriented policing (POP) in collaboration with community organizations. 5. Use improved street lighting with active close circuit TV (CCTV) in identified “at-risk” areas. 6. Use long-term incarceration for extremely high risk violent offenders (NOT with lower risk offenders). 7. Evaluate all gang control efforts (process and outcome). 8. Be proactive with media to raise awareness and educate the public regarding gang issues. 9. Develop gang-specific screening and assessments (e.g., discriminate core v fringe gang members). 10.Develop gang-specific programs (e.g., reduce gang cohesion, reentry services). 11.Develop a systems-level process and outcome evaluation tool (e.g., test fidelity of collaborative efforts, measure community impact). Details: www.gangfree.utah.gov/, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://www.gangfree.utah.gov/Media/Default/Documents/Reports/UtahGangReport_BestPractices_2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Utah, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129234

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Nature and Risk of Victimization: Findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement Summary: This report presents key findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (SYRP) on youth’s victimization in placement, including their experiences of theft, robbery, physical assault, and sexual assault. SYRP is the only national survey that gathers data directly from youth in custody, using anonymous interviews. The report describes a variety of youth characteristics and facility conditions that correlate with victimization rates and identifies a core set of risk factors that predict the probability of a youth experiencing violence in custody. Results indicate that 46% of youth had their property stolen in their absence, 10% were directly robbed, 29% were threatened or beaten, 9% were beaten or injured, and 4% were forced to engage in sexual activity. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed July 3, 2013 at:http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/240703.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129235

Author: U.S. Attorney General's National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence Title: Report of the Attorney General’s National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence Summary: Exposure to violence is a national crisis that affects approximately two out of every three of our children. Of the 76 million children currently residing in the United States, an estimated 46 million can expect to have their lives touched by violence, crime, abuse, and psychological trauma this year. In 1979, U.S. Surgeon General Julius B. Richmond declared violence a public health crisis of the highest priority, and yet 33 years later that crisis remains. Whether the violence occurs in children’s homes, neighborhoods, schools, playgrounds or playing fields, locker rooms, places of worship, shelters, streets, or in juvenile detention centers, the exposure of children to violence is a uniquely traumatic experience that has the potential to profoundly derail the child’s security, health, happiness, and ability to grow and learn — with effects lasting well into adulthood. Exposure to violence in any form harms children, and different forms of violence have different negative impacts. Sexual abuse places children at high risk for serious and chronic health problems, including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, suicidality, eating dis-orders, sleep disorders, substance abuse, and deviant sexual behavior. Sexually abused children often become hypervigilant about the possibility of future sexual violation, experience feelings of betrayal by the adults who failed to care for and protect them. Physical abuse puts children at high risk for lifelong problems with medical illness, PTSD, suicidality, eating disorders, substance abuse, and deviant sexual behavior. Physically abused children are at heightened risk for cognitive and developmental impairments, which can lead to violent behavior as a form of self-protection and control. These children often feel powerless when faced with physical intimidation, threats, or conflict and may compensate by becoming isolated (through truancy or hiding) or aggressive (by bullying or joining gangs for protection). Physically abused children are at risk for significant impairment in memory processing and problem solving and for developing defensive behaviors that lead to consistent avoidance of intimacy. Intimate partner violence within families puts children at high risk for severe and potentially lifelong problems with physical health, mental health, and school and peer relationships as well as for disruptive behavior. Witnessing or living with domestic or intimate partner violence often burdens children with a sense of loss or profound guilt and shame because of their mistaken assumption that they should have intervened or prevented the violence or, tragically, that they caused the violence. They frequently castigate themselves for having failed in what they assume to be their duty to protect a parent or sibling(s) from being harmed, for not having taken the place of their horribly injured or killed family member, or for having caused the offender to be violent. Children exposed to intimate partner violence often experience a sense of terror and dread that they will lose an essential caregiver through permanent injury or death. They also fear losing their relationship with the offending parent, who may be removed from the home, incarcerated, or even executed. Children will mistakenly blame themselves for having caused the batterer to be violent. If no one identifies these children and helps them heal and recover, they may bring this uncertainty, fear, grief, anger, shame, and sense of betrayal into all of their important relationships for the rest of their lives. Community violence in neighborhoods can result in children witnessing assaults and even killings of family members, peers, trusted adults, innocent bystanders, and perpetrators of violence. Violence in the community can prevent children from feeling safe in their own schools and neighborhoods. Violence and ensuing psychological trauma can lead children to adopt an attitude of hypervigilance, to become experts at detecting threat or perceived threat — never able to let down their guard in order to be ready for the next outbreak of violence. They may come to believe that violence is “normal,” that violence is “here to stay,” and that relationships are too fragile to trust because one never knows when violence will take the life of a friend or loved one. They may turn to gangs or criminal activities to prevent others from viewing them as weak and to counteract feelings of despair and powerlessness, perpetuating the cycle of violence and increasing their risk of incarceration. They are also at risk for becoming victims of intimate partner violence in adolescence and in adulthood. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/defendingchildhood/cev-rpt-full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 129237

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: Lost and Stolen Guns from Gun Dealers Summary: Every year tens of thousands of guns are discovered to be missing from the inventories of federally licensed gun dealers. Guns that go missing from dealer inventories, whether they are stolen, illegally sold without proper documentation, or misplaced due to negligent recordkeeping, pose two main risks to public safety: 1. Guns stolen from dealers often end up in criminal hands. Following a two-year study of gun-trafficking investigations, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, or ATF, reported that 14 percent of gun-trafficking investigations involved guns stolen from gun dealers. 2. Guns lost or stolen from dealers are more difficult to trace because there is no record of who initially purchased the gun from the dealer. When these guns are used in crimes, any investigative lead offered by finding the gun at the crime scene goes cold when it is discovered that the gun dealer has no record of who purchased it. Since 2004 Congress has imposed restrictions on ATF in its annual budget that make it especially difficult for the agency to police lost and stolen guns. One such restriction prevents ATF from requiring gun dealers to conduct an annual inventory, a process that would allow dealers to promptly identify and report missing guns. In the administration’s fiscal year 2014 budget request to Congress, however, President Barack Obama requested for the first time that Congress remove this harmful budget rider. This issue brief presents the aggregated data on guns that are lost and stolen from dealers each year, discusses example cases of how guns missing from particular dealers have put the public at risk, and explains how Congress has hindered law-enforcement efforts to prevent and investigate thefts from gun dealers. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/GerneyInventoryBrief-1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Dealers Shelf Number: 129241

Author: Litton, Paul Title: Physician Participation in Executions, the Morality of Capital Punishment, and the Practical Implications of Their Relationship Summary: Evidence that some executed prisoners suffered excruciating pain has reinvigorated the ethical debate about physician participation in lethal injections. In widely publicized litigation, death row inmates argue that the participation of anesthesiologists in their execution is constitutionally required to minimize the risk of unnecessary suffering. For many years, commentators supported the ethical ban on physician participation reflected in codes of professional medical organizations. However, a recent wave of scholarship concurs with inmate advocates, urging the law to require or at least permit physician participation. Both the anti- and pro-physician-participation literature share a common premise: the ethics of physician participation should be analyzed independently from the moral status of capital punishment. This considerable literature implausibly divorces the ethics of physician participation from the moral status of the death penalty. Any ethical position on physician involvement requires some judgment about the moral status of the death penalty and the importance of physician involvement. The article examines anti- and pro-participation arguments to show that each one either is unpersuasive without discussion of the death penalty’s moral status or implicitly assumes a view on the social worth of the death penalty. The article then articulates the practical implications of its arguments for both lawmakers and professional medical organizations. Details: Columbia, MO: School of Law, University of Missouri, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Missouri School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2013-13: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2286788 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Executions Shelf Number: 129246

Author: Young, N.K. Title: Guidance to States: Recommendations for Developing Family Drug Court Guidelines Summary: As States, courts and service providers strive to use evidence‐based or evidence‐informed practices in their services, determining which practices are best can be challenging. Children and Family Futures produced this document with the National Drug Court Institute and with Federal, State, and other stakeholders to offer guidelines to help states and programs create systems changes that will have a lasting impact on FDCs, the policies of courts and child welfare and treatment service systems, and community‐based organizations serving parents, children, and families. The document provides guidance for implementing an FDC, including the development of FDC partnerships and a common vocabulary for describing FDC components, with a focus on improving services to families who are involved with the child welfare system and are affected by substance use disorders. The authors hope that this document will help jurisdictions select and improve practices and, ultimately, outcomes for children and families. After the introduction, the next two sections of this document describe the methods used to develop the 10 recommendations in the document and how to use the document. Each of the following 10 sections focuses on one of the 10 recommendations. These sections explain each recommendation, summarize the research supporting it and list Effective Strategies (practices that States can use to assess their progress). Asterisks identify Effective Strategies that are supported by research conducted in FDCs. The 10 recommendations are: 1. Create a shared mission and vision 2. Develop interagency partnerships 3. Create effective communication protocols for sharing information 4. Ensure cross‐system knowledge 5. Develop a process for early identification and assessment 6. Address the needs of parents 7. Address the needs of children 8. Garner community support 9. Implement funding and sustainability strategies 10. Evaluate shared outcomes and accountability. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Programs, 2013. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.cffutures.org/files/publications/FDC-Guidelines.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 129249

Author: Rubio-Goldsmith, Raquel Title: The "funnel Effect" & Recovered Bodies of Unauthorized Migrants Processed by the Pima County Office of the Medical Examiner, 1990-2005 Summary: The Binational Migration Institute (BMI) of the University of Arizona’s Mexican American Studies and Research Center (MASRC) has undertaken a unique and scientifically rigorous study of all of the unauthorized border-crosser (UBC) deaths examined by the Pima County Medical Examiner’s Office (PCMEO) from 1990-2005. Because the PCMEO has handled approximately 90% of all of the UBC recovered bodies in the U.S. Border Patrol’s Tucson Sector, an analysis of such deaths serves as both an accurate reflection of the major characteristics of all known UBC deaths that have occurred in this sector, as well as an exact, previously unavailable portrayal of the UBC bodies that have been handled by the overburdened PCMEO since 1990. BMI has also created a comprehensive and reliable set of criteria that can be used to better count and describe known UBC deaths throughout the entire U.S. A reliable analysis of known UBC deaths in the Tucson Sector is important for many reasons, but especially because, according to all available figures produced by the U.S. government and the academic community, a comparison of the totals of such deaths for each of the 9 Border Patrol sectors along the US/Mexico border, shows that the Tucson Sector in southern Arizona has been the site of the vast majority of known UBC deaths, or to use a more accurate phrase, UBC recovered bodies, in the new millennium. The results of the BMI study, which are confirmed by comparable research, show that there has been an exponential increase in the number of UBC recovered bodies handled by the PCMEO from 1990 to 2005, thereby creating a major public health and humanitarian crisis in the deserts of Arizona. Details: Tucson: Binational Migration Institute, University of Arizona, 2006. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2013 at: http://bmi.arizona.edu/sites/default/files/The%20Funnel%20Effect%20and%20Recovered%20Bodies.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (Arizona, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129260

Author: Metcalf, Hope Title: Administrative Segregation, Degrees of Isolation, and Incarceration: A National Overview of State and Federal Correctional Policies Summary: This report provides an overview of state and federal policies related to long-term isolation of inmates, a practice common in the United States and one that has drawn attention in recent years from many sectors. All jurisdictions in the United States provide for some form of separation of inmates from the general population. Prison administrators see the ability to separate inmates as central to protecting the safety of both inmates and staff. Yet many correctional systems are reviewing their use of segregated confinement; as controversy surrounds this form of control, its duration, and its effects. The debates about these practices are reflected in the terms used, with different audiences taking exceptions to each. Much of the recent public discussion calls the practice “solitary confinement” or “isolation.” In contrast, correctional facility policies use terms such as “segregation,” “restricted housing,” or “special management,” and some corrections leaders prefer the term “separation.” All agree that the practice entails separating inmates from the general population and restricting their participation in everyday activities; such as recreation, shared meals, and religious, educational, and other programs. The degree of contact permitted — with staff, other inmates, or volunteers — varies. Some jurisdictions provide single cells and others double; in some settings, inmates find ways to communicate with each other. The length of time spent in isolation can vary from a few days to many years. This report provides a window into these practices. This overview describes rules promulgated by prison officials to structure decisions on the placement of persons in “administrative segregation,” which is one form of separation of inmates from the general population. Working with the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA), the Arthur Liman Program at Yale Law School launched an effort to review the written policies related to administrative segregation promulgated by correctional systems in the United States. With ASCA’s assistance, we obtained policies from 47 jurisdictions, including 46 states and the Federal Bureau of Prisons. This overview provides a national portrait of policies governing administrative segregation for individuals in prisons, outlines the commonalities and variations among jurisdictions, facilitates comparisons across jurisdictions, and enables consideration of how and when administrative segregation is and should be used. Because this review is of written policies, it raises many questions for research – about whether the policies are implemented as written, achieve the goals for which they are crafted, and at what costs. Information is needed on the demographic data on the populations held in various forms of segregated custody, the reasons for placement of individuals in and the duration of such confinement, the views of inmates, of staff on site, and of central office personnel; and the long-term effects of administrative segregation on prison management and on individuals. Without such insights, one cannot assess the experiences of segregation from the perspectives of those who run, those who work in, and those who live in these institutions. Details: New Haven, CT: Liman Public Interest Program at Yale Law School, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2286861 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 129265

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office for Victims of Crime Title: Vision 21: Transforming Victim Services: Final Report Summary: The Vision 21: Transforming Victim Services Final Report presents a cohesive and comprehensive framework for strategic change in the victim services field and addresses ways to overcome political, policy, and philosophical challenges in the field. OVC anticipates that this report will catalyze important first steps in the strategic direction and focus of the victim assistance field. The Vision 21: Transforming Victim Services Final Report discusses: •Major challenges to the integration of research into victim services. •The tremendous need for crime victims to have access to legal assistance to address the wide range of legal issues that can arise following victimization. •The impact of advances in technology, globalization, and changing demographics on the victim assistance field. •The capacity for serving victims in the 21st century and some of the infrastructure issues that must be overcome to reach that capacity. Furthermore, the final report outlines recommendations for beginning the transformative change, which fall into the following four broad categories: •Conducting continuous rather than episodic strategic planning in the victim assistance field to effect real change in research, policy, programming, and capacity building. •Supporting research to build a body of evidence-based knowledge and generate, collect, and analyze quantitative and qualitative data on victimization, emerging victimization trends, services and behaviors, and victims’ rights enforcement efforts. •Ensuring the statutory, policy, and programmatic flexibility to address enduring and emerging crime victim issues. •Building and institutionalizing capacity through an infusion of technology, training, and innovation to ensure that the field is equipped to meet the demands of the 21st century. With this information, OVC and the field will be better equipped to ensure that all victims of crime receive access to appropriate services delivered by skilled, compassionate professionals and are afforded the legal rights to which they are entitled. Equipped with the information in the report, we have an opportunity to turn today’s bright new vision into tomorrow’s reality for all victims of crime in this country. Details: Washington, DC: Office for Victims of Crime, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2013 at: http://ovc.ncjrs.gov/vision21/pdfs/Vision21_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 129266

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Gun Control Proposals in the 113th Congress: Universal Background Checks, Gun Trafficking, and Military Style Firearms Summary: Congress has debated the efficacy and constitutionality of federal regulation of firearms and ammunition, with strong advocates arguing for and against greater gun control. The mass shooting in Newtown, CT, along with other mass shootings in Aurora, CO, and Tucson, AZ, has restarted the national gun control debate. Members of the 113th Congress could consider a range of legislative proposals, including several that President Barack Obama has announced his support for as part of his national gun violence reduction plan. The most salient of the President’s legislative proposals would (1) require background checks for intrastate firearms transfers between unlicensed persons at gun shows and nearly any other venue, otherwise known as the “universal background checks” proposal; (2) increase penalties for gun trafficking; and (3) reinstate and strengthen an expired federal ban on detachable ammunition magazines of over 10- round capacity and certain “military style” firearms commonly described as “semiautomatic assault weapons,” which are designed to accept such magazines. On March 21, 2013, Senator Harry Reid introduced the Safe Communities, Safe Schools Act of 2013 (S. 649). As introduced, this bill included the language of several bills previously reported by the Senate Committee on the Judiciary. Those bills included the Stop Illegal Trafficking in Firearms Act of 2013 (S. 54), the Fix Gun Checks Act of 2013 (S. 374), and the School Safety Enhancements Act of 2013 (S. 146). However, the Assault Weapons Ban of 2013 (S. 150) was not included in S. 649. From April 17-18, 2013, the Senate considered S. 649 and nine amendments that addressed a wide array of gun control issues, ranging from universal background checks to assault weapons. By unanimous consent, the Senate agreed that adoption of these amendments would require a 60-vote threshold. All but two of these amendments were rejected. However, a final vote was not taken on S. 649. This report provides an overview of federal firearms law and examines these gun control proposals and related amendments. While the House has not considered any of the gun control proposals debated in the Senate, on May 8, 2013, the House Committee on Veterans’ Affairs approved a bill, the Veterans 2nd Amendment Protection Act (H.R. 602), that addresses veterans, mental incompetency, and firearms eligibility. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: R42987: Accessed July 8, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42987.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129270

Author: Greene, Mark Title: A Review of Gun Safety Technologies Summary: When such an issue with deep and powerful cultural resonance as firearms is given the full attention of the nation, the challenges involved with confronting the complex interconnectedness of law, public safety, Constitutional rights, policy, technology, market forces, and other concerns seem only amplified. With careful consideration, however, untangling the various components of the issue is possible, and an investigation of technology can be accomplished with minimal diversion into the other realms. This report examines existing and emerging gun safety technologies and their availability and use to provide a comprehensive perspective on firearms with integrated advanced safety technologies. These firearms are known by various terms such as smart guns, user-authorized handguns, childproof guns, and personalized firearms. A “personalized firearm” can be understood to utilize integrated components that exclusively permit an authorized user or set of users to operate or fire the gun and automatically deactivate it under a set of specific circumstances, reducing the chances of accidental or purposeful use by an unauthorized user. A report published in 2005 entitled Technological Options for User- Authorized Handguns: A Technology-Readiness Assessment discussed this in the context of two defined types of handgun owner: (1) people responsible for public safety (i.e., law-enforcement personnel) and (2) people concerned with personal safety and handgun misuse, particularly by children, in the home (i.e., homeowners).1 The National Academy of Engineering (NAE) Committee on User-Authorized Handguns published this report seeking to clarify the technical challenges of developing a reliable user-authorized handgun (UAHG) to reduce certain types of handgun misuse. The goal of this work is to provide an objective, neutral perspective on existing and emerging gun safety technologies and their availability and use today. In assessing what technologies and products exist or may exist in the near future, it is important to clarify what the technologies can and cannot do, to distinguish the difference between fact and fiction, and to manage expectations about how these firearms could reasonably be expected to perform. The material presented here should be considered in a sober manner with the understanding that the use or misuse of any firearm regardless of what technology may or may not be integrated could lead to injury or death. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, 2013. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/242500.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Safety (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129278

Author: Cissner, Amanda B. Title: Testing the Effects of New York’s Domestic Violence Courts: A Statewide Impact Evaluation Summary: Over the past 15 years, a growing number of jurisdictions have established specialized domestic violence courts. With more than 200 such courts operating in the United States, they represent an important new strategy for handling the massive number of domestic violence cases that flood state courts nationwide. Domestic violence courts typically handle a jurisdiction’s domestic violence cases on a separate calendar, presided over by a specially assigned judge who gains expertise in the unique legal and personal issues that these cases pose. Despite their common structure, domestic violence courts lack a unifying set of goals and policies (Keilitz 2001; Labriola et al. 2009; Shelton 2007). The diversity embodied in today’s domestic violence courts presents a particular challenge for research, with previous single-site evaluations unable to provide a definitive answer to whether domestic violence courts, on the whole, produce better outcomes. This study seeks to make a significant contribution to the knowledge of the field, focusing on whether and how domestic violence courts work. The study is a quasi-experimental evaluation of 24 domestic violence courts throughout New York State. New York is a particularly suitable state for a study of this nature, as it is home to 64 (31%) of the country’s 208 total domestic violence courts (Labriola et al. 2009). New York’s domestic violence courts exhibit comparable diversity to that found nationwide, enabling this study to have greater external validity than most prior efforts. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/statewide_evaluation_dv_courts.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129282

Author: Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law Title: Best Practice Standards: The Proper Use of Criminal Records in Hiring Summary: Hiring new employees is a critically important function in any business, government agency, or non-profit organization. Every hiring decision represents a major investment that employers must make with limited information. Checking criminal history is just a small part of this process, which may also include verifying education, prior employment and other reference information. The Best Practice Standards will help employers properly weigh adverse personal history to find those applicants who will contribute most to the productivity of the organization. Details: Washington, DC: Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.lawyerscommittee.org/admin/employment_discrimination/documents/files/Best-Practices-Standards-The-Proper-Use-of-Criminal-Records-in-Hiring.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129309

Author: Hailey, Chantal Title: Chronic Violence: Beyond the Developments Summary: Youth in our study who lived through CHA's Plan for Transformation remain in crisis. Many exhibit the short-term effects of growing up around violence, including high rates of criminal and delinquent behaviors. In 2011, fear and violence was affecting youth whose families had relocated with vouchers more than it was affecting those who had relocated to mixed-income or public housing. To manage their exposure to violence, some youth socially isolate themselves, or their families continue to seek refuge by moving. Still, some children are witnesses, victims, and perpetrators of violence as they leave their protective networks and enter new communities. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief # 05: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412764-Chronic-Violence-Beyond-the-Developments.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Housing and Crime Shelf Number: 129329

Author: Young, Michelle Arciaga Title: Getting Out of Gangs, Staying Out of Gangs: Gang intervention Summary: Adults working with gang-involved clients often have questions about the reasons that individuals remain involved in gangs long-term, and how they can assist teenagers and young adults with leaving the gang. This article describes the pivotal life points at which targeted gang interventions may have increased effectiveness, and recommendations for strategies. A considerable amount of gang research over the past 30 years has identified factors leading to gang membership, including specific “pushes” and “pulls” that influence an individual’s decision to join a gang. Individuals may be pushed into gangs because of negative outside factors, barriers, and conditions in their social environment such as poverty, family problems, and lack of success in school. At the same time, they may also be pulled into gangs because the gang offers a perceived benefit (Decker and Van Winkle, 1996) such as safety/protection, love and support, excitement, financial opportunities, and a sense of belonging. Until recently, very few studies have examined the factors that may contribute to an individual’s decision to leave the gang (desistence). Longitudinal studies in cities with emerging gang problems conclude that turnover of membership in gangs is constant, and most gang members report staying in the gang for one year or less (Hill et al., 2001; Peterson et al., 2004; Thornberry et al., 2003; Thornberry et al., 2004). Research with former gang members indicates that marginal and short-term gang members generally are able to leave the gang without serious consequences (Decker and Lauritsen, 2002; Decker and Van Winkle, 1996). However, field studies conducted on a smaller scale in Los Angeles and Chicago in entrenched gang areas (Horowitz, 1983; Moore, 1991) found that gang members remained in gangs for a longer period of time and that the decision to leave a gang is more complicated. The ability and willingness of individuals to leave gangs appears to be related to factors such as the longevity of an individual’s participation in the gang, and how established and severe the level of gang activity is in the community. Even short-term gang involvement can have long-term effects, including increased participation in crime, school problems, decreased employment prospects, exposure/involvement with drug and alcohol use/abuse, and increased risk of victimization. As early as 1927, researcher Frederick Thrasher noted that participation in gangs reduces the gang member’s connections to other mainstream social pursuits: “. . . his conception of his role is more vivid with reference to his gang than to other social groups. Since he lives largely in the present, he conceives of the part that he is playing in life as being in the gang; his status with other groups is unimportant to him, for the gang is his social world.” (1963/1927; p. 231) This process has been referred to as “knifing off” (Moffitt, 1993), as the gang member cuts ties to other important social groups and organizations such as family, friends, schools, and religious community to focus more intensively on gang participation and identity, leading to higher levels of delinquency. Research conducted with 6th- to 9th-grade students in 15 schools with reported gang problems found that “the onset of gang membership was associated with an 82 percent increase in delinquency frequency.” (Melde and Esbensen, 2011, p. 535) As a gang member is pushed/pulled into the gang, the experience of gang membership further separates him from successful participation in mainstream society, worsening the social conditions he experiences, and escalating his involvement in crime. Long-term gang membership is associated with an escalating succession of effects such as dropping out of school, increased risk of teen fatherhood/pregnancy, and lack of employment success (Thornberry, et al., 2003; Thornberry, et al., 2004). The longer an individual is involved in gangs, the more severe the effect becomes, and the greater the distance between the gang member and the mainstream. Details: Tallahassee, FL: National Gang Center, Institute for Intergovernmental Research, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: National Gang Center Bulletin, No. 8: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Content/Documents/Getting-Out-Staying-Out.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 129330

Author: Adler School Institute on Public Safety and Social Justice Title: Restorative Justice: A Primer and Exploration of Practice Across Two North American Cities Summary: Restorative justice is a philosophy of justice that seeks to address offenses by understanding the harm that was caused, understanding who was harmed, and deciding what can be done to repair the harm. Within this model, repairing broken relationships caused by crime is paramount. This philosophy can be contrasted with retributive justice, the predominant practice in most western societies. Retributive justice views an offense as a crime against the state rather than the victim and community, and seeks to deliver punishment thought to be proportionate to the crime. Here, less importance is placed on repairing harm and restoring the offender and victim to their highest level of functioning and potential. In fact, the harsh punishment aspect of retributive justice, particularly in the United States, has created an epidemic of incarceration for the most disadvantaged communities. In 1980, approximately 200,000 people in the United States were under some form of correctional supervision. Today that number is close to seven million. This increase has disproportionately affected poor urban communities of color, where large percentages of the population have been incarcerated. Since most who are incarcerated are eventually released, poor urban communities experience a virtual revolving door from neighborhood to prison and back. This cycle of incarceration and re-entry provides further challenges to the stability of neighborhoods already struggling with poverty, violence, and disinvestment. We believe that the United States justice system is overly reliant on harsh incarceration that has questionable effectiveness. The three-year reconviction rate for prisoners in the U.S. is approximately 43%. Approximately two thirds are re-arrested within three years. Correctional supervision is a costly public expense that deserves further scrutiny. In an era of fiscal austerity, government budgets are shrinking and violence remains a key challenge in many urban areas. There has never been a greater need to seek out evidence-based and cost-effective alternatives to more punishment and incarceration. This paper promotes ways in which restorative justice can reach its full potential as a place-based method of reducing violence and strengthening our most disadvantaged communities. Although restorative justice is more than just a strategy to reduce recidivism—it is a philosophical orientation, a set of principles and practices, a communication and learning tool, and more—this white paper explores how restorative practices can be more formally implemented. We believe that strong alignment with formal justice systems is necessary to provide a robust alternative to current sentencing procedures and incarceration as a public safety strategy. We believe that restorative justice has promise to increase safety, reduce the prison pipeline in poor communities of color and lower costs to society. The purpose of this paper is threefold. First, it provides a brief overview of the philosophy of restorative justice, the range of practice, and the evidence base behind the practices. Second, it provides an overview of how restorative practices are currently being used in two very different metropolitan contexts, Chicago, IL and Vancouver, B.C., Canada. This case study approach is used to draw out the different ways that formal systems and policies encourage or limit the potential of restorative practices. Third, it recommends expanded research, policy, and practice agendas that could further mainstream and align restorative justice in more formal ways. Ultimately, we hope this paper will be a useful primer and tool for practitioners, researchers, advocates, lawmakers, lay people and justice professionals alike. We highlight the core elements and philosophies of the practice, provide an initial analysis of how those characteristics and philosophies are currently being implemented, and discuss ways in which they can be expanded. Details: Chicago: Adler School Institute on Public Safety and Social Justice, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.adler.edu/resources/content/4/1/documents/RJ_WhitePaper_Final_13_04_29.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129335

Author: Symantec Title: Internet Security Threat Report, 2013 Summary: The Internet Security Threat Report provides an overview and analysis of the year in global threat activity. The report is based on data from the Symantec Global Intelligence Network, which Symantec's analysts use to identify, analyze, and provide commentary on emerging trends in the dynamic threat landscape. Key Findings: 42% increase in targeted attacks in 2012. 31% of all targeted attacks aimed at businesses with less than 250 employees. One waterhole attack infected 500 organizations in a single day. 14 zero-day vulnerabilities. 32% of all mobile threats steal information. A single threat infected 600,000 Macs in 2012. Spam volume continued to decrease, with 69% of all email being spam. The number of phishing sites spoofing social networking sites increased 125%. Web-based attacks increased 30%. 5,291 new vulnerabilities discovered in 2012, 415 of them on mobile operating systems. Details: Mountain View, CA: Symantic, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.symantec.com/security_response/publications/threatreport.jsp Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 129336

Author: Legal Action Center Title: Legality of Denying Access to Medication Assisted Treatment In the Criminal Justice System Summary: This report examines the prevalence of opiate addiction in the criminal justice system, its devastating consequences, and the widespread denial of access to one of its most effective forms of treatment: medication assisted treatment (“MAT”). The report then analyzes the circumstances in which the denial of MAT violates Federal anti-discrimination laws and the United States Constitution. Details: New York: Legal Action Center, 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.lac.org/doc_library/lac/publications/MAT_Report_FINAL_12-1-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 129337

Author: Fell, James C. Title: Increasing Impaired-Driving Enforcement Visibility: Six Case Studies Summary: Research has shown that an effective way to reduce impaired driving is to increase the perceived risk of being stopped and arrested by law enforcement if driving while impaired. One of the most successful strategies for doing this is the coupling of intense and highly visible enforcement with publicity about the enforcement campaign. The term “high-visibility enforcement” (HVE) is used to describe law enforcement efforts aimed at deterring unsafe driving behavior by increasing the public’s perception of being caught, arrested, and prosecuted. Two common enforcement strategies of HVE operations are sobriety checkpoints and saturation patrols. Checkpoints concentrate law enforcement officers at the roadside to identify impaired drivers passing through. Saturation patrols involve an increased number of officers patrolling a limited area where impaired driving is prevalent. Both use highly visible elements (such as a concentration of law enforcement officers, bright lights, signs, and marked patrol cars) to heighten their visual impact. Enforcement efforts must be supported by an equal amount of publicity and communications. Publicity regarding the operations also raises awareness, and the perception of increased likelihood of detection of impaired driving. Research has indicated that HVE operations that are well-publicized, conducted frequently, and have high visibility deter impaired driving. This report presents six case studies of HVE programs currently operating in the United States. Three operate at the county level— Anoka County, Minnesota; Charles County, Maryland; and Pasco County, Florida. One operates at the city level in Escondido, California. One operates in a region of a State (Southeast Wisconsin). One operates in six States (Delaware, Kentucky, North Carolina, Maryland, Virginia, and West Virginia) and the District of Columbia. Each case study includes discussion of the HVE program’s history, enforcement strategies, visibility elements, operation, resources, use of media, educational components, funding, support from political leaders and the community, barriers encountered, and strengths of the program. Some case studies include statistics on the HVE operations (e.g., number of checkpoints, number of officers per saturation patrol) and impaired-driving crashes, arrests, and/or convictions before and after the program began. The report is intended to provide information on impaired driving HVE programs for regional, State and local agencies considering incorporating HVE strategies into their efforts to curb impaired driving or to modify existing HVE programs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2013. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 811 716: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: www.nhtsa.gov/staticfiles/nti/pdf/811716.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129338

Author: Buffalo Veterans Treatment Court Title: Buffalo Veteran's Court and Veterans Mentor Handbook Summary: As the veteran population in the United States continues to rise, so too does the need for greater understanding of the impact of military service. As of October 2008, the estimated United States veteran population was 23,442,000. Since October 2001, approximately 1.64 million U. S. troops have been deployed for Operations Enduring Freedom and Iraqi Freedom . . . in Afghanistan and Iraq." Military service can impact the lives of veterans and their families in countless ways. Many returning veterans and their families cope with serious issues such as: alcohol and substance abuse, mental illness, homelessness, unemployment, and strained relationships. Often times, these serious issues go unaddressed, and many of the veterans end up in our criminal justice system. With the increase of veterans with serious needs in our criminal justice system, comes the need for the system to develop innovative ways of working to address these issues and needs. One court in Buffalo, New York, has developed a plan for meeting the serious needs of veterans within the criminal justice system and created the nations first specialized Veterans Treatment Court. Details: Buffalo, NY: Buffalo Veterans Treatment Court, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.nadcp.org/sites/default/files/nadcp/Buffalo%20Mentor%20Handbook_0.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Military Veterans Shelf Number: 129343

Author: Goodwill Industries International Title: Working beyond Conviction: Goodwill Industries’ Call to Action to Ensure Successful Re-Entry for Ex-Offenders Summary: As of mid year 2007, more than 2.3 million people were incarcerated in federal and state prisons, and local jails, and the U.S. Department of Justice has concluded that nearly every person incarcerated in jail, and 95 percent of state prison inmates, will someday be released. Yet ex-offenders are often released from prison without a transition plan and little more than the clothes on their back, a bus ticket home and a mandate to report to the local parole office the next business day. As the nation’s largest provider of job-training services, Goodwill Industries is uniquely positioned to be a leader in the successful reintegration of ex-offenders and former prisoners into mainstream society. A number of Goodwill agencies already run a variety of programs that are designed to help ex-offenders and former prisoners find and keep jobs, and provide help for housing, substance abuse, and health and mental health issues. Details: Raleigh, NC: Goodwill Industries International, 2009. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2013 at: http://www.goodwill.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/06-15-09-Road-to-Re-Integration.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 129344

Author: Texas. Legislative Budget Board Title: Statewide Criminal Justice Recidivism and Revocation Rates Summary: In fiscal year 2012, nearly 80,000 adults and over 5,000 juveniles returned to neighborhoods following their release from Texas correctional facilities. More than 355,000 adults and more than 30,000 juveniles were under active supervision in the community. In fiscal year 2013, appropriations for the state agency overseeing the care of these adult populations, the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, totaled $3.1 billion, and appropriations for the state agency overseeing the care of these juvenile populations, the Texas Juvenile Justice Department, totaled $330.4 million. This report examines the public safety outcomes for this investment. This report assesses whether groups of these individuals were rearrested and/or (re)incarcerated within three years of release from incarceration or after beginning supervision. This report refers to subsequent incarcerations as reincarcerations if the population has been previously incarcerated; otherwise, they are referred to as incarcerations. Adult cohorts analyzed in this report include individuals released from Texas prisons, state jails, Substance Abuse Felony Punishment Facilities, In-Prison Therapeutic Community programs, and Intermediate Sanction Facilities. Juvenile cohorts include individuals released from Texas Juvenile Justice Department secure residential facilities, juveniles starting juvenile probation department (JPD) supervision, and juveniles released from JPD secure residential facilities. This report also summarizes whether populations under active supervision in the community were terminated (i.e., revoked) and incarcerated in response to the commitment of a new offense or technical violation of supervision conditions. The populations included in this analysis represent a diverse set of offenders with varying levels of community-based supervision, offense severity, offense history, and risk of reoffending. Details: Austin: Texas Legislative Budget Board, 2013. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2013 at: http://www.lbb.state.tx.us/Public_Safety_Criminal_Justice/RecRev_Rates/Statewide%20Criminal%20Justice%20Recidivism%20and%20Revocation%20Rates2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Revocations Shelf Number: 129357

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Registered Sex Offenders: Sharing More Information Will Enable Federal Agencies to Improve Notifications of Sex Offenders’ International Travel Summary: In recent years, certain individuals who had been convicted of a sex offense in the United States have traveled overseas and committed offenses against children. GAO was asked to review what relevant federal agencies—including DOJ, DHS, and the Department of State—are doing with regard to registered sex offenders traveling or living abroad. This report addresses the following questions: (1) How and to what extent does the federal government determine whether registered sex offenders are leaving or returning to the United States? (2) How and to what extent have federal agencies notified foreign officials about registered sex offenders traveling internationally? GAO analyzed August and September 2012 data from the U.S. Marshals, USNCB, and ICE on registered sex offenders who traveled internationally. GAO also interviewed relevant agency officials and surveyed officials from all 50 states, 5 territories, and the District of Columbia to determine the extent to which they identify and use information on traveling sex offenders. What GAO Recommends -- GAO recommends that ICE consider receiving the automated notifications and DOJ and DHS take steps to ensure that USNCB and ICE (1) have information on the same number of traveling registered sex offenders and (2) have access to the same level of detail about each traveling registered sex offender. USNCB within DOJ and DHS concurred with our recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-200: Accessed July 10, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/652194.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 129361

Author: Rempel, Michael Title: The Adolescent Diversion Program: A First Year Evaluation of Alternatives to Conventional Case Processing for Defendants Ages 16 and 17 in New York Summary: New York is currently one of only two states in the country that defines 16- and 17-year-old defendants as criminally responsible adults. Other states handle these defendants in their juvenile justice systems, which are oriented to the best interests of the child. By comparison, New York places 16- and 17-year-olds in the same jails and courtrooms as much older adults; forecloses pretrial diversion options that would otherwise exist in the juvenile justice system; and produces case outcomes that potentially involve adult jail and prison sentences and lifetime collateral consequences in the event of a criminal conviction. Among 16- and 17-year-old defendants statewide in 2010, only 9% were in fact sentenced to jail or prison, and only 5% received a permanent criminal record; yet, these percentages involve more than 3,500 cases. All told, nearly 50,000 16- and 17-year-olds are annually prosecuted in New York’s adult criminal justice system. In the fall of 2011 New York State Chief Judge Jonathan Lippman called on state policymakers to pass legislation that would foster a more developmentally appropriate approach to 16- and 17- year-old defendants. Judge Lippman’s proposal calls for a pre-filing diversion mechanism, mirroring one now in place in the state’s juvenile justice system, which would enable some 16- and 17-year-old defendants to avoid formal prosecution. The legislation is also expected to establish policies linking more 16- and 17-year-olds to age-appropriate services and ensuring that those who complete their assigned services will not receive a criminal record. On January 17, 2012, Judge Lippman also established a pilot Adolescent Diversion Program (ADP) in nine counties, including the five boroughs of New York City, the suburban counties of Nassau and Westchester, and the upstate counties of Erie and Onondaga (housing the respective mid-sized cities of Buffalo and Syracuse). The program established specialized court parts that handle 16- and 17-year-old defendants. Participating defendants receive a clinical assessment; age-appropriate services; rigorous compliance monitoring; and non-criminal case outcomes should they complete assigned services. Accordingly, the ADP initiative seeks to spread a rehabilitative, developmentally appropriate philosophy and approach to late adolescent criminal behavior; to reduce the use of conventional criminal penalties; and to achieve these benefits without jeopardizing public safety. With funding from the New York Community Trust, the Center for Court Innovation evaluated the early operations and effects of the ADP initiative. The analysis was largely quantitative, focusing on ADP participants in all nine pilot counties whose criminal cases began in the first six months of operations (January 17, 2012 through June 30, 2012). For six of the nine counties, where case volume was sufficient to support more rigorous analysis, an impact study compared outcomes between ADP participants and a statistically matched comparison group, whose cases began one year prior to implementation (January 17, 2011 through June 30, 2011). This report is a snapshot of a work in progress; while we expect the results from this study to remain relevant to the population, we plan to conduct further research as the initiative becomes more established and more data is available. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/ADP_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 129374

Author: Gilbreath, Aaron Hastings Title: From Made in America to Hecho en Sinaloa: A Historical Geography of North American Methamphetamine Networks Summary: Most of the major drugs of abuse in the Untied States have a relatively uniform distribution. Their use may cluster in cities, for example, but that general pattern tends to repeat itself in every region of the county. This is not true of the stimulant methamphetamine, which today shows a decidedly uneven distribution. Confounding the matter more is the fact that, because it is a synthetic drug, it is theoretically possible to make methamphetamine anywhere. But it is not made everywhere. In fact, for much of its history, the drug has been concentrated in the American West. Further complicating our understanding is the public's general amnesia regarding methamphetamine's long history in the United States. Without that knowledge, it is impossible to explain the drug' present geography. This dissertation traces the evolution of the various networks that have coalesced around the production and distribution of methamphetamine and finds that much of the drug's current geography can be traced to the manner in which these various groups responded to official attempts to stem the supply of the precursors necessary to produce it. Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas, 2012. 247p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: https://kuscholarworks.ku.edu/dspace/handle/1808/10250 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 129380

Author: Gordillo de Vivero, Ariana Title: Human Trafficking: An Invisible Crime on the Isla del Encanto Summary: The purpose of this research is to evaluate the prevalence of human trafficking in Puerto Rico, assess public awareness of the crime, and provide recommendations for ways to raise awareness within the territory. Academic research was conducted by Ariana Gordillo de Vivero, Erin Payne, Maria Ploski, and Monica Santis over the course of Academic Year 2011-2012. In country research was conducted under the sponsorship of the Florida Coalition Against Human Trafficking and its recently founded field office, Caribbean Coalition Against Human Trafficking in San Juan, Puerto Rico from 12-16 March, 2012. This report will address the prevalence of human trafficking globally, within the Caribbean region, and within Puerto Rico specifically to include structural and socioeconomic causes of trafficking, government and civil society involvement. The findings from the key informant interviews will then be presented. The research will conclude with concrete recommendation to government and civil society to raise awareness of human trafficking in Puerto Rico. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, Elliot School of International Affairs, 2012. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Latin American and Hemispheric Studies Program Capstone: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://elliott.gwu.edu/assets/docs/acad/lahs/puerto-rico-human-trafficking-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Puerto Rico) Shelf Number: 129387

Author: Murray, Chad Title: Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations and Marijuana: The Potential Effects of U.S. Legalization Summary: Mexico's drug war has claimed more than 30,000 lives since 2006. The intensity and duration of this violence has produced an environment in which “few Mexican citizens feel safer today than they did ten years ago, and most believe that their government is losing the fight.” However, the problem of drug violence in Mexico is not domestic, but transnational in nature. President Barack Obama recently noted that “we are very mindful that the battle President Calderón is fighting inside of Mexico is not just his battle; it's also ours. We have to take responsibility just as he is taking responsibility.” It is U.S. demand for illicit drugs that provides the primary incentive for Mexican narcotics trafficking. Therefore, there is a possibility that a change in U.S. drug policy could negatively affect the revenues of Mexican DTOs, and even their ability to wage violence. This paper will examine the validity of that argument, as well as several of the issues that would accompany such a fundamental policy shift. The purpose of this report is to evaluate current U.S. policy on marijuana, extract lessons learned from policy changes in other countries, analyze the effects that legalization of marijuana in the United States might have on Mexican DTOs, and provide recommendations for future U.S. policies. Current U.S. laws will serve as a starting point to determine if existing decriminalization or medicinal marijuana reforms have had any impact on Mexican DTOs. After examining what effects, if any, these policies have had, reforms in other countries will be examined. From the case studies of Portugal, the Netherlands, and Mexico, lessons will be drawn to give context to any possible ramifications or benefits of U.S. marijuana legalization. Finally, concrete recommendations will be made on whether recent marijuana policy reforms should be maintained, improved, or repealed. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, Elliott School of International Affairs, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Elliott School of International Affairs/Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission: Capstone Report: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://elliott.gwu.edu/assets/docs/acad/lahs/mexico-marijuana-071111.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 129388

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Scenes from an Epidemic: A Report on the SCI’s Investigation of Prescription Pill and Heroin Abuse Summary: Stopping regularly in downtown Newark, the nondescript minivans drew a select clientele: homeless Medicaid recipients and drug addicts who had been told by flyers and word-of-mouth where to wait for a ride. Ten miles and 15 minutes later, they arrived at a strip mall “medical center” on Main Avenue in neighboring Passaic where a doctor licensed by the State of New Jersey quickly got down to the business of cursory examinations and bogus diagnoses. Then he wrote prescriptions for powerful painkillers, sedatives and cough syrup, which his “patients” could use themselves or sell on the street, their choice. They also left with $10 cash gift cards as thanks for coming in. The bill for it all went to government health insurance, which funneled a fortune in fraudulent Medicaid reimbursements into the bank accounts of the hidden entrepreneurs the doctor fronted for – associates of Russian organized crime. The flagrant and unbridled operation of this pill mill and others like it, the descent of sworn medical professionals into outright drug dealers, the intrusion of organized crime and other criminal elements into lucrative recesses of the health-care industry to feed an epidemic of demand for drugs: These are among the key findings of the State Commission of Investigation’s ongoing probe of illegal trafficking in and abuse of prescription painkillers and other addictive narcotics. Even as law enforcement authorities, public-health officials, social workers, treatment counselors, schools and families redouble their efforts to combat the purveyors and consequences of this predatory scourge, it continues to evolve in ways that few could have imagined when the so-called war on drugs was launched more than four decades ago. Staggering amounts of legitimate medicines manufactured by major pharmaceutical companies and intended for those needing relief from the pain of disease and injury have been diverted into criminal enterprises founded on drug abuse and addiction. What once was a menacing background narrative centered narrowly around subculture-based substances like opium, morphine and heroin has exploded into a mainstream horror story whose first chapter often begins with pill bottles in the average household medicine cabinet. Some medical management companies with names that incorporate benign terms like “pain management” and “wellness” have transformed street-corner drug-dealing into an orderly and seemingly ordinary business endeavor, except for the hidden financial backing from individuals linked to organized crime, the multiple bank accounts for money-laundering, the expert help of corrupt physicians and the shady characters who recruit and deliver customers and provide security. Meanwhile, conventional drug dealers – those tied to criminal street gangs and similar criminal enterprises – exploit legitimate businesses like used car dealerships, clothing outlets, barber shops, bars and liquor stores to cover their illicit retail commerce. They take advantage of advanced computers, communications and social networking technologies to facilitate criminal activities and thwart law enforcement. And they are finding new ways to profit from a market hungry for addictive drugs stretching well beyond New Jersey’s cities and into the outlying affluence of its suburbs and rural communities. On the demand side, witnesses told the Commission during an unprecedented public hearing that, given the shared properties of pain-numbing, high-inducing substances known as opiates and opioids, the widening abuse of prescription pills containing Oxycodone and related chemical ingredients has triggered a new and sustained rise in use of the original opiate of choice – heroin. Indeed, with high-quality heroin readily available on New Jersey streets today at roughly the same price as a pack of cigarettes – cheaper than painkilling pills of similar strength and effect – it should be no great surprise that the road to addiction has evolved fullcircle. And all too often ensnared in this harrowing, potentially lethal cycle – in many instances before they, or their families, even know it or suspect it – are adolescents, teenagers and twenty-somethings, young people on their way to becoming a new lost generation of what used to be called junkies. Also, much of what used to take place “underground” in the drug milieu is now happening in plain sight. With the advent of instantaneous communication technology and suburban demand, a handful of pills or a bag of heroin is only a text message or cell-phone call away as many dealers now deliver product to customers waiting in shopping-mall parking lots. Former suburban high school students told the Commission that the depth of their prescription pill and heroin dependency played out in full view of teachers and other adults who they said did not seem to have a clue or even care when they nodded off and fell asleep in class, day after day. During a three-week surveillance operation at several major intersections in downtown Trenton, Commission investigators observed a bustling open-air drug market daily during morning rush hour within blocks of New Jersey’s Statehouse. Law enforcement authorities are quite familiar with the spiking collateral damage from this disturbing trend: the thefts and violence, the burglaries, armed robberies, pharmacy holdups and worse. Elsewhere on the frontlines, drug treatment facilities are seeing record numbers of admissions for heroin and other opiate/opioid addictions. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/PillsReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 129390

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Elder Justice: More Federal Coordination and Public Awareness Needed Summary: As the percentage of older adults in the population increases, the number of older adults at risk of abuse also is growing. At the same time, constraints on public funds may limit assistance to the growing population of older adults in need. GAO was asked to review elder justice program issues. This report addresses: (1) the extent to which there is fragmentation, overlap, or duplication across the federal grant programs that support elder justice; (2) the extent to which federal programs coordinate their efforts and monitor elder justice outcomes; and (3) how state aging agencies, area agencies on aging, and service providers deliver federal elder justice services and what challenges, if any, they face in doing so. GAO reviewed relevant federal laws and regulations, identified federal elder justice programs, surveyed federal officials about program elements, reviewed program documentation, and visited agencies responsible for elder justice in Illinois, Virginia and Arizona. GAO selected states based on the percentage of the elderly in the state population, geographic dispersion, and percentage of the state's Older American Act funds devoted to elder care. GAO recommends that HHS take the lead in identifying common objectives and outcomes for the federal elder justice effort and that HHS and Justice develop a national elder justice public awareness campaign. HHS concurred and Justice did not comment. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-498: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-13-498 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes Against the Elderly Shelf Number: 129394

Author: United States. Department of Justice. Oversight and Review Division Title: A Review of ATF’s Operation Fast and Furious and Related Matters Summary: On October 31, 2009, special agents working in the Phoenix office of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) received information from a local gun store about the recent purchases of multiple AK- 47 style rifles by four individuals. Agents began investigating the purchases and soon came to believe that the men were so-called “straw purchasers” involved in a large-scale gun trafficking organization responsible for buying guns for transport to violent Mexican drug trafficking organizations. This investigation was later named “Operation Fast and Furious.”1 By the time ATF and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Arizona (U.S. Attorney’s Office) publicly announced the indictment in the case on January 25, 2011, agents had identified more than 40 subjects believed to be connected to a trafficking conspiracy responsible for purchasing over 2,000 firearms for approximately $1.5 million in cash. The vast majority of the firearms purchased by Operation Fast and Furious subjects were AK-47 style rifles and FN Herstal 5.7 caliber pistols. During the course of the investigation, ATF agents seized only about 100 of the firearms purchased, the result of a strategy jointly pursued by ATF and the U.S. Attorney’s Office that deferred taking overt enforcement action against the individual straw purchasers while seeking to build a case against the leaders of the organization. Numerous firearms bought by straw purchasers were later recovered by law enforcement officials at crime scenes in Mexico and the United States. One such recovery occurred in connection with the tragic shooting death of a federal law enforcement agent, U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agent Brian Terry. On January 16, 2010, one of the straw purchasers, Jaime Avila, purchased three AK-47 style rifles from a Phoenix-area gun store. ATF agents learned about that purchase 3 days later and, consistent with the investigative strategy in the case, made no effort to locate Avila or seize the rifles although ATF had identified Avila as a suspect in November 2009. Two of the three rifles Licensee (FFL) is a person, partnership, or business entity that holds a license issued by ATF that allows it to “engage in the business” of dealing, manufacturing, importing, or repairing firearms. Under federal law, a person is “engaged in the business” when he devotes time, attention, and labor to any of these activities with the “principal objective of livelihood and profit through the repetitive purchase and resale of firearms[.]”6 ATF’s licensing process is intended to ensure that only qualified individuals receive a license to sell guns. According to materials provided to us by ATF, the application process includes the submission of a completed questionnaire containing information about the applicant, the type of license sought, and the business premises, among other items. Applicants must also submit fingerprint cards for criminal background checks and are advised that they should expect to be contacted by an ATF investigator during the application process. An applicant who is granted a license receives several agency publications from ATF, including ATF’s Federal Firearms Regulations Reference Guide, Safety and Security Information for Federal Firearms Licensees, and Federal Firearms Licensee Quick Reference and Best Practices Guide. ATF also provides information about various ATF and Department components relevant to FFL operations, and a summary of state firearms laws and ordinances to new licensees. ATF Industry Operations Investigators are authorized to review FFLs’ records and inventory, to conduct annual warrantless inspections of FFLs to ensure compliance with federal recordkeeping requirements, to obtain an inspection warrant if needed, and to obtain a “reasonable cause warrant” if there is evidence of certain violations. Violations can result in the revocation of an FFL’s license. Investigators also work with ATF special agents in cases where criminal activity is suspected. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Oversight and Review Division, 2012. 514p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2012/s1209.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Arms Transfer (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129396

Author: Lobel, Orly Title: Linking Prevention, Detection, and Whistle-Blowing: Principles for Designing Effective Reporting Systems Summary: This invited essay for a symposium dedicated to whistle-blowing research offers an overview of recent experimental and empirical research on social reporting and whistle-blowing behavior. Whistle-blowing laws serve a dual purpose. They serve both to instill ethical norms of behavior to prevent misconduct from occurring and to detect ongoing organizational corruption. The design of sound processes for reporting wrongdoing signals the significance that the organization and society attribute to compliance and ethical conduct. At the same time, whistle-blowing laws directly add to the texture of incentives and motivations of individuals in their decision about whether to blow the whistle. In recent years, there is a growing number of empirical and experimental research about ethical behavior and social enforcement. This article aims to illuminate what we know about the design of whistle-blowing protections, individual incentives, and effective reporting channels; and to suggest ways in which policy can benefit from the increasing depth in the social science research. Details: San Diego, CA: University of San Diego School of Law, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: San Diego Legal Studies Paper No. 13-123 ; Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2281423 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Business Corruption Shelf Number: 129400

Author: Center for Evaluation and Sociomedical Research Title: Preventing Sexual Violence in Latin@ Communities: A national needs assessment Summary: Every organization working to prevent sexual violence in the U.S. is unique. However, at least one tie binds the movement together: the drive to eliminate sexual violence and support survivors. However, to end sexual violence, the movement and all of the organizations in it must reach every part of the population. A significant proportion of people living in the United States are of Latin@ origin – about 16%, or 50.5 million, as of 2010 (U.S. Census Bureau, 2011). According to Census data, the Latin@ population grew in every region of the United States between 2000 and 2010. But the few existing studies on sexual violence against Latin@s have shown a lack of culturally relevant services for Latin@ survivors to be a substantial need. One in six Latina women report sexual victimization in their lifetime (Cuevas & Sabina, 2010). Latin@s encounter more barriers to seeking services than non-Latin@s, especially if they are immigrants (Ingram, 2007). Latin@s are also less likely to report rape victimization (Tjaden & Thoennes, 2000). The National Sexual Violence Resource Center (NSVRC), in partnership with the University of Puerto Rico Center for Evaluation and Sociomedical Research (CIES), conducted this needs assessment to add to the limited body of research on sexual violence in Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities. More specifically, the NSVRC sought to identify existing strengths and needs surrounding the prevention of sexual violence with Latin@ communities and to better understand how the NSVRC, together with partners, could respond to those needs. To these ends, four fundamental questions were examined in this assessment: 1. Who are the key groups/organizations engaging in and/or supporting sexual violence prevention and intervention in Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities? 2. What are the resource needs of advocates, counselors, and other professionals in the field engaging in sexual violence prevention and intervention in Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities? 3. What is the cultural competency and Spanish-language capacity of programs and organizations to serve Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities? 4. What is the most effective role of the NSVRC in supporting advocates working with Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities? Researchers employed a mixed-methods approach, using both quantitative and qualitative methods such as a Web-based national survey, phone interviews, and focus groups. They received feedback from approximately 250 participants from all 50 states and three U.S. territories (Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin Islands, and American Samoa). Participants were from sexual assault coalitions, community-based sexual violence programs, and health departments (sometimes referred to as “mainstream” in this report to differentiate them from culturally specific organizations), and culturally specific organizations working with Latin@ and/or Spanish-speaking communities. Details: Enola, PA: National Sexual Violence Resource Center and Pennsylvania Coalition Against Rape, 2013. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://nsvrc.org/sites/default/files/publications_nsvrc_assessments_latina-needs-assessment_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Latinos Shelf Number: 129401

Author: Mendel, Richard A. Title: Bernalillo County Mental Health Clinic Case Study Summary: It is one of the most complex challenges facing our nation’s juvenile courts, probation agencies and detention centers: How to provide effective mental health treatment for youth involved in the juvenile justice system? Particularly vexing is how to provide high-quality mental health care for youth entering detention (or being placed into detention alternatives) and then ensure that the care continues uninterrupted after youth exit detention supervision. This report examines how one jurisdiction — Bernalillo County, New Mexico — has taken extraordinary steps to address these detention-related mental health challenges first by ensuring Medicaid eligibility for detained youth and then by establishing a licensed free-standing community mental health clinic adjacent to its detention facility. Now 10 years old, Bernalillo’s mental health clinic has provided services to thousands of court-involved youth. Though costly and fraught with complexity, the clinic has proven a useful component in Bernalillo’s notable successes reducing detention populations and promoting success for court-involved youth. It offers a valuable case study for juvenile justice officials everywhere who are interested in improving mental health services for youth in their systems. The report begins by briefly reviewing the mental health challenge facing juvenile courts generally and detention agencies specifically in providing effective mental health services for court-involved youth. Following that is an overview of the Bernalillo County JDAI program — how it started, what strategies it has employed and how its leaders came to identify mental health as a core challenge requiring an aggressive and creative response. Next, the report details the steps in the evolution of Bernalillo County’s mental health strategy, including the development of improved mental health services for detained youth, the pursuit of reforms to ensure the continuity of Medicaid eligibility for detained youth, and finally the creation, licensing and initial financing of the mental health clinic. The report then provides a description of Bernalillo’s new mental health clinic — including its programs and services, clientele, staffing and financing. The sixth chapter examines the clinic’s impact, reviewing available data and discussing the various mechanisms through which the clinic is advancing the goals of detention reform and of the juvenile justice system generally. The final chapters of the report review the lessons learned from Bernalillo’s experience with mental health, including discussion of: (a) the issues and challenges Bernalillo has faced in creating, sustaining and ensuring the effectiveness of the clinic; (b) the key questions other jurisdictions should review when considering whether to replicate the Bernalillo clinic model; and (c) the lessons emerging from Bernalillo’s experience about the role of mental health treatment in detention reform that will be useful for all jurisdictions, whether or not they elect to follow Bernalillo’s lead in creating an independent mental health clinic. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: A Guide to Juvenile Detention Reform, No. 6: Accessed July 26, 013 at: http://www.jdaihelpdesk.org/Featured%20Resources/JDAI%20-%20Bernalillo%20County%20Mental%20Health%20Clinical%20Case%20Study.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 129405

Author: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center Title: American Indian Crime in Idaho: Victims, Offenders, and Arrestees Summary: American Indians have the highest victimization rates of all racial/ethnic groups in the United States (Perry, 2004). Despite the unusual disparity in the vulnerability to violent victimization, the pervasiveness of American Indian crime is rarely reported or acknowledged. The focus of this report is on the prevalence, nature, and consequences of crime in Idaho involving American Indians as victims and offenders. A variety of resources were used to conduct this research. Information for crimes reported to the police comes from Idaho’s incident-based data for the years 2005-2011, the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reports for 2010, and crime data reported by tribal police for the years 2004-2009. Data also comes from a 2008 victimization survey conducted in Idaho. The findings reveal the existing disparity of the victimization and criminal activity of American Indians compared to all racial groups. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, Planning, Grants, & Research, Idaho State Police, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/AmericanIndianCrimeinIdahofinal.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates (Idaho, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129406

Author: Schweig, Sarah Title: Seeding Change: How small projects can improve community health and safety Summary: How does any innovation become a common practice? How does a successful idea go from being an isolated project to widescale implementation? Once new approaches become established, how can they be sustained? On January 20, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), The California Endowment, and the Center for Court Innovation brought together law enforcement professionals, public health researchers, and representatives from funding institutions to answer these questions and discuss the key lessons learned from new law enforcement-public health collaborations. Seeding Change: How Small Projects can Improve Community Health and Safety summarizes the discussion— which was held at the Open Society Foundations in Washington, D.C.—and provides a look at innovations in their early stages, as well as ideas on how to turn seed money into a viable project. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p256-pub.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Collaboration Shelf Number: 129408

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services. Criminal Justice Research Center Title: Report on the Human Trafficking Services Needs Assessment Survey Summary: Relatively limited information exists on the needs of human trafficking victims and the needs of service providers working to meet those needs in Virginia, therefore an online needs assessment survey on human trafficking services was conducted by the Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) in the summer of 2012. The 118 survey respondents were from victim-witness service providers, domestic violence/sexual assault service providers, adult and juvenile state probation/parole agencies, and adult and juvenile correctional facilities. Of these, 47% (55) were from agencies that had provided services to trafficking victims during the fiveyear period from 2007–2011, and 53% (63) were from agencies that had not. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/victims/documents/HTNeedsAssessmentSurvey.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Virginia, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129412

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services. Criminal Justice Research Center Title: Domestic Violence in Virginia 2006–2010 Statistical Findings from Incidents Reported by Law Enforcement Summary: In Domestic Violence in Virginia, 2005–2009, the Department of Criminal Justice Services Research Center presented statistical findings from an analysis of over 250,000 domestic violence incidents reported over five years by law enforcement agencies across the Commonwealth. Domestic Violence in Virginia, 2006–2010 is the first annual update, and includes findings for calendar year 2010. It is important to note that many domestic violence incidents, particularly domestic sexual violence, are never reported to law enforcement. For example, a recent national study estimated that 41% of nonfatal violent incidents between family members, and 45% of nonfatal violent incidents between boyfriends or girlfriends, went unreported to the police. If non-reporting rates in Virginia are similar, the domestic violence incidents contained in this report are far fewer than the actual number. Nevertheless, analysis of the domestic violence incidents that have been recorded by law enforcement can help us understand domestic violence in Virginia. The incidents that are reported to law enforcement may represent those that are the most serious and that require the most attention from public safety officials. The information in this study is based on criminal incident data from the Uniform Crime Reporting Incident-Based Reporting Repository System (IBR), administered by the Virginia Department of State Police. IBR compiles statewide, detailed criminal incident and associated arrestee information submitted by local law enforcement agencies using standardized reporting procedures, definitions and counting methods. Each criminal incident can include multiple offenders and victims and multiple offenses against each victim. Close to 85% of the domestic violence incidents analyzed for this report involved one offense committed against one victim by one offender. The remaining incidents involved some combination of multiple and/or single victims, offenders and offenses. All victims, offenders, and arrestees are counted here, but to simplify analysis and reporting only the single most serious offense against the victim is reported. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2013 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/DVReportSept2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129413

Author: Alvira-Hammond, Marta Title: Gainful Activity and Intimate Partner Violence in Emerging Adulthood Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) crosses social class boundaries, but employment and education are salient predictors of IPV. Few studies examine education and employment among both partners, particularly among younger adults who may not be married or cohabiting. Moreover, completed level of education and employment individually may not be ideal for the period of emerging adulthood. We examined associations between IPV and gainful activity, defined as enrollment in school or full-time employment, among young adults in current dating, cohabiting, or married relationships (N=618). We found that when neither partner was gainfully active respondents had especially high odds of reporting IPV. We also found that women’s participation in gainful activity was negatively associated with IPV. In cases of gainful activity asymmetry, the gender of the gainfully active partner did not predict odds of IPV. Additionally, we found no evidence that the influence of gainful activity differs according to union type. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: 2013 Working Paper Series: Accessed July 17, 2013 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2013-006/PWP-BGSU-2013-006.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 0

Author: Barranco, Raymond E. Title: Latinos, Immigration Policy, and Geographic Diversification: Examining the Effects of Concentrated Poverty, Segregation, and Low-skill Employment on Homicide Summary: This study consists of three separate, yet interrelated analyses - all three examine the effects of Latino immigration. Since the mid-1980s, the pattern of settlement by Latino migrants has changed dramatically. These migrants are now settling in parts of the United States that have never before had significant Latino populations. This has led many to fear an increase in crime. Unfortunately, early explanations of immigration and crime focused on the experience of Eastern European immigrants. Therefore, it has not been clear whether the experience of Latino immigrants could be explained in the same way – especially with some researchers finding that immigrants now lower crime rates. However, most recent research on immigration has failed to analyze any of the new areas of settlement. The first study examines immigration‟s effect on Latino homicide victimization by grouping migrants according to their period of entry into the United States. Results show that immigration has no effect in traditional areas, while only recent immigrant arrivals have an effect in new destinations. Preliminary results from an additional analysis suggest this could be due to changing emigration patterns in Mexico. Since 1990, more Mexican migrants have been coming from states with high levels of violence. The second study attempts to explain the effects of immigration on Latino homicide with various measures of segregation. Given the beneficial nature of ethnic enclaves, it is assumed that contact between Latinos will lower homicide victimization. Results support this hypothesis, showing that Latino-Latino contact has a greater effect on homicide than Latino-White contact. However, the effect of recent immigrants in new destinations cannot be explained away by any of the segregation measures. As noted in the first analysis, a possible explanation is the changing emigration patterns of Mexico. The third and final analysis examines how Latino immigration affects black homicide rates through competition for low-skill employment. Results show that when Latinos gain ground in low-skill employment relative to blacks, black homicide victimization increases. However, the findings apply only to metropolitan and new destination areas. Further analysis reveals that among the low-skill industries, the strongest effects are for Manufacturing/Construction and Services. Details: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 2011. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 17, 2013 at: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-03112011-110131/unrestricted/RBarranco_Dissertation.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment and Crime Shelf Number: 129430

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Timelier Reviews, Plan for Evaluations, and Updated Policies Could Improve Inmate Mental Health Services Oversight Summary: During a 5-year period--fiscal years 2008 through 2012--costs for inmate mental health services in institutions run by the Bureau of Prisons (BOP) rose in absolute dollar amount, as well as on an annual per capita basis. Specifically, mental health services costs rose from $123 million in fiscal year 2008 to $146 million in fiscal year 2012, with increases generally due to three factors--inmate population increases, general inflationary increases, and increased participation rates in psychology treatment programs such as drug abuse treatment programs. Additionally, the per capita cost rose from $741 in fiscal year 2008 to $821 in fiscal year 2012. It is projected that these costs will continue to increase with an estimated per capita cost of $876 in fiscal year 2015, due, in part, to increased program funding and inflation. BOP conducts various internal reviews that assess institutions' compliance with its policies related to mental health services, and it also requires institutions to obtain external accreditations. BOP's internal program reviews are on-site audits of a specific program, including two that are relevant to mental health services--psychology and health services. Most institutions in GAO's sample received good or superior ratings on their psychology and health services program reviews, but these reviews did not always occur within BOP-established time frames, generally due to lack of staff availability. When reviews were postponed, delays could be lengthy, sometimes exceeding a year, even for those institutions with the lowest ratings in previous reviews. Moreover, BOP has not evaluated whether most of its psychology treatment programs are meeting their established goals and has not developed a plan to do so. BOP is developing an approach for reporting on the relative reduction in recidivism associated with major inmate programs, which may include some psychology treatment programs. Using this opportunity to develop a plan for evaluating its psychology treatment programs would help ensure that the necessary evaluation activities, as well as any needed program changes, are completed in a timely manner. Further, BOP's program statements--its formal policies--related to mental health services contain outdated information. Policy changes are instead communicated to staff through memos. By periodically updating its program statements, BOP would be better assured that staff have a consistent understanding of its policies, and that these policies reflect current mental health care practices. BOP collects information on the daily cost to house the 13 percent of federal inmates in contract facilities, but it does not track the specific contractor costs of providing mental health services. The performance-based, fixed-price contracts that govern the operation of BOP's contract facilities give flexibility to the contractors to decide how to provide mental health services and do not require that they report their costs for doing so to BOP. BOP uses several methods to assess the contractors' compliance with contract requirements and standards of care. BOP conducts on-site reviews to assess the services provided to inmates in contract facilities, including those for mental health. BOP uses results from these reviews, as well as reports from external accrediting organizations, the presence of on-site monitors, and internal reviews conducted by the contract facility, to assess contractor compliance and to ensure that the contractor is consistently assessing the quality of its operations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-1: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/655903.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 129437

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: You Are Being Tracked: How License Plate Readers Are Being Used to Record Americans' Movements Summary: If you’ve never seen an automatic license plate reader, it’s probably because you didn’t know what to look for. The devices have been proliferating around the country at worrying speed. Mounted on patrol cars or placed on bridges or overpasses, license plate readers combine high-speed cameras that capture photographs of every passing license plate with software that analyzes those photographs to identify the plate number. License plate reader systems typically check each plate number against “hot lists” of plates that have been uploaded to the system and provide an instant alert to a law enforcement agent when a match or “hit” appears. License plate readers would pose few civil liberties risks if they only checked plates against hot lists and these hot lists were implemented soundly. But these systems are configured to store the photograph, the license plate number, and the date, time, and location where all vehicles are seen — not just the data of vehicles that generate hits. All of this information is being placed into databases, and is sometimes pooled into regional sharing systems. As a result, enormous databases of motorists’ location information are being created. All too frequently, these data are retained permanently and shared widely with few or no restrictions on how they can be used. The implementation of automatic license plate readers poses serious privacy and other civil liberties threats. More and more cameras, longer retention periods, and widespread sharing allow law enforcement agents to assemble the individual puzzle pieces of where we have been over time into a single, high-resolution image of our lives. The knowledge that one is subject to constant monitoring can chill the exercise of our cherished rights to free speech and association. Databases of license plate reader information create opportunities for institutional abuse, such as using them to identify protest attendees merely because these individuals have exercised their First Amendment-protected right to free speech. If not properly secured, license plate reader databases open the door to abusive tracking, enabling anyone with access to pry into the lives of his boss, his exwife, or his romantic, political, or workplace rivals. In July 2012, American Civil Liberties Union affiliates in 38 states and Washington, D.C., sent 587 public records act requests to local police departments and state agencies to obtain information on how these agencies use license plate readers. We also filed requests with the U.S. Departments of Justice, Homeland Security, and Transportation to learn how the federal government has used grants to encourage the widespread adoption of license plate readers, as well as how it is using the technology itself. We received over 26,000 pages of documents from the law enforcement agencies that responded to our requests, about their policies, procedures, and practices for using license plate readers. This report provides an overview of what we have learned about license plate readers: what their capabilities are, how they are being used, and why they raise privacy issues of critical importance. We close by offering specific recommendations designed to allow law enforcement agencies to use license plate readers for legitimate purposes without subjecting Americans to the permanent recording of their every movement. Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/071613-aclu-alprreport-opt-v05.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Automatic Number Plate Recognition (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129438

Author: Coke, Tanya E. Title: Criminal Justice in the 21st Century: Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in the Criminal Justice System Summary: Criminal Justice in the 21st Century: Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in the Criminal Justice System is a critically important and inclusive examination of the profound racial and ethnic disparities in America’s criminal justice system, and concrete ways to overcome them. This conference report prepared by Consultant Tanya E. Coke is based upon a multi-day, open and frank discussion among a distinguished group of criminal justice experts – prosecutors, judges, defense attorneys, scholars, community leaders, and formerly incarcerated advocates. This three-day convening was held October 17-19, 2012, at the New York County Lawyers’ Association’s historic Home of Law and was co-sponsored by the following organizations: the Association of Prosecuting Attorneys, the Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, the Foundation for Criminal Justice, the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, the Center for NuLeadership on Urban Solutions, and the New York County Lawyers’ Association. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.nacdl.org/reports/eliminatedisparity/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Disparities Shelf Number: 129440

Author: Malcolm X Grassroots Movement. Every 36 Hours Campaign Title: Operation Ghetto Storm: 2012 Annual Report on the Extrajudicial Killings of 313 Black People by Police, Security Guards and Vigilantes Summary: The facts presented in Operation Ghetto Storm: 2012 Annual Report on the Extrajudicial Killing of Black People present us with a deeper understanding of the utter disregard held for Black life within the United States. Operation Ghetto Storm is a window offering a cold, hard, and fact‐based view into the thinking and practice of a government and a society that will spare no cost to control the lives of Black people. What Operation Ghetto Storm reveals is that the practice of executing Black people without pretense of a trial, jury, or judge is an integral part of the governments current overall strategy of containing the Black community in a state of perpetual colonial subjugation and exploitation. Details: Malcolm X Grassroots Movement, 2013. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2013 at: www.mxgm.org Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 129441

Author: Jain, Sonia Title: Systems Change Across Sectors: A Collaborative Community-Based Approach to Improving Outcomes for Reentry Youth in Oakland Summary: The City of Oakland in Alameda County, California, confronts some of our nation’s most critical juvenile crime and recidivism challenges. In response, key city, county, state and community partners have developed and initiated three phases of Juvenile Justice Reform since 2005. For phase 1, these partners designed and built a new juvenile facility, the Juvenile Justice Center (JJC), and implemented innovative programming. In phase 2, they created a transition center at the JJC. For Phase 3, they developed and implemented a comprehensive system of community reentry support for juvenile offenders. This report highlights results and recommendations from a process evaluation of the Phase 3 implemented juvenile reentry system in Oakland. Details: Oakland, CA: City of Oakland Department of Human Services; WestEd, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Second-Chance-Process-Eval-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 129447

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Civil Rights Investigations of Local Police: Lessons Learned Summary: On July 24, 2012, U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder announced a plan to overhaul the New Orleans Police Department that was broader in scope and more detailed than any other consent decree the DOJ had issued since it was given the authority 18 years earlier to investigate local police departments. The 2012 New Orleans consent decree is expected to last at least five years and cost more than $11 million, though the agreement likely will take longer and cost more to carry out, if recent patterns of DOJ involvement with local law enforcement agencies are any indication. The shape and substance of recently issued consent decrees, in Seattle as well as New Orleans, share little resemblance to the first one the DOJ obtained involving a major metropolitan police force. These consent decrees were made possible by the 1994 Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act, which gives DOJ’s Civil Rights Division authority to investigate state and local law enforcement agencies that it believes have unconstitutional policies or engage in unconstitutional patterns or practices of conduct. The law is intended to address systemic issues, rather than individual complaints. The alleged misconduct cannot be an isolated incident. And there is no private right of action under the 1994 law; only the Justice Department is given authority to launch investigations and litigation under this statute. The law arms DOJ with the authority to file civil lawsuits against local governments in order to force them to adopt reforms. However, cities typically settle these cases before they go to trial or before a lawsuit is filed. More than 25 police departments have experienced some form of DOJ involvement in the past two decades. When Pittsburgh—the first major case—came under a consent decree in 1997, the mandate focused on two particular areas of policing, produced generalized requirements, and lasted a relatively tidy five years. Some later investigations and reform processes have taken 10 years or more. But one constant in the DOJ’s oversight of police departments accused of discriminatory and unconstitutional activity is the primary types of wrongdoing that have triggered federal involvement: improper use of force by police, unlawful stops and searches, and biased policing. That’s what recently brought DOJ attention to police departments in New Orleans and Seattle. That’s what initiated DOJ involvement in Washington, D.C., Los Angeles, Detroit and Cincinnati in the early 2000s. And that’s what brought Pittsburgh under DOJ’s watch in 1997. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://policeforum.org/library/critical-issues-in-policing-series/CivilRightsInvestigationsofLocalPolice.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 129450

Author: CNA Analysis and Solutions Title: Command, Control, and Coordination: A Quick-Look Analysis of the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department’s Operations during the 2012 Democratic National Convention Summary: National Special Security Events (NSSEs), especially national political conventions, pose unique planning and operational challenges. Due to their high-profile nature (i.e., political, economic, social, or religious nature) and the large number of attendees, national conventions have the po-tential to adversely impact public safety and security. Though many conventions have occurred, detailed documentation to guide local law enforcement on planning and operational best practices is sparse. In order to address this gap and in response to requests from law enforcement leaders, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) worked in partnership with the CNA Corporation to provide technical assistance and support to local law enforcement security opera-tions prior to and during the 2012 national conventions. The primary goal of the technical assis-tance was to develop an after-action report (AAR) that documents key findings of the overall security planning and operations. CNA analysts deployed to Charlotte, North Carolina to support the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department’s (CMPD) public safety and security operations for the 2012 Democratic National Convention (DNC) from Sunday, September 2 through Thurs-day, September 6, 2012. In addition to this Charlotte Quick Look Analysis report, the lessons learned and best practices from this event will serve as a blueprint for future law enforcement agencies in charge of maintaining security. BJA, with the support of CNA, will document key findings from the 2012 Democratic National Convention and the 2012 Republican National Convention in a comprehensive AAR, titled, Managing Large-Scale Security Events: A Planning Primer for Local Law Enforcement Agencies. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2012. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/2012-DNC-Quick-Look.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129460

Author: Parents Television Council Title: TV's Newest Target: Teen Sexual Exploitation: The Prevalence and Trivialization of Teen Sexual Exploitation on Primetime TV Summary: The study, “TV’s Newest Target: Teen Sexual Exploitation,” includes programming that aired during the first two weeks of the November 2011 sweeps period [October 27 – November 9, 2011], as well as during the first two weeks of the May 2012 sweeps period [April 26 – May 9, 2012]. Only scripted original programs that aired during primetime on broadcast television were examined. Collectively, PTC analysts viewed a total of 238 episodes for a total of 194.5 hours of programming. The following types of sexually exploitative content served as the primary focus of the study: sexual violence, sexual harassment, prostitution, sex trafficking, stripping, and pornography. · Although adult female character were more likely to have sexualizing dialogue or depictions in their scenes, the likelihood that a scene would include sexual exploitation was higher if the female characters were young adults or younger. · The likelihood that a scene would include sexual exploitation was highest when the female characters were underage (23.33%). · Sexually exploitative topics targeting underage girls were more likely to be humorous (42.85%) compared to adult women (33.02%). · Topics that targeted underage girls and were presented as jokes included: Sexual violence (child molestation), sex trafficking, sexual harassment, pornography, and stripping. · Thirty seven percent of all sexual exploitation observed during the study period was intended to be humorous. · The content rose to the level of sexual exploitation in one-third of the shows where females were associated with sexual dialogue and/or depictions. · Pornography (66%) and stripping (65%) were the two forms of exploitation most likely to be written into the scripts as punch lines. · Sexually exploitative content was typically presented in the form of dialogue rather than depictions. However, the dialogue was significantly more crude and explicit than the depictions. Details: Los Angeles: Parents Television Council, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://w2.parentstv.org/MediaFiles/PDF/General/sexploitation_report_20130709.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 129461

Author: Farris, Coreen Title: Physical and Psychological Health Following Military Sexual Assault: Recommendations for Care, Research, and Policy Summary: Awareness of military sexual assault — sexual assault of a servicemember — has been increasing within the Department of Defense (DoD). The DoD is striving to improve this situation, but unique conditions of life in the military may make response to these events more difficult than within the civilian sector. This paper reviews the prevalence of sexual assault among servicemembers, victim responses in the immediate aftermath of a sexual assault, barriers to disclosure, victim needs, and DoD efforts to provide necessary resources to victims. The authors review civilian guidelines for the care of physical injuries, response to STI/HIV and pregnancy risk, forensic services, advocacy and support services, and formal mental health care. They then review DoD directives, forms, and guidelines for sexual assault victim care, revealing that these generally are consistent with civilian guidelines. However, little is known about the fidelity with which these DoD recommendations are implemented. The authors close with recommendations for future research to support the DoD's commitment to a culture free of sexual assault, including a comprehensive, longitudinal epidemiological study of military sexual assault, a needs assessment of disclosed and undisclosed military victims, an evaluation of the training enterprise, and an evaluation to document the extent to which DoD directives requiring immediate, evidence-based care for military victims are being implemented with fidelity. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/occasional_papers/OP300/OP382/RAND_OP382.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 129462

Author: Vera Institute of Justice. Center on Sentencing and Corrections Title: The Potential of Community Corrections to Improve Safety and Reduce Incarceration Summary: As the size and cost of jails and prisons have grown, so too has the awareness that public investment in incarceration has not yielded the expected return in public safety. This creates an opportunity to reexamine the wisdom of our reliance on institutional corrections—incarceration in prisons or jails—and to reconsider the role of community-based corrections, which encompasses probation, parole, and pretrial supervision. However, it could also be an opportunity wasted if care is not taken to bolster the existing capacity of community corrections. With this report, Vera’s Center on Sentencing and Corrections provides an overview of the state of community corrections, the transformational practices emerging in the field (including those in need of further research), and recommendations to policymakers on realizing the full value of community supervision to taxpayers and communities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/potential-of-community-corrections.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129463

Author: CNA Analysis and Solutions Title: Command, Control, and Coordination: A Quick-Look Analysis of the Tampa Police Department’s Operations During the 2012 Republican National Convention Summary: National Special Security Events (NSSEs), especially national political conventions, pose unique planning and operational challenges. Due to their high-profile nature (i.e., political, economic, social, or religious nature) and the large number of attendees, national conventions have the potential to adversely impact public safety and security. Though many conventions have occurred, detailed documentation to guide local law enforcement on planning and operational best practices is sparse. In order to address this gap and in response to requests from law enforcement leaders, the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) worked in partnership with CNA to provide technical assistance and support to local law enforcement security operations prior to and during the 2012 national conventions. The primary goal of the technical assistance was to develop an after-action report (AAR) that documents key findings of the overall security planning and operations. CNA analysts deployed to Tampa, Florida to support the Tampa Police Department’s (TPD) public safety and security operations for the 2012 Republican National Convention (RNC) from Sunday, August 26 through Friday, August 31, 2012. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/2012-RNC-Quick-Look.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129466

Author: Becker, Karl Title: Colorado Prison Utilization Study Summary: This report summarizes CNA’s analysis of the state of Colorado’s short and long term needs for prison capacity. The study addresses the amount of capacity required and the types of beds needed, taking into consideration operational efficiency and programmatic needs. CNA’s review of prison utilization in the Colorado state prison system indicates that based on professional standards for managing correctional system capacity, the Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC) has a current operational capacity of 17,533 beds. This level is 2,183 beds below the CDOC’s stated operational capacity of 19,716 beds. With a total system prison population of 17,491 as of the end of May, CNA’s analysis indicates that the current aggregate operational capacity of the prison system is roughly in balance with the current inmate population level. Most of the difference between CDOC’s and CNA’s respective approaches to defining operational capacity stems from the treatment of special purpose units and unbudgeted private contract beds. The CDOC definition of operational capacity includes special purpose beds dedicated to functions such as infirmary care and management control (punitive segregation). CNA’s position, consistent with the practices of most state correctional systems, is that because these beds must be reserved for inmates in need of health care in the case of infirmaries and for inmate discipline in the case of management control beds; they are not available for general population housing. As such, they should not be included in operational capacity plans. CNA includes only budgeted contract facility beds in operational capacity. For the current year, this includes 3,300 beds at the Correctional Corporation of America (CCA) facilities (Bent County, Crowley County, and Kit Carson) and 604 beds at Cheyenne Mountain Reentry Center, for a total of 3,903 private contract beds. CDOC includes total private facility capacity in its definition of operational capacity, including unbudgeted beds. The total capacity of these facilities is 5,524, which is 1,621 beds above the level funded in the CDOC budget. CNA’s position is that a prison bed that cannot be paid for is not available to house inmates, and therefore should not be included in operational capacity. CNA’s calculation of operational capacity begins with documentation of all prison beds potentially available in all CDOC facilities. From this base we then deduct those beds that are not available on an ongoing and regular basis for the housing of general population inmates. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2013. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/ColoradoPrison.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 129467

Author: Rickman, Stephen Title: Crime Trends and Implications of 21st Century Policing Summary: Since 1960, the FBI has published an annual Uniform Crime Report (UCR), which contains extensive statistics on both violent and property crimes. Law enforcement agencies use two crime categories—violent crimes and property crimes—as guides for recording offenses reported to police. According to the UCR, violent crimes include murder, rape, assault (aggravated or felonious), and robbery. Property crimes include burglary, larceny, theft, arson, and motor vehicle theft. This report provides a summary of reported crime trends and includes meaningful data and a long-range analysis of the directions in which crime rates have been moving for the past 50 years. Though measuring crime can be an inexact science, capturing directional trends may be more meaningful to enhancing law enforcement practitioners’ understanding of current crime patterns. The regional and national trends for the past 50 years will provide the reader with a historical context to better understand current crime patterns. The report also presents more recent trends for the United States’ major cities, paying particular attention to murder, as error in reporting and recording this type of crime is minimal and because murder has the greatest social consequence. Each presentation of data is followed by a discussion titled “Inside the Numbers,” which attempts to identify contributing factors for the trends. Finally, the report examines the implications of the reported trends for current and future policing practices. While crime trends and the factors driving those trends are changing, the manner in which American agencies police remains somewhat static. Instead, effective policing in the 21st century requires a new policing paradigm that reflects changing crime trends, the existing cost-constrained environment, and growing expectations from the public for a wider range of policing services. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Crime_Trends.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129469

Author: Herman-Stahl, Mindy Title: Incarceration and the Family: A Review of Research and Promising Approaches for Serving Fathers and Families Summary: ▪ The number of individuals involved in the criminal justice system is at a historic high. There are almost 2.3 million individuals in U.S. jails and prisons and more than 798,000 people on parole. It is estimated that 7,476,500 children have a parent who is in prison, in jail or under correctional supervision. ▪ Minority children are disproportionately affected by father imprisonment: In state prisons, 42% of fathers are African American, and African American children are seven and a half times more likely to have a parent in prison than white children (6.7% vs. 0.9%). ▪ Only 23% of state prisoners are married, but many are involved in intimate or co-parenting relationships. ▪ Father incarceration negatively affects family life. Spouses/partners face serious financial strains, social isolation and stigma, loneliness, and negative emotions such as anger and resentment. ▪ Children of incarcerated fathers also may experience numerous life stressors, including caregiver changes, increased poverty, and involvement with the child welfare system, in addition to the pain of parental separation. These stressors have been linked to increased rates of anxiety, depression, learning problems, and aggression. ▪ Fathers in prison face a host of problems that limit their ability to be successful at reentry including substance abuse, mental illness, low educational attainment, and poor employment histories. ▪ Most men plan to live with their families upon release, and those who report positive family and parenting relationships during reentry are less likely to recidivate. Family support services during incarceration and after release are an important strategy for increasing criminal desistance, yet family strengthening services are often a neglected aspect of rehabilitation. ▪ Marriage and relationship enhancement interventions in prison show promise in reducing negative interactions and in improving communication skills and relationship satisfaction. ▪ Findings from evaluations of parenting programs in prison also are encouraging: inmates involved in such programs indicate improved attitudes about the importance of fatherhood, increased parenting skills, and more frequent contact with their children. ▪ To be successful, family strengthening services for prisoners require coordination between criminal justice and human service agencies, which often have divergent goals and contrasting perspectives. Success is also tied to effective linkages between prisons and community partners. ▪ Obstacles to family strengthening efforts during incarceration and re-entry include distance between place of imprisonment and reentry community, difficulties in recruiting and retaining prisoners, inhospitable visiting rules, unsupportive extended family relations, and barriers to partner and child involvement such as transportation difficulties, busy schedules, and relationship strain. ▪ The evidence for marital partner education and parenting programs is just beginning to accumulate. This evidence is hampered by a lack of rigorous evaluation methods. Studies have rarely employed randomized controlled trials, which are the gold standard for program evaluation. Program assessments also have had limited follow-ups to assess the maintenance of behavioral change and frequently rely on non-standardized measures and self-reports to document change. ▪ Effective social policies are critical for reducing recidivism and decreasing the negative effects of incarceration on children and families. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families/Office of Family Assistance, 2008. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/hsp/08/mfs-ip/incarceration&family/report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 111762

Author: Moll, Jeanette Title: Out for Life: Pathways to More Effective Reentry for Texas Juvenile Offenders Summary: When Texans pay to lock up a youth, they seek to redress the offense that occurred, protect the public for the period of incarceration, and rehabilitate that youth to reduce the risk of future criminal behavior. It is principally to accomplish this latter goal of long-term recidivism reduction that supervision and treatment by the juvenile justice system continues after the actual period of incarceration and into a period in which the youth is on parole. How many youth continue to break the law and are reincarcerated at taxpayer’s expense depends not just on the effectiveness of the institutions where they served time, but also upon the effectiveness of parole and reentry programs that seek to transition them back into the free world. In fact, ineffective reentry programming would virtually nullify any treatment or therapy the youth received while committed to state custody, as it would prevent translation of the treatment to the youth’s home environment. Because of the key role parole plays in reforming juvenile offenders and ensuring the lessons learned in residential treatment are sustained when the juvenile returns home, successful reentry programs can dramatically reduce recidivism rates. The existing parole programming mandated by the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) currently produces rates of reincarceration of 41.2 percent and 35.7 percent after three years, for youth released in 2006 and 2007, respectively. These results must be closely evaluated, especially in light of alternative parole programming currently being used within two pilot programs in major urban centers in Texas, Harris County and Bexar County. These programs represent promising opportunities to reformulate parole for Texas juveniles into a cost-efficient and effective aftercare program. Intensive reentry and a more effective parole process can be paired with slight reductions in the length of stay for particular Texas youth without affecting public safety. The commitment time reductions can be devoted, instead, to reentry programs, resulting in both reduced recidivism and lower costs for Texas taxpayers. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2012-01-PP05-OutForLifePathwaysMoreEffectiveReentryforTexasJuvenileOffenders-CEJ-JeanetteMoll.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Texas, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129471

Author: Meyerson, Jessica Title: Childhood Disrupted: Understanding the Features and Effects of Maternal Incarceration Summary: Between 1991 and midyear 2007, the Bureau of Justice Statistics reported the number of mothers in federal and state prisoners had increased a staggering 122 percent. During the same period, the number of children with mothers in prison had more than doubled, rising to almost 150,000 children nationwide. (BJS, 2008) Unfortunately, when women with children are incarcerated, their arrests and imprisonment often have a profound, negative impact on their families. Most children of incarcerated parents are at risk of poverty, instability and problem behaviors; but children with incarcerated mothers are especially vulnerable. Mothers in prison are more likely than fathers to enter incarceration with an identified mental illness. They are more likely to be drug users, to live in poverty and to be victims of physical or sexual abuse. (Travis and Waul, 2003) These factors substantially increase the chances that their children will experience their own emotional and psychological difficulties. (Ingram and Price, 2000; U.S. Surgeon General, 1999) Children whose mothers are incarcerated are also more likely to witness their parents’ arrests and to experience significant trauma and household disruption as a result of those arrests. When a father goes to prison, his children usually remain in the care of their mother; but when a mother is incarcerated, her children are likely to be transferred to the care of a non-parental caregiver. Most often this caregiver is a grandparent or relative, but, in about 11 percent of cases, children of incarcerated mothers are placed in the foster care system—separating them, in many cases, not just from their parents, but also their siblings, other family members and the only homes and communities they have ever known. (BJS, 2008; Mumola, 2000; Travis and Waul, 2003) Despite the explosive growth in the number of mothers who are in prison—and the potentially devastating effects of this incarceration on future generations—there are, at present, only a handful of prisoner reentry programs in the U.S. that are specifically designed to support incarcerated mothers and their families. The purpose of the Look Up and Hope initiative is to address this critical gap in services. Five pilot sites with a strong history of service to incarcerated women and their families—Volunteers of America Dakotas, Volunteers of America Illinois, Volunteers of America Indiana, Volunteers of America Northern New England and Volunteers of America Texas—are currently involved in designing and implementing the initiative. With support from the Annie E. Casey Foundation, Volunteers of America National Office and a variety of federal, state, and local grants, these sites are attempting to provide comprehensive, coordinated, longterm services for incarcerated mothers, their children and their children’s caregivers. Some of the supportive services currently being offered to LUH participants include substance abuse and mental health counseling, vocational training and employment services, rapid re-housing assistance, parenting classes, individual and family therapy, case management services (including home visits from trained clinical social workers), family group conferencing, after school and summer programming for youth and concrete supports (such as assistance with food, clothing and transportation). In designing and implementing the Look Up and Hope initiative, Volunteers of America has partnered with Wilder Research, an independent nonprofit research group in St. Paul, Minn. that specializes in applied social science research. Wilder’s chief role in the initiative has been assisting Volunteers of America in ensuring that their approach to addressing maternal incarceration is strongly research-based and builds on the best available evidence-based practices. In late 2009, Wilder’s research staff collaborated with the field staff of the five pilot LUH sites to carry out one of the nation’s first multiple site, qualitative studies of the strengths and needs of families affected by maternal incarceration. The purpose of this study was to (1) better understand the needs of the specific families being served at the five Look Up and Hope sites, (2) assess the extent to which their needs match those described in the extant literature on families affected by maternal incarceration and (3) recommend any modifications to the LUH program model that might be necessary based on the study results. Wilder’s findings are the focus of this report. Details: Alexandria, VA: Volunteers of America, 2010. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2013 at: http://www.voa.org/Childhood-Disrupted-Report Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129473

Author: Markham, Timothy R. Title: Imprisoned by Profit: Breaking Colorado’s Dependence on For-Profit Prisons Summary: As Colorado tackles the issues around a declining prison population, Colorado WINS is releasing a new report that outlines how Colorado relies on the for-profit prisons and highlights the importance of prioritizing a transition away from them. “Imprisoned by Profit: Breaking Colorado’s Dependence on For-Profit Prisons” examines the costs and benefits and concludes that since the incarceration crisis of 20 years ago has receded and the state has a surplus of bed space, we need to put public facilities first. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado WINS, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2013 at: http://issuu.com/coloradowins/docs/imprisoned-by-profit Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons (Colorado, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129475

Author: Watson, Susan Dee Title: Relationship of Vulnerability to Coercive Control and Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) among Latinas Summary: IPV is the most common cause of violence-related injury to women in the United States and greater than one-third of all female homicide victims in the U.S. were killed by the victims’ husband or partner. Nationally, intimate partner violence (IPV) has been identified as a public health issue, and internationally gender inequality is the number one human rights issue. In addition to risk factors identified among multicultural samples, characteristics that increase Latina vulnerability to IPV may relate to the specific cultural scripts between partners that are expected and supported within Latino culture. Latinas in the United States are affected by a confluence of risk factors for IPV including power imbalances associated with traditional gender roles (machismo, the stereotypical male role, and marianismo, the traditional female role), acculturation, socioeconomic status and education level. Vulnerability to coercive control behaviors resulting in IPV from a partner may be increased if the woman has a previous history of child sexual abuse (CSA). A secondary analysis of selected data from a three year parent study, SEPA II (Salud, Educacion, Prevencion y Autocuidado; Health, Education, Prevention and Self- Care), was undertaken to explore the relationships between CSA, machismo, marianismo, acculturation, socioeconomic status and education on the severity and occurrence of IPV among 548 adult Latinas between the ages of 18 and 50. Selected data elements were analyzed from the Short Form of the Revised Conflict Tactics Scale (CTS2S), the Violence Assessment Questionnaire (VAQ), the M-Measure (machismo), the Attitudes toward Women Scale (marianismo), the Bidimensional Acculturation Scale for Hispanics (BAS) and baseline demographic measures collected on the El Centro Intake Form. Correlations were done to examine the relationships among IPV, CSA, machismo, marianismo, acculturation, SES and education. Logistic regression was used to determine if women who report IPV are more likely to also report a history of CSA, more traditional gender role beliefs, higher levels of acculturation, lower SES and higher education. CTS2S (severity of violence) was significantly correlated with CSA, and the non- Hispanic domain of the BAS. The VAQ measure of violence (occurrence of physical violence > 18 years) also was significantly correlated with CSA, negatively correlated with the Hispanic domain, positively correlated with the Non-Hispanic domain of the BAS, and negatively correlated with monthly income. CSA was negatively associated with the Hispanic domain, positively correlated with the non-Hispanic domain and negatively correlated with years of education. Traditional gender roles did not influence the occurrence or severity of violence in this study. CSA was a significant predictor of IPV among Latinas. Hispanic domain (acculturation) and higher monthly income were protective against IPV among Latinas. Childhood sexual abuse, identification with non-Hispanic culture and decreased SES were found to increase vulnerability to IPV among Latinas. There is a need to design and test interventions and support systems for women that are contextually structured to acknowledge the family and community values as well as the individual needs of Latinas. Interpreting responses to violence for Latinas within the larger context of equality for women becomes part of an international focus aimed at ending gender based violence. Details: Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://scholarlyrepository.miami.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1502&context=oa_dissertations Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 129477

Author: Galvez, Gino Title: Work-related Intimate Partner Violence: The Role of Acculturation Among Employed Latinos in Batterer Intervention Programs Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV), typically considered in the domestic context, has been shown to have considerable effects on women’s employment and health. While the literature has recently grown in this area, very few studies have examined the prevalence of work-related IPV among men. Furthermore, the extant literature on work-related IPV has largely ignored the experience of ethnic minorities, specifically Latinos. Many factors suggest that rates and forms of IPV might be different among other racial and ethnic groups. Some studies that examine IPV among Latinos have sought to understand the role of acculturation and socioeconomic contexts. The purpose of this study was to examine work-related IPV among a sample of men enrolled in batterer intervention programs. In addition, we sought to examine the relationship between acculturation, socioeconomic contexts, and reports of workrelated IPV among a subset of male Latinos. Overall, the findings confirm the upper ranges of previous estimates across studies (36% to 75%) of employed victims of IPV and their harassment by abusive partners while at work (Swanberg, Logan, & Macke, 2005; Taylor & Barusch, 2004). Specifically, we found that 60% of the entire sample reported work-related IPV that involved threatening behaviors and physical violence at their partner’s job. The findings among Latinos suggest that a positive relationship exists between acculturation and work-related IPV. Specifically, proxy variables of acculturation (e.g., country of birth, language of survey, number of years in the U.S.) were hypothesized to be positively associated with higher levels of acculturation. Consistent with the hypotheses, we found significant relationships in the direction proposed. Lastly, socioeconomic status (e.g., income, education, employment status) was hypothesized to play a moderating role between acculturation and work-related IPV. However, results generally suggest that socioeconomic status (i.e., income, education) did not moderate the relationship between acculturation and work-related IPV. This study makes important contributions to the literature and has implications for employers. The significant rates of work-related IPV found in this study highlight the need to address this problem among employed males as an important step in preventing work-related IPV. Among Latinos, the level of acculturation and factors such as income, employment, and education are important contextual factors that provide a better understanding of IPV in Latino communities (Gryywacz, Rao, Gentry, Marin, & Arcury, 2009). Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2011. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://dr.archives.pdx.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/psu/6993/Galvez_psu_0180D_10295.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bettered Women (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129478

Author: Copp, Jennifer E. Title: Stay/Leave Decision-Making in Non-Violent and Violent Dating Relationships Summary: Researchers have focused on intimate partner violence (IPV) as a serious social problem and a major public health concern. In addition to exploring the etiology of intimate violence, research has examined factors associated with decisions to stay with or to end violent unions. However, most studies examining stay/leave decision-making have focused on married and cohabiting couples, where the presence of children and economic concerns complicate the decision to leave. Yet recent findings from a nationally representative sample indicated that 40% of respondents experienced IPV by young adulthood (Halpern, Spriggs, Martin, & Kupper, 2009). Given IPV prevalence estimates among young adults, the majority of whom are not married (e.g., CDC, 2007; Halpern et al., 2009; Halpern, Oslak, Young, Martin, & Kupper, 2001) scholars have argued that dating violence constitutes an equally important concern (Rhatigan & Street, 2005). Indeed, nationally representative data indicated that young adults are at the greatest risk of intimate partner victimization (Catalano, 2006; Berger, Wildsmith, Manlove, & Steward-Streng, 2012). Currently, little is known about factors that are associated with leaving a violent dating relationship during this period in the life course. It is important to examine such factors more systematically, as one of the most efficient methods for intervening may be to encourage young people to move on from relationships characterized by violence. However, prevention messages are likely to be more successful to the degree that they connect on some level to the ‘naturally-occurring’ dynamics that underlie decisions about remaining with or leaving a given partner. Designing effective prevention and intervention efforts targeting young adults should be a high priority given the high levels of prevalence of IPV during this time, and because this can potentially interrupt such negative relationship dynamics before they become firmly entrenched, chronic patterns. The current study draws on a symbolic interactionist (SI) version of exchange theory, which emphasizes that decisions about the rewards and costs of staying in a relationship inevitably includes subjective assessments. The current study focused on intimate relationship dynamics associated with emerging adulthood (Arnett, 2004), and examined decision processes associated with breaking up or remaining with a focal partner. As the sample of young women and men included respondents who reported violence as well as those who did not, we explored the degree to which violence itself is significantly associated with the likelihood of breaking up, once other demographic and relationship factors were taken into account. We also determined whether other relationship factors moderated the relationship between violence and the odds of relationship termination. In addition to focusing on positive and negative relationship dynamics, the current study contributed beyond prior work in this area by examining whether levels of social support and views of the broader network (i.e., family members and friends’ views about the romantic partner) were associated with these decision-making processes. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: 2013 Working Paper Series: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/organizations/cfdr/file133909.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129499

Author: Tafoya, Sonya M. Title: Assessing the Impact of Bail on California’s Jail Population Summary: Advocates of bail reform have argued that increases in bail levels and wide variation across counties discriminate against indigent and poor defendants and lead to overcrowded jails. Bail reform gained new momentum in 2011 when the Public Safety Realignment Act (known as “realignment”) took effect. In shifting responsibility for lower-level offenders from the state to the counties, realignment has increased concerns about overcrowding in county jails. It has also sharpened the focus on bail reform’s potential to reduce the unsentenced jail population, reduce county jail costs, provide low-risk indigent or poor arrestees a nonfinancial means of securing pretrial release, and make the bail system more equitable without unduly compromising public safety. Over the past decade, California’s bail levels have increased by an average of 22 percent. But counties have not increased their bail schedules uniformly. In fact, some counties have not increased their bail schedules at all. This analysis estimates that a 31 percent drop in the statewide average bail level, which equates to a $10,000 decrease, would result in a 4 percentage point reduction in the share of unsentenced inmates. Given the statewide unsentenced average daily population (ADP) in the year before realignment (50,472), this would translate to 2,843 fewer unsentenced inmates statewide. An alternate measure, using the number of unsentenced inmates per 100,000 residents, yields similar results. The same 31 percent drop in bail would result in an estimated drop of 7 unsentenced inmates per 100,000 residents, or 2,666 inmates statewide. However, these results are driven largely by the most populous counties (and particularly Los Angeles). This suggests that legislative proposals aimed at reducing bail amounts and making them more uniform across the state for the purpose of reducing the number of unsentenced jail inmates may not be widely effective. Reductions in bail are most likely to be effective in counties that rely heavily on bail as a means of pretrial release and that adhere closely to the scheduled bail amounts. The analysis also finds wide variation in bail levels across counties. However, the variation is not correlated with the size of the unsentenced population. This supports the conclusion that reduction in bail amounts across the board may not be the most promising approach for addressing jail overcrowding statewide. But it also suggests that to the extent that judges default to the bail schedule rather than basing bail or pretrial release on an individualized evaluation of risk, reducing bail and increasing uniformity across the state could address pretrial release equity issues. However, these reforms might well achieve greater equity at the expense of public safety without the simultaneous expansion of pretrial programs that effectively identify low-risk defendants for reduced bail, own-recognizance release, or conditional release. Details: San Francisco: Public policy Institute of California, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_613STR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (California, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129501

Author: Barthe, Emmanuel P. Title: Reno, Nevada Smart Policing Initiative: Reducing Prescription Drug Abuse Summary: Prescription drugs are among the fastest growing form of drugs being abused in the United States, and Nevada ranks first among the 50 states in prevalence rates. The Reno Police Department and its research partner at the University of Nevada, Reno sought to reduce prescription drug abuse throughout the Reno community by achieving three goals: 1. Increase knowledge about the problem (Education/Prevention). 2. Reduce the number of prescription pills available for illicit use (Supply Reduction). 3. Aggressively investigate and prosecute offenders (Law Enforcement Suppression). The Bureau of Justice Assistance selected the Reno Police Department to receive funding through the Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) because their program reflected the core principles of SPI, most notably collaboration, comprehensive responses, and prevention. The foundation of the Reno SPI involves a collaborative partnership between the Reno Police Department, its research partner, and key stakeholders—including non-profit coalitions (e.g., a local substance abuse coalition called Join Together Northern Nevada), pharmacies, physicians, other healthcare professionals, school district personnel, and parents and their children. The Education/Prevention component of the Reno SPI included a school-based survey that captured prescription drug use patterns among students. Survey results helped to guide the development of an informational video that was shown to more than 1,100 students across six regional schools. The Reno SPI also included specialized training for police regarding the nature of prescription drug abuse; information on how to report prescription drug offenses more accurately; relevant criminal statutes and charging methods; and pill confiscation and identification. The SPI team also developed individualized training regarding various aspects of the prescription drug abuse problem for medical professionals (many of whom reported that they had not received such training previously), including physicians and nurses, pharmacists, and dentists. More than 530 medical professionals in the Reno area received the training. The centerpiece of the Supply Reduction component involved a series of prescription drug round-ups, in which more than 750,000 pills were collected and destroyed. The Reno SPI team also distributed 800 “MedSafe” locking medicine cabinets for home use, and distributed more than 100,000 educational stickers that pharmacies placed on prescription bags given to customers. The Law Enforcement Suppression component involved the assignment of a dedicated detective to handle all prescription drug abuse and fraud cases. The Reno SPI team also opened a phone line for the medical community to report suspicious or fraudulent behavior. Early results from the program evaluation suggest that progress has been made toward reducing the availability of prescription drugs in the Reno area. The Reno SPI highlights the importance of collaboration between law enforcement and other stakeholders to address this complex problem, most notably parents and their children, medical professionals, and the prosecutor’s office. The Reno Smart Policing Initiative has been recognized by the Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, and by the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Reno_Program_Profile.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 129502

Author: Card, David Title: Family Violence and Football: The Effect of Unexpected Emotional Cues on Violent Behavior Summary: Family violence is a pervasive and costly problem, yet there is no consensus on how to interpret the phenomenon of violence by one family member against another. Some analysts assume that violence has an instrumental role in intra-family incentives. Others argue that violent episodes represent a loss of control that the offender immediately regrets. In this paper we specify and test a behavioral model of the latter form. Our key hypothesis is that negative emotional cues – benchmarked relative to a rationally expected reference point – make a breakdown of control more likely. We test this hypothesis using data on police reports of family violence on Sundays during the professional football season. Controlling for location and time fixed effects, weather factors, the pre-game point spread, and the size of the local viewing audience, we find that upset losses by the home team (losses in games that the home team was predicted to win by more than 3 points) lead to an 8 percent increase in police reports of at-home male-on-female intimate partner violence. There is no corresponding effect on female-on-male violence. Consistent with the behavioral prediction that losses matter more than gains, upset victories by the home team have (at most) a small dampening effect on family violence. We also find that unexpected losses in highly salient or frustrating games have a 50% to 100% larger impact on rates of family violence. The evidence that payoff-irrelevant events affect the rate of family violence leads us to conclude that at least some fraction of family violence is better characterized as a breakdown of control than as rationally directed instrumental violence. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 15497: Accessed July 24, 2013 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w15497 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129505

Author: Ratcliffe, J.H. Title: The Philadelphia Foot Patrol Experiment: A randomized controlled trial of police patrol effectiveness in violent crime hotspots Summary: Originating with the Newark foot patrol experiment, research has found police foot patrols improve community perception of the police and reduce fear of crime, but are generally unable to reduce the incidence of crime. Previous tests of foot patrol have, however, suffered from statistical and measurement issues and have not fully explored potential dynamics of deterrence within micro‐spatial settings. In this paper we report on the efforts of over 200 foot patrol officers during the summer of 2009 in Philadelphia. GIS analysis was the basis for a randomized controlled trial of police effectiveness across 60 violent crime hotspots. Results identified a significant reduction in the level of treatment area violent crime after 12 weeks. A linear regression model with separate slopes fitted for treatment and control groups clarified the relationship further. Even after accounting for natural regression to the mean, target areas in the top 40% on pre‐treatment violent crime counts had significantly less violent crime during the operational period. Target areas outperformed the control sites by 23 percent, resulting in a total net effect (once displacement was considered) of 53 violent crimes prevented. The results suggest that targeted foot patrols in violent crime hotspots can significantly reduce violent crime levels as long as a threshold level of violence exists initially. The findings contribute to a growing body of evidence on the contribution of hotspots and place‐based policing to the reduction of crime, and especially violent crime, a significant public health threat in the United States. We suggest that intensive foot patrol efforts in violent hotspots may achieve deterrence at a micro‐spatial level, primarily by increasing the certainty of disruption, apprehension and arrest. The theoretical and practical implications for violence reduction are discussed. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Draft: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.temple.edu/cj/footpatrolproject/documents/PFPE_full_paper.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Hotspots (Philadelphia, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129509

Author: Heib, Sandra N. Title: Police Officers as Perpetrators of Crimes Against Women and Children Summary: Crimes committed by police officers are a national problem. When an officer commits a crime, either on- or off-duty, it negatively impacts the public trust and legitimacy of the police. Police work has primarily been a male-dominated profession and has had its own distinct culture; both of which are conducive to violent behavior against women and children. There is little literature regarding misconduct and violence perpetrated by police officers; the police culture encourages behavior problems to be dealt with internally and away from the public eye. A sixty day review of the Cato Institute’s Police Misconduct Newsfeed was conducted and all crimes against women and children were extracted and reviewed. There were a total of ninety-one crimes against women and children; ninety committed by men and one committed by a woman. There were twenty-eight cases of domestic violence, sixty cases of sex related crimes, and ten cases of child abuse; some cases involved a combination of crimes. The results of the sixty day review raise serious concerns regarding what is not being reported by the police department and calls for further research regarding police misconduct and departmental policies regarding misconduct. Details: Dominguez Hills, A: California State University, Dominguez Hills, 2013? 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://justicewomen.com/wjc-project-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 129513

Author: Parents Television Council Title: Dying to Entertain: Violence on Prime Time Broadcast TV 1998 to 2006 Summary: TV violence has become a paradox of sorts. Medical and social science have proven conclusively that children are adversely affected by exposure to it – yet millions of parents think nothing of letting their children watch C.S.I. or other, equally violent programs. Prominent leaders in the entertainment industry publicly decry violent entertainment – but then continue to produce and distribute it. Despite the widespread consensus that TV violence is a significant problem, it has become not only more frequent, but more graphic in recent years. Indeed, the television season that began in the fall of 2005 was one of the most violent in recent history — averaging 4.41 instances of violence per hour during prime time — an increase of 75% since the 1998 television season. Dying to Entertain is the PTC’s second examination of TV violence during prime time on the six major broadcast networks (ABC, CBS, NBC, Fox, UPN and the WB). Using the previous report, TV Bloodbath (released in December 2003 and analyzing content from the 1998, 2000, and 2002 television seasons) as a baseline, the PTC discerned some longitudinal trends and qualitative differences over the past eight years. For this Special Report, PTC analysts reviewed programming from the first two weeks of the November, February and May sweeps during the 2003-2004, 2004-2005, and 2005-2006 television seasons for a total of 1,187.5 programming hours. MAJOR FINDINGS: Between 1998 and 2006: ● Violence increased in every time slot: ✔ Violence during the 8:00 p.m. Family Hour has increased by 45% ✔ Violence during the 9:00 p.m. hour has increased by 92% ✔ Violence during the 10:00 p.m. hour has increased by 167% ● ABC experienced the biggest increase in violent content overall. In 1998, ABC averaged .93 instances of violence per hour during prime time. By 2006, ABC was averaging 3.8 instances of violence per hour — an increase of 309%. ● Fox, the second-most violent network in 1998, experienced the smallest increase. Fox averaged 3.43 instances of violence per hour in 1998 and 3.84 instances of violence per hour by 2006 — an increase of only 12%. ● Violent scenes increasingly include a sexual element. Rapists, sexual predators and fetishists are cropping up with increasing frequency on prime time programs like Law and Order: S.V.U., C.S.I., C.S.I. Miami, C.S.I. New York, Medium, Crossing Jordan, Prison Break, E.R. and House. Details: Los Angeles: Parents Television Council, 2007. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.parentstv.org/PTC/publications/reports/violencestudy/DyingtoEntertain.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Media Shelf Number: 129517

Author: David-Ferdon, Corinne Title: Homicide Rates Among Persons Aged 10–24 Years — United States, 1981–2010 Summary: Homicide disproportionately affects persons aged 10–24 years in the United States and consistently ranks in the top three leading causes of death in this age group, resulting in approximately 4,800 deaths and an estimated $9 billion in lost productivity and medical costs in 2010 (1). To investigate trends in homicide among persons aged 10–24 years for the period 1981–2010, CDC analyzed National Vital Statistics System data on deaths caused by homicide of persons in this age group and examined trends by sex, age, race/ethnicity, and mechanism of injury. This report describes the results of that analysis, which indicated that homicide rates varied substantially during the study period, with a sharp rise from 1985 to 1993 followed by a decline that has slowed since 1999. During the period 2000–2010, rates declined for all groups, although the decline was significantly slower for males compared with females and for blacks compared with Hispanics and persons of other racial/ethnic groups. By mechanism of injury, the decline for firearm homicides from 2000 to 2010 was significantly slower than for nonfirearm homicides. The homicide rate among persons aged 10–24 years in 2010 was 7.5 per 100,000, the lowest in the 30-year study period. Primary prevention strategies remain critical, particularly among groups at increased risk for homicide. National homicide counts and population estimates for U.S. residents were obtained from the National Vital Statistics System using CDC's Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS) for persons aged 10–24 years for the period 1981–2010 (1,2). Data were stratified by year, sex, 5-year age group (i.e., 10–14, 15–19, and 20–24 years), and mechanism of injury (i.e., firearm or nonfirearm). Homicide counts and population estimates were further stratified by race/ethnicity for 1990–2010 (i.e., non-Hispanic white, non-Hispanic black, non-Hispanic other, and Hispanic).* Annual homicide rates (per 100,000 population) were determined overall and for the indicated strata. The most recent period (2000–2010) is of particular interest because it best reflects the populations currently at highest risk for whom the continued implementation of prevention strategies remains crucial. Trends for this later period were analyzed using a negative binomial rate regression modeling approach, allowing formal statistical evaluation of trends and comparisons across strata. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2013. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/wk/mm6227.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129518

Author: U.S. Department of Defense. Inspector General Title: Evaluation of the Military Criminal Investigative Organizations Sexual Assault Investigations Summary: What We Did - We evaluated the Military Criminal Investigative Organizations’ (MCIOs’) sexual assault investigation training to determine whether it adequately supports the Department. Our evaluation focused on the following questions: • What sexual assault investigation training do the MCIOs provide? • How do the MCIOs ensure that sexual assault investigation training is effective? • How do the MCIOs leverage their resources and expertise? What We Found - Each MCIO provides initial baseline, periodic refresher, and advanced sexual assault investigation training to assigned criminal investigative personnel who may conduct sexual assault investigations. Between MCIOs, the training hours devoted to initial baseline training tasks varied. Further, Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) initial baseline training materials did not cover four required essential training subtasks. All MCIO training academies measure the effectiveness of initial and advanced training courses, and they use the results to adjust training content to increase effectiveness. Conversely, the MCIOs do not measure the effectiveness of periodic refresher training. CID has attempted to consolidate MCIO advanced sexual assault investigation training. CID and NCIS share highly qualified and subject matter experts (HQE and SME) to assist with training course development and delivery. Also, CID assisted NCIS by instructing at their advanced sexual assault investigation training course. What We Recommend • The Director, NCIS, ensure lesson materials for initial sexual assault investigation training covers all essential training tasks. • The Director and Commanders of the MCIOs form a working group to review (1) initial baseline sexual assault investigation training programs to establish common criteria and minimum requirements, (2) periodic refresher sexual assault investigation training programs to establish common criteria and minimum requirements for measuring effectiveness, and (3) advanced sexual assault investigation training programs to further capitalize on efforts to leverage training resources and expertise. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Defense. Inspector General, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. DODIG-2013-043; Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.dodig.mil/pubs/documents/DODIG-2013-043.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 129520

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Pretrial Release Risk Study, Validation, & Scoring: Final Report Summary: The objective of this study was to validate the PRI being piloted by Salt Lake County to determine which items are significantly related to pretrial risk (as measured by FTA and recidivism). The study measures construct validity, whether the tool measures the concept it was intended to measure, new arrests during the pretrial period and failures to appear (FTA), and identifies cut-points for low, medium, and high risk offenders. These findings will be used to create a tool that will be used at the Salt Lake County jail to help inform release decisions. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/PretrialRisk_UpdatedFinalReport_v052013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 129526

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC): Arrest/Referral Assessment Summary: In 1988, 1992, and 2002, Congress amended the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (JJDP) Act of 1974 to establish and increase requirements that states address disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in their juvenile justice systems (OJJDP, 2009). To help states identify and address their DMC issues the Department of Justice (DOJ) developed a five phase model of “ongoing DMC reduction activities”: 1. Identification 2. Assessment/Diagnosis 3. Intervention 4. Evaluation/Performance Measurement 5. Monitoring As part of the first step, Identification, the Utah Board of Juvenile Justice (UBJJ) DMC Subcommittee has examined the relative rate index (RRI) for Minority youths’ contact with each point of contact in the Utah juvenile justice system from arrest through transfers to adult court (RRI = Minority youth rate of contact/White youth rate of contact). This examination has uncovered a multi-year trend of disproportionately higher arrest and referral to juvenile court for Minority youth. Because of this identified trend, the UBJJ DMC Subcommittee requested that the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) conduct this assessment of DMC Arrest/Referral in Cache, Weber, Salt Lake, and Utah counties as part of the second step, Assessment/Diagnosis. The purpose of this study is to conduct an assessment of local jurisdictions to identify potential explanations for why disproportionate minority contact (DMC) occurs among juveniles at the point of arrest and referral by law enforcement for follow-up data analyses and to explore possible solutions to address the disparity. This study was comprised of two phases: 1) interviews with local Law Enforcement Agencies (LEAs) to identify potential explanations for why DMC occurs among juveniles at the point of arrest/referral and identify potential data sources to confirm or disprove those hypotheses, 2) collection of de-identified data from each of the LEAs to examine DMC issues/explanations proposed in Phase 1. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2012. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/DMC-Arrest_FinalReport_v101812.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 129527

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) Diversion Assessment: Fiscal Year 2009 Juvenile Court Referrals Summary: The Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) has assisted the Utah Board of Juvenile Justice’s (UBJJ) Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) Advisory Committee with calculating the DMC Relative Rate Index (RRI) since Fiscal Year (FY) 2003. The RRI has consistently shown DMC at the point of diversion in the juvenile justice system. Minority youth have a lower rate of diversion than White youth after being referred to juvenile court. Because of this ongoing disparity, the UBJJ DMC Advisory Committee asked UCJC to study the factors that may influence the disproportionately lower rate of diversion for minority youth. This assessment seeks to answer the following questions: 1. What are diversion criteria? 2. How many episodes meet diversion criteria? 3. How many of diversion-qualified episodes are diverted by RRI categories? How many of diversion-qualified episodes are not diverted by RRI categories? 4. How do those that are not diverted differ from those that are? a. By delinquency history b. By presenting offense severity & type c. By risk (pending availability of PSRA & PRA on this group) d. Stratified by age 5. What is the failure rate of diverted/not-diverted (but qualified) episodes by RRI categories? a. Failure rate = diverted cases turned to petitioned (pending availability of data) b. Failure rate = any new referral within 12 months of diversion. This assessment was comprised of two main research tasks: 1) the compilation of diversion policy and practices, and 2) the analysis of juvenile court CARE data to examine diversion rates in relation to diversion policies and practices, youth and case factors, and minority status. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2011. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/DMC_Diversion_082311.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 129528

Author: Hickert, Audrey O. Title: Evaluation of Oxbow and Re-Entry: Final Follow-up Report Summary: The Salt Lake County Division of Criminal Justice Services (CJS) asked UCJC to evaluate the CATS drug treatment program at Oxbow and Re-entry services through Criminal Justice Services (CJS). The Oxbow Jail, which re-opened in July 2009, provides a “therapeutic campus” to expand education and rehabilitation programs to minimum security inmates requiring substance abuse treatment (CATS). The Oxbow portion of this evaluation examines whether or not offenders who receive substance abuse treatment while being housed in the therapeutic community at Oxbow have different outcomes than those who receive substance abuse treatment while being housed at the Adult Detention Center (ADC), after controlling for individual differences. The second portion of this evaluation examines CATS inmates who receive re-entry services from a team at CJS. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Oxbow_FinalReport_061912.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 129529

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: A Death Before Dying: Solitary Confinement on Death Row Summary: We know that the death penalty system is broken. Racial bias, junk science, underfunded public defense, and other serious breakdowns in our legal system can mean that people – sometimes innocent people – will languish on death rows for years while pursuing appeals. Spending these years in extreme isolation can erode mental health to the point that some will “volunteer” to die rather than continue to live under such conditions. Many prisoners die a slow and painful psychological death before the state ever executes them. Using the results of an ACLU survey of death row conditions nationwide, this briefing paper offers the first comprehensive review of the legal and human implications of subjecting death row prisoners to solitary confinement for years. Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/assets/deathbeforedying-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 129534

Author: Thelin, Rachel Title: Evaluation of Indianapolis Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative, Final Report Summary: Through collaboration between the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of Indiana, the City of Indianapolis/Marion County, and the Indiana Criminal Justice Institute, a steering committee was formed to plan and execute activities for the three-pronged approached focusing on prevention, law enforcement, and reentry programs to diminish gang activity in Indianapolis. The CAGI Steering Committee was comprised of representatives from the Indianapolis Mayor’s Office, the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD), the Marion County Prosecutor’s Office, community leaders, and members of the faith community. Three subcommittees also were created to oversee the three initiatives (law enforcement, prevention/intervention, and reentry).. In July 2008, the Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR), part of the Indiana University Public Policy Institute, was engaged to serve as the research partner for CAGI. Throughout the program, CCJR provided feedback on implementation, input on data collection, and gathered a considerable amount of information for evaluating law enforcement, prevention/intervention, and reentry activities. This report summarizes the history of the grant and expenditures, recaps CAGI research activities undertaken in 2009 and 2010, and discusses research activities across all three areas in 2011 and 2012, concluding with lessons learned during the entire grant period. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, School of Public and Environmental Affairs Indiana University, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/6868 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 129538

Author: Jarjoura, Roger Title: Review of IDOC Admission Cohort of D Felony and Select C Felony Offenders Summary: In 2011, the Indiana State Legislature's Criminal Code Evaluation Commission formed a committee, since called the Data Analysis Work Group (DAWG). One goal of this group was to examine why certain low-level and nonviolent felony offenders spend very short periods of incarceration (often less than 365 days) in IDOC. In September 2011, representatives of the Indiana University Public Policy Institute's Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) met with DAWG committee members to discuss the possibility of collecting data to understand the issues that lead to short periods of incarceration in IDOC for low-level and nonviolent felony offenders. CCJR was contracted to conduct a study to better understand the processes that ultimately result in offenders sentenced to IDOC where the most serious conviction offense is a D felony or selected nonviolent C felonies. CCJR's goal for the study was to provide rich case-level data on all D felony cases and the eligible nonviolent C felonies that were admitted to the IDOC for a three-month period in 2011 to inform policy discussions surrounding efforts to change incarceration practices in the state of Indiana. This report summarizes findings of this study. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/6766 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 129539

Author: Thelin, Rachel Title: Evaluation of Indianapolis Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative Prevention/Intervention Summary: This report focuses on an assessment of the prevention/ intervention initiatives for the Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative (CAGI) grant to the city of Indianapolis through 2010. CAGI prevention/intervention programming in Indianapolis was to provide services to gang involved or at-risk youth in five target zip codes that were designated as high crime areas in the CAGI proposal to DOJ. Prevention activities targeted children ages 7 to 13 years, and intervention approaches focused on youth ages 14 to 18 years, including both in-school and after-school programs. Five local organizations were initially selected to provide CAGI prevention/intervention programming services. A sixth was promoted from a subcontractor to an independent subgrantee in the second year of funding. Three of these programs were community-based providers, two were evening-reporting programs for court-ordered youth, and one was a school-based program. These programs varied dramatically in goals, characteristics, and definitions of success. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, School of Public and Environmental Affairs Indiana University, 2011. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/5567 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 129541

Author: Thelin, Rachel Title: Evaluation of Indianapolis Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative Reentry Program, 2009-2010 Summary: In 2006, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) initiated the Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative (CAGI) to support law enforcement in combating violent gang crime and promoting prevention efforts that discouraged gang involvement. The initiative grew out of Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN), a nationwide program aimed at reducing gun and gang crime through support of existing local programs. DOJ dedicated $30 million in grant funding to support new and expanded anti-gang prevention and enforcement efforts through CAGI. DOJ initially provided anti-gang resources to six cities. In April 2007, CAGI was expanded to include four additional sites, including Indianapolis, Indiana. CAGI provided $2.5 million in targeted grant funding for a three-year period to each selected city to implement a three-pronged strategy to reduce gang involvement and crime, which included initiatives in prevention/intervention, law enforcement, and reentry. Approximately $1 million was dedicated to support comprehensive gang prevention and intervention efforts with youth. An additional $1 million was targeted to law enforcement and $500,000 to support reentry initiatives. This report focuses on an assessment of the reentry initiatives for the CAGI grant to the city of Indianapolis through 2010. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, School of Public and Environmental Affairs Indiana University, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/5568 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 129540

Author: Nunn, Samuel Title: The TriggerPro Gun Swab Evaluation: Comparing the Use of a Touch DNA Collection Technique to Firearm Fingerprinting Summary: From July 2008 through August 2009, Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) patrol officers in the East District were supplied with pre-packaged kits, known as TriggerPro ID, for use in collecting possible DNA samples from firearms encountered or confiscated during traffic stops or in response to other criminal incidents. TriggerPro gun swab kits are an example of “touch DNA” technology, which is an evidence gathering approach that attempts to collect viable DNA samples from small quantities of skin cells that remain after an individual has touched objects or places. The traditional method of gathering touch DNA evidence involves using a sterile swab moistened by distilled water. The pilot project was designed to examine the effectiveness of swabbing firearms to collect DNA samples capable of connecting individuals to firearms. The evaluation of TriggerPro is based on a comparison of two forensic methods: fingerprinting firearms versus collecting touch DNA samples from firearms using TriggerPro gun swabs. CCJR evaluation findings are summarized in this report. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, Indiana University, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/5123 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Fingerprinting Shelf Number: 129541

Author: Nunn, Samuel Title: Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods Reports on Firearms and Firearm Homicides in Indianapolis, 2004-2011 Summary: This report provides an overview of selected violent crime and firearm crime metrics drawn generally from the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) service district. It revises and updates portions of a previous report (CCJR 09-C03) released in 2009. Based on statistical data obtained primarily from the IMPD, this report updates information about firearm recoveries, shots-fired, radio runs, and criminal homicides investigated by IMPD. The primary dates covered are from January 2004 through December 2010. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, School of Public and Environmental Affairs, Indiana University, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/5519 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence (Indianapolis, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129542

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: Limiting the Potential for Racial Profiling in State and Local Police Enforcement of Immigration Laws Summary: Enforcing immigration laws in a country as large and complex as the United States is a monumental undertaking, and federal efforts to control offenses have been criticized as being inadequate to the task. According to the Department of Homeland Security, the unauthorized immigrant population in the United States was approximately 11 million in 2010, a 27 percent increase over the preceding ten years.1 Immigration laws are being enforced more aggressively under the Obama Administration, with record numbers of removals in the past few years (over 1 million from 2009 to 2011).2 In addition, more state and local law enforcement departments have begun enforcing immigration laws, with various levels of controversy and success. Advocates of this development claim that local law enforcement can act as a force multiplier in aiding federal efforts because they outnumber U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents by nearly 5,000 to one. Opponents believe that local law enforcement officials are ill-equipped to enforce complicated immigration laws, that doing so alienates the immigrant population and diverts resources away from higher-priority public safety priority tasks, and that, in trying to enforce immigration laws, law enforcement agencies may engage in racial profiling. This last concern is an important federal issue because of the U.S. Constitution’s prohibitions on racial/ethnic discrimination. In this paper, I do not take a position on the appropriateness of involving local law enforcement in immigration enforcement activities; instead, I outline ways in which the federal government can monitor whether enforcement is being applied in accordance with constitutional protections. I first describe how different state and local law enforcement have become involved in enforcing immigration offenses over the past two decades and discuss the pros and cons of these policies. I then review the research evidence on racial discrimination in immigration enforcement. Finally, I recommend a variety of methods for the oversight and monitoring of racial discrimination. Details: Santa Monica, CA: Rand, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/perspectives/PE100/PE104/RAND_PE104.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 129546

Author: Illinois Task Force on Inventorying Employment Restrictions Act Title: Inventorying Employment Restrictions Task Force Final Report Summary: The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority is pleased to announce publication of the Final Report of the Task Force on Inventorying Employment Restrictions. Illinois Public Act 96-0593 (20 ILCS 5000) created this Task Force within the Authority, and provides that the Task Force review statutes, administrative rules, policies, and practices that restrict employment of persons with criminal history and report its findings and recommendations to the Governor and General Assembly by July 1, 2013. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 438p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://www.icjia.org/public/pdf/ResearchReports/IERTF%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 129547

Author: Stucky, Thomas Title: The Marion County Prosecutor's Office Educating Kids About Gun Violence (EKG) Program Evaluation Summary: In response to high levels of gun violence among youth in Marion County, the Marion County Prosecutor's office developed the Educating Kids about Gun Violence (EKG) program. This program incorporates short video clips and interactive presentations which address legal, physical, and medical consequences of guns and gun violence. This report documents the findings of a program evaluation conducted by the Center for Criminal Justice Research, including analysis of 221 completed pre-program surveys and 176 post-program surveys, focusing on 130 surveys for which pre- and post-surveys could be matched. Included in the analyses are several different types of youth audiences, varying in both age and degree of prior contact with the criminal justice system. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, Indiana University, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/bitstream/handle/2450/3511/EKG%20final%202009.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 129549

Author: Delaware Criminal Justice Council. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Recidivism in Delaware: An Analysis of Prisoners Released in 2008 and 2009 Summary: Delaware Senate Bill 226, signed into law on August 8, 2012, implemented the recommendations of the Delaware Justice Reinvestment Task Force created by Executive Order 27. Through its changes, Senate Bill 226: “…promotes informed decision-making in the criminal justice system by institutionalizing the use of evidenced-based practices in decisions concerning bail, rehabilitation and probation supervision and helps ensure scarce resources are focused on higher-risk offenders.” Among the many provisions of SB 226 designed to support the purpose of the legislation, the bill added the following to the Statistical Analysis Center’s powers, duties and functions under Title 11, § 8903: “Submit annually to the Governor, Chief Justice, President Pro Tem of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House a report examining 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year rates of re-arrest, reconviction, and recommitment of released offender cohorts. The first report shall be submitted by July 31, 2013.” This is the first report produced pursuant to Delaware Senate Bill 226. As required, three measures of recidivism were analyzed for this report: rearrest, reconviction, and recommitment. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Criminal Justice Council, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://cjc.delaware.gov/sac/publications/documents/RecidivismFinalJuly30.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 129550

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: Innovation in the Criminal Justice System: A National Survey of Criminal Justice Leaders Summary: Innovation in the Criminal Justice System: A National Survey of Criminal Justice Leaders is part of a multi-faceted inquiry concerning innovation and criminal justice reform conducted by the Center for Court Innovation in partnership with the Bureau of Justice Assistance and the U.S. Department of Justice. The questionnaire was administered from June to August 2012 among a nationwide sample of 1,000 professionals: 300 community corrections officials; 300 leaders from prosecutors’ offices; 300 police chiefs and sheriffs; and all 102 chief judges and chief court administrators from the 50 states and the District of Columbia. There was an overall response rate of 62%, and the final sample included responses from 624 individual criminal justice leaders. On average, respondents had over 26 years of experience in the criminal justice system. Weighting techniques were utilized to assign each of the four criminal justice segments (community corrections, prosecution, law enforcement, and court administration) equal influence over the reported totals. The questionnaire was designed to provide a snapshot of the current state of innovation in the field of criminal justice: Is innovation a priority? Are criminal justice leaders aware of emerging research, and do they use research to inform policymaking? What obstacles stand in the way of innovation in the field? Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/CCI-InnovationSurveyReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 129552

Author: U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation Title: Cruise Ship Crime: Consumers have Incomplete Access to Cruise Crime Data Summary: For many passengers, a cruise is a dream vacation: a floating city full of exciting attractions and adventure for the whole family. However, crime on a cruise ship can turn a dream vacation into a nightmare. While crimes occur infrequently on cruise ships, when crime does occur onboard the victim often lacks the same access to law enforcement and emergency services – as well as avenues for recourse – that are available in the United States. Particularly given these differences, it is important that passengers are informed about crime on cruises before they travel. To increase transparency regarding crime on cruise vessels, Congress included in the Cruise Vessel Security and Safety Act of 2010 (CVSSA) public reporting requirements regarding cruise ship crime. Under the CVSSA, cruise lines must report to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) any allegation of a crime as soon as possible and the United States Coast Guard (Coast Guard) must maintain and publicly post on a website a statistical compilation of the alleged crimes. Unfortunately, the public reporting process established under this language is not providing consumers a complete view of crimes reported on cruise vessels. Details: Washington, DC: Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Staff Report: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://www.lipcon.com/files/cruise-ship-crime-consumers-have-incomplete-access-to-cruise-crime-data.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129554

Author: Torreon, Barbara Salazar Title: Military Sexual Assault: Chronology of Activity in Congress and Related Resources Summary: This report focuses on activity in Congress regarding recent high profile incidents of sexual assault in the military. Included are separate sections on the official responses related to these incidents by the Department of Defense (DOD), the Administration, and Congress including legislation in the 113th Congress. The last section is a resource guide for sources in this report and related materials on sexual assault and prevention. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: R43168: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/natsec/R43168.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 129555

Author: Turney, Kristin Title: Liminal Men: Incarceration and Family Instability Summary: Incarceration, now a rite of passage for many economically disadvantaged minority men involving an immediate and involuntary removal from families, places these marginal men in a liminal state where they are simultaneously members of families and isolated from families. Despite a burgeoning literature documenting the collateral consequences of incarceration for family life, as well as evidence that the deleterious effects of incarceration for maternal and child wellbeing stem from resultant family instability, much less is known about the direct link between incarceration and family instability. I consider this association with data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, a longitudinal survey uniquely positioned to understand the consequences of incarceration for family life. Results show that paternal incarceration is associated with relatively immediate relationship dissolution among couples in both marital and non-marital romantic partnerships when their child is born. But incarceration is inconsequential for couples that survive this initial period. The association between paternal incarceration and dissolution is not explained by post-incarceration changes in relationship quality, economic wellbeing, or physical and mental health, suggesting the liminality accompanying confinement is directly responsible for the deleterious consequences. Taken together, these findings document the consequences of liminality, link the literature on the collateral consequences of mass incarceration with the literature on demographic changes in family life, and have important implications for the transmission of inequality across generations. Details: Princeton, NJ: The Bendheim-Thoman Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-12-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 129558

Author: Soto, Danielle A. Title: Hispanic Youth & Delinquency: A Longitudinal Examination of Generational Status, Family Processes, & Neighborhood Context Summary: Current examinations of racial/ethnic differences in delinquency largely treat Hispanics as a monolithic group, with little attention given to differences among Hispanic subgroups. Given that Hispanics are the largest and fastest-growing minority group in the United States, and are also the largest immigrant group in the country, examinations of generational status and delinquency appear rather neglected. Informed by segmented assimilation theory and strain theory, the current study uses the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health data to examine racial/ethnic differences in delinquent and violent offending, with particular attention paid to generational status. A subsample consisting solely of Hispanics is also examined in order to further explore differences among Hispanic groups based on generational status. Initial results show that Hispanics do indeed report higher levels of involvement in both delinquency and violence, but further investigation shows that this is almost entirely driven by the second and third generations, with first-generation Hispanics reporting scores either statistically similar to those of whites, or scores significantly lower than those of whites. Family functioning and processes and neighborhood context are both explored as possible mediators of this relationship between Hispanic ethnicity and offending. The current study finds that while neighborhood context does not appear to explain the gaps in offending between whites and Hispanic generational groups (or between Hispanic generational groups themselves), these measures do help to explain offending overall. Family processes, on the other hand, explain a significant proportion of these gaps in offending. Furthermore, these factors, especially permissive parenting and family integration, help to explain much of the effect of gang membership on offending, a factor previously identified as particularly salient in explaining Hispanic offending. Another important finding is that the effect of being bilingual, hypothesized as a potential protective factor by segmented assimilation theory, depends on age. Initial cross-sectional examinations of the effects of being bilingual on offending do show a protective effect, but later longitudinal analyses reveal that while this is the case in adolescence and the teen years, once respondents enter their early 20s, being bilingual is associated with increases in offending. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2010. 263p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap:10:0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:bgsu1277325919 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanic Americans Shelf Number: 129559

Author: Levin, Marc A. Title: The Verdict on Federal Prison Reform: State Successes Offer Keys to Reducing Crime & Costs Summary: Key Findings • The federal government should better utilize probation, accountability courts, and other community-based sanctions that the states have used to control criminal justice costs and improve public safety. • The federal prison system should expand good time credits. • The federal government should implement better strategies to improve ex-offender reentry and limit the “collateral consequences” of incarceration. • Congress should reverse decades of overcriminalization and limit the use of criminal law to regulate behavior that is not traditionally considered criminal in nature. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2013-07-PP24-VerdictOnFederalPrisonReform-CEJ-LevinReddy.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129561

Author: Yalincak, Orhun Hakan Title: Critical Analysis of Acquitted Conduct Sentencing in the U.S.: 'Kafka-Esque', 'Repugnant', 'Uniquely Malevolent' and 'Pernicious'? Summary: The use of acquitted at sentencing is a highly contested practice in sentencing theory and policy. In federal court and many state courts across the United States, once a defendant is convicted, judges are routinely permitted, in fact, required to increase a defendant’s sentence based on relevant conduct, of which he was acquitted at trial, or conduct for which he was never charged. This essay highlights the issues that arise from the use of acquitted conduct sentencing under the now advisory U.S. Sentencing Guidelines. The use of acquitted conduct under the relevant conduct provisions of the Guidelines has resulted in substantially longer prison sentences with a disparate impact on racial and ethnic minorities. Acquitted conduct sentencing treats the offence admitted by a defendant, or proven to a judge or jury’s satisfaction beyond a reasonable doubt as simply a starting point in calculating a defendant’s sentence; the modified real offense approach, which incorporates relevant conduct and mandates consideration of acquitted conduct, determines the end sentence. This essay concludes that use of acquitted conduct should be prohibited both on constitutional and normative grounds. While it is outside the scope of this essay to offer a comprehensive solution or alternative to the use of acquitted conduct at sentencing, the key observation is that, since the common thread linking the constitutional and normative issues arise from the fragmented nature of U.S. sentencing policy, the solution must start with re-conceptualizing the theories underlying sentencing in the U.S. Details: Unpublished paper: 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2293449 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juries Shelf Number: 129563

Author: Berg, Mark Title: Murders and Aggravated Assaults in Indianapolis, 2004 to 2009 Summary: This research brief employs information from the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) homicide data base (called Homistat) and uniform crime reports assault data spanning 2004 to 2009, disaggregated to Indianapolis census tracts. Assaultive violence and homicide share several empirical regularities. Both are more common in densely populated urban areas characterized by socioeconomic deprivation. In this brief, we ask (a) whether these two forms of violent crime are spatially located in similar types of areas in Marion County, and (b) if they vary systematically with one another over time. The analyses reported here help identify the areas within Marion County that constantly exhibit higher levels of the most lethal forms of interpersonal violence and, in so doing, can delineate the neighborhoods and locales that require focused applications of preventive public safety resources. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, Indiana University, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2013 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/handle/2450/5122?show=full Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Aggravated Assaults Shelf Number: 129564

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Strategies for Building Healthy Relationship Skills Among Couples Affected by Incarceration Summary: Very little programming has focused on strengthening families affected by incarceration, despite the importance of familial ties for incarcerated persons and the many challenges to maintaining family relationships during incarceration and reentry. Strong partnerships and parenting relationships are linked to reentry success, including decreased recidivism, among justice-involved men (Bersani, Laub, & Nieuwbeerta, 2009; Visher, Knight, Chalfin, & Roman, 2009). Yet little attention is given to the need for learning skills that can strengthen marriages and other intimate relationships. Incarceration offers an opportunity for confined individuals and their partners to learn relationship skills that may allow them to better communicate, resolve conflicts, and increase their commitment to one another. These skills could play an important role in maintaining healthy relationships throughout incarceration and during the challenging reentry process. The Responsible Fatherhood, Marriage and Family Strengthening Grants for Incarcerated and Reentering Fathers and Their Partners (MFS-IP) were designed to support healthy relationships, parenting, and economic stability for families affected by incarceration. Under the MFS-IP initiative, 12 organizations were funded from fiscal years 2006 through 2011 to provide services that promote or sustain healthy relationships and strengthen families in which one parent was incarcerated or otherwise involved with the criminal justice system (e.g., recently released from incarceration or on parole or probation). Grantees were required to deliver services to support healthy marriage and could also choose to provide services intended to improve parenting and build economic stability. This brief describes implementation findings from the evaluation of Responsible Fatherhood, Marriage and Family Strengthening Grants for Incarcerated and Reentering Fathers and Their Partners (MFS-IP). It documents approaches to teaching relationship skills among incarcerated and reentering fathers and their families. Details: Washington, DC: Administration for Children and Families/Office of Family Assistance, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Washington, DC, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: ASPE Research Brief: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/hsp/08/mfs-ip/RelationshipSkills/rb.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisons Shelf Number: 129565

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the State Correctional Institution at Cresson and Notice of Expanded Investigation Summary: The Civil Rights Division has completed its investigation into the conditions of confinement at Pem1sylvania State Correctional Institution at Cresson ("Cresson"), conducted pursuant to the Civil Rights ofInstitutionalized Persons Act ("CRIPA"), 42 U.S.C. § 1997. CRIP A authorizes the Department of Justice to seek equitable relief where prison condition~ violate the constitutional rights of prisoners in state correctional facilities. Consistent with the statutory requirements of CRIP A, we write to inform you of our findings. After carefully reviewing the evidence, we conclude that the maill1er in which Cresson uses isolation on prisoners with serious mental illness violates the Eighth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. We also conclude that Cresson uses isolation in a way that violates the rights of prisoners with serious mental illness, as well as prisoners with intellectual disabilities, under Title II ofthe Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA"), 42 U.S.C. §§ 12131-12134. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gov/crt/about/spl/documents/cresson_findings_5-31-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 129566

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: District Discipline: The Overuse of Suspension and Expulsion in the District of Columbia Summary: Recent research has demonstrated that being excluded from the classroom for disciplinary reasons causes students to be less likely to advance in school and more likely to become involved in the juvenile justice system. Data from the DC Public Schools (DCPS) and the Public Charter School Board (PCSB), reveal that the District issued over 18,000 suspensions during the 2011-12 school year and suspended over 13% of enrolled students at least once during the school year. This report, "District Discipline: The Overuse of Suspension and Expulsion in the District of Columbia," examines DCPS and PCSB data to determine which students are most affected by the District’s overuse of school exclusion and which schools use these tactics the most. The report also makes recommendations for how the District can take steps to reduce its suspension and expulsion rates. Key findings include of the District Discipline Report include: 1.Across all DCPS and PCSB schools, over 10,000 students (13% of the student population) were suspended at least once during the 2011-12 school year. In total, DCPS and PCSB schools issued 18,720 individual suspensions, demonstrating that many students are suspended repeatedly. 2.The incidence of suspensions appears to be highest for middle school students. In DCPS middle schools, one in three students was suspended during the school year. A number of middle schools suspended over 50% of their student body. A few schools reported over twice as many suspensions as enrolled students. 3.The most common behaviors for which DCPS school staff issued suspensions involved no weapons, no drugs, and no injury to another student. 4.Suspensions disproportionately impacted students in special education and students attending school in wards with higher rates of child poverty. 5.DCPS schools carried out a total of 3 expulsions, while PCSB schools carried out 227. Just 11 charter schools accounted for 75% of the reported expulsions in DC during school year 2011-12. Details: Washington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://www.dcly.org/district_discipline Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129568

Author: Prospero, Moises Title: Jail as a Condition of Felony Probation Summary: Although the literature has found that incarceration generally has no effect on recidivism, alternative sentencing practices have been found to have some reductions on recidivism rates. Jail as a condition of felony probation (JCFP) is the practice of sentencing convicted felony offenders to jail for up to a year as a privilege for receiving probation. The purpose of this article is to describe the use of JCFP throughout the state of Utah and to reveal the effects of time in jail on recidivism. The results of the present study found that individuals served approximately 70% of time sentenced and that this trend was similar across offense types and most counties. Both the survival analyses and the linear regression model revealed that longer periods of time spent in jail for similar offenses did not reduce or increase the likelihood of recidivism. Additionally, the study did not find an “optimal time” for jail to reduce recidivism. The study also found that the largest effect on recidivism was risk level of offenders, which highlights the need for assessment and provision of appropriate services to address offender needs in order to reduce reoffense. Details: Salt Lake City: Center for public Policy & Administration, University of Utah, 2009. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy In-depth: 09-30-2009: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://cppa.utah.edu/_documents/publications/criminal-justice/jail-as-condition-of-probation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 129569

Author: McKay Title: Parenting from Prison: Innovative Programs to Support Incarcerated and Reentering Fathers Summary: This brief describes efforts of the national MFS-IP initiative to build collaborations between the criminal justice system and human service agencies to provide family support services to incarcerated fathers, their children, and their co-parents. These grants fund efforts to strengthen father-child bonds through parenting, co-parenting, and relationship-building classes; child-friendly visitation; communication support; and auxiliary services. Eleven of the 12 MFS-IP grants provide parenting as well as couple support. Grantees combine established approaches to parenting skills training with innovative efforts to improve relationships between co-parents and increase father-child contact during incarceration. Recognizing the importance of material stability for successful parenting, many programs also work to address their participants’ vocational, financial, and housing needs through education, case management, and job placement assistance. Participation in all programs is voluntary. Furthermore, in the interest of protecting children and preventing domestic violence, many programs impose exclusion criteria that limit the participation of fathers convicted of sex offenses or child abuse, or of those subject to protective orders prohibiting contact with their co-parents or children. We draw on data from a national implementation evaluation of these grantees, including site visits and interviews with key stakeholders from the MFS-IP programs during Years 1 to 3 of program delivery. We also present preliminary, descriptive data from baseline interviews with incarcerated fathers and co-parents involved in a multisite, longitudinal impact study. While programs funded under this mechanism will continue serving families through September 2011, this brief describes their efforts through Year 3 of the grant period (ending September 2009). Details: Washington, DC: Administration for Children and Families/Office of Family Assistance, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: ASPE Research Brief: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/hsp/08/mfs-ip/Innovative/rb.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 129570

Author: Dona Sapp, Brad Ray Title: Traumatic Brain Injury Prevalence: Indiana Department of Correction Prison Population Summary: In Indiana, there is currently no systematic screening for traumatic brain injury (TBI) among incarcerated populations; however, a recent analysis conducted by researchers at the Indiana University Public Policy Institute (PPI) of baseline TBI screening data, collected in fall 2012 by the Indiana Department of Correction (IDOC), suggests that nearly 36 percent of offenders in Indiana facilities reported some form of TBI during their lifetime.. This issue brief summarizes the results of the Indiana baseline data analysis, as well as research findings from other states and at the national level, on the prevalence of TBI among incarcerated populations. The brief concludes with a discussion of recommended best practices for diagnosing and treating TBI both pre- and post-release from prison, including recommended next steps for addressing this issue in Indiana. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Public Policy Institute, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2013 at: https://www.policyinstitute.iu.edu/criminal/publicationDetail.aspx?publicationID=735 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Brain Injury Shelf Number: 129573

Author: University of Chicago Crime Lab Title: Short Term Results of the One Summer Plus 2012 Evaluation Summary: In 2012, Chicago’s Department of Family and Support Services designed and implemented a youth summer employment program called One Summer Plus (OSP). OSP combined a part-time summer job with proven cognitive behavioral therapy-based programming in order to reduce violence involvement and generate lasting improvements in youth outcomes. Importantly, OSP was structured like a clinical trial in medicine to generate rigorous evidence on the program’s effects – a vital contribution given that there is almost no convincing research on the effects of summer jobs, especially on crime. The program was open to youth in 13 Chicago Public Schools located in high-violence neighborhoods. This brief reports on the early findings from the evaluation study, using administrative data on schooling and crime during a 7-month follow-up period. While participants attended less summer school (4 percentage points lower enrollment) and saw no change in other schooling outcomes, they also showed an enormous proportional drop in violent-crime arrests after 7 post-program months (3.7 fewer arrests per 100 participants, a 51 percent decline). Although it is too early for a full benefit-cost analysis, if these results persist, the program’s benefits may eventually outweigh its costs given the extremely high social costs of violent crime. Future work will continue to track study youth, but even these preliminary findings provide convincing evidence that OSP was highly successful in reducing violence among adolescents. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Crime Lab, 2013. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://crimelab.uchicago.edu/sites/crimelab.uchicago.edu/files/uploads/Plus%20results%20brief%20FINAL%2020130802.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 129575

Author: Bersani, Bianca E. Title: An Examination of the "Marriage Effect" on Desistance from Crime among U.S. Immigrants Summary: Interest in the relationship between immigration and crime has a long history in the United States. Since the late 19th and early 20th centuries much anxiety has been levied at the social ills associated with immigrants, and in particular, the criminal element they may bring with them (see, for example, Immigration Commission 1911). Despite these concerns, research spanning more than a century has revealed that the stereotype of the "criminal immigrant" is a myth (Hagan and Palloni 1999; Rumbaut and Ewing 2007) and that the foreign-born (e.g., first generation immigrants) are involved in significantly less crime than their native-born peers (Lee and Martinez 2009; Sampson and Laub 2005; Zhou and Bankston 2006). At the same time, however, research also demonstrates increasing rates of crime among the children of immigrants, (e.g., the second generation) (Bersani 2012; Morenoff and Astor 2006). As the second generation immigrant population continues to grow attention has shifted to understanding the reasons for the dramatic increase in offending among the children of immigrants as well as the factors that insulate the first generation from crime. Alongside this shift in research attention, a related body of work posits a declining significance of marriage among the second and later generations (Oropesa and Landale 2004). This decline is noteworthy for two reasons: First, research on immigration and crime often identifies the family as an important protective factor among first generation immigrants (Suarez-Orozco and Suarez-Orozco 2001; Zhou 1997), suggesting that "immigrant families may have an advantage because they are more likely to bond together and establish social ties and cooperative kin-based economic and childrearing practices" (MacDonald and Saunders 2012: 132). Second, the benefits of family bonds, and marriage in particular, for fostering desistance from crime have been well established in previous research (Laub and Sampson 2003; Sampson and Laub 1993). Thus, a decline in marriage among later generations holds the power to influence patterns of criminality among the children of immigrants. The aim of this research is to merge separate but related bodies of work by integrating research on immigration, marriage and family, and crime to shed light on the factors that shape patterns of criminal offending among the children of immigrants as they transition to young adulthood. This research addresses three core questions: 1) are second generation immigrants (defined as individuals born in the U.S. with at least one foreign-born parent) entering into marriage at a slower pace than their first generation immigrant (defined as those born outside the U.S. with foreign-born parents) peers?; 2) what role does marriage play in understanding immigrant offending?; and 3) is the relationship between marriage and offending conditioned by immigrant generational status and/or country/region of birth (i.e., nativity)? To situate these findings in the larger body of research, we also examine a sample of native-born youth, disaggregated by race and ethnicity, for comparison purposes. Our findings reveal important similarities and differences between immigrant generations with respect to patterns of marriage and offending. First, counter to expectations of a "retreat" from marriage (i.e., a declining rate), we find that second generation immigrants marry at rates comparable to their White, Hispanic, and first generation immigrant peers. Second, consistent with previous research, we find that marriage is negatively related to crime for both first and second generation immigrants. However, this "marriage effect" is particularly strong the second generation. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/242326.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 129583

Author: Kegler, Scott R. Title: Firearm Homicides and Suicides in Major Metropolitan Areas — United States, 2006–2007 and 2009–2010 Summary: Firearm homicides and suicides are a continuing public health concern in the United States. During 2009–2010, a total of 22,571 firearm homicides and 38,126 firearm suicides occurred among U.S. residents. This includes 3,397 firearm homicides and 1,548 firearm suicides among persons aged 10–19 years; the firearm homicide rate for this age group was slightly above the all-ages rate. This report updates an earlier report that provided statistics on firearm homicides and suicides in major metropolitan areas for 2006–2007, with special emphasis on persons aged 10–19 years in recognition of the importance of early prevention efforts. Firearm homicide and suicide rates were calculated for the 50 most populous U.S. metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) for 2009–2010 using mortality data from the National Vital Statistics System (NVSS) and population data from the U.S. Census Bureau. Comparison statistics were recalculated for 2006–2007 to reflect revisions to MSA delineations and population estimates subsequent to the earlier report. Although the firearm homicide rate for large MSAs collectively remained above the national rate during 2009–2010, more than 75% of these MSAs showed a decreased rate from 2006–2007, largely accounting for a national decrease. The firearm homicide rate for persons aged 10–19 years exceeded the all-ages rate in many of these MSAs during 2009–2010, similar to the earlier reporting period. Conversely, although the firearm suicide rate for large MSAs collectively remained below the national rate during 2009–2010, nearly 75% of these MSAs showed an increased rate from 2006–2007, paralleling the national trend. Firearm suicide rates among persons aged 10–19 years were low compared with all-ages rates during both periods. These patterns can inform the development and monitoring of strategies directed at reducing firearm-related violence. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, August 2, 2013: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/wk/mm6230.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129586

Author: Perliger, Arie Title: Challengers from the Sidelines: Understanding America’s Violent Far-Right Summary: In the last few years, and especially since 2007, there has been a dramatic rise in the number of attacks and violent plots originating from individuals and groups who self-identify with the far-right of American politics. These incidents cause many to wonder whether these are isolated attacks, an increasing trend, part of increasing societal violence, or attributable to some other condition. To date, however, there has been limited systematic documentation and analysis of incidents of American domestic violence. This study provides a conceptual foundation for understanding different far-right groups and then presents the empirical analysis of violent incidents to identify those perpetrating attacks and their associated trends. Through a comprehensive look at the data, this study addresses three core questions: (1) What are the main current characteristics of the violence produced by the far right? (2) What type of far-right groups are more prone than others to engage in violence? How are characteristics of particular far-right groups correlated with their tendency to engage in violence? (3) What are the social and political factors associated with the level of far-right violence? Are there political or social conditions that foster or discourage violence? It is important to note that this study concentrates on those individuals and groups who have actually perpetuated violence and is not a comprehensive analysis of the political causes with which some far-right extremists identify. While the ability to hold and appropriately articulate diverse political views is an American strength, extremists committing acts of violence in the name of those causes undermine the freedoms that they purport to espouse. Details: West Point, NY: Combating Terrorism Center at West Point, 2013. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.ctc.usma.edu/posts/challengers-from-the-sidelines-understanding-americas-violent-far-right Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 129588

Author: Roman, John K. Title: Race, Justifiable Homicide, and Stand Your Ground Laws: Analysis of FBI Supplementary Homicide Report Data Summary: There are racial disparities throughout the criminal justice system. From stop and frisk, to motor vehicle searches at traffic stops, to sentencing and the application of the death penalty, African Americans disproportionately are contacted by the criminal justice system in myriad ways. Notably, finding a racial disparity is not synonymous with finding racial animus. African Americans are more likely to live in dense, impoverished places, and poverty and segregation are clearly linked to criminal incidence and prevalence. Distinguishing racial animus within racial disparities is exceedingly difficult with existing datasets that do not include such key measures as setting and context. However, it is possible to compare the rates of racial disparity across points of criminal justice system contact. Such an effort could help highlight comparatively disproportionate laws and procedures. One area of possible racial disparity—differences in findings that a homicide was ruled justified—has received little attention and could measurably improve that comparison. This paper addresses three research hypotheses to test for racial disparities in justifiable homicide findings:  Do the rates of justifiable homicides differ by the race of the victim and offender?  If there are racial disparities in the rates homicides are found justified, how does that disparity compare to other racial disparities in criminal justice system processing? and  Are there fact patterns of homicides that increase racial disparities? The purpose of this analysis is to analyze objective national data that could measure the presence of racial disparities in rulings of justifiable homicides. In this analysis, the phrase “racial disparity” is value free: the presence of a racial disparity is a necessary but insufficient condition to identify racial animus in criminal case processing. Racial animus can only be causally identified if all other competing explanations for the existence of a racial disparity can be rejected. Without a prospective, randomized controlled trial—obviously impossible—such causal claims must have caveats. However, a well-designed retrospective study of observational data can identify important correlations between homicide case attributes and the presence of racial disparities. Other research can compare these rates of racial disparities to other racial disparities in the criminal justice system to determine how the rates of racial disparity in self-defense cases differ. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412873-stand-your-ground.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 129589

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Transportation Security: Action Needed to Strengthen TSA's Security Threat Assessment Process Summary: The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) implements programs that, for example, ensure individuals with unescorted access to secure areas of the nation’s critical transportation infrastructure do not pose a security threat. Key to these programs are security threat assessments that screen individuals for links to terrorism, criminal history, and immigration status. TSA’s Adjudication Center serves as the primary operational component in this process. GAO was asked to examine the performance and staffing strategy of the center. This report addresses the extent to which 1) TSA has measured performance for the center and what the data show; 2) TSA offices have coordinated to meet security threat assessment workload; and 3) TSA addressed potential risks posed by using a mix of government employees and contractors to adjudicate security threat assessments. GAO analyzed TSA data describing the center’s performance since October 2010; reviewed documentation, including staffing plans; and interviewed TSA officials about data measurement and staffing practices. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that TSA, among other things: direct the Adjudication Center to calculate an accuracy rate that includes adjudicator performance for cases where applicants were both approved and disqualified; share adjudicator staffing plans among key program offices; and update its Adjudication Center workforce conversion plan and provide it to DHS for review and approval. DHS concurred with our recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-629: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/656051.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 129590

Author: Huebner, Beth Title: Sex Offender Recidivism in Missouri and Community Correction Options Summary: There has been substantial public scrutiny over the release of sex offenders to the community, predominantly for individuals who have assaulted young children. The vast majority of sex offenders, however, will be returned to the community following incarceration. Understanding the recidivism patterns of sex offenders and successful community corrections options are one step in developing effective sentencing and correctional policies. Using data provided by the Missouri Department of Corrections, a sample of men in all offense categories released from Missouri prison in 1998 was analyzed. The sample was analyzed by demographic factors, criminal history, and institutional behavior. The results show that Missouri sex offenders were more likely to be older, white, and have less educational and employment deficits than the general prison population. Sex offenders were significantly more likely to have consistent employment histories, have been convicted of a prior sex crime, provide moderate risk to the public, have a higher salient factor score, have lower institutional risk scores, and to have spent more time in prison. Sex offenders spent significantly more time in prison than offenders who had committed other types of crime. Consistent with prior studies on prisoner recidivism, inmates convicted of property crimes had the highest recidivism rates. Sex offenders had the lowest rates of recidivism and the Missouri rates were consistent with national averages. Little variation in recidivism outcomes was observed for sex offender types in the current sample. Although the rates of recidivism vary across offender groups, when these men do recidivate, they are more likely to commit the type of offense for which they were previously imprisoned. For sex offenders in Missouri, however, a smaller percentage were convicted of another sex crime. Analyses to determine which independent variables were predictors of recidivism could not be meaningfully conducted for sex offenders due to the small sample size. Future studies should consider recidivism outcomes from a multi-year cohort of sex offenders. The state of Washington, as well as county jurisdictions in Illinois and Arizona have put into practice punishment policies, designed specifically for sex offenders, which have been regarded as effective alternative methods to punitively control those convicted of sex crimes. Washington sentencing statutes dictate statewide uniformity in the sentencing in addition to the use of intermediate community-based punishments for sex offenders. However, legislative bodies in Arizona and Illinois have not established similar statewide mandates; nonetheless, individual counties within each state maintain punishment policies mirroring those employed at a larger level in Washington. According to the literature, offenders who receive such sentences “differ in important ways from those sentenced to prison” (Hepburn and Griffin 2004:8). Indeed, they are commonly deemed as low-risk to the community and considered to have a moderate likelihood of committing another sex crime. Details: Columbia, MO: Institute of Public Policy, Truman School of Public Affairs, University of Missouri – Columbia, 2006. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.mosac.mo.gov/file.jsp?id=45354 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 129592

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: State Marijuana Legalization Initiatives: Implications for Federal Law Enforcement Summary: Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug across the world, including in the United States. In 2011, an estimated 18.1 million individuals in the United States aged 12 or older (7% of this population) had used marijuana in the past month. The rate of reported marijuana use in 2011 was significantly higher than those rates reported prior to 2009. Mirroring this increase in use, marijuana availability in the United States has also increased. This growth has been linked to factors such as rising marijuana production in Mexico, decreasing marijuana eradication in Mexico, and increasing marijuana cultivation in the United States led by criminal networks including Mexican drug trafficking organizations. Along with the uptick in the availability and use of marijuana in the United States, there has been a general shift in public attitudes toward the substance. In 1969, 12% of the surveyed population supported legalizing marijuana; today, more than half (52%) of surveyed adults have expressed opinions that marijuana should be legalized. And, 60% indicate that the federal government should not enforce its marijuana laws in states that allow the use of marijuana. The federal government—through the Controlled Substances Act (CSA; P.L. 91-513; 21 U.S.C. §801 et. seq.)—prohibits the manufacture, distribution, dispensation, and possession of marijuana. Over the last few decades, some states have deviated from an across-the-board prohibition of marijuana. Evolving state-level positions on marijuana include decriminalization initiatives, legal exceptions for medical use, and legalization of certain quantities for recreational use. Notably, in the November 2012 elections, voters in Washington State and Colorado voted to legalize, regulate, and tax the recreational use of small amounts of marijuana. These latest moves have spurred a number of questions regarding their potential implications for related federal law enforcement activities and for the nation’s drug policies on the whole. Among these questions is whether or to what extent state initiatives to decriminalize, or even legalize, the use of marijuana conflict with federal law. In general, federal law enforcement has tailored its efforts to target criminal networks rather than individual criminals; its stance regarding marijuana offenders appears consistent with this position. While drug-related investigations and prosecutions remain a priority for federal law enforcement, the Obama Administration has suggested that efforts will be harnessed against large-scale trafficking organizations rather than on recreational users of marijuana. Some may question whether state-level laws and regulations regarding marijuana prohibition—in particular those that clash with federal laws—may adversely impact collaborative law enforcement efforts and relationships. Currently, there is no evidence to suggest that the operation of these collaborative bodies will be impacted by current state-level marijuana decriminalization or legalization initiatives. Data from the U.S. Sentencing Commission seem to indicate a federal law enforcement focus on trafficking as opposed to possession offenses. Of the federal drug cases with marijuana listed as the primary drug type (28% of total drug cases sentenced), over 98% involved a sentence for drug trafficking in 2012. A number of criminal networks rely heavily on profits generated from the sale of illegal drugs— including marijuana—in the United States. As such, scholars and policymakers have questioned whether or how any changes in state or federal marijuana policy in the United States might impact organized crime proceeds and levels of drug trafficking-related violence, particularly in Mexico. In short, there are no definitive answers to these questions; without clear understanding of (1) actual proceeds generated by the sale of illicit drugs in the United States, (2) the proportion of total proceeds attributable to the sale of marijuana, and (3) the proportion of marijuana sales controlled by criminal organizations and affiliated gangs, any estimates of how marijuana legalization might impact the drug trafficking organizations are purely speculative. Given the differences between federal marijuana policies and those of states including Colorado and Washington, Congress may choose to address state legalization initiatives in a number of ways, or choose to take no action. Among the host of options, policymakers may choose to amend or affirm federal marijuana policy, exercise oversight over federal law enforcement activities, or incentivize state policies through the provision or denial of certain funds. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: R43164: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43164.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 129595

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Greenwash: Nativists, Environmentalism and the Hypocrisy of Hate Summary: A quarter of a century ago, John Tanton, a white nationalist who would go on to almost single-handedly construct the contemporary, hard-line anti-immigration movement, wrote about his secret desire to bring the Sierra Club, the nation's largest environmental organization, into the nativist fold. He spelled out his motive clearly: Using an organization perceived by the public as part of the liberal left would insulate nativists from charges of racism — charges that, given the explicitly pro-"European-American" advocacy of Tanton and many of his allies over the years, would likely otherwise stick. In the ensuing decades, nativist forces followed Tanton's script, making several attempts to win over the Sierra Club and its hundreds of thousands of members. That effort culminated in 2004, when nativists mounted a serious effort to take over the Sierra Club's board of directors, an attempt that was beaten back only after a strenuous campaign by Sierra Club members and groups including the Southern Poverty Law Center. The attempt was a classic case of "greenwashing" — a cynical effort by nativist activists to seduce environmentalists to join their cause for purely strategic reasons. Now, the greenwashers are back. In the last few years, right-wing groups have paid to run expensive advertisements in liberal publications that explicitly call on environmentalists and other "progressives" to join their anti-immigration cause. They've created an organization called Progressives for Immigration Reform that purports to represent liberals who believe immigration must be radically curtailed in order to preserve the American environment. They've constructed websites accusing immigrants of being responsible for urban sprawl, traffic congestion, overconsumption and a host of other environmental evils. Time and again, they have suggested that immigration is the most important issue for conservationists. The hypocrisy of these come-ons can be astounding. The group headed by Roy Beck, one of the key activists leading the efforts, has given close to half a million dollars to a far-right news service that has described global warming as a hoax. Tanton's wife, who works hand in glove with her husband, runs an anti-immigration political action committee (PAC) that funds candidates with abysmal environmental voting records. The congressional allies of John Tanton, Beck and the other greenwashers are organized into an anti-immigration caucus whose members have even worse environmental voting records than the beneficiaries of Mary Lou Tanton's PAC. John Tanton's U.S. Inc., a foundation set up to fund nativist groups, spent about $150,000 on a highly conservative fundraising agency whose client list includes several major anti-environmental organizations. This new wave of greenwashing attempts, in particular the formation of Progressives for Immigration Reform as a purported group of “liberals,” is only the latest attempt by nativist forces to appear as something they are not. The white-dominated Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR), the most important of the groups founded by Tanton, has been behind the creation of three other front groups that supposedly represented African Americans (Choose Black America), Latino Americans (You Don’t Speak for Me!) and labor (Coalition for the Future American Worker). In fact, FAIR had its own white spokesman double as a press representative for the first two organizations. Another group unrelated to FAIR, Vietnamese for Fair Immigration, turned out to be led by a white man who used a fake Vietnamese surname and whose only connection to that country was that he liked the food. The arguments being made by the nativists today — in a nutshell, that immigration drives population increase and that a growing population is the main driver of environmental degradation — have in the last 15 years been rejected by the mainstream of the environmental movement as far too simplistic. The allegation that immigrants are responsible for urban sprawl, for example, ignores the fact that most immigrants live in dense, urban neighborhoods and do not contribute significantly to suburban or exurban sprawl. In a similar way, most conservationists have come to believe that many of the world's most intractable environmental problems, including global warming, can only be solved by dealing with them on a worldwide, not a nation-by-nation, basis. The greenwashers are wolves in sheep's clothing, right-wing nativists who are doing their best to seduce the mainstream environmental movement in a bid for legitimacy and more followers. John Tanton, the man who originally devised the strategy, is in fact far more concerned with the impact of Latino and other non-white immigration on a "European-American" culture than on conservation. Most of the greenwashers are men and women of the far right, hardly "progressives." Environmentalists need to be aware of so-called "progressives for immigration reform" and their true motives. These individuals and organizations do not see protecting the environment as their primary goal — on the contrary, the nativists are first and foremost about radically restricting immigration. Environmentalists should not fall for their rhetoric. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/Greenwash.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Environmentalists (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129597

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Terror From the Right: Plots, Conspiracies and Racist Rampages Since Oklahoma City Summary: At 9:02 a.m. on April 19, 1995, a 7,000-pound truck bomb, constructed of ammonium nitrate fertilizer and nitromethane racing fuel and packed into 13 plastic barrels, ripped through the heart of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City. The explosion wrecked much of downtown Oklahoma City and killed 168 people, including 19 children in a day-care center. Another 500 were injured. Although many Americans initially suspected an attack by Middle Eastern radicals, it quickly became clear that the mass murder had actually been carried out by domestic, right-wing terrorists. The slaughter engineered by Timothy McVeigh and Terry Nichols, men steeped in the conspiracy theories and white-hot fury of the American radical right, marked the opening shot in a new kind of domestic political extremism — a revolutionary ideology whose practitioners do not hesitate to carry out attacks directed at entirely innocent victims, people selected essentially at random to make a political point. After Oklahoma, it was no longer sufficient for many American right-wing terrorists to strike at a target of political significance — instead, they reached for higher and higher body counts, reasoning that they had to eclipse McVeigh’s attack to win attention. What follows is a detailed listing of major terrorist plots and racist rampages that have emerged from the American radical right in the years since Oklahoma City. These have included plans to bomb government buildings, banks, refineries, utilities, clinics, synagogues, mosques, memorials and bridges; to assassinate police officers, judges, politicians, civil rights figures and others; to rob banks, armored cars and other criminals; and to amass illegal machine guns, missiles, explosives and biological and chemical weapons. Each of these plots aimed to make changes in America through the use of political violence. Most contemplated the deaths of large numbers of people — in one case, as many as 30,000, or 10 times the number murdered on Sept. 11, 2001. Details: Montgomery AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/terror_from_the_right_2012_web_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129598

Author: Thomas, Chantal Title: Immigration Controls and 'Modern-Day Slavery' Summary: Are immigration controls the single biggest legal factor contributing to modern‐day slavery? In a national and international political moment in which immigration law and policy are being hotly debated, participants in the debate should recognize the impact of strict migration controls – one of the clearest results of the current U.S. immigration law reform effort – is to exacerbate conditions of immiseration that are frequently associated by anti‐trafficking advocates and reformers with "modern‐day slavery." Conversely, those who are fighting to end modern‐day slavery might be best advised to focus on immigration reform that relaxes border control and increases the rights and remedies of undocumented migrants, as the measures that could most provide immediate redress. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell Law School, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Cornell Legal Studies Research Paper No. 13-86 : Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2294656 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 129599

Author: Kopak, Albert M. Title: Innovations in Information Sharing: An Overview of an Initiative at Sarasota County Florida Sheriff’s Office Summary: Advancements in computer technology have benefitted police with a wealth of information, but they are often still ineffective in their practices because much of this information goes unused. The Sarasota County Sheriff’s Office is on the forefront of the information sharing movement among law enforcement agencies with their adaptation of Microsoft SharePoint®. This application gives the Sarasota County Sheriff’s Office an innovative way to provide actionable information to strategically guide their law enforcement activities. This overview details how the Sarasota County Sheriff’s Office has collaborated with surrounding law enforcement and legal agencies to enhance the entire region’s police practices. Details: International Police Executive Symposium, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper no. 48: Accessed August 8, 2013 at: http://www.ipes.info/WPS/WPS_No_48.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 129603

Author: Huebner, Beth Title: Sex Offender Risk Assessment Summary: Compared to clinical methods, actuarial risk instruments are a preferred method to discern sex offenders risk for sexual as well as violent recidivism because, unlike clinical practices, they are considered inexpensive, objective and modestly accurate. Scientists argue that risk instruments that employ only static, or historic measures of offender characteristics, rather than dynamic, are certainly sufficient for the purposes of gauging individuals’ likelihood of recidivism. In fact, Harris and Rice (2003:207) contend that dynamic constructs are “unnecessary for anticipating who will recidivate in a given time period”; furthermore they state that “very accurate statements about the likelihood of another…offense can be based upon knowledge of an individual’s lifetime conduct.” In their view, offender risk scales that incorporate only static information are essentially capturing factors that reflect a person’s underlying antisocial propensity. Although there are a considerable number of risk instruments available for corrections officials to utilize, far fewer have been rigorously evaluated. Of those that have, Harris and Rice (2003) recommend that the MnSOST-R and the Static-99 are two of the most “promising” scales for predicting sexual recidivism. An emerging body of work also suggests that the SORAG is quite effectual in terms of its predictive accuracy. Additional empirical research is likely to surface which will provide further evidence of the statistical accuracy of sex offender risk instruments. Details: Columbia, MO: Institute of Public Policy, Truman School of Public Affairs, University of Missouri – Columbia, 2006. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.mosac.mo.gov/file.jsp?id=45355 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 129613

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Compstat: Its Origins, Evolution, and Future in Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: This report, “Compstat: Its Origins, Evolution, and Future in Law Enforcement Agencies,” traces how Compstat came into being, how it changed as it spread to hundreds of police agencies across the country, and where it’s headed for the future. Begun 20 years ago in New York City, Compstat has become a part of the institutional DNA of policing. With support from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, PERF launched a project to assess how this happened. We conducted a survey of law enforcement agencies about their Compstat systems, and we held a national conference in which police executives and other experts described their experiences with Compstat. Then PERF conducted site visits in law enforcement agencies across the country, observing Compstat meetings and interviewing local officials. We found that law enforcement agencies have taken Compstat in different directions and to new levels of performance since it was first developed. Few policing innovations have been more transformative than Compstat. Compstat changed how police view crime problems. Instead of merely responding to crimes after they are committed, police expanded their mission to focus on preventing the next crime. Compstat helps to achieve that mission. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://policeforum.org/library/compstat/Compstat.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129614

Author: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy Title: National Southwest Border Counternarcotics Strategy: 2013 Summary: The United States, at the local, state, tribal, and Federal levels, has made a concerted effort to enhance, expand, and codify multiple measures designed to address the serious threats posed by illicit drug trafficking across the Southwest border and violence in Mexico. Despite many successes, improved cooperation, coordination, unity of effort, and information sharing, illicit drug trafficking continues to be a multi-faceted threat to our national security which requires additional focus and effort. Transnational criminal organizations based in Mexico with world-wide international connections continue to dominate the illegal drug supply chain and are continuing to expand their illegal activities throughout the United States. Indeed, 90 to 95 percent of all cocaine that enters the United States continues to pass through the Mexico/Central America corridor from the cocaine source countries further south. Mexico remains the primary foreign source of marijuana and methamphetamine destined for U.S. markets and is also a source and transit country for heroin. The same organizations that traffic in drugs also control the south-bound flow of drug-related bulk currency and illegal weapons. The smuggling and illegal export of weapons from the United States into Mexico is a threat to the overall safety and security of both countries and continues to fuel violence along the Southwest border and in the interior of Mexico. Indeed, weapons smuggled into Mexico often end up in the hands of the Transnational Criminal Organizations (TCOs) or other smuggling organizations where they can be employed against law enforcement officers and citizens in either country. On its northern border with the United States, Mexico experienced a dramatic surge in border crime and violence in recent years due to intense competition between Mexican TCOs that employ predatory tactics to realize their profits. The U.S. Government continues to respond to the challenges posed by transnational criminal organizations through a variety of coordinated activities, both at the operational and national policy levels. The U.S.–Mexico bilateral relationship continues to grow based on increasingly strong, multi-layered institutional ties. The commitment of both governments to improve citizen security in each country is underscored by the Merida Initiative, an unprecedented partnership between the United States and Mexico to fight organized crime and associated violence while furthering respect for human rights and the rule of law. Based on principles of shared responsibility, mutual trust, and respect for sovereign independence, the two countries’ efforts have built confidence that continues to transform and strengthen the bilateral relationship in 2013 and beyond. Details: Washington, DC: ONDPC, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/southwest_border_strategy_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 129615

Author: PRI Management Group Title: Independent Audit of Milwaukee Police Crime Statistics and Reporting Procedure Summary: A. The first objective of this audit was to obtain sufficient and appropriate evidence to provide an expert opinion regarding the validity of the police department’s internal audit and its findings which focused on the assault category. It is not an objective of this audit to determine Milwaukee crime rates and increases or decreases thereof. B. The second objective is to assess the police department’s police reporting and records management processes, protocols and records management system (RMS), and provide an expert opinion regarding whether these elements have affected the Department’s compliance with NIBRS assault reporting standards and if so, how. C. The third objective is to provide an expert opinion regarding whether any intentional efforts were undertaken by the police department and its personnel to manipulate or misrepresent crime statistical information. V. SCOPE AND METHODOLOGIES The scope of this audit encompassed a thorough review of Milwaukee Police policy, protocol, data, and procedure including a review of a sampling of police incident reports from 2006-2012. In order to meet the objectives stated above a comprehensive review was conducted not only of police reports and statistics themselves, but also of the processes and systems used to produce them. This 360 degree approach, which enabled the audit to both reveal and rule out what has caused the inaccuracies, included analyzing the entire reporting process, employee’s knowledge of NIBRS standards, training levels, and the RMS system and its code tables. It is widely known there are errors in the statistics and the focus as such is to determine what caused them. It has been determined as a result of this audit that while it is correct there were inaccuracies in the crime statistics, the allegations inferring the Milwaukee Police Department had intentionally altered them are baseless. The Milwaukee Police Department is not hiding crimes, erasing statistics or undertaking other efforts to present a false picture of crime in the city. When someone reports a crime in Milwaukee the fact of the matter is, it gets recorded. While the crime category that the incident gets listed in has clearly been problematic, the record of the crime doesn’t disappear. In simplest terms, even when reports are misclassified they are still on the books. Police departments maintain and report statistics in 2 ways. One set of statistics gets reported to the FBI according to their reporting rules which include standardized definitions and methodologies specific to NIBRS. What the public needs to understand is that all of the police reports and their corresponding statistics are still present in the records management system and can be researched at any given time. With the exception of those records which are confidential according to public records law, anyone can request to see this information. This data remains independent of the FBI standards and definitions; definitions which do not coincide with state statutes in many cases. To truly lower crime artificially and successfully conceal the effort, reports of crimes to the police would have to be erased from the multiple places the information simultaneously resides including departmental databases, computer-aided dispatch systems, records management systems, back-up media, phone recordings and mobile computers. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Milwaukee Fire and Police Commission, 2012. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2013 at: http://city.milwaukee.gov/ImageLibrary/Groups/cityFPC/Reports/MilwaukeeReportFinalwithAppend.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (Milwaukee, U.S.) Shelf Number: 129630

Author: Buck, Sarah A. Title: Teachers with Guns: Firearms Discharges by Schoolteachers, 1980 – 2012 Summary: Following the 2012 school shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School, the National Rifle Association proposed arming schoolteachers as a means of confronting and preventing such tragedies. The Center’s study identifies 30 instances prior to the proposal that involve a schoolteacher discharging his/her weapon, though not necessarily on school grounds. Most incidents involved intentional, unlawful discharges. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Center for Homicide Research, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://homicidecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Teachers-with-Guns-RESEARCH-REPORT-FINAL1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 129632

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: America Under the Gun: A 50-State Analysis of Gun Violence and Its Link to Weak State Gun Laws Summary: In the aftermath of mass shootings and other gun-related tragedies, there is often a surge of interest on the part of community leaders, social-science researchers, and elected officials to root out the causes of gun violence in an effort to prevent such tragedies from occurring again. Any study into the causes of gun violence is necessarily complicated, however, as there are innumerable factors that contribute to the nature and prevalence of gun-related violence in any community. Despite this complex web of factors that influence the rate of gun violence, this report finds a clear link between high levels of gun violence and weak state gun laws. Across the key indicators of gun violence that we analyzed, the 10 states with the weakest gun laws collectively have an aggregate level of gun violence that is more than twice as high—104 percent higher, in fact—than the 10 states with the strongest gun laws. The data analyzed in this report relate to the following 10 indicators of gun violence: 1. Overall firearm deaths in 2010 2. Overall firearm deaths from 2001 through 2010 3. Firearm homicides in 2010 4. Firearm suicides in 2010 5. Firearm homicides among women from 2001 through 2010 6. Firearm deaths among children ages 0 to 17, from 2001 through 2010 7. Law-enforcement agents feloniously killed with a firearm from 2002 through 2011 8. Aggravated assaults with a firearm in 2011 9. Crime-gun export rates in 2009 10. Percentage of crime guns with a short “time to crime” in 2009. Using these data, we rank each state according to the rate of each indicator of gun violence and create an overall ranking of the states across all 10 indicators, resulting in an overall state ranking for the prevalence of gun violence. Finally, we compare this overall state gun-violence ranking with a Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence ranking of states based on the strength of their gun laws. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/AmericaUnderTheGun-3.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 129633

Author: Jenkins, Jack Title: Thou Shall Not Kill: Faith Groups and Gun-Violence Prevention Summary: Rev. Agabus Lartey, pastor of Family Life Fellowship Church in Boston, Massachusetts, left the lights on for his daughter Kristen before going to bed last August. But Kristen, a 22-year-old who had just graduated from college, never came home that night. Instead, she and three other young women were gunned down that evening while sitting in a car on a nearby street. Three of the four women died from their wounds, all victims of senseless—yet, for many Americans, frighteningly frequent—gun violence. “I went into her room, and she wasn’t there,” Lartey told The Boston Globe. “I had an inkling, I started connecting the dots, and at that moment my doorbell rang, and there was a cop, and I knew that she had passed. … My birthday is the day that my daughter died.” Stories such as Kristen’s are all too common in the United States, but they don’t have to be. Millions of Americans have been affected by gun violence in their communities, and millions more are calling for an end to the killing—and their voices are growing louder. In the wake of the tragic mass shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut, last December, an overwhelming majority of Americans called for common-sense gun regulations that could help prevent future killings: Polls show that 91 percent of Americans, including 85 percent of gun owners, support universal background checks for gun purchases. But despite such strong public support, the U.S. Senate failed to pass a series of sensible gun regulations last week—including universal background checks for gun purchases. The Senate’s refusal to act has triggered widespread outrage among gun-violence-prevention advocates. Yet now more than ever, advocates are determined to intensify their efforts to defeat the gun lobby and win common-sense regulations to help make America safer. Faith-based groups have long been key partners in these kinds of efforts, bringing a moral voice, firsthand experience, learned expertise, and strategic know-how to the cause. Together with citizen groups, law-enforcement officials, elected leaders, and survivors of shootings, they are decrying the cowardice of senators who voted down gun laws and calling for sensible regulations that will help curb the epidemic of gun violence that haunts neighborhoods across the country. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/FaithGunViolence.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Faith-Based Groups Shelf Number: 129635

Author: Stachelberg, Winnie Title: Preventing Domestic Abusers and Stalkers from Accessing Guns Summary: While opinions may differ as to the scope of the Second Amendment right to keep and bear arms, almost all Americans agree that criminals should not have access to guns. Congress recognized the need to keep guns out of the hands of dangerous people more than 40 years ago when it passed the Gun Control Act of 1968, which prohibited felons and other dangerous individuals from owning guns. The Supreme Court has also sanctioned restrictions on gun ownership by such individuals, repeatedly holding in recent decisions that such federal and state laws to prohibit gun ownership by criminals and other dangerous individuals are well within the bounds of the Constitution. One group of people who are at a heightened risk of gun attacks is women who are targets of domestic violence and stalking. We know that intimate-partner violence is a pernicious crime that affects millions of women across the country. Women are more than three-and-a-half times as likely to be killed by an intimate partner than men. In 2005, 40 percent of female homicide victims nationwide were killed by a current or former intimate partner, and guns were used in more than half of those murders. The lethality of domestic-violence incidents—and therefore the risk to women—increases exponentially when a firearm is present in the home: Having a gun in the home increases the risk of homicide of an intimate partner by eight times compared to households without guns. This risk of homicide increases by 20 times compared to households without guns when there is a history of domestic violence in the family. Congress has previously recognized the unique dangers posed by domestic abusers with guns. In the mid-1990s it enacted legislation to ban domestic-violence misdemeanants and individuals subject to some domestic-violence restraining orders from buying or possessing guns. But the current laws do not go far enough to protect women from the dangers presented by batterers and stalkers with guns. Federal law that is currently designed to protect women from gun violence suffers from four key weaknesses: ◾Background checks are not required on all gun sales, so domestic abusers prohibited from gun ownership can easily circumvent the gun-ownership ban by buying a gun from a private seller. ◾The federal limits on domestic abusers are too narrow because they omit abusers in dating relationships and abusers subject to some emergency restraining orders. ◾There is no federal ban on gun ownership for stalkers convicted of misdemeanor crimes and who are subject to restraining orders. ◾Federal, state, and local authorities do not adequately enforce the laws already in place by disarming and prosecuting domestic abusers who violate the current laws and maintain possession of firearms. This report examines all of these gaps in current law and law enforcement, and cites case examples of how each gap enabled domestic abusers and stalkers to obtain the guns they used to murder women. These weaknesses in federal law and law enforcement leave untold numbers of women vulnerable to gun violence committed by men who have harassed, stalked, threatened, and terrorized them, often for years. Congress must act to close these loopholes in the law and ensure that victims of stalking and domestic violence are not further victimized, looking at the end of a gun. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/GunsStalkersBrief-3.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 129636

Author: Finkelhor, David: Jones, Lisa Title: Have Sexual Abuse and Physical Abuse Declined Since the 1990s? Summary: This bulletin summarizes statistics on trends for sexual and physical abuse. A decline in sexual abuse since the early 1990s is a conclusion supported by 3 independent sources of agency data and 4 separate large victim surveys. The trend for physical abuse is less clear, since several of the data sources show conflicting patterns. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes against Chidlren Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2012. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/CV267_Have%20SA%20%20PA%20Decline_FACT%20SHEET_11-7-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 129637

Author: Negroponte, John D. Title: Defending an Open, Global, Secure, and Resilient Internet Summary: Over the course of the last four decades, the Internet has developed from an obscure government science experiment to one of the cornerstones of modern life. It has transformed commerce, created social and cultural networks with global reach, and become a surprisingly powerful vehicle for political organization and protest alike. And it has achieved all of this despite—or perhaps because of—its decentralized character. Throughout its public history, the Internet has been built and overseen by an international group of technical experts and government and user representatives committed to maintaining an open and unfettered global network. This vision, however, and the Internet to which it gave rise, is under threat from a number of directions. States are erecting barriers to the free flow of information to and through their countries. Even Western governments do not always agree on common content standards—the United States, for example, is more accepting of neo-Nazi content or Holocaust denial than are France or Germany. Other countries’ efforts to control the Internet have gone far beyond limiting hate speech or pornography. Iran, China, Saudi Arabia, Russia, and others have considered building national computer networks that would tightly control or even sever connections to the global Internet. State and nonstate actors, moreover, now regularly attack the websites and internal systems of businesses. Most of these attacks are for theft—cost estimates of intellectual property losses range as high as $500 billion per year. Other activities are related to sabotage or espionage. Hacking and defacing websites or social media feeds is a frequently used tool of political competition, while destructive programs such as Stuxnet are becoming increasingly sophisticated. Such activities can be expected to become more commonplace as critical systems become more interconnected and financial and technical barriers to entry for cyber activities fall further. A balkanized Internet beset by hostile cyber-related activities raises a host of questions and problems for the U.S. government, American corporations, and American citizens. The Council on Foreign Relations launched this Task Force to define the scope of this rapidly developing issue and to help shape the norms, rules, and laws that should govern the Internet. The Task Force recommends that the United States develop a digital policy framework based on four pillars. First, it calls on the U.S. government to share leadership with like-minded actors, including governments, private companies, and NGOs, to develop a global security framework based on a common set of principles and practices. Next, the Task Force recommends that all future trade agreements between the United States and its trading partners contain a goal of fostering the free flow of information and data across national borders while protecting intellectual property and individual privacy. Third, the Task Force urges the U.S. government to define and actively promote a vision of Internet governance that involves emerging Internet powers and expands and strengthens governance processes that include representatives of governments, private industry, and civil society. Finally, the report recommends that U.S.-based industry work rapidly to establish an industry-led approach to counter current and future cyberattacks. The United States needs to act proactively on these fronts, lest it risk ceding the initiative to countries whose interests differ significantly from its own. The Task Force further argues for greater public debate in the United States about cyber capabilities as instruments of national security. Some forty countries, including the United States, either have or are seeking cyber weapons. Greater public scrutiny and discussion will, among other things, help define the conditions under which cyber weapons might be used—conditions which should likely be highly limited in scope and subject to substantial oversight. Details: New York: Council on Foreign Relations, 2013. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Independent Task Force Report No. 70: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.cfr.org/cybersecurity/defending-open-global-secure-resilient-internet/p30836 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cyber Security Shelf Number: 129640

Author: Utah Criminal Justice Center Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Treatment for Adult Sex Offenders: Technical Report Summary: In the United States (U.S.), more than 30,000 sex offenders participate in court mandated treatment programs annually (McGrath, Cumming, Burchard, Zeoli, & Ellerby, 2009). Offenders are required to participant in treatment for a range of offenses, including lewdness, exhibitionism, sexual assault, sexual abuse of a child, sodomy, and rape. Treatment is provided in both secure and community-based settings and falls, broadly, into the following categories: psychological interventions; drug therapies, either for the purposes of castration or psychological treatment; surgical castration; and educational programming. The majority of sex offender treatment programs rely on group-based, cognitive behavioral approaches grounded in social learning theories (Center for Sex Offender Management (CSOM), 2006). The most common treatment targets are victim empathy (87% secure, 93% community), denial (91% secure, 92% community), and intimacy/relationship skills (84% secure, 91% community) (McGrath et al., 2009). More recently, interventions are structured according to the principles of effective correctional services, which matches offenders to treatment based on their risk-level, criminogenic needs, and learning styles (Andrews & Bonta, 2006; Andrews et al., 2001; Bonta, 2001). In the U.S., interventions provided in secure settings range from five months to four years while community-based programs using treatment approaches last anywhere from eight months to the duration of the offender’s life (Daly, 2008). The majority of states that employ community-based approaches use strategies that build upon prison-based programming. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/SO-Adult-Technical-Report_v03192013.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 129641

Author: Spohn, Ryan Title: Nebraska Sex Offender Registry Study – Final Report July 31, 2013 Summary: The Consortium for Crime and Justice Research at the University of Nebraska Omaha was charged by the Nebraska Legislature’s Judiciary Committee to undertake a study of the Nebraska Sex Offender Registry. The primary goal of the study was to compare sex offender recidivism under the pre-LB 285 classification system that utilized risk levels derived from a psychological risk assessment instrument to sex offender recidivism under the post-LB 285 classification system utilizing Adam Walsh Act Tier Levels derived from offense severity. Additional goals include an overall examination of offender characteristics, victim characteristics, and offense characteristics among all individuals on the registry, as well as the relationship of these offender, victim, and offense characteristics with recidivism. Methods: Data for the project was collected from three sources: 1) Nebraska’s Sex Offender Registry database, 2) the Nebraska State Patrol Criminal History Database (PCH), and 3) an FBI nationwide criminal records search. Graduate research assistants from UNO’s School of Criminology and Criminal Justice extracted relevant data from the Sex Offender Registry database and linked it to recidivism data from Nebraska’s PCH database and the FBI criminal records search. The resulting dataset was analyzed by Dr. Ryan Spohn using SPSS version 20. Major Results: Characteristics of offenders, victims, and offenses. The typical registered sex offender in Nebraska is a white male over the age of 26. The typical victim is a female acquaintance, age 12 to 17. By far, the most common type of offense was fondling. For both the pre-LB 285 risk-based classification system and the post-LB 285 tier system based on offense severity, the most common tier classification is Risk Level 3 or Tier 3, the most serious classification for each system. Although violence and/or a weapon were present in almost a quarter of the offenses, serious bodily injury was a rare event. Sex offense recidivism. In comparing the old risk-based system of classification to the new offense-based system of classification, the former risk-based system resulted in less overall recidivism. Specifically, the pre-LB 285 classification system resulted in a 2-year recidivism rate of 1.7% and a 1-year recidivism rate of 0.6%. In comparison, the post-LB 285 classification system resulted in a 2-year recidivism rate of 2.6% and a 1-year recidivism rate of 1.7%. We also examined the effectiveness of each classification system in identifying offenders at the highest risk to reoffend. In general, the former system that utilized a psychological risk assessment tool consistently distinguished offenders who were at a high, medium, and low risk to reoffend. In comparison, the AWA system was very effective in distinguishing those at a high risk to reoffend from medium and low risk offenders. However, the AWA classification system consistently failed to distinguish offenders at medium risk to recidivate from those at low risk to recidivate. Our findings suggest that, as an overall tool for identifying a nuanced risk to reoffend, the old risk-based system appears more effective. However, if the goal is simply to distinguish the highest risk offenders from everyone else, the Adam Walsh Act Tier system appears most effective. One caveat, however, is that this latter finding is in sharp contrast to published research on sex offenders in other states (Zgoba et al. 2012). Factors related to sex offender recidivism in Nebraska. Our analysis focused on characteristics of the offenders, victims, and offenses that were significantly related to reoffending. Regarding offender characteristics, male offenders were more likely to reoffend as compared to female offenders and offenders diagnosed with a personality disorder were more likely to reoffend. Regarding victim characteristics, rates of recidivism were significantly elevated if the victim was a family member or an acquaintance, with the latter more than doubling the likelihood of a new sex offense. Recidivism is also more likely if the victim was age 11 or under. The most salient characteristic of victims, however, is the sex of the victim, as rates of recidivism were substantially higher if the offense leading to registry involved both male and female victims. Finally, regarding characteristics of the offense, rates of recidivism were elevated if the offense included explicit material or fondling, with the latter displaying the strongest relationship to subsequent offending. Offenses that involved the use of violence and/or a weapon were also related to recidivism. Multivariate analyses of factors predicting recidivism. These analyses allow a simultaneous consideration of multiple factors while predicting the effect of each factor on recidivism, holding constant the effect of the other variables in the model. This analysis indicated that the most important factors for predicting recidivism were characteristics of the victims, suggesting that we must take into account victim characteristics if we want to adequately predict recidivism amongst sexual offenders. We also applied models to assess the ability of the old classification system versus the new classification system to predict recidivism while controlling for, or holding constant, the effect of offender characteristics. For the old system, being assigned a high or medium risk level significantly predicted recidivism as compared to being assigned a low risk level to reoffend. Regarding the AWA classification system, the model predicts that the highest tier (Tier 3) offenders in Nebraska were nearly 14 times more likely to recidivate as compared to the lowest tier (Tier 1) offenders. Details: Omaha, NE: Consortium for Crime and Justice Research, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: Nebraska Sex Offender Registry Study – Final Report July 31, 2013 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 129643

Author: Oregon. Audits Division Title: Department of Corrections: Treatment of the Highest-risk Offenders Can Avoid Costs Summary: The effects of substance abuse on Oregon’s economy and communities are substantial. According to a report by the consulting firm ECONorthwest, the direct economic costs from substance abuse in Oregon totaled approximately $5.9 billion in 2006. Alcohol and drug enforcement costs alone were about $656 million. As of December 2012, 70% of incarcerated offenders had some level of substance abuse problem. Research indicates that addressing the treatment needs of offenders is critical to reducing overall crime and other societal issues related to substance abuse. Studies also show the importance of treating those offenders with the highest-risk of committing new crimes. Previous evaluations have determined that Department of Corrections (DOC) and county community corrections agencies’ practices are effective and align with best practices. Offenders are systematically assessed for factors known to influence future criminal behavior and these assessments are used in determining offender programming and treatment. Our analysis of offenders released during 2008-2011, found that most were assessed in the community and in prison, and most treatment resources were directed at the highest risk offenders. However, about half of all the highest-risk offenders did not receive treatment. Highest-risk offenders are those who have been assessed by DOC and community corrections agencies as having a medium-to-high risk to reoffend and a moderate-to-high substance abuse challenge. While these offenders are costly to supervise and treat in the community, about $16 a day, the cost is substantially less than the approximate $84 a day cost in prison. We found 4,525 of the offenders assessed as highest-risk who were released from 2008-2011 did not receive treatment. We estimate Oregon taxpayers and victims could have avoided about $21.6 million in costs if substance abuse treatment had been provided to all of the highest-risk offenders. We found variations in funding and treatment efforts among counties. These variations are often due to funding shortfalls and differences in available community corrections services. The expansion of Medicaid eligibility under the federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), which becomes effective in January 2014, offers an opportunity for the State and local community corrections agencies to provide substance abuse treatment to untreated highest-risk offenders, despite current funding limitations. Once the expansion becomes effective, additional released offenders may qualify for coverage. Under the ACA, the federal government will cover almost the entire cost of the expansion population, starting at 100 % funding from 2014-2016 and gradually decreasing to a minimum of 90 % in 2020. This expansion of health care coverage has the potential to relieve financially-stressed counties of nearly all costs of providing substance abuse treatment to offenders in the community and to make treatment seamless following their release. We recommend that DOC management work with county community corrections agencies and the Legislature to coordinate funding and track resources to provide substance abuse treatment for the highest-risk offenders wherever possible. We also recommend that DOC management explore utilizing expanded Medicaid funding for substance abuse treatment for released offenders and consider integrating Medicaid eligibility review into release planning. Details: Salem, OR: Audits Division, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Report Number 2013-20: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.sos.state.or.us/audits/pages/state_audits/full/2013/2013-20.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 129644

Author: Hartung, Stephanie Roberts Title: Missing the Forest for the Trees: Federal Habeas Corpus and the Piecemeal Problem in Actual Innocence Cases Summary: The DNA exoneration data stemming from the Innocence Movement exposes a harsh reality in our criminal justice system: existing post-conviction review procedures fail to accurately identify and remedy wrongful convictions of the innocent. While the layers of review available upon conviction are seemingly exhaustive, in fact, the factually innocent prisoner is confronted with little more than a façade of protection. At the federal habeas stage, several provisions of the Anti-Terrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act [AEDPA] operate to foreclose viable claims of innocence. Further, the federal courts entertain second or successive habeas petitions in a piecemeal fashion, if they do so at all. This “piecemeal approach” negatively impacts prisoners raising claims of factual innocence, in light of their typically pro se status and incarceration. In reviewing each successive habeas petition in isolation, without regard to previous claims, the courts often miss the forest for the trees, allowing innocent prisoners to remain in custody. This Article discusses the piecemeal problem inherent in federal habeas review procedures, provides a case illustration, and advocates for a broader reading of the “evidence as a whole” language in AEDPA’s 28 U.S.C. Section 2244(b)(2). This broader interpretation, already adopted by the Fourth Circuit, would allow courts to review a petitioner’s successive habeas claims in the aggregate, and thus, more readily identify cognizable claims of factual innocence. This Article contributes to the ongoing debate as to how the competing post-conviction interests of finality and fairness should be recalibrated in light of the DNA exoneration data brought forth by the Innocence Movement. Details: Boston: Suffolk University Law School, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Suffolk University Law School Research Paper No. 13-29: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2306202 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Habeas Corpus (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129645

Author: U.S. Department of Defense. Inspector General Title: Evaluation of the Military Criminal Investigative Organizations Sexual Assault Investigations Summary: We evaluated the Military Criminal Investigative Organizations’ (MCIOs’) sexual assault investigations completed in 2010 to determine whether they completed investigations as required by DoD, Military Service, and MCIO guidance. Our evaluation focused on the following question: Did the MCIOs investigate sexual assaults as required by guiding policies and procedures? Findings • Most MCIO investigations (89 percent) met or exceeded the investigative standards. • We returned cases with significant deficiencies (11 percent) to the MCIOs for corrective action. • Although 83 cases had no deficiencies, most of the remaining investigations had deficiencies that were not deemed significant. • The U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command (CID) and Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI) policy guidance does not direct the collection of clothing articles that a victim or suspect might have placed on themselves shortly after the assault, if different from the clothing worn during the assault. • Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) policy does not require NCIS investigators to notify or coordinate with their servicing judge advocate(s) upon initiating an investigation. • CID guidance regarding records checks does not provide a definitive timeliness requirement. NCIS policy on this topic needs improvement. • NCIS needs policy to require Sexual Assault Response Coordinator (SARC) notifications and documentation. Recommendations • The Director and Commanders of the MCIOs implement measures to improve crime scene processing, evidence collection, supervision, and documentation to reduce investigative deficiencies. • The Commanders of CID and AFOSI evaluate their existing policies regarding the collection of clothing worn by suspects and victims subsequent to a sexual assault. • The Director of NCIS evaluate current policy regarding the timely notification and coordination with servicing judge advocates upon the initiation of sexual assault cases, as well as the continued coordination with the servicing judge advocates until final case disposition. • The Commander of CID and Director of NCIS evaluate existing policy guidance regarding the timely completion of records checks. • The Director of NCIS implement policy requiring SARC notifications and documentation. Comments Overall, the Commander, CID, agreed with our recommendations. The Director, NCIS, and the Commander, AFOSI, agreed in part with our recommendations, but objected to our assessment in a number of areas in the report. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Defense, Inspector General, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.dodig.mil/pubs/documents/DODIG-2013-091.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 129649

Author: Bigelsen, Jayne Title: Homelessness, Survival Sex and Human Trafficking: As Experienced by the Youth of Covenant House New York Summary: In recent years, the plight of human trafficking victims has received a great deal of attention among legislators, social service providers and the popular press. This attention is overdue, as for years, youth forced to engage in prostitution were at best ignored, but more often were treated with contempt, labeled as prostitutes and charged with crimes. Youth forced into labor servitude were routinely overlooked altogether. As society begins to learn more about the growing problem of domestic trafficking, some questions remain, including even the most basic question: How many people are currently being victimized by trafficking right here in the U.S.? Answering this question is not an easy task, because victims are often reluctant to come forward and seek help. This reluctance is partly because perpetrators frequently convince their victims that if they attempt to seek help, no one will believe them; instead they will be thought of as criminals or prostitutes. Victims’ previous experience with law enforcement often only reinforces that belief. Additionally, a lack of any central system to identify and count victims of trafficking leaves policy makers with inaccurate data on the number of domestic trafficking victims, making it difficult to budget and promote appropriate public policy. In order to prevent trafficking and assist survivors, we must first learn to identify the victims. At Covenant House New York (CHNY), we have seen firsthand the difficulty in identifying victims. As New York City’s largest provider of services for homeless youth ages 16-21, we provide comprehensive care including shelter, food, clothing, counseling, medical and legal assistance, case management, job training and education services to over 3,000 youth each year. And since we opened our doors in 1972, we have always known that traffickers and other exploiters seek out vulnerable youth to recruit and victimize. Yet young people do not arrive at the doors of our shelter stating “Help, I have been trafficked.” Instead they say, “Help, I need food and a place to sleep.” Although we were certain that there were large numbers of trafficking survivors among our clients, we were having difficulty identifying them due to the reluctance of young people to disclose their experience. For this reason, we sought out the assistance of the Applied Developmental Psychology Department at Fordham University to help us develop and scientifically validate a screening tool to better identify trafficking victims among our youth. In addition to developing the tool, we hoped to learn more about the type and amount of trafficking our youth have experienced to better inform both our practice and our advocacy. Using the tool we developed, we surveyed a random sample of 174 youth between 18 and 23 years old. Details: New York: Covenant House, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.covenanthouse.org/sites/default/files/attachments/Covenant-House-trafficking-study.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129650

Author: Neighly, Madeline Title: Wanted: Accurate FBI Background Checks for Employment. Reward: Good Jobs Summary: At a time when millions of America's workers continue to struggle to find work in the aftermath of the Great Recession, many face an additional barrier-faulty records released by the FBI for use in employment and licensing decisions. Although considered the gold standard of criminal background checks, the FBI records routinely fail to report important information on the outcome of arrests, information that is often beneficial to workers subject to these reports. Given the massive proliferation of FBI background checks for employment-roughly 17 million were conducted last year-these inaccuracies have a devastating impact on workers, especially workers of color who are disproportionately impacted by the criminal justice system. There is a solution to this problem that would immediately result in less job-loss and financial hardship: the FBI must ensure that records are accurate and complete prior to being released for employment and licensing decisions. Key Findings of this report: - The use of FBI background checks for employment is rapidly increasing. Roughly 17 million FBI background checks were conducted for employment and licensing purposes in 2012, which is six times the number conducted a decade ago. - Despite clear federal mandates that require the background reports to be complete and accurate, 50 percent of the FBI's records fail to include information on the final disposition of the case. The missing information is frequently beneficial to job seekers. For example, one third of felony arrests do not result in conviction and many others are reduced to misdemeanors. - NELP estimates that 1.8 million workers a year are subject to FBI background checks that include faulty or incomplete information, and 600,000 of those workers may be prejudiced in their job search when the FBI reports do not include up-to-date and accurate information that would benefit them. - African Americans are especially disadvantaged by the faulty records because people of color are consistently arrested at rates greater than their representation in the general population, and large numbers of those arrests never lead to conviction. For example, African Americans were more than four times as likely as whites to appeal an inaccurate FBI record under the federal port worker security clearance program. - In conspicuous contrast to background checks for employment, the FBI searches for missing disposition information when a person seeks to purchase a gun, and the extra effort tracks down nearly two thirds of the missing information in just three days. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.nelp.org/page/-/SCLP/2013/Report-Wanted-Accurate-FBI-Background-Checks-Employment.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 129652

Author: Chandrasekher, Andrea Cann Title: Police Labor Unrest and Lengthy Contract Negotiations: Does Police Misconduct Increase with Time Spent Out of Contract? Summary: This paper presents evidence of the effect of labor unrest on labor production in the policing context using data from New York City. When contract negotiations last for an extended period, old contracts can expire before new ones are approved. Working under an expired contract, or being "out of contract," can be costly for police officers both monetarily and psychologically. This paper studies the effect of time spent out of contract on police misconduct using new data and a research design that exploits the fact that different ranks of officers are out of contract at different points in time and for different lengths of time. I find evidence that incidents of police misconduct increase with the amount of time spent out of contract. Threats to identification arising from the possibility that police misconduct could also affect police time out of contract are addressed with an instrumental variables specification that instruments police contract status with firefighter contract status. The finding that police labor unrest affects police misconduct has implications both for the economics literature on the effect of labor frustration on labor production and for the criminology literature on the determinants of police misconduct. Details: Davis, CA: University of California, Davis - School of Law, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2304941 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: New York City Police Department Shelf Number: 129654

Author: Harding, David J. Title: Making Ends Meet after Prison: How Former Prisoners Use Employment, Social Support, Public Benefits, and Crime to Meet their Basic Material Needs Summary: Former prisoners are at high risk of economic insecurity due to the challenges they face in finding employment and to the difficulties of securing and maintaining public assistance while incarcerated. This study examines the processes through which former prisoners attain economic security, examining how they meet basic material needs and achieve upward mobility over time. It draws on unique qualitative data from in-depth, unstructured interviews with a sample of former prisoners followed over a two to three year period to assess how subjects draw upon a combination of employment, social supports, and public benefits to make ends meet. Findings reveal considerable struggle to meet even minimal needs for shelter and food, although economic security and stability can be attained when employment or public benefits are coupled with familial social support. Sustained economic security was rarely achieved absent either strong social support or access to long-term public benefits. However, a select few subjects were able to leverage material support and social networks provided by family and partners into trajectories of upward mobility and economic independence. Implications for the wellbeing of former prisoners and their families are discussed. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: Population Studies Center, University of Michigan Institute for Social Research, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Population Studies Center Research Report 11-748: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://www.psc.isr.umich.edu/pubs/pdf/rr11-748.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Employment Shelf Number: 129656

Author: Yang, Xiaowen Title: Exploring the Influence of Environmental Features on Residential Burglary Using Spatial-Temporal Pattern Analysis Summary: With the help of Geographic Information Systems and statistical tools, this dissertation intends to (a) explore the spatial and temporal patterns of burglary, (b) examine the correlation between burglary and environmental variables, and (c) identify specific features of the physical environment that contribute to burglary in general and to repeat burglary and “near repeat burglary” in particular. We hypothesize that some environmental variables such as accessibility, house location on the block, and adjacent land uses have strong contributions to burglary, repeat burglary, and “near repeat” burglary propensity, despite sociodemographic neighborhood differences. To test this hypothesis, this empirical research uses a case study approach and analyzes data from the Gainesville, Florida, Police Department for residential burglaries from January 2000 to December 2003. Details: Gainesville, FL, University of Florida, 2006. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 19, 2013 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0013390/yang_x.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPT Shelf Number: 129665

Author: Kirk, David S. Title: A Spatio-Temporal Assessment of Exposure to Neighborhood Violence Summary: Research Goals and Objectives -- The bulk of “neighborhood effects” research examines the impact of neighborhood conditions cross-sectionally. However, it is critical to understand whether the effects of neighborhood context are situational and whether they endure over time. In this study, we take seriously the notion that there are enduring consequences of exposure to deleterious neighborhood conditions, and estimate both the acute and enduring consequences of exposure to neighborhood violence. Methods and Data -- Using a rich set of longitudinal data on adolescents from the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods (PHDCN), including the PHDCN Longitudinal Cohort Study (LCS) and the 1994-1995 PHDCN Community Survey (CS), we estimate the effect of exposure to violence on both internalizing (depression and anxiety) and externalizing problems (aggression). We use propensity score matching for this purpose, drawing upon 68 different individual, peer, family, and neighborhood covariates measured at the first wave of the PHDCN-LCS to predict the propensity of exposure to violence. Following estimation of the propensity score, we match each treated subject (i.e., exposed to violence) with a control subject (i.e., non-exposed) with a similar propensity score. Our objective is to produce treatment and control groups that are indistinguishable once we have conditioned on propensity scores. Results -- We find that exposure to violence has both an acute and an enduring effect on aggression, yet no effect on anxiety-depression, net of individual, family, peer, and neighborhood influences. Part of the enduring effect of violence exposure is explained by changes in social cognitions brought on by the exposure, yet much of the relationship remains to be explained by other causal mechanisms. Details: Unpublished Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243039.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 129644

Author: Welch, Edward Title: Preventing School Shootings: A Public Health approach to Gun Violence Summary: Gun violence in America must be addressed at the highest levels of society. Newtown, Aurora, and Virginia Tech were attacks on the very fabric of America. School shootings represent attacks on our nations' future. A public health approach to gun violence focuses on prevention. Public safety professionals, educators and community leaders are squandering opportunities to prevent horrific acts of extreme violence. Preparedness is derived by planning, which is critical to mobilizing resources when needed. Rational public policy can work. Sensible gun legislation, which is accessible through a public health approach to gun violence, neither marginalizes nor stigmatizes any one group. University administrators must fully engage the entire arsenal of resources available to confront this pernicious threat. The academic community can create powerful networks for research, collaboration and information sharing. These collective learning environments are investments in the knowledge economy. In order for the police to remain relevant, they must actively engage the community they serve by developing the operational art necessary to cultivate knowledge, relationships and expertise. Police departments must emphasize strategies that improve performance. Police officers must understand the mission and meaning of "To Protect and Serve" and the consequences of public safety, which often comes at their personal peril. Gun violence in America is a public health epidemic and preventing it requires a collective responsibility Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 131398

Author: Jones, Michael R. Title: Unsecured Bonds: The As Effective and Most Efficient Pretrial Release Option Summary: For the first time ever, a study compares pretrial release outcomes by money bond type, controlling for the statistical risk level of defendants released pretrial. PJI compared unsecured bonds (no money upfront, but a promise to pay the full amount if one fails to appear) with secured bonds (whether cash or surety, one must pay upfront in order to be released) in 1,919 cases in Colorado. Some key findings include: - Unsecured bonds are as effective at achieving public safety as secured bonds. - Unsecured bonds are as effective at achieving court appearance as secured bonds. - Higher dollar amounts of secured bonds are associated with more pretrial jail bed use but not increased court appearance rates. - Unsecured bonds use far fewer jail beds than do secured bonds because more releasable defendants leave jail (94% unsecured versus 61% secured), and leave sooner. - Unsecured bonds are as effective as secured bonds at preventing defendants who fail to appear in court from remaining at-large on a warrant. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 131403

Author: Gorr, Wilpen L. Title: Early Warning System for Crime Hot Spots Summary: Objectives - Using violent crime data from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania we investigate the performance of an "early warning system" (EWS) for starting/stopping police deployments to hot spots for crime prevention. We show that (1) even the hottest chronic hot spots are dynamic with months "on" and "off" and (2) temporary hot spots are also targets for prevention. We compare the performance of EWS to constant deployment at chronic hot spots. Methods - We estimate chronic hot spots using kernel density smoothing. We use simple methods for implementing EWS rules for detecting flare-ups, predicting persistence of flare-ups, and stopping deployments. Using 2000-2010 data we run computational experiments varying size of hot spots and rule thresholds to tune EWS. Results - Tradeoff curves with crimes exposed to prevention efforts versus area of the city under prevention workload show that static and dynamic deployments have nearly the same efficiency. Different, however, is land-use distribution. While chronic hot spots tend to be in or adjacent to commercial areas, dynamic hot spots have significantly more and widely-scattered residential locations. We argue that dynamic hot spots thus have higher potential for reducing fear of crime and providing responsive police services to neighborhoods. Conclusions - Even though police resources are "wasted" during "off" months by constant deployment to chronic hot spots, a dynamic system of deployment with simple methods cannot improve the efficiency of crime prevention. EWS comparably "wastes" resources because of false positives for hot-spot persistence and waiting to confirm hot-spot extinguishment. Nevertheless, EWS is more responsive to residential crime. Details: Pittsburg, PA: School of Public Policy and Management, H. John Heinz III College, Carnegie Mellon University, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 131485

Author: Gorr, Wilpen L. Title: Longitudinal Study of Crime Hot Spots: Dynamics and Impact on Part 1 Violent Crime Summary: Objectives: Design and estimate the impacts of a prevention program for part 1 violent crimes in micro-place crime hot spots. Methods: A longitudinal study of crime hot spots using 21 years of crime offense report data on part 1 violent crimes from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Based on kernel density smoothing for a definition of micro-place crime hot spots, we replicate past work on the existence of "chronic" hot spots, but then with such hot spots accounted for introduce "temporary" hot spots. Results: Chronic hot spots are good targets for prevention. They are easily identified and they tend to persist. Temporary hot spots, however, predominantly last only one month. Thus the common practice of identifying hot spots using a short time window of crime data and assuming that the resulting hot spots will persist is ineffective for temporary hot spots. Instead it is necessary to forecast the emergence of temporary hot spots to prevent their crimes. Over time chronic hot spots, while still important, have accounted for less crime while temporary hot spots have grown, accounting for a larger share. Chronic hot spots are relatively easy targets for police whereas temporary hot spots require forecasting methods not commonly in use by police. Conclusions: The paper estimates approximately a 10 to 20 percent reduction in part 1 violent crimes in Pittsburgh if the hot spot enforcement program proposed in this paper were implemented. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: H. John III Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon University,, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 131486

Author: Gorton, Donald Title: Anti-Transgender Hate Crimes: The Challenge for Law Enforcement Summary: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts has since 2001 recognized gender-identity-bias as a motive for crime to be tracked and reported by law enforcement. However, to date, no antitransgender hate crimes have appeared in the official Massachusetts Annual Report on Hate Crimes. With the exception of the Metropolitan Police Department in Washington, D.C., virtually no police departments in the United States have ever reported occurrences of hate crimes against transgender individuals. Existing data collection by LGBT advocacy organizations conflates information about the characteristics of hate crimes against transgender people with data on the more numerous occurrences of hate crimes motivated by bias against gays, lesbians, and bisexuals. The best existing data come from a handful of self-report surveys focused on violence against transgender people, but research has not addressed dimensions of the problem most relevant to law enforcement needs. A self-report Internet-based survey was conducted using a convenience sample of victims of anti-transgender violence recruited through the MTPC and its contacts. Surveyed were the aspects of anti-transgender crimes identified as relevant for purposes of hate crimes reporting under Massachusetts law. 32 individuals responded and described the circumstances of one or more acts of anti-transgender violence that they had suffered. While results from a small convenience sample will not support conclusions, three provisional findings are warranted given corroboration through other social science resources. First, anti-transgender crimes go largely unreported to law enforcement agencies. Victims fear the possibility of physical or verbal abuse by law enforcement personnel and doubt that reporting will lead to favorable law enforcement outcomes. Second, anti-transgender bias expressed through violence is rooted in gender ideology which regards gender expression as acceptable only to the extent it adheres to binary patterns. While anti-transgender crimes often present sexual-orientation-related bias indicators, homophobia and prejudice against transgender people are analytically distinct albeit related phenomena. Third, anti-transgender victimization includes an unusually high incidence of sexual violence as compared to hate crimes generally. In addition, existing information suggests the possibility that anti-transgender violence (short of murder) may be more brutal than other hate crimes, but this hypothesis has not yet been proven. There are a number of steps available to policymakers, law enforcement personnel, academics, and advocates to improve the interdiction and deterrence of anti-transgender violence. Better information needs to be developed about gender-identity-related crimes, with a view to assisting police in detecting, classifying, reporting and clearing individual cases. Laws prescribing heightened penalties for hate crimes must include gender-identity bias as an enumerated category. Police need to be trained in recognizing prejudice against transgender people and following protocols for hate crimes investigation and reporting attuned to the particular characteristics of anti-transgender violence. Police departments should actively strive to build the trust and cooperation which will induce transgender victims to report episodes of violence in higher numbers. Transgender victims of hate crime in turn need to step forward to report crime occurrences, despite concerns about secondary victimization. Finally, larger social change is needed to deconstruct rigid gender role conventions, the perceived violation of which can be an impetus to violence. Details: Boston: Gay and Lesbian Anti-Violence Fund, Inc., db/a The Anti-Violence Project of Massachusetts, 2011. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://www.masstpc.org/pubs/3party/AVP-anti_trans_hate_crimes.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 131503

Author: Abram, David S. Title: Estimating the Deterrent Effect of Incarceration using Sentencing Enhancements Summary: Increasing criminal sanctions may reduce crime through two primary mechanisms: deterrence and incapacitation. Disentangling their effects is crucial, since each mechanism has different implications for optimal policy setting. I use the introduction of state add-on gun laws, which enhance sentences for defendants possessing a firearm during the commission of a felony, to isolate the deterrent effect of incarceration. Defendants subject to add-ons would be incarcerated in the absence of the law change, so any short-term impact on crime can be attributed solely to deterrence. Using cross-state variation in the timing of law passage dates, I find that the average add-on gun law results in a roughly 5 percent decline in gun robberies within the first three years. This result is robust to a number of specification tests and does not appear to be associated with large spillovers to other types of crime. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn, Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 11-13 : Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1819503 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Robbery Shelf Number: 131506

Author: Nestel, Thomas J., III Title: Using Surveillance Camera Systems to Monitor Public Domains: Can Abuse Be Prevented? Summary: After mainland United States suffered a violent attack upon its citizenry, Homeland Security professionals recognized the need to protect a growing number of critical infrastructure locations. Millions of dollars earmarked for emergency management programs were funneled into technologies that enabled public safety to "do more with less." Closed circuit television surveillance systems rocketed to the forefront as the must-have technology. Citizens of the United States became subject to video surveillance during their normal daily routines. This thesis examines the management of CCTV systems used by municipal police departments and analyzes the policies created to control the technology and prevent abuse. Using U.S. Census Bureau data, the police departments responsible for protecting the 50 largest cities were contacted and surveyed. The initial step determined what jurisdictions utilized surveillance cameras to monitor public domains. The follow-up steps gathered information about the systems being used; the management decisions regarding where to place the cameras; the training for its operators; supervision standards; the written policies regulating the department's program; analyzing those directives; and finally, presenting step-by-step recommendations for implementing CCTV surveillance systems for Homeland Security use. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2006. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=461595 Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: CCTV Shelf Number: 131593

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: Improving Indigent Defense: Evaluation of the Harris County Public Defender Summary: This report explores the challenge of providing quality indigent defense services in Harris County (Houston), Texas. For all jurisdictions, that challenge is to create and sustain an effective system that fulfills the jurisdiction's constitutional obligation, allows the fulfillment of each attorney's ethical obligation to each client, and ensures that punishment and rehabilitative resources are appropriately utilized. The Harris County Public Defender ("HCPD") began operations in early 2011. In 2012, HCPD contracted with the Justice Center for technical assistance and data analysis to assist in implementation and to evaluate the effectiveness of the office. The Justice Center interacted continuously with the office, conducting data analyses and reviewing processes to guide implementation. This report summarizes the collective knowledge generated from that work. The Justice Center set out to determine whether HCPD adds value to the criminal justice system of the county. The answer is "yes." The public defender adds significant value to the delivery of defense services in Harris County in three key ways: (1) better defense case outcomes than assigned counsel; (2) previously unavailable defense services such as training, mentoring, and advice; and, (3) defense participation in discussion of systemic issues. A blend between public and private delivery of services is recommended and exists in urban settings across the country. (Harris County was the last major urban jurisdiction in the country to add a public defender.) The demonstrated value added by the Harris County Public Defender is important for balance in a system that historically has depended heavily on assigned counsel. With HCPD now fully operational, it handles only 6 percent of the county's indigent defense trial-level cases. The public defender model depends upon lawyers who justify their taxpayer salaries, but are not so busy that they are unable to competently represent clients. In contrast, the assigned counsel system allows for attorneys, without the accountability built into the public defender model, handling much higher caseloads than those acceptable by non-binding national standards, and allows for much lower per-case costs. Outcome analyses showed lower per-case costs were connected with poorer outcomes. The tension between quality and cost is the key challenge for Harris County as well as other jurisdictions operating primarily with an assigned counsel system. Details: New York: Justice Center, Council of State Governments, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://www.courts.state.tx.us/tidc/pdf/JCHCPDFinalReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Indigent Defense Shelf Number: 131594

Author: Samuels, Julie Title: Stemming the Tide: Strategies to Reduce the Growth and Cut the Cost of the Federal Prison System Summary: The federal prison population has escalated from under 25,000 inmates in 1980 to over 219,000 today. This growth has come at great expense to taxpayers and other important fiscal priorities. As policymakers consider the array of options to stem the tide of inmates, our research concludes that a combination of strategies is the best way to make a real impact. In this report, we evaluate various policy options for cutting the size and costs of the burgeoning federal prison system. The short explanation for the rapid prison population growth is that more people are sentenced to prison and for longer terms. In fiscal year (FY) 2011, more than 90 percent of convicted federal offenders were sentenced to prison, while about 10 percent got probation. By comparison, in 1986, only 50 percent received a prison sentence, over 37 percent received probation, and most of the remainder received a fine. Though the number of inmates sentenced for immigration crimes has also risen, long drug sentences are the main driver of the population's unsustainable growth. In 2011, drug trafficking sentences averaged 74 months, though they have been falling since 2008. Mandatory minimums have kept even nonviolent drug offenders behind bars for a long time. The average federal prison sentence in 2011 was 52 months, generally higher than prison sentences at the state level for similar crime types. This difference is magnified by the fact that, at the federal level, all offenders must serve at least 87 percent of their sentences, while, at the state level, most serve a lower percentage and nonviolent offenders often serve less than 50 percent of their time. Federal prisons are currently operating at between 35 and 40 percent above their rated capacity; this overcrowding is greater in high-security facilities, which, in FY 2012, were operating at 51 percent over capacity, and medium-security facilities, which were operating at 47 percent over capacity. In both medium- and high-security facilities, most inmates have histories of violence. This crowding is projected to continue to grow, with the federal prison system over capacity by at least 50,000 inmates each year through 2020. Absent any new policy changes (including bringing new prisons online), we estimate overcrowding to rise to 55 percent by 2023. Prison staffing has not kept up with population growth. The ratio of inmates to staff has grown from four to one in FY 2000 to a projected five to one in FY 2014. The US Bureau of Prisons (BOP) has found that high inmate-to-staff ratios are closely connected to increases in serious assaults. Overcrowding makes it hard to provide programs designed to keep inmates from re-offending, and it strains essential prison infrastructure, such as plumbing, through overuse. Further, the average cost of keeping an inmate behind bars is $29,000 a year. Most of these costs are fixed, so one inmate more (or less) is a difference of $10,363. The federal prison system's budget request for FY 2014 is $6.9 billion, which is more than a quarter of the Department of Justice's (DOJ's) budget. That share is projected to grow, taking resources away from other public safety priorities. Options for reform include changes that reduce the number of people entering the BOP and their sentence length (front-end options) and changes that can lead to early release or transfer to community corrections for people already in BOP custody (back-end options). The estimated impact of each of the options described below is detailed in tables ES.1 and ES.2. The underlying assumptions and methodology for the estimates are summarized in the Methodology section at the end of this report and presented in more detail in Appendix B (available online: http://www.urban.org/publications/412932.html). The cost estimates for dollars saved are based on the average marginal cost of imprisoning one inmate for one year; they do not reflect cost savings that could accrue from averted prison construction or prison closures, including staffing changes or other structural changes within the BOP. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2013 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412932-stemming-the-tide.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 131604

Author: Evans, Lawrance L., Jr. Title: Financial Crime: Foreclosure Rescue Schemes Have Become More Complex, and Efforts to Combat Them Continue Summary: In July 2010, GAO reported on federal efforts to combat foreclosure rescue schemes-schemes that promise but do not deliver foreclosure prevention assistance. Subsequently, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act required GAO to study interagency efforts to crack down on these schemes. This report updates GAO's 2010 report and examines (1) available information about the prevalence and nature of foreclosure rescue schemes, and (2) the status and scope of the federal government's multiagency effort and other major initiatives to combat them. To address these objectives, GAO analyzed consumer complaints, obtained information from federal agencies participating in FFETF, and interviewed representatives of six states with high populations of borrowers at risk of foreclosure, and nonprofit organizations that are also making efforts to combat these schemes. In its written comments, Treasury noted that it valued GAO's insights as it continues to combat foreclosure rescue schemes. The Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program concurred with the findings related to its work and noted that it has made significant progress in combating these schemes and will continue to work with law enforcement partners to investigate them. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-17: Accessed November 7, 2013 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/658626.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Crimes, Investigation Shelf Number: 131608

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Managing Prison Health Care Spending Summary: Nationwide, spending on both health care and corrections is putting serious pressure on state budgets. Medicaid-the largest component of states' health care spending-has been the fastest-growing part of state expenditures over the past two decades, with corrections coming in just behind it. Despite increasing interest among policymakers and taxpayers in improving outcomes and controlling costs in health care and corrections, the intersection of these two areas-health care for prison inmates-has garnered comparatively little attention. To better understand spending for inmate health services, researchers from The Pew Charitable Trusts analyzed cost data from the 44 states included in a study by the federal Bureau of Justice Statistics, or BJS. Pew found that prison health care spending in these 44 states totaled $6.5 billion in 2008, out of $36.8 billion in overall institutional correctional expenditures. Most states' correctional health care spending increased substantially from fiscal 2001 to 2008, the years included in the BJS report: Spending increased in 42 of the 44 states, with median growth of 52 percent. In a dozen states, prison health expenditures grew 90 percent or more. Only Texas and Illinois experienced inflation-adjusted decreases in this spending area. Per-inmate health care spending rose in 35 of the 44 states, with 32 percent median growth. In 39 of the states, prison health care costs claimed a larger share of their total institutional corrections budgets, increasing, on average, from 10 percent in fiscal 2001 to 15 percent in fiscal 2008. Maine, Nevada, North Dakota, Oklahoma, and West Virginia were the only exceptions. This significant growth reflects, in part, the rise in prison populations nationally. From 2001 to 2008, the number of sentenced prisoners in correctional institutions increased by 15 percent, from 1,344,512 to 1,540,100. This rise was part of a multi-decade trend; the number of Americans in prison nearly tripled from 1987 to 2007. The dramatic increase was driven in part by tougher sentencing laws and more restrictive probation and parole policies that have put more people in prison and held them there longer. This trend, however, has recently begun to reverse in about half of the states as sentencing and corrections reforms have spurred reductions in prison populations. The sheer number of state prisoners does not explain all of the increased spending. Higher per-inmate expenses and the expanding slice of corrections budgets devoted to health care suggest that other factors are also pushing costs up, including: Aging inmate populations; Prevalence of infectious and chronic diseases, mental illness, and substance abuse among inmates, many of whom enter prison with these problems; and challenges inherent in delivering health care in prisons, such as distance from hospitals and other providers. Inmates' health, the public's safety, and taxpayers' total corrections bill are all affected by how states manage prison health care services. Effectively treating inmates' physical and mental ailments, including substance abuse, improves their well-being and can reduce the likelihood that they will commit new crimes or violate probation once released. In addition to examining spending data, Pew researchers interviewed correctional health care experts across the country to identify innovative strategies to deliver health care to inmates, protect public safety, and control costs. This report examines Pew's findings on state prison health care spending and explores the factors driving costs higher. It also illustrates a variety of promising approaches that states are taking to address these challenges by examining four strategies that were frequently cited during the expert interviews: the use of telehealth technology, improved management of health services contractors, Medicaid financing, and medical or geriatric parole. These examples offer important lessons as policymakers seek the best ways to make their correctional health care systems effective and affordable. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2013 at: http://www.pewstates.org/uploadedFiles/PCS_Assets/2013/SHCS_Pew-Managing_Prison_Health_Care_Spending_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 131609

Author: Corriher, Billy Title: Criminals and Campaign Cash: The Impact of Judicial Campaign Spending on Criminal Defendants Summary: As state supreme court campaigns become more expensive and more partisan, the fear of being portrayed as "soft on crime" is leading courts to rule more often for prosecutors and against criminal defendants. That is the disturbing finding of this Center for American Progress study, which explores the impact on the criminal justice system of the explosion in judicial campaign cash and the growing use of political attack ads in state supreme court elections, which have increased pressure on elected judges to appear "tough on crime." In carrying out this study, CAP collected data on supreme courts that, between 2000 and 2007, saw their first election in which the candidates and independent spenders spent more than $3 million. This includes high courts in Illinois, Mississippi, Washington, Georgia, Wisconsin, Nevada, and West Virginia. For each of these courts, CAP examined 4,684 rulings in criminal cases for a time period starting five years before a given state's first $3 million high court election and ending five years after that election. The findings reveal a clear trend: As campaign cash increased, the courts studied began to rule more often in favor of prosecutors and against criminal defendants. - The 2004 Illinois Supreme Court race broke judicial campaign spending records. As Illinois voters were bombarded with attack ads featuring violent criminals, the high court ruled in favor of the prosecution in 69 percent of its criminal cases - an 18 percent increase over the previous year. - Some states saw a sharp increase in rulings for the state just after their first elections in which spending reached $3 million. Mississippi's high court, for example, saw its first $3 million election in 2000 and some nasty political attack ads that same year. When the next judicial election rolled around two years later, in 2002, Mississippi's justices ruled against criminal defendants in 90 percent of the high court's criminal cases - a 20 percent increase from 2000. - After two politically charged races in 2007 and 2008, the Wisconsin Supreme Court's percentage of rulings for the state shot to 90 percent during the 2009 and 2011 election years. - The correlations were strongest in years that saw more ads produced and paid for by independent groups unaffiliated with the candidates - ads that tended to be more negative than those of the candidates. The one court in the study that saw no independent spending, the Nevada Supreme Court, did not exhibit a tendency to rule for the state during big-money elections. - The Washington and Georgia high courts saw a huge spike in independent spending in 2006, followed by a sharp decline. The percentage of rulings against criminal defendants in these courts also peaked in 2006 and then dropped precipitously as the campaign cash and attack ads disappeared. These results suggest that, just as judges are more likely to rule against criminal defendants as elections approach, state supreme courts are more likely to rule for the state as the amount of money in high court elections increases. These findings have important implications for the debates over reforming our criminal justice system. In the past 50 years, the U.S. government has cracked down on drug crimes and provided financial incentives for states to do the same. The so-called War on Drugs has resulted in over-incarceration and the growth of private prisons, which has given certain companies a financial incentive in maintaining this status quo. But as the financial cost of the nation's drug war has become clear, Americans are debating whether our punitive approach is working. The federal government is scaling back the use of harsh mandatory minimums, and some states, including Georgia, are experimenting with alternative sentencing. If reformers want to stop over-incarceration and ensure that criminal defendants are treated fairly, they must also speak out about the politicization of judicial elections and the tarring of judges as being soft on crime in attack ads, a practice that compels courts to rule for the state and against defendants. The enormous sums of money spent in recent judicial elections have fueled an increase in attack ads targeting judges. State supreme court candidates raised more than $200 million between 2000 and 2009 - two and a half times more than in the 1990s. A record $28 million was spent on television ads in 2012 high court elections, with half of this money coming in the form of independent spending, according to Justice at Stake and the Brennan Center for Justice. These independent spenders are more likely than the candidates' campaigns to run attack ads. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2013 at: http://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/CampaignCriminalCash-4.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Campaign Contributions Shelf Number: 131575

Author: Walsh, Michael Allen Title: Wilderness Adventure Programming as an Intervention for Youthful Offenders: Self-Efficacy, Resilience, and Hope for the Future Summary: A review of the literature on positive youth development clearly identifies demonstrated empirical relationships between perceived self competence, adolescent resilience, and hope, which are theorized in a strengths-based focus on youth offenders to be predictors of reduced recidivism. This evaluation of outcomes associated with participation in the Wilderness Endeavors (WE) Program of Thistledew seeks to test this theory that individuals who participate in WE will develop enhanced levels of perceived self competence, resiliency, and hope for the future, and therefore, result in a reduction of recidivism. The specific aims guiding this exploratory study include: 1) to establish a matched-pair control group using youth who were not referred to Thistledew, but which were referred from the same county court system to a Minnesota Department of Correction (MDOC) disposition or other programs, by using as matching variables age, age of first offense, type of committing offense, and risk assessments as determined by the Youth Level of Service Inventory (YSLI) used by the referring Youth Probation Officer (if possible given county court use of the YSLI from which a control group will be drawn); 2) to assess the baseline scores of the youth participant's on the following measures: a) Perceived-Self Competence (Self Efficacy), b) Hope, and c) Adolescent Resiliency; and to assess post-program scores on Perceived-Self Competence, Hope, and Adolescent Resiliency, and 3) to conduct a six-month follow up assessment that will assess both treatment and control youth re-offense rates, including the nature and degree of the re-offense. The paired t tests revealed that self efficacy and hope scores showed significant changes from pretest to posttest, suggesting that the Wilderness Endeavors Program had a significant positive effect on participant's self-efficacy and hope for the future. The non parametric test (McNemar) utilized to investigate the four hypotheses related to Wilderness Endeavors Program participation on the future offending behaviors (recidivism) of participants revealed that there were no significant differences in recidivism rates, or new program placements, between the treatment and control groups. Furthermore, involvement in school and employment were not significantly associated with recidivism rates in both treatment and control groups. The binary logistic regression showed that higher levels of hope were associated with those Wilderness Endeavors Program participants who did not recidivate, while changes in self-efficacy and resilience scores had no association with recidivism. Finally, the three demographic variables that are supported in the literature as being strong predictors of recidivism for juvenile offenders revealed only YLSI scores were associated with recidivism; those individuals who did not recidivate were more likely to have a lower risk score. Gender and age of first offense had weak or no associations with either group. Details: St. Paul, MN: University of Minnesota, 2009. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/57003/1/Walsh_umn_0130E_10685.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 131611

Author: Walts, Katherine Kaufka Title: Legal Services Assessment for Trafficked Children: Cook County, Illinois Case Study Summary: Child trafficking is one of the most disturbing human rights abuses of our time, involving cases of boys and girls exploited for labor and/or commercial sexual services. These children may suffer physical, sexual, and emotional violence at the hands of traffickers, who can be pimps, employers, and even family members. Trafficking schemes may involve various forms of force, fraud, and coercion, which can be physical and/or psychological in nature. Current research indicates that legal services are a critical component of a comprehensive service delivery model for victims of human trafficking and a realization of human rights. However, little to no effort has been made to identify the various legal needs of child trafficking victims, a particularly vulnerable population. In February 2012, the Center for the Human Rights of Children (CHRC) initiated a legal needs assessment project for child trafficking victims, using Cook County Illinois as a case study. The project identified: - Existing service providers working with both US citizen and foreign national child trafficking survivors - The legal needs of trafficked children - Current legal services available to this population - Gaps in those services in Cook County We chose Cook County as a case study for several reasons. It is the second most populous county in the nation, and houses the city of Chicago, which has been recognized as one several human trafficking hubs across the United States., Cook County has an established community of service providers and advocacy organizations working with survivors of human trafficking in various capacities, and two task forces. The project also included a preliminary assessment of legal services for child trafficking victims offered by organizations around the country as a comparison to the results of our research in Cook County. Select Findings - Child trafficking victims have various legal needs across multiple legal systems, including (but not limited to) criminal justice, juvenile justice, immigration, labor, civil, child welfare, family, and education. - While 85% of survey respondents believed access to competent legal services is critical in leading to positive outcomes for child trafficking victims, less than 10% believed that the legal needs of child trafficking victims in Cook County were being fully met. - Interdisciplinary collaboration between legal and nonlegal service providers is a critical component of any service delivery model for trafficking victims. - There are considerable systemic barriers to ensuring that child trafficking victims receive appropriate legal services and protections, including limited organizational capacity and training, financial and personnel resources, and lack of data and research: - The definition of child trafficking is confusing and sometimes controversial. Many child serving agencies are not aware of federal and/or state definitions of child trafficking. Some organizations have misconceptions about the legal statutory framework, or believe it negatively impacts their clients. This impacts identification of new cases and referrals to appropriate legal service providers. - Child trafficking cases are often very complex and resource intensive. Providing services is becoming more challenging with the narrowing of both federal and state budgets, restricting access to critical services across all sectors. - Service providers who first identify children as victims may not be equipped to identify all relevant needs (e.g., legal, psychological, social). This is true even amongst legal service providers who may specialize in a particular area of the law, and are unable to identify other legal needs. - There are no standardized mechanisms for data collection and research. Only a few organizations have begun to collect data on child trafficking. Existing data on human trafficking often does not disaggregate adults from minors. Details: Chicago: Center for the Human Rights of Children, Loyola University Chicago, 2013. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.luc.edu/media/lucedu/chrc/LegalServicesAssess_TraffickedChildren_2013_CHRC_Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 131615

Author: Behrens, Courtney Title: Evaluating the effectiveness of Moral Reconation Therapy with the Juvenile Offender Population Summary: This study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of Moral Reconation Therapy (MRT) with the juvenile offender population in regard to the effects on recidivism. The analyses resulted in no significant differences in recidivism between the treatment group, which consisted of 375 juvenile offenders who participated in MRT, and the comparison group, which consisted of 375 juvenile offenders who did not participate in MRT. Specific attention to the number of MRT steps completed in relation to recidivism also resulted in no significant results. Therefore, recidivism did not change based on the number of MRT steps completed. In addition to analyses to determine the effectiveness of MRT, analyses to study the ability of the Juvenile Crime Prevention Risk Assessment (JCP Risk Assessment) to predict recidivism were included. Specifically, the total number of risk indicators and the total number of protective factors within the JCP Risk Assessment each were significantly related to recidivism. To determine possible moderating effects, gender and race were included for the following analyses: (a) the number of MRT steps completed and recidivism, (b) the total number of risk indicators and recidivism, and (c) the total number of protective factors and recidivism. The addition of race and gender did not provide significant results for the number of MRT steps completed and recidivism. For the JCP Risk Assessment, the interaction terms, which included race and gender separately with risk indicators and protective factors, the contribution of all independent variables, and the interaction term, led to significant variation in recidivism. However, no interaction terms accounted for a statistically significant amount of variance in recidivism. This study did not provide for support of the effectiveness of MRT with the juvenile offender population of interest. Details: Ames, IA: Iowa State University, 2009. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://lib.dr.iastate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2099&context=etd Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131617

Author: Carter, David C. Title: Homicide Process Mapping: Best Practices for Increasing Homicide Clearances Summary: Since 1990, the number of homicides committed in the United States has dropped over 30 percent. While this is a positive trend, it is somewhat counter-balanced by another trend: in the mid-1970s, the average homicide clearance rate in the United States was around 80 percent. Today, that number has dropped to 65 percent - hence, more offenders are literally getting away with murder. The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), a component of the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Justice Programs (OJP), recognizes that the problem of violence in the United States requires a multifaceted approach. In a coordinated initiative of projects, BJA has examined the manner in which trends in violence are identified by law enforcement for tactical purposes, reviewed how cutting-edge analysis and the integration of resources can disrupt trends in violent crime, and examined two decades of violence-reduction initiatives to determine what works. Based on lessons learned, new initiatives are explored, such as the Law Enforcement Forecasting Group (LEFG), which produced a paper on the importance of the analytic process for crime control (tactically) and resource allocation for crime reduction (strategically). Collectively, the lessons from these initiatives - and other initiatives by BJA and companion OJP components - provide guidance on new avenues to explore. Based on the findings from these projects, one of the focal points in violence suppression initiatives that BJA explored was the most efficacious method to manage homicide investigations. Two paths were used toward this end. The current project on Homicide Process Mapping focused on investigative practices. A companion project by the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP), 10 Things Law Enforcement Executives Can Do to Positively Impact Homicide Investigation Outcomes, focused on the administrative environment in support of homicide investigations. Both are essential for successful investigations. The purpose of this project was to identify best practices in homicide investigations that will result in an increase in homicide clearance rates. To accomplish this goal, seven geographically representative law enforcement agencies were identified that had at least 24 homicides in 2011 and had a clearance rate of 80 percent or higher. In addition, because the first 48 hours of a homicide investigation are critical, the project identified critical tasks in the first 48 hours of the investigation that increase the probability of a clearance. The selected agencies, both municipal and county, were the Baltimore County, Maryland, Police Department; the Denver, Colorado, Police Department; the Houston, Texas, Police Department; the Jacksonville, Florida, Sheriff's Office; the Richmond, Virginia, Police Department; the Sacramento County, California, Sheriff's Department; and the San Diego, California, Police Department. Each site was visited by two experienced homicide investigators and a police researcher who conducted interviews and reviewed documents. Interviews were conducted with the homicide commander, homicide supervisors, homicide investigators, and other personnel who each department believed were important in aiding successful homicide investigations. Following the collection of all information, the findings were broken down into strategic and tactical issues. Each of these is discussed in this report from a policy implementation perspective. This is followed by a summary of homicide investigation best practices that at least two agencies reported using. The report concludes with a process map that identifies critical investigative tasks to be performed in the first 48 hours after a homicide is reported. The process map is the product of a detailed analysis and integration of the processes used by the agencies in this project. While many factors contributed to successful homicide investigations, including some creative practices, there was one overarching factor: all of the agencies visited had laid a strong foundation of trust with the community and a strong foundation of cooperation and information sharing with other law enforcement agencies. Without this foundation, success will be limited. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assi3tance, 2013. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.iir.com/Documents/Homicide_Process_Mapping_September_email.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 131618

Author: Watson, Tara Title: Enforcement and Immigrant Location Choice Summary: This paper investigates the effect of local immigration enforcement regimes on the migration decisions of the foreign-born. Specifically, the analysis uses individual-level American Community Survey data to examine the effect of recent 287(g) agreements, which allow state and local law enforcement agencies to enforce Federal immigration law. The results suggest that one type of 287(g) agreement - the controversial local "task force" model emphasizing street enforcement - nearly doubles the propensity for the foreign-born to relocate within the United States. The largest effects are observed among non-citizens with at least some college education, suggesting that 287(g) policies may be missing their intended targets. No similar effect is found for the native-born. After the extreme case of Maricopa County is excluded, there is no evidence that local enforcement causes the foreign-born to exit the United States or deters their entry from abroad or from elsewhere in the United States. Rather, 287(g) task force agreements encourage the foreign-born to move to a new Census division or region within the United States. Details: Boston: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.bostonfed.org/economic/wp/wp2013/wp1310.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Shelf Number: 131621

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: Policing, Crime and Legitimacy in New York and Los Angeles: The Social and Political Contexts of Two Historic Crime Declines Summary: The relationship between citizens and police occupies a central place both in urban politics and in the political economy of cities. In this respect, for nearly 50 years, New York and Los Angeles have been bellwethers for many of the nation's larger cities. In each city, as in cities across the world, citizens look to police to protect them from crime, maintain social order, respond to a variety of extra-legal community concerns, and reinforce the moral order of the law by apprehending offenders and helping bring them to justice (Reiss, 1971; Black, 1980; Skogan and Frydl, 2004). Beyond enforcing social and political order, the police are the front line representatives of a variety of social service needs in communities (Walker, 1992). Accordingly, policing is an amenity of urban places that shapes how citizens regard their neighborhood and their city, and in turn, the extent to which citizens see their local institutions as responsive and reliable (Skogan, 2006). Effective and sustainable governance, especially when it comes to public safety, depends on the capacity of the institutions of criminal justice to provide "value" that leverages legitimacy and cooperation among its citizens (Moore et al., 2002; Skogan and Frydl, 2004; Tyler and Fagan, 2008; Tyler, 2010). Details: New York: Columbia law School, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 12-315 : Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2133487 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 131627

Author: McCallion, Gail Title: Student Bullying: Overview of Research, Federal Initiatives, and Legal Issues Summary: Many Members of Congress have become increasingly concerned about what can be done to address student bullying. This concern has arisen in response to high-profile bullying incidents that have occurred in recent years, and due to a growing body of research on the negative consequences of school bullying. Congress is interested in ensuring that schools are safe, secure places for students, so that they can receive the full benefits of their education. Several bills that address school bullying have already been introduced in the 113th Congress, although none has been enacted as of the date of this report. Some of the research on anti-bullying programs has found mixed success, particularly in the United States. However, a meta-analysis of 44 evaluations identified particular characteristics of school-based bullying programs that may help reduce bullying. This study found the intensity and duration of a program, as well as the number of program elements, to be linked with effectiveness. Other factors found to be important to effectiveness were parent training, parent meetings, firm disciplinary methods, classroom rules, classroom management, and improved playground supervision. Currently, there is no federal statute that explicitly prohibits student bullying or cyber-bullying. Under some circumstances, however, bullying may be prohibited by certain federal civil rights laws. In addition, bullying may, in some instances, constitute a violation of state criminal or tort law. There are several federal initiatives that are specifically focused on student bullying, including interagency initiatives. In addition, there are a variety of federal initiatives that are not solely or primarily focused on student bullying, but permit some funds to be used for this purpose. Representatives from the U.S. Departments of Agriculture, Defense, Education, Health and Human Services, the Interior, and Justice, as well as the Federal Trade Commission and the White House Initiative on Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders, have formed a Federal Partners in Bullying Prevention Steering Committee. The Federal Partners work to coordinate policy, research, and communications on bullying topics. The Federal Partners have created a website, http://www.stopbullying.gov, which provides extensive resources on bullying, including information on how schools can address bullying. Although there is currently no federal anti-bullying statute, there has been a surge in state legislation in recent years. A Department of Education (ED) study found that between 1999 and 2010, 120 bills and amendments to existing bills were introduced by states. Currently, 49 states have passed anti-bullying legislation. The majority of these laws direct school districts to adopt anti-bullying policies. However, the requirements placed on schools by these laws are quite varied. In addition, many of these laws do not contain all the key components of anti-bullying legislation that the U.S. Department of Education identified as important in a document it distributed to school districts. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: R43254: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43254.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 131638

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: Sexual Assault in the Military Summary: The U.S. Commission on Civil Rights chose to focus on sexual assault in the U.S. military for its annual 2013 Statutory Enforcement Report. This report examines how the Department of Defense and its Armed Services - the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, and Air Force (the Services) - respond to Service members who report having been sexually assaulted ("victims") and how it investigates and disciplines Service members accused of perpetrating sexual assault ("perpetrators"). This report also reviews how the military educates Service members and trains military criminal investigators and military lawyers about sexual assault offenses. The topic is both relevant and timely, as Congress is currently considering ways to address this issue. The Commission has authority to examine questions related to sexual assault in the military because the issues involve both sex discrimination and the denial of equal protection in the administration of justice. The issue of sex discrimination involves female Service members, who represent 14 percent of the military population, but are disproportionately likely to be victims at a rate five times that of their male counterparts. The questions related to a possible denial of equal protection in the administration of justice led the Commission to examine cases in which sexual assault victims, as well as Service members accused of sexual assault, claim unfair treatment in the military justice system. Through this report, the Commission sheds light on the scope, response, investigation, and discipline of sexual assault in the U.S. military. The Commission held a briefing on January 11, 2013 to hear the testimony of military officials, scholars, advocacy groups, and practitioners on the topic of sexual assault in the military. In response to written questions from the Commission, the Department of Defense and its Armed Services provided documents and other materials, including data on investigated sexual assault allegations, which the Commission analyzed. The results of these efforts are memorialized in this report. The report reveals that the Department of Defense may benefit from greater data collection to better understand trends in sexual assault cases and to implement improvements in future initiatives. Although the Department of Defense has already implemented policies to reduce sexual and sexist material from the military workplace in an effort to reduce sexual harassment, the effects of such recent efforts have yet to be measured. The Department of Defense also has a plan to standardize sexual assault response and prevention training across the Services to promote best practices. There will be a need to track the success of such policies over time. Greater commander accountability for leadership failures to implement such policies, especially in cases where victims claim sexual assault at the hands of superiors within the chain of command, should also be considered. Without increased data collection, however, it is difficult to measure the effects of any new changes the military chooses to implement. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission Civil Rights, 2013. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/09242013_Statutory_Enforcement_Report_Sexual_Assault_in_the_Military.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 131639

Author: Internet Crime Complaint Center Title: Internet Crime Report: 2012 Summary: Now in its 13th year of operation, the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3�) has firmly established its role as a valuable resource for both victims of Internet crime and the law enforcement agencies investigating and prosecuting these crimes. For the victims, the IC3 provides a convenient and easy-to-use reporting mechanism that alerts authorities to suspected criminal violations. For law enforcement agencies, the IC3 serves as a conduit to receive Internet-related complaints, to conduct research related to them and to develop analytical reports based on them for state, local, federal, tribal or international law enforcement and/or regulatory agencies. These agencies then develop investigations based on the forwarded information, as appropriate. In 2012, the IC3 received 289,874 consumer complaints with an adjusted dollar loss of $525,441,1101, which is an 8.3-percent increase in reported losses since 2011. In recognition of this increase, the IC3 expanded its efforts to inform the general public about online scams by publishing several public service announcements and providing additional tips for Internet consumers. Details: Washington, DC(?): Internet Crime Complaint Center, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.ic3.gov/media/annualreport/2012_IC3Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 131646

Author: Frederick, Bruce Title: The Anatomy of Discretion: An Analysis Prosecutorial Decision Making -- Technical Report Summary: Prosecuting attorneys enjoy exceptionally broad discretion in making decisions that influence criminal case outcomes. They make pivotal decisions throughout the life of a case with little public or judicial scrutiny. With support from the National Institute of Justice, the Vera Institute of Justice undertook research to better understand how prosecutors make decisions. Vera researchers combined statistical analyses with qualitative analyses, examining initial case screening and charging decisions, plea offers, sentence recommendations, and post-filing dismissals for multiple offense types in two moderately large prosecutors' offices. In addition to a technical report, the study produced a summary report and four podcasts. Details: Unpublished report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 429p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240334.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecutorial Discretion (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131650

Author: Center for Victims of Torture Title: Tortured and Detained: Survivor Stories of U.S. Immigration Detention Summary: This report focuses on the personal and psychological aspects of the detention experience, from apprehension to release, and seeks to offer insights - through first-hand accounts to the extent possible - into what asylum seekers and survivors of torture are seeing, thinking, and feeling as they arrive in the United States, a perceived destination of "safety," and subsequently endure shock and confusion at being arrested and detained. This report does not attempt to provide a comprehensive assessment of the current state of the U.S. immigration detention system. The recommendations contained at the end focus on meeting the unique needs of survivors of torture but most would benefit the U.S. immigration detention system more broadly. The profiles in this report are comprised of selfreported information from the 22 individuals we interviewed in June and July of 2013, though the accounts described here are all consistent with secondary research into U.S. immigration laws, procedures, and practices. The challenges interviewees reported are, likewise, consistent with other in-depth reports of the U.S. immigration detention system. Secondary research into trauma and its effects as well as interviews with clinicians from CVT provided additional perspectives into the particular impact detention has on survivors of torture. All participants consented to having their stories included in this report and used for public purposes. However, to protect individual identities we have changed all names and chose not to include any information that would make the individual easily identifiable. Details: St. Paul, MN: Center for Victims of Torture, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.cvt.org/sites/cvt.org/files/Report_TorturedAndDetained_Nov2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 131653

Author: Howe, Scott W. Title: The Eighth Amendment as a Warrant Against Undeserved Punishment Summary: Should the Eighth Amendment prohibit all undeserved criminal convictions and punishments? There are grounds to argue that it must. Correlation between the level of deserts of the accused and the severity of the sanction represents the very idea of justice to most of us. We want to believe that those branded as criminals deserve blame for their conduct and that they deserve all of the punishments that they receive. A deserts limitation is also key to explaining the decisions in which the Supreme Court has rejected convictions or punishments as disproportional, including several major rulings in the new millennium. Yet, this view of the Eighth Amendment challenges many current criminal-law doctrines and sentencing practices that favor crime prevention over retributive limits. Mistake-of-law doctrine, felony-murder rules and mandatory-minimum sentencing laws are only a few examples. Why have these laws and practices survived? One answer is that the Supreme Court has largely limited proportionality relief to a few narrow problems involving the death penalty or life imprisonment without parole, and it has avoided openly endorsing the deserts limitation even in cases in which defendants have prevailed. Yet, this Article presents a deeper explanation. I point to four reasons why the doctrine must remain severely stunted in relation to its animating principle. I am to clarify both what the Eighth Amendment reveals about the kind of people we want to be and why the Supreme Court is not able to force us to live up to the aspiration. Details: Orange, CA: Chapman University School of Law, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Chapman University Law Research Paper No. 13-14 : Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2353082 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 131657

Author: National Human Trafficing Resource Center, Polaris Project Title: Human Trafficking Trends in the United States: 2007-2012 Summary: From December 7, 2007, through December 31, 2012, the NHTRC answered 65,557 calls, 1,735 online tip forms, and 5,251 emails - totaling more than 72,000 interactions. This report is based on the information learned from these interactions during the first five years of the hotline's operation by Polaris Project. Key facts: The NHTRC experienced a 259% increase in calls between 2008 and 2012. In five years, we received reports of 9,298 unique cases of human trafficking. The three most common forms of sex trafficking reported to the hotline involved pimp-controlled prostitution, commercial-front brothels, and escort services. Labor trafficking was most frequently reported in domestic work, restaurants, peddling rings, and sales crews. 41% of sex trafficking cases and 20% of labor trafficking cases referenced U.S. citizens as victims. Women were referenced as victims in 85% of sex trafficking cases, and men in 40% of labor trafficking cases. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.polarisproject.org/resources/hotline-statistics/human-trafficking-trends-in-the-united-states Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131664

Author: Beauchamp, Andrew Title: The Minimum Wage and Crime Summary: Does crime respond to changes in the minimum wage? A growing body of empirical evidence indicates that increases in the minimum wage have a displacement effect on low-skilled workers. Economic reasoning provides the possibility that dis-employment may cause youth to substitute from legal work to crime. However, there is also the countervailing effect of a higher wage raising the opportunity cost of crime for those who remain employed. We use the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997 cohort to measure the effect of increases in the minimum wage on self-reported criminal activity and examine employment-crime substitution. Exploiting changes in state and federal minimum wage laws from 1997 to 2010, we find that workers who are affected by a change in the minimum wage are more likely to commit crime, become idle, and lose employment. Individuals experiencing a binding minimum wage change were more likely to commit crime and work only part time. Analyzing heterogeneity shows those with past criminal connections are especially likely to see decreased employment and increased crime following a policy change, suggesting that reduced employment eeffcts dominate any wage effects. The findings have implications for policy regarding both the low-wage labor market and efforts to deter criminal activity. Details: Boston, MA: Boston College, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: https://www2.bc.edu/~beauchaa/CrimeMW.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131666

Author: Lee, Cynthia G. Title: A Community Court Grows in Brooklyn: A Comprehensive Evaluation of the Red Hook Community Justice Center. Summary: In April 2000, a new courthouse opened its doors in a vacant schoolhouse in the Red Hook neighborhood of Brooklyn. Over the course of the five previous decades, Red Hook had declined from a vibrant, working-class waterfront community into a notorious hotbed of drug-related violence, cut off from the rest of Brooklyn by an elevated highway and a lack of public transportation. Following in the footsteps of the nation's first community court, established in Manhattan seven years earlier, the Red Hook Community Justice Center aimed to help transform the neighborhood by cleaning up misdemeanor crime and offering defendants treatment for the drug addictions and other social dislocations believed to fuel their criminal behavior. The Justice Center would also handle juvenile delinquency cases, hear landlord-tenant disputes, and provide a wide variety of youth and community programs open to all residents. The ultimate goal was to create a court that "would both respond constructively when crime occurs and work to prevent crime before it takes place," halting the "revolving door" of the traditional criminal justice system. "By bringing justice back to neighborhoods and by playing a variety of non-traditional roles," Justice Center planners asserted, "community courts foster stronger relationships between courts and communities and restore public confidence in the justice system". More than a decade later, the Red Hook Community Justice Center (RHCJC) is a prominent fixture in the Red Hook neighborhood. The Justice Center is the product of an ongoing partnership among the New York State Unified Court System, the Center for Court Innovation, the Kings County District Attorney's Office, the Legal Aid Society of New York, and a number of other governmental and nonprofit organizations. As a demonstration project, it is also arguably the best known community court in the world, welcoming visitors from as far away as South Africa, Australia, and Japan and serving as a model for other community courts across the nation and the globe. In 2010, the National Institute of Justice funded the first comprehensive independent evaluation of the Red Hook Community Justice Center. Conducted by the National Center for State Courts in partnership with the Center for Court Innovation and the John Jay College of Criminal Justice, this evaluation represents a rigorous multi-method investigation into the impact of the Justice Center on crime, incarceration, and costs; the mechanisms by which the Justice Center produces any such results; and how policymakers and court planners in other jurisdictions can adapt the Justice Center's vision of the community court model to suit the unique needs of their own communities. The evaluation consists of four major components: a process evaluation that documents the planning and operations of the Red Hook Community Justice Center and investigates whether the program was implemented in accordance with its design; an ethnographic analysis that examines community and offender perceptions of the Justice Center; an impact evaluation that analyzes the Justice Center's impact on sentencing, recidivism, and arrest rates; and a cost-efficiency analysis that quantifies the Justice Center's costs and benefits in monetary terms. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2013. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/RH%20Evaluation%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 131668

Author: American Probation and Parole Association Title: Effective Responses to Offender Behavior: Lessons Learned for Probation and Parole Supervision Summary: Using effective strategies to keep probationers and parolees crime- and drug-free and curb their revocation rates is among the most important issues facing our community corrections supervision system. From the early 1980s through 2005, there was a sharp decline in the percentage of adult probationers (from 79% to 59%) and parolees (from 60% to 45%) who successfully completed supervision (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 1984; Glaze & Bonczar, 2006). While there has been a period of stabilization in more recent years, probation and parole agencies continue to seek alternatives to "business as usual" in community supervision. This is mainly due to the fact that high revocation rates have had a detrimental impact on the criminal justice system, including extensive prison growth (see Pew Center on the States, 2008) and significant increases in costs for both corrections and the judiciary (see Kyckelhahn, 2012). The community corrections field has a responsibility to implement a more effective supervision process that enhances compliance and accountability among probationers and parolees, thereby improving public safety in a cost-effective way. Given these challenges, community corrections agencies are increasingly taking a more comprehensive approach in responding to certain violations and reinforcing compliance among probationers and parolees. Decades of learning in the field and a growing research base has led to a consensus among many corrections professionals about what needs to be done to achieve better results and increase public safety. These strategies include, but are not limited to, assessing criminal risk and need factors, focusing resources on higher risk offenders, tailoring conditions of supervision to the risk and needs most likely to result in new criminal behavior, and balancing surveillance requirements and treatment needs (Solomon, 2007). Based on solid research, two key strategies that many agencies have begun to implement are the use of swift, certain, and proportionate sanctions to respond to violations, and the use of incentives to promote and reinforce compliance among probationers and parolees. These responses can be imposed by the courts, or they may be executed administratively, meaning that the authority to issue sanctions and reward compliance is given to the supervision agency, without returning to the court or releasing authority (e.g., parole board). This administrative response authority can be established by statute or can be delegated by the court. An administrative response strategy can strengthen community supervision services by providing agencies greater autonomy in responding to behaviors in more effective and cost-efficient ways, and thereby avoiding a reliance on the courts or releasing authorities to handle all violations, particularly those that include minor behavioral infractions. In December 2012, The Pew Charitable Trusts' Public Safety Performance Project (Pew), the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA), and the National Center for State Courts (NCSC) jointly sponsored a convening of representatives from 14 states to address the use of effective administrative responses in probation and parole supervision. The conference was designed to assist the states by highlighting effective procedures and common performance measures in responses that involve both sanctions and incentives. In addition, it provided an excellent opportunity for individuals to interact with representatives from the legislative, executive and judicial branches in their respective states around this timely public safety issue, and to share their experiences and observations with other policymakers, practitioners and national experts. Several documents were developed for the summit, including legal and research memos, and individual profiles of the states that summarized their policies and practices around effective administrative responses (see Appendix A). This report highlights key lessons learned around planning and implementation of sanctions and incentives, with particular attention to ways in which states and local jurisdictions can improve effective responses in probation and parole supervision. This report first provides an overview of the research and rationale supporting swift and certain sanctions and responses shown to be effective in community supervision. Second, the report provides key lessons learned based on the feedback received by attendees at the conference. Last, the report summarizes practical implications about the use of the effective administrative response approach in community supervision, including directions for future research. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation and Parole Association, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eWeb/docs/APPA/pubs/EROBLLPPS-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131671

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Decriminalizing Prostitution: Surprising Implications for Sexual Violence and Public Health Summary: Most governments in the world including the United States prohibit prostitution due to moral repugnance, though disease and victimization risks associated with sex markets are salient policy concerns. Given these types of laws rarely change and are fairly uniform across regions, our knowledge about the impact of decriminalizing sex work is largely conjectural. We exploit the fact that a Rhode Island District Court judge unexpectedly decriminalized indoor prostitution in 2003 to provide the first causal estimates of the impact of decriminalization on the composition of the sex market, rape offenses, and population sexually transmitted infection outcomes. Not surprisingly, we find that decriminalization increased the size of the indoor market. However, somewhat unexpectedly, we find that decriminalization caused both forcible rape offenses and gonorrhea incidence to decline for the overall population. Our synthetic control model finds 824 fewer reported rape offenses and 1,035 fewer cases of female gonorrhea from 2004 to 2009. The combined benefits of six years of decriminalization are estimated to be approximately 200 million USD. Decriminalization appears to benefit the population at large, especially women|and not just sex workers. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://economics.emory.edu/home/assets/Seminars%20Workshops/Seminar_2013_Cunningham.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 131675

Author: Linnemann, Travis Title: Beyond the Ghetto: Methamphetamine and Punishment of Rural America Summary: Since the early 1970s, the United States has grown increasingly reliant on the criminal justice system to manage a wide array of social problems. Aggressive drug control policies and an over-reliance on imprisonment helped produce the world's largest prison and correctional population, often described as mass imprisonment. Within this context, the study provides an explanatory account of the political, cultural, and social conditions that encourage states like Kansas to pursue methamphetamine as a major public concern, and to a greater degree than other states with relatively higher meth problems. Ultimately, and most important, the study makes a theoretical contribution by demonstrating how meth control efforts, analogous to previous drug control campaigns, extends punitive drug control rationalities to new cultural contexts and social terrains beyond the so-called ghetto of the inner city, thereby reinforcing and extending the logics of mass imprisonment. Details: Manhattan, KS: Kansas State University, 2011. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://krex.k-state.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/2097/12021/TravisLinnemann2011.pdf?sequence=5 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 131676

Author: Payne, Troy C. Title: Green Bay Chronic Nuisance Notification Evaluation, 2006�2010 Summary: Green Bay City Ordinance Chapter 28 allows the municipality to recover the cost of providing police services for chronic nuisances. Enforcement of Chapter 28 began in October 2006 and continues as of this writing. This report examined calls for service at properties with chronic nuisance enforcement to determine if enforcement was associated with a reduction in calls for service. Findings Our analysis found that: - There is an immediate, significant reduction in calls for service after chronic nuisance enforcement. - The reduction in calls for service persists over a four‐year period. There is not a general "rebound effect" at chronic nuisance parcels after enforcement ends. - The reduction in calls for service persists even after controlling for number of units, district, and city‐wide longitudinal trends. Key recommendations Based on our findings, we recommend that the Green Bay Police Department: - Continue recording detailed information for each chronic nuisance case. - Continue using human judgment when making chronic nuisance determinations. - Collect data on additional outcome measures such as community satisfaction, diffusion of crime prevention benefits, and officer time spent at each property. - Consider creating objective criteria for compliance. - Encourage officers and dispatchers to enter accurate arrival and clear times in the CAD to facilitate analysis. - Partner with local landlord associations to encourage their members to engage in crime prevention and good management. - Continue development of early warning systems for internal and external use. - Consider amending the ordinance to reduce police officer and analyst time required. Conclusions Enforcing the chronic nuisance ordinance is costly in terms of officer and analyst hours. This analysis found that such enforcement is associated with reduced calls for service. We note, however, that the best use of the chronic nuisance ordinance may be as a credible threat. That is, the credible threat of chronic nuisance enforcement can be a powerful enticement for property owners to partner with the Green Bay Police Department on crime prevention and nuisance abatement efforts. Details: Anchorage: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1301.greenbay/1301.01.green_bay_eval.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 131677

Author: Rivera, Marny Title: Youth Alcohol Access, Consumption, and Consequences in Anchorage, Alaska: Identification of Indicators Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide a baseline description of the current state of the problem in order to assess change in the underage drinking problem associated with the implementation of strategies designed to reduce underage access to alcohol and consequences associated with underage drinking. The indicators in this report have been organized into categories of underage access to alcohol, social norms and perceptions associated with underage drinking, alcohol consumption patterns, and consequences of underage drinking. Consequences examined include school-related consequences of underage drinking, risky behavior associated with underage drinking, and legal consequences of underage drinking. Indicators describing alcohol abuse by people under 21 years of age requiring substance abuse treatment, health and safety consequences of underage drinking, and economic consequences of underage drinking have also been reported. Highlights from the report are summarized in this Executive Summary. Youth Access to Alcohol  Thirty-seven percent of students who consumed alcohol in the past 30 days reported obtaining the alcohol by giving money to someone to purchase it for them and 29% of students reported that someone gave them the alcohol they consumed.  In Alaska, the percent of liquor licensees who passed compliance checks (did not sell alcohol to underage informants) ranged from 83% to 96% between 2004 and 2009. Social Norms and Perceptions  Just over one-third of youth in traditional and alternative schools in the Anchorage School District (ASD) and across Alaska report no or slight risk in consuming one or two drinks of alcohol nearly every day.  Thirty-five percent of Alaskan youth ages 12 to 17 and 28% of Alaskans 18 to 25 years old report great risk in having five or more drinks of an alcoholic beverage (binge drinking) once or twice a week. Alaskans in both age groups (12 to 17 and 18 to 25) perceive great risk in weekly binge drinking at rates lower than the national average of 39% for 12 to 17 year olds and 33% for 18 to 25 year olds. Consumption  The percentage of Alaskans aged 18 to 20 who reported binge alcohol use increased from 16% in 2001 to 31% in 2005 and was higher than the national average of 20% in 2005.  The percentage of Alaskans aged 18 to 20 who reported current (past month) alcohol use increased from 39% in 2001 to 48% in 2005 and was higher than the national average of 40% in 2005.  Among students in ASD, every indicator of alcohol consumption for both males and females decreased from 1995 to 2009. Improved indicators of alcohol consumption included the following: ever consumed alcohol in lifetime, first consumed alcohol before age 13, consumed alcohol in the past 30 days, binge drinking in the past 30 days, and consumed alcohol on school property in the past 30 days. In every consumption indicator, excluding first alcohol consumption before age 13 by females, the percentage of male and female ASD students reporting alcohol consumption was lower than the national average in 2009. In every indicator for females and most indicators for males, the percentage of ASD students reporting alcohol consumption was higher than the percentages reported by all Alaskan students. Consequences School-related consequences  Since 2005, more students in Anchorage have been suspended and expelled for drug use and other behavior than for alcohol consumption.  Among ASD students who opted to participate in the Prime for Life intervention program for first time alcohol and drug abuse offenders in 2009 and the first half of 2010, more students were caught with marijuana (67% in 2009 and 2010) than alcohol (18% in 2009 and 16% in 2010). Risky behavior and underage drinking  Between one-quarter and over one-third of ASD students reported being in a passenger in the car of a drinking driver within the past year in 2009.  In 2009, 14% of female and 19% of male ASD students reported consuming alcohol before their most recent experience of sexual intercourse. These percentages were lower than the percentage of Alaska students and students nationwide who reported consuming alcohol before having sexual intercourse. Underage drinking and driving: Traffic tickets, crashes, injuries, and fatalities  Twelve percent of all alcohol-related driving while intoxicated tickets (DWI) given to drivers involved in crashes in Anchorage from 2000 to 2008 were given to youth who were 20 years old or younger.  From 2000 to 2008, Anchorage youth ages 20 and younger who were drivers of the principle vehicles involved in crashes in which they were issued alcohol-related DWI tickets caused a total of 152 injuries. Legal consequences of underage drinking  From 2000 to 2008 there were 30,998 alcohol-related charges given to youth ages 20 and younger in Alaska. Of these charges, 93% were minor consuming charges.  In Alaska in 2008 there were 3,254 minor consuming charges filed. This was a larger number of charges than any other year since 2002.  In 2008, 267 charges were filed against Alaskan youth for operating vehicles after consuming alcohol. Charges for youth operating vehicles after consuming alcohol have increased each year since 2002 when 63 charges were filed. Alcohol abuse requiring treatment  In 2009 among people under 21 years of age there were 191 admissions to treatment for alcohol abuse only and 250 admissions to treatment for alcohol with a secondary substance of abuse in Alaska. Health and safety consequences of underage drinking  Alaska mothers with a maternal age of 15 to 19 had Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder births at a higher rate than their representation among all live births.  In Alaska from 2001 to 2005, there were 20 alcohol-induced deaths among Alaskans aged 0 to 24 years. Eleven of the alcohol-induced deaths among Alaskans 0 to 24 years involved Native males, five involved White males, three involved Alaska Native females, and one involved a Black female. Economic consequences of underage drinking  In 2007, the average cost of underage drinking per youth in the U.S. was $2,280.00. Alaska had the highest cost of underage drinking per youth in 2007 with a cost per youth of $4,393.00.  In Alaska in 2007 it was estimated that $217 million was spent on youth violence that resulted from underage drinking, over $40 million on youth traffic crashes, and $17 million on youth alcohol treatment. Details: Anchorage: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1010.voa/1010.01.youth_alcohol_access.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 131678

Author: Rivera, Marny Title: Youth Alcohol Access, Consumption, and Consequences in Anchorage, Alaska: 2012 Update Summary: In 2010, a comprehensive report identified indicators of youth alcohol access, consumption, and consequences, providing a baseline description of the problem of underage drinking in Anchorage and Alaska. This report seeks to document the current state of the problem in Anchorage and Alaska and assess changes to underage drinking following implementation of efforts by Communities Mobilizing for Change on Alcohol (CMCA). Where possible, attempts have been made to compare trends that have taken place in Anchorage to those in Alaska and/or nationwide. It is difficult to get a clear picture of how the underage drinking problem has changed over time and the ways in which the problem is similar or different in Anchorage relative to Alaska statewide. The difficulty examining trends over time between Anchorage and Alaska stems from different timelines employed by the various sources of data compiled in this report, different ways of designating age groups, and in most cases the absence of available data specific to Anchorage. Details: Anchorage: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1010.voa/1010.04.youth_alcohol_access.update.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 131679

Author: Abramsky, Sasha Title: A Second Chance: Charting a New Course for Re-Entry and Criminal Justice Reform Summary: "A Second Chance" examines the impact of four barriers that make re-entry more difficult and recidivism more likely - predatory prison phone rates; inadequate access to education; restrictions on employment; and restrictions on voting. The report discusses the consequences of these practices and makes a series of policy recommendations regarding their reform. Details: Washington, DC: Leadership Conference Education Fund, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://civilrightsdocs.info/pdf/reports/A_Second_Chance_Re-Entry_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 131680

Author: Elliott, Ian A. Title: Evaluability Assessments of the Circles of Support and Accountability (COSA) Model: Cross-Site Report Summary: According to the U.S. National Reentry Resource Center (NRRC) at least 95% of state prisoners are released back to their communities after a period of incarceration. Both criminal justice agencies and the general public are conscious of the issue of sex offenders returning to the community because of the potentially negative biological and psychiatric outcomes for victims (e.g., Andersen et al., 2008; Chen et al., 2010). Circles of Support and Accountability (COSA) is a restorative justice-based reentry program for high-risk sex offenders with little or no pro-social support. There have been no rigorous large-scale outcome evaluations of COSA conducted to date. A weighted average of three significant estimated reductions attributable to COSA from smaller evaluations suggest a reduction of 77% in sexual recidivism. However, because of the varying quality of these studies it could be argued that this figure should be considered only an estimate of effectiveness. Therefore, at this time there is not enough evidence to confidently state that COSA is proven to be effective in reducing sexual recidivism. This report outlines an evaluability assessment of COSA across five sites with the goal of assessing the readiness of COSA provision in the U.S. for rigorous evaluation. The assessment aimed to clarify program intent, explore program reality, examine program data capacity, analyze program fidelity, and propose potential evaluation designs for future evaluation. An 'intended model' was developed, adapted from the Correctional Services Canada model (CSC, 2002; 2003) that sought to illustrate the espoused theory of COSA. COSA program reality was established via site visits to five locations delivering, or intending to deliver, COSA programs in the U.S.: Fresno, CA; Denver, CO; Durham, NC; Lancaster, PA; and Burlington, VT. During these site visits in-person interviews were conducted with key program personnel, other stakeholders, and any documented materials related to COSA policies and procedures were collected. All of the sites have implemented versions of the CSC model, adapted to suit their needs. The site reports suggest that VT-COSA alone could be considered to have high program fidelity, with COSA Fresno and COSA Lancaster demonstrating adequate fidelity, and Colorado COSA and COSA Durham demonstrating low fidelity. It is concluded that there are five potential obstacles that need to be addressed in order to conduct a successful experimental evaluation of COSA: (1) choice of outcomes; (2) significant differences in program implementation; (3) core member selection issues; (4) sample size, site capacity, and low baselines of recidivism; and (5) ownership of data. It is concluded that there is no methodological or ethical reason why a randomized control trial of COSA provision in the U.S. could not be conducted. The obstacles to an RCT are all such that they can be addressed with a combination of realistic tightening of program implementation, rigorous experimental control, and an increase in real-world resources. Finally, three action recommendations for future evaluative activity are presented: (1) conduct an experimental evaluation of the Vermont COSA program alone; (2) conduct an experimental evaluation that combines the Vermont COSA and COSA Fresno programs; or (3) allow the fledgling sites to develop and conduct a multi-site evaluation of COSA in the future. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2013. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243832.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 131686

Author: Indian Law and Order Commission Title: A Roadmap For Making Native America Safer. Report To The President And Congress Of The United States Summary: These recommendations are intended to make Native American and Alaska Native nations safer and more just for all U.S. citizens and to reduce the unacceptably high rates of violent crime that have plagued Indian country for decades. This report reflects one of the most comprehensive assessments ever undertaken of criminal justice systems servicing Native American and Alaska Native communities. The Indian Law and Order Commission is an independent national advisory commission created in July 2010 when the Tribal Law and Order Act was passed and extended earlier in 2013 by the Violence Against Women Act Reauthorization (VAWA Amendments). The President and the majority and minority leadership of the Congress appointed the nine Commissioners, all of whom have served as volunteers. Importantly, the findings and recommendations contained in this Roadmap represent the unanimous conclusions of all nine Commissioners - Democratic and Republican appointees alike - of what needs to be done now to make Native America safer. As provided by TLOA, the Commission received limited funding from the U.S. Departments of Justice and the Interior to carry out its statutory responsibilities. To save taxpayers' money, the Commission has operated entirely in the field - often on the road in federally recognized Indian country - and conducted its business primarily by phone and Internet email. The Commission had no offices. Its superb professional staff consists entirely of career Federal public officials who have been loaned to the Commission as provided by TLOA, and we are grateful to them and the Departments of Justice and the Interior. TLOA has three basic purposes. First, the Act was intended to make Federal departments and agencies more accountable for serving Native people and lands. Second, TLOA was designed to provide greater freedom for Indian Tribes and nations to design and run their own justice systems. This includes Tribal court systems generally, along with those communities that are subject to full or partial State criminal jurisdiction under P.L. 83-280. Third, the Act sought to enhance cooperation among Tribal, Federal, and State officials in key areas such as law enforcement training, interoperability, and access to criminal justice information. In addition to assessing the Act's effectiveness, this Roadmap recommends long-term improvements to the structure of the justice system in Indian country. This includes changes to the basic division of responsibility among Federal, Tribal, and State officials and institutions. The theme here is to provide for greater local control and accountability while respecting the Federal constitutional rights of all U.S. citizens. Some of the Commission's recommendations require Federal legislative action. Others are matters of internal executive branch policy and practice. Still others must be addressed by the Federal judiciary. Finally, much of what the Commission has proposed will require enlightened and energetic leadership from the State governments and, ultimately, Native Americans and Alaska Native citizens and their elected leaders. The Commission finds that the public safety crisis in Native America is emphatically not an intractable problem. More lives and property can and will be saved once Tribes have greater freedom to build and maintain their own criminal justice systems. The Commission sees breathtaking possibilities for safer, strong Native communities achieved through home-grown, tribally based systems that respect the civil rights of all U.S. citizens, and reject outmoded Federal command-and-control policies in favor of increased local control, accountability, and transparency. Details: Washington, DC: Indian Law & Order Commission, 2013. 326p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: https://www.indianlawandordercommission.com/report/files/A_Roadmap_For_Making_Native_America_Safer-Full.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 131687

Author: Tennyson, Heidi R. Title: Reducing Juvenile Recidivism: A Meta-Analysis of Treatment Outcomes Summary: Juvenile criminal activity continues to be a problem in the United States both in terms of its financial burden to society and its impact on quality of life. One adolescent repeat offender may cost tax payers an estimated 1.3 to 1.5 million dollars (Cohen, 1998). Thus, there is an imperative to identify treatments that decrease youthful re-offending. The present meta-analysis analyzed which interventions had the largest effects on decreasing recidivism, and explored in a unique way whether quality of treatment implementation increased treatment efficacy in real-world settings. All programs analyzed were effective in reducing juvenile recidivism except those focused on discipline (i.e., boot camps). Programs offering multiple services were the most effective. In addition, interventions with the highest level of treatment integrity had the strongest outcomes. Finally, researcher-driven studies had larger effects than community-based programs indicating a continued gap between research and practice. The importance of integrity in real-world settings is highlighted in the discussion. Details: Forest Grove, OR: Pacific University, School of Professional Psychology, 2009. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://commons.pacificu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1212&context=spp Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Interventions Shelf Number: 131690

Author: Zajac, Gary Title: An Examination of Pennsylvania Rural County Jails Summary: This study examined the operation of Pennsylvania's 44 rural county jails. County jails, in general, face a unique set of challenges, including large numbers of inmates who spend a short time in custody, difficulty in classifying and assessing a short-term inmate population, providing treatment services to inmates who may be in custody for only a short period, and financial issues related to inmate medical costs and strained county budgets. Pennsylvania county jails, in recent years, have begun to serve as a relief valve for the increasingly strained state prison system. Since 2009, the state system has transferred hundreds of inmates to county jails, as many of these jails have excess capacity. This research examined trends in rural county jail populations and demographics, jail capacity, capital projects and development (undertaken and planned), budgets, and staffing from 2004 through 2011. This study also documented the types of treatment programs and services being offered at the jails and compared them to what is known about effective offender rehabilitation practices. It also explored fiscal and other challenges facing the 44 rural county jails. The researchers used data collected by the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections (PADOC) as part of its annual obligatory inspections of county jails. The researchers also conducted a survey of county jail wardens/sheriffs to collect information on planned major capital projects and financial challenges facing the jails. The research found that the system-wide average annual total rural jail population (2004-2011) was 7,520 inmates per year, which is 22 percent of the total Pennsylvania county jail population in 2009 (that is all 63 county jails combined). The rural county jail population grew by 17 percent from 2004 to 2010. There was significant variation in the size of rural county jail populations, with the smallest rural jail housing 26 inmates per year, on average, and the largest rural jail housing 421 inmates per year, on average. Thus, the largest rural jail housed more than 10 times the number of inmates as the smallest. The rural jail population was overwhelmingly young, white, and male. While some jails had an excess of inmates, on average, the rural county jail system was operating at 84 percent of capacity during the study period. By way of comparison, PADOC operated at 113 percent of capacity. During the period of June 2009 through December 2010, PADOC transferred 1,507 state inmates to nine rural county jails through contractual agreements to relieve the burden on the state system. The average cost-per-day, per-inmate in the rural county jail system was $60.41, and ranged from a low of $37.54 to a high of $127.71. By way of comparison, the average cost-per-day, per-inmate in the state system was $88.23. Nineteen of the 44 rural county jails (43 percent) reported having undertaken a major capital expansion or restoration project during the study period. However, 92 percent of responding jails reported having no new capital projects planned, in spite of 44 percent of responding jails reporting a major capital project need. All of the jails reported offering some sort of rehabilitative and related programming during the study period, although two of the most common types of programming were educational/vocational and general psychological counseling, both of which are generally mandated under law or as part of accreditation standards. Drug and alcohol programming was also universally offered, although the most common mode for the service was self-help groups, which are not found to be effective, according to the research literature. There was less evidence of intensive programs that address key recidivism risk factors, such as programs addressing anti-social attitudes and decision-making skills. Only a minority of jails clearly offered such programs. Rural county jails also offered a wide variety of programs for which the evidence of effectiveness is unclear (such as general life skills programs), or where the research clearly indicates no impact on recidivism (such as meditation and art therapy). In sum, Pennsylvania's rural county jails represent a potential source of bed space for the state prison system. While rehabilitative programs are offered, county jails could place more focus on programs that have been shown to be effective. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Center for Rural Pennsylvania, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.rural.palegislature.us/documents/reports/rural_county_jails_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 131691

Author: Damooei, Jamshid Title: The Evaluation Report For Targeted ReEntry Program of the Boys and Girls Clubs of Greater Oxnard and Port Hueneme Summary: Crime devastates victims, communities, and even perpetrators. Over the last several decades, the United States has faced serious problems with its criminal justice system. The population of incarcerated Americans has grown tenfold since 1970 and those who have been released from prison are more likely than not to return to prison. The vicious cycle of imprisonment, release, and imprisonment need to be reduced and if possible stopped. In the last decade, there has been renewed interest in programs that are intended to reduce the recidivism rate of released prisoners. The Targeted Reentry Program of the Boys & Girls Clubs of Greater Oxnard and Port Hueneme is one such program that focuses on the needs of at‐risk juvenile offenders. The program provides services to youth offenders from the time the time they are detained in juvenile facilities through their release and reintegration with the community. The Boys & Girls Clubs of Greater Oxnard and Port Hueneme rely on several collaborators to provide specialized services that are beyond their purview. These collaborators include: - Palmer Drug Abuse Program - Ventura County Public Health - The Ventura County Probation Agency - The Coalition to End Family Violence This study has worked to collect data both from the management of and participants in the Targeted Reentry Program in order to determine the effectiveness of the services provided. Based on these findings, the program proves to be an effective resource in the lives of these young people. Participants perceive the services to be effective and they consistently utilize everything that the program has to offer. Moreover, the rates of recidivism are relatively low and they seem to be gainfully engaged in the community upon release. Data collected through studying the records of program management indicate the following: - Significant proportions (36%) of youths who have received the program services are currently employed. - 84% of those who have participated in the Targeted Reentry Program are either currently in school or they have earned academic credentials that could help them become employed. Most encouragingly, 10% are currently pursuing secondary education beyond high school. - 36% of program participants received counseling services while they were inside the juvenile facility. - 86% of those who received counseling while they were in detention continued to receive counseling after they left the facility and began reintegrating into their communities. - The vast majority of respondents (70%) received substance abuse treatment inside the juvenile facility. This is a significant finding. First, it speaks to the success and ability of the Targeted Reentry Program to provide a service to a large number of program participants. Second, it indicates just how many of the youths entering the program is in need of substance abuse treatment. The majority of participants (52%) who received substance abuse treatment within the Juvenile Facility indicate that they continued to receive such treatment after they released into the community. - 85% of those who participated in the Targeted Reentry Program were not returned to the juvenile facility after their release only for a new offense. In addition to consulting the records of program management, the research team prepared a survey that was administered to program participants. The results of the survey are as follows: - At the time respondents filled out the questionnaire, a majority (53.5%) were legal adults over the age of eighteen. - When entering the program, juvenile offenders were between the ages of 14 and 17. The largest share of respondents (46.7%) was 17 when beginning the program. - Nearly three‐fourths of respondents (73.3%) are males. - 53.3% of respondents indicate that they are full‐time high school students not currently employed. An additional 13.4% are also studying; 6.7% are attending community college fulltime while another 6.7% are attending college while working. An additional third of respondents are no longer pursuing an education. 20% are working full‐time while 13.3% are working parttime jobs. - All respondents to the survey are either working or studying. This means that all these individuals are on the path to having a more stable life. - The findings of the program participant survey are quite promising. Only 13.3% of survey respondents indicate that they have had new charges filed against them after exiting the Targeted Reentry Program for the first time. This level of recidivism is significantly less than national levels that are generally in excess of 60%. - All survey respondents believed that the Targeted Reentry Program helped them to "find [the] real sources of my [their] problems." Specifically, 60% believed the program was very successful while 40% believed it to be only successful in this regard. - All survey respondents indicated that the program changed the way they deal with their problems for the better. This is further evidence that the services of the program are helping to develop pro‐social behavior among participants. - All survey respondents indicated that the program was successful in making them more hopeful about their lives. This is the third question in which program participants indicate unanimously that the program has encouraged pro‐social behavior. - 93.3% of respondents indicate that the program successfully gave them the opportunity to meet people who care about them and their wellbeing. - All survey respondents believe that the program taught them the value of an education for a better life in the future. Such motivation may help them become more likely to take their education seriously. - 86.7% of respondents believe that the program was successful in teaching them useful skills that will help them succeed in the job market. Once again, this finding touches on the issue of employability and the need for helping these youth offenders find stable livelihoods that will encourage them to avoid criminal activity. - Another area in which the program seems to help participants is in allowing them to appreciate the importance of health living. Respondents unanimously believed that the program was successful in teaching them the importance of healthy living. Details: Oxnard, CA: Boys and Girls Clubs of Greater Oxnard and Port Hueneme, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.bgcop.org/aboutus/impact/tre_report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 131696

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: A Living Death: Life without Parole for Nonviolent Offenses Summary: Life in prison without a chance of parole is, short of execution, the harshest imaginable punishment. Life without parole (LWOP) is permanent removal from society with no chance of reentry, no hope of freedom. One should expect the American criminal justice system to condemn someone to die in prison only for the most serious offenses. Yet across the country, thousands of people are serving life sentences without the possibility of parole for nonviolent crimes as petty as siphoning gasoline from an 18-wheeler, shoplifting three belts, breaking into a parked car and stealing a woman's bagged lunch, or possessing a bottle cap smeared with heroin residue. In their cruelty and harshness, these sentences defy common sense. They are grotesquely out of proportion to the conduct they seek to punish. They offend the principle that all people have the right to be treated with humanity and respect for their inherent dignity. This report documents the thousands of lives ruined and families destroyed by sentencing people to die behind bars for nonviolent offenses, and includes detailed case studies of 110 such people. It also includes a detailed fiscal analysis tallying the $1.784 billion cost to taxpayers to keep the 3,278 prisoners currently serving LWOP for nonviolent offenses incarcerated for the rest of their lives. Our findings are based on extensive documentation of the cases of 646 prisoners serving LWOP for nonviolent offenses in the federal system and nine states. The data in this report is from the United States Sentencing Commission, Federal Bureau of Prisons, and state Departments of Corrections, obtained pursuant to Freedom of Information Act and open records requests filed by the ACLU. Our research is also based on telephone interviews conducted by the ACLU with prisoners, their lawyers, and family members; correspondence with prisoners serving life without parole for nonviolent offenses; a survey of 355 prisoners serving life without parole for nonviolent offenses; and media and court records searches. Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 240p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/111813-lwop-complete-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 131697

Author: Lowenkamp, Christopher T. Title: Investigating the Impact of Pretrial Detention on Sentencing Outcomes Summary: In the criminal justice system, the time between arrest and case disposition is known as the pretrial stage. Each time a person is arrested and accused of a crime, a decision must be made as to whether the accused person, known as the defendant, will be detained in jail awaiting trial or will be released back into the community. But pretrial detention is not simply an either-or proposition; many defendants are held for a number of days before being released at some point before their trial. The release-and-detention decision takes into account a number of different concerns, including protecting the community, the need for defendants to appear in court, and upholding the legal and constitutional rights afforded to accused persons awaiting trial. It carries enormous consequences not only for the defendant but also for the safety of the community. Little is known about the impact of pretrial detention on sentencing outcomes. The limited research indicates that pretrial detention is related to the type and length of sentence received. While little is known about the impact of pretrial detention on felony sentence length, even less is known about the impact on the sentencing of misdemeanants. Data on 153,407 defendants booked into a jail in Kentucky between July 1, 2009, and June 30, 2010, were used to answer one broad research objective: Investigate the relationship between pretrial detention and sentencing. Depending on the associated research question, subsamples of cases were drawn from this larger dataset of 153,407 defendants. Multivariate models were generated that controlled for relevant factors including risk level, supervision status, offense type, offense level, time at risk in the community, demographics, and other factors. Two critical findings related to the impact of pretrial detention were revealed. 1. Pretrial Detention and Sentence to Jail and Prison - Defendants who are detained for the entire pretrial period are much more likely to be sentenced to jail and prison. Low-risk defendants who are detained for the entire pretrial period are 5.41 times more likely to be sentenced to jail and 3.76 times more likely to be sentenced to prison when compared to low-risk defendants who are released at some point before trial or case disposition. Moderate and high-risk defendants who are detained for the entire pretrial period are approximately 3 times more likely to be incarcerated than similar defendants who are released at some point. 2. Pretrial Detention and Length of Sentence to Jail and Prison - Defendants who are detained for the entire pretrial period receive longer jail and prison sentences. While the effects for all risk levels are substantial and significant, the largest effects are seen for low-risk defendants. Details: Houston, TX: Laura and John Arnold Foundation, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://arnoldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/pdf/LJAF_Report_state-sentencing_FNL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 131700

Author: Lowenkamp, Christopher T. Title: The Hidden Costs of Pretrial Detention Summary: In the criminal justice system, the time between arrest and case disposition is known as the pretrial stage. Each time a person is arrested and accused of a crime, a decision must be made as to whether the accused person, known as the defendant, will be detained in jail awaiting trial or will be released back into the community. But pretrial detention is not simply an either-or proposition; many defendants are held for a number of days before being released at some point before their trial. The release-and-detention decision takes into account a number of different concerns, including protecting the community, the need for defendants to appear in court, and upholding the legal and constitutional rights afforded to accused persons awaiting trial. It carries enormous consequences not only for the defendant but also for the safety of the community. Little is known about the impact of pretrial detention on pretrial outcomes and post-disposition recidivism. Some researchers and legal professionals believe there is a relationship between the number of days spent in pretrial detention and the defendant's community stability (e.g., employment, finances, residence, family), especially for lowerrisk defendants. Specifically, the defendant's place in the community becomes more destabilized as the number of days of pretrial detention increases. This destabilization is believed to lead to an increase in risk for both failure to appear and new criminal activity. While this purported relationship makes intuitive sense, there has been no empirical evidence in existence to support or refute this idea. Beyond the relationship between length of pretrial detention and pretrial outcomes, there is an additional underdeveloped area of research - the impact of pretrial detention on post-disposition recidivism. Using data from the Commonwealth of Kentucky, this research investigates the impact of pretrial detention on 1) pretrial outcomes (failure to appear and arrest for new criminal activity); and 2) postdisposition recidivism. Details: Houston, TX: Laura and John Arnold Foundation, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://arnoldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/pdf/LJAF_Report_hidden-costs_FNL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Failure to Appear Shelf Number: 131701

Author: Chettiar, Inimai M. Title: Reforming Funding to Reduce Mass Incarceration Summary: The criminal justice system in the United States is vast. It touches every state and locality, creating a web of law enforcement and legal agencies. As with all complex enterprises, this system is honeycombed with incentives that steer or deter behavior, for good or ill. Changes to criminal law can only do so much in a justice system that relies heavily on the discretion of individual actors. One key factor affects individual behavior and agency policies: money. Funding structures of criminal justice agencies - direct budgets and grant awards - can create powerful incentives. This is true at all levels - federal, state, and local. Federal spending is one focal point. Washington spends billions of dollars each year to subsidize state and local criminal justice systems. Specifically, the Justice Department administers dozens of criminal justice grants. In 2012, just some of the largest programs, including the Community Oriented Policing Services and Violence Against Women Act grants, received more than $1.47 billion. The Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) program is the largest nationwide criminal justice grant program. Although JAG represents a small percentage of nationwide dollars spent on criminal justice, it retains an outsize influence on activities and policy. Because it funds a wide array of areas, rather than funding one kind of activity, JAG extends its reach across the entire system. Its dollars flow to local police departments, prosecutor and public defender offices, courts, and others. State and local actors rely on JAG funds year in and year out. JAG, in its original form, was created almost 30 years ago. Not surprisingly, it provides funding driven by criteria developed at a time of rising and seemingly out-of-control crime. JAG has not faced substantial overhaul since then. Today, the country faces very different criminal justice challenges. On the one hand, crime and violence have fallen sharply across the country. Fears for safety, and crises such as the crack epidemic, have receded into history. The murder rate is almost at its lowest rate in a century. At the same time, however, a far more disturbing trend has emerged: the growth of mass incarceration in the United States. With less than 5 percent of the world's population, we have almost 25 percent of its prisoners. More than 68 million Americans - a quarter of the nation's population - have criminal records. Over half the people in prison are there for drug or nonviolent crimes. One in three new prison admissions are for parole violations. The cost to taxpayers has soared: Today, the nation spends more than $80 billion annually to sustain mass incarceration. True social costs, such as the harms to families, communities, and the economy, are far higher. Fortunately, in recent years policymakers and the public have begun to advance a new approach to criminal justice, one that fights crime and violence but turns away from thoughtless criminalization and over-incarceration. A wave of innovative reforms, pioneered in cities and states, is starting to reshape criminal justice policy. These new approaches, grounded in data, seek to align public policies to target major public safety goals while reducing unintended consequences. They focus on major, violent crime without mindlessly punishing people. Significantly, these changes are uniting activists and leaders of all political ideologies. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2013 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/REFORM_FUND_MASS_INCARC_web_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 131705

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Alone and Afraid: Children Held in Solitary Confinement and Isolation in Juvenile Detention and Correctional Facilities Summary: Every day, in juvenile detention and correctional facilities across the United States, children are held in solitary confinement and other forms of isolation. Solitary confinement is the most extreme form of isolation, and involves physical and social isolation in a cell for 22 to 24 hours per day. In addition to solitary confinement, juvenile facilities frequently use a range of other physical and social isolation practices, many distinguishable from solitary confinement only in their duration (stretching for many - but fewer than 22 - hours). Instead of the terms 'solitary confinement' or 'isolation,' juvenile facilities often adopt euphemisms, including 'time out,' 'room confinement,' 'restricted engagement,' or a trip to the 'reflection cottage.' These terms mask the fact that, whereas a short amount of alone time may sometimes be necessary to defuse a moment of crisis, hours of isolation can be extremely damaging to young people. Physical and social isolation practices can extend for days, weeks, and even months. Isolation cells often have no window or view of the world outside cell walls. While confined, children are regularly deprived of the services, programming, and other tools that they need for healthy growth, education, and development. Sometimes they are not even provided access to school books. Inside this cramped space, few things distinguish one hour, one day, one week, or one month, from the next. Solitary confinement can cause serious psychological, physical, and developmental harm, resulting in persistent mental health problems or, worse, suicide. Lengthy periods of isolation can be equally traumatizing and result in the same serious risks to health. These risks are magnified for children with disabilities or histories of trauma and abuse. Federal government agencies and experts agree that the use of isolation on children can be harmful and counterproductive. The US Department of Justice (DOJ) has stated that the 'isolation of children is dangerous and inconsistent with best practices and that excessive isolation can constitute cruel and unusual punishment.' The US Attorney General's National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence also recently suggested that 'nowhere is the damaging impact of incarceration on vulnerable children more obvious than when it involves solitary confinement.' The National Research Council of the National Academies of Sciences has also concluded that 'confinement [of children] under punitive conditions may increase recidivism.' Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2013 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/Alone%20and%20Afraid%20COMPLETE%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 131706

Author: Mauer, Marc Title: A Lifetime of Punishment: The Impact of the Felony Drug Ban on Welfare Benefits Summary: In his first State of the Union address, President Bill Clinton promised to "end welfare as we know it." Nearly four years later, on August 22, 1996, President Clinton signed legislation to do exactly that: the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act (PRWORA). PRWORA's reforms were expansive and controversial for several reasons, including its implementation of a revised cash assistance program- Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF)- which limited the length of time eligible families could receive benefits and established work requirements for recipients. In addition, PRWORA made substantial changes to the operation of the federal food stamp program, which has since been renamed the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). Perhaps because of the general debate surrounding PRWORA's changes to cash assistance and food stamp programs, one significant provision of the law initially received little attention: along with other federal legislation related to the "war on drugs," PRWORA imposed a denial of federal benefits to people convicted in state or federal courts of felony drug offenses. The ban is imposed for no other offenses but drug crimes. Its provisions that subject individuals who are otherwise eligible for receipt of SNAP or TANF benefits to a lifetime disqualification applies to all states unless they act to opt out of the ban. Despite the magnitude of this change, the provision received only two minutes of debate after it was introduced on the Senate floor-one minute for Republicans and one minute for Democrats. It was then unanimously adopted by a voice vote. The brevity of Congressional discussion on the felony drug conviction ban makes it difficult to know the intent of Congress in adopting this policy, but the record that does exist suggests the provision was intended to be punitive and "tough on crime." As Senator Phil Gramm (R-TX), the sponsor of the amendment, argued, "if we are serious about our drug laws, we ought not to give people welfare benefits who are violating the Nation's drug laws." Conspicuously absent from the brief debate over this provision was any discussion of whether the lifetime ban for individuals with felony drug offenses would advance the general objectives of welfare reform. In an effort to assess the impact of this policy, this report provides an analysis of the ban on receipt of TANF benefits for individuals with felony drug convictions. First, we survey the current status of the ban at the state level, including actions by legislatures to opt out of the ban in full or in part. Next, we produce estimates of the number of women potentially affected by the ban in those states that apply it in full. We then assess the rationale for the ban and conclude that, for a multiplicity of reasons, the ban not only fails to accomplish its putative goals, but also is likely to negatively impact public health and safety. Finally,we offer policy recommendations for future treatment of the ban on receipt of food stamps and cash assistance for individuals convicted of felony drug crimes. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2013 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/cc_A%20Lifetime%20of%20Punishment.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131707

Author: Lin, Jeffrey Title: Follow the Money: How California Counties Are Spending Their Public Safety Realignment Funds Summary: The California correctional system is undergoing a dramatic transformation under Assembly Bill 109 ("Realignment"), a law that shifted responsibility from the state to the counties for tens of thousands of offenders. To help manage this change, the state will distribute $4.4 billion to the counties by 2016-2017. While the legislation directs counties to use these funds for community-based programs, counties retain a substantial amount of spending discretion. Some are expanding offender treatment capacities, while others are shoring up enforcement and control apparatuses. In this report we examine counties' AB 109 spending reports and budgets to determine which counties emphasize enforcement and which emphasize treatment. We also identify counties that continue to emphasize prior orientations toward punishment and counties that have shifted their priorities in response to Realignment. We then apply quantitative and comparative methods to county budget data to identify political, economic, and criminal justice-related factors that may explain higher AB 109 spending on enforcement or higher spending on treatment, relative to other counties. In short, our analysis shows that counties that elect to allocate more AB 109 funds to enforcement and control generally appear to be responding to local criminal justice needs, including high crime rates, a shortage of law enforcement personnel, and a historic preference for using prison to punish drug offenders. Counties that favor a greater investment in offender treatment and services, meanwhile, are typified by strong electoral support for the Sheriff and relatively under-funded district attorneys and probation departments. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford law School, Criminal Justice Center, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2013 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/publication/443760/doc/slspublic/Money-Oct%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 131710

Author: Kissick, Katherine Title: Bexar County Felony Drug Court: Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation Final Report Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for the offenders and their families. Benefits to society include substantial reductions in crime, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. In the typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives operating outside of their traditional roles. The team typically includes a drug court coordinator, case managers, substance abuse treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, defense attorneys, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. Prosecuting and defense attorneys modify their traditional adversarial roles to support the treatment and supervision needs of program participants. Drug court programs blend the resources, expertise and interests of a variety of jurisdictions and agencies. Drug courts have been shown to be effective in reducing criminal recidivism (GAO, 2005), improving the psycho-social functioning of offenders (Kralstein, 2010), and reducing taxpayer costs due to positive outcomes for drug court participants (including fewer re-arrests, less time in jail and less time in prison) (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey, Finigan, Waller, Lucas, & Crumpton, 2005). Some drug courts have been shown to cost less to operate than processing offenders through business-as-usual in the court system (Carey & Finigan). The Bexar County Felony Drug Court was implemented in January 2004. This program, which is designed to last for 18 months, takes only post-conviction participants. The general program population consists of nonviolent offenders currently on probation assessed as high risk and high needs. It has a capacity to serve approximately 225 participants at one time. In 2009, the Bexar County Felony Drug Court (BCFDC) received a program enhancement grant from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). The program is using this enhancement grant in working towards three goals: 1) obtaining "on-demand" residential beds intended to treat 50 participants each year, 2) receiving training and technical assistance to improve the program, and 3) conducting a program evaluation including process, out-come and cost components. NPC Research performed an initial process assessment of the program as part of a technical assistance program through SAMHSA and completed a report in May of 2010. Midway through the 3-year grant, the BCFDC hired NPC Research to conduct a full process, outcome, and cost evaluation of the program. The process evaluation included in this report provides updated information from the assessment conducted in 2010 as well any changes made to the program since. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2013. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2013 at: http://www.npcresearch.com/Files/Bexar_County_Final_Report_0913.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 131736

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Medicaid and Financing Health Care for Individuals Involved with the Criminal Justice System Summary: The appropriate use of federal Medicaid dollars to help expand health care coverage for individuals involved with the criminal justice system presents an opportunity to achieve reductions in state and local spending, while minimizing known health and public safety concerns associated with reentry following incarceration. However, opportunities to maximize and maintain Medicaid enrollment for eligible individuals in this population, and especially to make use of Medicaid to finance certain types of care provided to those who are incarcerated, have been largely underutilized by states. This brief provides an overview of opportunities to expand health care coverage, as well as access to and continuity of care; improve public health and safety outcomes for individuals involved with the criminal justice system; and reduce state and local expenditures on corrections and health care. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed December 4, 2013 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/ACA-Medicaid-Expansion-Policy-Brief.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Health Care (U.S.) Shelf Number: 131737

Author: Cornell, Dewey Title: Prevention v. Punishment: Threat Assessment, School Suspensions, and Racial Disparities Summary: Racial disparities in school discipline today are troubling. Nationally, nearly one third of black male high school and middle school students undergo suspension, while only one in ten white males are suspended. In Virginia, black males are suspended at approximately twice the rate of white males in elementary, middle, and high schools. Black females are suspended at more than twice the rate of white females. There are racial disparities even when controlling for a variety of other factors, such as poverty and delinquency. Because suspension is linked to school dropout and delinquency, reducing disparities in suspension rates could help reduce school dropout and delinquency rates for all students, but especially for black males. This report presents new evidence that the implementation of Virginia Student Threat Assessment Guidelines (VSTAG) in Virginia public schools is associated with marked reductions in both short-term and long-term school suspensions. Furthermore, use of VSTAG is associated with reductions in the racial disparity in long-term suspensions. Schools using VSTAG have substantially lower rates of school suspensions, especially among black males, who tend to have the highest suspension rates. Details: Charlottesville, VA: JustChildren, Legal Aid Justice Center, University of Virginia, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 131755

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: Drug-Free Zone Laws: An Overview of State Policies Summary: This briefing paper provides an overview of state sentencing policy in the application of drug free zones. All 50 states and the District of Columbia enhance drug penalties in drug free zones, but in many cases these penalties apply to offenses that take place far from a school zone or other protected area. In response to these problems a number of states have enacted legislative reforms in recent years. These have been designed to scale back the inappropriate extension of such policies. Details: Washington, D.C.: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at: Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 131756

Author: Kirby, Holly Title: Locked Up & Shipped Away: Interstate Prisoner Transfers and the Private Prison Industry Summary: As part of the ongoing efforts to create truly just public safety policy, this report examines state governments' practice of transferring incarcerated people out of their home states to for-profit private prisons across the United States. Section I of this report provides a brief history of the private prison industry, including how private prison corporations have raked in enormous profits from mass incarceration in the United States. In Section II we discuss the lack of uniform laws regulating the leasing of prison beds from private prison corporations, both in and out-of-state. The paucity of laws, coupled with the latitude granted to the private prison industry, enables the mass interstate transfer of incarcerated people. Section III provides an overview of today's interstate prisoner transfer landscape, including details on which states currently have prisoners in out-of-state private prisons. We provide information on state spending and Corrections Corporation of America revenues for out-of-state private prison contracts. In Section IV we describe how the transfer of prisoners out of their home states undermines family connections and prisoner rehabilitation. In Section V we discuss oversight and liability issues for state agencies and private prison companies related to the interstate transfer of prisoners. Finally, Section VI provides our recommendations. We urge states to prioritize the return of incarcerated people currently housed out-of-state by taking steps to reduce their prison populations and passing legislation that bans the exportation of incarcerated people from their home states, particularly to for-profit private prisons. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2013 at Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 131762

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Impact of Realignment on County Jail Populations Summary: Has California's historic public safety realignment shifted the problem of overcrowding from state prisons to county jails? This report finds that the shift of most lower-level offenders to the counties has increased the statewide county jail population but decreased the overall incarceration rate. The authors also examine county-level factors outside the direct impact of realignment that help explain variations in jail population growth. California's recent corrections realignment, authorized under AB 109, is arguably the most significant change in the state's corrections system in decades. Prompted by a federal court order to reduce the state's overcrowded prison system, this legislation, signed by Governor Brown in 2011, seeks to reduce the prison population by sentencing lower-level offenders to county jails rather than prison, thereby transferring substantial incarceration responsibility, as well as funding, from the state to its 58 counties. Proponents of realignment argue that it offers an opportunity to shift the focus from costly state incarceration to local approaches that favor rehabilitative services and treatments, while critics argue that this policy will lead to more "street time" for offenders and an increase in criminal activity. There is also concern that realignment has simply shifted the overcrowding problem, and related lawsuits, from state prisons to local jails. We are now at a point where relevant data are becoming available, allowing researchers to assess the effects of realignment. In this report, we examine how the decline in California's prison population resulting from realignment affects county jail populations. We also investigate factors that explain the differences between counties that have relied more heavily on jails in implementing their new responsibilities and counties that have emphasized non-jail alternatives. Details: an Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 131763

Author: Huizinga, David Title: National Standards for the Care of Youth Charged with Status Offenses Summary: As part of the SOS Project, CJJ has created the National Standards for the Care of Youth Charged with Status Offenses. A status offender is a juvenile charged with or adjudicated for conduct that would not, under the law of the jurisdiction in which the offense was committed, be a crime if committed by an adult. The most common examples of status offenses are chronic or persistent truancy, running away, violating curfew laws, or possessing alcohol or tobacco. The National Standards aim to promote best practices for this population, based in research and social service approaches, to better engage and support youth and families in need of assistance. Given what we know, the National Standards call for an absolute prohibition on detention of status offenders and seek to divert them entirely from the delinquency system by promoting the most appropriate services for families and the least restrictive placement options for status offending youth. Details: Washington, D.C.: Coalition for Juvenile Justice, 2013. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 131767

Author: Price, Michael Title: National Security and Local Police Summary: The September 11, 2001 attacks prompted a national effort to improve information sharing among all levels of law enforcement, including on the local level. Federal money poured into local police departments so they could fulfill their new role as the "eyes and ears" of the intelligence community. But how do local police departments go about collecting intelligence? What guidance do they use? What standards or policies, if any, must they adhere to? To learn how state and local agencies are operating in this domestic intelligence architecture, the Brennan Center surveyed 16 major police departments, 19 affiliated fusion centers, and 14 JTTFs. What we found was organized chaos - a sprawling, federally subsidized, and loosely coordinated system designed to share information that is collected according to varying local standards. As detailed in the following report, this headlong rush into intelligence work has created risks that hurt counterterrorism efforts and undermine police work. The lack of oversight, accountability, and quality control over how police collect and share personal information about law-abiding Americans not only violates their civil liberties of Americans, but creates a mountain of data with little to no counterterrorism value. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice, NYU School of Law, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2014 at Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 131768

Author: Zajac, Gary Title: An Examination of Pennsylvania State Police Coverage of Municipalities Summary: This study explores issues surrounding the provision of police services by the Pennsylvania State Police (PSP) to municipalities in Pennsylvania that either have no police department at all, or that have only a part-time police department. In most states, there is a strong county sheriff system, where the sheriff's department has full police powers and serves as the police force for any municipalities within the county that do not have their own police departments. In those states, the state police primarily serve highway patrol and investigative support functions. However, Pennsylvania is one of a handful of states, mostly in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions, where county sheriffs are more limited in their police powers, and the responsibility for policing municipalities without a full-time police department falls primarily upon the state police. This study measured the level of PSP service provision to municipalities that had no or only a part-time police force sometime during the 2006-2010 period. Specifically, this study examined the numbers of municipalities receiving patrol services and their rural/urban breakdown; the levels of patrol service provided; as well as the specific types of incidents to which PSP responded to in these municipalities. The amount, type, and distribution of revenue the Commonwealth received from municipalities in return for patrol services were also explored. Details: University Park, PA: Justice Center for Research, Pennsylvania State University, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2014 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Agencies Shelf Number: 131775

Author: Center for Families, Children & the Courts Title: AOC Literature Review: Mental Health Courts: An Overview Summary: Mental illness is a considerable problem within jails and prisons and juvenile detention facilities. A large amount of research argues that adult jails and prisons and juvenile detention centers are the new asylums for mentally ill adults and juveniles and that correctional institutions are now the primary providers of services (Cohen & Pfeifer, 2008; Lamb, Weinberger, & Reston-Parham, 1996; Moore & Hiday, 2006; Robison, 2005). A recent report by the California Judicial Council's Task Force for Criminal Justice Collaboration on Mental Health Issues discussed the role of courts in addressing the needs of offenders with mental illness (Administrative Office of the Courts [AOC], 2011). One strategy for addressing the issues and challenges of both adult and juvenile offenders with mental illness is through a mental health court, a criminal or delinquency court that has a dedicated calendar and judge for offenders with mental illness. Mental health courts, a form of mental health diversion, allow eligible offenders to avoid detention by obtaining community treatment under court supervision. This document will review the literature on adult and juvenile mental health courts and other mental health diversion programs, including the models they use, any evidence related to recidivism and treatment utilization among offenders with mental illness, and whether they are cost beneficial. Most of the research in the area of mental health courts has focused on the adult population because far more adult mental health courts are in operation. However, an increasing number of juvenile mental health courts are being established, and more research is being conducted on the population served by these courts. Details: San Francisco: Judicial Council of California, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2014 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 131777

Author: National Insurance Crime Bureau Title: 2012 Equipment Theft Report Summary: his report, co-produced with the National Equipment Register (NER), examines heavy equipment theft data submitted by law enforcement to the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) and profiles that data according to theft state, theft city, theft month, equipment manufacturer, equipment style (type) and year of manufacture. The report also examines heavy equipment recoveries in 2012 based on those same criteria. NER is a division of Verisk Crime Analytics, a Verisk Analytics (Nasdaq:VRSK) company. In 2012, a total of 10,925 heavy equipment thefts were reported to law enforcement-a decrease of 7 percent from the 11,705 reported in 2011. When compared with the 13,511 reported thefts in 2008, there has been an overall 19 percent reduction in heavy equipment thefts. Texas ranked number one in 2012 with 1,401 reported thefts. In second place was North Carolina with 1,037 thefts followed by Florida in third with 890 thefts. In fourth place was California with 686 thefts, and tied for fifth-Georgia and South Carolina with 595 each. The top five cities with the most thefts were Houston (163); Miami (107); Conroe, Texas (83); Oklahoma City, Okla. (79) and Fresno, Calif. (64). The three most stolen heavy equipment items in 2012 were: Mowers (riding or garden tractor: 5,363); Loaders (skid steer, wheeled: 1,943); and, Tractors (wheeled or tracked: 1,459). Heavy equipment manufactured by John Deere was the number one theft target in 2012 followed in order by Kubota Tractor Corp., Bobcat, Caterpillar and Toro. As for recoveries, only 20 percent of heavy equipment stolen in 2012 was found, making it a costly crime for insurance companies, equipment owners and rental agencies. NICB urges equipment owners to incorporate theft prevention strategies into their business practices and recommends the following theft prevention tips:Install hidden fuel shut-off systems; Remove fuses and circuit breakers when equipment is unattended; Render equipment immobile or difficult to move after hours or on weekends by clustering it in a "wagon circle," Place more easily transported items, such as generators and compressors, in the middle of the circle surrounded by larger pieces of equipment; Maintain a photo archive and a specific list of the PIN and component part serial numbers of each piece of heavy equipment in a central location. Stamp or engrave equipment parts with identifying marks, numbers or corporate logos; Use hydro locks to fix articulated equipment in a curved position, preventing it from traveling in a straight line; Use sleeve locks to fix backhoe pads in an extended position, keeping wheels off the ground. Details: Des Plaines, IL: National Insurance Crime Bureau, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2013 at Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 131784

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: The (Surprising) Efficacy of Academic and Behavioral Intervention with Disadvantaged Youth: Results from a Randomized Experiment in Chicago Summary: There is growing concern that improving the academic skills of disadvantaged youth is too difficult and costly, so policymakers should instead focus either on vocationally oriented instruction for teens or else on early childhood education. Yet this conclusion may be premature given that so few previous interventions have targeted a potential fundamental barrier to school success: "mismatch" between what schools deliver and the needs of disadvantaged youth who have fallen behind in their academic or non-academic development. This paper reports on a randomized controlled trial of a two-pronged intervention that provides disadvantaged youth with non-academic supports that try to teach youth social-cognitive skills based on the principles of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), and intensive individualized academic remediation. The study sample consists of 106 male 9th and 10th graders in a public high school on the south side of Chicago, of whom 95% are black and 99% are free or reduced price lunch eligible. Participation increased math test scores by 0.65 of a control group standard deviation (SD) and 0.48 SD in the national distribution, increased math grades by 0.67 SD, and seems to have increased expected graduation rates by 14 percentage points (46%). While some questions remain about the intervention, given these effects and a cost per participant of around $4,400 (with a range of $3,000 to $6,000), this intervention seems to yield larger gains in adolescent outcomes per dollar spent than many other intervention strategies. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 19862: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w19862.pdf?new_window=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Shelf Number: 131801

Author: Cockburn, Chloe Title: Healthcare Not Handcuffs: Putting the Affordable Care Act to Work for Criminal Justice and Drug Law Reform Summary: For the last 40 years, we have largely relegated health problems like substance abuse and mental health disorders to the criminal justice system. As a result, millions of people are burdened by felony convictions due to drug use, and those who cannot afford to pay for treatment have had to be locked in cells in order to get access to necessary care. Now, we have a chance to do something new. The Affordable Care Act (ACA) represents a remarkable opportunity for criminal justice and drug policy reform advocates to advance efforts to enact policy changes that promote safe and healthy communities, without excessively relying on criminal justice solutions that have become so prevalent under the War on Drugs, and which fall so disproportionately on low-income communities and communities of color. Even with its challenges, the ACA sets the stage for a new health-oriented policy framework to address problems such as substance use and mental health disorders by more appropriately and effectively casting substance use and mental health disorders as matters of public health and not of criminal justice. Our task is to make the most of it. To assist advocates in navigating this new terrain, Healthcare Not Handcuffs: Putting the Affordable Care Act to Work for Criminal Justice and Drug Law Reform outlines some of the major provisions of the ACA immediately relevant to criminal justice and drug policy reform and explores specific applications of those provisions, including program and policy examples and suggested action steps. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/healthcare_not_handcuffs_12172013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 131803

Author: Raeder, Lyrna Title: Pregnancy- and Child-Related Legal and Policy Issues Concerning Justice-Involved Women Summary: The potential for legal liability looms large for correctional administrators in prison, jail, probation, and parole settings. Although "litigation is always a possibility regardless of its ultimate likelihood of success, positive outcomes are more likely when legal issues have been anticipated and administrators can articulate appropriate reasons for the policy, practice or conduct in question." As the number of women under some form of correctional custody increases, administrators are tasked with establishing policies and practices around myriad issues that are unique to or occur with greater frequency with women in the correctional system. In 2003, the National Institute of Corrections published Gender Responsive Strategies: Research, Practice, and Guiding Principles for Women Offenders as the result of a multiyear project aimed at creating a foundation for administrators and practitioners to manage justice-involved women effectively. That document's appendix provided a legal overview of issues that affect women offenders, such as equal protection and access to facilities, programs, and services; staffing and supervision; sexual misconduct; due process challenges; and pregnancy- and child-related questions. This document-the first of a two-part series on legal issues affecting corrections with regard to justice-involved women-builds upon that appendix. It specifically focuses on reproductive health issues; pregnancy management, particularly with regard to obstetrics and gynecological health issues; pregnancy-related security considerations; visitation; the effect of parental incarceration on both the incarcerated mother and child; and how these issues must inform reentry planning. While many of these issues affect a small percentage of the overall corrections population, they may contribute to an increased outlay of resources, particularly with regard to reproductive, obstetrical, and gynecological issues. As with most correctional challenges, there is no one "right" way to deal with these types of issues. Because of changes in established practices and needed resources, corrections officials tasked with developing strategies to address these issues should collect data and analyze research from various sources and may look to case law and legal decisions for additional guidance. This document aims to assist administrators in developing policies and practices to address the issues common in female offender populations by providing the legal framework in which authorities made decisions and the contextual information around those decisions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: NIC Accession No. 027701: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/027701.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 131806

Author: Kang-Brown, Jacob Title: A Generation Later: What We've Learned about Zero Tolerance in Schools Summary: In considering different strategies for promoting productive and safe school environments, it can be difficult to know what works and what doesn't. In particular, longstanding debates about zero tolerance policies leave many people confused about the basic facts. How do these policies that mandate specific and harsh punishments affect individual students and the overall school environment? Have zero tolerance policies helped to create a school-to-prison pipeline as many people argue? And if the costs outweigh the benefits, are there alternatives to zero tolerance that are more effective? This publication aims to answer these questions by drawing on the best empirical research produced to date, and to identify the questions that remain unanswered. Most importantly, this publication strives to be practical. We believe that with a clearer understanding of the facts, policymakers and school administrators can join with teachers and concerned parents to maintain order and safety in ways that enhance education and benefit the public interest. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/zero-tolerance-in-schools-policy-brief.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 131807

Author: Campbell, Rebecca Title: Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) Implementation and Collaborative Process: What Works Best for the Criminal Justice System Summary: Historically, community services for sexual assault victims have been uncoordinated and inadequate (Martin, 2005). Sexual Assault Response Teams (SARTs) were created to coordinate efforts of the legal, medical, and mental health systems, and rape crisis centers, in order to improve victims' help-seeking experiences and legal outcomes. SARTs are espoused as best practice and have been adopted widely across the U.S. (DOJ, 2013; Ledray, 2001). Descriptive research (using convenience sampling) suggests that how SARTs are structured varies from community to community (Zajac, 2006). However, studies have not yet examined how differences in SARTs' structure relate to their effectiveness (Greeson & Campbell, 2013). To address this gap, Study 1 sought to (1) use random sampling methods to identify a nationally representative sample of 172 SARTs; (2) understand the structure and functioning of U.S. SARTs; (3) identify patterns of SART implementation; and (4) examine how these patterns relate to SARTs' perceived effectiveness at improving victim and legal outcomes. Consistent with prior studies of domestic violence coordinating councils, this study examined SART members' perceptions of their SARTs' effectiveness. Specific features of SARTs' structure that were examined included: membership breadth (the number of different stakeholder groups that participated in the collaboration) and implementation (their formalization and use of recommended collaborative activities). Findings confirmed that U.S. SARTs vary in their structure. Using cluster analysis, three types of SARTs were identified. SARTs in the "Low Adopters" cluster (38% of the sample) utilized fewer formal structures, were less likely to institutionalize multidisciplinary trainings and policy/protocol review into their collaboration, and did not engage in program evaluation. The "High Adopters except Evaluation" cluster SARTs (47%) used more formal structures and had greater institutionalization of multidisciplinary trainings and policy/protocol review; however, none of them engaged in program evaluation. The "High Adopters plus Evaluation" cluster (16%) also used more formal structures and had greater institutionalization of multidisciplinary trainings and policy/protocol review, and in addition, engaged in program evaluation. These clusters, and other features of the SARTs and their communities, were examined as predictors of SARTs' perceived effectiveness. The "High Adopters plus Program Evaluation" cluster was perceived as more effective than the "Low Adopters" cluster on all four effectiveness measures. SARTs in the "High Adopters plus Program Evaluation" group perceive themselves as more effective on one of the four domain of effectiveness than SARTs in the "High Adopters except Evaluation" cluster. In addition, active membership from a greater number of sexual assault stakeholder groups was associated with higher perceived effectiveness on all three forms of legal effectiveness. These findings suggest that formalization, regular collaborative processes, and broad active membership from diverse stakeholder groups are key components of successful SARTs. SARTs in the Study 1 "High Adopters plus Evaluation" cluster--the most effective cluster--were then selected to participate in a study of model SARTs. Specifically, in Study 2, we used social network analysis to examine the structure of inter-organizational relationships within model SARTs. Within each SART, all organizations were asked about their relationships with all other organizations that participated in their team (specifically, frequency of communication, the extent to which they felt that other organizations valued their role, and the extent to which they felt that other organizations were a resource to their own organization's work). Findings are based on the three SARTs that fully participated. Results revealed a high degree of connection between organizations both within and across sectors (criminal justice vs. not) in model SARTs. However, findings also revealed occasional stratification of relationships within SARTs. Finally, there was evidence that inter-organizational relationships tended to be mutual, and the three types of relationships were positively correlated with one another. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2013. 226p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243829.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 131810

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: FY 2011 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects Evaluability Assessment, Executive Summary Summary: Prisoner reentry remains a pressing national and local policy issue. In 2008, more than 735,000 prisoners were released from state and federal prisons across the country (West, Sabol, and Cooper 2009), and another 10 to 12 million cycle through the nation's jails each year (Beck 2006). Chances of successful reentry are low: close to 68 percent of prisoners are re-arrested within three years of release (Langan and Levin 2002).Numerous factors contribute to these high recidivism rates. In 2008, the Second Chance Act (SCA): Community Safety Through Recidivism Prevention was signed into law with the goal of increasing reentry programming for offenders released from state prisons and local jails, and improving reentry outcomes for both the criminal justice system and the individuals it serves. Since 2009, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) has awarded dozens of SCA adult offender demonstration grants to communities across the nation. The goals of the SCA projects are to measurably (1) increase reentry programming for returning prisoners and their families, (2) reduce recidivism and criminal involvement among program participants by 50 percent over five years, (3) reduce violations among program participants, and (4) improve reintegration outcomes, including reducing substance abuse and increasing employment and housing stability. In the summer of 2012, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) commissioned a four-month, intensive evaluability assessment (EA) of eight FY 2011 SCA adult offender reentry demonstration sites selected by BJA for further study. EA is crucial in determining if a project is a candidate for meaningful evaluation (Wholey, Hatry, and Newcomer 2004). At a minimum, an evaluable program must have well-defined program goals, target populations, and eligibility criteria, as well as reliable and accessible performance data, and a defensible counterfactual (Barnow and The Lewin Group 1997). Given NIJ's interest in some level of evaluation in all eight adult SCA sites, EA data collection was designed to support more nuanced evaluation recommendations than "Evaluate: Yes or No." Specifically, the EA aimed to answer two questions: is the program evaluable and if so, how, and at what level of effort. Design options were expected to address both the recommended level and type of evaluation, including the suggested mix of process, outcome, impact, and cost analyses. In addition to these EA tasks, the solicitation also requested information about site training and technical assistance (TTA) needs that BJA and the Council of State Government's National Reentry Resource Center could use to improve the provision of both. Lastly, the solicitation specified two sets of deliverables: site-specific EA reports and one cross-site final EA report. The Urban Institute (UI), and its partner RTI International, were selected to conduct the EA following a competitive process. While eight sites were initially targeted for the EA, this number expanded to ten in the spring of 2013: 1. Beaver County (PA) ChancesR: Reentry, Reunification, and Recovery Program; 2. Boston (MA) Reentry Initiative; 3. Hudson County (NJ) Community Reintegration Program; 4. Johnson County (KS) Reentry Project; 5. Minnesota Department of Corrections High Risk Recidivism Reduction Demonstration Project; 6. Missouri Department of Corrections Second Chance in Action Program; 7. New Haven (CT) Reentry Initiative; 8. Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction Healthy Environments, Loving Parents Initiative; 9. Palm Beach County (FL) Regional and State Transitional Ex-Offender Reentry Initiative; 10. Solano County (CA) Women's Reentry Achievement Program. While each program targets adult offenders under state or local custody (and about to return to the community) for comprehensive reentry programing and services designed to promote successful reintegration and reduce recidivism, there is considerable variation among the sites. Three sites focus exclusively on female offenders (Ohio, Missouri, and Solano County). One project targets individuals re-incarcerated for supervision violations (Minnesota) while another focuses on individuals with substance abuse and co-occurring disorders (Beaver County). Half of the sites target prisoners returning from state departments of correction (Connecticut, Florida, Missouri, Minnesota, Ohio), while the rest address local jail transition (Beaver County, Boston, Hudson County, Johnson County; and Solano County). Some programs front-load case management services, while others emphasize community and family supports. The composition and structure of the FY 2011 SCA projects also vary by jurisdiction with agencies outside the criminal justice system leading three of the projects (Boston, Beaver County, and Solano County). These variations in program design and intended client population type underscore the critical importance of the evaluability assessment commissioned by the NIJ. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2013. 12 p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243978.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 131812

Author: Jarjoura, Roger Title: Mentoring Children of Incarcerated Parents Summary: In September 2013, a Listening Session on Mentoring Children of Incarcerated Parents was held in Washington, DC. This session was organized by the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention in partnership with the White House Domestic Policy Council and Office of Public Engagement. It continues the administration's commitment to support youth with incarcerated parents and to ensure that all young people get the best possible start in life. The day-long session comprised more than 40 participants and was co-facilitated by the first two authors of this report. Participants included: - Officials from relevant government agencies and departments; - Individuals recognized by the White House in June 2013 as Champions of Change for Children of Incarcerated Parents; - Representatives from mentoring organizations and other programs with experience serving children with incarcerated parents and their families; and - Youth who were current or previous participants in two of the mentoring programs represented, along with their mentors and family members. This report summarizes both the research and stakeholder input shared during the Listening Session and offers recommendations to further advance the availability and effectiveness of mentoring for children of incarcerated parents. The organization of the report largely follows the agenda of the Listening Session, provided in the appendix. The Listening Session began with brief overviews of research on children of incarcerated parents (Dr. Shlafer) as well as mentoring programs and relationships for youth in general (Dr. DuBois) and for children with incarcerated parents specifically (Dr. Jarjoura). Following an opportunity to discuss the presentations, participants were asked to share their views concerning the significance and most important features of mentoring relationships in the lives of children with incarcerated parents. Next, Drs. Jarjoura and DuBois facilitated an in-depth participant discussion on specific areas of program infrastructure and practice as they pertain to effectively mentoring this population. The session concluded with participants sharing their views regarding the most important next steps for making high-quality mentoring available to children of incarcerated parents. It should be noted that the recommendations included in this report, although informed by the perspectives of session participants, are solely those of the report's authors. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/about/MentoringCOIP2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 131816

Author: Males, Mike Title: Are Immigration Detainer Practices Rational? Summary: As public safety resources become more limited, justice administrators across California have begun to scrutinize the wisdom of immigration detainer programs (Gascon, 2013). Holding people in local jails for federal civil immigration purposes occupies valuable resources that could be used to address violent and serious criminal activity. Instead, these detainers are often enforced against people with minimal and nonviolent criminal histories without the due process afforded them under the criminal justice system. CJCJ has produced several publications analyzing data on California's ICE hold requests from October 2009 to February 2013. The series demonstrated that many ICE holds were being requested for people with no documented criminal histories or who were arrested for low priority marijuana offenses (CJCJ, 2013, 2013a). CJCJ has suggested limiting county compliance with these requests in order to better manage already strained jail capacities (CJCJ, 2013b). Additionally, ICE continues to request holds for individuals detained in youth detention facilities despite the de-prioritization of immigration enforcement for youth (CJCJ, 2013c). The cost of incarceration is high, averaging $114 per day per person in California jails (BSCC, 2012). Therefore, best correctional practices differentiate between low-risk and high-risk offenders and place them in the least restrictive settings necessary to protect public safety. Similarly, immigration enforcement and detention under the Secure Communities Program "prioritizes the removal of criminal aliens, those who pose a threat to public safety, and repeat immigration violators" (ICE, 2013). This final publication in the series examines a sample of the data set to determine whether stated criminal justice and immigration priorities are upheld in the practice of detaining suspected undocumented immigrants who have committed criminal offenses. Both systems have expressly stated the need to reserve custodial resources only for those who pose a danger to public safety. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/are_immigration_detainer_practices_rational_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 131818

Author: Crout & Sida Criminal Justice Consultants Title: Orange County Jail Assessment Project Summary: On June 10, 2008, the Orange County Board of Supervisors appointed Sheriff Sandra Hutchens to lead the Orange County Sheriff's Department after the resignation of former Sheriff Michael Carona. The Orange County Sheriff's Department had been buffeted in recent years by allegations of mismanagement and with special notoriety attached to the homicide death of inmate, John Derek Chamberlain who was being held in the jail. Upon her appointment, Sheriff Hutchens, made an inquiry for the purpose of hiring an expert consultant to develop and complete a comprehensive assessment of the Orange County jails. Crout & Sida Criminal Justice Consultants (CSCJC) was subsequently selected by the Sheriff's Department and the County Board of Supervisors to conduct a study of the five separate jail facilities operated by the Sheriff's Department, along with an assessment of the court holding facilities, and jail programs. In accordance with the contract for consulting services, the final report was required to be completed within a 120 days in order to provide a timely and credible assessment of the jail system and enabling the Sheriff to quickly address operational issues, to effect course corrections in the jail, wherever necessary. In order to harvest objective and credible information, CSCJC developed a template containing evaluation criteria with which to conduct the audits, trained our team of consultants on the criteria, began onsite inspections and evaluations of the jail system in July 2008 and concluded them in November 2008. To enable immediate attention to deficiencies identified during the audits, CSCJC provided periodic executive reports to the Sheriff, executive staff and jail managers. Additionally, Interim Reports to the Sheriff's Department describing our findings for each facility/bureau and unit that was assessed was provided to the Custody Operations Command that contains detailed observations gleaned from the evaluation instruments developed for this project. Throughout the project, the CSCJC consulting team has made 115 recommendations and provided implementation-planning tools to OCSD jail managers for further action based upon the information provided in the reports. This OCJAP Final Report represents a compilation of data and observations made for each of the custody entities examined and is the comprehensive view of the findings and recommendations of the OCJAP. Details: Santa Ana, CA: Government of Orange County, 2008. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://bos.ocgov.com/legacy5/newsletters/pdf/OCJAP_Final_Report-11-14-08.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 131821

Author: Mosher, Clayton C. Title: Final Report on the Program Evaluation of the Pine Lodge Pre-release Residential Therapeutic Community for Women Offenders in Washington State Summary: This research report describes the purpose, methods, results, and implications of an evaluation of the Pine Lodge Pre-Release Therapeutic Community for Women Offenders in Washington State. Funded by the National Institute of Justice as part of its research initiative for local evaluations of prison-based residential substance abuse treatment programs, this evaluation focuses on: (1) factors that affect successful completion of the program; and (2) outcomes, i.e., recidivism, for Pine Lodge participants as compared with a matched control group. Our approach was to supplement primary, qualitative data derived from extensive on-site observations with secondary, quantitative data culled from periodic reports from the facility and the Washington State Department of Corrections. In that regard, this evaluation not only represents a departure from, but also is unique among, evaluations of therapeutic communities reported in the professional literature. We are able to describe (what we believe to be) important insights into the external pressures on the Pine Lodge therapeutic community, the internal dynamics and daily rhythms of the program, and the specific challenges faced by both inmates and staff in the program-insights that are not forthcoming from a reading of secondary program data alone. The operative word in our evaluation study is "change." Despite impressions from the extant literature that prison treatment programs in general, and therapeutic communities in particular, are static entities, our research indicates that they are highly dynamic and ever-changing. In ways both substantive and semantic, the Pine Lodge Pre-Release substance abuse treatment program was not the same entity from the beginning of our study in 1997 to its conclusion in the Summer of 2001. While the therapeutic community experienced "growing pains" in its first few years of operation that led to comparatively low completion rates, recent changes to the program are having a positive impact on completion. Further, women who participated in the Pine Lodge program, when compared with a matched control group, are less likely to be convicted of a new offense upon release. Most important, women who successfully completed the treatment program are the least likely to be convicted of a new offense after release. Overall, "New Horizons" is a prison-based residential substance abuse treatment program that is: Jadmitting, reaching, and servicing its targeted population; conforming to widely-accepted principles of chemical dependency therapy; being delivered by well-trained, highly dedicated professionals; operating at an .appropriate capacity with an effective client-staff ratio; exhibiting the essential characteristics of a therapeutic community; graduating reasonable numbers of participants; and exerting a long-term, positive influence on offenders who complete the program. Specific highlights of our findings, inferences, and recommendations regarding the Pine Lodge "New Horizons" program are itemized. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2001. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/196670.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 131822

Author: Barrick, Kelle Title: Indicators of Labor Trafficking Among North Carolina Migrant Farmworkers Summary: Human trafficking is a hidden problem of unknown numbers and unsubstantiated estimates. Among known trafficking cases, nearly 80% have been sex trafficking. However, it is suspected that labor trafficking is underidentified (United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, 2009). The purpose of the current study is to investigate potential correlates of labor trafficking in an effort to identify indicators of labor trafficking that could be used by state and local law enforcement as signals that labor trafficking may be taking place in their communities. The study sought to achieve two goals: (1) document the characteristics and indicators of labor trafficking, including component crimes, collateral crimes, and other community impacts; and (2) provide law enforcement with actionable knowledge to help identify labor trafficking. RESEARCH DESIGN We used the rapid appraisal method (RAM), an applied ethnographic method characterized by collecting data from multiple sources to triangulate findings (Bergeron, 1999; Crawford, 1997). The data collection strategies included stakeholder interviews, a farmworker survey, and secondary community data (demographics, labor, and crime). FINDINGS The major findings of the study include the following. - Whereas law enforcement respondents were insistent that farmworkers were treated well, outreach workers, who have more contact with farmworkers, reported that they were frequently abused and exploited. - About one-quarter of farmworker respondents reported ever experiencing a situation that may constitute trafficking, and 39% reported other abuse. - The most common type of exploitation was abusive labor practices (34%), followed by deception and lies (21%), restriction and deprivation (15%), and threats to physical integrity (12%). - Workers with greater English proficiency were more likely to experience any violation and trafficking, but English proficiency was not associated with non-trafficking abuse. - A worker�s lack of legal status was the strongest and most consistent predictor of experiencing trafficking and other violations. - Workers in counties with moderate and large Hispanic populations were less likely to report all types of victimization than were those from counties with relatively small Hispanic populations. - Trafficking and non-trafficking abuse were less common in counties with a high proportion of the labor force employed in agriculture than in counties with low levels of agriculture. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2013. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244204.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Farmworkers Shelf Number: 131827

Author: Schweitzer, Don Title: Asking for Directions: Partnering with Youth to Build the Evidence Base for Runaway and Homeless Youth Services Summary: Each year it is estimated that almost 2 million American youth run away from home, are thrown out of their homes, or otherwise end up homeless. As concerning as those numbers are, the risks runaway and homeless youth are exposed to when they find themselves on the street are even more so. Running away from home dramatically increases the risk of victimization, both physically and sexually. Moreover, youth living on the streets exhibit much higher health risks including higher rates of substance abuse, suicide attempts, sexually transmitted disease, pregnancy and death. Because runaway and homeless youth find themselves lacking skills and resources necessary to fully engage in employment, they are left with few legally permissible options for survival. The research literature has addressed many aspects of the lives of runaway and homeless youth (RHY): the history, policy, practice and research but has neglected youth perspectives on their needs. The complexities associated with the RHY population such as age, pathways to running away and/or homelessness, mental health, abuse, neglect, etc. make this a challenging field to work in. Yet understanding these complexities and evaluating the interventions used by community social service programs designed to help youth return home, or enter other safe, stable housing, is critical to helping this field develop and improve interventions, programs, and prevention strategies that will be used by this uniquely vulnerable population. In 1974, Congress first passed the Runaway Youth Act (RYA) providing funding for community shelter programs called Basic Centers. In subsequent years Transitional Living Programs (1988) and Street Outreach services (1994) were added to the act. Unfortunately, researchers, youth advocates, and many service providers report that the vast majority of runaway and homeless youth reject the services and programs designed to meet their needs and keep them safe. This dynamic exacerbates an already perilous situation for youth who find themselves on the streets. Much of the research to date has focused on the pathology of youth and/or their families. This project suggests that if to understand the complexities of these youth and move toward a system with improved utilization rates, we should begin by asking - what are programs doing that work for RHY? Which services or practices do the youth feel are most helpful? Is there a way to synthesize these practices, codify them, and begin to build the evidence base for working effectively with RHY? This study began this process by conducting 14 focus groups with 52 youth ages 14 - 21, who were receiving services from a Basic Center (3), a drop-in center (3), a street outreach program (2), or a Transitional Living Program (6), and asking them what is it about this program that works for you? Then the researcher hired RHY to analyze those responses. Findings hold the potential to begin filling the chasm that exists in the literature around effective practice with RHY. Details: Forest Grove, OR: Pacific University (Faculty Scholarship), 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://commons.pacificu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1053&context=casfac Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 131834

Author: Laboratory to Combat Human Trafficking Title: Colorado Project National Survey Report Summary: The Colorado Project to Comprehensively Combat Human Trafficking (Colorado Project) is a collaborative initiative of the Laboratory to Combat Human Trafficking (LCHT) that aims to lay groundwork for a multi-stage analysis of the question of what it would take to end human trafficking in Colorado. The primary goal of the early stages of this endeavor is to develop sustainable efforts to end human trafficking with the essential input of those working on the ground. Drawing from a comprehensive literature review and informed by national data, the Colorado Project developed a state-level tool by which communities can assess their strengths and gaps in combating human trafficking. The present Colorado Project National Survey Report aims to highlight preliminary steps that led to the focus on Colorado, as reviewed in the Colorado Project Statewide Data Report. From the earliest phases of this multi-year project, we maintained with the vision of encouraging comprehensive and multidisciplinary thinking about community-level anti-trafficking efforts. In order to answer the question of "what it would take to end human trafficking in Colorado", the Project Team recognized that this inquiry required a collective effort to identify what is being done before formally evaluating effectiveness. Drawing from the Social Ecology Framework that guided the project, the focus of the present research was on systems-level efforts and initiatives that directly and indirectly support survivors of human trafficking. Several quantitative and qualitative methods were employed to develop the state-level template of promising practices, to survey those who work in the anti-trafficking field and to seek support from national stakeholders for the project. The goal of the state-level promising practices was to guide communities to assess strengths (prevalence) and gaps in order to develop community-led action plans to more efficiently and effectively combat human trafficking. The present National Survey Report highlights the process of identifying promising practices within the anti-trafficking field, as organized by 4Ps: prevention, protection, prosecution and partnership. The Colorado Project Statewide Data Report, in turn, provides innovative methodologies that incorporated the survey tool, focus groups and interviews that resulted in a Colorado Action Plan to create a comprehensive and efficient state-level response to human trafficking in Colorado. Details: Denver, CO: Laboratory to Combat Human Trafficking, 2013. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2014 at: http://coloradoproject.combathumantrafficking.org/resultsandfindings/nationalreport Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131841

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Cash and Carry: How Concealed Carry Laws Drive Gun Industry Profits Summary: In the wake of the July 13, 2013 jury verdict finding George Zimmerman not guilty in the shooting death of Trayvon Martin, much of the focus has been on Florida's 2005 "Stand Your Ground" law. Regardless of the law's effect in Florida and other states that have adopted it, the stark reality is that it is Florida's lax concealed weapons law that allowed George Zimmerman to carry a black seven-shot Kel-Tec PF-9 9mm pistol in public and shoot Trayvon Martin. If Florida did not have this dangerous National Rifle Association-promoted law, Trayvon Martin would be alive today. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center,2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2014 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/cashandcarry.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 131852

Author: Chilton, Bart Title: Ponzimonium: How Scam Artists are Ripping Off America Summary: In December of 2008, the world learned that legendary investment guru Bernard Madoff made-off with an estimated $50 billion in what was called the Mother of all Ponzi Schemes. Ponzi schemes, named after Charles Ponzi, are scams in which early investors are given sup-posed returns paid through funds provided by later investors. Typically, an investment is made and then some profits are paid out, prompting the investor to assume that his or her money has increased in value. In actuality, the perpetrators of these schemesPonzi, Madoff, or the others described in this booktake the money for themselves. The legal term for this kind of taking is misappropriation. As new investors enter the fraud, supposed returns are offered continually to initial investors, and many times are accompanied by fake account statements. This continues until new money stops flowing in and the investors want their money back. During the 2008 economic downturn, people needed their money back at the same time that there were no new investors. Many house of cards scams have fallen and the perpetrators of the swindles have been caught. Charles Ponzi ran these types of scams in the U.S. until he was deported to Italy, his birth-place, in 1934 as an undesirable alien. Many think that one would have to be foolish to invest in such a scam, but Madoff and other such folks are good at their craft. They often put on a great false front, even fooling the master of illusion, movie director Steven Spielberg. But Spielberg wasn't alone. Even banks we assume would undertake due diligence before funds were invested got caught in Madoff's web. Investors included Austrian, British, Dutch, Swiss, French, Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish banks. Larry King and the owner of the New York Mets, Fred Wilpon, were duped, as was former LA Dodgers pitcher, Sandy Koufax. Actors Kevin Bacon, Kyra Sedgwick, John Malkovich, and Zsa Zsa Gabor, as well as New York University and New York Law School, a union's health care fund, several trusts, endowments, and non-profits such as the Elie Wiesel Foundation for Humanity made the widely publicized victims list. Even the International Olympic Committee wasn't immune from the Madoff scam. While this may have been the largest swindle ever, scores and scores of Ponzis of all sizes and values continue to be unearthed. There have never been more of these scams, and they are occurring all over the world. That's why this publication is called Ponzimonium. The cases described here are just as damaging to the victims as the Madoff scam, and many of them are every bit as complicated and seemingly authentic. Meanwhile, Madoff traded his Manhattan penthouse for a jail cell for the next 150 years, but the damage he did to those he took advantage of cannot be repaired. Their story and others provide an instructive window into how these schemes operate and how to avoid becoming a Ponzi scheme victim. Details: Washington, DC: Commodity Futures Trading Commission, 2011. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://bookstore.gpo.gov/sites/default/files/files/Ebooks/Ponzimonium_PDF.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 131862

Author: Dwyer, James G. Title: Jailing Black Babies Summary: In many situations of family dysfunction stemming from poverty, the interests of parents are in conflict with the interests of their offspring. This presents a dilemma for liberals. We want to mitigate the harsh consequences and suffering that conditions we deem unjust have caused some adults, especially adults of minority race. But we are also concerned about the welfare of children born into impoverished and troubled communities. The predominant liberal response to this dilemma has been to sidestep it by ignoring or denying the conflict and to then take positions aimed at protecting parents' interests, without giving serious attention to the impact on children. The result is a set of liberal polies that effectively imprison black children in dysfunctional families and communities and so ensure that they fall into the inter-generational cycle of poverty, addiction, and criminality. Epitomizing this phenomenon is the fast-growing phenomenon of states' placing newborn children, predominantly of minority race, into prison to live for months or years with their incarcerated mothers. Advocates for incarcerated women, not advocates for children, have promoted prison nurseries, and they have done so with no research support for any hope of positive child welfare outcomes. Conservative legislators and prison officials agree to experiment with such programs when convinced they will reduce recidivism among female convicts, a supposition that also lacks empirical support. Remarkably, states have placed babies in prisons without anyone undertaking an analysis of the constitutionality of doing so. This Article presents a compelling child welfare case against prison nurseries, based on rigorous examination of the available empirical evidence, and it presents the first published analysis of how constitutional and statutory rules governing incarceration and civil commitment apply to housing of children in prisons. It shows that prison nursery programs harm the great majority of children who begin life in them, and it argues that placing infants in prison violates their Fourteenth Amendment substantive and procedural due process rights as well as federal and state legislation prohibiting placement of minors in adult prisons. This Article further challenges liberal family policy more generally. Its final Part describes other policy contexts in which liberal advocacy and scholarship relating to persons who are poor or of minority race consistently favors the interests of adults in this population over the interests of children. It offers a diagnosis of why this occurs, and it explains why this is both morally untenable and ultimately self-defeating for liberals committed to racial equality and social justice. The Article's broader thesis is that liberals bear a large share of the responsibility for perpetuation of blacks' subordination. Details: Williamsburg, VA: William & Mary Law School, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: William & Mary Law School Research Paper No. 09-239: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2231562 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 131875

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Legalization of Recreational Marijuana in Washington: Monitoring Trends in Use Prior to the Implementation of I-502 Summary: The Washington State Institute for Public Policy is directed to conduct a benefit-cost analysis of the implementation of I-502, which legalizes recreational marijuana use for adults within the state. As a preliminary step, we analyzed population-level data to begin monitoring four key indicators of marijuana use prior to implementation. We used data from the 2002 to 2011 administrations of the National Survey on Drug Use and Health to examine trends in the prevalence of current marijuana use, lifetime marijuana use, age of initiation, and marijuana abuse or dependency. We examined these trends separately for youth and adults in Washington, and also provide estimates for Colorado (the other state that has legalized recreational marijuana use) and the rest of the United States (US). Examining trends in this manner will allow us to monitor whether the implementation of I-502 appears to affect these key indicators of marijuana use over time. Although more sophisticated analyses will be required for us to evaluate the policy, these initial trends provide a baseline to compare future data against. Findings. The prevalence of marijuana use in the past 30 days - a key indicator of the proportion of people who are current marijuana users - appears to be on the rise in recent years among both youth and adults in Washington, Colorado, and the US. The other indicators of use appear to be relatively stable or increasing slightly over time. In general, the estimates from Washington are slightly higher than the US and slightly lower than Colorado. Next steps. We will continue to monitor these trends over time within the context of our larger benefit-cost analysis to examine whether the new policy appears to affect marijuana use rates within the state. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: (Document No. 13-11-1401): Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1540/Wsipp_Legalization-of-Recreational-Marijuana-in-Washington-Monitoring-Trends-in-Use-Prior-to-the-Implementation-of-I-502_Full-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 131885

Author: Aos, S. Title: Prison, Police, and Programs: Evidence-Based Options that Reduce Crime and Save Money Summary: Since the 1990s, the Washington State legislature has directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to identify policies with an "evidence-based" track record of improving certain public policy outcomes. Outcomes of interest have included, among others, education, child welfare, crime, and mental health. This report updates and extends WSIPP's list of well-researched policies that reduce crime. We display our current tabulation of evidence-based prevention, juvenile justice, and adult corrections programs, and we include our initial reviews of prison sentencing and policing. As with our previous lists, we find that a number of public policies can reduce crime and are likely to have benefits that exceed costs. We also find credible evidence that some policies do not reduce crime and are likely to have costs that exceed benefits. The legislature has previously used this type of information to craft policy and budget bills. This updated list is designed to help with subsequent budgets and policy legislation. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: (Doc. No. 13-11-1901): Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1396/Wsipp_Prison-Police-and-Programs-Evidence-Based-Options-that-Reduce-Crime-and-Save-Money_Full-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 131886

Author: Anderson, Victoria Title: Second Chances for All. Why Orange County Probation Should Stop Choosing Deportation Over Rehabilitation for Immigrant youth Summary: In recent years, the Orange County Probation Department (OCPD) has adopted a policy of referring immigrant children in its care to U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). In so doing, OCPD has violated confidentiality laws, undermined the rehabilitative goals of the juvenile justice system, impeded community policing efforts, unlawfully entangled its officers in federal immigration enforcement, and diverted county resources. This report was undertaken by the UC Irvine School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic to analyze OCPD's referral policy, document some of these harms, and recommend possible solutions to address those harms. As a result of OCPD's referral policy, Orange County has led the state in juvenile immigration referrals. From December 2010 to November 2012, the OCPD Procedure Manual instructed probation officers to proactively investigate the immigration status of youth and granted OCPD's ICE Liaison Officer discretion to refer practically any child with "questionable immigration status" to ICE. Pursuant to this policy, OCPD referred approximately 170 youth to immigration authorities in the year 2011 alone. Between October 1, 2009 and February 10, 2013, ICE issued immigration detainer requests for numerous youth detained in Orange County Juvenile Hall; Orange County accounted for approximately 43% of all ICE detainer requests issued to juvenile facilities in the state. In November 2012, OCPD revised its referral policy; however, key problematic aspects of the policy were left unchanged. In the months following the policy change, OCPD has made a steady, if reduced, number of referrals. Approximately 24 youth were referred between December 2012 and September 2013. OCPD's referral policy violates state confidentiality law and undermines OCPD's mission to rehabilitate juveniles. The policy violates California Welfare and Institutions Code Section 827, which strictly limits access to juvenile case files, by requiring employees to provide ICE with "all pertinent information" to assist ICE's investigation of referred juveniles. Juvenile referrals also cause both children and their families to distrust the probation department, hindering cooperation necessary for rehabilitation. Furthermore, many juveniles referred to ICE are detained in federal custody for an indefinite period awaiting immigration court proceedings, separating them from their families and subjecting them to physical and mental hardships that increase their risk of recidivism. In cases where children are deported, they experience long-term separation from family and friends, and may be left to fend for themselves in countries where they have no support system. Juvenile referrals do not benefit public safety, and may even hinder policing efforts. Studies have repeatedly found that immigration status does not shape future delinquency. Also, OCPD's own studies indicate that as few as 8% of youth who come into contact with OCPD qualify as "chronic recidivists." Thus, targeting immigrant youth for deportation is unlikely to make Orange County safer. In fact, juvenile referrals can harm public safety because they foster distrust between immigrant communities and local police generally. Surveys show that approximately 44% of Latinos are less likely to contact police officers when they fear police officers will investigate their immigration status or that of their loved ones. OCPD's involvement in federal immigration enforcement exceeds its authority under the Constitution and can lead to illegal detention, deportation, and profiling. Under the Constitution, immigration status may only be determined by federal officers and classified according to federal standards, but OCPD's referral policy directs county officers to independently ascertain juveniles' immigration status, according to a local scheme inconsistent with federal standards. The Constitution also guarantees juveniles the right to be free from unlawful detention, but the referral policy violates that right with its blanket directive to detain juveniles subject to ICE detainers for up to five days past their scheduled release dates. Furthermore, officers untrained in the complexities of immigration status are likely to rely on apparent race and ethnicity in selecting juveniles for immigration investigations, exacerbating risks of illegal racial profiling. Finally, OCPD officers may erroneously refer U.S. citizens or other lawfully present youth to ICE, potentially leading to their unlawful detention and deportation. OCPD's referral policy involves the unnecessary expenditure of county resources to subsidize federal immigration enforcement. OCPD employees - including a dedicated ICE Liaison - spend time on the county payroll investigating juveniles' immigration status and communicating with ICE, and the county incurs additional detention costs when OCPD denies out-of-home placement to juveniles subject to ICE detainers and detains such juveniles past their release dates. Further costs may result from lawsuits filed by those affected by OCPD's referral policy or by civil rights organizations, challenging violations of confidentiality laws, the detention of juveniles on the basis of ICE detainers, racial profiling by OCPD officers, or the erroneous referral and resulting detention or deportation of lawfully present juveniles. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California Irvine, School of Law, immigrant Rights Clinic, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2014 at: http://www.law.uci.edu/academics/real-life-learning/clinics/UCILaw_SecondChances_dec2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 131887

Author: McConkie, Daniel S. Title: Judges as Framers of Plea Bargaining Summary: The vast majority of federal criminal defendants resolve their cases by plea bargaining, with minimal judicial input or oversight. This presents significant issues concerning transparency, fairness, and effective sentencing. Federal prosecutors strongly influence sentences by the charges they select. The parties bargain informally outside of court and strike a deal. But defendants often plead guilty without a realistic understanding of their likely sentencing exposure. Instead, they plead guilty based on their best guess as to how judges will resolve certain issues and their own fear that they could get an unspecified but severe post-trial sentence. The judge is often reluctant to reject the parties� deal, partly because the judge may have little information about the case, and partly because the judge lacks the resources for courtroom-clogging jury trials. What is needed is a public, court-supervised, advocacy procedure early in the case to guide the parties in considering key sentencing issues and fashioning a just and reasonable sentence based on the judge�s feedback. This article explores a proposed procedure that would do just that. Early in the case, and upon the defendant�s request, the parties would litigate a pre-plea motion procedure similar to sentencing proceedings. As part of those proceedings, a pre-plea, presentence report would be prepared with input from the parties. The motion would educate the judge about the case and enable the judge to issue two indicated sentences: one for if the defendant pleaded guilty as charged, and another for if the defendant were convicted at trial. This increased judicial participation through a regularized, advocacy procedure would allow judges to help frame the parties� discussion of sentencing issues and likely sentencing consequences earlier in the case, all without involving the judge in the parties� plea discussions. Several benefits would flow from this: the plea bargaining process would become more transparent, resulting in increased public accountability; the defense attorney would have greater incentives to properly investigate and present key issues; and the defendant could make a more informed decision about whether and on what terms to plead guilty. In short, plea bargaining is here to stay, but criminal justice would be greatly improved by bringing more of the plea bargaining process back into the courtroom where the judge could help frame the key issues for the parties. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2405270 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 131894

Author: McDaniel, Marla Title: Imprisonment and Disenfranchisement of Disconnected Low-Income Men Summary: This brief, part of a series on disconnected low-income men, summarizes selected data from published reports on incarceration in the United States. Low-income men are defined as those age 18 to 44 who live in families with incomes below twice the federal poverty level (FPL)1 and do not have four-year college degrees. Other briefs in the series examine low-income men's demographic profiles, education, employment, and health. We present data on imprisonment, one component of criminal justice system involvement, highlighting stark disparities by race, education, and place. The statistics on criminal offenses and incarceration cited reflect changes in federal and state crime policies over the past few decades, especially those related to drug offenses. These policies have led to mass incarceration - that is, the imprisonment of comparatively and historically high proportions of the population that cannot be accounted for by changes in crime rates. The US Department of Justice is reviewing laws and agency enforcement policies that may have had a disparate impact on African Americans and Hispanics, both in terms of incarceration and the collateral damage to their families and communities. Some of these impacts are summarized in this brief. Young men of color are a particular focus because of their high rates of incarceration. While they are highly concentrated in poor neighborhoods, especially in urban areas, most available data are at the state and national level. Therefore, we mainly focus on state and national data that provide the most extensive documentation of the racial and ethnic aspects of incarceration. Since the criminal justice data generally do not include income of the prisoners' families, we are unable to identify the proportion of incarcerated men who are low income. To the extent that prisoners are separated from mainstream society, however, the men in focus are disconnected and afterward face challenges reconnecting to the mainstream. In addition to incarceration rates, we include state data on voting restrictions related to incarceration, a form of disconnection through civil disenfranchisement. We highlight examples of the economic impact of incarceration on individual communities and society as a whole. We consider both the costs of incarceration and the related family and community costs generated by that incarceration. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief 4: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412986-Imprisonment-and-Disenfranchisement-of-Disconnected-Low-Income-Men.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 131897

Author: Citizens Alliance on Prisons and Public Spending Title: Parolable Lifers in Michigan: paying the Price of Unchecked Discretion Summary: Hundreds of Michigan prisoners sentenced to "parolable life" terms have been eligible for release for one, two or even three decades. As a group, they are aging, low-risk and guilty of offenses comparable to those for which thousands of other people have served a term of years and been paroled. Each parole board decision to incarcerate a lifer for another five years - often based on nothing more than a single board member's review of a file - costs taxpayers roughly $200,000. Americans have certain expectations of government. In times of tight budgets and soaring costs, the one most discussed is cost-effectiveness. We want to spend as few taxpayer dollars as possible to fulfill governmental functions. We also want transparency, so we know how decisions are being made; accountability, so that decisions are subject to review and, if necessary, correction; consistency, so that outcomes are predictable and similarly situated citizens are similarly treated; and objectivity, so that decisions are based on evidence, not emotions or unsupported assumptions. The parole decision-making process for lifers violates all these norms. It is one of the few areas where a group of unelected officials has virtually unlimited power over people's lives and the public purse. Over the last few decades, a series of policy changes with no proven impact on public safety has undermined the parole process for prisoners generally and for lifers in particular. The solutions are simple and straightforward: return to practices that protected both public safety and taxpayers' pocketbooks. Details: Lansing, MI: CAPPS, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://www.capps-mi.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/Parolable-Lifers-in-Michigan-Paying-the-price-of-unchecked-discretion.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Imprisonment Shelf Number: 131898

Author: Crisler, Lane Title: Recidivism within Salt Lake Peer Court:A Program Evaluation of Salt Lake Peer Court based on Recidivism Analysis Between Salt Lake Peer Court and the Juvenile Division of Salt Lake City Justice Courts Summary: Background - The younger an individual begins criminal behavior the more costly that individual is to society. - The value of diverting a youth from a lifetime of crime ranges from $2.6 to $5.3 million in 2008 (Cohen M. A., 2009). - Intended to divert youth becoming career criminals, peer courts attempt to leverage the social influence peers have over one another in order to implement restorative justice practices. - Salt Lake Peer Court (SLPC) began in 1993, as peer courts were just emerging in the juvenile justice arena. -- The, program managed 40 youth offender cases and required 15 volunteers. -- Currently, program handles approximately 300 youth offender cases and requires over 120 volunteers. Research - This study analyzed calendar year SLPC cases from 2007 through 2011. - 1101 cases were analyzed (Male=618, Female=467, Unidentified=16). - Of the 1101 cases, 60% of SLPC deferred youth had juvenile court records, disproportionately weighted by males (Male=406, Female=260). - This study seeks to identify characteristics of youth offenders who are most likely to recidivate to Juvenile Court within one year of being deferred to SLPC. - Dependent Variables = ordinal or binary recidivism variables. - Independent Variables = demographics, offenses, sentences, sentence completion, and sentence length. Program Recommendations - Improve treatment for substance abuse and violence offenders. - Attempt to identify benefits of case management. - Develop crisis management plan to help facilitate contract completion. - Emphasize role of SLPC as first point of contact for juvenile offenders - Develop metrics, improve data control , administer follow up surveys Details: Salt Lake City, UT: University of Utah, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/Peer_Court_Research.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 131899

Author: Papachristos, Andrew Title: 48 Years of Crime in Chicago: A Descriptive Analysis of Serious Crime Trends from 1965 to 2013 Summary: Over the past two decades, the United States has experienced an unpredicted drop in crime. Chicago, while often portrayed as a violent city, has seen sustained drops in violent crime and homicide rates during this time, but particularly recently. Using annual crime data, this report briefly describes temporal and spatial trends of major index crime in Chicago from 1965 to 2013. Overall, Chicago - like other U.S. cities - experienced a significant decline in overall crime and violent crime. Present day levels of violent crime are, in fact, at their lowest rates in four decades. Furthermore, nearly all communities experienced declines in crime, although the rates of decline were greater in some communities than others. Over the past three years, for example, all but five communities (out of 77) experienced declines in violent crime. Those areas that experienced increases were and continue to be some of Chicago's safest areas. While the drop in violent crime is shared between low and high crime areas alike, there remain areas of the city where violent crime rates are unacceptably high. Rates of homicide have also decreased over this period following the overall city-wide pattern, with some unique patterns emerging surrounding the contexts of gang homicide. The objective of this report is to simply document these historical trends and not to assign any casual interpretations of the vanguards of crime rates of this period. Directions for future investigation are also discussed. Details: New Haven, CT: Institution for Social and Policy Studies, Yale University, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: ISPS Working Paper, ISPS 13-023: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://isps.yale.edu/sites/default/files/publication/2013/12/48yearsofcrime_final_ispsworkingpaper023.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 131901

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Offender Reentry: Correctional Statistics, Reintegration into the Community, and Recidivism Summary: The prison population in the United States has been growing steadily for more than 30 years. The Bureau of Justice Statistics reports that since 1990 an average of 590,400 inmates have been released annually from state and federal prisons and almost 5 million ex-offenders are under some form of community-based supervision. Offender reentry can include all the activities and programming conducted to prepare ex-convicts to return safely to the community and to live as law-abiding citizens. Some ex-offenders, however, eventually end up back in prison. The most recent national-level recidivism study is 10 years old; this study showed that two-thirds of ex-offenders released in 1994 came back into contact with the criminal justice system within three years of their release. Compared with the average American, ex-offenders are less educated, less likely to be gainfully employed, and more likely to have a history of mental illness or substance abuse - all of which have been shown to be risk factors for recidivism. Three phases are associated with offender reentry programs: programs that take place during incarceration, which aim to prepare offenders for their eventual release; programs that take place during offenders' release period, which seek to connect ex-offenders with the various services they may require; and long-term programs that take place as ex-offenders permanently reintegrate into their communities, which attempt to provide offenders with support and supervision. There is a wide array of offender reentry program designs, and these programs can differ significantly in range, scope, and methodology. Researchers in the offender reentry field have suggested that the best programs begin during incarceration and extend throughout the release and reintegration process. Despite the relative lack of research in the field of offender reentry, an emerging "what works" literature suggests that programs focusing on work training and placement, drug and mental health treatment, and housing assistance have proven to be effective. The federal government's involvement in offender reentry programs typically occurs through grant funding, which is available through a wide array of federal programs at the Departments of Justice, Labor, Education, and Health and Human Services. However, only a handful of grant programs in the federal government are designed explicitly for offender reentry purposes. The Second Chance Act (P.L. 110-199) was enacted on April 9, 2008. The act expanded the existing offender reentry grant program at the Department of Justice and created a wide array of targeted grant-funded pilot programs. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014, 34p. Source: Internet Resource: RL34287: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL34287.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 131911

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: Criminal Stigma, Race, Gender, and Employment: An Expanded Assessment of the Consequences of Imprisonment for Employment Summary: Employment is a key feature of American life. Not only does it provide the instrumental benefits associated with an income, but it also serves to structure life, create social relations, and provide fulfillment. But work has an additional important benefit - it reduces involvement in crime. This consequence makes it important that individuals leaving prison find work. For a variety of reasons, however, this group finds it difficult to secure employment. The ability to find work is not equally distributed across race and ethnic groups; blacks and Hispanics experience more difficulty in gaining employment than do whites. Further complicating the problem is the fact that these two minority groups comprise the largest and fastest growing segment of the prison population. A number of studies have examined the impact of a prison sentence on employment. This work consistently finds that individuals with a prison record fare worse on the job market. However, this finding is conditioned by race and ethnicity, with whites bearing far less stigma from a prior prison sentence than blacks or Hispanics (Pager, 2003). The majority of this research has been conducted with men, comparing blacks and whites, and been completed in Midwestern or eastern cities. This leaves a substantial gap in our understanding of the role of race/ethnicity and prison record on employment chances. Women are a measureable and growing segment of the prison population in the US and their employment prospects are important to understand given their role in families. Hispanics are the fastest growing segment of the US prison population and the number of incarcerated Hispanics is growing rapidly. Further, the southwest is the fastest growing region of the country, with different dynamics, including the border with Mexico, as well as an economy not structured around industrial production. In addition to these substantive reasons to expand our understanding of the role of a prison record and race/ethnicity in employment, there are methodological reasons to expand the study of these relationships. The job market itself is dynamic and the majority of entry-level jobs are advertised online and require the submission of online applications, which may include resumes. To address these concerns, we completed a three-year study of the impact of a prison record on gaining employment. We included two separate experiments and an employer survey in our research. The first involved the submission of more than 6,000 online applications for entry-level jobs. The second experiment sent individuals (auditors) to apply for 60 jobs in-person. This allows us to compare the results of two different methods of job applications. The third research method was a survey conducted among 49 employers, all of whom were included in the second experiment. For each of the first two experiments, we had six different pairs of job applicants, comprised of black men, black women, Hispanic men, Hispanic women, white men and white women. One member of each pair had a prison record included on their resumes.In every other respect, the resumes. were identical. Race/ethnicity was cued through the use of first and last names on the resumes. sent to employers. In each case, a binary dependent variable was used, whether the individual was offered an opportunity to talk further with the employer in the case of the online applications, in the case of the in-person applications, the outcome measure was whether they were called back to interview or offered a job. Consistent with prior research, we find differences by race/ethnicity, with blacks and Hispanics generally faring more poorly than whites. The differences for the online application process were not as large as for the in-person process, but, nonetheless, we did find that a prison record has a dampening effect on job prospects, particularly in the low-skill food service sector, where ex-prisoners are likely to seek employment during reentry. The employer survey revealed strong effects for criminal justice involvement, with employers expressing preferences for hiring individuals with no prior criminal justice contact. Employers associated prior prison time with a number of negative work-related characteristics including tardiness and inability to get along with co-workers. We conclude this report with a number of policy recommendations regarding the job preparation, application, and interview process. In particular, we highlight the importance of preparing individuals in prison for the online world of job applications and resumes. creation. This, like other aspects of the reentry process, should be done as early as is feasible, but certainly before release from prison. It is also important that former prisoners expand their network of contacts to increase their awareness of jobs and the process associated with applying for those jobs. We believe it is important for job applicants with a prison record to be prepared for a good deal of failure, as fewer than ten percent of our testers received a callback. Former prisoners are more likely to gain employment if they are judged on the merits of their qualifications, excluding their prior imprisonment. For this reason we believe that efforts to remove - prior arrest or conviction - from initial job applications should be supported. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2014. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244756.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 131913

Author: Johnson, Byron R. Title: Objective Hope: Assessing the Effectiveness of Faith-Based Organizations: A Review of the Literature Summary: Faith-based organizations (FBOs) have been part of public life for decades, but the dialogue has recently taken on a new and higher public profile. By some estimates, FBOs provide $20 billion of privately contributed funds to social service delivery for over 70 million Americans annually. While there is an impressive and mounting body of evidence that higher levels of religious practices or involvement (organic religion) are linked to reductions in various harmful outcomes, there is little published research evaluating the effectiveness of faith-based organizations (intentional religion). Faith-based organizations (fFBO) have been part of public life for decades, but the dialogue has recently taken on a new and higher public profile. By some estimates, FBOs provide $20 billion of privately contributed funds to social service delivery for over 70 million Americans annually. While there is an impressive and mounting body of evidence that higher levels of religious practices or involvement (organic religion) are linked to reductions in various harmful outcomes, there is little published research evaluating the effectiveness of faith-based organizations (intentional religion). bring some clarity to this area, we first review and assess in summary fashion, 669 studies of organic religion, and discuss how the conclusions from this body of research are relevant and directly related to the research on faith-based interventions. In sum, there are two broad conclusions from this review of research on organic religion: (1.) research on religious practices and health outcomes indicates that higher levels of religious involvement are associated with: reduced hypertension, longer survival, less depression, lower levels of drug and alcohol use and abuse, less promiscuous sexual behaviors, reduced likelihood of suicide, lower rates of delinquency among youth, and reduced criminal activity among adults. This review provides overwhelming evidence that higher levels of religious involvement and practices make for an important protective factor that buffers or insulates individuals from deleterious outcomes. (2.) research on religious practices and various measures of well-being reveal that higher levels of religious involvement are associated with increased levels of: well-being, hope, purpose, meaning in life, and educational attainment. This review of studies on organic religion documents that religious commitment or practices make for an important factor promoting an array of prosocial behaviors and thus enhancing various beneficial outcomes. This study also reviewed research on intentional religion and uncovered a total of 97 studies that examine the diverse interventions of religious groups, congregations, or faith-based organizations. Twenty-five of these 97 studies specifically examined some efficacy aspect of faith-based organizations, programs, or initiatives. The current study critically assesses these studies and documents that research on faith-based organizations: (1.) is much less common than research on organic religion. (2.) relies too heavily upon research utilizing qualitative approaches such as case studies and too little upon quantitative methodologies that emphasize rigorous and outcome-based research designs. (3.) often reflects a general naivete with regard to measuring the "faith" in faith-based. (4.) yields basic, preliminary, but almost uniformly positive evidence supporting the notion that faith-based organizations are more effective in providing various services. (5.) is long overdue and funding from both public and private sources should be allocated immediately for rigorous research and evaluations of faith-based organizations, interventions, and initiatives. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor University, Institute for Studies of Religion, 2008. 76p. (Originally published: 2002) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://www.baylor.edu/content/services/document.php/24809.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Faith-Based Groups Shelf Number: 131916

Author: Sarteschi, Christine Marie Title: Assessing the Effectiveness of Mental Health Courts: A Meta-Analysis of Clinical and Recidivism Outcomes Summary: Mental health courts (MHC) are treatment oriented court diversion programs that seek to redirect individuals with severe mental illnesses (SMI), such as those with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and major depression, who have committed a crime, into court mandated treatment programs instead of the criminal justice system. It is believed that individuals with SMI commit and re-commit offenses as a result of their illness and if directed to the appropriate treatments, would be less likely to offend. Currently, there are over 150 MHCs nationally operating in at least 35 states, yet a gap remains in the scientific literature concerning their ability to reduce recidivism and clinical outcomes. To determine their effectiveness in reducing recidivism and improving clinical outcomes, the first meta-analytic study of these courts was conducted. A systematic search of the literature through May 2008, as well as an e-mail survey, generated 23 studies representing 129 outcomes with over 11,000 MHC participants. Aggregate effects for recidivism revealed a mean effect size of -0.52. MHCs had a small to medium positive effect of 0.28 on a participant's quality of life. Among quasi-experimental studies, there was a small effect size of - 0.14 for clinical outcomes indicating a positive improvement. Based on this analysis, MHCs are effective interventions for reducing recidivism and improving clinical and quality of life outcomes. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh, 2009. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://d-scholarship.pitt.edu/9275/1/CMSarteschiAug2009Dissertation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 131917

Author: Huseth, Andrea Title: Alcohol Consumption Patterns in North Dakota: Survey of DUI Offenders Summary: The state of North Dakota consistently has one of the highest rates of traffic fatalities involving alcohol in the nation. Since 2003, the state has led the nation twice, has been in the top four on five occasions, and has been in the top quarter every year for the proportion of traffic fatalities that involve any alcohol. Because of the high rates of impaired driving in North Dakota, the North Dakota Department of Transportation's Traffic Safety Office created a DUI offender survey to better understand the tendencies and behaviors of those who choose to drink and drive. Initiated in Fiscal Year 2010, the survey was designed to identify consumption patterns in North Dakota's driving population. The survey was designed to assist with both traffic safety program development and evaluation to help state officials better understand the nature of impaired driving in the state. The survey was distributed through a partnership with the state's alcohol assessment and treatment providers. The survey asked individuals about a variety of topics related to their decision to drink and drive. The survey included questions about the last place where alcohol was consumed, the type of vehicle the offender was driving, if a designated driver was available, the amount of alcohol they had been consuming, if anyone tried to prevent the offender from driving, and other similar questions. The purpose of the survey was to understand the decisions and behavior patterns of individuals who have chosen to drive after drinking. State officials and others can then use this knowledge in media efforts, goal setting, and preventative measures. The objective of this study was to analyze data from past DUI offender surveys. The goal was for the findings to be a resource for improving traffic safety program functionality and effectiveness in reducing the tendency of North Dakotans to drive after drinking alcohol. Details: Fargo, ND: Upper Great Plains Transportation Institute, North Dakota State University, 2012. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://www.ugpti.org/pubs/pdf/DP254.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 131918

Author: Lowenkamp, Christopher T. Title: Exploring the Impact of Supervision on Pretrial Outcomes Summary: Pretrial supervision is a relatively common condition of release and is encouraged by professional associations (e.g., American Bar Association, 2007; National Association for Pretrial Services Agencies, 2004), but very little is known about its effects overall and even less is known about what makes a particular pretrial supervision program more effective than another. Overall, the research on pretrial supervision is minimal and dated. The current study seeks to investigate the effect of pretrial supervision on the likelihood of failure to appear (FTA) and new criminal activity (NCA) before case disposition. First, drawing on data from two states, this research isolates two groups of defendants: those released pending case disposition with supervision and those released without supervision. Second, this research compares the two groups across several descriptive factors regarding likelihood of FTA and NCA while in the community pending case disposition. Using data on 3,925 defendants (2,437 released with pretrial supervision and 1,488 released without supervision), this research constructed a series of bivariate and multivariate models to test the impact of pretrial supervision. When the effects of time at risk in the community, demographic characteristics and defendant risk level (as measured by an established risk assessment) were accounted for, this research indicated: 1. Defendants who received supervision were significantly more likely to appear for an assigned court date. The most complex multivariate models that controlled for gender, race, time at risk in the community and defendant risk level all revealed that supervision significantly reduced the likelihood of FTA. 2. When using a five-level risk scale (level I being the lowest risk and level V being the highest), the differences between those who received pretrial supervision and those who did not was most pronounced for higher-risk defendants. Thirteen percent of level III defendants with no supervision failed to appear, compared with 8% for those who were supervised. For levels IV and V, 18% of unsupervised defendants failed to appear, compared with 12% of supervised defendants. These differences equate to relative risk reductions of 38% and 33%, which means supervised level III defendants were 38% less likely to FTA and supervised level IV and V defendants were 33% less likely to FTA than their unsupervised counterparts. The research also investigated the impact of supervision length on defendant outcomes. It was hypothesized that the effects of pretrial supervision on FTA would not vary with the length of the supervision period. It was also hypothesized that longer periods of supervision would be associated with lower levels of NCA, whereas shorter periods of supervision would have minimal or no effect on NCA. To test these hypotheses, multivariate models were created for defendants whose cases lasted 90 days or less, 91-180 days, and more than 180 days. The results indicated: 1. The effects of pretrial supervision on FTA are fairly consistent over the differing time-to-disposition periods (time at risk in the community). 2. When the time to disposition was more than 180 days, two of the three multivariate models identified statistically significant differences in the likelihood of NCA between those who received pretrial supervision and those who did not. 3. Defendants supervised pretrial for more than 180 days were 12% to 36% less likely to commit new crimes before case disposition. Some of these reductions were statistically significant while some merely approached statistical significance. While these are observational findings, pretrial supervision of any length seems to make FTA less likely, and pretrial supervision of more than 180 days seems to make NCA less likely. This last finding is tentative because pretrial supervision, while statistically significant in relation to NCA in some models, only approaches statistical significance in other models. Ideally, future studies will control for various forms of pretrial supervision and conditions (e.g., home confinement, electronic monitoring, etc.) as well as demographics and defendant risk levels. In addition, future research should use an experimental design to definitively assess the impact of pretrial supervision on failure to appear and new criminal activity pending case disposition. Details: Houston, TX: Laura and John Arnold Foundation, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://arnoldfoundation.org/sites/default/files/pdf/LJAF_Report_Supervision_FNL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Failure to Appear Shelf Number: 131919

Author: Tomberg, Kathleen A. Title: Ready for Success: A Profile of YouthBuild Mentoring Participants Summary: The YouthBuild USA National Mentoring Alliance program ("YouthBuild Mentoring") seeks to engage students with responsible, supportive, committed adult volunteers in order to help young people achieve success in education, employment, and social relationships. By matching students with adult mentors for a minimum of 15 months, YouthBuild Mentoring helps these youth form strong emotional bonds and continuing relationships that will ideally last for years beyond the end of the program. In 2010, YouthBuild USA partnered with the Research and Evaluation (R&E) Center of John Jay College of Criminal Justice to assess the attitudes of YouthBuild Mentoring participants on a variety of topics, including self-image, self-efficacy, perceptions of social support, family function, attitudes towards society, perceptions of YouthBuild, and education goals. The assessment focused on students between the ages of 16 and 18 years old who entered YouthBuild between October 2010 and September 2012. A survey designed to measure student attitudes and opinions was administered to students during their initial involvement in the program. This information was paired with YouthBuild administrative and programmatic data to create a profile of students in YouthBuild Mentoring. The R&E research team statistically analyzed the data to examine differences between different groups of students. The survey results did not reveal any significant differences between the responses of different student groups. As a whole, however, YouthBuild Mentoring students reported a high sense of self-efficacy, high self-confidence, and a belief that they have the ability to make a positive impact on their communities. Most students believed they had potential to achieve educationally, economically, and socially in their lives. They also reported that YouthBuild is a beneficial program that can help them develop and achieve. Students matched with a mentor during the YouthBuild Mentoring program were more likely to complete the program than students who were never matched with a mentor. Together, these findings suggest that YouthBuild Mentoring students are enthusiastic, self-confident, and ready to put their energy to work to improve their communities. They believe in the usefulness of YouthBuild and are primed to take advantage of the program to further their own development and success, especially when they are paired with a supportive, encouraging adult mentor. If YouthBuild Mentoring can harness these positive attitudes and continue successfully matching students with caring mentors, the program model will continue to support the development of YouthBuild students. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2013/08/ybmentor2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 131921

Author: Teich, Sarah Title: Trends and Developments in Lone Wolf Terrorism in the Western World: An Analysis of Terrorist Attacks and Attempted Attacks by Islamic Extremists Summary: This paper reviews current literature on the recent and growing phenomenon of lone wolf terrorism. It aims to add data to this subject by analyzing trends and developments using a dataset created using RAND, START, and LexisNexis Academic databases. Analysis of the dataset clarifies five (5) finding trends: 1. increased number of countries targeted by lone wolf terrorists, 2. increased number of fatalities and injuries caused by lone wolves, 3. increased success rate of United States law enforcement to apprehend lone wolves before they can carry out their attacks, 4. high prevalence and success rate of loners over Pantucci's other three types of lone wolf terrorists, and 5. increased targeting of military personnel. To complement these findings, five case studies from the dataset are examined in-depth. These were chosen for their significance in terms of high rates of fatality or injury. The case studies are shown to be consistent with previous research themes, including psychopathology, social ineptitude, the facilitating role of the Internet, and a combined motivation of personal grievances and broader radical Islamic goals in the process of Islamic self-radicalization. Details: International Institute for Counter-Terrorism, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2014 at: http://www.ict.org.il/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=qAv1zIPJlGE%3D&tabid=66 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Islam Shelf Number: 131922

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: 2012 Cost of Cyber Crime Study: United States Summary: This year's study is based on a representative sample of 56 organizations in various industry sectors. While our research focused on organizations located in the United States, many are multinational corporations. Cyber attacks generally refer to criminal activity conducted via the Internet. These attacks can include stealing an organization's intellectual property, confiscating online bank accounts, creating and distributing viruses on other computers, posting confidential business information on the Internet and disrupting a country's critical national infrastructure. Consistent with the previous two studies, the loss or misuse of information is the most significant consequence of a cyber attack. Based on these findings, organizations need to be more vigilant in protecting their most sensitive and confidential information. Key takeaways from this research include: - Cyber crimes continue to be costly. We found that the average annualized cost of cyber crime for 56 organizations in our study is $8.9 million per year, with a range of $1.4 million to $46 million. In 2011, the average annualized cost was $8.4 million. This represents an increase in cost of 6 percent or $500,000 from the results of our cyber cost study published last year. - Cyber attacks have become common occurrences. The companies in our study experienced 102 successful attacks per week and 1.8 successful attacks per company per week. This represents an increase of 42 percent from last year's successful attack experience. Last year's study reported 72 successful attacks on average per week. - The most costly cyber crimes are those caused by denial of service, malicious insiders and web-based attacks. Mitigation of such attacks requires enabling technologies such as SIEM, intrusion prevention systems, application security testing and enterprise governance, risk management and compliance (GRC) solutions. The purpose of this benchmark research is to quantify the economic impact of cyber attacks and observe cost trends over time. We believe a better understanding of the cost of cyber crime will assist organizations in determining the appropriate amount of investment and resources needed to prevent or mitigate the devastating consequences of an attack. Details: Traverse City, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2014 at: http://www.ponemon.org/local/upload/file/2012_US_Cost_of_Cyber_Crime_Study_FINAL6%20.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 131925

Author: Koren, Dori Title: Social Networking for the Police Enterprise: An In-Depth Look at the Benefits, Requirements, and Challenges of Establishing a Social Networking Platform for Law Enforcement Summary: The emergence of social networking technologies has transformed the way people interact, develop social ties, exchange information, and organize their personal and professional lives. As a result, Enterprise Social Networking (ESN) platforms-which offer organizations a closed Facebook-like program to increase connectivity, reduce costs, and enhance productivity-are on the rise in both business and government. This report explores the benefits, requirements, and key challenges for implementing such a platform for the law enforcement and homeland security community. The judgments and findings are based on existing literature, extensive research, the evaluation of numerous software systems, and the consolidated perspective of 77 law enforcement leaders from 45 major agencies. Details: Major Cities Chiefs Association, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: https://www.majorcitieschiefs.com/pdf/news/social_networking_for_the_police_enterprise__final_version_101513.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Communications Shelf Number: 131937

Author: Spiropoulos, Georgia V. Title: The Orange County Blueprint for youthful Offender Reentry Summary: More than 3,100 youthful offenders (ages 14-20) (personal communication, Stacy McCoy, September 14, 2010) leave juvenile correctional facilities in Orange County each year to return to their homes and communities. While their release from correctional facilities may be a relief to themselves and their families, many of these juveniles struggle to stay out of the system. Juveniles that exit the correctional system suffer from a myriad of problems in their lives that include a lack of education and employment skills, antisocial attitudes and values, mental health and substance abuse problems, medical issues, lack of housing, and family issues. The greater these problems, the greater is the likelihood that the juvenile will continue to commit crime and delinquency and further burden an already over-burdened juvenile and adult systems that must further allocate scarce resources for returning recidivists. The Orange County Workforce Investment Board (OCWIB), in collaboration with the Orange County Probation Department (OCPD), was awarded a Juvenile and Young Offender Planning Grant by the U.S. Department of Labor (USDOL) in 2009. The primary goal of the grant was to develop a Blueprint for a county-wide juvenile and young offender reentry model. This document presents the results of this effort. The Orange County Youthful Offender Reentry Model was written by researchers at California State University, Fullerton, with the expertise of criminal justice, faith-based, and community agency representatives in Orange County (see Appendix A for a list of participants). The reentry model is intended to complement many of the current practices performed by OCWIB, OCPD and criminal justice and social services agencies in Orange County while tailoring their efforts more closely with evidence-based practices. In an effort to build the infrastructure for the reentry model, the Reentry Team created the following vision and mission statements: Vision Statement: Previously incarcerated youth and young adults will be active, pro-social, and contributing members of their community. Mission Statement: The Orange County Youth and Young Adult Reentry Team will provide youth and young adult offenders with linkages to transitional resources that will assist them to be successful in their communities. Details: Fullerton, CA: Center for Public Policy, California State University, Fullerton, 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://webcert.fullerton.edu/advocacy/OCPolls/texts/TheOrangeCountyBlueprintforYouthfulOffenderReentry.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 131938

Author: Young, Nancy K. Title: Needs Assessment Report Summary: The purpose of this Family Drug Court Needs Assessment (FDC-NA) is to identify the training and technical assistance (TTA) needs of Family Drug Courts (FDC). The Center for Children and Families Futures (CCFF) designed and developed methods to collect and analyze data from multiple sources to identify FDC TTA needs. Primary data collection and analyses were conducted in different formats: - FDC TTA online survey-which asked FDC practitioners to rate the extent they were experiencing barriers in implementing key FDC strategies and identify specific barriers and TTA needs of their FDC - In-depth stakeholder interview with State and Federal stakeholders-to gather their input on the TTA needs of FDCs and feedback on preliminary findings of the FDC-NA Secondary analysis was conducted from three data sources: 1) Technical Assistance (TA) Tracker-which is a web-based data system used by CCFF to manage and analyze the content of previously received TTA requests 2) Post-webinar online surveys-completed by attendees from the FDC Learning Academy regarding their feedback on priority content for future webinar presentations 3) FDC Self-Assessment Surveys-administered to 16 jurisdictions regarding their level of agreement in implementing key FDC recommendations. Through this design and process of the FDC-NA, CCFF was able to draw from its prior TTA work and garner input from FDC practitioners and stakeholders in determining the current TTA needs of FDCs. The findings showed widespread interest in and the need for TTA across a broad range of topics. A synthesis of the data revealed four priority content areas and specific topics for TTA: 1) Services to Parents-Respondents cited the challenges of meeting the complex and multiple needs of parents as a result of trauma, dual-diagnosis, domestic violence and the use of medication-assisted treatment (MAT). Specific content for TTA included engagement and retention strategies, recovery supports, and serving parents in MAT. 2) Funding and Sustainability-A lack of continued funding for staff positions, treatment and a broad service array were raised as barriers to sustaining FDCs. There is a need to engage sites in active sustainability planning by exploring barriers and working towards strategic activities including cost analyses, the use of baseline measures and outcome data, and exploring refinancing and redirection strategies. 3) Cross-Systems Knowledge-A need for ongoing cross-system training to bridge the divisions between professional disciplines, agency mandates, values and practice was cited frequently by respondents. These include training in gender-specific issues, trauma, co-occurring conditions, enhancing motivation and dynamics of addiction and recovery. Details: Lake Forest, CA: Center for Children and Family Futures, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://www.cffutures.com/files/publications/OJJDP_TTA_NAR_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 131940

Author: Belfield, Clive R. Title: The Economic Burden of Crime and Substance Abuse for Massachusetts and the City of Boston Summary: The negative social and economic burden from youth violence, adult crime, and substance addiction is substantial. Juvenile crime is a large proportion of total crime. Juveniles are arrested for one-in-six violent crimes and over one-quarter of all property crimes (NCJJ [2008]). They also commit crimes in school: 25% of students and 8% of teachers report some form of victimization over a school year (Dinkes et al. [2007]). Also, juvenile offenses are often the precursor to more frequent adult criminal activity: the peak offending ages are 18-22, with many criminals' first offenses during their teenage years. Such crime and violence imposes heavy burdens on victims, as well as on citizens who pay for government prevention programs and the criminal justice system. In similar fashion, substance abuse and addiction is highly prevalent, imposing significant costs on both the health care system and the justice system, as well as adversely affecting families (ONDCP [2004]). The chronic nature of substance abuse and addiction magnifies these burdens as well (Califano [2009]. In this paper we calculate the economic burden of juvenile and adult crime and substance abuse and addiction in Boston, Massachusetts. Placing economic values on these activities is the first step in assessing what public policies are appropriate and what amounts might be justifiably spent on prevention. We begin by describing the extent of juvenile and adult crime and substance abuse. No single statistic fully captures the scale of deviant behavior because it takes many inter-related forms: substance abuse often leads to crime and vice versa (NCASA [2004]). However, we emphasize deviant behavior by youth because of the strong association between youth and adult behaviors. Next, we calculate the total fiscal burden imposed on taxpayers as an annual amount. We also document the economic burden imposed on society (victims). Finally, we calculate the per youth fiscal burden. Estimates are reported as annual figures and as present values over the lifetime for youth with varying characteristics. These present value figures may be interpreted as the expected burden that a deviant youth would impose over their lifetime and so the amount that would be saved should that behavior be prevented. In conclusion, we place these calculations in the context of current public investments. Details: Unpublished paper, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://www.sel4mass.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Economist-Belfieds-Economic-Burden-Report-March-2010.doc.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 131944

Author: Lerner, Craig S. Title: Life Without Parole as a Conflicted punishment Summary: Life without parole (LWOP) has displaced the death penalty as the distinctive American punishment. Although the sentence scarcely exists in Europe, roughly 40,000 inmates are serving LWOP in America today. Despite its prevalence, the sentence has received little academic scrutiny. This has begun to change, a development sparked by a pair of Supreme Court cases, Graham v. Florida (2010) and Miller v. Alabama (2012), which express European-styled reservations with America's embrace of LWOP. Both opinions, like the nascent academic commentary, lament the irrevocability of the sentence and the expressive judgment purportedly conveyed-that a human being is so incorrigible that the community brands him with the mark of Cain and banishes him forever from our midst. In the tamer language of the Graham opinion, LWOP "forswears altogether the rehabilitative ideal." This Article tests whether that phrase is a fair characterization of LWOP today, and concludes that the Graham Court's treatment of LWOP captures only a partial truth. Life without parole, the Article argues, is a conflicted punishment. The community indulges its thirst for revenge when imposing the sentence, but over time softer impulses insinuate themselves. LWOP is in part intended as a punishment of incalculable cruelty, more horrible than a prison term of many years, and on par with or worse than death itself. In practice, however, LWOP also emerges as a softer punishment, accommodating a concern for the inmate's humanity and a hope for his rehabilitation. Details: Arlington, VA: George Mason University School of Law, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason University Law and Economics Research Paper Series, 13-50: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: http://www.law.gmu.edu/assets/files/publications/working_papers/1350LifeWithoutParole.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 131947

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: Countering Violent Extremism in the United States Summary: In August 2011, the Obama Administration announced its counter-radicalization strategy. It is devised to address the forces that influence some people living in the United States to acquire and hold radical or extremist beliefs that may eventually compel them to commit terrorism. This is the first such strategy for the federal government, which calls this effort "combating violent extremism" (CVE). Since the Al Qaeda attacks of September 11, 2001, the U.S. government has prosecuted hundreds of individuals on terrorism charges. Unlike the necessarily secretive law enforcement and intelligence efforts driving these investigations, the CVE strategy includes sizeable government activity within the open marketplace of ideas, where private citizens are free to weigh competing ideologies and engage in constitutionally protected speech and expression. Some of the key challenges in the implementation of the CVE strategy likely spring from the interplay between the marketplace of ideas and the secretive realm encompassing law enforcement investigations and terrorist plotting. The strategy addresses the radicalization of all types of potential terrorists in the United States but focuses on those inspired by Al Qaeda. To further elaborate this strategy, in December 2011 the Administration released its "Strategic Implementation Plan for Empowering Local Partners to Prevent Violent Extremism in the United States" (SIP). The SIP is a large-scale planning document with three major objectives and numerous future activities and efforts. The SIP's three objectives involve (1) enhancing federal community engagement efforts related to CVE, (2) developing greater government and law enforcement expertise for preventing violent extremism, and (3) countering violent extremist propaganda. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: R42553: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R42553.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 131948

Author: California Sex Offender Management Board Title: The Impact of Victimization on Residential Mobility: Explaining Racial and Ethnic Patterns Using the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: Criminal victimization is known to influence decisions to move, but theories suggest that the processes leading to a moving decision may vary across racial and ethnic groups depending on household socioeconomic characteristics as well as housing market conditions. This study used a longitudinal sample of 34,134 housing units compiled from the National Crime Victimization Survey for the forty largest metropolitan areas in the United States (1995-2003) to study racial/ethnic differences in household moving behavior after victimization. Specifically, the hypotheses of the study were: (1) Black and Hispanic victims would be less likely than Whites to move, and this would remain true even after being controlled for other measured household characteristics because it is unlikely that the data would be able to capture all socioeconomic and structural obstacles that minorities face in their housing search process; (2) racial/ethnic residential segregation may reduce the impact of victimization on moving for Black and Hispanic households, and the moderating effect of residential segregation may be particularly strong for Blacks since they experience the most severe segregation, and (3) in addition to the number of victimizations, victim injury and property loss may further increase the risk of moving for crime victims, and because the levels of victim injury and property loss vary across racial and ethnic groups, it is important to consider how these factors may contribute to racial/ethnic differences in moving after victimization. Multilevel discrete-time hazard models were used for the analyses. The results provided partial support for the hypotheses, but they also showed that the link between victimization and mobility is more complex than expected. Specifically, I find that victimization is less strongly associated with moving among Blacks and Hispanics than it is with moving among Whites. In special circumstances, however, victimization can significantly increase the chances of moving for minority residents, and this is especially the case for Black households after a property loss. Their moving behavior also is related to market conditions, as residential segregation will reduce opportunities for minority residents, Blacks in particular, to move after victimization. For Hispanics, the analysis of the victimization-mobility relationship yielded estimates with relatively large standard errors, and this suggests the need for larger samples and the need for consideration of the sub-group diversity among Hispanics. The findings have important implications for research and policy development, and they extend how we think about racial/ethnic disparities in the link between crime and mobility. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244867.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 131952

Author: Shively, Michael Title: Understanding Trends in Hate Crimes Against Immigrants and Hispanic-Americans Summary: Over the past decade, substantial public attention has been directed toward the possibility that anti-immigrant rhetoric and legislation might be associated with an increase in hate crime in the United States against immigrants and those of Hispanic origin. Recent speculation about whether levels of hate crime are rising or falling, and what may be causing any observed trend, frequently arise in response to new incidents. Moreover, the speculation about hate crime trends applies across a wide range of groups that are known to be targeted for crimes motivated by hate or bias. Answers to questions about trends and why they occur have important implications for policy and practice. For example, if rising levels of hate crime are occurring in a region and targeting certain populations, resources can be deployed where they are most needed, and at appropriate levels. If specific populations are being targeted, culturally competent victim services and law enforcement responses can be tailored to serve those populations. To effectively respond to rising levels of hate crimes and to determine what may be causing the trend, it must first be established that the trend exists. While conceptually simple, it is technically challenging to distinguish random or insignificant variations that occur in any time-series from substantial, statistically significant changes over time. Establishing the significance of trends requires time-series data with: Measures and data collection methods used consistently over time; Reliable measurement of the variables of interest (e.g., ethnicity, race, sexual orientation of victim or respondent); Numbers of incidents sufficient to provide statistical power; and Coverage of geographic areas of interest. Prior to the 1990s, the ability to measure trends in hate crime was limited to a few municipalities where data were collected. Since the passage of the Hate Crime Statistics Act in 1990, substantial public investments have been made to develop data streams, including annual victimization surveys and collections of reported crimes and arrests. While much can be learned about hate crime from information gathered through Federal data collection programs, these time-series collections have not been examined to assess whether the data can support the study of a number of issues, including the detection of significant trends in hate crimes against specific groups. Fundamental questions remain to be answered, including whether the data contained in the major Federal hate crime data collection systems (primarily, the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), and National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS) or other data streams (such as the School Crime Supplement (SCS) of the NCVS, and the School Survey on Crime and Safety (SSOCS) are adequate to: Estimate hate crime trends nationally, or within any state, across all hate crime types; Assess whether trends exist in hate crimes against immigrants and those whose ethnicity is classified as Hispanic; Serve as a foundation for research on the causes and consequences of hate crime; and Support evaluations of interventions meant to prevent or effectively respond to the problem. To answer such questions, the study featured: An examination of each of the major national time-series datasets (e.g., UCR, NIBRS, NCVS); Seeking additional data sources that could be used to corroborate or supplement the national data collections; Analysis of each database, examining whether trends can be modeled and tested to determine statistical significance; and Gathering qualitative input from expert researchers and practitioners regarding study findings and recommendations. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2013. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244755.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 131953

Author: Myrstol, Brad A. Title: The Predictive Validity of Marijuana Odor Detection: An Examination of Alaska State Trooper Case Reports 2006-2010 Summary: This study provides an empirical estimate of the extent to which Alaska State Troopers (AST) investigators' detection of marijuana odors served as a reliable indicator of the presence of illegal quantities of marijuana in suspected structures/buildings. It also provides a detailed description of marijuana grow searches conducted by AST investigators. Data were compiled from the case records for all marijuana grow searches conducted by AST for the years 2006-2010 (n=333). Details: Anchorage, AK: UAA Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2012. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2014 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1110.02.ast.marijuana/1110.02.marijuana.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Detection Shelf Number: 131954

Author: Matthies, Carl Title: Advancing the Quality of Cost-Benefit Analysis for Justice Programs Summary: The Cost-Benefit Knowledge Bank for Criminal Justice (CBKB), a project of Vera�s Cost-Benefit Analysis Unit, convened a working group of researchers and policymakers to help advance the use of rigorous cost-benefit analysis (CBA) in decisions about criminal justice programs and policies. Input from the working group helped shape this white paper, which describes and discusses the main methodological challenges to performing CBAs of justice investments. This technical paper is intended for anyone who conducts, plans to conduct, or wants to learn how to conduct a CBA of a justice-related policy or program. CBKB will soon publish a second white paper for a broader audience, Using Cost-Benefit Analysis for Justice Policymaking, which was also developed with guidance from the working group. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/advancing-the-quality-of-cba.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 131977

Author: Fieldler, Katherine Title: Case Studies of Ignition Interlock Programs Summary: Under a contract with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Acclaro Research Solutions, Inc. prepared this program guide of case studies. The guide profiles the work of six States and their use of ignition interlocks as part of an overall strategy to combat alcohol-impaired driving. This guide is the result of a multi-phased effort involving a scan of relevant literature, informal discussions with interlock experts and program administrators, a case study selection process, and site visits to each selected program. The six States profiled in this document are Colorado, Florida, Illinois, New Mexico, New York, and Oklahoma. Each State demonstrates unique approaches and innovations in the use of interlocks. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2012. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: www.nhtsa.gov/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 131981

Author: Yang, Crystal S. Title: Have Inter-Judge Sentencing Disparities Increased in an Advisory Guidelines Regime? Evidence from Booker Summary: The Federal Sentencing Guidelines were promulgated in response to concerns of widespread disparities in sentencing. After almost two decades of determinate sentencing, the Guidelines were rendered advisory in United States v. Booker. What has been the result of reintroducing greater judicial discretion on inter-judge disparities, or differences in sentencing outcomes that are attributable to the mere happenstance of the sentencing judge assigned? This Article utilizes new data covering over 600,000 criminal defendants linked to sentencing judge to undertake the first national empirical analysis of interjudge disparities post Booker. The results are striking: inter-judge sentencing disparities have doubled since the Guidelines became advisory. Some of the recent increase in disparities can be attributed to differential sentencing behavior associated with judge demographic characteristics, with Democratic and female judges being more likely to exercise their enhanced discretion after Booker. Newer judges appointed after Booker also appear less anchored to the Guidelines than judges with experience sentencing under the mandatory Guidelines regime. Disentangling the effect of various actors on sentencing disparities, I find that prosecutorial charging is a prominent source of disparities. Rather than charge mandatory minimums uniformly across eligible cases, prosecutors appear to selectively apply mandatory minimums in response to the identity of sentencing judge, potentially through superseding indictments. Drawing on this empirical evidence, the Article suggests that recent sentencing proposals that call for a reduction in judicial discretion in order to reduce disparities may overlook the substantial contribution of prosecutors. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 662 : Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2348140 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Discretion Shelf Number: 131983

Author: Wheller, Levin Title: The Effect of Stolen Goods Markets on Crime: Evidence from a Quasi Natural Experiment Summary: This paper analyses the causal effect of the availability of stolen goods markets on theft crimes. Motivated by the richness of anecdotal evidence, we study this overlooked determinant of crime's production function through the lens of pawnshops, a widespread business that offers secured loans to people, with items of personal property used as collateral. The endogeneity of pawnshops to crime is addressed in multiple ways. First, we strengthen the hypothesis that pawnshops deal with stolen goods by exploiting the properties of a panel of 2176 US counties from 1997 to 2010. Then, we detect causality exploiting the exogenous rise in the price of gold in a quasi - natural experiment fashion. Specifically, the identification strategy relies on the exogeneity of the interaction between the price of gold, constantly demanded by pawnbrokers in the form of jewels that are melted down to be transformed in a bar of precious metal, and the initial concentration of pawnshops to the county. Conservative estimates show that a one standard deviation increase in gold price generates a 0.05 standard deviation increase in the effect of pawnshops on burglaries and robberies. The mechanism behind the causal effect is corroborated by numerous falsification tests on other crimes that disprove the possibility that pawnshops might cause crime through channels other than the demand for stolen goods. Details: Warwick, UK: University of Warwick, Department of Economics, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Warwick Economic Research Papers, No. 1040: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/economics/staff/phd_students/rdeste/merged_document.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglaries Shelf Number: 131990

Author: DePrince, Anne P. Title: Preventing Revictimization in Teen Dating Relationships Summary: Revictimization refers to the occurrence of two or more instances of violence and poses an enormous criminal justice problem. Adolescent girls in the child welfare system are at high risk of revictimization in adolescence. Most interventions with teens have focused on primary prevention (that is, prevention in teens not previously exposed to violence) of physical (usually not sexual) violence. In addition, interventions have frequently targeted youth in school settings, though youth in the child welfare system experience frequent transitions in housing/care that disrupt regular attendance at a single school. Thus, child welfare youth at high risk of revictimization may not receive prevention programming as consistently as their peers. Thus, the current study compared two active interventions designed to decrease revictimization in a diverse sample of adolescent girls in the child welfare system. The interventions targeted theoretically distinct risk factors for revictimization. The social learning/feminist (SL/F) intervention focused on concepts derived from social learning and feminist models of risk, such as sexism and beliefs about relationships. The risk detection/executive function (RD/EF) intervention focused on potential disruptions in the ability to detect and respond to risky situations/people due to problems in executive function. We enrolled 180 adolescent girls involved in the child welfare system. Participants were assessed four times: pre-, immediately post-, 2-months, and 6-months after the intervention ended. Assessment procedures included a comprehensive battery of self-report and behavioral tasks designed to assess the processes implicated by the two revictimization intervention approaches. We examined revictimization (the presence/absences of sexual or physical assault in any relationship) as well as a range of aggressive conflict tactics in current dating relationships. Participants were randomized to complete the RD/EF (n=67) or SL/F intervention (n=67). A group of youth (n=42) emerged who engaged in the research assessments and not the interventions. This offered an opportunity for a post-hoc, nonrandomized comparison group. Teens in the three conditions (RD/EF, SL/F, assessment only) were comparable in terms of demographic variables examined. Adolescent girls in the RD/EF condition were nearly 5 times more likely to not report sexual revictimization over the course of the study period compared to girls in the assessment-only group. A trend suggested that girls who participated in the SL/F intervention were 2.5 times more likely to not report sexual revictimization relative to the comparison group. For physical revictimization, the odds of not being physically revictimized were 3 times greater in the SL/F condition and 2 times greater in the RD/EF condition compared to the assessment-only group. The active interventions did not differ from one another in rates of revictimization, suggesting that practitioners have at least two viable options for curricula to engage youth around revictimization prevention. Further, the groups did not differ in attendance. Adolescents attended an average of nearly 70% of sessions, suggesting both interventions were acceptable to youth. We also examined adolescent girls' ratings of physical, emotional, and sexual conflict tactics in dating relationships using a continuous measure of aggression. Across time, adolescents reported significant decreases in their own and their partners' aggressive conflict tactics; the groups did not differ from one another. As part of demonstrating that high-risk youth can be successfully engaged outside of school-based programs, we also examined participants' responses to taking part in violence-focused interviews. Drawing on systematic assessments of participants' responses to the research interviews, adolescents reported that the benefits of violence-focused interviews outweighed the costs. As evidence increasingly points to the need to screen for and address trauma as part of providing effective mental and physical healthcare, this study has implications for thinking about assessing violence exposure as a routine part of practice. Details: Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244086.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 131994

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Firearm Use in Violent Crime in the U.S. and Alaska, 1985�2012 Summary: This fact sheet presents Uniform Crime Report (UCR) statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and the Alaska Department of Public Safety (DPS) for the period from 1985�2012. The data presented primarily focuses on the use of firearms in the commission of three types of violent crime: (1) murder and nonnegligent manslaughter (homicide), (2) robbery, and (3) aggravated assault. In addition to firearms, data is presented on three other weapons categories � cutting instruments and knives; hands, fists, feet, or other physical force (strong-arm tactics); and other weapons � in order to report the proportion of crime attributable to each of the four weapons categories. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed March 21, 2014 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/ajsac/2013/ajsac.13-11.firearm_crime.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 131998

Author: Breiding, Matthew J. Title: Intimate Partner Violence in the United States - 2010. Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) is a significant public health problem. IPV includes physical violence, sexual violence, stalking, and psychological aggression (including coercive tactics) by a current or former intimate partner. In addition to the immediate impact, IPV has lifelong consequences. A number of studies have shown that beyond injury and death, victims of IPV are more likely to report a range of acute and chronic mental and physical health conditions (Black, 2011; Coker, Smith, & Fadden, 2005; Coker, Davis, Arias, Desai, Sanderson, Brandt, & Smith, 2002). Many survivors of these forms of violence experience physical injury; depression, anxiety, low self-esteem, and suicide attempts; and other health conditions such as gastro-intestinal disorders, substance abuse, sexually transmitted diseases, and gynecological or pregnancy complications. These conditions can lead to hospitalization, disability, or death. During the past decade, our understanding of the biological response to acute and chronic stress that links IPV with negative health conditions has deepened (Black, 2011; Crofford, 2007; Pico-Alfonso, Garcia-Linares, Celda-Navarro, Herbert, & Martinez, 2004). Additionally, a number of behavioral factors are likely to play a role in the link between IPV and adverse health conditions, as victims of IPV are more likely to smoke, engage in heavy/binge drinking, engage in behaviors that increase the risk of HIV, and endorse other unhealthy behaviors (Breiding, Black, & Ryan, 2008; Coker et al., 2002). Findings in this report are based on data from the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS). NISVS is an ongoing, nationally representative, random digit dial telephone survey that collects information about experiences of intimate partner violence, sexual violence, and stalking from non-institutionalized English- and/or Spanish-speaking women and men aged 18 or older in the United States. This report provides findings from the 2010 data collection pertaining to intimate partner violence. Some of the key topics covered in this report are: - Overall lifetime and 12-month prevalence of IPV victimization - Prevalence of IPV victimization by sociodemographic variables, such as race/ethnicity, sexual orientation, and income - Impact of IPV victimization - Characteristics of IPV victimization such as number of lifetime perpetrators, sex of perpetrator, and age at first IPV victimization - Services needed and disclosure related to IPV victimization The findings presented in this report are based on complete interviews from the NISVS survey. Complete interviews were obtained from 16,507 adults (9,086 women and 7,421 men) in 2010. The relative standard error (RSE), which is a measure of an estimate's reliability, was calculated for all estimates in this report. If the RSE was greater than 30%, the estimate was deemed unreliable and is not reported. Consideration was also given to the case count. If the estimate was based on a numerator < 20, the estimate is also not reported. Estimates for certain types of violence reported by subgroups are not shown because the number of people reporting a specific type of victimization was too few to calculate a reliable estimate. These non-reportable estimates are noted in the report so the reader can easily determine what was assessed and where gaps remain. A detailed description of the violence types measured, as well as the verbatim violence victimization questions, are presented in the Appendices of the report. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/cdc_nisvs_ipv_report_2013_v17_single_a.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 131999

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Exploring Sex Trafficking and Prostitution Demand During the Super Bowl Summary: Recent reports and dozens of news articles strongly point to the Super Bowl as the most prominent national event where sex trafficking flourishes, with estimates of as many as 10,000 victims flooding host cities to be offered to willing purchasers intent on buying sex. While this has attracted a great deal of attention in the media and has served as a key point in the national dialogue on sex trafficking, support for such assertions has been sparse. While some such inquiries have been conducted capably, evidence supported research on the influence of the Super Bowl on sex trafficking has been limited. With the support of the McCain Institute, researchers from Arizona State University, and Prascient Analytics sought to investigate and understand the true impact of the Super Bowl on sex trafficking. The goal of this endeavor was to further the national discussion on sex trafficking, understand its local and national impact, and to develop a baseline understanding of regional sex trafficking trends for the 2015 Super Bowl which will take place in Glendale, Arizona. This report is the first comprehensive and systematic attempt to add clarity to a complex, national epidemic. It provides new and useful information for the sex trafficking discussion with the clear understanding that the culture of sex trafficking is subject to many influences, only one of which is large national events like the Super Bowl. In this study, the authors made a number of interesting discoveries about sex trafficking, but found no evidence indicating the 2014 Super Bowl was a causal factor for sex trafficking in the northern New Jersey area in the days preceding the game. In anticipation of the suspected impact of the Super Bowl on sex trafficking, the coalition of law enforcement responsible for public safety took the necessary steps to be prepared for an increase in activity that exceeded their norm. Both the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the New Jersey State Police in New Jersey and the New York Police Department in New York City, the site of many Super Bowl related events, mounted significant investigations into sex trafficking before and during the Super Bowl resulting in the recovery of numerous victims and the arrest of numerous suspects. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, McCain Institute for International Leadership, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2014 at: https://ssw.asu.edu/research/stir/exploring-sex-trafficking-and-prostitution-demand-during-the-super-bowl-2014 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 104118

Author: Center for Health and Justice at TASC Title: No Entry: A National Survey of Criminal Justice Diversion Programs and Initiatives Summary: Across the United States, criminal justice systems are managing record numbers of people with rates of substance use and mental health disorders that are exponentially higher than those of the general public. In recent years, a confluence of factors has created fertile ground for broad-based improvements to criminal justice policy and practice, including overburdened courts, crowded jails and prisons, strained government budgets, advances in the science of drug use intervention and recovery, shifting public sentiment about drug policy, awareness of the negative and residual impacts of justice involvement on families and communities, and a preponderance of research on the effectiveness and cost efficiency of alternatives to incarceration. Now more than ever, and often with strong public support, legislators, prosecutors, judges, court administrators, corrections and probation officials, and the jurisdictions they serve are responding with community-based diversion alternatives, often incorporating substance use and mental health service or program components. Policy responses such as "justice reinvestment" have offered approaches that eschew tough-on-crime policies in favor of the deliberate and data-driven application of resources to solutions that will generate the greatest return to communities and taxpayers in terms of cost savings, public safety, longterm health and personal stability for justice-involved populations, and overall community improvement. It is among these efforts and in this environment that this national survey of diversion programs has been developed. This project set out to explore the landscape of diversion from criminal justice involvement, aiming to collect and present information about programs across the country that offer diversion as an alternative to traditional justice case processing. The effort was undertaken with the knowledge that a robust assortment of alternative options exists but may be absent from or underrepresented in national conversations, and therefore not available or obvious for consideration by other jurisdictions. Details: Chicago: Center for Health and Justice at TASC, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/sites/www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/files/publications/CHJ%20Diversion%20Report_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132002

Author: Hawaii Juvenile Justice Working Group Title: Final Report Summary: Over the last decade, Hawaii has made commendable improvements in its juvenile justice system. Juvenile arrests fell 28 percent, and the number of youth annually admitted to the Hawaii Youth Correctional Facility (HYCF) declined 41 percent. With declining juvenile arrests and fewer youth being removed from their homes, Hawaii has been headed in the right direction. Building on its success, the state should aspire to continual improvements. In order to keep heading in the right direction and to further the gains, youth-serving agencies-the Judiciary, the Office of Youth Services (OYS), and the Department of Health, Child and Adolescent Mental Health Division (CAMHD)-all agree that resources are needed to fully develop an effective continuum of services in Hawaii's communities. The current resources and means of accessing services allow youth to fall through the cracks. Additional resources for these youth would not only further reduce the number of commitments to HYCF and the detention home, but also help strengthen youth, families, and communities. While fewer in number, the youth who are committed to HYCF are staying longer. More youth enter HYCF for misdemeanors than felonies; more enter for property, drug and other nonviolent offenses than for person offenses; and nearly half have no prior felony adjudications. Each bed at HYCF costs state taxpayers $199,320 per year. Three-quarters of the youth who leave HYCF will be re-adjudicated delinquent or reconvicted within three years. While taking steps in the right direction, Hawaii should get better outcomes from the high costs of HYCF. Moreover, if effective alternatives were available, many of these youth could be held accountable and safely supervised in their communities at far lower cost. Every dollar spent on secure confinement is a dollar Hawaii could otherwise use to build the fully-resourced, evidence-based continuum of supervision and services for delinquent youth that was envisioned during the creation of OYS in 1989. Early access to substance abuse and mental health services is a necessary component of this continuum. Youth with urgent and critical needs must have access to needed treatments to prevent future delinquencies. As Hawaii strives to build up this continuum and provide these tools, the state recognizes that success - for Hawaii's youth, families, and communities - will require hard work, collaboration, compromise, and leadership. Without substantial additional resources allocated by the Legislature, the goal of improving the juvenile justice system in Hawaii cannot be realistically achieved. The agencies responsible for providing these services need the resources necessary to achieve these goals and appropriately serve youth. In August of 2013, Governor Neil Abercrombie, Chief Justice Mark Recktenwald, Senate President Donna Mercado Kim, and House Speaker Joseph Souki established the Hawaii Juvenile Justice Working Group to develop policy recommendations that will accelerate reductions in the state's use of secure beds for lower-level juvenile offenders while protecting public safety and increasing positive outcomes for youth, families, and communities. The Working Group was charged with analyzing Hawaii's data, policies, and practices; reviewing research on evidence-based principles and national best practices; and recommending policies that will move Hawaii toward a more effective, equitable and efficient juvenile justice system. The Working Group's efforts have resulted in a comprehensive set of policy recommendations that will improve the return Hawaii receives from its investment in juvenile justice. By focusing secure beds on juveniles who pose a public safety risk and strengthening community supervision practices across the islands, the recommendations will put more Hawaii youth on the track toward productive, law-abiding lives, and ensure that taxpayer resources are used efficiently. Taken together, the policies are expected to reduce the HYCF population by at least 60 percent by 2019, producing savings of at least $11 million dollars over the next five fiscal years, and provide for reinvestment in local jurisdictions. With those reinvestments, family court judges and probation officers will have more effective supervision and rehabilitation options, leading to reduced recidivism and increased public safety. Details: Honolulu: Hawaii Juvenile Justice Working Group, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.pewstates.org/uploadedFiles/JJRI-Working-Group-Final-Report-Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 132005

Author: Bloom, Robert M. Title: The Fourth Amendment Fetches Fido: New Approaches to Dog Sniffs Summary: Dogs' relationship to man as hunters, finders, protectors, and friends has existed for thousands of years. Today dogs serve very important law enforcement functions as sniffers in the investigation of crimes and other threats to society. The Fourth Amendment of the United States Constitution is of comparatively more recent vintage and seeks to protect the individual's privacy from infringement by the government. This Article deals with the Fourth Amendment implications when the government infringement is a dog sniff. In the Supreme Court's latest decision on dogs Florida v. Jardines, Franky, a drug-detection dog, walked onto the porch of Mr. Jardines' home, sniffed around and alerted his handler that drugs were inside the house. From this alert, the police obtained a search warrant for the home where they discovered a marijuana growing operation. The issue before the Court was whether Franky's sojourn to the porch constituted a Fourth Amendment search requiring justification and a warrant. Justice Scalia wrote for the Court in Florida v. Jardines and utilized a property based analysis in his desire to keep "easy cases easy." He held that uninvited sniffs of the home from the porch implicated the Fourth Amendment. This so called easy approach left several questions unanswered. This Article attempts to examine some of these questions, including what would happen if the dog sniff had occurred on a public sidewalk or if the dog sniff was of a person in a public place. Additionally, this Article explores the rationale for classifying dog sniffs as sui generis, thereby not implicating the Fourth Amendment. It debunks this rationale and suggests a more effective way to deal with dog sniffs in the future. Details: Boston: Boston College Law School, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal STudies Research Paper Series; Research Paper 315: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2330969## Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Canine Searches Shelf Number: 132006

Author: Frydman, Lisa Title: A Treacherous Journey: Child Migrants Navigating the U.S. Immigration System Summary: A Treacherous Journey: Child Migrants Navigating the U.S. Immigration System addresses the issues raised by the recent historic and unabated increase in the number of children coming unaccompanied - without a parent or legal guardian - to the United States. From 6,000-8,000 unaccompanied children entering U.S. custody, the numbers surged to 13,625 in Fiscal Year 2012 and 24,668 in Fiscal Year 2013. The government has predicted that as many as 60,000 or more unaccompanied children could enter the United States in Fiscal Year 2014. These children come from all over the world, but the majority arrive from Mexico and Central America, in particular the Northern Triangle countries of El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras. Children come unaccompanied to the United States for a range of reasons. Numerous reports and the children themselves say that increasing violence in their home communities and a lack of protection against this violence spurred them to flee. Children also travel alone to escape severe intrafamilial abuse, abandonment, exploitation, deep deprivation, forced marriage, or female genital cutting. Others are trafficked to the United States for sexual or labor exploitation. Upon arrival, some children reunite with family members they have not seen in many years, but their migration is often motivated by violence and other factors, in addition to family separation. Their journeys may be as harrowing as the experiences they are fleeing, with children often facing sexual violence or other abuses as they travel. The children's challenges continue when U.S. immigration authorities apprehend them, take them into the custody of the federal government, and place them in deportation proceedings. There, they are treated as "adults in miniature" and have no right to appointed counsel and no one to protect their best interests as children in the legal system. In addition, existing forms of immigration relief do not provide sufficient safeguards to protect against deportation when it is contrary to their best interests. Details: San Francisco: Center for Gender & Refugee Studies, University of California Hastings College of the Law; Washington, DC: Kids in Need of Defense, 2014. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.uchastings.edu/centers/cgrs-docs/treacherous_journey_cgrs_kind_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 132011

Author: Ritter, Amber Title: The Predictive Validity of MACI Derived Clusters for Juvenile Sex Offenders Summary: The Millon Adolescent Clinical Inventory scores from 648 juvenile sex offenders aged 12 - 19 (M = 15.88, SD = 1.43) were examined using cluster analysis in order to replicate five personality-based clusters identified in a previous study (Loper 2008). However, only three of the five clusters were able to be replicated in the population. The current cluster analysis identified the following five clusters: the Anxious/Submissive/Passive cluster, the Disorganized Disturbed cluster, the Dysthymic/Shame-Based/Negative Self-Image cluster, the Narcissistic/Delinquent cluster, and the Situational Offender cluster. Significant differences were observed between the clusters regarding history of sexual abuse, history of physical abuse, history of neglect, history of trauma, mental health treatment, previous and current psychotropic medication, the gender of the victim in the index offense, the victim's age relative to the offender's age in the index offense, and the age of the first victim. Cluster membership was unrelated to the perpetrator's relationship with the victim in the index offense, physical intrusiveness involved in the index offense, use of restraints in the index offense, age of the juvenile sex offender, juvenile sex offender's age at first sexual abuse and physical abuse, and the number of victims. The recidivism data were collected from between 1 to 10.5 years (M = 4.55, SD = 2.77). However, no significant differences were found between the Kaplan-Meier survival curve estimates for non-violent, violent, or sexual re-arrest. Details: Auburn, AL: Auburn University, 2013. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://etd.auburn.edu/bitstream/handle/10415/3820/Dissertation%20Final%202013.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 132012

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Colorado Title: Out of Sight, Out of Mind: Colorado's continued warehousing of mentally ill prisoners in solitary confinement Summary: This report examines past and continued use of solitary confinement by the Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC) to manage mentally ill prisoners; considers the moral, fiscal, safety and legal implications of CDOC's continued warehousing of mentally ill prisoners in solitary confinement; and makes recommendations to bring Colorado's prisons in line with modern psychiatric, correctional and legal standards. The report draws on 18 months of research by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) of Colorado, which included correspondence with mentally ill prisoners housed in solitary confinement by CDOC; analysis of data provided by the CDOC in response to over a dozen public records requests by the ACLU, as well as other publicly available CDOC records; in-depth review of several prisoner mental health files; extensive written and in-person dialogue with CDOC's executive team; on site visits to CDOC; and multiple consultations with correctional and psychiatric experts. Details: Denver: ACLU of Colorado, 2013, 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://aclu-co.org/wp-content/uploads/files/imce/ACLU-CO%20Report%20on%20Solitary%20Confinement_2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Inmates Shelf Number: 132013

Author: Tennessee Economic Council on Women Title: The Economic Impact of Violence Against Women in Tennessee Summary: Violence is a thief. In much the same way that a robust education can open minds to new opportunities and unprecedented achievement, violence closes doors and cripples the human ability to grow and innovate. At the hands of a stranger, and even more often a loved one, women in Tennessee are being coerced, intimidated, battered and assaulted in alarming numbers. In recent years, our state has regularly ranked among the worst in the country when counting the number of women murdered by men, and estimates indicate that one in three women will experience domestic or sexual violence in their lifetime. The immediate implications of these crimes are daunting. This report reveals that, across the state, communities spend or lose at least $886 million each year as a result of recent violence committed against women. By focusing on the immediate impact on the public, however, this figure only hints at the most significant cost: Crimes like domestic violence, human sex trafficking and sexual assault have a lasting impact on a victim's ability to earn for herself, to provide for her family, to live a healthy, pain-free life, and to reach her full potential in her community. The reality of this hardship is personal and immeasurable, but the way in which violence can derail a woman's ability to excel, or to more fully contribute to her community, has ramifications that extend deeply into each of our lives. The chief goal of this effort is to explore the costs that we incur under the current low-budget, response-oriented approach to these crimes, and to highlight the potential return on investment that a robust push for prevention could bring by weakening the generational cycle of violence that feeds this suffering. If there is a secondary goal for this document; it is to expose certain truths about these heinous crimes with the aim of promoting a more productive public response. Foremost among these are that : (1) Domestic violence is not a family matter, with limited impact on the wellbeing of others. It is, in fact, one of the most debilitating and prevalent crimes in our society and it perpetually extracts costs, both immediate and long-term, from every single one of us. (2) Prostitution is not a profession willingly chosen; it is a suffering of last resort that desperate women and children are forced into, or fall back upon to survive. It is an abominable form of modern slavery perpetrated by predatory traffickers and the reckless purchasers of forced sex, which challenges the humanity of the individual and the dignity of their community. (3) It is in the best interest of all Tennesseans to recognize that a child should not be born into a unique likelihood of rape, abuse, or violation because of her gender. Crimes that victimize women in such tremendous volume and specificity have compounding effects on our society and economy, and by derailing the lives of so very many, they serve to impede an entire gender's collective ability to achieve its full socio-economic potential. Details: Nashville: Tennessee Economic Council on Women, 2013. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.tennesseewomen.org/2013vawreport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 132028

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: An Evaluation of the Minnesota Comprehensive Offender Reentry Plan (MCORP) Pilot Project: Final Report Summary: Using a randomized experimental design, this study evaluated the effectiveness of the Minnesota Comprehensive Offender Reentry Plan (MCORP), a prisoner reentry pilot project implemented in 2008. In an effort to reduce recidivism, the MCORP pilot project attempted to increase offender access to community services and programming by producing greater case management collaboration between caseworkers in prison and supervision agents in the community. Results from Cox regression models showed that MCORP significantly reduced four of the five recidivism measures examined, although the size of the reduction in hazard ratios was relatively modest (20-25 percent). The findings further suggested that MCORP reduced costs. Sensitivity analyses showed, however, that the cost avoidance estimates were not robust across all assumptions that were examined. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/pages/files/8913/8142/3580/MCORP_Evaluation_Final_DOC_Website.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 132030

Author: Wright, Richard Title: Less Cash, Less Crime: Evidence from the Electronic Benefit Transfer Program Summary: It has been long recognized that cash plays a critical role in fueling street crime due to its liquidity and transactional anonymity. In poor neighborhoods where street offenses are concentrated, a significant source of circulating cash stems from public assistance or welfare payments. In the 1990s, the Federal government mandated individual states to convert the delivery of their welfare benefits from paper checks to an Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) system, whereby recipients received and expended their funds through debit cards. In this paper, we examine whether the reduction in the circulation of cash on the streets associated with EBT implementation had an effect on crime. To address this question, we exploit the variation in the timing of the EBT implementation across Missouri counties. Our results indicate that the EBT program had a negative and significant effect on the overall crime rate as well as burglary, assault, and larceny. According to our point estimates, the overall crime rate decreased by 9.8 percent in response to the EBT program. We also find a negative effect on arrests, especially those associated with non-drug offenses. EBT implementation had no effect on rape, a crime that is unlikely to be motivated by the acquisition of cash. Interestingly, the significant drop in crime in the United States over several decades has coincided with a period of steady decline in the proportion of financial transactions involving cash. In that sense, our findings serve as a fresh contribution to the important debate surrounding the factors underpinning the great American crime decline. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 19996: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w19996.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Shelf Number: 132035

Author: Steinberg, Matthew P. Title: Student and Teacher Safety in Chicago Public Schools: The Roles of Community Context and School Social Organization Summary: This research report finds that students and teachers feel much safer in some Chicago Public Schools than others, and the best predictor of whether students and teachers feel safe is the quality of relationships inside the school building. The report, Student and Teacher Safety in Chicago Public Schools, found that schools serving students from high-crime, high-poverty areas tended to feel less safe; however, demographics were not deterministic of safety. In fact, disadvantaged schools with high-quality relationships actually felt safer than advantaged schools with low-quality relationships. Details: Chicago: Consortium on Chicago School Research at the University of Chicago Urban Education Institute, 2011. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2014 at: http://ccsr.uchicago.edu/sites/default/files/publications/SAFETY%20IN%20CPS.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 132041

Author: Nelson, Heidi D. Title: Behavioral Interventions and Counseling to Prevent Child Abuse and Neglect: Systematic Review to Update the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Summary: Purpose: To review new evidence on the benefits and harms of behavioral interventions and counseling in health care settings to reduce child abuse and neglect and related health outcomes for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Data Sources: MEDLINE and PsycINFO (January 2002 to June 2012), Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials and Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (second quarter 2012), Scopus, and reference lists were searched for English-language trials of the effectiveness of behavioral interventions and counseling and studies of any design about adverse effects. Data Synthesis: Eleven fair-quality randomized trials of interventions and no studies of adverse effects met inclusion criteria. A trial of risk assessment and interventions for abuse and neglect in pediatric clinics for families with children age 5 years and younger indicated reduced physical assault, Child Protective Services reports, medical care nonadherence, and immunization delay among screened children. Ten trials of early childhood home visitation reported reduced Child Protective Services reports, emergency department visits, hospitalizations, and self-reports of abuse and neglect or improved adherence to immunizations and well-child care, although results were inconsistent. Limitations: Trials were limited by heterogeneity, low adherence, high loss to followup, and lack of standardized measures. Conclusions: Risk assessment and behavioral interventions in pediatric clinics reduced abuse and neglect outcomes for young children. Early childhood home visitation also reduced abuse and neglect, but results were inconsistent. Additional research on interventions to prevent child abuse and neglect is needed. Details: Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Evidence Synthesis Number 98: Accessed April 8, 2014 at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK117232/pdf/TOC.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 132045

Author: White House Council on Women and Girls Title: Rape and Sexual Assault: A Renewed Call to Action Summary: This report analyzes the most recent, reliable data about rape and sexual assault in our country. It identifies those most at risk of being victims of these crimes, examines the cost of this violence (both to survivors and our communities), and describes the response, too often inadequate, of the criminal justice system. The report catalogues steps this Administration has taken to combat rape and sexual assault, and identifies areas for further action. An overview of the problem: - Women and girls are the vast majority of victims: nearly 1 in 5 women - or nearly 22 million - have been raped in their lifetimes. - Men and boys, however, are also at risk: 1 in 71 men - or almost 1.6 million - have been raped during their lives. - Women of all races are targeted, but some are more vulnerable than others: 33.5% of multiracial women have been raped, as have 27% of American Indian and Alaska Native women, compared to 15% of Hispanic, 22% of Black, and 19% of White women. - Most victims know their assailants. - The vast majority (nearly 98%) of perpetrators are male. - Young people are especially at risk: nearly half of female survivors were raped before they were 18, and over one-quarter of male survivors were raped before they were 10. College students are particularly vulnerable: 1 in 5 women has been sexually assaulted while in college. - Repeat victimization is common: over a third of women who were raped as minors were also raped as adults. Other populations are also at higher risk of being raped or sexually assaulted, including people with disabilities, the LGBT community, prison inmates (of both genders), and the homeless. Undocumented immigrants face unique challenges, because their abusers often threaten to have them deported if they try to get help. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: October 5, 2017 at: https://www.knowyourix.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/sexual_assault_report_1-21-14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 132046

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: The Past, Present, and Possible Future of Desk Appearance Tickets in New York City Summary: Desk Appearance Tickets (DATs) are used in New York City to reduce unnecessary incarceration in misdemeanor cases. In a DAT arrest, the suspect is released with a ticket instructing him or her to appear in court on a specified date for arraignment. This report examines historical trends in the use of DATs and analyzes factors driving their recent expansion. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2014 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/research/The%20Past,%20Present,%20and%20Possible%20Future%20of%20Desk%20Appearance%20Tickets%20in%20New%20York%20City%20-%20NYCJA%202014%20.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132055

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Playbook for Change? States Reconsider Mandatory Sentences Summary: Since 2000, at least 29 states have taken steps to roll back mandatory sentences, with 32 bills passed in just the last five years. Most legislative activity has focused on adjusting penalties for nonviolent drug offenses through the use of one or a combination of the following reform approaches: 1) expanding judicial discretion through the creation of so-called "safety value" provisions, 2) limiting automatic sentence enhancements, and 3) repealing or revising mandatory minimum sentences. In this policy report, Vera's Center on Sentencing and Corrections summarizes state-level mandatory sentencing reforms since 2000, raises questions about their impact, and offers recommendations to jurisdictions considering similar efforts Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/mandatory-sentences-policy-report-v2b.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 132066

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Billion Dollar Divide: Virginia's Sentencing, Corrections and Criminal Justice Challenge Summary: Billion Dollar Divide points to racial disparities, skewed fiscal priorities, and missed opportunities for improvements through proposed legislation, and calls for reforms to the commonwealth's sentencing, corrections and criminal justice system. While other states are successfully reforming their sentencing laws, parole policies and drug laws, Virginia is lagging behind and spending significant funds that could be used more effectively to benefit public safety in the commonwealth. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/billiondollardivide.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 132068

Author: Alpert, Geoffrey P. Title: Building Bridges Between Police Researchers and Practitioners: Agents of Change in a Complex World Summary: The present study uses a mixed-methods research strategy to examine police practitioner-researcher partnerships. The study has two primary research objectives: (1) examine the prevalence of police practitioner-researcher partnerships in the United States; and (2) examine the factors that prevent or facilitate the development and sustainability of police practitioner-researcher partnerships. The subsequent goals to be accomplished through these objectives are as follows: (1) identify the current level of participation in partnerships with researchers among law enforcement agencies; (2) identify the characteristics of agencies who participate in these partnerships; and (3) gain an understanding of the important lessons learned from practitioners and researchers for forming these partnerships in order to inform future participants in these efforts. The study employs three data-collection strategies to accomplish these objectives and goals. First, a nationally-representative sample of law enforcement agencies was surveyed to capture the prevalence of police practitioner-researcher partnerships and associated information. Second, practitioner and researcher representatives from 89 separate partnerships were interviewed, which were identified through the national survey. The interviews were the primary data-collection effort for gaining insight into the barriers to and facilitators of the development and sustainability of these partnerships, as well as the benefits of partnering. Third, four case studies were conducted on model partnerships that were identified during interviews with practitioners and researchers. While these case studies provide a detailed look at sustainable partnerships, the primary purpose of the case studies is to support a multimedia component of this study. The videos that represent this multimedia component convey important information from one peer to another. This strategy is directed to the practitioner community in order to facilitate dissemination of these important relationships by credible sources. This strategy is directed to the practitioner community in order to facilitate dissemination of these important relationships by credible sources. The national survey revealed that the level of participation in partnerships with researchers by law enforcement agencies is low overall, with only 32% of responding agencies reporting involvement in these relationships. Further examination of the characteristics of these partnerships shows overall participation in formal, short-term and long-term partnerships were less common, 18% and 10% respectively. Participation in either of these formal partnerships is correlated with the size of the agency. Partnerships are also more common among municipal police departments and state law enforcement agencies compared to county agencies. Lastly, agencies which report they use information sources produced by the research community are more likely to engage in partnerships, particularly for those agencies who reported the use of information provided by the National Institute of Justice. The practitioner and researcher interviews provided important lessons and informal rules necessary to engaging in successful partnerships, which can be grouped into three general areas. First, there are structural characteristics that partners have to negotiate, such as how the partnership will be supported, geographic proximity of partners, permanency of key participants, and the institutional demands for both partners. Second, both parties need to have values that orient them to partnership participation. The agency and its members need to see value in the incorporation of research and involvement of outside researchers, as well as being open to changing the way they do business. The researcher has to emphasize the desire to help and not judge the agency, have a shared stake in improving the agency and community, and value the knowledge of practitioners. Third, both parties have to effectively manage their interpersonal relationship. This involves establishing trust between partnership members and effective and ongoing communication about the expectations, roles, and products of the partnership process. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2013. 297p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244345.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 132080

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: How Effective is Correctional Education, and Where Do We Go from Here? The Results of a Comprehensive Evaluation Summary: Each year, more than 700,000 incarcerated individuals leave federal and state prisons; within three years of release, 40 percent will have committed new crimes or violated the terms of their release and be reincarcerated. Although a number of factors impede the ability of ex-offenders to successfully reintegrate into communities and, thus, affect recidivism rates, one key factor is that many ex-offenders do not have the knowledge, training, and skills to support a successful return to their communities. Research, for example, shows that ex-offenders, on average, are less educated than the general population: 37 percent of individuals in state prisons had attained less than a high school education in 2004, compared with 19 percent of the general U.S. population age 16 and over; 16.5 percent of state prisoners had just a high school diploma, compared with 26 percent of the general population; and 14.4 percent of state prison inmates had at least some postsecondary education, compared with 51 percent of the general U.S. adult population. Moreover, literacy levels for the prison population also tend to be lower than that of the general U.S. population. This lower level of educational attainment represents a significant challenge for exoffenders returning to local communities, because it impedes their ability to find employment. A lack of vocational skills and a steady history of employment also have an impact, with research showing that incarceration impacts unemployment and earnings in a number of ways, including higher unemployment rates for ex-offenders and lower hourly wages when they are employed. Also, individuals being released to the community face a very different set of job market needs than ever before, given the growing role of computer technology and the need for at least basic computer skills. Given these gaps in educational attainment and vocational skills and the impact they have on ex-offenders, one strategy is to provide education to inmates while they are incarcerated, so that they have the skills to support a successful return to their communities. Historically, support for educational programs within correctional settings has waxed and waned over time as the nation�s philosophy of punishment has shifted from rehabilitation to crime control. Although there is general consensus today that education is an important component of rehabilitation, the question remains: How effective is it in helping to reduce recidivism and improve postrelease employment outcomes? The question is especially salient as the nation as a whole and states in particular have struggled with the need to make spending cuts to all social programs due to the recession of 2008 and its long aftermath. With funding from the Second Chance Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-199), the U.S. Justice Department's Bureau of Justice Assistance awarded RAND a cooperative agreement in 2010 to comprehensively examine the current state of correctional education for incarcerated adults and juveniles, where it is headed, which correctional education programs are effective, and how effective programs can be implemented across different settings. The study was designed to address the following key questions of importance to the field of correctional education: 1. What is known about the effectiveness of correctional education programs for incarcerated adults? 2. What is known about the effectiveness of correctional education programs for juvenile offenders? 3. What does the current landscape of correctional education look like in the United States, and what are some emerging issues and trends to consider? 4. What recommendations emerge from the study for the U.S. Department of Justice and other federal departments to further the field of correction education, and where are there gaps in our knowledge? What promising practices, if any, emerge from this review and evaluation? To address these questions, we used a mixed-methods approach. This report first presents a summary of the prior systematic literature review and meta-analysis of adult correctional education programs (Davis et al., 2013), which included studies completed between 1980 and 2011. It then presents two new sections: a systematic literature review of primary studies of correctional education programs for juveniles and a nationwide web-based survey of state correctional education directors. We conclude with a set of recommendations for moving the field forward. For purposes of our study, we defined correctional education for incarcerated adults as including the following: - Adult basic education: basic skills instruction in arithmetic, reading, writing, and, if needed, English as a second language (ESL) - Adult secondary education: instruction to complete high school or prepare for a certificate of high school equivalency, such as the General Education Development (GED) certificate - Vocational education or career technical education (CTE): training in general employment skills and in skills for specific jobs or industries - Postsecondary education: college-level instruction that enables an individual to earn college credit that may be applied toward a two- or four-year postsecondary degree. To meet our definition of correctional education, the program had to be administered at least partly within a correctional facility. Programs that also included a postrelease transition component remained eligible as long as part of the program was administered in a correctional setting. For the juvenile program systematic review, we define incarcerated youth as individuals under age 21 who are legally assigned to correctional facilities as a result of arrest, detainment for court proceedings, adjudication by a juvenile court, or conviction in an adult criminal court (Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013). We define correctional education as any academic or vocational education/CTE program provided within the correctional facility setting, regardless of jurisdiction. As with our adult review, we permitted eligible interventions for juveniles to include an aftercare (postrelease) component, but the interventions had to be delivered primarily in the correctional facility. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR564/RAND_RR564.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 132085

Author: Nobles, James Title: Health Services in State Correctional Facilities: Evaluation Report Summary: The Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) provides health services to inmates through a combination of its own employees and contracted services. Inmates have considerable access to health care, although several important access issues merit attention. DOC has not established a sufficiently coordinated, comprehensive approach for managing the care of individuals with chronic conditions. The prison system's residential unit for persons with serious mental illness has increasingly provided crisis and stabilization services rather than therapeutic treatment. DOC's compliance with professional standards is mixed, with room for improvement. DOC has not developed a comprehensive staffing plan for health services. Mechanisms for oversight, accountability, and quality improvement for DOC health services have been limited. DOC has not regularly obtained information that would help it ensure that the administrative costs and profits of its health services contractor are reasonable. DOC policy requires copayments in a more limited set of circumstances than indicated by Minnesota statutes. Details: St. Paul, MN: Program Evaluation Division, Office of the Legislative Auditor, State of Minnesota, 2014. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/prisonhealth.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 132086

Author: Goldschmidt, Pete Title: The Long-Term Effects of After-School Programming on Educational Adjustment and Juvenile Crime: A Study of the LA.s BEST After-School Program Summary: Widespread interest in the impact of after-school programs on youth development has increased dramatically over the past several years. Although research has investigated the short-term impact of programs on academic and social student development, there is limited research on the long-term effectiveness of after-school programs in lowering rates of juvenile crime. This study bridges that research gap and presents results from an evaluation of the effectiveness of LA's BEST - the largest urban-based, after-school program in Los Angeles County - on long-term academic achievement growth and juvenile crime. This research tracked the academic and juvenile crime histories for a sample of 6,000 students, 2,000 students participating in LA's BEST and 4,000 matched control students not participating in LA's BEST. We used multilevel propensity scores to match control to treatment students and applied multilevel longitudinal models and multilevel survival analyses methods to analyze the data. Results indicate that students' engagement in the program is a strong mediating factor of program effectiveness. The key element of positive program impact is student engagement, as indicated by a medium to high average monthly attendance, and by significant adult contact of at least one additional adult (volunteer) per day. Student participants, who attended sites with a higher average of adult volunteerism, demonstrate modest achievement gains compared to students who did not participate in LA's BEST. Likewise, students who consistently attended LA's BEST demonstrate a substantively significant reduction in the juvenile crime hazard compared to participants with inconsistent attendance, and compared to students in the control group. Benefit-cost analyses indicate that results are sensitive to assumptions regarding the value of avoided costs from prevented crimes. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, National Center for Research on Evaluation, Standards, and Student Testing (CRESST), 2007. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.lasbest.org/download/dept-of-justice-final-report Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: After-School Programs Shelf Number: 132087

Author: Gross, Laura Adams Title: Struggling for Success: The Role of Social Support in Female Reentry Pathways Summary: This research explores the gendered reentry experience of females on parole in Massachusetts in order to understand the role that social support and parole services play in the negotiation of the process of desistance and reentry. Using a mixed-methodological approach including field observations of Regional Parole Offices and community-contracted Transitional Housing Programs (n= 300 hours), narrative interviews and social support surveys conducted with high-risk female parolees living in transitional housing (n=22; 38 interviews), and a time-to-recidivism survival analysis of all active female parolees under supervision in Massachusetts from 2006-2009 (N= 2405) this research asked: (1) how do women conceptualize successful pathways to reentry? (2) What role does social support plays in the negotiation of these successful reentry pathways? And (3) what role do MA Parole supportive services play in the construction and maintenance of successful reentry pathways? Women take three gendered pathways to successful reentry: reunification with children, recovery from substance abuse, and economic demarginalization. Success was experienced within these gendered pathways through adoption of transformational identity narratives based on personal empowerment, independence and overcoming adversity that the women had to adopt due to significant deficits in social support networks. This necessary self-reliance is distinct from other (Maruna, 2001) notions of agency and scripts for change in desistance literature for these narratives represented campaigns for reclaiming traditional femininity. Significant instability and upheaval in release plans for high-risk female parolees (20% of the population) accounted for most instances of failures; most occurring in the first ten weeks post-release. Findings suggest (1) broad practical and theoretical implications for the concept of gendered reentry, (2) that social support mechanisms are gendered in the reentry context, (3) MA Parole service delivery model can be updated to better address the reentry needs of women, and (4) that more feminist research into the female experience of reentry is necessary to replicate these findings. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2013. 342p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/criminology_diss/8/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 132088

Author: Suitts, Steve Title: Just Learning: The Imperative to Transform Juvenile Justice Systems Into Effective Educational Systems. A Study of Juvenile Justice Schools in the South and the Nation Summary: The most disadvantaged, troubled students in the South and the nation attend schools in the juvenile justice systems. These children, mostly teenagers, usually are behind in school, possess substantial learning disabilities, exhibit recognizable behavioral problems, and are coping with serious emotional or psychological problems. They are often further behind and hampered with more personal problems than any other identifiable group of students in the nation's elementary and secondary schools. Very often they are confined in large, overly restrictive institutional facilities that are operated without priority or focus on their education. Most juvenile justice schools have such low expectations of student academic performance that they usually report only if students gained or failed to gain basic skills during their period of custody. These reports are usually recorded only for a small fraction of the students who are in the juvenile justice systems. As a result, most students come in and out of the juvenile justice systems with little or no real regard for their education. A large majority of these students, year after year in the South and the nation, have been African American and Hispanic males. Only 37 percent of these students have been confined for some type of harm to others. Almost another one-third has been put under the custody of the juvenile justice system because of a delinquency that did not involve harm to property or persons. Their ages range annually from less than 10 years old to around 21. The majority are in their mid-teens. There is every reason to predict that today most of these students, like those who came before them in the juvenile justice systems, will never receive a high school diploma or a college degree, will be arrested and confined again as a juvenile or adult, and will rarely, if ever, become self-supporting, law-abiding citizens during most of their lives. Yet, substantial evidence shows that, if these children improve their education and start to become successful students in the juvenile justice systems, they will have a far greater chance of finding a turning point in their lives and becoming independent, contributing adults. The cost savings for states and state governments could be enormous. Unlike past era, a young person who enters and leaves the juvenile justice system in the 21st century without a trajectory for achieving more than a high school diploma will likely fail to become a successful and contributing adult. This failure will cost society far more than it should have to pay, and there will be no justice for students or the larger society from a juvenile justice system that fails to improve education for the children in its custody. The nation and its most disadvantaged, troubled youth deserve better. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Education Foundation, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://www.southerneducation.org/getattachment/b80f7aad-405d-4eed-a966-8d7a4a12f5be/Just-Learning-Executive-Summary.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disadvantaged Youth Shelf Number: 132092

Author: Applied Research Services, Inc. Title: Georgia Drug Arrest Trends: The Supply-Side Model of Drug Interdiction in Georgia Summary: The present report serves as the preamble to a larger study of Georgia's Multi-jurisdictional Drug Task Forces (MJTF). In this quasi-experimental analysis of MJTF and non-MJTF jurisdictions, we examine arrest and conviction data from the state Computerized Criminal History (CCH) database as well as a number of other sources. One reason for pursuing this longitudinal study first is to ensure this particular period does not present any temporal issues that could confound the analysis. Specifically, Georgia has, along with the rest of the nation, seen significant decreases in crime over the past few years. As this study will report, Georgia's overall arrest rates have plummeted since the 2008 recession. While declining arrest rates are predictable given the drop in reported crime rates, the recession may have had a particular period effect that needs to be taken into consideration during the propensity matching phase of the MJTF study. In essence, this report accomplishes the following as a means of providing a context for the larger study and report: - Introduce the Supply-Side theory of drug interdiction; - Introduce our use of "Criminal Career" methods to study crime trends in Georgia; - Discuss and distinguish between Participation and Frequency as components of crime rates; - Discuss use of CCH data within the context of criminal career methods as a means of testing the effectiveness of Supply-Side approaches; - Discuss falling crime rates as a counterfactual; - Demonstrate the effectiveness of the supply-side approach and the differential effectiveness of the MJTFs by demonstrating: o Increased number of high-level drug arrests (larger quantities, trafficking offenses) in MJTF counties, as compared to non-MJTF counties o Larger decreases in smaller-level offenses (users), especially first-time offenses in MJTF counties, as compared to non-MJTF counties; - Discuss how drug prices have fluctuated in Georgia and the relationship of this fluctuation to drug interdiction methods. Details: Atlanta: Georgia Governor's Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://cjcc.georgia.gov/sites/cjcc.georgia.gov/files/related_files/site_page/Georgia%20Drug%20Arrest%20Trends_9.30.13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 132094

Author: Fautsko, Timothy F. Title: Status of Court Security in State Courts -- A National Perspective Summary: According to incident data gathered by the Center for Judicial and Executive Security (CJES), the number of security threats and violent incidents in court buildings has increased dramatically in recent years. While security threats and violent incidents are on the rise, available funding from state and local governments for security staffing and equipment to protect courts is becoming increasingly limited. The National Center for State Courts (NCSC) received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) to produce a comprehensive report on the status of court building security in this country. The report is organized to assist state and local, as well as tribal, native, and territorial courts to improve court security by assessing the current state of affairs regarding court building and courtroom security, identifying critical needs to improve security, and matching available resources to identified gaps and needs. In the development of this report, significant information that NCSC compiled with respect to court building and courtroom security assessments was reviewed and analyzed. The review included an analysis of NCSC's security assessment reports of over 225 court buildings, which contain a wealth of information regarding what courts do and do not have in place in the way of policies, procedures, staffing, equipment, and training. Further, the review included a comprehensive analysis of the information and data gathered by CJES, which examined court building shootings, bombings, arson attacks, and other court-targeted acts of violence. In addition to the review and analysis component of the study, a comprehensive web survey of a number of state, local, tribal, native, and territorial courts was conducted. A telephone survey was also conducted of all state court security directors. The responses to both of the surveys were used to identify: (1) what various courts have in place in the way of security; (2) the most critical needs that courts have in relation to security; and (3) the sources of funding courts have utilized to address critical needs. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2013. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/facilities/id/184 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Building Security Shelf Number: 132096

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: SMART Approaches to Reducing Gun Violence Summary: Despite significant decreases in crime nationwide, America continues to experience criminal gun violence at extraordinarily high levels - more than 11,000 individuals are murdered by firearms and 75,000 are treated for nonfatal gunshot wounds at hospitals annually, and these incidents are certainly undercounted in our statistics. Beyond the devastating toll measured in injuries and loss of life, gun violence also imposes a heavy burden on our standard of living, from increased fear and reduced quality of life to depressed property values. While the public tends to focus its attention on mass shootings, the most common forms of gun violence occur on a daily basis involving gang members, violent youth, and others involved in crime. As a result, local police departments are in a strategic position on the front lines poised to curb or even prevent gun crime, injuries, and deaths. In response, a number of departments are experimenting with new, evidence-based strategies and tactics aimed at addressing the chronic and pervasive gun violence problem. Yet, the question remains: Can the police effectively reduce and prevent gun crimes and associated violence? The Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) emerged on the law enforcement landscape in 2009. With SPI, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) sought to identify effective and efficient solutions to chronic local crime problems, including gun violence. This program provides a valuable opportunity for local police agencies to partner with academic researchers and rigorously assess whether gun violence reduction strategies have the intended effects on crime, violence, and communities. Indeed, nine of thirty-five SPI-funded police agencies nationwide have targeted gun violence as part of their Smart Policing Initiatives (Boston, MA; Los Angeles, CA; Baltimore, MD; Joliet, IL; Las Vegas, NV; Cambridge/Somerville/Everett, MA; Kansas City, MO; Rochester, NY; and East Palo Alto, CA). This Spotlight report reviews the common strategies that police have employed across those nine sites. These evidence-based strategies, which reflect core tenets of the SPI, are grounded in a risk-focused framework that recognizes the importance of targeting efforts on the places, people, and times at greatest threat of violence. The common strategies identified for implementation in the nine SPI sites include: - Targeting persistent gun violence hot spots - Targeting prolific offenders in persistent hot spots - Employing new technologies and advanced crime analysis - Engaging a wide range of collaborative partners - Conducting advanced problem analysis We prepared the Gun Violence Spotlight to further the national conversation on the gun violence problem and to provide a resource for local officials seeking to make informed, evidence-based decisions regarding their prevention, intervention, and suppression efforts. Though many of the SPI projects are ongoing, several sites have produced important findings, derived through rigorous research methodologies, which indicate that their interventions have effectively reduced gun violence: - Boston's problem-oriented strategy focusing on micro-level hot spots reduced aggravated assaults by more than 15 percent, violent crime by more than 17 percent, and robberies by more than 19 percent. - Baltimore's strategy of targeted enforcement within selected crime hot spots reduced homicides by 27 percent; and a related focused deterrence intervention reduced non-fatal shootings in one neighborhood by 40 percent. - Baltimore's Gun Offender Registry reduced gun-related re-offending risks among participants by 92 percent. - Los Angeles' LASER initiative, which combined place and offender strategies with the use of criminal intelligence data, reduced homicides by more than 22 percent per month in the target division (Newton), and gun crimes by 5 percent in each reporting district of the target division. The Boston, Baltimore, and Los Angeles findings are certainly encouraging, and they strongly suggest that the SPI has generated significant declines in gun crime and related violence. Results for other SPI sites will be forthcoming in the near future. This Spotlight identifies a number of next steps for addressing gun violence, most notably the development of supply-side approaches that disrupt illicit gun supply lines and combat illegal gun sales. Details: Washington, DC: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Smart Policing Initiative Spotlight Report: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/SPIGunViolenceSpotlight.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 132098

Author: Leonard, Herman B. Dutch Title: Why Was Boston Strong? Lessons from the Boston Marathon Bombing Summary: On April 15, 2013, at 2:49 pm, an improvised explosive device (IED) detonated near the finish line of the Boston Marathon. Three people died, and more than 260 others needed hospital care, many having lost limbs or suffered horrific wounds. Those explosions began about 100 hours of intense drama that riveted the attention of the nation. The response by emergency medical, emergency management, and law enforcement agencies and by the public at large has now become known colloquially as �Boston Strong.� This report, through analysis of selected aspects of the Marathon events, seeks lessons that can help response organizations in Boston and other locales improve preparation both for emergencies that may occur at �fixed� events like the Marathon and for �no notice� events like those that began with the murder of Officer Collier at MIT and concluded the next day with the apprehension of the alleged perpetrators in Watertown. The report is primarily based on a series of intensive interviews conducted in the summer and fall of 2013 with senior leaders of major law enforcement, emergency management, and emergency medical organizations who candidly shared their experiences in and insights about these events.Viewed as a whole, the events following the Marathon bombing posed enormous challenges. The response spanned geographic boundaries, levels of government (local, state, and federal), professional disciplines, and the public and private sectors, bringing together in both well-planned and spontaneous ways organizations with widely varying operating norms, procedures, cultures, sources of authority, perspectives, and interests. The research points strongly to the fact that the emergency response following the bombing in Boston and the events in Cambridge and Watertown at the end of the week were shaped to a substantial degree by the multi-dimensional preparedness of the region. Response organizations have undertaken detailed and careful planning for the many fixed events like the Marathon that are staged annually in the Boston area. They have seen to the development of both institutional and personal relationships among response organizations and their senior commanders, ensured the adoption of formal coordination practices, regularly held intra- and cross-organization drills and exercises, and generated experience during actual events. Importantly, the senior commanders of these organizations seem to have internalized the �mindset� of strategic and operational coordination. The research also suggests that the major contributing factors to much of what went well � and to some of what went less well � were command and coordination structures, relationships, and processes through which responding organizations were deployed and managed. The response organizations � particularly at senior levels � demonstrated effective utilization of the spirit and core principles of the National Incident Management System (NIMS), mandated by Congress in 2002 but still a work in progress in many areas of the country. But the many highly positive dimensions of inter-organizational collaboration in the Boston response are juxtaposed with some notable difficulties in what might be termed �micro-command,� i.e., the leadership and coordination at the street level when individuals and small teams from different organizations suddenly come together and need to operate in concert. The integration of NIMS into the practices and cultures of emergency response agencies is a work in progress � very promising but still incomplete, particularly at the tactical level of operations. Details: Boston: Harvard Kennedy School, Program on Crisis Leadership, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/var/ezp_site/storage/fckeditor/file/pdfs/centers-programs/programs/crisis-leadership/WhyWasBostonStrong.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Boston Marathon Bombing Shelf Number: 132099

Author: Averett, Susan Title: Identitying the Causal Effect of Alcohol Abuse on the Perpetration of Intimate Partner Violence by Men Using a Natural Experiment Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) is widespread among women, with substantial and long-lasting negative consequences. Researchers have documented a strong positive correlation between alcohol abuse and IPV. Yet prior researchers have struggled with the problem of the potential endogeneity of alcohol abuse.In this paper, we deal with this problem by exploring a unique instrumental variable - the September 11 terrorist attack (9/11) - in Wave III of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health. 9/11 was found in our data to lead to a significant increase in the frequency of alcohol abuse for respondents interviewed just after 9/11 compared to those interviewed before. Our OLS results indeed confirm earlier research of a strong positive correlation between alcohol abuse and IPV. However, the 2SLS results show no statistically significant effect of alcohol abuse on IPV. These results indicate that alcohol abuse might not have causal effects on IPV, and therefore have important policy implications. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 7996: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2403132 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132101

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Florida Title: Still Haven't Shut Off the School-to-Prison Pipeline: Evaluating the Impact of Florida's New Zero-Tolerance Law Summary: In the spring of 2009, the Florida legislature amended its harsh zero-tolerance school discipline law with the passage of SB 1540. The law enacted some significant changes, such as encouraging schools to handle petty disciplinary infractions and misdemeanor offenses in school instead of relying on the juvenile justice system and exclusionary discipline. It seemed like after nearly a decade's worth of embarrassing news reports and multiple studies about the devastating effects of harsh school disciplinary practices in Florida schools, Florida was finally moving in the right direction. Unfortunately, our analysis demonstrates that meaningful reform has still not reached most of the schools - and students - across the state. While there has been some encouraging progress, the implementation of Florida's new zero-tolerance law has fallen substantially short of what is needed to adequately address the over-criminalization of Florida's youth and the over-reliance on exclusionary discipline by Florida's schools. For example: - Nearly half of all Florida school districts had more or the same number of referrals to the Department of Juvenile Justice following the passage of SB 1540 than they had the year before. - 67% of student referrals to the juvenile justice system were for misdemeanor offenses, meaning there were over 12,000 referrals just for these lower-level offenses. - Racial disparities in referrals to the juvenile justice system actually got worse after the passage of SB 1540. - Most school districts' policies still allow for extremely severe punishments - such as arrest, referral to law enforcement, and expulsion - for relatively minor infractions. Because Florida's students continue to have their educational opportunities - and thus, their life chances - limited by the over-use of harsh and unfair school discipline, there is an urgent need for action, at both the state and local levels. Fortunately, schools and districts across the country have already shown the way forward, and have pursued highly-effective strategies that can serve as a model for Florida. Still Haven't Shut Off the School-to-Prison Pipeline: Evaluating the Impact of Florida's New Zero-Tolerance Law presents a series of recommendations that, if implemented, can reduce Florida's dropout rate, build safer and more effective schools, limit the number of youth entering the juvenile and criminal justice systems, use the State's law enforcement agencies more efficiently, save taxpayer dollars, and build healthier communities throughout Florida. Details: Miami, FL: ACLU of Florida, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://aclufl.org/resources/still-havent-shut-off-the-school-to-prison-pipeline-evaluating-the-impact-of-floridas-new-zero-tolerance-law/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 132102

Author: Ofer, Udi Title: Stop-and-Frisk: A First Look. Six Months of Data on Stop-and-Frisk Practices in Newark Summary: This analysis is based on six months of reports, the full second half of 2013, released by the Newark Police Department under the new Transparency Policy, and focuses on the stop-and-frisk data components of the policy. The study compares Newark to its close neighbor to the east, New York City, whose stop-and-frisk practices have been the subject of much criticism and media attention. We made this comparison in order to put into perspective the six months of data reported by the Newark Police Department. While six months of stop-and-frisk data is insufficient to draw definitive conclusions about the Newark Police Department's stop-and-frisk practices, the ACLU-NJ believes that the initial concerns raised by these data are strong enough to warrant corrective actions now. This study has three primary findings on stop-and-frisk activities in Newark from July to December 2013: (1) High volume of stop-and-frisks. Newark police officers use stop-and-frisk with troubling frequency. In Newark today, police officers make 91 stops per 1,000 residents. Last year in New York City, the NYPD made 24 stops per 1,000 residents. In the final six months of 2013, the NYPD made approximately 8 stops per 1,000 residents, compared to Newark's 91 stops per 1,000 residents during the same period. (2) Black Newarkers bear the disproportionate brunt of stop-and-frisks. Although black Newarkers represent 52 percent of the city's population, they make up 75 percent of all stops. The disparities between stops of black Newarkers and white Newarkers are probably even higher than the data currently reveals given that the Newark Police Department did not report data on stops of Latino residents during the six months analyzed in this report, meaning that the number of white individuals stopped in the data is likely inflated. (3) The majority of people stopped are innocent. Twenty-five percent of people stopped by the Newark Police Department are arrested or issued a summons. In other words, three out of four people stopped in Newark, including many who face interrogation and a frisk, have been determined by the police to be innocent of any wrongdoing. While such an innocence rate is lower than in New York City, this high rate of innocence still raises significant concerns about police department overuse of its stop-and-frisk authority. The study concludes with a series of recommendations for greater compliance with the Newark Police Department's Transparency Policy and for ensuring that stop-and-frisk abuses do not take place, including by establishing permanent civilian oversight over the police department through a strong Civilian Complaint Review Board and Inspector General's Office. An Appendix is also included with additional data on stop-and-frisk activities in Newark, including by precinct, age, and sex. Details: Newark, NJ: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://www.aclu-nj.org/files/8113/9333/6064/2014_02_25_nwksnf.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 132104

Author: Lovins, Brian Title: Putting Wayward Kids Behind Bars: The Impact of Length of Stay in a Custodial Setting Recidivism Summary: Over the past half century the juvenile justice system has seen significant shifts in its purpose. Originally designed to rehabilitate the youths in its care, the goals of the juvenile justice system began to expand to include community safety, retribution, and restorative justice. With a mix of goals and waning support for programming, out-of-home placements increased significantly. In fact, the number of youth placed in long-term custody between 1991 and 2000 doubled (Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2008). Not only did the number of youths during this time period increase, there was a push for youthful delinquents to spend more time in these placements. These approaches led to the introduction of mandatory minimums and expanded gun and gang specification laws (Fagan, 2008). While more youths were being placed in out-of-home custody for longer periods of time, the juvenile justice system still lacked an understanding of how these changes impacted future delinquency. There was an assumption that longer stays resulted in more rehabilitation, safer communities, just desserts, and/or a restored victim. This current study sought to fill the void in the extant research by answering the question what happens to youth who stay longer in a custodial setting. Overall, youth who remained in custody for longer periods of time were re-incarcerated at significantly higher rates than those youth who stayed shorter periods of time. Results of this study can be used to provide insight into the impact that "get tough" approaches do not work for youths and under most circumstances lead to higher rates of recidivism. Details: Cincinnati, OH: School of Criminal Justice, University of Cincinnati, 2013. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap/10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:4709 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 132105

Author: Baird, Chris Title: A Comparison of Risk Assessment Instruments in Juvenile Justice Summary: Juvenile justice service staff began exploring the use of actuarial risk assessments that classify offenders by the likelihood of future delinquency with earnest in the 1970s, but actuarial risk assessments have been used by public social service agencies in the United States since 1928. The value and utility of a valid, reliable, and equitable risk assessment within a broader practice reform effort was made clear to justice agencies in 1998 when the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) published the Comprehensive Strategy for Serious, Violent, and Chronic Juvenile Offenders. OJJDP's reform effort illustrated how juvenile justice agencies could better ensure the effectiveness and appropriate targeting of services by implementing both an actuarial risk assessment to accurately, reliably, and equitably classify youth by the likelihood of future delinquency and an equally effective needs assessment to identify an intervention and treatment plan tailored to an individual's needs. This approach built upon the efforts of the National Institute of Corrections' Model Probation/Parole Management Project that combined actuarial risk assessment, individual needs assessment for effective treatment planning, regular reassessments of risk and needs and risk-based supervision standards, and workload-based budgeting. Other models of risk assessment were introduced over subsequent decades, and researchers began categorizing and comparing them as generations of risk assessments. The first generation of risk assessments were not actuarial- individual workers assigned risk levels without the aid of actuarial instruments. Generation 2 instruments were statistically derived, but relied heavily on static criminal history factors to assess risk. They tended to be developed using local data for specific jurisdictions, typically consisted of fewer than a dozen factors (e.g., the California Base Expectancy Tables developed in the 1960s), and focused on identifying groups of offenders with distinctly different risks of future offending. Many of today's instruments, often referred to as generation 3 or generation 4, have expanded beyond the singular objective of risk assessment to classify individuals by risk of delinquency. These instruments often contain dozens of factors (for example, the Correctional Offender Management Profiling and Alternative Sanctions [COMPAS] Youth risk assessment instrument). They frequently divide risk factors into two groups: "static" and "dynamic" (see, for example, Schwalbe, 2008; Hoge, 2002). Static factors are generally measures of prior delinquency. Dynamic factors are commonly referred to as "criminogenic needs" and represent conditions or circumstances that can improve over time (Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2006). In addition, protective factors and references to "responsivity" have been added to generation 4 instruments. Responsivity is intended to reflect an individual's readiness for change and gauge a youth's ability to respond to particular treatment methods and programs (Andrews, 1990). Generation 4 instruments contain anywhere from 42 to approximately 150 factors. These variations in methodology and philosophy raised questions about which types of instruments most accurately and effectively help jurisdictions differentiate between low-, moderate-, and high-risk youth. Many evaluations of risk assessments based validity on correlation coefficients or other measures of association. Those that examined the degree of difference in recidivism rates observed for youth identified as low, moderate, or high risk often found little differentiation; results could vary substantially by race, ethnicity, and gender. Few jurisdictions conducted local validation studies to ensure a risk assessment's validity and reliability, and now one foundation-funded reform effort is telling agencies that local validation is not required if an instrument has been validated in three agencies or for similar populations. Perhaps the most significant change in the last few decades has been the emergence of commercially available risk assessment systems. Prior to this development, risk assessment studies were generally conducted by universities, nonprofit research organizations, or research units within government agencies. Claims made about the validity and reliability of some of these tools have been challenged by other researchers (Skeem & Eno Louden, 2007; Baird, 2009). In response to concerns about the classification and predictive validity of several risk assessments voiced by juvenile justice practitioners and researchers, OJJDP funded a proposal submitted by the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) to evaluate commonly used risk assessments by comparing their predictive validity, reliability, equity, and cost. NCCD is a nonprofit social research organization, and its researchers conducted the study of eight risk assessments in 10 jurisdictions in consultation with an advisory board of juvenile justice researchers and developers of commercial juvenile justice risk assessment systems included in the study. Details: Oakland, CA(?): National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2013. 541p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/244477.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Classification Shelf Number: 132109

Author: Texas Council on Family Violence Title: Honoring Texas Victims: Family Violence Fatalities 2012 Summary: This is TCFV�s 35th year presenting a fatality review of the women killed as a result of domestic violence in Texas. In Honoring Texas Victims � Family Violence Fatalities in 2012 we have researched, to the best of our ability, the stories of 114 Texas women who were killed by their intimate partner in 2012. This report pays tribute to the Texas women who lost their lives by memorializing their story with an account of their death. It also helps us as advocates identify and analyze distinguishing characteristics of these cases. In Part 2 of the report, we will offer analysis of data drawn from these stories. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Council on Family Violence, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at:http://www.tcfv.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/HonoringTexasVictims_FullReport_8.5X11.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132112

Author: Blandford, Alex M. Title: Guidelines for the Successful Transition of People with Behavioral Health Disorders from Jail and Prison Summary: Progress has been made in recent years to reduce the number of individuals with behavioral health disorders (mental and/or substance use disorders) who are incarcerated and to expand interventions that address the many factors that lead to their involvement in the criminal justice system. However, these individuals continue to be overrepresented in criminal justice settings. High arrest and recidivism rates still act as barriers to the recovery paths of these individuals, create stress for their families, and adversely affect public safety and government spending. Research confirms that many individuals under correctional supervision have mental or substance use disorders, or both. Despite the significant number of individuals with behavioral disorders in the criminal justice system, 2010 marked the first time in nearly 40 years that the number of state prisoners in the United States declined. To achieve better outcomes, policymakers and researchers agree that a shift away from a reliance on incarceration to an emphasis on expanding capacity to supervise and treat individuals in the community is necessary. This shift has focused attention on the importance of cross-system approaches to providing effective criminal justice and behavioral health treatment interventions with the dual goals of reducing recidivism and promoting recovery. A critical component of cross-system work occurs at the transition from jail or prison to the community. Reentry into the community is a vulnerable time, marked by difficulties adjusting, increased drug use and a 12-fold increased risk of death in the first two weeks after release. Effective transition planning and implementation can minimize the risk of these hazards, enhance public safety by increasing the possibility that individuals will participate in and complete supervision and treatment requirements, and improve individual outcomes. Details: Delmar, NY: SAMHSA's GAINS Center for Behavioral Health and Justice Transformation; New York: Council of State Government, Justice Center, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://gainscenter.samhsa.gov/cms-assets/documents/143496-555803.guidelines-document.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 132113

Author: Klein, Susan R. Title: Why Federal Prosecutors Charge: A Comparison of Federal and New York State Arson and Robbery Filings, 2006-2010 Summary: Academic, judges, lobbyists, special interest groups, and the defense bar all love to complain about the undue discretion held by federal prosecutors. Criticism has intensified over the last few decades, as the federal criminal code has grown to more than 4,500 prohibitions, a fair number of which replicate nearly identical state offenses. Little empirical evidence, however, attempts to discern what, if anything, is distinctive about the cases charged in federal rather than state court, and what might be motivating federal prosecutors to make their charging decisions. Our study aims to shed some light on this subject. In Part II, we describe our efforts to collect data on the characteristics of cases prosecuted under arson and robbery statutes from three sources: (1) the United States Sentencing Commission ("USSC"); (2) the New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services ("DCJS"); and (3) Federal Bureau of Investigation Uniform Crime Reports. In Part III, we explain how we combined the USSC and New York State DCJS data before proceeding to our empirical analysis. First, we conduct a simple, bivariate analysis comparing the frequency with which our independent variables are observed in federal versus state arson and robbery cases. We note where we believe the observed, bivariate relationship is likely explained by confounding variables. Second, we proceed to utilize a more sophisticated logistic regression model to simultaneously examine the effect of our independent variables on the choice between federal versus state prosecution for arson and robbery. We find statistically significant evidence that cases prosecuted under federal arson and robbery statutes are more likely to include circumstances such as a conspiracy, a minor victim, use of a weapon, and serious recidivism. In Part IV, we conclude by discussing the higher plea rates and longer sentences imposed under federal as opposed to state criminal justice systems. We argue that where crimes involve the above-noted more egregious circumstances, federal prosecutors are more likely motived to prosecute the crime in expectation of a likely guilty plea and longer sentence. Our study provides much needed empirical evidence to support this rational view of federal prosecutorial discretion. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Texas Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 557 : Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2422582 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arsonists Shelf Number: 132116

Author: Machin, Juliette R. Title: Marion County Fostering Attachment Treatment Court Follow-Up Process and Outcome Evaluation Report Summary: For the past 20 years in the United States, there has been a trend toward guiding nonviolent drug offenders into treatment rather than incarceration. The original drug court model links the resources of the criminal system and substance treatment programs to increase treatment participation and decrease criminal recidivism. As of June 30, 2012, there were 2,734 drug courts, including 1,896 adult and juvenile drug courts, 334 family courts, and 503 other types of drug courts active in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands (NDCRC, 2013). Over approximately the last 17 years, the drug court model, originally developed for adult criminal offenders, has been expanded to address the poor outcomes substance-abusing parents traditionally experienced in traditional family reunification programs (Marlowe & Carey, 2012). Family Drug Treatment Courts (FDCs) work with the child welfare system. There have been a modest number studies of FDCs (e.g., Burrus, Mackin, & Finigan, 2011; Green, Furrer, Worcel, Burrus, & Finigan, 2007; Carey, Sanders, Waller, Burrus, & Aborn, 2010a, 2010b). Many of these studies show promising outcomes for families in the child welfare system, including higher treatment completion rates, higher family reunification rates, less time in out-of-home placements for the children, and lower arrest rates (Marlowe & Carey, 2012). In late 2008, NPC Research was contracted by the Oregon State Police and the Criminal Justice Commission to conduct the third year evaluations of 11 drug courts funded by the Byrne Methamphetamine Reduction Grant Project. NPC conducted Drug Court Process Foundations evaluations of 11 Oregon adult and family drug court sites (examining the programs' adherence to best practices within the 10 Key Components, with adjustments for the special family drug court population of parents with child welfare cases). In addition, as a part of this project, NPC performed full process, outcome and cost-benefit evaluations of two family drug court sites, the Marion and Jackson County Family Drug Court Programs. This study is a follow-up to that evaluation of the Marion County program. This summary contains process and outcome evaluation results for the Marion County Fostering Attachment Family Treatment Court (FATC). Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2013. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/244165.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 132121

Author: Hayes, Lindsay M. Title: Report on Suicide Prevention Practices within the District of Columbia, Department of Corrections' Central Detention Facility Summary: The following is a summary of the observations, findings, and recommendations of Lindsay M. Hayes, Project Director of the National Center on Institutions and Alternatives, following the provision of short-term technical assistance to the District of Columbia, Department of Corrections' (DOC) Central Detention Facility (CDF). As of August 2013, the CDF has experienced a much higher number (three) of inmate suicides than in previous years. Because of the higher incidence of suicide, the DOC and its health care provider (Unity Health Care) began to examine the deaths, as well as review various policy and procedural directives relating to suicide prevention. In order to independently assess current practices, as well as offer any appropriate recommendations to suicide prevention policies and procedures within the CDF, DOC Director Thomas Faust decided to seek the assistance of an outside consultant. Through the technical and financial assistance of the National Institute of Corrections - Jails Division, this writer's consulting services were offered to, and selected by, Director Faust. Details: Mansfield, MA: Lindsay M. Hayes, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://doc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/doc/release_content/attachments/DC%20JAIL-LH_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Deaths Shelf Number: 132122

Author: LaVigne, Nancy Title: Justice Reinvestment Initiative State Assessment Report Summary: Seventeen Justice Reinvestment Initiative states are projected to save as much as $4.6 billion through reforms that increase the efficiency of their criminal justice systems. Eight states that had JRI policies in effect for at least one year - Arkansas, Hawaii, Louisiana, Kentucky, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Ohio, and South Carolina - reduced their prison populations. Through the Initiative, states receive federal dollars to assess and improve their criminal justice systems while enhancing public safety. This report chronicles 17 states as they enacted comprehensive criminal justice reforms relying on bipartisan and inter-branch collaboration. The study notes common factors that drove prison growth and costs and documents how each state responded with targeted policies. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2014. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/412994-Justice-Reinvestment-Initiative-State-Assessment-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice Shelf Number: 132123

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Child Welfare: Federal Agencies Can Better Support State Efforts to Prevent and Respond to Sexual Abuse by School Personnel Summary: While all child abuse is troubling, sexual abuse by school personnel raises particular concerns because of the trust placed in schools. Federal laws prohibit sexual harassment, including sexual abuse, in federally-funded education programs and set minimum standards for state laws on reporting suspected child abuse. GAO was asked to review efforts to address child sexual abuse by school personnel. GAO examined: (1) states' and school districts' steps to help prevent such abuse, (2) their reporting requirements and approaches for investigating allegations, and (3) federal agencies' efforts to address such abuse. GAO reviewed relevant federal laws, regulations, and guidance; surveyed state educational agencies in 50 states and the District of Columbia; and visited four states and six of their districts. States were selected based on actions taken in response to past allegations of abuse. GAO interviewed state agencies, school districts, local law enforcement and child protective service agencies, and experts identified through a systematic literature review. GAO recommends that Education collaborate with HHS and Justice to compile and disseminate information to states; identify a way to track the prevalence of sexual abuse; and that Education also clarify and disseminate information on how Title IX applies to personnel-to-student sexual abuse in the K-12 setting. Education and HHS provided technical comments and Education concurred with our recommendations. Justice had no comments. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-42: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/660375.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 132124

Author: Wilson, Pam Elizabeth Title: Program Evaluation of the Monongalia County Teen Court Summary: A review of the history of the juvenile courts would not be complete without mention of teen courts. Teen courts are juvenile diversion programs which allow first time offenders with minor offenses a second chance. Instead of facing the traditional court system, these juveniles are given the opportunity to go before a jury of their peers and complete a sentence that jury imposes. If the juvenile offender completes their sentence in the allotted time, their juvenile record is expunged and they are given the opportunity to ‗start over.� Teen courts have been in existence since the 1970�s and received national recognition in the 1990�s. Teen courts have played a significant role in rehabilitating juvenile offenders and teaching youth volunteers and offenders about the court system. Juvenile offenders are also given the opportunity to serve their community in a constructive way, which gives them a chance to reengage in a positive way. This research project is a program evaluation of the Monongalia County teen court located in Morgantown, West Virginia. This study has looked at the preexisting data set available for juveniles who have been sentenced through this court from 2002-2009. The statistical analysis will give basic information for the program and will make recommendations based on analysis for future improvements. Details: Fairmont, WV: Fairmont State University, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/Monongalia_Teen_Court.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132125

Author: Rephann, Terance J. Title: Rental Housing and Crime: The Role of Property Ownership and Management Summary: This paper examines how residential rental property ownership characteristics affect crime. It examines the incidence and frequency of disturbances, assaults, and drug possession and distribution using police incident report data for privately owned rental properties. Results show that a small percentage of rental properties generate incident reports. Count model regressions indicate that the distance that the owner resides from the rental property, size of rental property holdings, tenant Section 8 voucher use, and neighborhood owner-occupied housing rates are associated with reported violations. The paper concludes with recommendations about local government policies that could help to reduce crime in rental housing. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Weldon Cooper Center for Public Service, 2009. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.694.8120&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 132126

Author: Donath, Max Title: Homeland Security and the Trucking Industry Summary: The University of Minnesota's Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Institute was contracted by International Truck to undertake an analysis of commercial vehicle operations (CVO) and to determine how new technologies and post-9/11 security programs and policies may impact the operational environment of the trucking industry. The University of Minnesota and the American Transportation Research Institute, the research arm of the trucking industry, conducted a series of interviews, literature scans and analyses on security programs, industry trends and technology systems. The following report attempts to document existing and developing trends in CVO economics and technology investment with an emphasis on onboard systems, and their inter-relationships with security preparedness and issues and implications associated with homeland security imperatives. An in-depth review of smart card applications, biometric verification systems and cargo management devices are included. Details: Minneapolis: Dept. of Mechanical Engineering and the Intelligent Transportation Systems Institute, University of Minnesota; Alexandria, VA: American Transportation Research Institute, 2005. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://www.its.umn.edu/Publications/ResearchReports/reportdetail.html?id=1015 Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 132131

Author: Boller, Kimberly Title: Making Replication Work: Building Infrastructure to Implement, Scale-up, and Sustain Evidence-Based Early Childhood Home Visiting Programs with Fidelity Summary: In fiscal year 2011, child protective services agencies received 3.4 million referrals of alleged acts of maltreatment involving 6.2 million children. An estimated 677,000 children were victims of substantiated maltreatment, which is a rate of 9.1 victims per 1,000 children in the population (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services 2012). Despite declines in the number of substantiated cases of neglect, physical abuse, and sexual abuse (Finkelhor 2007; Finkelhor and Jones 2006), children younger than age 1 continue to demonstrate victimization rates two to three times the rate of children in other age categories. All these findings underscore the need for strategies to prevent child maltreatment to improve outcomes for families and communities. Home visiting to prevent child maltreatment. Home visiting is one strategy that shows promise for reducing rates of self-reported and substantiated child maltreatment and use of emergency rooms to treat child injuries (Avellar and Supplee 2013; Lowell et al. 2011; Fergussen et al. 2005; Olds et al. 1986, 1997; Silovsky et al. 2011). In addition, well-designed and well-implemented home visiting program models may also improve important short- and longer-term outcomes related to women�s prenatal health; parenting behaviors and skills; children�s health and health care coverage and use; children�s development and school readiness, and family economic self-sufficiency, although programs may not achieve positive impacts in all outcome areas or across all participants (Avellar and Supplee 2013; Filene et al. 2013; Peacock et al. 2013; Howard and Brooks-Gunn 2009). The need for fidelity to evidence-based models. Increasingly, federal and state policymakers are asking for evidence of effectiveness as they decide which programs to fund and at what levels. Investing in direct service programs that have been found effective in rigorous experimental studies offers policymakers a way to focus investments and increase their confidence in the possibility of replicating outcomes to extend program benefits to more of the target population. However, this hypothesis depends on ensuring that sites replicating a model maintain fidelity to its original design and intent. Faithfully replicating these programs is believed to provide a higher likelihood of achieving desired outcomes than replicating efforts that lack a strong evidentiary base (Fixsen et al. 2005). The need for systems to support implementation, scale-up, and sustainability of home visiting programs with fidelity. Furthermore, for home visiting interventions to have the greatest effects possible, it is believed that the systems in which home visiting programs operate must be integrated, supportive to staff and families, and conducive to service delivery. However, limited knowledge exists about how to build the infrastructure and service systems necessary to implement and sustain evidence-based home visiting programs with fidelity to their models, and how to scale up these programs and adapt them for new target populations. An initiative to support evidence-based home visiting. To address this knowledge gap, in 2008, the Children�s Bureau (CB) in the Administration for Children and Families (ACF) at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) entered into cooperative agreements with 17 organizations in 15 states to support the implementation of home visiting programs that have potential to prevent child maltreatment. Each organization funded through the Supporting Evidence-Based Home Visiting to Prevent Child Maltreatment (EBHV) initiative selected one or more home visiting models to implement for the first time in its state or community or to enhance, adapt for a new target population, or expand. CB�s vision for the EBHV initiative was that, through system change activities, grantees would build infrastructure necessary to accomplish three overarching goals: 1. Support implementation with fidelity to the home visiting program models 2. Support scale-up of the home visiting models�replicating the program model in a new service area, adapting the model for a new target population, or increasing the enrollment capacity in an existing service area 3. Support sustainability of the home visiting model beyond the end of the grant period The EBHV initiative was funded for five years, with the first year devoted to planning and the other four years focused on implementation. EBHV funds were not intended to cover the full cost of direct home visiting services. Rather, subcontractors were to use primarily other funding sources to operate their selected home visiting models. Therefore, subcontractors partnered or coordinated with ongoing home visiting programs or sought other public or private funds for new or expanded home visiting operations. In addition, each subcontractor was required to conduct process, outcome, and economic evaluations. The context of evidence-based programs, and evidence-based home visiting in particular, has changed dramatically with the inclusion of the Maternal, Infant, and Early Childhood Home Visiting Program (MIECHV) in the Affordable Care Act of 2010 (P.L. 111-148). MIECHV represents a significant investment in home visiting programs for low-income families, an investment the Obama Administration seeks to expand during its second term. With the passage of MIECHV, primary oversight for the State Formula grant program is provided by the Health Resources and Services Administration at DHHS, the federal agency charged with implementing MIECHV in partnership with ACF, and the EBHV grantees are now supported through subcontracts from their states (and are therefore subsequently referred to in this report as subcontractors). With increased investments in home visiting also comes increased scrutiny of the �return on investment.� Policymakers and the public want to know whether the promise of home visiting programs demonstrated in the research literature holds true in a large-scale investment. The national evaluation. Mathematica Policy Research and its partner, Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, conducted a national cross-site evaluation of the EBHV initiative. Using a mixed-methods approach, the national cross-site evaluation was designed to (1) examine the degree to which system change occurred, (2) document the fidelity with which the program models were implemented, and (3) identify implementation strategies and challenges (Koball et al. 2009). Ultimately, the evaluation examined the degree to which building infrastructure capacity influenced whether the EBHV subcontractors were able to achieve their EBHV goals related to implementation with fidelity, scale-up, and sustainability. The evaluation also examined whether progress achieving these goals was influenced by the quality of the collaboration among partners, the extent to which partners worked together, and the degree to which partners� respective goals were in alignment. This final evaluation report brings together findings from all years of the EBHV initiative, drawing on interim reports and briefings and updating results with analyses of data collected through the initiative�s first four years of implementation (fall 2009 through spring 2013). Throughout the initiative, the national cross-site evaluation gathered data from many sources, including reviews of the subcontractor�s applications and progress reports, several rounds of telephone interviews and two rounds of site visits with the EBHV subcontractors, baseline and follow-up surveys of the EBHV subcontractors and their partners, and data on staff and participant characteristics and service delivery from the implementing agencies (IAs) identified by the subcontractors. The primary data sources for this report include: (1) site visits conducted to the 17 EBHV subcontractors between February and April 2012; (2) data on staff and participant characteristics and service delivery from October 1, 2009, through June 30, 2012; and (3) a web-based survey of key partners fielded in February 2013. Details: Washington, DC: Children�s Bureau, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2014. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/documents/EBHV_MakingReplication_Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 132134

Author: Durose, Matthew R. Title: Recidivism of Prisoners Released in 30 States in 2005: Patterns from 2005 to 2010 Summary: This report examines the 5-year post-release offending patterns of persons released from state prisons in 2005 by offender characteristics, prior criminal history, and commitment offense. It provides estimates on the number and types of crimes former inmates commit both prior to their imprisonment and after release. The report includes different measures of recidivism, including a new arrest, court adjudication, conviction, and incarceration for either a new sentence or a technical violation. It also documents the extent to which the released prisoners committed crimes in states other than the one that released them. Data are from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Recidivism Study of State Prisoners Released in 2005, which tracked a sample of former inmates from 30 states for five years following release in 2005. The findings are based on prisoner records obtained from the state departments of corrections through the National Corrections Reporting Program (NCRP) and criminal history records obtained through requests to the FBI's Interstate Identification Index (III) and state repositories via the International Justice and Public Safety Network (Nlets). Highlights: Among state prisoners released in 30 states in 2005 - About two-thirds (67.8%) of released prisoners were arrested for a new crime within 3 years, and three-quarters (76.6%) were arrested within 5 years. Within 5 years of release, 82.1% of property offenders were arrested for a new crime, compared to 76.9% of drug offenders, 73.6% of public order offenders, and 71.3% of violent offenders. More than a third (36.8%) of all prisoners who were arrested within 5 years of release were arrested within the first 6 months after release, with more than half (56.7%) arrested by the end of the first year. Two in five (42.3%) released prisoners were either not arrested or arrested once in the 5 years after their release. A sixth (16.1%) of released prisoners were responsible for almost half (48.4%) of the nearly 1.2 million arrests that occurred in the 5-year follow-up period. An estimated 10.9% of released prisoners were arrested in a state other than the one that released them during the 5-year follow-up period Within 5 years of release, 84.1% of inmates who were age 24 or younger at release were arrested, compared to 78.6% of inmates ages 25 to 39 and 69.2% of those age 40 or older. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rprts05p0510.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 132138

Author: Levin, Marc Title: Kids Doing Time for What�s Not a Crime: The Over-Incarceration of Status Offenders Summary: Few adults would be hard pressed to remember a time when they didn�t bend the rules a little during their childhood. The decision to stay out past curfew, skip school, or get into an argument with your parents meant the loss of your allowance, being grounded for the weekend, or a parent-teacher conference. But for kids today, the punishment for these behaviors can land you before a judge, facing time in a juvenile detention facility and in the pipeline of the U.S. criminal justice system. The incarceration of youth for status offenses � behaviors that would not be considered criminal if committed by adults � is one of the major shortcomings of a juvenile justice system that has relied on one-size-fits-all solutions. Today, an estimated 10,000 kids every year in the U.S. are placed in confinement for non-violent status offenses that pose no threat to public safety. There�s no denying that kids make mistakes but those mistakes should not irrevocably alter their future with a punishment that does not fit the crime. More states, including Texas, are adopting reforms that reduce their reliance on incarceration as the go-to response to addressing these behaviors in kids. The need to reduce our nation�s reliance on incarceration of status offenders is not a recent phenomenon. The nationwide effort to decriminalize status offenses accelerated forty years ago with the passage of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (JJDP) Act, which required states to reduce the number of incarcerated status offenders by 75% or risk the loss of federal funding. The good news is that we�re on the right track. The number of youth incarcerated for status offenses has decreased by more than 50% from 2001 to 2011, according to a new report by the Texas Public Policy Foundation. But while the JJDP Act has been instrumental in reforming the juvenile justice system, an amendment to the law has allowed judges to once again criminalize status offenses under the valid court order exception, which gives judicial authority to confine youth in secure detention for violation of a court order. Incarceration is the last place where many of these youth should be and ignores community-based solutions that are more cost effective and better equipped to address the underlying causes for status offenses. Many status offenders lack support networks, experienced traumatic childhoods or broken homes, or have mental health or special education needs. The decision to incarcerate youth for these non-violent behaviors only increases the likelihood they will be rearrested, exposes kids to violence, and makes it more difficult for youth to finish school, get a job, or join the military. Current juvenile justice policy risks turning today�s status offenders into tomorrow�s serious offenders. The fate of countless kids, families and communities relies on much-needed cost-effective and proven solutions that hold youth responsible for their behavior without throwing away their futures. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2014-03-PP12-JuvenileJusticeStatusOffenders-CEJ-DerekCohenMarcLevin.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policy Shelf Number: 132139

Author: U.S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights Title: Data Snapshot: School Discipline Summary: INSIDE THIS SNAPSHOT: School Discipline, Restraint, & Seclusion Highlights - Suspension of preschool children, by race/ethnicity and gender (new for 2011-2012 collection): Black children represent 18% of preschool enrollment, but 48% of preschool children receiving more than one out-of-school suspension; in comparison, white students represent 43% of preschool enrollment but 26% of preschool children receiving more than one out of school suspension. Boys represent 79% of preschool children suspended once and 82% of preschool children suspended multiple times, although boys represent 54% of preschool enrollment. - Disproportionately high suspension/expulsion rates for students of color: Black students are suspended and expelled at a rate three times greater than white students. On average, 5% of white students are suspended, compared to 16% of black students. American Indian and Native-Alaskan students are also disproportionately suspended and expelled, representing less than 1% of the student population but 2% of out-of-school suspensions and 3% of expulsions. - Disproportionate suspensions of girls of color: While boys receive more than two out of three suspensions, black girls are suspended at higher rates (12%) than girls of any other race or ethnicity and most boys; American Indian and Native-Alaskan girls (7%) are suspended at higher rates than white boys (6%) or girls (2%). - Suspension of students with disabilities and English learners: Students with disabilities are more than twice as likely to receive an out-of-school suspension (13%) than students without disabilities (6%). In contrast, English learners do not receive out-of-school suspensions at disproportionately high rates (7% suspension rate, compared to 10% of student enrollment). - Suspension rates, by race, sex, and disability status combined: With the exception of Latino and Asian-American students, more than one out of four boys of color with disabilities (served by IDEA) - and nearly one in five girls of color with disabilities - receives an out-of-school suspension. - Arrests and referrals to law enforcement, by race and disability status: While black students represent 16% of student enrollment, they represent 27% of students referred to law enforcement and 31% of students subjected to a school-related arrest. In comparison, white students represent 51% of enrollment, 41% of students referred to law enforcement, and 39% of those arrested. Students with disabilities (served by IDEA) represent a quarter of students arrested and referred to law enforcement, even though they are only 12% of the overall student population. - Restraint and seclusion, by disability status and race: Students with disabilities (served by IDEA) represent 12% of the student population, but 58% of those placed in seclusion or involuntary confinement, and 75% of those physically restrained at school to immobilize them or reduce their ability to move freely. Black students represent 19% of students with disabilities served by IDEA, but 36% of these students who are restrained at school through the use of a mechanical device or equipment designed to restrict their freedom of movement. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief No.1: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/docs/crdc-discipline-snapshot.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 132140

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Arrests for Violent Crime in Alaska, 1980-2012 Summary: This fact sheet presented violent crime arrest data extracted from the Alaska Department of Public Safety�s annual report Crime in Alaska. Arrest trend data for Part I violent crimes (homicide, forcible rape, robbery, aggravated assault) were presented in the aggregate and for each offense category. Age, sex, and racial group membership information for those arrested by Alaska law enforcement in 2012 were also presented. For the first time since 1980, arrests for Part I violent crimes increased at a slower pace than the state�s population growth. Examination of offense-specific arrest rates shows that the aggregate decrease in Part I violent crime arrests was in contrast to substantial increases in robbery and, to a lesser degree, aggravated assault arrest rates over time. Homicide arrest rates declined by more than half over the 1980�2012 time period. Between 1980 and 2012 the percentage of Part I violent crime arrests made for robbery and aggravated assault increased; by 2012, 93.7% of all Part I violent crime arrests were for these two offenses. In 2012 large majorities of arrests for Part I violent crimes were of males. Information pertaining to the age of those arrested was also presented. These data show that the bulk of serious violent crime arrests was of individuals under the age of 35 (67.4%). The majority of people arrested for homicide, rape, and aggravated assault in 2012 were individuals aged 25�34 years. Persons arrested for robbery tended to be younger (18�24 years) than those arrested for the other three Part I violent crimes. Overall, those arrested for Part I violent crimes in 2012 were more often observed to be Alaska Native and American Indian, or White/Caucasian than a member of any other racial group. However, the racial composition of arrestees varied considerably according to the type of offense. Racial disparities were evident in the arrest data presented. Whites/Caucasians were arrested for Part I violent crimes at a rate well below their overall representation in the population. The opposite was true for Alaska Natives and American Indians, and Blacks/African Americans, all of whom were overrepresented within each Part I violent crime arrest category. Asians were overrepresented in all categories but one, rape � for which the group was underrepresented. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/ajsac/2013/ajsac.13-12.violent_crime_arrests.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension Shelf Number: 132141

Author: Bian, Xun Title: Neighborhood Tipping and Sorting Dynamics in Real Estate: Evidence from the Virginia Sex Offender Registry Summary: Given the potential risk of recidivism, recent real estate research has found that registered sex offenders impose external costs, which are capitalized into the value and liquidity of nearby residential real estate. Several studies have shown that registered sex offenders lower nearby residential home prices significantly, in addition to lengthening time on market. These negative externalities might have lower overall costs to society if they were concentrated, or clustered, in particular areas. We demonstrate that, in theory, individuals operating within the market will sort according to their preferences and incentives, resulting in segmentation of these two groups (i.e. sex offenders vs. general populace). We predict that over time, neighborhoods will "tip" one way or another as part of the market process, resulting in clustering of registered sex offenders and segregation of these two groups. Further, we test this prediction empirically and its implications for the real estate market using GIS and other statistical/econometric techniques, exploiting a data set from Virginia that includes more than a decade of real estate transactions and a unique data set of registered sex offenders provided by the Virginia State Police. This research may help real estate academics and practitioners understand residential sorting dynamics with respect to registered sex offenders as well as the implications for the real estate market more generally. Details: Farmville, VA: Longwood University, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2338223 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Real Estate Shelf Number: 132143

Author: Consortium for Risk-Based Firearm Policy Title: Guns, Public Health, and Mental Illness: An Evidence-Based Approach for State Policy Summary: This report calls for strengthening current policies banning access to firearms for people with histories of involuntary treatment for mental illness. But the recommendations also offer a new "risk-based" paradigm to supercede the long-established model of gun rights restrictions focused on mental health. The report calls for temporary restrictions of up to five years on the purchase and possession of firearms by individuals convicted of violent misdemeanors, domestic violence, or more than one drug or alcohol conviction within a certain period - all of which are behaviors that demonstrate an elevated risk of violence, even when not accompanied by a record of mental illness, according to research cited in the report. Details: Consortium for Risk-Based Firearm Policy, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.jhsph.edu/research/centers-and-institutes/johns-hopkins-center-for-gun-policy-and-research/publications/GPHMI-State.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 132146

Author: Pew Research Center Title: America's New Drug Policy Landscape: Two-Thirds Favor Treatment, Not Jail, for Use of Heroin, Cocaine Summary: The public appears ready for a truce in the long-running war on drugs. A national survey by the Pew Research Center finds that 67% of Americans say that the government should focus more on providing treatment for those who use illegal drugs such as heroin and cocaine. Just 26% think the government's focus should be on prosecuting users of such hard drugs. Support for a treatment-based approach to illegal drug use spans nearly all demographic groups. And while Republicans are less supportive of the treatment option than are Democrats or independents, about half of Republicans (51%) say the government should focus more on treatment than prosecution in dealing with illegal drug users. As a growing number of states ease penalties for drug possession, the public expresses increasingly positive views of the move away from mandatory sentences for non-violent drug crimes. By nearly two-to-one (63% to 32%), more say it is a good thing than a bad thing that some states have moved away from mandatory sentences for non-violent drug offenders. In 2001, Americans were evenly divided over the move by some states to abandon mandatory drug terms. The survey by the Pew Research Center, conducted Feb. 14-23 among 1,821 adults, finds that support for the legalization of marijuana use continues to increase. And fully 75% of the public - including majorities of those who favor and oppose the legal use of marijuana - think that the sale and use of marijuana will eventually be legal nationwide. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.people-press.org/files/legacy-pdf/04-02-14%20Drug%20Policy%20Release.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132147

Author: Boles, Sharon Title: Sacramento County Dependency Drug Court Year Seven Outcome and Process Evaluation Findings Summary: The Sacramento County Dependency Drug Court (DDC) began in October 2001. The Sacramento DDC was developed as part of a system-wide reform effort to address the needs of families with substance use disorders in the child welfare system. The Sacramento DDC operates parallel to the dependency case proceedings, which are conducted on a regular family court docket. Compliance reviews and management of the recovery aspects of the case are heard by the DDC officer throughout the life of the parents' participation in the dependency drug court. Parents begin DDC services promptly to pre-empt the possibility of noncompliance of court orders regarding substance abuse treatment participation. The focus of this report includes: 1) a description of the program participants; 2) findings regarding treatment engagement, retention and completion; and 3) 12, 18, and 36 month findings regarding child safety and permanency. For this report, the 24 month findings are presented in Appendix A. For a complete description of the DDC model and programmatic components, please contact the authors for a report issued in April 2002. Details: Irvine, CA: Children and Family Futures, 2010. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.cffutures.org/files/publications/Year%207%20Summary%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 132149

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Cruise Vessels: Most Required Security and Safety Measures have Been Implemented, but Concerns Remain About Crime Reporting Summary: In 2011, almost 11 million passengers took a cruise from a U.S. port. Media reports about passenger personal safety while aboard cruise vessels-including those related to the January 2012 grounding of the cruise vessel Costa Concordia off the coast of Italy, which resulted in 32 deaths-combined with the increasing number of passengers taking cruises has raised questions about passenger safety and security. With the enactment of the CVSSA in 2010, cruise vessels that visit U.S. ports were required to meet certain security and safety requirements, such as having rail heights of at least 42 inches and reporting allegations of certain crimes to the FBI. GAO was asked to review cruise vessel safety as well as security issues-related to keeping passengers safe from crime. GAO reviewed (1) the extent to which the cruise vessel industry and federal agencies have implemented the CVSSA, and (2) any actions taken following the Costa Concordia accident to enhance the safety of cruise vessels visiting U.S. ports. GAO reviewed the CVSSA and related agency and industry documents, and interviewed officials from the Coast Guard, FBI, CLIA, five cruise lines which accounted for over 80 percent of North American cruise vessel passengers in 2012, and two crime victim advocacy groups. The cruise lines were selected based on several factors including their volume of North American passengers. Crime victim advocacy groups were selected based on their knowledge about cruise ship crime issues. GAO is not making any recommendations in this report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-43: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/659897.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132158

Author: McKnight, A. Scott Title: Transdermal Alcohol Monitoring: Case Studies Summary: Judges, probation officers, and parole officers sometimes require impaired-driving offenders and other offenders to abstain from alcohol and other drugs. Consequently, they need a way to determine whether offenders are complying with that requirement. This report describes the experiences of six jurisdictions using continuous transdermal alcohol monitoring - a technology that can detect the use of alcohol by offenders and report it to authorities. There are three basic ways to prevent alcohol-impaired driving by known offenders: (a) prevent driving; (b) prevent driving after drinking; and (c) prevent drinking. Preventing offenders from drinking can potentially protect the public against alcohol-impaired-driving crashes and reduce other alcohol-related problems, such as domestic violence, nontraffic injury, and alcohol addiction. Judges frequently make abstinence a requirement of an offenders' sentence for a repeat driving-while-intoxicated (DWI) violation and sometimes make it a formal probation requirement. Unless enforced by a monitoring program, however, such a requirement may not have the desired effect. The Secure Continuous Remote Alcohol Monitoring (SCRAM) device produced by Alcohol Monitoring Systems (AMS) and the Transdermal Alcohol Detection (TAD) system developed by BI Incorporated (BI) are two transdermal alcohol-monitoring devices that are increasingly being used across the country on alcohol-related criminal offenders. Both devices use ankle bracelets that sample perspiration to detect ethanol vapor and can automatically transfer the information stored on the ankle bracelet via modem to a secure Web server. The data is used to generate daily reports of offenders' drinking events, tamper attempts, and other forms of noncompliance with program requirements. The system was designed for security and remote reporting to minimize circumvention and render the data usable by supervising agencies. In the United States, the SCRAM device has been in use longer and has achieved much greater market penetration than the TAD. SCRAM reportedly is being used in 46 States. AMS reports that it works with more than 200 service providers in more than 1,800 courts and agencies around the United States. From a group of 9,100 offenders who were monitored using the SCRAM device from 2004 to 2009, 75 percent were considered compliant (no alcohol use or tampering occurred). BI currently has more than 1,700 TAD units in use at nearly 200 sites. The objectives of this project were to determine how extensively transdermal alcohol-monitoring devices are used and to document examples of strong and innovative programs through case studies that can be used by agencies at the State and local levels considering the use of these devices to monitor offenders. Six programs were selected for case study. Information from these six case studies revealed the following: (a) use of transdermal alcohol monitoring of DWI offenders is increasing; (b) transdermal alcohol monitoring appears to reliably monitor alcohol use by offenders (prior methods had not been as reliable) and thus is beneficial to officials; (c) transdermal-monitoring devices appear not to have any insurmountable problems (cost is an issue, but costs are paid mostly by the offender). Research is needed to carefully study whether transdermal alcohol-monitoring devices reduce drinking and DWI recidivism by offenders. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2012. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2014 at: www.nhtsa.gov Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 132176

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Before the Grand Opening: Measuring Washington State's Marijuana Market in the Last Year Before Legalized Commercial Sales Summary: In 2012, Washington state voters passed Initiative 502 (I-502), which removed the prohibition on the production, distribution, and possession of marijuana for nonmedical purposes and required the state to regulate and tax a new marijuana industry. Legalization of possession went into effect almost immediately, but the revolutionary aspect of the law - allowing businesses to openly produce and distribute commercial-scale quantities for nonmedical use - is expected to be fully implemented in 2014. Decisionmakers in Washington need baseline information about the amount of marijuana that is currently consumed in the state for many reasons. For example, it is important for making informed decisions about the number of licenses to distribute, to accurately project tax revenues, and to provide a foundation for evaluations of I-502. This report estimates the total weight of marijuana consumed in Washington in 2013 using data from existing household surveys as well as information from a new web-based consumption survey. Although the principal motivation for the study was estimating the size of the market, the report also describes various characteristics of the market, including traits of marijuana users in Washington and how they obtain marijuana. While the Washington Office of Financial Management projected that 85 metric tons (MT) of marijuana would be consumed in the state in 2013, this report suggests that estimate is probably too low, perhaps by a factor of two. There is inevitable uncertainty surrounding estimates of illegal and quasi-illegal activities, so it is better to think in terms of a range of possible sizes, rather than a point estimate. Analyses suggest a range of 135-225 MT, which might loosely be thought of as a 90-percent confidence interval, with a median estimate close to 175 MT. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, Drug Policy Research Center, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR400/RR466/RAND_RR466.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 132177

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization Reported by Adult Correctional Authorities, 2009-2011 Summary: This report presents counts of nonconsensual sexual acts, abusive sexual contacts, staff sexual misconduct, and staff sexual harassment reported to correctional authorities in adult prisons, jails, and other adult correctional facilities in 2009, 2010, and 2011. An in-depth examination of substantiated incidents is also presented, covering the number and characteristics of victims and perpetrators, location, time of day, nature of the injuries, impact on the victims, and sanctions imposed on the perpetrators. Companion tables in Survey of Sexual Violence in Adult Correctional Facilities, 2009-11 - Statistical Tables, include counts of types of sexual victimization reported for the Federal Bureau of Prisons, state prison systems, facilities operated by the U.S. military and Immigration and Customs Enforcement, sampled jail jurisdictions, privately operated jails and prisons, and jails in Indian country. Data are from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Survey of Sexual Violence (SSV), which has annually collected official records on allegations and substantiated incidents of inmate-on-inmate and staff-on-inmate sexual victimization since 2004. Highlights: Correctional administrators reported 8,763 allegations of sexual victimization in prisons, jails, and other adult correctional facilities in 2011, a statistically significant increase over the number of allegations reported in 2009 (7,855) and 2010 (8,404). About half of all allegations (51%) involved nonconsensual sexual acts (the most serious, including penetration) or abusive sexual contacts (less serious, including unwanted touching, grabbing, and groping) of inmates with other inmates. Nearly half (49%) involved staff sexual misconduct (any sexual act directed toward an inmate by staff) or sexual harassment (demeaning verbal statements of a sexual nature) directed toward inmates. In 2011, 902 allegations of sexual victimization (10%) were substantiated (i.e., determined to have occurred upon investigation). The total number of substantiated incidents has not changed significantly since 2005 (885). Victims were physically injured in 18% of substantiated incidents of inmate-on-inmate sexual victimization, compared to less than 1% of incidents of staff-on-inmate victimization. More than half (54%) of all substantiated incidents of staff sexual misconduct and a quarter (26%) of all incidents of staff sexual harassment were committed by female staff. Overall, more than three-quarters (78%) of staff perpetrators were fired or resigned. Nearly half (45%) were arrested, referred for prosecution, or convicted. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/svraca0911.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 132156

Author: Strathman, James G. Title: Evaluation of the Oregon DMV Driver Improvement Program: Final Report Summary: This report provides an evaluation of the Oregon Department of Transportation-Driver and Motor Vehicle (DMV) Services Driver Improvement Program (DIP), which was substantially changed in 2002. Prior to 2002, the DIP was organized around four progressive steps involving advisory letters, warning letters, probation, and suspension. The current program is organized around two steps: restriction and suspension. The timeline to the steps in the current program have also been shortened. To evaluate the current program, driver records of persons suspended between January and July of 2004 were examined in relation to a sample of Oregon's driving population. The incidence of crashes and traffic offense convictions of DIP subjects in the 18-month period prior to suspension was compared to the incidence of these events among the driving population. A similar comparison was also made for the 18-month period following suspension. A substantial reduction in the relative incidence of crashes and convictions among DIP subjects following suspension was observed. This finding is subject to the effects of regression-to-the-mean. An approximation of regression-to-the-mean effects was made based on prior evaluations of Oregon's DIP that employed a true experimental design. A regression analysis was also undertaken using driver record information from the period prior to suspension to estimate the likelihood of post-suspension crash and traffic offense conviction involvement. The estimated likelihood of post-suspension crash involvement was significantly affected by the frequency of pre-suspension crashes, but not by the frequency of pre-suspension convictions. Conversely, the estimated likelihood of post-suspension convictions was significantly affected by the frequency of pre-suspension convictions, but not by the frequency of pre-suspension crashes. Two changes in the DIP are suggested in the concluding section of the report. The first change involves re-instituting warning letters, given their demonstrated cost effectiveness in the driver improvement literature. The second change involves the assignment of greater weight to crashes in triggering license actions, based on the regression findings. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Department of Transportation, 2007. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/TD/TP_RES/docs/reports/2007/dmvdriver.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drivers License Suspension Shelf Number: 132187

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces Fusion Center Summary: This review examined the operations of the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces (OCDETF) Fusion Center (OFC) and assessed its process for sharing its analytical products. The OFC is a multi-agency intelligence center that produces intelligence products in response to requests from federal investigators (requesters). The Drug Enforcement Administration's (DEA) Special Operations Division (SOD) supports the OFC in developing these products. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: I-2014-002: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2014/e1402.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 132194

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: Organizational Efficiency and Early Disposition Programs in Federal Courts Summary: Early disposition or "fast-track" programs in federal sentencing allow a prosecutor to offer a reduced sentence in exchange for a defendant's prompt guilty plea and waiver of certain legal rights. Based on immigration cases in federal districts, this study finds that fast-track participants received a modest reduction in sentence length compared to otherwise similar non-participants. The estimated reduction in case processing time attributable to fast-track programs was also of moderate consequence to the government. The report discusses policy implications of fast-track processing in terms of organizational efficiency and fair treatment of defendants in federal court. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413030-organizational-efficiency.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 132200

Author: Costello, Humphrey Title: Catalog of Environmental Prevention Strategies Summary: Use of alcohol and tobacco and abuse of illicit and prescription drugs impose a huge burden on the state of Wyoming. To help address this issue, the Wyoming Department of Health funds community prevention pro-grams throughout the state. Community prevention professionals implement diverse prevention programs intended to reduce alcohol, tobacco, and other drug use and abuse within their communities. This document is intended to support these prevention efforts by providing information on the evidence base and effective-ness of environmental substance abuse prevention strategies. The Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) at the University of Wyoming, under contract to the Public Health Division of the Wyoming Department of Health, created an inventory of environmental substance abuse prevention strategies targeting alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs employed in Wyoming�s state-funded prevention system and assessed the evidence base and effectiveness of the evidence for each identified strategy. This catalog presents the findings in an easy-to-use format intended for the Wyoming Community Prevention Professional Team. Details: Cheyenne, WY: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, University of Wyoming, 2012. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.wishschools.org/resources/Catalog%20of%20Environmental%20Prevention%20Strategies_Final4%20Wyoming.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 132201

Author: Farley, Erin J. Title: Improving Courtroom Communication: A Procedural Justice Experiment in Milwaukee Summary: Research indicates that litigants are more likely to leave court with a positive impression of their experience and to comply with court orders in the future when they perceive the court process as fair. This research underlines the importance of procedural justice. In court settings, procedural justice concerns the role of fair and respectful procedures and interpersonal treatment in shaping assessments of legal authorities and reactions to specific case outcomes. In 2011, with funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Center for Court Innovation and the National Judicial College launched a pilot demonstration project at the Milwaukee County Criminal Court with the goal of enhancing defendant perceptions of procedural justice by improving the oral, written, and nonverbal communication used by judges in the courtroom. In the initial months of the project, Center staff worked with a group of experts - judges, legal theorists, communications experts, and others - to develop a one-day training for judges and other court staff that aimed to improve courtroom communication practices. Seven Milwaukee judges from misdemeanor and felony courtrooms were recruited to participate in the demonstration (in addition to representatives from partner agencies such as the public defender's office and the district attorney's office), which involved attending the project training, then developing and implementing individualized action plans to improve their communication with defendants. This report presents research findings from a quasi-experimental evaluation of the demonstration project as well as an analysis of the specific types of perceptions, courtroom actors, and defendant characteristics that play a role in shaping dynamics associated with procedural justice. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Improving%20Courtroom%20Communication.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 132202

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Nonfatal Domestic Violence, 2003-2012 Summary: The report presents estimates on nonfatal domestic violence from 2003 to 2012. Domestic violence includes victimization committed by current or former intimate partners (spouses, boyfriends or girlfriends), parents, children, siblings, and other relatives. This report focuses on the level and pattern of domestic violence over time, highlighting selected victim and incident characteristics. Incident characteristics include the type of violence, the offender's use of a weapon, victim injury and medical treatment, and whether the incident was reported to police. The report provides estimates of acquaintance and stranger violence for comparison. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes reported and not reported to police. The NCVS is a self-report survey administered every six months to persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: In 2003-12, domestic violence accounted for 21% of all violent crime. A greater percentage of domestic violence was committed by intimate partners (15%) than immediate family members (4%) or other relatives (2%). Current or former boyfriends or girlfriends committed most domestic violence. Females (76%) experienced more domestic violence victimizations than males (24%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ndv0312.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132204

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: The Deportation Dilemma: Reconciling Tough and Humane Enforcement Summary: The United States has deported a record number of unauthorized immigrants and other removable noncitizens in recent years. More than 4.5 million noncitizens have been removed since Congress passed sweeping legislation in 1996 to toughen the nation's immigration enforcement system. The pace of formal removals has quickened tremendously, rising from about 70,000 in 1996 to 419,000 in 2012. This report analyzes the current pipelines for removal and key trends in border and interior apprehensions, deportations and criminal prosecutions. With the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in the midst of a review of its deportation policies to see if they can be conducted "more humanely," the report also examines the policy levers the Obama administration has to influence deportation policies, practices and results. Using Department of Homeland Security and Immigration and Naturalization Service data, the authors identify striking trends in the deportation system since 1996: - A fundamental shift from a deportation system focused on informal returns (voluntary return and departure) to one focused on formal removals, which have more severe consequences for those who are repatriated. - Major expansion in the use of nonjudicial removal procedures such as expedited removal and reinstatement of removal, in which immigration enforcement officers rather than immigration judges make deportation decisions. - Escalating criminalization, with a rising proportion of those apprehended at the Southwest border charged with immigration-related criminal offenses. The report explains that three factors have been the key drivers of major changes in deportation outcomes during the last two decades: new laws that expand the grounds for removal and speed the removals process; sizeable and sustained increases in immigration enforcement personnel, infrastructure, and technology; and operational and policy decisions by three successive administrations to shape enforcement outcomes. The report describes the actual state of U.S. immigration enforcement: Who is being deported and where and how are they being apprehended? It also explores how the current administration is carrying out its enforcement mandates. The Obama administration inherited - and expanded upon - unprecedented capacity to identify, apprehend, and deport unauthorized immigrants. Nearly as many people were formally deported during the first five years of the current administration (over 1.9 million) as during the entire eight years of the prior administration (2.0 million). What is new is that the Obama administration also has implemented prosecutorial discretion policies to focus enforcement efforts, even as the overall scope of enforcement has grown. These policies provide guidelines for exercising discretion not to deport certain people in cases that are outside established priority categories. Overall, enforcement at the border and within the United States show sharply different pictures. At the border, there is a near zero-tolerance system, where unauthorized immigrants are increasingly subject to formal removal and criminal charges. Within the country, there is greater flexibility, with priorities and resources focused on a smaller share of the population subject to removal. Such differences are consistent with the different goals and circumstances confronting border and interior enforcement. But the impacts of these differing systems have begun to converge, raising increasingly complex questions and choices for policymakers and the public. The research presented here highlights the deportation dilemma: that more humane enforcement is fundamentally in tension with stricter immigration control; and that a more robust enforcement system inevitably inflicts damage on established families and communities. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/deportation-dilemma-reconciling-tough-humane-enforcement Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 132208

Author: Development Services Group Title: Protective Factors for Populations Served by the Administration on Children, Youth, and Families. A Literature Review and Conceptual Framework Summary: This report reviews literature on protective factors for populations served by the Administration on Children, Youth and Families (ACYF). It offers a foundation for the development of a protective factors framework that is applicable to children, youth, and families receiving ACYF-funded services. The report: �� Reviews the literature and evidence pertaining to protective factors for children, youth, and families targeted by ACYF-funded initiatives; and �� Develops a protective factor framework for these in-risk populations that may be used to inform and guide practice and policy. Findings from this report provide information about protective factors for in-risk populations of primary concern to ACYF. Evidence pertaining to protective factors for general populations of children and youth is not reviewed. Therefore, protective factors found in systematic reviews of general child and youth populations may not appear in the study��s findings. The review focused on five key population groups who have experienced traumatic or otherwise adverse events and can be considered in-risk. For in-risk children and youth like those served by ACYF, the issue is not so much prevention of a problem, but coping with or transitioning through one or more existing problem situations. For purposes of this review, the following populations are considered separately and collectively and are referred to as in-risk or ACYF populations. Infants, children, and adolescents who are victims of child abuse and neglect; Runaway and homeless youth; Youth in or transitioning out of foster care; Children and youth exposed to domestic violence; and Pregnant and parenting teens. While the developmental stage represented within these in risk populations is an important consideration, the scope and number of studies in this review did not provide sufficient evidence to draw conclusions about the salience of protective factors for different developmental stages. The one exception to this trend was for adolescent populations. A majority of studies examined protective factors among children and youth over the age of 12. In contrast, few studies assessed protective factors for infants, toddlers, or children under 12 years old. Details: Washington, DC: Office on Child Abuse and Neglect, Children��s Bureau, Administration on Children, Youth, and Families, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://library.childwelfare.gov/cwig/ws/library/docs/gateway/Blob/89144.pdf?w=NATIVE('SIMPLE_SRCH%20ph%20is%20''Protective%20Factors%20for%20Populations%20Served%20by%20the%20Administration''')&upp=0&rpp=25&order=native('year/Descend')&r=1&m=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 132210

Author: Campie, Patricia E. Title: What Works to Prevent Urban Violence Among Proven Risk Young Men? The Safe and Successful Youth Initiative Evidence and Implementation Review Summary: The Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) commissioned a review of the evidence underlying effective programs designed to reduce serious violence among targeted groups of young offenders. A Rapid Evidence Assessment (REA) methodology was used to identify and determine the effectiveness of rigorous evaluation studies of programs most similar to the SSYI intervention. A review of the implementation science literature complemented the evidence review to determine what characteristics organizations should demonstrate in order to produce optimal results from their SSYI efforts. Taken together, the guidance from evaluations of effective programs and the characteristics of high quality implementation provide SSYI with valuable insight on enhancing and improving violence prevention efforts moving forward. Findings -- Eleven program evaluations were identified, of which ten were deemed as producing "effective" results, with one program showing ineffective or detrimental outcomes. The two common features of all programs deemed to be effective included: Using street outreach workers. Providing positive development supports to high-risk persons. However, the evaluations were generally not designed to specifically test the individual effects of single intervention components (such as street outreach) on individual or community-level outcomes. Most studies focused on measuring criminal justice outcomes (i.e., arrests and homicides) rather than norms of violence or changes in individual or community-well-being (i.e., mental health status or unemployment). None of the evaluated programs included any reference to trauma-informed supports and none evaluated a program implemented in multiple cities in the same state. Despite some differences with SSYI, most of the initiatives included multi-agency efforts, community mobilization, and the use of street outreach workers. At least three used a "list" of high-risk individuals to target for suppression and social services. The effective programs contained eight themes that can be instructive for guiding efforts to improve SSYI's ongoing implementation and to evaluate impacts. Details: Boston, MA: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/What%20Works%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence%20Among%20Proven%20Risk%20Young%20Men.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 132211

Author: Owen, Candace G. Title: Human Trafficking for Labor Purposes: An Analysis of Immigration Policy and Economic Forces within the Untied States Summary: Human trafficking is an international crisis which has emerged as a human rights issue of the highest priority for many nations. This is not a new occurrence, although the onset of globalization has provoked increased intensity in this international crime. Recent studies, including the U.S. State Department's 2009 Trafficking in Persons Report have predicted that the recent global economic crisis will inflate these numbers to an even larger number of victims. This thesis will investigate these phenomena ultimately asking: Do immigration policies and economic conditions contribute to the recent proliferation in cases of human trafficking for labor purposes? Moreover with the recent global economic crisis, has consumer demand affected an increase in cheap migrant labor furthering vulnerabilities that create prime situations for human trafficking and forced labor? This thesis will investigate these questions by focusing on the geographic parameters of the United States and Mexico due to their physical proximity and the history of immigration between these neighboring countries Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2011. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0003908/Owen_Candace_G_201108_MA.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 132212

Author: Campie, Patricia E. Title: Strategies to Prevent Urban Violence. A Companion Report to the SSYI Evidence and Implementation Review Summary: The Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) commissioned a review of strategies utilized by the federal government, states and cities trying to address serious youth violence among older youth ages 14-24. The goal of this work is to provide Massachusetts with a sense of where its own violence prevention efforts fit among the range of initiatives implemented in localities nationwide and provide additional insights on strategies that SSYI may want to employ in the future. This strategy review complements the 2013 report "What Works to Prevent Urban Violence Among Proven Risk Young Men? The Safe and Successful Youth Initiative Evidence and Implementation Review". In that report, the SSYI evaluation team reviewed the state of the research on effective urban violence prevention programs targeting highest risk older youth, ages 14-24. Taken together, the guidance from research on effective programs and high quality implementation, along with the best thinking from state and local policymakers, provide SSYI with valuable information to inform SSYI moving forward. Details: Boston, MA: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Strategies%20to%20Prevent%20Urban%20Violence.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Yough Shelf Number: 132214

Author: White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault Title: Not Alone: The First Report of the White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault Summary: One in five women is sexually assaulted in college. Most often, it's by someone she knows - and also most often, she does not report what happened. Many survivors are left feeling isolated, ashamed or to blame. Although it happens less often, men, too, are victims of these crimes. The President created the Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault to turn this tide. As the name of our new website - NotAlone.gov - indicates, we are here to tell sexual assault survivors that they are not alone. And we're also here to help schools live up to their obligation to protect students from sexual violence. Over the last three months, we have had a national conversation with thousands of people who care about this issue. Today, we offer our first set of action steps and recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/report_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 132216

Author: Holtfreter, Kristy Title: Final Report: Financial Exploitation of the Elderly in a Consumer Context Summary: National studies document that financial exploitation (e.g., fraud victimization) of elderly consumers has become an increasingly prominent problem, one likely to assume greater urgency as larger proportions of Americans enter the ranks of the elderly. Indeed, all 50 states have enacted elder abuse statutes, many of which focus on addressing financial exploitation of the elderly. Yet, remarkably little is known about the (1) true prevalence of elderly fraud victimization, save that it appears to be greatly underreported, (2) the risk and protective factors, other than physical limitations, associated with such victimization, or (3) what is effective in reducing it. These significant gaps make it difficult to develop effective policies. Which types of frauds are most common, and what are risk factors should be targeted in reducing them? Compared to the national average, the population of citizens age 60 and older is significantly higher in the states of Arizona and Florida. These population characteristics, coupled with current crime prevention efforts by both states' Attorneys General, point to a unique opportunity to shed light on financial exploitation and, more pointedly, to provide guidance to these and other states on how they might best focus their efforts to reduce such victimization. To this end, we propose a timely and cost-effective, multi-method study to address these important research and policy gaps. The study's goals are to provide policymakers, practitioners, and researchers with a greater, empirically-based understanding of the distribution and causes of, as well as solutions to financial exploitation of the elderly in a consumer context. The objectives are: (1) To determine the nature, incidence, and prevalence of fraud victimization among elderly consumers in Arizona and Florida; (2) To identify risk and protective factors associated with fraud victimization in this population; and (3) To evaluate the effectiveness of service providers, including assessment of the elderly population's awareness of state based programs, barriers to and facilitators of program use, and impacts on victimization. This 2-year study includes a telephone survey of 1,000 Arizonians and 1,000 Floridians over the age of 60, as well as interviews with elder service providers. We will examine (1) indicators of the nature and prevalence of financial exploitation, including identification of the victim offender relationship and dollar amount lost; (2) risk and protective factors (e.g., financial risk-taking, trust propensity, lifestyle characteristics, routine consumer activities, and personal characteristics); and (3) respondents� awareness and use of state Attorney General services, including assessment of potential barriers to and facilitators of program use, as well as reporting behavior to law enforcement and perceptions of law enforcement responsiveness. The research team will conduct descriptive, bivariate, and multivariate analyses. Particular emphasis will be given to identifying theoretically-informed variables that predict fraud victimization and reporting behavior. Regression analyses will allow us to identify risk and protective factors that increase or decrease the likelihood of fraud victimization and reporting. Data obtained from semi-structured interviews with service provider staff will help identify barriers to and facilitators of program success. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/245388.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 132217

Author: Klein, Susan R. Title: Waiving the Criminal Justice System: An Empirical and Constitutional Analysis Summary: Constitutional criminal procedural guarantees are becoming increasingly marginalized in a world where "the criminal justice system is the plea bargaining system." Plea agreements are boilerplate, and the 97% of defendants who enter guilty pleas cannot, for the most part, negotiate individual terms, nor run the risk of rejecting the deal and going to trial. As we have transformed from an adversary process where guilt was determined by trial to an administrative process where guilt and penalties are determined by negotiation, the government has begun demanding the waiver of all constitutional criminal procedure rights, not just the trial and investigative-related ones inherent in replacing the trial with the plea. In this essay, we will first describe the growth of two non-trial-related waivers that have not yet been accepted by the Supreme Court - waivers of the due process right to obtain exculpatory evidence as to guilt and punishment, and waivers of the newly-expressed Sixth Amendment right to effective assistance of counsel at the plea negotiation stage. We then offer the results of an empirical project that Professor Susan Klein undertook at the United States Sentencing Commission and a national survey of federal plea agreements conducted by Public Defender Donna Elm. After examining caselaw and practice in the area, we conclude that effective assistance of counsel waivers are unethical, unwise, and perhaps unconstitutional. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, 2014. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Texas Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 556 : Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2422545 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Procedure (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132218

Author: Gross, Samuel R. Title: Exonerations in the United States, 1989 - 2012 Summary: This report is about 873 exonerations in the United States, from January 1989 through February 2012. The 873 exonerations we analyze in this report are listed and described in the National Registry of Exonerations, which is maintained and updated on a regular basis. They are available at: exonerationregistry.org. These are not the only exonerations we know about. We also discuss a larger set: at least 1,100 convicted defendants who were cleared since 1995 in 12 "group exonerations," that occurred after it was discovered that police officers had deliberately framed dozens or hundreds of innocent defendants, mostly for drug and gun crimes.3 The group exonerations do not appear on the National Registry. We have only sketchy information about most of these cases. For some of the scandals we can only estimate the numbers of exonerated defendants and know few if any of their names. Some of these group exonerations are well known; most are comparatively obscure. We began to notice them by accident, as a by-product of searches for individual cases. We have no doubt that there have been other group exonerations in the past 23 years that we have not spotted. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Law School, National Registry of Exonerations, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Documents/exonerations_us_1989_2012_full_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 132221

Author: Benton, Meghan Title: Spheres of Exploitation: Thwarting Actors Who Profit from Illegal Labor, Domestic Servitude, and Sex Work Summary: Large-scale migration flows are too often exploited by "bad actors" for profit-ranging from criminals who exploit trafficked people to employers who do not meet legal hiring practices. Even consumers, who may not know the source of their goods and services, sometimes aid the exploitation of migrants. This report analyzes such exploitation in three spheres: the domestic care sector, the labor market, and the sex industry. Across all three, perpetrators are broadly motivated by the lure of high profits and low risks. The report, part of a Transatlantic Council on Migration series on migration "bad actors," details several obstacles governments face in their efforts to weaken such actors: victims may be unwilling to report crimes, the crimes themselves fall into a gray area in which identification and prosecution are complex, and the leaders of criminal organizations often successfully protect themselves from enforcement efforts by implicating their foot soldiers and victims in illegal activity. Policies to disrupt the business model of exploitation seek to increase risks and reduce profits for facilitators, and they may also aim to reduce the supply and demand of exploitable labor. Most policies carry risks and practical challenges. One of the main legal tools-anti-trafficking legislation-aims to increase the risks of severe exploitation, but low prosecution rates and trivial sentences reduce their utility as a deterrent. Measures that target employers also face several challenges, such as proving employer guilt and administering high-enough fines. Increasing subcontractors' regulations, if successfully implemented, can raise standards across the board, but may also inadvertently lead to more severe exploitation (and more illegal immigration) if some operators are pushed underground. The report argues that one of the biggest challenges facing law enforcement is that the focus on serious criminals and lawbreakers ignores those who operate on the edge of legality; the reality is that creative criminal organizations exploit legal routes wherever possible, sometimes flying under the radar of police. This situation often creates unexpected results. Some policies to encourage legal migration-like those that tie workers to a particular employer-can facilitate exploitative practices, while policies designed to reduce exploitation (such as licensing systems) might make some operators more likely to hire unauthorized workers. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/migration-exploitation-illegal-labor-domestic-servitude-sex Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132222

Author: Papademetriou, Demetrios G. Title: A Strategic Framework for Creating legality and Order in Immigration Summary: "Immigration harms" undermine the positive economic and social benefits of immigration and in some cases produce economic and social costs that may outweigh the benefits of migration. These risks of migration are extensive, and they include the exploitation of workers, the erosion of working standards, the presence of illegally resident persons that undermine the rule of law, profit to criminal enterprises, government corruption, potential adverse fiscal and welfare consequences, and-at their most severe-violent criminal activity. This report, part of a Transatlantic Council on Migration series that examines migration "bad actors," analyzes how governments ought to best allocate their resources to address these harms, including choosing which threats to tackle and where to prioritize enforcement efforts. The report explores how immigration policymakers can learn from other public policy regulation efforts to ensure that regulatory actions advance the public interest. After assessing a wide range of tools that immigration policymakers have at their disposal, the report concludes that an effective and strategic enforcement regime to tackle immigration harms includes: (1) the abiilty of governments to generate new evidence and analysis to improve their operational understanding of the threats they face; (2) an allocation of resources the scale and intensity of the violations, as well as the cost-effectiveness of policies designed to address them; (3) strong partnerships across government agencies; and (4) decisions based on transparent criteria that all participants in the system can understand. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2014. 25p.; Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.fosterquan.com/content/documents/policy_papers/2014/MPI_Legality_and_Order.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 132224

Author: Archbold, Carol A. Title: "Policing the Patch": An Examination of the Impact of the Oil Boom on Small Town Policing and Crime in Western North Dakota Summary: The "oil boom" that has taken place in western North Dakota over the past several years has positioned the state to have a budget reserve of more than $2 billion by the end of 2013 (Prah, 2012). Increased oil production has created thousands of jobs, which has contributed to North Dakota having one of the lowest unemployment rates in the country (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2013). It has been projected that the oil and natural gas industry in North Dakota will produce another 13,144 jobs by 2015 and an additional 15,840 jobs by 2020 (Energy Works North Dakota, 2012). While increased oil production has provided economic stability to the state, it has also created some challenges for western North Dakota. Steady oil production has resulted in rapid population growth for many communities located in the Bakken region. Williams County (ranked second) and Stark County (ranked fifth) in western North Dakota are included on the list of the ten fastest growing counties in the United States from 2011-2012 (U.S. Census Bureau, 2013). The rapid population growth has created problems with housing, schools, and roads in communities across the region (Governing the States and Localities, 2011). Various media outlets have also reported that police agencies in western North Dakota are struggling to keep rampant crime problems under control (CBS Minnesota, 2012; Ellis, 2011; Elgon, 2012). The problem with the information presented in media reports is that it consists of anecdotal information, not empirical research. The study presented in this report examines how the rapid population growth resulting from the oil boom in western North Dakota has affected policing and crime in the Bakken region. This study is important because it provides an empirical foundation for future research on rapid population growth, policing, and crime in western North Dakota. Details: Fargo, ND: Department of Criminal Justice and Political Science, North Dakota State University, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: www.ndsu.edu Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Boomtowns Shelf Number: 132225

Author: Catalano, Shannan Title: Intimate Partner Violence: Attributes of Victimization, 1993-2011 Summary: This report presents data on trends in nonfatal intimate partner violence among U.S. households from 1993 to 2011. Intimate partner violence includes rape, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault by a current or former spouse, boyfriend, or girlfriend. This report focuses on attributes of the victimization such as the type of crime, type of attack, whether the victim was threatened before the attack, use of a weapon by the offender, victim injury, and medical treatment received for injuries. The report also describes ways these attributes of the victimization may be used to measure seriousness or severity of the incident. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes reported and not reported to the police. The NCVS is a self-report survey administered every six months to persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: From 1994 to 2011, the rate of serious intimate partner violence declined 72% for females and 64% for males. „„ Nonfatal serious violence comprised more than a third of intimate partner violence against females and males during the most recent 10-year period (2002�11). „„ An estimated two-thirds of female and male intimate partner victimizations involved a physical attack in 2002�11; the remaining third involved an attempted attack or verbal threat of harm. „„ In 2002�11, 8% of female intimate partner victimizations involved some form of sexual violence during the incident. „„ About 4% of females and 8% of males who were victimized by an intimate partner were shot at, stabbed, or hit with a weapon in 2002�11. Part of the Intimate Partner Violence Series Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ipvav9311.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Wives Shelf Number: 132226

Author: Smith, Brenda V. Title: Policy Review and Development Guide: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, and Intersex Persons in Custodial Settings Summary: This guide includes information that will help adult correctional facilities and juvenile justice agencies to assess, develop, or improve policies and practices regarding LGBTI [lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and intersex] individuals in their custody. The guide is not meant to be a quick reference for writing policies appropriate for all agencies and/or facilities. It is intentionally vague on "how to" advice and "plug and play" policy guidance. Guides for writing policies exist in many forms. Rather, the purpose of this guide is to (1) define agencies' obligations to LGBTI populations, both legally and in accordance with PREA [Prison Rape Elimination Act] standards, (2) begin a dialogue within agencies regarding the safety and treatment needs of LGBTI populations, and (3) guide agencies in asking good questions about practices and implementation strategies for meeting the needs of LGBTI populations" (p. 1). It is made up of three chapters: introduction and overview-introduction, evolving terminology and definitions, core principles for understanding LGBTI individuals in custody, and emerging data on LGBTI individuals in custodial settings and the challenges they face; LGBTI youth under custodial supervision-the law, PREA standards, other governing principles (state human rights laws and professional codes of ethics), and elements of legally sound and effective policy and practice; and LGBTI adults under custodial supervision-the law, PREA standards, and elements of legally sound and effective policy and practice. Appendixes provide: glossary; case law digest; additional resources; webpages with sample policies; and a training matrix Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2013. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/027507.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 132227

Author: Parks, Sharyn E. Title: Surveillance for Violent Deaths - National Violent Death Reporting System, 16 States, 2010 Summary: Problem/Condition: An estimated 55,000 persons die annually in the United States as a result of violence-related injuries. This report summarizes data from CDC's National Violent Death Reporting System (NVDRS) regarding violent deaths from 16 U.S. states for 2010. Results are reported by sex, age group, race/ethnicity, marital status, location of injury, method of injury, circumstances of injury, and other selected characteristics. Reporting Period Covered: 2010. Description of System: NVDRS collects data regarding violent deaths obtained from death certificates, coroner/medical examiner reports, law enforcement reports, and secondary sources (e.g., child fatality review team data, supplementary homicide reports, hospital data, and crime laboratory data). NVDRS data collection began in 2003 with seven states (Alaska, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oregon, South Carolina, and Virginia) participating; six states (Colorado, Georgia, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Rhode Island, and Wisconsin) joined in 2004, four (California, Kentucky, New Mexico, and Utah) in 2005, and two in 2010 (Ohio and Michigan), for a total of 19 states. This report includes data from 16 states that collected statewide data in 2010; data from California are not included in this report because data were not collected after 2009. Ohio and Michigan were excluded because data collection, which began in 2010, did not occur statewide until 2011. Results: For 2010, a total of 15,781 fatal incidents involving 16,186 deaths were captured by NVDRS in the 16 states included in this report. The majority (62.8%) of deaths were suicides, followed by homicides and deaths involving legal intervention (i.e., deaths caused by law enforcement and other persons with legal authority to use deadly force, excluding legal executions) (24.4%), deaths of undetermined intent (12.2%), and unintentional firearm deaths (0.7%). Suicides occurred at higher rates among males, non-Hispanic whites, American Indians/Alaska Natives, and persons aged 45-54 years. Suicides most often occurred in a house or apartment and involved the use of firearms. Suicides were preceded primarily by a mental health or intimate partner problem, a crisis during the previous 2 weeks, or a physical health problem. Homicides occurred at higher rates among males and persons aged 20-24 years; rates were highest among non-Hispanic black males. The majority of homicides involved the use of a firearm and occurred in a house or apartment or on a street/highway. Homicides were precipitated primarily by arguments and interpersonal conflicts or in conjunction with another crime. Interpretation: This report provides a detailed summary of data from NVDRS for 2010. The results indicate that violent deaths resulting from self-inflicted or interpersonal violence disproportionately affected persons aged <55 years, males, and certain minority populations. For homicides and suicides, relationship problems, interpersonal conflicts, mental health problems, and recent crises were among the primary precipitating factors. Because additional information might be reported subsequently as participating states update their findings, the data provided in this report are preliminary. Public Health Action: For the occurrence of violent deaths in the United States to be better understood and ultimately prevented, accurate, timely, and comprehensive surveillance data are necessary. NVDRS data can be used to monitor the occurrence of violence-related fatal injuries and assist public health authorities in the development, implementation, and evaluation of programs and policies to reduce and prevent violent deaths at the national, state, and local levels. NVDRS data have been used to enhance prevention programs. Examples include use of linked NVDRS data and adult protective service data to better target elder maltreatment prevention programs and improve staff training to identify violent death risks for older adults in North Carolina, use of Oklahoma VDRS homicide data to help evaluate the effectiveness of a new police and advocate intervention at domestic violence incident scenes, and data-informed changes in primary care practice in Oregon to more effectively address older adult suicide prevention. The continued development and expansion of NVDRS is essential to CDC's efforts to reduce the personal, familial, and societal impacts of violence. Further efforts are needed to increase the number of states participating in NVDRS, with an ultimate goal of full national representation. Details: Atlanta, GA: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Morbidity and Mortality Weekley Report, January 17, 2014: Surveillance Summaries, vol. 63, no. 1: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/ss/ss6301.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132233

Author: Bynum, Timothy Title: Evaluation of a Comprehensive Approach to Reducing Gun Violence in Detroit Summary: Increasingly criminal justice agencies are integrating "data based" approaches into their operational strategies. This "new" model of criminal justice suggests that analysis of data on recent crime and violence incidents can lead to a more focused and targeted effort than previous enforcement efforts. Through such efforts, individuals, groups, and locations that exhibit a high level of gun violence within a limited geographic area are identified and a variety of intervention are then implemented. These interventions typically include both enforcement as well as offender focused interventions. These efforts differ from prior enforcement strategies in that they emphasize the integration of a problem analysis component in which data analysis is used to identify the patterns of gun violence in a small target area and enforcement resources are concentrated in this area. However, this approach also differs from previous "crackdown" enforcement strategies in that there are also community and offender intervention components that are integral to this model. The community component seeks to identify ways in which the community can be involved in working with law enforcement to reduce gun violence in this area. This is often through increased community meetings, and establishing more frequent and effective means of communication between the community and local law enforcement. In addition, the enforcement strategies used in this model are data and intelligence driven. As such they are focused on identifying the most problematic locations, groups and individuals that are most responsible for gun violence in this community. This report documents the implementation and outcomes of the implementation of Project Safe Neighborhoods in one of the jurisdictions in which this model was first implemented. Details: Unpublished report submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 69p. Source: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244866.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 132234

Author: Reddy, Vikrant P. Title: Cutting Edge Corrections: Using Technology to Improve Community Supervision in Texas Summary: Over the last three decades, the United States has seen an extraordinary burst of technological innovation. Desktop computing, mobile communication, and mapping are just a few aspects of daily life that are completely different than they were only thirty years ago. For Texas legislators, these innovations have provided exciting new opportunities throughout public policy. In education policy, for example, digital learning could lead to a revolution in student outcomes. Criminal justice policy in Texas is one area that could especially benefit from innovation. In particular, technology has the potential to completely revolutionize community supervision. The fundamental needs of community supervision are technologies for monitoring offenders, for communicating with them, and for analyzing data about them. In all of these areas, technology has grown leaps and bounds. Key Points - Use risk assessments to match probationers and parolees with the most appropriate level of supervision. - Explore use of including voice recognition reporting for the lowest-risk offenders, thus reallocating supervision resources to frequent home visits as well as GPS monitoring for high-risk offenders. - Given that many of those under supervision with technical probation revocations become absconders, consider using enhanced monitoring in order to reduce technical revocations. - While continuing to use ignition interlock devices where appropriate, also consider expanding the use of other alcohol detection devices that are directed at stopping alcohol abuse, not just drunk driving. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/sites/default/files/documents/2014-04-PP17-CuttingEdgeCorrections-CEJ-ReddyLevin_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 132239

Author: California. Sex Offender Supervision and GPS Monitoring Task Force Title: Sex Offender Supervision and GPS Monitoring Task Force Final Report Summary: Citizens across California have become increasingly concerned about sex offenders returning to their neighborhoods. They want greater assurances that these offenders will not place their children or themselves in jeopardy of victimization. As a result, laws have recently been passed that increase incarceration and community supervision periods, place restrictions on where sex offenders can reside, and prohibit them from being in specific locations. In California, there are approximately 85,000 registered sex offenders in our communities, more than any other state in the nation. Even with increased sentences, nearly all convicted sex offenders sentenced to state prison will eventually be released back to their respective communities. They will be placed on supervised parole for a period of time to monitor their reintegration and help protect the public. Currently, fewer than 10% (approximately 6,600) of all California sex offenders are on supervised parole in the community and being monitored by GPS technology. Additionally, there are approximately 2,900 sex offender parolees that are on parole, who are either in custody pending revocation, committed to a State Mental Hospital or have absconded supervision. Over the past year, two horrific crimes have focused the concerns of citizens. Phillip Garrido and John Gardner, both registered sex offenders, committed unthinkable acts that forever changed the lives of the victim�s families and communities. The Governor requested a review of the John Gardner case be completed by the California Sex Offender Management Board (CASOMB) to offer recommendations for improving sex offender management. Meanwhile, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated an independent investigation of these cases and also offered recommendations on how to improve sex offender supervision. Acting on the content of the reports, CDCR reviewed relevant policies and practices and made substantive changes to both sex offender parole supervision policies and GPS tracking policies. Further, at the direction of Secretary Matthew Cate, the Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) convened a task force of CDCR staff, outside public safety representatives, and victim advocates to review the OIG and CASOMB recommendations, as well as relevant sex offender supervision policies and practices. The objective of the task force is to make further recommendations to improve public safety as it relates to parolee sex offender supervision. The Sex Offender Supervision and GPS Monitoring Task Force met weekly between July and September 2010. Participants included statewide representatives from CDCR, Board of Parole Hearings, local law enforcement, probation, district attorneys, Office of the Inspector General, National Institute of Justice, treatment providers, and victim advocates. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/News/docs/Sex_Offender_and_GPSTask_Force_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Global Positioning System (GPS) Shelf Number: 132241

Author: U.S. President's Interagency Task Force Title: Progress in Combating Trafficking in Persons: The U.S. Government Response to Modern Slavery Summary: Trafficking in persons, or human trafficking, is the act of recruiting, enticing, harboring, transporting, providing, obtaining, or maintaining a person for compelled labor or commercial sex acts through the use of force, fraud, or coercion. Sex trafficking of a minor under the age of 18 does not require the use of force, threats of force, fraud, or coercion. The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000 (Pub. L. 106-386), as amended, describes this compelled service using a number of different terms, including involuntary servitude, slavery, debt bondage, and forced labor. Human trafficking can include, but does not require, movement. Under the TVPA, people may be considered trafficking victims regardless of whether they were transported to the exploitative situation, previously consented to work for a trafficker, or participated in a crime as a direct result of being trafficked. At the heart of this phenomenon are the traffickers' aim to exploit and enslave their victims and the myriad of coercive and deceptive practices they use. Human trafficking is an opportunistic crime. Traffickers target all types of people: adults and children, women, men, and transgender individuals, citizens and noncitizens alike. No socioeconomic group is immune; new immigrants, Native Americans, runaways, the homeless, and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth are particularly vulnerable. One of the most common assumptions about "average" trafficking victims is that they are vulnerable simply because they come from the poorest, most isolated communities, whether overseas or in the United States. Indeed, many do. Yet some victims, from a variety of backgrounds, have reported that their suffering began with their aspirations for a better life and a lack of options to fulfill them. That's where the traffickers come in. Exploiting these realities, traffickers appear to offer a solution - a good job, a brighter future, a safe home, or a sense of belonging, even love. They prey on their victims' hope and exploit their trust and confidence, coercing them into using themselves as collateral for that chance. Details: Washington, DC: President's Interagency Task Force, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/224810.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 132246

Author: Ishida, Kanako Title: Automatic Adult Prosecution of Children in Cook County, Illinois. 2010-2012 Summary: Under Illinois' automatic transfer law in effect during the study of 2010 through 2012, anyone age 15 or 16 charged with certain felonies automatically bypasses the more rehabilitation-focused juvenile court, and there is no judicial review or appeal of a prosecutor's decision to try a child in adult court. Illinois is now one of only 14 states with no ability for a judge to provide individual review, either in juvenile or adult court, of the decision to try a child in adult court. The research into the 257 automatic transfer cases in Cook County from 2010 through 2012 found that only one white boy was among the 257 Cook County children charged with crimes requiring an automatic transfer to adult court, and most of those children live in predominantly minority communities in the south and west sides of Chicago. Half the children end up convicted of lesser offenses - offenses that would not have triggered adult trial if charged appropriately at the outset. These poor outcomes and racial disparities have been consistently demonstrated in studies over the 30-year lifetime of these automatic transfer policies. Details: Evanston, IL: Juvenile Justice Initiative, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://jjustice.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/Automatic-Adult-Prosecution-of-Children-in-Cook-County-IL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 132247

Author: Flowers, Shawn M. Title: Baltimore City Jail Reentry Strategies Project: Final Report Summary: Choice Research Associates (CRA) was engaged by the Office of Human Services, Office of the Mayor, Baltimore MD to develop strategies to meet the needs of three primary offender populations at the Baltimore City Detention Center (BCDC) and Baltimore City Central Booking and Intake Center (BCBIC): 1) Individuals detained in Central Booking for short periods (e.g., 24 to 48 hours); 2) Detainees housed for longer periods (e.g., up to 1 month); and 3) Populations who remain in the facility for several months (31 days or more). The objective of the Baltimore City Jail Reentry Strategies project was to work collaboratively with the Mayor's Office, representatives from the Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS), and to review the extant literature to incorporate evidence based strategies in the proposed reentry model. Multiple sources of data were utilized to inform this project including Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS) official criminal history data, arrestee self-report of the Proxy Risk Assessment Tool, Offender Case Management System (OCMS) data providing release time and dates and release status, survey data from the Window Replication Project, and LSI-R assessment data of BCDC inmates and detainees. One of the challenges in jail reentry is to target those most in need of services. The key to overcoming this challenge in formulating this reentry strategy was to gain a better understanding of the population that flows in and out of the BCBIC and BCDC by conducting a pilot of the proxy risk assessment tool. The proxy is a screening tool currently used by a number of jails involved in National Institutes of Corrections/Urban Institute Transitions from Jail to the Community study. The proxy provides a rough proximate of risk level for designation of an arrestee for provision of information, additional assessment, and reentry services. The proxy risk assessment tool consists of 3 questions: 1) what is your current age?; 2) how old were you the first time you were arrested?; and 3) how many prior arrests do you have? (both questions including juvenile arrests). A total score is developed from that information which ranges from 2 to 8, with higher scores indicating an individual is a greater risk for recidivism. Over the week of October 21 to October 28, 2012, 1,028 individuals were arrested and booked in Baltimore City. Of those, 577 completed the proxy, of which 37% scored from 2 to 4 points and were categorized as low risk; 45% scored 5 to 6 points so were medium risk, and 18% scored 7 or 8, and labeled high risk. The State Identification (SID) numbers of the 1,028 individuals arrested that week were then submitted to be matched to CJIS records and 956 (93%) had records in CJIS. The criminal history data were combined with demographic data to provide a descriptive portrait. Arrestees were on average 33.56 years old, 79% were male, 83% were African American and 16% were Caucasian. The most common type of offender is a person offender (56%), followed by drug (34%), sex offender (5%), and property (4%), based on most serious conviction. On average, arrestees had been criminally involved over 10 years, with an average of 9 arrests (ranging from 1 to 74), 3.7 prior convictions and an average conviction rate of 33% overall. Data from CJIS were also used to compare the population by risk level. In general, those in the low and medium risk groups were older (which is expected given that older offenders score lower on the proxy than younger offenders). There were also more women in the low risk group compared to the medium or high risk groups. Further, as it takes time to accrue a criminal career, the low and medium risk populations had longer criminal careers than the high risk group. However, the high risk group as a whole consisted of more serious offenders with a higher average incarceration rate and more felony charges and convictions than the low risk group. The low risk group also had fewer weapons charges than the other groups and was more likely to be convicted of crimes classified as "other" - principally nuisance or quality of life type offenses such as rogue and vagabond, pandering, urination in public, trespassing, and consuming alcohol in public. It is also important to note that among the high risk group are low-level habitual misdemeanor offenders (HMOs). HMOs fall into the high risk group due to their repeated cycling in and out of the jail. The inability of the proxy tool to distinguish between the HMO and other high risk individuals supports the contention that those who are classified as high risk should be triggered to complete a more comprehensive assessment tool because HMOs likely need different and/or additional services to address the causes of their repeated offending than others in the high risk group. The next step was to incorporate CJIS data with release data from the Offender Case Management System (OCMS) to calculate the length of stay in the facility and to further inform the reentry plan based on the flow of individuals out of the facility (e.g., when and what time released; whether released on bond, from court, etc) and further define the population. Not surprisingly, the population and criminal history characteristics of those detained for up to 48 hours were significantly different than those in the facility for longer periods of time on a number of factors. For example, those held more than 31 days in the facility had significantly more serious criminal careers overall. They had longer criminal careers (averaging 12 vs. 10 years); a higher total number of prior arrests (12.06 compared to 8.29 for those released within 48 hours); higher career conviction rates (42% vs. 30%); incarceration rates (72% vs. 49%); and the number of times incarcerated for more than 1 day (5.3 vs. 2.9). In addition, there were significantly fewer women detained in the facility for 3 or more days. Specifically, in the first 48 hours after arrest, the population was 77% male and 23% female; beyond 48 hours, 92% of the population was male and 8% of the population was female. Further, by incorporating both the risk level assignment and release data, the length of stay is consistent with what one would expect -- more low risk individuals are released, and released at an earlier time, than those who are medium and/or high risk. Another concern with providing reentry services in a jail setting is that individuals may be released at any time of the day or night, particularly within the first 48 hours. This is a barrier for service providers who wish to connect with individuals as they are leaving the facility. Using OCMS data, the day and time of release were examined for those leaving the facility in the first 48 hours. Those results indicate that if service providers wish to staff an information booth at the Eager Street lobby, they should have staff present from 6 PM to Midnight on Sunday, Monday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday, when the highest percentage of those released within 48 hours will leave the facility. Over half (54%) of those released on Sunday leave in this time frame 38% leave during these hours on Saturday, as do approximately 33% of those on Monday, Thursday and Friday. Providers might also consider keeping staff available at the jail until 3 AM as the majority of individuals (94%) released after 31 days are released between 9 PM and 3 AM. OCMS data was then explored by length of stay and by risk level to specifically observe release patterns for medium and high risk individuals. These individuals may be of the most interest to service providers, particularly for those who have begun to establish a relationship through in-reach, and wish to engage the individual immediately into services. The data show that the best times to staff the jail are between 9 PM and 3 AM, when 60% of medium and high risk individuals are released. Further, the best days to staff the Eager Street Lobby would be Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Saturday evenings. Self-report data from the Window Replication Study and LSI-R assessments provided specific information on self-defined needs and criminogenic risks of those in BCDC. Data from the Window Replication Study included two populations - 142 individuals surveyed within hours of release from the Eager Street Lobby and Jail Industries Building, and among 200 male detainees housed in the Jail Industries Building in 2009. The 142 individuals in the release sample were on average 35 years old (ranging in age from 16 to 71), 86% were male, 82% were Black, and 16% White. The average length of stay for the release sample (from date of arrest to date of the survey) was 32 days, ranging from 1 to 325 days, with the majority (71%) released either on bond or own recognizance; 27% left time served; and 2% had charges dropped. The release population self-defined needs were then examined by length of stay. Among the 76 individuals pending release after 48 hours in the facility, transportation was ranked as the most useful service (42%). This was followed by employment (33%), job training (30%) and education/GED (24%). Housing was the next useful service (18%), then food (16%), drug treatment (16%), legal services (12%), mental health care (11%), and basic health care (9%). The 200 male detainee respondents were on average 39 years old (ranging in age from 18 to 62), 84% were Black, 11% White and 5% identified as other. The majority of detainees (59%) were single, never married; and 75% were fathers. The average length of stay for the detainee sample (from date of arrest to date of the survey) was 67 days, ranging from 1 to 1,024 days. The Window Replication detainee survey also contained the 3 proxy risk assessment questions, allowing categorization of self-defined needs by risk level. While the suggested reentry strategy is to focus resources on medium and high risk individuals, the data helps to inform which services and/or service providers should be targeted for kiosk and/or resource wall materials provided to all those processed and released in Baltimore City. For example, among the 62 individuals classified as low risk, 38 (61%) wanted housing, 34 (55%) employment and 29 (47%) cited dental care. Community organizations providing these and other services such as transportation, food banks, basic health care, and clothing should be the primary target for obtaining and disseminating resource information. For the medium to high risk individuals, community organizations that provide employment and job training services, housing, dental and basic health care, applying for TANF, food stamps, and health care benefits, food, and transportation should be engaged to conduct in-reach sessions. Details: Greenbelt, MD: Choice Research Associates, 2013. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2014 at: http://www.choiceresearchassoc.com/documents/final_jail_reentry_strategies_report_09_01_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 132249

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Veteran Inmates in Maryland Summary: This report presents the results from the Veterans Survey conducted in February 2013 of inmates identified as Veterans, and housed in 25 DPSCS facilities. The objective of the survey was to describe the inmate veteran population, confirm veteran status, deployment history, identify benefits received, housing plans upon release, and ascertain the inmate's needs upon release. A second data source was a data extract from DPSCS IT systems which identified which inmates were on the "VA Match List", as well as providing institutional data (facility, security level, admittance date, offense, projected release date, and detail assignment), risk assessment history (date of assessment, risk level at intake), and additional demographic data (race, gender, date of birth). Details: Greenbelt, MD: Choice Research Associates, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2014 at: http://www.choiceresearchassoc.com/documents/cra_veteran_report_final_031313.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 132253

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Community Mediation Maryland: Reentry Mediation Recidivism Analysis Summary: The CMM Reentry Mediation model responds to a need identified through research and through the experiences of staff and volunteers who have worked in prisons and with people returning from prison, or have family members incarcerated and experience the reentry process first-hand. Reentry Mediation supports inmates and their families or other support people to discuss their past experiences, to build understanding, and to jointly plan for reentry into the family structure and community before the inmate is released. The Abell Foundation in Baltimore City Maryland funded this analysis of the effect of prisoner reentry mediation on recidivism. This study examines 123 individuals who received mediation (the treatment group) to 497 that requested and were eligible to participate, but did not receive mediation (the comparison group) between February 2009 and June 2012. These groups are compared to discover whether there were significant differences between the groups. The method of analysis used to assess post-release outcomes is logistic regression, which provides a predicted probability of the outcomes (measured by arrest, conviction and incarceration) and is calculated based on all of the factors in the regression model. Cox Regression survival analysis was also used to compare the treatment and comparison groups in their time to failure (defined here as a post-release arrest or conviction). The survival analysis seeks to determine whether those who did not mediate "failed" (e.g., were rearrested) sooner than those who did mediate. Key findings of this study are as follows: - Demographic and criminal history differences between the treatment group and comparison group are few; those who participated in mediation are generally of the same age and gender, have similar criminal backgrounds based on both self-reported data at intake (e.g., age at first involvement in crime) and State of Maryland Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS) data; while this does not obviate concerns surrounding selection bias, the similarities between the treatment and comparison group build a strong case of comparability between the two groups; - There were differences among the treatment and comparison groups on several questions concerning quality of the relationship with the person the inmate participant wishes to mediate with (referred to as the "outside participant"). Those who mediated were more likely to view the outside participant as playing a more positive role in their life, expressed a higher degree of happiness with this person, and said they confided in each other more often than those who did not mediate. However, these factors were not significant on any measures of recidivism; - One question was predictive of both participating in mediation and arrest post-release was "I feel I have no control over this relationship".Participants are asked their level of agreement with this statement on a scale of 1 to 5 (set up so that higher values indicating a more positive response) or a greater level of empowerment in their relationship with the other participant. Inside participants who felt they had greater control in the relationship were significantly more likely to go to mediation and were also more likely to be arrested post-release. Comparisons by race and gender on this measure indicate non-whites reporting higher degree of control compared to white subjects; there were no differences by gender. While we theorize this question measures positive feelings of empowerment in a relationship, perhaps this measures some another attribute (e.g., overconfidence) that may operate differentially for those who mediate versus those who do not. - Participation in reentry mediation has a significant impact on the likelihood that an individual will be arrested post-release. After controlling for key factors that may otherwise explain this finding (e.g., length of criminal career, gender, age, race, days since release), the predicted probability1 of arrest for those who participate in mediation is 21% vs. 31% for those who do not participate in mediation; - The number of sessions is also a significant factor - with each additional mediation session, the probability of arrest is reduced by 6%; - There was no impact of mediation on post-release conviction or incarceration once crucial factors were controlled in the model, which may be related to the small sample size and the low rates of conviction overall during the time period examined; and - The Cox Regression survival analysis reveals that mediation reduces the hazard (or risk of arrest) by 37% compared to those who do not mediate. Each additional mediation session reduces the risk of arrest by 23% compared to those who did not mediate. The key to understanding the saliency of these findings is that the greatest limitation of mediation may also be its greatest strength - it is a short-term "intervention". In fact, the majority of the 123 mediation participants had but one 2 hour session. The impact of mediation is believed to be indirect and akin to a critical course correction to turn an individual away from a criminal trajectory through the improved relationship with family and support persons and adherence to agreements and plans negotiated during mediation. Details: Greenbelt: MD: Choice Research Associates, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2014 at: http://re-entrymediation.org/PDFS/CMM_Recidvism_Final_04_18_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Mediation Shelf Number: 132254

Author: Torrey, E. Fuller Title: The Treatment of Persons with Mental Illness in Prisons and Jails: A State Survey Summary: Prisons and jails have become America's "new asylums": The number of individuals with serious mental illness in prisons and jails now exceeds the number in state psychiatric hospitals tenfold. Most of the mentally ill individuals in prisons and jails would have been treated in the state psychiatric hospitals in the years before the deinstitutionalization movement led to the closing of the hospitals, a trend that continues even today. The treatment of mentally ill individuals in prisons and jails is critical, especially since such individuals are vulnerable and often abused while incarcerated. Untreated, their psychiatric illness often gets worse, and they leave prison or jail sicker than when they entered. Individuals in prison and jails have a right to receive medical care, and this right pertains to serious mental illness just as it pertains to tuberculosis, diabetes, or hypertension. This right to treatment has been affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court. The Treatment of Persons with Mental Illness in Prisons and Jails is the first national survey of such treatment practices. It focuses on the problem of treating seriously mentally ill inmates who refuse treatment, usually because they lack awareness of their own illness and do not think they are sick. What are the treatment practices for these individuals in prisons and jails in each state? What are the consequences if such individuals are not treated? To address these questions, an extensive survey of professionals in state and county corrections systems was undertaken. Sheriffs, jail administrators, and others who were interviewed for the survey expressed compassion for inmates with mental illness and frustration with the mental health system that is failing them. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2014. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2014 at: http://www.tacreports.org/storage/documents/treatment-behind-bars/treatment-behind-bars.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 132260

Author: Yiu, Ho Lam Title: Community Change, School Disorder, School Social Bonds, and Youth Gang Involvement Summary: Kirk and Laub (2010) observed that community effects on crime should be studied as dynamic processes as communities change. The present research examined schools' role in regulating youth behavior and how community change affects school climate (School Disorder and School Social Bonds; SSB) using social disorganization and social bonds theories. G. Gottfredson, Gottfredson, Czeh, Cantor, Crosse, and Hantman (2000) collected data from a large, national probability sample of schools to examine youth gang problems and school-based intervention and prevention programs. I examined a subsample (N = 269) of these schools. Variables were collected from school rosters and self-report questionnaires. School variables were modeled as latent variables derived from the variance in student responses that is attributed to the school to which the student belonged. Community variables were constructed from the 1990 and 2000 Census data. Multilevel latent variable structural modeling allowed for the examination of individual and community effects on self-reported gang participation. I argued that school characteristics were related to its communities' characteristics, and that school variables contributed to student-reported gang involvement. School characteristics were also hypothesized to mediate the relation between community change and a student's likelihood of gang involvement. Some hypotheses were supported by this research. Findings lend support for the extension of social bonds theory to the school-level. Significant student predictors of the probability of gang involvement included Personal Victimization, Social Bonds, Fear, minority status, and age. At the group-level, SSB and School Disorder explained significant variance in gang involvement in the hypothesized directions, net of all other variables already in the model. A partial mediation of the relationship between School Disorder and the likelihood of gang involvement by the student variables was found. The community change variables were somewhat independent of the school characteristics measured. School-based gang prevention efforts may benefit from a climate characterized by prosocial bonds and low social disorganization, especially for schools in communities that have high levels of concentrated disadvantage and communities projected to experience demographic change. Practical applications of these findings in schools include smaller student-to-teacher ratios and implementing rules that are fair and clear. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2013. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/14432/1/Yiu_umd_0117E_14076.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 132263

Author: Torrey, E. Fuller Title: Justifiable Homicides by Law Enforcement Officers: What is the Role of Mental Illness? Summary: As a consequence of the failed mental illness treatment system, an increasing number of individuals with untreated serious mental illness are encountering law enforcement officers, sometimes with tragic results. "Justifiable homicides," in which an individual is killed by a law enforcement officer in the line of duty, may occur when criminals are being pursued, as in a bank robbery, or when an officer is threatened with a weapon, in other situations. We assessed available data on justifiable homicides between 1980 and 2008 and found the following: - Although the total number of justifiable homicides decreased by 5% between 1980 and 2008, those resulting from an attack on a law enforcement officer increased by 67%, from an average of 153 to 255 such homicides per year. - Although no national data is collected, multiple informal studies and accounts support the conclusion that "at least half of the people shot and killed by police each year in this country have mental health problems." - There are suggestions that many of the mentally ill individuals who were shot were not taking their medications. Some of them were also well-known to the law enforcement officers from previous encounters. - Studies suggest that approximately one-third of the shootings by law enforcement officers results from the victim attempting to commit "suicide-by-cop." - The transfer of responsibility for persons with mental illness from mental health professionals to law enforcement officers is both illogical and unfair and harms both the patients and the officers. In view of these conditions, it is recommended that: - The Department of Justice resolve to collect more complete and detailed information on justifiable homicides. - Mental health agencies be clearly assigned the ultimate responsibility for the care of persons with mental illness in their communities and held accountable for providing it. - More widespread use be made of assisted outpatient treatment (AOT) under which at-risk individuals who meet criteria established by the state are court-ordered to remain in treatment as a condition of living in the community - in the 45 states where it is authorized. - The five states without AOT laws on their books (Connecticut, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Mexico, Tennessee) enact and use them. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center and National Sheriffs' Association, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://tacreports.org/storage/documents/2013-justifiable-homicides.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 132264

Author: Schneider, Daniel Title: Intimate Partner Violence in the Great Recession Summary: In the United States, the Great Recession has been marked by severe negative shocks to labor market conditions. In this study, we combine longitudinal data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study with Bureau of Labor Statistics data on local area unemployment rates to examine the relationship between adverse labor market conditions and intimate partner violence between 1999 and 2010. We find that rapidly worsening labor market conditions are associated with increases in the prevalence of violent/controlling behavior in marriage. These effects are most pronounced among whites and those with at least some post-secondary education. Worsening economic conditions significantly increase the risk that white mothers and more educated mothers will be in violent/controlling marriages rather than high quality marital unions. Details: Berkeley, CA: UC Berkeley, School of Public Health, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.stanford.edu/group/scspi/_media/working_papers/schneider-harknett-mclanahan_intimate-partner-violence.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Conditions and Crime Shelf Number: 132266

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Idaho: Analyses and Policy Framework Summary: Idaho's crime rate is among the lowest in the nation. Recidivism in the state, however, is increasing, and adults sentenced to prison for nonviolent crimes do twice as much time as adults sentenced to prison for nonviolent crimes in other states. In 2012, Idaho's incarceration rate was the eighth highest in the country. Since 2008, the state's prison population has increased by 10 percent and is projected to increase another 16 percent over the next five years, from 8,076 people in FY2014 to 9,408 people by FY2019. Increasing the capacity of the prison system to absorb the growth over that time period will cost Idaho an estimated $288 million in operating and construction costs. Frustrated by rising corrections spending and a high rate of recidivism, policymakers came together to identify a more effective path forward. In June 2013, Idaho Governor C.L. "Butch" Otter, Chief Justice Roger Burdick, legislative leaders from both parties, and other state policymakers requested technical assistance from the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) to employ a data-driven "justice reinvestment" approach to develop a statewide policy framework that would decrease spending on corrections and reinvest savings in strategies to reduce recidivism and increase public safety. Assistance provided by the CSG Justice Center was made possible in partnership with The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance. Senate Concurrent Resolution 128, enacted in March 2013, established a bipartisan Interim Legislative Committee to study Idaho's criminal justice system using the justice reinvestment approach. State leaders also established the interbranch Justice Reinvestment Working Group, which is made up of state lawmakers, corrections and court officials, and other stakeholders in the criminal justice system. Both groups were co-chaired by Senator Patti Anne Lodge (R-District 11) and Representative Richard Wills (R-District 23). The groups reviewed analyses that the CSG Justice Center conducted and discussed policy options to increase public safety and avert growth in the prison population. In preparing its analyses, the CSG Justice Center reviewed vast amounts of data, drawing on information systems maintained by the Idaho Department of Corrections (IDOC), Idaho Commission of Pardons and Parole (Parole Commission), Idaho Supreme Court, Idaho State Police, and others. In total, the CSG Justice Center analyzed over 570,000 individual records across these information systems. In addition to these quantitative analyses, the CSG Justice Center convened focus groups and meetings with prosecutors, sheriffs, victim advocates, district judges, police chiefs, and others. Between June 2013 and January 2014, the CSG Justice Center conducted more than 100 in-person meetings with nearly 250 individuals. Ultimately, the CSG Justice Center helped state leaders identify three challenges contributing to Idaho's prison growth. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/CSG-IdahoJusticeReinvestment.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Reform Shelf Number: 132268

Author: Stevens, Jack Title: Aftercare Services for Juvenile Parolees with Mental Disorders: A Collaboration Between the Ohio Department of Youth Services (DYS) and Columbus Children�s Research Institute Summary: The purpose of this study was to examine aftercare services available to juvenile parolees after release from correctional facilities. Youth (162) assigned to a mental health caseload were interviewed and assessed within 60 days of release. A declining number were also interviewed at one (60), three (38), and six (24) months post release. About two thirds of youth met criteria for one or more disorder diagnoses prior to release. About 40% of the initial sample were rearrested within six months of release. About two thirds of those interviewed had received some sort of mental health services one month after release. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2007. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/245574.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 132270

Author: California. State Commission on Juvenile Justice Title: Juvenile Justice Operational Master Plan: Blueprint for an Outcome Oriented Juvenile Justice System Summary: What do we want from our juvenile justice system? We, the members of the State Commission on Juvenile Justice (Commission), are convinced that it is possible to increase community safety, improve the lives of troubled youth, and save taxpayers money. A single strategy � establishing an outcome-oriented juvenile justice system � accomplishes all of these objectives. Better outcomes (meaning fewer crimes in the future) are accomplished by improving the lives of troubled youth through expanded use of evidence-based programs and strategies for juvenile offenders. Taxpayers save money by using dollars smarter and, in the long run, by reducing demands on all parts of the juvenile and adult justice systems � ultimately resulting in fewer detention, jail and prison beds. Details: Sacramento: State Commission on Juvenile Justice, 2009. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/reports_research/docs/JJOMP_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 132272

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Blood Money II: How Gun Industry Dollars Fund the NRA Summary: In the new report, Blood Money II: How Gun Industry Dollars Fund the NRA, the VPC reveals that members of the gun industry have donated between $19.3 million and $60.2 million since 2005. And while the NRA claims on its website that it has no financial ties to the gun industry, its own publications, statements, and even awards ceremonies prove otherwise. One of these "corporate partners" is Freedom Group, manufacturer of the Bushmaster assault rifle used in the mass shooting of 20 children and six educators at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut in December 2012. Cerberus Capital Management, which owns a 94 percent share in Freedom Group, pledged to sell its investment in the days following the Sandy Hook shooting but has yet to uphold its promise. After ramping up its financial support to a million dollars or more, Freedom Group's leadership was inducted into the NRA's Golden Ring of Freedom at the organization's annual meeting in May 2013. The Golden Ring of Freedom is reserved for those who have "given gifts of cash totaling $1,000,000 or more," according to the NRA. A second inductee was Smith & Wesson, manufacturer of the assault rifle used in the July 2012 mass shooting in Aurora, Colorado that left 12 dead and 58 wounded. In a promotional video on the NRA's website, Smith & Wesson CEO James Debney explains, "I think it's important for everybody to step up and support the NRA. They are our voice." VPC Executive Director and study author Josh Sugarmann, a native of Newtown, states, "Less than five months after the tragedy in Newtown, while families and the entire community still mourned, the NRA was celebrating its financial ties to the manufacturer of the assault rifle used in the shooting. In the wake of declining household gun ownership, the NRA has turned to the funder of last resort: the gun industry itself." The VPC first exposed the gun industry's growing financial support of the NRA in its original Blood Money study, released in 2011. At that time, gun industry financial support of the NRA totaled between $14.7 million and $38.9 million. Since then, the giving levels have risen dramatically. (The exact total is not possible to know because in its promotional efforts the NRA only reports a range of giving levels within its "Corporate Partners Program" - for example, gifts between $1 million and $5 million and gifts between $500,000 and $1 million.) Freedom Group, Smith & Wesson, and other million-dollar donors were honored at the "biggest, best NRA Ring of Freedom Brunch ever" during the NRA's May 2013 annual meeting in Houston, according to the group. These "selfless, passionate, and devoted leaders" were given yellow sports coats, each with a Golden Ring of Freedom crest on the front pocket, and then took part in "what has become a joyous - and loud - Golden Ring of Freedom custom: the ringing of the 'Freedom' bell." The new report shows the NRA's top corporate benefactor remains MidwayUSA, the official sponsor of the organization's annual meeting for this and previous years. MidwayUSA sells ammunition, high-capacity ammunition magazines, and other shooting accessories. MidwayUSA has donated more than $9 million to the NRA, primarily through its NRA Round-Up program, which rounds up customer purchases to the nearest dollar and gives the difference to the NRA's lobbying arm. Additional gun industry "corporate partners" that have given a million dollars or more to the NRA include: gunmakers Beretta USA, Springfield Armory, and Sturm, Ruger & Co; accessories vendor Brownells; and target manufacturer Pierce Bullet Seal Target Systems. Donors that have given $250,000 or more include: Benelli USA; Cabela's; and Glock. In addition to direct donations, the NRA has embarked on an aggressive series of "sponsorship" programs funded by the gun industry. Gun companies sponsor specific NRA programs, online features, and memberships. This year, Brownells, headed by NRA board member and newly minted Golden Ring of Freedom member Pete Brownell, renewed its commitment as the "presenting sponsor" of the NRA's "Life of Duty" program, which allows individuals or corporations to purchase one-year NRA memberships for members of the military and law enforcement. And in December 2012, the NRA announced that Smith & Wesson would be the "presenting sponsor" of the NRA Women's Network. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/bloodmoney2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Industry Shelf Number: 132274

Author: Richardson, Thomas Title: Former Juvenile Offenders Re-enrolling Into Mainstream Public Schools Summary: This study examined school re-enrollment procedures employed by two school systems for N=578 former juvenile offenders re-enrolling from secured supervised settings to urban mainstream secondary public schools and alternative schools and programs in New England. Quantitative data regarding student demographics and qualitative data from interviews with 19 support personnel and selected documents were used to evaluate which program elements enhanced or disengaged former offenders from secondary urban schools. The characteristics of former juvenile offenders' lack of school involvement with respect to truancy, school suspension and expulsion, learning, behavior, and emotional disabilities, as well as family, economic, and social disadvantages were examined. Details: Charlotte, NC: Johnson & Wales University, Alan Shawn Feinstein Graduate School, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: NERA Conference Proceedings 2012. Paper 9 Accessed May 7, 2014,at: http://digitalcommons.uconn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1008&context=nera_2012 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 132277

Author: Clark, David Title: At the Nexus of Cybersecurity and Public Policy: Some Basic Concepts and Issues. Summary: We depend on information and information technology (IT) to make many of our day-to-day tasks easier and more convenient. Computers play key roles in transportation, health care, banking, and energy. Businesses use IT for payroll and accounting, inventory and sales, and research and development. Modern military forces use weapons that are increasingly coordinated through computer-based networks. Cybersecurity is vital to protecting all of these functions. Cyberspace is vulnerable to a broad spectrum of hackers, criminals, terrorists, and state actors. Working in cyberspace, these malevolent actors can steal money, intellectual property, or classified information; impersonate law-abiding parties for their own purposes; damage important data; or deny the availability of normally accessible services. Cybersecurity issues arise because of three factors taken together - the presence of malevolent actors in cyberspace, societal reliance on IT for many important functions, and the presence of vulnerabilities in IT systems. What steps can policy makers take to protect our government, businesses, and the public from those would take advantage of system vulnerabilities? At the Nexus of Cybersecurity and Public Policy offers a wealth of information on practical measures, technical and nontechnical challenges, and potential policy responses. According to this report, cybersecurity is a never-ending battle; threats will evolve as adversaries adopt new tools and techniques to compromise security. Cybersecurity is therefore an ongoing process that needs to evolve as new threats are identified. At the Nexus of Cybersecurity and Public Policy is a call for action to make cybersecurity a public safety priority. For a number of years, the cybersecurity issue has received increasing public attention; however, most policy focus has been on the short-term costs of improving systems. In its explanation of the fundamentals of cybersecurity and the discussion of potential policy responses, this book will be a resource for policy makers, cybersecurity and IT professionals, and anyone who wants to understand threats to cyberspace. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=18749 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 132285

Author: Bileski, Matthew Title: Identity Theft Arrest and Case Processing Data: An Analysis of the Information in Arizona's Computerized Criminal History Record System Summary: Over the years, the criminal justice system in Arizona has come to rely upon the information that the criminal history record repository, specifically the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) record system, contains for criminal background checks, for employment qualifications, and for firearms purchases. The ACCH records, housed at the Arizona Department of Public Safety (AZDPS), provide arrest and subsequent case disposition information (i.e., charges filed, convictions, sentences, etc.) for all felony, sexual, driving under the influence, and domestic violence-related offenses that take place throughout Arizona. Criminal history records are also a valuable resource for research within the criminal justice system. Researchers at the Arizona Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) of the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission used a repository extract provided by AZDPS to assess the identity theft-related (i.e., identity theft, aggravated identity theft, and identity trafficking) offenses present in the ACCH repository. The following report presents the findings of the identity theft research carried out by SAC researchers. Data is also provided regarding the completeness of records within the repository, specifically the percentage of arrest charges with subsequent case disposition information present in the repository by January 2011. The following are some of the key findings within the report: - All three identity theft-related offenses- identity theft, aggravated identity theft, and identity trafficking- increased substantially in the total number of arrests and arrest charges over the reporting period. Identity theft arrest charges increased by 455.6 percent from FY 2001 to FY 2010. Since both offenses did not debut in the Arizona Revised Statutes until FY 2006, aggravated identity theft and identity trafficking arrest charges increased by 113.8 and 45.0 percent, respectively, from FY 2006 to FY 2010. - From FY 2001 to FY 2010, 37.2 percent of identity theft-related arrest charges in the ACCH were missing case disposition information. With the exception of complex cases, FY 2010 arrest charges had the maximum 180 days for disposition processing in the AZDPS data extract, as outlined by Arizona Supreme Court Rule 8.2.a.(2). - Over the ten-year period, the percentage of identity theft-related arrest charges leading to an identity theft-related conviction ranged between 11.8 and 20.6 percent. - More probation sentences were assigned to identity theft convictions than any other sentence type. For aggravated identity theft and identity trafficking, convictions were given prison sentences more than any other sentence. Identity trafficking convictions led to a prison or jail sentence 80 percent of the time or greater, followed by aggravated identity theft at greater than 75 percent, and identity theft at more than 50 percent from FY 2001 to FY 2010. - Offenders arrested for or convicted of identity theft-related charges were likely to be white males between the ages of 25 and 34. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/ID%20Theft%20Report_FINALWeb.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Data Shelf Number: 132290

Author: Friedman, Sara Ann Title: And Boys Too: An ECPAT-USA discussion paper about the lack of recognition of the commercial sexual exploitation of boys in the United States Summary: The long-existing commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) in the United States began to gain attention after the enactment of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000 (TVPA) and its reauthorizations in 2003, 2005, 2008 and 2013. During this period, nearly all the attention of state and local governments, law enforcement, and service providers has been focused on sexually exploited adolescent girls. While there has been some increased awareness about sexually exploited boys in the U.S. over the past several years, most law enforcement and services providers often miss them entirely or view them as too few to be counted or not in need of services. The little notice given to boys primarily identifies them as exploiters, pimps and buyers of sex, or as active and willing participants in sex work, not as victims or survivors of exploitation.1 Discussion of boys as victims or survivors of CSEC is frequently appended to a discussion about commercially sexually exploited girls. A panel discussion about commercial sexual exploitation often ends with these words: "...and boys too." While awareness of commercial sexual exploitation of boys (CSEB) has paled next to that of commercial sexual exploitation of girls (CSEG), two important studies in the past 12 years, The Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children in the U.S., Canada and Mexico by Estes and Weiner (2001) and The Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children in New York City by Curtis et al. (2008), have estimated that high percentages of commercially sexually exploited children in the U.S. are boys. In order to examine why CSEB receive much less attention and to question the widespread popular assumptions that they are willing participants or even exploiters and not victims, ECPAT-USA has carried out a study to examine available information about CSEB, their participation in CSEC, and services available to them. The study conducted a number of desk reviews that were supplemented by interviews with 40 key service providers and youth agencies. The research explored several questions relating to the existence and circumstances of CSEB: Do they exist? What are their backgrounds? Who are their exploiters? At what age are they exploited? What are their needs and what services are available to meet those needs? Although many of the answers were inconclusive, severalclear findings and messages stood out. Most significantly, responses from service providers clearly indicate that the scope of CSEB is vastly under reported, that commercial sexual exploitation poses very significant risks to their health and their lives; that gay and transgenders are over-represented as a proportion of the sexually exploited boys; and that there is a shortage of services for these boys. The fact that boys and young men may be less likely to be pimped or trafficked highlights the fact that even if there is no third party involved in the commercial transaction, "buyers/exploiters" of sexually exploited children should be prosecuted under anti-trafficking statutes. Based on our research and responses from service providers, ECPAT-USA proposes a number of recommendations. Two immediate needs are clear: first, to raise awareness about the scope of CSEB and second, to expand research about which boys are vulnerable to sexual exploitation and how to meet their needs. Details: Brooklyn, NY: ECPAT-USA, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: https://static.mopro.com/00028B1B-B0DB-4FCD-A991-219527535DAB/1b1293ef-1524-4f2c-b148-91db11379d11.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 132291

Author: Monsma, Stephen V. Title: An Evaluation of the Latino Coalition's Reclamando Nuestro Futuro (Reclaiming our Future) Program Summary: In 2004, the Department of Labor awarded a $10 million grant to the Latino Coalition to develop and deliver education and workforce development services to at-risk and adjudicated Latino youth. The Latino Coalition developed a program titled Reclamando Nuestro Futuro (Reclaiming our Future), and, acting as an intermediary organization, awarded 28 grants over three years to faith and community-based organizations in Los Angeles, San Diego, Phoenix, Denver, Dallas, and Houston to implement the program. This study relays the key challenges faced by Latino youth, describes the role of the Latino Coalition as an intermediary organization, documents the services offered by the program, and examines the outcomes of the program participants. The final report is based on analysis of the management information system data, interviews with Latino Coalition staff, and site visits, including staff interviews and youth focus groups. Details: Grand Rapids, MI: Calvin College, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/An%20Evaluation%20of%20the%20Latino%20Coalitions%20Reclamando%20Nuestro%20Futuro%20Reclaiming%20our%20Future%20Program.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132294

Author: Chan, Linda S. Title: Preventing Violence and Related Health-Risking Social Behaviors in Adolescents Summary: Over the last two decades of the 20th century, violence emerged as one of the most significant public health problems in the United States (Administration for Children and Families, 2004). While recent trends have been encouraging, homicide remains the second leading cause of death among adolescents (National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2004). During this period, an increasing number of research studies has have sought to characterize youth violence and the contexts in which it occurs, as well as risk and protective factors associated with such violence. At the same time, a myriad of prevention interventions have been developed and evaluated with multiple youth populations and in a range of settings. In the fall of 2004, the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) will convene a State-of-the- Science Conference on �Preventing Violence and Related Health-Risking Social Behaviors in Adolescents.� The purpose of this consensus conference is to provide a forum to present and review what is currently known about preventing youth violence. In preparation for this meeting, the Office of Medical Applications of Research (OMAR) and the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) nominated and supported the topic for an Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ)-sponsored systematic review and analysis of the evidence. AHRQ awarded this project to the Southern California Evidence-based Practice Center (SC-EPC)and its partner, Childrens Hospital Los Angeles, to conduct the review and summarize the findings in an evidence report. Researchers were to review longitudinal risk factor research to identify the role of individual, family, school, community and peer-level influences as well as interventional research to evaluate prevention intervention effectiveness. This evidence report addresses the following six key questions: 1. What are the factors that contribute to violence and associated adverse health outcomes in childhood and adolescence? 2. What are the patterns of co-occurrence of these factors? 3. What evidence exists on the safety and effectiveness of interventions for violence? 4. Where evidence of safety and effectiveness exists, are there other outcomes beyond reducing violence? If so, what is known about effectiveness by age, sex, and race/ethnicity? 5. What are commonalities of the interventions that are effective, and those that are ineffective? 6. What are the priorities for future research? For the purpose of this evidence review, we used the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention�s definition of violence: �threatened or actual physical force or power initiated by an individual that results in, or has a high likelihood of resulting in, physical or psychological injury or death� (National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2004). We made the decision to include only the following types of violent behavior: murder or homicide, aggravated assault, non-aggravated assault, rape or sexual assault, robbery, gang fight, physical aggression, psychological injury or harm, and other serious injury or harm. Thus, we did not review the growing literature that reports on studies of suicide, verbal aggression, bullying, arson, weapon carrying, externalizing behaviors (e.g., acting out), attitude about violent behavior, youth crime against property or materials (such as burglary, theft), or intent to commit violence as outcomes. These related behaviors and attitudes are included in this report only to the extent that they have been proposed as risk factors for the forms of violence on which this report focuses. The definition of violence prevention interventions that we used was developed for and published in the Surgeon General�s Report on Youth Violence (Satcher, 2001). According to this definition, �Primary prevention interventions are those that are universal, intended to prevent the onset of violence and related risk factors; secondary prevention interventions are those implemented on a selected scale for children/youth at enhanced risk for youth violence, intended to prevent the onset and reduce the risk of violence; and tertiary prevention interventions are those that are targeted to youth who have already demonstrated violent or seriously delinquent behavior.� Details: Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, 2004. 372p. Source: Internet Resource: Evidence Report/Technology Assessment, no. 107: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://archive.ahrq.gov/downloads/pub/evidence/pdf/adolviol/adolviol.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132296

Author: Kearney, Melissa S. Title: Ten Economic Facts about Crime and Incarceration in the United States Summary: Crime and high rates of incarceration impose tremendous costs on society, with lasting negative effects on individuals, families, and communities. Rates of crime in the United States have been falling steadily, but still constitute a serious economic and social challenge. At the same time, the incarceration rate in the United States is so high-more than 700 out of every 100,000 people are incarcerated-that both crime scholars and policymakers alike question whether, for nonviolent criminals in particular, the social costs of incarceration exceed the social benefits. While there is significant focus on America's incarceration policies, it is important to consider that crime continues to be a concern for policymakers, particularly at the state and local levels. Public spending on fighting crime-including the costs of incarceration, policing, and judicial and legal services-as well as private spending by households and businesses is substantial. There are also tremendous costs to the victims of crime, such as medical costs, lost earnings, and an overall loss in quality of life. Crime also stymies economic growth. For example, exposure to violence can inhibit effective schooling and other developmental outcomes (Burdick-Will 2013; Sharkey et al. 2012). Crime can induce citizens to migrate; economists estimate that each nonfatal violent crime reduces a city's population by approximately one person, and each homicide reduces a city's population by seventy persons (Cullen and Levitt 1999; Ludwig and Cook 2000). To the extent that migration diminishes a locality's tax and consumer base, departures threaten a city's ability to effectively educate children, provide social services, and maintain a vibrant economy. The good news is that crime rates in the United States have been falling steadily since the 1990s, reversing an upward trend from the 1960s through the 1980s. There does not appear to be a consensus among scholars about how to account for the overall sharp decline, but contributing factors may include increased policing, rising incarceration rates, and the waning of the crack epidemic that was prevalent in the 1980s and early 1990s. Despite the ongoing decline in crime, the incarceration rate in the United States remains at a historically unprecedented level. This high incarceration rate can have profound effects on society; research has shown that incarceration may impede employment and marriage prospects among former inmates, increase poverty depth and behavioral problems among their children, and amplify the spread of communicable diseases among disproportionately impacted communities (Raphael 2007). These effects are especially prevalent within disadvantaged communities and among those demographic groups that are more likely to face incarceration, namely young minority males. In addition, this high rate of incarceration is expensive for both federal and state governments. On average, in 2012, it cost more than $29,000 to house an inmate in federal prison (Congressional Research Service 2013). In total, the United States spent over $80 billion on corrections expenditures in 2010, with more than 90 percent of these expenditures occurring at the state and local levels (Kyckelhahn and Martin 2013). A founding principle of The Hamilton Project's economic strategy is that long-term prosperity is best achieved by fostering economic growth and broad participation in that growth. Elevated rates of crime and incarceration directly work against these principles, marginalizing individuals, devastating affected communities, and perpetuating inequality. In this spirit, we offer "Ten Economic Facts about Crime and Incarceration in the United States" to bring attention to recent trends in crime and incarceration, the characteristics of those who commit crimes and those who are incarcerated, and the social and economic costs of current policy. Chapter 1 describes recent crime trends in the United States and the characteristics of criminal offenders and victims. Chapter 2 focuses on the growth of mass incarceration in America. Chapter 3 presents evidence on the economic and social costs of current crime and incarceration policy. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, Brookings, Institute, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Memo: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/05/01%20crime%20facts/v8_thp_10crimefacts.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 132316

Author: Ludwig, Jens Title: Think Before You Act: A New Approach to Preventing Youth Violence and Dropout Summary: Improving the long-term life outcomes of disadvantaged youths remains a top policy priority in the United States. Unfortunately, long-term progress in improving outcomes like high school graduation rates and reduction of violent crime has been limited, partly because finding ways to successfully improve outcomes for disadvantaged youths (particularly males) has proven to be challenging. We believe one reason so many previous strategies have failed is because they at least implicitly assume that young people are forward-looking and consider the long-term consequences of their actions before they act. But a growing body of research in psychology and behavioral economics suggests that a great deal of everyone's behavior happens intuitively and automatically, with little deliberate thought. Although it is often helpful for us to rely on automatic responses to guide our daily behavior, doing so can also get us into trouble, with consequences that are particularly severe for young people growing up in distressed urban areas where gangs, drugs, and guns are prevalent. We thus propose that the federal government aim to provide each teenager living in poverty in the United States with one year of behaviorally informed programming, intended to help youths recognize high-stakes situations when their automatic responses may be maladaptive. Such a program could teach young people to slow down and think about what they are doing, or could help them "rewire" their automatic responses. Our team has carried out several randomized controlled trials in Chicago that demonstrate that this approach, which is a version of what psychologists call cognitive behavioral therapy, can reduce arrests for violent crime by 30 to 50 percent, improve schooling outcomes, and generate benefits to society that may be up to thirty times the program costs. We suggest that the federal government scale up the program over five years, and that it combine this scale-up with rigorous evaluation to learn more about how best to implement (and, if needed, modify) the program at scale in different contexts across the country. The demonstration phase of the project would cost $50 million to $100 million per year over five years, while the at-scale cost would be $2 billion annually. The demonstration and eventual scale-up would be led by the Coordinating Council on Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. If successful, this effort would improve the long-term well-being of our nation's most disadvantaged young people, reduce crime, improve schooling attainment, reduce income inequality, and enhance the nation's overall economic competitiveness. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper 2014-02: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/05/01%20preventing%20youth%20violence%20and%20dropout%20ludwigj%20shaha/v10_thp_ludwigdiscpaper.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 132319

Author: Raphael, Steven Title: A New Approach to Reducing Incarceration While Maintaining Low Rates of Crime Summary: The United States incarcerates people at a higher rate than any other country in the world. Large increases in the U.S. incarceration rate over the past three decades are costly in terms of explicit expenditures, as well as in terms of the collateral social consequences for those who serve time and for the communities from which they come. Increases in incarceration rates do reduce crime. At the nation's current high incarceration rates, however, the crime-fighting effects of incarceration are much smaller than they were when the incarceration rate was much lower. Based on recent research and the experiences of several states, we believe that there is substantial room to reduce incarceration rates in the United States without adversely impacting crime rates. The policy choices that have increased the nation's incarceration rate since the early 1990s have been particularly ineffective at combating crime. We argue that states should reevaluate their policy choices and reduce the scope and severity of several of the sentencing practices that they have implemented over the past twenty-five or thirty years. We propose that states introduce a greater degree of discretion into their sentencing and parole practices through two specific reforms: (1) a reduction in the scope and severity of truth-in-sentencing laws that mandate that inmates serve minimum proportions of their sentences, and (2) a reworking and, in many instances, abandonment of mandatory minimum sentences. We also propose that states create incentives for localities to limit their use of state prison systems. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper 2014-03: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/05/01%20reduce%20incarceration%20maintain%20low%20crime%20raphaels%20stollm/v5_thp_raphaelstoll%20discpaper.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 132320

Author: Bouffard, Jeffrey Title: Reentry Services Project. Process and Outcome Evaluation - Final 2 Year Report Summary: Background on RSP: In July 2003, the Clay County Joint Powers Collaborative (CCJPC) was awarded funding by the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Drug Policy and Violence Prevention to develop and implement a Reentry Services Project (RSP). The CCJPC also provided matching funds to begin the RSP program. Two Transitional Coordinators began providing Reentry Services in July of 2003, and evaluation of the program by the North Dakota State University evaluation team began in September of 2003. RSP Goals: In general, the RSP prepares juvenile offenders for successful reentry to the Clay County community after returning from various out-of-home placements. The program aims to achieve its goal by assisting youthful offenders in becoming productive, responsible, and law abiding citizens through strategic and comprehensive reentry plans. These plans address the following Reentry components: 1. Obtaining and retaining long term employment, if appropriate; 2. Maintaining a stable residence by providing intensive services to high risk juvenile offenders leaving out-of-home placements, with an emphasis on seamless and comprehensive treatment, intensive case management, and the involvement of local communities; 3. Successfully addressing substance abuse issues; 4. Successfully addressing physical and mental health issues; and 5. Establishing a meaningful and supportive role in the community. Details: Fargo, ND: North Dakota State University, Department of Criminal Justice and Political Science, 2005. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.claycountycollaborative.org/meetings/files/RSP2003-2005FinalReport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 147750

Author: Mitchell, Kimberly J. Title: Trends in Unwanted Online Experiences and Sexting: Final Report Summary: This bulletin summarizes findings from the Third Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS�]3). Topics include youth reports of unwanted sexual solicitations, online harassment, unwanted exposure to sexual material, and "sexting." Details: Durham, NH: University of New Hampshire, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/Full%20Trends%20Report%20Feb%202014%20with%20tables.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Internet Crimes Shelf Number: 147747

Author: Copus, Ryan Title: Entertainment as Crime Prevention: Evidence from Chicago Sports Games Summary: The concern that mass media may be responsible for aggressive and criminal behavior is widespread. Comparatively little consideration has been given to its potential diversionary function. This paper contributes to the emerging body of literature on entertainment as a determinant of crime by analyzing Chicago by-the-minute crime reports during major sporting events. Sports provide an exogenous infusion of TV diversion that we leverage to test the effect of entertainment on crime. Because the scheduling of a sporting event should be random with respect to crime within a given month, day of the week, and time, we use month-time-day-of-week fixed effects to estimate the effect of the sporting events on crime. We compare crime reports by the half hour when Chicago's NFL, NBA, or MLB teams are playing to crime reports at the same time, day, and month when the teams are not playing. We conduct the same analysis for the Super Bowl, NBA Finals, and MLB World Series. The Super Bowl generates the most dramatic declines: total crime reports decrease by approximately 25 percent (roughly 60 fewer crimes). The decline is partially offset by an increase in crime before the game, most notably in drug and prostitution reports, and an uptick in reports of violent crime immediately after the game. Crime during Chicago Bears Monday night football games is roughly 15 percent lower (30 fewer crimes) than during the same time on non-game nights. Our results show similar but smaller effects for NBA and MLB games. Except for the Super Bowl, we find little evidence for temporal crime displacement before or after the games. In general, we find substantial declines during games across crime types - property, violent, drug, and other - with the largest reductions for drug crime. We believe fewer potential offenders on the streets largely explain the declines in crime Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley - School of Law; 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2429551 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132325

Author: Beirich, Heidi Title: White Homicide Worldwide Summary: A typical murderer drawn to the racist forum Stormfront.org is a frustrated, unemployed, white adult male living with his mother or an estranged spouse or girlfriend. She is the sole provider in the household. Forensic psychologists call him a "wound collector." Instead of building his resume, seeking employment or further education, he projects his grievances on society and searches the Internet for an excuse or an explanation unrelated to his behavior or the choices he has made in life. His escalation follows a predictable trajectory. From right-wing antigovernment websites and conspiracy hatcheries, he migrates to militant hate sites that blame society's ills on ethnicity and shifting demographics. He soon learns his race is endangered - a target of "white genocide." After reading and lurking for a while, he needs to talk to someone about it, signing up as a registered user on a racist forum where he commiserates in an echo chamber of angry fellow failures where Jews, gays, minorities and multiculturalism are blamed for everything. Assured of the supremacy of his race and frustrated by the inferiority of his achievements, he binges online for hours every day, self-medicating, slowly sipping a cocktail of rage. He gradually gains acceptance in this online birthing den of self-described "lone wolves," but he gets no relief, no practical remedies, no suggestions to improve his circumstances. He just gets angrier. And then he gets a gun. The hatemaker: Don Black, the former Alabama Klan leader who founded and still runs Stormfront, provides an electronic home and breeding ground for racists who have murdered almost 100 people in the last five years. To this day, he remains fiercely unapologetic, even as he rakes in donations from his forum members. It is a myth that racist killers hide in the shadows. Investigators find that most offenders openly advocated their ideology online, often obsessively posting on racist forums and blogs for hours every day. Over the past two decades, the largest hate site in the world, Stormfront.org, has been a magnet and breeding ground for the deadly and the deranged. There is safety in the anonymity of the Web, and comfort in the endorsement others offer for extreme racist ideas, argues former FBI agent Joe Navarro, who coined the term "wound collector." "Isolation permits the free expression of ideas, especially those which are extreme and which foster passionate hatred," Navarro, who helped found the FBI's Behavioral Analysis Division, wrote in 2011 in Psychology Today. "In this cocoon of isolation the terrorist can indulge his ideology" without the restrictions of the routines of daily life. Then there is a trajectory from idea to action. Though on any given day, fewer than 1,800 registered members log on to Stormfront, and less than half of the site's visitors even reside in the United States, a two-year study by the Intelligence Report shows that registered Stormfront users have been disproportionately responsible for some of the most lethal hate crimes and mass killings since the site was put up in 1995. In the past five years alone, Stormfront members have murdered close to 100 people. The Report's research shows that Stormfront's bias-related murder rate began to accelerate rapidly in early 2009, after Barack Obama became the nation's first black president. For domestic Islamic terrorists, the breeding ground for violence is often the Al Qaeda magazine Inspire and its affiliated websites. For the racist, it is Stormfront. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/intelligence_report_154_homicide_world_wide.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 132327

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Drug War Detente? A Review of State-level Drug Law Reform, 2009-2013 Summary: From 2009 through 2013, more than 30 states passed nearly 50 bills changing how their criminal justice systems define and enforce drug offenses. In reviewing this legislative activity, the Vera Institute of Justice's Center on Sentencing and Corrections found that most efforts have focused on making change in one or a combination of the following five areas: mandatory penalties, drug sentencing schemes, early release mechanisms, community-based sanctions, and collateral consequences. By providing concise summaries of representative legislation in each area, this review aims to be a practical guide for policymakers in other states and the federal government looking to enact similar reforms. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/state-drug-law-reform-review-2009-2013.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 132328

Author: National Child Abuse and Neglect Training and Publications Project Title: The Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act: 40 Years of Safeguarding America's Children Summary: The story of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act (CAPTA) is one of interrelationships among advocates, researchers, policymakers, and public and private agencies. At times a story of challenges and obstacles, this rich history is ultimately one of cooperation and collaboration in addressing the critical issue of child maltreatment. It is a story told by the pioneers, past and present: Those who have led the field of child maltreatment research and practice, as well as those who continue to respond to the daily challenges of ensuring that children have an opportunity to grow into healthy and productive adults. CAPTA and the work that it has engendered are understood best in the context of politics, cultural events, and societal changes. Over four decades, CAPTA has progressed from responding primarily to the occurrence and effects of child maltreatment to focusing more on risk, protection, and prevention. This evolution has included broad recognition of the need for a multidisciplinary approach and development of vital cross-system partnerships. CAPTA is also a story of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect (NCCAN) and its successor, the Office on Child Abuse and Neglect (OCAN). In 1974, CAPTA recognized that a national problem required a national response and mandated the creation of a National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect to spearhead federal efforts. NCCAN, and later OCAN, provided leadership and funded the vital programs that helped to inform and transform child protection throughout the nation. The National Conferences on Child Abuse and Neglect are also woven into this rich history. Since 1976, the National Conferences have served to simultaneously drive and respond to the field by focusing on the most current thinking on child maltreatment issues and trends. The themes and content of these major training and technical assistance events reflect both the changing CAPTA requirements and the emerging work of NCCAN and later the Children's Bureau's OCAN, their stakeholders and partners. The story of the next 40 years is already being written: through innovative Children's Bureau-supported projects throughout the country; in the technical assistance being provided to states to improve child protection systems; and in the strong partnerships with states and tribes, national organizations, and recognized experts who help guide and support these efforts. The goal may be the most ambitious ever undertaken: a comprehensive child welfare system that supports children, families, and communities in ways that will prevent the occurrence - or recurrence - of maltreatment in the future Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Children's Bureau, 2014. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://childlaw.sc.edu/doc/CAPTA.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132332

Author: Lee, Dara N. Title: The Digital Scarlet Letter: The Effect of Online Criminal Records on Crime Summary: How does public access to criminal records affect crime? Economic theory suggests that expanding access to criminal information may increase the cost of crime to potential criminals by endangering their future work prospects and thus act as a deterrent. However, increased provision of information could also obstruct ex-convicts from finding legal employment and lead to higher recidivism rates. I exploit the state and time variation in the introduction of state-maintained online criminal databases - which represent a sharp drop in the cost and effort of gaining criminal background information on another person - to empirically investigate the trade-off between deterrence and recidivism. I find that online criminal records lead to a small net reduction in property crime rates, but also a marked increase of approximately 11 percent in recidivism among ex-offenders. Details: Unpublished paper, 2012. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://web.missouri.edu/~leedn/OnlineRecords_DLee.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 132337

Author: Baradaran, Shima Title: Drugs and Violence Summary: The war on drugs has increased the United States prison population by tenfold. The foundation for the war on drugs and unparalleled increase in prisoners rely on the premise that drugs and violence are linked. Politicians, media, and scholars continue to advocate this view either explicitly or implicitly. This Article identifies the pervasiveness of this premise, and debunks the link between drugs and violence. It demonstrates that a connection between drugs and violence is not supported by historical arrest data, current research, or independent empirical evidence. That there is little evidence to support the assumption that drugs cause violence is an important insight, because the assumed causal link between drugs and violence forms the foundation of a significant amount of case law, statutes, and commentary. In particular, the presumed connection between drugs and violence has reduced constitutional protections, misled government resources, and resulted in the unnecessary incarceration of a large proportion of non-violent Americans. In short, if drugs do not cause violence - and the empirical evidence discussed in this Article suggests they do not - then America needs to rethink its entire approach to drug policy. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: S.J. Quinney College of Law, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Utah College of Law Research Paper No. 75: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2414202 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 132339

Author: Sylvia Rivera Law Project Title: "It's War in Here": A report on the Treatment of Transgender and Intersex People in New York State Men's Prisons Summary: 'It's War in Here': A Report on the Treatment of Transgender and Intersex People in New York State Men's Prisons, one of the first to address this issue, draws on interviews with imprisoned transgender people and their advocates to document the widespread harassment, physical and sexual abuse, discrimination, and violence that transgender, intersex, and gender non-conforming people face inside state custody. It's War in Here illustrates the cycles of poverty and discrimination that result in so many transgender and gender non-conforming people being poor, homeless, and imprisoned, and is a valuable resource in educating policy-makers, attorneys, service providers, and community organizations about this urgent issue. Details: New York: Sylvia Rivera Law Project, 2007. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2014 at: http://srlp.org/files/warinhere.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gender Shelf Number: 132340

Author: Martinez, Daniel E. Title: Bordering on Criminal: The Routine Abuse of Migrants in the Removal System. Part II: Possessions Taken and Not Returned Summary: This report focuses on the issue of repatriated migrants' belongings being taken and not returned by U.S. authorities. Overall, we find that the taking of belongings and the failure to return them is not a random, sporadic occurrence, but a systematic practice. One indication of this is that just over one-third of deportees report having belongings taken and not returned. Perhaps one of the most alarming findings is that, among deportees who were carrying Mexican identification cards, 1 out of every 4 had their card taken and not returned. The taking of possessions, particularly identity documents, can have serious consequences and is an expression of how dysfunctional the deportation system is. Our study finds that migrants processed through Operation Streamline, or held in detention for a week or longer, are most likely to have their possessions taken and not returned. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/ipc/Border%20-%20Possessions%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 132341

Author: Aharoni, Eyal Title: An Assessment of Program Sustainability in Three Bureau of Justice Assistance Criminal Justice Domains Summary: The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) aims to improve community safety through effective programming throughout the United States. To maximize the impact of its investments, BJA has an interest in supporting programs that will be sustained beyond initial federal funding. This notion of program sustainability is becoming increasingly important as programs have been challenged to operate with increasingly scarce resources. RAND Corporation researchers aimed to better understand the characteristics and environments of programs that are likely to persist beyond federal seed funding and to delineate strategies that will enable BJA to assist programs that it funds in their efforts to sustain themselves. Using archival documentation and survey methods, they assessed 231 BJA grantee programs spanning three BJA funding domains - drug courts, human trafficking, and mental health - to identify characteristics associated with sustainability. They found evidence of program sustainment in most BJA grantees studied, particularly in sustained funding. They also examined the association between organizational and contextual factors and sustained operations and sustained funding. Finally, they recommend a plan for ongoing measurement of sustainability. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR550/RAND_RR550.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 132344

Author: Matthies, Carl Title: Putting a Value on Crime Analysts: Considerations for Law Enforcement Executives Summary: Like other government agencies, police departments are under great pressure to get the biggest return possible when investing taxpayers' dollars in justice programs and policies. The Law Enforcement Forecasting Group of the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance asked Vera to develop a resource to help police departments address questions about spending on crime analysts-and about justifying that spending. As part of its Cost-Benefit Knowledge Bank for Criminal Justice, Vera's Cost-Benefit Analysis Unit staff created this paper, which law enforcement agencies can use as they weigh their options on staffing and programs. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/putting-value-crime-analysts.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 132349

Author: John Marshall Law School. International Human Rights Clinic Title: U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's New Directive on Segregation: Why We Need Further Pretections Summary: The United States relies on solitary confinement more than any other democratic nation in the world. Immigrants housed in detention facilities are not supposed to be punished for their immigration status; they are only held to ensure that they appear for administrative hearings. One of these immigrants, Rashed, sought asylum in the United States because he saw this country as a symbol of freedom and opportunity. Instead, he was placed in solitary confinement in Dodge County Detention Center in Wisconsin where he witnessed detention at its worst. He saw first-hand how the detention conditions and treatment of detainees shook individuals to their core. After hearing people incessantly talk to themselves, Rashed considers himself lucky to have won his case and to have escaped the nightmare of solitary confinement. Like Rashed, Delfino Curos, a Mexican immigrant, was placed in solitary confinement, allegedly to protect him from other inmates who might harass him for being homosexual. Delfino spent four months locked up in a cell where he remained isolated for almost twenty-four hours every single day. His requests to get copies of the Bible, books, or any other kind of reading material were denied. He was left in silence, with nothing but the inescapable sounds of individuals around him attempting suicide. There are still hundreds of thousands of immigrant detainees that are currently in detention facilities across the country that could be subject to the same fate. Details: Chicago: John Marshall Law School, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.jmls.edu/clinics/international-human-rights/pdfs/customs-segregation-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132353

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Shrinking Majority of Americans Support Death Penalty Summary: According to a 2013 Pew Research Center survey, 55% of U.S. adults say they favor the death penalty for persons convicted of murder. A significant minority (37%) oppose the practice. While a majority of U.S. adults still support the death penalty, public opinion in favor of capital punishment has seen a modest decline since November 2011, the last time Pew Research asked the question. In 2011, fully six-in-ten U.S. adults (62%) favored the death penalty for murder convictions, and 31% opposed it. Public support for capital punishment has ebbed and flowed over time, as indicated by polls going all the way back to the 1930s. But it has been gradually ticking downward for the past two decades, since Pew Research began collecting survey data on this issue.1 Since 1996, the margin between those who favor the death penalty and those who oppose it has narrowed from a 60-point gap (78% favor vs. 18% oppose) to an 18-point difference in 2013 (55% favor vs. 37% oppose). Among most large U.S. religious groups, majorities support capital punishment. Roughly six-in-ten or more white evangelical Protestants (67%), white mainline Protestants (64%) and white Catholics (59%) express support for the death penalty. death-penalty-2By contrast, black Protestants are more likely to say they oppose the death penalty than support it (58% vs. 33%), as are Hispanic Catholics (54% vs. 37%). The differences among religious groups reflect the overall racial and ethnic picture on support for capital punishment. Twice as many white Americans favor the death penalty as oppose it (63% vs. 30%). Among black adults, the balance of opinion is reversed: 55% oppose capital punishment, while 36% support it. The margin is narrower among Hispanics, but more oppose the death penalty (50%) than support it (40%). Even among white adults, support for capital punishment has decreased markedly over the past two decades, from 81% in 1996 to 63% in 2013. Over the same time period, the share of blacks favoring the death penalty also has declined, from 55% to 36%. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.pewforum.org/files/2014/03/Death-Penalty_03-27-14_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 132354

Author: Iowa Department of Corrections Title: Substance Abuse, Report to the Board of Corrections, 2006 Summary: Twenty years ago, about 2% of Iowa's prison population was serving time for a drug-related offense. As documented in these pages, drug offenders now make up about 27% of the prison population. Sentencing changes in the 1980's resulted in an increased likelihood of sentences to prison for drug offenses, as well as an increase in average length of stay. Increased resources for law enforcement, such as formation of the Division of Narcotics Enforcement and funding for multi-jurisdictional drug law enforcement task forces, has also contributed to the increase in drug offenders within the corrections system. In the 1980's, cocaine and crack cocaine was a prominent problem; today it is methamphetamines.4 Drug crimes are the most common commitment offense among newly admitted prisoners, increasing from 316 admissions in FY1995, to 1,057 in FY2005. This report begins with current information on the prevalence of offenders convicted of alcohol- and drug-related crimes within Iowa's community-based corrections and prison populations. Substance abuse, however, is a common issue among the entire corrections population, no matter the convicting offense. National offender surveys conducted in the past have found nearly 70% of probationers and over 80% of state prisoners reported past drug use. Drug and alcohol abuse among offenders is more common than for the general population. For example, about 16% of Iowans age 18 to 25, and 4% of Iowans age 26 or older, reported using illicit drugs in the past month. This report documents a much more widespread problem for Iowa's adult offender population. This report, however, goes beyond documentation of the problem. It describes how the Iowa Department of Corrections is addressing substance abuse among the offender population through the provision of treatment, and monitoring for current drug and alcohol usage. All information was obtained from the Iowa Corrections Offender Network (ICON) with many of the reports obtained via the Iowa Justice Data Warehouse. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Corrections, 2006. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://publications.iowa.gov/13047/1/BOCSubstanceAbuseReport.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 102599

Author: Hedden, S. Title: Jail Based Substance Abuse Treatment Program: Cost Analysis Study Summary: The cost analysis study of the Iowa Jail-Based Substance Abuse Treatment Program provides an economic perspective on the cost of treatment provision compared to the cost of a prison sentence. The sample for this project includes the 408 clients admitted to the Jail-Based Substance Abuse Treatment Program between July 1, 2004 and June 30, 2005 at the 3 treatment agencies in Iowa involved in this program: United Community Services, Inc., Center for Alcohol and Drug Services, Inc., and Jackson Recovery Centers. The Jail Treatment Program is less than half of the cost of prison. The average daily cost for a client in the Jail-Based Substance Abuse Treatment Program was $30.19 compared to $64.02, which is the daily rate to house an inmate in a state prison facility in Iowa. The majority of the jail based treatment clients who were interviewed tend to maintain abstinence, do not get arrested, and obtain full-time employment. Client abstinence increased by 82.4 percentage points from admission and maintained a 75.5% rate at the 12 month follow-up. A large percentage of clients were arrest free at Interview 1 lowering somewhat at Interview 2, but remained high at 80.2%. More clients were employed full-time at the 12 month interview. Details: Iowa City, IA: Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation, 2006. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://iconsortium.subst-abuse.uiowa.edu/downloads/IDPH/jail_based_cost_analysis.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 102598

Author: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. Title: Evaluation of Maine's Family Treatment Drug Courts: A Preliminary Analysis of Short and Long-term Outcomes Summary: The high correlation between child maltreatment and the abuse of drugs and alcohol among parents or other caregivers is well documented. Indeed, parental substance abuse is one of the major reasons why children are removed from their homes and placed into protective custody. Today, it is estimated that nearly eighty percent of all substantiated child abuse and neglect cases involve parental substance abuse. Many parents with substance abuse problems never regain custody of their children. This is due in large part to the fact that these caregivers are significantly less likely to enter into or complete court ordered treatment services. Pervasive among this population are other issues that hamper reunification efforts including inadequate or unstable housing, mental illness, transportation issues and unemployment, to name a few. Family drug courts were developed as a means to respond to the complex problems posed by substance abuse among parents involved in the child welfare system. Through a combination of intensive judicial oversight, case management supervision, drug testing and dedicated treatment and protective custody caseworker assignments, the family drug court represents a nexus between the court, child welfare and substance abuse treatment systems. The overarching goal of the family drug court is to protect the safety and welfare of the child while providing parents the opportunity to enter into treatment and learn the skills they need to become healthy, responsible caregivers. Nationally, there are approximately 200 family drug courts in operation in 43 states across the country. The first family drug court program in Maine became operational in October, 2002. Today, there are three family drug courts currently in operation with locations in Belfast, Augusta and Lewiston. As of January 1, 2007, thirteen parents have successfully completed these programs and graduated, forty-one have been expelled and twenty-three are currently active participants in Maine's family drug court programs. Preliminary findings from a recently released national study suggest several promising outcomes for family drug court programs. The current study contributes to the ongoing discussion about the effectiveness of these programs and how well they operate in Maine. Overall findings in this report are consistent with those reported elsewhere, indicating that Maine's family drug court programs are also generating important outcomes across a variety of key measures. Key findings of this report include the following: - Seven drug-free babies were born to mothers participating in the drug court program. - Family drug court participants are significantly more likely than other parents with substance abuse problems in having greater child welfare system and criminal justice system involvement. - Families in drug court are more likely to receive treatment and adjunctive services such as child care. - Family drug court participants are significantly more likely to enter into and subsequently complete treatment. - Children of family drug court participants have significantly fewer placement changes and spent less time in foster care. - Once returned to the home, children of family drug court participants are less likely to experience a subsequent removal from the home. - Significant predictors of successful parent-child reunification relate to caregiver mental health, relative foster care setting, treatment completion and days out-of-home placement. - Among cases involving a TPR, children of family drug court participants were more likely to be adopted. - Savings generated from the family drug court program result from differences in the types of foster care settings utilized as well as fewer days in foster care. - The likelihood of even greater cost-savings will result in more families being enrolled in the family drug court with expanded capacity. Details: Portland, ME: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc., 2007. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2014 at: http://www.courts.state.me.us/maine_courts/drug/Statewide%20FTDC%20Evaluation%202007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 102595

Author: Prince, Kort Title: Recidivism Risk Prediction and Prevention Assessment in Utah: An Implementation Evaluation of the LSI-R as a Recidivism Risk Assessment Tool in Utah Summary: This document is divided into two major sections. The first covers recidivism risk and needs assessment, while the second describes an implementation evaluation of the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R), which has been used in Utah since 2000 as a risk and needs assessment. Section one describes the need for accurate, valid risk and needs assessments, and provides a literature review of the most well-known, validated and commonly used instruments as well as a review of tools that are relatively new but show promise. In the literature, the LSI-R remains the dominant risk and needs assessment tool, but other instruments in the third- and fourth-generation of risk and needs assessment tools (see below for generation definitions) have become increasingly more common. The LSI-R has, in some cases, been replaced by its successor, the Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (LS/CMI). Other instruments show similar validity, but also have the added benefit of being easier to use (such as self-administered assessments). The second major section was originally intended to validate the LSI-R in Utah's population and within demographic subgroups (i.e., race, ethnicity and sex). It was also intended that the research would examine whether Utah's potential adoption of the newer and broader LS/CMI, would improve, reduce or simply maintain the current tool's ability to predict recidivism. While the issue of validation within Utah will remain an important area of future research, preliminary analyses of LSI-R data provided to UCJC revealed problems that precluded a fair and accurate assessment of the validity of either instrument. Problems included both data quality issues (i.e., invalid tests due to too many missing items, total scores that did not match the sum of item-level responses, prohibited combinations of item-level responses) and administrative issues (i.e., inadequate training of administrators, inherent difficulties in using the LSI-R, and ambiguities on the LSI-R response form). Rather than using inaccurate data in attempting to validate the instrument(s) for use as recidivism risk prediction tool(s) in Utah, the present research necessarily altered focus to examine the extent of the problems. The present research also discusses evidence suggesting that the LSI-R tool, and its inherent difficulties in administration, may have contributed to some of the observed problems. Changes that have already been made and changes that could be adopted to improve the accuracy and fidelity of LSI-R assessments, are discussed. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/LSI-Implementation-Report-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 132356

Author: Foley, Jillian Title: Gender-Responsive Policies and Practices in Maine: What Incarcerated Women at the Women's Center Say They Need from the Criminal Justice System Summary: Female offenders have unique experiences that have led to their incarceration compared to men. Maine women offenders are no exception to this fact. These women, while incarcerated are still mothers, grandmothers, daughters, friends, business owners, students, and members of our community. Incarcerated women need the same things we all need: to feel respected, to have hope for the future, to be able to support themselves financially, and to feel connected to their families, friends, and community. Research shows that some of the most important factors that can help reduce recidivism among women is to ensure they can support themselves and their families through gainful employment, have a support system in place to deal with any mental health, trauma related, or substance abuse issues, and have a pro-social peer and family support network. Corrections facilities are designed with the purpose to "correct" the criminal behavior that has resulted in incarceration, and therefore should focus their policies, practices, and programs on those risk factors and needs that will help to achieve this goal. In order to reduce recidivism and truly help these women, criminal justice systems must implement gender-responsive policies that address the distinct needs and experiences of incarcerated women. The purpose of this study was to give a voice to Maine's incarcerated women and potentially influence the ongoing policy revision process in Maine. The researcher conducted 3 focus groups with 18 residents of the Women's Center- a gender-responsive facility that houses about 70 to 80 incarcerated women at the Maine Correctional Facility in Windham, ME. Researchers wanted to know what works well at the women's center, what does not work, and how the women felt the policies could be improved to better fit their needs as incarcerated women. The perspectives of the participants varied, however, the findings of the study were largely in line with the literature guidelines for gender-responsive policies and practices. The participants expressed a desire for an environment where they can feel safe, respected and empowered to change their lives for the better. In order to live independent, crime free lives after they leave, the participants said they need more hands on, concrete re-entry planning and help finding supports in the community they are returning to. The women also expressed a need for job training and experience. For many of these women the most important motivation to change was the connection to their families and the hope for re-unification. In order to address these needs, gender-responsive policies and practices need to be developed and consistently implemented. Details: Portland, ME: Muskie School of Public Service, University of Southern Maine, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: http://usm.maine.edu/sites/default/files/cmhs/Jillian%20Foley%20Capstone.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Program Shelf Number: 132359

Author: Simms, Nicole Title: Collateral Costs: Racial Disparities and Injustice in Minnesota's Marijuana Laws Summary: Blacks in Minnesota are 6.4 times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession than whites, one of the nation's highest disparities, according to FBI statistics. Our latest report finds these disproportionate arrest rates further exacerbate equity gaps for individuals and neighborhoods in communities of color. The research set out to determine costs beyond fines and attorney fees to individuals arrested and/or convicted for marijuana possession, including lost economic opportunity, property forfeiture, being removed from social safety net programs, and emotional distress. Even a low-level marijuana conviction can cost someone up to $76,000 over a decade using fairly conservative estimates. As a result, Minnesota 2020 is joining a growing body of legal experts and community activists in calling for marijuana law reform. The report's recommendations range from fairer seizure laws and more accountable enforcement strategy to full legalization. The laws and strategy used to fight the war on drugs have had a devastating impact on communities of color. An honest discussion about marijuana law reform must include all options and acknowledge the reality that deterrents to marijuana use have been ineffective. A variety of factors contribute to the disparities in arrest rates. Over-policing in communities of color, cultural differences in where and how marijuana is used and purchased, and grants and seizure policies that incentivize volume over quality in drug arrests are major factors for the disparity. As a result, blacks in Ramsey County are 8.8 times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession than whites, the state's highest disparity for 2011. Hennepin and Steele counties follow, with blacks in both places 6.4 time more likely to be arrested. When state and federal policies strip wealth out of communities, it's time to reexamine our approach to social, economic, and criminal justice issues. By highlighting collateral costs individuals and communities suffer from marijuana enforcement disparities, we hope to reframe the debate about marijuana reform. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota 2020, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.mn2020.org/assets/uploads/article/collateral_costs_web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 132361

Author: Irazola, Seri Title: Study of Victim Experiences of Wrongful Conviction Summary: Over the past three decades, the rate of exonerations has more than doubled, growing from an average of 24 per year from 1989 through 1999 to an average of 52 per year from 2000 through 2010 (Gross & Shaffer, 2012). While significant strides have been made to identify and assist wrongfully convicted individuals in gaining their freedom and transitioning to life after exoneration, little is known about the experiences of victims during this process. In 2010, the U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice funded ICF International to conduct an exploratory study examining victim1 experiences in cases of wrongful conviction in order to begin to fill this gap in knowledge. This report documents the methodology and findings from the study, and examines the implications for practice and policy. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF Incorporated, 2013. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244084.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 132363

Author: Schell-Busey, Natalie Marie Title: The Deterrent Effects of Ethics Codes for Corporate Crime: A Meta-Analysis Summary: The current financial crisis, brought on in part by the risky and unethical behaviors of investment banks, has drawn attention to corporate crime, particularly on the issue of how to prevent it. Over the last thirty years, codes of conduct have been a cornerstone of corporate crime prevention policies, and consequently are now widespread, especially among large companies. However, the empirical literature is mixed on the effectiveness of codes, leaving them open to critics who charge that codes can be costly to implement, ineffective, and even criminogenic. In this dissertation I use meta-analysis to examine the evidence regarding the preventative effects of ethics codes for corporate crime. The results show that codes and elements of their support system, like enforcement and top management support, have a positive, significant effect on ethical-decision making and behavior. Based on these results, I propose an integrated approach toward self-regulation founded on Braithwaite's (2002) enforcement pyramid, which specifies that regulation should primarily be built around persuasion with sanctions reserved for situations where a stronger deterrent is needed. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2009. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/1903/9289/1/SchellBusey_umd_0117E_10313.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 132364

Author: Cox, Stephen M. Title: The Final Report of the Evaluation of the Court Support Services Division's Probation Transition Program Summary: The Judicial Branch's Court Support Services Division (CSSD) began accepting probationers into the Probation Transition Program (PTP) on October 1, 2004 in five probation offices. The PTP targeted inmates who had probation sentences that followed their prison sentence and subsequent release from the Department of Correction (DOC). The overarching goal was to reduce the technical violation rate of split sentence probationers by helping them re-enter their community following prison release. In theory, the lower caseloads would allow PTP officers to spend more time assessing probationers, helping them find appropriate services, and monitoring their behavior. Legislative funding to the Judicial Branch to hire more probation officers led to the statewide expansion of the PTP in February of 2007. Faculty from the Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice from Central Connecticut State University were contracted to evaluate the PTP expansion. The following report summarizes the findings and conclusions of this evaluation. Details: New Britain, CT: Central Connecticut State University, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.ccsu.edu/uploaded/departments/AcademicDepartments/Criminology__criminal_justice/Cox/Probation_Transition_Program_Final_Report_(2010).pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 132366

Author: Hobbs, Anne Title: Evaluation fo the Lancaster County Alternatives to Juvenile Detention Summary: In June 2009, the Juvenile Justice Institute (JJI) was contracted to evaluate four of Lancaster County's Juvenile Justice Programs: Cedars Day Reporting Center, Cedars Evening Reporting Center, Project HIRE, and Cedars Juvenile Diversion. Each of these was identified as a detention alternative. The Institute was further charged with addressing three research questions: - Are detention alternatives keeping youth out of detention and; thereby, saving taxpayers money? - Are Lancaster County's detention alternative programs using "evidence based models" and, if so, have they been implemented with fidelity? - Are there other evidence-based programs that research has shown to be effective with this population? In addition, Lancaster County hoped to examine whether youth who complete these programs committed new legal offenses and ended up more deeply entrenched in the juvenile justice system. At the time of this report, the Lancaster County juvenile justice coordinator did not have access to the Nebraska Criminal Justice Information System (NCJIS) to examine recidivism. Access alone does not answer the question of recidivism with accuracy. If Lancaster County plans to utilize recidivism as a long term measure, they must uniformly define the terminology and grant the coordinator access. Although some definitions of recidivism are proposed in this report from across the nation, determining how stable a youth is offers information potentially more useful that simple recidivism. Results from Lancaster County's use of the Youth Stability Reporting Instrument are included; these offer us new ways to examine a juvenile's potential for re-offending. One of the key findings and primary obstacles to this evaluation was the lack of coordinated data systems. This obstacle echoes a finding of the 2007 evaluation of the Juvenile Justice System in Lancaster County. In that report, the Institute noted that gaps exist in the coordination and documentation of juvenile justice interventions utilized in serving young offenders. Although Lancaster County made significant progress in many of the priorities identified in the prior report, the lack of coordinated and consistent data collection continues to be a problem. The gap in documentation made it impossible to provide an in-depth assessment of cost savings realized through the use of detention alternatives. Despite concerns regarding the lack of data, our findings demonstrate that Lancaster County Detention Alternative Programs are using many of the evidence-based practices defined by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP). These programs appear to be effective in preventing youth from going deeper into the juvenile justice system. Details: Omaha, NE: Juvenile Justice Institute, University of Nebraska at Omaha, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.unomaha.edu/juvenilejustice/pdf/Eval_of_Lan_Cty_Alternatives_to_Detention.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132367

Author: Flewelling, Robert Title: A Process and Outcome Evaluation of Supporting Adolescents with Guidance and Employment (SAGE): A Community-Based Violence Prevention Program for African American Male Adolescents Summary: By the mid-1980s, interpersonal violence among African American male adolescents and young adults was considered an epidemic and identified as a major public health issue. Despite recent declines in violence (Fingerhut, Ingram, & Feldman, 1998; Tonry & Moore, 1998), violent crime and homicide rates continue to be disproportionately high among African American males. African American male adolescents and young adults are almost 10 times more likely than their white male counterparts to be the victim of a homicide (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 1995). While homicide represents the worst outcome associated with violence, it is estimated that 100 nonfatal violent incidents occur for every one homicide (Rosenberg & Mercy, 1986). These statistics emphasize the need to identify and implement promising interventions that may prevent violence and violence-related behavior in this at-risk population. This study reports the findings of an evaluation of a community-based violence prevention demonstration project focusing on African American male adolescents in Durham, North Carolina. Supporting Adolescents with Guidance and Employment (SAGE) was developed and implemented by three organizations in Durham that came together out of their concern about rising levels of youth violence and other risk behaviors and was funded by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The key elements of this multifaceted effort included an Afrocentric guidance and instructional program, coupled with mentoring; a summer jobs training and placement program; and an after-school entrepreneurial training program. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: Research Triangle Park, 1999. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/sage_evaluation_report.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 132368

Author: Manuel, Kate M. Title: Immigration Detainers: Legal Issues Summary: An "immigration detainer" is a document by which U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) advises other law enforcement agencies of its interest in individual aliens whom these agencies are detaining. ICE and its predecessor, the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), have used detainers as one means of obtaining custody of aliens for removal proceedings since at least 1950. However, the nationwide implementation of the Secure Communities program between 2008 and 2013 has prompted numerous questions about detainers. This program relies upon information sharing between various levels and agencies of government to identify potentially removable aliens. Detainers may then be issued for these aliens. Prior to 1986, the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) did not explicitly address detainers, and the INS appears to have issued detainers pursuant to its "general authority" to guard U.S. borders and boundaries against the illegal entry of aliens, among other things. However, in 1986, Congress amended the INA to address the issuance of detainers for aliens arrested for controlled substance offenses. After the 1986 amendments, INS promulgated two regulations, one addressing the issuance of detainers for controlled substance offenses and the other addressing detainers for other offenses. These regulations were merged in 1997 and currently address various topics, including who may issue detainers and the temporary detention of aliens by other law enforcement agencies. There is also a standard detainer form (Form I-247) that allows ICE to indicate that it has taken actions that could lead to the alien's removal, and request that another agency take actions that could facilitate such removal (e.g., notify ICE before the alien's release). Some commentators and advocates for immigrants' rights have asserted that, because the INA addresses only detainers for controlled substance offenses, ICE's detainer regulations and practices are beyond its statutory authority insofar as detainers are used for other offenses. A federal district court in California found otherwise in its 2009 decision in Committee for Immigrant Rights of Sonoma County v. County of Sonoma. However, subsequent litigation has raised the issue anew in other jurisdictions. Some have also suggested that a federal regulation - which provides that law enforcement agencies receiving immigration detainers "shall maintain custody of the alien for a period [generally] not to exceed 48 hours" - means that states and localities are required to hold aliens for ICE. Prior versions of Form I-247 may also have been construed as requiring compliance with detainers. However, in its recent decision in Galarza v. Szalczyk, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit rejected this view. Instead, it adopted the same interpretation of the regulation that DHS has advanced, construing it as prescribing the maximum period of any detention pursuant to a detainer, rather than mandating detention. However, district courts in other jurisdictions have indicated that they view the regulation as requiring states and localities to hold aliens for ICE. In addition, questions have been raised about who has custody of aliens subject to detainers, and whether the detainer practices of state, local, and/or federal governments impinge upon aliens' constitutional rights. Answers to these questions may depend upon the facts and circumstances of particular cases. For example, courts have found that the filing of a detainer, in itself, does not result in an alien being in federal custody, although aliens could be found to be in federal custody if they are subject to final orders of removal. Similarly, courts may be less likely to find that the issuance of a particular detainer violates an alien's constitutional rights if a warrant of arrest in removal proceedings is attached to the detainer, than if the alien is held after he or she would have been released because ICE has reason to believe he or she is removable. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: R42690: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R42690.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 132374

Author: National Transportation Safety Board Title: Reaching Zero: Actions to Eliminate Alcohol-Impaired Driving Summary: This safety report represents the culmination of a year-long National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) effort focused on the problem of substance-impaired driving. The report addresses the necessity of providing all the following elements to achieve meaningful reductions in alcohol-impaired driving crashes: stronger laws, improved enforcement strategies, innovative adjudication programs, and accelerated development of new in-vehicle alcohol detection technologies. Moreover, the report recognizes the need for states to identify specific and measurable goals for reducing impaired driving fatalities and injuries, and to evaluate the effectiveness of implemented countermeasures on an ongoing basis. Specifically, in the report, the NTSB makes safety recommendations in the following safety issue areas: reducing the per se blood alcohol concentration limit for all drivers; conducting high-visibility enforcement of impaired driving laws and incorporating passive alcohol sensing technology into enforcement efforts; expanding the use of in-vehicle devices to prevent operation by an impaired driver; using driving while intoxicated (DWI) courts and other programs to reduce recidivism by repeat DWI offenders; and establishing measurable goals for reducing impaired driving and tracking progress toward those goals. Details: Washington, DC: NTSB, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Safety Report NTSB/SR-13/01: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.ntsb.gov/doclib/reports/2013/SR1301.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 132377

Author: University of Texas School of Law. Human Rights Clinic Title: Deadly Heat in Texas Prisons Summary: The Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) is currently violating the human and constitutional rights of inmates in Texas by exposing them to dangerously high temperatures and extreme heat conditions. Extreme heat in TDCJ-run correctional facilities has long caused heat-related injuries and deaths of inmates during the hot Texas summers. Since 2007, at least fourteen inmates incarcerated in various TDCJ facilities across the state of Texas have died from extreme heat exposure while imprisoned. Many of these inmates had preexisting health conditions or were taking medications that rendered them heat-sensitive, yet properly cooled living areas were not provided to them by the TDCJ. These fourteen victims, along with other TDCJ prisoners and even TDCJ personnel, were and continue to be exposed to dangerously high heat levels on a regular basis. This practice violates individuals' human rights, particularly the rights to health, life, physical integrity, and dignity. In spite of repeated, serious, and egregious incidents, the TDCJ has yet to implement measures that effectively mitigate heat-related injury in inmate housing. While the TDCJ has installed fans and allowed for ventilation in inmate living areas, the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) has proven these measures to be ineffective in preventing heat-related injuries in very hot and humid conditions, such as those present in TDCJ facilities. Despite these findings, TDCJ facilities largely do not provide air conditioning to the living areas of the general inmate population, many of whom are serving time for non-violent offenses. At the same time, the TDCJ has spent money on air conditioning for its warden offices and for its armories. Additionally, the TDCJ has not promulgated any maximum temperature policies for inmate housing, even though the Texas Commission on Jail Standards and numerous other state departments of corrections across the country have done so. As a result, TDCJ inmates continue to suffer through Texas summers, and are forced to risk heatstroke and other heat-related injuries while incarcerated with the TDCJ. This Report, prepared by the Human Rights Clinic of the University of Texas School of Law, concludes that current conditions in TDCJ facilities constitute a violation of Texas's duty to guarantee the rights to health, life, physical integrity, and dignity of detainees, as well as its duty to prevent inhuman or degrading treatment of its inmates. These duties have been affirmed by countless human rights bodies and instruments such as the United Nations Human Rights Committee, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, and the American Declaration on the Rights and Duties of Man, to mention just a few. Many international human rights decisions have found that extreme heat similar to situations in Texas contributes to a finding of inhuman or degrading prison conditions. The TDCJ's continued incarceration of inmates in extreme heat conditions violates its duties to inmates, and constitutes inhumane treatment of such prisoners in violation of international human rights standards. The Human Rights Clinic concludes that current extreme heat conditions in TDCJ facilities also violate inmates' constitutional right to be free from cruel and unusual punishment. The United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit has recognized time and again that extreme heat in prisons can constitute a violation of inmates' Eighth Amendment rights. In a 2012 case, a 63 year old Texas prisoner presented with a preexisting blood pressure condition, and was taking medication that would affect his body's ability to regulate temperature. The court decided that a reasonable jury could conclude that a failure to provide air conditioning, among other things, to an individual with these conditions was a violation of the prisoner's constitutional rights. Most recently, the Middle District of Louisiana issued a decision in 2013 condemning the extreme heat conditions in a Louisiana prison facility similar to those conditions present in TDCJ facilities as a violation of the Constitution. There is therefore clear and recent precedent for denouncing the hot conditions in TDCJ facilities as violating the guarantees and rights of inmates under the Eighth Amendment. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, Human Rights Clinic, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.utexas.edu/law/clinics/humanrights/docs/HRC_EH_Report_4-7-14_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 132378

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Worse than Second-Class: Solitary Confinement of Women in the United States Summary: Solitary confinement - locking a prisoner in isolation away from most, if not all, human contact for twenty-two to twenty-four hours per day for weeks, months, or even years at a time - is inhumane. When used for longer than fifteen days, or on vulnerable populations such as children and people with mental illness, the practice is recognized by human rights experts as a form of torture. Prisons and jails across the United States lock prisoners in solitary confinement for a range of reasons - punitive, administrative, protective, medical - but whatever the reason, the conditions are similarly harsh and damaging. Experts in psychology, medicine, and corrections agree that solitary confinement can have uniquely harmful effects; this consensus has led experts to call for the practice to be banned in all but the most extreme cases of last resort, when other alternatives have failed or are not available, where safety is a concern, and for the shortest amount of time possible. Across the United States, jails and prisons hold more than 200,000 women. These prisoners are routinely subjected to solitary confinement. Yet the use of solitary on women is often overlooked. Although the negative psychological impacts of solitary confinement are well known, the unique harms and dangers of subjecting women prisoners to this practice have rarely been examined or considered in evaluating the need for reforms in law or policy. As the number of incarcerated women climbs at an alarming pace, women and their families and communities are increasingly affected by what happens behind bars. It is critical to address the treatment of women in prison - especially those women subjected to the social and sensory deprivation of solitary confinement. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/worse_than_second-class.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132384

Author: Peters, Brittany Title: Property Crime in Massachusetts: A 25-Year Retrospective. Annual Policy Brief (1988-2012) Summary: The volume of property crime (144,450 offenses) within the Commonwealth in 2012 represents a 36% decrease since 1988. During that same 25-year period, the rate of property crime per 100,000 persons in Massachusetts dropped 45% from 3,923 offenses to 2,173 offenses. The statewide volume of property crime decreased 4% from calendar year 2011 to calendar year 2012, with a decline in each of the three major offense categories: burglary (-5%), larceny (-2%), and motor vehicle theft (-14%). The rate of property crime per 100,000 persons in Massachusetts decreased 5% between calendar years 2011 and 2012, with a decline in each of the three major offense categories: burglary (-6%), larceny (-3%), and motor vehicle theft (-15%). Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.mass.gov/eopss/docs/ogr/propertycrimeannualpolicybrief-1988to2012.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 132387

Author: Minnesota. Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs Title: Financial Crime and Identity Theft: Law Enforcement Response, Challenges and Resource Needs. Report of Minnesota Law Enforcement Identity Theft Survey Summary: In August and September of 2013 the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Justice Programs sent an on-line survey to all 87 county sheriffs and to 317 municipal police departments. Respondents were asked to complete an online survey about their departmental characteristics, experiences with financial crimes and identity theft, victim assistance, and training needs. A total of 35 sheriffs completed surveys, as did 156 municipal police departments. A total of 384 emails were delivered for a 50 percent response rate. Data were imported into a statistical analysis program and analyzed. Overall results from the survey are presented graphically. Analysis was also completed to see if there were any significant differences based on geography (urban vs. Greater Minnesota) or law enforcement type (municipal police departments vs. sheriffs' offices). Any statistically significant differences are discussed in text boxes throughout the report. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/Financial%20Crime%20and%20Identity%20Theft%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132388

Author: Peters, Brittany Title: Violent Crime in Massachusetts: A 25-Year Retrospective. Annual Policy Brief (1988-2012) Summary: The volume of violent crime (26,819 offenses) within the Commonwealth in 2012 represents an 18% decrease since 1988. This is the lowest point since the early 1980's. During the 25-year period from 1988 to 2012, the rate of violent crime per 100,000 persons in Massachusetts dropped 29% from 570 offenses to 404 offenses. The statewide volume of violent crime decreased 3% from calendar years 2011 to 2012, with a decline in murder (-33%) and aggravated assault (-4%); the volume of both forcible rapes and robberies remained consistent from one year to the next with a drop of less than 1%. The rate of violent crime per 100,000 persons in Massachusetts decreased 4% between calendar years 2011 and 2012, with a decline in three of the four major offense categories: murder (-33%), robbery (-1%), and aggravated assault (-5%). The rate of forcible rape remained stable at 24 rapes per 100,000 persons from 2011 to 2012. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.mass.gov/eopss/docs/ogr/violentcrimeannualpolicybrief-1988to2012.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aggravated Assault Shelf Number: 132391

Author: Lamb, Kathleen Title: Recovery Services Evaluation Report: An Assessment of Program Completion Rates, and the Relationship Between Program Completion Status and Recidivism. 2009-2012 Period Summary: Existing literature suggests there is a strong relationship between participation in prison-based substance abuse programming and reduced recidivism. One way in which Ohio's offender population participates in substance abuse treatment is through participation in the intensive outpatient treatment program, which is the focus of this evaluation. This is a three-phase program consisting of the Treatment Readiness Phase, the Intensive Outpatient Phase, and the Recovery Maintenance phase. All phases are grounded in cognitive-behavioral therapy, aiming to change inmate thinking patterns. Prior research has demonstrated that intensive outpatient programs are a cost-effective way to reduce recidivism upon release from prison, although they are most useful when accompanied by supplemental programming (community-based aftercare). The present study has two major goals. The first is to assess completion rates (both successful completers as well as unsuccessful discharges) of offenders participating in intensive outpatient substance abuse treatment programs in Ohio prisons during the period from 2009 to 2012. The second is to establish whether there is a significant relationship between program completion status and recidivism one year after release. This work builds on prior evaluations of Recovery Services substance abuse programs by evaluating a more recent time frame, during which data quality substantially improved over prior periods, and incorporating statistical analyses at both the bivariate level and multivariate level. The multivariate findings assess the relationship between completion and recidivism while holding numerous other inmate characteristics constant. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2014 at: http://www.drc.ohio.gov/web/Reports/RS_Evaluation_Dec2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Aftercare Shelf Number: 132394

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Federal Strategic Action Plan on Services for Victims of Human Trafficking in the United States, 2013-2017 Summary: In commemoration of the 150th anniversary of the Emancipation Proclamation, the Obama Administration reaffirmed the American values of freedom and equality by asking federal agencies to develop a plan to strengthen services for victims of human trafficking. Coordination, Collaboration, Capacity, the Federal Strategic Action Plan on Services for Victims of Human Trafficking in the United States, 2013-2017 (the Plan) embraces these principles and builds on the progress that our Nation has made in combating human trafficking and modern day forms of slavery through government action, as well as partnerships with allied professionals and concerned citizens. As our understanding of the scope and impact of human trafficking evolved over the years, we now recognize a more complex web of exploitation affecting diverse communities across the country. Today, we acknowledge that human trafficking affects U.S. citizens and foreign nationals, adults and children, and men, women, and transgender individuals who are victimized across a wide range of commercial sex and forced labor schemes. This Plan details a series of coordinated actions to strengthen the reach and effectiveness of services provided to all victims of human trafficking, regardless of the victims' race, color, national origin, disability, religion, age, gender, immigration status, sexual orientation, or the type of trafficking they endured. The purpose of this Plan is to describe the steps that federal agencies will take to ensure that all victims of human trafficking in the United States are identified and have access to the services they need to recover. This includes steps to create a victim services network that is comprehensive, trauma-informed, and responsive to the needs of all victims. While prevention and prosecution activities fall outside the scope of this document, the Administration recognizes that addressing human trafficking through prevention, exploring and implementing demand reduction strategies, and using prosecution to hold offenders accountable are critical elements in the U.S. Government's comprehensive approach to combating all forms of human trafficking. The Plan focuses on providing and coordinating support for victims and it aligns with all other efforts of the Federal Government to eliminate human trafficking and prevent further victimization, particularly as outlined in the Attorney General's Annual Report to Congress and Assessment of U.S. Government Activities to Combat Trafficking in Persons. The Plan identifies several "core values" related to trafficking victims' services and key areas for improving service delivery. Recognizing that government alone cannot stop this insidious crime, the Plan is written to appeal to a wide audience in order to bring additional resources, expertise, and partnerships to end human trafficking and better support victims. For example, public awareness must be increased to engage more stakeholders and increase victim identification. There must also be an expansion of access to victim services. Finally, the quality of the services, not merely the quantity, must be addressed to ensure that victims are supported throughout their long-term journey as survivors. The Plan lays out four goals, eight objectives, and contains more than 250 associated action items for victim service improvements that can be achieved during the next 5 years. Federal agencies will coordinate efforts and work toward each of these goals simultaneously. Actions to improve victim identification are woven through each of the goals. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office for Victims of Crime, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2014 at: http://www.ovc.gov/pubs/FederalHumanTraffickingStrategicPlan.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 132396

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Capital City Correction: Reforming DC's Use of Adult Incarceration Against Youth Summary: From 2007 to 2012, 541 youth were charged as adults and incarcerated in adult jail in the District of Columbia. While incarcerated in the adult jail, these DC youth were housed in a developmentally inappropriate and inadequate facility where they receive limited educational, behavioral health, and vocational services. Most were not permitted to have in-person visits with family members. The majority of the time that youth spent at the adult jail was prior to trial, when youth are presumed innocent of the offense. Research has consistently shown that trying youth as adults does not promote public safety and that youth in the adult system are at increased risk for victimization and suicide. The Centers for Disease Control found that youth placed in the adult system are more likely to commit future crimes than similar youth treated in the juvenile system. Adult facilities generally do not offer the rehabilitative programs youth need to turn their lives around, and their staff are often insufficiently trained to work with youth. Youth in adult facilities are also at greater risk for sexual victimization, physical assault, and suicide. This report explains how youth enter the adult system in DC, summarizes data about which DC youth experience adult prosecution, explains the scientific literature on adolescent brain development and the effects of incarcerating youth in adult facilities, and notes deficiencies in the Juvenile Unit that currently holds DC youth charged as adults. Finally, the report offers three policy recommendations that would restore balance to DC's approach of the prosecution of youth: 1.Prohibit the pre-trial detention of youth in adult facilities. They are innocent until proven guilty, and innocent children should not be exposed to the harmful environment of adult jail. 2.Allow for "reverse transfer" motions, in which a judge can hear arguments about which system is most appropriate for the youth. If the judge decides that the youth can be rehabilitated before age 21 and that the public interest would be best served by placing the youth in the juvenile system, the judge should be able to transfer the youth back to the juvenile system. 3.End "once an adult, always an adult." Currently, any youth with an adult conviction must have any subsequent charges handled in adult court, no matter how minor they are and even if local prosecutors would prefer to charge the case in juvenile court. The default rule should always be that children under age 18 are treated in the juvenile system. Details: Washington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2014 at: http://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/dcly/pages/77/attachments/original/1400460117/Capital_City_Correction.pdf?1400460117 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 132397

Author: Bruno, Andorra Title: Unauthorized Aliens in the United States: Policy Discussion Summary: The unauthorized immigrant (illegal alien) population in the United States is a key and controversial immigration issue. Competing views on how to address this population have been, and continue to be, a major obstacle to enacting immigration reform legislation. It is unknown, at any point in time, how many unauthorized aliens are in the United States; what countries they are from; when they came to the United States; where they are living; and what their demographic, family, and other characteristics are. Demographers develop estimates about unauthorized aliens using available survey data on the U.S. foreign-born population and other methods. These estimates can help inform possible policy options to address the unauthorized alien population. Both the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the Pew Research Center estimate that approximately 11.5 million unauthorized aliens were living in the United States in January 2011. DHS further estimates that there were some 11.4 unauthorized residents in January 2012. Pew has released a preliminary estimate of 11.7 million for the March 2012 unauthorized resident population. The Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) and other federal laws place various restrictions on unauthorized aliens. In general, they have no legal right to live or work in the United States and are subject to removal from the country. At the same time, the INA provides limited avenues for certain unauthorized aliens to obtain legal permanent residence. Over the years, a range of options has been offered for addressing the unauthorized resident population. In most cases, the ultimate goal is to reduce the number of aliens in the United States who lack legal status. One set of options centers on requiring or encouraging unauthorized immigrants to depart the country. Those who support this approach argue that these aliens are in the United States in violation of the law and that their presence variously threatens social order, national security, and economic prosperity. One departure strategy is to locate and deport unauthorized aliens from the United States. Another departure strategy, known as attrition through enforcement, seeks to significantly reduce the size of the unauthorized population by across-the board enforcement of immigration laws. One of the basic tenets of the departure approach is that unauthorized immigrants in the United States should not be granted benefits. An opposing strategy would grant qualifying unauthorized residents various benefits, including an opportunity to obtain legal status. Supporters of this type of approach do not characterize unauthorized immigrants in the United States as lawbreakers, but rather as contributors to the economy and society at large. A variety of proposals have been put forth over the years to grant some type of legal status to some portion of the unauthorized population. Some of these options would use existing mechanisms under immigration law to grant legal status. Others would establish new legalization programs. Some would benefit a particular subset of the unauthorized population, such as students or agricultural workers, while others would make relief available more broadly. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 29, 2014 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R41207.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132399

Author: James-Garner, Angelica Title: School House Adjustment Program Enterprise (SHAPE): 2011-12 Outcome and Evaluation Study Summary: In August 2011, SHAPE was recognized by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) as a national DMC Reduction Best Practice (OJJDP, 2011). Being recognized as an evidence-based best practice after only a few years in existence is rare. The SHAPE model is now being considered statewide in Tennessee, and there is significant interest in adopting the program in other states as well. Program officials have participated in national conferences with the, the Coalition on Juvenile Justice, and recently, they have proposed a paper to the OJJDP National Leadership Summit on School-Justice Partnerships sponsored by the New York State Permanent Judicial Division on Justice for Children. Additionally, the SHAPE model was featured in a chapter in a book on DMC current issues and policies (Parsons-Pollard, 2011). All of this work has been made possible because the SHAPE administrator made an early commitment to evaluation and measurement of outcomes. This investment allowed the program to self-correct as issues became apparent and contributed to overall model integrity and credibility. While the effects of SHAPE have been demonstrated here, many other programs have also had a hand in reducing the juvenile detention population. Perhaps the most important accomplishment of SHAPE has been to affect the culture of detention in this community. The partnership with the Memphis Police Department has been especially gratifying, and SHAPE awareness is now a component of the annual in-service training. MCS administrators are taking advantage of intermediate interventions and diversions like SHAPE more readily, with Juvenile Court, and especially the administrators of the Detention Facility, questioning every single transport. This cultural shift has been a complex process and SHAPE has been an important part. Details: Memphis, TN: Shelby County Schools, Department of Research, Evaluation, Assessment and Student Information, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2014 at http://www.scsk12.org/uf/shape/files/final%20shape%202011%202012.pdf?mylink=35 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion, Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132405

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Recidivism Trends of Domestic Violence Offenders in Washington State Summary: The 2012 Washington State Legislature passed a bill directing the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) to complete the following research tasks on domestic violence offenders: 1)Review the research literature on treatment for domestic violence offenders and other interventions effective at reducing recidivism; 2) Survey states' laws regarding domestic violence treatment for offenders; and 3) Analyze recidivism rates of domestic violence offenders in Washington. WSIPP published findings earlier this year on the first two tasks. In this report, we complete the legislative assignment and describe the recidivism rates of domestic violence offenders in Washington. To conduct the analyses in this report, we use WSIPP's criminal history database, which was developed to conduct criminal justice research at the request of the legislature. The database is a synthesis of data from the Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) and the Department of Corrections (DOC). This report contains three sections. In the first section, we provide context on the volume of cases filed in Washington State's criminal courts and the proportion of those cases that are domestic violence. Next, we examine re-offense behavior of domestic violence offenders after entering the criminal court system. In the final section, we examine recidivism trends of domestic violence offenders over an eight year period. A technical appendix contains a detailed description of the data and data-processing for this study. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 9p. Source: WSIPP Document No. 13-08-1201: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2014 at http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1541 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Offenders Shelf Number: 132416

Author: Inzano, Angela Title: Promising Criminal Justice Practices in Human Trafficking Cases: A County-Level Comparative Overview (2005-2010) With Special Emphasis On Cases Involving Children Summary: The crime of human trafficking is international in scope, and is prevalent in every country. The passing of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000 signaled the U.S. government's recognition of human trafficking as a crime that occurs within its own borders. The TVPA has since been reauthorized in 2003, 2005, and 2008, updating criminal statutes, enhancing protections for victims, and addressing gaps on research and issues concerning domestic trafficking (i.e. trafficking of U.S. citizens). As of 2011, almost every state, with the exception of West Virginia, Wyoming, South Dakota, and Massachusetts, has some form of human trafficking statute within their criminal code. Between January 2008 and June 2010, federally-funded human trafficking task forces opened 2,515 suspected incidents of human trafficking for investigation. Most of these cases were classified as sex trafficking (82%), including more than 1,200 incidents with allegations of adult sex trafficking, and more than 1,000 incidents with allegations of prostitution or sexual exploitation of a child. Eleven percent of the suspected incidents opened for investigation were classified as labor trafficking, and 7% were unclassified with respect to trafficking type. These figures represent only a small percentage of the estimated scope of the problem in the United States. The last estimate published by the United States government reported that approximately 14,500-17,500 men, women, and children are trafficked into the U.S. annually.5 Other scholars estimate the number to be higher, estimating that that as many as 17,000 foreign national children are trafficked into the United States, not even beginning to take into account trafficking of adults. Neither of these figures includes the domestic trafficking of United States citizens. Some non-governmental organizations (NGOs) working with vulnerable youth estimate that between 100,000 - 300,000 U.S. citizen children are exploited for the purpose of commercial sex acts each year. Though existing estimates suggest that the problem of human trafficking is significant, few research studies exist with respect to human trafficking in the U.S., and even fewer studies relate to trafficking in children. This is due to a number of factors, including the lack of consistent data collection and tracking mechanisms across NGOs and government agencies, misconceptions about what the human trafficking of children entails, differing legal definitions and applications between law enforcement and NGOs, ideologically-driven research, limited access to human trafficking survivors, and the hidden nature of the crime. The first anti-trafficking efforts in the United States were largely driven by federal agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigations, Immigration Customs Enforcement, and the Department of Labor. In 2003, the reauthorization of the TVPA encouraged states to pass their own anti-trafficking laws, recognizing that local law enforcement agencies and service providers are better able to identify potential human trafficking cases in their community. In order to encourage more local responses to potential cases, the U.S. Government also began to fund local anti-trafficking task forces in 2004. Cook County - which includes Chicago and the surrounding metropolitan area - has been identified as one of several human trafficking hubs in the country. In October 2005, the Chicago Police Department received a Bureau of Justice Affairs Grant to create a local anti-trafficking task force, comprised of local and federal law enforcement agencies and service providers. However, between 2005-2010, there were only 33 arrests under human trafficking statutes in Illinois and no human trafficking related prosecutions in Cook County, though human trafficking task forces in other large counties across the country were already mounting comprehensive responses to this crime. This "gap" was the genesis of this research project, the aim of which is to review and analyze other similarly sized counties with large, metropolitan centers across the country, in order to identify best practices, challenges and efforts that have led to successful case outcomes. This research project identifies and synthesizes cases from 2005-2010 that involved human trafficking and developed at county-level law enforcement agencies and task forces across the United States. Where possible, cases involving minors will be highlighted, in order to address distinct issues facing children who have been victimized by human trafficking. Best practices in victim identification, case investigation, perpetrator prosecution, and service provision were included. During the time period on which this project is focused, Cook County had not yet developed The Cook County Trafficking Task Force. Since 2010, Cook County has made significant strides in addressing the crime of human trafficking. Some of these initiatives will be addressed later in the report. We hope that providing a localized, county-level study will also assist other jurisdictions in their day-to-day anti-trafficking work. Details: Chicago, IL: Center for the Human Rights of Children, Loyola University Chicago, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://www.luc.edu/media/lucedu/chrc/pdfs/Trafficking_County_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Trafficking Task Force Shelf Number: 132420

Author: Schubert, Carol A. Title: Behavioral Health Problems, Treatment, and Outcomes in Serious Youthful Offenders Summary: How and why do many serious adolescent offenders stop offending while others continue to commit crimes? This series of bulletins presents findings from the Pathways to Desistance study, a multidisciplinary investigation that attempts to answer this question. Investigators interviewed 1,354 young offenders from Philadelphia and Phoenix for 7 years after their convictions to learn what factors (e.g., individual maturation, life changes, and involvement with the criminal justice system) lead youth who have committed serious offenses to persist in or desist from offending. As a result of these interviews and a review of official records, researchers have collected the most comprehensive dataset available about serious adolescent offenders and their lives in late adolescence and early adulthood. These data provide an unprecedented look at how young people mature out of offending and what the justice system can do to promote positive changes in the lives of these youth. Details: Washington, D.C.: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2014. 16p. Source: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://ojjdp.gov/pubs/242440.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 132423

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Ramsey County Proxy Tool Norming & Validation Results Summary: A Ramsey County (St. Paul, Minnesota) work team consisting of the Sheriff, City District Attorney, local pretrial services and the Center for Effective Public Policy in collaboration with Applied Research Services (ARS) conducted a Proxy assessment norming and validation study with support from the National Institute of Corrections (NIC). The Proxy is three-question screening instrument used to triage community corrections populations for the purpose of moving those at low risk to minimum supervision without further assessment. The Ramsey County team identified a random sample of 200 misdemeanor cases processed through the city court in 2008 and determined who was subsequently re-arrested in a three-year follow up period. A data collection form was completed on each case by the City District Attorney staff and warrants clerks at the Sheriff's Office (see appendix). That data collection effort relied upon a file review followed by an official criminal history inquiry to answer demographic, offense and criminal history questions, to include the three Proxy assessment questions. The Proxy norming and validation followed the recommended steps of Bogue, Woodward and Joplin (2006). Results indicate that the Proxy as currently scored identifies half of the sample as low risk and does not perform better than chance at predicting re-arrest for those low risk offenders. The normed reclassification allows for more efficient distribution of resources and improved prediction of re-arrest. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/028095.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 132424

Author: Rovner, Joshua Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Despite positive trends regarding juvenile interactions with the justice system, racial disparities remain as a persistent problem. African-American youth comprise 17 percent of the population, but comprise 31 percent of all arrested youth. This briefing paper explains how disproportionate minority contact (DMC) with the juvenile justice system is measured and takes a close look at drug offenses, property crimes, and status offenses. Racial disparities weaken the credibility of a justice system that purports to treat everyone equally. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 10p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/jj_Disproportionate%20Minority%20Contact.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact, Juveniles Shelf Number: 132426

Author: Rovner, Joshua Title: Juvenile Life Without Parole: An Overview Summary: Today, more than 2,500 individuals are serving a life sentence without possibility of parole for crimes committed as children. Juveniles serving life without parole (JLWOP) are unique to the United States; no other country currently imposes the sentence on people under 18 years old. Recent Supreme Court rulings have banned the use of capital punishment for juveniles and mandatory sentences of life without parole for juveniles (JLWOP). Still, the United States stands alone as the only nation that sentences people to life without parole for crimes committed before turning 18. This briefing paper reviews the Supreme Court precedents that limited the use of JLWOP and the challenges that remain. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 4p. Source: Policy Brief: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/jj_Juvenile%20Life%20Without%20Parole.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Life Without Parole, Juveniles Shelf Number: 132427

Author: Mulford, Carrie Title: Explanations for Offending Summary: The transition from adolescence to adulthood involves major life course trajectories, including education, work, residence, family formation and parenthood. It is a time of opportunity and vulnerability, a time of positive turnaround and redirection as well as a criminological crossroads. For some who began their criminal careers during adolescence, offending continues and escalates; for others, crime involvement wanes; and yet others only become seriously involved in crime later in their transition to adulthood. This bulletin describes five broad theoretical perspectives that explain these patterns of offending: (1) static theories, (2) dynamic or life-course developmental models, (3) social psychological theories, (4) the developmental psychopathological perspective, and (5) the biopsychosocial perspective. This publication summarizes Bulletin 3: Explanations for Offending by Terence P. Thornberry, Peggy C. Giordano, Christopher Uggen, Mauri Matsuda, Ann S. Masten, Erik Bulten, Andrea G. Donker and David Petechuk, NCJ 242933, available at NCJRS.gov. Bulletin 3 is one in a series of bulletins prepared for Transitions From Juvenile to Adult: Papers From the Study Group on Transitions From Juvenile Delinquency to Adult Crime. The study group was led by David Farrington and Rolf Loeber under award number 2008-IJ-CX-K402; to learn more, visit NIJ.gov, keyword �Transitions to Adulthood.� Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2014. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/243975.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminology Theory Shelf Number: 132429

Author: Mulford, Carrie Title: Criminal Career Patterns Summary: This bulletin discusses the criminal careers of offenders, specifically the links between offending patterns in adolescence and in adulthood. Many empirical studies have documented the prevalence (proportion of individuals who participate in crime at any given time) of offending in criminal careers. Most studies indicate that prevalence peaks in the teenage years (around ages 15-19) and then declines in the early 20s. Although most individuals self-report involvement in some form of delinquent or criminal behavior by early adulthood, official records from police contacts, arrests and convictions yield a much smaller prevalence estimate (about 20-40 percent depending on data source, follow-up period, and so forth). In self-reported crime, prevalence peaks in the early teens; according to official records, the peak occurs in later adolescence. These figures also vary by crime type, with minor crimes peaking earlier and serious crimes peaking later. In studies that provide information on offending across race and gender, the evidence tends to show that males and minorities (especially African-Americans) show an earlier and higher prevalence peak than females and whites. This publication summarizes Bulletin 2: Criminal Career Patterns by Alex R. Piquero, J. David Hawkins, Lila Kazemian, and David Petechuk, NCJ 242932, available at NCJRS.gov. Bulletin 2 is one in a series of bulletins prepared for Transitions From Juvenile to Adult: Papers From the Study Group on Transitions From Juvenile Delinquency to Adult Crime. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2014. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/242545.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 132430

Author: Justice Center, The Council of State Governments Title: Applying A Justice Reinvestment Approach to Improve Michigan's Sentencing System: Summary Report of Analyses and Policy Options Summary: "Applying a Justice Reinvestment Approach to Improve Michigan's Sentencing System" summarizes analyses using a justice reinvestment approach of Michigan's felony sentencing system for its impacts on public safety, recidivism trends, and state and local spending. The report outlines areas for policy development, including opportunities to improve the state's sentencing system to achieve more consistency and predictability in sentencing outcomes, stabilize and lower costs for the state and counties, and direct resources to reduce recidivism and improve public safety. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Applying-a-JR-Approach-to-Improve-Michigans-Sentencing-System.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Justice Reinvestment (Michigan) Shelf Number: 132431

Author: Robert F. Kennedy National Resource Center for Juvenile Justice Title: From Conversation to Collaboration: How Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice Agencies Can Work Together to Improve Outcomes for Dual Status Youth Summary: Dual status youth cross the agency lines of the juvenile justice and child welfare systems, yet the agencies do not always communicate or collaborate on plans to serve the youth. Research and experience indicate that an integrated, multi-system approach can effectively yield better outcomes for youth and families, enhance system performance, and produce significant cost savings within communities. The new white paper, "From Conversation to Collaboration: How Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice Agencies Can Work Together to Improve Outcomes for Dual Status Youth," highlights strategies that youth-serving systems can apply to begin developing a more integrated approach and looks at examples where system integration and coordination led to profound transformations with better outcomes for youth and communities. Jurisdictions which successfully transformed their youth-serving agencies often required workers who had never before connected to collaborate with shared understandings and commitments on the needs of dual status youth. Released by the recently-launched Robert F. Kennedy National Resource Center for Juvenile Justice, led by Robert F. Kennedy Children's Action Corps, the white paper describes some of the challenges facing dual status youth, outlines the benefits of collaboration, and provides guidance for practitioners to begin a conversation. Details: Boston, MA: Robert F. Kennedy National Resource Center for Juvenile Justice, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2014 at: http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/539/From_Conversation_to_Collaboration_How_Child_Welfare_and_Juvenile_Justice_Agencies_Can_Work_Together_to_Improve_Outcomes_for_Dual_Status_Youth.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Agency Collaboration Shelf Number: 132432

Author: Montgomery, John D. Title: Cost of Counsel in Immigration: Economic Analysis of Proposal Providing Public Counsel to Indigent Persons Subject to Immigration Removal Proceedings Summary: In this paper, NERA Senior Vice President Dr. John D. Montgomery presents analysis of the estimated costs and offsetting savings of a proposal to create a program, entirely funded by the Federal government, to provide counsel to every indigent respondent in immigration removal proceedings under 8 U.S.C. � 1229a. Dr. Montgomery was asked to conduct this analysis pro bono by the law firm Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP on behalf of the New York City Bar Association. Based on calculations using available data and reasonable assumptions, annual fiscal savings to the Federal government (between approximately $204 and $208 million) for detention, foster care, and transportation outlays would pay for most if not all of the entire annual cost of the proposal (approximately $208 million). These quantifiable fiscal savings are above and beyond the non-quantifiable and qualitative aspects of the proposal, which include improvements to the accuracy and efficiency of immigration removal proceedings and reduction in uncertainty for immigrants and their families. Details: New York: NERA Economic Consulting, 2014.37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2014 at http://www.nera.com/nera-files/NERA_Immigration_Report_5.28.2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 132435

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: U.S. Customs and Border Protection Use of Force Review: Cases and Policies Summary: The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) was commissioned by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to conduct a review of the Use of Force by CBP officers and agents. This review included all CBP use of deadly force events from January 2010 through October 2012 and CBP use of force policies, equipment, tactics, and training. Sources of information were government-furnished information, equipment and materials and CBP policy documents. PERF reviewed Customs and Border Protection Use of Force Policies and 67 case files related to Customs and Border Protection agents' use of deadly force. Case files were sorted in general categories to include: firearm response to subjects armed with firearms; firearm response to rocks thrown on land; firearm response to rocks thrown on water; firearms use against vehicles; and other firearm cases. The case reviews raise a number of concerns, especially with regard to shots fired at vehicles and shots fired at subjects throwing rocks and other objects at agents. Improvements are also recommended in initial reporting, investigation, incident review, weapons, personal protective equipment, and training. Recommendations for changes in policies flow from these case reviews. Two policy and practice areas especially need significant change. First, officers/agents should be prohibited from shooting at vehicles unless vehicle occupants are attempting to use deadly force--other than the vehicle--against the agent. Training and tactics should focus on avoiding positions that put agents in the path of a vehicle and getting out of the way of moving vehicles. Second, officers/agents should be prohibited from using deadly force against subjects throwing objects not capable of causing serious physical injury or death to them. Officers/agents should be trained to specific situations and scenarios that involve subjects throwing such objects. The training should emphasize pre-deployment strategies, the use of cover and concealment, maintaining safe distances, equipping vehicles and boats with protective cages and/or screening, de-escalation strategies, and where reasonable the use of less-lethal devices. Because these changes are significant departures from current practice CBP will need to craft an implementation strategy for re-orientation and training before new policies go into effect. Consideration should be give to assembling an expert panel to interact with members of CBP from all levels of the organization for discussion about the transition to the new policies and practices. There are several areas where CBP is engaged in best policing practices. Firearms qualification occurs four times a year. According to policy, exemptions are limited. This practice is critical given the environment in which CBP officers/agents work. In addition, CBP is to be commended for implementing a new incident mapping software program. This system allows examination of use of force and other incidents at both a highly detailed level and at a more macro level. This system will provide graphic support for leaders to spot trends and make strategic changes. CBP also has produced a very useful quick-reference guide "Documenting the Use of Force." Policy changes restricting the use of deadly force against vehicles and rock throwers should be incorporated into the guide. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11. 2014 at http://www.cbp.gov/sites/default/files/documents/PERFReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol, Use of Force Shelf Number: 132436

Author: Dressler, Joshua Title: Rethinking Criminal Homicide Statutes: Giving Juries More Discretion Summary: It may be time to rethink our homicide statutes. Current statutes are prone to distinguish between degrees of murder in an inappropriate way: first-degree murder provisions are too often both over- and under-inclusive; and they fail to give juries sufficient leeway to draw morally appropriate distinctions. I offer here some very tentative thoughts on how murder statutes might be reformulated. Details: Columbus, OH: The Ohio State University Moritz College of Law, 2014. 12p. Source: Public Law and Legal Theory Working Paper Series, No. 247: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2014 at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2433653 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 132440

Author: Bond, Brenda J. Title: Lowell, Massachusetts, Smart Policing Initiative: Reducing Property Crime in Targeted Hot Spots Summary: From 2007 through 2008, the city of Lowell, Massachusetts, experienced a 15 percent increase in property crime, driven by surges in car theft (12 percent), burglary (14 percent), and larceny (21 percent). Much of the increase was tied to drug offenders who committed crimes to support their addictions. The Lowell Smart Policing Initiative (SPI), funded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), sought to address drug-related property crime through problem-oriented policing and the SARA model: Scanning, Analysis, Response, and Assessment. A Steering Committee composed of department staff and researchers who were well versed in advanced problem solving led the Lowell SPI. In order to avoid some of the traditional problems with SARA implementation, the Lowell SPI team employed a more sophisticated problem-solving process that assessed the congruence or "fit" among the targeted crime problems and the different elements of the SPI strategy. As part of the analysis phase, the Lowell SPI team collaborated with the city Health Department to examine the background and history of all individuals who died as a result of a drug overdose in Lowell from 2005 through 2008. Results confirmed the strong link between drug use and property crime. The SPI team then identified 12 property crime hot spots across three sectors, most of which were near known drug markets. Lowell crime analysts identified comparison hot spots that were matched to targeted hot spots using a matched-pair design. Captains in each of the three sectors generated response plans which were discussed, modified, and monitored at the bi-weekly SPI Steering Committee meetings. Sector Captains also completed bi-weekly surveys which systematically captured the strategies and tactics that were employed in the targeted hot spots. The survey results documented a high degree of congruence between the targeted crime problems and the selected crime reduction strategies. Results from the assessment phase indicate that each sector experienced significant declines in property crime from the pre-intervention period (9/2009-10/2010) to the intervention period (9/2011-12/2012). These crime declines ranged from 16 to 19 percent, though specific hot spots experienced much larger drops in certain crime types (e.g., from 40-50 percent in some hot spots). In the East and West Sectors, the crime declines were notably different from crime patterns in the matched comparison hot spots. In the North Sector, crime declined significantly in both the targeted hot spots and the comparison hot spots. Taken together, these findings provide compelling evidence that the Lowell SPI led to substantial reductions in drug-related property crime. The Lowell SPI highlights the importance of accessing non-traditional data to extend the problem analysis process. The Lowell experience also demonstrates the importance of near-real time monitoring of the problem-solving model, with a focus on achieving alignment or fit between identified crime problems and response strategies. The emphasis on congruence between problems and responses can allow law enforcement agencies to avoid "shallow" problem solving, which has often emerged in problem-oriented policing projects and can limit the potential for successful crime reduction. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2014 at http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/SPILowellSpotlight.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Hot-Spots Shelf Number: 132441

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Crime Against Persons with Disabilities, 2009-2012 - Statistical Tables Summary: This report was developed by the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) with data obtained from the BJS�s National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The data pertains to crimes against persons with disabilities for the period 2009 through 2012. The NCVS describes a person with disabilities as someone with limited interaction between their bodies and their physical, emotional, and mental health, and the physical and social environment in which they live. This report contains statistical tables on the level and rates of nonfatal violent victimization against persons with and without disabilities; the types of disabilities; and victim characteristics. Highlights of the findings include the following: in 2012, violent victimization was nearly three times higher for persons with disabilities compared to persons without disabilities; persons aged 16 to 19 with disabilities had violent victimization rates about 2.5 times higher than their peers without disabilities; in 2012, rape or sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault accounted for about 38 percent of nonfatal violent crime against persons with disabilities; and females with disabilities were the victims of violence at a rate slightly higher than the rate (62 percent) than males with disabilities (59 percent). The report also includes information on how the data was collected, definitions of disability types, and limitations of the estimates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 24p. Source: NCJ 244525: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2014 at http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/capd0912st.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132444

Author: Kretschmar, Jeff M. Title: An Evaluation of the Behavioral Health/Juvenile Justice (BHJJ) Initiative: 2006-2013 Summary: Juvenile justice-involved youth with serious behavioral health issues often have inadequate and limited access to care to address their complex and multiple needs. Ohio��s Behavioral Health/Juvenile Justice (BHJJ) initiative was intended to transform and expand the local systems�� options to better serve these youth. Recent emphasis was placed on decreasing the population of ODYS facilities while providing alternatives to incarceration. Six counties participated in BHJJ in the newest biennium: Cuyahoga, Franklin, Montgomery, Hamilton, Lucas and Summit. BHJJ was funded by a partnership between the Ohio Departments of Youth Services (ODYS) and Mental Health and Addiction Services (ODMHAS). The Begun Center for Violence Prevention Research and Education at Case Western Reserve University provided research and evaluation services for the program. The BHJJ program diverts youth from local and state detention centers into more comprehensive, community-based mental and behavioral health treatment. The BHJJ program enrolled juvenile justice-involved youth between 10-18 years of age who met several of the following criteria: a DSM IV Axis I diagnosis, substantial mental status impairment, a co-occurring substance use/abuse problem, a pattern of violent or criminal behavior, and a history of multi-system involvement. Demographics and Youth Characteristics �� 2,545 youth have been enrolled in BHJJ (58% males, 52% Caucasian). In the past two years, more non-whites (57%) than whites (43%) and males (67%) than females (33%) have been enrolled. �� Youth averaged 2.3 Axis I diagnoses. Females were significantly more likely to be diagnosed with Depressive Disorders, Alcohol-related Disorders, Bipolar Disorder, and Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and Adjustment Disorders. Males were significantly more likely to be diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), Cannabis-Related Disorders, and Conduct Disorder. �� Over 40% of males and 34% of females were diagnosed with both a mental health and substance use diagnosis. �� Caregivers reported that 28% of the females had a history of sexual abuse, nearly 50% talked about suicide, and over 22% had attempted suicide. Over 60% of males and 68% of females had family members who were diagnosed with or showed signs of depression. �� According to the OYAS, 71% of the youth served in BHJJ were moderate or high risk. �� In the current BHJJ counties, 35% of youth had felony charges in the 12 months prior to enrollment, ranging from 17% in Montgomery County to 90% in Summit County. Educational Information �� Nearly 70% of the youth were suspended or expelled from school in the year prior to their enrollment. At termination, 83% of youth were attending school. At intake, 36% of youth earned mostly A��s, B��s, or C��s while at termination, 49% of youth earned mostly A��s, B��s, or C��s. �� At termination, workers reported that 94% of youth were attending school more or about the same amount as they were before starting treatment. Mental/Behavioral Health Outcomes �� BHJJ youth reported a significant decrease in trauma symptoms from intake to termination. �� Results from the Ohio Scales indicated the caregiver, worker, and youth all reported increased youth functioning and decreased problem severity while in BHJJ treatment. �� Both males and females reported decreased substance use with respect to most of the commonly used substances, including alcohol and marijuana. �� Youth demonstrated a 50% reduction in the risk for out of home placement at the time of termination. Seven percent of successful completers and 57% of unsuccessful completers were at risk for out of home placement at termination. �� Over 92% of caregivers agreed that they were satisfied with the services their child received through BHJJ and 95% agreed that the services received were culturally and ethnically sensitive. Termination and Recidivism Information �� Sixty-five percent (65.1%) of the youth terminated from the BHJJ program were identified locally as successful treatment completers. Nearly 72% (71.9%) of youth enrolled in the past biennium were identified as successful treatment completers. The average length of stay in the program was approximately 7 months (5.5 months for youth enrolled during previous biennium). �� Successful treatment completion in BHJJ produced lower percentages of subsequent juvenile court charges, felonies, misdemeanors, and delinquent adjudications than unsuccessful completion, although both groups demonstrated decreased juvenile court involvement after termination from BHJJ compared to before enrollment. �� One year after termination, 15% of successful treatment completers and 21% of unsuccessful treatment completers had a new felony charge. Of the youth entering BHJJ with at least one felony charge, 23% of successful treatment completers and 32% of unsuccessful treatment completers were charged with a new felony in the 12 months following BHJJ termination. �� Eighty-two of the 2336 youth (3.5%) enrolled in BHJJ for whom we had recidivism data were sent to an ODYS facility at any time following their enrollment in BHJJ. �� In a matched comparison, 2.2% of youth who completed BHJJ successfully were committed to an ODYS institution 12 months after their termination while 19.0% of youth released from an ODYS facility were re-committed to an ODYS facility in the 12 months following their release. �� Using only the direct State contribution to BHJJ of $12.6 million since 2006, the average cost per youth enrolled in BHJJ was $4954. The FY12 per diem to house a youth at an ODYS institution was $466 and the average length of stay was 11.8 months. Based on these numbers, the estimated cost of housing the average youth at an ODYS facility in FY12 was approximately $167,000. Details: Cleveland, OH: Begun Center for Violence Prevention Research and Education, Mandel School of Applied Social Sciences, Case Western Reserve University, 2014. 257p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2014 at: http://schubert.case.edu/wp-content/blogs.dir/35/files/2014/02/BHJJ-Evaluation-Report-2013.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132449

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Estimating the Size and Structure of the Underground Commercial Sex Economy in Eight Major US Cities Summary: In 2010, the National Institute of Justice funded the Urban Institute's Justice Policy Center to measure the size and structure of the underground commercial sex economy in eight major US cities. The goals of this study were to: (1) derive a more rigorous estimate of the underground commercial sex economy (UCSE) in eight major US cities and (2) provide an understanding of the structure of this underground economy. To date, no reliable data exist to provide national or state policymakers with a verifiable and detailed understanding of underground commercial sex trade networks or the ways in which these networks interact with one another on the local, state, or interstate level. In addition, there is no information regarding the relationship between the UCSE and the local commercial sex trade or commercial sex activity conducted over the Internet. This study aimed to close the gap in our understanding about the nature and extent of these activities. Research Questions The study was guided by four main research questions: 1. How large is the underground commercial sex economy in eight major US cities? 2. To what extent are the underground commercial sex, drug, and weapons economies interconnected in the eight major US cities? 3. How do the ties between traffickers within the underground commercial sex economy impact the transportation of sex trafficking victims? 4. What are the network characteristics of the traffickers that operate within the underground commercial sex economy? Methodology The study employed a multi-method approach, using both qualitative and quantitative data, and data were collected in the following eight cities: San Diego, Seattle, Dallas, Denver, Washington, DC, Kansas City, Atlanta, and Miami. -- Existing datasets documenting the market changes for illegal drugs and weapons were analyzed to measure changes in these markets and estimate the overall size of these markets. This was done by measuring changes in a series of "proxy" variables, which we assumed to be proportional to underlying activity. Thus, official national datasets that measured some sort of drug and gun activities over a period of time were collected to measure these changes. Qualitative data was collected through interviews with 119 stakeholders and 142 convicted offenders, including local and federal law enforcement officers, prosecutors, pimps/sex traffickers, sex workers, and child pornographers. Stakeholders and offenders were interviewed about the structure of the UCSE, the profits generated through the UCSE, networking within the UCSE, and changes in the UCSE over time. Underground Commercial Sex Economy Key Findings "Sex sells" does little to explain the multi-million-dollar profits generated by the underground commercial sex economy. From high-end escort services to high school "sneaker pimps," the sex trade leaves no demographic unrepresented and circuits almost every major US city. What we know about the underground commercial sex economy is likely just the tip of the iceberg, but our study attempts to unveil its size and structure while documenting the experiences of offenders and law enforcement. Our study focused on eight US cities- Atlanta, Dallas, Denver, Kansas City, Miami, Seattle, San Diego, and Washington, DC. Across cities, the 2007 underground sex economy's worth was estimated between $39.9 and $290 million. While almost all types of commercial sex venues -- massage parlors, brothels, escort services, and street- and internet-based prostitution -- existed in each city, regional and demographic differences influenced their markets. Pimps and traffickers interviewed for the study took home between $5,000 and $32,833 a week. These actors form a notoriously difficult population to reach because of the criminal nature of their work. Our study presents data from interviews with 73 individuals charged and convicted for crimes including compelling prostitution, human trafficking and engaging in a business relationship with sex workers. Pimps claimed inaccuracy in media portrayals. Most pimps believed that the media portrayals exaggerated violence. Some even saw the term "pimp" as derogatory, despite admitting to occasional use of physical abuse for punishment. Although pimps may have underreported the use of physical violence, they did cite frequent use of psychological coercion to maintain control over their employees. Pimps manipulate women into sex work. From discouraging "having sex for free" to feigning romantic interest, pimps used a variety of tactics to recruit and retain employees. Some even credited their entry into pimping with a natural capacity for manipulation. Rarely, however, were pimps the sole influence for an individual's entry into the sex trade. Women, family, and friends facilitate entry into sex work. Female sex workers sometimes solicited protection from friends and acquaintances, eventually asking them to act as pimps. Some pimps and sex workers had family members or friends who exposed them to the sex trade at a young age, normalizing their decision to participate. Their involvement in the underground commercial sex economy, then extends the network of those co-engaged in the market even further. Unexpected parties benefit from the commercial sex economy. Pimps, brothels, and escort services often employed drivers, secretaries, nannies, and other non-sex workers to keep operations running smoothly. Hotel managers and law enforcement agents sometimes helped offenders evade prosecution in exchange for money or services. Law enforcement in one city reported that erotic Asian massage parlors would purchase the names of licensed acupuncturists to fake legitimacy. Even feuding gang members occasionally joined forces in the sex trade, prioritizing profit over turf wars. The most valuable network in the underground sex economy, however, may be the Internet. The Internet is changing the limitations of the trade. Prostitution is decreasing on the street, but thriving online. Pimps and sex workers advertise on social media and sites like Craigslist.com and Backpage.com to attract customers and new employees, and to gauge business opportunities in other cities. An increasing online presence makes it both easier for law enforcement to track activity in the underground sex economy and for an offender to promote and provide access to the trade. Child pornography is escalating. Explicit content of younger victims is becoming increasingly available and graphic. Online child pornography communities frequently trade content for free and reinforce behavior. Offenders often consider their participation a "victimless crime." The underground sex economy is perceived as low risk. Pimps, traffickers, and child pornography offenders believed that their crimes were low-risk despite some fears of prosecution. Those who got caught for child pornography generally had low technological know-how, and multiple pimp offenders expressed that "no one actually gets locked up for pimping," despite their own incarcerations. Policy and practice changes can help combat trafficking and prostitution. -- Cross-train drug, sex, and weapons trade investigators to better understand circuits and overlaps. -- Continue using federal and local partnerships to disrupt travel circuits and identify pimps. -- Offer law enforcement trainings for both victim and offender interview techniques, including identifying signs of psychological manipulation. -- Increase awareness among school officials and the general public about the realities of sex trafficking to deter victimization and entry. -- Consistently enforce the laws for offenders to diminish low-risk perception. -- Impose more fines for ad host websites. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 348p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413047-Underground-Commercial-Sex-Economy.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 132450

Author: Stevens, Jacqueline Title: One Dollar Per Day: The Slaving Wages of Immigration Jail Work Programs - A History and Legal Analysis, 1943 - Present Summary: This Paper evaluates the legality of the $1 per day payments for work performed by those in custody under immigration laws as well as its genesis. In 1941, President Franklin Roosevelt issued an order moving the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) out of the Department of Labor and into the Justice Department. During this same time frame, the U.S. Government established internment camps for "enemy aliens," i.e., civilians in the United States and other countries in Latin America who were or were imagined to be citizens of Axis powers. In 1943, the Justice Department paid those so held 80 cents per day for their work performed in the camps; the average daily cost of each person's detention in 1943 was one dollar. This was the origins of the 1950 law authorizing paying those in custody under immigration laws for work performed. If those in immigration custody today were paid at the ratio from 1943, they would be earning about $80 per day. This paper draws on government documents and contracts obtained under the Freedom of Information Act as well as the program's implementation and history as the basis for a statutory analysis of the Government's defense of its legality. The Paper argues that under a reading of the relevant laws' plain meaning, legislative history, and purpose, the program appears to violate various labor laws and the Fifth, Sixth, Thirteenth and Fourteenth Amendments. Details: Chicago: The Author, 2014. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper, v. 2 (May 15, 2014): Accessed June 14, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2434006 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 132458

Author: Zweig, Janine M. Title: Sexual Assault Medical Forensic Exams and VAWA 2005: Payment Practices, Successes, and Directions for the Future Summary: The Violence Against Women Act of 2005 requires that sexual assault victims must not be required to file law enforcement reports in order to receive free exams. This study aimed to examine how states are meeting these goals. We found victim compensation funds are by far the largest funder of exams across the country. In the 19 jurisdictions included in case studies, victims generally received free exams without having to report if they did not want to. However, barriers to even accessing the exam prevent some victims from seeking help. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413118-Sexual-Assault-Medical-Forensic-Exams-and-VAWA-2005.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 132464

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Max Out: The Rise in Prison Inmates Released Without Supervision Summary: Despite growing evidence and a broad consensus that the period immediately following release from prison is critical for preventing recidivism, a large and increasing number of offenders are maxing out-serving their entire sentences behind bars-and returning to their communities without supervision or support. These inmates do not have any legal conditions imposed on them, are not monitored by parole or probation officers, and do not receive the assistance that can help them lead crime-free lives. An analysis of this trend by The Pew Charitable Trusts found that: - Between 1990 and 2012, the number of inmates who maxed out their sentences in prison grew 119 percent, from fewer than 50,000 to more than 100,000. - The max-out rate, the proportion of prisoners released without receiving supervision, was more than 1 in 5, or 22 percent of all releases, in 2012. - Max-out rates vary widely by state: In Arkansas, California, Louisiana, Michigan, Missouri, Oregon, New Hampshire, and Wisconsin, fewer than 10 percent of inmates were released without supervision in 2012. More than 40 percent of inmates maxed out their prison terms and left without supervision in Florida, Maine, Massachusetts, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, and Utah. - Nonviolent offenders are driving the increase. In a subset of states that had data available by offense type, 20 and 25 percent of drug and property offenders, respectively, were released without supervision in 2000, but those figures grew to 31 and 32 percent, or nearly 1 in 3, in 2011. The increase in max-outs is largely the outcome of state policy choices over the past three decades that resulted in offenders serving higher proportions of their sentences behind bars. Indeed, "truth-in-sentencing" laws, limits on release eligibility, and the outright elimination of parole in some states added nine months to the average prison time served by offenders released in 2009, compared with those released two decades earlier. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/PCS_Assets/2014/MaxOut_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 132468

Author: Fachner, George Title: Collaborative Reform Model: Six-Month Assessment Report of the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Summary: In January 2012, under growing community concern and scrutiny of its use of deadly force practices, the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) agreed to take part in an initiative by the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), known as the "Collaborative Reform Model." As part of this initiative, LVMPD agreed to an in-depth assessment of its use of deadly force policies and practices. In support, the COPS Office and CNA would assist the LVMPD in adopting national standards and best practices as they relate to officer involved shootings, while insuring that LVMPD's implementation was comprehensive and integrated. CNA conducted the assessment, focusing on four issue areas: 1) policy and procedures; 2) training and tactics; 3) investigation and documentation; and 4) external review. CNA completed the assessment in November 2012, which resulted in a total of 75 reforms and recommendations. These included both new recommendations from the team and reforms that LVMPD initiated prior to and during the assessment process. CNA published and distributed the final report, Collaborative Reform Model: A Review of Officer-Involved Shootings in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (referred to as the "2012 report" in the remainder of this document), throughout LVMPD and the community. However, the publication of the 2012 report did not complete the process. The COPS Office, CNA, and LVMPD continue in their collaboration in order to ensure that LVMPD implements the recommended reforms as committed to by the sheriff. It has been 18 months since the beginning of the reform process, and seven months since the reforms have been recommended. Beginning in January 2013, the COPS Office and CNA have been assessing LVMPD's progress in implementing the remaining 41 recommendations. There are a total of 80 agency reforms: 89% (71) are complete or in progress; 11% (9) are incomplete or have not been assessed because the assessors were unable to make a judgment due to insufficient information available at the time of this report. This status report is the first of two that CNA will publish on LVMPD's progress. The purpose of this status report is to inform all stakeholders (i.e., LVMPD, the U.S. Department of Justice, and the Las Vegas community) of LVMPD's progress to date. Details: Washington, DC: CNA Analysis & Solutions; U.S. Department of Justice, Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/LVMPD_6Months.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 132469

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Review of Lethality Assessment Programs (LAP) Summary: Lethality assessments are risk assessment tools that were developed to provide law enforcement and other first responders with a simple and consistent method to measure the level of danger that a victim of intimate partner domestic violence is in given their current situation. The tool consists of a standard set of questions that are asked of the victim in a specific order; the responses that the victim provides to those questions help indicate the level of danger. It is important to note that these assessments are only one of many tools used in domestic violence (DV) intervention and that a �lower risk� score on the assessment questions does not necessarily mean that the victim is not in serious danger. This report describes what comprises a lethality assessment program (LAP), the goals of the program and how it works. It discusses the experiences of states and localities that have lethality assessment programs in operation, and in particular, what it takes to prepare for implementation of such a program. The report also lists some of the ways that implementation of a lethality assessment program would benefit Virginia as well as some of the costs that such an effort would incur. Finally, it discusses the recommended first steps to implementing a lethality assessment program within existing or with minimal resources. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/Lethality_Assess_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132470

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: The School Discipline Consensus Report: Strategies from the Field to Keep Students Engaged in School and Out of the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This comprehensive report provides school leaders and state and local government officials more than 60 recommendations for overhauling their approach to school discipline. The recommendations focus on improving conditions for learning for all students and staff, strengthening responses to student's behavioral health needs, tailoring school-police partnerships, and minimizing students' involvement with the juvenile justice system. The result of more than 700 interviews spanning 3 years, The School Discipline Consensus Report: Strategies from the Field to Keep Students Engaged in School and Out of the Juvenile Justice System reflects a consensus among a wide collection of leaders in the areas of education, health, law enforcement, and juvenile justice, establishing the strategies necessary to reduce the number of youth suspended from school while providing learning conditions that help all students succeed. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 461p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/The_School_Discipline_Consensus_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 132474

Author: U.S. Customs and Border Protection Title: Use of Force Policy, Guidelines and Procedures Handbook. Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection�s (CBP) uniformed professionals too often face life-threatening confrontations as they secure America�s borders. A critical issue for CBP is determining how best to keep its agents and officers safe when confronted by dangerous situations. It is equally important that the American people have full confidence that our officers and agents use force in a manner consistent with agency policy and law enforcement best practices. In line with this mission, in October 2012, then Deputy Commissioner David Aguilar directed CBP to undertake a comprehensive review of CBP�s use of force policy and execution. This review process included an internal review by CBP�s Use of Force Policy Division, and an external, independent review by the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), a non-profit police research organization that provides management services and technical assistance to support law enforcement agencies. Concurrently, while the CBP and PERF reviews were on-going, the Department of Homeland Security�s Office of the Inspector General also conducted a review of the CBP use of force program. The recommendations from these three reviews called for enhancements to use of force training and tactics, additional tools to provide for better analysis of use of force incidents and trends that will better inform policy decisions, a wider array of equipment options be made available to agents and officers, and improvement in particular areas of operational and tactical posture. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 2014. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://soboco.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/OC-Signed-UofF_Policy-Handbook-NO-FOUO-May-2014-052814.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 132476

Author: Winokur, Marc Title: Juvenile Sexual Offender Treatment: A Systematic Review of Evidence-Based Research Summary: There has been an increasing awareness of the etiology, occurrence, and impact of juvenile sexual aggression during the past 15 years (Kolko, Noel, Thomas, & Torres, 2004). However, social work research has not kept pace with the exponential growth of treatment options for these adolescents (Efta-Breitbach & Freeman, 2004b). Furthermore, much of the research on juvenile sexual offenders (JSO) is methodologically weak, which precludes the identification of best practices regarding treatment planning, outcome prediction, and innovative treatment procedures (Hanson, Broom, & Stephenson, 2004). To address this challenge, a systematic review of quantitative research on juvenile sexual offender treatment was conducted. The purpose was to provide practitioners and policymakers with evidence-based research to more effectively implement treatment programs for these youth. The systematic review employed a rigorous vetting process based on the standards developed by the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) in the Institute of Education Sciences. After a comprehensive electronic and manual search of the literature, quantitative studies conducted from 1995-2005 that examined the effect of treatment on juvenile sexual offender outcomes were assessed on the quality of their research designs and methods according to the WWC Study Design and Implementation Device. In the final stage of the review, meta-analyses were generated to calculate effect sizes for the recidivism outcomes in seven of the studies that merited inclusion into the evidence base. The average follow-up time for the seven studies was 6 years, while the average length of treatment was 16 months. Three of the studies were conducted in a community-based setting, three were in a residential setting, and one was in a correctional setting. According to the results, there is a small to moderate positive effect of treatment on the recidivism rates of JSO. Specifically, juveniles who complete a cognitive-behavioral treatment program are less likely to commit any re-offenses, sexual re-offenses, nonsexual violent re-offenses, or nonsexual nonviolent re-offenses than are juveniles who do not receive treatment, receive an alternative treatment, or do not complete treatment. However, these findings are limited by the sparse evidence base and are undermined by threats to the internal and external validity of the studies. For example, there are reservations that treated JSO were comparable to untreated JSO in the recidivism studies. Although these weaknesses may complicate the interpretation of the findings, several important implications for social work practice, policy, and research emerged from the systematic review. The primary recommendation for practitioners is to provide JSO with cognitive-behavioral treatment options within a continuum of care model. For example, community-based settings should be considered for the treatment of lower risk JSO. The main recommendation for policymakers is to enact developmentally appropriate standards for JSO that are not solely based on adult guidelines. Legislators also should provide the financial resources necessary for treatment providers, probation departments, and child welfare agencies to adequately deliver timely treatment programs and ongoing support services. Future research should be conducted on the mediating and moderating effects of different treatment modalities, settings, and intervention lengths. In addition, there is a need for more experimental, longitudinal, and predictive research on this topic. Details: Fort Collins, CO: Applied Research in Child Welfare Project, Social Work Research Center, School of Social Work, College of Applied Human Sciences, Colorado State University, 2006. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2014 at: http://www.ssw.chhs.colostate.edu/research/swrc/files/jsotsystematicreview.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132477

Author: Roman, John K. Title: Five Steps to Pay for Success: Implementing Pay for Success Projects in the Juvenile and Criminal Justice Systems Summary: Pay for success (PFS) is a new method of forming Pay for success (PFS) financing directs private capital to social programs, with the opportunity for a return on investment if the programs achieve performance targets. This report provides a five-step model for ensuring the sustainability and quality of PFS programs. The five-step guide stakeholders through a process that identifies drivers of populations and costs, develops evidence-based solutions for identified service gaps and barriers, empirically derived prices, returns on investments, and performance targets to give investors transparent guidance on risks and benefits, provides governments the best chance to achieve their policy objectives, and ensures that key populations receive the best possible evidence-based services. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413148-Five-Steps-to-Pay-for-Success.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Programs Shelf Number: 132479

Author: Bagalman, Erin Title: Prescription Drug Abuse Summary: An estimated 6.8 million individuals currently abuse prescription drugs in the United States. Unlike policy on street drugs, federal policy on prescription drug abuse is complicated by the need to maintain access to prescription controlled substances (PCS) for legitimate medical use. The federal government has several roles in reducing prescription drug abuse. Coordination. The Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) coordinates and tracks prescription drug abuse reduction efforts and funding of multiple federal agencies. Regulation. The primary federal statutes governing prescription drug regulation are the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) and the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, commonly called the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). Law Enforcement. Federal law enforcement, primarily the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), aims to prevent, detect, and investigate the diversion of prescription drugs while regulating the supply for legitimate medical, commercial, and scientific purposes. Health. Federal agencies and programs involved in health may address prescription drug abuse through service delivery (e.g., the Veterans Health Administration), financing (e.g., Medicare), and research (e.g., the National Institute on Drug Abuse). The federal government, state and local governments, and various private entities (e.g., pharmacies) are currently undertaking a range of approaches to reducing prescription drug abuse. Scheduling of PCS. The scheduling status of a PCS (1) affects patient access to PCS (e.g., by limiting refills); (2) affects the degree of regulatory requirements (e.g., supply chain recordkeeping); and (3) determines the degree of criminal punishment for illegal traffickers. Safe Storage and Disposal. DEA regulates storage of PCS by registered entities (e.g., pharmacies); provides registered entities with options for proper disposal of PCS; and sponsors National Prescription Drug Take-Back Days to assist citizens in safe disposal of PCS. Enhancing Law Enforcement. Federal law enforcement efforts may focus on geographic areas with higher rates of prescription drug abuse or on High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas (HIDTA) that experience a higher volume of illicit trafficking of PCS. Using Data to Identify Risk. Most states operate prescription drug monitoring programs - databases of prescriptions filled for PCS. Other public and private entities also have data that may be analyzed to identify high-risk behavior among prescribers, dispensers, or patients. Awareness and Education. Efforts to increase awareness and education about prescription drug abuse may focus on health care providers, patients, or the general public. Treatment. Some prescription drug abuse may be avoided in treating underlying conditions (e.g., pain) or may be treated with pharmacologic or non-pharmacologic interventions. New products may improve treatment for both underlying conditions and prescription drug abuse. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R43559: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.nacds.org/ceo/2014/0529/CRS_Drug_Abuse_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132480

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Reducing Recidivism: States Deliver Results Summary: In Reducing Recidivism: States Deliver Results, the National Reentry Resource Center (NRRC) highlights eight states that have achieved reductions in statewide recidivism in recent years: Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, and Wisconsin. The report focuses on statewide recidivism data for adults released in 2007 and 2010 with a three-year follow-up period, offering a current snapshot of criminal justice outcomes in these states. The report also features examples of recidivism-reduction strategies and programs that the states have undertaken in this timeframe, as well as additional data on the state's criminal justice populations through 2013. This report follows a 2012 National Reentry Resource Center report featuring seven additional states that had lowered recidivism since 2005. Highlighting an interesting cross-section of states representing different regions of the nation, sizes in prison populations, and correctional systems, the two reports demonstrate it is possible for states to achieve significant reductions in statewide recidivism through system-level change. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/ReducingRecidivism_StatesDeliverResults.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 132482

Author: Vetter, Stephanie J. Title: The Delivery of Pretrial Justice in Rural Areas: A Guide for Rural County Officials Summary: This guide from the Pretrial Justice Institute and the National Association of Counties is intended to assist elected officials seeking to enhance existing or develop new pretrial justice practices in rural areas. By identifying the characteristics, strengths, and challenges in rural jurisdictions and combining these factors with the lessons and experiences of urban, suburban, and rural pretrial justice programs, national standards, and best practices, this guide offers a set of recommendations to enhance local policies and practices within the context of rural settings. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute & National Association of Counties, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/The-Delivery-of-Pretrial-Justice-in-Rural-Areas-A-Guide-for-Rural-County-Officials.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 132484

Author: Raphael, Steven Title: The New Scarlet Letter? Negotiating the U.S. Labor Market with a Criminal Record Summary: The numbers are eye-opening. In 2007, on any given day, 2.2 percent of all males in the United States were incarcerated, including 7.9 percent of all black males. Some 2.6 percent of white males , 7.7 percent of Hispanic males, and 16.6 percent of black males have spent time in state or federal prison at some point in their lives. And for a male child born in 2001, the likelihood of going to prison is 5.9 percent for whites, 17.2 percent for Hispanics, and a whopping 32.2 percent for blacks. Of those who spend time in prison, the overwhelming majority will be released back into society, thereby becoming potential participants in the U.S. labor market. But the barriers they confront as they try to gain employment are substantial: they face the lack of public assistance, poor employment prospects, the reluctance of employers to hire ex-convicts because of liability issues, and the stigma associated with being an ex-convict. This has policymakers focused on ways to facilitate reentry into the labor market for this growing population. Steven Raphael provides a concise overview of this issue. First, he studies the factors that influence the market's supply and demand sides. Next, he presents an empirical portrait of the inmate population, recently released inmates, and the youth who eventually enter the prison system as young adults. Raphael reviews what is known about how employers use criminal histories in screening job applicants and the empirical research on the effects of a criminal record on labor market outcomes; he then describes programs designed to help inmates enter the labor force that show positive results. Raphael concludes with a set of policy recommendations aimed at addressing the concerns of employers and preparing inmates for the labor force as they exit the prison system. Details: Kalamazoo, MI: W.E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research, 2014. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://research.upjohn.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1244&context=up_press Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 132491

Author: Burwick, Andrew Title: Costs of Early Childhood Home Visiting: An Analysis of Programs Implemented in the Supporting Evidence-Based Home Visiting to Prevention Child Maltreatment Initiative Summary: Home visiting programs offer a promising method for delivering support services to at-risk families and children and preventing child maltreatment. As interest grows in scaling up home visiting programs as a strategy to promote parent and child well-being and prevent child maltreatment, program implementers and policymakers are seeking more information about the costs of implementing these programs. The Cost Study of Evidence-Based Home Visiting Programs applied a uniform approach and common time frame to analyze costs among agencies implementing five different home visiting program models. The study assessed (1) the total cost of providing home visiting programs during a year of steady-state operation, (2) the allocation of annual costs among cost categories and program activities or components, (3) the cost to serve a participating family, and (4) variation in average costs across program models and other agency characteristics. Mathematica Policy Research and Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago conducted the study with support from the Doris Duke Charitable Foundation and in collaboration with Casey Family Programs. It included agencies that participated in the Supporting Evidence-Based Home Visiting to Prevent Child Maltreatment (EBHV) initiative, a five-year grant program launched in 2008 by the Children's Bureau of the Administration for Children and Families at HHS. In 2011, the EBHV grant program was formally incorporated into the Maternal, Infant and Early Childhood Home Visiting Program (MIECHV) State Formula Grant Program administered by the Health Resources and Services Administration of HHS. The cost study sample includes 25 implementing agencies (IA) that delivered home visiting services in 13 states.3 The IAs offered one of five home visiting program models: (1) Healthy Families America (HFA, 7 IAs), (2) the Nurse-Family Partnership (NFP, 10 IAs), (3) Parents as Teachers (PAT, 3 IAs), (4) SafeCare (SC, 4 IAs), and (5) the Positive Parenting Program (Triple P, one IA). Most of the IAs (15 agencies) were private nonprofit organizations. Seven were state or county government agencies, and 3 were hospitals or medical centers. IAs located in urban areas (16 agencies) were more common than those located in suburban or rural areas (5 and 4 agencies, respectively). We analyzed program costs from the implementing agency's perspective. Costs include all resources used by an agency to deliver a program during a one-year period of "steady-state" operation (July 1, 2011, through June 30, 2012), and cost estimates provide an indication of the resources that an agency would need in order to replicate a program at a similar scale in a similar context. To conduct the study, we collected three types of data from IAs: (1) data on resources used for program operations, to estimate total costs; (2) data on staff time use, to allocate costs among program components; and (3) data on the number of families served and their receipt of home visiting services, to estimate costs per family. The cost analysis was conducted using the "ingredient" or resource cost method, which involved itemizing the types of resources (or ingredients) needed to provide services, gathering information on the types and value of resources used by each agency during the study period, and aggregating costs to estimate total program costs (Levin and McEwan 2001). To represent more accurately the total resources required to implement a program, we incorporated costs not typically captured by budgets or accounting records, including donated resources such as volunteer time and in-kind contributions of services or materials, as well as the value of staff time spent on the program beyond normal working hours (and not reflected in salaries or fringe benefits). Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, 2014. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/documents/Costs%20of%20EC%20Home%20Visiting.Final%20Report.January%2030%202014.2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 132494

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Cruel Confinement: Abuse, Discrimination and Death Within Alabama's Prisons Summary: An investigation by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) and Alabama Disabilities Advocacy Program (ADAP) has found that for many people incarcerated in Alabama's state prisons, a sentence is more than a loss of freedom. Prisoners, including those with disabilities and serious physical and mental illnesses, are condemned to penitentiaries where systemic indifference, discrimination and dangerous - even life-threatening - conditions are the norm. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: http://www.adap.net/Alabama%20Prison%20Report_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 132495

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Warehoused and Forgotten: Immigrants Trapped in Our Shadow Private Prison System Summary: In rural Texas, 3,000 men are locked inside a "tent city," sleeping in bunk beds spaced only a few feet apart. The tents are crawling with insects and the smell of broken, overflowing toilets. This is Willacy County Correctional Center: a physical symbol of everything that is wrong with enriching the private prison industry and criminalizing immigration. More than 25,000 low-security non-U.S. citizens languish at thirteen private prisons like Willacy under Criminal Alien Requirement (CAR) contracts. For years, these for-profit prisons have been able to operate in the shadows, effectively free from public scrutiny. That ends now. Our report documents the ACLU's multi-year investigation into the five CAR facilities in Texas. We uncovered evidence of shocking abuse and mistreatment, families torn apart, and the excessive use of solitary confinement. The second-class prisoners in CAR facilities are trapped at the intersection of three disturbing trends: the national mass incarceration crisis, prison privatization, and the criminalization of immigration. This is the story of how and why things have gotten so bad. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2014 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/060614-aclu-car-reportonline.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 132496

Author: Lauritsen, Janet L. Title: Seasonal Patterns in Criminal Victimization Trends Summary: Using data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), this report examines the seasonal patterns in violent and property crime victimization in the United States from 1993 to 2010. Seasonal patterns are periodic fluctuations in the victimization rates that tend to occur at the same time each year. The report describes seasonal patterns in property crime (burglary, motor vehicle theft, and other household theft) and violent victimization (rape and sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault). It also presents seasonal trends in other forms of violence, including intimate partner violence, victimizations involving a weapon, and violence resulting in injury. Highlights: Seasonal patterns existed in household larceny and burglary victimization rates. Rates of these household crimes tended to be higher in the summer than during other seasons of the year. When seasonal variations in household property victimization were found, the differences between the highest and lowest seasonal rates were less than 11%. Though rates of motor vehicle theft tended to be lower in the spring than in the summer, there were few regular differences between summer, fall, and winter rates. Aggravated assault rates were higher during the summer than during the winter, spring, and fall. In comparison, simple assault rates were higher during the fall than during other seasons of the year. When seasonal variations were found for violent victimization, the differences between the rates of the highest and lowest seasons were less than 12%. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/spcvt.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 132499

Author: Blevins, Kristie R. Title: Understanding Decisions to Burglarize from the Offender's Perspective Summary: Building on past research, this study closely examined the decision-making processes of 422 randomly-selected, incarcerated male and female burglars across three states (North Carolina, Kentucky, and Ohio). In particular, the study highlights the value of alarms, outdoor cameras and other surveillance equipment in preventing burglaries. Approximately 83 percent of the offenders said they would attempt to determine if an alarm was present before attempting a burglary and 60 percent said they would seek an alternative target. Even during impulsive, unplanned burglaries, more than half of the intruders said they would discontinue the burglary if they discovered an alarm. Another 31 percent said they would consider discontinuing the burglary, while only 13 percent said they would continue regardless. Details: Charlotte, NC: The University of North Carolina at Charlotte, Department of Criminal Justice & Criminology, 2012. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://airef.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/BurglarSurveyStudyFinalReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Burglars Shelf Number: 132506

Author: Marwick, Alice Title: Online Harassment, Defamation, and Hateful Speech: A Primer of the Legal Landscape Summary: Although online harassment and hateful speech is a significant problem, there are few legal remedies for victims. Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act provides internet service providers (including social media sites, blog hosting companies, etc.) with broad immunity from liability for user-generated content. Given limited resources, law enforcement personnel prioritize other cases over prosecuting internet-related issues. Similarly, there are often state jurisdictional issues which make successful prosecution difficult, as victim and perpetrator are often in different states, if not different countries. Internet speech is protected under the First Amendment. Thus, state laws regarding online speech are written to comply with First Amendment protections, requiring fighting words, true threats, or obscene speech (which are not protected). This generally means that most offensive or obnoxious online comments are protected speech. For an online statement to be defamatory, it must be provably false rather than a matter of opinion. This means that the specifics of language used in the case are extremely important. While there are state laws for harassment and defamation, few cases have resulted in successful prosecution. The most successful legal tactic from a practical standpoint has been using a defamation or harassment lawsuit to reveal the identities of anonymous perpetrators through a subpoena to ISPs then settling. During the course of our research, we were unable to find many published opinions in which perpetrators have faced criminal penalties, which suggests that the cases are not prosecuted, they are not appealed when they are prosecuted, or that the victim settles out of court with the perpetrator and stops pressing charges. As such, our case law research was effectively limited to civil cases. In offline contexts, hate speech laws seem to only be applied by courts as penalty enhancements; we could locate no online-specific hate speech laws. Given this landscape, the problem of online harassment and hateful speech is unlikely to be solved solely by victims using existing laws; law should be utilized in combination with other practical solutions. Details: New York: Center on Law and Information Policy, Fordham Law School, 2014. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: CLIP Report: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://ir.lawnet.fordham.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1002&context=clip Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132508

Author: Quinnipiac University School of Law Title: Youth Matters: A Second Look for Connecticut's Children Serving Long Prison Sentences Summary: The report provides background and research on Connecticut's practice of giving individuals under the age of 18 very long no-parole prison sentences. Much of the report draws on public hearing testimony and personal interviews with some of those currently serving sentences of 20 to more than 60 years in Connecticut prisons for crimes they committed as children. Details: Hamden, CT: Civil Justice Clinic, Quinnipiac University School of Law, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://www.quinnipiac.edu/prebuilt/pdf/academics/law/Youth_Matters_Report_March_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132513

Author: Hwang, Sophia Title: Supporting the Needs of Students Involved with the Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice System in the School District of Philadelphia Summary: In January 2013, PolicyLab at The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia (CHOP) was commissioned by the Mayor's Office of Education (MOE), School District of Philadelphia (SDP), Philadelphia School Reform Commission (SRC), and Philadelphia Department of Human Services (DHS) to examine the distribution, concentration, and academic outcomes of youth in Philadelphia's public schools involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system. The research was requested to inform policy decisions intended to improve educational success for youth involved with DHS in Philadelphia. This report presents data from a targeted cross-system review of students in the 3rd, 7th, 9th, and 12th grades from the 2011-2012 academic year across all schools within the SDP. The goals of the review were to (1) describe the level of both ongoing and previous child welfare and juvenile justice involvement of students in the SDP and (2) better understand these students' educational needs. The key findings are highlighted below. KEY FINDINGS: I The population of students who have ever been involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system across the School District of Philadelphia is substantial. A Overall, 17% of students have ever been involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system-this increases to one in five for high school students. B Almost half of the high schools in the School District of Philadelphia have more than 100 students ever involved with DHS or more than 20% of the population ever involved with DHS-with some schools having both. C The enrollment of students ever involved with DHS is geographically dispersed across the School District of Philadelphia. II Students who have ever been involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system have greater identified educational needs than their peers. A Nearly one in four students ever involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system received special education services, a rate 64% greater than their peers who never had child welfare and/or juvenile justice involvement. B Educational outcomes (measured by Pennsylvania System of School Assessment scores, high school credit accumulation, and grade promotion) and attendance rates were poorer among students ever involved with the child welfare and/or juvenile justice system. III Although enrollment of students who have ever been involved with DHS is geographically dispersed across the school system, these students tend to cluster in certain school types and have lower educational outcomes than students without DHS involvement. However, within the same school type, the performance of students with DHS involvement over time is similar to that of their peers without DHS involvement. A Students ever involved with DHS are concentrated in Comprehensive and Alternative Education Schools compared to Traditional Charter or Special Admission and Citywide Schools. B Educational outcomes vary by school type, but within similar settings, students ever involved with DHS tend to mirror the performance of their peers who never had DHS involvement. Details: Philadelphia: PolicyLab, The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://policylab.chop.edu/sites/default/files/pdf/publications/PolicyLab_Report_Supporting_Students_Involved_with_Child_Welfare_June_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 132515

Author: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission Title: Improving Illinois' Response to Sexual Offenses Committed by Youth: Recommendations for Law, Policy, and Practice Summary: The Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission performed extensive scientific and legal research to understand the complex issues of the behavior, treatment, and rehabilitation of juvenile sex offenders and the extent to which current knowledge has resulted in practical applications throughout the state. The findings from this research shaped the Commission's recommendations, which aim to increase public safety, improve outcomes for young offenders, and allocate scarce public resources effectively. To do this, Illinois should implement evidence-informed policies for professionals who work with victims and youth offenders; provide individualized, community-based, family-focused treatments and services; and repeal counter-productive sex offender registration requirements and categorical restrictions for young people. Details: Chicago: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, 2014. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://ijjc.illinois.gov/youthsexualoffenses Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132518

Author: King, Denise Rodriguez Title: Arming University Police Departments: Best Practices and Lessons Learned Summary: Recent tragic incidents have impacted campus and university security. For example, the 1999 Columbine High School shooting, the 2007 Virginia Tech shooting, the 2008 Northern Illinois University shooting, and�more recently�the 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting have changed the way public safety officials patrol and secure their schools and universities. In response to such incidents, universities have increased their attention on preventing and preparing for active shooter incidents. Some universities have invested in various protective measures to protect their students, such as installing cameras and bulletproof whiteboards, while others have incorporated active shooter exercises and drills into their annual training. In addition, several universities have armed their officers to mitigate the risk, increase their ability to respond appropriately, and, ultimately, ensure the safety of their students and staff. CNA recently conducted a study revealing that of the 66 universities that noted in the 2004�2005 Bureau of Justice Statistics Survey of Campus Law Enforcement Agencies that they did not employ sworn armed officers, 28 (42 percent) have since decided to arm their officers, indicating a substantial shift in the last nine years. Arriving at the decision to arm campus and university police forces is complex and involves a continual and active effort by the university and its police department to create and cement strong working relationships with staff, faculty, students, neighboring law enforcement agencies, and community members. The process of arming sworn officers can create concern, and agencies must ensure that the university�s risk assessment and the concerns of each stakeholder are taken into consideration prior to making a decision. The purpose of this paper is to outline the process that universities should follow as they consider arming their police officers and to provide university officials with best practices and recommendations for each of the steps involved. Details: Alexandria, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/ArmingUnivPD.Guidance.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 132520

Author: Marusich, Julie A. Title: Prediction and Prevention of Prescription Drug Abuse: Role of Preclinical Assessment of Substance Abuse Liability. Summary: In 2011, the prevalence of prescription drug abuse exceeded that of any other illicit drug except marijuana. Consequently, efforts to curtail abuse of new medications should begin during the drug development process, where abuse liability can be identified and addressed before a candidate medication has widespread use. The first step in this process is scheduling with the Drug Enforcement Agency so that legal access is appropriately restricted, dependent upon levels of abuse risk and medical benefit. To facilitate scheduling, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published guidance for industry that describes assessment of abuse liability. The purpose of this paper is to review methods that may be used to satisfy the FDA's regulatory requirements for animal behavioral and dependence pharmacology. Methods include psychomotor activity, self-administration (an animal model of the rewarding effects of a drug), drug discrimination (an animal model of the subjective effects of a drug), and evaluation of tolerance and dependence. Data from tests conducted at RTI with known drugs of abuse illustrate typical results, and demonstrate that RTI is capable of performing these tests. While using preclinical data to predict abuse liability is an imperfect process, it has substantial predictive validity. The ultimate goal is to increase consumer safety through appropriate scheduling of new medications. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/op-0014-1307-wiley.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132522

Author: Giblin, Matthew J. Title: Understanding Influence Across Justice Agencies: The Spread of "Community Reforms" from Law Enforcement to Prosecutor Summary: Within the last few decades, police departments and prosecutors' offices innovated with new policies and practices, particularly those stressing the community (i.e., community policing, community prosecution). Although organizational innovation has been empirically researched within the discipline of criminal justice, most of these studies focused on the police in isolation from the other components of the criminal justice system. These valuable studies have identified several factors that are associated with innovation including those both internal and external to organizations, but researchers have rarely considered the influence of the policies and practices of other criminal justice agencies. Police and prosecutors, even though interconnected and part of the same system, are studied individually and the cross-component effects of other agencies within the criminal justice system have not received much attention in the literature. This study explores the innovation of community prosecution using organizational predictors typically associated with innovation while also including measures of community policing within the jurisdiction of the prosecutors' offices. Community policing practices of the agencies within the jurisdiction are potentially powerful influences on community prosecution. Using data from the 2001 and 2005 waves of the National Prosecutors Survey and the 2000 and 2003 waves of the Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics survey, analyses show that community reforms are not connected across system components. Several possible explanations are offered to account for these findings. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2014. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/245945.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice Shelf Number: 132523

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: An Outcome Evaluation of a Prison Work Release Program: Estimating Its Effects on Recidivism, Employment and Cost Avoidance Summary: This study adds to the relatively limited and mostly outdated work release literature by evaluating the effectiveness of a Minnesota prison work release program. A retrospective quasi-experimental design was used to assess the impact of work release on recidivism, employment and cost avoidance among 3,570 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2007 and 2010. Propensity score matching was used to minimize observable selection bias. Work release significantly increased the hazard of returning to prison for a technical violation, although it significantly reduced, albeit modestly, the risk of reoffending with a new crime. It did not have an impact on hourly wage, but it significantly increased the odds that participants found a job, the total hours they worked, and the total wages they earned. Work release produced an estimated cost avoidance benefit of $1.25 million overall, which amounts to nearly $700 per participant. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: www.doc.state.mn.us Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 132527

Author: Haskins, Anna R. Title: Mass Imprisonment and the Intergenerational Transmission of Disadvantage: Paternal Incarceration and Children's Cognitive Skill Development Summary: As a growing number of American school-aged children have incarcerated or formerly incarcerated parents, it has become increasingly important to understand the intergenerational effects of mass imprisonment. I use the Fragile Families Study and its rich paternal incarceration data to assess whether having an incarcerated father impacts children's cognitive skill development by middle childhood. Matching models and sensitivity analyses demonstrate that experiencing paternal incarceration by age 9 is associated with lower cognitive skills and these negative effects hold when controlling for pre-paternal incarceration measures of child cognitive ability. Moreover, I estimate that paternal incarceration explains between 2 and 15 percent of the Black-White achievement gap at age 9. These findings illustrate how mass imprisonment contributes to the persistence of educational disparities, suggesting paternal incarceration as a pathway for the intergenerational transmission of disadvantage from parent to child. Details: Princeton, NJ: Bendheim-Thoman Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, Princeton, University, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: WP13-15-FF: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP13-15-FF.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 132530

Author: Pessin, Sandi R. Title: An Examination of the Effects of Race on the Assignment of Aftercare Services and the Effects of Aftercare Services on Recidivism for Juvenile Offenders Summary: About 100,000 youth return to their communities from correctional facilities each year. Among these youth, it is estimated that two-thirds have drug dependency and abuse problems. In recent years advocates have called for intensive aftercare services to better facilitate transitions back into the community and reduce the probability of the youth reoffending. Barriers to the implementation of aftercare services include the untested nature of most current programs, as well as small sample sizes available to conduct studies. In addition, the racial disproportionality within the juvenile justice system is well documented. This study attempts to examine the effects the provisions of aftercare services had on recidivism in a particular substance abuse facility in Virginia, and the effect race played in the assignment of aftercare services. This study found that the assignment rates of Black youth and White youth to aftercare varies with Black youth receiving aftercare less frequently than Whites. However, after controlling for a number of characteristics of the youths, the difference in the assignment to aftercare does not differ significantly by race. This study also found that Black youth were more likely to be declared "severely delinquent" which appears to have systematically disqualified them from receiving aftercare services. Unfortunately, results regarding the effects of aftercare services on recidivism are inconclusive, mostly due to the small sample size. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, Public Policy Institute 2008. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed June 19, 2014 at: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/555950/30_etd_srp27.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 132531

Author: Harris, Kamala D. Title: Gangs Beyond Borders: California and the Fight Against Transnational Organized Crime Summary: Gangs Beyond Borders: California and the Fight Against Transnational Organized Crime, addresses all three emerging pillars of transnational criminal activity: the trafficking of drugs, weapons and human beings; money laundering; and high-tech crimes, such as digital piracy, hacking and fraud. It is the result of extensive research and consultation with federal, state, and local law enforcement, non-governmental organizations, and academia. The report finds that while transnational organized crime is a significant problem, it is not insurmountable. In California, law enforcement at all levels of government have made major strides against these criminal groups, even in the face of declining resources. Law enforcement in foreign countries have made steady in-roads, as well, as demonstrated by the recent arrest in February 2014 of Joaqu�n "El Chapo" Guzman Loera, the reputed head of Mexico's notorious Sinaloa Federation cartel. The report describes the strategies that are working and sets forth recommendations to combat transnational organized crime. A call for sustained law enforcement funding and collaboration between federal, state, and local governments are at the center of these recommendations. Details: Sacramento: California Attorney General, 2014. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2014 at: https://oag.ca.gov/sites/all/files/agweb/pdfs/toc/report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 132534

Author: Gerber, Alan S. Title: Can Incarcerated Felons Be (Re)integrated into the Political System? Results from a Field Experiment Summary: How does America's high rate of incarceration shape political participation? Few studies have examined the direct effects of incarceration on patterns of political engagement. Answering this question is particularly relevant for the 93% of formerly incarcerated individuals who are eligible to vote. Drawing on new administrative data from Connecticut, we present evidence from a field experiment showing that a simple informational outreach campaign to released felons can recover a large proportion of the reduction in participation observed following incarceration. The treatment effect estimates imply that efforts to reintegrate released felons into the political process can substantially reduce the participatory consequences of incarceration. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, Department of Political Science, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2014 at: http://www.davidhendry.net/research-supplemental/gerberetal2014-ctfelons_fieldexperiment/gerberetal2014-ctfelons_fieldexperiment.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 132536

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: The 2013 Virginia School Safety Audit Survey Results Summary: In 2005, legislation designated the Virginia Center for School Safety (now named the Virginia Center for School and Campus Safety-VCSCS) of the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) to prescribe the safety audit content and reporting process for the School Safety Audit program. Accordingly, the VCSCS and DCJS Criminal Justice Research Center conduct an annual on-line school safety survey that allows schools and school divisions to meet the Code of Virginia mandate to report safety audit data. Annual reports can be found on the DCJS website at ww.dcjs.virginia.gov/VCSCS/audit/index.cfm. The survey for the 2012-2013 academic school year was conducted from late July through September 2013 and covered school safety-related topics such as: crisis management plans, use of threat assessments, school climate and safety-related programs, bullying and cyberbullying, and school security practices. Major Findings from the 2012-2013 School Safety Survey - The 2012-2013 school safety survey was completed by 100% of the 1,958 Virginia public schools. This total included 1,109 (57%) elementary schools, 339 (17%) middle schools, and 304 (16%) high schools. Also included in the total were 206 (11%) other types of schools, such as alternative, technical/vocational, combined, prekindergarten (pre-K), and special education. The majority of schools (74%, 1,446) had between 251 and 1,000 students. - Just over two-thirds (68%, 1,322) of the schools report that a majority of their students live in areas with low levels of crime, while 16% (306) report moderate and 2% (47) report high levels. There were 283 schools (15%) that reported students from areas with varied levels of crime. - Schools were asked which types of critical events/emergencies they practiced with students at least annually. The top three were fire (95%, 1,861), natural disasters-including severe weather (80%, 1,561), and presence of unauthorized persons/trespassers (78%, 1,517). - About one-quarter of schools (26%, 510) activated some portion of their Crisis Management Plan (CMP) or Emergency Management Plan (EMP) during the 2012-2013 school year due to an actual emergency. The most common cause of activation was incidents related to violence or crime, including weapon carrying or use, occurring off school property (6%, 116). - Nearly three-quarters of the schools (72%, 1,404) said they shared their CMP/EMP with local first responders. This rate was higher among middle (79%) and high (84%) schools. Over three-quarters of the schools (79%, 1,549) reported that their CMP/EMP includes a reunification plan. - Schools were asked if their CMP/EMP included a Family Assistance Center (FAC). One-third of all schools (33%, 651) reported that their CMP/EMP did include a FAC. Just over half of the schools (53%, 1,033) reported that their CMP/EMP did not include a FAC, and 14% of schools (274) reported they did not know if their plan included a FAC. - A large majority of schools (85%, 1,671) reported using a formal threat assessment process to respond to student threats of violence. Of these schools, 44% (728) reported using the threat assessment guidelines developed by the University of Virginia (UVA) and 44% (728) use a division-created threat assessment model. While 90% (1,506) of the schools report having an established threat assessment team, only three-quarters of schools (76%, 1,269) reported that their staff or team had been formally trained in using their threat assessment model. - Most schools (96%, 1,879) reported having an automated Electronic Notification System (ENS) to notify parents/guardians when there is an emergency at the school. However, only 20% of these schools (383) actually activated their electronic notification system during the 2012-2013 school year because of an emergency. The most frequent cause of activation was a naturally occurring hazard such as earthquake, tornado or dangerous weather conditions (7%, 133). - Over half of all schools (57%, 1,114) reported having regular meetings with law enforcement to discuss problems in and around their school. About one-third of schools (32%, 633) reported receiving crime data reports from local law enforcement regarding crimes occurring near the school and about half of schools (51%, 994) reporting having a process in place through which they received notification from local law enforcement of certain offenses committed by students. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2014. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/vcscs/documents/2013SchoolSafetyReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 132542

Author: Hansen, Benjamin Title: Punishment and Deterrence: Evidence from Drunk Driving Summary: Traditional economic models of criminal behavior have straightforward predictions: raising the expected cost of crime via apprehension probabilities or punishments decreases crime. I test the effect of harsher punishments on deterring driving under the influence (DUI). In this setting, punishments are determined by strict rules on Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) and previous offenses. Regression discontinuity derived estimates suggest that having a BAC above the DUI threshold reduces recidivism by up to 2 percentage points (17 percent). Likewise having a BAC over the aggravated DUI threshold reduces recidivism by an additional percentage point (9 percent). The results suggest that recent recommendations to lower the BAC limit to .05 would save relatively few lives, while increasing marginal punishments and sanctions monotonically along the BAC distribution would more effectively deter the drunk drivers most likely to be involved in fatal crashes. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 20243: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20243.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 132548

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Innocents Lost: A Year of Unintentional Child Gun Deaths Summary: Federal data from the Centers for Disease Control indicate that between 2007 and 2011, an average of 62 children age 14 and under were accidentally shot and killed each year. But our analysis of publicly reported gun deaths, highlighted in "Innocents Lost: A Year of Unintentional Child Gun Deaths," shows that the federal data substantially undercount these deaths: - From December 2012 to December 2013, at least 100 children were killed in unintentional shootings - almost two each week, 61 percent higher than federal data reflect. - About two-thirds of these unintended deaths - 65 percent - took place in a home or vehicle that belonged to the victim's family, most often with guns that were legally owned but not secured. - More than two-thirds of these tragedies could be avoided if gun owners stored their guns responsibly and prevented children from accessing them. Details: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://3gbwir1ummda16xrhf4do9d21bsx.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Innocents_Lost.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 132550

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Recidivism Among Offenders Receiving Retroactive Sentence Reductions: The 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment Summary: In 2007, the United States Sentencing Commission amended the Drug Quantity Table in section 2D1. of the sentencing guidelines for offenses involving crack cocaine. The amendment, which became effective November 1, 2007, reduced by two levels the base offense levels assigned by the Drug Quantity Table for each quantity of crack cocaine (the "2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment"). Also in 2007, the Commission voted to give retroactive effect to the amendment, which allowed judges to consider motions for retroactive application of the amendment and reduce sentences for those incarcerated under the previous guidelines. The retroactive application of the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment took effect on March 3, 2008. This publication reports on recidivism of crack cocaine offenders who were released immediately before and after implementation of the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment, and followed in the community for five years. In order to study the impact of retroactive sentence reduction on recidivism rates, staff analyzed the recidivism rate for a group of crack cocaine offenders whose sentences were reduced pursuant to retroactive application of the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment. Staff then compared that rate to the recidivism rate for a comparison group of offenders who would have been eligible to seek a reduced sentence under the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment, but were released before the effective date of that amendment after serving their full prison terms less good time and other earned credits. The question addressed by this study is: "Were offenders who received a reduced sentence retroactively under the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment more likely to recidivate than similarly situated offenders who did not receive a reduced sentence?" As discussed more fully below, there is no evidence that offenders whose sentence lengths were reduced pursuant to retroactive application of the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment had higher recidivism rates than a comparison group of crack cocaine offenders who were released before the effective date of the 2007 Crack Cocaine Amendment and who served their full prison terms less earned credits. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Sentencing Commission, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-projects-and-surveys/miscellaneous/20140527_Recidivism_2007_Crack_Cocaine_Amendment.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crack Cocaine Offenders Shelf Number: 132551

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: Domestic Federal Law Enforcement Coordination: Through the Lens of the Southwest Border Summary: Federally led law enforcement task forces and intelligence information sharing centers are ubiquitous in domestic policing. They are launched at the local, state, and national levels and respond to a variety of challenges such as violent crime, criminal gangs, terrorism, white-collar crime, public corruption, even intelligence sharing. This report focuses on those task forces and information sharing efforts that respond to federal counterdrug and counterterrorism priorities in the Southwest border region. More generally, the report also offers context for examining law enforcement coordination. It delineates how this coordination is vital to 21st century federal policing and traces some of the roots of recent cooperative police endeavors. Policy makers interested in federal law enforcement task force operations may confront a number of fundamental issues. Many of these can be captured under three simple questions: 1. When should task forces be born? 2. When should they die? 3. What overarching metrics should be used to evaluate their lives? Task forces are born out of a number of realities that foster a need for increased coordination between federal law enforcement agencies and their state and local counterparts. These realities are particularly evident at the Southwest border. Namely, official boundaries often enhance criminal schemes but can constrain law enforcement efforts. Criminals use geography to their advantage, profiting from the movement of black market goods across state and national boundaries. At the same time, police have to stop at their own jurisdictional boundaries. Globalization may aggravate such geographical influences. In response, task forces ideally leverage expertise and resources-including money and manpower to confront such challenges. Identifying instances where geography, globalization, and criminal threat come together to merit the creation of task forces is arguably a process best left to informed experts. Thus, police and policy makers can be involved in highlighting important law enforcement issues warranting the creation of task forces. Task forces, fusion centers, and other collaborative policing efforts can be initiated legislatively, administratively, or through a combination of the two, and they can die through these same channels. While some clarity exists regarding the circumstances governing the creation of task forces, it is less clear when they should die and how their performance should be measured. Two basic difficulties muddy any evaluation of the life cycles of law enforcement task forces. First, and in the simplest of terms, at the federal level no one officially and publicly tallies task force numbers. The lack of an interagency "task force census" creates a cascading set of conceptual problems. - Without such information, it is challenging, if not impossible, to measure how much cooperation is occurring, let alone how much cooperation on a particular threat is necessary. - Concurrently, it may be difficult to establish when specific task forces should be disbanded or when funding for a particular class of task forces (e.g., violent crime, drug trafficking, counterterrorism) should be scaled back. - Additionally, how can policy makers ascertain whether task force programs run by different agencies duplicate each other's work, especially if they target the same class or category of criminals (such as drug traffickers or violent gangs)? For example, do the violent crime task forces led by one agency complement, compete with, or duplicate the work of another's? To give a very broad sense of federal task force activity in one geographic area, CRS compiled a list of task forces and fusion centers operating along the Southwest border, which are geographically depicted in this report. To be included in the list, a task force had to exhibit the possibility of either directly or indirectly combatting drug trafficking or terrorism. Thus, task forces devoted to fighting gangs, violent crime, public corruption, capturing fugitives, and money laundering may be included. Second, there is no general framework to understand the life trajectory of any given task force or class of task forces. What key milestones mark the development and decline of task forces? (Can such a set of milestones even be produced?) How many task forces outlive their supposed value because no thresholds regarding their productivity are established? Though federal law enforcement has embraced the task force concept, it has not agreed on the breadth or duration of such cooperation. Such lack of accord extends to measuring the work of task forces. This report suggests a way of conceptualizing these matters by framing task force efforts and federal strategies tied to them in terms of input, output, and outcome-core ideas that can be used to study all sorts of organizations and programs, including those in law enforcement. An official task force census coupled with a conceptual framework for understanding and potentially measuring their operations across agencies could greatly assist policy making tied to federal policing throughout the country, and particularly along the Southwest border. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: R43583: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43583.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132554

Author: Gonzales, Roberto G. Title: Two Years and Counting: Assessing the Growing Power of DACA Summary: Over the last several years, as growing numbers of undocumented children have made critical transitions to young adulthood, the barriers they face to higher education and professional jobs have resulted in wasted talent. This untenable situation imposes economic and emotional costs on undocumented young people themselves and on U.S. society as a whole. But, due to congressional inactivity on immigration, many have been forced to put their lives on hold. With the initiation of DACA in 2012, hundreds of thousands of these young people have enjoyed the benefits of widened access to the American mainstream. This change in the Obama Administration�s enforcement policy temporarily defers deportations from the U.S. for eligible undocumented youth and young adults, and grants them access to renewable two-year work permits and Social Security Numbers. As of March 2014, 673,417 young people have applied to the program and 553,197 have been approved. While DACA does not offer a pathway to legalization, it has the potential to move large numbers of eligible young adults into mainstream life, thereby improving their social and economic well-being. Shortly after the beginning of the program, the National UnDACAmented Research Project (NURP) was launched in an effort to better understand how DACAmented young adults were experiencing their new status. In 2013, the NURP research team carried out a national survey of DACA-eligible young adults between the ages of 18 and 32. A total of 2,684 respondents completed the survey. NURP efforts represent the largest data collection effort to date on this population. NURP respondents come from 46 states and the District of Columbia, and generally reflect the demographics of the U.S. undocumented immigrant population. Respondents� median age is 22.7, while 40 percent are male and 60 percent are female. More than three-fourths of respondents grew up in a 2-parent household. Nearly three-fourths of respondents� households are low-income. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/two_years_and_counting_assessing_the_growing_power_of_daca_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens, Children Shelf Number: 132558

Author: Martin, Julie H. Title: Predicting Risk to Reoffend: Establishing the Validitoy of the Positive Achievement Change Tool Summary: In recent years, there has been increased reliance on the use of risk assessment in the juvenile justice system to predict and classify offenders based on their risk to reoffend. Over the years, the predictive validity of risk assessments has improved through the inclusion of actuarial assessment and dynamic risk factors. The predictive validity of certain assessments, such as the Youth Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (YLS/CMI), has been well established through numerous replication studies on different subgroups of the population. The validity of other instruments, such as the Positive Achievement Change Tool (PACT), is in its infancy having only been validated on the sample of the population for which it was created. The PACT, a relatively new juvenile risk assessment tool, was adapted from the Washington State Juvenile Court Assessment and validated on the Florida juvenile population. This study sought to demonstrate the predictive validity of the PACT risk assessment, analyze gender differences in juvenile recidivism, and determine the relative importance of individual-level, social-level, and community-level variables in the prediction of recidivism for a sample of juveniles in Tarrant County, Texas. The results of this research confirmed the predictive validity of the PACT for juveniles served by Tarrant County Juvenile Services (TCJS). Despite possessing adequate predictive validity for the entire population, gender-specific analyses revealed differences in the ability of the PACT to accurately classify female delinquents based on risk to reoffend. Not only did gender differences emerge in the predictive validity of the PACT, but males and female recidivism was also predicted by different social-level indicators. The results of this research provided further evidence for social-causation theories of crime and delinquency, with social-level indicators exerting the strongest relationship with recidivism when compared to individual-level and community-level predictors. The inability of community-level predictors to enhance the predictive accuracy of the assessment suggest broad application of the PACT across jurisdictions. TCJS has invested a considerable amount of time, resources, and funding in the implementation and maintenance of the PACT. The results of this study provided support and direction for the continued use of the PACT at TCJS. In addition, establishing the predictive validity of the PACT on the Tarrant County juvenile population satisfied the legislative requirement for a population specific validation of the risk assessment implemented in each county. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2012. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0004221/Martin_Julie_H_201205.PhD.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132559

Author: Thompson, R. Alan Title: Perceptions of Defendants with Mental Illness Summary: During the 1980's and into the 1990's publicly supported institutions devoted to providing care for the mentally ill began closing due to large-scale budgetary crises, thereby shifting affected individuals into the public domain with no real alternatives for effective treatment. As a result of their varied mental conditions, many such individuals found themselves unable to find gainful employment and adequate shelter. In short order, the now homeless and underemployed mentally ill population began to run afoul of the law in large numbers and, in the absence of available referral alternatives, became chronic offenders in all categories of criminal behavior. Gradually shifting responsibility for handling the mentally ill into the criminal justice realm and away from specially created institutions has resulted in a situation that can only be described as the "criminalization of mental illness." More simply stated, the criminal justice system now bears considerable responsibility for responding to both the immediate and long-term needs of a unique population and an exceedingly complex social problem. Today, it is estimated that the criminal justice system incarcerates in excess of 1.5 million individuals in state and federal prisons. Some conservative and dated studies report that as many as one quarter of one million inmates confined to correctional institutions suffer from varying degrees of mental illness. In light of this situation, which shows no immediate signs of abatement, it becomes imperative to better understand how the contemporary criminal justice system responds to its broadened public welfare mandate. To accomplish this objective, the Mississippi Statistical Analysis Center undertook an exploratory research initiative focused on assessing the beliefs, perceptions and attitudes of courtroom participants regarding defendants with mental illness. Specifically, the target population for the survey consisted of judges, prosecutors and public defenders within the state. This particular group was of interest given their significant role not only in the process of adjudication, but also in determining current and future public risk, as well as appropriate methods of treatment and / or confinement. This document reports the results of the study and identifies policy implications, as well as the need for additional attention regarding the issue. Details: Hattiesburg, MS: Mississippi Statistical Analysis Center, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: https://www.usm.edu/sites/default/files/groups/school-criminal-justice/pdf/2013-2014perceptions_of_defendants_with_mental_illness.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Defendants Shelf Number: 132561

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Nation Behind Bars: A Human Rights Solution Summary: Far too many US laws violate basic principles of justice by requiring disproportionately severe punishment, Human Rights Watch said in a report released today. The 36-page report, "Nation Behind Bars: A Human Rights Solution," notes that laws requiring penalties that are far longer than necessary to meet the purposes of punishment have given the United States the world's highest reported rate of incarceration. These laws have spawned widespread and well-founded public doubts about the fairness of the US criminal justice system. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/related_material/2014_US_Nation_Behind_Bars_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 132562

Author: Weemhoff, Michelle Title: Youth Behind Bars: Examining the impact of prosecuting and incarcerating kids in Michigan's criminal justice system Summary: In the mid-1990s, Michigan became part of a national trend to get tough on youth crime. Although crime rates were steadily declining, the state passed a series of harsh laws that funneled thousands of youth into the adult criminal justice system. In addition to automatically considering all 17-year-olds as adults, Michigan broadened juvenile prosecutors' discretion to automatically file in criminal court, expanded the number of juvenile offenses requiring an adult sentence, and allowed children of any age to be criminally convicted and sent to prison. Most youth in the adult system are there for non-violent offenses. From 2003 to 2013, over 20,000 Michigan youth were placed on adult probation, detained in jail, or imprisoned for a crime committed when they were younger than 18 years old. The majority of these cases included non-violent offenses. Some were as young as 10 years old and a disproportionate number were youth of color. Processing youth in the adult system is harmful to them and bad for public safety. The trend to criminalize children was quickly met with the reality that processing youth in the adult system is detrimental to public safety and youth well-being. Youth in prison face exreme risk of violence, sexual assault, and self-harm. Without access to rehabilitative services, young people exiting adult prison are more likely to reoffend and reoffend more violently compared to their counterparts in the juvenile justice system. Michigan's adult probation and prison systems are not equipped to address the unique needs of youth. The majority of the youth sent to adult court in the past decade never received an education higher than the 11th grade or completed a GED. Over half entered the system with known drug or alcohol abuse issues and mental health concerns, and approximately 1,500 young people had at least one dependent. A small number of youth tried as adults are girls, who often enter the system with histories of violence and sexual victimization. Because so few girls are on probation or in prison, there are essentially no services for this vulnerable population. Young people leave the adult system without adequate support to keep them from returning. Once youth leave the corrections system, the lifelong consequences of an adult conviction are devastating. Nearly all youth in prison will eventually return to the community but will find significant barriers to employment, education, housing, and public benefits - the key elements to a successful future. Without effective reentry and support services, young people may find themselves in a revolving door to prison. Contrary to sentiments of the mid-1990s, public opinion in Michigan and across the country has shifted toward becoming "smart on crime." In an effort to protect public safety, improve child outcomes, and save money, leaders nationwide are re-evaluating previous policy decisions and making significant changes to youth transfer laws. It is time for Michigan to join them. Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: http://www.miccd.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/MCCD-Youth-Behind-Bars-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 132565

Author: Johnson, Sarah Title: An Analysis on the Effects of Earned Time for Inmates Charged with Robbery Summary: "Good time" - or "earned time", as it is called in Iowa - is a vehicle by which incarcerated inmates are able to earn time off their sentences beyond the time they actually serve. In Iowa, for example, imprisoned inmates exhibiting good behavior earn 1.2 additional days off their sentences for each day served so that, for example, a Class C sentence with a maximum term of ten years can actually expire in just over 4.5 years. Earned time policies were created to serve two critical functions: 1) to allow for the management of prison populations by releasing compliant inmates while keeping inmates incarcerated who are believed to pose more societal risk; and 2) to promote positive inmate behavior while incarcerated, ensuring the safety of other inmates and correctional staff. The purpose of this analysis is to examine the latter contention: do earned time policies achieve their intended purpose by reducing institutional misconduct? Institutional misconduct rates were examined among inmates who were newly admitted to prison between FY2006-FY2008 after originally having been charged with either Robbery-1 or Robbery-2. A conviction under either of these offenses requires serving a mandatory minimum sentence of 70 percent of the maximum prison sentence before being eligible for release. A second component to these mandatory minimum sentences is the limited accrual of earned time, capped at 15 percent to be applied after 70 percent of the sentence has been served. This analysis compares misconduct rates between offenders serving a 70 percent sentence and offenders who escaped the mandatory minimum and were convicted of an alternative (non-70%) crime. Offenders in this analysis are referred to as the 70 percent and non-70 percent groups. The analysis provided the following findings: - Inmates serving non-70 percent sentences tended to have higher amounts of total misconduct than the 70 percent group during year-two and -three of incarceration when examining independent incarceration years (i.e. not cumulatively). - Misconduct rates tended to decrease for both the 70 percent and non-70 percent groups as release approached, although this reduction occurred much earlier for the 70 percent group. - Misconduct rates began to decrease for the 70 percent group around five-and-one-half years prior to release and hovered around zero to six percent until release, while misconduct rates began to decrease for the non-70 percent group only within the last year-and-one-half of incarceration. - Age was one of the strongest and most consistent significant predictors of institutional misconduct. Significant predictors of misconduct during years-two and �three of incarceration also included offender custody classification and facility security level. It is important to note that sentence type (70% or non-70%) was not found to be a significant predictor of offender misconduct. While the findings from this report appear to suggest that earned time has little influence on offender misconduct, it is important to acknowledge the possible effects that removal or modification of the policy could have on misconduct rates. While findings suggest that the rates of misconduct are higher for the non-70% than the 70 percent group, it is possible that, absent earned time policies, misconduct rates could increase or decrease. It should also be remembered that our findings relate specifically to a certain group of offenders (i.e., inmates originally charged with robbery) who are not necessarily representative of prison inmates as a whole. The analysis also occurs within a unique sentencing structure that contains element of both indeterminate and determinate sentencing. It should also be said that these findings should not necessarily suggest abolishment or modification of current earned time practices. Simply doing away with earned time, within Iowa's current sentencing structure, would result in a nearly immediate rise in prison population. Without earned time, a ten-year sentence would actually expire in ten years rather than the current 4.54 years, a change likely to delay discretionary releases (i.e., paroles and work releases) as well as expirations of sentence. While abolishing or reducing the opportunity for earned time may be attractive in terms of "truth in sentencing," such a change should not be made without considering the possible impact on the size of Iowa's prison population. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/CJJP_Analysis%20on%20the%20Effects%20of%20Earned%20time%20for%20Inmates%20Charged%20with%20Robbery.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 132567

Author: Mendel, Richard A. Title: Closing Massachusetts' Training Schools: Reflections Forty Years Later Summary: In December 2011, more than 100 of the nation's leading juvenile justice experts convened for a day-long symposium in Washington, D.C., to remember and reconsider an historic reform campaign - the closure of Massachusetts' entire network of juvenile reform schools in the early 1970s. The facility closures were unprecedented and highly controversial, and they were meticulously studied in their aftermath. For a time, many reformers believed that Massachusetts would become the model for similar efforts throughout the nation. However, a serious but time-limited spike in youth violence in the early 1990s prompted a dramatic turn away from rehabilitation and deinstitutionalization in juvenile justice, and the Massachusetts story largely faded from public consciousness. Recently, however, states across the country have begun shuttering juvenile corrections facilities and dramatically reducing the population of young people incarcerated. Suddenly, far from the one-of-a-kind anomaly it seemed only a few years ago, Massachusetts stands out today as a prescient trailblazer on the path to end our nation's long-standing over-reliance on juvenile incarceration. The symposium was convened to provide present-day reformers an opportunity to review the efforts of their predecessors in Massachusetts, glean the lessons of history and retool them for the current day. This publication recounts the symposium. It provides a history of the Massachusetts reform campaign and its aftermath, summarizes the major themes and ideas presented by speakers and details the conclusions and recommendations emerging from group discussions. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/AECF-ClosingMassachusettsTrainingSchools-2014.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132568

Author: Miller, J. Mitchell Title: Effect of Prison-Based Alcohol Treatment: A Multi-Site Process and Outcome Evaluation Summary: Alcohol abuse and drunk driving present challenges for the criminal justice system in terms of maintaining public safety, delivering effective rehabilitative services, and managing offender populations. While treatment for illicit drug abuse in correctional settings has been broadly implemented throughout the United States, alcohol-specific recovery programming is far less common. In that alcohol related crime commands a greater amount of resources than illicit substances, in-prison alcohol treatment for felony driving while intoxicated (DWI) and driving while under the influence of alcohol (DUI) offenders is a promising opportunity to rehabilitate serial inebriates through cognitive restructuring oriented toward behavioral change. Given the scarcity of alcohol-specific treatment delivered in correctional settings, it is not surprising that alcohol treatment programming within the criminal justice system has not been thoroughly evaluated. There is a need for empirical knowledge regarding whether prison-based alcohol treatment is effective and, if so, which treatment practices are most strategic for disrupting the alcohol and crime nexus. This mixed methods study entailed process and outcome evaluations of three separate state-sponsored alcohol-specific treatment programs delivered in prisons located in Montana, Ohio, and Texas. The study examined three interrelated research questions regarding the evaluated programs: 1) Do justice system delivered alcohol treatment programs adhere to evidence based practices?; 2) Is treatment delivered in a manner consistent with program protocols demonstrating program fidelity?; and 3) Are program graduates more or less likely to re-offend? Details: San Antonio, TX: Department of Criminal Justice, University of Texas at San Antonio, 2013. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246125.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 132570

Author: Leiber, Michael J. Title: Race/Ethnicity, Juvenile Court Processing and Case Outcomes: Fluctuation or Stability? Summary: Sampson and Laub's (1993) perspective contends that community characteristics, especially underclass poverty and racial inequality, influence the social control of youth in juvenile justice proceedings. Structural factors are believed to enhance class and race stereotypes of the poor and Blacks as either criminals or drug offenders, but can also be characterized as sexual, aggressive, etc. In turn, these actual and/or perceived threats to middle class values result in the poor and Blacks being subjected to greater social control in communities evidencing impoverishment and racial inequality. An interpretation of the perspective is that the social control of youth, and especially minority youth, will fluctuate over time due to associations with and changes in the economic and racial/ethnic inequality of communities. The main objective of the present study was to use Sampson and Laub's structural theory of inequality to examine whether characteristics of communities explain the social control of youth in general but also focuses on potential racial/ethnic and drug offending disparities across White, Black, and Hispanic youth within juvenile justice proceedings. In anticipation of these possible relationships, an assessment was done to see to what extent these relationships vary or remain relatively stable over time, and if they are race and/or ethnic specific with drug offending. Data was provided by the National Juvenile Court Archive (NJCA) and represented county-level aggregated information for sixteen states involving 172 counties for over thirty years (1985, 1995, 2005, and 2009). Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) regression was used to predict the proportion of referrals petitioned, detained, received out-of-home placement, and change models to understand how changes in the independent variables over time influenced changes in the dependent variables over time. A second data set, also provided by NJCA, was used that represented individual-level data of all delinquent referrals in 67 counties in a Northeast state from January 2000 through December 2010. Legal variables (e.g. crime severity, prior record), extralegal considerations (e.g. gender, age), and decision-making at intake, adjudication, and judicial disposition were captured. Hierarchical generalized linear modeling (HGLM) was used to analyze the data for the purpose of simultaneously estimating the amount of variation of both the individual (level-1) and county (level-2) measures at three processing junctures. In addition to the estimation of main and interaction effects, cross-level interactions were also estimated to examine how youth from different racial/ethnic backgrounds are treated in the juvenile court depending on county of residence. In short, minimal to modest support was found for Sampson and Laub's (1993) perspective. Macro-level variables were at times found to be determinants of social control at each of the four time frames and to a somewhat greater extent in explaining case outcomes in the 67counties in a Northeast state. However, the effects were sporadic and not always in the predicted direction. In fact, underclass poverty and racial/ethnic inequality most often were not statistically significant determinants of social control. Limited evidence was also found for anticipated relationships between community characteristics and disadvantaged treatment of minorities and drug offenders. When community characteristics significantly impacted the treatment of Blacks, Hispanics, and/or drug offenders and decision-making, the effects at times resulted in leniency rather than greater social control. An examination of the results across thirty years showed, with a few exceptions, stability in the relationships rather than fluctuation or change. At the individual-level, Black drug offenders were subjected to greater social control at intake than other offenders. Hispanics and Hispanic drug offenders were also found to have a greater odds of being adjudicated compared to similarly situated Whites. At judicial disposition, Blacks and Hispanics had a greater likelihood of receiving the more severe outcome of out-home-placement compared to Whites. These effects were enhanced if a minority youth was charged with a drug offense. In addition, drug offenders and in particular, Black drug offenders and Hispanic drug offenders, were responded to differently throughout court proceedings than other types of offenders. The findings reported here indicate that underclass poverty and racial/ethnic inequality alone (or if at all) do not seem to account for these occurrences. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246229.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 132571

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Opportunities Exist to Strengthen Collaborative Mechanisms along the Southwest Border Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has coordinated border security efforts using collaborative mechanisms in Arizona and South Texas, specifically (1) the Joint Field Command (JFC), which has operational control over all U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) resources in Arizona; (2) the Alliance to Combat Transnational Threats (ACTT), which is a multiagency law enforcement partnership in Arizona; and (3) the South Texas Campaign (STC), which integrates CBP resources and facilitates coordination with other homeland security partner agencies. Through these collaborative mechanisms, DHS and CBP have coordinated border security efforts in (1) information sharing, (2) resource targeting and prioritization, and (3) leveraging of assets. For example, to coordinate information sharing, the JFC maintains an operations coordination center and clearinghouse for intelligence information. Through the ACTT, interagency partners work jointly to target individuals and criminal organizations involved in illegal cross-border activity. The STC leverages assets of CBP components and interagency partners by shifting resources to high-threat regions and conducting joint operations. DHS and CBP have established performance measures and reporting processes for the JFC and ACTT in Arizona and the STC in South Texas; however, opportunities exist to strengthen these collaborative mechanisms by assessing results across the efforts and establishing written agreements. Each collaborative mechanism reports on its results to DHS or CBP leadership through a variety of means, such as accomplishment reports and after-action reports. However, CBP has not assessed the JFC and STC mechanisms to evaluate results across the mechanisms. JFC and STC components GAO interviewed identified challenges with managing resources and sharing best practices across the mechanisms. For example, officials from all five JFC components GAO interviewed highlighted resource management challenges, such as inefficiencies in staff conducting dual reporting on operations to CBP leadership. Best practices for interagency collaboration call for federal agencies engaged in collaborative efforts to create the means to monitor and evaluate their efforts to enable them to identify areas for improvement. An assessment of the JFC and STC could provide CBP with information to better address challenges the mechanisms have faced. In addition, DHS has not established written agreements with partners in the ACTT and STC Unified Command - the entity within STC used for coordinating activities among federal and state agencies - consistent with best practices for sustaining effective collaboration. Officials from 11 of 12 partner agencies GAO interviewed reported coordination challenges related to the ACTT and STC Unified Command, such as limited resource commitments by participating agencies and lack of common objectives. For example, a partner with the ACTT noted that that there have been operations in which partners did not follow through with the resources they had committed during the planning stages. Establishing written agreements could help DHS address coordination challenges, such as limited resource commitments and lack of common objectives. GAO recommends that CBP assess the JFC and STC, and that DHS, among other things, establish written agreements with ACTT and the STC Unified Command partners. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/664479.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132572

Author: Martinez, Daniel E. Title: No Action Taken: Lack of CBP Accountability in Responding to Complaints of Abuse Summary: Data obtained by the American Immigration Council shine a light on the lack of accountability and transparency which afflicts the U.S. Border Patrol and its parent agency, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP). The data, which the Immigration Council acquired through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request, covers 809 complaints of alleged abuse lodged against Border Patrol agents between January 2009 and January 2012. These cases run the gamut of physical, sexual, and verbal abuse. Although it is not possible to determine which cases had merit and which did not, it is astonishing that, among those cases in which a formal decision was issued, 97 percent resulted in "No Action Taken." On average, CBP took 122 days to arrive at a decision when one was made. Moreover, among all complaints, 40 percent were still "pending investigation" when the complaint data were provided to the Immigration Council. The data indicate that "physical abuse" was the most prevalent reason for a complaint, occurring in 40 percent of all cases, followed by "excessive use of force" (38 percent). Not surprisingly, more complaints were filed in sectors with higher levels of unauthorized immigration. During the time period studied, more than one in three complaints filed against Border Patrol agents were directed at agents in the Tucson Sector. After accounting for the different numbers of Border Patrol agents in each sector, the complaint rate remained the highest in the Tucson Sector, with the Rio Grande Valley Sector a close second. Complaint rates as measured in terms of numbers of apprehensions were highest in Del Rio, Rio Grande Valley, and San Diego. Taken as a whole, the data indicate the need for a stronger system of incentives (both positive and negative) for Border Patrol agents to abide by the law, respect legal rights, and refrain from abusive conduct. In order to do that, complaints should be processed more quickly and should be carefully reviewed. Furthermore, the seriousness of the complaints demands an external review. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/No%20Action%20Taken_Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 132573

Author: Espelage, Dorothy L. Title: Bullying, Sexual, and Dating Violence Trajectories From Early to Late Adolescence Summary: Youth aggression and bullying, sexual harassment and dating violence are widespread public health concerns that create negative consequences for victims. The present study included a longitudinal examination of the impact of family abuse and conflict, self-reported delinquency, and peer delinquency on the development of bullying perpetration, sexual harassment perpetration, and teen dating violence perpetration among a large sample of early adolescents. While a few studies have examined the co-occurrence of bullying, sexual harassment, and/or dating violence among high school students, there are no studies to date to simultaneously consider all three forms of violence using a comprehensive, developmentally-sensitive design. Quantitative self-report survey data were collected from 1162 high school students who were part of the University of Illinois Study of Bullying and Sexual Violence Study funded by the Centers for Disease Control (1U49CE001268-01; 2007-2010). Participants included in the results presented here were from four Midwestern middle schools (grades 5 - 7; three cohorts) who were followed into three high schools; 49% female; 58% African American, and 26% White. At Wave 1, students ranged in age from 10 to 15 years of age (M = 11.81; SD = 1.09). Sixty-percent of the sample was eligible for free/reduced lunch. Participants were in middle school (waves 1 - 4) during the initial Bullying and Sexual Violence Study. At waves 6 and 7, youth were in high school; and sexual harassment and teen dating violence measures were added to the survey packet. Boys reported more bully perpetration during middle school, whereas girls reported more family conflict and sibling aggression than boys. In high school, sexual harassment perpetration was higher for boys than girls. Verbal emotional abuse and physical teen dating violence perpetration was higher for girls than boys, but boys reported greater levels of sexual teen dating violence perpetration in high school. Boys reported a greater mean scale score than girls on self-reported sexual harassment perpetration during middle school. In high school, 68% of girls reported having at least one sexual harassment victimization experience compared to 55% of boys. Verbal emotional dating abuse was the most common experience for these youth, 73% of girls versus 66% of boys reported any verbal emotional abuse victimization. In addition, 64% of girls reported perpetrating verbal emotional abuse with a dating partner compared to 45% of boys. Physical teen dating violence behaviors were reported by fewer youth, but still at a high rate (35-36%). Sexual coercion victimization was reported by 23-25% girls and 13-14% of boys. Longitudinal path analyses were modeled separately for girls and boys. Consistent with the proposed theoretical model, family conflict, sibling aggression, and delinquent friends were significant predictors of bullying perpetration during middle school for girls. In high school, bully perpetration predicted sexual harassment/violence perpetration, verbal emotional abuse teen dating violence perpetration, and sexual coercive teen dating violence perpetration. Consistent with the proposed model, sibling aggression predicted bullying perpetration for boys, ike the girls model; however family conflict did not emerge as a significant predictor of bullying perpetration or delinquency. In contrast to the girls' model, sibling aggression and self-reported delinquency also predicted sexually coercive teen dating violence perpetration and verbal emotional abuse perpetration. Also, bully perpetration predicted sexual harassment/violence perpetration, verbal emotional abuse and physical teen dating violence perpetration. Thus, interventions should address exposure to family violence and include opportunities to learn healthy relationships and conflict management skills. Prevention efforts should consider developmental timing of aggression and violence. Given that bullying declines in high school, it may be necessary to shift the focus to aggression and violence as they manifest in dating and romantic relationships. Finally, there needs to be increased research attention given to sexual coercion in dating relationships in high school, especially when considering the experience of girls. Details: Urbana-Champaign, IL: University of Illinois - Urbana Champaign, 2014. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246830.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 132576

Author: Hoke, Scott Title: Inmate Behavior Management: Guide to Meeting Basic Needs Summary: Violence, vandalism, and other unwanted inmate behaviors prevail in many jails nationwide, and they frustrate jail practitioners who must ensure the safety and security of inmates, staff and the public. Jail environments are one of the few environments in our communities where this type of behavior is expected and accepted. The environment created by these behaviors should not be considered acceptable and it is the jail administrators� responsibility to operate their facilities in a way that prevents these behaviors from occurring. Relatively few resources make it challenging to provide assistance and detailed direction to administrators on how best to operate such a complex organization. National Institute of Corrections (NIC) has introduced an initiative designed to: teach administrators, managers, and corrections officers the most effective methods to control inmate behavior and optimize operational efficiency. NIC calls the initiative Inmate Behavior Management or IBM. The comprehensive management system has six identifiable elements that work together to manage inmate behavior and create an efficient and effective organization (Hutchinson, Keller, and Reid 2009): 1 Assessing risks and needs 2 Assigning inmates to housing 3 Meeting inmates� basic needs 4 Defining and conveying expectations for inmates 5 Supervising inmates 6 Keeping inmates productively occupied 7 Defining and conveying expectations is one in a series of documents or tools for jails practitioners to use as they implement this management strategy A Guide to Meeting Basic Needs offers practical information and guidance on implementing element three � meeting inmates� basic needs. One important aspect of managing inmate behavior is to understand what motivates human behavior. Experience has shown that if a jail does not meet the basic human needs of inmates, the inmates will find a way to satisfy their needs in ways that may be unfavorable to the orderly operation of the jail. Understanding what motivates human behavior provides jail administrators with a very useful tool for managing inmates since it helps explain both good inmate behavior and bad. This document not only provides guidance to jail practitioners as they implement this element, but it also provides self-assessment checklists to determine how well the jail is doing in the delivery of basic needs and suggestions for area of improvement. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/027704.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 132577

Author: Bisconti Research, Inc. Title: Public Opinion Survey of Salt Lake City Registered Voters Regarding Crime and Police Response to Burglar Alarms Summary: A 2006 survey of Salt Lake City, Utah citizens revealed widespread disapproval of a city ordinance that will only dispatch police to a burglar alarm if someone at the scene can verify that a crime is being committed. Details: Washington, DC: Bisconti Research, 2006. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://airef.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/SLC_Survey.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Burglar Alarms Shelf Number: 132578

Author: Seghetti, Lisa Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children: An Overview Summary: The number of unaccompanied alien children (UAC) arriving in the United States has reached alarming numbers that has strain the system put in place over the past decade to handle such cases. UAC are defined in statute as children who lack lawful immigration status in the United States, who are under the age of 18, and who are without a parent or legal guardian in the United States or no parent or legal guardian in the United States is available to provide care and physical custody. Two statutes and a legal settlement most directly affect U.S. policy for the treatment and administrative processing of UAC: the Flores Settlement Agreement of 1997; the Homeland Security Act of 2002; and the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008. Several agencies in the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the Department of Health and Human Services' (HHS) Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) share responsibilities for the processing, treatment, and placement of UAC. DHS Customs and Border Protection apprehends and detains UAC arrested at the border while Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) handles the transfer and repatriation responsibilities. ICE also apprehends UAC in the interior of the country and is responsible for representing the government in removal proceedings. HHS is responsible for coordinating and implementing the care and placement of UAC in appropriate custody. Four countries account for almost all of the UAC cases (El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico) and much of the recent increase has come from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras. In FY2009, Mexican UAC accounted for 82% of 19,668 UAC apprehensions, while the other three Central American countries accounted for 17%. By the first eight months of FY2014, the proportions had almost reversed, with Mexican UAC comprising only 25% of the 47,017 UAC apprehensions, and UAC from the three Central American countries comprising 73%. Both the Administration and Congress have begun to take action to respond to the surge in UAC coming across the border. The Administration has developed a working group to coordinate the efforts of the various agencies involved in responding to the issue. It also has opened additional shelters and holding facilities to accommodate the large number of UAC apprehended at the border. The Administration has also announced plans to provide funding to the affected Central American countries for a variety of programs and security-related initiatives. Relatedly, Congress is considering funding increases for HHS and DHS. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: R43599: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43599.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132583

Author: Elek, Jennifer K. Title: Can Explicit Instructions Reduce Expressions of Implicit Bias? New Questions Following a Test of a Specialized Jury Instruction Summary: Judges, lawyers, and court staff have long recognized that explicit, or consciously endorsed, racial prejudices have no place in the American justice system. However, more subtle biases or prejudices can operate automatically, without awareness, intent, or conscious control. Members of the court community are beginning to identify this subtler form of racial bias, or implicit racial bias, as a partial explanation for persistent racial disparities in the criminal justice system. In the absence of empirically vetted interventions, some judges have created and currently use their own specialized jury instructions in hopes of minimizing expressions of such bias in juror judgment. However, depending on how these instructions are crafted, they may produce unintended, undesirable effects (e.g., by increasing expressions of bias against socially disadvantaged group members among certain types of individuals, or by making jurors feel more confident about their decision(s) without actually reducing expressions of bias in judgment). To prevent the distribution and implementation of jury instructions that may do more harm than good, any instruction of this kind must be carefully evaluated. In the present study, the authors sought to examine the efficacy of one specialized implicit bias jury instruction. Mock jurors who received the specialized instruction evaluated the strength of the defense�s case in subtly different ways from those who received a control instruction, but the instruction did not appear to significantly influence juror verdict preference, confidence, or sentence severity. Interestingly, the authors were unable to replicate with this sample the traditional baseline pattern of juror bias observed in other similar studies (c.f., Sommers & Ellsworth, 2000; Sommers & Ellsworth, 2001), which prevented a complete test of the value of the instructional intervention. Authors address several possible explanations for this failure to replicate, explore the possibility of shifts in cultural awareness and in the spontaneous correction for bias, and discuss implications for future work. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://www.ncsc-jurystudies.org/What-We-Do/~/media/Microsites/Files/CJS/What%20We%20Do/Can%20Explicit%20Instructions%20Reduce%20Expressions%20of%20Implicit%20Bias.ashx Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 132584

Author: Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) Title: The Police Response to Active Shooter Incidents Summary: "The Police Response to Active Shooter Incidents," which describes changes in police departments' practices in responding to mass shootings, such as the ones that occurred at the Sandy Hook Elementary School and the Washington, DC Navy Yard. Today's policies and practices are focused on reducing the number of victims when an active shooter incident happens. There is an emphasis on engaging the shooter as quickly as possible and not necessarily waiting for SWAT or other special units to arrive. In addition, police, fire, and emergency medical services are conducting joint training designed to get medical assistance to gunshot victims as quickly as possible. Sometimes this involves allowing EMS workers to enter "warm zones" before it is certain that the shooter or shooters have been apprehended. And police officers can be trained to give life-saving medical care. The report also describes efforts by police to work with other governmental and private organizations to prevent active shooter incidents, by identifying persons who may pose a threat and helping them to get treatment for mental illness or other needs. Finally, the report discusses ways in which police can educate community members about what to do if they are confronted with an active shooting situation. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/the%20police%20response%20to%20active%20shooter%20incidents%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 132585

Author: National Juvenile Justice Network Title: The Comeback and Coming-from-Behind States: An Update on Youth Incarceration in the United States Summary: The number of youth confined in state and county facilities nationwide strongly declined in 2011, affirming the benefits of key juvenile-justice reforms enacted in various states in the past decade. These findings are included in a new report, "The Comeback and Coming-from-Behind States" released today by NJJN and the Texas Public Policy Foundation's Center for Effective Justice (TPPF). The report highlights the continued positive trend in the nine states leading the nation on reducing incarceration, and showcases a handful of states that, while not keeping pace with the nationwide trend, have opened the door for future progress by adopting crucial incarceration-reducing policies that have been shown to improve conditions for youth and communities. For the 2001-to-2011 ten-year period, the number of confined youth declined by 41% nationwide, or an annual average decline of 4.1% - a dramatic drop since 2000, when a record-setting 108,802 youth were held in detention centers awaiting trial or confined by the courts in juvenile facilities in the U.S. The nationwide decline in 2011 (from 70,793 to 61,423 youth) continues the trend from the previous year (the latest for which data is available), which showed youth confinement was reduced by 32% nationwide from 2001-2010. The report also identifies four states - Missouri, Nebraska, South Dakota and Wyoming - that are not keeping pace with the national rate of incarceration decline. As a group, these states' average rate of confinement in 2011 was 87% higher than the national average. However, they are poised to show progress in the coming years, as they have already begun to adopt specific policies proven to reduce incarceration. The report argues that positive turnaround can be achieved through changes to state policy that reflect new understandings of the teenage brain, growing use of alternatives to incarceration, and constrained state budgets. These policy reforms include: - increasing the availability of evidence-based alternatives to confinement; - requiring intake procedures that reduce the use of detention facilities; - closing or downsizing youth confinement facilities; - reducing schools' overreliance on the justice system to address discipline issues; - disallowing incarceration for minor offenses; and - restructuring juvenile justice responsibilities and finances among states and counties. NJJN and TPPF identified these six policies as key measures of positive reform, as all encourage less reliance on detention and incarceration across the U.S. For youth being held in detention centers awaiting trial or incarcerated in juvenile facilities, implementing reforms is a critical change. Youth who are locked up are separated from their families, many witness violence and struggle when they get out, trying to complete high school, get jobs or go to college. Aside from the human toll, the financial costs of maintaining large secure facilities have also made it vital to rethink juvenile justice in every community. "States have made strides in changing their policies so that youth are held accountable in age-appropriate ways, but there is more work to be done," said Sarah Bryer, Director of NJJN. "It is critical that we build upon the success seen over the past twenty years and make every effort possible to adopt meaningful reforms that reduce youth confinement and strengthen our communities." The report, an update to the "Comeback States" report issued by the groups in June, uses data from 2011 (the most recent year for which national data is available) on youth confinement provided by the U.S. Justice Department's (USDOJ) Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) to track the ongoing national reduction of youth incarceration, as well as the continued progress of the nine states leading the nation on implementing meaningful juvenile justice reforms resulting in the reduction of youth in confinement in their states. These comeback states include: California, Connecticut, Illinois, Ohio, New York, Mississippi, Texas, Washington, and Wisconsin. The nine comeback states were selected because they adopted at least two-thirds of the targeted policy changes, exceeded the national-average reduction in youth confinement, and experienced enhanced public safety with a decline in youth arrests. The four come-from-behind states were identified based on their current population-adjusted rates of youth confinement, and their adoption of at least three of the six incarceration-reducing statewide policies identified in the report. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Justice Network, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/The-Comeback-and-Coming-from-Behind-States.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132586

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: Women Under the Gun: How Gun Violence Affects Women and 4 Policy Solutions to Better Protect Them Summary: Violence against women looks very different than violence against men. Whether in the context of sexual assault on college campuses or in the military, violence by an intimate partner, or other types of violent victimization, women's experiences of violence in this country are unique from those of men. One key difference in the violence committed against women in the United States is who commits it: Women are much more likely to be victimized by people they know, while men are more likely to be victims of violent crime at the hands of strangers. Between 2003 and 2012, 65 percent of female violent crime victims were targeted by someone they knew; only 34 percent of male violent crime victims knew their attackers. Intimate partners make up the majority of known assailants: During the same time period, 34 percent of all women murdered were killed by a male intimate partner, compared to the only 2.5 percent of male murder victims killed by a female intimate partner. A staggering portion of violence against women is fatal, and a key driver of these homicides is access to guns. From 2001 through 2012, 6,410 women were murdered in the United States by an intimate partner using a gun - more than the total number of U.S. troops killed in action during the entirety of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars combined. Guns are used in fatal intimate partner violence more than any other weapon: Of all the women killed by intimate partners during this period, 55 percent were killed with guns. Women in the United States are 11 times more likely to be murdered with a gun than are women in other high income countries. Limiting abusers and stalkers' access to firearms is therefore critical to reduce the number of women murdered in this country every year. This idea is not new: Congress first acted 20 years ago to strengthen our gun laws to prevent some domestic abusers from buying guns. But we are still a long way from having a comprehensive system of laws in place at both the federal and state levels that protect women - and children and men - from fatal violence in the context of intimate and domestic relationships. This report provides an overview of the data regarding the intersection of intimate partner violence and gun violence, describing four policies that states and the federal government should enact to reduce dangerous abusers' access to guns and prevent murders of women: - Bar all convicted abusers, stalkers, and people subject to related restraining orders from possessing guns. - Provide all records of prohibited abusers to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System, or NICS. - Require a background check for all gun sales. - Ensure that abusers surrender any firearms they own once they become prohibited. Some states have already adopted some of these policies, and in the past 12 months, there has been a growing movement across the country to enact laws closing some gaps related to domestic abusers' gun access in several states, including Wisconsin, Washington, Louisiana, New Hampshire, and Minnesota. This report collected and analyzed data from a variety of sources, including the Federal Bureau of Investigation, or FBI; the Centers for Disease Control, or CDC; the Office of Violence Against Women; state criminal justice agencies; state domestic violence fatality review boards; and academic research. These data provide a snapshot of women's experiences of violence in this country and show the glaring gaps in state and federal laws that leave victims of domestic violence and stalking vulnerable to gun violence. Many of these data have not been made public prior to the publication of this report and were collected through Freedom of Information Act requests. Among our findings: - In 15 states, more than 40 percent of all homicides of women in each state involved intimate partner violence. In 36 states, more than 50 percent of intimate partner-related homicides of women in each state involved a gun. - A review of conviction records in 20 states showed that there are at least 11,986 individuals across the country who have been convicted of misdemeanor-level stalking but are still permitted to possess guns under federal law. It is likely that there are tens of thousands of additional convicted stalkers who are able to buy guns. - While submission of records regarding convicted misdemeanant domestic abusers to the FBI's NICS Index has increased 132 percent over the past five-and-a-half years, only three states appear to be submitting reasonably complete records - Connecticut, New Hampshire, and New Mexico. Records from these three states account for 79 percent of the total records submitted to the FBI. Every day in the United States, five women are murdered with guns. Many of these fatal shootings occur in the context of a domestic or intimate partner relationship. However, women are not the only victims. Shooters have often made children, police officers, and their broader communities additional targets of what begins as an intimate partner shooting. In fact, one study found that more than half of the mass shootings in recent years have started with or involved the shooting of an intimate partner or a family member. Enacting a comprehensive set of laws and enforcement strategies to disarm domestic abusers and stalkers will reduce the number of women who are murdered by abusers with guns-and it will make all Americans safer. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2014 at: http://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/GunsDomesticViolence2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 132588

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Back to the Future: Thirty Years of Juvenile Justice Data 1980-2010. Volume 1 Summary: In 1980, the United States was on the verge of a spike in juvenile crime that would strain the resources of the juvenile justice system, challenge the resilience of communities, and have lasting repercussions on both public policy and public sentiment regarding youth offenders. Youth involvement in crime began to increase in the mid-1980s and rose precipitously through the mid-1990s. Of particular concern to policy makers and communities was the increase in violent crime. A cadre of academic scholars and criminologists publically warned of a new breed of 'superpredators' who were unique in their brutality and remorselessness. It was projected that these offenders would grow in number prompting a negative, fear-based public perception of juveniles. Contrary to the predictions of many scholars in the field of criminology, juvenile crime not only peaked in the late-1990s but was followed by a significant pattern of decline. Ten years later, youth involvement in the juvenile justice system has continued to decline and now reflects some of the lowest levels in 30 years or more. Criminologists continue to hypothesize and identify what factors contributed to the sudden and continuous decline in juvenile delinquency in the new millennium. Minnesota juvenile justice data mirror the rise and fall of youth involvement in crime observed nationally. In 2010, both the volume of youth arrests and the rate of youth arrests were comparable to figures recorded in 1980, before the juvenile crime wave began.a The title of this report, Back to the Future, is an homage to the 1980s cinema blockbuster of the same name, in which a teenaged Michael J. Fox accidentally travels back in time 30 years to 1955. While there, he inadvertently alters the course of his own future which he must be set right before returning to 1985. While his character is clear as to what must be done to set his future right, less clear are which, if any, juvenile justice policies and practices implemented in the 1980s and 1990s positively affected delinquent youth thirty years later. Volume 1 of this report series is dedicated to the presentation of Minnesota's juvenile justice data. Included are juvenile arrests; court volume; admissions to residential placements; and juvenile probation populations between 1980 and 2010. Regrettably not all data are available due to changes in collection methodology and technology over time. National juvenile justice data are also presented to assess how Minnesota fared compared to the national trend. Volume 2 of this report series compliments Volume 1 through a presentation of factors at the state and national level that may have affected delinquency trends over the past 30 years. Included are a presentation of population changes; characteristics of the macro-environment such as poverty and unemployment; changes to delinquency definitions and statutes; and changing attitudes and practices around serving at-risk youth. Volume 2 explores what the past 30 years have taught practitioners about effective responses to delinquency that can be taken back to the future. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Justice Programs, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/BTTF_Part%201_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132592

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Back to the Future: Thirty Years of Juvenile Justice Data 1980-2010. Volume 2 Summary: Volume 2 of this report series is dedicated to exploration of the underlying issues that may have affected the reduction in juvenile crime in the 2000s. Included are data related to education and child protection; changes to Minnesota's youth population; changes to socio-economic factors such as unemployment, poverty and wages; and the history of federal funding to states for crime and delinquency prevention and intervention. In addition, Volume 2 includes a detailed account of changes to both Minnesota and national laws affecting juveniles since 1980. Presented in five-year increments, this exploration documents the transition towards a more punitive, accountability-based juvenile justice system during the 1980s and 1990s, before movement back to a more individualized, rehabilitative approach in the 2000s. Changes made at key stages of the justice system are discussed, as are changes to chemical and mental health policy; school-based reforms; and evidence-based policy initiatives. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Justice Programs, 2014. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/BTTF_Part%202_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132593

Author: My Brother's Keeper Task Force Title: My Brother's Keeper Task Force Report to the President Summary: For decades, opportunity has lagged behind for boys and young men of color. But across the country, communities are adopting innovative approaches, opening doors, strengthening supports, and building ladders of opportunity for young people, including boys and young men of color, to help put them on the path to success. President Obama wants to build on that success. That's why, on February 27, 2014, the President took action, joining with philanthropy and the private sector to launch an initiative to address persistent opportunity gaps faced by boys and young men of color and ensure that all young people who are willing to do the hard work to get ahead can reach their full potential - using proven tools and focusing on key moments in their lives where we can help make a difference. Over the last three months, we have had conversations with thousands of individuals and groups who care about this set of issues and share a common belief that, working together, we can help empower boys and young men of color and all youth with the tools they need to succeed. Today, the Task Force is providing a 90-day report on progress and an initial set of recommendations. This is a first step. In the coming months and years, the Task Force will build on the framework and initial recommendations offered here, and will work together with others to help ensure that all youth in America are on the path to success. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/053014_mbk_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 132595

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Inside Out: Questionable and Abusive Practices in New Jersey's Bail-Bond Industry Summary: Bail is a central element of the criminal justice system. Enshrined as a constitutional right, it is intended to strike a balance between shielding criminal defendants from excessive pretrial detention while simultaneously holding them accountable to attend required court proceedings. The accused may gain release by posting cash and/or property directly with the court or by paying a percentage of the total bail for a surety bond through a licensed commercial bail-bond agency. Much is at stake in maintaining the integrity of a properly functioning bail process, including public safety, the credibility of law enforcement and judicial institutions and the appropriate administration of justice. Against that backdrop, the State Commission of Investigation examined the bail-bond system in New Jersey and found it highly prone to subversion by unscrupulous and improper practices that make a mockery of the public trust. Operating in the shadows of poor government oversight, the system is dominated by an amalgam of private entrepreneurs who profit from the process but are subject to weak controls easily manipulated or ignored with little or no consequence. The Commission found instances in which bail-bond agencies are operated by unlicensed individuals, some with extensive criminal records. These include former agents who forfeited bail licenses or registrations for engaging in illegal or improper activity but returned to the business using various subterfuges. In some cases, these unlicensed agents have been operating in the industry for years, continuing to engage in the same abuses that led to their expulsion in the first place. The investigation also revealed that bail agents, seeking an edge on their competitors, often make arrangements that have the practical effect of circumventing and undercutting court-imposed bail set by judges. Out of view of the court, some agents routinely cut deals that enable clients to get out of jail for the cash equivalent of as little as 1 percent or less of the total bail - a down payment substantially below the standard bond "premium" of 10 percent. The remaining premium balance is then owed by installment over time with no effective guarantee that it will ever be paid. This means that a criminal defendant held on $50,000 bail for a serious offense can gain immediate release for as little as a few hundred dollars, far less than the standard premium of $5,000. Beyond subverting judicial intent - and doing so with no transparency - these arrangements put dangerous offenders back on the street for minimal cash and make it nearly impossible for prosecutors to verify the true source of the bail funds. Perhaps most disturbing is that bail agencies have come to rely heavily on accused criminals in the form of county jail inmates to drum up business and gain customers - a practice that, strikingly, is not a crime here as in other states. Indeed, the Commission found that in New Jersey it is quite common - and has been for years in some instances - for bail-bond agents to recruit prisoners as freelance subcontractors acting at their behest and to offer cash and other incentives to those who steer new clients to them. These arrangements, sometimes initiated via flyers mailed directly to inmates, are maintained through the jail telephone system with agents openly striking deals with those who agree to serve as "runners" behind bars. This occurs even though it is a regulatory violation for non-licensed individuals to solicit bail and despite the fact that both parties to such conversations are on notice that their phone traffic may be monitored and recorded by jail authorities. Commission investigators reviewed scores of such recordings obtained from 14 county jails - more than half of all county correctional facilities in the State - and found clear evidence of this practice virtually across the entire sample spectrum. This investigation, in part, was an outgrowth of the Commission's examination of the impact on New Jersey's state prison system of the burgeoning population of inmates linked to organized criminal street gangs. The findings in that matter included widespread evidence that gang-affiliated and other inmates have found ways to exploit various state prison operating systems, including the prison phone system, in order to communicate and deal with criminal cohorts on the outside. In one such ploy, known as a "three-way call," an inmate places a call to one individual, who then surreptitiously forwards the call or otherwise connects the inmate to one or more other parties whose phone numbers and identities remain hidden. The county jail system is vulnerable to similar abuse because three-way calls are a key element of the rewards package offered by bail agents to inmates who do their bidding. Exacerbating these questionable and improper business practices and outright abuses is a diminished and archaic government regulatory apparatus that treats New Jersey's bail system like a bureaucratic afterthought. Even though bail is an inextricable component of the criminal justice system, regulation of bail-bond agencies, agent licensing and other aspects of the business is housed within the state Department of Banking and Insurance (DOBI). This is so because elements of the insurance industry underwrite the risk and financial exposure assumed by bail agents when they issue bonds, thus accepting responsibility for the full amount of bail if a client absconds. Oversight of bail, however, has long been a lower-tier priority at DOBI, and few resources are devoted to it. Apart from lax oversight, there is little in the way of effective deterrence against unscrupulous activity because the laws and regulations that govern the bail-bond process are weak, and violations carry minimal penalties. Furthermore, the Commission found instances in which fines imposed by DOBI against violators went uncollected. The Commission also found that New Jersey's counties collectively are failing every year to capture tens of millions of dollars in forfeited bails they are legally entitled and empowered to recover after defendants fail to appear for required judicial proceedings. Despite guidelines issued by the Office of the Attorney General a decade ago to tighten procedures and improve the recovery rate, bail forfeitures typically are negotiated and settled for pennies on the dollar. In 2004 and, again, in 2007, the Office of the State Auditor noted persistent inconsistency in the use and application of these forfeiture guidelines, resulting in significant and widespread recovery-rate disparities among the various counties. Such disparities prevail to this day. Details: Trenton, NJ: New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2014. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/BailReportSmall.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 132596

Author: Wilber, Shannan Title: Noncitizen Youth in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This publication provides a guide to working with noncitizen youth in the juvenile justice system. It promotes the adoption of policies and procedures for noncitizen youth that are consistent with the principles of detention and equity reform. The report includes an overview of noncitizen youth in the United States, a review of how immigration status might impact a juvenile justice case and an overview of the law with regards to the intersection between juvenile justice and immigration enforcement. This practice guide aims to assist jurisdictions in being more aware of the impact of immigration status and provide appropriate services to address this population's special needs. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: A Guide to Juvenile Detention Reform, No. 7: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-NoncitizenYouthintheJJSystem-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132601

Author: Davis, Antoinette Title: Using Bills and Budgets to Further Reduce Youth Incarceration Summary: States across the country have seen huge reductions in the number of youth incarcerated in detention halls, camps, and state secure facilities. One major reason for the reductions is successful legislation developed by advocates and legislators on both sides of the aisle. The five most successful components of this legislation include provisions that: � Move supervision responsibilities for some youth from the states to county agencies; � Include fiscal incentives to pay for these shifts in responsibilities; � Exclude categories of crimes such as status offenses, misdemeanors, and non-violent felonies from eligibility for incarceration in state facilities; � Require use of the best practices identified by research; and � Encourage stakeholders to place youth in the least-restrictive settings by naming it as a goal in reform legislation. Despite the overall reduction of incarcerated youth, much higher percentages of youth of color remain under formal supervision and in state secure facilities. This suggests that even the most successful states need to employ new strategies. Systems need to continue to reduce out-of-home placements in order to strengthen the links between youth and their families. They also need to identify the most effective supervision strategies. Legislation helps this agenda by guaranteeing the flow of funding to fiscally sustainable, culturally relevant community-based organizations with promising research-based practices. Details: San Francisco: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/bills-and-budgets.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 132608

Author: International Healthcare Security and Safety Foundation Title: Healthcare Crime Survey Summary: The International Healthcare Security and Safety Foundation (IHSSF) is the philanthropic arm of the International Association for Healthcare Security & Safety (IAHSS). The 2014 IHSSF Crime Survey was commissioned under the Research and Grants Program of the International Healthcare Security and Safety Foundation (IHSSF). The purpose of the 2014 IHSSF Crime Survey is to provide healthcare security professionals with an understanding of crimes that impact hospitals as well as the frequency of these crimes. IAHSS members who serve in security leadership roles in hospitals in both the United States and Canada were invited to participate. Specifically, we asked that the highest ranking hospital security professional (or their designee) at each hospital respond to the survey. Those responding would ideally be responsible for maintaining the security incident management records. We also asked that if the respondent was responsible for more than one hospital that one survey be completed for each hospital. The 2014 IHSSF Crime Survey collected information on ten (10) different types of crimes that were deemed relevant to hospitals and included: Murder Rape Robbery Aggravated Assault Assault (Simple) Disorderly Conduct Burglary Theft (Larceny-Theft) Motor Vehicle Theft Vandalism To ensure that all hospitals were answering the questions consistently, regardless of state or province, the survey included the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Report definition (US) and the Criminal Code Definition (Canada). The definitions for each crime are located in the Appendices to this report. For analytical purposes, murder, rape, robbery, and aggravated assault were aggregated into a group called "violent crimes." We received 386 responses from both US (n=338) and Canadian (n=47) hospitals. Of those 386 responses, 242 provided usable responses. These 242 hospitals account for: - 209,818,780 square feet (including on-campus clinics, research space, medical office buildings, etc.) - Over 56,000 hospital beds - An average daily census of around 85,000 people Details: Glendale Heights, IL: IHSSF, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2014 at: http://ihssf.org/PDF/crimesurvey2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132609

Author: Turney, Kristin Title: Detrimental for Some? The Heterogeneous Effects of Maternal Incarceration on Child Wellbeing Summary: We use data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study (N = 3,197) to consider the average and heterogeneous effects of maternal incarceration on nine-year-old children's internalizing problem behaviors, externalizing problem behaviors, PPVT scores, and early juvenile delinquency. We find that maternal incarceration has no average effect on measures of child wellbeing, consistent with previous research, but that effects are highly heterogeneous by the propensity to experience maternal incarceration. For children whose mothers are least likely to experience incarceration, the effects of maternal incarceration are pronounced, corresponding to between two-fifths and three-fifths of a standard deviation difference from their counterparts without incarcerated mothers. These findings suggest that the consequences of maternal incarceration vary substantially across social contexts. Details: Princeton, NJ: Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, Princeton University,, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 3, 2014 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP14-02-FF.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 132618

Author: Sugie, Naomi F. Title: Chilling Effects: Diminished political participation among romantic partners of formerly incarcerated men Summary: Over the past four decades, the criminal justice system has emerged as a key institution structuring social, economic, and political inequalities in the United States. The political dampening of ex-offenders resulting from legal and non-legal barriers has likely altered election outcomes and has critical implications for our democratic principles; yet, the focus on individuals may underestimate the reverberating consequences of diminished political participation. In this paper, I propose that criminal justice contact, and specifically incarceration, diminishes political behavior among not only formerly incarcerated individuals but also their romantic partners. To examine this, I use data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing survey. I find that partner incarceration is associated with reduced political participation that is not explained by socioeconomic characteristics and is robust to different modeling approaches. Diminished participation is not fully explained by partner's political participation nor is it one aspect of broader withdrawal from spheres of civic and religious participation. Rather, reduced participation appears to be the product of political socialization processes, specific to retreat from government, that result from partner's criminal justice involvement. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper WP11-19-FF: Accessed July 3, 2014 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP11-19-FF-2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 132619

Author: Bouton, Laurent Title: Guns and Votes Summary: Why are U.S. congressmen reluctant to support gun control regulations, despite the fact that most Americans are in favor of them? We argue that re-election motives can lead politicians to take a pro-gun stance against the interests of an apathetic majority of the electorate, but in line with the interests of an intense minority. We develop a model of gun control choices in which incumbent politicians are both office and policy motivated, and voters differ in the direction and intensity of their preferences. We derive conditions under which politicians support gun control early in their terms, but oppose them when they approach re-election. We test the predictions of the model by analyzing votes on gun-related legislation in the U.S. Senate, in which one third of the members are up for re-election every two years. We find that senators are more likely to vote pro gun when they are close to facing re-election, a result which holds comparing both across and within legislators. Only Democratic senators "flip flop'' on gun control, and only if the group of pro-gun voters in their constituency is of intermediate size. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 20253: Accessed July 3, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20253 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 132621

Author: Gierlack, Keith Title: License Plate Readers for Law Enforcement: Opportunities and Obstacles Summary: Since the use of license plate reader (LPR) technology is relatively new in the United States, opportunities and obstacles in its use in law enforcement are still under exploration. As the technology spreads, however, law-enforcement agencies, particularly those considering investing in an LPR system and other organizations focused on the information technology needs of law enforcement, may find the material in this report helpful. It provides an in-depth examination of the range of ways in which license plate scanners are used; the benefits and limits of LPR systems; and emerging practices for system operation. The RAND Corporation's research approach, exploratory interviews with law-enforcement personnel, sought to gather information not just from police officers but also from the diverse people responsible for installing, maintaining, and operating the systems. This method allowed RAND to thoroughly characterize and examine license plate scanner issues to add to the knowledge base. The interviews explored salient issues concerning system implementation, funding, case uses, field procedures, technology issues, data retention policies, and privacy concerns. RAND believes these findings overall will add value to the discussion on this technology's utility. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR400/RR467/RAND_RR467.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Automatic Number Plate Recognition (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132623

Author: Stout, Jesse Title: No More Shackles: A report on the written policies of California's counties under the new law that limits the use of restraints on pregnant prisoners Summary: Legal Services for Prisoners with Children (LSPC) believes in the human dignity of people in prison and advocates for the rights of pregnant prisoners in California. Pregnant women in correctional facilities are more likely to experience miscarriage, preeclampsia, preterm birth, and low birth-weight than pregnant women who are not incarcerated. Restraints that interfere with the ability of a pregnant woman to maneuver increase the likelihood of these and other complications. In 2012, LSPC worked with author Assembly member Toni Atkins and supporters Nancy Skinner and Holly Mitchell to enact legislation that prohibits the most dangerous forms of restraint from being used on any incarcerated woman known to be pregnant (PC S 3407). LSPC has been working to enact and enforce bans on shackling pregnant prisoners since 2005. In March 2013, LSPC embarked on a project to determine whether all 58 California counties had written new policies on the shackling of pregnant prisoners to comply with the 2012 legislation. This report explains the new statute, describes our efforts to obtain documentation from the counties, outlines our findings, and makes recommendations for additional legislation, regulation, and research. Our findings address each county's policy as it is written; we are not able to report on the counties' practices. Details: San Francisco: Legal Services for Prisoners with Children, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://www.prisonerswithchildren.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/NO-MORE-SHACKLES-report-LSPC-2.18.14-1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 132039

Author: Charish, Courtney Title: Race/Ethnicity and Gender Effects on Juvenile Justice System Processing Summary: Disproportionate minority representation in the juvenile justice system has been a national policy issue since 1992 when Congress amended the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974. The amendments required states participating in the Federal Formula Grants Program to determine the existence of disproportionate minority representation, assess the causes, develop and implement corrective interventions, and evaluate those interventions; and to fund programs addressing gender issues. States that failed to make progress or show good faith efforts towards reducing disproportionate minority representation risked losing one-quarter of their formula grant funds and having to expend the remaining proportion towards achieving progress. The authors of this report conducted an analysis of data for the processing of 25,511 juveniles referred to Oklahoma's juvenile justice system between July 1, 1999 and June 30, 2001. Data for the study was obtained, primarily, from the state's information system for juvenile offenders, the Juvenile On-Line Tracking System (JOLTS). The decision points examined by the study included front end decisions (detention at arrest and intake decisions of district attorneys); and back end decisions made by the juvenile court including decisions to transfer juveniles to the adult criminal justice system, and adjudicatory and dispositional decisions. All outcomes for each decision point were analyzed because inequities, if they existed, may be as much a matter of lack of access to less harsh outcomes as a matter of receiving harsher outcomes. Logistic regression analysis was chosen as the method to determine whether race and gender effects existed and were statistically significant, while controlling for other variables including offense history and its severity, age, the population of counties, household welfare status, and residential area poverty rates. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Office of Juvenile Affairs, 2004. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://www.oja.state.ok.us/final%20oja%20report%207-8-04.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 135872

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Coast Guard: Resource Provided for Drug Interdiction Operations in the Transit Zone, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands Summary: The Coast Guard provided varying levels of resources for drug interdiction operations in the �transit zone��the area from South America through the Caribbean Sea and the eastern Pacific Ocean that is used to transport illicit drugs to the United States�during fiscal years 2009 through 2013, and generally did not meet its performance targets for several reasons. As the figure shows, Coast Guard resources included vessels (cutters), aircraft, and law enforcement detachments. The number of cutter days, aircraft hours, and law enforcement detachment days the Coast Guard provided for drug interdiction operations in the transit zone varied during fiscal years 2009 through 2012, and then sharply declined in fiscal year 2013. For example, in fiscal year 2012, the Coast Guard provided 1,947 cutter days for transit zone operations and in fiscal year 2013 the Coast Guard provided 1,346 days�a 30 percent decline. During fiscal years 2009 through 2013, the Coast Guard met targets for its primary drug interdiction mission performance measure�the removal rate of cocaine from noncommercial vessels in the transit zone�once, in fiscal year 2013. Coast Guard officials cited the declining readiness of its aging vessels, delays in the delivery of replacement vessels, and sequestration as factors affecting Coast Guard resource deployments and the ability to meet its drug interdiction mission performance targets. In support of a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) effort to address the increased violent crime associated with illicit drug smuggling into Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Coast Guard has increased vessel and aircraft operations for drug interdiction efforts in these territories by reallocating resources from elsewhere in the Coast Guard. According to Coast Guard officials, these additional resources are drawn from other missions, such as alien migrant interdiction. Beginning in September 2012, the Coast Guard implemented a surge operation to provide additional vessels and aircraft to regularly patrol Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. According to Coast Guard officials, the increased vessel and aircraft deployments have since become the new baseline level of resources to be provided for drug interdiction operations there. According to Coast Guard data, the number of vessel hours spent conducting drug interdiction operations in these territories more than tripled from fiscal years 2009 through 2013. Similarly, the number of maritime patrol aircraft hours spent conducting drug interdiction operations in the territories increased�from about 150 flight hours in fiscal year 2011 to about 1,000 hours in fiscal year 2013. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-527: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/664098.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132631

Author: Nellis, Ashley Title: Life Goes On: The Historic Rise in Life Sentences in America Summary: n recent years, states around the country have been reconsidering the value of using incarceration as the primary tool for responding to criminal behavior. After a decades-long surge, modest declines in prison populations are now occurring nationally and various state legislatures have reformed sentencing laws that reduce the incarceration of people convicted of certain offenses. In 2011 and 2012, this led to 17 states closing some of their prisons. Despite these developments, the number of prisoners serving life sentences continues to grow even while serious, violent crime has been declining for the past 20 to correlate with increasingly lengthy sentences. This report details the rise of the lifer population in America's prisons, now standing at nearly 160,000, with almost 50,000 people serving life sentences without parole (LWOP). In order to comprehensively assess trends in the use of life imprisonment we undertook a survey of persons serving life sentences in the corrections systems in all 50 states and the Federal Bureau of Prisons during 2012. We sought to obtain data on the number of persons serving such sentences, demographic characteristics, type of offense, and trends in the use of life sentences over time. The lifer population has more than quadrupled in size since 1984. One in nine people in prison is now serving While release could be attained through a successful application for executive clemency, this mechanism for release is rarely utilized. In our 2009 report, No Exit: The Expanding Use of Life Sentences in America, we noted that there were 41,095 people serving LWOP sentences and a total of 140,610 people serving life sentences nationally. Some state departments of corrections have revised these numbers slightly since our last report. The updated numbers are provided.a life sentence and nearly a third of lifers will never have a chance at a parole hearing; they are certain to die in prison. This analysis documents long-term trends in the use of life imprisonment as well as providing empirical details for the offenses that comprise the life-sentenced population. KEY FINDINGS - As of 2012, there were 159,520 people serving life sentences, an 11.8% rise since 2008. - One of every nine individuals in prison is serving a life sentence. - The population of prisoners serving life without parole (LWOP) has risen more sharply than those with the possibility of parole: there has been a 22.2% increase in LWOP since just 2008, an increase from 40,1745 individuals to 49,081. - Approximately 10,000 lifers have been convicted of nonviolent offenses. - Nearly half of lifers are African American and 1 in 6 are Latino. - More than 10,000 life-sentenced inmates have been convicted of crimes that occurred before they turned 18 and nearly 1 in 4 of them were sentenced to LWOP. - More than 5,300 (3.4%) of the life-sentenced inmates are female. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_Life%20Goes%20On%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 130017

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Mandatory Reentry Supervision: Evaluating the Kentucky Experience Summary: In 2011, the Kentucky Legislature passed the Public Safety and Offender Accountability Act (HB 463), which sought to earn a greater public safety return on the state's corrections spending. The historic measure included a mandatory reentry supervision policy that required every inmate to undergo a period of post-release supervision so that no inmates would be released from prison to communities without monitoring or support. This brief summarizes recent state corrections data and an independent evaluation of the policy commissioned by The Pew Charitable Trusts, which found that mandatory reentry supervision: - improved public safety by helping reduce new offense rates by 30 percent. - resulted in a net savings of approximately 872 prison beds per year. - saved more than $29 million in the 27 months after the policy took effect. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2014 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2014/06/PSPP_Kentucky_brief.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 132635

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Mayhem Multiplied: Mass Shooters & Large-Capacity Magazines Summary: Mass shootings have taken place consistently throughout American history, in every region of the country. Over the last 30 years, however, large-capacity ammunition magazines-which hold more than 10 rounds-have proliferated, allowing assailants to become much more destructive. As the following analysis shows, the results have been deadly for Americans. As part of our non-partisan mission to prevent violence at the Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, we track mass shootings. Our Mass Shooting Incidents in America database catalogs shootings in which four or more victims were killed in a public place unrelated to another crime since 1984. Between 1984 and 2012, there were 64 such incidents-33 of which involved a perpetrator armed with a large-capacity magazine. Large-capacity ammunition magazines were outlawed for 10 years between 1994 and 2004 as part of the federal Assault Weapons Ban, providing us with periods for comparison in order to determine the ban's impact on mass shooting casualties. The results are startling. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission on New York City, 2014. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2014 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-MayhemMultiplied.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 132636

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: War Comes Home: The Excessive Militarization of American Policing Summary: All across the country, heavily armed SWAT teams are raiding people's homes in the middle of the night, often just to search for drugs. It should enrage us that people have needlessly died during these raids, that pets have been shot, and that homes have been ravaged. Our neighborhoods are not war-zones, and police officers should not be treating us like wartime enemies. Any yet, every year, billions of dollars' worth of military equipment flows from the federal government to state and local police departments. Departments use these wartime weapons in everyday policing, especially to fight the wasteful and failed drug war, which has unfairly targeted people of color. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2014 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/jus14-warcomeshome-report-web-rel1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 132638

Author: Joplin, Lore Title: Mapping the Criminal Justice System to Connect Justice-Involved Individuals with Treatment and Health Care under the Affordable Care Act Summary: By working together to build a visual portrait of how individuals progress through the criminal justice system, health and justice stakeholders gain better understanding of their respective policies and practices. In addition, mapping allows jurisdictions to consider decision points throughout the entire criminal justice system when exploring opportunities to enroll criminal justice-involved individuals in insurance coverage. This guide is for states and local jurisdictions interested in using system mapping to maximize opportunities for criminal justice and health care system integration and efficiency through the ACA " (p. 3). Sections comprising this document include: the Affordable Care Act (ACA) at a glance; the need for a systems mapping process; the NIC Sample Decision Points Map; and the seven steps of the criminal justice/ACA mapping process. "General health and behavioral health issues with criminal justice-involved individuals intersect. Hence, it is critical that the needs of the population are considered as jurisdictions develop policies and processes to implement the ACA at state and local levels. Bringing together stakeholders from criminal justice, health care, and behavioral health care systems for dialogue around these issues builds increased understanding and collaboration across systems. Using the ACA to do a better job of delivering health care and behavioral health care services to this population not only improves the health of our communities, but makes them safer" (p. 11). Appendixes provide: Sample Intercept Map for ACA Eligibility/Enrollment Priorities; Completed Intercept Map for ACA Eligibility/Enrollment Priorities in Connecticut; and Action Plan Template Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/028222.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 132646

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: War in the West: The Bundy Ranch Standoff and the American Radical Right Summary: As officers of the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department withdrew from Cliven Bundy�s Bunkerville, Nev., ranch on April 12, the question had to be asked: How could a scofflaw like Bundy, who owes more than $1 million in grazing fees but was backed up by hundreds of armed antigovernment zealots, manage to run off federal officials who clearly were in the right for seizing Bundy�s cows as payment for what he owes? The standoff very nearly ended in bloodshed, as large numbers of Bundy supporters pointed their weapons at law enforcement officials, a felony that is now under investigation by the FBI. The BLM wisely withdrew, avoiding possible violence. The Bundy standoff has invigorated an extremist movement that exploded when President Obama was elected, going from some 150 groups in 2008 to more than 1,000 last year. Though the movement has waxed and waned over the last three decades, antigovernment extremists have long pushed, most fiercely during Democratic administrations, rabid conspiracy theories about a nefarious New World Order, a socialist, gun-grabbing federal government and the evils of federal law enforcement. Today�s disputes with federal authority, many long simmering, are an extension of the earlier right-wing Sagebrush Rebellion, Wise Use and �county supremacy� movements. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/publication/war_in_the_west_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132651

Author: Burnett, Jennifer Title: Scrap Metal Theft: Is Legislation Working for States? Summary: Insurance companies, law enforcement officials and industry watchdogs have called scrap metal theft - including copper, aluminum, nickel, stainless steel and scrap iron - one of the fastest-growing crimes in the United States. State leaders have taken notice, passing a flurry of legislation meant to curb metal theft and help law enforcement find and prosecute criminals. Researchers at The Council of State Governments, in collaboration with the Institute of Scrap Recycling Industries, set out to determine if all that legislation is having an impact on metal theft rates. To determine if state legislation has been effective at curbing metal theft, a thorough analysis is needed that starts with an evaluation of trends in metal theft incident rates at the state level. After an evaluation of the existing research and interviews with state and local officials and law enforcement personnel across all 50 states, CSG researchers concluded that metal theft data for states are not available for analysis. Because metal theft is such a significant and widespread problem, and because accurately tracking metal theft is key to establishing evidence-based practices designed to both deter theft and to assist in the investigation and prosecution of theft, it is imperative that states evaluate ways to begin collecting these data. Moving forward, it is unlikely data will be available on a scale necessary to perform meaningful analysis unless a widespread effort is launched to create systems to document, track and report metal theft crime uniformly and consistently. CSG researchers recommend continued discussion regarding the development of a uniform tracking system for metal theft or modifications to current systems. Details: Lexington, KY: Council of State Governments, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://knowledgecenter.csg.org/kc/system/files/MetalTheft_Final%20%2805282014%29.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Metal Theft Shelf Number: 132652

Author: Zurita, Brenda Title: Children in Prostitution: What to Do? Summary: Most people can agree that children caught up in the commercial sex industry need help. How to help those children trapped in the sex industry - and even knowing how many child victims are involved - is often the point at which radically differing opinions enter the conversation. In the past four years, several states - Illinois, Tennessee, Vermont and Connecticut - have passed legislation, commonly called Safe Harbor laws, to decriminalize prostitution for minors. New York and Washington State have laws that divert minors arrested for prostitution into services and rehabilitation programs at the discretion of the judge in New York and at the discretion of the prosecutor in Washington. Massachusetts has the best model for legislation in HB 3808, signed into law in November 2011. In Massachusetts, the law diverts minors found in prostitution into services and treatment but keeps the charges pending against them in place until they successfully complete the rehabilitation programs after which the charges are dropped. Those who push legislation that decriminalizes prostitution for minors contend that arresting these minors further traumatizes them. Proponents of decriminalization want to remove the possibility of arrest. They argue that what the children need are services directed towards restoring their dignity and rehabilitating them out of a life of selling sex. They want this accomplished outside the juvenile justice system. Others strenuously argue that removing the discretion of law enforcement, district attorneys, and judges from the process takes away one of the most effective means of rescuing children; they say that taking law enforcement out of the picture is not the answer. These children's advocates argue that a comprehensive approach is necessary and accomplished by leaving every available option on the table to help these children, including arrest and detention to ensure the evaluation and handling of their situations on a case-by-case basis. Those who advocate the decriminalization of prostitution for minors claim that thousands of minors are arrested every year. The Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Report shows though that less than two percent of all arrests for prostitution are minors, averaging 1,117 a year. The Human Trafficking Reporting System identified 248 minors 17 years old and younger as victims of sex trafficking during the January 2008-June 2010 reporting period. According to the FBI's Innocence Lost National Initiative, as of April 2011, more than 1,600 children have been rescued since 2003. So how many children are victims of sex trafficking in the United States? It depends on who you ask. There are estimates, all based on guesses, that range from 100,000 to 2.4 million children. The United States Department of Justice uses the number 293,000 as the estimate for youth "at risk" of being commercially sexually exploited. The only hard data available are from the government sources listed above. It is very difficult to make good policy relying on estimates based on questionable methodologies. In 2006, the Government Accounting Office said, "The U.S. government has not yet established an effective mechanism for estimating the number of victims or for conducting ongoing analysis of trafficking related data that resides within government entities." With states moving in the direction of decriminalizing prostitution for minors, are there sufficient shelters to house the minors? According to a 2007 study done for the U.S. Health and Human Services Department, there were only four residential facilities in the United States, with thirty-five beds between them. The Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Acts of 2005 and 2008 authorized funding for shelters for minors, but the money has never been appropriated. There is no one-size-fits-all solution to the problem of commercial sexual exploitation of children. Arresting minors in prostitution and sex trafficking, but not making counseling and support services available to them, will leave them without help to create a better future. Decriminalizing prostitution for minors will leave them at the mercy of pimps and johns and without the judicial system to advocate for their treatment and rehabilitation. The collaborative program in Oakland, California, run by the Alameda County District Attorney's office shows that, with proper training, law enforcement can be compassionate, understanding, and provide resources to help; the District Attorney's office can use its discretion as to which cases to charge and which to send to support services outside of the juvenile detention system; and the juvenile detention system can provide counseling and support services for the minors in it. Concerned Women for America (CWA) believes keeping all the tools in place to assist minors found in prostitution and holding the government accountable to fulfill the TVPRA mandates to fund shelters for minors and find out how many minors are involved in prostitution are important steps for eradicating the commercial sexual exploitation of minors. Details: Washington, DC: Concerned Women for America, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://www.cwfa.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/CWA_Decriminalization-of-Prostitution-for-Minors2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132655

Author: Burke, Arthur Title: Suspension and Expulsion Patterns in Six Oregon School Districts Summary: An analysis of six Oregon school districts' data from the 2011/12 school year, conducted by REL Northwest, shows that minority students are more likely to be suspended or expelled than their White peers. Suspension and Expulsion Patterns in Six Oregon School Districts - the first-ever Oregon study to look at discipline information across districts (including Beaverton, Forest Grove, Hillsboro, Portland, Reynolds, and Tigard-Tualatin) - also reveals that male students are more likely to face exclusionary discipline than females, and that special education students are disciplined more frequently than students not in special education. The findings mirror those in a March 2014 report by the Office of Civil Rights[external link], showing disproportionately high suspension/expulsion rates for students of color and for other student subgroups. The REL Northwest study found: - 6.4 percent of students were suspended or expelled during 2011/12 across the six districts - Suspension and expulsion rates varied by student grade level, gender, race/ethnicity, and special education status - Rates for male students were 2.5 times higher than for females - Rates for American Indian, Black, Hispanic, and multiracial students were 1.2-3.1 times those of their White classmates - Rates for special education students were 2.6 times those of students not in special education - Physical and verbal aggression was the most common reason for suspension or expulsion among elementary and middle school students, while insubordination/disruption was the main cause in high schools Details: Portland, OR: U.S. Department of Education, Northwest Regional Education Laboratory At Education Northwest, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/edlabs/regions/northwest/pdf/REL_2014028.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 132657

Author: Cox, Jerry J. Title: Collateral Damage: America's Failure to Forgive or Forget in the War on Crime -- A Roadmap to Restore Rights and Status After Arrest or Conviction. Summary: Collateral damage occurs in any war, including America's "War on Crime." Ironically, our zealous efforts to keep communities safe may have actually destabilized and divided them. The vast expansion of the nation's criminal justice system over the past 40 years has produced a corresponding increase in the number of people with a criminal record. One recent study estimated that 65 million people - one in four adults in the United States - have a criminal record. At the same time, the collateral consequences of conviction - specific legal restrictions, generalized discrimination and social stigma � have become more severe, more public and more permanent. These consequences affect virtually every aspect of human endeavor, including employment and licensing, housing, education, public benefits, credit and loans, immigration status, parental rights, interstate travel, and even volunteer opportunities. Collateral consequences can be a criminal defendant's most serious punishment, permanently relegating a person to second-class status. The obsession with background checking in recent years has made it all but impossible for a person with a criminal record to leave the past behind. An arrest alone can lead to permanent loss of opportunity. The primary legal mechanisms historically relied on to restore rights and status -- executive pardon and judicial expungement - have atrophied or become less effective. It is time to reverse this course. It is time to recognize that America's infatuation with collateral consequences has produced unprecedented and unnecessary collateral damage to society and to the justice system. It is time to celebrate the magnificent human potential for growth and redemption. It is time to move from the era of collateral consequences to the era of restoration of rights and status. NACDL recommends a broad national initiative to construct a legal infrastructure that will provide individuals with a criminal record with a clear path to equal opportunity. The principle that individuals have paid their debt to society when they have completed their court-imposed sentence should guide this initiative. At its core, this initiative must recognize that individuals who pay their debt are entitled to have their legal and social status fully restored. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers (NACDL), 2014. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://www.nacdl.org/restoration/roadmapreport/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 132660

Author: Fazal, S. Title: Safely Home: Reducing youth incarceration and achieving positive youth outcomes for high and complex need youth through effective community-based programs, Summary: Tonight, 70,000 youth will sleep in a locked facility, separated from their families. Many of them are there because their communities lack programs that could keep them safely home. Safely Home describes how communities and systems can safely support high-need youth in their homes and communities, focusing on the elements of effective community-based alternatives for high and complex need youth in the juvenile justice system. These youth are not lost causes. With the right supports, they can live safely at home with their families and in their communities, not in isolation. THE KEY MESSAGES FROM SAFELY HOME ARE: A lack of effective alternatives for high-need youth contributes to youth incarceration. Systems cannot achieve deincarceration goals unless they build continuums of community-based programs to serve all youth, especially those with the highest need (highest risk), and have the willingness to implement them. Currently, most kids with complex needs are left out of services or lack the support they need in current services and as a result, end up "left out and locked up." Virtually anything that can be done in an institution can be done better in the community. Whether a youth needs 24/7 supervision, access to treatment or a way to appreciate the consequences of his behavior, an effective community-based program can create that environment in a way that keeps a youth safe and increases the likelihood that he or she will succeed. Systems can redirect institutional dollars toward less expensive community programs. Effective community-based programs can serve three to four kids in the community for the same price as locking one up. In fact, if communities served 20 youth in the community over 6 months, instead of through out-of-home placement, they could save more than half a million dollars. Communities can't climb out of poverty, neighborhood violence, and other risk factors through incarceration, especially of their youth. Risk factors that make youth vulnerable to incarceration cannot be eliminated through incarceration. In fact, many of the environmental and social factors that contribute to youth incarceration get worse, not better with incarceration. Community-based programs that provide the right amount of intensity can provide safe and effective alternatives to youth incarceration and residential placement. Details: Washington, DC. Youth Advocate Programs Policy & Advocacy Center, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2014 at: http://www.safelyhomecampaign.org/Portals/0/Documents/Safely%20Home%20Preview/safelyhome.pdf?ver=2.0 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132663

Author: Neal, Derek Title: The Prison Boom and the Lack of Black Progress after Smith and Welch Summary: More than two decades ago, Smith and Welch (1989) used the 1940 through 1980 census files to document important relative black progress. However, recent data indicate that this progress did not continue, at least among men. The growth of incarceration rates among black men in recent decades combined with the sharp drop in black employment rates during the Great Recession have left most black men in a position relative to white men that is really no better than the position they occupied only a few years after the Civil Rights Act of 1965. A move toward more punitive treatment of arrested offenders drove prison growth in recent decades, and this trend is evident among arrested offenders in every major crime category. Changes in the severity of corrections policies have had a much larger impact on black communities than white communities because arrest rates have historically been much greater for blacks than whites. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 20283: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Inequality Shelf Number: 132664

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Decriminalizing Indoor Prostitution: Implications for Sexual Violence and Public Health Summary: Most governments in the world including the United States prohibit prostitution. Given these types of laws rarely change and are fairly uniform across regions, our knowledge about the impact of decriminalizing sex work is largely conjectural. We exploit the fact that a Rhode Island District Court judge unexpectedly decriminalized indoor prostitution in 2003 to provide the first causal estimates of the impact of decriminalization on the composition of the sex market, rape offenses, and sexually transmitted infection outcomes. Not surprisingly, we find that decriminalization increased the size of the indoor market. However, we also find that decriminalization caused both forcible rape offenses and gonorrhea incidence to decline for the overall population. Our synthetic control model finds 824 fewer reported rape offenses (31 percent decrease) and 1,035 fewer cases of female gonorrhea (39 percent decrease) from 2004 to 2009. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 20281: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20281.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 132665

Author: Weisburd, David Title: Police and the Microgeography of Crime: Scientific Evaluations on the Effectiveness of Hot Spots and Places Summary: This Technical Note suggests that the focus of policing should be on very small geographic units of analysis, such as street segments or small groups of street blocks. Crime at place is not simply a proxy for larger area or community effects; indeed, basic research evidence suggests that crime primarily occurs at very small geographic units of place. This research is reinforced by strong experimental evidence of the effectiveness of place-based policing in reducing crime and disorder so as not to displace crime to nearby areas. In addition, the perception of legitimacy should be a key component of place-based policing programs. Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Technical Note No. IDB-TN-630: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument.aspx?docnum=38634466 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 132666

Author: Green, Alice P. Title: What Have We Done? Mass Incarceration and the Targeting of Albany's Black Males by Federal, State, and Local Authorities Summary: This is the third in a series of three reports released by the Center for Law and Justice in 2012. Two earlier reports described the alarming overrepresentation of minorities in the Capital Region criminal and juvenile justice systems. In this report, the Center documents the devastation wrought by recent arrest sweeps conducted in Albany minority communities by federal, state, and local authorities; as a result of the sweeps, scores of Albany's young African-American men have been sentenced to more than 600 years in prison for non-violent offenses. This additional punishment meted out to minorities for drug-related offenses upholds Albany County's dubious distinction as one of the most racially-disparate sentencing jurisdictions in the state. Section I of this report presents statistical data demonstrating the local impact of the "War on Drugs": the disproportionate representation of minorities among arrests, convictions, and sentences to state prison in Albany County. In one national study, Albany County ranked 5th in the nation in the ratio of African American to white drug admission rates. Although steps have recently been taken to reduce inequities in state and federal drug crime sentencing, law enforcement officials are now using a new tool to arrest and prosecute drug-related crimes alleged to have been committed by minorities: racketeering laws. Section II documents how young African-American men from Albany are now being subjected to additional years in prison, in some cases for committing no new crimes. Though law enforcement officials claimed to have been targeting serious offenses, many of Albany's black males were sentenced to serve a third of their young lives behind bars for merely having associated in one way or another --- either through a phone call, by enjoying similar music, by attending the same social function, or through some other seemingly innocuous connection --- with those suspected of criminal activity. Federal sweeps incarcerated 33 of Albany's young African-American males for a total of nearly 300 years, for non-violent crimes; a single state sweep sent 17 non-violent offenders, all minorities, to prison for a total of 317 years, for non-violent crimes. Section III provides historical context demonstrating that the mass incarceration of Albany's young black men is rooted in structural racism that perpetuates a racial caste system. Sustaining an era of the new Jim Crow, the "War on Drugs" launched in response to civil rights legislation in the 1960s replicates post-Civil War laws passed to discriminate against blacks in response to Reconstruction-era constitutional amendments. Just as the vast majority of those "hanged, shot and roasted alive" in nineteenth-century lynchings were not even charged with the crime (rape) for which the "sentence" was imposed, most imprisoned for hundreds of years as a result of twenty-first century Albany drug sweeps were sentenced not for the heinous crimes of murder, robbery, and assault trumpeted by investigators, but for non-violent convictions. Section IV describes the devastating individual and community consequences of mass incarceration. Section V explains that the enormous toll mass incarceration exacts on minority communities across the country can only be addressed through a two-pronged approach: a commitment by government entities to address the impact of mass incarceration, and a grass-roots social movement to educate and mobilize communities regarding "The New Jim Crow." Details: Albany, NY: Center for Law and Justice, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.cflj.org/cflj/what-have-we-done.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 129725

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Identifying Enemies Among Us: Evolving Terrorist Threats and the Continuing Challenges of Domestic Intelligence Collection and Information Sharing Summary: This report summarizes the discussions at a seminar organized and hosted by the RAND Corporation at which a group of acting and former senior government and law enforcement officials, practitioners, and experts examined domestic intelligence operations and information sharing as these relate to terrorist threats. The collective experience of the participants spanned the breadth of the homeland security apparatus. The participants included officials who have served or are serving in the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the Department of Defense (DoD), state and local law enforcement agencies, first-responder organizations, and state-level homeland security agencies. A similar group met three years ago to discuss lessons learned from avoiding terrorist attacks at home, the role of DHS's Bureau of Intelligence and Analysis, and the value and focus of fusion centers. One of the goals of the meeting reported here was to measure how much progress was being made (or not made, as the case may be) in several critical areas of homeland security. The seminar was conducted within RAND's continuing program of self-initiated research. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/conf_proceedings/CF300/CF317/RAND_CF317.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 111284

Author: Nakanishi, Yuko, Consultant Title: Practices to Protect Bus Operators from Passenger Assault Summary: This synthesis report addresses the important issue of protecting bus operators from passenger assault. The key elements of the synthesis study included a survey of transit agencies with a 75% (66/88) response rate, profiles of security practices, and a literature summary. Although serious crime in transit systems is relatively rare and constitutes a small percentage of overall crime, even one serious incident of violence can make media headlines and diminish the perception of security, especially if the crime is against the transit operator. Assaults on operators have caused worker absence, productivity issues, and increased levels of stress for the victim and for coworkers. Minor incidents can be precursors to more serious violence against operators. Therefore, it is important that transit agencies address the issue of operator assaults before they become problematic. "Assault" of a bus operator is defined broadly in this synthesis and includes acts of aggression that may or may not cause physical injury to the operator. Assault is defined as: Overt physical and verbal acts by a passenger that interfere with the mission of a bus operator-to complete his or her scheduled run safely-and that adversely affect the safety of the operator and customers. Bus operator protection measures ranging from policing, personnel, and training to technology, information management, policy, and legislation were identified and explored in this synthesis study. Transit agencies face different challenges and problems, along with different sets of institutional, legal, and budgetary constraints; these issues typically are considered when agencies select and implement security measures. Some measures are more appropriate for preventing certain types of attacks. For instance, conflict mitigation training is appropriate for reducing assaults emanating from disputes, whereas barriers may be more useful in protecting the operator against spontaneous attacks. Some measures, such as emergency communications and vehicle location technologies, focus on improving incident response. Video surveillance is useful for deterrence as well as for identification and prosecution of assailants. Audio surveillance is especially useful in addressing verbal attacks and threats. Agencies have helped to enact legislation on enhanced penalties for operator assault and have established agency policies such as suspending service for violating transit agency rules. The characteristics of assailants also influence the protection method. If most are teenagers, a school outreach program may mitigate assaults. If gang-related assaults are increasing, close cooperation with local law enforcement could be key. The synthesis survey requested respondents to describe their bus system and security characteristics; their policies on fare and rules enforcement; characteristics of bus operator assaults; and their assault prevention and mitigation practices, including training, hiring, use of officers and patrols, technology, and self-defense tools and training. The survey was distributed to 88 multimodal and bus-only transit agencies representing large, medium, and small U.S. agencies; the survey was also sent to several Canadian agencies and to one Chinese bus rapid transit system. Survey respondents represented large, medium, and small agencies and were geographically diverse. In general, the primary security provider for the respondents was local, county, or state or provincial police; more than a third used a combination of security providers. Respondents that indicated having transit police departments were generally large or midsize agencies. Practically all agencies have a standard operating procedure in place for response to bus operator assaults. About half of the survey respondents stated that their local laws provided more severe punishments for assaults against bus operators than for some other assaults. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2011. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Synthesis 93: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.tcrponline.org/PDFDocuments/tsyn93.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 132668

Author: Green, Alice P. Title: Pathway to Change: African Americans and Community Policing in Albany Summary: Steven Krokoff has been the Chief of Police in Albany, New York for three years. His selection was the first police chief appointment in history to require the approval of the city's governing body, the Albany Common Council. Krokoff's predecessor, James Tuffey, had retired abruptly after allegations that he had uttered a racial epithet; Tuffey's departure capped decades of racial tensions between the police department and the community it serves. An extensive search process that relied heavily on community input culminated in the recommendation that Krokoff, the acting chief of the department who had proclaimed his complete commitment to community policing during the selection process, be appointed to the position. This report examines the extent to which the community's expectations have been met thus far. This document follows three reports published by the Center for Law and Justice (CFLJ) in 2012, documenting the disparate effects of the criminal justice system on people of color in the Capital Region. Two of those reports describe the manner in which local minorities are arrested, detained, convicted and incarcerated in proportions far greater than their representation in the general population. The third report depicts the impact of the "war on drugs" in Albany, resulting in the sentencing of scores of Albany's young African-American men to more than 600 years in prison for non-violent offenses. This report examines the current relationship between the police department and African Americans in Albany. Though racial tensions between the police department and African Americans date back to World War II, most observers point to the 1984 police killing of Jesse Davis in his Arbor Hill home as the catalyst for calls for change in the department. Davis, an unarmed, mentally ill black man was shot several times by police, including once in the back and once in the top of the head. The police officers claimed they had to shoot Davis because he came at them with a knife in one hand and a fork in the other. Though a grand jury cleared the police of any wrongdoing, a police department photograph uncovered years later showed Davis' lifeless body clutching only a key case in one hand and a toy truck in the other. Despite the public outrage that followed this disclosure, racial incidents involving the police and citizens persisted throughout the 1990's and into the twenty-first century. Given their first opportunity to provide input into the selection of a police chief in 2010, community members demanded a chief dedicated to "true" community policing; the department had made a few false starts down the community policing road in previous years. This report examines the performance of the Albany Police Department under the leadership of Steven Krokoff in six key areas: community policing; transparency; public protection and law enforcement; cultural competency; leadership and communication; and political independence. CFLJ concludes that although much progress has been made and there is now a palpable path to a mutually-respectful police/community partnership in Albany, there remains much work ahead before community policing is an everyday reality for African Americans in the city. Recommendations are made for action by the police department, by the Albany Common Council, and by members of the community. Details: Albany, NY: Center for Law & Justice, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.cflj.org/cflj/PathwaytoChange.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 132669

Author: Green, Alice P. Title: The Disproportionate Impact of the Criminal Justice System on People of Color in the Capital Region Summary: This report, the first in a series of three by the Center for Law and Justice examining the impact of federal, state and local criminal justice system practices on minorities in the Capital Region, details the overrepresentation of minorities among Capital Region arrests, convictions, and sentences to state prison. It further chronicles the devastating impact the criminal justice system has on minority individuals and communities, and makes recommendations for change. Section I of the report presents statistical data culled from state and local criminal justice agencies and the United States Census Bureau to demonstrate the disproportionate representation of minorities among arrests, convictions, and sentences to state prison in Albany, Rensselaer, and Schenectady counties. The percentage of Capital Region arrests and convictions that are minorities is twice their representation in the general population, and the percentage of minorities among prison sentences is as high as almost four times greater than their representation in the general population. Contrary to the sometimes asserted contention that this is due to a higher rate of commission of crimes by minorities, the literature indicates that this disproportionality is more likely due to facially neutral policies that have racially disparate effects. Section II explains the concept of the "collateral consequences" of a criminal conviction: conditions that, beyond the actual incarcerative sentence, often attach automatically upon conviction. Conviction and/or incarceration can impose highly restrictive educational, employment, housing, and civic conditions on an individual, including losing the right to vote. In addition to the destructive consequences of a criminal conviction to individuals, mass incarceration of people of color wreaks havoc in the neighborhoods in which they reside, resulting in severely impoverished communities. Section III describes the historic impact of the federal "War on Drugs" and New York's Rockefeller Drug Laws on the mass incarceration of Capital Region people of color. In 2002, Albany County had one of the highest drug crime prison admission rates in the entire country, and one of the most racially disproportionate rates. More recent data from 2011 indicate that Albany County maintains its dubious distinction of having comparatively higher (and more racially disparate) prison admission rates than other jurisdictions in the state. Section IV examines the relationships between the police department and the community in the cities of Albany, Troy and Schenectady. All three departments have expressed a commitment to "community policing," and the extent to which each department has operationalized this commitment is assessed. Section V considers the Capital Region statistics in the context of "The New Jim Crow" movement, which asserts that mass incarceration serves to maintain a racial caste system that denies education, employment, housing, and voting rights to those who carry the label "felon," in much the same way that the post-Civil War Jim Crow laws denied rights to blacks. Lastly, Section VI provides recommendations for change. Details: Albany, NY: Center for Law and Justice, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.cflj.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/The-Disproportionate-Impact-of-the-Criminal-Justice-System-on-People-of-Color-in-the-Capital-Region.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 132670

Author: Cohen, Jay Title: Making Public-Private Security Cooperation More Efficient, Effective and Sustainable. Recommendations of the Task Force Summary: A global economy has empowered criminals and terrorists on a global scale. Embedded across far-flung production, trade and investment networks, illicit trafficking in high-tech data and equipment, narcotics, arms and counterfeit goods has laid bare the weaknesses of topdown government controls. The challenges of preventing illicit transshipment and other misappropriations of sensitive technologies have never been more urgent. In this report, Stimson's Partners in Prevention Task Force presents its final recommendations to US government and industry stakeholders for combating these threats through public-private partnerships that more effectively harness the power of decentralized, market-based incentives. Individually actionable but collectively diverse, these seven targeted proposals follow an 18-month Stimson collaboration with hundreds of industry partners spanning high-tech manufacturers and service providers, transport and logistics firms, and insurance providers. With the rise of a global marketplace, finding more innovative ways to leverage the resources, agility and expertise of the private sector is essential - and not just for "security," narrowly understood. It will also go far in shaping the future of US global influence and leadership. The Task Force proposals connect that strategic imperative with pragmatic steps forward. Details: Washington, DC: The Stimson Center, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.stimson.org/images/uploads/pip_public-private_security_task_force_recs.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132673

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Cross-Jurisdictional Task Forces on the Border: Targeting Drugs and Violence in San Diego County Summary: In 2013, San Diego County had a total of 20 cross-jurisdictional task forces with the goal of targeting drug trafficking and violence that stemmed from the U.S.- Mexico border. The current project, which was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), was conducted to better understand how these task forces operated, their short- and long-term benefits, and where opportunities for improvement may exist. Because much of the research on task forces is dated, relies on limited data sources, and is not generalizable (due to the multiple functions and permutations that task forces can take), this report is useful to law enforcement both in San Diego County, as well as other jurisdictions across the country interested in better understanding task forces targeting drug-related crime and violence that involve local, state, and federal partners. This CJ Bulletin summarizes the top ten lessons learned from this three-year research project. Details: San Diego, CA: SANDAG, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: A SANDAG CJ Bulletin: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1823_17169.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132676

Author: Hahn, Josephine Wonsun Title: Mental Health and Juvenile Justice: An Impact Evaluation of a Community-Based in Queens, New York Summary: In October 2008, QUEST Futures was launched by the Center for Court Innovation, in collaboration with the New York City Office of the Criminal Justice Coordinator, the Queens Family Court, the New York City Departments of Law, Health and Mental Hygiene, and Probation, The Legal Aid Society, and other citywide juvenile justice and mental health agencies. QUEST Futures is a comprehensive intervention designed to reduce recidivism by engaging justice-involved youth and their families with mental health treatment and other services. The intervention works in conjunction with an alternative-to-detention (ATD) program, Queens Engagement Strategies for Teens (QUEST), which provides community supervision and afterschool programming for youths with juvenile delinquency cases in the Queens Family Court. QUEST participants are screened for mental health concerns, and those with a qualifying disorder are eligible to participate in QUEST Futures. This study assesses the impact of QUEST Futures on recidivism, warrants issued for failure to appear in court, days spent in detention, and juvenile delinquency case outcomes. A companion process evaluation was previously published in 2012. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2014 at: http://www.iacpyouth.org/Portals/0/Resources/QUEST_Futures_Impact_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Detention Shelf Number: 132677

Author: Schulz, Dorothy Moses Title: Video Surveillance Uses by Rail Transit Agencies Summary: Previous TCRP reports, notably Electronic Surveillance Technologies on Transit Vehicles (Maier and Malone 2001) and Transit Security Update (Nakanishi 2009), have studied overall security and the use of electronic video surveillance technology in the transit environment. Improving Transit Security (Needle and Cobb 1997) and Guidelines for the Effective Use of Uniformed Transit Police and Security Personnel (Interactive Elements Inc. 1997) considered how transit agencies were using video surveillance as part of their overall security strategies, primarily in conjunction with uniformed patrol by police or security officers. Most of the examples and case studies in earlier reports combined discussions of the use of electronic video surveillance cameras in bus and rail systems and few considered nonsecurity uses of such technology. This synthesis differs from the earlier ones in several ways. It is the first synthesis to document the current use of electronic video surveillance technology solely by passenger rail agencies and to consider the totality of its use, including onboard railcars and along the right-of-way (ROW). The synthesis also describes current administrative policies on monitoring video images either in real time or for post-event analysis; policies on archiving and storing images and access to them by employees, other public agencies (primarily police), and the general public; and funding sources for installing new or upgrading existing video surveillance systems. Results of a survey emailed to passenger rail agencies throughout the United States are used to document important issues, including the following: - The percentage of stations, station platforms, or shelters where surveillance is employed and how decisions are made on which locations to cover. - The percentage of railcars in which onboard surveillance is employed and how decisions are made on which vehicles to cover. - Whether video surveillance is employed along the ROW and, if so, where. - The type of video surveillance systems in use and any special features they may utilize. - Policies pertaining to monitoring, recording, and archiving images, including chain of custody policies. - Purposes other than for crime/vandalism prevention for which surveillance is employed and its perceived effectiveness for those applications. - Whether patrons or employees have been surveyed regarding their perceptions of security and, if so, what those perceptions are. - Funding sources for installing and/or upgrading electronic video surveillance systems. - Existing plans for installing video surveillance systems in new vehicles or stations. Forty-three completed surveys were received from the 58 passenger rail agencies to which questionnaires were sent, a response rate of 73%. Five agencies were selected as case study sites because they reflected a variety of modes, had different security configurations (transit police or reliance on local agencies), and were upgrading their systems to include technologies that other agencies are likely to be considering. These agencies provided opportunities to share information in a lessons-learned format. Agencies that did not employ surveillance technology were encouraged to complete the survey by answering two brief questions: (1) whether the agency was considering installing a surveillance system and, if so, where, or (2) whether the agency was not considering installing a surveillance system and, if so, why not. All the responding agencies employed video surveillance in some capacity. Although the authors cannot speak for agencies that did not respond, it is reasonable to say that all passenger rail transit agencies make at least some use of electronic video surveillance on their property. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2011. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Synthesis 90: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/tcrp/tcrp_syn_90.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 132681

Author: Scott, Katreena Title: Parenting Interventions for Men Who Batter Summary: This paper explores how fathers who have battered might be best included in interventions that improve outcomes for women and child survivors of domestic violence. Specifically, the paper explores the question: What form of parenting intervention should we consider for fathers who batter? To address this question, we begin by describing what we know about fathers who batter. We then highlight common features of pioneering parenting programs for men who batter. Finally, we discuss current debate about how we can best provide services to fathers in a way that will protect women and children. A companion paper, entitled �Practical Considerations for Parenting Interventions for Men who Batter� adds to this review by considering issues of recruitment, program organization, content of intervention, and collaborative inter-agency practice. Details: Harrisburg, PA: VAWnet, a project of the National Resource Center on Domestic Violence, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.vawnet.org/Assoc_Files_VAWnet/AR_ParentingInterventions.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 132682

Author: Bradford, Spike Title: Virginia's Justice System: Expensive, Ineffective and Unfair Summary: With the 8th highest jail incarceration rate in the U.S., 1 of every 214 adult Virginians is behind bars in county jails across the state; African-American youth over-represented in the juvenile justice system; and the Commonwealth's overreliance on incarceration largely as a result of arresting Virginians for drug offenses - Virginia has an over-burdened correctional system unable to consistently provide services or safety. Virginia's Justice System: Expensive, Ineffective and Unfair points to reforms that, if implemented, would result in relief for Virginians directly impacted by the justice system and taxpayers alike. The policy brief -- the first in a series of publications being released by JPI as a group of justice advocates and concerned stakeholders have been meeting in the Commonwealth to discuss pushing for reforms -- is an overview of the Commonwealth's adult and youth justice system, which identifies areas of progress - like the recent effort to re-enfranchise formerly incarcerated residents with voting rights and other civil rights - and also identifies solutions to revise ineffective policies and practices of the past that remain in place. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/va_justice_system_expensive_ineffective_and_unfair_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 132686

Author: Evans, Douglas N. Title: Compensating Victims of Crime Summary: Victims of violent crime are often unable to access financial compensation to offset the costs of victimization (e.g., medical, lost wages, funeral expenses) despite the massive amounts of money set aside for just that purpose. Currently, there is about $11 billion in the federal Crime Victims Fund (CVF). Less than 10 percent of this amount is allocated to state victim compensation programs. This report explores the funding mechanisms used by federal and state governments to compensate victims of crime and it describes the administrative and policy problems in these systems. The report offers several recommendations for improvement. States have their own methods for funding victim compensation, but a gradual increase in spending of CVF funds could address the need for compensation among thousands of crime victims who never receive any support from the existing system. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2014/06/jf_johnjay3.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Compensation Shelf Number: 132687

Author: Evans, Douglas N. Title: Punishment Without End Summary: Criminal justice punishments are an investment that societies make to protect the safety and order of communities. Following decades of rising prison populations, however, U.S. policymakers are beginning to wonder if they have invested too much in punishment. Policies adopted in previous decades now incarcerate large numbers of Americans and impose considerable costs on states. Mass incarceration policies are costly and potentially iatrogenic-i.e. they may transform offenders into repeat offenders. Public officials and citizens alike often assume that known offenders pose a permanent risk of future offending. This belief entangles millions of offenders in the justice system for life, with little hope of being fully restored to a non-criminal status. Yet, research indicates that risks posed by ex-offenders decline over time. At some point, which this report terms "risk convergence," the probability that an ex-offender will commit a new offense reaches a level that is indistinguishable from the general public. Societies gain nothing from ineffective and inefficient criminal justice policies that impose punishments on offenders far beyond the point of risk convergence. These policies waste resources and hinder ex-offenders struggling to rebuild legitimate lives when they pose no greater risk to the public safety than any of their neighbors. There are, of course, solutions to this problem. This report addresses some of the solutions being implemented across the country. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2014/07/jf_johnjay1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 132688

Author: Cox, Stephen M. Title: Evaluation of the Court Support Services Division's Probation Transition Program and Technical Violation Unit Summary: In response to Public Act 04- 234, An Act Concerning Prison Overcrowding, the Court Support Services Division within the Judicial Branch designed and implemented two pilot probation programs that sought to decrease probation violations and subsequent incarceration. These programs are the Probation Transition Program (PTP) and the Technical Violation Unit (TVU). Description of the Probation Transition Program and Technical Violation Unit The PTP targets inmates who have terms of probation upon their discharge from the Department of Correction (e.g., those discharged at the end of sentence from a correctional facility, halfway house, parole, transitional supervision or a furlough). The goal of this program is to increase the likelihood of a successful probation period for split sentence probationers by reducing the number and intensity of technical violations during the initial period of probation. The TVU also focuses on probationers about to be violated for technical reasons (e.g., deliberate or repeated non-compliance with court ordered conditions, reporting requirements, and service treatment requirements). However, it addresses all probationers regardless of whether they have been incarcerated or not. The goal of the TVU is to reduce the number of probationers sentenced to incarceration as a result of technical violations of probation. Prior Research on Probation Best Practices These programs were created around best practices of probation. Prior probation research brings forward several important issues that were considered during the development of the PTP and the TVU. These are: (1) probation violation rates have been found to be as low as 12% and as high as 62%; (2) while probation violations have led to increased prison populations, little is known as to the extent that these increases are the result of new offenses or technical violations (although the majority of probation violators sent to prison are for technical violations); (3) substance abuse issues among probationers are highly related to probation violations; (4) probation supervision techniques that are less controlling and enforcement oriented are more effective; (5) better communication between probation officers and other court personnel result in lower incarceration rates of probation violators; (6) role clarity and comprehensive training of probation officers on rehabilitation principles increases probation officers' receptiveness to less strict control and enforcement oriented supervision. Evaluation Description and Findings To measure the effectiveness of the PTP and the TVU programs in reducing probation violations and reincarceration, the Court Support Services Division contracted with faculty from the Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice at Central Connecticut State University (CCSU) to conduct a process and outcome evaluation of these programs. The evaluation used both qualitative and quantitative research methods in assessing the implementation of the two probation programs and its effects on program participants. This report presents the findings from this evaluation. Details: New Britain, CT: Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Central Connecticut State University, 2005. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.jud.ct.gov/external/news/ProbPilot.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Probation Shelf Number: 132689

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Reentry Matters: Strategies and Successes of Second Chance Act Grantees Across the United States Summary: With over 95 percent of people in the nation's state prisons expected to be released at some point, officials at all levels of government recognize the need for initiatives to support the successful reentry of these individuals to their communities. For the estimated 60,000 youth incarcerated in juvenile detention and correctional facilities on any given day, there is a particular urgency to help them avoid crime and improve their prospects for a successful future when released. In 2008, Congress responded to these needs by passing the Second Chance Act, first-of-its-kind legislation that was enacted with bipartisan support and backed by a broad spectrum of leaders in law enforcement, corrections, courts, behavioral health, and other areas. The legislation authorizes federal grants that support reentry programs for adults and juveniles, nearly 600 of which have been awarded to government agencies and nonprofit organizations in 49 states by the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Justice Programs. The program snapshots below illustrate the positive impact these reentry initiatives can have by focusing on areas vital to reintegration back into the community, including employment, education, mentoring, and substance abuse and mental health treatment. Also highlighted are programs that address the needs of a particular population, such as youth, women, and tribal communities. Representing a wide range of populations served, these programs also demonstrate the diversity of approaches that can address recidivism and increase public safety. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/ReentryMatters.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 132690

Author: Amnesty International Title: Entombed: Isolation in the U.S. Federal Prison System Summary: The USA incarcerates thousands of prisoners in long-term or indefinite solitary confinement. This report describes Amnesty International's concerns about conditions of severe isolation at the United States Penitentiary, Administrative Maximum (ADX) facility in Colorado, currently the only super-maximum security prison operated by the federal government. It also examines conditions in Special Management Units (SMUs) and Security Housing Units (SHUs) operated at other federal prison facilities. Since Amnesty International toured ADX prison in 2001 subsequent requests to return to the facility have been denied. The organisation is concerned that as conditions of isolation within federal prisons have become more severe, external oversight of the facilities has declined. With prisoners held in their cells for 22-24 hours a day in severe physical and social isolation, Amnesty International believes the conditions described in this report breach international standards for the humane treatment of prisoners. Many have been held in isolation for prolonged or indefinite periods - without a means to change their circumstances - amounting to a violation of the prohibition against cruel inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment under international law. The report also details disturbing evidence of prisoners with serious mental illness being detained in harsh isolated conditions without adequate screening, treatment or monitoring. Details: London: AI, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.amnesty.org/sites/impact.amnesty.org/files/P4384USAEntombedReportFinalWeb15072014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 132691

Author: Chan, Jason Title: The Internet and Hate Crime: Offline Spillovers from Online Access Summary: ICTs such as the Internet have had profound effects, both positive and negative, on many aspects of our lives and thereby on the society we live in. As the Internet's use has expanded, the possibility of using this ICT for unlawful activity has grown as well. In this paper we investigate whether the Internet has affected the prevalence of racially-driven hate crime by giving extremists access to a broader set of potential audiences. In order to better understand the link, we study the extent to which broadband availability affected racial hate crimes in the U.S. from 2000 - 2008. We deploy a set of econometric techniques to account for biases that may be present in the estimations. After controlling for estimation biases, we find strong evidence across multiple specifications that Internet availability increases racial hate crimes. We also find that the results are stronger in areas with greater racial segregation and areas with greater levels of urbanization. Our analyses suggest that the Internet-induced increase in racial hate crime is not due to an increase in crime reporting levels facilitated by broadband growth. These results shed light on one of the many offline spillovers from increased online access. Details: New York: New York University - Leonard N. Stern School of Business, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: NET Institute Working Paper No. 13-02 : Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2335637 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132697

Author: Muhuri, Pradip K. Title: Associations of Nonmedical Pain Reliever Use and Initiation of Heroin Use in the United States Summary: Recent increases in the annual number of persons in the United States who used heroin for the first time have raised concerns that prior nonmedical use of prescription pain relievers may have led to heroin use in many people. This study examines the recent trends in heroin initiation, including the role of nonmedical prescription pain reliever use in the heroin trend among persons aged 12 to 49. Pooling data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) conducted annually from 2002 through 2011, the study finds that the recent (12 months preceding interview) heroin incidence rate was 19 times higher among those who reported prior nonmedical pain reliever (NMPR) use than among those who did not (0.39 vs. 0.02 percent). In contrast, the recent NMPR incidence rate was almost 2 times higher among those who reported prior heroin use than who did not (2.8 vs. 1.6 percent). Four out of five recent heroin initiates (79.5 percent) previously used NMPR whereas only 1.0 percent of recent NMPR initiates had prior use of heroin. However, the vast majority of NMPR users have not progressed to heroin use. Only 3.6 percent of NMPR initiates had initiated heroin use within the 5-year period following first NMPR use. The study contributes important new data to improve understanding of the role of prior NMPR use in initiation of heroin use in the U.S. general population. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, SAMHSA, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: CBHSQ Data Review: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DataReview/DR006/nonmedical-pain-reliever-use-2013.htm Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132698

Author: Narr, Tony Title: Police Management of Mass Demonstrations: Identifying Issues and Successful Approaches Summary: Perhaps there is no greater challenge for police officers in a democracy than that of managing mass demonstrations. It is here, after all, where the competing goals of maintaining order and protecting the freedoms of speech and assembly meet. Police in the United States have a long history of handling mass demonstrations. During the 1960s and throughout the Vietnam War era, American law enforcement was tested time and again on how to best manage mass protest demonstrations. Often the police succeeded brilliantly in peacefully managing hundreds of thousands of demonstrators. At other times, the actions of the police became the unintended focus of protesters and the centerpiece of media coverage of the event. Tough lessons were learned during this period. In the relative calm that followed for almost twenty years, police attention to preparedness for mass demonstration events assumed a lower priority than it had in previous decades. The 1999 Seattle World Trade Organization (WTO) protest changed all that, sending shock waves felt by police agencies around the world. By all accounts, the events that took place in Seattle and the reactions of the police became a vital lesson for police everywhere-learn from this experience or risk repeating it. In fact, then-Chief of Police Norm Stamper came to a Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) meeting shortly after the WTO demonstration and shared the lessons that grew out of Seattle. I recall Chuck Ramsey, Chief of Police in Washington, D.C., and John Timoney, then-commissioner of the Philadelphia Police Department (and who later became Chief of Police in Miami), listening carefully to those lessons. Both chiefs would later be tested by major mass demonstration events in their own cities. Since the events in Seattle, we have endured the events of September 11, 2001. These, too, have had an impact on how police handle mass demonstrations. If our concern before focused primarily on out-of-control demonstrators or anarchists, today police executives must be mindful that large-scale events may represent an opportunity for terrorists to carry out their own agenda in a very public and dangerous way. As such, the challenge of policing mass demonstrations highlights a number of issues for today's police executive, including How to effectively manage police resources to deal with large numbers of people who may be either expressing their fundamental constitutional right to protest or who simply are gathering spontaneously after a major sports victory; How to work with business/community members who are not involved in the demonstration/celebration but who have an expectation that the police will protect them and their property from unlawful or destructive behavior; How to effectively gather information for a planned or spontaneous mass demonstration; How to integrate local, state and federal resources- and maintain accountability; How to identify the policy issues and what procedures and safeguards should be in place for mass arrests; Determining what level of force should be used when demonstrators become unruly and who gives the command to use it; and n Clarifying the role of the agency's chief executive before, during and after an event. Who is in charge of managing the demonstration? These questions and many more are the focus of this publication. This report is not so much a detailed, operational guide as it is an overview of the major issues to consider when planning the police role in managing a mass demonstration. While most police chiefs will be aware of a great many of the issues raised, this report sheds light on a number of issues that are not as easily recognized for their potential to derail the efforts of police. Our hope is to offer police executives and operational commanders a snapshot of lessons already learned and a roadmap through the steps they will take in preparation for future major mass demonstration events. This report is part of the PERF Critical Issues publication series, and we are very grateful for Motorola, Inc.'s, support of this effort. We are especially grateful to the police chiefs and their staffs who contributed their time and ideas to this project. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2006. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/police%20management%20of%20mass%20demonstrations%20-%20identifying%20issues%20and%20successful%20approaches%202006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 130801

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Improving the Police Response To Sexual Assault Summary: PERF's Summit on "Improving the Police Response to Sexual Assaults," was held on September 23, 2011. This conference brought together approximately 150 police executives, leaders of women's and crime victim organizations, FBI leaders and other federal officials, and others to explore weaknesses in the investigation of sexual assault crimes.At PERF's conference, police executives described several initiatives that have been undertaken to prevent improper "unfounding" of cases, including: - Conducting audits of past cases to identify improperly classified cases; - Eliminating the authority of patrol officers to determine that a case is unfounded, and requiring approval of superior officers to classify a case as unfounded; - Working with advocacy groups to improve transparency and oversight of policing handling of sexual assault cases; and - Improved training of officers regarding the dynamics of rape and how they differ from other crimes. For example, rape victims often feel shame, embarrassment, or stigma that victims of robbery or other serious crimes do not experience. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/improving%20the%20police%20response%20to%20sexual%20assault%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 130802

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Labor-Management Relations in Policing: Looking to the Future and Finding Common Ground Summary: This report, the 18th in PERF's "Critical Issues in Policing" series produced with the support of the Motorola Solutions Foundation, delves into the intricacies of the relationship between labor and management in policing. Interactions between police unions and police executives impact nearly every aspect of law enforcement, including discipline, policy issues, the public image of policing, and managing budgets. A civil working relationship between labor leaders and police chiefs is necessary to make progress on these issues, but it can be a challenge to cultivate and maintain such a relationship. This report looks into the ways that police chiefs and labor officials have worked together to advance the interests of the police department and the community, despite their different roles and perspectives. As always, Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed July 16, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/labor-management%20relations%20in%20policing%20-%20looking%20to%20the%20future%20and%20finding%20common%20ground%202011.pdf Year: 130803 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 2011

Author: Zajac, Gary Title: An Examination of Pennsylvania's Rural County Prison Systems Summary: This study explores issues surrounding the operation of the 44 rural county jails in Pennsylvania. County jails house two primary categories of inmates - presentenced detainees and sentenced inmates. Presentenced detainees are inmates who have not made bail or have not yet been sentenced (and may or may not yet have been convicted of an offense). Some of these presentenced detainees may be bailed at any moment, and, thus, are in custody for widely varying lengths of time. At any given time, over half of a county jail's population may be presentenced detainees. Sentenced inmates are those who have been convicted and are serving their sentence in a county facility. Sentenced inmates in county jails nationwide typically have sentences of less than one year, but in Pennsylvania they can serve up to two years or more. County jails in general face a unique set of challenges, including large numbers of inmates who spend only a very short time in custody, difficulty in classifying and assessing a short-term inmate population, challenges in providing treatment services to inmates who may be in custody for only a short period, and financial issues related inmate medical costs and strained county budgets. County jails are often quite small, in some cases housing just over 20 inmates, making it difficult to maintain specialized staff positions to deliver needed services to inmates. In Pennsylvania, county jails in recent years have begun to serve as a relief valve for the increasingly strained state prison system. The state system has transferred hundreds of inmates to county jails since 2009, as many of these jails have excess capacity. The current study examines trends in rural county jail populations and demographics, jail capacity, capital projects and development (undertaken and planned), budgets, and staffing over the period 2004 through 2011. This study also documents types of treatment programs and services being offered at the jails and compares them to what is known about effective offender rehabilitation practices. Finally, this study also explores fiscal and other challenges facing the 44 rural county jails. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2012. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://justicecenter.psu.edu/research/documents/JailsFinalReportJusticeCenterversion.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 131699

Author: Davis, Paul K. Title: Using Behavioral Indicators to Help Detect Potential Violent Acts : A Review of the Science Summary: Government organizations have put substantial effort into detecting and thwarting terrorist and insurgent attacks by observing suspicious behaviors of individuals at transportation checkpoints and elsewhere. Related technologies and methodologies abound, but their volume and diversity has sometimes been overwhelming. Also, effectiveness claims sometimes lack a clear basis in science and technology. The RAND Corporation was asked to review the literature to characterize the base in behavioral sciences relevant to threat detection, in part to help set priorities for special attention and investment. Our study focused on the science base for using new or nontraditional technologies and methods to observe behaviors and how the data gathered from doing so might-especially when used with other information-help detect potential violent attacks, such as by suicide bombers or, as a very different example, insurgents laying improvised explosive devices (IEDs). Behavioral indicators may help identify individuals meriting additional observation in an operational context. For that context, security personnel at a checkpoint are assessing whether an individual poses some risk in the limited sense of meriting more extensive and perhaps aggressive screening, follow-up monitoring, or intercept. They obtain information directly, query databases and future versions of information-fusion centers ("pull"), and are automatically provided alerts and other data ("push"). They report information that can be used subsequently. In some cases, behaviors of a number of individuals over time might suggest a potential ongoing attack, even if the individuals are only pawns performing such narrow tasks as obtaining information. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 306p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR200/RR215/RAND_RR215.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Analysis Shelf Number: 132701

Author: Steblay, Nancy K. Title: Double-Blind Sequential Police Lineup Procedures: Toward an Integrated Laboratory & Field Practice Perspective Summary: The project purpose was to join behavioral data from scientific research, current field experience, and new laboratory investigation to advance knowledge of best police lineup practice for law enforcement and research communities. The project was a collaborative effort between the Hennepin County (Minnesota) Attorney�s Office and the PI�s research laboratory. Three data collection and analysis components were completed: (1) Hennepin County�s pilot implementation of double-blind sequential lineup procedures, including 280 field lineups; (2) a laboratory evaluation of the quality of the Hennepin County lineups; and (3) an experimental laboratory test of how revisions to prescribed lineup protocol affect eyewitness lineup decisions. The Hennepin County (HC) results indicate a successful application of double-blind sequential lineups to street investigations. Double-blind sequential lineups are now established county-wide, providing a standardized scientifically-based lineup procedure that has been demonstrated to be practicable in real cases. HC field data and laboratory test data converged to demonstrate increased misidentifications when a witness is allowed to view the lineup more than once. The lab study also revealed how reduced lineup size�attrition due to the witness�s recognition of fillers�can negatively affect eyewitness identification accuracy. Completed grant objectives included: (1) Descriptive data providing the first available baseline measure for blind sequential field lineup practice; (2) Summary of the field lineup implementation process; (3) A laboratory test of the impact on eyewitness decisions of an opportunity for repeated viewing of the sequential lineup (4) A laboratory test of the effect on eyewitness decisions of a reduction in lineup size through witness familiarity with fillers; (5) Integration of laboratory and field data to generate practical, empirical, and theoretical knowledge of effective lineup procedure; and (6) Practical and scholarly presentations and publications as appropriate to law enforcement professionals, the psycho-legal research community, and the NIJ Data Resource Program. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2007. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://web.augsburg.edu/~steblay/March2007_Final_NIJ_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Eyewitness Identification Shelf Number: 132702

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Burglary in Alaska: 1985 -- 2012 Summary: This fact sheet presents Uniform Crime Report (UCR) statistics from the Alaska Department of Public Safety (DPS), Criminal Records & Identification Bureau (CRIB) for the period from 1985 to 2012. The data presented focuses exclusively on the property crime of burglary, and includes burglary rates, time and place of occurrence, and the value of property stolen during burglaries reported to police. These data were extracted from DPS�s Crime in Alaska publications. According to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), approximately one-third of all burglaries are reported to the police. Therefore, data presented in this fact sheet should not be considered indicative of the true rate of burglary in Alaska. Rather, this fact sheet presents data only on burglaries reported to police. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Center, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/ajsac/2014/ajsac.14-01.burglary.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 132703

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Is Public Safety Realignment Reducing Recidivism in California? Summary: California has had one of the highest recidivism rates in the nation for more than a decade. This contributed to overcrowding in the state's expensive prison system and helped to motivate wide-ranging corrections reform legislation in 2011, commonly referred to as public safety realignment. Realignment essentially halted the practice of sending parole violators back to state prison and instead made counties responsible for supervising and sanctioning most released offenders. It also cut in half the maximum sentence for a supervision violation-from one year to six months. How are these changes affecting the state's recidivism rates? We find that the post-realignment period has not seen dramatic changes in arrests or convictions of released offenders. In the context of realignment's broad reforms to the corrections system, our findings suggest that offender behavior has not changed substantially. Overall arrest rates of released offenders are down slightly, with the proportion of those arrested within a year of release declining by 2 percentage points. At the same time, the proportion of those arrested multiple times has increased noticeably, by about 7 percentage points. These higher multiple arrest rates may reflect the substantial increase in the time that released offenders spend on the streets-a result of counties' limited jail capacity (Lofstrom and Raphael 2013). Convictions among released offenders have increased, but this increase does not appear to reflect changes in offender behavior so much as changes in arrest procedures and prosecutorial approaches. The likelihood that an arrest will lead to a conviction has increased by roughly 3 percentage points. Furthermore, the proportion of released offenders who are actually convicted has increased about 1.2 percentage points-a small but statistically significant rise-and nearly all of these new convictions are for felonies. Together, these findings suggest that new offenses are increasingly being processed through the courts as formal felony charges and convictions, rather than as technical violations through the Board of Parole Hearings. Finally, our analysis shows that realignment has, as intended, led to a considerable 33 percentage point drop in the proportion of released inmates who are returned to state prison. This demonstrates that realignment has made substantial progress in one of its main goals: reducing the use of prison as a sanction for parole violations and minor criminal offenses. Taken together, our findings suggest that county efforts are at least partly offsetting the effects of increased street time among released offenders. Changes in arrest and conviction rates have been modest-but these rates remain high in the post-realignment period. State and local authorities need to develop more effective, targeted policies aimed at both deterring crime and connecting released offenders to rehabilitative services. California needs such strategies to bring recidivism rates down to levels that will relieve pressure on state prison and county jails, and help the state reach the federally mandated prison population threshold. Details: Sacramento: Public Policy Institute of California, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_614MLR.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 132704

Author: David-Ferdon, Corinne Title: Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action Summary: All forms of violence, including youth violence, suicidal behavior, child maltreatment, sexual violence, intimate partner violence, and elder abuse, negatively affect the health and well-being of our country. Youth violence, in particular, is a significant public health problem. Each and every day, approximately 13 young people in the United States are victims of homicide and an additional 1,642 visit our hospital emergency departments because of physical assault-related injuries. Among high school students, 1 in 4 report being in at least one physical fight and 1 in 5 report being bullied in the last year. Youth who are victims of violence also have a higher risk for many other poor physical and mental health problems, including smoking, obesity, high-risk sexual behavior, asthma, depression, academic problems, and suicide. Young people are frequently the ones hurting other youth and commit a significant proportion of the violence in communities-youth aged 10-24 years represented 40% of all arrests for violent crimes in 2012. The damage resulting from youth violence extends beyond the young perpetrators and victims. Each year, youth homicides and nonfatal assault injuries result in an estimated $17.5 billion in combined medical and lost productivity costs. Violence can increase health care costs for everyone, decrease property values, and disrupt social services. Many of our young people and communities view the grim facts about youth violence as unavoidable and have accepted youth violence as a societal reality. However, the truth is that youth violence is not inevitable. Youth violence is preventable. The past investment into monitoring, understanding, and preventing youth violence is paying off and proving that youth violence can be stopped before it occurs. We cannot continue to just respond to violence after it happens�the public health burden of youth violence is too high and our potential to prevent youth violence is too great. Our understanding about youth violence and our ability to prevent it is based on decades of work by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the larger field of youth violence prevention researchers and practitioners. From systematic surveillance, rigorous research on modifiable factors that predict violence, evaluation of prevention strategies, and the strengthening of the capacity of communities to use approaches that work, we have learned a great deal about how to prevent youth violence. To help communities take advantage of the available knowledge, CDC has developed, Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action. This resource summarizes what we currently know about youth violence-the health consequences, trends, disparities, causes, costs, and prevention strategies. This resource outlines important strategies for youth violence prevention that are based on strong evidence and experience. It includes examples of specific programs and activities that have been found to be effective. These evidence-based youth violence prevention strategies focus on reducing the factors that put young people at risk for violence and bolstering the factors that strengthen their positive development and buffer against violence. Everyone has a role to play in preventing youth violence. Preventing Youth Violence: Opportunities for Action provides information and action steps that can help public health and other community leaders work with partners to prevent youth violence. This resource also describes actions that young people, families, caregivers, adults who work with youth, and other community members can take to reduce youth violence. A companion document, titled Taking Action to Prevent Youth Violence, is available to help these groups better understand the steps they can take. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/youthviolence/pdf/opportunities-for-action.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 132706

Author: Strom, Kevin Title: Building on Clues: Examining Successes and Failures in Detecting U.S. Terrorist Plots, 1999-2009 Summary: Since 2001, the intelligence community has sought methods to improve the process for uncovering and thwarting domestic terrorist plots before they occur. Vital to these efforts are the more than 17,000 state and local U.S. law enforcement agencies whose role in the counterterrorism process has become increasingly recognized. As part of an on-going study for the Institute for Homeland Security Solutions (IHSS), this report examines open-source material on 86 foiled and executed terrorist plots against U.S. targets from 1999 to 2009 to determine the types of information and activities that led to (or could have led to) their discovery. Our findings provide law enforcement, homeland security officials, and policy makers with an improved understanding of the types of clues and methods that should be emphasized to more reliably prevent terrorist attacks, including the need to: -Recognize the importance of law enforcement and public vigilance in thwarting terror attacks. More than 80% of foiled terrorist plots were discovered via observations from law enforcement or the general public. Tips included reports of plots as well as reports of suspicious activity, such as pre-operational surveillance, para-military training, smuggling activities, and the discovery of suspicious documents. - Continue to investigate Al Qaeda and Allied Movements (AQAM), but do not overlook other groups, and pay particular attention to plots by "lone wolves." Less than half of U.S. terror plots examined had links to AQAM, and many non-AQAM plots, primarily those with white supremacist or anti-government/militia ties, rivaled AQAM plots in important ways. Additionally, plots by single actors ("lone wolves") have proven particularly successful, reaching execution nearly twice as often as plots by groups. - Ensure processes and training are in place that enable law enforcement personnel to identify terrorist activity during routine criminal investigations. Almost one in five plots were foiled "accidentally" during investigations into seemingly unrelated crimes. Training is needed to recognize when ordinary crimes may be connected to terrorism. - Work to establish good relations with local communities and avoid tactics that might alienate them. Approximately 40% of plots were thwarted as a result of tips from the public and informants. Establishing trust with persons in or near radical movements is jeopardized by tactics such as racial, ethnic, religious, or ideological profiling. - Support "quality assurance" processes to ensure initial clues are properly pursued and findings shared. Investigating leads and sharing information across agencies led to foiling the vast majority of terrorist plots in our sample. Similarly, breakdowns in these basic processes led to lost opportunities to thwart some of the worst attacks, including 9/11. - Expand the federal standards for categorizing suspicious activity reports (SARs). A large majority of the initial clue types we identified, including public and informant tips, as well as law enforcement observations made during routine criminal investigations, are only indirectly referenced in the current national SAR standards. Expanding them would enable more comprehensive reporting and greater information sharing of potential terrorist activity. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: Institute for Homeland Security Solutions, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://sites.duke.edu/ihss/files/2011/12/Building_on_Clues_Strom.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 132707

Author: Feldman, Elizabeth Title: Evidence-Based Practices with Latino Youth: A Literature Review Summary: Recent research has led to considerable advancement in the treatment of mental health difficulties common in childhood and adolescence (Kazdin, 2000; Kazdin & Weisz, 2003). Evidence-based practices now exist for many pediatric mental health difficulties, including depression, anxiety, conduct problems, substance abuse, and PTSD. However, the effectiveness of these practices with specific sub-populations, such as Latinos and Latino immigrants in particular, remains unclear. While some scholars recommend that evidence based treatments be delivered as designed (e.g. Huey & Polo, 2008), others argue that successful generalization to specific ethnic groups is dependent upon thoughtful and informed efforts to modify treatments so that they are culturally appropriate (e.g., Chen, Kakkad, & Balzano, 2008). Because Latinos make up such a large segment of the U.S. population, and also because Latino immigrant youth are at high risk for mental health related difficulties (National Alliance for Hispanic Health, 2001; Office of the U.S. Surgeon General, 2001), it is crucial that investigation about how to respond effectively to the mental health needs of Latino children and adolescents be a part of the current research agenda. This review will outline some of the most pressing mental health concerns for Latino immigrants and highlight what is currently known about how best to respond to these concerns. Details: Seattle: University of Washington School of Medicine, Dept. of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/477 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 132708

Author: Bernick, Evan Title: Reconsidering Mandatory Minimum Sentences: The Arguments for and Against Potential Reforms Summary: Mandatory minimum sentences are the product of good intentions, but good intentions do not always make good policy; good results are also necessary. Recognizing this fact, there are public officials on both sides of the aisle who support amending some components of federal mandatory minimum sentencing laws. But before such reform can proceed, Congress must ask itself: With respect to each crime, is justice best served by having legislatures assign fixed penalties to that crime? Or should legislatures leave judges more or less free to tailor sentences to the aggravating and mitigating facts of each criminal case within a defined range? Details: Washington, DC: The Heritage Foundation, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal Memorandum No. 114: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.heritage.org/research/reports/2014/02/reconsidering-mandatory-minimum-sentences-the-arguments-for-and-against-potential-reforms Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 130806

Author: Campo, Joe Title: Firearm Deaths in Washington State Summary: Mass murders - senseless semi-automatic assault-style rifle attacks in movie theaters, shopping malls and even elementary schools - have, sadly, become staples on the evening news. Seemingly before one town's mourning can come to a close, another town's begins anew. And yet the dark shadows cast by these horrific events may cloak other equally senseless - and much more prevalent - firearm-related deaths. In this research brief, we examine firearm deaths by magnitude and intent, gender and age, race and ethnicity, and by regional and small areas. We also identify potential risk factors, compare Washington's rates with those in British Columbia and our nation, and assess the trend in hand gun purchases within our state. Broadly we find that contrary to the general public's perception, firearm deaths are more of a rural than urban blight, and the victims are, in fact, overwhelmingly themselves the perpetrators. We also find that while males are more likely to be killed by a firearm than are females, it is the elderly males (those ages 65 and older) who have the highest rates of all. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Office of Financial Management, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief No. 71: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/researchbriefs/2013/brief071.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132709

Author: Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) Title: "How Are Innovations in Technology Transforming Policing?" Summary: One of the biggest and most important challenges facing police chiefs-and a challenge that they cannot delegate to subordinates-is the need to sort through the variety of new policing technologies that have come on the scene in recent years. Technology can make policing more efficient- always a key consideration, but especially during times of budget cuts. But technology costs time and money to acquire and deploy, and there are many different technologies to choose from. Are license plate readers effective in preventing or solving auto thefts and other crimes? Or do surveillance cameras give you more bang for the buck? Should technology dollars be spent beefing up computer systems that support Compstat and predictive analytics? What about using social media to develop collaborations with businesses and community groups to fight crime? And what are the civil rights implications of these new policing technologies? It is clear that these types of questions will become even more important in coming years, as technology continues to advance and diversify. Thus, the role of technology in policing was a perfect topic for the "Critical Issues in Policing" series produced by PERF. This report, the 19th in the Critical Issues series, summarizes what we found when we brought together more than 100 police chiefs and other leaders in the field for an Executive Session in Washington last April (see Appendix for a list of participants). Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/how%20are%20innovations%20in%20technology%20transforming%20policing%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Technology Shelf Number: 130804

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Recalibrating Justice: A Review of 2013 State Sentencing and Corrections Trends Summary: In 2013, 35 states passed at least 85 bills to change some aspect of how their criminal justice systems address sentencing and corrections. In reviewing this legislative activity, the Vera Institute of Justice found that policy changes have focused mainly on the following five areas: reducing prison populations and costs; expanding or strengthening community-based corrections; implementing risk and needs assessments; supporting offender reentry into the community; and making better informed criminal justice policy through data-driven research and analysis. By providing concise summaries of representative legislation in each area, this report aims to be a practical guide for policymakers in other states and the federal government looking to enact similar changes in criminal justice policy. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/state-sentencing-and-corrections-trends-2013-v2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 132712

Author: Strom, Kevin Title: Building on Clues: Methods to Help State and Local Law Enforcement Detect and Characterize Terrorist Activitiy. Final Report Summary: For the past decade, members of the law enforcement and intelligence communities have been working to develop methods and processes to identify and thwart terrorist plots. As part of these efforts, state and local law enforcement agencies have been increasingly recognized as the "first-line preventers" of terrorism (Kelling & Bratton, 2006). The network of over 17,000 law enforcement agencies, including regional and state fusion centers, represents a resource that exponentially increases the United States' ability to identify, report, and analyze information that is potentially terrorist-related. However, these agencies also face ongoing challenges in this counterterrorism role. Perhaps the most pressing issue has been the lack of coordination and standardization of counterterrorism practices at the state and local levels. For example, in the absence of federal guidance, local jurisdictions have often developed different procedures for collecting and prioritizing suspicious activity reports (SARs) - reports of activities and behaviors potentially related to terrorism collected from incident reports, field interviews, 911 calls, and tips from the public. The lack of standardization has impeded the sharing and analysis of such information (Suspicious Activity Report Support and Implementation Project, 2008). Federal agencies such as the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and Department of Defense (DOD), among others, have made it part of their mission to standardize this process. One of the first steps was the introduction of the Nationwide SAR Initiative (NSI), which created "a unified process for reporting, tracking, and accessing of SARs" (National Strategy for Information Sharing [NSIS], 2007, p. A1-7). This project, funded by the Institute for Homeland Security Solutions (IHSS), considered the collection and use of SARs at the state and local level. We assess how tips and clues generated from state and local sources have been used to prevent terrorist plots, assess the strengths and weaknesses of data sources from which SARs are often derived, and make recommendations for improving the collection, processing, and evaluation of tips and clues reported at the local level. The project was conducted in three phases. Phase I included an analysis of publicly-reported terrorist plots against U.S. targets from 1999 to 2009, including both foiled and executed plots, to determine what types of suspicious behaviors and means of reporting most frequently led to (or could have led to) their discovery and ultimate prevention (Strom et al., 2010). The report published from Phase I examined open-source material on 86 foiled and executed terrorist plots against U.S. targets. In Phase II, we conducted interviews with members of the law enforcement, fusion center, and intelligence communities to gain an improved understanding for how these agencies collect, process, and analyze SARs. In addition, we sought to gain more perspective on how these agencies could better use the information gathered and what challenges they face with respect to SARs. Phase III of the study assessed the primary data sources for SARs, the processes used to collect and analyze SARs, and approaches used to prioritize SARs. We also developed a set of recommendations that can be used by law enforcement and fusion center personnel to improve their practices of collecting, managing and prioritizing SARs. The work conducted across these phases resulted in a set of recommendations and conclusions, which we believe can improve the SAR process. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: Institute for Homeland Security Solutions, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2014 at: http://sites.duke.edu/ihss/files/2011/12/IHSS_Building_on_Clue_Final_Report_FINAL_April-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 125754

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Analysis of Recent Mass Shootings Summary: Using FBI data and media reports, Everytown for Gun Safety developed an analysis of mass shootings that took place between January 2009 and July 2014. The analysis found that there have been at least 110 mass shootings in this five and a half-year period. The FBI defines a "mass shooting" as any incident where at least four people were murdered with a gun. Below are some of the report's more surprising findings: - Mass shootings represent a small share of total US firearm homicides. - There is a strong connection between mass shooting incidents and domestic or family violence: at least 57% of mass shootings surveyed were related to domestic or family violence. - Perpetrators of mass shootings are generally older than perpetrators of gun violence in the US as a whole. While the median age of known overall gun murderers in the U.S. is 26, the median age of perpetrators of mass shootings was 34. Details: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2014 at: http://3gbwir1ummda16xrhf4do9d21bsx.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/analysis-of-recent-mass-shootings.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132722

Author: Stop Street Harassment Title: Unsafe and Harassed in Public Spaces: A National Street Harassment Report Summary: From "hey baby" to "stupid fag," from flashing to groping, sexual harassment in public spaces, or "street harassment," is a problem many people experience, some with profound consequences. Since 2008, Stop Street Harassment (SSH) has collected thousands of street harassment stories. This groundbreaking study confirms what the stories suggest: Across all age, races, income levels, sexual orientations, and geographic locations, most women in the United States experience street harassment. Some men, especially men who identify as gay, bisexual, queer, or transgender, do as well. Methodology This report presents the findings of a 2,000-person, nationally representative survey (approximately 1,000 women and 1,000 men, ages 18 and up). GfK, a top surveying firm, conducted the Internet-based survey in February and March 2014. Additionally, SSH conducted 10 focus groups across the nation from August 2012 to March 2014. What is street harassment? "Street harassment" describes unwanted interactions in public spaces between strangers that are motivated by a person's actual or perceived gender, sexual orientation, or gender expression and make the harassee feel annoyed, angry, humiliated, or scared. Street harassment can take place on the streets, in stores, on public transportation, in parks, and at beaches. It ranges from verbal harassment to flashing, following, groping, and rape. It differs from issues like sexual harassment in school and the workplace or dating or domestic violence because it happens between strangers in a public place, which at present means there is less legal recourse. Why does this issue matter? Street harassment is a human rights violation and a form of gender violence. It causes many harassed persons, especially women, to feel less safe in public places and limit their time there. It can also cause people emotional and psychological harm. Everyone deserves to be safe and free from harassment as they go about their day. Details: Reston, VA: Stop Street Harassment, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2014 at: http://www.stopstreetharassment.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/2014-National-SSH-Street-Harassment-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 132724

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Illusion of Justice: Human Rights Abuses in US Terrorism Prosecutions Summary: Since September 11, 2001, the US government has prosecuted more than 500 people for alleged terrorism-related offenses in the United States. Many prosecutions have properly targeted individuals engaged in planning or financing terrorist acts under US law. However, in other cases, the individuals seem to have been targeted by US law enforcement because of their religious or ethnic background, and many appear to have engaged in unlawful activity only after the government started investigating them. In Illusion of Justice, Human Rights Watch and Columbia Law School's Human Rights Institute examine 27 federal terrorism-related prosecutions against American Muslims since 2001 that raise serious human rights concerns. While the government maintains its actions are intended to prevent future attacks, in practice US law enforcement has effectively participated in developing and furthering terrorism plots. As a judge said in one case, the government "came up with the crime, provided the means, and removed all relevant obstacles," and in the process, made a terrorist out of a man "whose buffoonery is positively Shakespearean in scope." Other concerns include the use of overly broad material support charges, prosecutorial tactics that may violate fair trial rights, and disproportionately harsh conditions of confinement. US counterterrorism policies call for building strong relationships with American Muslim communities. Yet many of the practices employed are alienating those communities and diverting resources from other, more effective, ways of responding to the threat of terrorism. The US government should focus its resources on a rights-respecting approach to terrorism prosecutions, one that that protects security while strengthening the government's relationship with communities most affected by abusive counterterrorism policies. Details: New York: HRW, 2014. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/usterrorism0714_ForUpload_0_0_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 132735

Author: Hartwig, Robert P. Title: Cyber Risks: The Growing Threat Summary: Amid a rising number of high profile mega data breaches-most recently at eBay, Target and Neiman Marcus-government is stepping up its scrutiny of cyber security. This is leading to increased calls for legislation and regulation, placing the burden on companies to demonstrate that the information provided by customers and clients is properly safeguarded online. Despite the fact that cyber risks and cyber security are widely acknowledged to be a serious threat, many companies today still do not purchase cyber risk insurance. However, this is changing. Recent legal developments underscore the fact that reliance on traditional insurance policies is not enough, as companies face growing liabilities in this fast-evolving area. Specialist cyber insurance policies have been developed by insurers to help businesses and individuals protect themselves from the cyber threat. Market intelligence suggests that the types of specialized cyber coverage being offered by insurers are expanding in response to this fast-growing market need. There is also growing evidence that in the wake of the Target data breach and other high profile breaches, the number of policies is increasing, and that insurance has a key role to play as companies and individuals look to better manage and reduce their potential financial losses from cyber risks in future. Details: Insurance Information Institute, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://www.iii.org/sites/default/files/docs/pdf/paper_cyberrisk_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 132740

Author: Smith, Erin Foley Title: Challenging Juvenile Life Without Parole: How Has Human Rights Made A Difference? Summary: Human rights standards and strategies play an important role in social justice legal advocacy in the United States. Human rights help frame new arguments, offer new venues for challenging existing policies and practices, provide opportunities for coalition-building, and afford new means to bring attention to rights violations. One example of human rights strategies at work in the U.S. is found in advocates' efforts to end a practice unique to the United States: sentencing juveniles to life in prison without the possibility of parole. In forty-two states in the United States, a child who commits a crime can be sentenced to life in prison without the possibility of parole. There are currently approximately 2,500 individuals serving life sentences for crimes they committed when they were below eighteen years of age. For years, advocates have been working to end this practice, which is typically called juvenile life without parole, or "JLWOP." In the past ten years, human rights strategies have played an important role in challenging states' use of the sentence. Human rights have contributed to increased media attention on the issue, two U.S. Supreme Court decisions limiting the practice, and legislative changes at the state level. This case study, based on interviews with a number of advocates working to end the practice, explores how human rights standards and strategies have helped to advance advocacy strategies to end JLWOP. Details: New York: Columbia University School of Law, Human Rights Institute, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://web.law.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/microsites/human-rights-institute/files/jwlop_case_study_final_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132743

Author: Formerly Incarcerated Convicted People's Movement Title: Communities, Evictions, and Criminal Convictions: Public Housing and Disparate Impact: A Model Policy Summary: This report is broken into five primary pieces, along with an Introduction and conclusion. Section I: Introduction provides a starting point on the topic of public housing and criminal conviction policies, rooting this issue in one particular city. New Orleans tangles with the most intense incarceration in America, and thus the world. Seemingly innocent programs related to criminal convictions, can take on a primary role in a city such as New Orleans, where one in seven Black men is either in prison, on parole or probation. To fully grasp the community impact of affordable housing barriers in this sphere, one must account for arrest, incarceration, and poverty rates. Particular to civil rights law, one should factor in the proportionality between recognized ethnic and language groups. It is no mystery that in New Orleans, policies that affect people impacted by the criminal justice system (both individuals and families) are disproportionately affecting people of Color- especially African-Americans. The contrasting affect is most glaring when comparing the drug enforcement policies of densely populated, overwhelmingly White, college students. The excuse of 'experimentation' has been reserved for a certain segment of young drug users. Public housing exclusion standards apply to entire families, thus the impact is far broader than the tens of thousands who are formerly convicted, whether incarcerated or not. Statistics typically fail to account for those who are no longer serving a punishment, yet they too have a criminal history that impacts their ability to obtain housing or employment. Hurricane Katrina exasperated the dilemma of a public housing shortage, and rebuilding efforts have intentionally been below previous capacity. There are now over 27,000 households on the waiting list for affordable housing, putting pressure on other services to deal with homelessness. In Section II, this report provides a brief overview on housing and policing policies within the context of The War on Drugs. The primary method of encouraging 'drug free' behavior has been punishment, while the primary mode of enforcement has been to focus on densely populated low-income communities of Color. The exclusions and evictions from public housing has been accelerated along with the escalation of the War on Drugs. Accordingly, it may make sense for a recession of the punitive policies to span all fronts as widespread de-escalation is afoot in response to the growing sentiment that the War on Drugs has been a failure. The goal of Forced Sobriety has justified highly-policed communities and a massive construction boom (and employment growth) associated with prison expansion. The Department of Justice estimates that nearly 7% of all people born after 2001 will serve time in state or federal prison; this is on top of the 65 million people who currently have been convicted of a crime. If current rates continue, about 1 in 17 White men, 1 in 6 Hispanic men, and 1 in 3 African American men are expected to serve prison time in their lifetime. It is difficult to imagine anyone in the public sphere being satisfied with these statistics. The history of public housing, and HUD, includes an acknowledged discrimination over time. The 1.1 million remaining public housing units, and 2.2 million households assisted by vouchers, must be implemented in a manner consistent with HUD's mission to support community development. HUD has long been a partner with local policing efforts. This partnership deserves scrutiny in the same manner as the police, as overly aggressive tactics have become (in some opinions) more destructive than the harms they purport to reduce. Section III looks at how government actors are evolving on criminal justice, and new policies are competing with the 'Tough on Crime' reactionary rhetoric. The National Reentry Council is an interagency approach to confront the effects of mass incarceration. The most active agency among them, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, has been dealing with employment issues for decades, and the agency's 2012 policy change regarding the use of criminal records in hiring is a major breakthrough. The EEOC provided one of the most significant advances in recent Civil Rights law, and they make specific findings regarding national data. Specifically, the EEOC finds that the criminal justice system disproportionately impacts Black and Latino people in America. This is significant when assessing a neutral policy under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1965, and any blanket policy using criminal history alone to exclude people will run afoul of Title VII. The EEOC provides a framework to guide policies in both the public and private sector. Courts have held that the various Civil Rights statutes are intended to work as a unified framework, thus developments in employment law can be persuasive regarding similar issues in housing law. Section IV lays out the complex web of laws that serve as Congressional guidance to local public housing authorities (PHA), regarding the exclusions and evictions from subsidized programs. Ultimately, HUD allows broad discretion to the local PHA. By comparing policies to the HUD requirements, and comparing them to each other, it is clear that overly restrictive, and extremely vague, policies are guiding decisions that have a far-reaching affect on community housing. When HUD Secretary Shaun Donovan put out a clear statement, that only two types of crimes are barred from HUD, few local agencies took any action. Only people convicted of sex offenses, and on a Registry for life, along with those who manufactured methamphetamines on federal property, are barred from public housing. Congress makes particular exclusions optional beyond that, generally related to drug use. If someone was previously evicted for a drug related crime, they are faced with a three-year ban unless the offending family member is in prison, dead, or completed a drug rehabilitation program. However, community members around the country have been dealing with policies that don't provide for those nuances. A model admission and eviction policy is included. This policy is currently being used as a starting point for changes in New Orleans, and has gotten past a public hearing stage. It addresses the need for the PHA to be part of a system where mentally ill and addicted people are directed towards help rather than prisons and homelessness. The phrase 'Reasonable Time' is reasonably defined, eliminating the extreme lengths of time people are facing around the country before eligibility for affordable housing. The Housing Authority of New Orleans is currently working to develop and finalize a policy in accordance with these principals. Section V is a detailed assessment of housing discrimination under federal law. It also includes a proposed change (as of this writing) of HUD's policy, by finally providing a federal code regarding disparate impact in housing. Disparate impact is when a neutral policy becomes discriminatory- such as using drug convictions to exclude people from public housing. Whereas studies indicate drug use is similar across all identified races, the chosen policing patterns result in an overwhelming percentage of drug convictions concentrated in Black and Latino communities. All additional penalties attached, based on those convictions, will disproportionately impact Black and Latino people. Thus, 'Disparate Impact.' Courts have long transferred disparate impact theory between employment and housing, but at times differed on the proper standards and process. It is important for advocates to gain a full understanding of disparate impact theory. This is likely to serve as a legal framework for pushing back against a myriad of criminal justice policies that have resulted in the systemic loss of economic and political power among Black and Latino communities. The EEOC has found four key factors so that employers may design an acceptable 'targeted screen,'rather than a blanket policy subject to civil rights lawsuits. These factors are (1) Nature of the crime; (2) Time elapsed; (3) Nature of the job; and (4) Individual assessment. Housing providers, particularly where there is a documented shortage of affordable housing (i.e. New Orleans), should develop a similar screen suitable to residential life. Section VI focuses on the key elements to make a legal case for dispirate impact in the courts. Those who are not interested in litigating a claim will nonetheless want to appropriate some of the standards and justifications that the courts have developed as consistent with the constitution. One complication in presenting 'impact' data is that many people with criminal records (and their families) do not apply for public housing. Most people have 'heard' you can't get in with a felony, to some degree of accuracy or another. Even if they were fully knowledgeable about the waiting periods, it is impossible to know how many are foreclosed because they would need to not know the policy, apply anyway, and be denied. Thus, data of this sort may require a study of the potential (rather than actual) applicants who are deemed ineligible solely due to criminal convictions. If Black residents have a rate below 80% of the White residents' rate, it is likely to be deemed sufficiently 'disparate.' Under disparate impact litigation, housing providers would need to present the court with their substantial, legitimate, nondiscriminatory interests being served by the exclusion policies. Furthermore, they will be tasked to show that the exclusions actually serve the goal: Resident safety. This cannot merely be speculation. Finally, reformers can still prove victorious by showing that the interests (i.e. resident safety) can be achieved in a less discriminatory manner. PHA's who understand this civil rights litigation framework are more likely to recognize that a court may ultimately order them to a negotiating position exactly like the one being offered at the outset. Delaying the adoption of a new policy by requiring the court order is the least cost-efficient way forward. This report recognizes that there is a movement to repeal Civil Rights protections for people of Color in America. Although Justice Antonin Scalia famously referred to the protection of voting rights as 'just another racial entitlement,' the sentiments of state and federal policymakers suggest that Civil Rights are not going to be eroded. Racial disproportion is one manner of addressing the problems of discrimination, and is the primary path outlined in this report. As criminal records impact a larger swath of America, however, new legal arguments will emerge regarding the rationale to continue, or repeal, this framework that supports two separate citizenships. The Appendix provides the complete proposed policy for the Housing Authority of New Orleans, and a nationwide sample snapshot of six other cities. Details: Formerly Incarcerated & Convicted People's Movement, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2014 at: http://ficpmovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/communities-evictions-criminal-convictions.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 132744

Author: Owens, Stephen D. Title: Indigent Defense Services in the United States, FY 2008-2012 Summary: Describes the indigent defense system for each state and the District of Columbia, including information on administration, methods of operation, and funding. It provides both direct and intergovernmental indigent defense expenditures of state governments for fiscal years 2008 through 2012, and presents some local government expenditures aggregated at the state level. The report uses administrative data from the U.S. Census Bureau's Government Finance Survey and available data from state government budget and appropriation documents. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Research: Technical Report: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/idsus0812.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 132748

Author: Abram, Karen M. Title: Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors Among Detained Youth Summary: Incarcerated youth die by suicide at a rate two to three times higher than that of youth in the general population. In this bulletin, the authors examine suicidal thoughts and behaviors among 1,829 youth ages 10 to 18 in the Northwestern Juvenile Project�a longitudinal study of youth detained at the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center in Chicago, IL. Key findings include the following: � Approximately 1 in 10 juvenile detainees (10.3 percent) thought about suicide in the past 6 months, and 11 percent had attempted suicide. � More than one-third of male juvenile detainees and nearly half of female juvenile detainees felt hopeless or thought a lot about death or dying in the 6 months prior to detention. � Recent suicide attempts were most prevalent in female detainees and youth with anxiety disorders. � Fewer than half of detainees with recent thoughts of suicide had told anyone about their suicidal thoughts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://ojjdp.gov/pubs/243891.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132749

Author: Kent, Tyler Title: Process Evaluation of a Non-Profit Youth Services Agency: Original Gangster's Basic Academy for Development. Summary: Based in Nampa, Idaho, the Original Gangster's Basic Academy of Development (OG's BAD) is a youth based services program founded in 2005. The mission of the Academy is to provide youth who are prone to gang involvement with alternatives to a gang lifestyle. The program provides at-risk youth with: 1) tutoring tailored to meet the specific needs of each participant to obtain high school credits or a GED; 2) internships at worksites for on-the-job training; and 3) recreational activities to demonstrate appropriate use of free time. The project also includes a drug strategy component, which focuses on deterring first time users and provides drug and/or alcohol treatment for participants. This process evaluation, performed by the Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, was initiated to provide the Idaho Grant Review Council and the Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) manager with an assessment of the development of OG's BAD program, problems encountered, solutions created, and overall accomplishments achieved. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/OGBAD.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 132750

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Civilian Staff in Policing: An Assessment of the 2009 Byrne Civilian Hiring Program, Summary: Civilians have come to play significant roles in law enforcement over the years. As the number of civilians in policing has increased, their roles have expanded as well. Originally occupying clerical positions, civilians now are often found in technical positions, research and planning positions, and administrative positions. In some departments, they even assist in non-hazardous patrol and investigation duties traditionally in the domain of uniformed officers. During the recession of 2008, many law enforcement agencies were forced to lay off substantial numbers of employees as municipalities struggled to balance budgets with lower tax revenues. Although many law enforcement administrators appreciate the value that civilians bring to policing, they were often the first to be laid off or furloughed as budgets were tightened. The Bureau of Justice Assistance, through its Byrne grant program, provided competitive funds for agencies to retain civilians or hire new civilian staff. This report presents the results of an NIJ-funded national examination of the Byrne civilian hiring program and the effects of the program on law enforcement agencies and crime rates. It also provides a picture of the state of civilianization in policing and issues associated with the hiring, retention, uses, and performance of civilians. The study combined a variety of research methods, including a national survey of the use of civilians in policing, interviews with agencies that hired or retained civilians through the Byrne program, an analysis of crime rates among Byrne grantees and matched control agencies, and case studies of innovative uses of Byrne funding. The results underscored the range of positions that civilians now hold and the positive contributions they make to police agencies. Civilians are now not only in clerical and support roles, but also in key skilled positions in I.T., crime analysis, intelligence, human resources, and media relations. Resentment of civilians that has been observed in earlier reports was not a major issue among respondents in our study. We found that Byrne grant recipients made good use of the positions made possible by the program, in many cases adding significant new analytic and intelligence capabilities to their departments. Byrne grant recipients believed that civilians hired through the program increased their agencies' effectiveness by freeing sworn staff for patrol and investigation duties, by enhancing crime analysis and intelligence capabilities, and by reducing costs. In most instances, the short-term grants led to permanent positions within the law enforcement agencies. During a period of recession and retrenchment, the Byrne civilian hiring program helped make it possible for some agencies not only to retain key civilian staff, but also to add civilian staff in a way that enhanced the capacity of their departments. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246952.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Civilian Employees (U.S.) Shelf Number: 0

Author: Bostwick, Lindsay Title: Juvenile recidivism in Illinois: Examining re-arrest and re-incarceration of youth released from the Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice Summary: In Illinois, information about incarcerated youth is limited. A better understanding of the youth in correctional facilities is needed in order to identify the impact of incarceration on youth sent to prison, society at large, public safety, and state finances. Currently, official recidivism information about youth released from Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice (IDJJ) facilities is limited to how many are re-incarcerated in IDJJ facilities within three years. Little is known about where the youth are released, their re-offending patterns, or whether they are re-arrested or incarcerated as adults. In Illinois, youth have two mechanisms by which they may be committed to IDJJ. The first is a full delinquency commitment. This is what most would consider a standard commitment to IDJJ as a result of adjudication in a juvenile court. However, youth may also be committed to IDJJ for an evaluation prior to final sentencing. These commitments, referred to as court evaluations, are 30-, 60-, or 90-day commitments during which youth are evaluated on multiple dimensions. At the end of this period, the youth is brought back to court and a report is presented to the judge to assist in the final sentencing decision. These youth occupy an unclear space in the juvenile justice system in Illinois, straddling the border between probation and a full prison commitment. This report is separated into two chapters. The first chapter examines re-arrest and re-incarceration of youth committed to IDJJ on a full delinquency commitment. The second chapter examines youth admitted to IDJJ for a court evaluation. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Juvenile%20Recidivism%20in%20Illinois_063013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 132773

Author: Shewe, Paul A. Title: Safe From the Start Year 12 Report: 2001 - 2013 Summary: This evaluation report reflects the assessment and service provision activities for 4,350 children predominantly ages 0 to 6 exposed to violence, along with their caregivers, who sought treatment at the 11 Illinois sites participating in the Illinois Violence Prevention Authority's Safe From the Start (SFS) program between July 2001 and June 2013. Treatment services could include individual child and adult therapy, family therapy, family support services, psycho-education, and case management. The objectives of the evaluation were to: - Identify the characteristics of children exposed to violence; - Identify the types of violence that children are exposed to; - Assess the impact of violence on young children; - Identify risk factors for children at the individual, family and community level; - Identify the characteristics and experiences of caregivers of young children exposed to violence; - Document the identification and referral process of children exposed to violence; - Document the types of services children and their caregivers receive; and - Assess the impact of service provision for young children and their caregivers. Details: Chicago: Chicago, IL: Interdsciplinary Center for Research on Violence at the University of Illinois at Chicago, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Safe_From_the_Start_Evaluation_Report_050614.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 132774

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Evaluation of the 2013 Community Violence Prevention Programs Youth Employment Program Summary: In 2013, the Community Violence Prevention Program's Youth Employment Program (YEP) offered job readiness training, mentoring, and summer employment to approximately 1,800 youth participants in 24 Chicago-area communities. The evaluation of YEP was designed to guide programmatic enhancements and funding decisions. Researchers used multiple surveys of program staff and participants in order to obtain feedback on trainings for participants, the employment component, mentoring component, and general program operations. The following are key findings from the evaluation of YEP. About the trainings -- - According to administrative data, 1,924 youth enrolled in job readiness training, 1,686 completed training, and 1,750 created resumes. - Job readiness training participants agreed or strongly agreed that the training was well designed (72 percent, n=537), questions were answered (80 percent, n=598), materials were useful (71 percent, n=586), trainers were knowledgeable (84 percent, n=629), and they gained a better sense of what it takes to obtain and maintain a job (82 percent, n=610). - Mentor training participants agreed or strongly agreed that the training was well designed (88 percent, n=120), questions were answered (89 percent, n=121); training materials were useful (89 percent, n=122), trainers were knowledgeable, and they gained a sense of what it takes to be a mentor (84 percent, n=115). - Many job readiness training participants wanted to spend more time on developing a resume or filling out applications (n=48) and building their skills in interviewing (n=44). - Some youth wanted to spend less training time on how to dress for a job (n=45) and hygiene (n=31). - A majority of youth participants (73 percent, n=633) stated that in the job readiness training, they learned speaking and listening skills for the job and the importance of attendance (73 percent, n=632). - Most youth participants (85 percent, n=733) thought the job readiness training helped prepare them for their jobs. - Some mentor training participants suggested having more interaction between youth and mentors (n=13) and discussion on how to deal with problems, crises, or emergencies (n=10). - Mentor training participants recommended the training cover additional mentor skills, such as how to interact with a mentee, build rapport, communicate; including conversation topics, make good first impressions, establish boundaries, and learn their role as mentor (n=21). - Many mentor training participants (30 percent) commented that nothing would improve the training (n=41). Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Evaluation_YEP_Report_062014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Illinois) Shelf Number: 132775

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: National survey of residential programs for victims of sex trafficking Summary: Through a survey, researchers sought to learn about residential programs for trafficking victims in the U.S. The purpose was to share available programs and services with other jurisdictions to better serve victims of trafficking. A listing of programs identified through the survey is provided in Appendix B. The following are key findings about residential programs for victims of sex trafficking in the U.S. Nationally, a total of 33 residential programs were found to be currently operational and exclusive to trafficking victims with a total of 682 beds, two in Illinois. Residential programs were open in 16 states and the District of Columbia; California had the most with nine residential programs offering 371 beds for victims. The Western region of the country had the most residential programs for victims with 59 percent of the total beds available there. In California, there were ten residential programs with approximately 54 percent of all beds for trafficking victims. Twenty-eight states had no residential programs for victims of sex trafficking and no plans to open any. Most of the programs accepted both domestic and international victims (64 percent) and 36 percent were exclusive to victims of domestic sex trafficking. Most available beds in residential programs (75 percent) were designated for minor victims of sex trafficking. Of the surveyed programs, there were fewer than 28 beds for male victims of sex trafficking. All but one of the residential programs indicated they offer residential services 24-hours a day, seven days a week. Twenty-eight of the 37 operational facilities have aftercare services for the victims leaving the residential program. Many agencies indicated that they would be opening a residential program�a total of 27 programs offering 354 more beds. Details: Chicago, IL: The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/NSRHVST_101813.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 132776

Author: Quan, Lisa T. Title: Reallocation of Responsibility: Changes to the Correctional System in California Post-Realignment Summary: On October 1, 2011, California's long troubled correctional system began operating under a new framework created by Assembly Bill 109 (AB 109). Formally known as the 2011 Public Safety Realignment Act, AB 109 was largely a result of the state's failure to control overcrowding and its consequences for inmates in California's 33 state prisons. In 2009, a three-judge federal panel ordered the state to reduce its prison population to 137.5% of design capacity-a reduction of about 30,000 people-within two years. In mid-2011, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that order in Brown v. Plata. By signing the Realignment bill, Governor Jerry Brown put the state on the path toward compliance with the court order. More broadly, his action launched a titanic policy shift in California criminal justice, perhaps the most sweeping such change since the adoption of determinate sentencing in the 1970's. Once known as a state that relied heavily on prison to punish parole violators and other lower-level offenders, California under Realignment began shifting responsibility for most non-serious, non-violent, non-sexual (N3) felons from the state to the counties. Through the initiative's first two years, counties have received more than $2 billion to manage the new load of offenders in jails, on probation, and through evidence-based programs in the community. While several other states have also begun favoring the use of local sanctions over prison for less serious offenders, the scale of California's effort makes it an experiment of unparalleled national significance. Although it is too early to draw solid conclusions about Realignment's effects on long-term crime and recidivism, at least one outcome is clear: As the Legislature intended, AB 109 has shifted a large share of correctional control from the state to the local level. Two years after the law's implementation, the majority of California adults in the correctional system has been "realigned" and now undergoes local supervision as jail inmates and probationers. As a result, California now ranks below the national average in the proportion of adults it imprisons and places on parole. The state's probation population, meanwhile, has ballooned, with the number of probationers per 100,000 jumping 30% from 2010 to 2012. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/publication/458403/doc/slspublic/CC%20Bulletin%20Jan%2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections (California) Shelf Number: 132777

Author: Weisberg, Robert Title: Assessing Judicial Sentencing Preferences After Public Safety Realignment: A Survey of California Judges Summary: Public Safety Realignment ("AB 109") made drastic changes to California's criminal justice system by transferring authority for the supervision of most non-violent, nonserious, and non-sexual offenders from the state to the 58 counties. This study aims to better examine the perceived effect of AB 109 on Superior Court (trial) judges in California who sentence offenders. Through the use of a modified factorial survey, we queried judges on their sentencing choices between felony probation and new California Penal Code 1170(h) county jail sentences. We received responses from 112 judges throughout California, representing 35 counties or 96% of the state population, including the 10 most populous counties in California. The responses revealed judicial preferences that emphasize a desire to deploy sentencing to manage offenders. The preferences generally aim at a combination of a "taste of jail" and rigorous community supervision, whether that is a traditional felony probation sentence or an 1170(h) split sentence. Our study found that more than half of judges surveyed preferred to give an 1170(h) sentence over a felony probation sentence, except when the judge was aware of an offender's substance abuse problem or mental illness, or when the judge was trying to lengthen the period of incarceration or mandatory supervision. In addition, when judges chose an 1170(h) sentence, they selected a split sentence over a straight jail sentence almost half the time. However, among judges who chose split sentences, there was a tremendous variation in the chosen fraction as between jail time and supervision. Drawing from our findings, we strongly recommend that the California Legislature and/or the California judiciary clarify the relationship between traditional felony probation and an 1170(h) split sentence, and develop guidance and consensus on when and how to use split sentences. In addition, counties should enhance and increase the availability of effective community-based treatment resources, because improved treatment programs will likely increase judges' confidence in embracing these sentencing options. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2014. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2014 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/publication/443996/doc/slspublic/Judges%20Report%20Feb%2028%202014%20Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 132779

Author: Petersilia, Joan Title: Voices From the Field: How California Stakeholders View Public Safety Realignment Summary: Passage of California's Public Safety Realignment Act (AB 109) initiated the most sweeping correctional experiment in recent history. Launched on October 1, 2011, Realignment shifted responsibility for most lower-level offenders from the state to California's 58 counties. By mid-2013, more than 100,000 felons had been diverted from state prison to county jail or probation. This report summarizes the results of interviews conducted with California stakeholders responsible for implementing the law. Over the past nine months, Stanford Law School researchers conducted 125 interviews in 21 counties to produce a snapshot of how California is faring under Realignment so far. We talked with police, sheriffs, judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys, probation and parole agents, victim advocates, offenders, and social service representatives. Our goal was to determine how Realignment had influenced their agency's work and what changes they would make to the law. Our interviews revealed a justice system undergoing remarkable changes, arguably unprecedented in depth and scope. Stakeholders' opinions varied widely, and their comments reflected their role in the system more than the county they represented. Overall, probation officials were the most enthusiastic champions of Realignment, welcoming the momentum the legislation provided their rehabilitation focus. Probation departments have opened day reporting centers, expanded the use of risk assessment tools, and worked hard with community partners to establish quality evidence-based programs for offenders. Public defenders are also optimistic but expressed concerns about the longer county jail terms their clients face and the conditions under which they are served. Conversely, prosecuting attorneys generally gave Realignment negative reviews, lamenting their loss of discretion under the law. Judges expressed mixed opinions, although most were concerned about a loss of discretion and said AB 109 had greatly increased the courts' workload. Law enforcement-both front line police and sheriffs-varied more than any other group in their assessment of Realignment, with their opinions largely influenced by local jail capacity. While most police applauded the spirit of Realignment, including the expansion of local control and treatment options for offenders, all of those interviewed worried about declining public safety. Sheriffs were challenged by overloaded county jails, which in many counties have been strained by a flood of inmates and a tougher criminal population that has increased the likelihood of jail violence. Sheriffs also noted that longer jail stays were challenging their ability to provide adequate medical and mental health care, and that crowding was forcing them to release some offenders early. On the positive end of the spectrum, most stakeholders said Realignment had spawned increased collaboration at all levels of the criminal justice system and a more holistic view of offender management. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2014. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/publication/443439/doc/slspublic/Petersilia%20VOICES%20no%20es%20Final%20022814.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 132783

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: Young Guns: How Gun Violence is Devastating the Millennial Generation Summary: American children and teenagers are 4 times more likely to die by gunfire than their counterparts in Canada, 7 times more likely than young people in Israel, and 65 times more likely to be killed with a gun than children and teenagers in the United Kingdom. Even though violent crime has steadily declined in recent years-overall violent crime declined 19 percent between 2003 and 2012, and the murder rate declined 17 percent during that period-rates of gun violence remain unacceptably high. On average, 33,000 Americans are killed with guns each year, and the burden of this violence falls disproportionately on young people: 54 percent of people murdered with guns in 2010 were under the age of 30. Young people are also disproportionately the perpetrators of gun violence, as weak gun laws offer easy access to guns in many parts of the country. Far too often, a gun not only takes the life of one young American but also contributes to ruining the life of another young person who pulls the trigger. And while guns play a role in so many deaths of America's youth, very few public health research dollars are spent to understand the causes of this epidemic and develop policy solutions to address it. In the wake of the tragedy at Sandy Hook Elementary School in December 2012, the issue of gun violence has received renewed attention in this country, and many voices are now calling for solutions to this public health crisis. In this environment of increased focus on gun violence, Millennials' voices are crucial. As discussed in detail below, young Americans suffer disproportionately from gun violence. Beyond the numbers, which are startling, the voices of young people must be heard and the stories told about the effect of this violence on their lives and communities. In this report, we present data on the disproportionate impact of gun violence on young people; discuss the prevalence of young people as perpetrators of such violence and the ramifications of involvement in the criminal justice system; and highlight poll numbers indicating that Millennials are increasingly concerned about the presence of guns in their communities. With an American under the age of 25 dying by gunfire every 70 minutes, we must all recognize that gun violence among youth is an urgent problem that must be addressed. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/CAP-Youth-Gun-Violence-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 132786

Author: Goliday, Sean J. Title: Reentry in the District of Columbia: Supporting Returning Citizens' Transitions into the Community Summary: Each year an estimated 2,000 - 2,500 offenders return to the District of Columbia from prison and roughly 17,000 cycle through the D.C. Department of Corrections. These individuals face a number of challenges upon their return, not the least of which are finding and sustaining adequate housing and meaningful employment. As is known, many offenders disproportionately return to a small number of neighborhoods, which are struggling with high unemployment rates, lack of affordable housing, and strained resources. This is, perhaps, useful for understanding why roughly 2/3rds of returning citizens recidivate upon their return to the community. We find that both locally and nationally, these rates have been fairly consistent over the last several decades. Given these high rates of recidivism coupled with the knowledge that the overwhelming majority of those individuals who are incarcerated eventually get released, the idea of reentry transitional planning becomes ever so important. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://cjcc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/cjcc/page_content/attachments/ReentryGrantReportFinalReportDecember2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 132787

Author: Harris, Richard J. Title: Delaware Shootings 2012: An Overview of Incidents, Suspects, and Victims in Delaware Summary: The following report is the second in a series examining criminal, non-accidental shooting incidents in Delaware that resulted in the injury or death of another person. This report focuses on multiple characteristics of shooting incidents, victims injured as a result, and suspects involved. In 2012, there were 196 criminal, non-accidental shooting incidents in Delaware that resulted in the injury or death of 228 individuals. More than 180 victims had non-fatal injuries and 43 died of their wounds. More than 275 individuals were suspected of involvement in the shooting incidents, with 136 suspects identified by name. As of August 2013, arrests had been made in 37.2 percent of all shooting incidents and 50 percent of homicide incidents. More than half the incidents (51.5 percent) occurred in the City of Wilmington. More than 25 percent occurred in suburban New Castle County, with the remaining incidents split almost equally between Kent and Sussex Counties. Most shooting victims (90.8 percent) were male. Blacks comprised the largest racial group of victims (84.2 percent overall and 85.5 percent of male victims). For the 133 incidents where demographic information was available for both victims and suspects, 88 percent involved victims and suspects who were all or predominantly of the same race. Most victims and those suspects who had been identified by name had criminal histories in Delaware (89.5 percent and 96.1 percent respectively). Of those with a Delaware criminal history, most victims and suspects had at least one felony arrest (78.9 percent and 91.9 percent respectively). Most victims and identified suspects were juveniles at the time of their first Delaware arrest (78.4 percent and 78.9 percent respectively). Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://cjc.delaware.gov/sac/pdf/Crime/2012StatewideShootingReportNovember%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence (Delaware) Shelf Number: 132788

Author: Salt, Jim Title: Crime in Delaware 2008 - 2012. An Analysis of Serious Crime in Delaware Summary: Crime in Delaware is the official report of serious crime known to Delaware law enforcement agencies. This report provides information about 22 Violent, Serious Property, Drug/Narcotic and Other Property and Social offenses reported in Delaware's implementation of the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) operated by the State Bureau of Investigation of the Delaware State Police. Final data for the years 2008 through 2011 and preliminary data for 2012 are included in this report. The report includes a summary of data on serious offenses, clearances, adult and juvenile arrests, and crimes against law enforcement officers at the state and county levels, followed by a detailed data section organized by state and county. Overall, the occurrence of serious crime has decreased notably since 2008. The number of serious criminal offenses known to police in 2008 was 103,274 compared with 95,872 in 2011, a decrease of 7.2%. Preliminary data for 2012 suggest that pattern is continuing, with the number of offenses at just over 93,000, a decline of about 8% compared to 2008. Violent crime in the State decreased more than 8% from 2008 to 2012. This decrease reflects a steady decline in reported Violent Offenses over the past five years. The number of Homicides in 2012 (59) was comparable to 2008 (58), but markedly higher than 2009, 2010, and 2011 (43, 49, and 51 respectively). Serious Property crime changed little between 2008 and 2012, although motor vehicle-related theft offenses decreased around 40% while Burglary and Shoplifting offenses increased by about 9% and more than 30% respectively. Drug/Narcotic Offenses decreased about 7% between 2008 and 2012. Other Property and Social Offenses decrease around 15% between 2008 and 2012. There has been a steady decline in this offense category over the past five years. Three of the most frequently reported crimes - Assault offenses; Destruction, Damage, and Vandalism of Property; and Drug/Narcotic offenses - showed distinct downward trends from 2008 to 2012. Based on 2012 preliminary data, offenses in all crime categories were cleared by law enforcement officers at rates comparable to or better than the rates from 2008 through 2011. Overall, 51.3% of offenses in 2012 were cleared by the end of the calendar year. Violent crime against law enforcement officers decreased by about one-third between 2008 and 2012. No officers were killed in 2012, but 15% of the 435 assault-related offenses committed against officers resulted in injuries. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://cjc.delaware.gov/sac/pdf/Crime/Crime_DE_2008-12_November%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (Delaware) Shelf Number: 132789

Author: Bileski, Matthew Title: The Reporting of Sexual Assault in Arizona, CY 2002-2011 Summary: Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) - 41-2406, which became law in July 2005, requires the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) to compile information obtained from disposition reporting forms submitted to the Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS) on sexual assault (A.R.S. - 13-1406) and the false reporting of sexual assault involving a spouse (A.R.S. - 13-2907.03). Utilizing DPS disposition data, ACJC is mandated to provide an annual report briefing the Governor, the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House, the Secretary of State, and the Director of the Arizona State Library, Archives, and Public Records on sexual assault in Arizona. The data used to complete this report were extracted from the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) records system and provided to ACJC by DPS in January 2013. By statute, local law enforcement agencies, prosecutors, and the courts are required to submit to the ACCH repository information on all arrests and subsequent case disposition information for felonies, sexual offenses, driving under the influence offenses, and domestic violence offenses. This report focuses on data from calendar years (CY) 2002 to 2011 and updates data reported in the CY2001-2010 report. The ACJC is required to report the law enforcement reporting, filings, and subsequent case disposition findings and sentencing of A.R.S. - 13-1406 sexual assault charges. The following summarizes some of the findings of the research on sexual assault arrest and disposition charges across Arizona: - The total number of arrests involving sexual assault increased from 265 arrests in CY 2002 to 275 in CY 2011, an increase of 3.8 percent. The total number of sexual assault charges increased by 23.1 percent from 442 in CY 2002 to 544 in CY - More than 98 percent of arrestees from CY 2002 to CY 2011 were male, and the proportion that was White ranged between 75.8 percent and 81.8 percent of the total number of sexual assault arrestees. - Convictions for sexual assault increased from 30.8 percent of all disposition findings for sexual assault in CY 2002 to 43.9 percent in CY 2011. - The percentage of convictions that resulted in a sentence of probation ranged from a high of 88.9 percent in CY 2007 to a low of 67.4 percent in CY 2009. The percentage of convictions that resulted in a sentence to prison fell from 62.6 percent in CY 2002 to 54.0 percent in CY 2011, and sentences to jail fell from 5.7 percent to 2.7 percent over the same period. One of the reporting requirements of A.R.S. - 41-2406.C is to identify sexual assault charges involving a spouse. In August 2005, the sexual assault involving a spouse statute (specifically A.R.S. - 13-1406.01) was repealed from the state statutes by Senate Bill 1040. Despite the repeal of A.R.S. - 13-1406.01 as a criminal code, three charges of sexual assault of a spouse were reported beyond CY 2005, two in CY 2007 and one in CY 2008. The following highlights the findings of A.R.S. - 13-1406.01 arrest and disposition charges: - From CY 2002 to CY 2005, the number of arrest charges increased from 17 to 24 charges. - Arrestees for sexual assault involving a spouse were male, more than 84 percent were white/Caucasian, and except in CY 2004, the greatest percentage was between the ages of 25 and 34. - The number of sexual assault involving a spouse finalized disposition charges was 12 in CY 2002 and increased to 18 in CY 2004 before dropping to two in CY 2008. From CY 2002 to CY 2008, the number of convictions ranged from five in CY 2003 down to zero in CY 2007 and CY 2008. - At least 50 percent of convictions for sexual assault involving a spouse resulted in a probation sentence from CY 2002 to CY 2006. The percentage of convictions resulting in a prison sentence ranged from 0.0 percent in CY 2002 and CY 2004 to 60.0 percent in CY 2003, and jail sentencing ranged from 0.0 to 100.0 percent. A.R.S. - 41-2406.C mandates that ACJC report whether the victim and offender were estranged at the time of the offense. Except for a general indication of domestic violence, there is no field on the disposition reporting form that describes the relationship between the victim and the offender or the status of the relationship at the time of the offense. Instead, arrest and disposition information for all sexual assault-related2 charges flagged for domestic violence is reported separately in the report. In order to more comprehensively understand sexual assault in Arizona, this report includes data on violent sexual assault (A.R.S. - 13-1423). Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2013%20ARS%2041-2406%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132791

Author: Vujic, Suncica Title: Structural Intervention Time Series Analysis of Crime Rates: The Impact of Sentence Reform in Virginia Summary: We adopt a structural time series analysis to investigate the impact of parole abolition and sentence reform in Virginia on reported crime rates. The Commonwealth of Virginia abolished parole and reformed sentencing for all felony offences committed on or after January 1, 1995. To examine the impact of Virginia's change in legislation on reported crime rates from 1995 onwards, we perform an intervention time series analysis based on structural time series models. We empirically find that the change in legislation has significantly reduced the burglary rates and to a lesser extent the murder rates in Virginia. For other violent crimes such as rape and aggravated assault the evidence of a significant reduction in crime rates is less evident or is not found. This empirical study for Virginia also provides an illustration of how an effective intervention time series analysis can be carried out in crime studies. Details: Amsterdam: Tinbergen Institute, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://opus.bath.ac.uk/29051/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 132794

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Maritime Security: Ongoing U.S. Counterpiracy Efforts Would Benefit From Agency Assessments Summary: Piracy incidents off the Horn of Africa's east coast near Somalia have declined sharply since 2010, but U.S. agencies have not assessed their counterpiracy efforts as GAO recommended in 2010. Since 2010, the International Maritime Bureau (IMB) reports piracy incidents declined from 219 to 15 in 2013. Similarly, from 2010 to 2013 hostages taken by pirates declined from 1,016 to 34. Also, a World Bank report stated that total ransoms declined by 2012. Officials participating in counterpiracy activities from the Departments of Defense and State, among others, as well as shipping industry officials and international partners, attribute the decline to a combination of prevention, disruption, and prosecution activities. However, officials cautioned that this progress is tenuous, and discontinuing these efforts could allow piracy to resurge. Despite changing conditions, U.S. agencies have not systematically assessed the costs and benefits of their counterpiracy efforts. Agency officials stated that their decisions and actions are guided by discussions rather than formal assessments. GAO has previously noted that assessments of risk and effectiveness in an interagency environment can strengthen strategies and resource usage. As such, GAO's prior recommendations remain valid and could help U.S. agencies identify the most cost effective mix of efforts and prioritize activities as they respond to changing conditions and fiscal pressures while avoiding a resurgence in piracy. Off the west coast of Africa, piracy and maritime crime has been a persistent problem in the Gulf of Guinea, as shown in the figure below. Although the United States has interagency and international efforts underway with African states to strengthen maritime security, it has not assessed its efforts or the need for a collective plan to address the evolving problem in the region. The U.S. role in addressing piracy in the Gulf of Guinea has focused on prevention, disruption, and prosecution, through training and assistance to African coastal states. However, according to U.S. agencies working in the region, the National Security Council Staff (NSCS) has not directed them to collectively assess their efforts to address piracy and maritime crime. An assessment of agencies' Gulf of Guinea efforts could strengthen their approach by informing the appropriate mix of activities to achieve the most effective use of limited resources, as well as help determine if additional actions are needed. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-422: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=755244 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Maritime Crime Shelf Number: 132795

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Tobacco's Hidden Children: Hazardous Child Labor in United States Tobacco Farming Summary: Children working on tobacco farms in the United States are exposed to nicotine, toxic pesticides, and other dangers. Based on interviews with 141 children, ages 7 to 17, working on farms in the states of North Carolina, Kentucky, Tennessee and, Virginia where 90 percent of US tobacco is grown, Tobacco's Hidden Children documents children getting sick while working with vomiting, nausea, headaches, and dizziness-symptoms consistent with acute nicotine poisoning. Children reported working excessively long hours without overtime pay, often in extreme heat, with no suitable protective gear. Many children said tractors sprayed pesticides in nearby fields. Many also described using dangerous tools and machinery, lifting heavy loads, and climbing several stories into barns to hang tobacco for drying, risking serious injuries and falls. The world's largest tobacco companies buy tobacco grown on US farms. However, none of the companies have child labor policies that sufficiently protect children from hazardous work on tobacco farms. Under US law, children working in agriculture can work longer hours, at younger ages, and in more hazardous conditions than children in any other industry. Children as young as 12 can be hired for unlimited hours outside of school hours on a farm of any size with parental permission, and there is no minimum age for children to work on small farms. Human Rights Watch calls on tobacco companies to enact policies to prohibit children from engaging in any tasks that risk their health and safety. Human Rights Watch also calls on the Obama administration and Congress to take action to protect children from the dangers of tobacco farming. Details: New York: HRW, 2014. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0514_UploadNew.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132796

Author: Byrne, James M. Title: Drunk Driving: An Assessment of 'What Works' in the Areas of Classification, Treatment, Prevention and Control Summary: The purpose of the following review is to identify promising solutions to the drunk driving problem in this country, focusing on four broad areas of inquiry: (1) Can effective treatment programs for drunk drivers be identified? (2) Can effective prevention strategies for drunk drivers be identified? (3) Can effective identification strategies for drunk drivers (utilizing classification and prediction techniques) be identified? (4) Can effective control strategies for drunk drivers (utilizing administrative and/or criminal Justice interventions) be identified? To complete this analysis, we conducted a review of all the available published research on drunk driving released since 1990. Each of the articles we identify in our review is included in the "what works" compendium accompanying this report. Not surprisingly, the quality of the empirical research published during our review period (1990-2002) is generally weak, with few experimental studies conducted on this important problem. To make sense of this body of research, we have adopted a strategy recommended by Welsh and Farrington (2003) in their recent article, "Toward an Evidence-Based Approach to Preventing Crime". First, we have ranked the "quality" of each of the research studies included in this review on a scale of 1 (weakest) to 5 (highest), utilizing the same scaling criteria used in the recent research reviews completed for the National Institute of Justice by the Campbell Collaboration Crime and Justice Group (see Appendix A for a description of review criteria). Next, we used these rankings to organize our assessment of what works, what does not work, what is promising, and what is unknown in the area of drunk driving (see Appendix A for a definition of key review terminology). Finally, we have attempted to examine the State of Maryland's drunk driving strategy by providing a critical review of MADD's "Rating the States 2002" report on drunk driving, which includes an overall grade for Maryland's drunk driving strategy (C) along with a breakdown of grading in each of the following areas: (1) state political leadership, (2) statistics and records, (3) law enforcement, (4) administrative measures/criminal sanctions, (5) regulatory control/availability, (6) youth legislation, prevention, and education, (7) victim issues, (8) laws, and (9) fatality trends. (Note: the full text of the MADD report, along with a breakdown of what each state in the country is currently doing to address the drunk driving problem, is included in our "what works" compendium). Utilizing the results of our review of "what works" in the areas of treatment, classification, prevention, and control, we offer our recommendations for changes in MADD's grading criteria and then discuss the implications of our findings for drunk driver policies and practices in Maryland. Details: s.l.: Maryland Council of Productivity and Management, 2003. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: http://faculty.uml.edu/jbyrne/ Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 132798

Author: Southern Center for Human Rights Title: The Crisis of Violence in Georgia's Prisons Summary: This report entitled, The Crisis of Violence in Georgia's Prisons about the recent, significant rise in violence, torture, and homicides in the Georgia prison system. SCHR is asking the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate, and is calling on state officials to reduce violence, and better protect incarcerated persons and prison staff. The last several years have seen an escalation in the level of homicides, stabbings, and assaults in the Georgia prison system. On June 29, 2014, Shannon Grier was stabbed to death at Augusta State Medical Prison. He became the 33rd Georgia prisoner to be killed by other prisoners since 2010. In 2012 alone, Georgia had more homicides in its state prisons than many states' prisons had in the last ten years, from 2001-2011 (e.g. Pennsylvania, Louisiana, Virginia, Indiana, Kentucky, Mississippi). Three times as many prisoners were killed in Georgia state prisons in 2012 than ten years ago. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Center for Human Rights, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2014 at: https://www.schr.org/files/post/files/Crisis%20of%20Violence%20in%20Prisons-9%20reduced%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Violence Shelf Number: 132807

Author: Restrepo, Dan Title: The Surge of Unaccompanied Children from Central America. Root Causes and Policy Solutions Summary: Over the past few years, and in particular over the past few months, the number of children and families leaving the Central American countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras and arriving in neighboring countries and at our southern border has grown significantly. Already in fiscal year 2014, more than 57,000 children have arrived in the United States, double the number who made it to the U.S. southern border in FY 2013. The number of families arriving at the border, consisting mostly of mothers with infants and toddlers, has increased in similar proportions. In fiscal year 2013, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, apprehended fewer than 10,000 families per year; yet, more than 55,000 families were apprehended in the first nine months of fiscal year 2014 alone. The majority of unaccompanied children and families who are arriving come from a region of Central America known as the "Northern Triangle," where high rates of violence and homicide have prevailed in recent years and economic opportunity is increasingly hard to come by. Officials believe a total of at least 90,000 children will arrive on the U.S.-Mexico border by the end of this fiscal year in September. This brief aims to shed light on this complex situation by putting the numbers of people leaving the Northern Triangle into context; analyzing the broad host of drivers in Central America that have caused a significant uptick in children leaving their countries; and prescribing a series of foreign policy steps to facilitate management of this crisis and also to address the long-term root causes pushing these children to flee their home countries. This brief, however, does not delve into the needed domestic policy changes in the areas of immigration and refugee law. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2014 at: http://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/CentAmerChildren3.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 132808

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Inventory of Evidence-Based and Research-Based Programs for Adult Corrections Summary: A series of recent public policy reforms has moved Washington State toward the use of 'evidence-based' programs. The central concept behind these reforms is to identify and implement strategies shown through rigorous research to improve statewide outcomes (e.g., crime rates or high school graduation rates) cost-effectively. The 2013 Legislature passed a bill to facilitate the use of evidence-based programs in adult corrections. The legislation directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) to: - Develop terms to define evidence-based and research-based programs; - Create an inventory of adult correctional programs and classify those programs as evidence-based or research-based; and - Conduct additional systematic reviews where research evidence currently lacks. The legislation also directs the Department of Corrections (DOC) to determine if the programs it delivers are evidence-based or research-based according to the inventory developed by WSIPP. DOC is required to develop a plan to phase-out ineffective programs and implement evidence-based programs by 2015. This legislative assignment parallels another project approved by WSIPP's Board of Directors requiring WSIPP to expand its benefit-cost model into new topic areas (Medicaid, aging, homelessness, public health, and employment/workforce training). In addition to expanding our benefit-cost model, we will continue to update adult corrections programs and policies relevant to Washington State until the project ends in 2015. Section I of this report contains definitions for evidence-based and research-based programs. Updated systematic reviews are found in Section II. The adult corrections inventory is located in Section III of this report. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1542/Wsipp_Inventory-of-Evidence-Based-and-Research-Based-Programs-for-Adult-Corrections_Final-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 132843

Author: Becker, Marla G. Title: Caught in the Crossfire:The Effects of a Peer-Based Intervention Program for Violently Injured Youth Summary: ABSTRACT Purpose. To assess the effect of a hospital-based peer intervention program serving youth who have been hospitalized for violent injuries on participant involvement in the criminal justice system and violent re-injury and death following hospital discharge. Methods. A total of 112 violently injured youth (12-20 years of age; 80% male; predominantly African-American [60%] and Latino [26%]) hospitalized in Oakland, California participated in a retrospective case-control study. Clients were matched by age and injury severity. Treatment and control youth were followed for six months after their individual dates of injury. The outcome variables of rate of entry/re-entry into the criminal justice system, rate of re-hospitalization for violent injuries and rate of violence-related deaths were compared for treatment and control groups using an odds ratio analysis. Results. Intervention youth were 70% less likely to be arrested for any offense (odds ratio [OR]= 0.257) and 60% less likely to have any criminal involvement (OR=0.356) when compared to controls. No statistically significant differences were found for rates of re-injury or death. Conclusion. A peer-based program that intervenes immediately or very soon after youth are violently injured can directly reduce at-risk youth involvement in the criminal justice system. Details: San Francisco: University of California San Francisco – East Bay, Department of Surgery and Youth ALIVE!, 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: http://sezgdesign.com/ya/news/adolescent_health_0304.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 132846

Author: Theodore, Nik Title: Insecure Communities: Latino Perceptions of Police Involvement in Immigration Enforcement Summary: This report presents findings from a survey of Latinos regarding their perceptions of law enforcement authorities in light of the greater involvement of police in immigration enforcement. Lake Research Partners designed and administered a randomized telephone survey of 2,004 Latinos living in the counties of Cook (Chicago), Harris (Houston), Los Angeles, and Maricopa (Phoenix). The survey was designed to assess the impact of police involvement in immigration enforcement on Latinos' perceptions of public safety and their willingness to contact the police when crimes have been committed. The survey was conducted in English and Spanish by professional interviewers during the period November 17 to December 10, 2012. Survey results indicate that the increased involvement of police in immigration enforcement has significantly heightened the fears many Latinos have of the police, contributing to their social isolation and exacerbating their mistrust of law enforcement authorities. Key findings include: - 44 percent of Latinos surveyed reported they are less likely to contact police officers if they have been the victim of a crime because they fear that police officers will use this interaction as an opportunity to inquire into their immigration status or that of people they know. - 45 percent of Latinos stated that they are less likely to voluntarily offer information about crimes, and 45 percent are less likely to report a crime because they are afraid the police will ask them or people they know about their immigration status. - 70 percent of undocumented immigrants reported they are less likely to contact law enforcement authorities if they were victims of a crime. - Fear of police contact is not confined to immigrants. For example, 28 percent of US-born Latinos said they are less likely to contact police officers if they have been the victim of a crime because they fear that police officers will use this interaction as an opportunity to inquire into their immigration status or that of people they know. - 38 percent of Latinos reported they feel like they are under more suspicion now that local law enforcement authorities have become involved in immigration enforcement. This figure includes 26 percent of US-born respondents, 40 percent of foreign-born respondents, and 58 percent of undocumented immigrant respondents. - When asked how often police officers stop Latinos without good reason or cause, 62 percent said very or somewhat often, including 58 percent of US-born respondents, 64 percent of foreign-born respondents, and 78 percent of undocumented immigrant respondents. These findings reveal one of the unintended consequences of the involvement of state and local police in immigration enforcement - a reduction in public safety as Latinos' mistrust of the police increases as a result of the involvement of police in immigration enforcement. Details: Chicago: Department of Urban Planning and Policy, University of Illinois at Chicago, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: https://greatcities.uic.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Insecure_Communities_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 132847

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: Neighborhoods and Crime: Collective Efficacy and Social Cohesion in Miami-Dade County Summary: While substantial research on collective efficacy and the role it plays in protecting vulnerable communities against crime continues to accumulate (see Pratt & Cullen, 2005), there remain several important gaps in research in this area. For example, an important finding for this research was the clear distinction between collective efficacy and social cohesion. The size of the group domain for social cohesion suggested that this dimension is substantively different from collective efficacy and is important in understanding neighborhood social functioning. Thus, we focus on these two areas of social functioning. The current project was jointly funded by the National Institute of Justice and The Children's Trust of Miami-Dade County to address some of these existing gaps in the understanding about collective efficacy. Specifically, the research presented in this report covers five main questions that remain largely unaddressed in the current research on collective efficacy and crime: 1. What are the psychometric properties of the most popular measure of perceptions of collective efficacy (the Sampson et al., 1997 scale)? Is this measure appropriate and well-constructed and is it being modeled correctly in extant research on collective efficacy? 2. At the level of individual perceptions, what are the important relationships between perceptions of collective efficacy and related constructs like social cohesion and other important perceptual outcomes, such as perceptions of incivilities, satisfaction with the police, and fear of crime? 3. Do the relationships between perceptions of collective efficacy, social cohesion, and related constructs and other key variables vary between neighborhoods? In other words, is there heterogeneity in the impact of perceptions of collective efficacy and social cohesion in different social contexts? If so, how does the impact of perceptions of collective efficacy and social cohesion vary and what are potential explanations for this heterogeneity? 4. What variables predict perceptions of collective efficacy, social cohesion, and related constructs? Do a person's activities within the neighborhood influence the degree to which they perceive it to function properly? 5. Is there local variability in collective efficacy, social cohesion, and other related constructs within neighborhoods? What strategies are available for modeling this variability? This study is intended to serve as an assessment of these complex, unresolved issues in the understanding of collective efficacy and social cohesion. We used in-person community survey data collected from a sample of 1,227 respondents located across eight neighborhoods in Miami-Dade County, Florida. The study location represents an ethnically- and economically-diverse group of neighborhoods and survey respondents. The study design also included systematic social observations (SSOs) of street segments in each of the eight study neighborhoods (see Sampson & Raudenbush, 1999). In total, 235 street segments across the eight neighborhoods were coded, with an average of approximately 29 per neighborhood or approximately 20 percent of the total number of face block segments in each neighborhood. Details: Silver Spring, MD: Justice & Security Srategies, Inc., 2013. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/245406.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 132848

Author: Males, Mike Title: California's 58 Crime Rates: Realignment and Crime in 2012 Summary: California must reduce its prison population to 137.5 percent of rated capacity (approximately 110,000 individuals), due to a court-ordered mandate. One measure to achieve an institutional population reduction was the adoption of Public Safety Realignment, under Assembly Bill (AB) 109, in October 2011, whereby counties assumed responsibility for individuals convicted of low-level, nonviolent, non-sexual offenses who might have previously been sent to state prison. Counties also are responsible for managing said individuals who are released from prison on Post Release Community Supervision (PRCS). California's crime rate increased slightly in 2012. Previous CJCJ analysis found no correlation between the crime rate increase and Realignment (CJCJ, 2013a), and the purpose of this publication is to analyze newly available data for 2012. This report further addresses recent research by the Public Policy Institute of California (PPIC, 2013) that concluded Realignment was associated with an increase in property offenses, particularly motor vehicle theft, but not violent offenses in the first year of the policy. The present analysis finds California's 58 counties vary dramatically in their implementation of Realignment and in their respective crime rates. There are no conclusive trends demonstrating a causal relationship between Realignment and crime, even among counties in close geographic proximity. Additionally, there may be non-Realignment factors that inform an increase in certain crimes. Given this varied implementation, some counties continue as models for innovative policies worthy of recognition and replication. Details: Sacramento: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2014 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/CJCJ_2014_Realignment_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 132851

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Graffiti Tracker:An Evaluation of the San Diego County Multi-Discipline Graffiti Abatement Program Summary: The goal of the San Diego County Multi-Discipline Graffiti Abatement Program is to utilize technology (Graffiti Tracker) to better document graffiti and identify and convict the most prolific offenders regionally. The system may enhance law enforcement's ability to identify graffiti taggers and gather evidence for prosecution of multiple acts of vandalism, which could result in longer sentences and larger fines, as well as serve as a deterrent to other individuals. To determine if the anticipated benefits of Graffiti Tracker are realized, SANDAG conducted an evaluation to determine how implementation varied across the region and what the impact was for all agencies participating in the pilot program. The final report was completed in June 2012 and can be accessed below. Results from the evaluation include the number of incidents documented during the pilot program, as well as how many incidents were linked across jurisdictions, how many cases were solved, and how much restitution was ordered. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2014 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/projectid/projectid_391_14469.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Graffiti Shelf Number: 132854

Author: Seghetti, Lisa Title: Border Security: Immigration Inspections at Port of Entry Summary: About 362 million travelers (citizens and non-citizens) entered the United States in FY2013, including about 102 million air passengers and crew, 18 million sea passengers and crew, and 242 million incoming land travelers. At the same time about 205,000 aliens were denied admission at ports of entry (POEs); and about 24,000 persons were arrested at POEs on criminal warrants. (Not all persons arrested are denied admission, including because some are U.S. citizens.) Within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Customs and Border Protection's (CBP) Office of Field Operations (OFO) is responsible for conducting immigration inspections at America's 329 POEs. CBP's primary immigration enforcement mission at ports of entry is to confirm that travelers are eligible to enter the United States and to exclude inadmissible aliens. Yet strict enforcement is in tension with a second core mission: to facilitate the flow of lawful travelers, who are the vast majority of persons seeking admission. A fundamental question for Congress and DHS is how to balance these competing concerns. In general, DHS and CBP rely on "risk management" to strike this balance. One part of the risk management strategy is to conduct screening at multiple points in the immigration process, beginning well before travelers arrive at U.S. POEs. DHS and other departments involved in the inspections process use a number of screening tools to distinguish between known, low-risk travelers and lesser-known, higher-risk travelers. Low-risk travelers may be eligible for expedited admissions processing, while higher-risk travelers are usually subject to more extensive secondary inspections. As part of its dual mission, and in support of its broader mandate to manage the U.S. immigration system, DHS also is responsible for implementing an electronic entry-exit system at POEs. Congress required DHS' predecessor to develop an entry-exit system beginning in 1996, but the implementation of a fully automated, biometric system has proven to be an elusive goal. The current system collects and stores biographic entry data (e.g., name, date of birth, travel history) from almost all non-citizens entering the United States, but only collects biometric data (e.g., fingerprints and digital photographs) from non-citizens entering at air or seaports, and from a subset of land travelers that excludes most Mexican and Canadian visitors. With respect to exit data, the current system relies on information sharing agreements with air and sea carriers and with Canada to collect biographic data from air and sea travelers and from certain non-citizens exiting through northern border land ports; but the system does not collect data from persons exiting by southern border land ports and does not collect any biometric exit data. Questions also have been raised about DHS' ability to use existing entry-exit data to identify and apprehend visa over-stayers. The inspections process and entry-exit system may raise a number of questions for Congress, including in the context of the ongoing debate about immigration reform. What is the scope of illegal migration through ports of entry, and how can Congress and DHS minimize illegal flows without unduly slowing legal travel? Congress may consider steps to enhance POE personnel and infrastructure and to expand trusted travel programs. Congress also may continue to seek the completion of the entry-exit system, a program that has been the subject of ongoing legislative activity since 1996, as summarized in the appendix to this report. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: R43356: Accessed July 31, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43356.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 132857

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty Title: No Safe Place: The Criminalization of Homelessness in U.S. Cities Summary: Homelessness continues to be a national crisis, affecting millions of people each year, including a rising number of families. Homeless people, like all people, must engage in activities such as sleeping or sitting down in order to survive. Yet, in communities across the nation, these harmless, unavoidable behaviors are treated as criminal activity under laws that criminalize homelessness. This report provides an overview of criminalization measures in effect across the nation and looks at trends in the criminalization of homelessness, based on an analysis of the laws in 187 cities that the Law Center has tracked since 2009. The report further describes why these laws are ineffective in addressing the underlying causes of homelessness, how they are expensive to taxpayers, and how they often violate homeless persons' constitutional and human rights. Finally, we offer constructive alternatives to criminalization, making recommendations to federal, state, and local governments on how to best address the problem of visible homelessness in a sensible, humane, and legal way. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Center on Homelessness and Poverty, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2014 at: http://nlchp.org/documents/No_Safe_Place Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 128735

Author: Bush, Jeb Title: U.S. Immigration Policy Summary: Few issues on the American political agenda are more complex or divisive than immigration. There is no shortage of problems with current policies and practices, from the difficulties and delays that confront many legal immigrants to the large number of illegal immigrants living in the country. Moreover, few issues touch as many areas of U.S. domestic life and foreign policy. Immigration is a matter of homeland security and international competitiveness-as well as a deeply human issue central to the lives of millions of individuals and families. It cuts to the heart of questions of citizenship and American identity and plays a large role in shaping both America's reality and its image in the world. Immigration's emergence as a foreign policy issue coincides with the increasing reach of globalization. Not only must countries today compete to attract and retain talented people from around the world, but the view of the United States as a place of unparalleled openness and opportunity is also crucial to the maintenance of American leadership. There is a consensus that current policy is not serving the United States well on any of these fronts. Yet agreement on reform has proved elusive. The goal of the Independent Task Force on U.S. Immigration Policy was to examine this complex issue and craft a nuanced strategy for reforming immigration policies and practices. The Task Force report argues that immigration is vital to the long-term prosperity and security of the United States. In the global competition to attract highly talented immigrants, the United States must ensure that it remains the destination of first choice. The report also finds that immigrants, who bring needed language and cultural skills, are an increasingly important asset for the U.S. armed forces. What is more, allowing people to come to this country to visit, study, or work is one of the surest means to build friendships with future generations of foreign leaders and to show America's best face to the world. Details: Washington, DC: Council on Foreign Relations, 2009. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Independent Task Force Report No. 63: Accessed July 31, 2014 at: http://www.cfr.org/immigration/us-immigration-policy/p20030 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 132861

Author: Hunt, Priscillia Title: Evaluation of the Shreveport Predictive Policing Experiment Summary: Predictive policing is the application of statistical methods to identify likely targets for police intervention (the predictions) to prevent crimes or solve past crimes, followed by conducting interventions against those targets. The concept has been of high interest in recent years as evidenced by the growth of academic, policy, and editorial reports; however, there have been few formal evaluations of predictive policing efforts to date. In response, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded the Shreveport Police Department (SPD) in Louisiana to conduct a predictive policing experiment in 2012. SPD staff developed and estimated a statistical model of the likelihood of property crimes occurring within block-sized areas. Then, using a blocked randomized approach to identify treatment and control district pairs, districts assigned to the treatment group were given maps that highlighted blocks predicted to be at higher risk of property crime. These districts were also provided with overtime resources to conduct special operations. Control districts conducted property crime-related special operations using overtime resources as well, just targeting areas that had recently seen property crimes (hot spots). This study presents results of an evaluation of the processes in addition to the impacts and costs of the SPD predictive policing experiment. It should be of interest to those considering predictive policing and directed law enforcement systems and operations, and to analysts conducting experiments and evaluations of public safety strategies. This evaluation is part of a larger project funded by the NIJ, composed of two phases. Phase I focuses on the development and estimation of predictive models, and Phase II involves implementation of a prevention model using the predictive model. For Phase II, RAND is evaluating predictive policing strategies conducted by the SPD and the Chicago Police Department (contract #2009-IJ-CX-K114). This report is one product from Phase II. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR531/RAND_RR531.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 132885

Author: Clear, Todd R. Title: Predicting Crime through Incarceration: The Impact of Rates of Prison Cycling On Rates of Crime in Communities Summary: The purpose of this project has been to estimate the impact of "prison cycling" -the flow into and out of prison - on crime rates in communities, with special concern about areas that have high rates of prison cycling. In this work, we explicitly hypothesized that: (1) there would be a positive impact of neighborhood reentry rates on neighborhood crime rates, controlling for neighborhood characteristics; (2) there would be a positive effect of neighborhood removal rates (admissions) on neighborhood crime rates, controlling for neighborhood characteristics; (3) the effect of the rate of both removal and reentry on the neighborhood crime rate would depend upon the level of removal and reentry (tipping point); and (4) the effect of the rate of both removal and reentry on crime the neighborhood crime rate would depend upon the level of concentrated disadvantage in the neighborhood (interaction effect). To complete the proposed work, we compiled datasets on prison admissions and releases that would be comparable across places and geocoded and mapped those data onto crime rates across those same places. The data used were panel data. The data were quarterly or annual data, depending on the location, from a mix of urban (Boston, Newark and Trenton) and rural communities in New Jersey covering various years between 2000 and 2012. Census tract characteristics come from the 2000 Census Summary File 3. The crime, release, and admission data were individual level data that were then aggregated from the individual incident level to the census tract level by quarter (in Boston and Newark) or year (in Trenton). The analyses centered on the effects of rates of prison removals and returns on rates of crime in communities (defined as census tracts) in the cities of Boston, Massachusetts, Newark, New Jersey, and Trenton, New Jersey, and across rural municipalities in New Jersey. Our analytic strategy, was one of analytic triangulation. Through the data collection associated with this project, we amassed a uniquely comprehensive crime and incarceration dataset over time - arguably one of the most comprehensive assembled to date. This dataset allowed us to model the relationship between crime and incarceration using a range of techniques (fixed effects panel models, Arrellano-Bond estimations, and vector auto-regression) taking advantage of each and being partially freed of the limitations of any one. We gave considerable attention to the problem of modeling. As might be expected, different models often provide different results. The most parsimonious models provide small standard errors with significant results, but there are sometimes sign changes when new control variables are added, suggesting instability in the modeling strategy. By contrast, the most stable results are provided by fixed effects models that, while intuitively attractive, have the disadvantage of large standard errors. When we use this analytic approach, we achieve results that, we believe, are more reliable. Overall, our work finds strong support for the impact of prison cycling on crime. It seems that such cycling has different effects in different kinds of neighborhoods, consistent with the idea of a "tipping point" but more clearly expressed as an interaction between crime policy and type of neighborhood. The results in Tallahassee, Boston, and Trenton provide consistent support for this idea. In Newark, as a result of the city's limited variability in neighborhood disadvantage, we failed to find the same pattern. Further research will investigate whether this neighborhood interaction holds in other sites. It will also enable us to think about how neighborhood change over time affects the prison cycling-crime relationship. Do neighborhoods that improve start to benefit from incarceration policy? In contrast, does current incarceration policy become a factor that inhibits neighborhood improvement? Details: Final Report submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247318.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Modeling Shelf Number: 132949

Author: Ratcliffe, Jerry H. Title: Smart Policing Initiative: Final Report Summary: This report documents the experimental results from the Temple University sub-contractual part of the Smart Policing Initiative funding awarded the City of Philadelphia. This project was supported by Grant No. 2009-DG-BX-K021 awarded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance. The project centered on a randomized field experiment. The study was designed and conducted as part of a continuing research-practitioner partnership with the Philadelphia Police Department. The Police Commissioner and management team were actively involved in the planning of the experiment so that the experimental design would more closely approximate how hot spots policing would occur naturally in a large urban police department. As the Commissioner wrote in the city's crime fighting strategy; In today's economy, we must be smart and judicious about allocating police resources. Saturation patrol is not an informed solution to preventing or reducing a rising crime problem. We must understand what works, how it works, when it works, and where it works. The answers to these questions provide the foundation for "evidence-based" policing strategies. First, violent crime hotspots were delineated using spatial statistics. Violent crime point data were accessed from the city's 2009 incident database. Violent crime was defined as homicide, robbery, aggravated assault and misdemeanor assault. Two different local measures for detecting spatial association and concentration were applied: Local Indicator of Spatial Association (LISA) and Hierarchical Nearest Neighbor Clustering (HNN). Full details of the analysis strategy are found in the chapters that follow. A total of 81 mutually-exclusive target areas were identified, allowing 21 of these to be used as controls. Senior police commanders (District Captains) were asked to use their operational knowledge to delineate the final boundaries of deployment areas and to identify which type of intervention should be applied in each. They were asked to identify 27 areas suitable for foot patrol, 27 areas that would benefit from problem-solving and 27 areas where police would focus enforcement on violent repeat offenders. Police commanders drew deployment areas around the hot spots identified by the LISA and HNN analyses taking into consideration the street network and environmental features. The 81 deployment areas were then displayed on a new map. In subsequent meetings with the Regional Operations Commanders, the deployment areas' boundaries were revised to balance police operations with research priorities (e.g., achieving geographic separation of the target areas to allow for examination of displacement/diffusion effects). The final 81 hot spots were small, containing an average of 3 miles of streets and 23.5 intersections. The 81 hot spot deployment areas were stratified into three groups prior to randomization based on their pretest score on treatment suitability as qualitatively evaluated by police department commanders. Random assignment using a random number generator was performed separately for each stratum of 27 areas resulting in 20 areas being assigned to treatment and 7 to control. The three experimental areas were targeted for at least three months with, problem-oriented policing, offender-focused activity, or foot patrol. The report that follows documents the experimental results of the study, a pre-post survey of officers involved in the experiment, and a pre-post survey of residents in the experimental areas. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Center for Security and Crime Science, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://webcastium.net/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Smart-1-final-report-Temple-University.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 132973

Author: New Jersey. Joint Committee on Criminal Justice Title: Report of the Joint Committee on Criminal Justice Summary: The Supreme Court today released the report of the Joint Committee on Criminal Justice. The report calls for significant changes in the way bail is administered and for the enactment of a speedy trial law. The committee, established in June 2013 by Chief Justice Stuart Rabner, includes judges, prosecutors, public defenders, private counsel, court administrators, and staff from the Legislature and the governor's office. The committee was chaired by the chief justice and developed 27 recommendations to improve New Jersey's criminal justice system. The committee confronted some very difficult problems relating to the current bail system and delays in bringing criminal cases to trial,- said Chief Justice Rabner. It is telling that nearly all of the committee's recommendations - which include far-reaching proposals-have the unanimous support of judges, prosecutors, and defense counsel. The report's Executive Summary (pages 1 to 7) highlights the key issues and reasoning behind the committee's recommendations. A complete Table of Recommendations follows the summary (pages 8 to 10). Supervised pretrial release - New Jersey's current system of pretrial release is largely dependent upon a defendant's financial resources. Defendants who are unable to post bail are incarcerated before trial, which can have significant consequences. Poor and minority defendants are more likely to be affected. - The New Jersey Constitution guarantees all defendants the right to bail. Judges have no authority to detain even the most violent and dangerous defendants if they can afford to post the amount of bail set. - The current resource-based system presents problems at both ends of the system: some people are held on less serious crimes, with little risk of flight, only because they cannot pay relatively minor amounts of bail; others who pose a significant threat to the community and a substantial risk of flight must be released if they can afford to post bail. - The committee recommends a statutory change from the present "resource-based" system to a "risk-based" system. Under a risk-based approach, judges rely on objective factors to assess the level of risk an individual defendant poses and then impose appropriate conditions of pretrial release. - Pretrial service officers are needed to monitor compliance with nonmonetary conditions of release and supervise defendants who are released pretrial. Preventive Detention - For certain defendants, no combination of release conditions can reasonably ensure either the safety of the community or their appearance in court. A system of preventive detention would permit judges to consider those questions and decide whether to detain or release a defendant pretrial. - The recommendations for a risk-based system of bail and pretrial detention, Recommendations 1 through 9, are interdependent and should not be considered individually. The recommendations call for both constitutional and statutory amendments. Speedy Trial - The New Jersey and the U.S. Constitutions provide the right to a speedy trial. Under New Jersey law, there are no specific timeframes to determine when that right has been violated. - Defendants sometimes wait years between arrest and trial. Particularly for defendants who are incarcerated pretrial, those delays can cause serious, practical problems and affect how their cases proceed. - Incarcerated defendants are more likely to receive less attractive plea offers, to plead guilty if they have already served a significant amount of time in jail, and to receive longer sentences. - The committee recommends that the Legislature adopt a speedy trial act that sets forth specific timeframes in which defendants must be indicted and brought to trial. Recommendations 10 through 15 provide detailed proposals for incarcerated defendants and defendants who are released. Details: Trenton, NJ: Joint Committee on Criminal Justice, 2014. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.judiciary.state.nj.us/pressrel/2014/FinalReport_3_20_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Reform Shelf Number: 132975

Author: Reyes, Jessica Wolpaw Title: Lead Exposure and Behavior: Effects on Antisocial and Risky Behavior among Children and Adolescents Summary: It is well known that exposure to lead has numerous adverse effects on behavior and development. Using data on two cohorts of children from the NLSY, this paper investigates the effect of early childhood lead exposure on behavior problems from childhood through early adulthood. I find large negative consequences of early childhood lead exposure, in the form of an unfolding series of adverse behavioral outcomes: behavior problems as a child, pregnancy and aggression as a teen, and criminal behavior as a young adult. At the levels of lead that were the norm in United States until the late 1980s, estimated elasticities of these behaviors with respect to lead range between 0.1 and 1.0. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 20366: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20366.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 132979

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: Prison Inmates' Prerelease Application for Medicaid: Take-up Rates in Oregon Summary: People returning from prison to the community have historically been uninsured, despite having physical and behavioral health problems that may perpetuate a cycle of relapse and reoffending. We describe Oregon's pre-Affordable Care Act (ACA) process to enroll released prisoners into its state-financed Medicaid program for childless adults. Sizeable numbers participated, including many with mental health and substance abuse problems. Persons leaving prison were as likely as the general population to submit Medicaid applications and less likely to be denied. Challenges arose when the application process straddled prison release, but the ACA simplifies the process and may increase enrollment efficiency. Details: Washington, DC: urban Institute, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413199-prison-inmates-prerelease.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 132981

Author: Ayoub, Lama Hassoun Title: School Safety in New York City: Policy, Practice, and Programs from 2002 to 2013 Summary: This brief describes changes in school safety policy, practice, and programs in New York City during Mayor Michael Bloomberg's administration (January 1, 2002 - December 31, 2013). Over this time, the city has seen a large decline in school crime (a 46 percent drop), and, in recent years, has started to see a decline in school suspensions. These trends have taken place amidst the backdrop of a growing partnership between the New York Police Department (NYPD) and the Department of Education (DOE). These agencies have launched an array of initiatives designed to improve school safety, particularly in schools with high concentrations of reported crime. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/School%20Safety%20Policy%20Brief.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime (New York City) Shelf Number: 132984

Author: Reich, Warren A. Title: The Criminal Justice Response to 16- and 17-Year-Old Defendants in New York Summary: New York is one of two states, along with North Carolina, that defines 16- and 17-year-old defendants as criminally responsible adults. New York's policy exposes these young defendants to lasting collateral consequences, including the possibility of a criminal conviction, incarceration, and lifetime reductions in employment prospects and earnings. In the fall of 2011, New York State's Chief Judge, Jonathan Lippman, proposed legislation promoting a more age-appropriate approach to these defendants. In April 2014, Governor Andrew Cuomo appointed a Commission on Youth, Public Safety, and Justice that will study different options and submit statewide policy recommendations by the end of the year. Chief Judge Lippman also created the Adolescent Diversion Program (ADP) in 2012, an initiative put into effect in nine of New York's 62 counties, which seeks to adopt an age-appropriate approach within the legal confines of the adult criminal court system. With funding from the New York Community Trust, a previous research report described the policies of all nine ADP sites and tested the effects of ADP participation on case dispositions, sentences, and re-arrests over a six-month tracking period (Rempel, Lambson, Cadoret, and Franklin 2013). The current study extends the re-arrest tracking period for Year One ADP participants to at least one year; provides a new analysis of the impact of the ADP initiative among those enrolled in Year Two; and examines 16- and 17-year-old defendant characteristics, case dispositions, sentences, and risk factors for re-arrest across the entire state. The goal of the research is to help inform deliberations as the judicial, legislative, and executive branches seek to improve justice for adolescents in New York State. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/ADP%20Y2%20Report%20Final%20_v2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 132985

Author: Grant, Emily A. Title: Exploratory Study of Human Trafficking in Wyoming Report Summary: The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) funded the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) to conduct an exploratory study of human trafficking in Wyoming. This was the first-ever study examining the problem of human trafficking in Wyoming. This exploratory project began building a foundation for a larger research effort to follow. The main goal for this exploratory study was to develop an understanding of what data already exists and identify data gaps concerning human trafficking. This was accomplished through conducting a literature search, 32 key informant interviews, 3 informal focus groups, and archival data compilation. We have discovered that generally people do know what human trafficking is, and many have had experience with a known or suspected case through their work in Wyoming. Service providers and law enforcement are aware of human trafficking problems and while they do not have any formal protocols, they feel that they can effectively handle a human trafficking situation should it arise. Law enforcement and social service providers stated a clear need for education and training on effective strategies for identifying and responding to human trafficking cases. Creation of a training course for social service providers and law enforcement is recommended. A standard reporting system for both confirmed and suspected cases, along with state-wide network would be beneficial for connecting law enforcement and service providers so that they may better serve victims of human trafficking. In terms of determining the scale and scope of human trafficking in Wyoming, this exploratory study could not definitively address the issue. The infrastructure does not yet exist in Wyoming. First, law enforcement and social service providers (likely "first responders") must receive training and guidance on how to recognize and effectively serve human trafficking victims. Awareness of human trafficking must also be raised at the community level to reduce stigmatization, increase the chances of it being recognized and support victims in escaping the situation. Next, a standard reporting system for both confirmed and suspected cases, along with state-wide network must be created for law enforcement and service providers so that they may better serve victims of human trafficking. Once these steps have been Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center, University of Wyoming, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: WYSAC Technical Report No. CJR - 1302: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/wysac/ProjectView.aspx?ProjectId=295&DeptId=0 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 132988

Author: Manuel, Kate M. Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children - Legal Issues: Answers to Frequently Asked Questions Summary: Recent reports about the increasing number of alien minors apprehended at the U.S. border without a parent or legal guardian have prompted numerous questions about so-called unaccompanied alien children (UACs). Some of these questions pertain to the numbers of children involved, their reasons for coming to the United States, and current and potential responses of the federal government and other entities to their arrival. Other questions concern the interpretation and interplay of various federal statutes and regulations, administrative and judicial decisions, and settlement agreements pertaining to alien minors. This report addresses the latter questions, providing general and relatively brief answers to 14 frequently asked questions regarding UACs. Some of the questions and answers in the report provide basic definitions and background information relevant to discussions of UACs, such as the legal definition of unaccompanied alien child; the difference between being a UAC and having Special Immigrant Juvenile (SIJ) status; the terms and enforcement of the Flores settlement agreement; and why UACs encountered at a port of entry-as some recent arrivals have been-are not turned away on the grounds that they are inadmissible. Other questions and answers explore which federal agencies have primary responsibility for maintaining custody of alien children without immigration status; removal proceedings against such children; the release of alien minors from federal custody; the "best interest of the child" standard; and whether UACs could obtain asylum due to gang violence in their home countries. Yet other questions and answers address whether UACs have a right to counsel at the government's expense; their ability under the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations to have consular officials of their home country notified of their detention; and whether UACs are eligible for inclusion in the Obama Administration's Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) initiative. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: R43623: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43623.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 132989

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation Title: The Geography of Trafficking in Tennessee 2013 Summary: The purpose of this report is to examine the data released in the Tennessee Human Sex Trafficking and Its Impact on Children and Youth study (THST) (Tennessee Bureau of Investigation & Vanderbilt University, 2011). As a follow-up, the Tennessee Bureau of Investigation (TBI) is profiling counties that were identified as having highest rates of identified minor human sex trafficking cases as reported in 2011. Under review are the underlying socio-economic conditions as well as other extraneous factors within each county that might create vulnerable and at risk populations or; expose factors which may be present, which would give rise to human trafficking cases. This report will also address the reliability of the methods utilized to collect the data on these cases. Lastly, researchers will address the 21st century geography of human trafficking and prostitution, the world wide web, and whether that phenomenon has resulted in driving this crime even further under the proverbial radar. A popular misconception is that sex trafficking only happens in urban cities. But the reality is that sex trafficking is as much a rural problem as it is an urban one. Of the 941 respondents to the 2011 TBI study survey, 460 (49%) were from rural TN counties. Of the total rural respondents, 156 people (42%) reported knowing of cases of sex trafficking in their jurisdiction. Because human sex trafficking is occurring in both urban and rural locations in Tennessee, a special section will address the differences in how the crime occurs and presents in those types of environments. Details: Nashville: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, 2014. 76p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.tbi.tn.gov/tn_crime_stats/publications/Digital%20Version%20County%20Profile%202011%20TN%20HST%20followup%2014Jan14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Tennessee) Shelf Number: 132991

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Lamoille Community Justice Program Outcome Evaluation: Final Report Summary: The Lamoille Community Justice Project (LCJP) is a program within the Lamoille County Court Diversion Restorative Justice Programs which operates as a non-profit, community-based agency located in Hyde Park, Vermont, serving the Lamoille Valley region. The LCJP is a prevention program for children of incarcerated parents. The primary program goal is to prevent children from repeating the cycle of involvement with the criminal justice system as young adults. The administrators of the LCJP contracted the Vermont Center for Justice Research to conduct an outcome evaluation of the program to determine how many of the participants of the LCJP had post-program contacts with the criminal justice system that resulted in conviction. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/lccjpeval2012_files/LCCJC%20Recidivism%20Rpt%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 132992

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Unintended Consequences of Cigarette Taxation and Regulation Summary: Tobacco smoking harms health. Taxes and regulations can reduce that harm. But evasion reduces the efficacy of taxes and regulations and creates harms of its own in the form of illicit markets. Enforcement can reduce evasion but creates additional harms, including incarceration and violence. Peter Reuter has pointed out that a flat ban on cigarettes would be likely to generate illicit-market harms similar to the harms of existing illicit drug markets. Taxes and regulations can be thought of as "lesser prohibitions," subject to the same sorts of risks. Minimizing total harm means minimizing the sum of abuse harms and control harms. Tighter regulations and higher taxes on cigarettes risk increasing the size of the existing illicit tobacco markets, which are already substantial. That risk can be somewhat blunted by increasing enforcement effort, but doing so can be costly on several dimensions and might, under plausible assumptions, lead to an increase in violence. Tobacco policymaking should therefore consider illicit markets and the need for enforcement; some of the health benefits of regulation and taxation may be offset by increased illicit-market side effects and enforcement costs. The presence of licit substitutes, such as e-cigarettes, can greatly reduce the size of the problem; the regulation of e-cigarettes should take this effect into account. If enforcement is to be increased to counterbalance tightened controls, positive-feedback dynamics suggest that the enforcement increase should precede, rather than follow, the tightening. Details: Malibu, CA: Pepperdine University - School of Public Policy, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: School of Public Policy Working Papers, Paper 47: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2354772 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 132993

Author: Drake, Elizabeth K. Title: Predicting Criminal Recidivism: A Systematic Review of Offender Risk Assessments in Washington State Summary: Under Washington State's sentencing laws, an adult convicted of a felony in superior court receives a sentence as prescribed within the ranges of the state's sentencing guidelines. Depending on the seriousness of the crime and a person's criminal history, some sentences may result in confinement in prison, community supervision, or both. The Department of Corrections (DOC) has jurisdiction over offenders sentenced to more than one year of confinement as well as those who receive a sentence of supervision in the community. In 1999, the Legislature enacted the Offender Accountability Act (OAA) that set state policy regarding the intensity of community supervision. The law requires DOC to classify offenders according to their future risk for re-offense and the harm they have caused society in the past. DOC must deploy more staff and rehabilitative resources to higher-risk offenders. Since the passage of the OAA, DOC has implemented two different risk assessments to assist with the classification of offenders. The 2009 Legislature required DOC to use a risk assessment "recommended to the department by the Washington State Institute for Public Policy as having the highest degree of predictive accuracy for assessing an offender's risk of re-offense." We focus our systematic review on assessments that have been tested on offender populations in Washington State. The Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) was approached in 2012 by DOC to determine if a new risk assessment under consideration by DOC has the highest degree of predictive accuracy of future recidivism. To fulfill this legislative requirement, WSIPP systematically reviewed the literature on risk assessments that have been statistically "validated." That is, we examined tools developed and tested on offenders in Washington to determine the degree of accuracy of predicting recidivism. Details: Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1554/Wsipp_Predicting-Criminal-Recidivism-A-Systematic-Review-of-Offender-Risk-Assessments-in-Washington-State_Final-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prediction Shelf Number: 132995

Author: Drake, Elizabeth K. Title: The Effectiveness of Declining Juvenile Court Jurisdiction of Youth Summary: In Washington State, the juvenile courts have jurisdiction over youth under the age of 18 who are charged with committing a crime. Under certain circumstances, however, the juvenile courts are declined jurisdiction and youth are automatically sentenced as adults. For this report, we examined whether the automatic decline law results in higher or lower offender recidivism for those who were sentenced as adults by comparing recidivism rates of youth who were automatically declined after the 1994 law with youth who would have been declined had the law existed prior to that time. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1544/Wsipp_The-Effectiveness-of-Declining-Juvenile-Court-Jurisdiction-of-Youth_Final-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 132996

Author: New York City Board of Correction Title: Barriers to Recreation at Rikers Island's Central Punitive Segregation Unit Summary: When people confined in New York City's Rikers Island jail complex violate rules the Department of Correction (DOC) has the authority to remove them from the general inmate population and place them in punitive segregation. Often referred to as "the bing," punitive segregation functions as a jail within a jail, where prisoners are locked almost continuously in single-occupancy cells that are roughly 7 feet wide and 12 feet long. Several of the facilities on Rikers Island have punitive segregation units, and the largest is the Central Punitive Segregation Unit (CPSU) at the Otis Bantum Correctional Center, which is reserved for male prisoners. On March 17 of this year, for example, 367 adults - 92.4% of all adult prisoners assigned to punitive segregation - were housed in the CPSU along with 22 adolescent prisoners, representing roughly a quarter (27.8%) of all teens in punitive segregation on that day. Because continuous solitary confinement is detrimental to a person's physical and mental health, the Minimum Standards promulgated by the New York City Board of Correction (BOC), reflecting both national and international standards for the treatment of prisoners, entitle inmates in punitive segregation to at least one hour of recreation every day. For individuals confined in the CPSU, the only form of recreation available is an hour alone in one of the Unit's 32 outdoor "cages." While the cages are empty of any equipment such as a basketball hoop and ball or pull-up bar that would facilitate exercise, this hour nevertheless represents a prisoner's only access to fresh air and direct sunlight and only opportunity for social contact with other prisoners in adjacent pens and staff present in the area. This brief interruption of life in solitary confinement is particularly important for a population with a high rate of mental illness and instability and, as a result, one that is difficult to supervise safely. According to snapshot data provided by the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, more than half of prisoners in CPSU either came to Rikers Island with a diagnosed mental illness or received mental health services during their current period of incarceration. Details: New York: New York City Board of Correction, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/boc/downloads/pdf/reports/CPSU_Rec_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 132998

Author: Simich, Laura Title: Improving Human Trafficking Victim Identification - Validation and Dissemination of a Screening Tool Summary: Statement of problem Human trafficking occurs on an enormous scale in the United States, but only a fraction of victims are identified, hindering provision of victim services and prosecution of traffickers. Purpose of the study To provide a solution, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) designed, field-tested and validated a comprehensive screening tool to improve victim identification, victim services and law enforcement efforts on a nation-wide scale. Working with 11 victim service providers, Vera collected original data on more than 230 cases from interviews with potential trafficking victims and case file reviews to determine if the screening tool could reliably identify victims-including adults and minors, and domestic and foreign-born-of sex and labor trafficking. Vera also facilitated participatory evaluation by conducting focus groups and 36 in-depth interviews with service providers, trafficking survivors and law enforcement personnel to identify best practices in implementation of the screening tool. Summary of results The study achieved its validation and evaluation objectives and identified good practices in victim identification. Analysis demonstrated that the screening tool accurately measures several dimensions of human trafficking and is highly reliable in predicting victimization for both sex and labor trafficking across diverse sub-groups, including those divided by age, gender and country of origin. The majority of questions asked in the three domains-migration, work, and working/living conditions-in which indicators were measured, were significant predictors of trafficking after controlling for demographics: - 87% of the questions significantly predicted trafficking victimization in general; - 71% were significant predictors of labor trafficking specifically; and - 81% were significant predictors of sex trafficking. Statistical validation determined that a short version of the tool consisting of 16 questions (approximately half of the questions tested) accurately predicts victimization for both sex and labor trafficking cases. The tool can be further shortened if an interviewer suspects a specific type of trafficking victimization (sex or labor) based on circumstances. Of the 180 individuals in the sample who responded to the screening questions, 53% (N=96) were trafficking victims and 47% (N=84) were non-trafficking victims, i.e. victims of other crimes such as domestic violence, smuggling, prostitution or labor exploitation. Of the trafficking victims, 40% (N=38) were sex trafficking victims and 60% (N=58), labor trafficking victims. Few studies have described characteristics of trafficking victims and factors associated with trafficking among diverse sub-groups. While this study sample is not representative of trafficking victims in general, data analysis revealed, for example, that trafficking victims in this sample were more likely than non-trafficking victims to report that they spoke ―good‖ or ―excellent‖ English and to have more education compared to non-trafficking victims. Females were more likely to have been subjected to some form of sexual exploitation and isolation, while males were more likely to have experienced labor exploitation. Evaluation demonstrated that the efficacy of the screening tool depends upon its appropriate use. Because of the trauma and fear that trafficking victims endure, a sensitive approach is paramount. Building trust, ensuring safety and meeting victims' legal, social and health needs are fundamental considerations in victim identification. More resources, training and collaboration are essential in this process. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 454p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/human-trafficking-identification-tool-technical-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 132999

Author: Cho, Rosa Title: Prison-based Adult Basic Education (ABE) and Post-release Labor Market Outcomes Summary: We use administrative data from Florida to determine the extent to which participation in prison-based Adult Basic Education (ABE) improves post-release earnings and/or employment. Utilizing a comparison group of inmates who had similar TABE scores on prison entry and a rich set of conditioning covariates, we find no systematic evidence that ABE participation is associated with higher post-release earnings. We do find, however, that ABE participation is associated with an increased probability of post-release employment. We also find that the ABE-employment relationship is the largest for ABE participants who had substantial amount of uninterrupted ABE instruction. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2009. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/projects/reentry-roundtable/upload/Tyler.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 133009

Author: Hoke, Scott Title: Inmate Behavior Management: Northampton County Jail Case Study Summary: Violence, vandalism, and other unwanted inmate behaviors prevail in many jails nationwide, and they frustrate jail practitioners who must ensure the safety and security of inmates, staff and the public. Jail environments are one of the few environments in our communities where this type of behavior is expected and accepted. The environment created by these behaviors should not be considered acceptable, and it is jail administrators' responsibility to operate their facilities in a way that prevents these behaviors from occurring. Effectively managing inmate behavior creates a safer environment for the inmates and staff and allows the jail to provide a valuable service to the public. Community safety is enhanced by strong jail management and facilities should aspire to create environments where compliance, respect, and cooperation are fostered. In an attempt to create a system of strong management, the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) introduced an initiative that was designed to teach administrators, managers, and corrections officers the most effective methods to control inmate behavior and optimize operational efficiency. NIC calls the initiative Inmate Behavior Management or IBM. The comprehensive management system has six identifiable elements that work together to control inmate behavior and create an efficient and effective organization (Hutchinson, Keller, and Reid 2009): 1 Assessing risks and needs 2 Assigning inmates to housing 3 Meeting inmates' basic needs 4 Defining and conveying expectations for inmates 5 Supervising inmates 6 Keeping inmates productively occupied Inmate Behavior Management: Northampton County Jail Case Study provides an example of how one facility planned and implemented the IBM management system and transitioned to a philosophy that refused to accept negative behavior as a natural result of the process of confinement. The experiences and results detailed in this report can be considered a valuable resource for any jail administrator who wants to make similar changes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/027702.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133014

Author: Kutateladze, Besiki Title: Prosecution and Racial Justice in New York County -- Technical Report Summary: Minority overrepresentation in the criminal justice system is of great national concern. Prosecutors' discretion to file charges, change or reduce charges, plea bargain, and make sentencing recommendations is nearly unlimited. Despite this authority, prior research has not adequately examined the extent to which prosecutors may contribute to racial and ethnic disparities. Research on criminal case processing typically examines a single outcome from a particular decision-making point, making it difficult to draw reliable conclusions about the impact that factors such as defendants' race or ethnicity exert across successive stages of the justice system. Using a unique dataset from the New York County District Attorney's Office (DANY) that tracks a large sample of diverse criminal cases, this study assesses racial and ethnic disparity at multiple discretionary points of prosecution and sentencing. In addition to a large administrative dataset, randomly selected subsamples of misdemeanor marijuana and felony non-marijuana drug cases were chosen, and information on arrest circumstances and evidence factors was gathered from prosecutors' paper files to supplement our analyses. The study found that DANY prosecutes nearly all cases brought by the police with no marked racial or ethnic differences at case screening. For subsequent decisions, disparities varied by discretionary point and offense category. For all offenses combined, compared to similarly-situated white defendants, black and Latino defendants were more likely to be detained, to receive a custodial plea offer, and to be incarcerated; but they were also more likely to benefit from case dismissals. In terms of offense categories, blacks and Latinos were particularly likely to be held in pretrial detention for misdemeanor person offenses, followed by misdemeanor drug offenses. Blacks and Latinos were also most likely to have their cases dismissed for misdemeanor drug offenses. Disparities in custodial sentence offers as part of the plea bargaining process and ultimate sentences imposed were most pronounced for drug offenses, where blacks and Latinos received especially punitive outcomes. Asian defendants appeared to have most favorable outcomes across all discretionary points, as they were less likely to be detained, to receive custodial offers, and to be incarcerated relative to white defendants. Asian defendants received particularly favorable outcomes for misdemeanor property offenses. The study concludes with a discussion of implications for DANY and the research community, as well as study limitations. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 283p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/race-and-prosecution-manhattan-technical.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 133017

Author: Bachner, Jennifer Title: Predictive Policing: Preventing Crime with Data and Analytics Summary: In this report, Dr. Bachner tells compelling stories of how new policing approaches in communities are turning traditional police officers into "data detectives." Police departments across the country have adapted business techniques -- initially developed by retailers, such as Netflix and WalMart, to predict consumer behavior -- to predict criminal behavior. The report presents case studies of the experiences of Santa Cruz, CA; Baltimore County, MD; and Richmond, VA, in using predictive policing as a new and effective tool to combat crime. While this report focuses on the use of predictive techniques and tools for preventing crime in local communities, these techniques and tools can also be applied to other policy arenas, as well, such as the efforts by the Department of Housing and Urban Development to predict and prevent homelessness, or the Federal Emergency Management Agency's efforts to identify and mitigate communities vulnerable to natural disasters. Details: Washington, DC: IBM Center for The Business of Government, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.businessofgovernment.org/sites/default/files/Predictive%20Policing.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 133020

Author: Hoke, Scott Title: Inmate Behavior Management: Brazos County Jail Case Study Summary: Violence, vandalism, and other unwanted inmate behaviors prevail in many jails nationwide, and they frustrate jail practitioners who must ensure the safety and security of inmates, staff, and the public. Jail environments are one of the few environments in our communities where this type of behavior is expected and accepted. The environment created by these behaviors should not be considered acceptable, and it is jail administrators' responsibility to operate their facilities in a way that prevents these behaviors from occurring. Effectively managing inmate behavior creates a safer environment for inmates and staff and allows the jail to provide a valuable service to the public. Community safety is enhanced by strong jail management, and facilities should aspire to create environments where compliance, respect, and cooperation are fostered. In an attempt to create a system of strong management, the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) introduced an initiative that was designed to teach administrators, managers, and corrections officers the most effective methods to control inmate behavior and optimize operational efficiency. NIC calls the initiative Inmate Behavior Management or IBM. The comprehensive management system has six identifiable elements that work together to control inmate behavior and create an efficient and effective organization (Hutchinson, Keller, and Reid 2009): 1 Assessing risks and needs 2 Assigning inmates to housing 3 Meeting inmates' basic needs 4 Defining and conveying expectations for inmates 5 Supervising inmates 6 Keeping inmates productively occupied Inmate Behavior Management: Brazos County Jail Case Study provides an example of how one facility planned and implemented the IBM management system and transitioned to a philosophy that refused to accept negative behavior as a natural result of the process of confinement. The experiences and results detailed in this report can be considered a valuable resource for any jail administrator who wants to make similar changes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/027703.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133021

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: Juvenile Victims of Domestic Sex Trafficking: Juvenile Justice Issues Summary: There has been growing concern over sex trafficking of children in the United States. Demand for sex with children (and other forms of commercial sexual exploitation of children) is steady, and profit to sex traffickers has increased. Law enforcement is challenged not only by prosecuting traffickers and buyers of sex with children, but also by how to handle the girls and boys whose bodies are sexually exploited for profit. Under the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000 (TVPA; P.L. 106-386), the primary law that addresses trafficking, sex trafficking of children is a federal crime; moreover, an individual under the age of 18 who is involved in commercial sex activities is considered a victim of these crimes. Despite this, at the state and local levels, juvenile victims of sex trafficking may at times be treated as criminals or juvenile delinquents rather than victims of crime. Of note, there are no comprehensive data that address the number of prostituted or otherwise sexually trafficked children, and there are limited studies on the proportion of these juveniles who are treated as offenders. A number of factors may, alone or in combination, contribute to the criminalization of juvenile trafficking victims. One is a lack of victim identification and an awareness of key indicators that may help in identifying victims. Even in states that statutorily consider juveniles involved in commercial sex to be victims, law enforcement may not have received sufficient training to be able to identify victims. Another factor is a lack of secure shelters and specialized services for victims; despite knowing that the juvenile is a victim, law enforcement may charge the individual with a crime so as to place the victim into one of the only available safe and secure environments - a detention facility within the juvenile justice system. Researchers and policy makers have suggested a number of options aimed at preventing minor trafficking victims from being caught up in the juvenile justice system and diverting them to programs and services that can help rehabilitate and restore these youth. These have included supporting law enforcement training on human trafficking, enhancing law enforcement and community partnerships, enacting safe harbor laws preventing the prosecution of victims as offenders, establishing diversion programs for juveniles involved in commercial sex, and establishing provisions to seal or expunge records of trafficked youth's involvement in the juvenile justice systems. Because the federal government considers juveniles involved in prostitution as victims of trafficking, and because much of the policing to combat prostitution and sex trafficking - both of adults and children - happens at the state level, federal policy makers have considered how to influence states' treatment of trafficking victims (particularly minors) such that state policies are more in line with those of the federal government. Financial incentives from federal grants and victim compensation funds could be provided through a variety of avenues. These routes include TVPA-authorized grants, juvenile and criminal justice grants, Violence Against Women Act (VAWA; P.L. 113-4) - authorized grants, and the Crime Victims Fund. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R43677: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43677.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 133028

Author: Lazzati, Natalia Title: Hot Spot Policing: A Study of Place-Based Strategies to Crime Prevention Summary: Hot spot policing is a popular policing strategy that addresses crime by assigning limited police resources to areas where crimes are more highly concentrated. We analyze this strategy using a game theoretic approach. The main argument against focusing police resources on hot spots is that it would simply displace criminal activity from one area to another. We provide new insights on the nature of the displacement effect with useful implications for the empirical analysis of crime-reduction effects of police reallocation. We find that, in certain contexts, our results support the empirical findings of no displacement effects. We also propose alternative place-based policies that display attractive properties in terms of geographic spillovers of crime reduction via optimal police reallocation. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2277876 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 133030

Author: Acoca, Leslie Title: Health Coverage and Care for Youth in the Juvenile Justice System: The Role of Medicaid and CHIP Summary: Girls and boys in the juvenile justice system are a diverse group of young people with often complex health needs.0F1 Many are from low-income families of color, have suffered abuse, were involved in the foster care system, and may require comprehensive and ongoing physical, reproductive, mental, and behavioral health services upon discharge from juvenile justice residential facilities. The provision of comprehensive, coordinated physical and mental health services for girls and boys while they are in the juvenile justice system and in their communities and after release is important to their rehabilitation and reintegration into society. Given the low incomes of many of these youth, Medicaid has the potential to play an important role in financing these services. This brief provides an overview of the health and mental health needs of girls and boys in the juvenile justice system and the role of Medicaid in addressing those needs. It focuses on the circumstances of those girls and boys who are placed in juvenile justice residential facilities, the discontinuity of Medicaid coverage for those youth, and the options for improving coverage, continuity of care and access to needed services post-discharge, including new opportunities provided by the Affordable Care Act. Details: Menlo Park, CA: Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://kaiserfamilyfoundation.files.wordpress.com/2014/05/8591-health-coverage-and-care-for-youth-in-the-juvenile-justice-system.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 133031

Author: Dumont, Robyn Title: Maine Juvenile Recidivism Report. 2013 Summary: This report summarizes the data for four groups of youth involved with the Department of Juvenile Services (DJS) between the years of 2006 and 2011. The four groups are as follows:  Diverted Youth: These youth have been referred to the juvenile justice system but then formally diverted by a Juvenile Community Corrections Officer (JCCO). Diversions include sole sanctions, no further actions, and informal adjustments. Youth who are successfully diverted do not continue on through the juvenile justice system. They may, however, be placed back into the justice system should diversion be determined ineffective.  Supervised Youth: These youth have had formal charges brought against them, been found delinquent in a juvenile court, and placed under DJS supervision (either in the community or in a facility).  Committed Youth: These youth have had formal charges brought against them, been found delinquent in a juvenile court, and placed in a secure juvenile facility.  Discharged Youth: These youth have had formal charges brought against them, been found delinquent in a juvenile court, placed under DJS supervision (either in the community or in a facility), and then released. This report includes analysis of youth demographics, offense class and type, Youth Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (YLS‐CMI) completion rates and risk levels, recidivism rates1 and county‐level data. The time component of recidivism is different for each group (please see individual report sections), but recidivism for all groups is defined in terms of whether an adjudicated youth is re‐adjudicated (as a juvenile) or convicted (as an adult) for an offense committed past the time point indicated for the particular group. This report contains separate analyses for each of the four groups as well as an overview section. Details: Augusta: Maine Department of Corrections, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://statedocs.maine.gov/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&context=doc_docs Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 133036

Author: Jetzer, Keri-Anne Title: Juveniles Sentenced As Adults and Juvenile Decline Hearings Summary: Over the past several years, increased attention has been paid to juveniles who were sentenced as adults, both nationally and in Washington state. Until now, no single agency or organization in the state tracked juveniles who had been through the declination process and/or juveniles who have been sentenced as adults from the time they are charged to the time of sentencing on through their confinement. Decline hearings are held when a youth is pending juvenile court proceedings and the juvenile court decides to either retain jurisdiction or remand the youth to adult court1. In 2012, the Washington State Statistical Analysis Center received funding from the Bureau of Justice Statistics to create a dataset2 of juveniles who had been sentenced as adults and of juveniles who had received a decline hearing but were sentenced in juvenile court for calendar years 2007 through 2011. This research brief provides the first comprehensive look at these populations. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief No. 72: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/researchbriefs/2013/brief072.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Jurisdiction Shelf Number: 133037

Author: Warnken, Heather Title: Untold Stories of California Crime Victims: Research and Recommendations on Repeat Victimization and Rebuilding Lives Summary: Some of California's most vulnerable crime victims did not receive the healing they needed because they weren't aware of trauma-recovery services or didn't think they were getting adequate access, according to a new report by a Berkeley Law research center. The report, released this week by the Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, highlights the gap that exists between service providers and victims, including those who were repeatedly victimized. It recommends that policy-makers support counseling, job, and housing services, particularly in communities that are most affected by violence. Untold Stories of California Crime Victims uses new research and focus-group interviews with several crime victims in Los Angeles, San Joaquin, and Sacramento counties to give a voice to the injured, said report author Heather Warnken, a legal policy associate. The report singles out San Francisco General Hospital's Trauma Recovery Center as a model for communities to follow. The center, opened in 2001 as a project of UC San Francisco and the hospital, helps victims of sexual assault, violence at home, and other traumas. More than three-quarters of the center's clients have shown improved mental health and more than half are more likely to return to work, according to the Berkeley Law report. The model has expanded to Los Angeles County. Among the report's findings: -Many repeat victims are reluctant to report their cases because they don't trust law enforcement; -Many of the victims interviewed in the focus groups said their relationships with first responders other than police were more positive than those with law enforcement; -People repeatedly traumatized by violence developed other problems over time, such as substance abuse. The report's recommendations include: 'Building trust with law enforcement officials and agencies in communities burdened by violence; -Promoting access for crime victims to services that emphasize creative expression, movement and exercise, in addition to counseling. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley School of Law, Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://www.law.berkeley.edu/files/WI_CA_Untold_Stories_03_31_14_lo_res_Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 133039

Author: Early, Kristin Parsons Title: Validity and Reliability of the Florida PACT Risk and Needs Assessment Instrument: A Three-Phase Evaluation Summary: The Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (Department) began efforts in 2005 to develop a comprehensive, evidence-based system of assessing the risks and needs of youth referred to the juvenile justice system. A system change of this magnitude was not easily accomplished and required strong collaboration within the Department, as well as with juvenile justice stakeholders and community partners. The Department followed a long-range plan for developing and implementing its new risk and needs assessment instrument referred to as the Positive Achievement Change Tool (PACT). This process included pilot testing of the assessment and a Pre-Validation Study to norm the instrument to Florida's delinquency population and examine its initial validity in predicting offender risk to re-offend. The current evaluation examined the validity and reliability of the PACT in three phases: Phase I assessed the validity of the PACT risk and needs assessment in accurately predicting recidivism; Phase II involved confirmatory and exploratory factor analyses of all PACT assessment data to assess the utility and parsimony of PACT scoring; and Phase III examined consistency in PACT scoring through assessment of inter-rater reliability. The Justice Research Center (JRC) performed the analyses reported here under contract (Contract P2085) with the Department following a competitive procurement process. Details: Tallahassee: Justice Research Center, 2012. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://www.djj.state.fl.us/docs/probation-policy-memos/jrc-comprehensive-pact-validity-and-reliability-study-report-2012.pdf?Status=Master&sfvrsn=2 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 133042

Author: Bergseth, Kathleen J. Title: Reentry Services: An Evaluation of a Pilot Project in Clay County, MN Summary: The Reentry Services Project (RSP) in Clay County, MN began in July 2003 with funding from the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Office of Drug Policy and Violence Prevention and matching funds from the Clay County Joint Powers Collaborative (a collaborative group of local human service agencies). The RSP aimed to improve public safety by assisting youthful offenders in successful community reentry following out-of-home placement. The program included the addition of two Transitional Coordinators (TCs) who worked with Probation Officers (POs) and community-based service providers to identify case specific needs and employ comprehensive case management services. Specifically, the RSP sought to reduce the likelihood of further crime and delinquency by providing comprehensive reentry case management to aid youth in: - Obtaining and maintaining long-term employment, if appropriate, - Maintaining a stable residence, - Addressing substance abuse issues, - Addressing physical and mental health issues, and - Establishing a meaningful and supportive role in the community. RSP was designed to begin at least 30 days prior to release from out-of-home placement, and to continue for six months following release to the community. The program served 124 youth during its first 4 years of operation. This report includes information on 92 RSP youth whose files were closed as of April, 2007. The average (mean) age of youth served during this period was 16.3 years upon return to the community following their most recent out-of-home placement. Of the 92 youth, 72% were male. Half (50%) were White, 26% were Native American or Alaskan Native, 22% Hispanic, and 2% African American. RSP youth averaged 4.2 official contacts with juvenile justice authories prior to program participation, 38% had a prior felony charge, and 54% had a prior person-related crime (i.e., violent offense charge). On average, RSP clients had been on probation for 18 months prior to returning to the community following their most recent placement. RSP clients experienced an average of 3.4 prior out-of-home placements and had spent 197 days in placement, including 173 days in restrictive placement. Nearly all (98%) RSP youth were on indefinite probation, and most (60%) were on maximum or intensive probation supervision. Many RSP youth had extensive histories of problems, such as substance abuse (77%), histories of violence (65%), mental health issues (74%) and school problems (88%). More than three-quarters (76%) had experienced three or more of these problems, and more than half (54%) could be considered dual diagnosis (history of both substance abuse and mental health issues). Details: Fargo, ND: North Dakota State University, Department of Criminal Justice and Political Science, 2007. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://www.claycountycollaborative.org/meetings/files/RSPFinalReport2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 133043

Author: Shah, Melissa Ford Title: Achieving Successful Community Re-Entry upon Release from Prison Summary: This report examines the experience of individuals over a 12-month period following their release from a Washington State Department of Corrections (DOC) facility in SFY 2010 or 2011. We find that homeless ex-offenders who received housing assistance and transitioned to permanent housing had lower rates of criminal recidivism and higher rates of employment, Medicaid coverage, and substance abuse treatment, compared to other homeless ex-offenders. In addition, ex-offenders who received housing assistance were more likely to have Medicaid coverage, and treatment penetration rates were relatively high among substance abusers with coverage. Finally, as with housing assistance, homeless ex-offenders who had Medicaid coverage were less likely to be incarcerated or have a felony conviction in the follow-up period. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/11/193.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Assistance Shelf Number: 133061

Author: Shah, Melissa Ford Title: A Profile of Housing Assistance Recipients in Washington State: History of Arrests, Employment, and Social and Health Service Use Summary: This report examines histories of social and health service use, employment, and arrests for individuals who received assistance from housing programs recorded in the Department of Commerce's Homeless Management Information System and who were also served by the Department of Social and Health Services at least once in recent years. These jointly served clients experienced increases in cash assistance, food assistance, and medical coverage over a five-year period leading up to and including SFY 2010. Their employment and arrest rates rose and then declined over the same time. People who received help from the Homelessness Prevention and Rapid Re-housing (HPRR) and Transitional Housing Programs tended to have similar demographic, employment, arrest, and social and health service use profiles. In addition, recipients of Emergency Shelter and Permanent Housing and Permanent Supportive Housing tended to be more similar to one another. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/11/160.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 133062

Author: Shah, Melissa Ford Title: Impact of Homelessness on Youth Recently Released from Juvenile Rehabilitation Facilities Summary: This report identifies youth released from a Juvenile Rehabilitation (JR) institution or community residential facility who experienced homelessness in a 12-month follow-up period and compares them to youth released from JR facilities who did not have an identified housing need in the year following release. Individuals who were 18 years-old or older at the time of release were at greater risk of experiencing homelessness. Relative to youth who did not have identified housing needs, homeless released youth were more likely to be arrested, convicted of a felony or misdemeanor, re-admitted to a JR institution, and receiving JR parole supervision and services. Homeless released youth also had significantly greater behavioral health, medical, and mortality risk. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/11/191.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 133063

Author: Mayfield, Jim Title: Drug Court Outcomes. Outcomes of Adult Defendants Admitted to Drug Courts Funded by the Washington State Criminal Justice Treatment Account Summary: This report describes chemical dependency treatment participation and crime outcomes of 1,671 adults charged with felonies who were admitted to formally established drug courts in Washington State from July 2007 through June 2009. Three-year treatment and crime outcomes are compared to a matched comparison group of 1,671 adults charged with similar felonies in the same jurisdictions and time period and who were in need of treatment but not admitted to a drug court. Arrests, incarceration rates, and treatment participation over a three-year follow-up period are examined, as are net benefits associated with the reductions in crime attributed to admission to drug court. This is part of a series of analyses for DSHS' Division of Behavioral Health and Recovery examining the experiences of recipients of treatment funded by the Criminal Justice Treatment Account, which pays for chemical dependency treatment for offenders who are chemically dependent or have a substance abuse problem that could, if untreated, lead to addiction. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/4/89.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Washington State) Shelf Number: 133064

Author: Lucenko, Barbara Title: Washington Court and Recovery Enhancement System: Program, Participants, Services and Preliminary Findings Summary: The Washington Court and Recovery Enhancement System (WA-CARES) project addresses the need for improved, cross-system coordination for drug courts and provides recovery support services for high-risk clients who access substance use disorder treatment through the drug court system. The two components of the project addressed in this report are: 1) implementation of an automated drug court case management system; and 2) provision of recovery support services (RSS) to drug court participants in select drug courts. This report provides details on WA-CARES participant characteristics, services received and preliminary outcomes for participants in RSS and non-RSS sites. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/4/90.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (Washington State) Shelf Number: 133065

Author: Estee, Sharon Title: Characteristics and Criminal Histories of Adult Offenders Admitted to Treatment under Washington State's Criminal Justice Treatment Account Summary: This is the first in a series of reports prepared for the DSHS Division of Behavioral Health and Recovery to help evaluate and monitor the effectiveness of the treatment funded by the state's Criminal Justice Treatment Account. This account pays for chemical dependency treatment for criminal offenders who are chemically dependent or have a substance abuse problem that could lead to addiction if left untreated. The intent is to reduce recidivism and increase the likelihood that defendants and offenders will become productive and law-abiding persons. We compare key demographic, criminal history, and geographic differences between two groups of offenders whose treatment is funded through the account: 1) those involved with formally established drug courts, and 2) those charged through non-drug court programs in either Superior Courts or Courts of Limited Jurisdiction. We found that 39 percent of offenders entering treatment were from a drug court program. One in three offenders in both programs was a young adult (age 18 to 25). Felonies were the most serious charge for 94 percent of drug court offenders and 19 percent of non-drug court offenders. Felony drug offenses were the most serious charge for 65 percent of those from drug courts. The most serious charge for half of non-drug court offenders was a traffic-related offense with 36 percent charged with driving under the influence or driving while intoxicated. Drug court offenders had more arrests and convictions in the prior ten years than those from non-drug court programs. And drug-court felons entered treatment sooner than other offenders. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2012. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/4/86.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 133066

Author: Lucenko, Barbara Title: Effects of Functional Family Parole on Re-Arrest and Employment for Youth in Washington State Summary: The Juvenile Rehabilitation Administration implemented a new model of juvenile parole services in 2003, Functional Family Therapy. This new model of parole, Functional Family Parole (FFP), is intended to make families the unit of intervention-not just the youth-and uses family therapy-based approaches to enhance case management outcomes. The new parole model was implemented with several other evidence-based changes in the JRA residential program, collectively called the Integrated Treatment Model. Recent budget reductions led to the elimination of parole for all JRA offenders except high-risk, auto theft offenders, and sex offenders, creating a "natural experiment" allowing us to test of the impacts of Functional Family Parole upon youth in the period following their release. We found that "FFP Youth" were less likely to be arrested and had fewer total arrests during the 9 months following release than those released during the period without the enhanced parole services. "FFP Youth" were also more likely to be employed and earned more on average during the year following release than "No FFP Youth." Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.dshs.wa.gov/pdf/ms/rda/research/2/24.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 133067

Author: Payne, Troy C. Title: Officer-Involved Shootings in Anchorage 1993 - 2013 Summary: This report describes situational, officer, and citizen characteristics of the 45 officer-involved shootings in Anchorage for the period 1 Jan 1993 through 11 May 2013 as recorded in Anchorage Police Department criminal investigation files. An "officer-involved shooting" is defined as an incident in which a sworn employee of the Anchorage Police Department purposefully discharged a firearm at a human being. There were 45 such incidents during the study period. Data for this report was derived from investigation case files produced by the Anchorage Police Department at the time of the incident. The report has three limitations: 1. The data can be used to describe, but not to explain, officer-involved shootings; 2. The data reflect the views of officers involved or near the scene of the shooting, with no independent investigation completed by project staff for this report; 3. The report describes rare events, the patterns of which are difficult (or impossible) to distinguish from random chance. The average number of officer-involved shootings per year was 2.14 during the study period, with a range from zero to five. Officer-involved shootings were generally north of Tudor Road and located near a major street. Combining the situational, officer, and citizen characteristics detailed in this report, it is possible to describe the "typical" officer-involved shooting over the past 20 years. The incident occurred between 12:00am midnight and 7:00am on a weekday. Officers responded to the scene after a citizen call regarding a disturbance or aggravated assault. Most incidents involved one citizen and one or two officers. The citizen possessed and threatened to use or attempted to use a weapon. Officers discharged a department-issued semi-auto pistol between one and three times. The citizen sustained one or more gunshot wounds; officers were not injured. Officers were typically white, male, at the rank of Officer, and in the middle of their careers with 4-9 years of experience. Compared to the 2012 Anchorage population, citizens involved were disproportionately minority, male, and under 30 years old. Many citizens were under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs. Half of citizens involved were suspected of other crimes and most had at least one conviction for a misdemeanor or felony before the officer-involved shooting incident. The report below is intended to provide an overall picture of the officer-involved shootings during the past two decades. While it cannot explain such events given the limitations of the data source, there is no other comprehensive source of aggregate officer-involved shooting data in Anchorage. This report is therefore a first step toward a better understanding of officer use of force in Anchorage. Details: Anchorage: UAA Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: JC 1402: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2010/1402.apd_ois/1402.01.officer_involved_shootings.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 133068

Author: Californians for Safety and Justice Title: Latino Voices: The Impact of Crime and Criminal Justice Policies on Latinos Summary: Despite representing a larger portion of California's population than whites, Latinos are dramatically overrepresented as crime victims - and in our courts, jails and prisons. Research shows that Latinos receive harsher treatment in arrests, pretrial proceedings and sentencing than whites, even when charged with the same offenses. Other findings include: Victims of Crime - Latinos are murdered twice as much as whites in California -- and more by strangers. - Latinos are more likely to be shot and burglarized than whites. - Hate crimes against Latinos rise as immigration increases. - California Latinos experienced more repeat crimes than survivors overall. - Half of Latino survivors are unaware of recovery services. Unequal Treatment in the System - Latinos awaiting trial were more likely to be denied bail, or their bail was set higher than African Americans or whites. - Latinos were 44% more likely to be incarcerated than whites for the same crimes. Latinos Support Change - California Latino voters want officials to focus on less incarceration, not more - They want more supervised probation and rehabilitation by a five-to-one margin over sending more people to jail/prison. - Eight in 10 support shortening long sentences and using the savings for education, health services and prevention. Details: Oakland, CA: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://libcloud.s3.amazonaws.com/211/04/1/430/LatinoReport_7.8.14v1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 133073

Author: Brooker, Claire M.B. Title: The Jefferson County Bail Project: Impact study found better cost effectiveness for unsecured recognizance bonds over cash and surety bonds Summary: In early 2010, Jefferson County, Colorado, conducted a Bail Impact Study, which was a pilot project to determine, among other things, the impact of using fewer secured money bonds on four bail outcomes: (1) public safety; (2) court appearance; (3) compliance with supervision; and (4) pretrial jail use. This study was part of the larger Jefferson County Bail Project, a comprehensive undertaking to understand and improve the County's bail administration. Results showed that the increased use of secured financial conditions of bond did not enhance court appearance, public safety, or compliance with other conditions of supervision. Secured bonds did, however, increase pretrial jail bed use. These findings suggest that when secured money bonds are set, it results in higher taxpayer cost with no public safety, court appearance, or compliance with supervision benefits. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/pji-reports/Jeffersion%20County%20Bail%20Project-%20Impact%20Study%20-%20PJI%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (Colorado) Shelf Number: 133074

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: The Jefferson County Bail Project: Lessons learned from a process of pretrial change at the local level Summary: Beginning in 2007, at the advent of the current pretrial justice reform movement, the Jefferson County, Colorado, criminal justice system initiated a process of: (1) educating itself on legal and evidence-based practices at bail; (2) describing existing issues, desired outcomes, and options for improvements to the administration of bail; and (3) periodically testing its hypotheses based on shared goals. That process involved extensive background research, consideration of that research by a committee having diverse criminal justice membership, the creation of an ambitious pilot project, data analysis, and ultimately a vote by the key justice system decision-makers to implement several recommended changes. Overall, the criminal justice system in Jefferson County has changed from one accustomed to the traditional money bail system to one that has moved away from that system in several meaningful ways. The system changed its practices, its mindset, and even its vocabulary. It furthered pretrial justice without changes in state law, and it did so while maintaining acceptable public safety and court appearance rates. While Jefferson County has not fully implemented all of the practices it envisioned and tested, it laid a solid foundation for further incremental improvement. Details: Washington, DC: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/pji-reports/Jefferson%20County%20Bail%20Project-%20Lessons%20Learned%20-%20PJI%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (Colorado) Shelf Number: 133075

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Traffic Safety: Alcohol Ignition Interlocks are effective while installed; Less it known about how to increase installation rates Summary: Motor vehicle crashes involving alcohol-impaired drivers killed 10,322 people in 2012 and account for almost one third of all traffic fatalities annually. Ignition interlocks are one strategy states use to combat DWI. In 2012, MAP-21 established a grant program for states that adopt and implement mandatory alcohol ignition-interlock laws for all convicted DWI offenders. Funding authorization for this program expires at the end of fiscal year 2014. GAO was asked to review the effectiveness of ignition interlocks and NHTSA's implementation of the new grant program. This report discusses (1) what is known about ignition interlock effectiveness and (2) the extent to which NHTSA has assisted states in implementing ignition-interlock programs, including the grant program. GAO reviewed 25 studies that analyzed relationships between ignition interlocks and DWI arrests and fatalities; interviewed NHTSA officials and reviewed reports about NHTSA's assistance to states; and interviewed representatives from safety-advocacy and research organizations, and officials involved with ignition-interlock programs from 10 states. The states were selected based on grant program qualification and the number of alcohol-impaired fatalities, among other factors. The information from these states is not generalizable. DOT officials reviewed a draft of this report and generally agreed with the findings. DOT offered technical corrections, which we incorporated as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-559: Accessed August 14, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/664281.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlocks Shelf Number: 133076

Author: University of Nevada, Las Vegas. William S. Boyd School of Law, Thomas & Mack Legal Clinic, Immigration Clinic Title: The Conditions of Immigration Detention in Nevada: A Report on the Henderson Detention Center, November 19, 2013 Summary: The most recent statistics on Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) activity show that ICE detained 429,247 individuals during the 2011 fiscal year. Compared to the number of immigrants detained in the last twenty years, this represents an enormous expansion of efforts to physically contain immigrants. Indeed, from 1995 to 2009, ICE expanded its daily detention capacity by 400%. During the same timeframe, ICE removals skyrocketed by more than 700%. In other words, ICE has paired a massive expansion of detention with a focus on aggressive efforts to carry out deportations. This sudden and unprecedented expansion of ICE's power and responsibility has placed immigrants in a particularly vulnerable position. Aggressive prosecution and expanded use of detention has simply added to the well-documented vulnerabilities that tend to characterize immigrants as a group. In the United States, immigrants are more likely than those born in the U.S. to lag behind in education, have trouble speaking English, and to be in or near poverty. Moreover, immigrants are less likely to report when they are the victims of criminal and civil violations. These attributes are exacerbated by the fact that most immigrants in detention do not have ready access to counsel because they are often detained some distance from their homes (and population centers generally), and the U.S. removal system does not provide indigent detainees with counsel. ICE's rapid and aggressive expansion of detention and removal, combined with the inherent vulnerabilities of the undocumented population, has led to grave concerns about the treatment of detained immigrants. As a result, ICE's Office of Detention Oversight (ODO) has audited correctional facilities where immigration detainees are housed.13 Yet these efforts have not resolved concerns about immigration detention. This report represents an effort to examine immigration detention conditions in Nevada and determine whether improvements have occurred at the Henderson Detention Center (HDC) since ODO performed its audit of HDC in 2011. Details: Las Vegas: Immigration Clinic, Thomas & Mack Legal Clinic, William S. Boyd School of Law, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.knpr.org/son/images/people/immigrationdetentionnevada.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 131908

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Gun Control Legislation in the 113th Congress Summary: Congress has debated the efficacy and constitutionality of federal regulation of firearms and ammunition, with strong advocates arguing for and against greater gun control. The mass shooting in Newtown, CT, along with other mass shootings in Aurora, CO, and Tucson, AZ, restarted the national gun control debate. The Senate had considered a range of legislative proposals, including several that President Barack Obama supports as part of his national gun violence reduction plan. The most salient of these proposals would (1) require background checks for intrastate firearms transfers between unlicensed persons at gun shows and nearly any other venue, otherwise known as the "universal background checks" proposal; (2) increase penalties for gun trafficking; and (3) reinstate and strengthen an expired federal ban on detachable ammunition magazines of over 10-round capacity and certain "military style" firearms commonly described as "semiautomatic assault weapons," which are designed to accept such magazines. On March 21, 2013, Senator Harry Reid introduced the Safe Communities, Safe Schools Act of 2013 (S. 649). As introduced, this bill included the language of several bills previously reported by the Senate Committee on the Judiciary: (1) the Stop Illegal Trafficking in Firearms Act of 2013 (S. 54), (2) the Fix Gun Checks Act of 2013 (S. 374), and (3) the School Safety Enhancements Act of 2013 (S. 146). However, the Assault Weapons Ban of 2013 (S. 150) was not included in S. 649. From April 17-18, 2013, the Senate considered S. 649 and nine amendments that addressed a wide array of gun control issues, ranging from restricting assault weapons to mandating interstate recognition (reciprocity) of state handgun concealed carry laws. By unanimous consent, the Senate agreed that adoption of these amendments would require a 60-vote threshold. However, all but two of these amendments were rejected. But, a final vote was not taken on S. 649. While the House has yet to consider any of the gun control proposals debated in the Senate, on May 8, 2013, the House Committee on Veterans' Affairs approved a bill, the Veterans 2nd Amendment Protection Act (H.R. 602), that addresses veterans, mental incompetency, and firearms eligibility. This bill would narrow the grounds by which beneficiaries of veterans' disability compensation or pensions are determined to be ineligible to receive, possess, ship, or transfer a firearm or ammunition because a fiduciary has been appointed on their behalf. The Senate Committee on Veterans' Affairs approved a nearly identical bill (S. 572) on September 4, 2013. In addition, in December 2013, Congress approved a 10-year extension of the Undetectable Firearms Act of 1988 (H.R. 3626; P.L. 113-57). In July 2014, the Senate considered the Bipartisan Sportsmen's Act of 2014 (S. 2363) that included several provisions intended to promote hunting, fishing, and recreational shooting. Supporters of gun rights or gun control filed a score of amendments. When a cloture motion was defeated on July 10, 2014, the Senate leadership postponed further consideration of S. 2363. The House Committee on Appropriations approved an FY2015 Interior appropriations measure (yet to be filed) on July 9, 2014, that includes provisions which are similar, but not identical, to those included in S. 2363. The House passed an FY2015 Energy and Water Development Appropriations bill (H.R. 4923) on July 10, 2014, that includes a provision that addresses civilian carry of firearms on public properties managed by the Army Corps of Engineers. The Senate has passed a companion bill (S. 1245), but it does not include a similar provision. In addition, the House amended and passed an FY2015 District of Columbia appropriations bill (H.R. 5016) on July 16, 2014, with a provision that would prohibit the use of any funding provided under that bill from being used to enforce certain District gun control statutes. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: R42987: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42987.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 133078

Author: Grondel, Darrin T. Title: Evaluation of the Washington State Ignition Interlock Pilot Program 2009 Summary: Washington State first enacted ignition interlock laws in 1987. The laws have been modified several times over the past two decades to expand ignition interlock device (IID) use and increase compliance. In 2009, Washington State created Ignition Interlock Licenses (IIL) and modified the existing ignition interlock laws. The Washington Traffic Safety Commission (WTSC) evaluated the effects of the 2009 law on recidivism and compliance. This report provides an evaluation of drivers who had an IID installed during 2009 under the new laws. Utilizing data provided by ignition interlock vendors and the Department of Licensing (DOL), WTSC evaluated installation compliance, noncompliance behaviors, and recidivism. The evaluation showed: Installation compliance has improved. - An installation compliance rate of 56 percent, higher than the 33 percent compliance rate reported in an evaluation of the 2004-2006 laws. There is a high frequency of driver noncompliant actions after the IID is installed. - Among IID drivers, 8.2 percent started their vehicles either never or rarely (0-9 starts per month). An additional 5.1 percent of drivers exhibited minimum vehicle use (10-19 starts per month). - Overall, 21 percent of interlocked drivers were found to have tampered with the IID at least once. Among drivers who tampered with their IIDs, the average number of tampering attempts was 11.6 times. - Overall, 73 percent of interlocked drivers experienced one or more start failures; the average number of start failures was 10.8. Ten percent of these drivers had 27 or more start failures. The average blood alcohol concentration (BAC) reading for start failures was 0.09. - Failures in random retests occurred for 37 percent of all drivers with an average of 1.6 retest failures. The average BAC reading was 0.06 for retest failures. - Vehicle lockouts occurred among 25 percent of the drivers, with an average of 1.32 lockouts. The IID significantly lowered recidivism among second and third-plus DUI offenders. - Among first driving under the influence (DUI) offenders, no significant difference in recidivism was found between the IID drivers and non-IID drivers. Differences in age and prior driving history between IID drivers and non-IID drivers did not affect the results. - Among second DUI offenders, there was a significant difference in recidivism between the IID drivers and non-IID drivers. Second DUI offenders with an IID had a 26 percent lower recidivism rate. - Among third-plus DUI offenders, there was a significant difference in recidivism between the IID drivers and non-IID drivers. Third-plus DUI offenders with an IID had a 28 percent lower recidivism rate. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Traffic Safety Commission, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www-stage.wtsc.wa.gov/wp-content/uploads/downloads/2014/04/IIPP.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices (Washington State) Shelf Number: 133080

Author: Caulkins, Jonathan P. Title: Drug Control and Reductions in Drug-Attributable Crime Summary: The Cost of Crime� (Caulkins and Kleiman, 2013) began by describing a mayor whose advisor advocated fighting crime by funding a program that would reduce cocaine consumption by 20 percent.1 The premise of that discussion was that a rough, first-pass analysis of that recommendation would compare the cost of the program to the social cost of crime times the proportion of crime that is caused by cocaine times 20 percent (the anticipated reduction in cocaine consumption). The previous two articles in this series sought to enrich interpretation of two key parameters in that calculation: (1) the proportion of crime that is drug-related and (2) the social cost of crime. This article takes the analysis an important step further by noting that the reduction in crime can depend crucially on how the 20 percent reduction in cocaine consumption is achieved. There is not a one-for-one link between quantity of a drug that is consumed and the amount of drug-related crime that can be causally traced back to that consumption. So even if an intervention achieved a 20 percent reduction in cocaine consumption, the corresponding reduction in cocaine-related crime could be larger or smaller. Indeed, it is not inconceivable that there could be perverse effects; an intervention that reduced cocaine use might even increase, not decrease, cocaine-related crime. We divide the discussion into five sections. The first four are mostly pessimistic about supply control policies relative to demand reducing interventions. The fifth paints a more optimistic view of law enforcement�s potential contribution, by suggesting that law enforcement could focus on violence-control not supply control � a crucial but underappreciated distinction. The overall conclusion, though, is not about the merits of demand- vs. supply-control, but rather to make the point that not all interventions that reduce drug use by a given proportion will reduce drug-related crime by the same proportion. When an intervention reduces drug-use by X percent, the resulting reduction in drug-related crime can be larger or smaller than X percent depending on the way in which the drug use reduction was obtained. Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246403.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 133089

Author: Caulkins, Jonathan P. Title: How Much Crime Is Drug-Related? History, Limitations, and Potential Improvements of Estimation Methods Summary: Drug-related crime imposes an enormous burden on society, but how big is enormous? And how do "we" as citizens, policy analysts, and policy makers develop sound intuitions for the scale of something that directly or indirectly affects hundreds of millions of people? This is the first in a series of articles (see "The Cost of Crime" by Caulkins and Kleiman, 2013, and "Drug Control and Reductions in Drug-Attributable Crime" by Caulkins, 2013) that attempt not so much to answer those questions in the sense of computing specific numerical estimates, but rather to provide guidance on how one should understand and interpret such estimates. After all, we do not lack for estimates of the annual costs of illicit drug use. The 2011 National Drug Intelligence Center report says the answer is $193 billion just for 2007 (NDIC, 2011); Henrick Harwood and his coauthors said that it was $97.7 billion just for 1992 (Harwood et al., 1998) - which would have been $135.5 billion in 2007 dollars. What is lacking is understanding of what such figures mean. Is one right, and the other wrong? Are either right? Is it possible to provide a single "right" number and, even if so, what response would the number imply, in terms of changing public policies? These figures dwarf everyday experience just as surely as do other "facts" that swirl around us. We measure computer memory in Gigabytes, where one Gigabyte is 1,073,741,824 bytes. No one can count that high. If we counted one number per second every second of every day � without pausing to sleep, eat, or go to the bathroom � it would take 34 years to count to Giga. And Giga is by no means the largest scale that informed citizens need to comprehend. After all, it is "only" a billion. Although Senator Everett Dirksen probably never said it takes several billions before one is even talking real money, it is true that the cost of drug-related crime is so enormous that no one can even hope to estimate it to the nearest billion. "A billion here, a billion there" really is just round off error when trying to grapple with the enormity of the costs of drug-related crime. Great mischief blossoms when common sense retreats in awe of such quantities. Buried behind the estimates of the National Drug Intelligence Center and Harwood and his coauthors and others like them are value judgments and crude approximations and tacit assumptions that need to be surfaced. That a calculation produces a big number, and takes two hundred pages to explain, does not imply that the resulting number is accurate. Indeed, depending on a variety of factors, the opposite may be true. To be clear, we mean no disrespect toward the authors of these enormous estimates. The analysis is daunting, having some estimates is clearly better than pure ignorance, and we could do no better. Rather, the goal in these articles is to make consumers of these figures better able to appreciate and use them effectively. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University; Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246404.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 133090

Author: Leadership Conference Education Fund Title: Falling Further Behind: Comtabing Racial Discrimination in America Summary: A coalition of American civil and human rights groups, submitted a report titled, �Falling Further Behind: Combating Racial Discrimination in America,� to the Committee on Ending Racial Discrimination that governs the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination The report detailed myriad disparities that still exist in the criminal justice system, education, voting, housing and immigration. Details: Washington, DC: LCEF, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://www.civilrightsdocs.info/pdf/reports/CERD_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 133117

Author: Olson, Richard Title: The Safer Foundation: An In-Depth Program Evaluation and Recidivism Study Summary: The Safer Foundation is a non-profit organization in the Chicago area. Its primary mission is to reduce recidivism among formerly incarcerated persons (FIPs) by supporting, through a full spectrum of services, their efforts to be employed, law-abiding members of the community. The organization has been working toward this goal for more than forty years and regularly reshapes and reimagines their programming in order to best serve the changing needs of the community. An multi-method process and outcome evaluation of the Safer Foundation was conducted to understand the extent to which the foundation is achieving desired outcomes as well as to collect and synthesize staff and client input in order to improve client services. Under the direction of Safer administrators, this evaluation was completed with a number of aims. We have identified three primary objectives and their expected outcomes. First, it was predicted that clients enrolled in services at the Safer Foundation will have significantly lower rates of recidivism than formerly incarcerated persons not enrolled in Safer services. Second, data collected from clients and staff will contribute to the understanding of the service model and how efficacy and efficiency can be improved. Finally, we predicted that time spent in Safer Foundation programming will correlate positively with scores on two measures of work self-efficacy. Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago, 2013. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: http://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2468&context=luc_theses Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment (Chicago) Shelf Number: 129975

Author: Kenne, Deric R. Title: Examination of Thinking Error and the Responsivity Principle in a Cognitive-Behavioral Intervention for Offenders: Implications for Criminal Justice Policy Summary: The intent of criminal justice policy is to guide offender rehabilitation efforts to include the most effective and efficient programming, while reducing recidivism and maintaining public safety. Research over the past several years indicates that the use of cognitive-behavioral approaches to offender rehabilitation tend to have the greatest efficacy in terms of lowering recidivism rates. The focus of many cognitive-behavioral programs for offenders is the identification of and reduction of thinking errors. While cognitive-behavioral programs have been found to be more effective, why some offenders appear to be more responsive to cognitive-behavioral programming is less understood. The issue of responsivity has garnered much interest in recent years. Utilizing a longitudinal design, race and gender differences in terms of thinking error were analyzed for 527 offenders prior to and following involvement in a cognitive-behavioral intervention. Differences in the degree of change from pre to post intervention were also analyzed. Further, thinking error and the responsivity variables of race and gender were analyzed to assess their ability to predict unsuccessful completion in a community-based correctional facility for 926 offenders. Results indicate that important race and gender differences exist prior to and following participation in a cognitive-behavioral intervention. The responsivity to cognitive-behavioral interventions may be influenced by gender and race. As such, cognitive-behavioral programs may need to be revised to account for these differences and provide more effective intervention, thus further reducing recidivism rates. Results are discussed in terms of their importance to correctional rehabilitation efforts and criminal justice policy. Details: Akron, OH: University of Akron, 2010. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 22, 2014 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap/10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:akron1289309592 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Programs Shelf Number: 130000

Author: Donohue, John J., III Title: An Empirical Evaluation of the Connecticut Death Penalty System Since 1973: Are There Unlawful Racial, Gender, and Geographic Disparities? Summary: This article analyzes the 205 death-eligible murders leading to homicide convictions in Connecticut from 1973-2007 to determine if discriminatory and arbitrary factors influenced capital outcomes. A regression analysis controlling for an array of legitimate factors relevant to the crime, defendant, and victim provides overwhelming evidence that minority defendants who kill white victims are capitally charged at substantially higher rates than minority defendants who kill minorities, that geography influences both capital charging and sentencing decisions (with the location of a crime in Waterbury being the single most potent influence on which death-eligible cases will lead to a sentence of death), and that the Connecticut death penalty system has not limited its application to the worst of the worst death-eligible defendants. The work of an expert hired by the State of Connecticut provided emphatic, independent confirmation of these three findings, and found that women who commit death-eligible crimes are less likely than men to be sentenced to death. There is also strong and statistically significant evidence that minority defendants who kill whites are more likely to end up with capital sentences than comparable cases with white defendants. Regression estimates of the effect of both race and geography on death sentencing reveal the disparities can be glaring. Considering the most common type of death-eligible murder - a multiple victim homicide - a white on white murder of average egregiousness outside Waterbury has a .57 percent chance of being sentenced to death, while a minority committing the identical crime on white victims in Waterbury would face a 91.2 percent likelihood. In other words, the minority defendant in Waterbury would be 160 times more likely to get a sustained death sentence than the comparable white defendant in the rest of the state. Among the nine Connecticut defendants to receive sustained death sentences over the study period, only Michael Ross comports with the dictates that "within the category of capital crimes, the death penalty must be reserved for 'the worst of the worst.'" For the eight defendants on death row (after the 2005 execution of Ross), the median number of equally or more egregious death-eligible cases that did not receive death sentences is between 35 and 46 (depending on the egregiousness measure). In light of the prospective abolition of the Connecticut death penalty in April 2012, which eliminated the deterrence rationale for the death penalty, Atkins v. Virginia teaches that unless the Connecticut death penalty regime "measurably contributes to [the goal of retribution], it is nothing more than the purposeless and needless imposition of pain and suffering, and hence an unconstitutional punishment." Apart from Ross, the evidence suggests that the eight others residing on death row were not measurably more culpable than the many who were not capitally sentenced. Moreover, Connecticut imposed sustained death sentences at a rate of 4.4 percent (9 of 205). This rate of death sentencing is among the lowest in the nation and more than two-thirds lower than the 15 percent pre-Furman Georgia rate that was deemed constitutionally problematic in that "freakishly rare" sentences of death are likely to be arbitrary. Details: Forthcoming article, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2470082 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment (Connecticut) Shelf Number: 133118

Author: Gies, Stephen V. Title: Monitoring High-Risk Gang Offenders with GPS Technology: An Evaluation of the California Supervision Program: Final Report Summary: Despite the overall decline in violent crime nationally, gang violence rates throughout the country have continued at exceptional levels over the past decade. Therefore, it is vital for parole departments to have effective tools for maintaining public safety. The purpose of this evaluation is to determine the effectiveness of global positioning system (GPS) monitoring of high-risk gang offenders (HRGOs) who are released onto parole. This study integrates outcome, cost, and process evaluation components. The outcome component assesses the impact of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) GPS supervision program by employing a nonequivalent-group quasi-experimental design, with a multilevel discrete-time survival model. A propensity score matching procedure is used to account for differences between the treatment and comparison groups. The study population is drawn from all HRGOs released from prison between March 2006 and October 2009 in six specialized gang parole units in the State of California. The final sample includes 784 subjects equally divided between the treatment and control groups. The treatment group consists of HRGOs who were placed on GPS monitoring, and the control group consists of matched gang offenders with a similar background. The resulting sample shows no significant differences between the groups in any of the propensity score matching variables. The effectiveness of the program is assessed using an intent-to-treat (known as ITT) approach, with two main outcomes of interest: compliance and recidivism. Compliance is measured through parole violations; recidivism is assessed using rearrests and rearrests for violent offenses. Each outcome is assessed with a survival analysis of discrete-time recidivism data, using a random intercept complementary log-log model. In addition, frailty modeling is used to account for the clustering of parolees within parole districts. The findings indicate that during the two-year study period, subjects in the GPS group, while less likely than their control counterparts to be arrested in general or for a violent offense, were much more likely to violate their parole with technical and nontechnical violations. Descriptive statistics and summary analysis revealed more GPS parolees were returned to custody during the study period. These results will be studied further in a forthcoming follow-up report. The cost analysis indicates the GPS program costs approximately $21.20 per day per parolee, while the cost of traditional supervision is $7.20 per day per parolee - a difference of $14. However, while the results favor the GPS group in terms of recidivism, GPS monitoring also significantly increased parole violations. In other words, the GPS monitoring program is more expensive, but may be more effective in detecting parole violations. Finally, the process evaluation reveals the GPS program was implemented with a high degree of fidelity across the four dimensions examined: adherence, exposure, quality of program delivery, and program differentiation. Details: Bethesda, MD: Development Services Group, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244164.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 133120

Author: No More Deaths Title: A Culture of Cruelty: Abuse and Impunity in Short-Term U.S. Border Patrol Custody Summary: In 2006, in the midst of humanitarian work with people recently deported from the United States to Nogales, Sonora, No More Deaths began to document abuses endured by individuals in the custody of U.S. immigration authorities, and in particular the U.S. Border Patrol. In September 2008 No More Deaths published Crossing the Line in collaboration with partners in Naco and Agua Prieta, Sonora. The report included hundreds of individual accounts of Border Patrol abuse, as well as recommendations for clear, enforceable custody standards with community oversight to ensure compliance. Almost three years later, A Culture of Cruelty is a follow-up to that report-now with 12 times as many interviews detailing more than 30,000 incidents of abuse and mistreatment, newly obtained information on the Border Patrol's existing custody standards, and more specific recommendations to stop the abuse of individuals in Border Patrol custody. The abuses individuals report have remained alarmingly consistent for years, from interviewer to interviewer and across interview sites: individuals suffering severe dehydration are deprived of water; people with life-threatening medical conditions are denied treatment; children and adults are beaten during apprehensions and in custody; family members are separated, their belongings confiscated and not returned; many are crammed into cells and subjected to extreme temperatures, deprived of sleep, and threatened with death by Border Patrol agents. By this point, the overwhelming weight of the corroborated evidence should eliminate any doubt that Border Patrol abuse is widespread. Still the Border Patrol's consistent response has been flat denial, and calls for reform have been ignored. We have entitled our report "A Culture of Cruelty" because we believe our findings demonstrate that the abuse, neglect, and dehumanization of migrants is part of the institutional culture of the Border Patrol, reinforced by an absence of meaningful accountability mechanisms. This systemic abuse must be confronted aggressively at the institutional level, not denied or dismissed as a series of aberrational incidents attributable to a few rogue agents. Until then we can expect this culture of cruelty to continue to deprive individuals in Border Patrol custody of their most fundamental human rights. Details: Tucson, AZ: No More Deaths, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.nomoredeathsvolunteers.org/Print%20Resources/Abuse%20Doc%20Reports/Culture%20of%20Cruelty/CultureofCrueltyFinal.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133123

Author: Heil, Peggy Title: Prison Sex Offender Treatment: Recommendations for Program Implementation Summary: Sexual offenses cause tremendous harm to the lives of victims, the victims' families and our communities. We recommend that the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation implement the "containment approach" for managing sex offenders in prison and on parole. The containment approach is a comprehensive strategy that prioritizes victim protection and community safety. Prison treatment for sex offenders can be an effective component of the containment approach. Intense prison treatment can reduce recidivism and enhance community safety. It can also reduce the substantial costs (emotional and financial) associated with recidivism. Miller, Cohen and Wiersema (1996)1 estimated that child sexual abuse crimes costs victims and society $99,000 per victimization, and estimated $87,000 per rape/sexual assault victimization. These costs are estimated to be $140,531 and $123,497 in 2007 dollars. Ninety-percent of the costs are associated with significant reduction in the quality of life for victims of these crimes. Quantifying the costs of sexual victimization seems to trivialize it nonetheless. As Miller et al. (1996:14) state, "pain, suffering, and reduced quality of life do not have a market price and cannot be bought and sold." Certainly victims would pay dearly to avoid them, as would their families and members of the community. The following report details a prison sex offender treatment program plan that is designed to reduce recidivism and avoid the costs and immeasurable harm of sex crime victimization. It provides evidence-based sex offender treatment and management recommendations to increase community safety and decrease new sex crimes by known offenders. The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) requested a document that describes an empirically based prison sex offender treatment program and provides recommendations for the development and implementation of such a program in the California prison system. Program recommendations are drawn from research and clinical experience. Where possible, materials from other programs are included in appendices to facilitate implementation. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2007. 567p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.casomb.org/docs/PSOT_CDCR_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 131049

Author: Martin-Roethele, Chelsie Title: Police Innovation: Enhancing Research and Analysis Capacity through Smart Policing Summary: Much research has been done on innovations in policing over the past few decades. However, little research has been done on the Smart Policing Initiative, the latest innovation in economically and financially effective crime prevention and reduction strategies. One of the key aspects of the Smart Policing Initiative is the collaboration of police agencies and research partners to more effectively address specific crime issues. The current study uses mean score comparisons and qualitative responses to evaluate this partnership to determine the extent of its value and effect. It also seeks to determine the areas of police agency crime analysis and research units that are most in need of enhancement. Findings are that the research partners are actively involved in a range of aspects involved in problem solving under the Smart Policing Initiative, and that they have positively influenced police agencies' research and crime analysis functions, and to a lesser extent, have positively impacted police agencies' tactical operations. Additionally, personnel, technology, and training were found to be the main areas of the crime analysis and research units that still need to be enhanced. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/products/police-innovation-enhancing-research-and-analysis-capacity-through-smart-policing Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 133130

Author: Cobb, Kimberly Title: Going Beyond Compliance Monitoring of Drug/Alcohol-Involved Tribal Probationers Summary: It is no secret that alcohol and substance abuse are common problems in Indian Country. While official data on crime in Indian Country is hard to come by, anecdotal data alludes to the fact that many tribal communities face overwhelming numbers of crimes either directly related to or associated with drugs/alcohol. Alcohol abuse has been associated with numerous negative consequences including crime, domestic violence, sexual assault and rape, suicide, morbidity, and ultimately mortality (Aguirre & Watts, 2010; Kovas, McFarland, Landen, Lopez, & May, 2008). However, alcohol is far from the only substance abused on tribal land. Marijuana, methamphetamine, cocaine, heroin, and various pharmaceutical drugs are also regularly abused (NDIC, 2008). Although there has been great emphasis lately on the building or renovation of detention facilities in Indian Country, many tribal communities hold fast to the belief that they do not want to imprison their members. In fact, alternatives to incarceration, which includes probation and community supervision programs, are professed as a more "culturally compatible approach to punishment for crime" in Indian Country (Luna-Firebaugh, 2003, p. 63). Therefore, unless something tragic has occurred, those charged with drug/alcohol-related offenses will more than likely be placed on community supervision. That is where you come in as the tribal probation officer. Working with probationers is more than just identifying and controlling their risk to re-offend. As a tribal probation officer, you are "charged with ensuring public safety; holding offenders accountable for their actions; and, facilitating behavioral change in offenders" (The Century Council, 2010, pg. 8). In order to fulfill this charge, you often have to take on many roles associated with law enforcement, social work, counselor and court servant - which, at times, can have conflicting goals (Cobb, Mowatt, Matz, & Mullins, 2011). To be effective, you have to blend your duties of being an officer of the court (focused on compliance) and a probationer motivator (focused on facilitating behavior change) - both of which are necessary to fulfill the mandate of protecting public safety. In order to be effective and protect public safety over the long-term, as a tribal probation officer, you must move beyond compliance monitoring of the probation conditions ordered by the court to working with individuals on your caseload to identifying the root cause of the issues behind their drug/alcohol-related problems and intervene as necessary to put them on a better path. Details: Lexington, KY: American Probation & Parole Association, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/pubs/GBAITP.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 133133

Author: Youth Equality Alliance Title: Living in the Margins: A Report on the Challenges of LGBTQ Youth in Maryland Education, Foster Care, and Juvenile Justice Systems Summary: In recent years, Maryland's lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or queer/questioning (LGBTQ), community has secured several new rights, including the right to marry and the right to be free from gender identity discrimination in employment, housing, and public accommodations. Yet, much work remains to be done in order to guarantee that all LGBTQ Marylanders are protected, safe, and equal - especially youth. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, an estimated 621,608 youth, ages 10 to 17, live in Maryland, as do 322,140 young adults, ages 18 to 21. Based on national studies, 5% to 10% of youth identify as LGBTQ. For Maryland, that means that between 47,000 and 95,000 youth identify as LGBTQ, not including the thousands who may be unsure about their sexual orientation or gender identity. This population faces unique challenges to their ability to lead healthy and productive lives. Formed in May 2013, the Youth Equality Alliance (YEA) is a statewide group of advocates and professionals from various services providers, nonprofit organizations, and government agencies that seeks to identify policy, regulatory, and best-practices solutions to problems faced by LGBTQ youth. The YEA's first report - this report - Living in the Margins, briefly outlines the current challenges facing LGBTQ youth as they navigate Maryland's education, foster care, and juvenile justice systems, and proposes specific and realistic recommendations for addressing these challenges. Details: Baltimore, MD: Youth Equality Alliance, FreeState Legal Project Cover, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://freestatelegal.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/YEA-Report-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 133135

Author: White, Michael D. Title: Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network: 2013 Maricopa County Attorney's Office Report: The Prevalence and Problem of Military Veterans in the Maricopa County Arrestee Population. Summary: This report seeks to address the knowledge gap in understanding the relationship between combat-related conditions such as PTSD and TBI and involvement in the criminal justice system, through an examination of 1,370 recently booked arrestees in Maricopa County, Arizona. Using interview data from the Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN), the report characterizes the problems and prior experiences of military veterans, and compares veteran and nonveteran arrestees along a range of demographic, background and criminal behavior measures. The overall objectives of the report are to provide an ongoing estimate of the prevalence of military veterans in the Maricopa County arrestee population and to assess the extent to which the arrested veterans differ from the larger arrestee population. Details: Phoenix AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/AARIN%20County%20Attorney%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrestees (Arizona) Shelf Number: 133136

Author: White, Michael D. Title: Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network: 2013 Maricopa County Public Defender Report: Examining the Potential for Violence in Arrests of Special and Vulnerable Populations Summary: The Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN) is a monitoring system that provides ongoing descriptive information about drug use, crime, victimization, and other characteristics of interest among individuals arrested in Maricopa County, Arizona. Funded by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors beginning in 2007, AARIN is modeled after the former National Institute of Justice (NIJ) national-level Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program (ADAM). In three facilities throughout the county, professionally trained interviewers conduct voluntary and confidential interviews with recently booked adult arrestees and juvenile detainees. Questions focus on a range of topics including education, employment and other demographics, patterns of drug use (lifetime and recent), substance abuse and dependence risk, criminal activity, gang affiliation, victimization, mental health, interactions with police, public health concerns, incarceration and probation, citizenship, and treatment experiences. Each interviewee also provides a urine specimen that is tested for the presence of alcohol and/or drugs. Arrestees who have been in custody longer than 48 hours are ineligible for participation in AARIN, due to the 72-hour time limitation for valid testing of urine specimen. The instruments used and the reporting mechanism underwent a substantial revision in 2011. While maintaining all of the data elements from the previous core set of questions, the baseline interview expanded by more than 60%. Additionally, with the change in the core questionnaire, the project shifted its reporting strategy to focus reports to each of six key Maricopa County criminal justice agencies: Maricopa County Manager's Office, Maricopa County Sheriff's Office, Maricopa County Attorney's Office, Office of the Public Defender, Adult Probation Department, and the Juvenile Probation Department. Overall, AARIN serves as a near-real time information source on the extent and nature of drug abuse and related activity in Maricopa County, AZ. This information helps to inform policy and practice among police, courts and correctional agencies to increase public safety and address the needs of individuals who find themselves in the criminal justice system. Details: Phoenix AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/projects/AARIN%20Public%20Defender%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders (Arizona) Shelf Number: 133137

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network: 2013 Maricopa County Juvenile Probation Department Report. Summary: The Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN) is a monitoring system that provides ongoing descriptive information about drug use, crime, victimization and other characteristics of interest among individuals arrested in Maricopa County, Arizona. Funded by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors beginning in 2007, AARIN is modeled after the former National Institute of Justice (NIJ) national-level Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program (ADAM). In three facilities throughout the county, professionally trained interviewers conduct voluntary and confidential interviews with recently booked adult arrestees and juvenile detainees. Questions focus on a range of topics including education, employment and other demographics, patterns of drug use (lifetime and recent), substance abuse and dependence risk, criminal activity, gang affiliation, victimization, mental health, interactions with police, public health concerns, incarceration and probation, citizenship and treatment experiences. Each interviewee also provides a urine specimen that is tested for the presence of alcohol and/or drugs. Arrestees who have been in custody longer than 48 hours are ineligible for participation in AARIN, due to the 72-hour time limitation for valid testing of urine specimen. The instruments used and the reporting mechanism underwent a substantial revision in 2011. While maintaining all of the data elements from the previous core set of questions, the baseline interview expanded by more than 60%. Additionally, with the change in the core questionnaire, the project shifted its reporting strategy to focus reports to each of six key Maricopa County criminal justice agencies: Maricopa County Manager's Office, Maricopa County Sheriff's Office, Maricopa County Attorney's Office, Office of the Public Defender, Adult Probation Department and the Juvenile Probation Department. Overall, AARIN serves as a near-real time information source on the extent and nature of drug abuse and related activity in Maricopa County, AZ. This information helps to inform policy and practice among police, courts and correctional agencies to increase public safety and address the needs of individuals who find themselves in the criminal justice system. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/projects/AARIN%20Juvenile%20Probation%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133138

Author: Choate, David E. Title: Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network: 2013 Maricopa County Adult Probation Department Report Summary: The Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN) is a monitoring system that provides ongoing descriptive information about drug use, crime, victimization, and other characteristics of interest among individuals arrested in Maricopa County, Arizona. Funded by the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors beginning in 2007, AARIN is modeled after the former National Institute of Justice (NIJ) national-level Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program (ADAM). In three facilities throughout the county, professionally trained interviewers conduct voluntary and confidential interviews with recently booked adult arrestees and juvenile detainees. Questions focus on a range of topics including education, employment and other demographics, patterns of drug use (lifetime and recent), substance abuse and dependence risk, criminal activity, gang affiliation, victimization, mental health, interactions with police, public health concerns, incarceration and probation, citizenship, and treatment experiences. Each interviewee also provides a urine specimen that is tested for the presence of alcohol and/or drugs. Arrestees who have been in custody longer than 48 hours are ineligible for participation in AARIN, due to the 72-hour time limitation for valid testing of urine specimen. The instruments used and the reporting mechanism underwent a substantial revision in 2011. While maintaining all of the data elements from the previous core set of questions, the baseline interview expanded by more than 60%. Additionally, with the change in the core questionnaire, the project shifted its reporting strategy to focus reports to each of six key Maricopa County criminal justice agencies: Maricopa County Manager's Office, Maricopa County Sheriff's Office, Maricopa County Attorney's Office, Office of the Public Defender, Adult Probation Department, and the Juvenile Probation Department. Overall, AARIN serves as a near-real time information source on the extent and nature of drug abuse and related activity in Maricopa County, AZ. This information helps to inform policy and practice among police, courts and correctional agencies to increase public safety and address the needs of individuals who find themselves in the criminal justice system. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/projects/AARIN%20Adult%20Probation%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Probation (Arizona) Shelf Number: 133139

Author: Levi, Jeffrey Title: Prescription Drug Abuse: Strategies to Stop the Epidemic Summary: Prescription Drug Abuse: Strategies to Stop the Epidemic, finds that 28 states and Washington, D.C. scored six or less out of 10 possible indicators of promising strategies to help curb prescription drug abuse. Two states, New Mexico and Vermont, received the highest score receiving all 10 possible indicators, while South Dakota scored the lowest with two out of 10. According to the report by the Trust for America's Health (TFAH), prescription drug abuse has quickly become a top public health concern, as the number of drug overdose deaths - a majority of which are from prescription drugs - doubled in 29 states since 1999. The rates quadrupled in four of these states and tripled in 10 more of these states. Prescription drug related deaths now outnumber those from heroin and cocaine combined, and drug overdose deaths exceed motor vehicle-related deaths in 29 states and Washington, D.C. Misuse and abuse of prescription painkillers alone costs the country an estimated $53.4 billion each year in lost productivity, medical costs and criminal justice costs. Currently only one in 10 Americans with a substance abuse disorder receives treatment. In the Prescription Drug Abuse report, TFAH - in consultation with a number of public health, clinical, injury prevention, law enforcement and community organization experts - reviewed a range of national recommendations and examined a set of 10 indicators of strategies being used in states to help curb the epidemic. There are indications that some of these efforts and strategies may be having a positive impact -- the number of Americans abusing prescription drugs decreased from 7 million in 2010 to 6.1 in 2011, according to the National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Some key findings from the report include: ◾Appalachia and Southwest Have the Highest Overdose Death Rates: West Virginia had the highest number of drug overdose deaths, at 28.9 per every 100,000 people - a 605 percent increase from 1999, when the rate was only 4.1 per every 100,000. North Dakota had the lowest rate at 3.4 per every 100,000 people. Rates are lowest in the Midwestern states. ◾Rescue Drug Laws: Just over one-third of states (17 and Washington, D.C.) have a law in place to expand access to, and use of naloxone - a prescription drug that can be effective in counteracting an overdose - by lay administrators. ◾Good Samaritan Laws: Just over one-third of states (17 and Washington, D.C.) have laws in place to provide a degree of immunity from criminal charges or mitigation of sentencing for individuals seeking to help themselves or others experiencing an overdose. ◾Medical Provider Education Laws: Fewer than half of states (22) have laws that require or recommend education for doctors and other healthcare providers who prescribe prescription pain medication. ◾Support for Substance Abuse Treatment: Nearly half of states (24 and Washington, D.C.) are participating in Medicaid Expansion - which helps expand coverage of substance abuse services and treatment. ◾ID Requirement: 32 states have a law requiring or permitting a pharmacist to require an ID prior to dispensing a controlled substance. ◾Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs: While nearly every state (49) has a Prescription Drug Monitoring Program (PDMP) to help identify "doctor shoppers," problem prescribers and individuals in need of treatment, these programs vary dramatically in funding, use and capabilities. For instance, only 16 states require medical providers to use PMDPs. "Fifty Americans die a day from prescription drug overdoses, and more than 6 million suffer from prescription drug abuse disorders. This is a very real epidemic - and warrants a strong public health response," said Andrea Gielen, ScD, Director of the Johns Hopkins Center for Injury Research and Policy. "We must use the best lessons we know from other public health and injury prevention success stories to work in partnership with clinical care, law enforcement, the business community, community-based organizations, and other partners to work together to curb this crisis." Key recommendations from the report include: ◾Educate the public to understand the risks of prescription drug use to avoid misuse in the first place; ◾Ensure responsible prescribing practices, including increasing education of healthcare providers and prescribers to better understand how medications can be misused and to identify patients in need of treatment; ◾Increase understanding about safe storage of medication and proper disposal of unused medications, such as through "take back" programs; ◾Make sure patients do receive the pain and other medications they need, and that patients have access to safe and effective drugs; ◾Improve, modernize and fully-fund Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs, so they are real-time, interstate and incorporated into Electronic Health Records, to quickly identify patients in need of treatment and connect them with appropriate care and identify doctor shoppers and problem prescribers; ◾Make rescue medications more widely available by increasing access for at-risk individuals to naloxone and provide immunity for individuals and others seeking help; and ◾Expand access to and availability of effective treatment options as a key component of any strategy to combat prescription drug abuse. Details: Washington, DC: Trust for Americans Health, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://healthyamericans.org/assets/files/TFAH2013RxDrugAbuseRpt16.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 131258

Author: Seigle, Elizabeth Title: Core Principles for Reducing Recidivism and Improving Other Outcomes for Youth in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This white paper is written to guide leaders across all branches of government; juvenile justice system administrators, managers, and front-line staff; and researchers, advocates, and other stakeholders on how to better leverage existing research and resources to facilitate system improvements that reduce recidivism and improve other outcomes for youth involved in the juvenile justice system. The last two decades have produced remarkable changes in state and local juvenile justice systems. An overwhelming body of research has emerged, demonstrating that using secure facilities as a primary response to youth's delinquent behavior generally produces poor outcomes at high costs. Drawing on this evidence, the MacArthur Foundation's Models for Change and the Annie E. Casey Foundation's Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative have provided the field with models for reform, research-based guidance, and technical assistance that has transformed many state and local juvenile justice systems. In part due to these efforts, between 1997 and 2011, youth confinement rates declined by almost 50 percent. During the same time period, arrests of juveniles for violent crimes also fell by approximately 50 percent, to their lowest level in over 30 years. The importance and value of these achievements can't be overstated. At the same time, these trends alone are not sufficient for policymakers to assess the effectiveness of their state and local governments' juvenile justice systems. They must also know whether youth diverted from confinement, as well as youth who return to their communities after confinement, have subsequent contact with the justice system. In addition to recidivism data, policymakers should have information about what services, supports, and opportunities young people under system supervision need, whether these needs are being met, and to what extent these young people are succeeding as a result. Yet policymakers often lack the information they need to determine whether youth who do come in contact with the system emerge from their experience better off, worse off, or unchanged, particularly in the long term. Twenty percent of state juvenile corrections agencies don�t track recidivism data for youth at all. Of the states that do track recidivism, the majority doesn�t consider the multiple ways a youth may have subsequent contact with the justice system, which range from rearrest, readjudication, or reincarceration within the juvenile justice system to offenses that involve them with the adult corrections system. For example, most states that track recidivism are unlikely to capture as youth recidivism data an event such as a 17-year-old released from a juvenile facility who is incarcerated in an adult facility as an 18-year-old. Additionally, the vast majority of states doesn't track whether youth who came into contact with the system ultimately stay in school, earn a degree, or find sustainable employment. To the extent that state and local governments are able to measure their juvenile justice systems' impact on rearrest, readjudication, and reincarceration rates, the results have been discouraging. It�s not uncommon for rearrest rates for youth returning from confinement to be as high as 75 percent within three years of release, and arrest rates for higher-risk youth placed on probation in the community are often not much better. While there have been promising advances in the field, few juvenile justice systems can point to significant and sustained progress in reducing these recidivism rates. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Core-Principles-for-Reducing-Recidivism-and-Improving-Other-Outcomes-for-Youth-in-the-Juvenile-Justice-System.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 133140

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Fewer Prisoners, Less Crime: A Tale of Three States Summary: A new report by The Sentencing Project examines the potential for substantial prison population reductions. Fewer Prisoners, Less Crime: A Tale of Three States profiles the experiences of three states - New York, New Jersey, and California - that have reduced their prison populations by about 25% while seeing their crime rates generally decline at a faster pace than the national average. Key findings of the report include: - New York and New Jersey led the nation by reducing their prison populations by 26% between 1999 and 2012, a period in which the nationwide state prison population rose by 10%. - California experienced a 23% reduction in its prison population between 2006 and 2012, in contrast to just a 1% reduction nationally. Recent reforms have reduced the state's total incarcerated population even while diverting many individuals to county jails. - While downsizing their prisons, violent crime rates fell at a greater rate in these three states than they did nationwide. Property crime rates also decreased in New York and New Jersey more than they did nationwide, while California's reduction was slightly lower than the national average. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_Fewer_Prisoners_Less_Crime.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policies Shelf Number: 133142

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: The Connection between Illegal Immigrants and Crime Summary: Over the past several years, Arizona policymakers have debated a number of immigration-related crime control policies. These discussions have ranged from arguments over the wisdom of granting local law enforcement agencies the authority to arrest and prosecute illegal aliens, to enacting legislation that sanctions employers for hiring illegal aliens. The perception that illegal aliens are responsible for a disproportionate amount of crime and violence in the state is at the root of many of these policy discussions. Without question, illegal immigration has increased significantly, both in the United States in general and in Arizona specifically. As of January 2006, 11.6 million illegal aliens were living in the United States, more than one-third of whom had entered since 2000.1 According to the Department of Homeland Security, approximately 40 percent of illegal aliens resided in California or Texas, and another 4 percent lived in Arizona. An estimated 500,000 illegal aliens were residing in Arizona, up from 95,000 in 1992. There is significant evidence that the number of illegal aliens in the United States is growing. Many citizens, community groups, and policymakers believe that illegal aliens are disproportionately responsible for crime and disorder and for placing a strain on jails, prisons, and law enforcement. One recent national poll indicated that about one-third of Americans believe that illegal aliens increase crime rates; another local poll indicated that illegal immigration was the number one concern among Phoenix, Arizona residents. Unfortunately, to date little research has systematically examined the relationship between crime and illegal aliens; as a result, Arizona policymakers have little information with which to make informed, data-driven policy and legislation decisions. This report examines the connection between illegal aliens and crime in Maricopa County, Arizona, using data from the Arizona Arrestee Reporting Information Network (AARIN). The report is intended to answer several questions about the illegal alien arrestee subpopulation: Details: Phoenix: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/projects/Immigration%20and%20crime%20REPORT%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens and Crime Shelf Number: 133143

Author: LaValle, Christina R. Title: Improving State Capacity for Crime Reporting: An Exploratory Analysis of Data Quality and Imputation Methods Using NIBRS Data Summary: Crime reporting in the United States originates from two major sources of data, the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) and the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS). The incident-based reporting (IBR) structure of NIBRS is an enhancement to the traditional summary reporting of UCR used to track crime in the U.S. While the law enforcement community initiated IBR to address the expanding complexity of crime, reporting crime using NIBRS, like UCR, is voluntary and susceptible to issues of data quality, missing data, and noncompliance. Data collected using UCR and NIBRS are used for research and to document the status of crime at the national, state, and county levels. Data quality regarding accuracy and completeness are critical to reliable results and information. Further, reporting data "as is" without considering data quality and estimating for missing values may not be the most accurate depiction of the process and can result in criticism. As funding and resources lessen, coupled with the multitude of data fields involved with IBR, issues of data quality and missingness are areas of concern for analysts and researchers. In assessing data quality and handling missing data, appropriate and effective methods for resolving issues are necessary. Currently, elaborate methods established by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) are used to evaluate UCR data quality in terms of outlier detection (see Akiyama & Propheter, 2005). The FBI also imputes, or estimates, missing UCR data using methods that were developed in 1958 (Maltz, 1999). These methods are not timely, accurate, or easy for state programs to administer since they often use data from regions involving multiple states rather than the individual state. Moreover, methods have not yet been applied to aggregate crime count totals using NIBRS data and often reports using NIBRS data are criticized for being incomplete or non-representative. Details: Charleston, WV: West Virginia Division of Justice and Community Services, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2014 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/sac/documents/imputereport_rev4.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Measurement Shelf Number: 129924

Author: Sideman, Olivia Title: Prosecution and Racial Justice in New York County - Partnership Report Summary: The number of blacks and Latinos involved in the criminal justice system is disproportionately large compared to their numbers in the general population. This phenomenon, known as minority overrepresentation in the criminal justice system, has attracted the attention and concern of researchers, policymakers, and advocates nationwide. Yet attempts to understand the factors contributing to this disproportion historically have been limited by some inherent aspects of the justice system structure. Specifically, the system grants prosecutors broad, largely unchecked, and virtually unreviewable discretion in filing, changing, or reducing charges, plea bargaining, and making sentencing recommendations. Despite the vast influence of prosecutors in the criminal justice system, there is little existing research that adequately examines the extent to which prosecutors may contribute to unwarranted racial and ethnic disparities. Researchers rarely get access to the data necessary to investigate the relationship between race or ethnicity and prosecutorial outcomes; indeed, most jurisdictions do not systematically capture this information. When researchers are able to use available data, they typically examine the data in isolation from prosecutorial practices. The results are of relatively little use to prosecutors concerned with developing a more deliberate approach to the exercise of discretion within their offices and with ensuring the equitable treatment of defendants. With an interest in addressing this gap in the research and providing practical findings and evidence-based technical assistance, the Prosecution and Racial Justice Program (PRJ) of the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) has partnered with a number of district attorneys' (DAs') offices around the country, using a unique researcher-practitioner model. This report describes Vera's most recent partnership, with the New York County District Attorney's Office (DANY), which was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ). The partnership allowed Vera to place two-to-three researchers, depending on the phase of the project, at DANY for 20 months to work closely with DANY staff and analyze felony and misdemeanor cases disposed in 2010 and 2011. The study began in January 2012. It aimed to explore the influence of defendants' race and ethnicity on case acceptance for prosecution; detention status; plea offers to a lesser charge and custodial punishment offers; case dismissals; sentencing; and charge dynamics while considering a host of other factors influencing prosecutorial decision making (e.g., prior record or charge seriousness). The project involved: (1) evaluating and analyzing existing administrative data; (2) conducting prosecutorial semi-structured interviews to better understand case processing and data limitations; (3) collecting additional data from a sample of 2,409 case files; (4) hosting meetings to discuss research findings and their policy implications; and (5) disseminating findings through reports, peer-reviewed publications, and conference presentations. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/race-and-prosecution-manhattan-partnership.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 133152

Author: Schwartz, Robert G. Title: Pennsylvania and MacArthur's Models for Change: The Story of a Successful Public-Private Partnership Summary: At the heart of the Models for Change story in Pennsylvania is the partnership between the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation and the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Committee (JJDPC), Pennsylvania's state advisory group (SAG). This monograph highlights some of the ways that Pennsylvania's SAG combined people, vision and dollars with those of Models for Change. It shows how the Foundation identified and collaborated with a key state agency to improve Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system. The JJDPC and Models for Change supported many separate lanes on the highway of reform, but some of those lanes merged to create a smoother, faster pathway to common goals. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/457 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 129893

Author: Spamann, Holger Title: The US Crime Puzzle: A Comparative Large-N Perspective on US Crime & Punishment Summary: I generate out-of-sample predictions of US crime and incarceration rates from cross-country regressions. Predictors suggested in the literature explain a large part of the international variation, but fail to explain the US. The US incarceration rate is four times higher than predicted, while US crime rates are at best slightly below the prediction. An explanation of this US crime puzzle requires a low crime-punishment elasticity at US levels of punishment, and/or an extraordinarily high US latent crime rate. I derive joint bounds for the two. Drawing on additional country-specific information, I argue that the most plausible explanation combines both elements. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, John M. Olin Center for Law, Economics, and Business, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: John M. Olin Discussion Paper No.788: Accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2463720 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 133158

Author: Rodriguez-Planas, Nuria Title: Mentoring, Educational Services, and Economic Incentives: Longer-Term Evidence on Risky Behaviors from a Randomized Trial Summary: his paper is the first to use a randomized trial in the US to analyze the short- and long-term impacts of an after-school program that offered disadvantaged high-school youth: mentoring, educational services, and financial rewards to attend program activities, complete high-school and enroll in post-secondary education on youths' engagement in risky behaviors, such as substance abuse, criminal activity, and teenage childbearing. Outcomes were measured at three different points in time, when youths were in their late-teens, and when they were in their early- and their late-twenties. Overall the program was unsuccessful at reducing risky behaviors. Heterogeneity matters in that perverse effects are concentrated among certain subgroups, such as males, older youths, and youths from sites where youths received higher amount of stipends. We claim that this evidence is consistent with different models of youths' behavioral response to economic incentives. In addition, beneficial effects found in those sites in which QOP youths represented a large fraction of the entering class of 9th graders provides hope for these type of programs when operated in small communities and supports the hypothesis of peer effects. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper 4968: Accessed August 28, 2014 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp4968.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: After-School Programs Shelf Number: 133159

Author: Iannacchione, Vincent G. Title: Evaluating the Effect of Within-Household Subsamplingon the Precision of Crime Victimization Rates Summary: The decision to select a subsample of eligible members of a sampled household is influenced by a number of factors including burden on the household, data quality, cost, and the sampling variance of survey estimates. Design effects quantify the influence of a complex sampling design on the variance of survey estimates. Selecting a subsample of eligible persons within a sampled household can have counteracting impacts on design effects. On one hand, subsampling increases the design effects attributable to unequal weighting. On the other hand, subsampling could reduce the design effects attributable to clustering because the potential intra-household correlation among respondents in the same household may be reduced or eliminated. If the reduction in correlation is greater than the increase caused by unequal weighting, subsampling can achieve the same sampling variance as selecting all eligible household members, with less cost and burden. We present the results of a simulation study that evaluates the design effects associated with subsampling household members on personal victimization rates based on the 2008 National Crime Victimization Survey, which selected all persons 12 and older in a sampled household. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Methods Report: Accessed August 29, 2014 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/mr-0025-1307-iannacchione.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119910

Author: Guerra, Santiago Ivan Title: From Vaqueros to Mafiosos : a community history of drug trafficking in rural South Texas Summary: My dissertation, From Vaqueros to Mafiosos: A Community History of Drug Trafficking in Rural South Texas is an ethnographic study of the impact of the drug trade in South Texas, with a specific focus on Starr County. This dissertation examines drug trafficking along the U.S-Mexico Border at two levels of analysis. First, through historical ethnography, I provide a cultural history of South Texas, as well as a specific history of drug trafficking in Starr County. In doing so, I highlight the different trafficking practices that emerge throughout South Texas' history, and I document the social changes that develop in Starr County as a result of these illicit practices. The second half of my dissertation, however, is devoted to a contemporary analysis of the impact of the drug trade on the border region by analyzing important social practices in Starr County relating to drug abuse, policing and the criminal justice system, youth socialization and family life. Through ethnography I present the devastating effects of the drug trade and border policing on this Mexican American border community in rural South Texas. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin, 2011. 244p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 29, 2014 at: http://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/handle/2152/ETD-UT-2011-05-3036 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 129918

Author: Walker, Barry J. Title: The Geography of Murder: Examining the Demographics and Spatial Distribution of Drug and Related Killings in Mexico, 2009-2010 Summary: The communities along Mexico�s northern border with the United States (U.S.) have witnessed extreme violence associated with drug cartel activities in the region, and in this light, have been in the news headlines for the last several years. Mexican officials claim in an Associated Press (AP) wire from early 2011 that 34,612 people have been killed in drug-related crimes in Mexico in the last four years, the time since Mexican President Felipe Calderon launched a military offensive against drug �cartels� operating in Mexico (Stephenson, 2011). It was reported that 15,273 drug-related murders occurred in Mexico in 2010, a tally 60 percent higher than the 9,616 that occurred in 2009 (Stephenson, 2011). The majority of the murders are believed to be attributable to territorial disputes between drug gangs operating in Mexico. The organizations are believed to be fighting for control of routes for smuggling of marijuana, cocaine, methamphetamine, and heroin into the U.S. Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico was the location of at least 3,000 murders in 2010, most believed to be associated with the drug trade and with cartel�s influence in the area (Mexico, 2011). The Brookings Institution reports that more than 2,000 firearms are trafficked across the Mexican border from the U.S. every day (Carl, 2009). These weapons are enabling violence associated with drug activities throughout Mexico. In December 2010, the Guatemalan government declared a state of emergency to provide federal troops with expanded powers, hoping to reestablish authority over communities in the northern portion of that country believed to be under the control of drug cartels (Ellingwood, 2011). Guatemala has long provided a smuggling route for U.S.-bound narcotics into Mexico. Debate surrounds the claim that Mexico�s drug violence continues to spill into the U.S., however suppressing the violence and its potential effects on businesses and communities along the U.S. border is an increasingly political issue (Carpenter, 2012; CBS 2011; Guidi and Rosenberg, 2011; Moore, 2011; Valdez, 2012). The U.S. government has worked with Mexico and has partially funded Mexico�s war on the cartels. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University-San Marcos, 2013. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/4486/Barry_Walker_Thesis1234.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Cartels Shelf Number: 129917

Author: D'Amico, Ron Title: Evaluation of the Second Chance Act (SCA) Demonstration 2009 Grantees: Interim Report Summary: This report presents the results from an implementation study of 10 grantees awarded Second Chance Act (SCA) adult demonstration grants to improve reentry services for adult offenders. The implementation study was designed to learn how the 10 grantees operated their SCA projects. During site visits to each grantee lasting two to three days each, study team members interviewed program administrators, case managers, probation and parole officers (POs), fiscal and MIS staff members, and SCA service providers, asking questions about project management and service delivery. They also conducted focus groups with program participants, observed project services, and reviewed selected case files. These site visits largely took place in the spring and summer of 2012. The grantees included state departments of corrections, county sheriff's offices, county health agencies, and other public agencies. Each SCA project targeted medium to high-risk adult offenders and enrolled participants, variously, well before release, just before release, or just after release. Case management, involving needs-based service planning and service coordination, was the focal point of project services across all 10 sites. Depending on the site, case managers were (specialized) POs or employees of municipal departments or nonprofit organizations. Other SCA services included education and training, employment assistance, substance abuse treatment, mental health services, cognitive behavioral therapy, pro-social services, housing assistance, and other supportive services. These services were provided either directly by the case managers, through formal agreements with service providers (often including payment for services rendered), or through unfunded informal referrals to community agencies. The direct service model provided tailored services to participants, but required case managers to have specialized expertise and, for this reason, was used sparingly. The formal partnership model ensured priority access to services that participants needed but was costly. The informal partnership model provided participants with access to a wide array of community services but often without close coordination with the SCA project itself. Each grantee used all three of these service delivery models. The grantees faced numerous challenges in developing strong projects, stemming partly from the intrinsic difficulty in serving offenders and partly due to the challenge of designing and implementing evidence-based reentry programming. These challenges included: - needing substantial ramp-up time to operate smoothly, - needing to train case managers (especially those without a social service background) on needs-based service planning, and - coordinating partner services. The SCA projects that overcame these challenges created strong foundations for sustainable systems change. They: - gained considerable experience in needs-based service planning and in coordinating pre-release and post-release services, - strengthened partnerships between various government and community-based agencies, and - came to embrace a rehabilitative philosophy to reentry that, in some cases, represented an important cultural shift. An impact study that uses a random assignment design is separately underway, and results from it will be provided in a separate report. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2013. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243294.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 129915

Author: Robinson, Paul H. Title: Empirical Desert, Individual Prevention, and Limiting Retributivism: A Reply Summary: A number of articles and empirical studies over the past decade, most by Paul Robinson and co-authors, have suggested a relationship between the extent of the criminal law's reputation for being just in its distribution of criminal liability and punishment in the eyes of the community � its "moral credibility" � and its ability to gain that community's deference and compliance through a variety of mechanisms that enhance its crime-control effectiveness. This has led to proposals to have criminal liability and punishment rules reflect lay intuitions of justice � "empirical desert" � as a means of enhancing the system's moral credibility. In a recent article, Christopher Slobogin and Lauren Brinkley-Rubinstein (SBR) report seven sets of studies that they argue undermine these claims of empirical desert and moral credibility and instead support SBR's proposed distributive principle of "individual prevention," a view that focuses on an offender's future dangerousness rather than on his perceived desert. The idea that there is a relationship between the criminal law's reputation for justness and its crime-control effectiveness did not originate with Robinson and his co-authors. Rather, it has been a common theme among a wide range of punishment theory scholars for many decades. A particularly important conclusion of recent Robinson studies, however, is their confirmation that this relationship is a continuous one: even small nudges in moral credibility can produce corresponding changes in the community's deference to the criminal law. This is important because it shows that even piecemeal changes or changes at the margin � as in reforming even one unjust doctrine or procedure � can have real implications for crime-control. SBR's studies, rather than contradicting the crime-control power of empirical desert, in fact confirm it. Further, SBR's studies do not provide support for their proposed "individual prevention" distributive principle, contrary to what they claim. While SBR try to associate their principle with the popular "limiting retributivism" adopted by the American Law Institute in its 2007 amendment of the Model Penal Code, in fact it is, in many respects, just the reverse of that principle. With limiting retributivism, the Model Code's new provision sets desert as dominant, never allowing punishment to conflict with it. SBR would have "punishment" essentially always set according to future dangerousness; it is to be constrained by desert only when the extent of the resulting injustices or failures of justice is so egregious as to significantly delegitimize the government and its law. This ignores the fact that even minor departures from justice may have an important cumulative effect on the system as a whole. What SBR propose � essentially substituting preventive detention for criminal justice � promotes the worst of the failed policies of the 1960s, where detention decisions were made at the back-end by "experts," and conflicts with the trend of the past several decades of encouraging more community involvement in criminal punishment, not less. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 13-19 : Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2312655 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 129914

Author: Jayson, Karen G. Title: Human Trafficking in North Carolina: Human Beings as a Commodity Summary: Human trafficking is the forced exploitation, enslavement or servitude of a person for profit or benefit (Sigmon, 2008). It can involve domestic servitude, labor, prostitution or any combination of the three. There is no question that human trafficking is a problem around the world, in the United States and in North Carolina. The question is: how severe is the problem? Researchers have come up with estimates that vary tremendously. It has been analyzed from a variety of perspectives, including the legal, governmental, sociological, economic, marketing, business and service approaches, as well as the criminal justice or law enforcement approach. Researchers tackle the morality of trafficking, the repercussions of trafficking and the root causes of trafficking. One researcher discussed trafficking as an aberration of labor migration (Chuang, 2006) and another developed a marketing model of human trafficking (Belser, 2005). While human trafficking is a problem and an issue on each of these levels, the focus of this paper is on the awareness and extent of human trafficking in North Carolina. Details: Raleigh: North Carolina Governor's Crime Commission, Criminal Justice Analysis Center, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: https://www.ncdps.gov/div/GCC/pubs/Human_Trafficking_North_Carolina_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 133161

Author: Grommon, Eric Title: Understanding the Challenges Facing Offenders Upon Their Return to the Community: Final Report Summary: One of the greatest contemporary challenges for public policy is in the reintegration of offenders released from prison back into local communities. There are well over a million individuals currently incarcerated in state and federal prisons in the United States. Only 7% of prisoners are serving death or life sentences and only a small fraction of inmates die in prison, thus 93% of these individuals will be returning home. About 650,000 individuals are released from prison each year or approximately 160 per day. Perhaps even more dramatic is the fact that the current average length of prison sentence is only 2.4 years and, given that, 44% of state prisoners will be released within a year (Petersilia, 2003). In Michigan, more than 100,000 individuals are released from prison each year; 85% of whom are released under parole supervision. Further exacerbating this situation is the fact that the rate of successful returns of offenders to the community is declining. There are an increasing number of individuals sent to prison as a result of parole violations. Parole violators now account for about a third of all prison admissions (Travis, 2000). Furthermore, the rate of "failure" among released individuals is increasing. In 1984, 70% of those discharged from parole were deemed to be "successful." By 1996, less than half were determined to be successfully discharged (Petersilia, 2000). Similarly, Hughes and Wilson (2003) noted that of state parole discharges in 2000, less than half successfully completed their term of supervision. In Michigan, there is a similar situation with approximately 48% of offenders being returned to prison within a two year period. With recognition of these trends and an increased understanding of the dynamics of prisoner reentry, there has been a growing movement to better prepare offenders for the situations they will face upon returning to their communities (Nelson & Trone, 2000; Travis, 2000). Currently, almost every state and federal correctional system has some form of reentry programming designed to facilitate the prisoner's transition back to society. Reentry efforts have sought to create a more systematic preparation of offenders for their return home by addressing the critical areas that research has demonstrated are related to successful community reintegration. Among these critical areas are housing, employment, substance abuse, and family (social support) (LaVigne & Cowan, 2005). Documented reentry efforts have created extensive research on recidivism and its correlates. However, there has been relatively little research on the dynamics of the adjustment process inmates experience when they are released from prison (Petersilia, 2000, 2003; Visher & Travis, 2003). Many studies have found correlations between recidivism and factors such as finding and maintaining employment, locating stable housing, reuniting with children, family and significant social support networks and continuity of substance abuse treatment (if needed). However, there has been little research that explores the manner in which offenders personally deal with the challenges presented in each of these critical areas of reentry. To address this gap in the literature, this study involved a qualitative examination of the challenges offenders face as they make the transition from prison back to the community. The principal objective of this research was to increase our understanding of the reentry process from the perspective of offenders as they confront these challenges during their first year on parole after release from prison. It was envisioned that information from this research could produce a more comprehensive understanding of the reentry process which in turn may enable correctional agencies to better assist offenders in their adjustment to life outside of prison. Increasing this positive adjustment may produce lower recidivism rates. When recidivism rates are high, scarce economic resources that are needed elsewhere are often spent on corrections. In the United States is costs about $25,000 per year to incarcerate one person, and the total amount spent on corrections has risen to more than $50 billion annually (Petersilia, 2003; Stephan, 2004). In addition, imprisonment negatively impacts many families. More than half of all male inmates are fathers of minor children, while two-thirds of female inmates are mothers (Mumola, 2000; Petersilia, 2000). Thus obtaining a better understanding the dynamics of successful as well as unsuccessful reentry outcomes has considerable potential for creating interventions to improve these programs and reduce correctional expenditures. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/MI-SAC_Reports_Reentry-Interview-Tech-Report_final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision Shelf Number: 133162

Author: Rydberg, Jason Title: Risk of Recidivism Facing Offenders upon their Return to the Community Summary: The reintegration of released prisoners into the community and their subsequent correctional supervision remains a premier challenge for public policy and criminological research. During 2011 there were nearly 1.6 million men and women under the authority of state and federal correctional facilities in the United States (Carson & Sabol, 2012). With this staggering number of individuals incarcerated comes an equally sizable number of men and women released into the jurisdiction of community supervision authorities. During 2011 almost 700,000 individuals were released from prison, and for the third year in a row there were more releases from prison than there were admissions (Carson & Sabol, 2012). This amounts to nearly 1,900 men and women released into the community each day during the year 2011. The vast majority of these releases are in the form of a supervised release on parole. In 2011 545,800 men and women were released from correctional facilities and placed on parole supervision in the community, comprising 80 percent of all prison releases (Carson & Sabol, 2012; Maruschack & Parks, 2012). The state of Michigan is no exception to these figures. During 2011 there were 42,904 individuals incarcerated in its state prisons, with approximately 10,000 new admissions and 14,000 releases, 82 percent of which were conditional releases to parole (Carson & Sabol, 2012; Michigan Department of Corrections [MDOC], 2012). Releases to parole supervision are not uniformly successful, with a sizable proportion of those who are released from prison returning before the completion of their supervision term. Since the mid-1980s the number of parolees completing their supervision term and subsequently being discharged has decreased substantially, from 70 percent in 1984 to 52 percent in 2011 (Maruschack & Parks, 2012; Petersilia, 2000). During the past decade (2000-2011) parole violators comprised approximately one-third of all admissions to prison, including more than 200,000 men and women during 2011 (Carson & Sabol, 2012). That is, nearly a third of those individuals entering prison had violated the terms of their supervision (i.e., a technical violation) or committed a new crime while on parole, and was subsequently returned to incarceration. In Michigan approximately one-quarter (25.9%) of prison admissions in 2011 were parole violators (Carson & Sabol, 2012; Petersilia, 2000), and 3,418 parolees out of 18,134 total (18.8%) were returned to prison for either a technical violation or a new offense (MDOC, 2012). Approximately one half of the returns to prison in any given year are the result of technical violations (MDOC, 2012), which is a trend Michigan shares with other U.S. states (Pew Center on the States, 2011). When considering longer time periods, parolee returns to prison appear somewhat larger. Figure 1 displays trends in the three year return to prison rate for Michigan parolees. Of the prisoners released to the community on parole in 2008, 31.5 percent were returned to prison within three years. The three-year rate of returns to prison was largely stable between 2001 and 2005, but has decreased since then. Despite three consecutive years of decreases, recidivism among parolees remains uncomfortably high. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2014 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/MI-SAC_Reports_2013-SAC-Recid-Risk-Technical-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision Shelf Number: 133163

Author: Stageberg, Paul Title: An Analysis of the use of 70% Mandatory Minimum Sentences in Iowa Summary: The Public Safety Advisory Board (PSAB) was created by the Iowa General Assembly in 2010 to provide independent advice to the Legislative and Executive Branches pertaining to operation of Iowa�s justice system. Included among the PSAB�s statutory responsibilities are analyzing current and proposed criminal code provisions and providing research, evaluation, and data to facilitate improvement in the criminal justice system in Iowa in terms of public safety, improved outcomes, and appropriate use of public resources. An additional responsibility of the Board includes reviewing and making recommendations relating to current sentencing provisions. This report fulfills the requirements set forth in Iowa Code �216.133A, specifically addressing the effects of the �truth in sentencing� policies enacted in 1996. The focus of this report is on the impact of the mandatory minimum sentences established in Iowa in 1996 with the goal of punishing and incapacitating criminals convicted of selected forcible felonies in the State. At the time this was considered a step toward increasing public safety, as the felons convicted of the applicable crimes were regarded as being uniformly high-risk and dangerous. Since that time, however, it has become evident that not all offenders convicted of these offenses are dangerous, and research on mandatory terms has suggested that they may be counterproductive For the purpose of this report, the PSAB has attempted to examine the impact of the mandatory minimum terms imposed by Iowa Code �902.12 to enable recommendations as to their continuation or modification as applied to Robbery offenses. We find generally that the �one size fits all� approach of these mandatory minimums is not an effective or efficient approach; while it may assist in incapacitating some dangerous criminals, it does so at a significant cost and with little distinction between low- and high-risk offenders. We believe that Iowa�s criminal justice system can do better, both in terms of public protection and efficient use of state resources. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2014 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/Violent_Offender_70Pct_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 133175

Author: Desmarais, Sarah L. Title: Risk Assessment Instruments Validated and Implemented in Correctional Settings in the United States Summary: The rates of crime, incarceration and correctional supervision are disproportionately high in the U.S. and translate into exorbitant costs to individuals, the public and the state. Though many offenders recidivate, a considerable proportion do not. Thus, there is a need to identify those offenders at greater risk of recidivism and to allocate resources and target risk management and rehabilitation efforts accordingly. Doing so necessitates accurate and reliable assessments of recidivism risk. There is overwhelming evidence to suggest that assessments of risk completed using structured approaches produce estimates that are both more accurate and more consistent across assessors compared to subjective or unstructured approaches. More and more, structured risk assessment approaches are being used in correctional agencies. In this review, we summarize the research conducted in the United States examining the performance of instruments designed to assess risk of recidivism, including committing a new crime and violating of conditions of supervision, among adult offenders. We focus specifically on performance of tools validated and currently used in correctional settings in the United States. Details: Lexington, KY: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Risk-Assessment-Instruments-Validated-and-Implemented-in-Correctional-Settings-in-the-United-States.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 133177

Author: Ramirez, Eugene P. Title: A Report on Body Worn Cameras Summary: Technology is changing the role of law enforcement on a daily basis. The latest technology is having a profound impact on policies and procedures, on weapons systems, and even on how officers perform their daily duties. Yet, even with the latest technology available, the actions and tactics of law enforcement are constantly being criticized by the media and members of the public. Oftentimes juries return large verdicts against law enforcement agencies. However, a new law enforcement tool may actually reduce exposure to litigation and unwarranted citizens' complaints. A new paradigm for law enforcement should be one of accountability and transparency. One current way to assist law enforcement in being more accountable is by requiring officers to use a Body Worn Camera ("Body Cam" or "BWC"). The implementation of Body Cams is currently causing a worldwide debate across groups such as the Police Foundation, the International Association of Chiefs of Police, the Police Executive Research Forum and the American Civil Liberties Union. This one aspect of law enforcement is poised to have huge ramifications for how law enforcement interacts with its citizenry. Both law enforcement and local communities stand to benefit from the deployment of BWCs. There is no doubt that policies dealing with BWCs will become living and breathing documents that will evolve as the boundaries of this new technology are pushed. News media are replete with stories, almost on a daily basis, regarding law enforcement agencies across the world that now require an officer to use a BWC. Once again, California leads the way in deploying this new technology to help combat crime and reduce the exposure to litigation. Law enforcement agencies around the world are now delving into using BWCs. The decision to implement the use of body cams is merely an extension of the use of dash-mounted video cameras and audio recorders, both of which have been in use for years. The use of BWCs will prove to be of great value to those agencies who deploy the new technology. However, the decision to deploy BWCs is not without controversy. In the expectation that many agencies will determine that the deployment of BWCs is the right thing to do, this article will review suggested policy language, citing to both a recent PERF Conference and a recently released ACLU study on the use of BWCs. Details: Los Angeles: Manning & Kass, Ellrod, Ramirez, Trester LLP, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: http://www.parsac.org/parsac-www/pdf/Bulletins/14-005_Report_BODY_WORN_CAMERAS.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 133179

Author: White, Michael D. Title: Police Officer Body-Worn Cameras: Assessing the Evidence Summary: Body-worn cameras represent the latest technological innovation for law enforcement. The perceived benefits of these cameras are far-ranging and touch on core elements of the police mission, including enhanced police legitimacy, reduced use of force, and fewer citizen complaints. Criticism of the technology centers on equally important issues, such as violations of citizen and officer privacy, and on enormous investments in terms of cost and resources. Unfortunately, there have been few balanced discussions of body-worn cameras and even fewer empirical studies of the technology in the field. As such, Police Officer Body-Worn Cameras: Assessing the Evidence provides a thorough review of the merits and drawbacks regarding the technology and assesses the available empirical evidence on each of those claims. Overall, this publication articulates the key questions surrounding the technology and provides a framework for informed decision-making regarding adoption and empirical evaluation of body-worn cameras. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, OJP Diagnostic Center, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: https://ojpdiagnosticcenter.org/sites/default/files/spotlight/download/Police%20Officer%20Body-Worn%20Cameras.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 133180

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Mending Justice: Sentinel Event Reviews Summary: How should the criminal justice system respond to errors? A common response is to seek out "bad apples," apportion blame, and conclude that the error has been dealt with once that individual is punished or a policy is changed. But errors in a complex system are rarely the result of a single act or event. In medicine, aviation and other high-risk enterprises, serious errors are regarded as system errors or "organizational accidents." Organizational accidents are potential "sentinel events," incidents that could signal more complex flaws that threaten the integrity of the system as a whole. These other complex systems have developed sentinel event reviews - nonblaming, all-stakeholder, forward-leaning mechanisms - to go beyond disciplining rule-breakers in an effort to minimize the risk of similar errors in the future and improve overall system reliability. Mending Justice: Sentinel Event Reviews explores the potential to learn from errors in the criminal justice system by applying a sentinel event review approach. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/247141.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Errors Shelf Number: 133185

Author: Smith, Michael L. Title: Regulating Law Enforcement's Use of Drones: The Need for State Legislation Summary: The recent rise of domestic drone technology has prompted privacy advocates and members of the public to call for the regulation of the use of drones by law enforcement officers. Numerous states have proposed legislation to regulate government drone use, and thirteen have passed laws that restrict the use of drones by law enforcement agencies. Despite the activity in state legislatures, commentary on the drones tends to focus on how courts, rather than legislative bodies, can restrict the government's use of drones. Commentators call for wider Fourth Amendment protections that would limit government surveillance. In the process, in-depth analysis of state drone regulations has fallen by the wayside. In this article, I take up the task of analyzing and comparing state laws regulating the government's use of drones. While the oldest of these laws was enacted in 2013, the thirteen laws passed so far exhibit wide variations and noteworthy trends. I survey this quickly-expanding list of laws, note which regulations are likely to constrain government drone use, and identify laws that provide only the illusion of regulation. I advance the thesis that the judiciary is ill-suited to address the rapidly-developing area of drone technology. Long-established Supreme Court precedent leaves the judiciary with very little power to curtail government drone use. And were the judiciary to attempt the task of restricting law enforcement's use of drones, the solutions proposed would likely be imprecise, unpredictable, and difficult to reverse. In light of these concerns, privacy advocates and law enforcement agencies alike should support the regulation of government drone use by state legislatures, and should look to existing laws in determining what regulations are ideal. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) - School of Law, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2492374 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Covert Surveillance, Drones (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133186

Author: Human Trafficking and the State Courts Collaborative Title: A Guide to Human Trafficking for State Courts Summary: The National Association for Court Management Guide to Addressing Human Trafficking in the State Courts (HT Guide) provides state court practitioners a comprehensive resource for: - clarifying the types and dynamics of sex and labor human trafficking involving U.S. citizens and foreign nationals present in jurisdictions across the nation; - identifying how traffickers and victims might appear in different types of state court cases, including criminal, family, juvenile, child protection, ordinance violation, and civil cases; - accessing tools and guidelines for using the tools to help courts identify and process cases where trafficking is involved; and - accessing links to other resources to help courts address trafficking-related problems. HT Guide is intended to support the efforts of courts not only in their traditional role of independent adjudicators, but also in their role as justice system and community leaders. Consequently, even though state court judges and personnel are the primary audience for the HT Guide, we are confident that numerous other groups concerned about human trafficking- such as health and human service organizations, law enforcement agencies, and victim advocates- should find it valuable too. In large part, because the role of state courts in addressing human trafficking is a recent topic to many court practitioners, the HT Guide includes considerable background and context-defining information about numerous aspects of human trafficking as well as practical guidelines and tools for directly assisting court practitioners in cases involving traffickers and trafficking victims. Chapter 1: Addressing Human Trafficking in the State Courts: Background and Approach Chapter 2: Community Courts, Specialized Dockets, and Other Approaches to Address Sex Trafficking Chapter 3: Human Trafficking and Immigrant Victims Chapter 4: Child Trafficking Victims and the State Courts Chapter 5: Identifying and Responding to Sex Trafficking Chapter 6: Ethical Issues for Judges and Court Practitioners in Human Trafficking-Involved Cases Chapter 7: The Affordable Care Act: Assisting Victims of Human Trafficking in Rebuilding Their Lives Chapter 8: Tribal Justice and Sex Trafficking Chapter 9: Addressing Complexities of Language and Culture in Human Trafficking-Involved Cases Chapter 10: Labor Trafficking Chapter 11: Human Trafficking Education Resources for Judges and Court Practitioners Details: Denver, CO: Human Trafficking and the State Courts Collaborative, 2014. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: http://www.htcourts.org/wp-content/uploads/Full_HTGuide_desktopVer_140902.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133187

Author: Mitchum, Preston Title: Beyond Bullying: How Hostile School Climate Perpetuates the School-to-Prison Pipeline for LGBT Youth Summary: School discipline policies have been under heightened scrutiny by the U.S. Department of Education because of the disparate impact they have on students of color. Data released last spring by the Office for Civil Rights, or OCR, revealed that rigid school discipline policies - which lead to suspensions and expulsions of students for even the most minor offenses - perpetuate a school-to-prison pipeline that disproportionately criminalizes students of color and students with disabilities. Last month, the U.S. Department of Education released "Guiding Principles: A Resource Guide For Improving School Climate and Discipline," the first time federal agencies have offered legal guidelines to address and reduce racial discrimination and disproportionality in schools. This guidance makes tremendous strides in reporting on the stark racial disparities in school discipline, however, missing from this groundbreaking work are lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender, or LGBT, youth - who are also disproportionately affected by harsh school discipline policies - due to the dearth of data to illuminate their experiences. All too often, LGBT youth are pushed out of the classroom as a result of a hostile school climate. When an LGBT youth is tormented in school by classmates and is emotionally or physically harmed, or even worse, driven to suicide, the news media rightly shines a spotlight on the situation. And while bullying grabs the headlines, as it should, it is only a portion of the story when it comes to LGBT youth feeling unwelcome and less than safe in school. To be certain, peer-on-peer bullying is an important factor that influences school climate and has been linked to poor health, well-being, and educational outcomes. But research suggests that harsh school discipline policies also degrade the overall school experience and cycle LGBT youth and students of color into the juvenile justice system at alarming rates. The role that overly harsh school discipline policies and adults in schools play in setting school climate is often overlooked. School discipline policies and the application of those rules set the tone for the school environment and shape the experiences for students of color and LGBT youth. Studies suggest that the actions (or inactions) of adults in schools associated with school climate - issues that go beyond bullying - have the potential to derail youth, particularly LGBT youth, and push them into a cycle of unfair criminalization that has lifelong consequences: - LGB youth, particularly gender-nonconforming girls, are up to three times more likely to experience harsh disciplinary treatment by school administrators than their non-LGB counterparts. - As with racial disparities in school discipline, higher rates of punishment do not correlate with higher rates of misbehavior among LGBT youth. - LGB youth are overrepresented in the juvenile justice system; they make up just 5 percent to 7 percent of the overall youth population, but represent 15 percent of those in the juvenile justice system. - LGBT youth report significant distrust of school administrators and do not believe that school officials do enough to foster safe and welcoming school climates. Safe and welcoming school climates are essential to achieving positive educational outcomes for all youth, especially students of color and LGBT youth who often face harassment, bias, and discrimination at school based on their race, sexual orientation, and gender identity or expression. In this report, we examine the disparate impact of harsh school discipline and the policing of schools on students of color and LGBT youth, as well as the role that adults in schools play in perpetuating hostile school climates for those youth. Furthermore, we explain why it is important that discipline policies are fair and supportive, rather than punitive and criminalizing, and foster healthy learning environments in which all students can excel. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: http://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/BeyondBullying.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Related Crime Shelf Number: 133191

Author: American Bar Association. National Task Force on Stand Your Ground Laws Title: A Review of the Preliminary Report & Recommendations Summary: In 2013, the National Task Force on Stand Your Ground Laws was convened by the American Bar Association entities identified below, to review and analyze the recently enacted Stand Your Ground laws in multiple states and their impact on public safety and the criminal justice system. The ABA sponsors of the Task Force include the Coalition on Racial & Ethnic Justice, the Center for Racial and Ethnic Diversity, the Commission of Racial and Ethnic Diversity in the Profession, Council for Racial and Ethnic Diversity in the Educational Pipeline, the Section on Individual Rights & Responsibilities, the Criminal Justice Section, the Young Lawyer's Division, the Standing Committee on Gun Violence, and the Commission on Youth at Risk. The Task Force members are a diverse array of leaders from law enforcement, government, public and private criminal attorneys, public and private health, academic experts, and other legal and social science experts. Further, the Task Force's membership includes appointees from the above co-sponsoring ABA entities and strategic partners, including the Association of Prosecuting Attorneys, the Urban Institute, the International Association of Chiefs of Police and the National Organization of Parents of Murdered Children. Additionally, the Task Force has an Advisory Committee of leading academic and other legal and social science experts as well as victims' rights advocates. The Task Force has conducted a comprehensive legal and multidisciplinary analysis of the impact of the Stand Your Ground laws, which have substantially expanded the bounds of self-defense law in over half of the jurisdictions in the United States. The study detailed herein is national in its scope and assess the utility of previous, current, and future laws in the area of self-defense across the United States. In examining and reporting on the potential effects Stand Your Ground laws may have on public safety, individual liberties, and the criminal justice system, the Task Force has: 1. Examined the provisions of Stand Your Ground statutes and analyzed the potential for their misapplication and their risk of injustice from multiple perspectives, e.g. the individual's right to exercise self-defense, the victim's rights, and of the rights of the criminally accused. 2. Analyzed the degree to which racial or ethnic bias impacts Stand Your Ground laws. Particular attention was paid to the role implicit bias. First, the analysis focuses on how implicit bias may impact the perception of a deadly threat as well as the ultimate use of deadly force. Second, it looks at how implicit bias impacts the investigation, prosecution, immunity, and final determination of which homicides are justified. 3. Examined the effect that the surge of new Stand Your Ground laws had on crime control objectives and public safety. 4. Reviewed law enforcement policy, administrative guidelines, statutes, and judicial rulings regarding the investigation and prosecution of Stand Your Ground cases. 5. Conducted a series of regional public hearings to learn about community awareness, perceptions of equality in enforcement and application, opinions concerning the utility of the laws, and reactions to individualized experiences involving interactions with Stand Your Ground laws. 6. Prepared a final report and recommendations. Details: American Bar Association, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2014 at: http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/racial_ethnic_justice/aba_natl_task_force_on_syg_laws_preliminary_report_program_book.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 133195

Author: McClure, David Title: DDACTS Evaluability Assessment: Final Report on Individual and Cross-Site Findings Summary: In 2012, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) awarded a grant to the Urban Institute (Urban) to conduct an evaluability assessment of the Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) initiative, developed by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in collaboration with the NIJ and the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA). Urban identified 15 sites for this assessment from 441 law enforcement agencies that have received DDACTS training and/or technical assistance. Through interviews, reviews of program documentation and on-site observations, Urban researchers collected information across multiple domains to determine the feasibility of rigorous evaluation for each site. These domains included DDACTS program fidelity, consistency with DDACTS training curricula, implementation process and status, engagement and commitment of key personnel, adequacy of local data systems, and site willingness to support an evaluation. Based upon this information, Urban considered which evaluation designs were most suitable and feasible for each site. The assessment produced 15 individual site evaluability assessment reports (located in the appendix) and this cross-site final report, which synthesizes findings and themes. It is envisioned that these reports will be used to inform current and future DDACTS sites on the state of DDACTS implementation and use as well as to support potential future DDACTS evaluations undertaken by NIJ and NHTSA. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2014. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247889.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Highway Safety Shelf Number: 133251

Author: Simon, Patti Title: Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying: Workshop Summary Summary: Bullying�long tolerated as just a part of growing up�finally has been recognized as a substantial and preventable health problem. Bullying is associated with anxiety, depression, poor school performance, and future delinquent behavior among its targets, and reports regularly surface of youth who have committed suicide at least in part because of intolerable bullying. Bullying can also have harmful effects on children who bully, on bystanders, on school climates, and on society at large. Bullying can occur at all ages, from before elementary school to after high school. It can take the form of physical violence, verbal attacks, social isolation, spreading rumors, or cyberbullying. On April 9�10, 2014, the Board on Children, Youth, and Families of the Institute of Medicine (IOM) and the National Research Council (NRC) held a 2-day workshop titled �Building Capacity to Reduce Bullying and Its Impact on Youth Across the Lifecourse.� The purpose of this workshop was to bring together representatives of key sectors involved in bullying prevention to identify the conceptual models and interventions that have proven effective in decreasing bullying, to examine models that could increase protective factors and mitigate the negative effects of bullying, and to explore the appropriate roles of different groups in preventing bullying. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2014. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: https://www.iom.edu/Reports/2014/Building-Capacity-to-Reduce-Bullying.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133252

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: Aging Behind Bars: Trends and Implications of Graying Prisoners in the Federal Prison System Summary: This new Urban Institute study provides an in-depth examination of the growth patterns in the largest correctional system in the United States - the US Bureau of Prisons. The number of prisoners age 50 or older experienced a 330 percent increase from 1994 to 2011. The authors find that the proportion of these older prisoners is expected to have an even steeper growth curve in the near future and they may consume a disproportionately large amount of the federal prison budget. Recommendations for policy and research include expanding data-driven knowledge on older prisoners and developing cost-effective management plans for them. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413222-Aging-Behind-Bars.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133253

Author: Sacco, Dena T. Title: An Overview of State Anti-Bullying Legislation and Other Related Laws Summary: As a part of its collaboration with the Born This Way Foundation, the Berkman Center is publishing a series of papers that synthesize existing peer-reviewed research or equivalent scholarship and provide research-grounded insight to the variety of stakeholders working on issues related to youth empowerment and action towards creating a kinder, braver world. This document provides an overview, as of January 2012, of existing state anti-bullying laws, pending state and federal anti-bullying legislation, and other relevant federal and state laws. It is meant to inform the discussion of legal policy issues around bullying, in particular at the Symposium on Youth Meanness and Cruelty being held at Harvard Law School on February 29, 2012 as part of the Kinder & Braver World Project. This document, including the Tables in Appendix 1, was created by analyzing the anti-bullying laws of the 48 states with such laws, as well as reviewing pending legislation and related laws. The document and tables break out provisions of the state statutes that the authors consider important to engender positive cross-disciplinary discussion at the Symposium. The language in the state statutes is incredibly varied and complex, and this area of the law is constantly evolving. Many additional areas of inquiry are sure to arise at the Symposium and beyond. Thus, this document is a working draft. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University - Berkman Center for Internet & Society, 2012. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Berkman Center Research Publication No. 2013-4 : Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2197961 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Bullying Legislation Shelf Number: 133257

Author: Bieler, Sam Title: Close-Range Gunfire around DC Schools Summary: This report examines the incidence of gunfire as measured by gunshot detection technology using data from the 2011-2012 school year. It finds that a disproportionate volume of gunfire happened near a small share of DC schools. About half of DC schools covered by gunshot detection sensors are in close proximity to gunfire, and four schools were subject to repeated bursts of gunfire. These findings shed new light on students' exposure to violence and raise important questions about the psychological impact of gunfire on students and how their proximity to gunfire may affect truancy and educational outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413216-Close-Range-Gunfire-around-DC-Schools.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children, Exposure to Violence Shelf Number: 133262

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Race and Punishment: Racial Perceptions of Crime and Support for Punitive Policies Summary: The American criminal justice system is at a critical juncture. In recent years, federal policymakers have called for reforms, following the lead of states that have reduced prison populations without compromising public safety. Nationwide prison counts have fallen every year since 2010, and the racial gap in imprisonment rates has also begun to narrow. Yet the recent tragic events in Ferguson, Missouri - where the killing of an unarmed African American teenager has sparked outrage - highlight the ongoing relevance of race in the criminal justice system. To guide and give greater momentum to recent calls for reform, this report examines a key driving force of criminal justice outcomes: racial perceptions of crime. A complex set of factors contributes to the severity and selectivity of punishment in the United States, including public concern about crime and racial differences in crime rates. This report synthesizes two decades of research establishing that skewed racial perceptions of crime - particularly, white Americans' strong associations of crime with racial minorities - have bolstered harsh and biased criminal justice policies. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/rd_Race_and_Punishment.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 133263

Author: Agresti, Brigid Tara Title: E-Prostitution: A Content Analysis of Internet Escort Websites Summary: Technology and the sex industry are extremely intertwined, perhaps more so than ever due to the Internet boom of recent years. Prostitution on the Internet, specifically in the form of Internet escorts, has expanded greatly, though it has been the subject of notably little scholarly attention. Moreover, male and female sex workers have rarely been studied within the same tier of prostitution. The goal of this thesis is to examine the content and design of male and female escort websites, focusing on the main similarities and differences in the ways male and female providers market themselves. Using systematically sampled provider websites from two escort review websites, The Erotic Review for females advertising to heterosexual men, and Rentboy for males advertising to homosexual men, I conducted a content analysis of 127 Internet escort websites (105 female and 22 male). Variables included general demographic information, affiliations, physical descriptions, inclusion of a biographical sketch, photograph details, service details, scheduling details, and website details. The analysis shows industry-wide patterns of the types of information included on the websites, including levels of disclosure and marketing techniques, though information presented often varied widely. There were also prominent differences in male and female websites, although most clustered around the prevailing industry standards. The Internet is constantly transforming the practices of prostitution through expediting communications between escorts and clients, reframing the traditionally gendered power relationships within prostitution, and empowering escorts to take control of their own marketing and management through entrepreneurial means. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, 2009. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://myweb.dal.ca/mgoodyea/Documents/CSWRP/CSWRPUS/E-Prostitution.%20%20A%20Content%20Analysis%20of%20Internet%20Escort%20Websites%20Agresti%20MA%20Thesis%202009%20CUA.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Internet Crimes Shelf Number: 133265

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Deterrence and Legitimacy in Brownsville, Brooklyn: A Process Evaluation of the Brownsville Anti-Violence Project Summary: This report documents a gun violence prevention program and finds high levels of cynicism regarding the fairness and effectiveness of the justice system among residents of the Brownsville neighborhood of Brooklyn. These findings, combined with disproportionately high levels of violent crime in the neighborhood compared with the rest of Brooklyn, affirm Brownsville as an appropriate setting for a blended deterrence and legitimacy-building approach to gun violence prevention. Direct observation of the resulting offender notification forums consistently showed respect for participants and conveyed a focused deterrent message; yet, a message of support for offenders choosing a nonviolent lifestyle was not consistently conveyed. Implications are discussed. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/BAVP_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 133267

Author: Rahall, Karena Title: The Green to Blue Pipeline: Defense Contractors and the Police Industrial Complex Summary: Images of police in tactical gear, pointing automatic weapons at unarmed demonstrators in Ferguson, Missouri, represented a flashpoint in public awareness that American police are rapidly militarizing. Federal grants have been quietly arming police with tanks, drones, and uniforms more suited to waging war than patrolling the streets. As police have acquired more military gear, SWAT teams and deployments have proliferated. Even small towns receive surplus military materiel to fight the �wars� on drugs and terrorism. In addition, police training uses a military approach that threatens to transform the traditional police mandate of protecting and serving into one of engaging and defeating. This Article is the first in legal scholarship to analyze the causes of police militarization and the obstacles to curbing it. This Article analyzes the factors that drive police militarization, from a historical, legal and financial perspective. It examines the multiple federal grant programs that provide the funding for, and incentivize, militarization, like the Department of Defense Program that distributes military materiel with little oversight regarding its use, and the Department of Homeland Security grant program that dispenses billions in funds to buy weapons and equipment. It exposes defense industry efforts to ensure Congress keeps the gear flowing; as the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq wind down, the industry turns to the domestic market to fill the gap in sales. The Article analyzes the failure of the judicial system to address excessive force claims in the context of ever-increasing SWAT raids, and proposes more effective routes to reform. Details: Seattle: Seattle University School of Law, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2484885 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 133270

Author: Williams, Matthew Title: All Wales Hate Crime Research Project Summary: This research study forms part of the All Wales Hate Crime Project, which was funded by Big Lottery (2010 - 2013) and led by Race Equality First in partnership with Cardiff University. The primary aim of the research was to generate robust data on both the nature of hate crime and hate-related incidents in Wales and the impact of that victimisation on individuals, their families and local communities. The study focuses on the 5 protected characteristics for hate crime recognised by the Home Office: - Disability; - Race & Ethnicity; - Religion & Belief; - Sexual Orientation, and - Transgender Status/ Gender Identity. However, the Project also recognises the existence of hate crime victimisation on the basis of age and gender and both of these identity characteristics are included and examined in the study1. The wide-ranging scope of the research ensures it has generated the most comprehensive dataset on hate crime victimisation in the UK at the date of publication. Details: Cardiff, Wales: Race Equality First and Cardiff University, 2013. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.cardiff.ac.uk/socsi/research/publications/Time%20for%20Justice-All%20Wales%20Hate%20Crime%20Project.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Related Crime Shelf Number: 133271

Author: Natapoff, Alexandra Title: Misdemeanor Decriminalization Summary: As the U.S. rethinks its stance on mass incarceration, misdemeanor decriminalization is an increasingly popular reform. Seen as a potential cure for crowded jails and an overburdened defense bar, many states are eliminating jail time for minor offenses such as marijuana possession and driving violations, and replacing those crimes with so-called "nonjailable" or "fine-only" offenses. This form of reclassification is widely perceived as a way of saving millions of state dollars - nonjailable offenses do not trigger the right to counsel - while easing the punitive impact on defendants, and it has strong support from progressives and conservatives alike. But decriminalization has a little-known dark side. Unlike full legalization, decriminalization preserves many of the punitive features and collateral consequences of the criminal misdemeanor experience, even as it strips defendants of counsel and other procedural protections. It actually expands the reach of the criminal apparatus by making it easier - both logistically and normatively - to impose fines and supervision on an ever-widening population, a population who ironically often ends up incarcerated anyway when they cannot afford the fines or comply with the supervisory conditions. The turn to fine-only offenses and supervision, moreover, has distributive implications. It captures poor, underemployed, drug-dependent, and other disadvantaged defendants for whom fines and supervision are especially burdensome, while permitting well-resourced offenders to exit the process quickly and relatively unscathed. Finally, as courts turn increasingly to fines and fees to fund their own operations, decriminalization threatens to become a kind of regressive tax, turning the poorest populations into funding fodder for the judiciary and other government budgets. In sum, while decriminalization appears to offer relief from the punitive legacy of overcriminalization and mass incarceration, upon closer inspection it turns out to be a highly conflicted regulatory strategy that preserves and even strengthens some of the most problematic aspects of the massive U.S. penal system. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola Los Angeles School of Law, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola-LA Legal Studies Paper No. 2014-43 : Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2494414 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133276

Author: Sohoni, Tracy Title: The Effect of Collateral Consequence Laws on State Rates of Returns to Prison Summary: Formal restrictions on a person following arrest or conviction are referred to as "collateral consequence laws" and exist in all states in the US. In recent years, scholars, policy makers and advocacy groups have expressed concern that many of these laws hinder reintegration, increasing the likelihood of future crime. In addition, these laws may interfere with the ability of former offenders to meet conditions of release following incarceration, such as maintaining stable employment and housing or paying child support. In this dissertation I examine the effect of states' collateral consequence laws in the categories of voting, access to public records, employment, public housing, public assistance, and driver's licenses. I examine the impact of these laws on state rates of returns to prison, as measured by percent of prison admissions that were people on conditional release when they entered prison, the percent of exits from parole that were considered unsuccessful due returning to incarceration; the percent of exits from parole that were returned to incarceration for a new sentence, and the percent of exits from parole that were returned to incarceration for a technical violation. I also run an additional fixed effects analysis on the effect of restrictions on Temporary Assistance for Needy Children (TANF) over a seven year period. Ultimately, limitations in the data restrict the conclusions that can be drawn regarding the impact of these laws. Results from the analysis are mixed, indicating that these laws may not have a uniform impact. Surprisingly, these analyses give some indication that collateral consequences may be related to lower rates of returns to prison for technical violations, however future research is needed to confirm this relationship. Possible explanations for these relationships are discussed, as are future research possibilities that would address limitations in the data. Data from the fixed-effects analysis does indicate preliminary support that states that imposed harsh restrictions on TANF saw an increase in state rates of returns to prison, however the analysis will need to be expanded to include state-level controls in order to draw any firm conclusions. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2013. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247569.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequence Laws (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133277

Author: Furderer, Darin Title: Ohio Penal Industries Summary: Ohio Penal Industries (OPI) is an inmate work program and a division of the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (DRC). OPI manufactures goods and services for the DRC and other state agencies through the use of inmate labor under close staff supervision. OPI inmates produce/process a variety of products including inmate clothing, toilet paper, license plates, milk, meat, furniture, dentures, eyeglasses, cleaning compounds, plastic bags and others. Inmates that work in OPI also conduct service on vehicles, provide office support, and install modular furniture. OPI has the potential to provide a tremendous benefit to the Ohio taxpayer. Not only can it provide products at competitive prices, a direct savings for the state, it also teaches inmates valuable work skills that will assist them upon release, assists institutional management, and provides significant community service. Each of these benefits would carry cost savings for state taxpayers. Although OPI can generate revenue for the state and provide numerous opportunities for inmates to acquire knowledge and occupational traits, its potential is hindered due to various challenges, which include restraints placed on its bidding process, negative perceptions of its products and services, and a lack of a strong marketing strategy, among others. Over the course of its study of OPI, CIIC staff came to three important conclusions: (1) OPI is immensely valuable and should be supported; (2) OPI has a number of limitations placed upon it that will need to be lifted for it to truly operate "at the speed of business"; and (3) OPI is a work in progress. New leadership took the helm of OPI in 2010 and has since worked diligently to fix the very same problems that this report highlights. While the problems cannot be hidden or overlooked in an evaluative report such as this one, it must be emphasized that there is a definite break between the OPI of the past and the forward-moving OPI that currently exists. The recommendations are mutually agreed-upon goals between CIIC and the DRC; CIIC will conduct a second evaluation of OPI in two years and expects to report on OPI�s continued success as it builds upon this past year. The following sections provide CIIC's key findings and recommendations, based on a national comparison of correctional industries, inspections of OPI shops at multiple facilities, interviews with DRC staff, and a literature review. The report then discusses in detail OPI's history, current financials, the challenges facing OPI, and the comparison of correctional industries� products and financial information. Details: Columbus, OH: Correctional Institution Inspection Committee, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://www.ciic.state.oh.us/docs/ohio_penal_industries_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Industries Shelf Number: 133284

Author: National Immigration Law Center Title: Inclusive Policies Advance Dramatically in the States. Immigrants' Access to Driver's Licenses, Higher Education, Workers' Rights and Community Policing Summary: As Congress debated federal immigration reform this year, states led the way by adopting policies designed to integrate immigrants more fully into their communities. In the wake of the 2012 elections, with Latino and Asian voters participating in record numbers, the 2013 state legislative sessions witnessed a significant increase in pro-immigrant activity. Issues that had been dormant or had moved in a restrictive direction for years, such as expanding access to driver's licenses, gained considerable traction, along with measures improving access to education and workers' rights for immigrants. States also began to reexamine the costs and consequences of anti-immigrant policies for their citizen and immigrant residents. Rather than promoting a larger role for states in immigration enforcement, proposals in several states sought to build trust between law enforcement and immigrant communities. Indeed, this year restrictive legislation was markedly absent; only one such measure - barring specific documents from being used to establish identity - became law. By contrast, eight states and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico enacted laws providing access to driver's licenses regardless of immigration status, five states adopted laws or policies expanding access to higher education for immigrant students, and two states enacted a domestic workers' bill of rights. Most recently, California governor Jerry Brown signed a broad array of pro-immigrant measures that expand access to driver's licenses, protect the rights of immigrant workers, improve access to education, make law licenses available to eligible applicants regardless of their immigration status, and promote trust between immigrants and local law enforcement. In his signing statement, Governor Brown challenged federal inaction on immigration reform, saying, "While Washington waffles on immigration, California's forging ahead. I'm not waiting." This report summarizes the activity on immigrant issues that took place during the states' 2013 legislative sessions, as well as efforts to improve access to services for immigrant youth. Details: New York: National Immigration Law Center, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.nilc.org/pubs.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 129926

Author: Meredith, Marc Title: The Politics of the Restoration of Ex-Felon Voting Rights: The Case of Iowa Summary: We investigate how the restoration of voting rights affects the political participation of ex-felons. Our primary analysis uses unique administrative data from Iowa, which changed how ex-felons restore their voting rights in both 2005 and 2011. Prior to 2005, ex-felons had to apply to apply to the governor restore their voting rights. We show that ex-felon turnout increased after Iowa began to automatically restore these rights. Consistent with misinformation being a significant barrier to ex-felons' political participation, ex-felons were more likely to vote if they were informed about this policy change. The application requirement was re-instated for ex-felons discharged since 2011 and we show that this reduced their 2012 presidential election turnout. We conclude by comparing the actual turnout rate of recently discharged ex-felons in Iowa, Maine, and Rhode Island to the turnout rate predicted by Uggen and Manza (2002). This comparison suggests that although restoration procedures can substantively affect ex- felon turnout, restoration procedures are not the only reason why ex-felons vote less often than observably similar non-felons. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://www.sas.upenn.edu/~marcmere/workingpapers/IowaFelons.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 129911

Author: National Research Council Title: Health and Incarceration: A Workshop Summary Summary: Over the past four decades, the rate of incarceration in the United States has skyrocketed to unprecedented heights, both historically and in comparison to that of other developed nations. At far higher rates than the general population, those in or entering U.S. jails and prisons are prone to many health problems. This is a problem not just for them, but also for the communities from which they come and to which, in nearly all cases, they will return. Health and Incarceration is the summary of a workshop jointly sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences(NAS) Committee on Law and Justice and the Institute of Medicine(IOM) Board on Health and Select Populations in December 2012. Academics, practitioners, state officials, and nongovernmental organization representatives from the fields of healthcare, prisoner advocacy, and corrections reviewed what is known about these health issues and what appear to be the best opportunities to improve healthcare for those who are now or will be incarcerated. The workshop was designed as a roundtable with brief presentations from 16 experts and time for group discussion. Health and Incarceration reviews what is known about the health of incarcerated individuals, the healthcare they receive, and effects of incarceration on public health. This report identifies opportunities to improve healthcare for these populations and provides a platform for visions of how the world of incarceration health can be a better place. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=18372 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 129925

Author: Holper, Mary Title: Confronting Cops in Immigration Court Summary: Immigration judges routinely use police reports to make life-altering decisions in noncitizens' lives. The word of the police officer prevents a detainee from being released on bond, leads to negative discretionary decisions in relief from removal, and can prove that a past crime fits within a ground of removability. Yet the police officers who write these reports rarely step foot in immigration court; immigration judges rely on the hearsay document to make such critical decisions. This practice is especially troubling when the same police reports cannot be used against the noncitizen in a criminal case without the officer testifying, due to both the Sixth Amendment's Confrontation Clause and Federal Rules of Evidence, neither of which apply in immigration court. In these days of the increasing criminalization of immigration law and prioritization of deporting so-called "criminal aliens," the police report problem is salient, and impacts thousands of noncitizens every year. This article argues for a right to confront police officers in immigration court by examining three different ways to conceptualize removal proceedings: (1) in light of the Supreme Court's 2010 decision in Padilla v. Kentucky, deportation should be considered punishment, thus guaranteeing all of the protections of a criminal trial, including the Sixth Amendment Confrontation Clause; (2) under the Mathews v. Eldridge case-by-case balancing test of the due process clause, courts should balance the interests at stake and adopt a right to confrontation and cross-examination of police officers in immigration court; and (3) if deportation is conceptualized as "quasi-criminal" and thus deserving of some, but not all, of the protections guaranteed at a criminal trial, one of those protections should be the right to confront one's accuser, especially when the accuser is a police officer. The scholarship has focused on why other rights guaranteed in a criminal trial - court-appointed counsel, freedom from ex post facto laws, freedom from double jeopardy, proportionality principles, and the Fourth Amendment exclusionary rule - should apply to removal proceedings. An overlooked criminal protection is the right to confront one's accuser in immigration court. Details: Boston: Boston College - Law School, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Boston College Law School Legal Studies Research Paper No. 333 : Accessed September 11, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2485328 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 133286

Author: Farrell, Mary Title: Taking the First Step: Using Behavioral Economics to Help Incarcerated Parents Apply for Child Support Order Modifications Summary: The Behavioral Interventions to Advance Self-Sufficiency (BIAS) project is the first major effort to apply a behavioral economics lens to programs that serve poor and vulnerable families in the United States. This report presents findings from a behavioral intervention designed to increase the number of incarcerated noncustodial parents in Texas who apply for modifications to reduce the amount of their child support orders. Using a method called "behavioral diagnosis and design" the program redesigned the mailings informing these parents of the option to apply for an order modification. The redesigned materials resulted in a significant increase in applications at relatively low cost and demonstrated the promise of applying behavioral economics principles to improve program implementation and outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report No. 2014-37: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/programs/opre/resource/taking-the-first-step-using-behavioral-economics-to-help-incarcerated-parents-apply-for-child-support-order-modifications Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 133287

Author: Breiding, Matthew J. Title: Prevalence and Characteristics of Sexual Violence, Stalking, and Intimate Partner Violence Victimization - National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey, United States, 2011 Summary: This report examines the prevalence of sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence victimization using data from the 2011 National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey. In the United States, an estimated 19.3% of women and 1.7% of men have been raped during their lifetimes; an estimated 1.6% of women reported that they were raped in the 12 months preceding the survey. An estimated 43.9% of women and 23.4% of men experienced other forms of sexual violence during their lifetimes. The percentages of women and men who experienced these other forms of sexual violence victimization in the 12 months preceding the survey were an estimated 5.5% and 5.1%, respectively. An estimated 15.2% of women and 5.7% of men have been a victim of stalking during their lifetimes. An estimated 4.2% of women and 2.1% of men were stalked in the 12 months preceding the survey. The lifetime and 12-month prevalences of rape by an intimate partner for women were an estimated 8.8% and 0.8%, respectively. An estimated 15.8% of women and 9.5% of men experienced other forms of sexual violence by an intimate partner in their lifetime, while an estimated 2.1% of both men and women experienced these forms of sexual violence by a partner in the 12 months prior to the survey. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Surveillance Summaries, Vol. 63, no. 8: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/pdf/ss/ss6308.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 133290

Author: Balliro, Michael Steven Title: The milestones project : how ex-offenders may collectively negotiate reentry barriers Summary: The purpose of this project was to explore how ex-offenders collectively leverage personal and community assets to transcend passivity and powerlessness in the face of reentry barriers, as well as to identify the personal milestones that signal social and community re-integration, post-incarceration. A qualitative inquiry utilizing interviews and a support group structure modeled on action research was used to generate two distinct products. The first product concerned a peer-group model that could be employed by ex-offenders as a form of community capacity building. The second product sought to identify reentry milestones utilized in the development of effective support programs to aid ex-offenders in the areas of employment and housing. Data collection points included the narratives elicited from participants during the intake and exit interviews, a grounded theory analysis fostered during each support group session with the intent to identify group curriculum, and the life stories revealed in the reflective journals all participants are asked to maintain. Narrative analysis was employed to understand the meaning participants provide to the work of the support group as well as the volunteer work they are asked to do to illustrate their commitment to community building. The participants utilized a grounded theory analysis to examine transcripts of group discussions in an effort to explicate the most important components of a peer-group model. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin, 2011. 218p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/handle/2152/ETD-UT-2011-05-3192 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 133294

Author: Cohen, Mark A. Title: Willingness to Pay to Reduce White Collar and Corporate Crime Summary: Consumer protection and financial regulatory agencies such as the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) regulate various types of consumer, investor and financial frauds. Whether required or not, rulemaking proceedings oftentimes include some form of cost-benefit analysis. Thus, the benefits of proposed regulations - whether fully quantified or not - are an increasingly important component of rulemaking decisions. Anecdotal evidence suggests that the impact on victims in some cases include significant time and financial hardships and even pain, suffering and reduced quality of life. Further, the existence of these offenses causes non-victims to take costly precautionary behavior and might even inhibit legitimate business activities. Yet, little is known about the true costs of consumer and financial crimes other than the out-of-pocket monetary losses incurred by victims. To the extent society wishes to optimally deter such crimes, without better data on nonmonetary costs, any cost-benefit analyses of criminal justice or prevention programs designed to reduce these crimes will inevitably underestimate program benefits. This paper provides an initial framework and empirical estimates of the willingness-to-pay to reduce four types of white collar and corporate offenses - consumer fraud, financial fraud, corporate crime and corporate financial crime. Utilizing a contingent valuation survey approached that has been used to estimate the cost of street crimes, the average willingness to pay for a 10% reduction in each of these four offenses is estimated to range between $70 and $75 per household. In the case of consumer fraud and financial fraud - where estimates of prevalence are available, this translates into a willingness to pay of $2,700 per consumer fraud and $21,000 for financial fraud. In contrast, the out-of-pocket costs to victims of consumer fraud have been estimated to average about $100, and about $200 to $250 for various types of financial frauds. These figures also compare favorably to the willingness to pay for a reduced household burglary of $18,000. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Vanderbilt University - Owen Graduate School of Management; Vanderbilt University - Law School; Resources for the Future: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2486220 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133299

Author: Hughes, Karissa Title: Literature Review: Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children Summary: - While various promising program models and strategies for providing services to victims of the commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) have been occurring for over a decade, the lack of a current evidence-base related to prevention, identification and interventions available to inform such programs and practices underscores the need for additional work in this area. - Currently, federal (Federal Strategic Action Plan on Services for Victims of Human Trafficking, 2013-2017) and state (the California Child Welfare Council CSEC Action Team) efforts are underway to strategically respond to the existing gaps in knowledge and practice around CSEC, in order to better identify and meet the needs of victims. - In the meantime, while not exhaustive this literature review intends to highlight an array of current efforts and components that merit additional attention when considering residential placement types and the provision of services to this vulnerable population. - The perception that victims of CSEC should be handled in the juvenile justice system as opposed to the child welfare system is changing with evidence supporting the key role child welfare agencies play. Even if child welfare agencies are not currently required to intervene with CSEC victims under the existing California Welfare and Institutions Code (WIC) Section 300, the reality is CWS staff are already working with a significant number of victims and survivors of these crimes, whether or not they recognize them as such. Thus two roles emerge, preventing CSEC among populations already involved in child welfare, and identifying/assisting CSEC victims in their care. - Understanding the extreme physical, psychological, emotional and social harms associated with CSEC and the stages of change youth experience as they attempt to exit CSE informs the need for a range of victim services across a number of agencies and a continuum of care model to fully address their spectrum of needs. Therefore broad-based multi-sector response including interagency collaborative approaches/community coalitions should be utilized. - Coordinated communication between service providers is necessary in order to share information on available resources, services and trends which will allow involved systems/agencies/service providers to more efficiently and effectively provide the services needed at any given point in the restoration process. - Based on the literature more support is needed for comprehensive and specialized programs that provide youth with a safe place to stay, positive support networks that address their needs and empower them to make safe choices; and interventions for trauma and behavioral issues that make it difficult for them to function in traditional settings. - Components of promising services and strategies identified by providers who serve CSEC victims include safety planning, collaboration across providers, trust and relationship building to foster consistency, culturally appropriate services, trauma-informed programming, and survivor involvement in the development and implementation of programming. Services for CSEC victims and those at-risk should also be informed by a comprehensive and standardized screening assessment that evaluates particular needs and levels of risk. - In terms of shelter/housing additional residential placements are needed to specifically serve CSEC with appropriate security features to prevent access by exploiters, clear protocols, allowance to return following runaways, and qualified personnel. - Several promising models for better understanding and serving CSEC victims via the child welfare system are shared across the nation. Such policies and procedures may provide beneficial for California, particularly to integrate this population into their missions and mandates. Broadly, the main areas include: designating CSEC as a specific form of child abuse to improve case management, requiring reporting to child protective services, raising awareness and building capacity in child welfare, and developing child welfare system guidelines, protocols and tools for working with CSEC victims. - Additionally in May 2013, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Children and Families (ACF) released as part of their Human Trafficking Briefing Series Emerging Practices within Child Welfare Responses, highlighting 10 promising practices already underway in child welfare agencies across the United States. This is included in Section X of the literature review. - In addition to the work of child welfare, law enforcement, and other governmental organizations, several nongovernmental and community-based organizations play a key role in providing direct services to victims. These include the 10 programs identified by the California Evidence-Based Clearinghouse (CEBC) for Child Welfare in the area of "Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children and Adolescents: Services for Victims." While some of these may offer promise for replication locally, at this point none of these ten programs have been given a scientific rating by the CEBC, meaning currently there are not sufficiently published, peer-reviewed research evidence examining outcomes for these programs. - Recently there has been an emphasis on the importance of expanding outreach to the at-risk population so they can better protect themselves from CSEC and recognize risky situations. Disseminating educational materials and providing training programs to these youth as well as to CSEC victims and service providers will increase awareness of CSEC and the services available to victims. Examples of existing CSEC training and prevention programs are provided in Section XII. - In conclusion a range of web resources, resource guides, action plans, publications and reports on the topic are offered for additional information and further developments on the topic of CSEC. Details: San Diego, CA: Academy for Professional Excellence at San Diego State University School of Social Work, 2014. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: https://theacademy.sdsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/sachs-csec-lit-review-02-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 133302

Author: Dickey, Nathaniel Title: More than "Modern Day Slavery": Stakeholder Perspectives and Policy on Human Trafficking in Florida Summary: In recent years, Florida has acquired a reputation as fertile ground for human trafficking. On the heels of state and federal anti-human trafficking legislation, a host of organizations have risen to provide a range of services. In this thesis, I discuss findings from 26 interviews conducted with law enforcement, service providers, legal representatives and trafficked persons to contextualize the variability in the way anti-trafficking work is conceptualized by stakeholders across the state. Additionally, I explore how conflicting organizational policies on the local, state, and federal levels impact stakeholder collaboration and complicate trafficked persons' attempts to navigate already complex processes of social/health services and documentation. Lastly, I provide policy recommendations that attempt to address the major issues associated with anti-trafficking work identified through the analysis of participant interviews. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2011. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/etd/3072/ Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 133303

Author: Wasem, Ruth Ellen Title: Special Immigrant Juveniles: In Brief Summary: Abused, neglected, or abandoned children who also lack authorization under immigration law to reside in the United States (i.e., unauthorized aliens) raise complex immigration and child welfare concerns. In 1990, Congress created an avenue for unauthorized alien children who become dependents of the state juvenile courts to remain in the United States legally and permanently. Any child or youth under the age of 21 who was born in a foreign country; lives without legal authorization in the United States; has experienced abuse, neglect, or abandonment; and meets other specified eligibility criteria may be eligible for special immigrant juvenile (SIJ) status. Otherwise, unauthorized residents who are minors are subject to removal proceedings and deportation, as are all other unauthorized foreign nationals. The SIJ classification enables unauthorized juveniles who become dependents of the state juvenile court to become lawful permanent residents (LPR) under the Immigrant and Nationality Act (INA). If an LPR meets the naturalization requirements set in the INA, he or she can become a U.S. citizen. When Congress enacted provisions in the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008, it altered the eligibility criteria for SIJ status as part of a package of amendments pertaining to unaccompanied alien children. Now, the recent increase in unaccompanied alien children arriving in the United States has cast a spotlight on SIJ status because these unaccompanied children may apply for, and some may obtain, LPR status through this provision. There has been a tenfold increase in the number of children requesting SIJ status between FY2005 and FY2013. In terms of approvals, the numbers have gone from 73 in FY2005 to 3,432 in FY2013. While the data do not differentiate among those unauthorized children who arrived unaccompanied by their parents and those who were removed from their parents because of abuse, abandonment, or neglect, many observers point to the similarity in the spiking trends of both categories. This report provides a brief explanation of the statutory basis of SIJ status and how it has evolved. It also presents statistics on the number of children who have applied for and received SIJ status since FY2005. The report concludes with a discussion of the applicability of SIJ status for unaccompanied alien children. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: R43703: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://fpc.state.gov/documents/organization/231777.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 133305

Author: Indianapolis-Marion County City-County Council Title: Indianapolis-Marion County City-County Council Re-Entry Policy Study Commission Report Summary: The statistics spoke loudly: data from the Indiana Department of Correction and the Marion County Jail indicate that approximately 5,000 men and women are released into Marion County from prisons and jails each year. During the last few years, approximately 51% of those released into Marion County have returned to incarceration within three years of their release date. The average annual cost for an incarcerated offender is more than $25,000. Reducing the rate of recidivism would have significant economic and public safety benefits in addition to increasing the number of productive members of our community. In response, the City-County Council decided to take action to address issues that we found. In partnership with our public safety partners, members of the Marion County Re-entry Coalition, the Greater Indianapolis Chamber of Commerce and other community organizations, the Council's Re-Entry Policy Study Commission began its work to examine, on a local level, the number of men and women incarcerated, the number released and the number who recidivate, costs associated with offenders as they move through the prison system and to develop policies to address concerns about our county's high recidivism rate as identified by local business, policy groups, community organizations and social service agencies . These numbers, coupled with the costs to local government, challenge the Council's ability to adequately fund and address concerns raised by our public safety partners, county residents, and to realize the successful outcomes of those re-entering our community from incarceration. The Re-entry Policy Study Commission was created and amended by Council Resolutions 80, 2012 and 90, 2012, respectively. Under the authority of the Council, its purpose is to examine and investigate current policies and procedures relating to the re-entry of ex-offenders and the economic and community impact of reducing recidivism in Marion County. From November, 2012 through April of 2013, the Commission held 10 public hearings, received presentations from subject matter experts and testimony from members of the public. The information provided was both informative and enlightening to members and the public, and central to the content of this Commission Report, which includes findings and recommendations for policy improvements regarding re-entry. The powers and duties as prescribed by the enacting Council resolutions required the Commission to: 1. Review current practices surrounding offender sentencing, incarceration, release and re-integration into the county, 2. Review sentencing practices/guidelines and their role in supporting or crippling successful re-integration, 3. Review costs associated with the processing, prosecution, incarceration, release, probation, and community supervision of the offender, and determine how the funds are utilized and their efficiency and effectiveness as measured by the successful re-integration of the re-entrant population, 4. Review sources of payment of these costs and how they are utilized, 5. Create community goals/targets for successful re-integration of re-entrants into the community and study the potential impact on the city's economic development, 6. Review national best practices for successful re-integration, including use of public funds utilized in the process of prosecution, sentencing, incarceration, and release of offenders, 7. Review the service provider entities which have been most successful in lowering recidivism rates and recommending means of streamlining and possibly eliminating those which have not, 8. Analyze economic cost/benefit to the city and county of incorporating any new policies, 9. Review current barriers to re-entrant employment, housing, and other necessities, 10. Review best practices to encourage more private sector employers to review their hiring and screening policies and provide more non-discriminatory hiring opportunities, 11. Review and analyze our current supportive services (housing, workforce development, etc.) and ways to improve their role in successful re-integration; and 12. Establish a periodic review of the county's recidivism rate and create a method of measuring and tracking successful performance and re-integration of the re-entrants. Details: Indianapolis: The Council, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.indy.gov/eGov/Council/Committees/Documents/RE-ENTRY/Re-entry%20Policy%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 129921

Author: Police Foundation Title: Self-awareness to being watched and socially-desirable behavior: A field experiment on the effect of body-worn cameras on police use-of-force Summary: The Rodney King story is a potent reminder about the enormous power that police officers have and how it can sometimes be abused. That was the case of an African-American who was repeatedly beaten by Los Angeles police officers, and was arguably the impetus for the 1992 Los Angeles riots. The King incident signifies just how disproportionate use-of-force could shutter the reputation of the police and lead into social cataclysm. Importantly, there are still somewhat similar cases taking place1, despite efforts to stop such behavior through better training and prosecution of rogue officers. Are these incidents unavoidable? A voluminous body of research across various disciplines has shown that when humans become self-conscious about being watched, they often alter their conduct. Accumulated evidence further suggests that individuals who are aware that they being-observed often embrace submissive or commonly-accepted behavior, particularly when the observer is a rule-enforcing entity. What is less known, however, is what happens when the observer is not a "real person", and whether being videotaped can have an effect on aggression and violence. For instance, would the Rodney King incident be avoided had the officers known that they are being videotaped? Would frequency of police use of force be reduced if all interactions between officers and members of the public were under known electronic surveillance? We have tested whether police body-worn cameras would lead to socially-desirable behavior of the officers who wear them. Individualized HD cameras were "installed" on the officers' uniforms, and systematically-recorded every police-public interaction. We randomly-assigned a year's worth of police shifts into experimental and control shifts within a large randomized-controlled-field-experiment conducted with the Rialto-Police-Department (California). We investigated the extent to which cameras effect human behavior and, specifically, reduce the use of police force. Broadly, we have put to test the implication of self-awareness to being observed on compliance and deterrence theory in real-life settings, and explored the results in the wider context of theory and practice. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2013. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/sites/g/files/g798246/f/201303/The%20Effect%20of%20Body-Worn%20Cameras%20on%20Police%20Use-of-Force.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 133308

Author: U.S. Department of Defense Title: Internal Review of the Washington Navy Yard Shooting: A Report to the Secretary of Defense Summary: On September 16, 2013, Aaron Alexis, a Navy contractor employee with a Secret security clearance, shot and killed 12 U.S. Navy civilian and contractor employees and wounded several others at the Washington Navy Yard. Alexis was also killed. Alexis was employed by The Experts, Inc., a private information technology firm cleared under the National Industrial Security Program. The Experts was a subcontractor to Hewlett-Packard Enterprise Services, which was performing work under a contract with the Department of the Navy. Pursuant to his employment with The Experts, Alexis was assigned to a project at the Washington Navy Yard and began working there on September 9, 2013. On September 14, 2013, Alexis purchased a Remington 870 12-gauge shotgun and ammunition at a gun shop in Northern Virginia. He also purchased a hacksaw and other items at a home improvement store in Northern Virginia, using the hacksaw to modify the shotgun for concealment. On the morning of September 16, Alexis arrived at the Washington Navy Yard. He had legitimate access to the Navy Yard as a result of his work as a contractor employee and used his valid building pass to gain entry to Building 197. Shortly after his arrival in the building and over the course of about one hour, Alexis used the Remington 870 shotgun and a Beretta handgun he obtained during the attack to kill 12 individuals and wound 4 others before he was shot and killed by law enforcement officers. On September 30, 2013, the Secretary of Defense initiated concurrent independent and internal reviews to identify and recommend actions that address gaps or deficiencies in DoD programs, policies, and procedures regarding security at DoD installations and the granting and renewing of security clearances for DoD employees and contractor personnel. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Defense, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.defense.gov/pubs/DoD-Internal-Review-of-the-WNY-Shooting-20-Nov-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 133310

Author: Mattson, Susan Title: Methamphetamine Production in Tennessee Summary: The illicit production of methamphetamine is a serious public health, safety, and fiscal issue in Tennessee. Methamphetamine is a highly addictive drug that can be easily produced by individuals with certain over-the-counter cold and allergy medications (pharmacy precursors) and everyday household products and chemicals. The dangers and associated costs of methamphetamine go beyond the effects on the health and productivity of the drug abuser. The explosiveness and toxicity of the labs and dumpsites of waste materials pose significant dangers and costs to families of those making methamphetamine, the community, law enforcement personnel, and workers who clean up the contaminated properties. The number, and inherent danger, of methamphetamine labs has increased in Tennessee in the last few years, due in part to the development of �one-pot� labs. This methamphetamine production method requires only a plastic bottle and a few other items, along with a small amount of the pharmacy precursors. State and federal policymakers have sought to balance cold and allergy sufferers� access to a safe and effective nasal decongestant with the need to curtail the diversion of these medications to the production of methamphetamine. Federal and Tennessee laws passed in 2005 to limit access to the pharmacy precursors include purchase limits for individuals of 3.6 grams per 24 hours and nine grams per 30 days. Pharmacy precursors in Tennessee are sold from behind the pharmacy counter. Individuals must present government-issued identification to purchase and pharmacies must keep a log of all purchases. In 2011, Tennessee passed Public Chapter 292 (PC 292) to implement a real-time, electronic tracking system � the National Precursor Log Exchange (NPLEx) � to further limit access to the pharmacy precursors used to produce methamphetamine. After much debate, NPLEx was chosen over a more restrictive requirement that an individual obtain a doctor�s prescription for the pharmacy precursors. As directed by PC 292, this report presents information on the effectiveness of public policies in Tennessee and other states intended to control access to the key pharmacy precursors. The relatively short history of precursor control policies, as well as limitations of available crime and drug use data, limits the strength of conclusions that can be drawn about the impact of particular precursor control laws on the production of methamphetamine in small labs. The National Clandestine Laboratory Seizure System (NCLSS), maintained by the Drug Enforcement Administration�s El Paso Intelligence Center (EPIC), is the only national database of methamphetamine lab incidents; the system has not been considered a complete record of all incidents because of incomplete reporting or processing differences by EPIC. Details: Nashville: Tennessee Comptroller of the Treasury, Offices of Research and Education Accountability, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.comptroller.tn.gov/Repository/RE/MethProductionTN.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133312

Author: Gilad, Michal Title: The Young and the Helpless: Re-Defining the Term 'Child Victim of Crime' Summary: Children are the most highly victimized segments of our society. The victimization of children is estimated to be the most costly public health and public safety problem today. Despite the urgency of the problem, and the proliferation of literature and policy proposals pertinent to childhood victimization, thus far, no significant efforts have been made to design a coherent definition to the term 'child victim of crime.' Existing definitions fail to account for the distinct developmental needs of children, and the unique effect of crime on children. The result of this lacuna is a colossal failure of our legal system to protect the most vulnerable and impressionable group, our children. It also leads to wasteful and inefficient utilization of public funds, and compromises public safety. This article provides a comprehensive framework, that bridges theory and practice, to develop an innovative evidence-based definition to the term 'child victim of crime'. Implementation of the proposed definition will enable the protection and treatment of millions of children crippled by crime, who currently fall beyond the boundaries of narrow policies designed for adults and unsuitable for children. It will also help improve public safely, and save invaluable public resources. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania School of Law, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 14-23 : Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Papers.cfm?abstract_id=2467182 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133322

Author: Smith, Thomas J. Title: The Least of These: Amachi and the Children of Prisoners Summary: There is no rule book for creating, implementing and sustaining a successful social intervention. Hundreds, if not thousands, of now-defunct social programs attest to this reality. These programs may have succeeded in identifying a social need, a cogent and sometimes creative way of meeting that need, and some capacity (both financial and operational) to launch the effort. These are necessary elements -- but not sufficient ones. The social policy field does not consistently recognize or reward good ideas. Success is often as much a product of unusual circumstances -- confluence of the right time, the right idea and the right people -- as it is a result of inherent program quality and effectiveness. The Amachi program is a prime illustration of the unpredictable nature of success in the social policy arena. Its success resulted from a nearly unique blend of factors -- Public/Private Ventures (P/PV), which had been studying the issue of relationships as a way of helping young people for almost two decades; the Pew Charitable Trusts' interest in the potential of faith-based organizations to meet social needs; the well-known academic John DiIulio, who was looking for practical ways to put Pew's interest into action; a source of stabilizing program knowledge (Big Brothers Big Sisters of America); and finally a leader, W. Wilson Goode, Sr., whose combination of personal contacts, managerial knowledge and experience, and dedication to the idea of Amachi was decisive in making the program a success locally, and later nationally. Politics also played a role: the election of a president (in 2000) interested in faith-based initiatives; DiIulio's role in steering the president's attention to Amachi during its early days in Philadelphia; and the way that attention led to a sustained national focus (with federal program funding) on the target group Amachi was designed to serve: children of prisoners. The interplay of these factors -- along with good luck and good timing -- is in many ways the core of the Amachi story, which is detailed in the pages that follow. Details: Philadelphia: Public/Private Ventures, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.issuelab.org/resource/least_of_these_amachi_and_the_children_of_prisoners_the Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133325

Author: Xie, Min Title: Violent Victimization in New and Established Hispanic Areas, 2007�2010 Summary: Examines violent victimization rates by victims' race and ethnicity within four Hispanic areas from 2007 to 2010. Hispanic areas are classified based on their historical Hispanic population and the growth in their Hispanic population between 1980 and 2001. This includes� established slow growth areas established fast growth areas new emerging Hispanic areas small Hispanic areas. The report describes Hispanic, white, and black violent victimization rates in each area by age and sex. Highlights: From 1980 to 2010, the Hispanic population increased 246%, compared to 44% for non-Hispanic blacks and 9% for non-Hispanic whites. From 2007 to 2010, new Hispanic areas had a lower overall rate of violent victimization compared to small Hispanic areas that had relatively little growth in Hispanic populations. Unlike blacks and whites, Hispanics experienced higher rates of violent victimization in new Hispanic metropolitan areas (26 per 1,000) than in other areas (16 to 20 per 1,000). Hispanics ages 18 to 34 exhibited the largest variation in victimization rates by type of area. Those in new Hispanic areas experienced violence at higher rates than those in established and small Hispanic areas. Among all age groups, new Hispanic areas did not show statistically significant higher rates of violent victimization for non-Hispanic white and black residents. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/vvneha0710.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 133326

Author: Miles, Thomas J. Title: Does Immigration Enforcement Reduce Crime? Evidence from "Secure Communities" Summary: Does immigration enforcement actually reduce crime? Surprisingly, little evidence exists either way-despite the fact that deporting noncitizens who commit crimes has been a central feature of American immigration law since the early twentieth century. We capitalize on a natural policy experiment to address the question and, in the process, provide the first empirical analysis of the most important deportation initiative to be rolled out in decades. The policy initiative we study is "Secure Communities," a program designed to enable the federal government to check the immigration status of every person arrested for a crime by local police. Before this program, the government checked the immigration status of only a small fraction of arrestees. Since its launch, the program has led to over a quarter of a million detentions. We exploit the slow rollout of the program across more than 3,000 U.S. counties to obtain differences-in-differences estimates of the impact of Secure Communities on local crime rates. We also use rich data on the number of immigrants detained under the program in each county and month-data obtained from the federal government through extensive FOIA requests-to estimate the elasticity of crime with respect to incapacitated immigrants. Our results show that Secure Communities led to no meaningful reductions in the FBI index crime rate. Nor has it reduced rates of violent crime-homicide, rape, robbery, or aggravated assault. This evidence shows that the program has not served its central objective of making communities safer. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago School of Law; New York: New York University Law School, 2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft, August 21, 2014: Accessed September 15, 2014 at: http://www.law.uchicago.edu/files/file/does_immigration_enforcement_reduce_crime_082514.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 133328

Author: Kaye, Lara Title: Understanding the Role of Parent Engagement to Enhance Mentoring Outcomes: Final Evaluation Report Summary: This report provides an evaluation of the impact of a parent mentoring intervention on mentoring relationships and youth outcomes in a youth services agency. The program and research design and the evaluation resulted from a partnership between the Center for Human Services Research (CHSR) and Big Brothers' Big Sisters' Capital Region (BBBSCR). Background While mentoring is a widespread and successful intervention for youth-at-risk the impact of mentoring on youth outcomes appears to be modest (Dubois, Portillo, Rhodes, Silverthorn & Valentine, 2011). Ways to refine and strengthen mentoring are of great interest. One potential approach is parent engagement which has been shown to play a meaningful role in improving youth outcomes (Epstein, Joyce & Sanders, 2000; Higginbotham, MacArther, & Dart, 2010; St. Pierre & Kaltreider, 1997); as well minority low-income parents face a unique set of structural and psychological obstacles to being engaged (Chang, Park, Singh & Sung, 2009; Diamond & Gomez, 2004; Patel & Stevens, 2010; Payne, 2006; Van Velsor & Orozco, 2007). The Parent Engagement Model (PEM) was designed to engage parents in mentoring as well as to increase mentor's cultural understanding of families served by the program. The model consisted of six components: 1) parent orientation, 2) a parent handbook, 3) Energizing the Connection (ETC) mentor training, 4) match support on enhanced topics, 5) monthly post cards for each topic, and 6) biannual family events. It was evaluated using a quasi-experimental design with a waitlist control group. Recruitment took place from over a year resulting in 125 study matches made up of youth and mentors; parents were also include as study participants. Qualitative and quantitative data were collected including BBBS intake data and surveys, a standardized youth outcome instrument (the Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL)), and project-developed instruments. Details: Albany, NY: Center for Human Services Research, University at Albany, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2014 at: http://www.albany.edu/chsr/Publications/PEM%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 133366

Author: Howell, Embry Title: State Variation in Hospital Use and Cost of Firearm Assault Injury, 2010 Summary: The consequences of gun violence differ significantly by location and social circumstances. Understanding these social and geographic variations is important in helping policymakers understand the scope of gun violence and identify sound policy solutions. This brief looks at who visits the hospital for firearm-assault injuries and what percentage of that hospital cost is borne by the public in six different states: Arizona, California, Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, and Wisconsin. Findings build on national estimates of firearm-assault injury prevalence and hospital cost developed by Howell and Abraham (2013). In 2010, the total cost, including societal cost, of firearm violence was estimated at $174 billion (Miller 2012). Though the monetary costs imposed by gun violence are large, the physical injuries are not distributed evenly: gun violence is often concentrated in a small number of places and within a small set of communities. In Boston, for example, more than half of gun violence is clustered around less than 3 percent of streets and intersections (Braga, Papachristos, and Hureau 2010), and in a Chicago community, 41 percent of gun homicides occurred in social networks containing just 4 percent of the population (Papachristos and Wildeman 2014). Youth are also disproportionately affected by gun violence. In 2010, homicide was the third-leading cause of death for youth ages 10 to 24, greater than the next seven leading causes of death combined (David-Ferdon and Simon 2014). Given these variations, documenting the distribution and hospital costs of firearm-assault injury at the state level is important for understanding the varied effects of gun violence and the costs the public pays because of it. Highlights - Among the six states studied, there are substantial differences in firearm-assault injury hospital use, hospital mortality, and the percentage of firearm-assault injury hospital costs borne by the public. - Hospital use for firearm-assault injury is disproportionately concentrated among young males, particularly young black males, in all six study states. - Uninsured victims have higher hospital mortality rates for firearm-assault injury in five of six study states. - The public pays a substantial portion of the hospital cost for injuries caused by firearm assault. Public health insurance paid 52 percent of the cost nationally in 2010 (19 to 64 percent across the six study states). The uninsured, whose care is often paid by the public, represented 17 to 59 percent of costs. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413210-State-Variation-in-Hospital-Use-and-Cost-of-Firearm-Assault-Injury-2010.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 133367

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Managing Drug-Involved Offenders Summary: Effectively managing drug-involved offenders is an essential step to reduce crime and drug abuse. Many of the most active criminals and heaviest-using drug abusers are supervised by the criminal justice system; conversely, drug-using parolees and probationers are disproportionately responsible for both crime and drug abuse in America. Finally, since crime and drugs are at least somewhat synergistic - criminal behavior can lead to drug abuse, and visa versa - resolving the drug habits of the most chronic criminal offenders and the criminal habits of the most habitual drug abusers may be an integral element of a successful approach to either problem. Fortunately, many of these individuals are already supervised by probation or parole programs, subjecting them to additional monitoring and discipline. Yet for decades, probation and parole programs have largely failed to wean participants off of either crime or drugs. In a nutshell, current programs have attempted to stretch insufficient resources across overwhelming numbers of parolees and probationers. Since identifying and punishing violations is a heavy drain on program resources, most supervision programs have eventually mutated into relatively lax and ineffective systems of control. Petersilia and Turner's (1991) classic experiment of Intensive Supervision Probation (ISP) revealed that in Los Angeles County, for example, probationers in the ISP condition were tested on average only once every two months (not necessarily randomly), with sanctions for positive tests being administered inconsistently. The result catalyzes a vicious cycle. Programs are unable to discipline minor violations. Offenders perceive that they can commit minor violations without consequence, and in turn stop trying to avoid them. The resulting uptick in minor violations further inundates the resources of the supervisory program, compounding the original problem. This general pattern can consume entire supervisory systems, such that only the most egregious violations or chronic offenders merit increasingly precious enforcement resources. Moreover, court and prison resources are so over-committed that the little punishment that these programs manage to dole out comes only after such a long delay that they have lost their maximum corrective effect on the violator. However, innovations based on the Swift and Certain testing-and-discipline paradigm (SAC) as successfully implemented in Hawaii's HOPE project can break this pattern (Hawken and Kleiman, 2009). A phenomenon called "behavioral triage" allows program resources to be allocated to the offenders whose poor behavior most requires them (Hawken 2010). The quick and efficient identification of egregious offenders - rather than the slow and conventional process of waiting until they compile an extensive list of violations - is combined with swift and consistent punishments. When punishments follow within days of the violation, they have much greater correctional effect on the offender. There is some evidence that these programs introduce predictable consequences into the lives of offenders and increase their capacities for self-control (Hawken and Kleiman, 2009). The promise of these programs creates optimism that drug use and incarceration, among even heavily-drug involved offenders, can be reduced. Mainland replications of the SAC model will show the local conditions that are required to successfully implement the model. These studies will also help to identify the characteristics of offenders who respond to the threat of credible sanctions alone, and those who do not. The latter night need more-intensive resources (such as the ancillary services offered by drug courts or long-term residential treatment), or may not be amenable to supervision in the community. The implementation challenges of SAC are non-trivial, but the promise is enormous. If enough departments are able to reconfigure their operations to deliver sanctions swiftly and with certainty, the effort could yield dramatic reductions in drug use and criminal activity. Details: Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247315.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 133370

Author: Goodman, Dara Title: Representing Victims of Human Trafficking in Massachusetts: A Guide for Attorneys Summary: This Guide provides attorneys with a general overview of human trafficking law in Massachusetts in an effort to help attorneys identify victims of human trafficking and determine how to meet their legal and non-legal needs. It provides attorneys with a foundation concerning federal and state law and refers them to more comprehensive resources, where appropriate. In particular, the Guide discusses the following topics in detail: -Identifying victims and recognizing indicators of human trafficking -An introduction to international, federal, and Massachusetts human trafficking laws -Advice on working with vulnerable and diverse populations -Immigration remedies for victims of human trafficking victims, including how to apply for and obtain T visas and U visas -Issues specific to child victims of human trafficking, including the safe harbor under Massachusetts law for minor victims involved in criminal prosecution -Issues specific to victims of human trafficking who are also criminal defendants -Aiding prosecution of traffickers -Civil remedies available to victims of human trafficking under federal and Massachusetts law -Non-legal benefits and resources available to victims of human trafficking under federal and Massachusetts law -Massachusetts resources available to victims of human trafficking Details: Boston: WilmerHale, 2013. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2014 at: http://media.wix.com/ugd/6d5c12_e4e8c12d8ea3487fbebfa0f7d3eabdb0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133374

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: Assault Weapons Revisited: Policy Options for Regulating Rifles, Shotguns, and Other Firearms 20 Years After the Passage of the Assault Weapons Ban Summary: 20 years after President Bill Clinton signed the federal assault weapons ban into law in September 1994 and a decade after Congress allowed that law to lapse - the question of whether and how to regulate particularly lethal firearms is no longer the primary focus of the national gun debate. While the question of what to do about the proliferation of certain military-style rifles - so-called "assault weapons" - remains open, advocates for stronger gun laws have recently focused on the question of who may possess guns, rather than which type of guns should receive heightened regulation. In the wake of the December 2012 massacre at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut, President Barack Obama, congressional leaders, and gun-violence prevention advocates alike made deterring dangerous people from accessing guns the top legislative priority with a proposal for comprehensive background checks for all gun sales. In April 2013, while the Senate also considered a new assault weapons ban that only mustered 40 votes, the Manchin-Toomey bill to expand background checks garnered 55 votes. This shift in focus to prevent dangerous people from accessing guns is appropriate: A broad set of research suggests that such measures are effective in reducing gun violence. Additionally, there is overwhelming support in opinion polls for expanding background checks and similar measures aimed at restricting dangerous people from accessing guns. But the debate persists about whether and how to best regulate assault rifles and other types of firearms that may pose heightened risks to public safety. For more than 20 years, there has generally been only one policy solution offered in this debate: a ban on assault weapons. This report considers how gun laws have evolved to address different classes of firearms and looks more broadly at how federal and state laws treat rifles and shotguns differently than handguns and whether all of those distinctions continue to make sense. It also examines data on the changing nature of gun violence and the increasing use of long guns and assault rifles by criminals, with a focus on Pennsylvania as a case study. Additionally, this report offers a new framework for regulating assault weapons and other special categories of guns that balances the desire of law-abiding gun owners to possess these guns with the need to protect public safety from their misuse in dangerous hands. These policies include: - Require background checks for all gun sales - Require dealers to report multiple sales of long guns - Equalize interstate sales of long guns and handguns - Require federal firearms licenses for individuals that manufacture guns using 3D printers - Bar possession and use of machine guns by individuals under the age of 16 - Require a permit for possession of assault weapons Twenty years after the successful passage of the federal assault weapons ban and 10 years after its expiration, the push for a federal ban on these guns seems stuck in neutral. But much more can be done to strengthen regulation of particularly dangerous guns and to ensure that laws regulating handguns and long guns make sense in today's context. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2014 at: http://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/AssaultWeapons-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 133375

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Title: Report to Congress on the Runaway and Homeless Youth Program Fiscal Years 2012 and 2013 Summary: Almost 40 years ago, the groundbreaking Runaway and Homeless Youth Act created the first line of defense for young people who had run away from home, become homeless, or been asked to leave home by their families. Congress recognized the precarious circumstances of young people who could not return home but did not yet have the financial, social, or emotional resources to live successfully on their own. Runaway and homeless youth have often been traumatized by violence and abuse at home or in their communities. They have never had, or have lost contact with, supportive adults who could provide guidance and model healthy decision‐making. Also, these young people often fail to develop the educational and job‐readiness skills that are so crucial to financial and housing stability in adulthood. Young people who live on the streets are at high risk of developing serious, life‐long health, behavioral, and emotional problems. They suffer from high rates of depression, substance abuse, and post‐traumatic stress disorder. They are often survivors of physical and sexual abuse. The longer they live on the streets, the more likely they are to fall victim to sexual exploitation and human trafficking. For all these reasons, programs that keep young people from being homeless - whether by providing preventive services or rapid, effective family reunification (if appropriate) or case management once youth are on the streets - are key components of the social safety net for our Nation's most vulnerable youth. Today, that safety net is woven by the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act, most recently reauthorized by the Reconnecting Homeless Youth Act of 2008, and administered by the Family and Youth Services Bureau (FYSB) within the Administration for Children & Families of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The Runaway and Homeless Youth Act authorizes the three Runaway and Homeless Youth Grant Programs that enable community‐based organizations and shelters in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and the U.S. territories to serve and protect runaway, homeless, missing, and sexually exploited youth. These three programs are: The Basic Center Program, authorized under Part A, provides emergency shelter. The Transitional Living Program, authorized under Part B, offers longer‐term care that helps prepare older youth for self‐sufficiency and adulthood. The Street Outreach Program, authorized under Part E of the Act, makes contact with youth on the streets, with the goal of connecting them to services. Bolstering these frontline services is a network of support, including: A National Communications System, which serves as a national hotline connecting young people to programs, services, and transportation back home, authorized under Part C; and FYSB's coordinating, training, research, and other activities, which provide the means through which the federal government can continually refine and improve its response to youth homelessness as well as the ability of the youth‐services field to assist young people in need, authorized under Part D of the Act. To ensure that the local programs FYSB funds effectively meet the needs of runaway and homeless youth, the Runaway and Homeless Youth Program Monitoring System assesses each program's services. This report documents the ways that FYSB, continuing its longtime commitment to combating youth homelessness, worked to create a range of services available to young people across the Nation, so that they had somewhere to turn in fiscal years (FYs) 2012 and 2013. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2014 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/fysb/rhy_report_to_congress_fy1213.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133376

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: No Time to Waste: Evidence-Based Treatment for Drug Dependence at the United States Veterans Administration Summary: This briefing paper examines the response of the Veterans Administration to veterans struggling with drug and alcohol dependence, highlighting three programs that use evidence-based models to prevent overdose, treat opioid dependence and end chronic homelessness. These approaches incorporate harm reduction principles that "meet veterans where they are" - providing services along a spectrum to help veterans reduce the negative consequences of drug misuse including the harm of infectious diseases such as HIV and hepatitis. Continued support for these programs is critically important, both within the Veterans Administration, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and in the form of essential funding from the United States Congress. Human Rights Watch research indicates: - Expanding veterans' access to naloxone is critical to saving lives from overdose; - Medication-assisted therapy is an effective treatment for opioid dependence that should be accessible to greater numbers of veterans; - Focusing on "Housing First" gives veterans a chance to stabilize and rebuild their lives. The Veterans Administration has adopted evidence-based models because they are effective. But implementing evidence-based responses to drug dependence is a matter of human rights as well as public health. These are principles that apply to all people regardless of whether they have served in the nation's military. The VA provides the three models highlighted here to veterans, but they are essential for all who are drug dependent and may be at risk of overdose, in need of treatment or without a home. By expanding and sustaining these programs the Veterans Administration can set a precedent that ultimately could be a significant contribution to protecting the right to health not only for veterans but for all Americans. Details: New York: HRW, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0614_vets_ForUpload.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133392

Author: Eisen, Lauren-Brooke Title: Federal Prosecution for the 21st Century Summary: This new report from the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law proposes modernizing one key aspect of the criminal justice system: federal prosecutors. Prosecutors are in a uniquely powerful position to bring change, since they make decisions about when and whether to bring criminal charges, and make recommendations for sentencing. The report proposes reorienting the way prosecutors� �success� is measured around three core goals: Reducing violent and serious crime, reducing prison populations, and reducing recidivism. The mechanism for change would be a shift in how attorneys' performance is assessed, to give prosecutors incentives to focus on how their practices reduce crime in and improve the communities they serve, instead of making their "success" simply a measure of how many individuals they convict and send to prison. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/FederalProsecutionForThe21stCentury.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Courts Shelf Number: 133398

Author: Watson, Lanette Title: An Analysis of Child Kidnapping in Iowa Summary: Background In July 2012 the Iowa Legislative Council requested the Public Safety Advisory Board (PSAB) provide recommendations to the General Assembly relating to crimes against children. This request came in response to the high profile kidnapping of two girls and subsequent murder of one by Michael Klunder. The PSAB directed the Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning (CJJP) to provide an analysis of child kidnapping and review of the effectiveness of Iowa kidnapping law. Iowa Child Kidnapping Cases Disposed Calendar Years 2002-2012 Over the last ten years, Iowa has had very few felony level child kidnappings (n=17). The data show all cases involved a male offender (n=17) and nearly always a female victim (n=16). The greatest proportion of victims was between the ages of 13-16 years (35.3%). The largest number of kidnappings was committed by acquaintances (n=7) with equal numbers of child kidnappings committed by family members (n=5) and strangers (n=5). Very few children were physically injured (n=2) however; most were sexually assaulted (n=13). Most offenders (n=14) had at least one prior charge for a violent offense but only four had a prior sex offense conviction. Analysis of the Justice System in the Michael Klunder Case After thorough review of this case, it is evident that efforts were made by the sentencing Judge and the Board of Parole to incapacitate Offender Klunder for the longest period of time permitted by statute. The Judge in the first and second Klunder kidnapping cases ordered his sentences to be served consecutively in order to maximize incapacitation and the Board of Parole delayed work release until a few months before the expiration of his sentence. Klunder did not meet the criteria for civil commitment as a sexually violent predator. Upon release he was placed on the Iowa Sex Offender Registry for ten years as a Tier II offender and was subject to bi-annual reviews to verify relevant information (e.g., residency, employment). It is evident that Klunder�s release was due not to lax parole policies, but rather the provisions in the Criminal Code pertaining to the accrual of earned time while an offender is incarcerated. On July 29, 2013, the Iowa Legislative Council made a request to the Public Safety Advisory Board (PSAB), pursuant to Iowa Code �216A.133A, to provide recommendations to the General Assembly relating to crimes against children. This request came in response to the high profile kidnapping of two girls and subsequent murder of one, Kathlynn Shepard, by suspect Michael Klunder. The Iowa Legislative Council specifically requested that the PSAB provide: 1. Information regarding what changes have occurred in Iowa law since Michael Klunder was sentenced in 1992 and whether these changes could have impacted any aspect of Klunder�s sentence. 2. Specific legislative proposals relating to crimes against children that would avoid someone like Klunder having the opportunity to commit more heinous crimes against our children. The purpose of this report is to provide information to the PSAB concerning the number and nature of child kidnappings, including a review and analysis of the effectiveness of Iowa law in protecting children. While this report�s main focus is on child kidnappings, it should be noted that child victims have represented only a small proportion (10.2%) of felony kidnapping cases disposed in the State of Iowa over the last ten years, as shown in Table 1. Further, the report deals primarily with the three classes of kidnapping noted in the table rather than addressing all the variations of kidnapping dealt with in Iowa Code Chapter 710 (e.g., violating custodial orders). Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Human Rights Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/Child%20Kidnapping%20Report%20FY2014-Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Kidnapping (Iowa) Shelf Number: 133399

Author: Maryland. Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention Title: FIRST REPORT TO THE STATE OF MARYLAND Under Public Safety Article S3-508: 2012 Electronic Control Device (ECD) Discharges Analysis Summary: On April 12, 2011 Governor O'Malley signed into law Senate Bill 652/House Bill 507, which was subsequently enacted under the Annotated Code of Maryland, Public Safety Article � 3-508. This law requires law enforcement agencies that issue Electronic Control Devices (ECDs)1, also known as tasers, to report certain information regarding the use of those devices to the Maryland Statistical Analysis Center (MSAC) located in the Governor's Office of Crime Control & Prevention (GOCCP), under Executive Order 01.01.2007.04. MSAC and the Police and Correctional Training Commissions (PCTC) worked with law enforcement and legal representatives to develop a standardized, efficient, user-friendly format to record and report data required under this law. METHODOLOGY This report represents all ECD discharges by law enforcement during the 2012 calendar year that were reported to MSAC. The law requires the submission of annual ECD data to MSAC by March 31st of the following year. All data sets were received in an excel format, as required, and later combined, merged, standardized, and analyzed using IBM SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences) Statistics version 21.0 to formulate this report. IBM SPSS Statistics version 21.0 is a system package widely accepted and used by researchers and social scientists. For the purpose of this report, an ECD discharge means an ECD was fired at a person; it does not include an ECD that was fired during a training exercise. Also, accidental discharges, as well as an ECD fired at an animal, are not included in the report. Law enforcement agencies were required to electronically submit verification to MSAC regardless of whether the agency issued ECDs to its officers. MSAC received 100% compliance from all law enforcement agencies that were required to report. Law enforcement agencies that issued and used ECDs reported the following data: The number of times an ECD was discharged by the agency in the past year; The time, date, and location (zip code) of the discharge; The type of incident (e.g. non-criminal, criminal, or traffic stop) in which the person against whom the ECD was discharged was involved prior to the discharge; The reason for each discharge (e.g. non-threatening non-compliance, threat of force, and use of force); The type of mode used (e.g. probe, drive stun, or both) of the discharge; The number of ECD cycles, the duration of each cycle, and the duration between cycles of the discharge; The point of impact of each discharge (e.g., arm, back torso, buttocks, front torso, groin/hip, head, leg, neck, side, clothing, or miss); The race, gender, and age, of each person against whom the ECD was discharged; The type of weapon (e.g., firearm, edged, blunt force, or other), if any, possessed by the person against whom the ECD was discharged, and the threat of any weapon; Any injury or death resulting from the discharge other than punctures or lacerations caused by the ECD contact or the removal of ECD probes; and The type of medical care, if any, provided to the person against whom the ECD was discharged, other than the treatment for punctures or lacerations caused by the ECD contact or the removal of ECD probes. Details: Baltimore: Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2014 at: http://www.jrsa.org/sac-spotlight/maryland/ecd-Data-2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Control Devices (Maryland) Shelf Number: 133400

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Socio-emotional Impact of Violent Crime Summary: Examines victims' socio-emotional problems resulting from violent crime, including moderate to severe distress, problems with family or friend relationships, or problems at work or school. The report explores the relationship between the socio-emotional response to crime and the characteristics of the victim and the incident, such as the victim-offender relationship, injury, weapon use, and demographic characteristics. It examines the emotional and physical symptoms associated with socio-emotional problems, and the association between victim help-seeking behaviors and the experience of socio-emotional problems. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault) victimization reported and not reported to the police. Highlights: Overall, 68% of victims of serious violence experienced socio-emotional problems as a result of their victimization. Regardless of the type of violence experienced, a greater percentage of victims of intimate partner violence than stranger violence experienced socio-emotional problems. Twelve percent of victims who experienced socio-emotional problems received victim services, compared to 5% of victims reporting no socio-emotional problems. More than a third of victims reporting severe distress and nearly half of those with moderate distress did not report to the police or receive any assistance from victim services. About three-quarters of victims of rape or sexual assault (75%), robbery (74%), violence involving a firearm (74%), and violence resulting in medical treatment for injuries (77%) experienced socio-emotional problems. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed September 24, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/sivc.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 133405

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Anti-trafficking laws and arrest trends in Illinois Summary: While some is known about domestic sex trafficking victims in the United States, little research is available on the prevalence of trafficking crimes. Recent legislation defines trafficking as a criminal offense, increases penalties for traffickers and those who patronize prostitutes, and aids sex trafficking victims. This Research Bulletin examines Illinois arrest trends by year and Illinois region to gauge the level of response to trafficking- and prostitution-related crimes by law enforcement between 2000 and 2011. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Bulletin Vol. 10, no. 1: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/Bulletins/Trafficking_Laws_Nov_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (Illinois) Shelf Number: 133411

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Identity Theft: Additional Actions Could Help IRS Combat the Large, Evolving Threat of Refund Fraud Summary: Identity theft tax refund fraud is a persistent, evolving threat to honest taxpayers and tax administration. It occurs when an identity thief files a fraudulent tax return using a legitimate taxpayer's identifying information and claims a refund. GAO was asked to review IRS's efforts to combat IDT refund fraud. This report, the first of a series, examines (1) what IRS knows about the extent of IDT refund fraud and (2) additional actions IRS can take to combat IDT refund fraud using third-party information from, for example, employers and financial institutions. To understand what is known about the extent of IDT refund fraud, GAO reviewed IRS documentation, including the Identity Theft Taxonomy. To identify additional actions IRS can take, GAO assessed IRS and SSA data on the timing of W-2s; and interviewed SSA officials and selected associations representing software companies, return preparers, payroll companies, and others. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that Congress should consider providing Treasury with authority to lower the annual threshold for e-filing W-2s. In addition, IRS should fully assess the costs and benefits of shifting W-2 deadlines, and provide this information to Congress. IRS neither agreed nor disagreed with GAO's recommendations, and it stated it is determining how these potential corrective actions align with available resources and IRS priorities. Details: Washington, GAO, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-633: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/665368.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 133415

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Management of New Prison Activations Can Be Improved Summary: The federal inmate population has increased over the last two decades, and as of July 2014, BOP was responsible for the custody and care of more than 216,000 inmates. To handle the projected growth of between 2,500 and 3,000 or more inmates per year from 2015 through 2020, BOP has spent about $1.3 billion constructing five new institutions and acquiring one in Thomson, Illinois. BOP is activating these institutions by staffing and equipping them and populating them with inmates. GAO was requested to review BOP's activation process of newly constructed and acquired institutions. GAO reviewed, among other things, (1) the extent to which BOP is activating institutions within estimated time-frames and has an activation policy or schedules that meet best practices, and (2) why DOJ purchased Thomson and how the purchase affected system wide costs. GAO reviewed BOP budget documents from fiscal years 2008 to 2015 and assessed schedules against GAO's Schedule Assessment Guide. GAO conducted site visits to the six institutions, interviewed BOP officials, and reviewed staffing data from fiscal years 2010 through 2013. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ use its annual budget justification to communicate to Congress factors that might delay prison activation, and that BOP analyze institution-level staffing data and develop and implement a comprehensive activation policy and a schedule that reflects best practices. DOJ concurred with all of GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-709: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/665417.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133416

Author: Beckett, Katherine Title: Seattle's Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion Program: Lessons Learned from the First Two Years Summary: Seattle's Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion (LEAD) program is the first known pre-booking diversion program for people arrested on narcotics and prostitution charges in the United States. Launched in October 2011, LEAD is the product of a multi-year collaboration involving a wide range of organizations, including The Defender Association's Racial Disparity Project, the Seattle Police Department, the ACLU of Washington, the King County Prosecuting Attorney's Office, the Seattle City Attorney's office, the King County Sheriff's Office, Evergreen Treatment Services, the King County Executive, the Washington State Department of Corrections, and others. This report draws on a number of data sources to provide an overview of LEAD's principles and operations, and to distill important lessons about what has - and has not - worked well in the first two years of LEAD's operations. The hope is that identification of these lessons will be useful to those interested in replicating LEAD in other jurisdictions or in enhancing its operations in Seattle. After briefly describing LEAD's principles and operations, the report identifies key "lessons learned." These are presented in four different categories: getting started; training; communication; and the transformation of institutional relationships. Each of these lessons is briefly described. Details: Seattle: University of Washington, Law, Societies & Justice Program, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.seattle.gov/council/Harrell/attachments/process%20evaluation%20final%203-31-14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133419

Author: Maryland. Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention Title: Report of the Task Force on Juvenile Court Jurisdiction Summary: The Task Force studied current laws concerning the jurisdiction of juvenile courts, and reviewed the current research on best practices in the judicial system for dealing with youth who have committed crimes. Further, the Task Force recommended whether to retain automatic adult charges for youth committing certain offenses; the benefits of keeping minors in the jurisdiction of juvenile courts; how to reduced the number of youths committed to adult detention centers and prisons; and the long-term cost of treating young people in the adult criminal system. On December 1, 2013, the Task Force submitted its report to the Governor and General Assembly. It recommended that a thorough analysis of the capital, programmatic and staffing needs be completed to evaluate proposed policy changes that would expand juvenile court jurisdiction. The Task Force also recommended the expansion of juvenile court jurisdiction to permit youth charged the ability to request transfer from the adult court to the juvenile court. Details: Baltimore: Governor's Office of Crime Control & Prevention, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/juvenile/documents/Juvenile%20Task%20Force%20Final%20Report_20131201.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 133426

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2013 Summary: This report presents 2013 estimates of rates and levels of criminal victimization in the United States. This bulletin includes violent victimization (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault) and property victimization (burglary, motor vehicle theft, and property theft). It describes the annual change from 2012 and analyzes 10-year trends from 2004 through 2013. The bulletin includes estimates of domestic violence, intimate partner violence, and injury and use of weapons in violent victimization. It also describes the characteristics of victims. The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. During 2013, about 90,630 households and 160,040 persons were interviewed for the NCVS. Highlights: The rate of violent crime declined slightly from 26.1 victimizations per 1,000 persons in 2012 to 23.2 per 1,000 in 2013. No statistically significant change was detected in the rate of serious violent crime (rape or sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault) from 2012 to 2013 (7.3 per 1,000). From 2012 to 2013, no statistically significant changes occurred in the rates of domestic violence, intimate partner violence, violence resulting in an injury, or violence involving a firearm. The rate of property crime decreased from 155.8 victimizations per 1,000 households in 2012 to 131.4 per 1,000 in 2013. In 2013, 1.2% of all persons age 12 or older (3 million persons) experienced at least one violent victimization. About 0.4% (1.1 million persons) experienced at least one serious violent victimization. Details: Washington, DC: S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv13.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 133429

Author: Anderson, Stuart Title: How Many More Deaths? The Moral Case for a Temporary Worker Programs Summary: Immigrant deaths at the border rose by 27 percent in 2012, according to U.S. Border Patrol data obtained by the National Foundation for American Policy. The 477 immigrant deaths in 2012 represent the second highest recorded total since 1998, eclipsed only by the 492 deaths in 2005.1 Most troubling, the rise in immigrant deaths comes at a time when fewer people are attempting to enter illegally, as measured by the significant drop in apprehensions at the border over the past several years. The evidence suggests an immigrant attempting to cross illegally into the United States today is 8 times more likely to die in the attempt than approximately a decade ago. Over the past 15 years more than 5,500 immigrants have died trying to enter America. This tragic loss of life is a direct result of the absence of legal avenues for foreign nationals to work at jobs in hotel, restaurants, construction and other industries. The current visa categories for agriculture (H-2A) and nonagricultural work (H-2B) are considered cumbersome and are only for seasonal work, not the type of year-round jobs filled by most illegal immigrants in the United States. Details: Arlington, VA: National Foundation for American Policy, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.nfap.com/pdf/NFAP%20Policy%20Brief%20Moral%20Case%20For%20a%20Temporary%20Worker%20Program%20March%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 133430

Author: Blair, J. Pete Title: A Study of Active Shooter Incidents in the United States Between 2000 and 2013 Summary: "A Study of Active Shooter Incidents in the United States Between 2000 and 2013" contains a full list of the 160 incidents used in study, including those that occurred at Virginia Tech, Sandy Hook Elementary School, the U.S. Holocaust Memorial Museum, Fort Hood, the Aurora (Colorado) Cinemark Century 16 movie theater, the Sikh Temple of Wisconsin, and the Washington Navy Yard, as well as numerous other tragic shootings. Here are some of the study's findings: - Active shooter incidents are becoming more frequent - the first seven years of the study show an average of 6.4 incidents annually, while the last seven years show 16.4 incidents annually. - These incidents resulted in a total of 1,043 casualties (486 killed, 557 wounded - excluding the shooters). - All but six of the 160 incidents involved male shooters (and only two involved more than one shooter). - More than half of the incidents - 90 shootings - ended on the shooter's initiative (i.e., suicide, fleeing), while 21 incidents ended after unarmed citizens successfully restrained the shooter. - In 21 of the 45 incidents where law enforcement had to engage the shooter to end the threat, nine officers were killed and 28 were wounded. - The largest percentage of incidents - 45.6 percent - took place in a commercial environment (73 incidents), followed by 24.3 percent that took place in an educational environment (39 incidents). The remaining incidents occurred at the other location types specified in the study - open spaces, military and other government properties, residential properties, houses of worship, and health care facilities Details: Washington, DC: Texas State University; Washington, DC: Federal Bureau of Investigation, U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.fbi.gov/news/stories/2014/september/fbi-releases-study-on-active-shooter-incidents/pdfs/a-study-of-active-shooter-incidents-in-the-u.s.-between-2000-and-2013 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 133454

Author: Hanley, S. Title: Prevention Youth Substance Use: A Review of Thirteen Programs Summary: Initiative 502, passed by Washington voters in November 2012, legalized recreational marijuana use for adults in the state. The initiative directed WSIPP to evaluate the policy by considering benefits and costs across a number of key areas including public health, public safety, and criminal justice. As part of this assignment, we reviewed the evaluation literature on 13 youth prevention programs. These programs are on the state Department of Behavioral Health and Recovery�s preliminary list of evidence-based programs with marijuana prevention outcomes. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: (Doc. No. 14-09-3201). Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1562/Wsipp_Preventing-Youth-Substance-Use-A-Review-of-Thirteen-Programs_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 133458

Author: Gorton, Joe Title: Evaluation of the Black Hawk County Mental Health Jail Diversion Programs Summary: This study presents an evaluation of the First Judicial District Department of Correctional Services mental health jail diversion program. The analysis examines both program efficacy and cost-benefits. The evaluation is based on analyses of both quantitative and qualitative data. Quantitative data were collected from probation/parole and jail records of 482 offenders who participated in the program from 2007 through 2011. Qualitative data was derived from in-depth interviews of criminal justice officials and social service providers who are directly involved with the program. - Two-thirds of the inmates diverted into the mental health program were white males most of whom were younger than 30 years old. Women were under represented in the study population, however, they were significantly more likely to be placed in the diversion program. - For two-thirds of the diverted sample, the primary mental health diagnoses was a mood disorder (e.g., bi-polar, depressive, anxiety, etc.). Approximately one-fourth of the sample had a primary diagnoses of psychotic disorder. Schizophrenia, paranoid type was the most common psychotic condition. - Based on their LSI-R scores, 67.6 percent most of the diverted inmates were either a medium-high risk or high risk. For non-diverted inmates 61.9 percent were either medium-high risk or high risk. - Inmates with psychotic disorders were more likely to be diverted than offenders with less severe mental health problems. - Comparisons of arrest data for two years prior to being booked into jail and for two years of post-diversion indicate that the diversion program helps to reduce the likelihood of criminal recidivism. - Diverted inmates with a primary diagnosis of a psychotic disorder were significantly less likely to be arrested than diverted inmates who did not have a psychotic disorder. - The totality of quantitative findings indicate that Black Hawk County's mental health diversion program is effective at reducing criminal recidivism among mentally ill inmates - We estimate that diverted inmates served 15 fewer days in jail than non-diverted inmates. - The total estimate for annual cost savings produced by the mental health jail diversion program is $237,509. The annual net fiscal benefit of the program (without cost estimates for prosecutions, prison confinement , and taxpayer funded victimization programs) is estimated at $137,509. Details: Cedar Falls, IA: University of Northern Iowa, Department of Sociology, Anthropology, and Criminology, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://firstdcs.com/reports/2014.BHC%20MH%20Jail%20Diversion%20Program.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 133460

Author: Mallach, Alan Title: Economic and Social Impact of Introducing Casino Gambling: A Review and Assessment of the Literature Summary: Casinos can produce significant economic effects in the communities and regions in which they are located, although the effects vary widely. The size of the local or regional effect depends most significantly on how many visitors the casino draws from outside the area, thus reducing displacement of existing economic activity, and the number of jobs it generates within the area, thereby increasing the multiplier effect of the casino. Although casinos generate significant public revenue effects, the net effect is difficult to estimate because the extent to which casinos displace other public revenues, such as lotteries, has to be determined and because there is a paucity of detailed assessments of public costs. Even so, in most states the rate of taxation of casinos is substantially higher than the level at which other sectors are taxed; therefore, the net effects are likely to be positive. The effects of casinos on local public revenues, however, are much more mixed because state tax regimes retain most casino revenues at the state level, often allowing only a small part of the total public revenue stream to go to local governments. The incidence of casino taxes on consumers (OR households) is likely to be highly regressive. There are also significant social effects associated with casinos, which may include increases in pathological gambling, crime, and personal bankruptcy; however, there is no consensus in the literature on either the magnitude of these effects or the costs they impose on society and the economy. So far, the experience in Pennsylvania suggests that the introduction of casinos has had a positive economic and fiscal impact, particularly to the extent that Pennsylvania's casinos are drawing gamblers who previously would have traveled to Atlantic City or other out-of-state locations. The same is likely to be true of Philadelphia's casinos; however, it is unclear whether the benefits realized by the host community will be adequate to offset local costs. Whether the short-term benefits will be sustained over the long term remains to be seen. In addition, in evaluating the effects of casinos in Philadelphia, it is important to take into account the opportunity costs associated with developing a substantial part of the city's waterfront for casinos rather than for other facilities. With the imminent addition of table games to Pennsylvania's casinos, the casinos in Philadelphia are likely to further undermine the Atlantic City casino industry, which is already showing significant declines in visitation and revenues. Details: Philadelphia: Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 2010. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Papers: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.philadelphiafed.org/community-development/publications/discussion-papers/discussion-paper_casino-gambling.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Casino Gambling (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133464

Author: Polaris Project Title: A Look Back: Building a Human Trafficking Legal Framework Summary: For the last four years, Polaris has rated all 50 states and the District of Columbia based on 10 categories of laws that are critical to establishing a basic legal framework to effectively combat human trafficking, punish traffickers, and support survivors. In the final year of our State Ratings on Human Trafficking Laws, the following analysis highlights the tremendous improvement and innovation during this time. Yet, while criminal statutes have been enacted across the United States, there is still a significant absence of laws to assist and protect victims of human trafficking. In addition, the passage of dozens of new laws now requires that states work to provide proper funding and support to ensure that these laws can be effectively implemented. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.polarisproject.org/storage/2014SRM-capstone-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133467

Author: Betsinger, Sara Title: Doors to Detention: Statewide Detention Utilization Study Summary: Despite recent drops in juvenile crime in Maryland, the number of youth in secure detention has remained relatively constant. This study investigates the characteristics of youth detained, and the reasons for each detention during the first two months in 2013. Findings: - Just two regions of the State account for a majority of youth in detention. Although they account for only 41% of Maryland's youth population, Baltimore City and the Metro Region (encompassing Prince George's and Montgomery County) comprise 64% percent of detention placements and 60% of average detained population (ADP). - Detained youth in Maryland are overwhelmingly African American males. African American males represent just 31% of the general youth population, but account for 67% of detained youth. - A majority of youth detained in Maryland were under DJS supervision at the time of detention. Sixty-seven percent of youth in detention had already been court ordered to probation or committed supervision (i.e., aftercare). - Although historically around one-third of youth in detention facilities were detained awaiting a committed out of home placement ("Pending Placement" youth), this number has declined markedly in the last year. Various reforms, including Continuum of Care legislation passed in 2012 as well as the subsequent establishment of the Department's Central Review Committee, have begun to reduce the backlog of pending placement youth in detention. During the study period, just 14% of detained youth were pending placement. - A majority of youth detained in Maryland did not commit a violent felony offense. Although more than one-third (36%) of the pre-disposition ADP was comprised of youth whose most recent, most serious alleged offense was a crime of violence, 44% of the pre-disposition ADP consisted of youth who had committed a non-violent misdemeanor as their most serious recent alleged offense. - A new delinquent offense is frequently not the main reason for a detention placement. Detentions often result from a youth's failure to comply with program or supervision conditions, or from some other infraction unrelated to the original offense and not comprising a new offense. Such technical violations account for over 35% of detained youth. - Many youth are detained following a stay in an alternative to detention (ATD) program. Maryland has a robust community-based detention alternatives system, but many youth who were initially court-ordered or intake-authorized into these programs are ultimately detained following a violation of the programs rules or the court order. Infractions include curfew violations, absences without leave (AWOL), equipment tampering, or other actions not rising to the level of a new delinquent offense. Such ATD violations account for one in four youth detained - the largest door to detention in Maryland. A system of graduated sanctions is being developed to allow programs to manage violators without resorting to detention. - The Department's Detention Risk Assessment Instrument (DRAI) drives relatively few detention decisions. Because a majority of detentions do not stem from a new delinquent offense being referred to DJS Intake (and are instead the result of violations or other policies and practices), the practice of administering the DRAI almost exclusively at the point of Intake has not been effective in driving decisions for youth who enter detention through the "back doors." - Even in cases where a new delinquent complaint is referred to DJS Intake, the youth's assessed DRAI risk is frequently not the primary factor in the detention decision. Policy and discretionary overrides often trump detention recommendations based on assessed risk, so a youth who is classified as low risk and who has a less serious alleged offense may still be detained at intake if, for example: - There is an open writ or warrant; - A parent of guardian is unable to take custody of a youth; or - Certain regional policies (or "special decisions") mandate detention for certain offenses (e.g. auto theft) or situations (handgun use or possession). - Low risk youth account for a very small share of the average detained population. Even though the risk score is not the primary driver of detention in many cases, the study found that half of the average detained population was comprised of youth who were assessed by the DRAI as high risk, and just six percent of ADP was comprised of youth who were determined to be low risk. The remaining 44% of ADP was made up of medium risk offenders. Details: Baltimore: The Institute for Innovation & Implementation, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.djs.state.md.us/docs/Statewide%20DUS%20-%206-27-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 133469

Author: Heineman, Jenny Title: Sex Industry and Sex Workers in Nevada Summary: Las Vegas has long been known as the symbolic center of the commercial sex industry. Nevada is host to the only legal system of prostitution in the United States. From the early legalization of quickie divorce and marriage to the marketing of its large resorts, sexuality has been a key component of Nevada's tourist economy. If trends continue, for good or for ill, the sex industry will be an even larger part of the economy in the future. The sex industry refers to all legal and illegal adult businesses that sell sexual products, sexual services, sexual fantasies, and actual sexual contact for profit in the commercial marketplace. The sex industry encompasses an exceedingly wide range of formal and informal, legal and illegal businesses, as well as a wide range of individuals who work in and around the industry. This report will review the context in which sexually oriented commercial enterprises have flourished, discuss general trends in the Nevada sex industry, and make policy recommendations. Details: Las Vegas: UNLV Center for Democratic Culture, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://digitalscholarship.unlv.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1047&context=social_health_nevada_reports Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution (Nevada) Shelf Number: 133470

Author: Wen, Hefei Title: The Effect of Medical Marijuana Laws on Marijuana, Alcohol, and Hard Drug Use Summary: 21 states and the District of Columbia currently have laws that permit marijuana use for medical purposes, often termed medical marijuana laws (MMLs). We tested the effects of MMLs adopted in seven states between 2004 and 2011 on adolescent and adult marijuana, alcohol, and hard drug use. We employed a restricted-access version of the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) micro-level data with geographic identifiers. For those 21 and older, we found that MMLs led to a relative increase in the probability of marijuana use of 16 percent, an increase in marijuana use frequency of 12-17 percent, and an increase in the probability of marijuana abuse/dependence of 15-27 percent. For those 12-20 years old, we found a relative increase in marijuana use initiation of 5-6 percent. Among those aged 21 or above, MMLs increased the frequency of binge drinking by 6-9 percent, but MMLs did not affect drinking behavior among those 12-20 years old. MMLs had no discernible impact on hard drug use in either age group. Taken together, MML implementation increases marijuana use mainly among those over 21, where there is also a spillover effect of increased binge drinking, but there is no evidence of spillovers to other substance use. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 20085: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20085.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133472

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Reducing Guilty Pleas Through Exoneree Compensations Summary: A great concern with plea-bargains is that they may induce innocent individuals to plead guilty to crimes they have not committed. In this article, we identify schemes that reduce the number of innocent-pleas without affecting guilty individuals' plea-bargain incentives. Large compensations for exonerees reduce expected costs associated with wrongful determinations of guilt in trial and thereby reduce the number of innocent-pleas. Any distortions in guilty individuals' incentives to take plea bargains caused by these compensations can be off-set by a small increase in the discounts offered for pleading guilty. Although there are many statutory reform proposals for increasing exoneration compensations, no one has yet noted this desirable separating effect of exoneree compensations. We argue that such reforms are likely to achieve this result without causing deterrence losses. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, Institute for Law and Economics, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: FSU College of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 705; FSU College of Law, Law, Business & Economics Paper No. 14-12; U of Penn, Institute for Law & Econ Research Paper No. 14-34: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2490518 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 133473

Author: Cheney, Julia Title: Consumer Use of Fraud Alerts and Credit Freezes: An Empirical Analysis Summary: Fraud alerts - initial fraud alerts, extended fraud alerts, and credit freezes - help protect consumers from the consequences of identity theft. At the same time, they may impose costs on lenders, credit bureaus, and, in some instances, consumers. We analyze a unique data set of anonymized credit bureau files to understand how consumers use these alerts. We document the frequency and persistence of fraud alerts and credit freezes. Using the experience of the data breach at the South Carolina Department of Revenue, we show that consumers who file initial fraud alerts or credit freezes likely do so out of precaution. Consumers who file extended alerts are more likely to be actual victims of identity theft. We find that consumers are heterogeneous in their choice of alerts and that their choices are correlated with important characteristics found in their credit bureau files. These facts are useful for interpreting consumer responses to data breaches and for policymakers. Details: Philadelphia: Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.philadelphiafed.org/consumer-credit-and-payments/payment-cards-center/publications/discussion-papers/2014/D-2014-IdentityTheft.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133474

Author: Batts, Anthony W. Title: Policing and Wrongful Convictions Summary: Few events subject the criminal justice system to as intense scrutiny from policymakers, elected officials, the media and the general public as the exoneration of a wrongfully convicted defendant. The multimillion-dollar settlement recently announced by New York City in the notorious case of the Central Park Five has once again brought the injustice of wrongful convictions and the corollary injustice of failing to convict the real assailant to the forefront of the national consciousness. (In that case, five black and Latino teenagers were convicted on the basis of false confessions of the brutal - and widely publicized - rape of a young woman jogging in Central Park. All were tried as adults and sentenced to lengthy prison terms, then exonerated years later when the real perpetrator confessed to the crime - a confession corroborated by DNA evidence.) As this and other high-profile wrongful convictions continue to spark controversy, a dispassionate, thoughtful examination of the systemic causes of wrongful convictions and their potential solutions can benefit all components of the criminal justice system and the community at large. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/var/ezp_site/storage/fckeditor/file/pdfs/centers-programs/programs/criminal-justice/ExecSessionPolicing/PolicingWrongfulConvictions.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Exoneration Shelf Number: 133475

Author: Vila, Bryan Title: Developing A Common Metric For Evaluating Police Performance In Deadly Force Situations Summary: There is a critical lack of scientific evidence about whether deadly force management, accountability and training practices actually have an impact on police officer performance in deadly force encounters, the strength of such impact, or whether alternative approaches to managing deadly force could be more effective. The primary cause of this lack is that current tools for evaluating officer-involved shootings are too coarse or ambiguous to adequately measure such highly variable and complex events. There also are substantial differences in how key issues associated with police deadly encounters are conceptualized, even by subject matter experts, how agencies can or should train for them, and what officers should - or reasonably can - be held accountable for. As a consequence, trainers and policy makers have generally been limited by subjective or rough assessments of deadly force performance or how challenging a deadly force situation was. Our research addressed this problem by using a novel pairing of two well-established research methods, Thurstone scaling and concept mapping. With them, we developed measurement scales that dramatically improve our ability to measure police officer performance in deadly force encounters. We expect that these metrics will make it possible to better evaluate the impact of management and training practices, refine them, and make assessment of accountability more just and reasonable. Details: Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 178p. Source: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247985.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 133476

Author: Schildkraut, Jaclyn V. Title: Mass Murder and the Mass Media: An Examination of the Media Discourse on U.S. Rampage Shootings, 2000-2012 Summary: Nearly as soon as the first shot is fired, the news media already are rushing to break coverage of rampage shooting events, the likes of which typically last days or, in the more extreme cases, weeks. Though rampage shootings are rare in occurrence, the disproportionate amount of coverage they receive in the media leads the public to believe that they occur at a much more regular frequency than they do. Further, within this group of specialized events, there is a greater tendency to focus on those that are the most newsworthy, which is categorized most often by those with the highest body counts. This biased presentation can lead to a number of outcomes, including fear of crime, behavioral changes, and even copycat attacks from other, like-minded perpetrators. Following the 1999 shooting at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado, the news media have compartmentalized different types of mass shootings. This fracturing has led to differential understanding of school shootings, workplace shootings, shootings at religious centers, and other mass shootings taking place in public forums (e.g., malls, movie theaters). In reality, there are few differences between these events, yet for some reason, they are covered differently. The result is not only a vast public misconception about them, but ineffective and redundant policies and legislation related to gun control and mental health, among other issues. In order to understand how the public comes to understand rampage shooting events, one must first understand how the stories are constructed by the media. This project seeks to undertake such a task by examining the social construction of rampage shootings that occurred between 2000 and 2012. In addition to understanding how these events are constructed both individually and as the phenomenon of rampage shootings, it enables the researcher to examine how this construction changes over time. As the media are by no means static, one could predict that the framing of these events would be equally as dynamic. There are a number of benefits to uniting different types of mass shootings under a single definition. First, topical research can be approached from multiple disciplines, which will allow for a more robust body of research. This can, in turn, lead to more streamlined and effective legislation and policies. Finally, understanding rampage shootings as episodic violent crime is beneficial because it allows for these events to be understood in the greater context of violent crime. This understanding ultimately can lead to more responsible journalistic practices, which can help to reduce the outcomes of fear and crime and moral panics over events that are both rare and isolated. This dissertation takes an important first step in understanding rampage shootings by examining them as a product of the news media. Berger and Luckmann's social construction theory provides a theoretical orientation through which to understand how these stories are constructed in the media, and Altheide and Schneider's (2013) qualitative media analysis provides a framework in which the content can be analyzed. A total of 91 cases were examined, representing rampage shootings that occurred in the first 12 years following Columbine. The overall findings of the study indicate that the coverage of these shootings consistently relied on Columbine as a cultural referent, that the media are used as a tool by claims makers pushing their personal agendas, and that the disproportionality of coverage in the media and its related content is highly problematic when considering public perceptions of these events. Limitations of the study, as well as avenues for future research, also are discussed. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University, 2014. 247p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/4947/SCHILDKRAUT-DISSERTATION-2014.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 133477

Author: Center for Rural Pennsylvania Title: Heroin: Combating this Growing Epidemic in Pennsylvania Summary: In July and August 2014, the Center for Rural Pennsylvania, a bipartisan, bicameral legislative agency of the General Assembly, convened a series of statewide public hearings to examine the increasing use of heroin and opioid abuse and addiction rates in rural Pennsylvania communities. The hearings were in response to questions posed by state legislators on the increasing number of arrests and overdose deaths attributed to heroin and opioid abuse within their respective legislative districts. Over the two month period, state legislators joined the Center for Rural Pennsylvania Board of Directors to travel across the state, from the southeast to the northwest, in order to receive testimony from over 50 experts and concerned citizens. Hearings were held on July 9th at the Williamsport Regional Medical Center in Lycoming County, July 22nd at the Reading Area Community College in Berks County, August 5th at Saint Francis University in Cambria County, and August 19th at Clarion University of Pennsylvania in Clarion County. The hearings were broadcast by the Pennsylvania Cable Network (PCN) and are available for viewing online. More than 300 pages of compelling testimony were received over the course of 20 hours to identify and discuss ongoing approaches in education and prevention, law enforcement, and treatment in the state. Those offering testimony included: �h Parents who offered heartrending stories of children who have passed away or are currently suffering from addiction, and who are seeking to strengthen existing state laws and enact new state laws. �h Elected officials who discussed ongoing efforts at the local level to address the rise in heroin and opioid abuse, from the creation of Drug Task Forces, to expanding supervised release programs and implementing new jail based treatment programs. �h Law enforcement personnel who discussed heroin trafficking across the state, rising crime rates that are impacting the criminal justice system, and efforts to combat drugs and drug-related activity. �h Medical and treatment providers who stressed the need to replace funding that has been cut to treat addiction and connect those struggling with addiction to local resources that can assist them on their road to recovery. Of particular importance was the need for a Prescription Drug Monitoring Registry. �h Educators and students who pleaded for parents, schools and community organizations to become more engaged and take a proactive role to learn more about the growing epidemic. �h Business and industry leaders who talked of the drug and alcohol abuse among our population, presenting significant workforce issues for Pennsylvania employers. �h Recovering addicts who provided insights into heroin and opioid addiction and recovery. The rise in heroin and opioid abuse in Pennsylvania has no geographic boundaries, and crosses all socioeconomic groups, all ages and all races. In 2011, the National Institutes on Drug Abuse (NIDA) estimated that 4.2 million Americans age 12 or older had used heroin at least once in their lives. In addition, recent reports note that approximately 80 percent of people who abused heroin reported abusing prescription opioids before starting to abuse heroin (i). Further, a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Vital Signs report confirmed that health care providers wrote 259 million prescriptions for painkillers in 2012, enough for every adult in the United States to have a bottle of prescription painkillers. In 2014, Governor Tom Corbett directed the Departments of Drug and Alcohol Programs and Health to establish the Safe and Effective Prescribing Practices and Pain Management Task Force in an effort to reduce the number of prescription drug abuse cases and the number of overdoses associated with prescription drug abuse in the state. The group was tasked with reviewing prescribing practices and identifying guidelines for health care providers who treat chronic non-cancer pain, as well as opioid prescribing guidelines in the context of hospital emergency departments. The Pennsylvania General Assembly has also recognized the need for closer monitoring of prescription drugs. Legislation has been introduced in the House of Representatives and the Senate that would strengthen a prescription drug monitoring program in the Commonwealth. The program would expand upon the types of drugs already monitored and increase access to the program for pharmacists and health care practitioners with prescriptive rights. During all four Center for Rural Pennsylvania public hearings, one thing was made clear �V state and local education and prevention, law enforcement, and treatment efforts must be evaluated and fully coordinated to provide a more effective means to treat and address this growing epidemic in the state. As stated by several presenters, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania cannot arrest its way out of the growing heroin and opioid abuse and addiction crisis. This final report sets forth recommendations and considerations offered by the participants during the four hearings. Some of the recommendations are primed for legislative action; however, it became evident that some issues require additional research and understanding before any proposed action is offered. Through its core mission of research and data analysis, the Center for Rural Pennsylvania will work to further refine the issues, and it encourages local communities to continue their efforts in combating this epidemic. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Center for Rural Pennsylvania, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.rural.palegislature.us/documents/reports/heroin_report2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (Pennsylvania) Shelf Number: 133515

Author: Jaber, Maysaa Title: Sirens in Command: The Criminal Femme Fatale in American Hardboiled Crime Fiction Summary: This thesis challenges the traditional view of the "femme fatale" as merely a dangerous and ravenous sexual predator who leads men into ruination. Critical, especially feminist, scholarship mostly regards the femme fatale as a sexist construction of a male fantasy and treats her as an expression of misogyny that ultimately serves to reaffirm male authority. But this thesis proposes alternative ways of viewing the femme fatale by showing how she can also serve as a figure for imagining female agency. As such, I focus on a particular character type that is distinct from the general archetype of the femme fatale because of the greater degree of agency she demonstrates. This "criminal femme fatale" uses her sexual appeal and irresistible wiles both to manipulate men and to commit criminal acts, usually murder, in order to advance her goals with deliberate intent and full culpability. This thesis reveals and explains the agency of the criminal femme fatales in American Hardboiled crime fiction between the late 1920s and the end of World War II in the works of three authors: Dashiell Hammett, Raymond Chandler and James M. Cain. The criminal femme fatales in the narratives of these authors show a subversive power and an ability to act - even though, or perhaps only if, this action is a criminal one. I show that these criminal femme fatales exhibit agency through their efforts to challenge not only the "masculine" genre and the criminal space that this genre represents, but also to undercut the male protagonist's role and prove his failure in asserting control and dominance. Hammett's narratives provide good examples of how the criminal femme fatales function on a par with male gangsters in an underworld of crime and corruption. Chandler's work demonstrates a different case of absent/present criminal women who are set against the detective and ultimately question his power and mastery. Cain's narratives show the agency of the criminal femme fatales in the convergence between their ambition for social mobility and their sexual power over the male characters. To explain how these female characters exhibit agency, I situate this body of literature alongside contemporaneous legal and medical discourses on female criminality. I argue that the literary female criminal is a fundamentally different portrayal because she breaks the "mad-bad" woman dichotomy that dominates both legal and medical discourses on female criminality. I show that the criminal femme fatales' negotiations of female agency within hardboiled crime fiction fluctuate and shift between the two poles of the criminalized and the medicalized women. These criminal femme fatales exhibit culpability in their actions that bring them into an encounter with the criminal justice system and resist being pathologized as women who suffer from a psychological ailment that affect their control. The thesis concludes that the ways in which the criminal femme fatales trouble normative socio-cultural conceptions relating to docile femininity and passive sexuality, not only destabilize the totality and fixity of the stereotype of the femme fatale in hardboiled crime fiction, but also open up broader debates about the representation of women in popular culture and the intersections between genre and gender. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2011. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/api/datastream?publicationPid=uk-ac-man-scw:130796&datastreamId=FULL-TEXT.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Fiction Shelf Number: 133517

Author: LaValle, Christina R. Title: Testing the Validity of Demonstrated Imputation Methods on Longitudinal NIBRS Data Summary: The Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program and the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) are the two major sources of crime data in the United States. The UCR is a summary reporting system while NIBRS is an incident-based reporting system which was established to modernize crime reporting. The data collected by NIBRS is much more detailed. Given that law enforcement agencies across the nation voluntarily submit data to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) using either UCR or NIBRS, the presence of irregular reporting, missing data, and noncompliance are likely to compromise data quality. For many states, crime data collected using UCR or NIBRS are used to generate state and local crime reports and statistics. These data are most often reported "as is" and are thereby assumed correct. Since victimization data are typically not collected at the state or local levels to corroborate crime reports, there is an increased need for crime data to be as reliable as possible. Given the voluntary nature and inherent limitations of crime data collection systems, however, these data come with the caveat of being incomplete, or dubbed non-representative. Previous research on state incident-based reporting (IBR) data revealed issues with completeness, resulting from partial and non- reporting agencies, and accuracy, due to irregular reporting (LaValle, Haas, Turley, & Nolan, 2013). The previous work found that imputation, particularly alternative imputation methods developed by the West Virginia Statistical Analysis Center (WVSAC), can be used to reliably estimate for missing data. In conclusion of applying imputation methods to IBR data, the study also revealed that reporting data "as is" may not be the most accurate representation of IBR data. Additional studies have been conducted on national UCR data which found similar concerns with data quality, particularly issues related to missing data (see Maltz, Roberts, & Stasny, 2006; Targonski, 2011). Tools to detect and adjust for issues that are known to exist in crime data can improve data that are used as a basis for information and research. This research seeks to test and validate data quality techniques and imputation methods which will provide evidence that reliable and stable estimates of crime data can be attained with consistency over time. The study examines the performance of alternative imputation methods in comparison to FBI methods and provides a framework for the use of techniques on state-level IBR data. We apply and simultaneously test partial and non-reporting imputation methods using longitudinal data with the goal of improving the accuracy of state NIBRS data, especially when used for state and county trend analyses over time/ Details: Charleston, WV: West Virginia Division of Justice and Community Services, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/SAC/Documents/WV_Impute2ReportJan2014_Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Measurement Shelf Number: 133518

Author: Cheney, Julia Title: Identity Theft as a Teachable Moment Summary: This paper examines how instances of identity theft that are sufficiently severe to induce consumers to place an extended fraud alert in their credit reports affect their risk scores, delinquencies, and other credit bureau variables on impact and thereafter. We show that for many consumers these effects are relatively small and transitory. However, for a significant number of consumers, especially those with lower risk scores prior to the event, there are more persistent and generally positive effects on credit bureau variables, including risk scores. We argue that these positive changes for subprime consumers are consistent with the effect of increased salience of credit file information to the consumer at the time of the identity theft. Details: Philadelphia: Research Department, Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 14-28: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.phil.frb.org/research-and-data/publications/working-papers/2014/wp14-28.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 133523

Author: Wedd, Alan Title: Ohio Multijurisdictional Task Force Trend Analysis: 2010-2013 Summary: This report presents data from Ohio multijurisdictional task forces funded by the Office of Criminal Justice Services (OCJS) through the JAG/Byrne grant program. As a requirement of the JAG grants, task forces submitted two semi-annual performance reports to OCJS highlighting their activities and accomplishments for calendar years 2010 �V 2013. The data from these performance reports was analyzed in this multi-year report. To provide a clear account of the data while accounting for the different number of task forces funded each year, data are typically presented as both averages and totals. Summary - The total number of task forces funded by the JAG/Byrne grant program increased from 32 in 2010 to 38 in 2013. - Task forces increased their average number of felony indictments while decreasing the average number of new cases worked. This indicates that task forces became more efficient from 2010 to 2013. - Task forces obtained more indictments for street drugs between 2010 and 2013, primarily due to large increases in indictments for heroin trafficking and possession. They also recorded more seizures for nearly every type of street drug collected in this study during the same time period. - Indictments for pharmaceutical drugs increased during the reporting period. Oxycodone, hydrocodone, and alprazolam were the most frequently seized/diverted drugs by the task forces. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/2010-2013_DTF_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition (Ohio) Shelf Number: 133526

Author: Spence, Douglas H. Title: Predictors of Client Success in Day Report Centers: Successful Program Completion and its Relationship to Recidivism Summary: Day Reporting Centers (DRCs) are community corrections facilities where offenders are supervised and receive services during the day, but are then permitted to return to their own homes in the evening. Nationally, DRCs have become an increasingly popular alternative to incarceration in prison or jails in recent years. This is largely due to their cost effectiveness compared to more secure confinement settings as well as the community-based treatment options they provide. The development of these programs has proven to be an attractive option for policy-makers, as DRCs offer the possibility of simultaneously reducing both prison crowding and rates of recidivism. In West Virginia, the process of creating a statewide system of DRC programs began with the passage of the Community Corrections Act in 2002. This act enabled counties and certain municipalities to establish DRCs and created a special revenue account to fund these programs. The first DRC facility became fully operational in 2002, and the number of DRCs continued to grow throughout the 2000s. By 2013, there were 22 DRCs in the state, supervising a population of approximately 4,000 clients. Despite the promise of DRCs, however, research is still mixed concerning the impact of these programs on client outcomes. There is some evidence that offenders who participate in DRCs have lower rates of recidivism, but this effect appears to be contingent on the manner in which clients exit the program. In particular, prior studies indicate that recidivism rates are significantly lower for clients who complete DRC programs successfully than for clients who fail to complete DRC programs and experience an unsuccessful termination (Craddock, 2000, 2004; Roy and Grimes, 2002; Rhyne, 2005; Barton and Roy, 2005). Consequently, successful program completion appears to play key role in determining the impact of DRC programming on recidivism. Yet, little is currently known about the factors associated with successful program completion. It is anticipated that a better understanding of these factors will have important policy implications. For example, this knowledge will help staff to identify clients who at greater risk of program failure and may highlight treatment options that can be used to increase the likelihood of successful program completion. In addition, it may also provide the basis for policy changes designed to improve rates of successful program completion across entire programs. Given the strong relationship between successful program completion and recidivism observed in prior studies, these efforts are likely to be rewarded with decreases in the rate of recidivism for DRC clients. This report assesses the efficacy of West Virginia DRC programs by investigating the factors which influence the likelihood that clients successfully complete their supervision. It also provides a preliminary examination of the relationship between the manner in which clients exited the program and their risk of recidivism during a 24 month period following their release. Report Highlights... This study examines the factors predictive of successful program completion, and the relationship between client success and recidivism. The strong link between length of stay, risk scores, and program completion provides clear guidance to program administrators, staff, and policy-makers on best practices for reducing recidivism in DRCs. The relationship between length of stay (i.e., dosage) and successful program completion underscores the need for reinforcements/incentives and motivational interviewing strategies in DRC programs. Client risk score is the strongest predictor of program completion, confirming that staff time is best spent on targeting high risk offenders with intensive services in order to improve program completion rates and reduce recidivism (i.e., the risk principle). The results suggest that the consideration of offender risk and needs during the judicial process can lead to better outcomes for both the DRC client and public. This study improves on previous studies by a) examining a statewide sample of DRC clients, b) estimating both bivariate and multivariate statistical models, and c) integrating a host of new explanatory variables. Implications for gender-specific programming, the nature and scope of treatment interventions offered by DRCs and future research are discussed. Details: Charleston, WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Division of Justice and Community Services, Department of Military Affairs and Public Safety, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/SAC/Documents/WV_DRCProgramCompletionJune2014Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133527

Author: Maryland. Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention Title: Evaluation of the Maryland Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI): 2013 Summary: In 2007, under the direction of Governor Martin O'Malley, the Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI) was launched in Maryland. Developed and implemented by the Maryland Division of Parole and Probation, now known as Community Supervision, the goal of VPI was to identify, and closely monitor the state's most dangerous supervisees. In 2010, Dr. James F. Austin from the JFA Institute completed a preliminary evaluation of VPI while analyzing specific data regarding the VPI population. Expanding on these preliminary findings, GOCCP conducted a study with additional research to determine if VPI was truly accomplishing its goals by lowering recidivism among a violent subgroup of offenders, and providing swift and certain punishment to violent offenders who violated the terms of their community supervision. This current study used a quasi-experimental design to analyze two groups of offenders. The control group consisted of paroled offenders who were assigned to Maryland's intensive community supervision program for the three years prior to the implementation of VPI in 2007. The experimental group consisted of paroled offenders who were assigned to Maryland's Violence Prevention Initiative from January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2008. Criminal and technical violation data was collected on both cohorts for a period of three years from their assignment to their respective supervision. Results indicated that the 2004 control group had a statistically significantly higher mean number of arrests while under original supervision, violent arrests while under original supervision, arrests 3 years after the start of supervision, and violent arrests 3 years after the start of supervision than the VPI group. In addition, offenders in the 2008 group were violated, served warrants, and apprehended swifter than offenders in the 2004 group. Finally, offenders in the VPI group were more likely to have their supervision revoked for a new offense, a violent new offense, and a technical violation when compared to the 2004 sample. An analysis of the substance treatment aspect of VPI yielded inconclusive results due to limitations in data collection. Overall, evidence supports the theory that when compared to the intensive supervision program in place prior to VPI, the Violence Prevention Initiative aids in the reduction of crime, and administers swift and certain sanctions when supervision is violated. Details: Towson, MD: Maryland Statistical Analysis Center (MSAC) Governor�s Office of Crime Control and Prevention, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.jrsa.org/sac-spotlight/maryland/vpi-eval.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 133528

Author: National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Title: Addressing Sexual Assault and Interpersonal Violence: Athletics' Role in Support of Healthy and Safe Campuses Summary: This guide is a general introduction to the problems that result from sexual assault and interpersonal violence and how they are affecting college students and student-athletes. It is meant to assist intercollegiate athletics administrators and those who provide educational programming for student-athletes in developing their own approaches to preventing or reducing the incidents of sexual assault and other acts of interpersonal violence on their campuses. It provides information on responding appropriately to acts of violence and other matters relevant to complying with federal law. It can help intercollegiate athletics to be better informed about its specific responsibilities with regard to sexual assault prevention, response and recovery. It includes practical suggestions on how intercollegiate athletics may be a valued and valuable campus partner in addressing the issue. Included in the guide is the student-athletes� perspective on this issue. It emphasizes how critical their role is in making meaningful and lasting changes in intercollegiate athletics departments and on their campuses. This guide can assist intercollegiate athletics staff in developing and enhancing relationships with other campus offices and experts whose work focuses on sexual assault and interpersonal violence. It provides information on where helpful individuals, materials and other resources may be found on a college campus. For these departments that are in the early stages of tackling those issues or want to expand their efforts, this guide provides information on becoming involved with other campus constituencies and getting institutional support. For those intercollegiate athletics departments that have already established or made substantial progress in forming cross-campus collaborations and providing educational programming, this guide will be affirming. This guide advocates the advancement of intercollegiate athletics as a prominent player in shifting campus cultures toward greater safety through sexual assault and interpersonal violence prevention. It also addresses effective response and support for recovery from those incidents when they occur. This guide can be a resource to help intercollegiate athletics become a major contributor to make its campus safer for all students, including student-athletes. Details: Indianapolis, Indiana: NCAA, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://www.ncaa.org/sites/default/files/Sexual-Violence-Prevention.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Athletes Shelf Number: 133529

Author: Cordner, AnnMarie Title: An Examination of Criminal Justice Offenders in Pennsylvania Summary: This study analyzed data from the Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing and the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections (DOC) to create a profile of rural and urban criminal justice offenders in Pennsylvania. The study also analyzed sentencing trends and examined treatment histories. It focused special attention on domestic violence, drug and sex crimes. The analysis found that offenders were primarily male and had a wide variety of program needs. The two most common program needs were for alcohol/substance abuse treatment and/or managing violence and aggression. In general, the majority of offenders successfully completed the programs they entered while in custody. Those who failed to do so most likely removed themselves from the program rather than failed to meet program requirements. The majority of individuals remanded to DOC came from urban areas, which was expected given the higher concentration of the population residing in those areas. The analysis of the number of sentences imposed over the study period suggests that, contrary to previous research, rural and urban crime rates are not converging in recent years. The distribution of remands by race was different for rural and urban offenders. Remands from rural areas were heavily dominated by whites, while remands from urban areas were dominated by African Americans and Hispanics. The analysis revealed that sentencing decisions are, at least in part, influenced by the location of the court. It found that rural judges were less likely than urban judges to incarcerate violent offenders, but were more likely to impose more lengthy sentences on violent offenders who were incarcerated. It should be noted that only about 19 percent of cases for violent offenses, such as homicide, sexual assault and robbery, were handled in rural courts. Rural judges were also more likely than urban judges to impose sentences that fall within the statutory guidelines. This sentencing pattern was consistent for violent offenses, including robbery, and property offenses. In terms of drug-related offenses, the location of the court did not have a significant impact on the length of the sentences imposed. Rural offenders were slightly more likely to be referred to batterer intervention programs than urban offenders. More urban offenders were convicted of drug offenses than rural offenders. For both groups, the most common offense was drug trafficking, which includes the manufacture, sale, delivery or possession with the intent to sell. Rural offenders were also likely to engage in DUI. Nearly all sex offenders were male. In rural areas, sex crimes were overwhelmingly committed by whites. Even in urban areas, whites were represented in sex offense convictions more heavily than in other types of crimes. They were more likely than any other group to complete the programs to which they were referred. The results of this study suggest that steps be taken to improve judicial training with regard to implementing the sentencing guidelines. The results also suggest that crime reduction should be considered a problem that does not fall within the jurisdiction of the criminal justice system alone. A coordinated effort involving programs that have the potential to prevent crime - such as substance abuse treatment programs, strategies to increase employment, and mental health services - is needed. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Center for Rural Pennsylvania, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at:http://www.rural.palegislature.us/documents/reports/criminal_justice_offenders_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 133531

Author: Phelps, Michelle S. Title: Mass Probation: Toward a More Robust Theory of State Variation in Punishment Summary: Scholarship on the expansion of the criminal justice system in the U.S. has almost exclusively focused on imprisonment, investigating why some states lead the world in incarceration rates while others have restrained growth. Yet for most states, the predominant form of punishment is probation, and many seemingly progressive states supervise massive numbers of adults on community supervision. Drawing on Bureau of Justice Statistics data from 1980 and 2010, I analyze this expansion of mass probation and develop a typology of control regimes that theorizes both the scale and type of formal punishment states employ. The results demonstrate that mass probation rearranges scholars' conclusions about the causes and consequences of the penal state. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2476051 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 133534

Author: Couttenier, Mathieu Title: The Wild West is Wild: The Homicide Resource Curse Summary: We uncover interpersonal violence as a dimension and a mechanism of the resource curse. We rely on a historical natural experiment in the United States, in which mineral discoveries occurred at various stages of governmental territorial expansion. "Early" mineral discoveries, before full-fledged rule of law is in place in a county, are associated with higher levels of interpersonal violence, both historically and today. The persistence of this homicide resource curse is partly explained by the low quality of (subsequent) judicial institutions. The specificity of our results to violent crime also suggests that a private order of property rights did emerge on the frontier, but that it was enforced through high levels of interpersonal violence. The results are robust to state-specific effects, to comparing only neighboring counties, and to comparing only discoveries within short time intervals of one another. Details: Sydney: University of New South Wales, Australian School of Business, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: UNSW Australian School of Business Research Paper No. 2014-12 : Accessed October 1, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2406707 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133536

Author: Harris, Celia Title: Restorative Justice and Health in Merced Schools Summary: Human Impact Partners partnered with Building Healthy Communities (BHC) - Merced, Merced Organizing Project, and The California Endowment on a Health Impact Assessment of restorative justice school discipline policies in Merced, CA. The HIA predicts the impacts of restorative justice on educational and fiscal impacts, suspension and school pushout, school climate, and mental health, and makes recommendations for continued and expanded use of restorative justice in these schools and others in the county. HIA findings suggest that a restorative justice discipline approach supports health by reducing suspensions and drop-out; increasing educational attainment and lifetime earning potential; reducing violence, bullying and arrests; improving school climate and relationship-building; and increasing self-esteem. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/news/just-released-hia-on-restorative-justice-school-discipline-policies-in-merced-2/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 133538

Author: Gilhuly, Kim Title: Rehabilitating Corrections in California: The Health Impacts of Proposition 47 Summary: California's sentences for low-level crimes would alleviate prison and jail overcrowding, make communities safer, and strengthen families, and shift resources from imprisoning people to treating them for the addictions and mental health problems at the root of many crimes. A Health Impact Assessment of reforms proposed by a state ballot initiative predicts the changes would reduce crime, recidivism, racial inequities in sentencing, and save the state and its counties $600 million to $900 million a year - but only if treatment and rehabilitation programs are fully funded and implemented properly. Human Impact Partners conducted an in-depth assessment of the public health and equity impacts of reclassifying six non-serious offenses - crimes of drug possession and petty theft - to misdemeanors. The Safe Neighborhoods and Schools Act, Proposition 47 on the November 2014 state ballot, would also allow people currently in prison for those crimes to apply for lower sentences, release, and to have their records cleared of the crime, and redirect savings from the reduction in the prison population to mental health and substance abuse programs, truancy and dropout prevention, and services for victims of violent crime. Fundamentally, prison is not a healthy environment. Every day, conditions in California's dangerously overcrowded prisons and jails causes physical and mental harm - disease, depression, violence, rape, suicide, and more - on thousands of incarcerated men and women. Many of these people were convicted of crimes that pose no serious threat to others, but can be traced to their own substance abuse and mental health problems. They need treatment, not punishment. And treatment is much less costly than punishment, returning $3.77 in benefits for every dollar spent. A shift in how we charge and sentence people who have committed non-serious, non-violent, and non-sexual crimes has far-reaching implications for the health and well-being not only of those who commit these offenses, but of their families, their communities, and the public. This Health Impact Assessment predicts that full implementation of the Safe Neighborhoods and Schools Act would: - Decrease state corrections spending by $200 million to $300 million a year, and county corrections spending by $400 million to $600 million a year, according to estimates by the state Legislative Analyst's Office. - Increase state funding for mental health and substance abuse programs, school truancy prevention and victim services by $200 million to $300 million a year. - Reduce the number of people convicted of felonies by more than 40,000 a year, and the number sentenced to prison by more than 3,000 a year. - Allow more than 9,000 people now in prison for felonies for low-level crimes to apply for reduced sentence and release. This includes about 1,500 people who are serving extended sentences for a second strike for one of these low-level offenses. - Reduce violent and property crime by reducing the number of people who re-offend by at least 10% a year among people who participate in treatment programs. - Reduce the rates of incarceration of African- Americans and Hispanics, who are more likely to be sentenced to prison, county jail, or probation as whites for the same low-level crimes. African- Americans are only 7% of California's population but they represent almost one-fourth of prison admissions. Hispanics are arrested and imprisoned at a slightly higher rate than their share of the population, and are 60% more likely to be jailed. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2014. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.prop47impacts.org/docs/HIA_Full_Report_92314.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 133539

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Central California Women's Facility: Warden Mary Lattimore One-Year Audit Summary: Office of the Inspector General (OIG) found that Warden Mary Lattimore has satisfactorily performed her job as warden at Central California Women's Facility (CCWF). However, our surveys and interviews of prison employees revealed some problems that the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and warden should address. Many interviewees and survey respondents voiced concerns that management does not work together as a team and is often fragmented. While many factors can influence the ways that staff and management view themselves, it is clear that Warden Lattimore must further her efforts to build a cohesive team through better communication with her managers. Our review also noted that although CCWF employees rated the prison's safety and security overall as average, CCWF has had riots in the main yard and more use-of-force incidents than in many male institutions. According to the warden and custody staff we interviewed, women's prisons are less violent than comparable men's prisons; moreover, at women's prisons, incidents and fights usually do not result in serious injury to inmates or employees. Yet employees at CCWF frequently use force to maintain security. One alternative identified by the use-of-force committee to decrease the need for force was additional education and training for staff working with mentally disordered inmates so that tensions may be defused without resorting to force. Details: Sacramento, CA: Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/ARCHIVE/BOA/Audits/Warden%20Mary%20Lattimore%20One-Year%20Audit%20Central%20California%20Womens%20Facility.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133542

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special review: Female Inmates Serving Securing Housing Unit Terms in the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation Summary: From July 8, 2013, to September 5, 2013, inmates in the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's (CDCR or department) security housing units (SHUs) staged a hunger strike to protest, among other issues, California's use of solitary confinement. As part of the monitoring duties of the Office of the Inspector General (OIG), the agency dispatched inspectors and attorneys to the institutions to ensure that CDCR staff were following policies and procedures, and to monitor conditions of confinement, medical and mental health checks, and the medical and dietary procedures for food consumption. The hunger strike ended on September 5, 2013. With the end of the hunger strike, the Chairpersons of both the Assembly and Senate Committees on Public Safety convened a joint public hearing on October 9, 2013, on issues relating to segregated housing in California's prisons. At the joint legislative hearing, the Inspector General gave testimony on the current policies and procedures and conditions within CDCR's security housing units. As a direct result of testimony at the aforementioned joint legislative hearing, on October 31, 2013, the Senate Committee on Rules requested the Office of the Inspector General further examine the conditions specifically related to female inmates serving security housing unit terms. This review and assessment evaluates the terms and conditions of confinement for the 160 inmates who were serving SHU terms between October 9, 2013 (the date of the legislative hearing), and October 31, 2013 (the date of the Senate's request for review), in the California Institution for Women (CIW) security housing unit and the CIW psychiatric services unit (PSU), and also the administrative segregation unit (ASU) at the Central California Women's Facility (CCWF). This report includes an overview of female security housing units; an overall assessment of the conditions of confinement for female inmates serving SHU terms, including, housing, programs, and privileges; and a review and assessment of the disciplinary actions and SHU terms imposed. Details: Sacramento: Office of the Inspector General, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/Reports/Reviews/Special%20Review%20-%20Female%20Inmates%20Serving%20Security%20Housing%20Unit%20Terms%20in%20CDCR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 133544

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: As Growth Stalls, Unauthorized Immigrant Population Becomes More Settled Summary: The number of unauthorized immigrants living in the United States has stabilized since the end of the Great Recession and shows no sign of rising, according to new Pew Research Center estimates. The marked slowdown in new arrivals means that those who remain are more likely to be long-term residents, and to live with their U.S.-born children. There were 11.3 million unauthorized immigrants living in the U.S. in March 2013, according to a preliminary Pew Research Center estimate, about the same as the 11.2 million in 2012 and unchanged since 2009. The population had risen briskly for decades before plunging during the Great Recession of 2007 to 2009. As growth of this group has stalled, there has been a recent sharp rise in the median length of time that unauthorized immigrants have lived in the U.S. In 2013, according to a preliminary estimate, unauthorized immigrant adults had been in the U.S. for a median time of nearly 13 years - meaning that half had been in the country at least that long. A decade earlier, in 2003, the median for adults was less than eight years. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center's Hispanic Trends Project, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.pewhispanic.org/files/2014/09/2014-09-03_Unauthorized-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 133535

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Executive Action for Unauthorized Immigrants: Estimates of the Populations that Could Receive Relief Summary: In the absence of legislative movement to reform the U.S. immigration system, the Obama administration is considering executive action to provide relief from deportation to some of the nation's estimated 11.7 million unauthorized immigrants. These actions could include an expansion of the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, extension of deferred action to new populations, or further refinement of enforcement priorities to shrink the pool of those subject to deportation. Using an innovative methodology to analyze the most recent U.S. Census Bureau data to determine unauthorized status, this issue brief examines scenarios for executive action publicly advanced by members of Congress immigrant-rights advocates, and others, providing estimates for DACA expansion or potential populations (such as spouses and parents of U.S. citizens) that might gain deferred action. Among the possible criteria for deferred action that MPI modeled are length of U.S. residence; close family ties to U.S. citizens, legal permanent residents, or DACA beneficiaries; and/or potential eligibility for a green card as the immediate relative of a U.S. citizen. The brief's key findings include: - Modifications to current DACA criteria could expand the eligible population by a few tens of thousands or as many as 1.9 million. For example, eliminating the current education requirement while retaining all other criteria would expand the population by about 430,000. - Looking beyond the DACA-eligible population, 3 million unauthorized immigrants had lived in the United States for 15 or more years as of 2012, 5.7 million for at least ten years, and 8.5 million for at least five years. - An estimated 3.8 million unauthorized immigrants were parents or spouses of U.S. citizens as of 2012. - 1.3 million unauthorized immigrants in 2012 had immediate-relative relationships with U.S. citizens that potentially qualify them for green cards, including 770,000 because of their marriage and 560,000 because they were parents of a U.S. citizen. Beyond deferred action, the Obama administration is said to be considering refinement of immigration enforcement priorities to limit the deportation of certain groups of unauthorized immigrants if they are apprehended by federal immigration authorities. While it is not possible to model future apprehensions and thus predict who might be affected by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) enforcement priorities, MPI analyzed 11 years of ICE removals data (for fiscal years 2003-13) to determine how changes to current enforcement priorities could have affected past deportations, assuming removals were strictly limited to priority cases. Among the findings: - Narrowing the definition of "recent illegal entrants" to those apprehended within one year of entering the U.S. (currently the definition is three years) would have reduced removals by 232,000 during 2003-13. - Excluding noncitizens convicted exclusively of traffic offenses (other than DUI) would have resulted in 206,000 fewer removals over the period. - Excluding all non-violent crimes would have reduced removals by 433,000. - Foregoing deportation of those with outstanding deportation orders more than a decade old would have resulted in 203,000 fewer removals. The brief makes clear that the reach of potential changes to expand the DACA program or refine immigration enforcement priorities would be even greater if multiple changes were to be implemented at the same time. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: MPI Issue Brief No. 10: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/executive-action-unauthorized-immigrants-estimates-populations-could-receive-relief Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 133550

Author: American Immigration Council Title: Misplaced Priorities: Most Immigrants Deported by ICE in 2013 Were a Threat to No One Summary: No one can say with certainty when the Obama administration will reach the grim milestone of having deported two million people since the President took office in 2008. Regardless of the exact date this symbolic threshold is reached, however, it is important to keep in mind a much more important fact: most of the people being deported are not dangerous criminals. Despite claims by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) that it prioritizes the apprehension of terrorists, violent criminals, and gang members, the agency's own deportation statistics do not bear this out. Rather, most of the individuals being swept up by ICE and dropped into the U.S. deportation machine committed relatively minor, non-violent crimes or have no criminal histories at all. Ironically, many of the immigrants being deported would likely have been able to remain in the country had the immigration reform legislation favored by the administration become law. ICE's skewed priorities are apparent from the agency's most recent deportation statistics, which cover Fiscal Year (FY) 2013. However, it takes a little digging to discern exactly what those statistics mean. The ICE report containing these numbers is filled with ominous yet cryptic references to "convicted criminals" who are "Level 1," "Level 2," or "Level 3" in terms of their priority. But when those terms are dissected and analyzed, it quickly becomes apparent that most of these "criminal aliens" are not exactly the "worst of the worst." Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, Immigration Policy Center, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/misplaced_priorities_march_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 133553

Author: American Immigration Council Title: The Growth of the U.S. Deportation Machine: More Immigrants are being "Removed" from the United States than Ever Before Summary: Despite some highly public claims to the contrary, there has been no waning of immigration enforcement in the United States. In fact, the U.S. deportation machine has grown larger in recent years, indiscriminately consuming criminals and non-criminals alike, be they unauthorized immigrants or long-time legal permanent residents (LPRs). Deportations under the Obama administration alone are now approaching the two-million mark. But the deportation frenzy began long before this milestone. The federal government has, for nearly two decades, been pursuing an enforcement-first approach to immigration control that favors mandatory detention and deportation over the traditional discretion of a judge to consider the unique circumstances of every case. The end result has been a relentless campaign of imprisonment and expulsion aimed at noncitizens - a campaign authorized by Congress and implemented by the executive branch. While this campaign precedes the Obama administration by many years, it has grown immensely during his tenure in the White House. In part, this is the result of laws which have put the expansion of deportations on automatic. But the continued growth of deportations also reflects the policy choices of the Obama administration. Rather than putting the brakes on this non-stop drive to deport more and more people, the administration chose to add fuel to the fire. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, Immigration Policy Center, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/deportation_machine_march_2014_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deportations Shelf Number: 133554

Author: Lattimore, Pamela Title: Arrestee Substance Use: Comparison of Estimates from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health and the Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program Summary: The National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) and the Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring (ADAM) Program provide information on alcohol and drug use by individuals who have recently been arrested. The studies differ in their target populations (civilian, non-institutionalized individuals vs. arrestees in 39 sites recently booked into jails) and data collection methods. This study uses 2003 ADAM and 2002-2008 NSDUH data for adult males living in the 39 ADAM sites who reported a past year arrest and 2002-2008 Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) data to examine how well NSDUH covers the arrestee population and to compare estimates of drug and alcohol use and substance abuse or dependence. In general, ADAM estimates of rates of self-reported drug use were higher. The magnitude of these differences cannot be accounted for by under-coverage in NSDUH. Other possible reasons for these differences and their implications for interpreting NSDUH and ADAM data are discussed. Details: Rockville, MD: Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, SAMHSA, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: CBHSQ Data Review: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2K14/NSDUHDRADAM/NSDUH-DR-ADAM-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 133555

Author: Bellas, Marcia L. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact Assessment: Court and Diversion Referral Decisions in Vermont's Juvenile Justice System Summary: In 2002, the State of Vermont began to monitor the contact of minority youth relative to white youth at various points in the Juvenile Justice system. In addition to compiling a statewide matrix annually, Vermont's juvenile justice specialist also gathers aggregate-level data for Chittenden, Rutland and Bennington Counties. The Vermont Center for Justice Research (VCJR) conducted three prior DMC assessments using individual-level data to determine the mechanisms responsible for the DMC reflected in aggregate-level data. These assessments examined DMC in admissions to Vermont's juvenile detention facility, DMC in arrests in four municipalities, and DMC in arrests in Burlington, Vermont's largest municipality. The primary goal of the current assessment was to explore whether there were indicators of DMC during at three-year period at three decision points in the juvenile justice system - referrals to juvenile court, referrals to adult court, and referrals to diversion, including to the extent possible pre-charge referrals to Community Justice Centers (CJCs). The assessment used individual-level court, juvenile/criminal history and CJC data for youth in Chittenden, Rutland and Bennington Counties for fiscal years 2009-2011 to determine whether individual-level differences between white and minority youth explain any disproportionate minority representation at the decision points of interest. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.vcjr.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/dmcrpt_files/DMC%20Assessment%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 133558

Author: Mesa, Victoria Blair Title: Criminal, Antisocial, and Temporal Patterns in the Histories of Serial and Non-serial Sexual Murderers Summary: Despite its having been the subject of clinical and scholarly inquiry for more than two centuries, empirical research regarding the phenomenon of sexually-motivated homicide remains limited. In particular, relatively few prior studies have focused on perpetrators' criminal and antisocial backgrounds, and these often examine only the data found in official arrest and conviction records, which frequently provide incomplete accounts of offenders' histories. Even fewer researchers have investigated whether temporal patterns exist in the offense histories of sexual murderers. The current study included data on 46 serial and 93 non-serial perpetrators of sexually-motivated homicide, obtained from a large archive. Data collection and coding methods were selected to allow for the use of comparative and multivariate statistical analyses to determine whether the serial and non-serial offender groups differed significantly on the measured variables. Results indicated that multiple offense types were found more frequently in the backgrounds of serial sexual murderers than in non-serial offenders. Few sexual murderers in either group produced temporal patterns in their offense histories. Subsets of victim, offender, and historical variables were used to develop predictive models that could be helpful in distinguishing serial from non-serial sexual homicide offenders. Implications for clinical practitioners, researchers, and law enforcement agencies Details: New York: City University of New York, 2012. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/35/41/3541949.html Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Murder Shelf Number: 133559

Author: Rinaldi, Linda Title: King County Uniting for Youth Implementation Evaluation Summary: This report evaluates Uniting for Youths� implementation strategy for improving coordination and integration of youth who are involved in two or more systems in King County, Washington. Uniting for Youth is comprised of state and local agencies collaborating to address ways in which juvenile justice, child welfare and other youth agencies could better cooperate and communicate with one another in working with dually-involved youth. As a result, this report evaluates how well the model was applied and recommends ways Uniting for Youth can improve on what has already been implemented. The evaluation focuses on five components: systems integration protocols, cross-system training, PathNet demonstration project, community engagement and evaluates the extent to which Uniting for Youth has thus far fulfilled its purpose. Details: Seattle: Washington Models for Change, 2012. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://modelsforchange.net/publications/468 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare System Shelf Number: 133561

Author: Maryland. Task Force to Study High School Dropout Rates of Persons in the Criminal Justice System Title: School Dropouts and their Impact on the Criminal Justice System Summary: In 2011, the Maryland General Assembly created the Task Force to Study High School Dropout Rates of Persons in the Criminal Justice System. The Governor, the Speaker of the House, and the President of the Senate appointed the members of the Task Force which was directed by statute to: - Compile high school dropout statistics of persons in the criminal justice system; - Conduct a study of the fiscal impact of dropouts on the criminal justice system; - Make recommendations on: o How students could be kept in high school until they graduate; o The availability of continuing education options for incarcerated persons who do hot have a high school diploma; o How inqividuals can be informed of alternative high school education or work-related programs. The dropout problem had its relationship to societal ills has been studied frequently and for decades. From state and national studies it is known that dropping out of school has serious negative consequences for both the student and for society. The Maryland State Board of Education reported in July 20112 that, on average, approximately 8,800 students drop out of school per year in Maryland. - Dropouts are 90% more likely to become involved in the juvenile justice system. - Students who drop out of school often end up in the adult criminal justice system. When dropouts end up in adult prison, they cost Maryland taxpayers over $400 million per year to incarcerate. The failure to fix the dropout problem will continue to cost the State of Maryland millions of dollars. If saving taxpayers' money was our only incentive to fix the dropout problem, that would be enough, but other important incentives also exist. The contributions that career ready students who graduate college can make to Maryland and to this country will improve our economy and add to the health and welfare of our communities. Every student who stays in school is more likely to be a positive factor for society than a student who drops out of school. Every incarcerated person who obtains a high school diploma, or even better, college credits, has a better chance to be a productive member of our community. Since the rewards for fixing the dropout problem are so high, this Task Force Report presents a call for action to Marylanders to work] with a dedicated and unflinching purpose to reduce the dropout rate. This report includes three examples of effective dropout prevention programs in the public school systems of St. Mary's County, Washington County, and Baltimore City. There are also effective programs in other school systems statewide that work to stem the tide of dropouts. Despite the successes of these aforementioned programs and others throughout the state in dropout prevention, more work must be done. Collectively, the Task Force came up with the following goal for Maryland that will be addressed throughout the entire report. Details: Baltimore: The Task Force, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://dlslibrary.state.md.us/publications/Exec/GOCCP/SB755Ch286_2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 133562

Author: New York Civil Liberties Union Title: State of Injustice: How New York State Turns its Back on the Right to Counsel for the Poor Summary: The right to an attorney is guaranteed under the United States Constitution. In 1963, the United States Supreme Court unanimously ruled in Gideon v. Wainwright that everyone accused of a crime is entitled to a competent lawyer even if he or she cannot afford one. But more than 50 years later, poor and often innocent New Yorkers are forced through the criminal justice system and sent to jail undefended and alone. State of Injustice: How New York State Turns its Back on the Right to Counsel for the Poor focuses on five counties: Onondaga (Syracuse), Suffolk, Ontario, Schuyler and Washington. In each of these counties, people too poor to afford private attorneys too often appear before judges without a lawyer by their side, or are forced to navigate the criminal justice system with a revolving cast of overworked attorneys unfamiliar with their cases. Public defense attorneys who strive to protect the rights of their clients are too often thwarted by caseloads up to five times the recommended maximums and a lack of resources for investigations, experts and even workplace basics like computers. New York has turned its back on decades of studies and official reports warning that indigent defendants are consistently denied their right to counsel. As a result, justice in New York often is available only for those who can afford it. Details: New York: NYCLU, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.nyclu.org/files/publications/nyclu_hh_report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 133563

Author: Phillips, Phillicia Title: Crime, Vegetation, and Ethnicity, Austin, Texas 2006-2010 Summary: Crime is a ubiquitous urban dilemma. In 1930, the United States Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) began management of a system, the Uniform Crime Reporting Program (UCR), to collect standardized crime data from law enforcement agencies nationwide. These crime data are publically accessible. The FBI UCR �. . . compiles, publishes, and distributes the data to participating agencies, state UCR Programs, and others interested in the nation�s crime data� (FBI 2004). At the program�s inception, the FBI identified and defined seven particular crimes or offenses, classified as either violent or property, in a hierarchal list that is still used today and termed Part I crimes: violent crimes�murder, rape, robbery, and aggravated assault; property crimes�burglary, larceny-theft, and motor vehicle theft. In 1982, the FBI added arson as the eighth UCR crime but not as a part of the traditional Part I crime hierarchy (FBI UCR 2012). Debates about vegetation being an amenity in urban space are scattered throughout the literature on the development of cities (Byron and Wolch 2009). The temporal context regarding societal mores and environment activism have produced different perceptions and opinions depending on area size, vegetation assemblage, land- use type, access, and nomenclature that define natural spaces. (Kaplan and Kaplan 1989; Costanza et al. 1997; Hayes 2000; Kuo and Sullivan 2001; Hartman et al. 2003; Ackerman and Murray 2004; DeMotto and Davies 2006; Byron and Wolch 2009; Home et al. 2010). Ethnic landscapes are manifest in large cities in the United States. These distinguishable places reflect the cultural imprints of particular ethnic groups (Nostrand and Estaville 2001; Miyares and Airriess 2007). Ethnic enclaves of urban neighborhoods provide for some people a feeling of safety and for others danger; individual perception and background vary greatly (Frazier, Margai, and Tettey-Fio 2003). Austin, Texas is a city that historically and persistently has had a distinct ethnic divide with present-day Interstate Highway 35 roughly demarking this cultural divide�whites to the west and Hispanics and blacks to the east. The purpose of this research is to determine if relationships among the variables�crime, vegetation, and ethnicity�exist in Austin, Texas. The analysis took a three-step approach: (1) examine the relationship between crime and vegetation, (2) the relationship between crime and ethnicity, and (3) the relationship among crime, vegetation, and ethnicity. In other words, does the presence of particular urban green space vegetation have an association between the number of crimes reported, regardless of locations of ethnic majorities? Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University-San Marcos, Dept. of Geography, 2013. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/4489/PhillipsPhilliciaThesis8Jan12_A.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnicity and Crime Shelf Number: 133564

Author: Pew Research Center Title: More Prioritize Border Security in Immigration Debate. How to Accommodate Undocumented Central American Children in the U.S.? Summary: How to Accommodate Undocumented Central American Children in the U.S.? The national survey by the Pew Research Center, conducted August 20-24 among 1,501 adults, finds that 33% say the priority should be on better border security and tougher enforcement of immigration laws, while 23% prioritize creating a way for people in the U.S. illegally to become citizens if they meet certain conditions. About four-in-ten (41%) say both should be given equal priority. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.people-press.org/files/2014/09/9-3-14-Immigration-Release.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 133567

Author: Pesta, George Title: An Evaluation of the Palm Beach County Family Drug Court Summary: The Center for Criminology and Criminal Justice conducted a process and outcome evaluation of the Palm Beach County Family Drug Court (FDC). The evaluation involves an assessment of the extent to which the FDC has been implemented as intended and has provided services to participants in a manner consistent with its objectives. Additionally, the evaluation identifies policies and operational practices of the program which have impacted the degree to which the objectives have been implemented. This assessment provides an empirical basis for making constructive recommendations to the FDC related to changes in existing policies and/or practices or new initiatives that could improve the services provided to participants and enhance the efficiency of the delivery of existing or proposed services, and result in improvements in program outcomes. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://criminology.fsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/Palm-Beach-County-Family-Drug-Court-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133568

Author: Ferguson, Andrew Title: Evaluation of the Lewiston Family Treatment Drug Court: A Process and Intermediate Outcome Evaluation Summary: Today, nearly four out of five substantiated child abuse and neglect cases involve substance abuse by parents or other caregivers. Many of these cases will result in a termination of parental rights because these caregivers are significantly less likely to enter into or complete court-ordered treatment services. The inability to either access or complete court-ordered treatment services is often due to treatment barriers such as inadequate or unstable housing, co-occurring mental disorders, lack of motivation, transportation and unemployment, to name a few. Family drug courts were developed as a means to respond to the complex problems posed by substance abuse among parents involved in the child welfare system. Through a combination of intensive judicial oversight, case management supervision, drug testing and treatment, the family drug court represents a nexus between the court, child welfare and substance abuse treatment systems. The overarching goal of the family drug court is to protect the safety and welfare of the child, while at the same time providing parents the opportunity to enter into treatment and learn the skills they need to become healthy, responsible caregivers. At the end of 2006, there were 191 family drug courts in operation in all 50 states, with another 82 either in the early implementation or planning stages. Consistent with national trends, the first family drug court program in Maine became operational in October, 2002. Today there are three family drug courts operating in Maine, with locations in Belfast, Augusta and Lewiston. As of November 30, 2007, 22 parents have successfully completed these programs and graduated, 48 have been expelled, and 24 were still actively participating in the program. The Maine Judicial Branch, through funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, wanted to examine how the Lewiston Family Drug Court Program (LFDC) operates and, if possible, determine whether or not the program is more effective than traditional court settings in reducing substance abuse among parents, thereby increasing the likelihood of successful parent-child reunification. The evaluation performed by Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. (HZA) examines the core functional and operational components of the Lewiston Family Drug Court. It does so using performance benchmarks outlined in The Ten Key Components, which guide the best practices, designs and operations of drug court programs nationally. Details: Portland, ME: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc., 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.courts.maine.gov/maine_courts/drug/Family%20Drug%20Court%20FINAL%20May%2008.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 133570

Author: Huizinga, David Title: Developmental Sequences of Girls' Delinquent Behavior Summary: According to data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, from 1991 to 2000, arrests of girls increased more (or decreased less) than arrests of boys for most types of offenses. By 2004, girls accounted for 30 percent of all juvenile arrests. However, questions remain about whether these trends reflect an actual increase in girls' delinquency or changes in societal responses to girls' behavior. To find answers to these questions, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention convened the Girls Study Group to establish a theoretical and empirical foundation to guide the development, testing, and dissemination of strategies to reduce or prevent girls' involvement in delinquency and violence. The Girls Study Group series, of which this bulletin is a part, presents the Group's findings. The series examines issues such as patterns of offending among adolescents and how they differ for girls and boys; risk and protective factors associated with delinquency, including gender differences; and the causes and correlates of girls' delinquency. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Girls Study Group: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/238276.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 133571

Author: Rabey, Sarah Title: Outcome Evaluation of the Moderate Intensity Family Violence Prevention Program (MIFVPP) Summary: Diversion of abuse is essential in the protection of domestic abuse and assault victims. The Moderate Intensity Family Violence Prevention Program (MIFVPP) is a prison based intervention aimed at reducing subsequent violent behavior of inmates. The purpose of this evaluation is to examine the extent to which participation in MIFVPP is associated with lower rates of subsequent violent assault convictions. The data consists of offenders who exited prison or work release supervision by way of parole or sentence expiration from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011. Offenders who successfully completed MIFVPP and closed supervision were included in the program participant group while offenders with a prior domestic abuse conviction who closed supervision during the timeframe and did not receive MIFVPP, were included in the comparison group. Eligibility for program participation is determined by court order and/or correctional staff discretion based on prior convictions, disclosure of domestic abuse behavior, and offender attitudes reflecting a desire to reduce abusive behavior. Staff discretion influences program placement and explains why not all inmates with domestic abuse convictions receive MIFVPP. Offenders were grouped in cohorts by the year in which they completed supervision. The data set drawn from the Justice Data Warehouse (JDW) consisted of 871 inmates, including 532 program participants and 339 non‐program participants. Recidivism was tracked from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2012 and defined as any new violent assault conviction (simple misdemeanor or greater) following an offender's supervision status end date. Recidivism was tracked one, two, and three years following prison exit. The summary of findings is below.  MIFVPP participants released on 2009 and 2011 had lower one‐year recidivism rates than the comparison group. o Recidivism rates for the 2011 MIFVPP participants were significantly lower than the comparison group (4.7% vs. 11.6%). o Recidivism rates for the 2009 MIFVPP participants were slightly lower than the comparison group but failed to reach statistical significance (2.3% vs. 3.7%).  The 2009 MIFVPP participants had significantly higher recidivism rates than the comparison group at two‐year recidivism (34.3% vs. 17.2%) and three‐year recidivism (43.4% vs. 22.4%).  The length of time between intervention completion and supervision closure did not influence recidivism for MIFVPP participants.  MIFVPP participants who were African American had significantly higher two‐year recidivism rates than the African American comparison group (26.2% vs. 13.2%). However, MIFVPP participants who were Caucasian and African American had similar rates of recidivism.  MIFVPP participants with the lowest two‐year rates of recidivism were between the ages of 30‐39 (25.0%) and over 50 (10.5%). Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2013. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://www.humanrights.iowa.gov/cjjp/images/pdf/MIFVPP_Report_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 133589

Author: Wen, Hefei Title: The Effect of Substance Use Disorder Treatment Use on Crime: Evidence from Public Insurance Expansions and Health Insurance Parity Mandates Summary: We examine the effect of increasing the substance use disorder (SUD) treatment rate on reducing violent and property crime rates, based on county-level panels of SUD treatment and crime data between 2001 and 2008 across the United States. To address the potential endogeneity of the SUD treatment rate with respect to crime rate, we exploit the exogenous variation in the SUD treatment rate induced by two state-level policies, namely insurance expansions under the Health Insurance Flexibility and Accountability (HIFA) waivers and parity mandates for SUD treatment. Once we address the endogeneity issue, we are able to demonstrate an economically meaningful reduction in the rates of robbery, aggravated assault and larceny theft attributable to an increased SUD treatment rate. A back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that a 10 percent relative increase in the SUD treatment rate at an average cost of $1.6 billion yields a crime reduction benefit of $2.5 billion to $4.8 billion. Our findings suggest that expanding insurance coverage and benefits for SUD treatment is an effective policy lever to improve treatment use, and the improved SUD treatment use can effectively and cost-effectively promote public safety through crime reduction. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 20537: Accessed October 6, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2505843 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 134228

Author: American Psychological Association Title: Gun Violence: Prediction, Prevention, and Policy Summary: This report summarizes the psychological research that has helped develop evidence-based programs that can prevent violence through both primary and secondary interventions. Primary prevention programs can reduce risk factors for violence in the general population. Secondary prevention programs can help individuals who are experiencing emotional difficulties or interpersonal conflicts before they escalate into violence. Details: Washington, DC: APA, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2014 at: http://www.apa.org/pubs/info/reports/gun-violence-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134223

Author: Parker, Christina Title: For-Profit Family Detention: Meet the Private Prison Corporations Making Millions by Locking Up Refugee Families Summary: In this joint report by Grassroots Leadership and Justice Strategies, we review the history of charges of sexual abuse and neglect of children, indifference to medical needs, inadequate and unsanitary food, and brutal treatment by staff, levied in lawsuits, government investigations, and allegations by those held in family detention facilities operated by private, for-profit, prison corporations. These same corporations are now being contracted by the federal government to detain refugee families arriving at our southern border after fleeing the violence in Central America. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership; Brooklyn, NY: Justice Strategies, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/sites/default/files/publications/For%20Profit%20Family%20Detention%20Oct%202014_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 133907

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to fight drug crime: Profile of the East Central Illinois Task Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois-metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. MEGs have been in existence in Illinois since the 1970's through the Intergovernmental Drug Enforcement Act [30 ILCS 715/1]. MEG policy boards engage in an active, formal role in the management of operations. MEG policy boards are required to include an elected official and the chief law enforcement officer, or their designees, from each participating unit of government. An elected official from one of the participating agencies must be designated to act as financial officer of the MEG to receive operational funds. MEG operations are limited to the enforcement of drug laws and delineated weapons offenses and the investigation of street gang-related crimes. Periodically, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. This profile focuses on the East Central Illinois Task Force (ECITF), which covers Coles, Douglas, and Moultrie counties with an estimated total population of 88,339 in 2010. In 2010, 10 local police agencies participated in ECITF. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Ten officers were assigned to ECITF in 2010, eight of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and two from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/megprofiles/ECITF_122012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 133904

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Hawaii: Analyses & Policy Options to Reduce Spending on Corrections & Reinvest in Strategies to Increase Public Safety Summary: In June 2011, Governor Neil Abercrombie and House and Senate leaders in Hawaii requested technical assistance from the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) to employ a data-driven justice reinvestment approach to develop a statewide policy framework that would reduce spending on corrections and reinvest savings in strategies that increase public safety. This report outlines the analyses conducted by the CSG Justice Center and policy options proposed to the Hawaii State Legislature as a result of the justice reinvestment process. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014). 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/JR-in-HI-Analyses-and-Policy-Options.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice (Hawaii) Shelf Number: 134219

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Kansas: Analyses & Policy Options to Reduce Spending on Corrections & Reinvest in Strategies to Increase Public Safety Summary: In June 2012, Governor Sam Brownback, Chief Justice Lawton Nuss, Attorney General Derek Schmidt, Department of Corrections (DOC) Secretary Ray Roberts, and House and Senate leaders requested technical assistance from the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center). They sought to employ a data-driven "justice reinvestment" approach to develop a statewide policy frame work that would reduce spending on corrections and reinvest resulting savings in strategies that increase public safety. Assistance provided by the CSG Justice Center was made possible through a partnership with and funding from the Pew Center on the States Public Safety Performance Project and the Bureau of Justice Assistance, a component of the U.S. Department of Justice. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9. 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Kansas-JR-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Justice (Kansas) Shelf Number: 134218

Author: Crank, Beverly Title: The Role of Subjective and Social Factors in the Desistance Process: A Within-Individual Examination Summary: Many scholars examining desistance from crime have emphasized the importance of social factors in triggering the desistance process. Most notably, the work of Sampson and Laub (1993) focuses on the role of social bonds (e.g., marriage and employment), which serve as turning points in offenders' lives, while other scholars have emphasized other important social factors, such as antisocial peer influence (Stouthamer-Loeber, Wei, Loeber, Masten, 2004; Warr, 1998, 2002). However, missing from such works is the role of subjective factors (e.g., thinking patterns, expectations, self-identity) in the desistance process, despite evidence that changes in identity and other cognitive transformations promote desistance from criminal offending (Giordano, Cernkovich, & Rudolph, 2002; Maruna, 2001). Examining the combined role of subjective and social factors is important, because it may lead to a more comprehensive understanding of the desistance process. Desistance researchers typically focus on one set of factors, while downplaying the other set of factors. Rarely have researchers examined the effects of social and subjective factors simultaneously (for exceptions, see Healy, 2010; Laub & Sampson, 2003; Morizot & Le Blanc, 2007). And even fewer attempts have been made to examine the interplay between social and subjective factors (for exceptions, see LeBel, Burnett, Maruna, & Bushway, 2008; Simons & Barr, 2012). Further, there is a special need to examine the impact of change in subjective and social factors on the desistance process using withinindividual analyses (Farrington, 2007; Horney, Osgood, & Marshall, 1995; Kazemian, 2007). Thus, research on desistance is advanced in the current study in the following three ways. First, the influence of both subjective and social factors on desistance are considered, within the same statistical model. Second, this study is based on within individual analyses. Third, the interplay between subjective and social factors is explored in this study, including mediation and moderation (interaction) effects. Data used in the current study are drawn from the Pathways to Desistance study (see Mulvey, 2004), following serious adolescent offenders for seven years - from mid-adolescence through early adulthood. The theoretical, policy, and research implications of the findings are discussed Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2014. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://scholarworks.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1002&context=cj_diss Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 133903

Author: Carter, David Title: Understanding Law Enforcement Intelligence Processes Summary: The September 11th attacks impacted society generally, and law enforcement specifically, in dramatic ways. One of the major trends has been changing expectations regarding criminal intelligence practices among state, local, and tribal (SLT) law enforcement agencies, and the need to coordinate intelligence efforts and share information at all levels of government. Despite clear evidence of significant changes, very little research exists that examines issues related to the intelligence practices of SLT law enforcement agencies. Important questions on the nature of the issues that impact SLT intelligence practices remain. While there is some uncertainty among SLT law enforcement about current terrorism threats, there is certainty that these threats evolve in a largely unpredictable pattern. As a result there is an ongoing need for consistent and effective information collection, analysis and sharing. Little information is known about perceptions of how information is being shared between agencies and whether technologies have improved or hurt information sharing, and little is known about whether agencies think they are currently prepared for a terrorist attack, and the key factors distinguishing those that think they are compared to those who do not. This study was designed to address these issues, and a better understanding of these issues could significantly enhance intelligence practices and enhance public safety. To develop a better understanding of perceptions about terrorist threats that SLT agencies face and their efforts to prevent terrorism, the research team distributed questionnaires via a web-designed survey to two separate groups of law enforcement personnel. Development of the survey involved several preliminary drafts. Feedback was sought from SLT intelligence workers about question content and coverage, and specifically whether questions were ambiguous or difficult to answer. After making revisions, the final Institutional Review Board approved instrument had 48 structured, semi-structured, or open-ended questions. The survey, despite its length, enabled respondents to share information about issues such as perceptions of terrorist threats, inter-agency interactions, information sharing, intelligence training, and agency preparedness. Additional questions asked about characteristics of the respondent and the respondent's agency. There are three findings that are quite interesting. First, law enforcement perceptions about what is a serious threat in their community has changed significantly over time. Law enforcement is much more concerned about sovereign citizens, Islamic extremists, and militia/patriot group members compared to the fringe groups of the far right, including Christian Identity believers, reconstructed traditionalists (i.e., Odinists), idiosyncratic sectarians (i.e., survivalists), and members of doomsday cults. In fact, sovereign citizens were the top concern of law enforcement, but the concern about whether most groups were a serious terrorist threat actually declined for most groups (e.g., the KKK; Christian Identity; Neo-Nazis; Racist Skinheads; Extremist Environmentalists; Extreme Animal Rights Extremists). Second, when examining whether the respondents thought that various agencies and sources were useful in their counterterrorism efforts, the agencies that appear to be most useful to SLT law enforcement include state/local fusion centers, the FBI's Joint Terrorism Task Force(s), the FBI, and DHS Office of Intelligence and Analysis. Overall, the internet and the use of open source materials, human intelligence sources, and the media were perceived as providing the most useful information. Security clearances, adequate personnel, adequate training, adequate resources, adequate time, or the organizational culture were all perceived as barriers for the sharing of intelligence and information across agencies. Third, several factors impacted whether an agency was prepared for a terrorist attack. Agencies with satisfied working relationships with state organizations were twice as likely to be prepared, agencies that produce threat assessments and risk assessments more frequently are three-and-a-half times more likely to be prepared than agencies who create them less frequently, and the creation of vulnerability assessments also appears to be a predictor of preparedness as they more than quadruple an agency's preparedness likelihood. In addition, as agencies experience problems related to personnel, training, and resources, the likelihood they will consider themselves prepared is reduced by approximately three-fold. Agencies that felt they were not prepared highlighted problems with resources, training, and quality of working relationships with other organizations. Particularly for practitioners, the most important aspect of this research may not be the findings on the variable analyses, per se, but on the benchmarks identified in trends found in the data. Some clear trends emerged which indicate programmatic successes for information sharing and intelligence, as well as areas where problems remain. When considering these findings in the context of research on organizational development, it is clear that organizational leadership is an important factor for organizational successes in information sharing as well as for preparedness. If the leadership of a law enforcement agency is willing to expend the effort to train personnel, develop partnerships, and participate in state, regional and national information sharing initiatives, then greater levels of success will be achieved. While one would intuitively assume this, the data empirically supports it. Details: College Park, MD: START, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_UnderstandingLawEnforcementIntelligenceProcesses_July2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133952

Author: Shlafer, Rebecca J. Title: Children with Incarcerated Parents - Considering Children's Outcomes in the Context of Complex Family Experiences Summary: This issue examines the needs of children with incarcerated parents. These children are often overlooked in our schools, clinics, and social service settings. As noted in many ways throughout the article, this is not a homogeneous group - the experiences of these children are varied and changing. Responding to their needs will require attention to their unique life circumstances. The contributing authors reflect expertise with a variety of populations, settings and cultures. They represent some of the many people working in creative, collaborative ways to better understand and serve children of incarcerated parents. One timely example of this type of work is Little Children Big Challenges: Incarceration, Sesame Workshop's new bilingual, multimedia initiative that provides resources to support and comfort young children and their families who are experiencing parental incarceration. Details: St. Paul, MN: Children, Youth & Family Consortium, University of Minnesota, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.extension.umn.edu/family/cyfc/our-programs/ereview/docs/June2013ereview.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133951

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Information on Efforts and Potential Options to Save Costs Summary: BOP is responsible for the custody and care of 216,000 federal inmates-an almost 9-fold increase since 1980. At the same time, BOP appropriations increased more than 20-fold. DOJ states that the costs of the growing population are BOP's greatest challenge. BOP's population size is driven by several factors, such as law enforcement policies and sentencing laws. GAO was asked to review BOP's opportunities to save costs. This report (1) describes BOP's major costs and actions to achieve savings, (2) assesses the extent to which BOP has mechanisms to identify additional efficiencies, and (3) describes potential changes within and outside of BOP's authority that might reduce costs. GAO analyzed BOP financial data for fiscal years 2009 through 2013, reviewed but did not test its internal control system and processes for achieving efficiencies, and interviewed BOP officials. On the basis of sentencing reform options identified by experts and actions by the Attorney General, GAO developed a list of policy options that could reduce BOP's population. GAO gathered views on their potential effects from entities and 4 states selected for their criminal justice expertise. The views are not generalizable, but provide insights. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that BOP establish a mechanism to consistently monitor if bureau-wide corrective actions address repeated deficiencies and findings. DOJ concurred. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-821: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/666254.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 133618

Author: Sparrow, Malcolm K. Title: Managing the Boundary between Private and Public Policing Summary: In this report from the Executive Session on Policing and Public Safety (2008-2014), funded by the OJP National Institute of Justice (NIJ), the author offers a unique opportunity for police executives to explore the critical issues that arise. Harvard Kennedy School (HKS) Professor of the Practice of Public Management Malcolm K. Sparrow explains how it is no longer possible for public police to ignore the extent and pervasiveness of private policing arrangements in Managing the Boundary between Public and Private Policing. Being in some general sense "for" or "against" private security is not helpful, as such views are inadequately nuanced or sophisticated given the variety of issues at stake. The motivations of private parties will rarely, if ever, be fully aligned with public interests. As public police engage in partnerships and networked relationships involving private and not-for-profit organizations, they become less the deliverers of security and more the orchestrators of security provision. Public police need to understand clearly the motivations and capabilities of each contributor, develop an understanding of the whole system and what it provides, and do their utmost to make sure that overall provision of security squares with their public purpose. Details: Cambridge, MA: HARVARD Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing series: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/var/ezp_site/storage/fckeditor/file/pdfs/centers-programs/programs/criminal-justice/ExecSessionPolicing/ManagingBoundariesPolicing.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Policing Partnerships Shelf Number: 133623

Author: Fortier, Nicole Title: Success-Oriented Funding: Reforming Federal Criminal Justice Grants Summary: A new policy proposal from the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law suggests the president make broad reforms to federal grants across the country that fund state and local law enforcement. Specifically, the president should use his executive authority to recast all federal grants for criminal justice in a "Success-Oriented Funding" model, in which the flow of dollars is linked to the achievement of clear goals. Grant programs run by the federal government have a powerful role in shaping the behavior of law enforcement nationwide. "Success-Oriented Funding" would encourage practices that reduce crime and violence without recourse to unnecessary force, whether through police behavior or undue focus on arrests and incarceration. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice; New York University School of Law, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/SuccessOrientedFunding_ReformingFederalCriminalJusticeGrants.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133624

Author: Randall, Megan Title: From Recidivism to Recovery: The Case for Peer Support in Texas Correctional Facilities Summary: Transforming the relationship between criminal justice and mental health in Texas requires innovative policy and program models that successfully integrate the principles of mental health recovery into the criminal justice system - countering the traditionally punitive criminal justice framework with the recovery-oriented principles of hope, wellness, personal responsibility, and empowered self-direction. In this paper, we explore the use of mental health peer support services as one way to support recovery, improve continuity of care, and reduce recidivism for inmates with mental illness during the re-entry process. We present a successful peer support re-entry program model, established in Pennsylvania, and offer preliminary suggestions for a Texas pilot project. We also offer policy recommendations that, if implemented, would broadly improve access to mental health services, ease re-entry transitions for inmates with mental illness, and enhance the viability of peer support re-entry programming. We intend for our recommendations to be a first step toward more extensive stakeholder discussion and research on this issue. It is our hope that this paper will catalyze conversation about the steps Texas must take to integrate recovery into its justice system and provide national policy leadership in a growing field at the pivotal intersection between mental health and criminal justice. Details: Austin, TX: Center for Public Policy Priorities, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://forabettertexas.org/images/HC_2014_07_RE_PeerSupport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 133625

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: Enhancing Treatment in a Drug Court Setting: An Evaluation of San Diego County's Pilot Vivitrol Project Summary: In 2012, the North County Drug Court began a pilot project administering Vivitrol to drug court clients with a primary opiate addiction. Vivitrol is an extended-release injectable formulation of naltrexone that was approved in 2006 by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) for the treatment of alcohol dependence and in 2010 for the treatment of opiate dependence (USFDA, 2010). The County of San Diego Health and Human Services Agency (HHSA) contracted with the San Diego Association of Governments' (SANDAG) Criminal Justice Research Division to conduct a two-year evaluation of the Vivitrol Pilot Project to determine if the program was implemented as planned and if the expected outcomes were achieved. This is the fourth and final evaluation report and provides the findings from data collected between August 2012 and June 2014. Key Findings of Vivitrol Pilot Project This report constitutes a two-year evaluation of the North County Vivitrol Pilot Project. It is one of the first studies to look at the longer term impacts of Vivitrol among opioid dependents. While the evaluation was limited by small sample size and available comparison group, the findings support further exploration of intramuscular injections of Vivitrol to support engagement and retention in drug treatment among individuals involved in the criminal justice system. Some key findings included: Regardless of the number of shots received, program clients generally reported that Vivitrol helped to control their cravings and supported their recovery. Program clients who completed the prescribed six or more doses of Vivitrol experienced decreased desire to use, did not relapse, and did not reoffend during the study period (a total of 18 months). While positive outcomes were realized for those clients who received the full dosage amount, only around one quarter (26%) received six or more shots. Older clients (36 years old on average) whose primary method of heroin administration was injection were more likely to receive six or more doses than those who were younger and reported other primary modes of use. Program stakeholders surveyed recommended that the Vivitrol project continue because of the success of the clients they witnessed during the pilot project including decreased cravings and greater focus on treatment. Details: San Francisco: Criminal Justice Research Division, SANDAG, 2014. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: CJ Bulletin: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1873_17990.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (California) Shelf Number: 133626

Author: Evans, Douglas N. Title: The Debt Penalty: Exposing the Financial Barriers to Offender Reintegration Summary: Financial debt associated with legal system involvement is a pressing issue that affects the criminal justice system, offenders, and taxpayers. Mere contact with the criminal justice system often results in fees and fines that increase with progression through the system. Criminal justice fines and fees punish offenders and are designed to generate revenue for legal systems that are operating on limited budgets. However, fines and fees often fail to accomplish this second goal because many offenders are too poor to pay them. To compound their financial struggles, offenders may be subject to other financial obligations, such as child support payments and restitution requirements. If they do not pay their financial obligations, they may be subject to late fees and interest requirements, all of which accumulate into massive debt over time. Even if they want to pay, offenders have limited prospects for meaningful employment and face wage disparities resulting from their criminal history, which makes it even more difficult to pay off their debt. An inability to pay off financial debt increases the possibility that offenders will commit new offenses and return to the criminal justice system. Some courts re-incarcerate offenders simply because they are unable to settle their financial obligations. Imposing financial obligations and monetary penalties on offenders - a group that is overwhelmingly indigent - is not tenable. States often expend more resources attempting to recoup outstanding debt from offenders than they are able to collect from those who pay. This report explores the causes and effects of perpetual criminal debt and offers solutions for encouraging ex-offender payment. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/debtpenalty.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 133631

Author: Messing, Jill Theresa Title: Police Departments' Use of the Lethality Assessment Program: A Quasi-Experimental Evaluation Summary: Calling the police is one of the most commonly employed help seeking strategies by women in abusive relationships, though domestic violence services, safety planning and shelter are more often rated as helpful by survivors of intimate partner violence (IPV) and have been shown to be more effective at reducing subsequent violence. The purpose of this quasi-experimental research was to examine the effectiveness of the Lethality Assessment Program (LAP). The LAP is a collaboration between police and social service providers consisting of 2 steps. First, a police officer responding to the scene of a domestic violence incident uses a brief 11-item risk assessment (the Lethality Screen) to identify victims at high risk of homicide. Second, women that screen in as high risk based on the Lethality Screen are put in immediate telephone contact with a collaborating social service provider who provides them with advocacy, safety planning and referral for services. Specifically, it was hypothesized that the LAP would (1) decrease rates of repeat, severe, lethal and near lethal violence and (2) increase rates of emergency safety planning and help seeking. We also examined the predictive validity of the Lethality Screen, officers' implementation of the LAP with the appropriate victims of IPV and victim satisfaction with the police response. Study participants were recruited by police officers at the scene of domestic violence incidents (index event) in 7 participating police jurisdictions in Oklahoma. A non-intervention comparison group was recruited prior to the intervention start. During the comparison group phase, 440 women participated in a structured baseline telephone interview lasting approximately 45 minutes; 342 (78%) of these women would have screened in as high danger based on their scores on the Lethality Screen and were compared to those women who received the intervention (classified as the high violence comparison group). During the intervention phase, 648 women were interviewed; 347 (53.5%) of these women were screened in as high danger and spoke with a hotline counselor (classified as the intervention group). Follow-up interviews at a median of 7 months following the baseline interview were completed with 202 participants in the intervention group (58.21%) and 212 participants in the high violence comparison group (61.99%). At follow-up, the intervention group reported a significant decrease in the Conflict Tactics Scale (CTS-2; Straus, Hamby, Boney-McCoy & Sugarman, 1996) weighted frequency by severity score controlling for baseline differences between the intervention and high violence comparison groups. In addition, women in the intervention group reported using significantly more protective strategies both immediately after the index event (e.g., seeking services, removing/hiding their partner's weapons) and at follow-up (e.g. applying for and receiving an order of protection, establishing a code with family and friends). There was evidence that the Lethality Screen has considerable sensitivity (92-93%) and a high negative predictive value (93-96%) for near lethal and severe violence. However, the specificity (21%) and positive predictive value (13-21%) are low in these same analyses. During the intervention phase, the majority (61.6%) of women who screened in at high risk spoke to the domestic violence advocate on the phone, though this proportion differed by police jurisdiction and was partially dependent upon women's experiences of violence, prior engagement in protective actions and help seeking, and women's post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Finally, women who participated in the intervention were significantly more satisfied with the police response and were likely to report that the advocate was at least somewhat helpful. While additional research needs to be conducted, the LAP demonstrates promise as an evidence informed collaborative police-social service intervention that increases survivors' safety and empowers them toward decisions of self-care. Details: Unpublished Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/247456.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133930

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Immigration Detention: Additional Actions Needed to Strengthen Management and Oversight of Facility Costs and Standards Summary: Within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) uses two different methods to collect and assess data on detention costs; however, these methods do not provide ICE with complete data for managing detention costs across facilities and facility types. One method uses the agency's financial management system to estimate total detention costs per detainee per day for the purposes of developing ICE's annual detention budget request. However, ICE identified errors in the entry of data into this system and limitations in the system make it difficult for ICE to accurately record expenditures for individual facilities. ICE's other method involves the manual tracking of monthly costs by individual facilities for the purposes of reviewing data on individual facility costs. However, this method does not include data on all costs for individual facilities, such as for medical care and transportation, and such costs are not standardized within or across facility types. Thus, ICE does not have complete data for tracking and managing detention costs across facilities and facility types. ICE has taken some steps to strengthen its financial management system, such as implementing manual work-arounds to, among other things, better link financial transactions to individual facilities. However, ICE has not assessed the extent to which these manual work-arounds position ICE to better track and manage costs across facilities or facility types and the extent to which additional controls are needed to address limitations in its methods for collecting and assessing detention costs, in accordance with federal internal control standards. Conducting these assessments could better position ICE to have more reliable data for tracking and managing costs across facility types. GAO's analysis of ICE facility data showed that ICE primarily used three sets of detention standards, with the most recent and rigorous standards applied to 25 facilities housing about 54 percent of ICE's average daily population (ADP) as of January 2014. ICE plans to expand the use of these standards to 61 facilities housing 89 percent of total ADP by the end of fiscal year 2014; however, transition to these standards has been delayed by cost issues and contract negotiations and ICE does not have documentation for reasons why some facilities cannot be transitioned to the most recent standards in accordance with internal control standards. Documenting such reasons could provide an institutional record and help increase transparency and accountability in ICE's management of detention facilities. GAO's analysis of ICE facility oversight programs showed that ICE applied more oversight mechanisms at facilities housing the majority of the ADP in fiscal year 2013. For example, 94 percent of detainees were housed in facilities that received an annual inspection. GAO's analysis of ICE's inspection reports showed that inspection results differed for 29 of 35 facilities inspected by both ICE's Enforcement and Removal Operations (ERO) and Office of Detention Oversight (ODO) in fiscal year 2013. ICE officials stated that ODO and ERO have not discussed differences in inspection results and whether oversight mechanisms are functioning as intended. Assessing the reasons why inspection results differ, in accordance with internal control standards, could help ICE better ensure that inspection mechanisms are working as intended. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-153: Accessed October 11, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/666467.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 133931

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: When Men Murder Women: An Analysis of 2012 Homicide Data Summary: When Men Murder Women is an annual report prepared by the Violence Policy Center detailing the reality of homicides committed against females by single male offenders. The study analyzes the most recent Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2012. Once again, this is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2012 data on female homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest female victim/male offender homicide rates, and the first to rank the states by the rate of female homicides. The key findings in this year's release of When Men Murder Women include: - Nationwide, 1,706 females were murdered by males in single victim/single offender incidents in 2012, at a rate of 1.16 per 100,000. - For homicides in which the victim to offender relationship could be identified, 93 percent of female victims nationwide were murdered by a male they knew. Of the victims who knew their offenders, 62 percent were wives, common-law wives, ex-wives, or girlfriends of the offenders. - Firearms - especially handguns - were the weapons most commonly used by males to murder females in 2012. Nationwide, for homicides in which the weapon used could be identified, 52 percent of female victims were shot and killed with a gun. Of the homicides committed with guns, 69 percent were killed with handguns. - The overwhelming majority of these homicides were not related to any other felony crime, such as rape or robbery. Nationwide, for homicides in which the circumstances could be identified, 85 percent of the homicides were not related to the commission of another felony. Most often, females were killed by males in the course of an argument between the victim and the offender. The study also ranks each state based on the homicide rate for women murdered by men. Below are the 10 states with the highest rate of females murdered by males in single victim/single offender incidents in 2012. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2014 at: https://www.vpc.org/studies/wmmw2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 133643

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Does San Francisco's Community Justice Center Reduce Criminal Recidivism? Summary: In 2009, San Francisco opened a community court, the Community Justice Center (CJC), to serve the Tenderloin and adjacent neighborhoods, a traditionally high-crime area. Community courts are expressly oriented toward improving outcomes for offenders by addressing factors often linked to criminal behavior (by incorporating access to treatment and services within the criminal case management process); they also emphasize ties to a specific neighborhood. This report examines whether the CJC reduces the risk of rearrest when compared to more traditional approaches for addressing arrestees. Using a differences-in-differences (DD) design that exploits temporal and geographic variation in CJC eligibility, a RAND research team examined one-year rearrest rates among those arrested for eligible offenses within the four police districts that include a part of the CJC catchment area, including offenses inside and outside the catchment area both before and after the CJC opened. After controlling for a number of arrestee-level factors (including criminal history), as well as month- and police district-level fixed effects, the DD estimator from our preferred models ranges from -8.2 to -7.1 percentage points, which corresponds to an 8.9 percent to 10.3 percent reduction in the probability of being rearrested within one year. These findings support the hypothesis that the CJC reduces criminal recidivism and are robust to a number of sensitivity analyses. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR700/RR735/RAND_RR735.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Corrections Shelf Number: 133648

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combating Nuclear Smuggling: Risk-Informed Covert Assessments and Oversight of Corrective Actions Could Strengthen Capabilities at the Border Summary: The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) covert operations provide limited assessment of capabilities to detect and interdict the smuggling of nuclear and radiological materials into the United States. DHS's U.S. Customs and Border Protection's (CBP) Operational Field Testing Division (OFTD) conducted 144 covert operations at 86 locations from fiscal years 2006 through 2013, selecting its locations from a total of 655 U.S. air, land, and sea port facilities; checkpoints; and certain international locations. These operations allowed OFTD to assess capabilities for detecting and interdicting-or intercepting-nuclear and radiological materials at locations tested. Results showed differences in the rate of success for interdicting smuggled nuclear and radiological materials across facility types. CBP had a $1 million budget for covert operations of various activities-including nuclear and radiological testing-covering fiscal years 2009 through 2013, and DHS policy requires that components with limited resources make risk-informed decisions. However, CBP testing does not inform capabilities across all border locations, and CBP has not conducted a risk assessment that could inform and prioritize the locations, materials, and technologies to be tested through covert operations. Given limited resources, assessing risk to prioritize the most dangerous materials, most vulnerable locations, and most critical equipment for testing through covert operations, DHS could better inform its decisions on how to expend its limited resources effectively, consistent with the department's risk management policies. OFTD has not issued reports annually as planned on covert operation results and recommendations, limiting CBP oversight for improving capabilities to detect and interdict smuggling at the border. OFTD has issued three reports on the results of its covert operations at U.S. ports of entry since 2007. However, OFTD officials stated that because of resource constraints, reports have not been timely and do not include the results of covert tests conducted at checkpoints. Furthermore, OFTD tracks the status of corrective actions taken to address recommendations in these reports; however, CBP does not track corrective actions identified from their individual covert operations that were not included in these reports. Establishing appropriate time frames for reporting of covert operations results and addressing barriers to meeting these time frames would help enhance CBP's accountability for its covert testing operations. Further, developing a mechanism to track whether ports of entry and checkpoints have implemented corrective actions could help inform management decision making on the need for further investments in equipment or personnel training to protect U.S. borders. Why GAO Did This Study Preventing terrorists from smuggling nuclear or radiological materials into the United States is a top national priority. To address this threat, DHS has deployed radiation detection equipment and trained staff to use it. CBP conducts covert operations to test capabilities for detecting and interdicting nuclear and radiological materials at air, land, and sea ports of entry into the United States as well as checkpoints. GAO was asked to review CBP's covert testing operations. This report assesses the extent to which (1) CBP covert operations assess capabilities at air, land, and sea ports and checkpoints to detect and interdict nuclear and radiological material smuggled across the border and (2) CBP reports its covert operations results and provides oversight to ensure that corrective actions are implemented. GAO analyzed documents, such as test summaries, directives, and planning and guidance papers and interviewed DHS, CBP, and Domestic Nuclear Detection Office officials. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in July 2014. Information that DHS deemed sensitive has been redacted. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS inform priorities for covert operations by using an assessment of risk, determining time frames for reporting results, addressing barriers for meeting time frames, and developing a mechanism to track corrective actions. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-826: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/665998.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 133922

Author: Yung, Corey Rayburn Title: Concealing Campus Sexual Assault: An Empirical Examination Summary: This study tests whether there is substantial undercounting of sexual assault by universities. It compares the sexual assault data submitted by universities while being audited for Clery Act violations with the data from years before and after such audits. If schools report higher rates of sexual assault during times of higher regulatory scrutiny (audits), then that result would support the conclusion that universities are failing to accurately tally incidents of sexual assault during other time periods. The study finds that university reports of sexual assault increase by approximately 44% during the audit period. However, after the audit is completed, the reported sexual assault rates drop to levels statistically indistinguishable from the pre-audit time frame. The results are consistent with the hypothesis that the ordinary practice of universities is to undercount incidents of sexual assault. Only during periods in which schools are audited do they appear to offer a more complete picture of sexual assault levels on campus. Further, the data indicate that the audits have no long-term effect on the reported levels of sexual assault as those crime rates return to previous levels after the audit is completed. This last finding is supported even in instances when fines are issued for non-compliance. The study tests for a similar result with the tracked crimes of aggravated assault, robbery, and burglary, but reported crimes show no statistically significant differences before, during, or after audits. The results of the study point toward two broader conclusions directly relevant to policymaking in this area. First, greater financial and personnel resources should be allocated commensurate with the severity of the problem and not based solely on university reports of sexual assault levels. Second, the frequency of auditing should be increased and statutorily-capped fines should be raised in order to deter transgressors from continuing to undercount sexual violence. The Campus Accountability and Safety Act, presently before Congress, provides an important step in that direction Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas School of Law, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2504631 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 133920

Author: Byron, Jamie Lynn Title: Prostitution regulation: monitoring strategies and their implications for sex workers Summary: With the goal of determining the most appropriate and effective methods of monitoring prostitution, this paper explores current legislation and its effect on prostitutes, clients, and communities. After a brief discussion of proposed justifications for the criminalization of prostitution, and the implications of legislating morality, the lifestyles and difficulties faced by women working in the sex industry will be addressed. These topics will culminate in a discussion of the various law enforcement and non-law enforcement strategies that are used to monitor prostitution, and the effectiveness and moral implications of these methods. This analysis leads the author to conclude that prostitutes, clients, and communities would strongly benefit from the legalization or decriminalization of prostitution. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1002&context=criminal_justice_theses Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 133919

Author: Camille-McKiness, Kristy Title: Police perspectives on CIT training: An ethnographic study of law enforcement officers' perspectives on Crisis Intervention Team training Summary: This study describes police officers' perspectives of Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) training. Ethnographic interviews were used to gather data, and Transformational Learning Theory guided this study. Implications of CIT training indicate that CIT officers are a part of a subculture within police culture, and respond differently to mental health calls differently than their non-CIT counterparts. Outcomes of these different response styles include decreased criminalization, decreased injury to officers/consumers, decreased use of force, and increased confidence in responding to mental health calls for officers who are CIT trained. Implications of this study are discussed in relation to sustainability of partnerships between law enforcement officers and mental health professionals Details: DeKalb, IL: Northern Illinois University, 2013. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://media.proquest.com/media/pq/classic/doc/3120427531/fmt/ai/rep/NPDF?_s=4d20nHVIhLaFyp8xg93RH1x1nVw%3D Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Team Shelf Number: 133917

Author: Taylor, Julie Lynn Title: Prostitution Policy and the Function of Silence: The Communicative Constitution of a Clandestine (Un)Organization Summary: While often hailed as the world's oldest profession, prostitution is most commonly considered an illegal activity. As such, prostitution operates as a hidden organization relying on covert organizing processes in order to function. However, this reality begs the question of how hidden organizations operate and (re)produce. Through feminist post-structuralism and communication as constitutive to organizing, the research questions in this study ask how discourse(s) communicatively constitute prostitution and with what unintended consequences. Using local prostitution policies and in-depth interviews, data analysis revealed that policy-as-written and policy-as-practice are disparate in the communicative construction of organizing prostitution. Moreover, discourse is examined through both talk and silence. As a result systematic and pervasive silence(s) organized networks of prostitution in new ways. In the end, prostitution is highlighted as an organized network or rather an (un)organization. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, 2014. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://content.lib.utah.edu/utils/getfile/collection/etd3/id/3098/filename/3099.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 133916

Author: Roth, Charles Title: Order in the Court: Commonsense Solutions to Improve Efficiency and Fairness in the Immigration Court Summary: The immigration court system is in crisis. Immigration judges with insufficient resources are forced to cope with an enormous and increasing backlog. Bona fide asylum seekers and other noncitizens with viable claims wait years to have their cases heard, and the hearings often are rushed and flawed. With the recently launched "rocket dockets" expediting cases of Central American children, many hearings will be delayed further and grow even more rushed and flawed. But unlike the humanitarian crisis driving these children to seek safety in the United States or the crisis of long overdue comprehensive immigration reform, the procedural crisis of the immigration courts can be readily addressed. With basic procedural reforms, the Department of Justice's (DOJ's) Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR), which oversees the immigration courts, can increase the system's efficiency and provide a higher quality of adjudication at little or no additional cost to taxpayers. These reforms would reduce unnecessary hearing continuances and help administrative court judges to make more deliberate and informed rulings, thereby avoiding costly federal appeals. These recommendations draw on exhaustive research of the immigration court and other court systems and on the experience of attorneys at Heartland Alliance's National Immigrant Justice Center (NIJC), who practice extensively in the immigration courts. The findings complement those of other recent reports on immigration adjudications by focusing on narrow improvements to the immigration court system that the DOJ and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) can implement without substantial additional resources. Details: Chicago: National Immigrant Justice Center, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://immigrantjustice.org/sites/immigrantjustice.org/files/Order%20in%20the%20Courts%20-%20Immigration%20Court%20Reform%20White%20Paper%20October%202014%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 133915

Author: Aurora Fire Department (Colorado) Title: Century Theater Shooting: Aurora Fire Department Preliminary Incident Analysis Summary: On July 20th, 2012, at approximately 12:40 am, a gunman opened fire in Century 16 Theater #9 where more than 400 people were attending the premier of The Dark Knight Rises. By 12:46 am the Aurora Fire Department and Rural Metro Ambulance were on scene and treating injured patients. By 1:33 am 70 patients were transported to area hospitals. 12 people died from their injuries. Each section of this preliminary incident analysis (PIA) evaluates a different aspect of the response. - Initial Response - ICS structure - Emergency Medical Services Details: Aurora, CO: Aurora Fire Department, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: https://www.llis.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/Aurora%20Colorado%20Theatre%20Shooting.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 133913

Author: System Planning Corporation, TriData Division Title: Aurora Century 16 Theater Shooting: After Action Report for the City of Aurora, Colorado Summary: The City of Aurora chose to conduct an independent after action review (AAR) of its response to the July 20, 2012 mass shooting at the Century 16 Theater movie complex, and the associated threat of explosive devices at XXXXXXX apartment on Paris Street. The City competitively selected TriData Division, System Planning Corporation, to undertake the review. TriData had completed over 50 after action reviews of major emergency incidents, including previous mass shootings at Virginia Tech, Northern Illinois University, and Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado. Scope The After Action Review started in May 2013, almost a year after the incident. The delay was due to a court-imposed gag order on information connected with the case, which had not yet come to trial. The case still had not yet come to trial during this review, which confined the scope to the response, and not the investigation or background of XXXXXXX. The review focused primarily on the response of the City's emergency forces during the first three days, including actions by police, fire and emergency medical services (EMS), private ambulances, hospitals, public safety communications, and public information personnel. Also included was the first week of family and victim assistance, assistance to first responders, and healing support for the community. The roles played by regional and national agencies and other city departments were reflected in the review. The investigation of the crime itself was largely outside the scope of the review, except for initial steps taken to gather and organize theater witnesses, and the actions of the coroner. XXXXXXX background and motivation were outside the scope, as was the issue of preventing these types of incidents. The charge to the team was to first describe the event and actions taken by the City's emergency personnel, then to evaluate what was done, draw lessons learned, and make recommendations for the future. The project team was also to review measures taken by the City after the incident to improve future emergency responses. The report attempts to make a reasonable compromise between level of detail and readability. The goal was to provide a sufficiently detailed description of events so that readers would understand the key aspects. In some cases, details were withheld out of concern that they might be too useful to future perpetrators. Some timeline information is provided in each chapter to help the reader understand the flow of events. The Appendix has a detailed combined timeline developed by the Aurora Police Department that is based largely on radio transmissions, telephone recordings, the automated vehicle location system, and interviews of participants. Details: Arlington, VA: System Planning Corporation, 2014. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.courts.state.co.us/Media/Opinion_Docs/14CV31595%20After%20Action%20Review%20Report%20Redacted.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Emergency Response Teams Shelf Number: 133912

Author: National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) Title: Born Suspect: Stop-and-Frisk Abuses & the Continued Fight to End Racial Profiling in America Summary: For more than a century the NAACP has been engaged in the fight for a more fair and effective system of policing in America. Indeed, the first case the Association took on after its inception in 1910 involved defending a sharecropper from an illegal police raid on his farm. And to date, there are more than a dozen national resolutions that emphasize the organization's commitment to advocate for greater law enforcement accountability. Yet, the recent death of young men of color, including Eric Garner in Staten Island, New York and Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri-both unarmed African American men-at the hands of police officers reveals that the battle for justice and accountability continues. In 2012, following the death of teenager Trayvon Martin, and building on the renewed national conversation about racial profiling that ensued as a result of this tragedy, and also on the momentum of decades of advocacy to fight stop-and-frisk abuses in New York City, the NAACP helped leverage a successful collaborative campaign to pass anti-racial profiling and police accountability measures in New York City. In Born Suspect, the New York campaign is used as a framework to open a dialogue on racial profiling across the country. To do this, the NAACP conducted the most up-to-date analysis of state racial profiling laws, analyzing these policies to ascertain whether they include the necessary components to make these policies effective and enforceable. This analysis found that: - 20 state laws do not explicitly prohibit racial profiling - 30 states have some form of racial profiling laws on the books - 17 state laws ban the use of pretextual traffic stops - 17 states criminalize violations of their anti-profiling laws - 3 states allow individuals to seek injunctive relief to stop officers or police departments from racial profiling - 17 states require mandatory data collection for all stops and searches; 15 require analysis and publication of racial profiling data - 17 states require the creation of commissions to review and respond to complaints of racial profiling - No states meet all of the NAACP criteria of an effective racial profiling law Born Suspect also focuses on successful efforts in passing legislation in the New York City Council to determine and recommend effective campaign building tools and strategy components for advocates across the country. These include: - Diverse and Strategic Coalition Building that highlights the need for building a campaign collaboratively with all stakeholders and impacted communities - Grassroots Mobilizing and Advocacy that speaks to the need for activating and empowering community members to serve as change agents - Grasstops Advocacy that ensures strategic participation of high-level, well-recognized community leaders, public figures, and opinion makers - Legislative Advocacy that highlights the need to connect voters to their elected official to advocate for the passage of reform bills - Media & Social Media Strategy that describes the importance of a well-planned and well thought out communications plan that relies on both social and traditional media In addition to providing information on state laws and a roadmap for planning a successful anti-racial profiling campaign, Born Suspect also makes several specific recommendations for advocates, including: - Advocating for Passage of the national End Racial Profiling Act (ERPA), first introduced in both houses of the United States Congress in June of 2001. The bill aims to: o Ban racial profiling at all levels of government o Provide provisions for data collection and monitoring o Include enhanced and funded training on racial profiling o Provide for sanctions and remedies for violations of the law - Calling on the Department of Justice to update the Guidance Regarding the Use of Race by Federal Law Enforcement Agencies, first issued in June of 2003. Though a good first step at the time, the Guidance is long overdue for an update to address its many shortcomings. Specifically, the NAACP calls for an updated Guidance to: o Cover profiling based on national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender, and gender identity o Eliminate loopholes allowing profiling to occur under the guise of "national security" and at US borders o Apply to all federal law enforcement activity, including actions by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) o Apply to every state or local agency receiving funds from, or working in cooperation with, federal law enforcement agencies o Explicitly state that the ban on profiling applies to data collection analysis, assessment, and predicated investigations carried out by law enforcement agencies subject to the DOJ Guidance o Include enforcement mechanisms o Advocate for strengthening existing anti-racial profiling policy or introducing new measures at the state and local levels Born Suspect also provides several other resources for advocates including: - A detailed description of various components of an effective anti-profiling law - A model racial profiling bill - An Action Alert on the End Racial Profiling Act - Components of an effective Civilian Police Review Board - A sample Police Misconduct Incident Documentation Form Details: Baltimore, MD: NAACP, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://naacp.3cdn.net/443b9cbc69a3ef1aab_ygfm66yd7.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 133910

Author: Young Women's Empowerment Project Title: Girls do what they have to do to survive: methods used by girls in the sex trade and street economy to fight back and heal Summary: This report summarises the research compiled by the Young Women's Empowerment Project in Chicago (United States) about violence & resistance for girls involved in the sex trade. It also examines attitudes and practices for harm reduction, self care, advocacy, and empowerment. Contents Include: -Youth Activist Summary -About YWEP -Our Research -The Learning Questions -Research Design & Data Collection -Demographic Information -The Findings -Our thoughts -Next steps -Tool Kit -What you need to know about girls in the sex trade -Vocabulary Details: Chicago: Young Women's Empowerment Project, 2009. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.nswp.org/sites/nswp.org/files/Girls%20do%20what%20they%20have%20to%20do%20to%20survive%20A%20study%20of%20resilience%20and%20resistance.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 133883

Author: Boehm, Steve Title: Exploring the Process of Desistance in Two High-Risk Probation Populations Summary: Problem-solving courts were developed in the 1980s and 1990s to reduce recidivism and probation revocations. The first problem-solving courts focused primarily on treating drug abuse, but the missions have expanded to include issues such as domestic violence and the problems faced by returning war veterans. Research has found these courts to be generally effective, but there is wide variation in their outcomes, and there are questions about the process offenders undergo as their identity shifts from offender to non-offender. This dissertation presents qualitative and quantitative analysis of interview data for a group of problem-solving court probationers (n = 19) and a similar group of regular probationers (n = 19) that explores the differences and similarities in how these groups describe the probation experience. In general, the groups' descriptions are more similar than they are different, but those small differences suggest that the problem-solving court may be a qualitatively better experience for probationers than regular probation. Details: San Marcos: Texas State University, 2013. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 15, 2014 at" https://digital.library.txstate.edu/handle/10877/4852 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 133909

Author: McCarthy, Dan Title: Florida's Aging Prisoner Problem Summary: Florida's prison population is rapidly increasing despite declining crime rates, and this report recommends options to prevent increasing costs from overwhelming taxpayers. The report warns that the steadily growing elderly prison population in state facilities will require more costly medical care, resulting in additional budget concerns for an already struggling Department of Corrections. Details: Tallahassee: Florida TaxWatch, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.floridataxwatch.org/resources/pdf/ElderlyParoleFINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aging Prisoners Shelf Number: 133955

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Foundation of Massachusetts Title: Black, Brown and Targeted: A Report on Boston Police Department Street Encounters from 2007-2010 Summary: The Boston Police Department (BPD) has used racially biased policing, as shown by data from reports of 200,000+ encounters between BPD officers and civilians from 2007-2010. According to researchers, the data show that police targeted Blacks in 63.3% of encounters- while Blacks make up less than a quarter of Boston's population. This racial disparity cannot be explained away by BPD efforts to target crime. The researchers' preliminary statistical analysis found that the racial composition of Boston neighborhoods drove police-civilian encounters even after controlling for crime rates and other factors. They also found that Blacks were more likely than whites to be subjected to repeat police-civilian encounters and to be frisked or searched, even after controlling for civilians' alleged gang involvement and history of prior arrest. The bottom line is that race was a significant factor driving the BPD's stop-and-frisk practices Details: Boston: ACLU, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: https://www.aclum.org/sites/all/files/images/education/stopandfrisk/black_brown_and_targeted_online.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 133958

Author: Diih, Sorle Stanley Title: Infiltration of the New York's financial market by organised crime: Pressures and control Summary: This research examines the relationship between some features of the American criminal justice system and the infiltration of organised crime groups into New York's financial district to commit securities fraud. The primary focus of the study is to determine if and to what extent the present criminal justice strategies designed to counter organised crime activities have had an impact on the entry of New York's five Italian-American crime families and Russian-origin criminals into the securities market. There are scattered works and articles on organised crime related frauds in the stock market, but there is no thorough empirical study on the movement of organised crime groups from traditional rackets into the securities market in New York. This research was undertaken to remedy the paucity of criminological knowledge on the activities of organised crime groups in the U.S. investment sector and on the factors underlying this. Sensitive and extensive data on major organised crime cases on Wall Street are analysed throughout the work. The study utilised a combination of interviews, existing source documents and written materials. Several interviews were conducted of known organised crime members, enforcement personnel, informants and experts on organised crime. The source documents that were used in this study comprised of public and private domain records from investigating and prosecuting bodies within the criminal justice system. Details: Cardiff: Cardiff University, 2005. 421p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://orca.cf.ac.uk/55560/ Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 133725

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: Deportation and Discretion: Reviewing the Record and Options for Change Summary: Since Congress revamped the immigration enforcement system in 1996, the United States has formally deported ("removed") more than 4.6 million noncitizens, with about 3.7 million of these occurring since the creation of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in 2003. While the administrations of both George W. Bush and Barack Obama have actively increased formal removals and the criminal prosecution of immigration violations, the Obama administration in particular has undertaken a series of measures to focus enforcement efforts on certain high-priority cases. The result has been an increase of removals within the interior of noncitizens convicted of crimes, with criminal removals accounting for 80 percent of interior removals during FY 2011-13. Another result of this focus has been a steep rise in border removals, which represented 70 percent of all removals in FY 2013. This report provides analysis of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) database of all formal removals for fiscal 2003-2013 in which the agency played a role, as well as those carried out solely by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP). The report offers a profile of deportees and examines how removal trends changed during and between the Bush and Obama administrations as well as how closely the deportations adhere to current DHS enforcement priorities. It also outlines some of the scenarios for executive action said to be under consideration by the Obama administration, examining how potential changes to enforcement policy could affect the number of deportations. The report's key findings include: - The largest category of convictions for criminal deportees was immigration crimes, accounting for 18 percent of criminal removals between FY 2003-13 (279,000 out of 1.5 million cases). The three next largest crime categories were FBI Part 1 crimes (a definition that includes homicide, aggravated assault and burglary, 15 percent of criminal removals during the period), FBI Part 2 crimes identified by MPI as violent offenses (14 percent) and FBI Part 2 crimes identified by MPI as nonviolent offenses (14 percent). - In the FY 2003-13 period, 95 percent of all DHS removals fell into one or more of the current enforcement priority categories, which reflect long-standing and broadly defined goals for DHS and previously the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) - There would have been about 191,000 fewer deportations over this period had DHS exercised discretion by foregoing removal for all cases not falling into the designated enforcement priorities - Interior removals of noncriminals fell sharply under the Obama administration, from 77,000 (43 percent) in FY 2009 to 17,000 (13 percent) in FY 2013. - Ninety-one percent of all removals during FY 2003-13 were from Mexico or the Northern Triangle countries of Central America (El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras). By comparison, about 73 percent of all unauthorized immigrants are from Mexico or Central America. - Deportations disproportionately affect men, who make up 91 percent of those removed even as they account for 53 percent of the overall unauthorized population. At a pivotal moment in the U.S. immigration debate, characterized by deadlock and crisis, this analysis contributes to the debates by addressing key questions surrounding immigration enforcement since 2003, namely: who is being removed, where are noncitizens being apprehended and how are they being removed, how are DHS's current enforcement priorities reflected in enforcement outcomes, and how might changes to DHS's priorities affect future deportations? Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Institute, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/deportation-and-discretion-reviewing-record-and-options-change Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133956

Author: Taxman, Faye S. Title: What Works in Residential Reentry Centers Summary: Residential Reentry Centers (RRCs) are designed to facilitate the transition from prison to the community, and many often serve as halfway back facilities for offenders who have difficulties when placed on community supervision. During this transitional period, the RRCs assist offenders in securing housing and employment as well as continuing in appropriate treatment and other programs to address criminogenic needs. Monographs available at this website are: "Executive Overview: What Works in Residential Reentry Centers" by Faye S. Taxman, Jessica Rexroat, Mary Shilton, Amy Mericle, and Jennifer Lerch; "Report 1: What Is the Impact of "Performance Contracting" on Offender Supervision Services?" by Shilton, Rexroat, Taxman, and Mericle; "Report 2: Measuring Performance -The Capacity of Residential Reentry Centers (RRCs) to Collect, Manage, and Analyze Client-Level Data" by Mericle, Shilton, Taxman, and Rexroat; "Report 3: What Organizational Factors Are Related to Improved Outcomes?" by Shilton, Rexroat, Taxman, and Mericle; "Report 4: How Do Staff Hiring, Retention, Management and Attitudes Affect Organizational Climate and Performance in RRCs?" by Rexroat, Shilton, Taxman, and Mericle; "Report 5: What Services Are Provided by RRCs?" by Shilton, Rexroat, Taxman, and Mericle; �Report 6: Technical Violation Rates and Rearrest Rates on Federal Probation after Release from an RRC" by Lerch, Taxman, and Mericle; and "Report 7: Site Visits" by Shilton, Rexroat, Taxman, and Mericle. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, Criminology, Law and Society, 2010. 8 parts; executive summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://www.gmuace.org/research_reentry.html Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Halfway Houses Shelf Number: 133728

Author: Renaud, Jorge Antonio Title: Video Visitation: How Private Companies Push for Visits by Video and Families Pay the Price Summary: In September 2014, a group of Dallas-area advocates led a fight against an initiative that would have introduced video visitation capability to the Dallas County jail. The company proposing to provide services to Dallas had buried in its contract a requirement that the jail eliminate in-person visitation, thus leaving those who wished to visit prisoners only one option - visit by video. Or, don't visit at all. Dallas officials voted the proposal down, but it was the latest front in a battle that has seen video-only visitation policies spreading across the country, primarily in local lockups. Embraced by jail officials as a way to alleviate what many see as the burdensome security aspects of prison visitation, the primary attraction of video-only visitation actually rests on one facet: money. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership; Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2014 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Video%20Visitation%20%28web%29.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Privatization Shelf Number: 133735

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: New Challenges for Police: A Heroin Epidemic and Changing Attitudes Toward Marijuana Summary: Is the United States fundamentally shifting its approach to drugs? That's a question underlying this report. I think that in many ways, the nation still sees the harm that drugs cause to individual lives and to the fabric of our society. There is no question that drug abuse is a scourge and a tragedy. And the related issue of gang violence associated with drug trafficking is one of the biggest problems in many U.S. cities. Still, around the edges, changes are noticeable. This report details two of those changes. Surge in heroin abuse: First, we are experiencing a spreading epidemic of heroin abuse in many cities and towns across the nation. At the PERF Summit that is the center of this report, FBI Director James Comey told us he has been traveling the nation, and in every single FBI field office he has visited, people have been talking about heroin. Marijuana legalization: The other major topic of this report-the legalization of recreational marijuana in Colorado and Washington State this year-is another issue where there has been a shift in attitude. Public opinion about marijuana obviously has been changing for some time. Nearly half of the 50 states have legalized medical marijuana, going back as far as 1996. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series_2/a%20heroin%20epidemic%20and%20changing%20attitudes%20toward%20marijuana.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133742

Author: Florida TaxWatch Title: Florida Boys & Girls Clubs: An Analysis of Educational, Juvenile Justice, and Economic Outcomes Summary: The Florida Boys and Girls Clubs (FBGC) are local nonprofit organizations that offer a number of afterschool programs to help participants develop positive character traits, improve academic performance, and prevent delinquency. In order to evaluate the economic benefits of the FBGC, Florida TaxWatch compared club participants to demographically similar students. This study finds that: o The median achievement level in Reading FCAT attained by the FBGC group was 3, or "on grade level", as compared to a median achievement level of 2, or "limited success with grade-level content," attained by the comparison group; o When measuring both overall days absent and "chronic absenteeism," which is significantly correlated with grade retention and dropouts, the results were half as prevalent in the FBGC group; o FBGC had a higher percentage of grade promotion and a lower percentage of grade retention than their peers, and dropout rates were significantly lower for FBGC participants; - The total number of juvenile justice referrals for the FBGC group was 2.96 percent, as compared to 7.49 percent for the comparison group; and - More than half of referrals (58 percent) were first-time referrals for the FBGC group, compared to 40 percent for the comparison group. According to this analysis, the economic impact of participation in Boys and Girls Club programs ranges from a short-term taxpayer savings of more than $9,000 for each student that is not held back a grade, to an aggregate of nearly $29,080,000 in lifetime earnings for each 100 additional high school graduates. Taxpayers also realize a cost-avoidance of $5,000 per youth who is diverted from criminal activities, and about $45,012-$46,305 for each youth that is diverted from incarceration. Details: Tallahassee: Florida TaxWatch, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://floridataxwatch.org/resources/pdf/FBGCReportFINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Afterschool Programs Shelf Number: 133743

Author: Florida TaxWatch Title: Inmate Reentry in Florida: The Impact of Reentry Programs on Florida's Recidivism Rate Summary: The corrections system in the United States is based on the understanding that when an individual is convicted of a crime, they must complete a specific punishment, adjudicated by a competent court, and upon the completion of that punishment, they are released back into the community. The assumption made by our system of justice is that when an inmate is released from prison, they will successfully reenter society. The statistics, however, refute this assumption. Among those admitted to prison in Florida in 2010 and 2011, the overwhelming majority (81 percent) of Florida's inmates serve less than five years, and only nine percent faced sentences of 10 years or more, meaning that 91 percent of criminals admitted into prison in 2010 and 2011 have already been released, or will be released within the next seven years. Current statistics show that there is a 27.6 percent chance that a released inmate will return to prison (known as "recidivating" or "recidivism") within three years of release, irrespective of the crime that initially landed them in prison. Additionally, nearly fifty percent of new admissions to prison will have previously served time. Given the volume of inmates released each year, the state must pay close attention to the transition of those inmates back into society, and this transition has become a major focus of criminal justice reform efforts in the past several years. To address this need, "reentry" programs, which help inmates develop the tools that will be necessary to assimilate back into society, are on the rise across the nation. In Florida today, there are a variety of reentry programs which provide helpful services such as substance abuse treatment, vocational/educational training, faith and character-based training, and assistance obtaining documentation necessary for post-release employment. Details: Tallahassee: Florida TaxWatch, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://floridataxwatch.org/resources/pdf/Reentry2013FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (Florida) Shelf Number: 133744

Author: Florida TaxWatch Title: Over-Criminalization in Florida: An Analysis of Nonviolent Third-degree Felonies Summary: Over-criminalization is the new buzzword among criminologists and legislators looking for ways to reform federal and state criminal justice systems and reduce the cost of corrections. Headline stories once monopolized by tough on crime terminology and prison building and expansion plans, now ask whether over-criminalization is making us a nation of felons. This concern led the federal government in 2013 to create a bipartisan Over-Criminalization Task Force comprised of ten congressmen from large population states like California, Texas, and New York, and southeast regional neighbors Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, and Tennessee. The work of this committee, which is focused on reducing the federal prison population, which has skyrocketed tenfold since 1980 (now 219,000 inmates at $7 billion annually), was renewed last month to review the 4,500 statutory federal crimes in the U.S. Code. Federal and state research regarding prison populations support the need for critical analysis. America leads the world in incarceration, with 760 prisoners per 100,000 compared to Britain with 153, Germany with 90 and Japan with 63.4 America incarcerates more than Cuba, China, Venezuela and Russia. America makes up 5% of the world's population, but has 25% of the world's prison Florida statistics reveal an even more acute situation than the national picture. The state prison population (102,225 as of January 2014) is projected to increase to 106,793 by 2017. To add context, in the last 35 years the state population increased 102.8%, but the prison population jumped 402.5%, resulting in state spending on corrections during this same period increasing by 1200%, to $2.4B. This despite the fact that crime statistics have steadily declined during this period, and have reached 30 year lows. Florida has 1.5 million felons living within the state, or one in ten adults. Prison populations are not the only numbers growing dramatically, so are the number of actions criminalized by Florida laws. Thousands of different offenses are now scattered throughout Florida statutes. Some drug and environmental laws do not even require criminal intent. Removing the element of intent means anyone found with illegal substances, or disposing of hazardous waste improperly, commits a felony whether the offense was committed inadvertently or not. Details: Tallahassee: TaxWatch, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://floridataxwatch.org/resources/pdf/ThirdDegreeFINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 133745

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Local Police Perspectives on State Immigration Policies Summary: In recent years, several states have adopted immigration policies that have created conflict for local police agencies. These policies, such as those in Arizona's SB 1070 legislation, pose challenges for police agencies that are working to build strong ties to their communities while enforcing the laws of their jurisdictions. On December 12, 2012, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), in partnership with the Tucson Police Department and with funding from the Ford Foundation, convened a group of police executives from Alabama, Arizona, California, Georgia, South Carolina, Texas and Virginia to discuss the challenges that state immigration laws pose for local police and sheriffs' departments. The goal of the day-long Executive Roundtable Discussion was to bring together Arizona officials with law enforcement leaders from states that were in various stages of implementing legislation similar to SB 1070, so they could share their experiences and lessons learned. This publication will explore some of the commonalities and differences that exist across different jurisdictions with respect to the issues, the challenges that state immigration laws pose for local policing, how such laws are being enforced, and efforts by each locality to mitigate some of the problematic effects of such laws. As immigration policies continue to evolve, police departments across the country will continue to face the question of how to comply with new laws that require police to take a larger role in immigration enforcement, while maintaining their traditional roles of protecting public safety and fostering relationships with their communities. PERF is continuing the discussions initiated at the 2012 Roundtable and promoting dialogue in which police executives remain committed to preserving public trust. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: https://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Free_Online_Documents/Immigration/local%20police%20perspectives%20on%20state%20immigration%20policies.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 133747

Author: Noonan, Margaret E. Title: Mortality in Local Jails and State Prisons, 2000-2012 - Statistical Tables Summary: Presents national and state-level data on the number of inmate deaths that occurred in local jails and state prisons, the distribution of deaths across jails, and the aggregate count of deaths in federal prisons. The report presents annual counts and 13-year trends between 2000 and 2012 in deaths in custody. It provides mortality rates per 100,000 inmates in custody in jail or prison; details cause of death, including deaths attributed to illness, homicide, suicide, intoxication, and accidental injury; describes decedents' characteristics, including age, sex, race or Hispanic origin, legal status, and time served; and specifies the state where the deaths occurred. Data are from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Deaths in Custody Reporting Program, initiated in 2000 under the Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-297). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/mljsp0012st.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Deaths Shelf Number: 133782

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Medical Marijuana Laws and Teen Marijuana Use Summary: While at least a dozen state legislatures in the United States have recently considered bills to allow the consumption of marijuana for medicinal purposes, the federal government is intensifying its efforts to close medical marijuana dispensaries. Federal officials contend that the legalization of medical marijuana encourages teenagers to use marijuana and have targeted dispensaries operating within 1,000 feet of schools, parks and playgrounds. Using data from the national and state Youth Risk Behavior Surveys, the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997 and the Treatment Episode Data Set, we estimate the relationship between medical marijuana laws and marijuana use. Our results are not consistent with the hypothesis that legalization leads to increased use of marijuana by teenagers. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 20332: Accessed October 20, 2014 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20332.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 133784

Author: Frakes, Michael D. Title: The Effect of Statutory Rape Laws on Teen Birth Rates Summary: Statutory rape laws have sometimes been premised on the goal of reducing teenage pregnancies and live births by teenage mothers. In this paper, we explore whether expansions in such laws are indeed associated with reductions in these outcomes. In order to codify these expansions, we use a national micro-level sample of sexual encounters to simulate the degree to which such encounters generally implicate the relevant laws. This simulation approach facilitates the comparability across jurisdictions of reforms to these multi-faceted legal structures. Our results suggest that live birth rates to teenage mothers may fall by roughly 11 percent upon an increase from 0 to 100 percent in the degree to which sexual activity among a given age group triggers a felony for the elder party to the encounter. We do not find strong results, however, suggesting a further decline upon an increase in the severity of punishment associated with given violations. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Cornell Legal Studies Research Paper No. 13-89 : Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2275636 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 133786

Author: Larkin, Paul J., Jr. Title: The Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement Project: A Potentially Worthwhile Correctional Reform Summary: Probation is a long-standing feature of the criminal justice system and is found in every state. Unfortunately, however, probation has not been as successful as its original proponents hoped that it would be: Approximately one-third of offenders placed on probation wind up in prison or abscond. In 2004, a Hawaii state court judge developed a new way of managing probationers that has shown the promise of reforming offenders and reducing costs borne by the criminal justice system and the public. That project - known as Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement, or HOPE - uses a fundamentally different approach to traditional probation supervision. The federal and state governments should look to this program as a potentially valuable criminal justice reform. Details: Washington, DC: The Heritage Foundation, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: legal Memorandum, No. 116: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://thf_media.s3.amazonaws.com/2014/pdf/LM116.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 133789

Author: Lee, David S. Title: The Deterrence Effect of Prison: Dynamic Theory and Evidence Summary: Using administrative, longitudinal data on felony arrests in Florida, we exploit the discontinuous increase in the punitiveness of criminal sanctions at 18 to estimate the deterrence effect of incarceration. Our analysis suggests a 2 percent decline in the log-odds of offending at 18, with standard errors ruling out declines of 11 percent or more. We interpret these magnitudes using a stochastic dynamic extension of Becker�s (1968) model of criminal behavior. Calibrating the model to match key empirical moments, we conclude that deterrence elasticities with respect to sentence lengths are no more negative than -0.13 for young offenders. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: CEPS Working Paper No. 189: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.princeton.edu/ceps/workingpapers/189lee.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 133791

Author: McMillon, David Title: Modeling the Underlying Dynamics of the Spread of Crime Summary: The spread of crime is a complex, dynamic process that calls for a systems level approach. Here, we build and analyze a series of dynamical systems models of the spread of crime, imprisonment and recidivism, using only abstract transition parameters. To find the general patterns among these parameters - patterns that are independent of the underlying particulars - we compute analytic expressions for the equilibria and for the tipping points between high-crime and low-crime equilibria in these models. We use these expressions to examine, in particular, the effects of longer prison terms and of increased incarceration rates on the prevalence of crime, with a follow-up analysis on the effects of a Three-Strike Policy. Details: PLoS ONE, 9(4): e88923 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0088923 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 133795

Author: Jacobsen, Wade C. Title: Punished for their Fathers: School Discipline Among Children of the Prison Boom Summary: By the late 2000s the US incarceration rate had risen to more than 4 times what it was in the mid- 1970s, and school suspension rates more than doubled. Many incarcerated men are fathers, yet prior research has not examined the influence of paternal incarceration on children's risk of school discipline. Literature suggests multiple causal pathways: externalizing behaviors, system avoidance, and intergenerational stigmatization. Using data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study, I examine the effects of recent paternal incarceration on risk of exclusionary school discipline among urban nine year-olds. Results suggest that (1) recent paternal incarceration increases children's risk of being suspended or expelled from school; (2) effects are largely due to student behavioral problems; (3) beyond behavioral problems, effects are not due to parents' system avoidance following incarceration; and (4) although risk is highest for blacks and boys, effects do not vary by race or gender. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: 14-08-FF: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP14-08-FF.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133799

Author: Owens, Colleen Title: Understanding the Organization, Operation, and Victimization Process of Labor Trafficking in the United States Summary: This study examines the organization, operation, and victimization process of labor trafficking across multiple industries in the United States. It examines labor trafficking victim abuse and exploitation along a continuum, from victims' recruitment for work in the United States; through their migration experiences (if any), employment victimization experiences, and efforts to seek help; to their ultimate escape and receipt of services. Data for this study came from a sample of 122 closed labor trafficking victim service records from service providers in four US cities. In addition, interviews were conducted with labor trafficking survivors, local and federal law enforcement officials, legal advocates, and service providers in each site to better understand the labor trafficking victimization experience, the networks involved in labor trafficking and the escape and removal process, and the barriers to investigation and prosecution of labor trafficking cases. All the victims in this study sample were immigrants working in the United States. The vast majority of our sample (71 percent) entered the United States on a temporary visa. The most common temporary visas were H-2A visas for work in agriculture and H-2B visas for jobs in hospitality, construction, and restaurants. Our study also identified female domestic servitude victims who had arrived in the United States on diplomatic, business, or tourist visas. Individuals who entered the United States without authorization were most commonly trafficked in agriculture and domestic work. Labor trafficking victims' cases were coded to collect information on their labor trafficking experience, as well as any forms of civil labor violations victims encountered. All victims in our sample experienced elements of force, fraud and coercion necessary to substantiate labor trafficking. Elements of force, fraud and coercion included document fraud; withholding documents; extortion; sexual abuse and rape; discrimination; psychological manipulation and coercion; torture; attempted murder; and violence and threats against themselves and their family members. In addition to criminal forms of abuse, we also found that labor trafficking victims faced high rates of civil labor exploitation. These forms of civil labor exploitation included, but were not limited to, being paid less than minimum wage; being paid less than promised; wage theft; and illegal deductions. While legal under some visa programs and labor law, employers/traffickers also controlled the housing, food, and transportation of a significant proportion of our sample. Immigration status was a powerful mechanism of control - with employers threatening both workers with visas and unauthorized workers with arrest as a means of keeping them in forced labor. Despite 71 percent of our sample arriving in the United States for work on a visa, by the time victims escaped and were connected to service providers, 69 percent were unauthorized. By and large, labor trafficking investigations were not prioritized by local or federal law enforcement agencies. This lack of prioritization was consistent across all study sites and across all industries in which labor trafficking occurred. The US Department of Labor was rarely involved. Survivors mostly escaped on their own and lived for several months or years before being connected to a specialized service provider. A lack of awareness and outreach, coupled with the victims' fear of being unauthorized, inhibited the identification of survivors. Policy and practice recommendations are provided to improve identification and response to labor trafficking and guide future research on labor trafficking victimization. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 307p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413249-Labor-Trafficking-in-the-United-States.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133798

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Cybercrime: An Overview of the Federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Statute and Related Federal Criminal Laws Summary: The Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA), 18 U.S.C. 1030, outlaws conduct that victimizes computer systems. It is a cyber security law. It protects federal computers, bank computers, and computers connected to the Internet. It shields them from trespassing, threats, damage, espionage, and from being corruptly used as instruments of fraud. It is not a comprehensive provision, but instead it fills cracks and gaps in the protection afforded by other federal criminal laws. This is a brief sketch of CFAA and some of its federal statutory companions, including the amendments found in the Identity Theft Enforcement and Restitution Act, P.L. 110-326, 122 Stat. 3560 (2008). Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report 97-1025: Accessed October 22, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/97-1025.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 133802

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: Stop and Frisk: Balancing Crime Control with Community Relations Summary: The police practices of questioning, frisking, and searching citizens are well established and guided by legal precedents on the necessary preconditions required to engage in each of these acts lawfully. While stopping and questioning pedestrians is a routine police activity, frisking citizens can only be done lawfully on the basis of reasonable suspicion that the individual is armed and poses an immediate danger to the officer or the public. Searching an individual requires an even higher standard of probable cause for engagement in illegal activities. Each of these acts alone and in combination is designed to enable officers to question prospective suspects and witnesses, deter potential offenders, and apprehend active perpetrators. In recent years, however, the use of these practices has taken on new meaning due to the application of "stop and frisk" in New York City and other urban jurisdictions, particularly in communities of color. These jurisdictions have encouraged officers to stop and question pedestrians in specific high-crime areas as well as to increase the frequency of frisking these pedestrians. This more intensive use of stop and frisk has prompted questions and extensive debate about its legality and its effects on individuals and minority communities. The limited research conducted thus far indicates that while these more concentrated stop and frisk interventions have the potential to reduce crime, they may also negatively impact police-community relations and harm the legitimacy and efficacy of policing efforts. Given these findings and the heated public debate surrounding stop and frisk, today's police executives must think critically about how the acts of stopping, questioning, frisking, and searching can best be used to achieve crime-control goals in a manner that minimizes their negative effects. In the fall of 2011, the Urban Institute convened a roundtable with a wide array of police executives, practitioners, and researchers to develop a better understanding of both the challenges and opportunities surrounding the intensive use of stop and frisk (see appendix A for a list of participants). Prior to the roundtable, the attendees wrote a series of papers examining the use of this policing tactic, and at the roundtable they engaged in a wide-ranging discussion of the implications of intensive stop and frisk for public safety and police-community relations. This guide draws upon the knowledge gained during the roundtable and research in the field to describe both the legality and impacts of agency-led intensive stop and frisk strategies and to explore the ways in which individual officers, with guidance from their leadership, can employ their stop, frisk, and search activities in a manner that is lawful, responsible, and effective. To be clear, this publication is not an instructional manual on how to engage in stop and frisk, and it does not provide legal guidance on the topic; rather, its purpose is to help law enforcement officials think carefully about the ways in which these practices should be employed in the interests of promoting public safety while developing and reinforcing strong, mutually beneficial ties between police and the community. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413258-Stop-and-Frisk.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Community Interactions Shelf Number: 133805

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Lost Youth: A County-by-County Analysis of 2012 California Homicide Victims Ages 10 to 24 Summary: Homicide is the second leading cause of death for California youth and young adults ages 10 to 24 years old. In 2011, the most recent year for which complete data is available from the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), homicides in California were outpaced only by unintentional injuries-the majority of which were motor vehicle fatalities-as the leading cause of death for this age group. Of the 633 homicides reported, 83 percent were committed with firearms. Nationally in 2011, California had the 15th highest homicide rate for youth and young adults ages 10 to 24. Broken out by gender, homicide retains its number-two ranking for males and drops to number four for females for this age group in California. For males, of the 581 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 84 percent of the killings. For females, of the 52 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 67 percent of the killings. When analyzed by race and ethnicity, however, the rankings become less uniform and the severe effects of homicide on specific segments of this age group increasingly stark. For blacks ages 10 to 24 in California in 2011, homicide was the leading cause of death. For Hispanics it was the second leading cause of death. For Asian/Pacific Islanders it was the third leading cause of death. For whites it was the fourth leading cause of death, and for American Indian and Alaska Natives it was the fifth leading cause of death. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2014 at: https://www.vpc.org/studies/cayouth2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 133806

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Online Harassment Summary: Harassment-from garden-variety name calling to more threatening behavior- is a common part of online life that colors the experiences of many web users. Fully 73% of adult internet users have seen someone be harassed in some way online and 40% have personally experienced it, according to a new survey by the Pew Research Center. Pew Research asked respondents about six different forms of online harassment. Those who witnessed harassment said they had seen at least one of the following occur to others online: - 60% of internet users said they had witnessed someone being called offensive names - 53% had seen efforts to purposefully embarrass someone - 25% had seen someone being physically threatened - 24% witnessed someone being harassed for a sustained period of time - 19% said they witnessed someone being sexually harassed - 18% said they had seen someone be stalked Those who have personally experienced online harassment said they were the target of at least one of the following online: - 27% of internet users have been called offensive names - 22% have had someone try to purposefully embarrass them - 8% have been physically threatened - 8% have been stalked - 7% have been harassed for a sustained period - 6% have been sexually harassed In Pew Research Center's first survey devoted to the subject, two distinct but overlapping categories of online harassment occur to internet users. The first set of experiences is somewhat less severe: it includes name-calling and embarrassment. It is a layer of annoyance so common that those who see or experience it say they often ignore it. The second category of harassment targets a smaller segment of the online public, but involves more severe experiences such as being the target of physical threats, harassment over a sustained period of time, stalking, and sexual harassment. Of those who have been harassed online, 55% (or 22% of all internet users) have exclusively experienced the "less severe" kinds of harassment while 45% (or 18% of all internet users) have fallen victim to any of the "more severe" kinds of harassment Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2014 at: http://www.pewinternet.org/files/2014/10/PI_OnlineHarassment_102214_pdf.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 133808

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Democracy Imprisoned: A review of the prevalence and impact of felony disenfranchisement laws in the United States Summary: This report has been authored by a coalition of non-profit organizations working on civil rights and criminal justice issues in the United States. The following organizations contributed to this report: the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), the ACLU of Florida, the Hip Hop Caucus, the Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law, the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, Inc. and The Sentencing Project (collectively, the "Reporting Organizations"). Descriptions of each organization are attached as Appendix A. Some of the Reporting Organizations made List of Issues Submissions to the Human Rights Committee (the "Committee") in December 2012. This report updates items from those submissions and provides additional information to aid in the Committee's review of the United States' ("U.S." or "Government") felony disenfranchisement practices. As a supplement to those Submissions, this report includes an overview of the history of and rationale for felony disenfranchisement laws in the United States, considers the U.S.' disenfranchisement practices in the context of other nations, and discusses recent state law developments. After its review of the United States' second and third periodic report, the Committee expressed concern that the country's felony disenfranchisement practices have "significant racial implications." It also noted that "general deprivation of the right to vote for persons who have received a felony conviction, and in particular for those who are no longer deprived of liberty, do not meet the requirements of articles 25 and 26 of the Covenant, nor serves the rehabilitation goals of article 10(3)." The Reporting Organizations are encouraged by the Committee's interest in felony disenfranchisement practices in the United States and share the Committee's concerns about the extent to which these laws and their impact are consistent with the critical human rights protections enshrined in the Convention. The United States continues to lead the world in the rate of incarcerating its own citizens. The reach of the American correctional system has expanded over the course of the past half-century. In 1980, fewer than two million individuals were either incarcerated or on probation or parole; in 2011, that number was over seven million. Despite a decrease in the prison population over the past three years and substantial reform efforts in some states, the overall disenfranchisement rate has increased dramatically in conjunction with the growing U.S. corrections population, rising from 1.17 million in 1976 to 5.85 million by 2010. The growing incarceration rate has been mirrored by the disenfranchisement rate, which has increased by about 500% since 1980. The fact that felony disenfranchisement is so wide-reaching is deeply disturbing, and indicates that these laws undermine the open, participatory nature of our democratic process. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2014 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/fd_ICCPR%20Felony%20Disenfranchisement%20Shadow%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 133811

Author: President's Advisory Council on Faith-based and Neighborhood Partnerships (U.S.) Title: Building Partnerships to Eradicate Modern-Day Slavery: Report of Recommendations to the President Summary: There are more slaves in the world today than at any other point in human history, with an estimated 21 million in bondage across the globe. Every 30 seconds another person becomes a victim of human trafficking. Trafficking in persons, or modern-day slavery, mars every corner of the globe and manifests itself in a debasement of our common humanity that is completely at odds with religious and ethical teachings alike. This heinous crime robs tens of millions of people of their basic freedom and dignity. Victims of modern-day slavery include U.S. citizens and foreign nationals, children and adults, who are trapped in forced labor and commercial sexual exploitation, with little hope of escape. Trafficking in persons is estimated to be one of the top-grossing criminal industries in the world, with traffickers profiting an estimated $32 billion every year. The extraordinary reach of this crime is shocking-with cases reported in virtually every country in the world, including in all 50 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and U.S. territories and insular areas. This report is a call to action for our government to partner with all parts of the American citizenry, including philanthropic organizations, the business community, institutions of higher education, and the non-profit sector, both religious and secular, to eradicate modern-day slavery. Our country's leadership is urgently needed to fight this heinous crime. Details: Washington, DC: The Advisory Council, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2014 at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/advisory_council_humantrafficking_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Faith-Based Groups Shelf Number: 133812

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: New York's Credit Card Bail Experiment Summary: On March 26, 2012, the New York County Criminal Court began a six-month pilot program for accepting bail by credit card. After the six-month period, the program was extended and was subsequently expanded to all five counties of New York City starting January 28, 2013. The maximum amount of credit card bail that the Court may set is $2,500, payable by Visa or Mastercard (a third credit card, Discover, was added at the time of expansion Citywide). In order for a credit card to be accepted for bail, the judge must specifically designate that a credit card is an acceptable form of bail in the case and the amount of bail that may be paid by credit card. The person posting bail must provide a government-issued photo identification and may use only one credit card for each bail transaction (Barry 2012, 2013). For decades the Criminal Procedure Law has authorized the use of credit cards for bail, along with cash and various types of bonds (CPL � 520.10(1)(i)), but no directives had been issued prior to this program to enable cashiers to accept credit card bail payments. One hurdle was that the law provided for �a reasonable administrative fee,� which had never been fixed. The Office of Court Administration (OCA) resolved that problem at the outset of the program with the decision to absorb the fees charged to OCA by credit card companies, so that clients would not be charged a fee. In his memorandum announcing the pilot program, Criminal Court Administrative Judge Barry Kamins cited the �significant fees� incurred by the Court in accepting credit cards as the reason for limiting credit card bail amounts to $2,500 (Kamins 2012). Bail posted by credit card is treated like any other bail paid directly to the Court (i.e., cash bail) in that a full refund is made when the case is terminated by acquittal or dismissal and a 3% fee is imposed upon conviction. No additional fee is imposed for using a credit card, but the 3% administrative fee still applies where appropriate. Only court cashiers accept bail payment by credit card, and the defendant must be physically present in the courthouse. The Department of Correction (DOC) does not accept credit card payments under this program, although DOC inmates continue to have the option of using a credit card to post cash bail in low amounts at one of the jails� automated kiosks or through a telephone payment system. These options have disadvantages, including the fee charged by the third-party vendor used by DOC. The major drawback, however, is the length of time it takes to gain release. Many hours may pass while processing is completed for the transfer to DOC custody and the defendant is taken to Rikers Island or another of the City jails. There is a further delay while the facility waits to receive payment from the vendor. The defendant is not released until the money is received at the facility, which can take 24 hours or longer from the time the credit card transaction is completed. By contrast, the defendant is released immediately at the courthouse upon payment of credit card bail under the new program. The current research provides a preliminary assessment of the success of the program. We examined the extent to which it was used by the Courts and by defendants during its first year of Citywide implementation, and asked whether the program is accomplishing its goals of helping defendants gain release and decreasing the time they spend in detention, without raising failure-to-appear (FTA) rates. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2014 at: http://www.nycja.org/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (New York City) Shelf Number: 133813

Author: Wallach, Philip Title: Washington's Marijuana Legalization Grows Knowledge, Not Just Pot : A Report on the State's Strategy to Assess Reform Summary: On November 6, 2012, voters in Washington and Colorado made the momentous and almost entirely novel choice to legalize and regulate recreational marijuana. While many places around the world have tried out forms of marijuana decriminalization or legalized medical uses, none had ventured to make the production, distribution and recreational use of the drug legal, let alone erect a comprehensive, state-directed regulatory system to supervise the market. In spite of the lack of experience, and in spite of a clear conflict with federal drug law, solid majorities in Washington and Colorado decided that their states should lead the way through experimentation. (In 2013, Uruguay would follow.) The opening of state-legal marijuana shops has been a reality in Colorado since January, and has finally come to pass in Washington as of July 8. While Colorado is justifiably garnering headlines with its ambitiously rapid (and, in many respects, impressive) legalization rollout, there is a case to be made that Washington is undertaking the more radical and far-reaching reform. It is, in effect, attempting not just to change the way the state regulates marijuana, but also to develop tools by which to judge reform and to show that those tools can be relevant amid the hurly-burly of partisan political debate. Washington has launched two initiatives. One is about drug policy; the other is about knowledge. In the world of drug policy, and for that matter in the world of public administration more generally, this is something fairly new under the sun. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Effective Public Management at Brookings, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/reports/2014/08/25%20washington%20marijuana%20legalization%20knowledge%20experiment%20wallach/cepmmjwallach.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 133814

Author: American Friends Service Committee Title: Survivors Speak: Prisoner Testimonies of Torture in United States Prisons and Jails Summary: The popular narrative of living in the United States is one of prosperity, equality, and opportunity. America is seen as a nation where everyone has the right to life, liberty, and freedom. While that may be true for some privileged segments of society many Americans are prevented from fully realizing these rights because they are in the custody of the U.S. government. At the close of 2012, the U.S. led the world in incarceration rates1 with over 2.2 million adults held in prisons and jails. Why is this the case? Deeply flawed policies focusing on punishment − not healing or rehabilitation − have created a pipeline through which economically disadvantaged populations are funneled into prisons and jails. Incarcerated individuals are frequently exposed to deplorable, cruel, and dangerous conditions of confinement that no human being should experience. The list of abuses committed against U.S. prisoners is long and deeply distressing: sexual violence, humiliation, unsanitary conditions, extreme temperatures, insufficiently nutritious food, inadequate medical care, isolation, psychological torture, racism, chemical abuse and disproportionate uses of force. These are just a sample of experiences you will read about in these first-hand accounts from individuals living in jails and prisons throughout the United States. Other civil society shadow reports addressing corrections conditions feature legal analysis, data illustrating the prevalence of ill treatment committed against prisoners and insights from experts. This shadow report supplements those crucial examinations by bringing the human experience to bear. Statistics are helpful in understanding the ways in which the U.S. prison system is fundamentally broken. Yet even the best charts are unable to fully convey the reality of what it is like to live through breaches of CAT obligations. These are their testimonials − verbatim − of inhuman conditions under which they are held, abuses that irrevocably change their lives. The details are difficult to read; some of the language is crude and graphic. All are compelling narratives. Details: Washington, DC: American Friends Service Committee, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://solitarywatch.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Survivors-Speak.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 133817

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Evaluation of the Allegheny County Jail Collaborative Reentry Programs: Findings and Recommendations Summary: This study evaluates two of Allegheny County (PA)'s programs to improve the successful reintegration of jail inmates following their return to the community. Both programs were designed to reduce re-offending through the use of risk/needs assessment, coordinated reentry planning, and the use of evidence-based programs and practices. Urban researchers conducted process and outcome evaluations of these programs to answer critical questions about program performance and effectiveness. The process evaluation examined alignment with core correctional practices, while the outcome evaluation examined rearrests for reentry program participants and two comparison groups of offenders (total N=798). Analyses indicate that both reentry programs reduce rearrest and prolong time to rearrest. These findings are supported by ample evidence of strong program implementation. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413252-Evaluation-of-the-Allegheny-County-Jail-Collaborative-Reentry-Programs.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 133821

Author: Mulvey, Edward P. Title: Pathways to Desistance - Summary Technical Report Summary: The Pathways to Desistance Study (the "Pathways Study") is a multi-site, collaborative research project that followed 1,354 serious juvenile offenders from adolescence to young adulthood. Interviews were done regularly with the adolescents as well as their family members and friends over a seven-year period after their involvement in court for a serious (overwhelmingly felony level) offense. The aims of the investigation were to: 1) identify initial patterns of how serious adolescent offenders stop antisocial activity, 2) describe the role of social context and developmental changes in promoting these positive changes, and 3) compare the effects of sanctions and interventions in promoting these changes. The larger goals of the study were to improve decision making by court and social service personnel and to clarify policy debate about alternatives for serious adolescent offenders. This study grew out of the planning efforts of the MacArthur Foundation Research Network on Adolescent Development and Juvenile Justice. The study was part of a broader agenda of the Network to provide juvenile justice professionals and policy makers with empirical information that could be applied to improve practice, particularly regarding the topics of competence and culpability, risk assessment, and amenability of juvenile offenders. Network activities provided the initial forum for conceptualizing and planning this study, and collaboration with Network members and the MacArthur Foundation assisted in dissemination efforts. This study started data collection in November, 2000 and completed the last follow-up interview in April, 2010. Investigators at the University of Pittsburgh coordinated the study, and interview data were collected under contract with investigators at Temple University (Philadelphia) and Arizona State University (Phoenix). The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP), the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), The John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, the William Penn Foundation, the William T. Grant Foundation, the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency, the Arizona Juvenile Justice Commission, and the National Institute on Drug Abuse all provided funding for data collection and analysis. The study baseline and follow-up interviews covered six domains: (a) indicators of individual functioning (e.g., work and school status and performance, substance abuse, mental disorder, antisocial behavior), (b) psychosocial development and attitudes (e.g., impulse control, susceptibility to peer influence, perceptions of opportunity, perceptions of procedural justice, moral disengagement), (c) family context (e.g., household composition, quality of family relationships), (d) personal relationships (e.g., quality of romantic relationships and friendships, peer delinquency, contacts with caring adults), (e) community context (e.g., neighborhood conditions, personal capital, social ties, and community involvement) and (f) a monthly account of changes across multiple domains (e.g. education, money-making). The monthly data permits an examination of the nature, number, and timing of important changes in life circumstances. More detail about the Pathways study design, methods and measures can be found on the study website at www.pathwaysstudy.pitt.edu. The Pathway study data sets are archived at the University of Michigan Interuniversity Consortium for Political and Social Research (ICPSR). Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244689.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 133827

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: State Prison Health Care Spending: An examination Summary: Health care and corrections have emerged as fiscal pressure points for states in recent years as rapid spending growth in each area has competed for scarce revenue. Not surprisingly, the intersection of these two spheres - health care for prison inmates - also has experienced a ramp-up, reaching nearly $8 billion in 2011. Under the landmark 1976 Estelle v. Gamble decision, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that prisoners have a constitutional right to adequate medical attention and concluded that the Eighth Amendment is violated when corrections officials display "deliberate indifference" to an inmate's medical needs. The manner in which states manage prison health care services that meet these legal requirements affects not only inmates' health, but also the public's health and safety and taxpayers' total corrections bill. Effectively treating inmates' physical and mental illnesses, including substance use disorders, improves their well-being and can reduce the likelihood that they will commit new crimes or violate probation once released. The State Health Care Spending Project previously examined cost data from 44 states and found that prison health care spending increased dramatically from fiscal year 2001 to 2008. However, new data from a survey of budget and finance staff officials in each state's department of corrections, administered by The Pew Charitable Trusts and the Vera Institute of Justice, show that some states may be reversing this trend. This report examines the factors driving costs by analyzing new data on all 50 states' prison health care spending from fiscal 2007 to 2011. It also describes a variety of promising strategies that states are using to manage spending, including the use of tele-health technology, improved management of health services contractors, Medicaid financing, and medical or geriatric parole. The project's analysis of the survey data yielded the following findings: - Correctional health care spending rose in 41 states from fiscal 2007 to 2011, with median growth of 13 percent, after adjusting for inflation. - Per-inmate health care spending also rose in 39 states over the period, with a median growth of 10 percent. - In a majority of states, however, total spending and per-inmate spending peaked before fiscal 2011. Nationwide, prison health care spending totaled $7.7 billion in fiscal 2011, down from a peak of $8.2 billion in fiscal 2009. The downturn in spending was due, in part, to a reduction in state prison populations. - From fiscal 2007 to 2011, the share of older inmates - who typically require more expensive care - rose in all but two of the 42 states that submitted prisoner age data. Not surprisingly, states where older inmates represented a relatively large share of the total prisoner population tended to incur higher per-inmate health care spending. As states work to manage prison health care expenditures, a downturn in spending was a positive development as long as it did not come at the expense of access to quality care. But states continue to face a variety of challenges that threaten to drive costs back up. Chief among these is a steadily aging prison population. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2014/07/StatePrisonHealthCareSpendingReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 133833

Author: Kappelman, Kristin Title: An Analysis of Vehicle Pursuits in the Milwaukee Police Department, 2002 to 2009 Summary: Law enforcement officers are often required to make decisions quickly in precarious situations, and these decisions must reflect an officer's obligation to protect and serve the community-at-large. Police pursuit driving is a prime example of this decision-making dilemma, as it presents the opportunity to apprehend a suspect, while also presenting the possibility of endangering the lives of the officers and general public. Law enforcement personnel must find a reasonable balance that weighs the potential of apprehending a suspect against the potential for personal injury and property damage. Past research has indicated that nationwide, approximately 40% of all pursuits resulted in an accident (Dunham, Alpert, Kenny, & Cromwell, 1998 and Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2009). Roughly 50% of all pursuit collisions occurred in the first 2 minutes of the pursuit and more than 70% of all collisions transpired before the sixth minute of the pursuit (Hill, 2002). Injuries happened in 20% of all pursuits (Dunham, et al., 1998), with third-party individuals not involved in the pursuit constituting 42% of people injured or killed in pursuits (Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2010). On average, 1 person dies every day in the United States as a result of a police pursuit (Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2010). Approximately 1% of all pursuits or 1 out of 100 high-speed pursuits resulted in a fatality (Dunham, et al., 1998 and Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2010), with 1 law enforcement officer dying every 11 weeks in a pursuit and approximately 1% of all line of duty deaths occurring in a vehicle pursuit (Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2010). Approximately 44% of pursuits resulted from a stop for a traffic violation, while 39% resulted from a felony (e.g., armed robbery, vehicular assault, stolen vehicle) (Alpert, 1997). Law enforcement personnel made the decision to terminate a pursuit in 4.7% of pursuits (Schultz, Hudak, & Alpert, 2009), while 75% of pursuits resulted in the capture of a suspect (Dunham et al., 1998). Police pursuit driving is a hazardous, but on occasion, necessary, public safety activity. This report is a review of all police pursuits performed by the Milwaukee Police Department (MPD) from January 1, 2002 to December 31, 20091. This eight-year review will serve as a baseline to determine the frequency and circumstances surrounding vehicle pursuits. This initial report does not address the impact of specific policies or procedures followed by MPD during the reporting period. This analysis will provide data to conduct future reviews of MPD policy, procedures, and training. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Milwaukee Fire and Police Commission, 2010. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://city.milwaukee.gov/ImageLibrary/Groups/cityFPC/Reports/Report_Vehicle_Pursuits.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 133838

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York Title: CRIPA Investigation of the New York City Department of Correction Jails on Rikers Island Summary: Attorney General Eric Holder and United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York Preet Bharara announced today the completion of the Justice Department's multi-year civil investigation pursuant to the Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act ("CRIPA") into the conditions of confinement of adolescent male inmates on Rikers Island. The investigation, which focused on use of force by staff, inmate-on-inmate violence, and use of punitive segregation during the period 2011-2013, concluded that there is a pattern and practice of conduct at Rikers Island that violates the rights of adolescents protected by the Eighth Amendment and the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution. The investigation found that adolescent inmates are not adequately protected from physical harm due to the rampant use of unnecessary and excessive force by New York City Department of Correction ("DOC") staff and violence inflicted by other inmates. In addition, the investigation found that DOC relies too heavily on punitive segregation as a disciplinary measure, placing adolescent inmates in what amounts to solitary confinement at an alarming rate and for excessive periods of time. Many of the adolescent inmates are particularly vulnerable because they suffer from mental illness. Details: New York: United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov/usao/nys/pressreleases/August14/RikersReportPR/SDNY%20Rikers%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 133871

Author: American Immigration Council Title: Children in Danger: A guide to the Humanitarian Challenge at the Border Summary: The American Immigration Council has prepared this guide in order to provide policymakers, the media, and the public with basic information surrounding the current humanitarian challenge the U.S. is facing as thousands of young migrants show up at our southern border. This guide seeks to explain the basics. Who are the unaccompanied children and why are they coming? What basic protections are they entitled to by law? What happens to unaccompanied children once they are in U.S. custody? What has the government done so far? What additional responses have been proposed to address this issue? The children's reasons for coming to the United States, their care, our obligations to them as a nation, and the implications for foreign and domestic policies are critical pieces we must understand as we move toward solutions. Acknowledging the complexity of the situation, President Obama declared an "urgent humanitarian situation" along the southwest border requiring a coordinated federal effort by a range of federal agencies. The government's subsequent response has ignited a vigorous debate between advocates for refugees and unaccompanied minors and the government. We hope that this guide helps those engaging in the debate to understand the key concepts and America's laws and obligations related to unaccompanied children. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/docs/children_in_danger_a_guide_to_the_humanitarian_challenge_at_the_border_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 128069

Author: Constitution Project Title: The Report of the Constitution Project's Task Force on Detainee Treatment Summary: The Constitution Project's independent, bipartisan, blue-ribbon Task Force on Detainee Treatment examined the federal government's policies and actions related to the capture, detention and prosecution of suspected terrorists in U.S. custody during the Clinton, Bush and Obama administrations. Created late in 2010, the goal of the Task Force was to provide the American people with a broad understanding of what is known-and what may still be unknown-about the past and current treatment of suspected terrorists detained by the U.S. government. The Task Force identified detention policies and practices that will help America to better comply with the nation's legal obligations, foreign policy objectives and democratic values. Details: Washington, DC: The Constitution Project, 2013. 560p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at:http://detaineetaskforce.org/report/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 133872

Author: U.S. Department of Commerce Title: Youth Safety on a Living Internet: Report of the Online Safety and Technology Working Group Summary: On behalf of the Online Safety and Technology Working Group (OSTWG), we are pleased to transmit this report to you. As mandated, we reviewed and evaluated: 1. The status of industry efforts to promote online safety through educational efforts, parental control technology, blocking and filtering software, age-appropriate labels for content or other technologies or initiatives designed to promote a safe online environment for children; 2. The status of industry efforts to promote online safety among providers of electronic communications services and remote computing services by reporting apparent child pornography, including any obstacles to such reporting; 3. The practices of electronic communications service providers and remote computing service providers related to record retention in connection with crimes against children; and 4. The development of technologies to help parents shield their children from inappropriate material on the Internet. The report contains recommendations in each of the above categories, as well some general recommendations. We believe these recommendations will further advance our collective goal to provide a safer online experience to our children. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Commerce, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, 2010. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.ntia.doc.gov/legacy/reports/2010/OSTWG_Final_Report_060410.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 133873

Author: Title: Indiana Workload Evaluation: A Multi-Methods Investigation of Probation Supervision Summary: Virtually everyone agrees that probation has grown as a sanction over the past few decades. When considering this growth in the probation sanction, it is common for commentators to discuss the number of probationers or the size of probation officer caseloads. Less frequently, however, is attention given to the actual workload of probation officers and the way these workloads have changed over time. Indeed, it is not enough to say that probation officer caseloads have grown. Instead, it is necessary to focus on the changes in workload that have accompanied this increased reliance on the probation sanction. In this project, the research team used a variety of techniques to examine issues related to workload in probation agencies across Indiana. Methods utilized included interviews with probation chiefs, conversations with members of the advisory board, and a sophisticated time study. The majority of data for this evaluation come from a time and motion study completed by 338 officers across 24 probation departments from October 1, 2012 through November 14, 2012. The researchers gathered data about sixty-nine different types of tasks. In total, the data provided information about more than two million minutes of workload performed by the officers over the five week time period. Officers recorded 74,239 tasks, with 80 percent (n = 59,746) supervision activities, 10 percent (n = 7,649) reporting activities, 4.4 percent (n = 3,299) non-case related, 1.3 percent (n = 989) juvenile intake activities, .5 percent (n = 390) equipment management activities, and 3 percent (n = 2,256) administration activities. Key findings from this study included the following: - The average time per task was 28.22 minutes. - Of the activities in which an officer spent time with an offender, about 23 percent of the time the offender was high or very high risk. - On average, adult probation officers spent about 23 minutes per task, adult pre-trial spent about 30 minutes, juvenile probation officers spent about 24 minutes, and alcohol and drug officers spent about 23 minutes per activity. - The two most frequent activities were face-to-face meetings with offenders and generating and responding to emails, phone calls, or letters. - Non-case and administrative time accounted for nearly 8 percent of all tasks recorded. - Face-to-face meetings with offenders are slightly longer (26.9 minutes) than are meetings with others (20.9 minutes). - It is estimated that juvenile intake averaged about 4.5 hours to complete. - On average, officers spent more than seven hours on each pre-sentence investigation. - Officers spent just over two hours per offender dealing with equipment issues related to electronic monitoring and global position satellite systems over the five week period. - Comparisons between sex offenders, domestic violence offenders, and other offenders revealed that the amount of time spent on activities was similar for the different offender groups. - Supervision activities are the most frequent type (n = 59,730, 80 percent) of activities that officers completed during the data collection period and while they took less time to complete than many other activities (averaging 23 minutes), they still accounted for nearly two-thirds of all the time officers spent working during the five week time period. Details: University Park, PA: Justice Center for Research, Penn State University, 2014. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://justicecenter.psu.edu/research/projects/indiana-workload-evaluation-a-multi-methods-investigation-of-probation-supervision/IndianaFinalReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 133874

Author: Thompson, Amy Title: A Child Alone and Without Papers: A report on the return and repatriation of unaccompanied undocumented children in the United States Summary: Every year, the United States apprehends tens of thousands of undocumented children under the age of 18 - many of whom travel to this country unaccompanied, without their parent or legal guardian. Some of these children come to the U.S. to flee violence or the sex trade, others poverty. The children's motivations are complex, their stories unique. Most of the unaccompanied undocumented children who come into custody are removed from the U.S. by federal authorities and repatriated to their country of origin. Repatriation, for the purposes of this report, begins at the point that the United States relinquishes physical custody of the child in his native country. Given the circumstances that lead to child migration and the inherent vulnerabilities of children, removal and repatriation can prove detrimental to the child when not carefully regulated. As such, it is essential that U.S. immigration policies and procedures recognize our child welfare standards, for both the good of the individual child and to preserve our core values regarding the treatment of all children. It is also essential for the United States to have clear, transparent, and consistent mechanisms for removal and repatriation in order to avoid undue risk to the child's safety and well-being. What really happens to the estimated 43,0001 unaccompanied undocumented children who are removed from the United States? And what is the effect of repatriation on these children? A Child Alone and Without Papers explores these issues via analyses of U.S., Mexican, and Honduran policies, interviews with 82 personnel from these countries, and interviews with 33 undocumented and unaccompanied Mexican and Honduran children. In Mexico, we interviewed eight girls and 18 boys, ranging from age seven to 17; in Honduras: seven boys, ranging from age 15 to 17. Mexico and Honduras were selected as they are the most common countries of origin for unaccompanied children and are representative of the two divergent systems for the removal of unaccompanied children: neighboring versus non-neighboring country systems. Details: Austin, TX: Center for Public Policy Priorities, 2008. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://forabettertexas.org/images/A_Child_Alone_and_Without_Papers.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133875

Author: Amnesty International Title: On the Streets of America: Human Rights Abuses in Ferguson Summary: Michael Brown, an 18-year-old unarmed African American man, was fatally shot by police officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson, Missouri on August 9, 2014. Brown's death set off a long-overdue conversation on race, policing and justice as well as protests that, as of this publication, are ongoing. The events in Ferguson have also raised a range of human rights concerns, including the right to life, the use of lethal force by law enforcement, the right to freedom from discrimination and the rights to freedom of expression and assembly. Amnesty International wrote to Ferguson Police Department on August 12 and the Department of Justice (DOJ) on August 13, reminding authorities of their international human rights obligations. On August 14, a delegation of Amnesty International observers was deployed to Ferguson. This briefing outlines some of the human rights abuses and other policing failures witnessed by those observers and include key recommendations on the use of lethal force by law enforcement officers and the policing of protests. Details: New York: Amnesty International USA, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/onthestreetsofamericaamnestyinternational.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 133933

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Police Department Investments in Information Technology Systems: Challenges Assessing Their Payoff Summary: The potential effects of information technology (IT) systems on police productivity will be driven, in part, by the match between the technology and police activities. In modern policing, how information is used for reactive response to incidents is significantly different from proactive and community-policing activities, so we expect the effects of IT to be quite different. The authors developed a logic model of police functions to guide examination of the different expected effects of IT on productivity. The logic model helped guide a statistical analysis in an effort to identify productivity and budgetary effects of different IT investments in police departments. However, even the best available data were insufficient to break down police agencies� use of the technology at a sufficient level of granularity to provide meaningful results. Future efforts to assess the effects of IT systems on law enforcement performance can benefit from the results of the logic modeling and exploratory analysis. Specifically, it is important to collect data not just on department acquisition of IT systems, but also on how the systems are used and the activities that the use is intended to support. In considering potential productivity improvement from IT use, analysts need ways to measure relative levels of effort devoted to different police functions because the role of IT as a force multiplier means that its benefits will be driven, in part, by the force available to multiply. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Assessed November 3, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR500/RR569/RAND_RR569.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 133942

Author: King, Ryan Title: Improving Recidivism as a Performance Measure Summary: The 13-page brief is intended to act as a blueprint, giving states guidance on how to make recidivism a meaningful performance measure so that policymakers do not have to rely on anecdotes or system-level trends when evaluating policies and programs. As a part of their blueprint, the authors provide four steps in making recidivism a meaningful performance measure. They are: 1.Definition: Use multiple measures of success. 2.Collection: Develop protocols to ensure data are consistent, accurate, and timely. 3.Analysis: Account for the underlying composition of the population. 4.Dissemination: Package the findings to maximize impact and get the results into the hands of decisionmakers. The brief elaborates on each step, suggesting that there is no "right" measure of recidivism. Instead, the authors say, "States should think of recidivism as a series of different performance indicators that must be carefully calibrated to the outcome they are intended to measure. Recidivism reduction is the responsibility of multiple agencies and many different actors, and the definition of success must allow for a range of outcome measures that are responsive to this fact." Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Justice Policy Center Brief: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413247-improving-recidivism.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Performance Indicators Shelf Number: 133943

Author: Ringo, Brett M. Title: Domestic Terrorism: Fighting the Local Threat with Local Enforcement Summary: Since 9/11, the NYPD has taken on what might be called a personal vendetta to never allow another terrorist attack to strike the citizens of New York City. It has developed a unique and controversial model that critics say consistently pushes the boundaries of the law and civil rights in an attempt to spy on and monitor the behavior of the residents of New York City in order to prevent another devastating attack. New York City is not the only place affected by the threat of domestic terrorism. Other municipalities have realized this threat and have attempted to establish methods to prevent the occurrence of a similar scenario in their locales. Many municipalities have attempted to develop their own version of a counterterrorism defense using their own ideas and following those from the NYPD. However, the NYPD model has been criticized for encouraging racial profiling and violating citizens civil liberties through their collection methods. This thesis will suggest how other municipalities can utilize positive aspects of the NYPD model to deter and foil any future attempts to cause our nation harm. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/handle/10945/32889 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133946

Author: Mississippi Analysis and Information Center Title: Gang Threat Assessment 2010 Summary: The following Gang Threat Assessment, prepared by the Mississippi Analysis and Information Center ({"MSAIC"), was produced to provide a general outlook of gang presence and criminal activity in the State of Mississippi. Data in this report was obtained from the Mississippi Department of Corrections ("MDOC") and provides statistics, research and key findings from corrections data, law enforcement reports as well as academic and open source research. This assessment is a follow-up from the Interim Gang Threat Assessment issued by MSAIC in September of 2010. The assessment contains crime-specific and corrections statistics attributed to the four most prevalent gangs ("core" gangs) in the state: Gangster Disciples, Simon City Royals, Vice Lords and Latin Kings. From the four core groups they are attributed to the higher affiliations which are Folk Nation (Gangster Disciples and Simon City Royals) and People Nation (Vice Lords and Latin Kings). The assessment also includes brief descriptions of other gangs including MS-13, Aryan Brotherhood and Outlaw Motorcycle Gangs. Gang members in Mississippi continue to be involved in a number of criminal activities, the primary goal of which is to make money. Most frequently, gang members are incarcerated for drug violations, burglary, larceny, robbery, and assault. Although the gangs present in Mississippi may use the same name as the highly-organized, Chicago-based gangs, they primarily operate independently in Mississippi and do not appear to be in the hierarchy or in the direct control of the Chicago-based gangs. However, because some of the early organizers of the most prolific street gangs in the country have roots in Mississippi, the state has a unique relationship with these groups, their senior leadership and families. KEY FINDINGS Prevalence - In 2008, gang membership in the United States was estimated at 1 Million individuals belonging to more than 20,000 criminally active gangs within all 50 states and the District of Columbia - this represents a 20% increase from the 2005 estimate. - In the four-year period from 2004 - 2008, reports of gang activity from local and state law enforcement agencies increased by 28%. - According to a 2001 Department of Justice survey, 20 % of students aged 12 through 18 reported gang presence at their school. More than a quarter (28%) of students in urban schools reported a street gang presence, and 18% of students in suburban schools and 13% in rural schools reported the presence of street gangs. Public schools reported a much higher percentage of gang presence than private schools. - As of December 31, 2010, the MDOC housed approximately 21,565 inmates, 3,015 or 14% of which are validated gang members. MDOC uses a Security Threat Group Validation Form (see addendum page 23) within their correctional facilities to identify gang members. Of those validated gang members, 2,611 or 87% were members of the core groups described in this report. - The increase use of social media has created a new outlet for gangs to recruit members. Younger members have posted their affiliation with gangs on websites such as MySpace, Bebo, and YouTube. - From 2008 - 2010; 6,122 validated gang members completed their sentences and were released. Demographics - The MDOC reports that the youngest incarcerated gang members are 16 years old (four Gangster Disciples and one Imperial Insane Vice Lord) and the oldest gang member is 76 and is affiliated with the Ku Klux Klan. Gang membership is broken down as follows: - 24.72% are 18-25 years of age; - 24.97% are 26-30 years of age; and - 23.97% are 31-35 years of age. - Eighty percent (80%) of the incarcerated gang members are African American; 20% are Caucasian and less than 1% are Spanish/Hispanic/Native American. Criminal Activity - According to law enforcement officials throughout the nation, criminal gangs commit as much as 80% of the crime in many communities and are the primary retail-level distributors of most illicit drugs � the majority of the crack cocaine trade in Mississippi is controlled by members or affiliates of gangs. Details: Pearl, MS: Mississippi Analysis and Information Center, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: http://info.publicintelligence.net/MSAIC-GangsAssessment2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 133947

Author: McCallion, Gail Title: Sexual Violence at Institutions of Higher Education Summary: In recent years, a number of high-profile incidents of sexual violence at institutions of higher education (IHEs) have heightened congressional and administration scrutiny of the policies and procedures that IHEs currently have in place to address campus sexual violence and how these policies and procedures can be improved. Campus sexual violence is widely acknowledged to be a problem. However, reported data on the extent of sexual violence at IHEs varies considerably across studies for a variety of methodological and other reasons. Victims of sexual violence may suffer from a range of physical and mental health conditions including injuries, pregnancy, sexually transmitted diseases, post-traumatic stress disorder, depression, suicidality, and substance abuse. College students who are the victims of sexual violence may experience a decline in academic performance, and they may drop out, leave school, or transfer. Currently, there are two federal laws that address sexual violence on college campuses: the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act (Clery Act, P.L. 101-542) and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Title IX, P.L. 92-318). These two statutes differ in significant respects, including in their purpose, coverage, enforcement, and remedies. The Clery Act requires all public and private IHEs that participate in the student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (HEA, P.L. 89-329) of 1965 to track crimes in and around their campuses and to report these data to their campus community and to the Department of Education (ED). ED�s Federal Student Aid (FSA) Office oversees educational institutions� compliance with Title IV student financial aid requirements, including requirements related to the Clery Act. In this role, FSA conducts program reviews of IHEs� compliance with student aid and Clery provisions. Title IX is a civil rights law that prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex under any education program or activity that receives federal funding. Under Title IX, sexual harassment, which includes sexual violence, is a form of unlawful sex discrimination. Unlike the Clery Act, whose coverage is limited to IHEs that receive student financial aid funds under the HEA, Title IX is applicable to recipients of any type of federal education funding, including any public or private elementary, secondary, and postsecondary school that receives such funds. Although each federal agency enforces Title IX compliance among its own recipients, ED, which administers the vast majority of federal education programs, is the primary agency conducting administrative enforcement of Title IX. Such enforcement by ED�s Office for Civil Rights (OCR) may occur as part of a routine compliance audit or in response to a complaint filed by an individual. Members of Congress have been actively involved in seeking ways to improve how IHEs respond to, investigate, and adjudicate incidents of campus sexual violence. Several bills that would strengthen existing laws pertaining to campus sexual violence have been introduced during the 113th Congress. In January 2014, the Obama Administration established a White House Task Force to Protect Students from Sexual Assault. In April 2014, the Task Force issued its first report�Not Alone� and created a website that addresses campus sexual violence. Among other things, the report included an extensive list of actions that the Administration will take (or has already taken) to address campus sexual violence. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R43764: Accessed November 3, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43764.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes (U.S.) Shelf Number: 133948

Author: Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service Title: Locking Up Family Values, Again Summary: 2009, the Obama Administration closed what then was the United States� largest family immigration detention facility after years of controversy, media exposure, and a lawsuit. Conditions at T. Don Hutto Family Detention Facility, and the impact of detention on families and children, proved that family detention could not be carried out humanely. In the summer of 2014, with an increase in the number of mothers and children fleeing violence and persecution in Central America, the Administration has returned to this widely discredited and costly practice. Part of a strategy to �stem the flow� through detention and expedited removal, the expansion of family detention continues even with a high percentage of families seeking protection and posing no flight or security risks. With the conversion of existing detention facilities and plans for an additional facility, the United States will soon have roughly 40 times as many family detention beds as there were in spring 2014. Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service (LIRS) and the Women�s Refugee Commission (WRC), leading experts on the intersection of families and immigration, have collaborated to show the harm family detention causes and outline sensible alternatives. The findings in Locking Up Family Values, Again are informed by our tours of the Artesia and Karnes facilities as well as interviews with facility and government officials, detained families, and legal and social service providers. Much like in our 2007 report, Locking Up Family Values, our findings again illustrate that large-scale family detention results in egregious violations of our country�s obligations under international law, undercuts individual due process rights, and sets a poor example for the rest of the world. Locking Up Family Values, Again documents that most of the families detained � such as 98% at the Karnes facility based on September 2014 statistics � are seeking protection in the United States. The average age of children in the government�s Artesia facility as of October 2014 was six years old, and more than half of all children who entered family detention in Fiscal Year 2014 were six years or younger. Infants, pregnant women, and toddlers are detained at both locations. Families are detained on a �no bond, no release� policy. Thousands of women and children fleeing violence are at risk of permanent psychological trauma and return to persecution if these policies continue. In addition to inadequate access to child care, medical and mental health care, and legal assistance, we find that family detention remains as rife for abuse � especially given the vulnerability of this population � as we observed with Hutto. In October 2014, the Karnes facility was at the center of allegations of sexual assault by guards threatening or bribing detained women. In another example, a detained young mother at a family facility was suddenly accused of abuse, torn apart from her two small children and transferred to an adult facility without explanation or information on her children�s welfare or whereabouts. Our conclusion is simple: there is no way to humanely detain families. This report recommends that the government close Artesia and Karnes and halt plans for opening a new facility, improve its screening procedures, and revise its policy of no or high bonds for families. The report calls on the government to implement the vast array of cost-effective alternatives to detention that are successful in ensuring participants appear for scheduled court hearings. Details: Baltimore, MD: Lutheran Immigration & Refugee Service, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2014 at: http://lirs.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/LIRSWRC_LockingUpFamilyValuesAgain_Report_141030.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 133966

Author: McClure, David Title: Developing an Evidence-Base for the Understanding and Prevention of Dog Fighting Crimes Summary: The Association of Prosecuting Attorneys (APA) is excited to share with you our next Prosecutor's Report: Developing an Evidence-Base for the Understanding and Prevention of Dog Fighting Crimes. APA has developed this series of publications to provide knowledge, insight and examples of innovative practices which are creating safer communities. Our goal is to provide prosecutors with the requisite skills to strengthen links between the criminal justice system and the community while promoting partnership building and encouraging problem-solving strategies. APA has published this most recent Prosecutor's Report in partnership with the Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy at George Mason University in order to provide an extensive overview of dog fighting so that criminal justice practitioners may use this monograph to develop individual strategies to reduce this violent crime. This monograph includes the pertinent research, and considers the most promising avenues for successfully preventing, responding to and prosecuting dog fighting. Dog fighting may be used to facilitate other serious crimes and perpetrators of cruelty to animals are significantly more likely to commit violent crimes against humans. In many cases the perpetrators of this vicious crime are using animal brutality to send a signal to the community of the violence they are capable of perpetrating if their criminal actions are reported to the authorities. Many participants in dog fighting are members of criminal street gangs and criminal activity involving guns, drugs and gambling often occurs in and around fights. Understanding and preventing dog fighting can provide a valuable tool for prosecutors, investigators and our community partners. Details: Washington, DC: Association of Prosecuting Attorneys, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://www.apainc.org/files/DDF/Dog%20Fighting%20Monograph%20APA%20Format%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 134010

Author: Opportunity Agenda Title: An Overview of Public Opinion and Discourse on Criminal Justice Issues Summary: Our report, "An Overview of Public Opinion and Discourse on Criminal Justice Issues," examines the American public discourse on crime, the criminal justice system, and criminal justice reform. The report is divided into four sections. - Public Opinion Research: This section seeks to understand the extent and the direction of America's changing attitudes toward the criminal justice system. - Media Coverage of Criminal Justice Reform: This part analyzes how mainstream media covers criminal justice reform issues. - Media Coverage of Racial Justice Issues: This analysis looks at the coverage of racial profiling in major U.S. newspapers, broadcast news shows, and popular news blogs. - Criminal Justice and Social Media: This section analyzes and explains social media content, engagement, and trends on discourse around criminal justice. The report seeks to help reform leaders, organizations, and allies to build public support for effective solutions to criminal justice issues. It also provides useful insights for journalists, news outlets, and commentators who cover-or could cover-criminal justice. America's Views on Criminal Justice Despite America's decreasing crime rates, the country's criminal justice system is larger than ever. The economic and social impact of incarcerating 2.3 million Americans affects many communities, homes, and families alike. Nevertheless, Americans' views on the criminal justice system have changed, creating the environment for key stakeholders in government agencies, the president, and the legislative branch to hear advocates for criminal justice reform and enact positive changes to the system. Moving Forward The nation's experiment with mass incarceration is being scrutinized and critiqued as never before, which brings criminal justice reform to the public policy agenda. Understanding today's public discourse-how Americans think, feel, and communicate about crime-must be the foundation for bringing about this paradigm shift going forward. Details: New York: Opportunity Agenda, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://opportunityagenda.org/files/field_file/2014.08.23-CriminalJusticeReport-FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 134011

Author: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Research Title: Female Realignment Report: An Examination of Female Offenders Released from State Prison in the First Year of Public Safety Realignment Summary: California's Public Safety Realignment Act of 2011 transferred jurisdiction and funding for managing lower-level criminal offenders from the State to the counties. Under Realignment, for example, certain lower level felons now serve their felony sentences in jail rather than prison. Realignment also changed California's system of community corrections. Prior to Realignment, State parole agents supervised every female inmate released from prison, and parole violators could be revoked to State prison for up to one year. Since October 1, 2011, probation departments have administered a system of post-release community supervision (PRCS) to complement State parole. State parole agents continue to supervise high-risk sex offenders, lifers, and any other female offenders who are released from prison after having been incarcerated for a current/prior serious or violent crime. All other female inmates released from prison are placed on PRCS. No offenders received an early release from prison under Realignment. If offenders violate the terms of PRCS or State parole supervision, a range of sanctions may be used by counties, including a revocation term in jail. Only certain offenders are eligible for revocation to State prison. Prior Realignment research conducted by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) evaluated all offenders. This report examines arrest, convictions, and returns to prison for female offenders pre- and post-Realignment. Female offenders have "distinct rehabilitative and health care needs, and are more likely to have suffered trauma and abuse prior to incarceration" (California Association of Drug Court Professionals, 2012). As such, CDCR is committed to providing gender-responsive programs and services to meet those needs and, ultimately, increase successful return to society for our female population. CDCR now has one year of releases and one full year of follow-up data to evaluate how female offenders released from prison during the first year after implementation have fared. Note that a more complete examination of Realignment's impact on female offenders would require a three-year follow-up period. Methodology For this study, we identified two cohorts of female offenders: 1) the Pre-Realignment cohort of female offenders released between October 1, 2010 and September 30, 2011; and, 2) the Post-Realignment cohort of female offenders released between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012. One-year post-release recidivism rates were tracked for both cohorts to see if they were re-arrested, convicted of a new crime, or returned to State prison. Sound methodology and procedures were followed for this study; however, the study focuses on only one year of releases, representing an early stage of post-Realignment activity and implementation. Therefore, caution should be used when interpreting the findings. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/adult_research_branch/Research_Documents/Female%20One%20Yr%20Pre-Post-Realignment%20Recidivism%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: California Public Safety Realignment Act of 2011 Shelf Number: 134014

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: Money as a Criminal Justice Stakeholder: The Judge's Decision to Release or Detain a Defendant Pretrial Summary: Our best understanding of how to make meaningful improvements to criminal justice systems points to justice stakeholders cultivating a shared vision, using a collaborative policy process, and enhancing individual decision making with evidence-based practices. Unfortunately, however, using secured money to determine release at bail threatens to erode each of these ingredients. Money cares not for systemwide improvement, and those who buy their stakeholder status from money have little interest in coming together to work on evidence-based solutions to systemwide issues. Like virtually no other area of the law, when judges set secured financial conditions at bail, they are essentially abdicating their decision-making authority to the money itself, which in many ways then becomes a criminal justice stakeholder, with influence and control over such pressing issues as jail populations, court dockets, county budgets, and community safety. Money takes this decision-making authority and sells it to whoever will pay for the transfer, ultimately resulting in "decisions" that run counter to justice system goals as well as the intentions of bail-setting judges. The solution to this dilemma - a dilemma created and blossoming in only the last century in America - is for judges to fully understand the essence of their decision-making duty at bail, and in their adhering to a process in which they reclaim their roles as decision makers fully responsible for the pretrial release or detention of any particular defendant. Judges can achieve this understanding through a thorough knowledge of history, which illustrates that bail has always been a process in which bail-setting officials were expected to make "bail/no bail," or in-or-out decisions, immediately effectuated so that bailable defendants were released and unbailable defendants were detained. The history of bail shows that when bailable defendants (or those whom we feel should be bailable defendants) are detained or unbailable defendants (or those whom we feel should be unbailable defendants) are released, some correction is necessary to right the balance. Moreover, the history shows that America's switch from a personal surety system using primarily unsecured bonds to a commercial surety system using primarily secured bonds (along with other factors) has led to abuses to both the "bail" and "no bail" sides of our current dichotomies, thus leading to three generations of bail reform in America in the last 100 years. Judges can also achieve this understanding through a thorough knowledge of the pretrial legal foundations. These foundations follow the history in equating "bail" with release, and "no bail" with detention, suggesting, if not demanding an in-or-out decision by judicial officials who are tasked with embracing the risk associated with release and then mitigating that risk only to reasonable levels. Indeed, the history of bail, the legal foundations underlying bail, the pretrial research, the national standards on pretrial release, and the model federal and District of Columbia statutes are all premised on a "release/detain" decision-making process that is unobstructed by secured money at bail. Understanding the nuances of each of these bail fundamentals can help judges also to avoid that obstruction. Nevertheless, it is knowledge of the current pretrial research that perhaps provides judges with the necessary tools to avoid the obstruction of money and to make effective pretrial decisions. First, current pretrial research illustrates that not making an immediately effectuated release decision for low and moderate risk defendants can have both short- and long-term harmful effects for both defendants and society. It is important for judges to make effective bail decisions, but it is especially important that those decisions not frustrate the very purposes underlying the bail process, such as to avoid threats to public safety. Therefore, judges should be guided by recent research demonstrating that a decision to release that is immediately effectuated (and not delayed through the use of secured financial conditions) can increase release rates while not increasing the risk of failure to appear or the danger to the community to intolerable levels. Second, the use of pretrial risk assessment instruments can help judges determine which defendants should be kept in or let out of jail. Those instruments, coupled with research illustrating that using unsecured rather than secured bonds can facilitate the release of bailable defendants without increasing either the risk of failure to appear or the danger to the public, can be crucial in giving judges who still insist on using money at bail the comfort of knowing that their in-or-out decisions will cause the least possible harm. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://www.clebp.org/images/2014-11-05_final_nic_money_as_a_stakeholder_september_8,_2014_ii.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134015

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: Fundamentals of Bail: A Resource Guide for Pretrial Practitioners and a Framework for American Pretrial Reform Summary: Pretrial justice in America requires a common understanding and agreement on all of the component parts of bail. Those parts include the need for pretrial justice, the history of bail, the fundamental legal principles underlying bail, the pretrial research, the national standards on pretrial release and detention, and how we define our basic terms and phrases. Why Do We Need Pretrial Improvements? If we can agree on why we need pretrial improvements in America, we are halfway toward implementing those improvements. As recently as 2007, one of the most frequently heard objections to bail reform was the ubiquitous utterance, 'If it ain't broke, don't fix it.' That has changed. While various documents over the last 90 years have consistently pointed toward the need to improve the administration of bail, literature from this current generation of pretrial reform gives us powerful new information from which we can articulate exactly why we need to make changes, which, in turn, frames our vision of pretrial justice designed to fix what is most certainly broken. Knowing that our understanding of pretrial risk is flawed, we can begin to educate judges and others on how to embrace risk first and mitigate risk second so that our foundational American precept of equal justice remains strong. Knowing that the traditional money-based bail system leads both to unnecessary pretrial detention of lower risk persons and the unwise release of many higher risk persons, we can begin to craft processes that are designed to correct this illogical imbalance. Knowing and agreeing on each issue of pretrial justice, from infusing risk into police officer stops and first advisements to the need for risk-based bail statutes and constitutional right-to-bail language, allows us as a field to look at each state (or even at all states) with a discerning eye to begin crafting solutions to seemingly insoluble problems. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://www.clebp.org/images/2014-11-05_final_bail_fundamentals_september_8,_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134016

Author: Mauer, Marc Title: Incorporating Racial Equity into Criminal Justice Reform Summary: There are few areas of American society where racial disparities are as profound and as troubling as in the criminal justice system. In fact, racial perceptions of crime and race influenced policy development have been intimately tied to the development of mass incarceration. Yet there is growing evidence that the high rate of minority imprisonment is excessive for public safety goals and damaging for family and community structures in high incarceration neighborhoods. This briefing paper provides an overview of racial disparities in the criminal justice system and a framework for developing and implementing remedies for these disparities. We first describe the rationale for incorporating racial equity as a goal of an overall criminal justice reform strategy. We then document trends in racial disparity and assess the various causal factors that have produced these outcomes. Next, we identify a selection of best practices for addressing disparities, along with recommendations for implementation. Finally, we provide a guide for establishing rigorous metrics for success. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/rd_Incorporating_Racial_Equity_into_Criminal_Justice_Reform.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 134017

Author: Jaycox, Lisa H. Title: National Evaluation of Safe Start Promising Approaches: Assessing Program Outcomes Summary: Safe Start Promising Approaches (SSPA) is the second phase of a community-based initiative focused on developing and fielding interventions to prevent and reduce the impact of children's exposure to violence (CEV). This report shares the results of SSPA, which was intended to implement and evaluate promising and evidence-based programs in community settings, and includes all data available in the project, updating an earlier report. Fifteen program sites across the country were selected to implement a range of interventions for helping children and families cope with the effects of CEV. The settings, populations served, intervention types, types of violence addressed, community partners, and program goals differed across the 15 sites. The main body of this report provides information on the designs of the studies, instruments used, data collection and cleaning, analytic methods, and an overview of the results across the 15 sites. The appendixes provide a detailed description of the outcome evaluation conducted at each SSPA program, including a description of the enrollees, enrollment and retention, the amount and type of services received, and child and family outcomes over time. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2011. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2011/RAND_TR991-1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 134022

Author: Schultz, Dana Title: National Evaluation of Safe Start Promising Approaches: Assessing Program Implementation Summary: Children's exposure to violence (CEV) - including direct child maltreatment, witnessing domestic violence, and witnessing community and school violence - can have serious consequences, including a variety of psychiatric disorders and behavioral problems, such as posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, and anxiety. Fortunately, research has shown that interventions for CEV can substantially improve children's chances of future social and psychological well-being. Safe Start Promising Approaches (SSPA) was the second phase of a planned four-phase initiative focusing on preventing and reducing the impact of CEV, sponsored by the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP). OJJDP selected 15 program sites across the country that proposed a range of intervention approaches, focused on multiple types of violence, included variations in ages and age-appropriate practices, and would be implemented in different settings. Each site participated in a national evaluation, conducted by the RAND Corporation. The evaluation design involved three components: a process evaluation, an evaluation of training, and an outcomes evaluation. This report presents the results of the first two evaluations. It describes the program and community settings, interventions, and implementations of the 15 SSPA programs for the first two years of implementation (through March 2009), as well as the training evaluation results. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2010. 292p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2010/RAND_TR750.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 134021

Author: Ziedenberg, Jason Title: Case Study: New York City Department of Probation's Federal Partnership Efforts Summary: The New York City Department of Probation (DOP) - the second largest probation department in the country - is advancing a process to infuse evidence-based policies and practices (EBPP) throughout the organization. Building on a solid organizational foundation as well as on advances in the field over the past decade, the staff and leadership are driving initiatives to use better tools to design supervision strategies, utilize communications more effectively, and improve staff development through customized training so that senior leadership through line staff are invested in the new approach. They are also engaging community partners to build capacity so that DOP's clients can thrive in the communities where they live. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/FVTC-NYCDOP.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policies Shelf Number: 134022

Author: Bowers, Mark Title: Solitary Confinement as Torture Summary: The Immigration/Human Rights Policy Clinic (I/HRP)(now the Human Rights Policy Seminar) at the University of North Carolina School of Law is committed to exposing violations of the basic human rights of both citizens and visitors of this state and nation. This policy report seeks to contribute to a growing national advocacy movement that has identified solitary confinement as cruel, inhuman, and degrading form of punishment that is - or at the very least approximates - torture and a severe form of human rights violation and seeks to bring about the end of its use. Torture is one of the basest violations of human rights and shared democratic ideals. Under North Carolina's state constitution, the federal constitution, as well as international law, the nation and the state of North Carolina must not be complicit in any act that falls within this category of atrocity. The duty to take responsibility for human rights violations encompasses the obligation to enlarge an understanding of that which constitutes torture and how it is manifested in various institutions and implemented by various actors. In this interest, as citizens, as concerned human beings, and as advocates, students, faculty, and collaborating advocacy partners endeavored to investigate and shine a light on the realities of the use of solitary confinement within the prison system with a focus on the state of North Carolina. To this end, the authors have relied on a wide range of sources to parse out not only the practice and the outcomes of isolation, but also the evolution of the substantive response to this condition of confinement. This report examines the U.S. Constitution and its protections, the international standards that the United States as a nation has endorsed, as well as North Carolina state legal protections. The conclusion reached is stark and straightforward: solitary confinement is ineffective at decreasing violence within prisons; it is ineffective at preserving public safety; it is ineffective at managing scarce monetary resources; and it violates the boundaries of human dignity and justice. Present efforts to redress this injustice have been, thus far, largely ineffective. Laws and the courts that interpret them must evolve according to the growing body of research that demonstrates that solitary confinement violates basic constitutional and human rights. This report is presented in three parts. SECTION ONE gathers data on the issue of solitary confinement and seeks to define, expose, and delegitimize the practice as inhumane and ineffective. It commences with the narratives of prisoners who have suffered or are suffering long term isolation. These in-depth stories are complemented by the results of a survey that was sent to North Carolina prisoners as a means to get a broader view of conditions of confinement from those on the inside. Added to this evidence are statistics derived from the Department of Public Safety's own database. SECTION ONE also recounts narratives from prisoners in other states who tell similar stories of deprivation and the struggle to maintain their sanity while confined to conditions of isolation. It then reviews the findings of research and studies by mental health professionals, penologists, and criminologists and summarizes the effects of solitary confinement from the perspectives of these experts. SECTION ONE concludes with an overview of the findings from other national advocacy and reform efforts. SECTION TWO explores the substantive legal policy issues related to solitary confinement. It begins with an overview of constitutional jurisprudence, with a focus on Eighth Amendment concerns and the applicability of due process protections. It demonstrates how the current state of the law fails prisoners who would try to challenge their conditions of solitary confinement as a matter of conceptual legal norms and application. It reveals the obstacles prisoners face even when they can show objectively that solitary confinement puts them at extreme risk of irreparable mental or other harm, and the difficulties they face in overcoming the burden of showing deliberate indifference by the officers who sent them to solitary because those officers can point to forty years of jurisprudence holding otherwise. It reveals the need for a different and evolved Eight Amendment interpretation - one that is based on the reality of the practices of prolonged isolation, the research that demonstrates its wrongfulness and ineffectiveness, and basic principles of human dignity. SECTION TWO then turn to the standards of international human rights that have been established by various treaties to which this nation is a signatory. The Convention Against Torture, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, as well as other firmly established international and regional human rights norms prohibit the use of torture under any circumstances, and these prohibitions are fully applicable to solitary confinement. Lastly SECTION TWO considers national standards promulgated by the American Bar Association and the American Correctional Association, possible approaches and remedies based on the laws of state of North Carolina and then compares North Carolina to such national standards. Finally, SECTION THREE offers recommendations for reform. It begins from the premise that solitary confinement is both immoral and ineffective. It considers, as preliminary steps toward the abandonment of the use of isolation as a form of punishment, "technical" reforms that would strictly limit and regulate the practice. More to the point, it then suggests systemic reforms including reducing prison populations, emphasizing rehabilitation, changing institutional prison culture, and ultimately advocates for a complete ban on solitary confinement. SECTION THREE identifies advocacy strategies for reaching reform goals, including litigation, legislative initiatives, and community outreach and organizing. As stated at the outset of this Executive Summary, the conclusion reached is stark and straightforward: solitary confinement is ineffective at decreasing violence within prisons; it is ineffective at preserving public safety; it is ineffective at managing scarce monetary resources; and it violates the boundaries of human dignity and justice. Details: Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina School of Law Immigration/Human Rights Clinic; North Carolina Prisoners Legal Services; In Cooperation With American Civil Liberties Union of North Carolina, 2014. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.law.unc.edu/documents/academics/humanrights/solitaryconfinement/fullreport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 134023

Author: Akee, Randall Title: Investigating the Effects of Furloughing Public School Teachers on Juvenile Crime in Hawaii Summary: Policymakers have long been concerned about the large social costs of juvenile crime. Detecting the causes of juvenile crime is an important educational policy concern as many of these crimes happen during the school day. In the 2009-10 school year, the State of Hawaii responded to fiscal strains by furloughing all school teachers employed by the Department of Education and canceling classes for seventeen instructional days. We examine the effects of these non-holiday school closure days to draw conclusions about the relationship between time in school and juvenile arrests in the State of Hawaii on the island of Oahu. We calculate marginal effects from fewer juvenile assault and drug-related arrests, although there are no changes in other types of crimes, such as burglaries. The declines in arrests for assaults are the most pronounced in poorer regions of the island while the declines in arrests for assaults are the most pronounced in poorer regions of the island while the decline in drug-related arrests is larger in the relatively more prosperous regions Details: Honolulu, HI: University of Hawaii at Manoa, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 2013-7 R2: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.uhero.hawaii.edu/assets/WP_2013-7R2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 134038

Author: National Sexual Violence Resource Center Title: Linking the Roads: Working with Youth Who Experience Homelessness and Sexual Violence Summary: This guide focuses on adapting advocacy skills to help young people who experience homelessness and sexual violence build resiliency and lessen their traumas. It has three aims: (a) to provide an overview for the intersections between identity, trauma experiences, and resiliency among youth who are homeless; (b) to highlight core skills and techniques for advocates; and (c) to discuss how to tailor these skills in order to improve services for youth who identify as LGBTQ. Details: Enola, PA: National Sexual Violence Resource Center (NSVRC), 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.nsvrc.org/sites/default/files/publications_nsvrc-publications-guides-linking-roads-working-youth-who-experience-homelessness.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gays, Lesbians and Bisexuals, Crime Against Shelf Number: 134048

Author: Heschong Mahone Group, Inc. Title: Outdoor Lighting and Security: Literature Review Summary: This literature review is intended to inform Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E) about the existing research literature relating to any relationship between night-time outdoor lighting and security. This report reviews ten original research papers and three previous literature reviews. It sets out to answer the following questions: 1. Does the presence of nighttime lighting around commercial and residential buildings, parking lots and walkways influence crime or the fear of crime? 2. Does the quantity or quality of nighttime lighting influence crime or the fear of crime? 3. Is there a causal relationship between nighttime lighting and crime or the fear of crime? None of the papers reviewed presents sufficient evidence to demonstrate a causal link between night-time lighting and crime. The available results show a mixed picture of positive and negative effects of lighting on crime, most of which are not statistically significant. This suggests either that there is no link between lighting and crime, or that any link is too subtle or complex to have been evident in the data, given the limited size of the studies undertaken. Several studies showed a significant relationship between lighting and the fear of crime, i.e. that people feel safer in lit areas. The amount of light required to reduce the fear of crime appears to be in the range of 10 horizontal lux (1 footcandle), with little increase in perceived safety above that level. Details: Fair Oaks, CA: Heschong Mahone Group, Inc., 2008. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: HMG Project #0425: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.calmac.org/results.asp?t=2 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134049

Author: Barreto, Gustavo A. Title: Building community: an environmental approach to crime prevention Summary: Crime cannot be understood as a single-solution problem. Participation of the community is important to complement and make more efficient any program of crime control by police authorities or any other law enforcement agency. This thesis is intended to create consciousness among designers of the urban environment of their social role. Cities must include places to promote community interaction and formation of social bonds. As social bonds among residents increase, and bonds with the place begin building a sense of territoriality in the community, the residents become active defenders of the place against crime. A theory summary presents different and complementary points of view, some focused directly to urban and landscape design such as those stated by Jane Jacobs, Clare Cooper Marcus, Donald Appleyard, and Oscar Newman. Others focused to social and psychological aspects of the relation between humans and environment, for example those presented by Erving Goffman, Edward Hall, Amos Rapaport, Irwin Altman, and Setha Low. A field study is presented to complement the theory review. It was based on two inner city neighborhoods in Orlando, Florida. The data used came from Orlando Police Department, FBI, and U.S. Department of Justice crime and victimization reports. The population characteristics were analyzed based on the 2000 U.S. Census. From the study, a general conclusion is that social characteristics of the population in any given neighborhood such as poverty, high percentage of broken families, unemployment, social heterogeneity, large numbers of young population, and large proportion of rented homes create environments highly susceptible of crime. But social characteristics are not the only aspects determining crime. Physical layout of the neighborhood plays also an important role in preventing or promoting crime. In spite of the fact that both neighborhoods had similar social characteristics, crime was considerably higher in the neighborhood where the physical structure neglected possibilities for neighbors to interact and use public areas. Theories and other information presented is finally synthesized into design guidelines, which are related specifically to the function of landscape architects and other designers as shapers of cities and societies. Details: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University, 2002. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-1218101-192458/unrestricted/Barreto_thesis.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134051

Author: Ruggles, Kelly V. Title: Gun Possession among American Youth: A Discovery-Based Approach to Understand Gun Violence Summary: To apply discovery-based computational methods to nationally representative data from the Centers for Disease Control and Preventions' Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System to better understand and visualize the behavioral factors associated with gun possession among adolescent youth. Results Our study uncovered the multidimensional nature of gun possession across nearly five million unique data points over a ten year period (2001-2011). Specifically, we automated odds ratio calculations for 55 risk behaviors to assemble a comprehensive table of associations for every behavior combination. Downstream analyses included the hierarchical clustering of risk behaviors based on their association "fingerprint" to 1) visualize and assess which behaviors frequently co-occur and 2) evaluate which risk behaviors are consistently found to be associated with gun possession. From these analyses, we identified more than 40 behavioral factors, including heroin use, using snuff on school property, having been injured in a fight, and having been a victim of sexual violence, that have and continue to be strongly associated with gun possession. Additionally, we identified six behavioral clusters based on association similarities: 1) physical activity and nutrition; 2) disordered eating, suicide and sexual violence; 3) weapon carrying and physical safety; 4) alcohol, marijuana and cigarette use; 5) drug use on school property and 6) overall drug use. Conclusions Use of computational methodologies identified multiple risk behaviors, beyond more commonly discussed indicators of poor mental health, that are associated with gun possession among youth. Implications for prevention efforts and future interdisciplinary work applying computational methods to behavioral science data are described. Details: PLoS ONE 9(11): e111893. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://www.plosone.org/article/fetchObject.action?uri=info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0111893&representation=PDF Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Possession Shelf Number: 134053

Author: Tuerkheimer, Deborah Title: Consent Culture and the Forgotten Law of Rape Summary: The need for institutional reform to address the problem of sexual assault, particularly on college campuses, is widely acknowledged. Unnoticed is a profound disconnect between cultural norms around sex and the legal definition of rape. The Model Penal Code and a majority of states still retain a force requirement, effectively consigning most rape - that is, non-stranger rape - to a place beyond law's reach. Of particular concern, the dominant statutory approach misconceives or overlooks entirely the role of consent, which has come to dominate popular and political discourses around sexual assault. In the midst of increasing moves on campus to codify affirmative consent standards ("yes means yes"), rape law remains mired in an archaic view of consent as rather beside the point. This article explores the significance of law's preoccupation with force by introducing a taxonomy of cases in which force and non-consent tend to diverge. In these recurring categories - sleep, intoxication, and relational control - the statutory force requirement often presents an insurmountable doctrinal problem. Yet judges are not simply reversing rape convictions for want of force; rather, they are gratuitously opining on consent. Close examination of the case law exposes judicial tendencies to equate utter passivity with consent to intercourse, thus suggesting the importance of statutorily defining consent in ways that conform to contemporary understandings. The no-force/no-consent cases also raise a prior question critical to ongoing reform efforts: does the absence of consent make sex rape? Outside of law, this inquiry has for the most part been resolved; what remains is to reconcile competing interpretations of consent's meaning. In stark contrast, the legal treatment of non-stranger rape reflects a doctrine woefully out of step with modern conceptions of sex. Details: Chicago: Northwestern University, 2014. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Northwestern Public Law Research Paper No. 14-53 : Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2515905 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 134055

Author: Comeau, Michelle Title: Repeat and Near-Repeat Burglary Victimization in Rochester, NY. Literature Review: Burglary: The Criminal Act Summary: In New York State a burglary has occurred when an offender, "...knowingly enters or remains unlawfully in a building with the intent to commit a crime therein1." While not a requirement of it, one common feature of burglary is theft. This paper represents the second in a series of papers focusing on repeat and near-repeat burglary victimization in Rochester, NY. The first paper (see: "Motivations to Commit Burglary and Target Selection") introduced general statistics on burglary rate and prevalence, as well as discussed offender motivation and target selection. In this present paper we turn attention to the commission of the burglary (entry, search pattern, and exit) as well as what types of items are stolen by offenders and what methods of disposal are utilized. This paper is not intended as a comprehensive review; instead, it provides a primer on this topic. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives Rochester Institute of Technology, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2014/Michelle%20RPD-LitReviewPaper2%20.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 134057

Author: Sacco, Lisa N. Title: Drug Enforcement in the United States: History, Policy, and Trends Summary: The federal government prohibits the manufacturing, distribution, and possession of many intoxicating substances that are solely intended for recreational use (notable exceptions are alcohol and tobacco); however, the federal government also allows for and controls the medical use of many intoxicants. Federal authority to control these substances primarily resides with the Attorney General of the United States. Over the last decade, the United States has shifted its stated drug control policy toward a comprehensive approach; one that focuses on prevention, treatment, and enforcement. In order to restrict and reduce availability of illicit drugs in the United States, a practice referred to as "supply reduction," the federal government continues to place emphasis on domestic drug enforcement. According to the most recent drug control budget (FY2015) released by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), approximately 60% of all federal drug control spending is dedicated to supply reduction, with approximately 37% of the total budget dedicated to domestic law enforcement. Federal agencies, primarily the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), enforce federal controlled substances laws in all states and territories, but the majority of drug crimes known to U.S. law enforcement are dealt with at the state level. In the United States in 2012, the DEA arrested 30,476 suspects for federal drug offenses while state and local law enforcement arrested 1,328,457 suspects for drug offenses. In many cases, federal agencies assist state and local agencies with drug arrests, and suspects are referred for state prosecution, and vice-versa. Most drug arrests are made by state and local law enforcement, and most of these arrests are for possession rather than sale or manufacture. In contrast, most federal drug arrests are for trafficking offenses rather than possession. Over the last 25 years the majority of DEA's arrests have been for cocaine-related offenses. Trends in federal drug enforcement may reflect the nation's changing drug problems and changes in the federal response to these problems. They also may reflect the federal government's priorities. Drug cases represent the second highest category of criminal cases filed by U.S. Attorneys; however, federal drug cases have steadily declined over the last decade. This report focuses on domestic drug enforcement. It outlines historic development and major changes in U.S. drug enforcement to help provide an understanding of how and why certain laws and policies were implemented and how these developments and changes shaped current drug enforcement policy. In the 19th century federal, state, and local governments were generally not involved in restricting or regulating drug distribution and use, but this changed substantially in the 20th century as domestic law enforcement became the primary means of controlling the nation's substance abuse problems. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R43749: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43749.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 134066

Author: Curtis, Richard Title: South Bronx Community Connections: A Pilot Project of Community Connections for Youth: A Grassroots Approach to Pro-social Adolescent Development in a Neighborhood of Chronic Disadvantage. Phase I: A Formative Evaluation Summary: South Bronx Community Connections (SBCC), a three-year pilot project, is guided by a theory-of change that relies on the development of nascent resident strengths within neighborhoods of chronic disadvantage. By extending this strength-based approach to the pro-social development of neighborhood juveniles, SBCC changes the lens from "risk-focused" interventions to indigenous resources that can be effectively bundled in favor of resiliency. The pilot, funded with a federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (JJDPA) federal formula grant from the New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS), was awarded to Community Connections for Youth (CCFY), the lead agency for implementation of its SBCC program for court-acquainted juveniles. The pilot was funded at $1.1 million, under the category "Breakthrough Research-based Strategies." Funding was awarded with the proviso that SBCC's potentially "game-changing strategies" be rigorously evaluated --- an altogether reasonable expectation given the growing political importance of the project's neighborhood context, concerns about the efficacy of out-of-home placements for court-involved juveniles, and the substantial size of the award. John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York (CUNY), was awarded a subcontract by CCFY to provide a comprehensive evaluation of its SBCC pilot project. The technical report that follows is different from the original evaluation design. It does not provide an evidentiary chain that links SBCC's theory-based program model to research-based strategies, to outcomes, nor is it a small "N" case study. Given an ever- evolving implementation context, it was not possible to determine an evidentiary chain linking SBCC's theory-based program model to research-based strategies and then on to outcomes; shifting priorities and unanticipated problems produced project modifications, which precluded the use of a rigorous methodology. A small "N" case study was jeopardized by changing policies, which challenged the consistency of the pool of juvenile eligibles. Accordingly, the technical report that follows is more formative than summative. It provides meaningful, useful information that present stakeholders, policymakers, and future implementers of innovative grassroots programs can use to increase the probability of success. Simply summarized, SBCC's grassroots model has several potential strengths deserving of continued experimentation and exploration. Conceptualizing, designing, and implementing a "game-changing" program is more demanding than SBCC providers recognized, or than many funders appreciate. In fact, a three-year time-frame --- given the innovative nature of the project model --- underscores both the legitimacy of many evaluators' concerns with "evaluation-readiness" factors, and their desire to balance the information needs of stakeholders and decision-makers with methodological rigor. After a planning year, and two years of implementation devoted to tweaking the pilot project model to increase effectiveness, the latest of four program logic models identifies several intertwined strategies --- Family Engagement, Comprehensive Grassroots Involvement, and A Strength-based Focus --- each accompanied by relevant research-base activities. The activities are presumed to build neighborhood social resources via the capacity building technical assistance of CCFY and SBCC. The outcomes at the conclusion of this first phase of what hopefully will become a stronger program model, buttressed by a series of increasingly rigorous evaluations, are summarized below. Some of the outcomes are already evidence-based and are identified by an asterisk (*). Others are suggestive and encouraging, but, in the absence of sufficient data, are not yet measurable. These are identified by the letters "ID" (ID). Still others, though intriguing, remain hypothetical, needing to be meaningfully crystalized and objectified. These are noted with the letter "H" (H). All are worthy of attention and continued development if progress with the pro-socialization of court-acquainted youth is to continue. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://cc-fy.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/SBCC_Technical_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 134067

Author: Loeffler-Cobia, Jennifer Title: Collaboration and Evidence-Based Practice Retrospective Evaluation Report Summary: Each year more than two million children, youth, and young adults formally come into contact with the juvenile justice system (Puzzanchera, Adams, Hockenberry, 2012). Of these youth many demonstrate poor academic performance and likely do not graduate from high school while continuing to recidivate (Leone & Weinberg, 2010). Therefore, lack of education has been identified in the research as one of the top eight criminogenic (i.e. dynamic factors correlated with recidivism) risk factors (Andrews & Bonta, 2010). Youth involved in the juvenile justice system are often detained in a secure facility to receive treatment where educational services are also required to be delivered in-house (i.e., youth are not allowed to leave the facility). This can create a complex situation: two systems with differing goals and missions, serving the same youth; each system perceiving their roles, responsibilities, and anticipated outcomes (e.g., increase academic achievement versus reducing recidivism) as different. A key factor in improving outcomes among these youth is collaboration between systems (Crime and Justice Institute, 2009). Fostering a system of shared and coordinated responsibility is one way to improve the educational success and overall well-being of juvenile justice system-involved youth. Such a collaborative system is one in which both agencies take it upon themselves individually and communally to ensure that all youth under their care progress academically, do not reoffend, and become more productive members of society upon leaving in the juvenile justice system. To enhance the collaboration work in the State of Utah, the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) at the University of Utah began working with the Utah State Office of Education (USOE) and the Utah Division of Juvenile Justice Services (JJS) in January 2013. This partnership allows the State of Utah to construct a collaboration roadmap for the sustainable implementation and replication of evidence-based practice (EBP) within youth in custody schools statewide, particularly schools housed in secure settings. As part of this endeavor, the UCJC has evaluated the current status of collaboration efforts across five local secure facilities. This report represents the results of that evaluation. The findings that are summarized in this retrospective evaluation will later be utilized to guide the development of a dynamic plan for the USOE and UDJJS as both agencies continue to build capacity toward sustainable collaboration implementation across the State. Ultimately, the collaboration roadmap will provide administration from both agencies with a framework to diagnose and continually improve the efficiency and effectiveness of collaboration efforts and EBP implementation. To assist in the process of building the collaboration roadmap, information from surveys and five focus groups have been integrated into findings and recommendations across seven categories the literature suggests are characteristics of effective collaboration efforts (Borden & Perkins, 1999; Carey, 2010; Hogue, Parkins, Clark, Bergstrum, and Slinski, 1995;; Loeffler-Cobia and Guevera, 2010; Sachwald and Eley, 2008;). The categories are: (1) Environment, (2) Evidence-Based Practice Knowledge, (3) Staff Characteristics; (4) Process and Structure, (5) Communication, (6) Purpose, and (7) Resources. This summary offers recommendations to guide the roadmap process by identifying the elements of strength and areas of improvement for each category, along with what most focus group participants regarded as and the essential elements for successful collaboration. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/FY14_CEBPReport9_16_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 134068

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Title: Adult Drug Courts and Medication-Assisted Treatment for Opioid Dependence Summary: More than 2,700 drug courts are in operation today in the United States. About half of these are adult drug treatment courts. Developed to decrease recidivism among substance-involved offenders, adult drug courts oversee substance use disorder treatment for criminal offenders accepted into these programs. Many drug court participants need treatment for opioid dependence. Medications can be an important part of effective treatment for offenders dependent on opioids, decreasing craving and withdrawal symptoms, blocking euphoria if relapse occurs, augmenting the effect of counseling, and reducing recidivism and reincarceration. Many national and international professional bodies consider medication-assisted treatment (MAT) with methadone, buprenorphine, or extended-release injectable naltrexone an evidence-based best practice for treating opioid dependence. However, many drug courts do not recommend (or even allow) the use of MAT for opioid dependence. For example, a 2010 survey of 103 drug courts found that, whereas 98 percent reported that at least some of their drug court participants were opioid dependent, only 56 percent of the courts offered any form of MAT to participants. This In Brief is for the drug court team: the judge, coordinator, public defender or defense attorney, prosecutor, evaluator, treatment provider, law enforcement officer, and probation officer. Its objective is to encourage drug court personnel to increase their knowledge about the effectiveness of MAT and increase its use in drug courts Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2014. 8 p. Source: Internet Resource: In Brief, vol. 8, no. 1: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA14-4852/SMA14-4852.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134079

Author: Mitchell, Michael Title: Changing Priorities: State Criminal Justice Reforms and Investments in Education Summary: Most states' prison populations are at historic highs after decades of extraordinary growth; in 36 states, the prison population has more than tripled as a share of the state population since 1978. This rapid growth, which continued even after crime rates fell substantially in the 1990s, has been costly. Corrections spending is now the third-largest category of spending in most states, behind education and health care. If states were still spending on corrections what they spent in the mid-1980s, adjusted for inflation, they would have about $28 billion more each year that they could choose to spend on more productive investments or a mix of investments and tax reductions. Even as states spend more on corrections, they are underinvesting in educating children and young adults, especially those in high-poverty neighborhoods. At least 30 states are providing less general funding per student this year for K-12 schools than before the recession, after adjusting for inflation; in 14 states the reduction exceeds 10 percent. Higher education cuts have been even deeper: the average state has cut higher education funding per student by 23 percent since the recession hit, after adjusting for inflation. Eleven states spent more of their general funds on corrections than on higher education in 2013. And some of the states with the biggest education cuts in recent years also have among the nation's highest incarceration rates. This is not sound policy. State economies would be much stronger over time if states invested more in education and other areas that can boost long-term economic growth and less in maintaining extremely high prison populations. The economic health of many low-income neighborhoods, which face disproportionately high incarceration rates, could particularly improve if states reordered their spending in such a way. States could use the freed-up funds in a number of ways, such as expanding access to high-quality preschool, reducing class sizes in high-poverty schools, and revising state funding formulas to invest more in high-poverty neighborhoods. Details: Washington, DC: Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: http://www.cbpp.org/files/10-28-14sfp.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 134083

Author: Austin, James Title: Contra Costa County: A Model for Managing Local Corrections Summary: Before and since Public Safety Realignment, an increasing number of California counties have faced litigation regarding overcrowding, including court-ordered population caps. In light of these pressures, it is important to note successful models for reducing jail populations, costs and recidivism rates. Contra Costa, California's ninth most populous county, offers such a model, especially since the County has crime and arrest rates similar to the rest of the state. Specifically: 1. In Contra Costa County, individuals are incarcerated and placed on probation and parole at a rate that is one-half the rest of the state of California. 2. Before Public Safety Realignment, the County sent only 13% of people convicted of a felony to prison, versus the statewide average of 20%. 3. Over a three-year period, people on felony probation in the County had a recidivism rate of 20% - far lower than the 60% or higher rates statewide found in other studies. 4. Contra Costa County has the state's highest rate of split sentences (when a judge divides a sentence between a jail term and supervised probation). The County splits nine out of 10 sentences (far higher than the 28% state average), which has effectively neutralized the impact of AB 109 on its jail population. 5. Unlike other jurisdictions, Contra Costa County issues shorter probation terms. For example, neighboring Alameda County typically gives a five-year probation term for individuals convicted of a felony crime. In Contra Costa, most probation terms are within the 24-36 month range, matching a growing body of evidence that longer terms can not only be unnecessary (for public safety gains) but actually can have negative effects. Details: Denver, CO: JFA Institute, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2014 at: http://www.jfa-associates.com/new%20from/JFA%20doc06.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 134089

Author: New Mexico Center on Law and Poverty Title: Inside the Box: The Real Costs of Solitary Confinement in New Mexico's Prisons and Jails Summary: Placing prisoners, especially those suffering from mental illness, in extreme isolation is costly, ineffective and inhumane. The New Mexico Center on Law and Poverty (NMCLP) and the American Civil Liberties Union of New Mexico (ACLU-NM) recently completed a year-long study of solitary confinement in the state. This report provides an overview of the facts discovered during the joint investigation, followed by several policy recommendations. Solitary confinement - or segregation - is widely used in prisons and jails in New Mexico. While it costs more money to detain prisoners in isolation than in the general population, it does not improve public safety or reduce prison violence. In addition, solitary confinement as currently practiced in New Mexico infringes fundamental rights by isolating prisoners with serious mental illness and allowing for prolonged periods of isolation. The use of this procedure in New Mexico also lacks adequate transparency at both the state and local level. New Mexico urgently needs to reform the practice of solitary confinement in its prisons and jails. The NMCLP and the ACLU-NM urge New Mexico to adopt the following reforms: 1. increase transparency and oversight of the use of solitary confinement 2. limit the length of solitary confinement to no more than 30 days 3. mandate that all prisoners are provided with mental, physical and social stimulation 4. ban the use of solitary confinement on the mentally ill 5. ban the use of solitary confinement on children Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Center on Law and Poverty, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2014 at: http://nmpovertylaw.org/WP-nmclp/wordpress/WP-nmclp/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/Solitary_Confinement_Report_FINALsmallpdf.com_.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cost of Corrections Shelf Number: 134090

Author: Males, Mike Title: Reforming marijuana laws: Which approach best reduces the harms of criminalization? A Five-State Analysis Summary: The War on Marijuana is losing steam. Policymakers, researchers, and law enforcement are beginning to recognize that arresting and incarcerating people for marijuana possession wastes billions of dollars, does not reduce the abuse of marijuana or other drugs, and results in grossly disproportionate harms to communities of color (ACLU, 2013; Ingram, 2014). Marijuana reforms are now gaining traction across the nation, generating debates over which strategies best reduce the harms of prohibition. Should marijuana be decriminalized or legalized? Should it be restricted to people 21 and older? Advocates of the latter strategy often argue their efforts are intended to protect youth (Newsom, 2014; Holder, 2013; Californians for Marijuana Legalization and Control, 2014). However, if the consequences of arrest for marijuana possession - including fines, jail time, community service, a criminal record, loss of student loans, and court costs - are more harmful than use of the drug (Marijuana Arrest Research Project, 2012), it is difficult to see how continued criminalization of marijuana use by persons under 21 protects the young. Currently, people under 21 make up less than one-third of marijuana users, yet half of all marijuana possession arrests (ACLU, 2013; Males, 2009). This analysis compares five states that implemented major marijuana reforms over the last five years, evaluating their effectiveness in reducing marijuana arrests and their impact on various health and safety outcomes. Two types of reforms are evaluated: all-ages decriminalization (California, Connecticut, and Massachusetts), and 21-and-older legalization (Colorado and Washington). The chief conclusions are: - All five states experienced substantial declines in marijuana possession arrests. The four states with available data also showed unexpected drops in marijuana felony arrests. - All-ages decriminalization more effectively reduced marijuana arrests and associated harms for people of all ages, particularly for young people. - Marijuana decriminalization in California has not resulted in harmful consequences for teenagers, such as increased crime, drug overdose, driving under the influence, or school dropout. In fact, California teenagers showed improvements in all risk areas after reform. - Staggering racial disparities remain - and in some cases are exacerbated - following marijuana reforms. African Americans are still more likely to be arrested for marijuana offenses after reform than all other races and ethnicities were before reform. - Further reforms are needed in all five states to move toward full legalization and to address racial disparities. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2014 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/cjcj_marijuana_reform_comparison.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy Shelf Number: 134092

Author: Mukherjee, Anita Title: Does Prison Privatization Distort Justice? Evidence on Time Served and Recidivism Summary: I contribute new evidence on the impact of private prisons on prisoner time served and recidivism by exploiting the staggered entry and exit of private prisons in Mississippi between 1996 and 2004. Little is known about this topic, even though burgeoning prison populations and an effort to cut costs have caused a substantial level of private contracting since the 1980s. The empirical challenge is that prison assignment may be based on traits unobservable to the researcher, such as body tattoos indicating a proclivity for violent behavior. My first result is that private prisons increase a prisoner's fraction of sentence served by an average of 4 to 7 percent, which equals 60 to 90 days; this distortion directly erodes the cost savings offered by privatization. My second result is that prisoners in private facilities are 15 percent more likely to receive an infraction (conduct violation) over the course of their sentences, revealing a key mechanism by which private prisons delay release. Conditional on receiving an infraction, prisoners in private prison receive twice as many. My final result is that there is no reduction in recidivism for prisoners in private prison despite the additional time they serve, suggesting that either the marginal returns to incarceration are low, or private prisons increase recidivism risk. These results are consistent with a model in which the private prison operator chooses whether to distort release policies, i.e., extend prisoner time served beyond the public norm, based on the typical government contract that pays a diem for each occupied bed and is imperfectly enforced. Details: Philadelphia: The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2523238 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 134118

Author: Hans, Valerie P. Title: The Death Penalty: Should the Judge or the Jury Decide Who Dies? Summary: This article addresses the effect of judge versus jury decision making through analysis of a database of all capital sentencing phase hearing trials in the state of Delaware from 1977-2007. Over the three decades of the study, Delaware shifted responsibility for death penalty sentencing from the jury to the judge. Currently, Delaware is one of the handful of states that gives the judge the final decision making authority in capital trials. Controlling for a number of legally-relevant and other predictor variables, we find that the shift to judge sentencing significantly increased the number of death sentences. Statutory aggravating factors, stranger homicides, and the victim's gender also increased the likelihood of a death sentence, as did the county of the homicide. We reflect on the implications of these results for debates about the constitutionality of judge sentencing in capital cases Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell Law School, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2513371 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 134121

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Results from the Substance Abuse Programs in Jails Survey Summary: This document summarizes the results of a survey of jails in Virginia to assess substance abuse services provided in those facilities. The survey was conducted by the Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) in conjunction with the Department of Behavioral Health and Development Services (DBHDS). DCJS is the recipient of the Residential Substance Abuse Treatment for Prisoners (RSAT) grant awarded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), part of the federal Department of Justice (DOJ). These funds are awarded to local jails and prisons in Virginia to provide evidence-based substance abuse services in separate housing units. The results of this survey will help to inform DCJS where the greatest need for services may be in the state and will help DBHDS provide guidance to community services boards (CSBs) and other community resources in developing services provided in jails. DBHDS is the state agency designated by the General Assembly as responsible for planning and administering substance abuse services, largely through CSBs located throughout the commonwealth. Because so many individuals who are in jail have significant substance abuse problems, DBHDS has encouraged CSBs to provide services within jails whenever possible. DBHDS is pleased to collaborate with DCJS in developing this survey, which provides a picture of current programming and identifies areas of need. Additionally, the information garnered from this survey will be of value to other stakeholders such as judiciary, probation and pretrial services. DCJS and DBHDS developed this survey to identify several aspects of substance abuse services in jails throughout Virginia; it was not designed to measure the quality of the services. A total of 73 jails were surveyed and DCJS received a total of 37 responses resulting in a 51% response rate. Overall, 92% (34) of jails surveyed indicated that they did have substance abuse services in their facilities. These results indicate the types of services provided, the frequency with which they are provided, eligibility requirements and funding sources. Additionally, each jail was asked to indicate what types of organizations provided the services, such as CSBs, paid employees and volunteers. The survey also asked each facility about other programs and services provided to inmates such as life skills, anger management, or parenting, as well as services that integrated mental health services with those for substance abuse disorders. It is the intent of DCJS and DBHDS to use the findings of this survey to support discussion among stakeholders including CSBs, sheriffs, local substance abuse service providers and community corrections about how to better identify and address the needs of those who are incarcerated and struggling with addiction. This report first details the types of substance abuse services offered and then discusses eligibility criteria, waiting lists for services, management of services and funding. Finally, the report provides information about other non-substance abuse programs offered by the jails. Details: Richmond: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: https://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/Jails%20SA%20survey%20FINAL%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 134122

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Alabama: Overview Summary: In early 2014, Alabama Governor Robert Bentley, Chief Justice Roy Moore, Senate President Pro Tempore Del Marsh, House Speaker Michael Hubbard, and Department of Corrections Commissioner Kim Thomas requested support from The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance to explore a 'justice reinvestment' approach to improve public safety, manage corrections spending, and reinvest savings in strategies that can decrease crime and reduce recidivism. The Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center) was asked to provide intensive technical assistance to help collect and analyze data and develop appropriate policy options for the state. The Alabama legislature passed a joint resolution (SJR 20) in February 2014 that created the bipartisan, inter-branch Prison Reform Task Force (Task Force)-which includes designees from all three branches of government and state and local criminal justice system stakeholders-to study the state's criminal justice system using the justice reinvestment approach.1 Senator Cam Ward (R-Alabaster) will chair the Task Force, which will submit a report on the study's findings and policy recommendations to the legislature prior to the 2015 session. CSG Justice Center staff, under the direction of the Task Force, will conduct a comprehensive analysis of data collected from various relevant state agencies and branches of government. To build a broad picture of statewide criminal justice trends, data on jail and community corrections will be sought from local governments and analyzed where possible. CSG Justice Center staff also will convene focus groups and lead interviews with people working on the front lines of Alabama's criminal justice system. Based on these exhaustive quantitative and qualitative analyses, the Task Force will use its findings to develop options for the legislature's consideration that are designed to both increase public safety and contain the cost of corrections. This overview highlights recent criminal justice trends in Alabama that the Task Force will be exploring in the coming months. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/JR-in-Alabama-Overview.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Reform Shelf Number: 134124

Author: Shah, Riya Saha Title: Juvenile Records: A National Review of State Laws on Confidentiality, Sealing and Expungement Summary: Public access to records of juvenile arrests, court proceedings and dispositions can impede successful transitions to adulthood for many youth, especially when these records remain available long after the youth's involvement with the juvenile justice system has ended. These records can create obstacles for youth seeking employment, education, housing and other opportunities. This Review provides an overview of how juvenile records are treated nationwide. In order to provide a comprehensive review, the authors surveyed state statutes, court rules, and case law governing the treatment of juvenile records in each jurisdiction. Because what is codified in law does not always reflect practice, the authors supplemented research, when possible, with interviews with practitioners. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://juvenilerecords.jlc.org/juvenilerecords/documents/publications/national-review.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records, Juveniles Shelf Number: 134128

Author: Gibson, James Title: Death Penalty Drugs and the International Moral Marketplace Summary: Across the country, executions have become increasingly problematic as states have found it more and more difficult to procure the drugs they need for lethal injection. At first blush, the drug shortage appears to be the result of pharmaceutical industry norms; companies that make drugs for healing have little interest in being merchants of death. But closer inspection reveals that European governments are the true instigators of the shortage. For decades, those governments have tried - and failed - to promote abolition of the death penalty through traditional instruments of international law. Turns out that the best way to export their abolitionist norms was to stop exporting their drugs. At least three lessons follow. First, while the Supreme Court heatedly debates the use of international norms in Eighth Amendment jurisprudence, that debate has largely become an academic sideshow; in the death penalty context, the market has replaced the positive law as the primary means by which international norms constrain domestic death penalty practice. Second, international norms may have entered the United States through the moral marketplace, but from there they have seeped into the zeitgeist, impacting the domestic death penalty discourse in significant and lasting ways. Finally, international norms have had such a pervasive effect on the death penalty in practice that they are now poised to influence even seemingly domestic Eighth Amendment doctrine. In the death penalty context, international norms are having an impact - through the market, through culture, and ultimately through doctrine - whether we formally recognize their influence or not. Details: Richmond, VA: University of Richmond School of Law, 2014. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2524124 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 134129

Author: Miller, Amalia R. Title: Do Female Officers Improve Law Enforcement Quality? Effects on Crime Reporting and Domestic Violence Escalation Summary: We study the impact of the integration of women in US policing between the late 1970s and early 1990s on violent crime reporting and domestic violence escalation. Along these two key dimensions, we find that female officers improved police quality. Using crime victimization data, we find that as female representation increases among officers in an area, violent crimes against women in that area, and especially domestic violence, are reported to the police at significantly higher rates. There are no such effects for violent crimes against men or from increases in the female share among civilian police employees. Furthermore, we find evidence that female officers help prevent the escalation of domestic violence. Increases in female officer representation are followed by significant declines in intimate partner homicide rates and in rates of repeated domestic abuse. These effects are all consistent between fixed effects models with controls for economic and policy variables and models that focus exclusively on increases in female police employment driven by externally imposed affirmative action plans resulting from employment discrimination cases. Details: Zurich: UBS International Center of Economics in Society, University of Zurich, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: UBS Center Working Paper Series Working Paper No. 9, August 2014: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://www.ubscenter.uzh.ch/assets/workingpapers/WP9_Do_Female_Officers_Improve_Law_Enforcement_Quality.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Affirmative Action Shelf Number: 134130

Author: Shah, Riya Saha Title: Failed Policies, Forfeited Futures: A Nationwide Scorecard on Juvenile Records Summary: Failed Policies, Forfeited Futures: A Nationwide Scorecard on Juvenile Records, is the first-ever comprehensive evaluation of state policies that govern the confidentiality and expungement of juvenile court and law enforcement records. No state earned the maximum five-star rating, with the national average coming in at three stars out of the possible five stars. Millions of youth are arrested each year in the United States; 95% of these youth are arrested for non-violent offenses. Arrests and court involvement leads to the creation of juvenile records - all containing details about a child's family, social history, mental health history, substance abuse history, education and involvement with the law. While access to this information by law enforcement and youth-serving agencies is necessary to provide treatment and rehabilitative services to youth, many states also allow widespread access to media, employers, government agencies and victims or sell the data to for-profit companies. Once disclosed, this information is difficult, if not impossible, to recall and can permanently stigmatize youth interfering with their ability to obtain a job, secure housing, pursue higher education, join the military or access public benefits. To ensure that records do not limit future opportunities, sealing (closed to the public) and expungement (destruction) of juvenile records should be available to all youth. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://juvenilerecords.jlc.org/juvenilerecords/documents/publications/scorecard.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Expungement Shelf Number: 134131

Author: Morgan, Rachel E. Title: Crimes Against the Elderly, 2003-2013 Summary: Presents estimates on property and fatal and nonfatal violent victimization against persons age 65 or older from 2003 to 2013. The report examines patterns of victimization over time and the distribution of violent victimization by the victim-offender relationship, victim's disability status, victim and incident characteristics, reporting to police, injuries sustained during the victimization, and identity theft victimization against the elderly. Nonfatal violent and property victimization data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey and homicide data are from mortality data based on death certificates in the National Vital Statistics System of the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS). Highlights: The rates of nonfatal violent crime (3.6 per 1,000 persons) and property crime (72.3 per 1,000) against elderly persons were lower than those of younger persons. „„ The ratio of the estimates of property crime to violent crime was higher for the elderly (13 to 1) than for younger persons ages 25 to 49 (3 to 1) and persons ages 50 to 64 (5 to 1). „„ Elderly homicide rates declined 44%, from 3.7 homicides per 100,000 persons in 1993 to 2.1 per 100,000 in 2011. „„ More than half (56 percent) of elderly violent crime victims reported the victimization to police, compared to more than a third (38 percent) for persons ages 12 to 24. „„ Among elderly violent crime victims, about 59% reported being victimized at or near their home. „„ Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cae0313.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134134

Author: New Mexico Center on Law and Poverty Title: Suspend, Expel and Exclude: How Zero-Tolerance Discipline Policies How Zero-Tolerance Discipline Policies Summary: This report provides an analysis of state and school district policies governing student discipline, as well as state and district level data on the number of suspensions and expulsions reported in the 2008-2009 school year. This report also provides information on action taken by the New Mexico state legislature during its 2011 session on student discipline issues, and actions taken by the state department of Public Education (PED) in 2011 to make student suspension and expulsion data more accessible to the public. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Center on Law and Poverty, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://nmpovertylaw.org/WP-nmclp/wordpress/WP-nmclp/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/REPORT-STP-REPORT-FINAL-DRAFT-2012-02-13.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline (New Mexico) Shelf Number: 134136

Author: National Coalition for the Homeless Title: Share No More: The Criminalization of Efforts to Feed People in Need Summary: In recent years, cities across the nation have established a precedent of criminalizing homelessness and pushing the problem out of sight. One method that has become more popular has been to introduce new legislation, designed with the intention of restricting individuals and groups from sharing food with people experiencing homelessness. Since January, 2013 alone, 21 cities have successfully restricted the practice through legislative actions or the intensity of community pressures to cease distributing food to those in need. Over ten other cities have been found to be in the process of doing the same. There are many myths and motivations that are frequently circulated regarding the issues of homelessness and food-sharing. These myths have lead to some commonly accepted rationales for passing laws that restrict or prohibit food-sharing. One of the most narrow-minded ideas when it comes to homelessness and food-sharing is that sharing food with people in need enables them to remain homeless. In many cases food-sharing programs might be the only occasion in which some homeless individuals will have access to healthy, safe food. People remain homeless for many reasons: lack of affordable housing, lack of job opportunity, mental health or physical disability, and lack of living wage jobs. Food-sharing does not perpetuate homelessness. This perspective and other myths have led to at least 31 cities nationwide taking strides to restrict or ban the act of food-sharing. Details: Washington, DC: National Coalition for the Homeless, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://nationalhomeless.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Food-Sharing2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134159

Author: American Friends Service Committee Title: Treatment Industrial Complex: How For-Profit Prison Corporations are Undermining Efforts to Treat and Rehabilitate Prisoners for Corporate Gain Summary: "The Treatment Industrial Complex: How For-Profit Prison Corporations are Undermining Efforts to Treat and Rehabilitate Prisoners for Corporate Gain" highlights the expansion of the incarceration industry away from warehousing people and into areas that traditionally were focused on treatment and care of individuals involved in the criminal justice system - prison medical care, forensic mental hospitals, civil commitment centers, and 'community corrections' programs such as halfway houses and home arrest. These developments pose a tremendous threat of unintended consequences for states seeking to reform their criminal sentencing practices. The greatest financial gains for incarceration companies are in residential settings that allow a company to charge a "per diem" rate. If the stated goal is simply to reduce prison populations, there is real danger that the result will simply be "prisons by another name." Details: Philadelphia: AFSC, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/TIC_report_online.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134160

Author: Isaacs, Caroline Title: Death Yards: Continuing Problems with Arizona's Correctional Health Care Summary: On March 6, 2012, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) filed suit against the Arizona Department of Corrections (ADC) charging that prisoners in the custody of the Arizona Department of Corrections receive such grossly inadequate medical, mental health and dental care that they are in grave danger of suffering serious and preventable injury, amputation, disfigurement and premature death. This class action lawsuit has the potential to force the state of Arizona to improve its prison medical care. But legal battles are long and costly. The state is fighting tooth and nail, including an upcoming challenge to the suit's class action status. The final resolution will likely take years. But what has changed in the day-to-day provision of medical care to prisoners in Arizona? Have conditions improved in light of the charges brought by the suit? Has the transition in management of the medical care from one for-profit corporate contractor (Wexford) to another (Corizon) addressed any of the previous health care lapses? Sadly, the answer appears to be no. Correspondence from prisoners; analysis of medical records, autopsy reports, and investigations; and interviews with anonymous prison staff and outside experts indicate that, if anything, things have gotten worse. Details: Tucson: American Friends Service Committee -- Tucson, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://afscarizona.files.wordpress.com/2014/03/death-yards-continuing-problems-with-arizonas-correctional-health-care-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 134161

Author: Cloud, David Title: On Life Support: Public Health in the Age of Mass Incarceration Summary: Each year, millions of incarcerated people-who experience chronic health conditions, infectious diseases, substance use, and mental illness at much higher rates than the general population-return home from correctional institutions to communities that are already rife with health disparities, violence, and poverty, among other structural inequities. For several generations, high rates of incarceration among residents in these communities has further contributed to diminished educational opportunities, fractured family structures, stagnated economic mobility, limited housing options, and restricted access to essential social entitlements. Several factors in today's policy climate indicate that the political discourse on crime and punishment is swinging away from the punitive, tough-on-crime values that dominated for decades, and that the time is ripe to fundamentally rethink the function of the criminal justice system in ways that can start to address the human toll that mass incarceration has had on communities. At the same time, the nation's healthcare system is undergoing a historic overhaul due to the passage of the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Many provisions of the ACA provide tools needed to address long-standing health disparities. Among these are: Bolstering community capacity by expanding Medicaid eligiblity, expanding coverage and parity for behavioral health treatment, and reducing health disparities. Strengthening front-end alternatives to arrest, prosecution, and incarceration. Bridging health and justice systems by coordinating outreach and care, enrolling people in Medicaid and subsidized health plans across the criminal justice continuum, using Medicaid waivers and innovation funding to extend coverage to new groups, and advancing health information technology. There is growing interest among health and justice system leaders to work together in the pursuit of health equity, public safety, and social justice. In many states and localities, efforts are already underway. While challenges remain, including regional differences in using the ACA, the combination of political will, public support, and increased access to healthcare funding presents a momentous opportunity to address the impacts of mass incarceration on community health, develop policy and programmatic reforms to undo the damage, and rethink the core values and goals of the American justice system moving forward. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.vera.org/pubs/public-health-mass-incarceration Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134162

Author: Center for Community Alternatives Title: The Use of Criminal History Records in College Admissions Reconsidered Summary: This report reviews findings from a first-of-its-kind survey conducted by the Center for Community Alternatives in collaboration with the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO) that explores the use of criminal history screening in college admissions procedures. A 59-question survey was administered electronically between September 30 and October 29, 2009 through AACRAO's network of 3,248 member institutions in the United States. In all, 273 institutions responded to the survey. The survey helped inform the recommendations contained in this report. A majority (66%) of the responding colleges collect criminal justice information, although not all of them consider it in their admissions process. Private schools and four-year schools are more likely to collect and use such information than their public and two-year counterparts. A sizable minority (38%) of the responding schools does not collect or use criminal justice information and those schools do not report that their campuses are less safe as a result. Self-disclosure through the college application or in some cases the Common Application is the most typical way that colleges and universities collect the information. A small minority of schools conduct criminal background checks on some applicants, usually through contracting with a private company. Most schools that collect and use criminal justice information have adopted additional steps in their admissions decision process, the most common of which is consulting with academic deans and campus security personnel. Special requirements such as submitting a letter of explanation or a letter from a corrections official and completing probation or parole are common. Less than half of the schools that collect and use criminal justice information have written policies in place, and only 40 percent train staff on how to interpret such information. A broad array of convictions are viewed as negative factors in the context of admissions decision-making, including drug and alcohol convictions, misdemeanor convictions, and youthful offender adjudications. If it is discovered that an applicant has failed to disclose a criminal record there is an increased likelihood that the applicant will be denied admission or have their admission offer rescinded. A slight majority of schools that collect information provides support or supervision for admitted students who have criminal records, with more emphasis on supervision rather than supportive services. Details: New York: Center for Community Alternatives, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.communityalternatives.org/pdf/Reconsidered-criminal-hist-recs-in-college-admissions.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 134166

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Household Poverty and Nonfatal Violent Victimization, 2008-2012 Summary: This report presents findings from 2008 to 2012 on the relationship between households that were above or below the federal poverty level and nonfatal violent victimization, including rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault. This report examines the violent victimization experiences of persons living in households at various levels of poverty, focusing on type of violence, victim's race or Hispanic origin, and location of residence. It also examines the percentage of violent victimizations reported to the police by poverty level. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. During 2012, about 92,390 households and 162,940 persons were interviewed for the NCVS. Highlights: For the period 2008-12 - Persons in poor households at or below the Federal Poverty Level (FPL) (39.8 per 1,000) had more than double the rate of violent victimization as persons in high-income households (16.9 per 1,000). Persons in poor households had a higher rate of violence involving a firearm (3.5 per 1,000) compared to persons above the FPL (0.8-2.5 per 1,000). The overall pattern of poor persons having the highest rates of violent victimization was consistent for both whites and blacks. However, the rate of violent victimization for Hispanics did not vary across poverty levels. Poor Hispanics (25.3 per 1,000) had lower rates of violence compared to poor whites (46.4 per 1,000) and poor blacks (43.4 per 1,000). Poor persons living in urban areas (43.9 per 1,000) had violent victimization rates similar to poor persons living in rural areas (38.8 per 1,000). Poor urban blacks (51.3 per 1,000) had rates of violence similar to poor urban whites (56.4 per 1,000). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=5137 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134167

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: Unauthorized Immigrant Totals Rise in 7 States, Fall in 14 Summary: This report provides estimates of the 2012 unauthorized immigrant population and estimates of recent population trends in each of the 50 states and the District of Columbia. It also estimates national and state-level shares of unauthorized immigrants in the overall population, foreign-born population and labor force, and the share of students in kindergarten through 12th grade with at least one unauthorized immigrant parent. The report also includes estimates of the birth countries and regions of unauthorized immigrants at the state and national levels. Accompanying this report are interactive maps showing unauthorized immigrant population size, as well as shares of the overall population, shares of the foreign-born population and shares of the labor force, in the 50 states and the District of Columbia. Additional interactive maps show the share of elementary and secondary school students with at least one unauthorized parent, and the share of Mexicans among unauthorized immigrants, by state. Another map displays change for 2009 to 2012 in the unauthorized immigrant population at the state level. The estimates use the "residual method," a widely accepted and well-developed technique based on official government data. The data come mainly from the American Community Survey and March Supplement to the Current Population Survey, conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center's Hispanic Trends Project, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.pewhispanic.org/files/2014/11/2014-11-18_unauthorized-immigration.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 134168

Author: McLanahan, Sara Title: An Epidemiological Study of Children Exposure to Violence in the Fragile Families Study Summary: A large body of research shows that children raised in low-income families are exposed to more violence than children raised in high-income families, including neighborhood violence, domestic violence and parental violence, also referred to as 'harsh parenting.' Violence, in turn, is known to be associated with children's mental health and human capital development. This report summarizes what we have learned from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study about the prevalence, predictors and consequences of children's exposure to 1) neighborhood violence, 2) intimate partner violence (IPV), and 3) harsh parenting. By identifying violence as a threat to the public's mental health and recognizing the role of mental health challenges in increasing the risk for both victimization and perpetration of violence, the need to address violence in its varied forms becomes clear. Below are some of the over-arching action steps listed in the report that should be considered. Funding more research with diverse populations into the causes of violence Supporting policies to help vulnerable populations access mental health services, prevent violence, and improve cultural competency of mental health care providers Training and hiring more qualified people from vulnerable communities to be counselors and educators Coordinating care across different sectors -- including housing, education and workforce -- to reflect the interconnections between types of violence and the common stressors that increase risk Details: Princeton, NJ: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.rwjf.org/content/dam/farm/reports/issue_briefs/2014/rwjf415091/subassets/rwjf415091_1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 134169

Author: Light, Michael T. Title: The New Face of Legal Inequality: Noncitizens and the Long-Term Trends in Sentencing Disparities Across U.S. District Courts, 1992-2009 Summary: In the wake of mass immigration from Latin America, legal scholars have shifted focus from racial to ethnic inequality under the law. A series of studies now suggest that Hispanics may be the most disadvantaged group in U.S. courts, yet this body of work has yet to fully engage the role of citizenship status. The present research examines the punishment consequences for non-U.S. citizens sentenced in federal courts between 1992 and 2009. Drawing from work in citizenship studies and sociolegal inequality, I hypothesize that non-state members will be punished more severely than U.S. citizens, and any trends in Hispanic ethnicity over this period will be linked to punitive changes in the treatment of noncitizens. In line with this hypothesis, results indicate a considerable punishment gap between citizens and noncitizens - larger than minority-white disparities. Additionally, this citizenship 'penalty' has increased at the incarceration stage, explaining the majority of the increase in Hispanic-white disparity over the past two decades. As international migration increases, these findings call for greater theoretical and empirical breadth in legal inequality research beyond traditional emphases, such as race and ethnicity. Details: West Lafayette, IN: Purdue University, Department of Sociology, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper : Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2507448 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 134173

Author: Tribal Law and Policy Institute Title: Promising Strategies: Tribal-State Court Relations Summary: Tribal courts and state courts interact across an array of issues, including child welfare, cross-jurisdictional enforcement of domestic violence orders of protection, and civil commitments. In Public Law 2801 (PL 280) jurisdictions, the concurrent jurisdiction of state and tribal courts over criminal prosecutions and civil actions arising in Indian Country creates even more interactions and complications. Tensions and misunderstandings have been common features of tribal and state court relations in the past, sometimes erupting in jurisdictional conflicts. The different cultures, legal traditions, political systems, histories, and economic positions of state and tribal courts have contributed to these challenges. Since the early 1990s, however, initiatives by judges' organizations within both judicial systems have focused on an agenda of greater mutual understanding and cooperative action. Individual judges and court systems have also taken up the challenge, devising innovative programs that sidestep conflict in the interests of common goals such as greater community safety and child protection. State court leadership and court improvement organizations, such as the Conference of Chief Justices and the National Center for State Courts, and funding agencies, such as the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) in the U.S. Department of Justice, have supported their undertakings. This publication spotlights some of the most successful strategies within these initiatives. The authors hope is that other tribes and states seeking to negotiate complicated relationships will discover new options for solutions and find inspiring stories of collaboration within this publication. Details: West Hollywood, CA: Trial Law and Policy Institute, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.walkingoncommonground.org/files/Promising%20Strategies%20Tribal-State%20Court%20Final%203-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 134175

Author: Hoffer, Tia Title: Operational Safety Considerations While Investigating Child Sex Offenders. A Handbook for Law Enforcement Volume 1 Summary: The danger to the law enforcement officer who is initiating a search warrant or arrest of a Child Sex Offender (CSO) is most likely underestimated. CSOs are often perceived to be less dangerous and nonviolent. However, CSOs pose a significant risk to themselves and in turn can potentially be a danger to law enforcement officers. This handbook, based on a review by the FBI's Behavioral Analysis Unit III- Crimes Against Children of over 100 cases of CSOs who committed suicide, is the first of a two part handbook addressing salient operational and safety factors that might arise between law enforcement and CSOs. A Volume II will provide specific skills and techniques that can be utilized by law enforcement in gathering information about potential risk factors impacting CSO behavior. Details: Quantico, VA: FBI's Behavioral Analysis Unit III, Crimes Against Children, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://leb.fbi.gov/2013/may/officers-and-child-sex-offenders-operational-safety-considerations Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 134176

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Demanding Justice Report 2014 Summary: America's youth are at risk because of a simple economic principle-demand for sex acts with children drives the market of exploitation. Little has been done to address the culture of tolerance or confront the obvious conclusion that penalizing buyers is essential to protecting our youth from becoming prey. Unfortunately, attempts to find answers to the problem of demand have been scarce. In a very limited number of cases a buyer has been convicted federally under a provision of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act, and this needs to be developed for greater applicability at the state level. Enactment of good laws at the state and federal level are essential but just the beginning. Enforcement of these laws will be the deterrent necessary to stem demand for commercial sex acts. Therefore, the purpose of this report is to measure criminal justice outcomes. Nonetheless identifying buyers of sex acts with minors was a crucial preliminary step in the research and lent itself to a prevalence review by default. One overarching challenge encountered in studying demand is the anonymity of buyers. Similarly, the anonymity of buyers presents one of the greatest challenges to investigation and arrest. Victims often do not know or remember the buyers' real names, addresses, or other identifying information. This can be due to the trauma of the sexual exploitation or to the evasive techniques of traffickers in orchestrating the commercial encounter with the buyer. Prostitution is done on a cash basis and buyers frequently use false names, leaving law enforcement with limited evidence. Given the challenges law enforcement face in identifying and arresting buyers, the number of buyers who have come into contact with law enforcement reflects a small subsection of those who are buying sex acts with minors. Within that subset are the cases that were reported by the media with sufficient information to clearly identify the case as involving commercial sexual exploitation of a minor by a buyer, narrowing the field of cases even further. Since prosecutions of traffickers for the offense of sex trafficking of minors are more prevalent and generally carry more serious penalties than prosecutions of buyers of sex acts with minors, trafficker cases are more often identified in media articles as sex trafficking and more often reported. The conduct of traffickers is increasingly referred to as human trafficking in the media, but there is little consistency in the language used to refer to the conduct of buyers. In some instances, the offense of buying sex acts with a minor is viewed as a type of prostitution case. The desk review phase of this research identified 407 relevant cases largely through media sources; 25 of those media outlets referred to a minor victim as a prostitute, reflecting the attitudes that prevent these cases from being reported as serious offenses of commercial sexual exploitation of a child. Prevalent misunderstanding of a buyer's role in the sex trafficking of minors perpetuates another set of challenges in identifying these offenders. Lower penalties for buying sex acts with a minor discourage law enforcement from aggressively investigating the buyer as they focus efforts on traffickers who face more substantial penalties and are perceived as more culpable. Media's focus is also on these more serious offenses, promoting public perception that traffickers are the only offenders that warrant attention. While substantial penalties for traffickers have been a legislative focus for many years, a shift toward focusing on buyers as culpable parties in the sex trafficking of children has only begun to take root. Despite the trend for law to treat the purchase of sex acts with a minor as a crime of sex trafficking, public perception continues to allocate some blame to the older minor and this is reflected in state legislation that minimizes penalties when a buyer purchases or solicits sex acts with an older minor. While many states have clarified their laws in the past couple years to clearly define a sex trafficking victim as any minor under the age of 18 used for commercial sex, buyers may enjoy a lower standard of culpability when their victim is older than 14 or 15, and may avoid serious penalties entirely by claiming mistake of age. Meanwhile, offenses against younger minors are often recognized and charged as sex offenses, regardless of whether there was an exchange or offer of compensation for illegal sex acts, leading to substantial variation in the treatment of buyers depending on the age of the victim. These perceptions about buyers influenced this demand research in two primary ways. First, there is substantial lack of clarity on how to define and describe buyer cases-the same case could be treated very differently under different state laws, or very differently depending on the age of the minor victim. This impacts how the case is reported by the media, the source of a substantial number of the buyer cases identified for the desk review phase of the study. As a result, search terms used in the study had to anticipate the range of terms that may be used to describe the offense and the range of offenses that may be charged against a buyer. Despite carefully selected search terms, close inspection of the resulting articles was necessary to find cases that fit the parameters of this study, specifically, commercial sexual exploitation of a minor by a sex consumer. These perceptions about buyers also impacted the target site research, which tracked 119 cases from arrest through prosecution to sentencing, and demonstrated a strikingly diverse array of sentencing alternatives and leniency factors afforded the defendants in these cases, suggesting a reticence to enforce existing penalties to the fullest extent of the law. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2014. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Demanding_Justice_Report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134177

Author: National Gang Intelligence Center Title: 2013 National Gang Report Summary: The 2013 NGR highlights current and emergent trends of violent criminal gangs in the United States. Consistent with the 2011 report, the 2013 installment illustrates that gangs continue to commit violent and surreptitious crimes - both on the street and in prison - that pose a significant threat to public safety in most US jurisdictions across the nation. A comprehensive overview of gang activity in the United States, the 2013 NGR examines gangs from a national standpoint and explains how they function as sophisticated criminal networks that engage in all levels of crime in order to further their objectives to gain control of the territories they inhabit and generate revenue. As the 2013 NGR demonstrates, gangs expand their reach through migration into communities across the nation; collaboration with other illicit networks like drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) and rival gangs; active recruitment of membership; and through the absorption of smaller, less visible neighborhood-based gangs (NBGs), which continue to negatively impact US communities at a greater rate than national level gangs. Intelligence herein also reviews how gangs perpetuate their criminal enterprises through their ability to adapt to changing social and economic environments; exploit new technology; target law enforcement; evade law enforcement detection; and enroll or employ within educational facilities, law enforcement agencies, government bodies, and through all branches of the US military. Details: Washington, DC: National Gang Intelligence Center, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/national-gang-report-2013 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 134179

Author: Long, Joseph E. Title: A social movement theory typology of gang violence Summary: This thesis uses social movement theory to describe the formation of street gangs and account for their high levels of violence. By understanding street gangs as a social movement contributing to the gang cycle, my hope is that communities and law enforcement will be able to adopt better strategies for breaking the cycle. Likewise, the study of street gangs serves as a laboratory for counterinsurgency operations overseas. By understanding the potential effects of repression on a population, future counterinsurgent operators will better understand the complex environment in which they serve. As demonstrated by the case studies of Salinas and Oakland, continued coercive repression and negative channeling are recipes for creating isolation within a community that leads to fragmentation and increased violence. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2010. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 20, 2014 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/handle/10945/5272 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 134183

Author: Sedensky, Stephen J., III Title: Report of the State's Attorney of the Judicial District of Danbury on the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School and 36 Yogananda Street, Newtown, Connecticut on December 14, 2012 Summary: The purpose of this report is to identify the person or persons criminally responsible for the twenty-seven homicides that occurred in Newtown, Connecticut, on the morning of December 14, 2012, to determine what crimes were committed, and to indicate if there will be any state prosecutions as a result of the incident. The State's Attorney for the Judicial District of Danbury is charged, pursuant to Article IV, Section 27 of the Constitution of the State of Connecticut and Connecticut General Statutes (C.G.S.) Sec. 51-276 et seq., with the investigation and prosecution of all criminal offenses occurring within the Judicial District of Danbury. The Connecticut State Police have the responsibility to prevent and detect violations of the law and this State's Attorney has worked with and relied upon the Connecticut State Police since the incident occurred. Since December 14, 2012, the Connecticut State Police and the State's Attorney's Office have worked with the federal authorities sharing responsibilities for various aspects of this investigation. Numerous other municipal, state and federal agencies assisted in the investigation. The investigation materials reflect thousands of law enforcement and prosecutor hours. Apart from physical evidence, the materials consist of more than seven-hundred individual files that include reports, statements, interviews, videos, laboratory tests and results, photographs, diagrams, search warrants and returns, as well as evaluations of those items. In the course of the investigation, both state and federal law enforcement personnel received a large number of contacts purporting to provide information on the shootings and the shooter. Although many times these "leads" would go nowhere, each one was evaluated and often required substantial law enforcement time to pursue. An abundance of caution was used during the investigation to ensure that all leads were looked into, despite the fact that more than 40 such "leads" proved, after investigation, to be unsubstantiated. Information that was substantiated and relevant was made part of the investigation. It is not the intent of this report to convey every piece of information contained in the voluminous investigation materials developed by the Connecticut State Police and other law enforcement agencies, but to provide information relevant to the purposes of this report. While no report is statutorily required of the State's Attorney once an investigation is complete, it has been the practice of State's Attorneys to issue reports on criminal investigations where there is no arrest and prosecution if the State's Attorney determines that some type of public statement is necessary. Given the gravity of the crimes committed on December 14, 2012, a report is in order. On the morning of December 14, 2012, the shooter, age 20, heavily armed, went to Sandy Hook Elementary School (SHES) in Newtown, where he shot his way into the locked school building with a Bushmaster Model XM15-E2S rifle. He then shot and killed the principal and school psychologist as they were in the north hallway of the school responding to the noise of the shooter coming into the school. The shooter also shot and injured two other staff members who were also in the hallway. Details: Hartford, CT: State of Connecticut, Division of Criminal Justice, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.ct.gov/csao/lib/csao/Sandy_Hook_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134233

Author: Johnson, Sharon Title: Project Research to Action in Mentoring: Final Report Summary: Although there is a growing body of research and literature on youth mentoring programs and best practices, most of the research is based on the one-on-one mentoring model that focuses on the dyadic relationship between one adult and one youth. With the increasing awareness and understanding of mentoring as a successful intervention or prevention strategy for youth delinquency, the demand for mentoring programs is likewise increasing. Many studies have acknowledged the need for youth mentoring programs to target their approaches in order to increase efficiency, effectiveness and heightened levels of positive outcomes (DuBois et al., 2002; Rhodes & Lowe, 2008; DuBois et al., 2006). Rhodes (2008) and Karcher et al. (2006) challenged researchers to compare methods of implementation and outcomes for different kinds of youth, analyze success and failure in different applications of mentoring, and effectively communicate these findings to the field. Project Research to Action in Mentoring (Project RAM) was proposed as a collaborative effort between the University of Missouri-St. Louis (UMSL), Alliance for Families & Communities Affected by Incarceration (AFCAI) and Better Family Life (BFL) to examine group versus one-on-one mentoring in community-based agencies. AFCAI and BFL were selected due to their established community-based mentoring programs targeting at-risk youth. Both agencies agreed to undertake the research study by incorporating randomization and systematic programming into their existing mentoring approaches. The short-term goals were to compare one-on-one mentoring to group mentoring to assess whether one is more effective as a prevention/intervention approach to reducing negative outcomes and to assess the differential impact of mentoring across levels of risk. The long-term goal was to examine whether observed effectiveness in group or one-on-one mentoring across levels of risk were sustainable post intervention. Details: Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/244534.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 134234

Author: Haider-Markel, Donald P. Title: Attributing Blame in Tragedy: Understanding Attitudes About the Causes of Three Mass Shootings Summary: Individuals develop causal stories about the world around them that explain events, behaviors, and conditions. These stories may attribute causes to controllable components, such as individual choice, or uncontrollable components, such as systematic forces in the environment. Here we employ motivated reasoning and attribution theory to understand causal attributions the 2007 Virginia Tech shootings, the 2009 Fort Hood shootings, and the 2011 Tucson, Arizona shootings. We argue that causal attributions stem from individual reasoning that is primarily motivated by existing dispositions and accuracy motives. Both motivations are present for attributions about these mass shootings and we seek to understand their significance and whether dispositional motives condition accuracy drives. We are able to test several hypotheses using individual level survey data from several national surveys to explain attributions about the shootings. Our findings suggest a substantial partisan divide on the causes of the tragedies and considerable differences between the least and most educated respondents. However, our analyses also reveal that while education has virtually no influence on the attributions made by Republicans, it heightens the differences among Democrats. We discuss these findings for the public's understanding of these tragedies and more broadly for attribution research. Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas, Department of Political Science, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: APSA 2011 Annual Meeting Paper: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1901759 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134235

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Examining Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Probation Revocation: Summary Findings and Implications from a Multisite Study Summary: This brief presents summary findings from an Urban Institute study examining the degree of racial and ethnic disparity in probation revocation outcomes and the drivers of that disparity in four diverse probation jurisdictions. Black probationers were revoked at higher rates than white and Hispanic probationers in all study sites. Differences in risk assessment scores and criminal history were major contributors to the black-white disparity. Results for disparity to the disadvantage of Hispanic probationers were mixed. The brief concludes with a discussion of policy implications for probation and the criminal justice system as a whole. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413174-Examining-Racial-and-Ethnic-Disparities-in-Probation-Revocations-Summary-Findings.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 134238

Author: Ho, Helen Title: Examining Racial Disparities in the Sixth Judicial District of Iowa's Probation Revocation Outcomes Summary: The Urban Institute examined racial disparities in the probation revocation rates in Iowa's Sixth Judicial District. Black probationers in the study sample were revoked at significantly higher rates than both white and Hispanic probationers. Disparities in revocation outcomes persisted after controlling for available legal and demographic factors. A little over half of the black-white disparity in revocation rates was attributable to group differences in characteristics other than race. This brief situates the study in the context of the SJD's past efforts addressing disparities in probation processes and outcomes and discusses potential future directions in light of the study findings. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413173-Examining-Racial-Disparities-in-the-Sixth-Judicial-District-of-Iowas-Probation-Revocation-Outcomes.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Probation Revocation Shelf Number: 134239

Author: Breaux, Justin Title: Responding to Racial Disparities in the Multnomah County's Probation Revocation Outcomes Summary: The Urban Institute examined racial disparities in probation revocation rates in Multnomah County, Oregon. Black probationers in the study sample were twice as likely to experience a revocation as were white and Hispanic probationers, although the base rate of revocations was very low for all groups. Disparities in revocation outcomes persisted after controlling for available legal and demographic factors. This brief situates the study in the context of Multnomah County's past efforts to improve probation practices and address disparities in probation processes and outcomes. It discusses policy implications and future directions for improvement in light of the study findings. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/413175-Responding-to-Racial-Disparities-in-Multnomah-County-Probation-Revocations.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Probation Revocation Shelf Number: 134240

Author: Kuhns, Joseph B. Title: An Assessment of the Calculation Process and Validity of False Alarm Estimates Summary: False Security Alarms -- In the past, false alarm activations and dispatches have been consistently reported at over ninety percent. Alarm ownership rates are also increasing. Therefore, although there is a national downward trend for false alarm calls, law enforcement agencies in some jurisdictions (e.g., areas with no alarm ordinance) are responding to increased numbers of false alarm activations. In these types of jurisdictions, false alarms may account for a considerable proportion of calls for service. -- Academic research specifically addressing the issue of false alarms is scarce. -- Considerable variability exists in how false alarms and false dispatches are defined and calculated. -False alarms are often described as residential or commercial security alarm activations that lead to a law enforcement response, but where no evidence of criminal activity is found. However, there are inconsistencies within this definitional framework. - Of greater concern with the broadly used term false alarm - is the lack of clarification between false alarm activations - and false dispatches.� -- A false alarm is broadly defined as an unsubstantiated alarm activation. -- A false dispatch involves the unwarranted request for law enforcement response. False dispatches should be a greater concern for local jurisdictions given the consumption of scarce resources and the opportunity costs associated with responding. - Calls for service that are determined to be unknown in origin are generally declared as false by law enforcement, but the alarm industry may consider these valid based on the assumption that an intrusion was likely prevented. Both positions have merit. Details: Irving, TX: Alarm Industry Research and Educational Foundation, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://airef.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Assessment_of_the_Calculation_Process_and_Validity_of_False_Alarm_Estimates_-_Final_Report-05_12_10-2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 134241

Author: Downey, P. Mitchell Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis: A Guide for Drug Courts and other Criminal Justice Programs Summary: Policymakers and practitioners face difficult decisions when they allocate resources. As resource constraints have tightened, the role of researchers in informing evidence-based and cost-effective decisions about the use of funds, labor, materials and equipment - and even the skills of workers - has increased. We believe research that can inform decisions about resource allocation will be a central focus of criminal justice research in the years to come, with cost-benefit analysis (CBA) among the key tools. This report about the use of CBA is aimed at not only researchers but also practitioners and policymakers who use research to make choices about how to use limited resources. Although we include NIJ's Multi-site Adult Drug Court Evaluation (MADCE) as an example of CBA in practice, this report is not just about using CBA in drug courts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: National Institute of Justice Research in Brief: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/246769.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134243

Author: Davis, Ashly Nikkole Title: The Effect of Realignment on Mentally Ill Offenders Summary: With the recent Supreme Court decision in Brown v. Plata, "realignment" seems to be California's new criminal justice buzzword. Underlying the Court's decision in Brown, however, lay two important class action suits - Coleman v. Brown and Plata v. Brown - that served as the driving forces behind the Court's decision. These cases alleged Eighth Amendment violations in California's prison system based on deficiencies in mental health care and medical care, respectively. With the Court crediting the Constitutional violations and lack of adequate care alleged in Coleman and Plata to an oversized prison population, overcrowding emerged as the issue of the day. State legislators responded to the Court's directive to rapidly decrease California's prison population with AB 109, public safety realignment legislation geared toward ameliorating prison overcrowding. Ironically, though they were the impetus behind this legislation, the mentally ill have largely been left out of the realignment conversation. Little mention - if any - has been made of how AB 109 improves or even addresses the treatment of the mentally ill. This paper will analyze AB 109 to determine how closely it rings true to the spirit behind the Brown v. Plata litigation - namely, providing mentally ill offenders with adequate medical and psychiatric care - and what impact the bill will have on the mentally ill. More specifically, this paper will assess whether AB 109 marks yet another in a long series of failed attempts by the state to appropriately address the treatment of mentally ill individuals in state custody. One of the basic themes behind this paper is a recognition of the importance of mentally ill offenders in California, not only in terms of the litigation that sparked realignment, but also from a general corrections standpoint. Research shows that mentally ill offenders recidivate at a much higher rate than non-mentally ill offenders. Therefore, it is crucial from a public safety perspective to determine where realignment is going to place these individuals. Further, AB 109 is not the first alignment of state and local fiscal and administrative responsibility in California that implicates the treatment of the mentally ill. It is necessary to attempt to determine what effects realignment will have on California's mental health resources, which have been scarce for much of the state's history. While not the focus of this paper, underlying much of the discussion will be the disturbing, yet generally accepted fact that prisons and jails in the United States largely operate as de facto mental hospitals. In California in particular, well-intentioned efforts to deinstitutionalize the mentally ill from state hospitals have had disastrous consequences, with the result being that many mentally ill individuals have ended up in the one place that accepts almost everyone: the criminal justice system. If there is one thing that most people seem to agree on, it is that many of the state's previous attempts to address this population have been ineffective. Mentally ill offenders are likely to struggle in the correctional system, whether at the state or local level. This paper explores, but does not intend to answer important questions such as: How do you hold mentally ill offenders accountable? Is this a population that we should even be seeking to imprison? Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Criminal Justice Center, 2012. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/child-page/183091/doc/slspublic/Davis_AB109_And_Mentally_Ill_Offenders.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 134245

Author: Swenson, Lauren R. Title: Unnecessary Roughness: Off-Field Aggression And Crime in College Football Summary: This study explores factors (entitlement, personality, head trauma, exposure to violence) that may be correlated with a college football player engaging in criminal behavior. The purpose is to potentially identify which players are �at risk� for difficulty with team and/or societal rules that will prevent them from being successful on the sports field. A sample of 75 participants (40 football players; 35 non-athletes), consisting of males, between 18 and 25 years of age, enrolled in undergraduate courses in college completed the survey. The survey consisting of the Entitlement Attitudes Scale (EAS; Nadkarni, 1994; Nadkarni, Steil, Malone, & Sagrestano, 2005), Mini-Markers (Saucier, 1994), as well as a background survey assessing exposure to violence, head trauma, and participation in criminal behavior was administered to the participants electronically. The Balanced Inventory of Desired Responding (BIDR; Paulhus, 1991) was also administered to assess the candor in which the participants answered the survey. Analyses compared the athletes and non-athletes on each of the factors. Responses to the criminal questionnaire, adapted from Giever (1995), were summed to create a criminality index. Participants were placed into either the high crime group or low crime group based upon whether their responses fell above or below the 50th percentile. None of the factors were correlated with the high crime group; however, differences did exist between the football players and non-athletes. The football players and non-athletes differed on personality traits, entitlement, and exposure to violence. There were no differences on the BIDR, which suggests that both groups responded to the survey with a similar level of frankness. This study indicates that there are several noteworthy differences among football players and their non-athlete counterparts. These are areas that can be addressed through interventions in order to decrease any risk and ultimately maximize participation in their intended pursuits. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2011. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: https://dspace.iup.edu/bitstream/handle/2069/375/Lauren%20Swenson.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 134247

Author: Zajac, Gary Title: Evaluation of Mifflin County Adult Treatment Court Summary: The Mifflin County Adult Treatment Court (MCATC) is a drug court program that began development in 2010 under a Bureau of Justice Assistance grant received by Mifflin County. The first participants were enrolled in February of 2011. Program participants are under the supervision of the Mifflin County Adult Probation Department while enrolled in MCATC. As is typical for a drug court, drug and alcohol treatment is the primary service offered by MCATC, although educational, vocational and other miscellaneous services are also offered. The drug and alcohol treatment services are delivered by a local private provider - Clear Concepts Counseling (http://www.clearconceptscounseling.com/). The primary drug and alcohol treatment modality offered as part of MCATC is an intensive outpatient program (IOP), which meets 3 times per week, 3 hours each session, for a total of 4 weeks. Follow-up outpatient and recovery groups are also offered. MCATC is a small program. At the time of the CPC assessment there were 10 offenders currently enrolled. Another 5 had graduated, with 14 others having already been removed from the program. Thus, the MCATC has enrolled fewer than 30 offenders as of the date of this assessment. Note: we were not permitted to observe an IOP group treatment session, which would normally be part of the CPC assessment process. This limits to some extent the conclusions we can draw about the structure and content of the MCATC. Primary Program Strengths - - Program leadership and staff possess the requisite credentials and experience needed to work within a program like the Mifflin County Adult Treatment Court (MCATC). - Program leadership is integrally involved in the operation of the MCATC. - There appears to be good support for the program among program staff and the local criminal justice community. - The program undertakes formal, objective assessment of offender risk and need, and most importantly accepts only high risk clients into the program. - The MCATC primarily targets criminogenic needs and the ratio of criminogenic to noncriminogenic targets appears to be sufficient. - Appropriate rewards and punishers are used. - Specific to the drug court setting, the Judge appears to conduct court in an atmosphere of respect and fairness to clients, is knowledgeable about clients' cases and provides appropriate positive and redirective feedback to clients during the bi-weekly hearings. Primary Recommendations Program Improvement Following are the three most critical things that the MCATC can do to improve its likelihood of reducing the recidivism potential of its clients: - Perhaps the most important recommendation is that the scope of treatment services delivered as part of the MCATC should be expanded to include an evidence-based program(s) that specifically and directly targets core criminogenic needs including antisocial attitudes/values, anti-social peers, and decision making/problem solving skills. On a related point, the MCATC should also consider expanding its offender assessment regimen to include dynamic criminal attitudes tools that will allow staff to triage clients into any new criminal thinking programs adopted, as well as to monitor their progress through these program(s). - The MCATC should also employ a more consistent and structured approach to the substance abuse services offered. The current approach is eclectic, offering a mix of models. Some of these models have a relatively strong evidence-base (e.g. MI, CBT), but for others the evidence of effectiveness is less clear (12 Step, psycho-educational). All substance abuse services should be based upon an evidence-based approach, such as CBT. The advantage of a CBT approach is that it is fairly transferable, capable of being applied to many different problem domains, such as substance abuse, criminal thinking, peers, decision making, etc., and indeed can also provide the underlayment for an integrated treatment curriculum that addresses all necessary targets for a given client. - Finally, program facilitators should incorporate skill modeling, training and practice into the program whereby facilitators model and clients practice new skills. Staff should demonstrate new skills/pro-social alternatives using modeling/vicarious learning techniques that routinely teach participants to identify and anticipate problem situations. Offenders should spend at least as much time in group practicing new skills as they spend being formally taught those skills. Details: University Park, PA: Justice Center for Research, The Pennsylvania State University, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://justicecenter.psu.edu/research/projects/mcatc/MCATCFinalReportSeptember2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 134253

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Alternatives to Detention: Improved Data Collection and Analyses Needed to Better Assess Program Effectiveness Summary: Aliens awaiting removal proceedings or found to be removable from the United States are detained in ICE custody or released into the community under one or more options, such as release on bond and under supervision of the ATD program. Within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), ICE is responsible for overseeing aliens in detention and those released into the community. In 2004 ICE implemented the ATD program to be a cost-effective alternative to detaining aliens. ICE administers the program with contractor assistance using case management and electronic monitoring to ensure aliens comply with release conditions-including appearing at immigration court hearings and leaving the United States if they receive a final order of removal. The Joint Explanatory Statement to the 2014 Consolidated Appropriations Act mandated that GAO evaluate ICE's implementation of the ATD program. This report addresses (1) trends in ATD program participation from fiscal years 2011 through 2013 and the extent to which ICE provides oversight to help ensure cost-effective program implementation, and (2) the extent that ICE measured the performance of the ATD program for fiscal years 2011 through 2013. GAO analyzed ICE and ATD program data, reviewed ICE documentation, and interviewed ICE and ATD contractor officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that ICE analyze data to monitor ERO field offices' implementation of guidance and require the collection of data on the Technology-only component. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-26: Accessed November 25, 2014 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/666911.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134254

Author: French, Charles Title: Juvenile Justice in Oregon: An Analysis of the Performance of Oregon�s Juvenile Justice System Summary: This report is the first formal attempt to compare the performance of Oregon's juvenile justice system with other states since Oregon's system was overhauled by the legislature in 1995. The foundations of Oregon's current juvenile criminal justice policy were established through the leadership of then Oregon Attorney General Ted Kulongoski in Senate Bill 1 and passed by the legislature and signed into law by Governor Kitzhaber in 1995. This landmark legislation fundamentally restructured Oregon's juvenile system, system that are created the Oregon Youth Authority and established the concept of "early and certain intervention and sanctions" as the most effective way to hold juveniles accountable for their criminal behavior. (ORS4l 9C.00 1 ) Despite this clear legislative mandate, many of Oregon's juvenile departments have abandoned the principles of Senate Bill 1 through the influence of a large out-of-state private non-profit organization called the Annie E. Casey Foundation. As a result of the influence of the "Casey philosophy'', more than a third of all juveniles accused of criminal behavior now have their cases dismissed with no action taken by the system. It is difficult to square these practices with the clearly stated principles of Senate Bill 1, particularly when considering Oregon's poor performance in reducing juvenile property and drug crime. The writers of this report believe it is time to conduct a closer examination of how Oregon's juvenile system is actually performing in order to make it more effective and return it to the principles embodied in Senate Bill 1. Unfortunately, the most recent session of the legislature focused its attention on violent juvenile crime, an area in which Oregon has performed well. Since 1995 violent juvenile crime has dropped more than 50%o and has remained far below national juvenile crime rates. In contrast, juvenile property crime in Oregon has remained well above national averages. And, most alarmingly, drug usage and addiction by juveniles in Oregon has reached epidemic proportions, ranking second nationally. This report focuses on areas of our current system that are underperforming, property crime and drugs. Details: Oregon City, OR: Clackamas County District Attorney's Office, 2014. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2014 at: http://www.clackamas.us/da/documents/JuvenileJusticeinOregon20140929.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 131786

Author: Kollmann, Stephanie Title: Combating Gun Violence in Illinois: Evidence-Based Solutions Summary: Although we are all deeply disturbed by gun violence - each death is another tragedy and a call for action - our responses must be smart, strategic and grounded in evidence-based solutions. The evidence indicates, repeatedly, that mandatory minimum sentences will not reduce gun violence. On the contrary, such restrictions are not only costly, but also counterproductive. But there is good news: other approaches to reducing gun violence show great promise. Conducted outside of the criminal court process - in the real world, where effects are more concrete and immediate - these approaches have been proven to reduce risky behavior and violence, with significantly less damage to our justice and corrections systems as well as our social fabric. Together with targeted enforcement of existing Illinois laws that provide for harsh gun sentences where appropriate, these initiatives offer real solutions to gun violence. Details: Chicago: Northwestern School of Law, Bluhm Legal Clinic, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2014 at: http://www.law.northwestern.edu/legalclinic/cfjc/documents/Gun%20Violence%20Memo%20-%20Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Policies Shelf Number: 134259

Author: Mejia, Daniel Title: The Economics of the War on Illegal Drug Production and Trafficking Summary: We model the war on drugs in source countries as a conflict over scarce inputs of successive levels of the production and trafficking chain. We explicitly model the vertical structure of the drug trade as being composed of several stages, and study how different policies aimed at different stages affect the supply, prices and input markets. We use the model to study Plan Colombia, a large scale intervention in Colombia aimed at reducing the supply of cocaine by targeting illicit crops and illegal armed groups' control of the routes used to transport drugs outside of the country - two of the main inputs of the production and trafficking chain. The model fits many of the patterns found in the data and sheds light on certain puzzling findings. For a reasonable set of parameters that match well the data on the war on drugs under Plan Colombia, our model predicts that the marginal cost to the U.S. of reducing the amount of cocaine transacted in retail markets by one kilogram is $1,631.900 if resources are allocated to eradication efforts; and $267.450 per kilogram if resources are allocated to interdiction efforts Details: Bogota, Colombia: Universidad De Los Andes-Cede, Department of Economics, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Documento CEDE No. 2013-54 : Accessed November 26, 2014 at: http://economia.uniandes.edu.co/publicaciones/dcede2013-54.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 134261

Author: Hudak, John Title: Colorado's Rollout of Legal Marijuana Is Succeeding Summary: In November 2012, Colorado voters decided to experiment with marijuana. Formally, they approved Amendment 64, modifying the state constitution. This move was historic and did something which, to that point, no other state or modern foreign government had ever done: legalize retail (recreational) marijuana. As part of the amendment, the state was required to construct legal, regulatory, and tax frameworks that would allow businesses to cultivate, process, and sell marijuana not simply to medical patients-as had been happening in Colorado for over a decade-but to anyone 21 and older. This change came despite existing federal prohibition of marijuana and opposition from the governor, state attorney general, many mayors, and the law enforcement community. At its heart, this report is about good government and takes no position on whether the legalization of retail marijuana was the correct decision. Instead, it takes for granted that Amendment 64 and its progeny are the law and should be implemented successfully, per voters' wishes. The report examines what the state has done well and what it has not. It delves into why, and how, regulatory and administrative changes were made. Finally, it offers an evaluation of how effective the implementation has been. Key findings include: - It's too early to judge the success of Colorado's policy, but it is not too early to say that the rollout-initial implementation-of legal retail marijuana has been largely successful. - The state has met challenging statutory and constitutional deadlines for the construction and launch of a legal, regulatory, and tax apparatus for its new policy. In doing so, it has made intelligent decisions about regulatory needs, the structure of distribution, prevention of illegal diversion, and other vital aspects of its new market. It has made those decisions in concert with a wide variety of stakeholders in the state. - Colorado's strong rollout is attributable to a number of elements. Those include: leadership by state officials; a cooperative, inclusive approach centering on task forces and working groups; substantial efforts to improve administrative communication; adaptive regulation that embraces regulatory lookback and process-oriented learning; reorganizing, rebuilding, and restaffing critical state regulatory institutions; and changes in culture in state and local government, among interest groups, and among the public. - Regulations address key concerns such as diversion, shirking, communication breakdowns, illegal activity, and the financial challenges facing the marijuana industry. However, some regulations were also intended to help regulators, as they endured rapid, on-the-job training in dealing with legal marijuana. - Despite real success, challenges involving edibles, homegrown marijuana, tax incentives, and marijuana tourism remain, and the state must address them in a more effective way. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Effective Public Management, Brookings Institution, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2014 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2014/07/colorado%20marijuana%20legalization%20succeeding/cepmmjcov2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy (Colorado) Shelf Number: 134263

Author: Morral, Andrew R. Title: Sexual Assault and Sexual Harassment in the U.S. Military. Top-Line Estimates for Active-Duty Service Members from the 2014 RAND Military Workplace Study Summary: In early 2014, the Department of Defense (DoD) Sexual Assault Prevention and Response Office (SAPRO) asked the RAND National Defense Research Institute (NDRI) to conduct an independent assessment of sexual assault, sexual harassment, and gender discrimination in the military � an assessment last conducted in 2012 by the department itself with the Workplace and Gender Relations Survey of Active Duty Personnel (WGRA). This report provides initial top-line estimates from the resulting study, the RAND Military Workplace Study (RMWS), which included a survey of 560,000 U.S. service members fielded in August and September of 2014. Compared to the prior DoD studies, the RMWS takes a new approach to counting individuals in the military who experienced sexual assault, sexual harassment, or gender discrimination. Our measurement of sexual assault aligns closely with the definitions and criteria in the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) for Article 120 crimes. The survey measures of sexual harassment and gender discrimination, which together we refer to as sex-based military equal opportunity (MEO) violations, use criteria drawn directly from DoD Directive 1350.2. Compared with past surveys that were designed to measure a climate of sexual misconduct associated with illegal behavior, the approach used in the RMWS offers greater precision in estimating the number of crimes and MEO violations that have occurred. However, recognizing that DoD is also interested in trends in sexual assault, sexual harassment, and gender discrimination, RAND fielded a portion of the 2014 surveys using the same questions as previous DoD surveys on this topic. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, National Defense Research Institute, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR870.html Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gender Discrimination Shelf Number: 134276

Author: Lee, Jungtaek Title: Does Legalization of Sunday Alcohol Sales Increase Crime? Summary: Recently, several states repealed their laws restricting the sale of alcohol on Sundays. We investigate the effect of this policy change on crime trends in seven states using data from FBI�s National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS). We identify the impact of the legalization of Sunday alcohol sales on several different types of criminal activity by exploiting the variation in the implementation of this policy change across different states at different times. Using difference-indifferences type models, we show that the repeal of the ban on Sunday alcohol sales is associated with significant increases in total property and violent crimes committed on Sundays. In particular, we find that states that legalized Sunday sales of alcohol experienced 13% to 20% increase in the total number of violent and property crimes committed on Sundays. However, the aggregate impact of this policy change on crimes committed on all days of the week is not significant due to either positive or statistically insignificant spillover effects of the repeal of Sunday alcohol sales bans on crimes committed on Mondays through Saturdays. These results are robust under alternative model specifications and several falsification tests. Details: Munich: Center for Economic Studies & Ifo Institute (CESifo), 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper Series with No. 5065: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2532859 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 134278

Author: Bethencourt, Carlos Title: On the intergenerational nature of criminal behavior Summary: Empirical evidence suggests that family background and parental criminality are strong predictors of an individuals' criminal behavior. The aim of this paper is to account for this intergenerational nature of criminal behavior within a simple theoretical model. Drawing on the literature of cultural transmission, we model the dynamics of moral norms of good conduct (honest behavior). Individuals' criminal behavior and morality are strategic complementarities that reinforce each other. We establish the existence of multiple steady states and provide conditions on the socialization process under which both types - honest and dishonest - survive in the long run even though parents commit crime but at the same time agree that honesty is desirable. Our model provides a novel explanation of why crime is highly concentrated in specific areas and also why crime rates tend to be persistent over time. An empirical application reveals that our model can account for the differential reductions in property crime rates across US federal states since the 1980s. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 58344: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/58344/4/MPRA_paper_58344.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Intergenerational Crime Shelf Number: 134279

Author: Malcolm, Michael Title: Are Pornography and Marriage Substitutes for Young Men? Summary: Substitutes for marital sexual gratification may impact the decision to marry. Proliferation of the Internet has made pornography an increasingly low-cost substitute. We investigate the effect of Internet usage, and of pornography consumption specifically, on the marital status of young men. We show that increased Internet usage is negatively associated with marriage formation. Pornography consumption specifically has an even stronger effect. Instrumental variables and a number of robustness checks suggest that the effect is causal. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 8679: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2534707 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Internet Pornography Shelf Number: 134280

Author: Connecticut. Office of the Child Advocate Title: Shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School Summary: On Friday, December 14, 2012, our state and nation were stunned by the overwhelming tragedy at Sandy Hook Elementary School where twenty children and six educators were shot in their school. AL, who had already shot his mother in their home, also shot himself. In the immediate aftermath of this terrible event, state and federal law enforcement agencies began investigating the circumstances leading up to the shooting. On January 30, 2013, the State Child Fatality Review Panel (CFRP)--charged with reviewing the sudden and unexpected death of children-directed the state Office of the Child Advocate (OCA) to investigate the circumstances leading to the death of the children at Sandy Hook, with a focus on any public health recommendations that may emanate from a review of the shooter's personal history. The Office of the Child Advocate, with the assistance of co-authors and consultants, reviewed numerous subjects pertinent to the charge from the CFRP, including: - The mental health, developmental and social history of AL from his birth to the days before the shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School. - The educational record of AL, including documentation of needs and services provided. - The medical history of AL from childhood to adulthood. - Relevant laws regarding special education and confidentiality of records and how these laws implicate professional obligations and practices. OCA began a comprehensive collection and review of records related to the life of AL-including his medical, mental health and education records, as well as un-redacted state police and law enforcement records. OCA reviewed thousands of pages of documents, consulted with law enforcement and members of the Child Fatality Review Panel, conducted interviews, and incorporated extensive research to develop the report's findings and recommendations. Details: Hartford, CT: Office of the Child Advocate, 2014. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://www.ct.gov/oca/lib/oca/sandyhook11212014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134281

Author: Collins-Molden, Jeannette Title: Unlocking Doors for the Locked-Out: How Can Community Colleges Help to Demolish Barriers, Build Bridges, and Transition Male Ex-Offenders into the Workforce Summary: Over 670,000 adult prisoners were released in 2004. It is estimated that by 2010 over 1.2 million inmates will be released annually. The purpose of this study was to explore (a) barriers that male ex-offenders encounter in their pursuit of entering the workforce and (b) various types of education and support services that community colleges could provide in order to assist this marginalized population in overcoming these barriers. This qualitative case study was conducted at a community college offering programs that attracted a population of at least 50% male ex-offenders. Six male exoffender students, four of the case study institution professionals, and two potential employers were interviewed for this study. Observations, documents, demographic questionnaires, and field notes were also used to gather data. The findings indicate clearly that male ex-offenders encounter a number of barriers to their entry into the workforce such as lack of education, recidivism, criminal background, and mindset. Screening, life skills, and connection and job placements were the three themes identified as various types of education and support services that community colleges could provide in order to assist this marginalized population in overcoming these barriers. Details: Chicago: National-Louis University, 2009. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://digitalcommons.nl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1019&context=diss Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 134284

Author: U.S. Attorney General's Advisory Committee on American IndianAlaska Native Children Exposed to Violence Title: Ending Violence so Children Can Thrive Summary: Day in and day out, despite the tremendous efforts of tribal1 governments and community members, many of them hindered by insufficient funding, American Indian and Alaska Native (AI/AN) children suffer exposure to violence at rates higher than any other race in the United States. The immediate and long term effects of this exposure to violence includes increased rates of altered neurological development, poor physical and mental health, poor school performance, substance abuse, and overrepresentation in the juvenile justice system. This chronic exposure to violence often leads to toxic stress reactions and severe trauma; which is compounded by historical trauma. Sadly, AI/AN children experience posttraumatic stress disorder at the same rate as veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan and triple the rate of the general population.2 With the convergence of exceptionally high crime rates, jurisdictional limitations, vastly under-resourced programs, and poverty, service providers and policy makers should assume that all AI/AN children have been exposed to violence. Through hearings and Listening Sessions over the course of 2013-14, the Attorney General's Advisory Committee on American Indian and Alaska Native Children Exposed to Violence3 examined the current epidemic of violence and evaluated suggestions for preventing violence and alleviating its impact on AI/AN children. This report presents the Advisory Committee's policy recommendations that are intended to serve as a blueprint for preventing AI/ AN children's exposure to violence and for mitigating the negative effects experienced by Al/AN children exposed to violence across the United States and throughout Indian country. The primary focus of the report is the thirty-one wide-ranging findings and recommendations that emerged from hearings and Listening Sessions. The Advisory Committee also examines the reports of the Attorney General's National Task Force on Children Exposed to Violence in 20124 and the Indian Law and Order Commission (ILOC) in 2013,5 and incorporates some of the recommendations from these important reports that most strongly impact AI/AN children exposed to violence. This report contains five chapters: (1) "Building a Strong Foundation"; (2) "Promoting Well-Being for American Indian and Alaska Native Children in the Home"; (3) "Promoting Well-Being for American Indian and Alaska Native Children in the Community"; (4) "Creating a Juvenile Justice System that Focuses on Prevention, Treatment and Healing"; and (5) "Empowering Alaska Tribes,6 Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Attorney General's Office, 2014. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/defendingchildhood/pages/attachments/2014/11/18/finalaianreport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134286

Author: Stocks, Chad Lamar Title: The effects of prison program participation on recidivism of ex-offenders in Mississippi Summary: Correctional education research strongly suggests that an increase in inmates' education will reduce recidivism rates. This study utilized logistic regression techniques to investigate the effects of prison education program participation on recidivism and employment rates. Using this method made it possible to conclude that inmates who participated in prison intervention/educational programs were significantly less likely to recidivate. The purpose of this study was to identify to what extent the Mississippi Department of Corrections' (MDOC's) intervention/educational programs reduce recidivism. The pre-existing data used were historical information collected as part of a longitudinal study on Mississippi inmates since 2000. The data were transferred every quarter to the National Strategic Planning and Analysis Research Center (nSPARC) for management and analysis. Initial tests found that several variables had a relationship with recidivism. The findings in this study suggest that ex-offenders who completed an education/vocational program or completed a counseling program were 87% (p < 0.001), 9.9% (p < 0.005), respectively, less likely to recidivate than those ex-offenders who did not participate in any type of education or intervention program. The results also suggest that ex-offenders who enrolled in but did not complete an education/vocational program were l0% (p<0.005) less likely to recidivate than those ex-offenders who did not participate in any type of education or intervention program. Recommendations that result from these findings include an increase in the number and quality of intervention/educational programs in Mississippi prisons. Policies could be suggested and/or implemented that would reduce the number of people who violate the law upon their re-entry into society. Details: Mississippi State, MS: Mississippi State University, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: http://media.proquest.com/media/pq/classic/doc/2747450151/fmt/ai/rep/NPDF?_s=ejRO4MrLTPhKEe69GURf%2FxyfWcc%3D Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 134287

Author: Howard, Lisbeth Title: San Diego County Probation Department's Repeat Offender Prevention Program Final Evaluation Report Summary: In 1997, the San Diego County Probation Department received funding from the State of California for the Repeat Offender Prevention Program (ROPP). The purpose of this project was to evaluate the effectiveness of interventions designed to reduce delinquent and criminal behavior among juveniles at high risk of becoming serious, chronic offenders, as identified in research conducted by the Orange County Probation Department. This final report includes findings from the outcome and process evaluations that were conducted by the San Diego Association of Governments, as well as a description of the program and research methodology. Details: San Diego: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG), 2002. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: http://sandiegohealth.org/crime/publicationid_753_1432.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 134289

Author: Sugie, Naomi F. Title: Finding Work: A Smartphone Study of Job Searching, Social Contacts, and Wellbeing after Prison Summary: The immediate months after prison are a critical transition period, which can determine future trajectories of successful reintegration or recidivism. Finding employment after prison is considered a key, if not the most important, condition to prevent recidivism; however, individuals face numerous obstacles to finding work. Although many of these barriers have been documented, methodological difficulties prevent a thorough understanding of how they impact the actual job searching and working experiences of individuals at reentry. Using an innovative data collection method - smartphones - this dissertation contributes a detailed portrait of the searching and working trajectories of 156 individuals. Participants were randomly sampled from a complete census of all recent releases to parole in Newark, New Jersey, and were followed for three months. Utilizing these novel data, the dissertation analyzes a) the searching and working experiences of individuals at reentry, b) the use of social contacts for finding employment, and c) the association between emotional wellbeing and job searching. The manuscript also includes a methodological chapter, which describes the strengths and potential challenges of using smartphones with hard-to-reach populations. Analyses of detailed smartphone measures reveal a reentry period characterized by very short-term, irregular, and poor-quality work. There is substantial heterogeneity across searching and working patterns, where older and less advantaged individuals sustain high levels of job searching throughout the three-month study period. In contrast to prevailing notions in reentry scholarship, individuals are not social isolates or deeply distraught about their job searches; rather, they are highly connected to others and feel happier while searching for work. These results indicate that the low employment rates of reentering individuals are not due to person-specific deficiencies of low social connectivity and poor emotional wellbeing. Reentering individuals, however, remain deeply disadvantaged in the labor market, where they compete for work within a structure of deteriorated opportunities for low-skill, urban, and minority jobseekers more generally. Relegated to the lowest rungs of the market, reentering individuals obtain jobs that are very sporadic and precarious. These findings challenge the established idea that finding suitable employment in today's labor market is an attainable goal for reentering individuals. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2014. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248487.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 134294

Author: Annie E. Casey Foundation Title: Youth and Work: Restoring Teen and Young Adult Connections to Opportunity. KIDS COUNT Policy Report Summary: Youth employment is at its lowest level since World War II; only about half of young people ages 16 to 24 held jobs in 2011.1 Among the teens in that group, only 1 in 4 is now employed, compared to 46 percent in 2000. Overall, 6.5 million people ages 16 to 24 are both out of school and out of work, statistics that suggest dire consequences for financial stability and employment prospects in that population.2 More and more doors are closing for these young people. Entry-level jobs at fast-food restaurants and clothing stores that high school dropouts once could depend on to start their careers now go to older workers with better experience and credentials. It often takes a GED to get a job flipping hamburgers. Even some with college degrees are having trouble finding work. At this rate, a generation will grow up with little early work experience, missing the chance to build knowledge and the job-readiness skills that come from holding part-time and starter jobs. This waste of talent and earnings potential has profound consequences for these young people, and for our economy and our nation. When young people lack connections to jobs and school, government spends more to support them. Many already have children of their own, exacerbating the intergenerational cycle of poverty in some communities. Yet even as young people struggle to gain experience and find any type of job, businesses cannot find the skilled workers they need to compete in the ever-changing 21st-century economy. This policy report describes the scale of the challenges we face in connecting young people, ages 16 to 24, to jobs and opportunity. More importantly, we also set forth the steps needed to ensure that young people have the academic know-how, the technical skills and the essential "soft skills" to hold a job and launch a career. The best way to build these critical skills is to help young people find jobs or work-like activities. We must expand interventions that are putting youth to work and align them with public investment. Research demonstrates a positive return on investment for programs that advance academic, social and career skills. And, practical experience tells us that some young people show extraordinary motivation and responsibility when given the right opportunities. This report details the most recent research and data illustrating conditions for the 16- to 24-year-old population and focuses specifically on those youth who are neither in school nor working. It identifies barriers these young people must overcome and offers solutions to get them engaged and connected. The core argument is that business, government, philanthropy and communities must come together to create opportunities to put young people back on track in a dynamic, advancing economy to ensure their success and to build a stronger workforce for the future. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2014 at: http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED538825.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134295

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Black homicide victimization in the United States: An analysis of 2011 homicide data Summary: The devastation homicide inflicts on black teens and adults is a national crisis, yet it is all too often ignored outside of affected communities. This study examines the problem of black homicide victimization at the state level by analyzing unpublished Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data for black homicide victimization submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2011 and is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2011 data on black homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest black homicide victimization rates and the first to rank the states by the rate of black homicides. It is important to note that the SHR data used in this report comes from law enforcement reporting at the local level. While there are coding guidelines followed by the law enforcement agencies, the amount of information submitted to the SHR system, and the interpretation that results in the information submitted (for example, gang involvement) will vary from agency to agency. While this study utilizes the best and most recent data available, it is limited by the quantity and degree of detail in the information submitted. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: https://www.vpc.org/studies/blackhomicide14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 134300

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Sticker Shock: Calculating the Full Price Tag for Youth Incarceration Summary: Thirty-three U.S. states and jurisdictions spend $100,000 or more annually to incarcerate a young person, and continue to generate outcomes that result in even greater costs. Our new report, Sticker Shock: Calculating the Full Price Tag for Youth Incarceration, provides estimates of the overall costs resulting from the negative outcomes associated with incarceration. The report finds that these long-term consequences of incarcerating young people could cost taxpayers $8 billion to $21 billion each year. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/sticker_shock_final_v2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 134304

Author: Prince, Kort Title: Determinants of length of stay in Utah's juvenile secure care facilities Summary: This report provides a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the factors that predict length of stay (LOS) in Utah's juvenile secure care facilities. The report examines both youth-level and system-level factors related to LOS. Departures from the goals of Utah's indeterminate sentencing structure are documented, and recommendations for improving the processes that lead to departures are provided based on both qualitative and quantitative findings. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2014 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/LOS-Final-Report_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 134307

Author: Gruben, William C. Title: "Illegal" Immigration on the U.S.-Mexico Border: Is It Really a Crisis? Summary: In recent months, print and television journalists have presented the American public with a "crisis" of illegal immigration on the U.S.-Mexico border. Much of this recent discussion has centered on Central American children traveling alone and on allegations that they are responding to motivations created by the Obama administration's Deferred Action for Childhood Arrival policy. The word "crisis," however, can have alternative meanings. If a "crisis" of undocumented immigration means a historically large or very rapidly growing flow of undocumented immigrations, the overall national evidence shows today that there is no such crisis. Border Patrol apprehensions of undocumented immigrants attempting to cross the U.S.- Mexico border have in fact plummeted and remain far below levels a decade earlier. Nevertheless, apprehensions of children traveling alone have indeed surged. Many of these child immigrants are traveling alone from Guatemala, El Salvador, and Honduras. This flow of children from Central America requires careful examination, especially if compared to Mexico's numbers. Although Mexico's population is eight times Guatemala's, 15 times Honduras and 19 times El Salvador's, for example, the most recent partial-year apprehensions of unaccompanied children from each one of these countries have exceeded such apprehensions of children from Mexico. All this points to a surge of unaccompanied Central American children. But even this has to be qualified as a true crisis or not. While references to a record of apprehensions of unaccompanied child immigrants are correct, publicly available data for this category only go back to 2010. Thus, it may be preliminary to draw definitive conclusions about record numbers of unaccompanied children based on four full-fiscal-year observations plus monthly observations into a fifth year. Other data, including total apprehensions for any undocumented child immigrants, accompanied or otherwise, extend more than a decade. Preliminary estimates for fiscal year 2014 suggest that these apprehensions have remained below levels a decade earlier. Details: Houston, TX: James A. Baker III Institute for Public Policy, Rice University, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December a0, 2014 at: http://bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/4d562970/MC-Immig-Gruben_Payan-101714.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 134308

Author: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. Title: Connecticut Service Needs Study: 16 and 17 Year-Old Court-Involved Youth: Final Report Summary: The Judicial Branch of the State of Connecticut, Court Support Services Division (CSSD) contracted with Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. to conduct a service needs study of court-involved youth who are 16 and 17 years of age. The basic purpose of the project was to identify and quantify the services which the State of Connecticut will need to develop in order to make the transition of 16 and 17 year-old youth from the adult correctional system to the juvenile correctional system successful. This requires answering at least four questions: 1) What is the size of the population needing services? 2) What are the needs of that population? 3) What services will address those needs most successfully? 4) What is the net cost of delivering those services to the population in need? Details: Troy, NY: Hornby Zeller Associates, 2007. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: http://hornbyzeller.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/CSSDDCFinal.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 134309

Author: Lowen, Matthew Title: Still Buried Alive: Arizona Prisoner Testimonies on Isolation in Maximum-Security Summary: Still Buried Alive: Arizona Prisoner Testimonies on Isolation in Maximum Security (2014) highlights the voices of maximum-security prisoners and catalogues their testimonies describing those experiences. The report, a critical follow-up to Buried Alive (2007) and Lifetime Lockdown (2012), was released on the same day that the Arizona Department of Corrections (ADC) opened 500 newly constructed maximum-security prison beds in ASPC Lewis in Buckeye, Arizona. Details: Tucson, AZ: American Friends Service Committee, Arizona, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2015 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/Still%20Buried%20Alive%20FINAL%2011.30.14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Maximum Security Prisons Shelf Number: 134314

Author: Roy, Allyson Title: On-Officer Video Cameras: Examining the Effects of Police Department Policy and Assignment on Camera Use and Activation Summary: On-officer video camera (OVC) technology in the field of policing is developing at a rapid pace. Large agencies are beginning to adopt the technology on a limited basis, and a number of cities across the United States have required their police departments to adopt the technology for all first responders. Researchers have just begun to examine its effects on citizen complaints, officers' attitudes, and street-level behavior. To date, however, there is no research examining how departmental policy and assignment of officers to a camera program affect officer behavior and opinions of the cameras. Policy and assignment have the potential to impact how officers react to the technology and can affect their interactions with citizens on a daily basis. This study measures camera activations by line officers in the Mesa Police Department during police-citizen encounters over a ten-month period. Data from 1,675 police-citizen contacts involving camera officers were subject to analysis. Net of controls (i.e., the nature of the crime incident, how it was initiated, officer shift, assignment, presence of bystanders and backup, and other situational factors), the bivariate and multivariate logistic regression analyses were used to examine how departmental policy (mandatory versus discretionary activation policy) and officer assignment (voluntary versus mandatory assignment) affected willingness to activate the cameras, as well as officer and citizen behavior during field contacts. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed January 15, 2015 at: http://urbanaillinois.us/sites/default/files/attachments/officer-video-cameras-roy.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 134406

Author: Hollist, Dusten Title: An Examination of Economic Analyses Approaches for Montan's Severn Multi-Jurisdictional Drug Task Forces Summary: - Drug abuse and associated crime continue to be one of the largest social problems in the U.S. Multi-Jurisdictional Drug Task Forces (MJDTFs) emerged in the 1970's, in order to emphasize and provide greater levels of drug law enforcement. - The Anti-Drug Abuse Act (1998) provided funding for the Bureau Justice Statistics to administer the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant program (JAG). - JAG is used to fund state-level programs that address problems resulting from crime, addiction, and drug trafficking. MJDTFs across the country are funded through the JAG mechanism. - This report outlines the development of a research design to conduct an economic analysis of Montana's seven MJDTFs. - It includes a review of the existing literature that has been published on economic assessments of MJDTFs, the feasibility and factors that will be needed to complete an economic assessment, and a review of the importance of existing data needed to conduct the analysis. Details: Missoula, MT: Criminology Research Group, Social Science Research Laboratory, University of Montana, Missoula, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2015 at: http://mbcc.mt.gov/Data/SAC/DTF/2014DTFEconAssessDevlReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 134411

Author: Valadez, Mercedes Title: "We have got enough criminals in the United States without importing any": An Examination of the Influence of Citizenship Status, Legal Status, and National Origin among Latino Subgroups in Federal Sentencing Outcomes Summary: The study of non-U.S. citizens in criminal justice system outcomes has often been neglected in the sentencing literature. When citizenship is considered, there are generally no distinctions made within this group. The research fails to consider differences according to legal status, race/ethnicity, nationality, and other distinctive markers that might play a role in sentencing outcomes. Using federal sentencing data collected by the United States Sentencing Commission for fiscal year 2006 through fiscal year 2008, this study examines the effect of offender citizenship status, legal status, and national origin on the likelihood of imprisonment and length of imprisonment for offenders convicted of drug offenses. The current study considers differences among foreign-born and Latino immigrant subgroups (e.g., Colombian, Cuban, Dominican, and Mexican nationals). The key findings in this dissertation include: (1) non-U.S. citizens have greater odds of imprisonment than U.S. citizens. However, non-U.S. citizen offenders receive significantly shorter prison terms relative to U.S. citizen offenders; (2) undocumented immigrants are more likely to be incarcerated compared to similarly situated authorized immigrants and U.S. citizens. However, legal status does not have an effect on sentence length; and (3) with respect to national origin, Mexican nationals are significantly more likely than Colombians to be incarcerated and are given significantly longer prison sentences than Dominican nationals. The implications of these findings and future research are addressed in the concluding chapter. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2013. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 16, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/110555/content/Valadez_asu_0010E_12976.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Criminals Shelf Number: 134412

Author: Wolfe, Scott Edward Title: Crime in Late Life Summary: Most criminological theories are tested using samples of adolescents. Consequently, there is ample evidence regarding the correlates of criminal behavior committed by teenagers. The problem, however, is that there is relatively little information regarding the correlates of criminal offending committed during late life. This limits the ability to assess the generalizability of some of the leading theories in criminology. To fill this void in the literature the present study used a sample of 2,000 elderly people (i.e., 60 years of age and older) from Arizona and Florida to examine three issues: (1) the role of general and specific routine activity measures in the explanation of criminal activity in late life, (2) the invariance of low self-control across various subgroups of the elderly sample, and (3) the generality of self-control theory and routine activity theory. The analyses revealed several important findings. First, general routine activity measures are better predictors of general criminal offending than specific indicators. However, specific routine activity measures still matter in the explanation of specific types of crimes. Another important finding of this study was that low self-control has an invariant effect on criminal offending across gender, race/ethnicity, and age. Finally, self-control theory and routine activity theory are general frameworks that explain criminal behavior committed by older people in much the same manner as among teenagers. Routine activity does not mediate the link between low self-control and offending. Rather, both low self-control and routine activity exert independent effects on late life criminal activity, net of statistical controls. The present study concludes with a discussion of the findings situated in the literature and provides policy implications that stem from the results. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2012. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 16, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/93410/content//tmp/package-ktX9vj/Wolfe_asu_0010E_11394.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Age Shelf Number: 134413

Author: Accardi, Steven Title: "Humanitarian Aid in Never a Crime." A study of one local public's attempt to negotiate rhetorical agency with the state Summary: At its core, this dissertation is a study of how one group of ordinary people attempted to make change in their local and national community by reframing a public debate. Since 1993, over five thousand undocumented migrants have died, mostly of dehydration, while attempting to cross the US/Mexico border. Volunteers for No More Deaths (NMD), a humanitarian group in Tucson, hike the remote desert trails of the southern Arizona desert and provide food, water, and first aid to undocumented migrants in medical distress. They believe that their actions reduce suffering and deaths in the desert. On December 4, 2008, Walt Staton, a NMD volunteer placed multiple one-gallon jugs of water on a known migrant trail, and a Fish and Wildlife officer on the Buenos Aires National Wildlife Refuge near Arivaca, Arizona cited him for littering. Staton refused to pay the fine, believing that he was providing life-saving humanitarian aid, and was taken to court as a result. His trial from June 1-3, 2009 is the main focus of this dissertation. The dissertation begins by tracing the history of the rhetorical marker "illegal" and its role in the deaths of thousands of "illegal" immigrants. Then, it outlines the history of NMD, from its roots in the Sanctuary Movement to its current operation as a counterpublic discursively subverting the state. Next, it examines Staton's trial as a postmodern rhetorical situation, where subjects negotiate their rhetorical agency with the state. Finally, it measures the rhetorical effect of NMD's actions by tracing humanitarian and human rights ideographs in online discussion boards before and after Staton's sentencing. The study finds that despite situational restrictions, as the postmodern critique suggests, subjects are still able to identify and engage with rhetorical opportunities, and in doing so can still subvert the state Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2011. 192p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 16, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/56796/content/Accardi_asu_0010E_10757.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (Arizona) Shelf Number: 134414

Author: Nuno, Lidia E. Title: Understanding the scope and nature of the gang problem in Maricopa County, Arizona Summary: The purpose of this report is to use data from a sample of recently booked arrestees in Maricopa County to examine the scope and nature of Maricopa County's gang problem. In particular, this report supplements data presented in the bi-annual report on gangs conducted by the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, which relies on official police data and their occasional white paper on gangs that relies on self-report data from school youth. We organized our analyses around six research questions: (1) what proportion of adult arrestees are involved in a gang, and what are the socio-demographic differences between those who are associated with a gang and those who are not; (2) what are the rituals associated with gang joining; (3) how do gang and non-gang arrestees differ in their experiences with crime, drug use and victimization; (4) what is the organizational structure and composition of gangs; (5) how do members socially identify with their gang; and (6) how and why do members leave their gang? Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/125419/content/Scope%20and%20Nature%20of%20the%20Gang%20Problem%20Among%20the%20Arrestee%20Population%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs (Arizona) Shelf Number: 134416

Author: Cox, Robynn Title: Where Do We Go From Here? Mass Incarceration and the Struggle for Civil Rights Summary: On the surface, crime and punishment appear to be unsophisticated matters. After all, if someone takes part in a crime, then shouldn't he or she have to suffer the consequences? But dig deeper and it is clear that crime and punishment are multidimensional problems that stem from racial prejudice justified by age-old perceptions and beliefs about African Americans. The United States has a dual criminal justice system that has helped to maintain the economic and social hierarchy in America, based on the subjugation of blacks, within the United States. Public policy, criminal justice actors, society and the media, and criminal behavior have all played roles in creating what sociologist Loic Wacquant calls the hyper-incarceration of black men. But there are solutions to rectify this problem. To summarize the major arguments in this essay, the root cause of the hyper-incarceration of blacks (and in particular black men) is society's collective choice to become more punitive. These tough-on-crime laws, which applied to all Americans, could be maintained only because of the dual legal system developed from the legacy of racism in the United States. That is, race allowed for society to avoid the trade-off between societies "demand" to get tough on crime and its "demand" to retain civil liberties, through unequal enforcement of the law. In essence, tying crime to observable characteristics (such as race or religious affiliation) allowed the majority in society to pass tough-on-crime policies without having to bear the full burden of these policies, permitting these laws to be sustained over time. What's more, the history of racism, which is also linked to the history of perceptions of race and crime, has led society to choose to fight racial economic equality using the criminal justice system (i.e., incarceration) instead of choosing to reduce racial disparities through consistent investments in social programs (such as education, job training, and employment, which have greater public benefits), as King (1968) lobbied for before his assassination. In other words, society chose to use incarceration as a welfare program to deal with the poor, especially since the underprivileged are disproportionately people of color. At the same time, many communities attempted to benefit economically from mass incarceration by using prisons as a strategy for economic growth, making the incarceration system eerily similar to the system of slavery. Given all of the documented social and economic costs of mass incarceration (e.g., inferior labor market opportunities, increases in the racial disparity in HIV/AIDS, destruction of the family unit), it can be concluded that it has helped to maintain the economic hierarchy, predicated on race, in the United States. In order to undo the damage that has been done, and in order to move beyond our racial past, we must as a nation reeducate ourselves about race; and then, as a society, commit to investing in social programs targeted toward at-risk youth. We must also ensure diversity in criminal justice professionals in order to achieve the economic equality that King fought for prior to his death. Although mass incarceration policies have recently received a great deal of attention (due to incarceration becoming prohibitively costly), failure to address the legacy of racism passed down by our forefathers and its ties to economic oppression will only result in the continued reinvention of Jim Crow. Details: Washington, DC: Economic Policy Institute, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://s2.epi.org/files/2014/MassIncarcerationReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 134424

Author: Center for Prosecutor Integrity Title: Conviction Integrity Units: Vanguard of Criminal Justice Reform Summary: January 4, 1989 marked a watershed moment in the history of the American criminal justice system. On that day, Virginia governor Gerald L. Baliles issued a pardon for David Vasquez. Vasquez was released from prison that evening. Vasquez had been charged with the 1984 rape and murder of Carolyn Hamm, a 32-year-old lawyer. Vasquez's blood did not match the semen found on the victim's body and his shoes did not conform to the footprints found at the crime scene. Nonetheless, his disjointed confession sufficed to convince the jury to convict and sentence him to 35 years behind bars. But three years later another rape-murder occurred in the same suburban-Washington, D.C. community with details that were eerily similar to the Hamm case. Police began to wonder if a rash of previous rapes all shared a common perpetrator. Investigators tapped the newly developed, still controversial forensic technique of DNA analysis. The tests soon linked Timothy Spencer, not David Vasquez, to the series of rapes. Spencer was eventually convicted and sentenced in 1988. Six months after the release of David Vasquez, another man - Gary Dotson of Illinois - was exonerated of a crime that he did not commit. The following year, Edward Green became the beneficiary of a third DNA exoneration. More exonerations followed, compelling prosecutors, lawmakers, and the American public to question long-held beliefs about the infallibility of the criminal justice system. The Innocence Movement was born. As Innocence Projects were established across the country, the pace of exonerations accelerated. It soon became possible to identify patterns and pinpoint causes of the wrongful convictions. The National Registry of Exonerations reported that 47% of wrongful convictions could be attributed to misconduct by prosecutors and other officials. Calls for reform could no longer be ignored. One of the most promising corrections has been the establishment of post-conviction review programs, commonly referred to as Conviction Integrity Units (CIUs). Conviction Integrity Units are entities located within District Attorneys' offices that are designed to investigate claims of wrongful convictions. Many of these units have also developed policies designed to reduce future false convictions. This White Paper spotlights Conviction Integrity Units, providing an overview of their administrative and screening procedures, a compilation of their accomplishments, and a discussion on how they have sought to achieve the proper degree of administrative independence. Details: Rockville, MD: Center for Prosecutor Integrity, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.prosecutorintegrity.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Conviction-Integrity-Units.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 134425

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Public Opinion on Juvenile Justice in America Summary: Voters support sending serious juvenile offenders to corrections facilities, but they favor a range of less-costly alternatives for lower-level offenders, according to a nationwide poll conducted in 2014 by a bipartisan team of pollsters, the Mellman Group and Public Opinion Strategies. Voters see juvenile corrections facilities as government programs that should be subject to a basic cost-benefit test, and they strongly support a more robust probation system and more intervention by families, schools, and social service agencies. When it comes to the juvenile justice system, voters want offending youth to get the services and supervision they need to change their behavior and stop committing crimes-even if that means less incarceration. Key Findings - Voters support diverting lower-level juvenile offenders from corrections facilities and investing the savings into probation and other alternatives. - Support for juvenile justice reform is strong across political parties, regions, and age, gender, and racial-ethnic groups. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2014/12/PSPP_juvenile_poll_web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 134427

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis and Justice Policy Toolkit Summary: Throughout the justice field, demand is growing for cost-benefit analysis (CBA), an economic tool that compares the costs of programs or policies with the benefits they produce. Although there is no one-size-fits-all template for conducting a CBA, analysts and researchers must follow a common methodology, or series of steps. This toolkit guides users through these steps and provides examples of Vera's recent work advising six justice agencies that were either starting or enhancing their CBA efforts. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/cba-justice-policy-toolkit.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 134429

Author: English, Ebony M. Title: I Always Wanted To Be a Ho When I Grew Up. Summary: This dissertation employs a qualitative research design by exploring the narratives of female drug offenders involved in a drug-crime lifestyle. In-depth interviews were conducted to examine the subjective experiences of 26 women and their overall perception of the drug-crime lifestyle. The sample was drawn from a population of recovering addicts who frequented a rehabilitative agency in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The findings provide a subjective view of female drug addicts and through an assessment of the Walters' Psychological Inventory of Criminal Thinking Styles (PICTS), the narratives of the respondents were analyzed to evaluate specifically the applicability of Walters' eight thinking styles of cognition. Based on the emerging themes of the data, the study highlighted the complexities of Walters' theoretical thinking styles of drug users and offenders' thinking styles. This study found that the narratives of the women addicts did, in fact, corroborate Walters' theoretical perspective on drug use and crime. The study recommends that more research is needed on the lines of female drug users and their intimate relationships, as well as methadone maintenance programs, victimization, child maltreatment, and the issue of drug recovery and desistance from crime. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2011. 213p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 22, 2015 at: https://dspace.iup.edu/bitstream/handle/2069/349/Ebony%20English%20Corrected.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 134434

Author: Binns, Chelsea Ann Title: Bureaupathology and Organizational Fraud Prevention: Case Studies of Fraud Hotlines Summary: This dissertation examined the effect of organizational bureaucracy on fraud hotline performance. Fraud hotlines are used to receive anonymous fraud tips from employees in all sectors to prevent and detect fraud. This work contributes to the research on fraud hotlines, which today is very light. This work also examined individual hotline performance against organization theory, which is absent in the literature. The literature also doesn't include studies using social media data to determine organizational climate. This work contributes to that literature by providing a collective case study examination of the fraud hotlines in six organizations. Their hotline performance was examined in light of the Theory of Bureaucracy. According to the literature, the condition of organizational bureaupathology can result in crime concealment, reduced fraud reporting, and/or reduced hotline performance. To determine the presence and level of dysfunctional organizational bureaucracy and bureaupathology with respect to employees, the primary audience of fraud hotlines, this study qualitatively measured employee perception of specific bureaucracy and bureaupathology indicators in their workplace by examining their company review submissions in social media Hotlines were evaluated using their individual level hotline metrics/statistics and also by examining their specifications, metrics, functionality, and adherence to best practices. Interviews with hotline administrators, an evaluation of the level of reported organizational fraud, and consideration of the historical context was also considered in evaluating the overall performance of the hotlines. This study ultimately determined there is no consistent relationship between organizational bureaupathology and hotline performance. At times, where an organization had more bureaupathology, the hotline tended to perform better, in terms of its metrics, functionality and adherence to best practices. At other times, hotlines with lower levels of bureaupathology tended to perform worse than their counterparts. These organizations were in the private sector, so the sector where a given hotline is operated may be a factor. This study further found better functioning hotlines didn't have less internal fraud. Organizations where employees perceived a high presence of the bureaucracy indicators "Insistence on the Rights of Office" and "Impersonal Treatment" tended to have a better adherence to hotline best practices, yet had a higher instance of internal fraud in comparison to organizations. In other words, the conditions that contribute to a successful hotline may also give rise to fraud, and or inhibit fraud reporting, in the same organizations. This study further determined fraud hotlines might not prevent fraud. Regardless of hotline performance, including the number of calls received, all of the subject organizations experienced employee crime. These results are contrary to expectations but consistent with bureaupathology theory, which says that employees in excessive bureaucracies adhere strongly to organizational rules and procedures and may be incapable of responding to unpredictable events. As a result of the aforementioned findings, organizational hotline assessment methodology should consider external factors, such as the historical context, presence of internal fraud and employee sentiment as factors in assessing organizational fraud, in assessing hotline performance. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2014. 338p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 22, 2015 at: http://works.gc.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1170&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 134435

Author: Choi, Cheon Guen Title: Exploring the Effects of Social Capital on Police Performance in U.S. Cities Summary: This study explores the relationship between social capital and police performance. Since substantial academic interest in social capital emerged, many studies demonstrate that social capital has a significant influence on social and political outcomes. Despite the renewed interest in examining the role of social capital in the field of public safety, critics have pointed to several limitations: (1) the ways in which social capital variables are defined and measured; (2) the ways in which police performance variables are defined and measured; (3) the lack of specific theoretical propositions linking these two constructs; and (4) the lack of empirical work at the city level. This dissertation addresses these limitations by modeling causal mechanisms linking eleven dimensions of social capital and four types of police performance using two competing explanations: citizen demand and citizen supply. According to citizen demand explanations, communities with high social capital are more likely to demand that their police departments do the job more efficiently and more effectively. Citizen supply explanations, however, suggest that social capital may facilitate informal social control mechanisms to reduce crime and delinquency. The divergence lies in the way the two explanations see citizens' roles in police duties, as demanders or co-producers of public goods and services. Based on these two streams of explanations, this study proposes eight testable hypotheses regarding the relationships between social capital and police performance and employs ordinary regression analysis (OLS). In addition, in order to take into account potential endogeneity problems between social capital and outcome-related police performance, this study also proposes four non-recursive models and employs a two-stage least squares (2SLS) regression analysis. To measure each of the constructs of social capital and police performance, this study uses the data of the Social Capital Community Benchmark Survey by Harvard University, the Uniform Crime Reports of the FBI, and the Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics of the Bureau of Justice Statistics, yielding a cross-sectional data set with 44 U.S. cities in the year 2000. This study presents theoretically and practically significant implications regarding the causal relationships between social capital and police performance. First, the findings support the multi-dimensionality of social capital and show that the results of the analyses are mixed with regard to each of the four types of police performance. These findings are contrary to the traditional wisdom that social capital is equally positively related to any type of government performance in general and police performance in specific. Second, the results of the analyses with the disaggregated four types of police performance variables show that social capital is a useful concept for explaining the different levels of outcome for police performance across local police departments, yet less useful a concept for explaining the efficiency within government bureaucracy. Third, with regard to causal mechanisms, there are no overarching theories which account for every performance practice in police administration. For outcome-related police performance, social capital may work; for output-related police performance, it may not. Lastly, the non-recursive analyses further underscore the complexities of the interrelationships between the dimensions of social capital and police performance. The results of the study also have some important implications. First, the findings, in general, suggest that police administrators should think more about their relationship with citizens and consider citizens as consumers as well as co-producers of public safety. Second, this study also reinforces the basic tenet of community policing strategies, suggesting collaborative partnership between police and citizens. Third, this study provides an opportunity to rethink the criteria for the success of police service effectiveness or performance, and suggests that there is no one explanation for the effect of social capital on police performance. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2010. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/1024/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Performance (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134444

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Nebraska: Analysis and Policy Framework Summary: This report summarizes comprehensive analyses of sentencing, corrections, probation, and parole data presented to Nebraska's Justice Reinvestment Working Group. It outlines strategies and policy options to avert prison population growth and reduce recidivism in the state by holding people convicted of the lowest-level felonies accountable with probation and treatment, reducing the number of people leaving prison unsupervised, and strengthening parole supervision. The report also offers strategies for supporting victims of crime through improved restitution collection. If implemented, the report's suggested policies would reinvest $32.8 million in recidivism reduction strategies and avert $306.4 million in prison costs Details: New York: Council of State Government, Justice Center, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/JusticeReinvestmentinNebraska.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 134445

Author: Orchowsky, Stan Title: Characteristics of SAC Victimization Surveys Summary: In recent years a growing number of SACs have become involved in conducting statewide victimization surveys. At the request of the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), JRSA undertook a review of victimization surveys conducted by SACs over the last 12 years. After reviewing SAC websites, JRSA�s Infobase of State Activities (ISAR), and JRSA�s SAC Publication Digest, we identified 25 victimization surveys completed by 14 SACs. Table 1 shows the states and the survey years. All surveys assessed both violent and property crime with the exception of the Alaska survey, which looked only at intimate partner violence and sexual violence, and the 2005 and 2007 Utah surveys, which looked at sexual violence only. JRSA reviewed all of the reports and other information produced by the SACs that described the survey methods and results.1 The results of this review are presented here, along with recommendations for report content and training for future SAC victimization surveys. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/reports/sac-victimization-surveys.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134446

Author: Parsons, Jim Title: End of An Era? The Impact of Drug Law Reform in New York City Summary: In 2009, the latest in a series of reforms essentially dismantled New York State's Rockefeller Drug Laws, eliminating mandatory minimum sentences for people convicted of a range of felony drug charges and increasing eligibility for diversion to treatment. To study the impact of these reforms, Vera partnered with the John Jay College of Criminal Justice and the School of Criminal Justice at Rutgers University to examine the implementation of drug law reform and its impact on recidivism, racial disparities, and cost in New York City. The National Institute of Justice-funded study found that drug law reform, as it functioned in the city soon after the laws were passed, led to a 35 percent rise in the rate of diversion of eligible defendants to treatment. Although the use of diversion varied significantly among the city's five boroughs, it was associated with reduced recidivism rates, and cut racial disparities in half. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/pubs/drug-law-reform-new-york-city Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Policy (New York) Shelf Number: 134476

Author: Ross, Joshua Title: Victimization in Indiana: Nature, Extent, and Related Services Summary: In an effort to assist the Victim Services Division (VSD) in improving services to crime victims and prioritizing grant funding areas, the Research and Planning Division (RPD) undertook a project to perform data collection and analysis pertaining to victimization in Indiana. VSD identified two main objectives in outlining the parameters of this project: 1) learning more about the nature of victimization in Indiana, and 2) discovering where there might be gaps in victims-related services. This report describes victimization in Indiana and related services for the year 2011 for each of Indiana�s 92 counties. In compiling victimization data for this report, RPD turned to a number of sources, including the Federal Bureau of Investigation�s (FBI) Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), county prosecutor case filings from the Indiana Prosecuting Attorneys Council (IPAC), the Indiana Community Asset and Inventory Rankings, the Statewide Epidemiological Profile, the Indiana Protection Order Registry, Kids Count, and ICJI�s Victim Compensation. To better understand victims-related services, RPD consulted with VSD staff to devise a list of victimization-related service categories, which included prosecutor�s office victim advocates/assistants, law enforcement victim advocates/assistants, hospitals with sexual assault nurse examiners (SANE), child advocacy centers, rape crisis centers, counseling centers, and domestic violence shelters/non-residential programs. RPD compiled a comprehensive list of service providers in these categories and obtained relevant data through publicly available statistics or reports or via direct contact with individual providers. The assessment of statewide victimization was based on the comparison of 24 victimization indicators. These indicators are divided into six categories: 1) violent, 2) property, 3) domestic violence, 4) sex, 5) extralegal, and 6) children. Indicators within each category are assigned a score based on the relative position of individual data points to the high and low data point within the category. Higher scores indicate more victimization while lower scores indicate less victimization. Scores for each county were then compared to the victimization services available within that county to gauge broadly whether any gaps in victims-related services might exist. The counties exhibiting high relative victimization and few resources for victims included Cass, Clark, Clinton, Fayette, Jackson, Jennings, Knox, Rush, Scott, Union, and Wabash. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana Criminal Justice Institute, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.in.gov/cji/files/R_Victimization_in_Indiana.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134477

Author: Swayze, Dana Title: Law enforcement in Minnesota schools: A statewide survey of school resource officers. Summary: Police agencies have long had a role in service to schools. Traditional activities have included periodic patrols, responding to calls for service and criminal investigations of offenses involving youth. Only in the last 20 years has assigning law enforcement officers to schools on a full-time basis become a widespread practice. Some factors thought to have contributed to the expanded use of police in schools include the rising involvement of juveniles in crime in the 1980s and 1990s; the shift to accountability-based policies to behavior in schools, including "zero tolerance;" and new, federal funding for community oriented policing, which includes funding for law enforcement in schools. In addition, high profile school shootings in the late-1990s, coupled with the terrorist attack of Sept. 11, 2001, significantly elevated concern for schools as targets of violence. The presence of law enforcement in schools has been controversial. Proponents assert that School Resource Officers (SROs) keep students and educators safe, which in turn creates an environment conducive to learning. SROs help schools prepare for potential external threats and help reduce the internal presence of drugs, alcohol, weapons, gangs and violence. In addition, SROs can serve as mentors for youth, and educators for students and staff. Supports believe SRO programs encourage positive relationships between students and police, increasing the likelihood that youth will come to police with information about illegal activity. Those opposed to law enforcement presence in schools contend there is little evidence to demonstrate that SRO programs reduce illegal or disruptive behavior. By the time SROs became common in the late 1990s, juvenile involvement in crime was already declining both inside and outside of schools. Opponents express concern that SROs can negatively affect school climate and compromise the civil rights of youth. Of particular concern is the criminalization of certain behaviors by a justice system response - behaviors which, in the absence of an SRO, would have been addressed with school-based discipline. Furthermore, justice system responses are more likely to be applied to youth of color, special education students and low income students. The practice of school-based policing expanded rapidly in the mid-1990s and early 2000s, leaving little time for evaluation or establishment of best practices. Goals and outcome measures for SRO programs have been elusive given the tremendous variability across states and jurisdictions. Throughout the 2000s, researchers studied the effects of law enforcement in schools in an attempt to provide policy-and-practice guidelines for these unique partnerships. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, Office of Justice Programs, 2014. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/SRO%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime (Minnesota) Shelf Number: 134478

Author: Diaz, Jay Title: Kicked Out! Unfair and Unequal Student Discipline in Vermont's Public Schools Summary: Over the course of the last decade, Vermont policymakers have shown great concern about the widening achievement gap between low-income students and their upper-income peers. This achievement gap is closely connected to disability, race, and poverty. Because kids with disabilities, of color, and from low-income families do worse in school, they are more likely to grow up to be poor adults. Not only does this outcome violate our sense of justice as Vermonters, it also weakens our faith that education is the great equalizer. If our state is to create and maintain a stable, productive, and vibrant society, we must do something to ensure that all students are able to succeed. To that end, Vermont is making strides to reduce child poverty and ensure educational equality. We fund our schools through a system that promotes equal access to quality public education no matter the town's property values or income levels. We are also moving toward universal pre-K and healthcare, improving access to early childcare for low-income families, and raising the minimum wage. However, we have shied away from coming up with policy solutions to reduce other continuing inequities in our education system. While Vermont's education system ranks high nationally, we continue to see gaps in achievement, skills, aspiration for post-secondary attendance, and direct college attendance. Why? Across the country, educators, policymakers, advocates, parents, and students are finding some of the answers. In a 2014 report, The Council of State Governments found large disparities between the rates of exclusionary discipline for students with disabilities, students of color, and students from low-income families when compared with other students. The report emphasized that "an overreliance on suspensions, expulsions, and arrests has been shown as counterproductive to achieving many of a school's goals and has had tremendously negative consequences for youth." For instance, a Johns Hopkins study showed that students suspended just one time in grade 9 had double the risk of dropping out. Other studies have shown that disciplinary removal increases the likelihood of contact with the juvenile justice system by threefold. Myriad other studies connect drop-out rates to a greater likelihood of incarceration as an adult and higher poverty rates. Furthermore, the issue is seen as having such great importance that the U.S. Departments of Justice and Education jointly released legal guidance on the need to improve school discipline and climate. Thankfully, the Council also found that intentionally correcting these disparities by lowering exclusionary discipline not only improved school climate, safety, and order, but also kept students engaged in learning and increased their chances for life-long success. According to the Discipline Disparities Research Collaborative, numerous studies show that the use of positive behavior interventions and supports, non-punitive response protocols, restorative justice, and associated professional development for school staff have effectively improved school climate and academic achievement for all students. This report seeks to provide Vermont's policymakers, educators, advocates, parents, and students with the information necessary to assess school discipline in Vermont and to identify where we must go from here. Sadly, when it comes to school discipline rates and disparities, Vermont is not faring better than most other states. A comprehensive review of Vermont's school discipline data submitted to the 2011-2012 US Department of Education's Civil Rights Data Collection (CRDC) shows that we suspend students at a rate similar to most other states. During 2011-2012, 5-10% of Vermont's public school students were suspended, losing at least 8,000 days of school. In addition, Vermont's students with disabilities and students of color were two to three times more likely to be excluded from school through suspension and expulsion. These disparities persisted for restraint, seclusion, and referral to law enforcement. Details: Vermont Legal Aid, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.vtlegalaid.org/assets/Uploads/Kicked-Out-Unfair-and-Unequal-Student-Discipline-in-Vermonts-Public-Schools.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 134482

Author: Starr, Sonja B. Title: Explaining Race Gaps in Policing: Normative and Empirical Challenges Summary: This piece explores the many kinds of quantitative claims that researchers and commentators regularly make about race and policing. Everyone agrees that there are enormous racial gaps in U.S. rates of stops, arrests, searches, and use of force. But there are dramatically conflicting claims as to why. Policing is hard to study, but the problem isn't just the data shortcomings with which the literature has long struggled. It's confusion about what questions we should be asking. Different kinds of numerical comparisons and research designs often imply sharply differing conceptions of what racial equality in policing means. These normative premises often go unstated, such that readers may easily miss these differences. The overarching objective of this Article is to highlight the connection between the normative and the empirical. I identify plausible conceptions of racial equality in policing and assess which empirical methods can best test those conceptions. The Article gives particular attention to how researchers should address two important research questions. The first is whether criminal conduct differences explain policing disparities. Empirical researchers as well as casual commentators typically purport to address this question either by comparing racial groups' shares of police interactions to their shares of crime, or by comparing two groups' ratio of police interactions to their ratio of crimes. Using examples and mathematical proofs, I show that neither of these comparison types answers the key question whether people with like criminal conduct are being treated the same way. These comparisons generally over-correct for racial differences in criminal conduct, misleadingly masking the size (or even reversing the apparent direction) of disparities in policing of people with the same conduct. Second, I examine how researchers should investigate the effects of racial discrimination - a morally important and legally central question, but one that poses serious causal inference challenges. I review several methods in the current literature, which offer useful insights but have substantial limitations, and critique the recently dominant "hit-rate" approach, which relies on faulty normative and empirical premises. Instead, I propose supplementing existing tools with a new approach: the use of "testers." Details: Unpublished Paper, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2550032 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 134483

Author: Hamilton, Melissa Title: Back to the Future: The Influence of Criminal History on Risk Assessment Summary: Evidence-based practices providing an empirical basis for predicting recidivism risk have become a primary focus across criminal justice decision points. Criminal history measures are the most common and heavily weighted factors in risk assessment tools, yet is such substantial reliance fully justified? The empirical and normative values placed on criminal history enjoy such commendation by criminal justice officials, practitioners, and the public that these practices are rarely questioned. This paper fills the gap by introducing and exploring various issues from legal, scientific, and pragmatic perspectives. As a general rule, a common assumption is that past behavior dictates an individual's likely future conduct. This axiom is often applied to criminal behavior, more specifically, in that prior offending is considered a primary driver to predict future recidivism. Criminal justice officials have a long history of formally and informally incorporating risk judgments into a variety of criminal justice decisions, ranging from bail, sentencing, parole, supervisory conditions, and programming. A more contemporary addendum represents empirically informed risk assessment practices that integrate actuarial tools and/or structured professional judgments. Various criminal history measures pervade these newer evidence-based practices as well. Instead of presuming the value and significance of prior crimes in judging future recidivism risk, this Article raises and critically analyzes certain unexpected consequences resulting from the significant reliance upon criminal history in risk assessment judgments. Among the more novel issues addressed include: (1) creating a ratchet effect whereby the same criminal history event can be counted numerous times; (2) resulting in informal, three-strikes types of penalties; (3) counting nonadjudicated criminal behaviors and acquitted conduct; (4) proportionality of punishment; (5) disciplining hypothetical future crime; (6) punishing status; and (7) inadequately accounting for the age-crime curve. In the end, criminal history has a role to play in future risk judgments, but these issues represent unanticipated outcomes that deserve attention. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Houston Law Center No. 2015-A-1 : Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2555878 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Records Shelf Number: 134484

Author: Collins, Peter A. Title: An Analysis of the Economic Costs of Seeking the Death Penalty in Washington State Summary: The purpose of this study was to estimate the costs associated with pursuit of the death penalty, as compared to cases where the death penalty was not sought, for aggravated first-degree murder cases in Washington State. The study was limited to economic cost estimation only and does not draw any normative conclusions regarding the death penalty. The study was designed to provide accurate estimates to inform debate and decision-making by policy makers and the public. Prior studies in Washington have been limited in both rigor and comprehensiveness. The current study adds significantly to research on the death penalty in Washington and beyond, as we utilize quasi-experimental methods to estimate cost differences using a wide variety of data sources. Cases of aggravated first-degree murder were identified from a database of trial reports obtained through open records requests. In addition to the information within the trial reports, major data sources included Extraordinary Criminal Justice Act (ECJA) petitions, and data provided by the Washington Office of Public Defense, the Department of Corrections, and the State Attorney General's office. Additional data sources are detailed within the full report. This study examined 147 aggravated first-degree murder cases since 1997. A case was identified as Death Penalty Sought (DPS; synonymous with "capital case" used interchangeably throughout this report) if a death notice was filed by the prosecutor; otherwise it was identified as Death Penalty Not Sought (DPNS). It should be noted that some DPS cases ended without trial (with pleas to life without possibility of parole or otherwise), and in some DPNS cases the decision not to seek death was not made until several months or longer after arraignment. Two methods were used to estimate costs: an all-inclusive method that used all of the eligible cases, and a more conservative approach that used a smaller sample of comparable cases selected using a technique known as Propensity Score Matching. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2015 at: http://www.law.seattleu.edu/Documents/korematsu/deathpenalty/The_Economic_Costs_of_Seeking_the_Death_Penalty_in_WA_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 134486

Author: Smith, Brenda V. Title: Addressing Sexual Violence Against Youth in Custody: Youth Workers' Handbook on Identifying and Addressing Sexual Violence in Juvenile Justice Settings Summary: Sexual abuse in custody can and often does have lifelong effects on youth. Youth who are sexually abused or experience sexual violence can suffer higher rates of drug use, have disproportionate contact with the criminal justice system into adulthood, become victimizers, and/or have higher rates of mental illness than youth who do not suffer sexual abuse. In addition, sexual abuse by staff or other youth in custody compromises safety and security as well as the overall mission of juvenile justice systems-to protect and rehabilitate youth. According to the American Medical Association, youth who are the victims of sexual abuse may experience chronic depression, low self-esteem, sexual dysfunction, and multiple personalities. One-fifth of all victims develop serious long-term psychological effects, including dissociative responses, posttraumatic stress disorder, nightmares, flashbacks, disease, and anxiety. This may be magnified for youth abused in custodial settings. Preventing sexual abuse of youth in custody should be an ongoing effort involving partners from all juvenile sectors-advocates, staff, judges, prosecutors, social service providers, and families. Sexual abuse of youth in custody is a problem that occurs in community facilities and detention centers. Sexual abuse in custody affects youth, administration and staff at all levels, as well as outside stakeholders such as youth advocates, law enforcement, the legislature, families, and the community at large. It has legal consequences as well as long-lasting emotional, mental and physical health, and economic effects. This handbook aims to educate juvenile justice professionals about the following: - Why juvenile justice professionals should be concerned about sexual abuse of youth in custody. - How culture and environment contribute to sexual abuse of youth in custody. - Tools that will help identify, address, and respond to sexual abuse of youth in custody. - How to investigate allegations of sexual abuse of youth in custody. - Useful legal tools for prosecuting sexual abuse of youth in custody. - Preventive measures for juvenile justice agencies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2013. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2015 at: http://static.nicic.gov/Library/026309.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Sexual Assault Shelf Number: 134487

Author: Fabelo, Tony Title: Closer to Home: An Analysis of the State and Local Impact of the Texas Juvenile Justice Reforms Summary: Since 1997, arrest rates among juveniles in the United States have sunk to an all time low, and the number of youth incarcerated in state or county correctional facilities has plummeted. After peaking in 1996, arrests of juveniles fell by approximately 50 percent between 1997 and 2011, to their lowest level in 30 years. During the same period, youth confinement rates declined almost 50 percent. Why are so many fewer youth locked up today compared to nearly 20 years ago? It's not simply because arrests are down; trends in the 1990s demonstrate that the number of youth incarcerated can actually increase even while arrest rates decline. A key reason that confinement rates for youth have shrunk so considerably is the deliberate efforts state and county governments have made to address youth incarceration-efforts driven by a combination of research, advocacy, litigation, and fiscal considerations. Policymakers are seeking to learn more about what happens after a youth comes into contact with the juvenile justice system. Many states that track recidivism data report rearrest rates for youth returning from confinement to be as high as 75 percent within three years of release. Despite a convincing body of research demonstrating what works to reduce recidivism among youth in contact with the juvenile justice system, most state and local governments have had little success achieving significant and sustained progress in reducing these recidivism rates. Translating this research into policy and practice and holding agencies and service providers accountable for results has been challenging. After a series of scandals involving the abuse of youth incarcerated in state-run juvenile correctional facilities came to light in Texas, state leaders there instituted the first of a number of reforms intended to shrink the number of youth held in state-run facilities. For example, in 2007 the state prohibited youth who committed misdemeanors from being confined in state-run secure juvenile facilities. The same bill also lowered the age of the state's jurisdiction over youth from 21 to 19, dramatically reducing the number of youth in state-run secure facilities. Two years later, the legislature established a grant program providing counties with financial incentives to decrease the rate at which they committed youth to state-run correctional facilities. Besides lowering the number of youth in state-run secure facilities, Texas state leaders anticipated that these and other measures would generate hundreds of millions of dollars in savings to the state over several years, while shifting to county governments the responsibility of overseeing youth who previously would have been committed to state-run secure facilities. Lawmakers thus took steps to assist these local governments, directing significant funding to county-run juvenile probation departments. After these reforms had been given ample time to take root, Texas state leaders posed important questions that resonate with policymakers in any jurisdiction who are working to reduce the number of youth incarcerated at the state level: To what extent were changes to state policy responsible for driving down the number of incarcerated youth? What types of services and supervision are youth who previously would have been committed to a state-run secure facility now receiving locally? Are youth adjudicated to the supervision of a local juvenile probation department less likely to have subsequent contact with the justice system than youth committed to a state-run correctional facility? Do these outcomes vary depending on the county where the youth is adjudicated? If so, why? This report sheds unprecedented light on the answers to these and other questions, providing Texas state leaders with an assessment of the impact of the reforms to date and an important resource to inform strategies that build and improve upon these reforms. At the same time, this report offers insights that policymakers and practitioners outside Texas who are interested in improving their state's juvenile justice system will find invaluable. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center; College Station, TX: Public Policy Research Institute, Texas A&M University,2015. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 29, 2015 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/texas-JJ-reform-closer-to-home.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 134489

Author: Title: U.S. Customs and Border Protection's Unmanned Aircraft System Program Does Not Achieve Intended Results or Recognize All Costs of Operations Summary: Although CBP's Unmanned Aircraft System program contributes to border security, after 8 years, CBP cannot prove that the program is effective because it has not developed performance measures. The program has also not achieved the expected results. Specifically, the unmanned aircraft are not meeting flight hour goals, and we found little or no evidence CBP has met its program expectations. We estimate it costs $12,255 per flight hour to operate the program; CBP's calculation of $2,468 per flight hour does not include all operating costs. By not recognizing all operating costs, CBP cannot accurately assess the program's cost effectiveness or make informed decisions about program expansion. In addition, Congress and the public may be unaware of all the resources committed to the program. As a result, CBP has invested significant funds in a program that has not achieved the expected results, and it cannot demonstrate how much the program has improved border security. The $443 million CBP plans to spend on program expansion could be put to better use by investing in alternatives. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-15-17: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: http://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/2015/OIG_15-17_Dec14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134496

Author: Seghetti, Lisa Title: Border Security: Immigration Enforcement Between Ports of Entry Summary: Border enforcement is a core element of the Department of Homeland Security's effort to control unauthorized migration, with the U.S. Border Patrol (USBP) within the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) as the lead agency along most of the border. Border enforcement has been an ongoing subject of congressional interest since the 1970s, when illegal immigration to the United States first registered as a serious national problem; and border security has received additional attention in the years since the terrorist attacks of 2001. Since the 1990s, migration control at the border has been guided by a strategy of "prevention through deterrence"-the idea that the concentration of personnel, infrastructure, and surveillance technology along heavily trafficked regions of the border will discourage unauthorized aliens from attempting to enter the United States. Since 2005, CBP has attempted to discourage repeat illegal migrant entries and disrupt migrant smuggling networks by imposing tougher penalties against certain unauthorized aliens, a set of policies eventually described as "enforcement with consequences." Most people apprehended at the Southwest border are now subject to "high consequence" enforcement outcomes. Across a variety of indicators, the United States has substantially expanded border enforcement resources over the last three decades. Particularly since 2001, such increases include border security appropriations, personnel, fencing and infrastructure, and surveillance technology. In addition to increased resources, the USBP has implemented several strategies over the past several decades in an attempt to thwart illegal migration. Recently, the Obama Administration announced executive actions to "fix" the immigration system. These actions address numerous issues, including a revised security plan at the southern border. The Border Patrol collects data on several different border enforcement outcomes; and this report describes trends in border apprehensions, recidivism, and estimated got aways and turn backs. Yet none of these existing data are designed to measure illegal border flows or the degree to which the border is secured. Thus, the report also describes methods for estimating illegal border flows based on enforcement data and migrant surveys. Drawing on multiple data sources, the report suggests conclusions about the state of border security. Robust investments at the border were not associated with reduced illegal inflows during the 1980s and 1990s, but a range of evidence suggests a substantial drop in illegal inflows in 2007-2011, followed by a slight rise in 2012 and a more dramatic rise in 2013. Enforcement, along with the economic downturn in the United States, likely contributed to the drop in unauthorized migration, though the precise share of the decline attributable to enforcement is unknown. Enhanced border enforcement also may have contributed to a number of secondary costs and benefits. To the extent that border enforcement successfully deters illegal entries, such enforcement may reduce border-area violence and migrant deaths, protect fragile border ecosystems, and improve the quality of life in border communities. But to the extent that aliens are not deterred, the concentration of enforcement resources on the border may increase border area violence and migrant deaths, encourage unauthorized migrants to find new ways to enter illegally and to remain in the United States for longer periods of time, damage border ecosystems, harm border-area businesses and the quality of life in border communities, and strain U.S. relations with Mexico and Canada. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: R42138: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R42138.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 134497

Author: Kim, Catherine Y. Title: Policing in Schools: Developing a Governance Document for School Resource Officers in K-12 Schools Summary: K-12 public schools across the country have begun to deploy law enforcement agents on school grounds in growing numbers. Although there are no current national figures for the number of such officers, in 2004, 60 percent of high school teachers reported armed police officers stationed on school grounds, and in 2005, almost 70 percent of public school students ages 12 to 18 reported that police officers or security guards patrol their hallways. Frequently referred to as "School Resource Officers" or SROs, these agents are often sworn police officers employed by the local police department and assigned to patrol public school hallways full-time. In larger jurisdictions such as Los Angeles and Houston, these officers may be employed directly by the school district. Without addressing the question of whether police officers should be deployed to schools in the first instance, this White Paper posits that if they are deployed, they must be provided with the tools necessary to ensure a safe school environment while respecting the rights of students and the overall school climate. Details: New York: ACLU, 2009p. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: ACLU White Paper: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: http://www.aclu.org/files/pdfs/racialjustice/whitepaper_policinginschools.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: School Crimes (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134501

Author: Bradham, Douglas D. Title: Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative: Benefit-to-Cost Analysis of Springfield and Boston Sites Summary: This Benefit to Cost Analysis was conducted as a preliminary investigation into the value of the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) implemented in Massachusetts (MA) as an effort to curb violent crime in eleven cities across the State. The American Institutes for Research (AIR) and WestEd are conducting a series of studies on the effectiveness of the SSYI program on behalf of the MA Executive Office of Health and Human Services. In this study we use the results of an Interrupted Time Series (ITS) study examining SSYI's impact on community violence victimizations (Petrosino, et al., 2014), to derive an estimate of SSYI's prevention benefits over the 2012 to 2013 funding period. Boston and Springfield, as the state's two largest cities involved in SSYI, were chosen for the analysis, pending receipt of additional cost data from the other nine SSYI cites; as such, the findings in this report should be considered preliminary in terms of placing a total benefit to cost estimate on the entire SSYI initiative. Three descriptive objectives were investigated: (1) to estimate the site-specific costs to society of implementing the SSYI interventions in Boston and Springfield, from January 2012 through December 2013; (2) to estimate the potential economic benefits of the crime victimization reductions documented in the ITS study by applying reliable estimates of the economic losses incurred when violent crimes are committed; and (3) to estimate the average annual ratio of society's benefit-to-cost ratios (BCR), after all amounts have been adjusted to 2013 values. This study utilized methods consistent with recommendations for program evaluation in public health prevention, and conservative estimates from a 2010 study that estimated the costs of violent crimes in Boston, adjusted to dollar values for 2013 (Drummond, et al, 2005; Brownson, et al, 2010; Gold et al, 1996; Haddix, et al, 2003). We proportionally adjusted Springfield's costs-savings estimate based on SSYI wage rate comparison to Boston's SSYI wages. Boston's 2013 value of 99.7 million in potential cost savings per 10% reduction in crime rate was used as the "benefit of prevention" for each city. This annual cost savings ("benefit of prevention") of violent crimes for each city was then placed over the city's estimated, annual societal intervention costs, and Benefit-to-Cost Ratios (BCR) calculated. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/Benefit%20to%20Cost%20Analysis%20of%20Boston%20and%20Springfield%20SSYI%20Programs.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (Boston) Shelf Number: 134503

Author: Campie, Patricia E. Title: A Comparative Study Using Propensity Score Matching to Predict Incarceration Likelihoods Among SSYI and non-SSYI Youth from 2011-2013 Summary: A team led by the American Institutes of Research (AIR) and WestEd was commissioned by the Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services (EOHHS) to conduct a series of studies to evaluate the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI). To address serious youth violence, particularly that involving guns, Massachusetts launched SSYI in 2011, providing a comprehensive public health approach to addressing young men, between the ages of 14-24, believed to be at "proven risk" for being involved in firearms. Young men deemed as "proven risk" are those with one or more of the following characteristics: committed a violent crime using a gun or knife, victimized by violent crime and prone to retaliation, or being a known gang member. Eleven cities with the highest violent offenses reported to the police in 2010 were selected for SSYI funding beginning in 2011 and then started implementing the program. This report presents findings from a comparative analysis of incarceration status of SSYI and non-SSYI youth living in nine of the eleven SSYI cities, from 2011 to 2013: Boston, Brockton, Chelsea, Fall River, Holyoke, New Bedford, Lowell, Springfield, and Worcester. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/A%20Comparative%20Study%20Using%20Propensity%20Score%20Matching%20to%20Predict%20Incarceration%20Likelihoods%20Among%20SSYI%20and%20non-SSYI%20Youth%20from%202011-2013_rev.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Crimes Shelf Number: 134504

Author: Lande, Brian Jacob Title: Bodies of Force: The Social Organization of Force, Suffering, and Honor in Policing Summary: This dissertation is an ethnographic description of how police recruits learn to use force. I became a police recruit at two academies in order examine the process whereby police recruits learn to deploy calibrated physical force as a body technique (Mauss 1979) central to policing. Body techniques are traditional, technical and efficacious ways of using the body that are embedded in contexts of social value and symbolic significance. Police force, as calibrated body technique, is social: they pre-exist and outlive individual recruits; have to be learned and passed on from staff to recruits; they are to a degree constraining as recruits encounter social pressures to use their bodies in institutionally appropriate ways (as their bodily practices are praised, rewarded, evaluated, made fun of, and stigmatized). A police officers forceful bodily techniques are also social in the sense that they differ from how groups like boxers, soldiers, or gang members use their bodies forcefully. In other words, groups create forceful body techniques that inculcate and give meaning to the technique as well as delimit the boundaries of the group. I challenge the prevalent view of police force as deriving from attitudes and values by focusing on force as an embodied action. Police force - pursuing, command presence, searching and seizing, handcuffing, shooting, swinging a baton - is an intensely corporeal activity; and in tensely unfolding social encounters, new police officers are expected to react with skilled use of their bodies to the dangers and conflicts that they face. A police officer's embodied forceful acts are not the result of conscious deliberation but follow from practical reasons only to later be translated into articulate, verbal accounts after the fact, e.g. during report writing or the demand from supervisors to justify past actions. For police recruits learning to understand force isn't an act of "comprehension" so much as of "apprehension" by apprehending hands. "Knowing" how to be forceful is just being able to do it. Theoretically approaching police force as a calibrated bodily technique allows us to bring together the subjective life of the recruit's body with its objective social situation. Body techniques are subjective in the sense that they are forms of knowledge and understanding. But these same techniques are also objective in that they are social facts characterized by a social distribution and origin and they are encountered as external constraints, meaning that recruits feel compelled to use their bodies in certain ways. I also don't treat the forceful skills as only technical. Recruits do invest themselves in forceful practices as preparation for often-inflated perceived dangers. But I show that more importantly, recruits embrace police force because, in the daily experience of the academy, having a forceful body - a body imbued with fighting potential, strength, speed, and physical skill- confers recognition and respect from the academy staff and from peers. To be overweight, poor with a firearm, bad at driving, unable to keep up on a run, or seemingly incapable of tolerating pain, is to be relegated to a stigmatized status by staff and peers. By attending to how body techniques are learned I discovered a central conflict in the academies use of force training: the perceived need to overcome recruits' own "normal" and therefore pacific dispositions. Since most recruits are new-comers to using their bodies forcefully, there was persistent talk and training regarding how to make seemingly pacified recruits forceful but not too forceful. This was because recruits were initially incompetent in using force and academy staff had to make force "explicit" so recruits would "get it." In attempting to balance the need to make pacified recruits forceful and at the same time temper the use-of-force, I show how recruits sensibilities toward the use of force are honed, affect economies cultivated, and calibrated force is routinzed as a skillful response to social encounters. The introduction, chapter one, defines the problem of learning to be forceful. It shows how being forceful is a central concern of the academy and central to the very definition of competence. Chapter two reviews the literature on police academies, police socialization, and police culture to reveal large gaps in the literature. The research on academies has neglected the question of how recruits learn force and has been preoccupied with how police recruits learn to see themselves as members of a professional group. The literature on police socialization and has favored ruminations over how police officers talk and think about force, often long after it has occurred. I respond to the literature by outlining how Mauss's notion of bodily technique and Bourdieu's notion of habitus can fill in the gap and give a more complete picture of police culture and how it is learned. I also examine how other social groups provide objective social contexts in which subjective bodily knowledge is collectively shaped. Chapter three outlines the methods and procedures I used to conduct this study. It also describes the recruit classes and the training staff of the two academies I studied. In chapters four and five I examine how academy staff try to teach recruits use their bodies forcefully. In chapter four I begin by examining how recruits learn their hand to "search and seize." Recruits use their hands more than any other part of their body, other than their mouths, to be forceful. Because forceful use of the hands is routine, it is an ideal place to begin examining how recruits learn to use their bodies to exert situational dominance over another using their body. Academy staff refer to this colloquially as "control." In chapter five I describe in detail how police recruits learn to use deadly force with their firearms. Unlike skilled use of hands firearms are rarely used by police but intense value is placed on mastering shootings skills. I examine how a particular technique of shooting, "double tapping" is learned as a bodily technique. Once this bodily technique is mastered as a system of postures and coordinated movements it is normalized and made familiar as a skillful bodily response to perceived "threats." I argue that lethal force becomes "normal force" when it is grasped by recruits in a practical mode like any skill. In chapters three and four I also examine how staff teach recruits learn what is a "threat." While chapters four and five are about how recruits learn to deploy force, in chapters six and seven I look at how recruits are "hardened" in preparation for potentially violent and uncertain encounters on "the street." In chapter six I focus on daily negative rites like physical training that imbue recruits with a valued social body. This body is cultivated within a symbolic economy based on recognition and respect on the one hand and shame and insult on the other. The suffering of physical training also serves as a daily ordeal for recruits to overcome and that helps mark the police world as a separate sacred and heroic world that stands above the profane world recruits came from. In chapter seven I focus on an episodic negative rite, "Chemical Agents Day." During this rite recruits are expected to overcome the intense pain of exposure to chemical agents, with poise, in order to demonstrate their character. But in addition to be a test of moral self worthy by way of bodily self-control, the rite functions as a way of building a deep visceral bonding of the recruits to one another through a shared sense of pain and humiliation. Recruits also are bonded to their trainers as they overcome their suffering with the help of the very trainers who exposed them to physical pain and vulnerability. In the final empirical chapter, chapter eight, I provide one in depth interview with a recruit. This interview is important because it provides a sense of how a fairly typical recruit experienced the discipline, shame, as well as pride in bodily and emotional self-mastery. In particular we get to hear how a recruit thought and felt about the stressful and uncertain environment created by the academy staff in order toughen up recruits. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley, 2010. 234p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/4vk995z4 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 134506

Author: Kopp, Phillip Title: Is Burglary A Violent Crime? An Empirical Investigation Of Classifying Burglary As A Violent Felony And Its Statutory Implications Summary: Under the common law, burglary is defined as a crime committed against the property of another, and is listed as a property offense for purposes of statistical description by the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) and the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). However, burglary is prosecuted and sentenced as a violent crime under habitual offender laws at the federal level, and can be regarded as violent in state law, depending on varied circumstances. Using a mixed methods approach, the current study compared state and federal burglary and habitual offender statutes to an empirical description of the offense. First, a comprehensive content analysis of the provisions of state burglary and habitual offender statutes showed that burglary is often treated as a violent crime, instead of prosecuting and punishing it as a property crime and then separately charging and punishing any violent acts that occasionally co-occur with it. Second, using data from the period 1998-2007 from the NCVS and the National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS), results showed that in contrast to its statutory classification, burglary is overwhelmingly a non-violent offense. The reported incidence of actual violence or threats of violence during a burglary ranged from a low of 0.9% in rural and suburban areas, to a high of 7.6% in highly urban areas. Additionally, a victim was present during only 26% of all burglaries. These findings led the present study to recommend reform for state and federal burglary and habitual offender statutes to comport with the empirical description of the burglary characteristics provided. Furthermore, it is suggested that federal law should be amended to remove non-violent burglaries as a violent felony under habitual offender statutes, and instead, that burglary should be prosecuted and punished at a level equal with other non-violent property crimes, unless actual violence occurred during the offense. Details: New York: City University of New York, Graduate Center, 2014. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://works.gc.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1322&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134507

Author: Verite Title: Strengthening Protections Against Trafficking in Persons in Federal and Corporate Supply Chains Summary: More than twenty million men, women and children around the world are currently believed to be victims of human trafficking, a global criminal industry estimated to be worth $150.2 billion annually. As defined in the US Department of State's 2014 Trafficking in Persons Report (TIP Report), the terms "trafficking in persons" and "human trafficking" refer broadly to "the act of recruiting, harboring, transporting, providing, or obtaining a person for compelled labor or commercial sex acts through the use of force, fraud, or coercion," irrespective of whether the person has been moved from one location to another. Trafficking in persons includes practices such as coerced sex work by adults or children, forced labor, bonded labor or debt bondage, involuntary domestic servitude, forced child labor, and the recruitment and use of child soldiers. Many different factors indicate that an individual may be in a situation of trafficking. Among the most clear-cut indicators are the experience of coercive or deceptive recruitment, restricted freedom of movement, retention of identity documents by employers, withholding of wages, debt bondage, abusive working and living conditions, forced overtime, isolation, and physical or sexual violence. The United States Government is broadly committed to combating trafficking in persons, as guided by the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, and the UN Palermo Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, Especially Women and Children, Supplementing the United Nations Convention Against Transnational Organized Crime. In September 2012, the United States took an unprecedented step in the fight against human trafficking with the release of a presidential executive order (EO) entitled "Strengthening Protections Against Trafficking in Persons in Federal Contracts." In issuing this EO, the White House acknowledged that "as the largest single purchaser of goods and services in the world, the US Government has a responsibility to combat human trafficking at home and abroad, and to ensure American tax dollars do not contribute to this affront to human dignity." The EO prohibits human trafficking activities not just by federal prime contractors, but also by their employees, subcontractors, and subcontractor employees. Subsequent amendments to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and the Defense Acquisition Regulations System (DFARS) in the wake of the EO will affect a broad range of federal contracts, and will require scrutiny by prime contractors of subcontractor labor practices to a degree that has not previously been commonplace. Top level contractors will now need to look actively at the labor practices of their subcontractors and suppliers, and to consider the labor involved in production of inputs even at the lowest tiers of their supply chains. Details: Amherst, MA: Verite, 2015. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/237137.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 134508

Author: Hoekstra, Mark Title: Illegal Immigration, State Law, and Deterrence Summary: A critical immigration policy question is whether state and federal policy can deter undocumented workers from entering the U.S. We examine whether Arizona SB 1070, arguably the most restrictive and controversial state immigration law ever passed, deterred entry into Arizona. We do so by exploiting a unique data set from a survey of undocumented workers passing through Mexican border towns on their way to the U.S. Results indicate the bill's passage reduced the flow of undocumented immigrants into Arizona by 30 to 70 percent, suggesting that undocumented workers from Mexico are responsive to changes in state immigration policy. In contrast, we find no evidence that the law induced undocumented immigrants already in Arizona to return to Mexico. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 20801: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20801 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134510

Author: Beardslee, Jordan Bechtold Title: Under the Radar or Under Arrest: How Does Contact with the Juvenile Justice System Affect Delinquency and Academic Outcomes? Summary: Although many studies have found that arrested youth are more likely than non-arrested youth to experience later maladjustment, methodological limitations restrict the generalizations of prior work. Perhaps the most noteworthy limitation in prior work is the possibility of selection effects, with arrested youth likely to have very different psychological and behavioral profiles pre-justice system contact than non-arrested youth. This leaves us wondering whether the observed maladjustment is due to the type of adolescent who comes to the attention of law enforcement or due the type of justice system interventions that arrested youth experience. This study overcomes these limitations by comparing the outcomes of demographically similar male adolescents who have committed the same crimes but who differ with regard to whether they were "caught" for their crimes. Using propensity score matching to compare arrested and non-arrested youth, I investigated whether contact with the justice system does, in fact, contribute to school-related outcomes, substance use, and delinquency and whether these relations vary based on whether arrested youth are formally processed or diverted from the system. When selection effects are taken into consideration, results indicate that contact with the juvenile justice system does not have a universally harmful effect on development. Diversion (informally processing youth) actually deters future offending, school misconduct, school truancy, and school suspensions. However, both diverted and formally processed youth, regardless of their actual antisocial and illegal behavior, are more likely than no-contact youth to be arrested during the study period, according to official court records. The risk of re-arrest is highest for formally processed youth. Formally processed youth are also more likely than no-contact and diverted youth to be transferred to an alternative or continuation school. Taken together, results suggest that increased justice system surveillance might improve school performance and deter offending, but it also might lead to more contact with the system. Although an adolescent's first arrest might lead to positive outcomes in the immediate future, the effects of subsequent contacts are unknown. As such, the data suggest that the default policy should be to divert low-level first-time offenders and keep the justice system's involvement to a minimum. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, 2014. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248533.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Arrests Shelf Number: 134511

Author: Bodenhorn, Howard Title: Prison Crowding, Recidivism, and Early Release in Early Rhode Island Summary: Prison overcrowding is a perennial problem and several states are under court order to reduce crowding. The long-term solution to crowding has been more prisons. The short-term solution is early release. Early release programs can be effective when they balance the savings of reduced prison costs against the costs of recidivism by released convicts. This paper uses historical data to investigate how prison officials altered their early release policies in the face of prison crowding and rising real per prisoner detention costs. The empirical evidence is consistent with the hypothesis that prison officials make use of information about the risks of recidivism revealed at trial and during incarceration to make informed decisions about whom to release and when. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 20837: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20837.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Early Research Shelf Number: 134513

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Fostering Innovation in Community and Institutional Corrections: Identifying High-Priority Technology and Other Needs for the U.S. Correctional Sector Summary: The agencies of the U.S. corrections enterprise manage offenders confined in prisons and jails and those who have been released into the community on probation and parole. The enterprise is one of the three central pillars of the criminal justice system, along with police and the courts. Corrections agencies face major challenges from declining budgets, increasing populations under supervision, problems of equity and fairness in administrating justice, and other concerns. To better achieve its objectives and play its role within the criminal justice enterprise, the sector needs innovation in corrections technology, policy, and practice. This report draws on published literature and new structured deliberations of a practitioner Corrections Advisory Panel to frame an innovation agenda. It identifies and prioritizes potential improvements in technology, policy, and practice in both community and institutional corrections. Some of the top-tier needs identified by the panel and researchers include adapting transcription and translation tools for the corrections environment, developing training for officers on best practices for managing offenders with mental health needs, and changing visitation policies (for example, using video visitation) to reduce opportunities for visitors to bring contraband into jails and prisons. Such high-priority needs provide a menu of innovation options for addressing key problems or capitalizing on emerging opportunities in the corrections sector. This report is part of a larger effort to assess and prioritize technology and related needs across the criminal justice community for the National Institute of Justice's National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center system. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR820.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Technology Shelf Number: 134524

Author: Zastany, Robert A., Jr. Title: Assessing the Utility of Social Media for Adult Probation Summary: The Nineteenth Judicial Circuit Court in Lake County, Illinois has stated through its Mission and Vision statements that it is committed to using new technology to provide increased services to its stakeholders. The Division of Adult Probation Services is responsible for monitoring all adults sentenced to a term of probation that reside in the county. Within the division, there are various programs and services offered to those on probation. Currently, there is no method to utilize social media. A survey was completed with probation officers, public service clerks, adult probation managers, and senior managers to identify how likely they are to embrace the use of social media, for what purposes they feel social media should be used, and to obtain their perceptions about the impact that social media can have on current programs and services. For the purpose of the survey, Probation's Cognitive Outreach Group (COG) and Public Service Employment (PSE) were used to examine potential benefits that social media could have. In addition to the survey, five COG officers, five public service clerks, two adult managers, and two senior managers were interviewed to obtain specific feedback on how they perceive the use of social media will impact adult probation and its programs and services. Results were mixed, in that there were some individuals who felt that social media did not have a place in probation, while others embraced its functionality and encouraged its implementation. Staff identified management as a possible barrier to implementing social media. However, managers responded as being receptive to implementing social media and noted several potential benefits. Those surveyed and interviewed were able to provide multiple ways they felt social media could have a positive impact on probation. While they also recognized numerous barriers must be addressed prior to implementation, the general perception was that it is feasible for social media to be implemented in probation and that social media can have a positive impact on its operations. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Management, 2013. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: ICM Fellows Program: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/criminal/id/227 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Probation (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134528

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Black Lives Matter: Eliminating Racial Inequity in the Criminal Justice System Summary: A new publication from The Sentencing Project provides a comprehensive review of programs and policies across the nation and identifies a broad range of initiatives that can address racial disparities at all levels of the criminal justice system. Black Lives Matter: Eliminating Racial Inequity in the Criminal Justice System highlights initiatives in more than 20 states designed to address the criminal justice system's high rate of contact with people of color. In the wake of the tragedies in Ferguson and other cities, excessive police contact has been identified as a major cause of the disproportionate rate of fatal police encounters for African Americans and Latinos. The report identifies four key features of the criminal justice system that produce racially unequal outcomes, beyond the conditions of socioeconomic inequality that contribute to higher rates of some crimes in marginalized communities, and showcases initiatives to abate these sources of inequity in adult and juvenile justice systems around the country. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/rd_Black_Lives_Matter.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities Groups Shelf Number: 134529

Author: Franzi, Christopher L. Title: The Portrayal of Juvenile Delinquents in Film (1988-1997) Summary: This thesis presents a portrayal of juvenile delinquents in film from 1988 - 1997 in America, expanding on a previously largely unexamined time period. Details: Pittsburg: Carnegie Mellon University, 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Dietrich College Honors Theses: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1048&context=hsshonors Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Films Shelf Number: 134530

Author: Carter, Prudence Title: You Can't Fix What You Don't Look At: Acknowledging Race in Addressing Racial Discipline Disparities Summary: Recent evidence shows that racial disparities in school discipline are continuing to worsen. According to the latest federal data, black students are suspended and expelled at a rate three and a half times greater than white students. On average, 5 percent of white students are suspended compared to 16 percent of black students. This report from the Discipline Disparities Collaborative, a group of 26 nationally known researchers, educators, advocates and policy analysts, highlights how our interactions across racial lines continue to yield differential outcomes in school discipline. To truly acknowledge and confront these disparities, the report argues that schools first need to gather detailed disciplinary data that can be examined for patterns. This data can be used to inform district-wide discussions about why students of color are being suspended and expelled at a higher rate and to support the implementation of new disciplinary approaches that minimize suspensions. Details: Bloomington, IN: The Equity Project, Center for Evaluation and Education Policy, Indiana University, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://www.atlanticphilanthropies.org/sites/all/modules/filemanager/files/Acknowledging-Race_121514.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 134531

Author: Nichol, Michael B. Title: Evaluating the Cost Effectiveness of the Elder Abuse Forensic Center Model Summary: Elder abuse forensic centers (EAFCs) use a multidisciplinary team approach to address complex elder abuse cases. To date, no evaluation has assessed the cost for EAFCs to achieve their outcomes. This study evaluates the cost effectiveness of the Los Angeles County EAFC. We analyzed case files for 41 randomly selected cases seen at the Los Angeles County EAFC and 39 propensity-matched APS usual care cases from April 2007-December 2009 to obtain data on time spent processing cases and achieving outcomes. Salaries were obtained from publicly available sources and used to estimate case processing costs. Mean case processing costs are $1,101.80 for the EAFC model and $153.30 for usual care. The proportion of cases submitted to the public guardian is 39% for EAFC and 8% for usual care, which generates an ICOR of $3,059.68. The ICOR indicates that an additional EAFC case submitted to the public guardian costs an additional $3,059.68 over the cost of usual care. The proportion of cases that are granted conservatorship is 24% for EAFC and 3% for usual care, with an ICOR of $4,516.67. The proportion of cases successfully prosecuted is 17% for EAFC and 0.2% for usual care, with an ICOR of $5,645.83. There were no differences in recurrence rates within one year of case closure. These results indicate the EAFC model incurs greater case processing costs but yields large incremental differences in outcomes compared to usual care. This information can inform the sustainability of the model and the feasibility of replication across the U.S. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of Southern California, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248556.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134533

Author: Berzofsky, Marcus Title: Measuring Socioeconomic Status (SES) in the NCVS: Background, Options, and Recommendations Summary: The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) is the most important source of information on criminal victimization in the United States. Each year, data from a nationally representative sample of about 40,000 households comprising nearly 75,000 persons are obtained on the frequency, characteristics, and consequences of criminal victimization. The survey enables the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) to estimate the likelihood of experiencing rape, sexual assault, robbery, assault, theft, household burglary, and motor vehicle theft victimization for the population as a whole as well as for segments of the population. One of BJS's goals for the NCVS is to continually improve its utility so that victimization can be better understood as crime and its correlates change over time. Recently, BJS has been interested in assessing the measurement of variables that have long been associated with victimization, including factors such as socioeconomic status (SES). The goals of this paper are to (1) understand how other studies have measured SES and identify variables within the NCVS that could be used to measure or be proxies for SES, (2) explore options for creating an SES index that could enhance BJS�s analysis of victimization and its correlates, and (3) assess how components of a potential SES index are currently measured in the NCVS and consider ways in which they can be improved. Section 1 summarizes the literature on how SES has been measured in the scientific literature and how it relates to crime and victimization. Section 2 summarizes the recommended approach for creating a measure of SES via an index that includes imputed income data. Finally, Section 3 recommends changes to the NCVS that would address the current limitations and allow for better measurement of SES and its components. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/248562.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134534

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Supply Chain Security: CBP Needs to Enhance Its Guidance and Oversight of High-Risk Maritime Cargo Shipments Summary: From fiscal years 2009 through 2013, less than 1 percent of maritime shipments arriving in the United States were identified as high risk by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), but CBP does not have accurate data on their disposition (i.e., outcomes). CBP officials (targeters) are generally required to hold high-risk shipments for examination unless evidence shows that an examination can be waived per CBP policy. In particular, targeters at Advance Targeting Units (targeting units)-responsible for reviewing shipments arriving at ports within their respective regions-can waive an examination if they determine through research that (1) the shipment falls within a predetermined category (standard exception), or (2) they can articulate why the shipment should not be considered high risk (articulable reason), such as an error in the shipment's data. GAO found that CBP examined the vast majority of high-risk shipments, but CBP's disposition data are not accurate because of various factors-such as the inclusion of shipments that were never sent to the United States-and that the data overstate the number of high-risk shipments. On the basis of GAO's analyses and findings, CBP is taking steps to correct its data. When determining the disposition of high-risk shipments, CBP's targeting units are inconsistently applying criteria to make waiver decisions and are incorrectly documenting the reasons for some waivers. CBP policy lacks definitions for standard exception waivers. As a result, targeters are inconsistently applying and recording standard exception waivers. Because of these inconsistencies, some targeting units may be unnecessarily holding shipments for examination, while others may be waiving shipments that should be examined. Developing definitions for standard exceptions could help ensure that CBP examines shipments as intended. Further, some targeters at targeting units GAO visited were unaware of the guidance on articulable reason waivers and were incorrectly documenting these waivers. As a result, CBP cannot accurately determine the extent to which articulable waivers are being issued and used judiciously per CBP policy. Updating and disseminating guidance in policy could help ensure targeters correctly document such waivers. CBP has efforts in place, such as self-inspections, to provide oversight of its policies on the disposition (whether examined or waived) of high-risk shipments; however, these efforts are not sufficient. For example, the limited sample size of shipments used in self-inspections does not provide CBP with the best estimate of compliance at the national level. In addition, CBP's method for calculating the compliance rate does not accurately reflect compliance because it is not based on the number of shipments sampled. Developing an enhanced methodology for selecting sample shipments, and changing the method for calculating compliance, could improve CBP's estimate of compliance and its ability to identify and correct deficiencies. The U.S. economy is dependent on a secure global supply chain. In fiscal year 2013, approximately 12 million maritime cargo shipments arrived in the United States. Within the federal government, CBP is responsible for administering cargo security, to include identifying "high-risk" maritime cargo shipments with the potential to contain terrorist contraband. GAO was asked to review CBP's disposition of such shipments. This report discusses (1) how many maritime shipments CBP determined to be high risk and the extent to which CBP has accurate data on the disposition of such shipments, (2) the extent to which CBP consistently applies criteria and documents reasons for waiving examinations, and (3) the extent to which CBP ensures its policies on the disposition of high-risk shipments are being followed. GAO analyzed CBP data on maritime shipments arriving in the United States during fiscal years 2009 through 2013. GAO also visited four CBP targeting units selected on the basis of the percentage of maritime shipments they waived, among other factors. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-294: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/668098.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 134536

Author: Vallas, Rebecca Title: One Strike and You're Out: How We Can Eliminate Barriers to Economic Security and Mobility for People with Criminal Records Summary: Between 70 million and 100 million Americans-or as many as one in three-have a criminal record. Many have only minor offenses, such as misdemeanors and non-serious infractions; others have only arrests without conviction. Nonetheless, because of the rise of technology and the ease of accessing data via the Internet-in conjunction with federal and state policy decisions-having even a minor criminal history now carries lifelong barriers that can block successful re-entry and participation in society. This has broad implications-not only for the millions of individuals who are prevented from moving on with their lives and becoming productive citizens but also for their families, communities, and the national economy. Today, a criminal record serves as both a direct cause and consequence of poverty. It is a cause because having a criminal record can present obstacles to employment, housing, public assistance, education, family reunification, and more; convictions can result in monetary debts as well. It is a consequence due to the growing criminalization of poverty and homelessness. One recent study finds that our nation's poverty rate would have dropped by 20 percent between 1980 and 2004 if not for mass incarceration and the subsequent criminal records that haunt people for years after they have paid their debt to society. Failure to address this link as part of a larger anti-poverty agenda risks missing a major piece of the puzzle. It is important to note that communities of color-and particularly men of color-are disproportionately affected, and high-poverty, disadvantaged communities generate a disproportionate share of Americans behind bars. As Michelle Alexander argues in her book The New Jim Crow,mass incarceration and its direct and collateral consequences have effectively replaced intentional racism as a form of 21st century structural racism. Indeed, research shows that mass incarceration and its effects have been significant drivers of racial inequality in the United States, particularly during the past three to four decades. Moreover, the challenges associated with having a criminal record come at great cost to the U.S. economy. Estimates put the cost of employment losses among people with criminal records at as much as $65 billion per year in terms of gross domestic product. That's in addition to our nation's skyrocketing expenditures for mass incarceration, which today total more than $80 billion annually. The lifelong consequences of having a criminal record-and the stigma that accompanies one-stand in stark contrast to research on "redemption" that documents that once an individual with a prior nonviolent conviction has stayed crime free for three to four years, that person's risk of recidivism is no different from the risk of arrest for the general population. Put differently, people are treated as criminals long after they pose any significant risk of committing further crimes-making it difficult for many to move on with their lives and achieve basic economic security, let alone have a shot at upward mobility. The United States must therefore craft policies to ensure that Americans with criminal records have a fair shot at making a decent living, providing for their families, and joining the middle class. This will benefit not only the tens of millions of individuals who face closed doors due to a criminal record but also their families, their communities, and the economy as a whole. President Barack Obama's administration has been a leader on this important issue. For example, the Bureau of Justice Administration's Justice Reinvestment Initiative has assisted states and cities across the country in reducing correctional spending and reinvesting the savings in strategies to support re-entry and reduce recidivism. The Federal Interagency Reentry Council, established in 2011 by Attorney General Eric Holder, has brought 20 federal agencies together to coordinate and advance effective re-entry policies. And the president's My Brother's Keeper initiative has charged communities across the country with implementing strategies to close opportunity gaps for boys and young men of color and to ensure that "all young people ... can reach their full potential, regardless of who are they are, where they come from, or the circumstances into which they are born." Additionally, states and cities across the country have enacted policies to alleviate the barriers associated with having a criminal history. While these are positive steps, further action is needed at all levels of government. This report offers a road map for the administration and federal agencies, Congress, states and localities, employers, and colleges and universities to ensure that a criminal record no longer presents an intractable barrier to economic security and mobility. Bipartisan momentum for criminal justice reform is growing, due in part to the enormous costs of mass incarceration, as well as an increased focus on evidence-based approaches to public safety. Policymakers and opinion leaders of all political stripes are calling for sentencing and prison reform, as well as policies that give people a second chance. Now is the time to find common ground and enact meaningful solutions to ensure that a criminal record does not consign an individual to a life of poverty. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/VallasCriminalRecordsReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 134537

Author: Zimmerman, Paul R. Title: Deterrence from self-protection measures in the 'market model' of crime: dynamic panel data estimates from employment in private security occupations. Summary: Private individuals and entities invest in a wide variety of market-provisioned self-protection devices or services to mitigate their probability of victimization to crime. However, evaluating the effect of such private security measures remains understudied in the economics of crime literature. Unlike most previous studies, the present analysis considers four separate measures of private security: security guards, detectives and investigators, security system installers, and locksmiths. The effects of laws allowing the concealed carrying of weapons (an unobservable precaution) are also evaluated. Given that Ehrlich's 'market model' suggests private security is endogenous to crime, the analysis relies primarily on dynamic panel data methods to derive consistent parameter estimates of the effect of self-protection measures. The relationship between self-protection and UCR Part II Index offense (arrest) data are also considered in order to provide exploratory evidence on the interaction between publicly and privately provisioned crime deterrence efforts. Details: Munich, Germany: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 26187: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/26187/1/MPRA_paper_26187.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Weapons Shelf Number: 134538

Author: Innocence Project of Texas Title: Dog Scent Lineups: A Junk Science Injustice Summary: A dog-scent lineup consists of matching a "scent" sample from a crime scene to a "scent" sample from a suspect by a dog. The practice has been used in several states, including Alaska, Florida, New York, and Texas. We know that dogs have an incredibly acute sense of smell, but the major problem has been with the handlers of these dogs, who have been proven to be fakes and charlatans. Details: Lubbock, TX: Innocence Project of Texas, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2015 at: http://www.ipoftexas.org/Websites/ipot/images/IPOT_Dog_Scent_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Dog Scent Lineups (Texas) Shelf Number: 134540

Author: Women's Foundation of California Title: Bias Behind Bars: Decreasing Disproportionate Rates of Incarcerated Women in California and Nationwide for Low-Level Offenses Summary: A new analysis of data regarding California's massive prison system underscores an emerging- and troubling-body of research nationally: Girls and women are disproportionately incarcerated in state prison for low-level, petty crimes. Even more troubling are the profound ripple effects this has on the stability of families and entire communities. These problems are national in scope, but a new review of statistics from the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation reveals telling numbers about this overlooked trend. This report highlights some examples of unequal treatment of women within the criminal justice system. We call attention to the fact that: 1. There are gender differences in treatment within the criminal justice system; 2. The long-term impacts of a felony conviction differ between men and women; and 3. Women's histories of abuse prior to incarceration impact their experiences while incarcerated and after release. As policymakers and the general public work to reform criminal justice systems (particularly to modernize approaches to holding people accountable for nonviolent offenses), it is critical for women's needs and circumstances to inform the changes underway. Trends related to gender must be considered in any criminal justice reform efforts, and institutional practices within the criminal justice system and post-release must take into account the ways in which the needs of men and women differ. We also share stories of three formerly incarcerated California women who have overcome the odds to rebuild their lives. Details: San Francisco: Women's Foundation of California, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://www.womensfoundca.org/sites/default/files/Bias-Behind-Bars.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 134545

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Reducing Incarceration for Technical Violations in Louisiana: Evaluation of revocation cap shows cost savings, less crime Summary: In 2007, Louisiana lawmakers unanimously approved legislation that set a 90-day limit on the incarceration in jail or prison of those whose probation or parole has been revoked for the first time for violating the rules of their community supervision. Lawmakers passed the legislation, Act 402 (House Bill 423), to prioritize jail and prison beds for serious offenders and steer lower-level offenders to less expensive and potentially more effective alternatives. An independent evaluation of the policy commissioned by The Pew Charitable Trusts, supplemented by additional research conducted by Pew, concluded that Louisiana's 90-day revocation limit has: -- Reduced the average length of incarceration for first-time technical revocations in Louisiana by 281 days, or 9.2 months. -- Maintained public safety, with returns to custody for new crimes declining from 7.9 percent to 6.2 percent, a 22 percent decrease. -- Resulted in a net savings of approximately 2,034 jail and prison beds a year. -- Saved taxpayers an average of $17.6 million in annual corrections costs. This brief summarizes these findings and looks ahead to the longer-term implications of Act 402 for Louisiana. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2014/11/PSPPReducingIncarcerationforTechnicalViolationsinLouisiana.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 134546

Author: Reaves, Brian A. Title: Campus Law Enforcement, 2011-12 Summary: Presents findings from a BJS survey of campus law enforcement agencies covering the 2011-12 academic year. The report focuses primarily on 4-year colleges and universities enrolling 2,500 or more students. Agencies serving public and private campuses are compared by number and type of employees, agency functions, arrest jurisdiction, patrol coverage, agreements with local law enforcement, requirements for new officers, use of nonlethal weapons, types of computers and information systems, community policing initiatives, use of special units and programs, and emergency preparedness activities. Highlights: About 75% of the campuses were using armed officers, compared to 68% during the 2004-05 school year. About 9 in 10 public campuses used sworn police officers (92%), compared to about 4 in 10 private campuses (38%). Most sworn campus police officers were authorized to use a sidearm (94%), chemical or pepper spray (94%), and a baton (93%). Most sworn campus police officers had arrest (86%) and patrol (81%) jurisdictions that extended beyond campus boundaries. About 7 in 10 campus law enforcement agencies had a memorandum of understanding or other formal written agreement with outside law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cle1112.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134549

Author: Petrosino, Anthony Title: The Impact of the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) on City-Level Youth Crime Victimization Rates. An Interrupted Time Series Analysis with Comparison Groups Summary: The physical, emotional and financial costs on individuals and neighborhoods resulting from youth violence are well documented. According to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (2013), the third leading cause of death for young people between the ages of 10-24 is homicide; for black males, it is the leading cause of death. To address serious youth violence, particularly that involving guns, Massachusetts initiated the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI) in 2011, providing a comprehensive public health approach to addressing young men, between the ages of 14-24, believed to be at "proven risk" for being involved in firearms. Eleven cities with the highest violent offenses reported to the police in 2010 were selected for SSYI funding in 2011 and started implementing the program. Although there are variations across sites, there are some components that are mandatory and must be included in each SSYI program at the city level: - Specific identification of young men, 14-24, at highest risk for being involved in firearms violence - Use of street outreach workers to find these young men, assess their current needs, and act as brokers for services to address unmet needs - The provision of a continuum of comprehensive services including education, employment, and intensive supervision Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/SSYI%20-%20Interrupted%20Time%20Series%20Study%20of%20Community%20Victimization%20Outcomes%202011-2013_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134553

Author: Community Legal Services of Philadelphia Title: Young Women of Color with Criminal Records: A Barrier to Economic Stability for Low-Income Families and Communities Summary: Over the past few years, young women of color have been represented at a disproportionately high rate among clients coming to Community Legal Services (CLS) for help with barriers to employment caused by criminal records. This is particularly notable, as the vast majority of research, programming, and policy attention regarding criminal records and barriers to employment have focused on men. The impact of criminal records on young women seeking employment has largely been overlooked. Many of the young female clients CLS serves are the sole providers for their families and survive on the very limited resources provided by safety-net programs. They typically are able and highly motivated to work so that they can better provide for their families. Yet in our experience, young women who often have more limited and minor criminal records than their male counterparts struggle more to find employment. Data from CLS's legal practice, as well as local and national data and research, shed some light on this troubling dynamic and what can be done to better connect these young women with employment opportunities. Details: Philadelphia: Community Legal Services of Philadelphia, 2014. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2015 at: http://clsphila.org/sites/default/files/issues/Young%20Women%20with%20Criminal%20Records%20Report_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 134554

Author: Colorado Office of the State Auditor Title: Department of Corrections: Colorado Correctional Industries: Performance Audit Summary: BACKGROUND - CCI's statutory purpose is to provide offenders with employment and training, and operate on a financially profitable basis to reimburse the General Fund. - CCI employs about 1,600 inmates and operates 37 industries shops at state correctional facilities. - During Fiscal Year 2014 CCI had earned revenues of $47 million from its industries shops and about $17.4 million from its canteen. - State agencies are required to purchase certain goods and services from CCI, such as furniture, license plates, and road signs. - CCI is authorized to sell goods and services to the general public and enter into partnerships with private entities, but must follow statutes intended to prevent unfair competition with private businesses. KEY FACTS AND FINDINGS - Although statute requires CCI to operate in a profit-oriented manner, CCI's industries operations earned profit margins on average of less than 1 percent from Fiscal Years 2009 through 2014 and do not reimburse the General Fund for the cost of inmates' incarceration. In addition, CCI lacks long-term profit goals and adequate processes to achieve and improve profitability. - The Department and CCI need to improve controls to ensure that CCI is only funded through its business revenue as required by statute. For Fiscal Years 2009 through 2014 CCI received funding totaling about $12 million from the Department through training agreements without clear evidence that CCI was providing a service to the Department. As a result, it is unclear that this funding is legitimate business revenue for CCI. - CCI did not report some information required by statute and its own policies to stakeholders. For example, written business proposals provided to the Correctional Industries Advisory Committee did not address the businesses' potential impact on the private sector and annual reports and budget requests lacked required information, such as projections on the number of inmates employed and production and sales estimates. - During Fiscal Year 2014 the Department sold about $283,000 in goods and services to the general public through inmate vocational training programs without statutory authority. - Contrary to statute and Department regulations, CCI's charges to inmates and their families for phone service were about $1.5 million higher than necessary to cover the costs for providing the service during Fiscal Year 2014. - Since Fiscal Year 1982, CCI has not provided the Department with laundry, food, facilities maintenance, and vehicle maintenance services as required by statute. Details: Denver: Office of the State Auditor, 2015. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://www.leg.state.co.us/OSA/coauditor1.nsf/All/908C1FE0217F7E0487257DCE00701378/$FILE/1350P%20Colorado%20Correctional%20Industries,%20Department%20of%20Corrections,%20January%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Labor (Colorado) Shelf Number: 134555

Author: Coombs, Kyle Title: Do U.S. Border Enforcement Operations Increase Human Smuggling Fees Along the U.S.-Mexico Border? Summary: Undocumented migrants frequently hire border crossing experts, called "coyotes" to facilitate a successful, safer crossing. U.S. border enforcement actively counters these migrants. U.S. measures of enforcement and coyote fees grew together during the 20th century, suggesting a connection between enforcement and the coyote market. This paper tests the effect of border patrol agents and operations on coyote fees using a dataset compiled from the Mexican Migration Project, U.S. Customs & Border Protection, the Department of Homeland Security, and the United States Sentencing Commission. I do not find a significant connection between coyote fees and border enforcement, but do show that average prison time along the border acted as a shifter of supply prior to 2005. Details: St. Paul, MN: Macalester College, 2014. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Economics Honors Projects, Paper 57: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://digitalcommons.macalester.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1058&context=economics_honors_projects Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 134556

Author: Rabuy, Bernadette Title: Screening Out Family Time: The for-profit video visitation industry in prisons and jails Summary: Video technology like Skype or FaceTime can be a great way to stay together for people who are far apart. It is not the same as being there in person, but it is better than a phone call or sending a letter. Given that there are 2.2 million people who are incarcerated, often many hundreds of miles from their homes, it should be no surprise that prison and jail video visitation is quietly sweeping the nation. But video visitation is not like Skype or FaceTime. For one, these well-known technologies are a high-quality, free supplement to time spent together, in-person. The video visitation that is sweeping through U.S. jails is almost the exact opposite. In order to stimulate demand for their low-quality product, jails and video visitation companies work together to shut down the traditional in-person visitation rooms and instead require families to pay up to $1.50 per minute for visits via computer screen. In this report, we collect the contracts and the experiences of the facilities, the families, and the companies. We: -Determine how this industry works, and explain the key differences between video visitation in jails (where it is most common and most commonly implemented in explicitly exploitative ways) and video visitation in prisons (where there is a proven need for the service and where prices are more reasonable yet the service is actually pretty rare). -Hold the industry's fantastic promises up against the hard evidence of experience, including the industry's own commission reports. -Give hard data showing just how unpopular this service is. We analyze the usage data, and then walk through exactly why families consider this unreliable and poorly designed technology a serious step backwards. -Identify the patterns behind the worst practices in this industry, finding that the most harmful practices are concentrated in facilities that contract with particular companies. -Analyze why the authors of correctional best practices have already condemned the industry's preferred approach to video visitation. -Review the unanimous opposition of major editorial boards to business models that try to profit off the backs of poor families, when we should be rewarding families for trying to stay together. -Identify how video visitation could be implemented in a more family-friendly way and highlight two small companies who have taken some of these steps. Finally, we make 23 recommendations for federal and state regulators, legislators, correctional facilities, and the video visitation companies on how they could ensure that video visitation brings families together and makes our communities stronger instead of weaker. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://static.prisonpolicy.org/visitation/ScreeningOutFamilyTime_January2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 134559

Author: Emsellem, Maurice Title: Advancing a Federal Fair Chance Hiring Agenda: Background Check Reforms in Over 100 Cities, Counties, and States Pave the Way for Presidential Action Summary: Almost one in three adults in the United States has a criminal record that will show up on a routine criminal background check.1 This creates a serious barrier to employment for millions of workers, especially in communities of color hardest hit by decades of over-criminalization. Reflecting the growing political consensus behind "smart on crime" reforms, elected officials from across the ideological spectrum have embraced "fair chance" hiring policies. These reforms restore hope and opportunity to qualified job-seekers with a criminal record who struggle against significant odds to find work and to give back to their communities. More than 100 jurisdictions, including 13 states, the District of Columbia, and 96 cities and counties, have adopted "ban the box" and other fair chance hiring reforms, often in tandem with criminal justice reform priorities. Several major corporations have embraced fair chance hiring as well, including three of the nation's top five retailers: Walmart, Target, and Home Depot. The federal government should build on this momentous wave of support for public- and private-sector hiring reforms. Now is the time for President Obama to act boldly to open up employment opportunities for the large numbers of Americans who have been unfairly locked out of the job market because of a criminal record. As the President's "My Brother's Keeper" Task Force recently concluded: Our youth and communities suffer when hiring practices unnecessarily disqualify candidates based on past mistakes. We should implement reforms to promote successful reentry, including encouraging hiring practices, such as "Ban the Box," which give applicants a fair chance and allows employers the opportunity to judge individual job candidates on their merits as they reenter the workforce. This paper makes the case for a federal fair-chance-hiring administrative initiative-including an Executive Order and Presidential Memorandum-that ensures that both federal agencies and federal contractors are leading the way to create job opportunities for qualified people with criminal records. In addition, as the 114th Congress convenes, this paper identifies several bipartisan legislative priorities, including the REDEEM Act (S. 2567), co-sponsored by Senators Corey Booker (D-NJ) and Rand Paul (R-KY), that would significantly advance employment opportunities for people with criminal records. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://www.nelp.org/page/-/SCLP/Report-Federal-Fair-Chance-Hiring-Agenda.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 134560

Author: Nagrecha, Mitali Title: When All Else Fails, Fining the Family. First Person Accounts of Criminal Justice Debt Summary: The types of financial obligations owed to the state have proliferated, and the penalties for debt have been increasingly criminalized with harsh sanctions. In that sense, our interviews confirmed what other advocacy groups and individual scholars have recently found: There has been a surge in criminal justice debt and increasing state punitiveness meted out to those who fail to pay. Many incarcerated and formerly incarcerated individuals have been swept into what we have come to call a debt-enforcement regime. Punishment is everywhere and criminal justice debt can confine individuals to a liminal space where prison is never a thing of the past. Debt is paid not only by those convicted of crimes, but also by their families (or friends) who are the last stop before re-incarceration. Families and friends provide important assistance in staunching the debt that relatives or friends face when returning from prison, knowing that such debt can trigger punitive consequences, including reincarceration. Our interviews demonstrate that post-prison debt fulfillment is often family subsidized, as returning individuals struggle with criminal justice debt and other challenges of reentry. Even assuming that it is the returning prisoner who has "done the crime," it is often up to his or her friends and family members to help pay the time. This is the main finding of this study. Public policy aimed at collecting debt must ultimately be more closely tailored to the ability of an individual - not that of his or her family or network of friends - to pay what may be due. While families have an important role to play in the successful reintegration of their family member, they should not have to bear the burden of debt repayment as a means to avert the re-incarceration of their loved one. This is particularly important as the financial condition of families of formerly incarcerated people is often precarious even without their shouldering financial penalties. Details: Syracuse, NY: Center for Community Alternatives, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 7, 2015 at: http://www.communityalternatives.org/pdf/Criminal-Justice-Debt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 134561

Author: Hollihan, Allison Title: Video Visiting in Corrections: Benefits, Limitations, and Implementing Considerations Summary: "The purpose of this guide is to inform the development of video visiting programs within a correctional setting. "Video visiting" is real-time interactive video communication which uses video conferencing technology or virtual software programs, such as Skype. It is an increasingly popular form of communication between separated family members in settings outside of corrections. The rapid expansion of video visiting in jails and prisons over the past few years suggests that video visiting may become very common in corrections in the near future. "This guide will help inform administrators about the benefits and challenges of using some common video visiting models across a variety of settings. Video visiting can be a positive enhancement to in-person visiting, and has the potential to promote positive outcomes for incarcerated individuals and their families and communities. In certain circumstances, video visiting may benefit corrections by reducing costs, improving safety and security, and allowing for more flexibility in designating visiting hours. The value of video visiting can be maximized when the goals of the facility are balanced with the needs of incarcerated individuals and their families" (p. vii). This guide is comprised of three chapters: why consider video visiting; implementation considerations; and evaluating a video visiting program. Appendixes cover: additional uses for video conferencing in corrections; video visiting with children; identifying a video visiting model; implementation checklist; and evaluation tools. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2015 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/029609.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 134562

Author: Smiley, CalvinJohn Nagel Title: Existing But Not Living: Neo-Civil Death And The Carceral State Summary: In 2010, the United States prison releases exceeded prison admission for the first time since the Bureau of Justice Statistics began collecting jurisdictional data in 1977. Prisoner reentry--the transition from prison to community--has grown exponentially in the 21st century. While individuals are coming home in larger quantities, many formerly incarcerated men and women lose social, political, and economic rights, otherwise known as civil death. The fundamental purpose of this dissertation is to investigate the impact of civil death on prisoner reentry. More specifically, how does the loss of civil rights construct notions of citizenship for recently released men and women? In addition, how do men and women navigate and negotiate the reentry process with both legal-related barriers imposed by the State as well as social obstacles created by incarceration? A community-based reentry program in Newark, New Jersey, is the field site of this research. Employing qualitative methods: interviews, focus groups, and ethnographic observations, this research explores the development of the prison industrial complex, which has led to mass incarceration and the growing prisoner reentry industry. The findings of this research give insight to the furthered underdevelopment of low-income communities via the carceral continuum. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2014. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://works.gc.cuny.edu/etd/283/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 134570

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Texas Title: A Solitary Failure: The Waste, Cost and Harm of Solitary Confinement in Texas Summary: The Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) confines 4.4 percent of its prison population in solitary confinement. Texas locks more people in solitary-confinement cells than twelve states house in their entire prison system. On average, prisoners remain in solitary confinement for almost four years; over one hundred Texas prisoners have spent more than twenty years in solitary confinement. The conditions in which these people live impose such severe deprivations that they leave prison mentally damaged; as a group, people released from solitary are more likely to commit more new crimes than people released from the rest of the prison system. Yet in 2013, TDCJ released 1,243 people directly from solitary-confinement cells into Texas communities. These prisoners return to society after living for years or decades in a tiny cell for twenty-two hours a day, with no contact with other human beings or access to educational or rehabilitative programs. Here's a summary of the report, which explains why less solitary confinement is not about going "soft" on crime, it's about being smart on crime. Background - Explore sthe early failure of solitary confinement, the misguided return of solitary confinement in the late 20th century, and the renewed consensus: solitary is a dangerous and expensive correctional practice. Solitary Confinement increases crime - Solitary permanently damages people who will one day return to Texas communities. The consequences of over-using solitary is more crime in Texas communities. Solitary is a huge cost to taxpayers - Solitary confinement costs Texas taxpayers at least $46 Million a year. Overuse of solitary increases prison violence - Solitary confinement makes prison less safe and deprives officers of the option to incentivize good behavior. Violence escalates when officers deny people in solitary basic needs. Other states have improved prison safety by reducing solitary confinement. Mentally ill people deteriorate - The universal consensus: never place the seriously mentally ill in solitary. Yet, Texas sends thousands of people with mental illnesses to solitary confinement and inadequately monitors and treats them. Details: Houston: ACLU of Texas; Texas Civil Rights Project, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://www.aclutx.org/2015/02/05/a-solitary-failure/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Inmates Shelf Number: 134571

Author: Huff-Corzine, Lin Title: The Changing Landscape of Homicide: Proceedings of the 2014 Meeting of the Homicide Research Working Group. Summary: Proceedings are published from each of the annual meetings of the HRWG. They consist of essays on presentations given during the meeting. The proceedings have been made available through the support of the National Institute of Justice (1992-1998) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (1999-2001). Details: San Antonio, TX: University of Central Florida, 2014. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://www.homicideresearchworkinggroup.org/proceedings_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 134572

Author: Gibbs, Deborah Title: Evaluation of Services for Domestic Minor Victims of Human Trafficking Summary: RTI International conducted a participatory process evaluation of three programs funded by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) Office for Victims of Crime (OVC) to identify and provide services to victims of sex and labor trafficking who are U.S citizens and lawful permanent residents (LPR) under the age of 18. The evaluation was funded by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), also part of DOJ. The goals of the evaluation were to document program implementation in the three programs, identify promising practices for service delivery programs, and inform delivery of current and future efforts by to serve this population. Specifically, the evaluation described young people served by the programs, their service needs, services delivered by the programs, the experiences of young people and staff with the programs, and programs' efforts to strengthen community response to trafficked youth. OVC funded three programs that differed substantially in their organization and service delivery approaches: - The Standing Against Global Exploitation Everywhere (SAGE) Project, located in San Francisco, serves adults and youth affected by sexual exploitation. Prior to the OVC grant, they provided life skills programs, advocacy, counseling and case management for girls, including those in the juvenile justices system. - The Salvation Army Trafficking Outreach Program and Intervention Techniques (STOP-IT) program, located in Chicago, was founded by the Salvation Army and grew from that organizations engagement in local trafficking task forces. Under the OVC grant, STOP-IT expanded their services from foreign trafficking victims to domestic youth engaged in sex trades. - The Streetwork Project at Safe Horizon, located in New York City, serves homeless and street-involved youth with drop in centers, a residential program, counseling, health care, legal advocacy and other services, offered by Streetwork staff and co-located providers. For this participatory evaluation, the RTI team worked closely with staff from the three programs to develop instruments and methods. Programs collected information on clients served and on the services provided to these clients between January 2011 and June 2013. The evaluation team made five site visits to each program over the course of the grant period, during which they conducted a total of 113 key informant interviews with program staff and partner agencies and compiled case narratives describing the experiences of 45 program clients. The evaluation addressed four questions: 1. What are the characteristics of young people who are trafficked, including both sex and labor trafficking? 2. What services do young people who were trafficked need? What services do the OVC-funded programs provide, either through their own resources or through partner agencies? 3. How is the implementation process viewed by program staff, partner agencies, and those who receive services? 4. How are programs working to strengthen community response to trafficked youth? Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2014. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248578.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 134576

Author: Pacheco, Igor Title: Miami-Dade Research Study for the Reliability of the ACE-V Process: Accuracy & Precision in Latent Fingerprint Examinations Summary: This research reports on an empirical study that evaluated the reliability of the Analysis, Comparison, and Evaluation (ACE) and Analysis, Comparison, Evaluation, and Verification (ACE-V) methodologies in latent fingerprint examinations. performance was measured in terms of accuracy and precision, and was evaluated under both unbiased and biased conditions. Accuracy exclude a latent print to a known source(s) and precision ability to reproduce and repeat the same conclusion. Reproducibility is defined as the ability of multiple participants to examine the same latent print and reach the same conclusion independently, while repeatability is defined as the ability to provide the same conclusion upon re-evaluation of the same latent print. For the purpose of this research, bias was defined as the ability of a participant to reproduce and repeat a conclusion when presented with two previous conclusions and asked to conduct a second verification. The foundation of latent fingerprint identification is that friction ridge skin is unique and persistent. Through the examination of all of the qualitative and quantitative features available in friction ridge skin, impressions can be positively identified or excluded to the individual that produced it. This study reports the results of four categorical opinions: identification, exclusion, inconclusive, and no value decisions. In addition, sufficiency determinations and comparison decisions were evaluated based on a latent Strength of Value and Difficulty of Comparison rating scale that was designed for this research. Tests were assembled using 80 latent prints with varying quantity and quality of information from ten known sources and were distributed to 109 latent print examiners across the United States. Participants had at least one year of latent print examination experience and employed the ACE methodology when comparing unknown latent prints to known sources. Responses from the participants yielded 5,963 sufficiency determinations, 4,536 ACE decisions, 532 ACE-V decisions, 1,311 repeatability decisions, 326 ACE decisions under biased conditions, and 333 repeatability decisions under biased conditions. This study took into account inconclusive responses in determining error rates and established a False Positive Rate (FPR) of 3.0% and False Negative Rate (FNR) of 7.5% for ACE examinations, as well as a FPR of 0.0% and FNR of 2.9% for ACE-V examinations. Participants were able to reproduce a correct identification 94.2% of the time and not reproduce an erroneous identification 100% of the time. Participants repeated their previous correct identifications 94.6% of the time and did not repeat their previous erroneous exclusions 93.1% of the time. Under biased conditions, participants were able to reproduce a correct identification 73.0% of the time and not reproduce an erroneous identification 96.5% of the time. Additionally, under biased conditions, participants repeated their previous correct identifications 93.2% of the time and did not repeat their previous erroneous exclusions 85.2% of the time. Details: Miami: Miami-Dade Police Department, Forensic Services Bureau, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248534.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Investigations Shelf Number: 134577

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: A National Profile of Children Exposed to Family Violence: Police Response, Family Response, & Individual Impact Summary: A National Profile of Children Exposed to Family Violence: Police Response, Family Response and Individual Impact provides the first nationally representative data on youth contact with law enforcement and victim services � including best practices and help-seeking obstacles � for cases of family violence involving exposure to children. These data come from a nationally representative sample of 517 family violence incidents drawn from the 4503 respondents to the Second National Survey of Children�s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV II). The NatSCEV study, conducted in 2011, involved telephone interviews with parents of children age 0-9 and with the youths themselves if they were age 10-17. Between 13%-58% of police contacts and between 34%-97% of advocate contacts following domestic violence incidents involving a child witness included actions from one or more of 10 best practices. Most police best practices were associated with increased likelihood of arrest. Almost half of children witnessed an arrest when one occurred, though only 1 in 4 youth were spoken to by police responding to the scene. Youth exposed to domestic violence, as a group, have high rates of other victimizations and adversities. Although this group reports elevated trauma symptoms, the characteristics of a specific domestic violence incident and the response to that incident by police were generally unrelated to youth's current trauma symptoms after controlling for history of victimization and other adversities. However, child current trauma symptoms were lowest when perpetrators left the house after the incident, followed by when no one moved out, and were highest when the victim moved out. Child witnesses to family violence are a highly victimized group, and it is recommended that they systematically receive assessment and services when any member of their family enters the system due to family violence. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes against Children Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2014. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248577.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 134583

Author: Maruschak, Laura M. Title: Medical Problems of State and Federal Prisoners and Jail Inmates, 2011-2012 Summary: The report presents the prevalence of medical problems among state and federal prisoners and jail inmates, highlighting differences in rates of chronic conditions and infectious diseases by demographic characteristic. The report describes health care services and treatment received by prisoners and jail inmates with health problems, including doctor's visits, use of prescription medication, and other types of treatment. It also explains reasons why inmates with health problems were not receiving care and describes inmate satisfaction with health services received while incarcerated. Data were from the 2011-12 National Inmate Survey. Highlights: In 2011-12, an estimated 40% of state and federal prisoners and jail inmates reported having a current chronic medical condition while about half reported ever having a chronic medical condition. Twenty-one percent of prisoners and 14% of jail inmates reported ever having tuberculosis, hepatitis B or C, or other STDs (excluding HIV or AIDS). Both prisoners and jail inmates were more likely than the general population to report ever having a chronic condition or infectious disease. The same finding held true for each specific condition or infectious disease. Among prisoners and jail inmates, females were more likely than males to report ever having a chronic condition. High blood pressure was the most common chronic condition reported by prisoners (30%) and jail inmates (26%). About 66% of prisoners and 40% of jail inmates with a chronic condition at the time of interview reported taking prescription medication. More than half of prisoners (56%) and jail inmates (51%) said that they were either very satisfied or somewhat satisfied with the health care services received since admission. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/mpsfpji1112.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 134585

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Relief in Sight? States Rethink the Collateral Consequences of Criminal Conviction, 2009-2014 Summary: As this report makes clear, the legal and life-restricting consequences of having a criminal conviction are many, varied, and often bewildering. They can impact the most fundamental necessities of life - like a job, a place to live, and education - and affect not just the individuals with convictions but also their families. In some jurisdictions, they are onerous and numerous; you have to wonder what their creators thought they would accomplish in terms of enhancing public safety. The breadth and reach of collateral consequences are indeed wide when one considers the range of behaviors that are considered felonies in most states: from possession of drugs found to indicate an "intent to distribute" or stealing $500 worth of goods from a garage to more clearly serious offenses, such as stalking, armed robbery, and home invasion. Yet they are all treated the same in terms of consequences long after sentence completion. No one would argue against banning those convicted of identity theft or fraud from working in a bank, but there are many other kinds of employment opportunities for which they may be suited and should be permitted to pursue. This report documents the efforts in many states to revaluate some of these consequences, while making clear that many of the recently enacted reforms are easily undermined, worked around, or ignored. Even more frequently, the fixes are relatively insignificant or apply to such small group that they don't begin to address the problem. Collateral consequences are, of course, just one piece of the problem. The existing system of proliferating criminal penalties and attendant collateral consequences not only remains in place, it continues to grow - for example, with hundreds of new federal offenses created over the last several years. Too often we criminalize behavior that decades ago would not have been. We add on specific category or penalty enhancements for everything from where a crime was committed to the status of the victim or intended victim. Intent is equated with commission. Too many of our criminal laws are written to respond to behavior that should be dealt with (and would more effectively be dealt with) outside the criminal justice system. And evidence on the impact of public safety is mixed or limited at best. Other laws are written in ways that do not distinguish between truly harmful acts and those that only approximate those acts as exemplified by the overly broad definition of "violent", ensnaring people who may only possess a weapon in commission of an offense, even when it was not used, or never intended to be used. And finally, too often we respond to many members of our communities who are primarily sick, poor, homeless, or unable to care for themselves or their families with the hammer of the criminal justice system. And then we continue to hammer them long after they have satisfied our need for retribution. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/states-rethink-collateral-consequences-report-v3.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 134587

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Incarceration's Front Door: The Misuse of Jails in America Summary: Local jails, which exist in nearly every town and city in America, are built to hold people deemed too dangerous to release pending trial or at high risk of flight. This, however, is no longer primarily what jails do or whom they hold, as people too poor to post bail languish there and racial disparities disproportionately impact communities of color. This report reviews existing research and data to take a deeper look at our nation's misuse of local jails and to determine how we arrived at this point. It also highlights jurisdictions that have taken steps to mitigate negative consequences, all with the aim of informing local policymakers and their constituents who are interested in in reducing recidivism, improving public safety, and promoting stronger, healthier communities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/incarcerations-front-door-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jails (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134589

Author: Ndrecka, Mirlinda Title: The Impact of Reentry Programs on Recidivism: A Meta-Analysis Summary: The number of former prisoners returning to society has increased dramatically in recent decades, with more than 700,000 prisoners released from incarceration yearly. Research has shown that ex-prisoners are faced with a multitude of issues that make their reintegration into the community challenging. To assist offenders in their transition to their communities, considerable state and federal funds have been allocated for the development of reentry programs and initiatives. Reentry programs are very diverse both in the types of services that they provide for ex-offenders, and the treatment modalities that they employ in delivering these services. Despite the considerable number of reentry programs, little is known about their effectiveness. Research on reentry programs has produced mixed results. Furthermore, only two comprehensive reviews of reentry programs have been conducted to date. Within this context, the current study focused on empirically answering two central questions regarding reentry program effectiveness: 1) Are reentry programs effective in reducing recidivism?, and 2) What factors are associated with reentry programs? This dissertation used a meta-analytic approach to answer these questions. A total of 53 studies resulted in the coding of 58 distinct effect sizes. The overall mean effect size, the weighted mean effect size, and the respective confidence intervals were calculated to determine the overall impact of reentry programs on recidivism. Additionally, the impact of several moderating variables was also measured. The categories included reentry program type, phases included in the program, treatment modality, duration of treatment, location of treatment presence of aftercare, risk level of offender, type of treatment provider, and methodological quality of the study. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2014. 202p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 11, 2015 at: http://cech.uc.edu/content/dam/cech/programs/criminaljustice/docs/phd_dissertations/Ndrecka.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134595

Author: Heaton, Paul Title: The Short- and Long-Run Effects of Private Law Enforcement: Evidence from University Police Summary: Over a million people in the United States are employed in private security and law enforcement, yet very little is known about the effects of private police on crime. The current study examines the relationship between a privately-funded university police force and crime in a large U.S. city. Following an expansion of the jurisdictional boundary of the private police force, we see no short-term change in crime. However, using a geographic regression discontinuity approach, we find large impacts of private police on public safety, with violent crime in particular decreasing. These contradictory results appear to be a consequence of delayed effect of private police on crime. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 8800: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp8800.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 134597

Author: Drake, Elizabeth K. Title: Washington's Residential Drug Offender Sentencing Alternative: Recidivism & Cost Analysis Summary: The 2014 Washington State Legislature directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to examine the Drug Offender Sentencing Alternative (DOSA) for offenders sentenced to residential treatment in the community. Residential DOSA was created by the 2005 Legislature as an alternative to prison for offenders with substance abuse problems. When ordered by a court, an offender's sentence is reduced in exchange for completing chemical dependency treatment. When possible, WSIPP conducts benefit-cost analysis to understand the long-term impacts of policies. In addition to residential DOSA's effect on recidivism, research indicates that crime is avoided through confinement, known as "incapacitation." We cannot empirically estimate the extent to which a residential treatment facility itself incapacitates offenders. Thus, we are unable to determine the degree to which the benefits from the favorable recidivism reduction of residential DOSA would be offset by the increased costs of non-confinement. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: DOC.No. 14-12-1901: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1577/Wsipp_Washingtons-Residential-Drug-Offender-Sentencing-Alternative-Recidivism-Cost-Analysis_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 134598

Author: Jones, Lisa M. Title: A Content Analysis of Youth Internet Safety Programs: Are Effective Prevention Strategies Being Used? Summary: Almost half of youth in the United States report receiving internet safety education (ISE) in their schools. Unfortunately, we know little about what educational messages make a difference in problems such as cyberbullying, sexting, or online predators. To consider how ISE efforts need to be improved, a content analysis was conducted on materials from four ISE programs. Results indicated that ISE programs are not typically using educational strategies known to be most effective. Common ISE messages have proliferated without a clear re-search-base. It is recommended that program developers and other stakeholders reconsider ISE messages, improve educational strategies, and participate in evaluation. The field must also consider whether ISE messages would be better delivered through broader youth safety prevention programs versus stand-alone lessons. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes Against Children Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/ISE%20Bulletin%202_Contant%20Analysis%20of%20Youth%20Internet%20Safety%20-%20With%20Appendix.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 134603

Author: Lee, Evan Title: Regulating Crimmigration Summary: In the last decade, federal prison populations and deportations have both soared to record numbers. The principal cause of these sharp increases has been the leveraging of prior criminal convictions - mostly state convictions - into federal sentencing enhancements and deportations. These increases are controversial on political and policy grounds. Indeed, the political controversy has overshadowed the fact that the Nation's Article III and immigration courts have struggled with an exquisitely difficult set of technical problems in determining which state criminal convictions should qualify for federal sentencing enhancements and/or deportation. The crux of the problem is that the underlying crime can be viewed in a fact-sensitive manner - which usually benefits the government - or in an abstract, "categorical" manner - which usually benefits the individual. In two recent decisions, Descamps v. United States and Moncrieffe v. Holder, the U.S. Supreme Court has squarely sided with a categorical approach. Yet the implementation of a categorical approach faces three huge challenges: first, it cuts against the widely shared intuition that just punishment should turn on the facts of the case in question; second, it presupposes that federal courts will always be able to ascertain the essential elements of state offenses; and third, a categorical approach resists application to a significant number of existing federal statutes. This Article sketches out a coherent framework for administering a categorical approach across both federal sentencing and immigration, in the process reconciling seemingly inconsistent Supreme Court decisions and suggesting how several circuit splits should be resolved. Details: San Francisco: University of California Hastings College of the Law, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Hastings Research Paper No. 128: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2559485 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 134604

Author: Crick, Emily Title: Selling cannabis regulation: Learning From Ballot Initiatives in the United States in 2012 Summary: Key Points - In November 2012, Washington, Colorado, and Oregon voted on ballot initiatives to establish legally regulated markets for the production, sale, use and taxation of cannabis.1 Washington and Colorado's measures won by wide margins, while Oregon's lost soundly. - A majority of voters view cannabis in a negative light, but also feel that prohibition for non-medical and non-scientific purposes is not working. As a result, they are more likely to support well-crafted reform policies that include strong regulations and direct tax revenue to worthy causes such as public health and education. - Ballot measures are not the ideal method for passing complicated pieces of legislation, but sometimes they are necessary for controversial issues. Other states often follow in their footsteps, including via the legislature. - The successful campaigns in Washington and Colorado relied on poll-driven messaging, were well organised, and had significant financing. The Oregon campaign lacked these elements. - The Washington and Colorado campaigns targeted key demographic groups, particularly 30-50 year old women, who were likely to be initially supportive of reform but then switch their allegiance to the 'no' vote. - Two key messages in Washington and Colorado were that legalisation, taxation and regulation will (i) free up scarce law enforcement resources to focus on more serious crimes and (ii) will create new tax revenue for worthy causes. - National attitudes on legalising cannabis are changing, with more and more people supporting reform. Details: Swansea, UK: Swansea University, Global Drug Policy Observatory, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief 6: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.swansea.ac.uk/media/Selling%20Cannabis%20Regulation.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 134610

Author: Crick, Emily Title: Legally regulated cannabis markets in the US: Implications and possibilities Summary: Key Points � In November 2012, voters in Washington and Colorado passed ballot initiatives that establish legally regulated markets for the production, sale, use and taxation of cannabis - the first time anywhere in the world that recreational use of the drug will be legally regulated. � The construction of legally regulated cannabis markets in these US states must be viewed as part of a long running process of �softening� the official zero-tolerance approach. � Support for legalising cannabis has been growing in the US for some time and it is highest in states that have medical marijuana laws, but not decriminalisation. This suggests that voters recognize the benefits of regulation over the relaxation of laws. � The regulatory regimes being pursued in Washington and Colorado differ in a number of respects. It will be important to see how these differences affect the operation of their respective markets. � The votes put these US states in contravention of US federal law and, beyond US borders, they generate considerable tension between the federal government and the international drug control system. � These developments also impact on the ongoing policy shifts within Latin America � including Uruguay - and the emerging tensions around cannabis within the UN system. � It is vital that the operation of the legally regulated markets in Washington and Colorado is closely monitored and that, where necessary, structures are adjusted in response to any emerging issues. � Other states in the US and countries across the world will be observing the regulatory frameworks introduced in Washington and Colorado in order to see how effective they are in reducing the harms associated with the illicit cannabis market. Details: Swansea, UK: Swansea University, Global Drug Policy Observatory, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report 1: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.swansea.ac.uk/media/Leg%20Reg%20Cannabis%20digital%20new-1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 134611

Author: Jalowiecki, P. Title: 2013 Motorcycle Theft and Recovery (through 03/24/2014) Report Summary: This ForeCAST Report analyzes motorcycle thefts for 2013 and recoveries for 2013 and 2014 (through 03/24/14) in the United States (U.S.), including the District of Columbia (D.C.). For the purposes of this report, the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) motorcycle theft data for 2013 and recovery data for 2013 and 2014 (through 03/24/14) were analyzed by NCIC Make, Model, and Style fields. This report is divided into two sections. The first section analyzes motorcycle thefts in the U.S. for 2013 by Theft: year, month, state, city, county, make, and motorcycle year. The second section analyzes motorcycle recoveries in the U.S. for 2013 and 2014 (through 03/24/14) by Recovery: year, month, state, and make. The appendix at the end of this report includes the methodology of the data edits. Overall, there were a total of 45,367 motorcycle thefts in the U.S. in 2013. From 2012 to 2013, motorcycle thefts decreased 1.5% even though motorcycle sales increased. According to the Motorcycle Industry Council1 (MIC), there was a 1.5% increase in motorcycle sales between 2012 (452,386) and 2013 (459,298); a difference of 6,912 units. Motorcycle thefts occur more frequently in the warmer months, where July and August had the most motorcycle thefts, while December and February had less frequent thefts. Motorcycle thefts were highest in the state of California (6,637) in 2013. The state of Montana had the largest percent increase (37%) in motorcycle thefts from 2012 to 2013, while Nebraska had the largest percent decrease (29.2%) in motorcycle thefts from 2012 to 2013. Analysis by city found New York City, NY to have the highest count of thefts (1,001) in 2013, a 10.9% increase from 2012. There were 2,060 U.S. counties identified in 2013 with a motorcycle theft. The top 25 counties accounted for 28.9% of motorcycle thefts in 2013, with Los Angeles, CA ranking 1st. The highest county rate (per 10k) of motorcycle theft in 2013 was Fairfax City, VA (63.68). Motorcycle thefts for 2012 - 2013 had substantial change in counts for 43 counties with greater than 3 standard deviations from the mean. Additionally, motorcycle thefts for 2012 - 2013 had substantial change in rates (per 10k) for 23 counties with greater than 3 standard deviations from the mean. Analysis found Honda to be the manufacturer with the most thefts (8,557) in 2013. Manufacturer Taotao Group had the highest percent change (84.9%) for 2012-2013 motorcycle thefts. The 2007 Suzuki's had the highest count (1,012) of thefts in 2013. Of the 45,367 motorcycle thefts in 2013, 16,864 or 37.1% of the motorcycles were recovered from 01/01/2013 through 03/24/2014. In 2013, August (2,120) and July (1,898) were months with the largest number of motorcycle recoveries while January (451) and February (509) had the fewest motorcycle recoveries. In 2013, California had the most (2,399) recoveries statewide. The highest rate of recovery (37.5%) for top 10 theft states was in Washington for 2013. Analysis found Honda to be the manufacturer with the most (3,186) recoveries. Manufacturer Triumph had the highest rate (57.4%) of recovery in 2013. Details: Des Plaines, IL: National Insurance Crime Bureau, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: www.nicb.org Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134614

Author: Roeder, Oliver Title: What Caused the Crime Decline? Summary: What Caused the Crime Decline? examines one of the nation's least understood recent phenomena - the dramatic decline in crime nationwide over the past two decades - and analyzes various theories for why it occurred, by reviewing more than 40 years of data from all 50 states and the 50 largest cities. It concludes that over-harsh criminal justice policies, particularly increased incarceration, which rose even more dramatically over the same period, were not the main drivers of the crime decline. In fact, the report finds that increased incarceration has been declining in its effectiveness as a crime control tactic for more than 30 years. Its effect on crime rates since 1990 has been limited, and has been non-existent since 2000. More important were various social, economic, and environmental factors, such as growth in income and an aging population. The introduction of CompStat, a data-driven policing technique, also played a significant role in reducing crime in cities that introduced it. The report concludes that considering the immense social, fiscal, and economic costs of mass incarceration, programs that improve economic opportunities, modernize policing practices, and expand treatment and rehabilitation programs, all could be a better public safety investment. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice, New York University School of Law, 2015. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/analysis/Crime_rate_report_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Decline (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134615

Author: Epstein, Rebecca Title: Blueprint: A Multidisciplinary Approach to the Domestic Sex Trafficking of Girls Summary: The sex trafficking of American children is one of the most shocking and hidden crimes against our nation's youth. Approximately 83 percent of confirmed sex trafficking victims in this country are United States citizens, and 40 percent of cases involve children. In total, from what few statistics have been gathered, at least 100,000 American children every year are victims of commercial sexual exploitation. These children have fallen through the cracks of our public systems. They remain invisible and unidentified. Yet these girls are known to us. They attend our schools, live in our communities, and many have passed in and out of our child welfare and juvenile justice systems. We can, and must, do better for our girls. This report grows out of a conference held on March 12, 2013, that was hosted by Georgetown Law's Center on Poverty and Inequality; the Human Rights Project for Girls; and The National Crittenton Foundation. The conference, "Critical Connections: A Multi-Systems Approach to the Domestic Sex Trafficking of Girls," gathered survivors, direct service providers, advocates, and state and federal government officials to discuss the challenges of addressing the domestic sex trafficking of children and the importance of working collaboratively to help identify and support survivors. The first half of this report identifies the core components of a comprehensive and collaborative approach to the domestic sex trafficking of girls. This approach, often referred to as "cross-system" or "multidisciplinary," requires cooperative work by relevant agencies and experts to identify and assess survivors' needs and provide the treatment and tools the girls require to heal and to succeed. The second half of this report describes how three jurisdictions have created a multidisciplinary response to the sex trafficking of children, each from a different system perspective: groundbreaking work was initiated in Suffolk County, Massachusetts, by a child advocacy center; in Los Angeles County, by the juvenile justice system; and in Connecticut, by the child welfare system. We elevate these three jurisdictions as models of promising collaborative approaches to the sex trafficking of children. It is our hope that other communities can adapt these models to their unique needs, networks, and sets of systems to improve their recognition and response to these children and this national tragedy. Details: Washington, DC: Center on Poverty and Inequality, Georgetown Law, 2013(?). 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/academics/centers-institutes/poverty-inequality/loader.cfm?csmodule=security/getfile&pageid=169026 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134616

Author: Garrett, Brandon L. Title: The Corporate Criminal as Scapegoat Summary: A corporation is no scapegoat, assures the Department of Justice, because the first priority is to prosecute culpable individuals and not artificial entities. Yet, as I document in this empirical study, far more often than not, when the largest corporations settle federal criminal cases, no individuals are charged. High profile failures to prosecute executives in the wake of the Global Financial Crisis have only made the problem more urgent. The corporation appears to be a kind of a scapegoat: impossible to physically jail, but capable of receiving blame and punishment while individual culprits go free. In this Article, I develop original empirical data detailing the path of individual prosecutions accompanying federal corporate prosecution agreements. Only 34 percent of federal corporate deferred and non-prosecution agreements from 2001-2014 were accompanied by charges against individuals. Those prosecutions produced uneven results. Only 42 percent of those charged received any jail time. There were large numbers of outright losses: 15 percent terminated in acquittals or dismissals. Only a handful of the cases involved high-level executives. These findings illustrate the challenges posed by organizational complexity and the manner in which it can obscure fault. Contrary to the calls of prominent critics, I argue that bringing more individual criminal cases cannot adequately substitute for prosecuting companies. Instead, corporate prosecutions should be leveraged to enhance individual accountability. In conclusion, I propose statutory, sentencing, and policy changes to tighten the connection between individual and corporate accountability for crimes. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 7 : Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2557465 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134619

Author: Myrstol, Brad A. Title: Recidivism in Alaska: A Longitudinal Perspective Summary: Study Objectives The primary objective of this study was to examine patterns of delinquent and criminal offending among youth who were admitted to, and subsequently released from, McLaughlin Youth Center's Transitional Service Unit (TSU), located in Anchorage, Alaska, between January 2003 and May 2013. More specifically, the study sought to assess variability in the frequency and intensity of offending among youth released from TSU, including patterns of offending following release from institutional custody, of those youth who: Had completed their treatment program while in residence at McLaughlin Youth Center; Had completed the transitional services program while in residence at McLaughlin Youth Center; and, Were released from institutional custody and had begun the process of reentry into their communities. Group-based trajectory models (GTM) were used to test for previously unrecognized developmental patterns in youth offending prior to institutional release, as well as patterns of reoffending following institutional release. Underlying the developmental approach adopted were two fundamental assumptions. First, it was assumed that youth offending, like other behavioral processes, evolves over time and follows a developmental trajectory. Second, it was also assumed that as with other behavioral phenomena, it was likely that there would be meaningful subgroups within the population, groups that followed distinct developmental trajectories. More precisely, the project's specific empirical aims were to: 1. Determine whether or not TSU youth exhibited distinct offending trajectories; 2. Identify such number of distinct trajectories if multiple trajectories were found to exist; 3. Specify the shape (functional form) of such trajectories; 4. Estimate the probability of membership in the distinct trajectory groups identified; 5. Determine the specific demographic composition and offending characteristics of each trajectory group; 6. Estimate the influence of demographic characteristics on trajectory group membership; and, 7. Assess the effect of participation in TSU on the offending trajectories of youth released from TSU. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/documents/ak_ajsac_tsu_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 134620

Author: Appenzeller, George W. Title: Report of an Outcome Based Statistical Analysis of the Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) Programs of the South Carolina Department of Corrections Summary: On October 1, 2013, System Wide Solutions, Inc. (SWS) of Columbia SC was awarded a contract by the SC Department of Public Safety (SCDPS). The purpose of the contract was to conduct an outcome based statistical analysis of the Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) programs of the South Carolina Department of Corrections (SCDC). The analysis is a quasi- experimental design. Individuals who participated in the RSAT program who were released from custody during State FY's 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009 are the study population while a matched group of individuals in three other circumstances released at the same time are the comparison groups. A comprehensive literature review was conducted prior to the analysis taking place. A Data Collection Plan was agreed to by SWS, SCDC and the SCDPS during the early fall of 2013. The dataset was provided by SCDC in November of 2013. Additional questions regarding data and program operations were answered by SCDC in early March of 2014. The analysis was conducted during March and early April of 2014. There are a number of limitations to the study, centering around two issues. These are the use of a database intended for administrative purposes for research purposes and potential selection bias for inmates chosen for the RSAT programs. There are eleven findings of the study. These findings are: 1. For women, participation in the SCDC RSAT and ATU programs greatly reduces the likelihood of being re-incarcerated at 12, 24 or 36 months after release. 2. For men, there appears to be little difference in re-incarceration rates at 24 or 36 months after release except in comparison to similar inmates from the same institutions at which the treatment programs are located. 3. The RSAT and other ATU programs have similar results. 4. Certain demographic and program variables may have a significant influence on reincarceration and these influences have a greater effect on the rate of re-incarceration than does program participation. 5. Any participation, successful or not, has a positive influence on re-incarceration for women who participated in the SCDC RSAT or ATU and has a lesser positive influence on re-incarceration for men who participated in the SCDC RSAT or ATU. 6. The use of administrative data systems such as that used for this study limits the reliability of evaluation and analysis for RSAT and other programs. 7. Qualitative data such as interviews with staff and program participants would greatly aid in assuring a more reliable set of data. 8. A quasi-experimental design using a matched comparison group may not be the appropriate methodology to determine the efficacy of addiction treatment programs in correctional institutions. 9. Recidivism studies of the success of addiction treatment programs in correctional institutions should take into account post-release factors as well as pre-release factors. 10. Hazard ratios can be determined using existing SCDC data and these ratios could be helpful in determining individualized planning for inmates. 11. The SCDC potentially can utilize previous studies to improve the performance of the RSAT programs it operates. Details: Columbia, SC: System Wide Solutions, Inc., 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://www.scdps.gov/ohsjp/stats/IllegalDrugs/Corrections%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 134621

Author: Koper, Christopher S. Title: Realizing the Potential of Technology in Policing: A Multisite Study of the Social, Organizational, and Behavioral Aspects of Implementing Policing Technologies Summary: This project examines the social, organizational, and behavioral implications of some of the most commonly used technologies in policing. While technological advances hold great promise for enhancing the effectiveness, fairness, and legitimacy of policing, there has been little research on the implementation and impacts of policing technology, and that which does exist suggests that technology does not always bring expected benefits. There is thus a need to better understand both how technology affects police agencies and how, in turn, various aspects of police agencies and their environments shape the uses and effectiveness of policing technology. This project examined these issues through in-depth cases studies and experiments in four police agencies. Findings from this project can help illuminate the organizational practices and changes needed to fully realize the potential of technology for enhancing the fairness and effectiveness of policing. Details: Washington, DC: George Mason University; Police Executive Research Forum, 2015. 336p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2015 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/evidence-based-policing/ImpactTechnologyFinalReport Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Technology (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134622

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Early Implementation Findings from Responsible Fatherhood Reentry Projects Summary: The Urban Institute is evaluating the implementation of six Community-Centered Responsible Fatherhood Ex-Prisoner Reentry Pilot Projects funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The projects provide soon-to-be and recently released fathers and their families with an array of responsible parenting, healthy relationship, and economic stability services to help stabilize the fathers and their families. Services offered include parenting and relationship classes, financial literacy workshops, domestic violence services, support groups, family activity days, and case management. The pilot projects partner with various criminal justice agencies and community- and faith-based organizations to provide support to fathers and their families. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000102-Early-Implementation-Findings-from-Responsible-Fatherhood-Reentry-Projects.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Faith Based Programs Shelf Number: 134625

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Crime and Forfeiture Summary: Forfeiture has long been an effective law enforcement tool. Congress and state legislatures have authorized its use for over 200 years. Every year, it redirects property worth billions of dollars from criminal to lawful uses. Forfeiture law has always been somewhat unique. By the close of the 20th century, however, legislative bodies, commentators, and the courts had begun to examine its eccentricities in greater detail because under some circumstances it could be not only harsh but unfair. The Civil Asset Forfeiture Reform Act (CAFRA), P.L. 106-185, 114 Stat. 202 (2000), was a product of that reexamination. Modern forfeiture follows one of two procedural routes. Although crime triggers all forfeitures, they are classified as civil forfeitures or criminal forfeitures according to the nature of the procedure which ends in confiscation. Civil forfeiture is an in rem proceeding. The property is the defendant in the case. Unless the statute provides otherwise, the innocence of the owner is irrelevant�it is enough that the property was involved in a violation to which forfeiture attaches. As a matter of expedience and judicial economy, Congress often allows administrative forfeiture in uncontested civil confiscation cases. Criminal forfeiture is an in personam proceeding, and confiscation is possible only upon the conviction of the owner of the property. The Supreme Court has held that authorities may seize moveable property without prior notice or an opportunity for a hearing but that real property owners are entitled as a matter of due process to preseizure notice and a hearing. As a matter of due process, innocence may be irrelevant in the case of an individual who entrusts his or her property to someone who uses the property for criminal purposes. Although some civil forfeitures may be considered punitive for purposes of the Eighth Amendment�s excessive fines clause, civil forfeitures do not implicate the Fifth Amendment�s double jeopardy clause unless they are so utterly punitive as to belie remedial classification. The statutes governing the disposal of forfeited property may authorize its destruction, its transfer for governmental purposes, or deposit of the property or of the proceeds from its sale in a special fund. Intra- and intergovernmental transfers and the use of special funds are hallmarks of federal forfeiture. Every year, federal agencies share among themselves the proceeds of jointly conducted forfeitures. They also transfer hundreds of millions of dollars and property to state, local, and foreign law enforcement officials as compensation for their contribution to joint enforcement efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2015. 998p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report 97-139: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/97-139.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134626

Author: James, Nathan Title: Offender Reentry: Correctional Statistics, Reintegration into the Community, and Recidivism Summary: The number of people incarcerated in the United States grew steadily for nearly 30 years. That number has been slowly decreasing since 2008, but as of 2012 there were still over 2 million people incarcerated in prisons and jails across the country. The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) reports that since 1990 an average of 590,400 inmates have been released annually from state and federal prisons and almost 5 million ex-offenders are under some form of community-based supervision. Nearly all prisoners will return to their communities as some point. Offender reentry can include all the activities and programming conducted to prepare prisoners to return safely to the community and to live as law-abiding citizens. Some ex-offenders, however, eventually end up back in prison. The BJS's most recent study on recidivism showed that within five years of release nearly three-quarters of ex-offenders released in 2005 came back into contact with the criminal justice system, and more than half returned to prison after either being convicted for a new crime or for violating the conditions of their release. Compared with the average American, ex-offenders are less educated, less likely to be gainfully employed, and more likely to have a history of mental illness or substance abuse - all of which have been shown to be risk factors for recidivism. Three phases are associated with offender reentry programs: programs that take place during incarceration, which aim to prepare offenders for their eventual release; programs that take place during offenders' release period, which seek to connect ex-offenders with the various services they may require; and long-term programs that take place as ex-offenders permanently reintegrate into their communities, which attempt to provide offenders with support and supervision. There is a wide array of offender reentry program designs, and these programs can differ significantly in range, scope, and methodology. Researchers in the offender reentry field have suggested that the best programs begin during incarceration and extend throughout the release and reintegration process. Despite the relative lack of highly rigorous research on the effectiveness of some reentry programs, an emerging "what works" literature suggests that programs focusing on work training and placement, drug and mental health treatment, and housing assistance have proven to be effective. The federal government's involvement in offender reentry programs typically occurs through grant funding, which is available through a wide array of federal programs at the Departments of Justice, Labor, Education, and Health and Human Services. However, only a handful of grant programs in the federal government are designed explicitly for offender reentry purposes. The Department of Justice has started an interagency Reentry Council to coordinate federal reentry efforts and advance effective reentry policies. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report RL34287: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL34287.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 134627

Author: Siskin, Alison Title: Alien Removals and Returns: Overview and Trends Summary: The ability to remove foreign nationals (aliens) who violate U.S. immigration law is central to the immigration enforcement system. Some lawful migrants violate the terms of their admittance, and some aliens enter the United States illegally, despite U.S. immigration laws and enforcement. In 2012, there were an estimated 11.4 million resident unauthorized aliens; estimates of other removable aliens, such as lawful permanent residents who commit crimes, are elusive. With total repatriations of over 600,000 people in FY2013-including about 440,000 formal removals-the removal and return of such aliens have become important policy issues for Congress, and key issues in recent debates about immigration reform. The Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) provides broad authority to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the Department of Justice (DOJ) to remove certain foreign nationals from the United States, including unauthorized aliens (i.e., foreign nationals who enter without inspection, aliens who enter with fraudulent documents, and aliens who enter legally but overstay the terms of their temporary visas) and lawfully present foreign nationals who commit certain acts that make them removable. Any foreign national found to be inadmissible or deportable under the grounds specified in the INA may be ordered removed. The INA describes procedures for making and reviewing such a determination, and specifies conditions under which certain grounds of removal may be waived. DHS officials may exercise certain forms of discretion in pursuing removal orders, and certain removable aliens may be eligible for permanent or temporary relief from removal. Certain grounds for removal (e.g., criminal grounds, terrorist grounds) render foreign nationals ineligible for most forms of relief and may make them eligible for more streamlined (expedited) removal processes. The "standard" removal process is a civil judicial proceeding in which an immigration judge from DOJ's Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) determines whether an alien is removable. Immigration judges may grant certain forms of relief during the removal process (e.g., asylum, cancellation of removal), and the judge's removal decisions are subject to administrative and judicial review. The INA also describes different types of streamlined removal procedures, which generally include more-limited opportunities for relief and grounds for review. In addition, two alternative forms of removal exempt aliens from certain penalties associated with formal removal: voluntary departure (return) and withdrawal of petition for admission. These are often called "returns." Following an order of removal, an alien is inadmissible for a minimum of five years after the date of the removal, and therefore is generally ineligible to return to the United States during this time period. The period of inadmissibility is determined by the reason for and type of removal. For example, a foreign national ordered removed based on removal proceedings initiated upon the foreign national's arrival is inadmissible for five years, while a foreign national ordered removed after being apprehended within the United States is inadmissible for 10 years. The length of inadmissibility increases to 20 years for an alien's second or subsequent removal order, and is indefinite for a foreign national convicted of an aggravated felony. Absent additional factors, unlawful presence in the United States is a civil violation, not a criminal offense, and removal and its associated administrative processes are civil proceedings. As such, aliens in removal proceedings generally have no right to counsel (though they may be represented by counsel at their own expense). In addition, because removal is not considered punishment by the courts, Congress may impose immigration consequences retroactively. There were a record number of removals between FY2009 and FY2013, including 438,421 removals in FY2013. Approximately 71% of the foreign nationals removed were from Mexico. However, during the same time period the number of returns (most of which occur at the Southwest border) decreased to a low of 178,371 in FY2013-the fewest returns since 1968. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report No. R43892: Accessed February 16, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43892.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 134629

Author: Fisher, Marina Title: California's New Vagrancy Laws: The Growing Enactment and Enforcement of Anti-Homeless Laws in the Golden State Summary: Vagrancy laws conjure up a distant past when authorities punished people without a home or permanent residence. Whether the objects of pity or scorn, vagrants could be cited or jailed under laws selectively enforced against anyone deemed undesirable. Although such laws have generally been struck down by courts as unconstitutionally vague, today's "vagrants" are homeless people, who face growing harassment and punishment for their presence in public. More than one in five homeless people in the country lives in California, and two-thirds are unsheltered. The state legislature has done little to respond to this widespread problem, forcing municipal governments to address homelessness with local laws and resources. Cities have responded by enacting and enforcing new vagrancy laws - a wide range of municipal codes that target or disproportionately impact homeless people. Through extensive archival research and case studies of several cities, the report presents detailed evidence of the growing enactment and enforcement of municipal anti-homeless laws in recent decades as cities engage in a race to the bottom to push out homeless people. It concludes with a call for a state-level solution to end the expensive and inhumane treatment of some of California's most vulnerable residents. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley, School of Law, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2558944 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 134645

Author: Child Welfare Information Gateway Title: Establishment and Maintenance of Central Registries for Child Abuse Reports Summary: This publication examines State laws and procedures for maintaining records of child abuse and neglect. Most States maintain a central registry, which is a centralized database of child abuse and neglect investigation records. In some States, the individual State agencies that received the reports of suspected abuse or neglect are required to maintain these records. Central registry reports are typically used to aid social services agencies in the investigation, treatment, and prevention of child abuse cases and to maintain statistical information for staffing and funding purposes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Children's Bureau, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: https://www.childwelfare.gov/pubPDFs/centreg.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134648

Author: Child Welfare Information Gateway Title: Criminal Background Summary: All States, the District of Columbia, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and Puerto Rico have statutes or regulations requiring background investigations of prospective foster and adoptive parents and all adults residing in their households. In most States, the background investigation includes a check of Federal and State criminal records. Most States also require checks of child abuse and neglect registries. States may deny approval of a foster care license or adoption application if any adult in the household has been convicted of a disqualifying crime or has a registry record of substantiated or founded child abuse or neglect. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Children and Families, Administration on Children, Youth and Families, Children�s Bureau, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: https://www.childwelfare.gov/pubPDFs/background.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134649

Author: Title: U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's Alternatives to Detention (Revised) Summary: According to U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), the Intensive Supervision Appearance Program is effective because, using its performance metrics, few program participants abscond. However, ICE has changed how it uses the program and no longer supervises some participants throughout their immigration proceedings. As a result, ICE cannot definitively determine whether the Intensive Supervision Appearance Program has reduced the rate at which aliens, who were once in the program but who are no longer participating, have absconded or been arrested for criminal acts. ICE should adjust its performance metrics to reflect changes in its criteria for program participation. ICE instructed field offices to consider re-detaining noncompliant Intensive Supervision Appearance Program participants, but most field offices do not have sufficient funding for detention bed space to accommodate all noncompliant participants. ICE could improve the effectiveness of the program by allocating some Intensive Supervision Appearance Program contract funds to re-detain noncompliant participants. ICE developed a Risk Classification Assessment to assist its release and custody classification decisions. However, the tool is time consuming, resource intensive, and not effective in determining which aliens to release or under what conditions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-15-22: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/2015/OIG_15-22_Feb15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 134652

Author: Gamble, Keith Jacks Title: The Causes and Consequences of Financial Fraud Among Older Americans Summary: Financial fraud is a major threat to older Americans, and this problem is expected to grow as the baby boom generation retires and more retirees manage their own retirement accounts. We use a unique dataset to examine the causes and consequences of financial fraud among older Americans. First, we find that decreasing cognition is associated with higher scam susceptibility scores and is predictive of fraud victimization. Second, overconfidence in one�s financial knowledge is associated with fraud victimization. Third, fraud victims increase their willingness to take financial risks relative to propensity-matched non-victims. Details: Boston: Center for Retirement Research at Boston College, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: CRR SP 2014-13: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://crr.bc.edu/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/wp_2014-13.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Victims Shelf Number: 134653

Author: Kraft-Stolar, Tamar Title: Reproductive Injustice:The State of Reproductive Health Care for Women in New York State Prisons Summary: each and every visit the Correctional Association of New York (CA) conducts to women's prisons in New York, we meet women who tell us about the serious problems they face in accessing appropriate health care and the particular challenges of securing women-specific care during their incarceration. The consistency and intensity of these concerns over the years led us to undertake this study, the most extensive study of reproductive health care in a state prison system to date. Shining a light on this topic is critical because access to quality reproductive health care is a basic human right, as is a woman's ability to control her own reproductive decisions. Prison infringes on those rights, exposing women to substandard reproductive health care and denying women the right to choose when to have children and the right to be full-time parents to the children they already have. Prisons fuel social and racial injustice, undermining the conditions necessary for women to have reproductive autonomy, and to live safe and fulfilling lives. Reproductive health also serves as an important lens onto the unique experiences of incarcerated women and the dehumanization that defines life in prison. It illuminates the specific degradation that accompanies being a woman in prison, from shackling during pregnancy to the separation of mothers from their newborns to the denial of sufficient sanitary supplies. Finally, reproductive health care in prison is fundamental to the well-being of families and communities as almost everyone in prison eventually goes home. Despite this, state prison officials do not pay adequate attention to reproductive health care and neither do public health authorities when this care happens behind prison walls. The lack of oversight is alarming considering that the New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) is responsible for providing reproductive health care to more than 2,300 women on any given day, and to nearly 4,000 women over the course of one year, about 40 of whom are pregnant. Women in prisons across the country face similar problems in accessing adequate reproductive health care and humane treatment, and the explosion in the number of incarcerated women over the past few decades has only exacerbated these problems. The U.S. women's prison population rose from about 11,200 in 1977 to about 111,300 in 2013, an increase of nearly 900% over a 36-year time span. As a result, the U.S. currently incarcerates more women per capita than any other country in the world: we have less than 5% of the world's women yet nearly 33% of the world's incarcerated women. This massive overuse of incarceration does not affect all women equally. Women in prison are overwhelmingly from low-income communities, and a vastly disproportionate number are women of color. Many have had little formal education, and many struggle with serious health conditions, including substance abuse and mental illness. Almost all have brutal histories of abuse. A majority are mothers, often of small children, and many were caring for their children on their own before prison. Most women are in prison for crimes related to addiction, poverty, mental illness, domestic violence and trauma. These realities reflect the criminal justice system's racism and targeting of marginalized communities, and our society's destructive over-reliance on incarceration as a response to problems that are, at their root, social and economic. Details: New York: Women in Prison Project, Correctional Association of New York, 2015. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Reproductive-Injustice-FULL-REPORT-FINAL-2-11-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 134657

Author: Mayo, Andrea Title: Punishing Criminals or Protecting Victims: A Critical Mixed Methods Analysis of State Statutes Related to Prostitution and Sex Trafficking Summary: This study uses the ontological lenses of discourse theory to conduct a critical mixed-methods analysis of state statutes related to prostitution and sex trafficking. The primary research question of the study was, "How do state laws communicate and reinforce discourses related to sex trafficking and prostitution and how do these discourses reinforce hegemony and define the role of the state?" A mixed methods approach was used to analyze prostitution and sex trafficking related annotated and Shepardized statutes from all fifty states. The analysis found that not all prostitution related discourses found in the literature were present in state statutes. Instead, statutes could be organized around five different themes: child abuse, exploitation, criminalization, place, and licensing and regulation. A deeper analysis of discourses present across and within each of these themes illustrated an inconsistent understanding of prostitution as a social problem and an inconsistent understanding of the legitimate role of the state in regulating or criminalizing prostitution. The inconsistencies in the law suggest concerns for equal protection under the law based upon a person's perceived deservingness, which often hinges on his or her race, class, gender identity, sexuality, age, ability, and nationality. Implications for the field include insights into a substantive policy area rarely studied by policy and administration scholars, a unique approach to mixed methods research, and the use of a new technique for analyzing vast quantities of unstructured data. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2014. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/140809/content/Mayo_asu_0010E_14325.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 134659

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: Sex Trafficking of Children in the United States: Overview and Issues for Congress Summary: The trafficking of individuals within U.S borders is commonly referred to as domestic human trafficking, and it occurs in every state of the nation. One form of domestic human trafficking is sex trafficking. Research indicates that most victims of sex trafficking into and within the United States are women and children, and the victims include U.S. citizens and noncitizens alike. Recently, Congress has focused attention on domestic sex trafficking, including the prostitution of children, which is the focus of this report. Federal law does not define sex trafficking per se. However, the term "severe forms of trafficking in persons," as defined in the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000 (TVPA, P.L. 106-386) encompasses sex trafficking. "Severe forms of trafficking in persons" refers, in part, to "[s]ex trafficking in which a commercial sex act is induced by force, fraud, or coercion, or in which the person induced to perform such act has not attained 18 years of age.... " Experts generally agree that the trafficking term applies to minors whether the child's actions were forced or appear to be voluntary. The exact number of child victims of sex trafficking in the United States is unknown because comprehensive research and scientific data are lacking. Sex trafficking of children appears to be fueled by a variety of environmental and situational variables ranging from poverty or the use of prostitution by runaway and "thrown-away" children to provide for their subsistence needs to the recruitment of children by organized crime units for prostitution. The TVPA has been the primary vehicle authorizing services to victims of trafficking. Several agencies have programs or administer grants to other entities to provide specific services to trafficking victims. Despite language that authorizes services for citizen, lawful permanent resident, and noncitizen victims, appropriations for trafficking victims' services have primarily been used to serve noncitizen victims. U.S. citizen victims are also eligible for certain crime victim benefits and public benefit entitlement programs, though these services are not tailored to trafficking victims. Of note, specialized services and support for minor victims of sex trafficking are limited. Organizations specializing in support for these victims may have fewer beds than might be needed to serve all victims. Other facilities, such as runaway and homeless youth shelters and foster care homes, may not be able to adequately meet the needs of victims or keep them from pimps/traffickers and other abusers. In addition, it has been suggested that minor victims of sex trafficking-while too young to consent to sexual activity with adults-may at times be labeled as prostitutes or juvenile delinquents and treated as criminals rather than being identified and treated as trafficking victims. These children who are arrested may be placed in juvenile detention facilities instead of environments where they can receive needed social and protective services. Finally, experts widely agree that any efforts to reduce the prevalence of child sex trafficking - as well as other forms of trafficking-should address not only the supply, but also the demand. Congress may consider demand reduction strategies such as increasing public awareness and prevention as well as bolstering investigations and prosecutions of those who buy illegal commercial sex ("johns"). In addition, policy makers may deliberate enhancing services for victims of trafficking. The most recent reauthorization of the TVPA, in March 2013, reauthorized some existing provisions, created a new grant program to combat child sex trafficking, and authorized appropriations through FY2017. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report No. R41878: Accessed February 19, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R41878.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134660

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Review of Opportunities for Civilianization in the Chicago Police Department Summary: The City of Chicago Office of Inspector General (IGO) has analyzed opportunities to civilianize certain positions in the Chicago Police Department (CPD). We examined 30 units within CPD that perform primarily non-law enforcement functions and evaluated whether each position currently filled by a full-duty sworn officer could instead be filled by a civilian. The IGO analyzed 370 full-duty sworn positions, and concluded that 292 full-time equivalent positions (79%) could be filled by civilians because they require neither the police powers granted to a sworn officer by State statute, nor the skills, knowledge, or experience specific to sworn officers. Many of the positions recommended for civilianization involve purely administrative tasks such as timekeeping, scheduling, data entry, handling phone calls, and arranging travel. Other positions require professional training not specific to police work, such as lawyers, nurses, chaplains, graphic designers, information technology specialists, accountants, and grant writers. The IGO concluded that filling these positions with sworn officers, in whom the department has invested specialized law enforcement training, is an inefficient use of taxpayer resources, and the City should instead fill these positions with qualified, and less expensive, civilians. The City could not only redeploy those 292 sworn men and women to other high priority missions in CPD, but also save an estimated $6.4 million to $16.6 million through this partial civilianization. Therefore, the IGO makes two recommendations. First, CPD should civilianize the 292 full-time equivalent positions identified in this analysis. Second, as the IGO only reviewed 30 primarily non-law enforcement units, CPD should conduct a similar analysis for every other unit within the department in order to identify additional civilianization opportunities. More opportunities for civilianization likely exist in other units. Details: Chicago: Office of the Inspector General, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2;3, 2015 at: http://chicagoinspectorgeneral.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/IGO-Opportunities-for-Civilianization-within-CPD-Final-1-23-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civilians Shelf Number: 134666

Author: Gustafson, Joseph L. Title: Diversity in municipal police agencies: a national examination of its determinants and effects Summary: The present study is divided into two component parts. The first examines institutional and external factors associated with racial, ethnic, and gender diversity in policing at the line and managerial ranks (the determinants of diversity). Line representation analyses utilize new data sources and a full range of theoretically informed covariates. Managerial representation analyses provide the first comprehensive attempt to understand the dynamics behind minority promotion. Portions of the U.S. Census of Population and Housing Equal Employment Opportunity Tabulation (EEO), Division of Governmental Studies and Services (DGSS) survey, and Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) survey were combined to produce a sample of 180 cities/municipal departments. Results indicate that the representation of minorities in political office and their presence in police leadership positions are among the most influential predictors of line officer diversity. Proportions of minorities in administrative police roles are greater in larger departments paying higher salaries. There is also evidence that the career advancement of minorities can be limited when multiple minority groups compete for the same promotional opportunities. The second portion of the present study tests the hypotheses that organizational diversity reduces police-citizen conflict and ensures impartiality in the formal administration of justice (the effects of diversity). The movement to diversify police department ranks represents one of the longest-running policy initiatives in the history of the field and proponents of this strategy have argued that it can produce these favorable outcomes, despite a lack of empirical support. Diversity is measured in three ways: 1) as relative proportions of minority (African American, Latino, female, and total) line officers and managers; 2) as the ratio of minority managers to line officers (an indicator of an agency's "diversity perspective," Thomas & Ely, 2001); and 3) as the ratio of minority police to citizens (Walker's EEO Index, indicative of political representation). Portions of EEO and LEMAS datasets were combined to create a sample of 434 cities/municipal departments matched to multiple dependent variables measuring conflict and bias provided in the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) and related Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHR) and Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted (LEOKA) data. Results indicate that organizational diversity does have the ability to cool conflict and decrease bias, but that this effect is very modest and only operates under certain conditions. Another key finding relates to the degree of "integration" of diversity at the line and managerial levels of policing: the positive effects of diversity were most likely to manifest in agencies where diversity was evenly distributed across ranks, and not limited to line-level positions. Theoretical and policy implications of all results are discussed, along with directions for future research. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2010. 219p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 23, 2015 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/criminology_diss/1/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gender-Based Issues Shelf Number: 134667

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Whistleblower Protection; Additional Actions Needed to Improve DOJ's Handling of FBI Retaliation Complaints Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ) closed 44 of the 62 (71 percent) Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) whistleblower retaliation complaints we reviewed within 1 year, took up to 4 years to close 15 complaints, and took up to 10.6 years to close the remaining 3. DOJ terminated 55 of the 62 complaints (89 percent) and awarded corrective action for 3. (Complainants withdrew 4.) We found that DOJ terminated many (48 of 62) complaints we reviewed because they did not meet certain regulatory requirements. For example, DOJ terminated at least 17 complaints in part because a disclosure was made to someone in the employee's chain of command or management, such as a supervisor, who was not one of the nine high-level FBI or DOJ entities designated under DOJ regulations to receive such disclosures. Unlike employees of other executive branch agencies, FBI employees do not have a process to seek corrective action if they experience retaliation based on a disclosure of wrongdoing to their supervisors or others in their chain of command who are not designated officials. This difference is due, in part, to DOJ's decisions about how to implement the statute governing FBI whistleblowers. In 2014, DOJ reviewed its regulations and, in an effort to balance competing priorities, recommended adding more senior officials in FBI field offices to the list of designated entities, but did not recommend adding all supervisors. DOJ cited a number of reasons for this, including concerns about the additional resources and time needed to handle a possible increase in complaints if DOJ added supervisors. However, DOJ is already taking other steps to improve the efficiency of the complaint process. More importantly, dismissing retaliation complaints made to an employee's supervisor or someone in that person's chain of command leaves some FBI whistleblowers - such as the 17 complainants we identified - without protection from retaliation. By dismissing potentially legitimate complaints in this way, DOJ could deny some whistleblowers access to recourse, permit retaliatory activity to go uninvestigated, and create a chilling effect for future whistleblowers. We also found that DOJ and FBI guidance is not always clear that FBI employees reporting alleged wrongdoing to a supervisor or someone in their chain of command may not be a protected disclosure. Ensuring that guidance always clearly explains to whom an FBI employee can report wrongdoing will help FBI whistleblowers ensure that they are fully protected from retaliation. DOJ took from 2 to 10.6 years to resolve the 4 complaints we reviewed that DOJ adjudicated, and DOJ did not provide complainants with estimates of when to expect DOJ decisions throughout the complaint process. Providing such estimates would enhance accountability to complainants and provide additional assurance about DOJ management's commitment to improve efficiency. Further, DOJ offices responsible for investigating whistleblower retaliation complaints have not consistently complied with certain regulatory requirements, such as obtaining complainants' approvals for extensions of time. One investigating office does not track investigators' compliance with specific regulatory requirements and does not have a formal oversight mechanism to do so. Effectively monitoring investigators' compliance with such requirements could help assure complainants that their cases are making progress and that they have the information they need to determine next steps for their complaints. Why GAO Did This Study Whistleblowers help safeguard the federal government against waste, fraud, and abuse - however, they also risk retaliation by their employers. For example, in 2002, a former FBI agent alleged she suffered retaliation after disclosing that colleagues had stolen items from Ground Zero following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. DOJ found in her favor over 10 years after she reported the retaliation. GAO was asked to review DOJ's process for handling such complaints. GAO examined (1) the time DOJ took to resolve FBI whistleblower retaliation complaints, (2) the extent to which DOJ took steps to resolve complaints more quickly, and (3) the extent to which DOJ complied with certain regulatory reporting requirements. GAO reviewed all DOJ case files for FBI whistleblower retaliation complaints DOJ closed from 2009 to 2013, and interviewed whistleblower attorneys, advocates, and government officials about the complaint process. The interview results are not generalizable. What GAO Recommends Congress may wish to consider whether FBI whistleblowers should have means to seek corrective action if retaliated against for disclosures to supervisors, among others. Further, GAO recommends that DOJ clarify guidance to clearly convey to whom employees can make protected disclosures, provide complainants with estimated complaint decision timeframes, and develop an oversight mechanism to monitor regulatory compliance. DOJ and the Office of the Inspector General concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-112: Accessed February 25, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/668055.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 134671

Author: Berry, William W., III Title: Eighth Amendment Presumptions: A Constitutional Framework for Curbing Mass Incarceration Summary: The Supreme Court's conceptualization of the Eighth Amendment over the past decade has focused on narrow exceptions to the ability of the states to punish criminal offenders, excising particular punishments based on characteristics of the offender or crime. What is missing, however, is a set of broader guiding principles delineating the line between acceptable and impermissible punishments. The Court itself, in Kennedy v. Louisiana, acknowledged as much, describing the case law as "still in search of a unifying principle." In light of this vacuum, this article proposes a new approach to the application of the Eighth Amendment. The absence of regulation of excessive and disproportionate punishments by state legislatures over the past two decades has resulted in the largest prison population in the history of the human race. Instead of merely being a tool that merely removes a few types of offenses and offenders from the purview of state legislatures, the Eighth Amendment should also serve as a more robust guide to shape state penal practices. To that end, this Article argues for the development of a series of Eighth Amendment presumptions - guiding principles that would govern the punishment practices of legislatures without excluding them from the conversation. Currently, the Eighth Amendment serves to identify the constitutional "exceptions" to the "rules" promulgated by the legislatures. This Article's approach would reverse that status quo, with the Court articulating general rules and the legislatures then developing (and justifying through careful study) the exceptions to the rules. Indeed, an examination of the Court's Eighth Amendment cases suggests this "presumptive" sentiment is already implicit in much of the thinking of the Court. Part I of the Article briefly explains the shortcomings of the current evolving standards of decency doctrine and its devastating consequences. Part II of the Article explores the concept of presumptions, exploring how presumptions operate and demonstrating their virtues. The Article then argues in Part III for the reimagining of the Eighth Amendment as an Amendment of constitutional presumptions combining elements from the Court's past cases with the needs arising from three decades of neglecting the decisions of legislatures. Finally, Part IV demonstrates how this conceptual framework would work in practice. Details: University, MS: University of Mississippi School of Law, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2567962 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Death Penalty (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134680

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Drug-Impaired Driving: Additional Support Needed for Public Awareness Initiatives Summary: The issue of alcohol-impaired driving has received broad attention over the years, but drug-impaired driving also contributes to fatalities and injuries from traffic crashes. However, knowledge about the drug-impaired- driving problem is less advanced than for alcohol-impaired driving. Through Senate Report No. 113-45 (2013), Congress required GAO to report on the strategies NHTSA, ONDCP, and states have taken to address drug-impaired driving and challenges they face in detecting and reducing such driving. This report discusses (1) what is known about the extent of drug-impaired driving in the United States; (2) challenges that exist for federal, state, and local agencies in addressing drug-impaired driving; and (3) actions federal and state agencies have taken to address drug-impaired driving and what gaps exist in the federal response. GAO reviewed literature to identify sources of data on drug-impaired driving; reviewed documentation and interviewed officials from NHTSA, ONDCP, and HHS; and interviewed officials from relevant advocacy and professional organizations and seven selected states. States were selected based on: legal status of marijuana, proximity to states with legalized marijuana, and drugged-driving laws. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that NHTSA take additional actions to support states in emphasizing to the public the dangers of drug-impaired driving. DOT agreed with GAO's recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-293: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/668622.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134685

Author: Carr, Christine Marie Title: The Kansas City Foot Patrol Project: An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Foot Patrol in Violent Crime Micro-Places Summary: The Kansas City Foot Patrol Project is a replication of the Philadelphia Foot Patrol Experiment (Ratcliffe et al. (2011). The current study was conducted in Kansas City, Missouri and evaluated the effectiveness of foot patrol in violent crime micro-places. Specifically the goal of foot patrol was to reduce incidents of aggravated assaults and robberies in the micro-places. For a period of 90 days 8 pairs of rookie officers patrolled on foot in violent crime micro-places. The foot patrols operated Tuesday thru Saturday from August 1, 2011 to October 31, 2011. The number of reported aggravated assaults and robberies in four target areas were compared pretreatment, during treatment, and post treatment for within group variance. Repeated measures t-tests were conducted to determine the statistical significance of any observed differences in reported incidents. The current study found a significant reduction of targeted offenses in the target areas during treatment. During the first 6 weeks of treatment an especially significant reduction of reported aggravated assaults and robberies occurred. Then as treatment continued the reported incidents returned to pretreatment levels even while treatment continued. Policy implications and areas for future research are discussed. Details: Kansas City, MO: University of Missouri-Kansas, 2014. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 26, 2015 at: https://mospace.umsystem.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10355/43482/CarrKanCitFoo.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 134721

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: Fifth Annual Study on Medical Identity Theft Summary: Ponemon Institute is pleased to present the results of our fifth annual study on medical identity theft. This annual study is conducted to determine how pervasive this crime is in the United States, how it affects the lives of victims and what steps should be taken by consumers, healthcare providers and government to stop its proliferation. Since last year's study, medical identity theft incidents increased 21.7 percent. Medical identity theft occurs when someone uses an individual's name and personal identity to fraudulently receive medical services, prescription drugs and/or goods, including attempts to commit fraudulent billing. In the context of this study, medical identity theft can also occur when an individual shares his or her health insurance credentials with others. The research, sponsored by the Medical Identity Fraud Alliance (MIFA), confirms that medical identity theft is costly and complex to resolve. Because the crime can cause serious harm to its victims, it is critical for healthcare providers, health plans and technology/service providers to do more to help victims resolve the consequences of the theft and prevent future fraud. Government's increased influence and involvement in the delivery of healthcare services as a result of the Affordable Care Act (ACA) also requires it to become more proactive in addressing medical identity theft. Details: Traverse, MI: Ponemon Institute, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://medidfraud.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/2014_Medical_ID_Theft_Study1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 134740

Author: Engel, Robin S. Title: Effectiveness vs. Equity in Policing: Is a Tradeoff Inevitable? Summary: Engel and Eck make the case that modern policing methods make it possible to increase both "effectiveness" and "equity" at the same time. The authors note that policing agencies and criminal justice researchers have long followed a framework established in 1968 by legal scholar Herbert Packer, which presumes that for every effort police make at increasing effectiveness, they must reduce their efforts at being fair and equitable. The best example of how this formula has been used in the last 20 years is the evolution of the 'stop, question, and frisk' practices, employed by police departments in cities like New York. Engel and Eck assert that modern policing methods like problem-oriented policing can be designed to take both effectiveness and equity into account, creating crime reduction while increasing fairness and police-community relations. Engel and Eck suggest that departments use scientific evidence to measure both their effectiveness at reducing crime and also the equity of policing in their communities. They provide the example of the City of Cincinnati, which instituted reforms after a federal investigation and a racial bias lawsuit was filed against police. These reforms included the creation of the Community Police Partnering Center, and a strategic focus within the Cincinnati Police Department to implement a number of problem-solving projects that involved community members from the beginning. These practices have led to a reduction in crime and an increase in police legitimacy in Cincinnati, the authors said. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Ideas in American Policing, no. 18: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/sites/g/files/g798246/f/201502/PF_IIAP_EngelandEck_Jan2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 134742

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Reducing Harms to Boys and Young Men of Color from Criminal Justice System Involvement Summary: Boys and young men of color are overrepresented in all aspects of the juvenile justice and criminal justice systems, at considerable cost to those involved, their families, and their communities. This overrepresentation is most acute for African Americans, although other communities of color are also affected. This paper reviews systemic, institutional, and community policies and practices that greatly impact the life chances of boys and young men of color. Policy and practice changes that would reduce criminal justice engagement and that would reduce the harms caused to communities of color from criminal justice engagement are identified and suggestions are made for developing more evidence of effectiveness for initiatives in this area. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000095-Reducing-Harms-to-Boys-and-Young-Men-of-Color-from-Criminal-Justice-System-Involvement.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 134743

Author: Crenshaw, Kimberle Williams Title: Black Girls Matter: Pushed Out, Overpoliced, and Underprotected Summary: It is well-established in the research literature and by educational advocates that there is a link between the use of punitive disciplinary measures and subsequent patterns of criminal supervision and incarceration. Commonly understood as the "school-to-prison pipeline," this framework highlights the ways that punitive school policies lead to low achievement, system involvement, and other negative outcomes. Efforts to reverse the consequences of this pipeline have typically foregrounded boys of color, especially Black boys, who are suspended or expelled more than any other group. Against the backdrop of the surveillance, punishment, and criminalization of youth of color in the United States, Black Girls Matter: Pushed Out, Overpoliced, and Underprotected seeks to increase awareness of the gendered consequences of disciplinary and push-out policies for girls of color, and, in particular, Black girls.11 The report developed out of a critical dialogue about the various ways that women and girls of color are channeled onto pathways that lead to underachievement and criminalization. At the 2012 UCLA School of Law Symposium, "Overpoliced and Underprotected: Women, Race, and Criminalization,"12 formerly incarcerated women, researchers, lawyers, and advocates came together to address the alarming patterns of surveillance, criminal supervision, and incarceration among women and girls of color. The symposium was an effort to investigate the specific contours of race and gender in relationship to zero-tolerance policies, social marginalization, and criminalization. Details: New York: African American Policy Forum, Center for Intersectionality and Social Policy Studies: 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.atlanticphilanthropies.org/sites/default/files/uploads/BlackGirlsMatter_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 134747

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Rhode Island Title: The School-to-Prison Pipeline in Black and White Summary: American Civil Liberties Union of Rhode Island today issued a report calling on state and municipal leaders to examine policies, practices and procedures that lead to discriminatory treatment of black Rhode Islanders, from elementary school through adulthood. The ACLU report, titled "The School-to-Prison Pipeline in Black and White," offers a brief but systematic examination of racial disparities in Rhode Island, and how those interconnected disparities can lead to a lifetime of unequal treatment. The report, presented in a series of twelve charts, comes as the nation celebrates Black History Month, and grapples with recent events that have pushed racial disparity issues back into the forefront. Data has long shown that black Rhode Islanders are disproportionally suspended from school, stopped and searched by police, arrested, and incarcerated. When this data is compiled, as it is in today's report, it becomes clear that the disproportionate singling out, scrutinizing, and punishing of black Rhode Islanders is a persistent and far-reaching problem and one that contributes to the school-to-prison pipeline, a systematic pattern of pushing students, especially minorities, out of the classroom and into the criminal justice system. The series of charts in today's report show how the disparate punishments doled out as early as elementary school lead to more black youth being swept up in the juvenile justice system where they face harsher punishment than their white counterparts. As adults, black Rhode Islanders are disproportionately stopped and searched by police, exacerbating disparities in arrest rates even when black and white individuals commit infractions at roughly the same rate. The end result of these racial disparities is a prison population that is disproportionately black. This racial disparity leaves the black community to bear the brunt of the socioeconomic consequences that follow incarceration, including lack of employment and denial of housing, perpetuating the cycle of unequal treatment. "Despite this growing body of evidence and consistent work by many to address these disparities, Rhode Island has lacked a comprehensive, strong response to resolve these issues. Worse, even as these disparities persist in the background, too many people still refuse to acknowledge their presence and the damaging effects that flow from them," the report stated. The ACLU urged the state and local leaders, particularly law enforcement agencies and school districts, to help stop the school-to-prison pipeline by regularly examining racial impact of their policies and procedures and developing plans to reduce any racial disparities. The ACLU also continues to support strong, comprehensive racial profiling legislation and legislation limiting the use of out-of-school suspensions. Details: Providence, RI: ACLU of Rhode Island, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://riaclu.org/images/uploads/School_to_Prison_Pipeline_in_Black_and_White_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Discrimination Shelf Number: 134748

Author: Collins Center for Public Policy Title: A Billion Dollars and Growing: Why Prison Bonding is Tougher on Florida's Taxpayers Than on Crime   Summary: The study, which is entitled �A Billion Dollars and Growing: Why Prison Bonding Is Tougher on Florida�s Taxpayers than on Crime,� argues that lease revenue bonds, which are used to fund the building of new prisons, have hurt the state. �Florida�s taxpayers owe more than $1 billion, or about $200 per household, to pay for recently built state prisons,� said Dominic Calabro, the president and CEO of Florida TaxWatch. �Borrowing to build more prisons is not the way Florida should be addressing public safety. Florida needs to enact comprehensive, smart justice reforms that keep us safe while saving us money.� �Bonding is one of the ways we�ve avoided facing the consequences of mass incarceration in our state, but we simply cannot afford this,� said April Young, a vice president for the Collins Center. The study focuses on the growth of the state�s prison population, noting that there were less than 20,000 inmates in 1980 and more than 102,000 last year -- and the price went up accordingly, from $169 million in 1980 to almost $2.4 billion in 2010. Details: Miami: Collins Center and Florida Tax Watch, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.floridataxwatch.org/resources/pdf/04062011ABillionDollarsGrowingWhyPrisonBondingTougherFloridasTaxpayersThanCrime.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 134749

Author: Center for Community Alternatives Title: Boxed Out: Criminal History Screening and College Application Attrition Summary: This study helps to explain how the use of the criminal history box on college applications and the supplemental requirements and procedures that follow create barriers to higher education for otherwise qualified applicants. In this study, which focuses on the State University of New York (SUNY), we found that almost two out of every three applicants who disclosed a felony conviction were denied access to higher education, not because of a purposeful denial of their application but because they were driven out of the application process. We term this phenomenon "felony application attrition" which describes the reduction from the number of applicants who start an application and check the felony box "yes" to the number of applicants who, according to the admissions office, have satisfied all of the supplemental requirements and completed their applications. In this study, we explore how the stigmatizing and daunting impact of the supplemental procedures imposed on applicants who disclose a felony conviction contribute to this attrition. This case study of SUNY has national implications. The supplemental procedures and requirements imposed by SUNY campuses are not unique. From our 2010 study we know that 55 percent of the public colleges that responded to our survey engage in criminal history screening, and a majority of those use supplemental procedures and requirements. Federal, state and local public policy-makers are promoting reentry and reintegration efforts as a means of addressing our nation's four-decade long flawed criminal justice policies that have produced overcriminalization and mass incarceration. Such efforts, if successful, will improve society in many respects, including reducing poverty and decreasing the racial divide. At the same time, many colleges and universities are both consciously and unconsciously engaged in a practice that subverts those public policy efforts and undermines development of good citizenship, public safety, democracy, the human right to education, and expands the economic and racial divide. It is both unrealistic and disingenuous to expect people who have served their sentence after a criminal conviction to live law-abiding and productive lives if they are continuously denied employment and educational opportunities. Details: New York: Center for Community Alternatives, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://communityalternatives.org/pdf/publications/BoxedOut_FullReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: College and Universities Shelf Number: 134750

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Montana Title: Locked in the Past: Montana's Jails in Crisis Summary: Despite heralding itself as a champion of freedom and human liberty, the United States has the second highest incarceration rate in the world, taking second only to the African nation of Seychelles. Of the incarcerated, statistics suggest that as many as 38% are being held in county detention centers and many of those inmates are held pre-trial. These pre-trial prisoners-an estimated 21.6% of all incarcerated Americans-are detained before guilt is proven in a court of law, weakening the proud American axiom that our citizens are "innocent until proven guilty." Problematically, many county detention centers lack adequate funding and struggle to effectively manage the incarcerated. The impacts these often-deplorable conditions can have on individuals and society as a whole are extremely far reaching. Neglect in county detention centers, coupled with a prevalence of mental illness, leads to a high rate of recidivism, which turns the justice system into a revolving door that is a blight on county, state, and federal budgets. Incarceration rates have started to decrease for the first time in decades, albeit at a glacial pace. The reduction of the incarceration rate is largely fueled by the financial realities and burdens of housing an historic number of prisoners at local, state, and federal levels. County detention centers play a unique role in this process in that they often house people on the front-end of the criminal justice system, such as pretrial detention, and can thus be addressed with different measures than state or federal prisons. County detention centers can improve through coercion, such as litigation, or through collaboration between entities with shared goals. The American Civil Liberties Union of Montana (ACLU) is eager to work with counties to improve detention center conditions, streamline local criminal justice policies, and help make counties more effective at screening, prosecuting, and housing the accused and convicted at local levels. The ACLU of Montana has worked collaboratively with counties throughout the state. For example, the ACLU helped Custer County officials come to grips with their deplorable and antiquated facility by passing a successful bond measure to renovate its facilities. The ACLU is currently working with Lewis & Clark County to assess options for pretrial release and other options for reducing their chronically over crowded facility. The ACLU of Montana is working statewide on substantive criminal justice reform that will allow the courts to respond to the unique needs of the accused on a path to rehabilitation, rather than warehousing them in county detention centers. The purpose of this report is to provide a comprehensive overview that identifies conditions of confinement in county detention centers throughout Montana and provide recommendations regarding how we might improve those conditions. The study utilized a three-prong methodology, including touring jails, interviewing administrators and prisoners, and sending a mixed-method questionnaire to all jail inmates in the state. We identified several overarching trends, including: - Overuse of solitary confinement for individuals with mental illness - Inadequate numbers of detention staff - Lack of access to fresh air - Lack of access to natural light and exercise - Inadequate medical and mental health care - Overcrowding - Lack of basic necessities such as underwear, socks, and bras - Unconstitutional prohibitions on visitation from minors and non-family members - Lack of access to law libraries - Inadequate or unworkable grievance procedures - Sub-par physical plant issues Details: Helena, MT: ACLU of Montana, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://aclumontana.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/2015-ACLU-Jail-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 134754

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Ferguson Police Department Summary: The Civil Rights Division of the United States Department of Justice opened its investigation of the Ferguson Police Department (FPD) on September 4, 2014. This investigation was initiated under the pattern-or-practice provision of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, 42 U.S.C. - 14141, the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. - 3789d (Safe Streets Act), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. - 2000d (Title VI). This investigation has revealed a pattern or practice of unlawful conduct within the Ferguson Police Department that violates the First, Fourth, and Fourteenth Amendments to the United States Constitution, and federal statutory law. Over the course of the investigation, we interviewed City officials, including City Manager John Shaw, Mayor James Knowles, Chief of Police Thomas Jackson, Municipal Judge Ronald Brockmeyer, the Municipal Court Clerk, Ferguson's Finance Director, half of FPD's sworn officers, and others. We spent, collectively, approximately 100 person-days onsite in Ferguson. We participated in ride-alongs with on-duty officers, reviewed over 35,000 pages of police records as well as thousands of emails and other electronic materials provided by the police department. Enlisting the assistance of statistical experts, we analyzed FPD's data on stops, searches, citations, and arrests, as well as data collected by the municipal court. We observed four separate sessions of Ferguson Municipal Court, interviewing dozens of people charged with local offenses, and we reviewed third-party studies regarding municipal court practices in Ferguson and St. Louis County more broadly. As in all of our investigations, we sought to engage the local community, conducting hundreds of in-person and telephone interviews of individuals who reside in Ferguson or who have had interactions with the police department. We contacted ten neighborhood associations and met with each group that responded to us, as well as several other community groups and advocacy organizations. Throughout the investigation, we relied on two police chiefs who accompanied us to Ferguson and who themselves interviewed City and police officials, spoke with community members, and reviewed FPD policies and incident reports. Ferguson's law enforcement practices are shaped by the City's focus on revenue rather than by public safety needs. This emphasis on revenue has compromised the institutional character of Ferguson's police department, contributing to a pattern of unconstitutional policing, and has also shaped its municipal court, leading to procedures that raise due process concerns and inflict unnecessary harm on members of the Ferguson community. Further, Ferguson's police and municipal court practices both reflect and exacerbate existing racial bias, including racial stereotypes. Ferguson's own data establish clear racial disparities that adversely impact African Americans. The evidence shows that discriminatory intent is part of the reason for these disparities. Over time, Ferguson's police and municipal court practices have sown deep mistrust between parts of the community and the police department, undermining law enforcement legitimacy among African Americans in particular. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/opa/press-releases/attachments/2015/03/04/ferguson_police_department_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 134756

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Identifying Criminals' Risk Preferences Summary: There is a 250 year old presumption in the criminology and law enforcement literature that people are deterred more by increases in the certainty rather than increases in the severity of legal sanctions. We call this presumption the Certainty Aversion Presumption (CAP). Simple criminal decision making models suggest that criminals must be risk-seeking if they behave consistently with CAP. This implication leads to disturbing interpretations, such as criminals being categorically different than law abiding people, who often display risk-averse behavior while making financial decisions. Moreover, policy discussions that incorrectly rely on criminals' risk attitudes implied by CAP are ill-informed, and may therefore have unintended negative consequences. In this article, we first demonstrate, contrary to most of the existing literature, that CAP consistent behavior does not imply risk-seeking behavior. A host of considerations that are unrelated to risk-attitudes can generate behavior that is consistent with CAP, including stigmatization; discounting; judgment proofness; the forfeitability of illegal gains; and the possibility of being punished for unsuccessful criminal attempts. Next, we discuss empirical methods that can be employed to gain a better understanding of criminals' risk-attitudes and responsiveness to various punishment schemes. These methods focus on the various non-risk-related-considerations that may be responsible for CAP consistent behavior. Finally, we discuss the importance of gaining a better understanding of criminals' attitudes for purposes of designing optimal law enforcement methods, punishment schemes for repeat offenders, plea bargaining procedures and standards of proof. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, Institute for Law and Economics, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper No. 15-5: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2535&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Behavior Shelf Number: 134758

Author: Banks, Duren Title: Arrest-Related Deaths Program Assessment: Technical Report Summary: The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) designed the Arrest-Related Deaths (ARD) program to be a census of all deaths that occur during the process of arrest in the United States. The manner in which these data were collected varied from state to state, and often depended on the data systems available to the state reporting coordinators (SRCs) responsible for data collection throughout the state, the involvement of local law enforcement agencies or medical examiner's/coroner's offices, and other support that the SRC may have had to conduct the data collection. This variability in approach has led to questions about whether these data collection methods were capable of capturing the universe of arrest-related deaths and law enforcement homicides in particular. BJS requested RTI International to conduct an assessment of the ARD program to evaluate (1) the coverage of the program in comparison to Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHRs) maintained by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and (2) various aspects of the current program methodology. The coverage assessment matched law enforcement homicides captured by the ARD program to those found in the SHR justifiable homicide file, followed by a capture-recapture analysis to provide information on the scope and characteristics of cases eligible for inclusion in the ARD program that are captured in one or both of these data systems. The ARD law enforcement homicides and SHR justifiable homicide files are similar; however, some law enforcement homicides that were not classified as justifiable are not identified in the SHR. RTI calculated the size of the law enforcement homicide population in the United States and the ARD program coverage using two methods to estimate the lower and upper bounds of ARD coverage. We found that over the study period from 2003 through 2009 and 2011, the ARD program captured, at best, 49% of all law enforcement homicides in the United States. The lower bound of ARD program coverage was estimated to be 36%. These findings indicate that the current ARD program methodology does not allow a census of all law enforcement homicides in the United States. The ARD program captured approximately 49% of law enforcement homicides, while the SHR captured 46%. An estimated 28% of the law enforcement homicides in the United States are not captured by either system. However, the methodology for identifying ARD cases has changed over the observation period. In 2011, the ARD program was estimated to cover between 59% and 69% of all law enforcement homicides in the United States, depending on the estimation method used. While this coverage estimate still does not result in a census, it does suggest improvements over time in the overall approach to identifying law enforcement homicides and reporting them to the ARD program. We found considerable variability between states in the proportion of law enforcement homicides that are reported to the ARD program only, the SHR only, or to both sources in 2011. Twelve states reported only to the ARD program in 2011, while no states reported cases only to the SHR. Additional analyses to explore the effect of case identification methodology and SRC affiliation failed to identify a specific ARD methodology that was associated with better program coverage in 2011. The current analyses only compared ARD program coverage to the SHR. Other sources may also provide additional information about the extent of law enforcement homicides in the United States or in selected jurisdictions, and coverage of the various data collection systems. These sources include the Fatal Injury Reports that are part of the National Vital Statistical System maintained by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and direct reports from local law enforcement agencies. In addition, the ARD program assessment examined only arrested-related deaths that are the result of law enforcement homicides. Arrest-related deaths due to illness, overdose, accidents, and other manners of death are likely even more difficult to identify and, if included, could have a significant downward impact on our coverage estimates. However, no other national data collection exists that examines arrest-related deaths due to a manner other than law enforcement homicide. If BJS pursues a collection to measure law enforcement homicides or all manners of arrest-related deaths in the United States, changes must be made to the data collection methodology to support more complete coverage. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ardpatr.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Related Deaths Shelf Number: 134760

Author: Casady, Tom K. Title: A Randomized-Trial Evaluation of a Law Enforcement Application for Smartphones and Laptops that Uses GIS and Location-Based Services to Pinpoint Persons-of-Interest Summary: This report summarizes a project that developed, implemented, and evaluated a GIS-enabled application that dynamically identifies the location of persons of interest, such as gang members, sex offenders, parolees, and so on. The application, called P3i, is designed for use by law enforcement officers. P3i pushes the location data to officers' smartphones, tablets, and MDT (mobile display terminal)/laptops. A randomized evaluation was conducted with the Lincoln (Nebraska) Police Department (LPD). Officers (N = 90) were randomly assigned to one of five GPS-enabled devices or a no-P3i, control condition. Over a six-month period, 75 treatment officers were compared to the 15 control officers on a variety of productivity measures as well as to officers' prior year's performance. Measures included citation arrests, warrant arrests, and information reports. We also collected self-report data from surveys asking officers about the duration, frequency, and intensity of their use of the technology. Analyses provide some evidence that officers who used the P3i application on GPS-enabled devices were more productive than controls and more productive than they had been during the prior year. Follow-up analyses suggested a variety of individual difference factors (e.g., high performance officers in 2011, low performance officers in 2010, males) also were correlated with increases in productivity. In focus group discussions with a subset of the officers in the study, the officers expressed great enthusiasm for the P3i application and their use of new mobile technologies in general. The officers had many suggestions for improvements and provided insights into how they specifically used their devices and P3i. A cost-benefit analysis suggested that implementation of the device results in a savings of around $800 per officer, assuming a five-year device life and 7% interest rate. Additional assumptions considering different economic and technical scenarios were also developed and reported, but the results remained basically positive except for iPads, only have positive net benefits when there are no usage costs, while other devices have positive net benefits in almost all cases. In order to better understand officer adoption of P3i as well as their use of smartphones and tablets for work purposes, the project also examined what might account for the use of technology. Consistent with other studies, we found performance expectancy, a belief that the application would aid the participant in the performance of his or her duties, had the primary, significant effect on P3i usage. Thus, this study supports the position that if technology is made available, and officers have a reasonable expectation that it will help them in their work, they will utilize the technology. Further, if that technology actually can help them in their efforts, it is likely that the increase in productivity can be measured and captured. Our project also shows, however, that it may be difficult to find sensitive measures that will capture increases in productivity. One problem that can be anticipated is that outcomes are multi-determined, and thus it can be difficult to find measures that will be sensitive to positive impacts because of the multiple causes for the effects in which we are interested. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248593.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 134761

Author: Edmiston, Kelly D. Title: Property Conditions and Neighborhood Crime Summary: A critical factor in quality of life is feeling safe, and thus, crime is a critical factor in neighborhood quality of life. The goal of this paper is to evaluate the relationship between the physical condition of properties in low- and moderate-income areas in Kansas City, Mo. and the incidence of crime. OLS results show block property conditions to be a significant predictor of block crime rates. Specifically, a one-point lower score on property conditions (on a five-point scale), is associated with a 10 percent higher violent crime rate and a 27 percent higher property crime rate. Because a number of blocks had zero crime reports, a negative binomial model also was estimated using counts of offenses on each block and represents a preferred methodology. The results show little relationship between property conditions and offenses against persons (violent crime) but continue to show a significant negative relationship between property conditions and property crime. The results of the analysis suggest that while crime may not be the chief motivating factor in revitalizing neighborhoods, lower crime may be a significant secondary benefit. Details: Kansas City, MO: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2567835 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 134762

Author: Meyer, Maureen Title: On the Front Lines: Border Security, Migration, and Humanitarian Concerns in South Texas Summary: In December 2014, WOLA paid its third visit in two years to the Rio Grande Valley, the part of the U.S.-Mexico border closest to the Gulf of Mexico, in south Texas. This region made headlines in summer 2014 as tens of thousands of unaccompanied Central American children crossed the border here. This crisis has declined somewhat, but 2015 is still on track to be the second-largest year on record for Central American child and family migration to the United States, most of it in the Rio Grande Valley. But this is just one crisis that this region is suffering. The Rio Grande Valley now records the highest number of migrants dying of dehydration and exposure as they walk through its arid ranch lands. It sits across from what is today the most violent segment of Mexico's border zone. This segment receives the largest portion of Mexican citizens deported by the United States, who face acute safety concerns upon their return. The situation on both sides of the border is extremely difficult: for migrants, for residents on the Mexican side, and for U.S. and Mexican law enforcement personnel who have to contend with it. It requires Washington and Mexico City to take bold and humane actions. This report recommends several. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.wola.org/sites/default/files/MX/WOLA%20Report_South%20Texas%20Border%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134763

Author: Hollywood, John Title: High-Priority Information Technology Needs for Law Enforcement Summary: This study reports on strategic planning activities supporting the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) in the area of information technology, collecting and analyzing data on law enforcement needs and offering potential solutions through technology assessment studies, extensive outreach and liaison activities, and subject matter expert panels. Strategic planning will help NIJ make the best investments to leverage its limited funds and help the range of technology developers supporting law enforcement better understand the law enforcement community's needs and priorities. By looking across the top-ranking needs, the authors identified 11 crosscutting themes in total. These themes are further grouped into three overarching keynotes - a broad need to improve the law enforcement community's knowledge of technology and practices, a broad need to improve the sharing and use of law enforcement-relevant information, and a broad need to conduct research, development, testing, and evaluation on a range of topics. The latter category includes research on both the "non-material" side of technology, including policy and practices, and more traditional technical development. Key Findings Law Enforcement's Knowledge of IT and Its Dissemination Can Be Improved -A wide range of efforts have been undertaken to disseminate technology information to law enforcement practitioners. -A strong desire for help in technology use and management remains, implying needs for improvement in technology dissemination and education. Sharing, Displaying, and Using Information Effectively Is a Major Challenge -Enabling the sharing of information across law enforcement systems is a difficult problem - technically, organizationally, and commercially. -Information-sharing efforts to date have had limited coverage and can be inconsistent with each other. Further, it is difficult for new developers and users to learn about all of the available information-sharing tools and technologies. -Tools that display situational awareness information to law enforcement users at all levels are lacking. -In addition to sharing information within law enforcement, there is a need to improve mechanisms for communicating with the public. Additional Areas Need Research and Development -There is a need to improve systems for monitoring and protecting the health of officers, including both physical and mental health. -There is a need to improve security, privacy, and civil rights policies for using IT. -There is a need to improve the affordability of law enforcement IT systems across their entire life cycle. -There is an overarching need to identify promising practices that can leverage IT effectively to reduce crime. There is a need to improve IT, along with supporting training and policies, to help law enforcement respond to major incidents. -There is a need to improve, and improve the use of, a range of deployable sensors. These include body-worn cameras, field biometrics, electronic evidence collection systems, and video surveillance systems. Recommendations -A federal coordinator for technology-related outreach should be designated; this coordinator would work with various offices involved to develop and monitor a dissemination strategy capturing who will do what, for whom, and when. -This coordinator should maintain and monitor a master list of outstanding needs and development tasks to address them. -The coordinator should also capture which information-sharing projects are addressing the required tasks and disseminate all gathered information in an information-sharing strategic plan. -Work on providing common operational picture/dashboard displays to law enforcement officers should be undertaken. -Communications between the public and law enforcement should be improved. -The emotional state and physical health of officers should be monitored. -Federal efforts to provide tracking systems for responders during major events should be undertaken. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR737.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 134764

Author: Anderson, James M. Title: The Changing Role of Criminal Law in Controlling Corporate Behavior Summary: What should be the role of the criminal law in controlling corporate behavior, and how can the execution of that role be improved? On the one hand, corporations have enormous power, and, when a corporation causes harm, there is a natural instinct to apply criminal sanctions, society's most serious expression of moral disapproval. In the wake of a harm in which a corporation had a prominent role, there are often calls for an increased use of the criminal law to tame corporate excesses. On the other hand, criminal liability has historically usually required criminal intent, a concept that applies oddly to a legal construction, such as a corporation. And more recently, critics have decried what they have termed the overcriminalization of corporate behavior, suggesting that there has been an overreliance on the use of criminal law in this context. To provide guidance to policymakers on the proper role of criminal sanctions in this context, RAND Corporation researchers (1) measure the current use of criminal sanctions in controlling corporate behavior, (2) describe how the current regime developed, and (3) offer suggestions about how the use of criminal sanctions to control corporate behavior might be improved. Key Findings There Is Mixed Evidence About the Changing Role of Criminal Law in Regulating and Controlling Corporate Activity - With the exceptions of the application of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the number of criminal prosecutions of corporations has declined in recent years, suggesting less formal prosecutorial activity rather than more. However, use of deferred-prosecution agreements (DPAs), non-prosecution agreements (NPAs), and debarment activity has increased sharply, suggesting that the threat of criminal action is still playing an important role in controlling behavior in this context. Recommendations - Recognize that criminal sanctions in this context are instrumental tools and not moral judgments. Lawmakers should be reluctant to pass statutes that punish without proof of criminal intent, courts should be reluctant to interpret statutes in ways that ignore criminal intent, and prosecutors should bring such prosecutions sparingly. - Have judges review deferred-prosecution and non-prosecution agreements. This practice would provide some assurance that the agreements are genuinely in the public interest and might allow third parties affected by the agreements to air their objections in a neutral forum. Policymakers should give serious consideration to requiring that every DPA and NPA be reviewed by an appropriate federal judge. This practice would provide additional transparency and reassure the public that justice was being served. - Carefully review debarment provisions. Debarment decisions should be made on a case-by-case basis by the relevant governmental agency, depending on the severity of the allegations made and their relevance to the domain of the governmental entity. - Consider substituting the use of civil sanctions. In many cases, civil sanctions that include formal fact-finding might function as well as or better than criminal sanctions. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2014. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR412.html Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Sanctions Shelf Number: 134766

Author: Berning, Amy Title: Results of the 2013-2014 National Roadside Survey of Alcohol and Drug Use by Drivers Summary: Over the last four decades, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and/or the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS) conducted four national surveys to estimate the prevalence of drinking and driving in the United States (Wolfe, 1974; Lund & Wolfe, 1991; Voas et al, 1998; Compton & Berning, 2009; Lacey et al, 2009). The first National Roadside Survey (NRS) was conducted in 1973, followed by national surveys of drivers in 1986, 1996, 2007, and now 2013-2014. These surveys used a stratified random sample of weekend nighttime drivers in the contiguous 48 States and collected data directly from drivers on the road. The 2007 NRS added procedures to the NRS for the first time to estimate the use by drivers of other potentially impairing drugs. Prior roadside surveys had only collected breath samples to determine breath alcohol concentration (BrAC). Due to developments in analytical toxicology, NHTSA determined it would be feasible in the 2007 and 2013-2014 surveys to determine driver use of a variety of potentially impairing drugs including illegal drugs as well as legal medications. In 2013-2014, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration conducted the most recent National Roadside Survey of Alcohol and Drug Use by Drivers. This voluntary and anonymous study is the second to collect data on drug use, presenting our first opportunity to examine drug use trends on a national scale. The 2013�2014 NRS was designed to produce national estimates of alcohol and drug use by weekday daytime and weekend nighttime drivers. Thus, the use rates presented below are national prevalence rates calculated from the percentage of drivers using alcohol or drugs and adjusted with an appropriate weighting scheme. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: (Traffic Safety Facts Research Note. Report No. DOT HS 812 118): Accessed March 9, 2015 at: www.nhtsa.gov Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (U.S.) Shelf Number: 134767

Author: McGinnis, Kenneth Title: Federal Bureau of Prisons: Special Housing Unit Review and Assessment Summary: This report provides an independent, comprehensive review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' operation of restrictive housing and identifies potential operational and policy improvements. Specifically, it provides a comprehensive, detailed evaluation of the Bureau's use of restrictive housing, including the following key areas: national trends and best practices in the management of restrictive housing units; profile of the Bureau's segregation population; Bureau policies and procedures governing the management of restrictive housing; unit operations and conditions of confinement; mental health assessment and treatment within restrictive housing units; application of inmate due-process rights; reentry programming; and the impact of the use of restrictive housing on system safety and security. The report also evaluates the impact of the restrictive housing program on the federal prison system and places the Bureau's use of segregation in context with professional standards and best practices found in other correctional systems. The findings and recommendations contained in this report are based on the information and data collected while conducting site visits to the Bureau's restrictive housing units and facilities from November 2013 through May 2014. Any operational changes or new written policies implemented by the Bureau after completion of the site visits regarding their use of restrictive housing are not reflected in this report. Some such changes were in process or were scheduled for implementation after the completion of the site visits. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2014. 262p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.bop.gov/resources/news/pdfs/CNA-SHUReportFinal_123014_2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 134770

Author: King, Denise Rodriguez Title: The Collaborative Reform Model: A Review of Use of Force Policies, Processes, and Practices in the Spokane Police Department Summary: The proper investigation and review of use of force (UOF) incidents, especially those involving deadly force, can have a significant impact on a police department's legitimacy and relationship with the community. The negative effects and impact of an improper investigation and limited transparency are most apparent in the Spokane Police Department's (SPD) investigation of the 2006 Otto Zehm deadly force incident. This incident created an uproar and conflict within the community, and it led to a federal investigation and a civil lawsuit. Six years after the incident, the civil lawsuit was settled, and the officer involved was sentenced to 51 months in federal prison. In spite of the settlement and sentencing of the officer, there is still an opinion within the community that the department has done little to change the internal culture that led to the officer's use of deadly force and the improper investigation of that force. Eight years after the Otto Zehm incident, the police-community relationship continues to be frayed. New leadership within the police department and an organizational restructuring are signs of positive progress; however, both the department and the community agree that continued change and improvement are needed to repair the scars left by events such as the 2006 deadly force incident. In fall 2012, Chief Frank Straub, only months after being sworn in as the new police chief, requested that the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) assess the SPD's use of force policies, processes, and practices. The COPS Office responded and tasked the CNA Corporation to conduct this assessment under the COPS Office's Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA) program. The goal of this review was to improve the use of force processes in the SPD, taking into account national standards, best practices, existing research, and community expectations. The objectives of the review were as follows: - Examine the SPD's use of force policies and procedures compared with national best practices and existing research, identify areas for improvement, and provide recommendations. - Analyze a sample of use of force investigation files from 2009 through 2013 and identify trends, strengths, and weaknesses. - Examine the role of the ombudsman in use of force investigations compared with national best practices and existing research. - Improve the SPD organization's culture as it relates to use of force, in order to build trust with the community. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0751-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 134772

Author: Fachner, George Title: Collaborative Reform Model: Final Assessment Report of the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Summary: In January 2012, under growing community concern and scrutiny of its use of deadly force practices, the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) agreed to take part in an initiative sponsored by the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), known as the "Collaborative Reform Model." As part of this initiative, LVMPD agreed to an in-depth assessment of its use of deadly force policies and practices. In support, the COPS Office and CNA would assist the LVMPD in adopting national standards and best practices as they relate to officer-involved shootings (OIS), while ensuring that LVMPD's implementation was comprehensive and integrated. CNA conducted the assessment, focusing on four issue areas: (1) policy and procedures, (2) training and tactics, (3) investigation and documentation, and (4) external review. CNA completed the assessment in November 2012, which documented a total of 75 reforms and recommendations. These included both new recommendations from the assessment team and reforms that LVMPD initiated before and during the assessment process. CNA published the final report, Collaborative Reform Model: A Review of Officer-Involved Shootings in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (referred to as the "2012 report" throughout the remainder of this report) in November 2012. The publication of the 2012 report did not complete the process. Sustainable policy and organizational change requires careful planning, implementation, and monitoring. The COPS Office, CNA, and LVMPD have continued in their collaboration throughout 2013. The COPS Office asked CNA to document reforms previously completed by LVMPD and to actively monitor those that resulted from the 2012 report. In September, CNA and the COPS Office published Collaborative Reform Model: Six-Month Status Report of the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department. The six-month report showed that LVMPD had made significant progress. A total of 56 reforms had been completed by the department and another 15 were in progress. This report is the final assessment of LVMPD with respect to the Collaborative Reform Model. It has been two years since the beginning of the reform process, and one year since the reforms were recommended. The purpose of this report is to inform all stakeholders and interested parties of the progress made toward reforming LVMPD's policies and practices with respect to OISs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.lvmpd.com/Portals/0/OIO/LVMPD_Collab_Reform_Final_Report_v6-final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 134774

Author: Leighton, Paul Title: Mass Salmonella Poisoning by the Peanut Corporation of America Summary: In late 2008, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention first noted an outbreak of salmonella that would ultimately kill nine, hospitalize 166, cause up to 20,000 illnesses and lead to the recall of 4,000 products. Behind this mass poisoning was the Peanut Corporation of America (PCA) and CEO Stuart Parnell. This article provides a background about salmonella and the operations of PCA so readers can understand the criminal wrongdoing and outcome of the criminal trial. Using news reports and information from a former assistant plant manager, it documents the unsanitary conditions and the violation of virtually all Good Manufacturing Practices. These conditions cause widespread salmonella, thus adultrating their product and leading to fraud to cover up the problem. Details: Ypsilanti, MI: Eastern Michigan University - Department of Sociology, Anthropology & Criminology, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2524712 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Business Crimes Shelf Number: 134886

Author: Greenwood, Brad N. Title: Show Me the Way to Go Home: An Empirical Investigation of Ride Sharing and Alcohol Related Motor Vehicle Homicide Summary: In this work, we investigate how the entry of the driving service Uber influences the rate of alcohol related motor vehicle homicides. While significant debate has surrounded the entry of driving services like Uber and Lyft, limited rigorous empirical work has been devoted to uncovering the social benefits of such services (or the mechanism which drives these benefits). Using a difference in difference approach to exploit a natural experiment, the entry of Uber into markets in California between 2009 and 2013, findings suggest a significant drop in the rate of homicides during that time. Furthermore, results suggest that not all services offered by Uber have the same effect, insofar as the effect for the Uber Black car service is intermittent and manifests only in selective locations. These results underscore the coupling of increased availability with cost savings which are necessary to exploit the public welfare gains offered by the sharing economy. Practical and theoretical implications are discussed within. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University - Department of Management Information Systems, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2557612 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 134891

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Life Course, Relationship, and Situational Contexts of Teen Dating Violence: A Final Summary Overview Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) necessarily occurs within the context of dyadic relationships, but knowledge of the character and dynamics of teen and young adult violent relationships is limited. Building on the earlier Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS) (N=1,305), this research added quantitative and qualitative assessments of IPV with a focus on (a) developmental progressions, (b) relationship dynamics; and (c) situational factors associated with persistence/desistance in IPV across this with a subset of male and female respondents (N=102) who varied in their levels of IPV experience. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Department of Sociology Bowling Green State University, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248626.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 134893

Author: Dean, Sanzanna C. Title: Community-based Reentry in Arlington County: An Evaluation of the OAR Reentry Program Summary: The effectiveness of community-based reentry programs is dependent on several factors, including financial and human capital resources, a clear organizational mission, the establishment and implementation of evidence-based practices and an effective referral network. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of the Offender Aid and Restoration (OAR) reentry program in Arlington, Virginia from the client's perspective as well as to identify challenges faced by the organization in meeting the needs of ex-offenders. The study used a mixed methods case study approach using three primary sources of data including a client satisfaction survey, semi-structured staff interviews and the review of client records. Client satisfaction surveys were used to evaluate services received by clients in the reentry program. Staff interviews were conducted to document OAR's service delivery model as well as highlight challenges faced in meeting the needs of ex-offenders. Client case records where reviewed to determine the alignment of needs identified during intake with services provided. The findings of this study show that overall, clients are highly satisfied with services received. Staff interviews indicated a need for additional staff to support program operations, training for program staff, increased funding and community-based resources as a key challenge in meeting the needs of ex-offenders in the program. A review of client case files identified a need for systematic collection and documentation of client goals and outcomes. Implications for theory and practice suggest areas for future research and strategies for implementing effective community-based reentry programs. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2014. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/140889/content/Dean_asu_0010E_14429.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 134894

Author: New Orleans. Mayor's Office Title: NOLA for Life: A Comprehensive Murder Reduction Strategy Summary: Mayor Mitch Landrieu�s top priority is to end the cycle of death and violence on the streets of New Orleans, and to create a culture that celebrates life. For decades, this problem has held us back. From 1979, the City of New Orleans has had a murder rate that on average was 7 to 8 times higher than the national rate. In 2011, on the streets of New Orleans, 199 individuals lost their lives to murder. This is unacceptable and must be stopped. NOLA For Life is a comprehensive, holistic approach that seeks to address the problem of murder on a variety of different levels. This document lays out the city�s Comprehensive Murder Reduction Strategy going forward, which builds upon and expands the work done from May 2010 to present. The city is committed to taking a public health approach to reducing murders. Our initiatives can be broken down into five main categories: Stop the Shooting, Invest in Prevention, Promote Jobs and Opportunity, Get Involved and Rebuild Neighborhoods and Improve the NOPD. Mayor Landrieu has tapped Police Chief Ronal Serpas, Criminal Justice Commissioner James Carter and Health Commissioner Dr. Karen DeSalvo to lead this effort on behalf of City Hall. It is our mission to have youth and families flourishing in safe and healthy neighborhoods, with access to quality educational, economic and cultural opportunities that allow them to become self-reliant, self-sufficient and creative human beings capable of giving back to the world. Details: New Orleans, LA: Mayor's Office, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: https://www.nola.gov/nola/media/Mayor-s-Office/Files/2012%20SOTC/NOLA-FOR-LIFE-A-Comprehensive-Murder-Reduction-Strategy.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134895

Author: Schuman, Jacob Title: Sentencing Rules and Standards: How We Decide Criminal Punishment Summary: Over the course of the past 300 years, American sentencing policy has alternated between "determinate" and "indeterminate" systems of deciding punishment. Debates over sentence determinacy have so far focused on three main questions: Who should decide punishment? What makes punishment fair? And why should we punish wrongdoers at all? In this Article, I ask a new, fourth, question: How should we decide punishment? I show that determinate sentencing uses rules to determine sentences, while indeterminate sentencing relies on standards. Applying this insight to federal sentencing practice, I demonstrate that district court judges "depart" or "vary" from the United States Sentencing Guidelines in order to correct the substantive and formal errors that result from rule-based decision-making, instead sentencing in such cases based on the 3553(a) standard. I argue that judges should be more willing to take departures and variances in cases involving particularly large or particularly numerous sentence adjustments, which exacerbate the impact of rule-based errors. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 11, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2545671 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 134898

Author: Sullivan, Eamon Title: The Effects of Crime Incident Characteristics and Neighborhood Structure on Police Response Time Summary: Effectiveness and efficiency of the police have been contentious topics from the public perspective. Police departments have developed policies to help better their patrol officers' effectiveness on the streets in both quality and timeliness. Although there have been few recent studies about the response time of officers to calls for service, this is a subject that should not go overlooked. As an important aspect to the patrol officer�s repertoire, response time can have effects on the community and its perception on the police. This study uses a multi-level modeling approach to examine the effects of incident and neighborhood factors on police response time within a medium size Southwest city. Police departments use a scale to determine the priority of a call for service, commonly referred to as the PRI. This index scale was found to have the most effect on the response times, while a few cyclical patterns were obtained of level 1 variables. Neighborhood characteristics showed significant effects, measuring structural disadvantage, however, caution should be used in generalizing these findings to other public jurisdictions. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2012. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/94147/content/tmp/package-Rt8Df9/Sullivan_asu_0010N_12159.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 134899

Author: Alschuler, Albert W. Title: Criminal Corruption: Why Broad Definitions of Bribery Make Things Worse Summary: Although the law of bribery may look profoundly under-inclusive, the push to expand it usually should be resisted. This article traces the history of two competing concepts of bribery-the "intent to influence" concept (a concept initially applied only to gifts given to judges) and the "illegal contract" concept. It argues that, if taken literally and applied to officials other than judges, "intent to influence" is now an unthinkable standard. The article defends the Supreme Court's refusal to treat campaign contributions as bribes in the absence of an "explicit" quid pro quo and its refusal to read a statute criminalizing deprivations of "the intangible right of honest services" as scuttling the quid pro quo requirement. While recognizing that the "stream of benefits" metaphor can be compatible with this requirement, it cautions against allowing the requirement to degenerate into a "one hand washes the other" or "favoritism" standard. The article maintains that specific, ex ante regulations of the sort commonly found in ethical codes and campaign finance regulations provide a better way to limit corruption than bribery laws, but it warns that even these regulations should not prohibit all practices that may be the functional equivalent of bribery. The article concludes by speculating about whether the efforts of federal prosecutors to reduce corruption over the past 60 years have given us better government. Details: Chicago: Law School, University of Chicago, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Public Law and Legal Theory Working Paper no. 502: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1951&context=public_law_and_legal_theory Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 134904

Author: Ramirez, Debbie A. Title: Developing partnerships between law enforcement and American Muslim, Arab, and Sikh communities: a promising practices guide Summary: The Partnering for Prevention and Community Safety Initiative (PfP) grew out of a series of conversations among American Muslim, Arab, and Sikh communities, and among federal, state, and local law enforcement leaders, that began in the fall of 2001. After the attacks of September 11th, leaders in the Muslim, Arab, and Sikh communities realized a critical need to define themselves as distinctly American communities who, like all Americans, had every desire to help prevent another terrorist attack. It was, as many have noted, their time in history. However, these communities also had the added burden of both guarding their civil liberties from heightened security measures and protecting their children, their homes, and their places of worship from hate crimes and hate incidents. To achieve these goals these communities began to prioritize law enforcement outreach efforts. At the same time law enforcement recognized that the tools used prior to September 11th were inadequate to the new post-September 11th task. Although traditional investigative tools had been useful in achieving a quick and thorough response to September 11th, law enforcement needed enhanced tools to effectively prevent future acts of terror. Specifically, September 11th reinforced the idea that for law enforcement agencies to effectively prevent future acts of terrorism, it would require the cooperation and assistance of the American Muslim, Arab, and Sikh communities. Embedded within these communities are the linguistic skills, information, and cultural insights necessary to assist law enforcement in its efforts to identify suspicious behavior. In order to have access to these critical tools and information, law enforcement recognized the need to build the bridges required for effective communication with these groups. In the fall of 2002, members of the future PfP research team came together at Northeastern University to pursue mechanisms for moving this discussion about institutionalizing partnerships forward into action. In order to assist with the development of partnerships, the team decided to research 1) the benefits of these proposed partnerships; 2) the challenges posed by this partnership model; 3) case studies of these partnerships in action; and, ultimately, 4) the "promising practices" that can be utilized by sites interested in pursuing this model. The PfP research was conducted from May 2003 to May 2004 and was based on three sites: Southeastern Michigan, Southern California, and Greater Boston. Guidance and input from national partners in Washington, DC was another critical piece of the research plan. These research sites were chosen because of their experience in developing preliminary partnerships between communities and local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies, the presence of major terrorism or hate crime investigations, and/or because significant numbers of Arab, Muslim and Sikh community members indicated an interest in participating in the study. These communities were chosen because both law enforcement and the perpetrators of hate crimes were (and in some cases still are) focused on individuals who share or are perceived to share1 characteristics with the September 11th hijackers. Specific research participants were initially identified through national organizations. Local chapters of these organizations then directed the team toward other interested community members, who were also asked to participate. On the law enforcement side, key federal, state, and local agencies were contacted in each of the three sites. Over the course of the year, PfP visited the three sites and conducted numerous focus groups, personal interviews, and discussions with community and law enforcement members. After these visits, the team continued to communicate with project participants through emails, letters, faxes, and phone calls. All project participants were given the opportunity to review a draft version of the relevant section of the report to help ensure its accuracy. As a culmination of this research, the Promising Practices Guide aims to demonstrate the research findings that: 1) The goals of the American Muslim, Arab, and Sikh communities and law enforcement are not in conflict and can in fact be achieved simultaneously; 2) The most effective model for simultaneously addressing community and law enforcement concerns is through institutionalized partnerships; and 3) While there are significant challenges to achieving these partnerships, they are not only possible but also necessary for both community safety and terrorism prevention. While this work is by no means comprehensive, it does reflect the experience of a wide range of community and law enforcement representatives. Both in terms of studying additional sites and contacting more community organizations and law enforcement entities, there is still much work in this arena to be done. The hope is that this guide will serve as the beginning of an ongoing dialogue and the catalyst for new programming and training focused on the initiation, development, and strengthening of partnerships. This research will continue and can be followed by accessing PfP's website at www.ace.neu.edu/pfp. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Partnering for Prevention & Community Safety Initiative, 2004. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1003&context=pfp_pubs Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134905

Author: Madensen, Tamara D. Title: School Violence Prevention in Nevada Summary: Violence in schools has become an increasingly prevalent concern for U.S. police, school administrators, and communities over the past several decades. Violent behaviors among school children include physical fighting, gang violence, bullying and weapon use. Mass shooting incidents, such as those that occurred at Columbine High School and Sandy Hook Elementary School, have generated widespread public attention and calls for prevention efforts. This Research in Brief provides an assessment of a K- 12 school shooting prevention effort in Clark County, Nevada. The School Violence Initiative (SVI) was developed and implemented in response to a series of school shootings that occurred between 2004 and 2008. The SVI represents a formal collaboration between several police agencies in Clark County. This collaboration involves interventions that facilitate the collection, management, and dissemination of intelligence in an effort to reduce opportunities for school shootings. While gun-violence was the initial focus of the effort, this research attempts to explore whether the SVI has impacted other forms of school violence. This report provides a description of Clark County, Nevada and the Clark County School District. Incidents occurring at high schools, middle schools, and elementary schools are examined in an effort to measure overall levels of serious violence across schools. Descriptions of the SVI and its nine primary interventions are provided, along with an evaluation of their impact on school shootings and other serious forms of violence. The current assessment also examines whether any of three types of crime displacement has occurred: tactical (whether students are using different types of weapons to commit violent offenses), crime type (whether students are committing other forms of violence), and spatial (whether gun-related crime has moved from school properties to nearby neighborhoods). The report concludes with recommendations for other agencies interested in adopting a similar program. Details: Las Vegas: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Research in Brief: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/SchoolViolencePrevention.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 134907

Author: Miller, Lindsay Title: Implementing a Body-Worn Camera Program: Recommendations and Lessons Learned Summary: Over the past decade, advances in the technologies used by law enforcement agencies have been accelerating at an extremely rapid pace. Many police executives are making decisions about whether to acquire technologies that did not exist when they began their careers - technologies like automated license plate readers, gunshot detection systems, facial recognition software, predictive analytics systems, communications systems that bring data to officers' laptops or handheld devices, GPS applications, and social media to investigate crimes and communicate with the public. For many police executives, the biggest challenge is not deciding whether to adopt one particular technology but rather finding the right mix of technologies for a given jurisdiction based on its crime problems, funding levels, and other factors. Finding the best mix of technologies, however, must begin with a thorough understanding of each type of technology. Police leaders who have deployed body-worn cameras1 say there are many benefits associated with the devices. They note that body-worn cameras are useful for documenting evidence; officer training; preventing and resolving complaints brought by members of the public; and strengthening police transparency, performance, and accountability. In addition, given that police now operate in a world in which anyone with a cell phone camera can record video footage of a police encounter, body-worn cameras help police departments ensure events are also captured from an officer's perspective. Scott Greenwood of the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) said at the September 2013 conference: The average interaction between an officer and a citizen in an urban area is already recorded in multiple ways. The citizen may record it on his phone. If there is some conflict happening, one or more witnesses may record it. Often there are fixed security cameras nearby that capture the interaction. So the thing that makes the most sense-if you really want accountability both for your officers and for the people they interact with - is to also have video from the officer's perspective. The use of body-worn cameras also raises important questions about privacy and trust. What are the privacy issues associated with recording victims of crime? How can officers maintain positive community relationships if they are ordered to record almost every type of interaction with the public? Will members of the public find it off-putting to be told by an officer, "I am recording this encounter," particularly if the encounter is a casual one? Do body-worn cameras also undermine the trust between officers and their superiors within the police department? In addition to these overarching issues, police leaders must also consider many practical policy issues, including the significant financial costs of deploying cameras and storing recorded data, training requirements, and rules and systems that must be adopted to ensure that body-worn camera video cannot be accessed for improper reasons. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/iso/opa/resources/472014912134715246869.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 134908

Author: Fenwick, Melissa E. Title: Reel images: Representations of adult male prisons by the film industry Summary: Research on the criminal justice system, punishment, and media continue to generate academic interest, particularly in the realm of social constructionism. The social construction perspective provides insight into the process through which media-controlled images are translated into social definitions of crime and justice. One new area of interest is the representations of prisons and penal culture by the entertainment media, namely the film industry. In this study, the author contributes to the area of social constructionist literature by administering a content analysis of eleven feature films on male prisons produced between 1979 and 2001. The author examines the frequency and context of several constructs of penal culture: drug use and trafficking, rape and sexual assault, violence, and gang affiliation. This research examines whether the representations of these issues in recent motion pictures are consistent with extant academic correctional literature. The present study found that within prison films the amount of portrayal of drug use and trafficking, and rape and sexual assault is consistent with the academic literature. Overall, when compared to the academic literature, prison movies under represent gang affiliation but within movies that portray gang affiliation, that portrayal is similar to the academic literature. Notably, heroin was the drug of choice depicted within prison films while academic correctional research in prisons shows marijuana as the drug of choice. The most significant finding was that the amount and type of violence, specifically murder, was overrepresented in prison films compared to the amount and type of violence reported within current academic research. The over emphasis on violence and killing within prison films and the representation of heroin as the major drug consumed and trafficked could lead to public misunderstanding about the realities of prison life and living conditions of the prison institution. This study provides not only noteworthy information concerning the representations of prison life and penal culture by the film industry but also insight into the inconsistencies between the information presented on film and that within academic correctional literature that are transferred via this medium to the general public. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2009. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 12, 2015 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2961&context=etd Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Media Shelf Number: 134910

Author: Nix, Justin Title: Immigration and Law Enforcement: Results from a State Census of Police Executives Summary: This report represents the 2012 South Carolina Law Enforcement Census. The census is an annual survey conducted by the Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of South Carolina. The survey alternates on a year-to-year basis between a general census of South Carolina law enforcement agency characteristics and surveys on special issues confronting agencies in the state. Previous special-issue surveys have explored various topics including patterns of gang activity in South Carolina, standards of law enforcement training, and local law enforcement use of the South Carolina Intelligence and Information Center (SCIIC). This year's survey focuses on state and local law enforcement perspectives on immigration enforcement issues that underlie South Carolina Senate Bill 20, which contains provisions related to enforcement of immigration laws by state and local law enforcement. A handful of states have passed legislation "or are giving consideration to legislation" that authorizes local law enforcement to play a more active role in immigration enforcement efforts. Although such legislation will likely increase the workload of local law enforcement agencies, little empirical consideration has been given to how local law enforcement leaders view such legislation and its impact on their agencies. While the issue of illegal or unauthorized immigrants in the United States could involve individuals from diverse countries of origin, the present study focuses on Hispanic/Latino immigrants. This focus is in response to the concerns expressed in other states and from comments of local law enforcement executives who played an advisory role in the development of this study. These executives suggested that in South Carolina the current issue of state and local law enforcement involvement in immigration enforcement largely centers on Hispanic/Latino immigrants. Details: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2012. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2015 at: http://artsandsciences.sc.edu/crju/pdfs/sc_census_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants (South Carolina) Shelf Number: 134914

Author: Mateescu, Alexandra Title: Police Body-Worn Cameras Summary: Police Body-Worn Cameras breaks down what's known - and not known - about the promises, perils, and potential best practices around police body-worn cameras. Both law enforcement and civil rights advocates are excited by the potential of body-worn cameras to improve community policing and safety, but there is no empirical research to conclusively suggest that these will reduce the deaths of black male civilians in encounters with police. There are some documented milder benefits evident from small pilot studies, such as more polite interactions between police and civilians when both parties are aware they are being recorded, and decreased fraudulent complaints made against officers. Many uncertainties about best practices of body-worn camera adoption and use remain, including when the cameras should record, what should be stored and retained, who should have access to the footage, and what policies should determine the release of footage to the public. As pilot and permanent body-worn camera programs are implemented, it is important to ask questions about how they can be best used to achieve their touted goals. How will the implementation of these programs be assessed for their efficacy in achieving accountability goals? What are the best policies to have in place to support those goals? Details: New York: Data & Society Research Institute, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 12, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2569481 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 134919

Author: Guclu, Timur Title: Use of Volunteers in Policing Summary: Although the use of volunteers in policing is considered to be a relatively new program, the origin of uncompensated work in law enforcement can be traced back to the early Anglo-Saxon times in England (Greenberg, 2005). However, according to Ren, Zhao, Lovrich, and Gaffney (2006), despite the popularity of volunteers over the past two decades, there is still limited research on the use of volunteers in policing. Friedman (1998) suggested that through direct involvement in crime prevention, ordinary citizens have contributed considerably to the decline in crime rates that were witnessed during the middle to late 1990s. Citizen participation in volunteer activities can enhance police functions that include: (a) the ability to help clear crimes, (b) prevent crimes from occurring, (c) maintain public order in difficult situations, and (d) provide services to potential and current crime victims. In addition, given that agency resources are often limited, citizens voluntary participation can serve, to some extent, as an effective means of compensating for the lack of financial and workforce resources (Zhao, Gibson, Lovrich, & Gaffney, 2002). Similar to commercial private security, acceptance of volunteer policing has been transformed in less than a generation. Nevertheless, Bayley and Shearing (1996) identified trends that pose significant problems, particularly in regard to community mobilization and volunteerism. They found that there exists a great amount of selectivity concerning individual and community participation in government programs in general and criminal justice programs in particular. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, Bill Blackwood Law Enforcement Management Institute of Texas, 2010. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Telemasp Bulletin 17(1): Accessed March 16, 2015 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/411574/a_final_report_12_03_2015.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Participation Shelf Number: 134922

Author: Walker, Samuel Title: Police outreach to the Hispanic/Latino sommunity: A survey of programs and activities Summary: This report provides a brief overview of programs designed to provide outreach from American police departments to the Hispanic / Latino community. The need for such outreach programs is becoming increasingly important. The Hispanic /Latino community is rapidly growing and will soon become the largest racial or ethnic minority group in the country. Because of issues related to language, cultural heritage, immigration status, and economic status, the potential for police-Latino community problems is great. Outreach programs are designed to address these issues. This report describes selected outreach programs. It is not intended to be a comprehensive survey, and there are undoubtedly many programs that are not included here. We have selected those programs that represent different approaches to the organization and delivery of outreach. The purpose of the report is three-fold. First, it describes the different kinds of outreach programs that currently exist. Second, it discusses the major issues that need to be considered in establishing and maintaining a successful police-Latino community outreach program. Third, it is hoped that this information will assist other communities in establishing their own outreach programs. Details: Omaha, NE: Police Professionalism Initiative, University of Nebraska at Omaha; Petaluma, CA: National Latino Peace Officers Association, 2002. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://samuelwalker.net/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/PoliceOutreach.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 134923

Author: Caulkins, Jonathan P. Title: Considering Marijuana Legalization: Insights for Vermont and Other Jurisdictions Summary: Marijuana legalization is a controversial and multifaceted issue that is now the subject of serious debate. Since 2012, four U.S. states have passed ballot initiatives to remove prohibition and legalize a for-profit commercial marijuana industry. Voters in Washington, D.C., took the more limited step of passing an initiative to legalize home production and personal possession. In December 2013, Uruguay became the first country to experiment with legalization nationwide. In May 2014, Vermont Governor Peter Shumlin signed a bill into law that required the Secretary of Administration to provide a report about the consequences of legalizing marijuana. This report was produced for the Secretary of Administration in response to that legislation. The report does not make a recommendation about whether Vermont should change its marijuana laws. The goal is to inform, not sway, discussions about the future of marijuana policy in Vermont and other jurisdictions considering alternatives to traditional marijuana prohibition. The principal message of the report is that marijuana policy should not be viewed as a binary choice between prohibition and the for-profit commercial model we see in Colorado and Washington. Legalization encompasses a wide range of possible regimes, distinguished along at least four dimensions: the kinds of organizations that are allowed to provide the drug, the regulations under which those organizations operate, the nature of the products that can be distributed, and price. These choices could have profound consequences for health and social well-being, as well as job creation and government revenue. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 218p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR800/RR864/RAND_RR864.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 134934

Author: Cole, Jennifer Title: Sex Trafficking of Minors in Kentucky Summary: Findings presented in this report are from telephone surveys conducted from July 2012 through April 2013 with 323 professionals who worked in agencies that serve at-risk youth and/or crime victims across Kentucky. Respondents were from all geographic and demographic communities in Kentucky, with the highest number serving Bluegrass metropolitan communities including Louisville, Lexington, and Northern Kentucky. Of the professionals who completed the survey (n = 323), the types of agencies with the highest number of respondents were: - Administrative Office of the Courts, Court Designated Workers (28.0%) - Department of Juvenile Justice Personnel (17.0%) - Victim service agencies (12.0%)-� Services for at-risk youth (10.0%) A little over one third of professionals (35.9%) had received some training related to human trafficking and the majority of professionals reported their agency did not have protocols for screening for victims of human trafficking (76.5%). About half of professionals (49.8%, n = 161) had worked with definite or suspected victims of sex trafficking as a minor (STM). Details: Lexington, KY: University of Kentucky, Center on Drug and Alcohol Research, Center on Trauma and Children, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.rescueandrestoreky.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Sex-Trafficking-of-Minors-in-Kentucky-Dr.-Coles-Report-Aug-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 134935

Author: Bryant, Kevin M. Title: Data Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety - Shawnee, Kansas 2010-2013 Summary: This report describes the results of a study funded by the Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, Smart Policing Initiative to study the implementation of Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) by the Shawnee Police Department from July 6, 2010 until July 6, 2013. Specifically, the research project examined the effects of DDACTS on vehicle theft, vehicle burglary, robbery, and vehicle collisions in a selected target zone. In addition, the study examined officer attitudes toward the implementation of DDACTS, as well business and resident perceptions. An analysis of officer focus group interviews shows evidence of a shift in culture and officer "buy-in" within the Shawnee Police Department, especially with the divisions of the department most closely associated with the DDACTS initiative. Specifically, participants in the patrol, traffic, supervisors, and command staff focus groups revealed a close awareness of the purpose of DDACTS, and the strengths and weaknesses of the approach toward training. Moreover, the majority of the participants in these focus groups believe that DDACTS is an effective and sustainable initiative. There are some exceptions. The dispatch and investigations focus groups revealed less awareness of the purpose of DDACTS, but similar perceptions about DDACTS training as other areas of the department. However, dispatchers and detectives are significantly less positive regarding the effectiveness and sustainability of the DDACTS initiative. Surveys of businesses and residents in the target zone showed that a majority of respondents perceive a greater police presence and more traffic stops. Most respondents believe DDACTS has improved the quality of life in Shawnee. Most respondents rate the relationship between SPD and residents and businesses as very good to excellent. In addition, respondents support high-visibility, targeted traffic enforcement. A pre and post-test comparison of means evaluation design with two comparison groups examined the effects of the DDACTS initiative on vehicle burglary, vehicle theft, robbery, and collisions. The findings reveal a greater reduction in crime and collisions in the DDACTS zone compared to the control zone and the rest of Shawnee. The following statistics show the 3-year post-test period for the DDACTS zone: - Vehicle Burglary was reduced by 32.86% - Vehicle Theft was reduced by 40.32% - Robbery was reduced by 70.37% - Collisions with injuries were reduced by 24.39% - Collisions without injuries were reduced by 24.18% - Total Target Crime was reduced by 39.52% - Total Collisions were reduced by 24.20% Additional analyses were conducted to test for crime displacement and diffusion of benefits. The findings of these additional analyses revealed no strong evidence of displaced target crimes due to DDACTS. There is statistical evidence of the diffused benefits of the DDACTS initiative on vehicle theft and total target crimes; that is, the crime reducing effect of DDACTS extends beyond the DDACTS zone for these crime categories. Details: Prepared for the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2014. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/Shawnee%20KS%20PD%20SPI%20Final%20Report%20DDACTS.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 134936

Author: Bell, Jeannine Title: Cross-Sectional Challenges: Gender, Race, and Six-Person Juries Summary: After two grand juries failed to indict the police officers that killed Michael Brown and Eric Garner in 2014, our nation has engaged in polarizing discussions about how juries reach their decision. The very legitimacy of our justice system has come into question. Increasingly, deep concerns have been raised concerning the role of race and gender in jury decision-making in such controversial cases. Tracing the roots of juror decision-making is especially complicated when jurors' race and gender are factored in as considerations. This Article relies on social science research to explore the many cross-sectional challenges involved in the jurors' decision making in the George Zimmerman case. To analyze how the Zimmerman jurors' race and gender may have affected their decision-making in the case, we present empirical studies evaluating the effect of race and gender on juror decision-making in criminal cases. Our aim in this Article is to create dialogue about an important challenge for our justice system: How can we fulfill the constitutional mandate that juries be diverse? How can we overcome the barriers to fulfilling this ideal? We conclude by demanding stronger measures to ensure that juries represent a fair cross-section of the communities that they represent. Our suggestions also include focusing on the prosecutor's special obligations to serve justice by selecting a jury that adequately represents the community from which it is drawn. These and other changes are crucial to ensuring that communities accept even the most controversial jury decisions as legitimate. Details: Bloomington, IN: Maurer School of Law, Indiana University, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal Studies Research Paper Series No. 310: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2570816 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Procedure Shelf Number: 134938

Author: Philadelphia. Mayor's Office Title: Philadelphia's Strategic Plan to Prevention Youth Violence Summary: Since Mayor Michael Nutter took office in 2008, Philadelphia has reduced violent crime by 15% and property crimes by 9%. This modest success does not change the fact that a shocking number of the city's children, particularly African-American children, are growing up in one of the most violent cities in the United States. That is, if they manage to grow up. The goal of the newly-created Philadelphia Youth Violence Prevention Collaborative (YVPC) is nothing less than a reversal of the current situation for far too many of Philadelphia's youth. This Youth Violence Prevention Plan creates the blueprint for the initial strategy to mobilize the collective resources of our community-- including business, academic, non-profit, philanthropic, religious and government-- to turn one of the nation's most violent cities into one of its safest. This goal requires that Philadelphia government: 1) embeds youth violence prevention and reduction in the work and priority of every relevant city agency through accountability metrics; 2) ensures that youth and high impact communities are engaged in the work; and 3) takes a long-term approach. The Collaborative was created when the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) selected Philadelphia to be among the ten cities participating in the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention. The Forum is a network of communities and federal agencies that work together, share information and build local capacity to prevent and reduce youth violence. The Forum brings together people from diverse professions and perspectives to learn from each other about the crisis of youth and gang violence and to build comprehensive solutions at the local and national levels. Over 30 leaders from government, academia and other stakeholder groups in Philadelphia are part of the Collaborative, which is co-chaired by Anne Marie Ambrose, Commissioner of the Philadelphia Department of Human Services, Kevin Dougherty, Administrative Judge of the Family Court of Philadelphia, and Charles Ramsey, Philadelphia Police Commissioner. The Collaborative members represent the city's leadership across a wide cross-section of disciplines in recognition that many factors contribute to and can alleviate youth violence. Details: Philadelphia: Mayor's Office, 2013. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.phila.gov/Newsletters/Youth_Violence_Strategic_Plan_%20FINAL%20September%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 134940

Author: Steinberg, Laurence Title: Psychosocial Maturity and Desistance From Crime in a Sample of Serious Juvenile Offenders Summary: The Pathways to Desistance study followed more than 1,300 serious juvenile offenders for 7 years after their conviction. In this bulletin, the authors present key findings on the link between psychosocial maturity and desistance from crime in the males in the Pathways sample as they transition from mid-adolescence to early adulthood (ages 14-25): - Recent research indicates that youth experience protracted maturation, into their mid-twenties, of brain systems responsible for self-regulation. This has stimulated interest in measuring young offenders' psychosocial maturity into early adulthood. - Youth whose antisocial behavior persisted into early adulthood were found to have lower levels of psychosocial maturity in adolescence and deficits in their development of maturity (i.e., arrested development) compared with other antisocial youth. - The vast majority of juvenile offenders, even those who commit serious crimes, grow out of antisocial activity as they transition to adulthood. Most juvenile offending is, in fact, limited to adolescence. - This study suggests that the process of maturing out of crime is linked to the process of maturing more generally, including the development of impulse control and future orientation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248391.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescence Shelf Number: 134941

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Are We Closing the School Discipline Gap? Summary: Nearly 3.5 million public school students were suspended out of school at least once in 2011-12.12. That is more than one student suspended for every public school teacher in America. This means that more students were suspended in grades K-12 than were enrolled as high school seniors. To put this in perspective, the number of students suspended in just one school year could fill all of the stadium seats for nearly all the Super Bowls ever played-(the first 45). Moreover, recent estimates are that one in three students will be suspended at some point between kindergarten and 12th grade (Shollenberger, 2015). If we ignore the discipline gap, we will be unable to close the achievement gap. Of the 3.5 million students who were suspended in 2011-12, 1.55 million were suspended at least twice. Given that the average suspension is conservatively put at 3.5 days, we estimate that U.S. public school children lost nearly 18 million days of instruction in just one school year because of exclusionary discipline. Loss of classroom instruction time damages student performance. For example, one recent study (Attendance Works, 2014) found that missing three days of school in the month before taking the National Assessment of Educational Progress translated into fourth graders scoring a full grade level lower in reading on this test. New research shows that higher suspension rates are closely correlated with higher dropout and delinquency rates, and that they have tremendous economic costs for the suspended students (Marchbanks, 2015), as well as for society as a whole (Losen, 2015). Therefore, the large racial/ethnic disparities in suspensions that we document in this report likely will have an adverse and disparate impact on the academic achievement and life outcomes of millions of historically disadvantaged children. This supports our assertion that we will close the racial achievement gap only when we also address the school discipline gap. Suspension rates typically are three to five times higher at the secondary level than at the elementary level, as illustrated in figure 1. Furthermore, the actual size of the racial gap, such as that between Blacks and Whites, is much greater at the secondary level. The national summary of suspension rate trends for grades K-12 indicates that these rates increased sharply from the early 1970s to the early 2000s, and then more gradually, until they leveled off in the most recent three-year period. We conclude that in this recent period, no real progress was made in reducing suspension rates for grades K-12. After many years of widening, the gap in suspension rates between Blacks and Whites and between Latinos and Whites narrowed slightly in the most recent time period-that is, the 2009-10 and 2011- 12 school years. The gap narrowed, however, only because of the increase in the White suspension rate. Specifically, 16% of Blacks and 7% of Latinos were suspended in both years, while rates for Whites rose from 4% to 5%. We next broke down the national trend analysis to the elementary and secondary levels. We only had the necessary data for the three years shown in figure 3. Despite the persistence of deeply disturbing disparities, the good news is that we estimate a slight reduction nationally in suspension rates for Blacks, Latinos, and Whites at the secondary level, along with a small narrowing of the racial discipline gap. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/resources/projects/center-for-civil-rights-remedies/school-to-prison-folder/federal-reports/are-we-closing-the-school-discipline-gap/AreWeClosingTheSchoolDisciplineGap_FINAL221.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 134942

Author: Maryland. Commission to Reform Maryland's Pretrial System Title: Commission to Reform Maryland's Pretrial System: Final Report Summary: The Governor's Commission to Reform Maryland's Pretrial System ("the Commission") was established by Executive Order on May 27, 2014 to gather experts and interested parties, with the goal of developing recommendations to ensure that Maryland operates the best possible statewide pretrial system. The Commission was preceded by the Task Force to Study the Laws and Policies Relating to Representation of Indigent Criminal Defendants by the Public Defender. The work of the Commission was also informed by legislative deliberations during the 2014 Session of the Maryland General Assembly. On July 1, 2014, the State of Maryland began to implement a Court of Appeals decision that requires state-furnished counsel for indigent defendants at initial appearances before a District Court Commissioner. The Commission studied characteristics of the current pretrial system, including outcomes associated with the provision of counsel at the initial appearance phase. The Commission met five times and also formed three subcommittees related to Managing Public Safety through Risk-Based Decision Making, Pretrial System Improvement, and Individual Rights and Collateral Consequences. These three subcommittees held five additional meetings. The Commission ultimately voted to approve the following 14 recommendations: - Recommendation One: Create a uniform pretrial services agency which mandates a process that will ensure continuity and consistency across all 24 jurisdictions. Pretrial services will be responsible for gathering criminal records, administering a statewide risk assessment tool and other relevant information that will be beneficial in determining the initial appearance and to avoid the redundancy of various agencies pulling the same information. Pretrial services will also be responsible for supervision of those released under pretrial supervision and provide referrals for treatment, counseling and other services, particularly for those individuals with limited means, to address the underlying needs that may have caused the criminal behavior. - Recommendation Two: Provide adequate funding and/or personnel to implement a validated risk assessment tool modeled after best practices to pilot in jurisdictions to be utilized by the Court Commissioners after the data has been analyzed. - Recommendation Three: The Judiciary should evaluate the current pretrial system to determine whether it has the capacity to implement best practices in pretrial justice. This evaluation should consider the re-purposing of District Court Commissioners from their current duties to conducting risk assessments on defendants and supervising defendants pretrial. - Recommendation Four: The use of secured, financial conditions of pretrial release (cash, property, or surety bond) that require a low-risk defendant to pay some amount of money in order to obtain release, while permitting high-risk defendants with the resources to pay their bonds to leave jail unsupervised, be completely eliminated. - Recommendation Five: Cash bail, and its associated impact, should be monitored by the Maryland Insurance Administration to determine if changes need to be developed and implemented including a comparison between secured and unsecured bond. - Recommendation Six: The Commission recommends that under no circumstances should we institutionalize the Judicial Branch of Government as the line manager of what amounts to the Lawyer-Referral Service Program for Attorneys to represent indigent criminally accused in their First Appearance before a Commissioner. The Office of the Public Defender was created by statute to represent indigent criminally accused. It is an Executive Branch Agency of State Government and should have that responsibility from the initial appearance through appeals. - Recommendation Seven: The Commission recommends earlier and enhanced prosecutorial screening, particularly of citizens' complaints, by way of Maryland rule, prior to the issuance of a summons or warrant, except for domestically related crimes. - Recommendation Eight: Maximize and expand the use of the criminal citation process by law enforcement. - Recommendation Nine: Create a system so that only one entity in the pretrial process has to pull and summarize the arrestee's record, consistent with and in accordance with state and federal law and the independent needs of the system in order to operate efficiently. - Recommendation Ten: Provide state funding to create a shared jail management system, possibly through the Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services' Offender Case Management System (OCMS), to allow for data collection on the pretrial population statewide. - Recommendation Eleven: It is recommended that funding be provided for court and public safety-designated facilities to be outfitted with audio/visual equipment to optimize court hearing efficiencies. - Recommendation Twelve: That whatever pretrial system is contemplated, the critical principle of prompt presentment no later than 24 hours of arrest remain. - Recommendation Thirteen: Data are needed in order to effectively determine impact of process and procedures on various demographics (race, gender, non-English speaking, and indigence defined as eligibility for representation by the Office of the Public Defender or appointed attorney). Additionally, timeliness factors such as rates of waiver to arrests and time between arrest and presentment, by jurisdiction, should be compared and measured. - Recommendation Fourteen: A Commission to Study the Maryland Criminal Justice System shall be created. The purpose of the Commission shall be to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of state and local criminal justice systems by providing a centralized and impartial forum for statewide policy development and planning with a focus on evidence-based decision making. The primary duty of the Commission shall be to develop and maintain a state criminal justice policy and comprehensive, long-range plan for a coordinated and cost-effective state criminal justice system that encompasses public safety, defendant and offender accountability, crime reduction and prevention, and defendant and offender treatment and rehabilitation. Details: Baltimore: The Commission, 2014. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2015 at: http://www.goccp.maryland.gov/pretrial/documents/2014-pretrial-commission-final-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 134944

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Criminal History Records: Additional Actions Could Enhance the Completeness of Records Used For Employment-Related Background Checks Summary: Why GAO Did This Study Authorized employers use information from FBI criminal history record checks to assess a person's suitability for employment or to obtain a license. States create criminal records and the FBI facilitates access to these records by other states for nationwide checks. GAO was asked to assess efforts to address concerns about incomplete records, among other things. This report addresses to what extent (1) states conduct FBI record checks for selected employment sectors and face any challenges; (2) states have improved the completeness of records, and remaining challenges that federal agencies can help mitigate; and (3) private companies conduct criminal record checks, the benefits those checks provide to employers, and any related challenges. GAO analyzed laws and regulations used to conduct criminal record checks and assessed the completeness of records; conducted a nationwide survey, which generated responses from 47 states and the District of Columbia; and interviewed officials that manage checks from the FBI and 4 states (California, Florida, Idaho, and Washington). GAO selected states based on geographic location and other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends, among other things, that the FBI establish plans with time frames for completing the Disposition Task Force's remaining goals. The Department of Justice concurred with all of GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-162: Accessed March 28, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/668505.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 134945

Author: Portland State University Title: Decreasing Crime By Increasing Involvement: A Law Enforcement Guidebook For Building Relations In Multi-Ethnic Communities Summary: In 2010, Oregon's Governor-appointed Law Enforcement Contacts Policy and Data Review Committee (LECC), through its partnership with the CJPRI, formed a partnership with the Salem Police Department to collaborate on creating this guidebook as a resource for Oregon law enforcement agencies. The booklet was created with the realization and understanding that law enforcement agencies have many demands, competing priorities, and limited resources with which to meet their goals. This resource is intended to assist agencies that would like to improve upon their current strategies for connecting with the ethnic communities they serve by providing: - Information on key elements of improving police-citizen relations. - Examples of specific Oregon law enforcement agency efforts. (case illustrations are provided throughout this guidebook) - Information for finding resources for your own efforts. Details: Portland, OR: Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 2011. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.pdx.edu/cjpri/sites/www.pdx.edu.cjpri/files/Decreasing_Crime_By_Increasing_Involvement.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134948

Author: Illinois. Supreme Court. Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts Title: Circuit Court of Cook County Pretrial Operational Review Summary: For decades, the highly publicized issue of jail over-crowding has plagued Cook County. Through the years, experts have examined Cook County's pretrial and bond court operations, studied crime statistical data, and recorded remedies, some of which resulted in operational, environmental, programmatic, and policy changes with varying effects. From the point of arrest through the pretrial and bond court process, there is a critical dilemma that persists: whether to allow the defendant to remain in the community and continue to work and attend school, or to detain the defendant and alleviate any risk of failing to appear or committing another crime while awaiting trial. Ultimately, judicial discretion determines such decisions based upon the facts presented to the judge during bond court. The Illinois Pretrial Services Act provides the legal framework for this process. In practice, it has become largely aspirational, rather than a model for everyday procedure. Under the Act, pretrial services would provide a pivotal function in collecting and verifying information to be used by the judge to determine bond and release conditions, and in providing post-release supervision as a means to respond to non-compliance with court conditions while awaiting trial. In 2013, Cook County pretrial services staff conducted 24,977 interviews/assessments and conducted 7,164 intakes on defendants ordered to pretrial supervision as reported through monthly statistical reports submitted to the Administrative Office. Unfortunately, however, the reliance upon the work of pretrial services is generally dismissed or minimized because of a lack of confidence in the credibility of the risk assessment and community living information. During this operational review, it was evident that much of the information obtained by pretrial services officers was not verified, so the response from stakeholders and judges was understandable. Though a series of technological, managerial, interpersonal, and operational factors were substantiated during the review process and described in this document, there is no single group, program or "fix" that accounts for the fracture of the process. Notwithstanding, while there was non-reliance upon the risk assessment and other information and a limited number of cases placed under pretrial supervision, this was juxtaposed by judges overwhelmingly voicing support for pretrial services personnel and the need for the program. Further, collection of statistical reports and other data has been cumbersome and inconsistent due to antiquated technology, unfamiliarity with the scope of data collected by respective stakeholder groups, absence of a coordinated data sharing process, and to a degree, data request protocols. Therefore, the data presented in this report is limited to that reported to the Administrative Office through the Adult Probation Department monthly statistical pretrial reports, data reported by the Cook County Circuit Court Clerk as contained in the Annual Statistical Reports to the Supreme Court, and publications prepared by Loyola University professor/researcher on the jail population for the Cook County Sheriff's Reentry Council Research Bulletin. Data requests submitted to the Circuit Clerk's office, Pretrial Services and the Sheriff's department have been submitted by the Administrative Office and are pending. While the impetus to conduct this review was a request by Chief Judge Evans for the funding of additional pretrial positions, such consideration must also be accompanied by systemic change. The two must not be separate. Unless there is a commitment amongst stakeholders to delve into these issues, reach consensus of resolutions and act to implement collaborative organizational and operational policies and practices in the pretrial and the bond court process, strictly adding positions will be minimally effective. While challenges exist, this is also a time of great opportunity. Many positive partnerships and activities are underway in Cook County that foster institutionalizing change and favorable outcomes. These include the Cook County Integrated Criminal Justice Information Systems Committee (CCICJIS) and the plan to move from a paper-based to electronic systems of data exchange and sharing among stakeholders; the joint meetings of Cook County elected officials that are fleshing out issues and solutions to the process; the planned evaluation of the bond court process that will provide baseline performance data in Central Bond Court (CBC); and the Administrative Office's initiative, in conjunction with a notable national research team, to validate a statewide pretrial risk assessment tool. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Supreme Court, Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts, 2014. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: https://www.state.il.us/court/SupremeCourt/Reports/Pretrial/Pretrial_Operational_Review_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 134952

Author: Cayson, Donna M. Title: Increasing Capacity & Changing the Culture: Volunteer Management in Law Enforcement Summary: In the post-September 11th world, law enforcement agencies are struggling to protect their communities from the threat of global terrorism along with preparing for and responding to natural and manmade disasters. The demands on municipal law enforcement agencies have never been greater. Today, more than ever, it is clear that volunteers can play a fundamental role in augmenting a department's homeland security efforts. Are there best practices when incorporating volunteers into a law enforcement agency and how does law enforcement maximize its volunteer effort? This thesis set out to answer the question: How does a designated Volunteer Coordinator impact mission performance in a law enforcement agency's volunteer program? Furthermore, the research will address the role of volunteers in law enforcement, including how volunteers can augment an agency's homeland security strategic plan. Research included a survey, literature review, and case study. Although the research and survey data do not provide incontrovertible proof that a Volunteer Coordinator is a necessity to a volunteer program, there is sufficient evidence to show that a volunteer program is more effective when properly managed and led. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2009. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=37705 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Volunteerism Shelf Number: 134953

Author: Neill, Katharine A. Title: Marijuana Reform: Fears and Facts Summary: In 1972, a National Commission on Marihuana and Drug Abuse, comprising establishment figures chosen mostly by President Richard Nixon himself, issued a report that declared that "neither the marihuana user nor the drug itself can be said to constitute a danger to public safety" and recommended that Congress and state legislatures decriminalize the use and casual distribution of marijuana and seek means other than prohibition to discourage use. President Nixon ignored the report and Congress declined to consider its recommendations, but during the 40-plus years since its publication, at least 37 states have acted to refashion a crazy-quilt collection of prohibitions, nearly always in the direction favored by the commission. The specifics vary by state, but most reform legislation has followed one of three formulas: decriminalization of marijuana possession, legalization of marijuana for medical use, or legalization of marijuana for adult recreational use. In this issue brief, authors Katharine Neill and William Martin examine the facts and fears surrounding each of these options. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University, Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed March 27, 2015 at: http://bakerinstitute.org/media/files/research_document/1886afae/BI-Brief-020415-MJlegalization.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 134955

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Surviving the Streets of New York: Experiences of LGBTQ Youth, YMSM, and YWSW Engaged in Survival Sex Summary: Based on interviews with 283 youth in New York City, this is the first study to focus on lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer or questioning (LGBTQ) youth; young men who have sex with men (YMSM); and young women who have sex with women (YWSW) who get involved in the commercial sex market in order to meet basic survival needs, such as food or shelter. The report documents these youth's experiences and characteristics to gain a better understanding of why they engage in survival sex, describes how the support networks and systems in their lives have both helped them and let them down, and makes recommendations for better meeting the needs of this vulnerable population. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000119-Surviving-the-Streets-of-New-York.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gays, Lesbians and Bisexuals Shelf Number: 134958

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: The Gun Debate 1 Year After Newtown: Assessing Six Key Claims About Gun Background Checks Summary: The tragedy at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut, on December 14, 2012, reignited the debate on whether to strengthen federal and state gun laws. Soon after the massacre, the top priority for advocates for stronger gun laws became broadening background checks to apply to all gun sales. Under current federal law, vendors in the business of selling guns must get a license, conduct background checks, and keep records. But unlicensed "private" sellers-persons who maintain they sell only occasionally at gun shows, online, or anywhere else-are able to sell guns with no questions asked. In some ways, the debate's emphasis on the universal background checks proposal was surprising-after all, the Newtown shooter would not have been subject to federal prohibitions, other than the one that blocks handgun sales to persons under 21, and background checks were only tangentially related to the shooting. The ascendance of background checks as the primary policy proposal to combat gun violence reflects a shift in gun-reform advocates' strategy from tightening regulations on guns themselves to strengthening laws that keep guns away from dangerous people. The shift had already begun before Newtown; after, it only accelerated. Both policy research and political realities informed this shift in priorities. As a policy matter, most research suggests that making it more difficult for dangerous people to acquire guns will have a significant impact in reducing the more than 30,000 gun deaths that happen every year in America. As a political matter, polling conducted before and after Newtown show that 80 percent to 90 percent of Americans support expanding background checks, including most gun owners. As the debate over the universal background checks proposal heated up before the Senate voted on the matter in April, discussion of the substantive benefits of this policy proposal was mostly lost in the fray. The background checks debate far too often devolved into sound bites, which gave rise to a number of widespread misunderstandings about the universal background checks proposal and its potential effects on gun violence in the United States. In this issue brief, we assess six key claims that have been made about background checks in the past year: 1.40 percent of gun sales occur without a background check. 2.Few criminals visit gun shows to acquire guns illegally. 3.Universal background checks will not work because criminals will not submit to them. 4.Efforts to prevent gun violence should focus on straw purchasing from gun dealers, not gun transfers among unlicensed buyers and sellers. 5.We should not enact new laws on background checks until the federal government starts prosecuting violations of the current laws. 6.Universal background checks would harm gun dealers. Some of the claims are true, some are false, and some fall in the middle. But all of these common talking points, whether for or against background checks, have become divorced from their context, making them difficult to understand. Our goal in the pages that follow is to assess each of these six key claims regarding the proposal to require background checks for all gun sales in order to provide a deeper analysis and contextualize the claims. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2015 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/BackgroundChecks.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 134963

Author: Chambers, Benjamin Title: Because Kids are Different: Five Opportunities for Reforming the Juvenile Justice System Summary: As broader acceptance of recent findings in the field of adolescent development has opened the way for change, juvenile justice policymakers, stakeholders, practitioners, and advocates across the country have not been slow to champion numerous innovations in policy and practice, generating remarkable momentum for reform. This momentum can be leveraged to change policy in five areas where current practice is fundamentally incompatible with healthy adolescent development: 1.prosecution of youth in the adult criminal system; 2.solitary confinement; 3.confidentiality of juvenile records; 4.registries for youth who commit sex offenses; and 5.courtroom shackling. This document seeks to concisely frame these policies in light of the research on adolescent development, and thereby aid the juvenile justice reform field in taking strategic action to create a developmentally appropriate juvenile justice system that keeps everyone safer. Details: Washington, DC: Models for Change, Resource Center Partnership, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 19, 2015 at: http://modelsforchange.net/publications/718 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 134968

Author: Armacost, Barbara E. Title: Immigration Policing: Federalizing the Local Summary: Recent immigration scholarship has identified two features of current immigration enforcement: the "federalization" of immigration law - meaning the growing participation of state and local police in immigration enforcement - and "crimmigration" - the increasing use of immigration law as a strategy for crime control. Scholars argue that these trends are new and that they have had a negative effect on immigration regulation. By contrast, supporters of state and local immigration enforcement point out that police officers can serve as a powerful "force multiplier" by funneling the highest priority illegal aliens - criminal aliens - into the federal immigration system. They argue that this won't change the shape of ordinary law enforcement. Neither side is correct. On the one hand, neither of these features is particularly new. For decades, federal immigration officials have been partnering with state and local officials and for nearly 100 years federal law has provided for deportation based on conviction of certain crimes. What is new is that enhanced funding and expanded programing has enlarged the scope of state and local participation and thrust it into public view. On the other hand, proponents of state and local police as "force multipliers" underestimate the extent to which this increased participation distorts both federal immigration enforcement policy and state and local law enforcement policy. These distortions result primarily from one salient feature of the merged system: the fact that state and local police involved in immigration enforcement make front-end law enforcement decisions in light of the promise of back-end immigration enforcement. This has led to the use of pre-textual stops and arrests ostensibly for traffic violations or minor crimes but actually for the purpose of feeding suspected illegal aliens into the immigration enforcement system. This article demonstrates how pre-textual enforcement actions distort federal and state/local enforcement priorities and undermine political accountability. They also lead, almost inevitably, to racial profiling that is largely impervious to legal and constitutional challenge. Assuming, as I do, that immigration policing and crimmigration are here to stay, the challenge is to harness the "force multiplier" of state and local enforcement without creating the dysfunction that can accompany it. The key is to find ways to decouple state and local law enforcement decisions from the promise of immigration enforcement. This article identifies some promising responses in this direction by ICE and state and local law enforcement agencies. While these early efforts are inadequate, they may point the way forward in a world in which immigration federalism and crimmigration are here to stay. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 2014-60 : Accessed March 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2504042 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 134978

Author: Birckhead, Tamar R. Title: Children in Isolation: The Solitary Confinement of Youth Summary: Every day in prison settings around the world, young people are held in solitary confinement. They are alone for up to twenty-three hours a day in unfurnished cells. They do not see, have physical contact with, or speak to other people. The cells are small, often no larger than a horse's stable, and are illuminated by artificial light. Food is passed through narrow openings in heavy metal doors. These adolescents are denied education, counseling, and other services that are necessary for their growth, rehabilitation and well-being. If a parent were to confine her child under similar conditions, it would be abuse; yet when the government does so, often for weeks and months without due process, it is condoned. The paradox of solitary confinement is that it is not reserved only for the most culpable offenders. Juvenile and immigration detention centers as well as adult jails and prisons place adolescents in isolation to protect them - arguably - from each other or from adults; when they are perceived to be a threat; and to punish them for misconduct and rule-breaking. These rationales for the solitary confinement of youth fail to recognize, however, that prolonged isolation harms young people in ways that are often more profound than its impact on adults. This Article is the first to provide a comprehensive comparative analysis of the solitary confinement of youth in the United States and across the globe. The Introduction describes a typical scenario under which an adolescent may be subjected to isolation and explores why the practice persists today despite widespread condemnation. Part I reviews the literature detailing the varieties of harm that young people suffer as a result of solitary confinement. Part II discusses the rationales that correctional facilities use to justify solitary confinement and the prevalence of the practice internationally. Part III analyzes the history of solitary confinement and the legal response within the U.S. and the international community. Part IV addresses strategies for reform, including legislation, federal regulations, and litigation; the adoption of best practice standards; and the role of the juvenile defender and other advocates for incarcerated youth. The Appendix presents the author's original research documenting the current practices of the fifty-seven countries that legally condone or employ the solitary confinement of youth. Details: Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: UNC Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2512867 : Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2512867 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 134988

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: 3 Key Challenges in Combating the Sex Trafficking of Minors in the United States Summary: Withelma Ortiz Walker Pettigrew, known as T, spent much of her early childhood in the foster care system, and at age 10, a man who was nearly twice her age targeted her. He began to sexually exploit her and sell her to any willing buyer; this abuse continued for the next seven years. During this time, T was repeatedly arrested and charged with crimes such as solicitation and prostitution and sent to juvenile detention facilities, where she was treated as a criminal rather than a victim of serious sexual abuse and was further traumatized and humiliated by the agencies designed to help her. T is not from Southeast Asia or Eastern Europe; she was born and raised in the United States. And tragically, she is not alone. While human trafficking is often thought of as an international problem that occurs in far-flung locations around the world, sex trafficking of children in the United States is becoming increasingly common. After many years of advocacy by anti-human-trafficking organizations and service providers, the issue of sex trafficking of children in the United States is receiving unprecedented levels of attention from leaders at all levels of government, including President Barack Obama, who recognized the presence of sex trafficking here in remarks to the Clinton Global Initiative in September 2012. There are a number of bills currently pending in Congress to address various facets of the problem, and states across the country are enacting legislation to better protect children and teenagers from this form of violence and abuse. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/HumanTrafficking-brief.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 134992

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Legitimacy and Procedural Justice: The New Orleans Case Study Summary: As today's police executives strive to maintain the progress in reducing crime while serving as effective agents of change, many are taking on a new challenge: applying the concepts of "legitimacy" and "procedural justice" as they apply to policing. Legitimacy and procedural justice are measurements of the extent to which members of the public trust and have confidence in the police, believe that the police are honest and competent, think that the police treat people fairly and with respect, and are willing to defer to the law and to police authority. In this paper, PERF provides a more extensive analysis of the connections between leadership and legitimacy through an unusual case study: the New Orleans Police Department (NOPD). Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Free_Online_Documents/Leadership/legitimacy%20and%20procedural%20justice%20-%20the%20new%20orleans%20case%20study.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 134993

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in North Carolina: Three Years Later Summary: Three years after North Carolina enacted justice reinvestment legislation, this report reviews the policies the state enacted and their impact on North Carolina's correctional and criminal justice system. Through transforming the state's probation system, reinventing how treatment is delivered, and expanding supervision, the state has seen declines in its prison population, the number of probation revocations, and releases from prison without supervision. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2015 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/JRinNCThreeYearsLater.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 134994

Author: Fachner, George Title: Collaborative Reform Initiative - An Assessment of Deadly Force in the Philadelphia Police Department Summary: In 2013, in response to an increase in officer-involved shootings, Philadelphia Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey requested technical assistance from the COPS Office. Launched in November 2013, the Collaborative Reform Initiative in Philadelphia focuses on the use of deadly force over a seven-year period. The COPS Office's training and technical assistance provider for the assessment, CNA, reviewed hundreds of departmental policies, manuals and training plans; conducted 164 interviews with community members and department civilian and sworn personnel; facilitated focus groups with city and department stakeholders; and directly observed operations, including the use of force review board hearings of 20 officer involved shooting incidents. Through its 48 findings, the assessment identifies serious deficiencies in the department's use of force policies and training, including a failure to maintain a certified field training program; deficient, inconsistent supervision and operational control of officer involved shooting investigations and crime scenes; and oversight and accountability practices in need of improvement, the most notable being the need for the department to fully cooperate with the Police Advisory Commission. To address these issues, the report prescribes 91 recommendations to help the department improve with respect to the use of force and implement industry best practices. The COPS Office will work with the Philadelphia Police Department over the next 18 months to help them implement these recommendations and will provide two progress reports during this time. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0753-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 135005

Author: Saint-Fort, Pradine Title: Uniting Communities Post-9/11: Tactics for Cultivating Community Policing Partnerships with Arab, Middle Eastern, Muslim, and South Asian Communities Summary: Since the beginning of this century, policing in the United States has changed profoundly in response to the needs of an increasingly diverse population and to expanded homeland security responsibilities since September 11, 2001. Key to community policing post-9/11 is building relationships of trust between officers and residents - which is particularly necessary with regard to our Arab, Middle Eastern, Muslim, and South Asian (AMEMSA) communities, who have been both targets in need of protection and potential sources of information post-9/11. Law enforcement agencies have received little guidance on how to proactively and practically engage this population. This publication attempts to fill this gap, drawing on the experiences of sworn officers and community members in three jurisdictions with significant AMEMSA populations in New Jersey, California, and Ohio. It aims to explore how community oriented policing strategies could support homeland security initiatives while building stronger, more trustful relationships between communities and police. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0754-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135007

Author: Boulger, Jordan Title: Performance incentive funding for prison diversion: An implementation study of the DuPage County Adult Redeploy Illinois Program. Summary: Adult Redeploy Illinois (ARI) was designed as a response to the high numbers of non-violent offenders incarcerated in Illinois' prisons at great cost to the state. Participating ARI counties divert non-violent offenders from prison and into community corrections programs. These programs are less expensive than prison and designed to be more effective at reducing recidivism. They are required to reduce the number of individuals sent to IDOC from an eligible target population during the grant period - typically 12 months - by at least 25 percent. This evaluation of DuPage County ARI explored both planning and implementation of ARI programming during its pilot phase starting January 1, 2011 and concluding in June 30, 2012. Data collection had four main components: interviews with ARI program staff and stakeholders, interviews with ARI clients, analysis of ARI administrative data, and analysis of clients' criminal history record information. Key findings from the evaluation of the DuPage County ARI drug court program include: Program outcomes - DuPage County's ARI program exceeded its 25 percent prison admission reduction goal. The program successfully diverted 127 non-violent individuals from IDOC, far surpassing its goal of 35. - Of the 37 clients who were closed (or terminated) from the ARI program, 46 percent successfully completed the program (n=17), while 27 percent had been re-sentenced to IDOC (n=10). - Of the 106 ARI clients in the sample, 18 percent were arrested while participating in the program (n=19). Of them, 8 percent were arrested for a felony arrest and 3 percent were arrested for a violent crime. - Program administrators implemented with fidelity eight of 10 Intensive Probation Supervision (IPS) components, but could work toward more fully implementing two components - (1) creating minimum and maximum length of participation and (2) setting contact levels with higher levels initially to lower levels in final stages. Client characteristics - ARI clients in DuPage County were mostly male, white, unmarried, and unemployed with a high school diploma, and living with friends or family. - Based on criminal histories, risk assessment instruments, and previous probation non-compliance, DuPage County targeted individuals at high risk for recidivism for participation in the program. - Almost half of the ARI clients were sentenced for a Class 4 felony. Many clients (40 percent) were convicted of a drug offense and 24 percent were convicted of a property offense. - Slightly more than half of ARI clients were determined to be at high risk for recidivism based on the Level of Service Inventory Revised (LSI-R), a validated instrument that assesses the risk (53 percent). - DuPage County ARI clients averaged six prior arrests, with 86 percent of clients arrested for a felony offense and 14 percent previously incarcerated. - According to nine interviewed clients, they met with their probation officer face-to-face an average of two times each month lasting an average of 38 minutes per client. - Of five interviewed clients who received rewards for following the rules of the program, all found them to be good motivators to do well in the program. The average number of rewards each person received was six. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/ARI_DUPAGE_030315.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135014

Author: Wasserman, Robert Title: Building Relationships of Trust: Moving to Implementation Summary: Building Relationships of Trust: Moving to Implementation provides guidance to federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies; fusion centers; community members; civic groups; and other interested parties on developing relationships of trust, particularly with minority and immigrant communities. It also expands on the U.S. Department of Justice�s Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) publication, Guidance for Building Communities of Trust (BCOT), which focused on providing guidance for fusion centers and law enforcement agency relationships primarily in relation to suspicious activity reporting. This publication focuses on law enforcement agencies and their relationships with community members in relation to building community confidence, increasing police legitimacy, addressing neighborhood problems of crime and disorder, and improving the quality of life in all communities. In developing this publication, the Institute for Intergovernmental Research (IIR) identified select urban police agencies that developed effective relationships with communities in their jurisdictions through initiatives that other police agencies could replicate. IIR invited these agencies to a workshop in Raleigh, North Carolina, where each agency described its approaches. To create this publication, the authors drew upon material from that session and reached out to other police agencies that undertook notable efforts. In reviewing these initiatives, IIR identified general approaches that police agencies can readily use to build trusting relationships with communities and to create social capital. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Institute for Intergovernmental Research, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0729-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135055

Author: Lapp, Kevin Title: Databasing Delinquency Summary: For over a century, legislatures and officials have restrained the criminal justice system's ability to collect information about youth. Databasing Delinquency explains how juveniles now find themselves indefinitely cataloged in sex offender registries, gang databases, and DNA databases. It documents the unprecedented breadth and permanence of law enforcement and court record-keeping. And it shows how schools have become mandated law enforcement informants. Moreover, services both public and private make this information available to law enforcement nationwide, employers, government agencies, colleges and the general public. The expansion of this modern culture of "dataveillance" to youth has profound implications. It not only harms individual youth in permanent and stigmatizing ways, it reshapes the very meaning of childhood. Putting the developmental characteristics of youth, and childhood, at the center of the analysis, the article reveals the incoherence and destructiveness of databasing delinquency. Mindful of the public safety benefits and inevitability of law enforcement information gathering, the article calls for limits on the amount of information that the criminal justice system can gather, store and share about juveniles. This would add appropriate restraints so that public safety gains from databasing do not come at the expense of juvenile privacy, juveniles' life chances, or childhood itself. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola University School of Law, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola-LA Legal Studies Paper : Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2576056 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 135056

Author: Rosen, Liana Title: International Drug Control Policy: Background and U.S. Responses Summary: The global illegal drug trade represents a multi-dimensional challenge that has implications for U.S. national interests as well as the international community. Common illegal drugs trafficked internationally include cocaine, heroin, and methamphetamine. According to the U.S. intelligence community, international drug trafficking can undermine political and regional stability and bolster the role and capabilities of transnational criminal organizations in the drug trade. Key regions of concern include Latin America and Afghanistan, which are focal points in U.S. efforts to combat the production and transit of cocaine and heroin, respectively. Drug use and addiction have the potential to negatively affect the social fabric of communities, hinder economic development, and place an additional burden on national public health infrastructures. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS RL34543: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/row/RL34543.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135057

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Illinois Title: Stop and Frisk in Chicago Summary: In the past year, the nation's attention has turned to police practices because of high profile killings, including Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, Tamir Rice in Cleveland, Ohio, and Eric Garner in New York. But concerns about policing extend beyond the use of force and into the everyday interactions of police with community members. In black and Latino communities, these everyday interactions are often a "stop and frisk." Under the U.S. Supreme Court decision in Terry v. Ohio, 392 U.S. 1 (1968), officers are allowed to stop you if the officer has reasonable suspicion that you have been, are, or are about to be engaged in criminal activity. Once you are stopped, if an officer has reasonable suspicion that you are dangerous and have a weapon, the officer can frisk you, including ordering you to put your hands on a wall or car, and running his or her hands over your body. This experience is often invasive, humiliating and disturbing. Chicago has failed to train, supervise and monitor law enforcement in minority communities for decades, resulting in a failure to ensure that officers' use of stop and frisk is lawful. This report contains troubling signs that the Chicago Police Department has a current practice of unlawfully using stop and frisk: - Although officers are required to write down the reason for stops, in nearly half of the stops we reviewed, officers either gave an unlawful reason for the stop or failed to provide enough information to justify the stop. - Stop and frisk is disproportionately concentrated in the black community. Black Chicagoans were subjected to 72% of all stops, yet constitute just 32% of the city's population. And, even in majority white police districts, minorities were stopped disproportionately to the number of minority people living in those districts. - Chicago stops a shocking number of people. Last summer, there were more than 250,000 stops that did not lead to an arrest. Comparing stops to population, Chicagoans were stopped more than four times as often as New Yorkers at the height of New York City's stop and frisk practice. In the face of a systemic abuse of this law enforcement practice, Chicago refuses to keep adequate data about its officers' stops. Officers do not identify stops that result in an arrest or ordinance violation, and they do not keep any data on when they frisk someone. This failure to record data makes it impossible for police supervisors, or the public, to identify bad practices and make policy changes to address them. The abuse of stop and frisk is a violation of individual rights, but it also poisons police and community relations. As recognized by the Department of Justice, the "experience of disproportionately being subjected to stops and arrests in violation of the Fourth Amendment shapes black residents' interactions with the [the police], to the detriment of community trust," and "makes the job of delivering police service... more dangerous and less effective." Details: Chicago: ACLU of Illinois, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.aclu-il.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/ACLU_StopandFrisk_6.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 135064

Author: Davies, Elizabeth Title: The Justice Reinvestment Initiative: Thinking local for state justice reinvestment Summary: Across all levels of government, leaders seek creative approaches to reduce costs, respond to community needs, and achieve a better return on their investments in programs and services. The Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) exemplifies one such approach. JRI operates at both the state and local levels, helping jurisdictions examine corrections and related criminal justice spending, manage and allocate criminal justice populations in a more cost-effective manner, and reinvest savings in data-driven strategies that enhance public safety. Leaders in 24 states and 17 localities have implemented JRI with the help of technical assistance providers, working with colleagues across multiple agencies and organizations to identify and implement data-driven strategies that prioritize justice system resources according to risks and needs. This approach is designed to target evidence-based programs and services to those who pose the greatest risk to the community. The savings achieved from these measures are to be reinvested in new or expanded evidence-based practices. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000158-The-Justice-Reinvestment-Initiative.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135065

Author: Urban Institute Title: Drivers of Growth in the Federal Prison Population Summary: The federal prison population has grown by 750 percent since 1980, resulting in rapidly increasing expenditures for incarceration and dangerous overcrowding. In response, Congress created the Charles Colson Task Force on Federal Corrections to examine trends in correctional growth and develop practical, data-driven policy responses. The biggest driver of this growth is the population of drug offenders doubling in the last 20 years. This increase is compounded by the length of their sentences. While the number of imprisoned drug offenders has been fairly constant, the population has increased due to these offenders serving longer statutory mandatory minimum penalties. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute and CCTF, 2015. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000141-Drivers-of-Growth-in-the-Federal-Prison-Population.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 135066

Author: In the Public Interest Title: Criminal: How Lockup Quotas and "Low-Crime Taxes" Guarantee Profits for Private Prison Corporations Summary: This report discusses the use of prison bed occupancy guarantee clauses in prison privatization contracts and explores how bed occupancy guarantees undermine criminal justice policy and democratic, accountable government." Sections cover: why quotas (aka occupancy guarantee provisions, bed guarantee clauses) are important to the for-profit private prison company business model; the prevalence of quotas in contracts; and the impact of prison quotas on Colorado by contracts with Corrections Corporation of America(CCA), on Arizona by GEO Group and by Management and Training Corporation (MTC) contracts, and on Ohio by CCA and CiviGenics (now a part of Community Education Centers) contracts; and recommendations for governments to reject bed guarantee clauses. An appendix provides information about privatized correctional facilities in the United States - facility name, contracted company, location, customer, contract expiration date, and whether an occupancy guarantee exists. Details: Washington, DC: In the Public Interest, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.inthepublicinterest.org/sites/default/files/Criminal-Lockup%20Quota-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135070

Author: Skorek, Rebecca Title: Influence of court-ordered forensic evaluations on juvenile justice system-involved youth Summary: This evaluation measured implementation and impact of the Detention to Probation Continuum of Care (DPCC) program administered through a collaboration of River Valley Detention Center (RVDC) mental health staff, and Will and Kankakee county juvenile court judges and probation officers. In 2011, RVDC had 667 youth admissions between the ages of 10 and 17, with an estimated 50 percent released into the community under court supervision monitored by a probation officer. The DPCC program has three phases: 1. Institutional phase, in which youth receive mental health screening while in detention. The mental health screening is administered by RVDC mental health staff to identify factors among detained youth that may be leading to delinquency, ascertain if there are any mental health disorders present, and establish appropriate in-detention care, including prescription of psychotropic medications. A mental health screening can only be completed if RVDC mental health staff were able to meet with the detained youth prior to their release. 2. Structured phase, which is the completion of a court-ordered forensic evaluation by RVDC mental health staff. This evaluation is ordered by the juvenile court judge during a youth's detention hearing occurring within 40 hours of detention admission. The forensic evaluation is conducted for the purpose of developing a rehabilitative plan to guide sentencing conditions and supervision in the least restrictive manner. The mental health screen provides a foundation for the court-ordered forensic evaluation. 3. Reintegration phase, which begins when the judge receives the forensic evaluation report at the youth's adjudication hearing and ends at completion of the probation supervision. The forensic evaluation report includes a rehabilitative plan that describes appropriate community-based treatment services, such as counseling or psychiatric treatment, to be judicially imposed through conditions of probation. Completion of community-based care is monitored by a Will or Kankakee county probation officer. ICJIA researchers used two methods to conduct this evaluation. One method was interviews with stakeholders to gain a better understanding of DPCC program activities and the utility of court-ordered forensic evaluations. The second method was analysis of detention and probation data on a sample of 211 youth who were detained at RVDC between 2003 and 2009 and discharged from Will and Kankakee probation between 2007 and 2009. These data allowed ICJIA researchers to assess the extent to which these youth progressed through the DPCC program phases and to track their compliance with sentencing conditions, and subsequent detention admissions and arrests. Research questions to measure program implementation included: - Institutional phase�XTo what extent did those juvenile detainees who were ultimately eligible for probation-based mental health treatment receive a mental health screen? - Structured phase�XTo what extent did those juvenile detainees who were ultimately eligible for probation-based mental health treatment receive a court-ordered forensic evaluation (were DPCC program enrolled/participants)? - Reintegration phase�XTo what extent did conditions of probation regarding community-based treatment services reflect the rehabilitative plan developed through the court-ordered forensic evaluation? Research questions to measure program impact included: - To what extent did receiving a court-ordered forensic evaluation influence conditions of probation regarding community-based treatment services? - To what extent did those receiving a court-ordered forensic evaluation receive indicated treatment services and subsequently have higher rates of compliance with judicially imposed conditions of probation, and fewer detention admissions and arrests? - To what extent did moderate/high risk juvenile probationers with mental health needs receive a mental health screen and/or court-ordered forensic evaluation - To what extent did moderate/high risk juvenile probationers with mental health needs complete appropriate community-based treatment services? Details: Chicago: Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2014. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/RVDCMHP_122014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135073

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: The Right Investment? Corrections Spending in Baltimore City Summary: Maryland taxpayers are spending $5 million or more to incarcerate people from each of about half of Baltimore's communities (25 of 55), with total spending of $288 million a year on incarcerating people from Baltimore in Maryland's prisons. Based on data recently made available by a new Maryland law, The Right Investment?: Corrections Spending in Baltimore City shows for the first time where people who are incarcerated are from, and how much Maryland taxpayers spend on their incarceration. The report includes detailed tables that show where people incarcerated in Maryland are from, including the 23 counties and Baltimore City, select 157 cities and towns, and Maryland Senate and House of Delegate Districts, as well as information that can better inform investment decisions in these communities to help solve long-standing challenges and improve public safety. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute and Prison Policy Initiative, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2015 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/rightinvestment_design_2.23.15_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135074

Author: Young Women's Empowerment Project Title: Denied help! How youth in the sex trade and street economy are turned awary from systems meant to help us and what we are doing to fight back Summary: Why we started this research: We decided to do this research to show that we are not just objects that violence happens to - but that we are active participants in fighting back and bouncing back. We wanted to move away from the one-dimensional view of girls in the sex trade as only victims and look at all aspects of the situation: violence, our response to the violence, and how we fight back and heal on a daily basis. We build our community by figuring out how we can and do fight back collectively and the role of resilience in keeping girls strong enough to resist. Our research shows that girls in the sex trade face harm from both individuals and institutions. Nearly all the research we could find about girls in the sex trade only looks at individual violence. Many people seem to think that more institutions or social service systems is the solution. YWEP agrees that institutions can be helpful at times, but we also wanted to show the reality that we face: every day, girls are denied access to systems due to participation in the sex trade, being drug users, identifying as lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender, or being undocumented. We know institutions and social services can and do cause harm in our lives. We present this research to show that the systems that claim to help girls are also causing harm. We want to show that girls in the sex trade are fighting back and healing on their own - within their communities and without relying upon systems. Details: Chicago: Young Women's Empowerment Project, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2015 at: https://ywepchicago.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/bad-encounter-line-report-20121.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135075

Author: Kelley-Baker, Tara Title: Implementing a Citizen's DWI Reporting Program Using the Extra Eyes Model Summary: This manual is a guide for law enforcement agencies and community organizations in creating and implementing a citizen's DWI reporting program in their communities modeling the Operation Extra Eyes program. Extra Eyes is a program that engages volunteers in identifying impaired drivers on community roadways. This manual is a quick reference for organizing and managing this volunteer program. It provides easy-to-read information on topics such as recruiting volunteers, interviewing volunteers, risk management, networking, community involvement, and leadership. A citizen's DWI reporting program like Extra Eyes is a valuable tool for bringing together citizens and law enforcement in a community. Working together toward a common goal-reducing impaired driving and the associated costs-can be an effective way to generate support among community members. Though not a quick or simple process, the program is a good investment in a community's future. The key to success is the interaction between volunteers and police officers. Involving citizens and students in the process garners community support and promotes a better understanding of law enforcement officers and the problems they face. Additionally, law enforcement officers strengthen their relationships with citizens and students in the community, which enables them to provide better service. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Office of Impaired Driving and Occupant Protection, 2008. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2015 at: https://mcs.nhtsa.gov/index.cfm/product/447/implementing-a-citizens-dwi-reporting-program-using-the-extra-eyes-model-manual.cfm Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 135078

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: Seeking Alternatives: Understanding the Pathways to Incarceration of High-Risk Juvenile Offenders February 2015 Summary: In 2003, San Diego County's juvenile justice system formed a committee to address the issue of Disproportionate Minority Contact of youth, now referred to as Reducing Racial and Ethnic Disparity (RED). This committee, which is comprised of key juvenile justice decision makers1 in San Diego County has spent years conducting research and internal reviews to identify and reduce disparities throughout the juvenile justice system. As part of this process, the committee sought to learn more about those youth most deeply entrenched in the system. Research has shown that the trajectory for most (e.g., 90%) juvenile offenders is away from offending and delinquent behaviors. However, for chronic offenders, their adolescent years are spent in and out of school, custody, and under the scrutiny of the court and the rules of probation. Recent research in the field has shown that long-term incarceration of youth does not reduce recidivism and in some cases, for lower-level offenders, it can actually increase criminal recidivism. This information, combined with the overrepresentation of youth of color in parts of the system, and the belief that more could be done to redirect these entrenched youth, provided the impetus for the RED committee to seek out the support of The California Wellness Foundation (CWF) to learn more about this population. RED members approached CWF to fund a study designed to examine factors contributing to youth becoming deeply entrenched in the juvenile justice system with the purpose to inform California juvenile justice systems. Of particular interest was capturing the youths' perspective on their experiences prior to and during their involvement in the justice system. In partnership with San Diego County Probation and The Children's Initiative, SANDAG's Applied Research Division designed and conducted a qualitative study of 40 high-risk youth either sentenced to the Youthful Offender Unit (YOU) or to the Community Transition Unit (CTU) to learn more about their paths deeper into the system and what interventions could have altered that course, and when those interventions could have been implemented to the greatest advantage. YOU is a graduated sanctions program in which youth are in custody locally for up to 9 months and supervised in their communities for the remaining 3 months, for a total of 12 months. CTU is a community-based supervision program for youth who are returning to their communities after completing a sentence in a Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) facility. A mixed-model design was used with data gathered from a structured interview with the youth, validated assessments, and official Probation records. The goal of the research was to capture information on all the systems the youth had come in contact with, including education and Child Welfare Services (CWS). Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1925_18816.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135079

Author: Mandiberg, Susan F. Title: Alcohol- and Drug-Free Housing: A Key Strategy in Breaking the Cycle of Addiction and Recidivism Summary: Drug addicts and alcoholics commit an enormous number of crimes. The only successful strategy for managing the criminality is to get these offenders into recovery. However, many, if not most offenders fail to achieve sustained abstinence from addictive substances while in prison. The problem is that addicts and alcoholics who return to a social milieu that either supports or does not discourage the use of drugs and alcohol are more likely to fail to overcome their addictions, even when they have participated in traditional treatment. Drug addicts and alcoholics can avoid this dilemma by choosing to live in a community of people committed to live free of drugs and alcohol, whether or not they are on parole or probation. Experience and evidence show that living in properly structured and operated alcohol- and drug-free housing, combined with outpatient treatment and other services, is an effective way to address addiction and the criminality that accompanies it, and thus to stop the cycle of recidivism for those ex-convicts who participate in that community. This article traces the experience of Central City Concern, a private, nonprofit housing, social service, and health care agency in Portland, Oregon, that has successfully developed this type of recovery housing over the past 30 years. The article places this experience in the legal context of federal and state laws that both support and potentially frustrate the operation of such alcohol- and drug-free housing: federal anti-discrimination law, federal housing law, and state and local landlord-tenant law. Details: Portland, OR: Lewis & Clark Law School, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Lewis & Clark Law School Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2015-4 : Accessed April 1, 2015 at: Lewis & Clark Law School Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2015-4 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 135103

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: The Dangerous Overuse of Solitary Confinement in the United States Summary: Over the last two decades, the use of solitary confinement in U.S. correctional facilities has surged. Before 1990, "supermax" prisons were rare. Now, 44 states and the federal government have supermax units, where prisoners are held in extreme isolation, often for years or even decades. On any given day in this country, it's estimated that over 80,000 prisoners are held in isolated confinement. This massive increase in the use of solitary has happened despite criticism from legal and medical professionals, who have deemed the practice unconstitutional and inhumane. It's happened despite the fact that supermax prisons typically cost two or three times more to build and operate than traditional maximum-security prisons. And it's happened despite research suggesting that supermax prisons actually have a negative effect on public safety. As fiscal realities are forcing us to cut budgets for things like health and education, it is time to ask whether we should continue to use solitary confinement despite its high fiscal and human costs. This briefing paper provides an overview of the excessive use of solitary confinement in the U.S. and strategies for safely restricting its use. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Paper: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/stop_solitary_briefing_paper_updated_august_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135105

Author: Sparrow, Malcolm K. Title: Measuring Performance in a Modern Police Organization Summary: Policing in America is at a turning point. For two decades the emphasis in many departments has been on relentlessly driving down reported crime rates, often using technical means, aggressive street-order maintenance tactics, and huge numbers of arrests. While effective crime control still counts, recent events have highlighted the importance of paying attention as well to means, moderating policing styles, respecting constitutional rights, eliminating bias, using no more force or coercion than necessary, and engaging effectively with communities. The puzzle of how to define success in a more appropriate, more comprehensive, and more balanced way � and then how to measure it � is tackled in Measuring Performance in a Modern Police Organization by Malcolm K. Sparrow, a member of the Executive Session on Policing and Public Safety and Professor of the Practice of Public Management at Harvard Kennedy School (HKS). In this timely report Sparrow addresses one of the key obstacles to progress: The police profession has long used narrow definitions of success which place inordinate emphasis on a very short list of quantitative indicators � reported crime rates, arrest rates, clearance rates, and response times. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Kennedy School of Government, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/content/download/75613/1701014/version/1/file/MeasuringPerformanceModernPolice.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 135106

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Arrests 2013: Law Enforcement Response to Crime in the San Diego Region Summary: The Criminal Justice Research Division of the San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) functions as the Clearinghouse for regional criminal justice information. On an annual basis, the Division prepares a report on local criminal justice agencies' response to crime in the region, as measured by arrest statistics. Because arrest statistics include information regarding whether the suspect is an adult or juvenile and includes a greater variety of crime types than are reported in regional crime reports (e.g., alcohol and other drug related offenses), this information provides an added dimension for understanding the nature of crime and an additional measure that can be used in justice system planning. This CJ Bulletin includes regional arrest rates per 1,000 adult and juvenile population, as well as numbers of arrests by offense type. In addition, 41 supplemental tables, which include statistics for individual jurisdictions, are presented. Some points to remember when interpreting these numbers include the following. - Similar to how the FBI counts reported crimes, the offense or charge attributed to an arrest may reflect only the most serious out of a number of violations included in the arrest. - Arrests are documented by the location at which the arrest occurred and cannot be assumed to have any relationship to the location of the crime incident or the residence of the alleged offender. - Arrest and crime rates and numbers should not be compared to one another. One reason is that the two events may occur in two entirely different periods of time, with an arrest made months or even years after the related crime was reported. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1915_18705.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehensive Shelf Number: 135107

Author: Shavell, Steven Title: A Simple Model of Optimal Deterrence and Incapacitation Summary: The deterrence of crime and its reduction through incapacitation are studied in a simple multi-period model of crime and law enforcement. Optimal imprisonment sanctions and the optimal probability of sanctions are determined. A point of emphasis is that the incapacitation of individuals is often socially desirable even when they are potentially deterrable. The reason is that successful deterrence may require a relatively high probability of sanctions and thus a relatively high enforcement expense. In contrast, incapacitation may yield benefits no matter how low the probability of sanctions is - implying that incapacitation may be superior to deterrence. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 20747: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20747.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Deterrence Shelf Number: 135111

Author: Irvin-Erickson, Yasemin Title: Identifying Risky Places for Crime: An Analysis of the Criminogenic Spatiotemporal Influences of Landscape Features on Street Robberies Summary: In environmental criminology, it is widely accepted that crime risk is affected by the legitimate and illegitimate activities hosted at places. Most studies exploring this influence use the concepts of environmental criminology to explain how landscape features (such as cash businesses, illegal markets) can promote criminal behavior. However, studies based on place-based indicators provide an incomplete picture of crime emergence. First, most studies assume a temporally uniform crime-generating influence of landscape features, ignoring the social relevancy of these features at different times. Second, in most crime and place studies, the spatial influence - the ways in which features of a landscape affect places throughout the landscape (Caplan, 2011, p. 57) - is operationalized arbitrarily (Ratcliffe, 2012). Moreover, few studies examine the interactivity of the criminogenic spatial influences of different landscape features on crime risk (Caplan et al., 2011). To address these limitations, this dissertation examined the individual and combined criminogenic spatiotemporal influences of landscape features on 2010 street robbery risk in the City of Newark, NJ, using the principles of Risk Terrain Modeling. Street robberies were classified into six daily and hourly temporal groups. According to the results of this dissertation, criminogenic features are different for different time models, and the extent and weight of their criminogenic influences vary between and within time nested models. At-risk housing, schools, churches, grocery stores, hair and nail salons, pawn shops, sit-down restaurants, and take-out restaurants are the only features that have round-the clock criminogenic influences on street robberies in all time models. Drug charges, pawn shops, grocery stores, take-out restaurants, and hair and nail salons exert the strongest criminogenic spatial influences in different time models. At-risk housing's, schools', and churches' criminogenic influences are statistically significant, albeit weak. High-risk micro places identified by the combined criminogenic spatiotemporal influences of landscape features are high likely places for street robberies in Newark, NJ. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers University, School of Criminal Justice, 2014. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248636.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 135114

Author: Taylor, Liana R. Title: General Responsivity and Evidence-Based Treatment: Individual and Program Predictors of Treatment Outcomes During Adolescent Outpatient Substance Abuse Treatment Summary: Since it was first articulated, the Risk-Need-Responsivity model (RNR; Andrews, Bonta, & Hoge, 1990) has been extensively researched and is regarded as an empirically supported model for providing effective correctional treatment. It is comprised of three core principles: the risk principle, which provides direction for who should receive treatment; the need principle, which identifies intermediate treatment targets; and the responsivity principle, which states how treatment programs should be structured. The RNR model is purported to be relevant for all offender populations, including female offenders (Dowden & Andrews, 1999a), juvenile offenders (Dowden & Andrews, 1999b), violent offenders (Dowden & Andrews, 2000), and sexual offenders (Hanson, Bourgon, Helmus, & Hogdson, 2009). Yet, the majority of RNR research has examined the risk and need principles, and the responsivity principle remains understudied. The responsivity principle includes two sub-principles: general and specific (Andrews, & Bonta, 2010). The current research explored the general responsivity principle, which states that programs should use theoretically relevant models for individual change, specifically cognitive-behavioral and cognitive-social learning models (Andrews & Bonta, 2010). The following techniques are consistent with these models: "role-playing, modeling, repeated practice of alternative behaviors, cognitive restructuring to modify thoughts/emotions, skills building, or reinforcement" (Andrews & Bonta, 2010, p. 50). Despite empirical support, the RNR model has received minimal application to juveniles, and it has not been widely tested in the substance abuse treatment context. Additionally, it is not clear whether adherence to the RNR model is relevant for reducing substance use outcomes in youth. Adolescent substance abuse treatment programs were designed to address substance use among juveniles, and have been widely researched to determine their effectiveness; yet their effectiveness remains understudied among juvenile offenders. These studies include examinations of specific treatment interventions used, such as Multisystemic Therapy. Many of these interventions are considered to be "evidence-based treatment" (EBT), but there is a wide variety of repositories that classify interventions as "evidence-based" with varying criteria used to classify them. The juvenile drug treatment court model (JDTC) was specifically developed to address substance use and crime among juvenile offenders; however, findings from empirical studies have not demonstrated a strong treatment effect. To address these gaps in the literature, secondary analyses were conducted on data collected from 132 adolescent outpatient substance abuse treatment programs (AOPs) and 10 juvenile drug treatment courts nationwide. This research was an application of the general responsivity principle in the AOP and JDTC context to determine the impact of responsivity adherence on the odds of rearrest and substance use severity. The analyses also included an examination of evidence-based treatment (EBT) in both samples to determine the influence of EBT use scores on the odds of rearrests and substance use severity scores. To examine the AOP sample, multilevel models were used to examine the individual- and program-level impact of responsivity adherence and EBT use. To examine the JDTC sample, multivariate analyses were used to examine the individual-level impact of responsivity adherence and EBT use. Overall, responsivity adherence was not significantly associated with rearrests among AOP participants, nor was it significantly associated with substance use severity scores. Additionally, the odds of rearrest were significantly greater among individuals who received interventions with a higher EBT use score; though, there was no association between the average EBT use scores across programs and the odds of rearrest. There was no significant association between individual- and program-level EBT use scores and substance use severity. Among JDTC participants, an increase in responsivity adherence was associated with an increase in the odds of rearrest and substance use severity. A similar association emerged between EBT use scores and both outcomes, wherein increases in EBT use scores were significantly associated with an increase in the odds of rearrest and substance use severity. The results of the analyses suggest the need for further specification of both general responsivity adherence and "evidence-based" treatment for use in future research and theory; specifically, further elaboration of the general responsivity-adherent techniques and clear criteria for classifying interventions as "evidence-based treatment." The findings also imply that certain types of treatment interventions are more compatible with the JDTC model than other interventions. Additional analyses suggest the possibility that general responsivity adherence and evidence-based treatment may not be unique constructs. Future research may benefit through exploring evidence-based treatment as a criterion for adherence to the general responsivity principle. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2014. 252p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248590.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135116

Author: Tehan, Rita Title: Cybersecurity: Authoritative Reports and Resources, by Topic Summary: This report provides references to analytical reports on cybersecurity from CRS, other government agencies, trade associations, and interest groups. The reports and related websites are grouped under the following cybersecurity topics: - Policy overview - National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace (NSTIC) - Cloud computing and the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRAMP) - Critical infrastructure - Cybercrime, data breaches, and data security - National security, cyber espionage, and cyberwar (including Stuxnet) - International efforts - Education/training/workforce - Research and development (R&D) In addition, the report lists selected cybersecurity-related websites for congressional and government agencies; news; international organizations; and other organizations, associations, and institutions. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2015. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: R42507: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42507.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cloud Computing Shelf Number: 135117

Author: Silberglitt, Richard Title: Visions of Law Enforcement Technology in the Period 2024-2034: Report of the Law Enforcement Futuring Workshop Summary: This report describes the results of the Law Enforcement Futuring Workshop, which was held at RAND's Washington Office in Arlington, Virginia, from July 22 to 25, 2014. The objective of this workshop was to identify high-priority technology needs for law enforcement based on consideration of current and future trends in society, technology, and law enforcement over a ten- to 20-year time period. During the workshop, participants developed sets of future scenarios, constructed pathways from the present to alternative futures, and considered how law enforcement use of technology might affect these pathways. They then identified technology needs (including training and changes in policies or practice) that, if addressed, could enable pathways to desirable futures or prevent or mitigate the effects of pathways to undesirable futures. On the final day of the workshop, the technology needs were prioritized using a Delphi method. The output of this workshop described in the report included ten future scenarios and 30 technology needs. The technology needs fell into three general categories - technology-related knowledge and practice, information sharing and use, and technological research and development - and were placed into three priority tiers. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR908.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Technology Shelf Number: 135118

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Staying Connected: Keeping Justice-Involved Youth Summary: When justice-involved youth are supervised by local agencies and placed with locally operated programs rather than being sent away to state facilities, they are better able to maintain community ties. They stay connected with their families and they are more likely to remain in local schools. Policy reforms that localize the justice system are often called "realignment." New York's "Close to Home" (or C2H) initiative is a prominent example of youth justice realignment. Launched in 2012, it is the latest chapter in a decade-long commitment by New York State and New York City to improve the justice system for young offenders by investing in programs and interventions that allow youth to stay close to their homes and families. Details: New York: Research & Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2015/03/c2h2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 135124

Author: Switzer, Merlin E. Title: Grass Valley Police Department Organizational Assessment of Recruitment and Retention Practices Summary: The Grass Valley Police Department provides law enforcement and community policing services to the City of Grass Valley. The department also administers animal control responsibilities for the City of Grass Valley and extending service to nearby Nevada City on a contractual basis. The department has thirty sworn personnel consisting of the Chief, two Captains, four Sergeants, and twenty one officers. The department has eleven and one-half non-sworn employees. Included are one dispatch supervisor, six dispatchers, one administrative aide, one administrative clerk, one community services officer, one parking enforcement officer, one police records clerk and one part-time clerical position. Animal Control has three full-time personnel consisting of one animal control supervisor and two animal control officers. Each year the department provides annual goal statements in their Grass Valley Police Department Goals and Action Plan document. In the Fiscal Year 2006-07 statement, a goal was set by the department to "Conduct Team Building Workshop with police management team to refine organizational strategies that will improve our service delivery to the public." A second goal was to "Enhance recruitment and testing processes to fill personnel vacancies." Switzer Associates...Leadership Solutions was retained to facilitate a Team Building Workshop (TBW) and conduct an organizational assessment of the recruitment and retention practices of the department to determine what steps could be taken to improve recruitment and retention. The Team Building Workshop (TBW) was held in August. In preparation for the workshop, the leadership team participated in a Team Building Assessment. This assessment identified a number of organizational areas that needed to be addressed by the team. At the TBW, the team worked hard to develop a team vision, principles and guiding behaviors. As part of the organizational assessment a Recruitment and Retention Assessment (survey) was developed and made available to all employees and volunteers. The focus of the assessment was to explore employee perceptions regarding employment factors associated with retention and recruitment. It is important to note that sworn employees are currently in the negotiation process and are without a contract. This can impact survey responses, as well as the mood and perspective of employees within an organization. Preliminary results from the Recruitment and Retention Assessment were provided to the leadership team at the TBW. The leadership team developed action plans to address issues raised by employees. Interviews were also conducted with employees who have left the department in the past two years, as well as interviews with current employees who are anticipated to leave in the near future. Along with interviews and surveys, contact was made with comparable police agencies in the region and relevant department documents/reports were analyzed. This remainder of this report is divided into the following sections: Section Two will focus on recruitment and retention planning. Increasingly, recruitment and retention must have executive involvement and sponsorship. Section Three will review the department's recruitment strategies. Strategies must be carefully selected and evaluated to ensure they are delivering optimal results. Section Four will assess the selection process. Maintaining a current and competitive process is important. Section Five will focus on retention issues in the department. The results of the organizational assessment will be reviewed. Section Six will summarize the department comparison survey. Seven other departments were surveyed. The comparison agencies include: Truckee, Auburn, Placerville, Marysville, and Lincoln Police Departments, the Placer County Sheriffs Office and Nevada County Sheriff's Offices. At the end of each of Sections Two - Six recommendations are included. Details: Grass Valley, CA: Grass Valley Police Department, 2006. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.cityofgrassvalley.com/files-archived/agendas/staff_reports/92006AGENDA/GVPDSWITRPT.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135126

Author: Gelber, Alexander Title: The Effects of Youth Employment: Evidence from New York City Summer Youth Employment Program Lotteries Summary: Programs to encourage labor market activity among youth, including public employment programs and wage subsidies like the Work Opportunity Tax Credit, can be supported by three broad rationales. They may: (1) provide contemporaneous income support to participants; (2) encourage work experience that improves future employment and/or educational outcomes of participants; and/or (3) keep participants "out of trouble." We study randomized lotteries for access to New York City's Summer Youth Employment Program (SYEP), the largest summer youth employment program in the U.S., by merging SYEP administrative data on 294,580 lottery participants to IRS data on the universe of U.S. tax records and to New York State administrative incarceration data. In assessing the three rationales, we find that: (1) SYEP participation causes average earnings and the probability of employment to increase in the year of program participation, with modest contemporaneous crowd-out of other earnings and employment; (2) SYEP participation causes a moderate decrease in average earnings for three years following the program and has no impact on college enrollment; and (3) SYEP participation decreases the probability of incarceration and decreases the probability of mortality, which has important and potentially pivotal implications for analyzing the net benefits of the program. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 20810: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w20810 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 135139

Author: Slobogin, Christopher Title: Plea Bargaining and the Substantive and Procedural Goals of Criminal Justice: From Retribution and Adversarialism to Preventive Justice and Hybrid-Inquisitorialism Summary: Plea bargaining and guilty pleas are intrinsically incompatible with the most commonly-accepted premises of American criminal justice - to wit, retributivism and adversarialism. This article argues that the only way to align plea bargaining with the substantive and procedural premises of American criminal justice is to change those premises. It imagines a system where retribution is no longer the lodestar of criminal punishment, and where party-control of the process is no longer the desideratum of adjudication. If, instead, plea bargaining were seen as a mechanism for implementing a sentencing regime focused primarily on individual crime prevention rather than retribution (as in the salad days of indeterminate sentencing), and if it were filtered through a system that is inquisitorial (i.e., judicially-monitored) rather than run by the adversaries, it would have a much greater chance of evolving into a procedurally coherent mechanism for achieving substantively accurate results. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University - Law School, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Vanderbilt Public Law Research Paper No. 15-4 : Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2583898 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Plea Bargaining Shelf Number: 135141

Author: Caslen, Robert L., Jr. Title: Getting to the Left of SHARP: Lessons Learned from West Point's Efforts to Combat Sexual Harassment and Assault Summary: On July 26, 1948, President Harry Truman signed Executive Order 9981, ending the practice of segregating the military services by race. That same year, the Army allowed women to join the services on an equal basis with men. Both of these steps preceded the larger societal changes that allowed fully equal treatment of all types of American citizens in military service. Just over 2 years ago, Congress repealed the Don�t Ask, Don�t Tell policy, allowing for gays and lesbians to openly take their place in the military. Our procedures and policies for successful gender integration have grown and evolved. The authors share five principles for leaders and commanders on the prevention of sexual harassment and assault, as well as associated �Tips� for implementation: (1) Leaders identify and break chains of circumstance; (2) Education is preferable to litigation; (3) What�s electronic is public; (4) Don�t ignore pornography; and, (5) Unit climate is the commander�s responsibility. These principles and their associated tips are not panaceas, and these recommendations are submitted for discussion and feedback. Details: Carlisle Barracks, PA: United States Army War College Press, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.strategicstudiesinstitute.army.mil/pubs/display.cfm?pubID=1244 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135144

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: The Handling of Sexual Harassment and Misconduct Allegations by the Department's Law Enforcement Components Summary: The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to assess how the Department of Justice's (Department) four law enforcement components respond to sexual misconduct and harassment allegations made against their employees. This review examined the nature, frequency, reporting, investigation, and adjudication of such allegations in the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF); the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA); the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI); and the United States Marshals Service (USMS). The findings in today's report include: - Component supervisors did not always report allegations of sexual harassment and misconduct to their respective internal affairs offices as required by component policies. In several instances, these supervisors were not disciplined for their failure to report. Additionally, at the FBI and USMS, the internal affairs offices chose not to investigate some allegations of sexual harassment and misconduct despite significant evidence that misconduct had occurred, and DEA's internal affairs office did not always fully investigate allegations of sexual misconduct related to prostitution. - At ATF, DEA, and USMS, we found a lack of coordination between the internal affairs offices and security personnel. As a result, security departments at these components were sometimes unaware of allegations that may impact an employee's eligibility to hold a security clearance and access classified information. In contrast, we found that the FBI's internal affairs office alerts the FBI security department to any such misconduct allegations it receives. - All of the components we reviewed either did not have adequate offense tables or did not properly use their offense tables for charging employees with sexual harassment and sexual misconduct offenses. The offense tables at ATF, DEA, and USMS did not contain adequate language to address the solicitation of prostitutes in jurisdictions where the conduct is legal or tolerated. The FBI offense table contains such a category, but we found instances where general offense categories were applied instead of the specific category. - All four components have weaknesses in detecting the transmission of sexually explicit text messages and images by employees. Although the FBI archives and proactively monitors its employees' text messages, there are limitations to its ability to use this information, and misconduct investigators at ATF, DEA, and USMS cannot easily obtain such text message evidence. These issues may hamper the components' ability to conduct misconduct investigations, fulfill their discovery obligations, and deter misconduct. Finally, today's report notes that the OIG's ability to conduct this review was significantly impacted and unnecessarily delayed by repeated difficulties we had in obtaining relevant information from both the FBI and DEA. Specifically, the FBI and DEA initially refused to provide the OIG with unredacted information which the OIG was entitled to receive under the Inspector General Act. When they finally did provide the information without extensive redactions, we found that it still was incomplete. We were also concerned by an apparent decision by DEA to withhold information regarding a particular open misconduct case despite the fact that the OIG was authorized to receive the information. Because of these difficulties, we cannot be completely confident that the FBI and DEA provided us with all information relevant to this review. Our report reflects the findings and conclusions we reached based on the information made available to us. The report makes eight recommendations to improve the law enforcement components' disciplinary and security processes relating to allegations of sexual misconduct and harassment. The DOJ and the four components reviewed concurred with all of the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2015/e1504.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 135145

Author: Moore, Kristin A. Title: Preventing Violence: A Review of Research, Evaluation, Gaps, and Opportunities Summary: Rates of violence have declined substantially in the United States across all types of violence. Nevertheless, rates of violence and the numbers of children and youth affected by violence remain high compared with other countries. Moreover, data indicate great variation across states and communities. The fact that there is so much variation across states and countries suggests that there is substantial opportunity to reduce high rates of violence. Violence comes, of course, in many forms. In this report, we use the following definition of violence: "The intentional use of physical force or power, threatened or actual, against oneself, another person, or against a group or community that either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury, death, psychological harm, maldevelopment, or deprivation." While Child Trends takes the lens of the child in this review, violence is often intergenerational; hence adults are frequently critical actors. Our purview includes varied forms of violence, including child maltreatment, crime/delinquency, gang violence, intimate partner violence, suicide, self-harm, and general physical aggression. Our review identifies a number of critical themes. - Violence appears in many forms, but there are common determinants across types of violence; these are the risk and protective factors that are found across types of violence. A child or family that experiences multiple risk factors and few protective factors faces a particularly high risk of experiencing violence, either as a victim, as a perpetrator, or both. - While the U.S. has high rates of violence compared with other countries, many programs and approaches have been identified that could reduce violence, if scaled up with quality. - Prevention of violence is preferable to treatment, but emerging evidence from neuroscientists indicates significant plasticity of the human brain, including individuals experiencing trauma, supporting the perspective that treatment can make a difference. - Social and economic disparities are strongly correlated with violence and are malleable; however, we have not focused on these because other interventions seem more realistic. - Interventions are available at the level of individuals, the family, schools, and communities. - For individuals, problems with self-regulation, sleep, hostile attributions about other people's intentions, and abuse of substances are risk factors. While mental health problems are not generally a cause of violence, the combination of substance use and mental health issues does elevate the risk of violence. Individuals with mental health issues and disabilities are more likely to be victims of violence. - Family factors represent an important determinant of violence. Potential interventions include the prevention of unintended pregnancy, programs to prevent and treat intimate partner violence, and parenting education. - Schools are another important locus for intervention, and efforts to improve school climate include a focus on improving engagement, safety, and environment by developing social and emotional skills, reduction of bullying and other physical and emotional safety issues, and creating consistent and fair disciplinary policies. - High levels of violence across the U.S. compared with other countries suggest that there are beliefs, values, and policies underlying our national culture that, if better understood and thoughtfully discussed, could reduce violence. - Many of the interventions that might be pursued to reduce violence are useful in their own right (e.g., reducing substance abuse); the fact that these interventions can also reduce violence should give them added importance and urgency. Details: Bethesda, MD: Child Trends, 2015. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/2015-15FuturesWithoutViolence1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 135146

Author: National Employment Law Project Title: Ban the Box: U.S. Cities, Counties, and States Adopt Fair-Change Policies to Advance Employment Opportunities for People with Past Convictions Summary: Nationwide, 100 cities and counties have adopted what is widely known as "ban the box" so that employers consider a job candidate's qualifications first, without the stigma of a criminal record. These initiatives provide applicants a fair chance by removing the conviction history question on the job application and delaying the background check inquiry until later in the hiring. Momentum for the policy has grown exponentially, particularly in recent years. There are a total of fourteen states representing nearly every region of the country that have adopted the policies - California (2013, 2010), Colorado (2012), Connecticut (2010), Delaware (2014), Georgia (2015), Hawaii (1998), Illinois (2014, 2013), Maryland (2013), Massachusetts (2010), Minnesota (2013, 2009), Nebraska (2014), New Jersey (2014), New Mexico (2010), and Rhode Island (2013). Six states - Hawaii, Illinois, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, and Rhode Island - have removed the conviction history question on job applications for private employers, which advocates embrace as the next step in the evolution of these policies. Federally, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) endorsed removing the conviction question from the job application as a best practice in its 2012 guidance making clear that federal civil rights laws regulate employment decisions based on arrests and convictions. The Obama Administration's My Brother's Keeper Task Force also gave the movement a boost when it endorsed hiring practices "which give applicants a fair chance and allows employers the opportunity to judge individual job candidates on their merits." Fair chance policies benefit everyone because they're good for families and the local community. At a recent event in Oakland for employers to discuss reentry issues, one business owner spoke to the personal benefit he finds from hiring people with records. "I've seen how a job makes all the difference," says Derreck B. Johnson, founder and president of Home of Chicken and Waffles in Oakland. "When I give someone a chance and he becomes my best employee, I know that I'm doing right by my community." This resource guide documents the 14 states, Washington D.C., and the 100 cities and counties -that have taken steps to remove barriers to employment for qualified workers with records. Six states, Washington D.C., and 25 cities and counties now extend the fair chance policy to government contractors or private employers. Of the localities, Baltimore, Buffalo, Chicago, Columbia (MO), Montgomery County (MD), Newark, Philadelphia, Prince George's County (MD), Rochester, San Francisco, Seattle, and Washington D.C. extend their fair chance laws to private employers in the area. A chart summarizing all the policies is at the end of this guide. Details: New York: NELP, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.nelp.org/page/-/SCLP/Ban-the-Box-Fair-Chance-State-and-Local-Guide.pdf?nocdn=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 135147

Author: Dolan, Karen Title: The Poor Get Prison: The Alarming Spread of the Criminalization of Poverty Summary: Poor people, especially people of color, face a far greater risk of being fined, arrested, and even incarcerated for minor offenses than other Americans. A broken taillight, an unpaid parking ticket, a minor drug offense, sitting on a sidewalk, or sleeping in a park can all result in jail time. In this report, we seek to understand the multi-faceted, growing phenomenon of the "criminalization of poverty." In many ways, this phenomenon is not new: The introduction of public assistance programs gave rise to prejudices against beneficiaries and to systemic efforts to obstruct access to the assistance. This form of criminalizing poverty - racial profiling or the targeting of poor black and Latina single mothers trying to access public assistance - is a relatively familiar reality. Less well-known known are the new and growing trends which increase this criminalization of being poor that affect or will affect hundreds of millions of Americans. These troubling trends are eliminating their chances to get out of poverty and access resources that make a safe and decent life possible. In this report we will summarize these realities, filling out the true breadth and depth of this national crisis. The key elements we examine are: - the targeting of poor people with fines and fees for misdemeanors, and the resurgence of debtors' prisons (the imprisonment of people unable to pay debts resulting from the increase in fines and fees); - mass incarceration of poor ethnic minorities for non-violent offenses, and the barriers to employment and re-entry into society once they have served their sentences; - excessive punishment of poor children that creates a "school-to-prison pipeline"; - increase in arrests of homeless people and people feeding the homeless, and criminalizing life-sustaining activities such as sleeping in public when no shelter is available; and - confiscating what little resources and property poor people might have through "civil asset forfeiture." Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Policy Studies, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2015 at: http://www.ips-dc.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/IPS-The-Poor-Get-Prison-Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 135148

Author: Police Foundation Title: The Wilmington Public Safety Strategies Commission: Final Report Summary: The City of Wilmington is the largest and the most culturally and economically diverse city in Delaware. The ability of the City to grow and improve the lives of its residents depends on its ability effectively to provide public safety. The residents, employers, and civic and community leaders with whom we speak routinely cited public safety as a principal concern affecting their decisions about where to live, where to locate their business, and how to lead the City to a better future. Like many cities, Wilmington experiences a significant amount of crime, including crimes of violence, drug crimes and nuisance crimes. However, many cities across the country have experienced significant reductions in crimes in all categories in recent years - often attributed to improved policing strategies. Wilmington is not one of those cities. According to the FBI, Wilmington ranks third in violence among 450 cities of its size and sixth among all cities over 50,000. Crime in Wilmington - and particularly homicides - has reached record numbers in recent years. Over the past decade, the City of Wilmington has averaged 118 shooting victims per year, reaching a record high of 154 shootings victims in 2013. In 2014 alone, there were 127 shooting victims and 23 shooting deaths in the City. The principal questions facing the Wilmington Public Safety Strategies Commission are why the City of Wilmington has not experienced the same crime reductions enjoyed by similarly situated municipalities across the country and what Wilmington can do about that. This report offers our examination of the strategies currently being employed by the City and the WPD, and our proposal of strategies that might be employed to better address the WPD's core mission of creating a safer Wilmington. Improving public safety in Wilmington is challenging, but it is certainly not impossible. Wilmington has three built-in advantages. First and most significantly, Wilmington has a sufficiently large police force to bring appropriate resources to bear on this issue. While we make clear in this report that there are several areas of police work that deserve additional resources, and that a reorganization of some functions would assist the Department, the WPD begins this work with a force large enough to effectively patrol and fight crime in Wilmington. Second, as the Crime Analysis and CAD Incident Analysis done by Temple University's Jerry Ratcliffe, Ph.D. make clear, "[s]mall areas of the city account for a large proportion of the crime and community harm." As a result, if appropriate strategies are brought to bear on those small areas, significant reductions in crime can be obtained. Third, many people with whom we spoke in the WPD, from the leadership to rank-and-file officers, recognize that there is a need for and opportunity to change for the better. Significant cultural and organizational changes can be made only with buy-in from those tasked with the need to lead and implement those changes, and the recognition of the need for and inevitability of change was evident in many of the law enforcement professionals with whom we spoke. Generally, we found that WPD has a respond-and-react orientation and structure that focuses on resolving calls for service rather than proactively implementing crime reduction strategies. Although WPD is sufficiently staffed, the department does not deploy sufficient officers in patrol and key investigatory functions. WPD is behind other law enforcement agencies in its use of technology (some of which it already owns) to both analyze and predict crime, as well as to provide accountability of its officers as to there whereabouts and activities. The WPD's investigatory units do not solve a sufficient number of crimes - particularly homicides - and can improve its investigatory functions and victims' services. The Wilmington community appreciates the dedication and effort of the Department's officers, but some community relationships have become strained and can be improved. All of the issues identified in this report are fixable, and none is exclusive to Wilmington. Many of the building blocks for reform are already in place - a city and community that recognizes the need for change, a WPD administration that is open to new strategies, and supportive local partners. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2015 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/sites/g/files/g798246/f/201504/WPSSC%20Final%20Report%203_31_15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 135155

Author: Vazquez Gonzalez, Pedro O. Title: An Overview of the Rochester Drug Free Streets Initiative: A Developing Strategy that Addresses the Open-Air Marijuana Market Located in the Conkey & Clifford Neighborhood Summary: Because low-level marijuana possession is not illegal in New York State, the police have difficulty intervening and eliminating the open-air marijuana markets in the City of Rochester. Project HOPE, a non-profit organization, is trying to find another way to intervene in the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood, and bring to an end the open-air marijuana market in that neighborhood. The object of this research is to identify the problems that are caused by the open- air marijuana market in the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood. I will also examine the process of project HOPE's new initiative that addresses the issues of the open-air marijuana market in the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood. To conduct this study I used multiple methods to examine the context of the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood and its response. These efforts included a dashboard camera used to gauge the overall outdoor in the neighborhood. Surveys of residents captured perceptions of their neighborhood its residents and activities in a park on Conkey and Clifford. Additionally, I examined official police data in the form of calls for service in the area the number of marijuana arrests. These data sources yielded comparisons to other areas in Rochester that did not have persistent open air marijuana markets and allowed for an exploration of the consequences that resulted from its presence. Project HOPE is coordinating an initiative that is targeted at resolving the issues associated with the open-air market, as well as rebuilding the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood. I conducted interviews with the key participants of the project throughout my research and participated in meetings, outreach, and focus groups organized by project HOPE. This portion of the research was conducted to examine the strategic development of the initiative and suggest ideas for its future evaluation. Details: Rochester, NY: Rochester Institute of Technology, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 6, 2015 at: http://scholarworks.rit.edu/theses/8537/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 135159

Author: Smith, Dennis C. Title: An Empirical Assessment of NYPD's "Operation Impact": A Targeted Zone Crime Reduction Strategy Summary: About a decade ago one of the leading students of policing in America, David Bayley in a widely-praised book, Police for the Future, wrote "The Police do not prevent crime. This is one of the best kept secrets of modern life. Experts know it, the police know it, yet the police pretend that they are society's best defense against crime." In making this observation about the "myth" that police prevent crime Bayley was echoing the conclusion written more than two decades earlier of another distinguished expert, James Q. Wilson, who wrote in his pioneering empirical study of eight police departments, Varieties of Police Behavior, that the police administrator "is in the unhappy position of being responsible for an organization that lacks a proven technology for achieving its purpose". Bayley was in the position to go further than Wilson and base his conclusion on research that "consistently failed to find any connection between the number of police officers and crime rates," and studies of "primary strategies adopted by modern police" that found "little or no effect on crime". In the past decade and a half in the crime laboratory called New York City, these dire assessments of the plight of the police and by extension of the public have undergone a substantial revision. At the time Bayley published his commentary on the myth of police efficacy in preventing crime, New York City had used new police resources provided by Safe Streets, Safe City and a new police strategy called "community policing" to begin a reversal of an upward crime trend that had lasted more than a decade, and peaked in 1990 with more than 2,200 homicides. In 1993, a new anti-corruption system that would over time produce a two-thirds reduction in complaints of police corruption had been designed and implemented by then Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly, and in 1994 a new management system at the City, Borough, and Precinct level was being introduced that committed the police to fighting crime as the highest priority. Since then, crime has dramatically declined in every borough and every precinct in the City. The remarkable achievement of crime reductions achieved from 1988 though 2001, led many to question whether it would be possible for a new administration to continue the relentless downward trend in crime. The fear that crime had been brought down as much as was possible was not entirely unreasonable. Criminologists have long tracked the cyclical nature of crime patterns, and most people instinctively understand the economic concept of a "declining marginal return on investment," the idea that "low hanging fruit" are found and harvested first, and that the challenges of production grow increasingly more difficult after that. For those who firmly believe, despite evidence, that the economy in New York rebounded after crime came down, that economic trends explain the crime rate, the economic downturn following the 911 attack further fueled pessimism about the prospects of continuing the successful fight against crime in New York. Across the United States, the skepticism expressed in New York has been validated in cities large and small. After a decade long decline in crime in America's big cities, recent national crime statistics show a disturbing upward turn. An October, 2006, Police Executive Research Forum report, "A Gathering Storm: Violent Crime in America," documents that shift, which it finds became evident in the 2005 crime statistics. New York City, which led the national decline, is an exception to this much noted reversal. The New York Times reported in late March, 2007, homicides in New York City were averaging fewer than one per day. Although by the end of May, with the City was recording slightly more than one murder per day, the trend is downward by almost 17% in the first five months of the year. As of the end of May, 2007, NYPD showed an almost 9% drop in total major crimes for the year to date. When crime declined over the past decade, some criminologists pointed to declines in other cities, even though they were less than New York's, to say that NYC was part of a national trend, and thus discounted claims that anything special had been accomplished by NYPD. Now that New York is clearly not following the national pattern, attention returns to the question: what is New York doing to reduce crime? Details: New York: New York University Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service, 2007. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://urbanizationproject.org/uploads/blog/Dennis_Smith_Impact_Zone_Policing_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 135165

Author: Lavery, Timothy A. Title: Targeting Violence-Prone Offenders: Examination of an Intelligence-Led Policing Strategy Summary: Analyses were conducted examining an offender targeting strategy implemented in the Chicago Police Department as part of a citywide violence reduction strategy. From approximately June 2003 to November 2007, violence-prone offenders were targeted for enhanced police contact, based largely on gang-related intelligence. The analyses examined whether, following identification, police were able to successfully make contact with targeted offenders, and whether such contact could plausibly be attributed to the strategy. A sample of offenders targeted during 2005 or 2006 (N = 885) were compared to a matched sample of non-targeted offenders (N = 3,366). Matches were identified based on propensity scores, using nearest neighbor matching. Poisson regression was used to compare targeted and non-targeted offenders on 45 post-treatment police outcome measures, purposely designed to vary in terms of the expected impact that the strategy would have on their levels. Consistent with expectation, differences between targeted and non-targeted offenders were more likely to emerge significant for outcome measures that assessed discretionary police contact (contact for lesser infractions where the police could choose not to respond). The results are used to discuss intelligence-led police practices and the police role in yielding crime deterrence effects. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2013. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: https://dspace-prod-lib.cc.uic.edu/bitstream/handle/10027/11248/Lavery_Timothy.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Intelligence-led Policing Shelf Number: 135166

Author: Maziarka, Kristen Denise Title: From Top to Bottom: Rhetoric in the Hierarchy of Focused Deterrence Stakeholders Summary: Criminological and socio-legal research has frequently focused on the gap between policy and practice that is evident in the "ceremonial rhetoric" guiding criminal justice policies. This thesis examines whether there is a gap between policy and practice in a unique, multi-agency focused deterrence initiative in Kansas City, Missouri (KC-NoVA). By focusing on a single organizational component of the initiative--probation and parole--this research examines the extent to which policy rhetoric is both reflected in implementation and transmitted accurately through the organizational hierarchy. Because NoVA involves multiple agencies and a diverse group of stakeholders, its success is contingent upon the core doctrine of the project being similarly interpreted and executed by all involved. The interpretations of doctrine held by practitioners at each level of the probation and parole hierarchy are an important factor in successful implementation. Through qualitative interviews and field observations, this thesis examines how rhetoric changes across stakeholders, and how communication or interpretation barriers affect the cohesive implementation of a single, albeit multifaceted, policy mandate. Details: Kansas City, MO: University of Missouri-Kansas City, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: https://mospace.umsystem.edu/xmlui/handle/10355/43558 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 135167

Author: Bryant, Kevin M. Title: Shawnee, Kansas, Smart Policing Initiative Reducing Crime and Automobile Collisions through Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) Summary: From 2008 to 2010, the city of Shawnee, Kansas, experienced a 22 percent increase in violent crime. At the same time, the Shawnee Police Department (SPD) was acutely aware of persistent traffic accident hot spots. Moreover, budgetary constraints resulted in nearly a 5-percent decrease in the department's sworn staff in one year (2009). The SPD leadership became increasingly concerned about their ability to maintain a sufficient level of service, and to effectively respond to changing crime trends in the city. In response to these emerging concerns, the SPD implemented the Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) model beginning in July 2010. DDACTS identifies locations where crime and traffic problems disproportionately co-occur, and then deploys increased police presence and high-visibility traffic enforcement (HVTE) in those areas. The DDACTS model is grounded in seven guiding principles that highlight collaboration, data-driven decision-making, hot spots policing, and ongoing program assessment and dissemination of findings. In 2011, the Department received funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance's Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) to support the implementation of DDACTS and conduct a rigorous evaluation of the impact of the DDACTS model on crime and automobile crashes in the city of Shawnee. The Shawnee SPI team employed a three-pronged evaluation to examine the implementation and impact of the DDACTS model. First, the SPI team conducted two waves of focus groups with officers from units throughout the department. Results from the focus groups showed evidence of a shift in culture and officer "buy-in," especially with the divisions of the department most closely associated with the model. Participants agreed that DDACTS is an effective and sustainable initiative. The first wave of focus groups identified several areas in need of improvement, most notably with providing training, addressing concerns over resource depletion, and delivery of a clear message about the foundations and goals of the program. Second, the Shawnee SPI team administered surveys to businesses and residents in the DDACTS target area, well after program implementation. Results indicated that a majority of respondents perceived a greater police presence and more traffic stops in the area, and they expressed support for high-visibility, targeted traffic enforcement. Moreover, most respondents stated that DDACTS has improved the quality of life in Shawnee, and the majority rated the relationship between SPD and residents and businesses as very good to excellent. Third, the Shawnee SPI team employed a quantitative impact evaluation of DDACTS by comparing trends in crime over a six-year period (three years pre-implementation and three years post) in the target area and a comparison area. Using both bivariate and interrupted time series analysis, the SPI team demonstrated that the DDACTS model produced statistically significant decreases in robberies (88 percent), commercial burglaries (84 percent), and vehicle crashes (24 percent). The Shawnee SPI experience highlighted several important lessons for police managers and line officers, including recognition of the fundamental connection between crime and traffic problems, the importance of program fidelity through careful implementation, and the need to overcome the tendency to view DDACTS through a "zero tolerance" lens that minimizes the collaborative, data-driven, and problem-solving aspects of the model. - Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Shawnee-Site-Spotlight.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135171

Author: Widgery, Amber Title: Trends in Pretrial Release: State Legislation Summary: Six of every 10 people in local jails have not been convicted of a crime, but instead are held awaiting trial. About three-fourths of pretrial detainees are accused of property, drug or other nonviolent crimes, and many are not considered to be a flight risk or a danger to the public. However, many pretrial defendants remain in jail because they are unable to meet monetary or other conditions of release. At the same time, many higher-risk defendants often are quickly released. State laws provide a framework for judges and other local officials to determine who is eligible for release and under what conditions. In recent years, state legislation has concentrated largely on individualizing the pretrial process by focusing on specific defendants or offense categories. From 2012 to 2014, 261 new laws in 47 states addressed pretrial policy. Notable enactments have covered risk assessments, victim-specific pretrial procedures, victim-specific conditions, pretrial services and diversion programs. These actions of state legislatures contribute to efforts underway nationally to improve pretrial justice. Details: Washington, DC: National Conference of State Legislatures, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://www.ncsl.org/Portals/1/Documents/cj/pretrialTrends_v05.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 135172

Author: Walton, Shamik Title: Zero tolerance policing: an evaluation of the NYPD's use of stop and frisk Summary: In New York City, racial disparities persist in enforcement, primarily because of the NYPD's overreliance on stop and frisk. The racial disparities in the period examined (2008-2012) are consistent with the overall trend from 2003. This trend correlates with the implementation of Operation Impact as a NYPD crime reduction strategy. The policing priorities established at Compstat meetings set the tone for enforcement. As such, Compstat is viewed as a major driver of stop and frisk, especially in impact zones. There are also disparities in the allocation of resources between enforcement and community outreach. Community Policing has shown its effectiveness as a bridge between the community and the police. Community Policing could be incorporated into Compstat to offset the collateral damage of disproportionate policing. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2014. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://iris.lib.neu.edu/dlp_theses/11/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat Shelf Number: 135173

Author: Eddy, J. Mark Title: Twelve-Year Professional Youth Mentoring Program for High Risk Youth: Continuation of a Longitudinal Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: This study investigated impacts of a professional mentoring program, Friends of the Children (FOTC), during the first 5 years of a 12 year program. Participants (N = 278) were early elementary school aged boys and girls who were identified as "high risk" for adjustment problems during adolescence and emerging adulthood, including antisocial behavior and delinquency, through an intensive collaborative school-based process. Participants were randomly assigned to FOTC or a referral only control condition. Mentors were hired to work full time with small caseloads of children and were provided initial and ongoing training, supervision, and support. The program was delivered through established non-profit organizations operating in four major U.S. urban areas within neighborhoods dealing with various levels of challenges, including relatively high rates of unemployment and crime. Recruitment into the study took place across a three year period, and follow-up assessments have been conducted every six months. Data have been collected not only from children, but also from their primary caregivers, their mentors, their teachers, and their schools (i.e., official school records). Strong levels of participation in study assessments have been maintained over the past 8 years. Most children assigned to the FOTC Intervention condition received a mentor, and at the end of the study, over 70% still had mentors. While few differences were found between the FOTC and control conditions for the first several years of the study, two key differences, in child "externalizing" behaviors and child strengths, emerged at the most recent assessment point, which on average was after 5 years of consistent mentoring. To date, outcomes do not appear related to the amount of mentor-child contact time or the quality of the mentor-child relationship. Analyses are ongoing, and additional funding is being sought to continue the study forward. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2014. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/248595.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 135176

Author: Justice Project Title: Jailhouse Snitch Testimony: A Policy Review Summary: This report offers recommendations and solutions for improving the standards of admissibility of in-custody informant or "snitch testimony." The review includes an overview of current snitch testimony laws, case studies, information about states and jurisdictions that have enacted successful methods for safeguarding against perjured testimony, voices of support, model policy, and key statistics. The review notes that by improving standards for admissibility of jailhouse informant evidence at trial, states can help ensure that finders of fact are able to make more informed decisions when life and death are at stake. The Justice Project's key policy recommendations for states considering snitch testimony reform include: -Written pretrial disclosures of witness compensation arrangements and other information bearing on witness credibility -Pretrial hearings on the reliability of a particular informant's testimony -A requirement that accomplice or in-custody informant testimony be corroborated -Cautionary jury instructions alerting the jury to the reliability issues presented by snitch testimony Details: Washington, DC: The Justice Project, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/legacy/uploadedfiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/reports/death_penalty_reform/Jailhouse20snitch20testimony20policy20briefpdf.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Informants Shelf Number: 135177

Author: Galik, Lauren Title: The High Cost of Incarceration in Florida: Recommendations for Reform Summary: Over the past few decades, Florida has passed a number of laws that have dramatically increased criminal sentences, and enacted others that have limited the amount of gain-time credits-or credits for good behavior or participation in rehabilitative programming-inmates may earn toward a reduction of their sentences. These laws have mandated that all prisoners, even nonviolent offenders, serve not only longer sentences, but a larger percentage of their sentences as well. Taken together, these laws have contributed to Florida's burgeoning prison population, which has become increasingly expensive for taxpayers. Some of Florida's more problematic laws include: Drug Trafficking Statutes: The types and quantities of drugs required for an offense to be considered drug trafficking in Florida are wildly disparate. Illegal possession of some drugs, such as prescription painkillers that contain oxycodone or hydrocodone, require a very small amount to trigger a drug trafficking charge that carries the same mandatory minimum sentence as trafficking a much larger quantity of other drugs, such as cocaine or marijuana, for example. Florida's mandatory minimum sentences for these offenses are not only disproportionately harsh, but have led to the imprisonment of numerous low-level, non-violent offenders, have increased corrections expenditures, and have effectively eliminated judicial discretion, which has resulted in unjust and unnecessary punishment in some cases. 10-20-Life: Florida's 10-20-Life law was enacted with the intention of incapacitating violent offenders who use firearms during the commission of an offense, as well as deterring others from committing these types of crimes. However, the law has not worked as intended. Since its enactment, 10-20-Life has been routinely applied to defendants whose crimes were far removed from the original intent of the law, including those who have brandished a firearm or fired a "warning shot" to defend themselves or others. Although this aspect of the law was reformed in 2014, many who would not necessarily be sentenced to mandatory sentences under the law today remain in prison because these reforms were not made retroactive. In addition to being misapplied in some cases, studies have shown that the 10-20-Life law cannot be definitively linked to a reduction in violent crime in the state. Habitual Offender Statutes: Florida has a number of overlapping habitual offender statutes that require judges to sentence certain offenders to significantly longer terms of imprisonment based on their criminal history. Some of Florida's habitual offender laws, such as the Habitual Felony Offender Law and the Habitual Violent Felony Offender Law, have required judges to send a number of nonviolent offenders to prison for disproportionately longer terms of imprisonment, even when the judge believes that doing so is not in the best interest of justice. There are currently over 100 Florida inmates who were sentenced to life without parole for a nonviolent offense under these habitual offender laws. Only two other states, Louisiana and Alabama, have more inmates serving a life without parole sentence for a nonviolent offense as habitual offenders than Florida. Limits on Incentive Gain-Time: Most states allow at least some inmates to earn credits toward a reduction in their sentences as a way to incentivize rehabilitation and good behavior while incarcerated, and reduce recidivism post-release. Florida is unique in that it prohibits all of its inmates-regardless of whether they committed a violent or nonviolent crime-from earning more than a 15% reduction in their sentences in the form of credits. In other words, all inmates are required to serve 85% of their sentences at a minimum. Reducing the earning power of these credits by mandating that all prisoners serve such a large portion of their sentences not only disincentivizes rehabilitation and good behavior, but also removes individualization from punishment, and requires taxpayers to continue to pay for the incarceration of individuals who may have adequately rehabilitated themselves and are ready to return to society at an earlier date. These laws have produced a number of unfortunate consequences, such as contributing to an 11-fold increase in the state's prison population between 1970 and 2014 while Florida's state population roughly tripled over that same period of time, and a $1.1 billion increase in corrections expenditures over the past 20 years. Because these laws have mandated prisoners serve longer prison terms and larger percentages of their sentences, Florida's elderly prison population has increased at a faster rate than any other age group over the past 10 years. The cost of incarceration for these inmates-roughly $68,000 per year-is more than three times higher than the cost of an average inmate. Beyond this, evidence suggests that these laws may not have been the most effective at reducing crime in the state. Indeed, a study by The Pew Center on the States estimates that prison provided no public safety benefit for over 1,700 nonviolent offenders released from Florida prisons in 2004. In addition, it found that over 4,000 more nonviolent offenders could have been released earlier without negatively impacting public safety. Other studies have shown that laws mandating longer sentences, such as those in Florida, do not have a positive deterrent effect on crime, and may even be counter-productive. Another study has shown that Florida's 10-20-Life law cannot be definitively linked to a reduction of violent crime in the state. Moreover, because many of these laws are routinely applied to low-level, nonviolent offenders whose lengthened terms of incarceration not only cost taxpayers exorbitant amounts of money and fail to increase public safety, they apply harsh laws indiscriminately, without concern for whether the sentence fits the crime. In order to limit the unintended consequences and negative impacts of these laws, this study suggests numerous reforms legislators could pursue that would help reduce the state's prison population and corrections expenditures without compromising public safety. First, this study suggests that Florida legislators eliminate mandatory minimum sentences in order to give judges more discretion in sentencing. This would allow judges to prevent the imposition of arbitrary and unjust prison terms, but retain the option of imposing long terms of imprisonment for those offenders whose crimes warrant such a punishment, such as violent or serious offenders. Eliminating mandatory minimum prison terms does not mean that individuals will suddenly stop being sent to prison for these crimes, but it will instead allow judges to make individual determinations in sentencing, so that a convicted offender receives a punishment that is proportionate to the crime committed. Alternatively, this study suggests that legislators significantly increase the threshold necessary to trigger certain drug trafficking offenses and subsequent mandatory minimum prison terms so that they are targeted at higher-level dealers as intended, not low-level offenders. Although modest reform was enacted in 2014 to this end, many of Florida's drug trafficking laws still fail to distinguish between drug users, low-level drug dealers, and large-scale drug traffickers, and often end up punishing low-level offenders with the same type of severity normally reserved for more serious criminals. Indeed, a 2009 study published by the Florida Senate found that lower-level offenders are sometimes punished more harshly than higher-level dealers and traffickers under the state's drug trafficking laws. If neither of these reforms is politically feasible, this study recommends that Florida legislators enact broad safety valve legislation, which would allow judges to depart below mandatory minimum sentences, such as those required under the 10-20-Life law and Florida's drug trafficking laws, when they believe doing so would be in the best interest of justice. This would give judges the option of not sending low-level offenders to prison for a mandatory minimum of 20 years if they determine that doing so is not warranted for the crime committed or would not be in the best interest of justice or public safety, for example. This study also suggests that legislators limit the scope of Florida's habitual offender laws so that they may only be applied to violent habitual offenders. Prohibiting these laws from applying to nonviolent offenders would ensure that prison resources are being used to keep individuals who pose the largest threat to society behind bars, not those whose prolonged periods of incarceration do not benefit public safety. Finally, this study also recommends that legislators allow certain inmates to earn additional incentive gain-time credits so that non-violent and/or low-level offenders whose prolonged incarceration results in no positive impact on public safety may be released before serving 85% of their sentences. Allowing inmates-especially nonviolent offenders-to earn more credits toward a reduction in their sentences incentivizes rehabilitation, which could help reduce the chances of recidivism upon release, and will save taxpayers millions of dollars in the long term. Details: Los Angeles: Reason Foundation, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Study No. 444: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://reason.org/files/florida_prison_reform.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135179

Author: Folsom-Smith, Christine Title: Enhanced Sentencing in Tribal Courts: Lessons Learned from Tribes Summary: The Tribal Law & Order Act of 2010 (TLOA)1 was signed into law on July 29, 2010 by President Obama. The TLOA amends the Indian Civil Rights Act by allowing felony sentencing for certain crimes through the provision of enhanced sentencing authority, establishes new minimum standards for protecting defendants' rights in the tribal court system, and encourages federally-recognized Indian tribes (tribes) to consider the use of alternatives to incarceration or correctional options as a justice system response to crime in their communities. Further, the Act authorizes the Attorney General to permit tribes access to National Crime Information Center (NCIC) data, and to grant concurrent jurisdiction/retrocession to the federal government by tribes in Public Law 83-280 as amended, often referred to as PL 280 states. The decision to implement enhanced sentencing authority is left up to each individual tribe. A handful of tribes have begun or have completed establishing the mechanisms required under TLOA to pronounce enhanced sentences. This publication is designed to provide a brief overview, not a comprehensive review, of the changes under TLOA regarding enhanced sentencing authority, offer considerations for correctional/detention and community corrections programming related to enhanced sentences, and provide tribes with a checklist to help guide discussions around implementation of enhanced sentencing authority. Additionally, this publication explores the adoption of TLOA's enhanced sentencing authority through interviews with several tribal court judges and personnel who have been intricately involved in establishing the provisions required to convey enhanced sentences, highlighting the beginning of change at the tribal level, the processes and challenges faced by these courts, the current status of the implementation as of the date of the interviews, and any other aspects of implementation that the interviewees shared. Finally, this publication will provide information on financial resources to fund enhanced sentencing authority implementation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/TLOA-TribalCtsSentencing.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 135180

Author: Bohmert, Miriam Northcutt Title: Access to Transportation and Outcomes for Women on Probation and Parole Summary: The current study focuses attention on a previously understudied topic - transportation deprivation in women offenders. This is a timely and important endeavor given the scale of mass incarceration, number of women on probation and parole, and the numerous barriers women with a criminal record face. The study utilizes a mixed-methods sequential explanatory design of transportation access and its causes and effects on recidivism for 402 women on probation and parole. The study has two phases. The quantitative, first phase, of this project combines multiple indicators of transportation access (e.g., time, cost, stress related to travel) into one composite access score; tests hypotheses linking resources to transportation access; and tests for direct and moderating effects of transportation access on probation/parole violations and recidivism. Quantitative analyses are able to identify associations between transportation resources, transportation access, criminogenic needs, and recidivism; however, the analyses raised questions about why or why not associations were present. To address these questions, a second phase, a qualitative component, undertook analyses to increase understanding of (1) women's experiences and feelings (e.g., any stress, ease) about getting around while under supervision, (2) their strategies for increasing transportation resources and access, (3)the role of transportation access in attending, or missing, required/needed programming and supervision appointments, and (4) whether and how supervision violations or new offenses resulted from lack of transportation access. The follow-up sample included 75 women. The findings of the quantitative analysis found, first, the scope of transportation deprivation was found to be quite extensive; women reported low levels of individual and community level resources. Second, an instrument (a composite score) was found to adequately capture women's level of transportation access. Third, several resources were found to predict transportation access: owning or leasing a vehicle, having a valid driver's license, having difficulty walking, having poor vision, having friends who could help with transportation needs, and living in an area with a low community accessibility score. Fourth, transportation access was found to lower the odds of experiencing recidivism events and the time until these events occurred. Fifth, the findings indicate that transportation access is especially important for women with certain criminogenic needs - those with antisocial friends, histories of child maltreatment, greater family support and greater self-efficacy. The findings of the qualitative analysis found that, first, women experience one to ten types of transportation problems such as difficulty arranging rides, using inadequate bus services and relying on unreliable people for transportation help. Second, women were found to utilize several resources not previously known such as using agency-provided bus tokens or benefitting from having an understanding and non-punitive supervision agent. Third, nine previously unrecognized strategies were identified such as planning in advance for appointments, building extensive support networks and making use of several modes of transportation. Fourth, the relationship between transportation access and recidivism was found to be moderately strong. Overall, the findings indicate that training parole and probation agents to recognize and respond to women's transportation needs will be beneficial. Similarly, transit authorities can benefit from understanding the limitations of their services for women offenders. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2014. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248641.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Parolees (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135181

Author: Galik, Lauren Title: Smart on Sentencing, Smart on Crime: An Argument for Reforming Louisiana's Determinate Sentencing Laws Summary: Over the past several decades, Louisiana legislators have passed a number of determinate sentencing laws aimed at reducing crime and incapacitating certain types of offenders. Because these laws have been disproportionately applied to nonviolent crimes, nonviolent offenders now account for the majority of inmates and admissions to prison in the state. This has produced a number of unfortunate consequences, such as an increase in the state's prison population from 21,007 in 1992 to 39,709 in 2011 and a $315 million increase in correction expenditures during the same time period, from $442.3 million (in 2011 dollars) in 1992 to $757.4 million in 2011. Meanwhile, there is little evidence that the laws have done anything to reduce Louisiana's violent crime rate, which remains considerably above both the national average and the rates in its neighboring states. Today, Louisiana has the highest incarceration rate in the country, with 868 of every 100,000 of its citizens in prison. Louisiana's citizens could benefit considerably from changes to the way in which convicted criminals are sentenced. As things stand, nonviolent offenders who pose little or no threat to society are routinely sentenced to long terms in prison with no opportunity for parole, probation or suspension of sentence. In most cases, this is a direct result of the state's determinate sentencing laws. These prisoners consume disproportionate amounts of Louisiana's scarce correctional resources, which could be better utilized to ensure that violent criminals are more effectively kept behind bars. Among the more serious problems with Louisiana's determinate sentencing laws are: - A large number of crimes that carry mandatory minimum prison sentences in Louisiana are drug-related and nonviolent in nature. Indeed, numerous violent crimes, such as negligent homicide, manslaughter, aggravated assault with a firearm, aggravated battery, simple rape and simple kidnapping carry no mandatory minimum sentences at all. - Mandatory minimum sentences eliminate judicial discretion over sentencing by prohibiting judges from taking into account factors specific to the crime or offender when determining the sentence. - Mandatory minimum sentences create arbitrary outcomes by drawing essentially trivial lines between degrees of criminal activity that can result in dramatic differences in punishment. This happens most commonly with sentences for drug crimes, where different weights or quantities of drugs carry varying degrees of punishment. For example, possession of 199.9 grams of cocaine carries a mandatory minimum sentence of five years of hard labor in prison and a $50,000 fine. However, possession of 200 grams of cocaine carries a mandatory minimum sentence of 10 years of hard labor in prison and a $100,000 fine-double the punishment for a negligible 0.1 gram more of cocaine. Other states have gone further. In Maine, legislators passed safety valve provisions that allow judges to depart below mandatory minimum sentences in certain instances. In Rhode Island, legislators repealed mandatory minimum sentences for nonviolent drug offenses. These reforms have allowed Maine and Rhode Island to save prison space and resources for criminals who pose a real threat to society, while reducing corrections costs. Louisiana could benefit from similar changes to sentencing policy. Details: Los Angeles: Reason Foundation, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Study 425: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: http://reason.org/files/louisiana_sentencing_reform.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 135182

Author: North Carolina Central University. Juvenile Justice Institute Title: Durham Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative: Project Bull's Eye. Evaluation Report Summary: The Durham Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative (CAGI), a 3-year gang prevention and reduction initiative, was developed to reduce gangs and the underlying causes that support them. The Durham Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative adopted the combined strategies of law enforcement, prevention-intervention, and reentry, outlined by the U.S. Department of Justice, to address gangs and gang-related violence within the Bull's Eye area of Durham, North Carolina. Component 1: Suppression by law enforcement: The goal of this component was to reduce the occurrence of violent gang-related incidents in the Bull's Eye area through the use of reactive and proactive strategies. Strategies of this component included: a. Utilizing new intelligence software, specifically i2 Analyst Notebook, and i2 iBridge to link the DPD's Report Management System (RMS) and Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) to Gang-Net, which is a statewide gang intelligence program. b. Utilizing SunGuard HTE Link Analysis software to allow investigators and officers to construct intelligence diagrams of RMS data in their investigations by structuring the information in an organized format. c. Continuing a partnership with the North Carolina Department of Community Corrections in conducting court approved searches of probationers, with a direct focus on gang members within the target area. d. Continuing the monthly Gun Review Meetings whereby all gun arrest cases from Durham County are reviewed by the Law Enforcement Task Force made up of members from the DPD, Durham County Sheriff's office, Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco Firearms and Explosives, North Carolina Department of Community Corrections, Durham County District Attorney's office and the United States Attorney's Office (Middle District). e. Instituting the High Point Drug Market Initiative in the Bull's Eye area in order to address street level drug activity and violent crime. f. Providing training for law enforcement partners in the area of gang investigation in order to arm them with the necessary knowledge to conduct successful gang investigations. g. Increasing police visibility and proactive policing efforts in the Bull's Eye area by adding additional law enforcement personnel with the use of overtime funds. Component 2: Prevention and intervention services by public/non-profit community agencies - the goal of this component was to reduce the occurrence of youth gang-related incidents and increase positive outcomes for youth at high risk of gang involvement through targeted, evidenced-based gang prevention. Community-based agencies had the opportunity to seek funding for addressing prevention/ intervention activities within the Bull's Eye area. The strategies of this component included: a. Expanding the use of the North Carolina Child Response Initiative (NCCRI). This service uses a system of care approach with a focus on acute stabilization and assessment with evidence based treatments for victims. The aim of this mental health service approach is to stabilize children in crisis, assess trauma symptoms, increase service access and coordination and avert further victimization. These services are delivered on the scene. b. Expanding the role of faith-based organizations to increase services to youth victims and offenders. The Religious Coalition for Non-Violent Durham collaborates with other local faith-based organizations in the targeted area to increase services to youth victims and offenders. c. Increasing referrals of the most troubled youth to address quality of life issues within the community and to foster positive behavior among youth living within the targeted area. Component 3:Reentry services offered by local governmental entities -- the goal of this component was to increase public safety by reducing recidivism rates for high-impact gang-involved offenders returning to the community after incarceration, through the use of vouchers, mentors and community organizations for the delivery of services and treatment. Strategies of this component included: a. Targeting 15 to 20 offenders per year b. Developing a system to identify Security Threat Group (STG) inmates prior to release c. Hiring a case manager d. Identifying other potential CAGI participants who do not come through the North Carolina Department of Correction's channels e. Identifying service providers who would deliver services to offenders at no cost f. Identifying service providers who would offer services through vouchers and enter into contracts with the Durham County Criminal Justice Resource Center Details: Durham, NC: Juvenile Justice Institute, North Carolina Central University, 2012. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: http://www.durhamnc.gov/agendas_new/2012/cws20120319/304732_8352_443097.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 135184

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: Unaccompanied Child Migration to the United States: The Tension between Protection and Prevention Summary: Between 2011 and 2014, the number of Central American children and "family units" - parents traveling with minor children - who arrived at the U.S.-Mexico border increased rapidly, reaching a peak of 137,000 in fiscal year 2014. While many of these migrants have valid claims for asylum or other forms of humanitarian relief, others are chiefly driven by economic concerns and a desire to reconnect with family members. This mixed flow has challenged the capacity of the United States to carry out its core immigration functions of preventing the admission of unauthorized immigrants while also providing protection to those who cannot be safely returned to their home countries. Media coverage of Central American arrivals in 2014 portrayed their entry as a failure of border security, but the actual policy failures were in the processing and adjudication of claims for relief from migrants presenting in a mixed migration flow of humanitarian and irregular migrants. Inadequate judicial and legal resources left some migrants waiting two years or more for a hearing before an immigration judge. Such delays amounted to a de facto policy of open admission for children and families. Furthermore, the Obama administration's responses to the rising Central American flows, including greater law enforcement resources at the border, expanded detention facilities, and the establishment of dedication child and family immigration court dockets, focused exclusively on immediate needs rather than longer-term solutions and they failed either to adequately protect vulnerable immigrants or to prevent future unauthorized flows. This report explains the shifting patterns of Central American migration between 2011 and 2014, analyzes the root of the policy challenges posed by these flows, and outlines U.S. and regional policy responses to address the crisis. It also makes recommendations on policies that advance both critical protection and enforcement goals in situations of complex, mixed flows, and provides additional policies that the United States, Mexico, and the Northern Triangle countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras might adopt to better manage child and family migration pressures today and in the future. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: http://migrationpolicy.org/research/unaccompanied-child-migration-united-states-tension-between-protection-and-prevention Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 135193

Author: Weiss, Alexander Title: Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS): An Historical Overview Summary: Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) is a law enforcement operational model which integrates location-based traffic crash and crime data to establish effective and efficient methods for deploying law enforcement and other resources. Using geo-mapping to identify areas through temporal and spatial analysis that have high incidences of crime and crashes, DDACTS employs targeted traffic enforcement strategies. By saturating locations with high crash and crime incidences with highly-visible traffic enforcement, DDACTS communities play a simultaneous dual role of reducing traffic crashes and traffic violations, and fighting crime. Drawing on the deterrent value of highly-visible traffic enforcement and the knowledge that crimes often involve the use of motor vehicles, the goal of DDACTS is to reduce the incidence of traffic violations, crashes and crime in communities across the country. DDACTS: A Historical Overview examines the history and development of enforcement theories upon which the DDACTS operational model is grounded. The document explores the relationship between traffic enforcement and crime, a growing trend to direct law enforcement strategy towards places rather than individuals, describes how law enforcement organizations have learned to use data as a basis for strategy, efforts to integrate traffic enforcement with the broader law enforcement mission, and offers views about the success of DDACTS. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2015 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/Webinars/DDACTSHistoricalOverview.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Traffic Accidents Shelf Number: 135195

Author: Lachs, Mark Title: Documentation of Resident to Resident Elder Mistreatment in Residential Care Facilities Summary: Statement of purpose: This project addressed a problem of substantial empirical and practical significance: violence and aggression committed by nursing home residents that is directed toward other residents, referred to here as resident-to-resident elder mistreatment (R-REM). Prior pilot data, ongoing research by members of the research team, and a recent publication suggest that such resident-to-resident elder mistreatment is sufficiently widespread to merit concern, and is likely to have serious detrimental outcomes for residents. The goals of this project were to: enhance institutional recognition of R-REM; examine the convergence of R-REM reports across different methodologies; identify the most accurate mechanism for detecting and reporting R-REM; develop profiles of persons involved with R-REM by reporting source; investigate existing R-REM policies, and; develop institutional guidelines for reporting R-REM episodes. Design: This is an epidemiological prevalent cohort study with one wave of data collection. The parent study was conducted in five urban and five suburban nursing homes (N= 1405 urban residents; 441 suburban residents). Resident-to-resident abuse information was derived from residents, staff, observations, Incident and Accident reports and chart reviews. A prevalence period of two weeks was used for reporting purposes; one week before and after the prevalence period was allowed for case adjudication purposes using a gold standard consensus classification. Results: Using "the resident" as a unit of analysis (also the point of reference), within the two-week prevalence period, data were collected from six reporting sources including two added as part of this project, Incident/Accident reports and chart reviews. There were no R-REM-related incidents recorded in the Incident/Accident reports. The charts of five residents (0.4%) reflected R-REM-related incidents during the prevalence period. In general, convergence across all sources was low: pair-sources convergence ranged from 0.3% to 8.4%; the convergence among three-sources from .3% to 2.1%, and among four sources from 0.3% to 0.6%. In terms of the positive and negative predictive value, the resident and staff informants were the best sources (resident PPV=0.96; NPV=0.86; staff PPV=0.95, NPV=0.89) when compared to the gold standard case conference adjudication. Individual descriptive characteristics differed for those involved in R-REM compared to controls not involved in R-REM across sources; cases were more likely to be non-Hispanic White, reside in segregated dementia care units, and on average exhibited higher levels of disturbing behaviors (as reported by either the RAs, the nursing staff or both). Additionally, environmental factors differed on the units of those involved in R-REM and controls. There was more noise, i.e., residents and/or staff calling out or screaming and/or from radio/TV, alarms or bells, and congestion of equipment (more walkers) in public spaces on the units where residents involved in physical R-REM resided. Details: New York: Division of Geriatrics and Palliative Care, Weill Cornell Medical College, Cornell University; and Research Division, Hebrew Home at Riverdale, 2014. 283p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/246429.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135197

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: The Processing and Treatment of Mentally Ill Persons in the Criminal Justice System Summary: Mentally ill offenders possess a unique set of circumstances and needs. However, all too often, they cycle through the criminal justice system without appropriate care to address their mental health. Their recurring involvement in the criminal justice system is a pressing concern. This report provides a national landscape on the processing and treatment of mentally ill individuals in the criminal justice system. It also highlights challenges involved in the reintegration of mentally ill offenders into society, the diversity of policies and protocols in state statutes to address such challenges, and promising criminal justice interventions for mentally ill offenders. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/2000173-The-Processing-and-Treatment-of-Mentally-Ill-Persons-in-the-Criminal-Justice-System.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 135198

Author: Western, Bruce Title: A Longitudinal Survey of Newly-Released Prisoners: Methods and Design of the Boston Reentry Study Summary: With the historic increase in U.S. incarceration rates, large numbers of men and women are being released from prison to poor urban neighborhoods. Because of their severe socioeconomic disadvantage, housing insecurity, and criminal involvement, the recently-incarcerated are an extremely challenging population for social science analysis. Recent survey studies of released prisoners suffer from high rates of nonresponse. The Boston Reentry Study is a small intensive longitudinal data collection from 122 men and women released from state prison to the Boston area. The study adopts a variety of strategies to maximize survey participation, and data on the household complexity and instability of men and women released from prison. The study illuminates the process of release from prison, advances survey methodology for hard-to-reach populations, and helps describe the fluidity of house-holding and family relations of poor, prime-age, men and women. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2015 at: http://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/brs_research_design.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135199

Author: Western, Bruce Title: Stress and Hardship After Prison Summary: The historic increase in U.S. incarceration rates made the transition from prison to community common for poor, prime-age men and women. Leaving prison presents the challenge of social integration - of connecting with family, finding housing, and a means of subsistence. We study variation in social integration in the first months after prison release with data from the Boston Reentry Study, a unique panel survey of 122 newly-released prisoners. The data indicate severe material hardship immediately after incarceration. Over half of sample respondents were unemployed, two-thirds received public assistance, and many relied on female relatives for financial support and housing. Older respondents and those with histories of addiction and mental illness were the least socially integrated with weak family ties, unstable housing, and low levels of employment. Qualitative interviews show that anxiety and feelings of isolation accompanied extreme material insecurity. Material insecurity combined with the adjustment to social life outside prison creates a stress of transition that burdens social relationships in high-incarceration communities. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2014. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2015 at: http://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/trans08.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 135200

Author: Western, Bruce Title: Lifetimes of Violence in a Sample of Released Prisoners Summary: Men and women who go to prison are poor and involved in violence. This paper explores the connection between poverty and violence for a sample of former prisoners who left incarceration for the Boston area. Analysis of life history data indicates that violence arises in poor contexts across the life course because they are often chaotic, lack informal sources of social control, and under these conditions violence often comes to be positively valued. This situational perspective on violence diverges from the criminal justice perspective in which offenders and victims represent distinct classes of people and punishment involves the assessment of individual culpability. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2015 at: http://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/lifetimes_of_violence_in_a_sample_of_released_prisoners.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Poverty Shelf Number: 135201

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Foreclosures and Crime: A Space-Time Analysis Summary: Despite growing attention to the negative consequences of foreclosures in neighborhoods, very little systematic research on the outcomes of the foreclosure crisis was being conducted on the topic through the late 2000s. In 2010, the National Institute of Justice funded the Urban Institute's Justice Policy Center to fill that gap with a systematic assessment of the impacts of foreclosures and crime levels on each other. Four questions guided the present research: 1) What is the effect of foreclosures on the levels of crime in a neighborhood and how does that relationship change over time? Do the two phenomena have a circular relationship (where each affects the other simultaneously)? 2) Do foreclosures in one area have a "spillover" effect, increasing crime in a neighboring area at an immediate or later time period? 3) How do the effects of foreclosures on crime differ in the short-, medium -, and long-term? 4) What are the perceptions of key informants and residents on foreclosures and crime in their neighborhoods, on the impact of foreclosures on the crime rate, and on the best approaches to addressing the spillover effects of the foreclosure crisis? Data: The relationship between crime data and foreclosures was modeled at the census tract level for two sites: - Washington, DC; o 188 census tracts; -- Over the period Q1 2003 through Q4 2010 - Miami, FL ; -- 329 census tracts; -- Over the period Q4 2003 through Q1 2011 - Total of 6,016 data points in the DC data and a total of 9,870 data points in the Miami data. Results: - Effect of foreclosures on crime: -- Statistically significant in only one model: Miami model of foreclosure sales and violent crime; -- One percent increase in foreclosures would result in a 0.0157 percent increase in violent crimes - small enough to be considered non-existent. - In other models, the effect of foreclosures on crime was very small and non-significant - The effect of nearby foreclosures (spatially lagged foreclosures) was very small and not significant in any of the models The analysis suggests that any observed relationship between foreclosures and crime exists, more or less, because both foreclosures and crime happen in disadvantaged neighborhoods. Given this evidence, there is no reason to conclude that concentrated foreclosures, at least to the extent experienced in DC or Miami in the late 2000s, led to significant increases in crime on their own. The relationship between foreclosures and crime is complex, and indeed, in many ways, the two are related. However, evidence from a number of sources explored as part of this research-maps of the foreclosures and crime in both cities before and after the foreclosure crisis hit, reports from local experts and residents in both cities, descriptive analysis of foreclosures and crime data, and complex statistical models-suggests that the relationship is not direct, and is instead built on each event's relationships with other factors, like neighborhood characteristics that were in place before foreclosures spiked, such as poverty or other types of disadvantage. On a very small scale, such as by individual property or by block, a relationship between foreclosures and crime could exist, but if it does, we do not expect that it is widespread. Policies should not be designed to address these two phenomena alone. Instead, any policy responses should be designed to address wider community problems or disadvantage that likely lead to both higher foreclosures and higher crime. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248652.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 135209

Author: Uggen, Christopher Title: Crime and the Great Recession Summary: Key findings � Despite the economic downturn, crime rates have continued to decline in 6 of 7 major crime categories. � The only exception to this pattern is burglary, which dropped by 2.5% per year before 2007 and 1.2% per year thereafter. Preliminary 2011 statistics show that crimes such as burglary could once again be rising in several jurisdictions. � Correctional populations have declined by approximately 3.7% since 2007. But racial disparities in punishment remain intact and have been little affected by the recession. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Center on Poverty and Inequality, 2012. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: A Great Recession Brief: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: https://web.stanford.edu/group/recessiontrends/cgi-bin/web/sites/all/themes/barron/pdf/Crime_fact_sheet.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 135210

Author: Parrish, Kelly E. Title: Evaluation of Law Enforcement Use of Driver License Card Readers to Improve Detection of Suspended and Revoked Drivers at DUI/License Checkpoints Summary: Driving privilege suspension and revocation are known to improve traffic safety, but research suggests the majority of suspended or revoked (SR) drivers continue to drive while they are SR. These drivers are about three times more likely to be involved in crashes and to cause a fatal crash. In most U.S. states, drivers arrested for driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs (DUI) are subject to immediate drive license (DL) card confiscation by law enforcement. Drivers SR for other reasons are typically mailed notices directing them to surrender their DL cards to the licensing agency, yet they frequently do not comply. At DUI checkpoints in California, and many other U..S. states, law enforcement officers briefly inspect drivers' DL cards and check for signs of intoxication. Hence, such checkpoints are deemed DUI/License status checkpoints. Previous research found that about 41% of SR drivers contacted at such checkpoints avoided detection for SR driving because they illegally retained possess of their DL Cards. In this study, DL card readers with the capacity to identify and alert officers to drivers with SR statuses were used at the checkpoints. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the utility of implementing this type of technology on a broader scale. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: RSS-14-249: Accessed April 15, 2014 at: http://www.dmv.ca.gov/portal/wcm/connect/43d3314a-9831-407b-a278-6a9995b5b327/S5-249.pdf?MOD=AJPERES Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 135215

Author: Rogers, Patrice Title: Pilot Study of a "Hot List" for the Specific Enforcement of Repeat Driving Under the Influence Offenders with Suspended or Revoked Licenses: Process Evaluation Summary: Repeat driving under the influence of alcohol or drug (DUI) offenders in California comprised 24.1% of all drivers involved in alcohol- or drug-related fatal crashes and 62.2% of those involved in alcohol or drug-related injury crashes during 2010. Targeted enforcement efforts aimed at monitoring and ensuring DUI sanction and driver license action compliance among repeat DUI offenders has the potential to reduce their recidivism. The California Department of Motor Vehicles provided 15 law enforcement agencies with bimonthly "Hot Lists" of the driver license numbers of all suspended ore revoked multiple DUI offenders for their use in conducting interventions for reducing driving and DUI recidivism among these offenders. This report summarizes the various enforcement processes and levels of commitment to using the lists, describes several barriers identified, and discusses problems in general associated with conducting targeted enforcement efforts. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: RSS-13-245: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: https://www.dmv.ca.gov/portal/wcm/connect/a5af3c6d-48bd-4c01-a1f6-ae468cb7a443/S6-245.pdf?MOD=AJPERES Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 135216

Author: Hastings, Allison Title: Keeping Vulnerable Populations Safe Under PREA: Alternative Strategies to the Use of Segregation in Prisons and Jails Summary: Incarcerated people at risk for sexual victimization need to be housed safely without losing access to programming, mental and medical health services, and group activities. The National Standards to Prevent, Detect, and Respond to Prison Rape emphasize that isolation be used to protect at-risk populations only when no other alternatives are available and all other options have been explored. To help agencies achieve compliance with these standards, Vera's Center on Sentencing and Corrections, in conjunction with the National PREA Resource Center, has developed guidelines to provide prison and jail administrators and staff with promising strategies for safely housing inmates at risk of sexual abuse without isolating them. This guide includes approaches for managing the housing of populations at particularly high risk for sexual abuse in confinement: women; youthful inmates in adult facilities; lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, intersex (LGBTI) individuals; and people who are gender nonconforming. Details: New York: National PREA Resource Center, Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/housing-vulnerable-populations-prea-guide-april.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 135217

Author: Cohen, Derek Title: Taking Contraband Without Taking Our Liberties: Civil Asset Forfeiture Reform in Texas Summary: In October of 2007, Roderick Daniels was traveling through Tenaha, Texas on US Route 59. Just outside of the city, he was pulled over for allegedly traveling 37 miles-per-hour in a 35 miles-per-hour zone. The officer then asked Mr. Daniels if he was carrying any cash. The very aim of the trip being to purchase a car, he revealed to the officer that he was carrying a substantial amount of cash; about $8,500. Little did Mr. Daniels know he was about to be become a textbook case of civil asset forfeiture abuse in Texas. The officer promptly placed Mr. Daniels under arrest and transported him to the jail. It was here that Daniels was given an ultimatum: sign pre-notarized documents agreeing to forfeit the money and jewelry found in his car, or be charged with money laundering. Scared and far from home, Mr. Daniels complied.1 Ron Henderson and Jennifer Boatright had a similar experience with the Tenaha Police on US Route 59. While traveling through the area with their two children, they were pulled over and questioned as to whether they were carrying cash. They, too, were looking to purchase a used car and were carrying over $6,000. The officers began searching the car, turning up no contraband. Neither officer issued a citation for the alleged offense - driving in a left-hand turn lane - and Ms. Boatright and Mr. Henderson were told that they could either sign the same documents relinquishing all ownership interest in the cash or face money laundering charges. In addition, they were told that challenging the charge would result in them being placed in custody with their two small children being placed in foster care. The couple signed over their property rather than face the dissolution of their family. Incidents such as these, while abhorrent, are not uncommon. In Tenaha alone, it is estimated that between 2006 and 2008 the police seized $3 million worth of property from motorists. Over 150 of these seizure cases are believed to be invalid.3 With only 923 residents and two sworn police officers,4 these enforcement actions represent a windfall to the Tenaha and Shelby County government and have the potential to underwrite a significant portion of their budget. Absent proper procedural safeguards, the practice of forfeiture is extremely susceptible to abuse. Unfortunately, Texas ranks amongst the worst in the nation in protecting its citizens from such abuses.5 It is easy for officials to cast too wide a net given Texas' broad statutes that contain few restrictions on civil asset forfeiture. Moreover, Texas also permits its state and local law enforcement authorities to be compensated for cooperation with federal law enforcement agencies in seizing property, thereby compromising state sovereignty by partially surrendering the police power that is a core state constitutional function. This report summarizes the practice of civil asset forfeiture nationally and in Texas specifically. The breadth of the practice is discussed, and avenues for reform are laid out. Abusive forfeiture practices are one of the most pernicious invasions of personal liberty perpetrated in this modern age. However, there are policies available that can blunt misuse of this power. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: PP09-2014: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://old.texaspolicy.com/center/effective-justice/reports/taking-contraband-without-taking-our-liberties-civil-asset Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (Texas) Shelf Number: 135218

Author: Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights of the San Francisco Bay Area Title: Not Just a Ferguson Problem: How Traffic Courts Drive Inequality in California Summary: A recent Department of Justice report found that courts and law enforcement in Ferguson, Missouri, are systematically and purposefully taking money from the pockets of poor people - disproportionately from black people - to put into court coffers. The context may be different in California, but many of the practices are chillingly similar. As a result, over four million Californians do not have valid driver's licenses because they cannot afford to pay traffic fines and fees. These suspensions make it harder for people to get and keep jobs, further impeding their ability to pay their debt. They harm credit ratings. They raise public safety concerns. Ultimately they keep people in long cycles of poverty that are difficult, if not impossible to overcome. This report highlights the growing trend of license suspensions, how the problem happens, the impact on families and communities, and what can and should be done about it. Details: San Francisco: The Committee, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.lccr.com/wp-content/uploads/Not-Just-a-Ferguson-Problem-How-Traffic-Courts-Drive-Inequality-in-California-4.9.15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 135221

Author: Best, Jason Title: Vacancy in Justice: Analyzing the Impact of Overburdened Judges on Sentencing Decisions Summary: Policymakers and scholars repeatedly warn that frequent and persistent judicial vacancies pose one of the greatest threats to the federal judiciary by overburdening judges. Scholars, in turn, are divided as to whether pressure on judges results in more lenient punishment. Despite such concerns, the effect of vacancies is rarely tested directly and related studies generally fail to account for issues of endogeneity related to vacancies and caseloads. We address both concerns by using an innovative instrumental variables strategy and unique data, consisting of over 400,000 cases to test vacancies� effects on federal district court judges� sentencing decisions. We find that overburdened judges take shortcuts, such as using focal points and cues, resulting in harsher sentences. The analysis has significant implications for those concerned with civil liberties and taxpayers who must shoulder the financial costs of incarceration. Details: Houston, TX: University of Houston, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2417348 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 135223

Author: Davis Y. Ja Associates Title: Dependency Drug Court: Evaluation Report Summary: The San Francisco Superior Court engaged Davis Ja and Associates, Inc. (DYJA) to implement the outcome evaluation for the Dependency Drug Court (DDC) project. DYJA reviewed the initial work plan, the goals and objectives of the project and assigned evaluation staff to work with the Superior Court on the evaluation. Under this work plan, DYJA staff was responsible for developing consent forms, and data collection protocols and assumed some of the data entry procedures for specific measures. DYJA was also responsible for determining satisfaction through client surveys, conducting data analysis and compiling interim reports and a final evaluation report. DYJA staff worked with the program staff to establish consent procedures, assessment protocols and procedures and to utilize existing measures that would capture the data necessary to answer the evaluation and research questions indicated in the goals and objectives. However, in reviewing the process to capture adequate data necessary to fulfill goals and objectives, DYJA determined that the existing database and management information systems (MIS) of the Superior Court was inadequate and could not provide the data necessary. This was due in large part to the fact that the Superior Court system was never intended to capture outcome data, but to document court proceedings, charges and judgments. Attempts were made to revise and make changes, but authorization for these changes was difficult to obtain. Ultimately, the most significant change was the inclusion of the Addiction Severity Index (ASI), an outcome measure used by members of the collaborators of this project. Details: San Francisco: Davis Y. Ja & Associates, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/241056.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135224

Author: Klick, Jonathan Title: Mobile Phones and Crime Deterrence: An Underappreciated Link Summary: Between 1991 and 2001, crime rates dropped by about a third across all crime categories. We suggest that the introduction and growth of mobile phone technology may have contributed to the crime decline in the 1990s, specifically in the areas of rape and assault. Given that mobile phones increase surveillance and the risks of apprehension when committing crimes against strangers, an expansion of this technology would increase the costs of crime as perceived by forward-looking criminals. We use the available mobile phone data to show that there is a strongly negative association between mobile phones and violent crimes, although data limitations preclude us from being able to make any claims about causality. We show how the intuition about mobile phones providing crime deterrence fits in well with modern discussions in the crime literature regarding optimal policy and the expanding use of private security precautions in crime prevention Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn, Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 12-33 : Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2130234 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 135225

Author: Gettman, Jon B. Title: Marijuana Arrests in Colorado After the Passage of Amendment 64 Summary: Colorado's Amendment 64 was enacted in November 2012. The constitutional amendment allowed for the personal possession, cultivation and private use of marijuana in the state of Colorado for people over 21 years of age. The state was also mandated to establish a framework for taxation and regulation so adults could legally purchase non-medical marijuana from licensed cultivators and retailers. The new rights conferred to adults went into effect on December 10, 2012. The first retail stores opened on January 1, 2014. This report reviews changes in the number and characteristics of marijuana arrests in Colorado after the passage of Amendment 64. Not all arrests are equal in terms of consequences for the individual and the costs to the criminal justice system because an arrested individual may be charged with several criminal violations. Consequently this report refers to arrests in terms of the number of individual charges prosecuted in court. Data obtained from the Judicial Branch of Colorado was used to compare the number of cases and charges brought before the courts in the state prior to the passage of Amendment 64. Additional data from the Colorado Bureau of Investigation was used to review the racial characteristics of those arrested by law enforcement for marijuana law violations. This report reveals that marijuana-related charges statewide (not including Denver) decreased by 85% between 2010 and 2014. An overwhelming majority of this decrease in charges came in the aftermath of Amendment 64. Possession charges at all levels (not simply the level now legal or previously considered a petty offense) are the primary reason for the decline. Cultivation charges over the last two years were halved when compared to the previous two years before Amendment 64. In addition, all drug-related charges are down 23% since 2010. This underscores the central role of marijuana prohibition in the drug war, as well as marijuana legalization's implications for criminal justice reform more generally. This report also finds that racial disparities for marijuana offenses persist at similar levels as before Amendment 64. However, disparities for the charge of intent to distribute actually went down, easing fears of many racial justice advocates. While the overall decrease in marijuana-related offenses statewide has been enormously beneficial to communities of color, one troubling concern is the rise in disparities for the charge of public consumption, especially in Denver. It is also worth noting that, due to a lack of credible data, this report does not analyze Amendment 64's impact on the state's Latino population. The report also reveals a sharp decline in synthetic marijuana arrests since retail stores opened in 2014. According to judicial county court records, arrests for synthetic marijuana in 2014 have declined by 27% from the prior year. Given the health impacts of marijuana are more established and understood than those related to synthetic marijuana, advocates see this as yet another potential benefit of legalization. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/Marijuana_Arrests_After_the_Passage_of_Amendment_64.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 135227

Author: Parrish, Kelly E. Title: The Problem of Suspended and Revoked Drivers Who Avoid Detection at DUI/License Checkpoints Summary: OBJECTIVE: Although driver license suspension and revocation have been shown to improve traffic safety, suspended or revoked (SR) drivers who continue to drive-which appears to be the majority-are about 3 times more likely to be involved in crashes and to cause a fatal crash. In California and many other U.S. states, drivers are typically mailed notices requesting that they surrender their licenses when they are SR for reasons other than driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs (DUI), yet they frequently do not comply. Typical procedures at DUI checkpoints in California and other U.S. states include inspecting driver licenses and checking for signs of intoxication during brief contacts with law enforcement officers. Hence, these checkpoints are in fact DUI/license checkpoints in California and many other states. The purpose of this study was to estimate the extent to which SR drivers avoid being detected at DUI/license checkpoints for SR driving, because they illegally retained possession of their license cards. METHOD: Law enforcement officers used electronic license card readers at DUI/license checkpoints in Sacramento, California, to record data for 13,705 drivers. The SR status of all contacted drivers was determined after the checkpoints and compared to law enforcement citation records from the checkpoints. RESULTS: Although only 3% of the drivers contacted at the checkpoints were SR, about 41% of SR drivers were able to pass through undetected because they presented license cards that they illegally retained. Drivers SR for DUI-related reasons were more likely to be detected, whereas those SR for failure to provide proof of financial responsibility (insurance) were less likely to be detected. CONCLUSION: The fact that many SR drivers are able to pass through DUI/license checkpoints undetected weakens both the specific and general impacts of checkpoints for deterring SR driving and may diminish the effectiveness of suspension and revocation actions for reducing the crash risk posed by problem drivers. Using license card readers that can quickly identify SR drivers in real time during routine traffic stops and at DUI/license checkpoints warrants further consideration. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: RSS-13-244: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://apps.dmv.ca.gov/about/profile/rd/r_d_report/Section_5/S5-244.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 135228

Author: Guenzburger, Gloriam Vanine Title: Differences Between Jail Sentences and Jail Terms Actually Served among DUI offenders In Selected California Counties Summary: Records of 32.7% of California's DUI offenders convicted in 2006, who received jail or a jail alternative sentence, were used to compare jail terms at sentencing to actual jail time served, and to describe used alternative sanctions to jail. County data systems' variation, tracking methods, quality and completeness of data, and lack of communication between Courts and Sheriff's Departments limited sample size and representativeness. Percentages of jail time served across participating counties ranged from 0 to 67% for 1st offenders, 0 to 47% for 2nd offenders, and 0 to 67% for 3rd offenders. Median percentages of jail sentences actually served across participating counties were 0%, 19%, and 38% for 1st, 2nd, and 3rd offenders, respectively. Alternative sentences were used more often on 1st DUI offenders, less so on 2nd offenders, and least often on 3rd offenders. The most popular alternative sentences in lieu of jail options were Sheriff's Work Program and Caltrans Work Program. Jail sentences reported to DMV greatly overstate amount of jail time actually served by DUI offenders. Further evaluation of effectiveness of jail time served by California DUI offenders is not possible at present because California's DUI Offender Tracking System does not keep good track of offenders. Recommendations are: results from previous California DMV studies and/or studies from other states showing jail terms as ineffective in reducing alcohol-involved crashes or DUI recidivism should be taken with caution; efforts should be made so California's DUI Offender Tracking System is consistent with NHTSA's 2006 guidelines; DMV's court abstract collection system should require jail terms keyed in, if disposition code "J" is present; DMV's JAG project to assess accuracy and timeliness of DUI conviction data sent to DMV should be finished, and its findings used in conjunction of this study's findings to enable the implementation of recommendations from NHTSA's 2011 California Traffic Records Assessment. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://apps.dmv.ca.gov/about/profile/rd/r_d_report/Section_5/S5-239.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135229

Author: Coalition for Juvenile Justice Title: Status Offenses: A National Survey Summary: Status offenses are behaviors that violate the law only because the person engaging in them has not yet reached the age of majority. Common examples of these behaviors include running away from home and skipping school. Each year, thousands of children enter the juvenile justice system for these types of behaviors. In 2011 alone, for example, an estimated 116,200 status offense cases were petitioned to juvenile courts nationwide, with 8,800 of these cases involving secure detention. Currently, status offense laws vary greatly from state to state, with a broad range of terminology and definitions governing the issue. Similarly, diversion programs and practices, as well as sanctions following disposition of a case, differ significantly among the states. This brief examines existing status offense laws across the 50 states and the District of Columbia. It details the legislative label that each state applies to status offense behaviors, the types of behaviors that fall within that label, diversion options that are available in the case, possible outcomes following adjudication, and whether the state uses the valid court order (VCO) exception or a 24-hour hold for youth who are detained for status offense behaviors. This brief may be used by judges, advocates, and legislators to assess national trends and gather ideas for system reform. This brief was created as part of the Coalition for Juvenile Justice (CJJ)�s Safety, Opportunity and Success (SOS): Standards of Care for Non-Delinquent Youth project. It should be used in conjunction with CJJ�s National Standards for the Care of Youth Charged with Status Offenses (the National Standards), and the related Model Policy Guide. Details: Washington, DC: The Coalition, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.juvjustice.org/sites/default/files/resource-files/Status%20Offenses%20-%20A%20National%20Survey%20-FINAL%20-%20WEB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Status Offenders Shelf Number: 135231

Author: Cole, Jared P. Title: Terrorist Databases and the No Fly List: Procedural Due Process and Hurdles to Litigation Summary: In order to protect national security, the government maintains various terrorist watchlists, including the "No Fly" list, which contains the names of individuals to be denied boarding on commercial airline flights. Travelers on the No Fly list are not permitted to board an American airline or any flight on a foreign air carrier that lands or departs from U.S. territory or flies over U.S. airspace. Some persons have claimed that their alleged placement on the list was the result of an erroneous determination by the government that they posed a national security threat. In some cases, it has been reported that persons have been prevented from boarding an aircraft because they were mistakenly believed to be on the No Fly list, sometimes on account of having a name similar to another person who was actually on the list. As a result, various legal challenges to placement on the list have been brought in court. The Due Process Clause provides that no person shall be "deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law." Accordingly, when a person has been deprived of a constitutionally protected liberty interest, the government must follow certain procedures. Several courts have found that placement on the No Fly list may impair constitutionally protected interests, including the right to travel internationally, and the government's redress procedures must therefore satisfy due process. Typically, due process requires that the government provide a person with notice of the deprivation and an opportunity to be heard before a neutral party. However, the requirements of due process are not fixed, and can vary according to relevant factors. When determining the proper procedural protections in a given situation, courts employ the balancing test articulated by the Supreme Court in Matthews v. Eldridge, which weighs the private interests affected against the government's interest. Courts applying this balancing test might consider several factors, including the severity of the deprivation involved in placement on the No Fly list. In addition, courts may examine the risk of an erroneous deprivation under the current procedural framework and the potential value of imposing additional procedures on the process. Finally, courts may inquire into the government's interest in preserving the status quo, including the danger of permitting plaintiffs to access sensitive national security information. Resolution of the issue is currently pending as at least two federal courts have ruled that the government's redress procedures for travelers challenging placement on the No Fly list violate due process. The government is currently revising this process, although the precise details of what the new program will entail are unclear. Litigation is further complicated by several legal hurdles, such as the state secrets privilege, that can bar plaintiffs from accessing certain information during litigation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: R43730: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43730.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 135235

Author: Chapman, Eric Title: General Deterrent Evaluation of the Ignition Interlock Pilot Program in California Summary: Currently, there are four counties in California that are participating in the ignition interlock device, IID, pilot program: Los Angeles, Alameda, Tulare, and Sacramento, per California Vehicle Code Section 23700. The pilot program requires all driving under the influence, DUI, defendants, including first time offenders, to pay for, install, and then maintain the IID for a period of time as determined by the number of drunk driving convictions the individual has. An IID is a breathalyzer instrument that is professionally installed in the defendant's vehicle by a court-approved company. The driver must blow into the device, providing an alcohol-free sample. If alcohol is detected, the car will not start. Once started, the driver will be prompted to give another sample within 15-minutes of driving and then again about every 45-minutes. If alcohol is detected during a random sample, the car will stall and become inoperable. These are referred to as "sample failures" and are reported to the court. The present study analyzes DUI conviction data from July 2007 through June 2013. The results indicate that IID installation rates among all DUI offenders increased dramatically in the pilot counties from 2.1% during the pre-pilot period to 42.4% during the pilot period. The results of the Auto-Regressive Integrated Moving Average (ARIMA) analyses show that the IID pilot program was not associated with a reduction in the number of first-time and repeat DUI convictions in the pilot counties. In other words, no evidence was found that the pilot program has a general deterrence effect. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: https://www.dmv.ca.gov/portal/wcm/connect/065e8803-83ed-4d16-9335-c67e7e23c6ea/S5-247.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CONVERT_TO=url&CACHEID=065e8803-83ed-4d16-9335-c67e7e23c6ea Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 135237

Author: Tashima, Helen N. Title: An Evaluation of Factors Associated with Variation in DUI Conviction Rates Among California Counties Summary: Although California's statewide driving-under-the-influence of alcohol and/or drugs (DUI) conviction rate has improved over time from 64% in 1989 to 79% in 2006, the DUI conviction rates vary considerably among counties. The purpose of this study was to identify factors associated with differences among California county DUI conviction rates averaged from 2000-2006. The three approaches to obtain information were: (a) surveys sent to California judges, prosecuting attorneys, public and private defense attorneys, and court administrators; (b) face-to-face interviews conducted with California judges, prosecuting attorneys, and public and private defense attorneys; and (c) analyses of various county-level demographic and socioeconomic factors, DUI arrest and conviction process measures, and crash/recidivism variables. It was found that counties with higher DUI arrest rates tend to have lower DUI conviction rates. Counties with high DUI conviction rates tend to convict at lower BAC levels and have higher percentage usage of blood BAC tests. Counties also varied in their alcohol-reckless conviction rates as well as the BAC levels considered appropriate for negotiating alcohol-reckless plea bargains. While the 7-year (2000-2006) statewide average percentage of DUI arrestees convicted of alcohol-reckless driving was 8.1%, county percentages ranged from 0% to 22.6%. Higher prosecution caseload as measured by county violent crime rates is associated with lower DUI conviction rates, while shorter lengths of time from arrest to conviction are associated with higher DUI conviction rates. Varying prosecution policies were strongly identified by survey respondents as influencing variation in county DUI conviction rates. Convicting for drug-only DUI was considered to be very difficult due to the lack of scientifically based per se levels of drug impairment. Recommendations are made based on these findings. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Motor Vehicles, 2011. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: RSS-11-235: Accessed April 15, 2015 at: http://apps.dmv.ca.gov/about/profile/rd/r_d_report/Section_3/S3-235.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 135238

Author: ShotSpotter Title: National Gunfire Index Summary: The 2014 Gunfire Summary is based on gunfire data aggregated from 47 cities across the U.S. that had ShotSpotter Flex deployed for more than 4/5 of the year. SST reviewed, classified and published 33,975 separate incidents. Most intense day: October 25: 226 incidents in total, 49 in one city. Single busiest hour for an individual community: November 14: at 1:00 AM (15 incidents of gunfire) Most dangerous hour of the week in aggregate: Friday 2:00 AM � 3:00 AM (803 incidents) Worst month for any individual community: January, 60.6 incidents/sq mi (726.7 annualized) Details: Newark, CA: ShotSpotter, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www.shotspotter.com/system/content-uploads/2015NGI-eBook.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 135251

Author: U.S. Department of Education Title: Guiding Principles for Providing High-Quality Education in Juvenile Justice Secure Care Settings Summary: Providing high-quality education in juvenile justice secure care settings presents unique challenges for the administrators, teachers, and staff who are responsible for the education, rehabilitation, and welfare of youths committed to their care. The United States departments of Education (ED) and Justice (DOJ) recognize that while these challenges cannot be overcome without vision, dedication, and leadership, there is also a critical need in the field for supportive resources grounded in the available research, practitioner experiences, and promising practices from around the country. The more than 2,500 juvenile justice residential facilities across the country need support from federal, state, and local educational agencies; the broader juvenile justice system (particularly the juvenile justice agencies that oversee facilities); and their communities to improve services for committed youths. The services provided to them in secure care facilities should be developmentally appropriate and focus on the youths' educational, social-emotional, behavioral, and career planning needs so that their time within a secure care facility is a positive experience during which they attain new skills and move on to a more productive path. Building on prior guidance from ED and DOJ, this report focuses on five guiding principles recommended by the federal government for providing high-quality education in juvenile justice secure care settings: I. A safe, healthy facility-wide climate that prioritizes education, provides the conditions for learning, and encourages the necessary behavioral and social support services that address the individual needs of all youths, including those with disabilities and English learners. II. Necessary funding to support educational opportunities for all youths within long-term secure care facilities, including those with disabilities and English learners, comparable to opportunities for peers who are not system-involved. III. Recruitment, employment, and retention of qualified education staff with skills relevant in juvenile justice settings who can positively impact long-term student outcomes through demonstrated abilities to create and sustain effective teaching and learning environments. IV. Rigorous and relevant curricula aligned with state academic and career and technical education standards that utilize instructional methods, tools, materials, and practices that promote college- and career-readiness. V. Formal processes and procedures - through statutes, memoranda of understanding, and practices - that ensure successful navigation across child-serving systems and smooth reentry into communities. Throughout this report, each guiding principle is accompanied by supportive core activities for consideration by agencies and facilities seeking to improve existing education-related practices or implement new ones. These principles and core activities are not an exhaustive list of responsibilities for either agencies operating secure care facilities or those providing educational services on facility grounds. Instead, both the guiding principles and the attendant core activities are ED's and DOJ's suggestions for creating environments conducive to the teaching and learning process, enhancing academic and social-emotional supports, promoting positive educational outcomes for all system-involved students, and lessening the likelihood of youths reentering the justice system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2015 at: http://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/correctional-education/guiding-principles.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 135254

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Illegal Reentry Offenses Summary: This report analyzes data collected by the United States Sentencing Commission1 concerning cases in which offenders are sentenced under USSG �2L1.2 - commonly called "illegal reentry" cases. Such cases are a significant portion of all federal cases in which offenders are sentenced under the United States Sentencing Guidelines. In fiscal year 2013, for instance, illegal reentry cases constituted 26 percent of all such cases. As part of its ongoing review of the guidelines, including the immigration guidelines, the Commission examined illegal reentry cases from fiscal year 2013, including offenders' criminal histories, number of prior deportations, and personal characteristics. Part I of this report summarizes the relevant statutory and guideline provisions. Part II provides general information about illegal reentry cases based on the Commission's annual datafiles. Part III presents the findings of the Commission's in-depth analysis of a representative sample of illegal reentry cases. Part IV presents key findings. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-projects-and-surveys/immigration/2015_Illegal-Reentry-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 135259

Author: Carson, Bethany Title: Payoff: How Congress Ensures Private Prison Profit with an Immigrant Detention Quota Summary: In 2009, in the midst of a multi-year decline in the undocumented immigrant population, Senator Robert Byrd (D-WV), then Chairman of the Appropriations Subcommittee on Homeland Security, inserted the following language regarding Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) detention budget into the Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act of 2010:"...funding made available under this heading shall maintain a level of not less than 33,400 detention beds." This directive established what would become a controversial policy interpreted by ICE as a mandate to contract for and fill 33,400 (increased in 2013 to 34,000) detention beds on a daily basis. The directive would come to be known as the "immigrant detention quota" or "bed mandate." The immigration detention quota is unprecedented; no other law enforcement agency operates under a detention quota mandated by Congress. Since its implementation, the quota has become a driver of an increasingly aggressive immigration enforcement strategy. The immigrant detention system has expanded significantly since the implementation of the quota, and the percent of the detained population held in private facilities has increased even more dramatically. Two major private prison corporations have emerged as the main corporate beneficiaries of immigrant detention policies: Corrections Corporation of America (CCA) and GEO Group. This report provides an in-depth assessment of the inception and implementation of the quota, with a specific focus on the role played by for-profit, private prison corporations. These companies have profited handsomely from the artificial stability provided by the quota while contributing millions of dollars in federal lobbying expenditures and in campaign contributions to ensure their interests are met. This report also features testimony from people directly impacted by detention and deportation, revealing the momentous human cost of the quota. Key Findings: 1.Private prison corporations have increased their share of the immigrant detention industry. Since just before the onset of the quota, the private prison industry has increased its share of immigrant detention beds by 13 percent. Sixty-two percent of all ICE immigration detention beds in the United States are now operated by for-profit prison corporations, up from 49 percent in 2009. Nine of the ten largest ICE detention centers are private. This is particularly noteworthy in light of the expansion of the entire ICE detention system by nearly 47 percent in the last decade. 2.Private prison corporations lobby on immigration and immigrant detention issues that affect their bottom line. Contrary to private prison corporation claims that they do not lobby on issues related to immigration policy, between 2008 and 2014, CCA spent $10,560,000 in quarters where they lobbied on issues related to immigrant detention and immigration reform. Of that amount, CCA spent $9,760,000, - 61 percent of total private prison lobbying expenditures - in quarters where they directly lobbied the DHS Appropriations Subcommittee, which maintains the immigrant detention quota language and shapes the way in which it is interpreted. Lobbying disclosure forms reveal spending on: "Issues related to comprehensive immigration reform", and "FY 2014 and FY 2015 Department of Homeland Security appropriations - provisions related to privately-operated ICE detention facilities". Since 2010, CCA has spent at least 75 percent of its lobbying expenditures in quarters where it has lobbied directly on the DHS Appropriations Subcommittee. Though GEO Group has not directly lobbied the DHS Appropriations Subcommittee, the company recently began lobbying on immigration and immigrant detention issues, spending $460,000 between 2011 and 2014 in quarters when they lobbied on these issues. 3.Two private prison corporations - CCA and GEO Group - dominate the immigration detention industry. Together, they operate eight of the ten largest immigrant detention centers. GEO and CCA combined operate 72 percent of the privately contracted ICE immigrant detention beds. In the years following the implementation of the immigrant detention quota, CCA and GEO expanded their share of the total ICE immigrant detention system from 37 percent in 2010 to 45 percent in 2014. GEO Group in particular has increased its share of the total ICE immigrant detention system to 25 percent in FY14 from 15 percent in FY10. Both companies have significantly augmented their profits since the implementation of the quota, CCA from $133,373,000 in 2007 to $195,022,000 in 2014. GEO experienced an even more dramatic profit increase from $41,845,000 in 2007 to $143,840,000 in 2014, a 244 percent increase. 4.CCA and GEO have recently expanded their immigrant detention capacity, including new contracts for detaining asylum-seeking families. Since FY2014, the most recent numbers released by ICE, both CCA and GEO have both expanded their capacity for detaining women and children in new family detention centers[22] in South Texas. The CCA-operated South Texas Family Residential Center in Dilley opened in December 2014 and currently holds about 480 women and children. It is under expansion to grow to an expected capacity of 2,400 by May 2015. If this expansion proceeds, Dilley will be the largest immigrant detention center in the U.S. The GEO-run Karnes County Residential Center opened in June 2014 and now holds around 600 women and children, but will expand to a capacity of 1,200. Additionally, in January 2015, GEO acquired LCS Corrections, which owns several large immigrant detention facilities in Texas and Louisiana, further increasing its share of the immigrant detention business. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/reports/quota_report_final_digital.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135261

Author: Twinam, Tate Title: Danger Zone: The Causal Effects of High-Density and Mixed-Use Development on Neighborhood Crime Summary: This paper examines the impact of residential density and mixed land use on crime using a unique high�resolution dataset from Chicago over the period 2008�2013. I employ a novel instrumental variable strategy based on the city�s 1923 zoning code. I find that commercial uses lead to more street crime in their immediate vicinity, with relatively weak spillovers. However, this effect is strongly offset by density; dense mixed use areas are actually safer than typical residential areas. Additionally, much of the commercial effect is driven by liquor stores and late�hour bars. I discuss the implications for zoning policy. Details: Pittsburgh, OH: Department of Economics University of Pittsburgh, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2508672 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135263

Author: Pittell, Harlan Title: "Stand your ground" laws and the demand for legal firearms Summary: Since 2005, 23 states have passed Stand Your Ground (SYG) laws: allowing a person to use deadly force in self-defense, even in situations where one can safely flee from an assailant. This study investigates whether SYG laws increased the demand for firearms by using data on background checks for firearms purchases as a proxy for the demand for legal firearms. Results from three alternative difference in differences estimates provide evidence that the passage of SYG laws generally led to an increase in the demand for legal firearms. Details: Ithaca, NY: Department of Policy Analysis & Management Cornell University, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis & Management Honors Thesis: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: https://ecommons.library.cornell.edu/bitstream/1813/36335/2/Pittell_Thesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135273

Author: Zajac, Gary Title: An Examination of Rural Prisoner Reentry Challenges Summary: This study explored issues and challenges surrounding the reentry of state prison and county jail inmates to rural communities in Pennsylvania. Reentry refers to the process of a prisoner transitioning to the community after a period of secure confinement in a state or federal prison or county jail. The research used secondary data from the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections and the Pennsylvania Board of Probations and Parole and used primary data from interviews and surveys to: estimate the number and characteristics of state prison and county jail prisoners likely to be released into rural Pennsylvania communities over the next 5 years; identify and document reentry programs and services available to released state and local prisoners in rural Pennsylvania; conduct a gap analysis of reentry services available in rural Pennsylvania for successful reentry; and provide public policy considerations. According to the research results, releases of county jail inmates to rural counties are projected to hold constant over the next 5 years; however, releases of state inmates are projected to increase slightly over the same period. The most likely explanation for the slight increase in releases of state inmates is that state parole approval rates have increased somewhat over the past several years. The most notable demographic trends among released inmates are an increase in the number of older inmates being released, and a slight increase in the number of female inmates being released. Significant reentry needs for returning rural inmates include assistance with employment, housing and transportation. Transportation is crucial to the reentry process as the lack of public transit in rural areas can hamper returning inmates in finding and getting to jobs and housing, getting to treatment groups and medical and mental health appointments, and making required meetings with their parole agents. The challenges of finding work and suitable housing are magnified for "hard to place" offenders, such as those with serious mental illness and sex offenders, as the latter face significant restrictions on where they can live and work. This research also found that returning inmates also face some stigma for their status as ex-offenders. This is most notable for returning sex offenders. While there appears to be a reasonably robust network of social services and programs in rural counties for returning inmates, these services are unevenly distributed between rural counties. Most notably, there are very few reentry programs for sex offenders in rural counties, and almost no programs that specifically address the most important rehabilitative needs of ex-offenders, including programs that address ex-offenders' thinking, decision-making and problem-solving skills and their peer networks, all of which are strongly linked to recidivism reduction. Details: University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University, Justice Center for Research, 2013. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://justicecenter.psu.edu/research/recently-completed-projects Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 135275

Author: Flowers, Angelyn S. Title: Time Dollar Youth Court: 2010 Evaluation Final Report Summary: The Time Dollar Youth Court (TDYC) is a juvenile diversion program in the District of Columbia designed for first-time non-violent offenders. The central component of its intervention strategy is its peer jury process. TDYC envisions itself, not simply as a peer jury program, but as a peer jury where the jurors are offenders performing jury service as part of their sanction. This evaluation examined the effectiveness of service as peer jurors. Data on 882 TDYC participants who were in the program between July 1, 2009, and June 30, 2010 was analyzed. A mixture of methods was utilized in this evaluation design including qualitative, quantitative, and linguistic and sentiment analysis. A multi-stage process with a convenience sample was used. This included self-administered surveys and interviews. Relationships between participation in TDYC jury duty service with self-efficacy and civic engagement were examined using life-skills, community involvement, future aspirations, and participant perception of jury duty service. The strongest relationships were found in the life-skills category. Very strong direct relationships were found between the TDYC peer juror experience and the following variables: - Goal Setting and goal achievement (Pearson r = .98) - Problem solving (Pearson r = .95) - Decision making (Pearson r =.95) - Academics and learning (Pearson r = .88) Strong direct relationships were found between the TDYC peer juror experience and four variables, three of which were in the community involvement category: - Been mentored (Pearson r = .81) - Gained new friends from community involvement (Pearson r = .79) - Mentored someone (Pearson r = .76) - Communications skills (Pearson r = .71) The lowest life-skills category variables were: self-esteem which was moderately strong (Pearson r = .56) and social competencies which was only weakly related (Pearson r = .25). The lowest variables in the community involvement category were: having a leadership role in a community organization which was weak (Pearson r = .34) and belief that their community was important, which had a negative inverse relationship (Pearson r = -.04). In the life skills area the categories of goal setting and achievement, problem-solving, and decision-making were statistically significant at p = < .05 with a greater than 95% probability that the differences found between those participants at the beginning of their TDYC peer jury duty service and those who had completed their jury duty service were not due to chance and could therefore be inferred to apply to the entire 2009 - 2010 TDYC participant cohort. The categories of academics and learning, communications, and social competency were statistically significant at p = < .01 with a greater than 99% probability that any differences found could be inferred to apply to the larger population. The self-esteem category was not found to be statistically significant. With the exception of belief in the importance of their community and having a leadership role in a community organization, all of the other variables in community involvement were statistically significant at p = < .05. The excepted variables were not found to be statistically significant. The correlation with goal setting and goal achievement and TDYC peer jury experience was also demonstrated by the reduction in the disparity between aspirations and identification of a strategy for achieving those aspirations for those participants who were farthest along in their peer juror service experience. A sentiment analysis of TDYC participant comments on their service as peer jurors revealed feelings that were primarily positive with some neutral feelings, but no negative feelings. Details: Washington, DC: Angelyn S. Flowers, 2010. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/Washington_DC_s_Time_Dollar_Youth_Court.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135277

Author: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. Title: 2013 Prescription Monitoring Program: Survey Results Summary: The Maine Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) is a valuable tool used by health care providers to develop comprehensive clinical backgrounds for new patients and for existing patients who request prescription refills of controlled substances. In 2012, the Maine Office of Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services (SAMHS) received a grant to improve access to complete patient prescription data through the PMP. SAMHS seeks to integrate PMP with Maine�s Health Information Exchange (HIE) and to foster interoperability with at least eight other states. Part of the improvement process will be to create access to PMP data directly from a patient�s health record in the HIE. To understand and address PMP user needs in light of these new opportunities, SAMHS invited all registered PMP users (4,127 individuals) to participate in an online survey. SAMHS contracted with Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. (HZA) to administer the survey and analyze the results. A total of 1,282 people responded for a response rate of 31.1%. Most respondents (61.9%) were prescribers (physicians, nurse practitioners or physician assistants). Other respondents were nurses, pharmacists, clinical support, case managers, behavioral health providers and administrative support. Frequency of using PMP. Survey results indicate that most prescribers use PMP at least once a week or less than three times per month. Since survey respondents were not asked their specialty, it is not possible to conclude whether this frequency is clinically appropriate. However, for prescribers who do use PMP, most consult it just before or during a patient visit. Nearly 72% of pharmacists use PMP during the patient visit. Reasons for using PMP. The most common reasons by far for using PMP are when misuse or diversion is suspected. This is true across the board, for all types of responders no matter how frequent their use. PMP is also used periodically (49.2%) or routinely (37.6%) for patients receiving controlled substances, and periodically for patients receiving opioids (34.8%). Prompts for using PMP. Some office practices incorporate PMP as part of office procedure, policy or required protocol, and in these cases nurses most frequently access PMP. Pharmacists use PMP as part of required protocol more frequently than prescribers. Very few healthcare providers are prompted by a pop-up notice in electronic health records to consult PMP. Prescribing practices as a result of using PMP. Prescribers who alter their prescribing practices as a result of using PMP stopped (60.7%) and/or decreased (49.3%) prescribing controlled substances to the patient and/or provided patient education (44.9%). Over a third referred the patient to substance abuse treatment. A smaller number (16.5%) refused to treat the patient. (Respondents could provide more than one action, so percentages do not total 100.) For non-prescribers, the most frequent course of action after reviewing a patient�s PMP record was to notify the prescribers) of discrepancies. Barriers to using PMP. The vast majority of respondents find PMP easy to use (77.7%). While PMP users had frustrations with forgetting their passwords and with the password retrieval process, by far the greatest challenge to using PMP is the lack of real time data. Currently, data submission is required within seven days of dispensing. Pharmacists and prescribers in particular see this as a challenge to using the system to its greatest effect in prescribing and dispensing appropriate medications and in detecting misuse and diversion. Customer satisfaction. Over half (55.1%) of respondents were satisfied with PMP customer service. Responses did not vary significantly by role or by frequency of use. Details: Bangor, ME: Maine Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://hornbyzeller.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/PMP-Survey-Results-FINAL-Jul-24-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135283

Author: Berry, William W., III Title: Life-with-Hope Sentencing: The Argument for Replacing Life-Without-Parole Sentences with Presumptive Life Sentences Summary: The United States has over 41,000 people serving life-without-parole (LWOP) sentences. It is a phenomenon unparalleled in the history of the world. This rise is attributable to a strange confluence of (1) the increasing use of LWOP as an alternative to the death penalty, (2) abolition of parole by states as part of truth-in-sentencing reforms, and (3) the rise in mandatory minimum sentences, particularly related to sale and distribution of illegal drugs. Nowhere has a state or federal government examined the appropriateness of LWOP sentences or developed a framework to assess whether an offender warrants such a sentence. Given the historical thoughtlessness of determining who receives this serious punishment and the wild increase in such sentences, LWOP sentences clearly need reform. This Article attempts to address this epidemic by demonstrating the shortcomings of LWOP and proposing an alternative sentencing model for serious offenders. This Article, then, argues for the abolition of LWOP sentences. Specifically, the human rights implications of such sentences, the speculative nature of such sentences, and the presence of other sufficient alternatives provide justification for the abandoning of LWOP sentences. Instead, this Article advocates for the adoption of presumptive life sentences as an alternative to LWOP. In Part I, the Article describes the current LWOP crisis. Part II of this Article makes the case for abolishing LWOP sentences. Finally, in Part III, the Article proposes the adoption of presumptive life sentences as a feasible alternative to life without parole, and demonstrates how such sentences can replace LWOP and end the LWOP epidemic. Details: University, MS: University of Mississippi School of Law, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2567963 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 135306

Author: Hastings, Allison Title: Screening for Risk of Sexual Victimization and for Abusiveness: Guidelines for Administering Screening Instruments and Using the Information to Inform Housing Decisions Summary: The National Standards to Prevent, Detect, and Respond to Prison Rape (Standards) under the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) require corrections agencies, as part of their prevention efforts, to screen individuals for their risk of sexual victimization or sexual abusiveness and to use the information to inform housing, bed, work, education, and program assignments. To help agencies achieve compliance with the Standards, Vera's Center for Sentencing and Corrections, in conjunction with the National PREA Resource Center has developed guidelines to screen for risk of sexual victimization and for abusiveness, including questions to be asked of inmates, residents, and detainees, and the best use of the information from the screening to inform housing decisions. These guidelines are based on reviews of screening tools and consultations with national classification experts, corrections practitioners, technical assistance providers, and researchers. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/prea-screening-guidelines.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) Shelf Number: 135324

Author: Coldren, James R. Chip, Jr. Title: CNA Out Front: Using Analysis for Police Organizational Transformation -- Issues for Police Conduct Summary: Policing in America is undergoing a radical transformation, based largely on the visions for change found in the Attorney General�s Smart Justice campaign and the Bureau of Justice Assistance Smart Policing Initiative. In addition, there is a stronger than ever push to integrate research and analysis into police operations and police decision making --- evidence-based policing. Still, reform in policing faces daunting challenges. Foremost among these challenges are the strained relations between police and communities of color, which can become volatile after the use of deadly use of force by police officers. Under it all, policing in America is based on trust between police and the communities they serve. When that trust is breached, policing becomes enormously challenging and social order is threatened. Based on its work with a number of police agencies across the country regarding innovation in policing, use of force assessment and reform, and after-action analyses of critical incidents, CNA believes that a focus on constitutional policing in academic and practitioner communities will further the progress that is underway in evidence-based policing. As part of its ongoing efforts to stimulate reform-minded dialogue around current issues in policing, CNA convened an Executive Session on September 7, 2014, to share information about the evolving practice-based research methodologies used to examine police conduct issues. Using data driven approaches to address police conduct concerns is a relatively new phenomenon. Too often, solutions to these challenges have lacked an empirical basis and are generally derived from the opinions of a range of police leaders and subject matter experts. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: https://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/CIM-2014-U-008848.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 135327

Author: Vazquez, Pedro Title: Residents' Feelings and Interpretation of the Open-Air Drug Market in Conkey and Clifford Neighborhood of Rochester, New York Summary: Low-level drug dealers thrive where they do not conflict with legitimate businesses, but rather support and are supported by certain elements of their environment (Thomas J. Charron, Debra Whitcomb, & George Ross, 2004, pg. 3). According to T. Charron, D. Whitcomb, & G. Ross (2004), dimly lit parking lots, alleys, abandoned buildings, bars, and roads that allow drivers to slow down or stop are some of the elements of the environment that support low-level drug dealers. Low-level drug dealing in open-air markets generates or contributes to a wide range of social disorder and drug-related crime in the surrounding neighborhood that can also have an effect on the residents' quality of life (Alex Harocopos & Mike Hough, 2005). The purpose of this paper is to gain an understanding of how residents in the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood in Rochester, New York have been affected by the open-air marijuana market, as well as their view of their neighborhood. The Rochester Drug Free Street Initiative (RDFSI) coalition has been working with residents in the Conkey and Clifford neighborhood to bring to an end the marketing of low-level drugs in their neighborhood. The RDFSI is implementing two approaches, which is led by Ibero-American Development Corporation (IADC), the H.O.P.E project and other committed local partners. The intervention, which is known as INSPIRE (Invested, Neighbors, Seeking, Progress, Inspiration, Restoration, & Empowerment), is being run by RDFSI staff and community members. The RDFSI is applying the two civil approaches to a two- tiered strategy. First is the Restorative Practices Strategy: working with PiRI (Partners in Restorative Initiatives,) neighborhood residents, and other community providers. RDFSI created what is being known as "Restorative Community Circles"; here people who are currently selling marijuana on the street can meet with other community members who want to help them transition into productive community members. This process creates a safe space for those who inform dealers how drug sales are affecting them and their families. The second strategy involves a stay-away order. RDFSI staff knows that not all dealers will be receptive to the restorative community circle process, but residents still need to be protected from those who continue to sell marijuana in their neighborhoods. The order will assist in interrupting the sale of marijuana by extricating the dealers from their geographical market. Residents have asked, "Why haven't the police done anything about drug dealers?" Police officers have a hard task when it comes to arresting low-level drug dealers. Marijuana has been decriminalized in New York State, which means that any individual found with less than an ounce of marijuana will not be arrested, charged, or face any jail time. These individual will only face a violation, which is punishable by a fine of $25.00 or less. Parking on the wrong side of the street is a much more serious violation than that of a violation for marijuana possession of less than an ounce, as alternate parking fines are $50.00 in the City. This is why police officers have limited power in handling the issues of open-air drug markets. This paper will highlight the answers to the survey conducted by RDFSI during the Rochester T.I.P.S event. Project T.I.P.S stand for Trust, Information, Programs & Services, the projects includes community agencies and law enforcement personnel working together in a selected neighborhood to rebuild trust amongst residents and share information. The answers to the "Your Voice" survey, which was construed by CPSI (Center for Public Safety Imitative) student researcher. This survey was giving to residents who are involved with RDFSI, and the information from the resident's focus group conducted by the RDFSI. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives Rochester Institute of Technology, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2014/Conkey%20and%20Clifford%20Resident%20Surveys%20-%20MJ%20Market%20-%20WEBSITE%20VERSION.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Dealers Shelf Number: 135328

Author: Bickle, Gayle Title: An Intermediate Outcome Evaluation of the Thinking for a Change Program Summary: The research literature on effective offender programming shows that cognitive behavioral programming creates larger reductions in recidivism than other types of offender programming. In light of this evidence, the ODRC adopted the Thinking for a Change (TFAC) program. In 2009, the department encouraged every prison to implement the TFAC program. The program teaches problem-solving skills, particularly when interacting with others, in order to increase rational thinking and lead to pro-social interactions and behaviors. In addition, through cognitive restructuring (aka, cognitive self-change), thought processes are modified to reduce thinking patterns that are conducive to criminal behavior, i.e., antisocial attitudes. This evaluation uses a quasi-experimental, non-random, two group pre-test post-test design, and it explores intermediate outcomes that examine whether the program has influenced participant's self-assessment of their social problem-solving skills and approaches and their acceptance of criminal attitudes. The Social Problem-Solving Inventory-Revised (SPSI-R) and the Texas Christian University Criminal Thinking Scales (CTS) were used to measure these components of the program. The findings are as follows: -Analyzing the SPSI-R data using GLMM (Generalized Linear Mixed Modeling), we find that, compared to a waiting list comparison group, TFAC group completers do significantly better than their comparison group counterparts on every measure, including positive problem orientation, negative problem orientation, rational problem solving and associated subscales (problem definition and formulation, generation of alternative solutions, decision making, solution implementation and verification), impulsivity/carelessness style, and avoidance style. Moreover, the level of significance of these findings indicates that TFAC does impact participants- understanding of social problem solving skills and approaches. Analyzing the TCU-CTS data using GLMM, we find that TFAC group completers do significantly better (p<.001) than their comparison group counterparts on all but one criminal thinking scale (measuring coldheartedness). The scales where TFAC completers do significantly better include entitlement, justification, power orientation, criminal rationality, personal irresponsibility, and the total criminal thinking score. The findings indicate that TFAC participants appear to reduce (or at least not increase) their acceptance of criminal attitudes when compared to non-participants. -Interaction effects were found between risk level and TFAC group participants on the SPSI-R survey, indicating the following: -Higher risk treatment group members showed significantly more improvement than those in the lower risk comparison group on all but one scale (avoidance style), including positive problem orientation, negative problem orientation, rational problem solving and associated subscales (problem definition and formulation, generation of alternative solutions, decision making, solution implementation and verification), and impulsivity/carelessness style. Lower risk treatment group members showed significantly more improvement on all of the scales than their lower risk comparison counterparts. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Dept. of Rehabilitation and Correction. Bureau of Research and Evaluation, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2015 at: http://www.drc.ohio.gov/web/Reports/Eval_ThinkingforaChange.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 135331

Author: McAdams, Richard Title: The Law of Police Summary: Some Fourth Amendment doctrines distinguish between searches executed by police and others, being more demanding of the former. We explore these distinctions by offering a simple theory for how "police are different," focusing on self-selection. Those most attracted to the job of policing include those who feel the most intrinsic satisfaction from facilitating the punishment of wrongdoers. Thus, we expect police to have more intensely punitive preferences, on average, than the public or other governmental actors. Some experimental evidence supports this prediction. In turn, stronger punishment preferences logically lower one's threshold of doubt- the perceived probability of guilt at which one would search or seize a suspect. That police have a lower threshold of doubt plausibly justifies more judicial scrutiny of police searches than of non-police searches (as well as more-permissive rules when police perform tasks outside the scope of law enforcement). We also consider and critique Bill Stuntz's alternative explanation of the relevant doctrine. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Public Law and Legal Theory Working Papers no. 505: Accessed April 22, 2015 at: http://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1955&context=public_law_and_legal_theory Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Fourth Amendment Shelf Number: 135360

Author: Weiss, Catherine Title: 51-Jurisdiction Survey of Solitary Confinement Rules in Juvenile Justice Systems Summary: The attached survey provides an overview of policies governing the solitary confinement of juveniles in 50 states and the District of Columbia. The survey allows the reader to understand each state's approach to imposing this punishment or employing alternatives. This accompanying memo discusses the trends that emerge from the survey, caveats to keep in mind while reading the survey, and ways in which New Jersey's policymakers may be informed by other states' policy choices. The survey reveals that nineteen jurisdictions prohibit lengthy punitive solitary confinement (also called room restriction, isolation, seclusion, or segregation, among other terms). Some states allow confinement for only a few hours a day; these are counted among the states that disallow confinement. For example, Idaho allows confinement for up to eight hours. Most states that prohibit confinement as a punishment do allow confinement when necessary to prevent harm to other youth or the security of the facility (the distinction between punitive and non-punitive confinement is further explored below). A number of jurisdictions also restrict the use of confinement for even non-punitive reasons to under a few hours. These include Delaware, Idaho, Pennsylvania, and Washington. Among states that allow punitive confinement, the most common limits on the amount of time that juveniles may spend in confinement are three days and five days. Eleven states allow juveniles to remain in confinement for between one and four days. In eleven other states, time limits on confinement range from five to ninety days. Ten more states place no time limit on confinement. In most states, confinement triggers due process protections. Additionally, facilities must seek administrative approval for prolonged confinement. For example, in Georgia, juveniles are entitled to a hearing before any confinement is imposed. Confinement beyond three days may only be imposed for certain enumerated offenses, and confinement beyond five days requires approval from six administrators, including the Deputy Commissioner of Youth Services. Although counted in the survey among states allowing punitive confinement, the conditions of confinement in Maine and Mississippi are less restrictive than conditions in other states. In Maine, juveniles are allowed to attend activities and meals outside of the cell, while in Mississippi, juveniles are allowed outside the cell for at least four hours a day. The programs in these states could be classified as either solitary confinement or a loss of privileges. This survey classifies the programs as solitary confinement because they punish offenses by confining a juvenile alone in a cell for most of his or her waking hours. The survey distinguishes between states that use confinement as a punishment for past actions and states that use confinement non-punitively, to reduce the threat from the juvenile's behavior to himself, others, or the security of the facility. States that fall into the latter category often specify that the juvenile may only be kept in room restriction until the juvenile is no longer a threat. For example, in Utah, confinement may only be used when necessary to prevent harm to another person, prevent the youth from escaping, prevent damage to property, or prevent continued program disruptions. The juvenile must be released once he or she demonstrates a example, it is possible that a facility with a disciplinary policy that is unspecified in the state's administrative code and cannot be found online has a more restrictive policy than a facility for which information is available. States' confinement polices vary in their restrictiveness. Some states allow solitary confinement for an unspecified amount of time each day, while others require that a youth in solitary be allowed outside of the cell for a minimum period. Youth may be given other privileges that make the confinement experience less solitary. Two states that have policies straddling the line between solitary confinement and a loss of privileges are Mississippi and Maine. Maine is frequently cited as a state that has disallowed punitive solitary confinement for juveniles. By statute, Maine does not authorize solitary confinement for juveniles. However, Maine's regulations allow for punitive room restriction for up to 30 hours for "major misconduct." Youth in room restriction are allowed to leave their rooms for educational and treatment programs, regularly scheduled visits, and meals. In Mississippi, youth must be allowed out of their cells for a minimum of four hours a day. These policies stand in contrast to some more restrictive policies, such as New Jersey's current rules, which do not specify that the youth may leave confinement for educational activities, and require that the facilities provide only five hours of recreation outside of the cell per five-day period of confinement. The careful reader should bear these distinctions in mind when categorizing states according to their confinement policies. Details: New York: Lowenstein Sandler, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2015 at: http://www.lowensteinprobono.com/files/Uploads/Documents/solitary%20confinement%20memo%20survey%20--%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 135364

Author: Blumenstein, Lindsey Title: Intimate Partner Kidnapping: An Exploratory Analysis Summary: The following study is an exploratory analysis of intimate partner kidnapping. The current study will give a descriptive picture of the victim, offender, and incident characteristics of a form of intimate partner violence that has never been studied before, intimate partner kidnapping, as well as a form of physical violence often seen in the literature, intimate partner assaults. The study will use a combination of the National Incident Based Report System (FBI, 2009), and the American Community Survey (Census, 2012) to identify these characteristics and also to identify any potential relationships between structural-level correlates and rates of intimate partner violence. The purpose of this study is to gain a better understanding of multiple forms of intimate partner violence using police data, as well as, understand their relationships to structural-level correlates of counties. The current study uses the National Incident-Based Reporting (FBI, 2009) system from the year 2009 in order to identify both types of intimate partner violence. It is rare that police data is used to study intimate partner violence, and the current study expands our knowledge of this violence by using a different type of data to study this area. Additionally, the American Community Survey (Census, 2012) estimates between 2005-2009 are utilized to measure the structural-level variables, including concentrated disadvantage, racial heterogeneity, immigrant concentration, and residential stability. Overall, this study finds that intimate partner kidnapping is a different form of violence than intimate partner assaults. Only one structural level variable, residential stability is significantly associated with intimate partner kidnapping, whereas, 3 of the 4 structural level variables are significantly related to intimate partner assaults and most in the direction expected. The conclusions suggest that intimate partner kidnapping may be a part of "coercive controlling violence" which involves severe amounts of control, isolation, and intimidation, and may not have the same relationships to structural-level correlates as other types of intimate partner violence, such as physical assaults. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2013. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0005086/Lindsey_Blumenstein_Dissertation.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 135368

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Managing the Group Violence Intervention: Using Shooting Scorecards to Track Group Violence Summary: This guide begins with a brief description of the shooting scorecard concept and its links to problem analysis and performance measurement systems in police departments. It then presents the key steps in the process and associated data quality issues and then details the use of shooting scorecards by the Boston Police Department as an example of the practical applications of this approach. Group shooting scorecards identify the criminal groups that commit the highest number shootings and experience the greatest number of shooting victimizations during a specific time period. With this information, shooting scorecards support the implementation of focused deterrence strategies to prevent group-involved violence. They also ensure that police departments appropriately focus scarce resources on the groups that consistently generate the most gun violence. The most violent groups then receive systematic considered for focused interventions, such as the National Network for Safe Communities' Group Violence Intervention in which a partnership of community members, law enforcement, and social service providers delivers a "no violence" message, information about legal consequences for further violence, and an offer of help. Managing the Group Violence Intervention: Using Shooting Scorecards to Track Group Violence begins with a brief description of the shooting scorecard concept and its links to problem analysis and performance measurement systems in police departments. It then presents the key steps in the process and associated data quality issues and then details the use of shooting scorecards by the Boston Police Department as an example of the practical applications of this approach. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://nnscommunities.org/uploads/Shooting_Scorecards_Guide.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 135369

Author: Corrington, David L. Title: Life without Parole for Juvenile Offenders: Questions of Legality and Adolescent Culpability. Summary: Life without parole for juvenile offenders is a controversial issue across the globe. Recently, the United States stands alone as the only country in the world that allows juvenile offenders to be sentenced to life time confinement without the possibility of parole. Furthermore, the U.S. has seen an increase in juvenile waivers and blended sentences, which has resulted in harsher penalties for juvenile offenders who have committed serious and violent crimes. This analysis examines scientific evidence that shows juveniles are different from adults in terms of brain development, rational decision making abilities, and maturity levels. These findings have questioned the reasoning behind imposing adult punishment on adolescent behavior. This analysis also presents the legal arguments suggesting that juvenile life without parole is unconstitutional and violates the Eighth and Fourteenth Amendments. Arguments for and against life sentences were also presented. This study concludes with a discussion of policy implications, whether the U.S. Supreme Court should abolish juvenile life without parole sentencing practices and explores the possible future direction of juvenile sentencing in the United States. Details: Denton, TX: University of North Texas, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://digital.library.unt.edu/ark:/67531/metadc31530/m2/1/high_res_d/thesis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 135372

Author: United States. Postal Service. Office of Inspector General Title: Postal Inspection Service Mail Covers Program Summary: In fiscal year 2013, the U.S. Postal Inspection Service processed about 49,000 mail covers. A mail cover is an investigative tool used to record data appearing on the outside of a mail-piece. Law enforcement agencies use this information to protect national security; locate fugitives; obtain evidence; or help identify property, proceeds, or assets forfeitable under criminal law. A mail cover is justified when it will further an investigation or provide evidence of a crime. The U.S. Postal Service is responsible for recording and forwarding the data to the Postal Inspection Service for further processing. Postal Service and law enforcement officials must ensure compliance with privacy policies to protect the privacy of customers, employees, and other individuals' information. Our objective was to determine whether the Postal Service and Postal Inspection Service are effectively and efficiently handling mail covers according to Postal Service and federal requirements Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Postal Service, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Report No. HR-AR-14-001: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: https://www.uspsoig.gov/sites/default/files/document-library-files/2014/hr-ar-14-001.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 135373

Author: Culp, Richard F. Title: Is Burglary A Crime Of Violence? An Analysis of National Data 1998-2007 Summary: Traditionally considered an offense committed against the property of another, burglary is nevertheless often regarded as a violent crime. For purposes of statistical description, both the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) and the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) list it as a property crime. But burglary is prosecuted as a violent crime under the federal Armed Career Criminal Act, is sentenced in accord with violent crimes under the United States Sentencing Guidelines, and is regarded as violent in state law depending on varied circumstances. The United States Supreme Court has treated burglary as either violent or non-violent in different cases. This study explored the circumstances of crimes of burglary and matched them to state and federal laws. Analyzing UCR, NCVS, and the National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS) data collections for the ten year period 1998-2007, it became clear that the majority of burglaries do not involve physical violence and scarcely even present the possibility of physical violence. Overall, the incidence of actual violence or threats of violence during burglary ranged from a low of .9% in rural areas based upon NIBRS data, to a high of 7.6% in highly urban areas based upon NCVS data. At most, 2.7% involved actual acts of violence. A comprehensive content analysis of the provisions of state burglary and habitual offender statutes showed that burglary is often treated as a violent crime instead of prosecuting and punishing it as a property crime while separately charging and punishing for any violent acts that occasionally co-occur with it. Legislative reform of current statutes that do not comport with empirical descriptions of the characteristics of burglaries is contemplated, primarily by requiring at the minimum that the burglary involved an occupied building if it is to be regarded as a serious crime, and preferably requiring that an actual act of violence or threatened violence occurred in order for a burglary to be prosecuted as a violent crime. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2015. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248651.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135375

Author: Norton, Michael H. Title: Youth Courts and their Educational Value: An Examination of Youth Courts in Chester, Pennsylvania Summary: Youth courts are becoming increasingly common across the country. Whether run by the legal community, community agencies, or within school settings, all youth courts share two common features: 1) youth who commit minor offenses appear before their peers and receive sentences from other youth; and, 2) youth design sentences with the goal of repairing the harm done to individual victims and the broader community From 2009 through 2012, the Stoneleigh Foundation supported the creation and sustainability of youth courts in Chester Upland School District (CUSD) through the work of Stoneleigh Fellow Gregg Volz. In 2011, the Foundation commissioned Research for Action (RFA) to conduct a study of CUSD youth courts during the 2011-12 school year. This executive summary presents a brief review of the context surrounding youth courts in Chester; general findings related to students' participation in youth courts; and a set of lessons learned for youth court implementation and future research. CUSD youth courts were developed in Chester, Pennsylvania, a city which has persistently ranked among the state's most socio-economically distressed for many years. The CUSD has spent the past decade in a constant state of crisis, with student proficiency in math and English far below the state average, and graduation rates far below that of most districts across the state. In 2011-12, state education budget cuts resulted in teacher layoffs and personnel transfers across the district, which destabilized school supports for youth courts. Despite these adverse conditions, the youth courts continued with the support of dedicated students, teachers, and administrators in the CUSD, along with substantial support and advocacy from the Stoneleigh Foundation and other legal, higher education, and community partners. While the study was initially intended to assess the effect that youth court participation had on participants, three key challenges restricted RFA's ability to conduct these analyses: selection bias, inconsistent participation records, and limited interviews with participants. However, this study reveals that the long-term academic performance of youth court volunteers, students who serve on the courts, and respondents (students who have committed low-level offenses), was significantly stronger than that of their peers in the following ways: - Significantly more volunteers graduated than non-volunteers (79% vs. 47%); - Significantly fewer volunteers dropped out of school than non-volunteers (6% vs. 21%); - Significantly more respondents than non-respondents graduate (71% v. 49%); and, - Significantly fewer respondents dropped out of school than non-respondents (10% v. 21%). Details: Philadelphia: Research for Action, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2015 at: http://www.researchforaction.org/wp-content/uploads/publication-photos/1187/Norton_M_Youth_Courts_and_their_Educational_Value.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 135380

Author: Davis Y. Ja Associates Title: Peers Reaching Out Supporting Peers to Embrace Recovery (PROPSPER): A Final Evaluation Report Summary: The Peers Reaching Out Supporting Peers to Embrace Recovery (PROSPER) program, a 4-year federal demonstration project funded through the Recovery Community Services Program (RCSP) initiative of the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT)/Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), was a unique strength-based peer-to-peer recovery community for people who face the dual challenge of recovery and reentry into society from prison, and their family/significant others, in Los Angeles County. Governed and operated by peers, the program offered stage-appropriate holistic social support through a strategic mix of services comprised of a resource facility, support groups, peer-coaching, workshop/seminars, social and recreational activities, and community events. Featuring Recovery Support, Health & Wellness, and Skills to Prosper components, PROSPER enrolled and served at least 125 new Peers annually, for a total of over 500 Peers served during its four year duration. The project aimed to: - Provide a compelling alternative community to counteract negative forces in peers' lives - Build positive self concept and achievement motivation - Reinforce family/significant others' relationships and support - Amplify the treatment/recovery continuum for the target population. The goals of PROSPER's local evaluation were to: 1) assess the program's effectiveness, 2) identify best practices within the program, and 3) indicate possibilities for expanding and replicating PROSPER elsewhere in California. In addition, PROSPER's strength-based, peer-driven recovery community and the array of social supports (emotional, informational, instrumental, and associational) were designed to test the evidence that social support in the form of a peer support recovery community is a critical construct in providing the transitional resources necessary to reduce relapse and recidivism with this population. Details: San Francisco: Davis Y. Ja and Associates, 2009. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2015 at: http://www.dyja.com/sites/default/files/u24/PROSPER%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135384

Author: Lipari, Rachel N. Title: Trends in Heroin Use in the United States: 2002 to 2013 Summary: -Heroin use remains uncommon in the United States, with an estimated 681,000 past year users in 2013 (0.3 percent of the population aged 12 or older); however, the percentage of people using heroin is higher in 2013 than it was a decade ago. -In 2013, there were 169,000 past year heroin initiates, which is similar to the number of initiates in most years since 2002. -The number of people aged 12 or older who received treatment for heroin during their most recent substance use treatment in the past year was higher in 2013 (526,000) than it was a decade ago. Since the length of the recovery process varies and often requires long-term support, people who receive treatment may no longer be past year users. -The percentage of adolescents aged 12 to 17 perceiving great risk from using heroin once or twice a week was lower in 2013 than in 2002 to 2009; while the percentage of adolescents reporting that it would be easy for them to get heroin if they wanted some was lower in 2013 than the percentages in 2002 to 2011. Details: Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2015 at: http://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/default/files/report_1943/ShortReport-1943.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135388

Author: Gavrilova, Evelina Title: A Partner in Crime: Assortative Matching and Bias in the Crime Market Summary: In this paper I analyze partnership formation within the property crime market in the United States. I develop a static matching model, in which a criminal forms a partnership with a counterpart with the same probability of success. Using individual arrest data from the National Incident Based Reporting System, I pinpoint matches where the underlying ability of two partners differ. This difference in ability is correlated to observable characteristics, making the case for discrimination. By comparing the regression results to success means for the same demographic groups, I find patterns consistent with discrimination. Beside the patterns of gender and racial segregation, I find that in white-black matches, blacks outperform whites, consistent with success means. In male-female matches the female's success realization is higher than the male's, contrary to the difference in success means, where males on average outperform females, hinting at a distaste premium. Details: Oslo: Dept. of Business and Management Science, Norwegian School of Economics, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: http://brage.bibsys.no/xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/217635/1/DiscussionPaper.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 135394

Author: Gavrilova, Evelina Title: Gender in the Crime Market: Arrest and Wage Gaps Summary: Using data from the National Incident Based Reporting System we document a gender gap in wages and crimes committed in the property crime market. We observe that only 30% of the crimes are committed by women, they obtain on average 32 percent less criminal earnings and face a 10 percent higher probability of arrest with respect to males. Once we account for type of crime and the attributes of oending, such as weapons, we find that the earnings gap is zero on average, while females still face a 1 percent higher probability of arrest than males. We also observe that females sort into offense types, characterized by a lower variation in the earnings risk, which reveals that females in the crime market might be less willing to take risk with respect to their earnings than males, while there is no difference for the two genders with respect to arrest risk. Considering the attributes of oending, females earn more and face a lower likelihood of arrest if they are armed. Furthermore, we analyze the participation gap by looking at the perceived incentives. We estimate the elasticities of crime with respect to the expected loot and to the expected probability of not being arrested for both genders. We find that males respond to both these incentives, while females respond less to the incentive for higher loot than males and they do not respond to the probability of arrest. Finally, we use a Blinder-Oaxaca type decomposition technique to measure crime differentials between females and males that arise due to different responses to incentives. We find that, in a counter factual scenario where the female elasticities increase to the level of the male ones, women would commit 40% more crimes than they actually do, reducing the male-female participation gap by almost 50%. Details: Oslo: Norwegian School of Economics, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: http://www.iza.org/conference_files/riskonomics2014/campaniello_n9943.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 135395

Author: Gavrilova, Evelina Title: Is Legal Pot Crippling Mexican Drug Trafficking Organizations? The Effect of Medical Marijuana Laws on US Crime Summary: We examine the effect of medical marijuana laws (MML) on crime treating the introduction of MML as a quasi-experiment and using three different data sources. First, using data from the Uniform Crime Reports, we find that violent crimes such as homicides and robberies decrease in states that border Mexico after MML are introduced. Second, using Supplementary Homicide Reports' data we show that for homicides the decrease is the result of a drop in drug-law and juvenile-gang related homicides. Lastly, using STRIDE data, we show that the introduction of MML in Mexican border states decreases the amount of cocaine seized, while it increases the price of cocaine. Our results are consistent with the theory that decriminalization of small-scale production and distribution of marijuana harms Mexican drug trafficking organizations, whose revenues are highly reliant on marijuana sales. The drop in drug-related crimes suggests that the introduction of MML in Mexican border states lead to a decrease in their activity in those states. Our results survive a large variety of robustness checks. Extrapolating from our results, this indicates that decriminalization of the production and distribution of drugs may lead to a drop in violence in markets where organized crime is pushed out by licit competition. Details: Oslo: Norwegian School of Economics, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: http://brage.bibsys.no/xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/274521/0515.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 135396

Author: Nolan, Andrew Title: Cybersecurity and Information Sharing: Legal Challenges and Solutions Summary: Over the course of the last year, a host of cyberattacks has been perpetrated on a number of high profile American companies. The high profile cyberattacks of 2014 and early 2015 appear to be indicative of a broader trend: the frequency and ferocity of cyberattacks are increasing, posing grave threats to the national interests of the United States. While considerable debate exists with regard to the best strategies for protecting America's various cyber-systems and promoting cybersecurity, one point of general agreement amongst cyber-analysts is the perceived need for enhanced and timely exchange of cyber-threat intelligence both within the private sector and between the private sector and the government. Nonetheless, there are many reasons why entities may opt to not participate in a cyber-information sharing scheme, including the potential liability that could result from sharing internal cyber-threat information with other private companies or the government. More broadly, the legal issues surrounding cybersecurity information sharing - whether it be with regard to sharing between two private companies or the dissemination of cyber-intelligence within the federal government - are complex and have few certain resolutions. In this vein, this report examines the various legal issues that arise with respect to the sharing of cybersecurity intelligence, with a special focus on two distinct concepts: (1) sharing of cyberinformation within the government's possession and (2) sharing of cyber-information within the possession of the private sector. With regard to cyber-intelligence that is possessed by the federal government, the legal landscape is relatively clear: ample legal authority exists for the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to serve as the central repository and distributor of cyber-intelligence for the federal government. Nonetheless, the legal authorities that do exist often overlap, perhaps resulting in confusion as to which of the multiple sub-agencies within DHS or even outside of DHS should be leading efforts on the distribution of cyber-information within the government and with the public. Moreover, while the government has wide authority to disclose cyber-intelligence within its possession, that authority is not limitless and is necessarily tied to laws that restrict the government's ability to release sensitive information within its possession. With regard to cyber-intelligence that is possessed by the private sector, legal issues are clouded with uncertainty. A private entity that wishes to share cyber-intelligence with another company, an information sharing organization like an Information Sharing and Analysis Organization (ISAO) or an Information Sharing and Analysis Centers (ISAC), or the federal government may be exposed to civil or even criminal liability from a variety of different federal and state laws. Moreover, because of the uncertainty that pervades the interplay between laws of general applicability - like federal antitrust or privacy law - and their specific application to cyberintelligence sharing, it may be very difficult for any private entity to accurately assess potential liability that could arise by participating in a sharing scheme. In addition, concerns may arise with regard to how the government collects and maintains privately held cyber-intelligence, including fears that the information disclosed to the government could (1) be released through a public records request; (2) result in the forfeit of certain intellectual property rights; (3) be used against a private entity in a subsequent regulatory action; or (4) risk the privacy rights of individuals whose information may be encompassed in disclosed cyber-intelligence. The report concludes by examining the major legislative proposal - including the Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA), Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act (CISA), and the Cyber Threat Sharing Act (CTSA) - and the potential legal issues that such laws could prompt. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: R43941: Accessed April 25, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/intel/R43941.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cyber Security Shelf Number: 135398

Author: Kastellec, Jonathan P. Title: Race, Context and Judging on the Courts of Appeals: Race-Based Panel Effects in Death Penalty Cases Summary: I examine how the identities of judges on multimember courts interact with case context to influence judicial decision making. Specifically, I leverage the variation in both panel composition and defendant race to examine race-based panel effects in death penalty cases on the Courts of Appeals. Using a dataset that accounts for several characteristics of a defendant and his crime, I find that the random assignment of a black judge to an otherwise all-non-black panel substantially increases the probability that the panel will grant relief to a defendant on death row - but only in cases where the defendant is black. The size of the increase is substantially large: conditional on the defendant being black, a panel composed of a single African-American judge is 15 percentage points more likely to grant relief than an all-non-black panel. These results have important implications for assessing the role of minority judges in generating substantive representation on the federal courts and contribute to the empirical literature on the application of the death penalty in the United States. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2594946 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 135400

Author: Hoskin, Sara Title: Foreclosures and Crime: Testing Social Disorganization Theory in the Suburbs Summary: Foreclosures have increased in the US since the 1970's. The increase in foreclosures has caused concern among some researchers on their affect on crime. Social disorganization theory measures the effect various structural characteristics, such as poverty, residential instability/mobility, racial/ethnic heterogeneity, and family disruption have on crime. This study, though, is concerned with residential instability/mobility, or the presence of foreclosed houses in neighborhoods. Although most studies using this theory look at low-income neighborhoods, the following research looks at middle- and upper-income neighborhoods, which have been greatly affected by foreclosures. The theory also argues that the level of collective efficacy can reduce crime even in neighborhoods that are otherwise considered to be socially disorganized. Using ArcGIS mapping, the following research investigated 30 neighborhoods in Orange County, Florida that have high foreclosures in neighborhoods for the years of 2005-2009. Canvasses were conducted in all 30 neighborhoods to measure the level of collective efficacy within the neighborhoods to help explain the presence of high or low residential burglary. Thirteen neighborhoods stood out as noteworthy because they fell at the far end of the spectrum � high foreclosures and high crime, and high foreclosures and low crime. Some of the neighborhoods with high residential burglary did have strong indicators of low collective efficacy, while neighborhoods with low residential burglary had indicators of high collective efficacy. The majority of the indicators found in this research support previous research on various indicators of collective efficacy. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2012. 263p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0004386/Hoskin_Sara_E_201208_PhD.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Foreclosures (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135401

Author: Vaughan, Jessica M. Title: Catch and Release: Interior immigration enforcement in 2013 Summary: A review of internal ICE metrics for 2013 reveals that hundreds of thousands of deportable aliens who were identified in the interior of the country were released instead of removed under the administration's sweeping "prosecutorial discretion" guidelines. In 2013, ICE reported 722,000 encounters with potentially deportable aliens, most of whom came to their attention after incarceration for a local arrest. Yet ICE officials followed through with immigration charges for only 195,000 of these aliens, only about one-fourth. According to ICE personnel, the vast majority of these releases occurred because of current policies that shield most illegal aliens from enforcement, not because the aliens turned out to have legal status or were qualified to stay in the United States. Many of the aliens ignored by ICE were convicted criminals. In 2013, ICE agents released 68,000 aliens with criminal convictions, or 35 percent of all criminal aliens they reported encountering. The criminal alien releases typically occur without formal notice to local law enforcement agencies and victims. These findings raise further alarm over the Obama administration's pending review of deportation practices, which reportedly may further expand the administration's abuse of "prosecutorial discretion". Interior enforcement activity has already declined 40 percent since the imposition of "prosecutorial discretion" policies in 2011.1 Rather than accelerating this decline, there is an urgent need to review and reverse the public safety and fiscal harm cause by the president's policies. Key Findings - In 2013, ICE charged only 195,000, or 25 percent, out of 722,000 potentially deportable aliens they encountered. Most of these aliens came to ICE's attention after incarceration for a local arrest. - ICE released 68,000 criminal aliens in 2013, or 35 percent of the criminal aliens encountered by officers. The vast majority of these releases occurred because of the Obama administration's prosecutorial discretion policies, not because the aliens were not deportable. - ICE targeted 28 percent fewer aliens for deportation from the interior in 2013 than in 2012, despite sustained high numbers of encounters in the Criminal Alien and Secure Communities programs. - Every ICE field office but one reported a decline in interior enforcement activity, with the largest decline in the Atlanta field office, which covers Georgia and the Carolinas. - ICE reports that there are more than 870,000 aliens on its docket who have been ordered removed, but who remain in defiance of the law. - Under current policies, an alien's family relationships, political considerations, attention from advocacy groups, and other factors not related to public safety can trump even serious criminal convictions and result in the termination of a deportation case. - Less than 2 percent of ICE's caseload was in detention at the end of fiscal year 2013. - About three-fourths of the aliens ICE detained in 2013 had criminal and/or immigration convictions so serious that the detention was required by statute. This suggests the need for more detention capacity, so ICE can avoid releasing so many deportable criminal aliens. Unless otherwise noted, the data for this report are from the 2013 fiscal year-end edition of ICE's "Weekly Departures and Detention Report" (WRD), which is prepared by the Information Resource Management Unit of ICE's Office of Enforcement and Removal Operations (ERO).2 This report compiles a variety of ICE caseload statistics, including encounters, arrests, detention, and removal of aliens. The tables in this report use data taken directly from the WRD. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://cis.org/sites/cis.org/files/vaughan-ice-3-14_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 135405

Author: Morgan, Rachel E. Title: Tracking Violence: Using Neighborhood-Level Characteristics in the Analysis of Domestic Violence in Chicago and the State of Illinois Summary: Social disorganization theory proposes that neighborhood characteristics, such as residential instability, racial and ethnic heterogeneity, concentrated disadvantage, and immigrant concentration contribute to an increase in crime rates. Informal social controls act as a mediator between these neighborhood characteristics and crime and delinquency. Informal social controls are regulated by members of a community and in a disorganized community these controls are not present, therefore, crime and delinquency flourish (Sampson, 2012). Researchers have focused on these measures of social disorganization and the ability to explain a variety of crimes, specifically public crimes. Recently, researchers have focused their attention to characteristics of socially disorganized areas and the ability to predict private crimes, such as domestic violence. This study contributes to the research on social disorganization theory and domestic violence by examining domestic offenses at three different units of analysis: Chicago census tracts, Chicago neighborhoods, and Illinois counties. Demographic variables from the 2005-2009 American Community Survey were utilized to measure social disorganization within Chicago census tracts, Chicago neighborhoods, and Illinois counties. Data on domestic offenses in Chicago were from the City of Chicago Data Portal and data on domestic offenses in Illinois counties were retrieved from the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA). This study incorporated geographic information systems (GIS) mapping to examine the relationships between locations of domestic offenses and the measures of social disorganization in each unit of analysis. Results of this study indicate that different measures of social disorganization are significantly associated with domestic offenses in each in each unit of analysis. Details: Orlando, FL University of Central Florida, 2013. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0004726/Rachel_E_Morgan_Dissertation.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence (Chicago) Shelf Number: 135406

Author: McCutcheon, James Chandler Title: Firearm Lethality in Drug Market Contexts Summary: The current study examines firearms' impact on the relationship between illegal drug markets and homicide. At the county-level, Iowa and Virginia are analyzed using crime data from the National Incident Based Reporting System. More specifically, gun availability is tested as a mediator for county drug crime rates and homicide counts. Variable selection and prediction is based on routine activity and social disorganization theories. I argue that social disorganization allows the context for which criminal opportunity presents itself through routine activities. I posit gun availability mediates a positive relationship between illegal drug markets and homicide, with differences between urban and rural communities. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2013. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0004888/Firearm_Lethality_in_Drug_Market_Contexts.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135407

Author: Facchini, Giovanni Title: The Rhetoric of Closed Borders: Quotas, Lax Enforcement and Illegal Migration Summary: This paper studies why illegal immigration is widespread. We develop a political agency model in which a politician decides on an immigration target and its enforcement, facing uncertainty on the supply of migrants. Illegal immigration can arise for two reasons: the policy maker may be unable to enforce the target because supply is higher than expected; alternatively, he may underinvest in enforcement because of electoral concerns, and this occurs only when the incumbent and the majority of voters have different preferences over immigration. Empirical evidence provides strong support for our predictions, highlighting how electoral concerns shape illegal immigration flows. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 8457: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2502317 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants (Europe) Shelf Number: 135410

Author: Yocco, Victor Title: Gun Violence in Ohio Summary: Gun violence is an issue that touches communities across the United States. Ohio's communities are no exception. Capturing data on the nature, extent, and frequency of gun violence is a vital first step to conducting research and developing strategies and policies aimed at gun violence prevention. Data on gun violence are collected by a number of criminal justice and non-criminal justice sources. Some of the data are specific to Ohio or regions within Ohio and some are representative of the U.S. as a whole. This report pulls together statistics from numerous sources to present a snapshot of gun violence in Ohio and the United States. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://www.ocjs.ohio.gov/GunViolence_Ohio_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 135412

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: The Impact of Parole in New Jersey Summary: Nearly 700,000 offenders were released from U.S. prisons in 2011. Ensuring their successful re-entry into the community remains a critical issue for public safety. A new analysis of New Jersey data shows that inmates released to parole supervision are less likely to be rearrested, reconvicted, and reincarcerated for new crimes than inmates who serve, or "max out," their full prison sentences and are released without supervision. The two groups return to prison at nearly identical rates, however, because parolees can be sent back for technical violations-such as failing drug tests or missing meetings-that are not associated with committing new crimes. These findings demonstrate not only that supervision can make a decisive difference in controlling criminal behavior among released offenders, but also that technical revocations unrelated to new crimes reduce the cost savings of parole. This brief discusses the findings in depth and examines their implications for states' corrections policies. Details: Philadelphia, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2013. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/legacy/uploadedfiles/pcs_assets/2013/PSPPNJParoleBriefpdf.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision (New Jersey) Shelf Number: 135415

Author: Wasem, Ruth Ellen Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children: Demographics in Brief Summary: The number of children coming to the United States who are not accompanied by parents or legal guardians and who lack proper immigration documents has raised complex and competing sets of humanitarian concerns and immigration control issues. This report focuses on the demographics of unaccompanied alien children while they are in removal proceedings. Overwhelmingly, the children are coming from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras. The median age of unaccompanied children has decreased from 17 years in FY2011 to 16 years during the first seven months of FY2014. A greater share of males than females are represented among this population. However, females have steadily increased in total numbers and as a percentage of the flow since FY2011. The median age of females has dropped from 17 years in FY2011-the year that was the median age across all groups of children-to 15 years in the first seven months of FY2014. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: R43734: Accessed April 29, 2015 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43734.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 135420

Author: McKay, Patrick Title: Montana Pre-Adjudicatory Detention Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: The primary research objective in the current investigation is a performance assessment of the Montana Pre-Adjudicatory Risk Assessment Instrument (RAI). The RAI has been used on a pilot basis in Cascade, Hill, Missoula, and Yellowstone Counties since 2009 as part of the pre-dispositional detention decision-making process to determine whether or not juveniles pose a public safety risk if released. The analysis focuses on two dimensions associated with the RAI. The first of these pertains to racial and cultural sensitivity in assessing offender risk. The second pertains to public safety outcomes associated with the behavior of juveniles who are released from detention. Specifically, whether a new offense occurred resulting in a misdemeanor or felony citation during the 45-day period of risk and whether the juvenile failed to appear for an initial court appearance after release from detention. To achieve these objectives, the following three research questions were examined: 1. Is the RAI being administered impartially and in a manner that it assesses juvenile offender �risk� in a culturally and racially sensitive manner? � Are there differences in the patterns of overrides that are used to make detention decisions when comparing White and minority juveniles? 2. Did the juveniles reoffend while on release status during the period of risk? � Was there a new felony or misdemeanor citation within 45 days following release from detention? 3. Did the juveniles fail to appear for the initial court appearance following release from detention? � Did the juvenile fail to appear for the next court appearance or follow-up with the probation officer after their release from detention? Details: Missoula, MT: Criminology Research Group, Social Science Research Laboratory. The University of Montana, Missoula, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://mbcc.mt.gov/Data/SAC/RAI/2014RAI_DRAI_Com.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 135424

Author: Fortunato, David Title: Can Easing Concealed Carry Deter Crime? Summary: Objective Laws reducing hurdles to legally carrying concealed firearms are argued to have a deterrent effect on crime by increasing its perceived costs. This argument rests on the assumption that these policies will either directly or indirectly increase the perceived distribution offirearm carriers, an assumption that is as yet untested. This article tests this assumption and, in so doing, suggests testing the necessary conditions of policy can be useful when assessing outcomes is difficult. Methods I collect survey data on the perceived number of firearm carriers across the United States and then use a hierarchical regression model to assess the impact of concealed carrier policies on these perceptions, controlling for several contextual and individual-level factors. Results The data suggest that there is no statistically discernible relationship between concealed carry policies and the public's perceptions of the number of firearm carriers. Indeed, the data suggests that the perceived density of firearm carriers is similarly uncorrelated to the number of active concealed carriers. Conclusion The link between concealed carry policy and people's beliefs over the number of firearm carriers in their community is unidentifiable in the data. The rationale for concealed carry deterrence, however, depends on such a link existing: it assumes that potential assailants are aware of the distribution of firearm carriers in the potential victim population, but the empirical evidence presented here suggests that that assumption simply does not hold. Because beliefs over the distribution of rearm carriers are impervious to permitting policies and do not respond positively to the true distribution of carriers, easing concealed carry cannot deter crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://www.davidfortunato.com/ssq2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Laws Shelf Number: 135427

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons Contract No. DJB1PC007 Awarded to Reeves County, Texas to Operate theReeves County Detention Center I/II Pecos, Texas Summary: In January 2007, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) awarded Contract No. DJB1PC007 to Reeves County, Texas (Reeves County) to operate the Reeves County Detention Center compounds R1 and R2 (RCDC I/II). The purpose of this service contract is to house up to 2,407 low-security, non-U.S. citizen adult males. The contract has a 4-year base period with three 2-year option periods, an estimated value of $493 million, and is the Department's second largest contract in terms of total dollars obligated since fiscal year 2014, according to the Federal Procurement Data System. In early 2015, the BOP exercised the contract's third and final option period to extend performance through January 2017. Reeves County subcontracted management of RCDC I/II to The GEO Group, Inc. (the GEO Group), a Florida-based corporation. Reeves County also subcontracted with Correct Care Solutions, LLC (CCS), a Tennessee-based company, to provide comprehensive healthcare services to RCDC I/II inmates.1 The BOP conducts monitoring and oversight of RCDC I/II operations and is responsible for examining all areas of the contract including health services, education, recreation, food service, correctional services, correctional programs, safety, inmate services, and any other area in which inmates voice concerns during interactions with BOP staff. In January 2009, there was an inmate riot at RCDC I/II.2 The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this audit to assess BOP and RCDC I/II compliance with contract terms and conditions in the areas of billings and payments, staffing requirements, and contract oversight and monitoring. We found that Reeves County and CCS failed to comply with provisions of the Service Contract Act of 1965 (Service Contract Act). As a result, we identified almost $3 million that we either questioned as unallowable or unsupported, or believe should be put to better use.3 Specifically, we found that Reeves County improperly requested and the BOP improperly paid $1.95 million in fringe benefits it was not entitled to receive, including $175,436 in payroll taxes and workers' compensation insurance that were incorrectly calculated. Additionally, CCS requested and the BOP paid $74,765 in fringe benefits that were not properly supported with payroll documentation. Also, we identified and CCS acknowledged fringe benefit underpayments covering 12 current and former CCS employees totaling $22,628. Upon learning about our finding and quantifying these errors, CCS sent reimbursement checks to the 12 current and former CCS employees for the fringe benefit underpayments. Some of the aforementioned unallowable reimbursements have a compounding effect over time because they are incorporated into each monthly invoice until the contract ends. We therefore found that, in addition to remedying the unallowable reimbursements it has already made, the BOP should reduce the contract's monthly price by $41,088 to ensure the contractor will not improperly charge BOP an additional $945,024 should the contract continue through its final month in January 2017. We concluded that these errors were not identified previously because the BOP and the contractors did not have an accurate understanding of certain fundamental requirements of the Service Contract Act. We further found that, between February 2007 and December 2014, RCDC I/II was rated "deficient" or "unsatisfactory" in 6 of 12 award fee evaluation periods.4 BOP's award fee rating reports reflected that RCDC I/II consistently struggled to meet or exceed baseline contractual standards, received an unacceptable number of deficiencies and notices of concern; was unresponsive to BOP inquiries; struggled with staffing issues in health services and correctional services; and frequently submitted inaccurate routine paperwork, including erroneous disciplinary hearing records and monthly invoices. In addition, the BOP reports repeatedly described RCDC I/II's quality control program as minimally or marginally effective. BOP reports indicate that performance improved over time, particularly in 2013 when the contractor received a "good" rating and its first award fee, and in 2014 when the contractor received a "very good" rating and its second award fee. Regarding staffing, we found that during this contract's solicitation process, the BOP requested contractors to submit two offers, one of which eliminated minimum staffing requirements, such as maintaining staffing levels up to 90 percent for correctional services, 85 percent for health services, and 85 percent for all other departments of the BOP approved staffing plan. BOP officials told us they removed these staffing requirements to achieve cost savings and grant the contractor flexibility and discretion to manage the staffing of the facility. As a result, from the start of the contract to March 2009 there were no minimum staffing requirements for the facility. During that time, we found that the number of Correctional Officers was significantly below the 90 percent threshold that was later reincorporated into the contract after the inmate riot in January 2009. Using Staffing Report and Wage Determination information, we found that from April 2007 to March 2009, Reeves County would have spent an additional $4.67 million in order to fill enough Correctional Officer positions to meet the Staffing Plan thresholds that were later reincorporated in the contract after the January 2009 riot. According to an After-Action Report prepared by BOP officials following the January 2009 riot, the BOP noted that while low staffing levels alone were not the direct cause of the disturbances, they directly affected Security and Health Services functions. Following the inmate riot, the BOP reinstated the minimum staffing requirements into the contract, resulting in significantly increased staff at RCDC I/II, including Correctional Officer staffing that has typically been above the 90 percent threshold since the contract change.We found that RCDC I/II has also had significant issues staffing its health services unit. In December 2010, the BOP added to all contracts with privately managed correctional facilities a requirement that the contractor staff its health services unit so that staffing levels equaled or exceeded 85 percent of the contract requirement. However, from December 2010 through December 2013, a period spanning 37 months, RCDC I/II failed to meet the 85 percent threshold in 34 of the 37 months. After we expressed our concerns with these staffing issues, CCS began a concerted effort to adequately staff RCDC I/II and has exceeded the 85 percent threshold from September 2014 through February 2015. Because RCDC I/II consistently failed to achieve the 85 percent staffing requirement from December 2010 through December 2013, its vacant health services positions became subject to invoice deductions. Specifically, the Federal Acquisition Regulation authorizes the BOP to address non-compliant staffing by reducing the contract price to reflect the "reduced value of the services performed." However, the BOP calculated the reduced value of the services performed based on the minimum pay rates required by Department of Labor (DOL) issued wage determinations instead of the higher market value salaries that CCS had been paying its health services personnel, resulting in smaller invoice deductions. For one personnel category, licensed vocational nurses, we estimated that CCS would have had to pay $314,856 more in total compensation from 2011-2013, had the BOP continued to use actual rates as the basis for deductions instead of the lesser DOL rate. Given RCDC I/II's past issues with staffing its health services unit and the differences between the aforementioned deduction methods, we believe that BOP's use of the DOL rate as a deduction basis creates a potential financial incentive for CCS to accept less costly monthly vacancy deductions rather than filling costlier positions at market rates. Our audit also assessed RCDC I/II's quality control program. We found that this program, which had been minimally or marginally effective, improved over time and BOP onsite staff generally provided comprehensive monitoring and oversight. However, we identified areas for continued improvement. Specifically, RCDC I/II needs to retain original quality control-related documentation as required by the contract, fully document monitoring activities, and complete corrective action plans for significant deficiencies. Finally, we found that RCDC I/II officials had converted a general population housing unit into a "modified monitoring unit" referred to as the "J-Unit." The purpose of the J-Unit was to isolate from the rest of the compound's population inmates found to be coercing other inmates to join demonstrations, and whose behavior was creating institutional security problems capable of jeopardizing the safety of RCDC I/II staff and inmates. J-Unit inmates have more restricted movement and less access to institutional services than general population inmates. The OIG's review of the J-Unit determined that RCDC I/II lacked specific policies and procedures that addressed important aspects of the J-Unit's operations, such as (1) guidance on what evidence is necessary to place an inmate into the J-Unit; (2) procedures to ensure inmates receive due process with respect to placement in J-Unit, including the ability to challenge their placement in the J-Unit and the steps necessary to re-designate inmates to an unrestricted general population unit; (3) monitoring or oversight mechanisms to ensure the J-Unit is used as intended; and (4) safeguards to ensure inmate rights are consistent, to the maximum extent possible in light of security concerns, with inmates in other general population housing. This report makes 18 recommendations to assist BOP in improving contractor and subcontractor operations and BOP monitoring and oversight at RCDC I/II under Contract No. DJB1PC007, and in addressing the almost $3 million identified as questioned costs and funds that should be put to better use. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2015. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 15-15: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/2015/a1515.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 135430

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Illinois Title: Racial Disparity in Consent Searches and Dog Sniff Searches: An analysis of Illinois traffic stop data from 2013 Summary: Throughout Illinois, there is a dramatic racial disparity in police use of so-called "consent searches" and dog sniff searches during routine traffic stops. This is shown by a decade of government data about consent searches collected and published under the Illinois Traffic Stop Statistical Study Act of 2003 ("Study Act"), and the first two years of such data regarding dog sniff searches. For example, the recently published 2013 data shows that Illinois State Police ("ISP") troopers are 2 1/2 times more likely to consent search Hispanic motorists compared to white motorists, but white motorists are 2 1/2 times more likely than Hispanic motorists to be found with contraband during such ISP searches. Likewise, ISP troopers are more than twice as likely to dog sniff Hispanic motorists compared to white motorists, yet white motorists are 64% more likely than Hispanic motorists to be found with contraband during a trooper's search based on a dog alert. These disparities are a clear sign that the ISP's threshold to conduct consent searches and dog sniff searches is far lower for Hispanic motorists than for white motorists. Such racial disparate impact against black and Hispanic motorists likewise exists statewide, and in stops by the Chicago Police Department and other local and county police agencies. This ACLU of Illinois report begins with a brief discussion of the Study Act, upon which this report is based. It then presents findings of substantial and ongoing racial disparate impact in the use of consent searches and dog sniff searches during routine traffic stops. Details: Chicago: ACLU of Illinois, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://www.aclu-il.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/ACLU-IL-report-re-ITSSSA-data-in-2013.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Dog Sniff Searches (Illinois) Shelf Number: 135431

Author: Arizona Firearm Injury Prevention Coalition Title: Firearm Injuries in Arizona: With a Focus on Children Summary: Firearm injuries have recently replaced auto accidents as the most frequent injury causing deaths in Arizona. Too often the victims are young children or teens. In this booklet, Arizona Firearm Injury Prevention Coalition cites multiple sources, including Arizona Department of Health Services; Centers for Disease Control; Arizona Criminal Justice Commission; Phoenix Police Department; Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms; National Opinion Research Center; and Arizona Child Fatality Review, to outline the extent of the problem of firearm injuries in Arizona children and to guide future interventions to reduce those injuries. Arizona always ranks near the top of states with high firearm death rates, and we also have very high rates of nonfatal firearm injuries. Survivors often incur permanent disabilities associated with chronic pain and limitation of activity. Gunshot wounds can profoundly reduce the lifetime potential of children. Parents may suffer financially from large medical bills, and they often suffer emotional trauma from the knowledge that greater vigilance could have prevented their child's tragedy. We hope this booklet will raise awareness of the danger of firearms that are easily accessible to young children and teens, and that readers, especially firearm owners, will be moved to take measures to make firearms inaccessible to children. Details: AFIPC, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://afipc.typepad.com/files/2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 135432

Author: Langley, Marty Title: Hispanic Victims of Lethal Firearms Violence in the United States Summary: Key Findings - The homicide victimization rate for Hispanics in the United States is more than twice as high as the homicide victimization rate for whites. The Hispanic homicide victimization rate in 2010 was 5.73 per 100,000. In comparison, the homicide victimization rate for whites was 2.52 per 100,000. - Homicide is the second leading cause of death for Hispanics ages 15 to 24 - More than 38,000 Hispanics were killed by guns between 1999 and 2010. During this period, 26,349 Hispanics died in gun homicides, 10,314 died in gun suicides, and 747 died in unintentional shootings - Most Hispanic murder victims are killed with guns. Guns are used in more than two-thirds of the homicides where the victims are Hispanic. The latest data shows that for homicides where the victim was Hispanic and a gun was used, 78 percent of these shootings involved a handgun - Hispanic victims are more likely to be killed by a stranger than the national average. The latest data from 2011 shows that when the victim-to-offender relationship could be identified, 39 percent of Hispanic victims were killed by a stranger. Nationwide, 25 percent of all homicide victims were killed by strangers . - A large percentage of Hispanic homicide victims are young. The most recent available data shows 41 percent of Hispanic homicide victims in 2011 were age 24 and younger. In comparison, 40 percent of black homicide victims and 22 percent of white homicide victims were age 24 and younger. - As a result of the limitations in current data collection, the total number of Hispanic victims is almost certainly higher than the reported numbers suggest. Government agencies often report data on race but not on ethnic origin. Recognizing the changing demographic landscape in the United States, it is clear that fully documenting such victimization is a crucial first step toward preventing it. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/hispanic.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135435

Author: Grassroots Leadership Title: The Dirty Thirty: Nothing to Celebrate About 30 Years of Corrections Corporation of America, Summary: Corrections Corporation of America (CCA), the nation's oldest and largest for-profit private prison corporation, is commemorating its 30th anniversary throughout 2013 with a series of birthday celebrations at its facilities around the country. Over the last 30 years, CCA has benefited from the dramatic rise in incarceration and detention in the United States. Since the company's founding in 1983, the incarcerated population has risen by more than 500 percent to more than 2.2 million people. Meanwhile, the number of people held in immigration detention centers has exploded from an average daily population of 131 people to over 32,000 people on any given day.[ CCA has made profits from, and at times contributed to, the expansion of tough-on-crime and anti-immigrant policies that have driven prison expansion. Now a multi-billion dollar corporation, CCA manages more than 65 correctional and detention facilities with a capacity of more than 90,000 beds in 19 states and the District of Columbia. The company's revenue in 2012 exceeded more than $1.7 billion. While the company has become a multibillion dollar corporation, it has also become exceedingly controversial, with a record of prisoner abuse, poor pay and benefits to employees, scandals, escapes, riots, and lawsuits marking its history. Faith denominations, civil rights groups, criminal justice reform organizations, and immigrant rights advocates have repeatedly argued that adding the profit motive to the prison and immigrant detention systems provides perverse incentives to keep incarceration rates high. To mark the company's milestone anniversary, Grassroots Leadership and the Public Safety and Justice Campaign have sought to highlight why there is nothing to celebrate about 30 years of for-profit incarceration. This report highlights just some of the shameful incidents that litter CCA's history. Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/uploads/GRL_Dirty_Thirty_formatted_for_web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Corporation of America Shelf Number: 135436

Author: Kirby, Holly Title: Locked Up & Shipped Away: Paying the Price for Vermont's Response to Prison Overcrowding Summary: This report is a Vermont-focused, supplemental brief to the November 2013 report, Locked Up and Shipped Away: Interstate Prisoner Transfers and the Private Prison Industry, states - Vermont, Idaho, Hawaii, and California - collectively send more than 10,000 prisoners to out-of-state private prisons. Grassroots Leadership now coordinates the national Locked Up and Shipped Away Campaign to shed light on the experiences of those directly affected and demand that state leaders put an end to this inhumane practice, reduce the number of people behind bars, and cut ties with the private, for-profit prison industry. Grassroots Leadership has partnered with Vermonters for Criminal Justice Reform - whose mission is to work for a more restorative and effective criminal justice response - to fight for the return of nearly 500 Vermonters currently housed in out-of-state private prisons. This report presents the facts about Vermont's practice of shipping prisoners far from home, and most importantly, gives voice to the Vermont prisoners and their families and loved ones enduring the consequences Details: Charlotte, NC: Grassroots Leadership, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2015 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/reports/locked_up_shipped_away_vt_web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 135437

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Adjusting the Lens: A Window Into the Needs of Men in Jail Summary: This report summarizes the results of the self-reported survey of 200 men detained at the Baltimore City Detention Center (BCDC) conducted from May 2009 to July 2009, known as the Window Replication Project. Over 35,000 people are committed to BCDC annually, 86% of which are men. In general, jails contain a diverse population of individuals in varying stages of the criminal justice system - from pre-trial, post-conviction, and sentenced. Men and women in jail may be detained waiting for trial, and among those convicted, are awaiting sentencing or serving their sentence if the incarceration period is less than 12 to 18 months. In addition, a number of people in jail are in a transitional phase - those sentenced to longer terms may be awaiting transfer to a state prison while others may be held awaiting transfer to a federal, state or other local jurisdiction. Among jails, BCDC is unique in the respect that the facility is neither directed nor funded by Baltimore City. BCDC is part of the state correctional system run by the Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS). BCDC is one of the twenty largest detention centers in the nation, with an average daily population of 3,997 at midyear 2009 and ranked third in holding the highest proportion of its population in jail when compared to similar institutions. It is important to note that such large, urban jails are faced with particular challenges due to the demographics and special needs of the population. For example, large urban jails typically have higher minority populations, disproportionate to community demographics, than rural jails. Moreover, mental illness, infectious disease and HIV are more prevalent at these jails. Emanating from a mutual desire to better understand the needs of men at BCDC, faith-based and community-based organizations and local government joined together to collaborate on the Window Replication Project. Catholic Charities of Baltimore and Choice Research Associates originated the inquiry and other key players subsequently joined, including the Baltimore City Mayor's Office on Criminal Justice representing the City of Baltimore, and Power Inside, a community-based organization. Power Inside shared its 2005 jail reentry needs assessment of 148 women detainees at BCDC6, The Window Study - Release from Jail: Moment of Crisis or Window of Opportunity for Female Detainees?, which formed the foundation of the Window Replication Project. Once the Window Replication Project partners were established in May 2008, the partnership obtained approval from the DPSCS Research Committee and signed a Memorandum of Understanding with DPSCS to conduct the survey. The partnership between the members of the Window Replication Project and DPSCS continues in the hope that the multiple needs of this population can be better met through the use of these study findings at both the programmatic and policy level. Overall, the survey results detailed below confirm what was suspected about the life experiences and level of need of men detained in BCDC. Details: Greenbelt, MD: Choice Research Associates, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.abell.org/sites/default/files/publications/cja_windows1110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gender-Specific Responses Shelf Number: 135448

Author: Selby, Nick Title: ShotSpotter: Gunshot Location System Efficacy Study Summary: This report, based on structured interviews with police agencies around the United States, details how the ShotSpotter Gunshot Location System (GLS) improves productivity, response time and effectiveness by providing more information and intelligence to law enforcement and public safety professionals responding to incidents. This in turn improves officer safety and officer and investigative efficiency. The ShotSpotter GLS detects gunshots through acoustic sensors. Using a patented method of computer analysis, it provides police and public safety agency users with information and intelligence on gunfire incidents, including shot location and incident mapping, number of shots detected, and audio playback. This report was commissioned by ShotSpotter and is endorsed by the National Organization of Black Law Enforcement Executives (NOBLE). Its findings are independent. Its purpose is to examine the effectiveness of the ShotSpotter GLS at locating and reporting gunshots, informing more efficient investigations, increasing arrests, simplifying the jobs and increasing the safety of police officers and communities. It specifically compares the ShotSpotter GLS to 9-1-14 in terms of the reporting of gunshots, and examines how having data produced by ShotSpotter GLS has affected the work and procedures of patrol and detectives who respond to and investigate gunshot crimes. The study's authors from the police officer-owned independent commercial research firm CSG Analysis, met with five respondent groups-command staff, analysts, detectives, patrol officers and dispatchers-from seven police agencies throughout the United States. These agencies were selected by ShotSpotter for characteristics including the length of deployment (all have had ShotSpotter for more than a year), and the fact that before installation, each agency indicated it had a substantial criminal gunfire problem. The participating agencies were Brockton, Mass.; East Palo Alto, Calif.; Nassau County, N.Y.; Richmond, Calif.; Riviera Beach, Fla.; Rochester, N.Y.; and Saginaw, Mich. The study's authors conducted all of the interviews in person at each of these agencies. No agency received compensation or consideration for its participation. All interview transcripts, surveys and raw data on which the report's conclusions are based are available for inspection to confirm the authors' findings. The ShotSpotter GLS significantly enhances patrol officers' ability to locate the scene of a shooting over 9-1-1 alone, and provides officers more situational awareness when responding to gunshot calls. This information and enhanced awareness has saved lives and led to arrests. Since many gunshots are not reported to 9-1-1, but almost all within a ShotSpotter-covered area are detected by the ShotSpotter. The system allows cities to better understand the true level of gunfire in their communities and deploy resources more effectively. ShotSpotter's accuracy in pinpointing the precise location(s) from which shots were fired was critical not only to solving gun crimes, but even in one case, in determining which agency should investigate the incident. Command staff at all seven agencies noted significant community and public relations benefits and value from ShotSpotter, leading to compelling improvements in community policing, increased community responsiveness to gunfire, and a decreased sense of disenfranchisement among community stakeholders. In short, ShotSpotter deployments increase positive community engagement with law enforcement. False positives, a ShotSpotter activation which is ultimately determined to have been caused by something other than a gunshot, are the single most common complaint of ShotSpotter users, and they pose an operational problem. This report examines the cause and level of false positives and makes specific recommendations to reduce them. False negatives, an absence of a ShotSpotter activation when a gunshot is known to have occurred, are very rare and not considered an operational issue by respondents. Finally, this report considers ways in which agencies may get better value from their ShotSpotter deployment by introducing new workflow management and best practices. Implementing these would result in more strategic use of ShotSpotter to inform Intelligence-Led Policing, Neighborhood and Community Policing, and other important policing, law enforcement and crime reduction initiatives. Details: Newark, CA: ShotSpotter; CSG Analysis, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed May 1, 2015 at: https://csganalysis.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/shotspotter_efficacystudy_gls8_45p_let_2011-07-08_en.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135449

Author: Bickle, Gayle Title: What Works? General Principles, Characteristics, and Examples of Effective Programs Summary: Currently, the ODRC and other departments of corrections around the nation are adopting the Reentry approach to offender treatment, which focuses on criminal justice programming and practices that promote criminal desistance (turning away from crime), family and community reintegration, and public safety. This holistic rehabilitative approach arose at a time when prison populations were soaring and researchers were identifying the characteristics of effective programs based on the research evidence (in other words, "evidence-based programming"). The purpose of this paper is to identify the major characteristics of effective offender programming as found in the research literature and provide a description of programs that work. The hope is that this document can assist administrative and treatment staff in the design and implementation of effective offender programming. The paper begins with a brief historical picture of the research that led to current efforts to identify effective programs and their characteristics. Then, a review of the characteristics of effective programs is provided. Finally, ineffective programming is briefly discussed, and evidence-based programs are identified for the major areas of criminogenic needs, which are "�dynamic risk factors [for criminal behavior] that when reduced are followed by reduced reoffending and/or protective factors that when enhanced are followed by reduced reoffending." Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Dept. of Rehabilitation and Correction. Bureau of Research and Evaluation, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.drc.ohio.gov/web/Reports/Effective%20programs.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 135452

Author: Davis, Edward F., III Title: Social Media and Police Leadership: Lessons from Boston Summary: The Boston Police Department (BPD) has long embraced both community policing and the use of social media. The department put its experience to good and highly visible use in April 2013 during the dramatic, rapidly developing investigation that followed the deadly explosion of two bombs at the finish line of the Boston Marathon. BPD successfully used Twitter to keep the public informed about the status of the investigation, to calm nerves and request assistance, to correct mistaken information reported by the press, and to ask for public restraint in the tweeting of information from police scanners. This demonstrated the level of trust and interaction that a department and a community can attain online. In the aftermath of the investigation, BPD was �applauded for leading an honest conversation with the public during a time of crisis in a way that no police department has done before.� In critical ways, BPD�s successful use of social media during the marathon bombing investigation relied on previous trust building by the department � including a longstanding, if more mundane, use of social media. This paper discusses the lessons to be learned from BPD�s use of social media during the marathon bombing investigation and earlier. However, it is not strictly or even primarily a case study. It is an effort to contribute to a broader, ongoing discussion about police and social media. It is a reflection, in light of Boston�s experience, on the opportunities and challenges that social media present to the police and on the ways in which social media can help develop new models of policing that are adapted to our 21st-century world but rooted in traditions of community engagement stretching back through the community policing movement to Robert Peel�s 19th-century goals for a modern constabulary. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: https://ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/244760.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bombings Shelf Number: 135453

Author: Males, Mike Title: San Francisco's Disproportionate Arrest Rates of African American Women Persist Summary: A new CJCJ fact sheet analyzing data shows the disproportionately high arrest rates of African American women in San Francisco. According to the data, black women compose less than six percent of San Francisco's female population, but constitute nearly half of all female arrests and experience arrest rates 13 times higher than women of other races. The fact sheet expounds upon a 2012 CJCJ research brief by Mike Males and William Armaline, which charts the increasing racially disparate arrest rates of African Americans in San Francisco over the past 40 years that continue today. While in 1980 African American women were 4.1 times more likely to be arrested than women of other races, as of 2013, black women in San Francisco were 13.4 times more likely to be arrested than non-black women. This despite an overall decrease in the population of African Americans in San Francisco. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/disproportionate_arrests_in_san_francisco.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 135456

Author: Dolan, Karen Title: The Poor Get Prison: The Alarming Spread of the Criminalization of Poverty Summary: Poor people, especially people of color, face a far greater risk of being fined, arrested, and even incarcerated for minor offenses than other Americans. A broken taillight, an unpaid parking ticket, a minor drug offense, sitting on a sidewalk, or sleeping in a park can all result in jail time. In this report, we seek to understand the multi-faceted, growing phenomenon of the "criminalization of poverty." In many ways, this phenomenon is not new. The introduction of public assistance programs gave rise to prejudices against beneficiaries and to systemic efforts to obstruct access to the assistance. As University of California-Irvine professor Kaaryn Gustafson has noted, the intersections of race, income and gender bias were at play in the 1960s and 1970s as black, single mothers were targeted as criminal, lazy, promiscuous welfare cheats.1 The 1980s saw this demographic become the emblem of all that is wrong with government assistance for the poor - the infamous Welfare Queen. Black, single mothers were fictionalized as criminally defrauding the taxpayer, taking in public assistance while driving Cadillacs, eating bon-bons, and presumably getting rich off of drug-dealing boyfriends. Thus the 1990s brought aggressive state attacks on welfare recipients as they were increasingly investigated for fraud and other suspected criminal activities. The welfare system became a system of criminalization and punishment, rather than a program to assist needy families. So-called welfare reform, the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996, ended federal cash aid programs and replaced them with time-limited, restrictive, state block-grants. New punishable behaviors were mandated and policed, all but erasing the already tenuous line between the welfare and criminal justice systems. Today, when applying for welfare in the United States, many applicants are photographed, finger-printed, drug-tested, interrogated, and asked to prove paternity of children. Similarly, eligibility for public housing is restricted or denied if the applicant has a criminal record, including misdemeanors or a prior lease violation. Further, local Public Housing Authorities can be even more restrictive and evict occupants if a member of their family or another person residing in - or in some cases visiting - commits a crime, such as a misdemeanor drug offense. Poverty, in other words, is too often treated as a criminal offense. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Policy Studies, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.ips-dc.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/IPS-The-Poor-Get-Prison-Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Poverty (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135492

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Title: Trends in Substance Use Disorders among Males Aged 18 to 49 on Probation or Parole Summary: XX In 2012, an estimated 3.2 million males aged 18 to 49 were on probation, and 900,000 were on parole; the percentage of males aged 18 to 49 who reported being on probation or parole during the past 12 months remained relatively stable between 2002 and 2012 (about 5 percent) XX Rates of substance use disorders among males aged 18 to 49 on probation or parole were generally similar to rates in previous years; in 2012, 40.3 percent of male probationers and 38.3 percent of male parolees had an alcohol or illicit drug use disorder in the past year XX There were few statistically significant changes in need for treatment, receipt of substance use treatment (including receipt of treatment in prison or jail), or unmet treatment need between 2002 and 2012 among male probationers and parolees aged 18 to 49 Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: The NSDUH Report: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://archive.samhsa.gov/data/2k14/NSDUH084/sr084-males-probation-parole.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135495

Author: Wilkins, Natalie Title: Connecting the Dots: An Overview of the Links Among Multiple Forms of Violence Summary: Violence takes many forms, including intimate partner violence, sexual violence, child maltreatment, bullying, suicidal behavior, and elder abuse and neglect. These forms of violence are interconnected and often share the same root causes. They can also all take place under one roof, or in a given community or neighborhood and can happen at the same time or at different stages of life. Understanding the overlapping causes of violence and the things that can protect people and communities is important, and can help us better address violence in all its forms. The purpose of this brief is to share research on the connections between different forms of violence and describe how these connections affect communities. It is our hope that this information, combined with your own practical experience, will help practitioners like you to think strategically and creatively about how you can: 1. Prevent all types of violence from occurring in the first place. 2. Coordinate and integrate responses to violence in a way that recognizes these connections and considers the individual in the context of their home environment, neighborhood, and larger community. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Oakland, CA: Prevention Institute, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/connecting_the_dots-a.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cycle of Violence Shelf Number: 135499

Author: Borden, Barbara Ann Title: Summary: This study examined the impact of risk factors and existing federal sentencing policies and practices on the likelihood of recidivism for female white collar offenders. The research combined and expanded prior literature on female offending, white collar crime, and recidivism, by creating a "profile" of the female white collar offender, identifying risk factors of recidivism from female offending and feminist pathways literature present in the population of federal female white collar offenders, and informing revision of current federal sentencing policies that result in the imposition of unnecessarily harsh sanctions for this group of low-risk, first-time (and likely one-time), female offenders. No prior studies have applied theories of feminist pathways offending to recidivism by female white collar offenders. Data from a recent national data set of offenders who began a term of federal probation or supervised release between October 1, 2004 and September 30, 2007 were used to provide a fresh look at female white collar offenders sentenced after implementation of the mandatory United States Sentencing Guidelines, but before judicial discretion was returned to federal sentencing courts by the United States Supreme Court. Overall, the study found that female white collar offenders are plagued by risks of recidivism common to all types of female offenders, including those recognized in pathways literature, and their profile more closely resembles the female offender than the public's image of a "white collar" offender. Details: Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma, 2014. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: https://shareok.org/bitstream/handle/11244/13389/2014_Borden_Barbara_A_Dissertation.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 135501

Author: Lee-Ashley, Matt Title: Oil and Gas Industry Investments in the National Rifle Association and Safari Club International. Reshaping American Energy, Land, and Wildlife Policy Summary: Two bedrock principles have guided the work and advocacy of American sportsmen for more than a century. First, under the North American Model of Wildlife Conservation, wildlife in the United States is considered a public good to be conserved for everyone and accessible to everyone, not a commodity that can be bought and owned by the highest bidder. Second, since President Theodore Roosevelt's creation of the first wildlife refuges and national forests, sportsmen have fought to protect wildlife habitat from development and fragmentation to ensure healthy game supplies. These two principles, however, are coming under growing fire from an aggressive and coordinated campaign funded by the oil and gas industry. As part of a major effort since 2008 to bolster its lobbying and political power, the oil and gas industry has steadily expanded its contributions and influence over several major conservative sportsmen's organizations, including Safari Club International, or SCI, the National Rifle Association, or NRA, and the Congressional Sportsmen's Foundation. The first two organizations have assumed an increasingly active and vocal role in advancing energy industry priorities, even when those positions are in apparent conflict with the interests of hunters and anglers who are their rank-and-file members. The third group, the Congressional Sportsmen's Foundation, or CSF, is also heavily funded by oil and gas interests and plays a key role in providing energy companies, SCI, the NRA, gun manufacturers, and other corporate sponsors with direct access to members of Congress. The growing influence of the oil and gas industry on these powerful groups is reshaping the politics, policies, and priorities of American land and wildlife conservation. In this report, we identify three high-profile debates in which the growing influence of the oil and gas industry in SCI, CSF, the NRA and other conservative sportsmen groups could play a decisive role in achieving outcomes that are beneficial to energy companies at the expense of habitat protection, science-based management, and hunter and angler access to wildlife and public lands. These areas to watch are: - Endangered and threatened wildlife in oil- and gas-producing regions: The case of the greater sage grouse and the lesser prairie chicken - The backcountry: How the oil and gas industry and its allies are working to undo protections of roadless areas and wilderness study areas - Public access and ownership: The movement to privatize public lands and wildlife The oil and gas industry's growing investment in conservative sportsmen groups is already yielding ever-greater influence over legislation and policy decisions that benefit the industry's financial interests at the expense of hunters and anglers. Understanding and tracking this powerful lobbying alliance is of increasing importance to those who believe that American sportsmen can and should continue to be the standard-bearers for our nation's conservation tradition defend the principles that have guided North American land and wildlife stewardship for more than a century. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/IndustryInfluenceReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: National Rifle Association Shelf Number: 135503

Author: Wolff, Kevin T. Title: The Concentration of Crime in Cities Across the U.S. Summary: Prior empirical research has shown that a large proportion of a city's total crime arises from a relatively small number of locations within its jurisdiction. Drawing from results of research on the distribution of crime in a handful of cities, scholars have suggested that this dramatic "concentration" of crime is likely to be comparable in cities across the U.S. Although evidence from existing research is compelling, there are theoretical reasons to believe that the concentration of crime may not be as invariant as suggested in the past. Additionally, the traditional measures of concentration utilized in prior research fail to account for how tightly clustered these high-crime places are within space, leading to a relatively ambiguous definition of the term concentration. Finally, there are theoretical reasons to believe that accounting for the concentration of crime may add to our knowledge on the factors which contribute to the between-city difference in crime. To date, this possibility has not been explored in prior research. Thus, our knowledge of the concentration of criminal activity and its consequences remains relatively limited. To expand our knowledge on the concentration of crime, this dissertation addresses two primary research questions: (1) Does the concentration of crime vary across cities?, (2) Does variation in the concentration of crime have a significant impact on between-city differences in crime? These questions are answered by first exploring the variation revealed from two measures that reflect slightly different dimensions of concentration (i.e. evenness and clustering), disaggregated by crime-type, for a relatively large sample of American cities. Subsequently, the study assesses the effects of these measures on between-city difference in city crime rates. Tract-level crime data drawn from the National Neighborhood Crime Survey, a multicity database on crime in 91 cities from across the country, provided the information from which the measures of concentration and clustering were created. In combination with city-level data on socioeconomic and demographic characteristics drawn from a number of sources, the impact of crime's concentration on city crime rates was then examined in an empirical context. Results indicate that the concentration of crime is not as invariant as suggested in prior research. Additionally, multivariate analyses indicate that greater concentration of homicide is associated with lower homicide rates. Similar findings are observed for robbery, though in this instance conclusions are sensitive to model specification and sample composition. No significant link is found between concentration and crime rates for assault and burglary. The implications of the results of this dissertation for theory and research on the concentration of crime and aggregate crime rates are discussed. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2013. 230p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/9116/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 135505

Author: National Center for Juvenile Justice Title: Becoming a Data-Driven Juvenile Justice Organization: The Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana, Experience Summary: This paper focuses on the Calcasieu Parish Office of Juvenile Justice Services' (OJJS) efforts to become a more "data-driven" juvenile justice organization. While there are many examples of data-driven approaches in the private and public sectors, perhaps the approach most applicable to the juvenile justice field is the "Data-Driven Decision-Making" (DDDM) model that arose in the education realm in the mid-to-late 1990s. The DDDM began as a system of teaching and classroom/school management practices that, in essence, allows schools to get better information about students into the hands of classroom teachers. This basic concept, of getting key information into the hands of those who can directly effect change, seems quite applicable to emerging data-driven efforts in juvenile justice, and will be one important focus of this paper. As you will see, Calcasieu Parish has found some innovative and cost-effective ways to create a culture in which quick access to accurate and reliable data drives a range of important decisions. As with school DDDM reforms, the effort to become more data-driven in juvenile justice is, in part, a reflection of the increased accountability that many juvenile justice agencies have been experiencing over the past 15 to 20 years (e.g., due to budget cuts, political pressures, shifts in juvenile justice philosophies and public attitudes, and other circumstances). To a greater or lesser extent, the vast majority of juvenile justice organizations recognize the importance of having good data and the need to be able to "use" that data to shed light on the impact of the juvenile justice system. The ways in which such organizations capture, analyze, and "use" that information, however, vary widely. Some organizations have become quite sophisticated with internal research capabilities, information technology resources, and the like. Other organizations, including many small juvenile justice agencies or juvenile courts do not have the luxury of such resources and must share the data load as best they can. The primary intent of this paper is to show how one jurisdiction in Louisiana is continuing to build its internal capacities and capabilities for producing useful data that help it improve system impact. What is perhaps most notable about the Calcasieu Parish experience is that most if not all of the efforts to become more data-driven have been accomplished without additional funding. In some instances cited here, the efforts to become more data-driven have resulted in substantial cost savings. Calcasieu Parish/OJJS has been vigorously pursuing and sustaining system reform efforts for a number of years. As a demonstration site for the Annie E. Casey Foundation's Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI), and as a site for the Models for Change juvenile justice reform initiative supported by the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, Calcasieu Parish has demonstrated it is serious about ongoing system improvement. There is a legacy of system reform in Calcasieu Parish and the movement to become more data-driven reflects more than just a passing interest in automation or data. Instead, it reflects a long-standing commitment to "getting better" and recognizing that good data are absolutely essential to sustaining system improvements. OJJS's interest in ongoing system improvement (including data improvements) does not necessarily set it apart from other juvenile justice organizations in Louisiana. What does set Calcasieu Parish apart are the no-cost, innovative ways in which OJJS first fostered and then enhanced its ability to produce and proactively use good, reliable data. This paper will also describe how Calcasieu Parish OJJS progressed from an organization that had some internal automated data resources (the Juvenile Case Manager System or JCMS) to a model for others to emulate. This will be done without going into a lot of technical details about the JCMS computer system. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2014. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/MFC/DataDrivenCalcasieuParishExperience_Final_1142014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Statistics Shelf Number: 135508

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Defining Moments for Police Chiefs Summary: The position of police chief has always been a demanding job. A police chief must know how to run a complex organization, in many cases a very large organization. Chiefs must have strong leadership skills and a vision for meeting the needs of the community. And the stakes are high, because police have unique power and authority over people. The consequences of a mistake by any member of the organization can be catastrophic. As a result, police departments undergo closer scrutiny than other types of organizations. Since PERF's creation in 1976, one of our priorities has been to work with police chiefs to identify best practices and policies for meeting the challenges of the job. Our goal is to help police departments learn from each other about the critical issues they face. And one thing we have seen is that even in a well-run department, a department with good policies, thorough training of officers, strong leaders, and solid management systems, things can go disastrously wrong at any moment. A single officer can make a bad decision in a split-second, or a natural disaster or large-scale criminal incident can overwhelm a department�s capabilities. A police chief who responds well in a crisis can mitigate the damage, and sometimes the storyline changes as a result. Instead of focusing on the disastrous incident, the community remembers how hard the police chief and the police department worked to handle it. Unfortunately, in other cases, a slow or ill-considered response makes the situation worse. In the summer of 2014, PERF decided to hold a national conference to address these issues. We decided to name the conference "Defining Moments for Police Chiefs." We wanted to ask leading police officials, "In your career, what was the one critical moment when you really felt tested? What did you do that worked well? And looking back, is there anything you wish you could do over and do differently?" Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/definingmoments.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administrators (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135509

Author: Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) Title: Critical Response Technical Assessment Review: Police Accountability - Findings and National implications of an assessment of the San Diego Police Department Summary: Over the last several years, the San Diego Police Department (SDPD) has faced cases of criminal misconduct by police officers, including sexual assaults of women by on-duty officers. In one case, Officer Anthony Arevalos was charged with 21 felony charges related to the sexual assault and victimization of eight women while he was on duty between 2009 and 2012. Arevalos was one of 10 SDPD officers to come under investigation for criminal misconduct on charges including rape, domestic violence, driving under the influence, and sexual battery during a three-month span in early 2011. Out of the 10 cases, six resulted in the arrest of officers. In 2014, another SDPD officer was arrested and pled guilty to two counts of felony false imprisonment and three counts of misdemeanor sexual battery involving four victims. The fact that these officers committed these crimes and that the crimes were committed over a period of years and went undetected for so long outraged the San Diego community and resulted in headlines nationwide about the scandal in what had previously been regarded as a well-respected police department. At a May 2011 press conference following the arrest of Arevalos, then Chief of Police William Lansdowne apologized to the San Diego community on behalf of the police department and announced a seven-point plan to prevent recurrences of misconduct and criminal acts by officers. The Lansdowne plan included measures such as strengthening the internal affairs unit, establishing a 24/7 confidential complaint hotline, and evaluating the department's early identification and intervention system (EIIS), which is intended to provide early alerts to police supervisors about potentially problematic behavior by officers. By February 2013, the San Diego City Council was informed that the SDPD had fully implemented Chief Lansdowne's seven-point plan. In early 2014, new allegations of criminal sexual misconduct by two additional SDPD officers refocused attention on the issue of misconduct within the SDPD and left many individuals questioning the full implementation of the seven-point plan and the department's ability to effectively police itself even with the plan in place. In response, Chief Lansdowne announced that he would seek outside assistance to review the SDPD's systems for detecting and preventing misconduct, evaluate how the department had handled the misconduct cases, and recommend reform measures. This report is the result of that external review. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0756-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability (San Diego) Shelf Number: 135510

Author: Anderson, Lisa R. Title: Penalty Structures and Deterrence in a Two-Stage Model: Experimental Evidence Summary: Increasing penalty structures for repeat offenses are ubiquitous in penal codes, despite little empirical or theoretical support. Multi-period models of criminal enforcement based on the standard economic approach of Becker (1968) generally find that the optimal penalty structure is either flat or declining. We experimentally test a two-stage theoretical model that predicts decreasing penalty structures will yield greater deterrence than increasing penalty structures. We find that decreasing fine structures are more effective at reducing risky behavior. Additionally, our econometric analyses reveal a number of behavioral findings. Subjects are deterred by past convictions, even though the probability of detection is independent across decisions. Further, subjects appear to take the two-stage nature of the decision making task into account, suggesting that subjects consider both current and future penalties. Even controlling for the fine a subject faces for any given decision, being in a decreasing fine structure has a significant effect on deterrence. Details: Working paper, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2597609 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 135513

Author: Klingele, Cecelia M. Title: What are We Hoping for? Defining Purpose in Deterrence-Based Correctional Programs Summary: One of the most popular program models in criminal justice today is that popularized by Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE). HOPE and other programs like it grow out of research suggesting that the most effective way to prevent violations of conditions of supervision is to more accurately detect them, respond to them immediately, and impose consistent and predictable sanctions for every detected violation. Proponents of these programs assert that they not only change behavior for the better, but that they increase the legitimacy of probation by addressing violations as they occur. Even if program compliance rates are as high as supporters claim, serious questions remain about whether these programs, while advancing compliance, may undermine the larger goal of promoting desistance from crime. Anecdotal evidence suggests that both the conditions and sanctions imposed on program participants are often significantly more severe than the model itself requires, and are sometimes at odds with encouraging behavior that is known to foster desistance. This Essay argues that system actors have an obligation to consider the purpose of correctional intervention when evaluating program "success." Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1530 : Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2601824 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135515

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Interim Reincarceration Outcomes of Safer Return Summary: Safer Return provided supportive services to 727 individuals returning from state prison to Chicago's Garfield Park neighborhood. This interim analysis uses administrative data from the Illinois Department of Corrections to compare one-year reincarceration outcomes of: Safer Return participants, nonparticipants paroled to a comparison neighborhood, and nonparticipants paroled to Garfield Park. Of the three groups, program participants had the lowest reincarceration rate. Statistical analyses find that participants' did not fare significantly better than nonparticipants paroled to the comparison neighborhood, but they did fare significantly better than Garfield Park nonparticipants. Differences in reincarceration rates were driven largely by differences in technical violations. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/413076-Interim-Reincarceration-Outcomes-of-Safer-Return.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 135516

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: The Framework for Safer Return: A Research-Based Community Initiative Summary: Safer Return funded by the MacArthur Foundation, and designed jointly by Urban Institute researchers and Safer Foundation staff was an action research demonstration implemented in Chicago's Garfield Park neighborhood between 2008 and 2013. This brief retrospectively describes the context in which the program model was developed, the activities performed during the strategic planning process, existing evidence-based or promising programs examined for possible inclusion in Safer Return, features of the model as it was initially conceptualized, and the proposed multi-method research design that uses a quasi-experimental approach and primary and secondary data collection to capture individual, family, and community results. The founding principle of Safer Return was that the entire community must be engaged and prepared to positively impact prisoner reentry and reduce recidivism. Through the collaborative efforts of community members, law enforcement, service providers, businesses, and participants, Safer Return aimed to: Develop an innovative approach to prisoner reentry and comprehensively address the transitional needs of both the returning clients and their community Build the capacity of institutions and communities to facilitate a smooth journey home from prison Reform institutions to promote an enhanced response to returning clients by the justice system, service providers, and the business community. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/413074-The-Framework-for-Safer-Return-A-Research-Based-Community-Initiative.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 135517

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Community Ties, Public Safety and Reentry: Residents' Perspectives Summary: This brief focuses on community surveys conducted in Garfield Park and West Englewood in November 2009 as part of the evaluation of the Safer Return Demonstration. The brief discusses residents perspectives on community resources, social control and cohesion, police officials, crime and victimization, and perceptions of individuals returning from prison to the community. It finds the two neighborhoods comparable in socio-demographic characteristics and that the reentry context in both neighborhoods is depressed overall, but worse in West Englewood than Garfield Park. There is tremendous support for returning prisoners among community residents, which assists Safer Return and other community-based reentry programs. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/413075-Community-Ties-Public-Safety-and-Reentry-Residents-Perspectives.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 135518

Author: Schuck, Amie M. Title: Building Trust and a Police-Community Website: As Assessment of the CLEARpath Planning and Community Engagement Process. Summary: Between 2001 and 2004, the Chicago Police Department built a sophisticated information system called CLEAR designed to serve the needs of the Chicago Police Department and other law enforcement agencies in the region (Skogan et al., 2004). Recognizing that CLEAR was designed primarily for the police and not for use by the community, the Chicago Police Department approached the Local Initiatives Support Corporation (LISC/Chicago) as a potential partner in developing a website that would enhance community engagement in public safety. Together, they approached the MacArthur Foundation for funding. The initial concept was that the police and community would participate in the "co-development" of a web-enabled tool (CLEARpath) that would serve as an information sharing vehicle and help to advance a broad community development agenda. With funding from MacArthur in 2005, the Chicago Police Department and LISC/Chicago committed to working with several community organizations involved in the New Communities Program (NCP), a 10-year comprehensive community development effort undertaken in communities throughout Chicago. The CLEARpath project also deserves an historical footnote. This is the first time in the history of the MacArthur Foundation that it has awarded a grant to a police department, thus recognizing the importance of community-government partnerships in the co-production of public safety. This report, prepared by researchers at the Center for Research in Law and Justice, University of Illinois at Chicago, describes an independent evaluation of the 3- year planning and community engagement process that led to the development of CLEARpath. The focal question for the evaluation was whether the community engagement process was successful in terms of achieving genuine community input and involving community leaders and potential users in the design of the website. The community engagement process, facilitated by Millennia Consulting, was challenging and educational for all parties. The relationship between the police and these communities was characterized by resistance and struggle, persistence and commitment, and ultimately, laudable achievements for all parties that remained at the table. With funding and technical assistance, a professional website was jointly developed and the relationship between the police and the participating communities was strengthened. Along the road, however, there were many obstacles that threatened to derail the process. This report describes the process of building the CLEARpath website, delineates some of the underlying issues that constrained and defined the partnership, and draws out some of the lessons learned for the benefit of future police-community endeavors. Details: Chicago: Center for Research in Law and Justice, University of Illinois at Chicago, 2008. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: https://portal.chicagopolice.org/portal/page/portal/ClearPath/Internal/FinalCLEARpathReport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 135521

Author: National Center for Juvenile Justice Title: When Systems Collaborate: How Three Jurisdictions Improved their Handling of Dual-Status Cases Summary: When Systems Collaborate (19 pages) provides case studies of three jurisdictions trying to coordinate information and services to youth with dual-status in both the juvenile justice and child welfare systems. The jurisdictions were selected based on a 50-state survey of efforts to coordinate data and services to dual status youth and selects examples that provide starting places for developing solutions on a complex reform issue. The first example focuses on delinquency referral intake and diversion, the second example focuses on community supervision or probation and the final case study explores efforts in a state to keep both child welfare and juvenile corrections involved in facilitating reentry and aftercare for dual-status youth. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/Juvenile%20Justice%20Geography,%20Policy,%20Practice%20and%20Statistics%202015/WhenSystemsCollaborateJJGPSCaseStudyFinal042015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Systems Shelf Number: 135525

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Identity Theft and Tax Fraud: Enhanced Authentication Could Combat Refund Fraud, but IRS Lacks an Estimate of Costs, Benefits and Risks Summary: Why GAO Did This Study IRS estimated it prevented $24.2 billion in fraudulent identity theft (IDT) refunds in 2013, but paid $5.8 billion later determined to be fraud. Because of the difficulties in knowing the amount of undetected fraud, the actual amount could differ from these point estimates. IDT refund fraud occurs when an identity thief uses a legitimate taxpayer's identifying information to file a fraudulent tax return and claims a refund. GAO was asked to review IRS's efforts to combat IDT refund fraud. This report, the second in a series, assesses (1) the quality of IRS's IDT refund fraud cost estimates, and (2) IRS's progress in developing processes to enhance taxpayer authentication. GAO compared IRS's IDT estimate methodology to GAO Cost Guide best practices (fraud is a cost to taxpayers). To assess IRS's progress enhancing authentication, GAO reviewed IRS documentation and interviewed IRS officials, other government officials, and associations representing software companies, return preparers, and financial institutions. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends IRS improve its fraud estimates by (1) reporting the inherent imprecision and uncertainty of estimates, and (2) documenting the underlying analysis justifying cost-influencing assumptions. In addition, IRS should estimate and document the economic costs, benefits and risks of possible options for taxpayer authentication. IRS agreed with GAO's recommendations and provided technical comments that GAO incorporated, as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-119: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/670/667965.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 135527

Author: Schaefer, Lacey Title: Environmental Corrections: Making Offender Supervision Work Summary: With nearly five million offenders under community correctional supervision, the time has come to seriously question the efficacy of probation and parole. In terms of resource expenditures, public safety, recidivism reduction, and offender outcomes, there is ample room for improvement. Unfortunately, most current offender supervision practices are of limited value. The balance of treatment and control espoused by most community corrections agencies is ineffective, often resulting in nothing more than bureaucratic case management. Moreover, both of these models of probation and parole as practiced are largely defunct. In the first instance, efforts to reduce offender propensity often fail to adopt the principles of effective correctional intervention. In the second, efforts to deter offenders from misbehaving have produced little more than an increase in technical violations of supervision conditions. Accordingly, a new framework for probation and parole supervision is sorely needed. Determining how to reduce recidivism among community-supervised offenders leads us to consider why criminal acts occur. The answer is that two conditions must be present: An individual must have the propensity to offend and must also have the opportunity to offend. A considerable amount of research has been dedicated to discovering the criminogenic needs that must be targeted for change in order to reduce criminal propensity. By contrast, relatively little is known about what offender supervisors might do to reduce the crime opportunities of probationers and parolees. Notably, Cullen, Eck, and Lowenkamp (2002) propose that environmental criminology can help guide the development of innovative strategies that limit supervisees' chances to offend. They reconceptualize probation and parole supervision as "environmental corrections," a model in which officers would work to enhance the informal social control offenders are subject to, reduce offenders' access to crime opportunities, and restructure offenders' routine activities with prosocial influences. The aim of this dissertation is to elaborate on these ideas, developing a new strategy for offender supervision that is based on opportunity reduction. In so doing, the following roadmap is taken. Chapter 1 outlines the drawbacks of current probation and parole practices, demonstrating the limited effectiveness of existing treatment and control orientations to offender supervision. Chapter 2 introduces the components of environmental criminology, discussing how the advances of crime science have produced practical programs that reduce crime opportunities. Chapter 3 applies these theories to offender supervision, discussing strategies for preventing probationers and parolees from encountering situations where there are high-risk chances to commit crime. Chapter 4 presents assessment technologies for community corrections officers to use in discerning where, when, why, and with whom offenders commit crimes, developing methods for using this information to reduce the actual crime opportunities of supervisees. Chapter 5 demonstrates how cognitive-behavioral techniques can be used to help probationers and parolees recognize, avoid, and resist available chances to offend. Chapter 6 identifies how community corrections authorities can partner with the police to further limit supervisees' crime opportunities. In closing, Chapter 7 features eight lessons learned from the current elaboration of environmental corrections supervision that can help to make probation and parole work Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2013. 293p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap/10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1377875062 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 135528

Author: Gopal, Anandasivam Title: Traders, Guns, and Money: The Effect of Mass Shootings on Stock Price Summary: In this work, we investigate how mass shootings influence the stock price of firearms manufacturers. While significant anecdotal evidence suggests there is an immediate spike in firearms purchase after such events, the reaction of financial markets is unclear. On one hand, if the increased short-term demand represents an unanticipated financial windfall for firearms manufacturers, the stock prices of the firms may rise. On the other hand, mass shootings may result in perceptions of the social contract between the firm and society being systematically violated. In this case, the increasing potential for regulation may render the firm's business model untenable in the long run, leading to stock prices decreasing. We empirically resolve this tension using a market movement event study of 93 mass shootings between 2009 and 2013. Findings suggest that stock prices of firearm manufacturers significantly decline over a 2, 5, 10, and 30 day window in the wake of mass shootings. Furthermore, these losses are exacerbated by the presence of a handgun and the number of victims killed. Interestingly, results are not influenced by the location of the crime, insofar as there is no difference across "red" or "blue" states, or the loss of a child. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Robert H. Smith School Research Paper No. RHS 2581664 ; Fox School of Business Research Paper No. 15-061 : Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2581664 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Markets Shelf Number: 135531

Author: Wheeler, Andrew Title: The Effect of 311 Calls for Service on Crime in D.C. at Micro Places Summary: Broken windows theory has been both confirmed and refuted with several different measures of physical disorder. Small experiments tend to confirm the priming effects of physical disorder on minor deviant acts, but measures based on order maintenance policing and surveys are much more mixed. Here I use 311 calls for service as a proxy for physical disorder, as it is a simple alternative compared to neighborhood audits or community surveys. For street segments and intersections in Washington D.C., I show that 311 calls for service based on detritus (e.g. garbage on the street) and infrastructure complaints (e.g. potholes in sidewalks) have a positive but very small effect on Part 1 crimes while controlling for unobserved neighborhood effects. This suggests that 311 calls for service can potentially be a reliable indicator of physical disorder where available. The findings partially confirm the broken windows hypothesis, but reducing physical disorder is unlikely to result in appreciable declines in crime Details: Albany, NY: John F. Finn Institute for Public Safety , 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2600950&download=yes Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: 311 Calls Shelf Number: 135533

Author: Yuille, Lua K. Title: Blood In, Buyout: A Property & Economic Approach to Street Gangs Summary: This article offers a fresh analysis of and solution to problems modern, American street gangs present: Local governments should pay gang members to refrain from gang related activity. Common wisdom dictates that, since they commit crimes, gangs should be understood and combated criminologically, through criminal sanctions. Popular interventions, like gang injunctions, expand that punitive orientation into civil strategies. But, gang criminality is merely a manifestation of a broader property-based disease. Therefore, those strategies will be ineffective and inefficient, as evidenced by the continuing rise in gang membership across the United States. The consensus in gang research is that gangs are not crime syndicates; they are capitalist social institutions creating and operating in alternative markets. Violence and criminality are secondary or tertiary facets of gangs, resulting from the inaccessibility of mainstream markets. Integrating these findings into a unique synthesis of disparate threads of property theory - from Charles Reich's The New Property and Margaret Radin's Property and Personhood to Cheryl Harris's Whiteness as Property - it is clear that gangs' primary purpose is to pursue the forms of property central to human identity. That insight frees anti-gang strategies from the strictures imposed by criminal law, but reveals social justice considerations not normally associated with gangs. On that basis, the article presents a novel idea: Gangs are recreating a traditional market-based property system, so the approach to the problems associated with them should be market-inspired. In the market, actors are paid to induce desired behavior. Therefore, local governments should compensate gang members for non-participation in legal (but undesirable) gang activity. The article tests this proposal using Calabresi and Melamed's framework for allocating and protecting entitlements advanced in Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability Rules: One View of the Cathedral. That analysis shows that the so-called "paid injunction" is a more effective and efficient approach to curbing the non-criminal activities of gangs that simultaneously advances the social justice concerns revealed by the property law analysis. Details: Working paper, 2015. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2585476 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 135534

Author: Kastellec, Jonathan P. Title: Race, Context and Judging on the Courts of Appeals: Race-Based Panel Effects in Death Penalty Cases Summary: I examine how the identities of judges on multimember courts interact with case context to influence judicial decision making. Specifically, I leverage the variation in both panel composition and defendant race to examine race-based panel effects in death penalty cases on the Courts of Appeals. Using a dataset that accounts for several characteristics of a defendant and his crime, I find that the random assignment of a black judge to an otherwise all-non-black panel substantially increases the probability that the panel will grant relief to a defendant on death row - but only in cases where the defendant is black. The size of the increase is substantially large: conditional on the defendant being black, a panel composed of a single African-American judge is 15 percentage points more likely to grant relief than an all-non-black panel. These results have important implications for assessing the role of minority judges in generating substantive representation on the federal courts and contribute to the empirical literature on the application of the death penalty in the United States. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Department of Politics, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2594946 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 135535

Author: Gillibrand, Kirsten Title: Snapshot Review of Sexual Assault Report Files at the Four Largest U.S. Military Bases in 2013 Summary: On February 10, 2014, Senator Kirsten Gillibrand, in her oversight role as Chairman of the Personnel Subcommittee of the Senate Armed Services Committee, requested the Department of Defense (DoD) provide her office with files pertaining to the investigation and adjudication of sexual assault cases, from 2009 to 2013, at the largest U.S. base for each military service. These installations are the Army's Fort Hood in Texas, Naval Station Norfolk in Virginia, Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton in California, and Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Ohio. On December 15, 2014, 308 days after the initial request, the Department of Defense provided 107 redacted sexual assault case files from the year 2013. Senator Gillibrand had requested "all reports and allegations of rape, forcible sodomy, sexual assault, sex in the barracks, adultery and attempts, conspiracies, or solicitations to commit these crimes" for the last five years. Despite two separate assurances from then-Secretary of Defense Hagel directly to Senator Gillibrand that all files would expeditiously be provided, the DoD reluctantly agreed to provide just one year's worth of files after then-Senate Armed Services Committee Chairman Carl Levin intervened. The larger request remains unfulfilled. This refusal from the DoD to provide basic information pertaining to sexual violence and military justice to the former Personnel Subcommittee chair with oversight duties calls into question the Department's commitment to transparency and getting to the root of the problem. While the case files do shed some light on how the military has dealt with the scourge of sexual assault on bases, with many findings consistent with the Associated Press's accounts of sexual assaults at American military bases in Japan, it is important to note that the files are redacted, incomplete, and often do not contain all relevant data pertaining to the cases. Our review of the 107 case files provided by the Department of Defense sheds further light on the true scope of sexual violence in military communities, including two large but overlooked segments of the military population - military spouses, and civilian women living near military bases - that are not counted in the DoD's surveys on sexual assault prevalence. The documents analyzed by our office suggest that civilians (including spouses) are especially vulnerable, and that the military justice system continues to struggle to provide justice. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Senator Kirsten Gillibrand, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.gillibrand.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/Gillibrand_Sexual%20Assault%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military (U.S.) Shelf Number: 135536

Author: Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law Title: Unequal Justice: Mobilizing the Private Bar to Fight Mass Incarceration Summary: This report marks the beginning of Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law's Criminal Justice Initiative, created to mobilize the private bar in the fight against mass incarceration. Mass incarceration - a term that refers to the cluster of issues associated with the historic scale of present-day American incarceration - presents the greatest contemporary threat to civil and human rights in the United States today. Two key facts about this phenomenon gird its importance to the Lawyers' Committee's mission: (1) mass incarceration is a racially, spatially, and socioeconomically targeted phenomenon that disproportionately affects lower-class African-American and Hispanic residents of degraded urban spaces, and (2) mass incarceration results in large part from aggregate policy choices, rather than from poor personal decisions or increases in overall levels of crime, meaning solutions too will be legal and policy in nature. There is no single solution to the problem of mass incarceration. This is because there is no single cause. Many issues are subsumed under the heading of "mass incarceration," some with deep historical roots. It is the combination of various factors working in tandem that produces the result. There is consensus that the criminal justice system is broken. Or in the words of one participant at a listening session, the criminal justice system does exactly what it is designed to do: to punitively punish large swaths of society's most disadvantaged individuals. Experts, academics, practitioners, and formerly incarcerated individuals alike agreed that the criminal justice system is unnecessarily punitive, fails wholesale to rehabilitate through its method of incarceration, destroys any opportunity for success after release from incarceration due to the thousands of collateral consequences, decreases public safety, and undermines public trust in the ability of the system to deliver justice. A key fact will guide the Lawyers' Committee's work in this area: nationally, 95% of criminal cases end in guilty pleas; of cases in the federal court system, that figure is 97%. In considering how best to harness the resources of the private bar, the importance of the criminal justice system's negotiated nature cannot be overstated. Glaring racial disparities are often absent from reform discourse. There is no question that the criminal justice system treats individuals differently based on the color of their skin. This is especially true when combined with other disadvantage factors like income, education, geography, and access to healthcare. However, this fact is often absent in public discourse and almost never formally addressed in reform efforts. This is particularly troubling since racial disparities in incarceration are often the result of implicit racial bias and structural or institutionalized racial discrimination, deep-rooted species of dysfunction which can only begin to be addressed by the acknowledgement and recognition that it exists. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2015. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.lawyerscommittee.org/admin/site/documents/files/0553.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 135537

Author: Young, Douglas Title: Traversing Two Systems: An Assessment of Crossover Youth in Maryland Summary: Awareness about the vulnerabilities of children who are involved in both the juvenile justice and child welfare systems has grown exponentially over the past decade. The emergent challenge with helping crossover youth - those involved at some point in their lives in the dependency and delinquency systems - is not due to a lack of available guidance about what should be done for them. Rather, the challenges for addressing crossover youth include properly identifying them and their needs, and implementing evidence-based practices tailored to those needs. The present study was designed to begin to build a knowledge base to address these challenges in Maryland. Employing a mix of qualitative and quantitative methods, the research focused on the five most populous jurisdictions in the state, Baltimore City, and Anne Arundel, Montgomery, Prince George's, and Baltimore Counties. Based on interviews with 26 officials in state and local agencies and survey responses from a representative sample of 164 stakeholders working with crossover youth, our review of state and local practices suggests a picture with preliminary signs of progress against a backdrop of general inattention to this population. Several state-led initiatives are promising in that they incorporate practices encouraged in the crossover youth practice literature, although none focus specifically on this group. Interview and survey results revealed some local efforts involving information sharing, collaborative case reviews, and joint attendance at court hearings on dual-system cases. About 60 percent of survey respondents reported using routines for identifying dual-system youth, providing cross-system notifications on proceedings, and holding family and multi-disciplinary team meetings for these cases. However, there was little use of formal, structured efforts, such as collaborative funding agreements, joint attendance at all hearings, or consolidated case planning or supervision. Survey results showed stakeholders were well aware of crossover youths' risks and needs and the challenges of working with these youth. Organizational expertise on crossover youth, and attention and resources paid to this population were given low ratings. Consistent with prior studies, quantitative analyses comparing samples of crossover youth (N=526) and delinquency-only youth (N=601) showed crossover youth were engaged in the juvenile justice system in deeper and more chronic ways, with their first arrest at an earlier age and having more arrests and referrals. Detention, placement, and commitment outcomes for crossover youth were particularly frequent, outsizing observed differences with delinquency-only youth on charges, filings, and adjudication hearings and suggesting that crossover youth face more harsh responses in the juvenile justice system. Compared with the delinquency-only group, crossover youth had less favorable results on risk, need, and protective measures on school attendance and performance, peer and adult relationships, and attitudes reflecting empathy, remorse, and self-control. The groups' most stark differences were on objective indicators of mental health needs. Analyses of Baltimore City crossover youth (N=200) and a dependency-only sample (N=200) showed the crossover group to have somewhat different and more persistent family problems, more placements, and longer length of placement. These findings, together with the interview and survey results suggest a consensus need for more focused efforts on crossover youth in Maryland. Several practices already in use - the one judge/one family court model, case identification, family and multi-disciplinary meetings, information sharing, collaborative case reviews, joint hearing attendance - should be expanded, routinized, and sustained. Results from the risk and needs analyses underscore the importance of responding to the mental health treatment needs of crossover youth in the state. These Maryland findings reinforce and extend those reported in prior research, providing detailed information on needs and protective factors and risk factors related to maltreatment. More generally, the results should heighten the urgency of increasing attention to this population. Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, College Park, 2014. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248679.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 135539

Author: Hamm, Mark Title: Lone Wolf Terrorism in America: Using Knowledge of Radicalization Pathways To Forge Prevention Strategies Summary: This research offers the largest and most comprehensive database ever created on lone wolf terrorism, along with a theory-informed case study component based on direct contact with imprisoned lone wolf terrorists, and a comparative analysis distinguishing lone wolves from those who undergo radicalization in a group setting. Strictly in terms of lethality, the data indicate that lone wolf terrorism in America is not on the rise. Although lone wolf terrorism may not be increasing, it is undergoing two important changes in modus operandi. First, uniformed police and military personnel have become the primary target of lone wolf terrorists. Second, consistent with the relaxation of U.S. gun laws since the 1990s and the recent trend in mass shootings, the lone wolf's preferred weaponry is now a staggering range of high-velocity firearms. While there is no standard profile of the lone wolf terrorist, most of them are unemployed, single white males with a criminal record. Compared to members of terrorist groups, lone wolves are older, less educated and more prone to mental illness. The study validates a series of commonalities associated with pathways to radicalization for lone wolf terrorists. The radicalization model indicates that lone wolf terrorism begins with a combination of personal and political grievances which form the basis for an affinity with online sympathizers. This is followed by the identification of an enabler, followed by the broadcasting of terrorist intent. The final commonality is a triggering event, or the catalyst for terrorism. The ability of law enforcement and intelligence communities to detect and prevent lone wolf terrorism demands a clear understanding of these radicalization processes. Such insight may provide investigators with a sort of detection system, or "signatures" - as minimal as they may appear-that an individual with a terrorist intent will demonstrate in preparing for an attack. Crucial to this understanding is the broadcasting of intent. While lone wolves physically isolate from society, at the same time they seek recognition for their causes through spoken statements and threats, manifestos, e-mail messages, texting and videotaped proclamations. Focusing on this kind of immediate objective of radicalization among lone wolves, rather than on their underlying grievances, may sharpen our focus on the dangers posed by lone wolf terrorism. Details: Terre Haute, IN: Indiana State University, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248691.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 135540

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Respect and Legitimacy - A Two-Way Street. Strengthening Trust Between Police and the Public in an Era of Increasing Transparency Summary: Events in recent months have focused national attention on profound fractures in trust between some police departments and the communities they are charged with protecting. Though the potential for such fractures is always present given the role of police in society, building and maintaining trust between police and the public is critical for the health of American democracy. However, in an era when information technology has the potential to greatly increase transparency of police activities in a variety of ways, building and maintaining trust is challenging. Doing so likely requires steps taken by both police organizations and the public to build understanding and relationships that can sustain trust through tragic incidents that can occur in the course of policing - whether it is a citizen's or officer's life that is lost. This paper draws on the deep literature on legitimacy, procedural justice, and trust to frame three core questions that must be addressed to build and maintain mutual trust between police and the public: (1) What is the police department doing and why? (2) What are the results of the department's actions? and (3) What mechanisms are in place to discover and respond to problems from the officer to the department level? Answering these questions ensures that both the public and police have mutual understanding and expectations about the goals and tactics of policing, their side effects, and the procedures to address problems fairly and effectively, maintaining confidence over time. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/perspectives/PE100/PE154/RAND_PE154.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 135543

Author: Schaefer, Lacey Title: Monitoring Offenders on Conditional Release Summary: This guide focuses on offenders; specifically, people who have already been convicted of crimes and who are under community supervision ordered by courts or correctional authorities. Although many of these individuals are not actively engaged in offending, the past behavior of people on probation and parole suggests that they have a heightened risk of committing a crime. Consequently, reducing the risks of offending for people on probation and parole can be an ingredient in sustainable solutions to crime problems. In this guide we discuss how offenders are supervised by correctional agencies while on community release. These offenders can cause problems for police (e.g., recidivate and prompt calls for service), so understanding community supervision can be extremely useful for solving such problems. This response guide provides a review of the most effective practices for monitoring offenders on conditional release. For police and their partners, this will help them better understand community supervision, and appreciate the benefits and potential hurdles in their collaborations with community corrections agencies. For probation and parole authorities, this guide may help them develop an understanding of the ways police officers can assist offender supervision and community reintegration. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, Response Guides Series; no. 12: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p286-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 135544

Author: Murphy, Laura T. Title: Trafficking and Exploitative Labor among Homeless Youth in New Orleans Summary: According to the Global Slavery Index, about 60,000 people are currently suffering under conditions of forced labor in the United States. But more detailed and systematic data are needed - especially about U.S. cities said to be "hubs for human trafficking." In Louisiana, official data are starting to be collected after a law was passed in 2014. Meanwhile, as part of a larger national effort, we have undertaken a study of trafficking among homeless youth in New Orleans. Located at the edge of the French Quarter, Covenant House New Orleans provides shelter and services to homeless, runaway, and at-risk youth ages 16 to 22, and to their children. In a replication and extension of a previous Covenant House study in New York, we interviewed 99 New Orleans clients, asking about various kinds of victimization and probing to see if their work experiences met federal legal criteria for sex trafficking, in which "a commercial sex act is induced by force, fraud or coercion" or the person is under 18 years old; or for forced labor, defined as "the recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, or obtaining of a person for labor or services through the use of force, fraud or coercion for the purpose of subjection to involuntary servitude, peonage, debt bondage or slavery." Overall, our study revealed that 14% of respondents were identified as victims of some form of legally defined trafficking, with eleven who said they were trafficked for sex, five who reported being subject to other kinds of forced labor, and two reporting both kinds of exploitation. Covenant House New Orleans cares for about 615 youth aged 16 to 23 over the course of a year, and our results indicate that about 85 residents per year are likely to have been trafficking victims as currently legally defined. More broadly, almost a third of our respondents reported having been approached by strangers on the street to trade sex or to engage in other illegal or informal work. Most assumed they were being offered an opportunity to work in the sex trade. Recruitment into the drug trade happened very young, with one respondent starting at age nine and others in their teenage years. Our study also revealed that homeless youth are vulnerable to other kinds of exploitation - such as dangerous work conditions or wage theft. Experiences of Trafficking - Primarily for Sex We uncovered only five legally defined labor trafficking cases, and four of them were youth forced into drug dealing. Only one person reported being brought into factory labor via fraud in Mexico. Forced sexual labor was the main form of trafficking experienced by victims in our study, reported by eight females and three males. Three victims identified as gay, lesbian or bisexual. - Of the 11 people who were trafficked for sex, seven are considered trafficking victims by law because they were selling sex under age 18 either voluntarily or through force, and three of those seven continued to be coerced by pimps as young adults. Four older respondents reported situations of force, fraud, or coercion that compelled them to engage in sex work, so they too would be considered trafficked regardless of their age. Two young men who reported engaging in sex work as children indicated that they had not experienced any compulsion to participate. Sexual Labor and Sex for Survival One fourth of our respondents had been involved in sexual labor of some form. Thirteen respondents had worked as commercial sex workers, ten had worked in the sex industry as exotic dancers, and two had worked in the French Quarter as "shot girls" who use sexual flirtation to entice customers to buy drinks. - One third of all the young women we interviewed and almost a fifth of the men had engaged in sexual labor of some kind. In a typical year, therefore, Covenant House serves about 154 residents likely to have engaged in this kind of labor. - Fifteen respondents had engaged in "survival sex," performing a sex act in exchange for food, housing, or some other basic necessity they believed they had no other way to obtain. - Because there has been significant attention to survival sex prevalence among transgender youth, we analyzed that data and found that there were no clear cases of trafficking among the three transgender respondents. One reported resorting to survival sex on occasion for survival purposes. All three transgender respondents had experienced both sexual and physical abuse. Lessons and Policy Implications - Covenant House and similar shelters should increase beds and space for homeless youth, especially those involved in the sex trade. In cooperation with other providers, shelters should do more to help victims of sex trafficking, including young men as well as women. - Private and public agencies should improve work opportunities and training for young adults. - Currently, young adults "age out" of many legal protections and eligibility for foster care. Legislators should look for ways to ensure greater continuity into young adulthood. - The legislature and local police departments should fund and require programs to help law enforcement officers identify victims of trafficking; and community activists, legal professionals, and service providers should spread information about Louisiana's new law to vacate convictions for people who turn out to be trafficking victims. - To help communities cope, more research is needed on patterns of forced drug dealing. . Details: New Orleans: Loyola University, Modern Slavery Research Project and Covenant House, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.covenanthouseno.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Trafficking-Exploitative-Labor-Homeless-Youth-New-Orleans.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 135545

Author: Hoffman, Bruce Title: (U) The FBI: Protecting the Homeland in the 21st Century Summary: (U) The FBI 9/11 Review Commission was established in January 2014 pursuant to a congressional mandate. The United States Congress directed the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI, or the "Bureau") to create a commission with the expertise and scope to conduct a "comprehensive external review of the implementation of the recommendations related to the FBI that were proposed by the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (commonly known as the 9/11 Commission)." The Review Commission was tasked specifically to report on: 1. An assessment of the progress made, and challenges in implementing the recommendations of the 9/11 Commission that are related to the FBI. 2. An analysis of the FBI's response to trends of domestic terror attacks since September 11, 2001, including the influence of domestic radicalization. 3. An assessment of any evidence not known to the FBI that was not considered by the 9/11 Commission related to any factors that contributed in any manner to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. 4. Any additional recommendations with regard to FBI intelligence sharing and counterterrorism policy. (U) The Review Commission was funded Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2015. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/protecting-the-homeland-in-the-21st-century Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrrorism Shelf Number: 135549

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Overcoming the Challenges and Creating a Regional Approach to Policing in St. Louis City and County Summary: In the summer of 2014, Better Together1 initiated discussions with the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) to conduct a study of the state of policing in the City and County of St. Louis. The August 9, 2014, fatal shooting of Michael Brown by Ferguson Police Office Darren Wilson, and the civil unrest that ensued, gave new urgency to this initiative. In September 2014, Better Together and PERF entered into an agreement to conduct this examination and issue a report with recommendations. PERF is an independent research organization, based in Washington, DC, that focuses on critical issues in policing. PERF identifies best policies and practices on fundamental issues, such as strategies to minimize police use of force; developing community policing and increasing public perceptions of legitimacy and procedural justice in policing; new technologies for improving police accountability, such as body-worn cameras; and civil rights and racial issues in policing. The purpose of the study is two-fold: 1. To examine how policing services are currently being delivered in St. Louis County/City, assess the state of police-community relations, and compare the status quo with best practices in the policing profession. 2. To provide recommendations for moving forward, including identifying policing models and operational options to improve policing in the region. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2015. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2015 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/stlouis.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 135550

Author: Markson, Lucy Title: The impact of contextual family risks on prisoners' children's behavioural outcomes and the potential protective role of family functioning moderators Summary: Research suggests that children of prisoners have an increased risk for behavioural and emotional problems. However, in a resilience approach one should expect heterogeneous outcomes and thus apply a contextualised perspective. As this is rarely acknowledged in empirical research, the present study sought to fill this gap using data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing study on 801 children of imprisoned fathers. We explored the extent to which cumulative family risks measured during the first year of life (e.g., poverty, mental health problems) predicted behavioural outcomes at age 9 and whether potentially protective aspects of family functioning moderated the impact of these risk factors. Cumulative risk significantly predicted behavioural outcomes, but the associations were weak. No strong evidence of moderation was found. At low risk, mother-child closeness moderated behavioural outcomes. There was also some evidence of moderation by accumulated protective factors. Potential implications for policy and practice and challenges for further research are discussed. . Details: Working paper, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: WP15-01-FF: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP15-01-FF.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 135551

Author: U.S. Department of Education Title: Student Reports of Bullying and Cyber-Bullying: Results From the 2013 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: This document reports data from the 2013 School Crime Supplement (SCS) of the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS).1 The Web Tables show the extent to which students with different personal characteristics report bullying and cyber-bullying. Estimates include responses by student characteristics: student sex, race/ethnicity, grade, and household income. The U.S. Census Bureau (Census) appended additional data from the 2010-11 Common Core of Data (CCD) and the 2011-12 Private School Universe Survey (PSS) to generate tables showing the extent to which bullying and cyber-bullying are reported by students in schools with different characteristics.2 School characteristics examined are region; sector (public or private); locale; level; enrollment size; student-to-full-time-equivalent (FTE) teacher ratio; percentage of combined American Indian/Alaska Native, Asian/Native Hawaiian/Other Pacific Islander, Black/African American, Hispanic/Latino, and students of two or more races; and percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-priced lunch. The SCS data tables show the relationship between bullying and cyber-bullying victimization and other crime-related variables, such as reported presence of gangs, guns, drugs, and alcohol, and hate-related graffiti at school; selected school security measures; student criminal victimization; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon carrying at school. The tables appear in four sections. Section 1 is an overview table, showing the number and percentage of students ages 12 through 18 who reported being bullied at school and cyber-bullied anywhere, by type of bullying or cyber-bullying (table 1.1). Section 2 displays estimates for where in school bullying occurred, the percentage distribution of the frequency, and the type of bullying reported by students ages 12 through 18, by selected student and school characteristics (tables 2.1-2.6). Section 3 provides estimates for the percentage distribution of the frequency and the type of cyber-bullying reported by students ages 12 through 18, by selected student and school characteristics (tables 3.1-3.4). Section 4 displays the percentages of students bullied at school or cyber-bullied anywhere by student reports of unfavorable school conditions; selected school security measures; criminal victimization at school; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon carrying at school (tables 4.1-4.4). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2015/2015056.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 135553

Author: Shames, Alison Title: Solitary Confinement: Common Misconceptions and Emerging Safe Alternatives Summary: Segregated housing, commonly known as solitary confinement, is increasingly being recognized in the United States as a human rights issue. While the precise number of people held in segregated housing on any given day is not known with any certainty, estimates run to more than 80,000 in state and federal prisons - which is surely an under-count as these do not include people held in solitary confinement in jails, military facilities, immigration detention centers, or juvenile justice facilities. Evidence mounts that the practice produces many unwanted and harmful outcomes - for the mental and physical health of those placed in isolation, for the public safety of the communities to which most will return, and for the corrections budgets of jurisdictions that rely on it for facility safety. Yet solitary confinement remains a mainstay of prison management and control in the U.S. largely because many policymakers, corrections officials, and members of the general public still subscribe to some or all of the common misconceptions and misguided justifications addressed in this report. This publication is the first in a series on solitary confinement, its use and misuse, and ways to safely reduce it in our nation's correctional facilities made possible in part by the Robert W. Wilson Charitable Trust. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/solitary-confinement-misconceptions-safe-alternatives-report_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 135556

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Callous and Cruel: Use of Force against Inmates with Mental Disabilities in US Jails and Prisons Summary: Staff in US correctional facilities are authorized to use force when necessary to control dangerous or highly disruptive prisoners. But officials have used violence needlessly against prisoners diagnosed with mental illness. Callous and Cruel - based on Human Rights Watch's review of several hundred individual and class action court cases and interviews with 125 current and former prison and jail officials, mental health professionals, lawyers, advocates and academics - documents a pattern of unnecessary, excessive, and even malicious force against such prisoners in US prisons and jails. It details incidents in which correctional staff have deluged prisoners with mental disabilities with painful chemical sprays, shocked them with powerful electric stun weapons, and strapped them for days in restraining chairs or beds. Such abuses have taken place in response to minor misconduct such as urinating on the floor, masturbating, complaining about not receiving a meal, refusing to come out of a cell, using profane language, or banging repeatedly on a door. Force is used against prisoners even when their misconduct is symptomatic of their mental health problems and even when those problems prevent them from being able to understand or comply with staff orders. The report concludes with recommendations on ending the abuses, including through improved mental health services in prisons and jails and use of force policies that address the unique needs and vulnerabilities of prisoners with mental disabilities, enforced through proper training, supervision, and accountability mechanisms. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/usprisoner0515_ForUpload.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 135557

Author: Hiller, Matthew Title: Waukesha Alcohol Treatment Court (WATC): Process and Outcomes Summary: This report presents findings from a process and outcome evaluation of the Waukesha Alcohol Treatment Court (WATC), a program initiated by a group of local stakeholders to address the Operating While Intoxicated (OWI) problem endemic to the county and to Wisconsin as a whole. With 3 years of implementation funding provided by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), the program has been in operation since April 2006. Specifically, this report examines an exhaustive sample of participants admitted to the WATC between May 1, 2006 and May 15, 2009. Process data summarized below compared the implementation of the program to both the plan laid out in the narrative of the grant funded by BJA as well as the 10 Key Components, a commonly accepted guideline that details the program theory underlying these types of programs. In addition to this, the outcome evaluation portion of this study compared WATC participants with a "waiting list" comparison group of 3rd OWI offenders who were precluded from participation because they served out their jail time before a program slot became available. In general, findings showed that the program continues to be implemented well, adhering closely to the plan laid out in the grant proposal and to the 10 Key Components. Analysis of outcome data showed a measurable impact on 2-year recidivism rates, with 29% of the WATC group being rearrested for a new offense compared to 45% of the comparison group. More specifically, the process evaluation shows a number of program strengths, including a team of dedicated professionals (with limited turnover evident), intensive supervision of convicted 3rd OWI offenders (a niche that historically has received limited local attention), a much greater than anticipated retention rate, and a high degree of on-going program fidelity. Suggested improvements include more fully integrating substance abuse treatment into the program, engaging the District Attorney's office more actively in the program, and careful study of why OAR rates do not drop significantly while the participants are in the program (possibly suggesting the need for a specialized intervention focused around transportation issues faced by those in the program). With respect to the outcome evaluation, reductions in overall recidivism (combining new OWI, OAR and other criminal offenses) were observed. However, because OWI reoffending was infrequently observed in both the comparison and WATC groups, additional study using larger samples and longer follow-up intervals is needed to determine whether the WATC substantially reduces the risk for OWI recidivism (i.e., small differences were observed, but statistical power was too low to determine whether these differences were statistically meaningful). In conclusion, the WATC is a well-implemented program that is measurably impacting recidivism among individuals convicted for their 3rd OWI offense. It fulfills an important niche in the post-conviction supervision of these individuals (who are typically not under probation supervision after release from jail or Huber). Future examinations should determine the extent to which costs offset by the program (related to new offense and to the number of days participants do not serve on their original jail/Huber sentence because they are being supervised in the community) relate to costs incurred by the program. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Temple University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2009. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://www.dwicourts.org/sites/default/files/nadcp/WATC_Outcome_Evaluation-final%20draft.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Courts Shelf Number: 135617

Author: Cissner, Amanda B. Title: The Drug Court Model and Persistent DWI: An Evaluation of the Erie and Niagara DWI/Drug Courts Summary: In June 2007, the New York State Unified Court System launched hybrid DWI/drug courts in Erie and Niagara Counties to address the issue of persistent driving while intoxicated (DWI). The courts, based on the proven drug court model, target nonviolent felony DWI offenders who have at least one prior DWI conviction and who are identified as having an alcohol abuse problem. An earlier process evaluation describes the DWI court model, documenting court policies, implementation challenges, and participant characteristics (Washousky 2008). The current report evaluates the impact of the Erie and Niagara courts on re-arrest and case processing. Outcomes were compared between 90 DWI court participants and 259 similar defendants sentenced by judges in Erie and Niagara. Weighting techniques were implemented to adjust for baseline differences in current charges, prior criminal history, and key demographic characteristics (age, sex, and race). In addition, the report examines DWI court compliance and alcohol use outcomes among the participant sample. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2009. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/dwi_court_evaluation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Treatment Courts Shelf Number: 135618

Author: MacDonald, John M. Title: The Effect of Privately Provided Police Services on Crime Summary: Research demonstrates that police reduce crime. The implication of this research for investment in a particular form of extra police services, those provided by private institutions, has not been rigorously examined. We capitalize on the discontinuity in police force size at the geographic boundary of a private university police department to estimate the effect of the extra police services on crime. Extra police provided by the university generate approximately 45-60 percent fewer crimes in the surrounding neighborhood. These effects appear to be similar to other estimates in the literature. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School; Erasmus School of Law; PERC - Property and Environment Research Center, 2012. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Pennsylvania, Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 12-36 : Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2171038 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Police Shelf Number: 135871

Author: University of Memphis. Center for Research on Women Title: Nowhere to Hide: A Look at the Pervasive Atmosphere of Sexual Harassment in Memphis Area Middle and High Schools Summary: According to the US Department of Education Office of Civil Rights (2001), "Sexual harassment is unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature. Sexual harassment can include unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, nonverbal, or physical conduct of a sexual nature. Sexual harassment of a student can deny or limit, on the basis of sex, the student's ability to participate in or to receive benefits, services, or opportunities in the school's program. Sexual harassment of students is, therefore, a form of sex discrimination prohibited by Title IX under the circumstances described in this guidance." In two national surveys, the American Association of University Women (AAUW, 1993, 2001) found that approximately 81% of middle and high school students in public schools experienced harassment from peers or school personnel. Our Study CROW designed a study to examine the extent to which students were being sexually harassed in local schools, and how this might be affecting their academic, psychological and social well being. Sexual harassment was defined and measured by grouping specific behaviors into four categories: gender harassment, unwanted sexual attention, sexual coercion, and sexual assault. Participants included 590 adolescents in Memphis area middle and high schools, recruited through several local agencies, organizations, and church youth groups that serve adolescents. - 70.4% girls, 29.6% boys - 71.9% African‐American , 23.7% White - 89.5% public schools, 10.5% private/ parochial schools - Average age 15, Range 11 to 19 Results How prevalent is sexual harassment in our schools? - Student‐to‐student sexual harassment, particularly gender harassment, is pervasive in Memphis area middle and high schools with over 90% of students in this study reported being sexually harassed at least once while in their current school. - This pattern holds in both public and private schools. 91.3% of public school students and 85.5% of private school students reported being sexually harassed by a student at least once while in their current school. Details: Memphis: Center for Research on Women, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://memphis.edu/crow/pdfs/Sexual_Harassment_Report_2009_REV_CROW.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 135628

Author: Eby, Charles A. Title: The Nation That Cried Lone Wolf: A Data-Driven Analysis of Individual Terrorists in the United States Since 9/11 Summary: Lone-wolf terrorist attacks have occurred in the United States throughout the country's history. Attempted attacks from individual terrorists unaffiliated with terrorist groups may be becoming more prevalent. Both the general public and government officials acknowledge the presence and importance of these attacks; however, relatively little literature exists on the subject compared to group terrorism. Much of the information on lone wolves has been established by case study, inference, and known characteristics of group terrorism. The purpose of this study is to analyze the characteristics of lone-wolf terrorism through formal statistical models. The study then synthesizes data with case study and existing literature to formulate a base of knowledge for lone-wolf terrorism. This study demonstrates that no single dispositional profile of a lone-wolf terrorist exists. The individuals who engage in the tactic of lone-wolf terrorism form a unique ideology that combines personal grievances with common terrorist goals. Still, many lone-wolf cases exhibit certain characteristics. This thesis analyzes these characteristics and their relationship with successful attacks. These data on characteristics, goals, and motivations of lone wolves purport policies to increase engagement between the community and curb lone-wolf terrorism and its effects. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2012. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/6789/12Mar_Eby.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Lone Wolf Terrorist Shelf Number: 135629

Author: Murphy, Laura T. Title: The Louisiana Human Trafficking Report Summary: A first-ever report on human trafficking in the New Orleans metro area released March 21 by Loyola University New Orleans sheds light on the problem, highlighting indicators that suggest sex trafficking and forced labor are significant concerns for the area. While New Orleans has rapidly increased its legal, law enforcement and service provider capacity to address human trafficking in the last five years, obstacles stand in the way of effectively assisting victims, according to the report. The Modern Slavery Research Project at Loyola, with the support of the New Orleans Human Trafficking Work Group, released "The Louisiana Human Trafficking Report," authored by Loyola professor Laura Murphy, Ph.D., who leads the research project and the work group, and alumnus Brian Ea. For nine months, Murphy and other researchers turned to survivors, service providers, social workers, journalists, law enforcement, and local and state officials to uncover the pressing issues of human trafficking in the last 10 years, including the area's preponderance of sexual entertainment services, barriers for victims to report the crimes, high rates of poverty and youth homelessness. In the first six months of 2013 alone, a hotline run by the National Human Trafficking Resource Center received 227 reports from Louisiana, approximately the same number received in all of 2012. Among the likely human trafficking cases gleaned from those hotline calls, at least half involved minors. Sixty-eight percent were sex trafficking related, while at least 16 percent were cases of labor trafficking. But those statistics only uncover the tip of the iceberg, according to Murphy. Those statistics capture only a fraction of the cases - only those cases identified by a citizen and then reported to law enforcement or through other official channels such as the hotline. "Understanding human trafficking in the United States is incredibly difficult because exploited laborers tend to be a hidden population. The Modern Slavery Research project is dedicated to producing thoughtful, data-driven, community-based research that can better inform our community's approach to this issue," she said. "This report is only the beginning of the research we need to do to uncover the prevalence and scope of trafficking in Louisiana." Murphy, on a mission to help combat human trafficking in the Crescent City, hopes that the report will be used as ammunition to fuel ongoing efforts to address both sex and labor trafficking. In that realm, the report points to several recommendations that aim to improve awareness and response to trafficking, including: -Establish a dedicated human trafficking legal court in New Orleans; - Vacate criminal records for all crimes committed by adults that are determined to be a result of labor or sex trafficking victimization; -Pursue appropriate cases as human trafficking instead of the Fair Labor Standards Act or, in the cases of sex trafficking, pandering or inciting prostitution; -Focus on arrest of traffickers instead of sex workers; -Increase training to health care professionals on identifying victims of trafficking; -Expand access to self-esteem, harm-reduction and anti-trafficking curricula for youth; and -Create a high school anti-human trafficking curriculum with sustainable dissemination model. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2015 at: http://admin.loyno.edu/webteam/userfiles/file/LA%20HT%20Report%20final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 135631

Author: Vidino, Lorenzo Title: Countering Radicalization in America: Lessons from Europe Summary: In response to the recent surge in the number of American Muslims involved in terrorist activities, several agencies in the U.S. government have begun devising a comprehensive counter-radicalization strategy. In doing so, they are following the lead of certain European countries that have invested significant human, financial, and political capital in counter-radicalization programs. The challenges European authorities have had to face are similar to those their U.S. counterparts are expected to confront, and several lessons are at hand from the European experience. Summary The recent surge in the number of American Muslims involved in terrorism has led U.S. - authorities to question the long-held assumption that American Muslims are immune to radicalization, and to follow the example of other Western democracies in devising a comprehensive counter-radicalization strategy. Radicalization is a highly individualized process determined by the complex interaction of - various personal and structural factors. Because no one theory can exhaustively explain it, policymakers must understand the many paths to radicalization and adopt flexible approaches when trying to combat it. The role of religion in the radicalization process is debated, but theories that set aside - ideology and religion as factors in the radicalization of Western jihadists are not convincing. Policymakers who choose to tackle religious aspects should do so cautiously, however, cognizant of the many implications of dealing with such a sensitive issue. Policymakers need to determine whether a counter-radicalization strategy aims to tackle violent radicalism alone or, more ambitiously, cognitive radicalism. The relation between the two forms is contested. Challenging cognitive radicalism, though possibly useful for both security and social cohesion purposes, is extremely difficult for any Western democracy. Finding partners in the Muslim community is vital to any counter-radicalization program. - In light of the fragmentation of that community, a diverse array of partners appears to be the best solution. There is the risk, however, that counter-radicalization efforts could be perceived by Muslims as unfairly targeting them. Details: Washington, DC: United States Institute of Peace, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.usip.org/sites/default/files/SR262%20-%20Countering_Radicalization_in_America.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Radicalization Programs Shelf Number: 135633

Author: Carreon, Jennifer Title: Unfinished Business: Deepening the Gains in Texas Juvenile Justice Reform Summary: In January 2015, the Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center produced a report that evaluated the success of a series of reform efforts to change the Texas juvenile justice system. Closer to Home: An Analysis of the State and Local Impact of the Texas Juvenile Justice Reforms1 is a first-of-its-kind study: the researchers drew upon a dataset of 1.3 million juvenile case records spanning eight years to show outcomes since 2007, when policy-makers first began reshaping the juvenile justice system. The takeaway from Closer to Home is clear: keeping young people closer to home and in their communities rather than in facilities produces better outcomes for young people and keeps the public safe. Since the 2007 reforms began the process of keeping youth closer to their homes, youth crime in Texas has steadily declined. Young people who have been kept in their home communities are less likely to be rearrested. As a result, Texas taxpayers have saved money while the state has improved the prospects for Texas youth. Closer to Home found that Texas� juvenile justice system is moving in the right direction but more must be done to make the system fair, safe, and effective. Texas still needs to address key challenges. Reforms are needed to move the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) and its 166 local juvenile probation departments in the right direction to keep more young people closer to their home (or in their home), where the data show they will have better outcomes. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/publications/TCJC%20Unfinished%20Business%20Policy%20Paper%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135636

Author: Guidry, Sarah R. Title: A Blueprint for Criminal Justice Policy Solutions in Harris County Summary: On any given day, Texas county jails house approximately 65,000 people. More than half of these individuals are typically awaiting trial, not yet having been convicted. Many others are misdemeanants or serving terms for nonviolent offenses. And sadly, some individuals have repeatedly returned to jail, trapped in a continuous cycle of recidivism, unprepared for a life outside of the criminal justice system without access to post-release treatment and programming. As more and more individuals are incarcerated or otherwise involved in the criminal justice system, the fiscal and human costs increase: Individuals with criminal records have difficulty finding stable employment and housing, leading to re-offending; the expenses associated with managing bloated jail populations can be extensive; and public safety and health are likewise compromised when crowded jails fail to meet the needs of incoming and exiting individuals. Despite being home to the largest jail in Texas (and third largest in the United States), Harris County has nonetheless struggled with jail overcrowding for the past four decades. In 1974, a group of inmates filed a lawsuit against the Sheriff and County Commissioners that challenged the conditions of their confinement; it culminated in a federal court order condemning the overcrowded conditions in the Harris County jail, and it provided jurisdiction to the federal court to ensure steps were taken to bring the conditions of the jail within constitutionally protected standards. For nearly two decades, that court wielded its oversight power heavily, frequently intervening to prevent conditions at the Harris County jail from deteriorating further. And yet, following the termination of the court's oversight in the mid-1990's, the Harris County jail population once again swelled. By the late 2000's, Harris County's jail population was exceeding the design capacity of the jail facilities by almost 2,000 inmates and exceeding the target figure for safe operation of the jail by more than 2,400 inmates. The large number of inmates forced the County to outsource approximately 1,000 inmates each month to jail facilities in Louisiana; additionally, the County housed approximately 2,100 inmates in jail facilities in other Texas counties. Unsafe and unsanitary crowding conditions prompted new federal oversight in the form of a 2008 investigation by the United States Department of Justice (DOJ). Facing a county budget burdened by the fiscal costs associated with such a large number of jail inmates, the Harris County Commissioners Court contracted with the Justice Management Institute (JMI) to conduct a study on improving the County's criminal justice system and addressing the County's jail crowding problem. The release of the JMI report in 2009 and the ongoing DOJ investigation inspired the formation of the Harris County Criminal Justice Coordinating Council (HCCJCC), a panel of county officials and stakeholders, as the first step in a concerted effort to solve the County's jail population issues. Since then, various strategies have been implemented to address specialized populations, including those with substance abuse and mental health problems who too frequently end up behind bars. The County has implemented emergency response teams that provide assistance to those in mental health crisis, and District Attorney Devon Anderson has implemented a policy in regard to nonviolent individuals charged with a low-level drug offense who have a history of drug or alcohol dependency; rather than sentencing the person under 12.44(a), the defendant is offered intensive rehabilitation with community supervision to address the addiction issue. Additionally, in October 2014, District Attorney Anderson's office initiated the First Chance Intervention Program, a pilot diversion program offered to first-time offenders who would otherwise be charged with Class B possession of marijuana (2 ounces or less). Harris County Probation Director Teresa May has worked ardently with judges to drastically reduce technical violations among those being supervised, and Harris County Sheriff Adrian Garcia has expanded the use of legally permitted "good time" credit for eligible jail inmates who exhibit positive behavior. We are now seeing a reduction in Harris County's jail population, which has been below its operating capacity since October 2011. Sustaining that initial success would prove difficult, however, and an influx of inmates in the fall of 2013 nearly drove the jail population over its operating capacity. Similar influxes have, at times, necessitated Harris County to make requests to the Texas Commission on Jail Standards for additional jail beds through temporary variances (See Appendix 1). Absent further jail population reduction strategies, more variances may become necessary in the future, and further county resources may be expended on confinement. Those costs are not insubstantial. In fiscal year 2013, following a rise in the County's jail population, taxpayers spent nearly a half-million dollars per day operating the jail. Harris County stakeholders - including law enforcement, judges, prosecutors, jailers, County Commissioners, county budget staff, and treatment providers - must collaborate to deliver cost-savings to county taxpayers through jail population management strategies and through a more public health response to drug use and mental illness. Ultimately, where possible, low-risk, nonviolent individuals should be diverted and handled outside of already overburdened court and jail systems, rather than forcing taxpayers to foot the bill for their pretrial detention and later confinement; meanwhile, those who are exiting jail should have access to post-release assistance to stay on the right path. Smart-on-crime strategies can ensure that funds needed for social services and programs are not unnecessarily diverted to criminal justice oversight. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/publications/Blueprint%20for%20Criminal%20Justice%20Policy%20Solutions%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135637

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: Are U.S. Cities Under-policed?: Theory and Evidence Summary: The socially optimal number of police hinges on the extent to which police reduce the most costly crimes, which are also the most difficult to model econometrically because they are rare. In the hope of minimizing simultaneity bias, papers in the recent literature have focused on quasi-experimental approaches that disregard most of the variation in police staffing levels, compounding the modeling difficulty. We argue that the central empirical challenge in this literature is not simultaneity bias, as has been supposed, but measurement error bias. Using a new panel data set on crime in medium to large U.S. cities over 1960-2010, we obtain measurement error corrected estimates of the police elasticity, with much greater parameter certainty for the most costly crimes. Our analysis suggests that U.S. cities are in fact underpoliced. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://eml.berkeley.edu/~jmccrary/chalfin_mccrary2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 135639

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: Criminal Deterrence: A Review of the Literature Summary: We review economics research regarding the effect of police, punishments, and work on crime, with a particular focus on papers from the last 20 years. Evidence in favor of deterrence effects is mixed. While there is considerable evidence that crime is responsive to police and to the existence of attractive legitimate labor market opportunities, there is far less evidence that crime responds to the severity of criminal sanctions. We discuss fruitful directions for future work and implications for public policy. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://eml.berkeley.edu/~jmccrary/chalfin_mccrary2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 135640

Author: Martin, Brandon Title: Alternatives to Incarceration in California Summary: Three-plus years after implementing a major realignment of its public safety systems, California continues to face pressure to reduce both its prison and jail populations. California relied on some alternatives to custody-based punishment before realignment but it has been expanding its use of others. Current research on the effects of incarceration and its alternatives offers a general endorsement of the idea that increasing reliance on community-based alternatives is not likely to result in large increases in crime and recidivism. The evidence suggests that the effectiveness of both incarceration and community-based supervision depends on a number of factors, including the rate of incarceration in a given community, the offender characteristics, and the nature of the response to violations during and after supervision. Finally, intensive data collection on county implementation efforts can help the state identify the community-based strategies that produce the best outcomes. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_415BMR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135642

Author: Emory University School of Law. Barton Child Law and Policy Clinic Title: Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children in Georgia: Service Delivery and Legislative Recommendations for State and Local Policy Makers Summary: The exploitation of children through prostitution is big business in Atlanta, and changing that situation was a priority during Atlanta Mayor Shirley Franklin's terms in office. In 2005, the Mayor's office published a paper titled Hidden In Plain View which explained the problem of commercial sexual exploitation of young girls in Atlanta, brought the importance of addressing the issue home by providing stories of real victims, and identified Atlanta's strengths and areas of need related to this problem. This 2008 paper builds on that foundation, and expands the scope to include all child victims, including boys, across Georgia. It examines approaches taken by other jurisdictions to address the commercial sexual exploitation of children, and makes legislative and policy recommendations for addressing the problem in Georgia. Details: Atlanta, GA: Emory Law School, Barton Child Law and Policy Clinic, 2008. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://bartoncenter.net/uploads/fall2011updates/status_other/CSEC-recs-for-policy-makers.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135643

Author: Zimmermann, Katie Title: Terrorist Group Efforts in the Homeland and the Strategy to Combat Them Summary: While the U.S. continues to remain vigilant in fighting the war on terror abroad, homegrown terrorism within the U.S. has remained a growing concern. Homegrown terrorists are not leaving the U.S. to receive training; instead they are being pushed to embrace jihadist propaganda and motivated to the point of violent extremism within the U.S. These individuals have the ability to utilize the Internet to provide them the ammunition and knowledge needed to conduct attacks. This thesis addresses how terrorist groups exploit the Internet to radicalize and recruit U.S.-based individuals; and the proposed programs aimed at solving this problem. The first chapter answers the question of how U.S. based individuals are becoming radicalized, especially given the U.S. posture of preventing terrorists from infiltrating the homeland. In observing the root causes of radicalization and how the Internet has transformed the way in which terrorist groups spread propaganda, I hypothesize that U.S.-based individuals are susceptible to self-radicalization. Through case study analysis, I was able to confirm that my hypothesis was correct under certain circumstances, in that U.S.-based individuals do not need to belong to a terrorist group in order to become radicalized. The second chapter addresses the question of how individuals in the U.S. are being recruited. Again, there are limited opportunities for members of terrorist groups to actively recruit individuals in the U.S. without law enforcement or intelligence agencies being notified. By examining the types of recruitment models and grounds (locations) utilized by terrorist groups to attract individuals, I hypothesize that terrorist groups primarily use the Internet to recruit individuals, thereby moving away from actual face-to-face interaction/recruitment methods. The case study analysis in this chapter disproved my hypothesis in that terrorist organizations primarily use the Internet to recruit because terrorist groups still prefer personal interactions via face to face to demonstrate the level of commitment by that group to the potential recruit. Using a case study comparison of three programs with different structures, the final chapter addresses how effective the CVE programs are in the U.S. By examining the current U.S. CVE strategy and some of the negative impacts that it has had on Muslim American communities, I hypothesize that government-led CVE programs contribute to the radicalization of individuals. While the case study results in this chapter indicate there may be connection between government led CVE programs and the alienation of Muslim communities, there is little to suggest these programs lead to the radicalization of individuals, thereby neither approving nor disproving my hypothesis. Each of the chapters addresses the threat of homegrown terrorism as fueled by terrorist groups and potential policy implications. Details: Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University, 2014. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: https://jscholarship.library.jhu.edu/bitstream/handle/1774.2/37312/ZIMMERMANN-THESIS-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 135644

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: Community Drug Early Warning System: The CDEWS Pilot Summary: This report describes a pilot test of the Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) in three jurisdictions in the Washington, DC and Richmond, VA, Metropolitan Areas. CDEWS was designed to provide rapid information about emerging drug use in local communities by sampling urine specimens already obtained and tested for a limited panel of drugs by local criminal justice agencies and retesting them for a larger panel of drugs. The anonymous specimens were sent to an independent laboratory for testing for a panel of more than 30 licit and illicit drugs including 12 synthetic cannabinoid (SC) metabolites. The results demonstrated that CDEWS could be successfully implemented in diverse criminal justice populations, including arrestees, probationers and parolees, and drug court participants. Most important, CDEWS proved its utility for uncovering emerging drugs. SCs were detected in the specimens from all participating sites in the District of Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia. Furthermore, all of the SC positive specimens contained one or two of the metabolites (UR-144 and XLR-11) recently identified and added to the federal schedule of prohibited SC metabolites after this study began. Additional analyses of the CDEWS results identified areas of Washington, DC, where the SC positive specimens were more concentrated and where future studies of its use and availability could be focused. The report concludes with research implications of the findings and next steps for implementing CDEWS in other sites. Details: Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President, 2013. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/finalreport_with_cover_09172013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 135655

Author: Rydberg, Jason Title: Flint DDACTS Pilot Evaluation Summary: In response to the public safety challenges posed by high levels of violent crime and local level law enforcement resource constraints, the Michigan State Police (MSP) have developed the "Secure Cities" initiative as part of its strategic plan. The Secure Cities initiative involves providing additional MSP enforcement resources to Detroit, Flint, Pontiac and Saginaw; using data-driven planning; and developing evidence-informed and evidence-based strategies for addressing high levels of violent crime. One specific strategy has been the implementation of the Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) in Flint. The Flint DDACTS initiative began enforcement activities in January 2012. The current evaluation examined the program as it operated between January 2012 and March 2014. This report presents the findings of the evaluation of the Flint DDACTS program, describing both trends in program activities and the effect of DDACTS on violent crime. Key Findings - The DDACTS strategy targeted five hotspots for violent crime in Flint, later expanded to include two additional hotspot areas. - MSP collected very detailed activity data from the Troopers involved in DDACTS. This reflected exceptional performance output measures. - A significant level of patrol resources with associated activities occurred in these hotspot areas. Indeed, over 22,000 traffic stops occurred between January 1, 2012 and March 2014 as part of the DDACTS initiative. Nearly three-quarters of the traffic stops occurred in the targeted hotspots. This equated to significant enforcement presence in the hotspot areas with over 600 traffic stops occurring each month in the hotspot areas - For every 100 traffic stops, there were nearly 95 verbal warnings, 2 citations, 14 arrests for misdemeanor and felony charges, and 17 fugitive arrests. - The heavy use of verbal warnings appears to reflect concern with maintaining positive relationships with Flint residents. - The high number of arrests per traffic stop reflects a very high level of enforcement productivity. - The initial set of analyses focused on the trend in violent crime in the DDACTS hotspot target areas. Violent crime (homicide, aggravated assaults, robberies, criminal sexual conduct, weapons offenses) declined 19 percent in the hotspot areas. The declines were observed in 14 of the 27 months of the DDACTS initiative. The remainder of the city experienced a 7 percent decline in violent crime. - Robberies declined 30 percent in the hotspot areas. The remainder of the city experienced a 2 percent decline in robberies. - Several analyses were undertaken to test rival explanations for the decline in violent crime. Specifically, "synthetic" comparison areas consisting of block groups within the city that were not subject to the DDACTS initiative were compared to the trend in violent crime in the hotspot areas. The findings indicated that the comparison areas also experienced a decline in violent crime. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/DDACTS-Report-Expanded_BJS_2012_BJ_CX_K036-1-2-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 135656

Author: Valentine, Erin Jacobs Title: Becoming Adults: One-year impact findings from the Youth Villages transitional living evaluation Summary: Young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody experience poor outcomes across a number of domains, on average, relative to their peers. While government funding for services targeting these groups of young people has increased in recent years, research on the effectiveness of such services is limited, and few of the programs that have been rigorously tested have been found to improve outcomes. The Youth Villages Transitional Living Evaluation is testing whether the Transitional Living program, operated by the social service organization Youth Villages, makes a difference in the lives of young people with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody. The program, which was renamed "YVLifeSet" in April 2015, is intended to help these young people make a successful transition to adulthood by providing intensive, individualized, and clinically focused case management, support, and counseling. The evaluation uses a rigorous random assignment design and is set in Tennessee, where Youth Villages operates its largest Transitional Living program. From October 2010 to October 2012, more than 1,300 young people were assigned, at random, to either a program group, which was offered the Transitional Living program's services, or to a control group, which was not offered those services. Using survey and administrative data, the evaluation team is measuring outcomes for both groups over time to assess whether Transitional Living services led to better outcomes for program group youth compared with the control group's outcomes. This is the second major report in the evaluation. An earlier report provides a detailed description of the Transitional Living program model and assesses its implementation. This second report assesses whether the program affected key outcomes during the first year after young people enrolled in the study. It shows that the Transitional Living program improved outcomes in three of the six domains that it was designed to affect. The program boosted earnings, increased housing stability and economic well-being, and improved some outcomes related to health and safety. However, it did not improve outcomes in the areas of education, social support, or criminal involvement. These results indicate that the Transitional Living program can improve multiple outcomes for young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody, a notable finding given the paucity of documented positive effects for programs that serve these populations. While the individual effects of the program were modest, their breadth across several domains is consistent with the highly individualized nature of the program model, which is designed to address the wide variety of needs and circumstances of the young people it serves. These findings set the stage for additional analysis using a second year of follow-up data and an assessment of the program's benefits relative to its costs. Those results will be available in 2016. Details: New York: MDRC, 2015. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/Becoming_Adults_FR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 135676

Author: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice Title: Profiles in Probation Revocation: Examining the Legal Framework in 21 States Summary: This report compiles - in a convenient format - the results of a yearlong research project on the laws relating to probation revocation in 21 American states. By leafing through the four-page "legal profiles" presented in this volume, readers can easily see how much variation exists in statewide laws of probation and probation revocation, while zeroing in on issues of greatest interest. Whether a reader's jurisdiction is included in the report's 21 states or not, the legal profiles contain a wealth of information that will allow for comparison with one's own system. We think every reader - no matter how experienced in the field - will come across practices or ideas in this study that they never heard of before. The report assumes that American states have much to learn from one another. Justice Louis Brandeis famously believed that the states can serve as "laboratories" for innovations in law and policy, so that best practices can emerge and be brought to the attention of other states for possible adoption or adaptation. In order for Brandeis's laboratory to be a reality, however, the states must have some way of learning about the practices of other jurisdictions. In an increasingly complex and specialized world, this is a daunting task - and one that often requires a heavy investment in research. The Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice has made such an investment in this report. We hope it will allow readers to see their home jurisdictions in new perspective, and will further the nationwide process of dialogue and improvement that Justice Brandeis envisioned. Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota Law School, 2014. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.robinainstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/Robina-Report-2015-WEB.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 135677

Author: Bush, Donna M. Title: Substance Use and Substance Use Disorder by Industry Summary: Substance use negatively affects U.S. industry through lost productivity, workplace accidents and injuries, employee absenteeism, low morale, and increased illness. U.S. companies lose billions of dollars a year because of employees' alcohol and drug use and related problems. Research shows that the rate of substance use varies by occupation and industry. The National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) gathers information about substance use and dependence or abuse. NSDUH defines illicit drugs as marijuana/hashish, cocaine (including crack), inhalants, hallucinogens, heroin, or prescription-type drugs used nonmedically. Heavy alcohol use is defined as drinking five or more drinks on the same occasion (i.e., at the same time or within a couple of hours of each other) on 5 or more days in the past 30 days. NSDUH also includes a series of questions to assess symptoms of dependence on or abuse of alcohol or illicit drugs during the past year. These questions are used to classify persons as dependent on or abusing substances based on criteria in the fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV). In this report, dependence on or abuse of alcohol or illicit drugs is referred to as a "substance use disorder." This report is one of several designed to update SAMHSA�s Analytic Series A�29, Worker Substance Use and Workplace Policies and Programs, published in 2007. To enhance the statistical power and analytic capability and ensure consistency in time frames across all of the updated reports, 5-year time periods were chosen. This issue of The CBHSQ Report uses combined data from the 2008 to 2012 surveys to present estimates of substance use behaviors (past month illicit drug use and past month heavy alcohol use) and past year substance use disorder among persons aged 18 to 64 who are employed full time by industry category. Full-time employment is defined as working 35 or more hours per week and working in the past week or having a job despite not working in the past week. NSDUH includes questions to assess the type of business or industry in which these respondents worked. Using the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) developed by the U.S. Census Bureau, 19 major industry groupings were identified. In Brief l Combined data from 2008 to 2012 indicate that an annual average of 8.7 percent of full-time workers aged 18 to 64 used alcohol heavily in the past month, 8.6 percent used illicit drugs in the past month, and 9.5 percent were dependent on or abused alcohol or illicit drugs in the past year. l The highest rates of past month heavy alcohol use among full-time workers aged 18 to 64 were found in the mining (17.5 percent) and construction industries (16.5 percent). l The highest rates of past month illicit drug use were found in the accommodations and food services industry (19.1 percent). l The workers in the accommodations and food services industry (16.9 percent) had the highest rates of past year substance use disorder. Details: Rockville, MD : Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/default/files/report_1959/ShortReport-1959.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 135678

Author: Nevada. Legislative Auditor Title: Fiscal Costs of the Death Penalty Summary: The death penalty in the United States is applied almost exclusively for the crime of murder. As of August 2014, 32 states have laws allowing death as a sentencing option although governors in Washington and Oregon have issued moratoriums on executions. Two U.S. Supreme Court cases significantly impacted states' laws regarding the death penalty. Furman v. Georgia in 1972 invalidated death penalty laws because the legal system, as it was then structured, allowed for the death penalty to be imposed in an arbitrary manner. The 1976 case of Gregg v. Georgia upheld newly crafted statutes that ensured death penalty sentences were rationally imposed and objectively reviewable. Senate Bill 220 of the 1977 Legislative Session brought Nevada's death penalty laws into compliance with U.S. Supreme Court guidelines. Since the death penalty was reinstated in Nevada in 1977, 153 people have been sentenced to death. Twelve inmates have been executed since that time with 11 effectively "volunteering" by giving up their right to continue appealing their conviction. Eighty-two inmates are currently sentenced to the death penalty as of September 2014. Of the remaining 59 inmates, 16 died while in prison and 43 had their sentence and/or conviction reduced. Nevada law requires executions to be performed by lethal injection. This method of execution has become an issue nationally as historically used drugs have become difficult to obtain. This audit was required by Chapter 469, Statutes of Nevada, 2013 (A.B. 444). The purpose of the audit was to determine (1) the fiscal costs of prosecuting death penalty cases versus nondeath penalty cases and (2) the potential savings attributable to the death penalty through plea bargaining and strategic litigation choices. Our audit focused on murder cases in Washoe and Clark counties between 2000 and 2012. We used December 31, 2013, as the cut-off date for cost accumulation. The audit was subject to certain limitations as many agencies with significant roles could not provide actual staff time and were hesitant to provide estimates. Furthermore, much of the information was based on unverifiable estimates provided by various entities Details: Carson City, NV: Legislative Auditor, 2014. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Performance Audit LA 14025: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.deathpenaltyinfo.org/documents/NevadaCosts.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 135680

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Cleveland Division of Police Summary: The Department of Justice (�DOJ�) has completed its civil pattern or practice investigation of the Cleveland Division of Police (�CDP� or �Division�). We have concluded that we have reasonable cause to believe that CDP engages in a pattern or practice of using excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment of the United States Constitution. Our investigation under the Violent Crime and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, 42 U.S.C. � 14141 focused on allegations of excessive force by CDP officers. We have determined that structural and systemic deficiencies and practices�including insufficient accountability, inadequate training and equipment, ineffective policies, and inadequate engagement with the community�contribute to CDP�s use of unreasonable force. For these reasons, and because this is the second time in the last ten years that the DOJ has investigated and found the need for reforms at CDP, we believe that comprehensive reform can only be assured with outside verification in the form of a federal consent decree which includes an independent monitor. The release of this findings letter marks the end of a civil investigation that began in March 2013, following a series of highly publicized incidents that suggested critical flaws exist in CDP�s use of force policies, procedures, and practices, including CDP�s ability and willingness to properly assess officers� uses of force and hold officers accountable for their actions. These incidents also revealed a rift between CDP and certain segments of the communities it serves. Numerous leaders and organizations in Cleveland called on us to open an independent investigation into CDP, including a member of the U.S. Congress, leaders of several different religious communities, civil rights and community groups, and the Mayor of Cleveland. Our investigation found that the concerns about these events raised by many community members and civic leaders are well-founded. Our investigation did not focus only on highly publicized use of force incidents. Instead, our review examined nearly 600 use of force incidents that occurred between 2010 and 2013, including incidents involving the use of lethal and less lethal force. We closely analyzed these incidents, using use of force reports and other documents and evidence provided by CDP, and applied the relevant legal standards to determine whether CDP�s use of force was legally justified. In addition, our evaluation of CDP�s use of force was informed by many other sources, including: witness interviews and the participation of hundreds of individuals in community town hall meetings; interviews with the Division�s officers, supervisors, and command staff; input from other stakeholders in the City, including elected representatives of the patrol officer and management unions, the Office of Professional Standards, the Civilian Police Review Board, members of religious communities, and other community leaders; Division policies, procedures and training materials; and analysis provided by expert police consultants DOJ retained to assist with this investigation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/opa/press-releases/attachments/2014/12/04/cleveland_division_of_police_findings_letter.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 135681

Author: Cho, Soo-Haeng Title: Combating Strategic Counterfeiters in Licit and Illicit Supply Chains Summary: Counterfeit goods are becoming more sophisticated, from shoes to infant milk powder to aircraft parts, creating problems for consumers, firms, and governments. By comparing two types of counterfeiters-deceptive, so infiltrating a licit (but complicit) distributor, or nondeceptive in an illicit channel-we provide insights into the impact of anticounterfeiting strategies on a brand-name company, a counterfeiter, and consumers. Our analysis highlights that the effectiveness of these strategies depends critically on whether a brand-name company faces a nondeceptive or deceptive counterfeiter. For example, by improving quality, the brand-name company can improve her expected profit against a nondeceptive counterfeiter when the counterfeiter steals an insignificant amount of brand value. However, the same strategy does not work well against the deceptive counterfeiter unless high quality facilitates the seizure of deceptive counterfeits significantly. Similarly, reducing price works well in combating the nondeceptive counterfeiter, but it could be ineffective against the deceptive counterfeiter. Moreover, the strategies that improve the profit of the brand-name company may benefit the counterfeiter inadvertently and even hurt consumer welfare. Therefore, firms and governments should carefully consider a trade-off among different objectives in implementing an anticounterfeiting strategy. Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University - Tepper School of Business, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1525743 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 135682

Author: Ruzich, Dawn Title: Probable posttraumatic stress disorder in a sample of urban jail detainees Summary: Jails in the United States house large numbers of detainees who have urgent public and behavioral healthcare needs as well as various serious social, economic, and personal problems. Jails are often the primary (or only) settings for medical, psychiatric, and substance abuse treatment (McDonnell et al., in press). These settings provide unparalleled opportunities for studying and treating some of the most troubled and troublesome concentrations of people in the country (Watson, Hanrahan, Luchins, and Lurigio, 2001). The earliest epidemiological studies of psychiatric disorders in the United States found an overrepresentation of people with severe mental illness living in underclass communities, stemming in part from the stressors that arise from poverty and its onerous sequelae (e.g., Hollingshead and Redlich, 1958). Detainees generally live in decidedly disorganized and disorderly environments that are plagued by unemployment, housing instability, crime, violence, and other adverse conditions that can precipitate episodes of psychiatric illness among those with genetic or other susceptibilities (Lurigio, 2012). These overwhelmingly impoverished communities place detainees at high risk of exposure to a host of events that can lead to trauma and its psychiatric concomitant known as posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This study is one of the few to investigate probable PTSD among men in jail. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Bulletin, Vol. 10, no. 1: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/bulletins/ptsd_1114.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 135683

Author: Applied Research Services, Inc. Title: Georgia Multi-Jurisdictional Task Force Process and Outcome Evaluation 2014 Summary: Applied Research Services, Inc. (ARS) was retained by the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council (CJCC) to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the Multijurisdictional Drug Task Forces (MJTFs) in the state of Georgia. In addition to a review of relevant literature and extant studies of MJTFs, considerable process and outcome data were collected and analyzed. We examined both qualitative data (from surveys, interviews and reports) and quantitative data (from state computerized criminal history data and official crime and arrest reports). The research literature can unfortunately be characterized by inconsistent findings as to the degree to which MJTFs, when compared to non-MJTFs, meet their key objectives. These reports describe trends but lack scientific rigor necessary to be considered empirical evaluations of the effectiveness of MJTFs. The fundamental questions often remain unanswered. Do jurisdictions participating in drug task forces outperform jurisdictions that do not participate? Even if task forces appear to outperform non-task force sites in law enforcement collaboration and productivity, do their efforts have any measurable impact on the local, illicit drug market? Are MJTFs cost effective when compared to other strategies? Previous research has also been characterized as employing weak study designs, often failing to compare "similarly situated jurisdictions" with and without task forces. Thus differences in drug arrest activity across jurisdictions can be due to a whole host of reasons, of which having a task force is only one. The present study sought to address such study design issues through the application of advanced statistical procedures (propensity score matching) in an effort to approximate the scientific benefits of random assignment to treatment and control groups (MJTF and non-MJTF jurisdictions). Key evaluation findings include the following: - Crime and arrest data indicate that as the total number of Georgia arrests have fallen, the percentage of arrests involving drugs (whether as the most serious charge or not) has declined as well. - Interview and survey findings indicate that stakeholders participating in MJTFs report experiencing high levels of communication, coordination, and collaboration regarding drug interdiction efforts. The majority of survey respondents also indicated that MJTFs are effective at reducing the availability of drugs in the community and agreed that the task force is an effective way to address the problems of illegal drug activity. Most also agreed that their task force has allowed law enforcement partners to move beyond low-level deals to focus on more highly organized drug activity, a key goal of MJTFs. - Both the survey findings and personal interviews reveal Georgia��s drug task forces in a very positive light. Respondents report that the task forces meet their goals, build strong cases, reduce the amount of drugs in the community, communicate well between partners, provide positive feedback about task force Commanders and receive high levels of task force agent training. The Wilder Collaboration Factors Inventory indicates strong collaborative efforts and effectiveness. The main area of concern expressed throughout the surveys and interviews was funding. - A comprehensive analysis of quantitative data revealed few differences between MJTF and non-MJTF counties on key outcome variables of interest, such as arrest rates and overall characteristics of arrestees. Our analysis of statewide computerized arrest data did however reveal a significant finding regarding the age and chronicity of arrestees across MJTF and non-MJTF sites. In particular, MJTF sites were more likely to arrest serious young drug distribution offenders. Findings strongly suggest that the efforts of MJTF jurisdictions were more focused on, and successful in, apprehending young drug offenders who had already accumulated a large number of distribution charges. - It does not appear that the specific efforts undertaken in MJTF jurisdictions are sufficient enough to impact aggregate crime and drug arrest trends. Despite a lack of demonstrated differences in outcomes, it is possible that the drug task forces are actually meeting their stated goals but that current measures remain insensitive to this activity. It is also possible that counties included in the comparison sample may in fact participate in drug task force activities, just not the federally-funded MJTFs included in the present study. Given the existence of county or otherwise funded drug task forces in Georgia, it is not unreasonable to assume that at least some of the comparison counties were in fact part of non-federally funded task forces. As such, they would ostensibly benefit from the collaborative and coordinated efforts noted in the surveys and interviews of MJTF members, thus potentially confounding the matching process. Finally, it is recommended that future evaluations of MJTFs take the maturity level and sophistication level of each unique task force into account, as these factors likely impact directly the level of drug trafficking each MJTF can effectively target. Longitudinal or case study designs are recommended as a means of addressing this critical factor. Details: Atlanta: George Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2015 at: http://cjcc.georgia.gov/sites/cjcc.georgia.gov/files/GA%20MJTF%20Process%20Outcome%20Evaluation%202014_FINAL1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 135684

Author: Davis, Chelsea Title: Bridging the Gap: Improving the Health of Justice-Involved People through Information Technology Summary: On September 17, 2014, the federal Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) convened a two-day conference in Rockville, Maryland called Bridging the Gap: Improving the Health of Justice-Involved People through Information Technology. The meeting aimed to address the problems of disconnected justice and health systems and to develop solutions by describing barriers, benefits, and best practices for connecting community providers and correctional facilities using health information technology (HIT). The gathering, organized by the SAMSHA Health Information Technology and Criminal Justice Team and the Federal Interagency Reentry Council HIT Workgroup, included representatives from federal agencies; national advocacy organizations; and nonprofit, state, and local agencies providing health services to justice-involved populations. The following proceedings give an overview of each session and a synthesis of the obstacles to instituting HIT solutions for information sharing detailed during the meeting. The proceedings address the importance of using emerging HIT to respond to the growing problem of people with mental health and substance use disorders involved in the criminal justice system and to articulate a vision of how HIT can facilitate ongoing connections between health and justice systems. Several jurisdictions that are implementing new HIT programs - both those that connect community providers to correctional facilities during initial intake into the justice system and those that connect correctional facilities to community providers during reentry - are highlighted here. Common challenges emerged among jurisdictions despite their unique environments and systems. Conference participants discussed these challenges along with opportunities for overcoming them. An in-depth case study of new HIT initiatives in Louisville, Kentucky, is included, illustrating how to build and sustain collaborative cross-sector teams. The conference coalesced around six key themes: - An underdeveloped HIT landscape makes it difficult for health and justice systems to communicate and share data vital to the health of justice-system-involved populations. - Innovative programs from jurisdictions around the country can help others figure out how to successfully launch HIT programs intended to share data between community providers and correctional facilities. - Representatives from Medicaid agencies, corrections departments, and community providers need to be at the table together to develop solutions that advance common goals that promote public health and public safety. - Every locale must build a program based on its specific needs, infrastructure, and partners, but resources such as Justice and Health Connect, NIEM, and Global can guide jurisdictions looking to bridge the justice and health gap. - Privacy, security, consent, and technology adaptation are difficult but surmountable obstacles to providing healthcare to the justice-system-involved population. - Data-driven programs such as justice reinvestment seek to cut spending and reinvest the savings in practices that have been empirically shown to improve safety and hold offenders accountable. The trend toward evidence-based evaluation of justice programs, coupled with mounting evidence that current incarceration and recidivism rates are economically unsustainable, have galvanized diverse stakeholders to collaborate on developing better responses to justice-involved people who have substance use and mental health issues. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/samhsa-justice-health-information-technology.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Health Care Shelf Number: 135699

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Virginia Crime Trends: 2003-2012 Summary: This document presents Virginia index crime and drug arrests rates from two different sources: Crime in the United States (U.S.), by the U.S. Department of Justice Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) Criminal Justice Research Center. Both agencies use criminal incident reports submitted by local law enforcement agencies to the Incident-Based Crime Reporting Repository System managed by the Virginia Department of State Police (VSP) to calculate Virginia crime and arrest rates, but the rates reported by each differ slightly. The differences are largely attributed to: (1) Different methodologies used to estimate missing or underreported crime or arrest data. (2) The FBI may "freeze" the crime data later than DCJS resulting in small differences in the number of crimes used to calculate the rates. (3) Population estimates used to calculate rates may be of a differing vintage due to FBI publishing deadlines. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of criminal Justice Services, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/VirginiaCrimeTrends-2003_2012.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 135700

Author: Lauger, Timothy R. Title: An Audit of the Gangs in Niagara Falls, New York Summary: This report relies on official crime data, law enforcement intelligence, census data, and ethnographic interviews to assess the nature and extent of the gang problem in Niagara Falls, NY. It finds that street gangs are firmly entrenched on the streets of Niagara Falls, and that they are fueled by high poverty rates, a vibrant underground illicit economy, and the dissemination of gang culture across geographical locations. We also identify that the city of Niagara Falls has experienced escalating rates of violence that contrast national trends. We examine the extent to which street gangs may be involved in localized violence and note that interpersonal violence appears to be a growing problem in the city, but gangs are not yet involved in patterns of contagious murder. They are, however, heavily involved in drug dealing and may increasingly be demonstrating a willingness to use excessive forms of violence (guns) to resolve interpersonal disputes. Moreover, gangs and gang members appear to evolve and become more sophisticated as they remain active in street life. This report concludes with a discussion of viable solutions for dealing with street gangs in Niagara Falls. Details: Niagara University, NY: Niagara University, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/271075901_An_Audit_of_the_Gangs_in_Niagara_Falls_New_York Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Dealing Shelf Number: 135703

Author: Smith, Erica L. Title: Homicide in the U.S. Known to Law Enforcement, 2011 Summary: In 2011, an estimated 14,610 persons were victims of homicide in the United States, according to FBI data on homicides known to state and local law enforcement (figure 1). This is the lowest number of homicide victims since 1968, and marks the fifth consecutive year of decline. The homicide rate in 2011 was 4.7 homicides per 100,000 persons, the lowest level since 1963. This homicide rate was also 54% below its peak of 10.2 per 100,000 persons in 1980 and 17% below the rate in 2002 (5.6 homicides per 100,000). These findings are based on analyses conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) using data from the FBI's Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHR). The SHR collects detailed information on each homicide reported to state and local law enforcement in the United States, including victim and suspected offender demographic characteristics, the type of weapon used during the incident, and the number of victims killed during the incident. This report describes homicides known to law enforcement in 2011, the most recent year for which detailed data are available, and examines homicide trends from 1992 to 2011, with selected findings from 1960. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/hus11.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 135704

Author: Ja, Davis Y. Title: The Repeat Offenders Prevention Project (ROPP) of the City/County of San Francisco: A final evaluation report Summary: In the late 1980�s and early 1990�s, Orange County conducted exploratory studies that resulted in the identification of characteristics or �risk factors� associated with serious, chronic offending by juveniles (Schumacher and Kurz, 2000). Over a three-year period, first-time offenders with these risk factors were found to account for 55% of all repeat offenses. Commonly referred to as the �8% Problem� or �8% Population,� these juveniles constituted only 8% of all first time offenders. The �8% Population� risk factors identified in the Orange County research were:  Being a first-time ward of the juvenile court at age 15 � years or younger  Displaying at least three of the following:  School behavior and performance problems (attendance problems, suspension/expulsion, failure of two or more classes);  Family problems (poor supervision/control, history of domestic violence, child abuse/neglect, family members with criminal backgrounds);  Substance abuse problems (regular use of alcohol or drugs); and/or  High-risk pre-delinquent behaviors (e.g., stealing, chronic runaway, gang membership or association). In 1994, the California Legislature established a three-year pilot project, contingent upon the appropriation of funds, to be called the Repeat Offender Prevention Project (ROPP). The legislation called for the counties of Fresno, Humboldt, Los Angeles, Orange, San Diego, San Mateo and Solano to design, establish, implement, and evaluate a model program to meet the needs of the �8% Population� as identified in the Orange County research. The enabling legislation (Welfare and Institution Code Sections 743-749), further specified that:  Programs involve a collaborative team approach to case assessment and management  Both the participating youth and their families receive services developed by a multi-disciplinary team  Each program be evaluated by randomly assigning all eligible juveniles to ROPP (treatment group) or to standard probation (comparison group), and then comparing the groups on the following outcomes at 6-, 12-, 18- and 24-month intervals:  Number, subject matter and disposition of subsequent petitions to declare the minor a ward of the juvenile court;  Number of days served in any local or state correctional facilities;  Number of days of school attendance during the current or most recent semester; and  Grade point average for the most recently completed school semester  Each county submit written progress reports and evaluation reports to the Board of Corrections (Board)  Based on the county reports, the Board provide annual reports to the Legislature on the effectiveness of the programs in achieving the demonstration project and program goals The 1996/97 Budget Act (Chapter 162) appropriated $3.5 million for ROPP. The 1997/98 Budget Act (Chapter 282) augmented the initial funding by $3.5 million and extended the grant expiration date from June 30, 1999 to June 30, 2000. In 1998, the Legislature passed AB 2594 (Chapter 327), which made the City/County of San Francisco eligible for ROPP funds. In addition, the 1998/99 Budget Act (Chapter 324) appropriated another $3.8 million to ROPP and extended the grant to June 30, 2001. To give counties the opportunity to increase the number of participants in their projects as well as the time needed to thoroughly assess the impact of interventions, the Legislature subsequently extended the grant period until June 30, 2002 and provided $3.8 million to fund this extension in the 2000/01 Budget Act (Chapter 52). San Francisco County received a total of $981,254 in State funds to implement ROPP, and contributed an additional $1,637,642 in local funds. This report describes San Francisco County�s ROPP program and the results of the program evaluation. Details: San Francisco: Davis Y. Ja and Associates, Inc., 2003. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.dyja.com/sites/default/files/u20/ROPP_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Chronic Offenders Shelf Number: 135705

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: Under the Cover of Darkness: How Ambient Light Influences Criminal Activity Summary: We exploit Daylight Saving Time (DST) as an exogenous shock to daylight, using both the discontinuous nature of the policy and the 2007 extension of DST, to consider how light impacts criminal activity. Regression discontinuity estimates show a 7% decrease in robberies following the shift to DST. As expected, effects are largest during the hours directly affected by the shift in daylight. We discuss our findings within the context of criminal decision-making and labor supply, and estimate that the 2007 DST extension resulted in $59 million in annual social cost savings from avoided robberies. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2603461 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Lighting Shelf Number: 135710

Author: Lurie, Kaya Title: Discrimination at the Margins: The Intersectionality of Homelessness & Other Marginalized Groups Summary: This brief addresses the intersectionality of homelessness and other marginalized groups. It examines six marginalized groups: racial minorities, women, individuals who identify as lesbian, gay, transgender, queer, or questioning (LGBTQ), individuals with a mental disability, incarcerated individuals, and veterans. The brief presents national and Washington State statistics to show how these six marginalized groups are represented in the homeless population compared to the general population. Moreover, it presents some of the causes of homelessness for these marginalized groups. This policy brief is particularly important to homeless rights advocacy because it humanizes the homeless population by outlining who is homeless and why. Categorizing a diverse group of people as "homeless" blanches this diversity by presenting these people as a homogenous group. Homogenizing the people who are homeless facilitates their dehumanization, erasing not only their diverse identities, but also obscuring the diverse causes of their homelessness. Homogenization also encourages erroneous negative stereotypes, assumptions, and prejudices. This brief unveils the diverse identities and causes of homelessness. This unveiling reveals that marginalized groups are disproportionately represented in the homeless population, and are therefore, disproportionately targeted by the ordinances that criminalize homelessness. Moreover, these criminalization laws are evidence of systemic and insidious discrimination of many marginalized groups. Because society has already rejected laws that discriminatorily target many of these same marginalized groups, the results of this study should compel society to re-examine the impact of laws that criminalize homelessness. Ultimately, this brief argues that laws that criminalize homelessness should be rejected because they are discriminatory. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University School of Law, Homeless Rights Advocacy Project, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2602532 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminalization Shelf Number: 135711

Author: Seigel, Jamie L. Title: Integration disconnect in police agencies: The effects of agency factors on the production and consumption of crime analysis Summary: Poorly integrated crime analysis may be a detriment to crime reduction efforts and financial resources. The purpose of this research is to identify deficiencies and successes in crime analysis integration and to understand which agency factors are related. Using the Stratified Model of Problem Solving, Analysis, and Accountability and data from a national PERF survey of police agencies, this study quantifies the levels of production and consumption-based integration disconnect as well as other important agency factors. To determine which agency factors contribute most to integration disconnect, bivariate correlation and multiple regression analyses are used to examine the relationships, while controlling for agency type, centralization, officers per analyst, crimes per officer, and agency size. Findings indicate that production- and consumption-based disconnect are positively related to one another and that passive patrol-analyst interactions, an agency�s priority of crime analysis, crimes per officer, and agency size all contribute to crime analysis integration disconnect. Details: Boca Raton, FL: Florida Atlantic University, 2014. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://fau.digital.flvc.org/islandora/object/fau%3A30818/datastream/OBJ/view Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 135712

Author: Texas Juvenile Justice Department Title: Community-Based Program Evaluation Series: Overview of Community-Based Juvenile Probation Programs Summary: The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) Program & Services Registry was created in 2010 with the purpose of cataloging the community-based programs offered in juvenile probation departments across the state. Each juvenile probation department is required to enter information into the program registry for all active community-based programs. In addition to programs offered by the department, community-based programs include those contracted through the department and those receiving referrals from juvenile probation. Program entries provide general contact information and a description of the program and its goals. Departments must also provide information regarding duration and funding, eligibility requirements, and distinct program components. This brief will explore the information captured in the Program & Services Registry, focusing on the basics of programs offered throughout the state. It will examine program types offered, program duration, funding, and the intended attributes of juveniles to be served. While most of the data presented in this brief is presented as it is reported by departments, some information regarding program type and juveniles served has been changed to reflect recommendations made in a January 2012 program audit. This brief is the first in a series exploring the community-based programs available to juveniles involved in the juvenile justice system and the effectiveness of those programs in lowering recidivism rates. Future briefs in this series will examine the characteristics of juveniles served and outcomes for program participants. Lastly, TJJD will report on recidivism rates throughout the state and determine which programs are providing meaningful interventions and what program elements improve youth outcomes. This information will be used to assist juvenile probation departments in creating more effective programming. Details: Austin: Texas Juvenile Justice Department, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://www.tjjd.texas.gov/statistics/CommunityBasedJuvenileProbationPrograms.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135713

Author: Porter, Nicole D. Title: On the Chopping Block 2013: State Prison Closures Summary: During 2013, at least six states closed 20 correctional facilities or contemplated doing so, potentially reducing prison capacity by 11,370 beds and resulting in estimated five-year cost savings of over $229 million. Since 2011, at least 17 states have reduced prison capacity totaling over 35,000 beds. But in contrast to this trend, some states announced in 2013 that they may open new correctional facilities or reopen facilities that had previously been shuttered. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_On%20the%20Chopping%20Block%202013.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 135714

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Wet Laws, Drinking Establishments, and Violent Crime Summary: Drawing on county-level data from Kansas for the period 1977-2011, we examine whether plausibly exogenous increases in the number of establishments licensed to sell alcohol by the drink are related to violent crime. During this period, 86 out of 105 counties in Kansas voted to legalize the sale of alcohol to the general public for on-premises consumption. We provide evidence that these counties experienced substantial increases in the total number of establishments with on-premises liquor licenses (e.g., bars and restaurants). Using legalization as an instrument, we show that a 10 percent increase in drinking establishments is associated with a 4 percent increase in violent crime. Reduced-form estimates suggest that legalizing the sale of alcohol to the general public for on-premises consumption leads to an 11 percent increase in violent crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 19, 2015 at: https://www.maxwell.syr.edu/uploadedFiles/econ/AndersonTitle(1).pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 135717

Author: Meservey, Fred Title: Caring for Youth with Mental Health Needs in the Juvenile Justice System: Improving Knowledge and Skills Summary: Approximately two-thirds of youth in the care of the juvenile justice system have a diagnosable mental health and/or substance use disorder. Too frequently, staff supervising these youth have received little formal adolescent mental health training and lack the knowledge and skills to provide adequate supervision and care. This can often lead to the use of ineffective and unnecessarily punitive responses to youth which can further exacerbate a youth's symptoms and create stressful situations for all. To address this challenge, the National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice (NCMHJJ), with support from the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, created and tested a mental health training curriculum for juvenile justice staff. Details: Delmar, NY(?):National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Program Brief, vol. 2, no. 2: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://cfc.ncmhjj.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/OJJDP-508-050415-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescent Offenders Shelf Number: 135719

Author: Levin, Marc Title: Bringing Balance to Pretrial Proceedings: Solutions for Early Representation of Indigent Defendants Summary: Key Points - Defendants in cases that could result in jail time are constitutionally entitled to legal representation if they cannot afford it. - The conditions set at the initial hearing, including posting a money bond, often determine whether defendants are able to obtain release prior to trial, but typically indigent defendants are not represented by counsel until at least several days later. - Making representation available earlier in the pretrial process could provide greater balance in pretrial proceedings. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective PP17-2015: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/PP-Solutions-for-Early-Representation-of-Indigent-Defendants.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Indigent Defense Shelf Number: 135720

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Southern California Title: A Way Forward: Diverting People with Mental Illness from Inhumane and Expensive Jails into Community-Based Treatment that Works Summary: Jails have become warehouses for people with mental illness. Nationwide, nearly half a million inmates with mental illness are in local jails, and an estimated 10-25% have a serious mental illness, such as schizophrenia. In Los Angeles County alone, at least 3,200 inmates with a diagnosed severe mental illness crowd the jails on a typical day, which constitutes about 17% of the jail population. These numbers capture only the number of inmates with a diagnosed severe mental illness: the actual number may well be higher. Former Los Angeles County Sheriff Lee Baca has called L.A.'s jail system "the nation's largest mental hospital." The war on drugs and other law enforcement policies have resulted in mass incarceration of low-level drug and other non-violent offenders, many of whom are arrested for behaviors related to a mental illness. In L.A., roughly 1,100 inmates with mental illness are behind bars on an average night for charges or convictions for nonviolent offenses. And many of the behaviors that lead to such charges are rooted in mental illness. According to the Vera Institute of Justice, drug offenses make up the largest portion of charges for this inmate population, nearly 27%. "Mental illness frequently becomes de facto criminalized when those affected by it use illegal drugs, sometimes as a form of self-medication, or engage in behaviors that draw attention and police response." After drug crimes, status offenses, administrative offenses, and parole violations are the most common charges or convictions for which people with mental illness are held in L.A.'s jails. For those with mental illness, incarceration causes needless suffering and even death. Not only does the lack of adequate care in jails and prisons exacerbate the symptoms of mental illness, but also overcrowding and other conditions of confinement make it harder to successfully treat prisoners with mental illness. Prisoners with mental illness are far more likely to suffer sexual and physical abuse at the hands of jail staff or other inmates than are inmates who do not have a mental illness. The Los Angeles County jails have been rife with such abuse for decades. Incarceration can also imperil the very lives of those with mental illness: suicide is the leading cause of death in jails, and inmates with mental illness commit suicide at much higher rates than people with mental illness living in the community.13 Indeed, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) recently sent a letter to Los Angeles County stating that it had found that the County was violating the constitutional rights of inmates with mental illness, noting the ten suicides by inmates in 2013, and finding that the Sheriff's Department and Department of Mental Health had failed to take adequate steps to "protect prisoners from serious harm and risk of harm at the Jails due to inadequate suicide prevention practices.' Upon release, inmates with mental illness find it even more difficult to get a job and find housing than before their incarceration because they now have a criminal record. And families suffer when their loved ones are imprisoned. Widespread incarceration of people with mental illness harms not only them and their families but also wastes precious taxpayer resources. It costs far more to incarcerate inmates with mental illness than those without mental illness, and it is far less costly to supervise them in community settings than in jail. Many communities are beginning to address the warehousing of people with mental illness in jails through collaborations between the criminal justice system and the public mental health system that "divert" people with mental illness from incarceration. Effective diversion programs ensure that people with mental illness who are arrested or end up in jail are connected to effective community-based treatment programs. Diversion can occur at any stage of the criminal process, including pre-arrest, pre-and post-booking, pre-trial, and pre-sentencing. The key to success is relying on treatment services, including Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) and supportive housing, with demonstrated success in reducing recidivism (re-offending), improving mental health outcomes, and lowering costs. Diversion programs not only improve public safety and public health, but they are also consistent with the purpose of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with the landmark decision in Olmstead v. L.C., 527 U.S. 581 (1999), in which the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed that the ADA prohibits the needless institutionalization of people with mental disabilities. The DOJ has been actively promoting community-based services, especially ACT and supportive housing, as a means of preventing the needless institutionalization of people with mental illness in jails. Details: Los Angeles: ACLU of Southern California, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: https://www.aclusocal.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/JAILS-REPORT.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135721

Author: Liebowitz, Sarah Title: Sheriff Baca's Strike Force: Deputy Violence and Head Injuries of Inmates in LA County Jails Summary: Correctional officers should strike inmates' heads only as a matter of last resort. But in the Los Angeles County Jails, that is not the reality. As explained below, there is clear evidence that the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department ("LASD") deputies have used head strikes with alarming regularity in the Los Angeles County jails. In many of those incidents the head strikes have caused significant injuries. The manner and frequency of such head strikes strongly suggests an inappropriate use of force by deputies. In recent years, Los Angeles Sheriff's deputies have stomped on inmates' heads, even after shackling those inmates' hands. They have bashed inmates' faces into concrete walls. They have fractured inmates' facial bones - noses, jaws, cheekbones, or eye sockets. The ACLU is aware of least 11 inmates who have had their facial bones broken by LASD deputies in the past three years. One inmate has lost vision in one eye. Others have undergone surgery. Sixty-four people have made sworn statements describing incidents in which deputies targeted inmates' heads for attack between 2009 and 2012. These are not mere unsubstantiated complaints. The ACLU has corroborated 12 of these allegations of head injuries with secondary evidence, such as medical records, photographic documentation, or civilian reports. In several other instances, inmate witnesses have corroborated reports of deputy-on-inmate head strikes. Details: Los Angeles: ACLU of Southern California, the ACLU National Prison Project, and Paul Hastings LLP, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://nationinside.org/images/pdf/107082827-sheriff-baca_s-strike-force-deputy-violence-and-head-injuries-of-inmates-in-la-county-jails.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 135722

Author: Sapp, David Title: Counterproductive and Wasteful: Los Angeles' Daytime Curfew Pushes Students Away From School Summary: In 1995, the Los Angeles City Council passed an ordinance establishing a daytime curfew for the city's youth. Promulgated as Los Angeles Municipal Code (LAMC) 45.04, the law as currently written makes it unlawful, with limited exceptions, for any youth under the age of 18 to be in a public place during hours of the day when the youth's school is in session. Between 2005 and 2009, the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) and the Los Angeles School Police Department (LASPD) issued more than 47,000 tickets under the ordinance. This report - based on a review of scientific research, interviews with and surveys of thousands of students, and data obtained from LAPD, LASPD, and other public agencies - argues that LAMC 45.04 is a fundamentally misguided policy. The curfew, which has increasingly been used as an enforcement tool to improve student attendance, in fact causes students to miss school. The curfew's economic burdens - which include hefty fines, missed days of school to attend court hearings, and lost earnings by parents who must accompany their children to court - fall most heavily on low-income communities and families that are least able to afford them. And the law has been applied in a manner that disproportionately affects black and Latino youth, who have been issued curfew citations under LAMC 45.04 in numbers that far exceed their percentage of the population - a fact which, among others, exposes the city and other agencies to legal liability. Moreover, substantial research shows that curfew laws are ineffective in achieving their stated purpose of reducing crime. LAMC 45.04 diverts resources away from addressing serious crime, forcing police to address student attendance matters which are properly addressed by schools and families, not the penal system. In response to a multi-year campaign by community organizations, LAPD and LASPD have agreed to modify their enforcement protocols for the daytime curfew to address some of the law's most deleterious consequences. These changes, reflected in recently issued guidance directives, represent meaningful steps forward. The law enforcement agencies with primary responsibility for enforcing the daytime curfew have demonstrated leadership by curtailing the unnecessary criminalization of youth and ensuring that their limited resources are instead focused on investigating and preventing crime. Nonetheless, serious problems remain. Among other things, the new enforcement protocols are internal guidelines and thus can be revised at any time; they leave substantial discretion to individual officers (for example officers maintain discretion to handcuff and cite students who are simply running late to school); and they do not apply to the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department, which also has authority to cite students under the ordinance. The reality is that as long as LAMC 45.04 is on the books, the potential for youth to be caught up unnecessarily in the penal system remains and limited resources for addressing real crime will continue to be misallocated. As we discuss in these pages, the time has come to repeal this failed and counterproductive policy and to establish in its place a sensible and sustainable approach for ensuring that children stay in school. In place of the current approach, we encourage the City of Los Angeles to work with the many agencies within Los Angeles County with a stake in ensuring that our youth are engaged in school - school districts, county agencies such as the Department of Children and Family Services and the Probation Department, the juvenile courts, and law enforcement officials and prosecutors - to implement a research-based approach to engage students in school and to ensure that students are connected with appropriate resources if they begin to disconnect from the education system. This report concludes with recommendations for a comprehensive set of reforms drawing from evidence-based practices and research evaluating the effectiveness of various programs from around the country. Details: Los Angeles: ACLU of Southern California, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.publiccounsel.org/tools/assets/files/Counterproductive-and-Wasteful-Los-Angeles-daytime-curfew-report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Curfews Shelf Number: 135723

Author: Liebowitz, Sarah Title: Cruel and Usual Punishment: How A Savage Gang Of Deputies Controls LA County Jails Summary: To be an inmate in the Los Angeles County jails is to fear deputy attacks. In the past year, deputies have assaulted scores of non-resisting inmates, according to reports from jail chaplains, civilians, and inmates. Deputies have attacked inmates for complaining about property missing from their cells. They have beaten inmates for asking for medical treatment, for the nature of their alleged offenses, and for the color of their skin. They have beaten inmates in wheelchairs. They have beaten an inmate, paraded him naked down a jail module, and placed him in a cell to be sexually assaulted.6 Many attacks are unprovoked. Nearly all go unpunished: these acts of violence are covered up by a department that refuses to acknowledge the pervasiveness of deputy violence in the jail system. Deputies act with such impunity that in the past year even civilians have begun coming forward with eyewitness accounts of deputies beating non-resisting inmates in the jails. These civilian accounts support the seventy inmate declarations describing deputy-on-inmate beatings and deputy-instigated inmate-on-inmate violence and deputy threats of assaults against inmates that the ACLU Foundation of Southern California (ACLU/SC) has collected in the past year, as well as the myriad inmate declarations the ACLU/SC has collected over the years. The violence that takes place in the Los Angeles County jails is far from normal. These are not average jails with isolated or sporadic incidents of deputy misbehavior. Thomas Parker, a former FBI Agent and Assistant Special Agent in Charge of the Bureau's Los Angeles Field Office, reviewed inmate, former inmate, chaplain and civilian declarations, reports, correspondence, media articles, and legal filings, and found: "Of all the jails I have had the occasion to visit, tour, or conduct investigations within, domestically and internationally, I have never experienced any facility exhibiting the volume and repetitive patterns of violence, misfeasance, and malfeasance impacting the Los Angeles County jail system. ..." "There is at least a two decade history of corruption within the ranks of the Los Angeles Sherriff's Department (LASD). In most of those cases, lower level deputies and civilian employees were prosecuted, but no one at the command level responsible for those employees appears to have been held accountable and appropriately punished for failure to properly supervise and manage their subordinate personnel and resources. In my opinion, this has provided the 'seedbe' for continued lax supervision, violence, and corruption within LASD and the county jails it administers," Mr. Parker concluded. Details: Los Angeles: ACLU National Prison Project; ACLU of Southern California, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/78162_aclu_jails_r2_lr.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 135724

Author: Rogowski, Jon C. Title: The Policing of Black Communities and Young People of Color Summary: Eighteen-year-old Michael Brown's murder by a police officer in Ferguson, Missouri has focused the nation's attention on racial disparities in the law enforcement system. Brown's case is not an isolated incident. Along with Brown, the cases of Trayvon Martin and Jordan Davis in Florida and, more recently, Eric Garner in New York and Ezell Ford in Los Angeles, all tell stories of how unarmed Black men became victims of police forces charged with serving and protecting their communities and are then denied justice by the legal system. Since Michael Brown's death, the media have focused on racial tensions among residents of Ferguson. It is important, however, to note that the tension between police forces and Black communities is nothing new, nor is it confined to Ferguson, Missouri. Instead, the Michael Brown tragedy and those like it are indicators of systemic injustices that have resulted in long-standing tensions between law enforcement and the Black community. In this report, we use data from several national public opinion surveys to show that Black communities - especially Black youth under 30 years of age - across the country hold considerably more negative views toward the legal system and the police compared with other groups and they have done so for many years. This is not a new phenomenon. Our main findings are as follows: - Black youth report the highest rate of harassment by the police (54.4%), nearly twice the rates of other young people. - Less than half of Black youth (44.2 percent) trust the police, compared with 71.5 percent of white youth, 59.6 percent of Latino youth, and 76.1 percent of Asian American youth. - Substantially fewer Black youth believe the police in their neighborhood are there to protect them (66.1 percent) compared to young people from other racial and ethnic groups. - Fewer Black youth believe the legal system treats all youth equally (26.8 percent) than young people in other racial and ethnic groups. - Fewer Black youth feel that they are full and equal citizens under the law (60.2 percent) compared with white (70.9 percent) and Latino (64.1 percent) youth. Details: Chicago: Black Youth Project, University of Chicago, Center for the Study of Race, Politics and Culture, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.blackyouthproject.com/files/2014/08/ferguson.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 135729

Author: Walsh, Wendy A. Title: Sexting: When are State Prosecutors Deciding to Prosecute? The Third National Juvenile Online Victimization Study Summary: The majority of state prosecutors (62%) in the sample that had worked on technology facilitated crimes against children had handled a sexting case involving juveniles, and 36% of prosecutors in the sample reported that they had ever filed charges in these cases. When charges were filed, the majority charged child pornography production felonies and 16% of prosecutors had sexting cases that resulted in the defendant being sentenced to sex offender registration. Research needs to continue to help prosecutors develop tools and strategies to deal with these complex crimes. Details: Durham, NH: Crime Against Children Research Center, 2013. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/CV294_Walsh_Sexting%20&%20prosecution_2-6-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 135733

Author: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services Title: Homicides in Ohio 2000-2012 Summary: Since 1930, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has annually collected data on crime in the United States through its Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program. The UCR Program collects only those data that come to the attention of law enforcement through victim reports or observation. Reporting is voluntary for law enforcement agencies active in the UCR Program. Data are collected on the eight Index offenses of murder, forcible rape, robbery, aggravated assault, burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson. In addition to collecting summary data on the eight Index crimes, the FBI collects detailed data on homicides. Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHR) provide incident-based information on criminal homicides, including information describing the victim(s), the offender(s), the relationship between victim and offender, when the incident occurred, the weapon used, and the circumstances leading to the homicide incident. Law enforcement agencies in Ohio voluntarily report SHR data directly to the Federal Bureau of Investigation as part of the UCR Program. The following report is based on Ohio homicides reported by law enforcement to the FBI from 2000 to 2012. Unless otherwise stated, data come from SHR. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2014? 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/ocjs-Homicides-in-Ohio2000-2012.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 135735

Author: Cornell, Dewey Title: Threat Assessment in Virginia Schools: Technical Report of the Threat Assessment Survey for 2013-2014 Summary: In 2013, Virginia passed legislation (S 22.1-79.4) which required local school boards to establish threat assessment teams for each public school. The Threat Assessment Survey was designed to gather information on the quantity and quality of threat cases in Virginia schools in order to assist them in developing effective school safety practices. Threats are broadly defined as a student's communication or behavior that indicates intent to harm someone. Schools were asked to describe their threat assessment program and report on up to five threat assessment cases. An initial summary of overall results is provided in the 2014 School Safety Audit Report. This report is a technical supplement to the 2014 School Safety Audit Report that is intended to provide information specific to elementary, middle, or high schools, excluding 196 other types of schools such as alternative, pre-kindergarten, and special education schools. Many of the analyses in this report are limited to the 810 schools that had at least one threat assessment case during the 2013-14 school year and focused specifically on cases involving threats to harm others. Readers are cautioned that these results are based on a selected sample and may not generalize to all Virginia schools. This report is concerned with describing the threat assessment process from start to finish, with information on the prevalence of threats across school levels and student populations, description of the kinds of threats, how schools responded to threats, and the outcomes for students and their intended victims. One caveat is that prevalence rates and other results obtained from this survey may change in future years as all school threat assessment teams refine their procedures and become more experienced in conducting threat assessments. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Curry School of Education, University of Virginia, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2015 at: http://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/vcscs/documents/TechnicalReport2014ThreatAssessmentSurvey5-12-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 135736

Author: Rydberg, Jason Title: An Analysis of Patterns in Interpersonal Violence Using Michigan Incident Crime Reporting Data Summary: Despite a steady decrease in national rates of violent victimization since the early 1990s (Truman & Langton, 2014), the incidence of violence in America remains high. Michigan has experienced decreases in offending as well, with 2013 data indicating a 7 percent decrease in homicides, a 4 percent decrease in aggravated assaults, and a 1 percent decrease in robberies from 2012 (Michigan Incident Crime Reporting, 2014). Although rates of these violent crimes have decreased statewide, beneath these trends are degrees of uniformity and variation in the characteristics of victims, offenders, and context of violent crime. That is, criminological research has suggested that there is a great degree of regional variation in violent offending and victimization within places (Kposowa, Breault, &, Harrison, 1995; Sampson & Lauritsen, 1994). Even within geographic regions with high rates of offending, there are groups of people that experience disproportionately high rates of violence, particularly young, minority males (Blumstein, 1995, Braga, 2003; McGarrell & Chermak, 2004), especially firearm-related violence. The purpose of the current report is to conduct a problem analysis of violent victimization and offending in the State of Michigan, examining patterns in victim, offender, and circumstance characteristics, as well as examine regional variation in violence across the State. These analyses are designed to inform priorities for strategic intervention, highlighting the characteristics of victims at the highest risk of violent crime, the most prevalent offender characteristics, and the contexts in which violent offenses are the most prevalent. Additionally, specific attention is given to differential rates of violent victimization within the counties with the highest rates of general and firearm violence. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/SAC-Interpersonal-Violence-MICR_Full-Report_-Final_RC103297_2013-BJ-CX-K032_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 135743

Author: Bynum, Timothy Title: Methamphetamine in Michigan: Issues and Interventions Summary: Methamphetamine abuse and manufacture has become an increasingly serious problem across the United States in recent years. Known more commonly as "meth," the drug is a type of synthetic stimulant that affects the body's central nervous system, and is highly addictive. The consequences of methamphetamine abuse are particularly serious in that not only is the drug very addictive but chronic use can result in significant and potentially irreversible damage to the brain. Methamphetamine works by stimulating excess release of dopamine, a neurotransmitter that is instrumental in regulating feelings of pleasure in the body. Users may smoke, inhale, inject or swallow meth, depending on the form of the drug at the time of use. The effects of meth may last up to 8 hours. Users often develop a tolerance to the effects and then increase the frequency and/or dosage of the drug that is needed in order to get high. According to an ONDCP report meth users tend to be white males, with an average age of 29. Users typically come from a low or low to middle socioeconomic group and many are unemployed. Methamphetamine was originally developed for treatment of respiratory problems in the 1930s. The American Medical Association approved the use of amphetamines to treat a variety of ailments including ADD, Parkinson's, depression and narcolepsy. (Hunt, et. al, 2006) The effects on sleep and fatigue were recognized by the military and the armed forces in Japan and the United States utilized amphetamines and meth to combat fatigue. Available by prescription, more extensive civilian use commenced in the 1960s and was used by women for weight loss along with college students and truck drivers needing to stay awake for work or studying. In 1970, amphetamine and methamphetamine were classified as a Schedule II drug thus making them illegal to possess without a prescription. Until recently many of the precursors necessary to make meth were legal. In 2003 ephedrine was banned under the Ephedra Prohibition Act and in 2004 Oklahoma passed legislation restricting ephedrine/pseudoephedrine products and forced buyers to identify themselves at pharmacies where the product was now only kept behind the counter. Other states have adopted similar legislation. (Hunt et. al, 2006) Despite these new laws, meth can be manufactured rather easily in clandestine or makeshift laboratories using inexpensive and readily available ingredients, allowing large quantities to be made at more affordable prices compared to other types of stimulant narcotics. The volatility of these labs creates extremely unsafe and often toxic and explosive situations. The highly addictive nature of the drug combined with the hazards associated with the makeshift labs has garnered increased attention from law enforcement agencies and treatment providers at both national and local levels. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2005 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/Methamphetamine-in-Michigan-Issues-and-Interventions.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135744

Author: Sechrist, Stacy M. Title: Implementation Documentation of the Offender Focused Domestic Violence Initiative (OFDVI) in High Point, NC. Summary: The following paper will document the implementation of the Offender Focused Domestic Violence Initiative (OFDVI) in High Point, NC. The OFDVI strategy uses focused deterrence policing methods to combat domestic violence. First, we will review the history of focused deterrence and how the model took hold in High Point. The early experience of personnel in High Point with focused deterrence policing assisted in later implementation of the OFDVI strategy. The OFDVI strategy represents a novel approach to combatting domestic violence which will be detailed along with how the strategy transitioned from theory into practice. The process of implementing the strategy will be outlined, including building the necessary partnerships, organizational changes needed for strategy success, data and information system needed to effectively track outcomes, and detailed procedures for identification and notification of offenders and following up with both offenders and victims. Finally, valuable lessons were learned throughout implementation of the strategy, which included some necessary changes which need to occur within the justice system. These will be discussed at the conclusion of the paper as well as next steps for the OFDVI strategy moving forward. Perspectives from key workgroup members responsible for implementing the strategy will be shared throughout the paper to provide a firsthand account of how the strategy has been developed, revamped, and received by those doing the work as well as within the greater community of High Point. Details: Greensboro, NC: University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 2012. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://ncnsc.uncg.edu/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/OFDVI-Process-Documentation-v6-FINAL1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 135745

Author: Henchman, Joseph Title: Cigarette Taxes and Cigarette Smuggling by State Summary: - Large differentials in cigarette taxes across states create incentives for black market sales. - Smuggled cigarettes make up substantial portions of cigarette consumption in many states, and greater than 25 percent of consumption in twelve states. - The highest inbound cigarette smuggling rates are in New York (56.9 percent), Arizona (51.5 percent), New Mexico (48.1 percent), Washington (48 percent), and Wisconsin (34.6 percent). - The highest outbound smuggling rates are in New Hampshire (24.2 percent), Wyoming (22.3 percent), Idaho (21.3 percent), Virginia (21.1 percent), and Delaware (20.9 percent). - Cigarette tax rates increased in 30 states and the District of Columbia between 2006 and 2012. Details: Washington, DC: Tax Foundation, 2014. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Fiscal Fact: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/FF421.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 135750

Author: Chettiar, Inimai M. Title: Solutions: American Leaders Speak Out on Criminal Justice Summary: In this time of increased political polarization, there is one area where we have a genuine chance at bipartisan cooperation: the over-imprisonment of people who did not commit serious crimes. The drop in violence and crime in America has been an extraordinary national achievement. But plainly, our nation has too many people in prison and for too long - we have overshot the mark. With just 5 percent of the world's population, we now have 25 percent of its prison population, and an emerging bipartisan consensus now understands the need to do better. It has been two decades since there was sustained national attention to criminal justice. By 1994, violent crime had tripled in 30 years. Our communities were under assault. We acted to address a genuine national crisis. But much has changed since then. It's time to take a clear-eyed look at what worked, what didn't, and what produced unintended, long-lasting consequences. So many of these laws worked well, especially those that put more police on the streets. But too many laws were overly broad instead of appropriately tailored. A very small number of people commit a large percentage of serious crimes - and society gains when that relatively small group is behind bars. But some are in prison who shouldn't be, others are in for too long, and without a plan to educate, train, and reintegrate them into our communities, we all suffer. The new approach has many roots and just as many advantages: a desire to save taxpayers money; the resolve to promote rehabilitation not recidivism; an obligation to honor religious values; the necessity to alleviate crushing racial imbalances. All of them strengthen this powerful new movement. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2015. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/analysis/Solutions_American_Leaders_Speak_Out_On_Criminal_Justice.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 135751

Author: Miethe, Terance D. Title: Public Attitudes about Aerial Drone Activities: Results of a National Survey Summary: Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs) or Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), commonly known as "drones," collect information and provide visual monitoring of activities in a variety of public and private settings. These free-flying aircraft are controlled by remote and digital technology. Six states (Alaska, New York, Nevada, North Dakota, Texas, and Virginia) have been federally designated as test sites for identifying operational and safety issues associated with drone technology. Although several national opinion polls have been conducted over the last several years on drone use for military purposes, less is known about public attitudes and support for drone usage in other contexts. These additional contexts for drone applications include land use patterns, geographical/climatic photo mapping, crowd management, and specific areas within criminal justice (e.g., border patrols, detecting traffic violators, home and business security). Due to the recent and dramatic growth in media attention to drone technology, it is important to establish an empirical baseline of the current level of public knowledge and attitudes about aerial drone usage to track future changes in the public's acceptance of this emerging technology. This Research in Brief summarizes the results of multiple national surveys of public knowledge and support of the use of aerial drone technology in a variety of public and private settings. It is based on samples of 636 U.S. adult citizens who completed internet surveys in the first week of June 2014. A summary of the results, demographic factors associated with levels of awareness and support for drone usage, the public policy implications of these findings, and limitations of this study are described. Details: Las Vegas: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Research in Brief: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/3/Public-Attitudes-About-Aerial.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Drones Shelf Number: 135753

Author: Lieberman, Joel D. Title: Aerial Drones, Domestic Surveillance, and Public Opinion of Adults in the United States Summary: HIGHLIGHTS - Over 95% of U.S. adults in this survey are opposed to using drones to monitor people's daily activities around their home. The majority of respondents are also opposed to drones monitoring people at work (77%) and in their daily activities in open public places (63%). - Public attitudes about using drones for domestic surveillance vary across different social groups. For surveillance in both public and private places, opposition to drone use is highest among persons with lower incomes and those who emphasize individualism (i.e., prefer a government that focuses on individual rights over public safety). - A strong majority of respondents agreed that drone surveillance is an invasion of privacy, especially when it occurs around the home (88%) or at work (79%). High levels of agreement across context were also found in people's views of drones as "excessive surveillance." These two concerns were the major reasons for opposition to domestic surveillance by drones. - A belief that drones increase public safety is the primary reason given by respondents who support their use for domestic surveillance. This is especially true for public opinion about the government's use of drones in open public places. - Respondents were most supportive of drone use for surveillance in open public places when it was being conducted by a federal government agency (33% supported this activity), followed by state and local police (28%), mass media (18%), commercial business (14%), and private citizens (13%). Details: Las Vegas: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/3/Aerial-Drones.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Drones Shelf Number: 135754

Author: Graves, Kelly N. Title: Guilford County Gang Assessment: OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Assessment Summary: Gang violence has been identified as a national priority among the federal justice system and communities alike. The nation's youth gang problem is tracked by the National Youth Gang Surveys (NYGS) across the United States (US). The NYGS has identified that all larger cities (population over 100,000) have experienced gang problems in some form or another. As the figure below published by the National Youth Gang Survey Analysis depicts, while gang problems decreased in the early part of the decade, we are beginning to see a resurgence of gangs toward the later part of the decade. However, a central question remains: What are the activities of those gangs in local areas? Understanding these activity dynamics at a local level is essential for strategic planning and local intervention to address the problem. To support the strategic development at a local level, the US Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) provided funding for hundreds of local communities nationwide to conduct an in-depth assessment on the local youth gang dynamics within their respective communities. Specifically, OJJDP recommends the implementation of a five-step model that ultimately leads to the understanding of the nature, dynamic, and intervention points to address youth gangs and related crime at a local level. These five strategies include: 1. Community mobilization: Involvement of local citizens, including former gang youth, community groups and agencies, and the coordination of programs and staff functions within and across agencies. 2. Opportunities provision: The development of a variety of specific education, training, and employment programs targeted at gang-involved youth. 3. Social intervention: Youth-serving agencies, schools, grassroots groups, faith-based organizations, police agencies, and other criminal justice organizations reaching out and acting as links to gang-involved youth, their families, and the conventional world and needed services. 4. Suppression: Formal and informal social control procedures, including close supervision or monitoring of gang youth by agencies of the criminal justice system and by community-based agencies, schools, and grassroots groups. 5. Organizational change and development: Development and implementation of policies and procedures that result in the most effective use of available and potential resources, within and across agencies, to better address the gang problem. The OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model holds that "neither social disorganization, underclass, nor poverty theory alone explains the scope and nature of youth delinquency or criminal gang association and gang crime. Social disorganization or lack of integration of essential elements of a local community system provides the basic stimulus for the formation of youth gangs. Lack of legitimate opportunity and the presence of alternative criminal opportunities are more likely to explain the character and scope of gang behavior" (Spergel, 1995). While youth in this age group are most likely to be engaged in or at risk of committing serious or violent gang crimes, the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model focuses primarily on youth gang members under 22 years of age, based on OJJDP's authorizing legislation. Motorcycle gangs, prison gangs, ideological gangs, and hate groups comprising primarily adults are excluded from the definition. In Guilford County, North Carolina, the OJJDP Gang Assessment is part of a larger community wide initiative to reduce youth gang activity. Three central programmatic partners (Youth Focus, Inc., One Step Further, and Guilford County Court Alternatives) comprised a steering committee and selected the University of North Carolina at Greensboro�s (UNCG) Center for Youth, Family, and Community Partnerships (CYFCP) to lead the OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Assessment efforts. UNCG/CYFCP worked closely with the steering committee as well as with the local Juvenile Crime Prevention Council (JCPC) in developing the local strategy. Additional key partners included Guilford County law enforcement offices, Guilford County School students and staff, community leaders and members, parents and youth, current and ex-gang members, as well as an array of youth-serving community organizations and agencies currently addressing gang prevention. Assessment activities were based on the (OJJDP) Comprehensive Gang Model and Assessment Guide available at http://www.nationalgangcenter.gov/Comprehensive-Gang- Model/Assessment-Guide. A summary of each of the completed assessment activities is provided below: Understanding the Community Composition: UNCG staff collected county-wide demographic information based on race, gender, age, income, poverty rates, employment status, educational attainment, teen birth rates, child abuse and neglect reports, and other categories of interest as suggested by the OJJDP model. Understanding Law Enforcement Data Collection: UNCG partnered with local law enforcement jurisdictions to understand active gangs in their jurisdictions as well as gang-related crime across a one-year period. Crime data were compiled in an electronic database for analysis and gang-related incidents were be mapped using Geographical Information Systems (GIS) mapping software. School Data Collection: UNCG gathered publically available Guilford County School data and worked with school representatives to ensure its accuracy. Community Perceptions Data: UNCG developed a series of surveys using OJJDP templates, including 1) Youth Perception Survey; 2) Community Resident Survey; and 3) School Resource Officer Survey. Surveys were available in both English and Spanish. In addition, Gang Member Interviews were provided by one of our partner agencies (One Step Further). Community Resources Data Collection: UNCG created and distributed a Community Program Profile survey, based on the OJJDP template, which was disseminated by the Project Team to neighborhood associations, community-service organizations, faith-based organizations, and service providers who are youth-serving throughout Guilford County. UNCG compiled the surveys and will enter them into OJJDP Web-based Community Resource Inventory database (https://www.iir.com/nygc/tool/default.htm) on behalf of Guilford County. The results of each element of the Guilford County Comprehensive Gang Assessment are described throughout this report. The report is broken up into Chapters that can be used either separately as individual documents, or combined for use as a comprehensive report for Guilford County. Details: Greensboro, NC: Center for Youth, Family, and Community Partnerships, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 2010. 327p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://cyfcp.uncg.edu/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/OJJDPGuilfordCountyGangAssessment_Final_Version3_with_appendices.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 135760

Author: Steele, Paul D. Title: The Strategic Approaches to Community Safety Initiative in Albuquerque: Project Activities and Research Results Summary: The Strategic Alternatives to Community Safety Initiative (SACSI) was established by the U.S. Department of Justice in 1998. Implemented in ten cities, SACSI was a coordinated effort to reduce and prevent firearm and firearm-related violent crime. The initiative was notable for its innovative organization and approach. First, SACSI relied upon the participation of a core group of decision makers in each SACSI service area. These decision makers included local, state and federal law enforcement, prosecutorial, and corrections personnel as well as service providers and representatives from the community. Together, they constituted a working group that was charged with the responsibility of implementing new and potentially effective approaches to dealing with crime in the area served by the initiative. Second, the working group was supported by the U.S. Attorney's Office, which was charged with the responsibility of facilitating and coordinating the working group's efforts. The U.S. Attorney's Office also had the opportunity to provide resources to local violence reduction strategies, and served as a member agency in the working group. Third, a research partner also supported the working group. The research partner's role included providing information concerning general crime patterns in the community, more focused analysis in support of strategic and tactical planning, knowledge concerning best practices for reducing gun violence, and assessment of local efforts to deal with violent crime. Ten cities were selected as SACSI sites; the first five (Indianapolis, Memphis, New Haven, Portland, and Winston-Salem) were funded in 1998, and the second five (Albuquerque, Atlanta, Detroit, Rochester, and St. Louis) were funded in 2000. From the perspective of the research partner, this report describes SACSI in the Albuquerque service area, which consists of Bernalillo County, New Mexico. Of particular note is the evolution of the local SACSI effort, including the development of the working group and various project initiatives in the community. Also highlighted are findings of research about criminal activities in the community, criminal justice responses to crime, and assessment of SACSI initiatives. To address these topics, the report is organized into four sections. The current section is comprised of three chapters. The current chapter concludes with a review of relevant literature concerning firearm, firearm-related, and other violent crime that was useful in orienting the project. Chapter II describes the development and implementation of the SACSI working group and initiatives in the Albuquerque service area, and Chapter III discusses research activities in the service area. The next section of the report describes crime offender, victim and crime episode patterns within the service area, highlighting trends and spatial distribution of serious violent crimes. It also covers the movement of homicide and aggravated assault cases in the service area reported to or detected by the police through the criminal justice system. Section three describes and assesses the various SACSI initiatives implemented in the community to respond to violent crime. The report concludes with a final section summarizing the findings and making recommendations for future activities. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Criminal Justice Analysis Center, Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2005. 333p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2005/sacsi.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 135762

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Prison Program Utilization and Recidivism among Female Inmates in New Mexico Summary: Successful reintegration into the community after prison is of great import for both offenders and the public as nearly all prisoners will eventually return to the community. Current estimates indicate that the number of individuals incarcerated nationally in 2013 was 1,574,700, up slightly from 2012 (Glaze and Kaeble, 2014). While females consistently comprised approximately 7% of the total number of individuals incarcerated in state facilities nationally between 2000 and 2013, the rate at which the population of females in state custody grew exceeded that of males (21% between 2000 and 2010 versus 15% of males during the same time period) (ibid). Unfortunately, the majority of former prisoners recidivate. Among a national sample of prisoners released in 2005, over two-thirds were re-arrested within three years of release and nearly 77% were re-arrested within five years; recidivism was highest for property offenders (Durose, Cooper, and Snyder, 2014). While females were re-arrested at lower rates than males, 68% of females were re-arrested five years post-release (ibid). New Mexico has consistently experienced an increase in its female prison population over the past several years. In 2011, the female prison population exceeded the prison capacity, forcing the women to temporarily use a segregated pod at the nearby men's prison. Since fiscal year 2010, the women's prison population jumped by nearly 14% (NMSC, 2014). In response, the New Mexico Women's Correctional Facility (NMWCF) increased its bed capacity to 744 to accommodate the additional inmates. This is not the first time, though, that New Mexico experienced such increases in its female population. Indeed, in response to a burgeoning population, in 2003 the NMCD initiated a gender-responsive model aimed at promoting successful female reentry through appropriate programming (Carr, 2007). Prison programming is important for inmates. Many enter prison with deficiencies in their education, job histories, and in other aspects of their personal lives. Indeed, appropriate in-prison programming can help prisoners successfully reintegrate into society. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2015. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2015/prison-program-utilization-and-recidivism-among-female-inmates-in-new-mexico.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135768

Author: Strumpf, Koleman D. Title: Illegal Sports Bookmakers Summary: This paper provides an economic analysis of illegal sports bookmaking using detailed records from six bookmakers who operated in the 1990s. These operations are structured like standard firms and utilize incentive contracts to induce appropriate employee behavior. The bookmakers offer prices which closely follow the geographically separated legal market, but larger operations price discriminate based on individual betting patterns. Despite the availability of inexpensive hedging instruments, all operations take on substantial financial risk. This implies the bookmakers cannot be risk-averse and must hold large cash reserves. The risk-adjusted profit rate is lower than in legal financial markets. These results and behaviors are consistent with standard models of economic self-interest. Details: Unpublished paper, 2003. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://www.unc.edu/~cigar/papers/Bookie4b.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 135769

Author: Green, Claudia Title: Promising Practices in Preparing, Hiring and Sustaining High-Risk Youth in Employment Summary: The Boston High-Risk Youth Network is a coalition started by the Black Ministerial Alliance and its partners, United Way, Emmanuel Gospel Center, and Ten Point Coalition, to better meet the needs of youth at high risk, ages 12-21. The Network comprises both private and public agencies; service providers, funders, and policy makers; faith-based and secular programs; and grass roots and business groups. One of three Priority Groups in the Network, the Jobs Group is dedicated to expanding employment and job services for youth at high risk. With this report as a beginning, the group hopes to increase awareness and drive implementation of these practices among providers, employers and unions. We report here on practices that service providers in Boston and nationwide have found to be effective in preparing youth at high risk to enter, retain and advance in employment. These successful service providers ▪ Give youth good reason to come to and stay in programs by investing time and resources in fostering strong bonds between staff and young people, and giving youth a sense of belonging. Many programs also provide income in the form of stipends, wages or bonuses. ▪ Help youth to acquire both �soft� and hard skills by offering challenging, hands-on work and learning experiences. ▪ Give youth opportunities to practice being employees through internships, job shadowing, and even social venture businesses. In these settings, youth observe and test out how to act, how to dress, what�s acceptable and what�s not, how to deal with a co-worker or supervisor, how to handle instructions or criticism, etc. ▪ Provide youth with the skills and experience to move into �good jobs� that offer, or have promise of decent wages, benefits, and career advancement. While most young people will enter the labor market in entry-level positions, all should be oriented to career opportunities and how to pursue them when they are ready. ▪ Provide comprehensive, sustained support during training, and long after initial placement or program completion. ▪ Engage employers in defining competencies, providing opportunities for practice employment, hiring and articulating career advancement opportunities. We also report on practices by local employers and labor unions that help young people get a foothold in the labor market and begin to build a career. These employers and unions ▪ Define business needs, such as attracting new workers in order to serve a new market, bolstering an aging workforce, or stemming turnover. Youth employment organizations can help recruit, screen and prepare youth more effectively when they understand these interests. ▪ Participate in curriculum design and implementation to ensure potential candidates are well prepared. ▪ Offer role models and mentorship to help young people see their own future, and to help them adapt to the job and workplace culture. ▪ Provide youth with practice experience in the workplace so they can observe and practice appropriate work behavior. ▪ Provide incentives for youth to succeed in school and other academic programs. ▪ Enable youth to explore and understand career opportunities. Local examples help demonstrate how a local program, employer or union actually implements these practices, and how they lead to progress and positive outcomes for youth. Taken as a whole, these providers, employers and unions engage young people at different ages and stages of preparedness for the labor force, forming what one provider described as a continuum of services and employment. For a youth at high risk, real progress toward permanent employment can be slow and marked by setbacks. Every success�from building a young person�s self-esteem, to having them complete an internship or stay on a job for even a month�is hard won by the youth and the provider. Beyond these individual struggles and approaches to address them, we conclude the report with another layer of challenges that emerged through interviews with employment programs and other youth service provider, such as the lack of good information about existing programs, and the difficulty of placing young people under 18. We note these issues here because they factor into the context in which youth, providers and employers operate. We also provide an example of how a citywide coalition of youth employment providers jointly tackles some of the system articulation problems. In addition to disseminating the valuable lessons shared here by local employers, labor unions and service providers, the High-Risk Youth Network can and should strive to address these system challenges through its ongoing work in Boston. Details: Boston: Boston High-Risk Youth Network, 2005. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://www2.co.multnomah.or.us/County_Human_Services/SCP/files/Workforce_Development-Article-Promising_Practices_Preparing_High_Risk_Youth.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 135770

Author: Martin, Shawn M. Title: Policy Evaluation of Hillsborough County's Family Dependency Treatment Court Summary: Child abuse and neglect is a troubling issue all too familiar with courts in the United States. The problem becomes even more complicated when substance abuse is involved. In 2004, approximately 500,000 children were removed from their homes because of abuse and neglect issues1. In the past few years, a judicial model appeared to address both substance abuse and child dependency issues. This model, entitled Family Dependency Treatment Court (FDTC) enables the court to mandate treatment for parents and make reunification dependent on treatment compliance. The FDTC program in Hillsborough County, Florida is now in its second year and has raised a host of policy and procedural issues. As such, 20 key FDTC informants and 6 clients were interviewed to identify strengths and weaknesses of the program. Key areas identified as requiring improvement include increasing communication and collaboration among key stakeholders, training on FDTC inclusion criteria, and increased funding for treatment services and resources. Identified strengths included being a court-based treatment program, providing a supportive atmosphere for clients, and maintaining reunification as a goal. The results of this evaluation emphasize the importance of diverse organizations working collaboratively to achieve this often difficult objective within the child welfare setting. Details: Tampa, FL: Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health Institute, University of South Florida, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Mental Health Law & Policy Faculty Publications. Paper 579; Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1578&context=mhlp_facpub Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 135773

Author: Rahall, Karena Title: The Siren Is Calling: Economic and Ideological Trends Toward Privatization of Public Police Forces Summary: The landmark Supreme Court ruling in Citizens United has opened the floodgates to allow unlimited corporate campaign donations, and Supreme Court doctrine is shifting back to the Lochner-era's focus on economic rights. At the same time, there are efforts underway across the United States to privatize public services in order to alleviate what proponents claim is a shortfall in revenue due to the recession. Within those privatization efforts, public policing has become a new front, with outsourcing and wholesale privatization of the police underway. This Article adds to the existing scholarship a political analysis of privatization efforts, including how lobbying and campaign financing are making wholesale privatization in the area of policing a very real possibility. This Article looks at the example of Camden, New Jersey, where the city's entire police force was fired and replaced with a county-wide force in order to shed pension and wage obligations, as an incubator for future wholesale privatization of the police. Considering the trend of corporate lobbying through groups like the American Legislative Exchange Council that write model legislation and deliver it to lawmakers, as well as unlimited campaign donations, this Article traces the current trend toward police privatization. It argues that without more transparency and some limitations on such expenditures, the public cannot fully and fairly participate in decisions about whether to relinquish force-protection to private corporations. Understanding the potential consequences for both public safety and democratic principles requires systemic, legislative and electoral transparency that currently remains deficient. Details: Seattle: Seattle University, School of Law, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://digitalcommons.law.seattleu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1495&context=faculty Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Private Policing Shelf Number: 129684

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: The Price of Jails: Measuring the Taxpayer Cost of Local Incarceration Summary: Jails-locally run facilities used primarily to detain persons arrested but not yet convicted of any crime-now hold more than 730,000 people on any given day, more than triple their population in 1983. These are the places where most arrested men and women land and where many remain as their cases wind through the criminal justice system. Bigger jail populations mean increased costs for staff and other expenses. The U.S. Department of Justice estimated that local communities spent $22.2 billion on jails in 2011. But as high as $22.2 billion sounds, it underestimates the actual price of jails, because other government agencies often bear a large share of jail costs not reflected in jail budgets. For example, in addition to the $1.1 billion spent by the City of New York Department of Correction in 2014, other city agencies spent an additional $1.3 billion for jail employee benefits, health care and education programs for incarcerated people, and administration, bringing the total cost to $2.4 billion. Because reported jail costs are too often incomplete, policymakers and the public are seldom aware of the full extent of their community's financial commitment to the jail. As policymakers focus on justice reform at the local level, they need to understand how much the community is actually spending. To this end, researchers at the Vera Institute of Justice developed a survey to help counties tally the actual price of their jails. The only way to safely reduce the cost of jail is to limit the number of people in the jail, because the cost largely comprises expenses for staff and the number of staff is dictated by the population of incarcerated people. In fact, the inmate population is such a key cost driver that it is possible for "expensive" jails (meaning those with a high average per-inmate cost) to be the least costly to taxpayers. Consider the example of two counties of similar size: Johnson County, Kansas, and Bernalillo, New Mexico. By comparing the average cost per inmate, the jail in Johnson County appears to be more than twice as expensive as the jail in Bernalillo County ($191.95 per day versus $85.63 per day in 2014). But taxpayers in Johnson County actually spend less on the jail than taxpayers in Bernalillo County do, because the incarceration rate in 2014 was more than three times lower (121 per 100,000 versus 369 per 100,000). As a result, the annual cost of jail in Johnson County is $49 million ($82 per county resident), versus $78 million ($113 per county resident) in Bernalillo County. Recognizing the urgent need to reduce the jail population, Bernalillo County formed the Criminal Justice Review Commission in 2013 to reduce jail overcrowding. Many of their initiatives have been implemented and, as a result, the jail population has already declined 39 percent since 2014. This decline, in turn, is yielding saving for taxpayers: The county spends less for out-of-county jail beds. And the jail has closed one housing unit and plans to close another later in the year-a striking turn of events in only a couple years made possible through the collaborative efforts of justice system stakeholders throughout the county. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/price-of-jails.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135778

Author: Cuellar, Alison Evans Title: Causal Effects of Mental Health Treatment on Education Outcomes for Youth in the Justice System Summary: This study assesses whether mental health interventions can improve academic outcomes for justice-involved youth. Only a limited number of studies have linked justice policies to outcomes beyond crime, particularly education, which carries large monetary and non-monetary benefits. The current study relies on detailed administrative data and unique policy rules under which youth are assigned to behavioral treatment programs. The administrative data allow for a rich set of controls for observed family- and youth-specific heterogeneity. In addition, the treatment assignment rules create a discontinuity among youth who are deemed eligible or not eligible for treatment, rules which the study exploits empirically to address the non-random selection bias in estimating plausibly causal effects of treatment eligibility and treatment receipt. Estimates indicate that certain types of intensive mental health intervention can lower dropout and increase high-school completion for justice-involved youth. Effects on grades are negative or not significant, possibly due to the greater retention of less academically-skilled students. We also assess heterogeneity in the treatment effects, and find that the effects on dropout tend to be greater among youth believed to be less academically engaged prior to treatment. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 21206: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21206?utm_campaign=ntw&utm_medium=email&utm_source=ntw Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 135782

Author: Ortiz, Javier Title: The Wrong Side of History: A Comparison of Modern and Historical Criminalization Laws Summary: Like many other cities throughout the country, Washington's homeless population is being targeted through ordinances infused with a historical spirit of control and discrimination. The policy brief looks at the history of criminalization laws by focusing on historical criminalization laws and how they paved a way for current anti-homeless ordinances. The policy brief reveals that the spirit of historical criminalization laws is present in anti-homeless ordinances today. Since these historical laws have been repealed and overturned, so should anti-homeless ordinances that share the same spirit of control, exclusion, and discrimination. The brief focuses on five historical laws and modern anti-homeless ordinances through case studies: Vagrancy; Anti-Okie, Jim Crow, Ugly, and Sundown Town laws. Each section discusses the impetus for each law and the effect it had on targeted individuals. Next, the brief examines specific language from these laws and how they were applied - and ultimately, how they were overturned by judges, legislatures, and public opinion. The brief then shifts focus to three case studies of modern anti-homeless ordinances. This comparison reveals that modern anti-homeless ordinances share much of the same form, phrasing, and function as historical laws that banned African-Americans from attending public school with white Americans; that banned Midwesterners from entering Western states during the Great Depression; and that banned people with physical disabilities from residing in certain cities. And yet, anti-homeless ordinances are just contemporary expressions of the same impulse to marginalize already marginalized people. Ultimately, this brief shows that modern anti-homeless ordinances are just historically infamous laws in a new guise. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University School of Law, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2602533 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminalization Shelf Number: 135783

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Embattled: Retaliation against Sexual Assault Survivors in the US Military Summary: Sexual assault in the US military and the failure to bring those responsible to justice has received considerable attention in recent years. Less well known is that victims too often have to choose between reporting their assaults and keeping their military careers. Department of Defense statistics indicate that 62 percent of service members who report sexual assault say they experienced retaliation. Embattled is primarily based on more than 250 interviews, including with sexual assault survivors, and numerous public records. It documents the many forms that retaliation against victims takes, including physical and psychological abuse; poor performance evaluations and disciplinary actions; and referrals by commanding officers for discharge from the military. In addition, sexual assault survivors may be prosecuted for �collateral charges��minor offenses (like underage drinking or adultery)�based on information that came to light only because they chose to report their assaults. Mechanisms that should provide recourse for military sexual assault survivors who experience retaliation fall far short. While data suggest that thousands of survivors have experienced the type of professional retaliation that would be covered by the Military Whistleblower Protection Act, an analysis of public records did not identify any cases in which the law benefitted a survivor. Those who mistreat survivors rarely face consequences for their actions. Recent efforts to address retaliation have made important improvements, but real change will require the US Congress to bring military whistleblower protections in line with those afforded to civilians. Real justice for survivors requires the military to take concerted action to ensure that those who commit or condone retaliation are held accountable. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/usmilitary0515_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 135785

Author: Heilbrunn, Joanna Zorn Title: The Costs and Benefits of Three Intensive Interventions with Colorado Truants Summary: In recent years, truancy has become a focus of policy discussions across the country. School districts, juvenile court, and police departments across the map are trying new methods to keep children in school1. There are several good reasons for this. At a minimum, a truant child is likely to be ill-prepared for skilled work, an increasingly serious problem given the shrinking demand for unskilled labor in the United States. One undereducated individual has a personal problem, but when urban areas are home to large numbers of residents who lack a high school diploma, the problem becomes both social and economic. On one hand, the business community has been vocal about the difficulty of finding an adequately trained workforce. On the other hand, United States residents who are unable to earn an adequate living look to various welfare programs for help, such as income assistance (TANF), Medicaid, Food Stamps, and Women, Infants and Children (WIC). These programs are funded by taxpayers, many of whom are reluctant contributors. Furthermore, research has consistently shown problems with school to be a risk factor for drug and alcohol use and for involvement with the juvenile justice system. Although it would be inaccurate and unfair to characterize all, or even most, truants as delinquents, it is quite accurate to recognize that a majority of criminals begin their careers of social deviance with truancy. Truancy is a red flag that may signal any of a number of problems in a child's home, ranging from poverty, to mental health, to physical abuse. And it warns of a child who is undaunted by breaking the social convention of school attendance, and who has time on his or her hands. Such a youth may be ripe for induction into criminal or self-destructive activity. Despite the new trend toward truancy reduction, and the general belief that truancy is a precursor to other more serious problems, little research has been done regarding the effectiveness of truancy reduction approaches, or their relative costs and benefits. Most published information to date tends to be more descriptive than analytical. This paper begins to fill that gap by reporting the costs and the estimated benefits of three truancy reduction programs in Colorado: The Adams County Truancy Reduction Project, the Denver Truancy Reduction Demonstration Project, and Pueblo's Project Respect. These three programs are of interest both for the diversity and the similarity of their approaches. All three treat truancy as a family problem, and rely on intensive case management intervention with the family. All try to be advocates for the families, and build upon the families' strengths, rather than take a punitive approach. All make frequent use of referrals to outside agencies, such as health clinics or drug and alcohol rehabilitation providers, and they make communication with these service providers part of their regular process. Yet they differ markedly in terms of their budget, scope, and where they fall in the larger picture of school, district, and court policy. The Adams County project is court-initiated. It is available to all the school districts in the county as an alternative to the regular court system; some of the districts choose to use the program, and some do not. The Denver project is run by the Community Assessment Center, and is an add-on to a much larger district-run truancy reduction effort. Both these interventions follow several levels of school and district-sponsored efforts, and come as a last resort before initiating court proceedings. The Pueblo project is wide-scale, with a large budget, and is active in every Title One school in Pueblo's urban school district. This project is school-based, and constitutes the universe of intervention efforts made prior to a court appearance. The Denver program focuses on middle school students, while the other programs are available to children of all grade levels. A thorough description of each of these programs may be found in Appendices A through C at the end of this report. This paper shows that the costs of each of the three truancy reduction projects, and each of the three court systems, pale in comparison to the enormous costs of high school failure and of juvenile delinquency. In light of the benefits of high school graduation, all the approaches to truancy reduction reviewed here likely pay for themselves many times over. Neither the court approach nor the case management models are shown to be demonstrably better than the other. It is most likely that the best model includes a court system that works in conjunction with social workers and school districts to provide a coherent and consistent approach to truancy in which children are not allowed to slip through the cracks. Details: Denver, CO: National Center for School Engagement, 2003. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.509.453&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 130048

Author: Klein, Andrew Title: An Exploratory Study of Juvenile Orders of Protection as a Remedy for Dating Violence Summary: An increasing number of states, like New York, are expanding order of protection (OP) laws to allow teens to secure orders for dating violence without parental involvement. New York did so effective July, 2008. While there has been extensive research in regard to civil OPs involving adults for intimate partner violence, this study of all OPs taken out by New York dating violence victims in 2009 and 2010 represents the first of its kind to examine OPs involving teens for dating violence. The goal of this research is to increase our understanding of OPs by teens as a remedy for dating violence by developing a comprehensive portrait of their use in New York State. The study is both quantitative and qualitative. The quantitative portion of the study features secondary data analysis of multiple data sets, including all appropriate OPs obtained from New York Family Courts and criminal histories and police incident files from the State's Division of Criminal Justice Services. The qualitative research is based on focus groups and individual interviews with two populations of youth: 1) a statewide sample (N=122), both boys and girls, likely to be dating and exposed to dating violence but who had not necessarily used OPs (At Risk Group) and 2) a small sample of New York City young women (N=13) who have sought and/or secured Civil Orders of Protection (User Group). We find the New York law to be very much a work in progress. Even the lowest estimates of teen dating violence (9.4% physical abuse, CDC, 2012), far exceed the number of OPs (1,200) requested for dating violence in the two years of study. As the At Risk teen focus groups reveals, teens are unfamiliar with the expanded law. In addition, the User group reports substantial barriers facing teens in obtaining orders, including being labeled as "snitches" by their peers, fears that OPs would not work, and ambivalence about giving up on the abusive relationship. The data reveals that more than 90% of the petitioners were female and respondents male. While all of the victims were teens, most of the abusers were not, averaging just short of 21 years old. The majority of respondents had prior criminal histories. Most victims alleged harassment, including cyberstalking, and assaults. The relatively few female respondents more closely resembled female petitioners, than male respondents, being younger and less likely to have prior arrest histories. Police were involved in only 10 percent of the incidents that prompted the study petitions. While the majority of the teen petitioners returned to court more than once, most received only one or two temporary orders, lasting a month or so. Likely as a result of this limited duration, few respondents were charged with violating the orders. However, analysis of arrest and police incident reports, as well as new petitions taken out by study petitioners, indicated that a little more than a quarter of the respondents re-abused their victims from one to three years after the initial petition. Risk for re-abuse was associated with gender (being male), respondents having a prior criminal history, respondents being year or more older than their victims, and couples with children in common. The research suggests OPs potentially constitute an important tool for teen victims. However, given lack of police involvement, without an alternative network of supportive adults, including parents and school personnel, the expanded use of OPs for teen dating violence will remain limited. New York courts also face a challenge in accommodating teen petitioners. Details: Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2013. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/242131.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrimes Shelf Number: 129682

Author: Huebner, Beth Title: Evaluation of Sex Offender Residency Restrictions in Michigan and Missouri Summary: Sex offender residency restrictions are a specific form of specialized sex offender legislation which prohibits registered sex offenders from residing within a certain distance from places where children congregate, such as schools or daycare centers. Residency restrictions were designed to enhance public safety by neutralizing the risk of recidivism posed by registered sex offenders released into the community (Levenson & Cotter, 2005; Sample, Evans, & Anderson, 2011; Simon, 1998; Socia, 2011). The assumption behind this legislation is that sex offenders choose their victims from the available population of the area in which they reside. Thus, attempts by the criminal justice system to increase the distance between registered sex offenders and potential targets should correspond to a decrease in recidivism among this group (Kang, 2012). Statewide residency restrictions have been adopted in some form by at least thirty states and at the municipal level in several others (Meloy, Miller, & Curtis, 2008). While empirical research on sex offender residency restrictions has grown, most current work has centered on documenting the unintended consequences of these policies. For instance, several studies have examined the potential for residency restrictions to adversely shape the availability of housing for registered sex offenders. Socia (2011) observed that in Upstate New York the neighborhoods least restricted by residency restrictions - and thus the areas that registered sex offenders would be allowed to live in - were less affordable, had fewer vacancies, and were concentrated in less dense, rural areas compared to restricted neighborhoods. Additionally, researchers have documented the effect of these laws on quality of life outcomes and reintegration (Levenson & Hern, 2007; Mercado, Alvarez, & Levenson, 2008). To date, there has been little research on the efficacy of residency restrictions in reducing recidivism among registered sex offenders. Very few studies were identified that directly examined the impact of these laws on sex offender recidivism (Blood, Watson, and Stageberg, 2008; Kang, 2012; Nobles, Levenson, and Youstin, 2012; Socia, 2012). Kang (2012) used individual-level data to follow cohorts of sex offenders and non-sex offenders released both before and after the implementation of residency restrictions, no attempt was made to account for selection bias arising either between the sex offender and non-sex offender cohorts. Overall, the research has not substantiated a link between residency restrictions and reduced crime; however, most of the work has examined crime rates and has not used an adequate comparison group. The goal of the current study is to build on extant research and consider the efficacy of residency restrictions enacted in Missouri and Michigan. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/242952.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Molesters Shelf Number: 129681

Author: Solomon, Freda F. Title: CJA's Queens County Supervised Release Program: Impact on Court Processing and Outcomes Summary: This report by the New York City Criminal Justice Agency (CJA) presents the results of an examination of CJA's Queens County (NY) Supervised Release Program. The supervised release program is offered by judges at arraignment to selected offenders arrested for certain non-violent felonies who have satisfied a number of conditions during a rigorous pre-arraignment screening process. This report provides an overview of the program as well as data on completed program cases, case and defendant characteristics, court outcomes in completed program cases, comparison of exited program and pre-program groups of cases, and comparison of baseline and program cases arraigned on felony drug and property crime charges. The evaluation found that to date, the majority of the program's clients (87.4 percent) have left the program under successful conditions of participation. The evaluation also found that defendants sentenced to pretrial release were less likely to receive a conditional discharge sentence compared to defendants not released before trial. In addition, those defendants that were received pretrial release were more likely to have shorter case processing times with prosecutors still able to successfully obtain convictions in these cases. Program limitations are discussed. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/research/Queens%20County%20Supervised%20Release%20Program-%20Impact%20on%20Court%20Processing%20ad%20Outcomes%20-%20CJA%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 129686

Author: Domengeaux, Jr, Dwight D Title: Big, Not So Easy: Comparing Insurgency Theory to the Complex Problem of Violence in New Orleans Summary: This research proposes that violent gangs are similar to insurgent cells in their organization and their methods of gaining control of an area or population. Recognizing that insurgent organizations and gangs are complex adaptive systems, this monograph uses Jamshid Gharajedagi's context, structure, function, and process analytical model to compare the two phenomena. The monograph will use New Orleans, Louisiana as a case study to illustrate the similarities between gangs and insurgents, and, to examine the efficacy of a counterinsurgency approach to addressing the gang problem. The hypothesis for this monograph is that some aspects of counterinsurgency theory and doctrine are applicable to combating violent gangs in New Orleans. To develop the argument in support of the hypothesis, the research will seek to answer the following research questions: Do violent gangs in New Orleans, resemble insurgent cells, if so, in what ways? What aspects of counterinsurgency theory or doctrine apply to countering violent gangs? What changes in doctrine, organization or technology will help New Orleans law enforcement and its government in countering gang violence in its neighborhoods? To answer the research questions, this study will include literature reviews and data analysis from the academic fields of political science, criminology, sociology, and history. The research concludes by recommending an operational approach that will aid the City of New Orleans and its Police Department in combating violent neighborhood gangs. Details: Fort Leavenworth, KS: Fort Leavenworth Kansas School of Advanced Military Studies, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://oai.dtic.mil/oai/oai?verb=getRecord&metadataPrefix=html&identifier=ADA611750 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135788

Author: Larson, Kimberly Title: Developing Statutes for Competence to Stand Trial in Juvenile Delinquency Proceedings: A Guide for Lawmakers Summary: The National Youth Screening and Assessment Project, part of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation's Models for Change Initiative recently released a guide for policymakers who are considering creating juvenile competence to stand trial legislation. Authored by Kimberly Larson, J.D., Ph.D. and Thomas Grisso, Ph.D., the guide outlines the sixteen most important points lawmakers must consider in the creation of such legislation. Statutory language examples are provided throughout the guide on each of the sixteen key issues. This guide provides a comprehensive look at juveniles' competence to stand trial. It will be of use not only to those considering drafting legislation in this area or currently creating juvenile competence to stand trial laws in their state, but also to judges who are addressing the issue of competence within their courts. Attorneys and mental health professionals can also use it to learn more about the application of competence to juveniles. Details: National Youth Screening & Assessment Project, 2011. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://modelsforchange.net/publications/330 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 129792

Author: Thomas, Timothy Andrew Title: Quantifying Crime Displacement After A Hot-Spot Intervention Summary: Research has shown that urban crime concentrates in specific urban areas, leading practitioners to combine criminological theory to help inform policies and strategies on how to address this phenomenon. Outside of measuring the success of an intervention in a focal area, there is concern that the effects of the operation will lead to the displacement of crime to surrounding areas. Some scholars argue for the contrary that the positive benefits of the operation will pour into nearby areas. Studies on this topic have been plagued with poor data and outdated methods in measuring whether crime moves to nearby areas or not. This study attempts to address previous methodological concerns by measuring the geographic extent to which crime might displace as well as the lasting impact of an operation. Results show that crime may move further from a focal area than previously expected and that the positive effects of an operation may not last. Details: Seattle: University of Washington, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://dlib.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/bitstream/handle/1773/23660/Thomas_washington_0250O_12031.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Clusters Shelf Number: 129788

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Use of Force Policy and Practices Study for Cleveland Division of Police Summary: The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) was retained by the Cleveland Division of Police (CDP) to conduct a comprehensive review of the Division's policies and practices related to the use of force. This study was conducted in two phases. In the first phase, PERF subject matter experts reviewed all of the Division's written policies and procedures related to the use of force, recommended changes where appropriate, and then evaluated policy changes made by the Division. The purpose of the review was to recommend that the Division implement use of force policies and procedures that were in line with current best practices. The following policies were designated by the Police Division for PERF review: - Standard Operating Procedure Manual: The Use of Deadly Force Investigation Team (UDFIT Manual) - GPO 1.1.22 Deadly Force Investigation Team (UDFIT) - GPO 1.3.16 Integrity Control Section Call-up Teams - GPO 2.1.01 Use of Force - GPO 2.1.02 Beanbag Shotguns - GPO 2.1.03 Firearm Discharge Investigations - GPO 2.1.04 Animal Incidents - GPO 2.1.05 Weapon Clearing Trap (Device used to safely clear weapons). - GPO 2.1.06 Taser - Electronic Control Device (ECD) The policy review and development process was conducted over a period beginning in January 2012 and concluding in September 2012. Working meetings were held with CDP officials to review existing policies, deliberate on potential use of force policy changes, review and discuss PERF's recommended changes, then review and formalize policy changes made by the CDP. The second phase of the study, which began in September of 2012, evaluated how the Division currently manages department processes that affect use of force practices, and the extent to which CDP has implemented use of force policies, procedures, directives and training. During this phase, PERF staff met with members of the CDP; subject matter experts evaluated the Division's use of force training, reporting, supervision, and investigations; and national law enforcement leaders facing similar challenges as in Cleveland were brought in to provide consultation for the Mayor and key appointees and the command staff of the Cleveland Division of Police. PERF's findings and recommendations are described in this report. The intended outcome of the study is to provide the Division with a roadmap to evaluate and strengthen (where necessary) how the Division controls and manages the use of force by officers. PERF performed the following tasks for the collection of information related to CDP's use of force issues: 1. An examination of existing policies related to police use of force. 2. Use of the following policy modification process - PERF made recommendations to revise existing use of force policies; those recommendations were reviewed by the CDP; the Division revised policies as they deemed appropriate; PERF performed a second review and commented on the modified policies; all input was used by the CDP to finalize changes to policies. 3. A review of a sample of use of use of force reports filed by Cleveland police officers. 4. An examination of a sample of internal investigation reports regarding the use of force. 5. Interviews with supervisory and command level personnel regarding use of force training, reporting, supervision, investigations and aftercare. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://archive.wkyc.com/assetpool/documents/130828031751_Use%20of%20Force%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 129787

Author: County of Los Angeles. Citizens' Commission on Jail Violence Title: Report of the Citizens' Commission on Jail Violence Summary: There has been a persistent pattern of unreasonable force in the Los Angeles County jails that dates back many years. Notwithstanding a litany of reports and recommendations to address the problem of violence in the County jails issued by multiple bodies over more than two decades, it was only recently that the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department ("LASD" or the "Department") began to implement changes that significantly reduced the level of force used by Deputy Sheriffs in the jails. Both the responsibility for, and the solutions to, the problem of excessive force in the County jails lies with the Department's leadership. Significantly, the Department failed to identify, monitor and address force problems until the Sheriff began to take action last year in the wake of a series of scathing reports, the glare of adverse publicity, actions by the County Board of Supervisors (the "Board") including creating the Citizens' Commission on Jail Violence (the "Commission" or "CCJV"), and a series of public hearings by both the Commission and the Board. As a result of the recent attention of the Sheriff and the reforms he instituted, the number of force incidents, and in particular Significant Force incidents, in the jails has dropped dramatically. Yet even with these recent reductions, troubling indicia of a force problem remain. Whether recent force reductions will be sustained over time when public attention recedes, and whether the entire Department is truly committed to the Sheriff's stated vision for the jails and the implementation of these reforms, remains to be seen. The Department provides a myriad of services and is a very complex organization with 17,000 sworn and non-sworn civilian employees. It patrols the unincorporated areas of one of the largest counties in the United States with a population of over 9.8 million, provides police services to over 40 cities in Los Angeles County plus unincorporated areas, operates the Los Angeles Regional Crime Laboratory, provides security for the courts throughout the County, and runs the largest jail system in the country. The jail system includes eight geographically distant facilities that house some of the most dangerous and violent inmates and rival gang members in the nation. In addition to operating the jails, the Department transports prisoners to and from the courts and runs the Custody facilities in the courts. The Los Angeles County jail system has been plagued by many problems over the years, from overcrowded and substandard jail conditions to allegations that deputies used excessive or unnecessary force on inmates and facilitated inmate on inmate violence. These problems have been the subject of numerous reports, starting with the Kolts Report in 1992, and detailed in periodic reports by Special Counsel Merrick Bobb and the Office of Independent Review ("OIR"). Last fall, the American Civil Liberties Union (the "ACLU") issued a scathing report entitled "Cruel and Unusual Punishment: How a Savage Gang of Deputies Control LA County Jails" detailing mounting concerns with violence in the jails. It was soon followed by a critical report from OIR, stating in no uncertain terms that "deputies sometimes use unnecessary force against inmates in the jails, to either exact punishment or to retaliate for something the inmate is perceived to have done" and expressed concern that "the times in which deputies 'get away' with using excessive force may be on the rise." At the same time, the Los Angeles Times published a series of articles recounting allegations of excessive force, a "code of silence" among Custody deputies, deputy misconduct in the jails, and the existence of an on-going federal criminal investigation into abuses in the jails. With a bright spotlight placed squarely on the Department and its jails, the Sheriff created a Commander Management Task Force ("CMTF" or the "Task Force") last fall to "[t]ransform the culture of our custody facilities into a safe and secure learning environment for staff and inmates, and provide a level of service and professionalism consistent with our Core Values." At the same time, the Board of Supervisors created this Commission with a mandate "to conduct a review of the nature, depth and cause of the problem of inappropriate deputy use of force in the jails, and to recommend corrective action as necessary."The Board also directed the Commission to "hold[] this Board and the Sheriff accountable for their speedy and effective implementation" of necessary reforms. Details: Los Angeles: The Commission, 2012. 205p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.lacounty.gov/files/CCJV-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Misconduct Shelf Number: 129784

Author: CNA Analysis & Solutions Title: Managing Large-Scale Security Events: A Planning Primer for Local Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: When law enforcement executives are tasked with managing a large event, they can maximize their efforts by learning from other agencies and adopting proven practices. Too often, however, past lessons learned are not documented in a clear and concise manner. To address this information gap, the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance worked in partnership with CNA to develop this planning primer. This planning primer synthesizes salient best practices pertaining to security planning for a large-scale event, specifically pre-event planning, core event operations, and post-event activities. The planning primer includes detailed information on 18 core operational areas that law enforcement executives can give to lead law enforcement planners as supplemental guidance. This guidance can be used as a foundation for coordinating area-specific operational plans and can be modified to accommodate event security requirements and existing protocols. Furthermore, supplementing each operational area presented in the planning primer are actionable templates, checklists, and key considerations designed to facilitate the planning process. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2013. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: https://www.cna.org/sites/default/files/research/Planning-Primer.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 129782

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Evaluating the Effectiveness of Correctional Education: A Meta-Analysis of Programs That Provide Education to Incarcerated Adults Summary: After conducting a comprehensive literature search, the authors undertook a meta-analysis to examine the association between correctional education and reductions in recidivism, improvements in employment after release from prison, and learning in math and in reading. Their findings support the premise that receiving correctional education while incarcerated reduces an individual's risk of recidivating. They also found that those receiving correctional education had improved odds of obtaining employment after release. The authors also examined the benefits of computer-assisted learning and compared the costs of prison education programs with the costs of reincarceration. Key Findings Correctional Education Improves Inmates' Outcomes after Release - Correctional education improves inmates' chances of not returning to prison. - Inmates who participate in correctional education programs had a 43 percent lower odds of recidivating than those who did not. This translates to a reduction in the risk of recidivating of 13 percentage points. - It may improve their chances of obtaining employment after release. The odds of obtaining employment post-release among inmates who participated in correctional education was 13 percent higher than the odds for those who did not participate in correctional education. - Inmates exposed to computer-assisted instruction learned slightly more in reading and substantially more in math in the same amount of instructional time. - Providing correctional education can be cost-effective when it comes to reducing recidivism. Recommendations - Further studies should be undertaken to identify the characteristics of effective programs in terms of curriculum, dosage, and quality. - Future studies should incorporate stronger research designs. - Funding grants would be useful in helping further the field, by enabling correctional educators to partner with researchers and evaluators to evaluate their programs. - A study registry of correctional education evaluations would help develop the evidence base in the field, to inform policy and programmatic decisionmaking. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR266.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 129781

Author: Prince, Kort Title: Minors in the Utah Adult Criminal Justice System. Retrospective Characteristic Study Summary: America's youth are facing an ever changing set of problems and barriers to successful lives. Many youth are imperiled by poverty, abuse, neglect, violence, lack of education, substance abuse and poor community resources. And with these barriers comes more crimes committed by juveniles along with more juveniles sentenced as adults for heinous crimes (Thigpen, Beauclair, Innes, & Halley, 2011). Approximately a quarter-million juveniles end up in the adult criminal justice system each year and they are more likely to have a higher recidivism rate than those juveniles who are kept in the juvenile justice system (Griffin, 2008). Youth who are transferred from the juvenile justice system to the adult criminal justice system are approximately 34% more likely than youth retained in the juvenile justice system to be re-arrested for violent or other crimes (Center for Disease Control Morbidity and Mortality Report, 2007). Before 1970, juvenile offenders transferred to the adult criminal justice system in most states were court-ordered on a case-by case basis. In the 1970s and 1980s, states began to gradually adopt direct file laws1 and mandatory waiver2 laws. In the late 1980s youth violence began to rise, and in 1994 hit an all-time high, resulting in states modifying their statutes. During this time, nearly every state lowered age and offense thresholds to facilitate transfers to the adult system. The number of states with mandatory laws during this time went from 20 states to 38. Prosecutorial discretion laws3 went from being present in 7 states to 15. Transfer law changes since 2000 have been less common by comparison. Rather, states have kept the modified laws in place despite significant decreases in juvenile violence since 1994. Instead, the trend of the states is generally a refusal to review the policies (Griffin, Addie, Adams, & Firestine, 2011). In spite of the fact that states made it easier to remove juvenile cases to the adult criminal justice system, judicial waiver4 rates decreased by 35% between 1994 and 2007 (Griffin, et al., 2011). The decline in the number of cases judicially waived after 1994 may be attributable to the large increase in the number of states that passed legislation excluding certain serious offenses from juvenile court jurisdiction and legislation permitting the prosecutor to file certain cases directly in criminal court (Puzzanchera, Adams, & Sickmund, 2010). There is a concern that the lack of individualized review and lack of recourse for the juvenile, which is inherent in these types of laws, may actually increase recidivism or at the very least not decrease it. Additionally, the harmful effects on a juvenile in the adult system may counteract the deterrence effect these statutes are supposed to achieve (Mulvey & Schubert, 2012). Juvenile justice systems were created to better meet the needs of juvenile offenders; understanding that, developmentally, juvenile offenders were much different than adult criminal offenders and services should to be tailored to meet those needs. The establishments of transfer laws, however, are contrary to this notion that juvenile offenders need different services than adult offenders if recidivism is going to be reduced. Numerous research studies have shown that adult criminal justice systems are not equipped to meet both the cognitive (e.g. ability to problem solve) and environmental (e.g. family dynamics) needs that youth offenders possess, and, furthermore, were never designed to serve juvenile offenders (Redding, 2008; Washburn, 2008; Steiner, & Wright, 2006; Woorland, 2005). Understanding that juveniles do in fact commit crimes that would normally be associated with adults (e.g. murder, rape) and may require more punitive punishments, it is equally important to understand that, to be successful in rehabilitating juveniles offenders, both justice systems need to be cognizant of the characteristics of their populations, what services have and have not been provided to juvenile offenders and what the impact transferring juveniles to the adult criminal justice system is having on recidivism. To gain a better understanding of the juvenile offender population in Utah, the Utah Division of Juvenile Justice (UDJJS) partnered with the University of Utah's Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) in FY13 to embark upon a retrospective study examining the characteristics (e.g. criminal history, gender, race, and recidivism) of juvenile offenders that enter the adult criminal justice system through either the Serious Youth Offender (SYO) or Certified Youth to the Adult System (CYAS). The purpose of this study is twofold: 1) to identify and examine any unique characteristics of this population and 2) to determine the type of UDJJS interventions these youth received before entering the adult criminal justice system as a minor. It has been understood from the onset of this study that courts and juvenile justice systems cannot eliminate all criminal behaviors; nonetheless, a retrospective look at the juvenile offenses, recidivism outcomes, and placement history variables might prove useful to guide future decision-making and reduce the number of youth entering the adult system. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/MIAS-Report9_5_2-13_forUCJC-Site.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 129966

Author: Hall, Jennie L. Title: Evaluation of Truancy Reduction Efforts in Utah Summary: Truancy is a legal term that refers to a pattern of unexcused absences from school by a minor over a certain period of time (Sutphen, Ford, & Flaherty, 2010). Individual states have developed laws that specify the age when a child must begin school, the age when they can legally drop out of school, and the number of unexcused absences allowed by law (NCSE, 2007). Once a student has exceeded the number of absences allowed under state law, they are considered �habitually truant.� Research has clearly identified an association between truancy and poor academic performance, low school attachment, delinquency, school expulsion and dropout, substance/drug use, and other problematic behaviors (Bell, Rosen, & Dynlacht, 1994; Maynard, McCrae, Pigott, & Kelly, 2012; Sutphen et al., 2010; Yeide & Kobrin, 2009). These problems can continue into adulthood, increasing the likelihood of adult criminality, drug and alcohol abuse, marital problems, violence, lower status occupations, unstable career patterns, and unemployment (Eastman, Cooney, O�Conner, & Small, 2007; Sutphen et al., 2010; Yeide & Kobrin, 2009). In 2009, over 50,000 truancy petitions were filed in juvenile courts throughout the United States (Puzzanchera, Adams, & Hockenberry, 2012). Although the degree of the problem undoubtedly varies by state, only a small portion of all truancy cases are referred to juvenile court and there is general consensus that these figures significantly under-represent the scope of the issue (Reimer & Dimock, 2005). For instance, in a recent study, researchers in Denver, Colorado found that only 2% to 4% of students who met the state�s criteria for habitual truancy were actually referred to juvenile court (MacGillivary & Erickson, 2006). Even if these results are atypical, this example highlights the limitations of relying solely on juvenile court referrals to measure the prevalence of truancy. Unfortunately, due to discrepancies in the definition of truancy and a lack of consistent record keeping by schools, there is no way to know the extent of the problem nationwide. Examination of the truancy issue is further confounded by state variations in how unexcused absences are defined (e.g., majority of the day vs. entire day, school excused vs. parent excused) and the number of absences required before a child is considered habitually truant (Yeide & Kobrin, 2009; NCSE, 2007). Despite the difficulty in defining and measuring habitual truancy on a national level, there has been a growing movement to understand the underlying causes of truancy and identify effective methods for reducing and preventing truancy. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/2013TruancyReport_final1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 129965

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Prisoner Reentry Initiatives: Review of the Literature and Reentry in Utah. Summary: Nearly seven million adult offenders were under some form of correctional supervision in the United States (U.S.) in 2011, compared to less than two million in 1980 (Glaze & Parks, 2012). More than 1.5 million of those were incarcerated in state or federal prison, which represents a fivefold increase in just three decades (Travis, 2008). Dramatic growth in the prison population is largely a function of criminal justice reforms that started in the mid-1970s as states moved away from indeterminate sentencing models, which were flexible, individualized, and operated under the discretion of judges and parole boards. Indeterminate models were replaced with policies intended to standardize criminal justice processes, including "truth-in-sentencing," three-strikes, and mandatory minimum sentencing legislation (Campbell, 2008). Simultaneously, in an attempt to "get tough" on crime, many jurisdictions reduced, or entirely eliminated, the practice of discretionary parole release. As a result of these changes, offenders now receive comparatively longer sentences, serve more of that sentence in prison, and are less frequently under parole supervision when they are released (Burke & Tonry, 2006; Petersilia, 2011). Sentencing reform has been identified as the primary force behind rising prison expenditures, which averaged more than $30,000 per inmate annually in 2010 (Henrichson & Delaney, 2012). Efforts to lower prison costs include reducing the number of people who are incarcerated, a strategy that is complicated by the high re-incarceration rates of released offenders (Petersilia, 2004; Taxman, 2009; Travis, 2005). Recommitment rates are fueled by use of "get tough" approaches in parole, which result in offenders being returned to prisons not only for new crimes but, more frequently, for violating the conditions of supervision (Burke & Tonry, 2006). In 2011, more than 600,000 inmates were released from state and federal facilities (Carson & Sabol, 2012). Anywhere from one-half to two-thirds of those individuals will be returned to prison within three years of release (Langan & Levin, 2002; The Pew Center for the States (PCS), 2011). Of the more than 500,000 inmates who exited parole supervision in 2011, one-third of inmates were re-incarcerated within twelve months and 65% of those were for a technical violation (Maruschak & Parks, 2012). There are a number of explanations for the frequency with which offenders are recommitted to institutions, including the collateral impacts of cycling between prison and parole. The majority of offenders enter prison with significant deficits in terms of social and financial capital (Petersilia, 2004; Raphael, 2011; Seiter & Kadela, 2003) and lengthy or repeated episodes of incarceration further disrupt community ties, social relationships, and employment (Wolff, Schi, & Schumann, 2012). When compared to the non-prison population, offenders have lower levels of education, less stable employment and housing histories, less social support, and higher levels of substance abuse (Lynch & Sabol, 2001; Visher, Yahner, & La Vigne, 2010). While the majority of prisons operate programs to address these deficits, budget constraints have limited inmates' access to services (Crayton & Neustetter, 2008; Mumola & Karberg, 2006; National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse (NCASA), 2010; Petersilia, 2003). Griffiths, Dandurand, and Murdoch (2007) argue that most offenders had never fully entered society prior to incarceration and conclude that, for many, the risk of recidivism will remain elevated until they "acquire the attitudes and behaviors that result in most people functioning productively in society" (p. 3). Rehabilitative approaches to crime prevention have been viewed with suspicion since Martinson's (1974) study, which appeared to demonstrate that corrections-based treatment programs did not work. And yet, the evidence clearly shows that criminal sanctions alone do not produce long-term behavioral change (Andrews & Bonta, 2010; Cullen & Gendreau, 2000; Stemen, 2007). In contrast, treatment-oriented interventions can have a significant, positive impact on recidivism (Andrews, Bonta, & Hoge, 1990; Aos, Phipps, Barnoski, & Lieb, 2001; MacKenzie, 2006). For example, substance abuse treatment, cognitive behavioral therapy, correctional education, and treatment-oriented intensive supervision are all associated with reduced rates of recidivism and overall cost savings (Aos et al., 2011; Aos, Miller, & Drake, 2006; Drake, Aos, & Miller, 2009; Lipsey, Landenberger, &Wilson, 2007). The combination of longer sentences and relatively limited rehabilitation services means that inmates exit prison with a risk of offending that is similar to, or even higher than, the risk when they were admitted (Petersilia, 2011). Ex-offenders have difficulty obtaining and maintaining employment and housing; they lack positive social support and community ties; and they struggle with substance abuse and mental illness (Gaynes, 2005; Visher et al., 2010). Compounding this situation are state and federal policies that restrict ex-offenders from certain types of employment and benefits programs, including public housing and welfare assistance (Visher, Palmer, & Roman, 2007). As a result, many offenders leave prison without the skills to lead a crime-free life and without access to resources and support to develop or maintain those skills. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/PrisonerReentry_final_090913.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 129964

Author: Paparazzo, John Title: Strategic Approaches to Preventing Multiple Casualty Violence: Report on the National Summit on Multiple Casualty Shootings. Summary: Immediately following the tragic shooting on July 20, 2012, at the Century movie theater in Aurora, Colorado, and in recognition of increased public alarm over multiple casualty violence in the United States, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) began partnering with the U.S. Department of Justice's (DOJ) Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) and the Johns Hopkins University, School of Education, Division of Public Safety Leadership (JHU-PSL), to bring together a cross-section of stakeholders from a variety of disciplines, including law enforcement, health care, law, social sciences, education, and academia, for the purpose of improving the nation's ability to prevent such incidents. The three partners worked over the next several months to plan and coordinate the National Summit on Multiple Casualty Shootings, held at the FLETC's headquarters in Glynco, Georgia, December 11-13, 2012. More than two dozen experts from multiple disciplines assembled in an effort to advance the safety and security of the nation's communities: educational institutions, workplaces, public venues, places of worship, recreational areas, etc. The summit goal was to bring together a cadre of leaders and subject-area authorities to develop and propose a national dialogue on multiple casualty violence and to create a path forward. During the preliminary meeting phase of the summit, the planners developed a set of definitions to serve as a framework for discussions about preventing multiple casualty violence. The FLETC, COPS Office, and JHU-PSL invited subject-matter experts from a wide range of disciplines to engage a cross-section of professions positioned to help facilitate the prevention of multiple casualty violence. Over the course of the three-day summit, these participants further refined and structured the national dialogue on multiple casualty violence and discussed, debated, and built consensus on potential strategies for preventing such incidents. Through careful examination of voluminous summit notes and documentation, summit partners synthesized definitions into a common framework and developed recommendations for future actions. These delineate the direction of future conversations and meetings on preventing multiple casualty violence. Summary of Summit Recommendations Summit recommendations fell into a framework comprising one set focused on what institutions, including governmental and non-governmental organizations, can do to improve the prevention of multiple casualty violence, and one set centered on improving prevention efforts pertaining to individual subjects: Institution-focused 1. Maintain a multidisciplinary focus on preventing escalation toward a violent act. 2. Identify and promote the use of interdisciplinary models designed to prevent multiple casualty incidents through threat assessment and intervention. 3. Develop a public service campaign with a focus on the identification and notification of potential threats to begin a cultural shift toward the acceptability of reporting. 4. Better educate health care practitioners; school administrators, faculty, and staff; and law enforcement professionals about the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), and the Privacy Act to alleviate misperceptions or perceived barriers to sharing information across disciplines. 5. Draft a model statute establishing affirmative requirements for pertinent professions to report bona fide indicators of potentially violent behavior. Details: Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: https://www.fletc.gov/sites/default/files/imported_files/publications/summits-on-preventing-multiple-causality-violence/e021311546_MultiCasualty-Violence_v508_05APR13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 129823

Author: Juvenile Law Center (Pennsylvania) Title: Lessons from Luzerne County: Promoting Fairness, Transparency and Accountability. Summary: In October 2009, in an unprecedented opinion, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court vacated former Luzerne County juvenile court judge Mark Ciavarella's adjudications of delinquency made between 2003 and May 2008. Just three months later, Special Master Arthur Grim ordered that all cases heard by former Judge Ciavarella were to be dismissed. In providing relief, the Supreme Court restored integrity to Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system and gave hope to youth who suffered enormous harm at the hands of corrupt judges. However, it was not just the judges who failed these youth; the system failed at numerous levels. District attorneys, public defenders, juvenile probation officers, the state Judicial Conduct Board, private attorneys and other court personnel--everyone connected to the juvenile justice system in Luzerne County failed these children. What safeguards, policies and methods of accountability permitted this toxic environment to flourish? How can we prevent another Luzerne tragedy? How can we make sure that Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system dispenses justice equally and with the same high standards in every county? This report aims to answer these questions, with the hope that legislators will recognize the systemic failures brought to light by the Luzerne County "kids-for-cash" scandal and enact measures to guarantee the rights of all children in Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system. The recommendations we propose are organized under six topic areas, each representing a chapter: -Ensuring Access to Counsel -Instituting Meaningful Appellate Review -Increasing Transparency and Accountability in the Juvenile Justice System -Reducing Referrals to the Juvenile Justice System -Ensuring Respectful and Appropriate Treatment of Youth in Detention or Placement and in Court -Reducing the Consequences of Juvenile Records Details: Philadelphia: JLC, 2013. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.jlc.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdfs/Lessons%20From%20Luzerne%20County%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 129821

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Realignment, Incarceration, and Crime Trends in California Summary: When California's historic public safety realignment was implemented in October 2011, many were concerned about the impact it would have on crime rates. In a 2013 report, we found that realignment did not increase violent crime in its first year, but that it did lead to an increase in auto thefts. In this report, we assess whether these trends continued beyond realignment's first year. We find that both the prison and jail populations increased slightly since 2012, which means that the number of offenders on the street did not rise from the 18,000 during realignment's first year. This is likely to change with the implementation of Proposition 47, which further reduces California's reliance on incarceration. Our analysis of updated state-level crime data from the FBI confirms our previous findings. Violent crime rates remain unaffected by realignment, and although California's property crime rate decreased in 2013, it did not drop more than in comparable states-so the auto theft gap that opened up in 2012 has not closed. Research indicates that further reductions in incarceration may have a greater effect on crime trends; the state needs to implement effective crime prevention strategies-and it can learn about alternatives to incarceration successfully implemented by the counties as well as other states. Details: Sacramento: Public Policy Institute of California, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_515MLR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 135791

Author: New Mexico Corrections Department Title: Reducing Recidivism, Cutting Costs and Improving Public Safety in the Incarceration and Supervision of Adult Offenders Summary: New Mexico is facing a growing prison population projected to exceed current capacity within the next decade. In FY11, New Mexico spent almost $300 million to house an average of 6,700 offenders and supervise another 18 thousand offenders each day. The New Mexico Corrections Department (NMCD) released 3,440 offenders from prison into the community that same year and if current trends continue, over half of these inmates will return to prison within five years. Although NMCD takes up a lesser amount of general fund compared with public education, the average cost per inmate in New Mexico was $34 thousand in FY10, whereas the average cost per public school student the same year was $7,300. Costs of offenders who recidivate are substantial and result in general expenses to taxpayers and specific expenses to victims. The average offender will have three trips to a NMCD facility. Therefore the citizens of New Mexico pay costs of arresting, prosecuting, housing, rehabilitating and supervising offenders many times over. Investments in programs for reducing recidivism and promoting rehabilitation and treatment, in addition to security, are vital in improving public safety and reducing costs. The state continues to make significant investments in such programs. The NMCD provides more than 40 programs within facilities and more than 30 providers conduct programs outside of NMCD facilities designed to facilitate reentry and reduce recidivism. According to the Pew Center on the States' Public Safety Performance Project, states that strategically improve release preparation and community supervision will see falling recidivism rates. Instead of falling, New Mexico's recidivism is on the rise. The NMCD has potential to reduce costs and improve public safety. However, the NMCD currently suffers from gaps in program oversight, ineffective use of resources, and patterns of inefficient spending. Programming is inadequately targeted or tracked, resulting in expansion of unproven programs and reductions in evidence-based programming. Programs available in the community for offenders on supervision lack adequate accountability, have limited resources for high-risk offenders, and are not measured for performance by the NMCD, the Behavioral Health Collaborative (BHC), or OptumHealth. As a result, contract funds are left unspent at OptumHealth for years at a time. Reduced programming, in turn, is partially responsible for the fact that 278 inmates are serving parole inside prison. Significant opportunities exist to improve the incarceration and supervision of offenders in New Mexico. The NMCD has recognized many of these and have started working on improving reentry and use of evidence based programs before this report was issued. As a part of this evaluation, the LFC has partnered with Results First, a project of the Pew Center on the States and the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, to implement a cost-benefit model that has the potential to be a key tool in strategic budget development. This report includes initial results from that model along with recommendations to improve assessment, management, and allocation of NMCD resources with a focus on development and expansion of evidence-based programs. If implemented, these recommendations will provide the tools needed to properly assess programs, result in cost-savings for the NMCD, and result in improved public safety outcomes. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Corrections Department, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Report #12-07: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://www.nmlegis.gov/lcs/handouts/BHS%20101812%20NM%20Corrections%20Department%20LFC%20Program%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 128720

Author: Ben-Moshe, Liat Title: Genealogies of Resistance to Incarceration: Abolition Politics within Deinstitutionalization and Anti-Prison activism in the U.S. Summary: "Genealogies of resistance to incarceration: Abolition politics within de-institutionalization and anti- prison activism in the U.S." looks at two main sites in which abolition of "total institutions" is enacted. The first site is activism around penal and prison abolition. The second site is deinstitutionalization- the move to close down institutions for people labeled "mentally retarded" (or intellectual/developmental disabilities) and "mental illness" (or psychiatric disabilities). My goals in this study are twofold and interrelated. First, I investigate abolition or closure of institutions as a radical form of activism and sketch the costs and benefits of engaging in abolition as an activist tactic. I highlight the limits of reform efforts, but also the way they are used strategically to improve the lives of those who are incarcerated. My second aim is to demonstrate the interwoven relations between multiple sites of incarceration and the resistance to them. I begin by sketching an alternative historiography of prisons and institutions in an attempt to paint some of the perils of these systems that were present from their inception. These landscapes of incarceration are also mapped out in both historical and ideological ways. The phenomenon of psychiatric and developmental disabilities centers closing and then turning into prisons will be highlighted as a parable of the cyclical nature of social control. I also connect prisons and mental institutions by demonstrating the ways in which such institutions shifted from being rehabilitating to custodial; were (and are) embedded in notions of danger; were created for economic gain; and were influenced by increased medicalization, as well as racist and eugenic impetuses that mark them to this day. One of the contributions of my research is in the utilization of Michel Foucault's work not only theoretically, but also methodologically. Genealogies interrogate truth claiming, notions of (scientific) progress, and the discovery of one universal truth, and provide means to extrapolate buried histories of ideas and actions that have been discarded and discredited. As part of this genealogical excavation, I critically investigate instances of possibility, both in deinstitutionalization as a tactic, a dream and its unfulfilled promises and in relation to current prison abolition work and the vision of non-punitive society. During and in the aftermath of the move out of institutions, many critiques were laid out by policy makers, academics, and organizations that cater to people with disabilities. In the popular imagination these staunch criticisms have led to a backlash toward what can be characterized as "the failure of deinstitutionalization." Part of this genealogy is devoted to investigating the chasm between activists' perception of the process of institutional closure and that of their critics. As part of such excavation, I also offer an analysis of the ways in which disability, mental illness and prisoners have been constructed in the social sciences (what Foucault characterizes as erudite knowledge), as well as the ways in which these characterizations are resisted, enacted or performed by prison abolition and de-institutionalization activists. I particularly highlight the critiques of the social world offered by those engaging in deinstitutionalization and prison abolition (about disability/mental illness/mental retardation, concepts of home and community, dependence, crime and punishment, social control, social justice etc.). Genealogy also encompasses the excavation of subjugated knowledges, in the Foucauldian sense as both buried histories -the story of the enactment of prisons and institutions told by the activists who wish to abolish them; and disqualified knowledge- disability studies, anti psychiatry scholarship and critical prison studies as forms of knowledge that are deemed non-scientific and illegitimate. Lastly, this work maps the various ways one fights against total institutions and target the instances in which abolition is seen as a useful strategy. In sum, I trace the costs and benefits of utilizing abolition as a strategy of resistance to incarceration, for the activists, for perceptions of them and their work in the public discourse and for their prospective goals. This research also attends to the various ways in which abolitionary practices are combined with others (such as reform efforts) and the social or political constraints that moved movements and activists from one strategy to the other in the winding road towards a non-carceral society. Details: Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University, Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs, 2011. 410p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 27, 2015 at: http://surface.syr.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1070&context=soc_etd Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Abolitionism Shelf Number: 129830

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Parole, Re-incarceration, and Desistance: Utah Parolees Summary: The current study complements the earlier literature review and survey of Utah reentry practices and is comprised of two parts. Part I provides a quantitative description for a cohort of Utah parolees, describing their demographic backgrounds, criminal history, and programmatic factors that predict parole violations and new criminal offenses. Part II, based on interviews with 50 Utah parolees, is a qualitative analysis of offenders' experience returning to the community after release from prison. In particular, the qualitative portion of the study explores parolees' perceptions of those things that foster and inhibit reintegration after incarceration. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Reentry_Yr2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 135793

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Evaluation of the Chronic Homeless Services and Housing (CHSH) Project Summary: National estimates indicate that 10-20% of all homeless individuals in the United States (U.S.) are chronically homeless (McCarty, 2005; United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, 2014). The 2013 Utah Homeless Point-In-Time Count identified 495 chronically homeless persons, comprising three percent of the total homeless population in the state (Wrathall, Day, Ferguson, Hernandez, Ainscough, Steadman, et al., 2013). Chronically homeless individuals often have a variety of health and social needs that must be addressed, in addition to housing, in order to improve their long-term outcomes. As part of the Point-in-Time Count/100,000 Homes Campaign, 678 homeless individuals were surveyed in Salt Lake County in January, 2013; of those, nearly half (42%) were classified as medically vulnerable, including 122 who had tri-morbid health or mental health conditions (Wrathall et al., 2013). Kraybill and Zerger (2003) found that at the service delivery level, the most effective programs for homeless persons emphasized the provision of integrated care through interdisciplinary teams typically made up of medical, mental health, substance use, and social service providers. In September of 2011, The Road Home received funding through a Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) grant to develop, implement, and evaluate the Chronic Homeless Services and Housing (CHSH) project over the course of a three year period. The CHSH project was designed to fill existing gaps by providing resources and building relationships at the point of client contact, utilizing an interdisciplinary outreach team to deliver services and staying close to the client at every point during the housing process. The goal of the CHSH project is to use a Housing First approach to stably house chronically homeless individuals who have been the most challenging to engage, have a history of substance abuse and/or mental illness, and who have never been housed or who have previous, unsuccessful housing placements. The Housing First model is defined as an intervention in which housing resources are provided with no requirement or contingencies (e.g., abstinence or employment). When compared to treatment first housing programs, Housing First programs, implemented with chronically homeless persons who have co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse, are associated with higher housing rates, increased residential stability, and fewer days of homelessness (Tsemberis, Gulcur, & Nakae, 2004; Padgett, Gulcur, & Tsemberis, 2006). The CHSH project is based on a Housing First philosophy implemented in the form of a modified Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) team. This interdisciplinary service delivery model is intended to provide long-term, comprehensive medical, social, and mental health support to clients with severe mental illness in order to keep them housed and in the community. ACT teams meet daily to monitor client change and provide intensive and frequent outreach to clients (Tsembris, 2010). When compared to standard case management, chronically homeless adults with severe mental illness who receive ACT (or similar) services demonstrate better outcomes with respect to decreased homelessness, decreased severity of psychiatric symptoms, and higher self-reported quality of life (Coldwell & Bender, 2007; Gilmer, Stefancic, Eitner, Manning, & Tsembris, 2010). The combination of a Housing First philosophy and ACT-type service delivery for homeless persons who are mentally ill is associated with fewer days of homelessness and reduced contact with the criminal justice system and emergency medical services (Nelson, Aubry, & LaFrance, 2007) as well as increased residential stability and less depression and anxiety (Young, Barrett, Engelhardt, & Moore, 2014). The Road Home identified the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) as the evaluation partner of the CHSH project on the SAMHSA grant. The data collection, performance measurement, and performance assessment is comprised of two parts: (1) tracking the CHSH project's ongoing efforts to develop, expand, and implement collaborative, evidence-based services for the chronically homeless, and (2) tracking client characteristics, interventions, and outcomes. The first portion of the CHSH evaluation, addressing program implementation, has been documented extensively in previous reports (http://ucjc.utah.edu/homeless-2/chsh) and will not be discussed in the current report. The second part of the CHSH evaluation involves tracking client characteristics, interventions, and outcomes in order to answer the following research questions: 1. Who does the program serve? (Profile of clients, including demographics, homelessness, criminal history, substance abuse, mental health, treatment history, etc.) 2. What is CHSH providing to clients? (Profile of services utilized during CHSH participation, including housing, case management, substance abuse and mental health treatment, benefit enrollment (e.g., food stamps, general assistance) and support services) 3. Is CHSH succeeding? (Measures include: clients placed in housing, housing retention, enrollment in benefit programs, access to substance abuse and mental health treatment, use of emergency medical services, contact with the criminal justice system, etc.) 4. Who has the best outcomes in CHSH? (Analysis of client characteristics by program outcomes: housing placements and retention, substance abuse and mental health treatment, criminal justice contact, use of emergency medical services, etc.) 5. What barriers exist for clients who do not reach desired outcomes? (Profile of barriers that clients experience throughout enrollment in CHSH) Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/CHSH-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 135794

Author: Worwood, Erin B. Title: Evaluation of Early Case Resolution (ECR): Final Report Summary: Early Case Resolution (ECR) Court pilot program was developed as a systemic approach to address challenges faced by the criminal justice system in Utah through a collaborative partnership of state and local agencies. By identifying lower level cases that were eligible for expedited processing, ECR Court aimed to: (1) increase the speed of processing for all cases filed in Third District Court; (2) provide the 'same justice sooner'; (3) provide criminal defendants with appropriate sentences and treatment services; and (4) reduce recidivism rates. Results from this three-year study of ECR Court indicate that: 1.Case processing time was decreased for criminal cases in Third District Court as a result of ECR and the procedural changes that accompanied its implementation. 2.ECR cases received differential sentences for similar types of crime, rather than the 'same justice sooner'. Even after controlling for group differences, ECR cases received more lenient sentences (e.g., lower supervision level, shorter probation length, fewer jail days) than non-ECR cases. 3.Although not lower risk on the LSI-R alcohol and drug domain, fewer ECR cases were ordered to complete substance use disorder (SUD)-related services at sentencing. The same trend was also observed at defendants' first post-sentencing hearings for non-compliance, where fewer ECR cases were ordered to complete SUD-related services, even though they were not less likely to have committed a drug or alcohol violation. 4.Although typically sentenced to shorter probation terms, ECR cases were more likely to be terminated unsuccessfully from probation and were terminated more quickly than non-ECR cases. ECR cases also recidivated more quickly and more often than non-ECR cases; however, the relationship between ECR participation and greater recidivism was reduced for some outcomes when risk to recidivate (as measured by the LSI-R) was included in the predictive model. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/ECR_FinalReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 135796

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: The FBI Story Summary: For the FBI and its partners, 2012 was a year that reminded us once again of the seriousness of the security threats facing our nation. During the year, extremists plotted to attack-unsuccessfully, thanks to the work of our Joint Terrorism Task Forces-the U.S. Capitol, the New York Federal Reserve Bank, and other landmarks on U.S. soil. Tragically, on the 11th anniversary of 9/11, a hateful attack in Benghazi took the lives of the U.S. Ambassador to Libya and three other Americans. In the cyber realm, a rising tide of hackers took electronic aim at global cyber infrastructure, causing untold damages. High-dollar white-collar crimes of all kinds also continued to siphon significant sums from the pocketbooks of consumers. And in Newtown, Connecticut, 20 young children and six adults lost their lives in one of the worst mass shootings in American history, ending a year of violence that saw similar tragedies around the country. Working with its colleagues around the globe, the FBI is committed to taking a leadership role in protecting the nation. As you can see from this book-an annual compilation of stories from the FBI's public website that provides a snapshot of Bureau milestones, activities, and accomplishments-we used the full range of our intelligence, investigative, and operational skills to address major threats during the year. We helped avert terrorist attacks and derail terrorist supporters, put cyber criminals and fraudsters behind bars, and dismantled violent gangs and organized crime groups. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2012. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/fbi-story/fbistory2012.pdf/view Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 129962

Author: Rosales, Agustin Title: Design Practices and Products for Deterring Copper Wire Theft Summary: Recent copper wire thefts throughout the state have had a serious impact on the operations of Caltrans� electrical infrastructure, including roadway lighting, changeable message signs, ramp meters and vehicle detection systems. District maintenance forces have not been able to keep up with the wire theft and other damages, and the damage to the infrastructure has negatively impacted the safety, operational and management capabilities of the districts. Caltrans has allocated approximately $50 million to wire theft repairs since the department began tracking this effort. When repairs are made, Caltrans tries to employ methods that will deter future wire theft at that site, such as burying pull boxes, installing theft-deterrent pull box covers, and using aluminum conductors (which have less value to thieves). Caltrans is interested in investigating new methods for deterring wire theft. To aid in this effort, this Preliminary Investigation aims to identify strategies used by other state DOTs to deter wire theft, as well as methods used by other industries (power utilities, railroads) that may be applicable to Caltrans� infrastructure. Deterring copper wire theft is a multifaceted initiative. While this Preliminary Investigation focuses on design practices and products that DOTs can implement directly, a November 2011 Preliminary Investigation, �Laws to Prevent Metal Theft and Recycling of Stolen Metals,� summarized key provisions of state statutes regarding metal theft across the country (see ttp://www.dot.ca.gov/newtech/researchreports/preliminary_investigations/docs/recycling_of_stolen_met als_pi_11-1-11.pdf). Details: San Francisco: Caltrans Division of Research and Innovation, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2015 at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/research/researchreports/preliminary_investigations/docs/copper_theft_pi.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Copper Theft Shelf Number: 129995

Author: Polaris Project Title: Sex Trafficking in the U.S.: A Closer Look at U.S. Citizen Victims Summary: Sex Trafficking in the U.S.: A Closer Look at U.S. Citizen Victims provides crucial insight into the realities of sex trafficking in the U.S. based largely on experiences reported by U.S. citizen survivors. The issue brief highlights key aspects of the U.S. sex trafficking industry, including how U.S. citizen victims are recruited and controlled, the relationships between victims and traffickers, common venues where sex trafficking occurs, and survivors' level of access to opportunities for assistance. The brief, based on information reported to the National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC) hotline and Polaris's BeFree Textline in 2014, illustrates the variety of situations that victims face in rural, suburban, and urban communities across the country. The information contained in the brief is based on data collected from 1,611 sex trafficking cases reported to the National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC) hotline and the BeFree Textline in 2014 involving U.S. citizens and legal permanent residents, as well as a deeper analysis of 292 survivor accounts who directly contacted the NHTRC or BeFree. This information was supplemented with data from 141 U.S. citizen sex trafficking survivors who received direct services from Polaris between 2011 and 2014. By amplifying the voices of these survivors, we are taking steps to better understand the variety of ways traffickers operate and the comprehensive services victims require to rebuild their lives. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 29, 2015 at: http://www.polarisproject.org/storage/us-citizen-sex-trafficking.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 135798

Author: Joh, Elizabeth E. Title: Should Arrestee DNA Databases Extend to Misdemeanors? Summary: The collection of DNA samples from felony arrestees will likely be adopted by many more states after the Supreme Court's 2013 decision in Maryland v. King. At the time of the decision, 28 states and the federal government already had arrestee DNA collection statutes in places. Nevada became the 29th state to collect DNA from arrestees in May 2013, and several others have bills under consideration. The federal government also encourages those states without arrestee DNA collection laws to enact them with the aid of federal grants. Should states collect DNA from misdemeanor arrestees as well? This article considers the as yet largely unrealized but nevertheless important potential expansion of arrestee DNA databases. Details: Davis, CA: UC Davis School of Law, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Davis Legal Studies Research Paper No. 406 : Accessed May 29, 2015 at: Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 135802

Author: Witherspoon, Pernell Title: Police Body Cameras in Missouri: Good or Bad Policy? An Academic Viewpoint Seen Through the Lens of a Former Law Enforcement Official Summary: After the fatal shooting of an African American teenager in Ferguson, Missouri on August 9, 2014, various police departments are exploring the use of body cameras. With tensions high, it is hopeful that body worn camera policies will be based on sound research and that appropriate measures are made to achieve optimum effectiveness. The author of this writing, a former law enforcement official and current academic, presents some challenges that police administrators will need to address toward body camera implementation. Because racism is difficult to accurately measure and police are historically reluctant to provide genuine feedback for researchers, the author introduces hypothetical, but realistic, phenomena for Missouri law enforcement leaders to assess. This writing raises questions to who is attracted to or being chosen for the police profession. While difficult and perhaps impossible to prove because of hidden factors, conservatism and lack of college education might be correlated to an officer's judgment toward delivering equitable treatment to all citizens. Thus, some officers might be motivated to undermine any new policies that hinder their autonomy in policing? The author's personal experiences are laid out to acknowledge the complexities behind introducing new policies based on knee jerk reactions if self-assessments within departments are not first drawn out. Details: St. Charles, MO: Lindenwood University, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Number 2 (Summer/Fall 2014) Missouri Policy Journal : Accessed May 29, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2538932 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 135803

Author: Blair, Lesli Title: Juvenile Drug Courts: A Process, Outcome, and Impact Evaluation Summary: This bulletin provides an overview of an Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention-sponsored evaluation of drug court intervention programs, their processes, and key outcome features. The authors evaluated nine juvenile drug courts from three regions nationwide, assessing the relative effect of each court and the courts' combined effectiveness in reducing recidivism and improving youth's social functioning. Some of the authors' key findings follow below. - Seven of nine sites saw higher rates of new referrals for drug court youth when compared with youth on traditional probation, and six of nine sites saw higher rates of new adjudications for drug court youth when compared with youth on traditional probation. - Only one of nine sites evidenced significant reductions for both new referrals and new adjudications. These positive outcomes may be due to the referral agencies providing treatment on the court's behalf adhering more closely to evidence-based practices. - Many of the juvenile drug courts were not adequately assessing their clients for risk, needs, and barriers to treatment success. - Juvenile drug courts in general were not adhering to evidence-based practices. Only two of the nine courts performed well in the process evaluation that measured adherence to evidence-based correctional treatment practices, and only one court's referral agencies performed well in the process evaluation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin, 2015: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248406.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 135806

Author: Charles, Christopher A.D. Title: The Entrepreneurial Experiences of a Jamaican Posse in the South Bronx Summary: This chapter extends the prior research on gang members as entrepreneurs and in particular seeks to understand the members of the Peyton Place Posse as entrepreneurs in the illegal narcotics market, as they pursued their quest to achieve the American Dream. Specifically, we explore the reasons for Posse members entering the illicit drug market and review their successes and failures in pursuit of capital accumulation. We begin with a synopsis of strain theory, and how gangs operate in the illegal drug market. The foregoing is followed by a brief discussion of the characteristics of the Bronx, NY. Next, we present a synopsis of the Peyton Place Posse. Finally, we use strain theory to explain the Posse's entrepreneurial experiences and outcomes in the illegal narcotics market. Details: Kingston, Jamaica: University of the West Indies; Bronx, NY: Monroe College, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2372179 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 135807

Author: Bueche, James K., Jr. Title: Adult Offender Recidivism Rates: How effective in Pre-Release and Vocational Educational Programming and What Demographic Factors Contribute to an Offenders Return to Prison Summary: The primary purpose of this study was to determine if the Louisiana Department of Public Safety and Corrections' 100 hour pre-release program and vocational education had a significant impact on offender recidivism. Additionally, a model of predicating offender recidivism using demographic data was another aspect of the study. Offenders in the study were 404 offenders who completed the pre-release program, 404 offenders who completed vocational education and 808 offenders who composed the control group. All offenders were released from prison in the year of 2010, and if they returned to prison between their release and December 31, 2013, they were considered to have been a recidivist for the purpose of the study. The effectiveness of the 100 hour pre-release and vocational education was conducted using SPSS with the chi-square test for program significance. Based on the test, neither program was found to have a significant impact on recidivism. However, when examining percentages of return to prison between the three groups, vocational education offenders performed the best and offenders who completed the 100 hour pre-release program had the highest percentage of offenders returning to prison. The ability to develop a predictive model for recidivism utilizing select demographic factors was attempted using SPSS with the Binary Logistical Regression analysis. The demographic factors used were age, sex, race, marital status and education. A predictive model was unable to be established with this population. However, when looking at the population, being a male or a young offender was found to be predictors that were significantly tied with offender recidivism as individual characteristics. Based on the body of research and the findings of the study, recommendations concerning the 100 hour pre-release program and vocational education suggest these programs need additional components of cognitive development training and community supports to show a greater impact on recidivism. Also, the creation of a reliable and valid risk model based on the total offender population is necessary. By implementing effective programs and having the correct offenders entering these programs, a reduction in recidivism may be more significant. Details: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://etd.lsu.edu/docs/available/etd-07022014-161114/unrestricted/Bueche_diss.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135809

Author: Ortiz, Natalie Rose Title: The Gendering of Criminal Stigma: An Experiment Testing the Effects of Race/Ethnicity and Incarceration on Women's Entry-Level Job Prospects Summary: Over the past 40 years, the rate at which women are incarcerated has increased dramatically. Of the 111,000-plus female inmates currently in prison, most will be returned to the community and reenter the labor market. Despite its significance in prisoner reentry and in how ex-offenders remain crime-free, previous research finds that employers are unwilling to hire employees with a criminal record. Moreover, Pager (2003) and Pager, Western, and Bonikowski (2009) found that White job applicants with a prison record were more likely to be interviewed or hired than Black or Hispanic applicants without a record. These troubling findings regarding the effect of race/ethnicity, however, are from research that focuses on men's employment. Given the already low job prospects of ex-prisoners makes it more difficult for women with a prison record to find employment, who also face labor market barriers on account of their race/ethnicity and gender. This dissertation research uses two audit methods with an experimental design to examine the independent and interaction effects of race/ethnicity and incarceration on the likelihood women job applicants will advance through the hiring process. Job applications were submitted online and in-person. The effect of race/ethnicity varied by the method used to apply for jobs. When applying for jobs online, Black women had lower odds of employment than White women. Hispanic women, however, had higher odds of employment than White women when food service jobs were applied for in-person. The effect of a prison record was significant in both experiments; the effect was direct online, but conditioned by ethnicity in-person. Hispanic women with a prison record were less likely than White women with a prison record to advance through the hiring process. The results point to the importance of understanding how women are disadvantaged by incarceration and how mass incarceration contributes to racial/ethnic inequality through its effect in the labor market. Several recommendations follow for future research and policies concerning prisoner reentry and the use of criminal record information by employers. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2014. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/134904/content/Ortiz_asu_0010E_13792.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 135810

Author: Chuang, Janie A. Title: Exploitation Creep and the Unmaking of Human Trafficking Law Summary: The U.S. government has been promoting a greatly expanded legal definition and policy understanding of the problem of human trafficking. Through doctrinal and discursive conflation, it has recast (1) forced labor as trafficking, and (2) trafficking as "slavery." The aggregate effect of these moves is a doctrinally problematic "exploitation creep" that creates two possible trajectories for the anti-trafficking movement. The first favors crime-control-focused approaches that seek ex post perpetrator accountability and victim protection. The second - favored here - targets structural vulnerability to trafficking through strengthened labor frameworks, providing long-overdue substance to States' obligations to prevent trafficking under international law. Details: Washington, DC: American University - Washington College of Law, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: American University, WCL Research Paper No. 2014-49: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://www.upf.edu/gredtiss/_pdf/2013-LLRNConf_Chuang.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 129963

Author: Hyatt, Jordan Title: The Impact of Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy on the Recidivism of High Risk Probationers: Results from a Randomized Trial Summary: Community corrections are being used with increasing regularity for the supervision and management of serious and violent offenders. Attempts to increase the frequency and severity of conditions of supervision have not resulted in meaningful decreases in crime rates among this population. Some encouraging results, however, have been observed when a treatment component is integrated into supervision protocols. This dissertation first examines the theories and current research that inform this shift in strategies. Secondly, we evaluate for the first time, a cognitive-behavioral therapy intervention developed to reduce recidivism within a high-risk, male probation population. This dissertation begins with a review and synthesis of the literature, both in criminology and psychology, regarding the development of cognitive-behavioral techniques designed to reduce recidivism. Next, the unique characteristic of the intervention being evaluated are set out in Chapter 3. The logistics and characteristics of the randomized trial itself are discussed in Chapter 4. This section includes an overview of the risk forecasting procedures used to identify the experimental sample and the randomization scheme employed. In the following section, the impact of the cognitive-behavioral intervention delivered in Philadelphia is evaluated. Using techniques standard within experimental research, a significant reduction in the prevalence of non-violent offending and some forms of drug use are identified. An instrumental variable analysis is then used to better specify effect sizes in light of relatively high treatment dilution. Finally, implications for future research and public policy are discussed in Chapter 6. After 12 months, there were some significant and meaningful differences within the measures of prevalence of offending. Fewer offenders assigned to the treatment group (33.9%) than control (40.5%) were charged with an offense of any kind (p=.041). Therefore, assignment to the Life Skills program caused a 7.5% decrease in the number of offenders committing non-violent crimes. Significant reductions were also noted in the proportion of urinalysis screenings that were positive for PCP and time-to-failure for non-violent offending. Using randomization as an instrumental variable to compensate for treatment dilution, the reduction in the prevalence of non-violent offending was estimated at 18.8%. This research contributes to the broader literature by reinforcing the hypothesis that an integrated treatment-control supervision strategy is a viable approach for probation agencies seeking to both increase levels of control and reduce recidivism. Specifically, the results reported here represent the first, randomized outcome evaluations of an innovative form of cognitive-behavioral therapy with that specific goal. Secondly, the integration of these findings into the literature using meta-analytic techniques may better inform our understanding of the actual effects and promises of community-based recidivism-reduction programming. Finally, the innovations in experimental design and implementation developed during this project may serve as both an inspiration and a caution for other experimental criminologists. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2013. 246p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1802&context=edissertations Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Shelf Number: 135811

Author: Soldz, Stephen Title: All the President's Psychologists: The American Psychological Association's Secret Complicity with the White House and US Intelligence Community in Support of the CIA's Summary: When considering the analysis presented here, it is important to be mindful of the fundamental principles that define and inform the behavior of all health professionals and professional associations. A profession is characterized by a specialized body of knowledge applied in the service of the individual patient and society. It is incumbent upon a profession to disseminate and expand such knowledge, to abide by codes of ethics worthy of the designation of "profession," including the responsibility to self regulate. The APA is the largest association of professional psychologists in the United States, and, indeed, the world. As such it plays a major role in setting standards for psychological research, practice, and education. Those standards are a primary mechanism that international standards for health professionals, including such international instruments as the Convention against Torture, become integrated into the practice and standards of US psychologists. Further, APA's standards and positions exert influence on psychological professionals and associations around the world. The APA lobbies on behalf of funding for psychological research and practice, credentials graduate training programs and internships, and is responsible to protect the interests of psychology as a profession. The APA created and periodically revises a code of ethics that governs the ethical behavior of members and is integrated into or forms the basis of most state licensing requirements for psychologists. That code, like that of other health professions, is based on principles of avoiding harm and improving people's lives. These principles undergird the basis of trust in the profession necessary for psychologists being able to help people with some of the most difficult and intimate of life's problems. Federal regulations require that professional psychologists in the employ of the US government, including those in the military, be licensed by a state and follow the state's ethics code. The APA's complicity in the CIA torture program, by allowing psychologists to administer and calibrate permitted harm, undermines the fundamental ethical standards of the profession. If not carefully understood and rejected by the profession, this may portend a fundamental shift in the profession's relationship with the people it serves. Details: s.l., 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: https://www.transcend.org/tms/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/All-The-Presidents-Psychologists-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 135812

Author: Silva, Fabiana Title: Evaluation of the Insight Prison Project Summary: � The Insight Prison Project (IPP) is a nonprofit community-based organization committed to the design and implementation of rehabilitative programs tested within San Quentin State Prison ... California�s oldest and best-known correctional institution. � IPP programs are designed for incarcerated populations to develop insight and awareness about their emotions, behaviors, and motivations; practice new skills; and integrate these new skills into all aspects of their lives in order to correct entrenched negative behavioral patterns. � This study suggests that longer participation in IPP programming is associated with the desired cognitive behavioral outcomes. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: NCCD Focus: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/insight-prison-project.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Programs Shelf Number: 135828

Author: McDaniel, Dustin S. Title: No Escape: Exposure to Toxic Coal Waste at State Correctional Institution Fayette Summary: A 12-month investigation into the health impact of exposure to toxic coal waste on the prisoner population at State Correctional Institution (SCI) Fayette has uncovered an alarming rate of serious health problems. Surrounded by "about 40 million tons of waste, two coal slurry ponds, and millions of cubic yards of coal combustion waste," SCI Fayette is inescapably situated in the midst of a massive toxic waste dump.2 Over the past year, more and more prisoners have reported declining health, revealing a pattern of symptomatic clusters consistent with exposure to toxic coal waste: respiratory, throat and sinus conditions; skin irritation and rashes; gastrointestinal tract problems; pre-cancerous growths and cancer; thyroid disorders; other symptoms such as eye irritation, blurred vision, headaches, dizziness, hair loss, weight loss, fatigue, and loss of mental focus and concentration. The Human Rights Coalition (HRC), Center for Coalfield Justice (CCJ), and the Abolitionist Law Center (ALC) launched this investigation in August 2013. The investigation is not only ongoing, but also is expanding, as HRC and ALC continue to document reports of adverse health symptoms and environmental pollution, interview current and former prisoners at SCI Fayette, and conduct research. No Escape describes the preliminary findings from our investigation into the declining health of prisoners at SCI Fayette while providing context about the toxic environment surrounding the prison. Our investigation found: - More than 81% of responding prisoners (61/75) reported respiratory, throat, and sinus conditions, including shortness of breath, chronic coughing, sinus infections, lung infections, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, extreme swelling of the throat, as well as sores, cysts, and tumors in the nose, mouth, and throat. - 68% (51/75) of responding prisoners experienced gastrointestinal problems, including heart burn, stomach pains, diarrhea, ulcers, ulcerative colitis, bloody stools, and vomiting. - 52% (39/75) reported experiencing adverse skin conditions, including painful rashes, hives, cysts, and abscesses. - 12% (9/75) of prisoners reported either being diagnosed with a thyroid disorder at SCI Fayette, or having existing thyroid problems exacerbated after transfer to the prison. - Eleven prisoners died from cancer at SCI Fayette between January of 2010 and December of 2013. Another six prisoners have reported being diagnosed with cancer at SCI Fayette, and a further eight report undiagnosed tumors and lumps. Unlike reports of health problems from prisoners at other Pennsylvania Department of Corrections (PADOC) prisons, most SCI Fayette prisoners discuss symptoms and illnesses that did not emerge until they arrived at SCI Fayette. The patterns of illnesses described in this report, coupled with the prison being geographically enveloped by a toxic coal waste site, point to a hidden health crisis impacting a captive and vulnerable population. Our investigation leads us to believe that the declining health of prisoners at SCI Fayette is indeed caused by the toxic environment surrounding the prison; however, the inherent limitations of the survey do not establish this belief at an empirical level. A substantial mobilization of resources for continued investigation will be required to confirm the relationship between prisoner health and pollution from coal refuse and ash. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Abolitionist Law Center, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: https://abolitionistlawcenter.files.wordpress.com/2014/09/no-escape-3-3mb.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 135829

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: New York City Department of Investigation Report on the Recruiting and Hiring Process for New York City Correction Officers Summary: Department of Investigation (DOI) Commissioner Mark G. Peters today issued a comprehensive review of the Department of Correction's (DOC) hiring process for correction officers at Rikers Island, uncovering a deeply flawed system in which more than a third of officers were hired despite numerous corruption and safety hazards, including multiple prior arrests and convictions, prior associations with gang members, or relationships with inmates. Equally troubling, the Applicant Investigation Unit (AIU), responsible for screening potential recruits, relied on antiquated and haphazardly filed paper personnel documents and had little to no access to software necessary to perform basic background and credit checks. As a result, DOC has already replaced both its Director and Deputy Commissioner responsible for oversight of the AIU and responsible for the hiring of the applicants DOI reviewed, assigned additional staff to the screening process and committed to an aggressive set of reforms in this area. DOI Commissioner Mark G. Peters said, "DOI's latest investigation on Rikers Island exposes a shockingly inadequate screening system, which has led to the hiring of many officers that are underqualified and unfit for duty. Applicants with a history of violence or gang affiliations should not be patrolling our jails. Positions as law enforcement officers demand better. We are pleased DOC has listened to our recommendations and is taking the necessary steps, after a decade of neglect, to strengthen its recruitment to attract candidates with only the highest talent and character." DOC Commissioner Joseph Ponte said, "Improving staff recruitment, training and retention is a key part of my agenda of meaningful reform. My earliest actions as commissioner included providing new leadership for our staff recruiting and training operations. We have subsequently made significant changes to the Applicant Investigation Unit, including many based on recommendations from the DOI. Because at the end of the day, our performance is only as strong as the men and women who fill the posts that keep our facilities operating 24/7." This report is another piece of DOI's ongoing investigation into criminal activity and civil disorder at Rikers Island. As part of the probe, which began in early 2014, investigators spent over 200 hours interviewing staff, conducting site visits, and reviewing over 75,000 documents related to the hiring process. Details: New York: New York City Department of Investigation, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/s3.documentcloud.org/documents/1502818/new-york-city-department-of-investigation-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 135830

Author: U.S. President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing Title: Interim report of The President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing Summary: Trust between law enforcement agencies and the people they protect and serve is essential in a democracy. It is key to the stability of our communities, the integrity of our criminal justice system, and the safe and effective delivery of policing services. In light of the recent events that have exposed rifts in the relationships between local police and the communities they protect and serve, on December 18, 2014, President Barack Obama signed an Executive Order establishing the Task Force on 21st Century Policing. In establishing the task force, the President spoke of the distrust that exists between too many police departments and too many communities - the sense that in a country where our basic principle is equality under the law, too many individuals, particularly young people of color, do not feel as if they are being treated fairly. "When any part of the American family does not feel like it is being treated fairly, that's a problem for all of us," said the President. "It's not just a problem for some. It's not just a problem for a particular community or a particular demographic. It means that we are not as strong as a country as we can be. And when applied to the criminal justice system, it means we're not as effective in fighting crime as we could be." These remarks underpin the philosophical foundation for the Task Force on 21st Century Policing: to build trust between citizens and their peace officers so that all components of a community are treating one another fairly and justly and are invested in maintaining public safety in an atmosphere of mutual respect. Decades of research and practice tell us that the public cares as much about how police interact with them as they care about the outcomes that legal actions produce. People are more likely to obey the law when they believe those who are enforcing it have the right - the legitimate authority - to tell them what to do. Building trust and legitimacy, therefore, is not just a policing issue. It involves all components of the criminal justice system and is inextricably bound to bedrock issues affecting the community such as poverty, education, and public health. The mission of the task force was to examine how to foster strong, collaborative relationships between local law enforcement and the communities they protect and to make recommendations to the President on how policing practices can promote effective crime reduction while building public trust. The president selected members of the task force based on their ability to contribute to its mission because of their relevant perspective, experience, or subject matter expertise in policing, law enforcement and community relations, civil rights, and civil liberties. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/taskforce/interim_tf_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 135831

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Juvenile Reinvestment in Alabama: Analysis and Policy Framework Summary: This report summarizes comprehensive analyses of sentencing, corrections, probation, and parole data presented to Alabama's Prison Reform Task Force. It outlines strategies and policy options to reduce the prison population and recidivism in the state by strengthening community-based supervision and treatment, prioritizing prison space for violent and dangerous offenders, and providing supervision to every person released from prison. The report also offers strategies for supporting victims of crime through improved victim notification. If implemented, the report's suggested policies would reinvest $26 million in recidivism reduction strategies in FY2016 and avert $407 million in prison construction and operations costs by FY2021 Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2015 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/JRinAlabamaPoliciesandFramework.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135832

Author: Heller, Sara Title: Thinking, Fast and Slow? Some Field Experiments to Reduce Crime and Dropout in Chicago Summary: This paper describes how automatic behavior can drive disparities in youth outcomes like delinquency and dropout. We suggest that people often respond to situations without conscious deliberation. While generally adaptive, these automatic responses are sometimes deployed in situations where they are ill-suited. Although this is equally true for all youths, disadvantaged youths face greater situational variability. This increases the likelihood that automaticity will lead to negative outcomes. This hypothesis suggests that interventions that reduce automaticity can lead to positive outcomes for disadvantaged youths. We test this hypothesis by presenting the results of three large-scale randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of interventions carried out on the south and west sides of Chicago that seek to improve the outcomes of low-income youth by teaching them to be less automatic. Two of our RCTs test a program called Becoming a Man (BAM) developed by Chicago-area non-profit Youth Guidance; the first, carried out in 2009-10, shows participation improved schooling outcomes and reduced violent-crime arrests by 44%, while the second RCT in 2013-14 showed participation reduced overall arrests by 31%. The third RCT was carried out in the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center (JTDC) in 2009-11 and shows reductions in return rates of 22%. We also present results from various survey measures suggesting the results do not appear to be due to changes in mechanisms like emotional intelligence or self-control. On the other hand results from some decision-making exercises we carried out seem to support reduced automaticity as a key mechanism. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 21178: Accessed June 1, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21178.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 135835

Author: Hong, Harrison Title: Crime, Punishment and the Halo Effect of Corporate Social Responsibility Summary: Three reasons are often cited for the value of corporate social responsibility: product quality signalling, delegated giving, and the halo effect. Previous tests cannot separate these channels because they focus on consumers, who value all three. We focus on prosecutors, who are only susceptible to the halo effect. Using Foreign Corrupt Practices Act enforcements, we find that social responsibility is associated with 2 million dollars less in fines, though it is uncorrelated with bribe characteristics and cooperation, which should entirely determine sanctions following Becker (1974). We show that this bias is likely a halo effect and not prosecutorial conflict of interest. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 21215: Accessed June 1, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 135837

Author: Andersen, Virginia Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis of Implementing the SPIn Risk Assessment Tool at the Point of Release for Illinois Prisoners Summary: This cost-benefit analysis examines the Illinois Department of Corrections' risk assessment system for offenders leaving prison and being put on Mandatory Supervised Release. The scenario the authors modeled indicates that the implementation of the risk assessment will produce from $95.4 million to $235.3 million in net benefits over five years. They find a reduction in the rate of recidivism and monetized the decline, which accounts for net benefits over the years. Details: Madison, WI: Robert M. La Follette School of Public Affairs, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: La Follette School Working Paper No. 2015-003: Accessed June 1, 2015 at: http://www.lafollette.wisc.edu/images/publications/workingpapers/cba2015-003.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 135836

Author: Males, Mike Title: The Plummeting Arrest Rates of California's Children Summary: A new research report by CJCJ's Mike Males documents a pronounced decline in arrests of California's children over the past 30 years. The absence of specific, statewide policy aimed at reducing the arrest of children, coupled with favorable trends in youth issues suggest the decrease in childhood arrests may reflect a real decrease in child crime, rather than a shift in arrest practices. Key findings: - In 1978, nearly 14,000 children under age 12 were arrested, 4,400 of whom were under age 10. But in 2013, with a pre-teen population 40 percent larger, arrests for children under 12 fell to 1,394, and arrests of children under 10 fell to 219 - leading to a 92 percent drop in arrest rates. - Forty-seven of the 58 counties (including all major ones) experienced dramatic drops in child arrests between 1980 and 2013. In Los Angeles County, the number of arrests of children under 10 dropped from 485 to 17; in Fresno County, from 132 to four; and in Alameda 321 to six. - The decline in youth arrests is in striking contrast to arrests of older ages: While people under age 25 experienced large declines in felony arrests, those ages 25-29 saw a modest increase, and those ages 30 and older saw large increases. - A supplemental report reveals one exceptions to California's decline in child arrests: Stockton, which along with the city of San Bernardino allows school district officers to arrest students and have arrest rates 24 times higher than the rest of California. Stockton, with one percent of California's youth under age 10, now accounts for 26 percent of the state's arrests of children that age. The dramatic and sustained declines in child arrests, combined with other positive youth outcomes, provide California the opportunity to research what lies behind the trends, adjust youth crime forecasts, and reexamine investments in new juvenile facilities. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/final_child_crime_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 135845

Author: Sacco, Lisa N. Title: The Violence Against Women Act: Overview, Legislation, and Federal Funding Summary: The Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) has been of ongoing interest to Congress since its enactment in 1994 (P.L. 103-322). The original act was intended to change attitudes toward domestic violence, foster awareness of domestic violence, improve services and provisions for victims, and revise the manner in which the criminal justice system responds to domestic violence and sex crimes. The legislation created new programs within the Departments of Justice (DOJ) and Health and Human Services (HHS) that aimed to reduce domestic violence and improve response to and recovery from domestic violence incidents. VAWA primarily addresses certain types of violent crime through grant programs to state, tribal, and local governments; nonprofit organizations; and universities. VAWA programs target the crimes of intimate partner violence, dating violence, sexual assault, and stalking. In 1995, the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW) was created administratively within DOJ to administer federal grants authorized under VAWA. In 2002, Congress codified the OVW as a separate office within DOJ. Since its creation, the OVW has awarded more than $6 billion in grants. While the OVW administers the majority of VAWA authorized grants, other federal agencies, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (in HHS) and the Office of Justice Programs (in DOJ), also manage VAWA grants. Since its passage in 1994, VAWA has been modified and reauthorized several times. In 2000, Congress reauthorized the programs under VAWA, enhanced federal domestic violence and stalking penalties, added protections for abused foreign nationals, and created programs for elderly and disabled women. In 2005, Congress again reauthorized VAWA. In addition to reauthorizing the programs under VAWA, the legislation enhanced penalties for repeat stalking offenders; added additional protections for battered and/or trafficked foreign nationals; created programs for sexual assault victims and American Indian victims of domestic violence and related crimes; and created programs designed to improve the public health response to domestic violence. In February 2013, Congress passed legislation (Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013; P.L. 113-4) that reauthorized most of the programs under VAWA, among other things. The VAWA reauthorization also amended and authorized appropriations for the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000, enhanced measures to combat trafficking in persons, and amended some VAWA grant purpose areas to include sex trafficking. Moreover, VAWA 2013 gave Indian tribes authority to enforce domestic violence laws and related crimes against non-Indian individuals, and established a nondiscrimination provision for VAWA grant programs. The reauthorization also included new provisions to address the rape kit backlog in states. A description of the reauthorization is provided in this report. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: R42499: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42499.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 135852

Author: Ikerd, Trent Title: Making Police Reforms Endure: The Keys For Success Summary: Making Police Reforms Endure: The Keys for Success presents a framework that other police departments can use and test in their efforts to institutionalize police reforms. The points put forth are based on findings in the authors' 2007 study of problem-oriented policing in the Charlotte-Mecklenburg (North Carolina) Police Department, but have general applicability to various police reforms such as problem-oriented policing, community policing, and accountability measures. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p176-pub.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135853

Author: Walker, Kate Title: Ending the Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: A call for multi-system collaboration in California Summary: Within the United States, California has emerged as a magnet for commercial sexual exploitation ("CSE") of children ("CSEC"). The FBI has determined that three of the nation's thirteen High Intensity Child Prostitution areas are located in California: the San Francisco, Los Angeles, and San Diego metropolitan areas. Child sex trafficking, child pornography, and child sex tourism are all forms of CSEC. Frequently, victims are exploited through more than one form of abuse, and they cycle through the stages of exploitation many times before they are able to leave their exploitative relationships. To address this problem, California must develop a comprehensive and collaborative response to ensure CSE victims are identified and receive the services they need to overcome trauma and live healthy, productive lives. The children who fall prey to exploiters are frequently those with prior involvement with the child welfare system, such as through child abuse report investigations and placement in foster care. Other victims should have received Child Welfare services and protections but never gained access to the system, and are instead treated like criminals and funneled into the juvenile justice system. Details: Sacramento: California Child Welfare Council, 2013. 100. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.chhs.ca.gov/CWCDOC/Ending%20CSEC%20-%20A%20Call%20for%20Multi-System%20Collaboration%20in%20CA%20-%20February%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 130001

Author: Simon, Thomas R. Title: Changing Course: Preventing Youth From Joining Gangs Summary: The consequences of gangs - and the burden they place on the law enforcement and public health systems in our communities - are significant. People who work in the fields of public health and public safety know that efforts to address the problem after kids have already joined gangs are not enough. To realize a significant and lasting reduction in youth gang activity, we must prevent young people from joining gangs in the first place. Here are some things we know from the research: -The large majority of kids who join a gang do so at a very early age - between 11 and 15 years old. -Joining a gang is part of a life course; therefore, it is important to understand the risk factors for children starting at birth. -Strong families are a major protective factor in preventing kids from joining gangs. -Very early prevention efforts - including programs focusing on low-income pregnant mothers and families with young children - show promising results. -Communities - not just classrooms - should be regarded as a valuable resource for reaching kids at risk of joining gangs. -Girls join gangs in large numbers; therefore, some prevention efforts should address gender-specific concerns. NIJ and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) formed a partnership to publish a book, Changing Course: Preventing Gang Membership. Written by some of the nation's top criminal justice and public health researchers, Changing Course offers evidence-based principles that can halt the cascading impact of gangs on youth, families, neighborhoods and society at large. The goal of the book (and a separate executive summary publication) is to help policymakers who make decisions about the best use of taxpayer dollars - and practitioners who work in the trenches, such as law enforcement officers, teachers and community services providers - understand what the research says about keeping kids out of gangs. Each chapter includes an In the Spotlight section, which highlights interviews with practitioners who describe their personal experiences. Each chapter also includes a discussion of policy implications. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2013. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/239234.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 130002

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: The Criminon Program Evaluation: Phase I Summary: In 1972, Criminon, a prison rehabilitation program, was established in New Zealand. Soon thereafter, it was implemented in prisons, juvenile detention centers, court facilities, and community organizations throughout the United States. The Criminon program is based upon techniques developed by L. Ron Hubbard, founder of the Church of Scientology. The content of Criminon, however, is entirely secular, and is offered via two delivery modes: on-site courses and correspondence courses. The program consists of a series of modules that are intended to assist prisoners in understanding the impact of various influences in their environment, the consequences of past choices, and how to make better choices in the future (Criminon International, 2005). To date, Criminon has been delivered in either on-site or correspondence form to over 2,500 prisons in 17 countries worldwide. More than 10,000 prisoners have completed the program and 7,000 are currently enrolled in the program (Criminon International, 2005). In March 2005, the Association for Better Living and Education (ABLE International), the nonprofit organization that administers Criminon and other social betterment programs, contracted with the Urban Institute to conduct a process and impact evaluation of the on-site version of the Criminon program. The first phase of this evaluation is to: (1) describe the content and delivery of the Criminon curriculum; (2) review the research literature regarding �best practices� in prisoner rehabilitative programming; (3) conduct site visits to existing Criminon programs; and (4) assess the extent to which Criminon is consistent with what prior research suggests are likely to be the most effective approaches to the positive behavioral reform of prisoners. This report is presented in five parts. We begin with an in-depth overview of the four core Criminon on-site course modules: (1) Communications, (2) Learning Skills for Life, (3) The Way to Happiness, and (4) Recognizing and Overcoming Antisocial Behavior. We describe the content, delivery mode, purpose, and expected outcomes for each course. Following these course descriptions, we outline how instructors are trained as well as the guidelines instructors follow for delivering the course curriculum. The second section of this report is a logic model of the core Criminon curriculum developed from the Criminon course materials and other documents and information about the program provided to us by ABLE International. The logic model provides a description of the theory and logic behind the program design, program curricula, project goals, and expected outcomes. The third and fourth sections provide brief descriptions of complementary course offerings that are sometimes combined with Criminon�s core modules, as well as descriptions based on site observations of four programs offered throughout the country that partner with Criminon. The fifth section provides a review of the evaluation literature on prisoner rehabilitation programs, focusing specifically on programs that address common deficits found in prisoner populations, such as cognitive-behavioral skills, life skills, and the development of moral values and restoration of self-esteem. This section describes in-prison rehabilitation programs that have been found to have a positive impact on the development of pro-social behaviors and reduced recidivism, categorized across five broad areas: cognitive-behavioral skills, Moral Reconation Therapy (MRT), Reasoning and Rehabilitation (R&R), life skills, and general correctional program evaluations. The report concludes with a description of the elements of Criminon that are consistent with promising rehabilitation strategies identified through prior research. The results of this report will help identify areas of the curriculum that are likely to achieve the goals of transforming prisoners into confident, ethical, and law-abiding members of society. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2006. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.criminon.org/studies/urban_institute_phase1.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 129970

Author: Gallagher, Brittany E. Title: Science and Sustainability Programs in Prisons: Assessing the Effects of Participation on Inmates Summary: This paper examines the effects of participating in prison-based science and sustainability programs on inmates. Washington's Sustainability in Prisons Project (SPP) hosts environmental and conservation work programs that incorporate elements shown by previous research to inspire positive changes in inmate attitudes. Many of these changes are associated with reductions in recidivism, including educational and vocational training, therapeutic benefits, and opportunities to contribute to the outside community. Participants in a statewide survey of inmates (n=293) included those with nine sustainability-related job types and a control group with non-sustainability-related jobs. Dunlap et al.'s (2000) New Ecological Paradigm Scale was used to assess environmental attitudes. An original "Life & Work" questionnaire assessed attitudes on pursuing education, work satisfaction, skill development, interpersonal relationships, outlook for the future, and health. Results from the Washington Department of Corrections (WDOC) Offender Needs Assessment were also examined for changes over time by participant job type. Questionnaire results show that offenders whose jobs involved more education/training, work with living things, and opportunities to contribute to the community tended to score higher on the NEP, indicating that these elements are associated with more pro-environmental attitudes. As pro-environmental attitudes are correlated with pro-social attitudes (Bamberg & Moser 2007; Hines et al. 1987), SPP and WDOC might consider incorporating more of these elements into other work programs. Details: Olympia, WA: Evergreen State College, 2013. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://www.doc.wa.gov/aboutdoc/measuresstatistics/docs/gallagher_bmesthesis2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 129972

Author: Engel, Robin S. Title: Evaluation of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV) Summary: From 1991 to 2000, Cincinnati averaged 41.3 homicides per year, a relatively low per capita rate compared to other large Ohio and regional cities. From 2001 to 2006, however, the city averaged 73.3 homicides per year, representing a 300% increase in homicides and culminating in a modern-day high of 89 homicides in 2006 (Engel et al., 2008). Through systematic research with front-line law enforcement officers, a vivid picture of a hyperactive offender population in Cincinnati was revealed: Approximately 0.3% of the city's population, with prior records averaging 35 charges apiece, were members of violent groups in 2007. Further analyses revealed that these violent groups were associated with three-quarters of the city's homicides during a one year period (Engel et al., 2009). Historically, there have been very few highly organized, intergenerational gangs with national affiliations in Cincinnati. Rather, the violent crime problem in Cincinnati is associated with loosely-knit social networks of individuals that hang together on the street and promote violence as a means of handling conflict (Engel et al., 2008; Engel and Dunham, 2009). These are the type of episodic groups and gangs that are typical in most mid-sized urban centers, and are quickly spreading to suburban and rural areas (Howell, 2007). This report provides a brief overview of the Cincinnati Initiative to Reduce Violence (CIRV), and an empirical evaluation of its impact on group/gang-related violence in Cincinnati. This evaluation provides an overall assessment, and relies on quantitative data provided by the Cincinnati Police Department (CPD), Community Police Partnering Center (CPPC), Cincinnati Human Relations Commission (CHRC), Talbert House, and Cincinnati Works. The research presented in this report provides an initial evaluation of the initiative as a whole. Previous reports (Engel et al. 2008, 2009) more thoroughly document the detailed processes of the initiative, while future reports will examine the individual contributions of various strategies in more depth. The initial findings documented within this report demonstrate a statistically significant 35% reduction in group/gang-related homicides, and a 21.3% decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings in Cincinnati that corresponds directly with the implementation of CIRV. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, Policing Institute, 2010. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/CIRV__Evaluation_Report_2010_FINAL.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence (Cincinnati) Shelf Number: 135854

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: Protect, Heal, Thrive: Lessons Learned from the Defending Childhood Demonstration Program Summary: In order to address the high prevalence of children's exposure to violence, eight sites around the country were selected by the Department of Justice for the Defending Childhood Demonstration Program. This national initiative aims: 1) to prevent children's exposure to violence; 2) to mitigate the negative impact of such exposure when it does occur; and 3) to develop knowledge and spread awareness about children's exposure to violence, both within and beyond the chosen pilot sites. The eight demonstration sites were tasked with developing and implementing comprehensive strategies that could include both universal and targeted prevention programs; case management and treatment interventions for children who had been exposed to violence; community awareness and education; and professional training designed to increase the knowledge of children's exposure to violence, trauma-informed care, and the use of proven evidence-based or promising treatment practices. Part of the evaluation of the Defending Childhood Demonstration Program, this report is a cross-site synthesis of implementation strategies, lessons learned, and promising practices in six of the eight sites: Boston, MA; Chippewa Cree Tribe, Rocky Boy's Reservation, MT; Cuyahoga County, OH; Grand Forks, ND; Rosebud Sioux Tribe, SD; and Shelby County, TN. This mixed-method study included three primary data collection methods: 1) multiple site visits involving interviews with key stakeholders and observations of meetings or events at each site; 2) quarterly site implementation reports tracking quantitative program outputs; and 3) document review of important planning documents, program records, and other materials. The Defending Childhood sites made decisions about their strategies using their own needs assessments; discussions among their collaborative bodies; and informal evaluations of implementation feasibility. Program models vary greatly by site; however, general themes and lessons emerged as all of the sites worked to tackle children's exposure to violence. Based on the identified findings and lessons, this report provides 58 distinct recommendations, which sub-divide into recommendations for: (1) other jurisdictions, (2) tribal sites, (3) funders, (4) technical assistance providers, and (5) evaluators who may be studying similar initiatives. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248882.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 135856

Author: Rahr, Sue Title: From Warriors to Guardians: Recommitting American Police Culture to Democratic Ideals Summary: Despite two decades of aspiring to effective community policing, American law enforcement seems to have drifted off the course of building close community ties toward creating a safe distance from community members, in some cases substituting equipment and technology as the preferred means of gathering information about crime and addressing threats to public safety. In some communities, the friendly neighborhood beat cop - community guardian - has been replaced with the urban warrior, trained for battle and equipped with the accouterments and weaponry of modern warfare. Armed with sophisticated technology to mine data about crime trends, officers can lose sight of the value of building close community ties. Largely stripped of a nuanced understanding of how communities operate, crime tracking and crime prediction software minimizes the utility of hard-earned intelligence provided by line officers who know their beats. After all, one's ability to glean meaning from algorithms is only as good as its sourcing: the accumulated body of knowledge of officers who have come to understand that there are few "straight lines" in policing - that (sometimes visceral) person-to- person contact is typically not well-suited to statistical models. Most law enforcement leaders recognize that creating stronger human connections and community engagement will lead to improved public safety and more effective crime fighting. So how do we build the foundation of trust necessary to form a true partnership between the police and the people we serve? The research tells us that, despite three decades of falling crime rates - and improved training, technology and tactics - public trust in the police has not improved. Instead, empirical assessments of trust and confidence in the police have remained generally unchanged in recent years. It turns out that people don't care as much about crime rates as they do about how they are treated by the police. This phenomenon, known in academic circles as procedural justice, is regularly practiced and understood by effective and respected beat officers. The public knows it when they see it. But neither has likely heard of or used the term. Both beat officers and members of the public would describe procedural justice in action as being a good cop and doing the right thing. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed June 3, 3015 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/content/download/76023/1708385/version/1/file/WarriorstoGuardians.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135859

Author: Dunham, Jessica R. Title: Coming Home to Stay: Final Evaluation Report Summary: With the increase in the number of individuals returning home after incarceration, the need for successful transitioning is even greater. A myriad of agencies exists in San Diego County to assist ex-offenders as they reintegrate back into the community. Coming Home to Stay (CHTS) is a program aimed at linking ex-offenders to available services in their community and supporting them and their families with this transition. CHTS, in collaboration with local foundations, is focused on improving the health of both ex-offenders and the community through an integrated service delivery system involving the offender, family members, community, and other local providers and support entities. Through funding from the Jacobs Foundation, CHTS will offer ex-offenders returning to the Central Region of the county a variety of services by coordinating multiple support agencies. The Applied Research Division of SANDAG will conduct both a process and impact evaluation of the project. Information, including feedback about the program from family members, participants, and staff, will be gathered and analyzed to determine if participants are receiving needed services and if stated outcomes, including a reduction in recidivism, are achieved. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1759_16107.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 135860

Author: Burke, Cynthia Title: Smart Probation: A Study of the San Diego County Probation Department's Application of Evidence-Based Practices Summary: The passage of Assembly Bill 109 (AB 109), also known as Public Safety Realignment California, shifted the supervision, housing, and rehabilitation of certain offenders (whose most recent conviction was for a nonviolent and non-serious offense) from state prison and parole to local jurisdictions. In response to this monumental change in the criminal justice system, San Diego County created a realignment plan that was structured around Evidence-Based Practices (EBP). In support of this commitment to EBP, the San Diego County Probation Department applied for, and was awarded, a Smart Probation grant from the Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance in September 2012 to support continued implementation of evidence-based supervision to ensure fidelity to its EBP-based model. The grant funded a supervisor-level EBP peer coach and mentor to work with supervisors and line staff in the Post Release Offender (PRO) division. The following are the four primary project goals implemented through the Smart grant: 1. Support EBP leadership capacity in the PRO Division management team. 2. Implement a supervision model. 3. Provide access to appropriate intervention services. 4. Collaborate with justice partners to improve the criminal justice system. To assist Probation in measuring its adoption of EBP in the PRO Division, the Criminal Justice Research Division of SANDAG was contracted to evaluate how effectively and to what extent Probation implemented the four project goals. REPORT HIGHLIGHTS - Supervising Probation Officers (SPOs) and Deputy Probation Officers (DPOs) in Probation's PRO Division who participated in focus groups viewed Probation's EBP as the standard operating procedure, but noted that IBIS and EBP training have made it more formalized. - EBP was viewed by SPOs and DPOs as effective for supervising most offenders. Offenders with severe mental health issues or criminogenic traits were the exception. - A review of the COMPAS assessments revealed that almost nine in ten offenders had been assessed. On average, there were fewer than three discrepancies per case and even fewer discrepancies in more recent assessments. - An assessment of how well offender case plans were done indicated that information regarding the offender's greatest needs was included and offenders were generally included in the goal-setting process. - Incentives and sanctions most often included verbal accolades, revocation, and verbal warnings. Sixty percent of PRCS offenders received a flash incarceration, a one to ten day custody sanction for a probation violation. - Average ratings of DPO's use of IBIS during interactions with offenders suggest that POs are implementing these skills with proficiency. - Based on survey results, offenders reported positive feelings regarding the relationship with their DPO. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1951_19203.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 134249

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: City of San Diego CALGRIP Project: Evaluation Report Summary: In 2007, California launched a statewide initiative to support a comprehensive approach to reduce gang violence. The California Gang Reduction Intervention and Prevention (CalGRIP) program pooled together state and federal dollars to fund prevention, intervention, and suppression activities through the state. In 2008, the San Diego Police Department in partnership with the San Diego Commission on Gang Prevention and Intervention was successful in their submission of a CalGRIP grant application. The purpose of the project was to implement a continuum of services from prevention to suppression in communities with high rates of gang violence. As one of the partners in this endeavor, the Criminal Justice Research Division of SANDAG was tasked with documenting the outcomes of the project. Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2011. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1577_12940.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 135861

Author: U.S. Law Enforcement Equipment Working Group Title: Recommendations Pursuant to Executive Order 13688: Federal Support for Local Law Enforcement Equipment Working Group Summary: On January 16, 2015, President Barack Obama issued Executive Order 13688, "Federal Support for Local Law Enforcement Equipment Acquisition" (EO), to identify actions that can improve Federal support for the appropriate use, acquisition, and transfer of controlled equipment by State, local, and Tribal law enforcement agencies (LEAs). The EO established a Federal interagency Law Enforcement Equipment Working Group, which consulted with stakeholders and deliberated to develop the recommendations described in this report. - Establishment of Federal Government‐wide Prohibited Equipment Lists. The Prohibited Equipment List identifies categories of equipment that LEAs will not be able to acquire via transfer from Federal agencies or purchase using Federally‐provided funds (e.g., Tracked Armored Vehicles, Bayonets, Grenade Launchers, Large Caliber Weapons and Ammunition). The Prohibited Equipment List will take effect upon transmission of the recommendations to the President. - Establishment of Federal Government‐wide Controlled Equipment Lists. The Controlled Equipment List identifies categories of equipment (e.g., Wheeled Armored or Tactical Vehicles, Specialized Firearms and Ammunition, Explosives and Pyrotechnics, Riot Equipment) that LEAs, other than those solely serving schools with grades ranging from kindergarten through grade 12, may acquire if they provide additional information, certifications, and assurances. While inclusion on these lists would not preclude an LEA from using other funds for such acquisitions, the Working Group's report urges LEAs to give careful consideration to the appropriateness of acquiring such equipment for their communities. - Harmonization of Federal Acquisition Processes. All Federal equipment acquisition programs must require LEAs that apply for controlled equipment to provide mandatory information in their application, including a detailed justification with a clear and persuasive explanation of the need for the controlled equipment, the availability of the requested controlled equipment to LEA in its inventory or through other means, certifications that appropriate protocols and training requirements have been adopted, evidence of the civilian governing body's review and approval or concurrence of the LEA's acquisition of the requested controlled equipment, and whether the LEA has been or is in violation of civil rights and other statutes, regulations, or programmatic terms. Ongoing coordination among the various Federal agencies will ensure that a uniform process is in place to assess the adequacy of the justification in each application. - Required Protocols and Training for LEAs that Acquire Controlled Equipment. LEAs that acquire controlled equipment through Federal resources must adopt General Policing Standards, including community policing, constitutional policing, and community input and impact principles. LEAs also must adopt Specific Controlled Equipment Standards on the appropriate use, supervision, evaluation, accountability, transparency, and operation of controlled equipment. LEAs must train its personnel on General Policing and Specific Controlled Equipment Standards on an annual basis. - Required Information Collection and Retention for Controlled Equipment Use in Significant Incidents. LEAs must collect and retain certain information when the LEA uses controlled equipment in operations or actions that are deemed to be Significant Incidents. LEAs also must collect and retain information when allegations of unlawful or inappropriate police actions involving the use of controlled equipment trigger a Federal compliance review of the LEA. Upon request, the LEA must provide a copy of this information to the Federal agency that supplied the equipment/funds. This information also should be made available to the community the LEA serves in accordance with the LEAs applicable policies and protocols. - Approval for Third‐Party Transfers or Sales. LEAs must receive approval from the Federal agency that supplied the funds or equipment before selling or transferring controlled equipment. Third‐party LEAs acquiring controlled equipment must provide to the Federal Government the same information, certifications, and assurances that were required of selling/transferring LEAs. Sales or transfers to non‐LEAs are restricted to certain types of controlled equipment that do not pose a great risk of danger or harm to the community if acquired by non‐LEAs. - Increase Federal Government Oversight and Compliance. The Federal Government will expand its monitoring and compliance capabilities to ensure that LEAs acquiring controlled equipment adhere to protocols, training, information collection and retention, and other requirements proposed by the recommendations this report. Additionally, the Federal Government will create a permanent interagency working group to, among other things, evaluate the Controlled and Prohibited Equipment Lists for additions and deletions, track controlled equipment purchased with Federal resources, develop Government‐wide criteria for evaluating applications and conducting compliance reviews, and sharing information on sanctions and violations by LEA applicants. The United States Digital Service will assist Federal agencies in the creation of a database that tracks information about controlled equipment acquired through Federal programs. These recommendations, if accepted and approved by the President, will be implemented by the beginning of Fiscal Year 2016 (October 1, 2015); the Prohibited Equipment List will take effect upon transmission of the recommendations to the President. The recommendations on protocols, training, acquisitions, and transfers and sales to third parties apply to all items on the Controlled Equipment List and are triggered when an LEA acquires controlled equipment using Federal resources beginning in Fiscal Year 2016. Within 45 days after the President receives these recommendations, Federal agencies will meet with stakeholders to further discuss the specifics of the recommendations and receive feedback on the potential approaches to implementing them. By the end of Fiscal Year 2015, Federal agencies will provide an update to the President on the progress of implementing the recommendations and any additional recommendations, suggestions, or clarifications to be considered based on stakeholder feedback. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/le_equipment_wg_final_report_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Equipment Shelf Number: 135862

Author: Utah. Legislative Auditor General Title: A Performance Audit of Inmate High School Education Summary: Our office was asked to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of inmate high school education programs in Utah's jails and prisons. Educational services are provided by the adult education program of the school district where an inmate is incarcerated. Programs include adult high school completion (AHSC), adult basic education (ABE), and English for speakers of other languages (ESOL). In 2011, 21 local school districts provided educational services to 5,268 inmate students in 23 jails and 2 state prisons. The Utah State Office of Education (USOE) administers the adult education programs, including tracking student demographics, contact hours, and outcomes on a compute-based information system. Inmate High School Education Costs Were about $5.4 Million in 2011. This chapter identifies the cost of educating inmate students. There are two primary revenue sources for inmate high school education: (1) a portion of the Adult Education budget distributed based on a formula that considers the number of enrollees, contact hours, and outcomes (diplomas/GEDs, credits, and academic level gains); and (2) Corrections Education funds distributed only to the two school districts with prison programs, Canyons and South Sanpete. In 2011, school districts with prison programs received significantly more funds ($1330 per student) than districts with jail programs ($653 per student). Based on this inequity, we recommend that USOE consider modifying the distribution formula to ensure that school districts receive an equitable portion of the Adult Education funds. USOE should also develop a formula to provide some of the Corrections Education funds to jail programs with students who are prison inmates housed in jails on a contractual basis. Inmates Achieve Academic Benefits. In 2011, the 5,268 inmates enrolled in adult education were awarded 853 diplomas and 330 GEDs, while achieving 12,003 high school credits and 2,143 level gains. On average, these outcomes per student were equivalent for both jail and prison programs but prison programs chose to focus mostly on issuing diplomas instead of GEDs. Comparisons show that inmate programs achieved significantly more than students in traditional adult education programs. Impact of High School Education on Employment Is Unclear. The primary purpose of educating inmates is to enhance their opportunities for employment upon release, which in turn makes it less likely they will return to jail. However, employment rates are not effectively evaluated. One factor impacting employment rates is identifying the incarceration status of former students. Our limited evaluation shows that many former students are still incarcerated and not available to work. Since education is beneficial only when inmates will soon be available for employment, we recommend that inmate programs give priority to students who are likely to leave the correctional facility within five years of participating in the education program. We also recommend that USOE and the Utah Department of Corrections partner to further evaluate the employment benefits of inmate education. Monitoring Is Needed to Ensure Inmate Contact Hours Are Reasonable. Comparisons of contact hours per student and per outcome revealed that some programs used an excessive amount of contact hours to educate inmates. But these students did not always demonstrate much progress toward achieving their goals. We recommend that USOE establish guidelines for the number of contact hours that are reasonable in relation to a student's accomplishments. Many Contact Hours Are Used for Students Who Already Have Diplomas. Many inmate students with diplomas continue to receive adult education services. Administrative rules state that adults with a high school diploma are eligible to receive services if tests show their functional educational level is less than a post-secondary level. Many students qualify, including students who have just been awarded a diploma. Although USOE policies require that priority be given to students lacking a diploma, some of these students continue receiving thousands of hours of services with little gain. We recommend that USOE consider placing limits on the number of contact hours used for students who already have a diploma. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Legislative Auditor General, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Report no. 2012-11: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://le.utah.gov/audit/12_11rpt.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 129973

Author: Berk, Richard Title: Statistical Procedures for Forecasting Criminal Behavior: A Comparative Assessment Summary: There is a substantial and powerful literature in statistics and computer science clearly demonstrating that modern machine learning procedures can forecast more accurately than conventional parametric statistical models such as logistic regression. Yet, several recent studies have claimed that for criminal justice applications, forecasting accuracy is about the same. In this paper, we address the apparent contradiction. Forecasting accuracy will depend on the complexity of the decision boundary. When that boundary is simple, most forecasting tools will have similar accuracy. When that boundary is complex, procedures such as machine learning that proceed adaptively from the data will improve forecasting accuracy, sometimes dramatically. Machine learning has other benefits as well, and effective software is readily available. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Department of Statistics and Department of Criminology, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www-stat.wharton.upenn.edu/~berkr/Bake-Off%20copy.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 135865

Author: Rotter, Merrill Title: Reducing Criminal Recidivism for Justice-Involved Persons with Mental Illness: Risk/Needs/Responsivity and Cognitive-Behavioral Interventions Summary: Decreased criminal recidivism, particularly resulting from new crimes with new victims, is the measure most consistently desired by programs, policymakers, and funding agencies for justice-involved individuals with mental illness. This one measure captures both improved client stability and public safety, while providing support for the promised decreased jail-day cost savings required to sustain continued financial resources (Almquist, 2009; Milkman, 2007). Evidence-based practices (EBP) with track records of effectiveness in treating serious mental illness, co-occurring substance abuse, trauma, and motivational challenges have been utilized with some success in forensic populations (CMHS National GAINS Center, n.d.). However, recent reviews of offender-focused and jail diversion programs found that many EBPs, such as Assertive Community Treatment, may achieve symptom reduction but not decrease criminal recidivism (Morrissey, 2007; Case, 2009; Skeem, 2009). In fact, studies indicate that offenders with mental illness share diagnoses and treatment needs similar to those of individuals with mental illness who do not commit crimes. However, with reference to recurrent criminal behavior, offenders with mental illness share the same risk factors for offending as their non-mentally ill counterparts (Epperson, 2011). In this document, we review the leading offender recidivism - targeted intervention paradigm: Risk/Needs/Responsivity (RNR). RNR proposes that to address the community behavior of offenders: the intensity of treatment and supervision should match the "Risk" level for re-offense; the treatment provided should match the individual "Needs" most clearly associated with criminality; and the intervention modalities should match those to which the individual is most "Responsive" (Andrews, 2010). In particular, we focus on criminal thinking, one of the identified "needs," and structured cognitive-behavioral interventions from the worlds of criminal justice and mental health that were created or adapted to specifically target the thoughts, feelings, and behaviors associated with criminal recidivism. Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA's GAINS Center for Behavioral Health and Justice Transformation, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://gainscenter.samhsa.gov/cms-assets/documents/141805-776469.cbt-fact-sheet---merrill-rotter.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment Shelf Number: 135866

Author: Rabin, Nina Title: Victims or Criminals? Discretion, Sorting, and Bureaucratic Culture in the U.S. Immigration System? Summary: This article examines the Obama Administration's effort to encourage the use of prosecutorial discretion by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), the executive agency in charge of the enforcement of immigration laws. Since 2010, the Obama Administration has repeatedly stated that agency officials are to focus enforcement efforts on those who pose a threat or danger, rather than pursuing deportation of all undocumented immigrants with equal fervor. Yet despite repeated directives by the administration, the implementation of prosecutorial discretion is widely considered a failure. Data and anecdotes from the field suggest that ICE has yet to embrace this more nuanced approach to the enforcement of immigration laws. In this article, I argue that one key reason that prosecutorial discretion has not taken hold within ICE is the failure of the President and his administration to adequately account for agency culture. In particular, the prosecutorial discretion initiative directly conflicts with the central role that criminal convictions play in ICE culture. To support my argument, I present an in-depth case study of the agency's refusal to exercise discretion in a highly compelling case. For over two years, ICE aggressively prosecuted a client of University of Arizona's immigration clinic who appeared to be the quintessential recipient of prosecutorial discretion, as the victim of domestic violence, sex trafficking, and the primary caregiver for three young U.S citizen children. Despite these equities, ICE's decision to prosecute was based wholly on the single conviction on her record, which was directly related to her victimization and for which she received a sentence of probation only. I situate this case study in a theoretical framework regarding bureaucratic culture. Applying this analysis to ICE brings into focus key elements of the agency's culture, particularly its tendency to view all immigrants as criminal threats. This culture makes the sole fact of a conviction - without regard to its seriousness or context - a nearly irreversible determinant of the agency's approach to any given case. My analysis of the nature and intensity of ICE's bureaucratic culture has troubling implications for the capacity of the President and his administration to implement reforms that counter the lack of nuance in the immigration system's current legal framework. It suggests that locating discretion primarily in the enforcement arm of the immigration bureaucracy has inherent limitations that lead to a system poorly designed to address humanitarian concerns raised in individual cases. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona - James E. Rogers College of Law, 2013. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Arizona Legal Studies Discussion Paper No. 13-38 : Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2310125 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 129775

Author: Christeson, William Title: Getting Juvenile Justice Right in New York: Proven Interventions Will Cut Crime and Save Money Summary: The good news is that, nationally, 6 in 10 juveniles brought before a juvenile court for the first time will not return to court on another charge. However, some youth come back repeatedly. Too many New York juveniles are well on their way to becoming chronic, violent criminals. One study looked at those New York juvenile delinquents whose crimes were serious enough or frequent enough that they had been placed in state custody. It found disturbing results: �For males and females combined, 75 percent were arrested [again] for a felony or misdemeanor, and 42 percent were arrested for a violent felony.� Nothing will make juvenile crime totally disappear. But research from Missouri, Ohio and elsewhere shows that, if fully implemented, the reforms New York State is beginning to put in place can eliminate 4 out of 10 or more of the repeat crimes now committed by juvenile delinquents. What the Research Shows Research has identified several effective approaches that help young delinquents avoid committing additional crimes. Here�s what works: 1. The most serious and troubled juveniles in custody need effective interventions to become productive citizens instead of career criminals. Missouri found that by moving teens who need confinement from large, impersonal institutions to smaller facilities and helping them learn to control their anti-social behaviors, reconviction rates within three years of release could be cut 40 percent below the rates experienced in New York State. In Wisconsin, seriously troubled juveniles who did not receive a specialized mental health intervention while in custody were three times more likely than similar youths to commit violent crimes when released. Chicago found that, when its most dangerous violent offenders returned home to one high-crime area of the city after serving their sentences, a carrot-and-stick program helped cut homicides in those neighborhoods by almost 40 percent. This approach combines increased law enforcement supervision of the offenders, expedited return to custody if needed, and expedited access to jobs, substance abuse treatment or other services. The same approach has worked with juveniles in Boston, Philadelphia and many other cities. 2. Use intensive foster care as an alternative to lock-up for less dangerous juveniles Many delinquents in custody who are not in high-security lock-up would re-offend less if placed in intensive foster care. Strict, specially-trained, foster parents ensure these medium- risk teens learn how to avoid criminal behavior while their parents are being trained to use the same methods to keep their children on track and away from crime when they leave foster care and return home. Research shows this approach can cut new crimes in half. There are currently 30 intensive foster care homes in the Bronx and 20 upstate. Hundreds more are needed. Combine community sanctions with effective interventions as an alternative to out-of-home placement for many youth. Many young delinquents committing serious or repeated crimes may not need placement outside the home. Along with the typical sanctions the courts are likely to impose on them, such as probation, curfews, and community service, if the troubled youth receive proven interventions, such as Cognitive Behavioral Therapy and Family Therapy, that effectively change their negative patterns of behavior the youth can be diverted from expensive custody and still commit fewer new crimes than if they are placed in custody. Those approaches, beginning to be used throughout New York, teach young people becoming involved in crime the social skills they need to sharply reduce further aggression, substance abuse or other criminal behavior. 4. Reduce pretrial detention for low-risk juveniles following arrest. Data show that nationwide six out of 10 teens brought before courts are unlikely ever to return on new charges, yet many of them wind up being held in pretrial detention. One way to help finance effective interventions for juveniles who are more violent or chronic criminals is to reduce the unnecessary�and expensive�warehousing in pretrial detention of arrested young people who are not a high risk to their communities. This can be accomplished by using evidence-based screening tools coupled with alternative interventions. New York City and some upstate counties have already begun reforming how they handle children brought in for running away or other charges that would not be crimes if committed by adults. 5. Collect data and increase accountability. Florida and Washington State systematically collect data on juvenile and adult repeat offending and use that data to increase accountability in their states. New York needs the legal framework and funding to support similar data collection and analysis so policymakers will have the information they need to replace failing approaches with effective efforts that cut crime. Details: Albany, NY: Fight Crime: Invest in Kids New York, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.fightcrime.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/reports/NY%20JJ%20report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135875

Author: Macallair, Daniel Title: Closing California's Division of Juvenile Facilities: An Analysis of County Institutional Capacity Summary: I. Summary of Findings - The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Division of Juvenile Facilities (DJF), the former California Youth Authority, is currently under a consent decree due to abusive conditions, systemic mismanagement, and ineffectual services. - Despite legislative and judicially imposed mandates, the state has failed to achieve minimum reform leading to drastic calls for placing the system into receivership. - Two recent reports by the Little Hoover Commission and Legislative Analyst's Office have proposed eliminating DJF and transferring responsibilities for the remaining wards to the counties. - The population of DJF has declined 83% from its 1996 peak in-custody population of 9,772 to a February 28, 2009 population of 1,637. The current population is the lowest in modern history. - The decline in youth incarceration over the last decade coincides with the largest decline in youth crime rates ever recorded in California. - Youth crime and incarceration policies are not related. - County probation departments expanded their institutional capacity over the past 10 years resulting in more modern high security facilities than those offered by DJF. - County probation departments provide a broader array of maximum, medium, and minimum-security institutions than DJF. - There is more than sufficient institutional bed space in the 29 largest counties alone to absorb the current DJF population, virtually negating the need for additional state or county facilities. - Housing youths at the county level is significantly less expensive than housing them in state facilities. - Some counties commit large numbers of youth to DJF while other counties rarely commit youth to DJF. - Recent increases in transfers and remands of juveniles to adult court have not led to increased imprisonments either in DJF or in adult prisons; rather, adult courts seem to be sentencing more youth to county supervision. - Currently, there are 322 DJF wards between ages 21 and 25 confined at the DJF that could be maintained in one DJF facility or dispersed to newly designated county facilities. - Youths currently spend more time in juvenile facilities than adults in adult facilities for comparable crimes. - The current per capita cost per DJF ward is $234,029. - Closing DJF and transferring the remaining ward population to county facilities will eliminate the State's obligation under the Farrell v. Cate consent decree. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/closing_californias_djf.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 135878

Author: LexisNexis Title: Social Media Use in Law Enforcement: Crime prevention and investigative activities continue to drive usage Summary: Overview Social media is increasingly valuable to the way law enforcement professionals operate in both crime prevention and investigation. However, as social media use becomes more prevalent, there remain many questions regarding how exactly it is utilized to optimal effect in criminal investigations. LexisNexis, in a follow-up to its initial study in 2012, sought to further examine the law enforcement community's understanding of, and ongoing efforts to leverage social media. The LexisNexis 2014 Social Media Use in Law Enforcement report looks at current practices and processes and how the landscape has changed over the last two years in addition to new survey research areas. Details: Los Angeles: LexisNexis, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.lexisnexis.com/risk/downloads/whitepaper/2014-social-media-use-in-law-enforcement.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 135884

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice Title: The Summons Report: Trends in the issuance and disposition of summonses in New York City: 2003-2013 Summary: This report examines summonses issued in New York City from 2003-2013. The study offers an in-depth look at summons issuance patterns in the City's five boroughs and two community courts from data provided by the Office of Court Administration. In the decade covered by the report, about a half-million summonses were issued each year. Key findings include: -Overall, summonses are on the decline. This decline is driven by lower issuance rates among 16-17 year olds and 18-20 year olds, mainly for Disorderly Conduct. -On average for the past decade, roughly 2 in 5 summonses resulted in a Dismissal or an Adjournment in Contemplation of Dismissal. Only 1 out of 5 summonses resulted in a disposition of Guilty. -On average over the past decade, 36 percent of summonses resulted in the issuance of a warrant. The majority of these warrants were vacated and as of December 15, 2014, 14 percent of all summonses issued between 2003 and 2013 had an open warrant remaining. -There is substantial borough-level variation throughout the summons process, in patterns of issuance, charges, and dispositions. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.jjay.cuny.edu/sites/default/files/news/Summons_Report_DRAFT_4_24_2015_v8.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Court Summonses Shelf Number: 135886

Author: United States Conference of Catholic Bishops Title: Unlocking Human Dignity: A Plan to Transform the U.S. Immigrant Detention Systems Summary: The US immigrant detention system grew more than fivefold between 1994 and 2013. During these years, the average daily detained population rose from 6,785 to 34,260 (Figure 1). The number of persons detained annually increased from roughly 85,000 persons in 1995 to 440,557 in 2013 (Kerwin 1996, 1; Simansky 2014, 6). Since the beginning of the Obama administration's detention reform initiative in 2009, annual detention numbers have reached record levels (Figure 2). More persons pass through the U.S. immigrant detention system each year than through federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) facilities (Meissner et al. 2013, 131). This growth has occurred in what may be the most troubled institution in the vast U.S. immigration enforcement system. The numbers only hint at the toll that this system exacts in despair, fractured families, human rights violations, abandoned legal claims, and diminished national prestige. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) lacks the authority to imprison criminals and does not hold anybody awaiting trial or serving a criminal sentence. Congress and DHS use the anodyne language of "processing" and "detention" to describe this system. Yet each year DHS's Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency (ICE) holds hundreds of thousands of non-citizens and the occasional U.S. citizen (Carcamo 2014), many for extended periods, in prisons, jails, and other secure facilities where their lives are governed by standards designed for criminal defendants. Detention brands immigrants as criminals in the public's eye and contributes to the sense that they deserve to be treated as such. In many respects, immigrant detainees are treated less favorably than criminal defendants. U.S. mandatory detention laws cover broad categories of non-citizens, including lawful permanent residents (LPRs), asylum-seekers, petty offenders, and persons with U.S. families and other strong and longstanding ties to the United States. Sixty percent of the unauthorized have resided in the United States for 10 years or more and 17 percent for at least 20 years (Warren and Kerwin 2015, 86-87, 99). Moreover, DHS has interpreted the laws to preclude the release of mandatory detainees, even release coupled with the most intensive restrictions and monitoring. By way of contrast, most criminal defendants receive custody hearings by judicial officers shortly after their apprehension and they can be released subject to conditions that will reasonably ensure their court appearance and protect the public. Detention is treated as a pillar of the U.S. immigration enforcement system akin to border control or removal, but in fact it is a means to an end that would be far better served by a more humane, less costly system. Its purpose is to ensure that non-citizens in removal proceedings appear for their hearings and, if they are removable and lack legal relief, that their removal can be effected. Detention is also justified as a tool to protect others, although this consideration is more relevant to the criminal justice system. In fact, there are tested, effective, and humane ways to accomplish these goals short of detention. Supervised or conditional release programs have long been a mainstay of the criminal justice system, but have only recently begun to gain traction in the immigration context. Moreover, detention makes it far less likely that indigent and low-income immigrants will be able to secure legal counsel and, thus, to present their claims for relief and protection. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Catholic Bishops, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.usccb.org/about/migration-and-refugee-services/upload/unlocking-human-dignity.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 135887

Author: Fleenor, Patrick Title: California Schemin': Cigarette Tax Evasion and Crime in the Golden State Summary: Earlier this year federal agents closed down a ring that allegedly smuggled millions of packs of cigarettes from North Carolina to California, affixed counterfeit stamps to them, and sold them to the general public. This illicit enterprise reportedly cost the state government some $4.3 million in lost revenue. On the morning of December 15, 2002, a band of robbers burst into a Merced distribution center and rounded its employees up at gunpoint. After tying up the workers the thieves used forklifts to load pallets of cigarettes into a truck. The robbers then grabbed rolls of California cigarette tax stamps and fled. Police estimated that the group made off with more than $1 million in loot. The 2002 heist was not the first time that the distribution center or its employees has been victimized. Two years earlier one of its trucks was hijacked by two men. Its driver was forced into a nearby orchard where he was bound and gagged. The bandits then made off with $40,000 worth of cigarettes. The thieves were later apprehended by police. These are just a few examples from the wave of tobacco-related crime that has swept California during the last eight or so years. At first glance these crimes appear bizarre. After all, each describes serious criminal activity involving a product not much different from the others that fill the shelves of convenience stores and gas stations. There is one major difference, however, and that is taxes. Since 1998 tax hikes have helped raise the price of cigarettes in California to approximately $4.00 per pack, well above the price in other states or elsewhere in the world. The first two tax hikes occurred in November of 1998 when voters narrowly approved Proposition 10 and California joined 45 other states in the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) with the four largest tobacco manufacturers. Proposition 10 raised the state's cigarette tax from 37 to 87 cents per pack,4 and the MSA raised nationwide taxes on cigarettes by nearly $250 billion over the next 25 years.5 Two smaller tax hikes soon arrived from Washington, as the federal government raised its tax from 24 to 34 cents per pack in January 2000 and then to 39 cents at the beginning of 2003. On November 7 voters in California will decide whether to raise the state tax on cigarettes even higher, by an amount much larger than any state has ever considered. Proposition 86 would increase the state cigarette excise by $2.60, from its current rate of 87 cents to $3.47 per pack. Approval would give California the highest cigarette tax in the nation and push the price of a typical pack of cigarettes to around $6.50. Details: Washington, DC: Tax Foundation, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report No. 145: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/sr145.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 135888

Author: Fleenor, Patrick Title: Cigarette Taxes, Black Markets, and Crime: Lessons from New York's 50-Year Losing Battle Summary: As large state government budget gaps have opened in the past year, lawmakers across the country are turning to cigarette taxes for added revenue. Twenty states raised cigarette tax rates in 2002, and more hikes may be on the agenda during state legislative sessions in 2003. Proponents of high cigarette taxes portray them as innocuous levies that improve public health. Yet those taxes have long been known to have a dark side. Since the first state cigarette taxes were imposed in the 1920s, black markets and related criminal activity have plagued high-tax jurisdictions. Such activity has proven to be resistant to law enforcement curtailment efforts. Thanks to recent city- and state-level tax hikes, New York City now has the highest cigarette taxes in the country-a combined state and local tax rate of $3.00 per pack. Consumers have responded by turning to the city's bustling black market and other low-tax sources of cigarettes. During the four months following the recent tax hikes, sales of taxed cigarettes in the city fell by more than 50 percent compared to the same period the prior year. New York has a long history of cigarette tax evasion. Former governor Malcolm Wilson dubbed the city the "promised land for cigarette bootleggers." Over the decades, a series of studies by federal, state, and city officials has found that high taxes have created a thriving illegal market for cigarettes in the city. That market has diverted billions of dollars from legitimate businesses and governments to criminals. Perhaps worse than the diversion of money has been the crime associated with the city's illegal cigarette market. Smalltime crooks and organized crime have engaged in murder, kidnapping, and armed robbery to earn and protect their illicit profits. Such crime has exposed average citizens, such as truck drivers and retail store clerks, to violence. The failure of New York policymakers to consider the broader effects of high cigarette taxes has been a mistake repeated across the country in the stampede to maximize tax revenue from this demonized product. Too often, policymakers do not consider these effects in the erroneous belief that people do not respond to government-created economic incentives. The negative effects of high cigarette taxes in New York provide a cautionary tale that excessive tax rates have serious consequences-even for such a politically unpopular product as cigarettes. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2003. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis no. 468: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa468.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 108191

Author: New York State. Commission to Investigate Public Corruption Title: Commission to Investigate Public Corruption: Preliminary Report Summary: By Executive Order issued on July 2, 2013, Governor Andrew M. Cuomo established this Commission to investigate public corruption in the State of New York. Governor Cuomo appointed twenty-five Commissioners and three Special Advisors from across our State, including three co-chairs: Onondaga County District Attorney William Fitzpatrick, Nassau County District Attorney Kathleen Rice, and attorney Milton Williams, Jr. of New York City. To strengthen and expand the Commission's investigatory authority, the Commissioners and senior investigative attorneys were, in accordance with the terms of the Executive Order, deputized by Attorney General Eric T. Schneiderman and thereby invested with broad powers to issue subpoenas and compel testimony. Through his Executive Order, the Governor tasked this Commission with investigating the management and affairs of our State Board of Elections; the effectiveness of our campaign finance laws; the weaknesses in our laws relating to lobbying, conflicts of interest, and public ethics; the use of tax-exempt organizations to influence public policy and elections; and the strength and effectiveness of our criminal laws with respect to public corruption and abuses of the public trust. These investigations are guided by the Executive Order's twin propositions that "abuse of office by public officials and misconduct while in office, criminal or otherwise, undermines the trust of the People and diminishes the ability of government to function," and that "the laws, regulations, and procedures involving our electoral process, including the nomination of candidates, and the financing of campaigns and elections, must further the public trust and promote democracy and the accountability of elected officials to the voters and the selection of ethical public servants." The Commission's investigations and fact-finding to date have yielded more than enough information to warrant sounding the alarm for immediate legislative action to help stem the tide of corruption in the New York. Reform of our dysfunctional electoral and political systems must include: a revamped and strengthened campaign finance system that includes a small-donor matching system of public financing to help reduce the impact of massive donations from wealthy and powerful interests; an independent agency for enforcing election and campaign finance laws; more robust disclosure of election spending by independent groups and of possible conflicts of interest by elected officials; and more effective tools for state prosecutors to uncover and prosecute acts of corruption by public officials. Details: Albany, NY: The Commission, 2013. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://publiccorruption.moreland.ny.gov/sites/default/files/moreland_report_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Political Corruption Shelf Number: 135892

Author: Hart, Carl Title: Methamphetamine: Fact vs. Fiction and Lessons from the Crack Hysteria Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide a critical examination of the available evidence on illicit methamphetamine use and its consequences in the United States and internationally. It is the aim of this report to dispel some of the myths about the effects of methamphetamine and other illicit drugs using the best available scientific data. Further, it is our hope that this analysis will lead to more rational policies for dealing with both legal and illegal amphetamine. The report begins with an examination of the lessons learned from the �crack cocaine scare� in the 1980s. In this way, the reader can draw parallels between society�s response to crack cocaine then, and methamphetamine now. The report then describes distinctions and similarities between methamphetamine and other amphetamine-type stimulants. Also examined is the prevalence of methamphetamine use and public policies in response to the perceived increased use of the drug and perceived drug-related problems. Finally, the report critically reviews the scientific literature on the effects of methamphetamine on the brain, physiology, and behavior. The data show that many of the immediate and long-term harmful effects caused by methamphetamine use have been greatly exaggerated just as the dangers of crack cocaine were overstated nearly three decades ago. Recommendations are made in an effort to remedy this situation and to enhance public health and safety Details: New York: Columbia University, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/sites/default/files/methamphetamine-dangers-exaggerated-20140218.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 135894

Author: Vander Hart, Scott J. Title: Does Prison Substance Abuse Treatment Reduce Recidivism? Summary: The Iowa Department of Corrections faces a growing prison population expected to quickly exceed current capacities. Additionally, nine out of every ten offenders have a history of alcohol or drug problems - often both. Research suggests that alcohol and drugs lead to criminal behavior, which lead offenders right back to prison creating a vicious circle and placing a financial and societal burden on the state. However, research also shows that substance abuse treatment can minimize criminal behavior, and offers a way to shut the revolving prison door. Substance abuse programming attempts to change offender thinking patterns and behavior in order to facilitate re-entry back into the community, lessen substance abuse relapse and reduce recidivism. Yet nearly 60% of offenders with identified needs are not treated, and many lacking treatment are high risk. Additionally, the percentage of offenders returning to prison varies significantly from program to program and some programs can not show they have reduced recidivism when compared to offender groups with substance abuse problems and receiving no treatment at all. All of which minimize the effect substance abuse programming has in curbing prison population growth and reducing crime. The Department of Corrections intends to reduce recidivism through evaluation of program fidelity and implementation of evidence-based practices. Many of the programs are already structured to accommodate continuous improvement centered on desired outcomes. Population characteristics and the type and level of community support can also significantly influence recidivism. All of which call for the department to: - Enhance community support and other re-entry initiatives to reinforce desired behaviors in the community where offenders face situations that can lead to relapse and criminal behavior; and - Develop planning, evaluation and service delivery approaches that support integrated substance abuse programming across the prison and correctional system, and enable internal benchmarking of "best practices." Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Management, Performance Audit Program, 2007. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://publications.iowa.gov/5092/1/DOC_Substance_Abuse_Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135895

Author: Quercioli, Elena Title: The Economics of Counterfeiting Summary: This paper develops a new tractable strategic theory of counterfeiting as a multi-market large game played by good and bad guys. There is free entry of bad guys, who choose whether to counterfeit, and what quality to produce. Opposing them is a continuum of good guys who select a costly verification effort. In equilibrium, counterfeiters produce better quality at higher notes, but verifiers try sufficiently harder that verification still improves. We develop and use a graphical framework for deducing comparative statics. We prove that the passed and counterfeiting rates vanish for low and high notes. Our predictions are consistent with time series and cross-sectional patterns in a unique data set that we assemble largely from the U.S. Secret Service: (1) One plus the seized/passed ratio rises in the note, but less than proportionately; (2) The passed rate rises 40-fold from $1 to $20, and levels off, dropping at higher notes; (3) Counterfeit quality rises in the note; (4) Since 1970, the seized-passed ratio is down 90%, and the passed rate is up 75%; (5) Inexpensive digital production leaped up in 1994-8; and (6) Canada's introduction of color notes temporarily nearly stopped counterfeiting. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1325892 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeiting Shelf Number: 135896

Author: Kennedy, David M. Title: Custom Notifications: Individualized Communication in the Group Violence Intervention Summary: The National Network for Safe Communities' Group Violence Intervention (GVI) has repeatedly demonstrated that serious violence can be reduced when law enforcement, community members, and social service providers join together to engage directly with violent street groups and clearly communicate (1) a credible, moral message against violence; (2) a credible law enforcement message about the group consequences of further violence; and (3) a genuine offer of help for those who want it. Custom Notifications: Individualized Communication in the Group Violence Intervention provides practical information about "custom notifications," an independent element of GVI that enables quick, tactical, direct communication to particular group members. Custom notifications articulate that group members are valued members of the community, give individualized information about their legal risk, and offer opportunities for help. They effectively interrupt group "beefs," avoid retaliation after incidents, calm outbreaks of violence, and reinforce the GVI message. This publication presents the custom notification process, explains its value within the broader strategy, details its use by several national practitioners, and encourages further development. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p304-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 135904

Author: Males, Mike Title: California's Urban Crime Increase in 2012: Is "Realignment" to Blame? Summary: For nearly two decades, California's violent crime rate has been falling steadily, with a 63% decrease from 1993 to 2011. However, preliminary reports released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI, 2013) show violent and property crimes increased slightly in most large California cities in the first six months of 2012, while remaining among the lowest recorded in more than 40 years. The 2012 figures are the first comprehensive crime data reported since the implementation of Public Safety Realignment (AB 109) in October 2011. Realignment effectively divided the state's felon population into two categories: those legally-defined as violent, serious, and/or sex offenders (around 207,000 as of June 30, 2012) who continue to be sent to state prison and be supervised by state parole officers upon release, and those lower-level offenders (approximately 46,000) who formerly were managed by the state prison and parole system but now must be managed by local justice systems and supervised by local probation officers. This publication analyzes whether Realignment - in this case, the 46,000 offenders diverted to local management - contributed to the increase in urban offenses in the first half of 2012. The data analyzed did not demonstrate any relationship between the implementation of Realignment and increases in violent or property crime. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/california_urban_crime_increase_2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 135906

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Number of Offenders under Its Jurisdiction Has Declined; Transferring Its Jurisdiction for D.C. Offenders Would Pose Challenges Summary: From fiscal years 2002 through 2014, the total number of offenders under the Department of Justice's (DOJ) U.S. Parole Commission's (USPC) jurisdiction declined 26 percent from about 23,000 to about 17,000. Specifically, following the abolition of parole, the number of offenders on or eligible for parole declined 67 percent among federal offenders, and 74 percent among D.C. offenders. However, following the introduction of supervised release, the number of D.C. offenders on supervised release or serving a prison sentence that includes supervised release increased 606 percent from fiscal year 2002 to fiscal year 2011, and then slightly declined through fiscal year 2014. Transferring USPC's jurisdiction for D.C. offenders would require that an entity has three key organizational characteristics to assume this jurisdiction, and altering or establishing a new entity poses challenges. Based on our discussions with officials from USPC and other organizations, including those from the D.C. government, these three key organizational characteristics are: - statutory authority for asserting jurisdiction over D.C. offenders; - processes, procedures and personnel in place for handling parole and supervised release cases; and - formal agreements with other criminal justice organizations for making parole and supervised release decisions. We identified 17 criminal justice entities with the potential to assume USPC's jurisdiction for D.C. offenders; however none currently possesses the three key organizational characteristics. Thus, transferring jurisdiction is not feasible without altering an existing or establishing a new entity, and would pose challenges related to estimating costs and assessing impacts on decision making. Why GAO Did This Study USPC was established in 1976, in part to carry out a national parole policy that would govern the release of offenders to community supervision prior to completing their full custody sentences. USPC's budget is just over $13 million for fiscal year 2015. Over time, changes in laws have abolished parole and introduced supervised release - a new form of post-incarceration supervision. As a result, USPC has been reauthorized and has authority to grant and revoke parole for eligible federal and D.C. offenders and to revoke supervised release for D.C. offenders violating the terms of their release. USPC's current authorization is set to expire in 2018. This report addresses (1) changes in the number of offenders under USPC's jurisdiction from fiscal years 2002 through 2014 and (2) the organizational characteristics needed for an entity to feasibly assume jurisdiction of D.C. offenders from USPC, and the feasibility and implications of such a transfer. GAO analyzed USPC data on federal and D.C. offenders from fiscal years 2002-2014 - the most recent years for which reliable data were available - as well as DOJ reports on USPC and USPC policies, and determined that the data were sufficiently reliable for our purposes. GAO also discussed with USPC and some of its criminal justice partners the feasibility of transferring USPC's jurisdiction for D.C. offenders and any related challenges. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-359: Accessed June 5, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/670509.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 135913

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Washington: Analysis and Policy Framework Summary: Washington has the highest reported property crime rate in the nation. People convicted of property offenses have a high likelihood of committing a new crime, yet Washington is the only state in the country where supervision is not available as a sentence for most people convicted of property offenses, despite the significant impact supervision can have on reducing the likelihood of reoffending. In addition, the state's prison population is projected to grow by 6 percent over the next 10 years, from 17,502 in FY2014 to 18,542 by FY2024, in part, due to an increasing number of repeat property offenders being sentenced to prison for long lengths of stay. In 2014, the CSG Justice Center was asked to analyze Washington's criminal justice data, interview stakeholders from across the criminal justice system, and work with state leaders to develop data-driven policy options designed to reduce spending on corrections and increase public safety. Among other things, Washington's Justice Reinvestment Policy Framework would: - Adopt a new sentencing grid for felony property offenses that mandates a period of supervision and, if needed, treatment for people convicted of less serious property offenses; - Fund local law enforcement efforts to deter property crime; - Create a fund to provide financial assistance to victims of property crime; and - Incentivize counties to improve pretrial practices. The Justice Reinvestment Policy Framework would help the state avoid up to $291 million in prison construction and operating costs that would otherwise be needed to accommodate the growth that was forecast to occur by FY2024. To achieve these outcomes, the state would need to reinvest $90 million by FY2021 in law enforcement grants, supervision and treatment, support for counties, and financial assistance for victims of property crime. Through improvements to the criminal justice system, this policy framework establishes a goal of reducing the property crime rate by 15 percent by FY2021, deterring crime, and reducing recidivism. The Justice Reinvestment Policy Framework will be considered by the legislature during the 2015 session. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2015 at: http://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/JusticeReinvestmentinWashington.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 135914

Author: ICF GHK Title: 'London Reducing Reoffending Programme' Evaluation Summary: The 'London Reducing Reoffending Programme' (LRRP) was an innovative Payment by Results (PbR) programme that aimed to reduce youth reoffending in London. The evaluation involved extensive qualitative fieldwork with stakeholders from across the programme, including young offenders themselves. In total 185 interviews were conducted including 93 with young offenders participating in the programme. A proven re-offending study was conducted to explore whether a cohort of young people supported by LRRP had a conviction recorded in the twelve months since joining the programme. It compares the twelve months before the cohort of young people joined the programme with the twelve months after they joined, whether or not these participants were in custody or in the community at the time of registration. 'DIESEL'3 is the database developed for performance management of the ESF programme by the LDA and provides information about the young people engaged by LRRP; Police National Computer (PNC) data provides data about the number and type of convictions recorded for those young people. The cohort of young people for this study is all of those registered with LRRP from the inception of the programme in April 2010 to the end of October 2010. This is so a period of twelve months, plus six months for any convictions to be processed within the criminal justice system, can be analysed. This is the standard approach to the period of time to consider in studies of re-conviction carried out by the MoJ and Home Office. But we have not been able to take account of when any participants were released from custody when we know they served a custodial sentence, due to limitations of the data available to the evaluation. This is an important caveat in the analysis that means it does not meet the other elements of what would be expected in a standard approach. Although the analysis provides the strongest approach possible with the available data, in addition to the caveat relating to missing custody release data the approach also means that no young offenders who engaged with LRRP from October 2010 - and as the programme matured - are included. To include all programme participants would require an analysis beginning in 2014 (to enable the twelve plus six months for all). Thus there are two very important caveats to consider when drawing conclusions from the analysis. There is also no counterfactual or comparison group for the evaluation. This is because LRRP was pan-London in approach and therefore there was not geographical targeting to enable within London comparisons to be identified. It was not feasible to seek the engagement of areas outside of London within the resources available to the evaluation (with time and commitment required from other authorities) and the initial timescale for analysis and reporting. The evaluation also includes: the analysis of DEISEL data; a self-assessment survey; and data from the assessment tools used with young offenders (ASSET for those aged up to 17 years and OASys for those aged 18 years and over). These latter two elements are not included in this summary due to low numbers of cases. The evaluation was structured using a programme theory, or 'theory of change' approach. It was peer reviewed by academic experts. Details: Birmingham, UK: ICF GHK, 2013. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2015 at: https://www.london.gov.uk/sites/default/files/Specs%202-4%20Evaluation%20Final%20Report%20-%20Full%20report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 135917

Author: Mendel, Richard A. Title: Maltreatment of Youth in U.S. Juvenile Corrections Facilities: An Update Summary: In its 2011 report, No Place for Kids: The Case for Reducing Juvenile Incarceration, the Annie E. Casey Foundation demonstrated that America's heavy reliance on juvenile incarceration is a failed strategy for addressing youth crime. Specifically, No Place for Kids showed that heavy reliance on correctional confinement exposes incarcerated youth to widespread maltreatment; results in alarming levels of recidivism; incarcerates children who do not pose significant threats to public safety; ignores the emergence of treatment models that produce better outcomes; wastes money with costs that often exceed $100,000 per young person per year; and fails to provide adequate mental health, educational, substance abuse and other services. In short, the report found that these institutions are dangerous, ineffective, unnecessary, obsolete, wasteful and inadequate. This report focuses on the first of these challenges, the widespread and persistent maltreatment of youth confined in America's juvenile corrections facilities. These facilities often go by euphemistic labels such as training school, reformatory, correctional center, etc., but are in essence youth prisons. In No Place for Kids, the Casey Foundation found that clear evidence of recurring or systemic maltreatment had been identified in the vast majority of states since 1970. In nearly half the states, this clear record of systemic maltreatment had been documented in juvenile correctional facilities since 2000. No Place for Kids also identified 52 lawsuits since 1970 that resulted in a court-sanctioned remedy in response to allegations of systemic problems with violence, physical or sexual abuse by facility staff and/or excessive use of isolation or physical restraints. The following pages update those findings, and the news is not good. Rather, in the nearly four years since No Place for Kids was published, a flood of new revelations of abuse and maltreatment has emerged. Details: Baltimore: The Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-maltreatmentyouthuscorrections-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 135921

Author: National Disability Rights Network Title: Orphanages, Training Schools, Reform Schools and Now This? Summary: Children with disabilities are disproportionately placed in the juvenile justice system, receive inadequate treatment and are denied educational opportunities, the National Disability Rights Network asserted in a report released today. "More than 65 percent of youth in the justice system meet the criteria for a disability, a rate that is three times higher than that of the general population," said Curt Decker, NDRN's executive director. "The millions we spend housing and feeding our young people behind razor wire can be far better spent helping them to find their way in this world." The findings in Orphanages, Training Schools, Reform Schools and Now This? are based upon scores of reports from the nationwide Protection and Advocacy (P&A) System. P&As provide legal and other advocacy services to children and youth with disabilities in the juvenile justice system, and also maintain a presence in the facilities in which they are found, including prisons, jails, and detention centers. P&As have the legal authority to monitor and investigate allegations of abuse in these facilities. Issues addressed in this report include: Diversion of children and youth with disabilities from the juvenile justice system (particularly stemming the "School to Prison Pipeline"), humane conditions while incarcerated (such as accommodation and communication needs, medical care, mental health treatment, and the prevention of abuse and neglect) and re-entry services like education and treatment to ensure the child or youth's success upon release from the facility. The report describes the problems children and youth with disabilities encounter, solutions used with success by the P&As, and provides specific recommendations for systemic improvements. Some of those recommendations include: -Congress should authorize and fund a Protection and Advocacy for Juvenile Justice Program to help divert youth with disabilities from entering the juvenile justice system, investigate and monitor conditions for youth with disabilities in the juvenile justice system, and ensure proper return to the community with needed services and supports. -Congress should prohibit the use of solitary confinement and/or isolation for all juveniles, including those housed in adult settings. -Congress should require that schools identified as having elevated school-based arrest rates: 1) lose the opportunity to use federal funds to employ School Resource Officers (SROs); 2) ensure SROs work is limited to traditional police activities and not discipline of non- violent student behavior; and, 3) require SROs in those schools to undergo training in specific, related topics. -The U.S. Department of Education (ED) and Department of Justice (DOJ) should fully enforce laws requiring that education of youth in facilities is equal to that provided to students in other public schools. Details: Washington, DC: National Disability Rights Center, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.ndrn.org/images/Documents/Issues/Juvenile_Justice/NDRN_-_Juvenile_Justice_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 135922

Author: Manning, Wendy D. Title: Cohabitation and Intimate Partner Violence During Emerging Adulthood: High Constraints and Low Commitment Summary: In recent years, a majority of young adults experience cohabitation. Nevertheless, cohabitation is a risk factor for intimate partner violence (IPV). Drawing on exchange and commitment theory we analyzed young adults' IPV experiences using the recently collected (2011-2012) Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study data (n = 926). We found that socio-demographic characteristics, relationship commitment and constraints (e.g., sexual exclusivity, dedication, financial enmeshment), and prior experience with violence (in prior relationships and family of origin) were associated with IPV, but did not explain the association between cohabitation and IPV. We examined variation among individuals in cohabiting relationships to determine who faces the greatest risk of intimate partner violence. Serial cohabitors and cohabitors who experienced both low commitment and high relational constraints faced the greatest risk of IPV. These findings provided insights into the implications of cohabitation for the well-being of young adults. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2015-016/PWP-BGSU-2015-016.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cohabitation Shelf Number: 135923

Author: Wikoff, Nora Ellen Title: Labor Force Participation and Crime among Serious and Violent Former Prisoners Summary: This project examines the relationship between work and crime among male former prisoners. Criminological theories and observational studies suggest that work reduces crime, but recent studies cast doubt on the ability of employment programs to reduce recidivism among former prisoners. Ongoing weak evaluations may imperil support for employment-focused rehabilitative programming. Using data from the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (n = 1,575), this study examines whether selection bias and unobserved heterogeneity contribute to weak evaluation findings. First, this study tests whether unobserved heterogeneity contributes to jobs programs' weak treatment effects. It uses group-based trajectory modeling and propensity score methods to balance participants and nonparticipants on demographic and criminal risk factors. Lifetime arrest data from administrative records are used to model respondents' prior offending trajectories. Baseline interview data are used to balance respondents on the propensity to receive employment-focused services. After balancing respondents, this study employs duration models to test the effects of educational and employment programming on time to rearrest. Second, this study tests whether financial problems mediate the work-crime relationship. Longitudinal structural equation modeling is used to model men's labor force attachment, job quality, financial needs, and emotional wellbeing. Models test whether financial problems diminish the crime-reducing effects of employment for men who remain weakly attached to the labor force. Multiple indicators for each latent construct reduce bias due to measurement error. Results of this study show that education and employment programs in United States prisons have limited effects on the likelihood that participants maintain employment and avoid criminal justice involvement. Male prisoners recruited into the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative faced multiple barriers to employment before entering prison, due to extensive criminal records, low educational attainment, and limited work experience. Before matching men on the probability of receiving employment-focused services, program participants differed from nonparticipants across an array of demographic and risk factors. The group-based trajectory model derived three latent trajectory groups from the sample that exhibited distinctive demographic characteristics and pre-prison offending trajectories. Due to significant variation at the state-level, a multilevel logit model was used to model the probability of receiving education and employment services. Nearest neighbor matching with caliper resulted in a sample that exhibited balance across multiple demographic, criminal record, employment, and health measures. After matching, employment program participants were slightly more likely than education participants and nonparticipants to maintain stable employment, and employment program participants exhibited lower rates of rearrest during the first 9 months after release. After that point, there were no significant differences between employment-focused program participants and nonparticipants in labor force and criminal activity. The longitudinal structural equation model results show that criminal activity has cascading effects on financial and emotional wellbeing, subsequent labor force activity, and ongoing criminal justice involvement. Engagement in crime during the early months of release reduced labor force participation, limited men's ability to obtain higher-quality employment, and increased their financial needs and feelings of psychological distress. In contrast, stable employment led to improved job quality and reduced financial needs over time. Employment did not reduce men's later involvement in criminal activity, however. In fact, employment during the first 9 months of release was associated with increased odds of reporting committing new crimes during the subsequent 6-month period. Overall, the path model results provide no evidence to suggest that stable employment reduces criminal activity among serious and violent former prisoners. The results of this study cast doubt on theories of crime that presuppose causal associations between work and crime. Observational studies that show associations between stable labor force participation and desistance from crime may be capturing maturation effects that simultaneously directed individuals toward legal work and away from crime. If desistance from crime actually precedes stable labor force attachment for most former prisoners, this may explain the weak empirical evidence for prison-based employment programs. The findings may inform modifications to employment and transitional jobs programs to identify participants on the path to desistance who may be most responsive to these services. Details: St. Louis, MO: Washington University, 2015. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://openscholarship.wustl.edu/art_sci_etds/446/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 135925

Author: Kaufman, Angela M. Title: Familial Effects on Intimate Partner Violence Across Adolescence and Young Adulthood Summary: Research suggests family-of-origin violence is a consistent predictor of young adults' intimate partner violence (IPV). However, prior studies also demonstrate that exposure to violence does not lead in a deterministic fashion to violent behaviors in young adulthood. Given the family context entails more than whether or not abuse occurs, additional aspects of family life warrant examination. One such aspect is the quality of the parent-child relationship. Using data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (N=950), the present study examined the influence of harsh parenting and parent-child relationship quality (PCRQ) in predicting adolescents' and young adults' IPV perpetration. Results from fixed effects analyses indicate both harsh parenting and PCRQ are key independent predictors of individuals' IPV perpetration, but do not interact to produce cumulatively different risk. Harsh parenting is also found to be a significant risk factor for men's IPV perpetration, yet is not significant in the prediction of women's perpetration. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: https://www.bgsu.edu/content/dam/BGSU/college-of-arts-and-sciences/center-for-family-and-demographic-research/documents/working-papers/2015/Wp-2015-15-Kaufman-Familial-Effects-on-IPV-Across-Adolescence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 135961

Author: James, Nathan Title: Risk and Needs Assessment in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The number of people incarcerated in the United States has increased significantly over the past three decades from approximately 419,000 inmates in 1983 to approximately 1.5 million inmates in 2013. Concerns about both the economic and social consequences of the country's growing reliance on incarceration have led to calls for reforms to the nation's criminal justice system. There have been legislative proposals to implement a risk and needs assessment system in federal prisons. The system would be used to place inmates in rehabilitative programs. Under the proposed system some inmates would be eligible to earn additional time credits for participating in rehabilitative programs that reduce their risk of recidivism. Such credits would allow inmates to be placed on prerelease custody earlier. The proposed system would exclude inmates convicted of certain offenses from being eligible to earn additional time credits. Risk and needs assessment instruments typically consist of a series of items used to collect data on behaviors and attitudes that research indicates are related to the risk of recidivism. Generally, inmates are classified as being high, moderate, or low risk. Assessment instruments are comprised of static and dynamic risk factors. Static risk factors do not change, while dynamic risk factors can either change on their own or be changed through an intervention. In general, research suggests that the most commonly used assessment instruments can, with a moderate level of accuracy, predict who is at risk for violent recidivism. It also suggests that no single instrument is superior to any other when it comes to predictive validity. The Risk-Needs-Responsivity (RNR) model has become the dominant paradigm in risk and needs assessment. The risk principle states that high-risk offenders need to be placed in programs that provide more intensive treatment and services while low-risk offenders should receive minimal or even no intervention. The need principle states that effective treatment should focus on addressing needs that contribute to criminal behavior. The responsivity principle states that rehabilitative programming should be delivered in a style and mode that is consistent with the ability and learning style of the offender. However, the wide-scale adoption of risk and needs assessment in the criminal justice system is not without controversy. Several critiques have been raised against the use of risk and needs assessment, including that it could have discriminatory effects because some risk factors are correlated with race; that it uses group base rates for recidivism to make determinations about an individual's propensity for re-offending; and that risk and needs assessment are two distinct procedures and should be conducted separately. There are several issues policymakers might contemplate should Congress choose to consider legislation to implement a risk and needs assessment system in federal prisons, including the following: - Should risk and needs assessment be used in federal prisons? - Should certain inmates be excluded from earning additional time credits? - Should risk assessment be incorporated into sentencing? - Should there be a decreased focus on punishing offenders? Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R44087: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44087.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 135962

Author: Helba, Cynthia Title: Report on Exploratory Study into Honor Violence Measurement Methods Summary: Westat conducted a study on honor violence in the United States and prepared this report on its findings for the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS). The introduction and overview section of this report provides a summary of findings, defines honor violence in detail, and provides statistics drawn from a variety of sources to estimate the prevalence of honor violence throughout the world and in the United States. The report also comments on the future of honor violence, including how the Internet is changing honor violence. The remainder of this report provides information on collecting data regarding the prevalence of honor violence in the United States based on the prevailing literature, interviews and discussions with experts, a review of relevant surveys, and searches through online and legal sources. The report concludes with recommendations for initial steps the government can take to collect data on honor violence. As a result of the work done on this task, summary findings are as follows: 1. There is no reliable summary data available for the United States regarding the prevalence of honor violence. However, based on the literature review, interviews, and online searches conducted for this study, cases of any type of honor violence appear to be rare in comparison to other types of crime in the United States. 2. The Office of Violence Against Women (OVW) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) have one current research effort related to honor violence, and no earlier studies were identified. The current study is an exploratory, qualitative study on the relationship between forced marriage and domestic violence in a single South Asian community in the Washington, D.C., area. 3. Information about honor violence is held tightly within families. Victims or potential victims may not report victimization because of concern about an extremely negative family response. Moreover, victims may not report information because in their home cultures what has happened is not viewed as a crime. 4. The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) is inappropriate for collecting data on honor violence, in part because of the rare nature of these incidents, and in part because it collects data from all persons in the household. In honor violence, the household is the source of the threat. Additionally, because the NCVS involves interviews with victims, it can only capture data on nonfatal violence and not on violence resulting in death. 5. The Uniform Crime Reporting Program Supplementary Homicide Reports collect some information that would be helpful in identifying fatal incidents of honor violence (i.e., information on the relationship between victim and perpetrator), but the reports do not capture sufficient information about motive. Moreover, such reporting relies on law enforcement assessment. Research for this report indicates that without training, law enforcement personnel in the United States are unlikely to recognize honor violence. 6. It is difficult for large surveys of the general population to gather a sample of interest large enough to make accurate and reliable estimates of the level of honor violence in the United States because of the small number of cases and populations in which it usually occurs. Details: Rockville, MC: Westat, 2014. 37p., 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/248879.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Statistics Shelf Number: 135963

Author: van Doorn, Eric Title: Time Difference of Arrival System for Cell Phone Localization in Correctional Facilities Summary: In this cell phone tracking project, both hardware and software were developed. We completed the design of portable hardware, and made progress towards integration of the hardware components. Finally, we filed a patent in order to protect the intellectual property developed under this project. From the software side, we finished the development of a RF-fingerprinting approach to locating cell phones in prison. We also developed a GUI for the final demo, and performed extensive experiment testing. The hardware is using a single data collection unit and multiple cabled antennas that extend from the receive ports to antennas located at the corners of a prison facility building. We redesigned the hardware to make it compatible with sensing phones in all three cell phone bands used in the US. This was performed using the four channel FPGA-based hardware designed for the multiple bands (CDMA2000, WCDMA and GSM). During the subject period of performance, we performed extensive testing of the developed system at the IAI office site for the 850MHz, 1700MHz and 1900MHz bands. From the software side, we examined the use of a classification-type approach to locating cell phones in prison. Extensive data was collected in IAI�s facilities and analyzed in an office environment and the testing results are very encouraging. These data were collected to train and optimize the detection and localization algorithms. The date was also used in an analysis to estimate the maximum coverage area that could be achieved with the current hardware. Details: Rockville, MD: Intelligent Automation Incorporated, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248828.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 135964

Author: Jensen, Elise Title: Through the NOVA Door: A Process Evaluation of Shelby County's Defending Childhood Initiative Summary: As part of the U.S. Attorney General's Defending Childhood Demonstration Program, eight sites around the country were funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Office of Violence Against Women to use a collaborative process to develop and implement programming to address children's exposure to violence in their communities. Shelby County, Tennessee was chosen as one of these sites, and, since 2010, has received over $3 million in federal funding for this initiative. Led by the Shelby County Office of Early Childhood and Youth, the Shelby County Defending Childhood Initiative is known as the Network for Overcoming Violence and Abuse ("NOVA"). The program serves children ages 0-17 who have directly or indirectly been exposed to violence and initially targeted three apartment complexes in the Frayser and Hickory Hill neighborhoods in Memphis. These locations were chosen because of their high concentrations of violent crime and poverty. A major component of the initiative was to place staff in the three target apartment complexes, where staff conducted outreach to children and families in need, and, through case management and advocacy, referred and connected families to necessary services for therapeutic treatment and to organizations that could help them meet other basic needs (e.g., rental assistance). NOVA also created a service delivery model based on a "No Wrong Door" approach where at-risk children or children who have been exposed to violence and their parents in the targeted neighborhoods could receive treatment services as well as support for taking care of their basic needs no matter where their needs are identified. Other components of NOVA's programming included holding two community awareness campaigns. One targeted the professional community-law enforcement, treatment providers, and others who work with children and youth-to let them know about the services available through NOVA. A separate community awareness campaign was created for community members, particularly residents in the targeted apartment complexes and consisted of fairs and community cafes where apartment residents would learn about different topics, such as child abuse prevention and nurturing parenting. In addition, NOVA partnered with the University of Memphis' Department of Social Work to train professionals who work with children on children's exposure to violence. Finally, NOVA contracted with external consultants to create a shared data management system to be used as a trauma surveillance, referral and case management tool by NOVA agencies and others after the Defending Childhood grant ends. NOVA created many opportunities for both children and adults of Shelby County who have been affected by violence, and the collaboration among NOVA's many partner agencies has been one of the initiative's notable successes. However, the strategy of place-based targeted outreach and case management, although successful in helping families in need, may have shifted the focus of the initiative away from addressing children's exposure to violence to a focus on the associated problems of concentrated poverty and housing instability found in the targeted apartment complexes. A place-based approach may be more appropriate for initiatives that address poverty than for ones that have a specific focus on children's exposure to violence. Despite this caution arising from the research on the NOVA program, evidence is insufficient to conclude definitively that a place-based model for addressing exposure to violence could not be strengthened. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 8, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Shelby_County.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At Risk Youth Shelf Number: 135969

Author: Eaglin, Jessica Title: Reducing Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Jails: Recommendations for Local Practice Summary: People of color are overrepresented in our criminal justice system. One in three African American men born today will be incarcerated in his lifetime. In some cities, African Americans are ten times more likely to be arrested when stopped by police. With the national debate national focused on race, crime, and punishment, criminal justice experts are examining how to reduce racial disparities in our prisons and jails, which often serve as initial entry points for those who become entangled in the criminal justice system. This report, which relies on input from 25 criminal justice leaders, pinpoints the drivers of racial disparities in our jails lays out common sense reforms to reduce this disparity, including increasing public defense representation for misdemeanor offenses, encouraging prosecutors to prioritize serious and violent offenses, limiting the use of pretrial detention, and requiring training to reduce racial bias for all those involved in running our justice system Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Racial%20Disparities%20Report%20062515.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 135970

Author: Chapman, Meg Title: Research on Illegal Prescription Drug Market Interventions Summary: Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) through the FY2014 Performance Management Process (PMP) Audit Service Contract for the ONDCP High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area (HIDTA) Program. NIJ initiated the research to collect information on policies, practices, and resources available to the HIDTA program and partnering law enforcement agencies for major crime deterrence, prosecution, and other interventions specific to illegal prescription drug markets. One goal of the HIDTA program is to coordinate intelligence and information sharing and enforcement efforts across federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies involved in the investigation and prosecution of drug trafficking organizations operating within the HIDTA region, making the HIDTA program a valuable resource for collecting information on drug market interventions. Since 2008, through the Audit Service Contract, Abt Associates has worked with HIDTA programs across the country to collect information on performance measurement related to training, intelligence and information sharing, and enforcement activity. For this study, the plan was to expand the audit activities to collect information specific to strategies implemented by selected HIDTAs to disrupt the regional illegal prescription drug market through partnerships with the public health or medical communities, training, and the investigation and prosecution of drug trafficking organizations involved in trafficking illegal prescription drugs. NIJ identified the following three HIDTA regions for this study: the Northwest HIDTA region, which includes multiple counties in the state of Washington; the New Mexico HIDTA region, which includes multiple counties in the state of New Mexico, and the New England HIDTA region, which includes counties in the states of Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Vermont, and Maine. The original research goals included identifying interventions applied by the HIDTA to address the regional illegal prescription drug market. We found, however, that we were not able to have conversations with federal law enforcement officials leading major investigations of drug trafficking organizations due to the public nature of this report. Therefore, discussion of law enforcement investigation activity is limited to information from representatives from task forces led by state or local law enforcement agencies, which limited the scope of the investigations that could be discussed. This report begins by providing background on the illegal prescription drug threat in the United States and the multiple strategies used to divert prescription drugs, and then reviews the range of responses supported by ONDCP, through the HIDTA program, and by state agencies through Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs (PDMPs). The study draws on a variety of sources that include scientific and professional literature, published materials from Federal, state, and local programs, internet searches related to enforcement, education, and prevention, as well as discussions with law enforcement and administrators from state PDMPs. This is a report of our findings. Details: Bethesda, MD: Abt Associates, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at:https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248905.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 135972

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Prison System: Justice Could Better Measure Progress Addressing Incarceration Challenges Summary: The federal inmate population has increased more than eight-fold since 1980, and DOJ has identified prison crowding as a critical issue since 2006. BOP's rising costs and offender recidivism present incarceration challenges to both DOJ and the nation. For example, BOP's operating costs (obligations) have increased over time, and in fiscal year 2014 amounted to more than $7 billion, or 19 percent of DOJ's total obligations. In recent years, DOJ has implemented targeted initiatives in response, and Senate Report 113-78 included a provision for GAO to review these efforts. This report discusses (1) DOJ's initiatives to address federal incarceration challenges, (2) the extent to which DOJ is measuring its efforts, and (3) the extent to which DOJ is coordinating across its components to implement the Smart on Crime Initiative. GAO reviewed DOJ documentation, interviewed DOJ officials, and compared DOJ efforts with performance measurement and coordination best practices GAO has previously identified. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-454: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/670896.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 135974

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Alternative Sentencing in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: January 2009 the United States Sentencing Commission issued a report, Alternative Sentencing in the Federal Criminal Justice System. The report analyzed data from the prior decade concerning the imposition of alternative sentences by federal courts. In particular, that report found "the proportion of federal offenders sentenced to alternatives . . . remained low and decreased slightly" during the prior decade. As a supplement to the 2009 publication, the Commission is releasing this new report, using data from 2005 through 2014, to examine more recent trends in the rates of alternative sentences using a methodology that expands that of the prior report. Notably, this new report updates the previous analysis to include federal sentencing data since the U.S. Supreme Court's December 2007 decision in Gall v. United States, which reinforced sentencing courts' discretion to vary below the sentencing ranges recommended by the Guidelines Manual. This current report examines how sentencing courts use their discretion to impose alternative sentences, specifically combinations of probation and confinement options that substitute for the full prison terms permitted by law. This analysis shows a continued decreasing trend in the imposition of alternative sentences and explores factors associated with the decrease. In examining these trends, this report demonstrates: - Alternative sentences were imposed for a small proportion of federal offenders, in part, as a result of the large number of federal offenders who were ineligible for such sentences due to convictions under certain statutes or their status as deportable aliens. - During the past ten years, rates of alternative sentences declined among U.S. citizen federal offenders who were eligible for such sentences despite 1) a steady overall increase in sentences below the guideline range due to downward departures or variances and 2) overall consistency in offense severity and criminal history among those offenders. - In recent years, the decrease in rates of alternative sentences for eligible offenders, in part, is a reflection of the Commission's 2010 amendment that expanded Zones B and C of the Sentencing Table. The amendment added to Zones B and C offenders whose sentencing ranges previously were in Zones C and D, thereby increasing the proportion of offenders eligible for alternatives. However, as to be expected, courts imposed alternatives for these more serious offenders less frequently than for offenders whose sentencing ranges otherwise were in Zones B and C. This has contributed to the decrease in the rate of alternative sentences for eligible offenders. - Alternative sentences were imposed at notably different rates for offenders in different race categories with White offenders receiving such sentences at higher rates than Black and Hispanic offenders. - During the past ten years, alternative sentences have been imposed at a consistently low rate among U.S. citizen offenders whose sentencing ranges were in Zone D of the Sentencing Table. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Sentencing Commission, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-projects-and-surveys/alternatives/20150617_Alternatives.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135975

Author: Amnesty International Title: Deadly Force: Police Use of Lethal Force In The United States Summary: Hundreds of men and women are killed by police each and every year across the United States. No-one knows exactly how many because the United States does not count how many lives are lost. The limited information available however suggests that African American men are disproportionately impacted by police use of lethal force. While the majority of the unarmed African Americans killed by police officers are men, many African American women have also lost their lives to police violence. Police officers are responsible for upholding the law, as well as respecting and protecting the lives of all members of society. Their jobs are difficult and often dangerous. However, the shooting of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri and countless others across the United States has highlighted a widespread pattern of racially discriminatory treatment by law enforcement officers and an alarming use of lethal force nationwide. Indeed, just 10 days after Michael Brown was fatally shot in Ferguson, Missouri, on August 9, 2014, St. Louis police officers shot and killed a young black man, Kajieme Powell, 25, who was reportedly holding a knife. Police claims that he was brandishing a knife were not borne out by the available video footage of the shooting. Some of the individuals killed by police in the United States include the following: Rekia Boyd, an unarmed 22 year old black woman was shot and killed by a Chicago police officer on March 21, 2012; Eric Garner, a 43 year old black man, died after being placed in a chokehold by New York Police Department officers after being approached by an officer who attempted to arrest him for selling loose, untaxed cigarettes on July 17, 2014; Ezell Ford, 25, an unarmed black man with a history of mental illness, was shot and killed by Los Angeles police officers on August 11 2014; Tamir Rice, a 12 year-old black boy, was shot and killed by officers in Cleveland, Ohio while playing in a park with a toy gun on November 22, 2014; Walter Scott, a 50 year old unarmed black man, was fatally shot in the back after a traffic stop for a broken light on his car in North Charleston, South Carolina on April 4, 2015; and Freddie Grey, a 25 year old black man, died from a spinal injury after being taken into police custody in Baltimore, Maryland on April 19, 2015. These are all cases that have received national media attention; however, there are many more including Hispanic and Indigenous individuals from communities across the country who have died at the hands of the police. The use of lethal force by law enforcement officers raises serious human rights concerns, including in regard to the right to life, the right to security of the person, the right to freedom from discrimination and the right to equal protection of the law. The United States has a legal obligation to respect, protect and fulfill these human rights and has ratified the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination, which explicitly protects these rights. One of a state's most fundamental duties which police officers, as agents of the state, must comply with in carrying out their law enforcement duties, is to protect life. In pursuing ordinary law enforcement operations, using force that may cost the life of a person cannot be justified. International law only allows police officers to use lethal force as a last resort in order to protect themselves or others from death or serious injury. The United Nations (UN) Basic Principles on the Use of Force and Firearms provide that law enforcement officials shall not use firearms against persons except in self-defence or the defence of others against the imminent threat of death or serious injury, and that, in any event, "intentional lethal use of firearms may only be made when strictly unavoidable in order to protect life." Furthermore, international law enforcement standards require that force of any kind may be used only when there are no other means available that are likely to achieve the legitimate objective. If the force is unavoidable it must be no more than is necessary and proportionate to achieve the objective, and law enforcement must use it in a manner designed to minimise damage or injury, must respect and preserve human life and ensure medical aid are provided as soon as possible to those injured or affected. Details: New York: AI, 2015. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/aiusa_deadlyforcereportjune2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 135979

Author: Chauhan, Preeti Title: Trends in Misdemeanor Arrests in New York Summary: This report presents trends in the types of misdemeanors for which New Yorkers have been arrested; analyzes these data by the age, gender, and race/ethnicity of those receiving this enforcement attention; examines shifts in misdemeanor arrest activity by police precincts; displays changes in the issuance of Desk Appearance Tickets over time; and traces these misdemeanor arrests to the initial court disposition at arraignment. New York City experienced profound changes during the time frame covered by this report, from 1980 to 2013. Most notably, the city experienced an unprecedented crime decline1 (see Figure 1). Rates in four types of violent crimes � murder, rape, robbery and felony assault � declined significantly, dropping from 1,886 (violent crimes per 100,000 population) to 503 (violent crimes per 100,000 population). In other words, the violent crime rate went from 1.9 percent in 1980 to 0.5 percent in 2013. A steep decline occurred for robbery rates from 1,422 robberies (per 100,000) in 1980 to 234 robberies (per 100,000) in 2013, an 83.5 percent decline. In absolute numbers, this is a decline from 100,550 to 19,128 robberies. Murders also decreased, from 26 (per 100,000) in 1980 to 4 (per 100,000) in 2013, an 84.5 percent decline. In absolute numbers, this represents a decline from 1,821 to 335 murders. Nonviolent crimes � including burglary, larceny, and motor vehicle theft � also dropped sharply, from 6,452 (per 100,000) in 1980 to 858 (per 100,000) in 2013. From 1980 to 2013, the burglary rate fell from 3,008 (per 100,000) to 213 (per 100,000), grand larceny fell from 2,079 (per 100,000) to 555 (per 100,000), and motor vehicle theft declined from 1,364 (per 100,000) to 91 (per 100,000). This represents declines of 92.7 percent, 73.3 percent, and 93.3 percent, respectively. In absolute numbers, burglary dropped from 212,748 in 1980 to 17,429 in 2013. Motor vehicle thefts declined from 96,471 to 7,400 over this same time frame. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2014. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://johnjay.jjay.cuny.edu/files/web_images/10_28_14_TOCFINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 135980

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Sex Trafficking: An Overview of Federal Criminal Law Summary: Sex trafficking is a state crime. Federal law, however, makes it a federal crime to conduct the activities of a sex trafficking enterprise in a way that affects interstate or foreign commerce or that involves travel in interstate or foreign commerce. Section 1591 of Title 18 of the United States Code outlaws sex trafficking activities that affect interstate or foreign commerce. The Mann Act outlaws sex trafficking activities that involve travel in interstate or foreign commerce. The Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015 (Victims Justice Act; P.L. 114-22/S. 178) amended both 1591 and the Mann Act. Section 1591 now provides in part the following: "Whoever knowingly in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce, or within the special maritime and territorial jurisdiction of the United States, recruits, entices, harbors, transports, provides, obtains, advertises, maintains, patronizes, or solicits by any means a person; knowing, or in reckless disregard of the fact, that means of force, threats of force, fraud, coercion ... , or any combination of such means will be used to cause the person to engage in a commercial sex act, or that the person has not attained the age of 18 years and will be caused to engage in a commercial sex act," shall be imprisoned not less than 15 years (not less than 10 years, if the victim is 14 years of age or older and the offender is less than 18 years of age). The Mann Act outlaws prostitution and unlawful sexual activities that involve interstate or foreign travel. It consists of three principal substantive sections. Section 2421 proscribes the interstate or foreign transportation of someone for purposes of prostitution or unlawful sexual activity; misconduct which is punishable by imprisonment for not more than 10 years. Section 2422 condemns coercing or enticing another person to travel in interstate or foreign commerce to engage in prostitution or unlawful sexual activity, or using interstate communications to coerce or entice a child to engage in such conduct. The communications offense is punishable by imprisonment for not less than 10 years; the travel offense by imprisonment for not more than 20 years. Section 2423 outlaws four distinct offenses: (1) 2423(a)-transportation of a child in interstate or foreign commerce for purposes of prostitution or unlawful sexual purposes; (2) 2423(b)-interstate or foreign travel for purposes of unlawful sexual abuse of a child; (3) 2423(c)-foreign travel and subsequent unlawful sexual abuse of a child; and (4) 2423(d)- arranging, for profit, the travel outlawed in any of these offenses. The first is punishable by imprisonment for not less than 10 years, each of the others by imprisonment for not more than 30 years. An offender also faces the prospect of a fine of not more than $250,000 (not more than $500,000 for an organization); unless indigent, to a special assessment of $5,000; a term of supervised release of not less than five years; an order to pay the victim restitution; and the confiscation of any property derived from, or used to facilitate commission of, any of the offenses. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Office, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R43597: Accessed July 9, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43597.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 135988

Author: Howell, Embry Title: The Hospital Costs of Firearm Assaults Summary: In the wake of recent high profile incidents of gun violence, there is renewed national attention on the prevalence and cost of firearm assaults in the United States. To make informed policy decisions, lawmakers are calling for current and accurate data on the costs of these assaults. This brief examines the costs of emergency department (ED) visits and hospital admissions for firearm assault victims in the United States in 2010. These costs are further examined according to patient gender, age, median household income, and insurance status. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/412894-The-Hospital-Costs-of-Firearm-Assaults.PDF Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 135995

Author: Glaeser, Edward L. Title: A Theory of Civil Disobedience Summary: From the streets of Hong Kong to Ferguson, Missouri, civil disobedience has again become newsworthy. What explains the prevalence and extremity of acts of civil disobedience?This paper presents a model in which protest planners choose the nature of the disturbance hoping to influence voters (or other decision-makers in less democratic regimes) both through the size of the unrest and by generating a response. The model suggests that protesters will either choose a mild �epsilon� protest, such as a peaceful march, which serves mainly to signal the size of the disgruntled population, or a �sweet spot� protest, which is painful enough to generate a response but not painful enough so that an aggressive response is universally applauded. Since non-epsilon protests serve primarily to signal the leaders� type, they will occur either when protesters have private information about the leader�s type or when the distribution of voters� preferences are convex in a way that leads the revelation of uncertainty to increase the probability of regime change. The requirements needed for rational civil disobedience seem not to hold in many world settings, and so we explore ways in which bounded rationality by protesters, voters, and incumbent leaders can also explain civil disobedience. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 21338: Accessed July 13, 2015 at:http://www.nber.org/papers/w21338.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Disorders Shelf Number: 136008

Author: Kennedy, Spurgeon Title: Outcome and Performance Measures for Pretrial Diversion Field Summary: This publication outlines suggested outcome and performance measures and critical operational data for pretrial diversion programs. Its goals are to present clearly defined and easily calculable measures that pretrial diversion programs can use to gauge progress in achieving their mission and strategic goals, improve business decisions, and illustrate pretrial diversion's value in an evidence-based criminal justice system. The suggested measures are compatible with established national pretrial diversion standards and appropriate for any program established as a voluntary option to traditional criminal case processing and with a mission to: Reduce the likelihood of future arrests through appropriate interventions based on thorough assessments and intervention plans tailored to an individual participant's risks and needs; and/or Conserve/redirect criminal justice resources to more serious crimes and those that warrant prosecution by providing a meaningful response to participant conduct. Each measurement description includes a definition, data needed to track the metric, and a sample calculation. Also included are appendices of recommended procedures on setting measurement targets and establishing meaningful quality assurance and quality control" (p. vi). Sections of this publication cover: the Evidence Based Decision Making Framework (EBDM); introduction; data quality; outcome measures - success rate, safety rule, and post-program success rate; performance measures - screening, placement, compliance, response, provision, and satisfaction; and critical operational data - referrals, time to diversion program placement, time in diversion, time in programming, and exits. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Pretrial Service Agencies, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/029722.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence Based Practices Shelf Number: 136011

Author: Saar, Malika Saada Title: The Sexual Abuse to Prison Pipeline: The Girls' Story Summary: "The Sexual Abuse to Prison Pipeline: The Girls' Story", a report that exposes how girls, specifically girls of color, are arrested and incarcerated as a result of sexual abuse. One in 3 juveniles arrested is a girl. Girls tend to be arrested at younger ages than boys, usually entering the system at age 13 or 14. And while girls are only 14 percent of incarcerated youths, they make up the fastest-growing segment of the juvenile-justice system. Sexual abuse is one of the primary predictors of girls' detention. Girls are rarely arrested for violent crimes. They are arrested for nonviolent behaviors that are correlative with enduring and escaping from abusive environments-offenses such as truancy and running away. Many girls run away from abusive homes or foster-care placements, only to then be arrested for the status offense of running away. Whereas abused women are told to run from their batterers, when girls run from abuse, they are locked up. There is also the grim example of how girls are criminalized when they are trafficked for sex as children. When poor black and brown girls are bought and sold for sex, they are rarely regarded or treated as victims of trafficking. Instead, they are children jailed for prostitution. According to the FBI, African-American children make up 59 percent of all prostitution-related arrests under the age of 18 in the U.S., and girls make up 76 percent of all prostitution-related arrests under the age of 18 in the U.S. Another lens through which to understand the degree of sexual violence and trauma endured by justice-involved girls is their own histories. The younger a girl's age when she enters the juvenile-justice system, the more likely she is to have been sexually assaulted and/or seriously physically injured. One California study found that 60 percent of girls in the state's jails had been raped or were in danger of being raped at some point in their lives. Similarly, a study of delinquent girls in South Carolina found that 81 percent reported a history of sexual violence: Sixty-nine percent had experienced violence by their caregiver, and 42 percent reported dating violence. It has to be pointed out, as the "Sexual Abuse to Prison Pipeline" report does, that this is, distinctly, a pipeline for girls of color. Youths of color account for 45 percent of the general youth population, but girls of color-who are approximately half of all youths of color-make up approximately two-thirds of girls who are incarcerated. Details: Washington, DC: George Law Center on Poverty and Inequality, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://rights4girls.org/wp-content/uploads/r4g/2015/02/2015_COP_sexual-abuse_layout_web-1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 136019

Author: Jensen, Elise Title: Building a Safer Tomorrow: A Process Evaluation of Grand Forks County Defending Childhood Initiative Summary: Safer Tomorrows, the Grand Forks Defending Childhood Initiative, was unique in its implementation of universal prevention programming in Grand Forks County schools, extending to all students (pre-kindergarten through high school) in public, private, and rural schools. The programs addressed multiple forms of violence (e.g., bullying, dating violence); strategies for preventing violence; fostering healthy positive relationships with others; and improving personal social-emotional health. Other components of Safer Tomorrows included trauma-informed treatment for children exposed to violence; community awareness strategies tailored to the local sports culture; and training of professionals on topics related to children's exposure to violence and trauma. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Grand_Forks_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 136023

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: "We Have the Power to Stop the Violence": A Process Evaluation of Cuyahoga County's Defending Childhood Initiative Summary: As part of the U.S. Attorney General's Defending Childhood Demonstration Program, eight sites around the country were funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Office of Violence Against Women to use a collaborative process to develop and implement programming to address children's exposure to violence in their communities. Cuyahoga County, Ohio was chosen as one of these sites, and, since 2010, has received over $3 million in federal funding for this initiative. Led by the Witness/Victim Service Center at Cuyahoga County's Department of Public Safety & Justice Services, the Cuyahoga County Defending Childhood Initiative (CCDCI) created a streamlined screening, assessment, and service system implemented county-wide for children ages 0-18 who have been exposed to violence and are experiencing trauma symptoms. Smaller initiative components included two targeted evidence-based/promising prevention programs (Adults and Children Together; Families and Schools Together) in high-risk neighborhoods; community awareness and education campaigns; and professional training activities. The county-wide system for treating children who have been exposed to violence represented a system-level reform that was unique to the Cuyahoga County Defending Childhood Initiative. The first step in the system focuses on identification and screening. A short, one-page screener was created for children seven years of age and younger (completed by the caregiver) and for children eight years of age and older (completed by the child). The Juvenile Court and the Department of Children and Family Services are the primary screening agencies. If a child screens as having been exposed to violence or trauma, it leads to a referral to a newly created Central Intake and Assessment office for a full assessment, the second step in the system. If the child screens positive on the full assessment, the child is then referred to the final step in the system: appropriate evidence-based treatment services such as Trauma-Focused Cognitive Behavioral Therapy or Parent Child Interaction Therapy, administered by a CCDCI contracted agency. Although there were barriers and challenges to implementation for each program component, the CCDCI can be potentially viewed as a model for a countywide streamlined screening, assessment, and service system to systematically address children's exposure to violence. The high level of detail and sophistication in many of the strategies in Cuyahoga County could provide other cities with a clear roadmap and guidance for replication. However, it is unknown whether or not Cuyahoga County's strong preexisting service infrastructure, interdisciplinary collaboration, and local research capacity may be found in comparable cities. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Cuyahoga.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 136024

Author: Ayoub, Lama Hassoun Title: Tackling Urban Inequalities: A Process Evaluation of the Boston Defending Childhood Initiative Summary: The Boston Defending Childhood Initiative centralized the importance of racial/social justice and health equity during planning and implementation in nearly every approach for addressing children's exposure to violence. Specific strategies included funding community health centers to provide treatment for children exposed to violence; funding local community organizations to implement family nurturing programs; creating a youth-led and produced web series to raise awareness about violence; and engaging professionals (e.g., through "learning communities") in long-term training on topics related to trauma-informed care and evidence-based therapeutic interventions. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Boston_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 136025

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Interim Report of the CBP Integrity Advisory Panel Summary: Created as part of the homeland security eorganization of 2003, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is the single, unified agency to protect and secure our nation's borders. CBP is by far the largest law enforcement agency of our country. In terms of its more than 44,000 arms carrying, sworn law enforcement officers, CBP is more than double the size of the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and substantially larger than New York Police Department (NYPD), the largest local police force in the U.S. Unquestionably, CBP is far more effective in performing its border protection mission than was the case pre-2003 when border enforcement authority and personnel were fragmented into four separate agencies aligned within three different departments of government. Yet as a border agency with a national security and law enforcement mission, CBP is vulnerable to the potential for corruption within its workforce which, if not detected and effectively investigated, could severely undermine its mission. Moreover, it is imperative, as with all law enforcement, that CBP officers and agents avoid using excessive and unnecessary force in carrying out their duties. To this end, it is essential that CBP be capable of effectively investigating and deterring the potential unlawful and out-of-policy use of force by its personnel . It is within this context that in December 2014, the Secretary of Homeland Security requested the Homeland Security Advisory Council (HSAC) to create the CBP Integrity Advisory Panel ("Panel"), a subcommittee of the HSAC, in order to take stock of and evaluate the progress of CBP regarding its efforts to deter and prevent corruption and the use of excessive force and its efforts to restore public confidence through more transparency with key stakeholders and the public. As part of the Secretary's tasking, he requested recommendations based upon law enforcement best practices regarding further steps needed to assure the highest level of integrity, compliance with use of force policy, incident response transparency, and stakeholder engagement. The Secretary's six specific tasking's are set forth in his letter to the HSAC dated December 9, 2014. (See Appendix B) This interim report discusses integrity and use of force/transparency issues separately, yet some of our recommendations apply to both. A prime example is our recommendation that the number of criminal investigators in CBP's Office of Internal Affairs (IA) be substantially increased. An adequately staffed IA is essential to giving CBP the capacity to timely and thoroughly investigate all allegations of corruption as well as all use of force violations of CBP policy. Since its inception less than four months ago, in March 2015, the Panel has met and reviewed numerous prior reports, gathered a prodigious amount of data and met with and interviewed dozens of representatives of CBP, Department of Homeland Security (DHS), various stakeholders and Non-Government Organizations (NGOs). This is our first interim report and recommendations with more to follow in the future. Given the extraordinary importance of maintaining integrity and assuring compliance with use of force policy, the Panel believes that consideration of our recommendations, and action upon them, should not await our final report. Details: Washington, DC: U. S. Department of Homeland Security, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: http://soboco.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/HSAC-CBP-IAP-Interim-Report_FINAL_062915.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 136026

Author: Johnson, Brian D. Title: The Missing Link: Examining Prosecutorial Decision-Making Across Federal District Courts Summary: U.S. Attorneys are arguably the most powerful and least studied actor in the federal criminal court workgroup. They have immense discretion to decide which cases to prosecute and what charging concession to offer in the course of plea bargaining, yet a paucity of empirical research exists on these consequential decisions. Recent scholarship on criminal sentencing suggests sentencing decisions vary significantly across court contexts, but virtually no prior work investigates jurisdictional variations in prosecutorial decision-making outcomes. The current study uses unique data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics on federal criminal case processing to study these issues. It links information across multiple federal agencies in order to track individual offenders across the various stages of the federal justice system. Specifically, it combines arrest information from the U.S. Marshall�s Service with charging information from the Executive and Administrative Offices of the U.S. Attorney and with sentencing information from the U.S. Sentencing Commission. Linking data from these multiple sources provides a unique opportunity to study elusive prosecutorial decision-making outcomes in the federal justice system. These individual data, then, are subsequently augmented with additional information on federal courts to examine contextual variations in charging decisions across federal jurisdictions. Findings from this research suggest several important conclusions. First, there is little systematic evidence of age, race and gender disparities in U.S. Attorney decisions regarding which cases are accepted and which are declined for prosecution. The most common reason for case declinations reported by U.S. Attorneys was weak or insufficient evidence. Second, there is some evidence of disparities in charge reductions, but they operate in opposite directions for gender and race. Male defendants were less likely than female defendants to receive charge reductions but black and Hispanic defendants were slightly more likely than white defendants to receive them. Young, male, minority defendants, however, were both less likely to have their cases declined and less likely to receive charge reductions. Fourth, both case declinations and charging reductions demonstrate significant variation across federal district court environments. Larger districts were slightly more likely to decline prosecutions and reduce charges, but overall, few of the district-level characteristics that were examined proved to be strongly related to jurisdictional variations in prosecutorial decision-making outcomes. In terms of policy recommendations, this research suggests that there is a strong need for improved data collection efforts on federal prosecution. The dearth of research on prosecutors reflects a lack of quality data on their decisions-making processes and outcomes and on the social contexts in which these decisions are made. Increased transparency, accountability, fairness and equality in federal punishment will ultimately require improved information on the essential role played by U.S. Attorneys in the multiple decision-making points that comprise criminal case processing in the federal criminal justice system. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2014. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/245351.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 136028

Author: Grotpeter, Jennifer K. Title: Violent Sexual Offending Summary: In the last twenty years, most segments of Western society, particularly law enforcement agencies and clinicians, have recognized the deleterious effects of the sexual assault of women and sexual exploitation of children (e.g., Furby, Weinrott, & Blackshaw, 1989; Weinrott, 1996; Hanson & Bussiere, 1998). In particular, recent media focus on high profile sexual offenses has highlighted to the public incidents of sexual offending in a wide range of offender-victim relationships, including strangers, neighbors, family members, and members of the clergy. These have resulted in contentious public dialogue about where sexual offenders may live after they have served their time, and in some cases, whether they should have to serve that time at all. Society�s resolve to prevent sexual assault has resulted in the development of numerous treatment services for sexual offenders (Barbaree, Hudson, & Seto, 1993). While a great deal of clinical research has focused on the topic, little prospective longitudinal research has been conducted on the etiology and long-term trajectories of sex offenders (see Barbaree, et al., 1993; Weinrott, 1996). The goal of the present work is to summarize briefly the theoretical explanations for sexual violent behavior, to review what has been found in past research about the epidemiology and social development of sexual offenders, and to examine self-reported and official data on sexual offending from the National Youth Survey, a nationally-representative, longitudinal, prospective study of youth as they age into adulthood. Details: Boulder, CO: Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence, Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado, 2002. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: http://www2.cde.state.co.us/artemis/ucbmonos/ucb61092of22002internet/ucb61092of2200201internet.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 136029

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Denormalizing Violence: Evaluation Framework for a Public Health Model of Violence Prevention Summary: Despite having one of the lowest murder rates among major U.S. cities, gun violence continues to be a serious problem in New York City. In 2011, the New York City Council created the Task Force to Combat Gun Violence. In a December 2012 report, the Task Force recommended the initiation of a multi-agency and multi-disciplinary "crisis management system" to reduce the incidence and severity of gun violence. The system was based on the Cure Violence model of violence reduction. Cure Violence utilizes a public health approach. It considers gun violence to be analogous to a communicable disease that passes from person to person when left untreated. According to the logic of Cure Violence, gun violence is most effectively reduced by changing the behavior of individuals at risk to participate in gun violence and "denormalizing" violence by working to change the community norms that support and perpetuate gun violence. The Research & Evaluation (R&E) Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice is currently evaluating the effectiveness of the Cure Violence approach to violence reduction. Between April 2013 and February 2014, staff from the R&E Center began the project by visiting Cure Violence sites in New York City and Chicago, the home base for Cure Violence. Researchers observed the operation of the program and assessed the suitability of the model for detailed evaluation. The team reviewed documents and websites about the project, interviewed program staff, and spoke with local officials involved in the design and launch of the initiative in both cities. Researchers also met with staff of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, which supports the Cure Violence model and contributed partial funding for this research. The following report addresses the operations of the Cure Violence model and how it differs from other approaches for reducing gun violence. It reviews the evidence underlying these models and proposes an agenda for future evaluation research. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research & Evaluation Center, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2015 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/03/denormalizing.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 136030

Author: Trapp, Don Title: Pretrial Analysis for Middlesex County, Massachusetts Technical Assistance Report and Addendum Summary: This report summarizes the primary findings and recommendations from a pretrial analysis for Middlesex County, Massachusetts. Peter Koutoujian, Sheriff of Middlesex County acted on behalf of multiple justice system stakeholders in the county to request technical assistance to receive an analysis of the pretrial jail population, trend analysis and related practices. The purpose of which is to examine the possible causes of increasing numbers of pretrial defendants remaining in custody, leading to overcrowding and subsequent jail cap releases. The assistance will also include discussions with all system stakeholders so as to incorporate input and information about these issues, and will facilitate the development of clear, measurable, and attainable objectives regarding the ongoing management of this population. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Corrections, Community Corrections Division, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.middlesexsheriff.org/Press%20Releases/May15/NIC%20-%20MSO%20Pretrial%20Analysis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 136040

Author: Dudley, Richard G., Jr. Title: Childhood Trauma and Its Effects: Implications for Police Summary: Repeated exposure to traumatic events during childhood can have dramatic and long-lasting effects. During the past 20 years, there has been an enormous increase in our understanding of how being repeatedly traumatized by violence affects the growth and development of preadolescent children, especially when such traumatized children lack a nurturing and protective parental figure that might mitigate the impact of the trauma. In this paper, I summarize the current understanding of the effects of ongoing trauma on young children, how these effects impair adolescent and young adult functioning, and the possible implications of this for policing. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Kennedy School of Government, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/248686.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 136054

Author: Ross, Matthew B. Title: State of Connecticut Traffic Stop Data Analysis and Findings, 2013-14 Summary: The Alvin W. Penn Racial Profiling Prohibition Act (Public Act 99-198) was first enacted in 1999 and prohibits racial profiling in the State of Connecticut. The law prohibits any law enforcement agency in the state from stopping, detaining, or searching motorists when the stop is motivated solely by considerations of the race, color, ethnicity, age, gender or sexual orientation of that individual (Connecticut General Statutes Sections 54-1l and 54-1m). In 2012 and 2013, the Connecticut General Assembly made several changes to this law to create a system to address concerns regarding racial profiling in Connecticut. In accordance with these changes, police agencies began collecting data pertaining to all traffic stops on October 1, 2013. In 2012, the Racial Profiling Prohibition Project Advisory Board was established to advise the Office of Policy and Management (OPM) in adopting the law's standardized methods and guidelines. The Institute for Municipal and Regional Policy (IMRP) at Central Connecticut State University was tasked to help oversee the design, evaluation, and management of the racial profiling study mandated by Public Act No. 12-74 and Public Act No. 13-75, "An Act Concerning Traffic Stop Information." The project staff worked with the state's Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS) to develop a system to collect consistent and universal traffic stop information and submit it to CJIS electronically on a monthly basis. The project staff enlisted the Connecticut Economic Resource Center, Inc. (CERC) to recommend and conduct an advanced statistical analysis of the data once the data collection system had been deemed to be operating sufficiently. The authors from CERC applied the statistical tests presented in Sections V and VI of the report. In addition, CERC developed and applied the peer group analysis presented along with the other descriptive measures in Section IV. The authors from IMRP conducted the analyses contained in Section IV of the report on the estimated driving population, resident only stops and state average. The body of the report represents collaboration between members from both organizations. The statistical evaluation of policing data in Connecticut is an important step towards developing a transparent dialogue between law enforcement and the public at large. The release of this report is evidence that Connecticut is well positioned to lead the nation in addressing the issue of racial profiling and increasing trust between the public and law enforcement. Although the analysis and findings presented in this report were conducted through a collaboration between IMRP and CERC, the ability to conduct such an analysis is primarily attributable to the efforts of state policy makers and the Racial Profiling Prohibition Project Advisory Board. The advisory board brought a variety of perspectives to the conversation and included members from Connecticut state government, state and local police, researchers, and civil rights advocacy groups. There are a total of 92 municipal police departments: 29 departments employing more than 50 officers, 50 employing between 20 and 50 officers, and 13 with fewer than 20 officers. State police are comprised of 13 distinct troops. Although there are an additional 81 jurisdictions that do not have organized police departments and are provided police services by the state police, either directly or through provision of resident troopers, these stops were categorized with their overarching state police troops. Additionally, a total of 13 special agencies have the authority to conduct traffic stops. This report presents the results from an analysis of the 620,000 traffic stops conducted by the aforementioned agencies during the 12-month study period from October 1, 2013 through September 30, 2014. Details: New Britain, CT: Central Connecticut State University, Institute for Municipal and Regional Policy, 2015. 143p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://s429795233.onlinehome.us/reports/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 136055

Author: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority Title: Public Safety, Crime and Justice Report Summary: Every day, thousands of dedicated men and women in blue risk their lives to keep the residents of the sprawling Chicago metropolitan region safe. Their service and sacrifice are deeply appreciated. Unfortunately, the criminal justice system in the Chicago metropolitan region and across the United States has been heavily criticized for not always meeting the "Big Three Es" Efficiency, Effectiveness, and Equity. The system is slow in administering justice and expensive to maintain. Too often the system that is supposed to rehabilitate offenders is unable to prevent them from returning to crime. And too often the system that is supposed to dispense justice is accused of enforcing laws in a manner that discriminates against persons of color and the poor. Indeed, research has documented racial bias in decisions regarding arrests, searches, prosecutions, and sentencing, thus yielding today's problem of disproportionate minority contact. Furthermore, research has documented some abusive encounters between the police and the public. This has resulted in reduced public confidence in the legitimacy of the criminal justice system. In an attempt to enhance safety in our communities, American society has become heavily reliant on punitive, zero tolerance strategies. This has resulted in the rapid growth of prison populations over the past two decades, mostly affecting persons of color with limited means, and often involving non-violent offenders. The result is that United States now has the highest rate of imprisonment per capita in the world. In addition to enhancing the existing system, this report suggests a need to seriously consider alternative models of justice, such as the Balanced and Restorative Justice (BARJ) approach - which gives balanced attention to public safety, individual accountability to victims and the community, and development of skills to help offenders live law abiding and productive lives. The report also suggests the need to create an independent system of measurement to monitor the fairness of the criminal justice system and measure public safety outcomes that are important to the community, but are not captured in current indicators. Besides crime rates, the public cares about the quality of life in their neighborhoods as measured by levels of physical and social disorder, fear of crime, and their freedom to use the local environment without concern for safety. The community also cares deeply about equity and fairness during encounters with the police and other agents of the criminal justice system. Details: Chicago: Chicago Community Trust; Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority; University of Illinois at Chicago (UIC) Center for Research in Law and Justice, 2009. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.issuelab.org/resource/public_safety_crime_and_justice_report Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 136057

Author: Drenkard, Scott Title: Cigarette Taxes and Cigarette Smuggling by State, 2013 Summary: Key Findings - Large differentials in cigarette taxes across states create incentives for black market sales. - Smuggled cigarettes make up substantial portions of cigarette consumption in many states, and greater than 20 percent of consumption in fifteen states. - The highest inbound cigarette smuggling rates are in New York (58.0 percent), Arizona (49.3 percent), Washington (46.4 percent), New Mexico (46.1 percent), and Rhode Island (32.0 percent). - The highest outbound smuggling rates are in New Hampshire (28.6 percent), Idaho (24.2 percent), Virginia (22.6 percent), Delaware (22.6 percent), and Wyoming (21.0 percent). - Smuggling rates jumped substantially in Illinois after hikes in state and county excise tax rates, from 1.1 percent of consumption in the last edition to 20.9 percent in this edition. - Cigarette tax rates increased in 30 states and the District of Columbia between 2006 and 2013. Public policies often have unintended consequences that outweigh their benefits. One consequence of high state cigarette tax rates has been increased smuggling as criminals procure discounted packs from low-tax states to sell in high-tax states. Growing cigarette tax differentials have made cigarette smuggling both a national problem and a lucrative criminal enterprise. Each year, scholars at the Mackinac Center for Public Policy, a Michigan think tank, use a statistical analysis of available data to estimate smuggling rates for each state.[1] Their most recent report uses 2013 data and finds that smuggling rates generally rise in states after they adopt large cigarette tax increases. Smuggling rates have dropped in some states, however, often where neighboring states have higher cigarette tax rates. Table 1 shows the data for each state, comparing 2013 and 2006 smuggling rates and tax changes. New York is the highest net importer of smuggled cigarettes, totaling 58.0 percent of the total cigarette market in the state. New York also has the highest state cigarette tax ($4.35 per pack), not counting the additional local New York City cigarette tax (an additional $1.50 per pack). Smuggling in New York has risen sharply since 2006 (+62 percent), as has the tax rate (+190 percent). Smuggling in Illinois has also increased dramatically, from 1.1 percent to 20.9 percent since the last data release. This is likely related to the fact that the Illinois state cigarette tax rate was hiked from $0.98 to $1.98 in mid-2012. This increase in smuggling may continue in future data editions, as more recent increases in both the Cook County rate (from $2.00 to $3.00 per pack, effective March 1, 2013) and the Chicago municipal rate (from $0.68 to $1.18, effective January 10, 2014) have brought the combined state-county-municipal rate to $6.16 per pack of cigarettes, the highest combined rate in the country.[2] Other peer-reviewed studies provide support for these findings.[3] Recently, a study in Tobacco Control examined littered packs of cigarettes in five northeast cities, finding that 58.7 percent of packs did not have proper local stamps. The authors estimated 30.5 to 42.1 percent of packs were trafficked.[4] Smuggling takes many forms: counterfeit state tax stamps, counterfeit versions of legitimate brands, hijacked trucks, or officials turning a blind eye.[5] The study's authors, LaFaive and Nesbit, cite examples of a Maryland police officer running illicit cigarettes while on duty, a Virginia man hiring a contract killer over a cigarette smuggling dispute, and prison guards caught smuggling cigarettes into prisons. Policy responses have included banning common carrier delivery of cigarettes,[6] greater law enforcement activity on interstate roads,[7] differential tax rates near low-tax jurisdictions,[8] and cracking down on tribal reservations that sell tax-free cigarettes.[9] However, the underlying problem remains: high cigarette taxes that amount to a "price prohibition" of the product in many U.S. states.[10] Details: Washington, DC: Tax Foundation, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Fiscal Fact, No. 450: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/TaxFoundation_FF450.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 136058

Author: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO) Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children: Actions Needed to Ensure Children Receive Required Care in DHS Custody Summary: From fiscal years 2009 through 2014, DHS apprehended more than 200,000 UAC, and the number of UAC apprehended in fiscal year 2014 (about 74,000) was more than four times larger than that for fiscal year 2011 (about 17,000). On the journey to the United States, many UAC have traveled thousands of miles under dangerous conditions. The Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 included a provision for GAO to, among other things, review how DHS cares for UAC. This report examines, among other things, the extent to which DHS has developed policies and procedures to (1) screen all UAC as required and (2) care for all UAC as required. GAO reviewed TVPRA and other legal requirements, DHS policies for screening and caring for UAC, fiscal year 2009 through 2014 apprehension data on UAC, and 2014 Border Patrol UAC care data. GAO also randomly sampled and analyzed case files of Mexican UAC whom Border Patrol apprehended in fiscal year 2014. GAO interviewed DHS and HHS officials in Washington, D.C., and at Border Patrol and OFO facilities in Arizona, California, and Texas selected on the basis of UAC apprehension data. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS, among other things, provide guidance on how agents and officers are to apply UAC screening criteria, ensure that screening decisions are documented, develop processes to record reliable data on UAC care, and document the interagency process to transfer UAC from DHS to HHS. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-521: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://gao.gov/assets/680/671393.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 136062

Author: George, Christine C. Title: An Evaluation of the Cook County States Attorneys Office Deferred Prosecution Program Summary: The study looks at the development, implementation, and impact of the Cook County State Attorneys' Deferred Prosecution Program (DPP). Researchers used a mixed methodological approach involving qualitative and quantitative methods including a quasi-experimental design to measure outcomes. Following we summarize the program model, key findings and recommendations. The DPP Model The model is predicated on an ongoing operational collaboration of the State's Attorney's Office with the Cook County First Municipal District Judicial Circuit Court, the Department of Probation Pre-Trial Services Division, and TASC, all of which have key operational roles in the DPP model. The Assistant State's Attorneys (ASA) at various Cook County Branch Courts identify potential candidates, first time non-violent felony offenders, before preliminary hearings are conducted. If victims agree and DPP candidates accept the 12-month program offer, the preliminary hearing is waived and the case is transferred to the DPP program. The low demand program requirements includes regular court appearances in a DPP branch court, assessment, monthly meeting with pre-trial services officer, meeting of certain conditions, dependent on their particular offense and their educational and employment status and not reoffending. Upon successful completion of the program, the felony charge is dismissed by the SAO, exercising its prosecutorial discretion and the participant can then have his or her record expunged. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/public/pdf/ResearchReports/Cook_County_Deferred_Prosecution_Evaluation_0715.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 136063

Author: Wong, Carolyn Title: The Potential of Blind Collaborative Justice: Testing the Impact of Expert Blinding and Consensus Building on the Validity of Forensic Testimony Summary: Biased expert testimony is a leading cause of wrongful convictions, and new techniques are needed to reduce such biases. This study conducted an experimental investigation of two potential contributors to biased testimony within adversarial litigation involving forensic evidence: (1) experts' knowledge of their party representation (i.e., prosecution vs. defense counsel), and (2) lack of input from the relevant scientific community. A sample of 580 scientists was asked to read a vignette about a hypothetical criminal case and solve a statistical reasoning problem bearing on the case evidence. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three types of party representation (prosecution, defense, or blinded). Approximately half the participants in each representation were given the correct solution in advance of their responses. The correct solution was derived by an independent panel of 12 experts, and presented as "consensus feedback." The other half of participants in each representation received the consensus feedback after providing an initial response, and received an opportunity to change their initial response following that feedback. We found no evidence of an effect of blinding on accuracy. The results revealed a consistent, positive effect of expert consensus feedback on response accuracy. We conclude that expert consensus feedback could improve the validity of expert testimony, and discuss the importance of educating scientists about ways to reduce testimonial bias. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR800/RR804/RAND_RR804.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 136068

Author: Croslin, Chike Title: Independent Lens: Toward Transparency, Accountability, and Effectiveness in Police Tactics, Summary: Mandating that police wear body-worn cameras can help to improve relations between police and communities, and ensure greater accountability for police actions. But these requirements must be carefully and thoughtfully implemented within a much wider set of policy and practical policing reforms. These are the conclusions drawn from a new report released by the Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice titled Independent Lens: Toward Transparency, Accountability, and Effectiveness in Police Tactics, that explores the potential and limitations of body-worn cameras for police. Recent police shootings of unarmed civilians, incidents of police misconduct, high levels of complaints against police, and costly settlements have highlighted the divisions that exist between police and residents, and the lack of trust that frequently exists between police and the communities they serve, particularly communities of color. In response, many are calling for new laws to require police officers to wear body-worn cameras to record their interactions with the public. Because this technology is relatively new and still largely untested, there exist myriad questions about the legality, usefulness, and effectiveness of such requirements" Independent Lens takes a close look at these questions, and concludes that �body-worn cameras, when appropriately integrated into existing police practices and supported by a detailed regulatory architecture, can be a key tool for reinvigorating community policing and reducing costs stemming from complaints, litigation, and settlements." However, the report also cautions policymakers of the limitations of body-worn camera technology. Such devices do not address the need for deeper reforms within police departments, such as additional training of police officers, greater monitoring of the effects of implicit racial bias, and shifts in agency incentive structures away from arrests and toward greater public safety. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Black Law Students Association, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://www.charleshamiltonhouston.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Independent-Lens-Cvr-Guts.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 136073

Author: Keaton, Sandy Title: Workforce Partnership Inc.: Youthful Offender Evaluation Summary: Approximately 200,000 juveniles and young adults reenter society from juvenile correctional facilities or state and federal prisons each year, many lacking the skills or resources to successfully transition back to the community. Recognizing the unique needs of youthful offenders, the San Diego Workforce Partnership (Workforce Partnership), at the guidance of the Youth Council directed federal Department of Labor Workforce Investment Act (WIA) Title I Youth funds to serve youthful offenders re-entering local communities after incarceration The Workforce Partnership, in turn contracted with three non-profits to implement the Youthful Offender program throughout the San Diego region. The Workforce Partnership also contracted with the Criminal Justice Research Division of SANDAG, to conduct a process and impact evaluation on all 402 youth who entered the Youthful Offender program between July 1, 2007, and December 31, 2009, and exited by June 30, 2010. Seventy percent of the 307 youth who exited as of June 30, 2010, successfully completed the program as measured by achieving at least one of their major goals (e.g., educational or employment). At six-month follow-up about one in five (22%) of the 206 youth who completed the entire follow-up period were arrested and only 13 percent had a new conviction. Multivariate analysis revealed that successful completion of the program or being employed at exit significantly reduced the likelihood of being arrested six months postexit. Overall, both staff and youth were pleased with the effectiveness of the program. The information garnered from this report will inform both program staff and the Workforce Partnership as they continued to hone the implementation of the Youthful Offender program. Details: San Diego, CA: SANDAG, Criminal Justice Research Division, 2011. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_1934_18980.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 136074

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Line Drawing: Raising the Minimum Age of Criminal Court Jurisdiction in New York Summary: In his 2014 State of the State address, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced the formation of a state commission to produce a plan for raising the age at which juveniles are charged as adults in New York courts. Currently, New York is one of two states where all 16 year-olds accused of violating the law are automatically handled in criminal (adult) court. Governor Cuomo directed the new Commission on Youth, Public Safety & Justice to develop an effective strategy for changing the policy that currently sets the lower boundary for criminal court jurisdiction at age 16. He described the policy as "outdated." The ultimate goal of the newly formed Commission, according to the Governor, is to create a "roadmap" for reforming the justice system to "promote youth success and ensure public safety." During 2014, the Commission will: - Develop a plan to raise the age of criminal responsibility, including proposing concrete recommendations to protect public safety with regard to the small number of young violent offenders. As with the entire plan, these recommendations will be informed by the science of what works and other relevant factors to reduce recidivism and maintain public safety; - Make other specific recommendations as to how New York's juvenile and criminal justice systems can better serve youth, improve outcomes, and protect communities; and - Ensure that for the small percentage of youth who engage repeatedly in violent or other harmful behavior, protecting communities and The following report is designed to inform the Commission's efforts by examining the reasons for changing the age of criminal jurisdiction and by reviewing the implications of such a change. The report examines the relationship of jurisdictional age to serious crime and it reviews the experiences of states that have previously changed their jurisdictional age laws. Next, the report addresses the cost considerations involved in these policy changes and it describes the types of detailed cost-benefit analyses that New York should undertake to project their effects on shifting court caseloads and the number of youth likely to be placed in various supervision programs and placement settings. Details: New York: Research & Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/rec/files/2014/02/linedrawing.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 136076

Author: Delgado, Sheyla A. Title: Perceptions of Violence: Surveying Young Males in New York City. Summary: Violent crime in New York City declined sharply during the previous two decades, but some neighborhoods remain highly vulnerable to gun violence. In 2011, the City Council's Task Force to Combat Gun Violence recommended the implementation of a new "Crisis Management System" (CMS) in five New York City neighborhoods. The CMS approach includes strategies from the Chicago-based Cure Violence model along with other social and legal services. The Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College began assessing the implementation and effects of these efforts in 2013. One element in the project involves in-person surveys with young men (ages 18-30) in many of the neighborhoods implementing the strategy. The study operates under the brand name, "NYC-Cure." This report contains survey results from the first four neighborhoods to be involved in the NYC-Cure study. The survey instrument measures personal attitudes towards violence and experiences with violence, as well as each respondent's awareness of local violence prevention efforts. Additional surveys are being conducted in these and other neighborhoods around New York City in an effort to detect any changes over a three-year period. The study relies on Respondent-Driven Sampling (RDS) methods to recruit survey respondents. Key Findings: 1. According to surveys conducted from March through June of 2014, Cure Violence programs have established a strong presence in New York City neighborhoods. The majority of young males in each neighborhood surveyed for this study recognized the educational materials (e.g. flyers, pamphlets, etc.) used by the organizations to promote their services. When asked if they recognized any staff from the programs (using unlabeled photographs), the majority of the survey respondents recognized at least one staff member. 2. Gun violence in these neighborhoods remains a real concern. When respondents were asked about their exposure to guns and gun violence, the majority reported hearing gunfire in their neighborhood at least once in the past 12-months and almost one-quarter (23%) heard gunshots more than 10 times. 3. Violent victimizations are common in these neighborhoods. Almost one in five survey respondents reported being stabbed at some time in the past, and almost 40 percent reported that they had been the target of gunfire in the past. 4. Contact with law enforcement was also common. Nearly 80 percent of all survey respondents reported that they had been "stopped, questioned, and frisked" in their neighborhoods at least once within the past year. Details: New York, NY: Research & Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2015/05/perceptionsofviolence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 136077

Author: Baglivio, Michael Title: The Florida Department of Juvenile Justice Disposition Matrix: A Validation Study Summary: As part of the Juvenile Justice System Improvement Project (JJSIP), the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (FDJJ) has developed and implemented a Disposition Matrix to guide Juvenile Probation Officers in their recommendations to the court. This report is the first assessment as to whether dispositions/placements made according to the Disposition Matrix suggestions have more successful outcomes than those made which deviate from the Disposition Matrix recommendations. Highlighted Results: 92% of the dispositions fell within the Disposition Matrix suggested range. Female youth were more likely to receive an optimum placement than male youth. White and Hispanic youth were more likely to receive an optimum placement than Black youth; Youth receiving placements within the Disposition Matrix suggested range had significantly lower subsequent recidivism than those placed outside of the suggested range. This result held true for males, females, across race/ethnicity, and for all risk levels of youth. Overall, the 12 month recidivism rate of those placed outside of the Disposition Matrix suggestions is two times higher than that of those placed within the suggested range; The recidivism rate of low risk to re-offend youth placed outside of the Disposition Matrix suggestions is 114% higher than the rate for low risk youth placed within the suggestions. The recidivism rate for high risk to re-offend youth placed outside of suggestions is 39% higher than the rate for high risk to re-offend youth placed within suggestions. Similar results hold true for moderate and moderate-high risk to re-offend youth, though not as pronounced; For males, a disposition/placement above guidelines is associated with a 67% increase in recidivism from the optimum placement rate, and a below guidelines disposition/placement is associated with a 148% increase in recidivism from the optimum placement rate; For females, a disposition/placement above guidelines is associated with a 43% increase in recidivism from the optimum placement rate, and a below guidelines disposition/placement is associated with a 304% increase in recidivism rate from the optimum placement rate; Youth who receive optimum placements have the highest success rates both during and after placement. Youth who receive placements below suggestions, meaning not restrictive enough according to the Disposition Matrix, have the worst performance. The recidivism rate for all race/ethnic subgroups was over 50% for below guidelines dispositions/placements; Dispositions/placements made outside of the Disposition Matrix suggestions lead to over 1.5 times more failures in terms of a comprehensive measure that includes both adjudications during placement and within 12 months of release; The failure rates on a comprehensive measure including both offenses and violations during service and 12 month recidivism for above guidelines placements was 59% higher than those of optimum placements and the failure rates for below guidelines placements was 108% higher than those of optimum placements; Regardless of the outcome measure examined (recidivism, offenses during service, or a combined metric of both) dispositions/placements within the Disposition Matrix performed significantly better than those outside of the suggested range. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Juvenile Justice, Bureau of Research and Planning, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://www.djj.state.fl.us/docs/research2/the-fdjj-disposition-matrix-validation-study.pdf?sfvrsn=0 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 136078

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: Exploring the Gang Problem in Redlands, CA: An Evaluation of a Problem Solving Partnership Summary: In the late 1990s, violence, drugs, and gangs within schools became a major subject of interest among residents, public officials, and law enforcement officers. This was largely a consequence of the school shootings in Jonesboro, Arkansas, West Paducah, Kentucky, and Littleton, Colorado. However, concern about school safety was also fueled by increased recognition that school crime is not a rare event. For example, among 12-18 year old students in 1998 roughly 1.2 million students were the victims of a violent crime and 2.8 million students were the victims of a theft while at school. School crime was not limited to students. In 1998, about 133,700 violent crimes and 217,400 thefts were committed against teachers. Several consequences have resulted from the increased criminal activities taking place within the nation's schools. For example, roughly 7 percent of students nation-wide take a weapon to school at least once a month, many for protection, putting themselves and others at-risk. Similarly, these behavior problems have led to increased classroom disruptions (Small and Tetrick, 2001), increased school absences (Toby, 1995), and increased fear of crime while in school (Kenney and Watson, 1999). As a result, several policymakers have called for swift action to address school related crime and disorder. One increasingly popular response has been the implementation of school-based problem solving. In 1998, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) funded the School-Based Partnerships (SBP) program, which encouraged local police agencies to work with their local schools to engage in proactive problem-oriented policing to keep school aged youth safe from violence, crime, and disorder. In 1998 and 1999 over 355 local police agencies received about $32 million under this program (Uchida, 1999: 1). Agencies involved in the program were required to use problem solving strategies to identify and understand the causes of problems, apply data-driven responses, and evaluate the impact of their efforts. To ensure that projects were manageable agencies were asked to concentrate their efforts on one school in their jurisdiction and focus their response to one problem type (i.e., bullying, drugs, assault, theft etc.) (Varano and Bezdikian, 2001). Through a cooperative agreement with the COPS Office, 21st Century Solutions, Inc. conducted the national assessment of the School-Based Partnership (SBP) program. As part of this evaluation five police agencies were selected for intensive case study. This research report focuses on one of these sites - Redlands, California. In this report we describe the problem solving processes used by the Redlands Police Department to identify and respond to school-based problems, and evaluate the effectiveness of the strategy. Details: Silver Spring, MD: 21st Century Solutions, 2002. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/school_based/Redlands_CA.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 136080

Author: Maguire, Edward R. Title: Reducing Disputes in Spartanburg, SC: An Evaluation of a Problem Solving Partnership Summary: In 1999, the City of Spartanburg, South Carolina received a School-Based Partnerships grant for $137,989 from the COPS Office. The grant enabled the Spartanburg Public Safety Department to implement problem-solving strategies in George Washington Carver Junior High School. Although Spartanburg as a whole suffers from poverty-related problems, the area served by Carver represents an even more concentrated level of economic disadvantage. The school represents an ideal area in which to focus community energies such as the problem-solving approach used in the School Based Partnership project. The focus of the problem solving efforts was disputes, including those between students, between ethnic groups, and between students and teachers. This report highlights the findings from a process and impact evaluation of the School Based Partnership project. A variety of qualitative and quantitative methods were used to conduct an intensive case study detailing the implementation of school-based problem-solving efforts, together with a multi-part quasi-experiment designed to determine whether the project resulted in a reduction in the number or severity of disputes. Details: Silver Spring, MD: 21st Century Solutions, 2003. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://www.cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/school_based/Spartanburg_SC.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Dispute Settlement Shelf Number: 136082

Author: Maguire, Edward R. Title: Reducing Bullying, Threats, and Intimidation in Westwood, MA: An Evaluation of a Problem Solving Partnership. Summary: In 1999, the Town of Westwood, Massachusetts received a School-Based Partnership grant for $113,350 from the COPS Office. The grant enabled the Westwood Police Department to implement problem-solving strategies at Thurston Middle School. Westwood is the smallest, most affluent, and most ethnically and racially homogeneous community among the five communities chosen for the national evaluation of school-based partnerships. Neither the school nor the community suffers from a serious crime problem. Like all middle-schools and junior high schools however, Thurston Middle School has experienced its share of typical adolescent problems such as teasing and bullying. The focus of the problem solving efforts therefore was bullying, threats, and intimidation. This report highlights the findings from a process and impact evaluation of the School Based Partnership project Details: Silver Spring, MD: 21st Century Solutions, 2003. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2015 at: http://cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/school_based/Westwood_MA.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Partnerships Shelf Number: 136084

Author: Wright, Kathy Title: The Incarceration of Children & Youth in New Jersey's Adult Prison System Summary: Each year, over 200,000 children and youth are tried as adults across the country. In the state of New Jersey, youth as young as 14 can be tried, sentenced and incarcerated in the adult prison system, and those age 16 or older are subject to mandatory (automatic) waivers if they commit certain crimes. It is the position of the New Jersey Parents' Caucus, Inc. (NJPC) and its membership that the state's current policies which promote the trying, sentencing and incarceration of children and youth between the ages of 14 and 17 in adult system are unjust and require further review. No youth should face an increased likelihood of adult waiver for a similar crime in a similar circumstance because of race, ethnicity, geography or socio-economic status. As well, for those children who are waived to the adult system, safety, rehabilitative services, treatment, and appropriate educational services and support, must be provided, particularly for those children with a history of mental health needs and/or special education involvement. As part of the New Jersey Youth Justice Initiative, we at the New Jersey Parents' Caucus have been able to gather comprehensive state data from the New Jersey Department of Corrections (NJ DOC) on 472 children tried, sentenced, and incarcerated in the adult prison system. The data largely covers the period 2007 - 2015, though some information gathered dates back to 2003. In addition to the data retrieved from the NJ Department of Corrections, we've received qualitative data from a subset of the same population (120 youth) by means of a survey assessment provided to incarcerated youth and their parents, caregivers and family members. All data includes youth residing in the following adult prisons: Garden State Youth Correctional Facility, Albert Wagner Youth Correctional Facility, Northern State Prison, New Jersey State Prison, Mountainview Youth Correctional Facility, Adult Diagnostic and Treatment Center, South Woods State Prison, Edna Mahan Correctional Facility, Mid-State Correctional Facility, Southern State Correctional Facility, East Jersey State Prison, Central Reception and Assignment Facility, and Bayside State Prison. Our Key Findings - Gross Racial & Ethnic Disparities: Youth of color are disproportionately represented among those waived to the adult prison system in New Jersey and make up approximately 90% of youth included in our data set who are incarcerated in the adult system. Of those children and youth, approximately 72% of are African American and 18% are Latino. - Justice by Geography: Rates of incarceration in the adult prison system vary significantly across counties in New Jersey, suggesting that justice depends on where one lives, not on the facts of a given case. For example, in Camden County, 14 to 17 year olds make up 5.8% of the population of children between the ages of 0-17, but make up 15.3% of our data set between 2007 and 2015. In comparison, in Hunterdon County, where youth 14 to 17 make up 6.3% of the population of children between the ages of 0-17, 0% were incarcerated in the adult system between 2007 and 2015. - Youth are Regularly Deprived of Due Process: Approximately 30% of the 472 youth waived to adult court during the study period spent more than 2 years incarcerated, between their arrest date and their sentencing date. - Youth are Subject to Long Term Solitary Confinement In the Adult Prison System: Solitary confinement is known to be psychologically damaging, especially to children. Yet, based on our survey data, over half the youth in adult prisons are put into solitary confinement; 5 percent spend over a year there, and about 4 percent spent 2 years or more in solitary. Nearly 70 percent of those placed in solitary had a mental health disorder. - Youth Suffer Abuse While in Adult Prison. Once incarcerated in an adult prison, one in four youth surveyed reported physical abuse; 5% reported sexual abuse. - Youth Needs are Not being Met in the Community: About 71% of youth waived to the adult system were known to at least two child-serving agencies, prior to their involvement in adult court, with the majority having been involved in the mental health system. Of those youth, more than two out of three children and youth have two or more mental health diagnoses. Details: Elizabeth, NJ: New Jersey Parents' Caucus, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2015 at: http://cfc.ncmhjj.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/NJPC_YJI-Data-BriefFinalll.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 136088

Author: Mukherjee, Anita Title: Do Private Prisons Distort Justice? Evidence on Time Served and Recidivism Summary: I contribute new evidence on the impact of private prisons on prisoner time served and recidivism by exploiting the staggered entry and exit of private prisons in Mississippi between 1996 and 2004. Little is known about this topic, even though burgeoning prison populations and an effort to cut costs have caused a substantial level of private contracting since the 1980s. The empirical challenge is that prison assignment may be based on traits unobservable to the researcher, such as body tattoos indicating a proclivity for violent behavior. My first result is that private prisons increase a prisoner's fraction of sentence served by an average of 4 to 7 percent, which equals 60 to 90 days; this distortion directly erodes the cost savings offered by privatization. My second result is that prisoners in private facilities are 15 percent more likely to receive an infraction (conduct violation) over the course of their sentences, revealing a key mechanism by which private prisons delay release. Conditional on receiving an infraction, prisoners in private prison receive twice as many. My final result is that there is no reduction in recidivism for prisoners in private prison despite the additional time they serve, suggesting that either the marginal returns to incarceration are low, or private prisons increase recidivism risk. These results are consistent with a model in which the private prison operator chooses whether to distort release policies, i.e., extend prisoner time served beyond the public norm, based on the typical government contract that pays a diem for each occupied bed and is imperfectly enforced. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin - Madison - School of Business, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2523238 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Privatization Shelf Number: 136091

Author: Levine, Barbara R. Title: 10,000 fewer Michigan prisoners:Strategies to reach the goal Summary: Michigan's prisoner population has grown from fewer than 7,900 in 1973 to over 43,000. Corrections has gone from 1.6 percent of General Fund spending to nearly 20 percent. Today the budget of the Michigan Department of Corrections (MDOC) is roughly $2 billion. This growth is not the inevitable product of increases in the size of the general population or of increased crime. On the contrary, Michigan's population growth has been modest and index crime rates have been declining steadily for the last three decades. Prison expansion resulted from specific changes in law, policy and practice that caused the state's incarceration rate to rise from 160 per 100,000 residents in 1983 to 442 today. Reexamining policies in light of current research could allow Michigan, in the next five years, to: 􀂍 Have 10,000 fewer prisoners. 􀂍 Reduce the prisoner population to 33,704 (about the same amount as in 1990 and 35 percent below the high point in 2006). 􀂍 Close seven entire prisons and six additional housing units. 􀂍 Avoid the need to train 2,000 new corrections officers to replace retirees. 􀂍 Save nearly $250 million annually. Details: Lansing, MI: Citizens Alliance on Prisons and Public Spending, 2015. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: http://media.mlive.com/lansing-news/other/CAPPS%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136092

Author: Marijuana Policies of Ohio Taskforce Title: Marijuana and Ohio; Past, Present, Potential Summary: As Ohioans consider approving the personal and therapeutic use of marijuana, legitimate questions are being raised about the way in which legalization will impact the economy, public safety and public health. In many instances the answers to those questions are, as is often the case with controversial public policy matters, colored by the political perspective and philosophy of the person or group providing the reply. As a result, citizens are being subjected to a debate that is often clouded by unsupported and/or exaggerated claims and counter-claims offered by advocates on both sides of the issue. Sorting through the rhetoric and distinguishing reality from fiction can be a difficult challenge for those who want to make an informed choice about legalization. That challenge is made even more daunting by the fact that marijuana�s classification as a Schedule 1 Substance by the federal government in 1971 has severely limited the amount and type of scientific and medical research that has been conducted relative to its health effects and medical efficacy. While billions of dollars were and continue to be spent by public and private entities to clearly identify and abate health hazards associated with everything from tobacco to texting as well as to develop treatments and/or cures for maladies ranging from cancer to impotence, marijuana and its components have been the subject of comparatively few broad-based, scientifically valid studies. Finally, an examination of the overall impact of legalization must be made in the proper context and with the acknowledgement that thousands of Ohioans of all ages now use marijuana each and every day and are currently exposed to the risks associated with that behavior. They obtain the cannabis they are ingesting from unregulated, untaxed, unlicensed sources. It is grown in fields located in this and other states as well as in foreign countries. It is impossible to track its origin, whether or not it has been exposed to pesticides or other chemicals or how it has been processed. All this must be taken into consideration by anyone who wants to make an objective decision about whether and to what extent marijuana should be legalized in the state. Details: Columbus, OH: Marijuana Policies of Ohio Taskforce, 2015. 189p., ex. summary. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: http://mpotf.org/executive-summary/#mpotexecusummary/page1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 136095

Author: Cohn, Alain Title: Bad Boys: How Criminal Identity Salience Affects Rule Violation Summary: We conducted an experiment with 182 inmates from a maximum security prison to analyze the impact of criminal identity salience on cheating. The results show that inmates cheat more when we exogenously render their criminal identity more salient. This effect is specific to individuals who have a criminal identity, because an additional placebo experiment shows that regular citizens do not become more dishonest in response to crime-related reminders. Moreover, our experimental measure of cheating correlates with inmates' offenses against in-prison regulation. Together, these findings suggest that criminal identity salience plays a crucial role in rule violating behavior. Details: Munich: Center for Economic Studies & Ifo Institute, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper No. 5363: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: https://www.cesifo-group.de/ifoHome/publications/working-papers/CESifoWP/CESifoWPdetails?wp_id=19160882 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cheating Shelf Number: 136098

Author: Kurzman, Charles Title: Law Enforcement Assessment of the Violent Extremism Threat Summary: Law enforcement agencies in the United States consider anti-government violent extremists, not radicalized Muslims, to be the most severe threat of political violence that they face. They perceive violent extremism to be a much more severe threat nationally than the threat of violent extremism in their own jurisdictions. And a large majority of law enforcement agencies rank the threat of all forms of violent extremism in their own jurisdictions as moderate or lower (3 or less on a 1-5 scale). These findings emerge from a survey we conducted with the Police Executive Research Forum in 2014, with funding from the National Institute of Justice. The sampling frame was all 480 state, county, and municipal law enforcement agencies with more than 200 sworn officers, plus 63 additional county and municipal agencies with 200 or fewer sworn officers in selected jurisdictions that experienced an incident or prosecution for violent extremism in recent years. The survey yielded responses from 339 of the larger agencies (a 71 percent response rate) and 43 of the smaller agencies (a 68 percent response rate), for a total of 382 law enforcement agencies (a 70 percent response rate), including 35 state agencies, 141 county agencies, and 206 municipal agencies, whose combined jurisdictions cover 86 percent of the U.S. population. Details: Durham, NC: Triangle Center on Terrorism and Homeland Security, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2015 at: http://sites.duke.edu/tcths/files/2013/06/Kurzman_Schanzer_Law_Enforcement_Assessment_of_the_Violent_Extremist_Threat_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 136100

Author: Johnson, Calvin Title: Criminal Justice: Changing Course on Incarceration Summary: Much has changed in New Orleans' criminal justice arena in the past 10 years: two consent decrees forcing reform in the police department and at the jail, a public defender office built on national models as part of a statewide system, an Inspector General's office with a focus on holding criminal justice officials accountable, the city's first Independent Police Monitor, and an active Criminal Justice Committee of the City Council exploring policy reforms. The most ambitious set of changes has addressed the city's dramatic overuse of incarceration in the local jail. Prior to Katrina, and for most of the last 10 years, New Orleans incarcerated residents in the jail at a much higher rate than any other city in the country. In a hopeful sign going forward, the city has reduced the number of people it incarcerates on any given day by more than two-thirds. New Orleans is now at a pivotal moment. Incarceration is being challenged as the reflexive response to crime. As then-City Council President Arnie Fielkow summed up in 2011, "You cannot incarcerate yourselves into a safer city, and we have learned that over recent years." But putting that lesson into practice in a fractured criminal justice system has been, and remains, an enormous challenge. Speaking earlier this year and looking to the future, First Deputy Mayor Andy Kopplin noted, "One of the biggest challenges going forward is maintaining the philosophical shift we have achieved-to reserve the jail principally for those who are arrested for violent felonies." This essay explores these dynamics, how the profound failings of the system were laid bare as the floodwaters receded, what city officials and community groups did to reverse course, and the culture change that remains to be fully embraced. Details: s.l.: Data Center, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: New Orleans Index at Ten: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/gnocdc/reports/The+Data+Center_NOI10_Changing+Course+on+Incarceration.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 136105

Author: Gavrilova, Evelina Title: Uncovering the Gender Participation Gap in the Crime Market Summary: Using data from the U.S. National Incident Based Reporting System we document a gender gap in the number of crimes committed in the property crime market: only 30% of the crimes are committed by women. Starting from the classical Becker's model on crime we investigate some potential reasons for the participation gap looking at the differential incentives, measured in terms of earnings and probability of arrest. We observe that women obtain on average 32% less criminal earnings and face a 10% higher probability of arrest with respect to males. Once we account for type of crime and the attributes of offending, such as weapons, we find that the earnings gap is zero on average, while females still face a 1% higher probability of arrest than males. We also observe that females sort into offense types, characterized by a lower variation in the earnings risk, which reveals that females in the crime market are more risk averse than males. Furthermore, we analyze the participation gap by looking at the perceived incentives. We estimate the elasticities of crime with respect to the expected earnings and to the expected probability of not being arrested for both genders. We find that males respond to both these incentives, while females respond less to the incentive for higher earnings than males and they do not respond to the probability of arrest. Finally, we use a Blinder-Oaxaca type decomposition technique to measure crime differentials between females and males that arise due to different responses to incentives. We find that, in a counter factual scenario where the female elasticities increase to the level of the male ones, women would commit 40% more crimes than they actually do, reducing the male-female participation gap by almost 50%. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 8982: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp8982.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 136111

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Body-Worn Video Cameras for Law Enforcement Assessment Report. System Assessment and Validation for Emergency Responders (SAVER) Summary: The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) established the System Assessment and Validation for Emergency Responders (SAVER) Program to assist emergency responders making procurement decisions. Located within the Science and Technology Directorate (S&T) of DHS, the SAVER Program conducts objective assessments and validations on commercially available equipment and systems and develops knowledge products that provide relevant equipment information to the emergency responder community. The SAVER Program mission includes: - Conducting impartial, practitioner-relevant, operationally oriented assessments and validations of emergency response equipment - Providing information, in the form of knowledge products, that enables decision-makers and responders to better select, procure, use, and maintain emergency response equipment. SAVER Program knowledge products provide information on equipment that falls under the categories listed in the DHS Authorized Equipment List (AEL), focusing primarily on two main questions for the responder community: "What equipment is available?" and "How does it perform?" These knowledge products are shared nationally with the responder community, providing a life- and cost-saving asset to DHS, as well as to Federal, state, and local responders. The SAVER Program is supported by a network of Technical Agents who perform assessment and validation activities. As a SAVER Program Technical Agent, the Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center (SPAWARSYSCEN) Atlantic has been tasked to provide expertise and analysis on key subject areas, including communications, sensors, security, weapon detection, and surveillance, among others. In support of this tasking, SPAWARSYSCEN Atlantic developed this report to provide emergency responders with information obtained from an operationally oriented assessment of body-worn video cameras for law enforcement, which fall under AEL reference number 13LE-00-SURV titled Equipment, Law Enforcement Surveillance. Body-worn video cameras are valuable tools that can be used by law enforcement to record traffic stops, arrests, sobriety tests, and interviews. Body-worn video camera systems typically consist of a camera, microphone, battery, and onboard storage. They are designed to be head-mounted or worn at various locations on the body, depending on the model. In January 2015, the System Assessment and Validation for Emergency Responders (SAVER) Program conducted an operationally oriented assessment of body-worn video cameras for law enforcement. Seven body-worn video cameras were assessed by emergency responders. The criteria and scenarios used in this assessment were derived from the results of a focus group of emergency responders with experience using body-worn video cameras. The assessment addressed 16 evaluation criteria in three SAVER categories: Capability, Deployability, and Usability. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security; North Charleston, NC: Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center Atlantic, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.firstresponder.gov/SAVER/Documents/Body-Worn-Cams-AR_0415-508.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Video Cameras Shelf Number: 136112

Author: Teplin, Linda A. Title: Violent Death in Delinquent Youth After Detention Summary: This bulletin examines the results of the Northwestern Juvenile Project - a longitudinal study of youth detained at the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center in Chicago, IL. Among the issues under examination, the authors looked at mortality rates among the youth enrolled in the project. Some findings include the following: - The standardized mortality rate for delinquent youth is more than four times the rate for youth in the general population. - The mortality rate for delinquent female youth is nearly eight times the rate in the general population. - The vast majority of deaths among delinquent youth were homicides from gunshot wounds. - African American youth continue to experience the highest mortality rate. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248408.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 136113

Author: Prince, Kort Title: 2013 Outcome Evaluation of Salt Lake County's Felony Drug Court Program Summary: Background Salt Lake County's Adult Felony Drug Court (FDC) program began in 1996. Three previous evaluations of the efficacy of the Salt Lake County FDC were conducted in 2000, 2001, and 2005. These studies generally showed a positive effect of drug court participation with lower recidivism rates for drug court participants compared to other offenders (Harrison & Parsons, 2000; Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice (CCJJ), 2001). However, the 2005 study (Van Vleet, Hickert, & Becker) indicated that the lower recidivism rates associated with drug court participation were not significant when other covariates were included. Pre-intervention arrests were the only significant predictor of rearrest. Purpose The purpose of the present study is to provide a current outcome evaluation of the Salt Lake County FDC program. FDC participants who exited in the years 2009-2011 (referred to as participants for the remainder of the report) were selected in order to allow for a sufficient post-exit follow-up period (approximately two years) for the majority of the cohort. Because the identification of a comparison group was outside the scope of this study, the analyses focus on pre- to post-exit changes in recidivism (new charges and convictions), examining the influence of length of program participation, exit status (positive, negative, neutral) and demographic factors. Participant Characteristics The 2009-2011 cohort of participants was primarily White (85%) and male (59%), with an average age of 30 years. The graduation rate for this group was 82% (positive exits; compared to 5% neutral exits and 13% negative exits). Average length of participation was 18-21 months (Mn = 84 weeks; Md = 71 weeks). Recidivism Regardless of exit status, participants had fewer new charge arrests, including drug and property crime charges, in the 18 months after program completion when compared to the 18 months before. This decline cannot be confidently attributed to FDC participation, however, because successful program completion and program duration were not associated with significant reductions in recidivism for any crime except person crimes (though other marginally significant results were found). When comparing pre- and post-program recidivism for person offenses, participants who spent comparatively more time in drug court had fewer new charge arrests in the 18-month post-program follow-up period. Similarly, participants with positive and neutral exits showed significant pre-post decline in person offenses, and participants with negative exits did not. Regardless of exit status, participants had fewer new convictions for any crime, including drug crimes, in the 24 months after program completion when compared to the 24 months before. Longer time in the program was a marginally significant predictor of reductions in convictions for any crime from pre- to post-program. Client Factors Related to Outcomes After controlling for pre-program convictions, there were no differences between males and females or whites and minorities in terms of the number of post-program convictions for either drugs or any crime. When compared to younger clients, clients who were older at the time of intake had less post-program recidivism. An increase in client age of one year was associated with a 1% decrease in the likelihood of post-program convictions. Similarly, neither sex nor minority status was a significant predictor of successful program exit (graduating), but age was. Each one-year increase in age increased the likelihood of successful program completion by 1%. Discussion The most consistent finding of this report is the considerable reduction in criminal recidivism for all FDC groups (positive, neutral or negative exit statuses) from pre- to post-program. It is important to note that pre-program new charge arrests and convictions include the episode that led to their placement in the FDC program if the timing of the offense(s) fell within the time window (e.g., 12 months, 18 months). Longer program duration was occasionally (though often only marginally) associated with less recidivism. This outcome suggests that the FDC program, with respect to some criminal behavior, may (with respect to some criminal behavior) reduce recidivism as a function of exposure to the program and its procedures (e.g., treatment, continual monitoring). Regardless of exit status, the program may have some positive benefits on participants simply as a result of their length of program participation (i.e., whether the participant graduates or not). This interpretation should be regarded with caution, however, as the finding was not robust across all variables and timeframes, and program duration was not associated with lower drug related recidivism (which one might assume would be the area most affected by the FDC program and its procedures). Although all recidivism variables showed remarkable pre to post-program reductions, results should be interpreted with caution until a comparison group can be included in a research design. If a statistically matched comparison group were included in a future analysis (even with retrospective data), and the FDC group showed greater reductions in recidivism compared to the comparison group, it could be more confidently asserted that the FDC program was the cause of the differential improvement. Details: Salt Lake City, UK: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/FDC-Outcome-Evaluation-Final-2013-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 136115

Author: Van Vleet, Russell K. Title: Analysis of West Valley City Comprehensive Gang Model Survey Results Summary: The West Valley City Comprehensive Gang Model Steering Committee (WVC Steering Committee) is currently in the process of implementing the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention's (OJJDP) Comprehensive Gang Model. The Criminal and Juvenile Justice Consortium (CJJC) at the College of Social Work at the University of Utah was asked by the Utah Board of Juvenile Justice (UBJJ) to assist the WVC Steering Committee in the analysis and summary of surveys obtained during the assessment phase. Through ongoing collaboration with UBJJ and the Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice (CCJJ), CJJC conducts scientifically based research and evaluations on existing and potential criminal and juvenile justice policies and programs to move research and evaluation in Utah to a new level. Partnership with the WVC Steering Committee during the assessment phase of the Comprehensive Gang Model exemplifies CJJC's purpose and mission. OJJDP's Comprehensive Gang Model is based on research conducted by Dr. Irving Spergel at the University of Chicago in the early 1990's (Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention [OJJDP], 2002). Five core strategies have emerged from this empirically tested research. They are: 1) community mobilization, 2) social intervention, including street outreach, 3) provision of opportunities, 4) suppression, and 5) organizational change. The implementation of these strategies must be based on "a thorough assessment of the current gang problem in the community, its potential causes, and contributing factors." The initial step in a community's implementation of the Gang Model includes the formation of a steering committee that includes members from law enforcement, youth corrections and courts, schools, youth and family agencies, business leaders, the faith community, grass-roots representatives and residents. Next, the steering committee needs to conduct a thorough assessment to "identify the most serious and prevalent gang-related problems" and "target group(s) for prevention, intervention, and suppression efforts." The Gang Model includes the following tools for communities to utilize in their assessment phase: Student Surveys, School Staff Perceptions Interviews (can also be conducted as surveys), Community Leader Interviews (can also be conducted as surveys), and Community Resident Surveys (OJJDP, 2002). This report presents the results obtained from those four surveys conducted by the WVC Steering Committee. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Criminal and Juvenile Justice Consortium, College of Social Work, University of Utah, 2005. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/591.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136116

Author: Stuckey, Skyler Title: Enhancing Public Safety and Saving Taxpayer Dollars: The Role of Mental Health Courts in Texas Summary: Measures that divert suitable offenders with mental illness from lockups to effective treatment programs can produce net savings while furthering public safety and offender accountability. States have begun implementing problem-solving courts to accommodate offenders with specific needs that traditional courts cannot adequately address. These problem-solving courts focus on outcomes that benefit society by reducing crime and saving correction costs. Mental health courts are one of these problem-solving courts designed to reduce recidivism by requiring offenders with mental illness to be directly accountable to the court on an ongoing basis for compliance with a supervision and treatment plan. Jails and prisons have become some of the largest providers of mental health care across Texas and the country. Offenders with mental illness often move through these facilities as if they were a revolving door. Mental health courts that use best practices can help break this cycle by offering an alternative that holds offenders accountable and provides treatment. Many issues related to mental illness in the criminal justice system stem from deinstitutionalization, which began in the 1950s. Throughout the decade, popular sentiment and litigation led to significant reductions in the mandatory institutionalization of people with mental illness in state-sponsored psychiatric hospitals. In 1963, President Kennedy pushed the Community Mental Health Act, which closed many of these state-run institutions. Although these institutions were imperfect, the current challenges at the intersection of mental illness and corrections are partly attributable to lack of a replacement. Thus, people with mental illness who come in contact with law enforcement are often funneled into jails and prisons. Mental health courts could help Texas break the cycle of mental illness and crime. To reduce recidivism and spending on corrections, many states have established mental health courts. For example, New York has handled over 7,124 cases in mental health courts since December 2013. And in Texas, the Harris County Felony Mental Health Court began screening defendants for court admission in March 2012. Given this progression the time seems ideal for examining the role these courts can play in Texas' future criminal justice policy. Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/PP-The-Role-of-Mental-Health-Courts-in-Texas.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136117

Author: Murphy, Kate Title: Overincarceration Of People With Mental Illness. Pretrial Diversion Across the Country and the Next Steps for Texas to Improve its Efforts and Increase Utilization Summary: Key Points - - The state should delegate its responsibility to provide mental health services to local governments that are already making decisions about how to address people with mental illness in local jails. - The lack of coordination between the state and local governments has impeded local governments' ability to resolve the problems associated with people with mental illness who cycle through local jails. - Local governments should continue to reallocate funding to expand effective, efficient community-based mental health services that may prevent or could be an alternative to incarceration. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/Overincarceration-of-People-with-Mental-Illness.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136118

Author: Waters, Kevin Title: The Tattooed Inmate and Recidivism Summary: The empirical relationship between inmates with and without tattoos upon post-release recidivism has been virtually ignored in modern criminological research. Only one published study has directly examined the relationship between inmate tattoos and recidivism (Putnins, 2002). This study tracked 898 released Australian juvenile offenders for a brief period and found support for a link between tattoos and violent recidivism. The purpose of the current study is to provide a rigorous empirical assessment of the consequence of inmate tattoos on the likelihood of recidivism among a large cohort of offenders released from prison. The study examines a cohort of 79,749 released inmates from Florida prisons from 1995 through 2001 and tracks them over a three year follow-up to assess the impact of several tattoo variables on recidivism. Findings reveal that released inmates with tattoos, particularly numerous and highly visible ones, are more likely to be reconvicted during the follow-up period. Further, the findings indicate that there are two distinct inmate profiles namely the younger novice to the corrections system and the older, longer-term prisoner that are distinguishable by the number of tattoos possessed that increase the odds of recidivism. The implications of the findings are discussed in terms of policy, theory, and future research. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2012. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6782&context=etd Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 136119

Author: Temkin, Moshik Title: The Great Divergence: The Death Penalty in the United States and the Failure of Abolition in Transatlantic Perspective Summary: This essay analyzes the persistence of the death penalty in the United States--a topic that has long been the subject of debate among legal scholars, social scientists, and historians. Adopting a comparative framework by focusing on the United States and France (the last Western European country to abolish the death penalty), this essay argues that the best explanation for the divergence in the practice of the death penalty between the two countries can be found in the very different histories, meanings, and practical applications of death penalty abolitionism. Whereas abolition in France (as elsewhere in Europe) was a political, top-down process, framed in normative terms, decided at the national level, and enshrined in supranational treaties, the abolitionist cause in the United States has been primarily legal, procedural, and decentralized. This divergence should also be understood in the context of a broader divide - whereas in Europe, human rights have been a binding principle for policymaking and political belonging, in the United States human rights are applied for the wider world but not for domestic affairs. The essay concludes with implications for thinking about the relationship between the transatlantic history of abolition and its prospects in the United States, arguing that abolitionism should be understood, and proceed, in terms that are political and normative rather than legal and procedural. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Faculty Research Working Paper Series: Accessed July 22, 2015 at: https://research.hks.harvard.edu/publications/workingpapers/citation.aspx?PubId=9785&type=WPN Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 136123

Author: Ridgeway, Greg Title: Strategies for Disrupting Illegal Firearm Markets: A Case Study of Los Angeles Summary: In 2001, with the support of a grant from the National Institute of Justice, RAND initiated a research and program-development effort to understand the nature of illegal gun markets operating in the city of Los Angeles, California. The primary goal of this project was to determine whether a data-driven, problem-solving approach could yield new interventions aimed at disrupting the workings of local, illegal gun markets serving criminals, gang members, and juveniles in Los Angeles. The authors created a new software tool to help law enforcement analyze patterns in crime-gun data and identify and trace illicit pathways by which criminals acquire guns. Second, the findings were incorporated into an interagency working-group process that developed a community-based intervention designed to disrupt the illegal flow of guns to Los Angeles-area criminals; this intervention may had an impact on straw purchasing. Key participants in the working group included the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives; the Los Angeles Police Department; the U.S. Attorney's Office; state and city prosecutors; academics; and other criminal-justice agencies. Finally, they assessed the utility of retail ammunition-purchase records in identifying prohibited firearm possessors, recommending a cost-benefit analysis on this measure. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2008. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2008/RAND_TR512.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 113263

Author: United States. Executive Office of the President Title: Economic Costs of Youth Disadvantage and High-Return opportunities for Change Summary: The President believes that, in America, everyone should be empowered to make of their lives what they will - not limited by the circumstances of their birth. But today, millions of American youth face persistent gaps in opportunity that prevent them from reaching their potential and contributing fully to their communities and the economy. These disparities affect not only individuals, but our economy as a whole, through lost productivity and economic potential. In order for the United States to successfully compete in a 21st-century global economy, all of America's youth must have the opportunity to be safe, healthy, educated, and prepared to succeed in their careers. It's simple: to win in our new economy, America needs to field a full team. This report examines the barriers that disadvantaged youth, particularly young men of color, face and quantifies the enormous costs this poses to the U.S. economy. In particular, this report focuses on the significant disparities in education, exposure to the criminal justice system, and employment that persist between young men of color and other Americans. In addition to their vast human cost, the opportunity gaps facing youth of color hold back the U.S. economy, lowering aggregate earnings, shrinking the labor market, and slowing economic growth. This report outlines why it is important for our Nation - from business, faith and civic leaders to local law enforcement - to invest in the lives of our Nation's young people. In launching the My Brother's Keeper initiative, the President and his entire Administration are doing just that. By tackling a range of issues, from ensuring children are able to read at grade level to preparing young people for college and career readiness and to finding ways to decrease the number of young people involved with the criminal justice system, President Obama is ensuring that his Administration is meeting the needs of all youth. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Executive Office of the President, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/mbkreport_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136128

Author: Stevenson, Megan Title: Breaking Bad: Mechanisms of Social Influence and the Path to Criminality in Juvenile Jails Summary: Using rich data on youths in juvenile correctional facilities, I conduct a series of tests of peer influence on future crime motivated by three mechanisms: criminal skill transfer, the formation of new criminal networks, and the social contagion of crime-oriented attitudes and behavioral habits. Identifying peer influence off of natural variation in small cohorts within the same facility, I find evidence consistent with the social contagion mechanism: exposure to peers who come from unstable homes and who have behavioral/emotional problems leads to a large increase in crime after release, as well as an increase in crime-oriented non-cognitive factors. I also find evidence consistent with persistent network formation, but only in settings which unite youths from the same local area. Multiple tests of the identifying assumptions support the causal argument. Details: Philadelphia: Quattrone Center- University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2627394 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 136129

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Safer Return Demonstration: Impact Findings from a Research-Based Community Reentry Initiative Summary: The Safer Return demonstration, funded by the MacArthur Foundation, intended to promote successful reentry by addressing key individual needs, introducing system reforms, and improving local conditions in Chicago's Garfield Park neighborhood. To understand whether the demonstration met its intended goals, Urban designed a quasi-experimental impact evaluation that included: multiple waves of survey data from community residents, former prisoners, and their family members; program and cost data from Safer Return service providers; and administrative corrections and employment records. Safer Return participation was associated with significant reductions in returns to prison (chiefly due to technical violation reductions) and significant increases in employment/wages. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000276-Safer-Return-Demonstration-Impact-Findings-from-the-Research-Based-Community-Reentry-Initiative.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 136131

Author: Polaris Project Title: Knocking at Your Door: Labor Trafficking on Sales Crews Summary: Labor trafficking has been left unchecked in the traveling sales crews industry for decades. Abusive managers use psychological manipulation, violence, sexual harassment or assault, and abandonment in unfamiliar cities to pressure victims into working harder and to intimidate those who wish to leave their situation. Traffickers avoid detection by frequently moving their operating locations and even changing the names of their businesses. Attempts to address exploitation over the years have failed, and sales crews are the second most reported labor trafficking industry on the National Human Trafficking Resource Center hotline and BeFree Textline. Knocking at Your Door: Labor Trafficking on Traveling Sales Crews provides an in-depth analysis of the factors that allow this crime to persist and encourages greater understanding of the extensive abuses within the industry. The report makes several recommendations, including: Congress should amend the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) in order to cover door-to-door sales, The Federal Government should investigate abuses of the J-1 visa program Law enforcement should pursue bad actors at the top of the sales network instead of focusing on crew members violating local anti-solicitation laws, Service organizations should recognize crew members as victims of labor trafficking so they can receive support, The publishing industry should ensure transparent business supply chains in their magazine sales, and Consumers should use caution when buying magazines or other items from sales crews. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.polarisproject.org/storage/knocking-on-your-door-sales-crews.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 136132

Author: University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School, Center for Studies in Criminology and Criminal Law Title: Understanding the "Whys" Behind Juvenile Crime Trends Summary: By examining national trends in serious violence, one gains a better understanding of why juvenile crime dropped so dramatically during the 1990s and remained relatively low for at least a decade. While most would agree that the decrease actually occurred, there still are those who contend that the drop (or its continuation) is largely an artifact of manipulation of crime statistics by some police departments and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) (Karmen, 2000). Measuring the decrease through multiple lenses should put this speculation to rest. Disaggregating overall trends in serious juvenile crime informs the use of more rigorous analytical methods for identifying and isolating factors that preceded or accompanied the drop in crime. To the extent that the decrease was greater for some types of crime than others, greater among some populations, or greater in some specific places, that helps narrow the range of possible explanations. If the crime drop occurred disproportionately in large central cities, for example, then the search for explanations could focus on those places and determine what it is about them that could have precipitated their more pronounced decreases. Finally, the crime trends can be used to check on the adequacy of the explanations emerging from more sophisticated analysis. Factors identified from theory and more fine-grained analysis as the likely causes of crime drop must be shown to fit the national crime trends during that period. That is, these factors must be shown to (1) have a likely effect on crime; (2) be of sufficient magnitude or prevalence that changes in them could account for a substantial portion of the drop; and (3) be distributed in the population, over time, and across places in a manner that would account for the observed trends. The description of crime trends presented here, then, will not only suggest where to look for explanations but also test whether the factors identified in other analyses could have produced the decreases observed. The intent of this project is to meet a specific need in juvenile justice policy analysis rather than provide a comprehensive review of all scientific literature on causes of juvenile crime. This book has five chapters, Chapters 2-5, which will be summarized in the remainder of this chapter: - Chapter 2 establishes the groundwork for the subsequent three, using data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) and the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR) to describe Nation-level trends in serious juvenile crime. - Chapter 3 accounts for trends in measurable conditions and processes in communities which, combined, contribute to national trends in serious and violent juvenile delinquency. - Chapter 4 focuses primarily on the cultural processes that influence families and, in turn, children's involvement in delinquency. It examines both risk and protective cultural factors related to family, school, religiosity, the legitimacy of the criminal justice system, violence in the media, use of firearms, and gang membership. - Chapter 5 includes evaluations of the impact of various public policies and practices on juvenile crime trends. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2012. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/248954.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 136133

Author: Roman, Caterina G. Title: Child Support, Debt, and Prisoner Reentry: Examining the Influences of Prisoners' Legal and Financial Obligations on Reentry Summary: Former prisoners are increasingly facing the burden of financial debt associated with legal and criminal justice obligations in the U.S., yet little research has pursued how - theoretically or empirically - the burden of debt might affect key outcomes in prisoner reentry. To address the limited research, we examine the impact that having legal child support (CS) obligations has on employment and recidivism using data from the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI). In this report we describe the characteristics of adult male returning prisoners with child support orders and debt, and examine whether participation in SVORI was associated with greater services receipt than those in the comparison groups (for relevant services such as child-support services, employment preparation, and financial and legal assistance). We also examine the lagged impacts that child support obligations, legal employment and rearrest have on each other. Results from the crossed lagged panel model using GSEM in STATA indicate that while having child support debt does not appear to influence employment significantly, it does show a marginally significant protective effect - former prisoners who have child support obligations are less likely to be arrested after release from prison than those who do not have obligations. We discuss the findings within the framework of past and emerging theoretical work on desistance from crime. We also discuss the implications for prisoner reentry policy and practice. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248906.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Support Shelf Number: 136134

Author: Swatt, Marc L. Title: Summary Report: Latino Intimate Partner Homicide Summary: Within the past three decades, 16.3% of all homicides have been committed by intimate partners (Cooper & Smith, 2011). While Latinos are now the largest minority group, very little is known about intimate partner homicide (IPH) among this group. Thus, the purpose of this project was to determine the rates, characteristics, and trends of Latino IPH in comparison to White and African-American IPH. The four goals were: 1. Determine the rate of Latino, non-Latino White, and non-Latino Black IPH from 2005 to 2010 in 16 states. 2. Analyze the characteristics of Latino IPH and how they compare with characteristics of non-Latino White and non-Latino Black IPH. 3. Determine the unique characteristics of IPH compared to homicide in general by racial/ethnic group. 4. Determine how rates of Latino, non-Latino White, and non-Latino Black IPH changed from 2005 to 2010. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248887.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136135

Author: Garcia, Michael John Title: State and Local "Sanctuary" Policies Limiting Participation in Immigration Enforcement Summary: While the power to prescribe rules as to which aliens may enter the United States and which aliens may be removed resides solely with the federal government, the impact of alien migration-whether lawful or unlawful-is arguably felt most directly in the communities where aliens settle. State and local responses to unlawfully present aliens within their jurisdictions have varied considerably, particularly as to the role that state and local police should play in enforcing federal immigration law. Some states, cities, and other municipalities have sought to play an active role in immigration enforcement efforts. However, others have been unwilling to assist the federal government in enforcing measures that distinguish between residents with legal immigration status and those who lack authorization under federal law to be present in the United States. In some circumstances, these jurisdictions have actively opposed federal immigration authorities' efforts to identity and remove certain unlawfully present aliens within their jurisdictions. Although state and local restrictions on cooperation with federal immigration enforcement efforts have existed for decades, there has reportedly been an upswing in the adoption of these measures in recent years. Moreover, the nature of these restrictions has evolved over time, particularly in response to recent federal immigration enforcement initiatives like Secure Communities (subsequently replaced by the Priority Enforcement Program), which enable federal authorities to more easily identify removable aliens in state or local custody. Entities that have adopted such policies are sometimes referred to as "sanctuary" jurisdictions, though there is not necessarily a consensus as to the meaning of this term or its application to a particular state or locality. Recent reports that an alien who shot and killed a woman, after being released by San Francisco authorities who had declined to honor an immigration detainer issued by federal authorities, have brought increased attention to state and local practices of declining to honor such detainers, as well as "sanctuary" policies more generally. This report discusses legal issues related to state and local measures that limit law enforcement cooperation with federal immigration authorities. The report begins by providing a brief overview of the constitutional principles informing the relationship between federal immigration authorities and state and local jurisdictions, including the federal government's power to preempt state and local activities under the Supremacy Clause, and the Tenth Amendment's proscription against Congress directly "commandeering" the states to administer a federally enacted regulatory scheme. The report then discusses various types of measures adopted or considered by states and localities to limit their participation in federal immigration enforcement efforts, including (1) limiting police investigations into the immigration status of persons with whom they come in contact; (2) declining to honor federal immigration authorities' requests that certain aliens be held until those authorities may assume custody; (3) shielding certain unlawfully present aliens from detection by federal immigration authorities; and (4) amending or applying state criminal laws so as to reduce or eliminate the immigration consequences that might result from an alien's criminal conviction. For discussion of legal issues raised by states and localities seeking to play an active role in enforcing federal immigration law, see CRS Report R41423, Authority of State and Local Police to Enforce Federal Immigration Law, by Michael John Garcia and Kate M. Manuel. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R43457: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43457.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 136136

Author: Flynn, Edward A. Title: Toward a Profession of Police Leadership Summary: Policing has always been complicated, but changes in the operating environment are making it ever more complex. Complex challenges do not have straightforward fixes, and applying tried and tested policing solutions can be ineffective. Innovation, experimentation, and adaptation are required, and the police organization often needs to learn new ways of operating to address complex concerns. This means that while police departments certainly need effective formal leaders, they also need a culture of learning that allows shared leadership to thrive. This report explores current approaches to developing police leadership and critiques the emphasis on training individual leaders. Drawing on national and international examples, the authors suggest ways in which leadership throughout the organization might be better developed and encourage police departments to think about more than formal leaders when considering leadership. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.hks.harvard.edu/content/download/76471/1715399/version/1/file/TowardaProfessionofPoliceLeadership.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 136138

Author: Ortiz, Natalie Rose Title: County Jails at a Crossroads: An Examination of the Jail Population and Pretrial Release Summary: County governments provide essential services to create healthy, safe, vibrant and economically resilient communities. Maintaining safe and secure communities is one of the most important functions of county governments. Most counties are involved in almost every aspect of law enforcement and crime prevention, including policing, judicial and legal services and corrections. Counties own 87 percent of all jails in the United States through which they provide supervision, detention and other correctional services to more than 700,000 persons in an effort to protect public safety and reduce recidivism. Effective jail management along with fair justice system policies and practices results in strategic management of the jail population and prudent county spending on the corrections system. One way to effectively manage the jail population is to improve the pretrial release process. Pretrial policies and practices involve defendants awaiting resolution to their case. Using the results of a 2015 NACo survey of county jails, an examination of the pretrial population in jail and policies impacting pretrial release in county jails finds: THE MAJORITY OF THE CONFINED COUNTY JAIL POPULATION IS PRETRIAL AND LOW RISK. Two-thirds of the confined population in county jails is pretrial and the proportion reaches three-quarters in almost half of county jails. This trend is more pronounced in jails located in small counties - with less than 50,000 residents - and medium-sized counties - with populations between 50,000 and 250,000 residents. Forty (40) percent of responding county jails use a validated risk assessment at booking. Most often, these jails identify a majority of their confined jail population as low risk. Because these tools are used at booking, when defendants are admitted to jail after arrest, jails are identifying most of their pretrial population as low risk. COUNTY JAILS ARE CAUGHT BETWEEN COURTS' DECISION-MAKING AND INCREASES IN THE JAIL POPULATION AND JAIL COSTS. Pretrial release decision-making is a product of the court. Understanding the impact of courts' decision-making, especially during pretrial, on the jail population is important for counties with rapidly rising jail populations and costs. According to the U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, the jail population increased by 20 percent between 2000 and 2012 with the pretrial population comprising a rising share, while county corrections costs soared by 74 percent. Forty-four (44) percent of responding county jails to the 2015 NACo survey report that managing jail costs is one of their top challenges. Reducing the jail population - especially the number of people with mental illnesses - is a priority for almost three quarters of responding jails. More than 65 percent of county jails report that their county boards are willing to collaborate on reducing the jail population and jail costs. Counties can act as conveners, bringing together the court and jail to discuss and implement strategies that may effectively address the pretrial population in jail. SOME COUNTY JAILS SUPERVISE PRETRIAL DETAINEES OUTSIDE OF CONFINEMENT. A third of responding county jails to the 2015 NACo survey release pretrial detainees from custody and supervise them in the community through different types of community based programs, depending on the needs of the detainees. These programs may be focused specifically on pretrial supervision - where the type of supervision used varies on a case-by-case basis - or deal with both pretrial and convicted populations through health treatment, electronic monitoring, home arrest and work release. Most county jails have more than one type of program. Pretrial supervision programs focus overwhelmingly on the pretrial population (95 percent of their population), followed by physical health care and behavioral health treatment programs in which close to half of the supervised population is pretrial. Overall, few pretrial detainees are placed in these programs. Only 28 percent of the detainees released by respondent jails in 2014 were pretrial. The county jail programs that supervise pretrial persons are just one part of the larger county pretrial system that includes formal pretrial services agencies that provide information on defendants to judges for the pretrial release decision; policies that force release pretrial detainees when the jail population reaches a certain capacity; and bond review practices. County jails are at a crossroads, confronting increasing pressure on their physical capacity and rising jail costs, while lacking the decision-making for pretrial release. The courts decide who is released pretrial, affecting the size of county jail population and, consequently, jail costs. Reducing the jail population and costs is a priority for jail administrators and county boards. Some counties fund programs that would release pretrial detainees from confinement and supervise them in the community, but the pretrial population accounts for a small share of who is released and supervised in the community. Through coordination and collaboration across the county justice system, counties are in a strong position to lead the way in pretrial release, developing strategies and leveraging resources that assist in managing the county jail population and safeguarding public safety. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Counties, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.naco.org/resources/county-jails-crossroads Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 136139

Author: Cho, David Title: Restoring Public Confidence: Recommendations For Improving Oversight of the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department Summary: The Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department, one of the largest policing agencies in the nation, has been the subject of media and public criticism for decades. Despite numerous attempts at reform over the past twenty years, the Department continues to exhibit numerous problems, ranging from excessive use of force to personnel corruption. In 2011, the Board of Supervisors formed the Citizens' Commission on Jail Violence in hopes of creating a better Sheriff's Department. In its report, the Commission called for the creation of an Office of the Inspector General (OIG) - an agency that would attempt to remedy the deficiencies present in the Sheriff's three current oversight entities. Special Counsel, the Office of Ombudsman, and the Office of Independent Review handle current Sheriff's Department audits, complaints, and investigations, respectively. They operate largely independent of one another and lack the coordination necessary for effective oversight. Thus, our analysis offered a design for a consolidated Office of the Inspector General. We relied on expert interviews, comparisons of other oversight bodies, internal LA County documents, financial review of County and external budget documents, and previous findings and literature for the majority of our data and information. We used these data to identify a combination of common elements and functions shared by oversight bodies: agency independence, investigative authority allowing for initiation of case investigations and policy audits, jail monitoring, reviewing of complaints, quality assurance/risk management, and communication & public engagement. Identifying these key elements allowed us to analyze the design of an OIG by considering the presence or absence of these elements. This discussion led us to consider three policy options for potential OIG models: - An Expert-Informed model that was constructed by the common views and opinions of industry experts on what elements and functions constitute an "ideal" OIG. - A Client-Preference model that captures the County's current preferences and its preliminary ideas of the structure and function of the OIG. - And a Hybrid model, which we propose that seeks to moderate the extremes of the previous two models. In evaluating these options, we considered the degree of oversight provided, political feasibility, and ease of implementation. Based on our analysis, we provided two recommendations for the design of an LA County Office of the Inspector General: - Short-term Recommendation: Due to the difficulties associated with pursuing statutory authority1 at the current time and because of the deficiencies in oversight present in the client's current preferences, we recommend that LA County pursue the Hybrid model. This model provides a fairly high level of oversight (even with the lack of statutory authority) and faces no significant barriers to implementation. - Long-term Recommendation: The County should adopt the Expert-Informed model by pursuing an amendment to the California Constitution in order to establish an OIG that has statutory authority and can compel the Sheriff to action. In addition, we evaluated the funding and staffing needs for the Hybrid model based on the assumption that the County must at least maintain the current staffing levels for the current three oversight bodies. At a minimum, the OIG will need to be staffed by twenty-five individuals led by an Inspector General. Their combined salaries, pension, and benefits, would cost the County approximately $3.5 million per year. Approximately another $1.1 million would be needed for annual operation costs for a total OIG budget of approximately $4.8 million per year. Los Angeles County has a unique opportunity to improve oversight of the Sheriff's Department. Various County stakeholders need to ensure that the Office of the Inspector General takes a leading role in this task. By identifying, correcting, and preventing issues, the OIG will begin to restore public trust in the Sheriff's Department. Details: Los Angeles: Meyer and Renee Luskin School of Public Affairs, University of California, Los Angeles, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://luskin.ucla.edu/sites/default/files/13%20-%20County%20Sheriff.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ombudsman Shelf Number: 136140

Author: Bright, Charlotte Title: Multijurisdictional Teen Court Evaluation: A Comparative Evaluation of Three Teen Court Models Summary: Teen Courts, also called Youth Courts and Peer Courts, are increasingly used to divert youth with minor offenses from the juvenile justice system. Ten Teen Courts currently operate in Maryland, and the widespread use of Teen Courts underscores the importance of understanding their process and effectiveness. To facilitate a better understanding of Maryland's Teen Courts, this report presents data on the processes, outcomes, and perspectives of Teen Courts using data gathered in three geographically diverse Teen Courts in Maryland: Baltimore City, Charles County, and Montgomery County Teen Courts. The study also assessed recidivism data collected by matching cases from the three Teen Courts with data from the Maryland Department of Juvenile Services. Observations and structured interviews yielded process data while survey and interview data provided rich information from the perspectives of Teen Court volunteers, youth respondents involved in Teen Court, and parents or guardians of these respondents. The evaluation was conducted by the University of Maryland School of Social Work, the Institute for Governmental Service and Research, and the Court Operations Department of the Administrative Office of the Courts, with substantial input from the three Teen Courts and the Maryland Teen Court Association. Overall, the study found the three Teen Court programs offer an alternative to traditional case processing with lower recidivism rates while garnering support from youth and parents. The study notes that Teen Courts in Charles County, Montgomery County, and Baltimore City have a similar structure and procedure. They emphasize youth decision-making with support from adult volunteers. One structural difference in the three counties is the practice of conducting concurrent versus sequential cases in the same courtroom. Also, the observed jurisdictions handle different types of offenses and, accordingly, recommend different sanctions. Analysis of data from the Department of Juvenile Services revealed lower rates of recidivism for program completers. Recidivism rates measured at six months and 12 months after Teen Court showed dramatic differences depending on program completion. In all three Teen Court locations, youth who did not complete the Teen Court program were more likely to have a DJS referral and to recidivate more quickly than were youth who completed the program. a. In Baltimore City Teen Court, which accepts youth with a prior DJS history and with more serious offenses than the other teen court locations in this study, non-completers were at least 2.5 times more likely to recidivate at both the six- and twelve-month follow-up. b. In Charles County, non-completers were about 10 times more likely to be referred to DJS at the six-month follow-up and nearly six times more likely to be referred to DJS at the twelve-month follow-up. c. In Montgomery County Teen Court, non-completers were seven times more likely to be referred to DJS at the six-month follow-up and four times more likely to be referred to DJS at the twelve-month follow-up. Additionally, the percent of youth who did not complete the program and the percent of youth who recidivate was higher for given subgroups (e.g., prior DJS involvement, particular case types), suggesting that program enrichments targeted at particular subgroups may be warranted. These differences varied by court location. The study further reveals that youth respondents and their parents/guardians scored relatively high on standardized measures of functioning and coping. Their scores indicate that this population of youth offenders possesses substantial strengths. Notably, youth respondents and parents/guardians did not show statistically significant improvement between pre-intervention and post-intervention in standardized measures of coping, family functioning, and civic engagement. Youth respondents and their parents/guardians reported very low rates of problems at home, with friends, in school, and with the law at approximately four months post-intervention. This suggests that Teen Court may be effective at preventing recidivism and also may be helping youth curb problematic behaviors. Qualitative data indicate substantial support for Teen Court from respondents, parents/guardians, and volunteers. For example, 86.4% (19) of respondents interviewed indicated that Teen Court was beneficial to them. Nearly 95 percent of respondents interviewed considered their sanctions fair, with many of them saying they learned their lesson, they understood what they did wrong, and they deserved the sanctions, and 83.3% of the 17 parents/guardians interviewed found the Teen Court experience positive. When asked whether the Teen Court experience was valuable for their children, 82% (14 of the 17 parents/guardians) said yes. Furthermore, a number of benefits are noted to accrue to youth who volunteer in Teen Court settings, in addition to respondents and their families. These benefits include an opportunity to serve others and their community, education, experience in a legal setting, and the chance to become a positive role model. After thorough review, the overall findings of this comprehensive two-year evaluation strongly support the continued operation of Teen court programs in Maryland. Details: Baltimore, MD: Maryland Administrative Office of the Courts, 2013. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/New_Teen_Court_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 136143

Author: Burdick, Katherine Title: Building Brighter Futures: Tools for Improving Academic and Career/Technical Education in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Youth typically enter juvenile justice placements with significant educational deficits. Nationally, as many as two-thirds of youth drop out of school after release from juvenile facilities. This publication examines one particular initiative that has shown great success in combating this problem - the Pennsylvania Academic and Career/Technical Training Alliance (PACTT). PACTT's model suggests that, despite the inevitable stress and disruption of juvenile placement, thoughtful interventions can help youth to get back on track. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2015. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 24, 2015 at: http://www.jlc.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdfs/Building-Better-Future-PACTT-ToolKit-4.2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136158

Author: Ayoub, Lama Hassoun Title: Love One Another and Take Care of Each Other: A Process Evaluation of the Rocky Boy's Children Exposed to Violence Project Summary: As part of the U.S. Attorney General's Defending Childhood Demonstration Program, eight sites around the country were funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Office of Violence Against Women to use a collaborative process to develop and implement programming to address children's exposure to violence in their communities. The Chippewa Cree Tribe of Rocky Boy's Reservation in Montana was chosen as one of these sites, and, since 2010, has received nearly $2 million in federal funding for this initiative. Led by the Chippewa Cree Division of Human Services, Rocky Boy's Children Exposed to Violence Project (RBCEVP) is informed by a commitment to culture as prevention; that is, that reconnecting youth and families with the Chippewa Cree language, culture, and traditions will influence children's exposure to violence on the reservation. One of the primary components of the RBCEVP is advocacy and case management. The RBCEVP staff several domestic violence/sexual advocates and child advocates. The advocates provide crisis intervention services, court and medical advocacy, development of safety plans, referrals to treatment and other providers, and can also provide traditional healing ceremonies. The child advocates also work with children in child abuse or neglect cases and build strong relationships with the children they serve. Another major component of the project is community awareness and education. The RBCEVP utilized a variety of approaches to community awareness to spread the message about children's exposure to violence and about the resources that are available to children and families. Community awareness was accomplished through publications and printed materials, radio announcements and advertisements, as well as numerous events such as community summits, family fun nights, and awareness walks. Other components of the project include professional training for local partners as well as prevention work with youth in schools, including leading and supporting student groups in the local schools and holding summer youth camps for at-risk youth. Addressing children's exposure to violence comes with many challenges. In addition, the RBCEVP had many facilitators that helped their work, including a strong history of collaboration among partner agencies and a commitment by tribal elders to the cause. The stories and experiences of the individuals exposed to the RBCEVP indicate that their efforts have had some impact on the community, regardless of whether not that impact can be measured. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Rocky_Boy_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136163

Author: Hagedorn, John M. Title: Crime, Corruption and Cover-ups in the Chicago Police Department Summary: The Chicago Police Department has a legacy of both heroism and corruption. On the one hand, the department's officers risk their lives on a daily basis to enforce the law, protect the public and preserve the peace. On the other hand, Chicago has a checkered history of police scandals and an embarrassingly long list of police officers who have crossed the line to engage in brutality, corruption and criminal activity. An analysis of five decades of news reports reveals that since 1960, a total of 295 Chicago Police officers have been convicted of serious crimes, such as drug dealing, beatings of civilians, destroying evidence, protecting mobsters, theft and murder. Moreover, the listing of police convicted of crimes undoubtedly underestimates the problem of corruption in the Chicago Police Department (CPD). The list does not include undetected and unreported illegal activity, serious misconduct resulting in internal disciplinary action, and officers who retire rather than face charges. Our analysis of police corruption in Chicago yields four major findings. First, corruption has long persisted within the CPD and continues to be a serious problem. There have been 102 convictions of Chicago police since the beginning of 2000. Second, police officers often resist reporting crimes and misconduct committed by fellow officers. The "blue code of silence," while difficult to prove, is an integral part of the department's culture and it exacerbates the corruption problems. However last November, a federal jury found that the City of Chicago and its police culture were partially responsible for Officer Anthony Abbate's brutal beating of a female bartender. After the civil trial to assess damages, the victim's attorney declared, "We proved a code of silence at every level in the Chicago Police Department." Third, overtime a large portion of police corruption has shifted from policemen aiding and abetting mobsters and organized crime to officers involved with drugs dealers and street gangs. Since the year 2000, a total of 47 Chicago law enforcement officers were convicted of drug and gang related crimes. The department's war on drugs puts police officers, especially those working undercover, in dangerous situations where they must cooperate with criminals to catch criminals. These endeavors require that CPD superiors provide a high degree of leadership and oversight to keep officers on the straight and narrow. Fourth, internal and external sources of authority, including police superintendents and Mayors, have up to now failed to provide adequate anti-corruption oversight and leadership. The case of Lieutenant Jon Burge, Commander of Area 2 Detective Division, accused of torturing suspects to extract confessions is the most notorious, high-profile example of the lack of accountability in the department involving several state's attorneys and mayors. The "blue wall of silence" protected Burge and his many accomplices. Despite numerous courts overturning convictions and several media exposes, the CPD leadership and Mayor's office denied and evaded evidence that Burge and 64 other officers tortured more than 100 African-American suspects over several decades. In addition, dozens, if not hundreds, of police officers, who were present at the stations while the torture occurred or who heard about it from coworkers, failed to report the torture to the proper authorities. The Cook County State's Attorney never prosecuted a single officer for any crimes related to torture. And, there is no evidence that the Police Department ever disciplined any officer for failing to come forward with information about the tortures. Finally, the United States Attorney stepped in and prosecuted Jon Burge. Last year, he was convicted in federal court, not for torture but for lying about it under oath. The dozens of other police officers involved in the torture cases were not prosecuted. By 2012, the statute of limitation had expired. In this report, as well as in the previous six anti-corruption reports published by the Political Science Department, public corruption has been defined as an illegal or unethical act committed by a public official for his or her self interest rather than for the public good. While we relied on a set of 295 criminal convictions of police offices to analyze and classify police corruption, it should be noted that most unethical behavior and non-criminal misconduct also fits the definition of corruption. Also while some non-criminal misconduct committed by individual officers may not its self be "corruption," it is often swept under the rug or covered-upped by the department to avoid embarrassment. Toleration of such misconduct is definitely "corruption." Toleration of corruption, or at least resigned acceptance, appears to be the order of the day for at least the past 50 years. The department's Internal Affairs Division (IAD), the Independent Police Review Authority (IPRA), Police Board (PB), the department's top brass, the Mayor's office, and State Attorneys have all failed to aggressively and effectively reign in police corruption. In recent years, only the U.S. Attorney's Office has made a serious effort to curb police corruption. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report No. 7: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/policecorruption.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Blue Wall of Silence Shelf Number: 136164

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: Understanding the Potential Impact of Executive Action on Immigration Enforcement Summary: While much of the attention to the Obama administration's announcement of executive actions on immigration in November 2014 has focused on key deferred action programs, two changes that have not faced legal challenge are in the process of being implemented and may substantially affect the U.S. immigration enforcement system. These changes include the adoption by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) of new policy guidance on which categories of unauthorized immigrants and other potentially removable noncitizens are priorities for enforcement, and the replacement of the controversial Secure Communities information-sharing program with a new, more tailored Priority Enforcement Program (PEP). The new policy guidance, which builds on previous memoranda published by the Obama administration in 2010 and 2011, further targets enforcement to noncitizens who have been convicted of serious crimes, are threats to public safety, are recent illegal entrants, or have violated recent deportation orders. MPI estimates that about 13 percent of unauthorized immigrants in the United States would be considered enforcement priorities under these policies, compared to 27 percent under the 2010-11 enforcement guidelines. The net effect of this new guidance will likely be a reduction in deportations from within the interior of the United States as DHS detention and deportation resources are increasingly allocated to more explicitly defined priorities. By comparing the new enforcement priorities to earlier DHS removal data, this report estimates that the 2014 policy guidance, if strictly adhered to, is likely to reduce deportations from within the United States by about 25,000 cases annually - bringing interior removals below the 100,000 mark. Removals at the U.S.-Mexico border remain a top priority under the 2014 guidelines, so falling interior removals may be offset to some extent by increases at the border. Taking the enforcement focus off settled unauthorized immigrants who do not meet the November 2014 enforcement priorities would effectively offer a degree of protection to the vast majority - 87 percent - of unauthorized immigrants now residing in the United States, thus affecting a substantially larger share of this population than the announced deferred action programs (9.6 million compared to as many as 5.2 million unauthorized immigrants). This report analyzes how many unauthorized immigrants fall within each of the new priority categories and how implementation of these priorities could affect the number of deportations from the United States, as well as what the termination of Secure Communities and launch of PEP could mean for federal cooperation with state and local authorities on immigration. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/understanding-potential-impact-executive-action-immigration-enforcement Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens Shelf Number: 136235

Author: Noferi, Mark Title: A Humane Approach Can Work: The Effectiveness of Alternatives to Detention for Asylum Seekers Summary: For decades, the U.S. refugee protection system has been a symbol of the nation's generosity and openness to the world's persecuted. Yet since Congress' enactment of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA), asylum seekers arriving at the United States-Mexico border have been subject to mandatory detention and summary deportation processes, resulting in the deportation of countless persons in need of protection. Empirical research has found, however, that asylum seekers fleeing persecution arrive predisposed to comply with legal processes and trust the system to provide them a fair hearing, even if they might lose. If the U.S. government treats asylum seekers fairly and humanely-i.e., releases them following their apprehension and provides legal assistance before their hearing-evidence suggests that they will be likely to appear for proceedings. Put simply, a humane approach can work. This report reviews emerging research on the release of asylum seekers from detention, including the impact of various forms of alternatives to detention (ATD), summarizes the primary harms caused by immigration detention, and argues that releasing asylum seekers (on alternatives as needed) and affording legal assistance can protect the rights of asylum seekers and facilitate compliance with proceedings and legitimate removals, at far less human and financial cost than detention. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council; New York: Center for Migration Studies, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://cmsny.org/wp-content/uploads/A-Humane-Approach-Can-Work.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Detention Shelf Number: 136236

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combating Terrorism: State Should Evaluate Its Countering Violent Extremism Program and Set Time Frames for Addressing Evaluation Recommendations Summary: Terrorism and violent extremism continue to pose a global threat, and combating them remains a top priority for the U.S. government. State leads and coordinates U.S. efforts to counter terrorism abroad. State's Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism was elevated to bureau status in 2012 with the aim of enhancing State's ability to counter violent extremism, build partner counterterrorism capacity, and improve coordination. GAO was asked to review the effects of this change and the new bureau's efforts. This report examines (1) how the bureau's staffing resources have changed since 2011, (2) the extent to which the bureau has assessed its performance since 2011, and (3) the extent to which the bureau's coordination with U.S. government entities on selected programs is in line with key collaboration practices. To address these objectives, GAO reviewed and analyzed State and other U.S. government agency information and interviewed U.S. government officials in Washington, D.C. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that the Secretary of State take steps to (1) ensure that CVE program efforts abroad are evaluated and (2) establish time frames for addressing recommendations from program evaluations. State concurred with both of GAO's recommendations. State indicated that it was currently assessing which programs would benefit from a third-party evaluation and that it would commit to setting a timetable for reviewing each recommendation by a third-party evaluator. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-684: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/671557.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 136242

Author: Steinberg, Darrell Title: When did prisons become acceptable mental healthcare facilities? Summary: We can no longer ignore the massive oppression we are inflicting upon the mentally ill throughout the United States. Over a century ago, Dorothea Dix began a movement to improve the deplorable conditions of mentally ill prisoners. Despite her success in changing the country's perception and treatment of the mentally ill in prison, we are now right back where we started in the nineteenth century. Although deinstitutionalization was originally understood as a humane way to offer more suitable services to the mentally ill in community-based settings, some politicians seized upon it as a way to save money by shutting down institutions without providing any meaningful treatment alternatives. This callousness has created a one-way road to prison for massive numbers of impaired individuals and the inhumane warehousing of thousands of mentally ill people. We have created conditions that make criminal behavior all but inevitable for many of our brothers and sisters who are mentally ill. Instead of treating them, we are imprisoning them. And then, when they have completed their sentences, we release them with minimal or no support system in place, just counting the days until they are behind bars once again. This practice of seeking to save money on the backs of this population comes with huge moral and fiscal cost. It is ineffective because we spend far more on imprisonment of the mentally ill than we would otherwise spend on treatment and support. It is immoral because writing off another human being's life is utterly contrary to our collective values and principles. The numbers are staggering: over the past 15 years, the number of mentally ill people in prison in California has almost doubled. Today, 45 percent of state prison inmates have been treated for severe mental illness within the past year. The Los Angeles County Jail is "the largest mental health provider in the county," according to the former official in charge of the facility. California was at the forefront of the spiral towards imprisonment rather than treatment, when it turned its back on community based mental health programs. As usual, what started in California spread throughout the country. In 1971 there were 20,000 people in California prisons; by 2010 the population had increased to 162,000 people, of which 45 percent are estimated to be mentally ill. We in California now have an opportunity to lead again - this time to show that there is a better approach. We can begin a counter-revolution by setting a new standard for how we deal with people whose mental illness manifests through criminal activity. We will prove to the country that there is another, better approach - an approach that saves money and saves lives from being forsaken. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford law School, Three Strikes Project, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: https://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/child-page/632655/doc/slspublic/Report_v12.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 136255

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Dallas AVL Experiment: Evaluating the Use of Automated Vehicle Locator Technologies in Policing Summary: Law enforcement agencies lack specific information describing where police officers patrol when not responding to calls for service. Instead they have snapshots of events that are handled by police such as the locations of crime reports, arrests, traffic citations, and pedestrian stops. While computerized crime mapping has enabled "smart policing" and police have become more scientific in the ways in which they respond to crime (Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2010; Robinson, 2011), police agencies still have little ability to assess the effectiveness of their deployment strategies in relationship to their goals. Our study sought to examine these two key gaps in the advancement of recent police innovations. If the police have knowledge about where patrol resources are concentrated in a police agency, can police Commanders more successfully manage broad patrol resources? Within the context of a Compstat model, can they ensure that crime hot spots gain increased levels of patrol? Finally, if such knowledge were available to the police will that help them to prevent crime? We think that the answers to these questions are key to the advancement of policing. Our study is the first we know of to test these questions directly. Since the early 1990s, hot spots policing has emerged as an important policing strategy. Sherman and Weisburd (1995) coined the term and argued that the police should not water down the dosage of police patrol across entire beats, but should focus it upon the specific places where crime was concentrated. While police scholars now agree widely that preventive patrol over larger areas is not effective (Weisburd & Eck, 2004; Bayley, 1994), the introduction of automated vehicle locator (AVL) technology allowed us to see whether provision of detailed information on actual patrol dosage to police managers would allow for more effective allocation of patrol in beats and following this significant reductions in crime. We were also able to examine these questions for crime hot spots identified during Compstat meetings. We used a blocked randomized experimental design to examine these questions. First, we used trajectory analysis to identify four groups of beats with similar crime trajectories. Each of the beats within a trajectory group was randomly allocated to treatment or control. Commanders received information on the measured deployment levels (the amount of hours of vehicle presence as measured by an Automated Vehicle Locator (AVL) system) received by the treatment beats but not the control beats. In addition, they received AVL measured deployment information about Compstat hot spots (those identified for specific deployment strategies) in the treatment areas but not in the control areas. At the beat level, access to AVL measured deployment information led Commanders to request significantly higher amounts of patrol presence but did not result in an increase in actual patrol levels. At the hot spot level, it is important to note that our unit of analysis is no longer the same as our randomization unit. Thus, we interpret these results with caution. At the hot spot level, AVL does not lead Commanders to request higher levels of patrol, but it did lead to higher actual levels of patrol at those places. Also, in contrast to the beat level findings, we find treatment hot spots have about a 20 percent relative "decline" in crime. The Dallas (Texas) AVL Experiment provides important information to improve our understanding of how AVL technologies can be used to maximize patrol in police agencies. Our data suggest that, at least in cities like Dallas with large geographies, AVL information will not aid patrol allocations in large geographic areas because patrol coverage in beats is largely a function of cross district dispatch rather than Commander-specified deployment. However, it is effective in achieving higher levels of patrol in hot spots and significant reductions in crime. Additional studies are needed in other cities and focusing on hot spot areas to better understand the potential value in using AVL for deployment. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248958.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Automated Vehicle Locator Shelf Number: 136256

Author: Sacco, Lisa N. Title: Federal Involvement in Sex Offender Registration and Notification: Overview and Issues for Congress, In Brief Summary: The federal government plays a role in the management of sex offenders. In a law enforcement capacity, it enforces federal laws involving sexual abuse, online predatory offenses, or other related federal crimes. In addition, Congress has enacted legislation that encourages the development of state sex offender registries, urges states to punish recalcitrant sex offenders, and induces state and local law enforcement to make certain information on sex offenders public, and has taken other steps involving the registration of sex offenders and notification of the community. Federal legislation affecting sex offender policy has largely centered on sex offender registration and notification, and therefore they are the focus of this report. All states have sex offender registration and notification laws; however, these laws vary widely. Congress has attempted to standardize these laws through legislation, most recently through the Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act (SORNA), a major component of the Adam Walsh Child Protection and Safety Act (Adam Walsh Act; P.L. 109-248) enacted in 2006. Among other things, SORNA created a three-tier classification system for sex offenders based solely on the crime of conviction. To date, 17 states, 3 territories, and many American Indian tribes have been found to have "substantially implemented SORNA." SORNA stated that jurisdictions that fail to comply with its requirements risk having their annual Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) funds reduced by 10%. While several noncompliant states have chosen to lose 10% of their JAG funds, the majority of noncompliant states have applied to have these funds reallocated and used solely for the purpose of implementing SORNA. Sex offenses and sex offender management are primarily state and local criminal justice issues; however, the federal government plays a role in sex offender registration and notification as well as other sex offender management issues not discussed in this report. The federal government (1) sets minimum requirements and baseline standards for states for sex offender registration and notification, (2) provides assistance to states via grants and law enforcement support in tracking down noncompliant offenders, (3) maintains a public national website that provides information on registered sex offenders, (4) maintains a national sex offender registry for assisting law enforcement, and (5) receives and transmits information on the international travel of sex offenders. In recent years, several issues with sex offender registration and notification in the United States have been raised by state governments, the media, and academics alike. Congress may decide to address a number of these issues that fall under federal jurisdiction. Issues include notification of offenders' international travel, issues with registration of sex offenders in the military, states' noncompliance with requirements of SORNA, and the effectiveness of SORNA. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: R43954: Accessed July 30, 2015 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=763618 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 136278

Author: Frazier, Ernest Ron, Sr. Title: Policing and Security Practices for Small- and Medium-Sized Public Transit Systems Summary: Policing and Security Practices for Small- and Medium-Sized Public Transit Systems explores the current state of practice and identifies and responds to the specific challenges and issues associated with the security of small- and medium-sized transit agencies. The report follows the five stages of protection activity (prevention, mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery) by providing baseline options and identifying potential security countermeasures that could be deployed by both of these sizes of transit agencies Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2015. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://onlinepubs.trb.org/onlinepubs/tcrp/tcrp_rpt_180.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 136282

Author: Ewing, Walter A. Title: The Criminalization of Immigration in the United States Summary: For more than a century, innumerable studies have confirmed two simple yet powerful truths about the relationship between immigration and crime: immigrants are less likely to commit serious crimes or be behind bars than the native-born, and high rates of immigration are associated with lower rates of violent crime and property crime. This holds true for both legal immigrants and the unauthorized, regardless of their country of origin or level of education. In other words, the overwhelming majority of immigrants are not "criminals" by any commonly accepted definition of the term. For this reason, harsh immigration policies are not effective in fighting crime. Unfortunately, immigration policy is frequently shaped more by fear and stereotype than by empirical evidence. As a result, immigrants have the stigma of "criminality" ascribed to them by an ever-evolving assortment of laws and immigration-enforcement mechanisms. Put differently, immigrants are being defined more and more as threats. Whole new classes of "felonies" have been created which apply only to immigrants, deportation has become a punishment for even minor offenses, and policies aimed at trying to end unauthorized immigration have been made more punitive rather than more rational and practical. In short, immigrants themselves are being criminalized. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/the_criminalization_of_immigration_in_the_united_states_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 136285

Author: Krouse, William J. Title: Mass Murder with Firearms: Incidents and Victims, 1999-2013 Summary: In the wake of tragedy in Newtown CT, Congress defined "mass killings" as "3 or more killings in a single incident" (P.L. 112-265). Any consideration of new or existing gun laws that follows mass shootings is likely to generate requests for comprehensive data on the prevalence and deadliness of these incidents. Despite the pathos of mass shootings, only a handful of researchers and journalists have analyzed the principal source of homicide data in the United States-the Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHR) compiled by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)-to determine whether those incidents have become more prevalent and deadly. According to the FBI, the term "mass murder" has been defined generally as a multiple homicide incident in which four or more victims are murdered, within one event, and in one or more locations in close geographical proximity. Based on this definition, for the purposes of this report, "mass shooting" is defined as a multiple homicide incident in which four or more victims are murdered with firearms, within one event, and in one or more locations in close proximity. Similarly, a "mass public shooting" is defined to mean a multiple homicide incident in which four or more victims are murdered with firearms, within one event, in at least one or more public locations, such as, a workplace, school, restaurant, house of worship, neighborhood, or other public setting. This report analyzes mass shootings for a 15-year period (1999-2013). CRS analysis of the FBI SHR dataset and other research indicates that offenders committed at least 317 mass shootings, murdered 1,554 victims, and nonfatally wounded another 441 victims entirely with firearms during that 15-year period. The prevalence of mass shooting incidents and victim counts fluctuated sporadically from year to year. For the period 2007-2013, the annual averages for both incidents and victim counts were slightly higher than the years from 1999-2007. With data provided by criminologist Grant Duwe, CRS also compiled a 44-year (1970-2013) dataset of firearms-related mass murders that could arguably be characterized as "mass public shootings." These data show that there were on average: - one (1.1) incident per year during the 1970s (5.5 victims murdered, 2.0 wounded per incident), - nearly three (2.7) incidents per year during the 1980s (6.1 victims murdered, 5.3 wounded per incident), - four (4.0) incidents per year during the 1990s (5.6 victims murdered, 5.5 wounded per incident), - four (4.1) incidents per year during the 2000s (6.4 victims murdered, 4.0 wounded per incident), and - four (4.5) incidents per year from 2010 through 2013 (7.4 victims murdered, 6.3 wounded per incident). These decade-long averages suggest that the prevalence, if not the deadliness, of "mass public shootings" increased in the 1970s and 1980s, and continued to increase, but not as steeply, during the 1990s, 2000s, and first four years of the 2010s. Mass shootings are arguably one of the worst manifestations of gun violence. As discussed in this report, statute, media outlets, gun control and rights advocates, law enforcement agencies, and researchers often adopt different definitions of "mass killing," "mass murder," and "mass shooting," contributing to a welter of claims and counter-claims about the prevalence and deadliness of mass shootings. With improved data, policymakers would arguably have additional vantage points from which to assess the legislative proposals that are inevitably made in the wake of these tragedies. Toward these ends, Congress could consider directing one or several federal agencies, including but not limited to the FBI and BJS, to improve collection of data on multiple-victim homicides. Congress could also direct federal agencies, possibly the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, to report annually on firearms-related mass murders, including data on (1) offender acquisition of firearms, (2) types of firearms used, (3) amounts and types of ammunition carried and shots fired, (4) killed and wounded counts, (5) offender histories of mental illness and domestic violence, and (6) victim-offender relationships. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2015 at: http://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44126.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 136296

Author: Rand, April M. Title: "It's a Marathon Not a Race": Exiting the Commercial Sex Trade Summary: Few studies provide detailed accounts of the exiting process and the catalysts that influence the movement toward exiting the commercial sex trade. A better understanding of this process is needed to facilitate the design of targeted and effective interventions for persons who have been involved in the commercial sex trade. Consequently, the purpose of this inquiry was to examine the process men and women undergo when exiting the commercial sex trade and to explore the role of social service providers in the exiting process. This dissertation used a feminist framework and qualitative methods to explore the experiences of 19 survivors who were in the process of exiting the commercial sex trade. The social service response was examined through individual and group interviews with 12 social service providers. The themes and findings suggest that exiting is a long and complex process that requires a tremendous amount of internal drive and social support. Moreover the findings indicate that the current social service systems are not meeting the unique needs of this client population. Suggestions for social work practice, policy, and research are presented. Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas, 2014. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 4, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248978.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 136311

Author: Ohlsen, Sarah Title: Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: A Status Report for our Jurisdiction Summary: Multnomah County Sheriff's Office (MCSO) actively works to identify and maintain a list of individuals who are suspected of trafficking within our community. As of October 13, 2014, there have been 421 individuals identified. MCSO has continuously improved their efforts at identification. They also have developed strong partnerships with other law enforcement agencies, probation officers, and prosecutors, and that collaboration may lead to information that leads to better identification. Overall, an increase in identification may simply mean we know more of the trafficking population each year. Details: Portland, OR: Multnomah County, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: https://multco.us/file/38173/download Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 136312

Author: Porter, Michael D. Title: A Statistical Approach to Crime Linkage Summary: The object of this paper is to develop a statistical approach to criminal linkage analysis that discovers and groups crime events that share a common offender and prioritizes suspects for further investigation. Bayes factors are used to describe the strength of evidence that two crimes are linked. Using concepts from agglomerative hierarchical clustering, the Bayes factors for crime pairs are combined to provide similarity measures for comparing two crime series. This facilitates crime series clustering, crime series identification, and suspect prioritization. The ability of our models to make correct linkages and predictions is demonstrated under a variety of real-world scenarios with a large number of solved and unsolved breaking and entering crimes. For example, a naive Bayes model for pairwise case linkage can identify 82% of actual linkages with a 5% false positive rate. For crime series identification, 77%-89% of the additional crimes in a crime series can be identified from a ranked list of 50 incidents. Details: Tuscaloosa, AL: Department of Information System, Statistics, and Management Science at the University of Alabama, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://www.researchgate.net/publication/266748053_A_Statistical_Approach_to_Crime_Linkage Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 136325

Author: Kasalwe, Ruth Y. Title: Bridging the Gap Between Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children and Responses from Law Enforcement Summary: Commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) has become a growing crime in most cities in the United States, particularly Atlanta. There seems to be a gap between these types of crime and how law enforcement responds to them. This paper discussed why Atlanta has attracted such a crime and how local law enforcement is dealing with the issue, as well as current laws that are in place to combat this crime. In particular, this study will answer two main questions: (1) Why is Metro Atlanta a hotspot for CSEC? (2) How can local law enforcement better respond to CSEC? The study found that Atlanta's major airport and roadways make the city accessible to exploiters. CSEC is taking place at sporting events, trade shows and other such gatherings, which bring an influx of people to the city. The internet is another tool that exploiters are using to target vulnerable children. There is also CSEC activity happening in hotels and motels, and high crime areas. The study found that law enforcement desperately need more resources to effectively combat CSEC. Victims of CSEC are mistrusting of law enforcement, which hampers the effective treatment and delivery of services. The findings indicate that law enforcement rely on partnerships with social service providers to stop CSEC, and to ensure the safety of CSEC victims. This study also offers policy recommendations to law enforcement in an attempt to bridge the gap between CSEC and law enforcement responses. Details: Kennesaw, GA: Kennesaw State University, 2014. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Theses: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1631&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 136327

Author: Lowe, Nathan C. Title: Screening for Risk and Needs Using the Impaired Driving Assessment Summary: Drunk driving continues to be a serious public health concern and a threat to public safety in the United States. In recent years, greater efforts have been made to enhance assessment practices for those offenders convicted of DWI in order to increase the identification of predicting which offenders are most likely to continue to drive impaired from those who are less likely to engage in this behavior. Under a cooperative agreement with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA) prepared this report on their development of a screening tool, Impaired Driving Assessment (IDA) to identify a DWI offender's risk of engaging in future conduct of impaired driving, and to help determine the most effective community supervision that will reduce such risk. APPA conducted a literature, analyzed assessment responses of DWI offenders, and interviewed experts in the field of impaired driving research and treatment to provide guidelines in selecting the measurement components of the most appropriate instrument. APPA identified several major risk areas of DWI recidivism. An individual's past behavior stood out across multiple risk areas, including prior DWI and non-DWI involvement in the justice system and prior involvement with alcohol and other drugs. In addition, resistance to and non-compliance with current and past involvement in the justice system was identified as a major risk area. These identified areas informed the inclusion of certain items in the IDA. APPA pilot test IDA with DWI probationers in Brown County Adult Probation, Minnesota; Nicollet County Adult Probation, Minnesota; Westchester County Probation Department, New York; and Tarrant County Community Supervision and Corrections Department, Texas. The development of IDA and the pilot test results are shared in this document. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, National Highway traffic Safety Administration, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://trid.trb.org/view.aspx?id=1343067 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 136329

Author: Goodison, Sean Title: Digital Evidence and the U.S. Criminal Justice System: Identifying Technology and Other Needs to More Effectively Acquire and Utilize Digital Evidence Summary: The field of digital evidence is new and rapidly expanding. Potentially, digital evidence offers an important new source of information that will help prosecutors win more convictions. Using GPS data to place suspects at or near the scene of a crime, analyzing text messages and email to corroborate charges, capturing incriminating photos from social media sites, and gathering information on criminal associates from cell phone address books or social media metadata are just a few of the ways in which electronic data provides police and prosecutors with a source of information that was previously unavailable. As the types and sophistication of electronic media from which digital evidence can be gleaned increase, this type of evidence will become an essential part of investigating and prosecuting most crimes. However, while the potential is great, there are significant challenges in exploiting digital evidence including: - Educating prosecutors to make more-focused use of digital evidence. - Educating judges to better understand the issues surrounding use of digital evidence in the courtroom. - Enabling first-responding patrol officers and detectives to be better prepared for incident scenes where digital evidence might be present. - Providing better prioritization and triage analysis of digital evidence given scarce resources. - Developing regional models to make digital evidence analysis capability available to small departments. - Addressing concerns about maintaining the currency of training and technology available to digital forensic examiners. These top-tier needs highlight a path for innovation, through funding and training at all levels of the criminal justice system that can allow digital evidence to reach its full potential for law enforcement and courts. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248770.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Digital Evidence Shelf Number: 136334

Author: Fisher, Deborah A. Title: Intensive DWI supervision in urban areas - feasibility study Summary: Drivers with prior convictions for driving while impaired (DWI) carry a higher risk of future DWI arrests and crash involvement. In response, communities have developed various strategies to address the drinking-driving problems of DWI offenders by assisting them in making positive behavioral changes to reduce their likelihood of recidivism. One program model developed to monitor offender drinking involves having an offender report twice daily to a law enforcement office for alcohol breath testing at 12-hour intervals. To date, these 24/7 sobriety programs have been used in rural States and communities; however, the program model is being considered for implementation in additional locales. The purpose of this project was to conduct a feasibility study to gather data on whether the 24/7 program model can be applied in urban locales, and if so, what changes might be necessary. In Phase 1 of the study, structured discussions were held with State and local officials in Montana; North Dakota; South Dakota; and Fremont County, Wyoming, to develop a complete description of the history of 24/7 programs in rural areas. In Phase 2, information from Phase 1 was used to conduct discussions with local officials in two urban areas - Washington, DC, and Fairfax County, Virginia - to obtain their impressions about whether and how a 24/7 program could be operated in their jurisdictions. Urban officials reserved judgment about whether such a program would affect offender drinking, impaired driving, and crashes, though most believed it would help identify those who are alcohol-dependent and assist in connecting them with needed resources. Despite potential benefits, officials were generally cautious but somewhat open to the prospects regarding program feasibility. This tempered reaction was a function of concerns about practical issues of implementation and broader concerns about the value of and need for twice-daily testing programs in urban locations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2013. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://www.trb.org/Main/Blurbs/169903.aspx Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 136335

Author: Tafoya, Sonya M. Title: Pretrial Detention and Jail Capacity in California Summary: California's persistently overcrowded jails are facing additional challenges now that public safety realignment has shifted many lower-level offenders from state prisons to county supervision. Jail capacity challenges are prompting a reconsideration of California's heavy reliance on holding unsentenced defendants in jail pending trial - known as pretrial detention. The legal rationale for pretrial detention is to ensure court appearances and preserve public safety. But California's high rates of pretrial detention have not been associated with lower rates of failure to appear or lower levels of felony rearrests. This report concludes that pretrial services programs - if properly implemented and embraced by the courts, probation, and the jails - could address jail overcrowding and improve the efficiency, equitability, and transparency of pretrial release decision making. Details: San Francisco: Public policy Institute of California, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_715STR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 136337

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: Community Drug Early Warning System: The CDEWS-2 Replication Study Summary: The Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) provides rapid information about emerging drug use in local communities by sampling anonymous urine specimens already collected and tested, and ready to be discarded by local criminal justice programs. CDEWS re- tests the specimens for an expanded panel of more than 75 drugs. The most dramatic finding from the first study, CDEWS-1, completed in September 2013, was the identification of specific synthetic cannabinoids (SC) used by adult arrestee and parole/probation populations in the Washington, DC and Richmond, VA Metropolitan Areas. SC metabolites were actually equally or more likely to be detected in specimens that had passed the local criminal justice system (CJS) drug tests than in those that failed, suggesting that people were using them to avoid detection by the routine CJS testing screens. This second report on CDEWS (CDEWS-2) replicates the CDEWS results for adult parolees/probationers in Washington, DC, and studies new adult and/or juvenile criminal justice populations from Washington, DC (juveniles), Denver, Colorado (drug court adults), and Tampa, Florida (juveniles). A total of 1,026 specimens from these populations were tested as part of the CDEWS-2 study. The CDEWS-2 urinalyses showed dramatic changes from the SC metabolites detected the prior year in CDEWS-1, and shows substantial differences in SC found from site to site. For the CDEWS-2 study, we interviewed toxicologists and other experts to determine the most important drugs, including new psychoactive substances (NPS), to include on our testing panel. This shows the value of interviewing experts in order to update the CDEWS test panel to include newly discovered SC metabolites. A large number of specimens tested positive for the metabolites added during CDEWS-2. About 50% of the 21-30 year old male probationers from DC who had passed the local more limited CJS screen and about 1 in 5 of all tested juveniles in DC at all ages, from 13-17, tested positive for SC. The SC metabolites detected varied by population and site; for example, all SC positive specimens from Tampa juveniles contained only one metabolite, UR-144, but only 71% of the SC positive specimens from DC juveniles and 53% of SC positives from adults in the Denver drug court contained UR-144. In fact, among DC juveniles, 8 SC metabolites were found and among Denver adults 10 SC metabolites were found. Testing for designer stimulants was suspended after all subsamples for the 4 populations tested negative for these drugs. The CDEWS-2 results attest to the value of expanded testing of specimens already collected by local CJS drug testing programs and the difficulties inherent in keeping up with the constantly evolving nature of NPS. The results suggest that many adults and juveniles in local CJS drug testing programs likely turn to SC to avoid detection. It is also likely that programs using similar protocols to test urine specimens in other contexts, such as schools, hospitals and treatment programs are missing SC use in their populations, leading to lost opportunities for diagnosis and intervention. These risks are especially dangerous for youths being exposed to new and constantly changing NPS at an early age. Future CDEWS studies of these populations might help to address these issues. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy Executive Office of the President, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/finalreport_4_8_15v3.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 136354

Author: Noonan, Margaret Title: Mortality in Local Jails and State Prisons, 2000 - 2013 - Statistical Tables Summary: Presents national and state-level data on the number of inmate deaths that occurred in local jails and state prisons, the distribution of deaths across jails, and the aggregate count of deaths in federal prisons. The report presents annual counts and 14-year trends between 2000 and 2013 in deaths in custody. It provides mortality rates per 100,000 inmates in custody in jail or prison; details the causes of death, including deaths attributed to homicide, suicide, illness, intoxication, and accidental injury; describes decedents' characteristics, including age, sex, race or Hispanic origin, legal and hold status, and time served; and specifies the state where the deaths occurred. Data are from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Deaths in Custody Reporting Program, initiated in 2000 under the Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-297). Highlights: ƒLocal jail inmate deaths increased 1%, from 958 deaths in 2012 to 967 deaths in 2013. Suicides in local jails increased 9%, from 300 suicides in 2012 to 327 in 2013. Jail inmate deaths due to liver disease decreased 35%, from 29 deaths in 2012 to 19 in 2013. Deaths in prison increased from 3,357 in 2012 to 3,479 in 2013, reaching the highest number since the prison data collection began in 2001. The total number of deaths increased 4% between 2012 and 2013. Illness-related deaths accounted for 89% of all deaths in prison in 2013. ƒThe prisoner mortality rate increased 3%, from 265 deaths per 100,000 state prisoners in 2012 to 274 per 100,000 in 2013. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/mljsp0013st.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Deaths Shelf Number: 136355

Author: Loughran, Thomas Title: Studying Deterrence Among High-Risk Adolescents Summary: The Pathways to Desistance study followed more than 1,300 serious juvenile offenders for 7 years after their conviction. In this bulletin, the authors present some key findings on the link between perceptions of the threat of sanctions and deterrence from crime among serious adolescent offenders. Selected findings are as follows: - There was no meaningful reduction in offending or arrests in response to more severe punishment (e.g., correctional placement, longer stays). - Policies targeting specific types of offending may be more effective at deterring youth from engaging in these specific offenses as opposed to general policies aimed at overall crime reduction. - In response to an arrest, youth slightly increased their risk perceptions, which is a necessary condition for deterrence. - Creating ambiguity about detection probabilities in certain areas or for certain types of crime may have a deterrent effect by enhancing the perceived risk of getting caught. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: OJJDP Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248617.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 136383

Author: Miera, Germaine Title: Evaluation of the Youthful Offender System (YOS) in Colorado: Report of Findings per 18-1.3-407, C.R.S. Summary: In 2014, The Colorado Division of Criminal Justice undertook a semiannual evaluation of the Department of Correction's Youthful Offender System. This report presents recidivism rates and a broad picture of the operations of YOS as observed from the perspective of the residents, staff, and managers. Division researchers administered two surveys, one of staff (with 71% response rate) and one of inmates (with a 42% response rate), and conducted 16 focus groups of residents and staff and 8 interviews with YOS staff and officials. From these multiple data collection efforts, various themes emerged to answer the research questions that guided the study. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2015 at: http://cjdc.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/YOS-2014-DCJ-Evaluation.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 136385

Author: In the Public Interest Title: Buying Access: How Corporations Influence Decision Makers at Corrections Conferences, Trainings, and Meetings Summary: Private corrections companies, which contract with corrections departments and facilities to oversee and provide services to incarcerated people, make up a multibillion-dollar industry. Every year, they devote resources to building influence with decision makers in order to find and capitalize on new business opportunities. One key avenue of influence is through professional corrections associations, which are non-profit organizations that support corrections officials, including wardens, administrators, state Department of Corrections staff, sheriffs, and others through events, trainings, and public policy advocacy. This report first details how companies spend millions of dollars sponsoring conferences, paying vendor fees, and providing other funding to gain access to the professional corrections associations. This report then shows how corrections companies leverage this access in ways that can influence decision makers and benefit the companies� bottom lines. Considering corrections companies� track records of providing low-quality services that harm prisoners, communities, and taxpayers, the influence they exert through professional corrections associations is cause for concern. The research in this report is based on limited information that professional corrections associations make publicly available. Consequently, the report�s findings constitute only a portion of the total contributions made by companies and the subsequent opportunities they receive to influence decision makers. Private companies make contributions to professional corrections associations. In 2014, sponsors, vendors, corporate partners, and other non-individual entities contributed at least $3 million to five of the largest professional corrections associations, including the American Correctional Association, the American Jail Association, the Association of State Correctional Administrators, the Corrections Technology Association, and the National Sheriffs� Association. In return, corrections contractors are able to build relationships with and influence decision makers in key ways: � Corrections companies send executives and staff to professional corrections association conferences to meet decision makers. Many companies receive lists of attendees, allowing the corporate staff to target certain corrections officials. � Corrections companies lead trainings and workshops at conferences. Often times, companies will directly market goods and services. � Corrections companies host conference events where their executives and marketing staff meet with and give speeches to corrections officials. � Corrections companies market their products and services at conference vendor booths to identify potential government customers and generate leads. � Corrections companies advertise on conference materials, such as the program books, hotel room key cards, tote bags, and take-home mugs. This marketing encourages officials to consider the companies� products and services when making purchasing and outsourcing decisions. Details: Washington, DC: In the Public Interest, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.inthepublicinterest.org/wp-content/uploads/Buying-Access-In-the-Public-Interest-PDF.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 136388

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: The Impact of an Aging Inmate Population on the Federal Bureau of Prisons Summary: In September 2013, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) incarcerated 164,566 federal inmates in 119 BOP-managed institutions.1 According to BOP data, inmates age 50 and older were the fastest growing segment of its inmate population, increasing 25 percent from 24,857 in fiscal year (FY) 2009 to 30,962 in FY 2013.2 By contrast, during the same period, the population of inmates 49 and younger decreased approximately 1 percent, including an even larger decrease of 29 percent in the youngest inmates (age 29 and younger). Based on BOP cost data, we estimate that the BOP spent approximately $881 million, or 19 percent of its total budget, to incarcerate aging inmates in FY 2013.3 The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to assess the aging inmate population's impact on the BOP's inmate management, including costs, health services, staffing, housing, and programming. We also assessed the recidivism of inmates who were age 50 and older at the time of their release. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2015/e1505.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 136389

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Pennsylvania Title: Guilty Property: How Law Enforcement Takes $1 Million in Cash from Innocent Philadelphians Every Year - and Gets Away with It Summary: Every year, Pennsylvania law enforcement agencies take roughly $14 million in cash, cars, and homes from property owners and never give it back. These confiscations are authorized by state civil asset forfeiture laws - powerful legal tools that let police and prosecutors seize and keep property that they claim was connected to a crime. But since civil forfeiture is based on the legal fiction that the property itself is "guilty," law enforcement doesn't actually have to charge the property owner with any wrongdoing, much less convict them of a crime. It's enough that someone is alleged to have committed a crime using the property. And because civil forfeitures are technically proceedings against property, not people, property owners aren't afforded the same constitutional protections they'd receive as criminal defendants. This forces property owners to wage complicated and time-consuming legal battles in civil court without the help of counsel or other safeguards. Under state civil forfeiture laws, all the revenue generated from forfeiture goes directly to law enforcement and can even be distributed to police and prosecutors as bonuses. As a result, the agencies making enforcement decisions have a strong financial incentive to pursue as many forfeitures as possible. In Philadelphia, the district attorney's share of forfeiture proceeds is roughly $2.2 million - or 7.3% of its appropriated budget. Assuming forfeiture proceeds are split between prosecutors and police in a similar ratio across the state, DA's offices in other counties aren't far behind. In fact, in four out of the next ten most populous counties, the DA would receive the equivalent of about 5% of its budget in forfeiture proceeds. Details: Philadelphia: ACLU of Pennsylvania, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.aclupa.org/files/3214/3326/0426/Guilty_Property_Report_-_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 136391

Author: Texas Department of Criminal Justice Title: Evaluation of Offenders Released in Fiscal Year 2011 That Completed Rehabilitation Tier Programs Summary: The mission of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) is to provide public safety, promote positive change in offender behavior, reintegrate offenders into society, and assist victims of crime. Many of these goals are accomplished through providing a rehabilitative environment for offenders. It has been a collaborative effort between TDCJ and the Texas Legislature to determine the programmatic needs of offenders and to ensure the agency has the resources to achieve the goal of successful reintegration of offenders. To ensure the effectiveness of rehabilitation programs, TDCJ performs routine evaluations of rehabilitation programs to ensure the programs reduce recidivism (the reincarceration of offenders within three years of their release). This report summarizes the results of offenders who were released in Fiscal Year (FY) 2011 who completed one of the following rehabilitation tier programs: InnerChange Freedom Initiative (IFI), In-Prison Therapeutic Community (IPTC), Pre-Release Substance Abuse Program (PRSAP), Pre-Release Therapeutic Community (PRTC), Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI), Sex Offender Education Program (SOEP), an 18 month Sex Offender Treatment Program (SOTP-18), Substance Abuse Felony Punishment (SAFP) program, and In-Prison Driving While Intoxicated Recovery Program (DWI). A 9 month Sex Offender Treatment Program (SOTP-9), began in March 2011 with the first releases being in FY 2012. This program will be evaluated in the 2017 report. TDCJ administration uses the results to review program curriculum and make needed changes. Most offenders who participate in the rehabilitation tier programs do so as a condition of release pursuant to a consideration given by the Board of Pardons and Paroles (BPP). Some programs allow for participants to be placed without a BPP vote. All participants of the programs are included in the study. Offenders in the SAFP program are on either probation or parole. District Court judges send probationers and the BPP sends parolees to SAFP. Successful completion of the program is a condition of their remaining on supervision. Current descriptions of each program are included in the report. Some have changed slightly since FY 2011. The report provides a two and three year recidivism analysis (see methodology section) of offenders who completed each of the rehabilitation programs. Details: Austin: Texas Department of Criminal Justice, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: https://drive.google.com/a/prisonpolicy.org/file/d/0B6HJLeMEu3hlQ0NzcF81TzJOcms/view?pli=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136392

Author: Bembenek, Tyler Title: Reclaiming the Urban Jungle: Empowering Local Communities to Foster Security Summary: With few resources to provide services and security, many governments struggle to maintain control over rapidly growing urban districts and subsequently abandon impoverished areas as "no-go zones." Lacking government presence, these districts are hotbeds of radicalism, terrorism, and narcotics trafficking, threatening U.S. national security. Washington should combat no-go zones by building community resilience, providing the necessary guidance, technical assistance, and financial support to empower grassroots security initiatives. This assistance should be based on a co-design methodology, in which the United States works closely with local governments and communities to design and implement policy solutions. Although programs should be adopted on a case-by-case basis, community policing, community courts, and title reform are widely applicable. Details: Williamsburg, VA: The Project on International Peace and Security (PIPS), Institute for the Theory and Practice of International Relations, The College of William and Mary, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief No. 6.1: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://www.wm.edu/offices/itpir/pips/_documents/pips/2013-2014/Reclaiming_Urban_Jungle_Bembenek.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Involvement Shelf Number: 136393

Author: Slack, Jeremy Title: In the Shadow of the Wall: Family Separation, Immigration Enforcement and Security. Summary: Report based on 1,113 surveys completed by bi-national team between 2011-12 examines who are the migrants deported to Mexico, their experiences during their journeys in the United States and the impact of the immigration enforcement strategies. The report includes photographs by Murphy Woodhouse. Details: Tucson: Center for Latin American Studies, University of Arizona, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2015 at: http://las.arizona.edu/sites/las.arizona.edu/files/UA_Immigration_Report2013web.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 136396

Author: Minnesota Restitution Working Group Title: Report to the Legislature 2015 Summary: In 2013, the Minnesota Legislature directed the Department of Public Safety (DPS) to convene a working group to study how restitution for victims in criminal cases is requested, ordered, and collected in Minnesota. The legislation creating the Restitution Working Group (RWG) arose from informal discussions among stakeholders with concerns about the current restitution process and the lack of information about the extent to which restitution is paid. Under the direction of the DPS Office of Justice Programs, representatives from all parts of the criminal justice system and victim support community engaged in an intensive examination of the restitution statutory framework, the practices of local and state agencies, and the experiences and perspectives of victims and practitioners. In addition, the State Court Administrator's Office (SCAO) conducted a comprehensive analysis of court data, providing much needed clarity on the payment of restitution in Minnesota. The RWG's examination revealed that a patchwork of approaches to restitution exists across the state, with inconsistencies spanning all parts of the process, including steps to request restitution, types of restitution that might be ordered, the process and impact of "reserving" restitution, the establishment of payment plans, and the effort devoted to restitution collection. In addition, the statutory framework was uniformly regarded as cumbersome and confusing at best, and underutilized and disregarded at worst, prompting considerable discussion on ways to clarify and improve it. These inconsistences in ordering, collecting, and enforcing restitution pose challenges for victims, offenders, and criminal justice system professionals. The RWG legislation directed the SCAO to provide the RWG with summary data on restitution. Using a cohort model, the SCAO conducted a comprehensive analysis of court data, examining restitution amounts ordered and paid by case type and offense level, identifying the extent to which payment plans are established, and summarizing restitution data by county and judicial district. The SCAO analysis identifies factors that affect the likelihood of an offender paying restitution. Most importantly, the analysis reveals that for many victims, restitution is not just an empty promise. While this result is encouraging, the SCAO's efforts also point to the usefulness of ongoing data review to uncover areas that require further attention, direct efforts for improvement, and prompt further analysis. The results demonstrate positive payment patterns in some types of cases, but they also reveal the need to find ways to improve payment rates in all cases. This corresponds with the predominant theme emerging from the RWG process of the importance of assessing whether nonpaying offenders truly lack the ability to pay and ensure that all offenders are paying restitution according to their ability. In this nearly year-long process, the RWG crafted more than 40 recommendations aimed at (1) improving the clarity, consistency, and efficiency of the process, (2) ensuring that all victims are well informed and have the opportunity to make appropriate restitution requests, and (3) improving the likelihood of payment by offenders. These recommendations, outlined in Part 4 of the report, call for changes and refinements to all parts of the restitution process, improved information to both victims and offenders, and comprehensive training of criminal justice professionals and partners. Most importantly, these overarching goals emerged as the group set out to identify ways to improve the restitution process: - Make restitution a priority: Restitution should be regarded as a right of victims who have been harmed by a criminal offense, and the justice system should take steps to ensure that offenders pay restitution to the greatest extent possible. - Establish a clear, consistent process: Strive for a measure of consistency and uniformity in restitution process and procedures across the state, with the end result that all victims have the same opportunity to be made whole. - Rely on data: Continue the comprehensive examination of restitution data, and determine ways to make relevant information readily available to stakeholders in the system. - Devote resources: Devote resources to the restitution process to make it more efficient and effective. Invest in technological strategies that can improve restitution processing and collection, track restitution payments, aid in ensuring that victims are a part of this process, and facilitate the evaluation of restitution collection efforts. - System oversight: Establish an ongoing, collaborative group of stakeholders responsible for overseeing restitution on a statewide level, including review of new statutory provisions to ensure they have the desired effect, monitoring the restitution collection data, and promoting adoption of recommendations from the RWG. The end result of the RWG process was a set of statutory and practice recommendations put forward by the RWG to stakeholder constituencies and the legislature for future implementation. To ensure that these recommendations are implemented, the RWG proposes the following: - Form a drafting committee: An ad hoc drafting committee should be convened in 2015 to undertake the task of revising Minnesota Statutes section 611A.04 to incorporate statutory changes recommended by the RWG and improve the overall organization and clarity of the statute. - Distribute findings: Publicize the findings of the RWG, and encourage the adoption of improved restitution practices by those involved in the process. Present the findings from the RWG to all key stakeholder groups. - Request legislative action: The RWG requests that the Minnesota Legislature consider the comprehensive legislative proposal to be submitted in the 2016 session. Further, the RWG requests continued support from the Legislature for all efforts aimed at increasing the efficiency of the process, improving the likelihood of collecting restitution, and focusing efforts on those offenders with the ability to pay restitution. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Public Safety, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ojp/forms-documents/Documents/Restitution%20Working%20Group/Minnesota%20Restitution%20Working%20Group%20Report%20January%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 136414

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Oregon Recidivism Analysis Summary: Historically, recidivism in Oregon has been tracked with a single definition: a new felony conviction within three years of release for incarceration or imposition of probation. Criminal justice stakeholders are well versed in this recidivism definition, and some are in the habit of referencing a single recidivism number from memory based on the latest recidivism analysis. The new definition essentially provides three measures of recidivism, and a richer context for recidivism analysis. Developing the analysis necessary to report recidivism using this new definition requires the merging of multiple criminal justice data systems on a scale never achieved before in Oregon. Many factors can impact recidivism rates such as law enforcement resources and other criminal justice system resources, the risk profile of individuals in the system, changing emphasis on arrests or prosecutions, as well as the use of evidence based programs. This analysis does not attempt to explain why recidivism rates have changed over time, but simply displays the recidivism rates for offenders released from incarceration or sentenced to felony probation statewide and county by county. This analysis shows the current statewide rates of recidivism: For those released from prison or from a felony jail sentence in the first six months of 2011: 16% were re-incarcerated for a new felony crime within three years of release, 39% were convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years of release, and 52% were arrested for a new crime within three years of release. For those who started a felony probation sentence in the first six months of 2011: 12% were incarcerated for a new felony crime within three years, 40% were convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years, and 46% were arrested for a new crime within three years. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2015. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.oregon.gov/cjc/SAC/Documents/OregonRecidivismAnalysisMay2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 136415

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Justice Reinvestment Implementation in Oregon: August 2013 to April 2015 Summary: In July 2013 the Oregon Legislature passed House Bill 3194, known as the Justice Reinvestment Act1. This report summarizes the implementation of several key areas in the bill, including sentencing reforms and the Justice Reinvestment Grant Program. As stakeholders in Oregon prepare for the 2015-2017 biennium, the Justice Reinvestment Grant Program will substantially change. Counties must apply for the grant funds and meet performance outcomes to show the programs implemented have been successful. Many of the sentencing reforms in the bill have reached the point where the majority of the prison bed savings have already been achieved. In order to continue to see success in terms of the goals of the Justice Reinvestment Grant Program, counties will need to reduce recidivism rates by implementing successful programs. The sentencing reforms will no longer be enough to control Oregon's prison population. The final section in this report displays how prison use by county will be tracked in the 2015-2017 biennium, and proposes a "stop light" display for county level prison use. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.oregon.gov/cjc/justicereinvestment/Documents/Justice%20Reinvestment%20Implementation%20in%20Oregon.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 136416

Author: Cory, Bettina J. Title: Re-casting the U.S.-Mexico border security net Summary: The terrorist attack in 2001 left the United States with a sense of vulnerability and generated both demand and need to protect the nation. Fortifying the border has created diminishing returns. In addition, it has created negative side effects and unintended consequences that undermine the very nature and reason for installing border fences. Immigrants have been forced into the hands of criminal organizations and are more vulnerable now than in the past. Building a wall has deterred some illicit activity, but it does not deter the motivational factors. By hardening the borderline, the U.S. has issued a challenge, practically daring anyone to attempt entry though immigration has been reduced, drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) have picked up the gauntlet thrown by the United States and are finding ingenious methods to overcome and bypass the tightening border controls. Determined and motivated people will continue to find a way, even if it takes multiple times to find loopholes and weakness in the border. Border policy has resulted in unintended consequences, specifically, attracting DTOs, stimulating innovation, creating sophisticated networks within the black market arena, and rendering the fence obsolete. The cost effectiveness of current border security practices have reached the culminating point. Policymakers need to find alternative solutions, because current methods are unsustainable Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2014. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/41362/14Mar_Cory_Bettina.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 136418

Author: Slack, Jeremy Title: Border Militarization and Health: Violence, Death and Security in Mexico and the United States Summary: Despite proposed increases in spending on personnel and equipment for border enforcement tied to the amended version of the U.S. Senate's current immigration reform bill, the public health impacts of border militarization are relatively under-examined. We begin to explore these health impacts by drawing on the Migrant Border Crossing Study (MBCS) a new data source based on 1,110 surveys of a random sample of deportees we carried out with a bi-national team in five Mexican border cities and in Mexico City. The violence generated by current border and immigration enforcement practices has led to a humanitarian crisis on the U.S.-Mexico border. We specifically examine the risks and dangers associated with contemporary border crossing experiences, migrant deaths in the desert, abuses committed by U.S. authorities involved in immigration enforcement, and migrants' conditions while in U.S. custody, including access to medical attention. The paper also draws from research with families of migrants in Puebla to expand our understandings of the health impacts of migration that extend beyond people impacted directly by U.S. policies to include their families and return migrants' experiences. We end this paper with suggestions about how to address negative health impacts through policy changes. Details: Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona, Center for Latin American Studies, 2014. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://works.bepress.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1039&context=scott_whiteford Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 136420

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Medicaid: Additional Reporting May Help CMS Oversee Prescription-Drug Fraud Controls Summary: GAO found indicators of potential prescription-medication fraud and abuse among thousands of Medicaid beneficiaries and hundreds of prescribers during fiscal year 2011-the most-recent year for which reliable data were available in four selected states: Arizona, Florida, Michigan, and New Jersey. These states accounted for about 13 percent of all fiscal year 2011 Medicaid payments. Specifically, in these four states, GAO found the following: - More than 16,000 of the 5.4 million beneficiaries potentially engaged in "doctor shopping," by visiting five or more doctors to receive prescriptions for antipsychotics or respiratory medications valued at about $33 million. - About 700 beneficiaries received more than a 1-year supply of the same drug in 2011 at a cost to Medicaid of at least $1.6 million. This is an indicator of diversion, which is the redirection of prescription drugs for illegitimate purposes. As required by federal law, the Medicaid Drug Utilization Review program is a two-phase review process states use to promote safety while also monitoring prescription-drug activity for fraud. Federal law requires each state to report on the operation of its review program, a key monitoring tool that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) uses to oversee the review process in states, but GAO identified additional actions that could improve oversight. In the first phase, states use tools and eligibility screening to promote patient safety and avoid abuse before the drugs are dispensed. The second phase involves ongoing and periodic examination of claims data to identify patterns of fraud, abuse, gross overuse, or medically unnecessary care, and implement corrective action when needed. However, GAO identified two potential controls that are not included in CMS's current reporting requirements: - Lock-in programs for noncontrolled substances. Lock-in programs address doctor shopping by restricting beneficiaries who have abused the Medicaid program to one health-care provider, one pharmacy, or both, for receiving prescriptions. Lock-in programs have typically been used on controlled substances. Expanding lock-in programs that currently focus on controlled substances to restrict abusers of noncontrolled substances, such as the human immunodeficiency virus medications Atripla and Truvada, to a single prescriber or pharmacy may help address potential fraud and abuse. - Prohibition of automatic refills. Pharmacies permitting automatic refills automatically refill prescriptions for certain medications without any customer action. Concerns with pharmacy automatic refill include the potential for stockpiling, continued fill of discontinued medications, and increased cost and waste of prescription medications. Two states GAO reviewed-Florida and Arizona-have prohibited the practice. CMS does not collect information about lock-in programs for noncontrolled substances or automatic refill prohibitions, but doing so would help the agency determine whether additional guidance is needed. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-390: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/671241.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Medicaid Fraud and Abuse Shelf Number: 136423

Author: U.S. White House Title: Moderning & Streamlining our Legal Immigration System for the 21st Century Summary: On November 20, 2014, President Obama acted within his authority to take executive action to fix our broken immigration system. He announced critical measures that enhance border security; create accountability for certain undocumented individuals; and modernize our legal immigration systems for high-skilled workers, entrepreneurs, students, and families. These steps are enhancing the integrity of our immigration system and national security while contributing to our economy. According to the Council of Economic Advisors, the President's executive actions, if fully implemented, would be expected to boost our nation's gross domestic product (GDP) by between $100 billion and $250 billion, expand the size of the American labor force, and raise average annual wages for U.S.-born workers by 0.4 percent, or $220 in today's dollars, over the next 10 years. The President's actions would also cut the Federal deficit by $30 billion in 2024. As a part of these actions, President Obama issued a Presidential Memorandum on "Modernizing and Streamlining the U.S. Immigrant Visa System for the 21st Century." In this Memorandum, the President directed the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Homeland Security to lead an interagency effort to develop recommendations, in consultation with stakeholders and experts, to: (1) reduce government costs, improve services for applicants, reduce burdens on employers, and combat waste, fraud, and abuse in the system; (2) ensure that policies, practices, and systems use all of the visa numbers that Congress provides for and intends to be used, consistent with demand; and (3) modernize the information technology infrastructure underlying the visa processing system with the goal to reduce redundant systems, improve the experience of applicants, and enable better oversight. The Departments of State (State) and Homeland Security (DHS), working in consultation with the White House and other federal agencies, conducted a thorough review of options to modernize and streamline our legal immigration system within existing authorities. This process included internal assessments of potential agency actions, engagement with external stakeholders, and a public call for comments and suggestions through a Request for Information (RFI) published in the Federal Register on December 30, 2014, that generated approximately 1,650 responses from both individuals and organizations. Several clear themes emerged from this interagency process and stakeholder feedback. Internal and external stakeholders alike emphasized the need to fully utilize technology to improve and streamline the current system for processing visa applications and requests for other immigration benefits. External stakeholder comments also emphasized frustration with burdensome application requirements, long processing times, and a need for greater transparency and accountability in the application and adjudication processes. Some concerns, such as extended waiting times for immigrant visas, reflect statutory constraints that must be addressed through legislative reform of our immigration system. However, many other concerns can be addressed through administrative reforms and greater collaboration within agencies. To that end, this report makes numerous recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/docs/final_visa_modernization_report1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 136427

Author: Chester, Hilary Title: Child Victims of Human Trafficking: Outcomes and Service Adaptation within the U.S. Unaccompanied Refugee Minor Programs Summary: In the United States, the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000 and subsequent reauthorizations in 2003, 2005, 2008, and 2013 define both the crime of trafficking of persons for the purposes of labor or commercial sex and the services and benefits available to victims. Foreign-born victims of human trafficking are eligible for many of the same protections,services, and benefits as refugees. Foreign-born victims of human trafficking also share many affinities with refugees - the need for support while rebuilding their lives in a new culture and assistance with healing from the trauma endured, including loss and/or separation from family. Child victims of trafficking have additional needs and vulnerabilities, especially as they begin to rebuild their lives in their new communities. Foreign-born child victims in the United States without the care of a parent or legal guardian are eligible to enter the Unaccompanied Refugee Minor (URM) program, a specialized system of community-based and licensed foster-care programs developed and funded specifically for certain foreign-born children.iii The URM programs operate under the principles of safety, permanency, and child well-being, coupled with the principles of integration and cultural competency. The URM network also employs a strengths-based and trauma-informed approach to meet the unique needs of these populations. For almost thirty-five years, the United States Conference of Catholic Bishops/Migration and Refugee Services (USCCB/MRS) has coordinated a network of URM programs across the United States to provide care and custody for thousands of eligible children. From 2002 to 2013, the USCCB/MRS URM programs cared for 110 child victims of trafficking. This paper presents the features of the URM program model that most effectively meets the specialized needs of foreign-born child victims of human trafficking. Also shared below are key findings from the study related to individual outcomes for child victims of trafficking, the services and resources provided to child victims of trafficking, and the policies and practices of URM programs for the recruitment, training, and support of foster families and program staff. The URM program, with its specific adaptations and accommodations to meet the specialized needs of foreign-born child victims, can serve as a national and international model for the care and integration of both foreign-born and national/citizen child victims of human trafficking and commercial sexual exploitation. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Catholic Bishops, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2015 at: http://www.usccb.org/about/anti-trafficking-program/upload/URM-Child-Trafficking-Study-2015-8-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 136431

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Department of Justice Report Regarding the Criminal Investigation into the Shooting Death of Michael Brown by Ferguson, Missouri Police Officer Darren Wilson Summary: At approximately noon on Saturday, August 9, 2014, Officer Darren Wilson of the Ferguson Police Department (FPD) shot and killed Michael Brown, an unarmed 18-year-old. The Criminal Section of the Department of Justice Civil Rights Division, the United States Attorney's Office for the Eastern District of Missouri, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) (collectively, The Department) subsequently opened a criminal investigation into whether the shooting violated federal law. The Department has determined that the evidence does not support charging a violation of federal law. This memorandum details the Department's investigation, findings, and conclusions. Part I provides an introduction and overview. Part II summarizes the federal investigation and the evidence uncovered during the course of the investigation, and discusses the applicable federal criminal civil rights law and standards of federal prosecution. Part III provides a more in-depth summary of the evidence. Finally, Part IV provides a detailed legal analysis of the evidence and explains why the evidence does not support an indictment of Darren Wilson. The Department conducted an extensive investigation into the shooting of Michael Brown. Federal authorities reviewed physical, ballistic, forensic, and crime scene evidence; medical reports and autopsy reports, including an independent autopsy performed by the United States Department of Defense Armed Forces Medical Examiner Service (AFMES); Wilson's personnel records; audio and video recordings; and internet postings. FBI agents, St. Louis County Police Department (SLCPD) detectives, and federal prosecutors and prosecutors from the St. Louis County Prosecutor's Office (county prosecutors) worked cooperatively to both independently and jointly interview more than 100 purported eyewitnesses and other individuals claiming to have relevant information. SLCPD detectives conducted an initial canvass of the area on the day of the shooting. FBI agents then independently canvassed more than 300 residences to locate and interview additional witnesses. Federal and local authorities collected cellular phone data, searched social media sites, and tracked down dozens of leads from community members and dedicated law enforcement email addresses and tip lines in an effort to investigate every possible source of information. The principles of federal prosecution, set forth in the United States Attorneys' Manual (USAM), require federal prosecutors to meet two standards in order to seek an indictment. First, we must be convinced that the potential defendant committed a federal crime. See USAM 9-27.220 (a federal prosecution should be commenced only when an attorney for the government believes that the person's conduct constitutes a federal offense). Second, we must also conclude that we would be likely to prevail at trial, where we must prove the charges beyond a reasonable doubt. See USAM 9-27.220 (a federal prosecution should be commenced only when the admissible evidence will probably be sufficient to sustain a conviction); Fed R. Crim P. 29(a)(prosecution must present evidence sufficient to sustain a conviction). Taken together, these standards require the Department to be convinced both that a federal crime occurred and that it can be proven beyond a reasonable doubt at trial. In order to make the proper assessment under these standards, federal prosecutors evaluated physical, forensic, and potential testimonial evidence in the form of witness accounts. As detailed below, the physical and forensic evidence provided federal prosecutors with a benchmark against which to measure the credibility of each witness account, including that of Darren Wilson. We compared individual witness accounts to the physical and forensic evidence, to other credible witness accounts, and to each witness's own prior statements made throughout the investigations, including the proceedings before the St. Louis County grand jury (county grand jury). We worked with federal and local law enforcement officers to interview witnesses, to include re-interviewing certain witnesses in an effort to evaluate inconsistencies in their accounts and to obtain more detailed information. In so doing, we assessed the witnesses' demeanor, tone, bias, and ability to accurately perceive or recall the events of August 9, 2014. We credited and determined that a jury would appropriately credit those witnesses whose accounts were consistent with the physical evidence and consistent with other credible witness accounts. In the case of witnesses who made multiple statements, we compared those statements to determine whether they were materially consistent with each other and considered the timing and circumstances under which the witnesses gave the statements. We did not credit and determined that a jury appropriately would not credit those witness accounts that were contrary to the physical and forensic evidence, significantly inconsistent with other credible witness accounts, or significantly inconsistent with that witness's own prior statements. Based on this investigation, the Department has concluded that Darren Wilson's actions do not constitute prosecutable violations under the applicable federal criminal civil rights statute, 18 U.S.C. 242, which prohibits uses of deadly force that are 'objectively unreasonable,' as defined by the United States Supreme Court. The evidence, when viewed as a whole, does not support the conclusion that Wilson's uses of deadly force were 'objectively unreasonable' under the Supreme Court's definition. Accordingly, under the governing federal law and relevant standards set forth in the USAM, it is not appropriate to present this matter to a federal grand jury for indictment, and it should therefore be closed without prosecution. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Memorandum: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/opa/press-releases/attachments/2015/03/04/doj_report_on_shooting_of_michael_brown_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 136435

Author: Ratcliffe, Jerry H. Title: Harm-Focused Policing Summary: Many of modern policing's accountability mechanisms and performance criteria remain rooted in a narrow mandate of combating violence and property crime. Police chiefs across the country are discovering however that a focus on crime and disorder is too limiting for policing in the 21st century. While crime has decreased significantly over the last 20 years, the workload of police departments continues unabated, with growing areas of concern such as behavioral health and harmful community conditions dominating the work of departments. There is also an increasing recognition that some traditional police tactics, such as stop-and-frisk and other approaches to enforcement, come with a price in terms of community support and police legitimacy. This Ideas in American Policing paper examines how a refocus towards community harm can help police departments integrate more of their actual workload into measures of harmful places and harmful offenders. For example, drug overdoses and traffic accidents are community problems that can be tackled within a cohesive harm framework rather than addressed independent of the crime and disorder problem. This can improve targeting of police resources and choices about places and suspects who should be the object of crime reduction services. The approach can also be integrated with metrics that help police departments weigh the impact of proactive enforcement strategies against any crime control benefits. Details: Washington, DC: The Police Foundation, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Ideas in American Policing no. 19: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/PF_IIAP_Ratcliffe_8.01.15_RGB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Place-Based Policing Shelf Number: 136436

Author: Gentles, Peggy Title: Non-Felony Driving While Intoxicated: Case Processing in Wright County Minnesota Summary: Driving while impaired incidents in Minnesota have significant public safety and criminal justice impacts. This project studied 2013 non-felony impaired driving (DWI) dispositions in Wright County, Minnesota. The Minnesota Judicial Branch has timing objectives for the disposition of cases, including non-felony criminal cases. The project sought to analyze the disposed cases to identify changes in case processing that could positively impact time to disposition in non-felony DWI cases. Additionally, the possibility of triaging first-time offenders' cases to both improve performance on the timing objectives as well as to reduce recidivism of those offenders is investigated. The source data for the project were large data extracts from the Court's case management system. Case-level and hearing level data on non-felony DWI disposed cases were examined. The data sets were analyzed using descriptive statistics and variance analysis to identify any independent variable's impact on time to disposition. The level of offense, defendant's representation status (private counsel, public defender, and self-represented), and number of hearings were found to significantly impact time to disposition. Prosecuting agency and blood alcohol content were not found to impact time to disposition. A random sample of first-time offender cases was evaluated based on factors identified in research as predictive of recidivism. At the beginning of the project, the author assumed that triaging cases could identify cases requiring less judicial intervention, freeing up court calendar time, without increasing recidivism. The analysis revealed that cases identified through triage for less judicial intervention already were disposing quickly and with few hearings. Therefore, the hope that formal triage could be adopted to further reduce time to disposition was not borne out by the data. The project concludes that Wright County District Court's non-felony 2013 DWI dispositions did not meet state timing objectives. The Court's time to disposition compared favorably neither to the statewide averages nor to similarly sized counties. The Court should establish a more active case management strategy for non-felony DWI cases. A committee of stakeholders should be formed to look specifically at the variables that were found to impact time to disposition and evaluate the necessity of their impact. The project also identified limitations in data quality and availability of data to court managers and therefore recommends improvements both for local court administration and the state court administrator's offices. Finally, the proposal to use the concept of triage based on anticipated outcomes rather than case characteristics should be investigated further. While the sample data in this project did not prompt a recommendation for further consideration in this project's context, additional scholarship may develop the efficacy, as well as potential ethical concerns, of such an approach. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Management, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/singleitem/collection/spcts/id/291/rec/1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 136438

Author: Ward, Shannon Title: Bad Behavior: Delinquency, Arrest and Early School Leaving Summary: In this paper we investigate the effects of delinquency and arrest on school leaving using information on males from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997. We use a multivariate mixed proportional hazard framework in order to account for common unobserved confounders and reverse causality. Our key finding is that delinquency as well as arrest leads to early school leaving. Further investigation reveals that the effect of delinquency is largely driven by income generating crimes, and the effect of both income generating crime and arrest are greater when onset occurs at younger ages. These findings are consistent with a criminal capital accumulation mechanism. On the basis of our sample, we show that taking into account the proportion of young men affected by delinquency and arrest, that the overall reduction in education due to delinquency is at least as large as the reduction due to arrest. This highlights the need for crime prevention efforts to extend beyond youth who come into contact with the justice system. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9248: Accessed August 17, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9248.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension Shelf Number: 136442

Author: MacDonald, John M. Title: Do Schools Cause Crime in Neighborhoods? Quasi-Experimental Evidence from the Growth of Charter Schools in Philadelphia Summary: This paper examines the impact of schools on crime in urban neighborhoods. The change in the public educational landscape with the rise of charter schools in Philadelphia provides a natural experiment to examine the effects that school locations have on crime rates. In this paper, we use data on the location and opening of charter and public schools to estimate the effect that school openings had on neighborhood crime patterns between 1998 and 2010. We estimate the change in crime counts in areas surrounding schools before and after their opening compared to areas where schools are always open. We find that crime in general goes down when schools open. The findings suggest that school locations play a minimal role in neighborhood crime production in Philadelphia. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn, Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 2015-11.0 : Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2641096 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Charter Schools Shelf Number: 136454

Author: O'Keefe, Maureen L. Title: Analysis of Colorado's Administrative Segregation Summary: Born out of the necessity to provide safety to the public, staff, and inmates, prison systems have rapidly expanded the use of administrative segregation or supermax facilities. The present study seeks to inform the design for a subsequent prospective research project while providing basic statistics about Colorado administration segregation. This study first compared Colorado Department of Corrections' administrative segregation population to the overall prison population, across demographic characteristics, criminal history, institutional behavior, needs levels, and standardized psychological assessments. Secondly, this study included a longitudinal design to examine length of stay, return to administrative segregation, recidivism rates, and institutional behavior. Finally, an analysis of administrative segregation hearings was conducted. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections, Office of Planning and Analysis, 2005. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.doc.state.co.us/sites/default/files/opa/AdSegReport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 136455

Author: Sorochinski, Marina Title: Assumptions underlying behavioral linkage revisited: A multidimensional approach to ascertaining individual differentiation and consistency in serial rape Summary: While investigative use of behavioral evidence to help link and solve serial offenses has been in use for centuries, the empirical and theoretical grounds for whether and how to use this evidence effectively has begun to emerge only in recent years. In order for behavioral crime linking to be validated, two base assumptions must be met: individual differentiation (i.e., that offenses committed by one offender will be distinctly different from those committed by another offender) and consistency (i.e., that a degree of similarity will be apparent across crimes committed by the same offender). The present study empirically tested (a) the potential for effectively differentiating between rape offense crime scenes using quantitative and qualitative distinctions within the behavioral dimensions of control, violence, and sexual activity, and (b) the extent to which redefining behavioral consistency more broadly to include dynamic trajectories of behavioral change may be more effective than limiting this definition to behavioral stability. Results of the individual differentiation analysis confirmed that sexual offenses can be successfully differentiated based on the specific degree and subtype of these behavioral dimensions present in each crime scene. In the subsequent analysis of consistency and behavioral trajectories within and across these dimensions, it was determined that while none of the offenders exhibited complete consistency across behavioral dimensions, a subsample of offenders remained fully consistent in at least one. Furthermore, of those who were not consistent, the vast majority followed an identifiable trajectory of change. Findings are discussed in the context of psychological theories of behavioral consistency as well as practical aspects of advancing the utility of behavioral linkage. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2015. 193p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248832.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 136457

Author: Martinez, Daniel E. Title: Bordering on Criminal: The Routine Abuse of Migrants in the Removal System. Part I: Migrant Mistreatment While in U.S. Custody Summary: This is the first in a series of three reports we will be releasing that highlight findings from the second wave of the Migrant Border Crossing Study (MBCS). Wave II of the MBCS, currently housed in the Center for Latin American Studies at the University of Arizona and the Department of Sociology at George Washington University, is a binational, multiinstitution study of 1,110 randomly selected, recently repatriated migrants1 surveyed in six Mexican cities between 2009 and 2012. This report focuses on the mistreatment of unauthorized migrants while in U.S. custody. Overall, we find that the physical and verbal mistreatment of migrants is not a random, sporadic occurrence but, rather, a systematic practice. One indication of this is that 11% of deportees report some form of physical abuse and 23% report verbal mistreatment while in U.S. custody - a finding that is supported by other academic studies and reports from nongovernmental organizations. Another highly disturbing finding is that migrants often note they are the targets for nationalistic and racist remarks - something that in no way is integral to U.S. officials' ability to function in an effective capacity on a day-to-day basis. We find that, when they occur, physical and verbal abuses are usually perpetrated during the apprehension process. When taken in the context of prior studies, it appears that the abuse of migrants while in U.S. custody is a systemic problem and points to an organizational subculture stemming from a lack of transparency and accountability in U.S. Customs and Border Protection. These patterns of abuse have brought scrutiny to the Border Patrol's use-of-force policies and created tension in border communities. Future research should examine the longer-term social and psychological consequences of these types of abuse for migrants and their loved ones. Details: Washington, DC: Immigration Policy Center, American Immigration Council, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/ipc/Border%20-%20Abuses%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 132197

Author: Landsem, Kari M. Title: Who Salutes? - Handling Veterans in North Dakota Courts Summary: This paper explores the traditional and alternative models of justice and the development of veterans treatment courts. Different models of veterans treatment courts are examined, along with considerations necessary to establish a veterans treatment court. Finally, the feasibility of establishing a veterans treatment coutt in North Dakota is explored. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Management, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: ICM Fellow Program: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/spcts/id/299 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Problem-Solving Courts Shelf Number: 136460

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: An Analysis of Unauthorized Immigrants in the United States by Country and Region of Birth Summary: Mexican and Central American immigrants, who have long histories of migration to the United States, represent 37 percent of the U.S. foreign-born population, yet are disproportionately represented (71 percent) among the total unauthorized immigrant population. Mexico alone accounts for more than half of the estimated 11 million unauthorized immigrants in the United States, with another 15 percent and 14 percent from Central America and Asia, respectively. This report describes trends in the origins of the unauthorized population since 1990, offering estimates for top states and counties of residence by country or region of origin. It also provides estimates for how many members of each origin group are potentially eligible for the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, finding application rates vary significantly across national origins. The report also reviews how settlement patterns vary by origin among new and more established immigration destinations. During the 1990s, the unauthorized population rose substantially, doubling from 3.5 million to 7 million. It continued to increase during the 2000s, reaching a peak of 12.2 million in 2007, then fell to 11 million during and after the recession. While Mexicans comprised a majority of unauthorized immigrants throughout these years, between 2007 and 2013 the population declined by about 1 million. In contrast, unauthorized populations from Central America, Asia, and Africa grew rapidly after 2000-with the numbers from Central America and Asia tripling and from Africa doubling. Countries significantly represented in these increases include China, Ethiopia, Ghana, Guatemala, Honduras, India, and South Korea. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/analysis-unauthorized-immigrants-united-states-country-and-region-birth Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 136486

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Re-Examining Juvenile Incarceration : High cost, poor outcomes spark shift to alternatives Summary: A growing body of research demonstrates that for many juvenile offenders, lengthy out-of-home placements in secure corrections or other residential facilities fail to produce better outcomes than alternative sanctions. In certain instances, they can be counterproductive. Seeking to reduce recidivism and achieve better returns on their juvenile justice spending, several states have recently enacted laws that limit which youth can be committed to these facilities and moderates the length of time they can spend there. These changes prioritize the use of costly facilities and intensive programming for serious offenders who present a higher risk of reoffending, while supporting effective community-based programs for others. In general, research has found that juvenile incarceration fails to reduce recidivism: - Meta-analyses - studies that combine the results of multiple evaluations - suggest that placement in correctional facilities does not lower the likelihood of juvenile reoffending and may, in fact, increase it in some cases. One longitudinal study of serious adolescent offenders in Maricopa County, Arizona, and Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, found that after matching youth offenders on 66 factors, including demographics and criminal history, those in placement fared no better in terms of recidivism than those on probation. - A separate analysis of the same data found that youth who reported the lowest levels of offending before being placed were more likely to reoffend following institutional stays. - In Texas, a recent study found that youth in community-based treatment, activity, and surveillance programs had lower rearrest rates than those with similar criminal histories and demographic characteristics who were released from state facilities. - An examination of long-term recidivism and education outcomes in Cook County, Illinois, found that juveniles who experienced confinement were more likely to drop out of high school and to be incarcerated as adults than youth offenders who were not incarcerated. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2015/04/Reexamining_Juvenile_Incarceration.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136492

Author: Davis, Robin Title: Research on Videoconferencing at Post-Arraignment Release Hearings: Phase 1 Final Report Summary: As local governments continue to contend with growing budget constraints and expanding criminal justice costs, they are increasingly turning to technological solutions and alternatives in an effort to mitigate criminal justice expenditures, maintain efficiency, and promote public safety. The use of videoconferencing technology in criminal justice settings has served as a powerful asset to criminal justice stakeholders; however, there is still much to learn regarding the mechanics of these systems and their broader implications. Recognizing the complex challenges and nuances of implementing such technology, as well as the diverse interests at stake, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded the Research on Videoconferencing at Post-Arraignment Release Hearings project (NIJ Videoconferencing Project). The project is jointly supported by NIJ's Office of Research and Evaluation and the Office of Science and Technology. NIJ seeks to identify protocols that improve practices and maximize return on investment using videoconferencing to expedite judicial decision-making concerning whether to release a defendant from custody and the appropriate conditions of release, including bail. NIJ anticipates three phases of study: - Phase I: Blueprint-Compile information on past and current videoconferencing applications via interviews and court/jail observation to identify key concerns and solutions (court rules) for protocol. - Phase II: Field Test-Conduct implementation and assessment studies in two pilot sites (one rural), and modify protocol per field experience over a relatively short period via qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis. - Phase III: Evaluation-Submit final protocol to multiple new sites for self-implementation and support an objective cost-efficiency study over an extended period. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF International, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248902.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 136493

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Re-Engineering Training On Police Use of Force Summary: Over the past year, the policing profession has been shaken by controversies over the deaths of Eric Garner, Michael Brown, Tamir Rice, Walter Scott, Antonio Zambrano-Montes, and many others. I don't know anyone who would dispute that the reputation of American policing has suffered from these incidents. At times, it has seemed like every time you turn on the TV, you see another story about the police that hits you like a punch to the stomach. PERF's Board of Directors was quick to realize that the rioting last summer in Ferguson was not a story that would fade away quickly, and we decided to hold a national conference in Chicago about the implications of Ferguson for policing. That meeting, held on September 16-17, just five weeks after the Ferguson incident, was written up in "Defining Moments for Police Chiefs," our last Critical Issues in Policing report. One of the key issues we discussed that day in Chicago was the need to rethink the training that police officers receive on de-escalation strategies and tactics. As we look back at the most controversial police shooting incidents, we sometimes find that while the shooting may be legally justified, there were missed opportunities to ratchet down the encounter, to slow things down, to call in additional resources, in the minutes before the shooting occurred. It became clear that this issue of de-escalation was one of many ways in which the training of police officers can be improved. Our goal is to give police officers better tools for avoiding unnecessary uses of force, particularly deadly force. So we began planning for another national research project and conference, titled "Re-Engineering Use of Force." This report is the result of this project. You will see that this report, like others in the Critical Issues series, consists largely of the discussions by participants at our May 7, 2015 conference. Nearly 300 police chiefs and other law enforcement executives, federal government officials, academics, and representatives from policing agencies in the UK came together in Washington to share their views on what should be included in new approaches to training on use of force. We also fielded a survey of police agencies on their use-of-force training, reviewed research, and sent PERF staff to Scotland to observe their training firsthand. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/reengineeringtraining.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 136502

Author: Ropero-Miller, Jeri D. Title: 2009 Evaluation of Forensic DNA Unit Efficiency Improvement (EIP) Program Summary: RTI International conducted a comprehensive evaluation of five laboratories funded under the National Institute of Justice's (NIJ's) 2009 DNA Unit Efficiency Improvement Program (EIP). The evaluation team documented the implementation of each laboratory�s grant activities and conducted five process and outcome evaluations to determine the impact of the EIP. Data used in the evaluation were collected through site visits, routinely scheduled meetings via the telephone and Web, performance metrics and data collection tools, and surveys of key laboratory personnel. This evaluation occurred in conjunction with the laboratories' DNA Unit EIPs for the first 28 months (October 2009 to January 2012); during this time, one laboratory completed its EIP, one laboratory implemented its EIP in April 2011, and three laboratories were still actively progressing to an EIP implementation. At the end of the project, the evaluation team documented the evaluation results based on the various stages of the laboratory EIPs; complete outcome evaluations were not possible for all laboratories. Staff identified strategies to assist other DNA laboratories in future EIPs. The five DNA EIP laboratories evaluated under this 2009 DNA Unit EIP are the Denver Police Department Crime Laboratory Bureau (DPD), Denver, CO; University of North Texas Health Science Center Department of Forensic and Investigative Genetics (UNTHSC), Ft. Worth, TX; Orange County Crime Laboratory (OCCL), Orange/Santa Clara, CA; Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation Forensic Science Services (OSBI), Edmond, OK; and Palm Beach County Sheriff's Office Crime Laboratory (PBSO), West Palm Beach, FL. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2012. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248830.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 136506

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Using Future Internet Technologies to Strengthen Criminal Justice Summary: Future World Wide Web technologies commonly labeled as being part of Web 3.0 and Web 4.0 could substantially change how the criminal justice enterprise operates. These notably include Semantic Web technologies, intelligent agents, and the Internet of Things. In September 2014, RAND conducted an expert panel for the National Institute of Justice to discuss how the criminal justice community can take advantage of (and reduce the risks from) these emerging technologies. The top unifying theme from the panel was to leverage web technologies to improve information-sharing and protection across the criminal justice enterprise, and to address challenges that the new technologies raise. Another major theme was improving practitioners' knowledge of web technologies. Priorities included general education on key web technologies, and model policies and procedures for using them. A third theme was to improve the networking infrastructure needed to support web technologies (and other applications), especially for courts and corrections. Fourth, several needs became apparent related to leveraging wearable and embedded sensors (part of the Internet of Things), with an emphasis on using sensors to improve officer health and safety. Finally, panelists frequently noted the importance of civil rights, privacy rights, and cybersecurity protections in using the emerging technologies for criminal justice. While there were few needs about these topics specifically, panelists noted that more than half of the needs raised security, privacy, or civil rights concerns, or had implied requirements on these topics. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR900/RR928/RAND_RR928.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cybersecurity Shelf Number: 136507

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Clinton Correctional Facility: 2012-2014 Summary: Clinton Correctional Facility is a maximum security prison that has a Main compound and an Annex, and is located in Dannemora, NY, in the northernmost part of the state. Established in 1845 and sometimes referred to as "Little Siberia" because of the harsh weather conditions and intimidating environment, Clinton is the third oldest Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) prison in New York State. Clinton has a massive foreboding stone and cement wall on its perimeter, immediately adjacent to the Main Street of Dannemora. Like many other maximum security prisons in the state, the Main is lined with long corridors of stacked tiers of cells, while the Annex has dorm-style housing. Throughout its long history, parts of Clinton had at various stages operated as a "mining prison" where incarcerated persons were forced to work in the mining and manufacturing of iron, a site for the death penalty by electrocution, a tuberculosis ward, a state mental hospital for people declared insane after conviction, a mental health treatment center, one of the largest employers in the area, and always a prison for incarcerating people convicted of the most serious crimes. Clinton has also had an infamous history of violence, brutality, and abuse by correction officers, as well as unrest, violence, organizing, and lawsuits by people incarcerated at the facility. Incidents within this history have ranged from what has been classified as one of the largest prison rebellions in New York State history in 1929, to a series of successful brutality lawsuits in the 1990s, to more recent alleged staff assaults, incarcerated person fights, and facility-wide lockdowns. In the mid- 1990s, for example, the New York Times went so far as to report that Federal judges "have repeatedly found that excessive force by guards has violated [incarcerated persons'] civil rights," that corrections experts found the settling of 10 brutality lawsuits at Clinton to be "extraordinary, since [incarcerated persons'] rarely win such cases and officials rarely settle them," that Clinton had an "internal culture that tolerates a higher level of violence than others, and where guards are more likely to test the boundaries of what is considered acceptable force," and that vast racial and cultural disparities between incarcerated persons and staff exacerbated conflicts. Today, Clinton is the largest DOCCS prison in the state, with a total capacity of 2,956 people in the Main and Annex combined. As discussed in detail below, the facility continues to be plagued by violence and staff brutality at a level that is among the worst of DOCCS prisons. In addition to its general confinement in the Main and Annex, at the time of our visit Clinton operated two unique residential programs separated from the rest of the facility, Merle Cooper and the Assessment and Program Preparation Unit (APPU), as well as a residential Intermediate Care Program (ICP) for people with serious mental health needs, and a Special Housing Unit (SHU) and additional SHU and long-term keeplock isolated confinement cell blocks. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Clinton-Correctional-Facility-Final-Draft-2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 136508

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: 2014 Updated Correctional Association Report on Attica Summary: Attica Correctional Facility, a 2,000-bed maximum security prison in western New York, continues to operate as a symbolic and real epicenter of state violence and abuse of incarcerated persons in the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) state prison system 43 years after the 1971 prison uprising and violent suppression by state authorities. The CA spent this past year investigating the level of violence and staff abuse at Attica and has just issued its 2014 Updated Correctional Association Report on Attica describing its observations and recommendations about the level and causes of violence and abuse, supplementing its 2011 report. Unfortunately, the current situation mirrors much of the abuse we documented then, including excessive violence, harassment, threats, retaliation, pervasive racism, warehousing of incarcerated persons, excessive use of solitary confinement, and high rates of suicide. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Attica-2014-CA-Updated-Report-Final1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 136509

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Greene Correctional Facility: 2012-2014 Summary: Greene C.F. has one of the highest concentrations of young people in any New York State prison, and also some of the highest reported allegations of staff violence, harassment, and intimidation against incarcerated persons. The Correctional Association of New York (CA) Prison Visiting Project (PVP) visited Greene C.F. on November 8 and 9, 2012, and received updated information about Greene from incarcerated persons and staff in 2014. The median age of people incarcerated at Greene is 22, there were over 40 children aged 16 or 17 at the prison as of October 2014, and 82% of the people incarcerated at Greene were Black or Latino. Although a medium security prison, Greene ranked as one of the worst CA-visited prisons on almost all indicators of safety and alleged physical abuse of incarcerated persons by security staff. Worse still, staff physical abuse, intimidation, racial and verbal harassment, retaliation, and use of solitary confinement were reportedly most directed at young people at Greene, including teenagers and youth into their early twenties. The CA did find some positive aspects at Greene, including a large number of programs. Yet, the levels of reported abuse of young people are unacceptable and far overshadowed any positive aspects. DOCCS and state policy-makers must stop all abuses taking place, remove all 16- and 17-year-olds from Greene and all adult prisons and jails, and create a more supportive, developmentally-appropriate environment for young people into their mid-twenties, and indeed for all people incarcerated. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/Greene-C.F.-Report-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 136510

Author: Global Detention Project Title: A Survey of Private Contractor Involvement in U.S. Facilities Used to Confine People for Immigration-related Reasons Summary: The private prison industry in the United States has grown significantly during the last several decades and along with it there has been an apparent increase in the outsourcing of services at facilities used for immigration detention purposes. However, while much has been written about private ownership and management of detention facilities, the phenomenon of non-state-actor involvement in immigration detention extends beyond these activities. For instance, while private contractors are responsible for overall management of some two dozen immigration-related detention facilities in the United States, this report demonstrates that private contractors provide a range additional services at nearly 100 prisons, shelters, and detention centers across the United States that have been used to hold migrants and asylum seekers. Part of the difficulty in investigating this phenomenon is that the U.S. immigration detention estate is massive (involving several hundred facilities) and employs numerous types of institutions, from local jails and federal prisons to juvenile detention centers and dedicated immigration detention centers. Thus, to accurately document the extent of non-state-actor involvement in the U.S. immigration detention regime it is necessary to look at all these different types of facilities and assess the role played by different actors in them. This survey represents an initial, modest attempt to begin to fill some of the gaps in our understanding of this phenomenon. The information included in the following charts has been compiled based on an extensive search of available websites provided by facilities in the United States that have been used for the purpose of migration detention or by service providers active in those facilities. Based solely on this review of online information, the Global Detention Project was able to determine that of the hundreds of facilities that have been used in recent years to hold immigration detainees, no less than 83 explicitly mention on their websites some form of privatization. In addition, of the two dozen dedicated immigration facilities, all but one report outsourcing services to private contractors. The most common form of private involvement in these facilities is management. Corrections Corporation of America (CCA), one of the largest private prison companies, manages seven of the 24 dedicated facilities. However, private companies offer a range of other services at detention sites and a narrow focus on specialized immigration facilities fails to capture the full range of involvement of non-state entities in migration-related detention. In fact, one of the more notable outcomes of this limited research project has been to demonstrate the multifaceted nature of the outsourcing of responsibilities at U.S. detention centers. Private actors provide food services, security, healthcare, among a host of other services. Details: Geneva, SWIT: Global Detention Project, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 20, 2015 at: http://www.globaldetentionproject.org/fileadmin/docs/Survey_of_US_contractors_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 136511

Author: Boggs, Clay Title: Gun-Running Nation: How Foreign-Made Assault Weapons are Trafficked from the United States to Mexico and What to Do About It Summary: A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF FIREARMS THAT ARE RECOVERED IN MEXICO COME FROM THE UNITED STATES, BUT ARE NOT U.S.-MANUFACTURED; THEY ARE FIRST IMPORTED, PRINCIPALLY FROM ROMANIA. Data from the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) show that about 25 percent of U.S.-sourced firearms traced in Mexico were first imported into the United States, and the number could perhaps even be higher. A database of illegal firearms trafficking indictments from U.S. court records compiled by the Violence Policy Center indicates that between 2008 and 2014 the majority of Latin America-bound guns seized by U.S. authorities during the trafficking process-59 percent-were imports. THE EXECUTIVE BRANCH HAS A GREAT DEAL OF LATITUDE IN ITS ABILITY TO RESTRICT THE IMPORTATION OF ASSAULT WEAPONS. The president has the authority, granted in the Gun Control Act of 1968, to restrict the importation of firearms that are not "particularly suitable for or readily adaptable to sporting purposes." This authority has been used by previous presidents from both parties to restrict the importation of semiautomatic assault rifles. The president has the authority to ban the semiautomatic assault rifles that are currently being imported legally and then trafficked illegally to Mexico. CROSS-BORDER FIREARMS TRAFFICKING FROM THE UNITED STATES CONTINUES AT SIGNIFICANT LEVELS. It is widely known that the majority of firearms recovered by authorities in Mexico and submitted to ATF for tracing are U.S.-sourced. Between 2009 and 2014, 104,850 firearms were recovered in Mexico and submitted to ATF for tracing; 70 percent (73,684) of those firearms were determined by ATF to be U.S.-sourced. Trace data are also now available for several countries in Central America and the Caribbean: 40 percent of the 8,157 firearms submitted to ATF for tracing in Central America in 2014 were U.S.-sourced. In that year, 60 percent of the 1,387 firearms submitted to ATF in five Caribbean countries came from the United States. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America and Violence Policy Center, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2015 at: http://www.wola.org/sites/default/files/Gun_Running_Nation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 136512

Author: Peterson, Bryce Title: Children of Incarcerated Parents Framework Document: Promising Practices, Challenges, and Recommendations for the Field Summary: Nearly 3 million US children under the age of 18 currently have a parent in jail or prison, and an estimated 10 million or more children have experienced parental incarceration at some point in their lifetimes. Those children often experience trauma when they witness their parents being arrested, see them in court, and visit them in jail. The Urban Institute partnered with the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) on a project to identify promising and innovative practices that have the potential to mitigate that trauma and to improve parent-child relationships. This project yielded a framework document and three toolkits. The toolkits provide detailed information on how to develop and implement parental arrest policies, family-focused jail programs, and family impact statements, while this framework document synthesizes what we learned about promising practices, and it provides information about the context surrounding children and their justice-involved parents. This document aims to help people interested in developing practices in their own jurisdictions to understand how important these issues are, to learn how to talk about these issues with their constituencies, and to appreciate how changes in practice can make meaningful differences for children and parents. To accomplish the goals, we engaged in several processes to determine which practices to highlight. - First, we conducted a scan of practices by leveraging our various professional networks, sifting through publicly available information online, and conducting telephone interviews with program staff members in 40 organizations and agencies. - From this scan, the Urban staff, in partnership with NIC, selected three locations that were most suitable for site visits. Those locations - New York City , New York; Allegheny County and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; and the San Francisco Bay Area, California - had a concentration of efforts focused on children of justice-involved parents that seemed to be promising and worth disseminating to a larger audience through this project. The three locations were selected because they each had stakeholders from nonprofit organizations and government agencies working together on practices for the children of justice-involved individuals. Selecting those sites offered the opportunity to gain a diversity of perspectives, to learn about their public-private partnerships, and to gather information about how a single location can target parental involvement across several stages of the criminal justice continuum, including arrest, pretrial detention, and sentencing. Appendix A (p. 24) provides a more thorough description of each location, including the organizations and stakeholders with whom we met during our site visits. - Finally, we conducted site visits to meet with relevant stakeholders in government agencies and community-based organizations across the three locations. During those visits, we spoke to stakeholders in multiple positions - from agency heads and executives involved in designing collaborative efforts and initiatives, to supervisors managing programs and to the staff members directly serving children or justice-involved parents. We interviewed actors representing multiple roles and heard about a range of issues that surfaced, both during policy development and execution, in the interviewees' efforts to meet the needs of children with parents in the justice system. From those discussions, as well as observations of field operations, we learned about several promising and innovative practices geared toward the children. We were also able to gather and synthesize lessons for the field, thereby identifying the challenges that stakeholders encountered in developing and implementing the programs, as well as their recommendations for overcoming the challenges. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000256-Children-of-Incarcerated-Parents-Framework-Document.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136513

Author: Conway, James M. Title: Seven Out of Ten? Not Even Close: A Review of Research on the Likelihood of Children with Incarcerated Parents Becoming Justice-Involved Summary: This report from Central Connecticut State University refutes claims that children of incarcerated parents (CIP) are six times more likely than other children to become involved with the justice system. Its evaluation of previous studies conducted on the impact of incarceration on children show that these children are three - not six - times more likely than children of non-incarcerated parents to become involved with the justice system. The finds indicate much lower levels of justice involvement. Details: New Britain, CT: Central Connecticut State University, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2015 at: http://www.ctcip.org/publications/imrp/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136514

Author: Uhlmann, David M. Title: The Pendulum Swings: Reconsidering Corporate Criminal Prosecution Summary: For more than a decade, the Justice Department morphed its approach to corporate crime, eschewing criminal prosecutions in favor of deferred prosecution and non-prosecution agreements that allowed large corporations to avoid the ignominy of criminal convictions. There seemingly were no crimes that did not qualify for corporate absolution. Then, with public alarm increasing over the lack of criminal prosecutions for the financial crisis, the pendulum swung, and criminal prosecutions were back in vogue. In 2014, the Justice Department brought record-setting criminal prosecutions against two European banks for currency manipulation, followed by similar prosecutions against five American and European banks during 2015. What explains the conflicted approach to criminal prosecution of corporations - and what does it reveal about the theoretical basis for corporate criminal liability? I argue that the Justice Department's erratic approach reflects a lack of agreement among practitioners about what is accomplished by the criminal prosecution of corporations, a disagreement that also exists in scholarly accounts of corporate criminal liability focused on retributive and utilitarian purposes of punishment. The emphasis on retributive and utilitarian theory, while instructive, obscures the expressive function of criminal law and the societal need for condemnation, accountability, and justice when crime occurs, particularly in the corporate setting. In this article, I offer a more complete account of corporate criminal prosecution, which reveals the moral content of corporate crime, considers the deterrent value of corporate prosecution, and explains why the expressive value of the criminal law is indispensable in the corporate context. Corporate wrongdoing has pernicious effects on our communities, the economy, and the environment, which warrant the condemnation the criminal law provides. Criminal prosecution of corporations upholds the rule of law, validates the choices of law-abiding companies, and promotes accountability. Together those values contribute to our sense that justice has been done when crime occurs, which enhances trust in the legal system, provides the opportunity for societal catharsis, and allows us to move forward in the aftermath of criminal activity. When corporations face no consequences for their criminal behavior, we minimize their lawlessness, and increase cynicism about the outsized influence of corporations in our society. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Law School, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2642455 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 136536

Author: Milby, John D. Title: Preempting Mass Murder: Improving Law Enforcement Risk Assessments of Persons with Mental Illness Summary: "Across the United States, mass murder events have been on the rise for nearly a decade. This thesis found that persons with serious mental illness perpetrated a statistically significant number of these events. Currently, law enforcement agencies are often the first--and in many communities the only resource--available to assist and assess mentally ill persons in crisis. This thesis investigated the current state of law enforcement training as it relates to assessing dangerousness and the risk for violence among persons with serious mental illness. It found that there is very little training and no risk assessment tool or guide currently available to assist law enforcement officers tasked with assessing mentally ill persons for dangerousness. Subsequently, this thesis examined alternative methods and models for assessing risk, including clinical violence risk assessments, and it conducted summary case studies. These included cases in which mentally ill persons committed acts of mass murder and cases where law enforcement successfully intervened and prevented mentally ill persons from carrying out planned violence. As a result of this research and analysis, a field risk assessment guide has been developed and recommended for adoption to aid law enforcement officers in assessing the dangerousness of mentally ill persons." Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2015. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 24, 2015 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=765308 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 136537

Author: Lessne, Deborah Title: Student Reports of Bullying and Cyber-Bullying: Results From the 2011 School Crime Supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: This document reports data from the 2011 School Crime Supplement (SCS) of the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). The Web Tables show the extent to which students with different personal characteristics report bullying and cyber-bullying. Estimates include responses by student characteristics: student sex, race/ethnicity, grade, and household income. The U.S. Census Bureau (Census) appended additional data from the 2009-10 Common Core of Data (CCD) and the 2009-10 Private School Universe Survey (PSS) to generate tables showing the extent to which bullying and cyber-bullying are reported by students in schools with different characteristics. School characteristics examined are region; sector (public or private); locale; level; enrollment size; student-to-full-time-equivalent (FTE) teacher ratio; percentage of combined American Indian/Alaska Native, Asian/ Native Hawaiian/Other Pacific Islander, Black/African American, Hispanic/Latino, and students of two or more races; and percentage of students eligible for free or reduced-priced lunch. The SCS data tables show the relationship between bullying and cyber-bullying victimization and other crime-related variables, such as reported presence of gangs, guns, drugs, and alcohol at school; selected school security measures; student criminal victimization; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon carrying at school. The tables appear in four sections. Section 1 is an overview table, showing the number and percentage of students ages 12 through 18 who reported being bullied at school and cyber-bullied anywhere, by type of bullying or cyber-bullying (table 1.1). Section 2 displays estimates for where in school bullying occurred, the percentage distribution of the frequency, and the type of bullying reported by students ages 12 through 18, by selected student and school characteristics (tables 2.1-2.6). Section 3 provides estimates for the percentage distribution of the frequency and the type of cyber-bullying reported by students ages 12 through 18, by selected student and school characteristics (tables 3.1-3.4). Section 4 displays the percentages of students bullied at school or cyber-bullied anywhere by student reports of unfavorable school conditions; selected school security measures; criminal victimization at school; and personal fear, avoidance behaviors, fighting, and weapon carrying at school (tables 4.1-4.4). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2015 at: http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2013/2013329.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 129732

Author: Labrecque, Ryan M. Title: The Effect of Solitary Confinement on Institutional Misconduct: A Longitudinal Evaluation Summary: Solitary confinement (SC) has been an important component of the American prison system since the emergence of the penitentiaries in the early 1800s. The main criticism of SC has long been that it causes inhabitants undue psychological distress and by extension increases propensity toward criminal behavior. The use of SC raises constitutional and humanitarian concerns, with critics who charge the practice constitutes cruel and unusual punishment, is inhumane, and violates the minimum standards of decency. However, SC is also a management tool in which correctional officials have come to rely upon for the effective management of prisons, and many would not waiver in the contention that SC is needed to ensure the safety and security of these institutions. Thus, there remains an active debate in the literature and in practice with respect to how SC influences criminal behavior in which three claims have been made: (1) SC decreases criminal behavior; (2) SC increases criminal behavior; and (3) SC has little, if any, effect on criminal behavior. Surprisingly, despite its long-standing and widespread use, SC has remained an elusive subject in empirical research, especially in terms of its effects on behavioral outcomes. This dissertation adds to this gap in knowledge by providing a longitudinal evaluation of the effect of SC on institutional misconduct in a sample of 14,311 inmates in the state of Ohio. The results of this study indicate SC does not have any significant effect on the prevalence or incidence of subsequent violent, nonviolent, or drug misconduct. Policy implications and recommendations based on these findings are discussed. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2015. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 24, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249013.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Violence Shelf Number: 136566

Author: Steblay, Nancy K. Title: Reduction of False Convictions through Improved Identification Procedures: Further Refinements for Street Practice and Public Policy Summary: The project purpose was to enhance the quality and probative value of forensic eyewitness memory evidence acquired through police lineup procedures. Specific objectives were: (1) An updated meta-analytic review of research comparing simultaneous to sequential lineup formats; an evaluation of the sequential superiority effect and articulation of factors that moderate this effect; (2) (3) Controlled laboratory testing of the impact on eyewitness accuracy of three individual lineup procedural components: relaxation of the Yes/No dichotomous response requirement of the sequential lineup procedure (to allow I'm not sure responses); an Appearance Change Instruction to eyewitnesses; and use of multiple identification tasks with the same witness; (3) Collection and analysis of data in collaboration with the Tucson (Arizona) Police Department to compare eyewitness performance on lineup identifications under double-blind simultaneous versus double-blind sequential lineup procedures. This research integrated these three informational components to generate refined recommendations for field practice and public policy. Sequential lineup superiority was established in both laboratory (meta-analysis) and a field test. In addition, the new laboratory data indicate a positive benefit on eyewitness identification accuracy of a not-sure response option for witnesses, only minimal impact of an Appearance Change Instruction, and a significant negative outcome from repeated lineups Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2012. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249006.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Eyewitness Identification Shelf Number: 136567

Author: Johnson, Kevin R. Title: Race-Based Law Enforcement: The Racially Disparate Impacts of Crimmigration Law Summary: This Essay was prepared for the Case Western Law Review's symposium on the 20th anniversary of the Supreme Court's decision in Whren v. United States, 517 U.S. 806 (1996). Racially-charged encounters with the police regularly make the national news. Local law enforcement officers also have at various times victimized immigrants of color. For example, New York City Department (NYPD) officers in 1999 killed Amadou Diallo, an unarmed immigrant from Guinea, in a hail of gunfire; two years earlier, officers had tortured Haitian immigrant Abner Louima at a NYPD police station. Both victims were Black, which no doubt contributed to the violence. In less spectacular fashion, police on the beat by many accounts regularly engage in racial profiling in traffic stops of U.S. citizens and noncitizens of color. Removals of "criminal aliens" have been the cornerstone of the Obama administration's immigration enforcement strategy. Well-publicized increases in the number of removals of immigrants also have been the centerpiece of President Obama's political efforts to persuade Congress to pass a comprehensive immigration reform package. The hope behind the aggressive enforcement strategy has been to convince Congress that this is the time to enact comprehensive immigration reform. In the last few years, a body of what has been denominated "crimmigration" scholarship has emerged that critically examines the growing confluence of the criminal justice system and the immigration removal machinery in the United States. That body of work tends to direct attention to the unfairness to immigrants, as well as their families, of the increasing criminalization of immigration law and its enforcement. This Essay agrees with the general thrust of the crimmigration criticism, but contends that it does not go far enough. Namely, the emerging scholarship in this genre fails to critically assess the dominant role that race plays in modern law enforcement and how its racial impacts are exacerbated by the operation of a federal immigration removal process that consciously targets "criminal aliens." Part I of this Essay considers parallel developments in the law: (1) the Supreme Court's implicit sanctioning of race-conscious law enforcement in the United States, with the centerpiece of this symposium, Whren v. United States, the most well-known example; and (2) the trend over at least the last twenty years toward increased cooperation between state and local law enforcement agencies and federal immigration authorities. Part II specifically demonstrates how criminal prosecutions influenced by police reliance on race necessarily lead to the racially disparate removal rates experienced in the modern United States. Part III discusses how some state and local governments have pushed back on cooperation with federal immigration authorities, with effective community police practices being an important policy rationale invoked by local law enforcement for that resistance. Part III of this Essay further contends that more attention should be paid to the racially disparate impacts of linking immigration removals to the outcomes of a racially-tainted criminal justice system. It further sketches some modest reforms to the U.S. immigration laws that might tend to blunt, rather than magnify, some of these racial impacts. Details: Davis, CA: University of California, Davis, School of Law, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Davis Legal Studies Research Paper No. 437: Accessed August 25, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2640755 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crimmigration Shelf Number: 136571

Author: McDowell Group, Inc. Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Anchorage Youth Court Summary: This analysis examines the extent to which the benefits of the Anchorage Youth Court may be quantified and how those benefits compare to the costs of operating the program. It also addresses less quantifiable benefits. The study draws on a review of national literature, analysis of AYC program data, analysis of Alaska Department of Health and Social Services Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) data on juvenile offenses, and interviews with experts on AYC and Alaska juvenile justice. Major Findings The Anchorage Youth Court (AYC) creates a complex set of benefits for participating defendants, youth volunteers, and the larger community. In addition to producing economic benefits significantly in excess of its cost, AYC conducts substantial education and life-skills training, and its structure and processes contribute to social-emotional growth for both defendants and volunteers. The practice of peer justice�with youth volunteers exercising maximum responsibility for, and control over, the court process and sentencing�contributes to AYC�s success. This approach requires more intensive volunteer training and participation than more adult-dominated youth courts typical of many other states. AYC�s one-year re-referral rate (a proxy for recidivism) was 16 percent, while that of a comparison group of juvenile defendants who committed offenses similar to those of youth court participants and received informal probation was 39 percent. A �re-referral� occurs when law enforcement refers a youth to the Alaska Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) for a new offense. 1 The percentage of youths who complete AYC and are subsequently re-referred to DJJ for another offense also compares favorably with re-referral rates for other youth courts as reported in a recent study published by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. Based on the premise that the AYC and informal-probation comparison groups are fundamentally similar, AYC�s lower re-referral rate means the Anchorage community experienced an average of 40 fewer crimes per year between 2009 and 2012 than it would have if all of AYC�s defendants had simply received informal probation � Each of the 40 crimes averted saved an estimated $3,900 in victim, criminal justice, and law enforcement costs for a total of $156,000 saved annually. � The largest economic benefit of AYC is the value to young offenders of not having a criminal record. The net present value of this additional income over a working lifetime is approximately $116,000 for each defendant who avoids the stigma of a criminal record as a result of his or her AYC experience. The number of AYC defendants who benefit each year in this way is estimated to be between 2 and 4, for a total annual benefit of between $232,000 and $464,000. AYC produces other benefits to the Anchorage community in addition to less crime. In 2013, the quantifiable portion of these benefits was worth an estimated $80,450 and included: � Nearly 3,750 hours of community service by offenders, worth, at minimum wage, approximately $29,000. � 1,470 hours of youth volunteer time to conduct court proceedings, worth an estimated $16,000. � More than 400 hours of legal education worth $21,000 plus another $12,000 in pro-bono legal services donated by adult attorneys and judges for a total of $33,000 in services donated by adult volunteers. � $2,450 in donated classroom facilities. Details: Juneau: McDowell Group, Inc., 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2015 at: http://www.anchorageyouthcourt.org/uploads/MCDOWELL_GROUP_STUDY.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 136576

Author: Meares, Tracey Title: Rightful Policing Summary: The legitimacy of police actions have long simmered in the national debate, but never more than over the past year when tragic events in Ferguson, Missouri and Staten Island, New York struck a chord in the national consciousness. The question of how best to evaluate law enforcement response and effectiveness is the topic of discussion in a new paper produced for the Kennedy School's Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management (PCJ) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), authored by Executive Session on Policing and Public Safety member and Yale Law School Professor Tracey L. Meares. In the paper Meares reviews the two primary ways that experts ‑ whether they are officials involved in the enterprise of policing or scholars who study it ‑ currently evaluate policing. The first yardstick relies almost exclusively upon the lawfulness of police action, and the second emphasizes the effectiveness of police action at reducing criminal activity. Meares introduces a third way of evaluating law enforcement - a method that she calls "rightful policing." This technique, Meares explains, attempts to account for what the public says it cares about when assessing both individual officer behavior and agency conduct. "The bottom line is clear: regardless of the lawfulness of police behavior, lack of procedural justice in encounters can change public perceptions of policing agencies, leading to lack of trust, ill-will and ultimately less law-abiding," Meares writes. "Considering both the lawfulness and the legitimacy of police conduct allows both the police officer and the citizen stopped to be right in a way that is not possible when one operates in the single dimension of lawfulness. The possibility of both sides being right can lead to fruitful conversation about the rightfulness of policing." Meares concludes that rightful policing can gain legitimacy if it spurs changes in police training, strategies and tactics, and democracy and community participation. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed at http://www.hks.harvard.edu/content/download/74084/1679313/version/4/file/RightfulPolicing.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 136585

Author: Alderman, Jess Title: Strategies to Combat Illicit Tobacco Trade Summary: Illicit tobacco trade is a significant global problem. Experts estimate that more than 10 percent of cigarettes bought around the world are sold illegally, and in the United States alone smuggling costs about $5 billion per year in lost state tax revenues. The contraband tobacco trade is one of the most complex tobacco control issues because it is intertwined with so many other political, legal, and policy concerns. High tobacco taxes have a significant positive impact on public health and the evasion of tobacco taxes directly undermines the documented ability of these taxes to reduce smoking rates. Other, more indirect effects include shielding tobacco purchases from state requirements relating to customer age verification, licensing, advertising, manufacturing standards, and record keeping. This law synopsis focuses on illicit tobacco trade within and across the borders of the United States. It explains how illegal tobacco trade works and why it is appealing, its impact on state revenues, and the past complicity of the tobacco industry in illicit trade. It explores the complex role played by Native American lands, tribes, and businesses in tax-free sales and outlines various law enforcement approaches to combat smuggling. It also recognizes the growing connection between smuggling and national security issues and describes the federal agencies and laws that address it. Finally, this law synopsis suggests ways in which state and local governments as well as health advocacy organizations can contribute to the fight against illicit tobacco trade. Details: St. Paul, MN: Tobacco Control Legal Consortium, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: http://publichealthlawcenter.org/sites/default/files/resources/tclc-syn-smuggling-2012_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Markets Shelf Number: 136586

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children: An Overview Summary: In FY2014, the number of unaccompanied alien children (UAC, unaccompanied children) that were apprehended at the Southwest border while attempting to enter the United States without authorization increased sharply, straining the system put in place over the past decade to handle such cases. Prior to FY2014, UAC apprehensions were steadily increasing. For example, in FY2011, the Border Patrol apprehended 16,067 unaccompanied children at the Southwest border whereas in FY2014 more than 68,500 unaccompanied children were apprehended. In the first 8 months of FY2015, UAC apprehensions numbered 22,869, down 49% from the same period in FY2014. UAC are defined in statute as children who lack lawful immigration status in the United States, who are under the age of 18, and who either are without a parent or legal guardian in the United States or without a parent or legal guardian in the United States who is available to provide care and physical custody. Two statutes and a legal settlement directly affect U.S. policy for the treatment and administrative processing of UAC: the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008 (P.L. 110-457); the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (P.L. 107-296); and the Flores Settlement Agreement of 1997. Several agencies in the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the Department of Health and Human Services' (HHS's) Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) share responsibility for the processing, treatment, and placement of UAC. DHS Customs and Border Protection (CBP) apprehends and detains unaccompanied children arrested at the border while Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) handles custody transfer and repatriation responsibilities. ICE also apprehends UAC in the interior of the country and represents the government in removal proceedings. HHS coordinates and implements the care and placement of unaccompanied children in appropriate custody. Foreign nationals from El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico accounted for almost all UAC cases in recent years, especially in FY2014. In FY2009, when the number of UAC apprehended at the Southwest border was 19,688, foreign nationals from Mexico accounted for 82% of all UAC apprehensions at the Southwest border and the three Central American countries accounted for 17% of these apprehensions. In FY2014, the proportions had almost reversed, with Mexican UAC comprising only 23% of UAC apprehensions and unaccompanied children from the three Central American countries comprising 77%. To address the crisis, the Administration developed a working group to coordinate the efforts of federal agencies involved. It also opened additional shelters and holding facilities to accommodate the large number of UAC apprehended at the border. In June 2014, the Administration announced plans to provide funding to the affected Central American countries for a variety of programs and security-related initiatives; and in July, the Administration requested $3.7 billion in supplemental appropriations for FY2014 to address the crisis. Congress debated the supplemental appropriations but did not pass such legislation. For FY2015, Congress appropriated nearly $1.6 billion for the Refugee and Entrant Assistance Programs in ORR, the majority of which is directed toward the UAC program (P.L. 113-235). For DHS agencies, Congress appropriated $3.4 billion for detection, enforcement, and removal operations, including for the transport of unaccompanied children for CBP. The Department of Homeland Security Appropriations Act, FY2015 (P.L. 114-4) also permits the Secretary of Homeland Security to reprogram funds within CBP and ICE and transfer such funds into the two agencies' "Salaries and Expenses" accounts for the care and transportation of unaccompanied children. P.L. 114-4 also allows for several DHS grants awarded to states along the Southwest border to be used by recipients for costs or reimbursement of costs related to providing humanitarian relief to unaccompanied children. Congressional activity on two pieces of legislation in the 114th Congress (H.R. 1153 and H.R. 1149) would make changes to current UAC policy, including amending the definition of UAC, altering current law on the treatment of unaccompanied children from contiguous countries, and amending several asylum provisions that would alter how unaccompanied children who assert an asylum claim are processed, among other things. Several other bills have been introduced without seeing legislative activity (H.R. 191/S. 129, H.R. 1700, H.R. 2491, and S. 44). Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R43599: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43599.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Immigrants Shelf Number: 136587

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Intensive Supervision (Adults): Technical Report (includes Electronic Monitoring) Summary: Intensive supervision is an intermediate sanction intended to reduce the costs of incarceration, by decreasing the time that offenders spend in jail or prison, while protecting public safety through increased monitoring (Gendreau, Goggin, Cullen, Andrews, 2000; MacKenzie, 2006). Offenders who receive intensive supervision are sentenced to community-based sanctions with increased supervision rather than incarceration. Traditionally, the defining feature of intensive supervision is the increased allocation of resources to surveillance, which can include a range of strategies for monitoring and controlling offenders in the community: increased contact with probation/parole officers, reduced caseload for probation/parole officers, home confinement, Day Reporting Centers, electronic monitoring, and random drug testing (Tonry, 1990). Surveillance-oriented intensive supervision programs (ISP) are designed to reduce recidivism via increased monitoring of offenders' location and activities, which is intended to have a deterrent effect on criminal behavior. In contrast, treatment-oriented ISPs intended to reduce recidivism via the use of monitoring to enforce compliance with treatment and supervision goals, which is believed to result in long-term behavioral change (Brown, 2007). Prior Research Research on intensive supervision suggests that surveillance alone is not an effective strategy for deterring criminal behavior. Results from an extensive study that used random assignment to evaluate the effects of ISP at 14 sites in nine states demonstrated that increased surveillance had no impact on rearrest rates when compared to regular supervision or incarceration (Petersilia & Turner, 1993). Similarly, MacKenzie (2006) combined 31 effect sizes, from 13 studies, and found a non-significant increase in recidivism for offenders who participated in ISP when compared to other forms of supervision (probation/parole or incarceration). In fact, in some cases, ISPs have been associated with higher rates of incarceration due to increased detection of technical violations (GAO, 1993; Gendreau et al., 2000). This latter finding suggests that surveillance-oriented ISPs are ineffective-from both a cost and public safety perspective-because they do not reduce the incidence of new crimes but do increase the likelihood that offenders will be returned to jail or prison on technical violations. A separate analysis of intermediate sanction programs that included a treatment component found that those programs were associated with a 10% reduction in recidivism (Gendreau et al., 2000). Increasingly, research indicates that ISPs are more effective when structured in accordance with the principles of effective rehabilitation, combining treatment and rehabilitation programming with intensive monitoring (Andrews, Bonta, & Hodge, 1990; Bonta, 2001). In a series of cost-benefit analyses, the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) consistently found significant reductions in recidivism for treatment-oriented ISPs when compared to regular supervision (Aos, Phipps, Barnoski, & Lieb, 2001; Aos et al., 2011; Drake, 2009). Surveillance-oriented ISPs were not associated with any statistically significant difference in reoffending when compared to regular supervision. The WSIPP analyses found no difference in recidivism when comparing ISP to incarceration; however, given cost differences between community-based supervision and a secure placement, the authors concluded that ISP was cost effective when compared to prison (Aos et al., 2001). In a meta-analysis of 58 ISPs, Lowenkamp, Flores, Holsinger, Makarios, and Latessa (2010) found a relationship between the impact of ISPs and program philosophy: treatment-oriented ISPs were associated with statistically significant reductions in recidivism while deterrence-oriented programs were not. Further emphasizing the importance of treatment as a component of ISPs, the authors found that even programs that included well-implemented treatment did not significantly reduce recidivism when it was provided in the context of a surveillanc--oriented ISP. Electronic monitoring. Electronic monitoring (EM) is also an intermediate sanction, often implemented within the context of home confinement or a curfew order. Offenders are monitored by probation/parole staff via a range of devices, which include wrist and ankle bracelets, global positioning systems, and voice verification systems (U. S. Department of Justice (USDOJ), 2009). While many EM programs are administered as part of an ISP, the WSIPP studies evaluated electronic monitoring (EM) separately and found no difference in recidivism rates for offenders sentenced to EM when compared to incarceration (Drake, 2009) or regular probation (Aos et al., 2001). These findings are confirmed in MacKenzie's (2006) analysis of eight EM studies and in Renzema and May-Wilson's (2007) systematic review. Renzema and May-Wilson only identified three studies that met inclusion criteria in terms of methodological rigor. Their meta-analysis of those studies showed no effect on reoffending as a result of EM; combining the results of this analysis with the systematic review, the authors concluded that no empirical proof exists to show that EM reduces recidivism. The U.S. Department of Justice (2009), however, argues that the lack of difference in recidivism rates for EM-supervised offenders when compared to incarcerated offenders is justification for the use of EM, because EM is less expensive than prison. Renzema's (2007) analysis supports this assessment, to some degree, as the authors conclude that EM can be appropriate when used "to accomplish realistic goals" rather than as a "knee-jerk reaction to crime, overcrowding, and high costs of running correctional systems" (p. 232). Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/ISP_Adult_Tech_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 136590

Author: Thurau, Lisa H. Title: First, Do No Harm: Model Practices for Law Enforcement Agencies When Arresting Parents in the Presence of Children Summary: One of the most traumatic events a child can experience is the arrest of a parent. In the short-term, children whose parents are arrested experience the trauma of the arrest itself and often the stress of changes to their living situation. In the long-term, they grapple with a range of trauma-induced physical and mental health issues, which can lead to negative academic, behavioral and justice system outcomes. These outcomes harm not only the children involved but also society as a whole, which misses out on potential productivity and must devote more resources to schools, social services, law enforcement and courts. Law enforcement agencies are in a unique position to limit this harm in three key ways. First, they can modify their procedures to make arrests less traumatic for children. Second, they can adopt protocols to ensure children are accounted for, left with competent caregivers and otherwise protected from harm in the aftermath of a parental arrest. Third, they can collaborate with social workers and child advocates to connect children of arrested parents with the services they need. This report outlines several model practices that law enforcement agencies can use to translate these three broad possibilities into effective policies and practices. Details: Washington, DC: OJP Diagnostic Center, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: https://www.ojpdiagnosticcenter.org/sites/default/files/custom_content/documents/engagement_documents/First_Do_No_Harm_20150528.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136595

Author: Sterrett, David Title: Green Grass and Graft: Corruption in the Suburbs Summary: The City of Chicago attracts local, national, and even international attention for its long and salient culture of corruption. But the media and the general public tend to overlook the abundant political and public corruption that also exists in many of the region�s suburbs. Patronage, nepotism, cronyism, abuse of power and criminal activity flourish, sometimes for decades, in numerous city halls, police stations and special purpose government agencies in suburbs surrounding Chicago and in the collar counties. Public corruption has afflicted the north, south, and west suburbs. It impacts upper income and lower income villages, towns and cities. More than 130 individuals have been convicted of corruption related schemes in the suburbs since the 1970s, including more than 100 public officials in the last two decades. Far from being an escape from the corrupt practices of the big, bad city, many of the suburbs seem determined to imitate them. There are six categories of corruption-related convictions in suburban Chicago: 1) Public officials with ties to organized crime 2) Nepotism 3) Police officers aiding or extorting criminals 4) Kickbacks and bribes to officials and administrators 5) Large Development Projects 6) Stealing of funds by leaders of school districts and special purpose districts This report shows how suburban corruption takes different forms ranging from officials hiring family members to police chiefs protecting criminals. Cumulatively the many examples in this report contradict the common perception that while Chicago is corrupt, the suburbs have clean, open, and effective governments. In fact, corruption impacts a large number of local governments throughout the Chicago metropolitan area and it has persisted for decades. Understanding these facts is an essential first step to implementing new policies and ethical practices to curb corruption in the suburbs. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report No. 6: Accessed August 27, 2015 at: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/suburbancorruption.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 136600

Author: Simpson, Dick Title: Chicago and Illinois, Leading the Pack in Corruption Summary: For a century and a half, public corruption has been a shameful aspect of both Illinois and Chicago politics. The Governor's mansion and Chicago City Council Chambers have long been the epicenters of public corruption. The extent and pervasiveness of bribery, fraud, stealing from the taxpayers, and illegal patronage have made the city and state national leaders of corruption. Our notorious reputations have provided fodder for scores of comedians and late night talk show hosts. But corruption is a serious problem that hurts all citizens who put their trust - and tax dollars - in the hands of politicians who abuse the power they are given. New public corruption conviction data from the U.S. Department of Justice shows the Chicago metropolitan region has been the most corrupt area in the country since 1976. In addition, the data reveal that Illinois is the third most corrupt state in the nation. The latest information, just released by the Justice Department, provides new evidence of the need for reforms to reduce rampant corruption in Chicago and Illinois. Since 1970, four Illinois governors have been convicted of corruption. Yet only seven men have held this office in this time, meaning more than half of the state's governors have been convicted in the past forty-two years. Otto Kerner, who served from 1961 until his resignation in 1968 to accept a federal judgeship, was convicted in 1973 of mail fraud, bribery, perjury, and income tax evasion while governor. Dan Walker, who served from 1973 - 1977, was convicted in 1987 of obtaining fraudulent loans for the business he operated after he left office. George Ryan, who served from 1999 - 2003, was found guilty in 2006 of racketeering, conspiracy and numerous other charges. Many of the charges were part of a huge scandal, later called "Licenses for Bribes," which resulted in the conviction of more than 40 state workers and private citizens. The scandal involved unqualified truck drivers receiving licenses in exchange for bribes that would ultimately end up in Ryan's campaign fund. The scandal came to light when a recipient of one of these licenses crashed in to a van and killed six children. But perhaps the most famous of all Illinois corrupt officials is Rod Blagojevich, who served from 2003 until his impeachment in 2009. Blagojevich was ultimately convicted in 2011 of trying to sell the U.S. Senate seat vacated by Barack Obama. Other charges included his attempting to shake down Children's Memorial Hospital for a campaign contribution in return for funding and his trying to extort a racetrack owner. Not to be outdone, the City of Chicago has seen its share of convicted officials. The first conviction of Chicago aldermen and Cook County Commissioners for accepting bribes to rig a crooked contract occurred in1869. Since 1973, 31 more aldermen have been convicted of corruption. Approximately 100 aldermen have served since then, which is a conviction rate of about one-third. In 1973 and 1974, four aldermen were convicted of bribery, income tax evasion and mail fraud in a scandal involving zoning changes. In the 1980s, three aldermen pleaded guilty or were found guilty in Operation Incubator, a major FBI investigation into Chicago corruption. The convictions included bribery, racketeering, extortion, mail fraud and tax evasion. Less than 10 years later, seven more aldermen were convicted as part of Operation Silver Shovel, another major FBI investigation into corruption in Chicago in the 1990s. Between 1996 and 1999 these seven were convicted of bribery, money laundering, fraud and tax evasion. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science and the Illinois Integrity Initiative of the University of Illinois� Institute for Government and Public Affairs, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report No. 5: Accessed August 27, 2015 at: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/leadingthepack.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 136601

Author: Gradel, Thomas J. Title: Patronage, Cronyism and Criminality in Chicago Government Agencies Summary: Chicago's political history has been marked by scandal for 150 years; when the first political machine was created. Since then, machine politics have made it possible for public officials and business people to use public resources for personal gain. Our previous reports have focused on aldermanic corruption and major scandals in Illinois and Cook County. In this report we examine corruption in the city of Chicago government. We study certain public agencies throughout the city and their distinct patterns to better understand these hot spots of corruption. We have relied primarily on a thorough analysis of city newspapers as well as memoirs and books. In this report we focus primarily on the Department of Fleet Management, Fire Department, City Treasurers Office, Chicago Park District, Building and Zoning Department, O'Hare Airport, McCormick Place, and Procurement. However, the patterns of patronage, waste, and corruption are so pervasive as to suggest that corruption exists in most city agencies. As long as Chicago is run by "machine politics," corruption will be a hallmark of city government. The cost is high. In Chicago and Cook County there have been more than 340 convictions of public officials and business people since 1970, including three governors, 31 aldermen, more than 40 city employees in the "Hired Truck" scandal, 21 people in building inspection payoffs, and dozens of park district employees. Many of these lawbreakers have been convicted of multiple crimes. These are only some of the best-known scandals. In the roster of crooked city employees and their business associates at the end of this report we detail them along with their crimes and sentences. These felons and the many people who were also guilty but not caught have cost Chicago, Cook County and Illinois taxpayers an estimated 500 million dollars a year. This report contains three sections. First, a summary of the patterns of abuse present in each agency. Second, a roster naming more than 340 convicted city officials involved in public corruption scandals in city government offices. The report also includes the names of private citizens who were indicted and/or convicted in connection with these public corruption cases. The third section, we recommend specific reforms to end this "culture of corruption" and draft city ordinances to correct some of the worst problems. The main focus of this report covers the period of time from 1989 until the end of the administration of Richard M. Daley in 2011. However, corruption and criminal prosecution of it dates back to the public conviction of aldermen and county commissioners for a crooked contract in 1869 - almost 150 years ago. Throughout the agencies examined in this report, we see patterns of bribery, patronage, contract rigging, conflict of interest, nepotism/family ties, clout, and theft. These problems are not confined to one specific agency but occur in many government offices. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report no. 4: Accessed August 27, 2015 at: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/anticorruptionreport_4.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 136602

Author: Gradel, Thomas J. Title: Corruption in Cook County: Anti-Corruption Report Number 3 Summary: Cook County government has been a dark pool of political corruption for more than 140 years. The first public corruption scandal occurred in 1869 when a number of Cook County Commissioners accepted bribes to approve a fraudulent contract to paint city hall.1 During the last several decades, Cook County has been a center of corruption with scandals emerging in many different units of county government. By chronicling the cases we hope to call attention to the need for meaningful reform. When county government such as Cook County Clerk David Orr's office or Assessor James Houlihan's office do undertake meaningful reform, others sink back into the mire. Public or political corruption occurs when government officials use their public office for private gain or benefit. In Cook County government this includes outright bribes as well as campaign contributions made by individuals or corporations in exchange for jobs, inflated contracts or political favors. It includes ghost payroll jobs in which individuals get a paycheck but do no work. With an annual budget of more than $3 billion-dishonest public servants find many different ways to profit illegally. The purpose of this report is to summarize the many different forms of corruption and to recommend basic reforms that need to be enacted to clean up Cook County government. This report provides a roster of nearly 150 convicted Cook County politicians and government officials along with descriptions of each of their illegal schemes. It includes private citizens and businessmen who were also convicted in connection with public corruption scandals. There are eight individuals named who are under investigation or have been indicted but not yet convicted. Most of the information came through a careful search of newspaper articles and public records since 1970. The actual total of corrupt officials and their cohorts may be greater than the number we have listed. We are still working to document the many other grafters, crooks and cheats who work for the county or receive county contracts. Criminal convictions are just the tip of the iceberg in Cook County. For each corrupt official who is convicted-there may be dozens more who are involved in the same or similar schemes but escape prosecution. The pattern of political corruption in county government is widespread and not confined to a single unit of government. This report documents graft and corruption in the Cook County Board President's office, his Office of Employment and Training, the Highway Department and in the offices of the sheriff, assessor and treasurer as well as the Clerk of the Circuit Court. It details outright theft and bribery, as well as endemic patronage, nepotism, and cronyism. An especially egregious example was Judge Thomas J. Maloney. He was convicted in Operation Gambat of accepting thousands of dollars in bribes to fix felony cases including murder trials. Another outrageous example was Marie D'Amico convicted in Operation Haunted Hall of having three no-work jobs. D'Amico is the daughter of Alderman Tony Laurino and wife of then Deputy Commissioner of Chicago's Department of Streets and Sanitation John D'Amico, who did 2 years in federal prison for his involvement in the ghost payroll scheme. Finally, in addition to systemic corruption, county government is infested with conflicts of interest that often result in contracts being awarded to the friends, family and political cronies of public officials. These are not cases involving outright bribery but in Chicago parlance, they are evidence of the "culture of clout" and result in hiring unqualified candidates and awarding contracts with "theft written between the lines." It is a pattern of pervasive corruption and a culture of deceit that must be changed if county government is to provide honest, transparent, efficient and effective government to taxpayers at a cost we can afford. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science and the Better Government Association, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report no. 3: Accessed August 27, 2015 at: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/anti-corruptionreportnumber3.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 136603

Author: Gradel, Thomas J. Title: The Depth of Corruption in Illinois: Anti-Corruption Report Number 2 Summary: Public corruption in Illinois has a long history dating from the first scandal involving Chicago aldermen and Cook County commissioners in the 1860s. At that time they participated in a crooked contract to paint city hall. Today, nearly a century and a half later, crooked contracts still cost the taxpayers millions of dollars a year and crooked politicians still go to jail. As we continue our study of public corruption, we have discovered that our original findings underestimated the level of corruption in recent years. We now know that more than 1500 individuals have been convicted of myriad forms of public corruption since 1970. Based upon the testimony before the Illinois Reform Commission and our own research, we now believe that the cost of corruption, or "corruption tax," for the Chicago and Illinois taxpayer is at least $500 million a year. This is based upon testimony before the commission that about 5% of state government contracts are given out to political cronies and campaign contributors and on our own tallies of the costs of the major scandals over the last four decades. In our last report we provided a detailed analysis of the 30 aldermen and former aldermen convicted of public corruption since 1970. In this report we describe some of the major scandals of the last four decades, a timeline of more than 375 convicted individuals at all levels of government, and a further analysis of some of the costs of corruption which have caused us to revise our estimate of the corruption tax. The details of these scandals and their costs are included in the appendices of this report. Our research on all aspects of corruption is continuing. But we provide this update to support the report of the Illinois Reform Commission and to contribute to the ongoing debate in the state legislature. Only comprehensive reforms can lessen the level of corruption in Chicago and Illinois, currently the capitals of corruption in the United States. Given the high cost of corruption, we cannot hope to adopt a prudent city, county, or state budget without reform. Otherwise we will continue to pay too much for government services; we will keep honest businesses from locating here; and we will slow economic recovery from the current recession. Citizens will continue to distrust government at all levels and consider tax increases unfair. Here are a few examples of some of the costs of corruption in a selection of major scandals. The costs of the Jon Burge police brutality scandal has already reached $33.2 million dollars and counting; the Governor Rod Blagojevich related scandals called "Board Games" have already cost taxpayers $22. million; the Governor George Ryan driver licenses scandals were $4.9 million; the ghost payroll scandals in "Haunted Hall" were $3 million; the "Incubator" bribery cases involving Chicago aldermen have cost more than $239,000; and bribery cases with building inspectors more than $23,000. These costs do not include tens of millions of dollars for investigating, prosecuting, and imprisoning these various public criminals. Since there have been 1500 convictions since 1970 for bribery, tax evasion, lying to the FBI, and obstructing justice, the costs of corruption have been enormous. Curbing public corruption is the first step in reestablishing trust and pride in our government. We support the reforms recommended by Governor Quinn's Illinois Reform Commission Proposals. Any hope of curing the "culture of corruption" or the "Chicago Way" which has prevailed since the 1860s requires a comprehensive program of mutually reinforcing reforms. These must include a mix of corruption prevention and enforcement measures along with public involvement and education. To pass these reforms and to implement them requires the development of a broad coalition of support. In this regard the recent Joyce Foundation public opinion poll shows more than 60% of Illinois residents name corruption as one of their top concerns (even more than the economy or jobs). And the survey reveals that more than 70% favor a number of specific reforms, such as limiting the campaign money that legislative leaders can contribute to other legislative candidates. These findings indicate that there is a greater possibility now - at this moment, as President Obama would say -- to build a broad coalition around a comprehensive reform program than ever before in the past half century. Efforts at reform should occur in all units of government and should move forward quickly while the level of public support, following the impeachment and removal of former Governor Rod Blagojevich, is at such a high level. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, Department of Political Science, 2009. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Anti-Corruption Report No. 2: http://pols.uic.edu/docs/default-source/chicago_politics/anti-corruption_reports/anti-corruptionreportnumber2.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 136604

Author: Texas Juvenile Justice Department Title: Overview of Community-Based Juvenile Probation Programs, Part 1 Summary: The Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD) Program & Services Registry was created in 2010 with the purpose of cataloging the community-based programs offered in juvenile probation departments across the state. Each juvenile probation department is required to enter information into the program registry for all active community-based programs. In addition to programs offered by the department, community-based programs include those contracted through the department and those receiving referrals from juvenile probation. Program entries provide general contact information and a description of the program and its goals. Departments must also provide information regarding duration and funding, eligibility requirements, and distinct program components. This brief will explore the information captured in the Program & Services Registry, focusing on the basics of programs offered throughout the state. It will examine program types offered, program duration, funding, and the intended attributes of juveniles to be served. While most of the data presented in this brief is presented as it is reported by departments, some information regarding program type and juveniles served has been changed to reflect recommendations made in a January 2012 program audit. This brief is the first in a series exploring the community-based programs available to juveniles involved in the juvenile justice system and the effectiveness of those programs in lowering recidivism rates. Future briefs in this series will examine the characteristics of juveniles served and outcomes for program participants. Lastly, TJJD will report on recidivism rates throughout the state and determine which programs are providing meaningful interventions and what program elements improve youth outcomes. This information will be used to assist juvenile probation departments in creating more effective programming. Details: Austin: Texas Juvenile Justice Department, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Community-Based Program Evaluation Series: Accessed August 28, 2015 at: https://www.tjjd.texas.gov/statistics/CommunityBasedJuvenileProbationPrograms.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 135713

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Old Behing Bars: The Aging Prison Population in the United States Summary: Aging men and women are the most rapidly growing group in US prisons, and prison officials are hard-pressed to provide them appropriate housing and medical care. The number of state and federal prisoners age 65 or older grew at 94 times the rate of the overall prison population between 2007 and 2010. Unless sentencing and release policies change, US prisons will increasingly resemble old age homes behind bars. Old Behind Bars: The Aging Prison Population in the United States includes statistics developed from federal and state sources documenting dramatic increases in the number of older US prisoners. Among the reasons for the increase are long (including life) sentences that reflect "tough-on-crime" policies. Many older prisoners remain incarcerated even though they are too old and infirm to threaten public safety if released. Prison facilities, rules, and customs were created with younger inmates in mind. They can pose special hardships for the older prisoners who are frail, who have mobility impairments, hearing and vision loss, and cognitive limitations, including dementia; or who have chronic, disabling, or terminal illnesses. In the nine states Human Rights Watch visited, many senior prison officials appeared aware of the unique needs of older prisoners, and many were struggling to respond. US prison officials, however, confront straitened budgets, prison architecture not designed for common age-related disabilities, limited medical facilities and staff, lack of planning, lack of support from elected officials, and the press of day-to-day operations. In circumstances like these, rights abuses are harder to avoid. Among its recommendations, Human Rights Watch urges state and federal officials to: - Review sentencing and release policies to reduce the growing population of older prisoners without risking public safety; and - Ensure that prison policies and practices are reviewed to ensure that the rights of aging prisoners to dignity, health, and safety are fully protected. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2012. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2015 at: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/usprisons0112webwcover_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 136608

Author: Menaker, Tasha A. Title: The Sex Trafficking of Youth in America Summary: This paper synthesizes the most up-to-date information from empirical analyses, ethnographic research, observational assessments, and interview data on the sex trafficking of youth in America and presents a brief overview of effective responses to domestic minor sex trafficking victims. Details: Huntsville, TX: Crime Victims' Institute College of Criminal Justice, Sam Houston State University, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Human Traf􀏐icking Series Volume 1, Issue 3: Accessed August 28, 2015 at: http://dev.cjcenter.org/_files/cvi/Human%20Trafficking3%201.14.15web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 136609

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: An Integrated Approach to De-Escalation and minimizing Use of Force Summary: Persons with mental illnesses, drug or alcohol addictions, or disorders such as autism can present police officers with difficult challenges. In some cases, a person may brandish a weapon or otherwise appear to pose a threat to the public, to the police, or to himself or herself. The threat may be a real one, or the situation may be less dangerous that it appears, and often it is difficult to assess the level of danger. These situations often are complicated when, because of their conditions, persons cannot communicate effectively with police officers. In some cases, they may appear to be threatening or uncooperative, when in fact they are unable to understand an officer's questions or orders. Many police agencies have recognized the special challenges they face in dealing with these populations of persons with various conditions, and have undertaken specialized training programs designed to teach officers to understand these situations when they happen, and to make special efforts to de-escalate the situations when that is possible. As one recent news report expressed it, "With that mind-set, the officer can use alternative tactics: words instead of guns, questions instead of orders, patience instead of immediate action. The method may not only defuse a tense situation, authorities say, but [also may] result in treatment at a screening center for the suspect rather than weeks in jail." When police fail to understand that they are dealing with a person with a special condition, the result is sometimes a use of force that may be legally and morally justifiable, especially if the person appeared to be threatening the safety of others, but which produces a very unfortunate outcome-a situation that some observers call "lawful, but awful." For police departments, the challenge is to adopt policies and training programs that are designed to improve the handling of these difficult encounters and reduce the chances of force being used unnecessarily. This report summarizes the findings of PERF research on this topic and presentations made at a PERF Summit in Washington, D.C. in February 2012 on "An Integrated Approach to De-Escalation and Minimizing Use of Force." At this one-day meeting, police chiefs and other experts described their experiences on issues such as the following: - How "slowing the situation down" and getting a supervisor to the scene can reduce the chances of violence; - How Crisis Intervention Teams (CITs) and other partnerships with mental health officials can result in more effective handling of encounters with members of special populations; - Identifying "chronic consumers" of police resources and helping them to avoid crisis situations; - Special considerations in dealing with veterans in crisis; - Avoiding overreliance on weapons, such as Electronic Control Weapons, as opposed to hands-on tactics and verbal skills; - Recognizing the real threats to officers that can be posed by persons with mental illnesses or other conditions, and the anxiety that officers feel about such situations; - Training officers in "tactical disengagement"; - The importance of training for officers in these encounters, and practicing strategies to de-escalate volatile situations; - Use-of-force continuums and other tools for discussing use-of-force options; - The defunding of mental health care, and the "cycling" of mentally ill persons through lockups, jails, and prisons; and - The negative impact on a police agency's "legitimacy" that can occur from a "lawful, but awful" event. As in other reports in the Critical Issues Series, we present the discussions from our meeting in the police chiefs' and other experts' own words, in order to convey their insight and experience. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/an%20integrated%20approach%20to%20de-escalation%20and%20minimizing%20use%20of%20force%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 136622

Author: Sinozich, Sofi Title: Rape and Sexual Assault Victimization Among College-Age Females, 1995-2013 Summary: This report uses the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) to compare the rape and sexual assault victimization of female college students and nonstudents. For the period 1995-2013 - - The rate of rape and sexual assault was 1.2 times higher for nonstudents (7.6 per 1,000) than for students (6.1 per 1,000). - For both college students and nonstudents, the offender was known to the victim in about 80% of rape and sexual assault victimizations. - Most (51%) student rape and sexual assault victimizations occurred while the victim was pursuing leisure activities away from home, compared to nonstudents who were engaged in other activities at home (50%) when the victimization occurred. - The offender had a weapon in about 1 in 10 rape and sexual assault victimizations against both students and nonstudents. - Rape and sexual assault victimizations of students (80%) were more likely than nonstudent victimizations (67%) to go unreported to police. - About a quarter of student (26%) and nonstudent (23%) victims who did not report to police believed the incident was a personal matter, and 1 in 5 (20% each) stated a fear of reprisal. - Student victims (12%) were more likely than nonstudent victims (5%) to state that the incident was not important enough to report. - Fewer than 1 in 5 female student (16%) and nonstudent (18%) victims of rape and sexual assault received assistance from a victim services agency. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice,Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rsavcaf9513.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 136624

Author: Wiegand, Andrew Title: Evaluation of the Re-Integration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) Program: Two-Year Impact Report Summary: The Reintegration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) project began in 2005 as a joint initiative of the Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration (ETA), the Department of Justice (DOJ), and several other federal agencies. RExO aimed to capitalize on the strengths of faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) and their ability to serve prisoners seeking to reenter their communities following the completion of their sentences. In June 2009, ETA contracted with Social Policy Research Associates (SPR) and its subcontractors MDRC and NORC at the University of Chicago to conduct an impact evaluation of 24 RExO grantees. The programs funded under RExO primarily provided three main types of services: mentoring, which most often took the form of group mentoring, but also included one-on-one mentoring and other activities; employment services, including work readiness training, job training, job placement, job clubs, transitional employment, and post-placement follow-up; and case management and supportive services. This report summarizes the impacts of the RExO program on offender outcomes in four areas: service receipt, labor market success, recidivism, and other outcomes. Using a random assignment (RA) design, the evaluation created two essentially equivalent groups: a program group that was eligible to enroll in RExO and a control group that was prevented from enrolling in RExO but could enroll in other services. Key findings can be summarized as follows: - RExO significantly increased the number and types of services received. Program group members reported having received, on average, a wider array of services than control group members. Program group members were more likely to participate in job clubs or job readiness classes and to receive vocational training, job search assistance, referrals to job openings, and help with resume development and filling out job applications. Program group members were also more likely to report participating in mentoring sessions and to declare that there was someone from a program who went out of their way to help them and to whom they could turn for advice on personal or family issues. Despite these differences, it is important to note that the program primarily provided work readiness training and support services; fewer than one in five RExO participants (and one in seven control group members) received any form of vocational or other forms of training designed to enhance their skills in in-demand industries. - The economic downturn placed additional pressures on ex-offenders. Unemployment rates in grantee communities were high. Data gathered as part of the evaluation's implementation study indicated that employers that previously hired ex-offenders subsequently had an abundant and overqualified pool of candidates vying for fewer jobs and were less willing to hire individuals with criminal backgrounds, potentially affecting study participants' ability to find and retain employment. In addition, cuts to state and local budgets as a result of the economic downturn reduced other services that could help ex-offenders smoothly re-enter society. - RExO significantly increased self-reported employment, within both the first and second years after RA. These increases were small (between 2.6 and 3.5 percentage points), but statistically significant. In addition, RExO significantly reduced the length of time between RA and self-reported first employment. At any given point following random assignment, program group members who had not yet found work were about 11 percent more likely to do so in the next time period than were control group members who had also not yet found work. However, there were no differences between the study groups in the total number of days employed in the two-year period following RA. - RExO had no effect on reported hourly wages, but did increase total reported income from all sources. There were no differences between the study groups in their reported hourly wages at either the first job obtained after RA or at their current or most recent job, but program group members reported higher average total income from all sources. It is not clear whether this higher average income is due to program group members working more total hours than control group members, obtaining more non-wage income, or some other reason, but program group members reported receiving approximately eight percent more income than control group members. - RExO had no effect on recidivism. Using both administrative data and survey data, program group members were no less likely to have been convicted of a crime or incarcerated than control group members. While results from the survey indicate that RExO reduced the arrest rate (in the first and second years after RA) among program group members, the administrative data found no such effect. Analyses of this discrepancy suggest this difference is driven by either recall bias or otherwise inaccurate reporting on the part of program group members. There was little evidence that RExO affected an array of other outcomes. RExO had no effect on self-reported mental health, substance abuse, housing, and child support. There was some evidence that RExO may have affected health outcomes, as program group members were less likely to report having made any visits to the emergency room (a difference of 4.2 percentage points) or that their physical health limited their work or activities in the most recent month (a difference of 4.7 percentages points). Given that RExO grantees only rarely provided services directly to address these issues, it is perhaps not surprising that there are no clear effects in these areas. Taken together, these findings present a mixed picture of the impact of RExO. On the one hand, it is clear that RExO increased the number and types of services received by program group members, and that it improved the self-reported labor market outcomes of participants as well. But there is little evidence this translated into any impacts on recidivism. Further, the impacts on employment, while statistically significant, are quite small in practical terms. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2015. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/ETAOP_2015-04.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 136625

Author: Dusek, Joseph George Title: The Effect of Plea Bargaining Vs. Trial Conviction on the Sentencing of Offenders Charged with a Drug Offense in Cook County, Illinois Summary: Traditional wisdom suggests those who lose at trial for a criminal charge receive a heftier prison sentence than those who plea bargain. Plea bargaining reduces strain on the courts, expedites adjudication and may indicate the defendant's propensity for rehabilitation as they accept responsibility for their actions. Some ask why two people charged with the same crime should receive different sentences based on the adjudication method. The Constitution guarantees the right to a jury trial. Innocent defendants may decide to plead guilty for a sure short sentence rather than risk a trial conviction's lengthier one. This study using statistical procedures examined 12,786 adjudicated drug crime cases between 2004 and 2007 from the Cook County Circuit Court in Illinois. It sought to determine if adjudication method, plea bargain vs. trial conviction, predicted prison sentence while controlling for independent variables such as ethnicity, gender, statute violated, offense seriousness, quantity and interaction effects Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1268&context=luc_diss Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 136633

Author: Erisman, Wendy Title: A Reentry Education Model Supporting Education and Career Advancement For Low-Skill Individuals in Corrections Summary: More than 700,000 incarcerated individuals leave federal and state prisons each year (Guerino, Harrison, and Sabol 2012), making reentry into the community a major concern for federal, state, and local governments. Too many of these individuals do not reintegrate successfully into society; within three years of release, four out of 10 prisoners will have committed new crimes or violated the terms of their release and be reincarcerated (The Pew Center on the States 2011). This cycle of catch-and-release costs states more than $50 billion annually (National Association of State Budget Officers 2011). Moreover, the number of those cycling in and out of our nation's prisons not only jeopardizes public safety, but also ravages families and their communities. According to a 2010 Pew Charitable Trusts report: - Approximately 2.7 million children have an incarcerated parent, and these children are more likely to be expelled or suspended from school than children without an incarcerated parent. - One in three black men, one in eight white men, and one in 14 Hispanic men between the ages of 20 and 34 without a high school credential are incarcerated. - Formerly incarcerated men earn approximately 11 percent less per hour and 40 percent less per year than those who have never been incarcerated. Unfortunately, many offenders are ill-equipped to break the cycle of catch-and-release because they lack the education and workforce skills needed to succeed in the labor market and the cognitive skills (e.g., the ability to solve problems and reason) needed to address the challenges of reentry. In fact, approximately 40 percent of federal and state prisoners lack a high school credential, compared to less than 20 percent of the general population. Even fewer have completed any college course work (Greenberg, Dunleavy, and Kutner 2007). Many prisoners also have limited work experience and struggle to find employment once released (Gould, Weinberg, and Mustard 2002; Yahner and Visher 2008). They also typically have cognitive deficits, which are associated with criminal behavior (Andrews et al. 1990; MacKenzie 2006; MacKenzie 2012). Although most state and federal prisons offer adult education and career and technical education (CTE) programs and some offer postsecondary education, participation in these programs has not kept pace with the growing prison population (Western, Schiraldi, and Ziedenberg 2003). Similarly, those under community supervision (parole or probation) often do not participate in education and training programs (Visher, Debus, and Yahner 2008). Possible reasons for these low participation rates include lack of programs or awareness of program opportunities; reduced services because of state budget constraints; insufficient personal motivation; and competing demands (e.g., employment) that may take precedence over pursuing education (Crayton and Neusteter 2008; Visher, De-bus, and Yahner 2008). It is not surprising, therefore, that formerly incarcerated individuals cited education, job training, and employment as vital needs not generally met during incarceration or after release (Visher and Lattimore 2007). Education and training opportunities for these individuals, who often move in and out of prison, can be further thwarted by a lack of coordination and communication among the institution and community-based education programs and their partners providing services. These disconnects include: - Differing standardized assessments and curriculum and lack of articulation agreements (a legal agreement matching courses between education institutions), making student transfers from one program to another difficult. - Misinterpretation of federal and state privacy laws and lack of links among data systems, making it difficult for programs to get a comprehensive picture of their students' backgrounds, avoid duplication of effort, and track outcomes. - A perception among corrections officials (e.g., wardens, parole and probation officers, and the court) and policymakers that individuals in corrections should not receive educational services; this, in turn, can make it difficult to enforce student participation and establish supportive education and reentry policies. - Inadequate staff training, resulting in ineffective instruction. - Limited funds, leading to long waiting lists for programs (U.S. Department of Education 2009; U.S. Department of Education 2011). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: https://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ovae/pi/AdultEd/reentry-model.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136639

Author: Tolbert, Michelle Title: Educational Technology in Corrections 2015 Summary: Technology has transformed the way we approach most daily tasks and activities. It plays a role in how we apply for and perform on a job, communicate with friends and family, access government and other services, manage our finances, and purchase entertainment. Technology also enables our learning. Recognizing the positive impact technology can have on education, President Obama, with the support of the U.S. Department of Education�s Office of Educational Technology, developed the National Education Technology Plan. It outlines how our education system could use advanced technologies to support student learning regardless of backgrounds, languages, and disabilities; instruction and the professional development of teachers; data collection and analysis; and program improvement (U.S. Department of Education 2010). A corresponding plan describes how these technologies can be applied to the adult education field and adult learners (Russell et al. 2015). As states, districts, higher education institutions, and other education providers implement these plans, education programs in correctional facilities are being left behind. The policies and practices of federal, state, and local corrections agencies, including the juvenile justice system, severely hinder the ability of correctional education programs to enable learning through technology. For example, according to a 2013 survey of state correctional education directors, although most states offer students limited use of computers in their prisons, less than half reported that one or more of their prisons provided students with off-line access to Internet content and even fewer allowed restricted Internet access (Davis et al. 2014). The primary concern about adopting educational technology in corrections is the potential for security breaches. Other reasons include, but are not limited to, insufficient resources and staff capacity to purchase, implement, maintain, and monitor advanced technologies. Despite these legitimate concerns, a sea change is occurring in corrections. As advanced technologies are integrated into other areas of correctional facility life (e.g., family communications via e-mail and video conferencing, and access to health and treatment services via telemedicine), a growing number of corrections agencies and facilities and their education partners are exploring ways to securely and cost-effectively increase access to educational technology. Specifically, they are cautiously adopting advanced technologies to � help prepare students to join our globally networked society by developing and improving their computer and digital literacy skills, making educational gains around the clock through computer-assisted instruction, accessing college courses, and preparing for employment; � provide students with access to online assessments (e.g., online high school equivalency tests and industry-recognized certification exams), and instructors and administrators with the ability to measure student progress for program improvement purposes; � expand the professional development resources available to instructors and equip them with technology-based instructional tools (e.g., open educational resources [OERs], learning management systems, and flipped classrooms) to enhance the classroom experience; � support an education continuum for incarcerated individuals through data sharing, and aligning prison-based education and training programs with those in the community; and � expand the reach of correctional education services to provide more incarcerated individuals with the knowledge and skills needed to obtain livingwage employment, become productive members of society, and exit court supervision upon release. In addition to strengthening correctional education services, advanced technologies can � help correctional education programs have a greater impact on recidivism rates. As documented by a recent meta-analysis of the effects of education on recidivism and postrelease employment outcomes for incarcerated adults, inmates who participated in correctional education programs were 43 percent less likely to return to prison than those who did not enroll (Davis et al. 2014). Advanced technologies could provide the means to expand correctional education services�to reach more students and to offer broader, more diverse curriculum�thereby further lowering recidivism rates. � ease the reentry process by allowing incarcerated individuals to prepare for release by researching employment opportunities; applying for jobs, financial aid, and benefits; enrolling in college; addressing outstanding legal issues; searching for and securing housing; and maintaining or developing personal relationships with their community support networks. Most, if not all, of these prerelease activities require some form of computer or telecommunication device and Internet access. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ovae/pi/AdultEd/policybriefedtech.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 136641

Author: Massachusetts Interagency Human Trafficking Policy Task Force Title: Findings and Recommendations Summary: It is estimated that across the United States nearly 300,000 children are trafficked for sex every year. The U.S. Justice Department has identified the average age of entry into prostitution is 13.7 These cases involve tremendous violence, are complex and expensive to prosecute. Victims are brutalized in the worst ways imaginable. In Massachusetts, there is currently no systematic way to quantify the problem much less identify and meet the needs of victims. Trafficking victims are individuals lured into this country and Massachusetts with false promises of legitimate work, only often to be forced into the sex or labor industry upon arrival. They are also domestic and Massachusetts born runaways being taken in by traffickers and forced to trade sex for a place to sleep, or girls being baited into "the life" by a presumed boyfriend who later reveals himself as a pimp. Much like a victim of domestic violence, human trafficking victims are trapped by fear, isolation, and brutality at the hands of their traffickers. The Task Force recognizes that frequently one victim is subjected to both sex and labor trafficking. However, because these two types of trafficking are often addressed differently, a separate and in-depth discussion of each is provided below to best understand their specific aspects. Sex Trafficking Sex trafficking of U.S. citizens and foreign nationals occurs across the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For example, in 2011, The E.V.A. Center, a Boston-based program that works with adult women involved in the sex trade, reported that the program served 225 adult women since the program began in 2006.8 Of these women, 20 were identified as foreign nationals and 145 were between the ages of 17 and 25. The E.V.A. Center reports that over half of the women were court involved with an over half of the women were court involved with an over representation of young women aging out of government systems, such as the custody of the Massachusetts Department of Children and Families ("DCF") and the Department of Youth Services ("DYS"). The majority of women were referred at a point of crisis, largely from law enforcement ("LE"), community clinics, hospitals, the Massachusetts Department of Transitional Assistance, the Probation Department, and SafeLink, the Massachusetts domestic violence hotline. Similarly, the commercial sexual exploitation of youth occurs across the Commonwealth. Although state-wide statistics are not available, in a 2012 report the Children's Advocacy Center ("CAC") of Suffolk County noted that, "[i]n recent years, hundreds of girls in the Boston area have been drawn into 'the life' of commercial sexual exploitation; countless others remain at risk." The report documented more than 480 child victims of sexual exploitation received services in Suffolk County between 2005 and 2012. Of these children, 98% were girls, and 65% of the girls were girls of color. Moreover, the majority were runaways and/or victims of child abuse. The CAC report also acknowledges that "[b]oys and transgendered youth are also involved in commercial sexual exploitation of children ("CSEC"), but less visible." There is a lack of understanding of the nature and extent of trafficking of men and boys. Furthermore, there is a dearth of information regarding children being trafficked in other regions of the Commonwealth, and the identification of child victims outside of Boston remains a challenge. There is also a connection between homelessness and trafficking in Massachusetts, irrespective of age. According to a 2005 report from the Massachusetts Department of Education ("DOE"), approximately 12,000 Massachusetts high school students are homeless with 5,000 unaccompanied or without a guardian. Of these youth, 47% experienced mental illness, 21% of homeless youth have substance abuse issues (compared to 2% of housed youth), and 20% of youth are involved in the criminal justice system. According to Steven Procopio, staff member at Boston GLASS Surviving Our Struggle and subcommittee member, homeless men and boys are more vulnerable to become commercially exploited. Procopio reports that sexually exploited youth are often former runaways due to family violence, sexual abuse, and sexual identity issues. Many turn to the sex industry as a survival mechanism to obtain food or shelter. Survivors report high rates of HIV and sexually transmitted diseases, and they are often exploited sexually by men and/or women with economic means. Labor Trafficking Labor trafficking takes a variety of forms in Massachusetts, including forced labor, domestic servitude, or debt bondage in workplaces such as restaurants, bars, nail salons, and factories. Throughout Massachusetts, many individuals work in industries where they are increasingly vulnerable to exploitation, and this is compounded by fact that many of these industries function in the underground economy. In 2011, Governor Deval Patrick recognized the hazards of these jobs, noting that the underground economy "exploits vulnerable workers and deprives them of legal benefits and protections." While trafficking involves both U.S. citizen and foreign nationals, undocumented workers are often particularly vulnerable to abuse due to their lack of immigration status and fear of deportation. According to a 2012 study by The Immigrant Learning Center, large industries in Massachusetts thrive off of immigrant workers, including accommodations and food services (10.5%), health care and social assistance (15.6%), manufacturing (13.6%), and retail (9.6%).17 Furthermore, the report states, "immigrants are much more highly concentrated in occupations that require little education such as building and grounds cleaning and maintenance (3.13%), production (2.24%), health care support (1.74%), food preparation and serving (1.67%) and farming, fishing, and forestry (1.43%)" - industries where workers are more prone to abuse and exploitation. While labor statistics are not available, Lutheran Social Services of New England, an organization that provides case management and legal services to labor trafficking survivors, confirmed recent cases of labor trafficking in Massachusetts. Cases included: - Workers living in restaurants and subject to poor working conditions and nonpayment of wages; - Domestic workers from Brazil, Bolivia, Kenya, Tanzania, and Rwanda, employed to provide housekeeping or child care services; - Dancers in strip clubs throughout Massachusetts; - Employees of diplomats brought to the United States to work; - Women working in massage parlors or apartments providing sexual and massage services (mixed sex/labor cases); - Factories employing workers using threats of deportation and poor working conditions; - Agricultural and seasonal workers; - H-2B workers employed by companies providing substandard working conditions and housing to workers; - Women lured by promises to marry or of romance who are then coerced to work; and - Children coerced to beg for money on the street. Workers in certain sectors were more prone to abuse. For example, temporary workers in Massachusetts have been particularly vulnerable to exploitation. According to a 2011 report by the University of Massachusetts at Amherst, more than 941 temporary agencies employed 65,720 workers each day, working in industries such as construction, manufacturing, warehousing, and landscaping. Mirna Montano, Massachusetts Coalition for Occupational Safety and Health ("MassCOSH") Worker Center organizer, reports "We had so many frustrated and upset workers coming to us for help with unpaid wages, injuries, illegal fees," and "bad employers [knew] that they could get away with leaving workers in the dark regarding almost everything: pay rate, who was covering workers' compensation insurance, [and] how much transportation would cost." In July 2012, the Massachusetts legislature passed a statute aimed at extending greater protection to temporary workers. However, little is yet known about the legislation's impact on exploitation and trafficking. Details: Boston: The Task Force, 2013. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.mass.gov/ago/docs/ihttf/ihttf-findings.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 136647

Author: Vaswani, Nina Title: ISMS: Experiences from the first two years of operation in Glasgow: Full Report Summary: The Antisocial Behaviour (Scotland) Act 2004 gave the Children's Hearings System the power to impose a Movement Restriction Condition (MRC) as part of a supervision requirement on young people aged 12 or over. This meant that from Monday 4th April 2005 a young person subject to this condition could be required to remain at home, or some other specified location, for a period of up to 12 hours per day. Compliance with this condition is monitored by an electronic tag. In addition to this monitoring, and in accordance with the welfare approach of the Hearing's System, any young person subject to a 'tag' also receives an intensive package of support that is tailored to address their individual needs and 'deeds'. The resultant combination of both monitoring and support is known as an Intensive Support and Monitoring Service, herein known as 'ISMS'. This report follows the interim report published in June 2006, and as such should be read in conjunction with that report. Readers who are interested in the policy context, literature review and details of the structure, processes and operations of the Glasgow ISMS service in particular should refer to the interim report, available on the Glasgow City Council website www.glasgow.gov.uk. The purpose of this report is to: a. Assess the effectiveness of ISMS across the first two years, by answering some important questions, b. Review progress against the recommendations for the future from the interim 2006 report c. Discuss the implications of the findings d. Make further recommendations for the future, both for local development and national policy decisions. Details: Glasgow: Glasgow Social Work Services, 2007. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.glasgow.gov.uk/CHttpHandler.ashx?id=29412&p=0 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 136661

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Review of Applicability of Transdermal Continuous Alcohol Monitoring Devices for First-Time DUI Convictions Summary: Transdermal alcohol monitoring devices detect drinking by sensing alcohol that passes through perspiration in the skin. Independent evaluations have concluded that the science behind transdermal alcohol testing is sound (Barnett, 2011), and the devices themselves are generally reliable and accurate (McKnight, 2012). This technology has been commercially available since 2003 and has been used as a supervisory tool in pre-trial and probation/parole programs, in domestic violence cases with alcohol, drugs courts, and in treatment settings. Non-compliance readings from the devices have been found court-admissible with expert witness testimony. There have been some successful court challenges to the devices in the past, but improvements to the technology have addressed the issues that were raised in the court challenges. After alcohol is consumed and metabolized through the body, it is excreted through the skin via perspiration. The amount of alcohol excreted through perspiration is called transdermal alcohol content (TAC). Transdermal alcohol monitoring devices are a secured ankle bracelet worn continuously that uses a sensor to sample the wearer's perspiration to measure TAC at a specific time interval. The device does not measure alcohol content in the breath or blood, and it measures TAC only above a certain threshold; it may not register low-level amounts of alcohol in the wearer's system. These devices can also detect environmental alcohols, such as in personal care products or in the air (for example, in a bar or an industrial environment), or, rarely, alcohol produced naturally in the body after metabolizing large quantities of certain foods. These can lead to a false reading of a drinking event, or a "false positive." As an anti-tamper measure, the bracelet also contains sensors that sample the wearer�s body temperature and the device's proximity to the skin. The collected TAC, temperature, and proximity readings are stored in the ankle bracelet. Offenders are both fitted with these devices and monitored by a private, for-profit service. Readings from the ankle bracelet are usually downloaded once a day to the monitoring service's central repository via a modem located in the wearer's home. One monitoring service uses the cellular network to download readings, and advertises that it can notify supervisors of suspected offender drinking events in near-real time via cellular text, email, or voice notification. The readings from the bracelet are used to produce reports of the wearer's drinking events, tamper attempts, or other forms of noncompliance. Non-compliance and offender status reports are accessible to court personnel by logging on to a secure website. There are three transdermal alcohol monitoring systems commercially available today: the Secure Continuous Remote Alcohol Monitoring system (trademark SCRAM) manufactured by Alcohol Monitoring Systems (AMS), the Transdermal Alcohol Detection System (trademark BI-TAD) from BI Incorporated, and CAM Patrol Plus from G4S Justice Services. Table 2 summarizes some of the feature of each of these systems. SCRAM was the first transdermal CAM system on the market and is currently in widest use. SCRAMx is the latest version of the AMS system. Details: Richmond: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2013. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/Alcohol_Monitor_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136676

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Jail-Based Substance Abuse Programs Summary: The Virginia Compensation Board conducts a survey of jails each year to gather information on inmates with mental illness. Some information on inmates with substance abuse disorders is also gathered, and included in the annual report. The most common treatment provided for inmates with substance abuse disorders is group substance abuse treatment, which the Compensation Board's 2013 Mental Illness in Jails Report defines as: "Meeting of a group of individuals with a substance abuse clinician for the purpose of providing psycho education about various substance abuse topics and/or to provide group feedback and support with regard to substance abuse issues. Examples could include AA meeting, NA meeting, or relapse prevention groups." In July 2013, for the 58 (out of 64) local and regional jails that responded to the Compensation Board's survey, 30.7% of the jail population had a known or suspected substance abuse disorder, almost of half of whom had a co-occurring mental illness. Unfortunately, according to the Compensation Board survey results, only about 20% of inmates with a substance abuse disorder receive group substance abuse treatment. It may be that others are receiving other services not counted in this survey; group substance abuse treatment is the only substance abuse service included in the Compensation Board survey. To provide additional data on jail substance abuse programs, DCJS is currently surveying jails regarding their substance abuse populations and treatment services. Data from this survey are not ready at this time, but the results will be published when the study is complete. Details: Richmond: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: https://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/research/documents/Kingdom%20Life%20Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 136677

Author: Dominguez Villegas, Rodrigo Title: Migrants Deported from the United States and Mexico to the Northern Triangle: A Statistical and Socioeconomic Profile Summary: The United States and Mexico have apprehended nearly 1 million Salvadoran, Guatemalan, and Honduran migrants since 2010, deporting more than 800,000 of them, including more than 40,000 children. While the United States led in pace and number of apprehensions of Central Americans in 2010-2014, Mexico pulled ahead in 2015. Amid increasingly muscular enforcement by Mexico, U.S. apprehensions of Central Americans for fiscal 2015 to date have fallen by more than half compared to the prior year. Many of those who previously would have made it to the U.S. border and been apprehended by the Border Patrol now are being intercepted by Mexican authorities. The findings suggest that the increased Mexican enforcement capacity is reshaping regional dynamics and perhaps ushering in changes to long-lasting trends in regional apprehensions. To achieve a more comprehensive policy that goes beyond just shifting the flows, the report recommends that the United States and Mexico, working with Central America, design migration policies with workable enforcement and humanitarian protection as well as development policies that address poor standards of living, improve citizen security in the Northern Triangle, and facilitate the reintegration of deportees. The report also offers a demographic, socioecomic, and criminal profile of Central American deportees, finding that the majority are young males with low educational attainment levels, most having experience in low-skilled jobs, but with nearly 40 percent reporting they were unemployed in the 30 days before setting off on their journey. Among children under age 18 who were deported, the majority are boys between ages 12 and 17. However, the surge in overall child inflows since 2013 has also been marked by a sharp increase in the number and proportion of migrants coming from the most vulnerable groups: children under the age of 12 and girls. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/migrants-deported-united-states-and-mexico-northern-triangle-statistical-and-socioeconomic Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 136679

Author: Silva, Rolondo Title: Palm Beach County, Florida Smart Policing Initiative: Increasing Police Legitimacy and Reducing Victimization in Immigrant Communities Summary: The Palm Beach County, Florida Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) addressed robberies in the Guatemalan community in Lake Worth using strategies that reflect core principles of Community Policing: data-driven analysis of the problem, community engagement, problem solving, and partnerships. Analysis showed that many of the robbery victims are day laborers who make easy targets for criminals because they tend to carry cash payments from their labor on their person; they solicit employment from potential, but unknown employers; and they loiter in public places at night, often engaging in public consumption of alcohol. This problem is complicated by a trust gap between law enforcement and the Guatemalan community, due to language and cultural barriers, as well as a variety of complications linked to illegal immigration, migrant workers, and enforcement of immigration laws. The Palm Beach County Sheriff's Office (PBSO) SPI included targeted efforts to increase police legitimacy, to improve residents' awareness of their victimization risk, and to empower residents to embrace crime prevention in their community. The centerpiece of the Palm Beach County SPI involved the hiring of a Community Liaison and the re-assignment of a dedicated robbery detective to the target area. The Community Liaison served as a community advocate and as an intermediary between law enforcement and the immigrant community. For this project, the Community Liaison was a Guatemalan-born naturalized citizen who speaks English, Spanish, and the Mayan language, Kanjobal. His central goal was to build a bridge between PBSO and the migrant community by engaging residents and law enforcement in positive outreach events. He also collaborated extensively with the line and leadership levels of the PBSO, the Guatemalan Consulate, community-based organizations, banks, business leaders, and the media. In addition, a dedicated robbery detective investigated all robberies in the target community, worked closely with the Community Liaison, conducted proactive patrols throughout the target area, and monitored known offenders and ex-offenders. Surveys of residents in the target area indicate that immigrants' attitudes toward the police improved notably during the SPI, including higher levels of satisfaction, and greater levels of comfort speaking to police and reporting crimes (i.e., greater trust). Crime data indicate a short-term spike in robberies during the initial phase of the project, possibly resulting from increased reporting due to successful engagement of the residents, followed by a longer-term decline in robberies. At the same time, arrests for robberies have increased. The Palm Beach County SPI highlights a number of lessons that may be useful for other law enforcement agencies seeking to engage immigrant communities, such as the importance of hiring a Community Liaison; coordinating with state and federal immigration authorities; anticipating brief spikes in crime as a result of greater crime reporting; and understanding the "big picture" with regard to community engagement, police legitimacy, and increased cooperation and compliance with the law. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, bureau of Justice Assistance, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Smart Policing Initiative: Site Spotlight: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/Palm%20Beach%20SPI%20Site%20Spotlight%202012%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Communities Shelf Number: 136680

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: Testing the Efficacy of Judicial Monitoring: A Randomized Trial at the Rochester, New York Domestic Violence Courts Summary: This report presents findings from the first ever randomized controlled trial testing the efficacy of judicial monitoring with domestic violence offenders. Overall, the results did not show that judicial monitoring lower recidivism. However, offenders assigned to monitoring were more likely than those not monitored to believe that they understood their obligations, that there would be consequences for noncompliance, and that the consequences would be severe; and such perceptions were associated with increased program compliance. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2012. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Testing_Efficacy_Judicial_Monitoring.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 136681

Author: Scheider, Matthew C. Title: The Relationship between Economic Conditions, Policing, and Crime Trends Summary: Many agencies have recently experienced budget constrictions resulting in significant reductions in staffing levels. In every corner of the United States agencies are being forced to lay off sworn and civilian staff members. Many believe that at some point it is likely that these troubling trends will begin to impact public safety - if they haven't already. While a logical presumption, it is difficult to reliably demonstrate a causal relationship between the economy and crime, the number of police and crime, or the effects of police budgets on crime. This report intends to provide insight into the complexities that exist. By understanding how and why many common measures are inadequate, officials will be better prepared when faced with difficult questions regarding resource allocation, crime prevention strategies, and the development of sustainable plans to facilitate the highest levels of public safety. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p248-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 136682

Author: Metcalf, Hope Title: Isolation and Reintegration: Punishment Circa 2014 Summary: On April 3-4, 2014 the Liman Program hosted Seventeenth Annual Liman Colloquium, Isolation and Reintegration: Punishment Circa 2014 , which was devoted to remedying the harms of incarceration. The assembled group included several directors of state prison systems, as well as lawyers who bring lawsuits against prisons, judges who respond to such lawsuits, and professionals from diverse disciplines and from the non-profit world. This collection of materials, which was provided as a starting point for the discussion, describes current patterns of incarceration and explores interventions designed to reduce the degree to which correctional facilities maintain order through the isolation of prisoners, both through the locating of prison facilities and the placement of people within them. Details: New Haven, CT: Liman Public Interest Program at Yale Law School, 2014. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Proceedings: Seventeenth Annual Liman Colloquium, Yale Law School: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.law.yale.edu/documents/pdf/Liman/Liman_Colloquium_2014_Isolation_and_Reintegration_Punishment_Circa_2014_revised_Jan_8_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 136684

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: Stops and Stares: Street Stops, Surveillance and Race in the New Policing Summary: The use of proactive tactics to disrupt criminal activities, such as Terry street stops and concentrated misdemeanor arrests, are essential to the "new policing." This model applies complex metrics, strong management, and aggressive enforcement and surveillance to focus policing on high crime risk persons and places. The tactics endemic to the "new policing" gave rise in the 1990s to popular, legal, political and social science concerns about disparate treatment of minority groups in their everyday encounters with law enforcement. Empirical evidence showed that minorities were indeed stopped and arrested more frequently than similarly situated whites, even when controlling for local social and crime conditions. In this article, we examine racial disparities under a unique configuration of the street stop prong of the "new policing" - the inclusion of non-contact observations (or surveillances) in the field interrogation (or investigative stop) activity of Boston Police Department officers. We show that Boston Police officers focus significant portions of their field investigation activity in two areas: suspected and actual gang members, and the city's high crime areas. Minority neighborhoods experience higher levels of field interrogation and surveillance activity net of crime and other social factors. Relative to white suspects, Black suspects are more likely to be observed, interrogated, and frisked or searched controlling for gang membership and prior arrest history. Moreover, relative to their black counterparts, white police officers conduct high numbers of field investigations and are more likely to frisk/search subjects of all races. We distinguish between preference-based and statistical discrimination by comparing stops by officer-suspect racial pairs. If officer activity is independent of officer race, we would infer that disproportionate stops of minorities reflect statistical discrimination. We show instead that officers seem more likely to investigate and frisk or search a minority suspect if officer and suspect race differ. We locate these results in the broader tensions of racial profiling that pose recurring social and constitutional concerns in the "new policing." Details: New York: Columbia Law School, Public Law & Legal Theory Working Paper Group, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-479 : Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2650154 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Discrimination Shelf Number: 136685

Author: Bennett, Wells Title: Marijuana Legalization is an Opportunity to Modernize International Drug Treaties Summary: Two U.S. states have legalized recreational marijuana, and more may follow; the Obama administration has conditionally accepted these experiments. Such actions are in obvious tension with three international treaties that together commit the United States to punish and even criminalize activity related to recreational marijuana. In essence, the administration asserts that its policy complies with the treaties because they leave room for flexibility and prosecutorial discretion. That argument makes sense on a short-term, wait-and-see basis, but it will rapidly become implausible and unsustainable if legalization spreads and succeeds. To avoid a damaging collision between international law and changing domestic and international consensus on marijuana policy, the United States should seriously consider narrowly crafted treaty changes. It and other drug treaty partners should begin now to discuss options for substantive alterations that create space within international law for conditional legalization and for other policy experimentation that seeks to further the treaties� ultimate aims of promoting human health and welfare. Making narrowly crafted treaty reforms, although certainly challenging, is not only possible but also offers an opportunity to demonstrate flexibility that international law�in more areas than just drug policy�will need in a changing global landscape. By contrast, asserting compliance while letting treaties fall into desuetude could set a risky precedent, one that�if domestic legalization proceeds�could damage international law and come back to bite the United States. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Effective Public Management at Brookings, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/reports/2014/10/15-marijuana-legalization-modernize-drug-treaties-bennett-walsh/cepmmjlegalizationv4.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 136687

Author: Stinneford, John F. Title: Dividing Crime, Multiplying Punishments Summary: When the government wants to impose exceptionally harsh punishment on a criminal defendant, one of the ways it accomplishes this goal is to divide the defendant's single course of conduct into multiple offenses that give rise to multiple punishments. The Supreme Court has rendered the Double Jeopardy Clause, the Cruel and Unusual Punishments Clause, and the rule of lenity incapable of handling this problem by emptying them of substantive content and transforming them into mere instruments for effectuation of legislative will. This Article demonstrates that all three doctrines originally reflected a substantive legal preference for life and liberty, and a systemic bias against over-punishment. A punishment was deemed excessive under the Cruel and Unusual Punishments Clause if it was greater than an offender's retributive desert, as measured against longstanding punishment practice. Prior to the twentieth century, if prosecutors proposed a novel unit of prosecution for a given crime, judges asked two questions: (1) Does this unit of prosecution give the government the opportunity to bring multiple charges based on a single course of conduct?; and (2) If so, would the bringing of multiple charges create an arbitrary relationship between the offender's culpability and his cumulative punishment, measured in light of prior punishment practice? If the answer to both questions was yes, judges would declare the punishment invalid under the Cruel and Unusual Punishments Clause, the Double Jeopardy Clause, or the rule of strict construction of penal statutes (the forerunner to today's rule of lenity). By recovering this methodology for addressing prosecutorial efforts to divide crime and multiply punishments, we can ameliorate our current mass incarceration crisis and make the American criminal justice system more just. Details: University of Florida Levin College of Law, 2014. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Florida Levin College of Law Research Paper No. 15-7: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2526268 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cruel and Unusual Punishment Shelf Number: 136688

Author: Mathay, Angelo Title: DACA at the Three-Year Mark: High Pace of Renewals, But Processing Difficulties Evident Summary: The Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program has provided hundreds of thousands of young unauthorized immigrants with a temporary reprieve from deportation and access to work authorization since it was first launched by the Obama administration in 2012. August 2015 marks the three-year anniversary of the implementation of the DACA program, and the one-year mark since U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) began renewing the grants of initial applicants. This brief finds that 83 percent, or 355,805, of the 430,396 beneficiaries eligible to renew their grants had done so as of March 31, 2015. The authors find that this high renewal application rate demonstrates the value that recipients place on DACA, which has provided life-altering benefits to many. Overall, approximately 750,000 individuals had applied for DACA protection as of March 31�almost half of the nearly 1.6 million unauthorized immigrants ages 15 or older that MPI estimates are potentially eligible to apply. (MPI estimates another 423,000 under age 15 will be eligible to apply once they age in.) The brief finds that even as most DACA participants are applying to renew their benefits as their initial grant nears its end date, the process has been hampered by processing delays within USCIS, confusion over the renewals process, lack of outreach and information, and difficulties for some affording the $465 application fee. The brief examines the status of DACA renewal applications and adjudications, the consequences of failing to renew on time, and issues affecting renewal rates. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief No. 11: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/daca-three-year-mark-high-pace-renewals-processing-difficulties-evident Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Policy Shelf Number: 136691

Author: Tupy, Samantha Josephine Title: The Initial Response and Behavioral Patterns Exhibited by an Officer to a Weapon being drawn in a Traffic Stop Simulation Summary: Traffic stops are one of the most frequent forms of interaction between law enforcement officers and civilians. The traffic stop has been referred to as a "routine traffic stop" when it is not a known felonious traffic stop; however, routine would imply that there is a predictable, unchanging, and safe standard that could be systematically applied to every stop. Traffic stops may present many unforeseen dangers, highlighting the importance of thorough training. Ninety-four officer volunteers completed a traffic stop training simulation included in this archival study. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the initial response, as well as the behavioral patterns exhibited by an officer when a gun is drawn on him or her in a traffic stop situation. Results indicate that officers tend to respond to an unanticipated weapon stimulus with hesitation. The behavioral patterns exhibited, even if the response was immediate, tend to thwart the officer's ability to obtain a successful outcome. Further behavioral pattern details are explored in addition to the successful outcome repertoire Details: Mankato, MN: Minnesota State University, Mankato: 2014. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/etds/322/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 136695

Author: Tzen, Michael Title: A Study of Crimes Near Marijuana Dispensaries Through a Slew of Modern Statistical Approaches Summary: In the past decade, marijuana laws have come under scrutiny with Los Angeles serving as an epicenter and testing ground for regulations concerning the use and distribution of marijuana. The topic is polarizing, acting as a divide amongst the inhabitants of Los Angeles. In this paper, an analysis of crimes near legal marijuana dispensaries is pursued through a few modern statistical tools. This paper is motivated and built upon the 2011 research conducted by RAND authors Chang and Jacobson which sparked a commotion amongst supporters of anti and pro marijuana laws. An alternative view of Chang and Jacobson's result is pursued through the quantification of temporal sources of variation in the sampling distribution of a key regression parameter as well as classical spatial statistical tools. Further, we will make use of Voronoi tessellations in two ways. First, we will provide an alternative spatial regularization when interpreting crimes clustered around the marijuana dispensaries. Lastly, an application of the Voronoi Estimator, which estimates the intensity of an inhomogeneous point processes, will be implemented. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed September 5, 2015 at; https://escholarship.org/uc/item/0vt80196 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Places Shelf Number: 136696

Author: Hannon, Lance Title: The Relationship Between Skin Tone and School Suspension for African Americans Summary: This study contributes to the research literature on colorism--discrimination based on skin tone--by examining whether skin darkness affects the likelihood that African Americans will experience school suspension. Using data from The National Longitudinal Survey of Youth, logistic regression analyses indicated that darker skin tone significantly increased the odds of suspension for African American adolescents. Closer inspection of the data revealed that this overall result was disproportionately driven by the experiences of African American females. The odds of suspension were about 3 times greater for young African American women with the darkest skin tone compared to those with the lightest skin. This finding was robust to the inclusion of controls for parental SES, delinquent behavior, academic performance, and several other variables. Furthermore, this finding was replicated using similar measures in a different sample of African Americans from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health. The results suggest that discrimination in school discipline goes beyond broad categories of race to include additional distinctions in skin tone. Details: Philadelphia: Villanova University, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www88.homepage.villanova.edu/lance.hannon/ColorismSuspension.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Discrimination Shelf Number: 136697

Author: McDowell Group, Inc. Title: Alaska Youth Coruts: Evaluation and Impact Assessment Summary: This evaluation and impact assessment of Alaska youth courts was performed by McDowell Group between January and July 2010 under contract to the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services Division of Juvenile Justice. Following are major findings and recommendations based on that research. Major Findings Alaska youth courts had a low collective re-offense rate after six months of approximately three percent for 2,418 cases handled during FY07 through FY09. Though calculated slightly differently, this rate compares favorably with the six percent re-offense rate identified for the Anchorage Youth Court in a 2002 study by the Urban Institute. The records analyzed included defendants who did not successfully complete their youth court sentences as well as those who did. Nineteen percent of the defendants studied reoffended at some time before they turned 18, a time period that ranged from just a few weeks to eight years, depending on the age of the defendant at the time of his or her first offense. Records for re-offenses that may have occurred after defendants turned 18 were not available. The youth court process is complex and potentially far reaching. To judge it purely or mainly by reoffense rates is to miss the majority of its potential benefits. Those benefits include a more focused, individualized and age-appropriate process for defendants, more communication with defendants� parents and with victims, a rich opportunity for education and personal growth for both defendants and youth volunteers, and a chance for a variety of adult community members to play a role in youth justice and restoration. Those who know Alaska youth courts best say that justice meted out by peers is the most important factor in the court�s success with defendants. Other elements are also important, however, including: � Prompt follow-up with defendants throughout the process, including post-sentencing, so defendants feel involved and monitored at all times (Deterrence and procedural justice) � A focus on the quality of the courtroom experience, especially the training, demeanor, preparation, and speaking skills of the youth judges and other courtroom personnel (Peer and procedural justice) � Sentences that are fair and relevant (Restorative justice) � Defendants, as well as youth volunteers and parents, learn about the legal process and have the opportunity to become volunteers themselves (Law-related education and inclusiveness/restorative justice) � The opportunity to emerge with a clean record (Deterrence and restorative justice) � The benefits of community service (Restorative justice and skill-building) Youth volunteers benefit in many ways from their youth court experience, including learning about the law, learning new skills such as public speaking, feeling more like a part of the community, being more thoughtful about others, and feeling better prepared for their futures. Nearly all who responded to a survey said they believe youth courts are effective and that youth volunteers are doing something important for their communities. Those who expressed reservations about youth court effectiveness (just 4 percent) said that some defendants simply cannot be helped. Nearly all the individuals interviewed or surveyed for this study said youth courts function well. When youth volunteers were asked how youth court could be improved, the three most common answers were that it works well as it is; that visibility, recruitment and participation could be expanded; and that volunteers could use more training, mentoring, and practice sessions. When youth court executive directors were asked what improvements they would like to see, they said: � Promote the program better to the community � More clerical help and more paid staff time � A more formal system for identifying and coordinating high quality work-service opportunities � More reliable funding It is not possible to say, on the basis of this study, whether some Alaska youth courts are more effective than others. The courts cover a broad range of communities, populations, structures, resource bases, and sophistication. They have different strengths and face different challenges. Twelve-month re-offense rates range from 0 percent in Sitka (very small sample) to 13 percent in Juneau. However, it is not possible to say from this analysis the extent to which the cases and the defendants in different communities are comparable, and re-offense statistics by no means capture the full range of program impacts. Those who know Alaska youth courts best say that providing maximum appropriate autonomy to youth volunteers is key to producing a quality experience both for them and for defendants, victims and families. Alaska youth volunteers often have substantial say over how their youth court organizations are run, the cases they accept, the sentences they impose, and the courtroom experience of the defendants. In some instances, this includes serving on the organization�s board of directors as full voting members. As experts in nonprofit management and organizations, the study team is struck by the quantity and scope of expectations and requirements placed on Alaska�s thinly staffed youth courts. Most youth courts rely heavily or entirely on a single executive director who is often a part-time employee and who, in most cases, has little or no legal or management training. That person must have a grasp of legal, social service, volunteer coordination, and other administrative principles and methods typically found only in larger social service agencies. Though this study did not include formal organizational assessments, youth courts seem highly vulnerable to administrative and program gaps caused by turnover and general lack of staff capacity. The study team emphasizes that it did not find evidence of management weakness, other than shortcomings in data systems described elsewhere. Our view is supported, however, by a history of organizational challenges encountered by programs such as those in Bethel, Valdez, Sitka and elsewhere. Details: Juneau: McDowell Group, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/Alaska_Youth_Courts_Evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 136703

Author: American Bar Association. Commission on Immigration Title: Family Immigration Detention: Why the Past Cannot Be Prologue Summary: The report, developed by the ABA Commission on Immigration with the assistance of the law firm of O'Melveny & Myers LLP, focuses on the government's response to the 2014 influx in arrivals of Central American mothers with young children to the southwestern U.S. border. It finds that the government's buildup of family detention centers �and the practice of detaining families in jail-like settings are at odds with the presumption of liberty and impinge on the families' due process right to legal counsel. The report urges the government and the Department of Homeland Security to anticipate and prepare for periodic increases in the migration of individuals and families seeking asylum without resorting to detention. The report also recommends several specific reforms, including: - releasing families held in detention facilities; - adopting a policy of dealing with families seeking asylum within the community instead of through detention; - employing the least restrictive means of ensuring appearance at hearings and protection of the community; - developing standards for families and children that do not follow a penal model; and - ensuring access to legal information and representation for all families subjected to detention at every stage of their immigration proceedings Details: Chicago: American Bar Association, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/publications/commission_on_immigration/FINAL%20ABA%20Family%20Detention%20Report%208-19-15.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 136708

Author: Johnston, David W. Title: Victimisation, Wellbeing and Compensation: Using Panel Data to Estimate the Costs of Violent Crime Summary: The costs of violent crime victimisation are often left to a judge, tribunal or jury to determine; leading to the potential for considerable subjectivity and variation. Using unique panel data, this paper provides compensation estimates that can help reduce the subjectivity of awards by giving a benchmark for the compensation required to offset direct and intangible costs. First, individual-area fixed-effects models allowing for adaptation to crime are estimated to assess the effects of violent crime victimisation on diverse measures of wellbeing.These results are then subsequently used to calculate the monetary compensation required to offset the wellbeing losses. Estimates allowing for the endogeneity of income suggest that A$88,000 is required to compensate the average crime victim. We find some evidence that compensation estimates are larger if the wellbeing losses of female family members are considered, and are larger for females if the perpetrator of the crime is a stranger rather than a partner, friend or relative. Details: Berlin: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9311 : Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2655351 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 136709

Author: Duran, Le'Ann Title: Integrated Reentry and Employment Strategies: Reducing Recidivism and Promoting Job Readiness Summary: THIS WHITE PAPER is written for policymakers and practitioners engaged in the corrections and workforce development fields who recognize the need for the two systems to collaborate more closely to improve public safety and employment outcomes for people who have been incarcerated or are on probation or parole. It promotes close collaborations with reentry service providers and provides guidance on prioritizing scarce resources to more effectively reduce rates of reincarceration and joblessness. The paper also outlines principles that should drive both supervision and service decisions - decisions that can help ensure that front-line personnel's efforts are having the greatest positive effect. Employment providers are already serving large numbers of individuals released from correctional facilities or who are required to find jobs as conditions of their probation or parole. Yet the corrections, reentry, and workforce development fields have lacked an integrated tool that draws on the best thinking about reducing recidivism and improving job placement and retention to guide correctional supervision and the provision of community-based services. To address this gap, this white paper presents a tool that draws on evidence-based criminal justice practices and promising strategies for connecting hard-to-employ people to work. It calls for program design and practices to be tailored for adults with criminal histories based on their level of risk for future criminal activity. Some people question why limited resources should be focused on employing men and women who have been in prison, jail, or are on probation or parole when unemployment rates remain high across the nation for law-abiding individuals. With mounting research, it is clear there are significant benefits for our communities in working with this population. Successful reintegration into the workforce can make neighborhoods and families safer and more stable. Linking individuals who have been involved with the corrections system to jobs and helping them succeed can reduce the staggering costs to taxpayers for reincarceration and increases contributions to the tax base for community services. If releasees and supervisees are working, their time is being spent in constructive ways and they are then less likely to engage in crime and disorder in their neighborhoods. They also are more likely to develop prosocial relationships when their time is structured with work and they are able to help care and provide for their families. Employment is a point at which the goals of the criminal justice, workforce development, family services, health and human services, and social services systems can converge. With budget cuts to all these systems, resources must be focused on the right individuals (i.e., people who would benefit the most from interventions), using the right strategies that are delivered at the right time. Improved outcomes for individuals returning to their communities, for their families, and for each system's investments can be realized by better coordinating the correctional supervision, treatment, supports, and other services being delivered at that point of intersection to individuals who have been incarcerated or are on probation or parole. This white paper is meant to facilitate discussions across systems by introducing a tool that can help put such a framework for coordination in place. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2015 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/CSG-Reentry-and-Employment.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 130032

Author: Simich, Laura Title: Struggle for Identity and Inclusion:Unaccompanied Immigrant Youth in New York City Summary: Youth have been arriving at U.S. borders on their own since the early days of Ellis Island, but it was not until the summer of 2014 - when the number of unaccompanied immigrant youth arriving to the United States from Central America increased nearly tenfold from recent years - that "child migrants" became the topic of an urgent political debate. While local governments and legislatures across the country have shown interest in supporting unaccompanied immigrant youth through measures that increase their access to lawyers, schools, and healthcare, a lack of knowledge about their circumstances and needs presents an obstacle to policymaking and improving practical responses. Designed as a collaboration among researchers, youth, and community service providers, this study from Vera and Fordham Law School's Feerick Center for Social Justice presents a firsthand account of unaccompanied immigrant youth's needs and insights into practical challenges related to their interactions with key systems in New York. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Immigration and Justice, 2015. Summary and Technical Report. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/pubs/unaccompanied-youth-nyc Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 136712

Author: Nash, Jeffrey E. Title: Final Report of Outcomes for the Ozark Correctional Center Drug Treatment Program: Summary: The study used a specific redefinition of the design of a 1996 evaluation. The interviews took place at least 12 months after the men were released from the program. Outcome indicators for all comparisons included relapse, recidivism, employment status, participation in educational activities, and risk for AIDS and technical violations while on parole. It was difficult to assess the effect of participation in the program on the severity of relapse, because psychosocial data collected at entry probably did not accurately reflect their degree of drug dependency and because the number of men who admitted to a severe relapse was small. However, men who relapsed to drug use were probably the same men who had been heavy drug abusers before treatment. In addition, results relating to recidivism and employment were encouraging. Program completers managed to stay out of prison to a degree that distinguished them from both the dropouts and the comparison group. They also had the best results with respect to the months employed and the number of jobs held. Findings suggested that although the contrasts among the groups were not marked, the program was at least minimally effective in reducing recidivism and drug use and encouraging work-related behaviors. Findings of this study and the process evaluation imply that a much more successful program with better outcomes is both possible and likely as the program gains experience Details: Springfield, MO: Center for Social Sciences Public Policy Research, Southwest Missouri State University, 2000. 37po. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/181649.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136717

Author: Midgette, Gregory Title: The Effect of Montana's 24/7 Sobriety Program on DUI Re-arrest: Insights from a Natural Experiment with Limited Administrative Data Summary: Alcohol imposes significant social costs on the residents of Montana. The state has one of the highest alcohol-related traffic fatality rates in the nation, and alcohol accounts for more than one-eighth of deaths among working aged adults statewide. 24/7 Sobriety requires alcohol-involved offenders to abstain from alcohol and submit to frequent alcohol testing; those failing or missing a test face an immediate, but brief, jail term. The State of Montana began piloting 24/7 among driving-under-the-influence (DUI) arrestees in Lewis and Clark County in early-2010 and expanded to 22 counties with the passage of House Bill 106 in May 2011. The program also grew to include other alcohol-involved offenses, though DUI arrestees account for more than 75% of program participants. In Montana, 24/7 participants are monitored for an average of 160 days, with a median time of 104 days. Using data from everyone who was convicted of their second DUI charge (DUI-2) from January 2008 to August 2014, this analysis examines the effect of 24/7 participation on the probability of DUI re-arrest for participants within twelve months of their second (DUI-2) arrest date. Results from bivariate probit models which instrument with 24/7 availability to account for potential selection issues provide suggestive evidence that 24/7 participation reduced the probability of DUI re-arrest in Montana (perhaps on the order of 45% to 70% when considering both our main results and sensitivity analysis findings), but missing criminal history information for approximately half of the sample precludes us from making stronger inferences about causality. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: WR-1083-MHP: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/working_papers/WR1000/WR1083/RAND_WR1083.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 136718

Author: Smith, Edward J. Title: Disproportionate impact of K-12 school suspension and expulsion on Black students in southern states. Summary: Nationally, 1.2 million Black students were suspended from K-12 public schools in a single academic year - 55% of those suspensions occurred in 13 Southern states. Districts in the South also were responsible for 50% of Black student expulsions from public schools in the United States. This report aims to make transparent the rates at which school discipline practices and policies impact Black students in every K-12 public school district in 13 Southern states: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and West Virginia. Despite comprising only 20.9% of students in the 3,022 districts analyzed, Blacks were suspended and expelled at disproportionately high rates. The authors use data from the U.S. Department of Education's Office for Civil Rights to present school discipline trends related to Black students district-by-district within each state. Districts in which school discipline policies and practices most disproportionately impact Black students are also highlighted. The report concludes with resources and recommendations for parents and families, educators and school leaders, policymakers, journalists, community stakeholders (NAACP chapters, religious congregations, activists, etc.), and others concerned about the school-to-prison pipeline and the educational mistreatment of Black youth in K-12 schools. The authors also offer implications for faculty in schools of education, as well as other sites in which teachers are prepared (e.g., Teach for America) and administrators are certified. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, Center for the Study of Race and Equity in Education, 2015. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: http://www.gse.upenn.edu/equity/sites/gse.upenn.edu.equity/files/publications/Smith_Harper_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 136719

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Raised on the Registry: The Irreparable Harm of Placing Children on Sex Offender Registries in the US Summary: Under a raft of US public safety laws enacted over the past 20 years, children found guilty of a wide range of behaviors prosecuted as sex offenses not only serve time in prison or juvenile detention, but afterwards are condemned to decades or even a lifetime of stigma and discrimination as an adult. Sex offender registration requirements�which are applied to both youth offenders and adults�require that offenders� personal information be made publicly available via online registries, which all too often makes offenders targets of harassment, humiliation, and even violence. The harm suffered by victims of sexual assault, as well as their family members and their communities, can be harrowing, and offenders should be held accountable. But sex offender registration laws, especially when applied to youth sex offenders, do little to further the public safety objectives for which they are designed. Despite the existence of the laws for nearly two decades, this report is the first examination of the collateral consequences of registration and notification for youth sex offenders. This report describes how the restrictions permeate nearly every aspect of a young person�s life by severely restricting where, and with whom, youth sex offenders may live, work, attend school, and even spend time. In these circumstances, youth sex offenders are often depressed and even suicidal. And if they miss a deadline to register, youth sex offenders can find themselves back in prison, often for lengthy terms. The laws are ineffective at deterring crime, since youth sex offenders are among the least likely to reoffend, and there is no conclusive evidence that registration has any effect on rates of reported sexual violence. And because they cover a wide range of offenses, from the relatively innocuous to the very serious, the laws require that police monitor all categories of offenders, even the least dangerous. Human Rights Watch calls on states and the federal government to exempt youth sex offenders from registration in combination with community notification. Short of a full exemption, states should remove all youth sex offenders from registration schemes that are not specifically tailored to take account of the nature of their offense, the risk they pose (if any) to public safety, their particular developmental and cognitive characteristics, their needs for treatment, and their potential for rehabilitation. Details: New York: Human Rights Watch, 2013. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2015 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0513_ForUpload_1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 136739

Author: Kelly, Maura Title: Evaluation of the Potential for Adapting the Green Dot Bystander Intervention Program for the Construction Trades in Oregon Summary: This project was conducted by researchers from the Department of Sociology at Portland State University (PSU) in partnership with the staff of Oregon Tradeswomen Inc (OTI), Green Dot etc Inc (Green Dot), and Portland Community College (PCC). The goal of the project was to evaluate the potential for adapting the Green Dot bystander intervention program for the construction trades in Oregon in order to reduce harassment on construction job sites. The intent of bystander interventions is to encourage people to intervene when they see harassment occurring and, ultimately, to change the social norms so that harassment is viewed as unacceptable (see Box 1 on Green Dot Strategy). The Green Dot program has primarily been used on college campuses but Green Dot has also developed adaptations for community and statewide organizations and for the military. In order to assess the potential for the Green Dot program for the trades in Oregon, staff from PSU, OTI, Green Dot, and PCC worked together to plan and implement focus groups with stakeholders in the construction trades. Ten qualitative focus groups were held to over a two day period in February 2015. There were a total of 42 participants in the focus groups, representing tradespeople, supervisors/ foremen, contractor staff, union staff, apprenticeship program staff, as well as staff of other community organizations. In the focus groups, participants were asked about harassing behaviors they had observed or heard about as well as questions aimed as assessing how the Green Dot strategy might best be implemented in the trades. In this report, we first review the findings from the focus groups. We then discuss the May 2015 report written by Green Dot staff: "Preventing Hazing, Harassment, and Bullying in Oregon's Trades: Findings and Recommendations." We provide our response to the Green Dot report and suggestions for implementation. Finally, we offer a discussion of our main findings and recommendations. Details: Portland, OR: Department of Sociology, Portland State University, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1032&context=soc_fac Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bystander Intervention Shelf Number: 136741

Author: Long, Julia Bridget Vickers Title: University of Virginia�s Step Up! Program: An Evaluation Summary: The University of Virginia�s Step Up! program is an educational intervention designed to determine participants� opinions on their role and others� role in risky situations and give them the tools to intervene in such situations. An evaluation of the program compared pre-intervention and post-intervention data from 1,626 students. Results indicated that the Step Up! program was effective in increasing the likelihood of students recognizing risky situations, assuming personal responsibility for the situation, and using effective tools for intervening safely as shown by the increase in the percentage of people who agreed with the five statements when the pre-intervention survey was compared to the post-intervention survey. Additionally, differences in student-athletes and non-student athletes were noted. A lower percentage of student-athletes agreed with the five statements on the pre-intervention survey compared to non-student-athletes. However, on the post-intervention survey, a larger percentage of student-athletes agreed with the five statements compared to the non-student-athletes. Finally, recommendations were made to improve the Step Up! program. These recommendations included implementing a follow-up survey to determine program effects in the long-term, collecting identifiable student data to link pre- and post-intervention scores, and implementing student suggestions to increase participant �buy-in� of the program. More research is needed to determine whether this change in students� opinions has influenced their actions in a long-term capacity. Details: Norfolk, VA: Step Up Inc., 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://stepupprogram.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/UVA_StepUp_Evaluation_Bridget_Long_May3_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bystander Intervention Shelf Number: 136742

Author: Kamin, Sam Title: Marijuana Legalization in Colorado -- Lessons for Colombia Summary: In 2012 Colorado became the first jurisdiction anywhere in the world to legalize marijuana possession and use for all adults. The regulated and taxed marijuana industry that arose in Colorado following legalization was also the first of its kind and stands a model for other states considering marijuana law reform. In this brief article I discuss the results of the Colorado experiment; I demonstrate that while Colorado�s regulatory model was largely successful, it also demonstrates the limits of generating revenue through taxing and regulating marijuana. I then discuss the implications of this conclusion for post-conflict Colombia, drawing a comparison to the situation California confronts as it considers legalizing marijuana for adult use. Details: Denver, CO: University of Denver Sturm College of Law, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: U Denver Legal Studies Research Paper No. 15-47 : Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2654305 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 136743

Author: Payton, Erica C. Title: Firearm Violence in the African American Community: African American Legislators' Perceptions of Firearm Violence Prevention Legislation Summary: African Americans are disproportionately impacted by firearm injuries and death. For example, it is the leading cause of death for young African American males. Much of the firearm violence policy literature has focused on firearm violence prevention policies and programs for the general population. These studies have focused on the banning and prohibition of firearms, especially among the mentally ill or those who have otherwise been deemed unfit to carry a firearm. Fewer studies have focused on racial/ethnic minority populations that are adversely and disproportionately impacted by firearm violence. In addition to the creation of culturally-tailored firearm violence prevention programs, legislation that is passed to specifically address firearm violence disparities may also be an effective strategy to reduce this racial/ethnic disparity. Purpose: Organizations such as the Congressional Black Caucus and the National Black Caucus of State Legislators have historically advocated for policies and legislation that promote the health and overall well-being of African Americans. Thus the purpose of this study was to collect baseline data on African American legislators' perceptions regarding firearm violence in the African American community. Methods: A cross-sectional study of African American legislators (n=612) was conducted to investigate the research questions. Of the 612 questionnaires mailed, 12 were not deliverable, and 170 were returned. A response rate of 28% was sufficient based on a power analysis. Utilizing a 3 wave mailing process, African American legislators were invited to participate in the study. In addition to the survey, participants received a personalized signed cover letter and a self-addressed return envelope with paid postage. Results: The majority (88%) of African American legislators perceived firearm violence to be very serious among African Americans. Few (10%) African American legislators perceived that addressing legislative issues would be an effective strategy in reducing firearm violence among African Americans. The majority (72%) of African American legislators perceived the most effective strategy to reducing firearm violence in the African American community should focus on addressing societal issues (e.g. crime and poverty).After adjusting for the number of perceived barriers, the number of perceived benefits was a significant predictor of African American legislators perceived effectiveness of firearm violence prevention legislation for 8 of the 24 potential firearm violence prevention legislative bills. Conclusions: African American legislators are respected opinion leaders in most African American communities. As leaders with legislative influence, African American legislators could be key advocates of firearm violence prevention policies aimed at reducing firearm violence disparities. Educating African American legislators on the benefits of firearm violence prevention legislation is one strategy towards increasing their likelihood to advocate for firearm violence prevention legislation at the state and federal level. Details: Toledo, OH: University of Toledo, 2014. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=toledo1404745086&disposition=inline Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 136744

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Federal Drug Sentencing Laws Bring High Cost, Low Return. Penalty increases enacted in 1980s and 1990s have not reduced drug use or recidivism Summary: More than 95,000 federal prisoners are serving time for drug-related offenses - up from fewer than 5,000 in 1980. Changes in drug crime patterns and law enforcement practices played a role in this growth, but federal sentencing laws enacted during the 1980s and 1990s also have required more drug offenders to go to prison- and stay there much longer - than three decades ago. These policies have contributed to ballooning costs: The federal prison system now consumes more than $6.7 billion a year, or roughly 1 in 4 dollars spent by the U.S. Justice Department. Despite substantial expenditures on longer prison terms for drug offenders, taxpayers have not realized a strong public safety return. The self-reported use of illegal drugs has increased over the long term as drug prices have fallen and purity has risen. Federal sentencing laws that were designed with serious traffickers in mind have resulted in lengthy imprisonment of offenders who played relatively minor roles. These laws also have failed to reduce recidivism. Nearly a third of the drug offenders who leave federal prison and are placed on community supervision commit new crimes or violate the conditions of their release - a rate that has not changed substantially in decades. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/Assets/2015/08/PSPP_FedDrug_brief.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 136745

Author: Darnell, Adam Title: I-502 Evaluation Plan and Preliminary Report on Implementation Summary: In 2012, with the passage of Initiative 502, Washington voters legalized limited adult possession and private use of cannabis, as well as its licensed production and sale. The initiative also directed WSIPP to evaluate the effect of the law on Washington's population and economy. This first required report provides a research plan for the overall study. WSIPP's evaluation of I-502 will be divided into three components: 1)a descriptive study of how the law is being implemented; 2)an outcome study that will identify causal effects of the law; and 3)a benefit-cost study. This initial report describes the status of I-502 implementation through June 30, 2015. We present information on the number of licensed cannabis businesses, cannabis sales, and historical trends in adult and youth cannabis use. This report does not contain findings on whether I-502 has had any effects on outcomes. Effects of the law will not be detectable until several years after implementation. The next required report, due September 1, 2017, will include initial results of outcome analyses. Details: Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1616/Wsipp_I-502-Evaluation-Plan-and-Preliminary-Report-on-Implementation_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 136746

Author: Silvia, Suyapa Title: Impacts of a Violence Prevention Program for Middle Schools: Findings From the First Year of Implementation Summary: A new evaluation of a violence prevention program for middle schools finds that after one school year, there were no statistically significant impacts on how often students reported that they were victimized by their peers, or committed violence against their peers. In addition, there were no statistically significant impacts of the program on a number of other outcomes such as how often students' reported positive behavior toward their peers or on their perceptions of school safety. The report, Impacts of a Violence Prevention Program for Middle Schools: Findings From the First Year of Implementation, uses survey data collected from sixth-grade students in 40 middle schools, with half of the schools assigned by lottery to receive the violence prevention program. The findings held for both the full sample of students and a subgroup of students identified as high-risk for violent behaviors. The violence-prevention program consisted of both a curriculum (Responding in Peaceful and Positive Ways) and a whole-school component (Best Behavior). The purpose of the program is to provide middle schools with a comprehensive approach to violence prevention that targets both individual students and the school environment. A second report is expected and will include findings from two and three school years of implementation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, 2010. 159p., ex. summary Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.ies.ed.gov/ncee/pubs/20104007/index.asp Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 136752

Author: Silvia, Suyapa Title: Impacts of a Violence Prevention Program for Middle Schools: Findings After 3 Years of Implementation Summary: This report presents findings from an IES-sponsored study of a violence prevention strategy designed to improve school safety in middle schools. The strategy combines a classroom curriculum-based approach (Responding in Peaceful and Positive Ways, RiPP) and a whole-school approach (BEST Behavior). The curriculum-based approach aims to improve students' social and problem solving skills for dealing with conflict and managing aggression. The whole-school approach seeks to influence the school environment through strategies such as increasing supervision of the school grounds, clarifying rules and consequences for student behavior, establishing reward systems to encourage positive behaviors, and training staff in classroom management. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, 2011. 217p., ex. summary. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://ies.ed.gov/ncee/pubs/20114017/pdf/20114017.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 136753

Author: Stoddard, Sarah Anne Title: Social connections, trajectories of hopelessness and serious violence in impoverished urban youth Summary: Adolescence is a time of immense change and transition. During adolescence, a hopeful sense for the future can facilitate positive development, support health-enhancing behaviors, and promote a successful transition into adulthood. The purpose of this study was to develop and test a longitudinal model linking positive social connections (connectedness to mother, neighborhood connectedness) and violence involvement during early adolescence with serious violence involvement (violence with a weapon) during later adolescence via trajectories of hopelessness during middle adolescence. The proposed hope/hopelessness trajectory model is influenced by ecological theory of development and research on adolescent development, and focuses on individual development in context. Propositions in the longitudinal model were evaluated. Relationships between social connections, hopelessness trajectories and violent behaviors were examined in a sample of 723 adolescents who participated in 5 or more years of the Mobile Youth Survey (MYS). The MYS is a multiple cohort study involving 10-19 year old youth (mostly African American) from impoverished neighborhoods in Mobile and Pritchard, Alabama. This secondary analysis used general growth mixture modeling with multiple group analysis to (a) estimate parameters of hopelessness trajectories during middle adolescence, (b) identify latent classes based on developmental patterns of hopelessness, (c) identify precursors of middle adolescence hopelessness trajectories in early adolescent social connections and violence experiences, and (d) assess the impact of hopelessness trajectories on violence with weapon during later adolescence. This analysis was completed simultaneously for boys and girls. A low hopelessness class and an increasingly hopeless class were identified for both boys and girls. The influence of early adolescent predictors varied based on gender and latent hopelessness trajectory class. Overall, connection to mother was associated with decreased levels of hopelessness, particularly for increasingly hopeless girls and low hopeless boys. For increasingly hopeless girls, fighting during early adolescence was associated with lower initial levels of hopelessness but also with increasing hopelessness over time. Gender differences were apparent for violence with a weapon during later adolescence. Increasingly hopeless girls participated in more serious violence during later adolescence than low hopelessness girls. Regardless of latent class, more boys than girls participated in serious violence during later adolescence. Trajectories of hopelessness during middle adolescence influenced participation in violence with a weapon at a critical transition point in life. Identifying trajectories of hopelessness and examining the role of hopelessness trajectories in the relationship between social connectedness and violence involvement will serve as foundation for innovative, developmentally based nursing interventions designed to prevent youth violence among impoverished, at-risk youth. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2009. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/52456/Stoddard_umn_0130E_10325.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescence Shelf Number: 136772

Author: McEwen, Tom Title: Evaluation of the Phoenix Homicide Clearance Project. Volume 1 Summary: This report prepared by the Institute for Law and Justice, Inc. (ILJ) provides the results of an evaluation of the Homicide Clearance Project in the Phoenix, Arizona, Police Department. In 2004, the department received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance providing support for the assignment of four crime scene specialists directly to the department's Homicide Unit. Responsibilities of the crime scene specialists were to collect evidence at homicide scenes, prepare scene reports, develop scene diagrams, and other supportive activities. Prior to the project, homicide investigators were responsible for evidence collection, which reduced the time they could devote to investigations. The primary objective of the Homicide Clearance Project was to improve homicide clearance rates by increasing investigative time through the addition of the four crime scene specialists. ILJ evaluated the Homicide Clearance Project under a grant provided by the National Institute of Justice. As described in this report, the evaluation consisted of process and impact assessments of the project. Because of the excellent cooperation of the Phoenix Police Department, ILJ expanded the evaluation to conduct research on several other aspects of homicide investigations, including an analysis of investigative procedures for closed cases, a summary of obstacles faced in solving open cases, a comparison of homicide characteristics in Phoenix with other research studies, a detailed breakdown of evidence collected at homicide scenes, and a review of the role of forensic evidence in homicide investigations and trials. Transfers of the four crime scene specialists were effective on July 1, 2004. The crime scene specialists were assigned to two of the four investigative squads within the homicide unit. They began on-the-job training immediately upon their transfers by accompanying investigators to scenes and observing the collection and storage of evidence. The training proceeded quickly because they were familiar with homicide scenes and because they generally knew departmental procedures from their years of experience in the crime laboratory. By September 2004, the crime scene specialists were able to handle homicide scenes with minimal supervision from investigators, and they had learned how to prepare scene reports documenting the evidence. Prior to the grant, the role of crime scene specialists was limited to photographs and latent prints. Investigators were responsible for evidence collection. Investigators marked each item of evidence, placed the evidence in appropriate evidence containers, transported the evidence to headquarters, and turned the evidence over to the property room. They later prepared scene reports that described the evidence collection process and provided details on each item of evidence collected (type of evidence, description, exact location, etc.). Assignment of crime scene specialists to the unit was seen as a way to relieve a considerable amount of workload from investigators. The decision to assign the four crime scene specialists to two of the four squads provided an opportunity to compare performance between the two pairs of squads. As with other investigative units, the primary performance measure was homicide clearance rates-the percentage of cases that homicide investigators solve. The hypothesis was that the squads with crime scene specialists would do better than the other squads compared against their performance prior to the grant project. In theory, investigators in the experimental squads would have more time for investigations, which in turn would lead to higher clearance rates. The comparison squads would continue to operate as in the past with investigators having responsibility for evidence collection and with crime scene specialists assigned to take photographs and dust for latent prints. With the Homicide Clearance Project, the Phoenix Police Department was also testing whether crime scene specialists could work effectively within the environment of the homicide unit. It was the department's first test for assigning civilian personnel from the crime laboratory to an investigative unit. The crime scene specialists reported to supervisory personnel who headed the experimental squads. The department also wanted to be sure that the four crime scene specialists were capable of preparing the same quality of scene reports that homicide investigators produced. The evaluation addressed both these objectives. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Law and Justice, 2009. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.ilj.org/publications/docs/EvalReport_Volume_I.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates Shelf Number: 136776

Author: Conway, James M. Title: Children with Incarcerated Parents: A Quantitative Evaluation of Mentoring and Home-Based Counseling and Case Management Services Summary: The Connecticut General Assembly has provided funding to address needs of children with an incarcerated parent (CIP). The funding is administered and effectiveness of services evaluated by Central Connecticut State University's Institute for Municipal and Regional Policy (IMRP). The IMRP, using a competitive RFP process, funded services beginning in 2008, by two organizations: one providing one-on-one community-based mentoring, the other strengths-based in-home counseling and case management. This report describes a quantitative evaluation of CIPs' well being while receiving services for up to 13 months. Details: New Britain, CT: Central Connecticut State University, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.ctcip.org/publications/imrp/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 136777

Author: deVuono-powell, Saneta Title: Who Pays? The True Cost of Incarceration on Families. Summary: Each year, the United States spends $80 billion to lock away more than 2.4 million people in its jails and prisons - budgetary allocations that far outpace spending on housing, transportation, and higher education. But costs run deeper than budget line items and extend far beyond the sentences served. These costs are rarely quantified and measured and primarily impact incarcerated populations and the families and communities from whom they are separated, the same people who are already stigmatized, penalized, and punished. Families pay both the apparent and hidden costs while their loved ones serve out sentences in our jails and prisons. Because families are formed in diverse ways and take many forms, the definition used in this report encompasses families built across generations and borders and within and beyond blood relations. The families in this report and those who support loved ones bear the burden to help those individuals re-acclimate to society after serving time. Four decades of unjust criminal justice policies have created a legacy of collateral impacts that last for generations and are felt most deeply by women, low-income families, and communities of color. In March 2014, the Ella Baker Center for Human Rights, Forward Together, and Research Action Design launched a collaborative participatory research project with 20 community-based organizations across the country to address this unjust legacy. Trained community researchers reached directly into communities in 14 states, probing into the financial costs faced when a family member goes to jail or prison, the resulting effects on physical and mental health, and the challenges and barriers encountered by all when an individual returns home. The research included surveys with 712 formerly incarcerated people, 368 family members of the formerly incarcerated, 27 employers, and 34 focus groups with family members and individuals impacted by incarceration. The project revealed that many of the costs and penalties associated with incarceration continue long after incarceration ends and reach far beyond the individual being punished, with negative impacts for families and communities. The findings show that the long-term costs extend beyond the significant sums already paid by individuals and their families for immediate and myriad legal expenses, including cost of attorney, court fees and fines, and phone and visitation charges. In fact, these costs often amount to one year's total household income for a family and can force a family into debt. Latent costs include, but are not limited to, mental health support, care for untreated physical ailments, the loss of children sent to foster care or extended family, permanent declines in income, and loss of opportunities like education and employment for both the individuals incarcerated and their family members, opportunities that could lead to a brighter future. Details: Oakland, CA: Ella Baker Center, Forward Together, Research Action Design, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://ellabakercenter.org/sites/default/files/downloads/who-pays.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 136781

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the St. Louis County Family Court, St. Louis, Missouri Summary: Following a comprehensive investigation, the Justice Department today announced its findings regarding the Family Court of the Twenty-First Judicial Circuit of the state of Missouri, commonly known as the St. Louis County Family Court. The Justice Department found that the family court fails to provide constitutionally required due process to children appearing for delinquency proceedings, and that the court's administration of juvenile justice discriminates against Black children. The investigation was conducted under the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, which gives the department the authority to seek a remedy for a pattern or practice of conduct that violates the constitutional or federal statutory rights of youths in the administration of juvenile justice. "The findings we issue today are serious and compelling," said Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General Vanita Gupta, head of the Civil Rights Division. "Missouri was at the forefront of juvenile corrections reform when it closed its large juvenile institutions and moved to a smaller, treatment-focused system and we are hopeful that Missouri will rise to this challenge to, once again, be a leader in juvenile justice reform. This investigation is another step toward our goal of ensuring that children in the juvenile justice system receive their constitutionally guaranteed rights to due process and equal protection under the law." Since opening this investigation in November 2013, the Civil Rights Division has analyzed data relating to nearly 33,000 juvenile cases, including all delinquency and status offenses resolved in St. Louis County Family Court between 2010 and 2013; and has reviewed over 14,000 pages of documents, including family court records, transcripts, policies, procedures and external reports. In June 2014, Justice Department attorneys and its consultants-a law school clinical professor and experienced juvenile defense attorney and a nationally-recognized expert on measuring juvenile justice disparities through statistical analysis-visited the family court and interviewed a number of court personnel, including all of the judges and commissioners as well as the heads of many of family court programs and services. They also collected information from both the state and local public defender's offices, private attorneys with experience in the family court and the parents of youth who had been involved in delinquency proceedings with the family court. The Justice Department found a number of constitutional violations, including: -Failure to ensure youth facing delinquency proceedings have adequate legal representation; -Failure to make adequate determinations that there is probable cause that a child committed the alleged offense; -Failure to provide adequate due process to children facing certification for criminal prosecution in adult criminal court; -Failure to ensure that children's guilty pleas are entered knowingly and voluntarily; -An organizational structure that is rife with conflicts of interest, is contrary to separation of powers principles and deprives children of adequate due process; and -Disparate treatment of Black children at four key decision points within the juvenile justice system. The department has opened four cases examining whether juvenile justice systems comply with children's rights since 2009. In 2012, the department settled its first investigation of this kind, reaching an agreement with the Juvenile Court of Shelby County, Memphis, Tennessee that calls for comprehensive due process, equal protection and facility reforms. On June 19, 2015, the Justice Department announced a partial settlement of its lawsuit alleging violations of children's due process rights in Lauderdale County, Mississippi. In March 2015, the department announced its investigation of due process and disability discrimination issues in the Dallas County Truancy Court and Juvenile District Courts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/crt/legacy/2015/07/31/stlouis_findings_7-31-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 136300

Author: Human Rights First Title: U.S. Detention of Families Seeking Asylum: A One-Year Update Summary: On June 20, 2014-ironically, on World Refugee Day-the Obama administration announced its strategy for addressing the increase in families and children seeking protection at the U.S. southern border. Part of this plan: detain and quickly deport families from El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala in an attempt to deter more from coming. At the time, U.S. immigration authorities had fewer than 100 beds for detaining families with children, all in one facility in Pennsylvania. They quickly increased that number-first by using a makeshift facility in Artesia, New Mexico, then by converting a facility in Karnes County, Texas, and more recently, by opening a large facility in Dilley, Texas to hold up to 2,400 children and their mothers. All told, the administration's plans would increase family detention by 3,800 percent to 3,700 detention beds for children and their parents. One year later, as World Refugee Day 2015 approaches, the Obama Administration continues to send many mothers and children who fled persecution and violence in Central America into U.S. immigration detention. About five thousand children and mothers have been held in U.S. immigration detention since June 2014. Some have been held for nearly a year, and as of April 25, 2015, nearly one-third has spent more than two months in U.S. detention facilities. More than half of the children held in fiscal year 2014 were very young, from newborns to 6-year-olds. The mothers and children held at these facilities face an array of obstacles, from a lack of access to counsel to the day-to-day trauma of detention. Medical and mental health experts report that detention damages the mental health of children, causing depression, posttraumatic stress disorder, and suicidal behavior. Medical professionals who have interviewed these mothers confirm that detention is harming their mental health, and several have reportedly attempted suicide. Many of the women are survivors of violence who are already suffering from the effects of prior traumas. At the 2,400-bed Dilley facility, mothers have reported that their and their children's sleep is disrupted each night as officers come into their rooms each hour, shining flashlights and pulling blankets off faces to "count" each person. Beyond the human cost, immigration detention is extremely expensive. In addition to the over $2 billion Congress spends each year on immigration detention (even mandating that the agency maintain 34,000 beds regardless of need), the administration requested, and in March Congress appropriated, an additional $345.3 million to fund a sharp increase in the number of mothers and children held in detention. Family detention costs, on average, $1,029 per day for a family of three. By contrast, community-based supervision or other alternatives to detention cost much less, from 17 cents to $17 dollars a day in some cases. U.S. detention policies and practices relating to asylum seekers violate the nation's obligations under human rights and refugee protection conventions. While the administration has characterized these women and children as "illegal" border crossers, seeking asylum is not an "illegal" act. In fact, the United States has a legal obligation to protect those seeking asylum, one rooted in conventions the United States helped draft in the wake of World War II. Many of these mothers and children are indeed refugees entitled to protection under our laws and treaty commitments. Earlier this year, 87.9 percent passed initial credible fear screening interviews, indicating that they have a significant possibility of establishing eligibility for asylum. When represented by quality pro bono counsel, many are able to prove their eligibility for asylum or other relief. For instance, about 77 percent of those represented by pro bono attorneys through the American Immigration Lawyers Association (AILA) have been determined by U.S. immigration judges to be "refugees" entitled to asylum or other protection. Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/sites/default/files/hrf-one-yr-family-detention-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 136788

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Confidential Informants: Updates to Policy and Additional Guidance Would Improve Oversight by DOJ and DHS Agencies Summary: Federal law enforcement components used more than 16,000 confidential informants in fiscal year 2013 as part of criminal investigations. Informants can be critical to an investigation, but without appropriate oversight, problems can occur that undermine the credibility of the informant's role in an investigation. The Attorney General's Guidelines sets forth procedures on the management of informants, including vetting potential informants and overseeing informants' illegal activities that components authorize to support an investigation. GAO was asked to review the use of confidential informants. GAO reviewed the extent to which (1) DOJ and DHS components' policies address the Guidelines for vetting informants and overseeing their illegal activities and (2) selected components have monitoring processes to ensure compliance with the Guidelines. GAO reviewed components' documented policies and monitoring processes and interviewed agency officials about their practices. GAO visited components' field offices in three locations chosen based on the numbers of informants overseen, among other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ and DHS and their components take actions to update components' policies and monitoring processes to improve handling and oversight of confidential informants. DOJ and DHS concurred with our recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-807: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/672514.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 136790

Author: Teplin, Linda A. Title: Psychiatric Disorders in Youth After Detention Summary: This bulletin examines the results of the Northwestern Juvenile Project-a longitudinal study of youth detained at the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center in Chicago, IL. The authors discuss the findings related to the prevalence and persistence of psychiatric disorders in youth after detention. Key findings include the following: - Five years after the first interview, more than 45 percent of male juveniles and nearly 30 percent of female juveniles had one or more psychiatric disorders. - Substance use disorders were the most common and most likely to persist. Males had higher prevalence rates of substance use disorders over time. - As compared to African Americans, non-Hispanic whites and Hispanics had higher rates of substance use disorders. - Females had higher rates of depression over time. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/246824.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 136791

Author: Soni, Saket Title: The Criminal Alien Removal Initiative in New Orleans: The Obama Administration's Brutal New Frontier in Immigration Enforcement Summary: As 2013 draws to a close, members of Congress are home for the holidays without having passed immigration reform. Meanwhile, immigrants across the United States continue to live under siege. The Obama Administration continues to deport immigrants at the blistering rate of 1,100 a day, separating people from their families and uprooting them from their communities. At the current rate, 20,900 more will be deported by the time Congress returns on January 7. By this time next year, 401,500 more will be deported. Immigrants in New Orleans are already facing the new frontier of immigration enforcement. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) in New Orleans is piloting a brutal program of race-based community raids that will become the new normal all across the country - unless we stop it. The program, called the Criminal Alien Removal Initiative (CARI), involves indiscriminate community raids at apartment complexes, grocery stores, laundromats, Bible study groups, and parks based purely on racial profiling. Often working with local law enforcement, New Orleans ICE arrests people who appear Latino and uses high-tech mobile biometric devices, first created for U.S. military use in Iraq and Afghanistan, to conduct immediate biometric record checks. Most people are handcuffed before the fingerprinting begins, and based on the results, many are immediately separated from their families and transported to ICE detention centers for deportation. Details: New Orleans, LA: New Orleans Workers' Center for Racial Justice, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015: http://nowcrj.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/CARI-report-final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 131799

Author: Michaels, Nancy Title: What Can the Cook County Juvenile Court Do to Improve Its Ability to Help Our Youth? A Juvenile Justice Needs Assessment Summary: According to a report prepared for the government by the Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice, almost 9 out of 10 youth who spend time in Illinois youth prisons end up going back to prison within three years of their release, with Cook County as the highest percentage out of ten counties (Smith 2014). This current study was conducted to increase understanding of the perceived strengths and weaknesses in the juvenile justice system. The more we know about the outcomes of detention and court involvement on youth and their overall neurological and social development, the better we can move forward. Further, our understanding that the majority of court involved youth have experienced complex trauma and have unmet basic needs is important as we consider the best options for rehabilitation and their overall success. This research allows us to increase our understanding further by tapping into the knowledge of juvenile justice stakeholders in order to identify best practices and opportunities that promote positive transformation for youth, families, and communities. This report documents the responses and identifies existing attributes, best practices and challenges in the Cook County Juvenile Court and in the community. The data lead to a wide range of recommendations for change that will increase the success of youth in Cook County, from those that can be implemented in the court and in the community, to recommendations that will result in a paradigm shift in the system and in the ways that we think about youth and juvenile justice. The findings point toward an increase in education and coordination system-wide, with the court taking on a greater role in promoting prevention strategies aimed at keeping youth from entering the system in the first place. Most significantly, the findings point toward the need to keep youth in their communities with a strong emphasis on the system utilizing, building and cooperating with communities to both stem the flow of youth into the system, and for the young people who are in the system, to create a solid strategy to reintegrate youth successfully back into their communities. Details: Chicago: Mansfield Institute for Social Justice and Transformation at Roosevelt University and Institute on Public Safety and Social Justice at Adler University, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: https://www.adler.edu/resources/content/4/1/documents/Juvenile-Justice-Needs-Assessment_15_3_25.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136794

Author: Merry, Sheila Title: Cook County Juvenile Court: The Juvenile Court in the 21st Century Summary: As part of Cook County Justice for Children's predecessor's legacy to the field, Director of Strategic Partnerships, and former Jane Addams Juvenile Court Foundation Executive Director, Sheila Merry, created this written history of the progress achieved at the Cook County Juvenile Court over the last quarter century. This report describes the current structure of the Cook County Juvenile Court and Juvenile Temporary Detention Center (JTDC); outlines major changes in the court divisions and the JTDC over the last few decades, including statistical information regarding court processing over time; describes key elements of the evolving political and social contexts influencing the court; and concludes with a summary of the role and accomplishments of the Jane Addams Juvenile Court Foundation and its recommendations for ongoing court reform. Details: Chicago: Jane Addams Juvenile Court Foundation. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/491e5b_21647ede91af4e1fa7d78910b54e1c8a.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Cffenders Shelf Number: 136795

Author: Ryan, Liz Title: Notorious to Notable: The Criminal Role of the Philanthropic Community in Transforming the Juvenile Justice System in Washington, D.C. Summary: In 2000, then D.C. Mayor Anthony Williams appointed a Blue Ribbon Commission to rethink how the District of Columbia treated some of its most vulnerable residents, youth in the juvenile justice system. The Blue Ribbon Commission recommended the closure of the District's long-term youth incarceration facility, the Oak Hill Youth Center; its replacement with a smaller, homelike facility; the redirection of resources from incarceration to community- based alternatives; and a reduction in the prosecution of youth in adult criminal court. Between the years 2000 and 2011, the District's juvenile justice system went from one of the worst - with a notorious and inhumane juvenile prison, an over-reliance on incarceration, and a dearth of community programs - to one of the most notable, receiving recognition from Harvard University. The purpose of this report is to highlight the ways that the philanthropic community aided this effort. It is a story of collaboration and collective effort by local D.C. foundations and national funders that contributed to tremendous change in the treatment and outcomes for youth in D.C.'s juvenile justice system. The reforms ultimately reduced youth re-offending rates by decreasing the District's over-reliance on incarceration; closing and replacing Oak Hill with a smaller, homelike facility and an innovative and acclaimed school; and redirecting funding from incarceration to community- based alternatives. Starting with the Blue Ribbon Commission, funders supported the policy development of the Commission and subsequent policy and advocacy work of the community to ensure their recommendations became law.. Details: Washington, DC: 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: https://giving.files.wordpress.com/2011/11/notorious-to-notable-final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 136796

Author: Glasheen, Cristie Title: Past Year Arrest among Adults in the United States: Characteristics of and Association with Mental Illness and Substance Use Summary: Objectives. The objectives of this study are to (1) examine the characteristics of adults with a past year arrest by their mental illness and substance use status and (2) investigate the prevalence and correlates of arrests among adults with mental illness in the general U.S. population. Previous studies suggesting that the prevalence of arrest may be higher among individuals with mental illness have typically been conducted among persons in the criminal justice setting or among individuals receiving mental health treatment and may not be representative of all adults with mental illness. Also, little is known about the prevalence and correlates of arrest among adults with mental illness in the general U.S. population. Information on this link in the general population is critical for targeting programs to those most at risk for arrest. Methods. Data are from the 2008 and 2009 National Surveys on Drug Use and Health (NSDUHs). Past year arrest was defined as being arrested and booked in the past 12 months, not counting arrests for minor traffic violations. It should be noted that being arrested and booked does not necessarily translate to convictions or incarcerations. In addition to mental illness (none, low/mild, moderate, or a serious mental illness [SMI]), other hypothesized correlates of arrest included past year substance use and demographic characteristics. Descriptive statistics were used to estimate the prevalence of arrest and examine the characteristics of adults with a past year arrest. Logistic regression was used to examine the association between mental illness and arrests after controlling for substance use and demographics among all adults and among adults with any mental illness (AMI). Results. Descriptive analyses indicated that the prevalence of past year arrests was higher among adults with AMI than among adults without AMI (5.4 vs. 1.8 percent). The prevalence of past year arrest was also higher among adults with a substance use disorder (SUD) than among adults without an SUD (13.0 vs 1.5 percent). The demographic characteristics of arrestees were similar between those with and without AMI; the majority of adults who had been arrested in the past year were younger than the age of 35, male, non-Hispanic white, never married, living at or above the Federal poverty level, and had no further education beyond high school. Adult arrestees with AMI, compared with adult arrestees without AMI, were less likely to be female or non-Hispanic black and more likely to be out of the labor force. Among all adults, logistic regression models indicated that having mental illness - particularly SMI (adjusted odds ratio [OR] = 2.36) - was significantly associated with the odds of arrest, even when models controlled for demographic factors and substance use status. Among adults with AMI, the odds of arrest were higher among adults with SMI (adjusted OR = 1.48) than among adults with low/mild mental illness, but the odds of arrests among adults with moderate mental illness were not significantly different from the odds for those with low/mild mental illness. Among all adults, having an SUD was the strongest correlate of arrest (adjusted OR = 6.44), followed by not completing high school (adjusted OR = 3.53), past year illicit drug use without an SUD (adjusted OR = 2.81), and male gender (adjusted OR = 2.70). No characteristics were associated with arrest among adults with AMI that were not also associated with arrest among all adults. Conclusions. The presence of mental illness was a significant predictor of past year arrests in the U.S. general population, even in models that controlled for substance use and other correlates. However, the presence of an SUD was the strongest correlate of past year arrest among all adults and among adults with AMI or SMI. This suggests that programs may reduce arrest and recidivism by focusing on addressing the needs of people with co-occurring mental illness and SUDs. Diversion programs and mental health and drug courts may be one way to address the needs of people with mental illness and SUDs who come into contact with the criminal justice system. Introduction Studies have consistently documented high rates of mental illness among persons involved with the criminal justice system, including jail1,2,3,4,5,6 and prison populations,2,6,7,8 suggesting that the risk of arrest may be higher for individuals with a mental illness. Some research has pointed to the "criminalization of mentally disordered behavior," whereby the limited availability of mental health services has often resulted in jails becoming the placement of last resort for persons with mental illness.9,10,11,12,13 Multiple local studies have found high rates of criminal justice contact among people receiving mental health treatment in the public mental health system.14,15 In one large study linking Los Angeles County mental health treatment records to court records, 24 percent of those who received public- or Medicaid-funded mental health treatment had at least one arrest in the 10-year period covered by the study.16 The majority of these arrests (62 percent) were for nonviolent crimes, and less than half led to convictions. Similarly, a recent study found that individuals receiving mental health treatment in the Massachusetts public mental health system had 60 percent greater odds of being arrested over the 9.5 years of follow-up than did age-matched individuals in the general population.17 The rate of arrest was greater in the treatment sample than in the general population sample (32.8 vs. 23.2 percent). Studies comparing the odds of arrest among adults with a mental illness (regardless of treatment status) and adults without a mental illness in a nationally representative household sample are lacking at this time. Additionally, few nationally representative studies have looked at the sociodemographic characteristics associated with arrest among adults with mental illness. In the aforementioned studies of arrest among persons receiving mental health treatment, the factors associated with criminal justice contact included homelessness,14 younger age,16,18 male gender,16,19 African American race,16 higher levels of impairment,14,18 and type of mental illness.16 However, these studies all focused on criminal justice contact among people receiving mental health treatment in the public mental health system. This subgroup does not represent the overall population of people with mental illness because not everyone with a mental illness receives treatment,20,21,22,23 or receives it in the public sector. To our knowledge, no study has examined the characteristics associated with arrest among those with mental illness in a national, population-based sample. One of the most consistently identified risk factors for arrest in people with mental illness is having co-occurring substance use disorders (SUDs).14,15,16 Some studies have found that the overlap between mental illness and contacts with the criminal justice system is largely due to the high co-occurrence of SUDs among those with mental illness.5,24,25,26 Thus, it is important to consider the risk of arrest associated with mental illness independent of the risk associated with SUDs. Studies using data from nationally representative samples to examine these issues are lacking. This report uses data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), a nationally representative sample of persons in the civilian, noninstitutionalized U.S. population, to examine the prevalence and characteristics of past year arrest among adults with mental illness as a benchmark for evaluating future change. Thus, this report helps fill the previously described gaps in the literature on arrests among persons with mental illness in the general population. This report works toward meeting a goal within the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's (SAMHSA's) Trauma and Justice Strategic Initiative for 2011 to 2014 to "address the needs of people with mental and substance use disorders and with histories of trauma within the criminal and juvenile justice systems." Details: Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: CBHSQ State Review: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://archive.samhsa.gov/data/2k12/DataReview/DR008/CBHSQ-datareview-008-arrests-2012.htm Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 136803

Author: Gentzler, Kari C. Title: A Stress Process Model of Arrest among Homeless Women: Exploring Risk and Protective Factors Summary: Objective: Women constitute one of the fastest-growing segments of both the homeless and incarcerated populations. In addition, homeless women tend to have higher rates of victimization, mental illness, substance use, and criminal justice system involvement compared to non-homeless women, although this body of research is becoming dated. The current study situates homeless women's involvement in the criminal justice system within the stress process model and proposes that these factors - childhood abuse, psychiatric disorders, and homelessness - act as stressors that increase their risk of arrest. In addition, social support and self-efficacy are examined as potential protective factors that may act as buffers against arrest. Method: This study utilizes data from 159 homeless women from three U.S. cities: Omaha, Nebraska, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and Portland, Oregon. Results: First, rates of childhood abuse and recent arrest were examined: 75% of the women had experienced some physical, verbal, or sexual abuse during childhood and 20% of the women had been arrested in the year prior to the study. Bivariate logistic regression results indicated that childhood sexual abuse was a significant correlate of recent arrests. Next, stressors related to mental illness, substance use, and women's experiences while homeless were tested as mediators of the focal relationship. Drug dependence disorder and victimization experienced while homeless emerged as significant mediators in the relationship between childhood sexual abuse and arrest. Finally, social support and self-efficacy were explored as moderating resources. These protective factors, however, were unrelated to recent arrest and did not modify the relationship between psychiatric disorders or homelessness stressors and arrest. Conclusions: The current study supports the stress process model as a valid framework for studying risk and protective factors for arrest among homeless women. Stressors experienced early in life, such as childhood sexual abuse, give rise to stressors in other life domains and lead to maladaptive outcomes. Results of the current study provide evidence for the ongoing criminalization of mental illness and homelessness in contemporary society. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2014. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1032&context=sociologydiss Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 136804

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: GPS Monitoring of High-Risk Sex Offenders Summary: Sex crimes are particularly damaging to victims and repugnant to society. Research evidence suggests that a subset of sex offenders represent a particularly dire challenge to public safety due to their high likelihood of sex crime recidivism. In order to increase its capacity to meet this challenge the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) launched a pilot program in June of 2005 placing those sex offender parolees judged likeliest to commit further sex offenses on Global Positioning System (GPS) monitoring. The pilot provided for 80 sex offenders in San Diego County to be included in the program at any given time, and was designed to allow CDCR to obtain an initial level of experience with the GPS monitoring system and resolve as many implementation issues as possible before expanding the program throughout the remainder of the state. GPS devices utilize signals from orbiting satellites to determine their location with a high degree of accuracy. By placing a GPS receiver on a High-Risk sex Offender (HRSO) parolee, a parole agent receives a tremendous amount of information about parolee activities, allowing him or her to verify compliance with parole conditions such as curfews, and to investigate suspicious patterns of behavior. The CDCR�s GPS monitoring program has five goals: 1. Reduce sexual and violent criminal behavior of HRSO parolees 2. Improve detection of violations of parole conditions and patterns of risky behavior through enhanced supervision of HRSO parolees 3. Increase HRSO parolee compliance with conditions of parole 4. Identify or eliminate parolees as suspects in new crimes by sharing GPS information with law enforcement agencies 5. Develop partnerships with local law enforcement to reduce crime Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, 2006. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/2013/06/WorkingPaper5106_B.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 136805

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: City of Albuquerque Hogares Day Treatment Program Evaluation: Final Report Summary: The ISR was awarded the evaluation contract for the review of the Child and Adolescent Early Intervention Program and the Day Treatment Program for adolescent substance abusers. The ISR engaged the Center for Progressive Policy and Practice, Incorporated, a consulting firm experienced in the delivery and evaluation of substance abuse treatment and prevention services. This report is to determine the effectiveness of the new programs. Details: Albuquerque, NM: Institute for Social Research, University of New Mexico, 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2007/city-of-albuquerque-hogares-day-treatment-program-evaluation-final-report..pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Day Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 107668

Author: White, Nicole Title: Violent Crime Against Youth, 1994-2010 Summary: Publication Violent Crime Against Youth, 1994-2010 Janet L. Lauritsen, Ph.D., Nicole White, Ph.D., University of Missouri December 20, 2012 NCJ 240106 This report presents patterns and trends in violent crime against youth ages 12 to 17 from 1994 to 2010. The report explores overall trends in violent crime against youth and examines patterns in serious violent crime and simple assault by the demographic characteristics of the victim, the location and time of the incident, weapon involvement and injury, the victim-offender relationship, and whether police were notified. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: In 2010, male (14.3 victimizations per 1,000) and female (13.7 per 1,000) youth were equally likely to experience serious violent crime�rape or sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault. In comparison, male youth (79.4 per 1,000) were nearly twice as likely as female youth (43.6 per 1,000) to experience serious violent crime in 1994. Among racial and ethnic groups, black youth experienced the highest rates of serious violent crime in 2010. From 2002 to 2010, rates of serious violent crime declined among white (down 26%) and Hispanic (down 65%) youth, but remained the same among black youth. From 1994 to 2010, youth living with an unmarried head of household were generally more likely than youth living with a married head of household to be victims of violent crime. During this period, the decline in serious violent crime was greater for youth in married households (down 86%) than the decline among youth in unmarried households (down 65%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/vcay9410.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 136807

Author: Carson, E. Ann Title: Prisoners in 2014 Summary: This report presents final counts of prisoners under the jurisdiction of state and federal correctional authorities on December 31, 2014, collected by the National Prisoner Statistics program. This report includes the number of prison admissions, releases, noncitizen inmates, and inmates age 17 or younger in the custody of state or federal prisons. It presents prison capacity for each state and the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP), examines the use of private prisons by state and the BOP from 1999 to 2014, and describes the offense and demographic characteristics of yearend federal and state prison populations. The report also includes yearend counts for territorial and military correctional populations. Highlights: The number of prisoners held by state and federal correctional authorities on December 31, 2014 (1,561,500) decreased by 15,400 (down 1%) from year-end 2013. The federal prison population decreased by 5,300 inmates (down 2.5%) from 2013 to 2014, the second consecutive year of decline. On December 31, 2014, state and federal correctional authorities held 1,508,600 individuals sentenced to more than 1 year in prison, 11,800 fewer inmates than at yearend 2013. The number of women in prison who were sentenced to more than 1 year increased by 1,900 offenders (up 2%) in 2014 from 104,300 in 2013 to 106,200 in 2014. The decline in the BOP population in 2014 was explained by 5% fewer admissions (down 2,800) than in 2013. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/p14.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 136813

Author: Cox, Adam B. Title: Legitimacy and Cooperation: Will Immigrants Cooperate with Local Police Who Enforce Federal Immigration Law? Summary: Solving crimes often requires community cooperation. Cooperation is thought by many scholars to depend critically on whether community members believe that law enforcement institutions are legitimate and trustworthy. Yet establishing an empirical link between legitimacy and cooperation has proven elusive, with most studies relying on surveys or lab experiments of people's beliefs and attitudes, rather than on their behavior in the real world. This Article aims to overcome these shortcomings, capitalizing on a unique natural policy experiment to directly address a fundamental question about legitimacy, cooperation, and law enforcement success: do de-legitimating policy interventions actually undermine community cooperation with the police? The policy experiment is a massive federal immigration enforcement program called Secure Communities. Secure Communities was widely criticized for undermining the legitimacy of local police in the eyes of immigrants, and it was rolled out nationwide over a four-year period in a way that approximates a natural experiment. Using the rate at which police solve crimes as a proxy for community cooperation, we find no evidence that the program reduced community cooperation - despite its massive size and broad scope. The results call into question optimistic claims that discrete policy interventions can, in the short run, meaningfully affect community perceptions of law enforcement legitimacy in ways that shape community cooperation with police. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago School of Law, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 734 U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 543 : Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2658265 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Enforcement Shelf Number: 136815

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: City of Albuquerque, Albuquerque Collaborative on Police-Community Relations Phase One Report Summary: The Institute for Social Research (ISR) at the University of New Mexico was contracted by the City of Albuquerque to assess and evaluate the Albuquerque Collaborative on Police-Community Relations (Collaborative). This contract was finalized in the second half of November 2014. The assessment and evaluation includes a variety of research tasks including the development of a methodology to help collect relevant data to measure participation, the implementation, and results of the Collaborative. The Collaborative process includes three phases which are further described below. This report concludes our research associated with Phase I and a portion of Phase II. This study had two goals. First, to assess the implementation of the Collaborative following the process outlined in City Council Resolution R-2014-052 (Appendix A) and second to provide key themes distilled from the different sources of information described later. These key themes will be used during the Phase 2 Feedback Sessions to help in the drafting of community goals that will be prioritized. In Phase 3 the community goals will be implemented and a committee will be established to monitor and track progress to keep the process moving forward. The Collaborative was created by an Albuquerque City Council Resolution (R-2014-052) sponsored by two City Councilors, Ken Sanchez and Trudy E. Jones, and signed and enacted on June 27, 2014 by the City Council and Mayor. The City of Albuquerque Office of Diversity and Human Rights (ODHR) and the Office of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) were given the responsibility for implementing the Collaborative following the outlined process described later. This report contains several sections. Following this introduction, we generally describe the Albuquerque Collaborative with a focus on what is outlined in the Albuquerque City Council Resolution and a very limited comparison to the Cincinnati Collaborative after which it is partly patterned. Next, we describe our research methodology that included observations of all the facilitated meetings, a review of the reports completed by the facilitators for each meeting, and a review of other materials including participant evaluation/feedback forms, registrations for the meetings, and sign-in lists for each meeting. We then include an analysis section that reviews the information collected from the different sources of data noted above. Last, we provide our findings and a conclusion. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2015/city-of-albuquerque,-albuquerque-collaborative-on-police--community-relations-phase-one-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 136817

Author: Tonigan, Alexandra Toscova Title: Bernalillo County Department of Substance Abuse: Public Inebriate Intervention Program Summary: The purpose of the Bernalillo County Department of Substance Abuse Program's (DSAP) Public Inebriate Intervention Program (PIIP) in Bernalillo County, including Albuquerque, New Mexico is to relieve congestion in UNM Hospital's Emergency Department and Psychiatric Emergency Services, as well as other hospital emergency rooms in Bernalillo County (Presbyterian and Lovelace) and to reduce the number of bookings at the Metropolitan Detention Center (MDC). To do this, the Department of Substance Abuse Program (DSAP) has partnered with the Albuquerque Fire Department (AFD) and the Albuquerque Police Department (APD) to "identify inebriates in the community and offer voluntary transportation to the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Assessment Treatment Services (MATS) facility," where individuals have the opportunity to stay up to 12 hours in a stable and safe environment until they sober up (Board of County Commissioners, DSAP). In doing so, the inebriated individuals receive the appropriate treatment and care, crowding within jails and hospitals is alleviated, and a substantial amount of money can be saved. The program is located at the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Assessment Treatment Services (MATS) facility. This program houses a number of programs including detoxification services, a medical observation and treatment unit, supportive aftercare, residential services, and a hospital for adult/adolescent medical detoxification and rehabilitation. The information presented in this report originates from forms maintained by MATS on individuals who were served by PIIP in April, May and October of 2014. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2015/bernalillo-county-department-of-substance-abuse-public-inebriate-intervention-program.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 136820

Author: Johnston, Gary Title: Bookings on Citable Charges: An Analysis of Arrests and Bookings in the Metropolitan Detention Center Summary: The purpose of this study is to determine the number of persons who are arrested and booked in the Metropolitan Detention Center on a citable offense. We categorized petty misdemeanor arrests into 5 categories: drug, public order, property, traffic, and violent crimes. Based on these categories we calculated the most frequent types of crimes in each category, the number of arrests for each category in a particular month, the average length of stay overall, and the average length of stay for each category. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2014/bookings-on-citable-charges-an-analysis-of-arrests-and-bookings-in-the-metropolitan-detention-center.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehension Shelf Number: 136821

Author: Cathey, Dan Title: New Mexico Department of Public Safety Motor Transportation Division Staffing Study: Final Report Summary: In November 2013 the New Mexico Department of Public Safety (DPS) contracted with the New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC) to complete a staffing study involving the work of the New Mexico Motor Transport Police Department (MTPD). The main effort of the study involves a staffing study of the uniformed patrol officers and the non-patrol civilian transport inspectors of MTPD. The report contains three sections; each section addresses one of the three contracted topics, i.e., staffing study, bypass routes, and fee structure. The first section addresses the staffing study, beginning with a review of relevant literature, a methods section, a description of the sites and the MTPD in the study, an analysis section, a discussion of the results, and a conclusion. The second section describes the task of estimating the number of commercial vehicles bypassing the New Mexico ports of entry. This section begins with a description of past efforts to estimate the number of vehicles, a description of the method used in this study, results, and an analysis and recommendations. Finally, the third section contains a review of the complex issue of the fee structure used by New Mexico compared to other states using the International Fuel Tax Agreement [IFTA] and the International Registration Plan [IRP]) and provides recommendations to improve MTPD's revenue enforcement mission. This may include an estimate of commercial vehicle counts both intra-state and inter-state for the Albuquerque metropolitan area, if the budget and time permits. The ability to prioritize work assignments and an ongoing workload assessment process are two key elements of allocation methods in the field of law enforcement. A well-developed progressive allocation plan must ensure the continued deployment of sufficient personnel to accomplish most critical tasks while also anticipating trends such as political intervention or fiscal constraints which could significantly impact allocation and future staffing capabilities (Butler, 2007) . To complete the staffing study a number of tasks were accomplished. We reviewed previous staffing studies of DPS (Bower, et al 2001; Department of Public Safety 2004, 2006, 2007); we also reviewed a 2013 study of the MTPD by the NM Legislative Finance Committee. We reviewed literature relating to law enforcement staffing study methods specifically dealing with staffing patrol agencies. During our staffing study of the NM State Police in 2012, we contacted various state law enforcement agencies and other law enforcement agencies regarding staffing studies they may have completed. We provide the results of that review in this study, as the findings are pertinent to the MTPD study. In addition to collecting background information, we held several meetings with MTPD staff to discuss the study and focus the research. Based on this information and for a number of reasons, discussed later, we decided to use the established Police Allocation Model (PAM) to calculate staffing levels for the MTPD commissioned officer unit. To calculate staffing for the non-patrol civilian transportation inspectors (TI), we used a modified workload method. This is discussed in more detail later. We used a similar method to determine the staffing levels of the NMSP non-patrol units in our 2012 staffing study. As stated, during the project we met with MTPD administrative staff to discuss the data needed to complete the staffing study and requested these data. This included data by unit being studied (MTPD commissioned and civilian TI), district level data (e.g., miles of road by type of road, road coverage, span of control), officer level data (e.g., calls for services, patrol time, administrative time, medical and vacation use), operations data (e.g., shift length, shift relief factors, and weekly work hours), performance objectives (e.g., administrative time, court time, proactive time, travel time, patrol intervals, commercial vehicle inspection time, credential booth time, and permit issuance time), and policy decisions (e.g., calls for service, minimum staffing levels, patrol intervals, coverage per week, and immediate response availability). The data requests are discussed in more detail later. The analysis section of the report describes the steps we took using PAM to calculate the staffing level of MTPD and the steps we took using the modified workload method to calculate the civilian TI staff level. We also discuss the results and provide a number of recommendations and a conclusion. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2014/motor-transport-police-division-staffing-study-final-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 136822

Author: Connecticut Juvenile Justice Alliance Title: Juvenile Prisons: National consensus and alternatives Summary: Recent reports issued by the Office of the Child Advocate1 and by a consultant to the Department of Children and Families itself raise urgent concerns about conditions at the Connecticut Juvenile Training School and the Pueblo Unit. In addition to immediately improving safety at these facilities, the state should develop a long-term plan for youth in the juvenile justice system that maximizes their prospects for rehabilitation. A wealth of research and the experience of other states show that correctional facilities offer the worst outcomes for youth at the highest cost. The Connecticut Juvenile Justice Alliance makes the following recommendations in the interest of child well-being, public safety and responsible use of taxpayer dollars. 1. Conditions must be improved immediately at CJTS and Pueblo, with input from national experts and with independent oversight, as recommended by DCF's own consultant. 2. The state must work toward closing these facilities. CJTS should close in 18 to 24 months. Pueblo should close much sooner. 3. Closure must be preceded by the development of a robust system of care that meets the needs of all children, in the least restrictive setting possible. The objective is not simply to close facilities - it is to serve kids better. 4. Connecticut must draw on outside expertise to develop this system. In particular it should be guided by the successes of other states as described in this report. This report includes a summary of findings about CJTS and Pueblo, research on the failure of youth prisons as well as successful state-level initiatives to close them in favor of community-based programs that are producing far better results. The experience of other states shows that improved outcomes and cost savings are clearly achievable - in fact, are highly compatible. Furthermore, their experience creates a blueprint for Connecticut. Details: Bridgeport, CT: Connecticut Juvenile Justice Alliance, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.ctjja.org/resources/pdf/youthprisonreport81115.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136823

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Louisiana Title: Louisiana's Debtors Prisons: An Appeal to Justice Summary: We tend to think of "debtors prisons" as a Dickensian practice, one that may have thrived in less civilized centuries but has long been consigned to the dustbin of history. We are comfortable believing that locking people up because they can't pay their debts doesn't happen in the modern world, and certainly not in America. The truth is the opposite: debtors prison practices are very real and present, both across the country, and here in Louisiana. In January 2014, Orleans Parish grandmother Dianne Jones was sentenced to time served (ten days), an almost $800 fine, and six months probation for first-time possession of marijuana. Although unemployed and the primary caregiver for her three young grandchildren, Jones paid monthly installments of more than $100 over several months, until she was unexpectedly forced to move. The expenses associated with the unplanned move caused her to fall behind in her court payments, leaving her owing a balance of $148. Because she did not complete her installment payments in the six months allotted by the court, her probation period was extended and a warrant with a $20,000 bond was issued for her arrest. At risk of being jailed, and leaving her grandchildren without care, Jones only found relief when a community group rallied to take up a collection on her behalf. With the money raised, Jones was able to pay her remaining fines and court costs, and the warrant was lifted. Jones' case is not unlike one from 1983, involving a man named Danny Bearden. It began when Bearden was sentenced to three years probation and ordered to pay $750 in fines and restitution for burglary and receiving stolen property. Bearden's family initially paid part of his fine, but illiterate and unemployed, he was unable to keep up his payments. In June 1981, he was sentenced to serve the remainder of his probation term in prison because he hadn't paid the $550 he still owed. He languished in prison for two years, and appealed his sentence all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court in 1983. The Supreme Court held that, under the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, an individual may face incarceration for failure to pay fines only if that failure was willful or the individual failed to make bona fide efforts to pay. Sentencing courts must inquire into the reasons that a defendant fails to pay a fine or restitution before imposing a prison sentence; to imprison someone merely because of their poverty would be fundamentally unfair. In short, Bearden v. Georgia established that it is illegal to imprison someone who cannot pay a fine simply because the person is poor. More than a decade before the Bearden case, in 1972, the U.S. 5th Circuit Court of Appeals, which includes Louisiana, ruled in Frazier v. Jordan that courts may not impose "pay or stay" sentences-sentences which require a defendant to pay a fine at the time of sentencing or serve a jail term. Between Bearden and Frazier, the illegality of both these practices-imposing a jail sentence for failing to pay a court-ordered fine, and imposing sentences that present a choice between a fine and jail time-is long established. Yet despite clear and longstanding law, courts across Louisiana continue to disregard the protections and principles established by the Supreme Court and by the 5th Circuit in Bearden and Frazier. Louisiana courts routinely incarcerate people simply because they are too poor to pay fines and fees-costs often stemming from very minor, nonviolent offenses. Others are given the impossible choice between a fine they can't afford and a stay in jail. In this report, the ACLU of Louisiana details the experiences of people who were incarcerated because they were unable to pay relatively small fines. That these practices have continued to flourish for decades after being outlawed demonstrates not only a disregard for the law, but also for the people of Louisiana. Debtors prisons are supposed to be a thing of the past. It's time to make that true. KEY FINDINGS The ACLU of Louisiana ("ACLU") investigated the imposition and collection of fines, fees and court costs or other legal financial obligations (LFOs) in twelve parishes and two cities from across Louisiana. We also examined instances of "pay or stay" sentences. These practices are examined together because their impact on individuals is the same. We sought records of jail bookings during the 45-day period from January 1-February 15, 2014, as well as specific bookings for contempt or failure to pay fines, fees, or costs. In some cases, we also requested city court records when necessary to clarify parish jail booking records. We screened records for individuals booked on contempt or other charges for failure to pay fines and fees, as well as for individuals sentenced to "pay or stay sentences." ACLU staff visited courtrooms to observe the practice of jailing people for inability to pay in parishes across Louisiana. The ACLU interviewed court officials and advocates as well as people who were subject to debtors prison practices in Bossier, Orleans, Caddo, St. Martin, and Evangeline parishes. Several themes emerged in our analysis: Details: New Orleans, LA: American Civil Liberties Union of Louisiana, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: https://www.laaclu.org/resources/LADebtorsPrisons_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 136824

Author: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition Title: Texas Indigent Defense Commission: Helping Counties Implement What Works For System-Wide Cost Savings Summary: Since the passage of the Fair Defense Act (FDA) of 2001,Texas has made significant progress in improving the delivery of indigent defense services and providing access to counsel to defendants in need, but there is still more work to be done. The Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, in a new feature report, credits the Texas Indigent Defense Commission (Commission) and Texas counties for implementing the much needed changes of the FDA. System improvements include setting requirements for the timing of the appointment of counsel, clarifying the qualifications for appointed counsel, and requiring plans for determining a defendant's indigency. To assist counties in meeting the FDA requirements, the Commission provides valuable technical support and guidance on standards and reporting. Furthermore, the Commission distributes just over $30 million annually to Texas's 254 counties � funding collected through court fines and other fees, not from the state's general revenue � to support counties in their efforts to provided defense services. Unfortunately for counties, the cost of indigent services has more than doubled since the passage of the FDA in 2001, due largely to more defendants passing through the system. Although Commission funding has increased from its initial level, it still only covers about 30 percent of the increased costs incurred by counties. This report highlights why the Commission's work in supporting counties' forward-thinking strategies and best practices for providing indigent defense will result in a better, cost-saving justice system, worthy of state general revenue to help counties provide constitutionally required indigent defense to Texans. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2015 at: http://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/uploads/TIDC%20Helping%20Counties%20Feature.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Indigent Defense Shelf Number: 136825

Author: Walsh, Vanessa Title: Disparities in Discipline: A Look at School Disciplinary Actions for Utah's American Indian Students Summary: A number of recent studies and reports have examined the school-to-prison pipeline (STPP) and its impact on students of color. Few, if any, of these documents have focused on the troubling and undeniable effects of the pipeline on American Indian students. Nationally, 22% of all American Indian students receive disciplinary action at school, compared to 14.1% of all white students. In Utah, these students are almost four times (3.8) more likely to receive a school disciplinary action compared to their white counterparts. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, S.J. Quinney College of Law, Public Policy Clinic, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2609177 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 136826

Author: University of Utah. S.J. Quinney College of Law Title: From Fingerpaint to Fingerprints: The School-to-Prison Pipeline in Utah Summary: In the first report of its kind in the state, students at the University of Utah S.J. Quinney College of Law used recently released U.S. Department of Education data to examine school discipline rates in Utah. Their findings indicate that Utah students are being disciplined in extraordinarily high numbers starting in elementary school. Significant findings in the report include the following: - Children with disabilities in Utah are twice as likely to be disciplined as their non-disabled peers. - Children in elementary schools are being referred to law enforcement, arrested in their schools, and expelled. - Children of color, and American Indian children in particular, are one-and-half to three-and-half times more likely to be disciplined than their white counterparts. - Male children in Utah are disciplined twice as often as female children. - School districts across the country - including some here in Utah - have maintained safe learning environments while reducing the use of school discipline. Students who are suspended even once are more likely to drop out of school, and the Department of Justice reports that nearly 70% of those in prison nationwide dropped out of high school. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, S.J. Quinney College of Law, Public Policy Clinic, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2015 at: https://app.box.com/s/7cijulegy85dk2557i1figi7fs36777o Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 136827

Author: Werblow, Jacob Title: Continuing the Dream: The Effect of Kingian Nonviolence on Youth Affected by Incarceration Summary: The ThinKING program was presented as a three-week course in Kingian Nonviolence to self-selected high school students enrolled in the City of Hartford's Summer Youth Employment and Learning Program (SYELP). Thirty-two students, nearly half of which were children of incarcerated parents (CIP) and many of whom had an incarcerated family member, enrolled during the summer of 2012. The Connecticut Center for Nonviolence (CTCN) developed the ThinKING curriculum based off the Kingian nonviolence Leaders Manual (LaFayette & Jehnsen, 1995). Youth participating in the program received over 80 hours of instruction, involving Kingian Nonviolence Conflict Reconciliation curriculum (level-I), daily arts enrichment, and weekly structured group therapy conversations about incarceration and violence. Twenty-six students successfully completed the program and received certification in Thinking Level-I Kingian Nonviolence Conflict Reconciliation. Pre-and post-test results strongly indicate that the three-week program significantly increased intentions to use nonviolent strategies for the youth and also increased youth's self-efficacy, including confidence in their ability to stay out of fights. After completing the three-week training, youth were 92% less likely to define violence as only a physical act and 81% more likely to describe violence as something that is both physical and nonphysical (both). When asked, "The last time you were in a serious conflict situation, what was the conflict about? How did you respond?" There was no change in the number of students who responded with physical violence; however, there was a 325% increase in the number of participants reporting that they had deescalated the conflict, and a 75% reduction in the number of participants who said they had escalated the situation. These findings suggest that the ThinKING program is a promising strategy for violence prevention for youth with incarcerated parents or family members. Details: New Haven, CT: Institute for Municipal and Regional Policy and the Connecticut Center for Nonviolence, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.ctcip.org/publications/imrp/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136828

Author: Gonzalez, Jacinta Title: Deporting the Evidence: Migrant Workers in the South Expose How U.S. Immigration Enforcement against Human Rights Defenders Violates the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights Summary: This report exposes the ways in which the United States is "deporting the evidence," by arresting, detaining, and removing individuals engaged in defending themselves and their communities against serious violations of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR). In some cases, the state uses immigration enforcement to retaliate against persons who expose governmental abuses of civil and political rights. In other cases, the state cooperates with private actors who use immigration enforcement to hide their own unlawful behavior. Not only do these actions by the United States directly violate the ICCPR, they also prevent human rights abuses from being exposed or verified because victims and witnesses are intimidated, locked away, or removed from the country. This report documents the stories of "the Southern 32," a campaign of migrant workers in the southern region of the United States who are fighting government efforts to deport them in retaliation for the work they are doing to defend human rights. The southern region offers a microcosm of the broader challenges the United States faces in fully realizing its obligations to vulnerable immigrant communities under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. In the last seven years, five major hurricanes have caused tens of billions of dollars of damage to the region. Immigrants, primarily Latino and Hispanic, have played a crucial role in the rebuilding effort, often performing the most essential and dangerous jobs. Today in New Orleans, many of the migrant workers who originally arrived to help with the post-Katrina recovery effort now live with their families in the city, intimately joined in the fabric of the community. Because they live and work either without formal governmental permission or with limited status as temporary contract workers, they are uniquely vulnerable to exploitation. Despite their essential contribution to the revitalization of the city and the region, these workers continue to face widespread human rights violations. Details: New Orleans, LA: New Orleans Workers� Center for Racial Justice, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://nowcrj.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/11/DeportingtheEvidence_web.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Day Laborers Shelf Number: 136829

Author: Ferguson Commission Title: Forward through Ferguson: A path toward racial equity Summary: The Ferguson Commission is an independent group appointed by Missouri Governor Jay Nixon on November 18, 2014, to conduct a "thorough, wide-ranging and unflinching study of the social and economic conditions that impede progress, equality and safety in the St. Louis region." The need to address these conditions was underscored by the unrest in the wake of the death of Michael Brown, Jr. in Ferguson on August 9, 2014. The Commission's Charge The Commission, composed of 16 diverse volunteer leaders, was charged with the following: To examine the underlying causes of these conditions, including poverty, education, governance, and law enforcement; To engage with local citizens, area organizations, national thought leaders, institutions, and experts to develop a thorough and comprehensive understanding of the concerns related to these conditions; and To issue an unflinching report containing specific, practical policy recommendations for making the region a stronger, fairer place for everyone to live. This is that report. Details: Ferguson, MO: The Commission, 2015. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/2413166/fergusoncommissionreport-091415.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 136831

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Youth Athletes: Sports Programs' Guidance, Practices, and Policies to Help Prevent and Respond to Sexual Abuse Summary: Media reports of the sexual abuse of youth athletes by their coaches have raised questions about how athletic organizations protect against such abuse. Research shows that the power dynamic between coaches and athletes aiming for high performance makes those athletes uniquely vulnerable to abuse. Although states are primarily responsible for addressing abuse, federal laws may apply, such as those that prohibit sex discrimination, including sexual abuse, in federally-funded education programs, require reports of campus crimes, and set minimum standards for state child abuse reporting laws. GAO was asked to review efforts to prevent and respond to the sexual abuse of youth athletes under age 18. GAO examined (1) the role of federal agencies in preventing and responding to sexual abuse of youth athletes, and (2) steps selected athletic programs aimed at high performance take to prevent and respond to such abuse. GAO reviewed relevant federal laws, regulations, guidance, and literature; visited a non-generalizable sample of 11 athletic programs in three states selected on factors including sport popularity, gender participation, and geographic diversity; and interviewed federal agencies, relevant associations, and experts. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-418: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/670543.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Athletes Shelf Number: 136832

Author: Kernic, Mary A. Title: Impact of Legal Representation on Child Custody Decisions among Families with a History of Intimate Partner Violence Study Summary: retrospective cohort study was conducted among King County, Washington couples with minor children who filed for marriage dissolution within the King County Superior Court (KCSC) system between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2010 and who had a history of police- or court-documented intimate partner violence (IPV). The major aim of this study was to test the hypothesis that legal representation of the IPV victim in child custody decisions leads to greater legal protections being awarded in child custody and visitation decisions compared to similar cases of unrepresented IPV victims. We examined the effect of legal representation of the IPV victim separately by whether the victim was represented by a legal aid attorney or private attorney. Comparison group unrepresented subjects were matched to represented subjects using nearest neighbor propensity score matching within calipers. Final study group membership was adjusted to reflect actual representation status during dissolution proceedings. The study sample comprised 91 cases in which the IPV victim was represented by a legal aid attorney and 168 unrepresented legal aid comparison cases; and 524 cases in which the IPV victim was represented by a private attorney and 538 unrepresented private attorney comparison cases. Primary outcomes examined included the proportion of couples for whom: 1) visitation was denied to the abusing parent, 2) the court ordered supervision of visitation between the abusing parent and the child(ren), 3) restrictions or conditions were placed on the abusing parent's visitation with the child(ren), 4) treatment or program completion was required of the abusing parent, and 5) sole decision-making was awarded to the non-IPV-abusing parent. We found that cases in which the IPV victim parent received legal aid attorney representation were 85% more likely to have visitation denied to the IPV abusing parent, 77% more likely to have restrictions or conditions placed on the IPV abusing parent's child visitation among the subset of cases in which the IPV abusing parent was awarded visitation, 47% more likely to have treatment or program completion ordered for the IPV abusing parent, and 46% more likely to have sole decision-making awarded to the IPV victim parent relative to unrepresented comparison group cases after adjustment for confounding. Requirement of supervision of child visitation was comparable between legal aid represented cases and their comparison group after adjustment. Cases in which the IPV victim parent received private attorney representation were 63% more likely to have supervision of the IPV abusing parent's child visitation ordered by the court and 36% more likely to have treatment or program completion ordered by the court relative to unrepresented comparison group cases after adjustment for confounding factors. Cases in which the IPV victim was represented by a private attorney were no more likely to have child visitation denied to the abusing parent, to have restrictions or conditions placed on the IPV abusing parent's child visitation among the subset of cases in which the IPV abusing parent was awarded visitation or to have the IPV victim ordered as sole decision-maker relative to unrepresented comparison cases. Attorney representation, particularly representation by legal aid attorneys with expertise in IPV cases, resulted in greater protections being awarded to IPV victims and their children. Improved access of IPV victims to legal representation, particularly by attorneys with expertise in IPV, is indicated. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 60p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248886.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Custody Shelf Number: 136833

Author: Durlauf, Steven N. Title: Model Uncertainty and the Effect of Shall-Issue Right-to-Carry Laws on Crime Summary: This paper explores the role of model uncertainty in explaining the different findings in the literature regarding the effect of shall-issue right-to-carry concealed weapons laws on crime. In particular, we systematically examine how different modeling assumptions affect the results. We find little support for some widely used assumptions in the literature (e.g., population weights), but find that allowing for the effect of the law to be heterogeneous across both counties and over time is important for explaining the observed patterns of crime. In terms of model uncertainty, we find that there is substantial variation in the estimated effects for each model across all dimensions of the model space. This suggests that one should be cautious in using the results from any particular model to inform policy decisions. Details: Cambridge, MA: NBER, 2015. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working paper 21566: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21566.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Weapons Shelf Number: 136835

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Crime and Policing Revisited Summary: This paper outlines the stark differences in the nature of police crime control conversations between the first convening of the Executive Session on Policing (1985-1991) and the second (2008-2014) resulting from an unprecedented growth in rigorous evaluation research on what works in police crime prevention. The author provides an overview of what was known about the police and crime prevention at the time of the first Executive Session; what was proposed then as promising new ways for the police to reduce crime; and the research conducted during the 1990s and 2000s that examined the efficacy of these ideas. Finally, the paper concludes by offering two central ideas on continuing effective police crime prevention policies and practices suggested by participants of the second Executive Session and supported by existing research evidence Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice; and Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice, Policy and Management, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/248888.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 136836

Author: Turner, Susan Title: Public Safety Realignment in Twelve California Counties Summary: Following long bouts of litigation among inmates, prison guards, and state officials, in May 2011, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed the ruling of a three-judge panel that imposed a cap on California's prison population and ordered the state to reduce its prison population to 137.5 percent of "design capacity" within two years. The primary basis for the court ruling was that the overcrowded prison system violated inmates' constitutional right to adequate health care. In response to the 2011 Supreme Court decision, California adopted two measures, Assembly Bill (AB) 109 and AB 117, collectively known as realignment. These measures shift responsibility for certain low-level offenders, parole violators, and parolees, previously the state's responsibility, to California counties. Realignment gives counties a great deal of flexibility in how they treat these offenders and allows them to choose alternatives to custody for realignment offenders. As time has passed since realignment began in October 2011, several studies have evaluated various aspects of the planning and implementation of realignment. The study reported here focused on the flexibility that the state granted counties in implementing realignment. In particular, the authors wanted to determine whether counties essentially continued and expanded what they were already doing in county corrections or whether they used realignment as an opportunity to change from "business as usual." Key Findings Counties Encounter Unanticipated Challenges and Find That There Are Many Unknowns About Strategies' Effects - Realignment appears to have shifted the responsibility for, but not the total numbers of, offenders in the system (at least those under the primary forms of supervision and incarceration). Many Things That Are Being Implemented Are Enhancements of Existing Programs or Policies - Both probation and sheriff's department representatives mentioned a focus on providing services and expanding evidence-based practices, although clearly sheriff's departments often focused on adding jail capacity. Every county voiced concern about realigned offenders' increased risk levels and need profiles: They required more mental and other health services, and high proportions were rated as high risk on assessment instruments. There Is Evidence of Movement Toward Co-locating Service Provision - A movement toward the delivery of services in a one-stop location was evident in both probation and sheriff's departments. Reentry units - specialized areas in the jails - are gaining momentum for inmates near the ends of their sentences in an effort to provide them with the skills, services, and connections to outside agencies. Recommendations - Longer-term follow-up will be able to provide a more comprehensive analysis of system changes. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR800/RR872/RAND_RR872.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 136837

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: U.S. Parole Commission: Number of Offenders under Its Jurisdiction Has Declined; Transferring Its Jurisdiction for D.C. Offenders Would Pose Challenges Summary: USPC was established in 1976, in part to carry out a national parole policy that would govern the release of offenders to community supervision prior to completing their full custody sentences. USPC�s budget is just over $13 million for fiscal year 2015. Over time, changes in laws have abolished parole and introduced supervised release - a new form of post-incarceration supervision. As a result, USPC has been reauthorized and has authority to grant and revoke parole for eligible federal and D.C. offenders and to revoke supervised release for D.C. offenders violating the terms of their release. USPC'[s current authorization is set to expire in 2018. This report addresses (1) changes in the number of offenders under USPC's jurisdiction from fiscal years 2002 through 2014 and (2) the organizational characteristics needed for an entity to feasibly assume jurisdiction of D.C. offenders from USPC, and the feasibility and implications of such a transfer. GAO analyzed USPC data on federal and D.C. offenders from fiscal years 2002-2014 - the most recent years for which reliable data were available - as well as DOJ reports on USPC and USPC policies, and determined that the data were sufficiently reliable for our purposes. GAO also discussed with USPC and some of its criminal justice partners the feasibility of transferring USPC's jurisdiction for D.C. offenders and any related challenges. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-15-359: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/670509.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 135913

Author: Monahan, John Title: Risk Assessment in Criminal Sentencing Summary: The past several years have seen a surge of interest in using risk assessment in criminal sentencing, both to reduce recidivism by incapacitating or treating high-risk offenders and to reduce prison populations by diverting low-risk offenders from prison. We begin by sketching jurisprudential theories of sentencing, distinguishing those that rely on risk assessment from those that preclude it. We then characterize and illustrate the varying roles that risk assessment may play in the sentencing process. We clarify questions regarding the various meanings of "risk" in sentencing and the appropriate time to assess the risk of convicted offenders. We conclude by addressing four principal problems confronting risk assessment in sentencing: conflating risk and blame, barring individual inferences based on group data, failing adequately to distinguish risk assessment from risk reduction, and ignoring whether, and if so, how, the use of risk assessment in sentencing affects racial and economic disparities in imprisonment. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper, No. 53 : Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2662082 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 136838

Author: Robbins, Michael Title: A Framework for Synthetic Control Methods with High-Dimensional, Micro-Level Data. Evaluating a Neighborhood-Specific Crime Intervention Summary: Synthetic control methods are an increasingly popular tool for analysis of economic programs. Here, they are applied to a neighborhood-specific crime intervention in Roanoke, VA, and several novel contributions are made to the synthetic control toolkit. We examine high-dimensional data at a granular level (the treated area has several cases, a large number of untreated comparison cases, and multiple outcome measures). Calibration is used to develop weights that exactly match the synthetic control to the treated region across several outcomes and time periods. Further, we illustrate the importance of adjusting the estimated effect of treatment for the design effect implicit within the weights. A permutation procedure is proposed wherein countless placebo areas can be constructed, enabling estimation of p-values under a robust set of assumptions. An omnibus statistic is introduced that is used to jointly test for the presence of an intervention effect across multiple outcomes and post-intervention time periods. Analyses indicate that the Roanoke intervention did decrease crime levels, but the estimated effect of the intervention is not as statistically significant as it would have been had less rigorous approaches been used. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: WR-1080-NIJ: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/working_papers/WR1000/WR1080/RAND_WR1080.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 136841

Author: Gleason, Diana Title: 2015 Update: Can I Bring My Gun? A Fifty State Survey of Firearm Laws Impacting Policies Prohibiting Handguns in Public Libraries Summary: In Capital Area District Library v. Michigan Open Carry, 826 N.W. 2d 736 (2012), the Michigan Court of Appeals concluded that state law preempted the library's weapons policy prohibiting firearms in the library. My article, Can I Bring My Gun? A Fifty State Survey of Firearm Laws Impacting Policies Prohibiting Handguns in Public Libraries,* asked how laws in each state impact similar policies prohibiting handguns in public libraries. The article warned that many states and the federal government were in the process of amending laws to increase or decrease gun restrictions, and that ongoing change could be expected. In fact, since the article was published in December, 2013, over half the states have amended or promulgated statutes impacting the issue. This update provides a more accurate baseline for following gun laws in the states and District of Columbia. Where information in the original article remains the same the text has not been changed. Details: Moscow, ID: University of Idaho College of law Library, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2605937 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: College and Universities Shelf Number: 136842

Author: Braithwaite, Helen Title: Impact of the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM) on parolee perceptions of supervision Summary: In 2009, the California Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) convened a Parole Reform Task Force (PRTF) to recommend new supervision policies and procedures in light of recent evidence-based research findings and supervision methods being introduced in jurisdictions across the country. The Task Force developed a package of parole reforms called the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM). CPSRM represented a significant change to the way that DAPO supervised offenders. Caseloads were reduced from a funding ratio of 70:1 down to 48:1. With fewer parolees to supervise, agents would have more time to get to know the particular needs of parolees and be able to manage these needs more effectively. Agents were given extensive training over a 6-month period in evidence-based practices and the new procedures relating to pre-release planning, case management, quality of supervision, programming, and parolee rewards and incentives. The goal was to shift parole from a 'surveillance' or a 'contact-driven' model of supervision toward an approach that emphasized case management, with parole agents spending more time both understanding the criminogenic risk factors of parolees, and addressing these needs through referrals to programming. Supervision under a CPSRM model was quite different from routine parole supervision. For example, agents conducted an in-depth interview with parolees at the time of their release from prison and arrival into the parole system to gather detailed information about issues such as their relationships with their family and friends, triggers that caused them to get into trouble, their drug and alcohol use, participation in programs, their perceived challenges in reentering the community, and their plans or goals. Parolees collaborated in developing an individualized case plan and were invited to attend a periodic review of this case plan in a Case Conference Review. Parolees worked with their agents to develop monthly goals, specifying the small steps they agreed to work on in the coming month toward a bigger goal (for example, spending 20 hours looking for a job and attending school for 100 hours). These monthly goals were a tool for the parolee to receive the 'dosage' (i.e. number of hours) required to impact their criminogenic risk factors, and were also a mechanism for the parolee to be part of their supervision rather than supervision being something that happened to them. Working towards achieving these goals provided evidence of progress that could be used by the parolee during the discharge consideration process. Agents were trained in the use of Motivational Interviewing techniques to improve the quality of the relationship with the parolee and to recognize the importance of the parolee's willingness to change. Taken together, these and the other policy changes implemented with CPSRM represented a dramatic change in the way that DAPO supervised offenders. CPSRM was introduced at four pilot parole units across the state - one in each of the four parole regions - in August, 2010. Since early 2010, the Center for Evidence-Based Corrections (CEBC) at the University of California, Irvine (UCI) has been involved in evaluating CPSRM implementation. This CEBC process evaluation has used a variety of methods - including surveys, interviews, and a behavioral study - to examine agent perceptions of CPSRM, and change in agent attitudes or behavior brought about by parole reform policies. CEBC has disseminated several reports presenting the findings from these studies. In addition to the process evaluation, CEBC is conducting an outcome evaluation to examine the impact of CPSRM on parolee recidivism. This outcome evaluation will compare the rates of parole violations, arrests, convictions and return to custody of parolees supervised at the four CPSRM pilot sites with (a) a control group of parolees supervised under routine parole supervision at four comparable non-CPSRM parole units, and (b) parolees supervised at the four CPSRM pilot sites prior to the introduction of CPSRM. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, University of California, Irvine, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/2014/08/Impact-of-the-California-Parole-Supervision-and-Reintegration-Model-CPSRM-on-parolee-perceptions-of-supervision.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136843

Author: Reuter, Peter Title: Understanding the U.S. Illicit Tobacco Market: Characteristics, Policy Context, and Lessons from International Experiences Summary: Tobacco use has declined because of measures such as high taxes on tobacco products and bans on advertising, but worldwide there are still more than one billion people who regularly use tobacco, including many who purchase products illicitly. By contrast to many other commodities, taxes comprise a substantial portion of the retail price of cigarettes in the United States and most other nations. Large tax differentials between jurisdictions increase incentives for participation in existing illicit tobacco markets. In the United States, the illicit tobacco market consists mostly of bootlegging from low-tax states to high-tax states and is less affected by large-scale smuggling or illegal production as in other countries. In the future, nonprice regulation of cigarettes - such as product design, formulation, and packaging - could in principle, contribute to the development of new types of illicit tobacco markets. Understanding the U.S. Illicit Tobacco Market reviews the nature of illicit tobacco markets, evidence for policy effects, and variations among different countries with a focus on implications for the United States. This report estimates the portion of the total U.S. tobacco market represented by illicit sales has grown in recent years and is now between 8.5 percent and 21 percent. This represents between 1.24 to 2.91 billion packs of cigarettes annually and between $2.95 billion and $6.92 billion in lost gross state and local tax revenues. Understanding the U.S. Illicit Tobacco Market describes the complex system associated with illicit tobacco use by exploring some of the key features of that market - the cigarette supply chain, illicit procurement schemes, the major actors in the illicit trade, and the characteristics of users of illicit tobacco. This report draws on domestic and international experiences with the illicit tobacco trade to identify a range of possible policy and enforcement interventions by the U.S. federal government and/or states and localities. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2015. 240p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.nap.edu/catalog/19016/understanding-the-us-illicit-tobacco-market-characteristics-policy-context-and Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bootlegging Shelf Number: 136844

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: The Impact of Foreclosures on Neighborhood Crime Summary: In the last few years, mortgage foreclosures have uprooted millions of households, and many have expressed concern that the foreclosed homes they leave behind are increasing crime. The three papers that emerged from our project study this question by examining whether and how elevated foreclosures affect different types of crime in the immediately surrounding area, in five cities around the country. In our first paper, we use point-specific, longitudinal crime and foreclosure data from New York City to examine how foreclosures affect crime on the same blockface- an individual street segment including properties on both sides of the street. We compare changes in crime on blockfaces after homes on the blockface enter foreclosure to changes on other blockfaces in the same neighborhood that did not experience foreclosures during the same time period. To bolster our confidence in a causal relationship, we also estimate regressions that control for future foreclosure notices. These future foreclosures cannot affect crime today, but they help to capture unobserved differences in trends between those blockfaces where foreclosures occur and those where they do not. In brief, while much of the association between foreclosures and crime is explained by both occurring on similar blockfaces, we find that marginal foreclosures on a blockface lead to a small number of additional violent and public order crimes. Our results are robust to both OLS and negative binomial estimation. As expected, effects are largest for foreclosed properties that go all the way through the foreclosure process to an auction. The effects of foreclosure extend to crime on neighboring blockfaces, but these effects are attenuated. When estimating threshold-level models, we find that foreclosures have a larger effect on crime after there are three foreclosures on the block. In our second two papers we focus more on identifying mechanisms and also extend our analysis to four other cities to test for generalizability. Our second paper, focused on Chicago, finds similar results as we did in New York City: an increase in the number of properties that receive foreclosure notices appears to increase total, violent, and public order crime on blockfaces in Chicago. In addition, our estimates suggest that foreclosures change the location of crime. They increase crime that occurs inside residences, but if anything reduce crime outside on the street. Foreclosures are also associated with substantively large (but weakly estimated) effects on crime within vacant buildings. Finally, increases in foreclosures are associated with increases in the number of 311 calls made to the City of Chicago about problems such as vacant buildings, rodents, graffiti, and other types of physical disorder increase in the following quarter. This suggests that the crime increase may come from an increase in physical disorder. In our third paper, we explore the relationship between foreclosures and crime in five cities, Atlanta, Chicago, Miami, New York, and Philadelphia. Overall, we find that properties banks take over through foreclosure (real estate owned or REO) are associated with higher crime both in the census tract and on the blockface. However, once we control for the number of properties in the foreclosure process (which we can do in three cities), we find no evidence that the presence of REO properties increases crime. Rather, it is the properties on the way to foreclosure auctions that appear to elevate crime. In other words, the crime increases caused by foreclosures appear to be driven by the reduced maintenance and investment of 'limbo' properties that are in transition to bank ownership. Collectively, these results suggest that local law enforcement and housing agencies should track foreclosure notices and monitor properties as they go through the foreclosure process, as their owners have little incentive to maintain them. Details: Report submitted to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248653.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 136845

Author: Lacoe, Johanna Title: Mortgage Foreclosures and the Shifting Context of Crime in Micro-Neighborhoods Summary: Objectives. The main objectives of the study are to estimate the impact of mortgage foreclosures on the location of criminal activity within a blockface. Drawing on routine activities theory and social disorganization theory, the study explores potential mechanisms that link foreclosures to crime. Methods. To estimate the causal relationship between foreclosures and localized crime, we use detailed foreclosure and crime data at the blockface level in Chicago and a difference-in-difference estimation strategy. Results. Overall, mortgage foreclosures increase crime on blockfaces. Foreclosures have a larger impact on crime that occurs inside residences than on crime in the street. The impact of foreclosures on crime location varies by crime type (violent, property, and public order crime). Conclusions. The evidence supports the two main mechanisms that link foreclosure activity to local crime. The investigation of the relationship by crime location suggests that foreclosures change the relative attractiveness of indoor and outdoor locations for crime commission on the blockface, and the increase in reported disorder due to foreclosures provides suggestive evidence that foreclosures lead to weakened social controls among neighbors. Details: Los Angeles: Lusk Center for Real Estate, University of Southern California; New York: Furman Center for Real Estate and Urban Policy, New York University, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://lusk.usc.edu/sites/default/files/Lacoe-Ellen_Chicago-crime-and-foreclosures_Lusk-working-paper-06.18.14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 136846

Author: Cantor, David Title: Report on the AAU Campus Climate Survey on Sexual Assault and Sexual Misconduct Summary: Members of the Association of American Universities (AAU) are working to combat sexual assault and misconduct on their campuses. As an association of research universities, AAU decided in 2014 that the best way to help its members address this issue was to develop and implement a scientific survey to better understand the attitudes and experiences of their students with respect to sexual assault and sexual misconduct. The survey's primary goal was to provide participating institutions of higher education (IHEs) with information to inform their policies to prevent and respond to sexual assault and misconduct. In addition, members hoped that the survey would provide useful information to policymakers as well as make a significant contribution to the body of academic research on this complex issue. In the fall of 2014, AAU contracted with Westat, a research firm, to work with a university team of researchers and administrators to design and implement the survey, entitled the AAU Campus Climate Survey on Sexual Assault and Sexual Misconduct. The survey was administered at the end of the spring 2015 semester on the campuses of 27 IHEs, 26 of which are AAU member universities. This report provides a description of the survey methodology and key results. The survey was designed to assess the incidence, prevalence and characteristics of incidents of sexual assault and misconduct. It also assessed the overall campus climate with respect to perceptions of risk, knowledge of resources available to victims, and perceived reactions to an incident of sexual assault or misconduct. The report provides selected results for five questions: - How extensive is nonconsensual sexual contact? - How extensive is sexual harassment, stalking and intimate partner violence? - Who are the victims? - To whom do students report or talk about the incidents? - What is the campus climate around sexual assault and sexual misconduct? This study is one of the first to provide an empirical assessment of these questions across a wide range of IHEs. Prior studies of campus sexual assault and misconduct have been implemented for a small number of IHEs or for a national sample of students with relatively small samples for any particular IHE. To date, comparisons across surveys have been problematic because of different methodologies and different definitions. The AAU study is one of the first to implement a uniform methodology across multiple IHEs and to produce statistically reliable estimates for each IHE. It was designed to provide separate estimates for incidents involving two types of sexual contact (penetration and sexual touching) and four tactics (physical force, drugs and alcohol, coercion, absence of affirmative consent), as well as behaviors such as sexual harassment, stalking, and intimate partner violence. Providing this level of detail allows campus administrators to tailor policies by these very different types of sexual assault and misconduct. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2015. 288p. Source: Internet Resource: Prepared for: The Association of American Universities: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: https://www.aau.edu/uploadedFiles/AAU_Publications/AAU_Reports/Sexual_Assault_Campus_Survey/Report%20on%20the%20AAU%20Campus%20Climate%20Survey%20on%20Sexual%20Assault%20and%20Sexual%20Misconduct.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 136848

Author: Koball, Heather Title: Health and Social Service Needs of U.S.-Citizen Children with Detained or Deported Immigrant Parents Summary: Between 2003 and 2013, the U.S. government deported 3.7 million immigrants to their home countries. According to the most reliable estimates, parents of U.S.-born children made up between one-fifth and one-quarter of this total. This Urban Institute-MPI report examines the involvement of families with a deported parent with health and social service systems, as well as their needs and the barriers they face accessing such services. Drawing from fieldwork in five study sites in California, Florida, Illinois, South Carolina, and Texas, the researchers find that family economic hardship is highly prevalent following parental detention and deportation, while child welfare system involvement is rarer. Schools represent a promising avenue for interaction with these families and delivery of services, as school officials are perceived as safer intermediaries by unauthorized immigrant parents who may be skeptical of interaction with other government agencies. Other important sources of support include health providers, legal service providers, and community- and faith-based organizations that immigrants trust. The authors suggest a number of ways to provide services and reduce harm to children with detained and deported parents. First, health and human service agencies could improve their staff's language capacity, cultural competence, and knowledge of issues associated with immigration status. Another approach involves building bridges between health and human services agencies and informal local organizations that immigrants trust. Coordination among the key agencies (U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, social service agencies, and foreign country consulates) is critical, especially for the provision of child welfare services. And small organizations implement many promising strategies to serve children with detained and deported parents, but often face limited resources and high staff turnover. Institutionalizing such strategies would provide a stronger safety net for these children and families in need. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute and Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/health-and-social-service-needs-us-citizen-children-detained-or-deported-immigrant-parents Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 136850

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Parole Perspectives in Maryland: A Survey of People Who Returned to Prison from Parole and Community Supervision Agents Summary: A new analysis from the Justice Policy Institute (JPI) shows the connection between efforts to reduce prison populations, connect people to work, and address the challenges of Baltimore's distressed communities. In Parole Perspectives in Maryland: A survey of people who returned to prison from parole and community supervision agents, JPI heard from the people most directly impacted by and involved with Maryland's parole practices. JPI surveyed people who returned to prison from parole and their community supervision agents to get a clearer picture of the barriers to successfully transitioning to the community from prison. About half of the people surveyed were from Baltimore City and most of the parole agents surveyed were responsible for a caseload that includes people from Baltimore City. Forty-six percent of the people who left prison and were on parole that were surveyed were from Baltimore City, and 12 percent were from Baltimore County. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/paroleperspectivesinmaryland.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136854

Author: Gholami, Hossein Title: Policy Innovations, Political Preferences, and Cartel Prosecutions Summary: While price-fixing cartel prosecutions have received significant attention, the policy determinants and the political preferences that guide such antitrust prosecutions remain understudied. We empirically examine the intertemporal shifts in U.S. antitrust cartel prosecutions during the period 1969-2013. This period has seen substantive policy innovations with increasing penalties related to fines and jail terms. There appear to be four distinct cartel policy regimes: pre-1978, 1978-1992, 1993-2003, and 2004-2013. Our empirical estimates show significant variation in the number of cartels prosecuted and the penalties imposed across the policy regimes. The more recent regimes are characterized by far fewer cartels prosecuted, but with substantially higher penalties levied on firms and individuals. While effective deterrence is one explanation for these patterns, we are more inclined to conclude that US cartel enforcement has seen an underlying shift away from focusing on smaller cartels to larger and multinational firms. In terms of political effects, our results reveal no clear inter-political party effect on cartel prosecutions, but there appear to be interesting intra-political party effects. We find that particular Presidencies matter for cartel prosecutions, and variation across Presidential administrations led to marked shifts in the total number of cartels prosecuted. Overall, the shifts in the number of cartels prosecuted and penalties levied portray changing policy priorities and a search for the optimal enforcement design to curtail one of the clearest sources of welfare loss, collusion. Details: Georgia Institute of Technology; Center for Economic Studies and Ifo Institute for Economic Research (CESifo); and University of Florida - Levin College of Law; George Washington University Law School Competition Law Center, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2659486 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Business Crimes Shelf Number: 136855

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Implications of Immigration Enforcement Activities for the Well-Being of Children in Immigrant Families: A Review of the Literature Summary: Rising immigration enforcement in the U.S. interior over the past decade increased the chances that the estimated 5.3 million children living with unauthorized immigrant parents, the vast majority of them born in the United States, could experience the deportation of a parent. This MPI-Urban Institute report reviews the evidence on the impacts of parental deportation on children, and on their needs for health and social services. The literature mostly dates from a period of peak enforcement: 2009 through 2013, when there were nearly 4 million deportations from the United States. While data on parental removals during this period are limited, perhaps half a million were of parents of U.S.-citizen children. The economic and social instability that generally accompanies unauthorized status is further aggravated for children with a parent's deportation, with effects including psychological trauma, material hardship, residential instability, family dissolution, increased use of public benefits, and, among boys, aggression. At the extreme end, some families became permanently separated as parents lose custody of or contact with their children. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute and Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/implications-immigration-enforcement-activities-well-being-children-immigrant-families Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 136856

Author: Holt, Daniel W.E. Title: Heat in US Prisons and Jails: Corrections and the Challenge of Climate Change Summary: This paper addresses two important but largely neglected questions: How will increased temperatures and heat waves caused by climate change affect prisons, jails, and their staff and inmate populations? And what can correctional departments do to prepare for greater heat and minimize the dangers it poses? Some 2.2 million inmates are currently incarcerated in around 1,800 prisons and jails across the United States. Nearly half a million correctional employees work in these facilities. Indoor environmental conditions in prisons and jails therefore have a direct impact on the health of well over 2.5 million people. Extreme heat is the most common cause of weather-related death in the US. Over the next several decades, heat will become an even graver threat, as climate change brings rising temperatures and increasingly harsh extreme-heat events. These changes will jeopardize the health of inmates and correctional officers alike, and will stress the physical plant of the correctional sector. Many correctional departments are already unable to maintain healthy indoor temperatures during the summer months. Summertime heat already harms both inmates and correctional officers. Heat-related illness has claimed the lives of numerous inmates in recent years. Correctional departments will soon have to confront the urgent challenge of adapting their systems and facilities to greater heat and other impacts of climate change. The success or failure of their adaptation efforts will be measured in human lives as well as public dollars. Until now, the implications of climate change for corrections have been largely disregarded by both correctional administrators and public officials working on climate adaptation policy. Heat in US Prisons and Jails begins the process of connecting the discussions of climate policy and correctional policy. It provides the first systematic analysis of the correctional sector's structural and legal vulnerabilities to high temperatures caused by climate change. It also offers recommendations for adaptation to address unique challenges that climate change poses for corrections. Adapting corrections to heat and other impacts of climate change is not a task for correctional departments alone. Just as correctional administrators should begin educating themselves about climate change and how it will affect their departments, so should policymakers, academics, and others who are already working on adaptation widen their compass to include corrections. Details: New York: Sabin Center for Climate Change Law, Columbia Law School, 2015. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: https://web.law.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/microsites/climate-change/holt_-_heat_in_us_prisons_and_jails.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Climate Change Shelf Number: 136861

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Assessment of Use of Force Policy and Practices within the Florida Department of Corrections Summary: The Florida Department of Corrections today highlighted the completion of a full report by the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) on the results of their independent audit of the Department's use of force policies and procedures. ASCA reported that at all levels of the agency, it is readily apparent that a thorough review of the use of force policy is welcomed and there exists impressive commitment to improve the policy and practice of using force legally and appropriately. Secretary Julie Jones said, "I would like to thank the Association of State Correctional Administrators for completing this audit on behalf of the Florida Department of Corrections. The information provided in this review reflects the Department's ongoing efforts to increase accountability and safety within our institutions and our goal of becoming a national leader in correctional policy. I look forward to implementing the recommendations provided in this review and further improving and strengthening the operations of this department." The audit took place at Columbia, Dade, Martin, Santa Rosa, Suwannee and Union Correctional Institutions. This use of force audit was requested by DOC in 2014 and is separate from the audit ordered by the Governor in Executive Order 15-134 in July. Auditors selected each facility based on criteria such as the number and nature of use of force incidents, inmate population size, geographical location and predominant custody level. During the review, a team of auditors focused on the following five key areas: use of force policy, facility use of force procedures, facility culture, staffing and security operations. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Corrections, 2015. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://www.dc.state.fl.us/secretary/press/2015/ASCA%20Use%20of%20Force%20Audit%20(2015).pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 136862

Author: Garvey, Todd Title: Marijuana: Medical and Retail � Selected Legal Issues Summary: The federal Controlled Substances Act (CSA) outlaws the possession, cultivation, and distribution of marijuana except for authorized research. More than 20 states have regulatory schemes that allow possession, cultivation, and distribution of marijuana for medicinal purposes. Four have revenue regimes that allow possession, cultivation, and sale generally. The U.S. Constitution�s Supremacy Clause preempts any state law that conflicts with federal law. Although there is some division, the majority of state courts have concluded that the federal-state marijuana law conflict does not require preemption of state medical marijuana laws. The legal consequences of a CSA violation, however, remain in place. Nevertheless, current federal criminal enforcement guidelines counsel confining investigations and prosecutions to the most egregious affront to federal interests. Legal and ethical considerations limit the extent to which an attorney may advise and assist a client intent on participating in his or her state�s medical or recreational marijuana system. Bar associations differ on the precise boundaries of those limitations. State medical marijuana laws grant registered patients, their doctors, and providers immunity from the consequences of state law. The Washington, Colorado, Oregon, and Alaska retail marijuana regimes authorize the commercial exploitation of the marijuana market in small taxable doses. The present and potential consequences of a CSA violation can be substantial. Cultivation or sale of marijuana on all but the smallest scale invites a five-year mandatory minimum prison term. Revenues and the property used to generate them may merely be awaiting federal collection under federal forfeiture laws. Federal tax laws deny marijuana entrepreneurs the benefits available to other businesses. Banks may afford marijuana merchants financial services only if the bank files a suspicious activity report (SAR) for every marijuana-related transaction that exceed certain monetary thresholds, and only if it conducts a level of due diligence into its customers� activities sufficient to unearth any affront to federal interests. Marijuana users may not possess a firearm or ammunition. They may not hold federal security clearances. They may not operate commercial trucks, buses, trains, or planes. Federal contractors and private employers may be free to refuse to hire them and to fire them. If fired, they may be ineligible for unemployment compensation. They may be denied federally assisted housing. At the heart of the federal-state conflict lies a disagreement over dangers and benefits inherent in marijuana use. The CSA authorizes research on controlled substances, including those in Schedule I such as marijuana, that may address those questions. Members have introduced a number of bills in the 114th Congress that speak to the conflict. Additionally, a few marijuana-related provisions were enacted into law late in the 113th Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: R43435: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43435.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 136863

Author: Depew, Briggs Title: Test-Based Promotion Policies, Dropping Out, and Juvenile Crime Summary: Over the past decade, several states and school districts have implemented accountability systems that require students to demonstrate a minimum level of proficiency through standardized tests. With many states and school districts ending social promotion, policy makers and researchers have gained renewed interest in the role of grade retention and remedial education in US schools. This paper examines the potential effects of summer school and grade retention on high school completion and juvenile crime. To do so, we use administrative data from a number of state agencies in Louisiana and a regression discontinuity design to analyze Louisiana's statewide promotion policy administered to students in fourth and eighth grades. In general, our results indicate that potential grade retention, even at fourth grade, increases the propensity that a student drops out of school at a later point in time. In addition, eighth grade remedial education assignment in the form of summer school appears to provide a positive benefit by decreasing the likelihood that a student later drops out. As for fourth grade students, however, we do not find any effect of summer school assignment on the likelihood of dropping out. Finally, for eighth graders, we find that the test-based promotion policies decrease the probability of committing serious juvenile offenses. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Department of Economics Louisiana State University, 2015. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 2015-07: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://faculty.bus.lsu.edu/papers/pap15_07.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Dropouts Shelf Number: 136865

Author: Advancement Project Title: Power in Partnerships: Building Connections at the Intersections to End the School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: OVER THE LAST DECADE, the school-to-prison pipeline has gone from a fringe educational issue to a national youth-led movement anchored by grassroots communities across the country. Because of the school-to-prison pipeline's unique effects on students of color, lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (LGBTQ) students, and especially LGBTQ students of color, the issue has provided an opportunity for powerful intersectional work among the racial justice community and the LGBTQ community. And while we have made a lot of progress by harnessing our joint power, we would like to - and desperately need to - build even more. This is essential if we are going to win. Power in Partnerships is a resource for all racial justice and LGBTQ groups to help build or continue to build that power. We begin by sharing the latest information on what the school-to-prison pipeline is and how it especially affects youth of color and LGBTQ youth. We then make the case for collaboration by hearing from youth about the importance of intersectionality, and take a step back to talk about the historical parallels of racial justice and LGBTQ movements. We also include a guide to basic terminology that empowers us to speak each other's languages. Next, we engage in a candid discussion of the barriers to collaboration that have prevented us from working effectively together in the past, and discuss best practices for collaboration. We then provide some tools to help move us forward, including effective strategies for fighting against school pushout and core messages to use when talking about this issue. Whether a group is only learning about the school-to-prison pipeline for the first time or is deep into a restorative justice campaign this publication serves as a resource to take this work - and our collective movement - to the next level. Details: Advancement Project, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://b.3cdn.net/advancement/85066c4a18d249e72b_r23m68j37.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 136868

Author: Abram, Karen M. Title: Perceived Barriers to Mental Health Services Among Detained Youth Summary: This bulletin is part of a series that presents the results of the Northwestern Juvenile Project - a longitudinal study of youth detained at the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center in Chicago, IL. The authors examine youth's perceptions of barriers to mental health services, focusing on youth with alcohol, drug, and mental health disorders. Findings include the following: - Most frequently, youth did not receive services because they believed their problems would go away without outside help (56.5 percent). - Nearly one-third of youth (31.7 percent) were not sure whom to contact or where to get help. - Nearly one-fifth of the sample (19.1 percent) reported difficulty in obtaining help. - African American and Hispanic detainees received significantly fewer services in the past compared with non-Hispanic white youth. Male detainees also received significantly fewer services in the past when compared with female detainees. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248522.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 136870

Author: Reaves, Brian A. Title: Local Police Departments, 2013: Equipment and Technology Summary: An estimated 32 percent of local police departments provided at least some officers with body-worn cameras and 6 percent provided at least some officers with weapon-attached cameras in 2013, the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) announced today. As this was the first time that the BJS Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) survey asked about body-worn and weapon-attached cameras, no trend data are available. The survey showed an uptick in other forms of technology and safety equipment. The percentage of the more than 12,000 local police departments that used in-car video cameras in 2013 (68 percent) was higher than in 2007 (61 percent). The number of local police departments authorizing the use of Tasers and stun guns increased more than tenfold between 2000 and 2013�up from 7 percent to 81 percent. In 2013, about 9 in 10 local police departments allowed their officers to use pepper spray (94 percent) and batons (87 percent). Additionally, a majority of local police departments authorized defensive physical tactics including open-hand (91 percent), takedown (89 percent) and closed-hand (85 percent) techniques. Slightly less than 20 percent of local police departments allowed neck-restraint tactics. Nearly 90 percent of local police departments were using some type of video camera technology in 2013. This included an estimated 17 percent that used automated license plate readers and about 49 percent that used video cameras for the surveillance of public areas. Small percentages of these departments also used unmanned aircraft systems (less than 1 percent) and gunshot detection systems (4 percent). The percentage of local police officers employed by a department that provided in-field computer access also increased. Local police departments providing remote access to vehicle records employed 93 percent of all officers in 2013, compared to 86 percent in 2007. In 2000, 25 percent of departments transmitted incident reports electronically from the field, but that number increased to nearly 70 percent by 2013. In 2013, 71 percent of local police departments required uniformed patrol officers to wear protective body armor at all times while in the field. Departments with a mandatory armor requirement employed 82 percent of all local police officers in 2013, compared to 67 percent in 2007 and 25 percent in 1990. An additional 8 percent of local police departments in 2013 required uniformed field officers to wear armor in certain high-risk situations, such as when serving warrants. Departments with any type of armor wear requirement employed 92 percent of all officers in 2013, a threefold increase from 1990. Other findings include� Among local police departments serving 10,000 or more residents, more than 90 percent maintained a website, and more than 80 percent used social media. Nearly 70 percent of all local police departments provided citizens with the ability to submit crime reports, complaints, questions, feedback and other information electronically using the department�s website, via email or via text. Overall, 60 percent of local police departments were able to electronically provide crime statistics and other crime-related information to citizens. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/lpd13et.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 136874

Author: Kaufman, Angela M. Title: Inducing Jealousy and Intimate Partner Violence among Young Adults Summary: Jealousy is a robust predictor of intimate partner violence; yet few studies have explored the ways in which individuals induce jealousy in intimate relationships. Using data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS), we examined correlates and consequences of jealousy induction � the occurrence whereby individuals intentionally seek to incite jealousy from their intimate partners. Drawing on data from 892 young adults, we found that in addition to qualities of the intimate relationship, including control attempts and verbal conflict, being male and familial background characteristics (i.e., family structure, harsh parenting, and parental support) significantly influenced individuals� engagement in jealousy induction. Jealousy inducing behaviors also contributed to the odds of experiencing intimate partner violence after accounting for familial background characteristics, intimate relationship qualities and sociodemographic factors (i.e., age, race, gender). We discussed potential mechanisms linking these relationship dynamics and suggestions for future research. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 Working Paper Series: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2015-014/PWP-BGSU-2015-014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 136875

Author: White, Michael D. Title: Challenges in Implementation and Impact: Lessons from the Cincinnati, Joliet, and Lansing Smart Policing Initiatives Summary: Since 2009, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) has provided more than $14.4 million to 35 local, county, and state law enforcement agencies conducting 38 Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) projects. Though many SPI sites have documented significant crime decreases in the targeted areas with sound research methodologies, others have been less successful. The reasons why some SPI sites have struggled are varied and include implementation problems, data analysis issues, and leadership turnover. Other sites have implemented evidence-based strategies and evaluated those strategies with rigorous research methodologies; but in the end, crime reductions were not realized. We consider such initiatives successful because they identify strategies, practices, and lessons that other jurisdictions can learn from, and they are evidence-based because of the strong research designs they employed. This SPI spotlight reviews the experiences of three sites - Cincinnati (OH), Joliet (IL), and Lansing (MI) - that fall into this last category. All three sites were led by police officials and criminal justice scholars who were well-versed in evidence-based practices and researcher/practitioner partnerships. Each site engaged in intensive data analysis to examine the underlying conditions and causes of the targeted crime problem (robbery in Cincinnati, drug dealing in Lansing, and gun violence in Joliet). Each site implemented a comprehensive, collaborative data-driven strategy to address their respective crime problems, from interventions based on the problem analysis triangle in Cincinnati and hot spots in Joliet, to focused deterrence and offender call-ins in Lansing. Each project was evaluated using rigorous quasi-experimental research designs. Despite these ingredients for success, none of the three sites experienced statistically significant crime declines that could be tied to their SPI. This spotlight identifies a number of common challenges to implementation and impact that were experienced by the three sites, including: lapses in continuous, real-time problem analysis; insufficient program dosage; stakeholder limitations; and tension between operational decision-making and research design integrity. In Cincinnati, for example, geographic analysis of the robbery problem led the SPI team to increase the size of the original target area, which necessarily weakened the intensity of the intervention. In Joliet, probation and parole officers were active participants in the SPI, but restrictions on their authority limited the team's ability to conduct compliance checks and to initiate revocation proceedings. In Lansing, the nature of drug dealing shifted from a traditional turf-based model to mobile transactions coordinated through cell phones, which forced the SPI team to alter their interventions "on the fly." These experiences (and others) in Cincinnati, Joliet, and Lansing highlight the importance of devising a strong process evaluation that allows for detailed documentation of implementation processes and challenges, and for a thorough understanding of why a program did or did not produce the intended crime reduction benefits. The Cincinnati, Joliet, and Lansing SPIs also underscore the importance of thinking broadly about program impact. Impact can be measured in terms of knowledge gained, organizational change, and new partnerships - developments that are not easily quantified in terms of statistical significance but represent positive change in a law enforcement agency. Details: Washington, DC: CNA Analysis and Solutions, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Spotlight Report: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/SPI%20Challenges%20Spotlight%202015%20Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 136876

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Kansas: Strengthening Probation Supervision and Promoting Successful Reentry Summary: Facing a projected 23-percent growth in the state prison population by FY2021, policymakers from across the political spectrum in Kansas enacted House Bill (HB) 2170 in April 2013. The law implements policy recommendations developed through "justice reinvestment," a data-driven approach designed to reduce corrections spending and reinvest savings in strategies that can reduce recidivism and improve public safety. Throughout the process, the state received intensive technical assistance from the Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center, in partnership with The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA). With continued support, Kansas leaders have been working to implement this legislation and track the impact of the new policies. This report reflects on the progress Kansas has made to date and the continued efforts that are necessary to meet the state's goals. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/JusticeReinvestmentInKansas.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 136877

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Management of the Special Programs Unit at the Federal Bureau of Prisons Metropolitan Detention Center in Brooklyn, New York Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) announced today the release of a report examining the management of the Special Programs Unit (SPU) at the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) Metropolitan Detention Center in Brooklyn, New York (MDC Brooklyn). The DOJ OIG's review sought to determine whether MDC Brooklyn's management controls, policies, and practices could have contributed to alleged disruptions to safety and security in 2011 and 2012 by inmate Ronell Wilson, who was convicted of capital murder and who had a months-long sexual relationship with a correctional officer that resulted in the birth of their child. Our review identified concerns related to BOP's placement of Wilson in the SPU, which primarily houses vulnerable inmates with mental health issues, without implementing safeguards or providing guidance to correctional staff on how to manage him. We also identified areas where MDC Brooklyn's ability to communicate information across shifts and housing units should be improved, although we did not find that these deficiencies directly led to Wilson's alleged disruptions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2015/e1508.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 136880

Author: Freeman, Patricia R. Title: Kentucky House Bill 1 Impact Evaluation Summary: In 2012, the Kentucky General Assembly passed comprehensive legislation aimed at addressing the continuing problem of prescription drug abuse and diversion. House Bill 1 (HB1), effective July 20, 2012 and outlined in Kentucky Revised Statutes (KRS) 218A.172, made sweeping changes relative to the prescribing and monitoring of controlled prescription drugs in an effort to address the prescription drug abuse problem in Kentucky. HB1 regulated pain clinics and placed new expectations on prescribers and dispensers of controlled substances (CS), including mandatory registration with the Kentucky All Schedule Prescription Electronic Reporting (KASPER) system and the requirement to query the KASPER system under particular circumstances. Additionally, HB1 required dispensers of CS to report dispensing records to KASPER within one day of dispensing. The requirements for mandatory registration and utilization of KASPER were included to assist prescribers in making appropriate treatment decisions, to identify patients potentially in need of substance abuse treatment interventions and to identify possible doctor shoppers. However, as with any policy change, there was concern over unintended consequences that impacted patients and providers due to implementation of the law. To maximize the effectiveness of HB1 and minimize unintended consequences, a comprehensive assessment of HB1�s impact on patients, prescribers, and citizens in Kentucky was needed. The goals of the HB1 Impact Evaluation were to: 1) evaluate the impact of HB1 on reducing prescription drug abuse and diversion in Kentucky; 2) identify unintended consequences associated with implementation of HB1; and 3) develop recommendations to improve effectiveness of HB1 and mitigate unintended consequences. To achieve these goals three distinct projects were conducted with the following aims. Project 1 was conducted to study changes in KASPER utilization and CS prescribing. Project 2 was a qualitative study designed to collect user perceptions of the effectiveness of KASPER and to identify potential unintended consequences of HB1. Project 3 was conducted to study changes in patient and prescriber behavior and outcomes. General Impact of HB1 As expected, the total number of CS prescriptions dispensed in Kentucky decreased for the first time since the inception of KASPER in the post-HB1 period, with the numbers of prescriptions dispensed for all Schedules of CS (CII � CV) decreasing by 4 to 8% in the post-HB1 period. While both opioid and benzodiazepine prescribing decreased, stimulant prescribing continued to increase at its previous rate. As HB1 was originally crafted by the legislature to specifically address the abuse and diversion of Schedule II opioid and Schedule III hydrocodone products, this was the desired outcome. The continued increase in stimulant prescribing is evidence that stimulant prescribing was not the focus of the legislation and argues against a blanket chilling effect of HB1 on CS prescribing. In interviews and surveys of prescribers, pharmacists and law enforcement when asked about their experience with HB1 and its implementation stated that although there was initial confusion and disruptions to workflow in their professions those have largely been resolved and, for the most part, have not negatively impacted health care professional practices. It should be noted however, that a minority of prescribers indicated they no longer prescribe CS, or prescribe fewer CS, as a result of the HB1 mandate and its burden on their practices. In the quantitative evaluation, it was found that HB1 had a significant impact on KASPER registration and utilization in these professionals� workplace. As a result of the HB1 mandate, prescriber registrants increased by 262% and the mean number of queries made annually by prescribers increased by 650%. Similarly, pharmacist registrants increased by 322% and mean number of pharmacist queries increased by 124%. The preferential impact on prescriber queries compared to pharmacists was expected, as HB1 did not mandate pharmacists to query KASPER prior to dispensing. Concurrently, in the interviews and stakeholder surveys, prescribers and pharmacists indicated utilizing more KASPER reports in their practice and discussing KASPER reports with patients and other health care providers more frequently. This observation may be a direct result of the statutory changes in HB1 that authorized providers to provide copies of reports to patients and allowed them to be shared with other health care providers and placed in medical charts. Additionally, the majority of prescriber and pharmacist respondents reported little change in prescribing and dispensing habits since implementation of HB1, although they perceived their prescribing and dispensing behaviors to be monitored more closely. Details: Lexington, KY: Institute for Pharmaceutical Outcomes and Policy, Department of Pharmacy Practice and Science, College of Pharmacy, University of Kentucky, 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://www.chfs.ky.gov/NR/rdonlyres/8D6EBE65-D16A-448E-80FF-30BED11EBDEA/0/KentuckyHB1ImpactStudyReport03262015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 136884

Author: Durose, Matthew R. Title: Multistate Criminal History Patterns of Prisoners Released in 30 States Summary: Examines the multistate criminal history patterns of persons released from prisons in 30 states in 2005 and the characteristics of released prisoners whose criminal careers are in one or multiple states. This report also discusses the differences between prisoner recidivism rates based on national criminal history records and those rates based only on criminal history records from within the state that released the prisoner. In addition, the report looks at factors affecting the likelihood of prisoners being arrested in another state following release. Findings are based on prisoner records from BJS's National Corrections Reporting Program and on criminal history records from the FBI and state repositories. Highlights: A quarter (25%) of the released prisoners had at least one prior out-of-state-arrest. For the majority of prisoners (75%), pre-release criminal records did not include arrests outside the state where they served time.„„ The percentage of released prisoners who had prior arrests in multiple states varied widely across each of the study's 30 states.„„ The average age of multistate offenders prior to release was 39, while the average age of the pre-release single-state offenders was 34.„„ Within 5 years of release, 1 in 9 (11%) released prisoners were arrested at least once outside of the state that released them.„„ The likelihood of the prisoners being arrested out of state following release increased with the volume of out-of-state arrests in their prior criminal history, Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/mschpprts05.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 136885

Author: Finlay, Krystina A. Title: Final Evaluation Report: Gulfton Truancy Reduction Demonstration Project, Houston, TX Summary: This report details the evaluation outcomes of two components of the Gulfton Truancy Reduction Demonstration Project: police visits to the homes of truant students and case management for truants. The goals of this portion of the evaluation were to 1) assess the effectiveness of these two components in reducing absences and improving grades, 2) assess the effectiveness of case management in improving school engagement, 3) to a lesser extent examine the relationship between grades and attendance in general, and 4) compare the costs and benefits of case management. The majority of data for this report came from 2004-2005 school year records, student and parent surveys, and police records. The Gulfton area, and specifically the target high school, Lee, is primarily Hispanic. More than 70% of Gulfton students have limited English proficiency, compared with 27.6% in Houston Independent School District and 13.4% statewide. A large part of the community is made up of Mexican immigrants. In addition, Gulfton's median family income of $18,733 is nearly 30% below the city's median. In the 97-98 school year, 75% of Gulfton students were eligible for free/reduced lunch. Two main components of the truancy reduction effort in Houston were examined. The first, the practice of police visiting a truant students' home, was found to be effective in improving attendance, especially within the two weeks immediately following the visit. Long term effectiveness was not established, although it is possible that for some students this practice has a long term effect. Students who received these visits typically missed school for a variety of reasons. For instance, 40% percent of students reported being new to the school, and thus may have had difficulty with the enrollment process or simply getting into the routine necessary for daily attendance. Sixty-five percent said they were failing classes and 58% said they had difficulty understanding homework and assignments. In addition, 71% said they needed academic help. Most often, officers referred students to academic tutoring and did not issue tickets for truancy. Case management services were not effective for the majority of students. The current study found that case management was primarily targeted at students who were most at-risk. Truants receiving case management were compared to truants not receiving case management to explore the effectiveness of case management. Findings suggested that truants who did not receive case management were not struggling as much as those receiving services. In general, attendance, grades and school engagement were worse for truants receiving case management than for truants who were not given the services. Nevertheless, it was found that case management did not improve attendance nor did it improve grades or school engagement for the group as a whole. However, this is not to say that case management was ineffective for every single student. The effect of improving just one student's attendance and grades resulted in an estimated return of investment of over $4.00 for every $1.00 spent in providing case management. This fact is reason enough to continue the Houston Truancy Reduction case management efforts. Given that home visits from police are successful in improving short-term attendance, it is recommended that follow-up with the student occur within two weeks of the visit. Academic tutoring and other activities to increase school engagement should be provided immediately to ensure long term success. In general, case management may be more successful for truants if provided earlier in their school careers. Achievement levels were very low for the students involved in case management. Reaching these students before school failure is eminent would likely improve the outcomes of services. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Foundation for Families and Children, 2006. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://schoolengagement.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/FinalEvaluationReportGulftonTruancyReductionDemonstrationProjectHoustonTX.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136886

Author: National Center for School Engagement Title: Lessons Learned from Four Truancy Demonstration Sites Summary: In 1999 and 2000 the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) began five-year funding of seven truancy demonstration programs. Each site was unique and offered different approaches to reduce truancy and promote school engagement. The National Center for School Engagement (NCSE) was contracted to evaluate these seven demonstration sites. Three sites were selected for in-depth evaluation in the final two years of their funding; Houston, Seattle and Jacksonville. The four communities developed and implemented a variety of approaches that were effective in improving school attendance. The major lesson learned is the power of community organizations when they join forces with schools to improve school attendance. A general lesson learned is that interventions based on locally designed strategies can improve school attendance by calling attention to truancy and making school attendance a priority. Programs in Contra Costa County, CA, and Hawaii/Waianae elementary schools showed the importance of intervening early with young children in preventing an ongoing truancy pattern. A lesson learned in Hawaii is that early intervention pays off when it begins with attention to excessive absences in kindergarten and first grade. Middle school program models were developed in Suffolk County, NY (Bellport Middle School) and Tacoma, WA (Mc Ilvaigh Middle School). They were effective in improving school attendance by integrating the intervention into the ongoing student services at the school. This integration at Bellport added a probation officer in the regular special education and child study team staff, which assisted in making the truancy program a regular part of the school�s helping culture. The truancy case manager in Tacoma joined the counseling staff of the middle school and worked closely with community organizations in the neighborhood. A lesson learned is that when outside agencies provide services in schools, they should become part of the existing student support services in order to have greater acceptance and impact Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Foundation for Family and Children, 2006. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://schoolengagement.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/LessonsLearnedfromFourTruancyDemonstrationSites.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 136887

Author: Holton, Anne Title: Too Many Teens: Preventing Unnecessary Out-of-Home Placements Summary: The child welfare system was created to care for abused and neglected children. But too often, teenagers are landing in the system because they simply aren�t getting along with their parents. This paper traces Casey�s efforts to learn from communities that are preventing teens from landing in the system by helping families while the teen remains at home. A survey of the states, interviews with experts, secondary research and visits to several communities show common elements of successful programs. The paper presents information on related laws and policies, funding sources and programs for families while including the infrastructure and services needed to support such initiatives. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-TooManyTeens-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 136888

Author: Baumgartel, Sarah Title: Time-In-Cell: The ASCA-Liman 2014 National Survey of Administrative Segregation in Prison Summary: Prolonged isolation of individuals in jails and prisons is a grave problem drawing national attention and concern. Commitments to lessen the numbers of people in isolated settings and to reduce the degrees of isolation have emerged from across the political spectrum. Legislators, judges, and directors of correctional systems at both state and federal levels, joined by a host of private sector voices, have called for change. In many jurisdictions, prison directors are revising their policies to limit the use of restricted housing and the deprivations it entails. Although a few in-depth reports and litigation have provided detailed accounts of specific systems, relatively little nationwide information exists about the number of people held in restrictive housing, the policies determining their placement, how isolated the settings are, and whether the rules governing social contact, activities, and length of stay vary from place to place. Therefore, in 2012, the Liman Program at Yale Law School joined with the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA), which is the national organization of the directors of all the U.S. prison systems, to gather information. We asked the directors of state and federal corrections systems to provide their policies governing administrative segregation, defined as removing a prisoner from general population to spend 22 to 23 hours a day in a cell for 30 days or more. The result, Administrative Segregation, Degrees of Isolation, and Incarceration: A National Overview of State and Federal Correctional Policies (2013), based on responses from 47 jurisdictions, analyzed the criteria for placement in and release from administrative segregation. What we learned is that the criteria for entry were broad, as was the discretion accorded correctional officials when making individual decisions about placement. Many jurisdictions provided very general reasons for moving a prisoner into segregation, such as that the prisoner posed "a threat" to institutional safety or a danger to "self, staff, or other inmates." Some but not all jurisdictions provided notice to the prisoner of the grounds for the placement and an opportunity for a hearing. The kind of notice and what constituted a "hearing" varied substantially. In short, at the formal level, getting into segregation was relatively easy, and few policies focused on how people got out. In 2014, to understand the impact of these policies, the Liman Program and ASCA developed a survey of more than 130 questions, again sent to the directors of all the prison systems. Responses came from 46 jurisdictions, although not all jurisdictions answered all the ASCA-Liman questions. The result is this report, providing a unique inter-jurisdictional analysis of the use of administrative segregation around the United States. A basic question is the number of prisoners in isolation. Commentators have relied on estimates dating back ten years or more; the figures cited range from 25,000 to 80,000 prisoners. This Report is the first to update those figures; thirty-four jurisdictions, housing about 73% of the 1.5 million people incarcerated in U.S. prisons, provided numbers, totaling more than 66,000 prisoners in some form of restricted housing - whether termed "administrative segregation," "disciplinary segregation," or "protective custody." If that number is illustrative of the whole, some 80,000 to 100,000 people were, in 2014, in segregation. And none of the numbers include people in local jails, juvenile facilities, or in military and immigration detention. Having current information is one contribution of this Report. So is the documentation of the commitments of correctional officials, nationwide, to reduce these numbers dramatically. Thus, directors of prison systems believe that these numbers are "wrong" in the sense that they are or will soon be out-of-date, based on their plans to cut back on the use of isolation and to change the conditions in it. This Report focused on a subset of people in restricted housing - the 31,500 male prisoners held in administrative segregation. In terms of the demographics, 21 jurisdictions provided comparative information on general population and the administrative segregation population and, in those systems, Blacks and Hispanics were over-represented in administrative segregation. As for living conditions, the cells were small, ranging from 45 to 128 square feet, sometimes for two people. In many places, prisoners spent 23 hours in their cells on weekdays and 48 hours straight on weekends. Details: New Haven, CT: Liman Program, Yale Law School, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.law.yale.edu/documents/pdf/Liman/ASCA-Liman_Administrative_Segregation_Report_Sep__2_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 136890

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: With Liberty and Justice for All: The State of Civil Rights at Immigration Detention Facilities Summary: The purpose of this report is to comprehensively examine the U.S. Government's compliance with federal immigration laws and detention policies, and also detail evidence regarding possible infringement upon the constitutional rights afforded to detained immigrants. More specifically, this report examines the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and its component agencies' treatment of detained immigrants in immigration holding, processing, and detention centers throughout the United States. Prior to writing this report, the Commission gathered facts and data to analyze whether DHS, its component agencies, and private detention corporations with whom the federal government contracts to detain immigrants were complying with the Performance Based National Detention Standards, Prison Rape Elimination Act Standards, the Flores Settlement Agreement and other related immigrant child detention policies, and the United States Constitution. During the Commission's January 30, 2015, briefing, the Commission received written and oral testimony from DHS immigration detention officials and advocates detailing the strengths, weaknesses, and constitutional and civil rights implications of the U.S. immigration detention system. In May 2015, the Commission visited Karnes Family Detention Center and Port Isabel Detention Centers - both located in Texas - to corroborate the written and oral evidence the Commission gathered. Based upon an analysis of data gathered from the Commission's fact-gathering visit, evidence collected during panelists' briefing presentations and additional research, the Commission makes numerous findings and recommendations. The Commission's complete findings and recommendations are contained in the report, however the following bear special attention: The Commission recommends that DHS act immediately to release families from detention. The Commission also recommends that Congress should no longer fund family detention and should reduce its funding for immigration detention generally, in favor of alternatives to detention. The Commission found, among other issues, that several DHS immigration detention facilities were not complying with federal mandates and agency policies regarding the treatment of detained immigrants and detained unaccompanied immigrant children. Moreover, the Commission found evidence, both anecdotal and eyewitness that the U.S. Government was interfering with the constitutional rights afforded to detained immigrants. While the U.S. Government made improvements to the U.S. immigration detention system, the Commission, among other numerous suggestions, recommends that the government convene an intergovernmental compliance task force to investigate, analyze, and strengthen compliance regiments carried out by the U.S. Immigrations and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) Removal Operations' Detention Standards Compliance Unit. Moreover, the Commission recommends that the U.S. Government work harder to ensure detainees' access to due process and the right to assistance of counsel under the Fifth Amendment and the Immigration and Nationality Act. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2015. 276p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/Statutory_Enforcement_Report2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 136891

Author: Schiraldi, Vincent Title: Community-Based Responses to Justice-Involved Young Adults Summary: This paper raises important questions about the criminal justice system's response to young adults. Recent advances in behavior and neuroscience research confirm that brain development continues well into a person's 20s, meaning that young adults have more psychosocial similarities to children than to older adults. This developmental distinction should help inform the justice system's response to criminal behavior among this age group. Young adults comprise a disproportionately high percentage of arrests and prison admissions, and about half of all young adults return to prison within three years following release. At the Office of Justice Programs (OJP), we see the opportunity to reduce future criminal activity - and consequently the number of future victims - by having a justice system that appropriately responds to criminal behavior, helps young adults rebuild their lives, and is not overly reliant on incarceration. The authors outline a number of thoughtful recommendations aimed at making our justice system more developmentally appropriate in its response to young adults. At OJP, we are committed to collaborating with our local, state and tribal partners on this important issue so that we can help all of our communities become safer, stronger and more stable. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/248900.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136893

Author: Sherman, Francine T. Title: Gender Injustice: System-Level Juvenile Justice Reforms for Girls Summary: Despite decades of attention, the proportion of girls in the juvenile justice system has increased and their challenges have remained remarkably consistent, resulting in deeply rooted systemic gender injustice. The literature is clear that girls in the justice system have experienced abuse, violence, adversity, and deprivation across many of the domains of their lives-family, peers, intimate partners, and community. There is also increasing understanding of the sorts of programs helpful to these girls. What is missing is a focus on how systems-and particularly juvenile justice systems-can be redesigned to protect public safety and support the healing and healthy development of girls and young women. Juvenile justice systems reform is occurring across the country as a result of a growing understanding of developmental and neurological differences between youth and adults, the high cost of incarceration, and the consistent failure of a punitive juvenile justice model. However, even as systems are initiating reforms and changing their approach, they are routinely failing to modify those reforms for girls or even to collect data on how girls, specifically, are affected by the problems they are seeking to remedy. As a result, the particular impact on girls of failures in the juvenile justice system is not understood and few juvenile reforms are tailored to girls' needs and pathways into the system- meaning girls and young women are unlikely to fully benefit from system reforms. Many of the problems discussed in this report are not unique to girls-and many of the suggested paths forward can benefit both boys and girls. However, because girls are frequently left out of reform discussions, an intentional focus on girls is needed to ensure that they fully benefit from system reforms. Indeed, in writing this report we were struck by the number of promising national and large-scale juvenile justice reform efforts that have not fully considered the role of gender in the problems they address or in the solutions they propose. If this intentional gender focus does not coexist with current large-scale system reforms, an important opportunity for gender justice and equity and developmental system reforms will be missed. To facilitate developmental juvenile justice system reform for girls, this report will: Map girls' current paths into and through the juvenile justice system; Describe the social contexts driving girls' behavior and involvement in the juvenile justice system; and Detail recommendations for an alternative, developmental approach to redesign juvenile justice systems to address harmful social contexts and girls' resulting behaviors, rather than penalize and punish girls for challenges beyond their control. The recommendations included in this report are consistent with decades of research on adolescent development, as well as newer data on the development of girls in particular. With continued research on girls and an intentional focus on their needs, system stakeholders and policymakers can capitalize on current reforms that are already underway and ensure girls are not simply wedged into solutions meant for boys. Details: Portland, OR: National Crittenton Foundation; Washington, DC: National Women's Law Center, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.nwlc.org/sites/default/files/pdfs/ed_rp_gender_injustice.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Delinquents Shelf Number: 136894

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Public Safety Realignment and Crime Rates in California Summary: Public safety realignment substantially reduced the state's prison population. Between 2011 and 2012, property crime increased in California as a result of this policy change. Auto theft increased most dramatically, by 14.8 percent-or about 24,000 per year. By contrast, violent crime rates did not appear to be affected Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2013. 24p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_1213MLR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 136924

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Public Safety Realignment: Impacts So Far Summary: Prompted by a federal court order to reduce prison overcrowding, California's 2011 historic public safety realignment shifted many correctional responsibilities for lower-level felons from the state to counties. The reform was premised on the idea that locals can do a better job, and it was hoped that incarceration rates and corrections costs would fall. At the same time, critics predicted crime would rise. Four years since its implementation, realignment has made several important impacts: Realignment significantly reduced the prison population, but the state did not reach the court-mandated population target until after the passage of Proposition 47 in November 2014, which reduced penalties for many property and drug offenses. The reform challenged county jails and probation departments by making them responsible for a greater number of offenders with a broader range of backgrounds and needs. The county jail population did not rise nearly as much as the prison population fell, reducing the total number of people incarcerated in California. Realignment did not increase violent crime, but auto thefts rose. Research so far shows no dramatic change in recidivism rates. State corrections spending remains high, but there is reason to believe expenditures could drop in the future. Realignment has largely been successful, but the state and county correctional systems face significant challenges. The state needs to regain control of prison medical care, which is now in the hands of a federal receiver. And the state and counties together must make progress in reducing stubbornly high recidivism rates. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2015 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_915MLR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 136925

Author: Belzer, Richard B. Title: The costs and benefits of subjecting juveniles to sex-offender registration and notification Summary: Every state and territory in the United States has registration and notification laws that apply to adults convicted of, and juveniles adjudicated delinquent for, certain sex offenses. Most jurisdictions enacted these laws on their own, but expanded them in response to the Adam Walsh Act of 2006 (AWA). Registration laws require offenders to appear in person to provide identifying information (e.g., fingerprints, DNA samples) and, at least once a year, to provide an updated current photograph. States vary with respect to the kinds of additional information they require, but the list is extensive. An in-person update also is required for any covered change in life circumstances. These include changes in residential, school, work or email addresses, screen names and even blog avatars. The time allowed to complete each update is short. Failure to register or update an existing registration is itself a felony. Offenders may be covered by multiple states, each with its own rules and procedures. Notification laws make some of this information publicly available via the Internet. Registration is calculated to produce about $200 million in social benefits per year. Social costs are calculated to range from $200 million to $2 billion, depending on the proportion of registrants listed due to offenses committed as juveniles. Thus, net benefits are calculated to range from -$40 million to -$1 billion per year, with present-value net benefits that range from -$2 billion to -$20 billion. This result depends on a small number of parameters. First, based on the best available study in the literature, which applies to all sex offenders and not just juveniles, registration is assumed to have reduced sex-offense recidivism by about one-eighth. This translates into an annual reduction of about 800 major sex offenses committed by juveniles. Notification is estimated to produce no social benefits, with social costs per-year that range from $10 billion to $40 billion and present-value costs that range from -$100 billion to -$600 billion. About three-fourths of these costs are borne by sex offenders' neighbors. This occurs because living near a registered sex offender - whether an adult or juvenile - has a substantial "disamenity" value. Costs imposed on juvenile offenders are calculated to range from $400 million to $2 billion per year. Costs on their families are calculated to add another 50 percent to these amounts. Additional costs on third parties are calculated as: $3 billion per year on employers for registry searches; $100-$500 million on employers for adaption and mitigation of employment issues; and $200 million to $1 billion on the public for registry searches. Because notification cannot produce net benefits, the qualitative prospective benefit-cost analysis focuses on ways to reduce the social costs of notification. A number of reform alternatives warrant consideration to reduce the substantial net social costs of notification. These alternatives involve exempting certain fractions of registrants listed due to offenses committed as juveniles. High-quality risk assessment is necessary to minimize false positives Details: Washington, Dc: R. Street Institute, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: R Street Policy Study No. 41: Accessed October 1, 2015 at: http://www.rstreet.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/RSTREET41.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 136930

Author: Neill, Katharine A. Title: Second Chances: The Economic and Social Benefits of Explanding Drug Diversion Programs in Harris County Summary: In recent years, the United States has experienced a sea change in drug policy. Along with the four states that have legalized recreational use of marijuana (Alaska, Colorado, Oregon, and Washington), many others have relaxed criminal penalties for nonviolent drug possession offenses. The federal government has taken similar steps, with the U.S. Department of Justice moving away from the steep mandatory minimum sentences that arose during the peak of the drug war, and the president himself commuting the sentences of individuals convicted of nonviolent drug offenses. The wave of drug reform has touched even the most conservative states in the country, including Texas. Though none ultimately would become law, a number of bills introduced during the state's 2015 legislative session would have reduced or even eliminated the criminal penalties associated with some drug offenses. As reform efforts have continued across Texas, the Harris County District Attorney's Office implemented its First Chance Intervention Program, which allows a defendant arrested for possession of two ounces or less of marijuana to be diverted from the criminal justice system if the arrest is his or her first offense. This report reviews the broader issues with current approaches to drug enforcement that have facilitated calls for reform, then demonstrates the need for drug policy reform in Harris County (Houston's home) prior to implementation of the First Chance Intervention Program (FCIP). Next, the report evaluates the FCIP and suggests ways in which policy outcomes can be improved through the program's expansion. Finally, the report concludes with a number of recommendations for Harris County going forward. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University, Baker Institute for Public Policy and Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2015 at: http://bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/993306dd/DRUG-HarrisCountyDrugPolicy-092915.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136939

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: Phoenix, Arizona, Smart Policing Initiative: Evaluating the Impact of Police Officer Body-Worn Cameras Summary: A number of highly publicized deaths of citizens at the hands of the police have sparked a national debate over police accountability 0 with body-worn cameras (BWCs) at the center of the debate. BWCs enjoy support from many law enforcement agencies, citizen advocacy groups, civil rights organizations, politicians, and the federal government. Though there has been wide-ranging speculation over the potential impact and consequences of BWCs, few rigorous examinations of the technology have been conducted, and many questions remain unanswered. The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), through the Smart Policing Initiative (SPI), funded the Phoenix Police Department to purchase, deploy, and evaluate police body-worn cameras. In the study, the Phoenix SPI team deployed 56 BWCs to officers in one of the two Maryvale Precinct squad areas. All officers assigned to the target area were issued BWCs, and officers in the adjacent squad area served as a comparison group. Cameras were deployed in the field in April 2013, and the study period covered approximately 30 months (15 months pre-deployment; 15 months post-deployment). The evaluation of BWCs, led by the research partners at Arizona State University, focused on six critical areas: (1) officer camera activation compliance, (2) officer perceptions of the wearability and utility of body-worn cameras, (3) impact on officers' job performance, (4) impact on public compliance and cooperation, (5) impact on officer accountability, and (6) impact on domestic violence case processing and outcomes. The study found the following: (1) Officer compliance with the activation of BWCs was generally low (under 30 percent), varying by call type (between 6 percent and 48 percent). (2) Police perceptions of BWCs changed notably over time, as officers reported increased comfort and ease as well as greater recognition of the benefits of the technology. (3) BWCs appeared to increase arrest activity. (4) BWCs did not seem to change citizen behavior, based on resisting-arrest charges. (5) BWCs appeared to significantly reduce complaints against officers (23 percent drop) when compared with officers in the other squad area (10 percent increase). (6) Finally, BWCs improved the processing of domestic violence incidents, as cases with video were more likely to be charged and successfully prosecuted, although BWCs did result in longer case processing times. The Phoenix SPI study produced a number of important lessons learned. The decision to deploy BWCs represents an enormous investment in resources and manpower. It is important for police managers to be strategic, deliberate, and collaborative in planning their BWC program. Coordination with the Prosecutor's Office is absolutely critical. Training, policy development, and transparency with line officers also are essential for a successful BWC program. The perceived benefits of BWCs hinge on their use and proper operation in accordance with departmental policy. That is, the benefits of BWCs can be realized only if officers appropriately activate the cameras during police-citizen encounters. Line officers should become educated Line officers should become educated consumers regarding BWCs, and both line officers and police managers should be realistic about the potential impact of the technology on police operations, encounters with citizens, and community perceptions of police legitimacy. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/Phoenix%20SPI%20Spotlight%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 136946

Author: Scott, Elizabeth S. Title: The Supreme Court and the Transformation of Juvenile Sentencing Summary: In the past decade, the Supreme Court has transformed the constitutional landscape of juvenile crime regulation. In three strongly worded opinions, the Court held that imposing harsh criminal sentences on juvenile offenders violates the Eighth Amendment prohibition against cruel and unusual punishment. In combination, these cases create a special status for juveniles under Eighth Amendment doctrine as a category of offenders whose culpability is mitigated by their youth and immaturity, even for the most serious offenses. The Court also emphasized that juveniles are more likely to reform than adult offenders, and that most should be given a meaningful opportunity to demonstrate that they have done so. In short, because of young offenders� developmental immaturity, harsh sentences that may be suitable for adult criminals are seldom appropriate for juveniles. These opinions announce a powerful constitutional principle�that �children are different� for purposes of criminal punishment. In articulating this principle, the Supreme Court has also provided general guidance to courts sentencing juveniles and to lawmakers charged with implementing the rulings. At the same time, the Court did not directly address the specifics of implementation and it left many questions unanswered about the implications of the opinions for juvenile sentencing regulation. In the years since Roper, Graham, and Miller, courts and legislatures have struggled to interpret the opinions and to create procedures and policies that are compatible with constitutional principles and doctrine. This report addresses the key issues facing courts and legislatures under this new constitutional regime, and provides guidance based on the Supreme Court�s Eighth Amendment analysis and on the principles the Court has articulated. �Part I begins with the constitutional sentencing framework, grounded in the opinions and embodying the key elements of the Court�s analysis. It then explains the underlying developmental knowledge that supports the constitutional framework and the �children are different� principle. �Part II Part II examines how courts and legislatures have responded to the Eighth Amendment opinions, through reforms of state laws regulating juvenile life without parole (JLWOP). While some state lawmakers appear to ignore or subvert the Supreme Court�s holdings, others have responded in ways that clearly embody the principles underlying Miller and Graham. �Part III translates Miller�s directive that specific factors be considered in making individualized sentencing decisions. The report's aim is to guide courts and clinicians in structuring sentencing hearings that incorporate sound developmental research and other evidence supporting or negating mitigation, without going beyond the limits of science. �Part IV explores the broader implications of the Supreme Court�s developmental framework for juvenile sentencing and parole, implications that have already sparked law reforms beyond the relatively narrow holdings of Graham and Miller. �Finally, the paper ends on a cautionary note, pointing to evidence that constitutionally sound, developmentally-based policies may be vulnerable to political and other pressures. Aside from mandates in the holdings themselves, reforms can be dismantled or discounted if conditions change. Measures to sustain the current trend in law reform are discussed. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: http://modelsforchange.net/publications/778?utm_source=%2ftransformation&utm_medium=web&utm_campaign=redirect Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 136947

Author: Garzon Vergara, Juan Carlos Title: Tough on the Weak, Weak on the Tough: Drug Laws and Policing Summary: This article aims to identify the main impacts of drug law enforcement on policing. It points to five interrelated effects: 1) Suppression focused on minor offenses and the weakest links in the chain; 2) Arrest patterns often based on stereotypes that affect the most vulnerable populations; 3) Perverse incentives that reward indiscriminate repression; 4) Corruption and penetration of organized crime; and 5) Excessive use of force and violations of human rights. Rather than discuss causes and effects, this study identifies drug policy as a factor that aggravates policing problems. Based on its findings, it pinpoints a series of interventions designed to keep low-level offenders out of the judicial system, explaining the advantages and challenges of each intervention. The article states that while this set of measures would have limited effects in terms of addressing structural problems in police institutions, it has the potential to focus limited state resources, curb levels of discretion, and implement differentiated interventions for the various links in the drug chain. As an immediate step, it recommends adopting alternatives to arrest and incarceration for those at the bottom of the chain, as a way to change incentives within the police force and redirect its objectives and metrics. Details: Washington, DC: Wilson Center, Latin American Program, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/tough_on_the_weak_-_garzon.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 136948

Author: Watkins, Katherine E. Title: Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol: Could California Do More to Prevent It? Summary: While the rate of alcohol-related traffic fatalities declined nationally over the past two decades, California's rate began to rise again in 2011. This Perspective considers whether California could do more to reduce driving under the influence (DUI) and other threats to public health and safety imposed by repeat DUI offenders. California's current approach to addressing DUIs largely focuses on reducing the probability that individuals drive while impaired. In this Perspective, we argue that future approaches will also need to better target the problem drinking that underlies impaired driving and other negative outcomes. We consider strategies currently in use statewide and in some California counties, as well as in other states. Many options are discussed, including ignition interlock devices, DUI courts, the 24/7 Sobriety program, and substance use treatment, including pharmacotherapy, for those with an alcohol use disorder. At this point, there is insufficient evidence about which types of programs work best for which individuals. Research is needed to assess the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of these new strategies for addressing repeat DUI offenders. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspective: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/perspectives/PE100/PE162/RAND_PE162.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 136953

Author: Bandyopadhyay, Subhayu Title: Illegal Immigration and Fiscal Competition Summary: Reflecting recent enforcement policy activism of US states, this paper examines federal-state overlap of illegal immigration policy in a spatial context. Keeping the US-Mexico context in mind, we assume that labor from a source nation enters a host nation through bordering states. Once in the host, illegal immigrants may stay in the state of entry or move to another state. The host nation's federal government and/or the state governments choose border and internal enforcement policies, and also provide local goods. As a benchmark, we define the completely centralized solution as the case where the federal government chooses all the policies, while the state governments are passive. At higher levels of decentralization (i.e., as states take more responsibility in deciding some of the policies), the overlap of federal and state policies is associated with both vertical and horizontal externalities. Among other results, we find that if inter-state mobility is costless, internal enforcement is overprovided, and border enforcement and local goods are under-provided under decentralization, leading to relatively high levels of illegal immigration. While inter-state migration costs moderate such overprovision/under-provision, extreme levels of inter-state immobility may lead to too little illegal immigration, and an overprovision of local goods. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9061: Accessed October 5, 5015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9061.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 136959

Author: Serin, Ralph C. Title: Analysis of the Use of the Structured Decisionmaking Framework in Three States Summary: In recent years, interest in high-quality parole decisionmaking has grown significantly. Paroling authorities are under considerable pressure and subject to substantial public scrutiny as they strive to reach high-quality parole decisions that ensure public safety. In this context, the Legal Decision-Making Lab at Carleton University has been working for nearly a decade to develop and improve a decisionmaking tool for parole practitioners. This tool, the Structured Decisionmaking Framework, acts as a road map or guideline for professional decisionmakers to help them reach consistent, transparent, and defensible high-quality conditional release decisions. It acknowledges the professional expertise and extensive experience of parole decisionmakers by using a structured approach that guides paroling authorities through the process of making parole decisions by considering offender information demonstrated to be closely linked to post-release performance. Given this grounding, the Framework can help paroling authorities incorporate or enhance the use of evidence-based practice in their decisionmaking. Through its technical assistance program, the National Institute of Corrections facilitated opportunities for three states-Ohio, Connecticut, and Kansas-to examine the use of the Structured Decisionmaking Framework in their jurisdictions. The paroling authorities in these states all received training in the use of the Framework. Though the Framework has been extensively validated and its use supported via research in Canada, each state also participated in a small-scale exercise aiming to provide preliminary validation results specific to their jurisdiction. This document summarizes the results of these validation exercises. For all three states, analyses were conducted in two phases. The first phase addressed the applicability of the Framework to each jurisdiction, verified whether all information necessary to complete the Framework was available, and examined: - The distribution of Framework domain ratings in that jurisdiction - Case-specific and discordant information - Variability among coders in rating domains The second phase of analyses was focused on case outcomes and included: - A description of parole and post-release outcomes for the sample - An examination of overall Framework ratings and release recommendations for each case - A comparison of Framework results to actual parole outcomes (where possible) - A comparison of Framework results to parole decisions (where the previous analyses were not possible) Overall, applying the Structured Decisionmaking Framework to a sample of approximately 100 offender cases in each of three states (Ohio, Connecticut, and Kansas) revealed interesting patterns both with respect to the completion of the Framework itself and to its overall results as compared to actual post-release outcomes. With respect to the Framework, a number of findings are noted: 1. Sufficient information was generally available to complete the Framework. However, in one state, this was not the case at the time of data collection; the state has since changed its parole preparation approach to broaden the information available and address this concern. 2. Second, though the authors intend that the Framework be completed according to each board member's expertise, personal experience, and knowledge, there were some items noted under the case-specific factors domain that we believe should not have been included, or that should have been included in a different manner. For example, several items (e.g., behavior on this or a previous sentence) could and should more appropriately have been captured in other Framework domains. 3. Inter-coder variability was also noted. When the Framework is applied in practice, board members are expected to vary as a result of their backgrounds, experience, knowledge, and beliefs. However, an effort was made to obtain consistency among coders for the purposes of this validation exercise, but this did not appear to be wholly successful. If such variability is also noted in board members' completion of the Framework, there may be benefit in periodic ongoing training in the use of the Framework to ensure an accurate understanding of its intended use. This may be profitably achieved using a train-the-trainers approach. Turning to an examination of the how the Framework's overall results compare to actual post-release outcomes, it appears, promisingly, that in the state of Connecticut, the Framework appears to distinguish between offenders who reoffend after release and those who do not. Indeed, these findings suggest that the Framework is more able to do so than is the State's accepted risk instrument, though results in this area are preliminary. For Ohio and Kansas, unfortunately, the virtually non-existent variability in post-decision outcomes among coded cases prevented an examination of how the Framework's overall results compared to actual post-release outcomes. Instead, the association of the Framework with the parole decision was investigated. The identification of greater numbers of aggravating domains within the Framework tended to be associated with decisions to deny, and consideration of Framework ratings (either on their own or together with an actuarial risk estimate) led to (non-significantly) better prediction of parole decisions. Based on the results of these preliminary validation exercises, it appears that the Structured Decisionmaking Framework can contribute to high-quality, transparent, and consistent parole decisionmaking by the Ohio Parole Board, Connecticut Board of Pardons and Parole, and Kansas Prisoner Review Board. Though it must still be confirmed in Ohio and Kansas, the Framework does not appear to influence decisions negatively. Findings in Connecticut and Canada demonstrate that the Framework can increase the quality of parole decision-making. Given the high stakes involved in parole decision-making, even minimal improvements in predictive accuracy can result in fewer victims, better management of strained prison capacity, and cost savings. As such, continued investigation of the use of the Structured Decision-making Framework is warranted and is supported by preliminary promising results. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2015 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/028408.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 136961

Author: Isaacs, Caroline Title: Assessment of Riots in Management & Training Corp Kingman Prison 2015 Summary: On July 1st, 2015, a riot erupted in a prison in Kingman, Arizona operated by the for-profit prison company, Management and Training Corporation (MTC). The next day, a second reportedly occurred. Six prison guards were injured and the facilities were so badly damaged that over 1,000 prisoners had to be transferred elsewhere. Governor Doug Ducey ordered the Director of the Arizona Department of Corrections (ADC) to investigate the cause of the riots. While we welcome any and all information coming from the Department in regards to these incidents, the American Friends Service Committee has serious concerns about the ADC's ability to impartially assess all the factors that contributed to the riots-most significantly its own failure to properly monitor its contractors. This report represents an effort to provide first-hand documentation from prisoners and staff, as well as a larger analysis informed by over 15 years of monitoring the for-profit prison industry and the Arizona Department of Corrections. Details: Tucson, AZ: American Friends Service Committee, Arizona,2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: https://afscarizona.files.wordpress.com/2014/03/afsckingmanassessment2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 136963

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Office of Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART) Title: Sex Offender Management Assessment and Planning Initiative Summary: Sex offenders have received considerable attention in recent years from both policymakers and the public. This is due to the profound impact that sex crimes have on victims and the larger community and also due to the increased identification and apprehension of sex offenders. Perpetrators of sex crimes have come to be viewed by policymakers, practitioners, and the public as a unique group of offenders in need of special management practices. As a result, a number of laws and policies focusing specifically on sex offenders have been implemented across the country in recent years, often with extensive public support. There also has been a growing recognition in the criminal justice community that crime control and prevention strategies-including those targeting sex offenders-are far more likely to be effective and cost-beneficial when they are based on scientific evidence about what works. Indeed, crime control policy and program development processes are increasingly being informed by scientific evidence; in addition, many practices in policing, corrections, and other areas have been and continue to be shaped by evidence generated through research. Incentives and mandates for evidence-based programming are now frequently used by funding sources, and the demand for trustworthy, research-generated evidence about what works is rapidly increasing (Przybylski, 2012). Recognizing the important role scientific evidence plays in the development and implementation of effective policies and practices, including those focused on sex offenders, the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Justice Programs (OJP) and OJP's Office of Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART Office) began to identify and disseminate information from state-of-the-art research on central and emerging issues in sex offender management to inform policy and practice in the field. Since 1996, OJP has worked to promote advances in the field of sex offender management. In the 1980s and 1990s, several high-profile sex crimes led to the enactment of state and federal legislation directed toward tracking and controlling sex offenders. These laws were passed without the benefit of strong research to support particular approaches to managing sex offenders. In response to this flurry of legislative activity and heightened public concern, OJP convened a national summit in 1996 that brought together nearly 200 practitioners, academic researchers, and other experts to discuss the most effective management strategies for this offender population. During the summit, OJP received recommendations about the needs of the field regarding sex offender management training and technical assistance. In response to these recommendations, OJP initiated research projects on sex offender management, developed sex offender-specific grant programs, and supported the Center for Sex Offender Management's training and technical assistance to the field. In the ensuing years, OJP sponsored more than 100 research projects, publications, and training curricula related to sexual assault and sex offender management. Grant programs provided funds to approximately 200 state, local, and tribal jurisdictions to enhance and improve the management of sex offenders in their communities. These jurisdictions have created standards for the treatment and supervision of adults and juveniles, employed sex offender-specific assessment and truth-verification tools, enhanced victim advocacy and support, developed specialized sex offender courts, and improved information sharing and collaboration within and across disciplines and jurisdictions. In 2006, the Adam Walsh Child Protection and Safety Act (AWA) authorized the establishment of the SMART Office-the first federal office devoted solely to sex offender management-related activities. The office is responsible for helping to implement the Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act (Title I of AWA) and also for providing assistance to criminal justice professionals and the public about the entire spectrum of sex offender management activities needed to ensure public safety. Building on OJP's efforts, the SMART Office began work in 2011 on the Sex Offender Management Assessment and Planning Initiative (SOMAPI), a project designed to assess the state of research and practice in sex offender management and to inform OJP's research and grant-making efforts in this area. As part of this effort, the office gathered information about research and practice in the field and enlisted practitioners to (1) provide details about sex offender management programs and practices that are promising or effective, and (2) identify the needs of the various disciplines involved. The SMART Office contracted with the National Criminal Justice Association (NCJA) and a team of subject-matter experts to review the scholarly literature on sexual offending and sex offender management and to develop annotated summaries of the research for dissemination to the field. To gain insight into emerging issues, promising practices, and pressing needs in the sex offender management field at the state and local levels, NCJA conducted an informal national inventory of sex offender management professionals in 2011. Finally, the SMART Office hosted the Sex Offender Management Research and Practice Discussion Forum (SOMAPI forum) in February 2012. At this event, national experts-both researchers and practitioners-gathered in the District of Columbia to discuss the research summaries and inventory results in order to further refine what is known about the current state of sex offender management, gaps in research and practice, and the needs of the different disciplines involved in this work. Recommendations from the SOMAPI forum informed this report and will help guide OJP's sex offender management research, policy, and grant-making efforts in the future and provide direction to the field on how best to protect the public from sexual violence. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://www.smart.gov/SOMAPI/pdfs/SOMAPI_Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 136967

Author: National Center for School Engagement Title: Innovations in Truancy Prevention Practice: An Inventory of Selected Collaborations from around the United States Summary: In June 2004, The National Center for School Engagement (NCSE) was commissioned by the National Truancy Prevention Association (NTPA) to examine truancy programs nationwide1. The purpose of doing this research was to inform NTPA about best practices in court-based truancy reduction programs, identify truancy efforts that are currently in existence nationwide, and determine training needs for truancy programs. To do this, NCSE completed three phases of work which included creating and marketing an online database of truancy programs, completing in-depth programmatic exploration of court involved truancy efforts, and dissemination of results. The first phase of the NTPA project began with the development of an online database to capture information about truancy programs across the country and to aid in the identification of court involved truancy programs. NCSE actively marketed the online registration system, which appeared on the NCSE website at www.truancyprevention.org (currently named www.schoolengagement.org). As of March 20, 2005, 65 programs/projects were registered. Fifty-four percent (35) of the programs in the registry provide direct services to truants. Sixty-two of the 65 programs reported taking a family-wide approach to serving their clients. The three most common barriers these programs reported are poor parental involvement and communication, difficulties collaborating with schools and school staff, and funding and budget concerns. One-third of the programs in the registry receive funding through a combination of sources and 22% receive federal grants. The second phase was to gain an in-depth look into court-based truancy programs. To do this NCSE conducted 12 interviews with judges and staff of selected promising programs that were specifically court involved. The goals of these interviews were to obtain more detailed information of court-based programs, identify challenges they face, ascertain effective practices, and find out whom the programs serve. These programs serve truant youth in a variety of ways. However, seven of the 12 programs included in this study are similar in that the main practice is to identify truant youth who are typically not delinquent and hold weekly truancy courts with Judges at the students' schools. These programs are similar in many ways and are discussed as a group called "Truancy Court Programs". Each program addresses truancy in a unique way, but all attempt to identify and help meet the needs of the family as a whole, rather than just the student. The judges and program staff often perform similar roles. For instance, the judges and other court personnel in NE, GA, and both programs in WI primarily provide referrals to the program, participate in collaboration and are seen as partners, but do not necessarily lead the program. The judges in the "Truancy Court Programs" are more often seen as leaders of the program, are active weekly participants, act as catalysts for change, and coordinate the program. In all programs, collaboration with entities outside of the courts exists. Partners vary widely, but often include the schools, superintendents, law enforcement, and social and community services. Identifying best practices is difficult because most court-based truancy reduction efforts have neither time nor staff to engage in formal external evaluation. In fact, funding and evaluation needs, in addition to program development and stakeholder buy in, were the most common challenges identified by these programs. Regardless of the lack of formal evaluation, many programs do have access to attendance and court records, and some track these as indicators of success. The majority report improved attendance since the programs' inceptions, and all have anecdotal data about individual students' successes. Best practices were identified mainly through what the interviewees have experienced to have worked. Details: National Center for School Engagement, 2005. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://schoolengagement.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/InnovationsinTruancyPreventionPracticeAnInventoryofSelectedCollaborationsfromaroundtheUnitedStates.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 136973

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of New Hampshire Title: Debtors' Prisons in New Hampshire Summary: In a practice startlingly akin to the debtors' prisons of the 19th and early 20th centuries, Circuit Court judges in New Hampshire commonly jail those who have no ability to pay fines without a meaningful hearing and without providing access to counsel. This practice imposed on our most vulnerable citizens is unconstitutional, financially unsound, and cruel. In an alarming number of cases where indigent defendants appear in court to address an unpaid fine, judges do not inform these defendants of their rights. Judges do not afford them a lawyer. Judges do not even determine whether they can pay the fine. Judges simply put them in jail. This practice is systemic. A year-long investigation conducted by the American Civil Liberties Union of New Hampshire ("ACLU-NH"), in conjunction with University of New Hampshire School of Law Professor and ACLU-NH Board Chair Albert E. Scherr, has revealed that the problem is not limited to a rogue judge or court, but is occurring throughout the state. This practice is also illegal. The United States Constitution, New Hampshire Constitution, New Hampshire law, and New Hampshire's own Circuit Court rules all prohibit this modern-day version of a debtors' prison. The law clearly states that, before an individual can be incarcerated for failure to pay a fine or fee, the court must (i) meaningfully inquire into the reasons for the failure to pay and (ii) determine that the individual is willfully refusing to pay despite having sufficient resources. The law prohibits courts from jailing individuals who simply cannot afford to pay. The Federal and State Constitutions further require representation by counsel if the judge is considering incarceration for failing to pay a fine or fee in a criminal case. In criminal cases, the State already has representation in the form of a prosecutor. Yet, according to our data, in 2013 New Hampshire judges jailed people who were unable to pay fines and without conducting a meaningful ability-to-pay hearing in an estimated 148 cases. In all of these cases, defendants were sent to jail without representation by counsel. And in three cases handled by the ACLU-NH in 2014, two Superior Court Judges and the New Hampshire Supreme Court granted relief to three individuals - Alejandra Corro, Richard Vaughan, and Dennis Suprenant - who were (or were going to be) jailed by Circuit Courts in violation of these constitutional principles. These cases, which are described in the "Personal Stories" section below, show that debtors' prison practices can counter-productively lead to termination of an individual's new employment, impede ongoing efforts of that individual to gain employment, and prevent struggling parents from caring for their infant children. Details: Concord, NH: ACLU of New Hampshire, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://aclu-nh.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/Final-ACLU-Debtors-Prisons-Report-9.23.15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 136975

Author: Mills, John R. Title: No Hope: Re-examining Lifetime Sentences for Juvenile Offenders Summary: In a handful of U.S. counties, teenagers are still being sentenced to a lifetime in prison with no chance of release. This harsh and increasingly isolated practice falls disproportionately on black and Hispanic youth and is a remnant of an earlier period of punitiveness based on an unfounded prediction of a new class of superpredators that never actually materialized. While the use of this sentence has dramatically declined in recent years, it continues to be practiced in a relatively small number of jurisdictions. The Supreme Court now has the opportunity to declare juvenile life without parole a cruel and unusual punishment, far outside our standards of decency in the twenty-first century. In Miller v. Alabama, the Court took the first step by forbidding mandatory sentences of life without parole for homicide offenses committed by juveniles (JLWOP). The opinion, however, left open the question of whether the Eighth Amendment prohibits the imposition of life without parole upon juveniles entirely. That question, the constitutionality of life without parole sentences for juvenile offenders, is being presented to the Court in two cases. In one case to be argued in October, the Court will consider whether its earlier rulings on this subject apply to past cases and not just cases going forward. A brief offered by the Charles Hamilton Institute for Race and Justice urges the Court to tackle the constitutional question of whether the punishment should stand at all. In another case, an inmate serving a JLWOP sentence has directly presented the question: "Does the Eighth Amendment prohibit sentencing a child to life without possibility of parole?" This report examines the key evidence for answering the question of whether there is now a national consensus against juvenile life without parole. To make this assessment, the Court generally examines legislative enactments and actual sentencing practices. This report catalogs the rapid abandonment of JLWOP, both legislatively and in terms of actual use. Although JLWOP dramatically expanded between 1992 and 1999 - an era of hysteria over juvenile super-predators�since Miller states have rapidly abandoned JLWOP in law and practice. Nine states have abolished JLWOP after Miller, bringing the current number of jurisdictions completely banning the sentence to fifteen. California and Florida, two of the most frequent users of the sentence, have dramatically limited the reach of JLWOP by restricting its application to a narrow set of circumstances. Moreover, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and Washington have abolished JLWOP for a category of offenders. This pace of abolition far outstrips those that occurred in the years prior to the high Court's rulings that the executions of juveniles and the intellectually disabled are unconstitutional. This report provides an in-depth analysis of state and county JLWOP sentencing practices. At the state level, just nine states account for over eighty percent of all JLWOP sentences. A single county, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, is responsible for nearly ten percent of all JLWOP sentences nationwide. Orleans Parish, Louisiana, has tenfold the number of JLWOP sentences as its population would suggest. Five counties account for more than one fifth of all JLWOP sentences. JLWOP, in practice, is isolated in a handful of outlier jurisdictions. Finally, state sentencing practices also show marked racial disparities in JLWOP's administration. Starting in 1992, the beginning of the super-predator era, a black juvenile offender would be twice as likely to receive a JLWOP sentence as his white counterpart. The disproportionate application of the punishment on juveniles of color is stark. All of Texas's JLWOP sentences were imposed on persons of color. Pennsylvania has imposed it eighty percent of the time on persons of color. There is now a growing consensus against JLWOP, calling into question its constitutionality. The policy's suspect origins and disparate implementation require rigorous examination to determine whether it serves any legitimate penological purpose. Details: Durham, NC: Phillips Black Project, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://static1.squarespace.com/static/55bd511ce4b0830374d25948/t/5600cc20e4b0f36b5caabe8a/1442892832535/JLWOP+2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 136976

Author: Henderson, Jaime S. Title: Estimating the Impacts of SORNA in Pennsylvania: The Potential Consequences of Including Juveniles Summary: The federal Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act (SORNA; 2006) established a uniform, offense-based registration system for sex offenders age 14 and older. The legislation created a hierarchical, three-tier classification scheme in which convictions of the most severe sex offenses result in Tier III assignment and convictions of the least severe offenses yield Tier I delegation. Juveniles are treated the same as adults when adjudicated of serious, Tier III offenses such as rape and aggravated indecent assault. Tier III assignment requires lifetime registration and notification for offenders in jurisdictions in which they live, work, and go to school. On December 20th, 2011, Governor Corbett signed Pennsylvania's version of SORNA and it was implemented exactly one year later on December 20th, 2012. The project, which focuses on Pennsylvania's version of SORNA, comes at a time when the impact of this new law has yet to be assessed. This study explores the system resources necessary for implementing this legislation, including personnel, costs, and enhancements to technologies necessary for creating and disseminating information on sex offenders. Although it has garnered much attention because it places unfunded mandates on states, opposition on behalf of jurisdictions is largely due to the inclusion of juveniles. Many researchers and legal advocates have argued against the policy due to the amenability of juveniles to treatment, low recidivism rates among sex offenders, and the negative consequences lifetime registration may have on youthful offenders. In fact, no previous research supports registration and notification as effective tools for deterring sex offending. While the aforementioned concerns brought to the attention of the government are credible, they have been unsuccessful in producing change at the federal level. These concerns were influential in drafting Pennsylvania's legislation that limited the number of offenses that triggered registration and withheld juvenile information from the public website. This dissertation employed a mixed-methods design to investigate SORNA's potential effects based upon the inclusion of juveniles. Research questions focused on the workload of agencies who work with sex offenders, the potential costs associated with SORNA requirements, the number of juvenile offenders now and in the future who may be implicated by the legislation, and the opinions and experiences of practitioners who work with juvenile sex offenders. Data collected by the Pennsylvania Juvenile Court Judges' Commission were analyzed to investigate the research questions. Descriptive and bivariate inferential statistical analyses were conducted, in addition to data-validated dynamic systems modeling to provide a prospective analysis into how many youth may face lifetime registration across the Commonwealth. Costs incurred as a result of SORNA's requirements were explored as well. Following the quantitative analyses, interviews with practitioners were conducted to obtain opinions and insight on the projected volume of juvenile offenders affected by SORNA and fiscal information relevant to juvenile sex offender supervision, management, and registration. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2015. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://digital.library.temple.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p245801coll10/id/317641 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 136977

Author: Eisen, Lauren-Brooke Title: The Reverse Mass Incarceration Act Summary: Leaders across the political spectrum agree: The United States must end mass incarceration. But how? What bold solutions will achieve this change? Our prison crisis has many causes. One major contributor: a web of perverse financial incentives across the country that spurred more arrests, prosecutions, and prison sentences. A prime example is the 1994 Crime Bill, which authorized $12.5 billion ($19 billion in today's dollars) to states to increase incarceration. And 20 states did just that, yielding a dramatic rise in prison populations. To reverse course, the federal government can apply a similar approach. It can be termed a "Reverse Crime Bill," or the "Reverse Mass Incarceration Act." It would provide funds to states to reduce imprisonment and crime together. The United States has 5 percent of the world's population, yet has 25 percent of the world's prisoners. If the prison population were a state, it would be the 36th largest - bigger than Delaware, Vermont, and Wyoming combined. Worse, our penal policies do not work. Mass incarceration is not only unnecessary to keep down crime but is also ineffective at it. Increasing incarceration offers rapidly diminishing returns. The criminal justice system costs taxpayers $260 billion a year. Best estimates suggest that incarceration contributes to as much as 20 percent of the American poverty rate. During the crime wave of the 1970s and 1980s, lawmakers enacted stringent laws to instill law and order in devastated communities. But many of these laws went too far. The federal government played an outsize role by financially subsidizing states to incarcerate more people. Today, the federal government sends $3.8 billion to states and localities each year for criminal justice. These dollars are largely focused on increasing the size of our justice system. But times have changed. We now know that mass incarceration is not necessary to keep us safe. We now know that we can reduce both crime and incarceration. States like Texas, New York, Mississippi, and California have changed their laws to do just that. For the first time in 40 years, both crime and incarceration have fallen together, since 2008. How can this momentum be harnessed into action? Just as Washington encouraged states to incarcerate, it can now encourage them to reduce incarceration while keeping down crime. It can encourage state reform efforts to roll back prison populations. As the country debates who will be the next president, any serious candidate must have a strong plan to reform the justice system. The next president should urge Congress to pass the Reverse Mass Incarceration Act. It would encourage a 20 percent reduction in imprisonment nationwide. Such an Act would have four components: -A new federal grant program of $20 billion over 10 years in incentive funds to states. -A requirement that states that reduce their prison population by 7 percent over a three-year period without an increase in crime will receive funds. -A clear methodology based on population size and other factors to determine how much money states receive. -A requirement that states invest these funds in evidence-based programs proven to reduce crime and incarceration. Such an Act would have more reach than any of the other federal proposals. It could be implemented through budgeting procedures. It could be implemented as a stand-alone Act. Or, it could be introduced as an amendment to a pending bill. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/The_Reverse_Mass_Incarceration_Act%20.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 136980

Author: McDonough, Danica E. Title: Justice-involved Veterans and employment: A systematic review of barriers and promising strategies and interventions Summary: To better serve justice-involved Veterans, VA [U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs] developed services through Veterans Justice Programs (VJP), including Veterans Justice Outreach (VJO) and Health Care for Reentry Veterans (HCRV). These services and programs are intended to help ease the transition from incarceration to the community, including developing linkages to vocational training and employment opportunities for justice-involved Veterans. The services and programs may also address the personal, social and economic costs associated with incarceration. Even with these services and programs, justice-involved Veterans continue to face substantial barriers to employment, including the barriers related to a criminal record and educational and vocational deficits. To support these efforts to return justice-involved Veterans to the workforce, this review synthesizes research relevant to: (1) the employment needs and barriers for justice-involved Veterans, (2) assessment tools that can identify employment-related needs and job-readiness, and (3) effective or promising interventions or strategies for addressing employment barriers. This synthesis of the research on employment barriers and associated interventions can help to inform those developing and striving to improve programs for justice-involved Veterans seeking to secure employment. Ultimately, employment may reduce recidivism as well as serve to enhance overall quality of life, such as reducing homelessness" (p. 9). Results are presented following an executive summary that cover: what the employment needs and barriers are for justice-involved veterans; assessment tools that can be used to identify employment-related needs and job-readiness for justice-involved veterans; and what are the effective or promising employment-focused strategies and interventions for justice-involved veterans. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://www.researchgate.net/publication/280839418_Justice-involved_Veterans_and_employment_A_systematic_review_of_barriers_and_promising_strategies_and_interventions Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 136984

Author: Plant, Jeremy F. Title: Securing and Protecting America's Railroad System: U.S. Railroad and Opportunities for Terrorist Threats Summary: On any given day, thousands of trains move across the American landscape. Each one of them presents a potential threat to the safety of individuals and families, to the continued functioning of our communities and our economy, and to the life of our great cities. Whether carrying millions of workers to and from their jobs, or providing the safest means of transporting hazardous materials, or bringing food and agricultural necessities to consumers, railroads pose an inviting target to would-be terrorists. Yet no significant act of terrorism has been directed against U. S. railroads, and we lack hard information on the nature of the terrorist risks involved in rail transport. This report highlights the potential threats, examines the response of government and the rail industry to the post-9/11 security responsibilities, and suggests ways in which public policy and rail operations can be better directed to meet the challenges of security in an age of terrorist activity. Efforts to secure the nation's rail system have been undertaken by federal, state, and local government agencies and by private rail operators. These activities differ fundamentally between the passenger and freight modes. Driven by events such as the Madrid and London rail attacks, and by the assumption that since the 9/11/01 events all passenger modes of travel in the U.S. constitute potential terrorist targets, passenger rail security has been largely entrusted to the public sector, albeit with less attention and fewer resources granted for passenger rail security than for aviation. Freight rail security has also been driven by events but has been guided by the private sector rail industry. Resources currently directed to rail security are inadequate, given the potential for catastrophic loss of life or economic disruption from attacks on the rail system. The growing use of rail systems for work-related passenger travel and the critical role played by freight railroads in U.S. and global commerce makes insuring their security a matter of urgent public concern. While the efforts to secure the system led by the Department of Homeland Security represent a good start in tackling the issues, legislation specifically dealing with rail security is needed to identify the threats, clarify the roles of the various public and private actors, and establish a level of funding commensurate with the importance of the rail system and the potential loss of life and economic damage that might result from terrorist attacks. In addition to prevention, the rail system plays or can play an important role in mitigation and recovery efforts after man-made or natural disasters. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg, 2007. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.476.9059&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 136985

Author: Harcourt, Bernard E. Title: Three Essays in Criminal Justice Summary: How could the New York Times call the grand jury's decision to no bill the indictment against officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson, Missouri, a "verdict"? How could federal appellate judges call it a "procedural shortcut" when a state judge, in a death penalty case, signs the state attorney general's proposed judicial opinion without even striking the word "proposed" or reviewing the full opinion? What do these incidents tell us about contemporary criminal justice? These essays explore these puzzles. The first, "Verdict and Illusion," begins to sketch the role of illusions in justice. The second, "A Singe Voice of Justice," interprets these procedural shortcuts through the lens of Homeric, agonistic combat. The third, "Reading Penal Theories and Institutions," offers a first reading of the newly published Foucault lectures on punishment practices, theories and institutions, delivered at the College de France in 1971-1972. (A French version of the latter essay is included as well). Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-480: Accessed October 15, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2668353 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 136987

Author: Pierce, Sarah Title: Unaccompanied Child Migrants in U.S. Communities, Immigration Court, and Schools Summary: More than 102,000 unaccompanied children (UACs) from Central America and Mexico were apprehended by U.S. Customs and Border Protection at the U.S.-Mexico border between October 1, 2013 and August 31, 2015. The rapid influx of child arrivals in the spring and summer of 2014, which caught the attention of a concerned public and policymakers, briefly overwhelmed the systems in place for processing and caring for these children. While most of the Mexican children are quickly returned to Mexico, under U.S. law children from noncontiguous countries are transferred to the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to be processed and simultaneously placed in removal proceedings. The vast majority of these are released by ORR into the custody of a parent, relative, or friend in the United States while they wait for their cases to progress through the immigration court system. This issue brief summarizes the available data and qualitative research on where unaccompanied child migrants are being placed, how they are faring in immigration court, what types of services are available to them, and how communities, in particular schools, are adapting to their arrival. Even though a priority docket was created in the immigration courts system for unaccompanied minors, their cases continue to lag. Even when their cases are finally heard, the immigration court system has resolved the status for relatively few of them: a review of the data shows that while 70 percent of those who show up for their hearings receive some form of immigration relief, 97 percent do not receive a simultaneous grant of immigration status - meaning they remain unauthorized. Meanwhile, most removal orders go to children who fail to attend their hearings, and as a result many orders of removal go unexecuted. As these cases make their way through the courts, the children become further engrained in communities and school districts across the country. The brief finds that communities and school districts largely continue to face challenges meeting the needs of these children and have responded in disparate ways to their arrival, some creating additional programs to address children's particular needs, while others have made school enrollment more difficult for this population. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: MPI Issue Brief: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/unaccompanied-child-migrants-us-communities-immigration-court-and-schools Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 136993

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: VWI: Voting While Incarcerated: A Tool Kit for Advocates Seeking to Register, and Facilitate Voting by, Eligible People in Jail Summary: At midyear 2004, there were close to 714,000 people detained in our nation's jails. Most were being held under pretrial detention or serving time for misdemeanors or for non-disfranchising felonies, and the majority were eligible to register and vote. Most states disfranchise people with felony convictions for at least some period of time - while they are serving their sentence in prison (in all states except Maine and Vermont), and often while they are on probation or parole as well. Several states indefinitely disfranchise people with felony convictions, but Alabama and Mississippi permit some felons to vote. (See "The Law in Your State," page 34.) However, people detained in jail who are awaiting trial or are serving time for a misdemeanor or a non-disfranchising felony have the right to vote in every state. This is at least theoretically true. And this is where advocacy efforts come in. According to the U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, more than half the people in jail in 2004 were racial or ethnic minorities. African Americans were five times more likely than whites and almost three times more likely than Latinos to be in jail. The United States has a long history of deliberately denying people of color the right to participate in the democratic process by voting. Even after the Fifteenth Amendment was ratified in 1870 guaranteeing all (male) citizens the right to vote regardless of race or nationality, many states continued to create obstacles such as literacy tests and poll taxes to deter African Americans and other people of color from voting. Although the Voting Rights Act of 1965 made these practices illegal, most states employ felony disfranchisement laws that effectively silence large numbers of voters of color, especially African-American men, according to The Sentencing Project. These figures are estimates as of August 2005: But there is a hidden population of over 700,000 people in our jails who are disproportionately poor and of color who are eligible to vote now. Pretrial detainees in jail are usually there only because they cannot afford bail. People with financial resources are able to post bail and are therefore able to vote freely outside the jailhouse walls that contain the poor. Another reason to focus on jail systems is that while state elected officials determine who is and isn't eligible to vote in each state, with the authority to enact or repeal felony disfranchisement laws, local officials (often county executives or mayors and their appointed administrators) control jail systems. Local elected officials have influence over local election boards. Where state officials refuse to take action, local corrections and elections officials may be interested in ensuring that all eligible residents in their jurisdiction, including people in jail, are registered and provided the opportunity to cast a ballot. The San Francisco Department of Elections, for example, is taking steps to inform people in jail (and those who have completed their sentences) that they are eligible to vote under California law. The director has implemented the plan as a way to increase voter registration while honoring inmates' right to vote. The department's informational campaign includes a useful Web page on "Inmate Voting": see http://www.sfgov.org/site/election_ index.asp?id=33704. Local elected officials may also control other corrections agencies, including probation offices. Many of the recommendations in this tool kit with respect to the institutionalization of jail-based voter education and registration also apply to probation and other corrections agencies. HOW THIS TOOL KIT CAN HELP This tool kit outlines the steps you can take to implement a two-part process inside your local jails to (1) register voters, and (2) ensure that eligible people can vote from jail. The act of registration is important in and of itself, but there must be follow-up to ensure that people also have the opportunity to exercise the right to vote. There are many ways to approach this work, and the method you choose should be based on the unique set of circumstances that prevail in your community. We have included models with step-by-step instructions and sample materials you can use to create educational flyers and other relevant items. To give these models some context, we offer profiles of jail-based voter registration and get-out-the- vote efforts in seven localities across the country. Details: New York: ACLU and Right to Vote, 2005. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/pdfs/votingrights/votingwhileincarc_20051123.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 136998

Author: Fumia, Danielle Title: Washington's Coordination of Services Program for Juvenile Offenders: Outcome Evaluation and Benefit-Cost Analysis Summary: Coordination of Services (COS) is an educational program for low-risk juvenile offenders that provides information about services available in the community. The program is designed to help juvenile offenders avoid further involvement with the criminal justice system. COS currently serves about 600 youth per year in Washington State. The Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) first evaluated COS in 2004 following its first year of implementation. As part of ongoing work to identify research- and evidence-based programming in juvenile justice, WSIPP re-evaluated COS to determine its current impact on recidivism. Based on the results from both of WSIPP's evaluations of COS, we estimate that the program reduces recidivism by about 3.5 percentage points (from 20% to 16.5%). Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public policy, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2015 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1617/Wsipp_Washingtons-Coordination-of-Services-Program-for-Juvenile-Offenders-Outcome-Evaluation-and-Benefit-Cost-Analysis_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137005

Author: Burley, Mason Title: Assessing the Risk of Criminal Offense for Washington's Involuntary Treatment and Forensic Commitment Populations Summary: In Washington State, formal risk assessments have been used to predict the risk of criminal recidivism among juvenile and adult offenders. This report finds that the existing Static Risk Assessment (SRA), used by courts and corrections in Washington for criminal populations, can also serve as a valid tool for determining the level of risk for adults with involuntary civil commitments and forensic competency evaluations. Results indicate that the adapted SRA described in this report has reasonable predictive accuracy for both the civil and forensic populations. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for public Policy, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1618/Wsipp_Assessing-the-Risk-of-Criminal-Offense-for-Washingtons-Involuntary-Treatment-and-Forensic-Commitment-Populations_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prediction Shelf Number: 137006

Author: Copp, Jennifer E. Title: Patterns, Precursors, and Consequences of Teen Dating Violence: Analyzing Gendered and Generic Pathways Summary: Objectives: Despite the general recognition of the seriousness of teen and young adult dating violence, existing research does not provide a comprehensive portrait of the ways in which gender influences the etiology and sequelae of teen dating violence and intimate partner violence in early adulthood. Using five waves of structured interview data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS), this research examined gender-specific and generic (that is, applicable regardless of gender) IPV pathways to further develop both theory and applied efforts designed to have a positive impact on this serious social problem. Results: Patterns of physical violence. Life course trajectories of perpetration and victimization were examined along with early risk factors and contemporaneous circumstances associated with different patterns. Results indicated that IPV peaks during young adulthood, and suggested a somewhat later age peak for young women who participated in the study. Findings indicate further that these trajectories are linked to traditional risk factors such as parent-child relationship quality, but also to characteristics of the intimate relationships within which they occur, as indexed by reports of such dynamics as frequency of disagreements, feelings of jealousy and mistrust, and perceptions of a lack of partner validation. Harsh parenting is also identified as a risk factor for subsequent involvement in violent relationships, although its effect is conditioned on the presence of relationship-specific precursors. Examination of the patterning of IPV across this developmental period revealed greater variability than stability in the experience of partner violence, and furthermore, changes in the character and dynamics of relationships (i.e., developmental shifts in qualities of intimate relationships) corresponded to declines in IPV risk over time. Gender mistrust and the neighborhood normative climate. Longitudinal analyses were conducted examining correlates of gender mistrust, as well as the extent to which gender mistrust influenced the perpetration of relationship violence over time. The results indicated that feelings of mistrust have implications for the healthy functioning of intimate relationships by heightening the risk of IPV perpetration. Moreover, individual trajectories of gender mistrust were associated with parents' gender mistrust and a range of socioeconomic factors, but prior relationship experiences further contributed to within-individual changes in levels of mistrust across the transition to adulthood. In a separate but related investigation, neighborhood-level analyses assessed whether the neighborhood normative climate with respect to dating and attitudes about the opposite sex influenced the experience of IPV net of individual-level attitudes and beliefs. Findings revealed that neighborhood norms exert a positive influence on patterns of IPV perpetration over time, and that this effect is stronger in more disadvantaged contexts. IPV and physical and emotional well-being. Analyses of within-individual changes in emotional well-being across the study period suggest that while young women generally report higher levels of depression, IPV victimization is similarly linked to variability in men's and women's self-reports of depressive symptoms. A similar pattern of findings emerged in our analyses of self-rated health; reports of IPV (both victimization and perpetration) were associated with declines in self-rated health among men and women. A more focused analysis relying on waves 4 and 5 of the data also found that self-reports of perpetration and victimization were associated with changes in levels of anxiety across these two points in time among both male and female respondents. Implications of study. These findings suggest the utility of a longitudinal approach to partner violence as they highlight sources of continuity, as well as factors associated with variation in the experience of IPV over time. That relationship risk factors were particularly salient predictors of variation in IPV also suggests the utility of a dyadic or 'relational' approach to partner violence. Further, the lack of differential effects of risk factors on IPV for men and women provides insight to future research and theorizing on the role of gender in partner violence. Finally, the link between IPV and a broad range of attitudes and beliefs suggests that future programs may benefit from approaches targeting specific norms and attitudes, as these appear to be related to the development of healthy relationships in adolescence and young adulthood. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, Department of Sociology, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249002.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 137009

Author: DC Lawyers for Youth Title: Youth Arrest and Court Involvement: Trends in the District of Columbia (1998-2014) Summary: This report summarizes recent data on youth arrests and court involvement in the District of Columbia. It expands upon previous DCLY publications on this topic by utilizing arrest data from 1998 through 2014 and adding analysis of delinquency petitions. The data presented in this report are primarily from two sources. Youth arrest data can be found in the Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) annual reports, years 1998-2014. Data concerning court petitions against young people under age 18 are available in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia Family Division (Family Court) annual reports to Congress, years 2002-2014. The key findings of the analysis are: 1.Youth arrests are at their lowest point in the past 10 years, and have decreased 27% since 2009. 2.Delinquency petitions against youth have decreased 29% since 2009. 3.Youth arrests for most categories of serious crimes have decreased or held steady since 1998. 4.In 2014, 77% of youth arrests and 52% of delinquency petitions were for non-violent, non-weapons offenses. Details: Washington, DC: DC Lawyers for Youth, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/dcly/pages/17/attachments/original/1442456451/Arrest_PetitionTrends_(Final).pdf?1442456451 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Arrests Shelf Number: 137013

Author: Donna, Javier Title: Let the Punishment Fit the Criminal Summary: We investigate the role of punishment progressivity and individual characteristics in the determination of crime. To analyze welfare implications we model individuals' response to judges' optimal punishment in a dynamic setting. We introduce two distinctive features motivated by our empirical setting. First, judges rarely imposes maximum punishment for first time offenders. Instead, we observe low fines (or just a warning) even when crime detection technology is efficient and punishment is not costly. We account for this by allowing an unobservable (to the judge) individual state to be correlated with a public signal (the environment). This generates an optimal punishment that is conditional on individual observables. Second, judges punishments follow a progressive system: conditioning on type, recidivists are punished harsher than first-time offenders for the same crime. We account for these dynamics by introducing a persistent unobservable (to the judge) component. Judges update their beliefs about individuals depending on whether they committed a crime in the previous period; this gives rise to progressivity in the optimal punishment system. For the empirical analysis we examine a novel trial data set from a self-governed community of farmers in Southern Spain. We find that judges vary the degree of imposed punishments based on individual characteristics - such as when victims or accused have a Don honorific title indicating they are wealthy. Recidivists are punished harsher than first time offenders. Details: Working Paper, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2667588 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Fines Shelf Number: 137014

Author: Rozo, Sandra Title: How much Happiness is Caused by Lower Violence? Measuring Local Market Eects of Homicide Rates Summary: This paper estimates the effects of violence on worker's and firm's welfare. My analysis proceeds in three steps. First, I estimate empirically the elasticity of violence on non-housing good prices, wages, and firm's profits, to then, combine them with a theoretical model, and quantify the welfare effects. This allows disentangling the effects of violence into its direct disutility effects and its indirect effects through changes in market prices. I use unique panel data at the firm level for Colombia throughout 1995 and 2010, when the country faced a 48% reduction on homicide rates, from 65.8 to 33.9, respectively. Using these data I exploit the geographical and annual variation of homicide rates to identify the effects of violence. I instrument violence with the interaction of U.S. international antidrug expenditures{ which contributed to improve security conditions in Colombia{and a political competition index for 1946. The political competition index measures the intensity of a past violent episode known as La Violencia which historians point as the origin of the current violence spell in Colombia. I find that when homicide rates increase by 1% worker's welfare falls by 0.46%, and firm's profits decrease by 0.18%. Moreover, 96% of the effects of violence on worker's welfare are explained by changes on market prices, mainly driven by changes on non-housing living costs. My estimates suggest that the 48% drop in homicide rates that occurred in Colombia between 1995 and 2010 increased firm's profits by 8.64%, and blue and white-collars worker's welfare by 13.74% and 30.35%, respectively. Details: Los Angeles: California Center for Population Research, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-CCPR-2014-007/PWP-CCPR-2014-007.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 137020

Author: Copp, Jennifer E. Title: Neighborhood Disadvantage, Strain, and Intimate Parner Violence: Linking Structural Context to Emotional Response Summary: Objectives. Many theoretical treatments of intimate partner violence (IPV) focus on micro-level processes, and dynamics associated with social control theories. Some researchers have attempted to situate IPV within the larger neighborhood context but few studies have sought to link macro-level social structural factors and micro-level processes. The current analyses fill a research gap by examining IPV from the combined lenses of strain theory, gendered emotions, and the mental health literature. Methods. Using data from waves one and four of the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS) and from the 2000 Census, this study employs hierarchical logistic regression models to highlight complex associations between neighborhood structure, social psychological processes (anger and depression), and the experience of IPV. Results. Findings indicate that social psychological processes mediate the influence of structural disadvantage on IPV. Further, results suggest that structural strain moderates the effect of emotional responses, and that these processes operate differently for men and women. Conclusions. Results underscore the need to move beyond a micro- and social control-oriented focus of IPV, and suggest the need for additional research to explore other emotional mediators and neighborhood characteristics that can amplify or perhaps ameliorate partner violence. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: 2014 Working Paper Series; Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/content/dam/BGSU/college-of-arts-and-sciences/center-for-family-and-demographic-research/documents/working-papers/2014/WP%202014-04%20Copp.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 137027

Author: Phillips Black Project Title: Juvenile Life Without Parole After Miller v. Alabama Summary: Across the country, we are beginning to turn the page on juvenile justice policies that are out of step with science, medicine, and common sense. They were informed by the popular myth of the juvenile superpredator. The prophesied generation of superpredators has never materialized, and the promised benefits of criminalizing childhood never arrived. The policies the myth spawned, however, remain. The results of these polices have been troubling. They created a straight line from poorly funded schools to juvenile hall and on to the institutions of adult mass incarceration. Our nation's least-advantaged children, the children of poverty, mental illness, and historically discriminated against groups, have fared the worst under these policies. Children of color have been disproportionately adjudicated as delinquents and institutionalized while their peers were far more frequently allowed to work things out without involving courts and jails. We stripped courts and prosecutors of the discretion required to provide treatment tailored to juveniles' individual needs, blinding our institutions to the reality that children are fundamentally different than adults. And we have sentenced thousands of our nation's youth to die in prison for crimes they committed before they were old enough to vote. The time for change has come. Courts and legislatures are rejecting the most extreme policies that were the product of this era. The use of life without parole sentences for children is waning. Solitary confinement for children is ending. Legislators are promulgating laws permitting courts and prosecutors to treat children differently than adults. And courts are now being required to exercise discretion in light of the unique aspects of the individual child before imposing the most severe sentences authorized for juveniles. This report focuses on this last development. The report catalogues how U.S. jurisdictions have responded to the Supreme Court�s mandate to provide individualized sentencing of juveniles before sentencing them to life without possibility of parole. Even as we developed this report, states abandoned the practice of sentencing children to die in prison. We hope that the applicability of this report to juvenile life without parole sentencing will continue to decrease as juvenile life without parole sentences become exceedingly rare. However, we have focused on this mandate because it is premised on the need for individualized consideration at sentencing. We are each more than the worst thing we have ever done, a reality particularly salient for impetuous youth. When sentencing judges are able to consider a juvenile for who that person is as a unique individual and are able to tailor treatment accordingly, the mythical superpredator disappears, and a juvenile justice system very different than the one we currently have will emerge. Details: St. Louis, MO: Phillips Black Project, 2015. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55bd511ce4b0830374d25948/t/55f9d0abe4b0ab5c061abe90/1442435243965/Juvenile+Life+Without+Parole+After+Miller++.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 137030

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Locked In: Interactions with the Criminal Justice and Child Welfare Systems for LGBTQ Youth, YMSM, and YWSW Who Engage in Survival Sex Summary: This report focuses on LGBTQ youth who become involved in the commercial sex market to meet basic survival needs, describing their experiences with law enforcement, the criminal justice system, and the child welfare system. Interviews with these youth reveal that over 70 percent had been arrested at least once, with many reporting frequent arrest for "quality-of-life" and misdemeanor crimes other than prostitution offenses. Youth described their experiences of being cycled in and out of the justice system as highly disruptive and generating far-reaching collateral consequences ranging from instability in the home and school to inability to pay fines and obtain lawful employment. This report is part of a larger three-year Urban Institute study of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer or questioning (LGBTQ) youth; young men who have sex with men (YMSM); and young women who have sex with women (YWSW) engaged in survival sex. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000424-Locked-In-Interactions-with-the-Criminal-Justice-and-Child-Welfare-Systems-for-LGBTQ-Youth-YMSM-and-YWSW-Who-Engage-in-Survival-Sex.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender People Shelf Number: 137031

Author: Hedlund, James H. Title: Drug-Impaired Driving: A Guide for What States Can Do Summary: Drug-impaired driving is an increasingly critical issue for states and state highway safety offices. In 2013, the most recent year for which data are available, NHTSA's Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) reported that drugs were present in 40% of the fatally-injured drivers with a known test result, almost the same level as alcohol (FARS, 2015). NHTSA's 2013 - 2014 roadside survey found drugs in 22% of all drivers both on weekend nights and on weekday days (Berning et al., 2015). In particular, marijuana use is increasing. As of August 2015, marijuana may be used for medical purposes in 23 states and the District of Columbia (NCSL, 2015a). Recreational use is allowed in Alaska, Colorado, Oregon, Washington and the District of Columbia and 16 other states have decriminalized possession of small amounts of marijuana (NCSL, 2015b). Congress is considering HR 2598 which would require NHTSA to issue guidance on the best practices to prevent marijuana-impaired driving (http://1.usa.gov/1Cld6yr). Legislatures, law enforcement, and highway safety offices in many states are urged to "do something" about drug-impaired driving, but what to do is far from clear. Details: Washington, DC: Governors Highway Safety Association and Foundation for Advancing Alcohol Responsibility, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://www.ghsa.org/html/files/pubs/GHSA_DruggedDrivingt2015_R5_LoResInteractive.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 137041

Author: Henninger, Dwight Title: What Impact will Tourist-Oriented Policing Have on Small Sized Police Departments by the Year 2006? Summary: After over ten years of consistent efforts by police agencies all over the United States to implement Community Oriented Policing (COP) philosophies, departments are now looking for methods to expand these concepts to other populations. One such application is to the tourists that are attracted to cities for vacations and day trips. Community Oriented Policing is a philosophy of policing based upon the concept that the police and citizens work together in creative ways to help solve community problems related to crime, the fear of crime, and social and physical disorder. The California Attorney General's Office defines Community Oriented Policing as "a philosophy, management style, and organizational design that promotes proactive problem solving and police-community partnerships to address the causes of crime and fear as well as other community issues." Tourists are an important source of revenue for cities in hotel and sales tax. Additionally, they are a population that is generally not given the same level of concern as locals by the police. In Anaheim, California, which has the highest hotel tax in the state of fifteen percent, this tax is projected to generate over $30 million dollars by the year 2005. In Breckenridge, Colorado hotel taxes account for seven percent of their total revenues. Sales and hotel taxes, which are attributed to tourists in this small mountain town, were forty-six percent of total revenues. The Inland Empire area of Southern California has experienced a decade long drop in tourism, which equates to the loss of 2,700 jobs and has affected local government's bottom lines. In New Orleans, Louisiana, in 1997, tourism jobs accounted for sixteen percent of the city's employment, up from seven percent a decade earlier and over a $3.5 billion economic impact. In Laguna Beach, California, tourism revenues represent over twenty percent of the discretionary spending revenues. Tourist Oriented Policing (TOP) is a process of applying COP techniques to another segment of our citizen base, which is transient and can be fickle. Police must be aware their communities tourist based tax revenues can be greatly affected by the quality of police/tourist interaction. Past problems of communicating with potential tourists, preventing victimization, poor conviction levels for suspects in tourist related cases, and the tourist's general feeling of safety in our communities are all-important issues for the local police to resolve, which traditionally, have not been regularly addressed. Technology has greatly increased the ability of police to communicate with citizens, tourists and potential visitors, and it has increased the demands of these consumers for our services. Internet web sites are the norm for most businesses and cities, but whom are we targeting with this information? How will the information demanded by tourists increase during the next decade? Details: Sacramento, CA: California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training, 2001. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: lib.post.ca.gov Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 137042

Author: Huq, Aziz Title: Why Does the Public Cooperate with Law Enforcement? The Influence of the Purposes and Targets of Policing Summary: This study addresses the extension of the "procedural justice" model for understanding public cooperation with law enforcement to new policing contexts and new minority populations. The study draws on four recent surveys of public reactions to policing against crime or against terrorism across different populations to examine whether the changing purpose of policing, or changes in the communities targeted for heightened policing have an effect on how cooperative behaviors are elicited. This paper presents evidence that procedural justice mechanisms are robust across a variety of contexts and populations in the United States. Three issues in particular are addressed. First, whether the procedural justice model applies across policing functions and policed populations. Second, whether the perception that another group is the target of disproportionate policing efforts has any effect on the cooperation behavior of a non-targeted population. And third, whether people attend to different aspects of policing behavior if their community is targeted for heightened policing attention. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, Law School, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 339; NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 11-11 : Accessed October 21, 2015 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 137045

Author: Tyler, Tom R. Title: Legitimacy and Deterrence Effects in Counter-Terrorism Policing: A Study of Muslim Americans Summary: This study considers the circumstances under which members of the Muslim American community voluntarily cooperate with police efforts to combat terrorism. Cooperation is defined to include both a general receptivity toward helping the police in anti-terror work, and the specific willingness to alert police to terror related risks in a community. Two perspectives on why people cooperate with law enforcement, both developed with reference to general policing, are compared in the context of anti-terror policing and specifically among members of the Muslim American community. The first is instrumental. It suggests that people cooperate because they see tangible benefits that outweigh any costs. The second perspective is normative. It posits that people respond to their belief that police are a legitimate authority. On this view legitimacy is linked to the fairness and procedural justice of police procedures. Data from a study involving interviews with Muslim Americans in New York City between March and June 2009 strongly support the normative model by finding that the procedural justice of police activities is the primary factor shaping legitimacy and cooperation with the police. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago - Law School, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 296; NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 10-15 : Accessed October 21, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1559923 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Muslims Shelf Number: 137046

Author: Ghosal, Vivek Title: Policy Innovations, Political Preferences, and Cartel Prosecutions Summary: While price-fixing cartel prosecutions have received significant attention, the policy determinants and the political preferences that guide such antitrust prosecutions remain understudied. We empirically examine the intertemporal shifts in U.S. antitrust cartel prosecutions during the period 1969-2013. This period has seen substantive policy innovations with increasing penalties related to fines and jail terms. There appear to be four distinct cartel policy regimes: pre-1978, 1978-1992, 1993-2003, and 2004-2013. Our empirical estimates show significant variation in the number of cartels prosecuted and the penalties imposed across the policy regimes. The more recent regimes are characterized by far fewer cartels prosecuted, but with substantially higher penalties levied on firms and individuals. While effective deterrence is one explanation for these patterns, we are more inclined to conclude that US cartel enforcement has seen an underlying shift away from focusing on smaller cartels to larger and multinational firms. In terms of political effects, our results reveal no clear inter-political party effect on cartel prosecutions, but there appear to be interesting intra-political party effects. We find that particular Presidencies matter for cartel prosecutions, and variation across Presidential administrations led to marked shifts in the total number of cartels prosecuted. Overall, the shifts in the number of cartels prosecuted and penalties levied portray changing policy priorities and a search for the optimal enforcement design to curtail one of the clearest sources of welfare loss, collusion. Details: Munich: Center for Economic Studies & Ifo Institute, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Papers No. 5543: Accessed October 21, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2659486 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 137047

Author: Berkovitz, Melody Title: Rethinking Rikers: Moving from a Correctional to a Therapeutic Model for Youth Summary: "Children are not little adults . . . neurological research has made that clear." Consequently, a different system, or a different set of responses, is necessary to address the needs of young adults in the criminal justice system. Yet, New York City has lagged behind other jurisdictions, including New York State, in modernizing its treatment and punishment of youth offenders. Significantly, New York remains one of only two states in the country to treat 16 and 17-year olds as adults in its courts. More than 500 youth languish in New York City's Department of Correction facility on Rikers Island and over 75% of them are awaiting trial. Such a system of large-scale youth correctional facilities provides little benefit for long-term public safety. On the contrary, it wastes vast sums of taxpayer dollars, and more often than not, harms the well-being and dampens the future prospects of the youth behind bars. Each year, the United States invests 6 billion dollars to incarcerate youth, and within two to three years of their release, 70-80% of these youth are rearrested on a new offense. New York City spends $167,000 per year to hold a young person on Rikers Island. Instead of existing costly and ineffectual practices, policymakers should be working towards narrowing the pipeline of youth entering the criminal justice system. For those that do enter, New York City should adopt effective charging and bail policies, change case processing methods, and increase alternatives to incarceration and other services to improve outcomes for individuals. These practices would significantly reduce the number of youth in detention. Implementation of these necessary practices, however, is not within the control of the Board of Correction and is beyond the scope of this report. This report addresses effective practices for those youth who will be detained in secure facilities. Effective policy requires a fundamental shift to a therapeutic approach with practices that are specialized for and dedicated to youth rehabilitation. This begins with the pressing need to eliminate the use of solitary confinement. Solitary confinement for incarcerated youth across the United States has increasingly captured public attention. Although the definition varies, for purposes of this report, solitary confinement consists of extreme isolation for 22-24 hours a day with minimal human contact. The severe emotional, mental and physical harm caused by such practices is well documented. While isolation might be sparingly utilized for short periods of time in some circumstances, solitary confinement for lengthy periods is detrimental. Moreover, the practice itself has proven to be unnecessarily costly and a substantial contributor to increased recidivism rates. Some states have eliminated solitary confinement altogether. Others, including New York, continue to utilize solitary confinement for adults and children alike, irrespective of the burgeoning scientific data highlighting its harmful effects. Research in the past three decades demonstrates that heavy reliance on solitary confinement and more generally, on punitive-based models for incarceration of youth, is counterproductive. It does not work to reduce aggressive, violent, impulsive, or disobedient behaviors. In fact, solitary confinement increases these behaviors. Overall, the Rikers Island correctional model is damaging and in need of significant change. Solitary confinement is but the most extreme of the harmful practices. New York's current political climate provides an ideal opportunity to redesign the current youth detention system on Rikers Island. New York City should look to the flourishing success of models and practices in other jurisdictions and follow a fundamentally different approach to its treatment of youth in detention. We must embrace a shift from the traditional and oft-ineffective correctional facility model to the proven success of a residential treatment facility model. This report examines the emerging research and the characteristics and models adopted by other states that are effective in the treatment of youth. It makes recommendations to change existing practices for youth on Rikers Island. These include placement of youth into closely supervised small groups, access to group therapy and positive behavioral management, extensive staff training and reorientation of staff to a therapeutic approach, alternatives to discipline, procedural safeguards and methods to carefully assess and evaluate the programs. Details: New York: Yeshiva University, Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law, 2014. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2015 at: https://cardozo.yu.edu/sites/default/files/YJCFeb2_1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 137050

Author: Greenberg, Joel Title: Behind the Eleventh Door: Solitary Confinement of Individuals with Mental Illness in Oregon's State Penitentiary Behavioral Health Unit Summary: The corrections system has become the nation's largest provider of mental health services. The Oregon Department of Corrections (ODOC) has determined that more than half of Oregon's prison population has been diagnosed with a mental illness. Many of the prisoners who are most profoundly impacted by their mental illnesses are held in solitary confinement in the Behavioral Health Unit (BHU) at the Oregon State Penitentiary. These men spend months and sometimes years in an approximately 6 x 10 foot cell, with no natural light, no access to the outdoors or fresh air, and very limited opportunities to speak with other people. While ODOC policy requires these prisoners to be offered regular opportunities to shower and "go to rec," our investigation revealed that few BHU prisoners are actually able to access these opportunities more than once or twice a week. Stated more simply, BHU prisoners are subjected to long periods of solitary confinement. The stress, angst, and boredom of solitary confinement are extremely harmful to an individual's mental health. As one court concluded: "the record shows, what anyway seems pretty obvious, that isolating a human being from other human beings year after year or even month after month can cause substantial psychological damage, even if the isolation is not total." For individuals with serious mental illness, solitary confinement is widely acknowledged to be detrimental and clinically contra-indicated. The American Bar Association, the American Psychiatric Association, and the United Nations oppose solitary confinement for people with mental illness. Beginning with the U.S. Supreme Court in 1890 and continuing in recent years, courts across the country have decried the practice. By 1995, a federal judge compared placing an individual with a serious mental illness in solitary confinement to putting an asthmatic in a place with little air to breathe. In recent years, this problem is being addressed across the country. Some of our recommendations are modeled after a 2014 settlement with the state of Arizona. The desperation and exacerbation of symptoms resulting from isolation can significantly decrease a person's ability to conform his actions to rules and behavioral norms, thus creating a cycle of lashing out and increased penalties that further reduce mental health. That sort of cycle is not only a disaster for the prisoners who cannot escape it; it is an endless source of danger for the correctional officers who have to maintain order in an already difficult environment. Originally, the BHU was designed to break this cycle by better addressing the unmet mental health needs of prisoners with serious mental illness. In recent years, however, clinical staff and mental health treatment have been marginalized in favor of an ever-increasing deference to the safety and convenience of correctional staff. This shift has created an environment in which individuals are deprived of basic human rights. BHU prisoners and the past and present BHU mental health employees who spoke with us were consistent in their belief that many BHU prisoners have been subjected to the practical equivalent of torture during their often very long stays in the unit. The conditions that they describe undermine the health and well-being of the prisoners. In addition, they expose ODOC to legal liability and jeopardize utility of the unit within the ODOC system. We have learned that there are many serious problems at the BHU, but have focused on identifying a limited set of primary concerns that must be corrected if the BHU is to fulfill its mission and meet constitutional standards of care. Details: Portland, OR: Disability Rights Oregon, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2015 at: https://droregon.org/wp-content/uploads/Behind-the-Eleventh-Door-Electronic-Version.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 137051

Author: Lyubarsky, Andrew Title: 23 Hours in the Box: Solitary Confinement in New Jersey Immigration Detention Summary: While solitary confinement is a practice widely used in both civil detention and criminal incarceration, current practices by state and federal facilities have received significant criticism for over reliance on solitary confinement and excessive disciplinary sanctions. The State of New Jersey has a long history of using solitary confinement in its state prisons as a system of control and intimidation. In 1975, after the Civil Rights Movement, the Vietnam War and the prisoners' rights movement, Trenton State Prison (now New Jersey State Prison) established an administrative isolation unit for politically dissident prisoners. Management Control Units (MCUs), which were characterized by "no-touch isolation" and severe restrictions on visits and telephone contact with family members, recreation, as well as the denial of work, education, law library access, and collective religious practice - imposed nearly complete sensory deprivation on those subjected to it. Individuals who had not broken institutional rules were isolated because they belonged to radical political groups, particularly Afro-American nationalist organizations. Some people were subject to this treatment for years; Ojore Lutalo, a member of one such group, was held in isolation for 16 years. The American Friends Service Committee and other New Jersey civil society groups have actively monitored the use of isolated confinement in the state for decades, and fought to secure dignity for many of those subjected to prolonged isolated confinement. The present report continues this tradition of advocacy by focusing exclusively on immigration detainees in civil detention. Though the deprivations immigrant detainees subject to solitary confinement in New Jersey county institutions may not be as prolonged, they are a particularly vulnerable population which suffers lasting psychological damage from isolation. Though such conditions are extremely troubling in the case of confined individuals generally, these problems are of special concern in the context of immigrant detainees. Although immigration detention has always been characterized as non-punitive, and the rhetoric from the Obama Administration has emphasized a reform of the civil immigration detention system, this report finds that immigrant detainees are subject to an unnecessarily harsh system that applies the drastic punishment of solitary confinement too often and for too long. Because immigrants are held in penal facilities they are subjected to the same heavy-handed tactics as criminal inmates, and minor incidents which could easily be handled with non-punitive conflict resolution techniques or, if needed, less restrictive sanctions, immediately trigger solitary confinement. Detainees are confined, often for prolonged periods of time, even when no threat exists to the safety or the functioning of the facilities. Moreover, the current system raises serious due process concerns regarding the policies and practices of disciplinary systems and non-compliance with state regulations in several important respects. Our focus on disciplinary systems and sanctions proceeds from an increased clinical consensus about the severe effects of prolonged solitary confinement on an individual's psychological and physical well-being. Studies have cataloged a series of unique psychiatric symptoms commonly associated with solitary confinement. Taken together, these symptoms rise to the level of a formal psychiatric diagnosis of trauma referred to as "prison psychosis." These harmful effects can be compounded by pre-existing mental health problems that the detainee may have experienced prior to his or her solitary confinement. Since many individuals in immigration detention are likely to have been the victims of life traumas, such as human trafficking, domestic violence, torture, and persecution, solitary confinement poses a unique threat to this population. Details: New York: New Jersey Advocates for Immigrant Detainees, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2015 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/23%20Hours%20in%20the%20Box.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 137052

Author: Harcourt, Bernard E. Title: The '73 Graft: Punishment, Political Economy, and the Genealogy of Morals Summary: In this essay, I explore the place of a genealogy of morals within the context of a history of political economy. More specifically, I investigate the types of moralization - of criminals and delinquents, of the disorderly, but also of political economic systems, of workers and managers, of rules and rule-breaking - that are necessary and integral to making a population accept new styles of political and economic governance, especially the punitive institutions that accompany modern political economies in the contemporary period. The marriage of political economy and a genealogy of morals: this essay explores how the moralization of certain groups of people has been necessary to render tolerable the great American paradox of laissez-faire and mass incarceration. How, in effect, practices of moralization are necessary to make tolerable the intolerable. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-485 : Accessed October 26, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2673062 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ethics Shelf Number: 137054

Author: Harmon, Rachel Title: Why Arrest? Summary: It is no exaggeration to say that arrests are the paradigmatic police activity. While many debate the necessity of particular arrests, neither participants in the criminal justice system nor contemporary critics have seriously considered whether law enforcement � as a general matter - requires arrests. This essay challenges the long-held assumption that, even if not every arrest is legitimate, arrests as a general matter are worthwhile because they are critical to law enforcement goals. As recent news events have suggested, arrests are more harmful than they first seem, not only to the individuals arrested but also to their families and to society as a whole. More importantly, our traditional justifications for arrests - starting the criminal process and maintaining public order � at best support a much more limited practice of arrest than we currently permit. Overwhelmingly, arrests can be replaced with alternatives, even for serious crimes, and neither public safety nor public order will likely much suffer. As a result, whether or not arrests are fairly imposed on individuals, contemporary arrest practice is illegitimate because the coercion it involves is largely unnecessary. Details: Charlottesville: University of Virginia School of Law, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 60 , 2015: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2673553 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 137055

Author: Bies, Katherine J. Title: Stuck in the '70s: The Demographics of California Prosecutors Summary: Recent events have renewed longstanding concerns about the treatment of racial minorities by the criminal justice system in California and throughout the United States. Part of that attention has focused on prosecutors, the gatekeepers to the criminal justice system and, in many ways, the system's most powerful officials. Nationwide protests followed failures by prosecutors last year to secure indictments against White police officers implicated in the deaths of Michael Brown and Eric Garner, two unarmed Black men, in Ferguson, Missouri, and Staten Island, New York. Those protests in turn prompted President Obama to remind the country of our legal system's "long history of discrimination." Considerable attention was also drawn to the decision in May of this year by the State's Attorney in Baltimore, Maryland to file charges against six police officers involved in the death of Freddie Gray, a 25-year-old Black man arrested for what the police alleged was an illegal knife, while Gray was in custody. Prosecutors determine who is criminally charged, what they are charged with, what sentence will be sought, and what concessions, if any, will be offered in exchange for a guilty plea. Particularly in cases that do not proceed to trial-which are the vast majority of all criminal cases-the prosecutor's decisions effectively determine the outcome. Prosecutors also set broad policies for the criminal justice system, deciding which laws will be enforced aggressively and which will not, helping to convince other law enforcement officials how to pursue their missions, and often setting the agenda for public debates about criminal justice. The District Attorneys in Ferguson and on Staten Island were White men; the State's Attorney in Baltimore was a Black woman. It is impossible to know what role those facts played in their charging decisions, but the race and gender of the lead prosecutors understandably received considerable attention. Because prosecutors hold so much power and exercise so much discretion, it is cause for concern if they do not reflect the diversity of the public. Thus, one of the many questions raised by the Michael Brown, Eric Garner, and Freddie Gray cases is: How representative are prosecutors of the communities that they serve?" In California, the answer is "not very." In 2014 Latinos surpassed Whites as the largest demographic group in California. Whites comprise slightly more than 38 percent of the population in California, but they are nearly 70 percent of California prosecutors. Latinos are almost 39 percent of the population but only nine percent of California prosecutors. The last time 70 percent of Californians were White was in 1977-the year that Jimmy Carter became President of the United States, Apple Computer was. Demographically speaking, California prosecutors are stuck in the '70s. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford Law School, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Stuck-in-the-70s-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 137057

Author: Neuscheler, Jena Title: Report on Electronic Control Weapons (ECWs) Submitted to the City of Berkeley Summary: The SCJC report aims to help the City Council evaluate the potential benefits and consequences of equipping city police with ECWs. The Council's primary concern was the impact of ECW adoption on the safety of police officers and the citizens they protect. The Council also sought information on the acute health effects of ECWs, the legal framework that governs ECW use, and how adoption might impact the city's budget. To answer those questions, we have read and analyzed approximately 150 studies on the public safety impacts of ECW adoption, the physical effects of ECWs on the human body, and the legal ramifications of ECW adoption. We have attempted to rigorously assess each of these studies, critiquing their methodologies and assumptions, as well as considering possible critiques of those critiques. Our goal has been to help identify what is and what is not known about ECW as a law enforcement tool, and to separate well founded claims from those with a weak foundation. The City Council and the SCJC originally planned to survey several nearby jurisdictions in order to examine outcomes following ECW adoption. The goal was to extrapolate from the results of nearby cities, whose demographics and characteristics might be similar to those of Berkeley. As the Center's research continued, however, it became clear that a survey of nearby jurisdictions would not provide meaningful or accurate answers to the most important questions. Many of those questions had been addressed by a vast body of empirical research conducted by teams of medical and social scientists, often with the support of grants from the National Institute of Justice (NIJ). The best studies take years to gather, code, and analyze data, which are subject to statistical controls to help account for the characteristics that make each jurisdiction or subject unique. On the question of whether ECWs help reduce injuries to suspect and police officers, for instance, just one of the two leading datasets includes 24,000 use-of-force records from 12 cities, which were chosen from a nationally representative survey of 1,000 municipal, county, and state law enforcement agencies. In short, attempting to reproduce those inquiries by simply surveying nearby cities would risk capturing information irrelevant to the demographics and dynamics of Berkeley. At the same time, the very familiarity of those nearby cities would make it even easier to draw misleading conclusions. Moreover, for some of the most important questions, even the most sophisticated research had yielded conflicting results. Ultimately, we determined that the best way to help the Berkeley City Council answer these questions was to effectively synthesize this vast literature into an overview of what is known, while setting aside specious or poorly supported claims. Throughout the course of this research, we have learned that some of the most important questions do not have an answer-in some cases, because research is still ongoing; in other cases, because the answers depend on underlying values and beliefs. We believe that identifying and explaining those questions that do not have clear answers is one of the more useful functions of this report. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford law School, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: https://2pe0o743k0s82lo5l6trs9j1-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/ECW-Final-Draft-2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Control Weapons Shelf Number: 137058

Author: Lawrence, Sarah Title: What's Next? Priority Issues for the Next Phase of Public Safety Realignment: A Report by the Stanford Executive Session on Public Safety Realignment Summary: Since Public Safety Realignment implementation began in October 0211, California's criminal justice system has experienced remarkable change along a variety of dimensions. And it will be some time before we understand the entirety of the consequences of Realignment, both intended and unintended. We are lonely two and a half years into reforms of a criminal justice system that was decades in the making. We are only just beginning to understand the ripple effects Realignment is having on the day-to-day functioning of California's criminal justice system. We should view these early stages of major criminal justice reform as key opportunities to make continued improvements. We need to continue to learn from our mistakes and strive for a criminal justice system that is balanced, equitable, cost-effective, and just. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford Law School, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: https://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/ES-Consensus-Report-final-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 137059

Author: Lawrence, Sarah Title: Court-Ordered Population Caps in California County Jails Summary: California is in the midst of a reform era that is unprecedented both in depth and in scope. Public Safety Realignment, passed and implemented in 2011, has shifted thousands of non-violent, non-serious, non-sex offenders from state-level jurisdiction to county-level jurisdiction. Arguably, California's county jail systems have been one of the most significantly altered components of the criminal justice system and Realignment is exacerbating some of the biggest challenges facing jails prior to October 2011 when Realignment began. Since the start of Realignment county jails have experienced increased pressure to house larger populations. In the quarter preceding the start of Realignment the average daily population (ADP) for California's jails was 71,293 (see Figure 1). By the first quarter of 2014, ADP had increased to 82,527, an additional 11,234 individuals compared to pre-Realignment. The diversity of California's counties means that the way in which these increased pressures manifest in each county varies greatly and is based on a multitude of factors such as the extent to which the county previously sent people to state prison, the local jail incarceration rate, the operating capacity of the jail, and whether the county jail system is operating under a court-ordered population cap. This report focuses on court-ordered population caps. Understanding some of the history and current context of existing court-ordered population caps can be helpful as the effects of Realignment continue to unfold. First, as will be discussed below, county court-ordered population caps have generally been in place for decades, long before Plata v. Brown and the Public Safety Realignment Act. Are the population caps forcing, or perhaps even allowing, counties to with caps to respond in notably different ways than counties without caps? Second, there is concern that Plata v. Brown has the potential to lead to "county-level Platas" as a result of increased attention to jail conditions in the context of these growing populations. Some believe that Realignment has created an environment where 58 counties are at risk of developing jail conditions that are unconstitutional and lawsuits related to jail conditions and overcrowding may be on the horizon. In fact, lawsuits related to jail conditions and overcrowding have been filed in several counties since the start of Realignment: Alameda, Fresno, Monterey and Riverside. Can counties at risk of new litigation - or even at risk of a revival of "orphaned jail cases" learn from past experiences? Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford Law School, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: https://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Jail-popn-caps-1.15.15.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails Shelf Number: 137060

Author: Mukamal, Debbie Title: Degrees of Freedom: Expanding College Opportunities for Currently and Formerly Incarcerated Californians Summary: College has the power to change lives. A college education creates job opportunities; it fosters leadership and improves the social and economic well-being of students, families, and communities. California has long recognized these benefits, and we enjoy a robust public higher education system unparalleled by any in the nation. More significantly, California is a national leader with a long-standing commitment to making college accessible and affordable for all its residents. In order to fully realize this commitment, we cannot overlook Californians who are involved in the criminal justice system. College can break the cycle of recidivism and transform formerly incarcerated individuals into community leaders and role models; it can alleviate economic barriers faced by the formerly incarcerated and enable families to enjoy the fruits of economic mobility. We must recognize that these students' success is part of California's success by including them in our existing education structures, and by ensuring that they persist to graduation. Improving access for all will require leadership and strategic intervention. Our colleges and criminal justice agencies must break out of their silos and share a commitment to high-quality education for all students whether they are learning in prison, jail, or the community. Our policymakers must enable partnership and collaboration between the education and criminal justice fields. Realizing this vision may not be easy, but doing so will improve the lives of thousands of potential college students, for the benefit of our communities now and in future generations. California has a history as a leader in prioritizing college access for all, including criminal justice-involved students. In the late 1970s, every state prison facility offered in-person college courses, and programs to support students with criminal histories existed at 15 community colleges across the state and on nearly half of California State University campuses. Today, we have the infrastructure and experience to successfully support non-traditional students working to achieve their educational goals, but we have only one in-person college program in our 35 prisons and only a handful of small campus programs to assist formerly incarcerated students. We can be a national leader again. This vision will not be realized without overcoming challenges. California is a remarkably decentralized state, both in education and in criminal justice. Programs that work in one region may be practically or politically unpalatable in another. Budgeting priorities in one county may differ greatly from the adjacent county, and each county has its own way of delegating decision-making power between education institutions and criminal justice agencies. For these reasons, a college education may remain elusive for criminal justice-involved individuals as well as others. To do nothing, however, abandons thousands of potential students who are eager for better opportunities. We have the tools to help, and we should. The descriptions and recommendations in this report are based on research conducted in 2014 by the Stanford Criminal Justice Center at Stanford Law School and the Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy at the University of California, Berkeley School of Law. This initiative included a May 2014 convening of over 150 leaders and stakeholders in education and criminal justice from across California and the United States, as well as reviews of academic research, government reports, legal archives, publicly available databases, and surveys. We interviewed over 175 educators, educational administrators, criminal justice stakeholders, and formerly incarcerated students throughout California and the nation, including in-depth, semi-structured interviews with representatives of college programs for criminal justice-involved students across the country. Some of their direct words are highlighted throughout the report. (See Appendix A for a complete list of contacts and Appendix B for program descriptions.) Drawing on these sources, this report begins with a background on the higher education and criminal justice systems in California. This background section highlights the vocabulary and common pathways for each system, and provides a primer on California community colleges. Part II explains why California needs this initiative. Part III presents the landscape of existing college programs dedicated to criminal justice-involved populations in the community and in jails and prisons. This landscape identifies promising strategies and sites of innovation across the state, as well as current challenges to sustaining and expanding these programs. Part IV lays out concrete recommendations California should take to realize the vision of expanding high-quality college opportunities for currently and formerly incarcerated individuals. It includes guidelines for developing high-quality, sustainable programs, building and strengthening partnerships, and shaping the policy landscape, both by using existing opportunities and by advocating for specific legislative and policy changes. Profiles of current college students and graduates with criminal records divide the sections and offer first-hand accounts of the joys and challenges of a college experience. Throughout this report, terms marked in red italics are defined in the Glossary (only the first appearance of glossary terms are marked in red). Throughout this report, we refer to jail and prison inmates as incarcerated people or prospective students. The education and criminal justice systems relate and refer to the individuals who pass through them differently: colleges and universities teach students by exposing them to new ideas and skills, instilling a thirst for inquiry and cultivating leadership; correctional institutions confine inmates and prioritize the safety and security of their facilities by enforcing compliance and restricting individuality. Using the term student, rather than inmate or offender, intentionally aims to shift public perception of these individuals from passively confined inmates to actively engaged students pursuing the goals and dreams that a college education makes possible. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center; Berkeley, CA: Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy, 2015. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/publication/874512/doc/slspublic/Degrees%20of%20Freedom2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 137139

Author: Rhodes, William Title: Federal Sentencing Disparity: 2005�2012 Summary: Federal Sentencing Disparity, 2005-2012, examines patterns of federal sentencing disparity among white and black offenders, by sentence received, and looks at judicial variation in sentencing since Booker vs. United States, regardless of race. It summarizes U.S. Sentencing Guidelines, discusses how approaches of other researchers to the study of sentencing practices differ from this approach, defines disparity as used in this study, and explains the methodology. This working paper was prepared by Abt Associates for BJS in response to a request by the Department of Justice�s Racial Disparities Working Group to design a study of federal sentencing disparity. Data are from BJS�s Federal Justice Statistics Program, which annually collects federal criminal justice processing data from various federal agencies. The analysis uses data mainly from the U.S. Sentencing Commission. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Working Paper Series: Accessed October 26, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fsd0512.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 137142

Author: Garrett, Brandon L. Title: The Decline of the Virginia (and American) Death Penalty Summary: The American death penalty is disappearing. Death sentences and executions have reached the lowest levels seen in decades. Public support for the death penalty has declined. More states have abolished the death penalty or imposed de facto moratoria. Even the states formerly most aggressive in pursuit of death sentences have seen death sentences steadily decline. Take Virginia, which has the highest rate of executions of any death penalty state, and which has executed the third highest number of prisoners since the 1970s. How times have changed. There are now two or fewer trials a year in Virginia at which a judge or jury even considers imposing the death penalty. Still more surprising, over one half of those trials in Virginia now result in a life sentence (11 of 21 cases from 2005 to present at which there was a capital sentencing hearing resulted in a life sentence). Why is this happening and in Virginia of all places? In this study of the decline in the Virginia death penalty, I examine every capital trial since 2005, a group of 21 trials, and I compare those to a group of twenty capital trials from 1996 to 2004. The law on the books has not meaningfully changed in ways that would make it harder to obtain death sentences in Virginia. However, in 2004 regional capital defense resource centers were created to handle capital cases. From 1996 to 2004, the crucial sentencing phase at which the judge or jury decided whether to impose the death penalty was typically cursory, averaging less than two days long. In the more recent trials, the average was twice that - four days - and still more striking was the increase in numbers of defense witnesses called, greater use of expert witnesses, and the added complexity of sentencing proceedings. Only seven counties have imposed death sentences in the past decade in Virginia. The changed understanding of effective mitigation, together with improved defense resources, may help explain the decline. I examine additional evidence from North Carolina and Florida, situating the role of other factors such as national trends in homicide rates, and conclude by describing heightened Eighth Amendment concerns with the scattered state of the American death penalty. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of law, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2674604 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 137147

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Use of Restrictive Housing in U.S. Prisons and Jails, 2011-12 Summary: Presents data on the use of restrictive housing in U.S. prisons and jails, based on inmate self-reports of time spent in disciplinary or administrative segregation or solitary confinement. The report provides the percentage of prison and jail inmates who were currently held in restrictive housing, those who had spent any time in restrictive housing in the last 12 months or since coming to the facility if shorter, and the total time spent in restrictive housing. It provides prevalence rates for inmates by selected demographic characteristics, criminal justice status and history, current and past mental health status, and indicators of misconduct while in the facility. It also describes the relationship between the use of restrictive housing and facility-level characteristics, including measures of facility disorder and facility composition. Data are from the National Inmate Survey (NIS), 2011-12, conducted in 233 state and federal prisons and 358 local jails, with a sample of 91,177 inmates nationwide. Highlights: Younger inmates, inmates without a high school diploma, and lesbian, gay, and bisexual inmates were more likely to have spent time in restrictive housing than older inmates, inmates with a high school diploma or more, and heterosexual inmates. Inmates held for a violent offense other than a sex offense and inmates with extensive arrest histories or prior incarcerations were more likely to have spent time in restrictive housing than inmates held for other offenses and inmates with no prior arrests or incarcerations. Use of restrictive housing was linked to inmate mental health problems: 29% of prison inmates and 22% of jail inmates with current symptoms of serious psychological distress had spent time in restrictive housing in the past 12 months. More than three-quarters of inmates in prisons and jails who had been written up for assaulting other inmates or facility staff had spent time in restrictive housing in the past 12 months. Among inmates who had spent 30 or more days in restrictive housing in the last 12 months or since coming to the facility, 54% of those in prison and 68% of those in jail had been in a fight or had been written up for assaulting other inmates or staff. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/urhuspj1112.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 137148

Author: Tennessee Board of Probation and Parole Title: Monitoring Tennessee's Sex Offenders Using Global Positioning Systems; A Project Evaluation Summary: Although the empirical analysis did not yield definitive support for satellite-based monitoring, BOPP's Pilot project indicates that GPS Provides officers with a unique supervision tool and has potential in aiding officers greatly. Details: Nashville: Tennessee Board of Probation and Parole, 2007. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: https://www.pdffiller.com/en/project/44711230.htm?form_id=16749658 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Global Positioning Systems Shelf Number: 137150

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Drug Control: Additional Performance Information Is Needed to Oversee the National Guard's State Counterdrug Program Summary: Since 1989 the National Guard has received hundreds of millions of dollars to help enhance the effectiveness of state-level counterdrug efforts by providing military support to assist interagency partners with their counterdrug activities. The program funds the drug interdiction priorities of each state Governor; counterdrug-related training to interagency partners at five counterdrug schools; and state-level counter-threat finance investigations, all of which are part of DOD's broader counterdrug efforts. Senate Report 113-176 included a provision for GAO to conduct an assessment of the state operations of the National Guard's counterdrug program. This report: (1) identifies the changes in funding for the program since fiscal year 2004, and (2) assesses the extent to which performance information is used to evaluate the program's activities. GAO analyzed the program's budgets and obligations data, performance measures, and program guidance, and interviewed knowledgeable officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOD (1) identify additional information needed to evaluate the performance of state programs and oversee counterdrug schools' training; and (2) subsequently collect and use performance information to help inform funding distribution decisions to state programs and to conduct oversight of the training offered by the counterdrug schools. DOD concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-133: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/673260.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 137151

Author: National Immigrant Justice Center Title: Lives in Peril: How Ineffective Inspections Make ICE Complicit in Immigration Detention Abuse Summary: The report draws on information from ICE inspections documents for 105 immigration detention facilities and features focused analyses of inspections for detention centers in Arizona, Florida, Alabama, Texas, Georgia and Illinois. NIJC obtained the inspections through a federal court order resulting from three years of litigation under the Freedom of Information Act. NIJC and DWN's review of the documents reveals fundamental inconsistencies within and between inspection reports for individual detention centers which suggests that the immigration detention inspection process is a sham - designed to perpetuate a broken and abusive system. Toplines from the report include: ◾ICE has kept the detention inspections process centralized under its own authority and has hidden the system from the eyes of U.S. taxpayers. ◾ICE's inspection regime fails to provide an accurate assessment of the conditions immigrants experience in detention, holds most facilities to weak and outdated human rights standards, and often fails to acknowledge publicly reported abuses. ◾Numerous inconsistencies within and between inspection reports raise serious questions about the validity of ICE inspections and imply that the inspection process is designed to facilitate passing ratings so that local governments and private prison companies can maintain their contracts. This report makes it obvious that ICE cannot police itself. ◾A robust and legitimate inspection process would find that detention facilities around the country fail to meet basic minimum standards, and require ICE to discontinue contracts with facilities that fail to uphold basic human rights protections. Details: Chicago: NIJC, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://immigrantjustice.org/sites/immigrantjustice.org/files/THR-Inspections-FOIA-Report-October-2015-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 137154

Author: Valentine, Colby Lynne Title: Unraveling The Age, Prison Misconduct, And Recidivism Relationship Summary: Age is one of the most robust correlates of prison misconduct, with younger inmates more likely to commit disciplinary infractions. There has been, however, little attention to the potential nonlinear effect of age on prison misconduct. Most research to date has assumed that the relationship is linear and modeled it as such. In so doing, prior work has been unable to identify the potential nonlinear relationship between age and prison misconduct. This dissertation thus attempts to examine the precise nature of the age-misconduct relationship. Furthermore, it addresses the call for more research that investigates how prison experiences may influence prisoner reentry outcomes. Therefore, the purpose of this dissertation is to contribute to efforts to advance scholarship and better understand the relationship between age, prison behavior, and recidivism. First, it takes a nuanced look at the potential nonlinear relationship between age and prison misconduct. The approach taken here expands on prior research by examining granular age categories to predict several types of disciplinary infractions. Next, it investigates possible interaction effects of gender and, separately, race/ethnicity on the age-misconduct relationship. Finally, it explores the relationship between age, prison misconduct, and recidivism. Specifically, it examines the relationship between age and types of recidivism and whether various types of misconduct mediate this relationship. This dissertation draws on a Florida Department of Corrections admission cohort from 1995 to 2000 and a release cohort from 1995-2002. Negative binomial regression models were used to examine the relationship between age and prison misconduct and binary logistic regression models were used to examine the relationship between age, prison misconduct, and recidivism. The findings of this study shed light on the significance of identifying and understanding the nonlinear relationship between age and prison misconduct, and, further, the mediating effect of misconduct on the age-recidivism relationship. Theory, research, and policy implications of the findings are discussed and suggestions are made regarding future research. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2012. 226p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/etd/5243/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Age Shelf Number: 137155

Author: Cung, Bianca Title: Crime and Demographics: An Analysis of LAPD Crime Data Summary: The Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) often faces the task of predicting crime before it happens to better safeguard the community. The LAPD has a historical record of over a million incidences. Statistical analysis of some of these incidences can aid the LAPD in crime prevention by identifying patterns and trends. The LAPD can then allocate resources accordingly. This thesis looks at crimes in Los Angeles from 2005 to 2009 though focuses on crimes in the most recent year. It uses clustering and regression techniques in addition to contingency tables and Chi-squared tests to find clear crime trends. Historical weather data and demographic data from the U.S. 2010 Census are included as part of the analysis in order to determine some external factors that may affect crime. This paper looks particularly at trends over the course of the year as well as victim characteristics. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles: 2013. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: https://oatd.org/oatd/record?record=california%5C%3Aqt2v76v571 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 137156

Author: Lydon, Jason Title: Coming Out of Concrete Closets: A Report on Black & Pink's LGBTQ Prisoner Survey Summary: This report lifts up the voices of LGBTQ prisoners from across the United States so that they can inform, shape, and lead the movement for prisoner justice. These numbers, statistics, and stories represent the largest ever collection of information from LGBTQ prisoners. This collection of information is possible because of the time taken by 1,118 prisoners across the United States to handwrite responses to our 133 question survey, which was itself designed/drafted with prisoners themselves. Black & Pink's free world leadership extends the utmost thanks to prisoner members who took the time to help design and respond to the National LGBTQ Prisoner Survey and for sharing their deeply personal and valuable stories of harm and resilience. This report will be printed in the Black & Pink newspaper for all prisoner members to read. Along with the report, there will be space for responses and reflections that will be compiled into a supplementary report to be released in Spring/Summer of 2016. LGBTQ people, particularly people of color and poor people, experience high levels of policing and criminalization, leading to arrest and incarceration. Once inside prison, LGBTQ people are subjected to constant violence by both prison staff and other prisoners. This report seeks to offer a tool for organizers, both inside and outside of prisons, to strengthen national campaigns and grassroots efforts to alleviate the immediate suffering of prisoners and bring an end to the prison industrial complex while centering the needs of LGBTQ prisoners. Details: Dorchester, MA: Black and Pink, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://www.blackandpink.org/wp-content/upLoads/Coming-Out-of-Concrete-Closets.-Black-and-Pink.-October-21-2015..pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gays Shelf Number: 137159

Author: Sarzosa, Miguel Title: Bullying among Adolescents: The Role of Cognitive and Non-Cognitive Skills Summary: Bullying is a behavioral phenomenon that has received increasing attention in recent times. This paper uses a structural model with latent skills and longitudinal information from Korean youths to identify the determinants and effects of bullying. We find that, unlike cognitive skills, non-cognitive skills significantly reduce the chances of being bullied during high school. We use the model to estimate average treatment effects of being bullied at age 15 on several outcomes measured at age 18. We show that bullying is very costly. It increases the probability of smoking as well as the likelihood of feeling sick, depressed, stressed and unsatisfied with life. It also reduces college enrollment and increases the dislike of school. We document that differences in non-cognitive and cognitive skill endowments palliate or exacerbate these consequences. Finally, we explore whether investing in non-cognitive skills could reduce the occurrence of bullying. Our findings indicate that the investment in skill development is key in any policy intended to fight the behavior. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 21631: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21631.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 137162

Author: Spader, Jonathan Title: Fewer Vacants, Fewer Crimes? Impacts of Neighborhood Revitalization Policies on Crime Summary: The relationship between neighborhood physical environment and social disorder, particularly crime, is of critical interest to urban economists and sociologists, as well as local governments. Over the past 50 years, various policy interventions to improve physical conditions in distressed neighborhoods have also been heralded for their potential to reduce crime. Urban renewal programs in the mid-20th century and public housing redevelopment in the 1990s both subscribed to the idea that signs of physical disorder invite social disorder. More recently, the federal Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP) provided funding for local policymakers to rehabilitate or demolish foreclosed and vacant properties, in order to mitigate negative spillovers-including crime-on surrounding neighborhoods. In this paper, we investigate the impact of NSP investments on localized crime patterns in Cleveland, Chicago and Denver. Results suggest that demolition activity in Cleveland decreased burglary and theft, but do not find measurable impacts of property rehabilitation investments-although the precision of these estimates are limited by the number of rehabilitation activities. Details: Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Finance and Economics Discussion Series 2015-088: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/feds/2015/files/2015088pap.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 137163

Author: Harrison, Paige M. Title: Otter Tail County DWI Court Fergus Falls, MN. Process, Outcomes, and Cost Evaluation Report Summary: WI courts are complex programs designed to deal with some of the most challenging problems that communities face. DWI courts bring together multiple and traditionally adversarial roles plus stakeholders from different systems with different training, proessional language, and approaches. They take on groups of clients that frequently have serious substance abuse treatment needs. Adults with substance abuse issues involved in the criminal justice system must be seen within an ecological context; that is, within the environment that has contributed to their attitudes and behaviors. This environment includes their neighborhoods, families, friends, and formal or informal economies through which they support themselves. The DWI court must understand the various social, economic, mental health and cultural factors that affect their participants. In late 2011, NPC Research was contracted by the State of Minnesota's Department of Public Safety, Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) to conduct an assessment of Minnesota's DWI courts and to determine the work necessary and the feasibility of performing process, outcome, and cost evaluations in these programs. The overall goal of the DWI court project is to have a credible and rigorous evaluation of Minnesota's DWI courts. In June 2012, it was decided to move forward with a full evaluation including a detailed process evaluation and outcome evaluation in all nine of Minnesota's DWI court programs and a cost benefit evaluation in seven of these programs. This is the site-specific report for the Otter Tail County DWI Court (OTC-DWI). The OTC-DWI was implemented in February 2008. This program, designed to take 18 months to complete, takes post-conviction participants, but also allows some participants to enter the pro-gram pre-plea (offenders who know they are pleading guilty and want to start the program before their court hearing). The general program population consists of repeat DWI offenders (with two or more DWI offenses) charged in Otter Tail County with a gross misdemeanor or felony level DWI, who are determined substance dependent. Process Evaluation Summary. The OTC-DWI has been responsive to the community needs and strives to meet the challenges presented by substance-dependant individuals. This program is demonstrating some exemplary practices within each of the 10 Key Components of Drug Courts including good communication between team members, rapid results from drug testing, an appropriate range of services, written incentive and sanctions guidelines, and swift response to participant behaviors. The process evaluation did reveal some recommendations that could further enhance program outcomes that the court was considering or was in the process of implementing in our last discussion. These recommendations included the following: - Flexible hours for the probation officer. The probation officer currently works 24 hours per week on a set schedule of every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. It is strongly recommended that the probation officer position have flexible hours. This would allow for more random drug testing (especially for the female participants) and allow the probation officer to do more home and workplace visits. - Ensure that the home and workplace visits are truly random and ensure appropriate training for the surveillance position. Participants reported that the visits mostly occur in the evening and they are often able to determine when the visit will occur (or were actually told when the next visit would occur). It is recommended that the OTC-DWI develop procedures to ensure that participants are unable to determine the visit schedule. In addition, due to reports of frequent turnover in the surveillance officer position, it is recommended that guidelines be created for this role and training instituted to ensure that all surveillance officers are following appropriate procedures. - Schedule staffing meetings and court sessions for a recurring day and time when all team members are able to attend. Participant feedback and site visit observations indicated that many team members do not regularly attend court sessions. It is strongly recommended that the staffing meeting and court session be held at a time when all team members are able to regularly attend. - Continue efforts toward getting a defense attorney on the team. It was reported that some public defenders support the program and some do not (because they feel their clients do not receive due process and are better served by taking jail time instead of participating in DWI court). The OTC-DWI has made efforts to reach out to and educate the public defenders about DWI court, but due to a severe lack of funding the public defender office does not have time or resources to participate. - Consider sentencing more offenders into the program, specifically felons and high-risk offenders. It was reported that the option of sentencing an offender into the OTC-DWI is rarely used. It is recommended that the program be explained to all judges and that they consider it among their sentencing options. In addition, the OTC-DWI currently has only two felons in the program, and only four felons have been in the program over the past year. It is recommended that the team make an effort to take on more felons in the program since it is the higher risk offenders who most need the services and intensive supervision provided in the OTC-DWI. Outcome Evaluation Summary. The outcome analyses were primarily performed on OTC-DWI participants who entered the DWI court program from January 2009 through December 2011, and a matched comparison group of offenders eligible for DWI court but who received the traditional court process rather than OTC-DWI. Figure A illustrates the average number at 1 year and 2 years after program entry for OTC-DWI graduates, all OTC-DWI participants, and the comparison group. DWI court participants were rearrested about half as often as comparison group members across both years; this difference was statistically significant in Year 1 (p <.05). The results of the outcome analysis for the OTC-DWI are positive. Overall the data showed few-er average arrests among DWI court participants than the comparison group. While most differences were not statistically significant, some of this is attributable to the small sample size. We recommend the program continue to track participants and perhaps conduct another study several years hence. Cost Evaluation Summary. Although the OTC-DWI is a substantial taxpayer investment, over time it results in significant cost savings and a return on its investment. Recommendations. Based on the outcome and cost evaluation, there are some key possibilities for program adjustments that may improve program outcomes. These include: - Ensuring that the program is targeting high-risk/high-need offenders (e.g., felony DWIs) - Decreasing the frequency of court sessions in Phase 2, or seeing some participants who are doing well less often so that the judge can spend at least 3 minutes per participant and also decrease the costs of court appearances. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2014. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/MN-DWI-Process-Outcome-and-Cost-Report_Otter-Tail-FINAL-FOR-OTS.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137164

Author: Harrison, Paige M. Title: Borderland Substance Abuse Court, Lake of the Woods County, MN: Process and Outcome Evaluation Report Summary: There are two key policy questions of interest to policymakers about DWI courts. The evaluation of Borderland Substance Abuse Court (BSAC) provided answers to these questions. This study included participants who entered the program between 2008 and 2012, and a matched comparison group of DWI offenders who were eligible but were not referred to the program. Just over half of the participants were assessed as high-need (54%) and two-thirds were assessed as high risk (69%). Participants had an average of 2.4 DWI arrests in the ten years before DWI court entry. DWI Recidivism. Out of 33 DWI court participants, there were only two new DWI arrests in the two years after DWI court entry, an indicator of reduced driving while using alcohol, and increased public safety. Compared to DWI offenders who experienced traditional court processes, the BSAC participants (regardless of whether they graduated from the program): - Had 24% fewer rearrests two years after program entry; - Were 32% less likely to be rearrested for any charges - Had no rearrests for person crimes - Had a longer time to the first rearrest for any charge (20 months versus 18 months) - Had a substantially higher graduation rate than the national average (77% versus 57%) Research indicates that drug and DWI courts should target high-risk/high-need individuals, as lower risk participants require different intervention methods and may not benefit (or may actually be harmed) from the intense supervision provided by the full drug court model (NADCP, 2013). These positive results indicate that the BSAC is targeting the correct population and should continue or increase its focus on high risk individuals. In general, these outcomes provide some evidence that the BSAC is implementing its program with good fidelity to the DWI court model and is having the intended impact on its participants. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/Lake-of-the-Woods-MN-DWI-Process-and-Outcome-Report_FINAL-FOR-OTS.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137165

Author: Taxy, Samuel Title: Drug Offenders in Federal Prison: Estimates of Characteristics Based on Linked Data Summary: Presents a description of drug offenders in federal prison, including criminal history, demographics, gun involvement in the offense, and sentence imposed. The report examines each characteristics by type of drug involved in the offense. It also examines demographic information for the entire federally sentenced population and discusses alternative methods for defining drug offenders. Data are from a linked file created with data from the Federal Bureau of Prisons and United States Sentencing Commission. Highlights: This study is based on 94,678 offenders in federal prison at fiscal yearend 2012 who were sentenced on a new U.S. district court commitment and whose most serious offense (as classified by the Federal Bureau of Prisons) was a drug offense. Almost all (99.5%) drug offenders in federal prison were serving sentences for drug trafficking. Cocaine (powder or crack) was the primary drug type for more than half (54%) of drug offenders in federal prison. Race of drug offenders varied greatly by drug type. Blacks were 88% of crack cocaine offenders, Hispanics or Latinos were 54% of powder cocaine offenders, and whites were 48% of methamphetamine offenders. More than a third (35%) of drug offenders in federal prison at sentencing, had either no or minimal criminal history. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/dofp12.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 137166

Author: Ball, W. David Title: The New Normal? Prosecutorial Charging in California After Public Safety Realignment Summary: On April 4, 2011, Governor Jerry Brown signed Assembly Bill 109, the 2011 Public Safety Realignment Act ("Realignment" or "AB 109"), into law. AB 109 was one response to the 2009 Three-Judge Court Order for California to significantly reduce its prison population to 110,000 people, or 137.5% of design capacity, by year-end 2013. Affirmed by the U.S. Supreme Court in 2011 in Brown v. Plata, the Three-Judge Court Order determined prison overcrowding to be "the primary cause of the state's unconstitutional failure to provide adequate medical and mental health care to California prisoners," concluding that population reduction was the most narrowly drawn, least intrusive remedy. Realignment shifts the responsibility of supervising, tracking and imprisoning specified non-serious, non-violent, non-sexual ("triple-nons" or "N3 felonies" or "non-non-nons") offenders previously bound for state prison to county jails and probation (see Overview of Public Safety Realignment. The law states that "the purpose of justice reinvestment is to manage and allocate criminal justice populations more cost-effectively, generating savings that can be reinvested in evidence-based strategies that increase public safety while holding offenders accountable." The implementation of Realignment in California is the largest correctional experiment of its kind. Through AB 109, the Legislature has allocated over $2 billion in the first two years of implementation to assist California's 58 counties in carrying out the legislation's provisions. In addition, more than 100,000 offenders have had their sentences altered through mid-2013. The advent of Realignment, of course, affected the decision-making of all the official actors in the criminal justice system. But the prosecutor's role is unique in one clear sense: Prosecutors have, in formal legal terms, virtually un-reviewable autonomy in the choice to charge or not charge an offender (so long as any charge matches provable facts with statutory elements). Traditionally, in deciding whether to charge as high as the provable facts allow, they consider contextual aspects of the commission of the offense itself but also any relevant background aspects and criminal record of the offender. How does this power operate in the wake of AB 109? On the one hand, AB 109 simply classified a large number of pre-existing felonies under California Penal Code S1170(h) because they were deemed "triple-nons." In that sense, prosecutors in theory might be indifferent to the change; they would continue to charge these felonies according to the same factors as they always had, and the changes in site of incarceration and possible change in de facto length of sentences would happen of their own accord. In a sense, the only mandated change in prosecutorial choice here had to do with sentence recommendation: Because judges now have the power to impose a split sentence for an AB 109 conviction - fractioning the sentence between jail time and community supervision - when prosecutors exercise their usual function of recommending sentences, they now have to build the matter of split versus straight sentences into that responsibility. Prosecutors have also always been free to consider such resource factors as their own and other agencies' budgets and crowding in jails and prisons. But many aspects of AB 109 were likely from the start to weigh significantly on the decisions made by prosecutors as they exercise their traditional charging and recommendation choices after October 2011. The most salient aspects were the change in site and de facto length of incarceration, as well as the secondary effects of new county responsibilities for post-release supervision of many prisoners returning home. In particular, in exercising discretion, prosecutors might be influenced by their views on the differences in the severity of experience of incarceration in jail as opposed to prison, or by their concerns about jail crowding or the extra costs that county jails and other county agencies might have to absorb under AB 109. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford Law School, 2014. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/publication/513777/doc/slspublic/DA%20report%20Feb%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 137169

Author: Ayoub, Lama Hassoun Title: Coming Home to Harlem: A Randomized Controlled Trial of the Harlem Parole Reentry Court Summary: This study of the Harlem Parole Reentry Court compares participants in a neighborhood-based reentry program to similar parolees on traditional parole. Results indicate that the reentry court, which implemented a validated and reliable tool for assessing the risks and needs of individuals returning from prison, produced a 22% reduction in the reconviction rate and a 60% reduction in the felony reconviction rate over an 18-month follow-up period. The reentry court also produced a 45% reduction in revocations. Interview findings indicate that reentry court parolees were significantly more likely to be in school or employed and to have positive perceptions of their parole officer. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Harlem%20Final%20Report%20-%20June.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 137170

Author: Schoenfisch, Ashley Title: Weapons Use Among Hospital Security Personnel Summary: Violence in the hospital setting, particularly violence perpetrated by patients and visitors, is a growing public health concern. The economic impact of workplace violence has been estimated at annual losses of 1.8 million work days and $55 million in wages, as well as lost productivity, legal and security expenses, property damage, and harm to public image (US Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 2011). Adverse physical and mental consequences on workers have been described as well (Dement JM, Lipscomb HJ, Schoenfisch AL, & Pompeii LA, 2014; Pompeii LA et al., 2013). Although most occupational safety and health research related to hospital violence has focused on the impact on direct patient care staff (e.g., nurses, nurses' aides, and physicians), police and security personnel have been described as being at particularly high risk. In a recent study examining violence perpetrated by patients and visitors against hospital workers, police officers and security personnel had the highest rate of violent event-related injury (5.1 per 100 full-time equivalents) - notably higher than that of inpatient nurses (1.8 per 100 full-time equivalents) (Pompeii LA et al., 2013). Several observational studies have described security practices and policies in the hospital setting, including the availability of weapons for use by security personnel (Campus Safety Magazine, 2011; Ho JD et al., 2011; Lavoie FW, Carter GL, Danzl DF, & Berg RL, 1988; Meyer H & Hoppszallem S, 2011). Although some of these studies provide an overview of hospitals' security practices at the national level, none address comprehensively the relationship between weapons availability and hospital violence. Given an increase in violence in the hospital setting and continued attention on hospital security programs, there is a need to examine current hospital safety and security practices and how they relate to the prevention and mitigation of events of hospital violence, including the use of weapons by security personnel. The purpose of this study was to examine the carrying and use of weapons among security personnel working in the hospital setting, including the assessment of how weapons use in hospital violent events may vary by hospital characteristics. In addition, the study aimed to assess the incidence of violence in the hospital setting in the prior 12 months, including the association between violence and weapons use among security personnel. Details: Glendale Heights IL: IHSSF: International Healthcare Security and Safety Foundation, 2014. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2015 at: http://ihssf.org/PDF/weaponsuseamonghosptialsecuritypersonnel2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Healthcare Facilities Shelf Number: 137171

Author: Zil, Charlene E. Title: South St. Louis County DWI Court, St. Louis County, MN: Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation Summary: WI courts are complex programs designed to deal with some of the most challenging problems that communities face. These courts bring together multiple and traditionally adversarial roles plus stakeholders from different systems with different training, professional language, and approaches. They take on groups of clients that frequently have serious substance abuse treatment needs. Adults with substance abuse issues involved in the criminal justice system must be seen within an ecological context; that is, within the environment that has contributed to their attitudes and behaviors. This environment includes their neighborhoods, families, friends, and formal or informal economies through which they support themselves. The DWI court must understand the various social, economic, mental health, and cultural factors that affect their participants. In late 2011, NPC Research was contracted by the State of Minnesota's Department of Public Safety, Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) to conduct an assessment of Minnesota's DWI courts and to determine the work necessary and the feasibility of performing process, outcome, and cost evaluations in these programs. The overall goal of the DWI court project is to have a credible and rigorous evaluation of Minnesota's DWI courts. In June 2012, it was decided to move forward with a full evaluation including a detailed process evaluation and outcome evaluation in all nine of Minnesota's DWI court programs and a cost benefit evaluation in seven of these pro-grams. This is the site-specific report for the South St. Louis County DWI Court (SSLC). The SSLC was implemented in February 2008. The program is designed to take 12 to 24 months to complete and takes pre-plea, post-plea/pre-conviction, and post-conviction participants. All offenders must be in the post-adjudication stage upon phase advancement and cannot graduate if not in that stage. The general program population consists of repeat DWI offenders, with gross misdemeanors and felonies accepted into the program. Process Evaluation Summary. The SSLC has been responsive to the community needs and strives to meet the challenges presented by substance-dependant individuals. This program is demonstrating exemplary practices within each of the 10 Key Components of Drug Courts and the 10 DWI Court Guiding Principles including having a dedicated, collaborative, team with members from all key agencies (a law enforcement representative, prosecutor, defense attorney, probation, treatment, coordinator, and judge); a focus on regular training on the drug court model and other relevant topics for the team; a swift referral process; the use of evidence-based treat-ment models, rapid results from drug testing; a random and fully observed drug testing process; a judge who has been with the program long term (well over 2 years); and good communication among the team with a coordinated response to participant behavior. Although this program is functioning well, NPC's review of program operations resulted in some recommendations for program enhancements, which the program has already begun work on implementing. These recommendations included: Modify the current team member Memoranda of Understanding (MOU) to include language about the use and disclosure of protected health information at staffing sessions. Protected health information, particularly around the topic of participant re-lapse, may need to be disclosed by treatment providers at staffing sessions so that the team can make an appropriate and informed decision regarding incentives and sanctions for the participant. - Continue to assess transportation needs of participants and look for resources to provide transportation to those participants who need it. Team members noted significant challenges in providing transportation to participants. - Reevaluate the required length of sobriety to help make program completion a more realistic goal for participants. The SSLC requires that all participants complete 300 days of sobriety in order to graduate. Although there is a clear relationship that indicates the longer a person remains clean (as shown through negative drug tests) the less likely he/she will be to relapse, there are diminishing returns to the participant remaining in the program for an extended length of time (Carey et al., 2005). - Increase the focus on rewards for participants who are doing well. The SSLC has identified the need to provide more meaningful incentives to their DWI court participants. The SSLC currently provides a wide range of intangible rewards, such as praise from the judge and applause for participants, but only occasionally provides tangible re-wards, such as gift cards or tickets to sports games. Focus group participants mentioned the value of overnight passes. The team might consider raffling off or awarding overnight stays or similarly valued rewards for positive behaviors or advancement in the program. - Consider holding graduation ceremonies separate from the drug court hearing or implementing practices that would make them more distinct from regular drug court hearings. Graduations provide an opportunity for community partners to witness DWI court program successes. Inviting community partners to observe and participate in graduations is a low-cost way to highlight the effectiveness of the program and garner interest for continued and future involvement with the program. - Apply to be a DWI Academy Court. Based on the success of its operations, its commitment to best practices, and its strong team, we recommend that the SSLC apply to the National Center for DWI Courts in the next round of applications to be a NCDC DWI Academy Court. Outcome Evaluation Summary. The outcome analyses were primarily performed on SSLC participants who entered the DWI court program from February 1, 2008, to August 23, 2012, and a matched comparison group of offenders eligible for DWI court but who received the traditional court process rather than SSLC. The study groups were tracked for 2 years from program entry. Outcomes measured included graduation rate, rearrests with associated charges (including new DWI charges), crashes, and license reinstatements. The results of the outcome analysis for the SSLC were positive. Figure A illustrates the rearrest rates over a 3-year period for graduates, all participants and the comparison group. (Graduates should not be compared directly to the comparison group as the two groups are not equivalent.) Compared to offenders who experienced traditional court processes, the SSLC participants (re-gardless of whether they graduated from the program) had: - 3 times fewer rearrests for any charge in Year 1 - 66% fewer rearrests, and 66% fewer new DWI arrests 3 years after program entry - Half as many victimizations (person and property arrests) 2 years after entry - 60% fewer felony arrests 2 years after entry Overall the data showed that DWI court participants were rearrested less often than the comparison group, despite the fact that the DWI court group had more offenders with felony DWI arrests than the comparison group. Moreover, and of particular interest, high-risk participants (individuals with three or more prior arrests) had the highest reductions in recidivism (showing the greatest benefit from this program), while lower risk participants (those with two or fewer prior arrests) show little reductions in recidivism. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2014. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2015 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/St-Louis-County-DWI-Court-Process-Outcome-and-Cost-Report-FINAL-FOR-OTS1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137176

Author: Judicial Council of California, Administrative Office of the Courts Title: Judicial Council Report to the Legislature: California Parolee Reentry Court Evaluation Report Summary: Judicial Council staff recommend that the Judicial Council receive the California Parolee Reentry Court Evaluation Report and direct the Administrative Director to submit this report to the California Legislature and Governor, as mandated by Penal Code section 3015. Under the statute, the Judicial Council is required to submit a final evaluation report that assesses the pilot reentry court program's effectiveness in reducing recidivism no later than three years after the establishment of a reentry court. The report was developed in consultation with the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Details: San Francisco: Judicial Council of California, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2015 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/CA-Parolee-Reentry-Court-Evaluation-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 137177

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Improving Responses to People with Mental Illnesses at the Pretrial Stage: Essential Elements Summary: The period between a person's arrest and his or her case being adjudicated presents a significant opportunity to safely minimize future criminal justice involvement and make needed connections to behavioral health care. Nationally, about 17 percent of people entering jails pretrial meet criteria for a serious mental illness. In addition, about three-quarters of people with serious mental illnesses in jails have a co-occurring substance use disorder. These are individuals who, by and large, are eligible to receive publicly funded health care. Many communities have found ways to make effective connections to treatment for some individuals as part of pretrial release or diversion programs, but policymakers and practitioners continue to struggle to identify and implement research-based policies and practices at this stage of the criminal justice system. This report introduces essential elements for responding to people with mental illnesses at the pretrial stage, including decisions about pretrial release and diversion. These elements encourage data collection not only to help individual communities, but also for future researchers who are dedicated to these important questions. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2015 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/Improving_Responses_to_People_with_Mental_Illnesses_at_the_Pretrial_Stage_Essential_Elements.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 137181

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Human Rights Situation of Refugee and Migrant Families and Unaccompanied Children in the United State of America Summary: This report addresses the situation of migrant and refugee families and unaccompanied children arriving to the southern border of the United States of America. It analyzes the context of humanitarian crises that have been taking place over the past several years in the countries of the Northern Triangle in Central America - El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras - as well as in Mexico. These crises have been generating increased migration northward, principally to the United States, and to a lesser extent Mexico and Canada. This report offers recommendations geared towards assisting the United States in strengthening its efforts to protect and guarantee the rights of the diverse group of persons in these mixed migratory movements - among them, migrants, asylum-seekers and refugees, women, children, families, and other vulnerable persons and groups in the context of human mobility. 2. In recent years, the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights (hereinafter the "Inter-American Commission," "Commission," or "IACHR"), through its various mechanisms, has documented with concern the increasing number of persons, including children, fleeing various forms of violence in countries of the Northern Triangle of Central America - El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras - and Mexico. This violence, along with other factors, such as poverty, inequality, and various forms of discrimination, has led to the current state of humanitarian crises in the region. In its report on the Human Rights of Migrants and Other Persons in the Context of Human Mobility in Mexico (2013), the Commission documented, among other issues, the serious violence, insecurity, and discrimination that migrants in an irregular situation in Mexico encounter, in addition to troubling State responses such as immigration detention and deficiencies in due process guarantees for migrants and other persons in human mobility. In its Report on Immigration in the United States: Detention and Due Process (2011), the IACHR documented with concern the United States' response to increasing mixed migratory movements. Since the mid-1990s, this response has consisted of stepped up efforts to detect, detain, and deport migrants in an irregular situation. Some of the most dramatic spikes seen yet in the number of arrivals of unaccompanied children and families to the United States occurred between October 1, 2013 and September 30, 2014 ("U.S. fiscal year 2014"), and specifically in the months of May and June 2014. According to official data, during U.S. fiscal year 2014, the U.S. Border Patrol apprehended a total of 68,541 unaccompanied children and 68,445 families, which represented a 77% increase in the number of arrivals of unaccompanied children and a 361% increase in families over fiscal year 2013. The majority of the arrivals of unaccompanied children and families were to the U.S. southwest border and particularly to the Rio Grande Valley of the state of Texas. The Commission considers that this drastic uptick in the number of arrivals signals a worsening human rights situation in the principal countries of origin. Official data shows that the top four countries of origin for both unaccompanied children and families were El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico. 4. The IACHR conducted the visit to the U.S. southern border from September 29 - October 2, 2014. The visit was planned and carried out in the context of monitoring the human rights situation of arriving families and unaccompanied children with respect to their apprehension; immigration detention, in many cases over long periods of time; immigration proceedings; as well as deportations and removals. To this end, the Commission visited the Rio Grande Valley area, including McAllen and Harlingen, as well as Karnes City and San Antonio, Texas. 5. According to the information received, families for whom there is capacity at an immigration detention center are automatically and arbitrarily being detained for the duration of the immigration proceedings initiated against them, even in cases where the mother has passed an initial asylum screening. Other information received by the Commission indicated that unaccompanied children of Mexican origin are, in some cases, being turned around before entering U.S. soil (a practice called a 'turn-back") or U.S. officers are failing to correctly identify Mexican unaccompanied children who may have protection needs. While the Commission considers that aspects relating to the overall legal regime in place for unaccompanied children from non-contiguous countries are consistent with international standards, it remains concerned over the lack of due process guarantees and access to mechanisms of international protection for these children in immigration proceedings. 6. For all the sub-groups identified herein, the Inter-American Commission is concerned over allegations of sexual, physical, and verbal abuse by U.S. border officials committed while migrant and refugee children and families are in the State's custody as well as the inadequate detention conditions at border and port of entry stations and family immigration detention centers. The Commission is also deeply concerned over expedited processing of these groups and the lack of access to legal representation in the immigration proceedings initiated against them. 7. The Charter of the Organization of American States (OAS) and the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man constitute sources of legal obligation for OAS Member States including the United States. The organs of the international and regional human rights systems have developed jurisprudence that recognizes the rights of children, families, migrants, and refugees and asylum-seekers. International standards protect the right to equality and non-discrimination, the principle of the best interests of the child, the right to personal liberty, humane treatment during detention, due process and access to justice, consular notification, protection of the family and family life, seek and receive asylum, principle of non-refoulement, and the prohibition on collective expulsions. 8. The IACHR stresses that measures taken to securitize the border will not bring these crises to an end. Rather, the underlying factors generating the crises in the principal countries of origin must be comprehensively addressed. This approach must tackle the poverty, economic and gender inequality, multi-sectorial discrimination, and high levels of violence in El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico. Without national and regional efforts to address such factors, mixed migratory movements will only continue. Without the ability to migrate safely and through more open or regular channels, these persons will be forced to take even more dangerous and clandestine routes in order to bypass increasingly securitized borders. Such new routes increase the likelihood that persons in the context of human mobility will fall victim to violence and exploitation at the hands of organized crime groups. 9. Based on its close analysis of the situation of migrant and refugee unaccompanied children and families arriving to the southern border of the United States of America, in the present report the Inter-American Commission issues a series of recommendations to the State. The IACHR notes and commends the United States for its sustained efforts to receive and resettle thousands of asylum-seekers and refugees from all over the world, year after year. In light of the State's global position as a leader on protecting the rights of persons in need of international protection, it is the IACHR's hope that the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report will assist it in upholding its human rights obligations and its commitment to serve as a refuge for many thousands of persons each year. In this regard, the Commission urges the State to end its practice of automatic and arbitrary immigration detention of families; to treat Mexican unaccompanied children with the same safeguards and procedures applicable to unaccompanied children from non-contiguous countries; to investigate claims of abuses and mistreatment committed by U.S. border agents and to prosecute and punish, where necessary, the agents responsible; to ensure that the best interests of the child principle is the guiding principle in all decisions taken with respect to children, including in immigration proceedings; and to ensure migrant and refugee children and families enjoy due process guarantees and are provided with a lawyer, if needed, at no cost to them if they cannot cover the costs on their own; among other recommendations developed in this report. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2015. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2015 at: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/Refugees-Migrants-US.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 137185

Author: Bagaric, Mirko Title: Saving the United States from Lurching to Another Sentencing Crisis: Taking Proportionaltiy Seriously and Implementing Fair Fixed Penalties Summary: Unabated tough-on-crime policies in the United States for the past two decades in response to a crime problem have now produced another crisis: too many prisoners. Prison gates are currently literally being opened to release prisoners in a bid to ameliorate the unsustainable cost of detaining more than two million Americans. More than 40,000 drug offenders may be released early from prison pursuant to retrospective sentence reductions which have been implemented for no greater reason than the prison walls are crumbling from overuse. Sentencing is the sharp end of the criminal law. It is the domain where the State acts in its most coercive manner against citizens. The cardinal interests at stake are too important for it to continue to be dictated by reflexive legislative hunches. Yet, it is the area of law where there is the biggest gap between what is implemented and what theory informs us is achievable. This Article attempts to correct that failing and in the process makes concrete proposals to prevent the United States making another macro-political and social error by over-reacting to the present crisis. Mandatory harsh penalties have caused the incarceration crisis. The solution to the problem involves maintaining the overarching architecture of this approach but fundamentally alerting its content. The core problem with the current approach to sentencing in United States is not its prescriptive nature. It is that the sanctions are generally too severe; devoid of any attempt to match the gravity of the crime to the harshness of the penalty. Proportionality is the missing component in United States sentencing. Drug traffickers, for example, deserve punishment, but any system that treats them as severely as murderers is afflicted with a fundamental doctrinal deformity. This Article proposes a model to remedy such flaws. It gives meaning and content to proportionality. As a result, it is suggested that most non-violent and non-sexual offenses should be dealt with less harshly. This is especially because the cost and burden of imprisonment to the community needs to be factored into the sentencing calculus. Moreover, prison should be principally reserved for offenders who are a threat to public safety; not those whom we simply dislike. This will result in a rapid emptying of many prisons, but it will be principled - not reflexive. To illustrate the manner in which our recommendations should operate we develop a sentencing grid which, if implemented, would make United States sentencing fair, efficient and profoundly less expensive to the taxpayer. Details: Geelong, VIC, AUS: Deakin University, 2015. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Deakin Law School Research Paper No. 15-03 : Accessed November 3, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2680474 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 137186

Author: Reuland, Melissa Title: Improving Responses to People With Mental Illnesses: Strategies for Effective Law Enforcement Training Summary: In recent years, law enforcement agencies across the country increasingly have collaborated with community partners to design and implement specialized responses to people with mental illnesses. These agencies work closely with mental health practitioners, people with mental illnesses and their family members, representatives of social service agencies, and others who share their goal of improving the outcomes of encounters with people who have mental illnesses. Their specialized law enforcement-based response programs position officers to safely manage these complex encounters and provide a compassionate response that prioritizes treatment over incarceration when appropriate. While variation exists among agencies with these programs, they share a common feature: officers who respond to incidents involving a person with a mental illness receive extensive training for this role. Training enables law enforcement personnel to perform duties required for an effective response. With training, responders better understand mental illnesses and the impact of those illnesses on individuals, families, and communities. They are also better prepared to identify signs and symptoms of mental illnesses; utilize a range of stabilization and de-escalation techniques; and act in full awareness of disposition options, community resources, and legal issues, all of which vary by jurisdiction. Supervisory and support personnel (such as midlevel managers, field training officers, call takers, and dispatchers) also receive training that enables them to assist responders and facilitate the specialized program's operations. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2008. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2015 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/Strategies_%20for_LE_Training.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 137187

Author: Schwarzfeld, Matthew Title: Improving Responses to People With Mental Illnesses: The Essential Elements of a Specialized Law Enforcement-Based Program Summary: Law enforcement officers throughout the country regularly respond to calls for service that involve people with mental illnesses-often without needed supports, resources, or specialized training. These encounters can have significant consequences for the officers, people with mental illnesses and their loved ones, the community, and the criminal justice system. Although these encounters may constitute a relatively small number of an agency's total calls for service, they are among the most complex and time-consuming calls officers must address. At these scenes, front-line officers must stabilize a potentially volatile situation, determine whether the person poses a danger to him- or herself or others, and effect an appropriate disposition that may require a wide range of community supports. In the interests of safety and justice, officers typically take approximately 30 percent of people with mental illnesses they encounter into custody- for transport to either an emergency room, a mental health facility, or jail. Officers resolve the remaining incidents informally, often only able to provide a short-term solution to a person's long-term needs. As a consequence, many law enforcement personnel respond to the same group of people with mental illnesses and the same locations repeatedly, straining limited resources and fostering a collective sense of frustration at the inability to prevent future encounters. In response, jurisdictions across the country are exploring strategies to improve the outcomes of these encounters and to provide a compassionate response that prioritizes treatment over incarceration when appropriate. These efforts took root in the late 1980s, when the crisis intervention team (CIT) and law enforcement-mental health co-response models, described in more detail below, first emerged. Since that time, hundreds of communities have implemented these programs; some have replicated the models, and others have adapted features to meet their jurisdiction's unique needs. Although this number represents only a small fraction of all U.S. communities, there are many indications that the level of interest in criminal justice-mental health collaborative initiatives is surging. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2015 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/LE_Essential_Elements.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 137188

Author: Thompson, Michael Title: Improving Responses to People with Mental Illnesses: The Essential Elements of a Specialized Law Enforcement-Based Program Summary: This publication articulates 10 essential elements for specialized law enforcement-based response programs in interacting with people with mental illnesses and provides a common framework for program design and implementation that will promote positive outcomes while being sensitive to every jurisdiction's distinct needs and resources. This project was coordinated by the Council of State Governments Justice Center with support from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, U.S. Department of Justice. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2015 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/le-essentialelements.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 137189

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Enforcement Overdrive: A Comprehensive Assessment of ICE's Criminal Alien Program Summary: The Criminal Alien Program (CAP) is a massive enforcement program administered by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and has become the primary channel through which interior immigration enforcement takes place. Between two-thirds and three-quarters of individuals removed from the interior of the United States are removed through CAP. Each year, Congress allocates hundreds of millions of dollars to fund this program. Until now, however, little has been known about how CAP works, whom CAP deports, and whether CAP has been effective in meeting its goals. Based on government data and documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), this report examines CAP's evolution, operations, and outcomes between fiscal years 2010 and 2013. That data shows that through CAP's enormous web, ICE has encountered millions and removed hundreds of thousands of people. Yet, CAP is not narrowly tailored to focus enforcement efforts on the most serious security or safety threats - in part because CAP uses criminal arrest as a proxy for dangerousness and because the agency's own priorities have been drawn more broadly than those threats. As a result, the program removed mainly people with no criminal convictions, and people who have not been convicted of violent crimes or crimes the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) classifies as serious. CAP also has resulted in several anomalies, including that it appears biased against Mexican and Central American nationals. Moreover, the number of CAP removals differs significantly from state to state. ICE's reliance on CAP to achieve its goals will likely continue as ICE further narrows its focus on removing noncitizens with criminal convictions and continues to seek partnerships with state and local law enforcement to find them. This examination of CAP's outcomes from fiscal years 2010 to 2013 offers important insights into CAP's operations over time and its potential impact on communities moving forward. In particular, it raises questions about the ability of a broad "jail check" program to effectively remove serious public safety threats without resulting in serious unintended consequences, such as those described in this report Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: http://immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/enforcement_overdrive_a_comprehensive_assessment_of_ices_criminal_alien_program_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 137194

Author: Evans, Ashley Jane Title: The Effect of Moral Reconation Therapy on Adolescents in a Group Home Setting Summary: A variety of risk factors have been found to contribute to juvenile delinquency and offending; it is important to consider these factors in prevention and intervention. Rehabilitation and treatment is one approach for addressing the growing concern of juvenile offending. Cognitive-behavioral therapy is a promising treatment approach for offenders. Moral Reconation Therapy (MRT) is a cognitive-behavioral group therapy, designed to rehabilitate offenders and reduce recidivism. The current study explores the effects of Moral Reconation Therapy on adolescents in a group home setting. Participants included 15 adolescents between the ages of 13 and 17, residing in a group home in the Southeastern region of the United States. The Behavior Assessment System for Children, Second Edition (BASC-2) was used as a pre-test and post-test measure to assess participants� self-reported changes in Locus of Control, Social Stress, Anxiety, Depression, Sense of Inadequacy, Sensation Seeking, Relations with Parents, Interpersonal Relations, Self-Esteem and Self-Reliance. Overall results indicated that significant changes existed between pre-test and post-test measures in the areas of Locus of Control, Depression and Relations with Parents. Significant changes were also noted in the areas of Anxiety, Sense of Inadequacy and Self-Reliance, based on factors including the number of MRT Steps completed, type of offense committed, family disagreement factors, length of time spent in the program, and reported family problems. Recidivism data was available on 8 of the 15 participants; rates were found to be significantly below the state average for juvenile recidivism. Details: Cullowhee, NC: Western Carolina University, 2011. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: https://libres.uncg.edu/ir/wcu/f/Evans2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Modification Shelf Number: 137195

Author: Fachner, George Title: Ambushes of Police: Environment, Incident Dynamics, and the Aftermath of Surprise Attacks against Law Enforcement Summary: The report, Ambushes of Police: Environment, Incident Dynamics, and the Aftermath of Surprise Attacks against Law Enforcement, analyzes ambushes of the police and provides new information that can guide police executives, trainers, supervisors, policymakers and researchers in addressing the issue. The report, compiled by CNA, investigates methods for preventing, responding to, and effectively responding to ambushes of police officers. Ambush attacks against law enforcement officers remain a threat to officer safety, with the number of attacks per year holding steady since a decline in the early 1990s and the proportion of fatal attacks on officers attributable to ambushes increasing. The report examines the environmental factors prevalent in ambush situations, and considers factors that may impact the survivability of an ambush assault. It also examines how police organizations can learn in the wake of these critical incidents and aid in the development and evaluation of policies and training programs aimed at improving outcomes following an ambush assaults against an officer. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice; Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p340-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Against Police Shelf Number: 137196

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: An Outcome Evaluation of the Defending Childhood Demonstration Program Summary: The National Institute of Justice funded the Center for Court Innovation to evaluate the Defending Childhood Demonstration Program. The evaluation produced a series of reports on six of the program demonstration sites, as well as a cross-site report that synthesizes implementation strategies, lessons learned, and recommendations. This outcome evaluation presents the results of three distinct research strategies to assess the impact of local sites' community awareness campaigns, trainings offered to professionals, and treatment and prevention strategies related to children's exposure to violence. Results of the community survey point to potential positive impacts, including increased community understanding of what actions are considered violence at the non-tribal sites, and increased community awareness of the Defending Childhood Initiative and available services at the tribal sites. Results of the professional practices survey indicate that after attending a Defending Childhood-sponsored training, professionals' knowledge about children's exposure to violence, evidence-based practices, and vicarious trauma and self-care increased. Additionally, agencies reported incorporating more trauma-informed practices to treat children who have been exposed to violence. There were no changes in indicators for exposure to violence at school, home, and in the community before and after the implementation of the Defending Childhood Initiative. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Defending%20Childhood%20Outcome%20Evaluation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 137200

Author: Hollist, Dusten R. Title: Medicine Wheel and Anger Management Treatment in Montana Women's Prison: An Analysis of the Impact of Treatment on Inmate Misconduct and Recidivism Summary: The purpose of this research is to examine the effectiveness of two therapeutic treatment programs currently available at the Montana Women's Prison (MWP): Medicine Wheel (MW), a Native American based chemical dependency program, and Anger Management (AM) treatment. Program effectiveness is measured using the rate of inmate misconduct while in MWP and the three-year recidivism rate of released inmates. The study was designed to allow for the comparison of misconduct rates before and after treatment and the comparison of after-treatment misconduct rates of those completing treatment and those not completing treatment. The study design also allows for the comparison of the recidivism rates of those who did or did not complete treatment. Major findings: Medicine Wheel (MW) - The vast majority of inmates (94.1%) had a prior arrest. More than half (66.7%) had served time in jail or prison as a result of a prior arrest. - Among those completing MW treatment, the percentage of inmates with conduct violations decreased after treatment. - Inmates who completed MW treatment had lower rates of recidivism than those in the comparable non-treatment group. - Native American inmates seem to benefit more from MW treatment. - Among those in the MW sample, younger inmates are more likely to return to prison. Anger Management (AM) - All of the 20 inmates had a prior arrest. Most (70.0%) had served time in jail as a result of a prior arrest - The rate of misconduct for inmates who completed AM treatment is significantly lower after treatment. - Of those inmates completing AM treatment, about three times as many showed a reduction in their misconduct rate rather than an increase after treatment. - Inmates who complete AM treatment have lower after-treatment rates of misconduct compared to inmates who do not receive treatment. - Inmates who completed AM treatment had lower rates of recidivism than those in the comparable non-treatment group. Details: Missoula, University of Montana-Missoula, 2004. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: https://cor.mt.gov/Portals/104/Resources/Reports/MWP_AITPIMR.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Anger Management Shelf Number: 137206

Author: Research and Survey Consulting Title: Evaluation of Montana's Residential Methamphetamine Treatment Programs: Elkhorn Treatment Center for Women; Nexus Treatment Center for Men Summary: This report describes, analyzes and presents information from Department of Corrections contracted programs for the treatment of methamphetamine and other drug offenders: the Elkhorn program for women in Boulder, operated by Boyd Andrew Community Services (BACS), and the Nexus program for men in Lewistown, operated by Community Counseling and Correctional Services (CCCS). The report thoroughly describes the population and identifies specific risk factors associated with program and prerelease center completion/non-completion. Recommendations for improving outcome are suggested. The primary evaluation research goal was to establish efficient data collection and reporting methods that could be implemented over an extended period of time, enabling the ongoing reporting of data useful for verifying and improving program effectiveness. This 2013 report incorporates data from the previous 2008 and 2010 reports. In 2011 the DOC shifted responsibility for hiring a program evaluation researcher solely onto the programs who continued to retain Research & Survey Consulting to maintain continuity. Between April of 2007 and July of 2012 data was collected on 867 offenders: 303 admitted to Elkhorn and 564 admitted to Nexus. It is clear that these programs are treating very different populations with regards to gender, family history, criminal history, mental illness etc. Reporting is combined here not for critical comparison but to make report reading more efficient. Over a 5 year period 79.5% of everyone admitted to Nexus and 86.1% of everyone admitted to Elkhorn completed their 9 month stay as sentenced. In the most recent year for which complete data is available, 2011 (most 2012 admissions are still in the 9 month programs or prerelease), both programs saw a lower percentage of completions with Nexus showing the most substantial (but not statistically significant) drop. This reflects the increasingly diverse and complex population of offenders which included substantially more opioid users (for women, opiate users have more than doubled from 15% early in the program to 38% currently), a consistently high rate of risk from psychiatric illness and medications, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and young age as well as convoluted criminal and treatment histories. For Nexus, all offenders who did not complete their Nexus facility stay were initially sent to the Sanction, Treatment, Assessment, Revocation and Transition center (START), Montana State Prison, another DOC facility/program, or a county jail. For Elkhorn, offenders who did not complete their Elkhorn stay all were initially returned to Montana Women‟s Prison, a Passages program, or a county jail. Of those offenders who completed the treatment center portion of the program (Nexus or Elkhorn) and went to a PRC, the completion rate at the PRC was 72.7% for men and 72.1% for women. The completion rate for those who finished both the treatment program and the PRC was 59.39% for Nexus and 60.01% for Elkhorn; there is no statistically significant difference between programs. Details: Missoula, MT: Research & Survey Consulting, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: https://cor.mt.gov/Portals/104/Resources/Reports/MethTreatmentEval2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 137207

Author: Thompson II, Richard M. Title: Police Use of Force: Rules, Remedies, and Reforms Summary: Several high-profile police shootings and other law enforcement-related deaths in the United States have sparked intense protests throughout the country and a fierce debate in Congress concerning the appropriate level of force police officers should wield in a society that equally values public safety and the lives of each of its citizens under law. These incidents have been the subject of several congressional hearings, have prompted the introduction of various legislative measures, and have catalyzed a new civil rights movement in the United States aimed at reforming the criminal justice system. Reformers claim that police work too closely with local prosecutors resulting in insufficient oversight and have called for greater involvement by the federal government. The law enforcement community and its supporters have countered that these recent deaths are anomalous in otherwise exemplary police conduct, and that placing the federal government in direct regulation of state and local police would present an unwarranted intrusion into state and local affairs. To provide legal context for this debate, this report will address three overarching questions: (1) what are the constitutional rules governing an officer's use of force; (2) what role has Congress played in providing a remedy for a violation of these rules; and (3) what are the potential reforms to these rules and remedies? Rules. In a line of cases beginning in the mid-1980s, the Supreme Court ruled that all claims of excessive force occurring during an arrest or investigatory stop-deadly or otherwise-are governed by the Fourth Amendment's prohibition against unreasonable seizures. Under prevailing judicial precedent, all uses of force must be "objectively reasonable" based on the totality of the circumstances viewed through the lens of the officer in the field. This requires a fact-intensive inquiry that is not easily reduced to categorical rules, but some general trends can be discerned from the case law. For instance, the courts have been deferential to officers in the field who are required to make split-second decisions in dangerous situations. Also, officers need not use the least intrusive means to effectuate a seizure so long as their actions are reasonable. Remedies. In an effort to provide teeth to federal constitutional restraints, Congress has enacted three federal statutes that accord various remedies for police use of excessive force. First is the federal criminal statute, 18 U.S.C. 242, which prohibits officers from willfully depriving another of a constitutional right while acting under color of law. Enacted shortly after the Civil War, many have argued that Section 242's specific intent mens rea requirement is too high a threshold to provide an adequate deterrence to excessive force. Moreover, the federal circuit courts are split on how to apply this test, with some requiring a strict form of intent and others permitting a reckless disregard jury instruction. Second is the federal civil rights statute, 42 U.S.C. 1983, which provides a civil cause of action for deprivations of one's constitutional rights. While generally viewed as successful in providing monetary damages to those injured by officers in the field, the doctrine of qualified immunity has frequently shielded officers from liability when the law was not "clearly established" at the time. Third is the more recently enacted "pattern or practice" statute, 42 U.S.C. 14141, which authorizes the Attorney General to sue local municipalities whose police forces have engaged in a pattern of excessive force under the Fourth Amendment. Reforms. Various reform bills have been introduced in the 114th Congress to provide additional restraints on police use of force, including the Excessive Use of Force Prevention Act of 2015 (H.R. 2052), which would criminalize the use of chokeholds, and the Police Accountability Act of 2015 (H.R. 1102), which would create a new federal crime for certain homicides committed by law enforcement officers. Additionally, several bills would place requirements on states to report use of force statistics to the federal government. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: R44256: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44256.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 137208

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Sexual Assault: Actions Needed to Improve DOD�s Prevention Strategy and to Help Ensure It Is Effectively Implemented Summary: Sexual assault is a crime that devastates victims and has a far-reaching negative impact for DOD because it undermines DOD�s core values, degrades mission readiness, and raises financial costs. DOD data show that reported sexual assaults involving service-members more than doubled from about 2,800 reports in fiscal year 2007 to about 6,100 reports in fiscal year 2014. Based on results of a 2014 survey, RAND estimated that 20,300 active-duty service-members were sexually assaulted in the prior year. Senate Report 113-176 includes a provision for GAO to review DOD�s efforts to prevent sexual assault. This report addresses the extent to which DOD (1) developed an effective prevention strategy, (2) implemented activities department-wide and at military installations related to the department�s effort to prevent sexual assault, and (3) developed performance measures to determine the effectiveness of its efforts to prevent sexual assault in the military. GAO evaluated DOD�s strategy against CDC�s framework for effective sexual-violence prevention strategies, reviewed DOD policies, and interviewed cognizant officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOD link prevention activities with desired outcomes; identify risk and protective factors for all domains; communicate and disseminate its strategy to all program personnel; align service policies with the strategy; and fully develop performance measures. DOD concurred with all recommendations and noted actions it was taking. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-61: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/673515.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 137209

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Locked Out: Improving Educational and Vocational Outcomes for Incarcerated Youth Summary: The report, �Locked Out: Improving Educational and Vocational Outcomes for Incarcerated Youth,� reveals that despite spending between $100,000 to $300,000 per incarcerated child in secure facilities, only 13 states provide all incarcerated youth with access to the same types of educational services that students have in the community. Meanwhile, only nine states offer community-equivalent vocational services to all kids in lock-up. While most youth incarcerated 10 years ago were in facilities operated by state government, nearly two-thirds of youth locked up in the U.S. today are held in facilities operated by local government agencies or nonprofit or for-profit organizations. The survey, conducted by the CSG Justice Center and in partnership with the Council of Juvenile Correctional Administrators, asked leaders in each state: Who is responsible for educating kids incarcerated in this patchwork of institutions? The report found that in more than 80 percent of states, no single state agency is charged with this authority, leaving an absence of leadership and, ultimately, accountability for ensuring youth make sufficient progress towards college and career readiness. The report also found: �Fewer than one in three states is able to document what percentage of youth released from a juvenile correctional facility subsequently obtain a high school diploma; �In nearly half of the states, it is up to the parent or guardian of the youth, or perhaps a community-based organization advocating on his or her behalf, to get that young person enrolled in a public school or another educational setting after his/her release from a correctional facility; �In more than one-third of states, youth released from a facility are automatically enrolled in an alternative educational setting, which often do not meet state curricular and performance standards and suffer from lower graduation rates that traditional public schools. Details: New York: Center for State Governments Justice Center, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/LOCKED_OUT_Improving_Educational_and_Vocational_Outcomes_for_Incarcerated_Youth.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 137210

Author: James, Nathan Title: Is Violent Crime in the United States Increasing? Summary: On August 31, 2015, the New York Times ran an article with the headline "Murder Rates Rising Sharply in Many U.S. Cities." The story highlighted double-digit percentage increases in homicide rates in several cities, and came on the heels of reports from other media outlets of recent spikes in violent crime in cities across the country. Accounts of rising violent crime rates in some cities have generated speculation about whether the United States is in the midst of a new crime wave. Overall, homicide and violent crime rates have been trending downward for more than two decades, and both rates are at historic lows. An analysis comparing 2014 and 2015 homicide data from the nation's 60 most populous cities suggests that violent crime is not increasing. Overall, reported homicides were up 16% in 2015, but a majority of cities (44 of 60) have not seen a statistically significant increase in homicides. The general consensus is that it is too early to draw any conclusions about the reversal of long-term trends. Also, even if homicide and violent crime rates do increase this year, it may not portend a break in the long-term trend. Even though both rates have been on a downward trend since 1990, there were years where either the homicide rate or violent crime rate increased. There are several short-term factors that might help explain some of the reported upticks in violent crime across the country. - Year-to-year changes in crime rates can be subject to random fluctuations. - Crime rates are subject to seasonal effects. - Many cities are experiencing increases from historically low levels of crime. - Percentage change in reported crimes is a relative measure and is sensitive to magnitude. While it might be too early to make any definitive conclusions about whether violent crime is on the rise, several commentators have speculated as to why some cities are experiencing spikes in violent crimes. Suggested explanations include the following: - The "Ferguson effect" (i.e., in the wake of a spate of high-profile officer-involved deaths, police have become reluctant to engage in proactive policing, thereby emboldening criminals). - Law enforcement is facing a legitimacy problem in some communities where residents feel that they are not treated fairly by the police, and this may mean that people are more likely to take matters into their own hands when conflicts arise. - The increase in violence can be attributed to battles between gangs for control of drug turf or released violent offenders committing new crimes. The recent discussion about the increases in violent crime in some cities might raise the question of whether there is a need for more "real time" nationwide crime statistics. More frequent and consistent crime data might be able to provide greater insight into crime trends. However, there are logistical issues involved with collecting and reporting timely and accurate crime statistics from the nation's approximately 18,000 law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: R44259: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44259.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 137211

Author: Manno, Michelle Title: Engaging Disconnected Young People in Education and Work. Findings from the Project Rise Implementation Evaluation Summary: Educational attainment and early work experience provide a crucial foundation for future success. However, many young adults are disconnected from both school and the job market. Neglecting these young people can exact a heavy toll on not only the individuals but also society as a whole, for example, through lost productivity and tax contributions, increased dependence on public assistance, and higher rates of criminal activity. Project Rise served 18- to 24-year-olds who lacked a high school diploma or the equivalent and had been out of school, out of work, and not in any type of education or training program for at least six months. After enrolling as part of a group (or cohort) of 25 to 30 young people, Project Rise participants were to engage in a 12-month sequence of activities centered on case management, classroom education focused mostly on preparation for a high school equivalency certificate, and a paid part-time internship that was conditional on adequate attendance in the educational component. After the internship, participants were expected to enter unsubsidized employment, postsecondary education, or both. The program was operated by three organizations in New York City; one in Newark, New Jersey; and one in Kansas City, Missouri. The Project Rise program operations and evaluation were funded through the federal Social Innovation Fund (SIF), a public-private partnership administered by the Corporation for National and Community Service. The Mayor�s Fund to Advance New York City and the New York City Center for Economic Opportunity led this SIF project in collaboration with MDRC. Key Findings This report describes how the Project Rise program operated at each local provider, including the extent to which the participants were engaged and achieved desired outcomes. � Participants were attracted to Project Rise more by the education component than by the internship opportunity. � More than 91 percent of program enrollees attended at least some high school equivalency preparation or, less commonly, high school classes. On average, those who attended class received almost 160 hours of instruction. About 72 percent of enrollees began internships; over half of the internship participants worked more than 120 hours. � Although participants received considerable case management and educational and internship programming, the instability in participants� lives made it difficult to engage them continuously in the planned sequence of activities. Enrolling young people in cohorts with their peers, as well as support from case managers and other adult staff, seemed to help promote participant engagement. The education-conditioned internships appeared to have had a modest influence on encouraging engagement for some participants. � Within 12 months of enrolling in Project Rise, more than 25 percent of participants earned a high school equivalency credential or (much less commonly) a high school diploma; 45 percent of participants who entered with at least a ninth-grade reading level earned a credential or diploma. Further, about 25 percent entered unsubsidized employment in this timeframe. � It may be important to consider intermediate (or perhaps nontraditional) outcome measures in programs for disconnected young people, since such measures may reflect progress that is not apparent when relying exclusively on more traditional ones. Details: New York: MDRC, 2015. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2015 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/2015_Project_Rise_FR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137212

Author: Kao, Albert L. Title: Increased Anti-Money Laundering Banking Regulations and Terrorism Prosecutions Summary: After 9/11, anti-money laundering banking regulations were increased to counter terrorism finance. This study attempts to identify whether increasing banking regulations has countered terrorism finance by reviewing terrorism prosecutions. This study looked at federal terrorism prosecutions from January 2004 through April 2009. The study reviewed court documents and case backgrounds for indicators that anti-money laundering banking regulations were useful to the terrorism prosecution by either detecting terrorism financing or by supporting other charges, such as money laundering. The study did not find that banking regulations detected terrorist financing. The avoidance of banking regulations was used to support money laundering charges in two cases; however, pre-9/11 regulations would have sufficed. The study found that increasing anti-money laundering banking regulations had limited effects on countering terrorism financing. How anti-money laundering banking regulations are implemented within a counterterrorism finance regime should be reevaluated. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 1090p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 9, 2015 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=736328 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 137763

Author: Gartenstein-Ross, Daveed Title: The Convergence of Crime and Terror: Law Enforcement Opportunities and Perils Summary: The Convergence of Crime and Terror: Law Enforcement Opportunities and Perils provides an analysis of the increasingly important link between traditional criminal activities and terrorism. By cataloging a number of relevant cases, the authors have illustrated that terrorists routinely resort to "traditional" crimes, from drug trafficking to financial scams, to further their objectives. As a result, terror prosecutions must find inspiration from historical government efforts to arrest, prosecute, and incarcerate notorious violent criminals such as Al Capone on relatively minor charges such as tax evasion. The aggressive prosecution of such relatively minor offenses can serve to disrupt grander malevolent schemes. As the authors suggest, the rise of terrorism means that the traditional, reactive law enforcement model must change. We cannot afford to wait until after a successful terrorist attack occurs to investigate and prosecute. The examples from Europe included in this paper provide a sobering explanation for why that is so. Law enforcement officials must consider disruptive investigations and prosecutions that may not ultimately lead to a criminal trial on terrorism charges but that will stop potential terror plots before they are put into motion. We face a decentralized, networked, and self-sufficient enemy. Independent cells are increasingly purchasing that self-sufficiency with the proceeds of criminal enterprises. This hard reality provides yet another justification for transforming state and local first responders into first preventers of crime and terror. Details: New York: Manhattan Institute, Center for Policing Terrorism, 2007. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2015 at: http://www.manhattan-institute.org/pdf/ptr_01.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecution Shelf Number: 137223

Author: Harris, Andrew Title: Law Enforcement Perspectives on Sex Offender Registration and Notification: Preliminary Survey Results Summary: The study's first phase involved a series of semi-structured interviews conducted in 2014 with 105 law enforcement professionals in five States and two tribal jurisdictions. The survey items for the study's second phase were based on themes, experiences, and perspectives derived from those interviews. Participants were invited to complete the survey via targeted email outreach, using a nationwide commercial list of 8,840 police chiefs and command staff and a list of 2,921 county sheriffs obtained from the National Sheriffs Association. A total of 1,247 of those contacted completed the final battery of survey items. The sample included representation from 49 States and the District of Columbia. The final survey item asked for respondents' opinion on priorities for State and Federal policies for the management of sex offenders in the community. The highest priority for the greatest percentage of respondents (63 percent) was to expand penalties for non-compliance with registration requirements, followed by high priority for more aggressive prosecution of non-compliance (61.7 percent); expansion of probation and parole supervision (60.4 percent); dedicate funding to registration enforcement (51.5 percent); improvement in the integration of the registry with other criminal justice information systems (50.4 percent); improvement in classification systems (46.9 percent); and an increase in sexual violence prevention education (45.6 percent). The wording of each survey item is reported, along with responses received for each item. Details: Lowell, MA: University of Massachusetts Lowell, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2015 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249189.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 137225

Author: Yelowitz, Aaron Title: Prison-To-Work: The Benefits of Intensive Job-Search Assistance for Former Inmates Summary: Of the 650,000 inmates released from prisons and jails in the United States each year, as many as two-thirds will be arrested for a new offense within three years. This study evaluates the impact of enhanced job-readiness training and job-search assistance on reducing recidivism rates among ex-offenders. Programs offering enhanced job assistance are far from the norm. The program used in this study-developed by an employment agency that assists ex-offenders, welfare recipients, and other "hard-to-serve" clients-differs from other job services in scope and focus. The program, America Works, is condensed into an intense one- or two-week period. It uses a tough-love approach, stressing interpersonal communication and such "soft" skills as time and anger management. It places special attention on teaching practical skills that many former inmates never acquired, such as resume preparation, search strategies, and interview techniques. And it uses a network of employers, who are open to hiring ex-offenders and with whom it has long-term relationships, to place clients. Its goal is not only to help former inmates find jobs but also to keep jobs, and it provides follow-up services for six months. In 2005, the program provided job-readiness classes to 1,000 ex-offenders, placing 700 in jobs. America Works receives referrals from agencies in New York City, including the city government's Human Resources Administration (HRA), work-release centers, and the city's Rikers Island Correctional Facility. By contrast, typical services offered to ex-offenders provide far less job-readiness training over a less concentrated period. Instead of providing placement services, such programs generally limit assistance to self-directed job searches. This paper's key finding is that training designed to quickly place former inmates in jobs significantly decreases the likelihood that ex-offenders with nonviolent histories will be rearrested. Only 31.1 percent of nonviolent ex-offenders who received enhanced training were arrested during the 18 to 36 months in which they were tracked, compared with 50 percent of similar participants who received standard training. In contrast, former inmates with histories of violence were rearrested at virtually the same pace, whether they received enhanced training or not: 44.6 percent versus 42.6 percent, respectively. Findings for criminal convictions show similar patterns for arrests. These results suggest that extra help in looking for work upon release from jail or prison can pay off in a big way but not for all types of former offenders. Enhanced assistance is most effective for those without a history of violence and with few prior charges-while the additional help is far less effective for those with a more difficult history, including violence or many prior charges. Very little research has been conducted on this topic. The results of this study have important implications for government policymakers, public and private social welfare agencies, and, of course, employers. Indeed, at a time of ever-tightening federal and state budgets and ever-rising costs of incarceration, the Obama administration and many state governments are seeking ways to reduce swollen prison populations, particularly the number of nonviolent criminals, partly by using new guidelines for early release. Likewise, many states are scrambling to find programs to sharply cut the number of repeat offenders. Inmates nevertheless face formidable hurdles in securing employment following release back into society. Often lacking skills to find a job, they typically receive little help, increasing the odds, especially in a still-weak economy, that they will come up empty-and revert to a life of crime and return, eventually, to prison. By linking enhanced training to a targeted group of ex-offenders, this study points toward a breakthrough in reducing not only the rate of recidivism but also the cost to society. The program used by America Works, which has offices in New York and six other states and the District of Columbia, costs about $5,000 for each former inmate. While the benefits to society from averted crimes are very hard to calculate in dollar terms, the study estimated average savings of about $231,000 for each nonviolent ex-offender who received extra help, based on the lower crime record posted by the group as a whole, following training. This figure represents a 46-fold return on the cost of the training, not counting impossible-to-quantify benefits to individuals involved, their families, and communities. The intervention of enhanced services was conducted from June 2009 to December 2010, with a randomized trial involving 259 ex-offenders in New York. Participants, all men, had been released from a prison, jail, or youth correctional facility within six months of acceptance into the program. Approximately half of the participants received enhanced employment services from America Works while the other half received typical services, also provided by America Works. Criminal recidivism for 219 ex-offenders was measured from administrative records in July 2012, tracking arrests and convictions of participants in six-month intervals from the point they joined the study for up to 36 months. Enhanced services had no significant impact on recidivism for the group as a whole. Yet that result masked significant differences among varied segments that formed the group. As previously noted, former inmates with histories of violence were little affected by the extra help while those with nonviolent histories benefited substantially. Even within the latter group, however, significant differences appeared, offering additional clues about where to focus job-training dollars. Further exploration revealed that enhanced services had the largest impact among nonviolent criminals with the fewest prior charges. Differences were also found among the three subsets of nonviolent offenders: those who had committed offenses involving property, those who had committed crimes involving the sale or possession of drugs, and those who had been involved in minor offenses. Ex-offenders with property crimes and those with minor offenses were found to be most responsible for positive recidivism results. The subset with a history of drug crimes appeared to have no significant impact on recidivism results. Given the small samples, however, caution must be used when interpreting such results. Collectively, these results suggest that enhanced job-search assistance is most effective for the easiest of the hard-to-serve population - and that focusing future efforts on this group is the most cost-effective approach. Details: New York: Center for State and Local Leadership, Manhattan Institute, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2015 at: http://www.manhattan-institute.org/html/prison-work-5876.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 137230

Author: Lovell, Rachel Title: Do John Schools Really Decrease Recidivism? A methodological critique of an evaluation of the San Francisco First Offender Prostitution Program Summary: A growing number of governments are creating "john schools" in the belief that providing men with information about prostitution will stop them from buying sex, which will in turn stop prostitution and trafficking. John schools typically offer men arrested for soliciting paid sex the opportunity (for a fee) to attend lectures by health experts, law enforcement and former sex workers in exchange for cleared arrest records if they are not re-arrested within a certain period of time. A 2008 examination of the San Francisco john school, "Final Report on the Evaluation of the First Offender Prostitution Program," claims to be the first study to prove that attending a john school leads to a lower rate of recidivism or re-arrest (Shively et al.). Despite its claims, the report offers no reliable evidence that the john school classes reduce the rate of re-arrests. This paper analyzes the methodology and data used in the San Francisco study and concludes that serious flaws in the research design led the researchers to claim a large drop in re-arrest rates that, in fact, occurred before the john school was implemented. Details: Washington, DC: American University Washington College of Law; Chicago: DePaul University, Social Science Research Center, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2015 at: https://maggiemcneill.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/john-schools-and-recidivism.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 137233

Author: Keller, Kirsten M. Title: Hazing in the U.S. Armed Forces : recommendations for hazing prevention policy and practice Summary: Initiation activities have long been part of U.S. military culture as a way to mark significant transitions, status changes, and group membership. However, along with these activities have often come acts of hazing, in which individuals were subjected to abusive and harmful treatment that went beyond sanctioned ceremonies. In recent years, extreme cases of alleged hazing have led to the high-profile deaths of several service members, resulting in renewed interest from the public and Congress in seeing these hazing rituals eliminated from military culture. The Department of Defense (DoD) asked RAND to examine and provide recommendations on current hazing policy and practices across the services. To do so, the researchers examined current DoD and service-specific policy, practices, and data collection related to hazing; reviewed the scientific literature and interviewed leading experts in the field; and reviewed existing DoD incident tracking databases. This report addresses ways to improve the armed forces' definition of hazing, the effects of and motivations for hazing, how the armed forces can prevent and respond to hazing, and how the armed forces can improve the tracking of hazing incidents. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2015 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR900/RR941/RAND_RR941.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 137235

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: Assessment Of The Second Judicial District Court Pretrial Services Office Summary: According to the American Probation and Parole Association and the Pretrial Justice Institute, in perhaps no more than 15% (460) of the nation's 3,065 counties, judicial officers are aided by pretrial services programs in the balancing act between the presumption of innocence and public safety (APPA, 2010). At midyear 2011, about 6 in 10 jail inmates were not convicted, but were in jail awaiting court action on a current charge - a rate unchanged since 2005 (Minton, 2012). U.S. jails over the past two decades have become largely occupied by individuals awaiting trial, with only a minority of inmates serving out convictions. Before the mid-1990s, jail populations historically were evenly split between pretrial and sentenced prisoners. Since 1996, however, pretrial inmates have grown in numbers and at a faster rate than sentenced inmates, even though crime rates have been falling (Bechtel, et al, 2012). During the 2012 regular session of the New Mexico State Legislative session, the Legislature passed House Joint Memorial 20 (HJM 20) "Bernalillo Case Management Pilot Project." HJM 20 lists a series of conditions justifying the passage of the memorial; a shortage of incarceration options; $30 million to house felony arrestees; the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Detention Center (MDC) has exceeded its design capacity for years; opportunities to alleviate burdens on county jails, but the opportunities were too difficult to implement; and the old Bernalillo County Detention Center could be renovated into a treatment center. HJM 20 resolves that the Bernalillo County Commissioners create a pilot project that will streamline case management, evaluate and expand treatment and diversion programs, create an alternative incarceration facility, as well as start new mental health and substance abuse treatment options, alternative incarceration, transitional living, and reintegration programs. The major stakeholders of the Bernalillo County criminal justice system should be represented in the pilot project. Additionally, HJM20 requests the NM Sentencing Commission (NMSC) collect jail population data, research case management practices, and evaluate the viability and effectiveness of the proposed pilot project. In response to HJM 20, NMSC entered into a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with Bernalillo County. The scope of work was, "evaluate the effectiveness of the expanded pretrial services program operated by the [Second Judicial District Court (SJDC)] - [also evaluate] new or expanded treatment programs and diversionary programs [if time and budget allow]." Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2015 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2014/assessment-of-the-second-judicial-district-court-pretrial-services-office.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137239

Author: Dieter, Richard C. Title: Battle Scars: Military Veterans and the Death Penalty Summary: In many respects, veterans in the United States are again receiving the respect and gratitude they deserve for having risked their lives and served their country. Wounded soldiers are welcomed home, and their courage in starting a new and difficult journey in civilian life is rightly applauded. But some veterans with debilitating scars from their time in combat have received a very different reception. They have been judged to be the "worst of the worst" criminals, deprived of mercy, sentenced to death, and executed by the government they served. Veterans with Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) who have committed heinous crimes present hard cases for our system of justice. The violence that occasionally erupts into murder can easily overcome the special respect that is afforded most veterans. However, looking away and ignoring this issue serves neither veterans nor victims. PTSD has affected an enormous number of veterans returning from combat zones. Over 800,000 Vietnam veterans suffered from PTSD. At least 175,000 veterans of Operation Desert Storm were affected by "Gulf War Illness," which has been linked to brain cancer and other mental deficits. Over 300,000 veterans from the Afghanistan and Iraq conflicts have PTSD. In one study, only about half had received treatment in the prior year. Even with these mental wounds and lifetime disabilities, the overwhelming majority of veterans do not commit violent crime. Many have been helped, and PTSD is now formally recognized in the medical community as a serious illness. But for those who have crossed an indefinable line and have been charged with capital murder, compassion and understanding seem to disappear. Although a definitive count has yet to be made, approximately 300 veterans are on death row today, and many others have already been executed. Perhaps even more surprising, when many of these veterans faced death penalty trials, their service and related illnesses were barely touched on as their lives were being weighed by judges and juries. Defense attorneys failed to investigate this critical area of mitigation; prosecutors dismissed, or even belittled, their claims of mental trauma from the war; judges discounted such evidence on appeal; and governors passed on their opportunity to bestow the country's mercy. In older cases, some of that dismissiveness might be attributed to ignorance about PTSD and related problems. But many of those death sentences still stand today when the country knows better. Unfortunately, the plight of veterans facing execution is not of another era. The first person executed in 2015, Andrew Brannan, was a decorated Vietnam veteran with a diagnosis of PTSD and other forms of mental illness. Despite being given 100% mental disability by the Veterans Administration after returning from the war, Georgia sought and won a death sentence because he bizarrely killed a police officer after a traffic stop. The Pardons Board refused him clemency. Others, like Courtney Lockhart in Alabama, returned more recently with PTSD from service in Iraq. He was sentenced to death by a judge, even though the jury recommended life. The U.S. Supreme Court turned down a request to review his case this year. This report is not a definitive study of all the veterans who have been sentenced to death in the modern era of capital punishment. Rather, it is a wake-up call to the justice system and the public at large: As the death penalty is being questioned in many areas, it should certainly be more closely scrutinized when used against veterans with PTSD and other mental disabilities stemming from their service. Recognizing the difficult challenges many veterans face after their service should warrant a close examination of the punishment of death for those wounded warriors who have committed capital crimes. Moreover, a better understanding of the disabilities some veterans face could lead to a broader conversation about the wide use of the death penalty for others suffering from severe mental illness. Details: Washington, DC: Death Penalty Information Center, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2015 at: http://www.deathpenaltyinfo.org/files/pdf/BattleScars.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 137276

Author: Taylor, Melanie Ann Title: A Case Study of the Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act: Reforming the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections Summary: Research examining the long-term impacts of federal interventions under the Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act on correctional institutions has been scant. The result has been a failure to understand the sustainability of reforms aimed at protecting the civil rights of confined persons. This dissertation examined the long-term reforms at the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections following a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice from 2004 to 2007. Interviews were conducted with current and former ADJC employees, juvenile justice advocates across Arizona, and county court representatives to determine how each of these groups perceived the status of the reforms at the ADJC. The findings of the current dissertation suggest that long-term reforms following consent decrees imposed on correctional institutions are possible. At the ADJC, the methods for securing the reform required that the agency reform its culture, implement a Quality Assurance process, revamp the Investigations and Inspections unit at the agency, and consider the perspectives of external agencies. One of the primary reasons why the department has been committed to making these reforms is because of the perceived loss of legitimacy and resources that would occur if they failed to reform. Such a failure for the agency could have potentially resulted in a closure of the agency. However, the increase in punitive and preventive policies used to enforce the reforms may have negative repercussions on the organizational culture in the long term. Policy implications for future CRIPA consent decrees are outlined, limitations are addressed, and suggestions for future research are made. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2013. 276p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/110593/content/Taylor_asu_0010E_13015.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act Shelf Number: 137287

Author: Kilgore, James Title: Electronic Monitoring Is Not the Answer: Critical reflections on a flawed alternative Summary: This report offers a critical assessment of electronic monitoring (EM) in the criminal justice system. The author, who spent a year on an ankle bracelet as a condition of his own parole, draws on his in-depth study of legislation, policies, contracts, and academic literature related to electronic monitoring. In addition to this research, he interviewed people directly impacted by EM in four states. Interviewees included those who had been on the monitor, their family members, corrections officials, and the CEO of a monitoring company. The report rejects any simplistic rush to deploy electronic monitors as an alternative to incarceration. Instead, the document sets out two critical conditions for EM to be a genuine alternative: (1) it must be used instead of incarceration in prison or jail, not as an additional condition of parole, probation, or pre-trial release; (2) it must be implemented with an alternative mindset that rejects the punitive philosophy that has dominated criminal justice since the rise of mass incarceration. A genuine alternative mindset as applied to EM must ensure the person on the monitor has a full set of rights and guarantees, including the rights to seek and attend work, to access education and medical treatment, and to participate in community, family and religious activities. Without these rights, the person on the monitor remains less than a full human being, a captive of the punitive, "tough on crime" mentality that has been at the heart of more than three decades of mass incarceration. Moreover, the author asserts that electronic monitoring is more than just a tool of the criminal justice system. With the rise of GPS-based electronic monitors capable of tracking location, EM devices have become part of the arsenal of surveillance, a technology that enables both the state and business to profile people�'s movements and behavior. In the present situation, this surveillance component of EM has completely escaped the view of policy makers and even social justice advocates. EM as a tool of surveillance requires regulation. Details: Urbana-Champaign, IL: Urbana-Champaign Independent Media Center, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2015 at: http://centerformediajustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/EM-Report-Kilgore-final-draft-10-4-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137765

Author: Clemens, Austin Title: Asset Forfeiture in Texas: DPS and County Interactions Summary: Between 2003 and 2012, law enforcement agencies in Texas confiscated approximately $486 million in asset forfeiture cases. Texas is a target-rich environment for this law enforcement method due to the state's proximity to the Mexican border. Large shipments of drugs are sent north on Texan highways, while money earned from drug trafficking heads south. One of the most active interdiction agencies is the Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS). Stops made by Highway Patrol can sometimes lead to multi-million dollar asset seizures. DPS can pursue either federal or state prosecution of suspects in these cases. This decision has important implications for District Attorneys (DA) in Texas, who receive a share of forfeited funds when state prosecution is pursued but will usually receive nothing in a federal prosecution. The choice can create tension between DAs and DPS. As requested by the legislature, this report explores the dynamic between DPS and the DAs in DPS-initiated forfeitures. Case data in 20 sampled counties from 2003 to 2012 are analyzed to determine: 1) trends in DPS interdiction behavior, 2) net benefits for counties of an average forfeiture case, and 3) patterns of expenditures and reliance on forfeiture funds in counties. Statewide forfeiture audit data reported to the Office of the Attorney General and interviews with DPS officials and nine district attorneys were also incorporated into the analysis. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Office of Court Administration, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2015 at: http://www.txcourts.gov/media/782473/sting-report-final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 137290

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Reducing Recidivism and Improving Other Outcomes for Young Adults in the Juvenile and Adult Criminal Justice Systems Summary: When someone between the ages of 18 and 24 commits a crime, neither the juvenile nor the adult criminal justice system is exclusively responsible for providing services and supervision to this individual. In every state, a person who commits a crime after age 18 is referred to the adult criminal justice system, and in some states that age can be 17 or even 16. Yet, some states are considering raising the upper age limit of juvenile court jurisdiction beyond the age of 18. At the same time, when a young person is adjudicated delinquents in the juvenile justice system, two-thirds of states allow them to remain under the supervision of the juvenile system through age 20 and, in some other states, up to age 24. Even if a young person commits a new crime while under community supervision within the juvenile justice system, it is possible that he or she may still remain in that system. Because young adults can be involved in either the juvenile or adult criminal justice systems, policymakers and administrators in both systems should be focusing their attention on this important population and developing strategies to reduce recidivism and improve other outcomes for young adults. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Transitional-Age-Brief.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 137291

Author: Lerner, Craig S. Title: Who's Really Sentenced to Life Without Parole?: Searching for 'Ugly Disproportionalities' in the American Criminal Justice System Summary: Critics argue that the American criminal justice system is rife with "ugly disproportionalities" and "brutal penalties on the undeserving." One particularly brutal punishment is the sentence of life without the possibility of parole (LWOP). The punishment, conceived decades ago as a substitute for the death penalty, scarcely exists in the rest of the world. Today, while capital punishment wanes in the United States, steadily increasing numbers of defendants are sentenced to LWOP. Furthermore, according to a recent ACLU Report, over 3,000 of the 50,000 inmates serving LWOP were convicted of nonviolent offenses. There is no uglier disproportionality than a defendant, guilty of a minor crime, banished to prison for the remainder of his life. This Article questions this narrative and therewith the contemporary wisdom as to the brutality of American criminal justice, at least in its imposition of LWOP sentences. The author conducted a detailed study of every inmate sentenced to LWOP in eight states. In a few states, it is impossible to find a single inmate sentenced to LWOP for any crime other than murder or the most serious violent crimes. Even in jurisdictions that impose LWOP for crimes labeled "nonviolent," the inmates are few in number and often present aggravating factors, such as extensive criminal histories or previous violent crimes. Inevitably, criminals sentenced to LWOP will vary in culpability, and some will appear not to merit this punishment. Drawing attention to their plight can spur executive clemency in individual cases. But accusations that the American legal system is rife with "ugly disproportionalities," at least insofar as this claim is applied to LWOP sentences in the states, appear to have little merit. Details: Washington, DC: George Mason University School of Law, 2015. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 15-51 : Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2688743 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Death Penalty Shelf Number: 137293

Author: Lopez, James R. Title: Body Cameras and CBP: Promoting Security, Transparency and Accountability at out Nation's Borders Summary: Body Cameras and CBP: Promoting Security, Transparency and Accountability at our Nation's Borders debuts in advance of an expected CBP announcement on the feasibility and implementation of body cameras. The report examines the benefits of requiring body-worn cameras for all CBP agents and officers, as well as the privacy concerns for the public and for the agency related to implementing body cameras. After conducting a feasibility study in early 2015, CBP has been slow to move forward with implementation of body-worn cameras. For an agency in which more than 2,000 incidents of misconduct were reported over a seven-year period, implementation of body-worn cameras across CBP would be a significant step toward repairing the agency's image. Details: Washington, DC: National Immigration Forum, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://immigrationforum.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Body-Cameras-and-CBP-Report-11062015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137768

Author: Hyland, Shelley Title: Police Use of Nonfatal Force, 2002-11 Summary: This report presents data on the threat or use of nonfatal force by police against white, black, and Hispanic residents during police contact. This report describes the characteristics of the contact, the type of force threatened or used, and the perceptions that force was excessive or the police behaved properly during the contact. It also examines trends in the threat or use of force and the relationship between officer and driver race and Hispanic origin in traffic stops involving the threat or use of force. Data are from the 2002, 2005, 2008, and 2011 Police-Public Contact Surveys, which were administered as supplements to the National Crime Victimization Survey. Highlights: Across the four PPCS data collections from 2002-11, blacks (3.5%) were more likely to experience nonfatal force during their most recent contact with police than whites (1.4%) and Hispanics (2.1%). A greater percentage of persons who experienced the use of force (44.1%) had two or more contacts with police than those who did not experience force (27.5%). Blacks (13.7%) were at least slightly more likely to experience nonfatal force than whites (6.9%) and Hispanics (5.9%) during street stops. Of those who experienced force during their most recent contact, approximately three-quarters described the verbal (71.4%) or physical (75.0%) force as excessive. Of those who experienced force during their most recent contact, 86.7% did not believe the police behaved properly. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/punf0211.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 137296

Author: Emergency Nurses Association. Institute for Emergency Nursing Research Title: Emergency Department Violence Surveillance Study Summary: Nine hundred deaths and 1.7 million nonfatal assaults occur each year in the United States due to workplace violence. These numbers represent only the most serious physical violent incidents; the extent to which all types of violence are experienced in the workplace remains unknown. Workplace violence is a serious concern for emergency nurses. Due to under-reporting, the occurrence of physical violence and verbal abuse toward emergency nurses remains not well understood. Therefore, it is essential to investigate the actual extent of violence and aggression toward emergency nurses. Launched in May 2009, the Emergency Department Violence Surveillance (EDVS) Study collects ongoing objective data allows for tracking changes related to violence toward emergency nurses as well as the processes used to respond to violence. Specifically, the EDVS Study was established to investigate: � The extent of the occurrence of various types of workplace violence toward emergency nurses from patients and visitors on any given day. � The extent of under-reporting of workplace violence toward emergency nurses from patients and visitors. � The current reporting mechanisms, if any, for violence toward emergency nurses. � The current processes, if any, used to respond to violence toward emergency nurses. � Trends in violence toward emergency nurses over time. The EDVS study utilizes a cross-sectional online survey to determine the prevalence and nature of workplace violence experienced by emergency nurses during the previous seven days. This report represents analysis of data collected approximately three months apart, from May 2009 to January 2011 during which 7,169 emergency nurses participated. Major findings are highlighted below: � With respect to overall physical violence verbal abuse trends across the eight rounds of data, no linear trend component was detected. � The overall frequency of physical violence and verbal abuse during a seven-day period (during which the participants worked an average of 36.9 hours in an emergency department) was fairly high (54.5%) across all rounds. Participants reported experiencing physical violence (with/without verbal abuse) (12.1%) and verbal abuse only (42.5%), during the seven-day period. � The majority of the participants who were victims of workplace violence did not file a formal event report for the physical violence or the verbal abuse. � The presence of reporting policies (especially zero-tolerance policies), was associated with a lower odds of physical violence and verbal abuse. � Nurses whose hospital administration and ED management are committed to workplace violence control are less likely to experience workplace violence. Ongoing research is needed to further determine the extent of underreporting, the incidence and prevalence of workplace violence, and the factors associated with the occurrence of workplace violence against emergency nurses. The continued collection of data through the EDVS study will provide further insight toward addressing these research needs. Details: Des Plaines, IL: Emergency Nurses Association, 2011. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: https://www.ena.org/practice-research/research/Documents/ENAEDVSReportNovember2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Hospitals, Violence Shelf Number: 137298

Author: Stanford Justice Advocacy Project Title: Proposition 47 Progress Report: Year One Implementation Summary: Since the enactment of Proposition 47 on November 14, 2014, the number of people incarcerated in California[s prisons and jails has decreased by approximately 13,000 inmates, helping alleviate crowding conditions in those institutions. Proposition 47 has also reduced the number of jail inmates released from custody early due to overcrowding and should generate over $150 million in state savings this fiscal year. County governments stand to save even more money: over $200 million annually, in aggregate. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Justice Advocacy Project, Stanford Law School, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: https://2pe0o743k0s82lo5l6trs9j1-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Prop-47-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 137299

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Turning on the TAP: How Returning Access to Tuition Assistance for Incarcerated People Improves the Health of New Yorkers Summary: Turning on the TAP: How Returning Access to Tuition Assistance for Incarcerated People Improves the Health of New Yorkers set out to answer the question: How will providing college education to people in prison affect the health and well-being of those people, their families, and their communities? Our conclusion is that expanding access to college education for people in New York state prisons would benefit the overall health and well-being of the communities that formerly incarcerated people return to, as well as the individuals who receive the education, and their families. And yet, despite these benefits, funding through the state-s Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) - which provides grants to low-income New York residents to help them afford college - is unavailable to people who are incarcerated. This wasn't always the case. Until 1994, TAP and its federal equivalent, the Pell Grant Program, helped incarcerated people in prison enroll in courses offered by public and private colleges. Despite evidence of the benefits of correctional education, as part of the "tough on crime" wave that engulfed federal, state, and local policy-making in the early to mid-1990s, Pell and TAP grant eligibility was rescinded for people in New York State prison. After such funding was eliminated, in-prison college education programs in New York almost disappeared. Today, there are approximately 53,000 people in New York state prisons, 59% of whom have a verified high school diploma and could therefore be eligible for TAP funding if it were made available to them. Legislators in New York State are considering S975/A2870 (2015), a bill that would repeal the ban on incarcerated people receiving financial aid for college education through TAP. Should the legislation pass, people in prison would have increased access to educational resources and, ultimately, experience increased educational attainment. Data generated through the project shows how such legislation would be good for health and health determinants: The benefits of in-prison college education mean that when students return to the community, they engage in lower rates of crime and have a higher level of civic engagement when compared to other formerly incarcerated people returning to the community. College teaches critical thinking skills that help people better understand and take responsibility for the consequences of their actions. It also improves their chances of getting a job, reuniting with their families, finding their place in society, not committing new offenses, and not returning to prison. Benefits of in-prison college education include improved parenting behaviors, higher family income, increased likelihood that children and family members achieve higher levels of education, and reduced likelihood that children experience behavioral problems and get involved in the criminal justice system themselves. College education improves relationships and reduces conflicts, resulting in a safer prison environment. In-prison college education is a cost-effective investment in reducing crime and recidivism. Every $1 million spent on building more prisons prevents about 350 crimes, but the same amount invested in correctional education prevents more than 600 crimes. Data from existing college education programs surveyed through the project show that lack of resources is one reason that only one-third of prison applicants are accepted for college study. If tuition assistance funding was restored, existing programs would be able to enroll over 3,200 people a year. Based on such findings, the report makes a series of recommendations to ensure that such health benefits actually accrue - foremost among these is a recommendation to restore TAP funding for incarcerated people. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.turnonthetapny.org/docs/HIP_TAP_Report_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 137300

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: Updated Exploratory Sex Offender Recidivism Study: 2004-2006 Probation Sentence & Prison Release Cohorts Summary: This analysis builds on a report that was published by NMSC in 2012. Additional release and probation cohorts were added. The analysis includes offenders who were released from NMCD facilities or began probation for a sex offense that requires registration for calendar years 2004 - 2006. Additionally, in this analysis, NMSC staff were given access to Offender Watch by the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to confirm registration and NMCD probation data to confirm that offenders in the probation cohort received sentences that did not include prison time. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2014. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2014/updated-exploratory-sex-offender-recidivism-study-2004-2006-probation-sentence--prison-release-cohorts.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Probationers Shelf Number: 137467

Author: Tonigan, Alexandra Toscova Title: Adolescent Treatment Centers: Literature Review and Issues in New Mexico Summary: Residential Treatment Centers (RTC) are designed to offer medically monitored intensive, comprehensive psychiatric treatment services to adolescents with mental illness, severe emotional disturbance, and/or cognitive delays. The American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry (AACAP) describes RTC"s as, "a facility that provides children and adolescents with a residential multidisciplinary mental health program under medical supervision and leadership. It is often utilized when the child cannot be treated in a community-based setting," (AACAP, 2010). In other words, practitioners emphasize the importance of trying alternatives before turning to inpatient treatment settings. In most cases, an adolescent is only referred to RTC"s after one or more unsuccessful attempts for treatment in less restrictive programs (Cigna 2012). There is no official definition of what it means to be a residential treatment facility. RTC"s vary in several ways. While there are some common characteristics, RTC"s vary in function, perspective, approaches and philosophies, staff education and qualifications, treatment organization and services offered, family and parental involvement, and post-discharge/ transitional support (OJJDP). One of the few ways in which RTC"s can be systematically categorized is through the source of funding - RTC‟s can be private or public. It is argued by many that private and public RTC"s are fundamentally different (Behrens, Satterfield, 2011). Each RTC is unique and so currently, researchers and practitioners are faced with determining what exactly works and for whom. Over the past ten years, researchers have established a substantial body of literature on the efficacy of RTC"s for adolescents. A large portion of this literature has shown that RTC"s, when implemented correctly, are an effective treatment model for adolescents. Still, much can be learned about the gaps in adolescent treatment - "there is a lack of research that measures or examines the influence of these factors on the success of treatment, so it remains unclear what program elements are important and beneficial to the treatment process" (OJJDP). Moreover, the majority of existing research and literature focuses on public RTC"s. In fact, much less is understood about private RTC"s, especially in terms of their outcomes. A primary purpose of this report is to briefly review existing literature on publically funded adolescent RTC"s in relation to New Mexico"s Sequoyah Adolescent Treatment Center. Specific areas of interest include gaining a better understanding of the best practices and guidelines for RTC"s, as well as a better understanding of the challenges such Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2014/adolescent-treatment-centers-literature-review-and-issues-in-new-mexico.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 137301

Author: Rice, Tara Title: Evaluation of the Truancy Court Program in Baltimore City Summary: The Maryland Judiciary, Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), under a grant awarded by the State Justice Institute (SJI), partnered with the University of Maryland, Institute for Governmental Service and Research (IGSR) to conduct an evaluation of the Truancy Court Program (TCP) in Baltimore City, operated by the Center for Families, Children and the Courts (CFCC) at the University of Baltimore School of Law. This report on TCP is part of a series of reports evaluating truancy intervention programs in Maryland, including the court-based intervention Truancy Reduction Pilot Program (TRPP) in the First Judicial Circuit and the mediation intervention Baltimore Students: Mediation about Reducing Truancy (B-SMART) in Baltimore City schools. TCP is one of several programs created over the years to address the high level of truancy in Baltimore City public schools. TCP is a voluntary, 10-week, in-school intervention program for students who are beginning to demonstrate a pattern of truancy. Students who had between 5 and 20 unexcused absences/tardies within the previous two marking periods are eligible for the program. Students are selected for TCP by teachers, counselors, and other staff at the individual schools. Each student's parent/guardian decides whether the student will participate. The program emphasizes mentoring and service referral for student participants and their parents/guardians. Volunteer "judges" conduct mock court sessions in participating schools to monitor student progress in the program and to provide encouragement to participants and their families. The TCP team also includes school-based representatives, including the principal or vice-principal, who is involved with the students; parents and guardians; and non-school-based members, including CFCC staff and University of Baltimore School of Law students. This team, with financial resources provided by both public and private organizations, has provided the TCP program to more than 500 students at 14 different schools since the spring semester of 2005. With additional funding from a federal stimulus grant, TCP has expanded to include a total of eight schools in Baltimore City, as well as schools in other Maryland jurisdictions (Montgomery and Anne Arundel Counties) during the 2009-2010 academic year. The evaluation of the Truancy Court Program (TCP) was designed to contribute to the empirical literature on the implementation and operation of truancy reduction intervention programs. This report examines the following: (1) TCP's goals and objectives; (2) the organizations and individuals involved in TCP‟s operation and the resources they contribute (directly or indirectly); (3) implementation of TCP, including the number and characteristics of program participants, and types and levels of services, and how each compares to the planned program; and (4) perceptions of individuals who deliver the program and those to whom the program is delivered regarding strengths, weaknesses, successes, and failures. The study focused on TCP implementation at six Baltimore City schools during the 2008-2009 academic year. The methods used to gather data include: (1) structured interviews with CFCC staff members, TCP team members, and participating students and their parents or guardians; (2) interviews with key stakeholders; (3) observations of TCP sessions; and (4) review of administrative, archival, educational and delinquency data. Details: Baltimore: Maryland Administrative Office of the Courts, 2011. 193p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/TCP%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Problem-Solving Courts Shelf Number: 137304

Author: Maryland. Administrative Office of the Courts Title: A Registry of Juvenile Court Program Initiatives Summary: Through its 1969 enactment of the revised Juvenile Causes Subtitle, the Maryland General Assembly intended to create a separate system of courts, procedure and method of treatment for juveniles that is civil in nature, rather than criminal. The underlying concept of juvenile law is the protection of the juvenile, so that when judges make dispositions in juvenile cases, they consider the child's need for protection or rehabilitation, not the child's guilt. Juvenile law does not contemplate the punishment of children where they are found to be delinquent, instead it attempts to correct and rehabilitate them. The Judiciary has responded to the spirit and latitude of the unique nature of juvenile proceedings as legislated. Within the courtroom judges have adapted national models of problem solving courts to respond to local issues. Juvenile drug courts and family recovery courts specifically address the substance abuse of delinquent youth and parents who have had their children removed from their care as a result of their misuse of controlled substances. The models listed in this registry range widely among counties, but share the core values of treatment and of accountability to the Court. Intensive monitoring of these participants by the assigned judge results in a relationship that research has demonstrated plays a key role in the participant's recovery. Further, the Maryland Courts have supported the extended use of alternative dispute resolution methods in delinquency, child in need of assistance and termination of parental rights cases. Youthful offenders who are confronted by their victims in a structured Community Conference, a restorative justice model, are more likely to pay restitution and less likely to re-offend. Mediation of post adoption contact agreements between biological and adoptive parents lessens the trauma to all parties, lowers the number of contested termination of parental rights cases and reduces the time to achieve permanency. This Registry of Juvenile Court Program Initiatives demonstrates many collaborative, innovative and effective strategies that are based on national models and implemented throughout the state. These joint efforts demonstrate understanding by the judicial, legislative and executive leadership in Maryland that juveniles are unique, requiring judges to extend law and justice beyond the courtroom to achieve the ultimate safety and welfare of youth and the community. The registry is the first compilation of these programs and marks the beginning of a comprehensive review and analysis of court-based and court-referred programs in the juvenile delinquency arena. The Department of Family Administration will begin compiling and evaluating available data on these programs with the hope of learning which programs are effective and warrant further investment and expansion. The sensitivity, significance and separateness of juvenile proceedings is underscored by the legislative amendments added in 2001, which require the Chief Judge of the Court of Appeals to approve the circuit administrative judge's juvenile assignment selection. The amendments further state that juvenile judges possess a personal interest in and experience with children, as well as the desire and temperament to address problems likely to come before the juvenile court. The rotation of judges through juvenile court was also modified to specifically state that juvenile judges are not subject to automatic rotation, presumably precluding assignment of judges better suited to other matters while preserving the ability of effective judges to remain longer than a minimum term. The General Assembly's recognition that youth charged with delinquent acts (crimes if committed by adults) require unique proceedings and consequences was echoed by the United States Supreme Court in Roper v. Simmons. Relying largely on psychological and scientific evidence the Court held that execution for a crime committed by a juvenile under the age of 18 is cruel and unusual punishment that violates the Eighth Amendment. The Court considered three differences between juveniles and adults in reaching these conclusions: 1) comparative immaturity and irresponsibility, 2) increased vulnerability and susceptibility to negative influences and outside pressures, including peer pressures, and 3) a juvenile's character being less formed than an adult's, with personality traits that are more transitory and less fixed. Historically, the executive agencies have been responsible for programming for families and children involved with juvenile court. However, the Judiciary has recognized that families with increasingly complex problems are appearing in their courtroom. For example, child neglect can be a result of parental substance abuse, delinquent youth often have learning difficulties that lead to spiraling truancy and dropout rates, and abused children committed to the Department of Social Services sometimes "cross over" to the delinquency system and are in need of mental health treatment. Details: Baltimore: Maryland Judiciary, 2013. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.courts.state.md.us/family/publications/programregistry20130325.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Shelf Number: 137315

Author: Columbia University. Center for Justice Title: Aging in Prison: Reducing Elder Incarceration and Promoting Public Safety Summary: This policy document, published by the Center for Justice at Columbia University and edited by Samuel Roberts, Associate Professor of History at Columbia University and director for the Institute for Research in African American Studies, is the result of the 2014 symposium hosted by the Mailman School of Public Health/Columbia University and organized by the Center for Justice, the Osborne Association, the Correctional Association of New York, Release Aging People in Prison/RAPP, Be the Evidence Project/Fordham, and the Florence V. Burden Foundation. The symposium examined the growing numbers of aging people in prison, their prison conditions, their transition back into the community and the need to increase the release of aging people who pose little or no public safety risk. This is a critical part of reducing mass incarceration and of creating a more fair, just and humane justice system. Details: New York: Center for Justice, Columbia University, 2015. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://centerforjustice.columbia.edu/files/2015/10/AgingInPrison_FINAL_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Aged Shelf Number: 137317

Author: Texas Appleseed Title: Class, Not Court: Reconsidering Texas' Criminalization of Truancy Summary: This report continues Texas Appleseed's school-to-prison pipeline work by delving into how Texas' approach to truancy is driving more children away from school and into the adult criminal courts. The report explores causes of truancy, evaluates the current approaches to addressing truancy, highlights the disproportionate impacts of truancy charges on certain groups of students, and makes recommendations for ways that the Texas Legislature, the Texas Education Agency (TEA), and school districts can increase attendance and help children in a meaningful way. - Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: https://www.texasappleseed.org/sites/default/files/TruancyReport_All_FINAL_SinglePages.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137322

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: In Jail & In Debt: Ohio's Pay-to-Stay Fees Summary: The ACLU of Ohio is the first to collect and analyze pay-to-stay policies statewide with the report In Jail & In Debt: Ohio's Pay-to-Stay Fees. Pay-to-stay jail fees are the fees charged by local jails to people while they are incarcerated. This report takes a comprehensive look at jails across the state, compares policies, documents impact, and proposes new recommendations to stop locking people in cycles of incarceration and debt. Our statewide investigation analyzes policies at 75 facilities representing 74 counties across Ohio. More than half of jails, 40 of the 75, charge people for their incarceration through a booking fee, a daily fee, or both. Ohioans are getting billed up to $66.09 a day to be in jail. It is a follow up to the 2013 report Adding It Up: The Financial Realities of Ohio's Pay-To-Stay Policies, which explored the financial impacts of pay-to-stay policies in Ohio. This report analyzed how local governments were trying to generate revenue from people in jail, but pay-to-stay fees created more problems than they solved. We suggested counties follow the law and assess for indigence, eliminate costly collections agency contracts, and consider the impact on families. Details: Cleveland, OH: ACLU of Ohio, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/InJailInDebt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 137326

Author: Williams, Dean Title: Alaska Department of Corrections: An Administrative Review Summary: On August 10, 2015, Governor Bill Walker appointed Special Assistant Dean Williams and former FBI agent Joe Hanlon (the Review Team) to conduct an administrative review of the Alaska Department of Corrections. Several high-profile inmate deaths, along with concerns expressed by lawmakers and the public, sparked the Governor�s concern. The Governor asked the Review Team to identify areas of concern and offer recommendations for improvement. This report constitutes the Review Team�s response. The Review Team is the author and is responsible for its content. This review should not be read as a comprehensive dissection of the Alaska Department of Corrections. Rather, a review is a snapshot in time, with inherent limitations. Additionally, while we attempt to acknowledge what is going right at the department, this review is naturally focused on what is wrong within the agency in order to identify and inform pathways for improvement. The Review Team was granted wide latitude to discuss facts and perspectives gleaned through the course of this review. We are required to keep some information confidential to protect sources and security procedures, to avoid potential targeting of individuals, to respect the sensitivities of affected families, and to protect the legal and due process rights of state employees. With consideration for these limitations, the Review Team�s guiding principle has been to tell the truth as best it can be determined, and to provide perspective on our findings. Where conflict arises between transparency and privilege, we err on the side of disclosure. Details: Anchorage: Governor's Office, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: https://www.adn.com/sites/default/files/Alaska%20Department%20of%20Corrections%20Review.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 137327

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: When Men Murder Women: An Analysis of 2013 Homicide Data Summary: Intimate partner violence against women is all too common and takes many forms. The most serious is homicide by an intimate partner. Guns can easily turn domestic violence into domestic homicide. One federal study on homicide among intimate partners found that female intimate partners are more likely to be murdered with a firearm than all other means combined, concluding that "the figures demonstrate the importance of reducing access to firearms in households affected by IPV [intimate partner violence]." Guns are also often used in non-fatal domestic violence. A study by Harvard School of Public Health researchers analyzed gun use at home and concluded that "hostile gun displays against family members may be more common than gun use in self-defense, and that hostile gun displays are often acts of domestic violence directed against women." The U.S. Department of Justice has found that women are far more likely to be the victims of violent crimes committed by intimate partners than men, especially when a weapon is involved. Moreover, women are much more likely to be victimized at home than in any other place. A woman must consider the risks of having a gun in her home, whether she is in a domestic violence situation or not. While two thirds of women who own guns acquired them "primarily for protection against crime," the results of a California analysis show that "purchasing a handgun provides no protection against homicide among women and is associated with an increase in their risk for intimate partner homicide." A 2003 study about the risks of firearms in the home found that females living with a gun in the home were nearly three times more likely to be murdered than females with no gun in the home. Finally, another study reports, women who were murdered were more likely, not less likely, to have purchased a handgun in the three years prior to their deaths, again invalidating the idea that a handgun has a protective effect against homicide. While this study does not focus solely on domestic violence homicide or guns, it provides a stark reminder that domestic violence and guns make a deadly combination. Firearms are rarely used to kill criminals or stop crimes. Instead, they are all too often used to inflict harm on the very people they were intended to protect According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reports, in 2013 there were only 270 justifiable homicides committed by private citizens. Of these, only 23 involved women killing men. Of those, only 13 involved firearms, with 11 of the 13 involving handguns. While firearms are at times used by private citizens to kill criminals, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that the most common scenarios of lethal gun use in America in 2013, the most recent final data available, are suicide (21,175), homicide (11,208), or fatal unintentional injury (505). When Men Murder Women is an annual report prepared by the Violence Policy Center detailing the reality of homicides committed against females by single male offenders. The study analyzes the most recent Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2013. Once again, this is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2013 data on female homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest female victim/male offender homicide rates, and the first to rank the states by these rates. This study examines only those instances involving one female homicide victim and one male offender. This is the exact scenario-the lone male attacker and the vulnerable woman-that is often used to promote gun ownership among women. This is the 18th edition of When Men Murder Women. From 1996 to 2013, the rate of women murdered by men in single victim/single offender incidents dropped from 1.57 per 100,000 women in 1996 to 1.09 per 100,000 women in 2013, a decrease of 31 percent. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Institute, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/wmmw2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 137331

Author: Langley, Marty Title: Lost Youth: A County-by-County Analysis of 2013 California Homicide Victims Ages 10 to 24 Summary: Homicide is the second leading cause of death for California youth and young adults ages 10 to 24 years old. In 2013, the most recent year for which complete data is available from the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), homicides in California were outpaced only by unintentional injuries-the majority of which were motor vehicle fatalities-as the leading cause of death for this age group. Of the 613 homicides reported, 86 percent were committed with firearms. Nationally in 2013, California had the 17th highest homicide rate for youth and young adults ages 10 to 24. Broken out by gender, homicide retains its number-two ranking for males and drops to number four for females for this age group in California. For males, of the 553 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 87 percent of the killings. For females, of the 60 homicides reported, firearms were the weapon used in 72 percent of the killings. When analyzed by race and ethnicity, however, the rankings become less uniform and the severe effects of homicide on specific segments of this age group increasingly stark. For blacks ages 10 to 24 in California in 2013, homicide was the leading cause of death. For Hispanics it was the second leading cause of death. For American Indian and Alaskan Natives it was the third leading cause of death. For whites and Asian/Pacific Islanders it was the fourth leading cause of death. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/cayouth2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 137332

Author: Friedman, Matthew L. Title: The Role of Race in Police Interdictions: Evidence from the New York Police Department's Use of Stop, Question & Frisk Policing Summary: This paper investigates the impact taste-based racial preferences have on police officers' selection of suspects for interdiction. Using data provided by the New York Police Department I estimate that African-American suspects are less likely than their white counter parts to be found in possession of contraband when searched by police, a finding that is consistent with racially biased policing within the model of police-suspect interaction this paper puts forth. I report two novel results. First, this paper identifies suspect responses to interrogation as a previously unresearched channel through which race can disproportionally affect the probability police will correctly select guilty suspects for searches. It also shows that the relative (to Caucasians) probability that police recover contraband from an African-American suspect diminishes with spatial proximity to areas where African-Americans are stopped most intensively. My paper shows this finding to be consistent with racially-differentiated suspect responses to intensive policing, making it the first to positively associate racial disparities in policing intensity with differential suspect behavior. Details: New York: New York University (NYU) - Brennan Center for Justice, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 24, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2689766 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 137336

Author: Gewirtz, Marian Title: Recidivism Among Juvenile Offenders in New York City, 2007-2012: A Comparison by Case Outcome Summary: New York State's Juvenile Offender (JO) Law was passed as part of the Omnibus Crime Control Bill of 1978 in response to concerns about serious crime committed by young offenders. The JO Law lowered the age of criminal responsibility for juveniles in New York State from age 16, already among the lowest in the country, to age 14 for selected serious felony offenses1 and to age 13 when the charge was second degree murder. In accordance with the provisions of this law, cases are brought directly to the adult rather than the juvenile court for prosecution. Previous CJA research on recidivism among juveniles processed in the adult courts in New York City focused solely on juveniles processed in the Supreme Court (upper court), excluding the many juveniles whose cases were dismissed in the Criminal Court (lower court) or transferred to the Family Court. Furthermore, the previous research did not directly consider re-arrest during pretrial case processing. That is, that research tracked re-arrest regardless of whether the re-arrest occurred before the initial case reached disposition, between disposition and sentencing, after sentencing, or even after the juvenile served any sentence. However, the research showed very high rates of recidivism. Most of the juveniles were re-arrested at some point (three quarters were re-arrested within four years at risk and half were re-arrested for a violent felony offense within that time), though only 16 percent of the re-arrests in that study were prior to disposition. The current research focuses on the relationship between recidivism and case outcome. Re-arrest rates are compared across juveniles whose cases reached disposition in the Criminal Court, by dismissal or by transfer to the Family Court, or in the Supreme Court, by conviction3 or by dismissal or transfer to the Family Court. We begin with a description of the research dataset and of the juveniles that are in the two groups used in this research. The second section presents case outcome and release status in the full research file to provide context for the two research groups. The third section discusses the relationship between case outcome and the demographic and court-related characteristics of the juveniles. The re-arrests are the focus in the fourth section which includes discussion of the first re-arrest, re-arrest rates by demographic, CJA interview and court-related factors, as well as re-arrest rates by time at risk to re-arrest. We then report the results of multivariate analyses using Cox proportional hazards regression to explore the factors associated with elapsed time to first pretrial re-arrest and first pretrial felony re-arrest for both research groups to determine if re-arrest varies by case outcome. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2015 at: http://www.nycja.org/library.php Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 137337

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of California Title: Changing Gears: California's Shift to Smart Justice Summary: One year ago, 60% of California voters passed Proposition 47, which changed six petty drug and theft offenses from felonies to misdemeanors and mandated that savings from reduced incarceration be invested in communities. In passing Prop 47, voters sent a strong message that it's time for California to shift gears from the expensive, one-size-fits-all approach of incarceration toward smarter approaches to crime prevention, specifically including treatment for underlying issues like addiction and mental illness. The ACLU's Changing Gears: California's Shift to Smart Justice presents findings on the first year of Prop 47 implementation and recommendations for year two. It includes local data on the 40 counties, where most Californians live. Prop 47 is the law, but it is not yet the new normal. Although much has already been accomplished, one year is not a lot of time to adjust local criminal justice systems. In Prop 47's second year, counties must increase connections to services demonstrated to reduce future offending, including substance use disorders and mental health needs. There are resources. Prop 47 savings will become available in 2016. Already this year, though, counties received $1.19 billion in Community Corrections, up 18% over the last fiscal year. These resources are available to implement both the law and the voter intent behind Prop 47. Our report also lays out several other funding streams that counties can leverage. Details: San Francisco: ACLU of California, 2015. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: https://www.acluca.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Prop47_report_final1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 137344

Author: Utah Judicial Council. Pretrial Release Committee Title: Report to the Utah Judicial Council on Pretrial Release and Supervision Practices Summary: In fall 2014, the Judicial Council chose pretrial release practices and alternatives as its 2015 study item. A committee was formed and was charged with conducting a thorough assessment of existing pretrial release practices used in Utah's courts and determining if there are alternatives that should be considered. Specifically, the committee was asked to: (i) determine what constitutes "best practices" in the field of pretrial release; (ii) conduct an inventory of current practices and assess both their effectiveness and the extent to which they are consistent with best practices in this field; (iii) determine how best to improve the information needed by judges when making a release decision, including evaluating evidence-based assessment tools and instruments; (iv) review the statutory history of release and bail legislation; and, (v) evaluate pretrial release alternatives in terms of public protection, the integrity of the court process, the ability to guard against punishment prior to conviction, and cost implications or savings potential. The Council asked the committee to complete its work and report its findings at the November 2015 Council meeting. The Committee met monthly from March through October and heard from local and national experts on pretrial release issues. These included presentations from, among others, Professor Shima Baradaran of the S.J. Quinney College of Law at the University of Utah, Rob Butters of the Utah Criminal Justice Center at the University of Utah, David Litvak and Pat Kimball from Salt Lake County Pretrial Services, national experts Timothy Schnacke, Executive Director of the Center on Legal and Evidence-Based Practices, and Michael R. Jones, Director of Implementation at the Pretrial Justice Institute, as well as committee members Brett Barrett, Deputy Insurance Commissioner at the Utah Department of Insurance, Judge James Brady of the Fourth Judicial District Court, Judge Brendan McCullagh of the West Valley City Justice Court, Brent Johnson, General Counsel for the Utah State Courts, and Gary Walton, owner of Beehive Bail Bonds. In addition to gathering data from court databases, the committee surveyed district and justice court judges and compiled data from county jails. The committee divided its work into three parts and formed subcommittees to address the following: (i) legal frameworks as they currently exist both nationally and locally and possible changes to local frameworks; (ii) monetary bail or financial conditions to pretrial release; and (iii) non-financial conditions to pretrial release. These subcommittees met between committee meetings to gather information and prepare recommendations. As part of this process, the committee conferred with representatives from Arizona and Colorado concerning pretrial reform efforts underway in those states, and with the Laura and John Arnold Foundation (Arnold Foundation), a non-profit foundation that has funded research and developed tools to improve pretrial release systems. Committee members also spent many hours researching their assigned topics and reviewing the substantial literature in this area. Although this report is intended to be comprehensive, due to the volume of research done, only a fraction of the information members gathered and considered is included in this report. Many of the materials cited in this report have been compiled in an electronic database, which will be made available upon request. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah State Courts, 2015. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: https://www.utcourts.gov/resources/reports/docs/Pretrial%20Release%20and%20Supervision%20Practices%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 137355

Author: Brodeur, Abel Title: Terrorism and Employment: Evidence from Successful and Failed Terror Attacks Summary: This paper examines the economic consequences of terror attacks and the channels through which terrorism affects local economies. I rely on an exhaustive list of terror attacks over the period 1970-2013 in the U.S. and exploit the inherent randomness in the success or failure of terror attacks to identify the economic impacts of terrorism. The findings suggest that successful attacks, in comparison to failed attacks, reduce the number of jobs in targeted counties by approximately 5% in the year the attack takes place. The effects fade away after 2 years and I find no evidence that neighboring counties suffer from the successful attack. Analyzing the channels, I find suggestive evidence that the decrease in the physical capital stock of a county partially explains the temporary reduction in jobs. I also focus on economic attitudes and political preferences since these preferences have been shown to be related to economic outcomes. The results suggest that successful attacks decrease temporarily vote share for Democrat candidates in gubernatorial elections and bring a leftward shift in attitudes in targeted counties. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9526: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9526.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 137359

Author: Elsner, Benjamin Title: Rank, Sex, Drugs, and Crime Summary: In this paper we show that a student's ordinal rank in a high school cohort is an important determinant of engaging in risky behaviors. Using longitudinal data from representative US high schools, and exploiting idiosyncratic variation in the cohort composition within a school, we find a strong negative effect of a student's rank on the likelihood of smoking, drinking, having unprotected sex, and engaging in physical fights. We further provide suggestive evidence that these results are driven by status concerns and differences in career expectations. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9478: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9478.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137360

Author: Johnson, Calvin Title: Justice in Katrina's Wake: Changing Course on Incarceration in New Orleans Summary: In 2005, New Orleans detained more people in its local jail per capita than any other urban jurisdiction in the country. The jail�designed to hold people too great a risk to be released pretrial�was actually used to detain thousands of people too poor to pay a financial bond, with dramatic human and financial consequences. In the 10 years since Hurricane Katrina, New Orleans officials and community leaders have begun to depart from this legacy of over incarceration, leading to a 70 percent reduction in New Orleans�s jail population. This report documents the groundbreaking reforms that the City of New Orleans has engaged in to safely decrease its use of detention, from reducing the physical size of its jail to implementing risk-based pretrial release practices. This text was originally published by the Data Center as part of a series of essays about New Orleans�s progress since Hurricane Katrina. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2015 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/justice-in-katrinas-wake.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 137361

Author: Blitz, Marc Jonathan Title: Police Body-Worn Cameras: Evidentiary Benefits and Privacy Threats Summary: In this Issue Brief, Professor Blitz examines the costs and benefits of body-worn cameras programs. Acknowledging that cameras will not serve as a panacea, Professor Blitz outlines policies that police departments should adopt to ensure the maximum effectiveness of such programs. As Blitz observes, even though such footage is flawed, it is better than accounts given by eyewitnesses long after the event occurred. Blitz admits that such cameras can "transform ephemeral and forgettable moments into permanent and easily shared records" of the parts of our lives we may be "least comfortable sharing with others." To address these privacy concerns, Blitz examines model rules that place greater restrictions on police use of cameras in private homes and prevent the viewing or dissemination of body camera footage except in limited circumstances. Ultimately, Professor Blitz concludes that body-worn cameras can be an important tool in efforts to combat police abuse, if used in accordance with clear guidelines proposed. Details: Washington, DC: American Constitution Society, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: https://www.acslaw.org/sites/default/files/Blitz_-_On-Body_Cameras_-_Issue_Brief.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137375

Author: Katz, Walter W. Title: Body-Worn Cameras: Policy Recommendations and Review of LASD's Pilot Program Summary: Portable video recording technology has radically altered urban law enforcement in recent years. Unfortunately, cash-strapped police agencies have been slow to incorporate this technology fully and now face community pressure to do so rapidly. In the face of strong public concern over police use of force, the time has come to overcome technological, political, and budgetary hurdles and incorporate fixed video, car mounted video and body-worn cameras into all urban police departments. The use of these tools will enhance accountability, public confidence in police officers and public understanding of policing. This report provides information regarding the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department's pilot program to test and evaluate body-worn camera systems and makes recommendations for the Department as it implements them. Regardless of policy decisions, video evidence is shaping law enforcement and police agencies must use it to full advantage to help provide the quality policing that the public deserves. In September 2014, the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department (hereinafter, LASD or the Department) initiated a volunteer pilot program to test body-worn camera systems (BWCS or body-camera) under patrol conditions at four stations across Los Angeles County. A body-worn camera is a small device that records video and sound. The camera is mounted on the officer's uniform and records deputy interactions with the public and can gather video evidence at crime scenes. The chief goals of the LASD's pilot program were "to accurately address allegations of misconduct and increase the public's trust." In addition, the LASD hoped that video and audio recordings would "prove beneficial in criminal proceedings, administrative investigations, service complaints and civil liability claims." The Department's pilot program ran from September 2014 through April 2015, tested four brands and five models of body-worn camera systems and deployed 96 cameras. In order to provide guidance for the volunteer deputies regarding when to employ the body cameras and on which subjects or events, the Department developed a set of guidelines covering camera activation and deactivation, expectations of privacy, operating procedures, when Department members are allowed to view recordings and retention of footage. Over the course of the program's eight-month run, the Department obtained detailed feedback from the participants, through both electronic questionnaires and focus groups that were held at each of the four stations and attended by OIG representatives. In addition to monitoring the pilot program, the OIG reviewed body-camera policies and reports from other jurisdictions as well as policy recommendations on the subject by nationally recognized law enforcement research organizations and leading advocacy organizations. The OIG then assimilated this information with trends that emerged from the LASD pilot program participants' feedback. Details: Los Angeles: Office of Inspector General, County of Los Angeles, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: https://oig.lacounty.gov/Portals/OIG/Reports/Body-Worn%20Cameras_OIG%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137412

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: Body-Worn Cameras in NYC: An Assessment of NYPD's Pilot Program and Recommendations to Promote Accountability Summary: In September 2014, New York City Police Department (NYPD) Commissioner William Bratton announced the launch of a small-scale pilot program to test the use of body-worn cameras (BWCs) by New York City police officers (Volunteer BWC Pilot Program). In mid- December 2014, the Volunteer BWC Pilot Program began with 54 BWCs deployed to patrol officers across the City. BWCs are mobile cameras worn by police officers that can capture audio and video recordings of encounters between police and members of the public. BWC technology has drawn national attention for its potential to improve policing while promoting transparency and accountability in law enforcement. Police departments using BWCs have reported positive changes in the conduct of both citizens and officers, as well as speedier resolutions to police misconduct complaints and litigation. As a result, BWC programs continue to spread rapidly across the country, and numerous organizations and advocacy groups have published reports and issued their own model BWC policies. However, with the potential benefits of BWCs come certain costs and concerns, including risks to the privacy and safety of both officers and the public. As NYPD ventures into the new, evolving, and high-profile world of BWCs, it will need to ensure that the policies and procedures governing BWC use are fair, practical, legal, and transparent. To this end, the New York of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG-NYPD) has conducted a detailed review of NYPD's Volunteer BWC Pilot Program in order to assess how certain key topics are addressed and to identify areas not adequately covered by the policy. Specifically, OIG-NYPD focused on five topics at the forefront of the discussion surrounding BWCs: - Officer discretion regarding when to record - Notifications to citizens by officers when a BWC is activated - Safeguards to ensure officer compliance with BWC policy - Access to footage by officers and the public - Retention and purging of BWC footage These issues are critical components of any BWC policy and have stirred the greatest controversy among police executives, oversight agencies, officers, and the unions that represent them. In order to better understand the Volunteer BWC Pilot Program in both theory and practice, OIG-NYPD conducted several meetings with the NYPD team that created, launched, and is overseeing the Volunteer BWC Pilot Program. Separately, OIG-NYPD interviewed multiple police officers who are participating in the program and wearing BWCs on patrol. As BWCs impact various groups, OIG-NYPD also consulted with entities that deal directly with NYPD - such as the Patrolmen's Benevolent Association (PBA), Civilian Complaint Review Board (CCRB), representatives from each of the City's five District Attorney's Offices and community advocates. Lastly, OIG-NYPD's evaluation of the Volunteer BWC Pilot Program included a comparative examination of NYPD's Operations Order 48 "Pilot Program - Use of Body-Worn Cameras" (Op Order 48) against the BWC policies of other police departments across the country and the policy recommendations of numerous independent studies. Through this work, OIG-NYPD was able to conduct a thorough and unique assessment of Op Order 48, specifically tailored to New York City's distinct policing environment. Based on the information gathered, OIG-NYPD developed 23 recommendations for improving the use of BWCs as NYPD transitions from its current pilot program to a more expansive long-term BWC program. Several of these recommendations - based on interviews with police officials and prosecutors, as well as the experiences of police departments nationwide - involve the safety of officers and witnesses as well as the integrity of the prosecution process. Details: New York: Department of Investigation, Office of the Inspector General, 2015. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/oignypd/assets/downloads/pdf/nypd-body-camera-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137413

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: Existing and Ongoing Body Worn Camera Research: Knowledge Gaps and Opportunities Summary: Recent use-of-force events have led law enforcement agencies, citizens, civil rights groups, city councils, and even the President to push for the rapid adoption of body-worn camera (BWC) technology. In a period of less than a year, BWCs transformed from a technology that received little attention by many police leaders and scholars to one that has become rapidly prioritized, funded, and diffused into local policing. At the same time, this rapid adoption of BWCs is occurring within a low information environment; researchers are only beginning to develop knowledge about the effects, both intentional and unintentional, of this technology. Much more research is needed to understand the intended and unintended impacts and consequences of cameras. Details: Fairfax, VA: Center for Evidence-Based Crime policy, George Mason University, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/technology/BodyWornCameraResearch.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 137414

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Constitutional Policing as a Cornerstone of Community Policing Summary: The last year and a half have been the most challenging for policing in recent memory. The events in Ferguson, Missouri, sparked a wave of protests across the country, and subsequent uses of police force in other cities kept policing practices at the forefront of the national consciousness. This challenge has also been an opportunity for law enforcement - an opportunity to both effect positive change within the profession and find new ways to strengthen relationships between police departments and the communities that they serve. On December 11, 2014, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), in partnership with the U.S. Department of Justice's (DOJ) Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), convened a conference in Washington, D.C., entitled "Constitutional Policing as a Cornerstone of Community Policing." Police executives, federal officials, academics, and civil rights leaders came together at this one-day conference to develop strategies for promoting constitutional policing as part of the day-to-day work of policing. At its most fundamental, constitutional policing is legal policing - that is, policing that operates within the parameters set by the U.S. Constitution, state constitutions, the body of court decisions that have interpreted and spelled out in greater detail what the text of the Constitution means in terms of the everyday practices of policing. Which constitutional issues are most important for policing today? One way of answering that question is to identify the policies and practices that most frequently are called into question from a constitutional standpoint. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2015 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p324-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 137415

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Electronic Monitoring: Draft National Standard for Offender Tracking Systems Addresses Common Stakeholder Needs Summary: OTS is an electronic monitoring technology consisting of hardware, such as an ankle bracelet, used for collecting Global Positioning System (GPS) signals to determine an individual's location, and software for analyzing data collected from the hardware device. While demand for GPS-based electronic monitoring devices has increased, there are currently no standards that OTS devices are required to meet. In 2009, NIJ initiated development of a voluntary OTS standard and companion guide, which is expected to be published no later than March 2016. GAO was asked to review NIJ's approach for developing the OTS standard. This report examines the extent to which (1) NIJ collaborated with stakeholders in developing the standard, and (2) the standard and guide address stakeholder needs and challenges. GAO analyzed NIJ's draft OTS standard, companion guide, and standard development process. To obtain perspectives on the standard development process and OTS needs and challenges, GAO interviewed stakeholders including NIJ officials, practitioners and experts who developed the standard, criminal justice and victims' associations, manufacturers, and officials from a non-generalizable sample of 10 criminal justice agencies that employ OTS. GAO selected the 10 criminal justice agencies based upon a combination of factors, including ensuring a range of federal, state, and local jurisdictions, among other things. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/673325.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 137417

Author: Colorado Juvenile Defender Coalition Title: Justice Redirected: The Impact of Reducing the Prosecution of Children as Adults in Colorado and the Continuing Need for Sentencing Reform Summary: In 2012, Colorado reformed the way children can be prosecuted as adults by changing the law that previously allowed prosecutors to press charges in adult court without judicial review. The changes to the law reduced the number of children who could be "direct filed," - or charged - in adult court by the prosecutor, and put in place a system of oversight by allowing a judge to review the prosecutor's decision to prosecute a juvenile in adult court. - 100 cases were prosecuted in adult court in Colorado from April 20, 2012-April 20, 2015 - 98% of Children Prosecuted in Adult Court are Male - Nationally, in 2013, there were still 1,200 youth in adult prisons and approximately 3,400 youth in adult jails on any given day - 60% of Children Prosecuted in Adult Court are Youth of Color - Adams, Douglas, Denver & El Paso county account for 75% cases in which youth are prosecuted in adult court. - Homicide cases account for 37% of Cases prosecuted in adult court - The average length of a transfer or reverse transfer hearing is 2 days - Nationally, Between 2009 and 2013, the rate of youth violence was cut almost in half to 160 arrests per 100,000 juveniles Details: Denver: Colorado Juvenile Defender Coalition, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://cjdc.org/wp/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/CJDC-Report2015_FINAL_bug.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 137419

Author: Solomon, Freda F. Title: Screening and Selecting Cases and Clients For CJA's Supervised Release Programs in Queens and Manhattan Summary: CJA�s program for community supervision as a bail alternative in some felony cases was first introduced in Queens County in 2009. A comparable program was introduced in Manhattan in 2013. This report describes the challenges in identifying eligible cases and defendants in court environments with distinctive caseloads and practices. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://www.nycja.org/library.php Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 137420

Author: Turanovic, Jillian Juliet Title: The Age-Graded Consequences of Victimization Summary: A large body of research links victimization to various harms. Yet it remains unclear how the effects of victimization vary over the life course, or why some victims are more likely to experience negative outcomes than others. Accordingly, this study seeks to advance the literature and inform victim service interventions by examining the effects of violent victimization and social ties on multiple behavioral, psychological, and health-related outcomes across three distinct stages of the life course: adolescence, early adulthood, and adulthood. Specifically, I ask two primary questions: 1) are the consequences of victimization age-graded? And 2) are the effects of social ties in mitigating the consequences of victimization age-graded? Existing data from Waves I (1994-1995), III (2001-2002), and IV (2008-2009) of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) are used. The Add Health is a nationally-representative sample of over 20,000 American adolescents enrolled in middle and high school during the 1994-1995 school year. On average, respondents are 15 years of age at Wave I (11-18 years), 22 years of age at Wave III (ranging from 18 to 26 years), and 29 years of age at Wave IV (ranging from 24 to 32 years). Multivariate regression models (e.g., ordinary least-squares, logistic, and negative binomial models) are used to assess the effects of violent victimization on the various behavioral, social, psychological, and health-related outcomes at each wave of data. Two-stage sample selection models are estimated to examine whether social ties explain variation in these outcomes among a subsample of victims at each stage of the life course. The results indicate that the negative consequences of victimization vary considerably across different stages of the life course, and that the spectrum of negative outcomes linked to victimization narrows into adulthood. The effects of social ties appear to be age-graded as well, where ties are more protective for victims of violence in adolescence and adulthood than they are in early adulthood. These patterns of findings are discussed in light of their implications for continued theoretical development, future empirical research, and the creation of public policy concerning victimization. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2015. 293p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 2, 2015 at: http://repository.asu.edu/attachments/150774/content/Turanovic_asu_0010E_15019.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Victimization Shelf Number: 137423

Author: Pitts, Kimberly Mathis Title: Latina Immigrant Women and Domestic Violence: Likelihood of Reporting to Mid-South Police Summary: Domestic violence occurs across all ethnic and racial groups and affects women of all ages and socio-economic backgrounds. However, research shows that battered women of Latin American descent are less likely to seek help from either formal or informal sources (West, Kantor, & Jasinski, 1998) and research done on Latina women in shelters suggest that these women are more likely to stay longer in an abusive relationship before seeking help (Torres, 1991). To contribute to the growing body of literature on race and domestic violence, this research will examine particular situational and individual-specific characteristics of domestic violence incidents experienced by Latina immigrant women living in Memphis, Tennessee. Based on a sample of 568 immigrant Latina women, this research seeks to determine whether particular situational and individual-specific characteristics of domestic violence incidents affect whether the Latina victims will report to the police. Despite the multitude of possible barriers to reporting domestic victimization to the police, many of the hypotheses have not been studied systematically. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, 2010. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December, 2, 2015 at: http://dspace.unm.edu/bitstream/handle/1928/12105/KPittsDissertation.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 137424

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Asylum: Additional Actions Needed to Assess and Address Fraud Risks Summary: Each year, tens of thousands of aliens in the United States apply for asylum, which provides refuge to those who have been persecuted or fear persecution on protected grounds. Asylum officers in DHS's USCIS and immigration judges in DOJ's EOIR adjudicate asylum applications. GAO was asked to review the status of the asylum system. This report addresses (1) what DHS and DOJ data indicate about trends in asylum claims, (2) the extent to which DHS and DOJ have designed mechanisms to prevent and detect asylum fraud, and (3) the extent to which DHS and DOJ designed and implemented processes to address any asylum fraud that has been identified. GAO analyzed DHS and DOJ data on asylum applications for fiscal years 2010 through 2014, reviewed DHS and DOJ policies and procedures related to asylum fraud, and interviewed DHS and DOJ officials in Washington, D.C., Falls Church, VA, and in asylum offices and immigration courts across the country selected on the basis of application data and other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS and DOJ conduct regular fraud risk assessments and that DHS, among other things, implement tools for detecting fraud patterns, develop asylum-specific guidance for fraud detection roles and responsibilities, and implement timeliness goals for pending termination reviews. DHS and DOJ concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-50: Accessed November 2, 2015 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/673941.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Aliens Shelf Number: 137425

Author: New York City Police Department Title: Broken Windows and Quality-of-Life Policing in New York City Summary: VIBRANT AND DENSE, New York City is inhabited by people from every continent and every country, speaking every language in every accent, representing every culture and every creed. It "orbits around eight million centers of the universe," as New York's poet laureate Billy Collins once wrote. Today that figure is closer to 8.4 million, and doesn't include the additional millions who come each day, to work, or visit, or otherwise enjoy America's greatest city. Mayor Bill de Blasio and I have pledged to make a safer, fairer city for residents and visitors alike, and this report describes one of the main tools for doing so: quality-of-life policing. Details: New York: NYPD, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/nypd/downloads/pdf/analysis_and_planning/qol.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Shelf Number: 137429

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Civil Asset Forfeiture in Florica: Policies and Practices Summary: Civil asset forfeiture is law enforcement�s seizure and potential transfer of ownership of real or personal property that is used or attempted to be used in criminal activity. Once assets are seized, a law enforcement agency may file a claim for forfeiture of the assets in civil court, and once forfeited, those assets become the property of the agency. There is currently no requirement for local law enforcement agencies to report seizures and forfeiture activity under state law. According to survey data obtained from about half of local law enforcement agencies in Florida, these agencies make thousands of seizures annually, mostly related to drug offenses. Vehicles and currency are the most commonly seized assets, with real property rarely seized. While most assets seized under state law are forfeited, many assets are returned to the owners, either in whole or part. Only 16% of the seizure actions are contested by a request for an adversarial hearing, and 1% end in a civil trial. Assets seized under state law can be used by law enforcement agencies for a variety of law enforcement-related purposes, such as providing additional equipment or expertise. Some forfeited assets are donated to substance abuse and crime prevention programs. Responding agencies reported spending over $12 million in forfeited assets during Fiscal Year 2013-14. The Legislature may wish to consider revising state law to require law enforcement agencies to report information on the frequency and extent of civil asset forfeiture in Florida. In addition, the Legislature may want to consider reforms that other states have pursued to increase protections for property owners and limit law enforcement use of forfeiture proceeds. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Legislature, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: OPPAGA Report No. 15-10: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1510rpt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 137431

Author: Bergen, Peter Title: ISIS in the West: The New Faces of Extremism Summary: On Friday, November 13, 2015, France had its 9/11. At least 129 people were killed at multiple locations in and around Paris, including a concert hall, a soccer stadium, and a popular restaurant, the kinds of venues that ordinary Parisians flock to on a Friday night. At, or near, these venues the attackers deployed a mix of terrorist tactics, including multiple suicide attackers, an assault using more than one gunman willing to fight to the death, hostage-taking, and bombings. In the years after 9/11, we have seen various forms of this terrible news story play out before: the multiple bombs on trains in Madrid that killed 191 in 2004; a year later, the four suicide bombings in London that killed 52 commuters; the attacks in Mumbai by 10 gunmen willing to fight to the death in 2008, who killed 166; and the Charlie Hebdo attack in Paris in January 2015 that killed 12 people. The attackers in Paris seemed to have learned lessons from all these attacks. French President Francois Hollande blamed ISIS for the Paris attacks. It is still early in the investigation, but already leading media outlets are reporting that as many as six French nationals who have been identified as among the perpetrators of the attacks had traveled to Syria, while one of the leaders of the attack is a Belgian citizen who also spent time in Syria. According to French prosecutors, one of the attackers identified by fingerprints is a French national known to police, and a Syrian passport was found on one of the bodies of the attackers. Hitherto, the only case of a Western fighter in Syria returning and conducting a deadly terror attack in the West was French citizen Mehdi Nemmouche, who is accused in the May 24, 2014, shooting at the Jewish Museum in Brussels, Belgium, that left four people dead. Returning militants like Nemmouche are a worrying source of terror attacks. And two major factors place Europe at far greater risk of "returnee" violence from veterans of the Syrian conflict than the United States - the much larger number of European militants who have gone to fight in Syria and the existence of more developed jihadist networks in Europe. So who exactly are the estimated 4,500 Westerners who have been drawn to join ISIS and other militant groups in Syria and how great of a threat do they pose? In order to provide some answers to that question, New America collected information on 474 individuals from 25 Western countries who have been reported by credible news sources as having left their home countries to join ISIS or other Sunni jihadist groups in Syria or Iraq. Details: Washington, DC: New America, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: https://static.newamerica.org/attachments/11813-isis-in-the-west-2/ISP-ISIS-In-The-West-Final-Nov-16-Final.66241afa9ddd4ea2be7afba9ec0a69e0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 137432

Author: Campaign for Youth Justice Title: Zero Tolerance: How States Comply with PREA's Youthful Inmate Standard Summary: The United States' extraordinary use of adult correctional facilities to house youth presents numerous concerns, including serious, long-term costs to the youth offender and to society at large. Science and research conducted over the last 20 years confirm what common sense tells us: kids are different. Adolescent development and adolescent brain research have prompted leaders across the country to start looking at our juvenile justice system through a developmentally appropriate lens.1 Such a perspective equally applies to the treatment of youth who would be eligible for adult prison sentences. In light of the decline of youth arrests and youth crime, coupled with the requirements of the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) the housing status of the 1200 youth under 18 years of age in the adult prison must be investigated. Each state has its own unique prison system, so in order to determine the housing status of youth we gathered information on each state's statutes, policies, and practices for housing the shrinking - and at times - invisible, population of youth in adult prisons across the country. Despite the strong language provided in the Prison Rape Elimination Act, state laws vary widely as to the regulations and parameters for housing youth in adult prisons. In fact, some states have no regulations or parameters governing the treatment of youth sentenced as adults at all. While some states have fully removed youth from their prison systems - Hawaii, West Virginia, Maine, California, and Washington - the overwhelming majority of states allow youth to be housed in adult prisons. In fact 37 states housed youth under 18 years of age in their state prisons in 2012. The PREA requirements have become the emerging standard of care for the housing of youth in adult facilities, yet the majority of states still permit the housing of youth in adult facilities, often times with no special housing protections. Once youth are sentenced in adult court to an adult prison term, few jurisdictions have enacted safeguards to protect their physical, mental and emotional health. Additionally, programs and behavioral responses in adult facilities rarely are adjusted to meet the needs of adolescent populations. To further complicate matters, nine states have a lower age of court jurisdiction which allows more youth under 18 to enter the adult criminal justice system automatically. Where the age of juvenile court jurisdiction ends at 15 or 16 years of age, state prison systems grapple with housing even younger youth and at high rates. For instance, on any given day New York houses approximately 131 youth under 18 in its state prisons while Georgia houses nearly 100 youth under 18. The dearth of policies to safely house youth under 18 in adult prisons requires further examination and should encourage policymakers to investigate alternatives to practices that put children in harms way. As state and local policymakers grapple with budget and resource allocations, removing youth from adult prisons should be a part of that calculation. This report explores how states house youth under 18 in prisons in the new age of PREA compliance and enforcement. Furthermore, this report highlights national trends in juvenile arrests, crimes, and incarceration of children in the adult system. With evidence of the decreasing number of youth entering the adult system, the recommendations focus on how states can successfully remove all youth from adult prisons. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign For Youth Justice, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/images/pdf/Zero_Tolerance_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Inmates Shelf Number: 137434

Author: Jackson, Graham Title: Communicating the Results of Forensic Science Examinations Summary: During the 20th century, forensic scientists traditionally relied on heuristic techniques to analyze and compare forensic science evidence that can help link a suspect or defendant to the location or victim of a crime. They commonly reported categorical opinions on the evidence in courts. Drawing on developments in forensic statistics and DNA evidence, legal and scientific scholars have pressed forensic scientists to measure the validity and reliability of their techniques and to evaluate and quantify the weight of the evidence in each case in a fair, balanced and transparent fashion. A successful transition from an opinion-based system to one in which measurements are more quantitative and opinions are supported by statistical analyses requires investigating the nature of forensic inference processes and the findings of cognitive psychology on how to best convey scientific information to decision makers. This report on communicating the results of forensic science examinations was prepared for the Office of Law Enforcement Standards (OLES) of the National Institute of Standards (NIST) following the creation of an expert working group selected to provide expertise in forensic science, law, psychology, and statistics. It includes an overview of the nature of forensic inference (written by Graham Jackson); a survey of the current modes of presenting forensic identification findings (David Kaye); a review of jury studies and the psychology of efficient communication (Cedric Neumann and Valerie Reyna); conclusions and recommendations for improving communication (Cedric Neumann and Anjali Ranadive). Also included is a pilot study performed by Damon Bayer, Cedric Neumann, and Anjali Ranadive designed to compare the understanding and rational usage of forensic information by individuals confronted with likelihood ratios presented in different manners and to explore the challenge of measuring people�s understanding of that information. Details: Final Technical Report for NIST Award 70NANB12H014, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2690899 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 137436

Author: Fernandes-Alcantara, Adrienne L. Title: Vulnerable Youth: Employment and Job Training Programs Summary: In an increasingly global economy, and with retirement underway for the Baby Boomer generation, Congress has indicated a strong interest in ensuring that today�s young people have the educational attainment and employment experience needed to become highly skilled workers, contributing taxpayers, and successful participants in civic life. Challenges in the economy and among certain youth populations, however, have heightened concern among policymakers that some young people may not be prepared to fill these roles. The employment levels for youth under age 25 have declined markedly in recent years, including in the wake of the 2007-2009 recession. Certain young people�such as high school dropouts, current and former foster youth, and other at-risk populations�face challenges in completing school and entering the workforce. While the United States has experienced a dramatic increase in secondary school attendance in the past several decades, approximately 7% of youth ages 18 to 24 have not attained a high school diploma or its equivalent. Since the 1930s, federal job training and employment programs and policies have sought to connect vulnerable youth to work and school. Generally, these young people have been defined as being at-risk because they are economically disadvantaged and have a barrier to employment. During the Great Depression, the focus was on employing young men who were idle through public works and other projects. The employment programs from this era included an educational component to encourage youth to obtain their high school diplomas. Beginning in the 1960s, the federal government began funding programs for low-income youth that address their multiple needs through job training, educational services, and supportive services. The four contemporary federal youth employment and job training programs are carried out by the Department of Labor�s (DOL�s) Employment and Training Administration (ETA). Although these programs have varying eligibility requirements and are carried out under different funding arrangements, they generally have a common purpose�to provide vulnerable youth with educational and employment opportunities and access to leadership development and community service activities. The Youth Workforce Investment Activities (Youth) program offers job training and other services through what are known as local workforce development boards. The program was funded at $831.8 million in Fiscal Year (FY) 2015 (Program Year (PY) 2015; the program year extends from July 1 of one year through June 30 of the next year). Job Corps provides training in a number of trades at centers where youth reside, and received FY2015 (PY2015) appropriations of $1.7 billion. Another program, YouthBuild, engages youth in educational services and job training that focus on the construction trades. YouthBuild received FY2015 (PY2015) appropriations of $79.7 million. Separately, WIA�s pilot and demonstration authority has been used to carry out the Reintegration of Ex-Offenders program, which includes job training and other services for juvenile and adult offenders. The youth component of the program was funded at $44.1 million in FY2015. The four programs were authorized under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA, P.L. 105-220) through FY2003, and Congress continued to appropriate funding for the programs in subsequent years. On July 22, 2014, President Obama signed into law the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA, P.L. 113-128). WIOA made significant amendments to these programs, particularly to the Youth program and Job Corps. The YouthBuild program remains essentially the same. WIOA does not explicitly authorize the Reintegration of Ex-Offenders program; however, Congress appropriated funding for the program in FY2015 (P.L. 113-235) under the authority of Section 169 of WIOA and the Second Chance Act. Section 169 authorizes evaluations and research. The amendments made by WIOA generally went into effect on July 1, 2015. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report, R40929: Accessed December 3, 2015 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R40929.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 137437

Author: Bunten, Alexis Title: Caning, Context and Class - Mapping the Gaps Between Expert and Public Understandings of Public Safety Summary: This particular report lays the groundwork for this larger reframing effort by comparing expert discourse on the topic with the ways that average Americans think and talk about public safety. Data from interviews with both groups are compared to locate and examine gaps in understanding surrounding issues pertaining to public safety. In addition to presenting these gaps, this report outlines their implications for communications. Future phases of this project will offer strategies to fill these gaps and address other aspects of public understanding by designing and testing tools that can be employed to effectively and efficiently translate expert and advocate information. This report begins with a summary of foundational themes and concepts experts rely upon to understand, explain and talk about the issues related to public safety. It then turns to a discussion of the research conducted with American citizens through "cultural models interviews" designed to elicit the implicit patterns of thought that Americans share and bring to bear in thinking about and making sense of issues of public safety and criminal justice. These implicit patterns of thinking are referred to here as "cultural models," in that they represent highly conventionalized, broadly shared modes of understanding shaped by Americans' experiences with media, as well as other mediums of common discourse, experience and culture. This discussion is accompanied by a presentation of the communications implications of these cultural models. The final section of this report "maps the gaps" through a comparison of the expert discourse and Americans' cultural models. This analysis reveals specific gaps and overlaps between both groups' understandings. With improved knowledge of these features, we are then able to move toward the second stage of Strategic Frame Analysis, which involves identifying communications strategies that build on these overlaps and close the gaps. In so doing, the larger goal of this research is to give Americans access to new ways of thinking about how we might improve public safety through reforming the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Frameworks Institute, 2011. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 8, 2016 at: http://www.frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/pub_safety/public_safety_mapthegaps.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 137440

Author: Simon, Adam F. Title: Framing and Facts: Necessary Synergies in Communicating about Public Safety and Criminal Justice Summary: It can be argued that nothing is as emblematic of the travails of race in American life as the criminal justice system. Criminal justice advocates have long used facts about the system's racial biases to call for the need for sweeping reforms - advocating for changes to make the system more equitable, efficient and effective in improving public safety for all Americans. The following statistics, for example, have become commonplace in the advocacy discourse and in media coverage more generally: - The United States is the world's No. 1 jailer; - Black men have a 32 percent chance of spending time in prison at some point in their lives, Latino men have a 17 percent chance, and white men have a 6 percent chance of being imprisoned over their lifetime; - Blacks are 17 percent of the juvenile population but 46 percent of juvenile arrests and 41 percent of waivers to adult court. On top of these facts, evidence of the extent and costs of mass incarceration is staggering. In times of fiscal constraints, current levels of prison expenditures are clearly unsustainable. Recent public opinion research suggests that, to some extent, Americans have come to recognize problems with the criminal justice system, particularly in terms of its racial bias. For example, a recent Pew study reports that 70 percent of African Americans and almost 40 percent of whites believe that black Americans receive unequal treatment by the police. The same study also indicates that almost 70 percent of African Americans and 30 percent of whites believe that the courts do not treat black and white Americans equally. In the court of public opinion, the ground seems fertile for the reform of the criminal justice system. So, if the American public believes the system discriminates against men of color, the data underscore the significance of these racial disparities, and the price of incarceration is so clearly unsustainable, why is advocating for reform so difficult? One answer is that the advocacy community is not framing the issue in a way that allows Americans to connect understandings of the system's problems with a set of viable solutions.5 Without such a connection, we argue, momentum for reform is lost when people cannot connect their values for the society to specific system reforms and policy changes. Energy dissipates; opposition manipulates opinion and gains ground while citizens are unable to make the case for the reforms they struggle to articulate. Details: Washington, DC: Frameworks Institute, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 8, 2016 at: http://www.frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/pscj_values_and_facts.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 137441

Author: Kendall-Taylor, Nathaniel Title: Maze and Gears: Using Explanatory Metaphors to Increase Public Understanding of the Criminal Justice System and its Reform Summary: This report presents the results of metaphor research using qualitative and quantitative methods with approximately 1,300 members of the general public. This research yielded two Explanatory Metaphors - The Justice Maze and Justice Gears - that help advance public understanding of structural problems in the criminal justice system and the need for reform to address these problems. Details: Washington, DC: FrameWorks Institute, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 8, 2016 at: http://www.frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/pscj_metaphors.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 137442

Author: Wald, Johanna Title: Adjusting Our Focus: Current Communication Practices and Patterns in the Criminal Justice Sector Summary: This report presents results from a Field Frame Analysis of influential organizations in the criminal justice reform field. It is informed by, and a part of, a larger multi-year project being conducted by the Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice at Harvard Law School (CHHIRJ) and the FrameWorks Institute. The long-term goal of this project is to develop more effective ways to communicate about the challenges facing America's criminal justice system and the reforms necessary to make it more just and equitable. The project aims to provide criminal justice experts and progressive reform advocates with tools and strategic recommendations they can use to reframe their public communications for broad public understanding and support. This means moving public perceptions and policy-making away from ineffective "tough on crime" tactics that over-emphasize policing, prosecution, and prisons in favor of greater investments in programs that address the underlying social and economic issues fueling cycles of incarceration. A Field Frame Analysis captures the patterns of communications that organizations within a given sector use to frame issues. It allows researchers to map networks of influential organizations within the field and identify the ways in which these organizations publicly discuss the issues. Since influential organizations act as "gatekeepers" for the field and shape the direction of programs and policies, the ways in which they communicate - language, frames, topic priorities and word choices - have direct implications on whether and how an issue will be more widely adopted and on the solutions that are proposed. Moreover, as reframing strategies and tools emerge, the Field Frame Analysis allows us to assess how recommendations can best be aligned with existing practices and how the field's discourse and communication practices may need to change in order to accommodate the reframing process. Specifically, this study uses a Field Frame Analysis to address the following questions: Reform Agenda: What are the most prominent issues on the reform agenda of influential organizations in the criminal justice field? Conceptions of Crime and the Criminal Justice System: How do prominent and influential organizations in the criminal justice field frame crime and the criminal justice system? Implications: What are the field-level constraints and opportunities for reframing public safety and criminal justice reform? Details: Washington, DC: FrameWorks Institute, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.charleshamiltonhouston.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/CHHIRJ-Report-Adjusting-Our-Focus2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 137443

Author: Volmert, Andrew Title: "You Only Pray that Somebody Would Step In": Mapping the Gaps Between Expert and Public Understandings of Elder Abuse in America Summary: Elder abuse is an issue that has continually struggled to rise to prominence on our national agenda. Despite apparent breakthroughs, such as the passage of the Elder Justice Act in 2010, momentum has been difficult to sustain, and the issue remains low on the list of public priorities. The Elder Justice Act is underfunded, and resources for state and local Adult Protective Services remain woefully insufficient. While elder abuse receives some media coverage and advocates work tirelessly to bring attention to the issue, policymakers and the public largely ignore the issue in favor of other concerns. The first step in reframing elder abuse is gaining an understanding of the deep cultural patterns of thinking that shape how people reason about and make sense of this issue. This report analyzes how the public thinks about elder abuse and compares these patterns of thinking to the views of issue experts. By understanding how the public thinks about elder abuse, communicators can better predict how their messages are likely to be received, avoid triggering unproductive ways of thinking about the issue, and leverage productive understandings to get their message across. Moreover, identifying the places where public understandings consistently impede productive thinking about elder abuse lays the groundwork for future research by identifying those areas where strategies must be developed in order to successfully reframe the issue. Details: Washington, DC: FrameWorks Institute, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/elder_abuse_mtg_report_formatted_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 137444

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: With Hate in their Hearts: The State of White Supremacy in the United States Summary: The recent tragic shooting spree in June 2015 that took nine lives at Emanuel AME Church, a predominantly African-American church in Charleston, South Carolina, starkly revealed the pain and suffering that someone motivated by hate can cause. The suspect in the shootings, Dylann Storm Roof, is a suspected white supremacist. The horrific incident-following earlier deadly shooting sprees by white supremacists in Kansas, Wisconsin, and elsewhere-makes understanding white supremacy in the United States a necessity. - White supremacist ideology in the United States today is dominated by the belief that whites are doomed to extinction by a rising tide of non-whites who are controlled and manipulated by the Jews-unless action is taken now. This core belief is exemplified by slogans such as the so-called Fourteen Words: "We must secure the existence of our people and a future for white children." - During the recent surge of right-wing extremist activity in the United States that began in 2009, white supremacists did not grow appreciably in numbers, as anti-government extremists did, but existing white supremacists did become more angry and agitated, with a consequent rise of serious white supremacist violence. - Most white supremacists do not belong to organized hate groups, but rather participate in the white supremacist movement as unaffiliated individuals. Thus the size of the white supremacist movement is considerably greater than just the members of hate groups. Among white supremacist groups, gangs are becoming increasingly important. - The white supremacist movement has a number of different components, including 1) neo-Nazis; 2) racist skinheads; 3) "traditional" white supremacists; 4) Christian Identity adherents; and 5) white supremacist prison gangs. The prison gangs are growing in size, while the other four sub-movements are stagnant or in decline. In addition, there are a growing number of Odinists, or white supremacist Norse pagans. There are also "intellectual" white supremacists who seek to provide an intellectual veneer or justification for white supremacist concepts. - White supremacists engage in a wide variety of activities to promote their ideas and causes or to cause fear in their enemies. They also engage in an array of social activities in which white supremacists gather for food and festivities. - Among domestic extremist movements active in the United States, white supremacists are by far the most violent, committing about 83% of the extremist-related murders in the United States in the past 10 years and being involved in about 52% of the shootouts between extremists and police. White supremacists also regularly engage in a variety of terrorist plots, acts and conspiracies. However, white supremacists also have a high degree of involvement with traditional forms of criminal activity as well as ideologically-based criminal activity. Most of the murders committed by white supremacists are done for non-ideological reasons. However, even if such murders are ignored, white supremacists still commit the most lethal violence of any domestic extremist movement in the United States. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.adl.org/assets/pdf/combating-hate/state-of-white-supremacy-united-states-2015.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 137446

Author: Greathouse, Sarah Michal Title: A Review of the Literature on Sexual Assault Perpetrator Characteristics and Behaviors Summary: Sexual assault continues to be a pervasive problem, both for society in general and within the military community. To assist the Air Force in its continued efforts to combat sexual assault within its ranks, we reviewed the existing empirical literature on the characteristics and behaviors of adult perpetrators who commit sexual assault against other adults. Our search was not limited to studies of military populations. While a vast majority of the existing literature has focused on sole male perpetrators who assault female victims, we identified some research on other types of perpetrators, including female sexual assault perpetrators, men who perpetrate assault against other men, and perpetrators who participate in group sexual assault. This body of research indicates that adult perpetrators are diverse in terms of their demographics, background characteristics, and motivations. Moreover, research indicates that sexual assault perpetration is likely influenced by a combination of factors, including an individual's developmental and family history; his or her personality, including attitudes/cognitions; and environmental factors, including peer attitudes and alcohol consumption. The complexity of factors that influence sexual assault perpetration and the multiple pathways that lead to an attack make it difficult to predict whether an individual is prone to commit sexual assault. While predicting sexual assault perpetration is problematic, we identified a number of factors related to perpetration that may be relevant for intervention efforts and offer recommendations for the Air Force. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1000/RR1082/RAND_RR1082.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military Shelf Number: 137447

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Gun Violence: Regional Problems, Partnerships, and Solutions. Findings and Recommendations from Four Regional Summits and a Survey of Police Executives Summary: To better understand regional issues and perspectives about gun crime and violence, the Police Executive Research Forum, with support from the Joyce Foundation, held four regional summits and surveyed law enforcement leaders on gun violence reduction strategies. The summits were held in Minneapolis, MN; Portland, OR; Las Vegas, NV; and Milwaukee, WI in 2013 and 2014. The survey of PERF's member police executives from around the nation was conducted from December 2014 to February 2015. Throughout the four summits, one message came through especially clearly: We must find a way to "de-politicize" gun crime issues and generate a national conversation about gun crime as a public health issue, not an issue of violating anyone's Second Amendment rights. Some of the information offered by the summit participants is shocking - such as a neighborhood in Milwaukee where residents were not even calling police to report hearing shots fired 86 percent of the time, because it was such a common occurrence. Even more frustrating, as Milwaukee Police Chief Edward Flynn noted, misdemeanor gun crimes in Wisconsin never result in an individual being prohibited from buying or owning a gun. So even a criminal with 20 or more misdemeanor firearms convictions could legally purchase and own a gun in Wisconsin. Some of the information is illuminating, such as the Minneapolis Police Department's successful efforts, recounted by former Chief Tim Dolan, to reduce bank robberies and street robberies by deploying surveillance cameras and gunshot detection technology in downtown areas. The discussions also provided hope by demonstrating that criminal justice professionals, working with elected officials, can bring about reasonable changes in gun laws that do reduce gun crime in their jurisdictions. All of the presentations and conversations were of value - helping us clarify what works, what could work, and what legislators, elected officials, criminal justice professionals, and community leaders can do to reduce gun crimes, make neighborhoods and regions safer, and provide opportunity and hope to the next generation of community members. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/gunpolicyreport2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 137448

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Murder and Extremism in the United States in 2015 Summary: When it came to domestic terrorism and extremism, the year 2015 was a grisly one for the United States. In the past twelve months, the names of a number of American cities became unwelcome shorthand for the carnage that extremist killers wreaked in them: Charleston, Chattanooga, Colorado Springs, San Bernardino. Each of these cities became scenes of tragedy and death, thanks to the cold-hearted ideological motivations of angry killers. It is thus no surprise that these and other domestic extremist killers have collectively amassed a higher number of victims in 2015 than in any previous year since 1995, the year of the Oklahoma City bombing. Preliminary tallies by the Anti-Defamation League's Center on Extremism indicate that a minimum of 52 people in the United States were killed by adherents of domestic extremist movement in the past 12 months. This number is bound to grow further still, as extremist connections to some murders often take years to be revealed - and there are likely still other murders whose extremist connections may never see the light of day. Still, the 52 people known to have died at the hands of domestic extremists are disturbing enough, more than the numbers killed in 2013 and 2014 put together. The victims included police officers, government workers, service members, and civilians from all walks of life. Key Findings of Report - In 2015, the 52 deaths came at the hands of adherents of four domestic extremist movements: white supremacists, anti-government extremists, domestic Islamic extremists, and anti-abortion extremists. - As has been the case every year since 1995, white supremacists have been responsible for the largest number of deaths, at 20. One incident, the June 17 mass shooting at the Emanuel AME Church in Charleston, South Carolina, which killed nine, was responsible for almost half of these deaths. - Usually, right-wing anti-government extremists account for the next highest number of murders each year, but in 2015, in a disturbing development, domestic Islamic extremists were responsible for 19 deaths, virtually the same as white supremacists. All of these deaths stemmed from two shooting rampages: the July 16 attacks by Muhammad Youssef Abdulazeez on military targets in Chattanooga and the December 2 rampage by Syed Rizwan Farook and his wife Tashfeen Malik at the Inland Regional Center in San Bernardino, California. - The 52 murders occurred in 17 separate incidents, with nine of the incidents involving multiple murders. This is unusual, in that most extremist-related examples of murder involve a single victim. - Ideology played a primary or substantial role in 10 of the 17 incidents in 2015, accounting for 34 of the 52 victims. Non-ideological killings by extremists, which accounted for the remainder, tend to involve group-related killings (such as killing a suspected informant or a rival gang member) or traditional criminal violent activity (in which extremists also often engage). - Overwhelmingly the extremist weapon of choice in 2015 - as in virtually every year - was firearms. In fact, 48 of the 52 victims were killed by firearms. The other four victims were killed by a variety of means, including two stabbings, a blunt instrument killing, and a motor vehicle incident. All of the multiple murder incidents involved the use of one or more firearms. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2015. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.adl.org/assets/pdf/combating-hate/Murder-and-Extremism-in-the-United-States-in-2015-web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 137452

Author: Mazeika, David Michael Title: General and Specific Displacement Effects of Police Crackdowns: Criminal Events and "Local" Criminals. Summary: Geographically focused police crackdowns have widely diffused amongst larger American police departments in the past decade and have been recently cited in a Police Executive Research Forum survey as the most commonly used tactic to combat violent crime. Evidence from a number of randomized control trials, systematic reviews, and meta-analyses suggests that these interventions have the ability to reduce crime without displacing it to nearby locations. However, virtually every study of crime displacement in response to a geographically concentrated police intervention focuses on small buffer zones immediately surrounding the intervention location. While crime may not displace just around the corner, to date, few studies have tested displacement beyond this limited geographic constraint. During the summer of 2011 the Metropolitan Police Department of Washington D.C. implemented a geographically focused arrest-driven police crackdown called the Summer Crime Initiative (SCI). The current work aims to examine the impact of the SCI on the volume and placement of robbery through a quasi-experimental research design. By developing a theoretically informed framework, a broader set of hypotheses regarding local and non-local crime displacement are tested. The results of this study confirm prior research on crime displacement. Despite reductions in robbery, there is no evidence that these offenses or offenders were displaced within or beyond two blocks of the intervention sites. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2014. 194p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/15217/Mazeika_umd_0117E_15008.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Displacement Shelf Number: 137453

Author: Borakove, M. Elaine Title: From Silo to System: What Makes a Criminal Justice System Operate Like a System? Summary: For years, criminal justice systems have been described as being broken into silos - an analogy that reflects how insular each part of the criminal justice system has become, which has resulted in heightened attention on the intake and output of people and less attention paid to the fundamental principles of the justice system. This report is the result of an exploratory case study approach that used in-depth interviews, as well as quantitative and qualitative data, from eight county-based criminal justice systems that have been cited over the years as being "highly effective." The goal of this study was to create a framework for change that focuses on improving criminal justice system processes and outcomes by identifying the factors that create local systems that make improving the administration of justice a priority. Details: Arlington, VA: Justice Management Institute, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.safetyandjusticechallenge.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/From-Silo-to-System-30-APR-2015_FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 137455

Author: Carceres-Monroy, Alejandro Title: Breaking the Silence: Civil and Human Rights Violations Resulting from Medical Neglect and Abuse of Women of Color in Los Angeles County Jails Summary: Women of color with mental health conditions in LA county jails and California prisons are exceptionally vulnerable to medical neglect and abuse that violate domestic civil rights law and regional and international human rights law. This Report by Dignity and Power Now ("DPN") documents how jail and prison officials violated the rights of seven women of color, and highlights the mental health consequences of the medical neglect and abuse these women suffered. It relies on the testimonies of these women, interviews with two former CRDF psychiatric social workers, and a growing literature on the unlawful treatment of incarcerated populations with mental health conditions across the United States of America. Although this Report's focus is the Century Regional Detention Facility ("CRDF"), an all-female facility operated by the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department ("LASD"), it includes violations against women at the LASD's Twin Towers facility and at the California Institution for Women ("CIW"), an all-female state prison. This Report documents how LASD Deputies and other personnel-including Los Angeles County Department of Mental Health personnel working in detention facilities-systematically denied the women interviewed vital mental and physical health care services. These officials forced women suffering from mental health conditions such as bipolar disorder, schizophrenia and depression to suffer - sometimes for months - without access to necessary medication. These Deputies verbally abused these women and rarely permitted them to leave their cells. These officials forced these women to lie in their own filth for days, and denied them access to adequate reproductive hygiene products such as tampons or pads, leaving these women to bleed on themselves. Women interviewed for this Report recounted how Deputies shackled pregnant women, and punished women with mental health conditions by placing them in solitary confinement. The experiences of these interviewees also reveal how, by medically neglecting and abusing women of color, Deputies and other personnel increased these women's risk of suicide. These abuses are unacceptable by any measure. That they occur at the hands of public employees entrusted with the humane care of these women - some of whom are our communities' most mentally and physically vulnerable - is heinous. In addition to detailing these women's stories, this Report demonstrates that the medical neglect and abuse of incarcerated women of color by LASD and other public officials violates domestic civil rights law, regional human rights law, and international human rights law. The violations this Report documents make clear the human cost of the growing trend of incarceration of women, a trend that is by no means mitigated by so-called gender responsive incarceration. In 2007 some California legislators proposed the construction of more incarceration facilities for women, and used a need for gender responsiveness as a justification for this expansion. A report by Californians United for a Responsible Budget, also released that year, explained that so-called gender responsive incarceration proposals used "the grave needs of people in women's prisons to manipulate public sentiment in favor of rehabilitation and services to expand a failing system." Even today, building more facilities will not prevent the gross human rights violations incarcerated women endure in Los Angeles County, or anywhere else in the United States. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Dignity and Power Now, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://dignityandpowernow.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/breaking_silence_report_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 137456

Author: Title: Streamline: Measuring Its Effect on Illegal Border Crossing Summary: Streamline is an initiative to criminally prosecute individuals who illegally enter the United States through defined geographic regions along the Southwest border. We reviewed: (1) whether Border Patrol measures Streamline' effect on illegal re-entry; (2) whether the cost of Streamline can be determined; and (3) how Streamline affects U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) Office of Enforcement and Removal Operations' (ER)) resources. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-15-95: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/2015/OIG_15-95_May15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 137459

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Hieleras (Iceboxes) in the Rio Grande Valley Sector: Lengthy Detention, Deplorable Conditions, and Abuse in CBP Holding Cells Summary: Each year, the Border Patrol-a division of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) - holds hundreds of thousands of individuals in detention facilities near the U.S. southern border. These facilities are not designed for overnight custody, and yet they are routinely used in this way. Until recently, CBP policy was clear that these facilities were to serve exclusively as short-term holding cells-meaning that a person should be held there less than 12 hours. Evidence presented in this report, which pertains to Border Patrol holding cells in the Rio Grande Valley (RGV) Sector, reveals that, instead, individuals are routinely held for days. In October 2015, CBP updated its guidance on how long it may detain individuals. The new guidance states that "short-term" detention generally should last no longer than 72 hours. Notably, however, no structural changes have been made to the facilities. These facilities, which are often referred to as "hieleras" (Spanish for "freezers" or "iceboxes"), remain wholly inadequate for any overnight detention. Moreover, the conditions are reprehensible, even with respect to truly short-term detention. In addition to the fact that there are no beds in the holding cells, these facilities are extremely cold, frequently overcrowded, and routinely lacking in adequate food, water, and medical care. Recent accounts from families held in short-term facilities also demonstrate that Border Patrol officers harass and ridicule individuals in their custody and separate mothers from their minor children. This report focuses on two aspects of detention in CBP facilities in RGV. First, based on never-before-released government data and documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), it examines length of detention. Second, analyzing new survey data from the Binational Defense and Advocacy Program (in Spanish, Programa de Defensa e Incidencia Binacional, or PDIB), as well as declarations from a sample of women who were recently detained in RGV facilities, it sheds light on the conditions of detention that are prevalent in Border Patrol holding cells in the RGV sector. Government data show that during the months of August, September, October, and December of 2013, on average, 1173 individuals were detained in RGV facilities at any given time. Also, on average, 212 individuals were held in custody for over 72 hours at any given time. The share of individuals detained for over 72 hours ranged from 2.3 percent of all detainees at its lowest point to 42.5 percent at its peak. A significant number of individuals were held in detention even after their CBP "processing" was completed - meaning that these individuals were ready to be released or transferred to another federal agency. These data reveal that the Border Patrol regularly uses holding cells to detain people for prolonged periods, forcing men, women, and children to sleep on concrete floors and hard benches in holding cells that have no beds and are not equipped for sleeping. Additionally, our analysis of the PDIB survey data collected between June and November 2015 reveals that previously reported issues such as extreme temperatures, overcrowding, and inadequate food are routine. Three out of every four individuals detained in the RGV sectors reported having been exposed to extremely cold temperatures. Everyone who was held in detention in the RGV sector agreed that there was not enough space in the holding cell to lie down, and all but one indicated that there was not enough space for people to sit down. Almost all of the interviewees who were detained in RGV asserted that the food they received while detained was insufficient. In an effort to better illustrate the conditions individuals experience while in detention, the report also analyzes personal accounts of women who were held in CBP facilities in the Border Patrol RGV Sector. These accounts, shared by women who were held in Border Patrol cells in October or November 2015, reveal the markedly dehumanizing conditions to which these women were subjected while in Border Patrol custody. Recurring themes include overcrowding, separation of mothers from their children, inadequate access to medication and/or medical care, extreme temperature, lack of access to showers, food insufficiency, and sleep deprivation. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://www.immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/hieleras_iceboxes_in_the_rio_grande_valley_sector.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 137460

Author: Vallas, Rebecca Title: Removing Barriers to Opportunity for Parents With Criminal Records and Their Children Summary: Nearly four decades of mass incarceration and overcriminalization have made the United States the world leader in incarceration and arrests. The number of Americans in federal and state prisons and jails has quintupled over the past four decades - nearly 2.3 million Americans are behind bars today - leaving the U.S. incarceration rate at more than six times the average across developed nations. Communities of color - and particularly, men of color - are hit hardest, with black men six times more likely and Latino men two-and-a-half times more likely to be incarcerated than white men. An even greater share - between 70 million and 100 million Americans, or as many as one in three American adults - have some type of criminal record. Many have been convicted of only minor offenses, such as misdemeanors - and many only have arrests that never led to a conviction. But whether or not an individual has been incarcerated, having a criminal record often carries a lifetime of consequences, lasting long after someone has paid his or her debt to society. As discussed in a previous Center for American Progress report, "One Strike and You're Out," having even a minor criminal record can be a life sentence to poverty, presenting obstacles to employment, housing, education and training, public assistance, financial empowerment, and more. While the effects of parental incarceration on children and families are well-documented, less appreciated are the family consequences that stem from the barriers associated with having a criminal record, whether or not the parent has ever been convicted or spent time behind bars. A child's life chances are strongly tied to his or her circumstances during childhood. Thus, these barriers may not only affect family stability and economic security in the short term but also may damage a child's long-term well-being and outcomes. Our new analysis estimates that between 33 million and 36.5 million children in the United States - nearly half of U.S. children - now have at least one parent with a criminal record. In this report, we argue that parental criminal records significantly exacerbate existing challenges among low-income parents and their families. We explore the intergenerational effects of criminal records through five pillars of family well-being: - Income. Parents with criminal records have lower earning potential, as they often face major obstacles to securing employment and receiving public assistance. - Savings and assets. Mounting criminal justice debts and unaffordable child support arrears severely limit families' ability to save for the future and can trap them in a cycle of debt. - Education. Parents with criminal records face barriers to education and training opportunities that would increase their chances of finding well-paying jobs and better equip them to support their families. - Housing. Barriers to public as well as private housing for parents with criminal records can lead to housing instability and make family reunification difficult if not impossible. - Family strength and stability. Financial and emotional stressors associated with parental criminal records often pose challenges in maintaining healthy relationships and family stability. Because these challenges affect such a large share of our nation's children, we ignore these intergenerational consequences at our peril. In this report, we make the case for a "two-generation approach" to address barriers to opportunity associated with having a criminal record. We then offer policy recommendations to give both parents with criminal records and their children a fair shot. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/09060720/CriminalRecords-report2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 137461

Author: Gill, Charlotte E. Title: Identifying Hot Spots of Juvenile Offending: A Guide for Crime Analysts Summary: This guide provides an overview of the procedures developed by the CEBCP in collaboration with the Seattle Police Department to identify and map hot spots of juvenile offending. It is intended as a resource for relatively experienced crime analysts who are familiar with extracting CAD/RMS data to conduct hot spot analysis and to enable them to tailor their analyses to juvenile offending issues. If possible, analysts who are less familiar with these procedures should seek assistance from department or municipal IT staff to enhance analysts� capacity to extract and analyze requisite data. This guide also explains why juvenile offending hot spots should be examined separately and then provides information about the procedures the CEBCP employed to extract and process the relevant data for this research project and the Seattle Police Department. A practitioner-oriented summary of the research findings and policy implications of the wider research project on juvenile hot spots will be the focus of a future COPS Office publication. The results will also be submitted to an academic journal for publication. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p298-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 137464

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Firearms Trafficking: U.S. Efforts to Combat Firearms Trafficking to Mexico Have Improved, but Some Collaboration Challenges Remain Summary: Violent crimes committed by drug trafficking organizations in Mexico often involve firearms, and a 2009 GAO report found that many of these firearms originated in the United States. ATF and ICE have sought to stem firearms trafficking from the United States to Mexico. GAO was asked to undertake a follow-up review to its 2009 report (GAO-09-709) addressing these issues. This report examines, among other things, (1) the origin of firearms seized in Mexico that have been traced by ATF, (2) the extent to which collaboration among U.S. agencies combating firearms trafficking has improved, and (3) the extent to which the National Southwest Border Counternarcotics Strategy measures progress by U.S. agencies to stem firearms trafficking to Mexico. To address these objectives, GAO analyzed program information and firearms tracing data from 2009 to 2014, and met with U.S. and Mexican officials on both sides of the border. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General of the United States take steps to formally monitor implementation of the 2009 MOU between ATF and ICE. GAO also recommends that ONDCP establish comprehensive indicators that more accurately reflect progress made in efforts to stem arms trafficking to Mexico. The Departments of Homeland Security and Justice, and ONDCP agreed with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-223: Accessed January 12, 2016 at: http://democrats-foreignaffairs.house.gov/sites/democrats.foreignaffairs.house.gov/files/01-16%20GAO%20Report%20on%20US%20Efforts%20to%20Combat%20Firearms%20Trafficking%20to%20Mexico.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 137468

Author: Langberg, Jason Title: Protecting Childhood: A Blueprint for Developmentally Appropriate School Policing in Virginia Summary: School security personnel are increasingly commonplace in Virginia's public schools. There are two types. School resource officers (SROs) are certified law enforcement officers who are typically employed by local law enforcement agencies and assigned to provide coverage to public schools. School security officers (SSOs) are individuals employed by school divisions to maintain order and discipline in their assigned schools. To date, little analysis of school policing in the Commonwealth exists. This report aims to change that. The pages that follow describe the problems with school policing in Virginia and then provide recommendations for reforms. The appendices include tools for lawmakers and policymakers, such as a model memorandum of understanding (MOU) that school divisions and law enforcement agencies can use to incorporate best practices. The goals of this report are two-fold: 1) to stress the acute need for reform and create a more nuanced understanding of specific problems related to school policing; and 2) to advance proven reforms. Details: Charlottesville, VA: JustChildren Program of the Legal Aid Justice Center, 2016. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: https://www.justice4all.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/School-Policing-Report-Full.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Resource Officers Shelf Number: 137474

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: In Our Own Backyard: Confronting Growth and Disparities in American Jails Summary: The fact that the United States-with less than 5 percent of the world's population but nearly 25 percent of the world's prisoners-has a serious problem with mass incarceration is by now well beyond partisan debate. In recent years, lawmakers, policymakers, and criminal justice practitioners from across the political spectrum have joined forces to pursue efforts, large and small, to reduce the number of people we send to and hold in state and federal prisons. Jails-with 11 million admissions annually and a third of all Americans behind bars on a given day-are increasingly recognized as a key engine of mass incarceration. Yet research and data about jail use are scarce. (See "What is Jail?" below.) Moreover, much information about incarceration either conflates prison and jail incarceration, excludes jail incarceration entirely, or inadequately examines how local justice systems have contributed to the overuse of incarceration in the United States over time. Few counties publicly report their own jail population and admissions data.4 And while federal data on jails do exist and are publicly available, the ways in which the data are collected and stored make it difficult to answer even simple questions about jail use in a given county or discern similarities or differences across the approximately 3,000 counties in the United States. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/incarceration-trends-in-our-own-backyard.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 137475

Author: Lessing, Benjamin Title: A Hole at the Center of the State: Prison Gangs and the Limits to Punitive Power Summary: The state's central function is to establish authority through its monopoly on violence; the very attempt, however, can be counterproductive. Punishment incapacitates and deters individuals, but can empower destructive collective forces. Prison gangs, their ranks swelled by mass incarceration, transform the core of the coercive apparatus into a headquarters for organizing and taxing street-level criminal activity, supplanting state authority in communities, and orchestrating mass violence and protest. Drawing on a formal model, fieldwork, and case studies from the US and Latin America, I show how gangs use control over prison life, plus the state-provided threat of incarceration, to project power. The model predicts that common state responses-crackdowns and harsher sentencing- can strengthen prison gangs' leverage over outside actors, consistent with the observed expansion of prison gangs during mass-incarceration initiatives. These gang-strengthening effects of incarceration can have increasing returns, implying a point beyond which additional punishment erodes state authority. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University, Center on Democracy, Development, and the Rule of Law, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: CDDRL Working Papers, Vol. 149: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://cddrl.fsi.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/Lessing_-_A_Hole_at_the_Center_of_the_State.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 137558

Author: Harvard Law School. Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice Title: Building Equalizing Schools Within Inclusive Communities: Strategies in the Classroom and Beyond that Redirect the School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: We explore exclusionary discipline not necessarily because we consider it more important than all the other urgent challenges facing African-American males, though it is indeed a powerful generator of inequality. We choose to examine school discipline for three reasons. One, it offers a window into larger social inequalities and "a way in" to two distinct yet related arenas that have potentially significant and direct influences upon boys and men of color: education and criminal justice. Two, we consider harsh school discipline precisely because we can do something about it fairly immediately. This is both because there are clear alternatives and because a social-science consensus has emerged about its harms. And three, a close examination of the causes and cures for exclusionary school discipline - or "zero tolerance" - clearly illustrates the need to apply knowledge from a range of fields in developing lasting, effective policy and practice that gets to the root of complex, long-standing social problems. Drawing attention to the causes of and potential cures for exclusionary discipline offers a concrete, manageable way for educators, and the communities they serve, to begin to untangle and, perhaps, dismantle the more complex, often obscured opportunity-limiting structures of which school discipline is but one small part. Thus, for those of you who consider discipline not your "issue," or too narrow to spend time on, we urge you to read this report, because we believe there are lessons to draw and to apply to other policies and challenges. Details: Cambridge, MA: Charles Hamilton Houston Institute for Race and Justice at Harvard Law School, 2010. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.racialequitytools.org/resourcefiles/Harvard_-_Building_Equalizing_Schools_-_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 137559

Author: Lindo, Jason M. Title: College Party Culture and Sexual Assault Summary: This paper considers the degree to which events that intensify partying increase sexual assault. Estimates are based on panel data from campus and local law-enforcement agencies and an identification strategy that exploits plausibly random variation in the timing of Division 1 football games. The estimates indicate that these events increase daily reports of rape with 17-24 year old victims by 28 percent. The effects are driven largely by 17-24 year old offenders and by offenders unknown to the victim, but we also find significant effects on incidents involving offenders of other ages and on incidents involving offenders known to the victim. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 21828: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21828.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 137560

Author: Herrnstadt, Evan Title: Air Pollution and Criminal Activity: Evidence from Chicago Microdata Summary: A large and growing literature documents the adverse impacts of pollution on health, productivity, educational attainment and socioeconomic outcomes. This paper provides the first quasi-experimental evidence that air pollution causally affects criminal activity. We exploit detailed location data on over two million serious crimes reported to the Chicago police department over a twelve-year period. We identify the causal effect of pollution on criminal activity by comparing crime on opposite sides of major interstates on days when the wind blows orthogonally the direction of the interstate and find that violent crime is 2.2 percent higher on the downwind side. Consistent with evidence from psychology on the relationship between pollution and aggression, the effect is unique to violent crimes - we find no effect of pollution on the commission of property crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 21787: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21787.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Air Pollution Shelf Number: 137561

Author: Goodison, Sean Title: The Undiscovered County: Homicide, Dynamic Change, and Deterrence in Washington, D.C. Neighborhoods, 1998-2006 Summary: Studies examining homicide rates often have two limitations. First, there is a lack of rich, dynamic data to account for change, and second, no consideration of formal social controls at the neighborhood-level. To address these limitations, longitudinal data from Washington, D.C. was collected at the neighborhood level. This homicide incident and neighborhood demographic data, which spans from 1998-2006, allow for a test of two theoretical perspectives within a classical/social control sphere, namely social disorganization and deterrence. This work poses two main questions: Do dynamic structural factors influence homicide rates across neighborhoods? Does aggregate deterrence influence homicide rates across neighborhoods? Results suggest that dynamic structural factors predict homicide rates better than static factors, though deterrence results are insignificant. Implications and avenues for future research are also discussed. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2014. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/15812/Goodison_umd_0117E_15567.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 137566

Author: Kolb, Christopher Title: The lives of race and destiny: The drug war, nothingness, and the cultural violence of neoliberalism in the crack landscape Summary: Based on two years of ethnographic research in Cincinnati, Ohio, this dissertation argues that the mass incarceration policies of the War on Drugs and the shift to the neoliberal model of society in the United States are forms of "cultural violence" that have entailed excess-generating expenditures of life, especially in the African American community, that have become key elements in the conservative counterrevolution that has defined the post-civil rights era of American society. These dynamics have come together to produce "the crack landscape" as a regular feature of American geography and socio-political life. For those inhabiting a landscape dominated by the crack trade, homelessness, violence, and entrenched racial isolation, life itself is routinely experienced as an open question, and being alive as an oneric possibility rather than a self-evident certainty. A racially-saturated public morality bound up with the neoliberal disdain for social spending and the promotion of incarceration as a cure-all social policy further erodes the tenuous attachment to life. Ethnographic findings have disclosed how "nothingness" envelops one's relation to the world in these circumstances, not only as an existential concept through which life struggles to emerge but also as a binding socio-political force. This nothingness is thus, as with W. E. B. Du Bois's notion of "double consciousness," an intimate, originary bridging of the personal and the political that stands as the simultaneous possibility and failure of national belonging. This dissertation shows how racism derives its vitality from this particular union of the personal and the political. In so doing, I argue that neoliberal capitalism - the apotheosis of market-based individualist philosophy - is itself a "sociality of nothingness" that negates the institutional dimensions of social life, including stratification, in purporting to offer a way of bringing a metaphysical ordering of the proper into concrete life. Thus, I investigate capitalism as a form of secular theology intimately bound up with the biopolitical form of the modern state. In this, I argue that racial thought plays a central role and thus remains an issue fundamental for understanding modern life. Details: Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University, 2009. 383p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/205420633 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 137567

Author: Cloud, David Title: First Do No Harm: Advancing Public Health in Policing Practices Summary: Millions of medically vulnerable and socially marginalized people cycle through the criminal justice system each year due to serious structural problems entrenched in American society. The absence of a coherent and effective social safety net means that people lack access to physical and mental health care, social services, and housing options in their communities. This report, First Do No Harm: Advancing Public Health in Policing Practices, details the cultural divide among system actors that amplify and sustain these problems and offers recommendations on how law enforcement policymakers and practitioners - in collaboration with public health officials and harm reduction advocates - can enhance both public safety and community health. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/public-health-and-policing-v2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Persons Shelf Number: 137570

Author: Austin, James Title: Eliminating Mass Incarceration: How San Francisco Did It Summary: San Francisco has rapidly reduced its jail and prison populations with a series of "best practices" innovations that have built on California's well-publicized legislative reforms enacted since 2009. Since 2009, California has reduced the size of number of people in prison, jail, felony probation and parole by nearly 150,000. At the same time, the state's crime rate has dramatically declined and is now lower than what was in 1960. If the rest of the country could match San Francisco's rates, the number of individuals under correctional supervision would plummet from 7 million to 2 million. Details: Washington, DC: JFA Institute, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.jfa-associates.com/publications/reduce/Reforming%20San%20Franciscos%20Criminal%20Justice%20System-JA4.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 137564

Author: Parsons, Jim Title: A Natural Experiment in Reform: Analyzing Drug Policy Change In New York City, Final Report Summary: The Substance Use and Mental Health Program (SUMH) studied the impact of 2009 reforms to New York State's Rockefeller Drug Laws that eliminated mandatory minimum sentences for people convicted of a range of felony drug charges and expanded eligibility for diversion to treatment. Researchers compared cases pre and post reform to assess changes in the use of jail and prison, rates of diversion to treatment, racial disparities in sentencing, recidivism, and cost. This work, conducted under the auspices of the National Institute of Justice, included researchers from Vera's Substance Use and Mental Health Program and Cost-Benefit Analysis Unit, the John Jay College of Criminal Justice, and Rutgers University. The research team: - described sentencing outcomes by analyzing administrative data on felony drug cases indicted before and after the reforms, and conducted case file reviews and interviewed judges, prosecutors, and defense attorneys to explore the factors influencing charging and sentencing decisions; - compared recidivism outcomes for individuals charged with felony drug crimes before and after the reforms; and - conducted a cost-benefit analysis of the reforms. Details: Final Report to the National Institute of Justice, 2015. 274p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248524.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 137576

Author: Police Foundation Title: Police Under Attack: Southern California Law Enforcement Response to the Attacks by Christopher Dorner Summary: For nine days in early February 2013, like millions of Americans, was glued to news reports of a former police and naval officer who was targeting police officers and their families. It was one of the most bizarre and violent acts of vengeance against law enforcement officers this country has experienced. By the time he was finally stopped, Christopher Dorner had murdered four people and wounded several others. His threats and actions put Southern California policing agencies in an unprecedented collective state of alert - one in which both excellent and heroic police work was done and some regrettable decisions were made. This incident represents a sentinel event in American policing - one that serves as a warning of needed changes in parts of our public safety system. For the first time, a trained former police officer was hunting cops and their families, exploiting jurisdictional boundaries and using legally-acquired sophisticated, high-powered weaponry. And he did this in a highly public way that provided a template for others who may seek to terrorize this great country and target the people charged with protecting its citizens. The challenges confronting the principal law enforcement agencies in this incident were immense. It took place over a wide expanse of Southern California where more than 20 million people live, work and play. It encompassed urban, suburban and mountainous geography. It was worked in balmy weather and a freezing blizzard. It required the coordination of thousands of hard-charging police officers, sheriff's deputies, highway patrol officers and state and federal special agents. And they engaged the incident with different policies and practices, from differing organizational cultures and utilizing frequently incompatible communications systems. Bringing new advances to policing is the core of the Police Foundation's mission. Central to our research and work with police agencies is the idea that new learning - and therefore advancements - can be acquired through examining policing-involved critical incidents. This is certainly true of this incident. Reviews of incidents like this are intended to transform "lessons learned" to "lessons applied" in the hopes of enhancing the safety of officers and the public. In emphasizing this, we affix no blame to those who tried desperately to apprehend Dorner and save lives. To do so dishonors their sacrifices and diverts attention from increasing our understanding about protecting society and keeping cops safe. Covering every aspect of this very complicated incident would result in a book-length document. To keep the project manageable, we focused on the most important "lessons learned" that can be generalized to a wide range of circumstances and jurisdictions. Accordingly, we have tried to accomplish three broad goals: 1) Present the facts and our recommendations in an objective manner that respects the professionalism, dedication and heroism of the law enforcement officers involved in this incident, and honors the sacrifice of those whose lives were lost by helping prevent the injury and death of other officers or civilians in the future; 2) Highlight this as a sentinel event in which we identify underlying weaknesses in the regional public safety system, preventable errors and recommendations for avoiding similar tragic outcomes; 3) Use multi-media to provide an immersive experience to a wide breadth of readers that gives them a better understanding of the complicated nature of such events and how dangerous they are to the peace officers trying to stop highly motivated criminals. Our examination of this incident begins with the murders of Monica Quan and Keith Lawrence in Irvine, CA and concludes with the murder of Deputy Jeremiah MacKay, the wounding of Deputy Alex Collins and Dorner's suicide in the mountains of San Bernardino County. In our quest to tease out lessons which we can generalize across the nation, we did not examine every aspect of the incident. Our observations and recommendations are based on our understanding of both the many successes and the relatively few errors that occurred throughout the course of it. They are not intended for the sole use of the involved agencies, as they have each conducted their own internal reviews. Rather, they are aimed at improving American policing's response to similar critical incidents through changes in policy, practice, organizational culture and an increased understanding of the nature of preventable error. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 15, 2016 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Police-Under-Attack.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 137579

Author: Norton, Blake Title: An Assessment of the St. Louis County Police Department. Collaborative Reform Initiative Summary: The nation was jarred by events that occurred in 2014 in Ferguson, Missouri; Staten Island, New York; Cleveland, Ohio; and in 2015 in Baltimore, Maryland. These events - which followed officer-involved incidents in these American cities and around the nation - exposed deep divides between communities and their police departments. As the discord reached a fever pitch, law enforcement agencies nationwide began the process of self-evaluation, reflecting on policies and practices and implementing innovative strategies to better engender community policing principles, build trust, and allay fear. The St. Louis County Police Department (SLCPD), with 8551 authorized sworn commissioned officer positions, is responsible for providing police services to an estimated population of approximately 407,000 county residents. The population served increases to approximately 1 million when accounting for the fact that the department also provides contracted law enforcement services to 66 municipalities, 12 school districts, and five other organizations within the county. The department provides both full service contracts - in which the SLCPD is the sole police agency for a municipality and provides all police services - and dedicated patrol contracts that require the SLCPD to provide requested police services. Approximately 60 departments in the St. Louis region serve 90 municipalities. These 60 departments possess widely differing resources, and they provide protection across significantly diverse geographic and demographic communities. This amalgam of departments also creates a web of overlapping jurisdictions, policies, and practices. In addition, the SLCPD operates the St. Louis County and Municipal Police Academy (CMPA), a regional police training facility that provides training to many law enforcement agencies in the area. Finally, mutual aid agreements in the region allow Missouri officers to respond to emergencies outside of their jurisdictions. This interdependent yet fragmented approach to policing in the area creates challenges for the SLCPD in building trusting relationships with the community. The relationship each independent municipal police department has with its community directly affects the relationship the SLCPD has with the community at large. In its civil rights investigation of the Ferguson Police Department (FPD),6 the U.S. Department of Justice found heavy police enforcement existed to generate revenue through fines and fees. This culture of heavy, sometime "aggressive," enforcement has led to strained community relations because of abusive policing and municipal court practices beyond just the FPD. The consequence for the SLCPD is a lack of trust by the community that exacerbated tensions during demonstrations following the shooting death of Michael Brown. For this reason, Chief Jon Belmar of the SLCPD requested the assistance of the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) in identifying ways that the SLCPD could improve its relationship with the St. Louis community. The COPS Office and the SLCPD established the following goals to assess and reform the policies, practices, and related processes in the SLCPD, taking into account national standards, best practices, current and emerging research, and community expectations: - Improve the recruitment, selection, and hiring processes to address minority underrepresentation in the department (chapter 4). - Enhance basic academy and supervisor in-service training with a specific focus on fair and impartial policing, community engagement, and partnership development (chapters 5-7). - Strengthen the policies, practices, training, and response for handling protests and mass demonstrations, including de-escalation training (chapter 8). - Improve the process quality for traffic stops and searches to prohibit racial profiling (chapter 9). - Reduce use of force and injuries to both officers and citizens (chapters 10-11). - Develop a comprehensive communication strategy for SLCPD personnel and community partners that will serve to increase transparency about SLCPD police practices (chapter 12). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p316-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 137581

Author: Police Foundation Title: Colorado's Legalization of Marijuana and the Impact on Public Safety: A Practical Guide for Law Enforcement Summary: When voters made Colorado the first state in the nation to legalize recreational marijuana in 2012, law enforcement was presented with a new challenge: understanding and enforcing new laws that aim to regulate marijuana use, rather than enforcing laws that deem marijuana use to be illegal. Supporters of the new law claimed this would make things easier for police and save at least $12 million in taxpayer dollars on reduced law enforcement costs. Agencies across the state argue that has not been the case. The legislation to enact the new laws has been vague, and consequently difficult to enforce. Unforeseen problems have arisen, ranging from how to determine when a driver is legally under the influence of marijuana to how to deal with legal drug refining operations in residential neighborhoods. Some Colorado law enforcement agencies have at least one full-time officer dedicated to marijuana regulation and enforcement, but most agencies do not have this option and are struggling to deal with the additional workload brought by legalized marijuana. Many law enforcement leaders are frustrated by the conflict between enforcing the new law and upholding federal statutes that continue to view marijuana use as illegal. The neighboring states of Nebraska and Oklahoma have filed suit in the U.S. Supreme Court to overturn Colorado�s Constitutional amendment legalizing recreational marijuana, claiming that they have been flooded with illegal marijuana from Colorado. Additionally, school resource officers and other law enforcement leaders interviewed by the Police Foundation said they worry that illicit drug use by young people is on the rise because of easy access to marijuana through a continuing black market and a "gray market" of semi-legal marijuana sold through unauthorized channels. The Police Foundation and Colorado Association of Chiefs of Police have developed this guide to illustrate the challenges for law enforcement in Colorado. This guide will introduce some of the solutions that have been put into effect and outline problems that still need to be addressed. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2016 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Legalized-Marijuana-Practical-Guide-for-Law-Enforcement_Rev6_18_15_LOW_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 137582

Author: Rosenblum, Marc R. Title: Border Metrics: How to Effectively Measure Border Security and Immigration Control Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) describes the U.S.-Mexico border as more secure than ever, and the estimated stock of unauthorized immigrants in the United States has fallen by more than 1 million in recent years. Despite that, some national politicians, members of Congress, and others continue to view the Southwest border as out of control, and insist that the United States should consider broader reforms to the U.S. immigration system only after the border has been secured. The absence of timely, reliable, and publicly trusted indicators of immigration control represents a fundamental challenge to resolving this public debate and definitively establishing the degree of effectiveness of border enforcement. Without such metrics, basic questions about changes in immigration flows and the effectiveness of policies and programs cannot be authoritatively answered, and Congress and DHS have difficulty evaluating existing policies and programs or make informed choices about the costs and benefits of current and potential investments. This report identifies four key questions about border security and immigration control. Taken together, the questions provide a full accounting of illegal immigration levels and modes of entry, and accurate answers to these questions would provide a comprehensive accounting of illegal immigration flows. The report also describes what methods and metrics already exist to answer these key questions, as well as the strengths and limitations of existing approaches, and how they could be improved. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2016 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/border-metrics-how-effectively-measure-border-security-and-immigration-control Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 137585

Author: Broadus, Joseph Title: A Successful Prisoner Reentry Program Expands: Lessons from the Replication of the Center for Employment Opportunities Summary: This report presents results from a fidelity assessment and implementation analysis of five Center for Employment Opportunities (CEO) replication programs in New York, California, and Oklahoma. Between 2004 and 2010, MDRC conducted a rigorous random assignment evaluation of the original CEO program as part of the Enhanced Services for the Hard-to-Employ Demonstration and Evaluation funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The evaluation found that CEO was effective at reducing recidivism rates - the rates at which participants committed new crimes or were reincarcerated - among important subgroups of its participant population. Based in part on these findings, the CEO program was selected by the Edna McConnell Clark Foundation in 2011 to be part of its Social Innovation Fund and receive funding and technical assistance to expand and replicate the model in various locations across the United States. Based in New York City, CEO is one of the nation's largest transitional jobs programs for former prisoners. The program offers participants temporary, paid jobs, along with employment counseling and other services, all aimed at making them more employable and preventing their return to prison. The current study describes how the model was replicated in other locations, assesses its implementation in various contexts, and reports on findings from a qualitative study of participants' perceptions of and experiences in the CEO program. The findings presented in this report focus on the implementation of CEO's core elements at the replication sites and provide a description of participants' experience with the program. One additional goal of this study is to gain a deeper understanding of which aspects of the CEO model may have contributed to the reductions in recidivism found in the initial evaluation of the New York City program. This report's findings include the following: - Overall, the replication programs operated with high fidelity to the original program model. - Participants in replication programs engaged in CEO activities at similar rates as did participants in New York City, although replication programs did a better job of moving participants through the model's early stages and into working with the staff to obtain unsubsidized employment. - Participants said that the program's most essential and distinctive elements were its structure and the support of its staff members. - While CEO work crews offered some opportunities for skills training, they functioned primarily as jobs, with the habits and competencies that make for a good employee emphasized through the routine of reporting for work each day, cooperating with colleagues, and following supervisors' directions. Details: New York: MDRC, 2016. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2016 at: http://mdrc.org/sites/default/files/CEO-PrisonerReentryReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 137586

Author: Braziel, Rick Title: A Heist Gone Bad: A Police Foundation Critical Incident Review of the Stockton Police Response to the Bank of the West Robbery and Hostage-Taking Summary: At first blush, it is easy to criticize the tactics of the Stockton Police Department (SPD) after 33 officers, at four different locations, fired more than 600 times into a getaway car carrying three bank robbers. They killed two of the bank robbers but also took the life of an innocent woman who had been held hostage. Like most things in this complicated world of ours, nothing is ever simple. Every police event is fluid. However, many other extenuating factors played a critical role in this tragic event. The police department, located 60 miles east of San Francisco, was in the midst of a bankruptcy that robbed it of 100 veteran officers while leading to a reduction in training and severely limiting the ability to purchase new equipment and technology. Some of those officers were replaced with rookies straight out of the academy. The bankruptcy also meant that the department had no air support of its own and depended upon other agencies' helicopters or fixed-wing aircraft, which were not always available to the department. The Bank of the West branch that was robbed was nestled in an unusual triangular island created by three major roads, with little room for containment or cover. A bus station nearby put other civilians at risk. The bank robbers led police on an hour-long pursuit, sometimes at speeds exceeding 120 miles per hour. Throughout the ordeal, one of the suspects fired 100-plus rounds from an AK-47 at police, disabling 14 police vehicles, including their armored BearCat. Bullets tore through cars, shattered windshields, shredded tires, and incapacitated engines. And at the conclusion, over 200 rounds were found in the getaway vehicle. The suspects twice escaped the pursuers, but rather than attempting to disappear completely, they chose to wait and ambush police officers. Miraculously, no police personnel or civilians were injured in the shootings. One hostage was shot and wounded by a suspect and dumped from the getaway SUV while another leaped out while it was fleeing, causing her to sustain major injuries. The one surviving suspect only lived because he used Misty Holt-Singh as a shield. The 41-year-old wife and mother of two, who was visiting the bank to take out money for a trip to the hairdresser, was struck ten times by police bullets, killing her instantly. Never in the history of U.S. law enforcement has a police force dealt with an event such as this. The only incident that comes close was the 1997 North Hollywood shootout in which the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) officers battled a pair of heavily armed bank robbers, who were covered in body armor. But there were no hostages in that event and the suspects never got mobile. Stockton Police Chief Eric Jones knew shortly after the conclusion that he needed to call for an independent review of the bank robbery last year. His staff reached out to the Police Foundation 13 days after the incident and we were grateful to accept their request. Much like our 2014 review of the event involving Christopher Dorner (who was a former police and naval officer who targeted LAPD members and their families, murdering four people), the Stockton bank robbery must be considered a sentinel event. What that entails is a critical incident that tests the nation's public safety system, exposes holes in it, and can lead to important change for the future. The Police Foundation's core mission is to advance policing. One of the ways to do that is by examining these sentinel events. Our goal is to improve protocols, identify new tactics and ideas - and ultimately, unforeseen dangers - and help prepare law enforcement for these new developments in the actions of criminals. One of the frustrations we repeatedly heard during our interviews with Stockton police officers was they were dealing with an event that they had never trained for, let alone truly considered. Even veteran SWAT members found themselves confused and vexed when dealing with a rolling pursuit with hostages, all the while taking heavy fire that repeatedly disabled their police vehicles, and each time left them worrying that one of their colleagues might be hurt or dying while they continued the chase. The goal of this review is to provide lessons learned that can then be applied in the field, increasing the safety of both law enforcement personnel and civilians. What is not a goal is to criticize or blame the men and women of the Stockton Police Department who had to make split-second choices amidst the chaos of such an unprecedented crime. They made a great many smart and courageous decisions that undoubtedly saved lives. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2015. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2016 at: http://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/A-Heist-Gone-Bad-Critical-Incident-Review.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bank Robbery Shelf Number: 137647

Author: Williams, Rick Title: Evaluation of Direct Variance Estimation, Estimate Reliability, and Confidence Intervals for the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: Examines the feasibility of using direct variance estimation for the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS). It compares generalized variance function (GVF) estimates to two direct variance estimation methods (Taylor Series Linearization and Balanced Repeated Replication). It also provides recommendations for calculating confidence intervals and identifying unstable estimates. A companion user's guide has been developed to describe how to implement the direct variance techniques detailed in this report using different software packages. Access to GVF User's Guides and other documentation is available online. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Development Series: Accessed January 22, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/edveercincvs.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 137649

Author: Title: ICE and USCIS Could Improve Data Quality and Exchange to Help Identify Potential Human Trafficking Cases Summary: Although January is National Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention Month, the month kicked off with a startling report revealing that human traffickers are exploiting the US visa process to smuggle victims into the country. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and US Citizenship and Immigration Service (USCIS) data from 2005 to 2014 indicates that work and fiance visas were the predominant means by which more than half of the human traffickers known to federal law enforcement legally smuggled victims into the United States, according to an audit by the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) Office of the Inspector General (IG). The IG also determined that 274 subjects of ICE human trafficking investigations successfully petitioned USCIS to bring 425 family members and fiances into the United States. ICE could not say exactly how many visa petitioners were human traffickers; however, 18 of the 274 had been arrested for trafficking-related crimes, including sex trafficking, labor trafficking, peonage, and involuntary servitude. The IG's report explained that fiance visas are used to lure human trafficking victims to the US as part of marriage fraud schemes. The traffickers confiscate the victims' passports and often subject them to psychological and physical abuse, such as forced sex and/or forced labor. The auditors determined that ICE and USCIS could improve data quality to better identify instances of human trafficking. Lack of communication between ICE and USCIS also created vulnerabilities in the visa process. "ICE had to extensively manipulate its system to provide us with reasonably reliable data for our data matching and analysis," the report stated. "USCIS did not always collect names and other identifiers of human traffickers that victims had provided in their T visa applications. Due to incomplete data, we were limited in our ability to match, analyze, and draw conclusions from the components' databases." The IG made three recommendations: Recommendation 1: Develop and implement procedures to capture the names and other identifying information on human traffickers found in victims' statements, which are submitted with T and U petitions, in USCIS information systems. Recommendation 2: Collaborate with ICE to institute a mutually acceptable procedure for transferring USCIS data on alleged human traffickers to ICE. Recommendation 3: Collaborate with USCIS to identify a mutually acceptable procedure for obtaining names and other identifying information on alleged human traffickers that is available in USCIS systems. ICE and USCIS concurred, saying they would address the IG's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-16-17: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/2016/OIG-16-17-Jan16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 137658

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Franklin County, Ohio: A County Justice and Behavioral Health Systems Improvement Project Summary: In 2014, the Franklin County (Columbus), Ohio, Criminal Justice Planning Board was selected to serve as a County Justice and Behavioral Health Systems Demonstration Site. Demonstration sites receive in-depth technical assistance from the CSG Justice Center to pursue goals such as increasing public safety, reducing jail costs, and helping connect individuals with mental and substance use disorders to effective community-based health services. Franklin County was selected because of the strength of cooperation between its various criminal-justice-related agencies. The Franklin County Sheriff's Office; the Franklin County Board of Commissioners; the Alcohol, Drug, and Mental Health Board of Franklin County; the Franklin County Office of Homeland Security and Justice Programs; the Columbus City Attorney's Office; the Franklin County Prosecutor and Public Defender offices; and leadership from the Franklin County Municipal and Common Pleas Courts and Probation departments all worked together on the project. An extensive data analysis coupled with over 50 in-person interviews with local and state leaders led to the identification of key recommendations for reducing the number of people with behavioral health disorders cycling in and out of jail. Details: Lexington, KY: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/FranklinCountyFullReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 137648

Author: American Bar Association Title: National Task Force on Stand Your Ground Laws: Report and Recommendations Summary: In examining and reporting on the potential effects Stand Your Ground laws may have on public safety, individual liberties, and the criminal justice system, the Task Force has: 1. Examined the provisions of Stand Your Ground statutes and analyzed the potential for their misapplication and the risk of injustice from multiple perspectives, e.g., the individual's right to exercise self-defense, the victim's rights, and the rights of the criminally accused. 2. Analyzed the degree to which racial or ethnic bias impacts Stand Your Ground laws. Particular attention was paid to the role of implicit bias. First, the analysis focuses on how implicit bias may impact the perception of a deadly threat as well as the ultimate use of deadly force. Second, it looks at how implicit bias impacts the investigation, prosecution, immunity, and final determination of which homicides are justified. 3. Examined the effect that the surge of new Stand Your Ground laws has on crime control objectives and public safety. 4. Reviewed law enforcement policy, administrative guidelines, statutes, and judicial rulings regarding the investigation and prosecution of Stand Your Ground cases. 5. Conducted a series of regional public hearings to learn about community awareness, perceptions of equality in enforcement and application, opinions concerning the utility of the laws, and reactions to individualized experiences involving interactions with Stand Your Ground laws. 6. Prepared a final report and recommendations. Details: Chicago: ABA, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/images/diversity/SYG_Report_Book.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 137651

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: From Virtual to Violence: How Social Media Fuels Real-World Violence Summary: Social media has become a part of everyday life. All types of real-world behavior are now showcased online�including criminal behavior, bullying, threats and the glorification of violence. Increasingly, youth associated with antisocial peer groups�such as neighborhood-based �crews� engaging in violent rivalries�use social media as a tool to create criminal opportunities and amplify conflicts. Unfortunately, in many cases, this type of social media usage can lead to real-life violence or other serious ramifications, such as arrest. The Crime Commission is engaged in several initiatives that seek to provide social media users with tools and information to help them stay safe both on- and off-line, including the development of an innovative new program that trains anti-violence professionals as "E-Responders" to intervene and deescalate violence provoked on social media. As part of this work, this series, "Social Media & Real-World Consequences", provides readers with an overview of the ways youth are communicating on social media, the associated risks of these communications turning into real-world violence, and the range of legal, educational and professional consequences youth may face in the real-world. High-risk youth engage in numerous types of dangerous communication on social media, including threatening and taunting others (often those from rival crews), promoting their self-image and crew, mobilizing others for disorderly or criminal activity, and recruiting other youth to join their crew. These types of communication are highly visible and exist beyond private messages and chats. Status updates, comments, photos, and videos often contain content prohibited by platform providers; however, they remain on the sites, fueling conflict. Moreover, youth often use social media to acquire weapons for attacks and protection. These dangerous communications have an extremely high risk of going from virtual to violent, and often result in very serious consequences in the real-world. When these consequences include violence, such as fights and shootings, they are often immediately documented and discussed online, increasing the likelihood of retaliation and further perpetuating the cycle of street violence. Taunts, threats, and intimidation on social media often lead to in-person fights, which can have deadly consequences. Youth often post continuous information about their ongoing conflicts, including violent intentions prior to carrying out shootings. This was the case in the Bryant Park skating rink shooting in November 2013, as well as in a shooting that occurred at a house party in Brownsville in January 2014, in which a 16-year-old was killed. The Bedford-Stuyvesant bus shooting in March 2014, which led to the death of a straphanger, was instigated by months of taunting on social media between two rival crews. Beyond violence and victimization, these harmful behaviors can lead to a wide range of legal, educational and professional consequences in the real-world. For example, police use social media to help identify, track, and build cases against individuals, culminating in indictments, such as the June 2014 takedown of 103 youth in West Harlem. Schools, financial aid providers, and employers also use social media profiles as a form of background check when considering an individual for admission, scholarship, or employment, and to inform disciplinary actions�something many people are not aware of when they post recklessly on social media. Given the seriousness of the risks and consequences associated with these types of communication, it is critically important to gain an understanding of what creates and amplifies violence, along with what legal, educational, and professional repercussions can occur. From this understanding, stakeholders must work together to develop a comprehensive strategy to promote digital citizenship that seeks to: RAISE AWARENESS � Through both online and in-person public awareness initiatives, school curriculum, and employee trainings, social media users must be educated on how to protect themselves and others from violence and other crimes, and of the potential consequences for posting certain types of content. EMPOWER BYSTANDERS � Provide tools that foster bystanders� responsibility to respond including: � Educate users on the types of harmful communication and the different risk/emergency levels; � Encourage users to monitor social media for the identified types of communication to ensure the content gets noticed and responded to appropriately; � Promote strategies that support bystanders in feeling competent in their ability to respond and help victims; and � Provide users with concrete examples of actions that can be taken for each level of emergency and guidelines that keep bystanders and others safe from harm. EMPOWER RESPONSIBLE ADULTS � Provide adults with the tools necessary to identify, assess, and respond to potentially dangerous content, as well as educational resources explaining how to talk to youth about safe social media habits. ENHANCE ENFORCEMENT OF SOCIAL MEDIA PLATFORM POLICIES � Advocate for social media platforms to enforce terms of use policies and to deter prohibited behavior by: � Hiring culturally competent reviewers who are capable of understanding the risks associated with posted content; � Developing strategies to proactively monitor content; and � Educating users about why certain content is prohibited. EXPAND LAW ENFORCEMENT PREVENTION & INTERVENTION STRATEGIES � Solicit tips from the community about social media intelligence and utilize collected tips to inform responses. � Utilize information collected via social media to inform resource deployment decisions and partnership-building with stakeholders. � Create a visible online police presence by implementing an �E-Patrolling� strategy. By incorporating the above efforts into a comprehensive strategy to promote digital citizenship, we can begin to reverse the troubling trend of social media interactions going from virtual to violent, and prevent devastating consequences in the real-world. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission on New York City, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Social Media and Real-World Violence, Volume 1: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Social-Media-Vol1-From-Virtual-To-Violent.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 137652

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Responding to Social Media Norms: Development a Comprehensive Strategy to Promote Digital Citizenship Summary: Social media has become a part of everyday life. All types of real-world behavior are now showcased online-including criminal behavior, bullying, threats and the glorification of violence. Increasingly, youth associated with antisocial peer groups-such as neighborhood-based "crews" engaging in violent rivalries-use social media as a tool to create criminal opportunities and amplify conflicts. Unfortunately, in many cases, this type of social media usage can lead to real-life violence or other serious ramifications, such as arrest. The Crime Commission is engaged in several initiatives that seek to provide social media users with tools and information to help them stay safe both on- and off-line, including the development of an innovative new program that trains antiviolence professionals as "E-Responders" to intervene and deescalate violence provoked on social media. As part of this work, this series, "Social Media & Real-World Consequences", provides readers with an overview of the ways youth are communicating on social media, the associated risks of these communications turning into real-world violence, and the range of legal, educational and professional consequences youth may face in the real-world. High-risk youth engage in numerous types of dangerous communication on social media, including threatening and taunting others (often those from rival crews), promoting their self-image and crew, mobilizing others for disorderly or criminal activity, and recruiting other youth to join their crew. These types of communication are highly visible and exist beyond private messages and chats. Status updates, comments, photos, and videos often contain content prohibited by platform providers; however, they remain on the sites, fueling conflict. Moreover, youth often use social media to acquire weapons for attacks and protection. These dangerous communications have an extremely high risk of going from virtual to violent, and often result in very serious consequences in the real-world. When these consequences include violence, such as fights and shootings, they are often immediately documented and discussed online, increasing the likelihood of retaliation and further perpetuating the cycle of street violence. Taunts, threats, and intimidation on social media often lead to in-person fights, which can have deadly consequences. Youth often post continuous information about their ongoing conflicts, including violent intentions prior to carrying out shootings. This was the case in the Bryant Park skating rink shooting in November 2013, as well as in a shooting that occurred at a house party in Brownsville in January 2014, in which a 16-year-old was killed. The Bedford-Stuyvesant bus shooting in March 2014, which led to the death of a straphanger, was instigated by months of taunting on social media between two rival crews. Beyond violence and victimization, these harmful behaviors can lead to a wide range of legal, educational and professional consequences in the real-world. For example, police use social media to help identify, track, and build cases against individuals, culminating in indictments, such as the June 2014 takedown of 103 youth in West Harlem. Schools, financial aid providers, and employers also use social media profiles as a form of background check when considering an individual for admission, scholarship, or employment, and to inform disciplinary actions-something many people are not aware of when they post recklessly on social media. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission on New York City, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Social Media & Real World Consequences, Volume II: Accessed January 25, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Social-Media-Vol2-Responding-To-Norms.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137653

Author: Minton, Todd D. Title: Census of Jails: Population Changes, 1999-2013 Summary: Presents state-level estimates of the number of inmates confined in local jails at year end 2013, by sex, race, and Hispanic origin. This report provides information on changes in the incarceration rate, average daily population, admissions, expected length of stay, rated capacity, percent of capacity occupied, and inmate-to-correctional officer ratios. It also includes statistics, by jurisdiction size, on the number of inmates confined to jail and persons admitted to jail during 2013. It features a special section on the 12 facilities that functioned as jails for the Federal Bureau of Prisons. Highlights: From 1999 to 2013, the number of inmates in local jails increased by 21%, from 605,943 to 731,570. During this period, the growth in the jail population was not steady, as the jail confined population peaked in 2008 at 785,533 then declined to its 2013 level. The adult jail incarceration rates changed slightly between midyear 1999 (304) and year-end 2013 (310). Nearly half (46%) of all local jail inmates were confined in jurisdictions holding 1,000 or more inmates in 2013, down slightly from 50% in 2006. Between 1999 and year-end 2013, the female inmate population increased by 48%, from approximately 68,100 to 100,940. The male inmate population increased by 17%, from approximately 537,800 to 630,620. The juvenile population (persons age 17 or younger) held in adult jail facilities in 2013 (4,420) decreased by more than half from its peak in 1999 (9,458). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cjpc9913.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Populations Shelf Number: 137654

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Sustaining Crime Reductions in New York City: Priorities for Preventing Youth Crime Summary: The past several decades of law enforcement efforts in New York City resulted in the unprecedented low crime rates New Yorkers enjoy today. This landmark achievement ushered in a new era of policing: one in which more time is spent preventing crimes than reacting to them. For this new strategy to succeed, and for New Yorkers to continue to see decreases in crime rates, an increased focus on prevention efforts within the youth population is needed. First and foremost, more effective interventions must be implemented to provide help to youth who are exposed to violence or victimized. A disturbing percentage of youth are exposed to violence and are victimized every year. The effects can be devastating to mental health and positive social development. Therefore, any comprehensive plan aimed at preventing youth crime needs to be trauma-informed, with the organizational structures and treatment frameworks in place to handle clients who may have suffered trauma. To supplement this, schools must work with government agencies to provide enhanced workforce development programs to youth. Since education and employment have direct correlations to reduction in criminal offending, they are critical to any successful crime prevention strategy. The justice system itself must address educational and employment needs of young offenders. Further, reform must be made in how schools handle disciplinary issues, especially concerning developmentally appropriate behavior and behavior that results from exposure to trauma. In implementing any crime prevention strategy, the police and government agencies must work to enhance legitimacy, by incorporating procedurally just tactics. This is critically important because when youth view the police and other government agencies as legitimate and believe these entities treat people with respect and make decisions fairly, youth are more likely to cooperate with, trust in, and obey authority. Legitimacy can be further enhanced through better coordination among stakeholders Legitimacy can be further enhanced through better coordination among stakeholders, and by identifying and resolving the negative impacts policies may have on youth. These efforts will in turn increase ownership of prevention efforts among community members, policymakers, community-based organizations and government agencies (e.g., education, child welfare, housing, labor, mental health) that have not traditionally been viewed as having crime-related responsibilities. By incorporating these ideas into a comprehensive strategy, youth crime prevention can ultimately become an embedded approach in how we continue to reduce crime rates in New York City. Without such a strategy, the problems that plague youth and create conditions that increase risks for offending and victimization will continue, creating countless more victims and perpetuating cycles of crime and violence. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Preventing-Youth-Crime.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 137656

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nebraska Title: Growing Up Locked Down: Juvenile Solitary Confinement in Nebraska Summary: Before they are old enough to get a driver's license, enlist in the armed forces, or vote, some children in Nebraska are held in solitary confinement for days, weeks - and even months. This practice occurs in every Nebraska juvenile justice facility, to varying degrees, but the overarching theme of over-use is consistent throughout the state. On any given day in Nebraska, juvenile justice facilities routinely subject the kids in their care to solitary confinement. Like adult prisons, juvenile facilities sometimes employ the most counterproductive and inhumane correctional practices - including extended periods of solitary confinement, room restriction, isolation, segregation, and seclusion. Isolation practices frequently involve placing a youth alone in a cell for several hours, sometimes for multiple days; restricting contact with family members; limiting access to reading and writing materials; and providing limited educational programming, recreation, drug treatment, or mental health services. Throughout this report, "solitary confinement" refers to any physical and social isolation of children in juvenile detention facilities. It does not refer to short intervention "time out" practices used to help a juvenile manage current acting out behavior. While temporary use of seclusion for a youth may be necessary to maintain the safety and security of that youth or other people, the use of solitary confinement on children in Nebraska is clearly overused, and can cause much more serious problems than those it is supposedly employed to solve. Additionally, our research has uncovered that frequently the reasons why young people are placed in solitary confinement can be for even relatively minor offenses, such as talking back to staff members, having too many books, or refusing to follow directions. This research gives rise to the concern that juvenile facilities in Nebraska are not utilizing best practices for the use of solitary confinement and thus are risking serious mental health impacts for vulnerable youth. Details: Lincoln, NE: ACLU of Nebraska, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: https://www.aclunebraska.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/juvenile_solitary_report_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 137745

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey Title: Selective Policing: Racially Disparate Enforcement of Low-Level Offenses in New Jersey Summary: Police departments across the country increasingly have come to rely on the aggressive enforcement of low-level offenses to maintain social order and deter more serious crimes. Such a strategy involves the exercise of unfettered discretion by individual police officers. They decide whether and when to make arrests for minor misbehaviors that pose little or no harm to the community. This can lead to the uneven enforcement of low-level offenses, which falls disproportionately on Black and Latino communities. understand the impact such arrests have on communities of color, and implement the appropriate changes. The origins of this report stem from a 2013 American Civil Liberties Union national study of racial disparities in the context of marijuana possession arrests. That report found that Blacks in New Jersey were nearly three times more likely to be arrested than Whites. The American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey decided to further examine those findings by taking a closer look at the arrests for numerous low-level offenses, specifically disorderly conduct; defiant trespass; loitering; and marijuana possession. We examined the most recent data available from police departments in four cities. The cities were chosen to reflect New Jersey's diversity in population density, demographics, and geographic location. The four cities are Jersey City, Elizabeth, New Brunswick, and Millville. The results of the study demonstrate a pattern of racially disparate enforcement practices in all four cities. In each case, the study identified extreme racial disparities in the number of arrests of Black and White people for low-level offenses. We were unable to gauge the full extent of the disparities because of serious flaws in the data collection practices of each police department. Key findings from the report: - Racial disparities between Black and White arrests exist in every city studied. For the most recent years available, the data show Blacks in Jersey City are 9.6 times more likely to be arrested than Whites for the low-level offenses studied. In Millville, it's 6.3 times more likely; in Elizabeth, it's 3.4 times more likely; and in New Brunswick, 2.6 times more likely. - Racial disparities between Hispanic/Latino and White arrests are present where data are available. Arrest data for Hispanics/Latinos are not kept in a consistent manner from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Where data were available, however, the study found disparities. For example, for the most recent years available, in Jersey City, Hispanics/Latinos were 2.9 times more likely to be arrested than Whites for the offenses studied. In Millville, Hispanics/Latinos were 6.3 times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession. - Some law enforcement agencies do not track Hispanic/Latino data. For example, the Elizabeth Police Department does not track Hispanic/Latino arrests, despite serving a population that is 60% Hispanic/Latino. - Police departments are not keeping records in accessible, reliable formats. Some departments were simply missing arrest data for several years. Haphazard record keeping was evident in all four police departments. Jersey City, for example, conducted a hand count of its arrest records for 2011 and discovered significantly more marijuana possession arrests than were found by a computer search. The lack of accurate, reliable records makes evaluating the departments' practices difficult (sometimes impossible), hindering transparency and accountability. - Individuals charged with low-level offenses are generally not involved in serious crimes. For example, 95% of the low-level arrests in Jersey City did not involve any other offense classified as "serious" by the FBI's Uniform Crime Report. Because the study focused on low-level offenses, arrests that included charges for more serious offenses were excluded from the analyses. The study data revealed a clear pattern of Black and Hispanic/Latino communities disproportionately bearing the brunt of policing practices that focus on a strict enforcement of low-level offenses. The human cost of these arrests and convictions can include having to pay court costs and fines; criminal records that follow individuals for the rest of their lives; and the loss of income, housing, child custody, or immigration status. In extreme cases, a confrontation with police over a low-level offense can escalate into an episode of violence. Almost as troubling as the revelations about the disparity in the number of arrests, is the routine lack of diligence in record keeping and the haphazard collection of enforcement data. Without full, careful, and transparent reporting of the arrests made by a city's police department, the public cannot be adequately informed about the work of the department; the community cannot hold officials accountable for the actions being taken; and the police departments cannot determine the effectiveness of its policing strategies. Despite incomplete data from the police departments due to breakdowns in their reporting practices, a clear picture emerged. The effort to fight crime with an aggressive strategy of arresting people for low-level offenses served mainly to create unacceptable disparities in the number of Blacks and Hispanics/Latinos arrested. The racial disparities uncovered by this study are deeply troubling and call for immediate action to identify their causes. Only then can law enforcement agencies begin to understand the impact such arrests have on communities of color, and implement the appropriate changes. Details: Newark, NJ: ACLU of New Jersey, 2015. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: https://www.aclu-nj.org/files/7214/5070/6701/2015_12_21_aclunj_select_enf.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 137658

Author: NPC Research Title: Randomized Controlled Trial of Measure 57 Intensive Drug Court for Medium- to High-Risk Property Offenders Summary: Oregon's Measure 57 required post-adjudication intensive drug court services for medium- to high-risk property offenders. NPC collaborated with the Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, Department of Corrections, and other partners to conduct a randomized control trial study to evaluate the effectiveness of Measure 57 drug courts, compared to traditional probation. The study included many components, including a process evaluation, interview study, preliminary outcome study, and cost analysis. The outcome evaluation found that the drug court group had significantly lower recidivism including 28% fewer new charges and 26% fewer new cases (cases can contain multiple charges), than the control group (a group of offenders who received traditional probation). When charges are categorized, drug court participants also had significantly fewer felony, misdemeanor, and drug charges. Overall, the drug court group had 37% fewer new charges for drug crimes than the control group. A follow-up evaluation with a longer time frame to analyze recidivism is planned. Many of the participants in the study were prison-eligible under Measure 57, and this evaluation provides support for drug courts as an effective alternative to prison. The Measure 57 Intensive Drug Court Program was one strategy within the continuum of services and programs for all offenders involved in the criminal justice system. Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission; Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2015.108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/CJC_and_NPC_M57_drug_court_eval_March_20_2015.pdf?utm_source=NPC+News+Vol.+4%2C+Issue+1&utm_campaign=Newsletter+4%2F1&utm_medium=email Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Corrections Shelf Number: 137660

Author: Maine. Intergovernmental Pretrial Justice Reform Task Force Title: Report of the Intergovernmental Pretrial Justice Reform Task Force Summary: The intergovernmental task force was established to study and update, innovate and improve the criminal justice systems and procedures affecting pretrial incarceration and restrictions in Maine. Specifically, the Task Force was charged with presenting proposals for improvements to the leaders of the three branches of government in time to allow actions on the proposals during the Second Regular Session of the 127th Maine Legislature. Details: Bangor: Maine Courts, 2015. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://www.courts.maine.gov/reports_pubs/reports/pdf/PTJRTF_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 137661

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Report and Recommendations Concerning the Use of Restrictive Housing: Final Report Summary: In a July 14, 2015, speech at the NAACP National Convention, President Barack Obama announced that he had asked Attorney General Loretta Lynch to conduct a review of "the overuse of solitary confinement across American prisons." The President directed that the purpose of the review be not simply to understand how, when, and why correctional facilities isolate certain prisoners from the general inmate population, but also to develop strategies for reducing the use of this practice throughout our nation's criminal justice system. Over the past several months, a team of senior officials at the U.S. Department of Justice met regularly to study the issue of solitary confinement-or "restrictive housing," to use the more general corrections term-and formulate policy solutions. This Report is the culmination of the Department's review. The Justice Department embraced this opportunity to think deeply about the use of restrictive housing in America. The issue strikes at some of the most challenging questions facing correctional officials and criminologists: How should prisons and other correctional facilities manage their most violent and disruptive inmates? How can they best protect their most vulnerable and victimized ones? And what is the safest and most humane way to do so? These questions are of particular importance to the Justice Department. Not only does the Department oversee the Federal Bureau of Prisons, the nation's largest prison system, but it also provides funding and technical assistance to other correctional systems, through the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) and the Office of Justice Programs (OJP), and enforces the constitutional and statutory rights of state and local inmates through the Department's Civil Rights Division. After extensive study, we have concluded that there are occasions when correctional officials have no choice but to segregate inmates from the general population, typically when it is the only way to ensure the safety of inmates, staff, and the public. But as a matter of policy, we believe strongly this practice should be used rarely, applied fairly, and subjected to reasonable constraints. This Report includes a series of "Guiding Principles" that we believe should guide plans for limiting the use of restrictive housing across the American criminal justice system, as well as specific policy changes that the Federal Bureau of Prisons (the Bureau) and other Department components could undertake to implement these principles. The stakes are high. Life in restrictive housing has been well-documented by inmates, advocates, and correctional officials. In some systems, the conditions can be severe; the social isolation, extreme. At its worst, and when applied without regard to basic standards of decency, restrictive housing can cause serious, long-lasting harm. It is the responsibility of all governments to ensure that this practice is used only as necessary-and never as a default solution. But just as we must consider the impact on inmates, so too must we consider the impact on correctional staff. These public servants work hard, often for long hours and under difficult conditions, and we must protect them from unreasonable danger. For years, the Bureau has been asked to do more and more, putting strain on its officers and other staff. Correctional officers need effective tools to manage the most challenging inmates and protect the most vulnerable. We do not believe that the humane treatment of inmates and the safety of correctional staff are mutually exclusive; indeed, neither is possible without the other. In recent years, numerous correctional systems have succeeded in safely lowering the number of inmates in restrictive housing, including the Federal Bureau of Prisons, which has reduced its total restrictive housing population by nearly 25% since January 2012. Under the leadership of its outgoing Director, Charles E. Samuels, Jr., the Bureau has also developed a range of progressive alternatives to restrictive housing-and has done so while supporting and enhancing staff safety. This Report includes a number of proposals that would help continue the downward trends in the Bureau's restrictive housing population, while also ensuring that those placed in segregation receive the support and rehabilitative services they need. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.justice.gov/dag/file/815551/download Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 137665

Author: Taxman, Faye S. Title: Process Measures at the Interface Between Justice and Behavioral Health Systems: Advancing Practice and Outcomes Summary: This paper proposes client and system-level process measures intended to gauge how well the justice and behavioral health treatment systems are collaboratively addressing individuals� behavioral health needs. Similar process measures within the behavioral health system have been found helpful in advancing access and retention in treatment services. An estimated 9 million people with substance use disorders come into contact with the criminal justice system each year in the United States, making it the largest concentration of people with substance use disorders in the country. The prevalence of people who have a behavioral health disorder in the justice system is higher than in the general population, as approximately half have a known substance use disorder and 17 percent have a serious mental disorder (SMD). Seventy-two percent of people in the justice system with SMDs also have a co-occurring substance use disorder. Both the justice and health systems have a role to play in identifying the needs of and accessing and providing care for people with behavioral health disorders. It is widely recognized that failure of both the justice and health systems to facilitate access to and provide appropriate behavioral health treatment contributes to both negative health and safety outcomes. Details: Lexington, KY: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/InterfaceProcessMeasures_FullReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 137667

Author: Kissick, Katherine Title: Clark County Family Treatment Court: Striding Towards Excellent Parents (STEP) Vancouver, WA - Process, Outcome, and Cost Evaluation Report Summary: Drug treatment courts are one of the fastest growing programs designed to reduce drug abuse and criminality in nonviolent offenders in the nation. The first drug court was implemented in Miami, Florida, in 1989. As of June 2014, there were nearly 3,0000 drug courts including more than 1,900 adult and juvenile drug courts and 300 family treatment courts in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands (NDCRC, 2015). In a typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives that operate outside of their traditional adversarial roles. These include addiction treatment providers, district attorneys, public defenders, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. Family Drug Treatment Courts (FTCs) work with substance-abusing parents with child welfare cases. FTCs are a "problem-solving" court modeled after the adult drug court approach. Similar to adult drug courts, the essential components of FTCs include regular, often weekly, court hearings, intensive judicial monitoring, timely referral to substance abuse treatment, frequent drug testing, rewards and sanctions linked to service compliance, and generally include wraparound services (Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, 2004; Edwards & Ray, 2005). The FTC team always includes the child welfare system along with the judicial and treatment systems, (Green, Furrer, Worcel, Burrus, & Finigan, 2007). Second, while adult drug courts work primarily with criminally involved adults who participate in the drug court in lieu of jail time, participants in FTCs may not be criminally involved; rather, FTC participants typically become involved in drug court due to civil family court matters. NPC Research partnered with the Clark County Family Treatment Court to conduct an evaluation of the Family Treatment Court as part of their Children Affected by Methamphetamines (CAM) grant, awarded to Clark County in 2010 by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). The purpose of the grant was to enhance the FTC program by adding more services for parents and their children, specifically mental health/family counseling, an at home support specialist, parenting assistance (including home, in office one-on-one and group classes around parenting skills) and evidenced based practices for parenting (Triple P and Parent Child Interaction Therapy). Participants opting into CAM services also received a neuropsychological exam intended to help identify participant and family needs to better plan which additional services were most appropriate. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2015. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/Clark-County-CAM-Process-Outcome-Cost-Evaluation_1015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 137668

Author: Ueberall, Stephanie Title: Assessing New York City's Youth Gun Violence Crisis: Crews. Volume 1: Defining the Problem Summary: The success or failure of community strategies to address the youth gun violence crisis is often attributed in part to how well the problem is understood and diagnosed. With support from The New York Community Trust, the Crime Commission has undertaken an analysis of youth gun violence and crew activity - violent turf rivalries among less-organized, smaller and normally younger groups than traditional gangs - in select New York City communities. Our initial findings from available data, existing research, and interviews with stakeholders are presented in a series of papers titled, "Assessing New York City's Youth Gun Violence Crisis: Crews". This research and fieldwork demonstrated that crews - and not traditional, hierarchical gangs - are a major part of violent crime statistics and analysis. Crews actually account for a great deal of youth criminal activity, especially violent crime - and without proper interventions for this type of activity, we will not be able to adequately address what has been a persistent public safety and criminal justice issue for New York City. In order to develop more effective responses to crews it is essential for stakeholders to acknowledge the victimization of those involved, understand their underlying needs, and identify the neighborhood conditions that impact them. New York City has famously experienced unprecedented, sustained reductions in crime over the last 25 years. Areas once so dangerous that they resembled foreign war zones now are home to some of the most desirable real estate in the country. We proudly and rightfully point to our success, calling ourselves the "safest big city in America". But there are places and people that have been left behind. There are areas which have not seen violent crime rates drop to nearly zero - as others have - or anywhere close. Certain races and age groups are also still far more likely to become victims and be responsible for violent crime than others. The root causes of violent crime have not changed either - and the circumstances under which crime is committed sound eerily familiar to the high-crime New York of 25 years ago that we now refer to as the "bad old days". Therefore, in order to make real strides in improving the quality of life amongst these persistently hardest-hit groups, we must address the root causes of why youth become involved in gun violence and crews. The NYPD publically acknowledged that youth "gangs" are becoming more organized and more violent, finding that more than a third of all shootings in New York City now involve what the NYPD calls "crews". In order to truly identify how youth are involved in organized activity (gangs, crews, etc.) and gun violence, the Crime Commission researched legal and intelligence definitions and conducted fieldwork with community residents, service providers, and policymakers which revealed three broad categories of organization: traditional gangs, crews, and groups. This research and fieldwork demonstrated that crews - (Fluid groups formed based on where members live, such as a building or block, creating violent turf rivalries. Crews generally do not have clear hierarchy, structure, or rules, and are usually not profit-motivated)- and not traditional, hierarchical gangs - are a major part of violent crime statistics and analysis. Crews actually account for a great deal of youth criminal activity, especially violent crime - and without proper interventions for this type of activity, we will not be able to adequately address what has been a persistent public safety and criminal justice issue for New York City. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Crews-Vol1-DefiningTheProblem.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 137681

Author: Ueberall, Stephanie Title: Assessing New York City's Youth Gun Violence Crisis: Crews. Volume 2: CompStat for Violence Prevention Programs Summary: Although there have been significant recent investments by policymakers and funders - ranging from organizing task forces and work groups, to deploying new law enforcement strategies, to implementing programmatic interventions - New York City's ability to fully understand and diagnose its crew problem is hindered by a lack of data and coordination. While the NYPD collects data on crew members and related criminal activity, law enforcement data are typically insufficient to inform comprehensive responses because it is collected for the purpose of informing suppression and investigation strategies. At the same time, community-based organizations collect a range of data about the underlying needs of the individuals involved, but often lack the capacity to analyze and communicate these data to inform policy and programming decisions. Further, the City lacks a collaborative effort among stakeholders dedicated to addressing this problem. Preventing crew violence cannot be accomplished by a single agency or organization. Effective solutions require the combination of insight, hard work, and dedication from a wide variety of organizations and stakeholders. New York City should immediately mobilize stakeholders to take steps toward developing a comprehensive strategy to address the city's crew violence problem. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Crews-Vol2-Compstat.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat Shelf Number: 137682

Author: Ueberall, Stephanie Title: Assessing New York City's Youth Gun Violence Crisis: Crews. Volume 3: Responding to the Problem Summary: The success or failure of community strategies to address the youth gun violence crisis is often attributed in part to how well the problem is understood and diagnosed. With support from The New York Community Trust, the Crime Commission has undertaken an analysis of youth gun violence and crew activity - violent turf rivalries among less-organized, smaller and normally younger groups than traditional gangs - in select New York City communities. Our initial findings from available data, existing research, and interviews with stakeholders are presented in a series of papers titled, "Assessing New York City's Youth Gun Violence Crisis: Crews". This research and fieldwork demonstrated that crews - and not traditional, hierarchical gangs - are a major part of violent crime statistics and analysis. Crews actually account for a great deal of youth criminal activity, especially violent crime - and without proper interventions for this type of activity, we will not be able to adequately address what has been a persistent public safety and criminal justice issue for New York City. In order to develop more effective responses to crews it is essential for stakeholders to acknowledge the victimization of those involved, understand their underlying needs, and identify the neighborhood conditions that impact them. Executive Summary New York City has famously experienced unprecedented, sustained reductions in crime over the last 25 years. Areas once so dangerous that they resembled foreign war zones now are home to some of the most desirable real estate in the country. We proudly and rightfully point to our success, calling ourselves the "safest big city in America". But there are places and people that have been left behind. There are areas which have not seen violent crime rates drop to nearly zero - as others have - or anywhere close. Certain races and age groups are also still far more likely to become victims and be responsible for violent crime than others. The root causes of violent crime have not changed either - and the circumstances under which crime is committed sound eerily familiar to the high-crime New York of 25 years ago that we now refer to as the "bad old days". Therefore, in order to make real strides in improving the quality of life amongst these persistently hardest-hit groups, we must address the root causes of why youth become involved in gun violence and crews. The NYPD publically acknowledged that youth "gangs" are becoming more organized and more violent, finding that more than a third of all shootings in New York City now involve what the NYPD calls "crews". In order to truly identify how youth are involved in organized activity (gangs, crews, etc.) and gun violence, the Crime Commission researched legal and intelligence definitions and conducted fieldwork with community residents, service providers, and policymakers. Although there have been significant recent investments by policymakers and funders - ranging from organizing task forces and work groups, to deploying new law enforcement strategies, to implementing programmatic interventions - New York City's ability to fully understand and diagnose its crew problem is hindered by a lack of data and coordination. While the NYPD collects data on crew members and related criminal activity, law enforcement data are typically insufficient to inform comprehensive responses because it is collected for the purpose of informing suppression and investigation strategies. At the same time, community-based organizations collect a range of data about the underlying needs of the individuals involved, but often lack the capacity to analyze and communicate these data to inform policy and programming decisions. Further, the City lacks a collaborative effort among stakeholders dedicated to addressing this problem. Preventing crew violence cannot be accomplished by a single agency or organization. Effective solutions require the combination of insight, hard work, and dedication from a wide variety of organizations and stakeholders. New York City should immediately mobilize stakeholders to take steps toward developing a comprehensive strategy to address the city's crew violence problem. The Crime Commission's Assessment offers the following recommendation: 1. Implement a cooperative approach 2. Better collect and share data 3. Coordinate a continuum of interventions Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Crews-Vol3-RespondingToTheProblem.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 137683

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Mayhem Multiplied: Mass Shooters and Large-Capacity Magazines Summary: Mass shootings have taken place consistently throughout American history, in every region of the country. Over the last 30 years, however, large-capacity ammunition magazines-which hold more than 10 rounds-have proliferated, allowing assailants to become much more destructive. A Crime Commission analysis shows, the results have been deadly for Americans. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-MayhemMultiplied.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 137684

Author: Clary, Jennifer Title: Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium: Evaluation Findings Summary: The Chicago Housing Authority (CHA) received a 9-month grant from the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority to support the further development of the Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium (ARC) in its efforts to improve safety in CHA's Altgeld Gardens and the surrounding Riverdale neighborhood in Chicago between January and September 2013. The Social IMPACT Research Center (IMPACT) at Heartland Alliance evaluated the group's efforts towards meeting the goals and objectives stated in the grant proposal. Details: Chicago: Social IMPACT Research Center, 2014. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.issuelab.org/resource/altgeld_riverdale_consortium_evaluation_findings Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 137685

Author: Schanzer, David Title: The Challenge and Promise of Using Community Policing Strategies to Prevent Violent Extremism: A Call for Community Partnerships with Law Enforcement to Enhance Public Safety Summary: More than four years ago, the White House issued a national strategy calling for the development of partnerships between police and communities to counter violent extremism. This report contains the results of a comprehensive assessment of the challenges and promise of this strategic approach to preventing violent extremism. It is based on a nationwide survey of law enforcement agencies and hundreds of hours of interviews and site visits with police departments and community members around the country. Based on this research, we reached two fundamental conclusions. First, policing agencies face multiple obstacles to creating community partnerships focused on preventing acts of violent extremism. But, second, some policing agencies are following a set of promising practices which, if applied effectively, can result in increasing trust between the police and the communities they serve. These trusting relationships can serve as a platform for addressing many public safety threats, including, but not limited to, violent extremism. Policing agencies are unlikely to be successful in creating partnerships to address violent extremism until they establish trusting relationships with the communities they serve. This is especially true with respect to Muslim American communities, which have experienced significant trauma since 9/11 and have deep concerns about how they are treated by the government. Police outreach and engagement efforts are viewed with some suspicion by Muslim Americans for a number of reasons. First, Muslim Americans perceive they are being unfairly assigned a collective responsibility to attempt to curb violent extremism inspired by al Qaeda, ISIS, and other likeminded groups, but other communities are not being asked to address anti-government, racist, and other forms of extremism. Our research confirmed that while many policing agencies have robust efforts to conduct outreach with Muslim Americans, they do not have organized, overt efforts to reach out to non-Muslim communities that may be targeted for recruitment by anti-government, racist, or other extremist movements. Second, some Muslim Americans believe that policing outreach and engagement initiatives may be linked with efforts to conduct surveillance on Muslim American individuals and organizations. Third, even though most Muslim Americans have favorable impressions of local law enforcement, they see outreach and engagement efforts as part of a federal counter-terrorism program. Their unpleasant experiences with federal agencies, especially with respect to airport security and immigration control, taint their support for partnerships with policing agencies. We also found that willingness to develop partnerships with the police depends on how effectively the police address other, non-terrorism related, public safety concerns of the community. Some Muslim American communities believe that their public safety concerns are not being fully addressed by the police and therefore are not interested in engaging on other issues. Finally, developing effective community outreach and engagement programs is also difficult for the police because the programs absorb significant resources and may detract from other police priorities. Community policing programs require staffing, specialized training, and interpreters or intensive language classes for officers - all at a time when many police departments around the country are experiencing budgetary stress. Furthermore, we found that preventing violent extremism, while a pressing national issue, is not a top priority for local police that must address violent crime, drugs, gangs, and a host of other public safety concerns. Details: Durham, NC: Triangle Center on Terrorism and Homeland Security, Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249674.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 137690

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Gun Deaths Outpace Motor Vwehicle Deaths in 21 States and the District of Columbia in 2014 Summary: Gun deaths outpaced motor vehicle deaths in 21 states and the District of Columbia in 2014, the most recent year for which data is available, a new analysis from the Violence Policy Center (VPC) finds. This is the fifth edition of the VPC report comparing gun deaths to motor vehicle deaths by state. The number of states where gun deaths exceed motor vehicle deaths has increased from just 10 states in 2009 - the first year of data analyzed by the VPC - to 21 states in 2014. In 2014, there were more gun deaths than motor vehicle deaths in Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Maryland, Michigan, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, and the District of Columbia, the analysis finds. Data is from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's National Center for Injury Prevention and Control. Gun deaths include gun suicides, homicides, and fatal unintentional shootings; motor vehicle deaths include both occupants and pedestrians. "Firearms are the only consumer product the federal government does not regulate for health and safety," states VPC Legislative Director Kristen Rand. "Meanwhile, science-based regulations have dramatically reduced deaths from motor vehicles in recent decades. It's well past time that we regulate firearms for health and safety just like all other consumer products." Nine out of ten American households have access to a motor vehicle while fewer than a third of American households have a gun. Yet nationwide in 2014, there were 33,599 gun deaths compared to 35,647 motor vehicle deaths. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.vpc.org/press/gun-deaths-surpass-motor-vehicle-deaths-in-21-states-and-the-district-of-columbia/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 137692

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Bringing NIATx to Corrections: Lessons Learned from Three Pilot Studies Summary: To help connect people reentering their communities from jail or prison to substance use treatment, the CSG Justice Center partnered with NIATx-a learning collaborative that is part of the Center for Health Enhancement Systems Studies (CHESS) at the University of Wisconsin-Madison-to bring its process improvement model to corrections. Through a competitive application process, three pilot sites were selected to work with the CSG Justice Center and NIATx from 2011 to 2013: -DeKalb County, Georgia -Durham County, North Carolina -The State of Maryland This report documents the key lessons learned and recommendations to help criminal justice and substance use treatment systems improve transitions between institutional and community care. Details: Lexington, KY: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/BringingNIATxtoCorrectionsFullReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 137693

Author: Charles Colson Taskforce on Federal Corrections Title: Transforming Prisons, Restoring Lives: Final Recommendations of the Charles Colson Task Force on Federal Corrections Summary: After decades of unbridled growth in its prison population, the United States faces a defining moment. There is broad, bipartisan agreement that the costs of incarceration have far outweighed the benefits, and that our country has largely failed to meet the goals of a well-functioning justice system: to enhance public safety, to prevent future victimization, and to rehabilitate those who have engaged in criminal acts. Indeed, a growing body of evidence suggests that our over-reliance on incarceration may in fact undermine efforts to keep the public safe. Momentum is strong for a new direction, for a criminal justice system guided by proven, cost-effective strategies that reduce crime and restore lives. But translating this impulse for reform into lasting change is no small challenge. This report provides both an urgent call to action and a roadmap for reforming the federal prison system, which, with 197,000 people behind bars, was the largest in the nation as 2015 drew to a close. By adopting the recommendations detailed here, and committing sufficient resources to ensure their effectiveness, we can reduce the federal prison population by 60,000 people over the coming years and achieve savings of over $5 billion, allowing for reinvestment in programs proven to reduce crime. Most important, these proposed reforms and savings can be achieved through evidence-based policies that protect public safety. Such savings will not only bring fiscal responsibility to a policy area long plagued by the opposite tendency, but will also free critical funds the US Department of Justice (DOJ) needs for other priorities, such as national security, state and local law enforcement, and victim assistance. And just as critically, these reforms will make our communities safer by ensuring we send the right people to prison and that they return to society with the skills, supervision, and support they need to stay crime free. While enacting these initiatives may seem daunting, doing nothing is not a sustainable option. The United States has the highest incarceration rate in the world, confining more than 2.2 million people in its jails and prisons on any given day. Sentencing reform and other policy changes will reduce our reliance on prison and cut costs as we reconsider which people truly need to be behind bars and for how long. But the country still faces the enormous challenge of reintegrating millions of formerly imprisoned people back into society, where the enduring stigma of a criminal record complicates their efforts to find housing and jobs. Fortunately, signs of meaningful progress shine brightly in the states. Lawmakers from Texas, Utah, Georgia, South Carolina, and a host of other states have re-examined government's expensive preference for incarceration and have embraced a more diversified, evidence-based approach that delivers better public safety at less cost. Reform has come much more slowly at the federal level. Despite recent reductions, the federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) has experienced a seven-fold increase in its population since 1980. Costs have spiked right along with that growth. Now almost $7.5 billion, federal prison spending has grown at more than twice the rate of the rest of the DOJ budget and accounts for about one-quarter of the total. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2016. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://colsontaskforce.org/final-recommendations/Colson-Task-Force-Final-Recommendations-January-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 137694

Author: Carrow, Lindy Title: Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium: Outcome Findings Summary: Since 2013, IMPACT has been working with the Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium (ARC) to evaluate their impact on safety in the community. The ARC consists of a variety of community partners -- nonprofits, schools, service providers, and local leaders -- whose collective goals include improving and strengthening community safety, creating vehicles for consistent communication, and increasing utilization of community resources. In 2014, IMPACT documented the collaborative work and key accomplishments of the ARC in the Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium: Evaluation Findings report. In the second chapter of the evaluation, Altgeld-Riverdale Consortium: Outcome Findings, IMPACT dives into local crime data to investigate the ARC's impact on community safety. Details: Chicago: Social Impact Research Center, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://socialimpactresearchcenter.issuelab.org/resource/altgeld_riverdale_consortium_outcome_findings Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Partnerships Shelf Number: 137696

Author: Millenky, Megan Title: Preventing Juvenile Justice Involvement for Young Women. An Introduction to an Evaluation of the PACE Center for Girls Summary: Involvement in the juvenile justice system has tremendous costs for the individuals within it, as well as for society. Such involvement may damage a child's relationships with friends and family, negatively affect mental health, and interrupt the academic progress and work experience that should accumulate during adolescence. On the societal level, the United States spends up to $88,000 per year on each individual placed in a juvenile corrections facility. Therefore, prevention or early intervention programs that help young people avoid involvement in the juvenile system in the first place offer a significant return on investment, and professionals in the field have focused on identifying and evaluating such promising approaches. Increasingly, girls are making up a larger proportion of those involved with the juvenile justice system. Although the juvenile confinement rate is declining, and juvenile arrest rates are slowing overall, girls are seeing less of an improvement than boys. Specifically, from 2001 to 2010 boys' arrest rates decreased by 26.5 percent, while girls' arrest rates decreased by only 15.5 percent. Yet the current juvenile justice system is not well positioned to meet the particular needs of girls, as most services are rooted in research based on the needs of boys. Girls at risk of juvenile delinquency have a specific profile that differs from that of their male counterparts: They are more often detained for non-serious offenses, such as truancy or violating probation, and more often enter the juvenile justice system with a history of physical or sexual abuse.6 According to a recent report by the Georgetown Law Center on Poverty and Inequality, "the juvenile justice system only exacerbates [the girls'] problems by failing to provide girls with services at the time when they need them most." One program that directly addresses this challenge is PACE Center for Girls. This "gender-responsive" program serving communities in Florida - perhaps the largest and most well-established of its kind - aims to prevent girls' involvement in the juvenile justice system. This brief describes an ongoing evaluation of PACE that will help policymakers and practitioners understand and strengthen the program's effects for at-risk girls on a range of outcomes, including education, delinquency, risky behavior, social support, and mental health. More broadly, the study will inform the national dialogue about how to better serve such girls. Details: New York: MDRC, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/Preventing_Juvenile_Justice_Involvement_2016.pdf?utm_source=MDRC+Updates&utm_campaign=af3e0f7338-January_28_2016&utm_medium=email&utm_term=0_504d5ac165-af3e0f7338-42214305 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 137698

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Improving Information-Sharing Across Law Enforcement: Why Can't We Know? Summary: Law enforcement capabilities increasingly depend on records management systems (RMSs) that maintain agencies' case histories, computer-aided dispatch (CAD) systems that maintain agencies' calls for service and call response histories, and other data systems. There are also increasing demands to share information with regional, state, and federal repositories of criminal justice information. A good deal of progress has been made on developing information-sharing standards, developing repositories of shared law enforcement information, developing common policies, and improving affordability. However, there are limitations with respect to existing information-sharing technology and policy. Commercial providers can have business models that do not support greater and cheaper information-sharing. Widespread concerns remain regarding the cost of RMSs, CAD, and other key systems. To address these barriers in the short term, we have identified information-sharing items to include in RFPs. We identify indicators that can help agencies determine whether bidding providers are interested in supporting information-sharing at comparatively low costs, and we provide some tips on writing requirements and pursuing new, lower-cost business models. In the longer term, we discuss building on existing developments to create a comprehensive framework for information-sharing. We identify critical interfaces that have not yet been captured. We present elements to be included in model policy and RFP language related to information-sharing, information assurance, and privacy and civil rights. Finally, we recommend further support for the new technology and business models that can help make these systems more affordable. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015.32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR600/RR645/RAND_RR645.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Data Collection Shelf Number: 137701

Author: New York (City). Department of Investigation Title: Police Use of Force in New York City: Findings and Recommendations on NYPD's Policies and Practices Summary: Use of force is a defining issue in modern policing. Police officers, by the very nature of their duties, are entrusted, empowered, and at times obligated by local governments to use force against citizens when appropriate. In exchange for this grant of power, communities and their police departments require that the use of force be governed by a set of standards. These standards stem from the premise that the force used must be reasonable, an idea rooted in the Fourth Amendment of the Constitution of the United States. Reasonable use of force and constitutional policing require equal treatment of all individuals, proper application of force, and accountability for the conduct of police officers. Following the death of Eric Garner in Staten Island in 2014 and others across the nation, there has been a public call for greater accountability when police officers use force that appears neither reasonable nor proportional. Police departments and police accountability agencies across the country have taken up the issue of use of force in an effort to improve policing and ensure that all officers are worthy of the tremendous power and trust afforded them by their communities. In January 2015, the New York City Department of Investigation's Office of the Inspector General for the New York City Police Department (OIG-NYPD) released its first report, Observations on Accountability and Transparency in Ten NYPD Chokehold Cases (Chokehold Report). In that report, OIG-NYPD found that the New York City Police Department (NYPD) disciplinary system was complex, multi-tiered, and often delivered inconsistent results in cases involving chokeholds. OIG-NYPD promised to further investigate NYPD's use of force by reviewing a larger sample of force investigations. This Report, which is a larger and more sophisticated inquiry into use of force, fulfills that promise. Many of the issues addressed in the Chokehold Report surface again in this larger data set. This Report examines five aspects of use of force within NYPD: (1) trends; (2) reporting; (3) de-escalation; (4) training; and (5) discipline. The Report begins by highlighting data and trends from excessive or unnecessary force cases substantiated by the Civilian Complaint Review Board (CCRB). CCRB substantiated 207 allegations of force in 179 cases between 2010 and 2014, a notably modest number, given the size of NYPD, and a positive indication of the NYPD's restraint. OIG-NYPD's review involved only non-deadly force cases investigated by CCRB, as no lethal force was used in the 179 substantiated cases. As discussed below, this investigation demonstrates several issues of real concern. Because accountability begins with access to reliable data, this Report describes how NYPD does and does not track use-of-force data, and how the usefulness of that information can be improved by adopting a more precise use-of-force policy coupled with standardized force reporting. This Report next presents the findings of an independent analysis of force cases where some officers not only missed the opportunity to de-escalate the incident, but took measures which affirmatively escalated the encounter. Given these findings, the Report examines policies of other law enforcement agencies regarding de-escalation tactics and reviews what NYPD is currently doing to address excessive force and de-escalation through training. The Report then suggests ways in which training and policy can be improved with respect to de-escalation tactics and other related skills. Lastly, this Report analyzes and evaluates NYPD's disciplinary system, including a close review of cases where OIG-NYPD, through independent review, determined that the use of force was not reasonable by any standard and not justified by any exigent circumstances or the need to protect an officer's or the public's safety. Historically, NYPD has frequently failed to discipline officers who use force without justification. This Report thus offers recommendations to improve the disciplinary process so that officers who use excessive force are properly held accountable. Details: New York: NYC Department of Investigation, 2015. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/oignypd/assets/downloads/pdf/oig_nypd_use_of_force_report_-_oct_1_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 137708

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: Observations on Accountability and Transparency in Ten NYPD Chokehold Cases Summary: Section 203-11 of the Patrol Guide, which governs "Use of Force," explicitly and unequivocally prohibits members of the New York City Police Department ("NYPD") from using "chokeholds" in their interactions with the public: Members of the New York City Police Department will NOT use chokeholds. A chokehold shall include, but is not limited to, any pressure to the throat or windpipe, which may prevent or hinder breathing or reduce intake of air. Patrol Guide 203-11 (emphasis in original). The death of a Staten Island man, Eric Garner, on July 17, 2014, after he was brought to the ground by an officer's arm around his neck in the course of an arrest, cast a spotlight on the use of chokeholds by NYPD officers and the enforcement of the chokehold prohibition under Section 203-11. Mr. Garner's death generated widespread public outcry, elevated chokeholds as a major concern within the rubric of the use of force, and prompted a flurry of videos purportedly showing NYPD officers using chokeholds in a variety of encounters with members of the public. The decision by a grand jury, on December 3, 2014, not to issue an indictment in the Garner case only increases the need for independent administrative review of these issues. In response to Mr. Garner's death, the Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD ("OIG-NYPD") conducted a focused review of the ten most recent cases where the Civilian Complaint Review Board ("CCRB") determined that NYPD officers used "chokeholds." What OIG-NYPD found raises questions not only about the way in which NYPD has enforced the chokehold ban in recent years, but also, far more importantly, about the disciplinary process in general and interactions between NYPD and CCRB. While no definitive conclusions regarding the use of chokeholds can or should be drawn from the finite universe of cases reviewed here, OIG-NYPD's study sheds light on areas where further careful analysis and study are warranted: how discipline is determined and imposed in use-of-force cases, gaps in inter- and intra-agency communication during the investigation of use-of-force cases, and officer training regarding communication skills, de-escalation strategies, and the use of force. This focused review, in effect, presents a road map of key policing issues with regard to the use of force that OIG-NYPD intends to explore and probe more deeply in the coming months. Details: New York NYC Department of Investigation, Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2016 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/oignypd/assets/downloads/pdf/chokehold_report_1-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 137709

Author: Novak, Kenneth J. Title: Kansas City, Missouri Smart Policing Initiative: From Foot Patrol to Focused Deterrence Summary: Kansas City, Missouri has experienced a persistent violent crime problem throughout much of the last decade. From 2010 through 2013, Kansas City ranked among the worst of the 50 largest cities in the United States for homicide, averaging more than 100 per year - for a rate of 22 per 100,000 residents. Kansas City's violent crime rate in 2012 was equally dismal, with nearly 2,500 aggravated assaults and 1,645 robberies. Violent crime in Kansas City is geographically concentrated in three of the department's six patrol divisions. In addition, violence disproportionately involves firearms. From 2010 to 2014, 90 percent of homicides and 42 percent of all aggravated assaults were gun-related. In 2011, the Kansas City Police Department (KCPD) received a grant through the Bureau of Justice Assistance's Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) to team with researchers and develop innovative interventions to reduce violent crime. Over the next four years, KCPD and their research partners at the University of Missouri-Kansas City implemented a multi-pronged effort to address violent crime through evidence-based strategies. In 2011 and 2012, the Kansas City SPI team planned, implemented, and evaluated a replication of the evidence-based Philadelphia Foot Patrol Experiment. For 90 days, pairs of rookie officers worked foot patrol shifts in four violent crime micro-hot spot areas. Results showed that foot patrol areas witnessed a 26-percent reduction in aggravated assaults and robberies during the 90-day period, and a 55-percent reduction during the first six weeks of the study. No reductions were reported in control areas or in catchment areas surrounding the foot patrol areas. Crime did increase in the target areas during the last seven weeks of the study and returned to pre-treatment levels after the foot patrol treatment ended. In 2013 and 2014, the Kansas City SPI team planned and implemented a comprehensive focused deterrence pulling levers strategy, called the Kansas City No Violence Alliance (KC NoVA). KC NoVA is an offender-focused strategy designed to reduce violent crime by building on the earlier success of the foot patrol project. During 2014, KC NoVA identified 64 groups composed of 884 violent offenders. The team held four call-ins with 149 attendees. As a result of the focused deterrence strategy, 601 offenders met with social service providers, and 142 offenders received a social service assessment. The SPI team conducted interrupted time series analysis to assess impact and found that the focused deterrence strategy produced statistically significant decreases in homicide (40 percent) and gun-related aggravated assaults (19 percent). The crime decline effects were largest immediately after implementation and weakened over time. The Kansas City SPI produced a number of lessons learned for law enforcement leaders and line officers. For leaders, the Kansas City SPI demonstrated the importance of keeping focus on Smart Policing principles in the wake of leadership change, and of effective communication to both internal and external stakeholders. The Kansas City SPI also provided insights regarding different deployment methods of foot patrol. For line officers, it highlighted the importance of determining what officers should actually do during foot patrol assignments, other than be present and visible. Finally, the Kansas City SPI underscores the importance of embracing the two key messages in a focused deterrence strategy: the threat of a law enforcement response to additional criminal activity, and the offer of help for those who want it. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis and Solutions, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Smart Policing Initiative: Spotlight Report: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/all/files/Kansas%20City%20SPI%20Spotlight%20FINAL%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 137710

Author: Zalman, Marvin Title: Elephants in the Station House: Serial Crimes, Wrongful Convictions, and Expanding Wrongful Conviction Analysis to Include Police Investigation Summary: In this article we advocate that the study of miscarriages of justice be expanded to view the entirety of police crime investigation as a source of wrongful convictions. We set this proposal in a framework of how the inductive innocence paradigm was developed and analyze how the term "causation" is used in legal, scientific and case analysis. We then explore a subject not yet addressed by wrongful conviction scholarship but that may confront an investigator: whether an unsolved crime is the work of a serial criminal and whether a suspect is the serial criminal. We examine a convenience sample of forty-four exonerees convicted of crimes committed by thirty serial criminals. The analysis is aimed at opening up a discussion of the kind of complexity that investigators face in hard-to-solve cases. Details: Detroit, MI: Wane State University, 2016. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2716155 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Miscarriages of Justice Shelf Number: 137711

Author: Beck, Allen J. Title: Sexual Victimization Reported by Juvenile Correctional Authorities, 2007-12 Summary: Presents national estimates of nonconsensual sexual acts, abusive sexual contacts, staff sexual misconduct, and staff sexual harassment reported by correctional authorities in state juvenile correctional systems and local and private juvenile correctional facilities from 2007 to 2012. The report also examines substantiated incidents, including characteristics of victims and perpetrators, location, time of day, nature of injuries, impact on the victims, and sanctions imposed on the perpetrators. Companion tables in the Survey of Sexual Violence in Juvenile Correctional Facilities, 2007-12 - Statistical Tables include counts of allegations and substantiated incidents of sexual victimization for each state juvenile correctional system, juvenile correctional facility in Indian country, and sampled locally and privately operated juvenile correctional facility. Data are from BJS's Survey of Sexual Violence (SSV), which has been conducted annually since 2004. Highlights: In 2012, juvenile correctional administrators reported 865 allegations of sexual victimization in state juvenile systems and 613 in local or private facilities and Indian country facilities. The number of allegations per year has fluctuated in state juvenile systems and the rate more than doubled, from 19 per 1,000 youth in 2005 to 47 per 1,000 in 2012. In locally and privately operated facilities, the number of allegations dropped from 2009 to 2011 and then began to rise in 2012. Based on 2-year rolling averages, the rate in 2012 was 13.5 per 1,000 youth, up from 7.2 per 1,000 in 2010. From 2007 to 2012, nearly 9,500 allegations of sexual victimization of youth were reported in state or local and private facilities. Fifty-five percent involved youth-on-youth sexual victimization and 45% involved staff-on-youth sexual victimization. Upon investigation, 25% of the allegations of youth-on-youth sexual victimization and 10% of the allegations of staff-on-youth sexual victimization were substantiated during the 6-year period. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/svrjca0712.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 137717

Author: Cavanaugh, John Title: Characterization of Weapons used in Stab/Slash Attacks Summary: This report is submitted in conjunction with Biokinetics 'Characterization of Weapons Used in Stab Attacks � Surrogate Development Final Report and details the work completed by Wayne State University (WSU) in reference to a National Institute of Justice (NIJ) Program entitled 'Characterization of Weapons used in Stab/Slash Attacks. Whereby, WSU was contracted by the National Institute of Justice to provide scientific support and guidance to a newly formed Special Technical Committee (STC), whose overall goal was to review and revise the current NIJ standard 0115.00 Stab Resistance of Personal Body Armor, to ensure that it accurately addresses the requirements of its current end user. The work in this contract was divided into several phases, summarized as follows: Phase 1, Part A � Survey of Weapons: Correctional and law enforcement agencies across the United States were requested to provide any and all sharp edged weapons that were confiscated over the last few years. Over 1300 weapons from twenty (20) states were collected in this process. Phase 1, Part B � Weapon Typology: All the weapons received were logged, photographed and had specific measurements determined based on a typology database nomenclature developed in conjunction with Biokinetics. Phase 2 � Weapon Typology/Improvised Weapon Exemplar Development: Biokinetics finalized the typology for the improvised weapon exemplars, using the knowledge gained in Phase 1 by WSU and from an approach that involved the key components of how delivery occurs and the armor interaction with the weapon. The goal was to have specific classifications based on threat to life. Performance based taxonomy of the surveyed weapons included tip and edge sharpness, weapon hardness and push-through tests. The weapons were down-selected and an initial set of weapon exemplars was developed. Phase 3 � Exemplar Weapon Comparison: The final phase of the program was to compare the relative performance of the new improvised weapon exemplars to the P1, S1, and Spike threats found in the NIJ 0115.0 Standard. Preliminary statistical analysis was performed to evaluate the newly developed exemplar(s) and their relative performance in relation to threat to life. Four exemplar weapons were developed to represent the threats found in correctional facilities and may be considered for future updates of relevant body armor performance standards such as NIJ 0115.00. The following summarizes the results of this study: (1) a stab weapon typology and taxonomy were successfully developed to identify potentially aggressive threats based on descriptive information, (2) quasi-static performance tests were developed to characterize tip, edge and system performance for initial down-selection of stab weapons, (3) two bladed and two spiked exemplar weapons were developed from the geometric and performance characteristics of weapons obtained from correctional facilities in the US, (4) the proposed exemplars require a lesser number of armor layers to meet the current penetration limits of NIJ 0115.00 in comparison to the P1/A and S1/G exemplars, and (5) greater use of the exemplars from the practitioners is required to fully understand their implications on armor design, relevancy and test variability. Additional work is required to establish confidence levels and potential for quality control measures of the exemplars. Details: Detroit, MI: Wayne State University, Department of Biomedical Engineering, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249550.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Knives Shelf Number: 137718

Author: Juvenile Justice Coalition (Ohio) Title: Bring Youth Home: Building on Ohio's Deincarceration Leadership Summary: In recent years, research has overwhelmingly shown the harmful effects of incarcerating children. In the short term, incarcerated children are subject to dangerous and abusive conditions, including physical abuse, sexual assault, and practices such as isolation, which can cause permanent psychological damage. These harmful conditions have been proven conclusively in 39 states. Long term, children who are locked up in juvenile correctional facilities are less likely to succeed in school or to find employment, and they are more likely to reoffend compared to similar children who are placed on probation or in alternative programs. Details: Columbus, OH: JJC, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://jjohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Bring-Youth-Home-Report-11.25.15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137726

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: No More Excuses: A Roadmap to Justice for CIA Torture Summary: This 153-page report sets out evidence to support the main criminal charges that can be brought against those responsible for state-sanctioned torture, and challenges claims that prosecutions are not legally possible. The report also outlines US legal obligations to provide redress to victims of torture, and steps the US should take to do so. It also details actions that other countries should take to pursue criminal investigations into CIA torture. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us1115_web_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 137730

Author: McNair, Ayana Title: The Captive Public: Media Representations of the Police and the (Il)Legitimacy of Police Power Summary: The contemporary media landscape is rife with images that promote policing. The abundance of media images that valorize the police and naturalize police power occupies a taken-for-granted space in today�s cultural environment. [The dissertation is focused largely on "contemporary" cultural production, which the project conceives to be within the range of circa mid-twentieth century through the present.] Contemporary mainstream cultural production depictions of the police within the mainstream serve to perpetuate dominant discourse and legitimate police power. Depictions of the police within the mainstream, across media platforms, including the news, television, and the cinema, are overwhelmingly bereft of meaningful engagement with police function, as enforcers of the economic, social, and political status quo via the sanctioned use of violence. In the Much of the information about the police produced within the contemporary mode of mainstream cultural production tends to reproduce, rather than challenge, existing power relations. The police occupy a reified position within the culture and are continually associated with positive cultural values such as heroism and benevolence. Depictions of the police are largely celebratory and continually project an image of the police as legitimate, necessary, and ultimately aligned with the common good. This dissertation explores the relationship between portrayals of the police within contemporary mainstream cultural production and the cultivation of popular support for policing. The focus on the contemporary mode of cultural production elucidates the perpetual nature of problematic police depictions� that celebratory, depoliticized depictions of police continue to permeate the culture is a testament to the pervasiveness of dominant discourse within the mainstream. To illustrate the ubiquity of pro-authoritarian discourse, the dissertation investigates the privileging of police perspective across three sites of cultural production: police museums, reality crime television, and police comedies. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA, 2011. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 1, 2016 at: http://digitallibrary.usc.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p15799coll127/id/668116 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Media and Crime Shelf Number: 137731

Author: Navarro, Jose Alfredo Title: Machos y Malinchistas: Chicano/Latino Gang Narratives, Masculinity, & Affect Summary: Machos y Malinchistas interrogates how Chicano nationalist cultural productions, after the Chicano movement (1960-2010), have posited a monolithic Chicano/Latino identity primarily based on a racist, heteropatriarchal nation-state model for nationalism that results in the formation of a "transcendental revolutionary Chicano [male] subject" (Fregoso). Furthermore, although this project examines how these literary, cinematic, and musical representations of Chicano/Latino men in late 20th century are strategically deployed by the mainstream media and also by Chicanos/Latinos to simultaneously reproduce and resist imperialist, racist, and heteropatriarchal logics of domination. It also highlights the process through which dominant cultural ideologies force Chicanas/os and Latinas/os to imagine themselves through the prism of a white racist, heteropatriarchal nation-state - one that ultimately regulates Chicano/Latino identity and sexuality. Such nationalist narratives, I argue, not only effect a symbolic erasure of Chicana and Latina women - especially with regard to representations of these women in the novels and films I analyze - but also fiercely regulate male Chicano/Latino sexuality. Therefore, many of these literary and cultural representations of Chicanas/os and Latinas/os- especially in gang narratives, and particularly with respect to representations of so-called "figures of resistance" like El Pachuco and El Cholo-reveal the effects of Spanish and U.S. colonial residues on the Chicano/Latino community while they underscore the history of racism and sexism in the U.S. In this respect, my preliminary conclusion is that the representations of Chicano/Latino men and their masculinities/sexualities in literature, film and music in the U.S. has largely been what I call a masking - or brown-facing - of the legacies of Spanish and U.S. imperialisms, heteropatriarchy, and racism in the country. Nevertheless, I maintain that such performances still form particularly cogent responses to state oppression and the underlying logics of domination. Furthermore, I argue that these literary, cinematic, and musical products create opportunities to disrupt these imperial logics. Finally, in my consideration of the ways that gender and sexuality mediate Chicano nationalist discourses, especially as these discourses relate to Chicano/Latino masculinity represented by Chicano/Latino gangs, I begin to rearticulate Chicano/a Latino/a identity as a part of a larger anti-racist, egalitarian, and anti-imperialist political identity that functions to "liberate (Chicano/a and other minority) constituencies from the subordinating forces of the state" (Rodriguez 2009). Consequently, Machos y Malinchistas utilizes the fields of American Studies, Postcolonial, and Cultural Studies-specifically, Chicana/o Cultural Studies-, literary criticism, and other subaltern historiographies as key frameworks for understanding Chicana/o Latina/o nationalist cultural productions. My project draws upon recent Chicana/o Latina/o scholarship like Richard T. Rodriguez's Next of Kin: The Family in Chicano/a Cultural Politics (2009) and Ellie Hernandez's Postnationalism in Chicana/o Literature and Culture (2009) and puts key elements of these respective texts into conversation with my analysis of Chicano/Latino nationalist texts-specifically, with regard to the way Chicano/Latino gang figures have been utilized as a conduit of Chicano nationalist resistance. More importantly, like Monica Brown's Gang Nation: Delinquent Citizens in Puerto Rican, Chicano, and Chicana Narratives (2002), my project levels a critique of Chicano nationalism through the prisms of gender and sexuality in gang narratives. However, unlike Brown's critique, which relies heavily on notions of citizenship that support a nation-state framework for constructions of the Chicana/o Latina/o identity, my critique offers a transnational and localized reimagining of the Chicana/o Latina/o "nation" that facilitates a disruption of nationalist positions and perspectives. My analysis, therefore, stages a transnational, stratified and feminist critique of Chicano/Latino masculinity and sexuality that is mediated through Chicano nationalism in these literary and cultural texts. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2012. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation, 2012: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: http://cdm15799.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p15799coll3/id/105072 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Films Shelf Number: 137733

Author: Relf, Aubrey Title: The nature of gang spawning communities: African American gangs in Compton, CA: 1960-2013 Summary: African American gangs have existed in Compton since the late 1960s, policy makers, scholars, and residents have sought to understand why certain communities remain vulnerable to gang persistence. This study investigated factors that have possibly contributed to this persistence in Compton, CA during 1960 to 2013. The study used a qualitative research design and facilitated semi-structured interviews with twelve people, age twenty to seventy, who lived in Compton for at least 20 years. The analysis revealed that gangs persisted because several youth adopted an identity that glorified the gangster culture, the influx of drugs which: fractured family structures, enflamed gang warfare, and provided illegal means of economic growth. Moreover, as gang wars evolved from fistfights to drive-by shootings, they enhanced community exposure to violence and elicited retaliation that has contributed to gang persistence. Overall, from a community structural vantage point, marginalization, poverty, crack cocaine, and a lack of jobs facilitated a place where gangs and crime may thrive. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2014. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: http://digitallibrary.usc.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p15799coll3/id/404817 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 137734

Author: Chauhan, Preeti Title: Tracking Enforcement Rates in New York City, 2003-2014 Summary: In recent years, the national discussion on the role of the police in our society has been defined, in large part, by debates over the proper exercise of the enforcement authority granted to police officers. This discussion has been carried out under various headings. Some debates focus on the effectiveness of "quality of life", or "broken windows" policing. Others center on whether there is a "Ferguson Effect," or a hesitation on the part of the police to take enforcement actions following the tragic events in Ferguson, MO. Still other policy discussions focus on the role of the police in enforcing specific laws, such as prohibitions on marijuana possession, or in arresting certain categories of people, such as the mentally ill or the homeless. Finally, many heated discussions involve the role of the police in interacting with communities of color, particularly young people in those communities, and the use of enforcement powers in those neighborhoods. Too often, these discussions are carried out in the absence of clear empirical understanding of the trends in the use of the enforcement powers of the police. It is against this backdrop of a compelling conversation about the role of the police and the need for good data that John Jay College of Criminal Justice is particularly pleased to present this report documenting the rise and fall in enforcement actions in New York City from 2003-2014. This is the third report prepared by the Misdemeanor Justice Project, a research initiative launched nearly three years ago by a team of John Jay faculty, staff, and students. The Misdemeanor Justice Project focuses on trends in the use of police discretion in response to crimes, particularly low-level crimes. The hope of the Misdemeanor Justice Project is to provide an empirical foundation for the policy discussion underway in New York City and across the country on the interactions between the police and the public regarding low-level violations of the law. This third report from the Misdemeanor Justice Project documents the changing patterns in felony arrests, misdemeanor arrests, criminal summonses, and stop, question and frisk activities in New York City from 2003-2014. This analysis was inspired by Police Commissioner William J. Bratton�s notion of the "peace dividend," the assertion that a lower level of enforcement activity by police officers will allow police resources to be redeployed to better use, promote greater discretion in exercising authority, and reduce the number of negative interactions with the public. On March 26, 2015, the NY Daily News reported that Commissioner Bratton predicted one million fewer law enforcement contacts with the public in 2015, mainly due to decreases in stops, summonses, and marijuana arrests. This report presents trends in arrests, criminal summonses, and stops and analyzes these data by the age, gender, and race/ethnicity (when possible) of those receiving this enforcement attention. The report covers enforcement activities through 2014, the year before the Commissioner's predictions can be validated, but the results confirm his assessment of the magnitude of the "peace dividend": between 2011 and 2014, there were 804,750 fewer enforcement actions taken by the NYPD. As with the previous reports of the Misdemeanor Justice Project, this third report provides a macro-level picture on the number (and rates) of enforcement actions using arrests, criminal summonses, and reported stops. Unlike our prior reports, we do not track these from point of contact to disposition and sentence. We recognize at the outset that this report does not include all the different types of enforcement activities for which New Yorkers come in contact with the police, such as moving violation summonses, parking violation summonses, and Transit Authority Bureau summonses. These three types of activities are likely high volume and contribute to the overall experience of New Yorkers with the police, but data are not available for parking violation summonses and TAB summonses, and moving violation summonses do not provide demographic breakdown. Therefore, this report does not include the entire universe of enforcement actions between the police and public. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Misdemeanor Justice Project, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Report Presented to the Citizens Crime Commission: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: http://www.jjay.cuny.edu/sites/default/files/News/Enforcement_Rate_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 137735

Author: Sundstrom, Aksel Title: Understanding Illegality and Corruption in Forest Management: A Literature Review Summary: This review synthesizes the literature studying illegality and government corruption in forest mangement. After discussing the theoretical connections between different types of corruption and illegal forest-related activities it describes the major trends in previous studies, examining cross-national patterns as well as local in-depth studies. Both theory and available empirical findings pro-vide a straightforward suggestion: Bribery is indeed a "door opener" for illegal activities to take place in forest management. It then discusses the implications for conservation, focusing first on international protection schemes such as the REDD+ and second on efforts to reduce illegality and bribery in forest management. Key aspects to consider in the discussion on how to design monitoring institutions of forest regulations are how to involve actors without the incentive to engage in bribery and how to make use of new technologies that may publicize illegal behavior in distant localities. The review concludes by discussing avenues for future research. Details: Goteborg: University of Gothenburg, QOG The Quality of Government Institute, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series 2016:1: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: http://qog.pol.gu.se/digitalAssets/1558/1558576_2016_1_sundstrom.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bribery Shelf Number: 137736

Author: MacArthur Foundation Title: Juvenile Justice in a Developmental framework: A 2015 Status Report Summary: Every state has implemented developmentally-appropriate juvenile justice reform over the last 15 years, according to a report supported by the MacArthur Foundation's Models for Change initiative. The report provides a snapshot of nationwide progress as states have evolved many tough on crime policies that treat young offenders as adults to foster a system that considers youth's developmental needs and capacity for change. From state efforts to raise the age of juvenile court jurisdiction to protecting juvenile records, the report illustrates a growing understanding of the intersection of adolescent neurological development and juvenile justice - a field bolstered by the MacArthur Research Network on Adolescent Development and Juvenile Justice - that is driving reform in support of better outcomes for young offenders and their communities. Details: Chicago: MacArthur Foundation, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2016 at: https://www.macfound.org/media/files/MacArthur_Foundation_2015_Status_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Jurisdiction Shelf Number: 137741

Author: Task Force on Combating Terrorist and Foreign Fighter Travel Title: Final Report of the Task Force on Combating Terrorism and Foreign Fighter Travel Summary: Today we are witnessing the largest global convergence of jihadists in history, as individuals from more than 100 countries have migrated to the conflict zone in Syria and Iraq since 2011. Some initially flew to the region to join opposition groups seeking to oust Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad, but most are now joining the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS), inspired to become a part of the group's "caliphate" and to expand its repressive society. Over 25,000 foreign fighters have traveled to the battlefield to enlist with Islamist terrorist groups, including at least 4,500 Westerners. More than 250 individuals from the United States have also joined or attempted to fight with extremists in the conflict zone. These fighters pose a serious threat to the United States and its allies. Armed with combat experience and extremist connections, many of them are only a plane-flight away from our shores. Even if they do not return home to plot attacks, foreign fighters have taken the lead in recruiting a new generation of terrorists and are seeking to radicalize Westerners online to spread terror back home. Responding to the growing threat, the House Homeland Security Committee established the Task Force on Combating Terrorist and Foreign Fighter Travel in March 2015. Chairman Michael McCaul and Ranking Member Bennie Thompson appointed a bipartisan group of eight lawmakers charged with reviewing the threat to the United States from foreign fighters, examining the government's preparedness to respond to a surge in terrorist travel, and providing a final report with findings and recommendations to address the challenge. Members and staff also assessed security measures in other countries, as U.S. defenses depend partly on whether foreign governments are able to interdict extremists before they reach our shores. Details: Washington, DC: The Task Force, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: https://homeland.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/TaskForceFinalReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 137746

Author: Kleck, Gary Title: Large-Capacity Magazines and the Casualty Counts in Mass Shootings: The Plausibility of Linkages Summary: Do bans on large-capacity magazines (LCMs) for semiautomatic firearms have significant potential for reducing the number of deaths and injuries in mass shootings? The most common rationale for an effect of LCM use is that they allow mass killers to fire many rounds without reloading. LCMs are used is less than 1/3 of 1% of mass shootings. News accounts of 23 shootings in which more than six people were killed or wounded and LCMs were used, occurring in the U.S. in 1994-2013, were examined. There was only one incident in which the shooter may have been stopped by bystander intervention when he tried to reload. In all of these 23 incidents the shooter possessed either multiple guns or multiple magazines, meaning that the shooter, even if denied LCMs, could have continued firing without significant interruption by either switching loaded guns or by changing smaller loaded magazines with only a 2-4 second delay for each magazine change. Finally, the data indicate mass shooters maintain slow enough rates of fire such that the time needed to reload would not increase the time between shots and thus the time available for prospective victims to escape. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2700166 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 137749

Author: Spence, Douglas H. Title: Recidivism by Direct Sentence Clients Released from Day Report Centers in 2011: Predictors and Patterns over Time Summary: This study investigates the factors that predict the likelihood that DRC clients will be arrested, booked into jail, or incarcerated within 2 years of release. It also examines the timing of recidivism events during the period after release. The strong relationship between successful program completion, risk scores, and recidivism provides evidence of the impact of DRC programming and the predictive validity of the LS/CMI risk assessment tool. Analysis of LS/CMI subcomponent scores reveals important areas of criminogenic need for the DRC client population in WV, and suggest means for further improving the quality of service delivery in DRCs. Findings related to the timing of recidivism point to additional opportunities for reducing recidivism rates through the use of targeted post-release supervision strategies. Implications for quality assurance, effective treatment dosage, and adherence to evidence-based practices are also discussed. Details: Charleston, WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Research and Strategic Planning, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://jrsa.org/sac-spotlight/wv-recidivism/wv-drc-recidivism.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarcerations Shelf Number: 137750

Author: Orsini, Maria M. Title: Predicting Recidivism of Offenders Released from the West Virginia Division of Corrections: Validation of the Level of Service/Case Management Inventory Summary: This study examines whether the LS/CMI risk assessment tool effectively predicts recidivism for offenders released from the supervision of the West Virginia Division of Corrections. Utilization of the LS/CMI and adherence to the risk, need, and responsivity (RNR) principles can facilitate substantial reductions in recidivism. Findings indicate that the LS/CMI total risk score is a significant predictor of recidivism when controlling for confounding variables. Specifically, total risk scores are predictive of future jail bookings and reincarceration. Recidivism rates for WV DOC offenders increase as LS/CMI risk levels increase. Significant correlations exist between LS/CMI total score and all three recidivism measures: jail booking, reincarceration, and any recidivism. Subanalyses indicate that the LS/CMI is an accurate predictor of recidivism for violent offenders. Details: Charleston, WV: West Virginia Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Research and Strategic Planning, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/ORSP/SAC/Documents/JCEBP%20LSCMI%20Validation%20DOC%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 137751

Author: Davidson, Leighann J. Title: Evidence-Based Offender Assessment: A Comparative Analysis of West Virginia and U.S. Risk Scores Summary: This study describes the results of more than 8,000 LS/CMI risk assessments provided to West Virginia offenders in 2013 and 2014. West Virginia normative data is compared to U.S. offender population norms derived from assessment data gathered from nine states across the country. Results indicate West Virginia has a lower risk offender population compared to other states - this is true regardless of correctional setting (i.e., community or institutional confinement). Approximately 74-76% of West Virginia offenders under correctional supervision have risk scores that are below the U.S. average. The low risk population under supervision, in part, explains the comparatively low recidivism rates observed in West Virginia. Compared to other states, West Virginia offenders have lower levels of need in most areas, especially the Procriminal Attitude/Orientation and Antisocial Pattern domains. The study results suggest there may be substantive differences in the risk and needs of male and female offenders in West Virginia. Consideration of LS/CMI risk scores may enhance the state's efforts to manage its correctional population, protect the public, and save resources. Details: Charleston, WV: West Virginia Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Research and Strategic Planning, 2015. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/ORSP/SAC/Documents/Davidson%20et%20al%202015_EBP%20Offender%20Assessment%20Comparative%20Analysis.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 137752

Author: Spence, Douglas H. Title: The Predictive Utility of Risk and Needs Assessment Summary: Risk and needs assessment plays a crucial role in determining the services offenders receive while in correctional custody and their level of supervision after release. According to the principles of effective correctional intervention, clients assessed as having a higher risk of recidivism should receive both a greater treatment dosage and a higher level of case supervision. This strategy of providing more services to higher risk individuals is frequently described as adhering to the "risk principle" (Andrews and Dowden, 2006). In order to adhere to the risk principle, however, correctional programs must first ensure that they are accurately assessing offenders' risk and needs. The Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (LS/CMI), and its predecessor the Level of Service Inventory-Revised (LSI-R), are two of the most prominent and widely-used tools for assessing offenders. Both have been subjected to extensive empirical research and have been shown to accurately predict the likelihood of recidivism for a variety of offender populations (Vose, Cullen and Smith, 2008). The LS/CMI is currently used by all correctional agencies in West Virginia to assess risk for recidivism. The tool is completed through a process that involves an offender interview combined with the use of official records. The collective information is used to calculate risk scores that indicate an overall risk for recidivism as well as identify specific criminogenic needs (i.e., dynamic risk factors shown to be empirically related to recidivism). These factors include: education/employment, family/marital relationships, substance abuse, procriminal attitudes, antisocial peers, leisure/recreation activities, antisocial personality, and past criminal behavior. LS/CMI scores are utilized to make a variety of decisions including level of supervision and services to be provided to protect public safety. Several recent and forthcoming studies conducted by researchers from the Office of Research and Strategic Planning (ORSP) assess the effectiveness of the LS/CMI for predicting recidivism by offenders in WV. These studies investigate the statistical relationships between various offender characteristics (including LS/CMI scores) and the likelihood of committing a new offenses during a 24 month follow-up period. Details: Charleston, WV: Criminal Justice Statistical Analysis Center, Office of Research and Strategic Planning, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief; Evidence-Based Practice Series, No. 1: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://www.djcs.wv.gov/ORSP/SAC/Documents/JCEBP%20Research%20Brief%201_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarcerations Shelf Number: 137753

Author: Pope, Leah G. Title: First-Episode Incarceration: Creating a Recovery-Informed Framework for Integrated Mental Health and Criminal Justice Responses Summary: The number of people diagnosed with serious mental illness in the U.S. criminal justice system has reached unprecedented levels. Increasingly, people recognize that the justice system is no substitute for a well-functioning community mental health system. Although a range of targeted interventions have emerged over the past two decades, existing approaches have done little to reduce the overall number of incarcerated people with serious mental illness. This report, modeled on promising approaches in the mental health field to people experiencing a first episode of psychosis, outlines a new integrated framework that encourages the mental health and criminal justice fields to collaborate on developing programs based on early intervention, an understanding of the social determinants that underlie ill health and criminal justice involvement, and recovery-oriented treatment. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2016 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/first-episode-incarceration-integrated-mental-health-criminal-justice-responses.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 137755

Author: Lopez Cruz, Ivan G. Title: Policing, Schooling and Human Capital Accumulation Summary: A substantial body of empirical and policy literature argues that schooling can be a powerful tool against criminality and violence. On the other hand, recent work has demonstrated that low levels of public safety can have serious detrimental effects on educational outcomes. This paper develops a model to analyze the roles that investments in education and in public safety have for student's educational attainment. The model captures the main stylized facts of the literature and explores the optimal balance between investment in policing and schooling. The model analyses individual decisions to accumulate violence related skills ("street capital") at the expense of human capital accumulation in a setting where property rights require private efforts to be enforced. The model assumes that inhabitants of a region decide, during childhood, to allocate efforts to schooling and/or learning "street skills" that, as adults, will serve them in resolving violent conflicts in their favor. Hence, if the level of public safety, which is the only mean to prevent violent confrontations, is low, the incentives to study will also be lower. Moreover, one of the results establishes that those agents who accumulate more human capital, and hence are more productive, suffer a comparative disadvantage in exerting violence because their opportunity cost of doing so is higher. Therefore, if investments in public education increase the productivity spread between adult agents, the incentives to study might decrease and lead to a lower output, showing that the benefits of schooling can only be seized if they are complemented with enough public safety. Details: Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Bloomington - Center for Applied Economics and Policy Research, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: CAEPR Working Paper No. 024-2015 : Accessed February 5, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2714365 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 137762

Author: University of Michigan Law School Title: Exonerations in 2015 Summary: ​A new report by the Registry, Exonerations in 2015, describes a record 149 exonerations last year. There were also record numbers of exonerations in homicide cases, exonerations with false confessions, exonerations of convictions based on guilty pleas, exonerations with official misconduct and exonerations with the help of prosecutorial Conviction Integrity Units. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Law School, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 5, 2016 at: http://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Documents/Exonerations_in_2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 137771

Author: Sethi, Jenna Title: Co-Creating Community Change: Responding to Violence through Youth Media Practice Summary: Young people have unprecedented access to media. They are not just "watching" media content; they are critiquing popular media and creating a variety of their own media projects to examine their lived experience (Sefton-Green & Soep, 2007; Chavez & Soep, 2005). The purpose of this critical qualitative study was to illuminate the ways youth, as active agents, address violence in their communities through producing media. The second purpose of this study was to better understand the youth work practices that support young people who examine and change their communities. The following questions guided this project: How do youth experience violence in their communities? How do youth create media to address violence? What does the process of creating media to address violence mean to them? What youth work practices support the efforts of young people in the process of creating media to address violence in their respective communities? Constructivist, critical and participatory theories guided this study (Guba & Lincoln, 2000; Friere, 1970; Cammarota & Fine, 2008). Semi-structured in-depth interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2009; Patton, 2005; Madison, 2005) with 15 staff and young filmmakers, mural and spoken word artists in three different urban communities were conducted in order to better understand this phenomenon. Findings expand upon our knowledge of young people's experience with violence. Their experience required a multifaceted analysis of violence including: physical, structural, institutional and emotional realities. Young people in this study created media to address these forms of violence through a sustained and complex process that included personal growth, building media skills and community development. Youth workers supported this process through creating an intentional sense of belonging attuned to young people's context, culture and community. They also co-created spaces where spiritual healing and critical hope could flourish by standing with youth to examine and speak back to injustice inspiring positive change. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2014. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/167463/Sethi_umn_0130E_15121.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 137784

Author: Connecticut. Office of the Child Advocate Title: Investigative Facility Report: Connecticut Juvenile Training School and Pueblo Unit Summary: The Office of the Child Advocate (OCA) is charged with investigating, evaluating, and publicly reporting regarding the efficacy of state-funded services to children. OCA is specifically charged with reviewing conditions for children and youth in state-funded facilities and in programs serving children with special needs. The following investigation was undertaken in part because of concerns about conditions at the Connecticut Juvenile Training School and Pueblo brought to OCA by whistleblowers, some of whom work at the Department of Children and Families. CJTS and Pueblo are DCF-run juvenile correctional programs for boys and girls adjudicated as delinquent and committed to state custody due to juvenile offenses. Most of the children confined at CJTS have adjudications for non-violent offenses. The primary purpose (if not the sole purpose) of CJTS and Pueblo is to improve public safety through the rehabilitation/treatment of delinquent youth. The vast majority of children and youth at CJTS and Pueblo have histories of trauma, abuse, neglect, complex psychiatric disorders, and special education needs. To rehabilitate successfully, these youth require intensive, therapeutic supports, seven days a week, and discharge to rigorous and effective services and supervision. OCA's months-long review of facility video tapes, incident reports, and treatment records revealed urgent safety problems for youth. Findings include inadequate suicide prevention, lack of appropriate support and training for staff, inadequate and harmful crisis management, and an opaque system that, despite significant public funding, reports scant information regarding quality, public safety outcomes, and oversight. There is a tension between the rehabilitative mission of the juvenile justice system and the operations of a maximum-security facility like CJTS. These tensions give rise to many of the risks and harms discovered by OCA during this investigation. In part due to similar findings around the country and research demonstrating such programs are ineffective for improving public safety, many states are moving away from prison-like facilities for high need youth and re-allocating dollars towards more effective interventions. Connecticut has rightfully been lauded as a national leader in decreasing incarceration rates for juveniles and adults. However, reliance on the state's maximum security juvenile correctional complex continues, despite stakeholders' and leaders' historic lack of confidence in this facility. OCA respectfully and strongly urges close attention to the urgent issues outlined in this report. OCA's recommendations are also similar to those recently offered by DCF's consultant, Dr. Robert Kinscherff of the National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice. DCF has pledged to act on several of Dr. Kinscherff's recommendations and has begun to take additional steps to do the following: 1. Eliminate unlawful restraint and seclusion of children in the facilities; 2. Improve suicide prevention protocols and training; 3. Improve risk assessment and response; 4. Strengthen trauma-informed supports for youth; 5. Improve quality assurance and reporting. OCA applauds that commitment. Given the gravity of OCA's findings, the unique vulnerability of confined youth and the extraordinary state expenditure for CJTS and Pueblo, it will be critical to ensure that changes are implemented expertly, expeditiously, and transparently. Given the complexity of issues reviewed during this investigation, OCA consulted extensively with mental health and other professionals to support our review and recommendations. To that end, OCA also consulted with the State's Office of Protection and Advocacy-charged with protecting the rights of persons with disabilities. The Office of Protection and Advocacy (OPA) reviewed numerous primary source records, including treatment plans, progress notes, and video tapes collected during our investigation. The Office of Protection and Advocacy has issued a responsive public statement, attached to this report. Details: Hartford, CT: Office of the Child Advocate, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.ct.gov/oca/lib/oca/oca_investigative_cjts_pueblo_report_july_22_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 137786

Author: Nigg, Claudio R. Title: State Epidemiological Profile: Selected Youth and Adult Drug Indicators Summary: Background: The State of Hawaii Epidemiological Profile: Selected Youth and Adult Drug Indicators was developed as one of the services provided by the Alcohol and Drug Abuse Division (ADAD) Epidemiology Team. The ADAD Epidemiology Team is a partner of the Strategic Prevention Framework Partnerships for Success (SPF-PFS), which is funded through a federal grant provided by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). The purposes of this profile are identifying Hawai'i's status of drug use by youth and adults, detecting trends of drug use, and providing information in a user-friendly format for planning and implementation of drug use prevention and treatment programs. Methods: The drug-related indicators in this profile were selected based on SAMHSA's National Outcome Measures (NOMs). In order to report those selected indicators, Hawaii Youth Risk Behavior Survey (Hawaii YRBS) and National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) were utilized as primary data sources in this profile. Results and Findings: The overall prevalence rates of each drug-related indicator among high school students in 2013 were: 18.9% for 30-day marijuana use; 10.4% for trying marijuana before age 13 years; 6.5% for ever using cocaine; 9.2% for ever using inhalants; 8.0% for ever using ecstasy; 3.4% for ever using heroin; 4.3% for ever using methamphetamine; and 12.9% for ever using prescription drugs without a doctor's prescription. The findings indicated that there were no significant differences in drug indicators for youth (high school students or individuals aged from 12 to 17) in Hawai'i since 2007 except that rates of ever having used ecstasy were slightly but significantly higher in 2011 than 2009. Marijuana was the most prevalent illicit drug among youth with 18.9% reporting that they had used it in the past 30 days (2013). Prescription drugs and inhalants were two most common substances that were ever used by youth (12.9% and 9.2%, respectively in 2013). The least common illicit drug was heroin with 3.4% of youth reported that they had ever used it (2013). There were no sex differences for any youth drug indicator in any year from 2007 to 2013. Overall, no significant differences by grade were seen for any drug indicator except for prescription drug misuse (use without a doctor's prescription), in which 12th graders had higher rates than 9th graders in 2011 and 2013. Native Hawaiians, Caucasians, and other Pacific Islanders generally had the highest rates of youth drug use. The overall prevalence rates of each drug-related indicator among adults in 2010-2011 were: 6.9% for 30-day marijuana use; 22.1% for ever using cocaine; 10.4% for ever using inhalants; 9.4% for ever using ecstasy; 2.5% for ever using heroin; 7.1% for ever using methamphetamine; and 13.6% for ever using prescription drugs without a doctor's prescription. There were no significant differences in adult drug indicators for Hawaii since 2007. Other than marijuana use (data of ever having used marijuana is not available, but 6.9% of adults in Hawaii reported that they had used marijuana in the past 30 days in 2010-2011), rates of ever having used illicit drugs were highest for cocaine (22.1%) followed by prescription pain relievers (13.6%), and lowest for heroin (2.5%) in 2010-2011, the most current year available. Program Recommendations: Prevention efforts should be strengthened in response to the fact that the prevalence rates of illicit drugs have not changed in the past seven years. Focus should be on marijuana use and prescription drug misuse as usage rates for these substances are relatively high (prevalence - 10%) among youth and the interventions should equally target both boys and girls since there were no sex differences in any indicator. To reduce health disparities among ethnic groups in Hawaii, culturally appropriate and evidence-based programs are strongly recommended, especially for the groups with the highest rates, such as Native Hawaiians and Caucasians, and other Pacific Islanders. For the drugs with relatively lower prevalence rates such as cocaine, ecstasy, heroin, or methamphetamine, interventions that are highly targeted towards people at greatest risk are recommended. Moreover, prevention programs should be provided to middle school students in order to lower the prevalence rates in high school students. Prevention efforts for adults also should be strengthened since prevalence rates of illicit drugs have not significantly changed in the past seven years. Focus should be on marijuana, and other drugs with relatively high lifetime use rates (prevalence - 10%), such as cocaine, pain relievers, and inhalants. More young adults (aged 18 - 25) than older adults (age 26 and older) perceived no risk or slight risk of experiencing adverse health effects from marijuana use, which may indicate that young adults have an increased risk of marijuana use. Thus, it is recommended that communities have prevention interventions specifically designed for young adults and focus on risks and negative health outcomes of marijuana consumption. Details: Honolulu: Department of Public Health Sciences University of Hawaii at Manoa, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://health.hawaii.gov/substance-abuse/files/2013/05/2014State_Drug_Profile_Youth_Adults.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 137787

Author: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits Title: Sexual Harassment and Sexual Violence. California Universities Must Better Protect Students by Doing More to Prevent, Respond to, and Resolve Incidents Summary: Sexual harassment and sexual violence against university students is an issue of critical importance. In May 2014 the U.S. Department of Education published a list of 55 universities, including the University of California, Berkeley (UC Berkeley), that it is investigating for their handling of sexual violence complaints. Further, according to a report prepared in 2007 for the National Institute of Justice, one-in-five women is sexually assaulted while in college. The federal government recognizes that sexual harassment of students, which includes sexual violence, interferes with students' rights to receive an education free from discrimination and, in the case of sexual violence, is a crime. Sexual harassment and sexual violence are forms of discrimination prohibited by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Title IX). The issue of sexual violence was highlighted in January 2014 when the president of the United States announced the creation of a White House task force to develop a coordinated federal response to campus rape and sexual assault. The task force issued its initial report in April 2014. The universities we reviewed - UC Berkeley; University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA); California State University, Chico (Chico State); and San Diego State University (San Diego State) - do not ensure that all faculty and staff are sufficiently trained on responding to and reporting student incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence to appropriate officials. In addition, although the Title IX coordinators and staff involved in key roles of the incident-reporting process receive adequate training, certain other university employees who are likely to be the first point of contact, such as resident advisors and athletic coaches, are not sufficiently trained on responding to and reporting these incidents. By not ensuring that all university employees are adequately and routinely trained on responding to and reporting incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence, and by not providing practical information on how to identify incidents, universities risk having their employees mishandle student reports of the incidents. Further, when they are not sufficiently trained, employees may not know how to interact appropriately with students in these situations and may do something that would discourage students from engaging in the reporting process. In addition, the universities must do more to appropriately educate students on sexual harassment and sexual violence. State law requires universities within the California State University (CSU)system and requests those within the University of California (UC) system to provide educational and preventive information about sexual violence to all incoming students as part of established campus orientations, although it does not specify exactly when new student orientations must occur. We believe that the universities should provide this education to incoming students near the time that they arrive on campus, as they may be the most vulnerable to experiencing an incident of sexual harassment or sexual violence in their first weeks on campus. Additionally, universities should ensure that all continuing students receive periodic refresher training, at least annually, on this subject. We also noted that the content of the education did not always cover the topics outlined in statute. Further, the universities must review and modify as needed their incoming student and employee educational programs because of recent changes to federal law and federal guidance. The four universities did not always comply with requirements in state law for distribution of relevant policies. The distribution of these policies is important to inform students and university employees of how to appropriately handle and respond to incidents. In addition, the universities did not post their policies in certain places on campus where they might be seen by large numbers of students. To ensure that students are informed and reminded of the policies, it is important for the universities to prominently post them in locations frequented by students. Further, it is important that the Legislature amend state law to require universities to provide such information in certain prominent locations that are not currently specified in law, such as residence halls and other university housing and athletic facilities. Our review determined that all four universities maintain adequate information at each department involved in the reporting process in the form of brochures and flyers describing the resources available to students who have experienced an incident of sexual harassment or sexual violence, in addition to resources listed online. However, 46 of the 208 students who participated in a survey we conducted, or 22 percent, stated that they were not aware of resources available on campus should they or someone they know experience sexual harassment or sexual violence, indicating that the brochures and flyers, by themselves, may not always be effective in informing students of available resources. The survey also revealed that from 2009 through early March 2014, 73 of the 208 students, or 35 percent, reported experiencing 85 incidents of sexual harassment or sexual violence by another member of the campus community. The students reported that they did not file a Title IX complaint for 74, or 87 percent, of the 85 incidents. Each university we reviewed has an adequate overall process for responding to incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence. However, our review of 80 case files at the four universities revealed that the universities need to improve these processes in some key areas. Specifically, the universities should do more to demonstrate that a student who may have experienced sexual harassment or sexual violence is informed of his or her reporting options and what to expect regarding the university's subsequent actions. The universities then need to better inform students who file a complaint of the status of the investigation and to notify them of the eventual outcome. Additionally, the universities need to evaluate summary data related to incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence. Evaluation of these data would allow them to identify trends, such as the timing and location of incidents, that could then inform their outreach and protection efforts. The four universities have created or are in the process of creating multidisciplinary committees, which is recognized as a best practice, to address sexual harassment and sexual violence prevention. These multidisciplinary committees can evaluate data on the number and types of incidents of sexual harassment and sexual violence and aid in the discussion of potential solutions. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2014. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://auditor.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2013-124.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 137788

Author: Alaska Criminal Justice Commission Title: Justice Reinvestment Report Summary: Alaska's prison population has grown by 27 percent in the last decade, almost three times faster than the resident population. This rapid growth spurred the opening of the state's newest correctional facility - Goose Creek Correctional Center - in 2012, costing the state $240 million in construction funds. On July 1, 2014, Alaska's correctional facilities housed 5,267 inmates, and the Department of Corrections ("DOC") had a fiscal year operating budget of $327 million. Absent reform, these trends are projected to continue: Alaska will need to house an additional 1,416 inmates by 2024, surpassing the state's current prison bed capacity by 2017. This growth is estimated to cost the state at least $169 million in new corrections spending over the next 10 years. The rising cost of Alaska's prison population coupled with the state's high recidivism rate - almost two-thirds of inmates released from the state's facilities return within three years - have led policymakers to consider whether the state is achieving the best public safety return on its corrections spending. Seeking a comprehensive review of the state's corrections and criminal justice systems, the 2014 Alaska Legislature established the bi-partisan, interbranch Alaska Criminal Justice Commission ("Commission"). In April of the following year, state leaders from all three branches of government joined together to request technical assistance from the Public Safety Performance Project of The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice as part of the Justice Reinvestment Initiative. Governor Bill Walker, former Chief Justice Dana Fabe, Senate President Kevin Meyer, House Speaker Mike Chenault, Attorney General Craig Richards, former Commissioner of the Alaska DOC Ron Taylor, and former Chair of the Commission Alexander O. Bryner tasked the Commission with "develop[ing] recommendations aimed at safely controlling prison and jail growth and recalibrating our correctional investments to ensure that we are achieving the best possible public safety return on our state dollars." In addition, Senate President Meyer and Speaker Chenault requested that, because the state's difficult budget situation rendered reinvestment in evidence-based programs and treatment possible only with significant reforms, the Commission forward policy options that would not only avert future prison growth, but would also reduce the prison population between 15 and 25 percent below current levels. Over a seven-month period, the Commission analyzed the state's criminal justice system, including a comprehensive review of sentencing, corrections, and community supervision data. Key findings include: - Alaska's pretrial population has grown by 81 percent over the past decade, driven primarily by longer lengths of stay for both felony and misdemeanor defendants. - Three-quarters of offenders entering prison post-conviction in 2014 were convicted of a nonviolent offense. - Length of stay for sentenced felony offenders is up 31 percent over the past decade. - In 2014, 47 percent of post-revocation supervision violators - who are incarcerated primarily for non-criminal violations of probation and parole conditions - stayed more than 30 days, and 28 percent stayed longer than 3 months behind bars. Based on this analysis, and the directive from legislative leadership, the Commission developed a comprehensive, evidence-based package of 21 consensus policy recommendations that would protect public safety, hold offenders accountable, and reduce the state's average daily prison population by 21 percent, netting estimated savings of $424 million over the next decade. Details: Juneau: Alaska Criminal Justice Commission, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.ajc.state.ak.us/sites/default/files/imported/acjc/AJRI/ak_jri_report_final12-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 137792

Author: Case Western Reserve University. Schubert Center for Child Studies Title: Getting it Right: Realigning Juvenile Corrections in Ohio to Reinvest in What Works Summary: Ohio offers a promising example of juvenile justice system realignment and reinvestment efforts and may serve as a model for others interested in a collaborative approach to policy change and ultimately, better results for those involved in the juvenile justice system. This brief highlights the importance of fiscal realignment and incentive strategies to invest in effective community-based programming as well as the critical need for effective state-local partnerships with juvenile courts and providers, among others, to ensure the best outcomes for young people and communities. Details: Cleveland, OH: Schubert Center for Child Studies, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://begun.case.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Getting_it_Right.Ohio_Juvenile_Corrections.Final_.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 137793

Author: Cook, Foster Title: The Burden of Criminal Justice Debt in Alabama: 2014 Participant Self-Report Survey Summary: Across the country the criminal justice system has increasingly looked to defendants to finance the courts and court related programs. In Alabama, the legislature has reduced funding for courts and court related services. To offset this loss, court costs and associated fees have risen. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the success of this approach and the impact of these policies in Alabama. With the general knowledge that increased court costs have not produced projected revenue, we sought to understand why by surveying defendants across the state. We thank the Community Corrections Directors in the counties represented, the staff that administered the surveys and the Alabama Department of Probation and Parole. Three goals of this study: 1. Explore the "ability to pay" question 2. Understand the dynamics of the collection process 3. Understand the consequences criminal justice debt has to: - Defendants under court supervision - The purposes of the justice system - The public - Recidivism - Persons in the criminal justice system living in poverty Methods of this study: 1. This study was initially designed as an anonymous survey for Jefferson County/TASC, and Probation and Parole 2. Other Alabama counties expressed interest and participated in the study 3. Those populations have been combined in the following outcomes: a. 13 counties b. 943 participants under supervision for a felony were surveyed 4. Primarily Quantitative: descriptive statistics 5. Secondarily Qualitative: comments recorded from the participants Details: Birmingham, Alabama: TASC Jefferson County's Community Corrections Program, University of Alabama, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.uab.edu/medicine/substanceabuse/images/The_Burden_of_Criminal_Justice_Debt_in_Alabama-_Part_1_Main_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Debt (U.S.) Shelf Number: 137794

Author: Phillippi, Stephen Title: A Legislated Study of Raising the Age of Juvenile Jurisdiction in Louisiana: The future of 17-year-olds in the Louisiana Justice Systems Summary: This study, authorized by the Louisiana State Legislature in House Concurrent Resolution No. 73 of the 2015 Regular session, was completed at an expedited pace over a six-month period to meet the deadlines established in the resolution. With the involvement of key stakeholders in the justice system from across Louisiana and input from national partners who have worked to study raising the age of juvenile jurisdiction in other states, three key findings of this study are summarized below. - There is a growing consensus, based on a large body of scientific evidence, that 17-year-olds are developmentally different than adults and should be treated as such. They have a far greater potential for rehabilitation and are particularly influenced - for good or ill - by the environments in which they are placed. - The last several years of reform in the Louisiana juvenile justice system have created a capacity to accept, manage, and rehabilitate these youth in a manner that will predictably generate better outcomes than the adult system. - The initial impact projections are generally lower than states that have recently gone before Louisiana in raising the age of juvenile jurisdiction, and those states found that the impact on the system was substantially less than first predicted. In fact, states have reported substantial fiscal savings. We have reason to suspect this will be the same for Louisiana. Details: New Orleans: Louisiana State University, Institute for Public Health and Justice, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://sph.lsuhsc.edu/Websites/lsupublichealth/images/pdf/iphj/RAISE_THE_AGE_DRAFT_20160128Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 137848

Author: Bronson, Jennifer Title: Veterans in Prison and Jail, 2011-2012 Summary: Presents counts and rates of veterans in state and federal prison and local jail in 2011 and 2012. This report describes incarcerated veterans by demographic characteristics, military characteristics, and disability and mental health status. It describes current offense, sentencing, and criminal history characteristics by veteran status. It also examines combat experience associated with lifetime mental health disorders among incarcerated veterans. Findings are based on data from the National Inmate Survey, conducted between February 2011 and May 2012. Data from previous BJS surveys of inmates in prison and jail are used to establish historical trends regarding incarcerated veterans. Highlights: The number of veterans incarcerated in state and federal prison and local jail decreased from 203,000 in 2004 to 181,500 in 201112. The total incarceration rate in 201112 for veterans (855 per 100,000 veterans in the United States) was lower than the rate for nonveterans (968 per 100,000 U.S. residents). Non-Hispanic black and Hispanic inmates made up a significantly smaller proportion of incarcerated veterans (38% in prison and 44% in jail), compared to incarcerated non-Hispanic black and Hispanic nonveterans (63% in prison and 59% in jail). A greater percentage of veterans (64%) than nonveterans (48%) were sentenced for violent offenses. An estimated 43% of veterans and 55% of nonveterans in prison had four or more prior arrests. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/vpj1112.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 137800

Author: Bronson, Jennifer Title: Disabilities Among Prison and Jail Inmates, 2011-12 Summary: Presents the prevalence of disabilities among prison and jail inmates, detailing the prevalence of six specific disability types: hearing, vision, cognitive, ambulatory, self-care, and independent living. Important differences in each type of disability are highlighted by demographic characteristics. The report also assesses the prevalence of disabilities with other health problems, such as a current chronic condition, obesity, ever having an infectious disease, and past 30-day serious psychological distress. Findings are based on prison and jail inmate self-reported data from BJSs 201112 National Inmate Survey (NIS-3). Data from the 2012 American Community Survey (ACS) and 20092012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) were used to compare the incarcerated populations to the noninstitutionalized general population. Highlights: An estimated 32% of prisoners and 40% of jail inmates reported having at least one disability. Prisoners were nearly 3 times more likely and jail inmates were more than 4 times more likely than the general population to report having at least one disability. About 2 in 10 prisoners and 3 in 10 jail inmates reported having a cognitive disability, the most common reported disability in each population . Female prisoners were more likely than male prisoners to report having a cognitive disability, but were equally likely to report having each of the other five disabilities. Non-Hispanic white prisoners (37%) and prisoners of two or more races (42%) were more likely than non-Hispanic black prisoners (26%) to report having at least one disability. More than half of prisoners (54%) and jail inmates (53%) with a disability reported a co-occurring chronic condition. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/dpji1112.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 137801

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Families in Fear: The Atlanta Immigration Raids Summary: This report features stories from women swept up in the Immigration and Customs Enforcement raids that began on Jan. 2, 2016. The report by the Southern Poverty Law Center and the Georgia Latino Alliance for Human Rights found that the federal government has engaged in a needlessly aggressive - and potentially unconstitutional - act against immigrants with these home raids that targeted women and children from Central America. Details: Montgomery, AL: SPLC, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/splc_families_in_fear_ice_raids_3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 137803

Author: Trust for America's Health Title: Reducing Teen Substance Misuse: What Really Works Summary: A significant number of students try alcohol, tobacco or other drugs as teenagers. More than 65 percent of students have used alcohol, more than 40 percent used illegal drugs and around one-quarter used cigarettes at some point before entering or while in high school. While the number of teens who regularly misuse or develop substance use disorders has been decreasing over time, overall levels are still too high. More than 90 percent of adults who develop a substance use disorder began using before they were 18-years-old. Substance misuse can have long-term adverse effects on physical and mental health, academic and career attainment, relationships with family and friends and establishing and being a connected part of a community. For decades, substance misuse strategies focused on individual willpower to "just say no" or intervening once a person already has a serious problem. But, the evidence shows that if the country is going to maintain a continued downward trend in substance use - it will require a greater emphasis on: 1) preventing use in the first place; 2) intervening and providing support earlier after use has started; and 3) viewing treatment and recovery as a sustained and long-term commitment. More than 40 years of research exists from the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and other experts that supports this approach, but there has been a disconnect in implementing the science into real-world practice. A prevention-oriented approach - building positive protective factors and reducing risk factors - can decrease the chances of tweens and teens initiating, regularly using or developing an addiction to alcohol and/or drugs. This approach not only lowers the chances for substance misuse, but also has a bigger impact, since similar underlying root causes have also been shown to contribute to increased likelihood of poor academic performance, bullying, depression, violence, suicide, unsafe sexual behaviors and other problems that can emerge during teenage years. Details: Washington, DC: Trust for America's Health, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://healthyamericans.org/assets/files/TFAH-2015-TeenSubstAbuse%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 137805

Author: Concert Group Logistics (CGL) Title: Study of Operations of the Florida Department of Corrections Summary: The Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability (OPPAGA), a joint entity of the Florida Legislature (Legislature), solicited competitive bids in order to award a contract with an independent consultant for a Study of Operations of the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC). The goal of the solicitation process was to fulfill the requirements of Chapter 2015-232, Laws of Florida (also known as Senate Bill 2500-A) passed during a special 2015 session of the Legislature. The bill states: "From the funds in Specific Appropriations 2667 and 2668, $300,000 in nonrecurring general revenue funds is appropriated for the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability to contract with an independent consultant to study the operations of the Department of Corrections with regard to the incarceration of inmates. The contractor shall identify both positive and negative aspects of the department's operations and shall prepare a report of its findings, including recommendations for improvements. The report shall be submitted to the Governor, the President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives no later than December 1, 2015." The solicitation sought a consultant to conduct an immediate, thorough, and detailed study of the operations of the FDC with reference to applicable best management practices in the corrections industry. Consistent with the time requirements contained in Senate Bill 2500-A, the final report for this study was required to be submitted no later than November 30, 2015. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida Legislature, Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability, 2015. 178p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/15-FDC.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 137806

Author: Berry, Kate Title: How Judicial Elections Impact Criminal Cases Summary: Over the past 15 years, judicial races have become expensive affairs. Television advertising, much of it from outside interest groups that are more likely to run negative ads, plays a critical role in these high-cost contests. The pressures of upcoming re-election campaigns affect judicial decision-making in criminal cases, making judges more likely to impose longer sentences, affirm death sentences, and even override sentences of life imprisonment to impose the death penalty. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/How_Judicial_Elections_Impact_Criminal_Cases.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 137808

Author: Siegel, Jonah Aaron Title: Prisoner Reentry, Parole Violations, and the Persistence of the Surveillance State Summary: The revolving door of the state and federal prison system may be the most persistent challenge faced by criminological practitioners and scholars. Following release from custody, the majority of former prisoners end up back in the system within three years, suggesting that correctional involvement is not an isolated incident for most offenders. Through its analysis of parole violations and sanctions, the current dissertation project offers important new insights on this "revolving door" between prisons and high-risk communities. To do so, each of three empirical chapters looks at a different phase in the cycle of recidivism: offending behavior, institutional responses to offending behavior, and the consequences of institutional sanctions for offenders' well-being. The first analytic chapter examines how geographical proximity to social service providers is related to the risk of recidivism. The findings suggest that the observed impact of contextual conditions on recidivism depends on how expansively one defines the "community" in which parolees are embedded and further demonstrates the importance of capturing the effect of service accessibility on offending behavior within the larger ecological context of where parolees live. The second analytic chapter explores how "supervision regimes," the legal, political, and cultural factors that shape the way supervision is practiced across jurisdictions, influence the risk of recidivism. The analysis demonstrates that regional and county-level attributes shape local templates for decision-making among parole officers in ways that affect not only whether parolees are revoked to prison, but also the use of alternative sanctions, such as stricter community supervision and incarceration in short-term correctional facilities such as jails or detention centers. The final analytic chapter offers a rigorous assessment of the causal impact of incarceration on labor market outcomes through an examination of whether return to short-term custody interferes with the ability of parolees to find and maintain work. Findings indicate that the experience of short-term re-incarceration dramatically increases the risk of unemployment among parolees in the months during and following their incarceration. Taken as a whole, the analyses shed light on how offending behavior, institutional decision-making, and the experience of incarceration combine to perpetuate the cycle of recidivism. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, 2014. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 9, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248412.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 137815

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: IRS Whistleblower Program: Billions Collected, but Timeliness and Communication Concerns May Discourage Whistleblowers Summary: Tax whistleblowers who report on the underpayment of taxes by others have helped IRS collect almost $2 billion in additional revenue since 2011, when the first high-dollar claim was paid under the expanded program that pays qualifying whistleblowers a minimum of 15 percent of the collected proceeds. These revenues help reduce the estimated $450 billion tax gap - the difference between taxes owed and those paid on time. GAO was asked to review several aspects of the whistleblower program. Among other things, this report (1) assesses the WO claim review process, (2) assesses how the WO determines awards, (3) evaluates how the WO communicates with external stakeholders, and (4) evaluates IRS's policies and procedures for protecting whistleblowers. GAO reviewed the files of all 17 awards paid under 26 U.S.C. � 7623(b) through June 30, 2015; reviewed IRS data; reviewed relevant laws and regulations, and the WO's policies, procedures and publications; and interviewed IRS officials, five whistleblowers that independently approached GAO, and nine whistleblower attorneys who were recommended by IRS or other attorneys. What GAO Recommends Congress should consider providing whistleblowers with legal protections against retaliation from employers. GAO makes ten recommendations to IRS including, tracking dates, strengthening and documenting procedures for award payments and whistleblower protections, and improving external communications. IRS agreed with our recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-20: Accessed February 9, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/673440.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 137817

Author: Shared Hope International Title: JuST Response State System Mapping Report. A Review of Current Statutes, Systems, and Services Responses to Juvenile Sex Trafficking Summary: While there is growing recognition at the federal, state and local levels that youth caught in the commercial sex industry are victims1 of exploitation rather than willing participants in criminal activity, in the 15 years since the Trafficking Victims Protection Action (TVPA) of 2000 was enacted, the majority of state prostitution laws have remained at odds with the federal definition of a juvenile sex trafficking victim. Only recently have state agencies that regularly interact with juvenile sex trafficking victims begun to screen the youth they serve for possible commercial sexual exploitation, and even when victims are screened, staff may lack the training to accurately identify trafficking. Yet another barrier arises when victims are identified but appropriate services are not available, leaving overburdened state agencies with an impossible task of connecting a victim to services that do not exist, or the multiple individuals and agencies working with this population are left to develop protocols in silos, resulting in victims touching multiple systems with no coordinated response. These types of barriers and challenges have both negatively and positively impacted the discussion of how states should respond to juvenile sex trafficking victims. While increased understanding of the impact of trauma on juvenile victims has generated pressure to develop solutions, there is a lack of clear agreement on best practices in responding to this population, leaving states without clear guidance on how to develop a system that avoids re-traumatization while addressing the unique needs of individual victims. This lack of guidance may prompt states to avoid developing a response until best practices are identified; however, a wait-and-see approach leaves the urgent and extensive needs of this victim population unaddressed. Enacting laws intended to protect victims without a deep understanding of the implementation challenges risks undermining the purpose of those laws, or risks establishing laws that are never put into practice. On the other hand, if states allow the complexity of the issue to deter action, vulnerable youth will continue to face the trauma of exploitation and punishment through the delinquency process instead of having access to critically needed services. This tension between the complexity of this issue and the critical need for solutions has led approximately half of the states in the country to make efforts to enact laws that change their response to victims, while other states have implemented non-statutory protocols in response. The unique policy and resource landscape in each state also contributes to the great diversity in how states are responding to juvenile sex trafficking victims. Within that diversity, however, trends are emerging and the nascent development of protective responses across the country provides a unique opportunity for creativity and collaborative learning, from the local jurisdictional level to the national level. Some states have begun the process of reviewing their laws, agency protocols and service options in a collaborative manner that helps create streamlined coordinated responses to identify exploited youth and connect them to the most appropriate services that avoid re-traumatization and, through ongoing assessment and support, promote their individualized long term success. This type of response - what Shared Hope has termed a JuST (Juvenile Sex Trafficking) Response - recognizes that achieving a comprehensive protective system response in any state is a complex and long-term process, taking into account the individual policy and services landscape in each state or jurisdiction. This report discusses how several states are shaping effective responses that align with their existing policies. Ideally these examples will offer a learning experience and inspire policy makers, advocates and service providers across the nation to creativity and action. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2015. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/JuST-Response-Mapping-Report-Final-web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 0

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Demanding Justice Arizona. A Field Assessment of Demand Deterrence and Enforcement and Justice for Victims Summary: Experts estimate that the crime of juvenile sex trafficking impacts thousands of youth in America each year, yet many cases remain unidentified or unreported. The commercial sex industry conforms to the basic economic principle of supply and demand - demand for sex acts with children drives traffickers to supply victims for profit. In order to effectively reduce the prevalence of child sex trafficking, the element that makes it a profitable venture for traffickers - demand - must be aggressively deterred. In 2014, Shared Hope International conducted a research project on the subject of demand for sex with minors. The study consisted of a desk review followed by quantitative research in four geographic areas, including Maricopa County in Arizona, of instances where buyers1 were identified. Using police and court records, this targeted research tracked the cases of identified buyers from arrest to prosecution and sentencing. This Field Assessment is a qualitative aspect of the project focused specifically on Arizona. It was designed to gather perspectives from a broad variety of stakeholders to assess the current attitudes, knowledge and practice toward demand deterrence, enforcement of anti-demand laws and the many aspects of justice for juvenile sex trafficking victims. A total of 78 individuals from 44 organizations participated in the research through interviews and three focus group discussions convened by Shared Hope with survivors of sex trafficking and law enforcement agents. Participants represented five stakeholder populations: non-governmental organizations and community service providers; law enforcement entities; prosecutorial entities; government entities and survivors. Concerted efforts to address child sex trafficking, and specifically demand for child victims, have been in effect for years in Arizona, making it a prime destination to conduct this Field Assessment. The research is intended to illuminate successful practices and key barriers to assist Arizona professionals in strengthening the local response to trafficking and to inform national efforts. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/DJP_Arizona-Field-Assessment_optimized.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 137825

Author: Sekhon, Nirej Title: Blue on Black: An Empirical Assessment of Police Shootings Summary: Michael Brown's 2014 death in Ferguson, Missouri thrust police-officer-involved homicides into the popular consciousness. A series of subsequent officer-involved homicides has kept the issue politically and legally salient. Despite this, official data sources are thin and unreliable. This article presents original analysis of 259 police shooting incidents that occurred in Chicago between 2006 and 2014. The study, based upon publicly available information, suggests a more complex relationship between race, policing, and violence than one might expect from high-profile, officer-involved shootings. As in other large cities, shooting victims are overwhelmingly minorities, with Black persons constituting over 80% of victims. Contrary to intuition, many of the officer shooters are minorities as well. The analysis here suggests that neither racist malevolence nor unconscious bias afford complete explanations for why officer-involved shootings occur. Both of these explanatory frameworks focus too intensively upon individual officers' decision-making at the expense of institutional and situational dynamics. Scholars and policy makers should focus far more intensively on regulating bad practices, rather than just on disciplining bad officers following egregious incidents. Shifting focus in this way will help identify connections between everyday policing tactics in minority neighborhoods - such as plainclothes policing and aggressive stop and frisk - and officer-involved shootings. The article also concludes that evidentiary challenges mar post hoc review of officer-involved shootings, whether it is in the form of judicial or civilian review. This also underscores the importance of preventive regulation. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University College of Law, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Georgia State University College of Law, Legal Studies Research Paper : Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2700724 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 137827

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Stress on the Streets (SOS): Race, Policing, Health, and Increasing Trust not Trauma Summary: Violence in the urban core is a disease - a social disease - that is a top public health crisis of the 21st century. As a trauma physician, it is a disease that I treat daily; I have seen a 300% increase over a 10-year period in children coming into our Cincinnati Children's Hospital Trauma Center with gunshot wounds. But violence is not immutable; we can prevent it. Like other initiatives public health is credited with improving or eradicating - deaths from motor vehicle crashes, polio, and smallpox - inner city violence lends itself to a cure. However, this cure must not cause additional harms. That's why policing practices used to reduce violence and mitigate trauma can and should be more community-oriented. Michael Davis, Chief of the Brooklyn Park Police Department has said, "the future of community policing is community building." The affected community has a role in this cure, as do the police charged with the safety of the community. But with current practices under question for causing more violence, not less, we need communities and police to engage collaboratively, acknowledge complex key drivers of violence, and seek systems-based approaches to better partner in resolving it. This revealing report is a first step in that journey. It documents profound impacts of policing practices on the health of individuals and the community, describing impacts to physical, mental, and emotional health. Importantly, it describes how stress has major, short- and long-term health impacts not just for the public, but for police as well. In its recommendations, this report offers important concrete measures for how policing can rebuild community trust through problem-solving and community-oriented models. It highlights promising practices in four actions - civilian review boards; body-worn cameras; ongoing training of officers about issues like implicit bias and use of force as well as better supervision and evaluation of officers; and department-wide performance measures - that when fully implemented can lay the groundwork for police to be part of the community as opposed to policing the community. Just as health professionals and police have partnered together on past issues, together we can jointly address the root causes of violence in concentrated disadvantage. Policing practices that build trust - through transparency, community dialogue, and accountability - and solve community problems are a key component for keeping more children off my surgical table. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/projects/past-projects/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 137828

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Family Unity, Family Health. How Family-Focused Immigration Reform Will Mean Better Health for Children and Families Summary: A sense of safety is critical to a child's health and well-being. Constant fear and anxiety harm a child's physical growth and development, emotional stability, self-confidence, social skills and ability to learn. Yet for millions of children in America, fear is a constant companion. The lives of children with undocumented immigrant parents or guardians in the United States are saturated with fear - fear that the people they love and depend on will be arrested and taken away from them at any moment without warning. Many of these children were born here and are U.S. citizens. But under current immigration policy, their families can be torn apart with an arrest and deportation with little regard for their well-being or futures. This important and timely report documents the profound and unjust impacts of deportation - and fear of deportation - on the children of undocumented immigrants. These children didn't choose their circumstance. But our misguided policies leave these children more likely to suffer from mental health issues and post-traumatic stress disorder than the children of documented immigrant parents. These children are more likely to experience aggression, anxiety and withdrawal and less likely to do well in school. If a parent is deported, they are at increased risk of going hungry, falling into poverty and dropping out of school. When one fifth of our nation's children are poor, the last thing we need are policies that will push more children into poverty and lives of despair without hope and opportunity. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2013. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://www.familyunityfamilyhealth.org/uploads/images/FamilyUnityFamilyHealth.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 137830

Author: Gilhuly, Kim Title: Healthier Lives, Stronger Families, Safer Communities. How Increasing Funding for Alternatives to Prison Will Save Lives and Money in Wisconsin Summary: Human Impact Partners is excited to release an HIA examining the impacts of a proposal to increase state funding to $75 million for alternatives to prison in Wisconsin. WISDOM, a non-profit network of congregations across Wisconsin that has been advocating for state funding for treatment alternatives to prison for nearly a decade, commissioned the HIA. The HIA findings include strong evidence of the effectiveness of problem solving courts, such as drug and alcohol courts, mental health courts, and diversion programs, in improving health and public safety. The HIA predicts that increasing state funding to $75 million a year would reduce the prison and jail population in Wisconsin, reduce crime, increase recovery from substance abuse and mental health problems, help more families remain intact - and save Wisconsin money on corrections costs. The HIA involved a wide range of partners including many WISDOM congregations across Wisconsin, Wisconsin Department of Health Services, the state Public Defender's Office, the University of Wisconsin and Community Advocates Public Policy Institute, and the HIA was partially funded by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. The HIA findings support WISDOM's 11X15 Campaign to decrease the number of incarcerated people in Wisconsin to 11,000 by 2015 and promote alternatives to prison. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2012. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/projects/hia-case-stories/treatment-instead-of-prison-hia/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137831

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: YES Project. Youth Experiences Survey: Exploring the Sex Trafficking Experiences of Arizona's Homeless and Runaway Young Adults Summary: This study investigated the prevalence of sex trafficking experiences among homeless young adults ages 18-25 years old who received services from homeless programs in Arizona during July 2014. The purpose of this study was to explore the unique experiences and challenges facing sex trafficked homeless young adults compared to non-sex trafficked homeless young adults. Surveys were completed by 246 homeless youth receiving services from young adult serving organizations in Arizona including: Tumbleweed Youth Services (Phoenix), One-n-Ten (Phoenix), and Our Family (Tucson). Findings revealed 25.6% of the participants reported a history of sex trafficking, 21.8% of the male participants and 24.5% of the female participants. LGBTQ young adults were significantly more likely to report sex trafficking experiences (33, 38.4%) than heterosexual young adults (23, 19.7%). The sex trafficked young adults were found to significantly differ from the non-sex trafficked participants with higher rates of self harm, history of suicide attempt, addictions to drugs and alcohol, history of dating violence, childhood sexual abuse, and medical and mental health problems. Implications from these findings indicate that as many as one in four homeless young adults in Arizona has experienced sexual exploitation through a commercial sex trafficking situation, with 65.1% reporting having a sex trafficker. These findings also demonstrate that sex trafficking is experienced by both male and female homeless young adults and is significantly more likely to be reported by youth who identify as LGBTQ. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, School of Social Work, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: http://trustaz.org/downloads/rr-stir-youth-experiences-survey-report-nov-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 137832

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Report on the Incidence of Sex Trafficking in Arizona's Juvenile Probation Departments Summary: The identification of minor sex trafficking victims in the United States is complicated by a number of factors including: victims being fearful of self-identifying to those who can offer assistance due to shame, stigma of being labeled a prostitute, fear of the consequences from their offender and to their offender, mistrust of the criminal justice system, as well as having limited knowledge and awareness of how their commercial sexual exploitation falls into the category and definitions of sex trafficking. Systems that serve minors in the United States including the child welfare and juvenile justice systems currently have limited capacity to identify sex trafficking victims. This limitation is due to the fact that few states are participating in the development and use of a valid screening tool and/or have not implemented flags within the system to both establish an ongoing count of sex trafficking victims and report information to those who serve the youth. The purpose of this study is to capture the rate of occurrence of sex trafficking among juveniles involved in Arizona's juvenile justice system. Also, recommendations were collected from juvenile probation officers and staff on how the Arizona juvenile probation system can best serve the sex trafficked juveniles on their caseloads. Once the incidence rate of sex trafficking victims among juveniles involved in the Arizona Juvenile Probation System (adjudicated and non-adjudicated) in Arizona was collected, recommendations for targeted services and systems changes were developed in partnership with the Arizona Administrative Office of the Court, which administers the Arizona Juvenile Probation system. Arizona's Juvenile Probation Department has around 236 juvenile probation officers and in 2015 has served an average of 3,849 juveniles per month through standard and intensive probation. Juveniles being served by Arizona's Juvenile Probation system can be living at home, group homes, foster homes, residential treatment programs, transitional housing or in a detention center. To obtain the rate or incidence of sex trafficking victims among juvenile probationers in Arizona, all juvenile probation officers were mandated to attend a sex trafficking-specific training. A total of 567 juvenile probation officers, juvenile probation supervisors, other probation staff (surveillance officers, detention officers, treatment supervisors) and community partners were provided with a three-and-a-half hour in-person sex trafficking 101 training. This training included expert trainers, researchers, survivor speakers, sex trafficking specific social service agency providers, and a review of actual cases of sex trafficking of a minor in Arizona. After the training, the attendees were surveyed about the incidence of having sex trafficked victims on their current caseloads. The intent of the survey was to establish the incidence rate of sex trafficking victims among juvenile probationers in Arizona, as well as to establish details about the sex trafficking victims. This included: the sex trafficking experience of identified victims, specifically their age when they were first sex trafficked, who is/was the sex trafficker and whether they are still being trafficked, and if they are also involved with the child welfare system, history of mental health diagnosis, substance abuse problems, family challenges, such as absent or incarcerated parents, and how the sex trafficking victimization was discovered by the juvenile probation officers. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, School of Social Work, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2016 at: https://socialwork.asu.edu/sites/default/files/%5Bterm%3Aname%5D/%5Bnode%3Acreate%3Acustom%3AYm%5D/asu_juvenile_probation_study_dec15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 137833

Author: Mikos, Robert A. Title: On the Limits of Federal Supremacy: When States Relax (or Abandon) Marijuana Bans Summary: he American Constitution divides governmental power between the federal government and several state governments. In the event of a conflict between federal law and state law, the Supremacy Clause of the Constitution (Article VI, Clause 2P makes it clear that state policies are subordinate to federal policies. There are, however, important limitations to the doctrine of federal supremacy. First, there must be a valid constitutional basis for the federal policy in question. The powers of the federal government are limited and enumerated, and the president and Congress must always respect the boundary lines that the Constitution created. Second, even in the areas where federal authorities may enact law, they may not use the states as instruments of federal governance. This anti-commandeering limitation upon federal power is often overlooked, but the Supreme Court will enforce that principle in appropriate cases. Using medical marijuana as a case study, I examine how the anti-commandeering principle protects the states' prerogative to legalize activity that Congress bans. The federal government has banned marijuana outright, and for years federal officials have lobbied against local efforts to legalize medical use of the drug. However, an ever-growing number of states have adopted legalization measures. I explain why these state laws, and most related regulations, have not been-and cannot be-preempted by Congress. I also develop a new framework for analyzing the boundary between the proper exercise of federal supremacy and prohibited commandeering. Although I focus on medical marijuana, the legal analysis applies to any issue pitting permissive state laws against restrictive federal regulations. Recent referenda in Colorado and Washington that legalize the recreational use of marijuana for adults will likely prompt federal officials to respond by touting the supremacy of the federal ban and challenging the constitutionality of state efforts at legalization. Such state reforms should carry the day in the event of such a legal challenge. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2016 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/PA714.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Policy Shelf Number: 137840

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Eliminating the Third Party Control Barrier to Identifying Juvenile Sex Trafficking Victims Summary: This paper evaluates the fundamental importance of defining sex trafficking to include all instances of commercial sexual exploitation of minors. Beyond the question of whether force, fraud or coercion was used by the offender, this discussion addresses the impact of requiring that a third party, in particular a trafficker, has caused a minor victim to engage in commercial sexual activity in order for a minor to be recognized as a sex trafficking victim. While federal law states that any commercially sexually exploited minor is a victim of sex trafficking, some state statutory schemes mandate identification of a controlling third party or trafficker in order for instances of commercial sexual exploitation of children to be identified as sex trafficking. This means if a buyer directly pays a minor or offers food or shelter in return for sex acts, then this child may not be identified as a victim. Alternatively, even when a trafficker is involved, if the minor does not identify the trafficker, the exploitation will not be identified as an instance of sex trafficking. This is problematic since victims often deny the extent of their own exploitation and often experience trauma-bonding making it difficult or impossible for children to disclose their trafficker. Instead of being identified and provided protections as a trafficking victim, the child could be prosecuted for prostitution in many jurisdictions. At its core, requiring the presence of third party control ignores the fact that buyers are committing the very exploitation that the trafficking laws were enacted to punish. Failure to recognize the conduct of buyers as acts of sex trafficking ignores the definition of trafficking. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: JuST Response Policy Paper: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Policy-Paper_Eliminating-Third-Party-Control_Final1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 137861

Author: Smith, Christina M. Title: The Shifting Structure of Chicago's Organized Crime Network and the Women It Left Behind Summary: Women are underrepresented in crime and criminal economies compared to men. However, research on the gender gap in crime tends to not employ relational methods and theories, even though crime is often relational. In the predominantly male world of Chicago organized crime at the turn of the twentieth century existed a dynamic gender gap. Combining social network analysis and historical research methods to examine the case of organized crime in Chicago, I uncover a group of women who made up a substantial portion of the Chicago organized crime network from 1900 to 1919. Before Prohibition, women of organized crime operated brothels, trafficked other women, paid protection and graft fees, and attended political galas like the majority of their male counterparts. The 1920 US prohibition on the production, transportation, and sale of alcohol was an exogenous shock which centralized and expanded the organized crime network. This organizational restructuring mobilized hundreds of men and excluded women, even as women's criminal activities around Chicago were on the rise. Before Prohibition, women connected to organized crime primarily through the locations of their brothels, but, during Prohibition, relationships to associates of organized crime trumped locations as the means of connection. Relationships to organized crime were much more accessible to men than to women, and consequently gender inequality increased in the network. The empirical foundation of this research is 5,001 pages of archival documents used to create a relational database with information on 3,321 individuals and their 15,861 social relationships. This research introduces a unique measure of inequality in social networks and a relational theory of gender dynamics applicable to future research on organizations, criminal or otherwise. Details: Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Amherst, 2015. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.umass.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1464&context=dissertations_2 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 137867

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Use of Force: Taking Policing to a Higher Standards. 30 Guiding Principles Summary: The policies, training, tactics, and recommendations for equipment detailed in this document amount to significant, fundamental changes in a police department's operations and culture. It is important that these changes be undertaken in a comprehensive manner, and not in a piecemeal or haphazard way. The policy changes must be backed up with thorough, integrated retraining of all officers. These changes have implications for officer safety. This approach can increase officer safety, as well as the safety of community members, by teaching officers how to "slow down" some incidents and avoid escalating situations to the point where officers or members of the public are endangered. But to better protect officers, agencies must provide comprehensive new training, new tactical skills, and new equipment to support the new policies. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed February 17, 2016 at : http://www.policeforum.org/assets/30%20guiding%20principles.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 137871

Author: Ringwalt, Christopher Title: The use of a prescription drug monitoring program to develop algorithms to identify providers with unusual prescribing practices for controlled substances. Summary: The misuse, abuse and diversion of controlled substances have reached epidemic proportion in the United States. Contributing to this problem are providers who over-prescribe these substances. Using one state's prescription drug monitoring program, we describe a series of metrics we developed to identify providers manifesting unusual and uncustomary prescribing practices. We then present the results of a preliminary effort to assess the concurrent validity of these algorithms, using death records from the state's vital records database pertaining to providers who wrote prescriptions to patients who then died of a medication or drug overdose within 30 days. Metrics manifesting the strongest concurrent validity with providers identified from these records related to those who co-prescribed benzodiazepines (e.g., valium) and high levels of opioid analgesics (e.g., oxycodone), as well as those who wrote temporally overlapping prescriptions. We conclude with a discussion of a variety of uses to which these metrics may be put, as well as problems and opportunities related to their use. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249481.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 137872

Author: Sentencing Project Title: U.S. Prison Population Trends 1999-2014: Broad Variation Among States in Recent Years Summary: Our comparative analysis of U.S. Prison Population Trends 1999-2014 reveals broad variation in nationwide incarceration trends. While 39 states have experienced a decline since reaching their peak prison populations within the past 15 years, in most states this decline has been relatively modest. In addition, 11 states have had continuing rises in imprisonment. These developments suggest that while the recent national decline in the prison population is encouraging, any significant decarceration will require more sustained attention. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_US_Prison_Population_Trends_1999-2014.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 137876

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Juvenile Life Without Parole: An Overview Summary: An overview of developments regarding Juvenile Life without Parole: An Overview encompasses the impact of the Supreme Court's recent decision in Montgomery v. Louisiana, which will sharply curtail the number of people serving life without parole sentences for offenses committed as juveniles. Approximately 2,500 people are currently serving life without parole for offenses committed as juveniles; 16 states and the District of Columbia have banned the use of the sentence for juvenile offenders. The policy brief traces a decade's worth of Supreme Court rulings, legislative responses to those rulings, and current research about teenage development and the juveniles likely impacted by the decision. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2016 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/jj_Juvenile_Life_Without_Parole.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 137877

Author: Hsu, Teresa T. Title: Parent, Peer, and Neighborhood Risk Factors Accounting for Spatial Clustering of Adolescent Aggressive Behavior Summary: The existing aggression literature highlights the importance of risk factors from multiple domains, including the parent, peer, and more recently, the neighborhood domains. However, this literature generally has not extended the study of neighborhood effects on adolescent aggression to include geographic location. Of the existing research examining neighborhood effects on youth aggression, neighborhood is typically measured using aggregate data of bounded areas, although aggressive behavior may vary according to geographic locations within pre-defined boundaries. Reliance only on aggregate data may lead to errors such as the ecological fallacy (i.e., the assumption that individuals have the same average characteristics of the larger group) or the overestimation or underestimation of model parameters (Diez-Roux, 2007). Thus, using analyses that link geographic information to individual data, or spatial analyses, may be particularly valuable given these problems. The present study used both spatial and non-spatial analyses to examine whether observations of high adolescent aggression and its risk factors geographically cluster, or occur in geographic proximity to other observations, as well as whether geographic clusters of adolescent aggression overlap or coincide with clusters of risk factors. Nearest Neighbor Analyses and multi-level analyses were conducted with a community, epidemiologically-defined sample of adolescents in 8th grade residing in Baltimore City. Results of spatial analyses revealed that aggression and its risk factors of low parental monitoring, high deviant peer affiliation, high community violence exposure, and high perceived neighborhood violence geographically clustered, and that these clusters overlapped to some extent. However, results of non-spatial analyses did not indicate clustering at the census tract level. Clinical implications of study results and future directions for using both types of analyses are discussed. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: http://media.proquest.com/media/pq/classic/doc/2428767151/fmt/ai/rep/NPDF?_s=LYc8Zl4C0gl274WIfnYcZGgBHSs%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 137879

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Terror from the Right: 75 Plots, Conspiracies and Racist Rampages since Oklahoma City Summary: A synopsis of radical-right terrorist plots, conspiracies and racist rampages since the Oklahoma City bombing in 1995. It includes a roster of murdered law enforcement officials. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/terror_from_the_right_0.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 137880

Author: Georgetown University, Justice Policy Institute Title: Report: Lone Wolf Terrorism Summary: The United States (US) is the primary target among western states for lone wolf terrorist (LWT) attacks, and the frequency of attacks continues to increase. Even though LWT attacks remain less common and precipitate fewer casualties than terrorist attacks conducted by organizations, the US must continue to focus counterterrorism resources and encourage further research to combat this threat to national security. In this assessment, the Georgetown National Security Critical Issue Task Force (NSCITF) hopes to inform key stakeholders about the most critical lone wolf terrorism issues and spark new policy discussions on how to address the problem. The NSCITF articulates eight findings that inform the collective understanding of lone wolf terrorism and offers three actionable recommendations to address those findings. First, the NSCITF finds that no single USG definition on lone wolf terrorism exists. Second, the NSCITF identifies the following four current trends in domestic LWT attacks, each of which highlight multiple issues that US policymakers must consider when drafting counterterrorism policies directed at LWTs: 1) Increased targeting of law enforcement (LE) and military personnel; 2) Overwhelming use firearms to conduct attacks, compared to LWTs in other western countries who rely on hijackings or bombs; 3) Increased radicalization via the Internet, extremist media, and the civilian workplace; and, 4) Proclamation of an individual ideology instead of claiming affinity to specific, organized extremist groups. Third, despite the presence of overarching trends among domestic LWTs, the NSCITF determines that profiling fails to target potential LWTs effectively. Consequently, in the fourth finding, the NSCITF provides a framework to understand how an individual becomes a LWT and to identify possible intervention points. Fifth, the NSCITF develops a typology that organizes lone wolves in terms of their ideological autonomy and social competence to explicate why lone wolves operate alone, a key gap in the extant literature on terrorism. The final three findings address US federal and local law enforcement policies to prevent LWT attacks. In the sixth finding, the NSCITF identifies the challenges of using traditional law enforcement tactics to identify and stop LWTs. Specifically, the NSCITF highlights how the expansion of the Internet and social media offers individuals an ability to become radicalized without physically interacting with others and research various attack methodologies undetected. The seventh finding demonstrates that aggressive law enforcement tactics - namely, surveillance and monitoring of targeted individuals - risk community mistrust because of perceived infringements on civil liberties and privacy rights. In the final finding, the NSCITF notes that the US lacks a comprehensive, "whole of government" approach that coherently and systematically organizes the federal, local, and state efforts to combat lone wolf terrorism. Based on the above findings, the NSCITF offers three recommendations. First, the USG should adopt a standard definition of lone wolf terrorism. Second, the USG should appoint clear leadership over the problem of lone wolf terrorism to streamline future policy responses and improve governmental coordination at the federal, state, and local levels. Finally, the USG should emphasize the prevention and short-circuiting of the radicalization process. Each recommendation will help the USG streamline future policy responses and improve governmental coordination at the federal, state, and local levels to prevent future LWT attacks. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: http://georgetownsecuritystudiesreview.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/NCITF-Final-Paper.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 137881

Author: Hahn, Josephine Wonsun Title: An Experiment in Bail Reform: Examining the Impact of the Brooklyn Supervised Release Program Summary: This report presents findings from a study examining the impact of the Brooklyn Supervised Release Program, which engages misdemeanants who cannot afford relatively low bail amounts. When compared to a matched sample arraigned in the year before program launch, Supervised Release participants were significantly more likely to be released; spent fewer days in detention and were significantly less likely to receive a criminal conviction or jail sentence. Qualitative findings showed that participants held positive views of the Supervised Release staff and program model. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/BK%20SRP_Research%20Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 137882

Author: Phillips, Peter J. Title: Terrorism Perpetrated by Individuals in the United States and Canada Summary: We analyse acts of terrorism perpetrated by individuals, including lone wolf terrorists, in the United States and Canada during the period 1970 to 2014. The concentration of responsibility for inflicted fatalities is measured using the Herfindahl-Hirschman index. The diversity of attack methods and weapons choice is measured using entropy. Risk preferences or profiles are inferred for terrorist groups and individual offenders. Finally, the relative capability of individual terrorists to inflict fatalities is assessed against the capability demonstrated by terrorist groups. Details: Toowoomba, QLD: University of Southern Queensland - Faculty of Business, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2262106 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 137886

Author: Coultas, Bryan T. Title: Crowdsourcing intelligence to combat terrorism: Harnessing bottom-up collection to prevent lone-wolf terror attacks Summary: U.S. officials have acknowledged that attackers of the lone-wolf and isolated-cell organizational type are on the rise and now pose a greater threat than major coordinated actions. Traditional intelligence methods, using a top-down approach with an emphasis on signals intelligence, are ill-equipped to identify and prevent terrorists using lone-wolf tactics. Crowdsourcing, as a problem-solving technique, is a relatively new idea but has shown great promise in tackling issues similar to the identification of lone-wolf terrorists. At its core, crowdsourcing is a method for thousands or even millions of people to contribute their knowledge, expertise, or skills towards a unified task. Done correctly, it has produced results unachievable by traditional tasking of humans or computers. This thesis identifies how the signals surrounding lone-wolf attacks are different and more subtle in nature from those mounted by organized terror groups. In turn, the thesis examines the potential benefits of crowdsourcing intelligence in order to strengthen the U.S. intelligence community's ability to approach this emerging problem of lone-wolf terrorism. In short, this thesis proposes that the U.S. intelligence community harness the power of U.S. citizens to help prevent identify the subtle indictors presented by lone-wolf terrorists in order to prevent lone-wolf terrorist attacks. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, Dudley Knox Library, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 18, 2016 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/45174/15Mar_Coultas_Bryan.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Intelligence Shelf Number: 137891

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Age of the Wolf: A Study of the Rise of Lone Wolf and Leaderless Resistance Terrorism Summary: The study, which covers the period between April 1, 2009, and Feb. 1, 2015, and includes violence from both the radical right and homegrown jihadists, finds that a domestic terrorist attack or foiled attack occurred, on average, every 34 days. It also shows that fully 74% of the more than 60 incidents examined were carried out, or planned, by a lone wolf, a single person operating entirely alone. A total of 90% of the incidents were the work of just one or two persons, the study found. The long-term trend away from violence planned and committed by groups and toward lone wolf terrorism is a worrying one. Authorities have had far more success penetrating plots concocted by several people than individuals who act on their own. Indeed, the lone wolf's chief asset is the fact that no one else knows of his plans for violence and they are therefore exceedingly difficult to disrupt. Next week's summit, to be hosted by President Obama, is meant to "better understand, identify, and prevent the cycle of radicalization to violence at home in the United States and abroad," the White House said. Although the meeting is ostensibly devoted to all forms of terrorism, there is a danger, in the aftermath of the Charlie Hebdo massacre in Paris, that Islamist terror will be the primary focus. That would be a serious mistake. There's no question that the jihadist threat is a tremendous one. Close to 3,000 Americans were murdered by Al Qaeda on Sept. 11, 2001, far more than the number killed by any other form of terrorism. And officials are now warning that the Islamic State, known for its barbaric beheadings and the burning alive of a Jordanian pilot, may be plotting to kidnap Americans abroad in a slew of other countries. But that is not the only terrorist threat facing Americans today. A large number of independent studies have agreed that since the 9/11 mass murder, more people have been killed in America by non-Islamic domestic terrorists than jihadists. That fact is also apparent in the new SPLC study of the 2009-2015 period. Since 9/11, however, the government has focused very heavily on jihadists, sometimes to the exclusion of violence from various forms of domestic extremists. That was first apparent in the immediate aftermath of the Al Qaeda attacks, when almost all government resources were channeled toward battling foreign jihadists. A stark example of that is the way the Justice Department has allowed its Domestic Terrorism Executive Committee to go into hibernation since that day. But it is also reflected in the way that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which is charged with providing law enforcement information and analysis of all kinds of violent extremism, let its team devoted to non-Islamic domestic terrorism fall apart in the aftermath of a controversial leaked report. The 2009 report, which detailed the resurgence of the radical right in the aftermath of Obama's 2008 election, was pilloried by pundits and politicians who wrongly saw it as an attack on all conservatives. As a result, then-DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano apologized for it, and the DHS intelligence team that wrote it has since virtually disbanded. The temptation to focus on horrific groups like Al Qaeda and the Islamic State is wholly understandable. And the federal government recently has taken steps to address the terrorist threat more comprehensively, with Attorney General Eric Holder announcing the coming reconstitution of the Domestic Terrorism Executive Committee. There has been a recent increase in funding for studies of terrorism and radicalization, and the FBI has produced a number of informative reports. And Holder seems to understand clearly that lone wolves and small cells are an increasing threat. "It's something that frankly keeps me up at night, worrying about the lone wolf or a group of people, a very small group of people, who decide to get arms on their own and do what we saw in France," he said recently. But it's critical that Wednesday's gathering at the White House takes on terrorism in all its forms, Islamic and non-Islamic, foreign and domestic. Federal agencies must reinvigorate their work in studying and analyzing the radical right, helping law enforcement agencies around the country understand and counter the very real threat of domestic terrorism from the milieu that produced mass murderer Timothy McVeigh. It's not a question of focusing on one or another type of terror. No matter the source, we simply cannot afford to ignore the ongoing carnage. Details: Montgomery, AL: SPLC, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/d6_legacy_files/downloads/publication/lone-wolf-splc.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 137895

Author: Finn, Kathleen Title: Responsible Resource Development and Prevention of Sex Trafficking: Safeguarding Native Women and Children on the Fort Berthold Reservation Summary: In 2010, large deposits of oil and natural gas were found in the Bakken shale formation, much of which is encompassed by the Fort Berthold Indian reservation, home to the Mandan, Hidatsa, and Arikara Nation ("MHA Nation" or "Three Affiliated Tribes" or "the Tribe"). However, rapid oil and gas development has brought an unprecedented rise of violent crime on and near the Fort Berthold reservation. Specifically, the influx of well-paid male oil and gas workers, living in temporary housing often referred to as "man camps," has coincided with a disturbing increase in sex trafficking of Native women. The social risks of oil development on American Indian reservations like Fort Berthold are distinct from development in other areas in the United States. The complex and shifting nature of federal Indian law presents legal and practical challenges to law enforcement in civil and criminal contexts. Further, the historical exploitation of Indian lands and people informs current social and economic conditions that contribute to increased sex trafficking of Native women and children. This paper begins by describing the intersection of sex trafficking and oil and gas development on the Fort Berthold reservation. Next, the paper describes the jurisdictional regime within federal Indian law and other barriers to law enforcement that have created a situation ripe for trafficking and other crime on the Fort Berthold reservation. Third, the paper will examine strategies to address this complex issue including: corporate engagement of relevant companies; tribal capacity and coalition building; and remedies contained in the Violence Against Women Act of 2014. This paper asserts that all of the stakeholders involved in oil development on the Fort Berthold reservation - federal, state, tribal, and public and private companies - must work cooperatively to decisively eliminate sex trafficking of Native women and children Details: Boulder, CO: American Indian Law Clinic, University of Colorado at Boulder, School of Law, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2723517 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 137896

Author: Garvey, Stephen P. Title: Authority, Freedom, and the Guilty Mind Summary: Imagine an actor who commits a crime in thrall to a powerful desire. Think, for example, about those we call addicts, phobics, maniacs, philiacs, provokees, and so forth. Do any conditions exist under which such actors should be immune to criminal liability when they choose to commit a crime in order to mollify their enthralling desire? Yes. An actor should be immune to criminal liability when, assuming he freely chooses to commit a crime (and thus satisfies the demand that his act be guilty or his actus reus), he nonetheless fails to manifest a guilty mind or mens rea, i.e., his choice to commit the crime reflected no ill will for the state�s authority or its criminal laws. I doubt this condition will obtain very often, but when it does, any actor fulfilling it is beyond the state�s authority to punish. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornett Law School, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2729414 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Guilt Shelf Number: 137925

Author: San Mateo County (California) Title: Can an Electronic Monitoring Program for Pre-Trial Detainees Help to Reduce Jail Overcrowding? Summary: The Maguire Correctional Facility (men's jail) located in Redwood City is populated beyond its State-rated capacity, and has been for many years. Since it appears that the jail facilities will continue to be overcrowded for the foreseeable future, the Grand Jury questioned whether electronic monitoring devices are being used for pre-trial detainees (PTDs) and if electronic monitoring devices can be used to alleviate overcrowding in our jail. From 2002 to 2007 approximately 50 percent of the male jail population consisted of pre-trial detainees. The other 50 percent were individuals who had received a trial or pled guilty and were serving a prescribed sentence. Since 2008, this ratio has steadily changed, with pre-trial detainees reaching about 76% of the jail population in 2011. The Grand Jury looked at the alternatives offered to this growing population of untried, unsentenced individuals to determine if there were opportunities to reduce the number of inmates awaiting trial. A potential alternative to serving time in jail awaiting trial is to release carefully selected persons into an Electronic Monitoring Program (EMP). The Grand Jury found that utilizing electronic monitoring devices for pre-trial detainees is not part of the current classification process in San Mateo County, no EMP exists for pre-trial detainees, and consequently no persons awaiting trial wear an electronic monitoring device. Several of those interviewed acknowledge that electronic monitoring devices for specific individuals could be a useful tool in reducing jail populations. Expanding EMP efforts to the pre-trial detainee population would require some investment in staff and training, as well as modification of eligibility guidelines. This investment could be partially or wholly offset by cost savings in reducing jail headcount. The Grand Jury found that significant daily cost savings of approximately $100 per inmate/per day are available if selected pre-trial detainees are released into an EMP. The Grand Jury recommends that the Sheriff's Office do the following: 1) conduct an objective analysis and issue a report regarding the feasibility of an EMP for selected pre-trial detainees; 2) should the objective analysis and the results of the report indicate that an EMP for selected pre-trial detainees be feasible, prepare an implementation plan to expand EMP for pre-trial detainees for full implementation within 12 months. The objective analysis would include a review of best-practices in adjoining counties and statewide to evaluate the impact and usefulness of electronic monitoring and its effect on the jail population. It would also include the introduction of a risk assessment tool, such as the Virginia Risk Assessment, for determining defendant eligibility for EMP for pre-trial detainees. Implementing a non-jail confinement program for some classes of pre-trial detainees could be an important contribution to addressing overcrowded conditions in the men's jail in San Mateo County at a cost savings to the taxpayer. Details: San Mateo, CA: San Mateo County, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: https://www.sanmateocourt.org/documents/grand_jury/2011/emp.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137927

Author: Savilonis, Melissa A. Title: Prisons and Disasters Summary: Prisons are not prepared to respond to and recover from disasters. Prisoners are a vulnerable subset of our population, often underrepresented, poor, or a member of a marginalized group. Prisoners require protection during disasters, as they do not have the capability or freedom to make independent decisions to protect themselves. However, they seem to be a forgotten subset of our population when it comes to emergency management. In fact, pets have received far superior treatment and care than prisoners during disasters. With the majority of prisons across the country facing limited funding, staffing shortages, and a lack of resources, emergency management planning has fallen to the side. Without some form of Federal oversight or guidance, correctional facilities across the country will remain unprepared to respond to and recover from disasters, failing at their duty to protect prisoners, as well as the public. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: https://repository.library.northeastern.edu/downloads/neu:2481?datastream_id=content Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Management Shelf Number: 137929

Author: Argueta, Carla N. Title: Border Security Metrics Between Ports of Entry Summary: Understanding the risks present at the U.S. borders and developing methods to measure border security are key challenges for the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the U.S. Border Patrol, the agency within DHS charged with securing the border between ports of entry. Metrics for border security are used at both the strategic level, by DHS, and at the operational level by Customs and Border Protection (Border Patrol). This report reviews DHS's and the Border Patrol's use of metrics in evaluating their objective to secure the border between ports of entry. DHS and the Border Patrol can use metrics to measure their performance and estimate risks at the border. Additionally, metrics provide Congress with an understanding of DHS's and Border Patrol's progress in securing the border. At a strategic level, DHS uses performance metrics to understand its ability to meet border security objectives. However, DHS has struggled to create a comprehensive measure of border security. Most recently, DHS has labored to create a new generation of performance metrics, through the estimation of unauthorized entry of migrants into the United States. This measure represents the volume of migration entering the United States and can be influenced by factors outside of DHS's control, and therefore may not directly speak on border security. Congress may want to consider whether this is an adequate performance metric for border security and whether additional and/or more comprehensive and targeted metrics are required. DHS's Annual Performance Report for FY2014-FY2016 reported two other performance metrics used to measure its progress in securing the border. First, the percentage of people apprehended multiple times along the Southwest border, or the recidivism rate, is used to capture the ability of the Border Patrol to deter migrants from re-entering the United States. Second, the rate of interdiction effectiveness along the Southwest border between ports of entry, or the effectiveness rate, measures the Border Patrol's ability to apprehend unauthorized migrants. In the past, DHS has used several different performance metrics. For example, from 2001 to 2004, DHS, and the former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), used optimum deterrence as a measure for border security, defining it as the level where applying more border security would not significantly increase apprehensions or deterrence. In 2005, DHS began to use operational control as a new measure, describing it as the miles along the border where the Border Patrol had the ability to detect, identify, respond to, and interdict cross-border unauthorized activity. When operational control was retired as a metric, migrant apprehensions became the interim measure for border security from 2011 to 2013. At an operational level, the Border Patrol uses metrics within its risk assessments At an operational level, the Border Patrol uses metrics within its risk assessments. The estimation of risk at the sector level assists the Border Patrol in making day-to-day decisions with regard to how to best align its resources against different threats. The agency determines risk through its "State of the Border Risk Methodology." A secured border is characterized as low risk. The Border Patrol's methodology estimates the magnitude of risk by gathering and understanding intelligence information, developing a detailed awareness of threats at the border, and applying a standardized measurement of risk. These assessments are not used as metrics themselves. However, the Border Patrol's methodology monitors certain metrics at the sector level, such as the recidivist rate and effectiveness rate, which may be able to speak to the Border Patrol's performance. Metrics can provide an understanding of the state of the border. In reviewing border security metrics, Congress may be interested in issues surrounding the oversight of DHS's measurement practices, the determination of acceptable levels of risk for each metric, and the implementation of strategic and operational metrics and how they relate to one another. Moreover, Congress may consider how metrics can be used to inform decisions on expenditures and whether additional data and methodologies are needed to provide a more holistic view of border issues. Lastly, with migrant demographics shifting and some transit countries conducting their own enforcement of unauthorized migration, Congress may consider how these practices affect data and outcomes and what can be done to account for these changes. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R44386.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 137930

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Unaccompanied Children: HHS Can Take Further Actions to Monitor Their Care Summary: In fiscal year 2014, nearly 57,500 children traveling without their parents or guardians (referred to as unaccompanied children) were apprehended by federal immigration officers and transferred to the care of the Department of Health and Human Services' Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR). Most of these children were from Central America. GAO found that ORR was initially unprepared to care for that many children; however, the agency increased its bed capacity to accommodate up to 10,000 children at a time. Given the unprecedented demand for capacity in 2014, ORR developed a plan to help prepare it to meet fiscal year 2015 needs. The number of children needing ORR's care declined significantly through most of fiscal year 2015, but began increasing again toward the end of the summer. Given the inherent uncertainties associated with planning for capacity needs, ORR's lack of a process for annually updating and documenting its plan inhibits its ability to balance preparations for anticipated needs while minimizing excess capacity. ORR relies on grantees to provide care for unaccompanied children, including housing and educational, medical, and therapeutic services. GAO's review of a sample of children's case files found that they often did not contain required documents, making it difficult to verify that all required services were provided. ORR revised its on-site monitoring program in 2014 to ensure better coverage of grantees. However, ORR was not able to complete all the visits it planned for fiscal years 2014 and 2015, citing lack of resources. By not monitoring its grantees consistently, ORR may not be able to identify areas where children's care is not provided in accordance with ORR policies and the agreements with grantees. ORR grantees conduct various background checks on potential sponsors prior to releasing children to them. These potential sponsors are identified and screened by the grantees as part of their responsibilities for the unaccompanied children in their care. The extent of the checks conducted depends on the relationship of the sponsor to the child. Between January 2014 and April 2015, ORR released about 50,000 children from Central America to sponsors to await their immigration hearings. In nearly 90 percent of these cases, the sponsors were a parent or other close relative already residing in the United States. Sponsors do not need to have legal U.S. residency status. There is limited information available on post-release services provided to children after they leave ORR care. In part, this is because ORR is only required to provide services to a small percentage of children, such as those who were victims of trafficking. In May 2015, ORR established a National Call Center to assist children who may be facing placement disruptions, making post-release services available to some of them. Also, in August 2015, ORR began requiring well-being follow-up calls to all children 30 days after their release. ORR is collecting information through these new initiatives, but does not currently have a process to ensure that the data are reliable, systematically collected, or compiled in summary form. Service providers GAO spoke with also noted that some of these children may have difficultly accessing services due to the lack of bilingual services in the community, lack of health insurance, or other barriers. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-180: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://gao.gov/assets/680/675001.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 137934

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Health Care Fraud: Information on Most Common Schemes and the Likely Effect of Smart Cards Summary: What GAO Found GAO's review of 739 health care fraud cases that were resolved in 2010 showed the following: - About 68 percent of the cases included more than one scheme with 61 percent including two to four schemes and 7 percent including five or more schemes. - The most common health care fraud schemes were related to fraudulent billing, such as billing for services that were not provided (about 43 percent of cases) and billing for services that were not medically necessary (about 25 percent). - Other common schemes included falsifying records to support the fraud scheme (about 25 percent), paying kickbacks to participants in the scheme (about 21 percent), and fraudulently obtaining controlled substances or misbranding prescription drugs (about 21 percent). - Providers were complicit in 62 percent of the cases, and beneficiaries were complicit in 14 percent of the cases. GAO's analysis found that the use of smart cards could have affected about 22 percent (165 cases) of cases GAO reviewed in which the entire or part of the case could have been affected because they included schemes that involved the lack of verification of the beneficiary or provider at the point of care. However, in the majority of cases (78 percent), smart card use likely would not have affected the cases because either beneficiaries or providers were complicit in the schemes, or for other reasons. For example, the use of cards would not have affected cases in which the provider misrepresented the service (as in billing for services not medically necessary), or when the beneficiary and provider were not directly involved in the scheme (as in illegal marketing of prescription drugs). Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-216: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/674771.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Markets Shelf Number: 137935

Author: New York State Bar Association. Special Committee on Re-entry Title: Special Committee on Re-enetry: Report Summary: Increasingly, policy makers and the media have urged reconsideration of the size of our prison population and examination of alternatives to incarceration, particularly for those convicted of less serious offenses. Many, including Governor Cuomo, have urged or taken actions designed to address issues facing individuals re-entering the community after incarceration. Thus, it is a particularly appropriate time to examine the re-entry into society of adults and young people post-arrest or post-incarceration. The underlying rationales for this report's recommendations are: (1) confinement often increases the likelihood of recidivism by leaving unaddressed or exacerbating a person's identifiable problem areas; whereas (2) a coordinated, systematic and quickly undertaken effort to identify and focus on these problem areas is likely to diminish recidivism considerably. Assessments of programs discussed herein generally find that successful programs "pay for themselves." The cost of re-incarceration and the cost to victims of recidivism are far greater than the cost of providing the programs described in this report. To put this in perspective, in New York State about 54,000 individuals are currently incarcerated. New York's average annual cost of incarceration is $60,000 per individual. Every year, about 24,000 individuals are released from state prisons and more than 100,000 are released from local jails back into the community, but within years thereafter, two-thirds of them are rearrested, and over 40 percent are again incarcerated (most often for economically driven crimes). Details: Albany: New York State Bar Association, 2016. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016: http://www.nysba.org/WorkArea/DownloadAsset.aspx?id=61806 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 137936

Author: Redfield, Sarah E. Title: School-To-Prison Pipeline: Preliminary Report Summary: In 2014, the American Bar Association (ABA) Coalition on Racial and Ethnic Justice (COREJ) turned its attention to the continuing failures in the education system where certain groups of students - for example, students of color, with disabilities, or LGBTQ - are disproportionately over- or incorrectly categorized in special education, are disciplined more harshly, including referral to law enforcement for minimal misbehavior, achieve at lower levels, and eventually drop or are pushed out of school, often into juvenile justice facilities and prisons - a pattern now commonly referred to as the School-to-Prison Pipeline (StPP). While this problem certainly is not new, it presented a convergence of several laws, policies, and practices where the legal community's intervention is critical. Joined by the ABA Pipeline Council and Criminal Justice Section, and supported by its sister ABA entities, COREJ sponsored a series of eight Town Halls across the country to investigate the issues surrounding this pipeline. The focus of these Town Halls was to 1) explore the issues as they presented themselves for various groups and various locales; 2) gather testimony on solutions that showed success, with particular focus on interventions where the legal community could be most effective in interrupting and reversing the StPP; and 3) draw attention to the role implicit bias plays in creating and maintaining this pipeline. This report is a result of those convenings. Also a result was the formation of a Joint Task Force among the three convening entities to provide an organizational structure to address Reversing the School-to-Prison Pipeline (RStPP) To analyze the complexities surrounding the school-to-prison pipeline and identify potential solutions to reverse these negative trends, the Joint RStPP Task Force: 1. Organized and conducted eight Town Hall meetings in various parts of the United States during which several area experts and community members voiced concerns, discussed the problems, and proposed solutions. 2. Analyzed and cumulated national data from the U.S. Department of Education's Civil Rights Data Collection and other available local data to gauge the magnitude and scope of the problems. 3. Served as a clearinghouse for information and reports relevant to the RStPP effort and disseminated that information. 4. Examined national and state laws and local school district's policies and practices that have combined to push an increasing number of students out of school and into the justice system. 5. Analyzed laws that several states have enacted to reverse the school-to-prison pipeline. 6. Evaluated evidence-based policies and practices that various schools have implemented to reverse the school-to-prison pipeline. 7. Organized and conducted a roundtable discussion to focus exclusively on mapping out solutions to reverse these negative trends by identifying model programs and successful strategies. 8. Planned for two additional Town Halls focused on LGBTQ (San Diego) and entry points to the pipeline and juvenile justice (Memphis). 9. Drafted this preliminary report and prepared recommendations for consideration by the larger ABA. Details: Chicago: American Bar Association, Coalition on Racial and Ethnic Justice, 2016. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://jjie.org/files/2016/02/School-to-Prison-Pipeline-Preliminary-Report-Complete-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Discrimination Shelf Number: 137937

Author: Hurley, Greg Title: Body-Worn Cameras and the Courts Summary: In response to the August 9, 2014 shooting death of Michael Brown by Officer Darren Wilson in Ferguson, Missouri, a citizen petition was posted on the White House website, petitions.whitehouse.gov. It asked people to sign if they supported a law requiring all state, county, and local police to wear body-worn cameras, or BWCs. Within a few weeks, the petition collected 150,000 signatures. The response to this petition received national mainstream media attention. Roy L. Austin, Jr., deputy assistant to the president for the Office of Urban Affairs, Justice and Opportunity in the Domestic Policy Council, responded to the petition on behalf of the administration. He noted that research suggested that BWCs can have significant benefits to the community, which can include: - evidence that both officers and civilians acted in a more positive manner when they were aware that a camera was present; - new opportunities for effective training of law enforcement officers presented by the use of cameras; and - useful evidence of interactions was often captured on video. However, he also stated that the cost of this technology cannot be ignored, and there are some significant unanswered questions that need to be addressed, such as: - What is the most effective type of camera (vehicle, body, weapon) - and if body, where is it best placed (lapel, ear, belt)? - What are the privacy implications of having officers record interactions with the public? - When should cameras be turned on? - Does every officer on a force need a camera? - How long should video data be maintained and who should have access to it? - What is the impact on community relationships? On December 2, 2014, Shaun Donovan, the director of the White House's Office of Management and Budget, announced that a proposed, three-year $263 million Community Policing Initiative would include an investment package that would increase the use of BWCs. This was a significant statement from the Obama Administration and demonstrated the administration's view that BWCs could be a useful tool in providing greater officer accountability and promoting more trust in law enforcement by the general public. On September 21, 2015, the Department of Justice announced over $23 million in federal funding to support a BWC pilot program, which will support 73 local and tribal law enforcement agencies in 32 states. In their press release, they noted that this was done as a "part of President Obama's commitment to building trust and transparency between law enforcement and the communities they serve." This development is not surprising as the Obama Administration had previously indicated a willingness to deploy BWC technology. It is reasonable to assume that the cumulative effect of public support for officers using BWCs, and the federal government's willingness to provide funding for a significant pilot program, suggests that BWCs will become an increasingly common piece of law enforcement equipment. In fact, the author is of the opinion that within the next five to ten years, the vast majority of law enforcement officers nationally will be equipped with and required to wear and use BWCs. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/criminal/id/268 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137938

Author: Pierce-Danford, Kristy Title: Creating an Effective Pretrial Program: A Toolkit for Practitioners Summary: These are times of significant change for county jails and justice systems. Public Safety Realignment, the 2011 law that shifted management of people convicted of certain nonviolent, non-serious, non-sex offenses from state prisons and parole to county jails and probation, has had a major impact. More individuals are being sentenced to county jail instead of state prison, including people who violate conditions of their parole. Some county jails face limited capacity or strained resources. Combined with ongoing county budget challenges, more than ever, local leaders need effective strategies to safely manage their justice populations and reduce costs at the same time. On average, more than 60 percent of those in local jails in California are awaiting trial. They are being detained "pretrial" while their case goes through criminal proceedings. There are models of pretrial diversion and supervision programs that can effectively manage these individuals in a community setting. Reducing the number of pretrial detainees in jails or the length of their stay can conserve considerable resources and allow the jail to meet other public safety needs. In a post-Realignment California, assessing pretrial program options is both an opportunity and a necessity. Fortunately, pretrial program models have evolved considerably in recent decades, and there is evidence to show that they can be more successful than the money bail system at ensuring public safety and court appearance. There are many evidence-based options available to communities seeking to implement or strengthen pretrial programs. There is not one "correct" model for pretrial programs, and they can be successfully administered through the courts, probation departments, sheriff departments, county administration, independent agencies or any combination of these. Many counties are now exploring such programs, asking critical questions about whom among those awaiting trial needs to be in jail and who can be managed successfully in the community. This toolkit offers guidance to county officials on how to develop and operate these programs at the local level, building upon available literature on effective pretrial policies and practices. Specifically, officials will find: - Key information about the legal framework and national standards for pretrial programs; - How to implement a pretrial risk assessment; - Pretrial diversion and supervision advice; - How to assess your current system; and - Recommendations on using data to measure and enhance pretrial programs. Details: Oakland, CA: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2016 at: http://libcloud.s3.amazonaws.com/211/9f/a/223/CSJ_pretrial_toolkit.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 137944

Author: Wood, Jonathan Title: Overcriminalization and the Endangered Species Act: Mens Rea and Criminal Convictions for Take Summary: The Endangered Species Act makes it a crime to "knowingly" take any member of an endangered species. The government has generally interpreted this to require a defendant to have knowledge of each of the elements of the offense, i.e. that his actions will result in take and what species will be taken. However, it has not been consistent in this interpretation. In several cases, it has argued that the defendant need only have knowingly engaged in an act; knowledge of its consequences for a particular species is unnecessary. When challenged, this interpretation has been upheld by the Fifth and Ninth Circuits. This article argues that the statute requires knowledge of all of the facts constituting the offense, including the identity of the species. The Supreme Court generally presumes that knowledge of the facts constituting an offense is required, out of a fear of criminalizing ordinary, apparently innocent conduct. The breadth of the Endangered Species Act's take provision and the number and obscurity of the species subject to it counsel strongly in favor of interpreting the statute consistent with this general rule. Policy objections to this interpretation are better addressed through other provisions of the act. Details: Sacramento, CA: Pacific Legal Foundation, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series, No. 13-514: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2731292 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Endangered Species Act Shelf Number: 137945

Author: Kentucky. Legislative Research Commission Title: Report of the 2013 Task Force on the Unified Juvenile Code . (2013 Senate Concurrent Resolution 35) Summary: In 2013, Senate Concurrent Resolution 35 extended the Task Force on the Unified Juvenile Code, which had been created the year before. The task force was directed to continue its review of the juvenile justice system to develop recommendations for reform. The task force was a bipartisan, inter-branch group with diverse representation from juvenile justice stakeholders. It conducted a detailed analysis of Kentucky's juvenile justice system and, based on this work, developed recommendations to protect public safety, hold offenders accountable, improve outcomes for children and families, and control costs in the juvenile justice system. Seeking to improve public safety and achieve better outcomes for youth and their families, the task force studied Kentucky data, reviewed research on proven juvenile practices, and looked to other states to identify solutions. The task force analysis led to findings in four areas of Kentucky's juvenile justice system: - Kentucky is spending significant resources on out-of-home residential placement for lowlevel status and public offenders.b The Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) spends more than half of its $102 million annual budget on secure and nonsecure residential facilities that cost an average of $87,000 per bed per year. In addition, the Department for Community Based Services (DCBS) spent an estimated $6 million in fiscal year 2012 for out-of-home placement of status offenders. - Lower-level offenses make up a significant share of the juvenile justice system. Misdemeanants and violators make up the majority (ranging from 55 percent to 87 percent) of youth in of each type of out-of-home placement. - The length of time probation/court order violators and misdemeanor offenders spend in outof- home facilities has increased 31 percent and 21 percent, respectively, over the past decade. The amount of time these offenders spend out of home differed by less than 1 month from those adjudicated on felony offenses. Hundreds of status offenders are spending time out of home through commitments to DCBS or in detention. - A lack of funding for and access to services and alternatives in the community has contributed to more expensive commitments to DJJ and DCBS and more youth being placed out of home. Recommendations And Impact The task force recommendations are grouped into four categories: - Reinvest savings to provide for sustained funding, expand community services, and improve supervision. - Focus resources, particularly expensive out-of-home facilities, on higher-level offenders, and reinvest savings into strengthening early intervention and prevention programs. - Increase effectiveness of juvenile justice programs and services. - Improve government performance by providing oversight of reform implementation, tracking performance measures, and maximizing federal resources. Details: Frankfort, KY: Legislative Research Commission, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Memorandum No. 514: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.lrc.ky.gov/lrcpubs/rm514.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Justice Reinvestment Shelf Number: 137950

Author: Hassan, Sabrina Title: Behavioral Economics in Criminal Justice Messaging Summary: Oftentimes despite the availability of certain information, we rely on our split-second intuition to make decisions. We are humans. We are biased. Sometimes we are lazy or inattentive. Instead of computing all of the stimuli available to us, we often act on impulse instead of considering all of our options. Behavioral economics (BE) allows us to predict what people actually do in decision-making contexts instead of depending on people to behave like rational, controlled, forward-thinking computers. By understanding what influences real choices, we can design choice settings that guide people to choose in a certain way. We can fix the inside of an outward-swinging door with a flat metal plate instead of asking, "Can't they read?" Behavioral economists have developed ways to "nudge people into better choices, which is to encourage selection of certain options without eliminating or taxing alternatives. For example, putting healthy food at eye level in a school cafeteria encourages students to eat more nutritious meals; choosing junk requires reaching for a different shelf. A state can increase its number of organ donors by instituting a default rule of presumed consent to donate; opting out of donation requires unchecking a box. This paper introduces behavioral economics as a way to improve criminal justice messaging. Specifically, Part I of the paper introduces a few key concepts of behavioral economics to consider when designing messages. Part II suggests specific ways to apply those concepts in messages dealing with each registry regarding sex-related offenses, drug policy, and racial profiling. Details: New York: The Opportunity Agenda, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://opportunityagenda.org/files/field_file/2015%2011%2030%20-%20Behavioral%20Economics%20Paper%20-%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Economics Shelf Number: 137951

Author: Depew, Briggs Title: Judges, Juveniles and In-Group Bias Summary: We investigate the existence of in-group bias (preferential treatment of one's own group) in court decisions. Using the universe of juvenile court cases in a U.S. state between 1996 and 2012 and exploiting random assignment of juvenile defendants to judges, we find evidence for negative racial in-group bias in judicial decisions. All else the same, black (white) juveniles who are randomly assigned to black (white) judges are more likely to get incarcerated (as opposed to being placed on probation), and they receive longer sentences. Although observed in experimental settings, this is the first empirical evidence of negative in-group bias, based on a randomization design outside of the lab. Explanations for this finding are provided. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 22003: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22003.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 137952

Author: Kentucky. Legislative Research Commission Title: Report of the Task Force on the Penal Code and Conptrolled Substance Act Summary: The 2010 General Assembly adopted House Concurrent Resolution 250 that created the Task Force on the Penal Code and Controlled Substances Act. The task force was directed to provide to the Interim Joint Committee on Judiciary and the Legislative Research Commission draft changes to the Penal Code, the Controlled Substances Act, and other necessary statutes. The draft shall be based on the principles of "Justice Reinvestment" and shall provide for alternatives to incarceration; the use of community treatment, education, and rehabilitation programs that have been proven to reduce recidivism; the monitoring of defendants where necessary; and a reduction of recidivism while protecting and enhancing public safety. Details: Frankfort, KY: Legislative Research Commission, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Memorandum No. 506: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.lrc.ky.gov/lrcpubs/rm506.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 137955

Author: Mizell, Jill Title: An Overview of Public Opinion and Discourse on Criminal Justice Issues Summary: This series of reports from The Opportunity Agenda describes the American public discourse on crime, the criminal justice system, and criminal justice reform. It examines years of public opinion research, mainstream media coverage, and social media content. And it incorporates the input of leaders working in the field of criminal justice reform. Taken together, this body of work is intended to help reform leaders, organizations, and allies to build public support for effective solutions. It also provides useful insights for journalists, news outlets, and commentators who cover-or could cover-this important subject. Involvement in the criminal justice system can be an opportunity-ending event in people's lives. The "tough on crime" policies of the past generation-the "war on drugs," mandatory minimum sentences, "three-strikes laws" and the like-have negatively affected millions of people. In addition to the individuals who are arrested, prosecuted, and incarcerated for long periods under harsh sentencing laws, families and whole communities face racial profiling, mass incarceration, and barriers to re-entry after release from prison. These impediments to opportunity are not spread evenly across the U.S. population. Racial and class bias infects the criminal justice system at every point, from arrest, through prosecution, sentencing, incarceration, and release. Today, the nation's experiment with mass incarceration is being scrutinized and critiqued as never before, and criminal justice reform is on the public policy agenda. Our scan of legislative activity across the country indicates that reforms are taking place in red and blue states alike. As one reform leader put it: The fiscal crisis that so many states find themselves in has created a space for dialogue about reducing the use of incarceration to solve social issues...This is a very conservative city in a conservative state, and I'm seeing opportunity after opportunity to work across the political spectrum to get criminal justice reform done. States are rethinking "zero tolerance" school discipline policies, which often are responsible for racially discriminatory suspensions and "the school to prison pipeline." Municipalities are adopting "ban the box" policies to remove barriers to the hiring and licensing of people with criminal records. States are adopting "Justice Reinvestment" strategies to reduce corrections costs and reinvest the savings in programs that improve public safety, such as education, public health and job training. At the federal level, the Justice Department has launched its "Smart on Crime" review to bring more fairness to the federal criminal justice system. And the trend towards treating drug use as a public health, rather than a criminal matter is accelerating throughout the country. Whether based on fiscal concerns about the vast public resources devoted to arresting, prosecuting, and locking up so many people or on concerns about fairness and racial equity, more and more members of the public and their political representatives are questioning whether the harsh penalties adopted at both the state and federal levels over the past 40 years are accomplishing what they were intended to accomplish: protecting the public. A growing number of Americans is realizing that the vast majority of people in prison will be released back into the community with few, if any, opportunities to change their lives for the better and that this does not bode well for the nation as a whole. In spite of these advances, however, the United States has a long way to go before its criminal justice system lives up to constitutional and human rights norms, and creating the political will to bring about real reform is a heavy lift. Elected leaders still fear being labeled "soft on crime," and the organized opposition, led by district attorney associations and the private corrections industry, is working hard to block sentencing and other reforms, arguing that public safety is at risk. Most Americans hear about crime through their local television stations, where "if it bleeds, it leads" is still the rule. Increased fear of crime can derail any progress made by the criminal justice reform movement unless the public is "inoculated" with a deeper understanding of the causes of and solutions to crime. Details: New York: The Opportunity Agenda, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://opportunityagenda.org/files/field_file/2014.08.23-CriminalJusticeReport-FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 137956

Author: Billings, Stephen B. Title: Partners in Crime: Schools, Neighborhoods and the Formation of Criminal Networks Summary: Why do crime rates differ greatly across neighborhoods and schools? Comparing youth who were assigned to opposite sides of newly drawn school boundaries, we show that concentrating disadvantaged youth together in the same schools and neighborhoods increases total crime. We then show that these youth are more likely to be arrested for committing crimes together - to be "partners in crime". Our results suggest that direct peer interaction is a key mechanism for social multipliers in criminal behavior. As a result, policies that increase residential and school segregation will - all else equal - increase crime through the formation of denser criminal networks. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 21962: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21962.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 137957

Author: Springer, Nathan R. Title: Patterns of radicalization indentifying the markers and warning signs of domestic lone wolf terrorists in our midst Summary: This thesis will scrutinize the histories of our nation's three most prolific domestic lone wolf terrorists: Tim McVeigh, Ted Kaczynski, and Eric Rudolph. It will establish a chronological pattern to their radicalization and reveal that their communal ideological beliefs, psychology, attributes, traits, and training take place along a common chronological timeline. Their pattern of radicalization can be used as an indicator of lone wolf terrorist radicalization development in future cases. This thesis establishes a strikingly similar chronological pattern of radicalization that was present in each terrorist's biography. This pattern can identify future lone wolf terrorist radicalization activity upstream. It can provide a valuable portent to apply in the analysis of potential lone terrorists, potentially enabling law enforcement to prevent tragedies emerging from the identified population through psychological assistance, evaluation, training, or, in the worst case, detention. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2009. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 24, 2016 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/4340/09Dec_Springer.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Lone Wolf Terrorism Shelf Number: 137958

Author: Arlen, Jennifer Title: Corporate Governance Regulation Through Non-Prosecution Summary: Over the last decade, federal corporate criminal enforcement policy has undergone a significant transformation. Firms that commit crimes are no longer simply required to pay fines. Instead, prosecutors and firms enter into pretrial diversion agreements (PDAs). Prosecutors regularly use PDAs to impose mandates on firms creating new duties that alter firms' internal operations or governance structures. This Article evaluates PDA mandates to determine whether and when prosecutors can appropriately use them to deter corporate crime. We find that mandates can be justified. But, contrary to DOJ policy favoring mandates for any firm with a deficient compliance program at the time of the crime, we find that mandates should be imposed more selectively. Specifically, mandates are only appropriate if a firm is plagued by "policing agency costs" - in that the firm's managers did not act to deter or report wrongdoing because they benefitted personally from tolerating wrongdoing or from deficient corporate policing. We show that this policing agency cost justification provides guidance on how to reform federal policy to make appropriate use of mandates, guidance which reveals that many mandates are inappropriate. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-04 ; NYU Law and Economics Research Paper No. 16-06 : Accessed February 25, 2016 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 137960

Author: Kuo, Pei-Fen Title: Using Geographical Information Systems to Organize Police Patrol Routes Effectively by Grouping Hot Spots of Crash and Crime Data Summary: Applying Data-Driven Approaches to Crime and Traffic Safety (DDACTS) can help police departments allocate limited resources more efficiently. By focusing on hazardous areas, highly visible traffic law enforcement can reduce crime and crashes simultaneously. Most studies have focused on the reduction of crime and crashes after applying new patrol routes, but few have documented how to improve or change police dispatch time. The objective of this study was to compare the police dispatch time between two conditions: (1)Police patrol routes with organized hotspots; and (2) Police patrol route patterns without focusing on hotspots. A secondary objective consisted of developing a procedure describes the calculation of the change in dispatch time. This study used data obtained from the College Station Police Department. Crime and crash data were collected between January 2005 and September 2010, which included 65,461 offense reports and 14,712 crash reports. The proposed study procedure included four steps: (1) Geocoding data, (2) defining hotspots, (3) organizing the best patrol routes, and (4) estimating the effectiveness. ArcGIS was used for the data analysis. The results indicated that using DDACTS principles can potentially reduce police dispatch time by 13% and 17% when the top 5 and top 10 hotspot routes are included in the analysis, respectively. The procedure can be used by law enforcement agencies to estimate whether or not the DDACTS protocols can be an effective tool for reducing law enforcement dispatch times when crash and crime data are analyzed simultaneously. Details: Paper submitted for potential publication in Journal of Transportation Geography, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: https://ceprofs.civil.tamu.edu/dlord/Papers/Kuo_et_al._DDACT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 137963

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Review of the Department of Justice's and ATF's Implementation of Recommendations Contained in the OIG's Report on Operations Fast and Furious and Wide Receiver Summary: In September 2012, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) issued a 471-page report that described the findings of our review of two Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) firearms trafficking investigations, one code named "Operation Fast and Furious" and the other "Operation Wide Receiver." Our review identified serious management flaws in both investigations and we made six recommendations to address the deficiencies we found. We requested that the Department of Justice (Department or DOJ) examine ATF's law enforcement policies to ensure that they comply with the Department's guidelines and policies, and evaluate the sufficiency of ATF's case review procedures for matters that present heightened risk to the public or agents. We also believed that ATF should institute training; we requested the Department work with ATF to develop guidance on how agents should investigate gun trafficking organizations. The remainder of our recommendations were focused on the Department itself or its law enforcement components other than ATF. We requested that the Department evaluate the policies of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and U.S. Marshals Service (USMS) to ensure that they are sufficient to address the concerns we identified from the conduct of Operations Fast and Furious and Wide Receiver. We also recommended that the Department more carefully scrutinize wiretap applications and regularly convene a working group of leaders from the Department's law enforcement components to ensure appropriate coordination among them. In its initial written response to the report, the Department stated that it agreed with our recommendations and committed to implementing them. In this follow-up review we evaluated the Department�s efforts to implement our recommendations. We determined that four of the six recommendations can be closed. The two remaining recommendations have been resolved, but additional work needs to be completed in order for them to be closed. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Oversight & Review Division 16-01: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/o1601.pdf#page=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 137964

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Teens of the Tobacco Fields: Child Labor in United States Tobacco Farming Summary: Each year, children work on tobacco farms in the United States, where they are exposed to nicotine, toxic pesticides, and other dangers. The US government has failed to protect children from hazardous work in tobacco farming. Since 2014, some tobacco companies have prohibited the employment of children under 16 on farms from which they purchase tobacco. These policies are an important step forward, but they exclude 16 and 17-year-old children. Teens of the Tobacco Fields: Child Labor in United States Tobacco Farming is based on interviews with 26 children ages 16 and 17, as well as parents, health experts, and tobacco growers. It builds on Human Rights Watch's 2014 report on hazardous child labor in tobacco farming, Tobacco's Hidden Children, and documents the dangers of tobacco farming for 16 and 17 year olds. Most teenage children interviewed suffered symptoms consistent with acute nicotine poisoning. Many also reported working in or near fields that were being sprayed with pesticides and becoming ill. Several tobacco companies prohibit children under 18 from many hazardous tobacco farming tasks, but none have policies sufficient to protect all children from danger. Teenage children are particularly vulnerable to the harmful effects of the work because their brains are still developing. Nicotine exposure during adolescence has been associated with mood disorders, and problems with memory, attention, impulse control, and cognition later in life. Human Rights Watch calls on tobacco companies and the US government and Congress to take urgent action to ban all children under 18 from hazardous work on tobacco farms. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 79p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us1215tob_4up.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 137966

Author: Minton, Todd D. Title: Jails in Indian Country, 2014 Summary: Presents findings from the 2014 Survey of Jails in Indian Country, an enumeration of 79 jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or the Bureau of Indian Affairs. This report examines the trends from 2000 to 2014 in the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday in June, peak population, average daily population, admissions in June, and expected average length of stay in jail at admission. It also provides data on rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing in June 2014. The report includes counts of inmate deaths and suicide attempts for the 12-month period ending June 30, 2014, along with comparisons to counts in prior years. Highlights: At midyear 2014, an estimated 2,380 inmates were confined in 79 Indian country jails a 4% increase from the 2,287 inmates confined at midyear 2013. The number of inmates admitted into Indian country jails during June 2014 (10,460) was nearly five times the size of the average daily population (2,170). For the 79 facilities operating in June 2014, the expected average length of stay at admission for inmates was about 6 days. Since 2010, about 3 in 10 inmates held in Indian country jails have been confined for a violent offense, a decline from about 4 in 10 since peaking in 2007. Domestic violence (12%) and aggravated or simple assault (9%) accounted for the largest percentage of violent offenders at midyear 2014, followed by unspecified violence (5%) and rape or sexual assault (2%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/jic14.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 137967

Author: Treskon, Louisa Title: What Works for Disconnected Young People: A Scan of the Evidence Summary: This paper was commissioned by the Youth Transition Funders Group in 2015. The purpose was to conduct a scan of the current state of the evidence regarding what works in helping disconnected young people, defined as the population of young people ages 16 to 24 who are not connected to work or school. To prepare the paper, MDRC conducted a literature review of relevant policies and programs. The literature reviewed included writing on impact, quasi-experimental, and implementation studies. MDRC also conducted reviews of numerous websites to learn about current policy trends and evaluations in process. To supplement what was learned from written materials, MDRC interviewed a number of practitioners in the field, including representatives from foundations, coalitions, and research organizations. The main findings of this scan are: -Policies affecting disconnected young people span a range of systems, including public schools; adult basic and secondary education; and the juvenile justice, foster care, and mental health systems. As a result services, funding, and research are often uncoordinated and fragmented, though collective impact or system-level approaches are attempting to combat these challenges. -Though program impacts may be modest or short-lived, successful programs share some common features. These include: opportunities for paid work and the use of financial incentives; strong links among education, training, and the job market; the use of youth development approaches; comprehensive support services; and support after programs end. -Programs share some common implementation challenges, including: outreach and enrollment practices that may limit the populations they serve; difficulties keeping young people engaged in a program long enough to benefit from it; staff turnover; and difficulties addressing young people's barriers to participation, particularly their lack of transportation and child care. -The field's understanding of what works in serving disconnected young people could advance significantly in the coming years, as more than a dozen evaluations of programs are currently under way, including evaluations of collective impact approaches. There are gaps in the existing services available: There are not enough programs for young people who are not motivated to reconnect to education or the job market on their own, nor for young people who have weak basic skills, especially those who have aged out of the public school system. The areas where there are gaps in services also tend to be areas where there is little evidence regarding what works. Details: New York: MDRC, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: MDRC Working Paper: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/What_works_for-disconnected_young_people_WP.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Juveniles Shelf Number: 137973

Author: Baumgartner, Frank R. Title: The Impact of Race, Gender, and Geography on Florida Executions Summary: Florida's use of the death penalty in the modern era has been marked by substantial disparities by the race and gender of the victim of the crime, and by geography. These disparities are so great that they call in to question the equity of the application of the harshest penalty, adding to growing concerns that the death penalty is applied in an unfair, capricious, and arbitrary manner. Between 1976 and 2014, the state of Florida executed 89 men and women. Here are a few key findings of this research: - 72% of all executions carried out in Florida between 1976 and 2014 were for crimes involving White victims despite the fact that 56% of all homicide victims are White. - Only 26% of all homicide victims are female, but 43% of all executions carried out in Florida were for homicides involving female victims. - Homicides involving White female victims are 6.5 times more likely to result in an execution than homicides in involving Black male victims. - No White person has been executed in Florida for a homicide involving a Black victim. In contrast, 71% of the executions carried out against Black inmates were for homicides involving White victims. In cases where Black inmates were executed, 56% of all of the victims were White. - Just six out of Florida's 67 counties are responsible for more than half of the state's 89 executions. - Only four counties (Miami-Dade, Orange, Duval, and Pinellas) have produced more than five executions. More than half of all Florida counties (36) have never produced an execution. Seven Florida counties (Bradford, Wakulla, Santa Rosa, Madison, Colombia, Lake, and Hernando) have execution rates that are more than triple the state's average execution rate of .30 executions per 100 homicides. - The homicide rate in counties that have produced no executions (1.11 homicides per 1,000 population) is significantly lower than the homicide rate in counties that have produced executions (1.62 homicides per 1,000 population). Details: The Author, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2016 at: https://www.unc.edu/~fbaum/articles/Baumgartner-Florida-executions-Jan2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 137975

Author: Glaza, Thomas George Title: Community Based Registered Sex Offenders: Does One Label Fit All? Summary: The purpose of the study was to: (a) identify society's core beliefs about adult male registered sex offenders; (b) identify the primary sources from which members of society obtain their attitudes and behaviors toward adult male registered sex offenders; (c) compare these core beliefs to the findings contained in empirical research; and (d) present an objective view of adult male registered sex offenders. Details: Sarasota, FL: Argosy University, 2013. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 26, 2016 at: https://floridaactioncommittee.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Dissertation-Dr.-Thom-Glaza.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 137984

Author: Dierenfeldt, Rick Title: Panoptic Control in the Digital Age: Examining the Effect of Required Lifetime Electronic Monitoring on Reported Forcible Rape Summary: Sex offenses remain a pervasive problem in the United States. In response, several state legislatures have mandated lifetime electronic monitoring of convicted sex offenders. The impact of this legislation as it applies to forcible rape remains unexplored. Applying a routine activity framework, this study applies interrupted time-series analysis in the form of autoregressive integrated moving average (ARIMA) to monthly UCR reports of reported forcible rape from all states requiring lifetime electronic monitoring of convicted sex offenders between 2000 and 2009 (n= 120). Results indicate that lifetime electronic monitoring fails to act as a guardian capable of reducing the frequency of reported forcible rape at the aggregate level. Suggestions for future research include evaluation include micro-level, longitudinal studies of offender behavior. Details: Warrensburg, MO: University of Central Missouri, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 26, 2016 at: http://centralspace.ucmo.edu/bitstream/handle/123456789/285/Dierenfeldt_CRIMINALJUSTICE.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 137985

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Fatal Neglect: How ICE Ignores Deaths in Detention Summary: Egregious violations of ICE medical care standards played a prominent role in eight deaths in immigration detention facilities from 2010 to 2012. Fatal Neglect: How ICE Ignores Deaths in Detention, a report jointly produced by the American Civil Liberties Union, Detention Watch Network, and National Immigrant Justice Center, examines these deaths and the agency's response to them. Our research shows that even though ICE conducted reviews that identified violations of medical standards as contributing factors in these deaths, routine ICE detention facility inspections before and after the deaths failed to acknowledge - or at times dismissed - these violations. Instead of forcing changes in culture, systems, and processes that could reduce future deaths, ICE's deficient inspections system essentially swept the agency's own death review findings under the rug. Details: New York: ACLU, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 26, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/fatal_neglect_acludwnnijc.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 137986

Author: Pettigrew, Mark N. Title: Incarceration on Death Row: A Microcosm of Communication? Summary: Death row is a space across the United States that continues to expand, not only in numbers, but in the length of time inmates spend confined there. Fewer and fewer inmates are executed and death row is now increasingly the only punishment of capital convicts. This thesis examines the retributive and punitive treatment of death-sentenced offenders within that space and, by viewing that form of imprisonment as part of a communication process, it assesses the contribution it makes to the death penalty more generally in the USA to argue that death row imprisonment is crucial in sustaining the distinction of capital offenders, and the death penalty itself.Just as death row receives images from wider culture, it simultaneously generates images that complement and validate those it receives, of death sentenced offenders as dangerous monsters. These images, of offenders who require punitive detention, align with the dominant supportive rationale of capital punishment, retribution, and provide a basis for continued death penalty support in an era of declining executions.In the "hidden world" of death row, prisoners are left to be abused, mistreated, and denied privileges and opportunities available to other prisoners. The capital offender is presented by his death row incarceration as different from all other offenders serving other sentences, even life without parole. Death row incarceration communicates the worth and status of the condemned, presenting him as a dangerous, and dehumanised other, who needs to be securely detained, and restricted. Thus death row validates and justifies the cultural needs of capital punishment. Just as wider culture, including, specifically, the legal community, dictates a requirement for punitive detention, death row corroborates that image with its own in a self-affirming loop. Death row is therefore functional beyond the mere holding of offenders, it affirms cultural descriptions of the condemned and thus justifies, and provides support for, the very continuation of capital punishment itself. Details: Manchester, UK: University of Manchester, 2013. 215p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://www.escholar.manchester.ac.uk/uk-ac-man-scw:201596 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 137987

Author: Baumer, Terry L. Title: An Assessment of the Indiana Department of Correction GPS Pilot Program Summary: In February 2007 the Indiana Department of Correction (IDOC) implemented a Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) pilot program for paroled sex offenders residing in Vanderburgh (Southern district) and St. Joseph (Northern district) counties. As part of this process, researchers at the Center for Criminal Justice Research were selected to document, describe, and assess the planning, design, and implementation of the pilot program. Between October 2007 and June 2008 the research team worked with IDOC personnel, parole district supervisors and agents, community corrections staff, and the GPS vendor to collect the data for this assessment. This summary report presents the basic findings and recommendations of the study. Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2008. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/bitstream/handle/2450/3528/IDOC%20GPS%20Pilot.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 137988

Author: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits Title: Dually Involved Youth. Summary: State‑level agencies have provided limited guidance to county agencies regarding youth who are involved in both the child welfare system and the juvenile justice system (dually involved youth) because state law does not require them to do so. As a result, counties have used their own discretion in determining the degree to which they track the population and outcomes of these youth. While the State does not mandate such tracking, best practice models recommend collecting data and tracking outcomes. Since January 2005 state law grants counties the option of developing local dual status protocols that designate certain youth as both dependents and wards of the court in order to maximize support for these children. Depending on the county in which they live, when youth who are already dependents of the court are adjudicated wards of the court, they may either have their dependency case closed (crossover youth) or fall under the jurisdiction of both dependency and delinquency simultaneously (dual status youth). Previously, state law required counties to terminate the dependency cases of youth in the child welfare system who were declared wards of the court, thus placing these youth within the sole jurisdiction of the counties� probation agencies. Before the law changed, California was one of only two states in the nation that did not use some form of dual status. As of February 2016 the Judicial Council reports that 18 counties have adopted dual status protocols. Six of these counties have populations greater than 1 million�the counties of Los Angeles, San Diego, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, and Santa Clara. Collectively, these 18 counties represent 67 percent of the State�s population. Since the initial implementation of dual status protocols in 2005, state agencies have provided the counties with only limited guidance related to tracking dually involved youth. Specifically, the State has not defined key terms or established outcomes to track related to dually involved youth, thus it cannot monitor the outcomes for this population statewide. For example, our review of three counties that adopted dual status protocols (dual status counties)�Los Angeles, Riverside, and Santa Clara�and three nondual status counties�Alameda, Kern, and Sacramento�revealed that the six counties had different definitions for recidivism. Some counties define recidivism based on the period when the subsequent offense occurs as well as the severity of the offense. Specifically, counties' various definitions of the recidivism period included the youth�s probationary period, the six‑month period following disposition, the six‑month period following the termination of the youth�s probation, and the three‑year period following the youth�s first entry into probation. County definitions of recidivism events also differ, as some counties consider new sustained violations of probation as recidivism while others include only new citations and arrests. Until the State establishes standard definitions, the outcomes counties decide to track are unlikely to be comparable, making it difficult to determine the success of county efforts. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2015-115: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://www.auditor.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2015-115.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 137991

Author: Carnevale Associates, LLC Title: Findings from the Economic Analysis of JDC/RF: Policy Implications for Juvenile Drug Courts Summary: Findings from the National Cross-Site Evaluation of Juvenile Drug Courts and Reclaiming Futures (JDC/RF) indicate that costs associated with providing services in accordance with the JDC/RF integrated model are offset by substantial savings to society. The integrated model, which was created as a combination of two existing models: Juvenile Drug Courts: Strategies in Practice (JDC: SIP) & Reclaiming Futures (RF), is part of an effort by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's (SAMHSA) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT), in partnership with the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, to improve the effectiveness and efficacy of JDCs. The JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation includes five sites that received funding under this initiative. This brief describes a two-part study of JDC/RF program costs, meaning the monetary value of time and resources required to operate the program, and estimated net economic benefits, meaning the monetary value of program benefits minus the program costs. Adolescent treatment program costs and associated net benefits are not studied as frequently as adult programs, despite the fact that studies of this nature for adults have become more numerous in recent years. The findings of the current study help fill this gap, lending an important contribution to the adolescent treatment research community. The study found that the five sites participating in the JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation experienced net benefits to society that greatly exceeded JDC/RF program costs. These benefits were directly related to data collected before and after the JDC/RF intervention on traditional measures of JDC programmatic success such as crime, substance abuse, education, physical health, and mental health. Findings provide preliminary economic justification for the JDC/RF program. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 29, 2016 at: https://sirow.arizona.edu/sites/sirow.arizona.edu/files/Policy%20Brief%20%23%20Cost%20Study_FINAL_upload2_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 137992

Author: Fronius, Trevor Title: Restorative Justice in U.S. Schools: A Research Review Summary: This report provides a comprehensive review of the literature on restorative justice in U.S. schools. The review captures key issues, describes models of restorative justice, and summarizes results from studies conducted in the field. The review was conducted on research reports and other relevant literature published, or made publicly available, between 1999 and mid-2014 and was guided by the following questions: - What are the origins and theory underlying U.S. schools' interest in restorative justice? - How does the literature describe restorative justice programs or approaches in U.S. schools? - What issues have been identified as important to consider for implementing restorative justice in the schools? - What does the empirical research say about the impact of restorative justice in the schools? In the literature reviewed for this report, restorative justice is generally portrayed as a promising approach to address school climate, culture, and safety. Although the community of support for its implementation has grown exponentially over the past several years, more research is needed. Several rigorous trials underway will perhaps provide the evidence necessary to make stronger claims about the impact of restorative justice, and the field will benefit greatly as those results become available over the next several years. Details: San Francisco, California: WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2016 at: https://www.wested.org/wp-content/files_mf/1456766824resourcerestorativejusticeresearchreview.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 138001

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Deferred Action for Unauthorized Immigrant Parents: Analysis of DAPA's Potential Effects on Families and Children Summary: In November 2014, the Obama administration announced the Deferred Action for Parents of Americans and Lawful Permanent Residents (DAPA) program, which would protect from deportation and provide eligibility for work authorization to as many as 3.6 million unauthorized immigrants, according to MPI estimates. Unauthorized immigrants who are parents of U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents (LPRs) would qualify for deferred action for three years if they meet certain other requirements. The Supreme Court in April 2016 is expected to hear arguments in the administration's appeal of a lower court order blocking implementation of DAPA and a related expansion of the existing Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program. The justices' decision in the case, which began when Texas and 25 other states challenged the president's authority to create the DAPA program and expand DACA, is expected in June 2016. If the high court permits DAPA to go forward, the program has the potential to improve the incomes and living standards for many unauthorized immigrant families through protection from deportation and eligibility for work authorization. This MPI-Urban Institute report describes the population of 3.6 million unauthorized immigrant parents potentially eligible for DAPA and the likely impacts of the program on potential recipients and their children. The report finds that more than 10 million people live in households with at least one potentially DAPA-eligible adult, including some 4.3 million children under age 18 - an estimated 85 percent of whom are U.S. citizens. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute and Migration Policy Institute, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/deferred-action-unauthorized-immigrant-parents-analysis-dapas-potential-effects-families Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Immigrants Shelf Number: 138013

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Male Survivors of Urban Violence and Trauma: A qualitative analysis of jail detainees Summary: Urban violence is a major public health concern and at epidemic levels in some neighborhoods, directly impacting the mental health of its residents (Morris, n.d.). The rate of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among urban populations is estimated to be around 31 percent, higher than the PTSD rate among returning Iraq war veterans of 17 percent (Donley et al., 2012; Hoge, Terhakopian, Castro, Messer, Engel, 2007). Research has found traumatic events in urban neighborhoods can be associated with later criminal activity and substance use (Breslau, Chilcoat, Kessler, & Davis, 1999; Breslau, Davis, & Andreski, 1995; Scott, 2010; Widom & Maxfield, 2001). An estimated 6.3 million people in the United States are in need of PTSD treatment, with higher proportions of sufferers concentrated in urban cities (Norris & Slone, 2013).The cost of gun violence is estimated at $174 billion including loss of work productivity, medical care, pain and suffering, insurance, and criminal justice expenses (Miller, 2012). Researchers from the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (Authority) and WestCare Foundation Illinois documented self-reported characteristics, experiences, and backgrounds of male survivors of urban violence. Researchers conducted in-depth interviews with six men receiving substance abuse treatment while in custody at Cook County jail. All showed symptoms of mental health issues, trauma histories, and/or PTSD. The interviews focused on the men's life stories, traumas they experienced, and their coping mechanisms. Some may assume these men were street savvy, immune to the continuous violence around them and to blame for their circumstances, but the research revealed the men were profoundly negatively affected by their experiences in their homes and neighborhoods. All men said their neighborhoods were dangerous growing up and that crime and gunfire were common. All had been shot at and physically assaulted. Most had been robbed at gunpoint and stabbed. Most had witnessed someone's murder or someone being seriously injured. Three experienced the sudden loss of a family member who was murdered; all thought at least once they would be killed or seriously injured. Trauma occurred early. By the age of five, half of those interviewed had already experienced a traumatic event. Domestic disruption and violence was common - three saw their fathers physically abuse their mothers as children and all were either separated from, or abandoned by, a parent. Half of the interviewees were sexually abused or experienced unwanted sexual contact. Half had periods of homelessness. Two interviewees had been diagnosed with a mental illness, one had attempted suicide, and one had serious physical health issues. Their reactions to traumatic experiences varied. All said they used alcohol or drugs as a way to cope. Five began using drugs and/or alcohol during early adolescence. Four reported nightmares and decreased intimacy or trust in others. Three suffered physical responses to stressful events, including anxiety, cold sweats, and difficulty concentrating. Two noticed impaired relationships with family or friends. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/MALE%20SURVIVORS%20OF%20URBAN%20VIOLENCE%20AND%20TRAUMA%20report%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cycle of Violence Shelf Number: 138014

Author: Williams, Howard E. Title: Physiological Attributes of Arrest-Related Sudden Deaths Proximate to the Appllication of Taser Electronic Control Devices: An Evidence Based Study of the Theory of High-Risk Groups Summary: TASER electronic control devices (ECDs), manufactured by TASER International, Inc. in Scottsdale, Arizona, have become a popular tool for law enforcement. TASER International has sold more than 710,000 devices to 16,880 agencies in 107 countries. Although other manufacturers produce comparable types of electro-shock weapons, TASER products are the most commonly used in the United States and worldwide. Unfortunately, more than 870 people worldwide have died unexpectedly following law enforcement officers' uses of TASER ECDs. Currently, there is no research definitively establishing a causal relationship between the use of an ECD and the death of a person exposed to it. However, some recent studies suggest that application of TASER technology is responsible for sudden unexpected deaths. The ever increasing number of deaths following application of TASER ECDs and the growing number of cases wherein a coroner or medical examiner attribute the use of an ECD as a cause of death or as a significant contributing factor to the death raise legitimate concerns about the safety threshold of the devices. Researchers have proposed and tested many theories of why people die following the application of ECDs, including direct electro-stimulation of cardiac muscle, interference with breathing, and metabolic changes resulting in acidosis. Thus far, human model experiments have produced no evidence to support these theories. Another theory, which has recently appeared in the literature, has received no empirical testing the theory of high-risk groups. High-risk group theory postulates that elderly people, young children, people with pre-existing cardiovascular disease, people with pacemakers and implantable cardioverter-defibrillators, people under the influence of drugs (amphetamines, cocaine, lysergic acid diethylamide, marijuana, opiates, and/or phencyclidine) or with a history of drug abuse, people intoxicated from alcohol or with a history of chronic alcohol abuse, people under extreme psychological distress or who exhibit signs of excited delirium, people who are mentally ill or taking psychotropic medications, people subjected to repeated or multiple applications, and pregnant women are at a heightened risk of serious injury or death following application of a TASER ECD. What the current literature fails to consider is that the same physiological attributes that are presumed to render members of high-risk groups more vulnerable to serious injury or death following application of a TASER ECD might render these same people more vulnerable to serious injury or death regardless of the tactics or weapons that officers use to subdue them. If that hypothesis is correct, the use of TASER ECDs on people in high-risk groups might be irrelevant to arrest-related sudden deaths. The potential for fatal adverse effects on high-risk groups when using other less lethal tactics and methods versus the potential for fatal adverse effects on high-risk groups following the use of a TASER ECD is currently unknown. Thus far, research has not directly addressed the question. By examining autopsy and toxicology reports of the deceased and comparing differences in the physiological attributes of arrest-related sudden deaths, one can then estimate whether a difference exists in high-risk group attributes between deaths proximate to the use of a TASER ECD and deaths not involving the use of an ECD. An arrest-related sudden death is a death that occurs following a collapse within 24 hours after the initial arrest or detention. The death must be unexpected, must not be the result of trauma or injury that a layperson could readily discern needs medical attention, and must follow a sudden change in clinical condition or the beginning of symptoms from which the deceased does not recover. It does not include police shootings and suicides. Details: San Marcos: Texas State University, 2013. 305p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/4855/WILLIAMS-DISSERTATION-2013.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Related Deaths Shelf Number: 138016

Author: Center for American Progress Title: Unjust: How the Broken Criminal Justice System Fails LGBT People Summary: LGBT People Unjust: How the Broken Criminal Justice System Fails LGBT People documents how pervasive stigma and discrimination, biased enforcement of laws, and discriminatory policing strategies mean that LGBT people are disproportionately likely to interact with law enforcement and to have their lives criminalized. LGBT people are also treated unfairly once they enter the system; the report shows how they over-represented in jails and prisons and face abuse while incarcerated. Finally, the report sheds light on the fact that LGBT people face unique and considerable challenges in the struggle to rebuild their lives after experiences with law enforcement - and particularly after time spent in a correctional facility. To illustrate the real impact of these failures in the criminal justice system, the report highlights personal stories of LGBT people impacted by the criminal justice system and spotlights innovative programs, initiatives, and organizations from around the country. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress; Denver, CO: Movement Advancement Project, 2016. 194p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: http://www.lgbtmap.org/file/lgbt-criminal-justice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 138020

Author: Carpenter, Christopher Title: Economic Conditions, Illicit Drug Use, and Substance Use Disorders in the United States Summary: We provide the first analysis of the relationship between economic conditions and the use of illicit drugs other than marijuana. Drawing on US data from 2002-2013, we find mixed evidence with regard to the cyclicality of illicit drug use. However, there is strong evidence that economic downturns lead to increases in substance use disorders involving hallucinogens and prescription pain relievers. These effects are robust to a variety of specification choices and are concentrated among prime-age white males with low educational attainment. We conclude that the returns to spending on the treatment of substance use disorders are particularly high during economic downturns. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 22051: Accessed March 2, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22051.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 138022

Author: Pettus-Davis, Carrie Title: From Mass Incarceration to Smart Decarceration Summary: A prolonged era of mass incarceration has led to staggering rates of imprisonment in the United States, particularly among some of the most vulnerable and marginalized groups. Given the rising social and economic costs of imprisonment and tight public budgets, this trend is beginning to reverse (Petersilia & Cullen, 2014). At the beginning of the 21st century, the United States finds itself facing the enormous challenge of decarcerating America, which is at the same time an enormous opportunity. Through decarceration, the lives of millions of people can be vastly improved, and the nation as a whole can leave behind this short-sighted and shameful period of mass incarceration. But how will this be accomplished, and by whom? Seldom before in the nation's history has the need for applied social innovation been more urgent. More so than most, the profession of social work is positioned to lead in this far-reaching social justice challenge. Social work is uniquely qualified because of its history of reform efforts, an ethical commitment to social justice, and emerging leadership in structural and behavioral interventions addressing complex social problems (Abramovitz, 1998; Brekke, Ell, & Palinkas, 2007; Fraser, 2004). Social work can bring siloed social sectors and diverse academic disciplines together to create a rational and effective response as prisons and jails devolve. Smart Decarceration will be proactive, transdisciplinary, and empirically driven. Effective decarceration will be occurring when (1) the incarcerated population in U.S. jails and prisons is substantially decreased; (2) existing racial and economic disparities in the criminal justice system are redressed; and (3) public safety and public health are maximized. Details: St. Louis, MO: Washington University in St. Louis, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: CSD Working Paper No. 14-31: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: http://csd.wustl.edu/Publications/Documents/WP14-31.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Decarceration Shelf Number: 138033

Author: Digard, Leon Title: A New Role for Technology: Video Visitation in Prison Summary: Research shows that prison visitation is integral to the success of incarcerated people, reducing recidivism, facilitating their reentry into the community, and promoting positive parent-child relationships. However, people are often incarcerated long distances from their home communities in areas that are difficult to reach by public transport, creating significant barriers to in-person visitation. Departments of corrections are therefore exploring the use of technology as a means to address some of the visitation needs of those in custody in a cost-effective way. Video visits may not only help bridge the distance between incarcerated people and their loved ones, but may also expand visiting to include a broader array of people who are unable to make in-person visits. While there has been some controversy around the introduction of video visitation in local jails (with some jail jurisdictions eliminating in-person visits entirely), less is known about the use of the technology in state prison systems. This report examines the current landscape of video visitation in prisons nationwide and offers a detailed case study of the Washington State Department of Corrections, an early adopter. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/video-visitation-in-prison.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 138038

Author: McCormick, Joel G. Title: Empirically Testing the Principles of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) Theory: An Exploratory Investigation of Perceived Safety in Virtual Parks and Green Spaces Summary: Jeffery's Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design has become one of the leading crime prevention strategies used in many countries world wide including the United States. However, to date "Jeffery's complete CPTED model has not been subjected to empirical testing" (Paulsen & Robinson, 2005). The focus of this research is to empirically test people's perception of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. This research will record the subject's perception of safety of virtual environments using three levels of CPTED design. A virtual landscape will be utilized because it allows for manipulation of the independent variable while holding the other variables constant and past research suggest that people respond similarly to virtual environments as they do to the real environment (Kaplin and Kaplin, 1989). A convenience sample consisted of one hundred forty three undergraduate students (39 men, and 104 women) at a university in the Mid-Atlantic United States. The stimuli consisted of 33 color slides of computer generated slides of natural and urban landscapes. None of the environments contained people. All slides maintained the exact same sun placement, clouds, weather conditions, time of day and month of the year. Participants in each session rated each of the environments on only one variable, their perception of safety in the photo. A 5-point scale ranged from I (very safe) to 5 (very unsafe). Safety was operationally defined as "If all alone in this environment, how safe would you feel?" Each environment was presented in three slides, representing three levels of CPTED. The lowest level had no CPTED strategies incorporated into the design of the environment nor does this slide contain any vegetation. The second level incorporated the trees and vegetation, however, there are no CPTED principles applied to the landscape. The last level incorporated at least one or more of the four major components of CPTED (access control, natural observation, territoriality , and maintenance). The data from the results suggests that CPTED does make a difference in the perception of safety. 88 percent of the environments using CPTED principles were viewed as the safest or second safest environments. Only 12 percent or two of the environments using CPTED principles were considered the least safe. Gender differences were tested using the Nonparametric (Mann-Whitney) statistical test. A statistically significance difference existed between gender and perception of fear in the environment at the (P < .001) level. Implications to academic and policy applications are discussed. Future research is recommended. Details: Farmville, VA: Longwood University, 2006. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.longwood.edu/etd/77/ Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Parks Shelf Number: 138044

Author: Rappaport, John Title: How Private Insurers Regulate Public Police Summary: A string of deadly police-citizen encounters, made public on an unprecedented scale, has thrust American policing into the crucible of political conflict. New social movements have taken to the streets, while legislators have introduced a wide array of reform proposals. Optimism is elusive, though, as the police are notoriously difficult to change. One powerful policy lever, however, has been overlooked: police liability insurance. Based on primary sources new to legal literature and interviews with nearly thirty insurance industry representatives, civil rights litigators, municipal attorneys, and consultants, this Article shows how liability insurers are capable of effecting meaningful change within the agencies they insure - a majority of police agencies nationwide. The Article is the first to describe and assess the contemporary market for liability insurance in the policing context; in particular, the effects of insurance on police behavior. While not ignoring the familiar (and potentially serious) problem of moral hazard, the Article focuses on the ways in which insurers perform a traditionally governmental "regulatory" role as they work to manage risk. Insurers get police agencies to adopt or amend written departmental policies on subjects like the use of force and strip searches, to change the way they train their officers, and even to fire problem officers, from the beat up to the chief. One implication of these findings is that the state might regulate the police by regulating insurers. In this spirit, the Article considers several unconventional legal reforms that could reduce police misconduct, including a mandate that all municipalities purchase insurance coverage, a ban on "first-dollar" (no-deductible) policies that may reduce municipal care, and a requirement that small municipalities pool their risks and resources before buying insurance on the commercial market. At bottom, the Article establishes that liability insurance has profound significance to any comprehensive program of police reform. The Article also makes three important theoretical contributions to legal scholarship. First, it inverts the ordinary model of governance as public regulation of private action, observing that here, private insurers regulate public police. Second, it illustrates how insurers not only enforce the Constitution, but also construct its meaning. Among other things, in the hands of insurers, liability for constitutional violations and other police misconduct becomes "loss" to the police agency, which must be "controlled." Perhaps surprisingly, by denaturing the law in this way and stripping it of its moral valence, insurers may actually advance the law's aims. Finally, the Article helps to pry open the black box of deterrence. In fact, given widespread indemnification of both individual and entity liability for constitutional torts committed by police, an understanding of how insurers manage police risk is essential to any persuasive theory of civil deterrence of police misconduct. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 562; University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 746: Accessed March 5, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2733783 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Liability Shelf Number: 138105

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Florida Title: Racial Disparities in Florida Safety Belt Law Enforcement Summary: Black motorists in Florida are stopped and ticketed for seatbelt violations in far greater numbers than white motorists - nearly twice as often statewide and up to four times as often in certain counties, according to this January 27, 2016 report by the ACLU of Florida and the ACLU Racial Justice Project. The report is based on publicly available data reported by law enforcement agencies across the state, and raises serious concerns about racial profiling on Florida roads. Not only does the report find statewide racial disparities in enforcement of the law, it also highlights counties where the disparity is even worse than the statewide average, finds an alarming drop-off in compliance with the law's reporting requirement, and makes recommendations for future reforms. Details: Miami: ACLU of Florida, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2016 at: https://aclufl.org/resources/racial-disparities-in-florida-safety-belt-law-enforcement/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 138106

Author: Ulibarri, Billy James Title: Human trafficking victims are everywhere and nowhere: A qualitative content analysis of the United States anti-human trafficking campaign, 2000-2012. Summary: This dissertation explores the oppositional framing techniques used by actors in the United States anti-human trafficking (AHT) campaign. Theoretically based in symbolic interactionism, I conduct a frame analysis of 12 years of newspaper articles (2000-2012), which comprises the official discourse of the AHT campaign in the United States. I unpack three frame disputes, where claims are challenged and the challenges are rebutted in three primary disputes: 1) the characteristics and experiences of human trafficking victims, 2) the credibility of quantitative estimates of the prevalence of human trafficking, and 3) the justification for the development of new AHT policy tools. Using inductive data analysis methods, I analyze the frames, counterframes, and reframes as they are embedded in the official anti-human trafficking discourse. I reveal a campaign where dominant actors use reframing strategies in concert to accomplish three larger discursive goals: 1) to veil inconsistencies and contradictions in their claims; 2) to insulate their claims from further scrutiny; and 3) to justify the continued interventions on the campaign's behalf. By identifying how reframing strategies are used in concert with each other to serve as damage control functions, I contribute to a greater understanding of oppositional framing strategies. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, 2015. 290p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed march 5, 2016 at: https://repository.unm.edu/handle/1928/31748 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 138108

Author: Freelon, Deen Title: Beyond the Hashtags: #Ferguson, #Blacklivesmatter, and the online struggle for offline justice Summary: IN 2014, A DEDICATED ACTIVIST MOVEMENT "Black Lives Matter (BLM)" ignited an urgent national conversation about police killings of unarmed Black citizens. Online tools have been anecdotally credited as critical in this effort, but researchers are only beginning to evaluate this claim. This research report examines the movement's uses of online media in 2014 and 2015. To do so, we analyze three types of data: 40.8 million tweets, over 100,000 web links, and 40 interviews of BLM activists and allies. Most of the report is devoted to detailing our findings, which include: - Although the #Blacklivesmatter hashtag was created in July 2013, it was rarely used through the summer of 2014 and did not come to signify a movement until the months after the Ferguson protests. -Social media posts by activists were essential in initially spreading Michael Brown's story nationally. - Protesters and their supporters were generally able to circulate their own narratives without relying on mainstream news outlets. - There are six major communities that consistently discussed police brutality on Twitter in 2014 and 2015: Black Lives Matter, Anonymous/Bipartisan Report, Black Entertainers, Conservatives, Mainstream News, and Young Black Twitter. - The vast majority of the communities we observed supported justice for the victims and decisively denounced police brutality. - Black youth discussed police brutality frequently, but in ways that differed substantially from how activists discussed it. - Evidence that activists succeeded in educating casual observers came in two main forms: expressions of awe and disbelief at the violent police reactions to the Ferguson protests, and conservative admissions of police brutality in the Eric Garner and Walter Scott cases. - The primary goals of social media use among our interviewees were education, amplification of marginalized voices, and structural police reform. In our concluding section, we reflect on the practical importance and implications of our findings. We hope this report contributes to the specific conversation about how Black Lives Matter and related movements have used online tools as well as to broader conversations about the general capacity of such tools to facilitate social and political change. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Media and Social Impact, American University, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2016 at: http://www.cmsimpact.org/sites/default/files/beyond_the_hashtags_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 138109

Author: Schafer, N.E. Title: Evaluation of the Alaska Pre-Trial Intervention Program Summary: The statewide Pretrial Intervention (PTI) Program of the Alaska Department of Law, begun in 1981, received referrals of accused felons and misdemeanants charged with property crimes or misdemeanor personal crimes. Using data from 1983 to 1986, this study examines extralegal and legal characteristics of PTI clients; analyzies program conditions, compliance, and dispositions; and analyzes achievement of program goals. Criminal histories for 2 to 5 years after intake were used to assess recidivism and recidivist characteristics. Results indicate that PTI operated successfully on a variety of measures throughout its existence. It met intake goals, was available to a broad spectrum of citizens in both urban and rural areas of the state, and two-thirds of clients admitted to the program had no record of subsequent law violations. The program admitted only prosecutable offenders and did not result in netwidening. The program provided alternatives to more severe sanctions for nearly 1,900 Alaskans of all ages, races, and socioeconomic status whose offenses were not violent or of a serious or threatening nature. PTI clients ranged in age from 17 to 66 and included both males and females. Theft, drug burglary/trespass, assault, and minor consuming were the most frequently charged offenses. Of clients, 36.8 percent were felons, and 36.3 percent had prior convictions. During the evaluation period, clients completed 65,302 hours of community service; paid $435,081 in victim restitution; and participated in needed treatment programs, including alcohol, psychological, domestic violence, and career counseling. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Unit, 2008. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2016 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/1980/8718.pretrial/8718.01.pretrial.pdf Year: 1988 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Diversion Shelf Number: 138110

Author: Carper, Thomas R. Title: Stronger Neighbors - Stronger Borders: Addressing the Root Causes of Illegal Migration from Central America Summary: Given the increasingly dangerous world in which we live today, there is broad agreement among Americans that secure borders are more important than ever. In response to those concerns, our country has spent nearly $250 billion over the past decade to make our southern border with Mexico more secure. We've built over 600 miles of fencing. We've doubled the number of Border Patrol agents to more than 21,000. And we've deployed technology such as drones, helicopters, sophisticated surveillance systems, and ground sensors. But all of these security enhancements along our borders could not hold back the waves of tens of thousands of unaccompanied children and families who arrived at our southern border in 2014, mostly into Texas. Significant flows continue even today. The overwhelming majority of these migrants are coming -not from Mexico -but from El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras, three Central American countries collectively known as the Northern Triangle. For the most part, the children and families aren't evading Border Patrol agents. They are surrendering and asking for help. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2016 at: http://www.carper.senate.gov/public/_cache/files/0d5438ad-7cfb-4afe-be3f-f94a01546f6a/stronger-neighbors---stronger-borders.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 138111

Author: Mothers Against Drunk Driving Title: How Technology Has Stopped 1.77 Million Drunk Drivers Summary: In a new 50-state report, MADD found ignition interlocks have stopped more than 1.77 million would-be drunk drivers across the country since states first passed ignition interlock laws. �MADD knows ignition interlocks save lives, and they could save even more lives if every offender is required to use the device after the first arrest,� said Colleen Sheehey-Church, whose 18-year-old son Dustin was killed by an underage drunk and drugged driver. �The fact that so many people have attempted to drive impaired � even after being caught and ordered to use an ignition interlock � tells us that we must put technology between all offenders and their cars.� Every state requires ignition interlock for some drunk driving offenders, but MADD urges all 50 states to require ignition interlocks for all offenders following a drunk driving offense. Twenty-five states have all-offender laws now. MADD�s report shows how many times ignition interlocks have prevented drunk driving in each state. It also offers a call to action for each state to pass all-offender ignition interlock laws and a guide to improve existing all-offender laws. Details: Annapolis, MD: MADD, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 5, 2016 at: http://www.madd.org/drunk-driving/ignition-interlocks/reports/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 138117

Author: Minnesota. Office of the Legislative Auditor. Program Evaluation Division Title: Mental Health Services in County Jails Summary: We found that when police encounter a person who may be suffering from a mental illness, services available in jails and in communities are often inadequate. In addition, many persons deemed mentally incompetent to stand trial do not receive treatment in a sufficiently timely manner, if at all. We make recommendations to address these deficiencies. Implementing them will require action by the Legislature, state executives, local officials, and judicial officials. Key Facts and Findings: - Problems with service availability in Minnesota's adult mental health system have persisted for years, limiting peace officers' options for referring persons with mental illness they take into custody. (p. 26) - The Department of Corrections has not collected reliable data from jails on the number of inmates assessed for mental illness. However, our surveys of sheriffs suggest that one-third of jail inmates may be on medications for a mental illness. (pp. 20, 21) - State rules do not adequately address some important areas of jail-based services, including mental health assessment of inmates following admission to jail. (pp. 46, 55) - Most sheriffs and county human services directors believe that jail inmates should have better access to psychiatric services, counseling, and case management than they now have. (p. 46) In addition, these officials widely believe that the number of beds in Minnesota's mental health facilities-particularly secure inpatient beds-is inadequate to meet current needs. (p. 29) - There is limited compliance with a state law that requires discharge planning for sentenced jail inmates with mental illness. (p. 66) - Contrary to law, some Minnesota defendants deemed mentally incompetent to stand trial remain in jail while awaiting court action on their possible civil commitment to competency treatment. Many incompetent defendants do not ultimately receive treatment to restore their competency. (pp. 83, 88) - A 2013 law (the "48-hour law") that gives jail inmates priority for placement into Department of Human Services (DHS) facilities has not always worked as intended, and it has limited the access of other patients to the Anoka-Metro Regional Treatment Center. (pp. 92-94) Details: St. Paul, MN: Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2016. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2016 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/mhjails.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails Shelf Number: 138121

Author: Deal, Teri Title: Measuring Subsequent Offending in Juvenile Probation Summary: NCJJ has released a new StateScan publication that summarizes the results of a review of publicly available recidivism reports that include measures of recidivism for youth adjudicated to probation. This StateScan is the 6th in a series that distills important knowledge from NCJJ's Juvenile Justice Geography, Policy, Practice & Statistics website (www.JJGPS.org). The authors organize results from an online search for available state-level recidivism reports. Most reports located focused on juvenile correction populations, but 14 reports included measures of reoffending for youth under probation supervision. This publication explores the different ways reoffending is measured for this population, including the various marker events and follow-up periods used. This original analysis also emphasizes the need to measure reoffending among probationers given that most court involved youth are supervised by probation departments Details: Pittsburgh, PA: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: STATESCAN: Accessed March 7, 2016 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/JJGPS%20StateScan/JJGPS%20Measuring%20Subsequent%20Offending%20in%20Juvenile%20Probation%202015_6.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138122

Author: Levine, Kay L. Title: Process as Intergenerational Punishment: Are Children Casualties of Parental Court Experiences? Summary: Ground-breaking work by Malcolm Feeley established that the experience of criminal court processing can feel like punishment to a defendant, separate and apart from the outcome of the criminal case. The purpose of this paper is to explore whether that effect extends beyond the offender to his or her family, particularly children, and whether this effect exists even before incarceration is imposed. There exists a significant body of literature that links parental incarceration to negative outcomes for children of prisoners (e.g., poor socialization, behavioral problems, poor school outcomes, etc.) Criminologists have also tied early childhood exposure to traumatic experiences (such as violence and deprivation) to later criminality. But neither of these literatures has specifically investigated the effect of criminal court processing of parents on their children, particularly when children witness court appearances or hearings. We interviewed prosecutors and active offenders in a major southeastern city to identify their perceptions of the short and long term effects of witnessing court processing on children of offenders. Our interviews suggest that such experiences could have deleterious effects similar to those observed in research on the effects of parental incarceration. We conclude by offering some policy suggestions for how the court system might mitigate these effects in the fu Details: Atlanta, GA: Emory University School of Law, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Emory Legal Studies Research Paper No. 16-394 : Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2724761 Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138124

Author: Safe Havens International Title: Arapahoe High School Active-Shooter Incident Summary: On December 13, 2013, an aggressor who was a current student at Arapahoe High School (AHS) entered the school via an unsecured entrance and fatally shot seventeen-year-old student Claire Esther Davis before killing himself (McCauley, n.d., p. 2). Like other school attacks, this incident caused immense emotional suffering for many people. As the victim's family stated in their letter to the public on October 10, 2014: The result was a terrible tragedy for all of us - not only our family, but for all the kids and staff at Arapahoe High School, our entire community, the State of Colorado, the [aggressor's] family, and all the persons across the country and around the world that have sent us their condolences and have held us up in their thoughts and prayers. (Davis, 2014) As this report will demonstrate, there were missed opportunities that might have prevented the death of Claire Davis. The report will also demonstrate that since the incident, the LPS has taken many steps in an effort to draw lessons from the AHS incident for the LPS community as well as the surrounding community. For example, the District conducted multiple internal post-incident evaluations, formed a Safety and Mental Health Advisory Committee (SMHAC), and sought nationally recognized experts in school safety and mental health to conduct thorough evaluations of the District's strategies, policies and procedures prior to, during, and after December 13, 2013. Based on the site visit to AHS during a trip to present for the SMHAC in February 2015 and an initial review of the incident with LPS officials, Safe Havens International (SHI) Executive Director Michael Dorn offered to discuss the possibility of SHI conducting an evaluation with SHI's senior leadership team. During this discussion, the SHI leadership team approved SHI performing a review of this incident as a pro-bono effort with no costs for the LPS aside from actual travel expenses for any analysts who had to travel to the District for the review, report findings, etc. Our primary purpose of conducting this in-depth review of the case is to compile lessons that LPS and schools around the nation can study to further improve the safety of their schools. An important secondary rationale for SHI to perform this review is to help our analysts learn more about school safety and apply these lessons to improve our ability to make schools safer. As a non-profit school safety center, a significant part of our mission is to help further the cause of school safety via pro-bono projects. SHI frequently performs pro-bono projects for a variety of educational, state, federal, and non-profit organizations as a way to provide our knowledge and expertise to help improve safety and security in the school environment. Eleven SHI analysts and one support staff member agreed to donate their time, talent, and energy to perform more than a thousand hours of work for this evaluation without any compensation. These analysts are from a variety of disciplines with extensive experience working in the K12 school environment. Details: Macon, GA: Safe Havens International, 2016. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://www.littletonpublicschools.net/sites/default/files/Safe%20Havens%20Intl%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 138125

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: A Community-Based, Focused-Deterrence Approach to Closing Overt Drug Markets: A Process and Fidelity Evaluation of Seven Sites Summary: Overt drug markets are often associated with violence and property crime, as well as lower quality of life for nearby residents. Despite the considerable strain these markets can place on communities, efforts to close them can disrupt the delicate relationship between those who live in these communities and the criminal justice agencies charged with protecting them. In 2010, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) funded Michigan State University (MSU) to train a cohort of seven jurisdictions to implement a community-based strategy that uses focused deterrence, community engagement, and incapacitation to reduce the crime and disorder associated with overt drug markets. The strategy was inspired by the High Point Drug Market Intervention and RAND was selected by the National Institute of Justice to evaluate these efforts. This process evaluation describes how well the seven sites adhered to the BJA model they were exposed to during the trainings, the barriers they encountered, and lessons learned from their experiences. Key Findings Successful Implementation Requires Strong Support from Law Enforcement and Prosecutors - Three sites did not make it to the call-in phase, with the common theme a lack of support at the highest levels of police departments or prosecutor's offices or the loss of initial support from leaders at these key agencies over time. - An initial commitment that is not sustained, or lack of strong commitment from one of these entities, may impede full implementation of the strategy. Team Members Should Have a Good Understanding of the Strategy Before Beginning the Process - A full understanding of the strategy from the outset will prevent avoidable missteps and will likely improve fidelity to the model. Team Turnover Should Be Expected and Addressed in Advance - Most of the teams experienced some turnover in the core membership, and in some cases, this put an end to the intervention. - Several team members mentioned that it was important to have multiple people from each sector familiar with the project in case someone changes positions. If Sites Plan to Track Dealers, an Action Plan Should Be Developed Prior to the Call-In - Some sites did not develop specific systems for tracking A-listers and B-listers, either from the outset or at all. This information is important for understanding the causal mechanisms underlying observed changes, keeping track of program costs, and successfully delivering on the deterrence message. - Some sites were not able to keep careful track of whether B-listers were complying with the terms of program, and some lacked specific requirements for B-lister participation. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 8, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1000/RR1001/RAND_RR1001.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 138129

Author: Minnesota. Office of the Legislative Auditor. Program Evaluation Division Title: Law Enforcement's Use of State Databases Summary: We examined law enforcement's use of the Minnesota driver's license database and the Comprehensive Incident-Based Reporting System. We found that inadequate controls and insufficient training have contributed to misuse of these databases. We recommend, among other things, that the Department of Public Safety: (1) take steps to increase awareness of the permissible uses of these databases; (2) strengthen access controls; and (3) consider increasing resources for monitoring use of driver's license data. We also recommend that chief law enforcement officers consider increasing proactive reviews of their employees' use of driver's license data. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2013. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/ledatabase.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drivers License Shelf Number: 138133

Author: Cedros, Christopher R. Title: Lone-wolf terrorist radicalization and the prisoner's dilemma: ensuring mutual cooperation between at-risk Muslim Americans and local communities Summary: While scholars study the radicalization process that produces lone-wolf terrorists in America, news stories regularly report on Muslim Americans leaving their local communities to join terrorist organizations. Currently, radicalizing individuals to act as lone wolves is the most successful method of Islamist attack on the American homeland. A novel approach to analyzing radicalization is employment of the prisoner's dilemma, which examines the motivations behind individual decision-making. The prisoner's dilemma is used by game theorists and international-relations scholars to demonstrate how persons who might ordinarily be expected to cooperate may actually work against each other and defect from previous agreements or understandings. Because lone-wolf attacks will likely continue to pose the most frequent threat to the U.S. homeland, it is imperative to learn how potential homegrown terrorists can be encouraged to identify with their local communities rather than defect from the social bonds of church, school, neighborhood, and workplace. This thesis explores how the prisoner's dilemma may reveal ways to discourage radicalism in at-risk Muslim Americans. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2015. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/47237/15Sep_Cedros_Christopher.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Securitiy Shelf Number: 138134

Author: Lacey, John H. Title: Results of the 2012 California Roadside Survey of Nighttime Weekend Drivers' Alcohol and Drug Use Summary: Background This report summarizes the results of the first California Statewide Roadside Survey of Nighttime Weekend Drivers' Alcohol and Drug Use. To our knowledge, it is the first state-level survey of this magnitude. It is modeled on data collection procedures used in the "2007 National Roadside Survey of Alcohol and Drug Use by Drivers" sponsored by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Methods A random sample of nighttime drivers was interviewed on Friday and Saturday nights from 10 p.m. to midnight and 1:00 a.m. to 3:00 a.m. Data were collected on one weekend in eight communities and on two weekends in one community during the summer of 2012. The nine communities where data were collected were Eureka, San Rafael, and Redding in the northern part of the state; Fresno and Modesto in the central part of the state; and Anaheim, Ontario, Chula Vista, and Gardena in southern California. Anonymous breath tests and oral fluid samples as well as responses to questionnaires were collected from over 1,300 drivers. The breath alcohol samples were analyzed for alcohol and the oral fluid samples were analyzed for nearly 50 drugs, including prescription, illegal, and over-the-counter drugs. Analyses were conducted by screening using enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) microplate technology and positive screens were confirmed using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC/MS) or liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) technology. Results Among eligible drivers approached to participate in the survey, 81% (1,375 drivers) agreed to answer questions, 85.3% (1,449 drivers) provided a breath sample, and 77.3% (1,313 drivers) provided an oral fluid sample. Among drivers participating in the interview, 3.7% reported having a medical marijuana permit and, of those, 65.8% reported having used the permit to purchase marijuana. Within the total population, 40% admitted to having at some time used marijuana. In terms of breath and oral fluid test results, 184 (or, 14%) tested positive for at least one drug, and 7.3% tested positive for alcohol. One percent of tested drivers were at .08 blood alcohol content (BAC) or above. The vast majority (89.6%) of drug positive drivers tested negative for alcohol. Of the drug-positive drivers, 2.7% had a BAC above zero but less than .05; 5.5% from .05 to .08; and 2.2% at or above .08. Marijuana was the most frequently encountered drug at a prevalence rate of 7.4%, with 5.5% of drivers testing positive for marijuana alone; 1.1% testing positive for marijuana and an illegal drug; 0.5% testing positive for marijuana and a medication; and 0.3% testing positive for marijuana, an illegal drug, and a medication. Illegal drugs were present alone in 2.7% of drivers, and in combination with medications in 0.5%. Medications alone were present in 3.3% of drivers. Synthetic marijuana was found in 5 (or 0.4%) drivers. Conclusions This survey provides a baseline California prevalence estimate for alcohol and drug use among nighttime weekend drivers and can be compared with results of future surveys to examine patterns of change in drug and alcohol use in that population. It should be noted that these figures describe the prevalence rates for the presence of these drugs in drivers and do not address whether those drivers were impaired by these substances. Details: Calverton, MD: Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation, 2012. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2016 at: http://www.ots.ca.gov/Media_and_Research/Press_Room/2012/doc/2012_Drug_And_Alcohol_Roadside_Survey.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 138135

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute Title: Pretrial Risk Assessment: Science Provides Guidance on Assessing Defendants Summary: Every day, criminal justice officials make decisions that have major implications for public safety and costs. Which defendants should be released pretrial and how should they be released, and which should be detained until adjudication? These decisions require an assessment of the risk that each defendant poses to be arrested on new charges or to fail to appear in court. Up until recently, jurisdictions all across the country have been limited to one of two approaches to making those assessments. The first approach has been to use a money bond schedule, which is simply a list of all criminal charges and a corresponding dollar amount attached to each charge. The more serious the charge, the higher the corresponding bond amount. Money bond schedules presuppose that there is a strong link between the charge and pretrial risk. The second approach has been through the use of intuition. Under this approach, pretrial release decision makers look at the factors that they believe to be related to higher risk and make their decisions accordingly. Officials in many jurisdictions using this approach have pooled the collective intuition of local decision makers to design what is known as a "consensus-based" pretrial risk assessment tool. While such consensus-driven tools promote consistency in pretrial release decision making, there remains no evidence that these tools are actually accurate predictors of pretrial risk. In recent years, many jurisdictions have turned to science to see if there is any validity to the two existing approaches and whether a third, empirically-derived approach could be developed. After a decade of studies, we now know the answers: money bond schedules and intuition-derived tools are poor predictors of risk, and empirically-derived tools can be accurate predictors of pretrial risk. Details: Gaithersburg, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/advocacy/Issue%20Brief-Pretrial%20Risk%20Assessment%20(May%202015).pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 138136

Author: Shook-Sa, Bonnie Title: Assessing the Coverage and Reliability of Subnational Geographic Identifiers in the NCVS Public-Use File Summary: The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), sponsored by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), estimates the incidence and describes the characteristics of criminal victimization in the United States. The NCVS has been a rich source of information about criminal victimization at the national level since its inception, but subnational estimates would be useful in better understanding local crime patterns and trends. As part of its subnational estimation program, BJS intends to develop generic area typologies based on various geographic, social, economic, and demographic characteristics. These generic areas will then represent all places that are similar to each other based on the characteristics of interest. The primary objective of this analysis was to assess the coverage and reliability of the NCVS sample in the subnational geographic areas that can be created from the public-use files (PUFs): Census region, population size, and urbanicity. Ideally, BJS would like to create generic areas based on these three variables and examine patterns and trends in victimization rates across these areas. Before releasing generic area estimates, it was necessary to first examine the coverage and reliability of the samples in these areas, to determine the most appropriate survey weights to use in estimation, and to assess the best variance estimation method for producing reliable estimates. The evaluation was broken into three parts: (1) assessment of coverage, (2) assessment of reweighting methods, and (3) assessment of the reliability of the generalized variance function (GVF) estimates for generic areas. Section 2 describes the assessment of coverage within generic areas formed on the basis of two- and three-variable crosses of Census region, population size, and urbanicity. Section 3 discusses the approach for reweighting the NCVS sample within generic areas and the analysis of the effects of reweighting on key NCVS estimates and precision. It also discusses recommendations on the collapsing of levels within generic areas and pooling of data across multiple years to achieve adequate precision. Because GVFs have traditionally been used for NCVS estimation but were not designed for use in subnational areas, Section 4 assesses the reliability of GVF estimates within generic areas. Section 5 summarizes key findings across the analysis and provides overall recommendations for calculating estimates within the generic areas formed with these three subnational variables. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Research and Development Series: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/acrsgincvspuf.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 138137

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Review of Department of Corrections and Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission Processes for Correctional Officer Misconduct Summary: Department of Corrections (DOC) correctional officers must obtain certification and maintain good moral character. In instances of alleged misconduct, both DOC and the Florida Department of Law Enforcement's Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission can be involved in disciplinary actions. The Department of Corrections investigates and disciplines correctional officers for misconduct. When officers have violated certification requirements, the department refers the case to the commission. Commission staff reviewed over 5,300 DOC correctional officer misconduct cases since 2004. Staff referred 54% of these cases for a probable cause hearing; of these, 90% were presented to the commission for disciplinary action. Approximately two-thirds (67%) of the correctional officers disciplined by the commission lost their certification. Although there are three times as many law enforcement officers as DOC correctional officers, the commission hears more correctional officer cases. Over time the commission has added new violations and revised existing penalties and the Legislature has modified the commission's jurisdiction and membership. The Legislature may wish to consider revising the commission's membership again by adding new commission members or changing some positions. As directed by the Legislature, this report describes correctional officer misconduct and discipline in Florida, including an analysis of the number and types of disciplinary actions, the policies related to disciplinary measures against correctional officers, and correctional officer disciplinary practices in other states. Details: Tallahassee, FL: OPPAGA, 2015 (Revised 2016), 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 15-08: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1508rpt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138138

Author: Bagalman, Erin Title: Prescription Drug Abuse Summary: An estimated 6.5 million individuals currently abuse prescription drugs in the United States. Unlike policy on street drugs, federal policy on prescription drug abuse is complicated by the need to maintain access to prescription controlled substances (PCS) for legitimate medical use. The federal government has several roles in reducing prescription drug abuse. Coordination. The Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) coordinates and tracks prescription drug abuse reduction efforts and funding of multiple federal agencies. Regulation. The primary federal statutes governing prescription drug regulation are the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) and the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, commonly called the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). Law Enforcement. Federal law enforcement, primarily the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), aims to prevent, detect, and investigate the diversion of prescription drugs while regulating the supply for legitimate medical, commercial, and scientific purposes. Health. Federal agencies and programs involved in health may address prescription drug abuse through service delivery (e.g., the Veterans Health Administration), financing (e.g., Medicare), and research (e.g., the National Institute on Drug Abuse). The federal government, state and local governments, and various private entities (e.g., pharmacies) are currently undertaking a range of approaches to reducing prescription drug abuse. Scheduling of PCS. The scheduling status of a PCS (1) affects patient access to PCS (e.g., by limiting refills); (2) affects the degree of regulatory requirements (e.g., supply chain recordkeeping); and (3) determines the degree of criminal punishment for illegal traffickers. Safe Storage and Disposal. DEA regulates storage of PCS by registered entities (e.g., pharmacies); provides registered entities with options for proper disposal of PCS; and sponsors National Prescription Drug Take-Back Days to assist citizens in safe disposal of PCS. Focusing Law Enforcement. Federal law enforcement efforts may focus on geographic areas with higher rates of prescription drug abuse or on High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas (HIDTA) that experience a higher volume of illicit trafficking of PCS. Using Data to Identify Risk. Most states operate prescription drug monitoring programs� databases of prescriptions filled for PCS. Other public and private entities also have data that may be analyzed to identify high-risk behavior among prescribers, dispensers, or patients. Awareness and Education. Efforts to increase awareness and education about prescription drug abuse may focus on health care providers, patients, or the general public. Treatment. Some prescription drug abuse may be avoided in treating underlying conditions (e.g., pain) or may be treated with pharmacologic or non-pharmacologic interventions. New products may improve treatment for both underlying conditions and prescription drug abuse. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43559.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 138023

Author: Blume, John H. Title: Forty Years of Death: The Past, Present, and Future of the Death Penalty in South Carolina (Or Still Arbitrary after All These Years) Summary: Forty years ago, the Supreme Court of the United States deemed constitutional new death penalty laws intended to minimize the arbitrariness which led the Court to invalidate all capital sentencing statutes four years earlier in Furman v. Georgia. Over the last four decades the Court has - time and again - attempted to regulate the "machinery of death." Looking back over the Court's work, many observers, including two current Supreme Court justices, have questioned whether the modern death penalty has lived up to expectations set by the Court in the 1970s or if, despite 40 years of labor, the American death penalty continues to be administered in an unconstitutionally arbitrary manner. This Article presents data from South Carolina's forty-year experiment with capital punishment and concludes that the administration of the death penalty in that state is still riddled with error and infected with racial and gender bias. It is - in short - still arbitrary after all these years. The authors maintain that the only true cure it to abolish South Carolina's death penalty, although they do argue that lesser steps including additional safeguards and procedure may limit, but will not eliminate, some of the arbitrariness and bias which are present in the current imposition of South Carolina's most extreme punishment. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell Law School, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Cornell Legal Studies Research Paper No. 16-8 : Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2734895 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 138143

Author: Lopez, Kristina Marie Title: Nativity and Hispanic Victimization: An Examination of Mediating and Moderating Effects Summary: This dissertation contributes to an emerging literature in criminology with a thorough examination of the effects of nativity (foreign-born vs. native-born) on violent victimization among Hispanic and non-Hispanic youth. Specifically, this study focuses on theoretical explanations for differences in violent victimization risk across Hispanic generations. For example, it is hypothesized that the link between nativity and violent victimization may be mediated by various social bonds (e.g., maternal/paternal attachment, time with mothers and fathers, and school attachment). In an effort to address the shortcomings of previous research, this study utilizes more refined measures of social bond variables to examine how Hispanic nativity affects the likelihood of a youth experiencing violent victimization. Data for this dissertation come from the public use version of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health; Harris, 2009), a longitudinal study of the role of social environments on behavior and psychological development of children and adolescents (Udry, 2003). The researchers collected data from students enrolled in American middle schools and high schools across the United States, ranging from Grades 7-12 at Wave 1 (Udry, 2003). Researchers collected data in four waves. The analysis sample was taken from Waves 1 and 2, with respondents ranging in age from 9 to 16. The analysis compares native-born Hispanics, foreign-born Hispanics, and non-Hispanic youth. The Hispanic sample is comprised of multiple Hispanic sub-groups, which include Mexicans, Chicanos, Cubans, Puerto Ricans, and Central/South Americans. However, this study examines Hispanics as a single group (i.e., foreign-born and native-born Hispanics) rather than Hispanic subgroups. The findings presented in the current study were largely inconsistent with predictions. Most important, social bonds did not tend to mediate the link between nativity and violent victimization. The findings do, however, support existing research (Eggers & Jennings, 2013; Miller, 2014; Reingle, Jennings, & Maldonado-Molina, 2011) as that native-born Hispanics are at a greater violent victimization risk compared to non-Hispanics and foreign-born Hispanics. Overall, this study presents many avenues to be further explored as possible explanations for differences in Hispanic and non-Hispanic victimization. Details: San Marcos: Texas State University, 2015. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/5786/LOPEZ-DISSERTATION-2015.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 138145

Author: Johnson, Wendi L. Title: Parents, Identities, and Trajectories of Antisocial Behavior from Adolescence to Young Adulthood Summary: PURPOSE Assessments of young adult well-being often focus on family formation and employment experiences, and ignore the potentially important, continuing role of parents. We consider whether and how parental influence reaches beyond the adolescent years. METHODS Drawing on longitudinal data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS) (N = 1,242) and multilevel modeling, analyses examine direct and indirect ways that traditional parenting practices, as well as parental histories of problematic behavior influence trajectories of offspring antisocial behavior. RESULTS Parental antisocial experiences influenced young adult outcomes and operated through youths' own developing identities. Youths whose parents scored higher on an index of antisocial behavior were more likely to agree with partier and troublemaker labels. Traditional parenting factors, such as parental support and harsh parenting also influenced respondents' own trajectories of antisocial behavior. Thus, parental influence persisted net of young adult gainful activity (school,employment), parenthood, and intimate involvement. CONCLUSION The results of the current study highlight that parent-child relationships and their association with antisocial behavior remains fluid and dynamic well into adolescence and young adulthood. Parents are also implicated in the adoption of problematic identities which in turn are associated with antisocial behavior. Taken together, greater attention should be given to how parents shape and influence the trajectories of behavior among their adolescent and young adult offspring. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2016-002/PWP-BGSU-2016-002.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 138151

Author: Fredericksen, Allyson Title: Jobs after Jail: Ending the prison to poverty pipeline Summary: Each year an average of 630,000 people are released from state and federal prisons - for many, their prison record will be a life sentence of poverty and low wages. In addition to facing "the box" on job applications that asks about being convicted of a crime, they also face a raft of state restrictions banning them from certain occupations. Every state in the country bans formerly incarcerated people from specific jobs. Some states bar them from hundreds of jobs, often good-paying jobs. Today, the Alliance for a Just Society is releasing Jobs After Jail: Ending the Prison to Poverty Pipeline. The report analyzes the impact of policies that limit employment opportunities for people who have served jail or prison sentences. The findings underscore the urgency to "ban the box" in every state and at the federal level. However, the Jobs After Jail research also clearly shows the critical need to change the thousands of laws nationwide that restrict job opportunities, and keep families and communities struggling. A wide variety of jobs are barred, but depending on the state, they can include such work as a veterinarian, mortgage broker, or optometrist About 70 million people in the U.S have a felony or serious misdemeanor arrest or conviction that could impact their ability to find a job, locking a big part of our country out of stable, good-paying employment. Jobs After Jail includes first-person stories from formerly incarcerated people about the hurdles of finding a job, getting to work with restrictions on driving, checking "the box" on a college application, and juggling two or three low wage jobs to make ends meet. According to Jobs After Jail, nationwide there are more than 6,000 mandatory employment restrictions facing people who have served their sentence. "Our research shows that every state has jobs that formerly incarcerated people are banned from holding," said Allyson Fredericksen, the Alliance's policy analyst and author of the report. "Some states have more than 200 restricted jobs - and Louisiana has 389 restrictions. The result is a vast number of people who are sentenced to poverty." Recommendations from the report include: - Eliminate lifetime legislative bans to employment - Ban the box - the question about convictions on job applications. - Reform policies on court fines and fees and incarceration fees that leave people deep in debt after they are released. - Invest in businesses that pay high wages and employ formerly incarcerated people. Details: Seattle: Alliance for a Just Society, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://allianceforajustsociety.org/publications/publications-by-date/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 138154

Author: Siegel, Jonah Aaron Title: Snapshot of Indigent Defense Representation in Michigan's Adult Criminal Courts: The MIDC'S First Survey of Local Court Systems Summary: Established in 2013 through the passage of Public Act 93, the Michigan Indigent Defense Commission (MIDC) aims to create statewide standards for the delivery of adult criminal indigent defense services. A key component of the MIDC's mandate is to develop a comprehensive understanding of the current operation of indigent defense representation in Michigan. To this end, the MIDC conducted a survey in 2015 of all circuit and district courts to gather basic information on the representation of poor people charged with crimes in their systems. Survey questions addressed the extent to which local public defense systems currently engage in evidence-based practices that have been identified nationally as characterizing high-quality and effective representation. With no current statewide standards dictating best practices, the survey revealed wide variation in how courts deliver services to indigent defendants. Key findings include: o Courts employ loose and varied guidelines in determining the eligibility of defendants for appointed counsel services. o In the majority of courts, defendants whose requests for counsel have been denied have no recourse to further pursue assistance. o With few exceptions, the vast majority of court systems rely on assigned counsel systems and/or contract defender systems to deliver representation to poor people. As of 2015, only six public defender offices were operational within the state, with a seventh starting operations in 2016. o There is little consistency in attorney compensation for appointed cases, with hourly rates ranging from $33 per hour to over $100 per hour. o Most appointed counsel systems do not operate independently from the judiciary. According to an informal scale, approximately one-quarter of assigned counsel systems can be considered independent, while 15% of contract defender and 40% of public defender office systems operate independently. o Only 6% of district courts require attorneys to be present at both the bail hearing and at arraignment, despite the documented importance of legal guidance in these early stages. o Sixty-three percent of court systems report the existence of confidential meeting space in both their courthouse and holding facility, though attorneys explain anecdotally that "private" meeting rooms are often filled to capacity, difficult to book, or composed of cubicle-type spaces that do not actually allow for confidential discussions. o Only 15% of indigent defense systems currently report the existence of local guidelines requiring participation in Continuing Legal Education courses. In combination with future surveys of court systems and attorneys, focus groups, and court observation, the findings from this survey will inform the development of both future standards and the creation of local compliance plans. Details: Lansing: Michigan Indigent Defense Commission, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://michiganidc.gov/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/MIDC-Court-Survey-Report-Feb-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 138155

Author: Davis-Nozemack, Karie Title: Lost Opportunities: The Underuse of Tax Whistleblowers Summary: Legal literature on whistleblower programs often assumes an agency�s ability to effectively use a whistleblower tip. This article challenges that assumption in the context of tax enforcement by exposing the Internal Revenue Service�s under-performance. The article uses Fourth Amendment jurisprudence, taxpayer privacy law, as well as whistleblower and tax enforcement literature to propose a new approach to using information from tax whistleblowers. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2483064 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Tax Evasion Shelf Number: 138156

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Title: Screening and Assessment of Co-occurring Disorders in the Justice System. Summary: This monograph examines a wide range of evidence-based practices for screening and assessment of people in the justice system who have co-occurring mental and substance use disorders (CODs). Use of evidence-based approaches for screening and assessment is likely to result in more accurate matching of offenders to treatment services and more effective treatment and supervision outcomes (Shaffer, 2011). This monograph is intended as a guide for clinicians, case managers, program and systems administrators, community supervision staff, jail and prison booking and healthcare staff, law enforcement, court personnel, researchers, and others who are interested in developing and operating effective programs for justice-involved individuals who have CODs. Key systemic and clinical challenges are discussed, as well as state-of-the art approaches for conducting screening and assessment. The monograph also reviews a range of selected instruments for screening, assessment, and diagnosis of CODs in justice settings and provides a critical analysis of advantages, concerns, and practical implementation issues (e.g., cost, availability, training needs) for each instrument. A number of the evidence-based instruments described in this monograph are available in the public domain (i.e., are free of charge) and can be downloaded on the internet. Not all of the instruments described in this monograph are designed for universal use in screening or assessing for both mental and substance use disorders, and some may not be suitable for use with special populations or in specific justice settings. For example, the screening and assessment instruments described here are primarily designed for use with adults in the justice system, and many have not been validated for use with juveniles. Many of the assessment instruments reviewed in this monograph also require specialized training and clinical expertise to administer, score, and interpret. These considerations are explored in more detail in later sections of this monograph that review specific instruments. A significant and growing number of people in the justice system have CODs. For example, over 70 percent of offenders have substance use disorders, and approximately 17�34 percent have serious mental illnesses�rates that greatly exceed those found in the general population (Baillargeon et al., 2010; Ditton, 1999; Lurigio, 2011; SAMHSA�s GAINS Center, 2004; Peters, Kremling, Bekman, & Caudy, 2012; Steadman, Osher, Robbins, Case, & Samuels, 2009; Steadman et al., 2013). Several populations, such as juveniles, female offenders, and veterans, are entering the justice system in increased numbers and have elevated rates of CODs, including substance use, trauma, and other mental disorders (Houser, Belenko, & Brennan, 2012; Pinals et al., 2012; Seal et al., 2011). These individuals often require specialized interventions to address their CODs and staff who are familiar with their unique needs. People with CODs present numerous challenges within the justice system. These individuals can at times exhibit greater impairment in psychosocial skills and are less likely to enter and successfully complete treatment. They are at greater risk for criminal recidivism and relapse. The justice system is generally ill-equipped to address the multiple needs of this population, and few specialized treatment programs exist in jails, prisons, or court and community corrections settings that provide integrated mental health and substance use services (Lurigio, 2011; Peters et al., 2012; Peters, LeVasseur, & Chandler, 2004). A major concern is that the justice system does not have a built-in mechanism for personnel to identify individuals with these types of behavioral health issues, and there is all too often a failure to effectively screen and assess people with CODs who are in the justice system (Balyakina et al., 2013; Chandler, Peters, Field, & Juliano-Bult, 2004; Hiller, Belenko, Welsh, Zajac, & Peters, 2011; Lurigio, 2011; Peters et al., 2012; Taxman, Cropsey, Young, & Wexler, 2007; Taxman, Young, Wiersema, Rhodes, & Mitchell, 2007). The absence of adequate screening for CODs prevents early identification of problems; often undermines successful progress in treatment; and can lead to substance use relapse, recurrence of mental health symptoms, criminal recidivism, and use of expensive community resources such as crisis care and hospital beds (Peterson, Skeem, Kennealy, Bray, & Zvonkovic, 2014). Lack of screening for CODs also prevents comprehensive treatment/case planning, matching justice-involved people to appropriate levels of treatment and supervision, and rapid placement in specialized programs to address CODs (Lurigio, 2011; Mueser, Noordsy, Drake, & Fox, 2003; Peters et al., 2012). Screening for CODs should be provided at the earliest possible point in the justice system to expedite consideration of these issues in decisions related to sentencing, release from custody, placement in institutional or community settings, and referral to treatment and other related services (Hiller et al., 2011). Screening provides a brief review of symptoms, behaviors, and other salient background information that may indicate the presence of a particular disorder or psychosocial problems. Results of screening are typically used to determine the need for further assessment. Assessment provides a lengthier and more intensive review of psychosocial problems that can lead to diagnoses and placement in different types or levels of treatment and supervision services. Due to the high prevalence of CODs among offenders, screening and assessment protocols used in justice settings should address both types of disorders. The high prevalence of trauma and physical or sexual abuse among offenders indicates the need for universal screening in this area as well (Steadman et al., 2013; Steadman, Osher, Robbins, Case, & Samuels, 2009; Zlotnick et al., 2008). Mental health screening in the justice systems should include examination of suicide risk, as rates of suicidal behavior are elevated among offenders who have CODs. Motivation for treatment is an important predictor of treatment outcomes and can also be readily examined during screening in the justice system. Another important component of screening is drug testing, which can enhance motivation and adherence to treatment (Large, Smith, Sara, Paton, Kedzior, & Nielssen, 2012; Martin, 2010; Rosay, Najaka, & Hertz, 2007). Cultural differences should be considered when conducting screening and assessment, and staff training is needed to effectively address these issues. Complexities in using certain screening and assessment tools early in criminal case processing include identifying issues that can be potentially incriminating (e.g., ongoing substance use). Jurisdictions may work out memoranda of agreement to ensure that screenings do not result in inadvertent further criminalization. The earlier in the criminal process a screening can be done (such as prior to arraignment), the better the chance of directing more individuals toward treatment without creating further legal difficulties. Assessment and diagnosis are particularly important in developing a treatment/case plan and in determining specific problem areas that can be effectively targeted for treatment interventions and community supervision. Assessment tools generally involve somewhat more in-depth questioning than screening. Some can be administered by non-clinicians, while full assessments require someone with a clinical background to formulate diagnoses and develop robust treatment planning. Diagnostic instruments allow for a more focused and in-depth mechanism, the purpose of which is to delineate specific diagnoses to help codify what an individual may be experiencing symptomatically. The diagnostic nomenclature can lead to "labeling," but is utilized throughout health care to help communication among health professionals, inform treatment, and enhance consistency in therapeutic approaches. Key diagnostic instruments include the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (SCID). Use of this type of instrument results in identifying the diagnosis or diagnoses that most closely link to an individual�s reported symptom cluster. Screening, assessment, and diagnostic information are vitally important in matching offenders to appropriate types of services, and to levels of intensity, scope, and duration of services. As described in more detail later in this monograph, key areas of information that contribute to effective treatment matching include (1) criminal risk level, and criminogenic needs that independently contribute to the risk for recidivism, (2) history of mental or substance use disorders and prior treatment, (3) functional assessment related to mental and substance use disorders, including the history of interaction between the disorders and the effects of these disorders on behaviors that lead to augmented risk for involvement in the justice system, (4) functional impairment related to the CODs that may influence ability to participate in different types of treatment or supervision services, and (5) other psychosocial factors that may affect engagement and participation in these services (e.g., transportation, housing, literacy, major medical problems). In the absence of a comprehensive and evidence-based assessment approach, CODs are often undetected in justice settings, leading to inappropriate placement (e.g., in low intensity services) and poor outcomes related to treatment and supervision. In addition to the screening, assessment, and diagnostic instruments for use with offenders who have CODs, other instruments have been designed specifically to match people to different types of treatment modalities, or levels of care. Although traditionally considered a part of correctional supervision, the Risk, Need, and Responsivity (RNR) model (Andrews & Bonta, 2010a, 2010b) is increasingly used more systematically in the justice system to identify treatment and recovery needs that are related to criminal recidivism. The RNR model provides an important framework to assist in matching offenders to various levels of treatment and criminal justice supervision, and incorporates areas of criminal risk that are not addressed within typical clinical assessment tools. Key issues related to screening and assessment of CODs in the justice system include failure to comprehensively examine one or more of the disorders, inadequate staff training to identify and assess the disorders, bifurcated mental health and substance use service systems that feature separate screening and assessment processes, use of ineffective and non-standardized screening and assessment instruments, and the absence of management information systems to identify people with CODs as they move from one point to another in the justice system. Another challenge in conducting screening and assessment is determining whether symptoms of mental disorders are caused by recent substance use or reflect the presence of an underlying mental disorder (American Psychiatric Association [APA], 2013). Other important threats to the accuracy of screening and assessment information include the potentially disabling effects of CODs on memory and cognitive functioning and the perceived and sometimes real consequences in the justice system related to self-disclosure of mental health or substance use problems (Bellack, Bennett, & Gearon, 2007; DiClemente, Nidecker, & Bellack, 2008; Drake, O�Neal, & Wallach, 2008; Gregg, Barrowclough, & Haddock, 2007). Staff training should be provided in the screening and assessment of CODs within the justice system. This training should address signs and symptoms of mental and substance use disorders; how symptoms are affected by recent substance use; strategies to engage offenders in the screening and assessment process; cultural considerations in conducting screening and assessment; approaches for enhancing accuracy of information compiled; implementation of risk assessment; use of evidence-based screening, assessment, and diagnostic instruments; and use of assessment information to develop and update individualized treatment/case plans. A variety of online and other types of modules are available to train staff in the screening and assessment of CODs. Details: Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2015. 270p. Source: Internet Resource: HHS Publication No. (SMA)-15-4930: Accessed march 10, 2016 at: http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA15-4930/SMA15-4930.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assessment of Offenders Shelf Number: 138160

Author: Hunt, Kim Steven Title: Recidivism Among Federal Offenders: A Comprehensive Overview Summary: This report provides a broad overview of key findings from the United States Sentencing Commission's study of recidivism of federal offenders. The Commission studied offenders who were either released from federal prison after serving a sentence of imprisonment or placed on a term of probation in 2005. Nearly half (49.3%) of such offenders were rearrested within eight years for either a new crime or for some other violation of the condition of their probation or release conditions. This report discusses the Commission's recidivism research project and provides many additional findings from that project. In the future, the Commission will release additional publications discussing specific topics concerning recidivism of federal offenders. (March 2016) The offenders studied in this project are 25,431 federal offenders who: are citizens; re-entered the community during 2005 after discharging their sentence of incarceration or by commencing a term of probation in 2005; have valid FBI numbers which could be located in criminal history repositories (in at least one state, the District of Columbia, or federal records); are not reported dead, escaped, or detained, and have a pre-sentence investigation report that was submitted to the Commission with a federal sentence that was not vacated. The key findings of the Commission's study are: - Over an eight year follow-up period, almost one-half of federal offenders released in 2005 (49.3%) were rearrested for a new crime or rearrested for a violation of supervision conditions. - Almost one-third (31.7%) of the offenders were also reconvicted, and one-quarter (24.6%) of the offenders were reincarcerated over the same study period. - Offenders released from incarceration in 2005 had a rearrest rate of 52.5 percent, while offenders released directly to a probationary sentence had a rearrest rate of 35.1 percent. - Of those offenders who recidivated, most did so within the first two years of the eight year follow-up period. The median time to rearrest was 21 months. - About one-fourth of those rearrested had an assault rearrest as their most serious charge over the study period. Other common most serious offenses were drug trafficking, larceny, and public order offenses. - A federal offender's criminal history was closely correlated with recidivism rates. Rearrest rates range from 30.2 percent for offenders with zero total criminal history points to 80.1 percent of offenders in the highest Criminal History Category, VI. Each additional criminal history point was generally associated with a greater likelihood of recidivism. - A federal offender's age at time of release into the community was also closely associated with differences in recidivism rates. Offenders released prior to age 21 had the highest rearrest rate, 67.6 percent, while offenders over sixty years old at the time of release had a recidivism rate of 16.0 percent - Other factors, including offense type and educational level, were associated with differing rates of recidivism but less so than age and criminal history. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2016/recidivism_overview.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Offenders Shelf Number: 138162

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Identifying and Preventing Gender Bias in Law Enforcement Response to Sexual Assault and Domestic Violence Summary: The Department of Justice (department) is committed to assisting law enforcement agencies in their efforts to reduce sexual assault and domestic violence, and to administer justice when these crimes occur. Through the department's many partnerships with state, local, tribal and territory law enforcement agencies (collectively, law enforcement agencies or LEAs), the department has recognized that many agencies are striving to improve their response to allegations of sexual assault and domestic violence, and are seeking assistance and support for these efforts. This guidance document is intended to reflect and further the department's partnership with the police leaders, line officers and detectives who work tirelessly to ensure that policing is free from bias and to uphold the civil and human rights of the communities they serve. The department extends its appreciation to the many police leaders and experts on law enforcement responses to sexual assault and domestic violence who worked with us to develop this guidance and provided us with helpful comments and suggestions. One critical part of improving LEAs' response to allegations of sexual assault and domestic violence is identifying and preventing gender bias in policing practices. Gender bias in policing practices is a form of discrimination that may result in LEAs providing less protection to certain victims on the basis of gender, failing to respond to crimes that disproportionately harm people of a particular gender or offering reduced or less robust services due to a reliance on gender stereotypes. Gender bias, whether explicit or implicit, conscious or unconscious, may include police officers misclassifying or underreporting sexual assault or domestic violence cases, or inappropriately concluding that sexual assault cases are unfounded; failing to test sexual assault kits; interrogating rather than interviewing victims and witnesses; treating domestic violence as a family matter rather than a crime; failing to enforce protection orders; or failing to treat same-sex domestic violence as a crime. In the sexual assault and domestic violence context, if gender bias influences the initial response to or investigation of the alleged crime, it may compromise law enforcement's ability to ascertain the facts, determine whether the incident is a crime, and develop a case that supports effective prosecution and holds the perpetrator accountable. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov/opa/file/799366/download Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 138163

Author: Silbert, Rebecca Title: Criminal Injustice: A Cost Analysis of Wrongful Convictions, Errors, and Failed Prosecutions in California's Criminal Justice System Summary: This report documents mistakes, incompetence, and malfeasance in our criminal justice system. Not only are these systemic errors expensive-costing taxpayers an estimated $282 million adjusted for inflation-they also have serious and lifelong consequences on the people subject to these flawed prosecutions. The individuals in the study endured hundreds of trials, mistrials, appeals, and habeas petitions and served more than two thousand years in prison and jail, all for charges that could not be sustained. The report analyzes a dataset of 692 adult felony criminal cases in California, the majority from 2000-2012, wherein the defendant was convicted of felony or felonies, the convictions were reversed, and the charges were either dismissed or the defendant subsequently found not guilty on retrial. It examines the types of cases susceptible to error, the types of error that exist, and the direct costs of incarceration, representation, and compensation attributable to these cases and their ultimate resolution. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley, School of Law, 2016. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://static1.squarespace.com/static/55f70367e4b0974cf2b82009/t/56a95c112399a3a5c87c1a7b/1453939730318/WI_Criminal_InJustice_booklet_FINAL2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138165

Author: DeMichele, Matthew Title: Electronic Supervision Technologies in Colorado: A Report to the Colorado Department of Corrections Summary: This report includes an introduction and five broad parts: (1) the development and capabilities of electronic supervision equipment, (2) research about outcomes associated with electronic supervision, (3) the administration of electronic supervision in Colorado, (4) five best practices, and (5) policy recommendations. Details: Technical Assistance Report to the Colorado Department of Corrections, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: http://www.leg.state.co.us/clics/clics2013A/commsumm.nsf/b4a3962433b52fa787256e5f00670a71/171e1b4ff6cf7ea187257bf3004e01df/$FILE/13JtJud0927AttachE.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138169

Author: Kringen, Anne Li Title: Understanding Barriers that Affect Recruiting and Retaining Female Police Officers: A Mixed Method Approach  Summary: Women are underrepresented in policing, and research has demonstrated that police departments must engage in active recruiting to attract female applicants. However, little research has been conducted on the barriers that keep women who are interested in a career in policing from becoming police officers. The present study addresses this limitation by adding to the current knowledge of women's experiences from initial contact with the police department through the police academy. Guided by the theory of tokenism and the gender model of work, the present study employed a mixed method design to provide insight into why the percentage of women in law enforcement has plateaued at about 12.6 % despite law enforcement agencies' desires to increase their percentage of female officers. First, the study sought to ascertain barriers from the perspective of women who attended a department recruiting event targeted to increase female applicants. Second, the study compared the factors involved in disqualification and withdrawal for female and male applicants. Finally, the study sought to understand gender differences in the academy experience. Analysis of these diverse sources of information were integrated into a comprehensive conclusion aimed at providing insight to researchers and practitioners seeking to understand how to effectively recruit and retain female police officers. Several key findings related to tokenism emerged. First, the results indicated that visibility, or being noticed, was an important issue in the process. Whereas scrutiny (being noticed for poor performance) had negative effects on completing the applicant screening process and graduating the academy, praise (being noticed for performing well), was positively related to the decision to apply. Second, polarization, exaggeration of differences between men and women, was problematic. When polarization was sexually-explicit, it was negatively related to the decision to apply. Emphasis of women as being physically weaker than men reinforced feelings of discouragement and judgment that were important reasons why women withdrew rather than attempting to pass physical fitness tests. Third, while evidence of assimilation, role entrapment and group isolation, was found in the academy, women were not likely to recognize it as a problem. Further, expectations of assimilation were not important to the decision to apply. Other key findings related to the gender model of work. The physical differences between men and women were important differences in their perceptions about their ability to do the job as well as their ability to complete the physical testing and the academy. Men and women were believed to differ in their response to issues including stress within the academy with women being more emotional. These differences were believed to explain the academy being more difficult for women. Women were concerned about the impact of a career in policing on their families (especially their children). Often this was expressed through fears about the safety issues involved affecting others. Familial and spousal support were important issues. Women often received support, and lack of support was related to withdrawing from the process or failing to succeed in the academy. Lack of support from significant others was an important issue and was related to failed relationships for successful recruits. Administratively, the physical fitness and written examinations were important barriers for women. Although women failed to pass these stages more often than men, failure to schedule the tests and failure to show for tests that were schedule were more common among women than men. This was related to issues of judgment and discouragement. Discouragement was reinforced by the lack of support from family and significant others. Support from recruiters and/or trainers was found to be beneficial for women engaged in the process. The department's haircut policy for women, which required their hair to be cut shorter than one inch prior to entering the training academy, was a substantial issue. It was related to the decision to not apply, the decision to withdraw, and negative feelings among women who decided to cut their hair to enter the academy. The haircut policy was cited by recruiters and current female officers as a reason that more women did not apply to the department. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University, 2014. 304p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/handle/10877/5291 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 138171

Author: Fox, Andrew Title: Examining Gang Social Network Structure and Criminal Behavior Summary: The current study examines the social structure of local street gangs in Glendale, Arizona. Literature on gang organization has come to different conclusions about gang organization, largely based on the methodology used. One consistent finding from qualitative gang research has been that understanding the social connections between gang members is important for understanding how gangs are organized. The current study examines gang social structure by recreating gang social networks using official police data. Data on documented gang members, arrest records, and field interview cards from a 5-year period from 2006 to 2010 were used. Details: Arizona State University, 2013. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 10, 2016 at: https://cvpcs.asu.edu/products/examining-gang-social-network-structure-and-criminal-behavior Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 138177

Author: Chicago Appleseed Title: Ensuring the Public Defense of Indigent Criminal Defendants in Cook County Summary: The report follows two years of working with stakeholders to correct problems identified by the Criminal Justice Advisory Committee that resulted in denial of a public defense for persons entitled to one. While additional work remains, there are early and clear indications that our reform efforts, along with Cook County judges' receptivity to change, have increased access to a public defense for indigent criminal defendants and improved adherence with Constitutional and statutory requirements. Details: Chicago: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice and Chicago Council of Lawyers, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: http://www.chicagoappleseed.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Aug-2015-Indigent-Defense.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 138180

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children: Potential Factors Contributing to Recent Immigration Summary: Since FY2008, the growth in the number of unaccompanied alien children (UAC) from Mexico, El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras seeking to enter the United States has increased substantially. Total unaccompanied child apprehensions increased from about 8,000 in FY2008 to 52,000 in the first 8 1/2 months of FY2014. Since 2012, children from El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras (Central America's "northern triangle") account for almost all of this increase. Apprehension trends for these three countries are similar and diverge sharply from those for Mexican children. Unaccompanied child migrants' motives for migrating to the United States are often multifaceted and difficult to measure analytically. Four recent out-migration-related factors distinguishing northern triangle Central American countries are high violent crime rates, poor economic conditions fueled by relatively low economic growth rates, high rates of poverty, and the presence of transnational gangs. In 2012, the homicide rate per 100,000 inhabitants stood at 90.4 in Honduras (the highest in the world), 41.2 in El Salvador, and 39.9 in Guatemala. International Monetary Fund reports show economic growth rates in the northern triangle countries in 2013 ranging from 1.6% to 3.5%, relatively low compared with other Central American countries. About 45% of Salvadorans, 55% of Guatemalans, and 67% of Hondurans live in poverty. Surveys in 2013 indicate that almost half of all unaccompanied children experienced serious harm or threats by organized criminal groups or state actors, and one-fifth experienced domestic abuse. In 2011, Mexico passed legislation to improve migration management and ensure the rights of migrants transiting the country. According to many migration experts, implementation of the laws has been uneven. Some have questioned whether passage of such legislation has affected in some way the recent flows of unaccompanied children. However, the impact of such laws remains unclear. Although economic opportunity may motivate some unaccompanied children to migrate to the United States, labor market conditions for low-skilled minority youth have worsened in recent years, even as industrial sectors employing low-skilled workers enjoy improved economic prospects. Educational opportunities may also provide a motivating factor to migration as perceptions of free and safe education may be widespread among the young. Family reunification is reported to be one of the key motives of unaccompanied children. Many have family members among the sizable Salvadoran, Guatemalan, and Honduran foreign-born populations residing in the United States. While the impacts of actual and perceived U.S. immigration policies have been widely debated, it remains unclear if, and how, specific immigration policies have motivated children to migrate to the United States. Misperceptions about U.S. policies may be a contributing factor. The existence of long-standing humanitarian relief policies confounds causal links between them and the recent surge in unaccompanied children. A notable and recent exception is revised humanitarian relief provisions for unaccompanied children included in the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act (TVPRA) of 2008, which affects asylum claims, trafficking victim protections, and eligibility for Special Immigrant Juvenile Status. Some argue that unaccompanied children and their families falsely believe they would be covered under the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) initiative and legalization provisions in proposed comprehensive immigration reform (CIR) legislation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: R43628: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43628.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Shelf Number: 138183

Author: Mitchell, Kimberly J. Title: Youth Involvement in Sexting: Findings from the Youth Internet Safety Studies Summary: Several concerns have fueled the considerable attention to the problem of "youth sexting" among the media, parents, professionals, educators and law enforcement. (Sexting generally refers to sending sexual images and sometimes sexual texts via cell phone and other electronic devices.) One is that youth may be creating illegal child pornography, exposing them to possibly serious legal sanctions. Another is that youth may be jeopardizing futures by putting compromising, ineradicable images online that could be available to potential employers, academic institutions and family members. These concerns have been abetted by frequently cited statistics about the supposed widespread teen involvement in sexting. The most common reference has been to a National Campaign to Prevent Teen and Unplanned Pregnancy study showing that 20% of teens had sent or posted nude or semi-nude pictures of themselves. However, this research as well as other often cited studies have flaws that compromise their findings. For example, the National Campaign study, used an Internet panel rather than a true population sample and included 18 and 19 year olds, and not just minors. Moreover, none of these studies has made distinctions that allow a careful assessment of the problem from a policy perspective. Studies have asked respondents about "nude or semi-nude", "nearly nude" or "sexually suggestive" images that might, in fact, be no more revealing than what someone might see at a beach. In some studies, sexting was defined to include text messages that could contain no images. And many studies did not distinguish between taking and sending an image of oneself as opposed to receiving or disseminating an image of another youth. For policy purposes, it is important to look at whether images are created or simply received and whether images might qualify as child pornography, but such information is not currently available. Details: Durham, NH: University of New Hampshire, Crimes Against Children Research Center, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/Sexting%204%20of%204%20YISS%20Bulletins%20Feb%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138184

Author: Mitchell, Kimberly J. Title: Trends in Unwanted Sexual Solicitations: Findings from the Youth Internet Safety Studies Summary: There has been considerable and growing concern voiced by schools, parents and the public about what youth experience while using the Internet and other electronic technologies. The last decade saw significant and rapid changes in youth online activity: Internet use has now expanded to encompass almost all youth. Moreover, the nature of youth Internet use changed during this time with an increase in the use of cell‐ and smart‐phones, and the migration of adolescent social activity to social networking sites. However, this rapid expansion in technology use has occurred during a period of time in which child victimization has declined significantly. In 1999 and 2000, the first Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐1) was conducted to address concerns about adults using the Internet to sexually solicit youth, young people encountering sexual material online and youth being threatened and harassed through the Internet. While YISS‐1 found that many youth who used the Internet encountered such episodes, most of these incidents were relatively mild and not very disturbing to youth. However, some were serious and distressing. We conducted the second Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐2) in 2005 to reassess the extent to which young Internet users were encountering problems five years later, gauge whether the incidence and characteristics of these episodes had changed, explore new areas of interest, review emerging technologies, ascertain the effect those technologies have on the issue, and assess threats to youth. Compared to YISS‐1, the results of YISS‐2 showed that a smaller proportion of youth had received unwanted online sexual solicitations and a smaller proportion had interacted online with strangers. However, larger proportions of youth reported being exposed to pornography they did not want to see and were being harassed online. In 2010, the third Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐3) was conducted to continue to track existing trends in the number and types of threats youth encounter using technology; assess risks of new behaviors and activities, including youth creating and distributing explicit images of themselves and/or peers; assess benefits and utilization of safety programs and technologies; and identify activities and behaviors most closely associated with risk. This document reviews key findings from YISS‐3. Details: Durham, NH: University of New Hampshire, Crimes Against Children Research Center, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/Sexual%20Solicitation%201%20of%204%20YISS%20Bulletins%20Feb%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138185

Author: Cheon, Hyunjung Title: Police Estimates of Sex Trafficking: Venues, Trends, and Data Sources Summary: Over the past two decades, United States policymakers and the public have become increasingly aware of and concerned about the trafficking of persons for commercial sex. In 2000, the federal government passed the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA). Since then, law enforcement agencies at all levels have engaged in identifying and responding to sex trafficking problems. Estimates of the prevalence of U.S. sex trafficking vary, depending on the data sources used. Most estimates of the magnitude of sex trafficking in this country are made by federal entities. Relatively little is known, however, about the sources of information actually used by local police agencies to assess and understand sex trafficking problems in their own communities. To help fill that gap, the Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety at Arizona State University, with the support of the McCain Institute, surveyed a sample of local police agencies across the country, seeking to understand (a) their estimation of the magnitude of sex trafficking problems in their jurisdictions in 2014, (b) their perceptions of the nature of the local problems, (c) the sources of information relied upon to assess and form perceptions of those problems, and (d) their experience in addressing sex trafficking issues. Seventy-two of the largest municipal police agencies in the U.S. completed the survey. The following are the key findings from their responses: - The majority of respondents indicated that the magnitude of the sex trafficking problem in the various venues in their communities (i.e., massage parlors, escort agencies, adult clubs, brothels, non-licensed cantinas) was relatively unchanged over time. More than 80 percent reported, however, that the rate of online sex advertising was increasing. - For sex trafficking of juveniles, online sex advertising was the most prevalent venue. - Sex trafficking victims were most likely to be female and aged 18 to 24 years; the United States was most commonly their country of origin. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: http://cvpcs.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/CVPCS-PoliceEstimatesOfSexTrafficking.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138192

Author: Frost, Natasha A. Title: Administrative Segregation in U.S. Prisons Summary: As the use of administrative segregation has spread precipitously, particularly since the mid-1980s, so have concerns around its effects and utility (Arrigo & Bullock, 2008; Haney & Lynch, 1997; King, 1999; P. S. Smith, 2006). Some claim administrative segregation is a necessary tool for correctional population management, helping to keep those who run, work in and live in prisons safe (O'Keefe, 2008), while others argue it is used excessively and, when it involves isolation through solitary confinement, has damaging effects on inmates (Cloud et al., 2015; Haney, 2003, 2008; Haney & Lynch, 1997). Administrative segregation, the preferred term among correctional administrators, refers to both a classification and a type of unit. There are at least three distinct types of segregation: administrative segregation, disciplinary segregation, and protective custody (Cloud et al., 2015; Shames, Wilcox & Subramanian, 2015). Any of these types of segregation might involve a regimen of solitary (or near solitary) confinement. Importantly, it is the increased use of solitary confinement, not segregation per se, that troubles those with concerns about contemporary correctional practice, and it is solitary confinement that has received the most attention in the research literature. This paper, commissioned by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), Office of Justice Programs (OJP), United States Department of Justice (DOJ), is focused on the use, the effects and the future research of solitary confinement. Within the limited empirical knowledge base in this area, researchers have not always agreed on the areas of research that warrant review and evaluation, or they have been unable to draw conclusions from studies employing various methodologies. Further, for many researchers studying solitary confinement the practice raises not only empirical questions, but also moral and ethical concerns. In a literature base replete with highly charged emotions, interpreting the evidence base, and separating evidence from strongly held beliefs have become difficult. This paper attempts to describe the research in enough detail that the reader can reach his or her own conclusions around the current state of administrative segregation. Key findings are highlighted below. Details: U.S. Department of Justice,Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249749.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 138204

Author: Bouche, Vanessa Title: Identifying Effective Counter-Trafficking: Programs and Practices in the U.S.: Legislative, Legal, and Public Opinion Strategies that Work Summary: After more than a decade of sustained efforts to combat human trafficking in the United States, it is necessary to step back and examine the effectiveness of key anti-trafficking strategies. Utilizing a multi-method approach, we examine 1) the effectiveness of state-level human trafficking legislation to determine what specific legislative provisions are most effective for obtaining desired outcomes, 2) the characteristics of state prosecutions for human trafficking offenses to determine how state laws are being used to hold offenders accountable, and 3) what the public knows about human trafficking, why the public holds the beliefs that they do, and what the public expects from government anti-trafficking efforts. Together the three parts of the study inform efforts to develop effective counter-trafficking programs and practices for legislators, law enforcement, the courts, anti-trafficking agencies, and the public. Part I: Evaluating How State Anti-Trafficking Statutes Impact Human Trafficking Arrests & Prosecutions Purpose: To determine whether state adoption of various anti-trafficking legal provisions increases the identification, arrest, and prosecution of human trafficking suspects. Methodology: All state human trafficking laws enacted between 2003 and 2012 were classified by statutory provisions grouped into three broad categories: state investment, civil remedies, and criminalization. Models were estimated predicting whether statutory provisions were associated with the arrest and prosecution of human trafficking offenders in each state in the years following enactment. To measure human trafficking arrest and prosecution outcomes we constructed a database of 3,225 human trafficking suspects who were identified in open source information across all states from 2003 to 2012. Findings: - Criminalization of human trafficking has been the dominant legislative response. State provisions for human trafficking have expanded over time and more states have legislated on human trafficking through criminalization than through state investment or civil remedies. State human trafficking penalties, however, vary widely across the country. - Laws that have potential fiscal or bureaucratic impact on the state anti-trafficking efforts increase arrests for human trafficking, with the exception of mandating data collection or reporting about human trafficking, which is negatively related to human trafficking arrests. - Requiring the National Human Trafficking Hotline number to be posted in public places is the most important provision for increasing the number of human trafficking arrests (though mandating the posting of the national hotline does not predict prosecution). Task forces are the strongest predictors of both state prosecution of human trafficking suspects for any criminal offense type and prosecution of suspects for human trafficking specific offenses. - Overall, civil provisions are less effective in predicting arrests and prosecutions than state investment measures. However, safe harbor and civil action provisions are two civil remedies that do strongly predict arrest and prosecutions. - More comprehensive laws increase arrests and prosecutions for human trafficking, but harsher criminal penalties do not. In other words, it is more important that state human trafficking legislation be comprehensive across all categories rather than being extremely harsh in only one category. Part II: Analysis of Identified State Human Trafficking Cases Purpose: To date there has not been any comprehensive study of the characteristics, legal process, or disposition of human trafficking offenses adjudicated in state courts. Utilizing a unique source of data on 479 state human trafficking prosecutions, we examine the effect of different legal processes and extra-legal factors in prosecutions of human trafficking cases. Methodology: Based on data collected from the open-source search process (described above), and a survey of states attorneys general about all known state human trafficking prosecutions, we identified human trafficking suspects who were arrested between 2003 and 2012 and prosecuted under a state human trafficking statute. For each of these suspects, we requested court records from the appropriate local court. All suspect court records were coded to identify information about the nature of the criminal charge, the process of adjudicating the charge, and the case disposition. Findings: - There is dramatic unevenness in the utilization of state human trafficking charges across the US. Thirty-nine percent (39%) of identified suspects who were charged with a state human trafficking offense were from California. - Human trafficking suspects were charged with multiple offenses in addition to the trafficking charge. The most common accompanying charges were: prostitution-related charges (34%), pimping/pandering charges (37%), sexual abuse or rape charges (29%), and kidnapping charges (17%). - Fifty-three percent (53%) of the suspects charged with a state human trafficking offense had that offense dismissed prior to adjudication, 13% of suspects went to trial on the human trafficking charges, and 35% of suspects plead guilty to a human trafficking charge before trial. Although human trafficking suspects were convicted of human trafficking crimes in only 45% of the studied cases, human trafficking suspects were convicted of any state crime in 72% of the cases. - State human trafficking cases are lengthy and involve numerous motions and hearing. Cases involving adult victims took longer than cases involving minor victims and were more likely to go to trial. When cases do go to trial defendants face significantly more severe penalties than when cases are adjudicated through a guilty plea. Because few state human trafficking cases go to trial, the legal environment and best prosecution strategies remain uncertain. Part III: Evaluating Public Opinion on Human Trafficking Purpose: Perhaps the most important and least understood mechanism in combatting human trafficking is public engagement. Given the intimate relationship between public opinion and public policy, it is vital that we gauge what the public knows, thinks, and feels about human trafficking and uncover the mechanisms that make human trafficking a more salient issue for the general public. Methodology: To measure public opinion on human trafficking we administered a survey experiment to a representative sample of 2,000 Americans in the spring of 2014. The first goal of the survey was to track what the public knows, thinks, and feels about human trafficking. The second goal of the survey was to identify factors that may cause people to change the way they think about and engage with the issue. Findings: - A strong majority of the public has a solid understanding that human trafficking is a form of slavery (90%), but many hold incorrect beliefs about human trafficking, including that human trafficking victims are almost always female (92%), is another word for smuggling (71%), always requires threats of or actual physical violence (62%), involves mostly illegal immigrants (62%), and requires movement across state or national borders (59%). - The public is concerned about the issue of human trafficking. Over 80% of the public reports that they have 'some' or 'a lot' of concern about human trafficking and only 3% of the public reports having no concern. Fifty-one percent (51%) say that human trafficking should be a top or high priority of the US government. White males are the least likely to be concerned about human trafficking and least likely to think it should be a government priority. - The US public thinks sex trafficking is a more significant problem than labor trafficking, women/girls are more at risk than men/boys, and that human trafficking happens in the U.S. but not in a person's community. - When the public is exposed to human trafficking victims that are not typically highlighted in the news (i.e., young males), they are highly concerned about the victimization and want the government to take action. - Sex-related behaviors affect beliefs about human trafficking. Respondents who consumed pornography within the last year have more knowledge of human trafficking, but they think that it should be less of a government priority. Similarly, respondents visiting a strip club within the last year reported lower levels of concern about human trafficking and thought that human trafficking should be less of a government priority than those respondents not visiting a strip club within the last year. - The public has not made the connection between how their own attitudes and behaviors can either help or hinder the movement against human trafficking. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249670.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 138206

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: Assessing Different Levels and Dosages of the Shifting Boundaries Intervention to Prevent Youth Dating Violence in New York City Middle Schools: A Randomized Control Trial Summary: In this report we present the results of an experimental evaluation based on a randomized controlled trial (RCT) of a dating violence and sexual harassment (DV/H) prevention program - called the Shifting Boundaries (SB) Program. We randomly assigned 23 public middle schools in New York City to one of four treatment conditions of SB varying by dosage and saturation levels. The project includes a baseline and two follow-up surveys with 6th, 7th and 8th grade students to assess short to medium term impact on rates of DV/H. The intervention we tested had two main components. First, we had an SB classroom curriculum (SBC), covering the consequences for perpetrators of DV/H, laws and penalties for DV/H, and respectful relationships. Second, we had an SB school (building-level) (SBS) component which included the use of school-based restraining orders, higher levels of faculty and security presence in areas identified through student mapping of safe/unsafe "hot spots," and the use of posters to increase awareness and reporting of DV/H. We examined (1) the effects of saturating a school environment by providing the SB intervention to all three middle school grades compared to only two grades or one grade and (2) the effects of two dosages of SB across two years compared to one dosage of the SB intervention across one year. Participating students ranged in age from 10 to 15, with a nearly 50% split between boys and girls. Our sample was 26% Hispanic, 37% African American, 16% Asian, 14% White and 7% "other." Over 40% of the sample had prior experience with a violence prevention educational program. Nearly half reported at least one experience of being in a dating relationship. At baseline, about one in five respondents reported having ever been the victim of any physical dating violence, with a similar number reporting perpetrating any physical dating violence. One in ten respondents reported having been the victim of any sexual dating violence ever (6.4% for perpetration of this act). Almost 60% of the sample reported having ever been the victim of any physical peer violence at some point in time (45% perpetration), and 18.1% were ever the victim of sexual peer violence (8% perpetration). Also, 49% reported experiencing sexual harassment (SH) at some point in time (23% perpetration). Our overall results indicate that providing the SB treatment to only one grade level in middle school does just as well in terms of peer violence and dating violence outcomes as a more saturated process of treating multiple grades. At both the 6-month and the 12-month assessments, however, there was evidence that additional saturation beyond one grade is associated with reductions in sexual harassment victimization. Schools that delivered SB to both 6th and 7th graders (compared to just 6th graders) showed reductions SH victimization reports at 6 months post treatment, an effect that was still significant at the 12-month assessment. Also at 12 months post treatment, schools that delivered SB to all middle school grades (6th - 8th) showed reductions in self-report of SH victimization. However, we also found that greater saturation of the SB program (delivered to 6th & 7th graders or to all three grades levels) was unexpectedly associated with more reported perpetration of sexual violence against peers at 12 month post treatment compared to the 6th grade only group, a finding in contrast with the additional borderline statistically significant findings (p<.10) at the 6-month assessment suggesting that receiving SB saturation for two grades rather than only one was associated with reduced frequency of peer physical victimization frequency and peer sexual violence perpetration. There were no results indicating that offering the SB program to a grade of students in two successive years (the 6th grade longitudinal design) resulted in statistically differential effects (p <.05) compared to a one-time dosage of SB in 6th grade. However, one borderline (p <.10) statistically significant effect (SB program delivered to 6th graders in year 1 and again to the same students, as 7th graders, in year 2 was associated with less SH victimization frequency compared to the 6th grade only intervention) highlights the potential potency of multiple dosages of the SB program for SH prevention work. These results largely support a minimalistic approach, in that SB effectiveness for peer and DV/H outcomes may be achieved by delivery to only one grade level in middle schools. However, taking these results in the context of our earlier work (NYC-1), there is a rationale for considering saturated delivery of the school wide (SBS) component of SB. In earlier research, SBS was effective at reducing DV/H outcome independent of the classroom curriculum (SBC). Because the SBS program can be introduced to an entire middle school at low-cost, and our current research shows positive effects of exposing more than just a single grade to the SB program, these results taken together suggest policy and administrative consideration of a saturated delivery of the SBS program. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249587.pdf?ed2f26df2d9c416fbddddd2330a778c6=kvbjxsxivv-kxvljjsv Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 138207

Author: National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice Title: Strengthening Our Future: Key Elements to Developing a Trauma-Informed Juvenile Justice Diversion Program for Youth with Behavioral Health Conditions Summary: Developed by the National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice (NCMHJJ) and the Technical Assistance Collaborative, Inc. (TAC) as part of the 2014-15 Policy Academy-Action Network Initiative, this report: - presents the current understanding of child trauma in the context of juvenile justice - identifies 9 implementation domains essential to achieving a trauma-informed juvenile justice diversion approach, and - highlights case examples from each state involved in the initiative (Georgia, Indiana, Massachusetts, and Tennessee). Details: Delmar, NY: Policy Research Associates, Inc., National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2016 at: http://www.ncmhjj.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/traumadoc012216-reduced-003.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138209

Author: Speights, David Title: Reducing Organized Retail Crime with Return Authorization and Consumer Linking Summary: Organized retail crime, or ORC, is a large, dangerous and expensive threat to businesses nationwide�costing retailers over $30 billion every year. Even worse, the lackluster economy continues to spur the trend, driving thieves to become more aggressive. The National Retail Federation�s Organized Retail Crime Surveys routinely find that approximately 95 percent of retail companies are victims of organized crime activity. And, according to RILA reports, the merchandise stolen is often returned to the store for cash�or sold to unwitting buyers in person or through Internet auction sites. To date, these organized retail criminals have typically been nameless, faceless individuals with no predictable pattern to their fraud. Some retailers have tried to link the offenders by reviewing incident reports or comparing security tapes, while others have made painstaking efforts to train employees on how to recognize behaviors associated with illegal consumer activity. Nevertheless, the individual crimes have remained difficult to connect because of their sheer size and scope, and the complexity of the data that could potentially link the individuals. Details: Irvine, CA: The Retail Equation, 2014. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://www.theretailequation.com/retailers/WhitePapers Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 138211

Author: Vagle, Jeffrey L. Title: Tightening the OODA Loop: Police Militarization, Race, and Algorithmic Surveillance Summary: This Article examines the role military automated surveillance and intelligence systems and techniques have supported a self-reinforcing racial bias when used by civilian police departments to enhance predictive policing programs. I will focus on two facets of this problem. First, my research will take an inside-out perspective, studying the role played by advanced military technologies and methods within civilian police departments, and how they have enabled a new focus on deterrence and crime prevention by creating a system of structural surveillance where decision support relies increasingly upon algorithms and automated data analysis tools, and which automates de facto penalization and containment based on race. Second, I will explore these systems - and their effects - from an outside-in perspective, paying particular attention to racial, societal, economic, and geographic factors that play into the public perception of these policing regimes. I will conclude by proposing potential solutions to this problem, which incorporate tests for racial bias to create an alternative system that follows a true community policing model. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-9 : Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2737451 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 138214

Author: Merritt, Breanca Title: Crime in Indianapolis: Trends, Sources, and Opportunities for Change Summary: In Indianapolis, homicides and non-fatal shootings reached a four-year high in 2015. In Marion County, homicides are the leading cause of death for 18-to 24-year-old males, and the second leading cause of death for 25-to 34-year-old males. Many social issues are related to crime, but finding consistent, evidence-based causes and solutions that reduce violent crime can be complicated. The actions of criminal offenders are reinforced by their communities and the criminal justice system, in addition to the actions of offenders. Preventing criminal activity, rehabilitating offenders, and addressing underlying social challenges requires addressing each of these areas: offenders' actions, communities, and the criminal justice system. These multiple influences suggest that no single policy or program may reduce crime, especially more violent ones. Crime is a complex and multi-dimensional problem, requiring a complex, multi-dimensional approach in order to be reduced. This overview of crime and related issues examines local trends and national research on causes and solutions to crime-related concerns: � Recent trends in Indianapolis crime � General issues associated with crime � Strategies to address crime-related issues This research and subsequent conversations with the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) inform the following strategies and potential responses included in this report. Details: Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, Public Policy Institute, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/FINAL_Jan26_CrimeBrief.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 138217

Author: ArchCity Defenders Title: It's Not Just Ferguson: Missouri Supreme Court Should Consolidate the Municipal Court System Summary: The Missouri Supreme Court's unprecedented decision to take control of Ferguson's Municipal Court was based primarily on issues raised during sustained protest following the killing of Mike Brown and reports published by ArchCity Defenders and the Department of Justice. These reports highlighted racial disparity in traffic stops, excessive revenue generation, and excessive warrants and arrests and confirmed the lived experiences of poor and Black people in St. Louis: there is a racially discriminatory and profit-driven approach to law enforcement made possible only by the collaborative efforts of local government, police, and courts. These condemned practices are not unique to Ferguson. Rather, many St. Louis municipalities are demonstrably worse than Ferguson with respect to the highlighted factors. And while there have been legal victories in the past year, new legislation, and the sustained efforts of the Black Lives Matter movement, the Supreme Court should seize the opportunity to bring meaningful and transformative change to the region by following the recommendation of the Ferguson Commission, ArchCity Defenders, SLU Law Legal Clinics, Better Together, Missourians Organizing for Reform and Empowerment, and the Organization for Black Struggle: Order the consolidation of our 81 courts into a full-time, professional regional court system. Details: St. Louis, MO: ArchCity Defenders, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://www.archcitydefenders.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Its-Not-Just-Ferguson-Consolidate-the-Municipal-Courts.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Municipal Courts Shelf Number: 138220

Author: Rosenfeld, Richard Title: Was There a "Ferguson Effect" on Crime in St. Louis?, Summary: The Sentencing Project's analysis finds little support for a so-called "Ferguson effect" on crime in St. Louis, Missouri. The "Ferguson effect" describes a conjecture by some commentators that rising crime rates in some urban areas in recent months are the result of widespread protests against police misconduct and calls for reform. Those demonstrations spread across the nation in response to a stream of highly publicized killings of unarmed black men and boys by police, starting with the death of 18-year-old Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri last August. Since Ferguson is part of the St. Louis greater metropolitan area, one could expect that if such an effect exists anywhere, it would be in St. Louis. To determine whether such an effect exists, criminologist Richard Rosenfeld analyzed St. Louis trend data on homicides, violent crimes, and property crime in St. Louis in recent years. The report, Was There a "Ferguson Effect" on Crime in St. Louis?, finds that the homicide count in St. Louis was higher in 2014 than in 2013 for most of the year, but the gap between the two years began to increase two months before the events in Ferguson. "We can conclude with reasonable certainty that the events in Ferguson were not responsible for the steep rise in homicide in St. Louis," the report states. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed march 14, 2016 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/inc_Ferguson_Effect.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 138222

Author: Bruns, Angela Title: Consequences of Partner Incarceration for Women's Employment Summary: As the rate of incarceration in the U.S. has increased, researchers have developed an interest in understanding the consequences of this expansion not only for current and former prisoners but also for their loved ones. This research has documented the limited opportunities men have to earn income while in prison and the difficulties they face finding employment upon release or earning decent wages when they do find work. However, little research has considered the relationship between men's incarceration and the employment of the women to which they are connected. The families of incarcerated individuals face a high degree of economic instability that is often exacerbated by family members' involvement with the penal system. This paper uses data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Study to investigate how men's incarceration is associated with the employment of their female partners, or women with whom they share children, as well as variation in this association. Results show that, on average, women's hours of work are not significantly impacted by the incarceration of their partners. However, there is a positive relationship between partner incarceration and employment among married women, white women and women experiencing the first imprisonment of their partners. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP16-01-FF.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 138228

Author: Jacobsen, Wade C. Title: Even at a Young Age: Exclusionary School Discipline and Children's Physically Aggressive Behaviors Summary: Exclusionary school discipline has become an increasingly common experience among US children, with rates of suspension and expulsion highest among boys, minorities, and the poor. Although well documented among middle and high school students, less is known about the prevalence or consequences among younger children. We examine rates of school discipline across gender, race, and class for urban-born children by about age nine. We then estimate the effect of school discipline on physically aggressive behavior. Results reveal severe disparities, especially among poor children where 1 in 2 black boys and more than 1 in 3 black girls have been suspended or expelled, compared to fewer than 1 in 30 non-black non-Hispanic boys or girls. We find no evidence that school discipline reduces children's physically aggressive behaviors. Indeed, it appears to be associated with increases in such behavior, with similar effects across gender, race, and class. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP16-04-FF.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 138229

Author: Farrukh, Adina Title: Youth Internet Safety: Risks, Responses, and Research Recommendations Summary: As Internet use by children and teenagers increases, so do concerns about their online safety. Providing a safe environment requires an in-depth understanding of the types and prevalence of online risks young Internet users face, as well as the potential solutions for mitigating risks. Despite the significant amount of research on these risks, improving child/youth Internet safety remains a challenge. In part, this is because definitions of terms and categories relevant to online safety (such as "cyberbullying") often vary, making the comparison of statistics and findings among sources imprecise. In addition, there are complex overlaps among different online safety subtopics. Overall, these factors can make identifying the specific gaps in existing research and knowledge difficult. If these gaps can be better identified and filled, a data-based understanding of issues facing youth could play a key role in driving policy decisions regarding online safety. In this paper, Adina Farrukh, Rebecca Sadwick and John Villasenor provide: 1.an overview of existing online safety research across a wide range of categories 2.an analysis of major findings 3.an identification of knowledge gaps, and 4.a set of recommendations for specific areas of research that can further the policy dialog regarding online safety Details: Washington, DC: Center for Technology Innovation at Brookings, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://www.brookings.edu/research/papers/2014/10/21-youth-internet-safety-farrukh-sadwick-villasenor Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 138230

Author: Schafer, N.E. Title: Evaluation of a JAIBG-Funded Project: Voice and Location Telephone Monitoring of Juveniles Summary: Direct supervision of juvenile probationers is seldom possible in many communities in Alaska due to their remoteness, so alternative supervision strategies are desirable. Electronic monitoring or voice recognition systems can substitute for institutionalization or face-to-face supervision by a probation officer. This report describes and evaluates the use of a voice and location telephone monitoring system for the supervision of juvenile probationers through the Mat-Su Youth Corrections Office in Palmer. In practice, VALUE - Voice And Location Update Evaluation - was used primarily as a transitional tool for clients "stepping down" from traditional electronic monitoring to release from supervision. Details: Anchorage: Justice Center, University of Alaska Anchorage, 2001. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2016 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/research/2000/0010.kap/0010.kap.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138245

Author: Bloom, Dan Title: Testing the Next Generation of Subsidized Employment Programs: An Introduction to the Subsidized and Transitional Summary: In 2010, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services launched the Subsidized and Transitional Employment Demonstration (STED) and the U.S. Department of Labor launched the Enhanced Transitional Jobs Demonstration (ETJD), complementary large-scale research projects evaluating the effectiveness of the latest generation of subsidized employment models. The ETJD and STED projects are evaluating a total of 13 subsidized employment programs in 10 locations across the United States, all of which aim to improve participants' long-term success in the labor market. They target groups considered "hard to employ" (recipients of Temporary Assistance for Needy Families [TANF], people with criminal records, young people who are neither in school nor working, and others), and they use subsidies to give participants opportunities to learn employment skills while working in supportive settings, or to help them get a foot in the door with employers. Often, the programs also provide support services to help participants address personal barriers to steady work. Each of the 13 program models is distinct, but it is possible to group them into three broad categories: � Modified Transitional Jobs Models place all or nearly all participants into fully subsidized, temporary jobs designed to teach soft skills and provide work experience. There is no expectation that host employers will hire participants permanently. � Wage Subsidy Models place participants directly into permanent positions. An employer receives a temporary subsidy covering all or part of an employee�s wages and, in return, is expected to move the individual into a regular, unsubsidized job if things go well. � Hybrid Models use a combination of modified transitional jobs and wage subsidies. Each program is being evaluated using a random assignment design whereby eligible participants are assigned at random to a program group whose members are offered access to the subsidized jobs program, or to a control group whose members are not offered services from the program being tested, but may receive other services in their communities. The evaluation team will follow the groups for at least 30 months using government administrative records and individual surveys to measure a variety of outcomes such as employment, earnings, incarceration, public assistance receipt, and child support payments. If significant differences emerge between the groups over time, one can be quite confident that the differences are the result of the subsidized employment programs. The evaluations will carefully study the implementation of each program and will assess each program's financial costs and benefits. This report introduces the STED and ETJD projects and presents some preliminary findings about their implementation. At this early stage, a few cross-cutting themes stand out: � Most programs struggled initially to meet their recruitment targets due to somewhat narrow eligibility criteria, selective screening protocols, inadequate referral partnerships, or a combination of these factors. Ultimately, the programs were able to meet their goals. � Programs were better able to place participants into fully subsidized, temporary jobs than into subsidized, permanent positions. � The policies and practices of the criminal justice, public assistance, and child support systems may affect the outcomes of both program and control group members. In 2016, the ETJD and STED evaluations will begin to release interim study results. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2015-58: Accessed March 15, 2016 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/ETJD-STED_ShortReport%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 138248

Author: Graziani, Cate Title: Incorrect Care: A Prison Profiteer Turns Care into Confinement Summary: This report details the strategic expansion by private prison corporations to fill profit gaps from efforts to reduce mass incarceration through an emerging Treatment Industrial Complex. As criminal justice reform sweeps the nation, an alarming trend has emerged that could mean private prison profiteers control a person's fate for life, not just the term of a prison sentence. The same private prison profiteers who built billion dollar empires as partners in tough on crime policies are adapting to reforms by rebranding themselves - as humane treatment providers. The criminal justice system has created ample opportunities for their expansion, including mental health hospitals and civil commitment centers, correctional healthcare, and community corrections. This report will look specifically at one segment of their expansion: mental health hospitals and civil commitment centers, facilities that represent the potential for lifetime confinement and long-term guaranteed profit. In fact, the same for-profit company is making aggressive moves to take over both types of facilities. Correct Care Solutions, formerly known as GEO Care, a spin-off of GEO Group, has deep roots in the private prison industry. Although the company has shifted and changed numerous times over the last few years, CCS currently runs seven 'treatment' facilities in Florida, Texas and South Carolina, including five mental health facilities and two civil commitment centers. This report's in-depth analysis of GEO Group, GEO Care and now Correct Care Solutions' involvement in operating mental health hospitals and civil commitment centers exposes serious concerns. Details: Austin, TX: Grassroots Leadership, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 16, 2016 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/reports/incorrect_care_grassrootsleadership_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138252

Author: Kuhns, Joseph B. Title: Understanding Firearms Assaults against Law Enforcement Officers in the United States Summary: This publication attempts to answer important questions regarding firearm assaults against law enforcement officers. Initially prepared as a framework for discussion in the 2014 Officer Safety and Wellness (OSW) Group roundtable dedicated to identifying best practices for reducing firearm assaults and ambushes, this publication reviews the group's findings on law enforcement policies, procedures, training, and agency characteristics that can reduce officer deaths and injuries. It is divided into three sections: the meeting's findings and recommendations, a review of 50 years of literature written about situational factors that could lead to assaults, and data identified through a current study. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0797-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 138258

Author: Birds, Jonathan M. Title: Perceptions of Disorder: Results from Two Las Vegas Tourist Locations Summary: Over the past 30 years, much has been written about the negative consequences that minor disorders and quality of life offenses can have on public places. The literature documents cases where disorder contributed to the deterioration of locations such as the New York City subways, the downtown Civic Center in San Francisco, and MacArthur Park in Los Angeles (Kelling & Coles 1996; Sousa & Kelling 2010). The literature also describes the process by which disorder leads to the decline of public places. According to the 'broken windows' hypothesis (Wilson & Kelling 1982), disorder can generate fear among citizens, causing them to avoid locations where disorder is a problem. These locations, which lack informal social control mechanisms, are potentially vulnerable to more serious forms of crime. Although research provides evidence of a link between disorder and fear, how one perceives disorder is largely "in the eye of the beholder." The literature suggests that an observer's perceptions of disorder depend on the context in which it occurs (Kelling & Coles 1996). Factors such as the amount of disorder, the vulnerability of the observer, and the observer's prior knowledge of the disorderly person or place, for instance, play a role in whether one fears disorder or considers it to be problematic. Given the potential for quality of life offenses to generate fear and cause other community problems, it is important to understand perceptions of disorder in public places. The purpose of this Research in Brief is to examine citizen opinions of personal safety, disorderly activity, and police presence at two locations in Clark County: The Fremont Street Experience and the Las Vegas Strip. These are two public locations that are known for tourism and are therefore important to the region's economy. This study also considers the demographic factors that may be relevant to individual perceptions of disorder, such as age, gender, race, and residency status (i.e., Las Vegas Valley local vs. tourist). Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2015. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Research in Brief: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/CCJP-PerceptionsOfDisorder.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 138265

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Alaska Trauma Registry: Trauma Admissions Involving Alcohol or Illegal Drugs, 2014 Summary: The Alaska Trauma Registry (ATR) is an active surveillance system that collects data pertaining to hospitalizations of the most seriously injured patients in Alaska. Data collected include patient demographics, injury event, patient transport, treatment, and outcomes. Since 1991, the Alaska Trauma Registry has collected data from all 24 (22 civilian and 2 Department of Defense) acute care hospitals, with the purpose of evaluating the quality of trauma patient care, monitoring serious injury, injury prevention, and trauma system development. The ATR is a subsidiary of the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services (DHSS), Division of Public Health. This fact sheet presents data from the ATR - specifically, numbers of trauma admissions, patient demographics, and the presence of alcohol or illegal drugs in trauma admissions for 2014. Data used in this Fact Sheet were provided to the Alaska Justice Statistical Analysis Center (AJSAC) by ATR. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/ajsac/2016/ajsac.16-01.atr2014.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 138266

Author: Parker, Khristy Title: Juvenile Justice Referrals and Charges in Alaska, FY 2006-2015 Summary: This fact sheet presents juvenile justice statistics from the Alaska Department of Health and Social Services (DHSS), Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) for state fiscal years 2006-2015. Law enforcement agencies make referrals to DJJ if there is probable cause that a youth committed an offense which would be criminal if committed by an adult, committed a felony traffic offense, or committed an alcohol offense after two prior District Court convictions for minor consuming. Youth who commit very serious offenses such as murder and sexual assault may be waived, or moved, to the adult criminal justice system. Youth waived to adult court may be prosecuted at the discretion of the district attorney. DJJ is a restorative justice agency whose mission is to hold juvenile offenders accountable for their behavior, promote the safety and restoration of victims and communities, and assist offenders and their families in developing skills to prevent crime. DJJ has three components: Probation, Detention, and Treatment, all overseen by the state office. This report focuses on data for youth referrals to the Probation component of DJJ (which also processes intake) for the period FY 2006-2015. DJJ services are directed through four separate regional administrative units that differ widely in demographic and geographic makeup. The Anchorage Region (ANC) covers the Anchorage metropolitan area. The Northern Region (NRO) includes Fairbanks and much of rural Alaska from Bethel to Barrow. The South Central Region (SCRO) covers the southern portion of the state from the Aleutians in the west through Prince William Sound in the east. The Southeast Region (SERO) covers the entire Southeast panhandle from Yakutat to Metlakatla. The data presented in the figures and tables below reflect the referrals, charges, and number of unique referred individuals for Alaska FY 2006-2015. All of the data were extracted from the DJJ Data Trends website Details: Anchorage: Alaska Juvenile Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://justice.uaa.alaska.edu/ajsac/2016/ajsac.16-02.djj_referrals.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 138267

Author: Vanderloo, Mindy J. Title: Treating Offenders with Mental Illness: A Review of the Literature Summary: The persistent involvement of seriously mentally ill adults and juveniles in the criminal justice system is a growing concern for policy makers, administrators, and treatment providers in the criminal justice and mental health systems. While many researchers and practitioners have raised questions on how to prevent involvement and best treat adult and juvenile offenders with serious mental illness, empirical research has not advanced as quickly as the concerns. One difficulty contributing to the lack of research is the ethical concerns about conducting rigorous outcome research that would require the randomization of mentally ill participants into treatment and control groups. Additionally, many researchers have pointed out there is a lack of agreed upon outcomes measured in studies. For example, criminal justice systems are primarily interested in criminal justice outcomes, such as recidivism, while mental health providers are often concerned with mental health and quality of life outcomes. Despite the lag in empirical research studies, numerous intervention and treatment programs have been developed throughout the nation. The purpose of this report is to review recent research articles, governmental reports, and other publications related to the treatment of adult and juvenile offenders with serious mental illness within the criminal justice system. The first section of this report discusses the prevalence rates of offenders with mental illness and the relationship between mental illness and criminal conduct. The second section introduces a framework for the treatment of offenders with mental illness. The third section details research findings on existing interventions and treatment programs at points of contact within the criminal and juvenile justice system, including arrest, booking, court, incarceration, and probation and parole. This section also reviews interventions and programs for youthful and adult offenders in community and institutional settings including in addition to research on cost effectiveness. The report concludes with best practice recommendations for managing and treating mentally ill offenders in the criminal and juvenile justice system. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/MIO-butters-6-30-12-FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 131172

Author: Popkin, Susan J. Title: Let Girls Be Girls. How Coercive Sexual Environments Affect Girls Who Live in Disadvantaged Summary: In neighborhoods where disadvantage and violence are great and collective efficacy and social control are low, a gender-specific neighborhood mechanism can emerge that has different effects on male and female youth. Some communities develop a pervasive coercive sexual environment (CSE) in which harassment, domestic violence, and sexual exploitation of women and even very young girls become part of everyday life. This research report describes the CSE phenomenon, as well as next steps for research and action. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000490-Let-Girls-Be-Girls.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 138312

Author: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Title: Preventing Multiple Forms of Violence: A Strategic Vision for Connecting the Dots Summary: The different forms of violence-child abuse and neglect, youth violence, intimate partner violence, sexual violence, elder abuse, and suicidal behavior-are strongly connected to each other in many important ways. Understanding and addressing the interconnections among these forms of violence is the central tenet of this 5-year vision to prevent violence developed by the Division of Violence Prevention (DVP). This document describes this vision-articulating why a cross-cutting approach is important to achieving measureable reductions in violence; the areas where we will strategically focus our attention; and priorities for advancing practice, effectively reaching intended audiences, generating new knowledge, and monitoring and evaluating our progress. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Division of Violence Prevention, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/strategic_vision.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138313

Author: Newell, Michelle Title: Reforming the Nation's Largest Juvenile Justice System Summary: Research confirms that incarcerating young people is harmful - contributing to lower educational achievement, higher unemployment, higher alcohol and substance abuse and increased mental health problems. Roughly three-quarters of youth leaving locked facilities nationally are rearrested and - depending on local juvenile justice statutes - up to 70 percent are convicted of a new offense. These dismal outcomes, combined with a high price tag, have largely made youth incarceration a failed public policy approach. The good news is that youth incarceration rates in the U.S. have declined by 41 percent over the last 15 years, reaching the lowest level since 1975. While this is due largely to decreasing crime rates and state budget cuts, it also reflects the increased use of cost-effective, community-based programs for youth who pose a minimal threat to public safety. Nevertheless, approximately 70,000 youth nationwide - 2,000 in Los Angeles County - are still confined in juvenile detention facilities on any given day. While the goal remains to reduce these numbers further and keep young people out of the system whenever possible, a small number of youth will remain in secure facilities. How these youth are treated while incarcerated has a marked impact on the rest of their life, their communities, and on our society as a whole. The Los Angeles County juvenile justice system is the largest system in the nation, with locked facilities that include three juvenile halls and fourteen probation camps. Yet many observers of the system, including legal groups, advocates and organizers, the media, and elected and appointed officials, have concluded over the years the camps are not meeting the needs of youth, and not helping them become law-abiding and productive members of society. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Luskin School of Public Affairs and Children's Defense Fund, California, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdfca.org/library/publications/2013/reforming-the-nations.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 138314

Author: Herz, Denise C. Title: The Los Angeles County Juvenile Probation Outcomes Study Summary: In Los Angeles County, an alarming number of children and youth live in unsafe, impoverished communities with entrenched violence, have struggling and isolated parents, and attend poorly performing schools. As a result, many of these children and youth end up in the County's health, mental health, child welfare, human services, and juvenile justice systems. Children who enter the juvenile justice system, in particular, face myriad challenges. Research demonstrates that these vulnerable young people often have risk and need factors that include: low academic achievement, mental health and/or substance abuse issues, negative peer networks, and lack of appropriate parental supervision. Los Angeles Probation-involved youth, for example, often face the following risk and need factors: - Education: Standardized tests indicate that youth placed in probation camps are, on average, 16.7 years old and therefore are in the 11th grade but are achieving at a fifth grade level in math and reading (McCroskey, 2006, p. 2). California High School Exit Examination 2003-04 results for graduates from 492 Los Angeles County Office of Education (LACOE) students in juvenile hall and Community Day School programs show that only 26% passed the English Language Arts exam, compared with 70% of all students in the County who took and passed the exam. Additionally, LACOE data show that the percentage of students identified as requiring special education was higher than the national average of 13.7%.1 Of the 2,047 students enrolled in juvenile hall schools as of November 2005, 79% (n=1,617) were classified as regular education students and 21% (n=430) were classified as special education students. - Mental Health: In 2008, a UCLA research study on Los Angeles' juvenile Probation camp population reported that 58% of youth had received counseling or mental health services prior to being placed in Probation Department camps, with 65% receiving such services during their stay at camp. The same study also found that the most common mental health problems reported by youth who self-identified with a mental health problem were depression and anger. - Substance Abuse: An external survey conducted with youth in Probation Camps found that 58% of Probation-involved youth reported they had received a prior diagnosis of substance abuse and dependency. Additionally, according to a UCLA study on Los Angeles Probation Camps, over one-third of Probation-involved youth have been in an alcohol or drug placement in the past, including 43% of girls and 36% of boys). Because so many Probation-involved youth enter the juvenile justice system with these factors, the Probation Department may be viewed as the primary agency responsible for resolving these issues. Probation, however, cannot address all of these risk factors alone. Instead it relies on collaboration with other County departments, including Health Services, Mental Health and Public Health, whose staff have expertise in health, behavioral health and other child and family issues. For example, an early study (1995) using cross-departmental data linkages to identify families being served by multiple Los Angeles County departments underscores this point. Findings from this study showed that, during that year, 59.4% of Probation families also received services from DPSS, 25.5% also received services from DCFS, 30.3% also received services from DHS, and 18.2% also received services from DMH (Los Angeles County Children's Planning Council, Data Analysis and Technical Assistance Committee, 1995). Despite these findings, identifying and documenting shared connections across County agencies is nearly impossible because agency data systems are seldom integrated, and the interpretation of confidentiality protections limits the exchange of information across agencies. Without interagency coordination, though, youth and families may not receive the services they need, they may receive duplicative services, and/or they may receive inappropriate services. A starting point to better serve Probation-involved youth and families is a better understanding of the characteristics and needs of Probation-involved youth and their outcomes over time. Unfortunately, defining and consistently reporting outcomes for youth under Probation supervision has been elusive for at least three reasons. First, Probation lacks the data and sophisticated data systems necessary to produce meaningful outcome measures. In 2010, Harvard Kennedy School researchers conducting a review of juvenile reentry in Los Angeles County reported that the Probation Department was unable to provide the following information in a timely and comprehensive manner: - educational outcomes in camps and after (high school/GED completion rates, drop-out rates, rates of re-enrollment in school after camp); - percent of youth receiving mental health services; - percent of youth receiving substance abuse services; - percent of youth participating in reentry programs; - what reentry programs youth are currently accessing; - rates of recidivism that capture camp return and entrance in the adult criminal justice system (beyond six month subsequent sustained charge); and, - number of youth violating their Probation terms. Second, the use of data produced by Probation's information system is often driven by compliance rather than case management, quality improvement, or assessing practice over time. In other words, the most readily available and used Probation data elements tend to reflect whether a required protocol was completed, rather than the impact of that practice on youth outcomes. Third, Probation is limited in what it can collect, share and have access to - particularly in terms of mental health and education data - based on legal restraints and confidentiality concerns. Despite knowing that many youth "cross over" between the child protective services and juvenile justice systems, for example, shared access to the Child Welfare Services/Case Management System (CWS/CMS) has been limited due to strict interpretation of statutes and regulations designed to protect confidentiality (see, for example, the Federal Statewide Automated Child Welfare Information Systems [SACWIS] regulations). Collectively, the challenges to interagency coordination and the urgent need for clear and consistent outcomes make a compelling argument for increased attention to the data systems that undergird Probation practices and program, so that County decisions are guided by standardized data collection based on desired outcomes for youth and shared information can drive better interagency coordination and collaboration. Specifically, this study focuses on youth placed in suitable placement and camps (i.e., youth who penetrate deeply into the juvenile justice system) because their experiences and stories arguably provide the unique opportunity to: (1) identify how agencies, communities, and families can better prevent youth entry into the juvenile justice system; (2) provide insight into how to prevent youth who enter the juvenile justice system from reaching the point of being placed in out-of-home care (suitable placement) and/or Probation camps; (3) provide direction on how to build an integrated and coordinated response system that would address the complex needs of youth and families, particularly those who penetrate deeply into the system; and, (4) identify key outcomes that can be measured consistently and regularly (e.g., annually) by Probation, LACOE and allied County departments. This report begins by providing an overview of the need for and purpose of juvenile justice data as well as the current structures of data collection in Los Angeles County (Chapter 1). Next, it examines the characteristics and situational contexts of youth exiting from suitable placements and juvenile camp placements during 2011 (Chapters 2 & 3). Eight in-depth youth case histories taken from Probation records are presented to illustrate the context within which these youths' stories unfold from the perspective of the Probation Officers who supervise and oversee youth in the system (Chapter 4). Based on the findings presented in this report, Chapter 5 presents recommendations to improve practice through targeted reform and improved use of data. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2015. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdfca.org/library/publications/2015/la-probation-outcomes.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 138315

Author: Children's Defense Fund Title: Protect Children, Not Guns 2013 Summary: CDF's Protect Children Not Guns 2013 is a compilation of the most recent and reliable national and state data on gun violence in America. This report provides the latest statistics on firearm deaths by race, age and manner; highlights state gun violence trends and efforts to prevent child access to guns; dispels common myths about guns; and outlines progress at the federal and state level since the massacre at Sandy Hook Elementary School. In 2010, 2,694 children and teens died from guns in the United States - one child or teen every three hours and 15 minutes, seven every day, 51 every week for a year. More than six times as many children and teens - 18,270 - suffered nonfatal gun injuries as gun deaths in 2010. This is equal to one child or teen every 30 minutes, 50 every day, and 351 children and teens every week. Details: Washington, DC: Children's Defense Fund, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.childrensdefense.org/library/protect-children-not-guns/protect-children-not-guns-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 138316

Author: Abrams, Laura S. Title: Perceived Needs, Barriers, and Social Supports Among the Youth Reentry Population in Los Angeles County Summary: Goal of Study: To identify the transition needs, barriers to use of existing services, and key social supports for youth transitioning out of Los Angeles County probation camps. Method: A face-to-face original survey was completed with 36 males from Camp David Gonzales and 35 females from Camp Scott who were within 60 days of their release. The average age of the sample was 17.6. Youth identified their primary ethnicity as: 76% Hispanic/Latino/a/Chicano/a, 11% African American, 10% White, and 3% "other." Risk Factors - Close to 50% of youth at both camps were classified as "transient," meaning that they had moved between homes and placements three or more times in their lives. - Nearly 25% of the youth were involved with DCFS/foster care, including 37% of girls and 11% of boys. - A very high number of youth (80% of boys and 65% of girls) reported being associated with a gang. - Six girls and six boys (17% of the total sample) reported being parents of infants or young children. Educational Needs and Barriers - The most common immediate post-camp educational goal was to obtain a high school diploma or GED. - Youth expressed moderate to low confidence in writing and math skills, and girls reported slightly higher confidence than boys in their academic skills. - Girls reported slightly higher long-term educational aspirations, as 57% of girls versus 39% of the boys stated that they planned to attend a two-year or four-year college in the next five years. Employment Needs and Barriers - Boys were more likely than girls (77% versus 43%) to state that they had made money through illegal activities in the past. They were also twice as likely to suggest they would continue these activities. - Boys reported wanting to earn an average hourly wage of $13.30, and girls, $7.80 upon their release. Their short-term and long-term goals differed somewhat in regard to occupational choice. - Close to 60% of sample believed that their criminal record would serve as a barrier to achieving their vocational goals. However, very few youth reported needing legal assistance. Mental Health Needs and Barriers - Of youth who reported receiving a mental health diagnosis, 67% agreed that they had a problem. - Overall, youth found their counseling experiences, both in the past and in camp, to be useful. - A higher percentage of girls stated they would seek counseling upon their release (54% versus 16%). Details: Los Angeles, CA: UCLA Department of Social Welfare, 2008. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228456815_Perceived_Needs_Barriers_and_Social_Supports_Among_the_Youth_Reentry_Population_in_Los_Angeles_County Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Aftercare Shelf Number: 138319

Author: Uman, Gwen C. Title: Children's Defense Fund Freedom Schools Program in Los Angeles County Probation Camps: Evaluation Report Summary: With the highest youth incarceration rate in the world, the United States (U.S.) imprisons approximately 70,000 youth nationwide on any given day. The U.S. juvenile justice system, which began shifting in the 1980's from a rehabilitation to a punishment model, has created a broad sense of "perpetual surveillance," or "a state of conscious and permanent visibility" for thousands of American youth, especially young men of color. The exiling of American youth in the juvenile justice system has dire personal, educational, social, and economic effects. Some of the negative effects of youth incarceration include: lower educational achievement, higher unemployment, higher alcohol and substance abuse, increased mental health problems, and higher rates of learning disabilities. Studies have also documented the high costs of incarcerating youth; the U.S. spends $6 million per year in juvenile corrections and $88,000 in direct costs per juvenile each year. While youth incarceration has proven to be both harmful and costly, the number of youth in juvenile detention facilities across the country remains high. L.A. COUNTY'S JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM The L.A. County juvenile justice system is the largest system in the nation. In a recent policy brief entitled "Reforming the Nation's Largest Juvenile Justice System," probation camps in L.A. were characterized as ineffective, operating under an outdated era of juvenile justice which relies heavily on penitentiary-like facilities and strictly enforced routines. Recently, a series of lawsuits and allegations in probation camps have identified the following problems in probation camps: "failure to protect youth from harm," "insufficient and problematic staffing," and "inadequate rehabilitative and educational services." To address recent lawsuits and allegations, the L.A. County Probation Department and LACOE have recently advanced a number of efforts, including the following: implementing integrated behavioral treatment models and evidence-based programs like Aggression Replacement Training and interdisciplinary, hands-on, and evidence-based educational programs (i.e. Road to Success Academy); decreasing the staff-to-youth ratio for both Probation Officers and teachers; and moving forward with a probation camp replacement project for Camp Kilpatrick to achieve a small group treatment model. An additional effort to remedy the problems addressed in recent lawsuits and allegations included piloting the CDF Freedom Schools program, which was implemented in two L.A. probation camps in 2013. A brief overview of the CDF Freedom Schools program is provided, with a fuller description of the L.A. County Project. Details: Los Angeles: Children's Defense Fund, California, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.cdfca.org/library/publications/2014/report-cdf-freedom-schools.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 138321

Author: Taniguchi, Travis A. Title: A test of racial disproportionality in traffic stops conducted by the Raleigh Police Department Summary: Recent research has raised questions regarding the Raleigh Police Department's (RPD) use of race as a proxy for criminal behavior. News reports going back to 2000 make claims of racial bias based on the disparity between the racial composition of stopped motorists and the racial composition of the city (Associated Press, 2000). Critically, these kinds of analyses typically use census population estimates to establish a benchmark for the driving population. Census estimates, however, demonstrate only where people reside and serve as a poor proxy for the actual driving population. Therefore, census population cannot accurately measure the population at risk (i.e., the driving population that is likely to be involved in a traffic stop). RTI International conducted a series of analyses to address this methodological limitation. This research was funded internally by RTI to serve the community and to contribute to a growing body of scientific research on this topic. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/vod_raleigh_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 138322

Author: Taniguchi, Travis A. Title: Exploring racial disproportionality in traffic stops conducted by the Durham Police Department Summary: Recent research has generated questions regarding the Durham Police Department's (DPD) use of race as a proxy for criminal behavior. For example, Baumgartner and Epp's (2012) analysis of DPD traffic stop data suggested racial bias in traffic enforcement. Critically, Baumgartner and Epp used census population estimates to establish a benchmark for the driving population. Census estimates, however, demonstrate only where people reside and therefore serve as a poor proxy for the actual driving population. The DPD, in an effort to promote transparency and achieve an improved understanding of its operations and their impact on the community, provided RTI International with access to 6 years of traffic stop data. In turn, RTI proposed a series of analyses that would address the methodological limitations noted above. This research was funded internally by RTI to serve the community and to contribute to a growing body of scientific research on this topic. The study was conducted independently, and the DPD provided no financial support for the project. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/vod_durham_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 138323

Author: Taniguchi, Travis A. Title: A test of racial disproportionality in traffic stops conducted by the Fayetteville Police Department Summary: Recent research has generated questions regarding the Fayetteville Police Department's (FPD) use of race as a proxy for criminal behavior. A recent New York Times article highlighted the racial disproportionality in traffic stops in both Greensboro and Fayetteville (LaFraniere & Lehren, 2015). Critically, these kinds of analyses typically use census population estimates to establish a benchmark for the driving population. Census estimates, however, demonstrate only where people reside and serve as a poor proxy for the actual driving population. Therefore, census population cannot accurately measure the population at risk (i.e., the driving population that is likely to be involved in a traffic stop). RTI International conducted a series of analyses to address this methodological limitation. This research was funded internally by RTI to serve the community and to contribute to a growing body of scientific research on this topic. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/vod_fayetteville_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 138324

Author: Taniguchi, Travis A. Title: A test of racial disproportionality in traffic stops conducted by the Greensboro Police Department Summary: Recent research has generated questions regarding the Greensboro Police Department's (GPD) use of race as a proxy for criminal behavior. For example, a recent New York Times article highlighted the racial disproportionality in traffic stops in Greensboro (LaFraniere & Lehren, 2015). Critically, these kinds of analyses typically use census population estimates to establish a benchmark for the driving population. Census estimates, however, demonstrate only where people reside and serve as a poor proxy for the actual driving population. Therefore, census population cannot accurately measure the population at risk (i.e., the driving population that is likely to be involved in a traffic stop). RTI International conducted a series of analyses to address this methodological limitation. This research was funded internally by RTI to serve the community and to contribute to a growing body of scientific research on this topic. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2016 at: http://www.rti.org/pubs/vod_greensboro_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 138325

Author: Chung, Angela Title: Rising Up, Speaking Out: Youth Transforming Los Angeles County's Juvenile Justice System Summary: When youth are taken away from their homes and communities and placed under the custody of a juvenile justice system, all of us have an important responsibility to ensure that during this most formative period of their lives, young people heal and are prepared to succeed when they return to their communities. Instead, our most vulnerable young people, overwhelmingly youth of color, end up locked up in juvenile justice facilities across the U.S. and in Los Angeles County. These facilities are all too often warehouses, where youth are retraumatized and deprived of a quality education and support system. In fact, many youth are more likely to return to their communities under-resourced, overcriminalized, and pre-programmed for adult prisons rather than on a direct path toward college or career. In short, the juvenile justice system has failed in its promise of rehabilitation. Los Angeles County - home to the largest juvenile justice system in the U.S. - now has a historic opportunity to leave behind its outdated and harmful correctional camp model. Over the last decade, the Los Angeles County Probation Department - driven in part by lawsuits and the Department of Justice (DOJ) monitoring - has implemented a number of reforms to address the problems and abuse found in their camps. But these changes are not enough; what is needed is true transformation. By tearing down the decades-old Camp Kilpatrick - a relic of the penitentiary-like, boot-camp style that Los Angeles County built in the 1960s -the county is piloting a therapeutic approach to working with young people. Referred to as the Los Angeles Model (LA Model), this approach is inspired by promising practices across the country, including the Missouri Model, which pioneered a non-institutional and homelike approach to treatment for youth removed from their communities. It is built on the notion that youth cannot heal, change and thrive without safety, and that safety is best achieved through relationship-building and positive youth development. The LA Model is an unprecedented collaboration among the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors, Probation Department, Office of Education (LACOE), Department of Mental Health (DMH), advocates, researchers, youth and families. If successful, this collaboration can be a model for juvenile justice reform throughout the state of California. The most important voices in guiding and informing the LA Model and any juvenile justice reform in this country are youth who have experienced the system. In this policy brief, five young people - in partnership with CDF-CA's policy researchers - share their own unique experiences inside probation camps and amplify key recommendations from an important UCLA focus group study on how to improve conditions inside Los Angeles County's camps. This brief weighs in on the debate around what works, what does not work, and what should be changed in juvenile justice facilities, while bringing to light the voices, experiences and ideas for change of those who have experienced the system. Details: Los Angeles: Children's Defense Fund - California, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.cdfca.org/library/publications/2015/rising-up-speaking-out.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 138328

Author: Terry, Diane J. Title: Social Supports and Criminal Desistance among Formerly Incarcerated Youth in the Transition to Adulthood Summary: Nearly 100,000 youth exit correctional facilities each year and reenter the community. As they attempt to resituate themselves in their former environments, many will encounter emotional, social and logistical challenges that may deter them from achieving success. Further, many will reoffend shortly after their release. In order to break cycles of crime and recidivism among youth offenders, it is necessary to explore the pathways that lead them away from crime, particularly as they transition into adulthood. Theory asserts that criminal desistance is a process that entails individual behavioral changes, changing life circumstances, and environmental context. Little is known however, about how young people perceive and navigate the challenges they encounter in this process. Moreover, scholars have not fully explored the relationships between social supports and desistance, including how formerly incarcerated youth perceive, utilize, and access support to help them stay out of trouble. This study used a narrative, life history approach to explore the relationship between criminal desistance, perceptions, and use of social supports among formerly incarcerated, transition-age youth. The researcher conducted 30 in-depth qualitative interviews with 15 formerly incarcerated young men, ages 19-24. Coding and memoing were used to identify major themes related to the participants' desistance journeys and to develop a set of findings concerning the relationship between social support and criminal desistance in the transition to adulthood. This study located three offender typologies, each holding different ideas of desistance ranging from complete abstinence from crime to committing crimes while avoiding police contact. These definitions shaped how they approached the desistance barriers they faced: appearance, feeling marked, and relationships with people and places in the environment. Three important findings emerged with regards to the study variables. First, micro-level decision making helped the participants to navigate desistance barriers. Second, successful desisters latched onto "hooks" that enabled them to transition into adulthood and away from their criminal pasts. Last, social supports served as both a barrier and a coping strategy in the desistance process. Key implications are identified regarding how to better understand the construct of desistance, and how social supports can help young men in the desistance process. Details: Los Angeles: University of California at Los Angeles, 2012. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/1s1455vg Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 138329

Author: Marin County Civil Grand Jury Title: Marin County Juvenile Hall: A Time for a Change Summary: Marin County has experienced a significant decline in juvenile detention in recent years. Despite this decline, the cost of operating Marin County's 40-bed Juvenile Hall (JH) has not decreased and continues to be approximately $4,000,000 annually. Because the number of offenders has dwindled, the County's net cost per detainee per day has risen astronomically. To illustrate, the Average Daily Cost (ADC) to house and care for each detained JH youth rose during the past three years (2011-2014) from $464 to $901.64 because the Average Daily Population (ADP) declined from 18.9 to 9.2 detained youths. As a result, the Marin County Grand Jury recommends that Marin County and the Marin County Probation Department (MCPD) negotiate a contract for juvenile detention services with a neighboring county at a reduced cost and reallocate the savings towards expansion of Alternatives to Detention (ATDs), which are in the best interests of Marin youth. The Grand Jury also recommends that Marin County and MCPD consider other uses for this facility. The Grand Jury learned that Marin's decline in juvenile detention is consistent with a major nationwide paradigm shift away from incarceration. Research indicates that detention does not serve youth well, and community-based ATDs, particularly non-residential programming options, deliver equal or better results for a fraction of the cost. Further, the use of risk assessment tools has eliminated the need to confine the majority of Marin's juvenile offenders. Decriminalization of marijuana possession has also significantly reduced arrests and detention. Detentions of juvenile offenders in Marin County's JH decreased from 1,674 in 1995 to 253 in 2014, and its Average Daily Population (ADP) declined 69% in the past decade, from 30 in 2005 to 9.2 in 2014. The median length of stay for youth in the JH is brief, just 8.4 days in 2014. With California's Title 15 mandated staffing requirements to assure safety, security, education, rehabilitation and healthcare in juvenile facilities, most JH operating costs are fixed. MCPD informed the Grand Jury that JH is required to maintain a staff approximating 21 full-time, part-time and on-call personnel irrespective of a variable average daily census. Thus, as detentions decline, costs per detainee increase, while overall costs remain the same. Although California requires every county to have a juvenile hall, it permits two or more counties to operate a joint juvenile hall. According to the California Board of State and Community Corrections, Marin County can satisfy its juvenile detention obligation by contracting with another county for placement of its detainees. The Grand Jury learned from numerous counties that such contracts currently range from $85 to $190 per youth per day. This contracted daily rate may or may not include inter-county transportation costs and certain health care costs, as applicable. Details: San Rafael, CA:Marin County Civil Grand Jury, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.marincounty.org/~/media/files/departments/gj/reports-responses/2014/juvenile-hall.pdf?la=en Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138330

Author: Yahner, Jennifer Title: Arts Infusion Initiative, 2010-15: Evaluation Report Summary: In 2010, an ambitious model for social change emerged in Chicago that aimed to connect detained youth and those at risk for incarceration ("at-risk youth") to rigorous and engaging arts instruction, infused with social and emotional learning goals. Dubbed the Arts Infusion Initiative, the Chicago Community Trust ("the Trust") spearheaded and funded this five year, $2.5 million demonstration while earning cooperation from the local detention facility, public school system, community policing office, and community arts program leaders to integrate arts programming into youths' school and after school environments. Since its launch, the Arts Infusion Initiative2 has served more than 2,000 youth at an average annual cost of $700 per teen, linking them to high performing arts instruction associated with significant increases in social and emotional learning. This report marks the first large-scale evaluation of the Arts Infusion Initiative which was designed to: (1) assess the degree to which the project, as an emergent model for social change, was achieving its intended purposes and (2) generate actionable information for promoting effective Arts Infusion practices while redirecting those that have been less effective. To accomplish these objectives, from April to August 2015, the Urban Institute ("Urban"), in consultation with the National Guild for Community Arts Education ("the National Guild"), conducted a multi-method evaluation that drew on the following sources: 1. Five years of Arts Infusion documentation, including arts programs' teaching unit plans for infusing social and emotional skills instruction, proposals and final reports, assessments of youths' social and emotional progress, and knowledge sharing activities, attendance, and participant feedback; 2. Quantitative analysis of the initiative's 2014-15 social and emotional youth assessment data (n=320); 3. More than six dozen (n=73) interviews and focus groups with Arts Infusion instructors, program directors, youth participants, and community stakeholders; 4. An online survey assessing stakeholders' (n=45) perceptions of the initiative, conducted by Urban during the evaluation period; and 5. Observations of more than a dozen Arts Infusion classes, events, and performances, as well as artwork (music, poetry, dance, theatre, and visual art) produced by teen and young adult participants. Together, these data enabled Urban's researchers to investigate key questions about the initiative's evolution and impact. This report presents the evaluation's key findings and recommendations. It consists of six chapters. Following the first chapter's introduction, chapter 2 describes the importance of efforts such as the Arts Infusion Initiative as (1) an emergent model3 for social change, based on the principles of restorative justice and creative youth development and (2) as a means to help improve outcomes for detained youth and youth nationwide who live in at-risk, socioeconomically deprived environments affected by gangs, drugs, and violence. Chapter 3 defines the core components of the Arts Infusion Initiative as they evolved, including the arts activities and objectives of the 14 most recent participating programs and efforts by the Trust to link Arts Infusion practitioners to research guidance by convening knowledge sharing sessions and by funding consultations with an arts assessment expert. Chapter4 details the evaluation methods, research questions, and limitations, while chapter 5 explains the seven key evaluation findings (summarized following this paragraph), along with supportive evidence and examples. Finally, chapter 6 identifies several promising practice recommendations for the next phase of the Arts Infusion Initiative. Seven key findings that emerged from the Arts Infusion Initiative evaluation: 1. Arts Infusion youth participants showed statistically significant and substantial improvements in social and emotional learning skills, as measured by conflict resolution, future orientation, critical response, and career readiness. 2. Arts Infusion teaching artists with strong artistic knowledge and classroom management skills were 3. The Arts Infusion Initiative helped foster co-creations and collaborations between program directors, public schools, community policing, and the detention facility. 4. Arts Infusion knowledge sharing sessions and assessment consultations evolved to effectively provide professional development opportunities and increase the assessment capabilities of program directors and teaching artists. 5. Arts Infusion programs succeeded in exposing at-risk youth to new skills and technologies, providing confidence building experiences that opened their minds to a positive future. 6. Arts Infusion programs experienced challenges connecting to and engaging youth after their release from detention. 7. Arts Infusion programs served nearly 750 at-risk youth in 2014-15 at an average cost of $700 per teen; JTDC based programs cost $600 per teen, and community based programs cost $750 per teen. effective at engaging and inspiring youth. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute; Chicago: Chicago Community Trust; New York: National Guild for Community Arts Education, 2015. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000392-Arts-Infusion-Initiative-2010-15-Evaluation-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 138331

Author: Manski, Charles Title: How Do Right-To-Carry Laws Affect Crime Rates? Coping With Ambiguity Using Bounded-Variation Assumptions Summary: Despite dozens of studies, research on crime in the United States has struggled to reach consensus about the impact of right-to-carry (RTC) gun laws. Empirical results are highly sensitive to seemingly minor variations in the data and model. How then should research proceed? We think that policy analysis is most useful if researchers perform inference under a spectrum of assumptions of varying identifying power, recognizing the tension between the strength of assumptions and their credibility. With this in mind, we formalize and apply a class of assumptions that flexibly restrict the degree to which policy outcomes may vary across time and space. Our bounded variation assumptions weaken in various respects the invariance assumptions commonly made by researchers who assume that certain features of treatment response are constant across space or time. Using bounded variation assumptions, we present empirical analysis of the effect of RTC laws on violent and property crimes. We allow the effects to vary across crimes, years and states. To keep the analysis manageable, we focus on drawing inferences for three states - Virginia, Maryland, and Illinois. We find there are no simple answers; empirical findings are sensitive to assumptions, and vary over crimes, years, and states. With some assumptions, the data do not reveal whether RTC laws increase or decrease the crime rate. With others, RTC laws are found to increase some crimes, decrease other crimes, and have effects that vary over time for others. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 21701: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w21701.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Laws Shelf Number: 138332

Author: Mitchell, Nicholas E. Title: 2015 Annual Report Summary: The OIM is charged with monitoring the disciplinary systems in the Denver Police and Denver Sheriff Departments ("DPD" and "DSD," respectively), making policy recommendations to those departments, and conducting outreach to communities throughout Denver. The OIM is led by Independent Monitor Nicholas E. Mitchell, and advised by a seven member Citizen Oversight Board. The 2015 Annual Report includes information about complaints received, closed and monitored by the OIM in 2015. It also includes the OIM's assessment of several recent changes to DPD's policies, practices or training, including its policies on body worn cameras, shooting into moving vehicles, early intervention, and racial profiling. "The DPD made significant strides in 2015 by revising important policies to bring them in line with national best practices," said Independent Monitor Mitchell. The 2015 Annual Report also presents two subjects about which the OIM believes there are opportunities for improvement. Electronic databases, including the National Crime Information Center and the Colorado Crime Information Center ("NCIC/CCIC"), are important tools that DPD officers use every day solve crimes, apprehend fugitives, recover stolen property, and otherwise keep Denver's residents safe. By-and-large, DPD officers faithfully adhere to the requirement that the NCIC/CCIC databases must only be used for law enforcement purposes. Yet, when officers do misuse NCIC/CCIC for non law enforcement purposes, they are generally issued reprimands rather than stronger discipline. "These databases contain vast amounts of personal information about the American public, including community members in Denver," said Mr. Mitchell. "When they are misused, reprimands are not commensurate with the seriousness of that violation, and may not be strong enough to deter future abuse." The Annual Report recommends that the penalties for misuse of NCIC/CCIC should be strengthened within the disciplinary matrix that is maintained by the Executive Director of Safety. The Report also highlights the current gap in DPD policy and training on what kinds of force are permissible or effective to remove potential contraband from the mouth of an arrestee who is attempting to swallow it. The Report recommends that the DPD clarify its use of force policy, and specifically prohibit the use of strikes to remove potential contraband from the mouth of a person being placed under arrest. Details: Denver: Office of the Independent Monitor, 2016. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: https://www.denvergov.org/content/dam/denvergov/Portals/374/documents/2015%20Annual%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 138333

Author: Mills, John R. Title: Juvenile Life Without Parole in Law and Practice: The End of Superpredator Era Sentencing Summary: This article examines the rapid changes underway in sentencing juveniles to life without parole (JLWOP). It examines both the rapid changes in law and in the actual sentencing practices in the counties and states that continue to sentence persons to die in prison for crimes they commit before reaching age eighteen. In Miller v. Alabama, 132 S. Ct. 2455 (2012), the United States Supreme Court held that mandatory sentences for such offenses violate the Eighth Amendment. In reaching that conclusion, the Court explicitly held open the question of whether any such sentence is constitutional. This article addresses when, where, and on whom JLWOP sentences are being imposed, questions relevant to its constitutionality. Examining a comprehensive data set of all persons currently serving JLWOP sentences, we find that the vast majority of JLWOP sentences are the product of sentencing policies premised on the myth of the superpredator, are isolated in a handful of counties and states, and that the states with those polices are rapidly abandoning them. We also find that black offenders are twice as likely as their similarly situated white counterparts to receive JLWOP sentences. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2663834 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 138338

Author: Murphey, David Title: Parents Behind Bars: What Happens to Their Children? Summary: Children do not often figure in discussions of incarceration, but new research finds more than five million U.S. children have had at least one parent in prison at one time or another-about three times higher than earlier estimates that included only children with a parent currently incarcerated. This report uses the National Survey of Children's Health to examine both the prevalence of parental incarceration and child outcomes associated with it. - Details: Bethesda, MD: Child Right, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://www.childtrends.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/2015-42ParentsBehindBars.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Inmates Shelf Number: 138340

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Overcrowded, Underresourced, and Ill-Conceived: Logan Correctional Center, 2013/14 Summary: Logan Correctional Center (Logan) is located in Lincoln, Illinois, about a two hour and forty-five minute drive south of Chicago and a 30-minute drive north of Springfield. Logan was repurposed in March 2013 as a multiple security level female facility, which also operates the female intake Reception and Classification center (R&C) for the Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC). Key Observations - In 2013, the Quinn administration closed several correctional facilities in the face of severe prison overcrowding, consolidating the majority of its female prison population in Logan, a male medium security prison, without adequate resources to do so or a viable plan to reduce the prison population. - While the Quinn administration argued repurposing Logan would reduce costs and create a more efficient and rehabilitative environment for the state's female prison population, it has exacerbated overcrowded conditions, damaged IDOC's capacity to address the needs of female inmates, and failed to generate meaningful cost savings. - Class action federal litigation has challenged the constitutional adequacy of mental health treatment within IDOC. Recent suicides at Logan expose the need to address the lack of mental health resources for the state's female prison population. - Without significant reductions in Illinois' female prisoner population, the best that IDOC's staff and administration can do with Logan is to try to sustain a precarious, ineffective, and expensive status quo. Details: Chicago: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 21, 2016 at: http://thejha.org/sites/default/files/Logan%20Correctional%20Center%20Report%202013-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138341

Author: Shah, Riya Saha Title: Future Interrupted: The Collateral Damage Caused by Proliferation of Juvenile Records. Summary: Every year, 1.5 million youth are arrested across the country. The moment each of these children comes into contact with the police, a record is created. These records are not confidential. They do not disappear when the young person's case is closed or when she becomes an adult. These records interfere with children's opportunities to move ahead in life and demonstrate their ability to make better choices. Children's juvenile court records tell the story of what they once did - not the story of who they are. In Future Interrupted, Juvenile Law Center urges that we allow children to grow up unfettered by their childhood mistakes-to have their court involvement remain in the past so they can move forward with their lives. Juvenile records are increasingly available to the public through state police databases or private background check company databases. This report demonstrates, through youths' own stories, how records carry devastating collateral consequences when they remain unprotected. The report also examines how the background check companies operate to sometimes provide inaccurate or out of date information. Future Interrupted acts as a call to policymakers to increase record confidentiality and opportunities for expungement and decrease ready access to juvenile record information. It also argues for employers, educational institutions and housing authorities to understand that children grow up and the mistakes of their past shouldn't follow them for their lifetime. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Juvenile Law Center, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://jlc.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdfs/Future%20Interrupted%20-%20final%20for%20web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records, Juveniles Shelf Number: 138342

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: U.S. Immigration Policy: Chart Book of Key Trends Summary: This report is a chart book of selected immigration trends. Key immigration issues that Congress has considered in recent years include increased border security and immigration enforcement, expanded employment eligibility verification, reforms to the system for legal temporary and permanent immigration, and options to address the millions of unauthorized aliens residing in the country. The report offers snapshots of time series data, using the most complete and consistent time series currently available for each statistic. The key findings and elements germane to the data depicted are summarized with the figures. The summary offers the highlights of key immigration trends. The United States has a history of receiving immigrants, and these foreign-born residents of the United States have come from all over the world. - Immigration to the United States today has reached annual levels comparable to the early years of the 20th century. - Immigration over the last few decades of the 20th century was not as dominated by three or four countries as it was earlier in the century, and this pattern has continued into the 21st century. - The absolute number of foreign-born residents in the United States is at its highest level in U.S. history, reaching 42.4 million in 2014. - Foreign-born residents of the United States made up 13.3% of the U.S. population in 2014, approaching levels not seen since the proportion of foreign-born residents reached 14.8% in 1910. Legal immigration encompasses permanent immigrant admissions (e.g., employment-based or family-based immigrants) and temporary nonimmigrant admissions (e.g., guest workers, foreign students). The Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) contains the provisions detailing the requirements for admission (permanent and temporary) of foreign nationals and the eligibility rules for foreign nationals to become U.S. citizens. - In FY2013, about 991,000 aliens became U.S. legal permanent residents (LPRs). Of this total, 65% entered on the basis of family ties. - The pool of people potentially eligible to immigrate to the United States as LPRs each year typically exceeds the worldwide level set by the INA. - Most of the 4.6 million approved petitions pending at the close of FY2015 were for family members of U.S. citizens. - After falling from 7.6 million in FY2001 to 5.0 million in FY2004, temporary visa issuances reached 9.9 million in FY2014. - Generally, all of the temporary employment-based visa categories have increased since FY1994. Although there was a dip during the recent recession, the number of employment-based temporary visas increased each year between FY2010 and FY2014. Immigration control encompasses an array of enforcement tools, policies, and practices to secure the border and to prevent and investigate violations of immigration laws. The INA specifies the grounds for exclusion and removal of foreign nationals as well as the documentary and entry-exit controls for U.S. citizens and foreign nationals. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: CSR R42988: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R42988.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 138351

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Keeping California's Kids in School: Fewer Students of Color Missing School for Minor Misbehavior Summary: Recently the California Department of Education released new data on school discipline. This report compares this year's data release covering 2012-13 to the data released last year covering 2011-12. We find a reduction in the use of out-of-school suspension for every racial/ethnic group. Specifically, based on the statewide averages for 2011-2012 and 2012-2013, progress was made for every racial/ethnic subgroup toward reducing the rate of out-of-school suspensions (OSS) per 100 students enrolled from the prior year. Data source and limitations: The state and district level data used to construct this report and compare years, include data on every district in California collected by the state and available on the state's Department of Education website. We have conducted the additional analysis on racial gaps and trends over time. We provide that information for every district in a sortable spreadsheet that accompanies this report. The state has discouraged comparisons with reported data from earlier years because the definitions, collection methods and other inconsistencies make such comparisons unreliable. The reduction in state averages suggest that some progress has been made toward reducing the reliance on out-of- school suspensions and the racial gap in disciplinary exclusion is narrowing in California. This report only provides a summary of some of the more significant state and district level improvements. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/resources/projects/center-for-civil-rights-remedies/school-to-prison-folder/summary-reports/keeping-californias-kids-in-school/WithChange.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 138357

Author: Clark, Valerie A. Title: An Outcome Evaluation of a Prison-Based Life Skills Program: The Power of People Summary: The Power of People (PoP) is a personal leadership development course that was originally developed in a non-correctional setting and now serves as a prison-based life skills course. This study examined PoP's effect on four different types of recidivism: rearrest, reconviction, reincarceration, and technical violation revocation. The results of the analyses revealed that PoP does not have a significant effect on any of the four measures of recidivism. Following established principles of effective correctional treatment, we make several recommendations that could improve PoP's effectiveness on recidivism outcomes. Overall, this study provides guidance on how to make programs not originally designed for correctional systems into effective recidivism-reducing tools. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/6313/8126/4761/Clark_and_Duwe_-_MnDOC_Evaluation_of_Power_of_People_-_October_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138360

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: Moving On: An Outcome Evaluation of a Gender-Responsive, Cognitive-Behavioral Program for Female Offenders Summary: We used a quasi-experimental design to evaluate the effectiveness of Moving On, a gender-responsive, cognitive-behavioral program designed for female offenders. Between 2001 and 2013, there were two distinct periods in which Moving On was administered with, and without, fidelity among female Minnesota prisoners. To determine whether program integrity matters, we examined the performance of Moving On across these two periods. Using multiple comparison groups, we found that Moving On significantly reduced two of the four measures of recidivism when it was implemented with fidelity. The program did not have a significant impact on any of the four recidivism measures, however, when it operated without fidelity. The growth of the "what works" literature and the emphasis on evidence-based practices have helped foster the notion that correctional systems can improve public safety by reducing recidivism. Given that Moving On's success hinged on whether it was delivered with integrity, our results show that correctional practitioners can take an effective intervention and make it ineffective. Providing offenders with evidence-based interventions that lack therapeutic integrity not only promotes a false sense of efficacy, but it also squanders the limited supply of programming resources available to correctional agencies. The findings suggest that ensuring program integrity is critical to the efficient use of successful interventions that deliver on the promise of reduced recidivism. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/2014/3751/2704/Moving_On_Evaluation_-_July_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Skills Shelf Number: 138361

Author: Clark, Valerie A. Title: An Evaluation of Minnesota's Second Chance Act Adult Demonstration Grant: The High-Risk Revocation Reduction Reentry Program Summary: This research assessed whether a reentry program targeted towards high-risk short-term prison inmates significantly reduced recidivism. Adult male release violators serving incarceration periods of two to six months in two Minnesota state prisons were randomly assigned to either the control group (n = 77) or the High-Risk Revocation Reduction (HRRR) program (n = 162). The latter group was provided with enhanced case planning, housing assistance, employment assistance, mentoring services, cognitive-behavioral programming, and transportation assistance, while the former group was given standard case management services. After one to two years of post-release follow-up time, event history analysis was used to predict the following four measures of recidivism: supervised release revocation, rearrest, reconviction, and new offense reincarceration. The Cox regression analyses revealed that participation in the HRRR program significantly lowered the risk of supervised release revocations and reconvictions by 28 and 43 percent, respectively. Regardless of treatment or control group membership, receiving more reentry assistance significantly reduced supervision revocations as well as rearrests. Analyses also revealed that employment assistance, including subsidized employment, was especially effective at reducing recidivism. Targeting resources towards this previously under-served population may be useful for lowering recidivism as well as promoting public safety. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/8214/1340/4401/Evaluation_of_HRRR_Program_-_October_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Revocations Shelf Number: 138362

Author: Clark, Valerie A. Title: Factors Associated with Sex Offender Concentrations in Minnesota Neighborhoods Summary: Communities across the United States have become increasingly concerned over the presence of sex offenders in their neighborhoods. The purpose of this research is to examine the factors that are associated with the concentration of sex offenders throughout the state of Minnesota, a large geographic area with few residency restrictions. This research also examines multiple categories of sex offenders subject to varying levels of community notification, allowing for an assessment of what, if any, effect community notification has on the residential patterns of sex offenders. Concentrated disadvantage, concentrated affluence, and housing affordability are all significant factors in explaining the concentration of multiple categories of sex offenders. Concentrated affluence relative to poverty is the most consistent predictor of sex offender concentration, revealing that more affluent communities ward off sex offender residents, regardless of community notification requirements. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2015. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/2814/3767/0983/Sex_Offender_Concentration_-_July_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Notification Shelf Number: 138363

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: What Works with Minnesota Prisoners: A Summary of the Effects of Correctional Programming on Recidivism, Employment, and Cost Avoidance Summary: Since 2006, the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) has completed more than 20 major research studies and program evaluations. Of these reports, 13 have evaluated programs that have operated within Minnesota DOC facilities. This report summarizes the impact of these programs on recidivism, post-release employment, and cost avoidance. Program Characteristics The characteristics of the 13 programs that have been evaluated are shown in Table 1. Three of the programs (MCORP, PRI, and SOAR) were prisoner reentry pilot projects that are no longer operating. As noted in Table 1, however, five other programs currently operating in the DOC focus on prisoner reentry. Five of the programs evaluated provide participants with educational/ employment programming. Two of the programs offer cognitive-behavioral programming (chemical dependency and sex offender treatment), while another two are early release programs (CIP and work release). The length of the programs ranges from a minimum of two months (work release and power of People) to a maximum of thirty (IFI). Seven of the programs deliver services in both prison and the community, while five offer programming only in prison. Work release was the only one evaluated that provides programming strictly in the community. Offenders placed on supervised release were the target populations for all three of the prisoner reentry programs that were evaluated. Of the remaining 10 programs, five include recidivism risk in the offender selection process, while the remaining five tend to target offenders in general. Of the five that incorporate risk into the selection process, two focus on lower-risk offenders because they are early release programs. Each of the 13 programs evaluated was designed to focus on one or more criminogenic needs (i.e., factors associated with recidivism). The most commonly addressed needs areas are anti-social cognition and education/employment (each of these needs areas is addressed by eight programs). Five of the programs target substance abuse, while three focus on anti-social associates. Program Evaluation Characteristics The descriptive characteristics for each program evaluation are provided in Table 2. With 3,570 offenders, the work release program evaluation has the largest sample size to date. The MnCOSA sample, on the other hand, is the smallest with 62 offenders. All but the chemical dependency (CD) treatment evaluation examined offenders released over a period of multiple years. At 9.3 years, the sex offender treatment evaluation had the longest average follow-up period. In contrast, the PRI evaluation had the shortest follow-up period (one year average). Three of the 13 evaluations used a randomized controlled trial (RCT), whereas the remaining ten used a retrospective quasi-experimental design (RQED). Propensity score matching has been used in eight of the ten RQED evaluations to match offenders from the treatment and comparison groups. Of the 13 evaluations, 9 have been published in peer-reviewed academic journals. Recidivism Recidivism is often considered the "gold standard" by which to measure the effectiveness of correctional programming. All 13 program evaluations included at least two measures of recidivism. Nine of the evaluations contained four separate recidivism measures. Because the education programming evaluation separately assessed the effects of earning secondary and post-secondary degrees in prison on several outcomes, two discrete program effects were included in Table 3. Of the 14 program effects examined, 9 were found to significantly decrease at least one measure of recidivism. For example, the results suggest that, relative to a comparison group of untreated offenders, participating in chemical dependency treatment significantly reduced the risk of rearrest for a new offense by 17 percent. Each program was ranked by the magnitude of its impact on each recidivism measure. In developing program rankings for each measure of recidivism, statistically significant results were given priority over those that were not statistically significant. At 55 percent, EMPLOY had the largest effect size for new offense reincarceration. MnCOSA had the largest effect sizes for rearrest and revocation, while IFI had the greatest impact on reconviction. Overall, EMPLOY was the only program to significantly reduce all four recidivism measures. Post-Release Employment Given that not all correctional programs are geared towards improving post-release employment outcomes for offenders, a little more than half (seven) of the evaluations have assessed program effects on at least one measure of employment. Of these seven, six evaluations utilized multiple measures of employment data from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED). The results in Table 4 show that EMPLOY, work release, educational degrees, MCORP and IFI have each produced significant, positive findings regarding post-release employment. AHP and PRI did not yield significant, positive employment outcomes. Overall, work release and EMPLOY produced the best employment outcomes. For example, work release participants were roughly eight times more likely than a comparison group of offenders to find employment. EMPLOY participants, meanwhile, were 72 percent more likely to obtain post-release employment than a comparison group of offenders. Compared to their counterparts in the comparison groups, EMPLOY and work release participants worked, on average, 211 and 497 more hours, respectively, during the follow-up period. EMPLOY participants earned roughly $5,400 more, on average, than offenders in the comparison group. Work release participants earned about $4,800 more than those in the comparison group. Cost Avoidance Correctional programs can reduce costs in several ways. Most notably, programs that lower recidivism can generate costs avoided by decreasing victim costs, criminal justice costs (including police, courts, and prisons), and lost productivity of incarcerated offenders. Those that improve employment incomes can create a benefit by increasing income taxes that employed offenders pay to the state. And programs can also reduce costs by providing graduates with early release from prison to correctional supervision. The cost avoidance estimates for each of the 13 programs are shown in Table 5. Five of the programs (CIP, AHP, MnCOSA, work release, and MCORP) contain estimates that were developed at the time the program was evaluated. For the remaining eight program evaluations, cost avoidance estimates were calculated specifically for this report. The results indicate that 10 of the 13 programs evaluated have produced a cost avoidance to the state. The total costs avoided, however, are based, to some extent, on the total size of the sample. Costs avoided per participant, on the other hand, provides a standardized metric in which comparisons can be made across programs. The results show that AHP produced the largest costs avoided per participant. As noted in that evaluation, however, the vast majority of the costs avoided came from employers paying lower wages to AHP participants. EMPLOY had the next highest benefit per participant, followed by sex offender treatment, CD treatment and MnCOSA. Each of these programs generated an excess of $10,000 in costs avoided for every participant in the program. Table 5 also estimates the costs avoided that each program produces on an annual basis. Annual cost avoidance estimates were calculated by multiplying each programs' costs avoided per participant by the number of offenders who participate in the program each year. Given the large number of participants, coupled with the relatively high amount of costs avoided per participant, CD treatment produces more than $22 million in estimated costs avoided each year. Although education programming yields one of the lower costs avoided per participant (ninth out of 13), it can be delivered relatively inexpensively ($874 per participant) to a large number of offenders (approximately 1,350 earn a secondary or post-secondary degree in prison each year). As a result, education programming produces the second-highest annual costs avoided with an estimate of $3.18 million. At $2.86 million, sex offender treatment generates the third-highest annual costs avoided, followed closely by EMPLOY with $2.84 million. CIP yields nearly $2 million in estimated costs avoided each year, as does AHP. Overall, the ten programs producing costs avoided to the state combine for more than $36 million each year. CD treatment thus accounts for more than 60 percent of the total estimated annual amount. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/6213/9206/2384/What_Works_with_MN_Prisoners_July_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138364

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: Does Release Planning for Serious and Persistent Mental Illness (SPMI) Offenders Reduce Recidivism? Results from an Outcome Evaluation Summary: Since 2002, the Minnesota Department of Corrections has provided release planning services to serious and persistent mentally ill (SPMI) offenders. This study assesses the effectiveness of SPMI release planning by examining recidivism outcomes among 796 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2004 and 2011. Propensity score matching was used to individually match 398 SPMI offenders who received release planning with a comparison group of 398 SPMI offenders who did not receive these services. The results from the Cox regression analyses showed that SPMI release planning did not have a significant impact on any of the four recidivism measures that were analyzed. Release planning's failure to reduce recidivism may be due to the fact that these services were designed to treat mental illness rather than address the criminogenic needs of offenders. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/6214/1840/9767/MnDOC_SPMI_RP_Evaluation_DOC_Website_Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 138365

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: TBI In Minnesota Correctional Facilities: Systems Change for Successful Return to the Community Summary: Each year, in the United States, some 1.7 million Americans seek medical care for Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) (Faul, Wald, & Coronado, 2011). Nationally, TBI is a contributing factor in approximately a third of all injury-related deaths and a substantial number of cases of permanent disability (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014). While promising advances in medical technology and regional trauma services have led to an increase in the number of survivors of TBI, the stark reality is that these advancements have also led to social and medical challenges associated with a growing pool of people with TBI-related disabilities. The outcomes of TBI can result in a variety of cognitive, emotional, and/or behavioral consequences that not only affect the individual but can also have lasting effects on families and communities. In 2012, there were approximately 1.35 million individuals incarcerated in state prisons, 217,800 in federal prisons and 744,500 in local jails (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013). Although still limited in scope, emerging literature is supporting the commonly observed phenomenon amongst correctional professionals that there is an elevated prevalence of TBI in correctional populations in comparison to the general public. A meta-analytic review found the prevalence of TBI in the overall offender population to be 60.25% (Shiroma, Ferguson, & Pickelsimer, 2010), while even higher prevalence has been reported in other correctional systems (e.g., 80.2% of adult male offenders MN-DOC, 2008). In addition to understanding prevalence rates of TBI within correctional systems, research is beginning to recognize the influence of an offender's lifetime history of TBI on the delivery of correctional health services and offender management. Recent findings have suggested an association between TBI and increased use of state correctional psychological/medical services, higher rates of prison rule violations and recidivism, and lower chemical dependency treatment completion rates (Piccolino & Solberg, 2014). Prompted by local and national calls for increased health screenings, evaluations, and targeted treatment of offenders (Gibbons & Katzenbach, 2006), the MN-DOC in collaboration with the MN-DHS began developing an infrastructure in which identification, assessment, and services for offenders with TBI are provided. The following looks at this evolving process and discusses the successes and challenges that a state correctional system has experienced to date with support from two federally funded HRSA grants. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/PAGES/files/6714/3456/0599/TBI_White_Paper_MN_DOC-DHS.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Health Services Shelf Number: 138366

Author: Daggett, Dawn M. Title: Pathways to Prison and Subsequent Effects on Misconduct and Recidivism: Gendered Reality? Summary: This study added to the literature on pathways to prison by examining a sample of federal inmates to assess whether the pathways identified predicted future antisocial behavior, i.e., prison misconduct and post-release criminal activity. Previous research has generally focused on only one point in the criminal justice system, either identifying pathways to prison, analyzing behavior while incarcerated, or focusing on post-release offending. This research examined all of these points. The research presented here identified both unique and overlapping pathways to prison for men and women, as well as similarities and differences in the risk factors that predicted prison misconduct and recidivism for women and men. While the latent class models, which identified the pathways to prison, relied heavily upon indicators highlighted in the gender-responsive literature, the final misconduct and recidivism models included those factors along with traditional, gender-neutral items. The methods in this research moved beyond previous studies that relied primarily on bivariate analyses of female inmates. Four pathways emerged for both men and women each. Three of the pathways overlapped for both groups: drug, street, and the situational offender pathways. Males and females each had one unique pathway which represented opposite ends of the criminal experiences spectrum. A first time offender pathway emerged for women; a more chronic, serious offender pathway emerged for men. When the pathways to prison were the only predictors in the misconduct and recidivism models, the pathways consistently and significantly predicted antisocial behavior. Once the socio-demographic and criminal history factors were added to the models, however, the vast majority of the pathway effects on antisocial behavior were no longer statistically significant. Because the current literature presents mixed results as to whether the same factors predict offending for men and women, this study analyzed gendered aspects of prison misconduct and recidivism. There were more differences than similarities in the factors that significantly impacted these antisocial behaviors. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2014. 199p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/15130/Daggett_umd_0117E_14897.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Shelf Number: 138370

Author: Atella, Julie Title: Evaluation of RADIUS: A Program for Justice-Involved Girls in the Twin Cities Summary: Operating continuously since 2000, Radius serves approximately 90 girls in Hennepin County, Minnesota each year. The program has three regions, North Minneapolis, South Minneapolis, and Hennepin County suburbs. Justice-involved girls ages 12 through 18 can be referred to Radius by probation officers or courts. The program combines multiple best practice approaches for working with girls including focusing on strengths, including families, offering a safe space to share experiences, hiring trained and effective staff, and conducting girls-only groups to encourage sharing. The Radius model involves four main components: weekly girls groups, individual counseling and case management, restorative justice talking circles, and resource referrals. Methods From October 2011 through December 2014, Wilder Research collected multiple types of data including: - Key informant interviews with Radius clients and their family members - Annual key informant interviews with Radius staff and county probation - Radius client pre- and post-program surveys - Comparison analysis using data from the Hennepin County Human Services and Public Health Department (HSPHD) and the Hennepin County Department of Community Corrections and Rehabilitation (DOCCR) The results from these data collection activities were synthesized to produce the key findings and recommendations included in this report. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.wilder.org/Wilder-Research/Publications/Studies/Radius/Evaluation%20of%20Radius%20-%20A%20Program%20for%20Justice-Involved%20Girls%20in%20the%20Twin%20Cities.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 138371

Author: Wulczyn, Fred Title: Get In Chicago Capacity Assessment: Summary Report Summary: Get in Chicago is a public/private partnership bringing together diverse stakeholders to combat youth violence and build safer communities. Get in Chicago recently awarded grants to organizations in Chicago to provide services to youth and families in the areas of cognitive behavioral therapy, mentoring, parent leadership, and innovation. The organizations receiving grants were asked to provide a plan for implementing an evidence-based intervention (EBI) targeting at-risk youth. In this study, Chapin Hall researchers examine the capacity of the organizations combating youth violence to implement EBIs. The authors use a mixed-methods approach to assess three key domains of organizational capacity: structures, processes, and human capital. Findings indicate that organizations have a number of different strengths and weaknesses, identified empirically in this study. In addition, because of the need to maintain fidelity to a model, EBIs require organizations to think differently about how they use their capacity. The authors suggest an investment in capacity building may be necessary. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall at the University of Chicago, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Get%20In%20Chicago%20Report%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 138372

Author: Indiana University Public Policy Institute Title: Indianapolis Public Schools. Review of IPS Police Department Operations and Activities Summary: In the fall of 2015, Indianapolis Public Schools (IPS) requested the assistance of PPI in conducting a review of IPS Police Department (IPS PD) operations. The purpose of this study is to gain a better understanding of the types of activities performed by IPS PD personnel and to identify opportunities for internal and external collaborations related to IPS PD duties and responsibilities. It is important to note that this study is not intended to be a comprehensive evaluation of the IPS Police Department, but rather it is meant to provide a broad overview of IPS PD efforts and the allocation of resources within the department. This report summarizes project research findings related to the following tasks: 1) a review of existing literature on school-based police officers and police departments, 2) analyses of IPS data sets including IPS PD budget and personnel, cases and incident reports, investigations, arrests, and use of force reports, and 3) key informant interviews with IPS officers. Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 22, 2016 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/2747512/IU-PPI-IPS-Police-Review-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 138374

Author: Sapp, Dona Title: School-based Probation Program Surrvey, 2014 Summary: The Marion Superior Court Probation Department is a unified, urban probation system which employs 238 employees. The Department, which consolidated adult and juvenile services in 2005, operates in a de-centralized, community-based model with locations throughout Marion County. The majority of juvenile probation officers work under a school-based probation model from local high schools. Probation services are offered to both pretrial and post-trial populations. In October 2013, the Juvenile Services Division of the Marion Superior Court Probation Department (MSCPD) requested the assistance of PPI in gathering and interpreting the information necessary to make a decision regarding whether to continue with a school-based juvenile probation program or to restructure the program and relocate school-based probation personnel to other MSCPD facilities. This report summarizes project research findings related to the following tasks: 1) a review of existing literature on school-based probation programs, 2) key informant interviews, and 3) surveys of school-based probation officers (SBPOs) and school personnel. Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: https://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/School-based%20Probation%20Survey%20Findings_Final%20Proof_031414.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 138376

Author: Cheesman, Fred Title: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Veterans Treatment Court Performance Measures Summary: Veterans Treatment Courts (VTCs) are a relatively new type of problem-solving court. The first VTC was implemented in Buffalo, NY in 2008, serving military veterans utilizing a combination of several problem-solving court models. Since then, the number of VTCs implemented across the country has grown significantly, including seventeen VTCs in Pennsylvania. The Administrative Office of Pennsylvania Courts (AOPC) has been proactive in applying lessons learned in other problem-solving courts to VTCs. To that end, the AOPC has collaborated with the National Center for State Courts (NCSC) to develop the first set of performance measures specifically designed for VTCs. Performance measurement is considered an essential activity in many government and non-profit agencies because it "has a common sense logic that is irrefutable, namely that agencies have a greater probability of achieving their goals and objectives if they use performance measures to monitor their progress along these lines and then take follow-up actions as necessary to insure success" (Poister, 2003). Effectively designed and implemented performance measurement systems provide tools for managers to exercise and maintain control over their organizations, as well as mechanisms for governing bodies and funding agencies to hold programs accountable for producing intended results. The argument for measuring VTC performance is compelling because VTCs must compete with other priorities of the criminal justice system for a finite amount of resources. This makes it incumbent upon VTCs to demonstrate both that the limited resources provided to them are used efficiently and that this expenditure of resources produces the desired participant outcomes. To this end, VTC performance measures (PMs) should demonstrate that participants are receiving evidence-based treatment in sufficient doses, thereby improving their capability to function effectively in society. Performance measures should also illustrate that participants are held accountable and public safety is protected. Performance measurement is distinct from program evaluation and consequently does not attempt to ascertain a VTC's "value-added" over an appropriate "business-as-usual" alternative (typically probation or incarceration). Rather, PMs provide timely information about key aspects of the performance of the VTC to program managers and staff, enabling them to identify effective practices and, if warranted, to take corrective actions. The NCSC philosophy for the development of PMs is guided by several important principles. First, we aim for a small number of measures targeting the most critical of VTC processes. Second, PMs are developed with significant input from stakeholders. NCSC acts an informed facilitator, offering suggestions and making recommendations for PMs, but the ultimate decision is made by the advisory committee convened by the commonwealth agency responsible for VTCs. Third, the target audiences for the PMs are individual VTCs. That is, these measures are intended to provide information to individual courts to improve their performance. The information generated by the PMs will also be useful to commonwealth policy makers, but they are not the primary target audience. Fourth, PMs are well-documented. Detailed specification sheets documenting data sources, calculations, and interpretation are written for each PM, leaving little equivocation about the details of the PM. During a two-day meeting convened on June 24-25, 2014, a select group of veterans court stakeholders, AOPC staff, and NCSC staff worked together to produce a set of commonwealth-wide performance measures for veterans treatment courts. The stakeholder group (henceforth the Performance Measures Work Group) was diverse but representative of a variety of critical viewpoints including veterans court judges, coordinators, attorneys, probation officers, veterans justice outreach specialists, treatment team members, and staff from the AOPC. The project and the work of the work group was informed by a number of resources. Since research on VTCs is still in its infancy, the limited amount of VTC-specific research was supplemented by other relevant research related to adult drug courts, mental health courts, and court performance measurement. First, the NCSC team provided a document that included core performance measures for adult drug treatment courts and suggestions for areas specific to veterans for which to develop measures. Second, the work group referenced the only set of nationally articulated measures for drug courts (developed by the National Research Advisory Committee (NRAC). The NRAC measures were incorporated in this report, though in some cases amended to fit the particular circumstances of Pennsylvania VTCs. Third, the discussion was informed by previous work conducted by NCSC to develop performance measures for drug and mental health courts in other states (see Rubio, Cheesman, and Federspiel, 2008) and the latest research on evidence-based practices (e.g. Carey, Mackin, and Finigan, 2012). Finally, the High Performance Court Framework (Ostrom and Hanson, 2010) was used to ensure that the selected measures provided a "balanced" perspective that represents competing values (e.g. productivity, effectiveness, access). Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts, 2015. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://ncsc.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/singleitem/collection/spcts/id/302/rec/2 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Military Personnel Shelf Number: 138378

Author: Atella, Julie Title: Safe Harbor: First Year Evaluation Report Summary: In 2013, the state of Minnesota made the largest state investment in the provision of services for sexually exploited youth nationwide, funding a portion of the No Wrong Door framework. The MDH uses the following working definition of Minor Commercial Sexual Exploitation (MCSE) to inform its work in this area: MCSE occurs when someone under the age of 18 engages in commercial sexual activity. A commercial sexual activity occurs when anything of value or a promise of anything of value (e.g., money, drugs, food, shelter, rent, or higher status in a gang or group) is given to a person by any means in exchange for any type of sexual activity. A third party may or may not be involved. The No Wrong Door model also outlined eight values and philosophies that should inform its implementation: - Since commercial sexually exploited children and youth may not self-identify, it is essential that those who come into contact with children and youth be trained to identify sexual exploitation and know where to refer for services. - Youth who are commercial sexually exploited are victims of a crime. - Victims should not feel afraid, trapped, or isolated. - Services must be trauma-informed and responsive to individual needs (gender-responsive, culturally competent, age-appropriate, and supportive for gay, lesbian, bisexual, transgender, and questioning youth). - Services must be available across the state. - Youth have a right to privacy and self-determination. - Services must be based in positive youth development. - Sexual exploitation can be prevented. The No Wrong Door framework itself was based on the following assumptions, which are meant to guide the framework's implementation. First, whenever possible, existing programs should be used to provide services to victims and service providers must be fully funded to work with victims (including homeless, domestic violence, and sexual assault service providers). Second, when possible, peer and survivor frameworks and supports should be made available to sexually exploited youth. Third, services should be multidisciplinary and coordinated, including law enforcement and service providers working together to identify and serve victims and prosecute traffickers and purchasers. Fourth, holding commercial sexually exploited youth victims in detention is undesirable and should only be accessed for safety purposes if all other safety measures have failed. Lastly, providers working with victims must be screened for criminal offenses to help ensure youth are safe and must have proper experience and training to effectively establish healthy, positive relationships with youth. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: https://www.wilder.org/Wilder-Research/Publications/Studies/Safe%20Harbor/Safe%20Harbor%20First%20Year%20Evaluation%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138382

Author: Rios, Nestor Title: Reducing Recidivism: A Review of Effective State Initiatives Summary: The Colorado Criminal Justice Reform Coalition commissioned this report that documents how retraining staff in behavioral intervention methods, implementing system-wide organizational improvements, and restructuring probation and parole supervision around the crime related behaviors allowed Maryland's PCS program to achieve an amazing 42 percent lower rate of re-arrests for people under supervision. Crime related behaviors were described under Maryland's PCS program as violence, drug entrepreneurship, drug abuse, domestic abuse, etc. In addition, the report introduces the concept of Justice Reinvestment to Colorado policymakers, profiling efforts in Arizona, Connecticut and Kansas to improve parole and probation supervision outcomes while reducing state correctional costs. Details: New York: Justice Strategies, 2009. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.justicestrategies.org/sites/default/files/publications/CO_Reducing_Recidivism_Report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 130061

Author: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in Louisiana's Juvenile Justice System. Part III Final Recommendations Summary: In 2009, to satisfy funding requirements, the Juvenile Justice Delinquency Prevention Advisory Board of the Louisiana Commission on Law Enforcement (LCLE) made a concerted effort to examine the issue of DMC. The chart below depicts sources of data, as noted within parentheses, specific to Louisiana for each of the contact points. When disproportionality is identified, LCLE encourages parishes to take steps to mitigate it. The board has staggered its review of DMC, rolling the reviews out in four parts. Part I was completed in 2011 by GCR & Associates, Inc., examining data for the 2009 calendar year in eight metropolitan areas (Caddo, Calcasieu, East Baton Rouge, Jefferson, Lafayette, Orleans, Ouachita and Rapides). In early 2012, Hornby Zeller Associates (HZA) was contracted to conduct the assessment for the twenty parishes in Part II (Ascension, Assumption, Bossier, East Carroll, Iberia, La Fourche, Livingston, Madison, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Helena, St. James, St. Martin, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Tensas, Terrebonne, Washington and Webster) for the 2010 calendar year. In late 2012, HZA was contracted to conduct the third part of the statewide assessment in seventeen north central parishes (Bienville, Caldwell, Catahoula, Claiborne, Concordia, De Soto, Franklin, Jackson, Lincoln, Morehouse, Natchitoches, Red River, Richland, Sabine, Union, West Carroll and Winn). The focus of this assessment study was the 2011 calendar year. This report addresses what was accomplished for the Part III assessment and provides recommendations to the Juvenile Justice Advisory Board (J-Board) to further address DMC. Details: Troy, NY: Hornby Zeller Associates, 2013? 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 23, 2016 at: http://hornbyzeller.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/DMC-Part-III-Final-Recommendations-Report-Final.pdf#zoom=100 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 131957

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: Crime, the Criminal Justice System, and Socioeconomic Inequality Summary: Crime rates in the United States have declined to historical lows since the early 1990s. Prison and jail incarceration rates as well as community correctional populations have increased greatly since the mid-1970s. Both of these developments have disproportionately impacted poor and minority communities. In this paper, we document these trends. We then present an assessment of whether the crime declines can be attributed to the massive expansion of the U.S. criminal justice system. We argue that the crime is certainly lower as results of this expansion and the crime rate in the early 1990s was likely a third lower than what they would have been absent changes in sentencing practices in the 1980s.However, there is little evidence of an impact of the further stiffening of sentences during the 1990s, a period when prison and other correctional populations expanded rapidly. Hence, the growth in criminal justice populations since 1990s have exacerbated socioeconomic inequality in the U.S. without generating much benefit in terms of lower crime rates. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9812: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2750295 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rate Shelf Number: 138394

Author: Bechtel, Kristin Title: A Meta-Analytic Review of Pretrial Research: Risk Assessment, Bond Type, and Interventions Summary: This study makes an attempt to aggregate, via meta-analysis, what we currently know about pretrial decision making and jurisdictions' responses to the pretrial population. This meta-analysis began with an exhaustive search for pretrial research which may have revealed the most prominent finding - that being a distinct lack of research that utilizes any amount of methodological rigor. We identified a large number of studies that met our most general criteria (i.e., research about pretrial decision making) but mainly dealt with legal and/or philosophical issues regarding pretrial detention and due process. Studies that utilized empirical data and strong methodological designs were distinctly lacking. Of the studies that could be included, effect sizes were generated that may show some promise for court notification programs, pretrial supervision practices, and the potential effect of restrictive bond schedules. However, strong conclusions cannot be made as the quality of the pretrial research, overall, is weak at best. The findings of this study hold several policy implications for the field of pretrial research and practice. First, future research studies in the field of pretrial need to focus on methodological quality and rigor. Second, it appears that some conditions of release may be related to a defendant's likelihood of failure to appear. Third, it appears that none of the conditions of release reviewed in this study are related to a defendant's likelihood of re-arrest while on pretrial release. Finally, it is recommended that the field of pretrial develop a sound research agenda and execute that plan with rigor, transparency, and an approach that favors the continued cumulation of knowledge. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2741635 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 134249

Author: Maciel, Dario Title: Dignified and Just Policing: Health Impact Assessment of the Townsend Street Gang Injunction in Santa Ana, California Summary: The HIA examined the impact the gang injunction would have on crime, safety, community-police relationships, education and employment. The HIA concluded that the injunction is unlikely to bring about significant and lasting reduction of serious crime, based on the outcomes of other gang injunctions and input gathered from residents, city officials, community organizations and police. On the contrary, the injunction could have negative effects on public safety, public health and public trust. Our findings led us to make specific recommendations for the police and other law enforcement and criminal justice agencies, city officials and the community as a whole. - Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2015. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/Dignified-Just-Policing-HIA-2015-09-29.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Injunctions Shelf Number: 137017

Author: Hayes, Read Title: Retail Crime Control: An Operational Strategy Summary: Retail, squeezed by competition, shareholder demands, rising losses, and civil and criminal liability risks are concentrating resources on crime and loss control (CLC) efforts. This effort demands a more formalized CLC process. This paper outlines the concept of 'prevention-marketing', which delivers CLC initiatives into 'zones of influence'. This proactive approach should improve deterrence and reduce loss in a more cost-effective manner. A formalized protection process also allows for increased focus, better coordination, empirical testing and more meaningful training. Details: Winter Park, FL: Loss Prevention Research Council, 2004. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016. Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138406

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Opportunities Suspended: The Disparate Impact of Disciplinary Exclusion from School Summary: Does anybody know how many students were suspended from school in their child's district? Should we care? In most schools and districts in the nation, the answer to the first question is that most do not know, even though out-of-school suspension is no longer a measure of last resort in a large number of school districts across the country. As this report will show, many districts are frequently resorting to suspension for violations of even minor school rules. Well over three million children, K-12, are estimated to have lost instructional "seat time" in 2009-2010 because they were suspended from school, often with no guarantee of adult supervision outside the school. That's about the number of children it would take to fill every seat in every major league baseball park and every NFL stadium in America, combined. Besides the obvious loss of time in the classroom, suspensions matter because they are among the leading indicators of whether a child will drop out of school, and because out-of- school suspension increases a child's risk for future incarceration. Given these increased risks, what we don't know about the use of suspensions may be putting our children's futures (and our economy) in jeopardy. Furthermore, the high risk of getting suspended is not borne equally by all students, which raises civil rights issues and questions about fundamental fairness. This report will demonstrate that, while children from every racial group can be found to have a high risk for suspension in some school districts, African American children and children with disabilities are usually at a far greater risk than others. For example, one out of every six enrolled Black students was suspended, compared with one in twenty White students. This national report, based on suspensions of students in K-12 in 2009-2010, represents the first major effort to fill the knowledge gap around school discipline as it stands in thousands of districts in nearly every state. Based on data released in March 2012 by the U.S. Department of Education, we analyze the risk of out-of-school suspension for every racial/ethnic group, as well as for students with and without disabilities. The report begins by providing national- and state-level estimates, but perhaps the most valuable information presented is the detailed analysis of nearly 7,000 school districts from every state. In this national database, using the companion spreadsheets, readers will easily locate the highest suspending school districts for each racial group, and for students with and without disabilities. This report demonstrates that, in most districts, the highest risk for suspension is revealed when the data are disaggregated by race and combined with gender and/or disability status. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/resources/projects/center-for-civil-rights-remedies/school-to-prison-folder/federal-reports/upcoming-ccrr-research/losen-gillespie-opportunity-suspended-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 138407

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: The Punishment Rate: New metric evaluates prison use relative to reported crime Summary: Researchers, policymakers, and the public rely on a variety of statistics to measure how society punishes crime. Among the most common is the imprisonment rate - the number of people in prison per 100,000 residents. This metric allows for comparisons of prison use over time and across jurisdictions and is widely seen as a proxy for punishment. States with high imprisonment rates, for example, are considered more punitive than those with low rates. A more nuanced assessment of punishment than the ratio of inmates to residents is that of inmates to crime - what The Pew Charitable Trusts calls the "punishment rate." This new metric gauges the size of the prison population relative to the frequency and severity of crime reported in each jurisdiction, putting the imprisonment rate in a broader context. Using the punishment rate to examine the U.S. criminal justice system, Pew found that all states became more punitive from 1983 to 2013, even though they varied widely in the amount of punishment they imposed. The analysis also shows that the nation as a whole has become more punitive than the imprisonment rate alone indicates. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief: Accessed March 24, 2016 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2016/03/the_punishment_rate.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 138410

Author: Abarbanel, Sara Title: Realigning the Revolving Door: An Analysis of California Counties' AB109 2011-2012 Implementation plans Summary: On April 5, 2011, California Governor Jerry Brown signed into law AB 109, the "2011 Realignment Legislation Addressing Public Safety" ("Realignment), which dramatically shifted responsibility from the state to the counties for tens of thousands of offenders. The state was in an unprecedented financial crisis, and recent budget deficits had forced legislators to make tough decisions that included cutting spending not only in the criminal justice system, but in education and other social services as well. Not only that, but just a few weeks before the bill's signing, the United States Supreme Court had upheld a lower court's judgment ordering California to reduce its prison population by approximately 40,000 persons within two years. California, and its prison system, had to make big changes. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Law School Criminal Justice Center, 2013. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed arch 24, 2016 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/child-page/183091/doc/slspublic/Realigning%20the%20Revolving%20Door%20with%20updates%20for%2058%20counties%20080113.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 131263

Author: California Corrections Standards Authority (CSA) Title: Mentally Ill Juveniles in Local Custody: Issues and Analysis Summary: This paper, "Mentally III Juveniles in Local Custody: Issues and Analysis," deals with the wide ranging and complex mental health considerations facing local juvenile halls, camps and ranches charged with the care of juvenile offenders. While the primary goal of this paper was to focus on custody-related issues, the Work Group felt it important to also address systemic and structural concerns as well as such non-custody matters as reentry, post-custody supervision, the need for more appropriate community and treatment placements, family involvement and continuity of care. Because local juvenile corrections is moving toward more comprehensive, collaborative, evidence based, client and family centered systems of care, the Work Group opted to address issues related to this emerging culture change, in addition to specific, facility related practices and considerations. If one idea or theme were to be singled out as most vitally important to the delivery of appropriate mental health services for youth in the juvenile justice system that theme would be collaboration. It is clear that the responsibility for youth in custody who have mental health problems is shared among multiple agencies and individuals. Courts, custody, health and mental health staff, substance abuse, school and social services I child welfare personnel all have important roles to play, as do family members and community support providers. No one agency has all the answers or all the best approaches. Mentally ill youth in custody present complex, multi-layered problems which demand collaborative, multi-agency solutions. Details: Sacramento: California Corrections Standards Authority, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2016 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/COMIO/docs/Menatlly_Ill_Juveniles_In_Local_Custody.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 138413

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: The ISIS Impact on the Domestic Islamic Extremist Threat: Homegrown Islamic Extremism 2009-2015 Summary: In 2015, 80 U.S. residents were linked to terror plots and other activity motivated by Islamic extremist ideology. They were either arrested, charged or otherwise publicly identified for their involvement in crimes ranging from providing support, attempting to fund or traveling to join terrorist groups abroad, or planning or assisting in plots here at home. This is a level of activity by U.S. residents inspired by foreign terrorist organizations never before seen. The 2015 numbers - up 180% from 2014 - are a result of a confluence of global trends, technological advances and the constant tide of terrorist messages and propaganda. In 2015 for the first time, nearly as many Americans were killed by domestic Islamic extremists as by white supremacists. And the spike in arrests and violence does not seem to be confined to 2015. In the first month of 2016, at least 6 U.S. residents were linked criminal activity motivated by Islamic extremist ideologies. Following on the heels of the record-breaking number of terror related arrests in 2015, these new arrests further underscore the persistent nature of the threat. Ongoing unrest in the Middle East, particularly in relation to the ongoing Syrian civil war, continued to provide opportunities for terrorist organizations to operate and gain strength. As in 2014, the majority of the U.S. residents linked to terror in 2015 supported the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS, also known as IS or ISIL), which is based in Syria and Iraq and has affiliates in a number of other countries including Egypt, Libya and Afghanistan. Meanwhile, ISIS and other terrorist groups continue to take advantage of technology to mobilize followers, spread their messages and expand their influence worldwide. The internet and social media sites in particular, remain a pivotal element of the modern radicalization process. Online social interactions facilitate the spread of extremist messages - making them available to almost anyone, virtually anywhere - and create a climate where susceptible individuals are simultaneously targeted by recruiters and are able to develop remote networks that reinforce their burgeoning extremist allegiances. Understanding the progression of U.S. residents engaged in activity motivated by Islamic extremist ideology can provide valuable insights into future security challenges. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2016 at: http://www.adl.org/assets/pdf/combating-hate/CR_4473_HomegrownExtremismReport-2009-2015_web2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 138415

Author: Advancement Project Title: Manufacturing Felonies: How Driving Became a Felony for People of Color in Georgia Summary: While immigration reform has languished in Congress, some states have adopted harsh, undemocratic, and discriminatory laws and policies that seemed designed to criminalize immigrants or push them out of the United States. This happened in Georgia. In 2007, state legislators began to debate various ways to restrict immigration and passed a bill creating a felony category for driving without a driver's license or on a suspended or revoked license. In order to better understand how the "felony driving law" has impacted communities in Georgia, the Georgia Latino Alliance for Human Rights (GLAHR) and Advancement Project submitted open records requests in three jurisdictions, Fayette County, Houston County and Roswell City. We found that the "felony driving law" in Georgia disproportionately impacts communities of color, particularly Latino and African-American drivers. It also carries heavy monetary penalties driving low-income families further into poverty. At a time when the nation is beginning a long overdue conversation on criminal justice reform, the "felony driving law" is a prime example of a state law that must be revisited and eliminated. An additional concern regarding the "felony driving law" is that it may end up serving as a dragnet by Immigration Customs Enforcement (ICE) to meet its quotas of undocumented immigrants in process of deportation. Local jails and police agencies cooperate with ICE to the detriment of the undocumented immigrant community. Georgia can and should regulate driving privileges for all of its residents, but creating a harsh criminal penalty is a bad public policy that disproportionately hurts communities of color across the state. Details: Washington, DC: Advancement Project, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://b.3cdn.net/advancement/a23a889905f33b63a2_lim6bsbhf.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 138419

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Access to Safety: Health Outcomes, Substance Use and Abuse, and Service Provision for LGBTQ Youth, YMSM, and YWSW Who Engage in Survival Sex Summary: This report focuses on LGBTQ youth who become involved in the commercial sex market to meet basic survival needs, describing their physical, mental, and sexual health issues, their substance use, and their experiences with service providers. It finds that most youth protect themselves from harm in several ways, including using protection against sexually transmitted infections and pregnancy and visiting service providers for health and non-health services. However, most of the youth reported needs that were unmet by service providers, including employment assistance and short- and long-term housing, and youth who reached ages 18 or 21 had even greater challenges accessing services. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000605-Access-to-Safety.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: LGBTQ Youth Shelf Number: 138422

Author: Stevens, Sally Title: National Cross-Site Evaluation: Juvenile Drug Courts and Reclaiming Futures: Final Report: 7/1/2011-6/30/2015 Summary: As jurisdictions throughout the country continue to seek solutions to juvenile justice issues, several jurisdictions have merged two existing models to create an innovative approach: Juvenile Drug Courts: Strategies in Practice (JDC:SIP; National Drug Court Institute [NDCI] & National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges [NCJFCJ], 2003) and Reclaiming Futures (RF; http://reclaimingfutures.org/). The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's (SAMHSA) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT), in partnership with the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation (RWJF), funded an initiative to improve the effectiveness and efficacy of juvenile drug courts (JDCs) by integrating these two models. Five JDC sites that received funding under this initiative were included in the National Cross-Site Evaluation of Juvenile Drug Courts and Reclaiming Futures (i.e., the JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation). The JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation was led by The University of Arizona's Southwest Institute for Research on Women (SIROW) in partnership with Chestnut Health Systems and Carnevale Associates, LLC. Its purpose was to conduct an independent evaluation of the combined effects of the JDC:SIP and the RF models to identify the factors, elements, and services that perform best with respect to system and client outcomes and cost-effectiveness. The JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation had multiple foci addressing five research objectives and eleven research questions. Generally, the JDC/RF National Cross-Site Evaluation was charged with: (a) assessing the influence of the implementation of the integrated JDC/RF model on system and client outcomes; (b) assessing the influence of program characteristics on client receipt of services and on client outcomes; (c) evaluating the economic impact of JDC/RF programs; (d) expanding on previous evaluations to further describe the process of the integration and implementation of JDC:SIP and RF; (e) evaluating the services provided by the JDC/RF programs; and (e) assessing the potential for replication of the integrated model. Key findings include: - JDC/RF programs appropriately identify, enroll and provide services to youth in need. - JDC/RF program clients consistently and frequently receive evidence-based substance abuse treatment and other services and are retained in treatment as needed. - JDC/RF programs are more effective at reducing criminal behavior than non-RF JDCs and intensive outpatient treatment programs (IOPs) among youth with relatively more criminal activity at program intake. - Compared to IOPs, JDCs overall are more effective at reducing substance use among youth with relatively more substance use at program intake. - Integrated systems of care and treatment tailored to the target population are particularly critical to effectively serving the substance abuse treatment needs of JDC/RF program clients. - Substance abuse treatment program characteristics including having a defined target population and eligibility criteria, utilization of gender-appropriate treatment, utilization of policies and procedures responsive to cultural differences, utilization of a non-adversarial approach, coordination with the school system, utilization of sanctions to modify non-compliance, and utilization of random and observed drug testing are associated with improved client outcomes. - JDC/RF programs produce net benefit to society at a savings of $84,569 per youth making it a cost saving intervention for juvenile offenders with substance use disorders. - JDC/RF programs can increase cost savings by taking advantage of available in-kind resources (e.g., volunteers), targeting clients who self-report more clinical problems or have committed more violent crimes, and by maintaining clients in treatment. - JDC/RF team members work to increase community collaboration and utilize a wide range of community resources to meet the needs of program clients. - JDC/RF programs are viewed as actively working towards and as achieving collaboration among local youth-serving agencies. - Family Engagement is a challenge for JDC/RF programs. - Representatives from JDC/RF sites perceive Reclaiming Futures as an opportunity to refine internal processes rather than as an entirely new approach. Details: Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona, Southwest Institute for Research on women, 2015. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/249744.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 138423

Author: Barnhizer, David Title: Gun Control Hysteria Summary: The call to ban guns does not make sense from an effective regulatory perspective. Nor do gun control proposals representing an irrational fear of weapons satisfy Constitutional analysis whether that analysis proceeds under either a strict interpretation or "evolving document" analysis. The irony is that the "living and evolving document" approach to Constitutional interpretation, under current real-world threats and conditions, actually requires affirmative protections of Second Amendment rights. A key determinant of how rights and duties should be adapted to the "new normal" of serious and escalating risks of decentralized and distributed violence pursuant to the "living" US Constitution is that it must now be adjusted to the higher and "threat levels" we are experiencing. This means that the fundamental right to bear arms for defense of self and family must be given greater weight and deference under either a strict interpretation or evolving document approach. In terms of effective regulation, every gun control measure proposed or enacted since the Clinton administration has either failed or must fail when tested against the real world. Regulatory flops such as the Clinton "assault weapons" ban target firearms only rarely used in crime. Proposals or actual programs for firearms registries tug at the heartstrings of those who believe in the ability of the state to properly manage and control social interactions, but in practice fail to solve crimes, do not deter criminal conduct, nor make law-abiding citizens safer in any meaningful respect. Over and over, proposed firearm-restrictive "solutions" are only words on paper, inevitable and expensive regulatory "flops" with no hope of working and typical expressions of cynical politicians' public relations strategies aimed at garnering votes from the uninformed. Anti-gun advocates - at least those acting in good faith and not from purely cynical political motives - are convinced that any views contrary to their own are products of "barbarism", ignorance or some form of malicious social "psychosis". Whether a gun owner possesses weapons for reasons of self-defense, from a desire to defend local and national community if needed, or simply because the individual enjoys target shooting, hunting or being part of a "gun culture" such motivations are entirely incompatible with the belief systems of anti-gun activists who exist in secure "cocoons". Moreover, and remarkably, such regulations fail to conform to good faith Constitutional analysis under either an "originalist" or a "living constitution" type of analysis. While the Court itself has resolved the question of individual rights to firearm ownership in Heller and MacDonald, an honestly-applied "living constitution" analysis also requires the state to recognize and promote individual rights to firearm ownership and defense of self and others. Specifically, "living constitutionalists" claim that the text of the Constitution adopts different meanings depending upon perceived needs, morals, or other socio-political-contextual factors. In analyzing the perceived needs, morals, or other socio-political-contextual factors that define modern culture, an inescapably dominant reality is that the "threat climate" of the US has escalated significantly. This includes increasing sectarian strife, inadequate "after the fact" law enforcement, and the burgeoning rise in terroristic threats. Repeated ominous warnings from governmental actors charged with defending us indicate the risks we face are significant and becoming worse. We are being inundated with warnings from our officials that terrorist organizations are guaranteed to launch attacks in the United States. Some of the attackers will be long-time residents or newly radicalized citizens who seem to spring out of nowhere - as in the San Bernardino murders. We will be living with "lone wolf" attacks for several decades and must be prepared to deal with them. Unlike Supreme Court justices and presidents, the vast majority of Americans do not have personal guards or the resources needed to live in a secure suburban environment or gated community. Those who live in America's cities and in scattered rural areas with little police presence legitimately feel a greater need to be able to defend self, family and property from human predators. In such a context no one should disagree that the first obligation of a political community - local and national - is to provide security against crime and military assaults. Recognition that local and national communities are at a steadily increasing risk of violent attacks - whether from criminals or terrorists - has led a number of law enforcement officials to urge those who are legally eligible to do so to carry weapons and be prepared to react to violent assaults, ironically an urging to prepare to be able to act as a sort of "militia". The fact that experienced law enforcement officials see the need for defense of self, others and community against terrorist threats or to counter emotionally disturbed people intent on killing helpless people in "soft target" situations indicates strongly that our culture has changed in a fundamental way. The "new normal" of American culture involves the increased risk of violent attacks from foreign and homegrown sources - virtually none of which is comprised of actors who are legal owners of guns. Details: Cleveland, OH: Cleveland-Marshall College of Law, Cleveland State University, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Cleveland-Marshall Legal Studies Paper No. 295 : Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2744879 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 138425

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Pennsylvania Summary: From 2011 to 2012, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania employed a "justice reinvestment" approach to reduce corrections spending and reinvest savings in strategies to reduce recidivism and improve public safety. In 2012, the state enacted legislation based on a justice reinvestment policy framework (Act 122 and Act 196). These policies have helped Pennsylvania reduce inefficiencies in the parole and corrections systems, develop responses to major parole violations that include short periods of incarceration followed by supervision and treatment, as necessary, and transform state-funded community corrections programs to better reduce recidivism. As a result of these and other policies, the state has experienced a decrease in the prison population, averting significant corrections costs. Despite the declining prison population and averted corrections costs, however, Pennsylvania has the highest rate of incarcerated adults in the Northeast and spends more than $2 billion annually on corrections. Pennsylvania now seeks to make further improvements to its criminal justice system that will help generate greater savings for reinvestment in public safety strategies. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2016. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/JusticeReinvestmentinPennsylvaniaOverview.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 138429

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nebraska Title: Guilty Money: Civil Asset Forfeiture in Nebraska Summary: Police abuse of civil asset forfeiture laws has shaken our nation's conscience. Civil forfeiture allows police to seize - and then keep or sell - any property they suspect may be involved in a crime. Owners need not ever be arrested or convicted of a crime for their cash, cars, or even real estate to be taken away permanently by the government. The ACLU does not believe that all instances or uses of civil forfeiture are inherently wrong. In our research, we reviewed many court cases in which the forfeited property was found alongside drugs and the owner was ultimately convicted of a felony. In these cases, civil forfeiture operated according to plan - those dealing and smuggling drugs lost their money. However, an unacceptable number of cases involved everyday people who became entangled in an unfair system and who lost their personal property and assets even after there was no finding of wrongdoing or criminal activity. Reasonable civil forfeiture reform should allow law enforcement to seize money that is unquestionably a part of illegal activity while also allowing everyone to safely travel with cash without having to fear losing it to law enforcement. Civil asset forfeiture reform is an emerging public policy issue due to recent well-publicized incidents indicating abuse of the process and the real life impact on everyday people in Nebraska. This issue is one that has found broad bipartisan support across the political spectrum and the same should hold true in the great state of Nebraska. We believe the current landscape for civil asset forfeiture laws can lead to abuse and that too many innocent people are being caught up in forfeiture seizures. We examined personal anecdotes from forfeiture victims and data from government, law enforcement, and non-profit organizations and we found many troubling trends and practices. Our research has also identified several promising policy reform solutions tested in other jurisdictions that could be beneficial for consideration in Nebraska. Details: Lincoln, NE: ACLU of Nebraska, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: https://www.aclunebraska.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/guilty_money_civil_forfeiture-final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138430

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Montana: Overview Summary: June 2015, Montana Governor Steve Bullock, Chief Justice Mike McGrath, Attorney General Tim Fox, Senate President Debby Barrett, Speaker of the House Austin Knudsen, House Minority Leader and Legislative Council President Chuck Hunter, Senate Minority Leader Jon Sesso, and Montana Department of Corrections (DOC) Director Mike Batista requested support from The Pew Charitable Trusts (Pew) and the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) to explore a 'justice reinvestment' approach to reduce corrections spending and reinvest savings in strategies that can reduce recidivism and improve public safety. Despite declining crime in recent years, court cases involving felony offenses in Montana have increased significantly, and Montana's prison population is on the rise. The prison population currently exceeds capacity and is projected to continue to grow to 119 percent of capacity by FY2025. In partnership with Pew and BJA, The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center will provide intensive technical assistance to help collect and analyze data and develop appropriate policy options for the state. The Montana legislature had enacted Senate Bill 224 in April 2015 to establish the state's bipartisan, inter-branch Commission on Sentencing, which calls upon designees from all three branches of government, as well as state and local criminal justice system stakeholders, to study the state's criminal justice system, including the impact of existing sentencing policies and practices on the state's system. Senator Cynthia Wolken (D) chairs the commission, and Senator Kristen Hansen (R) serves as vice-chair of the commission. Under the direction of the 15-member commission, CSG Justice Center staff will conduct a comprehensive analysis of extensive data collected from various state agencies. To help build a broad picture of statewide criminal justice trends, additional data from local governments on county jails and county probation will be collected and analyzed where possible. CSG Justice Center staff also will convene focus groups and lead interviews with people working on the front lines of Montana's criminal justice system. Based on these exhaustive quantitative and qualitative analyses, the commission will develop policy options for the 2017 legislature's consideration. This overview highlights some recent criminal justice trends in Montana that the commission and CSG Justice Center staff will explore in the coming months. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2016. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Justice_Reinvestment_in_Montana_Overview.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 138436

Author: Sapp, Dona Title: Property Crime Victims in Indiana Summary: The Indiana Criminal Victimization Survey, a recent survey of Indiana citizens conducted by the Indiana Criminal Justice Institute (ICJI), suggests that nearly 1 in 5 Indiana households were the victim of some type of property crime in 2010. During the summer and fall of 2011, researchers from the Indiana University Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) partnered with ICJI to analyze survey data and found that, generally, survey respondents who were younger (under the age of 35), less educated (individuals whose reported education level was high school/GED graduate or less), or lower income (a reported annual household income of less than $50,000) were more likely to be a victim of property crime. This brief summarizes survey findings on the characteristics of Indiana property crime victims by four property crime categories: household burglary, property theft, motor vehicle theft, and vandalism. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University Center Public Policy Institute, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue 11-C35: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/PropertyCrime_Brief_Pr5.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 138437

Author: Stucky, Thomas Title: Evaluation of Indianapolis Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative Law Enforcement Activities, 2009-2010 Summary: In 2006, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) initiated the Comprehensive Anti-Gang Initiative (CAGI) to support law enforcement in combating violent gang crime and promoting prevention efforts that discouraged gang involvement. The initiative grew out of Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN), a nationwide program aimed at reducing gun and gang crime through support of existing local programs. DOJ dedicated $30 million in grant funding to support new and expanded anti-gang prevention and enforcement efforts through CAGI. DOJ initially provided anti-gang resources to six cities. In April 2007, CAGI was expanded to include four additional sites, including Indianapolis, Indiana. CAGI provided $2.5 million in targeted grant funding for a three-year period to each selected city to implement a three-pronged strategy to reduce gang involvement and crime, which included initiatives in prevention/intervention, law enforcement, and reentry. Approximately $1 million was dedicated to support comprehensive gang prevention and intervention efforts with youth. An additional $1 million was targeted to law enforcement and $500,000 to support reentry initiatives. In July 2008, the Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR), part of the Indiana University Public Policy Institute, was engaged to serve as the research partner for CAGI. This report documents the 2009 and 2010 law enforcement activities for two major open air drug market initiatives (OAI). Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/CAGI_LE_Report&Cover%20for%20web.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138438

Author: Stucky, Thomas Title: Evaluation of Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN Programs): Educating Kids About Gun Violence (EKG) Program Evaluation Summary: In response to high levels of gun violence among youth in Marion County, the Marion County Prosecutor's office developed the Educating Kids about Gun Violence (EKG) program. This program incorporates short video clips and interactive presentations which address legal, physical, and medical consequences of guns and gun violence. This report documents the findings of a program evaluation conducted by the Center for Criminal Justice Research, including analysis of 221 completed pre-program surveys and 176 post-program surveys, focusing on 130 surveys for which pre- and post-surveys could be matched. Included in the analyses are several different types of youth audiences, varying in both age and degree of prior contact with the criminal justice system. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University Public Policy Institute Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/EKG%20final%202009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 138439

Author: Quinet, Kenna Title: External Causes of Death in Indiana: Firearm Deaths Summary: Recent national headlines focused on the high firearm suicide rates in Indiana's own Vanderburgh County. In the first few weeks of 2007, suicides in the Evansville area were three times the number expected. Although the pace of suicides slowed during the rest of the year, by the end of 2007, the number of suicides reached 40, exceeding the previous high of 32 in 2005. Of these suicides, the method in 26 of the 40, or 65 percent, was a firearm. Also receiving national attention were the brutal firearm homicides of two Indianapolis women and their two small children. In addition to these recent southern and central Indiana firearm suicides and homicides, there was a tragic firearm injury in northern Indiana in February 2008 when teenagers were out of school due to weather. An 18-year-old boy was unintentionally shot by another teen who was playing with a firearm. From 1990-2005, 11,809 Hoosiers died from firearm-related suicides, homicides, unintentional shootings, and undetermined means. Of those deaths, 6,904 were firearm suicides, 4,297 were firearm homicides, and 432 Indiana residents died in unintentional shootings. Clearly the most significant toll of firearm deaths is from suicide (59 percent), to a lesser extent homicide (37 percent), and the least likely firearm death in Indiana is an unintentional firearm death (4 percent). These unintentional shootings are often the most tragic because children are involved. Newspapers, magazines, television, and radio are filled with stories of firearm homicides, suicides, and unintentional deaths. But how common are these firearm deaths? Are they increasing or decreasing? Which age, race, and gender groups are most vulnerable? How do firearm deaths in Indiana rank compared to the other major external causes of death such as unintentional motor vehicle deaths? This report begins to address these questions using data primarily from the Centers for Disease Control, National Center of Injury Prevention and Control Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS). Details: Indianapolis: Center for Urban Policy and the Environment, School of Public and Environmental Affairs, Indiana University, 2008. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/CauseOfDeath4.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 138440

Author: Smith, Brent L. Title: Patterns of Intervention in Federal Terrorism cases: Interim Report to Human Factors/Behavioral Sciences Division, Science and Technology Directorate, U.S. Department of Homeland Security Summary: America's response to terrorism has changed dramatically over the past thirty years. Changes have included everything from the way in which terrorism is portrayed politically, to the manner in which terrorists are investigated, prosecuted, and punished. Modifications to governmental interventions also have affected the manner in which terrorists plan and conduct terrorist activities as well as the manner in which they defend themselves in court. Although it would be difficult to address all of these changes in a single paper, the purpose of the current manuscript is to provide an overview of the most significant events that evoked changes in the manner in which terrorists are portrayed, pursued, and prosecuted as well as the way in which terrorists and their defenders have responded to federal prosecutorial efforts. The specific ways in which federal agencies respond to terrorism, however, are rooted in much larger political and social issues. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/sites/default/files/publications/local_attachments/START_ATS_InterventionPatternsInterimReport_Aug2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 138441

Author: Elsass, H. Jaymi Title: Juvenile delinquency outliers: an analysis of high rate offenders and pure conformists Summary: While the study of juvenile delinquency and young adult crime has a long history in a variety of disciplines, including criminology, criminal justice, sociology, and psychology, much of the research has been focused on the normalcy of law-violating behavior - the vast majority of young people break the law at some point, do so in groups, and age out of crime by early adulthood. Typically this delinquency is relatively minor and infrequent. There has been little research on two of the most interesting outliers of youthful crime and delinquency, namely high-rate offenders and pure conformists. There is much to be learned from the experiences of those juveniles and young adults who deviate from the statistically normal pattern of minor group offending during adolescence. Data from Waves I and II of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent to Adult Health are analyzed using conjunctive analysis of case configurations, binary logistic regression, and multinomial logistic regression in order to uncover correlations between the groups of juveniles. The results of these analyses indicate that there are at least two distinct types of pure conformity - active and passive pure conformists. Active pure conformists likely sit on the opposite end of the delinquency spectrum from high-rate offenders. There is mixed evidence as to whether passive pure conformists are more similar to high-rate offenders than they are to either active pure conformists or statistically normal juveniles. Considerations for future research, as well as limitations of the current work, are also discussed. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University, 2015. 208p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/5876/ELSASS-DISSERTATION-2015.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 138442

Author: Kimme and Associates, Inc. Title: Pinellas County, Florida Criminal Justice System Study Summary: This study was motivated by strong, steady increases in the jail population that have created major overcrowding conditions at the jail, with many inmates sleeping in temporary beds on the floor. The county's goal has always been to operate safe, secure and standards compliant facilities. County policymakers understand that overcrowding undermines those objectives and jeopardizes the safety and security of inmates, staff, and the public. It recalls past law suits centered around overcrowding that left Pinellas County under court supervision for nearly two decades. This study was also motivated by the high costs to the taxpayers of building and operating jail facilities, facts about which County Board members are keenly aware. The county is committed to minimizing such expenses to the greatest degree possible while still meeting standards and providing for community safety. The importance of the cost question was underscored when possible future expenditures were reported in August 2006 during a presentation of Part 1 of a facility master plan update. The updated master plan forecast the need for an additional 4,448 beds by 2030 to add to the 2,786 beds available at that time, or 7,234 total. That increase of 159% in jail capacity, along with needed infrastructure improvements, was projected to cost the county $560,000,000 in a three phase construction process. The initial master plan phase alone was estimated to cost $225,000,000 and required the addition of approximately 500 new staff at opening. In brief, the goals of the study can be summarized as follows: 1. To find opportunities within the Pinellas County criminal justice system to make changes consistent with local philosophies and public safety that have the affect of reducing the size and/or growth in jail population and thus the scope of facility needs and operations. 2. To find ways to improve the operations and processes of the Pinellas County criminal justice system and the needs of a diverse client population. The analysis of the criminal justice system found in this study culminates in a series of recommendations that the consultants, and the client, believe will reduce the long-term jail bed capacity needs of the county, thus avoiding the expenditure of tens of millions of dollars in future years. The total amount of savings will be more fully determined in Part 2 of the facility master plan study. Details: Clearwater, FL: Pinellas County, 2008. 169p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: https://www.pinellascounty.org/bcc_work/2012_02_28/FinalSystemReportPINEL.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138445

Author: Ortiz, Natalie Rose Title: Second Chances, Safer Counties: Workforce Development and Reentry Summary: Getting formerly incarcerated individuals into good paying jobs helps the local economy and efforts to reduce recidivism. This month, NACo released Second Chances, Safer Counties: Workforce Development and Reentry, research examining how counties intersect workforce development and reentry. The study shows that reentry programs offer a way for counties to reintegrate formerly incarcerated residents into the labor market to keep them in the community and out of jail. The study finds that reentry programs are largely supported by the federal government, through the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). WIOA is the federal statute that supports and governs the funding of a public workforce development system. WIOA expands workforce opportunities by increasing labor market access for individuals with employment barriers such as a criminal record. Local workforce development boards (local WDBs) put WIOA into action. Counties are involved in more than 90 percent of the nation's 557 local workforce development boards. With the support of the National Association of Workforce Boards, NACo surveyed local WDBs to better understand how counties collaborate in reentry programs developed by local WDBs. Nearly half (47 percent) of local WDBs responding to NACo's survey operate a reentry program. Federal funding helps local WDBs and counties to innovate and provide reentry programs that improve county economies and reduce crime. Two-thirds of local WDBs with a reentry program receive more than 50 percent of program funding from the federal government, according to this new research. WIOA provided more than $3.2 billion to states and local areas in 2015 for education, training and employment services that grow county economies. County governments benefit directly from reentry programs. County jails assist local WDBs by providing inmates with information on workforce services available in the community. A large majority (92 percent) of responding local WDBs with reentry programs indicate that individuals who are incarcerated or released from county jails or juvenile detention centers receive program services. Reentry programs report success in increasing the number of formerly incarcerated individuals employed and reducing recidivism, including new arrests and incarceration. Funding is vital to the ability of counties to improve their economies and reduce crime. More than half of local WDBs identify funding as a major challenge to creating or maintaining reentry programs that reintegrate formerly incarcerated individuals. The issue of funding will only become more serious for counties as the federal government and many states have recently enacted, or are currently considering, policies that reduce incarceration. These policies would enable prisoners to return to their communities, which will increase the demand for reentry services. A decline in funding for reentry programs would reduce resources at a time when reliable and adequate funding is necessary to meet public safety and policy goals. Local workforce development boards partner with a wide network of agencies and organizations to improve reentry and employment for formerly incarcerated individuals. The reentry program in Clackamas County, Ore. is a joint effort between the Clackamas Workforce Partnership, the Clackamas Health, Housing and Human Services Department and the Clackamas County Sheriff. In 2012, the three agencies received a Department of Labor grant to provide formerly incarcerated women with educational and employment opportunities. The grant has since expired, but the program continues to be funded by the Clackamas Workforce Partnership. Bridget Dazey, executive director, Clackamas Workforce Partnership, said, "Through our partnerships, we now have one workforce system to serve our population rather than three disjointed programs, making us better able to support our residents." Counties are centrally situated in the workforce development and justice systems to help realize the public safety and economic benefits of reentry and employment. The county role in local WDBs facilitates the partnership that implements and delivers reentry programs to reintegrate individuals into the workforce and reduce recidivism. Reentry programs are part of larger county efforts to maintain public safety while reducing the jail population and jail costs, including preventing jail inmates from cycling in and out of county jails. - Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Counties, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://www.naco.org/resources/second-chances-safer-counties-workforce-development-and-reentry Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 138446

Author: Mercadal, Gertrudis Title: Prison Privatization in the United States: A New Strategy for Racial Control Summary: There has been a stunning build-up of prisons and a growing trend in prison privatization in the last 30 years, including the rise of maximum security units. The goal of my dissertation is to understand the ideological, historic, political, and economic processes behind the changes in the criminal justice system of the United States. I analyze this problem from multiple angles - labor and policy history, discourse and public opinion, and race in America. The aim of this analysis is to uncover the reasons why crime legislation became progressively more punitive, reaction to African Americans gains in post-Civil Rights more hostile, and the manifold ways in which these phenomena drive the expansion of the prison system and its increasing privatization. In the process of this expansion, a racial caste system which oppresses young African Americans and people of color has become recast and entrenched. Specifically, I offer the notion that in the last three decades, punitive crime legislation focused on African Americans and served to deal with labor needs and racial conflict with harsher penal legislation; in doing so, it depoliticized race, institutionalized racial practices, and served the interests of private prison businesses in new ways oppressive ways. Using interdisciplinary methods which weave together qualitative and quantitative analysis, I find that punitive crime policies in the last thirty years used the concept of crime as political currency by government officials in order to appear tough on crime, and by business representatives interested in exploiting the prison industry. The conflation of business and political interests, and the recasting of crime as a race problem, served to taint public institutions and media dissemination with racist imperatives which stereotyped poor African Americans. The end result is a constant re-positioning of young black males as fodder for economic exploitation. The dissertation also addresses the high cost of imprisonment and the multiple social problems brought from shifting inmates from wards of the State to profit-making opportunities in the hands of private entrepreneurs. The result is high numbers of recidivism, and a growing underclass of people who will always be unemployed or underemployed and return to low income communities that suffer from the endless cycle of poverty and imprisonment. Details: Boca Raton, FL: Florida Atlantic University, 2014. 245p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: https://fau.digital.flvc.org/islandora/object/fau%3A13688/datastream/OBJ/view/Prison_privatization_in_the_United_States__a_new_strategy_for_racial_control.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 138447

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Policing 2016: To Deliver Safety, Police Need Legitimacy and Accountability Summary: Much of the national debate on policing in 2015 has rested on a false premise-that community demands for greater police accountability come at the expense of effectively addressing crime. In fact, police need accountability and legitimacy in the communities they serve if they are to deliver safety. While policing is a local governmental function, federal policymakers have an important role to play in helping policing practice reflect this truth. The next president will have a wide range of funding, agenda setting, and enforcement tools that can elevate and spread the best in policing and compel reform where necessary. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Framing Paper: Accessed March 28, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000511-Policing-2016-To-Deliver-Safety-Police-Need-Legitimacy-and-Accountability.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 138450

Author: James, Nathan Title: Public Trust and Law Enforcement -- a Brief Discussion for Policymakers Summary: Recent events involving conflict between the police and citizens have generated interest in what role Congress could play in facilitating efforts to build trust between law enforcement and the people they serve while promoting effective crime reduction. This report provides a brief overview of police-community relations and how the federal government might be able to promote more accountability and better relationships between citizens and law enforcement. Gallup poll data show that, overall, Americans are confident in the police; but, confidence in the police varies according to race, place of residence, and other factors. In 2014, less than 50% of Americans favorably rated the honesty and ethics of police, the lowest percentage since 1998. If they conclude that low public ratings of the police are at least partially attributable to police policies, Congress may decide to address state and local law enforcement policies and practices they believe erode public trust in law enforcement. Federalism limits the amount of influence Congress can have over state and local law enforcement policy. Regardless, the federal government might choose to promote better law enforcement-community relations and accountability through (1) federal efforts to collect and disseminate data on the use of force by law enforcement, (2) statutes that allow the federal government to investigate instances of alleged police misconduct, and (3) the influence the Department of Justice (DOJ) has on state and local policing through its role as an enforcer, policy leader, convener, and funder of law enforcement. There are several options policy makers might examine should they choose to play a role in facilitating better police-community relations: - Congress could consider placing conditions on federal funding to encourage law enforcement to adopt policy changes to promote better community relations. - Policy makers could consider expanding efforts to collect more comprehensive data on the use of force by law enforcement officers. - Congress could consider providing grants to law enforcement agencies so they could purchase body-worn cameras for their officers. - Policy makers could take steps to facilitate investigations and prosecutions of excessive force by amending 18 U.S.C. S242 to reduce the mens rea standard in federal prosecutions, or place conditions on federal funds to promote the use of special prosecutors at the state level. - Congress could fund Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) hiring grants so law enforcement agencies could hire more officers to engage in community policing activities. - Policy makers might consider using the influence of congressional authority to affect the direction of national criminal justice policy. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: R43904: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=762775 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Police Shelf Number: 138452

Author: Johnson, Sarah Title: An Analysis of the Sex Offender Special Sentence in Iowa Summary: An obligation of the Sex Offender Research Council outlined in Iowa Code �216A.139 (4)(B) instructs the board to examine the "the cost and effectiveness of special sentences pursuant to chapter 903B." The special sentence places offenders convicted of offenses in Iowa Code �709 (sex offenses), �726.2 (incest), and �728.12, (1), (2), or (3)(sexual exploitation) on either 10-year or life-time community supervision based solely upon the offense class of conviction. Offenders convicted of A, B, and C felony sex offenses receive life-time community supervision and D felony and misdemeanor offenders receive 10-year supervision sentences (�903B, Code of Iowa). To study the effects of the special sentence, two groups of sex offenders were analyzed: those serving a special sentence and a pre-special sentence cohort of offenders. Recidivism rates were compared between the two groups over a three-year period. For the special sentence group, the recidivism tracking period began at the beginning of an offender's special sentence supervision start date. For the comparison group, the recidivism tracking period was observed following an offender's sentence expiration, meaning that they were not under any type of correctional supervision when examined. Due to the high rate of special sentence revocations, recidivism rates by time-at-risk were also observed. Findings indicate there were no significant differences in new sex offense convictions between the special sentence and comparison group. However, the special sentence group had lower rates of new convictions than the comparison group. The high rate of revocation among the special sentence group, in particular those revocations for inappropriate behaviors specific to sex offenders, may have prevented reoffending and reconviction in some cases; however, it is impossible to estimate the extent to which this occurred. Revocations for technical offenses were higher than revocations for new convictions. While it is difficult to determine if crime is avoided through application of the special sentence, it is noteworthy that baseline sexual reoffending is exceptionally low with or without supervision; however the cost to implement the special sentence supervision is very high. The special sentence currently costs community corrections approximately $5.6 million annually. Additional costs are incurred when offenders are revoked from the special sentence and re-incarcerated. Removal of some offenders from the special sentence has the potential for cost containment, although this figure is difficult to determine given the unknown estimates of potential offenders removed from the special sentence. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/CJJP_2015%20SORC%20Annual%20Report%20-%20An%20Analysis%20of%20the%20Sex%20Offender%20Special%20Sentence%20in%20Iowa.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138457

Author: Males, Mike Title: Is Proposition 47 to Blame for California's 2015 Increase in Urban Crime? Summary: In November 2014, nearly 60 percent of California's electorate voted to pass Proposition 47. This proposition made substantial sentencing reforms by reducing certain nonviolent, non-serious offenses, such as minor drug possession and shoplifting, from felonies to misdemeanors (CJCJ, 2014). Because the changes made by the new law applied retroactively, incarcerated people serving felony sentences for offenses affected by Proposition 47 were eligible to apply for resentencing to shorten their sentences or to be released outright. Those who already completed felony sentences for Proposition 47 offenses could also apply to change their criminal records to reflect the reforms. Critics of Proposition 47 contended it would increase crime by releasing those convicted of dangerous or violent felonies early. Opponents also suggested that reducing the severity of sentences for certain felonies would fail to deter people from committing crimes or completing court-ordered probation requirements. In the initial months following the passage of Proposition 47, California's jail population dropped by about 9,000 between November 2014 and March 2015 (the most recent date for which county jail figures are available at this time) (BSCC, 2016). State prisons reported over 4,500 releases attributed to Proposition 47 (CDCR, 2016), for a total incarcerated population decline of more than 6 percent - a substantial decrease. Similar to the initial year after Public Safety Realignment took effect, January-June 2015 saw general increases in both violent and property crime in California's cities with populations of 100,000 or more (Table 1). During this period, homicide and burglary showed slight declines, while other Part I violent and property offenses experienced increases. Is Proposition 47 to blame for the increases in reported urban crimes? This report tests this question by comparing changes in crime rates, from January-June 2014 and January-June 2015, in California's 68 largest cities to changes in: (a) county jail populations and (b) Proposition 47-related discharges and releases from prison to resentencing counties. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/proposition_47_and_urban_crime_2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 138458

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: The Effects of Changing State Theft Penalties: Increased felony thresholds have not resulted in higher property crime or larceny rates Summary: Since 2001, at least 30 states have raised their felony theft thresholds, or the value of stolen money or goods above which prosecutors may charge theft offenses as felonies, rather than misdemeanors. Felony offenses typically carry a penalty of at least a year in state prison, while misdemeanors generally result in probation or less than a year in a locally run jail. Lawmakers have made these changes to prioritize costly prison space for more serious offenders and ensure that value-based penalties take inflation into account. A felony theft threshold of $1,000 established in 1985, for example, is equivalent to more than twice that much in 2015 dollars. Critics have warned that these higher cutoff points might embolden offenders and cause property crime, particularly larceny, to rise. To determine whether their concerns have proved to be true, The Pew Charitable Trusts examined crime trends in the 23 states that raised their felony theft thresholds between 2001 and 2011, a period that allows analysis of each jurisdiction from three years before to three years after the policy change. Pew also compared trends in states that raised their thresholds during this period with those that did not. This chartbook illustrates three important conclusions from the analysis: -Raising the felony theft threshold has no impact on overall property crime or larceny rates. -States that increased their thresholds reported roughly the same average decrease in crime as the 27 states that did not change their theft laws. -The amount of a state's felony theft threshold-whether it is $500, $1,000, $2,000, or more-is not correlated with its property crime and larceny rates. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2016/02/the_effects_of_changing_state_theft_penalties.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Larceny Shelf Number: 138450

Author: Cahill, Meagan Title: Evaluation of the Los Angeles Gang Reduction and Youth Development Program: Year 4 Evaluation Report Summary: The Los Angeles Mayor's Gang Reduction and Youth Development (GRYD) program works to reduce gang violence by providing prevention and intervention services concentrated in 12 zones. The fourth year of the GRYD evaluation examined program dosage, client and family experiences, program impact on youth risk factors for joining a gang, and community-level impacts on gang crime and violence. GRYD engaged youth with serious risk factors in intensive programming, and risk factors for GRYD Prevention clients declined. There was mixed evidence regarding whether the GRYD Zones "outperformed" comparison areas in reducing gang violence and crime. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000622-Evaluation-of-the-Los-Angeles-Gang-Reduction-and-Youth-Development-Program-Year-4-Evaluation-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 138460

Author: Mitchell, Kimberly J. Title: Trends in Unwanted Exposure to Sexual Material: Findings from the Youth Internet Safety Studies Summary: There has been considerable and growing concern voiced by schools, parents and the public about what youth experience while using the Internet and other electronic technologies. The last decade saw significant and rapid changes in youth online activity: Internet use has now expanded to encompass almost all youth. Moreover, the nature of youth Internet use changed during this time with an increase in the use of cell‐ and smart‐phones, and the migration of adolescent social activity to social networking sites. However, this rapid expansion in technology use has occurred during a period of time in which child victimization has declined significantly. In 1999 and 2000, the first Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐1) was conducted to address concerns about adults using the Internet to sexually solicit youth, young people encountering sexual material online and youth being threatened and harassed through the Internet. While YISS‐1 found that many youth who used the Internet encountered such episodes, most of these incidents were relatively mild and not very disturbing to youth. However, some were serious and distressing. We conducted the second Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐2) in 2005 to reassess the extent to which young Internet users were encountering problems five years later, gauge whether the incidence and characteristics of these episodes had changed, explore new areas of interest, review emerging technologies, ascertain the effect those technologies have on the issue, and assess threats to youth. Compared to YISS‐1, the results of YISS‐2 showed that a smaller proportion of youth had received unwanted online sexual solicitations and a smaller proportion had interacted online with strangers. However, larger proportions of youth reported being exposed to pornography they did not want to see and were being harassed online. In 2010, the third Youth Internet Safety Survey (YISS‐3) was conducted to continue to track existing trends in the number and types of threats youth encounter using technology; assess risks of new behaviors and activities, including youth creating and distributing explicit images of themselves and/or peers; assess benefits and utilization of safety programs and technologies; and identify activities and behaviors most closely associated with risk. This document reviews key findings from YISS‐3. Details: Durham: University of New Hampshire, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://www.unh.edu/ccrc/pdf/Sexual%20Solicitation%201%20of%204%20YISS%20Bulletins%20Feb%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 138461

Author: Indiana University Public Policy Institute Title: Addressing Mental Illness in the Central Indiana Criminal Justice System Summary: Persons with mental illness are disproportionately represented in jail and prison, both nationally and in Central Indiana. To address the needs of this population, representatives from the Marion Superior Court partnered with the Indiana Judicial Center, the Indiana Department of Corrections, the United Way of Central Indiana, and Mental Health America of Greater Indianapolis to establish the Mental Health Alternative Court (MHAC). The United Way of Central Indiana, in cooperation with the MHAC team, requested the assistance the Indiana University Public Policy Institute in evaluating the MHAC development and implementation processes, and to conduct a preliminary assessment of MHAC referrals and the population currently being served by the program. This issue brief discusses the development and initial implementation of the MHAC program and provides a summary of socio-demographic characteristics of program participants during the first year of implementation. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue 16-C03: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: http://policyinstitute.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/MentalHealthBrief_Final20031516.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 138375

Author: Guy, Laura S. Title: Advancing Use of Risk Assessment in Juvenile Probation Summary: Juvenile probation officers at three sites in two States (Mississippi and Connecticut) were trained to use the Structured Assessment of Violence Risk in Youth (SAVRY; Borum, Bartel & Forth, 2006) and the Massachusetts Youth Screening Instrument-Second Version (MAYSI-2; Grisso & Barnum, 2000, 2006). Also included in the use of these instruments was a decisionmaking model for case planning that integrated information about behavioral health variables and risk for reoffending. A standardized implementation process was used to assist sites in the selection of tools, development of policies, categorization of available services and interventions, as well as the development or modification of existing case plans. Results indicate that probation staff can be trained to complete violence risk assessment using the structured professional judgment approach. This produced a high degree of inter-rater agreement, and case management decisions can take into account a youth's risk for future offending. The study advises that in order for risk assessment to impact youths' cases and individual outcomes, risk assessment must occur early in the judicial process. Risk assessment should be conducted before making decisions about disposition, placement, and the services to be provided. It is also recommended that States use a structured, empirically validated approach to risk assessment. A variety of inconsistencies were found in probation staffs' use of the MAYSI-2, despite efforts to train staff to use this assessment tool. Reasons for this inconsistent use of MAYSI-2 are suggested, and recommendations are offered to address it. Study limitations and future research are discussed. Details: Boston: University of Massachusetts Medical School Department of Psychiatry, 2015.202p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/249155.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 138470

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Programs: Implementation Challenges and Lessons Learned Summary: This brief is one in a series from the Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) FY 2011 Second Chance Act (SCA) Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDP). This report describes the implementation challenges and successes among seven grantees who implemented adult reentry programs using SCA funding. Findings are based on information collected through semi-structured interviews with AORDP staff and organizational partners during early 2014, as well as through a Web-based survey administered in spring 2014 to key reentry stakeholders in each site. Details: Research Triangle Park, N.C.; Research Triangle Institute; Washignton, DC: Urban Institute, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249188.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 138471

Author: Ridolfi, Laura John Title: Decriminalizing Childhood for Youth of Color Summary: From the day children are born, we dream of their bright future and imagine that their lives are ripe with opportunities to thrive. We send them off to elementary school with aspirations of one day attending their college graduation and celebrating their journey toward self-sufficiency. We envision them growing into young adults with access to opportunities to create a good life. However, for far too many, this is a dream deferred. For youth of color, the journey along the path of opportunity toward self-sufficiency is frequently derailed by criminalization, arrest, and incarceration. One reason is that the margin of error that our society grants to youth of color is razor thin. This is true for youth of color who are simply exhibiting normal childhood behavior, as well as those who commit crime. The American justice system, reflecting societal values and norms, has a long and unconscionable tradition of using policing and incarceration as a form of social control for children of color. It is imperative that we protect their right to childhood by reforming the justice system in ways that strive for structural racial equity. The racial and ethnic disparities that exist in youth justice today are symptoms of a system that, from inception, treated children of color poorly and that continues to use misguided and ineffective approaches. There are nearly 1 million young people involved in the youth justice system today. The overwhelming majority are youth of color. On an average day in 2013, nearly 55,000 young people across the United States were incarcerated - 87 percent were for nonviolent offenses. Youth of color were significantly more likely to be incarcerated; black youth were more than six times as likely to be incarcerated as white youth. The American emphasis on incarceration as a response to misbehavior and misconduct by youth of color is punitive, deficit-based, and ultimately counterproductive. This "mass incarceration" has come under public scrutiny in the United States in recent years. Across party lines, our nation agrees, the "American experiment in mass incarceration has been a moral, legal, social, and economic disaster." But mass incarceration is more accurately described as hyper-incarceration because communities of color experience excessive incarceration disproportionately. Details: Chicago: Urban America Forward, 2016. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Civil Rights Roundtable Series: Policy Brief: Accessed March 29, 2016 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5OY2mjuvIznSDhsTkU2LVV3SkU/view?pref=2&pli=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 138472

Author: Rovner, Joshua Title: Declines in Youth Commitments and Facilities in the 21st Century Summary: This policy brief finds that a major reduction in the number of youth committed to juvenile facilities has taken place this century. Overview: �The number of youth in juvenile commitment has fallen by half since 2000. �Racial disparities in youth commitment remain large and prevalent. �One in three juvenile facilities has closed since 2002, with the highest rate of closure for large facilities Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2015. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/Youth-Commitments-and-Facilities.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 138475

Author: W. Haywood Burns Institute Title: San Francisco Justice Reinvestment Initiative: Racial and Ethnic Disparities Analysis for the Re-Entry Council Summary: In February 2011, the Reentry Council of The City and County of San Francisco (Reentry Council) submitted a letter of interest to the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) to participate in the local Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI). In May 2011, following BJA's selection of San Francisco as a JRI site, the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at Community Resources for Justice (CRJ) began working with and providing technical assistance to the Reentry Council. From CJI's presentations to the Reentry Council, and based on these preliminary findings, the Reentry Council identified three policy areas with potential for achieving cost savings and reinvestment opportunities: 1. Eliminate disproportionality in San Francisco's criminal justice system 2. Create a uniform early termination protocol for probation 3. Maintain and expand pretrial alternatives to detention Reducing the disproportionate representation of people of color in San Francisco's criminal justice system remains a priority in JRI activities. Learning more about these disparities was a priority for Phase II. In November 2014, CJI contracted BI to provide an analysis of whether and to what extent racial and ethnic disparities exist at the five following key decision making points: - Arrest - Bail and Pretrial Jail - Pretrial Release - Sentencing - Motion to Revoke Probation (MTR) The analysis in this report describes the nature and extent of racial and ethnic disparities in the decision making points above. The analysis does not explore the causes of disparities. BI did not perform statistical analyses to isolate the extent to which race/ethnicity - rather than a variety of other factors - predicts justice system involvement. Additionally, the analysis does not explore the extent to which individual bias impacts the disproportionate representation of people of color in the justice system. Details: Oakland, CA: The Institute, 2015. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 30, 2016 at: https://www.burnsinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/SF_JRI_Full_Report_FINAL_7-21.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 138477

Author: Baird, Janette Title: Victim Impact: Listen and Learn. An Evaluation of the Effects of the Victim Impact: Listen and Learn Program on Prisoner Recidivism and Prisoner Behavior Summary: This is a report of the evaluation study conducted to examine the effects of the Victim Impact: Listen and Learn program on the behaviors of the prisoners who attended this program. The focus of the data we collected and reported on was on the participants' behaviors after attending the program but while still in prison, and upon release from prison. Main findings 1. From the available data on 333 prisoners who had attended the Victim Impact: Listen and Learn program prior to their release back into the community, 118 or 35% re-offended and were re-committed back into prison within the state of Delaware within a three-year period following release. Comparable data provided by a 2013 DELJIS report on prisoner recidivism reported that within three-years of release 67% of prisoners re-offended and were re-committed back into Delaware prisons. 2. Prisoners who attended the program and remained in prisons after attending the program showed a reduction by a third in the frequency of disciplinary charges for the period of imprisonment after attending the program. Details: Providence, RI: Alpert School of Medicine at Brown University, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://www.victimsvoicesheard.org/images/pdf/delaware-evaluation-report-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138480

Author: Nagin, Daniel S. Title: Deterrence in the Twenty-first Century: A Review of the Evidence Summary: The evidence in support of the deterrent effect of the certainty of punishment is far more consistent than that for the severity of punishment. However, the evidence in support of certainty's effect pertains almost exclusively to apprehension probability. Consequently, the more precise statement is that certainty of apprehension, not the severity of the ensuing legal consequence, is the more effective deterrent. This conclusion has important policy implications among which are that lengthy prison sentences and mandatory minimum sentencing cannot be justified on deterrence. There are four major research gaps. The first concerns the mechanism by which police affect perceptions of the probability of apprehension. The second concerns the inextricable link between the deterrent effect of the threat of punishment and the potentially criminogenic effect of the experience of punishment. The third concerns the concept of a sanction regime defined by the sanctions legally available and how that legal authority is administered. Theories of deterrence conceive of sanctions in the singular not the plural and do not provide a conceptual basis for considering the differential deterrent effects of different components of the sanction regime. The fourth involves sanction risk perceptions. Establishing the link between risk perceptions and sanction regimes is imperative; unless perceptions adjust, however crudely, to changes in the sanction regime, desired deterrent effects will not be achieved. Details: Pittsburg: Carnegie Mellon University, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1403&context=heinzworks Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 138483

Author: Iowa. Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Title: Status of Females in the Juvenile Justice System: Data Report Summary: Young women in the juvenile justice system present with characteristics and experiences that differentiate them from their male counterparts. As such, the juvenile justice system in Iowa must consider these factors if it is to effectively and efficiently impact recidivism, rehabilitation and public safety. Details: Des Moines, IA: Iowa Department of Human Rights, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://publications.iowa.gov/21714/1/CJJP_Status%20of%20Females%20in%20the%20JJ%20System%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 138487

Author: Minnesota. Office of the Legislative Auditor Title: Health Services in State Correctional Facilities Summary: - The Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) provides health services to inmates through a combination of its own employees and contracted services. - Inmates have considerable access to health care, although several important access issues merit attention. - DOC has not established a sufficiently coordinated, comprehensive approach for managing the care of individuals with chronic conditions. - The prison system's residential unit for persons with serious mental illness has increasingly provided crisis and stabilization services rather than therapeutic treatment. - DOC's compliance with professional standards is mixed, with room for improvement. - DOC has not developed a comprehensive staffing plan for health services. - Mechanisms for oversight, accountability, and quality improvement for DOC health services have been limited. - DOC has not regularly obtained information that would help it ensure that the administrative costs and profits of its health services contractor are reasonable. - DOC policy requires co-payments in a more limited set of circumstances than indicated by Minnesota statutes. Details: St. Paul: Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2014. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/prisonhealth.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 138495

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Report on the Incidence of Sex Trafficking in Maricopa County Adult Probation Summary: The purpose of this study is to provide training to adult probation officers to enhance their ability to identify and support victims of sex trafficking, as well as to explore how to best allocate victim services resources to Adult Probation staff who work with victims or offenders (traffickers) of sex trafficking situations. The identification of victims of sex trafficking is complicated by a number of issues, including the societally imposed shame associated with prostitution, the fact that prostitution is defined as a criminal behavior, the complex and traumatic experiences of many victims and the disinclination of many who will self-identify as a sex trafficking victim when asked. Research has begun to show that most sex trafficking victims have been connected to the social service or criminal justice systems during their lifetimes (Perdue et al 2012; Roe-Sepowitz et al 2014). In this study, a survey was given to 121 adult probation officers who attended a four-hour training on sex trafficking identification and intervention. The intent of this survey was to explore the number of sex trafficking victims and traffickers on their caseloads. The probation officers provided detailed information about each case to assist in better development of intervention programming. The survey questions solicited information about how many of their current probationers had experienced sex trafficking, as well as specific details about each victim and trafficker. Details: Phoenix, AZ: McCain Institute for International Leadership, Arizona State University, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2016 at: https://socialwork.asu.edu/sites/default/files/%5Bterm%3Aname%5D/%5Bnode%3Acreate%3Acustom%3AYm%5D/asu_juvenile_probation_study_dec15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Probation Officers Shelf Number: 138500

Author: Smith, Brent L. Title: Identity and Framing Theory, Precursor Activity, and the Radicalization Process Summary: Research on terrorism prior to 2010 had been described as too descriptive and atheoretical. To partially address this deficiency, the current project is anchored theoretically and empirically in two of the most widely cited perspectives on social movements and the process of radicalization: role identity theory and framing theory (Snow and Machalek, 1983; Snow and McAdam, 2000; Snow, 2004; Stryker 1980). Drawing on these two overlapping perspectives, we contend that radicalization towards violence can be theorized as a process which entails a journey. Typically, this journey begins with a non- or less-radical identity and corresponding orientation, and moves toward a more radical identity and corresponding orientation. This process enhances the likelihood of employing targeted forms of violence because the prospect of desired change is seen as laying outside the realm of legitimate modes of challenge and expression within the targeted institutional arena. As implied, a key component of the process is the adoption or evolution of a radical identity. Five key concepts associated with the identity and framing perspectives are central to the analyses and findings: identity salience and pervasiveness, identity work, and diagnostic and prognostic framing. Identity salience is premised on the observation that identities are arrayed in a hierarchy, with those at the top, or most salient, in a given situation being most likely to be called on or invoked. Pervasiveness extends the notion of salience from one situation to multiple situations or encounters, such that the identity is in play in numerous situations. Identity work (Snow and Anderson 1987; Snow and McAdam 2000) encompasses a range of activities individuals and groups engage in that give meaning to themselves and others by presenting or attributing and sustaining identities congruent with individuals or group interests. Five types of identity work have been identified: (1) Engagement in group relevant demonstration acts or events, such as engaging in activities preparatory for the commission of violence; (2) arrangement and display of physical settings and props, such as flying or posting the confederate flag; (3) arrangement of appearance, such as engagement in cosmetic face work or body work; (4) selective association with other individuals and groups; and (5) identity talk, which involves not only the avowal and/or attribution of identities, but also talk relevant to framing. The two key framing concepts - diagnostic and prognostic framing - direct attention to the ways in which some issue or grievance is problematized and blame is attributed and to the call or plan for dealing with the problem. Details: Fayetteville, AR: Terrorism Research Center in Fulbright College, University of Arkansas, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 30, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249673.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 138501

Author: Stinson, Philip M. Title: Violence-related Police Crime Arrests in the United States, 2005-2011 Summary: - Police violence is behavior by any police officer-acting pursuant to their authority and/or power as a sworn law enforcement officer- that includes any use of physical force, whether justified or not (Sherman, 1980). - Situational risk faced by officers influence an officer's decision to use coercive force, non-deadly force, and/or to employ deadly force (e.g., Alpert & Smith, 1999; Fyfe, 1981; Terrill, 2003). - Officer-involved domestic violence (OIDV) remains a problem (Stinson & Liederbach, 2013). Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Presented at the Annual Conference of Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences, Orlando, Florida March 5, 2015 Accessed March 30, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.bgsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=crim_just_pub Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 138502

Author: Innocence Project Title: Prosecutorial Oversight: A National Dialogue in the Wake of Connick v. Thompson Summary: In 1984, John Thompson was wrongfully convicted of two separate crimes-a robbery and murder - in Louisiana. He was prosecuted first for the robbery, which helped prosecutors secure the death penalty in his murder case. While facing his seventh execution date in Louisiana State Penitentiary at Angola, a private investigator hired by his appellate attorneys discovered scientific evidence of Thompson's innocence in the robbery case that had been concealed for 15 years by the New Orleans Parish District Attorney's Office. Thompson was eventually exonerated of both crimes in 2003 after 18 years in prison-14 of them isolated on death row. The state of Louisiana gave him $10 and a bus ticket upon his release. He sued the district attorney's office. A jury awarded him $14 million-$1 million for each year on death row. When Louisiana appealed, the case went to the U.S. Supreme Court. On March 29, 2011, Justice Clarence Thomas issued the majority 5-4 decision in Connick v. Thompson that the prosecutor's office could not be held liable, ultimately granting prosecutors broad immunity for their misconduct. In the wake of the Court's decision, the Innocence Project, the Veritas Initiative at Santa Clara University, the Innocence Project of New Orleans and Resurrection After Exoneration formed the Prosecutorial Oversight Coalition to review the apparent lack of accountability for prosecutorial error and misconduct. On the fifth anniversary of the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in Connick v. Thompson, the coalition released Prosecutorial Oversight: A National Dialogue in the Wake of Connick v. Thompson, a report calling for greater transparency and accountability for prosecutors. The report details the findings of original research conducted by the coalition, in which it reviewed court findings of misconduct over a five-year period for five geographically diverse states-California, Arizona, Texas, Pennsylvania and New York- and documented 660 findings of misconduct - a likely undercount given the difficulties in identifying this behavior. The report also details highlights from a series of forums that the coalition convened in the same five states where it conducted research, to bring together panelists from all aspects of the criminal justice system to spark a meaningful dialogue about the problem and to suggest recommendations for systems that would promote greater accountability. Participants included current and former prosecutors, ethics professors, members of state bar disciplinary committees, exonerated people, defense lawyers and judges. The forum discussions greatly informed the recommendations in the report, which are targeted to the various stakeholders, including prosecutors, courts, state lawmakers and state bar oversight entities. Details: New York: Innocence Project, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: http://www.innocenceproject.org/news-events-exonerations/prosecutorial-oversight-report Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecutorial Misconduct Shelf Number: 138505

Author: Commission to Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities (U.S.) Title: Within Our Reach: A National Strategy to Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities Summary: Within Our Reach: A National Strategy to Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities is the final report of the Commission to Eliminate Child Abuse and Neglect Fatalities. This report discusses the Commission's findings and presents both a comprehensive national strategy for fundamental reform and recommendations specific to populations in need of special attention, including children currently known to CPS agencies and at high risk for fatality, American Indian/Alaska Native children, and African American children. The report includes recommendations for actions by the executive branch, Congress, and states and counties that the Commission believes will be most effective in ending these tragic deaths, today and into the future. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2016. 168p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: https://eliminatechildabusefatalities.sites.usa.gov/files/2016/03/CECANF-final-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138507

Author: Nakamura, Kiminori Title: Violence in the "Balance": A Structural Analysis of How Rivals, Allies, and Third-Parties Shape Inter-Gang Violence Summary: This paper explores the role of local structural conditions that facilitate or hinder violence when enmity is present between parties. This is illustrated by examining violence among street gangs. Using structural balance theory, the current research investigates whether certain triadic structures in which two rival gangs i and j are related to a third gang with either an ally or rival relationship is linked to the level of violence between i and j. Using multiple regression quadratic assignment procedure (MRQAP), the data on inter-gang relations and violent incidents among the gangs in Long Beach, CA, are analyzed. Structural imbalance, which indicates the lack of clear coalition patterns and a dominance relation, increases violence between rival gangs. On the other hand, the effect of balanced structures on violence is more complex. Balanced structures are much less violent, however, a gang will initiate violence if by doing so it can expect to reinforce its dominant position. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Carnegie Mellon University, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1411&context=heinzworks Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 138508

Author: Flaxman, Seth R. Title: Correlates of Homicide: New space/time interaction tests for spatiotemporal point processes Summary: Statistical inference on spatiotemporal data often proceeds by focusing on the temporal aspect of the data, ignoring space, or the spatial aspect, ignoring time. In this paper, we explicitly focus on the interaction between space and time. Using a geocoded, time-stamped dataset from Chicago of almost 9 millions calls to 911 between 2007 and 2010, we ask whether any of these call types are associated with shootings or homicides. Standard correlation techniques do not produce meaningful results in the spatiotemporal setting because of two confounds: purely spatial effects (i.e. "bad" neighborhoods) and purely temporal effects (i.e. more crimes in the summer) could introduce spurious correlations. To address this issue, a handful of statistical tests for space-time interaction have been proposed, which explicitly control for separable spatial and temporal dependencies. Yet these classical tests each have limitations. We propose a new test for space-time interaction, using a Mercer kernel-based statistic for measuring the distance between probability distributions. We compare our new test to existing tests on simulated and real data, where it performs comparably to or better than the classical tests. For the application we consider, we find a number of interesting and significant space-time interactions between 911 call types and shootings/homicides Details: Pittsburgh, OH: Carnegie Mellon University, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1402&context=heinzworks Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 138511

Author: Mejia, Daniel Title: The Economics of the Drug War: Unaccounted Costs, Lost Lives, Missed Opportunities Summary: Fiscally minded policymakers should invest in drug policy reform. Many national drug control policies are centered on aggressive policing and military efforts to reduce drug supplies and punish drug consumers. But these policies come with a very high price tag, rarely resulting in sustained control of drug supply or demand. The economic wastefulness of the drug war is one of the most important motivations for reform. A new report from the Open Society Foundations, The Economics of the Drug War: Unaccounted Costs, Lost Lives, Missed Opportunities, documents both the wastefulness of ill-conceived investment in ineffective policies and the missed opportunity of failing to invest in effective policies and programs that embody good public health practice and human rights norms. The case of Colombia, for example, illustrates the futility-and the harms to individuals and society-of extremely expensive coca eradication efforts. For all the money spent, the efforts merely resulted in a geographical shift of coca production to new and sometimes more environmentally fragile locations. The environmental and health damage caused by aerial spraying of coca crops also negatively impacted the productivity of rural families. Many countries fail to invest in and scale up programs that yield significant economic returns in reduced crime, reduced death from overdose, reduced illness and injury from unsafe injection, and improved productivity of patients who are able to get on with their lives. Programs that provide clean injection equipment are among the most cost-effective interventions in all of public health because they prevent HIV, but too many governments still believe erroneously that they encourage drug use. And overincarceration for nonviolent drug offenses is a drain on public resources that fails to make a dent in drug markets. Health-centered drug policy conceived with human rights norms in mind is effective and cost-effective compared to many status quo approaches. This report explains why less punitive drug policy is good fiscal decision making. Details: New York: Open Society Foundations, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/sites/default/files/economics-drug-war-unaccounted-costs-lost-lives-missed-opportunities-20160229.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138512

Author: Dumont, Robyn Title: 2015 Maine Crime Victimization Report Summary: The purpose of the Maine Crime Victimization Survey (MCVS) is to understand the extent of criminal victimization in Maine. This study includes findings from the most recent MCVS and features comparisons with other MCVS surveys done in 2006 and 2011. Several states do their own crime victimization surveys because findings from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), cannot be analyzed at the state level. As of July 2014, 14 states had developed and administered their own crime victimization surveys. Utah and Idaho have administered their surveys six and four times respectively. The MCVS supplements other crime findings, most notably the Department of Public Safety's annual Crime in Maine reports. What sets the MCVS report apart from other crime reports in Maine is that it includes both reported and unreported crimes and the characteristics of both victims and offenders. The following is a summary of key findings from the 2015 survey: Crime Perceptions 􀂃 Most Mainers felt safe in their communities: A total of 91.0% of survey respondents indicated that they felt safe in the communities in which they lived. Likewise, 86.3% of survey respondents stated they were not fearful of being the victims of a violent crime. 􀂃 Victims of crime felt less safe in their communities: Only 67.6% of those who were victims of violent crime in the past 12 months felt safe in their communities. Also, 78.1% of respondents who reported being the victim of a property crime in the last 12 months felt safe. 􀂃 More than two-thirds of survey respondents indicated that law enforcement was doing a good job in their communities: 69.1% of respondents indicated that law enforcement was doing a good job. This figure falls to 34.3% for victims of violent crime in the past 12 months and 48.0% for victims of property crime in the past 12 months. 􀂃 One out of five respondents (20.0%) believed that crime had increased over the past three years: Among crime victims, however, the rate was higher-41.7% of violent crime victims believed crime in their communities had increased. 􀂃 Mainers feel that drug abuse contributes most to crime: Over three-quarters of survey respondents (79.2%) held this view. After drugs, respondents identified exposure to domestic violence, lack of parental discipline, alcohol, poverty, and the breakdown of family life as contributors. Respondents reported the highest victimization rates for identity theft, property crime, and stalking. Identity Theft 36.4% of respondents reported being victimized by identity theft in the previous 12 months. Property Crime 15.1% of respondents reported being victimized by property crime in the previous 12 months. Stalking 14.4% of respondents reported being the recipient of unwanted behavior that constitutes stalking in the previous 12 months. Details: Portland, ME: Muskie School of Public Service, University of Southern Maine, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Adult/2015_Maine_Crime_Victimization_Survey.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 138516

Author: Cilluffo, Frank Title: Out of the Shadows: Getting Ahead of Prison Radicalization Summary: The potential for radicalization of prison inmates in the United States poses a threat of unknown magnitude to the national security of the U.S. Prisons have long been places where extremist ideology and calls to violence could find a willing ear, and conditions are often conducive to radicalization. With the world's largest prison population (over 2 million - ninety-three percent of whom are in state and local prisons and jails) and highest incarceration rate (701 out of every 100,000), America faces what could be an enormous challenge - every radicalized prisoner becomes a potential terrorist recruit. Attorney General Alberto Gonzales recently stated that "[t]he threat of homegrown terrorist cells - radicalized online, in prisons and in other groups of socially isolated souls - may be as dangerous as groups like al Qaeda, if not more so. They certainly present new challenges to detection." The London transit bombings of 2005 and the Toronto terrorist plot of 2006, to name just two incidents, illustrate the threat posed by a state's own radicalized citizens. By acting upon international lessons learned, the U.S. may operate from a proactive position. Under the leadership of The George Washington University's Homeland Security Policy Institute (HSPI) and The University of Virginia's Critical Incident Analysis Group (CIAG), a task force of diverse subject matter experts was convened to analyze what is currently known about radicalization and recruitment in U.S. prison systems at the federal, state and local levels. The goal of this diverse, multidisciplinary group was to give unbiased and well-informed recommendations for further action. The task force performed an extensive literature review and received briefings from professionals with expertise in this area. Federal, state and local officials provided background information on radicalization and ongoing efforts to decrease the threat of terrorist activity in prisons. The task force sought and received perspectives from religious service providers in prisons and jails, behavioral and social scientists, and members of the national security and intelligence communities. Researchers of radicalization in foreign prisons provided first hand accounts of radicalization and terrorist activities overseas. Due to the sensitive nature of many of these briefings and the desire of some briefers to remain anonymous, this report makes reference to information for which no source is cited. All information provided, where no source is provided, originates from task force briefings with subject matter experts and officials with personal experience in dealing with prisoner radicalization. This report focuses on the process of radicalization in prison. Radicalization "refers to the process by which inmates...adopt extreme views, including beliefs that violent measures need to be taken for political or religious purposes." By "extreme views," this report includes beliefs that are anti-social, politically rebellious, and anti-authoritarian. This report focuses, in particular, on religious radicalization in conjunction with the practice of Islam. Radical beliefs have been used to subvert the ideals of every major religion in the world. Just as young people may become radicalized by "cut-and-paste" versions of the Qur'an via the Internet, new inmates may gain the same distorted understanding of the faith from gang leaders or other influential inmates. The task force recognizes the potentially positive impact of religion on inmates, and it should be noted that inmates have a constitutional right to practice their religion, a right reinforced by further legislation. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, Homeland Security Policy Institute; Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia, Critical Incident Analysis Group, 2006. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 31, 2016 at: https://med.virginia.edu/ciag/wp-content/uploads/sites/313/2015/12/out_of_the_shadows.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 102908

Author: Rovner, Joshua Title: Racial Disparities in Youth Commitments and Arrests Summary: Between 2003 and 2013 (the most recent data available), the rate of youth committed to juvenile facilities after an adjudication of delinquency fell by 47 percent. Every state witnessed a drop in its commitment rate, including 19 states where the commitment rates fell by more than half. Despite this remarkable achievement, the racial disparities endemic to the juvenile justice system did not improve over these same 10 years. Youth of color remain far more likely to be committed than white youth. Between 2003 and 2013, the racial gap between black and white youth in secure commitment increased by 15%. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed April 2, 2016 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/doc/publications/Racial%20Disparities%20in%20Youth%20Commitments%20and%20Arrests.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 138530

Author: Georgetown University. Law Center. Human Rights Institute Title: The Cost of Stemming the Tide: How Immigration Enforcement Practices in Southern Mexico Limit Migrant Children's Access to International Protection Summary: The dramatic increase in the number of children migrating from the Northern Triangle countries to Mexico and the United States has garnered international attention. What is more concerning, though, is the lack of protection of the human rights of the children who are migrating. A report published today by the Georgetown Law Human Rights Institute (HRI) finds that Mexico is currently falling short of its human rights obligations and is putting migrant children at risk of being returned to violent and dangerous situations in their home countries by failing to provide adequate access to international protection. The report, The Cost of Stemming the Tide: How Immigration Enforcement Practices in Southern Mexico Limit Migrant Children's Access to International Protection, is the product of months of research, including dozens of interviews with affected children and families, advocates and government officials and agency staff. Many of the Central American children interviewed were seeking asylum in Mexico. The researchers also found that migrant children in Southern Mexico are systematically detained, often in poor conditions, for long and unpredictable periods. Detention conditions - coupled with the prospect of being detained for months while awaiting a decision on their status - deters children from seeking asylum. The United States has invested significant political and fiscal resources in the fortification of Mexico's southern border. But encouraging increased apprehension and deportation of children at Mexico's southern border may come at a significant cost to children's rights. International law requires that countries receiving migrants, like Mexico, meaningfully inform them of their right to seek asylum and provide access to procedures to determine whether they merit asylum or other forms of international protection. Although Mexico's laws, policies, constitutional provisions are meant to guarantee these protections, the report found that they are failing to do so in practice. Details: Washington, DC: Human Rights Institute, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2016 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/academics/centers-institutes/human-rights-institute/fact-finding/upload/HRI-Fact-Finding-Report-Stemming-the-Tide-Web-PDF_English.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 138536

Author: Price, Diane DePietropaolo Title: Summary Injustice: A Look at Constitutional Deficiencies in South Carolina's Summary Courts Summary: When a person is accused of a crime and faces loss of life or liberty as punishment, the U.S. Constitution guarantees that person the right to a lawyer even if he or she cannot afford one. The U.S. Supreme Court affirmed this basic principle more than a half century ago in Gideon v. Wainwright, and in subsequent cases that expanded the right to misdemeanor prosecutions. Yet it is violated routinely every day in South Carolina courts, where scores of people are convicted, sentenced, and sometimes incarcerated, without having been represented by counsel. This paper documents the constitutional violations observed by attorneys with the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers (NACDL) and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) in 27 different courts throughout the state during several weeks between December 2014 and July 2015. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: http://www.aclusouthcarolina.org/files/8114/5977/7174/SC_Report_FINAL_04042016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 138560

Author: Serin, Ralph C. Title: Selecting and Using Risk and Need Assessments Summary: The purpose of this document is to provide Drug Court staff with a concise and current overview of important issues relating to offender risk assessment and to provide a list of recommended contemporary risk instruments. Numerous risk scales are currently used in the United States (see Desmarais & Singh, 2013) to assess static risk factors and criminogenic needs (dynamic risk factors that are related to the client�s propensity for criminal behavior), of which substance abuse is but one. Almost all of these are applied to predict risk post-adjudication. Consequently, we set out to identify those risk scales best suited for use by Drug Courts. To do so, we used validity criteria widely accepted in the research literature on risk assessment (see Overview of Risk Assessment Instruments). Those that met all the criteria are described under Recommended Risk Instruments, and those that met only some of the criteria are described under Promising Risk Instruments. These sections are preceded by a general discussion of the issues pertaining to risk assessment, as well as best practices for selecting an instrument to suit a particular Drug Court"s needs and capacity. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Drug Court Institute, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Drug Court Practitioner Fact Sheet, Vol. X, No. 1: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: http://www.ndcrc.org/sites/default/files/selecting_and_using_risk.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 138561

Author: Council of Economic Advisors Title: Fines, Fees, and Bail: Payments in the Criminal Justice System That Disproportionately Impact the Poor Summary: Much of public discussion about the need for criminal justice system reform has focused on the dramatic growth in the size of the incarcerated population, as the number of Americans behind bars is now approximately 2.2 million. At the same time, concerns are growing about the expanding use of monetary penalties, which disproportionately impact poor defendants and offenders. Crime imposes real costs on society in terms of both the harm done to victims and in resources that must be allocated to policing, prosecution and incarceration. Increases in criminal justice spending have put a strain on local criminal justice budgets and led to the broader use of fine penalties and itemized criminal justice fees in an effort to support budgets. However, this practice places large burdens on poor offenders who are unable to pay criminal justice debts and, because many offenders assigned monetary penalties fall into this category, has largely been ineffective in raising revenues. Similarly, the growing use of fixed bail bonds as a condition for pretrial release has contributed to growth in jail populations, and often results in localities detaining the poorest rather than the most dangerous defendants. In this brief, we examine three common types of monetary payments in the criminal justice system: - Fines are monetary punishments for infractions, misdemeanors or felonies. Fines are intended to deter crime, punish offenders, and compensate victims for losses. - Fees are itemized payments for court activities, supervision, or incarceration charged to defendants determined guilty of infractions, misdemeanors or felonies. Fee collections are intended to support operational costs in the criminal justice system and may also be used to compensate victims for losses. Fees may also have a punitive and deterrent purpose, but are not designed to cater to specific offense categories. - Bail is a bond payment for a defendant's release from jail prior to court proceedings, and the majority of a bail payment is returned to a defendant after case disposition. Bail payments are intended to incentivize defendants to appear at court and, in some cases, to reduce the criminal risk of returning a defendant to the community. Details: Washington, DC: Council of Economic Advisors, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/page/files/1215_cea_fine_fee_bail_issue_brief.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 138562

Author: Lizama, Jaslene Title: What Works? Short-Term, In-Custody Treatment Programs Summary: Assessing the effectiveness of in-custody treatment programs is essential in the correctional system to appropriately allocate resources and reduce offender recidivism rates. With California passing AB 109, "2011 Public Safety Realignment", it becomes imperative to understand the characteristics and principles of effective rehabilitation programing. Treatment programs that follow the core principles of the Risk-Needs-Responsivity model are found to be effective and to significantly decrease recidivism rates (Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2011). The main question is whether jail treatment programs can be effective given the short duration of most jail terms. The transitory population in jails makes it difficult to provide continuous and effective treatment, further indicating the importance of analyzing the effectiveness of short-term, in-custody treatment programs. The authors reviewed the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral therapy, education and vocational programs, substance and alcohol abuse treatment, faith-based, and mental illness treatment programs. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) is based on the premise that offenders have distorted cognitions, which allows for dysfunctional thinking patterns that lead to unreasonable thoughts and beliefs and eventually to criminal and anti-social behaviors. There are different types of CBT programs that include, for example, Moral Reconation Thinking, Thinking for a Change, and Reasoning and Rehabilitation. These CBT programs are cost effective and when the program targets an offender's criminogenic needs, it can positively reduce an offender's recidivism rates. Effective educational and vocational programming are important as a large percentage of offenders in jail lack the basic skills to be a part of a well-functioning society. Educational programs are considered to be Adult Basic Education (ABE), General Educational Development (GED), and Post-Secondary Educational (PSE) classes - which includes academic classes and vocational training. Though most if not all correctional facilities provide their adult offenders with educational classes and vocational training there are no conclusive findings that these programs actually reduce recidivism. However, these programs are deemed effective because they teach offenders basic education, such as reading and writing and they also emphasize academic, vocational, and social education skills. Alcohol and substances abuse rehabilitation programs aim to reduce offenders' dependency and recidivism rates simultaneously. The research suggests cognitive-behavioral therapy, therapeutic communities, and interactive journaling used as in-custody treatment programs for offenders with alcohol or substance dependence can be effective in helping decrease drug use, drug relapse, and future criminal activity. Another promising program for jail inmates is the short-term but intensive OUT program. It is important to note that 12-step programs implemented in rehabilitation programs yield inconclusive evidence of effectiveness and have been found to have harmful consequences if not fully completed. Faith-based programs work with inmates to help grow their beliefs while providing vital services during incarceration but there is little evidence to support their effectiveness as a treatment. Sumter and Clear (n.d.) concluded that there are not enough studies regarding faith-based rehabilitation programs, and the results of the few existing studies yield too many inconsistences to clearly support the effectiveness of religious programs to reduce recidivism. Mentally ill offenders pose a difficult challenge for correctional facility staff and with the growing inmate population more mentally ill individuals find themselves placed in insufficient facilitates that do not meet their needs. Similar to faith-based rehabilitation programs; there is little research analysis to determine the effectiveness of treatment. While it is hard to determine whether mental illness programs can significantly reduce recidivism, it is essential for correctional facilities to provide some sort of programs to meet this population's needs. In general, research suggests that select short-term, intensive treatment programs may be useful within jails and can be effective in reducing offender recidivism rates. Details: Fullerton, CA: California State University - Fullerton, Center for Public Policy, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: http://cpp.fullerton.edu/Faculty/Dixie_CPP/What_Works_In_Corrections_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 138563

Author: Stageberg, Paul Title: Status Report: Juvenile Offenders Serving Life Sentences in Iowa Summary: Over a century ago the United States started developing and implementing juvenile courts; based upon the concept that juveniles were not as mature as adults, and were more amicable to rehabilitation. Current, ongoing research indicates that the human brain does not fully develop until the early to mid-twenties. This brain development research has been a portion of the impetus to the United States and Iowa Supreme Courts to conclude that juveniles are not as culpable as adults and that sentences for juveniles convicted of serious crimes must be individualized to take into account a youth's development and other relevant factors. While advances have been made in the understanding of brain development, scientists are urging caution when linking brain development with human behavior, as the research in this relationship continues. The U.S. Supreme Court has handed down three significant decisions regarding the sentencing of youth prosecuted in criminal (adult) courts: Roper v. Simons, Graham v. Florida, and Miller v. Alabama. Each of these decisions changed sentencing possibilities for youth convicted in criminal (adult) courts. Additionally, in 2013 the Iowa Supreme Court, in State v. Ragland, concluded that the U.S. Supreme Court's decision in Miller was a substantive change and in Iowa would apply retroactively. Since 1964, there have been 48 youth in Iowa who have been sentenced to life-in-prison without the possibility of parole. Seven of those sentences were for convictions on non-homicide offenses, and the remaining 41 were for murder in the first degree. Of these, there have been four inmates released from prison, two upon their deaths, one case was overturned, and one was released on parole. In 2011, a change to the Iowa Code established a life sentence with a possibility of parole after serving a minimum of 25-years for those youth convicted of a class 'A' felony that was not a murder in the first degree. This change to the Iowa Code was in response to Graham v. Florida. In 2012 Governor Branstad commuted the sentences of the 38 persons serving life-without-parole for murder in the first degree whose offenses had been committed by offenders under age 18. This commutation order specified new sentences of life imprisonment with the possibility of parole after 60 years. The Governor's commutations were in response to Miller v. Alabama. As of this report there are currently 28 inmates who are in the process of court actions based on the Graham and Miller decisions. Additionally, one of the commuted inmates, Kristina Fetters, has been paroled to hospice after her prison term was re-sentenced. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, Statistical Analysis Center, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/CJJP_Status%20Report--Juvenile%20Offenders%20Serving%20Life%20Sentences%20in%20Iowa.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 138569

Author: Dumont, Robyn Title: Disproportionate Contact: Youth of Color in Maine's Juvenile Justice System Summary: Research staff at the USM Muskie School work in partnership with Maine's Juvenile Justice Advisory Group (JJAG) in support of the goal of producing information to enhance Maine's understanding of disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in the state. This research documents the rate of disproportionate minority contact (DMC) for youth involved in Maine's juvenile justice system, differences in pathways to detention for youth of color, and the experiences of youth and families of color who have had contact with Maine's juvenile justice system. It uses a relative rate index (RRI) to demonstrate how youth of color are treated in comparison to their white counterparts throughout nine separate contact points in the juvenile justice system. This Maine-focused research report aligns with several federal, state, and local efforts aimed at promoting equity for youth of color throughout the juvenile justice system. In part, this report fulfills a federal grant requirement from the Office of Juvenile Justice Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) to identify DMC within the juvenile justice system in Maine. In order to assist states in their efforts to comply with the DMC requirements of the federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDPA), the OJJDP funds state-based advisory groups to understand and reduce DMC in their jurisdictions. Maine's Juvenile Justice Advisory Group (JJAG) has partnered with the Muskie School of Public Service at the University of Southern Maine to conduct this research to inform these efforts. Details: Portland, OR: University of Southern Maine, Muskie School of Public Service, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Juvenile/DMC.FINAL.05.15.2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 138570

Author: University of California School of Law - Berkeley. Policy Advocacy Clinic Title: High Pain, No Gain: How Juvenile Administrative Fees harm Low-Income Families in Alameda County, California Summary: National attention is focused on racial and economic discrimination in the criminal justice system. Racially disproportionate interaction with the system leaves people of color with significantly more court-related debt. While criminal court debt has been described and condemned in the adult system, this issue has received virtually no attention in the juvenile system, where fees undermine rehabilitative goals. This report presents research findings about the practice of assessing and collecting fees on families with youth in the juvenile system in Alameda County, California. The County charges these fees to thousands of families who are already struggling to maintain economic and social stability, and the financial burden appears to fall most heavily on families of color. Although the fees are supposed to help the county recoup expenses, its own data suggest that the County barely recovers the most direct costs of collection. The report calls for an immediate moratorium and repeal on the assessment and collection of these regressive and racially discriminatory fees (NB: On March 29, 2016, the Alameda County Board of Supervisors imposed a fees moratorium and asked the relevant county departments to prepare for a full repeal by June 28, 2016). Details: Berkeley: University of California, Berkeley Law, Policy Advocacy Clinic, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2738710 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fees Shelf Number: 138571

Author: Hill, Christopher M. Title: Evaluation of the Oklahoma City Gang and Violent Crime Program Summary: In January 2008, the City of Oklahoma City received a grant award from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) for a project called the Oklahoma City Gang and Violent Crime Program. The project, funded under the BJA FY 07 Targeting Violent Crime Initiative, recognized the growing problem of gang violence in Oklahoma City. The project proposed specific activities to combat gang violence; it contained a plan to fund those activities; and it provided for an evaluation to determine the effectiveness of those activities at increasing prosecutions and reducing gang violence. The City of Oklahoma City authorized the Oklahoma City Police Department to enter into a Memorandum of Understanding with the Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation for the purpose of conducting the evaluation. The evaluation was supported by Grant No. 2007-DD-BX-0631 awarded by BJA. The evaluation period ranged from March 9, 2010 to June 11, 2010. Utilizing an evaluation management process, evaluators at the Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation conducted multiple assessments that addressed the program's need, theory, process, and impact. Overall, the evaluators make the following five conclusions. 1. Oklahoma City reported a documented gang problem, and additional resources were necessary to implement suppression, intervention, and prevention activities at a level that would reduce and minimize the extent of the problem. The grant award for the Oklahoma City Gang and Violent Crime Program provided funding for those additional resources. 2. The program theory as described in the application for funding contained a satisfactory level of logic and plausibility. In general, the program's functions, activities, and components were well-defined, feasible, and appropriate for the overall goals and objectives. 3. The Oklahoma City Police Department demonstrated a high level of fidelity to the program theory. In general, the department implemented and administered the program's functions, activities, and components as they were designed. 4. Substantial activity took place during the program, which yielded several indicators of the program's ability to improve public safety. Seventy cases worked as part of the program were accepted for prosecution. It is reasonable to believe that many of these cases would have gone undetected without the resources the program made available. Effects of the program on long-term changes in gang-related crime and violence were more difficult to assess. The program will require more data, collected over a longer period, in order to determine its impact on gang-related crime in Oklahoma City. 5. The Oklahoma City Gang and Violent Crime Program contributed to both structural and cultural changes in the Oklahoma City Police Department. Structurally, the department now has systems and standardized processes in place to address the gang problem. Culturally, the program changed the mindset of officers, and intelligence-led policing (ILP) is now widely practiced. The Oklahoma City Police Department would like to build on the successes it achieved through the program. Therefore, the evaluation concludes with recommendations for sustaining the program. Recommendations pertain to training, intelligence-led policing, and information sharing. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: https://www.ok.gov/osbi/documents/Evaluation%20Report%20for%20OCPD%20June%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drive-By Shootings Shelf Number: 138572

Author: Bohn, Sarah Title: U.S. Border Enforcement and Mexican Immigrant Location Choice Summary: We provide the first evidence on the causal effect of border enforcement on the full spatial distribution of Mexican immigrants to the United States. We address the endogeneity of border enforcement with an instrumental variables strategy based on administrative delays in budgetary allocations for border security. We find that 1,000 additional border patrol officers assigned to prevent unauthorized migrants from entering a state decreases that state's share of Mexican immigrants by 21.9%. Our estimates imply that border enforcement alone accounted for declines in the share of Mexican immigrants locating in California and Texas of 11 and 6 percentage points, respectively, over the period 1994-2011, with all other states experiencing gains or no change. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2013. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 7842: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp7842.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 138573

Author: Taylor, Ralph B. Title: Intra-Metropolitan Crime Patterning and Prediction Summary: This work examines the patterning and predictability of jurisdictional-level reported crime in the Philadelphia-Camden primary metropolitan statistical area. Spatial, temporal, and spatiotemporal features of the crime patterning are each investigated. The patterns are examined through three complementary lenses: the ecology of crime, the geography of crime, and the political economy of crime. Then, given what those inspections suggest, we examine the extent to which crime shifts prove predictable if we forecast a year ahead, or three years ahead. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2015. 419p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249739.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 138576

Author: Futterman, Craig B. Title: 'They Have All the Power': Youth/Police Encounters on Chicago's South Side Summary: Public conversations about urban police practices tend to exclude the perspectives and experiences of the young Black people, the citizens often most affected by those practices. The aim of the Youth/Police Project -- a collaboration of the Mandel Legal Aid Clinic of the University of Chicago Law School and the Invisible Institute -- is to access that critical knowledge and ensure that it is represented in the public discourse. This paper describes what we have learned from our ongoing project. In contrast to the attention commanded by high profile incidents of police abuse, we focus on the routine encounters between police and Black youth that take place countless times every day in cities across the nation -- interactions that shape how kids see police and how police see them. Our methodology is straightforward. We ask Black high school students to describe their interactions with the police. And we listen. Three findings stand out, above all, from these conversations: (1) The ubiquity of police presence in the lives of Black youth. Every student with whom we work lives with the ever-present possibility of being stopped, searched, and treated as a criminal. These negative encounters make many students feel "less than a person," and cause them to curtail their own freedom at critical times in their development to avoid being stopped by the police. (2) The depth of Black students' alienation from law enforcement. The overwhelming majority expressed great distrust of the police, so much that they did not feel comfortable seeking police assistance, even when someone close to them was the victim of a violent crime. (3) The primacy of accountability. Unchecked police power -- lack of accountability -- emerged as the single greatest barrier to building a relationship of trust with police. This paper offers a concrete policy, advocacy, and research agenda to address these issues. Central to our recommendations is acknowledging the realities of young people living in marginalized communities. Drawing on our work with youth, we propose a set of policies that, taken together, have the potential to yield more equitable and constructive relationships between Black communities and police. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 573 : Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2754761 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 138579

Author: Gomez, Victoria Title: Public Safety Consolidation Summary: In the years since the Great Recession of 2008, municipalities have looked for ways in which to cut spending while still providing fundamental public services that comply with the needs of the communities they serve. Naturally, attention should move to public safety which oftentimes comprises a large portion of city spending. All the while, larger entities such as counties look for ways to meet their budget needs without risking politically unpopular measures. The result has been a renewed emphasis on a process known as consolidation. Consolidation is the process of combining and reorganizing municipal functions for the purposes of cost reduction and decreased redundancy. While dozens of municipal entities are consolidated, police and fi re services are often the most public, most controversial, and the most impactful on the broader budget (Grammich & Wilson, 2012). Consolidation, however, is not for everyone and tends to follow a pattern in its use. Cities utilizing the process tend to be small, less than 100,000 residents, and have a lower crime rate than many larger cities. The consolidation process known as contracting is particularly popular in Southern California, due in no small part to its initial founding in the City of Lakewood in the mid-1950s (Bournes & Nelligan, 2011). The public safety model of consolidation is also popular, but tends to remain most prominent near its epicenter in Michigan. This leads to the unanswered question: what are the public safety model and contracting? The public safety model is a process of combining police and fire services into one unified entity either through a central management structure or the dual usage of officers. Details: Fullerton, CA: California State University Fullerton Center for Public Policy, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Student Research Series: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://cpp.fullerton.edu/Faculty/Dixie_CPP/Public_Safety_Consolidation_2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Consolidation Shelf Number: 138585

Author: Calderon, Eduardo L. Title: Citizen Oversight Committees in Law Enforcement Summary: Law enforcement officers are charged with performing a variety of difficult tasks in the communities they serve. In order to carry out these tasks officers are vested with high levels of autonomy and authority. Although most law enforcement personnel throughout the United States perform honorable and conscientious police work, enormous amounts of damage can be done by a single reported incident of police misconduct or corruption. In response to allegations of wrongdoing and the use of excessive force by officers, some police agencies have solicited public opinion and involvement in an effort to build bridges of trust and promote transparency. This often includes discussions of establishing a citizen oversight committee. Citizen oversight committees are officially recognized groups composed of members of the community, often non-sworn civilians, who review complaints about police on behalf of the citizenry. Currently, there are more than 100 citizen oversight committees in the United States and approximately 18 percent of local law enforcement agencies in California have one. Each citizen oversight committee is a unique product of the environment that surrounds it. Citizen oversight committees generally fall into two categories or model types: they are either external or internal to the law enforcement agency. A current trend is to incorporate aspects of both external and internal models into a hybrid model. While there are no validated "best practices" in creating citizen oversight committees, successful committees can include benefits such as: empowering citizens, promoting change within law enforcement agencies, improving police-community relations, and increasing police transparency. Despite these benefits, committees face a number of structural and political obstacles that can hinder their ability to create lasting and permanent change in the police agencies they oversee. Many officers believe that citizen oversight and outside investigations are "unfair and biased against them" because their presence implies an inability of police agencies to monitor and investigate themselves. Recent changes in police oversight, however, have shifted away from the "us v. them" mentality. Similar to the theories guiding Community Oriented Policing, contemporary citizen oversight committees have embodied values that seek joint partnerships with stakeholders involved in the oversight process. Support from local politicians and police administrators as well as rank-and-file officers is crucial to the success of all citizen oversight committees. If city officials and the police department do not support the oversight body, it will have no access to the confidential documents and case evidence necessary to review incidents involving police misconduct. To be effective, citizen oversight committees must be skillful at getting policing issues on the city's agenda so that officials will address, rather than ignore, suppress, or minimize problems in the police agency. While there are many things to consider, some important questions to keep in mind when implementing a citizen oversight committee are: - Membership: Who will sit on the committee? Do committee members need to have any specialized skills or knowledge beyond an ability to be fair, open-minded, and conscientious? Will they be paid or volunteer positions? Will positions be appointed or by application/qualifications? How will appropriate- and fair-minded citizens be recruited? - Power and Responsibilities: Will the committee conduct investigations or just oversee the investigation process? Will the committee recommend or issue discipline? Will the committee have subpoena powers? - Governance: Who will oversee the committee - an elected body or police administrator(s)? How will a committee be established � by charter or the electorate? - Funding: How will the committee be funded? What costs will be associated with the implementation and maintenance? - Goals: What is/are the goal(s) of the committee? The success of citizen oversight committees rests on their ability to establish joint partnerships with stakeholders involved in the oversight process. Often citizen oversight committees balance the needs of the public, police officers, and law enforcement agencies in an effort to establish their legitimacy. However, citizen oversight committees should continue to adapt to changes in political leadership and internal departmental transitions so that their membership and legitimacy will remain a fixture for years to follow. Details: Fullerton, CA: California State University - Fullerton, Center for Public Policy, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://cpp.fullerton.edu/pdf/cpp_policeoversight_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Oversight Committees Shelf Number: 138586

Author: Maine Statistical Analysis Center Title: Maine Crime and Justice Data Book: 2014 Summary: The 2014 Maine Crime and Justice Data Book presents a portrait of crime and justice indicators in the state, using the most recent public safety, corrections, and court data available for Maine. The reports looks at ten year trends in Maine, compares Maine figures with data from other northern New England states and the United States, and presents some county level findings as well. Details: Portland, ME: Maine Statistical Analysis Center, University of Southern Maine, Muskie School of Public Service, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2016 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/DataBook2014/2014_Maine_Crime_and_Justice_Databook.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 138587

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Paying the Price: Failure to Deliver HIV Services in Louisiana Parish Jails Summary: In 2011, the United States, in concert with countries around the world, announced the "beginning of the end of AIDS." Defeating AIDS would be a stunning public health achievement. But doing so requires addressing HIV in correctional systems-and nowhere more so than in Louisiana, which leads the nation in new HIV infections and incarceration rates. The same socio-economic factors that place people at risk for HIV-poverty, homelessness, drug dependence, mental illness- are also associated with higher rates of incarceration. For heavily policed groups, the overlap of HIV and imprisonment is not a coincidence. Going to jail tends to make people poorer, less stably housed, and more likely to be jailed again-factors known to play a part in HIV prevention and outcomes. Repeated incarceration, often for minor crimes, can have serious health consequences for people living with HIV. Paying the Price presents the voices of people living with HIV who have been detained in parish jails across Louisiana, where HIV services are limited, sporadic, and often non-existent. HIV testing is limited to a handful of facilities; treatment for HIV in parish jails is delayed, interrupted, and sometimes denied altogether. Despite the importance of continuity of care to people with HIV, those who leave most parish jails in Louisiana endure a haphazard process, including leftover medications, a list of HIV providers, and in some cases nothing at all. Federal, state, and local governments should immediately increase inmates' access to HIV testing, treatment, and linkage to care upon release from Louisiana parish jails. Louisiana should continue to press forward criminal justice reforms that promote alternatives to incarceration. Details: New York: HRW, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/usaids0316web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 138592

Author: Raher, Stephen Title: You've Got Mail: the promise of cyber communication in prisons and the need for regulation Summary: Ideally, electronic messaging - which is often referred to as "email for prisoners" - should provide incarcerated people and their families a faster and more convenient way to communicate over extreme distances. But our January 2016 report finds that electronic messaging has very little in common with email services available to free-world users. Some electronic messaging systems only allow for inbound electronic communication, and, unlike mainstream email, sending messages costs anywhere from 5cents to $1.25 per message. But it's not too late to transform electronic messaging from a poorly designed and expensive technology to a fair and reasonable tool for communication. The Federal Communications Commission requested comments on advanced communication services in prisons and jails, and we've responded with our analysis of the current state of electronic messaging. The report addresses critical questions that range from how many companies provide electronic messaging in prisons and jails to what are some of the abusive terms of service that are common in this industry. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2016 at: http://www.prisonpolicy.org/messaging/report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Communications Shelf Number: 138597

Author: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Title: Municipal Courts: An Effective Tool for Diverting People with Mental and Substance Use Disorders from the Criminal Justice System Summary: The Sequential Intercept Model (SIM) is a tool that enables communities to create coherent strategies to divert people with mental and substance use disorders from the criminal justice system. The mapping process associated with SIM . focuses on five discrete points of potential intervention, or "intercepts" (Munetz & Griffin, 2006): 1: Law enforcement; 2: Initial detention/first court appearance; 3: Jails/courts; 4: Reentry from detention into the community; and 5: Community corrections, probation, and parole. Much has been written about four of these intercepts. For example, the Crisis Intervention Team model has been disseminated broadly as a strategy to improve law enforcement interventions at Intercept 1. Mental health courts, drug courts, and other treatment courts have become an increasingly common part of the judicial landscape and define much of the conversation at Intercept 3. Reentry from jail or prison, Intercept 4, has become a core topic in general discussions regarding correctional policies at the federal, state, and local levels. SAMHSA's SSI/SSDI Outreach, Access and Recovery) (Dennis & Abreu, 2010) ease reentry on release from jail or prison. And while many communities lack much in the way of resources at Intercept 5, a literature has emerged that discusses specialized probation as a strategy to ensure longer community tenure (Skeem & Manchak, 2008). While each intercept presents opportunities for diversion, Intercept 2 may hold the most unexplored potential. This is because it is at Intercept 2 (initial detention and first court appearance) that the vast majority of individuals who come into contact with the criminal justice system appear. Many of these individuals have a mental illness and co-occurring substance use disorders; these are the individuals whom communities often try to divert. However, for a variety of reasons discussed below, this intercept is often overlooked. The purpose of this document is to turn community attention to the possibilities that Intercept 2, especially when the first appearance is at a municipal court, presents for diversion. The optimal diversion strategies that are most often overlooked and involve municipal courts are at first appearance (Intercept 2). Details: Rockville, MD: SAMHSA, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2016 at: http://store.samhsa.gov/shin/content//SMA15-4929/SMA15-4929.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138598

Author: Kentucky Administrative Office of the Courts Title: Pretrial Reform in Kentucky Summary: Kentucky Pretrial Services was created in 1976 as part of the Bail Bond Reform Act when commercial bail bonding for profit was abolished. Pretrial Services is a statewide agency housed under Kentucky's Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), the operations arm for Kentucky's judicial branch, also known as the Court of Justice. Kentucky courts are a unified, four-tiered system consisting of the Supreme Court, Court of Appeals, Circuit Court and District Court. District Court is a court of limited jurisdiction and handles misdemeanors, violations, traffic offenses, city and county ordinances, felony probable cause hearings, juvenile matters, and a variety of civil cases. Circuit Court is a court of general jurisdiction and hears felony and capital offenses, appeals from District Court, and various other civil matters. The Supreme Court is the state court of last resort and the final interpreter of Kentucky law. Court unification means that all courts operate under the same administrative rule, while the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court serves as the administrative head of the entire court system. Pretrial Services has 294 employees divided into forty-nine (49) local program districts, including a Central Office, which includes the Chief Operating Officer, the Manager, eight (8) Regional Supervisors, a Project Specialist and support staff. Local programs consist of a Program Supervisor and frontline Pretrial Officers. Louisville, Lexington and the Northern Kentucky district also employ an Urban Supervisor. Many rural districts cover multiple counties, and thereby multiple courts, and sometimes, multiple jails. Pretrial Services operates in all 120 Kentucky counties and provides services seven days a week and 24 hours a day. Per court rule, pretrial officers are mandated to conduct an interview and investigation of all persons arrested on bailable offenses within 24 hours of his or her arrest, although many jurisdictions strive to provide their services within 12 hours of the defendant's initial incarceration. The interviews and investigations are voluntary and confidential, and are conducted in person at the local, incarcerating jail. As a part of the interview and investigation process, officers also screen defendants for alcohol, drug abuse, and mental health issues. Pretrial officers then verify the information provided by the defendant during the interview, conduct a thorough criminal history check and utilize a validated risk assessment that measures flight risk and anticipated criminal conduct. This information is used to make appropriate recommendations to the court regarding pretrial release. The risk assessment classifies defendants as low, moderate or high risk. Pretrial officers present the findings and make recommendations for release to their local district or circuit court judge - or in some rural areas, a specially appointed Trial Commissioner - who make the actual release decision. Details: Frankfort, KY: Administrative Office of the Courts, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2016 at: http://www.apainc.org/wp-content/uploads/Pretrial-Reform-in-Kentucky-Implementation-Guide-Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 138600

Author: Baker, Angie Title: Evaluation of the Oklahoma City SAFE Oklahoma Grant Summary: Using grant funds, OCPD developed a program model to address violent crime in the target area. According to the program narrative, the purpose of this program is to "reduce the occurrence of violent crime through both proactive and reactive efforts while using directed patrols, "hot spot" policing, and intelligence-led policing tactics in conjunction with code enforcement strategies." The program also included a community outreach strategy to address the perception of law enforcement and the community among citizens and business owners in the target area. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma State Bureau of Investigation, Office of Criminal Justice Statistics, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2016 at: https://www.ok.gov/osbi/documents/SAC%20Oklahoma%20City%20SAFE%20Oklahoma%20Year%201%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Hot Spots Shelf Number: 138602

Author: Stottlemyre, Sonia M. Title: The Effect of Country-Level Income on Domestic Terrorism: A Worldwide Analysis of the Difference between Lone-Wolf and Group Affiliated Domestic Terrorism Summary: Despite vast literature examining causes of terrorism, domestic terrorism has only recently begun to be studied as an entity unto itself. It has long been postulated that a country's wealth influences its domestic terrorism rates but very little research has backed that claim. Preliminary data suggests that there may be important differences between what leads to domestic attacks conducted by terrorist organizations and attacks conducted by people acting alone. The current study hypothesizes that the relationship between a country's wealth, as measured by GDP per capita, and its domestic terrorism rate may be different for lone-wolf terrorism than for group-affiliated terrorism. Results support this hypothesis but not in the expected way; per-capita GDP appears to have a non-linear relationship with lone-wolf terrorism and a linear relationship with group-affiliated terrorism. The data were highly sensitive to changes in model specification so caution must be taken when drawing conclusions based on these findings. Although these results are preliminary, they should encourage future researchers to examine the differences between lone-wolf and group-affiliated domestic terrorism to best understand and prevent both phenomena. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 8, 2016 at: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/709882/Stottlemyre_georgetown_0076M_12569.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 138604

Author: Fernandez, Jose Title: Breaking Bad: Are Meth Labs Justified in Dry Counties? Summary: This paper examines the influence of local alcohol prohibition on the prevalence of methamphetamine labs. Using multiple sources of data for counties in Kentucky, we compare various measures of meth manufacturing in wet, moist, and dry counties. Our preferred estimates address the endogeneity of local alcohol policies by using as instrumental variables data on religious affiliations in the 1930s, when most local-option votes took place. Alcohol prohibition status is influenced by the percentage of the population that is Baptist, consistent with the "bootleggers and Baptists" model. Our results suggest that the number of meth lab seizures in Kentucky would decrease by 24.4 percent if all counties became wet. Details: Louisville, KY: University of Louisville, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2650484 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs Shelf Number: 138605

Author: Gathings, M.J. Title: Standing the Test of Time: An Examination of the STARS Notification Program�s Efficacy over Time Summary: The S.T.A.R.S. (Strategies To Abate and Reduce Senseless Violence) Notification Program is a component of the Durham Police Department�s strategic approach to reducing gun violence and violent crime in the community. Through this program, repeat violent offenders are identified and selected for an intervention that features law enforcement officials and community representatives delivering a unified message that violence will no longer be tolerated in the community. The law enforcement component of this program educates the offenders on what type of behavior is expected from them, as well as the consequences of further violent behavior. This notification, in effect, draws a line in the sand and explains in plain language to chronic offenders the ground rules for expected behavior and the consequences of non-compliance. They are specifically told what behaviors need to be changed: violent activity, the use/possession of firearms/weapons, and participating in group criminal activity such as narcotics distribution. Community representatives are present as part of the team, offering support and resources to offenders wishing to make a change in their lifestyle. The community component of the notification process features representatives from local churches and service-providing organizations. These individuals volunteer their time in order to come together and deliver a message of warmth and reception to offenders. This component is designed to support offenders' re-entry into the community by offering linkages to needed resources such as employment, housing, job training, substance abuse treatment, or counseling. Past analyses of this program have shown Durham Police Department�s S.T.A.R.S. Notification Program to be highly effective in reducing violent recidivist behavior in offenders who participated in the program. Specifically, past analyses have shown that violent offenses per month decreased by 75%, while weapon violations per month were reduced by 57%. The present analysis examines the impact of the notification's message over time. Message impact, or effectiveness, is assessed through examination of participant recidivism for various periods of time. Only data for individuals that attended the first four call-in sessions (n = 39) were included in the analysis. This sample size was selected because it provides both a preliminary assessment of the efficacy of the notification program and determines whether there is need for a more extensive examination of the program. Details: Greensboro, NC: Center for Youth, Family, and Community Partnerships, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 2007. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Project Safe Neighborhoods Research Brief: Accessed April 8, 2016 at: http://psncabarrus.org/research/2009/Standing_the_Test_of_Time_Fact_Sheet.pdf Year: 1007 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 138610

Author: National Network for Safe Communities Title: Group Violence Intervention: An Implementation Guide Summary: The National Network for Safe Communities supports communities around the country in implementing two field-tested crime reduction strategies: the Group Violence Intervention (GVI) first launched in Boston, Massachusetts, and the Drug Market Intervention (DMI) first launched in High Point, North Carolina. National Network membership includes law enforcement (e.g., police chiefs; sheriffs; state and federal prosecutors; and corrections, parole, and probation officials), community leaders, mayors, city managers, council members, service providers, street outreach workers, scholars, and others applying these strategies to reduce violent crime. The National Network's GVI has demonstrated that violent crime can be dramatically reduced when law enforcement, community members, and social service providers join together to engage directly with street groups to communicate the following: - A law enforcement message that any future violence will be met with clear, predictable, and certain consequences - A moral message from community representatives that violence will not be tolerated - An offer of help from social service providers for those who want it GVI is now a well-documented approach to reducing serious violence. The strategy is unusual, but it is based on common sense and practical experience. Embedded in empirical analysis of what drives serious violence, and in the schools of thought and practice known as "focused deterrence" and "procedural justice," the strategy follows a basic logic. Evidence and experience show that a small number of people in street groups, cliques, drug crews, and the like cause the majority of violence in troubled neighborhoods. The internal dynamics of the groups and the honor code of the street drive violence between those groups and individuals. The group members typically constitute less than 0.5 percent of a city's population but are consistently linked to 60 to 70 percent of the shootings and homicides. To implement GVI, a city assembles a partnership of law enforcement, community representatives (e.g., parents of murdered children, ministers, street outreach workers, ex-offenders, and other people with moral standing and credibility), and social service providers, all of whom are willing to provide a specific message to group members. A key communication tool of the strategy is the "call-in," a face-to-face meeting between group members and representatives of the GVI partnership. Together, the GVI partners deliver the strategy's antiviolence messages to representatives of street groups and then follow up on those messages. The call-in represents a central shift on the part of law enforcement. At the call-in, law enforcement gives the groups clear notice that it will meet future violence with swift and certain consequences and that it will direct consequences at the group as a whole rather than at individuals. As with ordinary law enforcement, when group members commit violent crimes, those individuals receive enforcement attention. Under GVI, however, law enforcement also holds the entire group accountable for violence. A group member's violent act triggers enforcement against other group members for outstanding warrants, probation and parole violations, open cases, and a variety of other criminal activity. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2016 at: https://nnscommunities.org/old-site-files/Group_Violence_Intervention_-_An_Implementation_Guide.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 135351

Author: National Network for Safe Communities Title: Drug Market Intervention: An Implementation Guide Summary: The DMI guide provides practical information intended to help law enforcement, community, and social services partners--the strategy's key stakeholders--prepare and successfully execute DMI to close overt drug markets. It discusses the ways overt drug markets damage neighborhoods, contribute to disorder, and negatively affect communities. This publication guides the reader through the processes of partnership formation, police-community reconciliation, dealer notifications, staging call-ins, maintaining closure of drug markets, and delivering services to dealers. DMI is intended to help communities reduce the use of intrusive policing practices, transform neighborhoods, and allow law enforcement to step back and the community to reclaim its voice in how it wants to live. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2016 at: https://nnscommunities.org/uploads/DMI_Guide.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 138613

Author: University of California, Berkeley. School of Law. Chief Justice Earl Warren Institute on Law and Social Policy Title: Los Angeles County Juvenile Indigent Defense System Summary: The County's juvenile indigent defense system was created over twenty years ago. Since that time, juvenile defense has evolved; defense attorney's roles have expanded; and attorneys are required to serve their client not only during all phases of the delinquency process, but including representation of the juvenile once his/her case has concluded. Defense attorneys are now expected to provide post-disposition representation which ensures the youth receives services ordered by the court, such as educational, medical and psychological; representation at post-disposition meetings; assisting with the sealing or expunging of records; and appealing of cases. Unfortunately, the County's system has not changed nor kept up-to-date with these new and expanding defense requirements. The aforementioned concerns and other system improvements are discussed in more detailed below and in the attached consultant�s report. Details: Berkeley, CA: The Institute, 2016. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2016 at: http://file.lacounty.gov/bc/q1_2016/cms1_241526.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Defense Attorneys Shelf Number: 138614

Author: Braud, Jeanine Title: U Visas for Immigrant Victims of Hate Crimes: A Practice Guide for Advocates Summary: Immigrants -- and LGBT immigrants in particular -- are especially vulnerable to hate crimes. If immigrant victims of hate crimes cooperate with authorities in the prosecution of their perpetrators, they may be eligible for U Visas. But many immigrant victims, advocates and certifying agencies are not aware that hate crimes can be qualifying crimes for U Visa purposes. While there are general U Visa practice manuals, this short guide is designed to assist advocates representing immigrant victims of hate crimes, including: (1) information about the U Visa, including qualifying (enumerated and non-enumerated) crimes; (2) a description of hate crimes and how they can constitute qualifying crimes for U Visa purposes; (3) best practices for representing immigrant victims of hate crimes, including how to identify non-enumerated hate crimes, obtain certification of such crimes, and draft a supporting declaration; and (4) sample U Visa forms and other advocacy resources. Details: Chicago, IL: National Immigrant Justice Center, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2459315 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 138617

Author: Altheimer, Irshad Title: Linking Research on Dispute Related Violence with Violence Reduction Strategies Summary: This paper is concerned with urban dispute-related violence. This paper has three objectives. First, to highlight the literature and research that should aid in the development violence-reduction strategies. Second, to address some of the challenges associated with drawing concrete policy implications from the extant research on dispute-related violence. Third, to identify the law enforcement strategies that can be utilized to reduce dispute-related violence. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2014/Linking%20Research%20on%20Dispute-Related%20Violence%20with%20Violence%20Reduction%20Strategies.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disputes Shelf Number: 138621

Author: Duda, Janelle Title: Evaluation of Judicial Process Commission's Women's Re-entry Project Summary: The Women's Re-entry Program out of Rochester, New York serves pregnant women and mothers of young children coming out of jail. The program began enrolling women into services in March 2010 and ran through April 2012. While the program ended in April 2012, some components of the program continue through to the present. Rochester, New York has a population of 210,565, of which 42% of the population is Black or African American and 16% is of Hispanic or Latino descent (US Census, 2010). Rochester is faced with issues similar to those of urban areas across the nation. Issues such as high rates of criminal justice supervision, vacant housing, teen pregnancy and low graduation rates plague the City of Rochester. Further, 38% of children under the age of 12 live in poverty in Rochester, making it ranked the 11th highest city in the nation for child poverty (Children's Agenda, n.d.). Monroe County receives about 6,000 men and women returning from federal, state and local incarceration yearly (Judicial Process Commission, personal communication, June 17, 2013). This program receives participants mostly from the Monroe Correctional Facility (MCF), located in Brighton New York, which houses 475 sentenced inmates. The Monroe County Jail (MCJ) is a pre-trial detention facility located in Rochester, which houses about 1,000 inmates, only a few of which have been sentenced. While the annual jail population is about 14,000 total, on any given day, the two facilities house about 1,400 inmates. Of the 14,000 held, about one third was sentenced. In 2010, there were 2,580 women incarcerated, of which 876 were sentenced (19% of the total sentenced population). A daily average of 45 sentenced females was in the MCF/MCJ in 2010. This program works exclusively with a population which has historically been ignored in the criminal justice system: females. Female offenders are an extremely vulnerable population (Kubiak, Young, Siefert, & Stewart, 2004; Schroeder & Bell, 2005; Knight & Plugge, 2005; Wiewel & Mosley, 2006). This program sought to work closely with this at risk population in order to provide intensive case management services that would position the participants to make informed life decisions, while being supported in the process. Details: Rochester, NY: Rochester Institute of Technology, Center for Public Safety Initiatives, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2013/2013-08.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138624

Author: Klofas, John Title: Juvenile Justice Reform Extension Evaluation Report Covering January 2012-June 2014 After-Hours Cases, Diversion Review Process, and Juvenile Detention Data Summary: This report is an evaluation of Monroe County, New York's Juvenile Justice Front-End Reform grant, which had the goals of reducing the number of juveniles (youth under sixteen years old) unnecessarily detained in Monroe County and increasing the number of juvenile cases diverted from court by ensuring diligent efforts were made at engaging juveniles and their families in the diversion process. Additional goals included decreasing the number of days between a juvenile's arrest and probation intake, ensuring there is always justification for detaining juveniles, and reviewing and documenting reasons for petitioning juvenile cases to be sure diversion attempts have been exhausted for that case. As such, four initiatives were implemented in Monroe County in March 2012: the after-hours detention hotline, expedited appearance tickets, a respite program, and a Diversion Review Committee (DRC). This report thoroughly describes each of these reforms, how they change the juvenile justice process, and whether they contributed to the goals of the reforms. We also examine factors that may have affected our results, such as the everyday practice of using these reformed systems and the relocation and capacity reduction of the local juvenile detention center. By reviewing data from multiple sources, this report reveals the effects of these reforms on juvenile case processing and outcomes. We find that all of the reform efforts were successfully implemented and largely had the desired impact. Since the reforms were implemented, - there are fewer juvenile detentions, - more juvenile delinquent cases are diverted from Family Court, - juvenile detentions and petitions are thoroughly and objectively assessed and justified through administrative review, and - juveniles are being seen, on average, 1-2 days after their after-hours arrests. Our findings indicate some room for process improvement, but the implementation of these reforms overall has been very successful. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #2014-18: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/images/2014-18%20-%20Probation%20Final%20Report%202014%20no%20appendices.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138625

Author: Duda, Janelle Title: Rochester Youth Violence Partnership Final Report Summary: The Rochester Youth Violence Partnership (RYVP) is a hospital-based violence intervention program that was implemented in 2005. In order to consider the appropriateness of program replication, The New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services funded an evaluation of the program. The evaluation sought to answer questions about who received the intervention, what intervention components were utilized more than others, and what impact did the intervention have on behavior change, amongst other questions. While the evaluation consisted of interviews, surveys, document review and observations, the core of the evaluation was to be the quantitative data analysis. The data analysis would look at victims treated for penetrating injuries at University of Rochester Medical Center. A variety of information would be captured, including criminal history, school data, family court data, gang membership, and mental health services accessed. We would also examine the extent of repeat victimization among program participants. Although the research design had been agreed upon by program staff, numerous and substantial limitations with data sharing were encountered. Without access to case-specific data we were unable to effectively answer the original, agreed upon questions about the impact of this intervention. Instead, the evaluation was limited to examining the history of the program, program development, and the partnership role, all of which are included in this report. This report also discusses the challenges to evaluation incurred and a preliminary analysis of the limited aggregate data shared by URMC. RYVP is a theoretically sound, and promising hospital based anti-violence program. It is our hope that this evaluation report will shed light on the work that has been done to develop this program and to institutionalize it, and that this will also make clear the importance of collecting and analyzing data for the purpose of evaluation. In this case, it is unfortunate that data were not collected in order to assess for program effectiveness and replication. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2013. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2013/Rochester%20Youth%20Violence%20Partnership.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 138630

Author: Gilman, Denise Title: To Loose the Bonds: The Deceptive Promise of Freedom from Pre-Trial Immigration Detention Summary: Each year, the United States government detains more than 60,000 migrants who are eligible for release during immigration court proceedings that will determine their right to stay in the United States. Detention or release should be adjudicated through custody determination, or bond, proceedings focused on the question of whether a migrant poses a flight risk or danger to the community. Yet, because the proceedings skip the critical inquiry into the need for detention before setting monetary bond requirements for release that are difficult to fulfill, freedom remains elusive. Custody determination proceedings are a cornerstone in the U.S. immigration detention edifice but have received scarce attention. Furthermore, the public debate on mass incarceration, which could meaningfully inform the discussion, generally ignores the reality of expansive immigration detention, including for pre-trial detainees who might be released. This Article takes up the task of critiquing the role and functioning of immigration custody determination proceedings, in part by joining together the conversations taking place in the immigration and criminal pre-trial realms. In this Article, I assert that immigration custody determination proceedings fail to preserve and protect the constitutional presumption of liberty applicable to all persons facing detention without a criminal conviction. The proceedings result in automatic detention without meaningful individualized consideration or review. Furthermore, they adopt elements from the criminal pre-trial system that are ill-suited to the immigration setting while failing to incorporate lessons learned in the criminal justice setting. Important considerations in the criminal justice context, such as the inadvisability of emphasizing monetary bond, do not make their way into immigration custody determination proceedings, with negative results for liberty. Given these realities, the Article both proposes normative changes to immigration custody determination proceedings and calls for additional research in order to rationalize the process. These reforms would realign the system with the limited purposes of immigration detention in order to protect liberty and avoid the significant human and societal costs associated with detaining individuals who might safely be released. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2737416 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 138632

Author: Lawrence, Sarah Title: Managing Jail Populations to Enhance Public Safety: Assessing and Managing Risk in the Post-Realignment Era Summary: Just 20 months after Public Safety Realignment began, the effects of the legislation on California's criminal justice system are unprecedented both in depth and in scope. And they are still taking shape. Arguably, county jail systems have been one of the most significantly altered components of the criminal justice system. The management of county jail systems in California is a challenging, dynamic, and complex undertaking. Realignment is exacerbating some of the challenges and accelerating some of the changes that county jails were facing before October 2011 when Realignment began. The number of individuals in jail has been growing; the status of individuals held in jail custody has been changing; and the length of time individuals stay in jail is getting longer. In short, almost every aspect of California's jail population has been in a state of flux since Realignment was implemented. An examination of all of the contributing factors and criminal justice tools related to jail management is beyond the scope of this effort. The focus here is on a handful of selected topics that 1) are considered to play an important role in the management of jails, 2) have been directly affected by AB 109 or have newly emerged as a result of the new regime, and 3) are thought to be ripe subjects for law and policy debate and reform. We approach these topics by breaking down jail populations into two groups (non-sentenced versus sentenced) and the issue into two stages (assessment of risk and management of risk). The first section presents an overview of who is in jail in California based on the most recently available data. The second section examines how the risk profiles of defendants are assessed during the pretrial phase, and what we know from research to be the most effective approaches to addressing risk. Next, risk management options in the form of detention, bail release, own recognizance release, and pretrial services supervision are discussed. The attention then shifts to the sentenced population in California jails and some of the tools available to criminal justice practitioners to manage jail populations, including, split sentences, electronic monitoring, and early release. This paper is intended to help lay the foundation for the first meeting of the Stanford Criminal Justice Center's Executive Session on the Front-End Issues of Public Safety Realignment (see sidebar). The first of these four, day-long meetings will focus on issues related to jail management. A group of experts from across California representing a variety of perspectives will be convened to discuss some of the pressing issues related to Realignment's effect on jails. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2016 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/child-page/440504/doc/slspublic/Paper%20on%20jail%20mgmt%20July%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: County Jails Shelf Number: 138635

Author: Schaffer, Adam Title: Between Rhetoric and Reform: Criminal Justice Reform in the United States Summary: After decades of implementing-and exporting-"tough on crime" policies that prioritize arrest and incarceration for even minor drug offenses, the United States is reconsidering its criminal justice system. These reforms should be noted in Latin America, a new report released today argues, as the region faces surging prison populations driven in part by draconian U.S.-sponsored policies. From 1973 to 2009, the total U.S. prison population increased over seven-fold as more low-level offenders were incarcerated-instead of receiving non-prison punishments-and a range of offenses garnered significantly longer sentences. Much of the change came as part of the "War on Drugs," and arrest and incarceration rates for drug offenses saw a particularly marked rise. From 1980 to 2010, the imprisonment rate for drug crimes grew from 15 per 100,000 to 143 per 100,000; a nearly ten-fold increase. Yet in recent years, the United States has begun to see a paradigm shift. Proposals are emerging to replace zero-tolerance policies, which sought to criminalize all aspects of drug-related behavior, with alternatives to incarceration and more fair sentencing policies. Calls for reform have spanned the political spectrum, as liberal groups call attention to the racial and socioeconomic disparities in the enforcement of drug laws, while conservative groups question the enormous financial costs (and questionable benefits) associated with mass incarceration. There is emerging bipartisan agreement that current drug laws-and sentencing practices more broadly-are ineffective, wasteful, and unjust. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office of Latin America, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2016 at: http://www.wola.org/sites/default/files/Between%20Rhetoric%20and%20Reform_Web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 138637

Author: Kochel, Tammy Rinehard Title: St Louis County Hot Spots in Residential Areas (SCHIRA) Final Report: Assessing the Effects of Hot Spots Policing Strategies on Police Legitimacy, Crime, and Collective Efficacy Summary: The St. Louis County Hot Spots in Residential Areas (SCHIRA) study was a joint project between Dr. Tammy Rinehart Kochel, Principal Investigator (PI), Southern Illinois University Carbondale (SIUC), and St. Louis County Police Department, MO (SLCPD). The purpose of this project was to conduct an experiment to study how a collaborative problem solving approach (PS) versus directed patrol (DP) versus standard policing practices (SPP) (the control group) differently impact crime in hot spots, but more importantly how the varied strategies impact residents' opinions about police, their neighborhoods, and their willingness to exert collective efficacy. The expected effects are outlined in Figure 1. Changing the amount of visibility and the nature and quantity of police interaction and response were expected to impact crime and also residents' perceptions about police services and conduct, affecting police legitimacy, perceptions of safety and victimization, and residents' willingness to promote collective efficacy. Project milestones are depicted in the timeline, Figure 2 in the Appendix. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1002&context=ccj_reports Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 138644

Author: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy Title: Improving the Measurement of Drug-Related Crime Summary: Policymakers need good information on the impact of drug use and drug markets on crime, since crime is a major source of the external burden caused by the demand for illegal substances. Thus, information on how drug demand causes crime�directly and indirectly�is vital for evaluating strategies that could be used to manage the problem and/or reduce the harm caused by these illegal markets. Such information is also needed to set priorities for how best to target limited resources to tackle the problem. While partaking in any illegal market is, by definition, a crime, not all illegal substances generate the same burden on society in terms of non-drug crime. In recent years, an expanding line of research has attempted to specify causal links between particular drugs and crime so as to better inform policymaking and the general understanding of the problem. Based on this scientific work, efforts in the United States, Europe, Australia, and Canada have tried to attribute some share of the total crime observed in society to the use of drugs and the presence of illegal drug markets. While these attribution studies have advanced the field, they remain unable to generate a credible range of estimates of the overall amount of crime that is causally attributable to drug use and supply. In July 2011, the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) awarded RAND�s Drug Policy Research Center a contract to help move the science forward by developing a methodology that could be used to estimate the total amount of drug-related crimes in the United States and by pilot testing the proposed methodology using a select number of data sources to develop estimates at the national level. We began with a thorough literature review focused on studies identifying causal links between specific drugs and particular types of crimes. Then, in consultation with a group of external experts, we assessed the current strategies used to translate hat knowledge into measures of drug relatedness. Several important insights were gleaned from these first two steps, leading our team to conclude that an entirely new approach was needed for describing drug-related crime. Prior attempts to improve the methodology for determining drug-attributable crime were constructive but narrow; they were incrementally improving the measurement of one particular dimension of the drugs-crime relationship while neglecting other equally important dimensions. Thus, we propose in this report an entirely new method for tracking and measuring the magnitude of drug-related crime and provide a prototype of a new strategy for measuring the problem, which we call "he Drugs-Crime Dashboard." Details: Washington, DC: Executive Office of the President, 2013. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/drug_crime_report_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 138645

Author: Texas Department of Public Safety, Texas Fusion Center, Intelligence & Counterterrorism Division Title: Texas Gang Threat Assessment Summary: The key analytic judgments of this assessment are: - Gangs continue to represent a significant public safety threat to Texas due to their propensity for violence and heightened level of criminal activity. Of the incarcerated gang members within Texas Department of Criminal Justice prisons, over 60 percent are serving a sentence for violent crimes, including robbery (24 percent), homicide (16 percent), and assault/terroristic threat (15 percent). We assess there are likely more than 100,000 gang members in Texas. - The Tier 1 gangs in Texas for 2015 are Tango Blast and Tango cliques (estimated 15,000 members), Texas Syndicate (estimated 3,400 members), Texas Mexican Mafia (estimated 4,700 members), Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13) (estimated 800 members), and Latin Kings (estimated 2,100 members). These groups pose the greatest gang threat to Texas due to their relationships with Mexican cartels, high levels of transnational criminal activity, level of violence, and overall statewide presence. - Gangs in Texas remain active in both human smuggling and human trafficking operations. Gang members associated with human smuggling have direct relationships with alien smuggling organizations (ASOs) and Mexican cartels. These organizations were involved in and profited from the recent influx of illegal aliens crossing the border in the Rio Grande Valley in 2014. Gang members involved in human trafficking, including commercial sex trafficking and compelling prostitution of adults and minors, exploit their victims through force, fraud or coercion, including recruiting and grooming them with false promises of affection, employment, or a better life. Gangs identified as being involved in human trafficking in Texas in 2014 include Tango Blast, Texas Syndicate, Bloods, Crips, Gangster Disciples, and MS-13. - Mexican cartels regularly use Texas gangs for the purposes of illicit cross-border smuggling. Members of Tier 1, Tier 2, and other gangs are sometimes recruited and tasked by cartels to carry out acts of violence in both Texas and Mexico. The relationships between certain gangs and cartels fluctuate based on cartel structures and cell alignments, gang alignment with specific cartels, threats or coercion, and familial ties. - Traditional rivalries between gangs continue to diminish as members take advantage of opportunities to collaborate and achieve common criminal objectives, typically for financial gain. Members of gangs such as the Bloods, Texas Syndicate, and Texas Mexican Mafia are working together to smuggle and sell drugs and weapons, among other crimes. In addition, law enforcement continues to observe gang members with hybrid memberships, where gang members claim multiple affiliations, which presents challenges in identifying and investigating gang activity. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Department of Public Safety, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: https://www.txdps.state.tx.us/director_staff/media_and_communications/2015/txGangThreatAssessment.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 138647

Author: Cohen, Derek Title: Asset Forfeiture by Texas Law Enforcement Summary: While the abstract debate on civil asset forfeiture remains hotly contested in Texas, two elements often omitted are from the discussion is "how much," and "where" the practice takes place. Unfortunately, delineating civil forfeiture from that which occurs pursuant to a criminal conviction is impossible under current reporting law. Still, insight into the volume and location of forfeitures is telling. It reveals where the practice may be overused, establishing a reliance on the proceeds of the legally dubious practice. Further, it also shows where and when standardized per-capita localities are aggressively pursuing more forfeiture, regardless of size. This report aims to demonstrate spatial patterns of forfeiture in raw and per-capita terms, and highlight potential misconceptions and problem areas. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/PP-Asset-Forfeiture-by-Texas-Law-Enforcement.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture (Texas) Shelf Number: 138651

Author: Carter, Rebecca L. Title: The Blessed Placemakers: Violent Crime, Moral Transformation, and Urban Redevelopment in Post-Katrina New Orleans. Summary: This doctoral dissertation is an ethnographic and social-geographic examination of peacemaking and placemaking in the urban delta. It traces the ways in which people dwell within unsettled and liminal places at the edge or margin of change, working to creatively remake their lives and worlds despite persistent conditions of vulnerability and loss. Based on two years of comparative fieldwork in New Orleans, it reveals the challenges, ways of being, and transformations that emerge in the aftermath of disaster, in the midst of recovery and redevelopment, and in response to ongoing social problems, particularly the impact of urban violence. While violent crime has long been a problem in New Orleans, it has particular significance in the post-disaster setting. People are asking: How do we stop the violence and reclaim our lives and city? And in particular, what are the values - moral, ethical, religious and other - that should carry us forward? The dissertation follows four local moral and religious communities who address these questions, immersed in active and embodied processes of healing and reform for self, community, city, and society. Case studies include a Catholic "peace prayer" group praying for an end to violence and the moral conversion of non-believers; practitioners of Haitian Vodou conducting "anticrime ceremonies" in targeted city neighborhoods; a Baptist church leading anti-violence and grief recovery ministries; and an Episcopal social justice ministry focused on the restoration of humanity for all victims of violence. Their rich narratives demonstrate that peacemaking and placemaking are driven by the acquisition, application, and promotion of distinct moral and religious bodies of knowledge. Expanding on existing investigations of moral geographies and forms of indigenous 'wisdom,' therefore, the research finds that it is through these site-specific forms of urban 'wisdom' that residents work to reconcile the past while refashioning the present and future. Local moralities extend through larger religious and other sheltering institutions to support the growth and promotion of moral and religious frameworks to guide urban redevelopment and reform. The efforts of these groups, including the obstacles they face, reveal the complexity of moral and religious civic engagement, in vulnerable urban settings. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, 2010. 403p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/handle/2027.42/78861/rlcart_1.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Disasters Shelf Number: 138654

Author: Weber, Robin Title: Race and Sentencing in Vermont Summary: Vermont correctional facilities have seen an increase in the incarceration of minority populations that does not match the increase in the minority population in Vermont. This is especially true for African American defendants who have comprised just about 10% of the incarcerated population for the last seven years. According to the United States Census, only 1.2% of Vermont's population identifies as Black or African American. In response to this apparent disparity, in 2012 the Vermont Legislature passed Act 134, mandating the Vermont Center for Justice Research (VCJR) conduct research to determine if a defendant's race influences the sentencing decision. This report was submitted by the Crime Research Group (CRG) as a revision of the original report submitted in 2014. Details: Northfield Falls, VT: Vermont Center for Justice Research and Montpelier, VT: Crime Research Group, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://www.crgvt.org/reports/reportscrimjust/reports/racesentencingrpt_files/Race%20Sent%20Rpt%202015.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 138663

Author: Cohen, Derek Title: Without Due Process of Law: The Conservative Case for Civil Asset Forfeiture Reform Summary: There is little dispute among the conservative movement that criminals who would threaten the safety of our communities deserve to be divested of the fruits of their illicit enterprise. Drug dealers should lose possession of vehicles used to facilitate offenses in addition to the criminal sanction they face. However, civil asset forfeiture-the practice of taking ownership of real or personal property allegedly connected to criminal activity but not requiring the criminal activity to be alleged, much less proven-has recently garnered significant outrage in the states. Tales of long-term abuses (such as those in Tenaha, Texas) and unconscionable takings (such as the entirety of Michigan grocer Terry Dehko's bank account containing over $35,000) have taken root in the public conscience as emblematic of what the state, given unchecked authority, is capable of (Cohen). This affront to central conservative ideals of property rights, due process, and rule of law has prompted several "red" states to enact comprehensive reforms, ranging from removing the incentives to engage in the practice to wholesale abolition. New Mexico, for example, has recently enacted a spate of reforms that essentially abolish civil asset forfeiture and equitable sharing, while remanding the proceeds of criminal forfeiture to a communal fund. Montana now requires a criminal conviction before assets can be forfeited and, in tandem, raised the threshold that the state must meet to perfect the forfeiture post-conviction. Even when states do pass individual protections such as raising the burden of proof or providing counsel in forfeiture proceedings, "equitable sharing" offers an easy mechanism to skirt these protections. While the majority of forfeitures are conducted under state law, local or state agencies may partner with the federal law enforcement agencies in enforcement efforts and select the least restrictive jurisdiction through which to process the forfeiture. North Carolina has long prohibited the practice, but unfortunately has been subject to above-average equitable sharing use. While commonsense conservative solutions to reform the practice have been attempted in nearly all states, efforts are stymied by special interests that directly benefit from forfeiture disbursements. These agencies have grown addicted to this unappropriated source of funding, with nearly 40 percent indicating that the money constitutes a necessary income source (Cohen). This paper highlights the two most comprehensive efforts to catalogue the relative ranking of the protections (or lack thereof) states provide their citizens, discusses commonly used fallacies by proponents of the status quo, and enumerates several reforms that states may implement to ensure criminals are held to account for their misdeeds while sparing the property rights of innocent property owners. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed April 14, 2015 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/PP-Without-Due-Process-of-Law-The-Conservative-Case-for-Civil-Asset-Forfeiture-Reform.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 138665

Author: Cate, Matthew Title: Beyond Litigation: A Promising Alternative to Resolving Disputes Over Conditions of Confinement in American Prisons and Jails Summary: In 1976, Governor Jerry Brown and the California Legislature passed a series of laws creating the state's determinate sentencing structure. Over the next 30 years, a tough-on-crime mindset drove legislators and voters to lengthen sentences and reduce opportunities for parole, resulting in a prison system packed to more than 200 percent of its design capacity. By 2006, overcrowding in California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) facilities was so bad that more than 168,000 inmates were packed into a prison system designed for only 84,000.To cope with the population boom, the state built 22 mega-prisons and hired staff at a rapid rate. But those new prisons immediately became overcrowded as well, and it became increasingly difficult for the state to properly care for inmates while maintaining order and discipline. As a result, the CDCR became the target of a series of class-action lawsuits focusing on nearly every aspect of its treatment of inmates in prison and on parole. As these cases were filed, the state chose to defend itself primarily through traditional prison litigation strategies. The approach was largely unsuccessful. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, Stanford Criminal Justice Center, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: https://www-cdn.law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Beyond-Litigation-Cate-and-Weisberg-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 138673

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Non-Criminalization of Juvenile Sex Trafficking Victims Summary: Fifteen years after the Trafficking Victims Protection Act set the benchmark for identifying commercially sexually exploited minors as victims of sex trafficking, the vast majority of state prostitution laws continue to criminalize, penalize and stigmatize juvenile sex trafficking victims as offenders under prostitution laws. Consequently, punishing commercially sexually exploited4 minors creates social and legal contradictions that undermine the fight against juvenile sex trafficking - further harming victims and hindering a needed shift in cultural attitudes. Resolving the conflicts created by criminalizing juvenile sex trafficking victims is not merely a matter of legal theory but an imminent concern for juvenile sex trafficking victims who daily endure trauma caused by their exploitation. In developing protective responses and avenues to connect youth to services rather than punishment, determining how to eliminate the criminalization of juveniles for conduct that is inherently non-criminal remains a fundamental, indispensable element of this effort. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: JUST Response Policy Paper: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/JUSTRESPONSE-POLICY-PAPER-NON-CRIMINALIZATION-OF-JUVENILE-SEX-TRAFFICKING-VICTIMS.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138674

Author: Shared Hope International Title: Justice for Juveniles: Exploring Non-Criminal Response Mechanisms for Child Sex Trafficking Summary: The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) clearly defines anyone under the age of 18 induced to perform a commercial sex act as a victim of human trafficking. Since its passage in 2000, 14 states and the District of Columbia have aligned with federal policy by ensuring that their prostitution laws criminalizing the sale of sex do not apply to minors. In states that still have the ability to charge children for the crime of selling sex under their prostitution statutes or for other crimes committed while being trafficked, some local jurisdictions have adopted policies prohibiting application of these laws when a minor is the subject. The Uniform Act on the Prevention of and Remedies for Human Trafficking (Uniform Act), which was approved for adoption by the states by the Uniform Law Commission in 2013, also eliminates criminal liability for minors for prostitution and related offenses. This shift in policy, and in some locations, practice, has led to a widely accepted understanding that commercially sexually exploited children are victims, not perpetrators, of prostitution and trafficking related crimes. This in turn has created a shift in child serving agency responses to identified victims - from directing exploited youth into delinquency proceedings to directing them into trauma-informed services. However, shifting toward a non-criminal response to child sex trafficking victims remains fraught with complicated questions regarding how to protect exploited youth and connect them to services. Because of the challenges associated with providing services, the field is rushing to find solutions that protect, empower and support youth who have been trafficked. This field guidance will explore implementation of non-criminalization policies and statutes, looking to identify promising trends and avenues to overcome current system challenges and safety concerns. We are grateful to the JuST Response Council members who contributed to this paper and hope it will serve as a resource to those in the field seeking a more robust system that will help juvenile sex trafficking victims avoid the re-traumatization of a misguided system response and connect them instead to a continuum of care that will empower them to achieve a life free from exploitation. Details: Vancouver, WA: Shared Hope International, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: http://sharedhope.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/04/NonCriminal-Response-Mechanisms-Field-Guidance.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138675

Author: Bies, Katherine J. Title: Diversity in Prosecutors' Offices: Views from the Front Line Summary: In July 2015, the Stanford Criminal Justice Center (SCJC) released a report detailing the racial and gender demographics of prosecutors' offices across California.1 That study was conducted in response to events that renewed longstanding concerns regarding the treatment of racial minorities in the criminal justice system. In particular, national protests followed failures to indict White police officers implicated in the deaths of two unarmed Black men, Michael Brown and Eric Garner, in Ferguson, Missouri, and Staten Island, New York. Since the release of the SCJC��s first report, White officers implicated in the death of Tamir Rice, a Black 12-year-old, were also not indicted. The treatment of these officers by White prosecutors stands in stark contrast to the indictment of officers implicated in the death in Maryland of Freddie Gray, a 25- year-old Black man. The State��s Attorney in Baltimore was a Black woman. Given the concern over the treatment of racial minorities in the criminal justice system, the lack of information on the demographics of prosecutors' offices seemed especially concerning. Prosecutors wield a substantial amount of influence. They determine who is charged, what they are charged with, what sentence is sought, and what concessions to offer in exchange for a guilty plea. In those cases that do not go to trial�Xthe vast majority�Xprosecutors exercise perhaps their greatest influence, often effectively determining the defendant��s sentence. Further, prosecutors set broad policies, deciding the aggressiveness with which different laws will be enforced, and other law enforcement officials often follow their lead. The July 2015 study was the first to make publicly available demographic data regarding prosecutors�� offices. We strongly encourage readers to refer to the July 2015 report in detail. Broadly speaking, we found that minorities, particularly Latinos, are underrepresented among California prosecutors. Whites comprise approximately 38 percent of the population in California but 70 percent of California prosecutors. Further, while 48 percent of prosecutors are women, only 41 percent of supervisors are female. However, the July 2015 study, as a quantitative analysis of prosecutors' offices at a particular time, has limitations. In particular, such a snapshot fails to indicate whether, in recent years, offices were becoming less or more diverse. Our earlier report also attempted to describe previous research, which highlighted the possible effects a lack of diversity may have on office performance and to specify some factors that contribute to this lack of diversity. However, our quantitative analysis does not fully illuminate the causes or effects of the lack of diversity. As a result, we sought to supplement our first report with a qualitative analysis. We interviewed prosecutors in an attempt to better understand the importance of diversity in the workplace, the evolution of the demographics of prosecutors' offices, the challenges prosecutors face in creating and maintaining a diverse workforce, and the most promising strategies in overcoming those challenges. To that end, we spoke with prosecutors in five California counties: Riverside, Santa Clara, San Diego, San Francisco, and San Joaquin. Here are the key findings from our interviews: �h Diversity is important. Respondents largely agreed that having a range of perspectives in an office encourages more equitable outcomes. They also stressed that a prosecutor's office should reflect the community because doing so creates an appearance of fairness, cultivates trust, and allows for more effective prosecution. �h Demographics are changing in offices. Many, although not all, respondents said that in recent years their offices had hired more attorneys of color and more frequently promoted both attorneys of color and female prosecutors. Much of this change was attributed to the elected District Attorneys prioritizing diversity. Most respondents said that their office had already achieved some semblance of gender balance by the time they were hired. �h There are many challenges to achieving diversity. Respondents identified several challenges to increasing diversity in their offices, including: the lack of individuals of color graduating from law school, which necessarily limits the pool of candidates; the difficulty in competing with law firms for diverse candidates; and the negative perception of prosecutors among racial minority groups. �h But, solutions have been developed to achieve diverse workplaces. The most common solutions respondents shared include: (1) a conscious effort to recruit diverse candidates; (2) working to ensure that candidates meet women and attorneys of color during the recruiting and interview process; (3) community engagement as a method of combating the pipeline problem and the stigma associated with prosecutors in many communities of color; and (4) programs to actively retain current employees, such as job-sharing for prosecutors who prefer to work part-time. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford Law School, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: http://rivcoda.org/opencms/resources/Brochures/Stanford_Law_School_Report_--_Diversity_in_Prosecutorsx_Offices.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 138678

Author: East Bay Community Law Center Title: Stopped, Fined, Arrested: Racial Bias in Policing and Traffic Courts in California Summary: Across the country, low-income people who commit minor offenses are saddled with fines, fees and penalties that pile up, driving them deeper into poverty. What's worse, they are arrested and jailed for nonpayment, increasing the risk of losing their jobs or their homes. Stopped, Fined, Arrested - Racial Bias in Policing and Traffic Courts in California brings to light a disturbing truth that remains ever present in the lives of Californians: there are dramatic racial and socioeconomic disparities in driver's license suspensions and arrests related to unpaid traffic fines and fees. Public records from the California Department of Motor Vehicles and U.S. Census data demonstrate that in primarily Black and Latino communities, driver's license suspension rates range as high as five times the state average. Moreover, data collected from 15 police and sheriff's departments across California show that Black motorists are far more likely to be arrested for driving with a suspended license for failure to pay an infraction citation than White motorists. Never before has this volume of data been available for the public to analyze. This new data and interactive maps show: - Rates of driver's license suspensions due to a failure to appear or pay a ticket are directly correlated with poverty indicators and with race. The highest suspension rates are found in neighborhoods with high poverty rates and high percentages of Black or Latino residents. - The Bay View/Hunter's Point neighborhood in San Francisco, zip code 94124, has a relatively high rate of poverty (23.5%), the highest percentage of Black residents in San Francisco (35.8%) and a suspension rate of 6.7%, more than three times the state average. Neighboring zip code 94123, which includes the Marina District, has a substantially lower poverty rate (5.9%), a low percentage of Black residents (1.5%) and a suspension rate five times below the state average (0.4%.). - Black and Latino motorists are disproportionately arrested for driving with a suspended license and for warrants for failure to appear or pay on an infraction citation. - In the City and County of San Francisco, the population is 5.8% Black, yet 48.7% of arrests for a "failure to appear/pay" traffic court warrant are of Black drivers (over-represented by 8.4x). White people are 41.2% of San Francisco's residents, yet only 22.7% of those arrested for driving with a suspended license (underrepresented by 0.6x). - In Los Angeles County, Black people are 9.2% of the population yet 33% of those arrested for driving with a suspended license (over-represented by 3.6x). White people are 26.8% of the county's residents, yet only 14.8% of those arrested for driving with a suspended license (under-represented by 0.6x). Stopped, Fined, Arrested situates license suspensions and arrests in the broader context of systemic racial bias in policing and courts, and builds upon the findings of our first report, which showed the harsher impacts that low-income people face in California's "pay-to-play" justice system. Stopped, Fined, Arrested also highlights the immediate and long-lasting detrimental impacts of these current policies and practices on California's residents, families, communities, economy and public trust in law enforcement and the courts. From income and job loss to reduced health, psychological harm and family separation, arrests and incarceration due to unpaid infraction debt carries significant collateral consequences that burden California's economy and judicial system while doing very little to further public safety or the interests of justice. Over-policing, license suspensions and the subsequent arrests due to inability to pay come at a great cost to our state's resources, to public safety, to the fair administration of justice and, as this report documents, to people and communities across the state. These great costs demand comprehensive changes to California's court system and policing policies. Details: s.l.: East Bay Community Law Center, Bank on the Road, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2016 at: http://ebclc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Stopped_Fined_Arrested_BOTRCA.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 138682

Author: Thomas, Douglas Title: Evidence-Based Policies, Programs, and Practices in Juvenile Justice: Three States Achieving High Standards Through State Support Centers Summary: Evidence-Based Policies, Programs and Practices in Juvenile Justice provides case studies of three jurisdictions achieving high standards through state support centers. The jurisdictions were selected based on a 50-state survey of efforts to support evidence-based policies, programs and practices (EBPs) and selects examples that reflect an evolution toward greater sophistication and support for EBPs Details: Pittsburgh: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Case Study: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/EBP%20Report/EBPinJJ%20Final%20032016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 138688

Author: Addington, Lynn A. Title: Animal Cruelty Crime Statistics: Findings from a Survey of State Uniform Crime Reporting Programs Summary: Animal cruelty is a crime throughout the United States, and certain forms of animal cruelty are felonies in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands. The connection between animal cruelty and other forms of violence is well established (Ascione, 2001; Vaughn, et al., 2009; Walton-Moss, et al., 2005). Taken together, these facts support the need to include animal cruelty data in national crime statistics. In 2003, an effort began to have the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) collect and code animal cruelty crimes as part of its Uniform Crime Reporting Program (UCR). The motivation for this change is two-fold. First, obtaining animal cruelty data would allow for annual estimates as well as identification of trends over time. Second, these data would be available to researchers, policymakers, and other stakeholders to promote a better understanding of animal cruelty and develop evidence-based policy. At first, this effort sought to obtain a legislative remedy compelling the collection of animal cruelty data. After a series of exchanges with the FBI, staff from the Animal Welfare Institute (AWI) met with personnel from the FBI's Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) to discuss the dimensions of this proposal. One issue that arose from these meetings was a lack of knowledge regarding what, if any, animal cruelty data were being collected by state UCR programs. To better understand the collection of animal cruelty data as well as interest among state UCR programs in such data, AWI, with consultant Dr. Lynn Addington of American University, surveyed members of the Association of State Uniform Crime Reporting Programs (ASUCRP). This report discusses the findings from that survey. Details: Washington, DC: Animal Welfare Institute, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2016 at: https://awionline.org/sites/default/files/products/ca-12fbireportfinal040312_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 138689

Author: Denbeaux, Mark P. Title: Racial Profiling Report: Bloomfield Police and Bloomfield Municipal Court Summary: Seton Hall Law School's Center for Policy & Research selected Bloomfield, New Jersey as a setting for a study of potential racial profiling in its police practices. The results revealed a persistent and disproportionate representation of African Americans and Latinos in the courtroom as compared to their representation in either Bloomfield itself or in the State of New Jersey. Bloomfield, New Jersey is, in many ways, demographically representative of New Jersey itself. According to the most recent census data available, its population of 47,315 is roughly 60% white, 18.5% African American, and 24.5% Latino. In comparison, New Jersey's population is 68.6% white, 13.7% African American, and 17.7% Latino. Bloomfield is ringed on the north, east and west by towns that resemble its demographic makeup. Bloomfield's southern border, however, is a different story: Newark is 26.3% white, 52.3% African American and 33.8% Latino; East Orange is 4% white, 88.5% African American and 7.9% Latino. The study entailed hundreds of observations of court appearances for traffic offenses and a small number of other minor offenses in Bloomfield Municipal Court, conducted by a team of trained Seton Hall Law School students for 70 hours over the course of a month. Students also scrutinized a database of 9,715 tickets issued to unique drivers in Bloomfield during a 12-month period immediately preceding the courtroom observations. The individuals with Spanish surnames who were cited in the Bloomfield ticket database closely approximated the Latino percentage observed in court appearances. Given the demographics of both Bloomfield and New Jersey generally, the expected representation in the courtroom would have been around 60% white. Strikingly, the observers reported the inverse, plus: instead of 60% white, African-Americans and Latinos accounted for an astounding 78% of court appearances (43% African American, 35% Latino, 20% White, and 2% other) (n=799). Remarkably, this racial disproportion was found not only across the board but in various subgroupings - including Bloomfield itself whose African American and Latino residents accounted for 73% of Bloomfield residents observed before the court, as compared with only 24% white. Similarly, a racial disproportion in ticketing also existed across the five predominantly white border towns. Although the numbers are small (n=39), 64% of those with residences in the predominantly white border towns were African American or Latino while only 33% were white. Much of the explanation for the racial distribution of tickets is undoubtedly due to the issuance of citations to residents of the cities of Newark and East Orange. The borders of these cities with Bloomfield were overwhelmingly targeted by the Bloomfield Police. To determine areas of police targeting, the database of tickets from the year immediately prior to the observation aspect of the study, was also analyzed for patrolling patterns. Where it could be determined where the traffic stop occurred (which was in some 67% of the cases), the overwhelming majority -- 88.33% -- were in the third of Bloomfield nearest to Newark and East Orange. Added to the courtroom observation data showing a greatly disproportionate number of tickets issued to African Americans and Latinos (78%), this pattern of citations compels the conclusion that African Americans and Latinos are, collectively, Bloomfield Police's target group. Indeed, Bloomfield Police policing patterns suggest a de facto "border patrol." By plotting out ticket incidence and frequency, one can see what essentially amounts to a "wall" of police erected against the Newark and East Orange border areas and their predominantly African American and Latino residents. This pattern of police citations also resulted in a dramatic subsidy of Bloomfield by African American and Latinos, in large part from residents of Newark and East Orange. For each individual charged, the average cost was $137 plus any surcharges imposed. That suggests that, for African Americans and Latinos, as a group, 7,566 tickets and a total paid to Bloomfield Municipal Court of more than $1,000,000. From the residents of East Orange and Newark who, at 29% of the observed total, received 2,910 tickets, Bloomfield Municipal Court would have received nearly $400,000. The annual budget of the Court is about $500,000, suggesting a substantial "profit" from this pattern of law enforcement, most of it from nonresidents of Bloomfield, and heavily weighted on the backs of African Americans and Latinos as a group. Perhaps not coincidentally, the Municipal Court's budgeted salaries were projected to have more than doubled in 2015, from $350,600 in 2014 to an estimated $760,794 in 2015. Details: Newark, NJ: Seton Hall University School of Law, Center for Policy and Research, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 138701

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Unaccompanied Children: HHS Should Improve Monitoring and Information Sharing Policies to Enhance Child Advocate Program Effectiveness Summary: Thousands of unaccompanied children arrive in the United States each year. For a small number of especially vulnerable children - about 1 percent in fiscal year 2015 - ORR provides an independent child advocate to develop safety and well-being recommendations to stakeholders, such as immigration judges. The Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 directed HHS to expand the program and included a provision for GAO to review the child advocate program. This report examines (1) the extent to which ORR increased the number of program locations, (2) the extent to which ORR ensured vulnerable children received advocate services, and (3) the program's benefits and challenges. GAO reviewed relevant federal laws and regulations; analyzed data from fiscal years 2012-2015 on the number and characteristics of child advocate cases served and recommendations made to stakeholders; and interviewed officials at ORR and the Department of Justice's immigration judges, and child advocate service providers in Chicago, Ill.; Brownsville, Tex.; and Washington, D.C. - selected to obtain variation in the number of children served and amount of time the program was operational, among other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that ORR improve its efforts to monitor care provider referrals and contractor decisions, and ensure that the contractor has timely access to key information on the children. HHS agreed with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-367: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/676687.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 138702

Author: U.S. National Task Force on Wildlife Trafficking Title: U.S. National Strategy for Combating Wildlife Trafficking: 2015 Annual Progress Assessment Summary: The escalation of wildlife trafficking in recent years poses an urgent threat to conservation and global security. African elephant populations have declined by about 20 percent in the last decade to just over 400,000, and one out of every twenty wild rhinos was killed by a poacher in the last year alone. Well-armed traffickers exploit porous borders and weak institutions, eroding governance and undermining livelihoods. To tackle this problem, President Obama created the Task Force on Wildlife Trafficking, bringing together 17 federal departments and agencies to create and implement a National Strategy to stop illegal activities that threaten the future survival of a multitude of species, including such iconic wildlife as elephants, rhinos, tigers, and sea turtles. Despite these alarming trends, 2015 was a turning point in the fight against wildlife trafficking. In September, President Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping agreed to enact nearly complete bans on ivory import and export, and to take significant and timely steps to halt the domestic commercial trade in ivory. When enacted, these steps will have a dramatic impact on two of the world's largest wildlife markets and may lead other countries to halt their domestic commercial ivory markets. Here at home, President Obama announced wide-ranging restrictions on the domestic trade in African elephant ivory. Events like the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's (USFWS) crush of one ton of ivory in New York City reinforced the message that elephant tusks have no place in commerce. In China, USAID supported public service announcements aimed at reducing the demand for illegal wildlife reached 23 million Chinese people daily. Early results of these and many other international and domestic demand reduction efforts appear heartening: studies show that the price of ivory in China has fallen by almost half in the past two years and elephant poaching is decreasing in some key habitats. President Obama's National Strategy for Combating Wildlife Trafficking and the Task Force's Implementation Plan center on three objectives: strengthening enforcement, reducing demand, and expanding international cooperation. The Task Force agencies have realized substantial progress in all three areas. Details: Washington, DC: The Task Force, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/254013.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 138703

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Do Significant Terrorist Attacks Increase the Risk of Further Attacks? Initial Observations from a Statistical Analysis of Terrorist Attacks in the United States and Europe from 1970 to 2013 Summary: Major terrorist events in the United States and Europe generate fear among the public and prompt swifter responses from public officials, reflecting a belief that terrorist attacks occur in clusters. If there is one attack, the concern is that others will soon follow. That presumption leads to two analytical questions: Does a significant terrorist attack somehow inspire other terrorist attacks, and can terrorist attacks be anticipated statistically? To answer these questions, RAND researchers examine the historical record of terrorism in the United States and Europe between 1970 and the end of 2013. Using the Global Terrorism Database, the researchers find an absence of clustering for terrorist events around trigger events since 1994, no increases in terrorism on significant dates, and a decline of terrorism in the West since the 1970s, suggesting that the threat of terrorism should not affect individuals' behavior and decisions in the United States and Western Europe - not even in the wake of a significant terrorist event. However, heightened security may be justified. It may enable authorities to respond quickly to increased reports of suspicious activity and hoaxes that terrorist events inspire. Increased police presence also permits authorities to diagnose and intervene more rapidly if there are further incidents. Moreover, temporary security increases may be warranted as a precautionary measure, even if only to reassure an alarmed public that it is safe. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspectives: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/perspectives/PE100/PE173/RAND_PE173.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 138706

Author: Galiani, Sebastian Title: Stirring Up a Hornets' Nest: Geographic Distribution of Crime Summary: This paper develops a model of the geographic distribution of crime in an urban area. Agents select their occupation, residence, consumption, and housing. The paper is the first to formally study how the location of crime, the residence of workers, and housing prices are affected by the spatial allocation of police protection. It examines two opposite strategies of police deployment: concentrated protection (the police only protect one area of the city) and dispersed protection (the police are evenly deployed across the city). In equilibrium, under concentrated protection, only rich agents are willing to pay the high housing prices in protected areas, while poor agents reside in high-crime areas. The city becomes segregated. Under dispersed protection, all areas of the city have the same income per capita and crime levels, and an integrated city emerges. Comparing these equilibria, crime is more likely to be higher under dispersed protection than concentrated protection when inequality is high, dispersing the police force significantly reduces its effectiveness, and the proportion of income that criminals extract from rich (poor) agents is high (low). Concentrated protection may induce higher aggregate welfare than dispersed protection, particularly when inequality is high. Unequal societies face a difficult dilemma in that concentrated protection maximizes aggregate welfare but exacerbates social disparities. Fortunately, there is a set of taxes and subsidies that can be employed to offset the disadvantages to agents left unprotected. Finally, this paper incorporates private security and shows that dispersed public protection does not necessarily lead to an integrated city equilibrium. Rich agents may use private security to endogenously isolate themselves in closed residential areas. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 22166: Accessed April 20, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22166 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 138708

Author: Stevens, Tia Title: Effects of County and State Economic, Social, and Political Contexts on Racial/Ethnic and Gender Differences in Youth's Penetration into the Justice System Summary: The current study is designed to extend the empirical and theoretical research on disproportionate youth contact with the justice system. Missing from the considerable body of work examining the effects of extralegal factors on police behavior and justice system processing is an examination of the social, political, and economic contextual factors that may influence disparities in justice system contact. The current study addresses this gap by identifying contextual factors associated with severity of justice system response to youth and by identifying the macro-structural environments that disproportionately affect young women and youth of color. Specifically, it examines the direct effects of county and state characteristics on youth risk of arrest and probabilities of charge, a court appearance, conviction, and placement and how the effects of individual characteristics and county and state characteristics interact to disproportionately impact certain groups of youth in certain environments. The main dataset for this study was constructed from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth (NLSY97). Using the confidential NLSY97 Geocode File, the NLSY97 was appended with county- and state-specific data from various publically available sources indicating structural disadvantage, population composition, political conservatism, prosecutor's office characteristics, delinquency petition and crime rates, gender inequity, child health and well-being, and juvenile justice policy punitiveness. To take advantage of the longitudinal nature of the NLSY97 data, a combination of multilevel modeling techniques, event history analysis, and generalized linear modeling was employed to examine the effects of individual characteristics and contextual conditions on youths' risk of arrest and probabilities of charge, a court appearance, conviction, and placement. The findings suggest that the effects of gender and racial/ethnic group on youth penetration into the justice system are more pronounced at some decision-making levels and depend on contextual environment. The results of the analyses by race, gender, and ethnicity suggest three major findings. First, racial disparities are present in youth risk of arrest, which are magnified in predominately non-Black communities. However, this study also found evidence of a compensatory effect whereby Black youth receive more favorable court dispositions than their non-Black counterparts. Second, the gender gap in youth justice system processing depends on state climates of women and children's health and wellbeing. Specifically, as women and children's health and wellbeing decrease, the gender gap in processing narrows and, in the case of court appearance, reverses. Third and finally, Hispanic youth are treated disproportionately more harshly in states with poor climates of children's health and wellbeing and in states with less punitive juvenile justice systems. Overall, the findings indicate that the reduction of gender and racial/ethnic disparities is unlikely without commitment to the structural reform of inequalities. Intervention efforts to reduce disparities should be multifaceted and include community-based youth-serving organizations and human services agencies, in addition to criminal and juvenile justice agencies. Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2013. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 21, 2016 at: http://etd.lib.msu.edu/islandora/object/etd%3A327/datastream/OBJ/view Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 139088

Author: Williams, Geoffrey Title: A Simple Threshold Model of Theft Summary: I propose a simple threshold strategy model of theft in which all individuals draw theft opportunities from the same random distribution, while individuals differ in terms of their actual or perceived costs of theft. I estimate the model using data from the NLSY 1997 Cohort for the years 1997-2003 with a number of specifications, including a bivariate structural model. Across all estimations covariates that measure or are closely correlated with time preferences and impatience are strong predictors of theft while measures such as opportunity cost show little or no explanatory power. The assumption of a common distribution of opportunities is not contradicted by the data. Structural and count estimations support the conclusion that unobserved heterogeneity across individuals plays a substantial role. I uncover a previously unnoticed pattern: theft is very spiky in that the median thief is active for only a brief period of less than a year in adolescence or early adulthood. Theft thus appears to be substantially a phenomenon of high impatience individuals entering a temporary period of intensified risk-taking in adolescence. Finally, and in contrast to the predictions of the literature, the two count data models favored in cases of unobserved heterogeneity perform very differently, suggesting that using count models in tandem with binary models offers more insight than using count models in isolation. Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1978855 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Stealing Shelf Number: 138715

Author: Action for Children North Carolina Title: From Push Out to Lock Up: North Carolina's Accelerated School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: More than 80 percent of today's fastest-growing and highest-paying jobs require post-secondary education or training. In the 21st century global economy, a high school diploma and resultant skills to succeed in college and the workplace are essential. And yet, each year far too many students in North Carolina fail to graduate on time with their peers. Studies have shown a link between juvenile and adult criminal system involvement and dropouts. A student arrested in high school is twice as likely to leave school early or to be pushed out, and a court involved high school student is four times as likely to drop out of school as his or her peers. Although juvenile delinquency has declined across the nation and the state, the percentage of complaints filed against juveniles that originate in North Carolina public schools continues to rise. The funneling of students from schools to jail or prison is a national phenomenon that has come to be called the school-to-prison pipeline. North Carolina's pipeline differs from that in most other states because it deposits 16- and 17-year-old students directly into the adult criminal system, regardless of the severity of their alleged offense. Juveniles who are prosecuted in the adult system are more likely to reoffend, and to commit more serious crimes when they do, than youth who receive age-appropriate treatment and rehabilitation through the juvenile justice system. The stigma of an adult criminal record erects barriers that, in many cases, prevent young people from reintegrating into society, successfully transitioning into the workforce or pursuing advanced education or training. The school-to-prison pipeline leaks talent and potential from North Carolina's future workforce, while limiting the trajectory of many of our students' lives. Investing in dismantling the school-to-prison pipeline is good policy because it ensures that students become productive and contributing members of society. At a time when businesses face an increasingly competitive global marketplace, it is imperative that every student in North Carolina graduates from high school prepared to pursue college and career success. This report presents a statewide overview of the various segments in North Carolina's school-to-prison pipeline that move vulnerable students into the court system: underfunded schools, harsh discipline, increased policing of school hallways and a lack of adequate intervention programs or alternative education placements. The final section of the report proposes four recommendations to begin dismantling the school-to-pipeline: 1.Raise the age of juvenile court jurisdiction from 16 to 18 for youth who commit misdemeanor offenses; 2.Implement evidence based reforms to ensure equitable treatment for all students in North Carolina; 3.Improve data collection and reporting requirements to better inform school administrators, parents and policymakers; and 4.Establish a legislative task force on school discipline policies. Details: Raleigh, NC: Action for Children North Carolina, 2013. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2016 at: http://www.ncchild.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/2013_STPP-FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 132009

Author: Rebovich, Donald J. Title: The New Face of Identity Theft: An Analysis of Federal Case Data for the Years 2008 through 2013 Summary: The purpose of this study was to provide empirical evidence on which law enforcement can base enhanced proactive identity theft control and prevention efforts. It focuses on the increasing number of identity theft and fraud cases committed against individuals and organizations in the U.S. As a result of this study of closed United States Attorney Office identity theft/fraud cases (2008-2013), empirical data concerning the way in which criminals are adapting to law enforcement investigative methods by designing new means for committing such crimes are available to law enforcement agencies and corporate security and fraud investigators. The study is intended to serve as a follow-up to CIMIP's first study in this area published in October of 2007, Identity Fraud Trends and Patterns: Building a Data-Based Foundation for Proactive Enforcement (2007, Gordon, Rebovich, Choo and Gordon). One of the goals is to, where possible, compare results from this study with those of the 2007 study to assess the degree to which characteristics of identity fraud have remained consistent or have changed over time. The analysis will help enable law enforcement to move from a reactive posture to a proactive one. The purpose of this project is to provide law enforcement and policy makers with a proactive means of combating identity theft and fraud and enhancing the response to reports of victimization. The data for the study was collected from open source information available on United States Attorney Office identity theft prosecutions. Twenty four hundred and fifty two (2,452) offenders involved in 1,306 cases with an identity theft component, which were prosecuted between 2008 and 2013, were reviewed; data was analyzed on 1,395 convicted offenders (involved in 844 cases), as the other indicted offenders were excluded due to lack of conviction disposition. Details: Utica, NY: Center for Identity Management and Information Protection, Utica College, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 22, 2016 at: https://www.utica.edu/academic/institutes/cimip/New_Face_of_Identity_Theft.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 138721

Author: Philipp, Renee Title: GPS Recidivism Report: An analysis of FY 2005 thru FY 2006 GPS discharges Summary: This report examines the effect of GPS supervision on the post-release survival rate of Oklahoma Department of Corrections (ODOC) offenders. The study population for this sample included all offenders who participated in and released from this program during July 1, 2004 and June 30, 2006 (FY05 thru FY06). To provide a background for the type of offenders included in this study, the report begins with a discussion of those in the sample as well as introduces the statistical model used to conduct this analysis. Following is a discussion of the survival analysis findings as they specifically relate to those who successfully completed the GPS program. The results are stratified by LSI risk score and then release to location. For this study, all offenders were followed post-release for 36 months. Details: Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Department of Corrections, 2009. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://digitalprairie.ok.gov/cdm/ref/collection/stgovpub/id/10264 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138777

Author: National Immigration Law Center Title: Blazing a Trail: The Fight for Right to Counsel in Detention and Beyond Summary: The federal government has long interpreted the immigration laws to mean that immigrants have a right to be represented by counsel in their deportation proceedings, but not at government expense. Making the right to counsel a reality is an imperative for all immigrants in removal proceedings, but the situation is even more critical for detained immigrants. As this report shows, the very circumstances of detention make that right a legal fiction for almost all detained immigrants. Mounting empirical data show that having a lawyer to help navigate the complex maze of the immigration detention and court systems makes a profound difference in a person's ability to gain release from detention, challenge the government's grounds for seeking their deportation, and present and win a defense that allows the person to remain in the U.S. Innovative projects in New York and New Jersey have begun to provide what we are calling in this report "universal representation," i.e., representation to any detained immigrant within the jurisdiction of a particular immigration court who does not have a private lawyer and who meets certain income requirements. Inspired by these examples, other localities across the country are examining how they can develop similar programs. Details: Los Angeles: National Immigration Law Center, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: https://www.nilc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Right-to-Counsel-Blazing-a-Trail-2016-03.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 138782

Author: Dougherty, Jamie Title: Survey Reveals Barriers to Successful Ex-Offender Re-Entry Summary: A total of 6,025 men and women were released from incarceration to Monroe County in 2011, according to correctional facility and probation/parole administrations. 113 were released from federal prisons, 1,038 from state prisons, and 4,874 from Monroe County Jails. Thousands more in our community have been incarcerated in the past or carry a conviction history. Many community organizations assist people in establishing productive, law-abiding lives when they return home from incarceration. It is becoming increasingly obvious to all those involved in re-entry that ex-offenders need much more than rules and punishment to prevent them from unnecessary frustration and from committing more crimes. Like all people, ex-offenders need safe and affordable housing; the opportunity for education, training, and employment; food and health care; and a supportive community that encourages personal growth, goal attainment, positive relationships, and civic engagement. The challenge is that those trying to re-establish their lives after incarceration often start building from bare ground with very limited resources. Also, having a criminal record carries with it unforeseen societal consequences long after a person has completed his or her sentence. Many people are not aware of these consequences, but such repercussions often prevent successful reintegration and may hinder goal achievement for the rest of an ex-offender's life. The Voices of Re-Entry Project aims to shed light on these issues by gathering information and opinions from ex-offenders in the Rochester community. Our survey was developed to assess the needs and goals of those who have returned to the Rochester after incarceration and to assess their satisfaction with local supportive services they have received. We evaluated the systemic barriers our respondents faced when trying to reach their goals. We want to convey the goals and struggles of those with criminal histories to help human service agencies provide more effective services and help our community make better policies with regards to ex-offenders. We encourage all readers to challenge their opinions about what it means to carry the burden of a past mistake. This survey was conducted by the Judicial Process Commission (JPC), a small grassroots nonprofit agency in Rochester, NY that has supported ex-offenders for over forty years. JPC provides a wide range of personalized, voluntary services to assist individuals in re-establishing their lives, reaching their goals, and becoming positive contributors to our community. Services include criminal record review and correction, advice for navigating the job market while having a criminal record, assistance applying for certificates that increase employability and reinstate civic rights, client advocacy, and assisting with obtaining identification. Clients are often referred to educational programs, job training, food and clothing pantries, mental health and addiction treatment providers, legal assistance, housing programs, and more. JPC runs a mentoring program for individuals coming out of incarceration, as well as a weekly workshop where representatives from other agencies give presentation on their services or health and wellness information. JPC also provides support services to twenty mothers who have a high risk of re-incarceration and their children, as well as a small Shelter Plus program to help transition ex-offenders out of homelessness. The Judicial Process Commission works closely with many agencies, such as the Monroe County Legal Assistance Center, Monroe County Sheriff's Department, and RIT's Center for Public Safety Initiatives. Since JPC works with people at all stages of their lives after incarceration, we have a unique opportunity to explore the needs of those with a criminal history - no matter how old. A criminal record is a burden you must carry for life in New York. Therefore, JPC clients consist of some people who have been recently released, some who have been arrested but have never been to jail, and some who haven't been involved in the criminal justice system for many years. Yet many opportunities such as employment, housing, and sometimes even obtaining student loans and voting are limited by law or policy for those with past criminal records, and it can be very difficult for ex-offenders to meet their basic needs long after they serve their sentences. In our conversations with community partners, it is apparent that there is very little data about the needs of those with older criminal records. The formal criminal justice system follows people only while they are incarcerated, on probation, or on parole. Post-release supervision sentences are generally not more than 5 years, though we demonstrate below the very long-term effects of having a criminal history, since over a third of our respondents have been out of jail for more than 5 years. Individuals often seek supportive services from a wide range of human service agencies, and there is usually very little communication between service providers. We offer this and future data to the community in its efforts to conduct more effective, meaningful programs and services for those returning from incarceration, or ideally before they ever get involved with the criminal justice system. Details: Rochester, NY: Judicial Process Commission, 2013. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2013/Survey%20Reveals%20Barriers%20to%20Successful%20Ex-Offender%20Re-Entry.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 138785

Author: Lauck, Elizabeth Title: Measuring Impact: Summary of Indicators for Combating Wildlife Trafficking Summary: Killing protected or managed species and the illegal trade in wildlife and their related parts and products (hereafter wildlife crime) are among the most severe threats to biodiversity. Globally, hundreds of millions of individual animals belonging to hundreds of species across all animal taxa are the targets of illegal harvesting and trade. Wildlife crime not only threatens the survival of focal species, but may also significantly alter ecosystem function and stability through biodiversity loss and the species introductions that are a common byproduct of this activity. High-value wildlife products are often trafficked by organized criminal syndicates and the revenue generates is known to finance violent non-state actors including terrorist groups and unsanctioned militias. Armed conflict can exacerbate wildlife crime, and wildlife crime is frequently associated with other forms of crime, such as money laundering (Loucks et al. 2009; UNODC 2012). In addition, wildlife traffickers generate insecurity in rural communities and are responsible for killing park rangers, which hurts morale and park staff recruitment. This, in turn, reduces tourism and associated revenue needed for conservation and community development. For developing countries, loss of revenue from trade, taxes, and/or tourism can be significant and particularly damaging (Rosen & Smith 2010). Additionally, the illegal trade in wildlife can introduce and/or spread pathogens endemic to the exporting regions or transmitted during transit (Gomez & Aguirre 2008). This poses a major risk to human and livestock health, with implications for food security, commerce, and labor productivity (consider recent outbreaks of Ebola virus, SARS coronavirus, and avian influenza). Despite focused efforts often lasting several decades, wildlife crime remains a global threat (Broad & Damania 2010; Sharma et al. 2014). The importance of wildlife crime as a threat to conservation and development has attracted the attention of governments, non-governmental organizations, research institutions, and multilateral organizations all over the world. Strategies to combat wildlife crime depend on accurate and reliable knowledge about the status of focal species and the basic attributes of illegal wildlife supply chains;1 however, the clandestine nature of this activity, its geographic spread, the large number of people involved, and the size of the trade make analysis of status and trends, as well as measuring progress in combating it, a challenge (Blundell & Mascia 2005; UNODC 2012). A report by the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime concludes that many of the available figures on wildlife crime "are the result of guesswork rather than of systematic analysis" (UNODC 2012). Global knowledge about wildlife crime remains fragmented and lacking in common standards, which hinders the design, implementation, and monitoring of strategies to combat it. In July 2013, President Obama issued an Executive Order on Combating Wildlife Trafficking, resulting in a National Strategy to Combat Wildlife Trafficking released February 2014. A Congressional directive required $45 million in FY2014 foreign assistance funds to combat wildlife trafficking, including a minimum of $30 million managed by USAID. The Agency has a long history of investing in programs that support compliance with and enforcement of laws and regulations to protect wildlife, and in other strategies aimed at decreasing the threats to conservation and development that stem from wildlife crime. In 2014, the Agency's Office of Forestry and Biodiversity/Bureau for Economic Growth, Education and the Environment (E3/FAB) identified a need to develop robust indicators with which to track progress on USAID's investments in combating wildlife trafficking (CWC). As part of these efforts, Measuring Impact staff developed a CWC Situation Model (Activity 2.2.3.A from the Measuring Impact FY15 work plan; Figure 1), facilitated a workshop on CWC indicators and theories of change (Activity 2.2.3.C), and will produce a final report on recommended CWC indicators (Activity 2.2.3.D). Measuring Impact also conducted a survey and analysis of existing wildlife crime indicators (Activity 3.1.2) to inform the development of USAID indicators and build the evidence base for better alignment of the Agency's monitoring efforts with best practices. This report summarizes the search strategy and main results of the survey. Details: Washington, DC: United States Agency for International Development, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: http://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/PA00KJRB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Endangered Species Shelf Number: 138786

Author: Reed, Jack K. Title: Marijuana Legalization in Colorado: Early Findings. A Report Pursuant to Senate Bill 13-283 Summary: In 2013, following the passage of Amendment 64 which allows for the retail sale and possession of marijuana, the Colorado General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 13-283. This bill mandated the Division of Criminal Justice in the Department of Public Safety to conduct a study of the impacts of Amendment 64, particularly as these relate to law enforcement activities. This report seeks to establish and present the baseline measures for the metrics specified in S.B. 13-283, codified as C.R.S. 24-33.4-516. The majority of the information presented here should be considered pre-commercialization, baseline data because much of the information is available only through 2014, and data sources vary considerably in terms of what exists historically. Consequently, it is too early to draw any conclusions about the potential effects of marijuana legalization or commercialization on public safety, public health, or youth outcomes, and this may always be difficult due to the lack of historical data. Furthermore, the information presented here should be interpreted with caution. The decreasing social stigma regarding marijuana use could lead individuals to be more likely to report use on surveys and to health workers in emergency departments and poison control centers, making marijuana use appear to increase when perhaps it has not. Finally, law enforcement officials and prosecuting attorneys continue to struggle with enforcement of the complex and sometimes conflicting marijuana laws that remain. Thus, the lack of pre-commercialization data, the decreasing social stigma, and challenges to law enforcement combine to make it difficult to translate these early findings into definitive statements of outcomes. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, Department of Public Safety, 2016. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2016-SB13-283-Rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 138798

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Economies of Scale in the Production of Cannabis Summary: This paper examines the cost curves of cannabis production for indoor and greenhouse cultivation. Out particular focus is on assessing the size of economies of scale: does the average cost of production drop significantly as the producer becomes larger? Details: Cambridge, MA: BOTEC Analysis Corporation, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://liq.wa.gov/publications/Marijuana/BOTEC%20reports/5c_Economies_Scale_Production_Cannabis_Oct-22-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 138799

Author: New Jersey. Commission on Violence Title: Report of the Study Commission on Violence Summary: The Study Commission on Violence discharged its duty to examine trends and sources of violence, the impact of violence on the community, identified funding opportunities that address violence, and the mental health system through the receipt of subject matter expert briefings, public hearings, and its own independent research. This report summarizes the Study Commission's findings and its recommendations to the Legislature and the Governor. Violence in our communities is a concern we heard expressed time and again in our public hearings and in examining data related to the frequency of violence in New Jersey. There is no one source of violence or a single impact on the communities where it occurs. Rather, violence is brought on by a host of socio-economic factors and individual decisions made by people who choose to perpetrate violent acts against others or themselves. While "violence" is an all-encompassing term, it can also be imprecise. Deaths due to violence are at a generational low; yet, violence remains stubbornly high in certain areas - in New Jersey, roughly 80 percent of all violent crime occurs in just 21 cities. It is not coincidental that these cities also have lower rates of high school graduation, higher rates of unemployment, lower rates of household income, and higher rates of school truancy. Violence does not occur in a vacuum; rather, it thrives in poor and disadvantaged communities where educational and economic opportunities are limited and residents have become accustomed to a certain level of lawlessness. In recent years, the challenges facing these communities have been compounded by economic turmoil that has resulted in reductions in law enforcement. Violence, however, is not confined to urban settings and occurs in suburban and rural communities as well. The issue of violence should be a concern to all New Jersey residents, to one degree or another. And while violent "street" crime is found disproportionately in a small number of places in New Jersey, certain crimes like domestic violence are more widespread. Still others, like elder abuse, are emerging as concerns in the community. At the same time, a consensus has begun to form around the manner in which those who are drug addicted, particularly those suffering from heroin addiction, are treated when they are arrested. Whereas public policy once focused exclusively on incarcerating individuals, even for low-level offenses, for significant periods of time, current policy has shifted toward diverting non-violent offenders away from incarceration and into treatment. Moreover, this trend has extended into how law enforcement treats juvenile delinquents. Through diversion programs that offer community-based oversight, some county youth detention facilities have closed because too few juveniles are being remanded to custody and the number of juveniles in Juvenile Justice Commission facilities has dropped by roughly half. Of course, violence is not limited to acts by one person against another. Self-directed violence in the form of suicide and attempted suicide is also prevalent in our country. Indeed, the number of suicides that occur nationally each year is more than twice the number of homicides that occur in our nation. The Study Commission took seriously its charge to examine the trends, sources, and impact of violence in the community, the availability of grant funding to combat violence, the implementation of expanded involuntary outpatient commitments, and whether and how defendants with identified mental health disabilities but who are charged with crimes, can be offered an alternative to incarceration in the form of a structured, case managed program of treatment and counseling. The Commission learned that there are a wide range of programs and services available to those with a diagnosed mental health disability or illness. Indeed, coverage for mental health treatment is now available to more individuals through the expansion of Medicaid under the Affordable Care Act. That said, issues still remain regarding access to that treatment due to limited resources and reimbursement for practitioners who treat these patients. With respect to at least one specific charge of the Commission - examining the involuntary outpatient commitment program and whether it should be extended statewide - the Commission determined that this has been mooted by legislation passed by the Legislature and signed by the Governor. Details: s.l.: The Commission, 2015. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/2455899/study-commission-on-violence-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 138801

Author: Klinger, David A. Title: Multi-Method Study Of Special Weapons and Tactics Teams Summary: Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) teams, first appeared in American policing in the later half of the 1960s when a series of high-profile incidents -- such as Charles Whitman�s murderous sniping from a tower on the campus of the University of Texas at Austin that claimed over a dozen lives -- showed that a single violent episode could easily outstrip the capacity of "standard" law enforcement tactics, weapons, and officers to respond effectively. Innovative police officials thus developed SWAT teams to provide their agencies with the means to handle such extra-ordinarily dangerous incidents (see, e.g., Hudson, 1997; Kolman, 1982). In the years since the first teams came on line, SWAT units have grown in number, sophistication, and frequency of operations, so that today the vast majority of the police agencies serving populations over 50,000 have some sort of tactical team, and yearly SWAT deployments nationwide number in the tens of thousands (e.g., Kraska and Kappeler, 1997). Despite the crucial role they currently play in dealing with the high-risk incidents that are commonplace in contemporary policing, we know very little about how SWAT teams around the nation are organized, and even less about what they do and how they do it. The primary reason for this is that very little research on tactical teams and operations has been conducted. A second is that the small body of research literature that has been produced is quite limited in scope. In 1998 the National Institute of Justice funded a study designed to help develop a better picture of the role that SWAT plays in contemporary American law enforcement. This study included four distinct data collection components. The first was a nationwide survey of law enforcement agencies with 50 or more sworn officers (N=2,027) that sought information about their emergency response capabilities and structures (henceforth referred to as the SWAT 2Operations Survey, or SOS). The second aspect of the study was the collection of standardized after-action reports from SWAT teams that agreed to provide information about select aspects ofincidents they handled (henceforth referred to as the Post Critical Incident Report, or PCIR). The third element of the research was a series of site visits to several police departments during which the PI observed their SWAT teams. Finally, both the PI and the second author of this report conducted intensive observation of SWAT teams in areas near where they resided, accompanying these teams during training and field deployment at critical incidents. The proposed research was designed to pursue three specific goals to accomplish its objective of enhancing knowledge about SWAT teams and the role they play in contemporary American policing. The first goal was to develop a better picture of the structure and nature of SWAT teams in American law enforcement (e.g., the mix of full and part-time teams, how crisis negotiations and emergency medical services are structured, etc.). The second goal of the research project was to increase the amount of knowledge about how SWAT teams prepare for and execute operations (e.g., what sorts of training they do, how they plan for specific operations, and what they do during actual operations). The project�s third goal was to develop information about one specific aspect of SWAT operations; the use of force, especially deadly force, by both officers and suspects. Where SWAT officers goes, we sought information about matters such as how frequently they fired shots, the types of cases in which officers fired shots, officers' team assignments when shootings occurred, the types of weapons they used, and the number of rounds they fired. Where use of deadly force by suspects is concerned, we sought data on the sorts of weapons possessed by individuals SWAT was called upon to deal with and how these citizens used them against police officers, other citizens, and themselves. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2008. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/223855.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 138804

Author: Coyne, Michelle A. Title: Predicting Arrest Probability Across Time: A Test of Competing Perspectives Summary: Criminal involvement is non-randomly distributed across individuals and across groups. Debate regarding the etiology of differences in criminal involvement remains. Using data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997, the current study examined latent class membership in the probability of arrest over a 15-year time span starting when participants were 12-16 years-old and ending when they were 28-31 years-old. Latent class regressions were employed to prospectively investigate whether various demographic and criminological risk factors from the base wave could predict class membership. Models were also estimated separately by sex and by race to identify potentially important differences and consistencies in class structure and risk prediction. Results from the latent class growth analyses resulted in two to three classes characterized by an abstainer group, an adolescent-limited group, and a stable moderate-level chronic group. In general, being male, increased substance use, and increased delinquency were consistent predictors of class membership. Regarding race and sex differences, being a minority was moderately related to class membership in males but was not significant for females. Being male was a very strong predictor of class membership for Black and Hispanic participants but a relatively weak predictor for White participants. Overall, results supported a general risk factor perspective over a gender or race specific risk perspective. Across race, sex, and cohort, self-reported delinquency was the strongest risk predictor of class membership, suggesting that differential arrest probability is predominantly explained by differential involvement in delinquent behavior. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2015. 272p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2016 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1439306285 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Shelf Number: 138808

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: The National Strategy for Child Exploitation Prevention and Interdiction Summary: The PROTECT Our Children Act of 2008 requires that the Attorney General develop and implement a National Strategy for Child Exploitation Prevention and Interdiction (National Strategy). The first National Strategy was published in 2010. This, the second National Strategy, builds on that work. The National Strategy is a culmination of a year of discussions among members of an inter-agency working group convened by the National Coordinator for Child Exploitation Prevention and Interdiction at the Department of Justice (DOJ, or the Department). The National Strategy first discusses the work of federal law enforcement agencies and prosecutors since 2010, as well as other agencies and offices that play important roles in this work by supporting victims, providing grants to state, local, and tribal governments and non-profit partners, and educating the public about the dangers of child exploitation, and also the work of the non-governmental National Center for Missing & Exploited Children (NCMEC). Second, it provides a threat assessment that addresses the nature and scope of the problem and updates the assessment contained in the 2010 National Strategy. Third, it lays out plans for continuing the fight against child exploitation in four key areas: investigations and prosecutions; outreach and education; victim services; and policy initiatives. Fourth, the National Strategy has a section dedicated solely to child exploitation in Indian Country, as the issues there are often unique. Finally, a series of appendices include statistics on federal prosecutions; detailed tables of information on the Internet Crimes Against Children Task Force Program (ICAC program) funded by DOJ; research on child exploitation funded by DOJ; a summary of the survey on which the threat assessment is based; and the text of DOJ legislative proposals. Throughout the National Strategy case studies are included as examples of child exploitation prosecutions brought by DOJ. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov/psc/national-strategy-child-exploitation-prevention-and-interdiction Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138810

Author: Caballero, Monica L. Title: Combined Effect of Facility Types on the Spatial Patterns of Street Robbery: A Conjunctive Analysis Summary: Researchers have continuously found that certain types of facilities, such as bars, bus stops, and retail stores influence the spatial patterns of crime. The bulk of studies done in this area examine the individual effect of facilities on the spatial distributions of crime, but not the effect of multiple facilities combined. The present study analyzes the combined effect of facility types at varying distances on the spatial patterns of street robbery in Austin, Texas using a method called conjunctive analysis (also known as qualitative comparative analysis). This study found that certain combinations of facilities were associated with higher robbery counts at all considered distances. The most notable limitation is that the statistical significance of the findings has not been determined. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University, 2015. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 25, 2016 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/handle/10877/5535 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 138812

Author: Council of Economic Advisors Title: Economic Perspectives on Incarceration and the Criminal Justice System Summary: Calls for criminal justice reform have been mounting in recent years, in large part due to the extraordinarily high levels of incarceration in the United States. Today, the incarcerated population is 4.5 times larger than in 1980, with approximately 2.2 million people in the United States behind bars, including individuals in Federal and State prisons as well as local jails. The push for reform comes from many angles, from the high financial cost of maintaining current levels of incarceration to the humanitarian consequences of detaining more individuals than any other country. Economic analysis is a useful lens for understanding the costs, benefits, and consequences of incarceration and other criminal justice policies. In this report, we first examine historical growth in criminal justice enforcement and incarceration along with its causes. We then develop a general framework for evaluating criminal justice policy, weighing its crime-reducing benefits against its direct government costs and indirect costs for individuals, families, and communities. Finally, we describe the Administration's holistic approach to criminal justice reform through policies that impact the community, the cell block, and the courtroom. Details: Washington DC: U.S. Executive Office of the President, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/page/files/20160423_cea_incarceration_criminal_justice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 138815

Author: Annie E. Casey Foundation Title: A Shared Sentence: The devastating toll of parental incarceration on kids, families and communities Summary: More than 5 million U.S. children have had a parent in jail or prison at some point in their lives. The incarceration of a parent can have as much impact on a child's well-being as abuse or domestic violence. But while states spend heavily on corrections, few resources exist to support those left behind. A Shared Sentence offers commonsense proposals to address the increased poverty and stress that children of incarcerated parents experience. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-asharedsentence-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138816

Author: Jones, Jonathan Title: Reducing Recidivism in Massachusetts with a Comprehensive Reentry Strategy Summary: More than two-thirds of defendants sentenced to state and county prisons in Massachusetts have had prior incarcerations, according to new analysis presented in this policy brief. Comprehensive change is necessary to reduce this elevated level of repeat offending and improve public safety. The third installment in a series exploring various components of reform, this paper focuses on reentry, presenting data to describe the dimensions of repeat offending in Massachusetts, summarizing the extensive literature on evidence-based reentry programs, and reviewing recent experiences in other states working to improve reentry services. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition (MassINC, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Reentry-Policy-Brief.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 138817

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Mounting an Evidence-Based Criminal Justice Respone to Substance Abuse and Drug Offending in Massachusetts Summary: Solutions to better treat and manage substance abuse are paramount to an effective Justice Reinvestment strategy. Too many residents suffering from substance use disorder continue to enter the criminal justice system, which struggles to help these individuals recover from a life-threatening disease. For many offenders, un- or undertreated substance abuse aggravates anti-social behavior and lengthens criminal careers. The resulting cycle of recidivism creates significant costs for communities and places a significant strain on public resources. The fourth installment in our Justice Reinvestment Policy Brief Series, this paper explores available data on substance use in Massachusetts, examines the range of evidence-based practice at each stage in the criminal justice system, and describes efforts to implement these approaches in the Commonwealth. The paper concludes with ideas for how policymakers and criminal justice and law enforcement officials can work together to lead Massachusetts into a new era of responding to substance abuse with evidence-based practice. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition (MassINC), 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Mounting-an-Evidence-Based-Criminal-Justice-Response-to-Substance-Abuse-and-Drug-Offending-in-Massachusetts.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 138820

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Harnessing the Power of Data for Justice Reinvestment in Massachusetts Summary: Data are increasingly the lifeblood of an effective criminal justice system. Modern technology allows agencies to collect and exchange high-quality, actionable information. These data help frontline workers make informed decisions that reduce risk. And they provide managers and policymakers with vital information for the optimal allocation of resources. The fifth installment in our Justice Reinvestment Policy Brief Series, this white paper offers a short primer on criminal justice information systems, the status of efforts to build this infrastructure in Massachusetts, and key steps the Commonwealth can take to wield data as a tool to enhance public safety. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition (MassINC), 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed April 26, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Harnessing-the-Power-of-Data-for-Justice-Reinvestment-in-Massachusetts.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 138821

Author: Sandler, Danielle H. Title: Externalities of Public Housing: The Effect of Public Housing Demolitions on Local Crime Summary: This paper evaluates the potential for negative externalities from public housing by examining crime rates before and after demolition of public housing projects in Chicago between 1995 and 2010. Using data on block-level crimes by type of crime merged to detailed geographic data on individual public housing demolitions, I find evidence that Chicago's public housing imposed significant externalities on the surrounding neighborhood. Using a difference in difference approach comparing neighborhoods around public housing projects to nearby neighborhoods I find that crime decreases by 8.8% after a demolition. This decrease is concentrated in violent crime. I use an event study to show that the decrease occurs at the approximate date of the eviction of the residents and persists for at least 5 years after the demolition. Neighborhoods with large demolitions and demolitions of public housing that had been poorly maintained display the largest crime decreases. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Census Bureau, Center for Economic Studies, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2016 at: ftp://ftp2.census.gov/ces/wp/2016/CES-WP-16-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 138826

Author: Cano-Urbina, Javier Title: The Effect of Education and School Quality on Female Crime Summary: This paper estimates the effects of educational attainment and school quality on crime among American women. Using changes in compulsory schooling laws as instruments, we estimate significant effects of schooling attainment on the probability of incarceration using Census data from 1960-1980. Using data from the 1960-90 Uniform Crime Reports, we also estimate that increases in average schooling levels reduce arrest rates for violent and property crime but not white collar crime. The estimated reductions in crime for women are smaller in magnitude than comparable estimates for men; however, the effects for women are larger in percentage terms (relative to baseline crime rates). Our results suggest small and mixed direct effects of school quality (as measured by pupil-teacher ratios, term length, and teacher salaries) on incarceration and arrests. Finally, we show that the effects of education on crime for women is unlikely to be due to changes in labor market opportunities and may be more related to changes in marital opportunities and family formation. Details: London, ONT: Department of Economics, Social Science Centre, Western University Source: Internet Resource: Centre for Human Capital and Productivity (CHCP) Working Paper Series No. 2016-3: Accessed April 27, 2016 at: http://economics.uwo.ca/chcp/workingpapers_docs/wp2016/CanoUrbina_Lochner03.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 138828

Author: DeAngelo, Gregory Title: Police Bias in the Enforcement of Drug Crimes: Evidence from Low Priority Laws Summary: We consider the impact of adoption of a low priority initiative in some jurisdictions within Los Angeles County on police behavior. Low priority initiatives instruct police to make the enforcement of low level marijuana possession offenses their "lowest priority." Using detailed data from the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department and a difference-indifferences strategy, we show that the mandate resulted in a lower arrest rate for misdemeanor marijuana possession in adopting areas. However, the lower relative arrest rate is driven by a spike in the arrest rate in areas not affected by the mandate rather than a reduction in adopting areas. Details: Morgantown: West Virginia University, College of Business and Economics, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 16-01: Accessed April 27, 2016 at: http://www.be.wvu.edu/phd_economics/pdf/16-01.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension Shelf Number: 138829

Author: Police Accountability Task Force (Chicago) Title: Police Accountability Task Force. Recommendations for Reform: Restoring Trust between the Chicago Police and the Communities they Serve: Report Summary: The Police Accountability Task Force arose amidst a significant and historic public outcry. The outcry brought people into the streets, on social media and on other venues to say in a very clear voice that they had reached a breaking point with the entire local law enforcement infrastructure. People were and are demanding accountability and real and lasting change. The outcry was not localized in any particular neighborhood or demographic, although communities of color and those ravaged by crime added some of the most poignant commentary. The Task Force immediately understood that one of our most important responsibilities was to actively seek out, listen and respond to voices from all over Chicago who had much to say about their personal and often painful experiences with the Chicago Police Department ("CPD"), the Independent Police Review Authority ("IPRA") and other parts of the local policing infrastructure, as well as their frustrations and lack of confidence in political actors. What we have heard has been humbling. As we dug deeper into the complaints of so many about the callous and disrespectful way in which they had been treated by some officers, we also understood that we had an important duty to lay bare the systemic and sanctioned practices that led to the deaths of fellow citizens and the deprivation of the rights of so many others. We have borne witness to many hard truths which have profound and lasting impacts on the lives and hopes of individuals and communities. Our recommendations are intended to be responsive to the people, empower the people and to specifically identify a range of changes that are essential to building trust, accountability and lasting change. As part of our work, the Task Force heard from many current and former CPD officers who are dedicated public servants, committed to performing their duties lawfully and making Chicago a safer place for all of its residents. Serving as a police officer is a challenging and often dangerous job. The police face an increasingly daunting challenge in crime fighting. Illegal guns flood the streets of the same neighborhoods that are devastated by crime, poverty and unemployment. We as a society cannot expect the police to cure every ill in Chicago's neighborhoods. Yet we put significant pressure on them to solve and prevent crime, as well as to address the manifestations of a number of other daunting social and economic challenges beyond their charge and capacity to manage, let alone solve. Still, a keen appreciation of and sensitivity to these broader issues is critical to effective law enforcement and positive community-police relations. The findings and recommendations in this report are not meant to disregard or undervalue the efforts of the many dedicated CPD officers who show up to work every day to serve and protect the community. The challenge is creating a partnership between the police and the community that is premised upon respect and recognizes that our collective fates are very much intertwined. Simply put, a more professional, engaged and respectful police force benefits us all. We cannot and have not shied away from identifying systemic problems or challenges that undermine the efforts of those officers who are sincerely committed to doing their jobs the right way. To be sure, individual officers must own responsibility for not merely their actions each day, but also the reverberating and sometimes corrosive and lingering effect of those actions on citizens. And ultimately, the responsibility for setting the correct course lies with CPD leadership itself. The City and in particular CPD would do well to embrace the necessary changes to address the systemic problems in CPD and not simply hope that this storm will pass. It will not and ignoring this opportunity will exacerbate Details: Chicago: The Task Force, 2016. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: https://chicagopatf.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/PATF_Final_Report_4_13_16-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 138830

Author: Rodriguez, Michelle Natividad Title: Unlicensed and Untapped: Removing Barriers to State Occuptional Licenses for People with Records Summary: Nearly one in three U.S. adults has a record in the criminal justice system. It's hardly uncommon, but the resulting stigma and its lifelong consequences prove devastating for many. Sonja Blake is one of the estimated 70 million people in the United States who have an arrest or conviction record. Ms. Blake, a grandmother, cared for children at her Wisconsin in-home daycare center.[ii] After nearly a decade in business, her daycare-owner certification was permanently revoked after a change in state law, because of a 30-year-old misdemeanor conviction for overpayment of public assistance. conviction for overpayment of public assistance. Ms. Blake is one of the more than one-quarter of U.S. workers who require a state license to practice their occupations.[iii] In addition to the more typically known regulated jobs, such as nurses and teachers, many occupations in sales, management, and construction also require a state license. Critics of licensing argue that regulating occupations does little to advance safety or quality of service and instead negatively impacts consumers and low-wage workers. Others counter that state licensing for certain jobs is necessary to maintain public safety and results in higher practitioner wages and greater respect for the profession. Despite this disagreement over the value of licensing, common ground can be found in the call to reduce unnecessary conviction barriers to occupational licenses. Passing a criminal background check is a common requirement to obtain a state license. In fact, the American Bar Association's inventory of penalties against those with a record has documented 27,254 state occupational licensing restrictions. Thousands of these restrictions vary widely among states and professions. And because the criminal justice system disproportionately impacts people of color, these extrajudicial penalties - known as "collateral consequences" - perpetuate racial disparities in employment. Although no national data exists as to the number of people denied licenses because of these collateral consequences, analogous data is available in the hiring context. For example, after submitting a job application, people with records on average are only half as likely to get a callback as those without a record. And for black men with records, the impact is more severe - only one in three receive a callback. Thus, having a conviction record, particularly for people of color, is a major barrier to participation in the labor market. Details: National Employment Law Project, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: http://www.nelp.org/content/uploads/Unlicensed-Untapped-Removing-Barriers-State-Occupational-Licenses.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 138836

Author: Kramer, Katie Title: Children, Parents, and Incarceration: Descriptive Overview of Data from Alameda and San Francisco County Jails Summary: In Fall 2014, the Alameda County Children of Incarcerated Parents Partnership (ACCIPP) and the San Francisco Children of Incarcerated Parents Partnership (SFCIPP) worked in partnership with their respective Sheriffs' Departments to survey more than 2,000 individuals incarcerated within the local county jails. The focus of the survey was to identify whom within the jails is a parent, their perceptions of how their incarceration affects their children, and what types of resources are needed for children to maintain contact and relationships with their parents during their parents' incarceration and after release. This report presents the findings from these surveys. Details: San Francisco: Alameda County Children of Incarcerated Parents Partnerhsip & San Francisco Children of Incarcerated Parents Partnership, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: http://sfgov.org/sfreentry/sites/default/files/Documents/CIP%20Jail%20Survey%20-%20Full%20Report%20FINAL%203%2015%2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138837

Author: Zatz, Noah Title: Get To Work or Go To Jail: Workplace Rights Under Threat Summary: When many people consider work and the criminal justice system, they commonly consider how difficult it is for people coming out of jail to find work. Yet, a recent UCLA Labor Center report, Get to Work or Go To Jail: Workplace Rights Under Threat, goes further by exploring the ways in which the criminal justice system can also lock workers on probation, parole, facing court-ordered debt, or child support debt into bad jobs. Because these workers face the threat of incarceration for unemployment, the report finds that they cannot afford to refuse a job, quit a job, or to challenge their employers. Among other findings, the report concludes: - Nearly 5 million Americans and 400,000 Californians are under probation or parole - Many of these workers may be stripped of standard labor protections such such as minimum wage and workers compensation - On any given day, about 9,000 nationwide are in prison or jail for violating the probation or parole requirement to hold a job. - Every year in Los Angeles, 50,000-100,000 people must perform unpaid, court-order community service. Some debtors perform many hundreds of hours of unpaid labor, the equivalent to several months of full-time work. - African Americans or Latinos account for 2/3 of those incarcerated for violating parole or probation conditions related to work or debt. - The majority of fathers who were incarcerated for failing to pay child support worked during the previous year, in fact 95% of fathers reported having been employed prior to incarceration. Of these fathers, 85% of these fathers lived in or near poverty. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Institute for Research on Labor and Employment, UCLA Labor Center, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: http://www.labor.ucla.edu/publication/get-to-work-or-go-to-jail/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 138838

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Oregon Title: Roadblock to Reform: District Attorneys, Elections, and the Criminal Justice Status Quo Summary: District attorneys (DAs) are arguably the most powerful people in the criminal justice system, but the public doesn't know who they are. Why does this matter? In our latest report, Roadblocks to Reform, we identify district attorneys as a central barrier to criminal justice reform. There is a growing national consensus that America's criminal justice system has core problems. We lead the world in the use of incarceration, while prisons are the most expensive and least effective public safety intervention. Despite increased media coverage of deeply troubling criminal justice issues and attention from the public and other elected officials, the role of district attorneys gets little attention. Although police are responsible for arrests, prosecutors in district attorneys' offices have a tremendous amount of responsibility in determining people's fate once they enter the system. DAs determine: - whether someone gets access to drug treatment or is prosecuted - whether a young person is kept in the juvenile justice system or prosecuted in the adult system where they are much more likely to be hurt and to re-offend. - whether to seek the death penalty. DAs influence: - the extent of racial disparity in sentencing. - whether a police officer is charged in a case of misconduct. In Oregon, district attorneys are elected leaders. But over the past ten years, 78% of DAs in Oregon ran unopposed. That means nearly eight out of 10 district attorney races were over before they began. In a healthy democracy, no elected official should be guaranteed reelection. The report also examines the role gubernatorial appointments play in selecting interim DAs. Nearly half of our existing DAs initially enter office through gubernatorial appointments which have happened quietly, flying under the radar of the public. Meanwhile, Oregon's District Attorney Association has been one of the primary opponents to any progressive criminal justice reform in the state. Roadblocks to Reform examines how district attorney elections and appointments lock in the criminal justice status quo, preventing much needed progress and public engagement. The report also includes recommendations for changing these dynamics. This report is a must read for people concerned with addressing mass criminalization and over incarceration in Oregon as well as severe racial disparity in the criminal justice system. District attorneys need to be advocates for change, but a range of dynamics contribute to DAs playing a very different role. Encouraging public engagement with district attorneys and pushing for greater prosecutorial accountability will be decisive factors in solving the serious problems in our criminal justice system. Details: Portland: ACLU of Oregon, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2016 at: http://aclu-or.org/sites/default/files/Roadblocks_to_Reform_Report_ACLUOR.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Reform Shelf Number: 138839

Author: Finkelhor, David Title: Children's Exposure to Violence, Crime, and Abuse: An Update Summary: This bulletin discusses the second National Survey of Children's Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV II), which was conducted in 2011 as a followup to the original NatSCEV I survey conducted in 2008. OJJDP and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention sponsored both surveys. The NatSCEV II survey confirmed NatSCEV I's finding that children's exposure to violence is common; nearly 60 percent of the sample (57.7 percent) had been exposed to violence in the past year, and more than 1 in 10 reported 5 or more exposures. This exposure occurs across all age ranges of childhood and for both genders. Details: Internet Resource: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: National Survey of Children's Exposure to Violence: Accessed April 29, 2016 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/248547.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Abused Children Shelf Number: 138844

Author: Kanan, Linda M. Title: A Review of Psychological Safety and Threat Assessment Issues Related to the Shooting at Arapahoe High School on December 13, 2013 Summary: This independent report reviews pre-event practices (Fall 2013) and post-event practices (as of Fall 2015) at Arapahoe High School and throughout the Littleton Public School District, as well as available information on the student attacker. The organization of this report and findings is suggested following recommended frameworks of school safety and emergency planning. (Colorado School Safety Resource Center, 2009; Cowan, Vaillancourt & Pollitt, 2013; U.S. Department of Education, 2007; U.S. Department of Education, U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, & Federal Emergency Management Agency, 2013). It is presented in the following seven sections: I. Executive Summary II. Prevention Efforts III. Preparedness, Mitigation, and Protection as Prevention IV. Threat Assessment: Process, Training, and Documentation V. A Threat Assessment Trend Analysis and Case Review VI. Crisis Recovery Efforts After the Tragedy VII. Conclusions VIII. Reference List IX. Appendices Details: The Authors, 2016. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: https://schoolshooters.info/sites/default/files/Threat_Assessment_Issues.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disaster Management Shelf Number: 138887

Author: Harlem Community Justice Center Title: East Harlem Juvenile Gang Task Force: 2011 Needs Assessment Summary: This Needs Assessment documents the findings of a year-long investigation of youth violence in East Harlem. The Strategic Plan contains recommendations for gang prevention, intervention and suppression approaches. Details: New York: Harlem Community Justice Center, 2011. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Juvenile_Gangs_Needs_Assessment.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Suppression Shelf Number: 138888

Author: Fox, Andrew M. Title: Measuring the Impact of Kansas City's No Violence Alliance Summary: In 2013 and 2014, focused deterrence / lever pulling strategies were developed and deployed in Kansas City. Stakeholders involved in this strategy included the KCPD, Jackson County Prosecutor's Office, US Attorney's Office (WD-MO), Missouri Probation and Parole, Mayor's Office and federal law enforcement. Groups involved with violence were identified utilizing street-level intelligence and analysis, and stakeholders communicated directly and repeatedly to groups the consequences of future violence and opportunities to avoid violence by leveraging social services. Community members complemented this message by challenging the violent norms of the street code of retaliatory violence. Successive Interrupted Time Series analyses indicate that homicide and gun-related aggravated assaults were significantly reduced at 1, 2, 6-month intervals. However evidence also suggests that the deterrent value waned around the 12-month post-intervention period; while homicides continued to decline modestly there was indications that gun-related aggravated assaults began to regress to the mean, raising questions about the long-term effectiveness of focused deterrence. Details: Kansas City, MO: Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology, University of Missouri - Kansas City, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: https://cas.umkc.edu/cjc/pdfs/NoVA-impact-report-Aug2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 138890

Author: Carlisle, David Title: Targeting Security Threats Using Financial Intelligence: The US Experience in Public-Private Information Sharing since 9/11 Summary: Since the founding of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) in 1989, global efforts on anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing have rested on the principle that co-operation between the public and private sectors is essential in generating financial intelligence. Recently, however, a consensus has emerged in both the public and private sectors that the frequency and quality of financial information sharing is inadequate. Observers argue that governments do not supply the private sector with sufficient detail about key threats, such as terrorism, for financial institutions to generate high-quality financial intelligence (FININT). On the other hand, private sector reporting of FININT through the traditional Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) process is often slow and inefficient, hindering the ability of governments to act against criminals or terrorists. Fortunately, one relatively longstanding model for public-private information sharing does exist. Shortly after the 9/11 attacks, in October 2001, President George W Bush signed into law the USA PATRIOT Act. One aim of the Act was to elevate the role of FININT in identifying and disrupting security threats. Two sections of the Act have particular relevance for promoting public-private information sharing to this end: Sections 314 and 311. Set alongside the traditional SARs regime, Sections 314 and 311 help to sustain a robust, if still maturing, public-private partnership aimed at protecting the US financial system against a broad array of illicit finance threats. This paper offers an overview of the aims of US policy, an examination of the US experience in implementing Sections 314 and 311 of the PATRIOT Act, and a consideration of the advantages and disadvantages of the US approach. It also draws lessons from US experience and provides seven principles for policy-makers to consider when developing public-private information-sharing arrangements at the national or international level. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper, 2016: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201604_op_financing_patriot_act_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 138894

Author: Chasnoff, John Title: Caught in the Web of Mass Surveillance: An ACLU of Missouri Report on the Unchecked Rise of Surveillance Camera Use in St. Louis Summary: Over the last two years, the ACLU investigated the existing web of surveillance cameras in St. Louis. What we learned is disturbing. A variety of entities within St. Louis already maintain a hodgepodge of surveillance cameras governed by a variety of internal policies or, in many cases, no policies at all. Who has access to camera footage (either in real-time or after the fact), data retention periods, whether cameras are networked, and the advanced capabilities of the cameras themselves varies dramatically depending on what entity controls a particular camera network. Moreover, many of the camera networks are shrouded in secrecy; public records requests plunged report authors into a labyrinth of incomplete and inadequate information. Before St. Louis further invests in surveillance cameras, it is imperative that city officials and the public take the opportunity to understand and evaluate existing surveillance cameras and decide whether an increased investment in surveillance is in the best interest of the city. This report aims to start that conversation. In recent years, rapid technological innovations have made possible greater intrusions into our private lives. Tracking the movements of a single individual around the city used to require teams of agents. Now it can be accomplished by networked surveillance cameras equipped with facial recognition technology. Recording the movements of individuals on a mass scale used to be a technological impossibility, but ubiquitous surveillance cameras make it possible to record all activity in public spaces and retain that information for months or even years. It is a basic value in our society that the government does not watch innocent people just in case they do something wrong. Widespread surveillance cameras are rapidly eroding that principle. This report fits into a larger picture. Since last year, the revelations from Edward Snowden about the scope and breadth of the National Security Agency (NSA) spying have plunged the country and the world into a debate about the nature and impact of government surveillance and the need to reasonably limit that surveillance. At a time when many Americans view massive 24/7 surveillance as a threat to our way of life, St. Louis is looking to expand its surveillance capacity. We urge the city to proceed with caution as it decides whether or not to fund the Real-Time Intelligence Center (RTIC) and increase camera surveillance within its borders. This report aims to synthesize what we have been able to ascertain about existing surveillance cameras through public records requests. The report also describes existing studies of camera surveillance in St. Louis and makes recommendations for privacy safeguards that should be incorporated into existing camera networks and should accompany any new surveillance network development. Details: St. Louis, MO: American Civil Liberties Union of Missouri, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2016 at: https://www.aclu-mo.org/download_file/view_inline/1416/544/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Privacy Shelf Number: 138895

Author: Papademetriou, Demetrios G. Title: Managing Religious Difference in North America and Europe in an Era of Mass Migration Summary: The global refugee crisis has reignited long-standing debates about how to successfully integrate religious minorities into liberal democratic societies. There are fundamental differences between Europe and North America in how religious difference is managed. In Western Europe, cultural fears continue to dominate, with many seeing Islam as a direct threat to the norms and values that bind their societies together. In contrast, security fears, particularly surrounding terrorism, are predominant in the United States. This Transatlantic Council on Migration policy brief focuses on the different policy frameworks and practices governing Muslim integration in North America and Europe, to offer a window into how receiving governments and societies manage fundamental change in an era of large-scale, and at times massive, immigration. As Muslim minorities continue to grow in size and influence - particularly in light of unprecedented flows to Europe - governments face the critical challenge of creating a narrative about immigration that embraces religious difference and builds rather than detracts from community cohesion. The brief concludes with recommendations on ways governments can manage immigration more effectively, turning the influx of culturally different newcomers from a challenge into an opportunity. Details: Washington DC: Migration Policy Institute, Transatlantic Council on Migration, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2016 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/managing-religious-difference-north-america-and-europe-era-mass-migration Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 138904

Author: Global Detention Project Title: Immigration Detention in the United States Summary: The United States operates the world's largest immigration detention system. On any given day, the country has some 30,000 people in administrative immigration detention at an estimated cost of nearly $150 a day. In 2016, the combined budget of enforcement agencies was $19 billion. The country's sprawling detention estate counts on some 200 facilities, including privately operated detention facilities, local jails, juvenile detention centres, field offices, and euphemistically named "family residential centres." The country has also supported the detention of migrants and asylum seekers in neighbouring countries. Details: Geneva, SWIT: Global Detention Project, 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.globaldetentionproject.org/publications/immigration-detention-united-states Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 138908

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Washington Intensive Supervision Program: Evaluation Report. Draft. Summary: The Washington Intensive Supervision Program (WISP) is a pilot project designed to determine whether the principles of effective community supervision - clear rules, close monitoring, and swift and certain, but not severe, penalties for each violation - can succeed with a group of parolees of diverse risk levels in Seattle. WISP includes offenders with longer and more serious criminal histories than is typical of HOPE probationers in Honolulu, which provides an opportunity to test HOPE-style sanctioning on higher-risk offenders. Program fidelity to date has been extraordinarily high, and both individual performances and the level of coordination within DOC staff have been exemplary. Parolees appear to have a clear understanding of the program and are, for the most part, successfully adjusting their behavior to the new environment. Non-compliance has been consistently sanctioned. The workload burden, especially on the CCO dedicated to the program, was very high at first, but has begun to ease. While more time and additional data collection will be required before a comprehensive evaluation can be conducted, evidence so far points toward a successfully implemented program and positive outcomes. Key findings from the outcomes evaluation show that, compared with control subjects, WISP subjects experienced: Reduced drug use Reduced incarceration Reduced criminal activity However, WISP subjects were more likely to be the subjects of bench warrants. A longer followup period is needed for a reliable assessment of the costs of WISP compared with routine supervision, but the reductions in incarceration and criminal activity suggest that WISP will likely yield sizable savings. Details: Unpublished report, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://clerk.seattle.gov/~public/meetingrecords/2011/cbriefing20111212_4a.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138921

Author: Polaris Project Title: Labor Trafficking in the U.S.: A Closer Look at Temporary Work Visas Summary: Since December 2007, Polaris has identified nearly 30,000 human trafficking and labor exploitation cases in the United States through operating the National Human Trafficking Resource Center hotline and BeFree Textline. In approximately 18% of these cases, at least one victim of the situation had a temporary visa. Labor Trafficking in the U.S.: A Closer Look at Temporary Work Visas, provides crucial insight into the experiences of these temporary workers in the U.S., the visas most frequently associated with trafficking and exploitation, and the barriers victims face in accessing help. Temporary visa holders often pay large recruitment and travel fees for the opportunity to work in the United States -- and the debts they incur leave them particularly vulnerable to being victimized. Traffickers can control and manipulate these individuals who have few options, lack familiarity with U.S. laws and rights, and face significant language and cultural barriers. The visa rules also frequently restrict their ability to change employers. But there are solutions, including: prohibiting recruitment fees, requiring accurate contracts, modifying data reporting requirements, registration of foreign labor recruiters, and more. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2015. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Temp%20Visa_v5%20%281%29.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 138931

Author: Whiteacre, Kevin Title: Assessing Outcomes for Wee Ones Nursery at the Indiana Women's Prison Summary: The purpose of this study is to assess different outcomes from participating in the Indiana Women's Prison Wee Ones Nursery (WON) program. We compared recidivism rates between women participating in WON (n=90) and women who gave birth while in prison prior to WON (i.e., before 2008) but who would likely have been eligible (n=98). We also conducted follow-up qualitative interviews with a sample of WON participants (n=15) and pre-WON women (n=12). The interviews included open-ended questions as well as a brief survey with closed-ended items comprised of previously validated scales. Based on the findings, we conclude with some possible directions for the future of WON. The study tested four specific hypotheses: H1: WON participants will have lower recidivism rates than women who gave birth in IWP prior to WON. H2: WON participants are more likely to have custody of their child delivered in prison than the control group. H3: WON participants will report greater attachment to their child than the control group. H4: WON participants will report greater parenting self-esteem than the control group. Details: Indianapolis, IN: University of Indianapolis, Community Research Center, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.uindy.edu/documents/Assessing_Outcomes_for_Wee_Ones_Nursery_at_Indiana_Womens_Prison.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138934

Author: Gat, Irit Title: Incarcerated mothers: Effects of the Mother /Offspring Life Development Program (MOLD) on recidivism, prosocial moral development, empathy, hope, and parent - child attachment Summary: The primary purpose of this two-part quasi-experiment was to examine select rehabilitative benefits of the mother/Offspring Life Development Program (MOLD). MOLD focuses on maintaining the mother-child relationship during the mother's prison sentence at the York Women's Correctional Facility in York, Nebraska. MOLD offers parenting education classes and visitation programs for incarcerated-mothers and their children and a nursery for pregnant inmates. In Part I of the study, archival records were used to investigate the rate of recidivism of MOLD participants between 1990 and 1995. These participants were compared to incarcerated women at the same correctional facility between 1990 and 1995 who did not participate in MOLD. The test for significant differences between proportions revealed no significant differences between the two groups with regard to recidivism rate. Although the trend was in the predicted direction, the power to find significant differences was only 28%. ^ Part II measured pre- to posttest changes in parent/child attachment, prosocial moral development (PROM), empathy (IRI), and hope. For parent-child attachment, the control and Nursery groups scored higher than the MOLD participants. Similarly for the PROM and IRI Perspective-Taking subscale, the control participants scored higher than the MOLD participants. Despite group membership, for all participants, the IRI Empathic Concern subscale scores increased, and the IRI Personal Distress subscale scores decreased. ^ Several possible explanations are discussed. For instance, with regard to confounding variables, it is possible that the effects of MOLD extends to the entire population of women at the York Correctional Facility through a social-cognitive process, such as vicarious learning. or because MOLD participants are self-selected, they may be in greater need for assistance with their parenting skills, thus accounting for lower scores on the dependent variables. In addition, several of the women in the control group had participated in MOLD several years prior to this study. Thus, the skills they originally developed through MOLD, coupled with an extended period of incarceration time, may have given them an opportunity to grow in areas as measured in this study. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2000. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/dissertations/AAI9976990/ Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 138935

Author: Metropolitan Police Department (Washington, DC) Title: After Action Report: Washington Navy Yard, September 16, 2013. Internal Review of the Metropolitan Police Department, Washington, D.C. Summary: On the morning of Monday, September 16, 2013, Aaron Alexis entered Building 197 at the Washington Navy Yard, where he served as an independent contractor, and carried out the most deadly workplace mass shooting in the Nation's Capital in recent memory. Over the course of 69 minutes, Alexis terrorized thousands of employees of Naval Sea Systems Command, firing indiscriminately from a shotgun he had legally purchased two days earlier and a handgun he had taken from a security guard after mortally wounding the guard. He would also get into multiple shooting engagements with responding law enforcement officers, seriously injuring a Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) officer. In his final confrontation with police, Alexis ambushed and fired upon another MPD officer. Fortunately, the officer was saved by his protective vest and was able to return fire, killing Alexis and ending his rampage. When it was over, Alexis had shot and killed twelve people and injured several others. Over the years, the members of MPD, along with other area law enforcement agencies and emergency responders, have trained extensively for the possibility of an "active shooter" incident. The Department did so with the hope of never having to respond to such a tragedy, but in the wake of Columbine, Virginia Tech, Aurora, Fort Hood, and Sandy Hook, among other similar tragedies, MPD recognized the importance and necessity of those preparations. As the primary law enforcement agency for the Nation's Capital, the members of MPD are acutely aware of the many potential targets that exist within the city and the need to remain prepared and vigilant. On September 16, 2013, hundreds of police, fire, and emergency medical personnel from several different agencies responded to the Navy Yard after receiving news of the shooting. Officers relied upon their training, experience, and instincts to run into an unfamiliar and massive building, towards the gunshots and certain danger, in order to stop the gunman from taking more lives. Details: Washington, DC: Metropolitan Police Department, 2014. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://mpdc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/mpdc/publication/attachments/MPD%20AAR_Navy%20Yard_07-11-14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 138936

Author: Schweig, Sarah Title: Co-Producing Public Safety: Communities, Law Enforcement, and Public Health Researchers Work to Prevent Crime Together Summary: Even though crime has decreased across the country since the early 1990s, high rates of violence persist in many neighborhoods. In response, many jurisdictions are seeking ways to understand and prevent violence with a broader multidisciplinary approach, treating violence collaboratively as both a public health issue and a crime problem. A growing number of communities have been adopting this approach. One leading advocate of this method is The California Endowment, whose senior vice president, Anthony Iton, has said, "If you want to change an environment, you have to change many systems." To identify which systems need changing and the most effective ways to do it, The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) met in Los Angeles on August 1, 2014. In their roundtable discussion titled "Spreading a Cure for Crime," law enforcement executives, public health professionals, funders, researchers, and government officials worked together to share information and craft collaborative strategies to prevent crime. This roundtable was the third in a series, following two other meetings hosted by The California Endowment, the Center for Court Innovation, and the COPS Office: Law Enforcement and Public Health: Sharing Resources and Strategies to Make Communities Safer, held in March of 20111 and Seeding Change: How Small Projects Can Improve Community Health and Safety, held in January 2012. This publication adds to the knowledge from the previous convenings and the reports on them while including a summary of the discussions, collaborative approaches, challenges, and recommendations for moving forward from the "Spreading a Cure for Crime" forum. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0800-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 138942

Author: Fortson, Beverly L. Title: Preventing Child Abuse and Neglect: A Technical Package for Policy, Norm, and Programmatic Activities Summary: This technical package represents a select group of strategies based on the best available evidence to help prevent child abuse and neglect. These strategies include strengthening economic supports to families; changing social norms to support parents and positive parenting; providing quality care and education early in life; enhancing parenting skills to promote healthy child development; and intervening to lessen harms and prevent future risk. The strategies represented in this package include those with a focus on preventing child abuse and neglect from happening in the first place as well as approaches to lessen the immediate and long-term harms of child abuse and neglect. These strategies range from a focus on individuals, families, and relationships to broader community and societal change. This range of strategies is needed to better address the interplay between individual-family behavior and broader neighborhood, community, and cultural contexts. This package supports CDC's Essentials for Childhood framework for preventing child abuse and neglect. In particular, it articulates a select set of strategies and specific approaches that can create the context for healthy children and families and prevent child abuse and neglect (Goals 3 and 4 of the framework) Commitment, cooperation, and leadership from numerous sectors, including public health, education, justice, health care, social services, business/labor, and government can bring about successful implementation of this package. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/can-prevention-technical-package.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 138994

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Adding It Up: The Financial Realities of Ohio's Pay-to-Stay Jail Policies Summary: Criminal justice experts estimate that nearly 80% of people in jail are low-income. Many more leave jail unemployed, and are driven further into debt by steep legal fines and costs they cannot hope to pay, since their families have likely spent any savings they had on bills while they were incarcerated. Families are destroyed by a criminal justice system that metes out jail time for minor infractions and then loads on fees for the prison stay. Pay-to-stay fees are often the burden of families because jails collect the fees through commissaries, where families deposit money to pay for phone calls, stamps, pencils, paper, and other items. Jails already gauge families on the cost of these items, and pay-to-stay fees place another hurdle to families keeping in contact with their loved one by phone or letter. Studies show contact with family members is one of the strongest influences in keeping people out of jail in the future. Counties are charging these fees because of state funding cuts and growing jail populations, but balancing our budget woes on the backs of low-income people is not only bad policy, it just does not work. The only way to help our jails is to send fewer people there and invest in programs that keep people out of jail. Details: Cleveland: ACLU of Ohio, 2013. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/AddingItUp2013_06.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fines Shelf Number: 138946

Author: Munoz, Ernesto Title: A report of officer involved shootings in Colorado, 2010-2015 : pursuant to Senate Bill 15-217 Summary: In 2015, the Colorado General Assembly passed Senate Bill 15-217, which mandated that state and local law enforcement agencies report specific information to the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) in the Department of Public Safety in the event that the agency "employs a peace officer who is involved in an officer-involved shooting that results in a person suspected of criminal activity being shot at by the officer." S.B.15-217 mandated DCJ to analyze and report the data on an annual basis. This first report, as specified in S.B. 15-217, documents findings based on data received by DCJ regarding officer involved shootings that occurred during a 5-1/2 year period between January 1, 2010 and June 30, 2015. During the time period under study, 47 law enforcement agencies reported 192 shooting incidents involving 313 officers and 219 citizens. Most of the citizens and officers were white (57% and 83%, respectively), reflecting the overall Colorado population, but the citizen group included 28% Hispanics and 14% Blacks. As a group, the citizens were younger, on average, than the officers. Among the citizens, Blacks were youngest (average age 28), compared to an average age of 31 for Hispanics and 38 for Whites. Over half (56%) of the incidents were originated by a call for service. Agencies reported that in two-thirds (65%) of shooting incidents, officers perceived an imminent threat to officers or citizens, and in another 20% of incidents, a shot(s) was fired at the officer. The officer perceived some level of threat in 10% of incidents, and three incidents (2%) involved preventing an escape. In 74% of the cases, a verbal warning was issued before the incident. For about one-third of citizens (34%), there was some indication of intoxication with alcohol, drugs or a combination of those. Agencies reported that a weapon was involved in at least 84% of incidents, and most often that weapon was a handgun (46%) followed by a motor vehicle that was perceived by the officer to be used as a weapon (12%), and a knife/cutting instrument (7%). Firearms (including handguns, rifles, and shotguns) were present in 57% of incidents. Black citizens were significantly more likely to have a firearm (83%) compared to Whites (52%) and Hispanics (53%). Ninety-one (91%) of officers were neither injured or killed compared to 19% of citizens. Nearly half (43%) of citizens were killed and another 38% were wounded. Citizens who were killed or wounded were likely to be perceived by the officer as an imminent threat. Fifty-two percent of Hispanics were killed, as were 40% of Whites and 37% of Blacks. Almost half (47%) of Blacks were wounded as were 32% of Hispanics and 40% of Whites. Among citizens who survived these encounters, 86% were arrested or cited for a crime (there was no difference across race/ethnicity). The most common charge was attempted first degree murder followed by first degree assault. Other common charges included felony menacing, criminal mischief, and assault on a peace officer. Note that the data reported here represent information provided by 48 law enforcement agencies, 47 of which reported officer-involved shootings between January 1, 2010 and June 30, 2015. It is not possible to know if every incident was reported to the Division of Criminal Justice. Two agencies submitted data (on one incident each) well after the statutory deadline2 and these two incidents were not included in the findings presented here. Details: Denver: Colorado Department of Public Safety, Division of Criminal Justice, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: http://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2016-Officer_%20Involved_Shooting-Rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 138947

Author: English, Kim Title: Recommendations Regarding Body-Worn Camera Policies in Colorado: Pursuant to House Bill 15-1285 Summary: In 2015 the Colorado General Assembly passed House Bill 1285 which mandated that the Colorado Department of Public Safety (CDPS) empanel a Body Worn Camera (BWC) Study Group that would undertake a study of, and identification of, best practices regarding the use of body-worn cameras by law enforcement officers. Specifically, the bill directed the Study Group to collect and review policies and studies concerning BWCs by law enforcement officers and make recommendations regarding the following: 1. When cameras are required to be turned on; 2. When cameras must be turned off; 3. When cameras may be turned off; 4. When notification must be given that a camera is in use; and 5. When consent of another person is required for the continued use of a camera. 6. Consider enforcement mechanisms and legal remedies available to the public when a policy adopted by a law enforcement agency is not followed or when an agency that uses body-worn cameras fails to adopt a policy on the use of body-worn cameras by its officers. The General Assembly, in its legislative declaration for H.B. 15-1285, recognized that issues such as public access to BWC recordings, the timing of the disclosure of recordings, whether there should be limits on the use of publicly disclosed recordings, and data retention and security are important policy topics that must be addressed. These were not among the questions delineated in the bill, and the Study Group prioritized it s work by focusing on the six specific questions. The Study Group recognizes that law enforcement agencies vary considerably in terms of their capacity to implement a BWC program. The Study Group is not recommending the adoption of BWCs by law enforcement agencies because this decision should be left to local law enforcement officials. However, when agency administrators choose to develop and implement a BWC program, these recommendations should be followed. Details: Denver: Colorado Department of Public Safety, Division of Criminal Justice, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: https://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2016-BWCs-Rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 138948

Author: Rosenthal, Lawrence Title: The Constitutional Case for Limiting Public Carry Summary: Perhaps the single most important question arising in the wake of the Supreme Court's holding that the Second Amendment protects an individual right to keep and bear arms, even for purposes unrelated to service in an organized militia, is whether the Constitution permits limitations on the ability to carry firearms in public. For high-crime, unstable urban neighborhoods, an absolute constitutional right to carry firearms would likely cripple the type of problem-oriented, preventative policing that has successfully driven guns and drugs off of many urban streetscapes and has produced concomitant reductions in violent crime. This Issue Brief addresses the constitutional status of laws that endeavor to facilitate preventative policing by limiting the right to carry firearms in public. Details: Washington, DC: American Constitution Society, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed May 5, 2016 at: https://www.acslaw.org/sites/default/files/Rosenthal_-_The_Constitutional_Case_for_Limiting_Public_Carry_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 138954

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Sex Offender Treatment (Juveniles): Technical Report Summary: BLANK} In the United States (U.S.), more than 13,000 juvenile sex offenders participate in court-mandated treatment programs annually (McGrath, Cumming, Burchard, Zeoli, & Ellerby, 2009). Juvenile sex offenders are required to attend treatment for a range of offenses, including lewdness, exhibitionism, sexual assault, sexual abuse of a child, sodomy, and rape. Treatment for juvenile sex offenders commonly falls into four broad categories: psycho-social education; drug therapies, either for the purposes of castration or psychological treatment; cognitive-behavioral (CBT) and relapse prevention therapies; and individual and family counseling (Walker, McGovern, Poey, & Otis, 2004). The majority of programs rely on cognitive behavioral approaches grounded in social learning theories (Center for Sex Offender Management (CSOM), 2006) and last approximately 20 months (Daly, 2008). More than 90% of juvenile programs provide individual therapy; the majority of programs also provide group and family therapy. The most common treatment targets are victim empathy, accepting responsibility for the offense, social skills training, and development of family support networks (McGrath et al., 2009). Increasingly, criminal justice interventions are structured according to the principles of effective correctional services, which matches offenders to treatment based on their risk-level, criminogenic needs, and learning styles (Andrews & Bonta, 2006; Andrews et al., 2001; Bonta, 2001). Hanson's (2009) meta-analysis compared recidivism outcomes between sex offender programs that adhered to the principles of effective treatment (risk-needs-responsivity (RNR)) to those that did not and found that the former were associated with larger reductions in recidivism. This latter finding may shed light on the inconsistencies in sex offender treatment research. According to the RNR model, treatment targets should have an empirically-demonstrated relationship to recidivism; however, two of the three most common treatment targets in juvenile sex offender treatment programs (victim empathy and denial) are not associated with recidivism (CSOM, 2006). In 2009, McGrath et al. found that 13% of community-based juvenile sex offender programs and 20% of residential programs identified the RNR model as one of the "top three theories that best describes the[ir] program." This report details the results of a systematic review and meta-analysis for juvenile sex offenders. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/SO-Juvenile-Technical-Report_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138956

Author: Molloy, Jennifer K. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Drug Court (Juveniles): Technical Report Summary: The drug court model emerged to provide an intervention option to address the substance abuse treatment needs of offenders. As of 2009, there were 2,459 operational drug courts in the United States, of which 476 were specifically for juveniles (Huddleson & Marlowe, 2011). In general, drug courts are specialized courts that combine treatment with court supervision, using a non-adversarial model, in order to reduce offenders' substance abuse and criminal behavior (General Accounting Office (GAO), 1997). The main components of a drug court are: the use of a judge to preside over monthly status hearings, mandatory drug testing, court monitoring of individualized drug treatment, and use of immediate sanctions and incentives to ensure compliance with court demands. While eligibility requirements vary across jurisdictions, the majority of programs restrict eligibility to non-violent offenders with an identified substance abuse problem. Offenders typically participate in drug court for one to two years; those who complete court requirements generally have their charges dismissed or reduced, while those who do not complete often receive jail or prison sentences. In the juvenile drug court model the developmental needs of the adolescent, as well as negative peer influences and the family environment are taken into account when planning program requirements (BJA, 2005). In addition, confidentiality and involvement of parents and/or families in the treatment program are considerations when implementing interventions with juvenile offenders. This report details the results of a systematic review and meta-analysis of drug courts for juvenile offenders. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Drug-Court-Juvenile-Tech-Report_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cost of Criminal Jsutice Shelf Number: 138957

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Newark Police Department Summary: The Justice Department announced today it has reached a comprehensive settlement with the city of Newark, New Jersey, that will bring wide-ranging reforms and changes to the Newark Police Department (NPD). The agreement, which is subject to court approval, resolves the department's findings that NPD has engaged in a pattern or practice of unconstitutional stops, searches, arrests, use of excessive force and theft by officers in violation of the First, Fourth and 14th Amendments. The proposed consent decree also resolves the department's findings that NPD's law enforcement practices had a disparate impact on minorities in Newark. The Justice Department's findings were announced in July 2014 following a comprehensive investigation into the NPD started in May 2011. The investigation also found that this pattern of constitutional violations has eroded public confidence in the police. As a result, public safety suffers and the job of delivering police services was more difficult and more dangerous. Under the consent decree, the city of Newark and NPD will implement comprehensive reforms in 12 substantive areas. The agreement ensures that: -NPD will improve officer training to ensure that officers develop the necessary technical and practical skills required to carry out NPD directives consistently. -NPD will revise search and seizure policies, training and supervision to ensure that all stops, searches and arrests are conducted in accordance with the Constitution and in a manner that takes into account community priorities. -NPD will integrate bias-free policing principles into all levels of the organization, including comprehensive training of officers and supervisors. -NPD will reform use of force policies, including requirements for using de-escalation techniques whenever possible and appropriate, prohibiting retaliatory force and ensuring mandatory reporting and investigation standards following use of force. -NPD will deploy in-car and body-worn cameras to promote accountability, instill community confidence and improve law enforcement records. -NPD will implement measures to prevent theft of property by officers, including robust reporting and complete accounting of property or evidenced seized. -Office of Professional Standards investigators will be appropriately qualified and trained. Investigations of civilian complaints will be conducted in an objective, thorough and timely manner. -Newark will create a civilian oversight entity to give voice to and pursue concerns of its residents. -NPD will develop protocols for conducting compliance reviews and integrity audits. -NPD will implement steps to ensure that the disciplinary process is fair and consistent. -NPD will improve records management and early intervention systems and collect data on all uses of force and investigatory stops, searches and arrests, and develop a protocol for the comprehensive analysis of the data. The information will be publicly reported. -NPD will strengthen its public information programs to ensure that members of the public are informed of NPD�s progress toward reform. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/usao-nj/legacy/2014/07/22/NPD%20Findings%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 138958

Author: Mikhed, Vyacheslav Title: Out of Sight, Out of Mind: Consumer Reaction to News on Data Breaches and Identity Theft Summary: We use the 2012 South Carolina Department of Revenue data breach to study how data breaches and news coverage about them affect consumers' take-up of fraud protections. In this instance, we find that a remarkably large share of consumers who were directly affected by the breach acquired fraud protection services immediately after the breach. In contrast, the response of consumers who were not directly exposed to the breach, but who were exposed to news about it, was negligible. Even among consumers directly exposed to the data breach, the incremental effect of additional news about the breach was small. We conclude that, in this instance, consumers primarily responded to clear and direct evidence of their own exposure to a breach. In the absence of a clear indication of their direct exposure, consumers did not appear to revise their beliefs about future expected losses associated with data breaches. Details: Philadelphia: Federal Research Bank of Philadelphia: 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 15-42: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: www.philadelphiafed.org Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 138959

Author: Vessels, Lauren Title: Racial and Ethnic Fairness in Juvenile Justice: Availability of State Data Summary: Youth of color are overrepresented in many aspects of the juvenile justice system from arrest to court referral and confinement. A core requirement of federal juvenile justice policy (Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 2002) requires each state to identify where disparities may exist across various juvenile justice decision points. Where disparities are identified, the states must complete self-assessments informed by comprehensive data and use this research to develop solutions. The monitoring task begins with understanding federal policy for identifying racial and ethnic groups and exploring what national juvenile arrest data can tell us. Of equal importance is charting state progress toward transparently reporting meaningful fairness indicators to the public, conducting more detailed self-assessments and advancing specific strategies to improve racial and ethnic fairness at the local-level. This publication summarizes the results from a review of publicly available data that describe racial and ethnic fairness across the country. This StateScan publication is the 7th in a series that distills important knowledge from NCJJ's new Juvenile Justice Geography, Policy, Practice & Statistics website (www.JJGPS.org). The author organizes results from a national search for publicly available state-level sources for racial and ethnic fairness data. This publication outlines important details provided in the data, describes the importance of sharing this data publicly, and discusses the underlying obstacles to data collection. This original analysis also describes the federal requirements to collect and report this data; however, few states share this information with the public. Details: Pittsburgh: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: StateScan: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://www.ncjj.org/news/15-08-06/New_JJGPS_StateScan_-_Racial_and_Ethnic_Fairness_in_Juvenile_Justice_Availability_of_State_Data.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 138960

Author: Rovner, Laura Title: Dignity and the Eighth Amendment: A New Approach to Challenging Solitary Confinement Summary: The use of solitary confinement in U.S. prisons and jails has come under increasing scrutiny. Over the past few months, Supreme Court Justice Anthony Kennedy all but invited constitutional challenges to the use of solitary confinement, while President Obama asked, "Do we really think it makes sense to lock so many people alone in tiny cells for 23 hours a day for months, sometime for years at a time?" Even some of the most notorious prisons and jails, including California's Pelican Bay State Prison and New York's Rikers Island, are reforming their use of solitary confinement because of successful litigation and public outcry. Rovner suggests that in light of these developments and "the Supreme Court's increasing reliance on human dignity as a substantive value underlying and animating constitutional rights," there is a strong case to make that long-term solitary confinement violates the constitutional right to freedom from cruel and unusual punishment. Details: Washington, DC: American Constitution Society for Law and Policy, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Conditions of Confinement Shelf Number: 138961

Author: Deutschmann, Emanuel Title: Between Collaboration and Disobedience: The behavior of the Guantanomo Detainees and its Consequences Summary: The Guantanamo detainees find themselves in a prisoner-s-dilemma-like situation characterized by uncertainty where they may incriminate others, remain silent, or disobey. We examine their behavior under these conditions and how it influences their chances of getting a release recommendation. We use JTF-GTMO-authored memoranda on 765 detainees to create a social network of the accusations between detainees and an attribute dataset, which we analyze using multivariate regression and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests. We find that the distribution of incriminating statements obeys a power law. Yemenites and Saudi Arabians heavily over-contribute in terms of incriminating statements and disobedient actions, whereas Afghans and Pakistanis under-contribute. Disobedient behaviour does not affect the likelihood of getting released, except for hunger strike, which has a negative effect. By releasing information on others, detainees do not improve their own situation but impair that of those they talk about. Details: Oxford, UK: University of Oxford, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Sociology Working Papers Paper Number 2013-02: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://www.sociology.ox.ac.uk/materials/papers/2013-02.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 138962

Author: Davis, Antoinette Title: No Place for Youth: Girls in the Adult Justice System Summary: During the past three decades, states across the country passed legislation making it easier to move youth under age 18 into the adult criminal justice system (Puzzanchera & Addie 2014; Johnson, Lanza-Kaduce, & Woolard; Mulvey & Schubert 2012; Griffin, Addie, Adams, & Firestine 2011). These laws made youth eligible for transfer to the adult court system for a greater number of crimes, lowered the age of adult criminal responsibility, increased the ability of prosecutors to file cases in adult court directly, and excluded certain crimes from eligibility for juvenile court adjudication. These legislative changes resulted in an unprecedented rise in youth serving time in adult criminal justice facilities (i.e., jails and prisons). Not only does this phenomenon add a layer of difficulty to the operation and staffing of facilities charged with overseeing these young offenders, but it also directly conflicts with research showing that housing youth in adult correctional facilities is harmful, on a variety of levels, for young people. Adult jails and prisons are not designed for the confinement of youth, and as a result most are not equipped to meet the inherent and specific needs of adolescents. Studies show that youth in adult confinement do not receive age-appropriate educational, medical, or rehabilitative services. They are subject to conditions that are developmentally inappropriate and physically and emotionally unsafe; these conditions run counter to rehabilitative goals. In addition, a growing body of research shows that youth confined in adult facilities are exposed to seasoned offenders and, as compared to youth who are placed in juvenile facilities, are more likely to recidivate with more severe crimes upon release (Hahn et al., 2007; Redding 2010; Fagan, Kupchik, & Liberman 2007; Johnson, Lanza-Kaduce, & Woolard 2011). Although not widely considered by practitioners, researchers, and other stakeholders, a growing proportion of youth prosecuted as adults are female. In 2010, girls were defendants in 8% of all cases judicially waived from juvenile to adult courts (Puzzanchera & Addie 2014). This bulletin focuses on the population of girls under age 18 who are confined to adult facilities in the United States. It provides a summary of current research, incorporates the voices of practitioners, and offers recommendations for improving conditions and outcomes for girls who are sentenced to adult facilities. Data examined for this bulletin include results of a national survey of correctional administrators conducted by the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) and the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) in 2014. The NIC/NCCD survey was designed to collect information from members of the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) about issues and challenges that adult facilities face in serving youth under age 18, with a particular focus on girls. ASCA is a professional organization whose membership consists of current and former administrators of correctional facilities or the correctional system of a jurisdiction. Survey findings are included throughout the bulletin, and results are summarized in the appendix. NIC and NCCD also held a listening session with a select group of corrections professionals; these individuals have extensive experience overseeing state correctional departments or women's correctional facilities and providing services for female offenders. Quotes from this listening session are highlighted in the bulletin. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/031370.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 139018

Author: Davis, John S., II Title: A Framework for Programming and Budgeting for Cybersecurity Summary: When defending an organization against cyberattacks, cybersecurity professionals are faced with the dilemma of selecting from a large set of cybersecurity defensive measures while operating with a limited set of resources with which to employ the measures. Engaging in this selection process is not easy and can be overwhelming. Furthermore, the challenge is exacerbated by the fact that many cybersecurity strategies are presented as itemized lists, with few hints at how to position a given action within the space of alternative actions. This report aims to address these difficulties by explaining the menu of actions for defending an organization against cyberattack and recommending an approach for organizing the range of actions and evaluating cybersecurity defensive activities. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/tools/TL100/TL186/RAND_TL186.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 138963

Author: Association of the Bar of the City of New York Title: Report on the NYPD's Stop-and-Frisk Policy Summary: The New York Police Department's (NYPD) - stop, question and frisk- policy has been a major, highly controversial feature of policing under the Administration of Mayor Michael Bloomberg. The exponential growth in the use of this tactic during the first decade of Bloomberg's mayoralty has resulted in nearly five million stops, a stark increase from its prior use. The number of reported stops grew from 97,296 in 2002 to 685,724 in 2011, before drop-ping to 533,042 in 2012. Mayor Michael Bloomberg and Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly laud the stop-and-frisk policy as a significant component of the City's successful effort to reduce violent crime, a means of keeping guns off the street and improving the quality of life in the neighborhoods most affected by crime. Indeed, through a variety of strategies, the crime rate in the City has been reduced substantially over the past 20 years. Indeed, the police must be able to stop and frisk individuals as a crime-fighting strategy, within the limits set by law. However, the stop and frisk policy has raised a number of important concerns: - Only approximately 6% of the stops have resulted in arrests and approximately 2% in the recovery of weapons. Thus, the overwhelming majority of stops result in no discovery of wrongdoing. This is the case even though the law permits the police to make such stops only if they - reasonably suspect- that the person is committing, has committed, or is about to commit a crime, and may only frisk a person who has already been stopped legally if they reasonably believe that the person is armed. These data, plus extensive anecdotal evidence, suggest that many stops may not be justified under federal and state constitutional protection from unreasonable searches and seizures. In addition, many of the arrests occur under questionable circumstances, such as when people are asked to remove marijuana from their pockets and then arrested for possessing marijuana - in public view. - Eighty-five percent of those stopped are black and Latino, and are overwhelmingly male. While the NYPD asserts that is understandable because most of the criminal activity is in neighborhoods with predominantly black and Latino populations, the data suggest that even controlling for neighborhood demographics, black and Latino individuals are stopped more often. The policy has engendered substantial opposition, with those opposed saying it not only violates the rights of many of those stopped but also stigmatizes a substantial segment of the population and further alienates and marginalizes young black and Latino men who face ever more difficult hurdles in progressing within society. In addition, the policy engenders distrust in the affected communities, and the mutual disrespect between the police and the younger generation in those communities undermines confidence in how the police go about their vital work. Details: New York: The Bar Association, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2016 at: http://www2.nycbar.org/pdf/report/uploads/20072495-StopFriskReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 138964

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: Youth Involvement in the Sex Trade: A National Study Summary: This report presents findings from nearly 1,000 youth interviews conducted across six sites, a population estimate for underage youth in the sex trade in the United States, arrest patterns and prosecution and recidivism outcomes for these youth when they encounter the juvenile or criminal justice systems, and findings from interviews with service providers and police officers. The findings revealed that youth who are engaged in the sex trade are a diverse population in their identities and experiences. More than three-quarters of those interviewed had their first experience in the sex trade when they were under the age of 18. Many reported having complex social relationships and collaborations with others in the underground economy. Notably, the most pressing need identified by both the youth and service providers was for safe housing. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 165p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Youth%20Involvement%20in%20the%20Sex%20Trade_3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138994

Author: Marcus, Anthony Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in Atlantic City Summary: This report discusses the context, methodology, and findings from in-depth interviews conducted with nearly 100 youth in the sex trade in Atlantic City, N.J. Classic street ethnography gives this study strong insight into the nature of street-based sex trade in Atlantic City and its surrounding environs. Findings suggest that very few of the street-based sex workers in that area are younger than 18 years of age and that the typical market-involved youth in Atlantic City is white, between ages 19 and 24, uses drugs regularly, is a runaway from a challenging family situation, has experienced rape or other sexual abuse at some time in his or her life, and is highly vulnerable to street-based violence. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Atlantic%20City_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Prostitution Shelf Number: 138995

Author: Schaffner, Laurie Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in Chicago: Issues in Youth Poverty and Homelessness Summary: This study of youth engaged in the sex trade in Chicago, Ill. included interviews with over 200 young people, ages 13-24. The sample was composed of a considerable number of males - 47%, the highest percentage of male interviewees from any of the sites in the larger study. An additional 11% were trans female. The research team divided the city into three distinct sections and recruited participants from those areas: Northside, which they found to be a relatively "safe" neighborhood for young, African-American trans females and gay males; Southside, whose interview participants tended to be networked to those on the Northside (despite notable differences in neighborhood context); and Westside, where the team found there to be more pimps and adults controlling and monitoring the streets. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Chicago_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 138996

Author: Martin, Marcus Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in North Texas: Shattered Lives Summary: This study in Dallas, Tex. included interviews with youth, ages 13-24, who were engaged in the sex trade. Most of the youth interviewed worked on their own and were not closely networked to others in the sex trade. Researchers repeatedly found strong-willed survivors who enjoyed substantial autonomy in the selection of customers, work hours, and living conditions. For many transgender and gay youth, personal or familial struggles as a result of their sexuality and/or gender identity may have led them into the sex trade. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Dallas_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Prostitution Shelf Number: 138997

Author: Wagner, Brooke M. Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in Las Vegas Summary: This report discusses the context and findings from 169 in-depth interviews conducted with youth ages 24 and younger in Las Vegas, Nev. Researchers found that many of the youth drifted in and out of the sex trade, engaging when quick money was needed, but also going through non-working periods, mirroring the instability that participants also faced in their living situations and in their relationships with family and school. Researchers suggest that the sexualized cultural climate of Las Vegas strongly contributes to the way the sex trade has manifested itself there. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Las%20Vegas_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138998

Author: Maurrasse, David J. Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in Miami Summary: This study of youth engaged in the sex trade in Miami, Fla. included 264 interviews with young people ages 13-24, nearly all of whom were black or Hispanic and from lower income backgrounds. Most of the respondents faced various social and economic challenges throughout their young lives, and engaging in the sex trade served as a way to support an insecure living situation. Many worked on the streets year-round, given Miami�s warm weather even in winter months. Findings show that many of the youth are essentially freelancers, working independently in an underground economy Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Miami_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 138999

Author: Jones, Nikki Title: Experiences of Youth in the Sex Trade in the Bay Area Summary: This study in San Francisco and Oakland, Calif. included 136 interviews with youth engaged in the sex trade. Findings show that young people's involvement in the sex trade mostly fell into three categories: pimps, renegades, and street kids. Although the Bay Area site saw the highest percentage of youth working with pimps (29%) as compared to the other five sites in the study, the large majority of those interviewed were identified as "renegades" - a term used to describe individuals who work on their own without anyone to facilitate their involvement in the sex trade. The third group, "street kids," typically reported engaging in sex work sporadically, as necessary to meet immediate needs for money or shelter, and understood their involvement in sexual exchanges as one among a range of "hustles" they use to get by. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Bay%20Area_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 139000

Author: Schnur, Danielle Kristina Title: The Hill Versus the Field: A Case-Study Analysis of Sustained Gang Violence between Two Boston Gangs Summary: Homicide rates in the United States have followed a roller coaster ride since the 1980s. Despite decreasing to 18,692 homicides in 1984, the homicide rate skyrocketed to 24,703 in 1991 (US Department of Justice 2010). Although the homicide rate subsided in the late 1990s, reaching a low of 15,522 homicides in 1999, homicides have again begun to increase, reaching 17,034 in 2006 (US Department of Justice 2010). Youth homicides have followed a similar progression, peaking in 1993 with 9,204 youth victims. Although youth homicide rates decreased in the late 1990s, reaching a low of 5,531 homicides in 2000, they also have been increasing since the early 2000s with 6,230 youth victims in 2006 (US Department of Justice 2010). Research suggests a significant portion of youth homicides are gang-related, with Braga, Hureau, and Winship (2008) citing that one third of youth homicides in Chicago, 50% of youth homicides in Los Angeles' Boyle Heights area, and 60% of youth homicides in Boston are gang-related. In the context of steadily rising homicide rates, this strong correlation demands an understanding of sustained gang violence over time. My thesis will answer this question on a case-study level, using a violent gang rivalry in Boston. Details: Boston: Harvard College, 2010. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: http://prisonstudiesproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Schnur_Thesis1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 139013

Author: Stevenson, Megan Title: Distortion of Justice: How the Inability to Pay Bail Affects Case Outcomes Summary: Instrumenting for detention status with the bail-setting propensities of rotating magistrates I find that pretrial detention leads to a 13% increase in the likelihood of being convicted, an effect explained by an increase in guilty pleas among defendants who otherwise would have been acquitted or had their charges dropped. On average, those detained will be liable for $128 more in court fees and will receive incarceration sentences that are almost five months longer. Effects can be seen in both misdemeanor and felony cases, across age and race, and appear particularly large for first or second time arrestees. Case types where evidence tends to be weaker also show pronounced effects: a 30% increase in pleading guilty and an additional 18 months in the incarceration sentence. While previous research has shown correlations between pretrial detention and unfavorable case outcomes, this paper is the first to use a quasi-experimental research design to show that the relationship is causal. Details: Philadelphia: Quattrone Center- University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: https://www.law.upenn.edu/cf/faculty/mstevens/workingpapers/Distortion-of-Justice-April-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139014

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Beyond Gridlock: How White House Action on Gun Violence Can Save Lives Summary: In the wake of the horrific shooting at Umpqua Community College in Roseburg, Oregon - the 18th mass shooting of 20151 - President Obama spoke to the nation, lamenting that gun violence has grown so routine in America and deploring Congressional inaction. But the President also issued a powerful call to action, and recommitted his administration to exploring its authority to take executive action and enforce the laws already in place. He asked whether there were steps his administration could take to prevent these "tragic deaths from taking place." This report answers the President's call, and offers five life-saving measures that the Administration could advance - today - to keep guns out of the hands of dangerous people. These five critical - and simple - steps would: keep dangerous people with guns out of our schools; crack down on gun trafficking and curb the sale of guns without background checks; ensure that law enforcement identifies and prosecutes the most dangerous criminals who try to illegally obtain guns; help states to enforce their own background check laws; and ensure that all convicted domestic abusers are prohibited from possessing guns. A comprehensive list of these and other recommended executive actions is set forth in the appendix to this report. Details: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource Accessed May 13, 2016 at: https://everytownresearch.org/documents/2015/10/beyond-gridlock-white-house-action-gun-violence-can-save-lives.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 139016

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Healing Communities in Crisis: Lifesaving Solutions to the Urban Gun Violence Epidemic Summary: Healing Communities in Crisis outlines two categories of solutions: intervention programs and policy reforms. These approaches are grounded in the insight that, in most communities, an incredibly small and identifiable population is responsible for the vast majority of gun violence. Our report highlights the following programs: - Group Violence Intervention (GVI)- In this approach to gun violence prevention, a partnership of law enforcement, community members, and service providers is assembled to meet with small groups of the most at-risk individuals in order to send a message that the shooting must stop. The program has now been replicated in a wide array of American cities, with consistently impressive results. - Cure Violence (CV) - This promising strategy treats violence like a communicable disease. The spread of violence is interrupted by employing Outreach Workers and Violence Interrupters to work directly with individuals most likely to commit or become the victims of gun violence. A community campaign is also conducted to change norms surrounding the use of violence. - Hospital-Based Violence Intervention Programs (HVIP) - Victims of violent injury are very likely to end up back in the hospital. This model takes advantage of a unique teachable moment by connecting violently injured youths with culturally competent case managers who are able to shepherd their clients to badly-needed social services that enable change. Our report also lays out the policy reforms most likely to decrease the supply of crime guns in impacted communities. These policies include: universal background checks, permit to purchase laws, gun trafficking regulations, and prohibitions on large capacity ammunition magazines. Details: San Francisco: Law Center to Prevention Gun Violence, 2016. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://smartgunlaws.org/healing-communities/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 139019

Author: Bird, Mia Title: How Has Propossition 47 Affected California's Jail Population? Summary: Passed by the voters in 2014, Proposition 47 reduced penalties for certain drug and property crimes. This change led to dramatic declines in the state's jail population, driven by decreases in arrests, convictions, and jail time for Proposition 47 offenders. Details: Sacramento: Public Policy Institute of California, 2016. 20p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_316MB3R.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 139040

Author: McNeeley, Susan M. Title: Street Codes, Routine Activities, Neighborhood Context, and Victimization: An Examination of Alternative Models Summary: According to Elijah Anderson's Code of the Street (1999), individuals in disadvantaged communities adopt a set of oppositional values, partly because demonstrating these values allows them to avoid victimization. However, the empirical evidence on the effect of the street code on victimization is mixed, with several studies finding that those who adhere to the values provided in the code are at greater risk for victimization. This study incorporates lifestyle-routine activities theory in order to better understand the relationships between subcultural values, opportunity, and victimization. Specifically, three theoretical models are tested. In the first model, the main effects of code-related beliefs are examined, net of activities. The second model proposes an indirect effect of subcultural values on victimization through an increase in public activities or lifestyle. The third model is interactive in nature; one's beliefs and activities may interact to increase the chances of experiencing victimization, with adherence to subcultural values affecting victimization to a greater extent for those who more often engage in public activities. Additionally, the extent to which the effects of subcultural values in the form of street codes and public activities vary by neighborhood context is examined. Using survey data from approximately 3,500 adults from 123 census tracts in Seattle, Washington, multilevel models of crime-specific victimization were estimated. The findings revealed that both public lifestyles and adherence to the street code were positively related to violent and breaking and entering victimization. In addition, the effect of the street code on both types of victimization was moderated by public activities; code-related values contributed to greater risk of victimization for those with more public lifestyles, but were protective for those who did not spend as much time in public. Implications for policy and theory that arise from these findings are discussed, as are suggestions for future research. Details: Cincinnati: School of Criminal Justice, University of Cincinnati, 2013. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap/10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1382951840 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Code of the Street Shelf Number: 139041

Author: Gozdziak, Elzbieta Title: After Rescue: Evaluation of Strategies to Stabilize and Integrate Adult Survivors of Human Trafficking to the United States Summary: Human trafficking for forced labor, domestic servitude, and sexual exploitation is a transnational crime whose victims include men, women, and children. In the United States, trafficking in persons became a focus of activities in the late 1990s and culminated in the passage of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA), which was signed into law in 2000. Despite the increased interest in human trafficking, there is little systematic and methodologically rigorous empirical research. Notably absent are studies of adult foreign-born trafficked victims who are identified and, as survivors, provided services to facilitate their reintegration into the wider society. This project examines comprehensive case management services provided to foreign-born adults survivors of trafficking from 2006 to 2011. These programs were funded by the Anti-Trafficking in Persons (ATIP) Program of the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) under the Per Capita Reimbursement Contract administered by the U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops (USCCB). The USCCB was also in charge of providing training and technical assistance to the programs serving survivors of human trafficking. This report provides a summary of the analysis of data collected by USCCB and augmented by field research with selected number of programs. The objective of this mixed-methods study was to better understand the characteristics of trafficking survivors and the efficacy of interventions in stabilizing their well-being. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for the Study of International Migration at Georgetown University, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249672.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Workers Shelf Number: 139043

Author: Thorkildsen, Zoe Title: Las Vegas After-Action Assessment: Lessons Learned from the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department's Ambush Incident Summary: The Las Vegas, Nevada, community and the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) experienced a tragic loss on June 8, 2014, when two officers were ambushed and killed by two assailants. The assailants went on to instigate an active shooter situation, killing a Good Samaritan civilian who attempted to intervene. LVMPD officers and supervisors responded to the active shooter threat, which evolved into a barricaded subject scenario. Ultimately, both assailants died: one by an officer-involved shooting and the other from a self-inflicted gunshot. This report, sponsored by the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) summarizes key findings developed during an after-action analysis of the ambush and subsequent police engagement with the assailants. CNA analyzed the event precursors, incident response, and aftermath to document lessons learned. These findings and lessons learned can be used by the larger law enforcement community to conduct self-evaluation and better prepare for critical incidents such as ambushes and active shooter situations. This after-action report builds on other analysis of violence against law enforcement, including the 2015 COPS Office publication Ambushes of Police: Environment, Incident Dynamics, and the Aftermath of Surprise Attacks Against Law Enforcement. Between the time of the ambush incident in Las Vegas and the publication of this report, other high-profile ambushes of officers have occurred in such cities as Philadelphia; Blooming Grove Township, Pennsylvania; and New York City. As described in the 2015 COPS Office publication, there are numerous gaps in our understanding about ambushes of law enforcement officers. This report is intended to help provide lessons learned about responding to violence targeting law enforcement occurring in agencies across the country and help officers remain reasonably vigilant in the face of these constant threats. This report also serves as an essential foundation for future studies and best practices in understanding ambush incident preparation and response. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0798-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ambushes Shelf Number: 139044

Author: Americans for Responsible Solutions Title: Commonsense Solutions: State Laws to Address Gun Violence Against Women Summary: The vast majority of American gun owners are responsible and abide by the law. However, guns do not belong in the hands of domestic abusers and other people known to violently target women or others in relationships. When an abuser has access to firearms, the victim is 500 percent more likely to be murdered. Unfortunately, the federal laws intended to reduce domestic abusers' access to guns are filled with loopholes. These federal provisions do not apply to many known abusers, and states have sometimes struggled to effectively enforce these laws even when they do apply. The result is a constant stream of news reports about women and others killed by abusers with guns. States must take action to prevent further tragedies. This report provides a series of proposals that state legislators should consider enacting in their states to help protect women and families in abusive situations. These policies go beyond current federal law, but have been proposed in Congress. Details: Washington, DC: Americans for Responsible Solutions, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://smartgunlaws.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Commonsense-Solutions-State-Laws-to-Address-Gun-Violence-Against-Women.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gender-Specific Responses Shelf Number: 139045

Author: Pacholke, Dan Title: More Than Emptying Beds: A Systems Approach to Segregation Reform Summary: Restrictive housing, sometimes referred to as solitary confinement, administrative segregation, or simply segregation, typically consists of placement of an individual in a solitary cell for up to 23 hours a day, with only an hour out of the cell to shower or for solo recreation. It is essentially a prison within a prison, where individuals who presumably cannot safely be housed in the general population are placed for some period of time. Although there are occasions when restrictive housing may be the best tool we have to ensure the safety of inmates, staff, and the public, our experience shows that, with a systems approach, it is possible to reduce the numbers of people going into restrictive housing, create rehabilitative alternatives, ensure an accountable and consistent process for placement and release decisions, improve conditions for those who are placed in restrictive housing and for those who work there, and facilitate successful exit from those placements. Deciding who is kept in these units and for how long has traditionally been at the discretion of each prison facility's administration or disciplinary hearing officers within the parameters established in that system's policies. Practices vary from system to system and from facility to facility. Consistent evidence suggests that segregation can be detrimental to the physical, psychological, and behavioral health of those placed in these conditions. Increasingly, courts, policymakers, media, and advocacy groups are questioning these practices as violations of constitutional and human rights. As a result, federal and state governments are requiring correctional systems to examine their segregation policies, practices, and protocols and calling for its reduced use, or even elimination in certain cases. Correctional systems are challenged in this call to action as, to date, there has been little guidance on how to implement segregation reform while also maintaining safe prisons. Segregation has been and will continue to be a tool that is necessary to manage legitimate safety concerns. Reforms in the use of this practice will only be successful if the safety of inmates and staff is maintained or improved in the process. To impact the health and well-being of people under correctional control, reducing the use of segregation on its own by only "emptying beds" is of limited value. To make an impactful change, a systems approach to this complex issue is essential. This policy brief shares lessons from the systems approach to reform undertaken by the Washington Department of Corrections (WADOC) that began more than a decade ago and continues to the present day. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: https://www.bja.gov/publications/MorethanEmptyingBeds.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 139046

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Smartphone Data: Information and Issues Regarding Surreptitious Tracking Apps That Can Facilitate Stalking Summary: GAO found that the majority of the reviewed websites for smartphone tracking applications (apps) marketed their products to parents or employers to track the location of their children or employees, respectively, or to monitor them in other ways, such as intercepting their smartphone communications. Several tracking apps were marketed to individuals for the purpose of tracking or intercepting the communications of an intimate partner to determine if that partner was cheating. About one-third of the websites marketed their tracking apps as surreptitious, specifically to track the location and intercept the smartphone communications of children, employees, or intimate partners without their knowledge or consent. The key concerns of the stakeholders with whom GAO spoke-including domestic violence groups, privacy groups, and academics-were questions about: (1) the applicability of current federal laws to the manufacture, sale, and use of surreptitious tracking apps; (2) the limited enforcement of current laws; and (3) the need for additional education about tracking apps. GAO found that some federal laws apply or potentially apply to smartphone tracking apps, particularly those that surreptitiously intercept communications such as e-mails or texts, but may not apply to some instances involving surreptitiously tracking location. Statutes that may be applicable to surreptitious tracking apps, depending on the circumstances of their sale or use, are statutes related to wiretapping, unfair or deceptive trade practices, computer fraud, and stalking. Stakeholders also expressed concerns over what they perceived to be limited enforcement of laws related to tracking apps and stalking. Some of these stakeholders believed it was important to prosecute companies that manufacture surreptitious tracking apps and market them for the purpose of spying. Domestic violence groups stated that additional education of law enforcement officials and consumers about how to protect against, detect, and remove tracking apps is needed. The federal government has undertaken educational, enforcement, and legislative efforts to protect individuals from the use of surreptitious tracking apps, but stakeholders differed over whether current federal laws need to be strengthened to combat stalking. Educational efforts by the Department of Justice (DOJ) have included funding for the Stalking Resource Center, which trains law enforcement officers, victim service professionals, policymakers, and researchers on the use of technology in stalking. With regard to enforcement, DOJ has prosecuted a manufacturer and an individual under the federal wiretap statute for the manufacture or use of a surreptitious tracking app. Some stakeholders believed the federal wiretap statute should be amended to explicitly include the interception of location data and DOJ has proposed amending the statute to allow for the forfeiture of proceeds from the sale of smartphone tracking apps and to make the sale of such apps a predicate offense for money laundering. Stakeholders differed in their opinions on the applicability and strengths of the relevant federal laws and the need for legislative action. Some industry stakeholders were concerned that legislative actions could be overly broad and harm legitimate uses of tracking apps. However, stakeholders generally agreed that location data can be highly personal information and are deserving of privacy protections. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/676738.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 139047

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Multi-site Family Study on Incarceration, Parenting and Partnering: Change in Father-Child Relationships Before, During and After Incarceration Summary: Understanding what supports strong relationships formerly incarcerated men and their children could have an impact on individual, interpersonal, and community safety and well-being. The information in this research brief is drawn from a couples-based longitudinal study of families affected by incarceration, focusing on 772 fathers who were incarcerated at the beginning of the study and released prior to the completion of the final study interviews. This brief examines several aspects of the fathers' relationships with their children after their release from incarceration, including fathers' residential arrangements and financial support for their focal children and dimensions of the quality of the relationships the fathers reported having with their children after their release. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation/Office of Human Services Policy, 2016. 449p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/257881/MFSIPImpactReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 139048

Author: Rivera, Echo A. Title: The Relationship Between Intimate Partner Violence and Substance Use: An Applied Research Paper Summary: This applied research paper provides an overview of recent studies on the relationship between substance use and experiencing intimate partner violence (IPV), including the prevalence of co-existing substance use and IPV. While there is some evidence suggesting a relationship between experiencing IPV and substance use, solely focusing on IPV and substance use may be misleading in its simplicity. Given that, this paper describes factors that may mediate the relationship between substance use and IPV, as well as caveats and cautions for interpreting this body of research. This paper offers recommendations for substance use disorder treatment providers, as well as ways that future research can provide a more nuanced and comprehensive understanding of the relationship between IPV and substance use. Details: Chicago: National Center on Domestic Violence, Trauma and Mental Health, 2016. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://www.nationalcenterdvtraumamh.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/IPV-SAB-Final202.29.1620NO20LOGO.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 139051

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: State Marijuana Legalization: DOJ Should Documents Its Approach to Monitoring the Effects of Legalization Summary: Officials from the Department of Justice's (DOJ) Office of the Deputy Attorney General (ODAG) reported monitoring the effects of state marijuana legalization relative to DOJ policy, generally in two ways. First, officials reported that U.S. Attorneys prosecute cases that threaten federal marijuana enforcement priorities (see fig. below) and consult with state officials about areas of federal concern, such as the potential impact on enforcement priorities of edible marijuana products. Second, officials reported they collaborate with DOJ components, including the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) and other federal agencies, including the Office of National Drug Control Policy, and assess various marijuana enforcement-related data these agencies provide. However, DOJ has not documented its monitoring process, as called for in Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government . Documenting a plan specifying its monitoring process would provide DOJ with greater assurance that its monitoring activities relative to DOJ marijuana enforcement guidance are occurring as intended. Further, making this plan available to appropriate DOJ components can provide ODAG with an opportunity to gain institutional knowledge with respect to its monitoring plan, including the utility of the data ODAG is using. This can better position ODAG to identify state systems that are not effectively protecting federal enforcement priorities and, if necessary, take steps to challenge these systems in accordance with DOJ marijuana enforcement guidance. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-1: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/674464.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 139053

Author: Mueller, Daria Title: Treatment Courts and Court-Affiliated Diversion Projects for Prostitution in the United States Summary: In February of 2009, staff of the Chicago Coalition for the Homeless began a dialogue with the Honorable Paul P. Biebel, Presiding Judge of Cook County Criminal Courts, regarding the possibility of a new problem-solving court specializing in prostitution offenses. For our own edification, we searched for other court models around the country with this same focus. We found several; however, there was no centralized source of information. There was also a lack of shared information among those responsible for coordinating these court projects. In fact, few of these court teams were aware of the other courts in operation. We found more and more court models randomly via keyword searches on the Internet or word of mouth. Those that we contacted regarding their court models were eager and enthusiastic about their models, willing to openly share any information requested, and excited about the prospect of new models and connecting with other existing courts and their associated programs. As we moved further into developing and preparing for the WINGS Project, the newly formed felony prostitution court in Cook County, Illinois, we felt that it would be highly beneficial to begin sharing the knowledge, best practices, and contact information among the courts throughout the country. We wanted to create a tool that facilitated communication and learning between all of the court teams. The information regarding these courts was invaluable in the creation of the WINGS Project, and we hope it can be as useful for other specialty courts for prostitution offenses around the country. The authors of this report have not physically observed any of the court or diversion projects described in this report other than the WINGS Project/Feathers and the Maywood court calls. The information presented about each project is based on countless hours of phone interviews and email communication, as well as any online articles or reports; therefore, the information presented is not completely neutral, and any subjective information or views expressed within those sections do not necessarily reflect the views of the authors. The court and diversion projects in this report are by no means meant to be an exhaustive list, but rather only what we have been able to find through extensive research to date. This report is, and may always be, a work in progress. Our hope is that this report will also help us gain awareness of other projects and even spur other communities to develop similar projects. The sharing of this tool should lead to even greater sharing, ever-improving models, and a much more comprehensive base of knowledge on the subject of effective criminal justice-based models that divert individuals with prostitution offenses away from prison and into desperately needed community-based services. Details: Chicago: Chicago Coalition for the Homeless, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://www.issuelab.org/resource/treatment_courts_and_court_affiliated_diversion_projects_for_prostitution_in_the_united_states Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 139058

Author: Cohn-Vargas, Becki Title: Not in Our School. Preventing and Addressing Bullying and Intolerance: A Guide for Law Enforcement Summary: Bullying consists of a wide range of actions from persistent teasing and unwanted physical or verbal comments-which are not in themselves considered to be criminal acts-to serious criminal behaviors such as extortion, threats, vandalism, robbery, assault, and battery. Local law enforcement officers and school resource officers (SRO) can be of great assistance to school personnel in helping to reduce or eliminate incidences of bullying by becoming involved in positive school-sponsored bullying prevention programs. Officers can play a leadership role through community policing programs that educate and help young people avoid arrest and prevent contact with the juvenile justice system. This guide is intended to be a primary resource for law enforcement officers who play a large role in helping educate children and adults about the problems resulting from bullying and ways to prevent and intervene in bullying incidents. Officers can also help targets of bullying break a cycle by being a trusted and safe adult to whom children can turn. They can help bystanders learn to speak up to stop bullying, and they can help children who bully transform their behavior and break out of patterns of behavior that lead to further harm. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p334-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 139059

Author: Hunt, Ryan Title: Lessons from a Hate Crime Detective: A Guide for Law Enforcement Summary: This guide is designed as a tool to help community groups facilitate discussions and training sessions in conjunction with screenings of the seven-minute Not In Our Town film Lessons From a Hate Crime Detective. Produced in collaboration with the COPS Office, the film features Detective Ellen Vest, a 30-year veteran of San Diego County (California) Sheriff's Department, distilling the most important ideas about hate crimes down to five essential lessons. The guide provides discussion questions for use in community screenings as well as a list of supplemental resources. Used together, the film and guide can help agencies and communities work to improve hate crime reporting, enhance investigations, and support victims. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p336-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 139060

Author: Kuhns, Joseph B. Title: Health, Safety, and Wellness Program Case Studies in Law Enforcement Summary: Over the past several years, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services and the Bureau of Justice Assistance have worked together, in partnership with the Major Cities Chiefs Association, to support the Officer Safety and Wellness (OSW) Group. Participants in the OSW Group include approximately 35 representatives from police associations and unions, Federal Government agencies, universities, and local law enforcement agencies. The group is further supplemented at each meeting with subject matter experts and guest presenters. The primary mission of the OSW Group is to improve officer safety and wellness in the United States by convening a forum for thoughtful, proactive discussion and debate around relevant programs and current policies within law enforcement. Information and insight developed and shared will help enhance other programs, current policies, and future initiatives related to officer safety and wellness. In the group's first two meetings (July and September 2011), participants identified 16 priority areas that were intended to guide their future efforts. Two of those priority areas focused on improving physical and psychological health among law enforcement officers. This report serves as one important step in that ongoing process. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p332-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 139061

Author: Tasca, Melinda Title: "It's Not All Cupcakes and Lollipops": An Investigation of the Predictors and Effects of Prison Visitation for Children during Maternal and Paternal Incarceration Summary: The purpose of this project is to better understand the factors associated with, and effects of, prison visitation for children during maternal and paternal incarceration. As gatekeepers, caregivers play a pivotal role in the facilitation of parent-child prison visitation. Yet, some caregivers may be more likely to take children to visit than others. Additionally, among those children who do visit, visitation may be positive in some ways and negative in others. To advance prior work, this study (1) assesses the relationship between caregiver type and parent-child prison visitation and (2) investigates the emotional and behavioral responses of children who visit. The current research uses mixed-methods and is carried out in two phases. For Phase 1, quantitative data on 984 children collected from structured interviews with incarcerated parents (N=279 mothers; N=143 fathers) in the Arizona Department of Corrections are used to examine the relationship between caregiver type and the likelihood of parent-child prison visitation. Descriptive statistics and logistic regression analyses are conducted separately for maternal and paternal incarceration. Phase 2 draws on caregivers' accounts of 40 children who visit their parent in prison to assess children's emotional and behavioral reactions to visitation. Data are coded to identify positive and negative responses, "visitation paradox" indicators, prior life circumstances and child age. Thematic content analyses are conducted to capture major themes. Analyses from Phase 1 confirm a significant relationship between caregiver type and mother-child and father-child visitation. Other factors that affected the likelihood of parental visitation included child situational factors, parent stressors, institutional barriers and child demographics, although these effects differed depending upon which parent was in prison. Results from Phase 2 revealed overwhelmingly negative responses among children to parental prison visitation. Key themes that accounted for child reactions included institutional context and parental attachment. This research adds to the collateral consequences of incarceration literature by providing greater insight into the imprisonment experience for vulnerable families. Further, these results have direct implications for correctional policy and practice pertaining to the manner and regulation of prison visits and also inform reentry efforts through a family-centric approach. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2014. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 22, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/134780/content/Tasca_asu_0010E_13623.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 139070

Author: Osborne Association Title: The High Costs of Low Risk: The Crisis of America's Aging Prison Population Summary: For the past four decades, we have witnessed the most sustained and widespread imprisonment binge known throughout recorded human history. The facts are all too familiar: the United States has roughly 5 percent of the world's population, yet is responsible for 25 percent of the world's incarcerated population. With an estimated 2.3 million adults in jail or prison and 1 out of every 32 adults under correctional or community supervision, the U.S. surpasses all other countries in sheer numbers and per capita incarceration rates. The immense costs of incarceration have increasingly framed the conversation around reducing the prison population as a matter of fiscal responsibility and budgetary necessity. This discussion is often centered around reducing the arrest and prosecution of so-called "non-violent drug offenders." But these issues belie a much more pressing human and economic concern: the aging prison population, whose costs for incarceration and care will soon prove unsustainable if meaningful action is not taken. And though prison is expensive, cost is far from the only justification to move away from our reliance on incarceration, as the continued long-term incarceration of aging citizens has serious moral, ethical, public health, and public safety implications. This paper aims to provide a brief contextual framework of the issues affecting elders in prison; to illuminate the ongoing efforts being undertaken to improve conditions within correctional facilities, increase mechanisms for release, and develop robust post-release services specifically targeting the unique needs of the aging population in reentry; and to sketch out preliminary recommendations to serve as a basis for further work to be done throughout several key sectors. Despite their apparent interrelated interests in the aging prison population, the fields of gerontology, medical and mental health, philanthropy, and corrections have only sporadically interacted around this issue, and never as a unified voice. Thus, a primary objective of this work is to encourage multi-sector dialogue, cross-pollination of ideas, and a shared foundational knowledge that will strengthen the connections among these fields and form a basis for unifying action. We believe such a partnership will be well equipped to identify and engage in appropriate measures that will immediately impact the aging prison population, while also developing and implementing the necessary socio-structural architecture to effectively address long-term mechanisms of diversion, release, and reentry. Austerity-driven approaches to shrinking budgets and increasing public discomfort with mass incarceration create an opportunity to seriously address the epidemic of America's graying prison population and to imbue our criminal justice system with values and policies that are humane, cost-effective, and socially responsible. Details: New York: Osborne Association, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://www.osborneny.org/images/uploads/printMedia/Osborne_Aging_WhitePaper.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 139071

Author: Solomon, Freda F. Title: Community Supervision as a Money Bail Alternative: The Impact of CJA's Manhattan Supervised Release Program On Legal Outcomes and Pretrial Misconduct Summary: The New York City Criminal Justice Agency (CJA), Inc., is a non-profit organization, working under a contract with the City of New York to provide pretrial services to defendants prosecuted in the City's Criminal Court system. The Agency's primary mission is to reduce unnecessary pretrial detention in New York City. As part of that mission, CJA has advocated for community supervision as an alternative to money bail for defendants posing a medium risk of failure to appear (FTA) if released on unsupervised personal recognizance. CJA created a pilot program after extensive consultation with, and the support of, the New York City Office of the Criminal Justice Coordinator (since renamed the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice). The program was designed to offer judges at Criminal Court arraignment the option of supervised release as a bail alternative in selected non-violent felony cases with a high likelihood of having bail set. In August 2009, CJA introduced its first Supervised Release (SR) program in the Queens Criminal Court. Based on the success of that program, the City contracted with CJA to develop a similar three-year demonstration project in the New York County (Manhattan) Criminal Court, which was implemented in April 2013. Owing to the success of the CJA programs the City, through the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, developed a proposal to introduce a more expansive program of pretrial release under supervision citywide. In March 2016, CJA's program was replaced in Manhattan by this new City initiative. CJA's Manhattan Supervised Release (MSR) program, like its Queens counterpart, offered judges a pretrial community-based supervision program as an alternative to setting bail at the Criminal Court arraignment in cases arraigned on selected non-violent felony charges. In Manhattan, these have been felony charges involving drug, property, or fraud/theft crimes, plus a comparatively small number of other types of non-Violent Felony Offense (VFO) crimes (e.g., D-felony robbery). Cases involving domestic violence, or where the defendant was scheduled for a hospital arraignment, were excluded even if charge eligible. Beyond the charge criteria, the program had additional restrictions used to screen potentially eligible cases and defendants that could be actively pursued by program staff. These included a review of adult criminal conviction histories, factors affecting risk of pretrial failure to appear (FTA) based on criteria used in CJA's release recommendation system, and supplemental criminal history information. Program court staff also was required to collect and verify community ties information necessary to maintain contact with defendants if released to the program. This has been an essential program component for ensuring that clients released under supervision in lieu of bail and pretrial detention would appear at all regularly scheduled court dates and comply with program requirements. In this research study we analyze case processing and court outcomes, and investigate the pretrial misconduct - failure to appear and in-program re-arrests - of MSR clients. We also examine the jail displacement effect of community supervision as an alternative to money bail and pretrial detention. In order to assess the potential impact of the MSR program on these activities, we create for comparison purposes a data set of felony cases arraigned in the downtown Manhattan Criminal Court during the first twenty-one months of the MSR program (April 2013 - December 2014) in which defendants appeared to be eligible for MSR, to the extent that could be determined, but were not screened by MSR court staff. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://www.nycja.org/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139073

Author: Nesbitt, LaQuandra Title: Strategies to Prevent Violence in Louisville Metro: Short and Long-term Recommendations Summary: In early 2012, Louisville Metro Government began a process to assess its capacity to address Injury and Violence Prevention in the community by completing an assessment created by the National Association of City and County Health Officials (NACCHO). Initial deliberations of this group of leaders from Louisville Metro Department of Community Services and Revitalization, Louisville Metro Police Department, and Louisville Metro Department of Public Health and Wellness yielded the following findings: a need to implement initiatives to identify and bring to justice the most violent offenders, a need to expand the focus on violence to include suicide, and a limited capacity to provide high quality programs and services to the youth and young adult population. In addition, the initial NACCHO assessment highlighted the need to apply public health principles such as epidemiology � focusing on health effects, characteristics, root causes and influences in a well-defined population�to the prevention of violence in Louisville Metro. On May 17, 2012, three young African Americans were killed at 32nd and Greenwood Streets, in two separate incidents, with one occurring during the investigation of the other. In response to this shocking event, Mayor Greg Fischer proposed the formation of a work group that would accelerate the work initiated earlier that year and engage the community in the development of short and long term violence reduction strategies for Louisville Metro. Based on his extensive experience in leading community efforts and his vast knowledge as a historian, on May 24, 2012 Mayor Fischer asked Dr. J. Blaine Hudson, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Louisville, to chair the work group. The work group, officially titled the Violence Prevention Work Group was announced June 7, 2012. With so diverse a group, it was critically important to �have a plan� open, on one hand, to broad participation from all ranks of the community while also capable, on the other hand, of producing a broad blueprint for change that could guide the future of the community. The human architecture of this plan was built around five exceptional committees and committee chairs: Community Building, chaired by Eleanor Jordan; Education, chaired by Dana Jackson-Thompson; Employment and Economic Development, chaired by Sam Watkins; Health and Social Wellness, chaired by Dr. LaQuandra Nesbitt, also co-chair of the Work Group; and Juvenile and Criminal Justice chaired by Judge Brian Edwards. Our stipulations were few but critically important: first, our deliberations would be open to all; and, second, our recommendations for change would be based solely on facts and data. Furthermore, we would use a twin approach that would allow for both recommendations that are system wide and as such would impact the entire jurisdiction; as well as recommendations that target a specific group racial/ethnic, age, gender, or geography) determined to be most impacted by the issues at hand. Details: Louisville, KY: Violence Prevention Work Group, 2012. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: https://louisvilleky.gov/sites/default/files/safe_neighborhoods/violence_prevention_workgroup_report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Transit Security Shelf Number: 139084

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Detained, Deceived, and Deported: Experiences of Recently Deported Central American Families Summary: Over the last few years, the escalation of violence in Honduras, El Salvador, and Guatemala (collectively known as the Northern Triangle of Central America) has reached dramatic levels. Thousands of women and their children have fled and arrived in the United States with the hope of finding protection. But for many of them, their attempts to escape merely resulted in detention, deportation, and extremely difficult reintegration in Central America. In fact, for some, the conditions they face upon being repatriated are worse than those they tried to escape in the first place. Between February and May, 2016, the American Immigration Council interviewed eight individuals who were deported (or whose partners were deported) from the United States after being detained in family detention facilities, during which time they came into contact with the CARA Pro Bono Project. These women (or in two of the cases, their partners) shared their experiences - both describing what has happened to them and their children since returning to their country and recounting the detention and deportation process from the United States. First-hand accounts from Central American women and their family members interviewed for this project reveal the dangerous and bleak circumstances of life these women and their children faced upon return to their home countries, as well as serious problems in the deportation process. The testimonies describe how women are living in hiding, fear for their own and their children's lives, have minimal protection options, and suffer the consequences of state weakness and inability to ensure their safety in the Northern Triangle. The stories presented in this report are those of a fraction of the women and children who navigate a formidable emigration-detention-deportation process in their pursuit of safety. The process and systems through which they passed only contribute to the trauma, violence, and desolation that many Central American families already endured in their home country. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://immigrationpolicy.org/sites/default/files/docs/detained_deceived_deported_experiences_of_recently_deported_central_american_families.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Deportation Shelf Number: 139086

Author: Gupta, Arpit Title: The Heavy Costs of High Bail: Evidence from Judge Randomization Summary: Roughly 450,000 people are detained awaiting trial on any given day, typically because bail has not been posted. Using a large sample of criminal cases in Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, we analyze the consequences of bail assessment and pretrial detentions by exploiting the variation in bail setting tendencies among randomly assigned bail judges. Our estimates suggest that the assignment of money bail leads to a 6 percentage point rise in the likelihood of pleading guilty, and a 4 percentage point rise in recidivism. We also find evidence for racial bias in bail setting. Our results highlight the importance of credit constraints in shaping defendant judicial outcomes and point to important fairness considerations in the institutional design of pretrial detention programs. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Law and Economics Working Paper No. 531 : Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2774453 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139095

Author: McGinty, Timothy J. Title: Cuyahoga County Prosecutor's Report on the November 22, 2014 Shooting Death of Tamir Rice Summary: Four years ago, I retired as a judge to run for County Prosecutor to make our Criminal Justice System more transparent, professional and accountable. I believed that greater openness would reduce the errors that had cost lives. One promise I made was to fundamentally change how cases are handled when a police officer kills a civilian - to end the traditional system where the prosecutor privately reviewed police reports, then decided if an officer should be charged. That secrecy - which appeared arbitrary without a public investigative report - undermined community confidence. It was clear we needed a more rigorous, independent investigation of police use of deadly force cases. Although not required by Ohio law, I now have all evidence reviewed not just by the prosecutor or this office, but by the citizens of the Grand Jury sitting as an investigative panel. They hear all the evidence and make the final call. Our office also shares with the public completed independent investigative reports so that there will be no mystery or rumors about what occurred in a citizen's death. This transparency gives our community an opportunity to correct errors in policy, training, tactics, hiring or equipment far more quickly - instead of waiting, sometimes for years, until the opportunity and enthusiasm for reform are lost. We want lessons learned and applied. That is what we have done and will do in all 20 use of deadly force cases that have come to this office in the past three years. Today, a Cuyahoga County Grand Jury completed its thorough investigation into the fatal shooting of 12-year-old Tamir Rice on November 22, 2014 at the Cudell Recreation Center. Based on the evidence they heard and on the law as it applies to police use of deadly force, the Grand Jury declined to bring criminal charges against Cleveland Police Officers Timothy Loehmann and Frank Garmback. That was also my recommendation and that of our office after reviewing the investigation and the law. Details: Cleveland, OH: Office of the Prosecuting Attorney, 2015. 74p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://prosecutor.cuyahogacounty.us/pdf_prosecutor/en-US/Rice%20Case%20Report%20FINAL%20FINAL%2012-28a.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 139096

Author: Edelman, Bernard Title: Veterans Treatment Courts: A Second Chance for Vets Who Have Lost Their Way Summary: THIS WHITE PAPER is based on a series of interviews, buttressed by personal observations, of key players in half a dozen jurisdictions where Veterans Treatment Courts have been operating with marked success. Neither graphs nor charts nor a plethora of statistics are employed to illustrate the protocols and practices of these therapeutic courts. Instead, proponents and practitioners intimately involved in the founding and operation of these courts relate how they are "the right thing to do" for combat veterans who commit certain crimes that are associated with the lingering legacy of their wartime experiences. They describe, in often exquisite detail, what their roles are and how they have come to embrace the concept that these courts, which use a carrot-and-stick approach to rehabilitate rather than overtly punish veteran defendants, represent what one of the individuals responsible for the introduction of the first of these diversionary courts has called "the most profound change in the attitude of our criminal justice system towards veterans in the history of this country." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/030018.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Problem-Solving Courts Shelf Number: 139099

Author: Finigan, Michael W. Title: Societal Outcomes and Cost Savings of Drug and Alcohol Treatment in the State of Oregon Summary: The NPC study was designed to overcome some of the methodological limitations of past studies of the benefits and costs of drug and/or alcohol treatment. The research design was created with a representative sample of treatment completers with a matched comparison group of clients who received little or no treatment; use of existing state agency databases rather than self-report data for maximum objectivity; and an adequate study period of 2 years prior and 3 years subsequent to treatment completion. The study results indicated that successful drug and alcohol treatment can have positive societal outcomes. While previous studies have shown the positive effects of treatment for the time period of 1 year, this study indicated that these gains are sustained over longer periods of time (up to 3 years). The study estimated the cost savings to taxpayers - either directly in their avoidance of criminal losses or indirectly in the avoidance of expenditure of their tax dollars - that accrue from the positive societal outcomes of treatment. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, Inc., 1996. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/SOCS1.pdf Year: 1996 Country: United States Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 139102

Author: Columbia, Richard H. Title: H.R. 69 The Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated Fishing Enforcement Act of 2013. A Comprehensive first-year implementation strategy for H.R.69 Summary: Earlier this year the U.S. government was forced to subsidize the commercial fishing industry in New England by $33 million, after the region's cod stocks fell to their lowest numbers in forty years. In November of 2014, the government proceeded to halt cod fishing in New England entirely for six months. At first glance, it may be difficult to perceive how the situation could get so out of hand; cod fishing is an important industry in the region and New England annually enacts new fisheries legislation to protect the valuable fish stocks. However, these regulations have proven inadequate in addressing one of New England's (and the world's) most serious issues: illegal fishing. It is estimated that roughly 24 percent of New England cod is harvested illegally, which amounts to revenue to illegal fishers of roughly $13 million. Such a high profit potential, coupled with a distinct lack of regulations enforcement by agencies like the Coast Guard has made the lure of fishing illegally more desirable than following the rules for many fishers all over the world, and the prevalence of illegal fishing has had many consequences. Not only are fish stocks dwindling and effecting global food security and the food chain, but without being able to accurately count the amount of fish caught, policymakers cannot regulate the fishing industry sustainably. Without stepping up enforcement and coordinating policies, illegal fishing will continue to ravage the fishing industry. Illegal fishing often occurs in conjunction with unreported and unregulated fishing, and together these three exploitations continue to drive unsustainable fishing practices, costing the world between $10 and $23 billion annually.1 In the U.S., the Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated Fishing Enforcement Act of 2013, known formally as H.R.69, has been proposed as a solution to fight illegal fishing in U.S. waters. This Act intends to streamline enforcement mechanisms to more effectively prevent illegal, unreported, and unregulated (IUU) fishing as well as increase enforcement and compliance with U.S. and international fishery regulations. The following report presents a program design and first year implementation plan for H.R.69 that will successfully deter IUU fishing in the U.S. The key forces that drive IUU fishing are financial gain and the relative ease of fishing undetected. This program targets these drivers directly by removing the financial incentive to fish illegally as well as increasing tracking and monitoring of fishing vessels. By increasing fines and penalties for IUU violations and equipping all commercial fishing vessels with satellite tracking systems, the program ensures that other U.S. fisheries do not suffer the same fate as New England's cod. In its first year, the program focuses on adding new staff resources to the National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) using the "20/20" plan. This plan is designed to achieve a long-term goal of decreasing illegal fishing by 20 percent through increasing investigations and enforcement personnel by 20 percent. These additions in staff significantly shape the program budget, which totals a net of about $39 million. To put this in perspective, illegal fishing cost the U.S. $46 million in lost revenue and subsidies in New England alone in 2014, making illegal fishing enforcement a financially sound choice to maintaining the status quo. Together with the program design, an ongoing program evaluation system has been developed to measure success and incorporate necessary changes, creating feedback loop. This feedback loop provides performance measurement information throughout the year, allowing NOAA and the USCG to know quickly if they're on track toward their year-end 20 percent goal, and thus to make changes if necessary. A crucial aspect of the program is the collaborative relationship between NOAA and the USCG, which will ensure that implementation of H.R. 69 uses tracking and monitoring data in combination with increased investigations to establish targeted enforcement mechanisms that deter IUU fishing. In doing so, the program will not only dissuade IUU fishing, but also guarantee continuous improvements for U.S. fisheries-ultimately creating a sustainable fishing industry. But before delving into the specifics of the program design and first year implementation process, it's important to have a full, contextual understanding of illegal fishing and its global impacts. Details: New York: Columbia University, School of International and Public Affairs, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: http://mpaenvironment.ei.columbia.edu/files/2015/01/Final-Report-H.R.-69.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Fisheries Shelf Number: 139105

Author: Molloy, Jennifer K. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Mental Health Court (Adults): Technical Report Summary: Mental Health Courts (MHC) are specialized, treatment-oriented courts that divert non-violent, mentally-ill defendants from the criminal justice system into court-monitored, community-based treatment and social services. Lamb, Weinberger, Marsh, and Gross (2007) estimated that more than 300,000 of the 2.1 million prisoners in the United States (U.S.) suffered from a serious mental illness. Given this estimate, criminal justice professionals and policy makers have been under pressure to explore strategies to meet the unique needs of persons with mental illness who have histories of involvement with the justice system and who have not been successfully engaged by community mental health treatment agencies. MHCs emerged in the 1990s with the goal of decreasing the frequency of mentally ill persons' contacts with the criminal justice system by providing courts with resources to improve clients' social functioning, while linking them to employment, housing, treatment, and support services. As of 2008, the Council of State Governments Justice Center estimated there were 150 operational MHCs in the U.S. with many more in the planning and development phases (Thompson, Osher, & Tomasini-Joshi, 2008). In particular, MHCs have: (1) a separate docket for mentally ill defendants; (2) a dedicated judge for all court hearings and monitoring sessions; (3) dedicated prosecution and defense counsel; (4) collaborative decision making between criminal justice, mental health professionals, and other support systems; (5) voluntary participation in court and treatment by defendants; (6) intensive supervision with ongoing court monitoring and emphasis on accountability; and (7) dismissal of charges or avoidance of incarceration with successful completion of program requirements (Goldkamp & Irons-Guyunn, 2000). A large body of work provides guidelines for the development and implementation of MHCs; however, limited research has been conducted on the impact of MHCs on offenders' criminal behavior. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Mental-Health-Tech_v031920131.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 139113

Author: Carson, E. Ann Title: Aging of the State Prison Population, 1993-2013 Summary: Discusses factors that have contributed to the growing number of older offenders in state prison, and examines changes in the sex, race, current offense, and sentencing characteristics of these offenders over time. It also describes how more prison admissions and longer lengths of stay contribute to the aging of the prison population and result in the growing numbers of offenders who are "aging in" to the older age cohorts. Data are from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' National Corrections Reporting Program, National Prisoner Statistics program, and Survey of Inmates in State Correctional Facilities (1991 and 2004) and from the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting program. Highlights: The number of prisoners age 55 or older sentenced to more than 1 year in state prison increased 400% between 1993 and 2013, from 26,300 (3% of the total state prison population) in 1993 to 131,500 (10% of the total population) in 2013. The imprisonment rate for prisoners age 55 or older sentenced to more than 1 year in state prison increased from 49 per 100,000 U.S. residents of the same age in 1993 to 154 per 100,000 in 2013. Between 1993 and 2013, more than 65% of prisoners age 55 or older were serving time in state prison for violent offenses, compared to a maximum of 58% for other age groups sentenced for violent offenses. At yearend 1993, 2003, and 2013, at least 27% of state prisoners age 55 or older were sentenced for sexual assault, including rape. More than four times as many prisoners age 55 or older were admitted to state prisons in 2013 (25,700) than in 1993 (6,300). Press Release Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/aspp9313.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 139353

Author: Gerney, Arkadi Title: License to Kill: How Lax Concealed Carry Laws Can Combine with Stand Your Groud Laws to Produce Deadly Summary: The shooting death of Trayvon Martin and George Zimmerman's subsequent acquittal have focused the nation's attention on expansive self-defense laws - so-called Stand Your Ground laws - that enable an individual to use deadly force even in situations in which lesser force would suffice or in which the individual could safely retreat to avoid further danger. Leaders from around the country, including President Barack Obama and U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder, have questioned how Florida's law - which is similar to laws enacted in 21 other states-may have contributed to the circumstances that led to Martin's death. Yet the Martin case also implicates another set of laws: the state laws governing who may carry concealed firearms - the laws that put a gun in Zimmerman's hands in the first place. Under Florida law, even individuals such as Zimmerman, who have a criminal history and a record of domestic abuse, are generally entitled to a concealed carry permit, as long as they are not barred from gun possession under federal law and as long as their offense does not meet a very narrow range of additional exclusions under state law. If Zimmerman had applied for a permit in one of the many states with stronger permit requirements, his history of violence and domestic abuse would likely have disqualified him from obtaining a concealed carry permit. This case might then have had a very different outcome. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: https://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/StandYrGround.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Laws Shelf Number: 130127

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: Probation Revocation and Its Causes: Profiles of State and Local Jurisdictions, Bell County, Texas Summary: The Bell County Community Supervision and Corrections Department (CSCD or "Department") services Bell County and Lampasas County, Texas. The CSCD had 87 employees in 2014, including 45 probation officers and technicians, dispersed over four units. The Department's annual budget was about four million dollars, about half of which came from state funding. Roughly 50 percent of the Department's FY2014 budget was funded by supervision fees paid by probationers under the terms of their sentences, which is not unusual for probation departments statewide. In June 2015, 3,126 individuals were under direct probation supervision in Bell County. Over the past four years, the overall size of Bell County's probation population has not substantially changed, but the number of probationers under supervision for a felony has decreased while the number under supervision for a misdemeanor has increased. The county's probation supervision rate was an estimated 1,314 per 100,000 adult residents as of November 2014, which is 64 percent lower than the average rate for the entire state. In 2013, the statewide probation supervision rate in Texas was 2,043 per 100,000 adult residents, the 9th highest rate among all states. Statewide, the probation supervision rate has been falling over the past 10 years, from 2,698 at yearend 20034 to 2,043 at yearend 2013. The index crime rate in Bell County is slightly higher than the statewide average in 2014: 3,420.6 versus 3,349.6 per 100,000 residents. In 2014, the average length of probation sentences pronounced for misdemeanor cases was 14 months; for felonies it was 74 months or approximately 6 years. Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota Law School, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2016 at: http://www.robinainstitute.org/publications/probation-revocation-and-its-causes-profiles-of-state-and-local-jurisdictions-bell-county-texas/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 139114

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Guiding Principles On Use of Force Summary: American policing is at a critical juncture. Across the country, community members have been distressed by images of police officers using deadly force in questionable circumstances. These incidents are an infinitesimal fraction of the millions of interactions that take place between the police and the public every week. Most police officers never fire their guns (except during training) throughout their entire careers, yet they face enormous challenges and risks to their own safety on a regular basis and they perform their jobs admirably. But police chiefs tell us that even one bad encounter can damage trust with the community that took years to build. Others tell us that there is an upheaval within the policing profession itself. Officers who in the past exuded great pride in wearing the badge now feel underappreciated by some members of the public, who seem to question their every move and motive. PERF members also tell us that there is a crisis of public safety and officer safety. Violent crime shot up in many U.S. cities last year-the result, some have said, of the so-called "You Tube effect," with some officers hesitant to police proactively for fear of becoming the subject of the next viral video, and residents who have grown reluctant to partner with the police in community policing efforts. At the same time, violence against police officers, including attacks on officers just for being police officers, seems to have become more brutal and senseless. As a research organization of law enforcement executives, PERF hears from police chiefs and other officials every day. And what we are hearing is that the policing profession must take the initiative and address the serious challenges confronting it today. That means rethinking some of the fundamentals of policies, training, tactics, and equipment regarding use of force. We need to challenge the conventional thinking on how the police approach some potential use-of-force situations, in particular those that involve people with mental illness who do not have a firearm. Many of the strategies recommended in this report, such as Crisis Intervention Team training and de-escalation, are already in place in many police agencies, and have been for years. Other strategies, such as the Critical Decision-Making Model, are just beginning to be adopted by leading police agencies. This report reflects the latest thinking on police use-of-force issues from the perspective of many of the nation's leading police executives. These leaders are quoted in this report and in four previous PERF reports on these issues, three of which were released within the last year. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2016. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/30%20guiding%20principles.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Against Police Shelf Number: 139122

Author: Molloy, Jennifer K. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Therapeutic Communities in Security Settings for Substance-using Adult Offenders: Technical Report Summary: It has been estimated that between 70% and 85% of the U.S. prison population is in need of some level of substance abuse treatment (Office of National Drug Control Policy, 2009). The link between drug use and crime has been substantiated in an extensive body of research, leading many to the conclusion that treatment is a necessary component of preventing offenders from reoffending after release from custody (Harrison & Gfroerer, 1992; Lipton, 1998; Wexler, 1995). Therapeutic communities (TCs) are a treatment option commonly used in prisons or jails to address the substance abuse treatment needs of offenders while they are incarcerated. TCs are residential settings that use a hierarchical model of care combined with treatment stages that reflect increased levels of personal and social responsibility. Unlike other treatment models, TCs utilize a "community as method" approach that sees treatment staff and those in recovery as agents of change. TC members interact in structured and unstructured ways to influence attitudes, perceptions, and behaviors associated with drug use and antisocial activities. Another fundamental component of a TC is "self-help," where the individuals themselves are main contributors to the change process. Of all incarceration-based drug treatment programs, TCs are the most intensive and typically the longest in duration (6 to 12 months). Therapeutic Communities (TCs) were first implemented in U.S. psychiatric hospitals in the 1950s, extending to community-based substance abuse programs in the 1960s, and eventually to prisons in the late 1960s (Canode, 2007). The development of the prison TC model can be attributed to a rapidly increasing prison population and a growing awareness of the link between drugs and crime (Wexler & Prendergast, 2010). TCs were developed as an offshoot of the Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) model in order to treat "hard core" heroin-dependent criminals. Subsequently, the model has evolved to include a broader perspective and population, serving individuals from a diverse demographic who are severely dependent on drugs (Gerstein, 1992; Wexler, 1995). The success of the TC model has led to its application with specific populations including women (Sacks et al., 2008), inmates with co-occurring disorders (Sacks, Banks, McKendrick, & Sacks, 2008), and youth (Gordon, 2002). Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/TC-Technical-Report_v03192013.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 139123

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (Adults): Technical Report Summary: Increasingly, research indicates that criminal sanctions alone are not an effective means for preventing reoffending (Andrews et al., 1990; Bonta, 2001). Treatment modalities, however, are differentially effective with criminal justice populations (Lipton, Martinson, & Wilks, 1975; MacKenzie, 2006; Pearson, Lipton, Cleland, & Lee, 2002). Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) has emerged as the primary intervention used within correctional settings to change criminal behaviors (Milkman & Wanberg, 2007). CBT combines elements from behavior modification and cognitive restructuring theories. When used with offender populations, interventions most commonly target criminal thinking patterns, problem-solving behaviors, and coping skills (MacKenzie, 2006). Within the criminal justice system, CBT has been adapted for a variety of settings and populations: secure- and community-based; adults and juveniles; general, violent, sex, and substance-using offenders; and group and individual formats (Wilson, Bouffard, & MacKenzie, 2005). Treatments are highly structured and can be facilitated by licensed mental health professionals as well as non-clinical staff (Milkman & Wanberg, 2007). While CBT encompasses a heterogeneous set of interventions, six "brand-name" programs were specifically designed for use with offenders: Aggression Replacement Training (ART), Cognitive Interventions Program (CIP), Moral Reconation Therapy (MRT), Relapse Prevention Therapy (RPT), Reasoning and Rehabilitation Program (R&R), and Thinking for a Change (T4C). All six programs are manualized and specify treatment targets that have been empirically demonstrated to be related to criminal thinking patterns and behaviors. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: Utah Cost of CrimeCognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Adult Offenders:Technical Report Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Shelf Number: 139124

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: Social Media and Tactical Considerations for Law Enforcement Summary: This report is part of a COPS Office series titled "Emerging Issues in Policing," which is a very appropriate heading for a discussion of social media. The use of social media is a relatively new phenomenon in policing. Many police departments are experimenting with social media-and we emphasize the word "experimenting." Some departments are using social media far more extensively than others, and development of formal policy on social media is generally lagging behind practice. A variety of legal, civil rights, and privacy-related issues regarding social media have been raised, but these issues are nowhere near the point of resolution in the courts yet. Many departments' initial efforts to use social media platforms such as Facebook and Twitter have been for the purpose of disseminating information to the public about crime issues, crime prevention programs, and police department activities. Chapter 1 of this report describes the social media strategy of the Toronto Police Service, which has one of the most advanced social media programs in existence for disseminating information to the public. There has been much less discussion of police use of social media for other purposes, such as preventing and investigating crimes, in which the police are gathering information rather than disseminating information. That is the subject of the bulk of this report. We brought together some of the police officials who have been taking the lead in exploring these issues and developing social media programs, and asked them to tell us what they have learned from the successes they have achieved as well as the challenges they have overcome. The last decade has been a time of rapid change in policing. Major forces have been buffeting police departments for some time. On one hand, the economic crisis has shrunk police budgets and forced police executives to reevaluate all of their operations and even their fundamental missions. At the same time, police departments across the nation and abroad are developing many new technologies that have the potential to make policing more efficient and effective. Social media can be counted as one of these important new technologies. Because of all the changes going on in the field, it is an interesting and challenging time to be a police leader. PERF and the COPS Office see our roles as helping law enforcement executives share information with each other about what they are learning as they work through the new issues they are encountering. This report is part of that effort. We hope you will find it interesting and informative. Details: Washington, DC: COPS Office, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Free_Online_Documents/Technology/social%20media%20and%20tactical%20considerations%20for%20law%20enforcement%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 139126

Author: Molloy, Jennifer K. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Therapeutic Communities in Secure Settings for Substance-abusing Offenders (Juveniles): Technical Report Summary: Between 70% and 85% of the U.S. prison population is in need of some level of substance abuse treatment (Office of National Drug Control Policy, 2009). The link between drug use and crime has been substantiated in an extensive body of research, leading many to the conclusion that treatment is a necessary component of preventing offenders from reoffending after release from custody (Harrison & Gfroerer, 1992; Lipton, 1998; Wexler, 1995). Therapeutic communities (TCs) are a treatment option commonly used in prisons or jails to address the substance abuse treatment needs of offenders while they are incarcerated. TCs are residential settings that use a hierarchical model of care combined with treatment stages that reflect increased levels of personal and social responsibility. Unlike other treatment models, TCs utilize a "community as method" approach that sees treatment staff and those in recovery as agents of change. TC members interact in structured and unstructured ways to influence attitudes, perceptions, and behaviors associated with drug use and antisocial activities. Another fundamental component of a TC is "self-help," where the individuals themselves are main contributors to the change process. Of all incarceration-based drug treatment programs, TCs are the most intensive and typically the longest in duration (6 to 12 months). Therapeutic Communities (TCs) were first implemented in U.S. psychiatric hospitals in the 1950s, extending to community-based substance abuse programs in the 1960s, and eventually to prisons in the late 1960s (Canode, 2007). The development of the prison TC model can be attributed to a rapidly increasing prison population and a growing awareness of the link between drugs and crime (Wexler & Prendergast, 2010). TCs were developed as an offshoot of the Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) model in order to treat "hard core" heroin-dependent criminals. Subsequently, the model has evolved to include a broader perspective and population, serving individuals from a diverse demographic who are severely dependent on drugs (Gerstein, 1992; Wexler, 1995). The success of the TC model has led to its application with specific populations including women (Sacks et al., 2008), inmates with co-occurring disorders (Sacks, Banks, McKendrick, & Sacks, 2008), and youth (Gordon, 2002). Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah. 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/TC-Technical-Report_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 139129

Author: Miller, Erin Title: Race, Neighborhood Disadvantage, and Retaliatory Homicide Summary: Criminologists have long struggled to explain the concentration of violence among economically disadvantaged minorities. Anderson ethnographically develops an explanation of violent behavior among blacks in economically disadvantaged neighborhoods. He argues that because these individuals are isolated from mainstream institutions and lack faith in the criminal justice system, they live by a "code of the street" in which violence is used as a tool to maintain respect among peers and deter aggression. The present research is designed to determine whether patterns of homicide in Chicago from 1985 to 1995 support Anderson's theory. I use data on characteristics of homicide offenders and U.S. Census data from 1990 for measures of neighborhood disadvantage at the census tract level. The results generally support Anderson's theory in that homicides committed by blacks and in neighborhoods with greater disadvantage are more likely to be retaliatory than homicides committed by whites and in neighborhoods with less disadvantage. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2005. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/2669/umi-umd-2586.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Code of the Street Shelf Number: 139131

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Fostering Innovation in the U.S. Court System: Identifying High-Priority Technology and Other Needs for improving Court Operations and Outcomes Summary: Society relies on the judicial system to play numerous roles. It is the link between law enforcement and the corrections system and serves as a check on their power over citizens. It also adjudicates civil disputes, serving as a venue for negotiation and resolution of various problems. In playing these roles, courts today are challenged by a wide range of issues, such as high caseloads, resource constraints, disparities in justice outcomes, and increasing needs to share information. For the courts to adapt to these challenges and take advantage of new opportunities to improve their ability to play their critical roles, the court system needs innovation. This report draws on published literature and new structured deliberations of a practitioner Courts Advisory Panel to frame an innovation agenda. It identifies and prioritizes potential improvements in technology, policy, and practice for the court system. Some of the top-tier needs identified by the panel and researchers include developing better tools to sort cases and match them with the process most likely to get them to an outcome efficiently and effectively, defining strategies and minimum standards for protecting the "virtual filing cabinets" that hold the court's formal records, and expanding the court-related transactions and interactions that could be done from a distance over the Internet. Such high-priority needs provide a menu of innovation options for addressing key problems or capitalizing on emerging opportunities for the court system. This report is part of a larger effort to assess and prioritize technology and related needs across the criminal justice community for the National Institute of Justice's National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center system. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1200/RR1255/RAND_RR1255.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Administration Shelf Number: 139134

Author: Carr, Jillian B. Title: The Geography, Incidence, and Underreporting of Gun Violence: New Evidence using ShotSpotter Data Summary: This paper provides new evidence on the extent of underreporting of gun violence. Criminal activity is often selectively underreported - that is, underreported in a non-random manner. This can make it difficult to understand public safety problems and devise effective policy strategies to address them. However, new surveillance technologies are facilitating the collection of more accurate data on crime. In this paper, we describe data on gunfire incidents, recorded using a tool called ShotSpotter. We compare those data with previously-available data on gun violence (reported crime and 911 calls) to estimate baseline correlations between these measures as well as the causal effect of gunfire incidents on reporting. Using data from Washington, DC, and Oakland, CA, we find that only 12% of gunfire incidents result in a 911 call to report gunshots, and only 2-7% of incidents result in a reported assault with a dangerous weapon. These extremely low reporting rates have important implications for research on gun violence. The characteristics and research potential of ShotSpotter data are relevant to surveillance data more broadly; while such data have not yet been exploited by social scientists, they could be extremely valuable for crime research and policy. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2016/04/27-gun-violence-underreporting/carr_doleac_gunfire_underreporting.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 139138

Author: VanGeem, Stephen Guy Title: An Evaluation of the Utah First District Mental Health Court: Gauging the Efficacy of Diverting Offenders Suffering With Serious Mental Illness Summary: The decision to establish a mental health court in Utah's First District was largely a political one prompted by the growing popularity of problem-solving courts throughout the country. Because this motivation was policy-driven and not needs-driven, the court was established without an ongoing data collection schedule. As a result, barring anecdotal evidence from program participants, the current impact of the court on two key goals - reducing recidivism and increasing community-based treatment contact - is entirely unknown. The current study aims to provide a summative program evaluation of the first sixty-eight months of specialty court operation by (1) estimating basic demographic and clinical information about program referrals, participants, and graduates; and (2) measuring program effectiveness by examining between-group differences in key outcome measures (e.g., new charges, use of therapeutic services, time to rearrest, etc.) for those referrals who are accepted into the program as participants versus those referrals who are rejected from the program and sentenced to treatment-as-usual. Ideally, the current study will not only provide an evidence-based assessment of local practices at the current study site but will also empirically inform the greater community of mental health practitioners, researchers, and policymakers who are operating in smaller, more rural districts. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2015. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6789&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139140

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: Probation Revocation and its Causes: Profiles of State and Local Jurisdictions. Wharton and Matagorda Counties, Texas Summary: The Matagorda County Community Supervision and Corrections Department (CSCD, or "Department") services Wharton County and Matagorda County, Texas. In 2014, the CSCD had 22 employees, 18 of whom supervised cases in some capacity, dispersed over two units. One unit is located in Wharton and one in Bay City, Matagorda. The Department's annual budget was about $1.5 million, $1.3 million of which is for basic supervision, and which funds the majority of departmental functions and salaries. The remaining budget is devoted to the high risk caseload (which is grant funded by the state) and a substance abuse caseload (which is funded by the state and community correction funds). The primary sources of funding are supervision fees paid by probationers (65%) and state funding (35%). The high reliance on supervision fees is not unusual for probation departments statewide. On August 31st, 2014, 473 individuals were under direct probation supervision in Wharton County and 720 were under direct probation supervision in Matagorda County. The probation supervision rate was an estimated 1,551 per 100,000 adult residents in Wharton County and 2,646 in Matagorda County as of August 2014. The combined supervision rate is 2,067, which is near the average rate for the entire state. In 2013, the statewide probation supervision rate in Texas was 2,043 per 100,000 adult residents, the ninth highest rate among all states. Statewide, the probation supervision rate has been falling over the past 10 years, from 2,698 at yearend 20033 to 2,043 at yearend 2013. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://www.robinainstitute.org/publications/probation-revocation-causes-profiles-state-local-jurisdictions-wharton-matagorda-counties-texas/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 139141

Author: Legewie, Joscha Title: Group Threat, Police Officer Diversity and the Deadly Use of Police Force Summary: Officer-involved killings and racial bias in policing are controversial political issues. Prior research indicates that (perceived) group threat measured in terms of population shares and race-specific crime rates are important explanations for variations in police killings across cities in the United States. We argue that a diverse police force that proportionally represents the population it serves mitigates group threat and thereby reduces the number of officer-involved killings. Count models support our argument. They show that officer involved killings of African Americans are higher in cities with factors commonly associated with group threat, including ethnic/racial polarization and black-on-white homicides. A diverse police force, however, reduces the influence of group threat lowering the number of officer-involved killings of African Americans. The findings represent one of the first analysis of a highly relevant contemporary issue based on a recent and high-quality dataset from 2013 to 2015. By highlighting the interaction between group treat and the proportional representation of minority groups in police departments, our research advances group conflict and threat theories with important theoretical and policy implications for law enforcement and representative bureaucracies more broadly Details: New York: Columbia University, Law School, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-512 : Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2778692 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 139144

Author: Quates, Edward Wesley Duane Title: Illicit Landscapes: A Case Study in the Archaeology of Border Smuggling Summary: Noted geographer, Lawrence Herzog, once admonished his discipline{u2019}s failure to explore the rich potential for research on the spatial patterns of illicit flows and that border scholarship was abhorrently absent on this matter. This dissertation takes up Herzog{u2019}s challenge to investigate the spatial relationships of border smuggling. Borders are conflicting spaces that are in many ways the epitome of Foucault{u2019}s idea of the heterotopia; a place that is both real and imaginary, which is capable of juxtaposing numerous incompatible spaces simultaneously. This dissertation employs a landscape approach and uses the Spanish West Florida/Southern Alabama border between 1815 and 1822 as a case study. Along this border, white settlers occupying the southern Alabama side of the boundary engaged in subsistence smuggling and the illegal trafficking of African slaves after the 1807 Abolition of the Transatlantic Slave Trade Act was enacted. It is proposed that the smugglers constructed the border landscape to facilitate illicit flows and then abandoned them after the closing of the border in 1822. It is concluded that both the social role of the southern Alabama smuggler and the Spanish West Florida/South Alabama border landscape were dialectical creations of the 1807 Slave Trade Act."-- Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2012. 312p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://etd.lib.msu.edu/islandora/object/etd%3A1218 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 139146

Author: Zhao, Linda Shuo Title: Underground Banks: The Perspectives of Chinese Illegal Immigrants in Understanding the Role of Informal Fund Transfer Systems in the United States Summary: The financial link in the process of illegal immigration is a little researched domain in the literature. This research is the first exploratory study to examine the role of Chinese-operated informal fund transfer systems in the U.S. in the lives of Chinese illegal migrant workers and their families who remained in China. The primary source of data was in-depth interviews with thirty illegal immigrants in New York City and Philadelphia. The findings show that the emergence of underground banks in the U.S. coincided with the largest waves of Chinese illegal immigrants smuggled into the U.S. since the later 1980s. They served as a preferred means of fund transfer among Chinese illegals due to their unique service, not necessarily because of the clients' illegal status, or any coercive actions by human smuggling groups. Through inductive analysis based on the narrative data, this research is able to trace the trajectory of the evolution of Chinese underground banks over the past decades. The evidence seems to suggest an indirect role played by these illegal fund transfer systems in sustaining transnational illegal labor migration achieved through human smuggling. The research also suggests a declining importance of underground banks and a shift away from their use toward legitimate fund transfer channels among Chinese illegal immigrants since the mid-1990s and a seemingly new role of formal institutions in filling in the vacancy left by underground banks. Finally, the findings suggest that underground banks may have been forced to and have adapted to a narrower and more illicit use. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2009. 253p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://cdm16002.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/p245801coll10/id/49816 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 139147

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Prisoner Operations: United States Marshals Service Could Better Estimate Cost Savings and Monitor Efforts to Increase Efficiencies Summary: The Department of Justice's (DOJ) USMS is responsible for managing more than 50,000 federal prisoners during criminal proceedings until their acquittal or their conviction and transfer to the Federal Bureau of Prisons to serve their sentence. USMS provides housing, clothing, food, transportation, and medical care. The USMS does not own or manage any of its own facilities and instead relies on a combination of federal, state, local, and privately-managed facilities to house and care for these prisoners. Senate Report 113-78 of the Continuing Appropriations Act of 2014 included a provision for GAO to assess the costs of housing federal inmates and detainees. This report (1) identifies the primary costs associated with USMS prisoner operations, and the trends in spending from fiscal years 2010 through 2015; (2) assesses recent actions USMS has taken to reduce its prisoner operations costs and how much has been saved; and (3) determines systems USMS has to identify additional opportunities to save costs. GAO analyzed USMS's financial and operational data related to its prisoner operations costs from fiscal year 2010 through 2015, analyzed USMS documentation, and interviewed USMS officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that USMS develop reliable methods for estimating cost savings and validating reported savings achieved, and establish a mechanism to aggregate and analyze the results of annual district self- assessments. USMS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-472: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/677380.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 139148

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Advice from Police Chiefs and Community Leaders on Building Trust: Summary: The last 18 months have been traumatic for the policing profession and for communities across the nation, with issues of use of force being questioned. To address these issues, the Police Executive Research Forum has been working to devise new training programs for police officers, emphasizing concepts of de-escalation, crisis intervention, and "slowing situations down" in order to give officers more time to evaluate what's happening, consider their options, get additional resources to the scene, and devise effective responses that minimize use of force. The national upheaval in policing since Ferguson is not only about issues of policing and training regarding use of force. Equally important is the impact on the level of trust by community members in their police departments. So we invited police chiefs and community leaders to a national conference in Washington, and asked them to discuss what's going on in their cities, particularly with respect to issues of force and the level of trust in the police. We wanted to know how they see what's going on in their city, and how they feel about what's happening nationally. And to the extent that community leaders and police chiefs could tell us that they have solid relationships of trust, we wanted to ask them for their best advice about how they reached that point. To get this project under way, we contacted PERF's member chiefs, invited them to participate in a one-day meeting, and asked each participating chief to invite one community leader to the meeting. We wanted frank, candid discussions that would produce useful information and guidance, so we asked each chief to choose a community leader who is not necessarily your biggest fan, but who has credibility in the community. Details: Washington, DC; PERF, 2016. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed May 24, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/policecommunitytrust.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 139149

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Violence Against American Indian and Alaska Native Women and Men: 2010 Findings From the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey Summary: This report examines the prevalence of violence against American Indian and Alaska Native women and men, using a large nationally representative sample from the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS). More specifically, it provides estimates of sexual violence, physical violence by intimate partners, stalking, and psychological aggression by intimate partners. It also provides estimates of interracial and intraracial victimizations and briefly examines the impact of violence. Results should be used to raise awareness and understanding about violence against American Indian and Alaska Native women and men. National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey The NISVS was launched in 2010 by the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) with the support of the National Institute of Justice and the Department of Defense. This survey provides detailed information about sexual violence, physical violence by an intimate partner, stalking, and psychological aggression by an intimate partner. The analysis in this report is based on two of the samples that were included in the 2010 NISVS - the general population sample and the American Indian and Alaska Native over-sample. These two samples provide information from 2,473 adult women and 1,505 adult men who identified themselves as American Indian or Alaska Native, alone or in combination with another racial group. Most women (83 percent) and most men (79 percent) were affiliated or enrolled with a tribe or village. For both women and men, more than half (54 percent for both) had lived within reservation boundaries or in an Alaska Native village in the past year. The NISVS has important limitations: Only certain types of victimizations were included, the survey was only administered by phone, and it was not conducted in any indigenous languages. As with other victimization surveys, estimates may be impacted by recall errors and by the continuing stigma associated with disclosing victimizations. Some estimates have large margins of error. Despite these limitations, the survey also has important strengths: It uses behaviorally specific questions and it was administered to a large, nationally representative sample. The survey results provide the most thorough assessment on the extent of violence against American Indian and Alaska Native women and men. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249736.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 139150

Author: Wolff, Russell Title: School / Police Partnerships: Best Practices and Lessons Learned. Innovative Practices from the Charles E. Shannon Jr. Community Safety Initiative Series Summary: Concerns about gang violence, school shootings, bullying, bias- or hate-related threats or violence, and vandalism have led schools to focus increasingly on school safety. Schools bring children and teenagers together with various risk factors, providing opportunities for conflicts to erupt. But, for the same reason, schools provide a centralized location to engage students at-risk for involvement in gangs and violence in prevention and intervention programming (Gottfredson, 1997). Research shows that gang membership and delinquency more generally have largely the same causes (Sherman, 1997) and that schools cannot be separated from the community context (Gottfredson, 1997). It is therefore vital to include schools in anti-gang efforts. There are numerous risk factors for gang membership and delinquency in schools. Research indicates that victims of bullying are more likely to be truant, be involved in fights, carry weapons to school, and have lower academic achievement (Bauer et al., 2008; DeVoe et al., 2005). Association with delinquent peers is linked with involvement in gangs and violence (Thornberry, 1998). Even the perception of school safety is a risk factor (Crooks et al., 2007). On the other hand, a strong school bond has been found to be protective against involvement in violence across a number of risk factors (Sprott et al., 2005). Many municipalities in the United States have established partnerships between schools and law enforcement as a strategy to enhance school safety and reduce gang violence in schools. The vast majority of sites that are part of the Senator Charles E. Shannon Jr. Community Safety Initiative (CSI) 1 include some form of school-based law enforcement effort. The purpose of this resource guide is to describe the history and best practices associated with school/police partnerships in the United States, discuss the recent partnerships within the Shannon CSI communities, present lessons learned, identify some common challenges, and offer recommendations about how Shannon CSI communities might enhance their current initiatives. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Institute on Race and Justice, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: http://www.mass.gov/eopss/funding-and-training/justice-and-prev/grants/shannon-csi/shannon-pub-5.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Community Relations Shelf Number: 139152

Author: Martinez, Marty Title: Formal and Intentional Mentoring as a Strategy for Working with High Risk Youth: A Resource Guide for the Senator Charles E. Shannon Jr. Community Safety Partnership Summary: The Senator Charles E. Shannon Jr. Comprehensive Gang Initiative (Shannon CSI) grant program, funded by the Massachusetts Legislature since 2005, supports collaborative approaches to combat gang and youth violence in Massachusetts. As the administrative agent for Shannon CSI, the Executive Office of Public Safety and Security (EOPSS), seeks input from funded partners on gaps in services that could benefit youth involved in gang activity or youth violence. This input helps formulate topics for regular resource guides and technical assistance meetings. Past topics included street outreach work, police and school collaborations, and incorporating social media strategies, among others. In 2011, Shannon CSI sites, partner agencies, and youth identified a critical gap in services; matching youth in Shannon CSI program with caring adults that could mentor the youth and provide additional supports and resources. For this resource guide, EOPSS has partnered with the Mass Mentoring Partnership (MMP), an agency with 20 years experience in the mentoring field and the only statewide organization solely dedicated to strategically expanding quality youth mentoring in Massachusetts. This resource guide will answer many questions Shannon CSI sites and providers have about effective mentoring programs, including the basics of what mentoring is, what the elements of a mentoring program are, how to recruit and train mentors, how to recruit mentees, and how agencies can address some of the challenges specific to mentoring high-risk youth. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Executive Office of Public Safety and Security, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: http://www.mass.gov/eopss/funding-and-training/justice-and-prev/grants/shannon-csi/shannon-pub-10.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 139153

Author: Campbell, Liz Title: Looking Back, Moving Forward: The History and Current State of Evidence-based Intervention in Pennsylvania Summary: Nearly two decades ago, the Pennsylvania Commission on Crime and Delinquency (PCCD) began a deliberate effort to bring effective violence prevention programs to communities across the Commonwealth. Through a variety of efforts Pennsylvania has created an infrastructure intended to support the adoption, implementation, and success of select evidence-based programs where they are needed. This infrastructure includes a cross-system Resource Center for Evidence-based Prevention and Intervention Programs and Practices. In 2008, with funding from PCCD and the Office of Children, Youth, and Families (OCYF), the Penn State EPISCenter was established, with the primary goal of advancing high quality implementation, impact assessment, and sustainability of a menu of evidence-based programs identified by the Resource Center, in order to maximize the positive impact for youth, families, and communities. Evidence-based intervention programs (EBIs) play an important role in the state's initiative to reduce dependency, delinquency, youth violence, and substance abuse. Programs such as Functional Family Therapy (FFT), Multisystemic Therapy (MST), and Multidimensional Treatment Foster Care (MTFC) provide effective intervention for youth who exhibit behaviors bringing them in contact with the juvenile justice and child welfare systems. In FY 2011/2012, a total of 3,650 Pennsylvania youth were served by EBIs. The vast majority of these youth were referred by the child welfare and juvenile justice systems, and 60% were at imminent risk of placement, according to the providers who served them. With the support of EBIs, 88% of these youth remained in their communities and 87% had no new offenses at the time of discharge. It is estimated that the state saw an immediate savings of over $16 million related to diversion from placement across the three programs and will experience an economic benefit of $71.4 million resulting from crime reduction due to the use of these programs. While Pennsylvania has seen a strong return on its investment in EBIs, providers report immediate threats to sustainability that are resulting in significant financial losses for many programs. If left unaddressed, the inevitable result will be program closures and fewer evidence-based options for serving high-risk Pennsylvania youth. Current challenges include underutilization of services, delays in the start of services, administrative requirements that draw from providers' limited resources, and difficulty accessing adequate funding to cover all aspects of the service. These challenges are interrelated in complex ways and would be most effectively addressed through collaboration between state leaders, counties, and providers to identify creative and systemic solutions. Policies and regulations that provide a comprehensive approach to supporting the sustainability of EBIs statewide are needed. Details: State College, PA: EPIS Center, Pennsylvania State University, 2012. 31p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: http://www.episcenter.psu.edu/sites/default/files/resources/EBIs%20in%20PA%20-%20Looking%20Back%20Moving%20Forward.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 129796

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: Street Outreach Workers: Best Practices and Lessons Learned. Innovative Practices from the Charles E. Shannon Jr. Community Safety Initiative Series Summary: Street outreach workers are an important part of the Senator Charles E. Shannon Jr. Community Safety Initiative (CSI) comprehensive gang and youth violence reduction strategy in Massachusetts1. Street outreach involves the use of individuals to "work the streets," making contact with youth in neighborhoods with high levels of gang activity. These individuals are generally not employed by the criminal justice system agencies but rather are based in community service organizations or other non- governmental agencies. Street outreach workers provide an important bridge between the community, gang-involved youth, and the agencies (whether social service or law enforcement) that respond to the problems of delinquency and gangs. This guide offers information, guidance, and lessons learned from street outreach programs nationally and within the Massachusetts Shannon CSI communities to help guide existing street outreach programs and support communities considering developing new street outreach programs. The guide provides the following information: - History of street outreach worker programs in the United States - Functions and characteristics of street outreach worker programs - Street outreach programs in Massachusetts - Challenges of street outreach worker programs and recommendations for success Details: Boston: Northeastern University, Institute on Race and Justice, 2008. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2016 at: http://www.mass.gov/eopss/funding-and-training/justice-and-prev/grants/shannon-csi/shannon-pub-4.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 139158

Author: Cimino, Andrea N. Title: Developing and Testing a Theory of Intentions to Exit Street-level Prostitution: A Mixed Methods Study Summary: Exiting prostitution is a process whereby women gradually leave prostitution after a number of environmental, relational, and cognitive changes have taken place. Most women attempting to leave street prostitution reenter five or more times before successfully exiting, if they are able to at all. Prostitution-exiting programs are designed to alleviate barriers to exiting, but several studies indicate only about 20-25% of participants enrolled in such programs are successful. There is little quantitative knowledge on the prostitution exiting process and current literature lacks a testable theory of exiting. This mixed-methods study defined and operationalized key cognitive processes by applying the Integrative Model of Behavioral Prediction (IMBP) to measure intentions to exit street-level prostitution. Intentions are thought to be a determinant of behavior and hypothesized as a function of attitudes, norms, and efficacy beliefs. The primary research objective was to measure and test a theory-driven hypothesis examining intentions to exit prostitution. To accomplish these aims, interviews were conducted with 16 men and women involved in prostitution to better capture the latent nuances of exiting (e.g., attitudinal changes, normative influence). These data informed the design of a quantitative instrument that was pilot-tested with a group of former prostitutes and reviewed by experts in the field. The quantitative phase focused on validating the instrument and testing the theory in a full latent variable structural equation model with a sample of 160 former and active prostitutes. Ultimately, the theory and instrument developed in this study will lay the foundation to test interventions for street prostituted women. Prior research has only been able to describe, but not explain or predict, the prostitution exiting process. This study fills a gap in literature by providing a quantitative examination of women's intentions to leave prostitution. The results contribute to our understanding of the cognitive changes that occur when a person leaves prostitution, and the validated instrument may be used as an intervention assessment or an exit prediction tool. Success in predicting an individual's passage through the exiting process could have important and far-reaching implications on recidivism policies or interventions for this vulnerable group of women. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2013. 193p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 26, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/110692/content/Cimino_asu_0010E_13111.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 139162

Author: James, Nathan Title: The Federal Prison Population Buildup: Options for Congress Summary: Since the early 1980s, there has been a historically unprecedented increase in the federal prison population. The total number of inmates under the Bureau of Prisons' (BOP) jurisdiction increased from approximately 25,000 in FY1980 to over 205,000 in FY2015. Between FY1980 and FY2013, the federal prison population increased, on average, by approximately 5,900 inmates annually. However, the number of inmates in the federal prison system has decreased from FY2013 to FY2015. Some of the growth is attributable to changes in federal criminal justice policy during the previous three decades. These changes include increases in the number of federal offenses subject to mandatory minimum sentences, changes to the federal criminal code that have made more crimes federal offenses, and the elimination of parole. The growth in the federal prison population can be a detriment to BOP's ability to safely operate their facilities and maintain the federal prison infrastructure. The Government Accountability Office (GAO) reports that the growing number of federal inmates has resulted in an increased use of double and triple bunking, waiting lists for education and drug treatment programs, limited meaningful work opportunities, and increased inmate-to-staff ratios. These factors can contribute to increased inmate misconduct, which negatively affects the safety and security of inmates and staff. The burgeoning prison population has contributed to mounting operational expenditures for the federal prison system. BOP's appropriations increased more than $7.1 billion from FY1980 ($330 million) to FY2016 ($7.479 billion). As a result, BOP's expanding budget is starting to consume a larger share of the Department of Justice's overall annual appropriation. Should Congress choose to consider policy options to address the issues resulting from the growth in the federal prison population, policymakers could choose options such as increasing the capacity of the federal prison system by building more prisons; investing in rehabilitative programming (e.g., substance abuse treatment or educational programs) as a way of keeping inmates constructively occupied and potentially reducing recidivism after inmates are released; or placing more inmates in private prisons. Policymakers might also consider whether they want to revise some of the policy changes over the past three decades that have contributed to the steadily increasing number of offenders being incarcerated. For example, Congress could consider options such as (1) modifying mandatory minimum penalties, (2) expanding the use of Residential Reentry Centers, (3) placing more offenders on probation, (4) reinstating parole for federal inmates, (5) expanding the amount of good time credit an inmate can earn, and (6) repealing federal criminal statutes for some offenses. Congress is currently considering legislation (e.g., S. 2123, H.R. 3713) that would put into effect some of the policy options discussed in this report, including expanding the "safety valve" for some low-level offenders, allowing inmates to earn additional good time credit as a part of a risk and needs assessment system, and reducing mandatory minimum penalties for some offenses. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R42937: Accessed May 26, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42937.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 139227

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Immigration Detention: Additional Actions Needed to Strengthen DHS Management of Short-Term Holding Facilities Summary: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is responsible for providing safe, secure, and humane confinement for detained aliens who may be subject to removal or have been ordered removed from the United States. For example, during fiscal years 2014 and 2015, Border Patrol apprehended 823,768 aliens and held them temporarily in holding facilities. GAO was asked to examine DHS's management and oversight of holding facilities. This report examines the extent to which DHS has (1) standards in place for the short-term custody of aliens and monitors compliance with established standards and (2) processes in place for obtaining and addressing complaints from aliens in holding facilities. GAO reviewed CBP and ICE data on time in custody and complaints. GAO also interviewed agency officials and visited 32 holding facilities selected based on geographical location and facility type, among other factors. The visit results are not generalizable, but provided insight to the oversight of holding facilities and management of complaints. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS establish a process to assess time in custody data for all individuals in holding facilities; issue guidance on how and which complaint mechanisms should be communicated to individuals in short-term custody; include a classification code in all complaint tracking systems related to DHS holding facilities; and develop a process for analyzing trends related to holding facility complaints. DHS concurred with the recommendations and identified planned actions. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-514: Accessed May 27, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/677484.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 139230

Author: Constantini, Mauro Title: Common trends in the US state-level crime. What do panel data say? Summary: This paper aims to investigate the long-run relationship between crime, inequality, unemployment and deterrence using state-level data for the US over the period 1978-2013. The novelty of the paper is to use non-stationary panels with factor structures. The results show that: i) a simple crime model well fits the long run relationship; ii) income inequality and unemployment have a positive impact on crime, whereas deterrence displays a negative sign; iii) the effect of income inequality on crime is large in magnitude; iv) property crime is generally highly sensitive to deterrence measures based upon police activities. Details: Venice: University of Venice, Department of Economics, 2016. 25p. Source: Working Paper no. 14/WP/2016: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2771655 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 139240

Author: Moro, Alessandro Title: Distribution Dynamics of Property Crime Rates in the United States Summary: Using crime data for the 48 continental and conterminous US states and the distribution dynamics approach, this paper detects two distinct phases in the evolution of the property crime distribution: a period of strong convergence (1971-1980) is followed by a tendency towards divergence and bi-modality (1981-2010). Moreover, the analysis reveals that differences in income per capita and police can explain the emergence of a bi-modal shape in the distribution of property crime: in fact, after conditioning on these variables, the bi-modality completely disappears. This empirical evidence is consistent with the predictions of a two region model, that stresses the importance of income inequality in determining the dynamics of the property crime distribution. Details: Venice: Ca Foscari University of Venice - Dipartimento di Economia, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 13/SP/2016: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2771670 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 139241

Author: Henderson-Ross, Jodi A. Title: Informal Social Control in Action: Neighborhood Context, Social Differentiation, and Selective Efficacy Summary: This dissertation addresses the practice of informal social control in neighborhood settings by integrating extant theory with constructs from outside the mainstream of criminology. Empirical support comes from an ethnographic project conducted over a period of five years in an urban neighborhood setting. Detailed knowledge of this local context is used to frame informal social control as produced and enacted by residents in ways that both reflect and create the larger neighborhood social and cultural dynamics. Specifically, three ethnographic accounts are offered as separate papers to provide different lenses on the neighborhood dynamics. Each account can also be read as demonstrating the variability of ethnographic methodology. Taken together, these empirical papers not only report findings, but also illustrate various aspects of the unfolding process of constructivist grounded theory-building. For example, the first paper highlights how a serendipitous finding gave shape to further data analysis, illustrating the nature of �emergent� findings in grounded theory analysis. The second paper reports findings from more advanced stages of analysis and demonstrates the preliminary stages of theory construction. Finally, the last paper emphasizes the reflexive nature of ethnographic (re)presentation by presenting "findings" in the form of an evocative auto-ethnography. The dissertation contributes to the criminology scholarship by introducing theoretical constructs that have heretofore not been connected directly to practices of informal social control. Moreover, this dissertation is also a statement in support of the integration of more "first-person ethnography" (Venkatesh 2013) into the core of criminology. Future work will continue to build on current scholarship to provide a more nuanced understanding of the relationship between individuals and communities. Details: Akron, OH: University of Akron, 2014. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:akron1395755045 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 139244

Author: Silber, Rebecca Title: Justice in Review: New Trends in State Sentencing and Corrections 2014-2015 Summary: In 2014 and 2015, 46 states enacted at least 201 bills, executive orders, and ballot initiatives to reform at least one aspect of their sentencing and corrections systems. In conducting this review of state criminal justice reforms, Vera found that most of the policy changes focused on three areas: creating or expanding opportunities to divert people away from the criminal justice system; reducing prison populations by enacting sentencing reform, expanding opportunities for early release from prison, and reducing the number of people admitted to prison for violating the terms of their community supervision; and supporting reentry into the community from prison. By providing concise summaries of representative reforms in each of these areas, this report serves as a practical guide for other state and federal policymakers looking to affect similar changes in criminal justice policy. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: http://www.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/state-sentencing-and-corrections-trends-2014-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 139245

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Aviation Security: Airport Perimeter and Access Control Security Would Benefit from Risk Assessment and Strategy Updates Summary: Why GAO Did This Study Incidents of aviation workers using access privileges to smuggle weapons and drugs into security-restricted areas and onto planes has heightened awareness about security at commercial airports. TSA, along with airport operators, has responsibility for securing the nation's approximately 440 commercial airports. GAO was asked to review TSA's oversight of airport perimeter and access control security since GAO last reported on the topic in 2009. This report examines, for airport security, (1) the extent to which TSA has assessed the components of risk and (2) the extent to which TSA has taken actions to oversee and facilitate security, among other objectives. GAO examined TSA documents related to risk assessment and security activities; analyzed relevant TSA security event data from fiscal years 2009 through 2015; obtained information from TSA and industry association officials as well as from a non-generalizable sample of 11 airports, selected based on factors such as size. What GAO Recommends GAO is making six recommendations, including that TSA update its Risk Assessment of Airport Security, develop and implement a method for conducting a system-wide assessment of airport vulnerability, and update its National Strategy for Airport Perimeter and Access Control Security. DHS concurred with the recommendations and identified planned actions to address the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-632: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/677586.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 139249

Author: Hockenberry, Sarah Title: Juveniles in Residential Placement, 2013 Summary: Between 1997 and 2013, the number of youth held in residential placement for committing an offense declined 48 percent, according to a bulletin the Justice Department released today. The Office of Justice Programs' Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) bulletin, Juveniles in Residential Placement, 2013, presents a detailed picture of the youth held in custody across the nation, including such characteristics as age, race, gender, offenses and adjudication status. This census, conducted in October 2013, provides information on 54,148 juveniles charged with or adjudicated for an offense, held in 1,947 facilities. Despite historic declines to the lowest levels since the first census was conducted in 1997, disparities persisted as youth in racial and ethnic minority groups accounted for 68 percent of juveniles in custody in 2013. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource; National Report Series: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: Office of Justice Programs Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 139248

Author: Falegan, Oluwatominsin O. Title: Risk Factors for Sex Work Recidivism in Commercial Sexual Exploitation Victims Summary: INTRODUCTION: An estimated 4.9 million individuals worldwide are currently victims of some form of commercial sexual exploitation. Although there are differing opinions on what can be classified as commercial sexual exploitation, study findings demonstrate that the risk factors and health outcomes for individuals forced or who opt to enter sex work include mental illness, lack of social support, physical injuries and substance abuse. Although studies note that sex work recidivism may be an issue for victims who have exited the commercial sexual exploitation industry, literature addressing the cause and incidence of the phenomenon is very limited. AIM: The purpose of this study was to identify and explore possible risk factors for sex work recidivism by using factors noted in criminal recidivism that align with outcomes for commercial sexual exploitation. The author hypothesizes that individual level factors, such as mental health, substance abuse, and history of abuse, and relationship level factors, such as social support or the lack there of, will be discussed the most in the literature analyzed. METHODS: The researcher did a systematic search of terms related to commercial sexual exploitation (namely: prostitution and sex trafficking) in Georgia State University's online library database and PubMed. Inclusion criteria for this project was the use of terms in an abstract or title and content addressing health outcomes of commercial sexual exploitation. Using an adaptation of the socio-ecological model, the researcher completed a content analysis on articles that met inclusion criteria and extracted and counted the most prevalent themes. Ultimately, the themes were categorized by the four levels of the socio-ecological model. RESULTS: Out of the 47 articles initially retrieved, 21 articles met the inclusion criteria. Individual and Societal level factors were mentioned in 20 of the 21 articles. Relationship level factors were mentioned in 17 of the 21 articles, and Community level factors were mentioned in 16 of the 21 articles. DISCUSSION: The findings supported the researcher's hypothesis that individual level factors such as mental illness and substance abuse would be most prevalent in the studies analyzed. However, the findings demonstrating the equal prevalence of societal factors such as inequalities and economic instabilities was a deviation from the author's predictions. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, School of Public Health, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Capstone Project: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1027&context=iph_capstone Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 139253

Author: Bieler, Sam Title: Engaging Communities in Reducing Gun Violence: A Road Map for Safer Communities Summary: Gun violence inflicts a devastating toll on communities of color, but the justice system response to this violence frequently destabilizes neighborhoods and damages police-community relations. To develop a better response, the Urban Institute, Joyce Foundation, and Joint Center for Political and Economic Studies convened more than 100 people from communities affected by violence. We learned that violence prevention demands a holistic set of solutions. Limiting access to firearms is part of the solution, but a comprehensive strategy will also require improving police-community relations, investing in community services, and facilitating community leadership in violence prevention efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000760-Engaging-Communities-in-Reducing-Gun-Violence-A-Road-Map-for-Safer-Communities.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 139258

Author: Californians for Safety and Justice Title: Enrollment Efforts for California's Justice-Involved Populations Summary: Potential to Expand Health Coverage to Justice-Involved Populations California's implementation of the Affordable Care Act (ACA), including its expansion of Medi-Cal (the state's Medicaid program) for low-income childless adults, created an unprecedented opportunity for previously uninsured individuals to receive health coverage and access to health services. Among the newly eligible are many individuals with histories of criminal justice system involvement, including people in county jails or under the supervision of county probation departments. Criminal justice populations have high levels of physical and behavioral health care needs, and providing them with health coverage and services could improve individual health, public health, and public safety outcomes, as well as reduce health and criminal justice system costs. California Counties Seize This Opportunity In 2014, Californians for Safety and Justice conducted a statewide survey of California counties to learn about local efforts to provide jail and probation populations with health coverage application assistance. At the time of this initial survey, it was clear that providing health coverage to criminal justice populations was a priority for the majority of counties, most of which were in the early stages of planning or implementing their enrollment initiatives. Out of the 44 counties that responded to the 2014 survey, all 44 reported that they were actively providing or planning to provide application assistance to jail inmates, and 43 reported that they were actively providing or planning to provide application assistance to adult probationers. The results of this initial survey are discussed in more detail in "Health Coverage Enrollment of California's Local Criminal Justice Populations," available at .safeandjust.org. Details: Oakland, CA: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: http://libcloud.s3.amazonaws.com/211/01/2/685/1/Cnty_CriminalJustice_EnrollmentBrief-FINAL-online_copy.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 139259

Author: Rosenfeld, Richard Title: Evaluating a Researcher-Practitioner Partnership and Field Experiment Summary: The two central objectives of this project were (1) to evaluate the effect on crime of a targeted patrol strategy mounted by the St. Louis Metropolitan Police Department (SLMPD) and (2) to evaluate the researcher-practitioner partnership that underlay the policing intervention. Both objectives were successfully achieved. The project spanned the period beginning January 1, 2013, and ending December 31, 2014. This report summarizes the major activities performed during the project period and the results of those activities. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249807.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Hot Spots Shelf Number: 139261

Author: Scaggs, Samuel Title: An Assessment of Substance Abuse Treatment Programs in Florida's Prisons Using a Random Assignment Experimental Design Summary: Prior drug involvement and dependence among incarcerated offenders is a critical issue for correctional administrators and policy makers given the financial impact of treatment costs and recidivism. While substance-addicted inmates can cause financial burdens on correctional institutions, they are also at a high risk of recidivism following their release from incarceration. Targeting inmates' substance addiction needs while in prison is intended to reduce reoffending and relapse following prison release. The exact nature of substance abuse treatment within prison systems has yet to be fully examined within the criminological literature. Specifically, while there has been extensive research on the use and effectiveness of therapeutic communities with inmates, other treatment modalities such as outpatient services have received less inquiry. This study provides an important contribution to the understanding of the role substance abuse treatment plays for inmates' in several key ways. First, we evaluate the results of a randomized experimental design study conducted by the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC) from January 2006 through December 2008 in which all inmates admitted to a Florida prison were given the opportunity to consent to participate in a study of the effectiveness of substance abuse treatment programming in prison. Second, the study assesses the impact of multiple modalities of prison−based substance abuse treatment, as well as the role that duration and recency of treatment play in the recidivism and post−prison employment outcomes of over 11,000 released inmates. Third, we use multiple statistical techniques, including logistic regression, survival analysis, Propensity Score Matching (PSM), and precision matching, to assess whether, and to what extent, evaluation outcome studies of correctional-based substance abuse treatment are impacted by the type of research design and statistical methods used. Among the major findings are that aftercare and transitional substance abuse programming has some of the largest effects of increasing employment and reducing recidivism. In addition, among inmates who complete substance abuse treatment, those who do so closer to their release from prison are less likely to recidivate. Another important finding is that some research methods produce similarities in the direction of the effect while others produce different directions in the effect of the same treatment on recidivism. Notably, the strongest design - random assignment - showed the most support for prison-based treatment's effectiveness in reducing recidivism. Due to the non-significance of the majority of results across methods, it was difficult to draw conclusions about similarities across statistical methods in this study. We conclude with a discussion of the policy implications and directions for future research on the effectiveness of prison−based substance abuse treatment. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Correction; Florida State University College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249843.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 139265

Author: Clark, Catie Title: Assessing the Impact of Post-Release Community Supervision on Post-Release Recidivism and Employment Summary: The shift from indeterminate to determinate sentencing policies over the past three decades and the ensuing decline in the use of parole for monitoring inmate' transition back into their communities, led to the development of alternate strategies of post-prison release supervision. The use of parole varies considerably across the United States, with some states (i.e., Oregon) requiring that all inmates released from prison be subject to supervision after release from incarceration. In contrast others, such as Florida, mandate the post-release supervision of those offenders who meet a statutorily defined list of criteria, while still allowing for the post-incarceration supervision of offenders who may have been sentenced to an additional sanction of community supervision (e.g. split supervision) to immediately follow their prison sentence. To date, the empirical literature that has examined forms of post-prison release supervision have focused almost exclusively on the use of parole. There is extensive literature relating to various forms of community supervision among offenders diverted from imprisonment, however, there remains a lack of understanding regarding the various effects of split supervision on prisoner reentry employment outcomes for released inmates. This paper adds to the literature on post-prison release community supervision by examining the effect of two separate forms of post-prison supervision on offender recidivism and employment outcomes: split supervision and conditional release supervision. Using data from the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC), this study examines the effects of split supervision and conditional release supervision in comparison to release from prison with no form of supervision for a cohort of 201,447 inmates released from Florida prisons between January 2004 and three years after release from incarceration, as well as to predict the likelihood of obtaining employment after release from prison. Findings indicate that post-prison supervision is a significant predictor of reduced recidivism outcomes (rearrest and conviction) among Florida inmates, as well as increasing the odds of offenders obtaining employment after release from prison, compared with those inmates who are released with no supervision after incarceration. These findings, however, are mitigated by the significantly increased likelihoods of returning to prison and rearrest for a felony for inmates placed on post-prison release supervision. Research findings and conclusions for future research, as well as policy implications of the study findings are discussed. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Corrections and Florida State University College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249844.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139267

Author: Bales, William D. Title: As Assessment of the Effectiveness of Prison Work Release Programs on Post-Release Recidivism and Employment Summary: This study evaluates the effectiveness of prison-based work release centers in terms of reducing post-prison recidivism and employment and determines whether privately operated work release centers produce different outcomes compared to state operated programs under the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC). Work release is a community transition program in which prison inmates are housed in community-based facilities and work in the community during normal business hours. While the FDC originally implemented work release programs four decades ago, there has been little empirical research on its effectiveness in promoting post-release employment and reducing recidivism. While there are a few exceptions, the existing literature reporting research conducted to determine the effectiveness of work release can be summarized as largely outdated, lacking methodological rigor, and has failing to examine differences in outcomes across publicly versus privately operated work release facilities. Through support from the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), this study uses data from the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC) through a researcher-practitioner partnership funded project to assess the impact of work release programs on the post-release outcomes of employment and various indicators of recidivism, and to determine if there are differential outcomes across privately operated versus state run programs. First, we examine the differences in post-prison recidivism outcomes using several different measures as well as employment of 27,463 inmates released from Florida's prison between 2004 and 2011 who completed a work release program with 15,911 non-participants who met the criterion for placement in a work release program but were not exposed during their incarceration. Second, we examine comparisons of these same outcomes between inmates who completed work release in FDC-operated work release facilities versus privately contracted facilities. Third, we examine whether the impact of work release programs on post-prison outcomes varies across inmates with different characteristics, including gender, race, age at prison release, offense types, and post-prison release supervision. Findings indicate that inmates released from work release facilities compared to the control group of non-participants have significantly lower levels of recidivism as measured by arrest for any new crime, arrest for a new felony offense, and conviction for a new felony offense, however, they have higher rates of returning to prison. Additionally, work release is a highly significant influence on the likelihood of obtaining employment within the first quarter after release. When considering the type of work release facility inmates are exposed to, i.e., public versus private, we find no meaningful differences in terms of recidivism; however, inmates who completed a work release program in a privately operated facility are significantly more likely to find employment when returning to their communities. Finally, we examined whether differences existed in the relative effect of work release on the reentry outcomes of recidivism and employment across several characteristics of inmates. The results indicate there are meaningful variations in the outcomes across various demographic groups, offense types, and post-prison supervision status. The policy implications of this research are that the expansion of the use of prison-based work release programs can have a positive impact on reducing the overall recidivism rates of released prisoners and can significantly improve their post-prison employment potential. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Corrections and Florida State University College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249845.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 139268

Author: Usher, Laura Title: Preparing for the Unimaginable: How chiefs can safeguard officer mental health before and after mass casualty events Summary: The goal of the report, Preparing for the Unimaginable, is to provide law enforcement executives with the knowledge and resources to assist their agencies in coping with the impact of mass casualty incidents on officer mental health. In response to the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in December 2012, the COPS Office, in partnership with the National Alliance on Mental Illness, and the Newtown Police Department, developed the guidebook to assist officers who may have to respond to traumatic events. The guidebook includes expert advice and practical tips for helping officers heal emotionally, communicating with the public, working with the media and building relationships with other first responder agencies. Personal contributions of four police chiefs and numerous officers who have lived through incidents such as these and shared their experiences are featured. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p347-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disasters Shelf Number: 139274

Author: Caudill, Jonathan W. Title: Breaking Ground: Preliminary Report of Butte County Sheriff's Alternative Custody Supervision Program Summary: In January 2012, Sally Parker organized, at the request of Jon Caudill, a meeting between them, Undersheriff Kory Honea, Captain Andy Duch, Lt. Brian Flicker, and Ryan Patten. Recent AB 109 developments, including creation of the Butte County Sheriff's Office Alternative Custody Supervision (ACS) Program, led the legislated shift of prisoners from the state prison system to the county jail systems to the center stage across the state. From the meeting originated a research agreement between the Principle Investigator, Jonathan Caudill, and the Butte County Sheriff's Office (BCSO) including three specific projects: a) identify county prisoner inmate needs, b) establish a recidivism measure, and c) evaluate implementation of the ACS Program. These specific projects, however, also relate to a general philosophy of managing the jail population and improving public safety, while providing offenders with appropriate tools for success. The balance between public safety, managing jail resources, and offender treatment has been the focus of many discussions and the focal point of the BCSO Executive Command. The key to balancing these foci is understanding their interconnectedness. The overarching goals of these projects have been to understand this interconnectedness and identify specific adjustments. As explained in the findings section, we found some anticipated and some unexpected results. First and as expected, we found that many of the surveyed inmates expressed a desire for services while incarcerated and continued assistance during reentry. Several theoretical frameworks may explain these findings; however, the underlying desire for a continuum of services remains. While these are preliminary findings and should be interpreted as such, these findings are commonsensical as we know that approximately two-thirds of inmates were unemployed when arrested. If an individual is unemployed prior to a new felony conviction and incarceration, they are even less employable afterwards. Given these findings, we recommend the BCSO staff conduct a supervision and treatment plan for all potential ACS eligible inmates. Implemented correctly, this strategy will increase treatment accuracy and gauge supervision needs. Our second expected finding was the limitations of the current data collection strategy and offender management system. We knew at the onset that intensive community supervision was a new concept for the BCSO and, therefore, they lacked appropriate software. The BCSO, at the time of this report, has an active jail information management system request for proposal and requested that this study's PI consult in the proposal scoring process. We recommend that the BCSO continue their search for an appropriate offender management system that has the capacity to store historical data and network with other county systems. Third, we discovered that the BCSO implemented the ACS Program in an efficient manner and is now prepared to proceed to the formalization phase. In fact, the projected one-year recidivism estimation suggested the ACS program has a lower recidivism rate than the most recent California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) one-year recidivism rate. Our analyses revealed the current ACS six-month recidivism rate just below 20 percent (0.19). Based on this number and previous time-to-recidivism research, we estimated the ACS program one-year recidivism rate at 0.327, while the most recent CDCR recidivism estimate for property and drug offenders was 0.492. Additionally, the data suggest that officers are maintaining a service orientation (67 percent of all officer-participant encounters were service, as opposed to enforcement). This trend, however, has the potential to wane once the program newness expires. New programs produce excitement and enthusiasm, but the natural conflict accompanying offender management can generate "burnout" and depersonalization. Depersonalization can hinder service provision and supervision strategies. To protect ACS officers from unnecessary occupational stress, we recommend that the BCSO further formalize the ACS program, to include additional officer training and a comprehensive, evidence-based supervision strategy. Beyond the anticipated preliminary findings, we also discovered two unanticipated findings. First, both the logistic regression model and survival analysis revealed an opportunity to make the ACS risk assessment tool more efficient. Although the estimated coefficients were in the appropriate direction (positive correlation between risk scores and recidivism), the unadjusted risk scores lacked consistency across time (see Graph 1 for a visual representation of risk scores regressed on time to failure). These findings suggest that the BCSO can use proper data, a comprehensive understanding of crime and its correlates, and advanced statistics to improve public safety through recidivism reduction and resource management. To improve the risk assessment tool, we recommend that the BCSO explore a population-validated risk assessment tool. Our last two findings are of methodological concerns. We discovered during the preliminary analysis that the inmate needs survey design and delivery required adjustment. Specifically, the results suggest two previous treatment questions produced poor response rates and at least one current needs question confused interview sessions. The research team is considering both of these issues and they anticipate a new version of the inmate needs survey. Related to survey delivery, there remains confusion among jail staff and inmates as to the project goals, thereby making this process somewhat inefficient. The research team implemented an alternative survey strategy and, after evaluation of the response rates, they may recommend further data collection adjustments. The second methodological concern focuses mainly on evaluation resources. The preliminary results provide several interesting outcomes and important corollary projects. The additional pressures of county prison on the BCSO jail have generated further interest in resource management strategies and efficient alternative custody programs. For example, the BCSO administrative staff approved an experimental research design assessing the efficiencies of flash incarceration as an intermediate sanction. Unfortunately, the research team lacks resources beyond the current evaluation plan to conduct this study given their other professional demands. Based on the gravity and complexity of AB 109 legislation and the innovative strategy spearheaded by the BCSO in response to resource re-alignment, we recommend the BCSO work proactively to prioritize research projects promoting public safety and resource management. Related, the BCSO has the potential to move from a state best-practices model6 to a national model of best practices, but this may require additional evaluation resources. Based on this logic, the BCSO should continue external funding activities that include evaluation resources. Collectively, the preliminary findings are positive for BCSO's goal of balancing public safety, jail resources, and offender treatment. The American Civil Liberties Union of California recently released a county-level analysis of best practices, Public Safety Realignment: California at a Crossroads. The terminology "at a crossroads" suggests what occurs now will have a profound influence on the future of offender management. We find value in this idea, but also assert that offender management is dynamic and requires recursive evidence-based program models. The BCSO is breaking ground with an unparalleled, innovative approach to public safety, jail resource management, and offender treatment. For the BCSO, the next logical step is to utilize these preliminary findings as a guidepost for program development. Details: Chico, CA: California State University, Chico, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2016 at: https://www.csuchico.edu/pols/documents/breaking-ground-final-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 139275

Author: Wiliszowski, C. Title: A Study of Outstanding DWI Warrants Summary: This final report documents a project on how outstanding warrants are handled for individuals who have been charged or convicted of offenses related to driving while impaired / intoxicated, but who have absconded or defaulted in either court appearances or in fulfilling sanctions. The specific project objectives were to identify the nature and extent of the DWI outstanding warrant problem, including the situations which lead to the issuance of such warrants, and to identify promising strategies that jurisdictions are using to eliminate or minimize this problem in their communities. These objectives were met utilizing focus groups; site studies, including a review of pertinent data; and in-depth reviews of three innovative programs for dealing with outstanding DWI warrants. The main finding was that a widespread lack of resources and data systems able to assess the situation and identify problems make it difficult to quantify the numbers of outstanding warrants related to DWI offenses and devise solutions. The findings, along with conclusions and recommendations, are provided in this report. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Research and Traffic Records, 2001. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2016 at: http://ntl.bts.gov/lib/26000/26000/26029/DOT-HS-809-308.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Warrants Shelf Number: 139283

Author: Block, Alan Title: Survey of DWI Courts Summary: and is directed at repeat DWI offenders and offenders having high blood alcohol concentrations at time of arrest. They attack the source of the problem by taking a comprehensive approach to changing behavior that includes accountability and long-term treatment. NHTSA conducted a web-based survey of DWI Courts and DWI/Drug Courts (court programs that handle both DWI and drug offenders) in April/May 2015 in order to obtain detailed information on how DWI Courts were operating. NHTSA conducted the survey in collaboration with the National Center for DWI Courts, who alerted State Drug Court Coordinators to the survey, supported NHTSA webinars that described the survey, and provided NHTSA with contact information for the court programs. In addition, NHTSA contracted with Avar Consulting, Inc., to develop, test, and manage the data collection website. A total of 156 courts responded to the survey from a contact list of 473. Two indicated that they did not operate a DWI Court, and 21 did not meet the minimum number of DWI cases (5) for survey eligibility. Another 28 began the survey but stopped after completing a small number of questions. This left 105 that filled out the questionnaire from beginning to end. With some exceptions, most participants in the responding court programs were non-Hispanic, White, and English-speaking. Two-thirds of the responding programs indicated that half or more of their DWI participants in 2014 were employed full time. The reported number of DWI participants currently active in the programs ranged from fewer than 10 to more than 200. More than half the responding programs reported fewer than 30 DWI participants; the median number was 25. Most programs said that they had the capacity to serve all convicted DWI offenders eligible to participate in their programs, although one-third reported that was not the case. Where the number eligible exceeded capacity, 56 percent of the programs indicated that the difference was 15 or fewer slots while one-in-six said the difference was more than 75 slots. The vast majority of responding court programs said that treatment and supervision of program participants changes as the participant proceeds through the program, with programs having a minimum of three phases. The median reported amount of time that participants spent in the program before graduating was 17 months. The programs had a DWI Court team involved in decisions regarding the program for DWI participants and in monitoring their progress. Staffing meetings to discuss the participants were held weekly or else every other week. For treatment services, most responding programs referred DWI participants to treatment providers operating independently from the court. Available treatment services usually included counseling, support group services, relapse prevention, and intensive outpatient. Programs tended to integrate mental health and substance abuse treatment for DWI participants having co-occurring disorders. The programs typically drug/alcohol tested the participants multiple times a week during the initial phase of the program. Participants were likely to receive sanctions for positive drug tests and other forms of program non-compliance. The vast majority of programs also handed out rewards for achievements. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2016. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2016 at: www.nhtsa.gov/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 139284

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Shining a Light on Solitary Confinement: Why Ohio Needs Reform Summary: Imagine you are locked inside a prison cell the size of your bathroom for 23 hours a day. You are released from this cell for one hour a day, when you are escorted to a different cage the size of a walk-in closet meant for recreation. Sometimes, perhaps on a weekend or when the weather is bad, you don't get out at all. You eat your meals in this room, just a few feet away from your toilet; you have limited access to books and televisions. This is solitary confinement in Ohio. Details: Columbus: ACLU of Ohio, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/ShiningALight-Report2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 139290

Author: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission Title: Burdened for Life: The Myth of Juvenile Record Confidentiality and Expungement in Illinois. How to Fix a Broken System that Fails Youth and Harms the State Summary: In Illinois, tens of thousands of juveniles are arrested each year, and the largest majority of them by far are for non-violent offenses. Over the last decade, the study determined only 3 of every 1,000 arrests - less than one-third of one percent of juvenile arrests - were expunged in Illinois. The Commission's report is based on a first-of-its-kind study to determine how many juvenile record expungements were granted in each county from 2004 to 2014, interviews and surveys of individuals representing a diverse cross-section of professionals in the justice field, interviews of youth with records, a survey of county clerks, review of police practices in Illinois' 10 largest cities, and a review of statutes, employment practices and other research. The report recommends a series of enhancements to confidentiality of juvenile records and increased access to juvenile expungement consistent with recommendations of the American Bar Association. Details: Chicago: Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, 2016. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: http://ijjc.illinois.gov/sites/ijjc.illinois.gov/files/assets/Burdened%20for%20Life.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Expungement Shelf Number: 139300

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Missing Persons and Unidentified Remains: Opportunities May Exist to Share Information More Efficiently Summary: Every year, more than 600,000 people are reported missing, and hundreds of human remains go unidentified. Two primary federal databases supported by DOJ - NCIC and NamUs - contain data related to missing and unidentified persons to help solve these cases. NCIC contains criminal justice information accessed by authorized agencies to assist with daily investigations. NamUs information can be used by law enforcement, medical examiners, coroners, and the general public to help with long-term missing and unidentified persons cases. Senate Report 113-181 (accompanying the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act of 2015) includes a provision for GAO to review NCIC and NamUs. This report describes the access to and use of missing and unidentified persons information contained in NCIC and NamUs, and the extent to which there are opportunities to improve the use of this information. GAO reviewed NCIC and NamUs data, and relevant state and federal statutes. GAO also conducted nongeneralizeable interviews with stakeholders in three states, selected in part on state laws. What GAO Recommends To allow for more efficient use of missing and unidentified persons information, GAO recommends that DOJ evaluate options to share information between NCIC and NamUs. DOJ disagreed because it believes it lacks the necessary legal authority. GAO believes DOJ can study options for sharing information within the confines of its legal framework, and therefore believes the recommendation remains valid. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-515: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/677717.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 139304

Author: Stiles, Daniel Title: Elephant Ivory Trafficking in California, USA Summary: Investigators comprehensively surveyed commercial vendors selling ivory in Los Angeles and San Francisco, California, which previous surveys identified as the U.S. cities with the highest proportions of potentially illegal ivory pieces and the largest ivory markets overall, behind New York City. The data collection for this study was carried out between March 15 and April 11, 2014. A total of over 1,250 ivory items offered for sale by 107 vendors was seen in California, with 777 items and 77 vendors in Los Angeles and well over 473 ivory items and 30 vendors in San Francisco. In Los Angeles, between 77% and 90% of the ivory seen was likely illegal under California law (i.e., post- 1977) and between 47% and 60% could have been illegal under federal law. In San Francisco, approximately 80% of the ivory was likely illegal under California law and 52% could have been illegal under federal law. There is a much higher incidence of what appears to be ivory of recent manufacture in California, roughly doubling from approximately 25% in 2006 to about half in 2014. In addition, many of the ivory items seen for sale in California advertised as antiques (i.e., more than 100 years old) appear to be more likely from recently killed elephants. Most of the ivory products surveyed appear to have originated in East Asia. While consumer demand for ivory items remains high, there are significantly fewer vendors in California selling ivory items than in 2006. Finally, both federal and state law enforcement of existing ivory laws in California appears to be minimal and there is widespread confusion among vendors about what constitutes the legal and illegal sale of ivory. Details: New York: Natural Resources Defense Council, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2016 at: https://www.nrdc.org/sites/default/files/wil_15010601a.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 139309

Author: Carpenter, Ami Title: The Nature and Extent of Gang Involvement in Sex Trafficking in San Diego County: Executive Summary Summary: The overall purpose of this project was to investigate the nature and assess of the scope of gang involvement in sex trafficking in San Diego County. Human trafficking is a global phenomenon with a variety of local manifestations, including labor and sex trafficking. San Diego is ranked by the FBI as one of the nation's 13 highest areas of commercial sexual exploitation of children. Despite widespread attention on sex trafficking, there has been little empirical research on the nature and process of sex trafficking activities, and even less on the connection between sex trafficking and gangs. Prior to this study, much of what was known about sex trafficking in San Diego County was anecdotal and descriptive. The study's basic premise was that empirical investigation would prove useful for both policy and practice. This 3-year study reports on three major sets of findings: (1) the scope and nature of gang involvement in sex trafficking and commercial sexual activity, including detailed analysis of sex trafficking facilitation (2) the scope of nature of victimization in San Diego County, and (3) estimates of the regional commercial sex economy. It was designed to improve on seven shortcomings in human or sex trafficking research thus far: 1. Few credible estimates of the scale of sex trafficking in a particular region 2. The common conflation of commercial sexual exploitation and prostitution with sex trafficking 3. Lack of primary data on sex trafficking 4. Inability to identify networks of sex traffickers 5. Understudied extent of gang involvement in sex trafficking 6. Over-reliance on qualitative methods 7. Small sample sizes Details: San Diego: University of San Diego, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://www.abolishhumantrafficking.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Executive-Summary.Final-Technical-Report.NIJ2016-1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 139314

Author: Warner, Todd C. Title: Mapping Mobility of Individuals Arrested for Misdemeanors in New York City, 2006-2014 Summary: This study, Mapping Mobility of Individuals Arrested for Misdemeanors in New York City, 2006-2014, aims to inform the NYPD, other criminal justice agencies, social service providers, and community organizations on the geographical allocation of resources for better law enforcement, crime prevention, and community supervision. Key findings from the report are as follows. -In 2014, almost half (48.5 percent) of all individuals arrested for a misdemeanor were arrested outside of their home precinct. Furthermore, if an individual was arrested outside of their home precinct, the arrest most often occurred in an adjacent precinct. -In 2014, almost half (44.6 percent) of all individuals arrested for a misdemeanor in Manhattan did not live in that borough. For other boroughs, individuals arrested there were much more likely to live in that borough: the Bronx (80.8 percent), Brooklyn (83.0 percent), Queens (73.3 percent), and Staten Island (87.0 percent). -In 2014, among home precinct arrests, the most frequent charges were crimes against a person (24.5 percent) and offenses related to marijuana (16.8 percent). -In 2014, of arrests that occurred outside the home precinct, the most frequent charges were property and theft-related (17.7 percent) and vehicle and driving-related (17.2 percent). Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2016. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://johnjay.jjay.cuny.edu/report/MobilitymobilityReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Rates Shelf Number: 139317

Author: Caudill, Jonathan W. Title: Navigating the Storm: An Empirical Assessment of the Local Effects of California's Criminal Justice Realignment Summary: October 1st of 2014 marked the third-year implementation anniversary of California's Criminal Justice Realignment (AB 109) legislation. California's AB 109 realigned sentencing options for certain non-violent, non-sexual, and non-serious felony offenses, precluding incarceration in state prison. This less punishment, more rehabilitation sentencing structure shifted correctional supervision to county criminal justice systems (namely, county jails and probation departments) across the State. Along with this widespread jurisdictional decentralization, came many concerns regarding the impact of such a dramatic shift in correctional supervision. Reported here are the results of a three-year evaluation that uniquely included both quantitative and qualitative research methods to assess the impact of AB 109 on Butte County criminal justice organizations. First examined is the change in workload for the District Attorney's Office, focusing on outcomes such as the number of case filings by specific offense categories, failure to appear charge accumulation, and total number of charges over time. Second, this report demonstrates through comparison of recidivism outcomes of pre-AB 109 offenders to recidivism outcomes of post-AB 109 offenders a continuity of supervision during the implementation of Realignment. Results here also highlight factors that increased the likelihood of new arrests and/or probation violations for probation offenders. The empirical work then turns to a small cohort of Post-Release Community Supervision (PCS) offenders. These PCS offenders were tracked for three years to better understand their recidivism outcomes and impact on the local criminal justice system. Their cumulative impact on the jail and overall recidivism was assessed through exploring their total number of times entering the county jail, the proportion of those bookings that turned into formalized charges, and the proportion of those charges that ultimately became convictions. Finally, the report presents findings from two qualitative studies: the level of service orientation across supervision organizations and offenders' perceptions of the utility of home visits' Details: Chico, CA: California State University, Chico, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: https://www.csuchico.edu/pols/documents/Navigating%20the%20storm%20three%20years%20after%20109.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 139318

Author: Sorg, Evan T. Title: An Ex Post Facto Evaluation of the Philadelphia GunStat Model Summary: In January of 2012, Philadelphia Mayor Michael Nutter outlined the crime fighting measures that his administration would pursue during his second term as mayor. Included was a plan to introduce a multi-agency crime reduction program, which Philadelphia Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey and District Attorney Seth Williams would co-chair, called GunStat. GunStat was described as a collaborative effort to reduce gun violence through (1) identifying locations with a high incidence of violent crime, (2) pinpointing violent offenders responsible for these crimes, (3) focusing on arresting and prosecuting these offenders for crimes committed at these places, and (4) enhanced monitoring of offenders on probation and parole who are living and/or offending within these locations. In effect, GunStat was designed to target the right people (prolific, violent known offenders) at the right places (hot spots of violent crime). This dissertation is an in-depth, ex post facto evaluation of Philadelphia's GunStat model as implemented over two phases and two years. It involved both a quasi-experimental research design which employed propensity score matching methods to generate comparisons, and a process-evaluation where several themes, including program implementation, were explored. The results here suggest that GunStat did not reduce crime relative to comparison locations. However, the qualitative data highlighted the importance of informal inter-agency networks that were developed during the course of the intervention, and suggested that GunStat put future collaborations on a solid footing. The implications for criminal justice policy, theory and evaluation design are discussed. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2015. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://cdm2458-01.cdmhost.com/cdm/ref/collection/p245801coll10/id/349592 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 139323

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Implementing Evidence Based Assessment and Treatment Matching: A Feasibility and Impact Study in Three New York City Drug Courts Summary: With funding from the National Institute of Justice, the Center for Court Innovation examined the feasibility and impact of introducing an evidence-based risk-need assessment and treatment matching protocol into three New York City (NYC) drug courts. Preexisting practice in all three sites involved the administration of a non-validated bio-psychosocial assessment to inform the professional judgment of court-employed case managers. This report provides findings from a three-year implementation study and randomized controlled trial (RCT) of a structured treatment matching protocol that relied on the use of a validated addiction screener, the Texas Christian University Drug Screen (TCUDS II), and a comprehensive risk-needs assessment tool, the Level of Services Inventory-Revised (LSI-R) . Research Design Over the 37-month study period, 466 criminal defendants found legally eligible for one of three participating drug courts were randomly assigned either to be clinically assessed with the TCUDS II and LSI-R or with the preexisting non-validated assessment that all three courts had been using for more than a decade. If subsequently enrolled in the drug court, those assessed with the new protocol were then to have their initial treatment modality reflect their scoring on the LSI-R according to a structured treatment matching system. Specifically, high risk participants were to begin in an inpatient treatment modality (either long-term residential treatment or a short-term intensive inpatient rehabilitation program); medium risk participants were to begin in either short-term inpatient rehabilitation or an intensive outpatient modality; and low risk participants were to begin in an outpatient modality. The project involved the intensive training of nine case managers on the treatment matching protocols and study design, as well as baseline and follow-up interviews with eleven drug court staff members regarding the substance and feasibility of the protocols. Major Findings The primary goals of the study were threefold: first, to test the validity of the LSI-R instrument in predicting risk of re-offense in the study population; second, to examine the implementation of the two evidence-based assessment tools and the structured treatment-matching protocol; and, third, to examine differences between the experimental and control groups in terms of intermediate (e.g., treatment modality) and long-term outcomes (e.g., recidivism), as well as to explore the theoretical effects of the experimental protocols in the event of strong implementation integrity. Concerning the first goal, findings suggest that risk scores on the LSI-R are a valid predictor of recidivism in the NYC drug court population. These findings offer preliminary evidence that use of a validated risk assessment and structured treatment-matching protocol with the target population has the potential to yield improve outcomes. However, findings pertaining to the second goal (concerning implementation) were mixed. Drug court staff responded favorably to the evidence-based assessment tools and believed that the tools provided useful information that aided their decision-making. Nonetheless, staff reported that they used the tools largely to confirm or supplement their professional judgments, while failing to adopt the changes in their actual treatment matching decisions that would have been indicated by the new protocol. Indeed, quantitative data confirms that drug court case management staff resisted following the intended treatment matching protocol�frequently assigning participants to either a more or less intensive treatment modality than the protocol had prescribed. Concerning the third study goal (impacts of the treatment matching protocol), given the mixed implementation results, there were, not surprisingly, no major differences between the study groups in rates of assignment to each possible treatment modality or in intermediate or long-term participant outcomes. However, additional analyses indicate that had drug court staff adhered to the experimental treatment-matching protocol consistently, the treatment recommendations would have differed significantly between the experimental and control groups. In particular, it was found that for low-risk participants, placement in an inpatient setting was counter-productive, significantly increasing the likelihood of program failure and re-arrest. Strict adherence to the experimental protocol would have prevented placement low-risk individuals into inpatient settings, thereby improving outcomes. In short, findings indicate that the protocol itself, irrespective of proper implementation, offered a promising strategy for producing better outcomes, underlining the potential value of an evidence-based approach to treatment planning in drug courts. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Implementing%20Evidence%20Based%20Assessment%20and%20Treatment%20Matching.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 139329

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Booted: Lack of Recourse for Wrongfully Discharged US Military Rape Survivors Summary: Over the years thousands of service members who reported sexual assaults or harassment in the US military found their careers cut short involuntarily. Those suffering from trauma were unfairly discharged for a "personality disorder" or a pre-existing mental health condition that makes them ineligible for benefits. Others were given "Other Than Honorable" discharges for misconduct that shut them out of the Veterans Affairs system and a broad range of educational and financial assistance. Recently, the US defense department has introduced reforms to improve protection for service members who are sexually assaulted. However, these changes have not redressed existing wrongs. Booted: Lack of Recourse for Wrongfully Discharged US Military Rape Survivors draws on interviews with 163 sexual assault survivors from all branches of the US military from the Vietnam War era to the present. The report shows that the consequences for veterans and their families of having "bad paper" (any less than honorable discharge) or being labeled with a personality disorder are far-reaching, impacting employment, child custody, health care, disability payments, and even burial rights-virtually all aspects of life. Despite the high stakes, veterans can do little to fix an unjust discharge. Service members are prohibited from suing the military for service-related harm. Administrative structures meant to correct injustices, the Boards for Correction of Military Records, are overwhelmed. Well over 90 percent of those applying to the Boards to change their discharge are rejected with almost no opportunity to be heard or for meaningful review. Judicial oversight of the Boards is virtually non-existent. Human Rights Watch calls on Congress and the defense secretary to take measures to correct wrongful discharges of sexual assault survivors and strengthen administrative mechanisms to ensure all veterans receive an opportunity to be heard and meaningful, independent review of any injustices in their records. Details: New York: HRW, 2016. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us0516_militaryweb_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Military Veterans Shelf Number: 139331

Author: Friedman, Sally Title: Medication-Assisted Treatment in Drug Courts: Recommended Strategies Summary: This report provides strategies for incorporating medication-assisted treatment for opioid addiction into the work of drug courts. Although based on the experience of courts in New York State, the report's recommendations are not state specific and can be applied to courts around the country. The report was produced by the Legal Action Center and the Center for Court Innovation, with support from the New York State court system. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation and Legal Action Center, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/MATindrugCourtsFinal.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 139333

Author: Stinson, Philip M. Title: Lorain Police Department: A Study to Improve Patrol Deployment Summary: The Lorain (OH) Police Department requested research assistance from the Ohio Consortium of Crime Science (OCCS) for the purpose of evaluating and revising the current patrol districts and the allocation of resources within the districts. The OCCS is an association of researchers from universities and state agencies working together to provide evidence-based solutions to the real-world problems faced by local criminal justice agencies. The goal of the project was to evaluate and revise the current police districts and the allocation of resources within those districts. The first objective in support of the project goal was to assess calls for service, officers� workload, hotspots, and violent crimes within the existing police districts. The second objective in support of the project goal was to develop new police districts based on the findings of the first objective and to predict future calls for service, officers� workload, hotspots, and violent crimes within those proposed districts. Calls for service data (N = 56,423) from the Lorain Police Department's computer-aided-dispatch (CAD) system were analyzed for the year 2013. Findings indicate that there is disparity in allocation of patrol resources and calls for service workload across the five current police districts within the city of Lorain. The CHAID algorithm was employed to group 93 existing geographic section tracts within the city into twelve statistically similar groups. Geospatial patterns readily emerged and the five police districts were reconfigured into four new patrol beats. Four recommendations are presented: (1) the proposed new police beats should be implemented; (2) section tracts within the new beats should be used as crime analysis targets; (3) patrol resources should be specifically assigned to each of the new beats on all shifts; and, (4) patrol operations should be fully integrated within the new CAD system scheduled for implementation in 2015. Details: Columbus: Ohio Consortium of Crime Science, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: https://ext.dps.state.oh.us/OCCS/Pages/Public/Reports/Lorain.Project.Report.081214.1145.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 139341

Author: Miner-Romanoff, Karen Title: An Evaluation Study of a Criminal Justice Reform Specialty Court - CATCH Court: Changing Actions to Change Habits Summary: This article reports on an evaluation of a program for convicted prostitutes who are victims of human trafficking, the Changing Actions to Change Habits (CATCH) specialized docket in Franklin County, Columbus, Ohio. Founded by Judge Paul M. Herbert in 2009, CATCH blends punitive sentences with a 2-year treatment-oriented non-adversarial program for rearrested prostitutes who suffer from posttraumatic stress syndrome, depression, and drug addiction. Based on therapeutic jurisprudence, in its 5 years of existence CATCH has served 130 participants (12% graduation rate in first 4 years). The researcher was invited by the Franklin County Municipal Court to conduct the evaluation, the first of the program, with criminal justice referrers and program participants. Data were collected from Court records, a 9-item survey for referrers by email, a 20-item survey for participants, and a roundtable discussion with 20 volunteer participants. In the quantitative component, five goals and objectives were formulated. Results of descriptive statistics on participants' experiences indicated that from 48% to 100% were positively affected by the program. Program completers had fewer jail days, arrests, and recidivism, as well as improved living conditions, than noncompleters (those who were rejected or dropped out). Results of inferential statistics for completers and noncompleters indicated that for jail time and arrests, no significant differences were found among the groups. For recidivism, a significant difference was found, indicating that program completers had a statistically significant lower recidivism rate than the other groups. The five goals and objectives were partially met. In the qualitative component, participants singled out caring by the judge and staff, lack of judgment, encouragement of their self-esteem, improved family relationships, and the difficulty of asking for help. For increased awareness, participants suggested education of law enforcement officers about the program, education in communities of young girls, and creation of CATCH-type programs in other cities. Recommendations for future research included more frequent and discrete data collection by the court, larger sample sizes, and individual participant in-depth interviews. The success of the CATCH program indicates its use as a model for similar courts in Ohio and nationally. Details: Columbus, OH: Franklin University, 2015. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: https://ext.dps.state.oh.us/OCCS/Pages/Public/Reports/CATCH%20FULL%20REPORT%20for%20Court%20CL%205.30.15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 139342

Author: DeLong, Caitlin Title: Transitional Housing for Victims of Intimate Partner Violence Summary: Many victims of intimate partner violence find themselves at increased risk for homelessness as they make efforts to escape violence. The lack of stable, safe, and affordable housing is associated with negative outcomes for these victims. This article describes the relationship between housing instability and victim health and well-being, issues to consider when addressing housing stability for this population, and recommendations for policy and practice. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Transitional%20Housing%20for%20Victims%20of%20Intimate%20Partner%20Violence_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 139343

Author: DeLong, Caitlin Title: Addressing Child Exposure to Violence Summary: Each year a notable number of children are exposed to violence in their homes and communities. This exposure can result in negative health and well-being consequences. Safe from the Start (SFS) programs were funded to provide treatment services and supportive referrals to children exposed to violence and their families. This report provides an overview of the Illinois Safe from the Start program, program outcomes, and implications for policy and practice. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Addressing%20Child%20Exposure%20to%20Violence_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 139344

Author: Westley, Christine Devitt Title: Assessing the quality of Illinois Criminal History Record Information System data on juveniles Summary: The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, in partnership with the Illinois State Police, has access to records in the Illinois Criminal History Record Information (CHRI) System for research purposes. One such purpose is the derivation of statistical information from those records, especially on aspects of the justice system not covered by other statewide sources. The juvenile justice system is particularly in need of detailed statewide statistical data to inform policy decisions, as no comprehensive data collection program currently exists to capture individual-level data on justice-involved youth. The CHRI System offers promise, and has been used with some success, but its full potential for statistical purposes has not been systematically evaluated. This report provides such an assessment, focusing on the completeness of the juvenile arrest and court information collected by the CHRI System in light of state statutes that govern reporting practices. It provides a comprehensive statewide look at arrest and court records submitted for youth ages 10 to 17 during the year 2013, a time period chosen to allow sufficient time for court cases to be resolved and reported to the system. The findings of this assessment are aimed at educating researchers and policymakers on the strengths and limitations of juvenile CHRI System data as a source of useful statistical information. Data derived from the CHRI System offers several benefits for juvenile justice research not found elsewhere. Illinois' Uniform Crime Reporting (I-UCR) System, the state's official source for crime and arrest statistics, does not collect any demographic information on persons arrested. Without the age of the offender, it is not possible to isolate juvenile arrests. Further, no other statewide system is designed to track the outcomes of specific arrests, or to track an individual's contact with the justice system over time. However, the CHRI System has its own limitations that need to be understood. While there are many similarities between juvenile and adult criminal history records, reporting requirements for juvenile records focus on the most serious offenses for the purpose of creating a youth's transcript (or rap sheet). Since 2000, the Illinois Criminal Identification Act [20 ILCS 2630/5-5] and the Illinois Juvenile Court Act [705 ILCS 405/5-301] have mandated reporting of felony arrests and prosecutions to the CHRI System. The acts allow discretion in the reporting of Class A and B misdemeanor arrests and prosecutions. In actuality, the CHRI System will accept any arrest submitted with fingerprints, including petty offenses and local ordinance violations. Discretionary reporting poses a challenge for researchers using CHRI System data to examine Illinois' juvenile justice system. Even with all relevant juvenile records extracted from the system, it is difficult to determine the extent to which they adequately represent the true nature of juvenile justice system activity. In this study, comparative methodologies were used to assess the utility of CHRI data for research purposes and pinpoint areas for system improvement. Findings are presented by county and region to provide an overview of juvenile CHRI reporting practices. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Final%20Juvenile%20CHRI%20Assessment%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Records Shelf Number: 139345

Author: Chicago Appleseed Title: Pre-Trial Delay and Length of Stay in Cook County Jail: Observations and Recommendations from the Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice Summary: From 2007 to 2011, felony case filings in the Cook County Circuit Court fell by 17% and Cook County jail admissions dropped by 26%. Despite these shrinking caseloads and jail admissions, Cook County's average daily jail population decreased by just 9%. Why? People are staying in the jail for longer. And since the vast majority of people in jail are awaiting trial, it's reasonable to look to the pretrial process for sources of delay. From 2007 to 2011, the overall average length of stay increased 6.2 days, from 47.9 to 54.1 days in jail. Even small increases in average length of stay can significantly drive up the average daily jail population. This additional 6.2 days translates to a total of 454,888 additional jail bed days or, in other words, 1,246 additional inmates in the jail's average daily population. This report analyzes the pretrial process in search of causes and solutions to increasing pretrial detention. It draws on jail and court data analysis as well as stakeholder interviews and research literature. We describe the types of offenses and outcomes associated with longer jail stays, and describe how delay affects the justice system. In general, we find no "smoking gun" causing lengthier pretrial detention. Rather, there are a variety of issues that interact to create needless and costly delays. And while all stakeholders share responsibility for these issues, we recommend proven strategies for judges to promote a speedy and fair pretrial process. Details: Chicago: Chicago Appleseed, 2013. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.chicagoappleseed.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/CAFFJ-Pre-Trial-Delay-and-Length-of-Stay-Final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 139350

Author: Olson, David E. Title: Population Dynamics and the Characteristics of Inmates in the Cook County Jail Summary: HIGHLIGHTS - The average daily population of the Cook County Jail in 2011 was 8,896, but ranged from an average of 8,514 during March to 9,199 in November (page 2). - Despite a 25.9% decrease in admissions between 2007 and 2011 (page 3), as a result of lengths of stay in the Cook County Jail increasing 13.0% (page 7), the jail's average daily population fell by only 9.5% from 2007 to 2011. - The characteristics of those admitted to the Cook County Jail in 2011 continued to consist primarily of African-American (66.9%) males (86.5%) between the ages of 21 and 30 (36%), from Chicago's south and west sides (page 4). - The current charges against those admitted to the Cook County Jail were distributed across all general crime categories, with violent crimes accounting for 28.7% of all admissions, followed by drug-law violations (26.9%), property offenses (17.9%), driving-related offenses, including DUI (15.4%), and other offenses. Almost one out of every 7 inmates (12.7%) admitted to the jail were charged with domestic battery (page 5). - The majority of those admitted to the Cook County Jail are pre-trial detainees, which are admitted with either an amount of bail necessary for their release or an order of "no bond," meaning they cannot be released on bail. Among those admitted in 2011, 20% had bail amounts of $6,000 or less, with 77% of these detainees being able to post the necessarily bail The remaining 23% stayed in jail until their case was disposed of (page 6). Details: Chicago: Cook County Sheriff's Reentry Council, 2012. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 9, 2016 at: http://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=criminaljustice_facpubs Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Characteristics Shelf Number: 139351

Author: Rabuy, Bernadette Title: Detaining the Poor: How money bail perpetuates an endless cycle of poverty and jail time Summary: In addition to the 1.6 million people incarcerated in federal and state prisons, there are 646,000 people locked up in more than 3,000 local jails throughout the U.S. Seventy percent of these people in local jails are being held pretrial - meaning they have not yet been convicted of a crime and are legally presumed innocent. One reason that the unconvicted population in the U.S. is so large is because our country largely has a system of money bail, in which the constitutional principle of innocent until proven guilty only really applies to the well off. With money bail, a defendant is required to pay a certain amount of money as a pledged guarantee he will attend future court hearings.4 If he is unable to come up with the money either personally5 or through a commercial bail bondsman,6 he can be incarcerated from his arrest until his case is resolved or dismissed in court. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2016 at: http://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/DetainingThePoor.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139359

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Evaluation of St. Leonard's Ministries: Case studies of former residents of St. Leonard's House and Grace House Summary: This report, the first in the series for the St. Leonard's Ministries' evaluation, focuses on five case studies. Researchers conducted in-depth interviews with three men who were former residents of St. Leonard's House and two women who were former residents of Grace House. The goal was to learn about the life experiences of program participants before, during, and after the program. The following are some key findings: - At the time of the interview, the five research subjects were 34 to 70 years old - the average age was 46 years old. Three research subjects reported their race as African American, one as Caucasian, and one as Hispanic. - All of those interviewed had been incarcerated in Illinois prisons - the average number of prior incarcerations was three. - The length of stay in the residential programs ranged from six months to eighteen months. - Of those interviewed, the range of time since leaving the residential program was five months to two years; the average was 11 months. - At the time of the interview, all of the research subjects were living in Chicago in rental apartments. Three of those interviewed were unemployed, and two were employed. - At the time of the interview, four of the research subjects were never married, and one was married. Four of the five research subjects had children. - Four of the five research subjects were former addicts of cocaine, heroin, alcohol, marijuana, and ecstasy. - Overall, the men and women interviewed for this study thought the program facilities were adequate. In general, all interviewed thought that staff were supportive. - The women recommended more consistency in enforcement of program rules at Grace House. In addition, one of the men reported staff did not always enforce program rules at St. Leonard's House. - In general, the women liked all the services and activities of Grace House, in particular, the psychological services. - Two research subjects recommended having more consistency with counselors because the psychology interns often changed. - In general, interviewees would recommend St. Leonard's House and Grace House to others. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/ResearchReports/SLM_Case_Study_Report_051115.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Halfway House Shelf Number: 139371

Author: Cossyleon, Jennifer Elena Title: Women and Reentry: Evaluation of the St. Leonard's Ministries' Grace House Program Summary: More than 2.4 million people are confined in correctional facilities across the United States. 1 Each year, more than half a million inmates are released from prison and return to their communities. 2 The formerly incarcerated face many obstacles as they reenter the community, such as finding employment and housing, and paying outstanding fines, restitution, and other debts. 3 Two-thirds of released prisoners are rearrested within three years for new crimes or parole violations. 4 The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority has been evaluating St. Leonard's Ministries programs since 2011. As part of that evaluation, Authority researchers examined administrative program data and outcomes of residents after program participation, conducted interviews with program staff and stakeholders and completed field observations to identify program components that are effective in contributing to successful resident outcomes, learn about the programs' residents and operations, and analyze client outcomes. This report focuses on Grace House, a voluntary, residential, prisoner reentry program for women. Those accepted into the program receive housing, substance abuse treatment, psychological services, life skills mentoring, and education and vocational services. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/WOMEN_REENTRY_GRACE.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 139372

Author: Heiden, Zachary Title: Change is Possible: A Case Study of Solitary Confinement Reform in Maine Summary: Solitary confinement destroys lives. Over the past four decades, prisons across the country have increasingly relied on solitary confinement - isolating prisoners in small poorly-lit cells for 23-24 hours per day - as a disciplinary tool for prisoners who are difficult to manage in the general population. But research has shown that these conditions cause serious mental deterioration and illness. Prisoners in solitary confinement hallucinate, they deliberately injure themselves, and they lose the ability to relate to other human beings. When these prisoners are eventually released from solitary confinement, they have difficulties integrating into the general prison population or (especially when they are released directly onto the streets) into life on the outside. Because of this, human rights advocates across the country are engaged in a campaign to reduce the use of solitary confinement and to improve conditions in solitary units and facilities. Lawsuits are being filed, bills and regulations are being proposed, and exposes are being written, all with the goal of bringing about a change to this barbaric practice. A number of organizations, including my own - the American Civil Liberties Union - have committed a great deal of thought, time, and money to identifying and deploying successful strategies for reforming solitary confinement. No one approach will get the job done, but advocates are trying multiple approaches, with as much coordination as possible, to bring about significant lasting change. Maine has been one of the success stories of this effort. The number of prisoners in solitary confinement has been cut in half; the duration of stays in Maine's solitary units is generally now measured in days rather than weeks or months; and the treatment of prisoners in these units includes substantially more meaningful human interaction and more opportunity for rehabilitation. For seven years, I have been involved in Maine's campaign to reduce the use of solitary confinement. Many times over those years, it seemed that nothing would ever change. Reform measures were watered down, improved policies were ignored, and legislative proposals were flat-out rejected. Then, at some point, through a combination of will, skill, and luck, reforms began to take hold. While Maine's correction system is far from perfect, the dramatic reduction in the use of solitary confinement and the improvement in the manner in which solitary is employed are almost beyond what I could have imagined seven years ago. The purpose of this report is twofold: first, to document those changes and the processes that led to them; and second, to inspire other prison reform advocates with Maine's example. There are times when every advocate for prison reform feels that change is not possible - that the legal and cultural barriers are too firmly rooted, or that the public's antipathy to prisoners and their families is too powerful. This despondency might lead reformers to settle for superficial measures or, worse yet, to give up the fight in favor of easier targets. It is my great hope that the message of this report - that reform of the use of solitary confinement is both necessary and possible - will provide some measure of encouragement in those difficult moments that every worthwhile campaign experiences. Details: Portland, ME: American Civil Liberties Union of Maine, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/aclu_solitary_report_webversion.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 136751

Author: Hallowell, Beth Title: Mixed Messages: How the Media Covers "Violent Extremism" and What You Can Do About It Summary: Every day, the U.S. news consumer is bombarded with images of spectacular extremist violence and increasingly aggressive and bellicose rhetoric from politicians and pundits. This coverage warrants a close look, as public discourse sinks to new lows in justifying violence against entire racial and religious groups. In this public conversation, the stakes are high; lives are on the line. How is the media helping or hurting our public discussion about political violence? What are they covering when they cover extremism? Ninety percent of the time they also mention Islam, even when it's not part of the events covered, and three-quarters of the time journalists report on violent responses to conflict. And they also amplify voices promoting and stories depicting military intervention far more than peace building or nonviolent resistance to violent extremism - solutions to conflict that research has shown are more effective. How can the U.S. public be expected to do anything but support further military intervention in the Middle East and other Muslim-majority countries, given this framework for covering violent extremism? In Mixed Messages, the American Friends Service Committee (AFSC) shares the results of its original content analysis of three months of media coverage of extremism sampled from 20 U.S. news outlets. We sampled articles from 15 national media outlets as well as five major "influencer" outlets that reach a high-level audience of policymakers and government staff. Details: Philadelphia: American Friends Service Committee, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: http://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/Mixed%20Messages_WEB.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 139388

Author: Ellis, Clare Title: Lone-Actor Terrorism: Final Report Summary: The aim of the Countering Lone-Actor Terrorism (CLAT) project is to understand lone-actor terrorism in a European context. The project will develop a database of lone-actor cases from across Europe. Its overall objective is to see if it is possible to discern any trends or patterns that could be translated into useful observations or recommendations for practitioners and policy-makers. This is the final report in the CLAT series. It aims to synthesise key aspects of the project, bringing together insights from the literature, details of the project's methodology and key findings, along with suggestions for further research. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Countering Lone-Actor Terrorism Series No. 11: Accessed June 11, 2016: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201604_clat_final_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Lone-Actor Terrorism Shelf Number: 139389

Author: Engel, Robin S. Title: Cincinnati Police Department 15-Minute Hotspot Policing Experiment Summary: Hotspot policing is an intensified, intermittent patrol in specified crime clusters. This approach is not a constant, security guard-style presence, but rather approximates a crackdown-backoff approach where police are present at a hotspot for an intermittent yet brief period of time; typically fifteen minutes every two hours (see Koper, 1995 for more detail). Importantly, a sizable body of experimental research on hotspots policing led the National Research Council (NRC) Committee to Review Research on Police Policy and Practices (2004, p. 250) to conclude that studies of "focused police resources on crime hotspots provided the strongest collective evidence of police effectiveness that is now available." In an effort to promote evidence based practices to address specific types of crime problems, the Cincinnati Police Department (CPD) partnered with researchers from the Institute of Crime Sciences (ICS) at the University of Cincinnati. The CPD has been using crime analysis for deployment purposes to address serious, violent, and persistent street crimes since 2007. The purpose of the CPD's 15-Minute Hotspot Patrol Experiment was to further reduce the likelihood of victimization associated in high-risk areas throughout the city. The CPD was interested in implementing a hotspot policing experiment as a way to police more efficiently and to potentially build upon data-driven policing approaches already being used in the department (e.g., Statistical and Tactical Analytic Review for Solutions (STARS) is an oversight mechanism used to enhance strategic deployment for crime reduction). Of particular interest to CPD administrators was the ability to determine whether different types of policing practices within hotspot locations could lead to discernible differences in crime incidents. To identify Cincinnati's crime hotspots, Uniform Crime Report (UCR) Part I crime data collected by the CPD, ranging from November 2010 - November 2012 (N=48,568) were geocoded in ArcGIS and merged with Cincinnati street segments (N=13,550). This data merger provided information regarding how many serious crimes were committed on individual street segments within the city. Recent studies have indicated that it is important to focus on crime trends at micro-units of analysis due to street-to-street variability in crime patterns (Groff, Weisburd, & Yang, 2010). As a result, the most recent hotspot experiments focus police efforts at these micro-places, including individual street segments, to address patterns in crime variability by place and focus police resources more efficiently (Telep et al., 2012). To be consistent with these most recent research developments, the Cincinnati strategy focused police attention at specific street segments. Given the CPD's focus on reducing violence, a weighting system was designed where violent crimes were weighted proportionally more than property crimes based on their level of seriousness. Using this weighting system, crime counts for each street segment were calculated. When determining whether a street segment was considered "hot," both persistent and emerging crime trends were identified. A persistent hotspot was one identified based on reported crimes over the past three years, while an emerging hotspot was one identified based only on reported crimes over the last 12 months (Jan 1 - Dec 31, 2012). After determining hot street segments based on the process above, CPD District Commanders were consulted to verify if the selected street segments were appropriate hotspots based on their direct experiences. Ultimately, 54 individual street segments were identified for inclusion in the experiment. Each identified hot street segment was then individually paired with another hot street segment (with a similar amount and type of crime), creating 27 matched hotspot pairs. These 27 matched hotspot pairs were then randomly assigned to either treatment or control conditions. Note, that a street was considered a "treated street segment" if it received additional patrols. A "non-treated street segment" was a street that was matched to a treated street segment but did not receive additional patrols. Those assigned to treatment were further randomly assigned to one of three types of treatments: 1) stationary - sit in parked patrol car, 2) stationary with lights - sit in parked patrol car with emergency lights activated, or 3) proactive - park car and walk. Each crime hotspot selected for treatment received an additional "dose" of directed patrol seven times per day. Specifically, these treatment conditions were applied on the same streets for 15 minutes every two hours, during the hours of 12:00 pm - 2:00 am for a 5-month period. The matched control street segments were patrolled as they normally would be, absent the experiment. In the most general terms, we determine the impact of the additional patrols in three ways. Analysis 1 compares the treated street segments directly to their non-treated matched street segments during the intervention period (Feb 1- Jun 30, 2013). Analysis 2 compares the crimes that occurred on the treated street segments during the intervention period to the average number of crimes occurring during the seasonal pre-intervention period on those same treated street segments. Then the crimes that occurred on the non-treated street segments during the intervention period are compared to the number of crimes on those same non-treated street segments during the seasonal pre-intervention period. These differences are ultimately compared to one another to determine an overall effect. Analysis 3 compares the differences within the treated street segments by the type of treatment: stationary, lights, or foot. Details: Cincinnati: Institute of Crime Science, University of Cincinnati, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: https://ext.dps.state.oh.us/OCCS/Pages/Public/Reports/ICS_CPD%2015%20Minute%20Hotspot%20Policing%20Experiment_FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 139391

Author: Latessa, Edward J. Title: The Ohio Risk Assessment System Misdemeanor Assessment Tool (ORAS-MAT) and Misdemeanor Screening Tool (ORAS-MST) Summary: In 2006, the University of Cincinnati (UC) Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR), in partnership with the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRC), developed the Ohio Risk Assessment System (ORAS), a system designed to assess risk, need, and responsivity factors of offenders at each stage in the criminal justice system (see Latessa, Smith, Lemke, Makarios, & Lowenkamp, 2009). The ORAS is comprised of five validated risk assessment instruments: 1) Pretrial Tool (PAT), 2) Community Supervision Tool (CST), 3) Prison Intake Tool (PIT), 4) Reentry Tool (RT), and 5) Supplemental Reentry Tool (SRT)1, as well as two screening tools: 1) Community Supervision Screening Tool (CSST) and 2) Prison Intake Screening Tool (PST). Since its' inception, the ORAS has been implemented across the state and is used in municipal and common pleas courts, community based correctional facilities (CBCFs), and ODRC institutions. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2016 at: https://ext.dps.state.oh.us/OCCS/Pages/Public/Reports/ORAS%20MAT%20report%20%20occs%20version.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 139392

Author: Carpenter, Ami Title: The Nature and Extent of Gang Involvement in Sex Trafficking in San Diego County: Full Report Summary: INTRODUCTION In 2011, San Diego County created the multi-agency San Diego County Regional Human Trafficking and Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children Advisory Council with the objective to reduce human trafficking and commercial sexual exploitation of children in San Diego County and the Mexico border region through prevention, prosecution, protection and partnerships. As co-chairs of the Research and Data Sub-Committee of this advisory council, Drs. Carpenter and Gates were asked to pursue a research agenda that would help develop robust measures of the scope of human trafficking in San Diego County. Of particular interest to the County Advisory Council was empirical evidence of the suspected relationship between gangs and human trafficking. BACKGROUND AND STUDY OBJECTIVES The overall purpose of this project was to investigate the nature and assess of the scope of gang involvement in sex trafficking in San Diego County. Human trafficking is a global phenomenon with a variety of local manifestations, including labor and sex trafficking. San Diego is ranked by the FBI as one of the nation's 13 highest areas of commercial sexual exploitation of children. Despite widespread attention on sex trafficking, there has been little empirical research on the nature and process of sex trafficking activities, and even less on the connection between sex trafficking and gangs. Prior to this study, much of what was known about sex trafficking in San Diego County was anecdotal and descriptive. The study's basic premise was that empirical investigation would prove useful for both policy and practice. This 3-year study reports on three major sets of findings: (1) the scope and nature of gang involvement in sex trafficking and commercial sexual activity, including detailed analysis of sex trafficking facilitation (2) the scope of nature of victimization in San Diego County, and (3) estimates of the regional commercial sex economy. It was designed to improve on seven shortcomings in human or sex trafficking research thus far: 1. Few credible estimates of the scale of sex trafficking in a particular region 2. The common conflation of commercial sexual exploitation and prostitution with sex trafficking 3. Lack of primary data on sex trafficking 4. Inability to identify networks of sex traffickers 5. Understudied extent of gang involvement in sex trafficking 6. Over-reliance on qualitative methods 7. Small sample sizes Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249857.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 139400

Author: International Association for Healthcare Security and Safety Foundation (IAHSS) Title: 2016 Healthcare Crime Survey Summary: The 2016 Healthcare Crime Survey was commissioned under the IAHSS Foundation's Research and Grants Program. The purpose of the 2016 Healthcare Crime Survey is to provide healthcare professionals with an understanding of the frequency and nature of crimes that impact hospitals. Hospital security leaders in both the United States and Canada were invited to participate. Specifically, we asked that the highest ranking hospital security professional (or their designee) at each hospital to respond to the survey. The 2016 Healthcare Crime Survey collected information on ten (10) different types of crimes deemed relevant to hospitals: Murder Rape Robbery Aggravated Assault Assault (Simple) Disorderly Conduct Burglary Theft (Larceny-Theft) Motor Vehicle Theft Vandalism For the 2016 Healthcare Crime Survey, we received 366 responses from both U.S. (n = 326) and Canadian (n = 40) hospitals. Of those 366 responses, 302 were usable responses. This represents an increase in usable responses compared to the 2015 Healthcare Crime Survey. A response was considered usable if the respondent provided data for each of the crime questions and the hospital's bed count. Bed counts were necessary as the Healthcare Crime Survey has used bed count as a surrogate indicator of hospital size and more specifically to calculate crime rates for each of the ten crimes studied. Details: Glendale Heights, IL: IACHSS, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: IAHSS-F CS-16: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: http://ihssf.org/PDF/2016crimesurvey.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 139401

Author: Wells, William Title: Unsubmitted Sexual Assault Kits in Houston, TX: Case Characteristics, Forensic Testing Results, and the Investigation of CODIS Hits, Final Report Summary: In 2011, the National Institute of Justice funded the Houston Police Department to form a multidisciplinary team to study the problem of sexual assault kits (SAK) that were collected but never submitted to a crime lab for screening and testing. The Houston Action-Research Project sought to understand the factors that produced the volume of unsubmitted SAKs, the way forensic evidence is used during criminal investigations and prosecutions of sexual assaults, and what stakeholders should expect when large numbers of previously unsubmitted SAKs get tested. The project adopted a holistic approach and considered the broader issue of responses, beyond testing the kits, to sexual assaults in the community. Houston's Action-Research Project Working Group includes representatives from the following organizations: - Houston Forensic Science Center - Harris County District Attorney's Office - Harris Health System - Houston Area Women's Center - Houston Police Department Sex Crimes Investigative Units - Memorial Hermann Health System - Sam Houston State University - Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology - University of Texas at Austin - Institute on Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault The group has been working collaboratively and collecting data that has allowed for an understanding of multiple aspects of the local response system. The organizations that have been working on this project have also been implementing and evaluating reforms that are meant to improve the response to sexual assaults. Action research entails an iterative process in which research evidence informs responses and for this reason the project has generated multiple research reports. This is one of a number of reports and presentations that will be released to help other jurisdictions learn from our experiences as they seek to better understand and improve their own practices. Details: Final report submitted to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249812.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 139402

Author: Bensman, Todd Title: The ultra-marathoners of human smuggling: defending forward against dark networks that can transport terrorists across American land borders Summary: National legislation requires America's homeland security agencies to disrupt transnational human smuggling organizations capable of transporting terrorist travelers to all U.S. borders. Federal agencies have responded with programs targeting extreme-distance human smuggling networks that transport higher-risk immigrants known as special interest aliens (SIAs) from some 35 "countries of interest" in the Middle East, North Africa, and Asia where terrorist organizations operate. Yet ineffectiveness and episodic targeting are indicated, in part by continued migration from those countries to the U.S. southwestern border since 9/11. Should an attack linked to SIA smuggling networks occur, homeland security leaders likely will be required to improve counter-SIA interdiction or may choose to do so preemptively. This thesis asks how SIA smuggling networks function as systems and, based on this analysis, if their most vulnerable fail points can be identified for better intervention targeting. Using NVivo qualitative analysis software, the study examined 19 U.S. court prosecutions of SIA smugglers and other data to produce 20 overarching conclusions demonstrating how SIA smuggling functions. From these 20 conclusions, seven leverage points were extracted and identified for likely law enforcement intervention success. Fifteen disruption strategies, tailored to the seven leverage points, are recommended. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2015. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/47231/15Sep_Bensman_Todd_Needs_Supplemental.pdf?sequence=5 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 139403

Author: Hartley, Carolyn Copps Title: The Longer-Term Influence of Civil Legal Services on Battered Women Summary: Civil legal services are an under-recognized and under-studied response to intimate partner violence (IPV). We conducted a two-year, panel study of how the receipt of civil legal services provided by Iowa Legal Aid (ILA), influences safety, psychological well-being and economic self-sufficiency outcomes for women who experienced IPV residing in metro and non-metro communities in Iowa. We also examined the impact of the quality of the attorney-client relationship on women's sense of empowerment on these outcomes. The research questions (RQs) that guided our study were: 1) What is the direct relationship between civil legal services and revictimzation, psychological well-being, and economic self-sufficiency for women who experience IPV?, 2) Does the quality of the attorney-client relationship mediate the relationship between civil legal services and women's sense of empowerment?, 3) Does women's sense of empowerment mediate the relation between civil legal services on the study outcomes?, and 4) Are there differences in the relationship between the type of civil legal services received and outcomes for women residing in metro and non-metro communities? Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249879.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 139412

Author: California Coalition for Universal Representation Title: California's Due Process Crisis: Access to Legal Counsel for Detained Immigrants Summary: The human cost of detention and deportation has thousands of faces. Children, grandparents, parents, coworkers and neighbors, the majority of whom have endured the grave consequences of deportation proceedings without legal counsel. In California alone, two out of three detained immigrants go unrepresented in our immigration courts each year. Our broken immigration system continues to systematically tear families apart and drive a wedge in our communities. We can and must do more to end the tide of mass deportation and build strong, safe communities and families for all of us. Details: Los Angeles: American Civil Liberties of Southern California, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: https://www.aclusocal.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Californias-Representation-Crisis-6.9.16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 139420

Author: Srikantiah, Jayashri Title: Access to Justice for Immigrant Families and Communities: Study of Representation of Detained Immigrants in Northern California Summary: The recent surge of families migrating to the United States has cast a spotlight on the broken immigration system. Under current U.S. immigration laws and policies, immigrants in Northern California and across the country are not entitled to a lawyer unless they can pay for one or find someone to represent them for free. This report focuses on the Northern California immigrants who often face the most difficult challenges: those who are locked up while their deportation cases are decided by the courts. An overwhelming majority of these immigrants are forced to face deportation proceedings without a lawyer even though they are behind bars. This is true even for immigrants who have lived in Northern California with their families for most of their lives. When these immigrants lose their cases after fighting removal from behind bars and without counsel, they face lengthy or permanent separation from their Northern California families or return to violence in foreign countries. Details: San Francisco?: Northern California Collaborative for Immigrant Justice, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: http://www.lccr.com/wp-content/uploads/NCCIJ-Access-to-Justice-Report-Oct.-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 139421

Author: Wilber, Shannan Title: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Youth in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: LGBT youth have always been present in the juvenile justice system, although many of them have concealed their identities to escape harassment and mistreatment. Until relatively recently, the juvenile justice profession has largely denied, ignored, or dismissed the significance of this reality and its implications for policy and practice. Historically, neither the law nor professional standards acknowledged or addressed the specific and substantial harm suffered by justice-involved LGBT youth. In this vacuum, misinformation and bias have long subjected LGBT youth to unfair and unlawful treatment, including identity-based criminalization, unwarranted and prolonged incarceration and verbal, physical and sexual abuse. Although these harmful and unjust practices persist in many jurisdictions, this guide builds on a sea change the field is undergoing. Prompted by broader societal changes and recent legal developments, the juvenile justice profession has turned its attention to the LGBT youth in its care and custody and has begun to change policies and practices to address their needs. These changes are taking place in the context of a dramatic shift in public attitudes toward LGBT people in this country. Even 20 years ago, most Americans knew very little about sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression (SOGIE), and the majority would likely say that they knew few, if any, people who openly identified as LGBT. In the last generation, public opinion has moved from widespread condemnation to growing visibility and acceptance. This shift is particularly evident in the last decade and is reflected across many societal spheres. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie B. Casey Foundation, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: A Guide to Juvenile Detention Reform, No. 11: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/AECF-lesbiangaybisexualandtransgenderyouthinjj-2015.pdf#page=5 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 139424

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Island of Impunity: Puerto Rico's Outlaw Police Force Summary: A report released by the ACLU in June 2012 concludes that the Puerto Rico Police Department is plagued by a culture of unrestrained abuse and impunity. The PRPD - which, with over 17,000 officers, is the second-largest police department in the U.S - is charged with policing the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. In July 2013, the U.S. Justice Department entered into a legally binding consent decree with the Puerto Rican government that requires sweeping reforms to end the widespread police brutality on the island. Learn more about the historic agreement here. After a comprehensive six-month investigation of policing practices in Puerto Rico, building on eight years of work by the ACLU of Puerto Rico documenting cases of police brutality, the ACLU concluded that the PRPD commits serious and rampant abuses in violation Puerto Ricans' constitutional and human rights, including: - Use of excessive and lethal force against civilians, especially in poor and Black neighborhoods and Dominican communities, often resulting in serious injury and death. Read More. - Violent suppression of peaceful protestors using batons, rubber bullets, and a toxic form of tear gas that was phased out by mainland U.S. police departments in the 1960's. Read More. - Failure to protect victims of domestic violence and to investigate reported crimes of domestic violence, rape, and other gender-based crimes. The ACLU's research shows that these abuses do not represent isolated incidents or aberrant behavior by a few rogue officers, but that such police brutality is pervasive and systemic, island-wide and ongoing. In fact, our research has found that the PRPD's disciplinary, investigatory, and reporting systems prevent accountability. Read more. The report offers numerous detailed recommendations, including: - The Justice Department should enter into a court-enforceable and court-monitored agreement with the PRPD. - The PRPD should develop and implement policies on the use of force, improved training, the investigation of civilian complaints of police abuse, and the discipline of officers. - Puerto Rico's legislature should create an independent and effective oversight body to monitor the PRPD. The ACLU's report comes nine months after the release of a scathing U.S. Justice Department report on the PRPD, which found a pattern and practice of constitutional violations by the department, including widespread use of excessive force. The Justice Department investigation, the findings of which were long-delayed, focused on 2004 to 2008. The ACLU's report focuses on incidents from 2007 through May 2012. Details: New York: ACLU, 2012. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/islandofimpunity_20120619.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 139433

Author: Haberman, Cory P. Title: COPS on Dots Doing What? The Differential Effects of Police Enforcement Actions in Hot Spots Summary: Although hot spots policing has become one of the most promising policing strategies, the empirical evidence on the effectiveness of hot spots policing does not suggest what police should be doing in crime hot spots. To date - police enforcement actions, pedestrian investigations, traffic enforcement, and arrests - still dominate American policing. Yet empirical studies of these actions have not: focused on micro-geographic areas, employed multiple measures of police enforcement actions, or empirically compared the effectiveness of different enforcement actions. Given these gaps in the literature, a mixed-methods study sought to answer four research questions. (1) Do four police enforcement actions focused on offenders or potential offenders reduce violent crime in hot spots? The four police enforcement actions examined were pedestrian investigations, traffic enforcement events, quality of life arrests, and violent crime arrests. (2) Are any one of these four police enforcement actions more effective than the others? (3) When police commanders allocate resources to crime hot spots, what do police commanders think they are doing? (4) What are police commanders rationales for what they do in crime hot spots? The first two questions were answered using official data from the Philadelphia Police Department. A purposive sample of 169 high crime street blocks and intersections was drawn and longitudinal data analyses examined the effects of police enforcement actions on monthly violent crime counts from 2009 to 2013 (n = 10,140). Wald Tests were used to test for the differential effectiveness of the four enforcement actions. Qualitative methods answered the remaining two research questions. Field observations of crime strategy meetings (May, 2014 to August, 2014) and interviews with police commanders (November, 2014 to February, 2015) were conducted. The quantitative results found total enforcement and pedestrian stop levels in the previous or same month linked to higher expected monthly violent crime counts. The positive effect of pedestrian stops was significantly larger than the effects of traffic enforcement or quality of life arrests. Despite the positive relationship between police enforcement and violent crime, the qualitative results provided insight into what police commanders thought they were doing in crime hot spots. Three themes emerged from the qualitative data: (1) "locking down" crime hot spots, (2) disrupting high risk offenders, and (3) educating potential victims. Police commanders rationalized these beliefs with four explanations of their effectiveness: (1) making offenders "think twice", (2) denying potential offenders and victims certain places in order to reduce crime opportunities, (3) getting high risk offenders "off the street", and (4) target hardening. Drawing on theorizing for how police enforcement actions might actually link to higher levels of crime (Grabosky, 1996) and methodological concerns raised by Taylor (2015), five possible explanations for the observed positive relationships among police enforcement actions and violent crime are provided: (1) an anticipatory effect, (2) over-deterrence, (3) escalation, (4) unintended enticement and self-fulfilling prophecies, and (5) temporal scaling. The anticipatory effect explanation centers on the police correctly anticipating outbreaks of violent crime but violent crime still not being reduced due to (1) dosage, (2) the overuse of enforcement, (3) police legitimacy, (4) temporal displacement or two components the study's design (5) imprecise measurement and (6) lack of a proper counterfactual. Additionally, police enforcement actions may inadvertently reduce guardianship though over�deterrence, escalate competition among rival offenders, or inform potential offenders of crimes they could or "should" be committing. Finally, the study's temporal scale (i.e., months) may not be fine enough to capture the actual cycling of how increased enforcement actions produce lower violent crime levels. The qualitative data are drawn upon to possibly support these explanations. Additionally, the pros and cons of police commanders' perspectives on the use and effectiveness of enforcement actions are discussed in context of the criminological theory and crime control literatures. Finally, the results are discussed in terms of their implications for crime control theory and policy. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2015. 310p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://digital.library.temple.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p245801coll10/id/338119 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 139506

Author: Owens, Emily G. Title: Promoting Officer Integrity Through Early Engagement and Procedural Justice in the Seattle Police Department Summary: Project Description/Goals The procedural justice intervention experiment was designed to assess the impact of a procedural justice intervention on police citizen encounters. The intervention was based on supervisory modeling of LEED principles (listen and explain with equity and dignity) during a review of a routine encounter to determine whether this lost cost intervention would translate to more procedurally just encounters. Study Design & Methods Using a randomized design, this study relied on three innovations: 1) a new kind of Early Intervention System - the High Risk Circumstance (HRC) - model that identifies officers working in behavioral "hot spots:" 2) training sergeants on the concept of listening and explaining with equity and dignity (LEED), an approach to procedural justice, and asking them to meet with officers to discuss recent encounters in which they modeled this technique; and 3) providing experimental evidence on the impact of a feasible procedural justice training program that is based on two practical and quantifiable performance metrics: officer activity and incident outcomes. Officers were selected using the new HRC model, and then were randomly assigned to receive the procedural justice intervention or to the control in order to test for the impact of this low-cost intervention approach to institutionalizing procedural justice. Results The officers who participated in supervisory meetings appeared to engage in encounters with citizens with equal frequency as their colleagues. However, those who participated in the meetings were roughly 26% less likely to resolve an incident with an arrest one week after having a meeting when compared to their colleagues who did not participate. This effect is reasonably persistent, and the results suggest that officers who participated in the LEED debriefs were 12% less likely overall to resolve incidents via an arrest over the six-week period after the supervisory meetings. The results also suggest that in the longer run, officers who participated in the meetings were over 30% less likely to be involved in a use of force incident. Overall, we did not find evidence that officers who had additional non-disciplinary supervisory meetings were any more or less likely to respond to, initiate, or document CAD incidents relative to their peers who worked in similar situations. We also found no substantive change in the amount of time officers were officially on-scene in a given incident. Furthermore, we did not find evidence that officers who participated in the meetings were less likely to garner complaints from the public. We conclude that non-disciplinary LEED based supervisory meetings are a promising strategy for improving police legitimacy. Officers who had at least one meeting over a six month period in which they reviewed how they approached relatively standard citizen encounters appeared to be less likely to engage in behaviors that, while central to policing, have the potential to reduce legitimacy when abused (e.g. making arrests and use of force). Implications for Policy & Practice The findings from this study suggest that procedural justice can be implemented in law enforcement agencies rather simply and inexpensively while also potentially contributing to increased legitimacy. It is expected that agencies that want to institutionalize procedurally just approaches can do so by implementing supervisory training at a minimal level, and maximize returns on that investment be encouraging supervisors to model procedurally just behaviors. Details: Washington, DC: The Police Foundation, 2015. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249881.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Integrity Shelf Number: 139507

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: HOPE II: A Follow-up to Hawaii's HOPE Evaluation Summary: Hawai'i's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) Hawai'i's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement probation relies on a regimen of regular, random drug testing tied to swift and certain, but modest, sanctions to motivate probationer compliance. In two 2007 studies in Hawai'i, a comparison-group quasi-experiment and a randomized controlled trial, HOPE was demonstrated to improve compliance with terms of probation at 12-month follow-up, with large reductions in drug use, recidivism, and overall incarceration for offenders assigned to the program. Following the original evaluations, HOPE expanded from 34 participants in 2004 to approximately 2200 participants in Hawai'i in 2014, with many replications on the mainland. Several important questions remained. The primary impact of drug treatment is felt during exposure to the treatment program; over half of treatment subjects relapse within a year of ending treatment. The original evaluations of HOPE relied on a relatively short follow-up period, and it is not clear whether its effects would persist over a longer period. And it is not clear whether implementation would maintain fidelity to the model when no longer being evaluated. This study extends the original HOPE evaluations to an almost ten-year follow-up, addressing whether the improvements in criminal-justice outcomes observed during the active HOPE intervention persist after the term of probation. The study also documents changes in HOPE practices and ongoing implementation fidelity to the model. Administrative data from several sources were collected on HOPE and probation-as-usual (PAU) subjects. These records data were supplemented with in-person surveys with probationers, a probation-officer survey, and interviews with key officials. Interpretations of outcomes data reported here should take changes in implementation practices into consideration. Tracking and contacting subjects after nearly a decade proved more challenging than anticipated. Consequently, this study relies more heavily on administrative data, and less on in-person surveys and bio-specimen collection, than initially planned. The principal findings were: 1. HOPE probationers performed better than those supervised under routine supervision. They were less likely to be revoked and returned to prison. They were more likely to be free in the community and therefore at higher risk of committing new offenses; even so, they were less likely to commit new crimes during the follow-up period, although the difference in reoffending rate was smaller at long-term follow-up than at 12-month, and the reductions in drug crimes accounted for most of the difference (differences in property crimes were smaller than anticipated). HOPE was also found to economize on supervision resources, as HOPE probationers were more likely to receive successful early terminations from probation. 2. Probationers' perception of risk of punishment given a violation (estimated from the probationer survey) was higher than probation officers' estimates, which in turn were higher than our estimates of the true risk. As the deterrent value depends on perceived risk rather than actual risk, HOPE appears to benefit from a reputation effect that exceeds the certainty delivered in practice. 3. Probation-officer surveys suggest that POs support HOPE: It makes them more effective at their job and their probationers are more likely to succeed on HOPE. POs reported deviation from how HOPE is implemented compared with how it is described in policies and procedures. They agree that positive drug tests are referred to the court, but believe that their colleagues exercise discretion in deciding how to respond to missed appointments (including missed random drug tests). As HOPE relies on swift and certain sanctions, this argues for closer monitoring of implementation fidelity. Details: Malibu, CA: School of Public Policy, Pepperdine University, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249912.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139508

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Responding to Fiscal Challenges in State Correctional Systems: A National Study of Prison Closings and Alternative Strategies Summary: Because of the severe economic downturn that began in 2008, states have been forced to curtail spending, including correctional spending. During fiscal year (FY) 2010 alone 31 of the 50 state departments of corrections faced mid-year cuts, totaling $806 million (NASBO, 2010). Correctional responses implemented by states included institutional changes, for example, closing prisons and reducing staff; "back-end" strategies, for example, reductions in sentence lengths though earned credits or good time; and "front-end" strategies, for example, changing felonies to misdemeanors in an attempt to reduce prison admissions. States are grappling with which options to use, but often without enough information to make informed decisions about potential impacts, costs, and benefits. To understand how states have addressed fiscal pressures and their effects, we addressed the following research questions: (1) What has been the recent financial situation of states in corrections?, (2) What types of initiatives and policy changes have been instituted to address fiscal pressures (e.g., prison closings, reduced programming)?, (3) Why were different strategies selected and what were the challenges in implementing them?, and (4) What has been the short term impact of these changes on the number of incarcerated offenders, on institutional performance and other measures, on public safety, and on correctional expenditures? The project team, led by RAND, also included the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA), the Center for Evidence-Based Corrections (CEBC) at the University of California, Irvine (UCI), and faculty from Purdue and Rutgers Universities. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249892.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139509

Author: Heaton, Harold I. Title: GPS Monitoring Practices in Community Supervision and the Potential Impact of Advanced Analytics, Version 1.0 Summary: The first electronic monitoring (EM) devices were developed in the 1960s with the intent of providing feedback to young-adult-offender volunteers to facilitate their rehabilitation, but that approach was not widely accepted. Following their reemergence in the 1980s in support of a more punitive model of offender treatment, such devices were used principally for home detention applications. By 1990 radio-frequency (RF)2 technologies were in-use in all 50 states. ( The utility of EM increased considerably in 2000 when the military began permitting civilian Global Positioning System (GPS) receivers to attain much greater accuracy , and the offender tracking market expanded quickly. At least 44,000 tracking devices were estimated to be in-use in the United States by 2009 , and the more compact and affordable devices available today can be better tailored to specific needs. Modern features include voice communication, and audible and vibratory alerts to warn participants of schedule violations. These devices also include improved case management software and better mapping technology, with playback capabilities and mobile restriction zones that can be used to keep tracked participants from congregating and separated from former victims. Much of the exigency for enhanced usage of offender monitoring systems has resulted from legislative mandates to track sex offenders, but other applications have emerged such as intensively supervising high-risk parolees, developing confinement alternatives for low-risk criminals to facilitate their re-entry into society and alleviate jail overcrowding, or monitoring pre-trial defendants. "By 2010, 33 states had enacted legislation requiring that this technology be used on sex offenders," although many had not yet implemented those programs. Some states and jurisdictions had also begun using EM to track gang members and domestic abusers, monitor habitual burglars, or alert former victims when offenders were released from custody. Nevertheless, GPS-based systems generate a plethora of data. Without analytical aids to interpret those data, supervising agents can quickly become overwhelmed and unable to take advantage of these tools as they manage their daily caseloads. The temporal sequences of locations gathered by GPS monitoring systems provide unprecedented opportunities to explore patterns of activity through the application of space-time analytics to individual movements and stops. Automated processing and alerting algorithms developed to more fully exploit gathered data could focus an agent's attention on only those events requiring investigation, and provide the basis for conducting social network analyses to gain intelligence on offender habits. While analytical capabilities do not appear to have strongly influenced correctional agency selection of their EM vendors and products to date, tools comprising various combinations of statistical analysis procedures, data and text mining, and predictive modeling can be mission enabling through the discovery of hidden behavioral patterns and the prediction of future outcomes. This paper briefly reviews research on the usage of location-based tracking to motivate an assessment of the potential role of advanced analytics in more strongly leveraging the capabilities of such systems. Relying in part on the results from a recent market survey of commercially-available analytics products suitable for use in correctional applications, it presents several recommendations for deriving actionable information from GPS tracking data as an aid to managing community-released offender populations. Nevertheless, "there has been little rigorous research evaluating the impacts of electronic monitoring," and questions remain about the efficacy of this approach in community supervision. "Policy-relevant research" is needed that is "focused toward understanding the potential for supervision with electronic monitoring to improve long-term outcomes". Details: Laurel, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249888.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 139510

Author: Taylor, Steven R. Title: Market Survey of Location-Based Offender Tracking Technologies, Version 1.1 Summary: In September of 2013, the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory (JHU/APL) was selected by the Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to establish the National Institute of Justice Technology Research, Test, and Evaluation (NIJ RT&E) Center within the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC) System. The purpose of the NIJ RT&E Center is to provide in-depth technical reports and support for NIJ's non-forensic research and development efforts. The Center will inform the criminal justice field concerning offender tracking and monitoring technologies, systems, products, services and related issues in a more innovative, sustainable, efficient, and effective manner. Under NIJ Cooperative Agreement, Award No. 2013-MU-CX-K111, the NIJ RT&E Center was commissioned to conduct a market survey of offender tracking systems (OTS)-hardware and software-to assist public safety and criminal justice practitioners who may be considering the acquisition and implementation of this type of technology in their community. To collect market survey data on OTS products, a request for information (RFI) was created; data was solicited directly from OTS product vendors and it was posted as a Notice in the Federal Register. This paper provides background context for OTS, the NIJ RT&E Center's methodology for developing the market survey, and results from the market survey. This market survey presents a view of the technologies available at the time of publication. When considering an acquisition of OTS equipment, additional information should be sought from the specific vendors of interest. Contact information for the manufacturers is provided in Section 5- Market Survey Data Analysis. Details: Laurel, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, 2016. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249889.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 139511

Author: DeVall, Kristen Title: Evaluation of Michigan's Swift and Sure Sanctions Probation Program Summary: The swift and sure sanctions probation program (SSSPP) is an intensive probation supervision program that targets high-risk felony offenders with a history of probation violations or failures. Governed by MCL 771A.1 et seq., SSSPP is modeled on Hawaii's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) program, which studies have shown to be very successful in improving the rate of successful completion of probation among high-risk probationers. SSSPP participants are closely monitored, including being subjected to frequent random testing for drug and alcohol use and being required to attend frequent meetings with probation and/or case management staff. SSSPP aims to improve probationer success by promptly imposing graduated sanctions, including small amounts of jail time, for probation violations. Judges in Michigan's SSSPP courts have reported a reduction in positive drug tests and failures to appear at scheduled meetings with probation officers among their SSSPP participant population. This evaluation sought to assess the effectiveness of the Swift and Sure Sanctions Probation Program in the State of Michigan. The Swift and Sure Sanctions program is based on the principle that sanctions for probation violations, no matter how small the transgressions, are met with swift (within 72 hours) and certain (jail time) sanctions. The short-term outcomes of Swift and Sure are to decrease the: 1. time between violations and the imposition of sanctions. 2. number of probation violations. 3. number of probation revocations. 4. number of participants sentenced to prison. The long-term goal of the program is to reduce the recidivism rate among participants and thus reduce costs to the taxpayers. Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan Supreme Court, State Court Administrative Office, 2013. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://courts.mi.gov/Administration/admin/op/problem-solving-courts/Documents/SS-Eval.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 139514

Author: Hamilton, Zachary Title: Evaluation of Washington State Department of Corrections (WADOC) Swift and Certain (SAC) Policy: Process, Outcome and Cost-Benefit Evaluation Summary: In 2012, the Washington State Department of Corrections (WADOC) embarked on an ambitious effort to restructure their community supervision model. These changes were driven by the passage of Senate Bill 6204, which created substantial operating changes to the Community Corrections Division (CCD) of the WADOC, including matching the level of supervision to offender's risk level, utilizing evidence-based treatment and implementing swift and certain (yet moderate) jail sanctions for community supervision violations (Washington State Department of Corrections 2008; 2014). The Swift and Certain (SAC) policy was implemented in May of 2012, with the intent of expanding the HOPE model to a much broader community-based criminal justice population. Primarily, SAC was established to reduce confinement time for sanctions following a violation of supervision conditions. While maintaining a substantial focus on public safety, the Washington SAC program also sought to reduce correctional costs associated with short-term confinement for violation sanctioning. Through support by the Laura and John Arnold Foundation (LJAF), researchers at Washington State University (WSU) completed a multi-phase project to examine the implementation process and provide an outcome and cost-benefit evaluation of SAC. Process Evaluation: The purpose and intent of this research is to provide a deeper understanding of the implementation, adoption and use of SAC with over 10,000 offenders across the state of Washington. To complete this evaluation, WSU Researchers conducted the following: 1) a careful document review of policies and procedures, 2) focus groups were conducted with community corrections officers and supervisors (CCOs & CCSs), and 3) community corrections offenders. Over 16 hours of interviews were transcribed, and were then coded to search for common themes and patterns in the data. Interviews were also conducted with numerous WADOC Administrators in order to clarify or gain further insight. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://njlaw.rutgers.edu/cj/gray/searchresults.php Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 139516

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: The Nassau Juvenile Treatment Court: Program Outcomes and Impact Evaluation Summary: This report presents an outcomes and impact evaluation of Nassau County Juvenile Treatment Court, launched in 2008 as a part of the national Reclaiming Futures initiative. Due to implementation obstacles and resource shortfalls, not all of the evidence-based practices that were envisioned for this court were fully realized. Outcome and impact findings were equivocal, with a majority of participants not graduating from the court and no substantial differences in re-arrest rates between the participant and comparison groups. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2012. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Nassau_Juvenile_Drug_Court_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 139518

Author: Molloy, Jennifer K. Title: Utah Cost of Crime: Drug Court (Adults): Technical Report Summary: A systematic review was conducted, in accordance with the protocol outlined by PRISMA (Moher, Liberati, Tetzlaff, & Altman, 2009), to identify studies for inclusion in this meta-analysis. The study authors identified eligibility criteria for population, intervention, setting, outcome, and methodology (see Methods Report for further explanation of inclusion criteria and search strategies). The search was restricted to studies written in English and conducted between 1987 and 2011. Studies had to meet the following criteria to be eligible: a) The study must evaluate a criminal justice intervention. Primary prevention programs and programs serving non-court involved populations were excluded. Drug court was defined as a specialized, non-adversarial court that included the following components: use of judges presiding over monthly status hearings; use of mandatory drug testing; compliance monitoring of individualized drug treatment; and employment of sanctions and incentives to encourage compliance with court demands. Other specialized courts, such as DUI/DWI courts, speedy case processing drug courts, and evaluations of the Breaking the Cycle (BTC) demonstration project were not eligible for inclusion in this study. b) Both experimental and quasi-experimental evaluations were eligible for inclusion. Quasi-experimental studies had to use matching or statistical methods to demonstrate equivalence between the treatment and comparison group. The comparison group could receive treatment as usual or no treatment (e.g., probation with or without treatment); however, the comparison group could not be made up of offenders receiving intensive drug treatment (treatment-treatment comparisons). Treatment dropouts were not considered an appropriate comparison group; comparison groups consisting of offenders who refused treatment were included only if the authors conducted analyses that demonstrated that the groups were similar. c) Both the treatment group and the comparison/control group must consist of adult offenders (ages 18 years and older). The intervention must target the criminal behavior of substance abusing offenders. d) The study must include a measure of recidivism - which could be arrest, conviction, or incarceration - as an outcome. The measurement period had to be longer than 6 months following the start of the program. Recidivism data from official sources was preferred, but studies using only self-report recidivism measures were also eligible. Non-criminal outcome measures - such as measures of drug use - were excluded from this analysis. The study must report quantitative results than could be used to calculate an effect size. Given the interest in recidivism, dichotomous data were preferred (e.g., odds ratios). If the study only included continuous measures, effect sizes were calculated and converted into odds ratios (Lipsey & Wilson, 2001) using log odds. The initial literature search identified 1,085 citations, from which researchers pulled 118 studies for further evaluation. Full articles were screened by one researcher, which resulted in 42 studies that met inclusion criteria. Twenty-one of the included studies reported results on duplicate samples and were therefore excluded. Five of the remaining 42 studies included multiple comparison groups, which resulted in 51 effect sizes that were included in the analysis. Twenty-percent (20%) of the full articles (k=25) were double-screened for inclusion by a researcher (see Appendix A for PRISMA chart). Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Drug-Court-Technical-Report_updateformat.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 139520

Author: New York (State). Office of the State Inspector General Title: Investigation of the June 5, 2015 Escape of Inmates David Sweat and Richard Matt from Clinton Correctional Facility Summary: Shortly after 11 p.m. on Friday, June 5, 2015, convicted murderers David Sweat and Richard Matt slipped through holes they had cut in the back walls of their cells in the Honor Block at Clinton Correctional Facility, a maximum-security prison operated by the New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS). Using pipes as hand- and foot-holds, Sweat and Matt descended three tiers through a narrow space behind their cells to the prison's subterranean level. There they navigated a labyrinth of dimly lit tunnels and squeezed through a series of openings in walls and a steam pipe along a route they had prepared over the previous three months. When, at midnight, they emerged from a manhole onto a Village of Dannemora street a block outside the prison wall, Sweat and Matt had accomplished a remarkable feat: the first escape from the high-security section of Clinton in more than 100 years. A correction officer conducting the morning count discovered Sweat's and Matt's empty cells at 5:17 a.m. on Saturday, June 6. An hour later, after the entire prison had been searched, they were declared missing. A manhunt was launched by the New York State Police involving, at times, more than 1,300 officers from local, state, federal, and Canadian law enforcement agencies. A U.S. Customs and Border Protection officer fatally shot Matt, who was armed, in the Town of Malone on June 26, 2015. Sweat was apprehended on June 28, 2015 when, after failing to comply with an order to halt, he was shot and wounded by a State Police sergeant in the Town of Constable. The escape and three-week manhunt disrupted and brought fear to communities and residents throughout the region. The search for Sweat and Matt cost New York State approximately $23 million in state law enforcement overtime. The costs incurred by federal and local agencies, as well as other states and countries, are not included in this total. New York State spent an additional $573,000 on repairs to the prison and additional security measures. On June 15, while the search for Sweat and Matt was ongoing, Governor Andrew M. Cuomo directed Inspector General Catherine Leahy Scott "to conduct a thorough investigation to determine all factors potentially involved in the escape" and "recommend any potential reforms and best practices to prevent future incidents." The Inspector General undertook this task and conducted a thorough investigation, independent of inquiries by any other entity or agency. The investigation found that longstanding, systemic failures in management and oversight by DOCCS enabled two convicted murderers to meticulously orchestrate their escape from a maximum security facility. In addition, security and management failures at Clinton created and perpetuated a culture of complacency and revealed a substantial deviation from acceptable correctional practices. During the pendency of the investigation, DOCCS has cooperated with the Inspector General and has implemented many of the recommended corrective measures. The Inspector General's investigation identified a number of DOCCS employees who committed criminal acts and violated DOCCS directives and policies. The Inspector General has referred these matters to the Clinton County District Attorney's Office, the New York State Joint Commission on Public Ethics, and DOCCS for appropriate action. DOCCS has taken and will continue to pursue affirmative steps to appropriately discipline employees implicated in the Inspector General's investigation. Many of these employees have resigned or have been terminated. Additionally, DOCCS has been cooperating with the American Correctional Association, which is assessing New York State's prison operations to ensure compliance with national standards. The Inspector General is providing the results of this investigation to the Association to assist with its endeavors. The results of the Inspector General's comprehensive investigation, which was conducted pursuant to Article 4-A of the Executive Law, are described in this report. Details: Albany: Office of the Inspector General, 2016. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://ig.ny.gov/sites/default/files/pdfs/DOCCS%20Clinton%20Report%20FINAL_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Clinton Correctional Facility Shelf Number: 139523

Author: Reid, Joan A. Title: A pathway to child sex trafficking in prostitution: The impact of strain and risk-inflating responses Summary: Victims of child sex trafficking in prostitution in the United States are often overlooked, misidentified, and among the most underserved type of child victim of crime. The majority of previous research on child sex trafficking has been conducted without a theoretical framework or reliable sampling methods. In this study, a schematic composed of a series of stepping-stones from childhood abuse to prostitution, which has been described by gendered pathways researchers, served as a sensitizing template for the study's development of a strain-reactive pathway into child sex trafficking. Agnew's general strain theory provided the primary theoretical basis for the proposed pathway, supplying both explanations of the generative factors of the pathway and the mechanisms operating within the life trajectory terminating in child sex trafficking in prostitution. Based on this theoretical framework, this study utilized structural equation modeling to examine the pathway by investigating the effects of caregiver strain, child maltreatment, and risk-inflating responses to strain on vulnerability to victimization in child sex trafficking in prostitution. Four structural equation models, incorporating different forms of child maltreatment, were assessed using data from a matched sample of 174 minority females who were residents of one U.S. city and participated in a longitudinal study on the effects of child sexual abuse. Findings show that the occurrence of child maltreatment including child neglect, child physical abuse, and juvenile sexual victimization increased with caregiver strain. Consequentially, neglected and abused children were more likely to have engaged in the risk-inflating responses of running away and earlier initiation of drug or alcohol use, and they also reported higher levels of relational shame. Both running away and early initiation of substance use impacted vulnerability to victimization in child sex trafficking in prostitution. Lastly, implications of the findings related to protection and intervention strategies that are projected to obstruct the progression of minors along the analytically identified pathway into child sex trafficking in prostitution are presented for criminal justice professionals, child protection investigators, and social service providers. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2010. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2746&context=etd Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 139524

Author: Rosenfeld, Richard Title: Documenting and Explaining the 2015 Homicide Rise: Research Directions Summary: The debate over the size, scope and causes of the homicide increase in 2015 has been largely free of systematic evidence. This paper documents the scale of the homicide increase for a sample of 56 large U.S. cities. It then examines three plausible explanations of the homicide rise: an expansion of urban drug markets fueled by the heroin epidemic, reductions in incarceration resulting in a growing number of released prisoners in the nation's cities, and a "Ferguson effect" resulting from widely publicized incidents of police use of deadly force against minority citizens. The paper concludes with a call for the more frequent and timely release of crime information to address crime problems as they arise. The homicide increase in the nation's large cities was real and nearly unprecedented. It was also heavily concentrated in a few cities with large African-American populations. Empirical explanations of the homicide increase must await future research based on year-end crime data for 2015. Several empirical indicators for assessing the explanations under consideration here are discussed. For example, if the homicide increase resulted from an expansion in urban drug markets, we should observe larger increases in drug-related homicides than those committed under other circumstances. If returning prisoners fueled the homicide increase, that should be reflected in growing numbers of homicides committed by parolees. It will be more difficult to empirically evaluate the so-called Ferguson effect on crime increases, depending on the version of this phenomenon under consideration. The dominant interpretation of the Ferguson effect is that criticism of the police stemming from widely publicized and controversial incidents of the use of force against minority citizens caused the police to disengage from vigorous enforcement activities. Another version of the Ferguson effect, however, switches the focus from changes in police behavior to the longstanding grievances and discontent with policing in African-American communities. In this interpretation, when activated by controversial incidents of police use of force, chronic discontent erupts into violence. The de-policing interpretation of the Ferguson effect can be evaluated with data on arrests and other forms of self-initiated activity by the police. De-policing should be reflected in declining arrest rates in cities experiencing homicide increases. Tracing the pathways from chronic levels of discontent to an escalation in homicide will ultimately require ethnographic studies in minority communities that reveal, for example, whether offenders believe they can engage in crime without fear that residents will contact the police or cooperate in police investigations. Such studies could also disclose other linkages between discontent, police use of force and criminal violence. In summary, the following research questions for documenting and explaining the 2015 homicide rise, at a minimum, should be pursued when the requisite data become available: - How large and widespread was the homicide increase in 2015? Did other crimes also increase? - What conditions drove the homicide increase? Candidate explanations must account for the timing as well as the magnitude and scope of the increase. - What role, if any, did the expansion of drug markets play in the 2015 homicide increase? Was there a relative increase in drug arrests and drug-related homicides? - Did declining imprisonment rates contribute to the 2015 homicide rise? Was the increase greater in cities with more returning prisoners and among parolees? - What role did the Ferguson effect play in the homicide rise? If de-policing contributed to the increase, arrest rates should have declined in cities experiencing the largest homicide increases. An open question is how to evaluate the role, if any, of community discontent with the police. Ethnographic studies, among other methods, should be high on the list of research approaches to identify the mechanisms linking police legitimacy and escalating levels of violence. Researchers would have been in a better position to begin addressing the 2015 homicide rise, with evidence rather than speculation, if timely crime data had been available as the increase was occurring. We would have known whether the homicide rise was confined to large cities, whether other crimes were also increasing, and whether arrest rates were falling. The debate over the homicide increase would have been better informed. Technical impediments to the monthly release of crime data no longer exist. A large and worrisome increase in homicide should be the catalyst to finally bring the nation's crime monitoring system into the 21st century. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249895.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 139525

Author: Agan, Amanda Title: Ban the Box, Criminal Records, and Statistical Discrimination: A Field Experiment Summary: "Ban-the-Box" (BTB) policies restrict employers from asking about applicants' criminal histories on job applications and are often presented as a means of reducing unemployment among black men, who disproportionately have criminal records. However, withholding information about criminal records could risk encouraging statistical discrimination: employers may make assumptions about criminality based on the applicant's race. To investigate this possibility as well as the effects of race and criminal records on employer callback rates, we sent approximately 15,000 fictitious online job applications to employers in New Jersey and New York City, in waves before and after each jurisdiction's adoption of BTB policies. Our causal effect estimates are based on a triple-differences design, which exploits the fact that many businesses' applications did not ask about records even before BTB and were thus unaffected by the law. Our results confirm that criminal records are a major barrier to employment, but they also support the concern that BTB policies encourage statistical discrimination on the basis of race. Overall, white applicants received 23% more callbacks than similar black applicants (38% more in New Jersey; 6% more in New York City; we also find that the white advantage is much larger in whiter neighborhoods). Employers that ask about criminal records are 62% more likely to call back an applicant if he has no record (45% in New Jersey; 78% in New York City) - an effect that BTB compliance necessarily eliminates. However, we find that the race gap in callbacks grows dramatically at the BTB-affected companies after the policy goes into effect. Before BTB, white applicants to BTB-affected employers received about 7% more callbacks than similar black applicants, but BTB increases this gap to 45%. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, School of Law, 2016. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Michigan Law & Econ Research Paper No. 16-012 : Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2795795 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 139526

Author: Acquisti, Alessandro Title: Guns, Privacy, and Crime Summary: Anecdotal evidence suggests that online information about potential victims is being exploited to plan and conduct online crimes. For instance, Twitter feeds, Facebook status updates, and online foreclosure listings have been linked to alleged changes in burglars' behavior. We investigate the effect of the online publication of personal information of handgun carry permits holders on criminals' propensity to commit crimes. In December 2008, a Memphis, TN newspaper published a searchable online database of names, zip codes, and ages of Tennessee handgun carry permit holders. We use detailed crime and handgun carry permit data for Memphis to estimate the impact of publicity about the database on different types of crime. We find that crimes more likely to be affected by knowledge of gun ownership - such as burglaries - increased more significantly, after the database was publicized, in zip codes with fewer gun permits, and decreased in those with more gun permits. We find no comparable effect for crimes that are usually not premeditated, like assaults or shootings, or in nearby areas and comparable cities that were not covered by the published database. Our findings provide suggestive evidence of criminals' usage of online tools for offline crimes.  Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University, Heinz College, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://www.heinz.cmu.edu/~acquisti/papers/acquisti-REV.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 139527

Author: Heaton, Leanne Title: Facility-level and Individual-level Correlates of Sexual Victimization in Juvenile Facilities, 2012 Summary: This report examines facility impact on youth sexual victimization and also takes into account critical youth-level predictors. The objectives are to examine the facility-level correlates of youth sexual victimization, identify significant youth characteristics that can predict sexual victimization, and describe the contextual circumstances surrounding youth victimization. This includes analysis of facility attributes that correspond to the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) standards. Findings are based on the 2012 National Survey of Youth in Custody and a companion facility survey. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/flilcsvjf12.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 139530

Author: U.S. Congress. Congressional Budget Office Title: Trends in the Joblessness and Incarceration of Young Men Summary: In 2014, there were 38 million men in the United States between the ages of 18 and 34; about 5 million of those young men were jobless, and 1 million were incarcerated. Those numbers and some related longer-term trends have significant economic and budgetary implications. Young men who are jobless or incarcerated can be expected to have lower lifetime earnings and less stable family lives, on average, than their counterparts who are employed or in school. In the short term, their lower earnings will reduce tax revenues and increase spending on income support programs, and the incarceration of those in federal prison imposes costs on the federal government. Farther in the future, they will probably earn less than they would have if they had gained more work experience or education when young, resulting in a smaller economy and lower tax revenues. The share of young men who are jobless or incarcerated has been rising. In 1980, 11 percent of young men were jobless or incarcerated; in 2014, 16 percent were (see figure below). Specifically, 10 percent of young men were jobless in 1980, and 1 percent were incarcerated; those shares rose to 13 percent and 3 percent in 2014. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Budget Office, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/114th-congress-2015-2016/reports/51495-YoungMenReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Joblessness Shelf Number: 139534

Author: Yamatani, Hide Title: Overview Report of Allegheny County Jail Collaborative Evaluation Findings Summary: Allegheny County is a national leader in formulating and implementing a collaboration-based jail inmate reintegration program called the Allegheny County Jail Collaborative. This unique human service system is co-chaired by the Director of the Department of Human Services, the Warden of the Allegheny County Jail (ACJ), and Director of the Department of Health. Researchers from the Center on Race and Social Problems, housed in the School of Social Work University of Pittsburgh, evaluated the ACJ Collaborative. The major purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which the Collaborative achieved successful community reentry goals among released male jail inmates. On a typical day, over 700,000 individuals are incarcerated in US jails. Yet potential benefits of the investment in best practice reintegration and crime reduction interventions are relatively unknown. Evaluation Findings. The three-year evaluation study findings reflect the ACJ Collaborative's capacity to generate impressive positive results including: (a) a significantly lower recidivism rate among inmate participants; (b) similar service benefits across racial groups; and (c) successful reintegration into community life among a high majority of participants. More specifically, major outcome findings are as follows: 1. Allegheny County is saving over $5.3 million annually by the ACJ Collaborative serving 300 inmates per year; 2. The greatest cost-savings generated by ACJ Collaborative is in areas of public safety and reduced victimization among county residents; 3. Cost-savings ratio is approximately 6 to 1 (i.e., for a dollar investment to the ACJ Collaborative, the cost-savings return is approximately $6); 4. At 12 months post-release the Collaborative inmates are achieving a 50% lower recidivism rate compared to matched comparison group (i.e., 16.5% vs. 33.1%, respectively); 5. In contrast to historical trends nationally, there were no statistically significant differences in the recidivism rate between Black and White Collaborative inmate participants. The findings shown above were derived using a cost-savings analysis strategy selected by the Urban Institute (Roman & Chalfin, 2006). This strategy includes estimates of (1) cost of jail stay; (2) cost of processing offenders in the criminal justice system; (3) costs of crime victimization; (4) cost of providing services at the jail; and (5) cost savings associated with Collaborative participants' recidivism reduction. The differential recidivism rate was derived based on a stratified and matched sample group comparison method. During the 12 months after release from ACJ, intermediary process outcomes among Collaborative consumer inmates showed positive transitions to community life including: (a) higher enrollment in various community-based service organizations; (b) improved housing obtainment for both racial groups; and (c) increased employment rates among former White offenders. Other areas that remained relatively unchanged (but did not significantly deteriorate) included drug and alcohol usage rate, Black employment rates, and mental and physical health treatment needs. Details: Pittsburgh: Center on Race and Social Problems, School of Social Work, University of Pittsburgh, 2008. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2016 at: http://www.crsp.pitt.edu/sites/default/files/ACJ_Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 139535

Author: McNally, Steven W. Title: Exploring Strip Mall Crime Prevention through Environmental Design: A Qualitative Single Case Study Summary: Crime rates tend to be higher in malls that attract juveniles and non-shoppers and where there is access to crowded stores. The upscale architecture of many shopping centers and strip malls can lull visitors into a false sense of security, which can result in behaviors that place them at an increased risk of crime victimization. The purpose of this qualitative, single case study was to explore the physical design and managerial implementation of Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) at a strip mall located in the southeastern part of the United States. CPTED opines that crime prevention and control of criminals in mall retail outlets could be addressed through physical design of a building and the modifications of its land usage that permit or restrict the surveillance or observation by normal users. Data were collected through a face-to-face individual interview with a strip mall owner, systematic and direct observations, and document reviews at a strip mall. The data collected during the observations, interviews, and document reviews were organized, coded, and analyzed. Microsoft Excel was used to sort, organize, and code relevant information emerging from the review of documents. The study revealed that open space could either discourage or encourage criminal activity. Open space building where there is wide access of invasion motivates criminals to implement crime plans. The management practice such as (a) installation of surveillance camera, (b) maintenance of lighting, (c) shared surveillance, (d) options for green landscaping, and (e) imposition of regulations were five management practices that ensure the deterrence of criminal activities. This study identified the importance of the physical design of the buildings, ownership structure, guardianship, shared surveillance, lighting facilities, and association of neighbors in the deterrence of opportunistic behaviors of potential criminals. It is recommended that further studies could be made using the cases of other CPTED strip malls in the country. Details: Prescott Valley, AZ: Northcentral University, 2015. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/37/12/3712685.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Built Environment Shelf Number: 139540

Author: Corn-Revere, Robert Title: Hate Speech Laws: Ratifying the Assassin's Veto Summary: Recently criticisms of religion have been met by violence and threats of violence, the most infamous being the murder in Paris of several editors of the satirical weekly, Charlie Hebdo. The phenomenon of killing or threatening to kill those who insult you or your way of life has come to be known as the assassin's veto. These events raise anew a basic question for liberal societies: how much expression must a free society tolerate? The United States Supreme Court has generally restricted government limits on speech. Some speech, however, does not receive protection, including expressions closely tied to violence. In the past, "fighting words" were judged unprotected by the First Amendment; the development of Court doctrine has largely eliminated this exception. American jurisprudence is based on the assumption that protections for freedom of expression will not long endure if they can be abandoned when the message is particularly repellant or its target especially sympathetic. European law also protects freedom of expression, although in a less robust way than does U.S. law. Article 10 of the European Convention on Human Rights subjects freedom of speech to important limitations understood generally as "hate speech." In contrast to the United States, officials may apply criminal or civil sanctions to prohibited political advocacy. The United States faces a choice. Should it defend the right to offend, or opt instead to champion a right not to be offended? We have learned from hard experience in the United States that free expression cannot long survive without protecting outrageous and offensive speech. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa791.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Freedom of Expression Shelf Number: 139541

Author: Iorillo, David Matthew Title: Integrating Public-Partnerships into Public Safety: The San Diego Organized Retail Crime Alliance, A Case Study Summary: The public safety industry is spread across a broad network of law enforcement, prosecution and incarceration agencies and programs that work to reduce crime at each level. In today's economic and political environment, law enforcement agencies across the country are facing stricter budget and staffing models that have a profound effect on their ability to police neighborhoods and reduce crime. Private sector industries such as retail loss prevention, facility and private security corporations and financial organizations conduct investigations and implement crime reduction programs that mirror the efforts of law enforcement. Through the creation and utilization of partnerships between law enforcement and strategic private sector industries, crime can be reduced and the overall costs of combating crime can be shared among multiple resources. The reductions in budget and staffing make it an absolute necessity for law enforcement to look outside of traditional partnerships and bridge the gap better law enforcement and the private sector. Details: Charles Town, WV: American Public University, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.apus.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1005&context=theses Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 139543

Author: National Governor's Association Title: A Governor's Guide to Criminal Justice Summary: Governors play a critical role in ensuring public safety. As the state's chief executive, they are responsible for setting public safety priorities for their administration and identifying policies and programs to achieve them. Further, they oversee the state agencies responsible for implementing those policies and programs, such as corrections, state police, and juvenile justice. To help them define and achieve their priorities, governors rely on expertise and support from a core team of advisors including policy staff, legal counsel, and cabinet secretaries. Those criminal justice policy advisors serve as a primary source of information and play an integral role in the development of state policy. They provide guidance on best practices, help develop effective strategies for achieving policy objectives, coordinate agency actions, engage communities and stakeholders, allocate resources, and evaluate effectiveness. For nearly 15 years, the National Governors Association Center for Best Practices (NGA Center) has supported a network of governors' criminal justice policy advisors with the goal of improving how justice and public safety policy decisions are made within states. The NGA Center provides them a trusted forum where they can learn best practices, receive technical assistance, and connect with and learn from their peers across the country. As part of its ongoing effort to support that network, the NGA Center has developed A Governor's Guide to Criminal Justice. This guide: 1. Provides an overview of governors' roles and responsibilities as they relate to public safety; 2. Examines the key components that make up a state's criminal justice system and explains the interplay between state, local, and federal functions; 3. Explores budgetary aspects of criminal justice systems; 4. Defines evidence-based practices and examines their role in achieving policy objectives; and 5. Identifies ways that data can be used to drive policy, ensure accountability, and improve public safety. Details: National Governor's Association, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://www.nga.org/files/live/sites/NGA/files/pdf/2016/1601GovernorsGuideCriminalJustice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 139592

Author: Byrd, Renee M. Title: 'Punishment's Twin': Theorizing Prisoner Reentry for a Politics of Abolition Summary: Punishment's Twin: Theorizing Prisoner Reentry for a Politics of Abolition investigates prisoner reentry as a discursive formation which shores up the naturalization of the contemporary prison as a means of managing populations deemed disposable through the vicissitudes of neoliberal globalization. Using a combination of ethnography and critical discourse analysis, my project argues that prisoner reentry is deployed using a vocabulary, which mimics a critique of mass imprisonment, in order to expand the punishment system and render it more flexible, cost effective and legitimate. In the chapter, titled "`Where Ministry and Economics Meet': The Convergence of Neoliberal and Evangelical Rationalities within Prisoner Reentry," I analyze how neoliberal and evangelical Christian rationalities come together in prisoner reentry discourse. I intervene in the theorization of neoliberal political rationalities by showing how neoliberalism borrows from other ideologies in order to find purchase in a particular locale and that this borrowing is profoundly implicated with regimes of race and gender. Drawing on interviews with formerly imprisoned women in the Twin Cities, Chapter Three grapples with the politics of representation in prison activist scholarship. This chapter highlights two key findings from my interviews: 1) Using Priti Ramamurthy's concept of subjects-in-perplexity, I argue that the representation of the women's prison as an empowering space in Minnesota, as opposed to the disciplinary nature of residential reentry programs, naturalized the prison as the proper place where women prisoners could find help, healing and support; and 2) I found that the barriers attached to felony status often (re)produce the very vulnerability expected in accounts of imprisoned women's lives. Finally, the dissertation argues that in order to genuinely transform the conditions of mass imprisonment's emergence, prisoner reentry must be situated within a politics of abolition. Chapter Four provides a broad critique of `prisoner reentry' as a discursive formation. Chapter Five theorizes the concept of "abolitionist reentry praxis." "Punishment's Twin..." serves as a call to prison activists to be alert to the potentially dangerous development that mainstream articulations of prisoner reentry represents and imaginative in constructing reentry work for a world without prisons. Details: Seattle, WA: University of Washington, 2013. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://gwss.washington.edu/graduate/punishments-twin-theorizing-prisoner-reentry-politics-abolition Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Abolition Shelf Number: 139594

Author: Castner, Rebecca Title: Manufacturing Identities, Producing Poverty: Criminalizing Poor Women Through Welfare Fraud Summary: This dissertation makes crucial connections between poverty, welfare, race, and the penal system. There are several aspects to consider. The first is that w omen are made poor by inequitable governmental policies, practices, and relations. The second element is when they need help and seek assistance from the government, welfare does not pay enough to live on. Consequently, they are forced to break a welfare rule, in order to survive and keep their children alive. However, breaking a welfare rule can result in one or more felony counts, including perjury and welfare fraud. The third factor is that poor women and welfare moms are manufactured as criminal subjects through the media, welfare policies, and the public court documents amassed against women convicted of welfare fraud. After examining thirteen court case files of women convicted for welfare fraud in King County, Washington through a discourse analysis perspective, it was apparent that the welfare subject and the criminal subject were one and the same. Details: Seattle, WA: University of Washington, 2012. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://digital.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/bitstream/handle/1773/20507/Castner_washington_0250E_10129.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 139595

Author: Litwok, Daniel Title: Have You Ever Been Convicted of a Crime? The Effects of Juvenile Expungement on Crime, Educational, and Labor Market Outcomes Summary: Despite differing terminology, all fifty states and the District of Columbia have statutory remedies allow ing records of juvenile delinquency to be treated as if they do not exist , eliminating the possibility that a future college or employer may learn of the record. Whereas most states require a n application for such "expungement " of a juvenile record , in fourteen states the expungement is automatic. Ba sed on unique data obtained from three application states, I find that expungement is rarely used when an application is required. To study the effect of expungement on youths, I develop a conceptual model to consider the dynamic incentives created by automatic expungement that predicts an increase in the incen tives to initially commit crime but a reduction in the incentives to commit additional crime as an adult . Based on this model, I estimate the e ffects of expungement on juvenile arrest, recidivism as an adult , educational attainment , and future labor market outcomes . I find no response to the incentive for first time offenders in automatic states, but I do find a ne gative effect on long - term recidivism. I also find sizeable positive effect s of ex pungement on college attendance and future earnings . These findings suggest that expungement is beneficial to former offenders with limited social costs Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Department of Economics, 2014. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Job Market Paper: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://econ.msu.edu/seminars/docs/Expungement%20112014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 139597

Author: Marks, V Title: Lessons in Reentry from Successful Programs and Participants The Final Report of the Reentry Employment Opportunities Benchmarking Study Summary: This report summarizes observations and findings from a yearlong benchmarking study of the Reentry Employment Opportunities (REO) program and highlights successful REO grantees and their practices in connecting justice-involved youth and adult returning citizens to work, education, and training programs. ICF International, with the support from the Ford Foundation, partnered with the Union Theological Seminary, Exodus Transitional Community, and Operation New Hope conducted this year-long benchmarking study to the Department of Labor's (DOL) employment-focused reentry programs. The REO grant programs help justice-involved youth and formerly incarcerated adults reengage society and the workforce, ultimately striving to minimize the economic and social costs to individuals, families, and communities associated with incarceration and recidivism. This study sought to answer several key questions: Which are the highest performance faith-based community (FBCO) REO grantees? What research-informed or promising practices are they using? What recommendations do FBCOs (and their youth and adult participants) have to improve services as new REO grant funding is considered? This final report encapsulated the key observations and takeaways from this benchmarking process and provides an overview of existing research on reentry best practices in four common REO practice and policy areas. It also describes specific FBCO program examples of how select high-performing organizations are implementing these practices in the field. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF International, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://www.icfi.com/insights/reports/2016/lessons-in-reentry-from-successful-programs-and-participants Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 139608

Author: Fryer, Roland G., Jr. Title: An Empirical Analysis of Racial Differences in Police Use of Force Summary: This paper explores racial differences in police use of force. On non-lethal uses of force, blacks and Hispanics are more than fifty percent more likely to experience some form of force in interactions with police. Adding controls that account for important context and civilian behavior reduces, but cannot fully explain, these disparities. On the most extreme use of force - officer-involved shootings - we find no racial differences in either the raw data or when contextual factors are taken into account. We argue that the patterns in the data are consistent with a model in which police officers are utility maximizers, a fraction of which have a preference for discrimination, who incur relatively high expected costs of officer-involved shootings. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, no. 22399: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22399.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Non-lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 139612

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Gun Control: Analyzing Available Data Could Help Improve Background Checks Involving Domestic Violence Records Summary: The FBI and designated state and local criminal justice agencies use the FBI's NICS to conduct background checks on individuals seeking to obtain firearms. Persons prohibited by federal law from possessing firearms include individuals who have domestic vio lence records that meet federal disqualifying criteria. Under federal law, firearm dealers may transfer a firearm to an individual if the FBI has not made a proceed or denial determination within 3 business days. GAO was asked to review NICS checks involving domestic violence records. This re port (1) describes the extent to which state s identify domestic violence records that prohibit an individual from obtaining a firearm and (2) evaluates the extent to which NICS checks involving domestic violence records are completed before firearm transfers take place and any related challenges in completing the se checks. GAO reviewed laws and regulations ; analyzed FBI data from 2006 through 2015 on domestic violence records that states submi tted to the FBI , FBI total checks and denial determinations , and DOJ firearm retrieval actions ; and interviewed officials from DOJ and eight states (chosen based on number of domestic violence records submitted to NICS and other factors). State interview results are not generalizable but provide insights on state practices. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that FBI monitor the timeliness of NICS checks to assist DOJ entities in establishing priorities for improv ing the timeliness of checks. FBI agreed with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-483: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/678204.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 139613

Author: Michigan. Supreme Court. State Court Administrative Office Title: Michigan's Problem-Solving Courts: Solving Problems, Saving Lives. 2015 Performance Measures and Outcomes Summary: Executive Summary Making a Difference and Leading the Nation Problem- solving courts are making a difference in the lives of people throughout Michigan. That difference ripples out across the state - to their families, to their neighborhoods, and to their communities. Based both on the data in this report and amazing individual success stories, problem-solving courts not only help participants, but also strengthen families and make communities safer and stronger. Michigan is a national leader in giving the public access to treatment courts. In fact, our 179treatment courts provide access to 97 percent of our state's population. For example, with 23 veterans treatment courts (as of 2016), Michigan has more of these innovative courts than any other state in the nation. Participants are Much Less Likely to Commit Another Crime In particular, the key measure of court success is the rate at which participants commit new crimes. That's why expert analysts carefully keep track of recidivism rates compared to similar groups of nonparticipants. The cut in crime rates is impressive: - Participants in Michigan drug and mental health courts are two times less likely to commit another offense after two years. - Participants in Michigan sobriety courts are more than three times less likely to commit another offense after two years. Unemployment Among Graduates Cut Significantly Problem-solving courts successfully keep offenders out of costly jail cells while reducing crime. But those are not the only benefits to graduates and to society. As shown in the chart below, unemployment among drug and sobriety court graduates was cut significantly. Details: Lansing, MA: Michigan Supreme Court, 2015. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: http://courts.mi.gov/Administration/admin/op/problem-solving-courts/Documents/PSC%202015%20Report%20FINAL_4-7-16.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139614

Author: Epperson, Matthew Title: Comparative Evaluation of Court-Based Responses to Offenders with Mental Illnesses Summary: 1 FINAL SUMMARY OVERVIEW Purpose of Study Persons with serious mental illness (SMI) are over-represented in the criminal justice system and criminal justice agencies have struggled for years with managing and serving this population. In recent years, probation departments have forged new collaborative relationships with mental health treatment providers and adopted problem-solving approaches in responding to the needs of people with SMI in the criminal justice system. These efforts have resulted in two prevailing court-based models for offenders with mental illnesses: mental health courts and specialized probation. Both mental health courts and specialized probation units have experienced rapid growth over the past decade. However, most evaluation research on these programs has been criticized for studying new programs that are still in development, employing short follow up periods that are unable to examine sustained effectiveness, and utilizing less than ideal comparison conditions. In response to these methodological issues, this study employed a mixed methods comparative evaluation of three established court-based programs that serve offenders with SMI: mental health court, specialized probation, and standard probation. The primary aims of the study were to examine and compare each program's: 1)Structure; 2)Operation; and 3)Effectiveness. Research Methods The study was conducted in Cook County, Illinois; data were collected from three distinct court-based programs. The Cook County Felony Mental Health Court (MHC) was implemented in 2004 and serves individuals with SMI who have been arrested for nonviolent felonies. The Specialized Mental Health Probation Unit (herein "specialized probation") has been in operation in Cook County for more than 25 years and involves specially trained probation officers who supervise a reduced caseload of probationers diagnosed with SMI. The Cook County Adult Probation Department (herein "standard probation") has an active caseload of approximately 25,000 probationers, a portion of whom have SMI. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, School of Social Service Administration, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249894.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 139623

Author: Williams, Michael J. Title: Evaluation of a Multi-Faceted, U.S. Community-Based, Muslim-Led CVE Program Summary: This project represents the first ever evaluation of a CVE (Countering Violent Extremism) program in the United States. The evaluation will be conducted in Montgomery County, MD, in collaboration with the community-based, Muslim-led CVE program (The World Organization for Resource Development and Education), the Montgomery County Department of Police, and the Montgomery County Office of Community Partnerships. The first phase of the project will use a multi-method evaluation design to a) understand recruitment and retention practices of participants in a multi-faceted, U.S. community-based, Muslim-led CVE program, b) identify the outcomes of participation in that program, c) assess and explore community knowledge of risk factors associated with radicalization, and individuals' natural inclinations in response to those factors, and d) identify barriers to individual help-seeking and community-law enforcement collaborations in a CVE context. What will emerge from this phase is a set of working theories that clarify the relationships among these four subcomponents and lead to enhanced CVE programming and implementation. The second phase will develop survey instruments designed to measure quantifiably each of the Phase I subcomponents. Additionally, formalized curricula (i.e., educational materials and a manual for law enforcement) will be developed regarding a) awareness of risk factors of radicalization and civic-minded responses to them, and b) training for law enforcement officers regarding ways to build effective collaborations with local Islamic communities. Additionally, the CVE program will adjust its recruitment practices, based on 'lessons learned' from Phase I. The final phase of the project will assess the effectiveness of the CVE programs' adjusted (i.e., Phase II) recruitment practices. Additionally, the CVE programs' outcomes will be tested by comparing participant involvement groups (i.e. those who have never participated vs. participated once vs. participated multiple times). Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2016. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249936.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 139624

Author: Horgan, John Title: Across the Universe? A Comparative Analysis of Violent Radicalization Across Three Offender Types With Implications for Criminal Justice Training and Education Summary: Using a series of bivariate and multivariate statistical analyses, this study compared demographic, psychological, and offense-related behavioral variables across and between 71 lone-actor terrorists and 115 solo mass murderers. The study found little to distinguish these two violent offender types in their socio-demographic profiles. Their behaviors, on the other hand, differed significantly in the degree to which they had interacted with co-conspirators, their antecedent event behaviors, and the degree to which they lacked information prior to their attack. Unlike lone terrorists, mass murderers' violence was spontaneous due to unplanned physical or emotional conflicts. Lone terrorists, on the other hand, were motivated to commit violence due to ideologically based conflicts or differences with potential target victims. Regarding threat or risk, there are a number of overlapping questions that must be considered, including what type of action is most likely, under what conditions is a particular mass violence attack likely to be perpetrated, and what interventions are likely to be effective in preventing or mitigating the perpetration of violence. Lack of predetermined intent and strategy distinguishes mass murderers and lone terrorists. The lone terrorist tends to engage in more observable behaviors and planning than the mass murderer, which presents more of an opportunity to observe and assess preparatory actions and intervene to prevent the planned violence from occurring. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2016. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249937.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 139625

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: An Analysis of Quality-of-Life Summonses, Quality-of-Life Misdemeanors Arrests, and Felony Crime in New York City, 2010-2015 Summary: Between 2010 and 2015, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) issued 1,839,414 "quality - of- life" summonses for offenses such as public urination, disorderly conduct, drinking alcohol in public, and possession of small amounts of marijuana. There are a number of legitimate reasons to issue such summonses, most notably to address community concerns and police the offenses in question. Further, maintaining order is a goal in and of itself. Addressing disorder is a basic government function, and writing summonses may be a necessary tool toward that end. However, NYPD has claimed for two decades that quality-of-life enforcement is also a key tool in the reduction of felony crime, most recently in the 2015 report, Broken Windows and Quality- of-Life Policing in New York City. Whether there is systemic data to support the effectiveness of quality-of-life summonses and misdemeanor arrests for this particular purpose is a question of considerable importance. New York City is a safer city today than it was in years past. In the period reviewed, 2010 through 2015, felony rates continued to decline and remain at historic lows. What factors contributed to this safer city is a worthy inquiry because identifying what works will help the Department become more strategic and more efficient. It is equally important to identify which factors are not supported by evidence. Issuing summonses and making misdemeanor arrests are not cost free. The cost is paid in police time, in an increase in the number of people brought into the criminal justice system and, at times, in a fraying of the relationship between the police and the communities they serve. So that future discussion of this issue can take place in the clear light of objective data, the Department of Investigation's Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG-NYPD) undertook to examine what, if any, data-driven evidence links quality- of-life enforcement - defined narrowly for purposes of this Report as quality- of-life criminal summonses and quality- of-life misdemeanor arrests - to a reduction in felony crime. Details: New York: New York City Department of Investigation, Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/oignypd/downloads/pdf/Quality-of-Life-Report-2010-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 139632

Author: McCullough, Debra R. Cohen Title: American Policing in 2022: Essays on the Future of a Profession Summary: American Policing in 2022 - Essays on the Future of a Profession is a collection of essays by law enforcement leaders across the country on their perspectives on what policing might/could/should look like 10 years from now. Included are contributions from several current and former CEOs from CALEA Accredited law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community-Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p235-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 139638

Author: Stinson, Philip M. Title: Police Integrity Lost: A Study of Law Enforcement Officers Arrested Summary: 1 ABSTRACT There are no comprehensive statistics availa ble on problems with police integrity, and no government entity collects data on all criminal arrests of law enforcement officers in the United States. Police crimes are those crimes committed by sworn law enforcement officers with the general powers of arrest. These crimes can occur while the officer is either on- or off-duty and include offenses committed by officers employed by state and local law enforcement agencies. This study provides a wealth of data on a phenomen a that relates directly to police integrity- data that previously did not exist in any useable format. The first goal of the study is to determine th e nature and extent of police crime in the United States. The objective for this goal is to determine the inciden ce and prevalence of officers arrested. A second goal is to determine what factors influence how an agency responds to arrests of its officers. Objectives for this goal are to determine whether certain factors influence agency response and employment outcome s: (a) severity of crimes for which officers are arrested; (b) level of urbanization for each employing agency; (c) geographic location for each employing agency; (d) length of service and ag e of arrested officers; and, (e) criminal case outcomes. A final goal is to foster police integr ity by exploring whether o fficer arrests correlate with other forms of police misconduct. Objectives for this goal are to determine whether arrested officers were also named as a civil defendant in any 42 U.S.C. 1983 federal court actions during their careers, and to inform practiti oners and policymakers of strategies that will better identify problem officers and those at risk for engaging in pol ice crime and its correlates. The advent of nationwide, objec tive, and verifiable data on th e law-breaking behavior of sworn officers and provides potential benefits to law enforcement agencies that connect the technical expertise of researcher s to criminal justice policymaker s and practitioners. These data provide direct guidance in thr ee areas. First, the study provi des agencies information on the types of crime that are most frequently perp etrated by police officers. Second, the research provides information on the relationship between police crimes and other types of misbehavior that collectively comprise the problem officer. Third, nationwide data on police crimes and the manner in which arrested officers are organiza tionally sanctioned provide s points of comparison for law enforcement agencies that confront thes e problems, as well as information on the degree to which law enforcement agencies tend to sanction or ignore certain crimes committed by officers. This is a quantitative cont ent analysis study of archiv ed records reporting several thousand arrests of police officers during the years 2005-2011. The primary information source is the Google News search engine and its Google Alerts email update service. Chi-Square was used to measure the statistical significance of th e association between two variables measured at the nominal level. Cramer's V was utilized to measure th e strength of the Chi-Square association. Stepwise binary lo gistic regression was used to de termine which of the predictor variables are statistically significant in multivar iate models. Classification tree analysis was utilized to uncover the causal pa thways between independent predic tors and outcome variables. The Google News searches resulted in the id entification of 6,724 cas es in which sworn law enforcement officers were arrested during the years 2005 through 201 1. The cases involved the arrests of 5,545 individual sworn officers employed by 2,529 nonfederal state and local law enforcement agencies located in 1,205 counties a nd independent cities in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The findings indicate th at nonfederal law enforcement officers were arrested nationwide during 2005-2011 at a rate of 0.72 officers arrested per 1,000 officers, and at a rate of 1.7 officers arrested per 100,000 population nationwide. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Criminal Justice Program Bowling Green State University, 2016. 671p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249850.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 139639

Author: Torrey, E. Fuller Title: Raising Cain: The Role of Serious Mental Illness in Family Homicides Summary: Most individuals with serious mental illness are not dangerous. However, a small number of them, most of whom are not being treated, may become dangerous to themselves or to others. Some of these individuals may assault or even kill family members. This problem has received insufficient attention. - Although there have been previous studies of particular types of family homicides, such as children killed by parents, this is the first study of the role of serious mental illness in all family homicides. - For a sample of the nation's homicides, local law enforcement agencies voluntarily submit Supplementary Homicide Reports (SHRs) to the FBI that include the relationship between the person committing the homicide (offender) and the victim. In 2013, 25% of homicides detailed in SHRs involved the killing of one member of a family by another. The National Vital Statistics System (NVSS) is the most comprehensive source of homicide data in the United States. The NVSS reported that in 2013 there were 16,121 total homicides in the nation. Applying the SHR prevalence rate for family relationships, 4,000 of these deaths would have been family homicides. The role of serious mental illness in these homicides is not identified by any federal database, including the SHRs. However, studies of family homicides consistently find psychiatric diseases such as schizophrenia and bipolar disorder to be vastly overrepresented among people who commit family homicides. Based on a review of the relevant literature from 1960 to 2015, the role of serious mental illness in family homicides is estimated to be a factor as follows: - 50% when parents kill children - 67% when children kill parents - 10% when spouses kill spouses - 15% when siblings kill siblings - 10% for other family relationships . Raising Cain : THE ROLE OF SERIOUS MENTAL ILLNESS IN FAMILY HOMICIDES Based on these estimates, there would have been 1,149 family homicides in 2013 in which the offender had a serious mental illness. This would have been 29% of family homicides and 7% of all homicides. These 1,149 homicides outstrip the number of deaths attributed to meningitis, kidney infection or Hodgkin's disease in 2013. Although there has been a marked decrease in the overall homicide rate in the United States in recent years, there has been no decrease in family homicides in which parents kill children or children kill parents. These are the family homicides most strongly associated with serious mental illness. Women are responsible for only 11% of all homicides in the United States. However, they commit 26% of family homicides. Family homicides identified in the independent Preventable Tragedies Database in 2015 illustrate the statistics. All the homicides in this database were reported in the media to be associated with serious mental illness. In 2015, the database reported 100 family homicides. Among the 141 victims of these 100 family homicides, 25 (17.7%) were people 65 and older, including 13 (9.2%) who were 75 and older. In contrast, among all homicides in the United States, only 5.1% of the victims are 65 and older, and 2.2% are 75 and older. Thus among family homicides associated with serious mental illness, elderly individuals are victimized three to four times more frequently than would be expected among homicides in the general population. Knives and other sharp objects are used as weapons more often than guns in family homicides. Abuse of alcohol or drugs and failure to take medication prescribed for serious mental illness are major risk factors for committing a family homicide. Family homicides are merely the most visible of the problems associated with having a seriously mentally ill family member who is not being treated. In order to decrease family homicides, it will be necessary to provide adequate treatment for individuals with serious mental illness, focusing especially on those with the greatest risk factors. Clozapine, long-acting injectable antipsychotics and assisted outpatient treatment are especially useful in this regard. If the offenders had received such treatments, the majority of these 1,149 family homicides could have been prevented. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2016 at: http://www.tacreports.org/storage/documents/raising-cain.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 139640

Author: New Jersey Advocates for Immigrant Detainees Title: Isolated in Essex: Punishing Immigrants through Solitary Confinement Summary: Immigration detention is intended to ensure the appearance of immigrants at removal proceedings and is meant to be civil and non-punitive, yet immigrant detainees are held in penal facilities and subjected to the same conditions as individuals accused or convicted of crimes, including solitary confinement. The troublesome use of solitary confinement in state and federal penal institutions and its severe mental health consequences are often the focus of national discourse, but the specific impact of solitary confinement on immigrant detainee populations has received less attention. In 2015, the New Jersey Advocates for Immigrant Detainees (NJAID) and the New York University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic (IRC) published a report describing the use of solitary confinement as a disciplinary measure in two of the three New Jersey county jails that house immigrant detainees. This report completes the picture by presenting an analysis of previously unavailable data regarding the use of disciplinary solitary confinement ("disciplinary segregation") against immigrant detainees in Essex County Correctional Facility (Essex), the third and largest immigration detention facility in New Jersey. Essex produced 446 incident reports for the period covering 2013, 2014, and 2015. An analysis of these reports reveals that the use of solitary confinement in Essex is excessive and disproportionate, implemented in an arbitrary fashion, and lacking in adequate due process and transparency. Essex routinely "stacks" charges, meaning it charges a detainee with multiple offenses for a single incident, thus circumventing New Jersey's 15-day limit on a solitary confinement sentence for a single charge, intended to be for clearly separate discrete acts. Furthermore, detainees regularly face solitary confinement during pre-hearing detention before there has been any finding of guilt. The data also demonstrates that many of the incidents leading to solitary confinement in Essex are related to frustration over the jail's conditions. The conditions in a detention center are inherently stressful for detainees and staff alike, and the data shows that allowing officers the authority to mete out solitary confinement as a disciplinary measure in that context results in excessive and arbitrary punishments. Details: Philadelphia: American Friends Service Committee, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 15, 2016 at: https://afsc.org/sites/afsc.civicactions.net/files/documents/Isolated%20in%20Essex%20Full%20Report%202016_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 139641

Author: Greene, Judith Title: Indefensible: A Decade of Mass Incarceration of Migrants Prosecuted for Crossing the Border Summary: December 2015 marked the 10th anniversary of the launch of a program to target for criminal prosecution migrants who had crossed the border without authorization. It was named "Operation Streamline." It is known for the mass hearings (often lasting less than two hours) in which up to 80 migrants are arraigned, found guilty, convicted and sentenced for 8 USC 1325 (improper entry, a misdemeanor) simultaneously. The policy has long been decried by immigrant rights advocates. However, the mass hearings of Operation Streamline, as shocking as they are, are only the tip of the iceberg. Lesser known by the general public, media, and even some immigrant rights and criminal justice reform advocates, is the widespread expansion of 8 USC 1326 (re-entry, a felony) prosecutions over the past decade that came with the Streamline program. Though border officials in some sectors say that Operation Streamline has ended, the numbers of migrants prosecuted in federal courts is still massive in sheer numbers. The criminal prosecution of migrants crossing our southern border has had profound impacts on the federal courts and federal prisons over the last decade. In 2015, improper entry and re-entry prosecutions accounted for almost half of all federal prosecutions (49 percent). Improper entry is punishable by up to 180 days in federal jail while improper re-entry is punishable by up to two years. And if the migrant has a serious prior criminal history, many more years may be added to the sentence. Almost a quarter of those in the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) prison population are non-citizens (23 percent). Using the data available, we conservatively estimate the incarceration costs for those convicted of improper entry and re-entry at more than $7 billion since the start of Operation Streamline in 2005. This book provides an oral history of the evolution of Operation Streamline over 10 years and its legacy today. We document the beginnings Operation Streamline and the evolution of targeted migrant prosecutions. We explore how the program took hold across border districts in distinct ways. We examine how an already politicized issue collided with media hype and, "moral panic" over immigration levels. We describe how ambitious and powerful individuals and agencies within the newly formed Department of Homeland Security launched this huge, targeted prosecution program. We interviewed more than three dozen people who work inside the federal criminal justice system, or who have been impacted by it, for this book. We have attempted to amplify their voices by using their own words as often as possible. In looking back at 10 years of mass prosecution of migrants, we have an opportunity to examine how and why the program emerged. We can also examine the harm it has caused against the scant evidence that it has achieved the stated goal of deterring migration at the southern border. There exists in the story of migrant prosecutions an intersection where those working for immigrant rights and for criminal justice reform can join hands to work together. Finally, we can find inspiration in the ample opportunities for resistance and in this book we highlight the efforts of those who are organizing to bring an end to prosecution of migrants at the border. Details: Austin, TX: Grassroots Leadership; New York: Justice Strategies, 2016. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2016 at: http://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/reports/indefensible_book_web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 139655

Author: Gandy, Rachel Title: Prioritizing Treatment Over Punishment: An Overview of Mental Health Diversion from Jail in Texas Summary: To combat the over - incarceration of persons with mental illness in Texas, state and county leaders are developing innovative strategies to divert individuals out of jail cells and into community treatment. Details: Austin, TX: Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed July 18, 2016 at: https://lbj.utexas.edu/sites/default/files/file/Mental%20Health%20Diversion%20White%20Paper%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139657

Author: Elderbroom, Brian Title: Assessing the Impact of South Dakota's Sentencing Reforms: Justice Reinvestment Initiative Summary: South Dakota made significant reforms to its justice system with the 2013 enactment of the Public Safety Improvement Act. This brief summarizes findings on the preliminary impact of two of these reforms: presumptive probation and felony reclassifications of drug possession and ingestion. These policies have produced positive results, but new developments threaten that success. While prison admissions and sentence lengths for affected offenses declined, the number of convictions for eligible offenses increased. These increases challenge the state's progress toward its reform goals. This brief offers policy recommendations South Dakota should consider to build on the success of SB 70. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000762-Assessing-the-Impact-of-South-Dakota%27s-Sentencing-Reforms-Justice-Reinvestment-Initiative.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policies Shelf Number: 139658

Author: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council Title: Drivers of the Sentenced Population: Length of Time Served in Prison Summary: - Policy changes that increase the amount of time that offenders serve in prison will ultimately increase the size of the prison population, even if the number of admissions does not increase. - Sentence lengths for serious felonies (Class X, Class 1, and Class 2) have increased markedly over the last 20 years. (p.6) Average time served in prison has also increased for inmates convicted of the First Degree Murder, Class X, and Class 1 felonies. (p.2) This increase has had a dramatic impact on the population of the Illinois Department of Corrections. - Increases in the number of prison beds needed per year for Class 1-Class 4 felonies were due entirely to dramatic increases in time served in FY2011. For example, time served for Class 4 felonies increased 50% in a single year, between FY2010 - 2011. This resulted in an increased need of 1,468 prison beds for those exiting in 2011. - Sentence lengths imposed and average time served, for the less serious Class 3 and 4 felonies have remained relatively stable over the past 20 years. - The amount of credit awarded for time spent in jail prior to conviction is significantly higher for those convicted in Cook County than the rest of the state. For example, in FY 2011, Class X felons in Cook County received 65 percent more jail credit time than Class X felons outside of Cook County. - The average amount of earned good time credit days awarded for participation in education, treatment, and prison industries has decreased steadily for all felony classes since the late 1990s, with the exception of Class 1 felonies, primarily due to a decrease in the proportion of inmates eligible for these credits as well as a lack of capacity to offer programming to all eligible inmates. Details: Springfield, IL: The Council, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing: Accessed July 18, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/SPAC%20Report%20Time%20Served%209-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Sentence Length Shelf Number: 139659

Author: Murphy, Kelly Title: Finding Solutions to the Prescription Opioid and Heroin Crisis: A Road Map for States Summary: Inappropriate opioid prescribing is fueling one of the deadliest drug epidemics in United States history. Every day in the U.S., 78 people die from an opioid-related overdose. In addition to the tragedy of lost lives, states bear many of the financial costs associated with addiction through state-funded health care programs, substance use programs, the criminal justice system and lost productivity. Developed by the NGA Center through extensive consultation with senior state officials and other national experts, the road map is a tool to help states respond to the growing opioid crisis. The road map features a public health approach focused on preventing and treating the disease of opioid use disorder, while strengthening law enforcement efforts to address illegal supply chain activity. It is designed as a policy development tool, allowing a state to use all or portions of the road map as it applies to their unique situation. Details: Washington, DC: National Governor's Association, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2016 at: http://www.nga.org/files/live/sites/NGA/files/pdf/2016/1607NGAOpioidRoadMap.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 139661

Author: Florida Commission on Access to Civil Justice Title: Final Report Summary: In the fall of 2014, Chief Justice Jorge Labarga issued an administrative order establishing the Florida Commission on Access to Civil Justice. Commission members (27 total) include leaders from each branch of government, the legal community, the business community, and others whose expertise and knowledge bring broad-based perspectives to the issues at hand. The Commission is staffed by The Florida Bar, the Office of the State Courts Administrator, and The Florida Bar Foundation. The Commission was assigned seven charges: 1. Provide a forum for discussion among the judicial branch, legislative branch, executive branch, the civil legal services and pro bono community, Bar leaders, funders, the business community, and other interested stakeholders, about issues affecting access to civil justice for disadvantaged, low income, and moderate income Floridians. 2. Identify and examine barriers that impede access to civil justice for disadvantaged, low income, and moderate income Floridians. 3. Determine how to promote coordination of legal services delivery to low income Floridians, for optimum efficiency and effectiveness. 4. Consider and evaluate components of a continuum of services for the unrepresented, taking into account consumer needs and preferences. Such components might include interactive forms; unbundled legal services; the involvement of court, law, and public libraries; and other innovations and alternatives. 5. Examine ways to leverage technology in expanding access to civil justice for disadvantaged, low income, and moderate income Floridians. 6. Identify and build partnerships among the courts, members of the private bar, providers of legal services, and other stakeholders who are engaged or interested in expanding access to civil justice for disadvantaged, low income, and moderate income Floridians. 7. Examine how available resources might be maximized and identify how additional resources might be procured in order to provide stable funding in support of services that enhance access to civil justice for disadvantaged, low income, and moderate income Floridians. Details: Tallahassee: The Commission, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2016 at: http://www.flaccesstojustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/ATJ-Final-Report-Court-06302016-ADA.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Indigent Defense Shelf Number: 139662

Author: Fennell, Nathan Title: Risk, Not Resources. Improving the Pretrial Release Process in Texas Summary: Texas' resource-based bail system keeps low-risk individuals unnecessarily detained before trial and allows risky defendants to buy their freedom with limited oversight. This practice undermines public safety, disproportionately harms low-income defendants, and costs counties millions of dollars every year. By adopting pretrial reform in line with national standards, Texas can reduce its jail population while making communities safer. Details: Austin: Lyndon B. Johnson school of Public Affairs, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed July 19, 2016 at: http://lbj.utexas.edu/sites/default/files/file/Risk,%20Not%20Resources-%20Improving%20the%20Pretrial%20Release%20Process%20in%20Texas--FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139666

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Review Panel on Prison Rape Title: Report on Sexual Victimization in Prisons, Jails, and Juvenile Correctional Facilities Summary: This Report presents the findings of the Review Panel on Prison Rape (Panel), along with its recommendations, that are the result of its 2014 hearings in Washington, District of Columbia, based on two national surveys of correctional facilities by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS): Sexual Victimization in Prisons and Jails Reported by Inmates, 2011-12 (May 2013) and Sexual Victimization in Juvenile Facilities Reported by Youth, 2012 (June 2013). Under the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (PREA), the Panel is to hold annual public hearings, based on the data that BJS has collected from correctional facilities in three broad categories: (1) federal and state prisons, (2) jails, and (3) juvenile correctional facilities. In each of these three categories, the Panel is to solicit testimony on the operations of two correctional institutions with a low incidence of sexual victimization and three correctional institutions with a high incidence of sexual victimization. The purpose of the hearings is to identify the common characteristics of (1) sexual predators, (2) victims, (3) correctional institutions and systems with a low incidence of sexual victimization, and (4) correctional institutions and systems with a high incidence of sexual victimization. Details: Washington, DC: The Review Panel, 2016. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://ojp.gov/reviewpanel/pdfs/panel_report_prea_apr2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 139717

Author: Smith, Martha J. Title: Using Civil Actions Against Property to Control Crime Problems Summary: This guide addresses the use of civil remedies to control and prevent crime and disorder occurring at real-property locations, such as individual addresses or geographical areas. In general, the focus of the enforcement is not usually the potential offender, but rather someone who has control over property that has been, or might be, used in the commission of a crime. The civil remedy may be used in place of-or often in tandem with - criminal penalties as a coercive incentive for the person (or business) who is the focus of the potential remedy to do (or refrain from doing) a particular thing. Focusing on the underlying crime opportunities provided at a particular place helps to limit the frustrations involved in revolving-door policing (i.e., offense commission, calls for service, arrest, conviction on a minor charge, release, and repeat). This guide provides general explanations about the types of civil remedies that you can use to address crime at particular places and points out a number of issues you should consider before using these remedies. Examples of placed-focused civil remedies are set out in the main text, and in Appendixes C and D. These remedies can be used to control a variety of crime opportunities focused on places, depending on the particular type of civil remedy used and the language set out in the legal regulations themselves, which differ across jurisdictions. While a number of different types of crime problems that can benefit from the use of civil remedies are mentioned in this guide, two types of crime-and-place problems have been highlighted - drug-related crime in housing (particularly government-run or supported housing) and alcohol-related crime and disorder in and around licensed premises (i.e., bars, pubs, and clubs). Appendixes C and D summarize some of the key features of prevention schemes addressing these two crime problems, providing examples of situations in which they have been used both successfully and unsuccessfully. Historically, these problem places have been the focus of close government regulation, and the prevention schemes set out here reflect the use of existing statutory powers as well as the development of new regulatory mechanisms. Many, but not all of these, used the SARA approach of problem-oriented policing to frame the steps taken to address the problems. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Response Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 11: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p277-pub.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Remedies Shelf Number: 139750

Author: Finch, Jessie K. Title: Legal Borders, Racial/Ethnic Boundaries: Operation Streamline and Identity Processes on the US-Mexico Border Summary: How do individuals navigate situations in which their work-role identity is put in competition with social identities of race/ethnicity, nationality, or citizenship/generational status? This research uses a controversial criminal court procedure (Operation Streamline) as an optimal setting to understand the strategies employed by lawyers and judges who manage such delicate identity processes. I examine how legal professionals assign salience to their various identities while developing a perspective of competing identity management that builds on and further integrates prior sociological research on identity. In particular, Latino/a judges and lawyers who participate in Operation Streamline (OSL) take on a specific work-related role identity that entails assisting in the conviction and sentencing of border-crossers with whom they share one social identity - race/ethnicity - but do not share another social identity - citizenship. I systematically assess identity management strategies used by lawyers and judges to manage these multiple competing identities while seeking to comprehend under what circumstances these identities affect legal professionals' job-related interactions. In this dissertation, I demonstrate that Latino/a lawyers and judges involved with OSL manage their potentially competing social and role identities differently than non-Latino/as whose social identities do not compete with their role identities, demonstrating variation between racial/ethnic social identities. I also find that some Latino/a lawyers and judges (those with higher racial/ethnic social identity salience) involved with OSL manage their potentially competing social and role identities differently than other Latino/a lawyers and judges (those with higher racial/ethnic social identity salience), demonstrating variation within racial/ethnic social identity based on the social identity of citizenship/generational status. Finally, I demonstrate that situationality is a factor in identity management because a shared social identity with defendants seems to be useful in the daily work of Latino/a lawyers and judges, but often detrimental in how they are perceived by outsiders such as activists and the media. From this case, we can take the findings and begin to create an outline for a new theory of competing identity management, integrating prior literatures on social and role identities. I have been able to elaborate mechanisms of some identity management processes while also developing grounded hypotheses on which to base future research. My research also contributes to improving how the criminal justice system deals with sensitive racial/ethnic issues surrounding immigration crimes and en masse proceedings such as OSL. Because proposed "comprehensive immigration reform" includes expanding programs like OSL, my research to understand the broader effects of the program on legal professionals is especially important not only to social scientists but to society at large. The fact that there is a difference in identity management strategies for Latino/a and non-Latino/a respondents helps demonstrate there is in fact an underlying racial tension present in Operation Streamline. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, 2015. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/handle/10150/578902 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 139720

Author: Fair Punishment Project Title: America's Top Five Deadliest Prosecutors: How Overzealous Personalities Drive the Death Penalty Summary: This report analyzes the records of five of America's deadliest head prosecutors. Three of them personally obtained over 35 death sentences each: Joe Freeman Britt in North Carolina, Bob Macy in Oklahoma, and Donnie Myers in South Carolina. These men shared an obsession with winning death sentences at almost any cost. For example, Joe Freeman Britt, who committed misconduct in more than 36% of his death penalty prosecutions, said: "Within the breast of each of us burns a flame that constantly whispers in our ear 'preserve life, preserve life, preserve life at any cost.' It is the prosecutor's job to extinguish that flame." The remaining two prosecutors, Lynne Abraham (Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania) and Johnny Holmes (Harris County, Texas), did not personally prosecute as many death penalty cases as the three men above, but nonetheless oversaw the imposition of death sentences against a staggering 108 and 201 people, respectively, during their terms. Of these five prosecutors, only one - Donnie Myers - remains in office, and he plans to retire at the end of the year. One of the most remarkable findings from our research is the fact that once these prosecutors and their proteges left their positions, death sentences dramatically declined in these jurisdictions - a pattern that has only become clear in the years since their departures. We also highlight five additional prosecutors who came very close to becoming members of this notorious group. These runners-up have egregious records in their own states, and like the prosecutors above, the striking drop in new death sentences that has occurred in their respective jurisdictions since their departures illustrates their outsized impact on the death penalty. Details: s.l.: Fair Punishment Project, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://fairpunishment.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/FPP-Top5Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 139721

Author: Eberhardt, Jennifer L., ed. Title: Strategies for Change: Research Initiatives and Recommendations to Improve Police-Community Relations in Oakland, Calif. Summary: In May 2014, the City of Oakland contracted with our team of Stanford social psychologists to assist the Oakland Police Department (OPD) in collecting and analyzing data on officers' self-initiated stops. Our task was to analyze the reports that OPD officers completed after every stop they initiated between April 1, 2013 and April 30, 2014. These reports are called stop data. In Strategies for Change, we summarize the findings of this stop data analysis, discuss four other research initiatives, and list 50 recommendations for improving police-community relations.Across our research programs, we indeed uncovered evidence that OPD officers treat people of different races differently. At the same time, we found little evidence that disparate treatment arose from explicit racism or purposeful discrimination. Instead, our research suggests that many subtle and unexamined cultural norms, beliefs, and practices sustain disparate treatment. Our findings also suggest 50 evidence-based actions that agencies can take to change department cultures and strengthen police-community ties. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University, SPARQ: Social Psychological Answers to Real-world Questions, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://stanford.app.box.com/v/Strategies-for-Change Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 139752

Author: Hetey, Rebecca C. Title: Data for Change: A Statistical Analysis of Police Stops, Searches, Handcuffings, and Arrests in Oakland, Calif., 2013-2014 Summary: Law enforcement agencies across the United States are facing claims that they discriminate against community members of color. Inquiries into these claims often involve analyzing data from police stops. These so-called stop data reports typically take one of two approaches: either attack the agency for intentional racism, or deny the presence of racial disparities altogether. Yet neither of these approaches has yielded adequate progress toward many agencies' mission of serving their communities with fairness and respect. Taking a different approach, the City of Oakland engaged our team of Stanford social psychologists to examine relations between the Oakland Police Department (OPD) and the Oakland community, and then to develop evidence-based remedies for any racial disparities we might find. Racial disparities in policing likely have many causes. To examine these causes, our team has undertaken five research initiatives. We describe our research methods, findings, and recommendations in Strategies for Change: Research Initiatives and Recommendations To Improve Police-Community Relations in Oakland, Calif. We provide a technical report of our main research initiative, a thorough analysis of OPD stop data, in Data for Change: A Statistical Analysis of Police Stops, Searches, Handcuffings, and Arrests in Oakland, Calif., 2013-2014. Across our research programs, we indeed uncovered evidence that OPD officers treat people of different races differently. At the same time, we found little evidence that these racial disparities arose from overt bias or purposeful discrimination. Instead, our research suggests that many subtle and unexamined cultural norms, beliefs, and practices sustain disparate outcomes. Our findings also suggest 50 evidence-based actions that agencies can take to change department cultures and strengthen police-community ties. Below, we highlight some of our research initiatives, findings, and recommendations for improving police-community relations in Oakland and other U.S. cities. Below, we highlight some of our research initiatives, findings, and recommendations for improving police-community relations in Oakland and other parts of the U.S. The 5 Research Initiatives - Statistical analyses of stop data from 28,119 forms that 510 OPD officers filed after stopping drivers and pedestrians in Oakland, Calif., between April 1, 2013 and April 30, 2014 (for a summary, see Chapter 1 of Strategies for Change; for the technical report, see Data for Change); - Development of computational tools to analyze linguistic data from body-worn cameras (BWCs) and, using these tools, analyses of some 157,000 words spoken by OPD officers during 380 stops in April of 2014 (see Chapter 2 of Strategies for Change); - Development of computational tools to analyze written narratives from police stop data forms, and, using these tools as well as human experts, analyses of some 1,000 OPD officer narratives from April of 2014 (see Chapter 3 of Strategies for Change); - Two surveys of 416 Oakland community members regarding their attitudes toward and experiences with OPD officers (see Chapter 4 of Strategies for Change); - Development and evaluation of implicit bias and procedural justice training modules with 675 OPD officers (see Chapter 5 of Strategies for Change). Key Findings - OPD officers stopped, searched, handcuffed, and arrested more African Americans than Whites, a finding that remained significant even after we controlled for neighborhood crime rates and demographics; officer race, gender, and experience; and other factors that shape police actions; - Some 60% of OPD stops were of African Americans, who make up 28% of Oakland's population; - Of OPD officers making at least one stop during the 13-month period of study: - Only 20% stopped a White person, while 96% stopped an African American person; - Only 26% handcuffed a White person, while 72% handcuffed an African American person (excluding arrests); - Only 23% conducted a discretionary search of a White person, while 65% conducted a discretionary search of an African American person; - When OPD officers could identify the community member's race before a stop, they were much more likely to stop an African American, as compared to when officers could not identify the community member's race; - With African Americans, OPD officers used more severe legal language (e.g., mentioned probation, parole, and arrest) and offered fewer explanations for the stop than with Whites; - In police-initiated interactions, African American and Hispanic Oakland residents felt more disrespected and misunderstood than did White and Asian Oakland residents. Select Recommendations - Our findings suggest the OPD has a culture where officers stop, search, handcuff, and arrest more African Americans than Whites. We suspect many other law enforcement agencies have similar cultures. In Strategies for Change, we thus recommend the OPD and other agencies regularly review their policies, practices, and procedures for evidence of disparate outcomes. - As our findings reveal that less-experienced officers show more racial disparities in their stops, better training of new officers could likely reduce the degree of these disparities. To this end, Strategies for Change presents several recommendations for how to improve officer training. - Although the OPD collects copious amounts of data, few measures track the OPD's relationship with the community. In Strategies for Change, we thus recommend several actions that the OPD and other law enforcement agencies can take to measure what matters most. - More broadly, we observe that many law enforcement agencies do not fully embrace data because they view it as evidence that could be used against them, rather than as feedback about what is or is not working, and why. In Strategies for Change, we recommend more than a dozen actions that the OPD and other law enforcement agencies can take to better leverage data. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University, SPARQ: Social Psychological Answers to Real-world Questions, 2016. 298p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://sparq.stanford.edu/data-for-change Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 139753

Author: San Francisco. Blue Ribbon Panel on Transparency, Accountability, and Fairness in Law Enforcement Title: Report of the Blue Ribbon Panel on Transparency, Accountability, and Fairness in Law Enforcement Summary: The Blue Ribbon Panel on Transparency, Accountability, and Fairness in Law Enforcement (the Panel) was established as an advisory body to the San Francisco District Attorney in May 2015 in the wake of revelations that 14 San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) officers had exchanged numerous racist and homophobic text messages. The text messages-milder examples of which included statements such as "Cross burning lowers blood pressure! I did the test myself!" and "I still hate black people" - expressed blatant hostility toward and mocked people of color - including SFPD officers - and insulted lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people. The Panel was tasked with answering the critical and obvious question that the text-messaging scandal raised and - to the Panel's knowledge - no other city agency had investigated: Was the racial and homophobic bias so clearly demonstrated by the offensive texts a reflection of institutionalized bias within the SFPD and, if so, to what extent? Over a one-year period, the Panel examined a number of different aspects of the SFPD to try to develop a comprehensive understanding of the issue, interviewing more than 100 witnesses and reviewing thousands of public documents. The result is this report. Its findings and recommendations strive to give credit where credit is due, but point to several unmistakable conclusions: the SFPD is in need of greater transparency; lacks robust oversight; must rebuild trust with the communities it serves; and should pay greater attention to issues of bias against people of color, both officers and members of the public. In short, the Panel concludes that the SFPD is in urgent need of important reforms. Details: San Francisco: The Panel, 2016. 249p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: http://sfdistrictattorney.org/sites/default/files/Document/BRP_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 139754

Author: Chicago. Police Accountability Task Force Title: Recommendations for Reform: Restoring Trust between the Chicago Police and the Communities they Serve: Report Summary: The primary mission of the Police Accountability Task Force was to lay the foundation for the rejuvenation of trust between the police and the communities that they serve by facing hard truths and creating a roadmap for real and lasting transparency, respectful engagement, accountability and change. The Police Accountability Task Force developed comprehensive findings with specific recommendations for change in the short, interim and long term in five important areas: - Video Release Policies - De-escalation - Community & Police Relations - Early Intervention & Personnel - Legal Oversight & Accountability The Police Accountability Task Force arose amidst a significant and historic public outcry. The outcry brought people into the streets, on social media and on other venues to say in a very clear voice that they had reached a breaking point with the entire local law enforcement infrastructure. People were and are demanding accountability and real and lasting change. The outcry was not localized in any particular neighborhood or demographic, although communities of color and those ravaged by crime added some of the most poignant commentary. The Task Force immediately understood that one of our most important responsibilities was to actively seek out, listen and respond to voices from all over Chicago who had much to say about their personal and often painful experiences with the Chicago Police Department ("CPD"), the Independent Police Review Authority ("IPRA") and other parts of the local policing infrastructure, as well as their frustrations and lack of confidence in political actors. What we have heard has been humbling. As we dug deeper into the complaints of so many about the callous and disrespectful way in which they had been treated by some officers, we also understood that we had an important duty to lay bare the systemic and sanctioned practices that led to the deaths of fellow citizens and the deprivation of the rights of so many others. We have borne witness to many hard truths which have profound and lasting impacts on the lives and hopes of individuals and communities. Our recommendations are intended to be responsive to the people, empower the people and to specifically identify a range of changes that are essential to building trust, accountability and lasting change. As part of our work, the Task Force heard from many current and former CPD officers who are dedicated public servants, committed to performing their duties lawfully and making Chicago a safer place for all of its residents. Serving as a police officer is a challenging and often dangerous job. The police face an increasingly daunting challenge in crime fighting. Illegal guns flood the streets of the same neighborhoods that are devastated by crime, poverty and unemployment. We as a society cannot expect the police to cure every ill in Chicago's neighborhoods. Yet we put significant pressure on them to solve and prevent crime, as well as to address the manifestations of a number of other daunting social and economic challenges beyond their charge and capacity to manage, let alone solve. Still, a keen appreciation of and sensitivity to these broader issues is critical to effective law enforcement and positive community-police relations. The findings and recommendations in this report are not meant to disregard or undervalue the efforts of the many dedicated CPD officers who show up to work every day to serve and protect the community. The challenge is creating a partnership between the police and the community that is premised upon respect and recognizes that our collective fates are very much intertwined. Simply put, a more professional, engaged and respectful police force benefits us all. We cannot and have not shied away from identifying systemic problems or challenges that undermine the efforts of those officers who are sincerely committed to doing their jobs the right way. To be sure, individual officers must own responsibility for not merely their actions each day, but also the reverberating and sometimes corrosive and lingering effect of those actions on citizens. And ultimately, the responsibility for setting the correct course lies with CPD leadership itself. The City and in particular CPD would do well to embrace the necessary changes to address the systemic problems in CPD and not simply hope that this storm will pass. It will not and ignoring this opportunity will exacerbate an already volatile set of circumstances. CPD in particular must face the problems in order to fix them. Details: Chicago: The Task Force, 2016. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://chicagopatf.org/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 139755

Author: Ragany, Meghan Title: Racial Disparity in Marijuana Policing in New Orleans Summary: In national research, self-reported marijuana use is similar across races, but in New Orleans, black people are disproportionately arrested for marijuana offenses, including simple possession. In recent years, some states have legalized marijuana, while the consequences for marijuana possession in Louisiana remain severe-under state law, repeated convictions for simple possession are punishable by multi-year prison sentences. This report illuminates through quantitative analysis the persistent racial disparities in marijuana policing from 2010 - 2015 and discusses the impacts of statutory and policy reforms the city has implemented to date. We are hopeful that these findings will guide state and local policymakers toward further improvements to lessen the harm even seemingly minor police encounters inflict on black communities, and inspire other jurisdictions to examine their own practices. Details: New Orleans: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/racial-disparity-in-marijuana-policing-in-new-orleans/legacy_downloads/Racial-Disparity-Marijuana-Policing-Report-Web-July-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 139756

Author: Feeney, Matthew Title: Watching the Watchmen: Best Practices for Police Body Cameras Summary: Coverage of recent police killings has prompted a much-needed debate on law enforcement reform, and proposals for police body cameras have featured heavily in these discussions. Body cameras undoubtedly gather valuable evidence of police misconduct, and although research on the effects of body cameras is comparatively limited there are good reasons to believe that they can improve police behavior. However, without the right policies in place the use of police body cameras could result in citizens' privacy being needlessly violated. In addition, poorly considered police body camera policies governing the storage and release of footage might be too costly to implement. This paper examines the research on the costs and benefits of police body cameras, arguing that the devices can, if properly deployed and regulated, provide a valuable disincentive to police abuses as well as valuable evidence for punishing abuses when they occur. No one-size-fits-all set of body camera policies should be imposed on the thousands of police departments across the United States, which vary significantly in size as well as the crime rates they face. Nonetheless, the policies that municipal, state, and federal actors adopt will need to address transparency, accountability, and privacy in order to realize the potential benefits of wearable cameras. Toward that end, this paper outlines a number of best practices designed to help law enforcement agencies at all levels address the privacy and fiscal issues associated with body cameras. By themselves, body cameras are not a police misconduct panacea. Police misconduct can only be adequately addressed by implementing significant reforms to police practices and training. Still, body cameras can serve as an important component of police reform. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis no.782: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa782.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 139757

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: An Analysis of Race and Ethnicity Patterns in Boston Police Department Field Interrogation, Observation, Frisk, and/or Search Reports Summary: The research findings presented in this report represent an independent inquiry into possible racial disparities in Boston Police Department Field Interrogation, Observation, Frisk, and/or Search practices (informally known as FIO reports). This inquiry was conducted at the request of the Boston Police Department and the American Civilian Liberties Union of Massachusetts and spans the years 2007-10. This report summarizes the methods and research findings of the independent research enterprise. Key research findings include: - The yearly number of FIO reports made by the BPD has steadily decreased in recent years. Between 2008 and 2013, the number of FIO reports made by the BPD decreased by almost 42% (from 55,684 to 32,463). This study focused on N=204,739 FIOs made by BPD officers between 2007 and 2010. - Controlling for a variety of factors including race of residents, the logged number of crimes in Boston neighborhoods was the strongest predictor of the amount of FIO activity in Boston neighborhoods. However, the analyses revealed that the percentage of Black and Hispanic residents in Boston neighborhoods were also significant predictors of increased FIO activity after controlling for crime and other social factors. These racial disparities generate increased numbers of FIO reports in minority neighborhoods above the rate that would be predicted by crime alone. For instance, a neighborhood with 85 percent Black residents would experience approximately 53 additional FIO reports per month compared to an "average" Boston neighborhood. - FIO activity was concentrated on repeated interactions with a relatively small number of people. Roughly 5 percent of the N=72,619 unique individuals subjected to FIO encounters accounted for more than 40 percent of the total number of FIO reports made during the study time period. 67.5 percent of the FIO subjects only experienced one FIO and, as a group, accounted for 24.6 percent of the total number of FIO reports made by BPD officers during the study time period. - Gang membership and prior arrest histories were significant predictors of (a) repeated FIO reports of the same subject and (b) whether subjects were frisked / searched during an FIO encounter. These effects were present after controlling for age, sex, and race. In addition, Black subjects experienced 8 percent higher numbers of repeat FIOs and were roughly 12 percent more likely to be frisked / searched during an FIO encounter, controlling for prior criminal history, gang membership, and other factors. - FIO reports were also concentrated among a small number of very active BPD officers. Roughly 4 percent of N=2,349 BPD officers made over 43 percent of the FIOs during the study time period. Youth Violence Strike Force officers (informally known as the "gang unit") were associated with the highest numbers of FIO reports. During the study period, nearly 26 percent of BPD officers did not file a single FIO report. These officers were primarily assigned to administrative positions or were on leave for significant portions of the study time period. - White BPD officers made significantly higher numbers of FIO reports during the study time period relative to Black and Asian officers. White BPD officers also were more likely to frisk / search subjects during FIO encounters relative to minority officers. However, white officers did not seem to discriminate by subject race and ethnicity. Also, White officers made elevated numbers of FIO reports and were more likely to frisk and search during FIO encounters for subjects of all races and ethnicities. However, within suspect race categories, Black officers were less likely to FIO or frisk White or Black suspects than were White officers. - These analyses revealed racially disparate treatment of minority persons in BPD FIO activity. However, we cannot determine whether the identified patterns were generated by bias or other sources of racial discrimination in BPD FIO practices. Further research is necessary to understand the factors and processes that influence the observed disparities. Details: Boston: Boston Police Department, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/s3.documentcloud.org/documents/2158964/full-boston-police-analysis-on-race-and-ethnicity.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 139758

Author: Center for Popular Democracy Title: Building Momentum from the Group Up: A Toolkit for Promoting Justice in Policing Summary: The killing of Eric Garner, Mike Brown, John Crawford III, and Ezell Ford over just four weeks last summer, and the subsequent failure to hold any officers involved responsible, spurred a national conversation about police violence and systemic racism. Community members, often led by tenacious young leaders, planned direct actions, die-ins, walk-outs, and acts of civil disobedience to demand accountability and recognition that black lives matter. From New York to Seattle, outraged elected officials walked out of city council meetings and state buildings with their hands up to express solidarity with, and commitment to, the movement for police and criminal justice reform. Communities across the country that have lived for too long under the weight of discriminatory policing and mass incarceration are calling for a transformation of our policing and criminal justice systems. They are making it clear that it is time for policies to first and foremost reflect the concerns and solutions of communities most affected by flawed policing practices. Communities are demanding meaningful oversight of law enforcement, accountability, an end to the criminalization of communities of color, and an investments well beyond federally-sponsored tanks and additional police. To support the efforts of community organizations and elected officials, the Center for Popular Democracy (CPD) and PolicyLink have created Building Momentum from the Ground Up: A Toolkit for Promoting Justice in Policing. The Toolkit is a direct response to organizers, elected officials, and community members from across the country seeking support and resources for campaigns aimed at transforming the policies and practices of local law enforcement. Details: New York: The Center, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: http://populardemocracy.org/sites/default/files/JusticeInPolicing-webfinal_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 139759

Author: Seguino, Stephanie Title: Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Traffic Stops: Analysis of Vermont State Police Data, 2010-11 Summary: Concerns about racial profiling and racial disparities in policing have drawn the attention of Vermonters in recent years, particularly as the state has become more racially and ethnically diverse. A number of jurisdictions in Vermont have voluntarily2 moved to collect race data in traffic stops, including the Vermont State Police (VSP). This paper reports the results of an analysis of the VSP's first year of race data on traffic stops, arrests, and searches for the period July 2010 through June 2011. The results are compared to those reported in McDevitt and Posick (2011). The main innovation of this study is that it examines racial differences in outcomes for each minority group relative to Whites, while the previous study combined all minorities into one group for comparison to White drivers. As a result the analyses and conclusions drawn differ, with this study finding much more robust evidence of racial disparities in policing, particularly for Blacks and Hispanics. Details: Unpublished report, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://acluvt.org/issues/profiling/vsp_rpt_re-exam.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 139783

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Fidelity to the intensive supervision probation with services model: An examination of Adult Redeploy Illinois programs Summary: Prison populations in America are the highest per capita of any country in the world (International Centre for Prison Studies, 2014). Illinois houses about 49,000 prisoners daily, spending $1.1 billion on corrections in 2014 (Illinois Department of Corrections, 2015; Illinois State Commission on Criminal Justice and Sentencing Reform, 2014). Growing public support for prison reform has brought attention to incarceration alternatives, including intensive supervision probation (ISP). ISP programs include increased surveillance, increased surveillance with treatment, and increased surveillance with evidence-based practices (Drake, 2011). The ISP programs examined for this study were a hybrid of the three, using increased surveillance with treatment services and evidence-based practices. For the purposes of this report, these programs will be referred to as intensive supervision probation with services (ISP-S). ISP-S programs have better outcomes than deterrence-based, surveillance-only ISP (Aos, Miller, & Drake, 2006; Crime and Justice Institute at Community Resources for Justice, 2009; Paparozzi & Gendreau, 2005). Research has shown ISP-S programs reduce recidivism by 17 percent, saving approximately $20,000 per offender (Drake, Aos, & Miller, 2009). Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (Authority) researchers examined ISP-S programs operating in four counties supported by Adult Redeploy Illinois (ARI). ARI applies evidence-based, data-driven, and result-oriented strategies to reduce reliance on incarceration, increase community capacity for diversion, and enhance public safety. Since 2010, the Authority has administered grant funding for ARI and offered research, evaluation, and technical assistance to the program. In exchange for ARI grant funding, jurisdictions agree to implement evidence-based prison-diversion programs, such as ISP-S, and reduce by 25 percent the number of non-violent offenders sentenced to prison from a target population. Researchers examined ISP-S programs in DuPage, Macon, McLean, and St. Clair counties and used staff and stakeholder interviews, client interviews, and program data to evaluate fidelity to key components of evidence-based ISP-S. Researchers developed a list of nine key components of ISP-S drawing from Petersilia and Turner's ISP literature and the National Institute for Corrections (NIC) recommendations for evidence-based practices, shaped largely by Andrews and Bonta's Risk-Need-Responsivity model (Andrews & Bonta, 2010; NIC, 2004; Petersilia & Turner, 1993; Petersilia & Turner, 1991; Petersilia & Turner, 1990). Researchers used data collected during the 18-month pilot phases of DuPage, Macon, McLean and St. Clair county programs, beginning in 2011. However, not all programs started at the same time and McLean did not start accepting clients until January 2012. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/ISP%20FIDELITY%20FINAL%2006-16-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139784

Author: Heinonen, Justin A. Title: Home Invasion Robbery Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of home invasion robbery and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local home invasion robbery problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. In general, home invasion robberies have the following five features: - Offender entry is forced and/or unauthorized (except in some drug-related robberies) - Offenders seek confrontation (i.e., the intent is to rob) - Confrontation occurs inside dwellings - Offenders use violence and/or the threat of violence - Offenders demand and take money and/or property There are several common motives for home invasion robberies. The most obvious is to steal valuable items, such as cash, drugs, or property, which can be sold for cash. Another is retaliation, such as against a rival drug dealer, gang member, or domestic partner; robbery is part of the retaliation. Another is sexual assault in which robbery is committed incidentally. In some communities, home invasion robberies are principally drug rip-offs in which the target is cash or drugs, or both, and both offenders and victims are involved in the illegal drug trade. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community-Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series; Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 70: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/home_invasion_robbery.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 130310

Author: Bucknor, Cherrie Title: The Price We Pay: Economic Costs of Barriers to Employment for Former Prisoners and People Convicted of Felonies Summary: Despite modest declines in recent years, the large and decades-long blossoming of the prison population ensure that it will take many years before the United States sees a corresponding decrease in the number of former prisoners. Using data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), this report estimates that there were between 14 and 15.8 million working-age people with felony convictions in 2014, of whom between 6.1 and 6.9 million were former prisoners. Prior research has shown the adverse impact that time in prison or a felony conviction can have on a person's employment prospects. In addition to the stigma attached to a criminal record, these impacts can include the erosion of basic job skills, disruption of formal education, and the loss of social networks that can improve job-finding prospects. Those with felony convictions also face legal restrictions that lock them out of many government jobs and licensed professions. Assuming a mid-range 12 percentage-point employment penalty for this population, this report finds that there was a 0.9 to 1.0 percentage-point reduction in the overall employment rate in 2014, equivalent to the loss of 1.7 to 1.9 million workers. In terms of the cost to the economy as a whole, this suggests a loss of about $78 to $87 billion in annual GDP. Some highlights of this study include: - Between 6.0 and 6.7 percent of the male working-age population were former prisoners, while between 13.6 and 15.3 percent were people with felony convictions. - Employment effects were larger for men than women, with a 1.6 to 1.8 percentage-point decline in the employment rate of men and a 0.12 to 0.14 decline for women. - Among men, those with less than a high school degree experienced much larger employment rate declines than their college-educated peers, with a drop of 7.3 to 8.2 percentage points in the employment rates of those without a high school degree and a decline of 0.4 to 0.5 percentage points for those with college experience. - Black men suffered a 4.7 to 5.4 percentage-point reduction in their employment rate, while the equivalent for Latino men was between 1.4 and 1.6 percentage points, and for white men it was 1.1 to 1.3 percentage points. This paper updates earlier CEPR research that also examined the impact of former prisoners and those with felony convictions on the economy. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Economic and Policy Research, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://cepr.net/images/stories/reports/employment-prisoners-felonies-2016-06.pdf?v=5 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 139788

Author: Skorek, Rebecca Title: Evaluation of Chicago Police Department's Crisis Intervention Team for Youth (CIT-Y) training curriculum: Year 2 Summary: Beginning in 2010, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority awarded several grants to the National Alliance on Mental Illness of Chicago (NAMI-C) to fund Crisis Intervention Training For Youth courses to officers at the Chicago Police Department (CPD). The program was the first 40-hour, five-day law enforcement youth crisis intervention training offered in the country. NAMI-C and CPD developed the course to answer requests for additional training from officers responding to calls for service involving youth with mental, emotional, or behavioral disorders. Key findings Nationally, it is estimated that as many as 70 percent of the 2 million youth and young adults arrested each year suffer from mental health disorders which the justice system is not equipped to handle. 1 These youth could be diverted to community-based treatment services rather than the juvenile justice system. Law enforcement, under the doctrine of parens patriae, have the authority to intervene in mental health-related incidents and determine the juvenile's trajectory - resolution on scene, arrest, or psychiatric hospitalization transport. However, law enforcement officers called to intervene in crisis situations may not have the skills to safely interact with youth in crisis. Too often, officers resort to excess or even deadly force, 2 although many individuals with mental disorders pose little risk of harm to others and are much more likely to harm themselves or be victims of violence. 3 The Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) model was developed in response to the need for alternative law enforcement response to crisis calls. The team is designed to be a collaboration between police and appropriate community service systems to ensure that individuals with mental health needs are referred for services rather than brought into the criminal justice system. 4 Extending this model to youth crisis calls required additional training to prepare officers to identify youth in crisis, assess their risk of harm, and apply de-escalation techniques to reduce trauma to themselves, youth and their families and avoid criminalization of juvenile behaviors related to unmet needs. 5 This study was part of a multi-year evaluation conducted by Authority researchers on the implementation of 12 Crisis Intervention Training for Youth (CIT-Y) courses for CPD officers funded by the Authority. It focused on the second year of training implementation in 2012. It was designed to assess CIT-Y core training components and measure the curriculum's effect on officer knowledge of and attitudes toward appropriate responses to youth crisis calls. The evaluation also sought to assess progress on recommended diversification of training participation among the various levels of CPD staff, especially those responsible for supervising trained officers. Authority researchers designed evaluation tools to measure training effectiveness, including a pre-/post-curriculum test, 18 training module evaluation surveys, and follow-up focus group questions. Data was collected from 144 officers attending CIT-Y training courses from January 2012 through May 2013 after completing adult CIT training, and a comparison group of 137 officers volunteering for adult CIT training classes but not yet trained in crisis intervention techniques. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/CIT-Y%20Year%202%20Final%20Report%20to%20post.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 139789

Author: Heaton, Paul Title: The Downstream Consequences of Misdemeanor Pretrial Detention Summary: In misdemeanor cases, pretrial detention poses a particular problem because it may induce otherwise innocent defendants to plead guilty in order to exit jail, potentially creating widespread error in case adjudication. While practitioners have long recognized this possibility, empirical evidence on the downstream impacts of pretrial detention on misdemeanor defendants and their cases remains limited. This Article uses detailed data on hundreds of thousands of misdemeanor cases resolved in Harris County, Texas - the third largest county in the U.S. - to measure the effects of pretrial detention on case outcomes and future crime. We find that detained defendants are 25% more likely than similarly situated releases to plead guilty, 43% more likely to be sentenced to jail, and receive jail sentences that are more than twice as long on average. Furthermore, those detained pretrial are more likely to commit future crime, suggesting that detention may have a criminogenic effect. These differences persist even after fully controlling for the initial bail amount as well as detailed offense, demographic, and criminal history characteristics. Use of more limited sets of controls, as in prior research, overstates the adverse impacts of detention. A quasi-experimental analysis based upon case timing confirms that these differences likely reflect the casual effect of detention. These results raise important constitutional questions, and suggest that Harris County could save millions of dollars a year, increase public safety, and reduce wrongful convictions with better pretrial release policy. Details: Philadelphia: Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2809840 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139791

Author: Pang, Min-Seok Title: Armed with Technology: The Effects on Fatal Shootings of Civilians by the Police Summary: The police in the United States shot and killed 986 civilians in 2015. Deaths of civilians by the police in recent years have led to protests and disruptions in several large cities, such as New York, Chicago, and Baltimore. In this study, we investigate how the use of technology by the police affects use of lethal force on civilians. Drawing upon signal detection theory, we propose a simple, stylized model on a police officer's decision to shoot. This model posits how the use of technology for intelligence access (e.g., statistical analyses of crime data) and evidence gathering (e.g., wearable body cameras) affects use of deadly force on civilians by the police. Empirical investigations with a large-scale dataset on fatal shootings revealed both encouraging and surprising findings. We found that both the use of smartphones and the statistical analyses of crime data are associated with a decrease in deadly shootings. In contrast, the use of wearable body cameras is related to an increase in the deaths of civilians by the police, contrary to an intuitive expectation that the adoption of body cameras would prevent deadly shootings. Interestingly, we also found that the observed effect of technology use is more pronounced for African Americans or Hispanics than Whites or Asians and for armed suspects than unarmed ones. We contribute to the literature by demonstrating the far-reaching role of technology use in novel contexts, specifically in highly risky, violent environments Details: Philadelphia: Fox School of Business, Temple University, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2808662 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 139793

Author: Kierkus, Christopher A. Title: Michigan DWI-Sobriety Court Ignition Interlock Evaluation: 2016 report Summary: This report was commissioned by the Michigan Association of Treatment Court Professionals (MATCP) and was produced in cooperation with the State Court Administrative Office (SCAO). Its purpose is to provide the legislature, the Secretary of State, and the Michigan Supreme Court, documentation related to the program participants‟ compliance with court ordered conditions, their progress through the program, and the outcome(s) of being placed on interlock restrictions. This document is the fifth annual report: it provides the reader with an overview of issues pertaining to ignition interlock programs in Michigan, nationally, and internationally. It also summarizes the study design, provides a description of the data, analyzes the operation and effectiveness of the DWI/Sobriety Court interlock program, and discusses innovative practices, obstacles, and lessons learned from the five year study. Details: Lansing, MI: State Court Administrative Office, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://courts.mi.gov/Administration/admin/op/problem-solving-courts/Drug/Documents/2016%20Ignition%20Interlock%20Final%20Report%20(2).pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlock Devices (Michigan) Shelf Number: 139798

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: By the Numbers: Parole Release and Revocation Across 50 States Summary: Parole decision-making functions as a crucial mechanism channeling people in and out of prison. This report combines multiple data sources and, for the first time, provides an overview of the movements between prison and parole for each state, focusing on the decision points of parole release and parole revocation. This information allows for a comprehensive picture of each state, both as a snapshot and longitudinally. For each state, information is presented on prison and parole rates over time, the percentage of prison admissions that are due to people on conditional release, the percentage of hearings by the parole board that result in parole being granted, the rate of re-incarceration for parolees, and the percentage of parolees who exit parole due to an incarceration versus a successful completion of supervision. These five topics show a wide diversity of trends over the fifty states. This is due largely to the varying contexts in which parole operates across the states. For example, states vary in the extent to which discretionary decision-making is authorized; eligibility requirements for parole release and revocation; attitudes, cultures, and norms of parole boards; and the risk level of their prison and parole populations. In addition, only about half of the states make information on parole grant rates publicly available. Of the states that do not make this information available, only a few do not (or very rarely) use discretionary parole release. The amount of information available on grant rates varies by state, with few states offering comparable data over time and most states offering data only on hearings that actually take place. In contrast, due to national data collections by the Bureau of Justice Statistics, more comprehensive information is available on prison and parole populations, the number of conditional releases, and re-incarcerations. Certain patterns - or lack of patterns - are evident throughout the briefs, providing some answers but also raising a range of questions. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, 2016. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/numbers-parole-release-and-revocation-across-50-states Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 139802

Author: Troshynski, Emily Title: Prisoner Reentry in Nevada: Final Report on the Hope for Prisoners Program Summary: This document examines Hope for Prisoners - a prisoner reentry program in Nevada. Specifically, the research focuses on the impact of the program on participant employment and recidivism outcomes. The research procedures involved both quantitative and qualitative methods; data were gathered from case files and interviews with program participants and program mentors. The sample consisted of 1,186 individuals who completed intake interviews at Hope during an 18- month period (January 2014 - June 2015). The sample was ethnically diverse (approximately 30% White) with an average age of 37. 78% were male and 84% were single. For those who self-reported their most recent offense, 43% indicated violence, 28% reported property crime, 20% reported drug offenses, and 9% indicated a sex crime. Of the 522 individuals who completed the job readiness training course, 64% found stable employment. Of those employed, 25% found employment within 17 days of the training course. Only 6% of these 522 individuals were reincarcerated during the 18-month study period. For participants, Hope for Prisoner's mentor program appears to be a key component of the reentry initiative. Analyses demonstrate that participants with mentors were more likely to find employment. Interview data confirm the importance of mentors in terms of finding employment and also suggest the value of mentors in terms of preventing recidivism. Details: Las Vegas, NV: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: CCJP 2016-01: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/PrisonerReentry.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 139803

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Evaluation of the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Area Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a violent crime reduction initiative sponsored by the Department of Justice (DOJ). It has been in operation for over a decade and has been implemented in jurisdictions throughout the country. It began with a focus on firearm crimes, and in 2006, expanded to include gang crimes. The current initiative is intended to address violent crime, gun crime, and gang crime in Bernalillo County and the surrounding Native American communities, including Isleta Pueblo and To'hajiilee. Across the country, United States Attorney's Offices (USAO) coordinate PSN efforts in their respective districts. The USAO designates a Task Force Coordinator (also referred to herein as the "law enforcement coordinator") whose charge is to convene a PSN Task Force that brings together representatives from law enforcement and prosecution at all jurisdictional levels (local, tribal, state, and federal), as well as community leaders, research partners, and others. These Task Force meetings are a venue for planning, reporting on, and refining PSN activities and initiatives. In addition to managing these efforts, the PSN Task Force Coordinator reports to the Department of Justice regarding the implementation and short-term success of local PSN efforts. New Mexico has had the opportunity to engage in a number of Project Safe Neighborhoods projects in a variety of locations throughout the state. This PSN effort intended to build on those prior initiatives by engaging with established partners, utilizing strategic efforts developed previously, and using other proven resources and strategies developed previously through other efforts like Weed & Seed. This PSN project intends to expand on prior efforts by addressing the concerns of nearby Native American communities, particularly with respect to the transference of criminal activity and values across jurisdictional boundaries, and by addressing the impact of violent crime on urban Native Americans both as victims and offenders. As part of the research support and evaluation efforts for this PSN project, the New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NM SAC) at the University of New Mexico's Institute for Social Research has contracted with the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to conduct a process evaluation. Besides documenting project activities, this evaluation focuses on documenting the activities and collaboration that occurred, the perceived impact and success of the initiative, facilitators and barriers to implementation, and directions for future growth. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/evaluation-of-bernalillo-county-metropolitan-area-psn.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 139804

Author: Yale Law School. The Arthur Liman Public Interest Program Title: Rethinking "Death Row": Variations in the Housing of Individuals Sentenced to Death Summary: In 2015, individuals sentenced to death in the United States were housed in varying degrees of isolation. Many people were kept apart from others in profoundly isolating conditions, while others were housed with each other or with the general prison population. Given the growing awareness of the debilitating effects of long-term isolation, the placement of deathsentenced prisoners on what is colloquially known as "death row" has become the subject of discussion, controversy, and litigation. This Report, written under the auspices of the Arthur Liman Public Interest Program at Yale Law School, examines the legal parameters of death row housing to learn whether correctional administrators have discretion in deciding how to house death-sentenced individuals and to document the choices made in three jurisdictions where death-sentenced prisoners are not kept in isolation. Part I details the statutes, regulations, and policies that govern the housing of those sentenced to death and reviews prior research on the housing conditions of death-sentenced prisoners. Part II presents an overview of decisions in three states, North Carolina, Missouri, and Colorado, where correctional administrators enable death-sentenced prisoners to have meaningful opportunities to interact with others. Given the discretion that correctional officials have over housing arrangements, these states provide models to house capital-sentenced prisoners without placing them in solitary confinement. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale Law School, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: https://www.law.yale.edu/system/files/documents/pdf/Liman/deathrow_reportfinal.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 139808

Author: Hollway, John Title: Conviction Review Units: A National Perspective Summary: Over the past 25 years, Americans have become increasingly aware of a vast array of mistakes in the administration of justice, including wrongful convictions, situations where innocent individuals have been convicted and incarcerated for crimes they did not commit. The most prevalent institutional response by prosecutors to address post-conviction fact-based claims of actual innocence is the Conviction Review Unit (CRU), sometimes called the Conviction Integrity Unit. Since the creation of the first CRU in the mid-2000s, more than 25 such units have been announced across the country; more than half of these have been created in the past 24 months. CRUs have grown up ad hoc, and independently defined its structure, scope, and operations, often in reaction to a limited number of specific cases with unique circumstances. Very few have written protocols, policies, or procedures, and few of those have been made public. Given this rapid increase in number and the lack of standardization or evaluation of policies, procedures, and impact of CRUs, a more detailed evaluation of the actual policies and practices of operating CRUs may be helpful to a variety of audiences. This paper provides an analysis of a national survey of CRUs to identify policies and practices established by CRUs across the country, to assist: (a) Current CRUs in understanding how their peers have approached common challenges; (b) Offices without CRUs in the creation of effective units; and (c) Communities with metrics to evaluate the units and their utility. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School - Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice, 2016. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 15-41: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2615&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: False Convictions Shelf Number: 139810

Author: Hollway, John Title: A Systems Approach to Error Reduction in Criminal Justice Summary: How can the criminal justice system reduce errors and improve the integrity of criminal convictions? This question framed a November, 2013 Dialogue organized by the Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice at the University of Pennsylvania Law School. Prosecutors, defense attorneys, federal and local law enforcement and judges, and researchers and academics assembled for a day-long discussion about enhancing the integrity of the criminal justice system, including the use of a collaborative "systems approach" to quality improvement. The systems approach has reduced errors in a variety of complex, high-risk industries, including health care, aviation, and manufacturing, among others. Such an approach targets the system for improvement rather than specific individuals within the system. The systems approach seeks to provide an environment that maximizes each participant's ability to act effectively and efficiently. It prizes a non-punitive culture of disclosure to identify errors, gathers and applies data to understand the causes of the error, and tests systems changes to prevent future errors. This focus on system improvement, rather than on individual punishment or blame, unites all participants around objective criteria and allows each participant to do his or her job more efficiently, accurately and safely. The Quattrone Center seeks to apply this systems approach to criminal justice through a series of data-driven collaborations among researchers and practitioners. Its November Dialogue sought to explore the enthusiasm for this approach among practitioners and researchers, and to inform the future strategic direction of the Center. This document highlights the main themes and issues raised during the Dialogue, particularly methods that the Quattrone Center can use to help identify sources of error in the investigation, prosecution, and adjudication of crime, and ultimately contribute to the elimination of these errors. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School - Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1975&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: False Convictions Shelf Number: 139811

Author: Bonner, A. Title: Fair-Chance Hiring in Action: A Study of San Francisco's Centralized Conviction History Review Program Summary: This report, published by Stanford University, focuses on the outcomes of the San Francisco Department of Human Resources' (DHR) fair-chance hiring policies (FCHP). The report evaluates how the DHR decides whether job seekers whose criminal backgrounds may conflict with the job they are applying for have been sufficiently rehabilitated and will achieve success. Multiple regression analysis is used to compare the job success of candidates with conviction histories against candidates without. The report also suggests data collection and management practices that may enhance DHR's process and assist other entities interested in implementing FCHPs. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Public Policy Program, Stanford University, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: https://stanford.app.box.com/s/oxkjojpr6opcw1ky5zrzy7o02e9nae85 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 148123

Author: Koczela, Steve Title: Ready for Reform? Public Opinion on Criminal Justice in Massachusetts Summary: The research - a poll of Massachusetts residents and four focus groups, conducted by the non-partisan MassINC Polling Group - shows that Bay Staters want a criminal justice system that is effective at reducing crimes through prevention and rehabilitation. To get there, they think many of the reforms adopted in other states would be effective. They think there are too many inmates in prison, and that time in prison is actually contributing to recidivism. This report was made possible through the generous support of the Shaw Foundation, The Boston Foundation, the Public Welfare Foundation and individual donors. Details: Boston: MassINC, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/CriminalJusticePollReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 139830

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Viewing Justice Reinvestment Through a Developmental Lens: New approaches to reducing young adult recidivism in Massachusetts Summary: Residents ages 18 to 24 are the most likely demographic to find their way into Massachusetts prisons and the quickest to return to them upon release. Innovative models to serve justice-involved young adults have enormous potential to reduce recidivism. These new approaches are also central to increasing public safety in high-crime neighborhoods, where young adults are generally responsible for the most destructive violence. The second installment in our Justice Reinvestment Policy Brief Series, this paper contrasts the sharp drop in juvenile offending in Massachusetts- driven in part by the adoption of an intervention model informed by the latest developmental science - with the more moderate decline in young adult offending over the past decade. The brief concludes with a series of recommendations to reduce recidivism among justice-involved young adults through evidence-based policy and practice. Details: Boston: MassINC, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/young.offenders.brief_.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Policies Shelf Number: 139832

Author: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) Title: A Profile of Youth in the Los Angeles County Delinquency Prevention Pilot Summary: Children involved in the child welfare system are more likely than other children to be arrested or referred for delinquent offenses. Their risk of involvement in the juvenile justice system also increases as exposure to violence increases. Although the Los Angeles County Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS) had a program in place for children who were dually involved with the child welfare and juvenile justice systems, they sought to develop a mechanism for identifying youth served by DCFS who were at greatest risk of juvenile justice system involvement. This would allow provision of targeted services to those youth in an effort to prevent such involvement. Since 1999, DCFS has used the Structured Decision Making (SDM) decision-support system, developed by the NCCD Children's Research Center. The SDM system for child welfare includes an actuarial risk assessment to identify families investigated for child maltreatment who were at greatest risk of subsequent maltreatment. In 2010, DCFS staff involved in the Crossover Youth Practice Model (CYPM) asked NCCD to examine the possibility of creating a similar assessment for assessing the risk of delinquency among children receiving child welfare services in the county. NCCD conducted a study in 2011 and was able to develop an actuarial assessment, the SDM delinquency prevention screening assessment (DPSA),2 to help the county identify children at higher risk of subsequent delinquency than other children. The assessment was initially piloted by four Los Angeles County offices (Compton, Glendora, Palmdale, and South County) in the fall of 2012 as part of the Delinquency Prevention Pilot (DPP). Children identified as high risk of subsequent delinquency in the pilot offices were to receive resources targeted to their needs and risk factors related to delinquency (e.g., substance abuse, education, mental health, and delinquency) during the subsequent six months. In order to assess implementation, NCCD sought and received funding for a process evaluation from the Center for Juvenile Justice Reform (CJJR) at Georgetown University McCourt School of Public Policy. CJJR received funding for the evaluation of DPP and its work with CYPM from the Conrad N. Hilton Foundation. In 2013, the evaluation plan was modified to include short-term monitoring of process and outcome measures including service provision and entry into the juvenile justice system. The following literature review provides an empirical and theoretical basis for the project. The evaluation provides background for the development and implementation of DPP, describes successes and challenges related to implementation, serves as a first step in evaluating the effectiveness of the program to reduce delinquency over time, and offers recommendations for improving implementation of a delinquency prevention model in Los Angeles County and other sites. Details: Oakland, CA: NCCD, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/la_dpp_evaluation_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 139835

Author: Viglione, Jill E. Title: Bridging the Research/Practice Gap: Street-level Decision Making and Historical Influences Related to Use of Evidence-based Practices in Adult Probation Summary: Growing empirical research finds that a correctional system devoted to punishment is ineffective and can actually produce criminogenic effects (Nagin, Cullen & Johnson, 2009). As a result, many justice organizations, including probation, are encouraging managers and staff to adopt evidence-based practices (EBPs)--practices supported by scientific evidence, such as validated risk and needs assessments, motivational interviewing, and cognitive-behavioral therapies. Current research finds that when used appropriately, evidenced-based, rehabilitative interventions are effective at reducing recidivism (Andrews & Bonta, 2010) and improving overall probation success (Taxman, 2008). Despite this push, justice organizations are often slow to adopt and implement effective practices. Implementation of EBPs falls heavily on street-level workers, like probation officers (POs) as they adopt/adapt and implement policy and practice changes by incorporating them into routines and decisions. Using a mixed method approach (ethnography and surveys), this study builds upon traditional street-level decision-making literature, but broadens the scope of inquiry by critically examining how POs understand, define and adapt new practices to their existing organizational routines. Further, this dissertation examines the conditions under which POs make adaptations to policy and the role that organizational culture and the history of the organization plays in shaping adaptation decisions, which ultimately play a critical role in the way in which POs carry out their job and policies designed to improve probation practice and outcomes. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2015. 314p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/xmlui/handle/1920/9644 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarcerations Shelf Number: 139836

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Sex Offender Registration and Monitoring: Statewide Requirements, Local Practices, and Monitoring Procedures Summary: Since OPPAGA's first statutorily required review of sex offender registration in 2005, the number of registered sex offenders in Florida communities has grown by 44% to more than 26,000 offenders. Sheriffs' offices monitor all registered sex offenders and are meeting their statutory requirements for offender registration, address verification, and public notification. Additionally, the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC) supervises offenders sentenced to community supervision and those who have been conditionally released from prison. Sex offenders under FDC supervision are supervised at the highest risk level which entails frequent one-on-one contact between a probation officer and offender. Some supervised offenders are placed on electronic monitoring for enhanced monitoring and supervision. The Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) maintains Florida's sex offender registry. In addition to other information, sex offenders are required to report if they are enrolled or employed at an institution of higher learning and this information is included on FDLE's registry. Our review found this information to be out-of-date for some offenders. Offenders also must attempt to obtain valid state identification cards; however, some are unable to obtain the cards either because they lack the needed documentation or money to pay required fees. Sheriffs' offices have implemented the 30-day transient reporting requirement and report that the more frequent reporting improves accountability. However, the reporting requirement is not tracked consistently throughout the state. Transient offenders continue to be difficult for law enforcement to monitor. Details: Tallahassee: OPPAGA, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 15-16: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1516rpt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Monitoring Shelf Number: 139840

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Placement Challenges Persist for Child Victims of Commercial Sexual Exploitation; Questions Regarding Effective Interventions and Outcomes Remain, Summary: A total of 264 verified commercial sexual exploitation child victims (CSE children) were identified in calendar year 2015, more than the 170 identified from July 2013 through December 2014. CSE children are to be placed and served in specialized residential programs, such as safe houses and safe foster homes. However, there are a limited number of these beds and provider criteria exclude some children. Providers report that they deliver consistent statutorily-required services to children, and the Department of Children and Families (DCF) is conducting a review of literature to identify effective interventions for CSE children. Many CSE children we identified in our previous report had since been re-victimized, involved with the criminal justice system, or only attended school intermittently. State agencies, including DCF and the Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ), continue working to better identify CSE children through community awareness, training, better information system tracking, and a new screening tool. The Human Trafficking Screening Tool has been released for use but concerns exist; DCF and DJJ should prioritize getting feedback on the screening tool and validating it. Details: Tallahassee: OPPAGA, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1604rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 139841

Author: Kaba, Mariame Title: Juvenile Justice in Illinois: A Data Snapshot Summary: This report presents data about juvenile justice specific to Illinois, Cook County, and Chicago. Details: Chicago: Project NIA, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.steansfamilyfoundation.org/pdf/Juvenile_Justice_in_Illinois.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Crime Shelf Number: 139845

Author: Teji, Selena Title: Sentencing in California: Moving Toward a Smarter, More Cost-Effective Approach Summary: Californians have a collective interest in living in a safe and healthy environment. The state's criminal justice system is responsible for reducing crime and intervening when crime occurs, including apprehending and sentencing the perpetrator, in order to promote safe communities. In recent decades, however, harsh, one-size-fits-all sentencing laws contributed to the creation of a bloated and costly correctional system that generally fails to serve the interests of Californians. California has adopted significant criminal justice reforms over the past several years. In 2014, voters approved Proposition 47, which reclassified several drug and property crimes as misdemeanors. In addition, in 2011 state policymakers "realigned" to the state's 58 counties responsibility for supervising many people convicted of non-serious, nonviolent, and nonsexual felonies. Despite these positive steps, California's sentencing laws continue to overly rely on incarceration as the consequence for committing a felony or a misdemeanor, rather than promoting community-based interventions that could provide better avenues for rehabilitation. To be sure, California counties have adopted many alternative sentencing options following the 2011 realignment of responsibility for people convicted of low-level felonies. However, these approaches are not the norm across the state, and state sentencing laws continue to emphasize incarceration. Research casts serious doubt on the effectiveness of mass incarceration as a means of promoting public safety. Given the high social and financial costs of incarceration, California could revise its sentencing laws to more fully embrace alternative interventions intended to hold accountable people who commit a crime, correct problematic behaviors, and help communities and survivors of crime heal. Moreover, while incarceration will continue to be warranted for many offenses - including violent crimes - the question for state policymakers is whether sentence lengths are appropriate and reflect an efficient use of public resources. As one step forward, policymakers could establish a sentencing commission to examine the impact of sentence length on targeted populations, with the goal of ensuring that sentences are proportionate to the seriousness of the crime as well as to the risk that the person will reoffend. Policymakers also could amend the state's sentencing laws to generally scale back sentence lengths. In sum, significantly divesting from incarceration as a sentencing tool - and moving toward alternative sentencing options - could both increase public safety and be more cost-effective, Details: Sacramento: California Budget & Policy Center, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://calbudgetcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/Sentencing-in-California-12172015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 139849

Author: Florida. Senate. Committee on Criminal Justice Title: A Policy Analysis of Shackling Youth in Florida's Juvenile Courts Summary: During the last several legislative sessions, there has been legislation filed to address the issue of shackling youth in juvenile courts throughout Florida. The practice of "shackling" refers to restricting the movement of youth by handcuffs, leg restraints, and/or belly chains (otherwise known as mechanical restraints). Child advocates express dismay at the practice while proponents of the practice point to the importance of maintaining public safety. This interim project contains a policy analysis of shackling youth in juvenile courts, including a discussion of the ensuing debate surrounding the issue, a review of shackling practices in Florida, and options for addressing it. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Senate, 2009. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Interim Report 2010-110: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://archive.flsenate.gov/data/Publications/2010/Senate/reports/interim_reports/pdf/2010-110cj.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Coruts Shelf Number: 139850

Author: U.S. Department of Education, Policy and Program Studies Service Title: State and Local Expenditures on Corrections and Education Summary: Over the past three decades, state and local government expenditures on prisons and jails have increased about three times as fast as spending on elementary and secondary education. At the postsecondary level, the contrast is even starker: from 1989-90 to 2012-13, state and local spending on corrections rose by 89 percent while state and local appropriations for higher education remained flat. This increase in corrections spending has been driven by - among other factors - an increase in the number of people incarcerated in prisons and jails. The United States has only 5 percent of the world's population but more than 20 percent of the world's incarcerated population (Lee 2015). Linkages exist between educational attainment and incarceration. For example, two-thirds of state prison inmates have not completed high school (BJS 2009). Young black men between the ages of 20 and 24 who do not have a high school diploma (or an equivalent credential) have a greater chance of being incarcerated than of being employed (Neal and Rick 2014). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www2.ed.gov/rschstat/eval/other/expenditures-corrections-education/brief.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 139852

Author: Dripps, Donald A. Title: Guilt, Innocence, and Due Process of Plea Bargaining Summary: Threatened decades of imprisonment can exert more behavioral pressure than coercive police interrogation. Normative distinctions between confessions and guilty pleas offered in the Supreme Court's jurisprudence, and the academic literature, are unsound. Ergo catastrophic trial penalties should be subject to the narrowest version of the due process doctrine barring involuntary confessions: When the gap between the trial and guilty plea sentences might induce an innocent person to plead guilty, the plea is unreliable and a violation of due process. The appropriate remedy is for the defense to enter the plea subject to a trial offer, i.e., a request to the court to set the case for trial on lesser charges than those in the prosecution's trial threat; or subject to special procedures to reduce the risk of erroneous conviction at trial, such as barring proof of the defendant's prior convictions. The Supreme Court's plea bargaining cases are not inconsistent with such a procedure, while current practice is inconsistent with the Supreme Court's coerced confessions jurisprudence. Details: San Diego: University of San Diego School of Law, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: San Diego Legal Studies Paper No. 16-202 : Accessed July 25, 2016 at: Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Due Process Shelf Number: 139854

Author: Danner, Mona J.E. Title: Risk-Based Pretrial Release Recommendation and Supervision Guidelines: Exploring the Effect on Officer Recommendations, Judicial Decision-Making, and Pretrial Outcome Summary: The Virginia Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument (VPRAI), known nationally as the "Virginia Model," was the first research-based statewide pretrial risk assessment in the country. The VPRAI examines eight risk factors that are weighted to create a risk score, and defendants are assigned to one of five risk levels ranging from low to high that represent the likelihood of pretrial failure. Although Pretrial Services staff consider the results of the VPRAI, there was previously no guidance for making pretrial release recommendations to the court or determining appropriate levels of pretrial supervision until the development of the Praxis. The Praxis is a decision grid that uses the VPRAI risk level and the charge category to determine the appropriate release type and level of supervision. Further, recent research indicates that the administration of evidence-based supervision techniques to pretrial defendants is associated with reductions in failure to appear and re-arrest. The Strategies for Effective Pretrial Supervision (STEPS) program was developed to shift the focus of typical staff/defendant interaction from conditions compliance to criminogenic needs and eliciting prosocial behavior. The current research project tested the use of both the Praxis release recommendation and supervision guidelines, and the STEPS evidence-based supervision techniques in an agency random assignment study. The research examined the effect of the Praxis on pretrial officer release recommendations, judicial release decisions, and pretrial supervision practices, and the effect of the Praxis and STEPS supervision techniques on pretrial outcomes" (p. 1). Seven research questions are organized into three research objectives: what the underlying assumptions of the Praxis are in relation to VPRAI and charge category; the impact of Praxis on pretrial officer release recommendations, judicial released decision, and differential pretrial supervision practices; and the influence of Praxis and evidence-based supervision techniques on pretrial outcomes (court appearance, public safety, and compliance with release conditions). Details: St Petersburg, FL: Luminosity, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.pretrial.org/download/research/Risk%20Based%20Pretrial%20Release%20Rec%20&%20Superv%20Guidelines%20-%20Danner,%20VanNostrand,%20&%20Spruance%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 139855

Author: Ratcliffe, Jerry H. Title: Predictive Modeling Combining Short and Long-Term Crime Risk Potential: Final Report Summary: This research team (Temple University and industry partner Azavea) developed a technology capable of predicting future crime risk potential based on a number of grounded theoretical approaches to understanding localized spatial crime patterns. With regard to long-term crime risk changes, a stable crime niche model assumes that communities occupy crime niches in a broader jurisdiction, niches that are largely stable from year to year and have self-maintaining properties. Thus crime in one year may be predicted best by crime from the previous year. Alternatively, a structural model assumes that key current demographic conditions, such as socioeconomic status and racial composition, generally shape crime levels. Finally, a dynamic ecological and structural model assumes, net of the connections between current crime and demographic structure, that current structural conditions influence future long term changes in crime for a year in the future. The focus here is on ecological crime discontinuities, with priority assigned to demographic factors shaping such crime shifts over time. At the same time, ecological crime continuities also are present to a degree, linking current and future crime levels. These models were compared in the research study. The research team also examined what role near-repeat crime events, indicative of a short-term change in relative risk, have in modifying this relationship. Near repeats occur when a crime influences the likelihood of another crime within a narrow space and time window after the originator event. In particular, the 'boost' hypothesis (also known as 'event dependency') suggests that subsequent events are conditional on the originator event because (for example) the same offender returns to the area, or there is a retaliatory event. Using 2009 and 2010 reported crime for the City of Philadelphia, PA (USA) we identified that the demographics-plus-crime was the most parsimonious and accurate for robbery, burglary, aggravated assault, and vehicle theft when predicted from year-to-year in small geographic areas of 500 feet by 500 feet grid cells. Lower volume crime types (homicide and rape) were predicted as well as, or better, by the demographics-only model. We then added an event-dependency risk surface to the long-term crime risk predictions and estimated what impact this near repeat surface played in changing the accuracy and parsimony of the crime prediction. The best combination of accuracy and model parsimony was estimated by comparing differences in Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC) values. Near repeat patterns were estimated for two week periods across spatial bands of 250 feet width. These near repeat patterns were translated to a mapped risk surface and added to the long-term risk prediction surfaces. In this part of the study, 2012 crime was used to predict 2013 crime in the City of Philadelphia for two of the most frequent types of part 1 crime: robbery and burglary. With repeated examination of two-week predictions across 500 foot square grid cells, the strongest BIC value was identified with a model that combines crime from the previous year, change in demographic structure, and an adjustment for the near repeat phenomenon. Mixed effects logit models suggest that long-term (year-on-year) crime and demographic changes are more influential in this model than near repeats. Theoretically, this means that long term ecological crime continuities, long term crime discontinuities arising from stratification patterns in class and race, and near-term crime continuities in time and space all shape the two week, micro-scale predictions. In summary, a model combining community structural characteristics, crime counts from the previous year, and an estimate of near repeat activity generated the best results overall. This tells us that small scale, short term crime occurrences reflect a complex mix of near-term crime continuities, ecological crime continuities, and ecological structure which generates ecological crime discontinuities forward in time. The industry partner, Azavea, has created a free software program (PROVE) to perform these calculations for state and municipal police departments. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, Center for Security and Crime Science, 2016. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249934.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Technology Shelf Number: 139857

Author: Johnson, Sarah Title: An Analysis of Human Trafficking in Iowa Summary: Human trafficking has become a topic receiving much interest both in Iowa and nationally. However, estimates of human trafficking incidents and victims are difficult to derive given the underground nature of the offense. The purpose of this analysis is to gather data on human trafficking incidents in the state of Iowa. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Division of Criminal & Juvenile Justice Planning & Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2016 at: http://publications.iowa.gov/21719/1/CJJP_January_2016_Task_Force_Report_%20Human%20Trafficking.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 139859

Author: American Civil Liberties Union. Women's Rights Project Title: Silenced: How Nuisance Ordinances Punish Crime Victims in New York Summary: Housing security and access to effective emergency and police assistance are fundamental elements of creating safe and vibrant communities. For victims of domestic violence, housing and police access can take on even more importance, as they are often integral to escaping life-threatening violence and living free from abuse. However, municipalities across the country are increasingly enacting laws that penalize tenants and property owners based on police response or criminal activity occurring on a property. These laws - typically called nuisance ordinances, crime free ordinances, or disorderly house laws - deter crime victims from reporting crime and frequently lead to evictions or other harmful penalties for victims who do call 911 in an emergency. Details: New York: ACLU Women's Rights Project, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 26, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/report/silenced-how-nuisance-ordinances-punish-crime-victims-new-york Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 139861

Author: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice Title: A report on Chicago's felony courts Summary: At Chicago's Criminal Courts Building at 26th Street and California Avenue, the sheer volume of felony cases has overwhelmed the judges, the prosecutors, and the public defenders. The jail houses nearly 10,000 inmates awaiting trial. It is estimated that at least 20% and perhaps as many as 50% of these inmates suffer from untreated mental illness. The courtrooms hear more than 28,000 cases per year, half of which are non-violent, drug-related charges. Each judge at 26th Street has on average 275 pending cases at any one time. The adult probation department seeks to handle more than 23,000 felony offenders at any one time. Many improvements have been made as the courts struggle to adapt to the realities of operating beyond capacity, but patchwork adaptations are not good enough. This report is a result of unprecedented collaboration among leaders with a commitment to reform. Presiding Judge Paul Biebel, State's Attorney Richard Devine, and Public Defender Edwin Burnette opened their offices to this study and provided both advice and data. An advisory committee of local experts served to identify issues and review findings. Ultimately, the public gets the criminal justice system that it chooses. The choices are made in elections and in decisions on legislation, enforcement priorities, and taxes. The resulting system may not be chosen consciously, but it is chosen nonetheless. Because we disapprove of conduct that we consider immoral, our instinct is to punish it. This may be the case even if the conduct does not directly touch our own lives. But we often do not consider the costs of imposing punishment. Some money is well-spent - the incapacitation of harmful offenders is necessary to the maintenance of an orderly society. Every person put in jail, however, requires that money be spent for police, prosecutors, judges, public defenders, and jailers, and money to house and feed the offender. T1he public, therefore, needs to decide how much the incapacitation is worth. Punishment is purchased at a price, often a high one. Public policy decisions involve tough choices: we want safety, moral rectitude and, at the same time, low taxes, but in criminal justice, as in so much else, we cannot have all we want. We may hope, however, to make informed choices, based on fact. It is our objective here to provide recommendations based on facts and on the informed observations of those most familiar with the criminal justice system. The costs we should take into account are not limited to the expense of operating the criminal justice system; citizens and institutions outside the system bear much of the burden. Imprisonment removes workers from the labor force - in many cases, not just during the period of their imprisonment but permanently. Dealing with drug offenders on a "revolving door" basis, processing their cases but failing to rehabilitate them, produces ruined lives and neighborhoods infested with drug dealers. Misallocation of scarce law enforcement resources imposes costs on the business community because of lost productivity and increased security and healthcare costs, and it imposes costs on the working poor because of lost wages and because the poor are likely to be victims of crime. We can continue to devote our resources to the processing of minor drug cases, with little effect on the markets for drugs, or we can provide more resources aimed at drug and mental health rehabilitation and treatment - and target the criminal justice system on serious crime. If the problems described in this report are not addressed, Cook County's criminal justice system will continue to be unmanageable, costly, and inefficient. It will be a system that fails to do justice fairly and effectively. This report offers recommendations for achieving justice through accountability, independence, diversion, and rehabilitation. Accountability and independence require funding, political insulation, and legislative restraint. Diversion and rehabilitation keep defendants away from the criminal justice system entirely and stop the proverbial "revolving door" of justice through treatment services. There is almost universal acknowledgment among the major players at 26th Street that the Cook County criminal justice system needs significant improvement. Moreover, public opinion data suggest that the majority of the public supports restorative justice. For nonviolent offenders, there is considerable support for "intermediate sanctions" and for "restorative justice." There is not, however, a consensus on what can be done to improve the system. The gap between support for action and necessary action looms large. This study, along with the collaboration of the system's major stakeholders, is a step toward reform and change that is long overdue in Cook County. Details: Chicago: Chicago Appleseed Fund for Justice, 2007. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2016 at: http://chicagoappleseed.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/criminal_justice_full_report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 107838

Author: Simon, Thomas R. Title: Changing Course: Preventing Gang Membership Summary: Youth gang membership is a serious and persistent problem in the United States. One in three local law enforcement agencies report youth gang problems in their jurisdictions. One in four high school freshmen report gangs in their schools. Limited resources at the national, state, tribal and local levels make it more important than ever that we make full use of the best available evidence and clearly demonstrate the benefit of strategies to prevent gang-joining. In acknowledgment of these realities, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) formed a partnership to publish this book. It is critical that those who make decisions about resources - as well as those who work directly with youth, like teachers and police officers, community services providers and emergency department physicians - understand what the research evidence shows about how to prevent kids from joining gangs. The NIJ-CDC partnership drew on each agency's distinctive strengths: NIJ's commitment to enhancing justice and increasing public safety is matched by CDC's dedication to health promotion and prevention of violence, injury and disability. By combining perspectives, lessons and evidence from public safety and public health, NIJ and CDC provide new insights into the complex problems of gangs and gang membership. Public health and public safety workers who respond to gang problems know that after-the-fact efforts are not enough. An emergency department doctor who treats gang-related gunshot wounds or a police officer who must tell a mother that her son has been killed in a drive-by shooting are likely to stress the need for prevention - and the complementary roles that public health and law enforcement must play - in stopping violence before it starts. Given our shared commitment to informing policy and practice with the best available evidence of what works, CDC and NIJ brought together some of the nation's top public health and criminal justice researchers to present core principles for gang-membership prevention. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2013. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/239234.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 130002

Author: Amodeo, Andrea Title: Preparing for Life Beyond Prison Walls - The Literacy of Incarcerated Adults Near Release Summary: The report, Preparing for Life Beyond Prison Walls: The Literacy of Incarcerated Adults Near Release,uses the 2003 National Assessment of Adult Literacy (NAAL) data to examine the characteristics of incarcerated adults who were near release as well as the relationship between various characteristics and the English literacy proficiency of this population group. Although the focus of this report is on incarcerated adults near release, several findings were true for both inmates near release and inmates not near release. The report discusses key findings for each subgroup. Details: Washington, DC: American Institutes for Research, 2009. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/Preparing_for_Life_Beyond_Prison_Walls_The_Literacy_of_Incarcerated_Adults_Near_Release.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Literacy Shelf Number: 139898

Author: Ross, Cody T. Title: A Multi-Level Bayesian Analysis of Racial Bias in Police Shootings at the County-Level in the United States, 2011-2014 Summary: A geographically-resolved, multi-level Bayesian model is used to analyze the data presented in the U.S. Police-Shooting Database (USPSD) in order to investigate the extent of racial bias in the shooting of American civilians by police officers in recent years. In contrast to previous work that relied on the FBI's Supplemental Homicide Reports that were constructed from self-reported cases of police-involved homicide, this data set is less likely to be biased by police reporting practices. County-specific relative risk outcomes of being shot by police are estimated as a function of the interaction of: 1) whether suspects/civilians were armed or unarmed, and 2) the race/ethnicity of the suspects/civilians. The results provide evidence of a significant bias in the killing of unarmed black Americans relative to unarmed white Americans, in that the probability of being {black, unarmed, and shot by police} is about 3.49 times the probability of being {white, unarmed, and shot by police} on average. Furthermore, the results of multi-level modeling show that there exists significant heterogeneity across counties in the extent of racial bias in police shootings, with some counties showing relative risk ratios of 20 to 1 or more. Finally, analysis of police shooting data as a function of county-level predictors suggests that racial bias in police shootings is most likely to emerge in police departments in larger metropolitan counties with low median incomes and a sizable portion of black residents, especially when there is high financial inequality in that county. There is no relationship between county-level racial bias in police shootings and crime rates (even race-specific crime rates), meaning that the racial bias observed in police shootings in this data set is not explainable as a response to local-level crime rates Details: PLOS One, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/asset?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0141854.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 139900

Author: Tamis, Karen Title: It Takes a Village: Diversion Resources for Police and Families Summary: Police frequently encounter youth running away from home, violating curfew, skipping school, and chronically disobeying adults-misbehavior that can often stem from family conflict and that do not require justice involvement. When alternatives are not available, however, these behaviors can lead to arrests or detention. Families dealing with difficult youth behavior often unwittingly send their youth into the justice system by calling the police because they feel they have nowhere to turn for help. For police, encountering these kinds of situations can be frustrating because they feel limited to suboptimal choices: either ignoring the problem behavior or criminalizing it. This brief explores the creative, collaborative, and community-focused work being done in Nevada, Connecticut, Nebraska, Michigan, Illinois, and Oregon to find productive responses to youth "acting out." The juvenile assessment resource centers, crisis response centers, and crisis intervention teams in these jurisdictions address the needs of youth and connect families to resources and services without the need for juvenile justice involvement. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 30, 2016 at: http://www.issuelab.org/resources/25235/25235.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 139901

Author: Corona, Samantha Title: Students Together Reducing Exploitation and Trafficking Team: success and challenges Summary: This program evaluation study aimed to highlight the growth, accomplishments and challenges of Students Together Reducing Exploitation and Trafficking (S.T.R.E.A.T.) Team, a human sex trafficking program in the Sacramento City Unified School District from 2012 to 2015. The program was analyzed based on existing service records, S.T.R.E.A.T. Team workshops surveys, and three key informant interviews. Three major findings were identified (1) the importance of creating a team with a survivor and ally led perspective; (2) school systems have been identified as areas of opportunity to engage with youth on this topic; and (3) evaluation of program outcomes to facilitate the team's ability to spread awareness of sex trafficking to youth. Sex trafficking of youth has infringed on basic human rights, an implication for the profession of social work. Details: Sacramento: California State University, 2016. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/handle/10211.3/173390 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 139909

Author: Erken, Engin Title: The micro-spatial link between open-air drug markets and crime Summary: In the 1980s, the United States experienced a significant increase in drug offenses and associated fear of crime among residents. Substantial research has been devoted to the proposition of drug addiction and crime to examine whether drug consumption makes addicts commit a crime, or crime-prone individuals are more likely to become drug addicts. However, the research about the relationship between the area where drugs are sold, namely open-air drug markets, and crime rates is sparse. The ecological criminology and opportunity theories that investigate the relationship between the crime and place, as well as informal social control mechanisms inspired many criminologists to investigate the distribution of crime at micro-spatial areas. Advances in the geographic information systems and technology in the late 1980s have allowed scholars to demonstrate crime distribution at micro places, which are very small geographic areas, such as addresses or street segments. Empirical research on micro crime places indicates that less than five percent of these micro settings account around for 50 percent of the offence incidents for an extended period. Additionally, crime significantly clusters at micro places, where illegal drug markets exist, as compared to non-drug hot spots. The current study examines the spatial correlation between open-air drug markets and violent and property crimes at the block level. Considering that using block group or census tract level data fail to capture block by block variation of crime, the variables were constructed from parcel-tax data. Using GeoDa's local spatial autocorrelation (LISA) analysis and regression functionality to identify violent and property crime clusters, results revealed a substantial effect of alcohol-related establishments on the elevated levels of crime that residents experience. The overwhelming impact of alcohol-related establishments on the occurrence of crime incidents hindered to examine the true extent of the role of open-air drug markets associated with the elevated levels of crime. However, the results, in conjunction with the significant body of empirical research on micro crime places, demonstrate that only less than five percent of the city blocks account for the high-high clusters of the offense incidents. Details: Camden, NJ: Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: https://rucore.libraries.rutgers.edu/rutgers-lib/49795/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 139920

Author: Hughes, Melissa Marie Title: "She's Just A Slut": The Effect of Language on the Perceived Value and Worth of Women Summary: This study examines the word "slut" and its impact on the way 638 participants perceived an individual woman. Two test groups were established using a survey that briefly describes a fictional woman named "Stacy". Test group B received a survey that contained the word "slut/slutty" in reference to "Stacy" whereas Test Group A received a survey that contained the words "flirt/flirty" in reference to Stacy. Using a semantic differential scale that featured 20 word pairings, this study examined the likelihood that participants who were exposed to the word "slut" perceived "Stacy" more negatively than those who were not. Results show that the participants who were exposed to the word "slut" did perceive "Stacy" somewhat more negatively overall and in relation to word pairings that were both specifically related to promiscuity and specifically unrelated to promiscuity. The implications of these findings are discussed within a Symbolic Interactionalist framework and conclusions are made about the impact on society at large. Details: Dayton, OH: University of Dayton, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:114927 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Communications Shelf Number: 139927

Author: Towers, Sherry Title: Contagion in Mass Killings and School Shootings Summary: Abstract Background Several past studies have found that media reports of suicides and homicides appear to subsequently increase the incidence of similar events in the community, apparently due to the coverage planting the seeds of ideation in at-risk individuals to commit similar acts. Methods Here we explore whether or not contagion is evident in more high-profile incidents, such as school shootings and mass killings (incidents with four or more people killed). We fit a contagion model to recent data sets related to such incidents in the US, with terms that take into account the fact that a school shooting or mass murder may temporarily increase the probability of a similar event in the immediate future, by assuming an exponential decay in contagiousness after an event. Conclusions We find significant evidence that mass killings involving firearms are incented by similar events in the immediate past. On average, this temporary increase in probability lasts 13 days, and each incident incites at least 0.30 new incidents ( p = 0.0015). We also find significant evidence of contagion in school shootings, for which an incident is contagious for an average of 13 days, and incites an average of at least 0.22 new incidents ( p = 0.0001). All p -values are assessed based on a likelihood ratio test comparing the likelihood of a contagion model to that of a null model with no contagion. On average, mass killings involving firearms occur approximately every two weeks in the US, while school shootings occur on average monthly. We find that state prevalence of firearm ownership is significantly associated with the state incidence of mass killings with firearms, school shootings, and mass shootings. Details: PLoS ONE 10 (7): e0117259. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0117259. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/asset?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0117259.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Contagion Shelf Number: 139930

Author: Ridolfi, Laura Title: The Prosecution of Youth as Adults: A county-level analysis of prosecutorial direct file in California and its disparate impact on youth of color Summary: This report examining the prosecution of youth as adults in California documents variations by county in the use of "direct file" and its disproportionate impact on youth of color. Direct file refers to a decision, made solely at a prosecutor's discretion, to charge a youth in adult, criminal court. The report was produced by the Center on Juvenile & Criminal Justice (CJCJ), National Center for Youth Law (NCYL) and W. Haywood Burns Institute. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://youthlaw.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/The-Prosecution-of-Youth-as-Adults.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 139933

Author: Mello, Steven Title: Police and Crime: Evidence from COPS 2.0 Summary: The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act increased funding for the Department of Justice's local police hiring (COPS) grant program from $20 million in 2008 to $1 billion in 2009 and over $150 million annually in 2010-2012. Among grant winners, program rules generate quasi-random variation in the timing of grant-induced police increases. I leverage this variation to overcome simultaneity bias and estimate the causal effect of police on crime. Event study and instrumental variables estimates suggest that police added by the program resulted in large and statistically significant declines in robberies, larcenies, and auto thefts. I find evidence that these crime reductions are achieved through deterrence rather than incapacitation. Under conservative assumptions, the program's costs outweigh its benefits, but the program is easily cost-effective under more generous assumptions about its crime effects or associated stimulus benefits. The results highlight that police hiring grants may offer higher benefit-cost ratios than other job creation programs. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University - Department of Economics, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2812701 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Deterrence Shelf Number: 139936

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Firearm Justifiable Homicides and Non-Fatal Self-Defense Gun Use: An Analysis of Federal Bureau of Investigation and National Crime Victimization Survey Data Summary: In 2012, across the nation there were only 259 justifiable homicides involving a private citizen using a firearm reported to the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program as detailed in its Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR). That same year, there were 8,342 criminal gun homicides tallied in the SHR. In 2012, for every justifiable homicide in the United States involving a gun, guns were used in 32 criminal homicides . And this ratio, of course, does not take into account the tens of thousands of lives ended in gun suicides or unintentional shootings that year. This report analyzes, on both the national and state levels, the use of firearms in justifiable homicides. It also details, using the best data available on the national level, the total number of times guns are used for self-defense by the victims of both attempted and completed violent crimes and property crimes whether or not the use of the gun by the victim resulted in a fatality. Details: Washington, DC: VPC, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/justifiable15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 139937

Author: Greenwood, Ian D. Title: Cyber-Victimization and Delinquency: A General Strain Perspective Summary: This study examines juvenile delinquency and cyber - victimization from a general str ain perspective. General strain theory provides a model where strain is experienced through the (1) loss of something valued, (2) the presentation of noxious stimuli, or (3) the inability to achieve valued go als. As a coping mechanism for strain, some juveniles react through cri minal or delinquent behavior . This thesis predicts that cyber - victimization increases the likelihood of physical fighting, weapon - carrying, and truancy at school. U sing the 2013 National Crime Victimization Survey: School Crime Supplement , t he hypotheses are analyzed using multivariate logistic regression models that include other known correlates of delinquency . Marginal support is found for cyber - victimization increasing the likelihood of truancy from school. Although the o verall results do not support the hypotheses , several other factors display significant relationships with delinquent outcomes. A discussion of the results, limitations, and recommendations for future research is provided in light of these findings. Details: Missoula, MT: University of Montana, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.umt.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=11765&context=etd Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 139938

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Financial Institutions: Fines, Penalties, and Forfeitures for Violations of Financial Crimes and Sanctions Requirements Summary: Over the last few years, billions of dollars have been collected in fines, penalties, and forfeitures assessed against financial institutions for violations of requirements related to financial crimes. These requirements are significant tools that help the federal government detect and disrupt money laundering, terrorist financing, bribery, corruption, and violations of U.S. sanctions programs. GAO was asked to review the collection and use of these fines, penalties , and forfeitures assessed against financial institutions for violations of these requirements - specifically, BSA/AML, FCPA, and U.S. sanctions programs requirements . T his report describes (1) the amounts collected by the federal government for these violations , and (2) the process for collecting these funds and the purposes for which they are used. GAO analyzed agency data, reviewed documentation on agency collection processes and on authorized uses of the funds in which collections are deposited, and reviewed relevant laws. GAO also interviewed officials from Treasury (including the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and the Office of Foreign Assets Control ), Securities and Exchange Commission, Department of Justice, and the federal banking regulators. GAO is not making r ecommendations in this report Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-297: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/675987.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fines Shelf Number: 139943

Author: Hayek, Connie Title: Environmental Scan of Developmentally Appropriate Criminal Justice Responses to Justice-Involved Young Adults Summary: This environmental scan sought to identify those programs addressing the developmental needs of young adults involved in the criminal justice system. Included in the scan is legislation with provisions sensitive to the developmental level and maturation of justice-involved young adults. The scan incorporated a variety of methods to locate programs and legislation. The approaches included a review of research and documents prepared by advocacy organizations; extensive internet searches; interviews of various stakeholders; outreach to professional organizations; searches on social media sites; and distribution (via professional listservs) of an invitation from the Assistant Attorney General to submit information on successful programs. All established programs included in the scan identified some level of success, although often this was established anecdotally. Achievement of success generally focused on the reduction of recidivism rates. A common theme in all programs is the inclusion of case management or coordination, combined with intensive services. Individualized services included education or vocational training, mental and/or substance abuse treatment, and assistance with housing and employment. Many programs offer reduced sentencing or probation, expungement of records, or a reduction in charges as an incentive for participation. Programs ranged from those still in the developmental stages to several that have provided services and supports to justice-involved young adults for several years. Among the more innovative approaches is a network of programs in the state of Massachusetts, the most widely known being Roca and UTEC. These programs include repeatedly reaching out to young offenders in efforts to engage them in services rather than requiring voluntary participation at the onset of services. Another innovation is a recently added " pay for success" structure in which the agency providing services is compensated based on achievement of predefined outcomes. UTEC developed several social enterprises (e.g., a mattress recycling service, food services, woodworking) to create employment opportunities for participants. A new program in New York is using mobile technology to track and maintain contact with young adults awaiting trial. A program in Maine operates a separate incarceration facility for young adults with an emphasis on treatment and skill development rather than the typical punitive approach used in adult prisons. Legislative changes in the approach to how young adults are handled within the justice system have centered around three main themes. This includes raising the age of juvenile court jurisdiction, consideration of mitigating circumstances in sentencing, and the expungement of criminal records of young adults. Connecticut has garnered much attention for the governor's proposal to raise the age at which a person can be tried as an adult to 21 years. Several states have proposed legislation that would allow judges to take into account the age at which a crime is committed as a mitigating factor in sentencing, allowing for lesser sentences based on the maturation level of young adults. Several states have considered laws to expunge the criminal records of young adults, reducing the long- term consequences of actions of young adults who may lack the judgment and critical thinking skills of older adults. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249902.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Programs Shelf Number: 139944

Author: Schaefer, Shelly Title: The Impact of Juvenile Correctional Confinement on the Transition to Adulthood Summary: Justice-involved adolescents face significant roadblocks in the transition to adulthood when they navigate this period (roughly ages 18- 25) while simultaneously reentering the community after a period of confinement. To explore this double transition, this study investigates how confinement delays the development of psychosocial maturity and in turn, how this affects the transition to adulthood. The study uses nationally representative data from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health) to compare psychosocial maturity for three groups of adolescents: those placed in juvenile confinement before age 18, those who are arrested before age 18 but not confined, and those with no criminal justice involvement in adolescence. Psychosocial maturity is measured along three dimensions, responsibility, temperance, and perspective at Waves 1 (baseline, average age = 15.44) and Wave 3 (post-confinement, average age = 21.95) to assess the effects of confinement and psychosocial maturity development on the attainment (or non-attainment) of markers of a successful transition to adulthood at Wave 4 (average age = 28.31). Findings show significantly lower levels of psychosocial maturity measures for responsibility and perspective for confined youth compared to both non-delinquent and non-confined youth. Subsequently, confined youth have lower levels of educational and employment attainment in young adulthood compared to all other youth. Results suggest the need for juvenile facilities to rely less on correctional control and to incorporate programming that allows juveniles to build psychosocial maturity skills through activities that mirror typical adolescent responsibilities, behaviors, and tasks. Details: St. Paul, MN: Hamline University, Department of Criminal Justice and Forensic Science, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249925.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 139947

Author: Hastings, Allison Title: Partnering with Community Sexual Assault Response Teams: A Guide for Local Community Confinement and Juvenile Detention Facilities Summary: Community-based sexual assault response teams, or SARTs, are considered a best practice for addressing the needs of victims and holding perpetrators accountable. The federal standards for implementing the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) require correctional facilities to develop a coordinated, victim-centered response to sexual assault so that victims in confinement settings - including prisons, jails, lockups, and community confinement and juvenile facilities - get the services and care they need. This guide, also available at PREAguide.org, is designed to assist administrators of local community confinement and juvenile detention facilities with the task of developing coordinated response procedures and partnering with community SARTs. It is based on the experiences and lessons learned from the Sexual Assault Response Teams in Corrections Project, a multi-year pilot program funded by the U.S. Department of Justice, Office for Victims of Crime, that Vera implemented in Johnson County, Kansas. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2016 at: http://www.prearesourcecenter.org/sites/default/files/library/preaguide.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 139948

Author: Weston, Maureen A. Title: Tackling Abuse in Sport Through Dispute System Design Summary: Reports of sexual abuse in the youth sports community require sport at every level to be concerned about ensuring the emotional and physical safety of its athletes. To address the problem of sexual abuse in sport, the U.S. Olympic Committee (USOC) commissioned a Working Group on Safe Training Environments, which employed a Dispute System Design (DSD) process in undertaking a comprehensive study focused on the issue of abuse in sport and how to provide a safe training athletic environment for athletes that is free of abuse, also known as SafeSport. The process of Dispute Systems Design provides an analytical framework to address conflict and to develop a process for preventing, managing, and resolving recurring problems in a variety of contexts. DSD can assist organizations seeking to address conflict by providing a systematic approach to help identify the program goals and objectives, stakeholders, a system structure in terms of process options and incentives for use, and resource support. Through the construct of Dispute System Design (DSD), this Article examines sexual misconduct in youth sports, focusing on USOC efforts to address the detection, prevention, and adjudication of sexual abuse in sport. Section II reports on the problem of abuse in sport, which includes the difficulties in identifying and defining unacceptable conduct in the context of a close trusted relationship between athlete and coach, and concerns with internal reporting systems. Section III examines the process the USOC Working Group on Safe Training Environments employed to formulate its recommendations for SafeSport policy and implementation. Section IV analyzes the effectiveness of the proposed Center for Safe Sport, including proposed systems for reporting, investigating, and sanctioning misconduct. The Article concludes proposing a systems check of dispute system design to facilitate tackling, resolving, and preventing abuse in sport. Details: Malibu, CA: Pepperdine University School of Law, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Pepperdine University Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2016/23: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2812402 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse in Sports Shelf Number: 139953

Author: Marlowe, Douglas B. Title: Painting the Current Picture: A National Report on Drug Courts and Other Problem-Solving Courts in the United States Summary: The 2014 Painting the Current Picture (PCP) Survey was distributed to the statewide or territorial problem-solving court coordinator or other designated primary point of contact in all 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. Respondents were instructed to answer all items as of December 31, 2014. Fifty- three out of 54 jurisdictions (98%) completed at least part of the survey; however, response rates were lower for some items because relevant data was unavailable Details: Alexandria, VA: National Drug Court Institute, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://www.ndcrc.org/sites/default/files/pcp_final_version.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Court Shelf Number: 139954

Author: Reaves, Brian A. Title: State and Local Law Enforcement Training Academies, 2013 Summary: Presents findings on the basic training programs of more than 600 state and local law enforcement training academies, including data on program content, recruits, and instructors. Program content is described in terms of teaching methods, major subject areas, average hours of instruction, and curriculum development methods. It describes recruits in terms of demographics, completion rates, and reasons for failure. Employment data by academy type, size, and instructor training requirements are also included. Data are from the 2013 Census of Law Enforcement Training Academies (CLETA), which collected data from all state and local academies that provided basic law enforcement training from 2011 to 2013. Academies that provided only in-service, corrections and detention, or other specialized training were excluded. Highlights: On average, 45,000 recruits entered basic law enforcement training programs each year from 2011 to 2013. From 2011 to 2013, 86% of the recruits who started a basic training program completed it successfully. About 1 in 7 recruits entering basic training programs were female. Nearly 1 in 3 recruits were members of a racial or ethnic minority. From 2011 to 2013, academies at 2-year colleges graduated the most recruits (10,000 per year), followed by municipal police (7,000) academies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/slleta13.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Departments Shelf Number: 139959

Author: Vitter, Zoe E. Title: Foreclosure and Crime in a Suburban Setting Summary: This research examines the relationship between foreclosure and crime within the context of a middle-class, rapidly growing outer suburb during the foreclosure crisis that began in 2006. Previous research has found that concentrated residential foreclosure, long-term vacancy, and property abandonment in urban areas is associated with increases in crime and disorder. Calls for police service, real estate transactions, and socio-economic data from 2004 through the end of 2009 were aggregated into pre- and post-periods. Using multiple linear regression, a small but statistically significant relationship between crime and foreclosure, was found, which held even when demographic and environmental variables, and previous crime rate were added to the model. Previous crime rate of a neighborhood, mobility in both the pre- and post-period, and retail employment also positively predicted crime and were statistically significant. Percent Hispanic population negatively predicted crime. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2014. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/xmlui/handle/1920/8994 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Foreclosures Shelf Number: 139961

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: Does "Ban the Box" Help or Hurt Low-Skilled Workers? Statistical Discrimination and Employment Outcomes When Criminal Histories are Hidden Summary: Jurisdictions across the United States have adopted "ban the box" (BTB) policies preventing employers from conducting criminal background checks until late in the job application process. Their goal is to improve employment outcomes for those with criminal records, with a secondary goal of reducing racial disparities in employment. However, removing information about job applicants' criminal histories could lead employers who don't want to hire ex-offenders to try to guess who the ex-offenders are, and avoid interviewing them. In particular, employers might avoid interviewing young, low-skilled, black and Hispanic men when criminal records are not observable. This would worsen employment outcomes for these already-disadvantaged groups. In this paper, we use variation in the details and timing of state and local BTB policies to test BTB's effects on employment for various demographic groups. We find that BTB policies decrease the probability of being employed by 3.4 percentage points (5.1%) for young, low-skilled black men, and by 2.3 percentage points (2.9%) for young, low-skilled Hispanic men. These findings support the hypothesis that when an applicant's criminal history is unavailable, employers statistically discriminate against demographic groups that are likely to have a criminal record. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 22469: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22469.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 139964

Author: Californians for Safety and Justice Title: California Crime Victims' Voices: Findings from the First-Every Survey of California Crime Victims and Survivors Summary: Who are crime victims in California? How does crime impact them and their thinking? What are their unmet needs - and experience with victim services? We explore these questions and more in a report that includes the first survey data from California crime victims. Historically, there has been a lack of data on who California's crime victims are, what they need to recover from crime and their opinions about our state's justice priorities. To begin filling this gap, we commissioned the first-ever survey of California crime victims. In April 2013, David Binder Research polled more than 2,600 Californians who were broadly representative of California's population with respect to race, ethnicity, age and gender. Of those, 500 identified as having been a victim of crime in the last five years, and these respondents answered 61 questions regarding their experiences and perspectives. This report describes the findings of this survey and points to opportunities for further research and reforms to improve victim recovery. Among the findings, it may be surprising to some that California victims - even when profoundly impacted by their experience with crime - overwhelmingly favor a system that focuses on rehabilitation rather than incarceration. Survey findings reflect a different perspective than commonly understood about the views of California crime victims. These views are not always reflected accurately in the media or around state policy tables. Details: Oakland, CA: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://libcloud.s3.amazonaws.com/211/72/d/228/2/VictimsReport_07_16_13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Victims Shelf Number: 139965

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Utah Cost of Crime. Education and Vocation Programs for Adult Offenders: Technical Report Summary: This project examines the economic and behavioral consequences of corrections-based interventions for reducing criminal recidivism. The research team conducted a systematic review of the extant research on adult and juvenile interventions in eight program areas. Research findings were synthesized across studies through the use of meta-analysis, wherein the results of multiple primary studies were statistically combined into a single metric. This metric, or overall effect size, is a standardized measure of the magnitude of an intervention on criminal behavior. In the final project, program effect sizes will be combined with cost data in order to calculate cost-benefit ratios for the various programs. This report examines the issue of educational and vocational programs for adult inmates. Details: Salt Lake City, UT: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/EdVoc_Technical-Report_final.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 139966

Author: Kreag, Jason Title: Prosecutorial Analytics Summary: The institution of the prosecutor has more power than any other in the criminal justice system. What is more, prosecutorial power is often unreviewable as a result of limited constitutional regulation and the fact that it is increasingly exercised in private and semi-private settings as the system has become more administrative and less adversarial. Despite this vast, unreviewable power, prosecutors often rely on crude performance measures focused on conviction rates. The focus on conviction rates fails to capture and adequately evaluate the breadth of prosecutorial decision-making. We can do better by fully implementing analytics as a tool to evaluate the prosecutorial function. This tool has revolutionized crime-fighting. Yet, it has been conspicuously absent as a tool to improve other aspects of the criminal justice system. This Article demonstrates the promise of prosecutorial analytics to improve oversight and to promote systemic interests in justice, fairness, and transparency. It offers concrete examples of how analytics can 1) help eliminate race-based jury selection practices; 2) minimize prosecutorial misconduct; 3) uncover whether undesirable arbitrary factors shape prosecutorial discretion; and 4) provide better metrics for the judiciary, practitioners, and the public to evaluate prosecutorial performance. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, James E. Rogers College of Law, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Arizona Legal Studies Discussion Paper No. 16-10: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2764399 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prosecutorial Discretion Shelf Number: 139967

Author: Gall, Julie M. Title: Domestic Lone Wolf Terrorists: An Examination of Patterns in Domestic Lone Wolf Targets, Weapons, and Ideologies Summary: This study identified patterns in domestic lone wolf terrorist attacks by examining data from the RAND Database of Worldwide Terrorism Incidents (RDWTI) and the University of Maryland Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) Global Terrorism Database (GTD). To date, the databases have captured information on 92 separate attacks by domestic lone wolf terrorists. This study reviewed the incidents and identified patterns in the targets attacked, weapons utilized, and ideologies of the domestic lone wolves; emerging patterns from the other variables of interest; and the lethality of single-incident versus multi - incident domestic lone wolves. Descriptive statistics, cross - tabulations, and graphs were utilized to analyze and display the findings. The analysis yielded several noteworthy findings. Contrary to what was hypothesized, in most cases the ideology held by a domestic lone wolf did not predict the type of target attacked. Second, explosive devices were used in more than 50% of domestic lone wolf attacks. Whereas the use of explosive devices increased in the 1990s, firearm usage was fairly stable over the time period examined. Lastly, single incident domestic lone wolves (i.e., terrorists who engaged in only a single attack prior to death or apprehension) were found to be more lethal, in terms of casualties, than multi - incident domestic lone wolves. Future research should investigate the relationship of these findings to the behavior of larger terrorist organizations. If, in fact, domestic lone wolves do not behave, hold ideological motivations, or target venues in a similar fashion to group terrorists, then the counter-terrorism and intelligence communities, as well as policy makers, should pay additional attention to this unique breed of terrorists, since their actions may not be predictable on the basis of how better - known terrorist organizations act. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2014. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1920/9164/Gall_gmu_0883E_10769.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 139971

Author: Olaghere, Ajima Title: The Everyday Activities that Bind for Crime: investigating the Process of Routine Activities Theory at Specific Places Summary: This dissertation explores why and how crime events routinely occur at specific places in high crime areas, such as street blocks, addresses, street corners, and intersections. Specifically, this dissertation considers what human activities, behaviors, routines, and situations contribute to crime occurring at these places. Routine activities theory and environmental criminology suggest that crime is a process resulting from the convergence of the daily human routines of offenders, targets, and guardians (or lack thereof). Furthermore, these opportunities for crime are sustained, enhanced, or limited based on surrounding physical and environmental features of where crimes occur. Many scholars have attempted to test the salience o f these theories using spatial data analysis, quantitative data analysis, and comp uter simulation modeling (Bosse, Elffers, Gerritsen, 2010; Cahill, 2004; Groff, 2007 ; Groff, 2008; Lum, 2003). However, these methods often fall short because the process of the routines and their link to crime occurrence are not actually observed, but instead e stimated from administrative data and he use of statistical modeling. This dissertation attempts to improve our understanding about the link between routine activities, the envi ronment, and crime using systematic social observation (SSO) of archived closed circuit television (CCTV) footage of crime events in Baltimore City. This approach serves as t he best possible and safest approach to explore the salience of routine activities theory a nd environmental criminology, short of observing routines in real time that unfold into cr imes. Given time and resource constraints, I examined 100 crime events from a col lection of the Baltimore Police Department's (BPD) archived footage. Systematic obs ervations of each archived crime event were completed using a theoretically informed instrumentation on site at a CCTV monitoring station for six and half months, culmina ting in over 2,340 hours of data collection of 397 hours of actual footage. Qualitative and exploratory data analysis produced findings largely about the routines leading up to drug crime events, with some comparison to violent and property crime. Systematic patterns of behavior leading up t o crime were observed, and could be categorized into a number of common features. With respect to drug crimes, eight common features emerged that help explain the proce ss of drug crimes unfolding in high crime places. The features varied to the degree in which they emerged, some features having a higher likelihood of occurrence than other s. These findings, while exploratory, have implications for routine activities theory and crime pattern theory, and future research Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2015. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 3, 2016 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1920/9658/Olaghere_gmu_0883E_10882.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Patterns Shelf Number: 139972

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Anger, Control, and Intimate Partner Violence in Young Adulthood: A Symbolic Interactionist Perspective Summary: Drawing on a symbolic interactionist perspective, we critically evaluate the assertion that intimate partner violence (IPV) is not about anger, but about (male) power and control. This perspective provides a basis for expecting that: a) anger as well as control dynamics will be associated with higher odds of IPV perpetration, and that b) women�s as well as men�s attempts to control partners or aspects of the relationship will be associated with higher risk. To empirically evaluate these two hypotheses, we rely on the fourth wave of interviews conducted with respondents who participated in a longitudinal study (Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study) (n = 985). Results indicate that after controlling for traditional predictors such as exposure to coercive parenting practices, residing in a disadvantaged neighborhood and affiliating with violent peers (assessed at wave one), both male and female control attempts are associated with higher risk of young adult IPV, and the index of female control contributes to model fit. Subsequently we include two dimensions of anger (anger identity and relationship- based anger), and results indicate that these are significant, and also add to the fit of the model. Supplemental models explore the association between various combinations of anger and control and violence reports and incorporate interactions of gender and the anger and control constructs. Details: Bowling, Green, OH: Department of Sociology and Center for Family and Demographic Research, Bowling Green State University, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: 2013 Working Paper Series: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: https://www.bgsu.edu/content/dam/BGSU/college-of-arts-and-sciences/center-for-family-and-demographic-research/documents/working-papers/2013/CFDR-Working-Papers-2013-13-Anger-Control,-and-Intimate-Partner-Violence-in-Young-Adulthood-A-Symbolic-Interactionist-Perspective.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Anger and Aggression Shelf Number: 130010

Author: Zweig, Janine M. Title: Technology, Teen Dating Violence and Abuse, and Bullying Summary: This study explores the role of technology in teen dating violence and abuse and teen bullying. The researchers surveyed 5,647 youth-more than any previous analysis-in 10 northeastern schools. Twenty-six percent of dating teens reported experiencing abuse online or through texts from their partners, and 17 percent of all youth said they were cyber bullied by a peer. Teenage girls reported experiencing more digital dating abuse (particularly sexual abuse) and cyber bullying than teenage boys. Implications for practice and future research are discussed. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2013. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/412891-Technology-Teen-Dating-Violence-and-Abuse-and-Bullying.PDF Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 130007

Author: National Center for School Engagement Title: Jacksonville, Florida Case Study: Evidence of Effectiveness in Reducing Truancy Summary: In recent years, truancy has become a focus of policy discussions across the country. School districts, juvenile courts, and police departments across the map are trying new methods to keep children in school (Cantelon and LeBoeuf, 1997). The business community has been vocal about the need for a workforce with a more solid foundation in the basic skills that public education is expected to provide. In response to concerns about school attendance and achievement, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention funded several model community-based truancy reduction programs to operate in various cities nationwide. One of these programs is located in Jacksonville. This chapter reports the results of a six-year evaluation of that program. Subsequent chapters will report on the progress being made in two other OJJPD-funded programs in Houston, TX and Seattle, WA. It is "common knowledge" among those who work in the field of juvenile justice that truancy leads to a number of undesirable outcomes, yet the body of research on truancy - its causes, outcomes, and methods of prevention - is still limited. Retrospective studies of juvenile delinquents show th at truancy is common among that group, and attitudes toward school are poor. However, the only prospective study - one that begins with the population of truants and investigates th eir propensity to be involved with delinquent behavior - is being conducted by the Study Group on Very Young Offenders, sponsored by OJJDP. This longitudinal study, conducted in Denver, CO; Rochester, NY; and Pittsburgh, PA, shows that truancy is one of the early behaviors that may eventually lead to serious delinquency (Loeber and Farrington, 2000). They identified truancy as a "disruptive behavior" a nd found that one quarter to one half of disruptive children are at risk of becoming juvenile delinquents. Results of the recent National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health show that frequent problems with school work is the single greatest risk factor for four of the five risky behaviors studied: cigarette smoking, under-age alcohol use, weapon-related violence and suicidal thoughts and attempts (Blum, Beuhring, and Rinehart, 2000). With the new trend toward truancy reduction and the general belief that truancy is a precursor to other more serious problems, the National Center for School Engagement has been conducting one of the few longitudinal studies regarding the effectiveness of truancy reduction approaches, and their relative costs and benefits. The National Center for School Engagement has conducted a proc ess evaluation of seven community-based truancy reduction programs, and an outcome evaluation of three of the sites; Jacksonville is one of these. Specifically, the comprehensive process, outcome and cost-benefit evaluation have been conducted with the Truancy Arbitration Program in Jacksonville, Florida. The following research questi ons were used to guide this study: Research Questions 1. What is the relative cost effectiveness of these interventions given their propensity to produce high school gradua tion and deter criminal activity? 2. What specific parent, school, and community interventions are consistently effective in improving school attendance, attachment, and academic achievement for truant youth? Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Foundation for Families and Children, 2005. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: http://schoolengagement.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/JacksonvilleFloridaCaseStudyEvidenceofEffectivenessinReducingTruancy.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 130049

Author: Heilbrunn, Joanna Zorn Title: Juvenile Detention for Colorado Truants: Exploring the Issues Summary: American society has been struggling with what to do with truant children for decades (Gavin, 1997). As unskilled jobs become a smaller proportion of the labor market, the problem of an inadequate educat ion becomes more cri tical. Those without high school degrees are encount ering an ever-narrower ra nge of job possibilities, increasing the risk of unemployment and decreasing the wages of those who do find unskilled employment. Truancy is one of the best predictors that a young person wi ll drop out of high school before completing a degree. Truants de monstrate little emotional attachment to their schools. Excessive absences push st udents, many of whom find school difficult to begin with, way behind in their school work. As a result, they achieve poor grades, and often fail to earn credit for their classes, discouraging them from pursuing high school to completion. Colorado law states that a child who has missed four days in one quarter or ten days in one school year due to unexcused ab sence is truant. Once a child meets this criteria, his or her school may file a truancy petition with the juven ile court. How soon that happens, and what steps a school takes prior to making a court filing, vary by school district and even by school. Strategies employed by different juvenile courts vary as well. Nonetheless, judicial districts around Colorado have begun to address the problem of truancy more seriously in recent years. Several districts have cr eated a truancy docket within their juvenile courts, assigning one magistrate to handle all truancy cases on one day each week. Restructuring in favor of a sp ecific truancy court has several benefits for schools as they consider whether to file a co urt case against a trua nt student. Of great importance to overcommitted school staff, is the fact that the ti me they must spend waiting at court for a case to be heard is minimized. Furthermore, they are assured greater consistency in how youth will be se ntenced, and know the magistrate will take each case they bring to court seriously. Some districts have initi ated truancy reduction programs that provide alternatives to the tr aditional court process, increasing social worker involvement with truants and th eir families. (Heilbrunn, 2003; Heilbrunn and Seeley, 2003. For information on a set of such programs operating nationwide see Gonzales, Richards, and Seeley, 2002.) Details: Denver: Colorado Foundation for Families and Children, 2004. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2016 at: http://schoolengagement.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/JuvenileDetentionforColoradoTruantsExploringtheIssues.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 130047

Author: Barthe, Emmanuel P. Title: Final Report on the Reno Police Department's SMART Policing Initiative to Reduce Prescription Drug Abuse Summary: The nonmedical use of prescription drugs has become a widespread problem throughout the United States, especially among young people. Results from the National Survey of Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) indicate that, in 2008, more than 6.2 million pers ons aged 12 or older reported that they had used nonmedical prescription drugs in the past 30 days. 1 Moreover, the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse (2005) reported that, from 1992 - 2003, nonmedical prescription drug use increased by 212 perc ent among teenagers. 2 The consequences of prescription drug abuse are no less serious than those tied to illicit substances. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recently reported that one person dies from prescription drug abuse every 19 m inutes in the United States. National data from the Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN) estimate that emergency room visits for prescription drug abuse (both alone and in combination with other drugs) have increased by more than 60 percent in the Prescription drug abuse is especially prevalent in Nevada. According to the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, Nevada ranks first in the nation for prevalence rates of nonmedical prescription drug use (ages 26 or older). Details: Reno, NV: University of Nevada, Reno, Criminal Justice Department, 2012. 199p. Source: Internet Resource: Full report available from the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 130039

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: CBP Use of Force Training and Actions To Address Use of Force Incidents Summary: We incorporated the formal comments from U.S. Customs and Border Protection in the final report. This revised version is redacted due to deliberative material. The report contains three recommendations aimed at improving the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Office of Training and Development and the Office of Internal Affairs. Your office concurred with all of the recommendations. Based on information provided in your response to the draft report, we consider the three recommendations resolved. Once your office has fully implemented each recommendation, please submit a formal closeout letter to us within 30 days so that we may close the recommendation. The memorandum should be accompanied by evidence of completion of agreed-upon corrective actions. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2016 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/2013/OIG_13-114_Sep13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 130021

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Unleashed and Unaccountable: The FBI's Unchecked Abuse of Authority Summary: The Federal Bureau of Investigation serves a crucial role in securing the United States from criminals, terrorists, and hostile foreign agents. Just as importantly, the FBI also protects civil rights and civil liberties, ensures honest government, and defends the rule of law. Its agents serve around the country and around the world with a high degree of professionalism and competence, often under difficult and dangerous conditions. But throughout its history, the FBI has also regularly overstepped the law, infringing on Americans' constitutional rights while overzealously pursuing its domestic security mission. After the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, Congress and successive attorneys general loosened many of the legal and internal controls that a previous generation had placed on the FBI to protect Americans' constitutional rights. As a result, the FBI is repeating mistakes of the past and is again unfairly targeting immigrants, racial and religious minorities, and political dissidents for surveillance, infiltration, investigation, and "disruption strategies." But modern technological innovations have significantly increased the threat to American liberty by giving today's FBI the capability to collect, store, and analyze data about millions of innocent Americans. The excessive secrecy with which it cloaks these domestic intelligence gathering operations has crippled constitutional oversight mechanisms. Courts have been reticent to challenge government secrecy demands and, despite years of debate in Congress regarding the proper scope of domestic surveillance, it took unauthorized leaks by a whistleblower to finally reveal the government's secret interpretations of these laws and the Orwellian scope of its domestic surveillance programs. There is evidence the FBI's increased intelligence collection powers have harmed, rather than aided,its terrorism prevention efforts by overwhelming agents with a flood of irrelevant data and false alarms. Former FBI Director William Webster evaluated the FBI's investigation of Maj. Nadal Hasan prior to the Ft. Hood shooting and cited the "relentless" workload resulting from a "data explosion" within the FBI as an impediment to proper intelligence analysis. And members of Congress questioned several other incidents in which the FBI investigated but failed to interdict individuals who later committed murderous terrorist attacks, including the Boston Marathon bombing. While preventing every possible act of terrorismis an impossible goal, an examination of these cases raise serious questions regardingthe efficacy of FBI methods. FBI data showing that more than half of the violent crimes, including over a third of the murders in the U.S. ,go unsolved each year calls for a broader analysis of the proper distribution of law enforcement resources. With the appointment of Director James Comey, the FBI has seen its first change in leadership sincethe 9/11 attacks, which provides an opportunity for Congress, the president, and the attorney general to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the FBI's policies and programs. This report highlights areas in which the FBI has abused its authority and recommends reforms to ensure the FBI fulfills its law enforcement and security mi ssions with proper public oversight and respect for constitutional rights and democratic ideals. The report describes major changes to law and policy that unleashed the FBI from its traditional restraints and opened the door to abuse. Congress enhanced many of the FBI's surveillance powers after 9/11, primarily through the USA Patriot Act and the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act Amendments. Therecent revelations regarding the FBI'suse of Section 215 of the USA Patriot Act to track all U.S. telephone calls is only the latest in a long line of abuse. Five Justice Department Inspector General audits documented widespread FBI misuse of Patriot Act authorities in 2007 and 2008. Congress and the American public deserve to know the full scope of the FBI's spying on Americ ans under the Patriot Act and all other surveillance authorities. Details: New York: ACLU, 2013. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/assets/unleashed-and-unaccountable-fbi-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 130020

Author: Fratello, Jennifer Title: Coming of Age with Stop and Frisk: Experiences, Perceptions, and Public Safety Implications Summary: Amid the debate about stop and frisk in New York City, its relationship to reductions in crime, and concerns about racial profiling, one question has gone largely unexplored: How does being stopped by police, and the frequency of those stops, affect those who experience them at a young age? In New York City, at least half of all recorded stops annually involve those between the ages of 13 and 25. This new study from Vera's Center on Youth Justice examines this question. The results reveal a great deal about the experiences and perceptions of young New Yorkers who are most likely to be stopped. Trust in law enforcement among these young people is alarmingly low. This has significant public safety implications as young people who have been stopped more often are less willing to report crimes, even when they themselves are the victims. The report includes a set of recommendations aimed at restoring trust and improving police-community relations. It also features an infographic summarizing the findings. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Youth Justice, 2013. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 5, 2016 at: http://archive.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/stop-and-frisk_technical-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 130029

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Sex Offenders: ICE Could Better Inform offenders It Supervises of Registration Responsibilities and Notify Jurisdictions when Offenders Are Removed Summary: On the basis of GAO's analysis of a representative sample of 131 alien sex offenders under U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) supervision, GAO estimates that as of September 2012, 72 percent of alien sex offenders were registered, 22 percent were not required to register, and 5 percent did not register but should have. According to officials, offenders were not required to register for various reasons, such as the offense not requiring registration in some states. Of the 6 offenders in GAO's sample that should have registered, officials from ICE's Enforcement and Removal Operations (ICE-ERO) field offices informed 4 of their registration requirements. However, officials at some of these field offices identified several reasons why they did not ensure that these offenders actually registered. For example, the offender may have moved and no longer resided in the area of responsibility for that particular field office. ICE had not informed the remaining 2 offenders of their registration requirements. Alien sex offenders are not consistently informed of potential registration requirements, and relevant jurisdiction officials--that is, state, territorial, and tribal sex offender registry and law enforcement officials--are not consistently notified when an offender is removed from the country or released. The Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act of 2006 (SORNA) and other federal laws identify when sex offenders and relevant jurisdiction officials should be notified. However, the agencies that have these notification responsibilities are limited in their ability to provide information to and about alien sex offenders, in part because they do not know when ICE-ERO will release or remove these offenders. ICE-ERO has a procedure in place to inform alien sex offenders who are being removed about potential registration requirements, but not alien sex offenders who are being released into the community under supervision, primarily because ICE-ERO is uncertain whether it has a responsibility to do so. ICE-ERO also does not consistently notify relevant jurisdiction officials when an alien sex offender is removed or released under supervision, for similar reasons. However, officials from the Department of Justice's Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART) Office said that state correctional facilities, in the interest of public safety, have notification processes in place, even though sometimes not required to do so. ICE-ERO is reviewing options for informing alien sex offenders under supervision about their potential registration requirements and notifying jurisdictions when alien sex offenders are released under supervision, but has not established a deadline for completing its review, which is inconsistent with project management standards. Without a deadline, it will be difficult to hold ICE-ERO accountable for providing these notifications. Further, ICE-ERO does not plan to notify relevant jurisdictions when an alien sex offender is removed. Providing such notification could help jurisdictions ensure public safety and avoid unnecessarily spending resources trying to locate the offender. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-13-832: Accessed August 5, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/657831.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 130035

Author: Proctor, Nathan Title: Anonymity Overdose: Ten cases that connect opioid trafficking and related money laundering to anonymous shell companies Summary: Opioid deaths now exceed those from motor vehicle accidents. It's clear we need to do more. Fair Share Education Fund's latest report, "Anonymity Overdose," connects opioid trafficking and the subsequent crisis with the activities of anonymous shell companies - companies formed with no way of knowing who is actually in charge. Because they shield the owners from accountability, anonymous shell companies are a common tool for disguising criminal activity and laundering money, and are also at heart of the Panama Papers. "Anonymity Overdose" found 10 case studies that show the connection between the use of anonymous shell companies and opioid trafficking and related money laundering. In one such example, Kingsley Iyare Osemwengie and his associates were found to use call girls and couriers to transport oxycodone, and then move profits through an anonymous shell company aptly named High Profit Investments LLC. Meanwhile, the crisis is taking an increasing toll on the nation. According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) , in 2014 there were approximately one and a half times more drug overdose deaths in the United States than deaths from motor vehicle crashes. Since 2000, the rate of deaths from opioid related overdoses has increased 200%. The CDC refers to the opioid crisis as an epidemic. The report uses perspectives provided by law enforcement officials as well as federal court cases to highlight the role that ending anonymous shell companies could play in addressing the crisis. Details: Washington, DC: Fair Share, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://www.fairshareonline.org/sites/default/files/AnonymityOverdose_Aug1_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Addition Shelf Number: 139975

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting: Existing Federal Efforts to Increase Awareness Should be Improved Summary: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimated that 513,000 women and girls in the United States were at risk of or had been subjected to female genital mutilation/cutting (FGM/C) in 2012, a threefold increase from its 1990 estimate. CDC attributes this change primarily to increased immigration from countries where FGM/C is practiced, rather than an increase in the occurrence of FGM/C. Agency estimates were not able to distinguish between those who have already been subjected to FGM/C and those who are at risk. Women and girls at risk of or who have been subjected to FGM/C in their home country may seek federal protection in the United States through different avenues of the immigration process, and GAO found that there have been few U.S. investigations and prosecutions. According to Department of Homeland Security officials, protection is most commonly provided through the asylum process, where individuals must demonstrate that they have been persecuted or fear persecution in their home country on account of protected grounds such as religion or nationality. While FGM/C is a crime under federal and many state laws, law enforcement officials identified few investigations and prosecutions related to FGM/C. Officials said that this may be due, in part, to underreporting. Federal agencies and others provide education and assistance regarding FGM/C, but gaps exist and agencies lack documented plans for future efforts. The Department of State (State) directly provides information on FGM/C in a fact sheet only to certain types of visa recipients who apply in countries where FGM/C is practiced. State does not provide the fact sheet to nonimmigrant visa recipients as these visas are for temporary stays; however, some of these visas permit stays in the United States for multiple years. In addition, State does not directly provide the fact sheet to visa recipients who are nationals of countries where FGM/C is common, but apply at posts in other countries. Visa recipients who do not directly receive the fact sheet may be unaware of the health and U.S. legal consequences of FGM/C. Federal agencies have made efforts to increase awareness of FGM/C among stakeholder groups, including hosting round-tables and developing educational materials. However, the agencies lack documented plans for future efforts. Internal controls state that agencies should establish plans and document activities. Absent this, the federal government may be unable to ensure that its activities meet the needs of and that it communicates effectively with external parties, such as key stakeholder groups. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-645: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/678098.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Female Genital Cutting Shelf Number: 139976

Author: Carr, Jillian B. Title: Keep the Kids Inside? Juvenile Curfews and Urban Gun Violence Summary: Gun violence is an important problem across the United States. However, the impact of government policies on the frequency and location of gunfire has been difficult to test due to limited data. The data that do exist suffer from broad and non-random under-reporting. This paper uses a new, more accurate source of data on gunfire incidents to measure the effects of juvenile curfews in Washington, DC. Juvenile curfews are a common, but extremely controversial, policy used in cities across the United States. Their goal is to reduce violent crime by keeping would-be offenders and victims indoors, but removing bystanders and witnesses from the streets could reduce their deterrent effect on street crime. The net effect on public safety is therefore ambiguous. We use exogenous variation in the hours of the DC curfew to identify the policy's causal effect on gun violence. We find that, contrary to its goal of improving public safety, DC's juvenile curfew increases the number of gunfire incidents by 150% during marginal hours. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2486903 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 139977

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Compendium of Research on Children Exposed to Violence (CEV) 2010-2015 Summary: Introduction to CEV Compendium Children may experience violence in many settings, including at home, in school, online or in neighborhoods, and in many forms, such as bullying or harassment by peers, domestic violence, child maltreatment and community violence. For the purposes of this compendium, studies have been included if they relate to the topic of children exposed to violence broadly defined. Studies funded under NIJ's CEV solicitation are included as well studies funded in other portfolios if they relate to the topic. The Teen Dating Violence studies are also included in the VAWA Compendium, which is publically available. This compendium only includes studies funded from 2010 forward. Where final reports are a vailable in print, a NCJ number will be listed. All NCJ numbers listed herein can be searched through the "Library/Abstracts" link on the National Criminal Justice Reference Center (NCJRS) home page, https ://www.ncjrs.gov. A search by NCJ number will yield an abstract of the final report as well as an Adobe PDF link to a copy of the final report or go to the publisher's website. Final reports may also be found through a search by Author, Title or Subject. The abstracts included in this document are presented as provided by the grantees in their research proposals and have not been edited. Details: Washington, DC: NIJ, 2016. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249940.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 140022

Author: Huggins, Veronica Clarease Title: A study of perceived preparation and self-efficacy among offenders in the department of correction and rehabilitation who are incarcerated at the Montgomery County Correctional Facility and participants of the reentry program Summary: This study examines the perceived preparation and self-efficacy among offenders in the Department of Correction and Rehabilitation who are incarcerated at the Montgomery County Correctional Facility in Montgomery County, Maryland and are participants of the reentry program. Eighty-nine (89) participants were selected for the probability sampling. The 89 survey participants were sentenced inmates who were within the last 90 to 120 days of incarceration. The respondents were males and females over the age of 18. Findings of the study revealed that there was a statistically significant relationship between perceived preparation and successful release of the offenders in the reentry program. Details: Atlanta, GA: Clark Atlanta University, 2015. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.auctr.edu/dissertations/2444/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 140026

Author: Brown, Hubert Title: Back on track: the epidemic of violence among African-American youth in the Gresham Park Community Summary: This project was designed to address the reduction and prevention of violence of African- American youth ages (12-16) within the Gresham Park Community of Decatur, Georgia. Moral development and character development are used interchangeably. A curriculum was developed for youth and parents to assist them to help young people in reaching their potential regarding moral character to avoid the pitfalls of violence. The underlying principles of the study were moral character, spiritual formation, and personal responsibility. The major premise of the project was that if youth feel good about themselves and feel a connection to God, parents, school, and community, then youth will behave better, love themselves and God, and they will make better decisions to negotiate life in regards to nonviolence as opposed to violence. The study was conducted at Flat Shoals United Methodist Church, and Cedar Grove High School. The total number of youth participating in this study is twenty two. Eight adults observed, supported, and occasionally gave verbal input. The training took place over a sixteen week period. This study indicates that there was a significant increase in the moral and character development among the youth. Details: Atlanta, GA: Interdenominational Theology Center, 2014. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 6, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.auctr.edu/dissertations/2265/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Churches Shelf Number: 140027

Author: Dasher, Andrew David Title: Technology Distractions on Patrol: Giving Police Officers a Voice Summary: Distraction while using mobile technology devices such as a cell phone or tablet computer is a common occurrence within the civilian population of the United States. U.S. police officers are increasingly utilizing these types of devices within the patrol environment. However, little is known as to how distraction affects police officers while they interact with these devices in the course of their daily duties. The purpose of this qualitative study was to explore how officers process potential officer safety issues on patrol, while interacting with mobile technology, by questioning participants' perception of distraction. This was accomplished through a phenomenological paradigm that was framed within the concepts of unintended consequences (a subset of systems theory) and load-induced blindness (a subset of cognitive load theory). Data were collected through 10 semi-structured interviews, 2 extensive observations, and researcher-authored memos in conjunction with police officers of a medium-sized city in a western state. These data were analyzed in order to discover themes using a modified Van Kaam methodology. Results were expressed in 7 themes: conflicts with policy intent versus application, uncertainty in chain-of-command communication, reluctance to take tablets outside patrol vehicles, technology distraction's relationship to stress, presence of load-induced blindness, depressed ability to self-assess levels of distraction, and active engagement in risk-lowering strategies related to technology distraction. Implications for social change include informing police administrators and policy creators about research outcomes applicable to: modifications of policy, work-flow optimization, and technology use. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2880&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Performance Shelf Number: 140028

Author: Dlagnekov, Louka Title: Video-based Car Surveillance: License Plate, Make, and Model Recognition Summary: License Plate Recognition (LPR) is a fairly well explored problem and is already a component of several commercially operational systems. Many of these systems, however, require sophisticated video capture hardware possibly combined with in- frared strobe lights, or exploit the large size of license plates in certain geographical regions and the (artificially) high discriminability of characters. One of the goals of this project is to develop an LPR system that achieves a high recognition rate without the need for a high quality video signal from expensive hardware. We also explore the problem of car make and model recognition for purposes of searching surveillance video archives for a partial license plate number combined with some visual description of a car. Our proposed methods will provide valuable situational information for law enforcement units in a variety of civil infrastructures Details: San Diego: University of California, San Diego, 2005. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://vision.ucsd.edu/belongie-grp/research/carRec/dlagnekov_thesis_2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: License Plate Recognition Shelf Number: 140030

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Baltimore City Police Department Summary: This report present the outcome of the Department of Justice's investigation of the Baltimore City Police Department (BP D). After engaging in a thorough investigation, initiated at the request of the City of Baltimore and BPD, the Department of Justice concludes that there is reasonable cause to believe that BPD engages in a pattern or practice of conduct that violates the Constitution or federal law. BPD engages in a pattern or practice of: (1) making unconstitutional stops, searches, and arrests; (2) using enforcement strategies that produce severe and unjustified disparities in the rates of stops, searches and arrests of African Americans; (3) using excessive force; and (4) retaliating against people engaging in constitutionally -protected expression. This pattern or practice is driven by systemic deficiencies in BPD's policies, training, supervision, and ac countability structures that fail to equip officers with the tools they need to police effectively and within the bounds of the federal law. We recognize the challenges faced by police officers in Baltimore and other communities around the country. Every day, police officers risk their lives to uphold the law and keep our communities safe. Investigatory stops, arrests, and force - including, at times, deadly force - are all necessary tools used by BPD officers to do their jobs and protect the safety of thems elves and others. Providing policing services in many parts of Baltimore is particularly challenging, where officers regularly confront complex social problems rooted in poverty, racial segregation and deficient educational, employment and housing opportunities. Still, most BPD officers work hard to provide vital services to the community. The pattern or practice occurs as a result of systemic deficiencies at BPD. The agency fails to provide officers with sufficient policy guidance and training; fails to collect and analyze data regarding officers' activities; and fails to hold officers accountable for misconduct. BPD also fails to equip officers with the necessary equipment and resources they need to police safely, constitutionally, and effectively. Each of these systemic deficiencies contributes to the constitutional and statutory violations we observed. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://civilrights.baltimorecity.gov/sites/default/files/20160810_DOJ%20BPD%20Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 140031

Author: Fain, Terry Title: Los Angeles County Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act: Fiscal Year 2014-2015 Report Summary: California's Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act was designed to provide a stable funding source for juvenile programs that have proven effective in curbing crime among at-risk and young offenders. It provides funds to counties to add evidence-based programs and services for juvenile probationers identified with higher needs for special services than those identified for routine probationers, at-risk youths who have not entered the probation system but who live or attend school in areas of high crime or who have other factors that potentially predispose them to criminal activities, and youths in juvenile halls and camps. The California state legislature requires the Board of State and Community Corrections to submit annual reports evaluating the program on six outcome measures: (1) successful completion of probation, (2) arrests, (3) probation violations, (4) incarcerations, (5) successful completion of restitution, and (6) successful completion of community service. Each county can also measure supplemental outcomes. The report also compares juvenile justice system costs for program youths in the six months before they entered a program and in the six months after entering the program. For the six state-mandated outcomes, differences between program participants and comparison-group youths are mostly positive, though relatively small. County-developed supplemental outcomes, which measure performance of program participants at program entry and again later, are more favorable. Key Findings Program Participants Are Generally Meeting Program Goals Overall, for legislatively mandated big six and supplementary outcomes, program participants showed more-positive outcomes than comparison-group youths. High school probationers under school-based probation supervision showed more-positive outcomes for four of the big six outcomes, while comparison-group youths had significantly fewer probation violations. Middle school probationers under school-based probation supervision had significantly higher rates of completion of probation and completion of community service, but comparison-group youths had significantly fewer violations of probation. Incarceration rates were significantly lower for program participants in the Enhanced Mental Health Services initiative than for comparison-group youths. Participants in the Enhanced School- and Community-Based Services initiative had significantly better outcomes than the baseline period or comparison group for completion of probation, completion of restitution, and completion of community service. Comparison-group youths in this initiative showed significantly fewer violations of probation. Several programs did produce average savings in several important outcomes, including the cost of arrests, court appearances, juvenile hall stays, and, to a lesser degree, time spent in camp. Recommendations Probation should increase the amount and quality of data available for all programs to permit more evaluation and research. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1458.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 140032

Author: Indiana State Epidemiology and Outcomes Workgroup Title: The Consumption and Consequences of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs in Indiana: A State Epidemiological Profile 2015 Summary: This report represents the tenth official State Epidemiological Profile completed by the SEOW. As in past years, we have updated the core set of analyses to reflect the most recent data available. In order to make the report most useful for state and local policymakers and service providers, we present detailed information and descriptive analyses regarding the patterns and consequences of substance use both for the state and, whenever possible, each of Indiana's 92 counties. Prescription drug abuse remains a significant problem in Indiana, and we continue to work closely with the State Board of Pharmacy, reviewing data on dispensation of controlled substances to identify geographic patterns. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Health Policy at Indiana University-Purdue University Indianapolis (IUPUI): 2016. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://www.healthpolicy.iupui.edu/PubsPDFs/2015%20State%20Epidemiological%20Profile.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140033

Author: Eberline, Andrew Title: Cost-Benefit Analysis of Electronic License Plates Summary: The objective of this report is to determine whether el ectronic vehicle recognition systems (EVR) or automatic license plate recognition systems (ALPR) would be beneficial to the Arizona Department of Transportation (AzDOT). EVR uses radio frequency identification technology tags (RFID) that would be placed on all registered vehicles so that RFID readers could read vehicles� plate numbers as they pass using the radio frequency signal emi tted by the RFID tag. ALPR technology uses cameras and alphanumerical recogni tion software to read license plates as they pass. The literature review looks into the previous applications of both ALPR a nd EVR. Departments of Transportation (DOTs), tolling authorities and law enforcement all have used va rious applications of this advanced electronic technology. Based on the literature review and the benefits section (Chapt er 3), the potential benefits of an ALPR / EVR system are: 1. The ability for AzDOT to potentially m onitor traffic flow more accurately, 2. The ability to better enforce license and registration compliance, 3. The ability to better enforce auto insurance compliance, 4. The ability to implement a toll, or congestion charge, 5. The ability to aid law enforcement in finding suspected criminals. Chapter 4 determines the potential costs of an ALPR or EV R system and then compares the costs with the total quantifiable benefits using two case stud ies. In the first case study, an AL PR system was set up on all major valley freeways, and in the second case study, an EVR system was set up on all major valley freeways. The ALPR case study concluded that such an ALPR system could be set up for about $10 million dollars and it could generate up to $400 million dollars in direct benefit per year and up to $1.3 trillion in benefi ts to highway users per year. The EVR case study concluded that such an EVR system could be set up for about $50 milli on, and it could generate up to $4 07 million in direct benefit per year and up to $1.33 trillion in benefits to highway users per y ear. A direct benefit profits the state directly with cash, whi le benefits to highway users helps society as a whole but the state receives no revenue. Chapter 5 looked into the legality of a potential ALPR or EVR system. This chapter concluded that AzDOT has the authority to implement an ALPR / EVR system in Arizona. Ho wever this section also concluded that AzDOT should seek legislative support to increase public support. This report concludes that at the present ALPR should be further researched and/or im plemented by the State of Arizona. The reasons for this recommendation are because o f: ALPR�s previous applications, ALPR�s lower up front cost, ALPR�s ability to read out-of-state plates, ALPR�s potential lo wer degree of public opposition, and the possibility that ALPR would have to back up an EVR system. All in all, these techno logies are changing at a rapid rate and a change in any of these variables that generated this recomme ndation could change this recommendation. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona Department of Transportation, 2008. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Report 637: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/lpr/ArizonaCostBenefitAnalysis.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 140035

Author: Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights Title: Police Body Worn Cameras: A Policy Scorecard Summary: In the wake of high-profile incidents in Ferguson, Staten Island, North Charleston, Baltimore, and elsewhere, law enforcement agencies across the country are rapidly adopting body-worn cameras for their officers. One of the main selling points for these cameras is their potential to provide transparency into some police interactions, and to help protect civil rights, especially in heavily policed communities of color. But accountability is not automatic. Whether these cameras make police more accountable - or simply intensify police surveillance of communities - depends on how the cameras and footage are used. That's why The Leadership Conference, together with a broad coalition of civil rights, privacy, and media rights groups, developed shared Civil Rights Principles on Body Worn Cameras. Our principles emphasize that "[w]ithout carefully crafted policy safeguards in place, there is a real risk that these new devices could become instruments of injustice, rather than tools for accountability." This scorecard evaluates the body-worn camera policies currently in place in major police departments across the country. Our goal is to highlight promising approaches that some departments are taking, and to identify opportunities where departments could improve their policies. Details: Washington, DC: Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, 2016. 208p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2016 at: https://www.bwcscorecard.org/static/pdfs/LCCHR_Upturn-BWC_Scorecard-v2.03.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 140036

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Defining Violence: Reducing Incarceration by Rethinking America's Approach to Violence Summary: While the national conversation and policy reforms have focused on reducing the incarceration of people convicted of nonviolent offenses, just under half the people in prison have been convicted of a violent crime. In Defining Violence, JPI says it's impossible the U.S. will be able to lower its incarceration rate significantly without changing how the justice system treats violent crimes. Defining Violence surveys the current debate in state legislatures and Congress on criminal justice reform, noting where justice reform proposals have been mired down in debates over what constitutes a violent crime, how justice systems treat violent crimes, and how these debates have made it challenging to making lasting justice reform possible. To address this complicated issue, we need to rethink how the justice system responds to violent crimes, starting with how these crimes and behaviors are defined, and how that affects prison populations. Who defines a behavior as violent, how the justice system treats these behaviors, and whether the approach to violent crime makes us safer needs to be scrutinized if we are ever going to make meaningful reductions in the use of incarceration. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/jpi_definingviolence_final_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 140039

Author: Nguyen, Amanda Title: Developing Performance Metrics for Drug Enforcement: Evaluating the Efficacy of the MJTF Teams Using a Tiered and Priority Scoring System Summary: The Michigan State Police (MSP) strategic plan recognizes the role that illegal drug production, abuse, and trafficking plays in violent and property crime, accidental deaths, a nd drugged driving. Consequently, MSP has placed an emphasis on developing a statewide drug enforcement strategy that include s new metrics used to measure enforcement activities and to track progress toward reducing the level of illegal drug production, abuse, and trafficking and the associated public safety and health problems associated with illegal drugs. A key element of MSP's drug enforcement strategy is a series of multijurisdictional task forces (MJTF). Michigan's MJTFs are comprised of 22 teams that focus on drug - related crimes within specific regions of the state. Each team investigates drug crimes within their jurisdiction which comprises one or more surrounding counties. The MJTFs are based on the principles of bringing additional resources from multiple agencies, improving the coordination and communication across agencies, and being able to follow illegal drug activities across jurisdictional boundaries. As noted above, MSP's strategic plan has prioritized developing meaningful performance metrics for the MJTFs. A key element of the performance measures is to prioritize "harm" associated with illegal substances. Prior to the implementation of a new arrest scoring system based on "tiers," the previous scale of measurement for drug arrests was based on a level system that categorized offenders and drug quantities ranging from Level 1 (least harm) to Level III (most harm). In 2014, a new tier system with redefined categories was employed along with a scoring guide to transform raw arrest numbers into a point system. (Refer to Appendix A for Drug Trafficking Tier Definitions). The scoring guide used to accompany the new tier definitions was created based on a drug's amount of harm caused. Each drug category is assigned a priority value along with each trafficker tier also being assigned a point value. This new system allows for high priority drugs and higher tier arrests to be given more value than low priority drugs and lower tier arrests. The scoring guide is used to measure MJTF performance based on these arrest scores. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC_Developing-Performance-Metrics-for-Drug-Enforcement_May2016_FINAL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 140043

Author: McGarrell, Edmund F. Title: Detroit Project Safe Neighborhoods: Final Project Report Summary: Detroit Project S afe Neighborhoods (PSN), known as the Comprehensive Violence Reduction Partnership, involved a multi - agency collaboration of local, state, and federal criminal justice agencies, community partners, and a research partner following a data - driven strategic effor t to reduce gun and gang violence. The strategy combined focused enforcement with youth outreach and intervention. Detroit PSN focused on two high violent crime precincts on the westside of Detroit (6 th and 8 th precincts). Participants in the PSN/CVRP expressed consensus that the initiative resulted in enhanced communication and coordination among partnering agencies resulting in enhanced capacity to proactively address gun - and gang - related violence. There was clear evidence of significant activities as a result of PSN including long - term investigations and prosecution of violent street groups; prosecution of chronic violent offenders; probation and parole compliance checks; directed police patrols in gun hotspots; school - based prevention; and communit y engagement. Gun crime trends suggested declines in overall gun crime with the most apparent effect on armed robbery. The bottom line is that the level of gun crime victimization declined in the target area, particularly in 2014 after PSN was fully operational ( - 17%) . The difficulty is in interpreting the extent to which these declines in gun violence were attributable to PSN. The citywide data showed similar declines in gun violence that began earlier than the declines observed in the PSN target a rea. Thus, it is an open question of whether various initiatives such as COMPSTAT, Detroit One, MSP directed patrols, MDOC utilization of field agents and joint compliance checks, Ceasefire, improved economic conditions, or other factors were affecting ci tywide gun crime trends. It is impossible to clarify whether PSN contrib uted to the City's overall decline or whether the PSN target area benefitted from these broader forces. The most persuasive evidence of a PSN gun crime reduction impact came from a c omparison with "synthetic control areas". The synthetic controls were constructed by identifying police scout car areas most similar to the 6 th and 8 th precincts. This comparison indicated that in 2014 the PSN target area experienced a 9 percent decline in gun crime when compared to the most similar areas of Detroit. When coupled with the very positive reports from PSN/CVRP team members, this suggests that PSN had a positive impact on the capacity of the partnering agencies and on gun crime in the 6 th and 8 th precincts. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/Detroit_PSN-Final_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 140044

Author: Shjarback, John Title: Cops, Culture, and Context: The Integration of Structural and Cultural Elements for Explanations of Police Use of Force Summary: This dissertation integrates concepts from three bodies of literature: police use of force, neighborhood/ecological influence on police, and police culture. Prior research has generally found that neighborhood context affects police use of force. While scholars have applied social disorganization theory to understand why neighborhood context might influence use of force, much of this theorizing and subsequent empirical research has focused exclusively on structural characteristics of an area, such as economic disadvantage, crime rates, and population demographics. This exclusive focus has occurred despite the fact that culture was once an important component of social disorganization theory in addition to structural factors. Moreover, the majority of the theorizing and subsequent research on police culture has neglected the potential influence that neighborhood context might have on officers' occupational outlooks. The purpose of this dissertation is to merge the structural and cultural elements of social disorganization theory in order to shed light on the development and maintenance of police officer culture as well as to further specify the relationship between neighborhood context and police use of force. Using data from the Project on Policing Neighborhoods (POPN), I address three interrelated research questions: 1) does variation of structural characteristics at the patrol beat level, such as concentrated disadvantage, homicide rates, and the percentage of minority citizens, predict how an officer views his/her occupational outlook (i.e., culture)?; 2) do officers who work in the same patrol beats share a similar occupational outlook (i.e., culture) or is there variation?; and 3) does the inclusion of police culture at the officer level moderate the relationship between patrol beat context and police use of force? Findings suggest that a patrol beat's degree of concentrated disadvantage and homicide rate slightly influence officer culture at the individual level. Results show mixed evidence of a patrol beat culture. There is little support for the idea that characteristics of the patrol beat and individual officer culture interact to influence police use of force. I conclude with a detailed discussion of the methodological, theoretical, and policy implications as well as limitations and directions for future research. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2016. 280p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/items/39457 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 140045

Author: Morrow, Weston Title: Examining the Potential for Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Use of Force During NYPD Stop and Frisk Activities Summary: Since the 1990s, stop and frisk activities have been a cornerstone of the New York Police Department (NYPD). The manner in which the NYPD has carried out stop, question, and frisks (SQFs), however, has been a focal point of discussion, resulting in public outrage and two major lawsuits. Recently, the Federal District Court Judge ruled that the NYPD was engaging in unconstitutional stop-and-frisk practices that targeted predominately Black and Latino New Yorkers. Questions surrounding the NYPD's SQF practices have almost exclusively focused on racial and ethnic disproportionality in the rate of stops without necessarily considering what transpired during the stop. This study will fill that void by examining the prevalence and nature of use of force during those stops, along with testing the minority threat hypothesis. By combining micro-level measures from the NYPD's 2012 "Stop, Question, and Frisk" database with macro-level variables collected from the United States Census Bureau, the current study examines police use of force in the context of SQF activities. The results should help judges, policy makers, police officers, and scholars understand the nature of police use of force in the context of SQFs. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2015. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/157948/content/Morrow_asu_0010E_15162.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 140046

Author: Harris, David A. Title: Picture This: Body Worn Video Devices ('Head Cams') as Tools for Ensuring Fourth Amendment Compliance by Police Summary: A new technology has emerged with the potential to increase police compliance with the law and to increase officers' accountability for their conduct. Called "body worn video" (BWV) or "head cams," these devices are smaller, lighter versions of the video and audio recording systems mounted on the dash boards of police cars. These systems are small enough that they consist of something the size and shape of a cellular telephone earpiece, and are worn by police officers the same way. Recordings are downloaded directly from the device into a central computer system for storage and indexing, which protects them from tampering and assures a defensible chain of custody. This article explores the good that BWV can do for both the police and members of the public, particularly how these recordings might play a role in assuring that officers comply with Fourth Amendment search and seizure rules. Field tests of BWV in Britain have shown that police used the devices to keep records and record evidence, and that the devices were a uniquely effective bulwark against false complaints. Coupled with a requirement that every citizen encounter involving a search or seizure be recorded, and a presumption that without a recording the factfinder must draw inferences in favor of the defendant, BWV can help resolve disputes over search and seizure activities, and give the public a heretofore unattainable degree of assurance that police officers enforcing the law obey it as they do so. While BWV is certainly no panacea, and presents significant issues of tampering and reliability, it can help bring accountability and rule following to an aspect of police behavior that has largely proven resistant to it. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh School of Law, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: U. of Pittsburgh Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2010-13 : Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1596901 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 140049

Author: McGarrell, Edmund F. Title: Smart Policing and the Michigan State Police: Final Report Summary: Description of the Project: The Michigan State Police (MSP) has made a commitment to the adoption of data-driven processes, evidence-based practice (EBP), and the use of strategic planning and metrics, in order to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery to the citizens of the state. To facilitate the adoption of these principles and practices, MSP applied for and was awarded a Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance. MSP used this grant to engage in a systematic planning process, to support implementation of various practices consistent with SPI principles, and to assess progress of the organizational change process. Summary of Outcomes: This report documents extensive activities that have been undertaken in planning and implementation of data-driven processes. The key findings are that initial planning led to a new MSP Strategic Plan that clearly endorsed the principles of data-driven processes, EBP, and metrics; that significant training has been conducted to facilitate the adoption of these principles and practices; that new technology systems have been developed and are being utilized to support this organizational change; and that evidence of data-driven processes exists in numerous divisions and units throughout MSP. Lessons Learned: Consistent with prior research on policing and public bureaucracies generally, broad organizational change is difficult and requires the type of systematic and multiple level change process embarked upon by MSP. Leadership's consistent and firm commitment to the goals, principles, and processes at the core of the organizational change, as is apparent in this effort by MSP, is critical to sustaining the change process. Having said this, leadership commitment is essential but not sufficient. Training at all levels of the organization is essential to develop commitment to these new goals, principles, and processes and to provide the knowledge and skills to carry out these new processes throughout the organization. Similarly, providing the necessary resources, in this case a new sophisticated information system as well as an intelligence center, is critical for organizational change. The findings of this research provide clear evidence of these critical change components: leadership commitment; training; and technological resource development. The organizational change process is ongoing. The clearest evidence of change is at the executive and middle-management levels and throughout various divisions and units across the organization. There is also evidence of change at the line level of trooper. However, the line-level training occurred at the end of this research project without adequate time to accurately measure the actual impact on day-to-day line-level operations. Implications: Significant organizational change takes time. MSP's processes that included extensive planning- a new strategic plan; widespread training; and support resources (technology and intelligence center); provide a model for necessary ingredients of major organizational change. This type of organizational change process is ongoing and will need continual commitment and training. Sustaining the research partnership to provide ongoing assessment of change and feedback could support MSP's internal metrics and provide ongoing measures of the transformation to data-driven processes, EBP, and the use of metrics of effectiveness and efficiency in service delivery. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/SPI-Final-Report_MSP_Dec2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 140050

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation Title: Tennessee Law Enforcement Officers: A Study of Deadly Force and Shooting Incidents 2007-2011 Summary: The Tennessee Bureau of Investigation (TBI) is pleased to present its first-ever study of Tennessee law enforcement officers and the use of deadly force and shooting incidents while in the line of duty. Each year, TBI issues a Law Enforcement Officers Killed or Assaulted (LEOKA) report based on crime statistics gathered from Tennessee law enforcement agencies through the Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System (TIBRS), but this study is different. This report takes an in-depth look at officers who have used force or deadly force with a weapon while protecting Tennesseans and the effect that force had on the officers, their respective department and their community. The study used a three pronged approach to the issues. Round table discussion meetings were held in four regions of the state where law enforcement leaders provided input on trends, causes, policy and costs of the use of firearms by officers. Then, a survey was sent to all law enforcement agencies in the state to ascertain the number of use of deadly force incidents during a five year time period between 2007 and 2011. Researchers also conducted 12 in-depth interviews with officers who have been involved in shooting situations to get a first-hand perspective to the effects on officers. Eight of those have been published in this report. Details: Nashville, TN:Tennessee Bureau of Investigation, 2013. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: https://www.tn.gov/assets/entities/tbi/attachments/2013%20Tennessee%20Law%20Enforcement%20Officers.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 140051

Author: New York (City). Department of Investigation Title: An Investigation of NYPD's Compliance with Rules Governing Investigations of Political Activity Summary: The Department of Investigation's ("DOI") Office of the Inspector General for the New York City Police Department ("OIG-NYPD") has issued a Report detailing the findings of its review of the New York City Police Department's ("NYPD") compliance with the court-mandated rules governing the investigation of political activity. These rules, also known as the Handschu Guidelines, are codified in the NYPD Patrol Guide. In the course of this investigation, OIG-NYPD examined highly confidential intelligence files never before subject to review or available to non-police entities. OIG-NYPD's investigators examined, among other things, whether NYPD's Intelligence Bureau satisfied the established standard for opening investigations, met deadlines for extending investigations, and obtained necessary approvals for the use of human sources, which include confidential informants and undercover officers. The investigation found that the NYPD Intelligence Bureau failed to renew investigations before the authorization expired more than half of the time, resulting in investigations of political activity that continued without the requisite authorization. More than 25% of the extensions reviewed exceeded the required deadline by more than 31 days. Further, requests to use human sources were frequently approved despite failing to document the particularized role of confidential informants and undercover officers, as required. However, OIG-NYPD found that in all cases NYPD met the informational threshold required to open an investigation. Details: New York: New York City Department of Investigation, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/oignypd/downloads/pdf/oig_intel_report_823_final_for_release.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Intelligence Shelf Number: 140052

Author: Drake, Gregory Title: Patterns of Child Sexual Victimization in Michigan: MICR 2013 Report Summary: In an effort to shed light on the problem of childhood sexual victimization in the state of Michigan, Michigan Incident Based Reporting Statistics were utilized to study patterns of childhood victimization, offender characteristics and the relationship between victims and offenders. During 2013, there were over 8,000 incidents in the state of Michigan with 8,350 unique victims and 7,295 unique offenders. Females are the victims in the vast majority of cases and males are the offenders in the overwhelming number of cases. Males tend to be at greatest risk for victimization at young ages, although females are at greatest risk at all ages. A sizeable portion of victimization involves offenders who are close in age to the victim but there are also large numbers of incidents that involve offenders considerably older than the victims. Most sexual offenses committed against children involve offenders known to the victim. Offenses committed by strangers are rare. Parents, guardians, and other youth care providers should be aware that if childhood sexual victimization occurs or is suspected, it is most likely committed by someone known to the youth and often involve an adult caregiver. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/Patterns_of_Childhood_Sexual_Offenses-MICR2013-Dec2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140053

Author: Fair Punishment Project Title: Too Broken to Fix: Part 1. An In-depth Look at America's Outlier Death Penalty Counties Summary: This report offers an in-depth look at how the death penalty is operating in the small handful of counties across the country that are still using it. Of the 3,143 county or county equivalents in the United States, only 16 - or one half of one percent - imposed five or more death sentences between 2010 and 2015. Part I of the report, titled Too Broken to Fix: An In-depth Look at America's Outlier Death Penalty Counties, examined 10 years of court opinions and records from eight of these 16 "outlier counties," including Caddo Parish (LA), Clark (NV), Duval (FL), Harris (TX), Maricopa (AZ), Mobile (AL), Kern (CA) and Riverside (CA). The report also analyzed all of the new death sentences handed down in these counties since 2010. The report notes that these "outlier counties" are plagued by persistent problems of overzealous prosecutors, ineffective defense lawyers, and racial bias. Researchers found that the impact of these systemic problems included the conviction of innocent people, and the excessively harsh punishment of people with significant impairments. The report notes that many of the defendants appear to have one or more impairments that are on par with, or worse than, those that the U.S. Supreme Court has said should categorically exempt individuals from execution due to lessened culpability. The Court previously found that individuals with intellectual disabilities (Atkins v. Virginia, 2002) and juveniles under the age of 18 (Roper v. Simmons, 2005) should not be subject to the death penalty under the Eighth Amendment. In conducting its analysis, the we reviewed more than 200 direct appeals opinions handed down between 2006 and 2015 in these eight counties. We found: - Sixty percent of cases involved defendants with significant mental impairments or other forms of mitigation. - Eighteen percent of cases involved a defendant who was under the age of 21 at the time of the offense. In Riverside County, 16 percent of the defendants were age 18 at the time of the offense. - Forty-four percent of cases involved a defendant who had an intellectual disability, brain damage, or severe mental illness. In four of the counties, half or more of the defendants had mental impairments: Maricopa (62 percent), Mobile (60 percent), Caddo Parish (57 percent), and Kern (50 percent). - Approximately one in seven cases involved a finding of prosecutorial misconduct. Maricopa and Clark counties had misconduct in 21 percent and 47 percent of cases respectively. - Bad lawyering was a persistent problem across all of the counties. In most of the counties, the average mitigation presentation at the penalty phase of the trial, in which the defense lawyer is supposed to present all of the evidence showing that the defendant's life should be spared - including testimony from mental health and other experts, lasted approximately one day. While this is just one data point for determining the quality of legal representation, this finding reveals appalling inadequacies. In Duval County, Florida, the entire penalty phase of the trial and the jury verdict often came in the same day. - A relatively small group of defense lawyers represented a substantial number of the individuals who ended up on death row. In Kern County, one lawyer represented half of the individuals who ended up on death row between 2010 and 2015. Additional findings: - Five of the eight counties had at least one person exonerated from death row since 1976. Harris County has had three death row exonerations, and Maricopa has had five. - Out of all of the death sentences obtained in these counties between 2010 and 2015, 41 percent were given to African-American defendants, and 69 percent were given to people of color. In Duval, 87 percent of defendants were Black in this period. In Harris, 100 percent of the defendants who were newly sentenced to death since November 2004 have been people of color. - The race of the victim is also a significant factor in who is sentenced to death in many of these counties. In Mobile County, 67 percent of the Black defendants, and 88% of all defendants, who were sentenced to death were convicted of killing white victims. In Clark County, 71 percent of all of the victims were white in cases resulting in a death sentence. The report noted just three white defendants sentenced to death for killing Black victims between 2010 and 2015. One of those cases was from Riverside, and in that case the defendant was also convicted of killing two additional white victims. The two other cases were from Duval. - Five of the 16 "outlier counties" are from Florida and Alabama, the only two states that currently allow non-unanimous jury verdicts. In Duval, 88 percent of the decisions in the review period were non-unanimous, and in Mobile the figure was 80 percent. Details: s.l.: Fair Punishment Project, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: http://fairpunishment.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/FPP-TooBroken.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 140054

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: The Federal Interagency Reentry Council: A Record of Progress and a Roadmap for the Future Summary: The report of the Federal Interagency Reentry Council (Reentry Council) that provides an overview of the Council's accomplishments to date and lays out a path forward. Originally an informal collaboration among federal agencies, President Barack Obama formally established the Reentry Council in 2016 with a mission to make communities safer by reducing recidivism and victimization; help those who return from prison and jail to become productive citizens; and save taxpayer dollars by lowering the direct and collateral costs of incarceration. The report charts a course for implementing policy changes and ensuring the council's efforts continue to serve as a guide to the reentry field. "All too often, returning citizens face enormous barriers that persist long after they have paid their debts to society - and with over 600,000 people released from federal and state prisons every year, how we treat reentering individuals is a question with far-reaching implications for all of us," said Attorney General Loretta E. Lynch. "That's why the Reentry Council is dedicated to expanding access to the foundations of a stable life - employment, education, housing, healthcare, and civic participation - so that formerly incarcerated individuals can receive a true second chance, and so that every American can enjoy stronger and safer communities." Comprised of more than 20 federal agencies, the Reentry Council works to improve outcomes related to employment, education, housing, health and child welfare. Reentry Council agencies coordinate and leverage existing federal resources; dispel myths and clarify policies; elevate programs and policies that work; and reduce the policy barriers to successful reentry. The Justice Department first convened the Reentry Council in 2011, in an effort to engage a wide range of federal agencies in developing and advancing innovative and comprehensive approaches to reentry. Over the last five years the Reentry Council has continued to meet in order to expand the range of tools that the government uses to ensure that individuals returning to the community from prison or jail have a meaningful chance to rebuild their lives and reclaim their futures. On April 29, 2016, President Obama issued a Presidential Memorandum formally establishing the Reentry Council, recognizing the work that the council has achieved thus far, and enabling the council to continue its work going forward. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 208p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/FIRC-Reentry-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 140057

Author: Hillis, Susan D. Title: THRIVES: A Global Technical Package to Prevention Violence Against Children Summary: THRIVES, developed by the Centers for Disease Control, is a collection of select strategies that have been graded to various critieria, showing that they are both effective/promising and include prudent practice. These strategies have been found to reflect the best available evidence to help countries sharpen their focus on priorities with the greatest potential to reduce violence against children. THRIVES includes the following strategies: T - Training in parenting H - Household economic strengthening R - Reduced violence through legal protection I - Improved services V - Values and norms that protect children E - Education and life skills S - Surveillance and evaluation Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/31482 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140058

Author: Schwartz, Heather L. Title: The Role of Technology in Improving K-12 School Safety Summary: Violence in schools negatively affects children's future life outcomes and the culture and performance of the school. For these reasons, promoting school safety is a national priority for many federal agencies, including the National Institute of Justice. This report focuses on school safety technologies as one among many approaches to prevent and respond to school violence. In the report, the authors summarize existing research on school violence, categorize school safety technologies and describe the available research about them, present six case studies of innovative technologies as used in schools, summarize experts' views of technologies and safety problems based on interviews, and present experts' rankings of technology needs to improve school safety produced during two day-long panels. These activities revealed that some of the most pressing safety needs that technology could address relate to (1) enabling two-way communication between teachers and emergency responders; (2) "all-in-one" applications that would integrate currently fragmented and outdated school safety policies, procedures, and training for school staff and parents; (3) advances in social media monitoring; and (4) improved tip lines to make them more robust and effective. Results should be of interest to organizations and individuals involved with K-12 school technology planning, research funding, and product development. Key Findings Violence in Schools Is Not Uncommon - In the 2009-10 school year, 74 percent of public schools recorded at least one incident of violence, including serious violence, fights, physical attacks, and threats. Many Factors Affect the Likelihood of Violence Occurring in a School - School climate is one element that affects the likelihood of violence occurring in a school. Also, violence is more common in places with the least adult supervision, such as hallways, bathrooms, and stairwells. Males are more likely than females to be victims, as are Hispanic and black students. Other important factors include student behavior and activities, such as substance abuse, mental health symptoms, belief in violence, school misbehavior, and prior exposure to violence. The Authors Identify 12 Types of School Safety Technologies - The technologies identified include employing entry control equipment, ID technology, video surveillance, and school-site alarm and protection systems. Other technologies identified were metal detectors and X-ray machines, anonymous tip lines, tracking systems, mapping schools and bus routes, using violence prediction technology, and social media monitoring. Recommendations The authors identify several areas with the potential for improving safety in U.S. schools. These include investments in communication strategies, comprehensive school safety plans, improved tip lines, and improved upkeep of technology. Schools need better information on what works; technology developers should test their technology solutions in real-world settings; and schools should develop an all-hazards safety plan, examine the underlying psychological and social problems that lead to school violence, make sure that the technology being considered will integrate with the school's current system, and identify the school's needs, budget, and community values before selecting a technology. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1400/RR1488/RAND_RR1488.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 140059

Author: Rosay, Andre B. Title: Documentation for Analysis of Violence Against American and Alaska Native Women and Men - 2010 Findings From the National Intimate Partner And Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS) by the National Institute of Justice Summary: The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS) includes eight victimization sections (psychological aggression [PA], coercive control and entrapment [CCE], physical violence [PV], elder abuse - psychological aggression [EPA], elder abuse - coercive control and entrapment [ECCE], elder abuse - physical violence [EPV], stalking [S], and sexual violence [SV]). This document summarizes the structure of the NISVS data and explains how analysis files were created from the original data files provided by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). All of the NISVS analyses by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) should be replicable with the following documentation. Chapter 1 provides an overview of this technical report, and describes the sequence of tasks that NIJ performed to create composites from the original data files. A broad overview on the structure of the NISVS data is then presented in Chapter 2 (additional information is available in CDC documents). More specifically, Chapter 2 provides a summary of (a) how CDC variable names were changed to a simpler structure and (b) perpetrator identifiers can be tracked from question to question, and across sections. Chapter 3 provides an overview of how data were extracted, merged, checked, and cleaned in each victimization section (PA to SV). An overview on sampling and weighting is provided in Chapter 4 (additional information is available in RTI documents). Specific details for each section of the NISVS survey are then provided in Chapters 5 through 12. Chapter 13 provides a detailed summary of data cleaning. Respondent level files are created in Chapter 14 and perpetrator level files are created in Chapters 15 through 17. Chapter 18 provides an overview of the stalking follow‐up questions. Victimization estimates are then computed in Chapter 19. An overview of the sexual violence follow‐up section is presented in Chapter 20. Chapter 21 provides an overview of the general follow‐up section, Chapter 22 provides an overview of the intimate partner section, Chapter 23 provides an overview of the respondent characteristics section, and Chapter 24 provides an overview of the health section. Final data files are then created and documented in Chapter 25. Final codebooks are available separately (see Appendix B and C). Chapter 26 provides documentation for all tables and figures in the full report of violence against American Indian and Alaska Native women and men. All syntax files are included in Appendix A. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 392p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250087.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 140067

Author: Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research Title: Law Enforcement and Violence: The Divide Between Black and White Americans Summary: The difficult relationship between the police and blacks in the United States is evident from the results of a recent Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research survey. The poll highlights a number of racial divisions in Americans' attitudes toward law enforcement and the criminal justice system. However, the survey finds agreement across racial groups on many of the causes of police violence. It also reveals a broad consensus among the public that a number of policy changes could reduce tensions between minorities and police and limit violence against civilians. The nationwide poll was collected July 17 to 19 using the AmeriSpeak Omnibus, the probability-based panel of NORC at the University of Chicago. Online and telephone interviews using landlines and cell phones were conducted with 1,223 adults, including 311 blacks who were sampled at a higher rate than their proportion of the population for reasons of analysis. Three Things You Should Know From The AP-NORC Center's Poll on Law Enforcement and Violence Black Americans are nearly four times as likely as whites to describe violence against civilians by police officers as an extremely or very serious problem. More than 80 percent of blacks say police are too quick to use deadly force and they are more likely to use it against a black person. Two-thirds of whites label police use of deadly force as necessary and nearly 6 in 10 say race is not a factor in decisions to use force. There is support among both blacks and whites for many changes in policies and procedures that could be effective in reducing tensions between law enforcement and minorities and limiting police violence against civilians. For example, 71 percent say body cameras on police would be an effective deterrent to police aggression and 52 percent think community policing programs would help reduce the friction in minority communities. Details: Chicago: The Associated Press and NORC, 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed August 29, 2016 at: http://www.apnorc.org/PDFs/Police%20Violence/Issue%20Brief_PoliceFinal.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Use of Force Shelf Number: 140064

Author: Arkansas Community Correction Title: ACT 1190 Final Report: Recommendations for an Improved Reentry System in Arkansas Summary: Early on in the process, the Act 1190 Steering Committee identified the most significant barriers for inmates upon release from prison. Committees were formed to address each of these barriers and to provide cost effective and innovative solutions to address the needs. Committees were also formed to assist in identifying funding sources, necessary policy or procedure changes as well as developing communications and public-relations material. Committees included:  Planning and Preparation  Education  Employment  Transitional Program  Community and Coalition Partners  Family Support and Reunification  Housing  Legal Barriers  Resource Development  Substance Abuse and Mental Health  Healthcare  Transportation  Policy and Procedures  Public Relations and Communications  Community Reintegration Management Committee chairs submitted reports of their recommendations for each area. ACC reviewed each report to develop the attached executive summary highlighting the recommendations we believe will enhance successful transition from prison to the community. A more comprehensive report is also attached. During the course of the committee meetings, actions were taken to move forward with recommendations where resources were available. ACC has included in the report this list of accomplishments to compliment the recommendations. In addition to the strides made to date, much more work and resources are needed to implement an effective reentry system in Arkansas. Legislative support for implementation of the Act 1190 Steering Committee recommendations is respectfully requested. Details: Little Rock, AR: Arkansas Community Correction, 2014. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2016 at: http://www.dcc.state.ar.us/images/uploads/publications/Act-1190%20-%20Comprehensive-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 140068

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Monitoring of Contract Prisons Summary: The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP), which is the component of the Department of Justice (Department) responsible for incarcerating all federal defendants sentenced to prison, was operating at 20 percent over its rated capacity as of December 2015. To help alleviate overcrowding and respond to congressional mandates, in 1997 the BOP had begun contracting with privately operated institutions (often referred to as "contract prisons"), at first on a smaller scale and later more extensively, to confine federal inmates who are primarily low security, criminal alien adult males with 90 months or less remaining to serve on their sentences. As of December 2015, contract prisons housed roughly 22,660 of these federal inmates, or about 12 percent of the BOP's total inmate population. These contract prisons were operated by three private corporations: Corrections Corporation of America; GEO Group, Inc.; and Management and Training Corporation. The BOP's annual expenditures on contract prisons increased from approximately $562 million in fiscal year (FY) 2011 to $639 million in FY 2014. In recent years, disturbances in several federal contract prisons resulted in extensive property damage, bodily injury, and the death of a Correctional Officer. The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated this review to examine how the BOP monitors these facilities. We also assessed whether contractor performance meets certain inmate safety and security requirements and analyzed how contract prisons and similar BOP institutions compare with regard to inmate safety and security data. We found that, in most key areas, contract prisons incurred more safety and security incidents per capita than comparable BOP institutions and that the BOP needs to improve how it monitors contract prisons in several areas. Throughout this report, we note several important corrective actions the BOP has taken, in response to findings and recommendations in our April 2015 audit of the Reeves County contract prison, to improve its monitoring of contract prisons, including in the areas of health and correctional services. The BOP's administration, monitoring, and oversight of contract prisons is conducted through three branches at BOP headquarters and on site. According to the BOP, at each contract prison, two BOP onsite monitors and a BOP Contracting Officer, in cooperation with other BOP subject matter experts, oversee each contractor's compliance with 29 vital functions within 8 operational areas, including correctional programs, correctional services, and health services. The BOP monitors contractor performance through various methods and tools that include monitoring checklists, monitoring logs, written evaluations, performance meetings, and regular audits. Results in Brief We found that in a majority of the categories we examined, contract prisons incurred more safety and security incidents per capita than comparable BOP institutions. We analyzed data from the 14 contract prisons that were operational during the period of our review and from a select group of 14 BOP institutions with comparable inmate populations to evaluate how the contract prisons performed relative to the selected BOP institutions. Our analysis included data from FYs 2011 through 2014 in eight key categories: (1) contraband, (2) reports of incidents, (3) lockdowns, (4) inmate discipline, (5) telephone monitoring, (6) selected grievances, (7) urinalysis drug testing, and (8) sexual misconduct.3 With the exception of fewer incidents of positive drug tests and sexual misconduct, the contract prisons had more incidents per capita than the BOP institutions in all of the other categories of data we examined. For example, the contract prisons confiscated eight times as many contraband cell phones annually on average as the BOP institutions. Contract prisons also had higher rates of assaults, both by inmates on other inmates and by inmates on staff. We note that we were unable to evaluate all of the factors that contributed to the underlying data, including the effect of inmate demographics and facility locations, as the BOP noted in response to a working draft of this report. However, consistent with our recommendation, we believe that the BOP needs to examine the reasons behind our findings more thoroughly and identify corrective actions, if necessary. The three contract prisons we visited were all cited by the BOP for one or more safety and security deficiencies, including administrative infractions such as improper storage of use-of-force video footage, as well as more serious or systemic deficiencies such as failure to initiate discipline in over 50 percent of incidents reviewed by onsite monitors over a 6-month period. The contractors corrected the safety and security deficiencies that the BOP had identified. As a result, the BOP determined that each prison was sufficiently compliant with the safety and security aspects of its contract to continue with the contract during the period covered by our review. However, we concluded that the BOP still must improve its oversight of contract prisons to ensure that federal inmates' rights and needs are not placed at risk when they are housed in contract prisons. Our site visits also revealed that two of the three contract prisons we visited were improperly housing new inmates in Special Housing Units (SHU), which are normally used for disciplinary or administrative segregation, until beds became available in general population housing. These new inmates had not engaged in any of the behaviors cited in American Correctional Association standards and BOP policies that would justify being placed in such administrative or disciplinary segregation. When the OIG discovered this practice during the course of our fieldwork, we brought it to the attention of the BOP Director, who immediately directed that these inmates be removed from the SHUs and returned to the general population. The BOP Director also mandated that the contracts for all contract prisons be modified to prohibit SHU placement for inmates unless there is a policy-based reason to house them there. Since that time, the BOP informed us that the practice of housing new inmates in the SHU is no longer occurring in the contract prisons and that the BOP has not identified any further non-compliance to date regarding this issue. Finally, we found that the BOP needs to improve the way it monitors contract prisons. We focused our analysis on the BOP's Large Secure Adult Contract Oversight Checklist (checklist) because, as described by BOP operating procedures, it is an important element of the BOP's Quality Assurance Plan, as well as a mechanism BOP onsite monitors use to document contract compliance on a daily basis. We believe onsite monitors are best positioned to provide the BOP's quickest and most direct responses to contract compliance issues as they arise. We found that the checklist does not address certain important BOP policy and contract requirements in the areas of health and correctional services. As a result, the BOP cannot as effectively ensure that contract prisons comply with contract requirements and BOP policies in these areas and that inmates in contract prisons receive appropriate health and correctional services. For health services, the checklist does not include observation steps to verify that inmates receive certain basic medical services. For example, the observation steps do not include checks on whether inmates received initial examinations, immunizations, and tuberculosis tests, as BOP policy requires. We also found that monitoring of healthcare for contract compliance lacks coordination from BOP staff responsible for health services oversight. For correctional services, the checklist does not include observation steps to ensure searches of certain areas of the prison, such as inmate housing units or recreation, work, and medical areas, or for validating actual Correctional Officer staffing levels and the daily Correctional Officer duty rosters. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 1 6-06: Accessed August 29, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/e1606.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 140070

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Oregon Juvenile Justice System Recidivism Analysis Summary: Historically, the Oregon Youth Authority (OYA) has tracked recidivism using the same definition as the adult system- a felony adjudication from juvenile court, or a felony conviction from adult court, within three years of release from a youth correctional facility or imposition of probation. OYA has published reports tracking this recidivism measure for youth released from a youth correctional facility or on OYA probation1. In addition, the juvenile justice system has also tracked recidivism for referred youth by tracking a new referral within 12 months2. The new definition tracks all youth that were previously adjudicated regardless of if they were served by a county or a state. The recidivism analysis in this report is the first comprehensive statewide analysis of youth recidivism using the newer adult definition found in ORS 423.557 as the guide3. There are limitations with the current available data, as well as challenges due to the differences in terminology, processes, and population across the adult and juvenile justice systems. There are also differences in the data used in the adult report compared to this report. This analysis starts from all youth previously adjudicated, and includes arrest, juvenile referral, misdemeanor and felony conviction, misdemeanor and felony adjudication, and incarceration and other sentence type data in a single recidivism analysis. This analysis shows the current statewide rates of recidivism for all youth previously adjudicated: For youth released from a youth correctional facility or on probation, either at the state or county level, between July 2010 and June 2011: 51% were referred or arrested for a new crime within three years, 38% were adjudicated or convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years, and 7% were incarcerated for a new crime within three years. Details: Salem, OR: Criminal Justice Commission, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2016 at: https://www.oregon.gov/cjc/SAC/Documents/Juvenile%20System%20Recidivism%20Analysis%20Final%20Draft%2072816.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 140072

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: City of Albuquerque Police Department On Body Camera System Research Summary: This research study has several goals. First, to document the use of the OBCS, second, to provide information useful for informing the development of a policy regarding the use of the OBCS and third, to provide information that will inform a method to audit the developed policy and the use of the system by APD personnel. Currently it is not known how officers actually use the OBCS in the Albuquerque Police Department (APD). According to an APD special order authorized May 4, 2012, officers were required to use their OBCS during every citizen contact that is the result of a dispatched call for service, arrest warrant, search warrant, or traffic stop. On May 6, 2012 General Order 1-39 Use of Tape/Digital Recorders was made effective replacing an earlier version. This order includes the language in the Special Order and provides a list of incidents that must also be recorded. Another version of General Order 1-39 was made effective January 22, 2013 with some additional language including noting when officers should activate their cameras. It appears to also differentiate between dispatched and non-dispatched events and situations. Via our focus groups it appears many officers have interpreted the policy to include any citizen contact. The January 2013 general order appears to be modified by an October 2014 special order dealing with video evidence tagging procedures, which directed all officers to video if logged on a call where an arrest, criminal summons or non-traffic citation was issued. These four managing documents are found in the appendices of this report. Official information sources for this study included the OBCS information system, City of Albuquerque Human Resource information, Automated Reporting System (ARS) data, APD computer aided dispatch information (CAD), and focus groups with sworn APD staff. City of Albuquerque and APD staff collaborated in providing access to the necessary official information and provided technical information in matching and merging information from the data sources. Eleven focus groups with APD patrol officers, sergeants, and lieutenants were conducted, as well as three focus groups with Investigative Bureau detectives and one focus group with a mix of Investigative Bureau sergeants and several SWAT officers. APD staff was helpful in arranging these focus groups. APD has implemented an OBCS and similar camera programs are being implemented in law enforcement agencies around the country. This is a fairly new technology for law enforcement and best practices have not been established regarding the use of cameras, video storage and download protocols, privacy concerns, use of evidence, and officer training. Literature addressing these and other issues suggests police departments have much to consider before investing in and implementing an OBCS. This study involved two primary tasks. First, a review and analysis of APD video camera data, APD CAD data, and human resource data for APD officers was completed and second, focus groups of patrol officers, detectives, sergeants, and lieutenants from the APD Field Service Bureau (FSB), the Investigative Bureau (IB), and Special Services Bureau (SSB) were conducted. This report includes this introduction, a literature review of current practices in the field of on body camera systems, a study design and methodology section, the analysis and discussion of the data listed above, and a recommendations and conclusions section. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2016 at: https://www.cabq.gov/police/documents/obcs-report-draft-all-bureaus-master-final_v102022016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 140073

Author: Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Title: Report and Recommendations: Fighting Elder Financial Exploitation through Community Networks Summary: Elder financial exploitation destroys the financial security of millions of older Americans annually. In response to this crisis, hundreds of communities across the United States have created collaborative networks to protect their older residents. To increase our understanding of how elder financial protection networks can grow and endure, the CFPB conducted research nationwide. This report highlights what elder financial exploitation prevention and response networks do, how they work, how they can work better, and how they can be established. The report presents CFPB's recommendations to existing networks and key stakeholders to develop and enhance their community's collaborative efforts to fight financial exploitation. Accompanying this report is a Resource Guide with promising practices, sample documents, and resource materials. Details: Washington, DC: CFPB, 2016. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://www.consumerfinance.gov/data-research/research-reports/report-and-recommendations-fighting-elder-financial-exploitation-through-community-networks/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 140079

Author: Morrison, Caren Myers Title: Body Camera Obscura: The Semiotics of Police Video Summary: Our understanding of violent encounters between the police and civilians is now primarily mediated by video images. With surprising rapidity, recording these encounters has become an integral part of modern policing, sparking the current body camera bonanza. When these recordings are used as evidence in police use-of-force cases, the factfinders must decide whether the police officer's actions were "reasonable" under the Fourth Amendment. But there is an unrecognized fault line between "police video" (video recorded by the police in the course of their official duties) and "eyewitness video" (recorded by bystander-witnesses). Police video tends to recirculate dominant narratives of violence and masculinity as heroic ideals that coexist easily with the legal standard of the reasonable officer. In contrast, eyewitness videos typically offer the counter-narrative of an abusive state. These images have evidentiary value, but also cultural currency. They reflect back to us our feelings about violence, race, masculinity, and the law. This article proposes a descriptive critique of the use of video evidence in assessing the lawfulness of police violence. Using insights from semiotics, film criticism, cultural theory, and cognitive psychology, it attempts to sketch out a more nuanced way of approaching video evidence in the context of these cases. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University - College of Law, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2826747 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 140085

Author: Mayson, Sandra G. Title: Dangerous Defendants Summary: Bail reform is underway - but it is proceeding on shaky ground. The reform model, which deploys actuarial risk assessment to identify "high-risk" defendants, assumes that the state has the prerogative to detain or control dangerous defendants. This assumption is not new. But it is anomalous. In general, we do not permit the state to restrain sane, responsible adults solely to stop them from committing hypothetical future crimes, even those who are high-risk. The reform movement's focus on danger thus crystallizes a fundamental question about pretrial policy: What justifies the state in restraining defendants for dangerousness before trial if we would prohibit the same restraint for equally dangerous members of the public? Although there is an extensive literature on preventive detention, neither the Supreme Court nor prior scholarship has focused on this comparative question. This Article endeavors to answer it. It makes the first effort to articulate and evaluate potential justifications for subjecting defendants to restraint that we would forbid for non-defendants who pose an equal risk. The Article explores doctrinal, deontological and instrumentalist justifications, but ultimately rejects them. It contends that pretrial restraint for dangerousness can only be justified at the risk threshold where we would authorize equivalent restraint of a member of the population at large. Communities, policymakers and courts should therefore determine what they believe this threshold to be, then ensure that pretrial risk assessment and management are tailored to it. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, School of Law, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-30 : Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2826600 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 140086

Author: Pacheco, Craig Title: Bernalillo County Metropolitan Detention Center Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) Report Summary: This study involves pre and post training surveys of all eligible Bernalillo County Metropolitan Detention Center (MDC) staff, contractors, and volunteers who participate in PREA training. The report includes several sections including a review of existing data maintained by the MDC to document PREA related incidents at the MDC; a brief description of the development of the PREA trainings; the analysis of the PREA training pre- and post-surveys; and a conclusion with recommendations. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30,. 2016 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2015/bernalillo-county-metropolitan-prison-rape-elimination-act-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) Shelf Number: 140088

Author: Bileski, Matthew Title: The Reporting of Sexual Assault in Arizona, CY 2003-2012 Summary: Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) - 41-2406, which became law in July 2005, requires the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) to compile information obtained from all Arizona disposition reporting forms on sexual assault (A.R.S. - 13-1406) and the false reporting of sexual assault involving a spouse (A.R.S. - 13-2907.03). The Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS) provides the ACJC with the necessary records to meet the requirement. Utilizing DPS arrest and disposition data, ACJC is mandated to provide an annual sexual assault report to the Governor, the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Secretary of State, and the Director of the Arizona State Library, Archives, and Public Records. The data used to complete this report are extracted by DPS from the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) records system and provided to ACJC in January on an annual basis. By statute, local law enforcement agencies, prosecutors, and the courts are required to submit to the ACCH repository information on all arrests and subsequent case disposition information for felonies, sexual offenses, driving under the influence offenses, and domestic violence-related offenses. This report focuses on data from calendar years (CY) 2003 to 2012 and updates data reported in the CY2002 to 2011 report. The ACJC is required to report on law enforcement reporting, charge filings, and subsequent case disposition findings (specifically convictions) and sentencing of A.R.S. - 13-1406 sexual assault charges, A.R.S. - 13-1406.01 sexual assault involving a spouse charges, and - 13-2907.03 false reporting of sexual assault of a spouse charges. In addition to the mandatory sexual assault statutes, data in the report include A.R.S. - 13-1423 violent sexual assault arrest and disposition information reported to ACCH. The following summarizes some of the latest findings in year-over-year change from CY 2011 to CY 2012 for all sexual assault-related2 arrest and disposition information available in the ACCH: - The total number of arrests involving sexual assault increased from 277 in CY 2011 to 306 in CY 2012, and arrest charges also increased from 562 to 584 over the same period. A total of two arrests were made involving violent sexual assault in CY 2012, accounting for 14 violent sexual assault charges. - Over 99 percent of sexual assault-related arrestees in CY 2012 were male, an increase from 98.1 percent reported in CY 2011. The majority of arrestees continued to be white/Caucasian and under the age of 25. - Sexual assault-related arrests flagged for domestic violence increased from 33 arrests in CY 2011 to 42 arrests in CY 2012. - Convictions for sexual assault-related charges decreased from 219 in CY 2011 to 126 in CY 2012. Also in CY 2012, court dismissals outnumbered convictions at 132. - Convictions for sexual assault charges involving domestic violence remained unchanged at eight in CY 2011 and CY 2012; however, court dismissals rose from 10 to 28 during the same period. No convictions were reported for violent sexual assault and sexual assault involving a spouse charges in CY 2011 and CY 2012. - The percentage of sexual assault convictions that resulted in a sentence of probation fell from 85.4 percent in CY 2011 to 73.8 percent in CY 2012. The percentage of convictions that resulted in a sentence to prison fell from 51.1 percent in CY 2011 to 50.8 percent in CY 2012, and sentences to jail fell from 3.7 percent to 2.4 percent over the same period. Further, sentences were all, or in part, suspended for 45.2 percent of convictions in both CY 2011 and CY 2012. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/2014%20ARS%2041-2406%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140089

Author: Phelps, William Title: An Evaluation of the Idaho State Police Emphasis Patrols in Construction Zones Summary: Throughout the years, the Idaho State Police has been fortunate to receive grant funding through GARVEE bonds that fund overtime for Idaho State Troopers on various portions of Idaho roadways under road construction. These areas are then the staple for extra patrols to ensure traffic rules are being followed. Reducing crashes, DUI's, drugs on roadways, and reducing aggressive driving along with other goals was the purpose of funding overtime for Idaho's State Troopers. The thought was by increasing Trooper visibility everything above should follow. Although necessary, construction on Idaho's busy interstate and highway infrastructure can be dangerous to drivers and construction workers. Of the 332 traffic accidents in work zones throughout Idaho in 2013, 33% resulted in possible injuries and 3 fatalitiesi. The Work Zone Safety and Mobility Program of the Idaho Transportation Department states that safe and efficient Temporary Traffic Control zones are an essential part of highway construction, maintenance operations, and the management of traffic incidents. The transportation department recommends, when appropriate, the use of "law enforcement assistance to enforce traffic laws, affect driver behavior, and help maintain appropriate speeds, improve driver alertness and help address other safety and mobility issues." Thus, the Idaho State Police has received several years of funding for costs associated with non-routine work of uniformed law enforcement personnel to help protect workers and drivers and to maintain safe and efficient travel through highway work zones. Since 2008, the state police has conducted high-visibility saturation patrols in five garvee project locations in Ada and Canyon County. The focus of their efforts are almost exclusively on preventing accidents through the enforcement of related traffic offenses (e.g., speeding, distracted driving, DUI's). At the request of the Idaho State Police, the Idaho Statistical Analysis Center applied for and received a federal grant to research the relationship between enforcement of traffic laws and driver behavior. The primary purpose of this study was to determine if increased patrols changed driver behavior. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, Idaho State Police, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/MicrosoftWord-GarveeReport2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Distracted Driving Shelf Number: 140090

Author: Armacost, Barbara E. Title: "Sanctuary" Laws: The New Immigration Federalism Summary: The policy of "immigration federalism" has justified granting state and local police officers greatly increased responsibilities for enforcing immigration laws, but the devolution of power has also generated enormous controversy. Supporters argue that the vast number of local police and their knowledge of local conditions can substantially assist federal immigration enforcement. Critics say that the policy has caused serious problems, including increased racial profiling and more pretextual arrests for minor crimes, and that the resulting alienation of immigrant communities has reduced public safety. The controversy is not just academic, as more than 270 local jurisdictions have adopted policies designed to resist immigration federalism. Some argue that these laws have only one purpose: to thwart federal enforcement and shelter illegal immigrants. National legislators have proposed legislation to squelch local resistance by cutting federal funds to those localities. Such responses are, however, fundamentally inconsistent with the very theory of federalism. The widespread resistance to immigration federalism is a state/local-inspired reaction to the serious, if unintended consequences of localized immigration policing. A true immigration federalist should view such local resistance not as mere opposition to quash, but as a "new immigration federalism," a source of insight into the on-the-ground problems with current immigration policies. This article argues that the policies enacted as part of the local resistance movement point the way both to specific solutions, and to a better - and more theoretically sound - immigration federalism. This "new immigration federalism" is already having an effect on federal immigration policy. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia, School of Law, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 2016-45 : Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2823925## Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crimmigration Shelf Number: 140092

Author: Dobbie, Will Title: The Effects of Pre-Trial Detention on Conviction, Future Crime, and Employment: Evidence from Randomly Assigned Judges Summary: Over 20 percent of prison and jail inmates in the United States are currently awaiting trial, but little is known about the impact of pre-trial detention on defendants. This paper uses the detention tendencies of quasi-randomly assigned bail judges to estimate the causal effects of pre-trial detention on subsequent defendant outcomes. Using data from administrative court and tax records, we find that being detained before trial significantly increases the probability of a conviction, primarily through an increase in guilty pleas. Pre-trial detention has no detectable effect on future crime, but decreases pre-trial crime and failures to appear in court. We also find suggestive evidence that pre-trial detention decreases formal sector employment and the receipt of employment- and tax-related government benefits. We argue that these results are consistent with (i) pre-trial detention weakening defendants' bargaining position during plea negotiations, and (ii) a criminal conviction lowering defendants' prospects in the formal labor market. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 22511: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22511.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 140093

Author: Simoiu, Camelia Title: Testing for Racial Discrimination in Police Searches of Motor Vehicles Summary: In the course of conducting traffic stops, officers have discretion to search motorists for drugs, weapons, and other contraband. There is concern that these search decisions are prone to racial bias, but it has proven difficult to rigorously assess claims of discrimination. Here we develop a new statistical method-the threshold test-to test for racial discrimination in motor vehicle searches. We use geographic variation in stop outcomes to infer the e↵ective race-specific standards of evidence that officers apply when deciding whom to search, an approach we formalize with a hierarchical Bayesian latent variable model. This technique mitigates the problems of omitted variables and infra-marginality associated with benchmark and outcome tests for discrimination. On a dataset of 4.5 million police stops in North Carolina, we find that the standard for searching black and Hispanic drivers is considerably lower than the standard for searching white and Asian drivers, a pattern that holds consistently across the 100 largest police departments in the state. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: https://5harad.com/papers/threshold-test.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 140099

Author: Romero, Maybell Title: Profit-Driven Prosecution and the Competitive Bidding Process Summary: Prosecutors are the most powerful organs of the criminal justice system, enjoying discretion in decision-making far beyond that of law enforcement officials, defense attorneys, and judges. Perhaps due to this exceptional position, contemporary understandings and perceptions of criminal prosecutors have tended to be largely positive; evidence of such a normative understanding of the prosecutor and its role may be found from a variety of sources, from (other) law review articles to pop cultural touchstones in television and movies. The prevailing "prosecutorial norm" in the public consciousness embodies 1) a full-time government employee, 2) who devotes all of their time and professional energies to criminal prosecution, and 3) tries to somehow do or affect some vague notion of "justice." Such norms, however, are regularly challenged and flouted when the prosecutorial function is outsourced. While the outsourcing of nearly every function of the criminal adjudicative process has attracted great attention among scholars and policymakers, a greater critical lens must be focused on prosecutors. The hazards of prosecutorial outsourcing have largely been neglected because existing prosecutorial scholarship focuses on the United States Attorney or district attorneys' offices in large, metropolitan areas. Not all prosecutorial offices are created equal, however. Cities, towns, and other small political subdivisions throughout the country frequently hire prosecutors on a part-time basis through a competitive bidding process, releasing requests for proposals (RFPs) in an effort to procure bids. This practice, however, may be observed not only in small or rural municipalities, but also in cities located near larger population centers. Examples of such municipalities include Ferguson, Missouri, or Kyle, Texas. Such local governments often work with budgets that are not expansive enough to hire a full-time city attorney or prosecutor. Beyond demonstrating the qualifications the applicant attorneys or firms vying for a prosecution contract may have to serve as good prosecutors, applications from such applicants must also demonstrate cost effectiveness by detailing what budget and compensation is required during the term of service specified by the RFP. While engaging in a competitive bidding process may seem like a smart way to handle the problem of governmental waste and financial inefficiencies, it introduces a host of challenges and negative externalities. This Article sheds light on the problems caused by introducing an overtly economic calculation (how cheaply and how profitably the prosecutorial function may be fulfilled) into the criminal adjudicative process. This practice not only flouts American Bar Association and National District Attorney Association prosecutorial standards, but also undermines the prosecutorial norms described above in ways that are likely to destabilize confidence - and the social cohesion born of such confidence - in local criminal justice systems. This practice has the risk, however, of expanding beyond the reach of non-metropolitan jurisdictions to larger counties, cities, and local governments as budgets continue to shrink across the board and devolution and privatization continue to be advanced as cure-alls to economic woes. Details: Provo, UT: Brigham Young University - J. Reuben Clark Law School, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: BYU Law Research Paper No. 16-21 : Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2820312 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Procedure Shelf Number: 140101

Author: Yang, Crystal S. Title: Local Labor Markets and Criminal Recidivism Summary: This paper estimates the impact of local labor market conditions on criminal recidivism using rich administrative prison records on over four million offenders released from 43 states between 2000 and 2013. Exploiting each offender's exact date of release, I find that being released to a county with higher low-skilled employment and higher average low-skilled wages significantly decreases the risk of recidivism. The impact of higher wages on recidivism is larger for both black offenders and first-time offenders, and in sectors that report being more willing to hire ex-offenders. These results are robust to individual and county-level controls, policing and corrections activity, and do not appear to be driven by changes in the composition of released offenders during good or bad economic times. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, John M. Olin Center for law, Economics, and Business, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper no. 861: Accessed August 30, 2016 at: http://www.law.harvard.edu/programs/olin_center/papers/pdf/Yang_861.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 140104

Author: Murdoch, Danielle Title: Boise State University - Ada County Sheriff's Office Inmate Video Visitation Program Evaluation Summary: Visitation has been an integral component of correctional facilities for decades, as an inmate's ability to maintain ties with their family and friends has been shown to improve their behavior while incarcerated, as well as upon release. While historically occurring in-person, visitation has fairly recently begun to be offered viavideo, which offers several advantages over in-person visitation, though there are some disadvantages as well. This report outlines the results of an evaluation of the inmate video visitation system (IVVS) at the Ada County Jail (ACJ) in Boise, Idaho. First implemented in 2010, ACJ was a pioneer in the use of remote video visitation in correctional facilities. Through a partnership between Ada County Sheriff's Office (ACSO) and researchers at Boise State University, the evaluation began in July of 2015 and included interviews with nine key stakeholders involved in the development and implementation of IVVS, 10 Sheriff's deputies, and 12 inmates who regularly use the system. In addition, a survey assessing use of, and perceptions about, IVVS was completed by a sample of 58 inmates and a secondary data analysis was conducted with visitation and disciplinary violation records that were shared with the researchers.According to the key stakeholders, the goals of IVVS were to: prevent the desensitization of kids to the jail; increase jail security and order; promote public safety; reduce resource and space requirements; and increase access to, and frequency of, visitation. Additional themes that emerged through interviews with key stakeholders and Sheriff's deputies included difficulties and successes with the implementation of IVVS; technological issues and training; improvements in jail security and a shift in resources; concerns about the cost of additional visits and access to the required technology for visitors; perceived benefits of the elimination of wait time for visitors, removal of children from the jail environment, and increased frequency of visits; belief in the positive impact of IVVS on institutional behavior; and doubts about the impact of IVVS on recidivism. Some suggestions for improvement offered by these participants included additional training opportunities and installing a kiosk outside of thesecure part of thejail for visitor use.The interviews conducted with inmates revealed a number of strengths ofIVVS, though some weaknesses were noted as well. Identified strengths included appreciation for two free 30-minute visits per week and the perceived positive effect on behavior to avoid the loss of the privilege, the ability to maintain ties with family and friends, the convenience of visitors not having to travel to the facility, and improved visits with children,including protecting them from the jail environment. Some of the weaknesses mentioned by the participants included the lack of discretion to choose between in-person visitation or video visitation, the prohibitive cost of purchasing extra visits (nine dollars for 30 minutes), the lack of privacy given the location of kiosks in common areas, and technological issues with IVVS although many of these were believed to be due to issues on the visitors' ends. Last, some suggestions for improvement offered by the inmates interviewed included having the option to pick between in-person or video visits, implementing an incentive-based program to earn extra visits,and expanding the use of IVVS to include confidential visits with attorneys.The findings from the inmate surveys were similar in some ways to the inmate interviews, but different in many ways as well. In terms of usage, most indicated they use the two free video visits per week to visit with a variety of family and friends, though very few purchase additional visits due to the cost. Those who have not used IVVS cited scheduling and accessibility issues (i.e.,visitors not having the technology required tocomplete video visits) as the main reasons they have not used it. In terms of perceptions about IVVS, respondents clearly prefer in-person visitation over video visitation, believing in-person visits would better help them to maintain social ties. A largeproportion also noted some problems with the system and doubts about the positive impact of IVVS on their behavior in the jail or upon release. However, the majority of respondents agreed that video visitation is helpful for inmates. Some suggestions offered for improvement included having the option of in-person visits, installing kiosks outside the secure part of the jail for visitors, and reducing the cost of purchasing extra visits.The last portion of the evaluation was a secondary data analysis of official records provided by ACSO in regard to visitation, both in-person and video, and disciplinary violations. The results of the analysis suggested that the implementation of IVVS has increased the frequency of visits despite a relative stable average daily jail population. In addition, a demographic analysis of users suggested that IVVS has specifically increased visitation for female and older inmates, though there are other factors, such as the characteristics of inmates at ACJ, which could have accounted for the observed changes. Although one of the goals of video visitation is to improve institutional behavior, an analysis of disciplinary violations from 2009-2015 revealed an increase in the number of violations. However, the severity of violations appears to have decreased over time. Again, there are several factors that could have impacted the frequency and characteristics of disciplinary violations aside from the implementation of IVVS. Further research is needed to more closely examine the relationship between visitation and inmate behavior.Based on all of the data collected and analyzed for this evaluation of IVVS at ACJ, the following recommendations are offered: (1): Install kiosk(s) for visitor use.(2): Decrease the cost of purchasing additional video visits. prefer in-person visitation over video visitation, believing in-person visits would better help them to maintain social ties. A large proportion also noted some problems with the system and doubts about the positive impact of IVVS on their behavior in the jail or upon release. However, the majority of respondents agreed that video visitation is helpful for inmates. Some suggestions offered for improvement included having the option of in-person visits, installing kiosks outside the secure part of the jail for visitors, and reducing the cost of purchasing extra visits.The last portion of the evaluation was a secondary data analysis of official records provided by ACSO in regard to visitation, both in-person and video, and disciplinary violations. The results of the analysis suggested that the implementation of IVVS has increased the frequency of visits despite a relative stable average daily jail population. In addition, a demographic analysis of users suggested that IVVS has specifically increased visitation for female and older inmates, though there are other factors, such as the characteristics of inmates at ACJ, which could have accounted for the observed changes. Although one of the goals of video visitation is to improve institutional behavior, an analysis of disciplinary violations from 2009-2015 revealed an increase in the number of violations. However, the severity of violations appears to have decreased over time. Again, there are several factors that could have impacted the frequency and characteristics of disciplinary violations aside from the implementation of IVVS. Further research is needed to more closely examine the relationship between visitation and inmate behavior.Based on all of the data collected and analyzed for this evaluation of IVVS at ACJ, the following recommendations are offered: (1): Install kiosk(s) for visitor use.(2): Decrease the cost of purchasing additional video visits. Details: Boise, ID: Boise State University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2016. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2016 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/303818777_Ada_County_Sheriff%27s_Office_Inmate_Video_Visitation_Program_Evaluation Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Visitors Shelf Number: 140106

Author: Aliprantis, Dionissi Title: Human Capital in the Inner City Summary: This paper quantitatively characterizes the "code of the street" from the sociology literature, using the nationally-representative National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997 data set to investigate how black young males alter their behavior when living in violent neighborhoods. An astounding 26 percent of black males in the United States report seeing someone shot before turning 12. Conditional on reported exposure to violence, black and white young males are equally likely to engage in violent behavior. Black males' education and labor market outcomes are much worse when reporting exposure to violence; these gaps persist in estimated models controlling for many patterns of selection. Details: Cleveland, OH: Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, working paper no. 13-02R. Accessed August 31, 2016 at: https://www.clevelandfed.org/newsroom-and-events/publications/working-papers/2014-working-papers/wp-1302r-human-capital-in-the-inner-city.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Code of the Street Shelf Number: 140107

Author: Lee, Jungmin Title: The Racial Profiling Act: How Does it Work? Summary: This study examines how the racial profiling law influences police officers' behavior in the field. A ubiquitous component of the law across jurisdictions in the U.S. is to mandate the collection of data on traffic stops and evaluate local agencies based on the data. Using the Illinois traffic stop data from 2004 to 2007, we find that officers in agencies that received unfavorable evaluations in the previous official report tend to stop fewer vehicles, particularly, those of minority drivers, and are more responsive to their unfavorable evaluations when the nearest neighbor agency received some favorable evaluations. However, we argue that this behavioral change does not necessarily mean a reduction of racially-biased law enforcement actions. Details: Seoul, South Korea; Department of Economics, Sogang University, 2012. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1988570 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 140108

Author: Harris, Heather Michele Title: Do Cellmates Matter: A Study of Prison Peer Effects Under Essential Heterogeneity Summary: This study examines prison peer effects in an adult prison population in the United States using a unique dataset assembled from the administrative databases of the Pennsylvania Department of Corrections. The members of a first-time prison release cohort were identified and matched to each of the cellmates with whom they shared a double cell. These data were then linked to arrest history data from the Pennsylvania State Police. Criminological theories of social influence expect unobserved and difficult to quantify factors, such as criminality, to affect criminal behavior both independently and through intermediate decisions, including the choice to maintain prison peer associations. Those theories, therefore, implicitly assume the presence of essential heterogeneity, which helps to account for the response heterogeneity observed in studies of social influence. This study introduces the concept of essential heterogeneity to criminology and is the first to apply a method to address it, local instrumental variables, to estimate causal social interaction effects. The analyses presented in this study demonstrate that there is considerable response heterogeneity in prison peer effects. That response heterogeneity is attributable to essential heterogeneity, as implicitly expected by criminological learning theories. However, the null average effects estimated do not accord with the predictions of criminological learning theories, including differential association, balance, and prisonization theories, each of which expects peers who are, on average, more criminally experienced to exert criminogenic effects. The presence of essential heterogeneity indicates that estimating average prison peer effects does little to adequately characterize the relationship between social interactions with cellmates and releasee reoffending behaviors. Within the null average prison peer effect estimates lies tremendous variation in marginal prison peer effects. Some marginal prison peer effects are significantly criminogenic, while others are significantly crimino-suppressive. That substantial variation in the measured effect of prison peers on reoffending persists despite rigorous analysis and the inclusion of robust theoretically relevant controls suggests that future work should focus on creating constructs more appropriate to the task of determining who is harmed and who is helped as a result of interactions with prison peers. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2014. 501p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/16259 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cellmates Shelf Number: 140112

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Gateway Crimes Summary: Many who argue against the legalization of marijuana suggest that while its consumption may not be very harmful, marijuana indirectly causes significant social harm by acting as a "gateway drug," a drug whose consumption facilitates the use of other, more harmful, drugs. This article presents a theory of "gateway crimes", which, perhaps counter-intuitively, implies that there are social gains to decriminalizing offenses that cause minor harms, including marijuana-related offenses. A typical gateway crime is an act which is punished lightly, but, because it is designated as a crime, being convicted for committing it leads one to be severely stigmatized. People who are stigmatized have less to lose by committing more serious crimes, and, therefore, the criminalization of these acts increases recidivism. Thus, punishing "gateway crimes" may generate greater costs than benefits, and this possibility must be kept in mind when discussing potential criminal justice reforms. This "gateway effect" does not require that, but, is strongest when, people underestimate, or ignore, either the likelihood or magnitude of the consequences associated with being convicted for a minor crime. Therefore, - if potential offenders in fact underestimate expected conviction costs - this theory not only implies previously unidentified benefits associated with decriminalizing acts that cause questionable or minor harms, but also benefits associated with making the costs associated with convictions more transparent. Details: Arlington, VA: George Mason University, Antonin Scalia Law School, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 16-36 : Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2827880 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 140113

Author: Feierman, Jessica Title: Debtors' Prison for Kids? The High Cost of Fines and Fees in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Juvenile Law Center analyzed state laws in all 50 states and the District of Columbia that provide for the imposition of juvenile court costs, fines, fees, or restitution on youth or their families. Juvenile Law Center also surveyed professionals in each state familiar with how those fees were being imposed. A concurrent research study was also conducted to measure the connection between costs, recidivism and racial disparities in the juvenile justice system. "Every day, we hear elected officials talking about racial injustice, mass incarceration, and the need for criminal justice reform. This report identifies one key strategy to address those problems: eliminating or reducing the financial costs of juvenile court involvement on youth and their families," said Jessica Feierman, Associate Director at Juvenile Law Center and report author. "Racial disparities pervade our juvenile justice system. Our research suggests that we can reduce those disparities through legislative action aimed at costs, fines, fees, and restitution." Approximately one million youth appear in juvenile courts each year. In every state, youth and families can be required to pay juvenile court costs, fees, fines, or restitution. The costs for court related services, including probation, a "free appointed attorney," mental health evaluations, the costs of incarceration, treatment, or restitution payments, can push poor children deeper into the system and families deeper into debt. Youth who can't afford to pay for their freedom often face serious consequences, including incarceration, extended probation, or denial of treatment - they are unfairly penalized for being poor. Many families either go into debt trying to pay these costs or forego basic necessities like groceries to keep up with payments. Research by criminologists Alex Piquero and Wesley Jennings examined the connection between court-ordered financial obligations and recidivism. "Two key findings emerged from our study," said Alex R. Piquero, Ashbel Smith Professor of Criminology at The University of Texas at Dallas. "First, imposing financial penalties on juvenile offenders has the opposite of its intended effect, increasing recidivism instead of deterring it. Second, we found a direct link between court-ordered financial obligations and increased racial disparity, since minority youth were more likely to still owe costs and restitution after their cases were closed. Their inability to pay often leads to additional charges, extended probation, or additional punishments, taking them deeper into the justice system." Through the generous support of the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, Debtors' Prison for Kids? The High Cost of Fines and Fees in the Juvenile Justice System, and the associated study investigating the impact of costs on recidivism, provide a much-needed roadmap for policymakers nationwide who care about fairness in our justice system. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://debtorsprison.jlc.org/documents/JLC-Debtors-Prison.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fines Shelf Number: 140114

Author: Sowell, Chamaera M. Title: Not a Victim: Challenges of Providing Services to Sexually Exploited Youth Summary: The number of youth that have been sexually exploited continues to rise. In order to better understand the barriers sexually exploited youth may encounter when trying to seek services, this study explores social workers� perspectives on why these barriers exist. Qualitative interviews were used to gather the experience of social workers who have worked with sexually exploited youth. Six themes consistent with research emerged; these themes are: characteristics of the girls, victim status, lack of awareness, support services, systemic responses and Minnesota responses. These themes show the various reasons youth may not seek services. Implications for clinical practice and future research are discussed. Details: St. Paul, MN: St. Catherine University and the University of St. Thomas, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Master of Social Work Clinical Research Papers. Paper 671 Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://sophia.stkate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1679&context=msw_papers Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 140118

Author: Catalano, Shannan Title: Interviewing Conditions in the National Crime Victimization Survey, 1993-2013 Summary: Describes the circumstances under which interviews were conducted with persons in the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) from 1993 to 2013. The report focuses on two types of interviewing conditions: data collection mode and privacy. Data collection mode is how the interview is conducted-whether in person, during a face-to-face contact, or by telephone. Interview privacy describes whether a person is interviewed alone or in the presence of others during an in-person interview. The report presents trends in the level and pattern of interviewing conditions in the NCVS, highlighting variations among select survey respondent characteristics. Findings include the percentage of NCVS interviews conducted in person, the percentage of in-person interviews conducted privately, and how these conditions vary by characteristics of survey respondents. The report also examines the association among interviewing conditions, crime rates, and household composition. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/icncvs9313.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140122

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Release Preparation Program Summary: During the past 3 years, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) released nearly 125,000 inmates from its custody into Residential Reentry Centers (RRC), into home confinement, or directly into communities in the United States. While not all of these inmates will re-offend, analyses of historical data have shown that many of them will. For example, the U.S. Sentencing Commission recently evaluated recidivism rates for federal offenders released in 2005 and found that nearly half of them were re-arrested within 8 years of their release for committing a new crime or for violating their supervision conditions. To help inmates successfully transition back into the community and to help reduce the likelihood that they will re-offend, the BOP operates, among various reentry efforts, the Release Preparation Program (RPP), which was the focus of this review. The BOP requires every institution to provide an RPP, and most sentenced inmates at BOP-operated institutions are required to participate in the RPP. The RPP consists of classes, instruction, and assistance in six broad categories: (1) Health and Nutrition, (2) Employment, (3) Personal Finance and Consumer Skills, (4) Information and Community Resources, (5) Release Requirements and Procedures, and (6) Personal Growth and Development. The RPP has two segments: the Institution RPP, developed by each institution's RPP committee based on the general release needs of the institution's inmate population, and the Unit RPP, developed by the institution's unit teams based on the needs of the individual inmate. Inmates must complete both segments for the BOP to consider them to have completed the RPP and to be better prepared for their eventual transition back into society. This review examines the BOP's effectiveness in fulfilling the RPP's established program objectives. These objectives are to enhance inmates' successful reintegration into the community through RPP participation; to enter into partnerships with various groups to provide information, programs, and services to releasing inmates; and to reduce inmate recidivism. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 16-07: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/e1607.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Prisons Shelf Number: 140124

Author: U.S. Presidential Task Force on combating IUU Fishing and Seafood Fraud Title: Presidential Task Force on Combating IUU Fishing and Seafood Fraud: Action Plan for Implementing the Task Force Recommendations Summary: On June 17, 2014, the White House released a Presidential Memorandum entitled "Establishing a Comprehensive Framework to Combat Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated Fishing and Seafood Fraud." Among other actions, the Memorandum established a Presidential Task Force on Combating Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated Fishing and Seafood Fraud (Task Force), co-chaired by the Departments of Commerce and State with 12 other federal agency members. The Task Force was directed to report to the President within 180 days with "recommendations for the implementation of a comprehensive framework of integrated programs to combat IUU fishing and seafood fraud that emphasizes areas of greatest need." Those recommendations were provided to the President through National Ocean Council and published in the Federal Register on December 18, 2014. The 15 recommendations are broad in scope and call on agencies to take concrete and specific actions to combat illegal, unreported, and unregulated (IUU) fishing and seafood fraud throughout the seafood supply chain. By circumventing conservation and management measures and engaging in fraudulent practices, entities engaging in IUU fishing and seafood fraud undermine the sustainability of U.S. and global fish stocks and negatively impact general ecosystem health. At the same time, IUU and fraudulent seafood products distort legal markets and unfairly compete with the catch and seafood products of lawabiding fishers and seafood industries. The actions to address these issues fall under four general themes: 1) combating IUU fishing and seafood fraud at the international level; 2) strengthening enforcement and enhancing enforcement tools; 3) creating and expanding partnerships with non-federal entities to identify and eliminate seafood fraud and the sale of IUU seafood products in U.S. commerce; and 4) increasing information available on seafood products through additional traceability requirements. Each of these components is inter-related and complementary such that information and action developed under one supports the others. For example, these actions include establishing an integrated program that traces the path of seafood products from harvest or production to entry into U.S. commerce. This traceability program will feed enhanced information streams into improved enforcement targeting of illegal or fraudulent seafood products through newly integrated risk assessment and enforcement strategies. Similarly, the actions include efforts to improve the international governance of seafood harvest and trade that will complement our domestic efforts. Further, federal agencies are called upon to work with Congress to ensure that officials have the range of authorities necessary to identify and keep IUU seafood and fraudulent seafood products out of U.S. commerce. Details: Washington, DC: The Task Force, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2016 at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/ia/iuu/noaa_taskforce_report_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 140120

Author: Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission Title: Technical Report on Alternatives to Incarceration for Drug-Related Offenses Summary: Convinced that responses to the drug problem should be comprehensive, centering on public health and human rights perspectives, the Government of Colombia, with the support of the Inter‐American Drug Abuse Control Commission (CICAD), is committed to encouraging the debate on alternatives which allow for a focus on the individual, moving beyond approaches solely based on repression. The Report on the Drug Problem in the Americas, undertaken by the Organization of American States (OAS), confirms that the use of a punitive approach in response to consumption has meant that the populations most vulnerable to problematic use have been discouraged from access to timely information, public health services, and treatment and prevention programs in general. Furthermore, academic studies and reports from civil society organizations have indicated that indiscriminate repression, including applying severe sanctions for consumption and possession of small quantities, has especially affected the lowest levels of the drug trafficking chain. This situation has aggravated the problem of prison overcrowding that a number of countries in the region are facing. In this context, drug policy has come into conflict with the respect for human rights. The situation of women and their increasing participation in drug-related crimes is especially worrying. Given this reality, it is necessary to understand crime as a social phenomenon and not a fact of nature. For this reason, the State's reaction to crime must start with the analysis of its origins within the community, since only by determining the reasons which bring some members to engage in criminal activity, can it be addressed adequately. The reflexive use of criminal law - frequently manifested in the proliferation of new crimes, increases in sentences, and the indiscriminate incarceration of a large number of offenders - can create fleeting sensations of relief in a society. However, the use of criminal law as the State's only reaction not only leaves the origin of the problem intact, but also places large burdens on the resources of the justice system, and more importantly, in the eyes of a community that could see its actions as inefficient, increases the perception that its repeated intervention no does help to address the problems it seeks to solve. With regard to the fight against drugs, the last four decades show that policies have been developed on the assumption that activities related to all illicit substances should be controlled in the same way, with the understanding that all of the links in the drug trafficking chain merit the same treatment. This perception is mistaken and requires reconsideration in order to allow for differential approaches and responses by the State, not only for different types of drugs, but also for the different types of people who are part of the problem. Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: (OAS. Official Records Series ; OEA/Ser.L) Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.cicad.oas.org/apps/Document.aspx?Id=3203 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Imprisonment Shelf Number: 140137

Author: University of Arizona. Southwest Institute for Research on Women (SIROW) Title: Findings from the Economic Analysis of JDC/RF: Policy Implications for Juvenile Drug Courts Summary: Findings from the National Cross - Site Evaluation of Juvenile Drug Courts and Reclaiming Futures (JDC/RF) indicate that costs associated with pro viding services in accordance with the JD C/RF integrated model are offset by substantial savings to society. The integrated model, which was created as a combination of two existing models: Juvenile Drug Courts: Strategies in Practice (JDC: SIP) & Reclaiming Futures (RF) , is part of an effort by t he Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration�s (SAMHSA) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT), in partnership wit h the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, to improve the effectiveness and efficacy of JDCs. T he JDC/RF National Cross - Site Evaluation includes f ive sites that received funding under this initiative . This brief describes a two - part study of J DC/RF program costs , meaning the monetary value of time and resources required to operate the program, and estimated net economic benefits , meaning the monetary value of program benefits minus the program costs . A dolescent treatment program costs and associated net benefits are not studied as frequently as adult programs , despite the fact that studies of this nature for adults have become more numerous in recent years. 1 The findings of the current study help fill this gap, lending an importan t contribution to the adolescent treatment research community. The s tudy f ound that the five sites participating in the JDC/RF National Cross - Site Evaluation experienced net benefits to society that greatly exceeded JDC/RF program costs. These benefits wer e directly related to data collected before and after the JDC/RF intervention on traditional measures of JDC programmatic success such as crime, substance abuse, education, physical health , and mental health . Findings provide preliminary ec onomic justification for the JDC/RF program Details: Tucson, AZ: The Institute, 2015?. 6p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: https://sirow.arizona.edu/sites/sirow.arizona.edu/files/Policy%20Brief%20%23%20Cost%20Study_FINAL_upload2_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 140140

Author: Bernstein, Nell Title: Mothers at the Gate: How a powerful Family Movement is Transforming the Juvenile Justice System Summary: One in four women in the United States has a family member in prison. Among black women, this number rises to two in five. The family burden of incarceration falls disproportionately on women - especially black and Latino women - and on families that are low-income and poor. According to a report from the Ella Baker Center for Human Rights, Forward Together, and Research Action Design entitled Who Pays? The True Cost of Incarceration on Families ' in an overwhelming majority of cases, family members were primarily responsible for the costs associated with having a loved one arrested and/or incarcerated - everything from lawyers' fees, to court-imposed fines, to collect calls and visiting expenses. Eighty-three percent of these family members were women. Further, the report also found that the fiscal costs associated with a family member's incarceration left half of those affected struggling to meet basic needs and more than a third in debt. As of 2013, more than 54,000 juveniles were incarcerated in juvenile detention, correction, or other residential facilities. While this represents a significant decrease from highs in the 1990s, the U.S. still locks up far more of its children than do other countries - 18 times more than France and five times more than South Africa, for instance. Given these numbers, it may not be surprising that a movement of family members - particularly mothers - is developing around the country, a movement that aims to challenge both the conditions in which their loved ones are held and the fact of mass incarceration itself. This report reflects an initial effort to map that movement and to distill the shared wisdom of its leaders. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Policy Studies, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.ips-dc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/k-dolan-mothers-at-the-gate-5.3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 140144

Author: Delaney, Ruth Title: Making the Grade: Developing Quality Postsecondary Education Programs in Prison Summary: With its July 2015 announcement of the Second Chance Pell Pilot Program, the U.S. Department of Education ushered in what could be a new era of expanded opportunities for postsecondary education in our nation's prisons. The Second Chance Pell Pilot makes students incarcerated in state and federal prisons eligible for need-based financial aid in a limited number of authorized sites-meaning postsecondary education is likely to become a reality for an increased number of the more than 1.5 million people in prisons nationwide. Research shows that-among other benefits to individuals, families, communities, and prisons-incarcerated people who participate in prison education programs are 43 percent less likely to recidivate than those who do not. This report offers lessons from the field on the implementation of these programs in corrections settings across the country. Details: New York Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Sentencing and Corrections, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/making-the-grade-postsecondary-education-programs-in-prison/legacy_downloads/making-the-grade-postsecondary-education-programs-in-prison.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 140146

Author: University of California School of Law - Berkeley. Policy Advocacy Clinic Title: California's New Vagrancy Laws: The Growing Enactment and Enforcement of Anti - Homeless Laws in the Golden State Summary: Executive Summary More than one in five people who are homeless in the United States live in California, and two - thirds of all people experiencing homelessness in California are unsheltered. Although homelessness exists statewide - exacerbated by decades of deep cuts to federal a nd state funding for affordable housing and by rising inequality - it is managed mostly at the local l evel. The state legislature has been slow to respond to this widespread problem, forcing municipal governments to address homelessness often with l imited resources. While some local governments have invested in social services, shelters , and supportive housing, cities have also responded by enacting and enforcing a wide range of anti - homeless laws - municipal codes that target or disproportionately impact people experiencing homelessness . Fortunately , t he conversation about homelessness has begun to shift in California. In the past year, San Francisco announced plans to create and fund a new Department on Homelessness and Supportive Housing. Oakland, Berkeley and San Jose each declared a shelter crisis . A nd Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti asked the Governor to declare a homeless state of emergency . 2 When Mayor Garcetti held a press conference on the city's homeless crisis in late 2015, Los Angeles Councilmember Jose Huizar explained : Unless we change our approach, this crisis will continue to worsen.... This approach to homelessness has failed. We can't ignore the problem, and we can't arrest our way out of it. W hile t his shift in rhetoric is a notable development, evidence suggests that California cities continue to pursue inhumane , ineffec tive , and costly policies that criminaliz e homeless people. This report update s our 2015 study on the enactment and enforcement of anti - homeless laws in California with new ordinance data from cities and updated arrest data from the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting Program. We find that California cities are enact ing and enforc ing anti - homeless laws in record numbers. In contrast with historical post - recession trends , arrests of people who are homeless continue to rise in spite of an improving economy. Further, cities appear to be arresting people increasingly based on their homeless status as opposed t o any concrete unlawful behavior. Details: Berkeley, CA: Policy Advocacy Clinic, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://wraphome.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/NVL-Update-2016_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 140147

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: NYPD and NYCHA's Roles in Controlling Violent and Narcotics Crime By Removing Criminal Offenders from Public Housing Summary: Since 1996, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) and New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) have operated under a joint public safety agreement requiring NYPD to inform NYCHA of arrests of NYCHA residents, or on NYCHA property, so that NYCHA can then take steps to keep dangerous criminals out of public housing. NYPD has failed to comply with this agreement in that it does not routinely inform NYCHA of arrests, eve n where they involve sexual assault, gun possession, or n arcotics trafficking. In turn , even when informed of such arrests, NYCHA often fails to take steps to remove such criminals from public housing and thus protect the overwhelming majority of law abid ing residents. These systemic failures documented by a Department of Investigation review of thousands of files have contributed to disproportionately high violent crime rates at NYCHA, including a shooting incidence rate that is four times higher tha n in the City as a whole. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY In 1996, N YPD and NYCHA entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) , through which NYPD agreed to provide NYCHA with all arrest and complaint reports concerning criminal activity taking place at NYCHA dev elopments, or committed by NYCHA residents. The purpose of the MOU is to enable NYCHA, the largest landlord in New York City, to undertake its critical obligation to maintain safety and security at public housing developments by monitoring criminal activ ity at public housing developments , evict ing criminal offenders where needed to protect public safety, and address ing physical security vulnerabilities highlighted in these reports. After several incidents in which crimes were committed on NYCHA property by known felons, the New York City Department of Investigation (DOI) conducted a proactive investigation to determine NYPD's compliance with the 1996 MOU. This led to a further investigation of NYCHA's efforts to evict or exclude individuals and families whose criminal activities pose a threat to their neighbors. DOI's investigation revealed several key failures by both NYPD and NYCHA: 1) NYPD is out of compliance with the MOU because it does not provide NYCHA with NYPD complaint reports concerning NYCHA properties. 2) NYPD is also violating the MOU by failing to share with NYCHA reports of arrests of non - residents on NYCHA property. 3) Pursuant to Patrol Guide procedure known as "Cases For Legal Action" (CFLA) , NYPD is required to report to NYCHA all arrests of NYCHA residents on NYCHA property for certain enumerated serious violent and drug crimes . However, NYPD's actual compliance with this internal procedure in a sample one - month period was only 67% . As a res ult, NYCHA loses opportunities to address dangerous conditions by evicting or excluding residents who have committed violent crimes. 4) NYCHA , in turn, fails to take sufficient action to ensure that criminal offenders who pose a danger to their neighbors are removed from public housing. Specifically, NYCHA has a weak enforcement record of terminating tenancies based on criminal activity by public housing leaseholders or unauthorized occupants (dubbed "non - desirability" cases). 5) Longstanding NYCHA procedure known as "Permanent Exclusion" allows NYCHA to exercise discretion concerning NYPD Cases For Legal Action referrals. Specifically, although NYCHA has legal authority to evict the entire household of a criminal offender who presents a danger to neighbors' safety or peac eful tenancy, instead NYCHA may and frequently does opt for the less severe sanction of Permanent Exclusion of only the individual offender from the apartment, thus allowing possibly innocent household members to remain in public housing. DOI's investigation revealed that NYCHA's enforcement of Permanent Exclusion is essentially toothless, such that criminal offenders are allowed to return to NYCHA housing without consequences . 6) DOI further identified numerous critical flaws in NYCHA's systems and resources for enforcing Permanent Exclusion, including severe understaffing, inadequate safety equipment and protocols, an ineffective bureau cratic case management approach, and lack of coordination with law enforcement entities that could assist with meaningful enforcement of Permanent Exclusion, including by arresting excluded occupants subject to open warrants or Trespass Notices that prohibit their presence on NYCHA premises. Details: New York: NYC Department of Investigation, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/doi/downloads/pdf/2015/Dec15/pr41nycha_nypd_mou_120815.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 140148

Author: Holsinger, Alexander M. Title: Analyzing Bond Supervision Survey Data: The Effects of Pretrial Detention on Self-Reported Outcomes Summary: An increasing amount of attention has been paid to the effects of pretrial detention, as it may relate to several relevant justice outcomes. Based on a growing body of research, scholars and policy makers have engaged in a number of endeavors designed to maximize the effectiveness of pretrial decision making in particular and the pretrial phase of justice case processing more generally. Some of the first large scale quantitative examinations of pretrial decision making involved what effect pretrial detention may have on case outcome (e.g., guilt vs. innocence; sentences to incarceration vs. community) (Rankin, 1964; Goldkamp, 1979; Goldkamp & Gottfredson, 1979). More recently attention has focused on the development and implementation of actuarial risk assessment procedures. The advent of risk assessments in theory reduces subjectivity and allows for a more scientific risk-based decision process (Lowenkamp, Lemke & Latessa, 2008; Lowenkamp & VanNostrand, 2013). This in turn (again in theory) allows for the best, most efficient use of limited (and expensive) jail space. If pretrial detention does have deleterious effects, it makes sense to insure that limited jail space is reserved for those who pose the highest risk of either failure to appear (FTA) or new criminal activity (NCA). Actuarial risk assessment has the potential for insuring the highest risk individuals are most likely to be detained in jail while lower risk defendants remain in the community (Austin, Ocker & Bhati, 2010; Bechtel, Lowenkamp, & Holsinger, 2011; VanNostrand, 2003). Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.crj.org/page/-/publications/bond_supervision_report_R3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 140149

Author: Chari, Karishma A. Title: National Survey of Prison Health Care: Selected Findings Summary: Objectives - This report presents selected findings on the provision of health care services in U.S. state prisons. Findings on admissions testing for infectious disease, cardiovascular risk factors, and mental health conditions, as well as the location of the provision of care and utilization of telemedicine are all included. Methods - Data are from the National Survey of Prison Health Care (NSPHC). The survey aimed to conduct semi-structured telephone interviews with respondents from all 50 state Departments of Corrections and the Federal Bureau of Prisons. Interviews were conducted in 2012 for calendar year 2011. The level of participation varied by state and questionnaire item. Results - Overall, 45 states participated in NSPHC. In 2011, the percentages of prison admissions occurring in states that tested at least some prisoners for the following conditions during the admissions process were: 76.9% for hepatitis A, 82.0% for hepatitis B, 87.3% for hepatitis C, 100.0% for tuberculosis, 100.0% for mental health conditions and suicide risk, 40.3% for traumatic brain injury , 82.5% for cardiovascular conditions and risk factors using electrocardiogram, 70.0% for elevated lipids, and 99.8% for high blood pressure. Of the 45 states that participated in the survey, most states delivered several services on-site, including inpatient and outpatient mental health care (27 and 44 states, respectively), care for chronic diseases (31 states), long-term or nursing home care (35 states), and hospice care (35 states). For inpatient and outpatient medical, dental, and emergency care, most states delivered services using a combination of on-site and off-site care locations. Most states delivered selected diagnostic procedures and radiologic tests off-site. Telemedicine was most commonly used for psychiatry (28 states). Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: national Health Statistics Reports No. 96: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr096.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Services Shelf Number: 140152

Author: Chandler, Arnold Title: Violence Trends, Patterns and Consequences for Black Males in America: A Call to Action Summary: Rates of violent victimization and offending among young black males have declined substantially over the past couple of decades, serving as a welcome reversal to an epidemic growth in violence during the late 1980s and early 1990s. Yet rates for these young boys and men remain alarmingly high, and their disparate experience with violence sets them apart from nearly every other demographic group including black men older than 25, white men, and black women. This report paints a detailed picture of the trends and patterns of violent offending and victimization among young black males as well as the profound consequences this violence wreaks upon not only the lives and futures of these boys and young men but that of their families and communities as well. Summarizing and marshalling the latest scientific research, this report seeks to galvanize leaders to take vital action across our nation's cities to reduce violence and violent deaths among young black males. Details: Louisville, KY: Cities United, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://citiesunited.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Violence-Trends-Patterns-and-Consequences-for-Black-Males-in-America-A-Call-to-Action.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 140154

Author: Curran, Meghan E. Title: Substance Abuse treatment Programs in Corrections: An Integrated Approach Summary: Nearly 70 percent of the offender population has a problem with substance abuse. Treatment is an important component for those individuals who struggle with substance abuse, not only to help with their addiction but also to decrease future recidivism. Despite the promising nature of research on drug abuse treatment , many offenders are not able to obtain the appropriate treatment services. In addition to the concern over lack of relevant services, there are also barriers to implementing effective treatment programs that serve the needs of the offender population. Integrated services between correctional and public health treatment agencies are recommended to improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of the justice system while positively impacting offenders to achieve a break from the cycle of incarceration. This study examined factors that predict integration of services among a survey of correctional administrators. Competing values theory was the framework for this analysis due to the varying decisions criminal justice administrators face about the type of correctional programs to offer and how to integrate services with other organizations or agencies , including substance abuse treatment. A tension exists between punishing offenders and providing offenders with treatment programs , depending on administrators' views regarding the goal of corrections. Regression models tested the hypotheses about factors that affect integrated services. Organizational factors, personal characteristics of administrators, and structural factors were used to examine the degree to which services are integrated, and were found to be statistically significant. In a series of separate models examining the impact of each independent variable on integration, there were statistically significant findings for organizational culture and beliefs about crime and punishment on level of integration of services. In the multivariate models, organizational factors, personal characteristics of criminal justice administrators, and structural factors combined to result in the greatest percentage of explanation of integration of services. Despite significant findings in both the individual and nested models, the independent variables predicted small percentages of the dependent variable (1.1 percent for organizational culture, 1.3 percent for rehabilitative beliefs, 1.7 percent for traditional sanctions, and 16.9 percent when combining all three sets of independent variables) , indicating that there are many other factors impacting service integration not tested in the current study. The research has policy implications due to the recent passage of the Affordable Care Act and the subsequent move towards a health care system that provides coverage for offenders released from prison and those under community corrections. Having access to health care may help offenders obtain needed substance abuse treatment services. From a theoretical perspective, the study contributes to the literature in the field by using competing values theory at the level of the individual worker (criminal justice administrator). Future research should examine other factors impacting integration, such as resource availability, facility location, and barriers to treatment within the organization. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2014. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://digilib.gmu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1920/8833/Curran_gmu_0883E_10528.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 140155

Author: Holsinger, Alexander M. Title: Exploring the Relationship Between Time in Pretrial Detention and Four Outcomes Summary: An increasing amount of attention has been paid to the pretrial phase of justice case processing both in research and policy. In particular, the issue of if, when, and how to use pretrial detention (jail time before a case is resolved with guilt or innocence) has been under a great deal of scrutiny. While the study of pretrial detention and its potential effects on case processing and outcome is not new (see for example Rankin, 1964; Tribe, 1971), emerging research has undertaken a more granular analysis of what effect pretrial detention - even short amounts - may have on other outcomes besides findings of guilt or innocence, and/or sentences to incarceration (as opposed to a community-based sanction) and for how long someone is sentenced to incarceration in some form. Shortly after arrest (and in turn shortly after being booked into a jail, most commonly at the county administrative level) several justice decisions are made. Most jurisdictions have some form of a standardized information collection procedure that gathers basic yet relevant data such as demographic factors and criminal history factors (most often involving the check of an automated database of some form). Likewise, at some point shortly after case initiation, the decision whether or not to assign bail is made and, if bail is assigned, how much. In recent years the use of some form of an actuarial (objective, research- based) risk assessment that determines the relative likelihood of various things like failure to appear is applied as well that will inform several decisions, both immediately and potentially later on. And all these broad factors - criminal history, bail, actuarial risk to flee - and others work toward influencing the decision regarding whether or not someone should remain in jail until their case is resolved (which in some instances can take several weeks if not months), or, if they should be allowed to remain in the community (Abrams & Rohlfs, 2011; Demuth, 2003; Myers, 2009). As noted above some of the original research examined pretrial detention through the lens of the effect that it may have on case outcome (Rankin, 1964). Consider, for example, the fact that someone who is detained pretrial is unable to have easy access to defense counsel, is unable to discuss their situation with witnesses and other potential social support, and is, by definition, cut off from the vast majority of their lives. These effects of pretrial detention and others may increase the likelihood that someone is unable to mount an adequate defense, thereby increasing the likelihood of conviction, and in turn a sentence to a secure facility. These effects may hold regardless of whether a person is actually guilty or innocent, in fact (Williams, 2003; Wald, 1964; Spohn, 2009). While the cumulative disadvantage of pretrial detention (Spohn, 2009; Schlesinger, 2007) has been well documented regarding the potential effect on case outcome, there is value in taking a closer look at other ways in which that disadvantage may accumulate. Put another way, aside from the negative effects noted above (increase likelihood of conviction, increase likelihood of sentencing to a secure as opposed to a community- based sanction upon a finding of guilt), how might the potentially negative effects of pretrial detention manifest themselves in other ways? As mentioned above, through the denial of liberty and freedom, pretrial detention has an effect on things like access to defense counsel and other resources that can affect case outcome. However, pretrial detention may hold other implications for several other harbingers of adult functionality, which may affect an individual's life in other ways, thereby having further reaching impacts that in turn make serial involvement with the criminal justice system more likely. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.crj.org/page/-/publications/Exploring%20Pretrial%20Detention.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 140156

Author: Parker, Barbara Pierce Title: Reshaping Restrictive Housing at South Dakota State Penitentiary Summary: Across the United States, the use of restrictive housing has come under intense scrutiny by the public, courts, and policymakers. The concerns focus on the potentially damaging effects of segregation on a person's physical and mental health, public safety risks posed by incarcerating people in restrictive housing for extended periods, and the sometimes subjective criteria used by corrections staff to determine the placement, length of stay, and conditions imposed on inmates in restrictive housing. With funding from the Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) project team, which included a diverse group of restrictive housing experts, and South Dakota Department of Corrections (SD DOC) partnered to develop a plan to safely and securely reform of restrictive housing within the maximum-security South Dakota State Penitentiary (SDSP). CJI's Model for Reshaping Restrictive Housing guided the work. At its most basic level, the model ensures that - appropriate placements are made into restrictive housing using a fair and objective process; activities and interactions during inmates' restrictive housing placement are geared towards behavior change; inmates are prepared for their transition to general population; and the process used to retain or release an individual from restrictive housing is fair, objective, and based on behavioral indicators. In 1-year's time the South Dakota State Penitentiary reduced its restrictive housing population drop by 18 percent, while the violent incident rate in restrictive housing is now at its lowest point-lower than the rate in general population The report provides additional detail describing how the model was implemented within SDSP. Foundational supports for the restrictive housing reform effort are also discussed, including: clear policies and procedures; professional standards and state examples; staff engagement, buy-in, and training; performance measurement and quality assurance; and technical assistance. The report concludes with lessons learned: keys to restrictive housing reform, and time needed for implementation. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: http://www.crj.org/page/-/publications/Reshaping%20Restrictive%20Housing%20-%20South%20Dakota.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 140157

Author: Wittes, Benjamin Title: Sextortion: Cybersecurity, teenagers, and remote sexual assault Summary: This paper represents an effort to our knowledge the first to study in depth and across jurisdictions the problems of sextortion. In it, we look at the methods used by perpetrators and the prosecutorial tools authorities have used to bring offenders to justice. We hope that by highlighting the scale and scope of the problem, and the brutality of these cases for the many victims they affect, to spur a close look at both state and federal laws under which these cases get prosecuted. Our key findings include: - Sextortion is dramatically understudied. While it's an acknowledged problem both within law enforcement and among private advocates, no government agency publishes data on its prevalence; no private advocacy group does either. The subject lacks an academic literature. Aside from a few prosecutors and investigators who have devoted significant energy to the problem over time, and a few journalists who have written-often excellently- about individual cases, the problem has been largely ignored. - Yet sextortion is surprisingly common. We identified 78 cases that met our definition of the crime-and a larger number that contained significant elements of the crime but that, for one reason or another, did not fully satisfy our criteria. These cases were prosecuted in 29 states and territories of the United States and three foreign jurisdictions. - Sextortionists, like other perpetrators of sex crimes, tend to be prolific repeat players. Among the cases we studied, authorities identified at least 10 victims in 25 cases. In 13 cases, moreover, there were at least 20 identified victims. And in four cases, investigators identified more than 100 victims. The numbers get far worse if you consider prosecutorial estimates of the number of additional victims in each case, rather than the number of specifically identified victims. In 13 cases, prosecutors estimated that there were more than 100 victims; in two, prosecutors estimated that there had been "hundreds, if not thousands" of victims. - Sextortion perpetrators are, in the cases we have seen, uniformly male. Victims, by contrast, vary. Virtually all of the adult victims in these cases are female, and adult sextortion therefore appears to be a species of violence against women. On the other hand, most sextortion victims in this sample are children, and a sizable percentage of the child victims turn out to be boys. - There is no consistency in the prosecution of sextortion cases. Because no crime of sextortion exists, the cases proceed under a hodgepodge of state and federal laws. Some are prosecuted as child pornography cases. Some are prosecuted as hacking cases. Some are prosecuted as extortions. Some are prosecuted as stalkings. Conduct that seems remarkably similar to an outside observer produces actions under the most dimly-related of statutes. - These cases thus also produce wild, and in in our judgment indefensible, disparities in sentencing. Many sextortionists, particularly those who prey on minors, receive lengthy sen - tences under child pornography laws. On the other hand, others-like Mijangos-receive sentences dramatically lighter than they would get for multiple physical attacks on even a fraction of the number of people they are accused of victimizing. In our sample, one perpetrator received only three years in prison for victimizing up to 22 young boys. 36 Another received only 30 months for a case in which federal prosecutors identified 15 separate victims. 37 - Sentencing is particularly light in one of two key circumstances: (1) when all victims are adults and federal pros - ecutors thus do not have recourse to the child pornography statutes, or (2) in cases prosecuted at the state level. - Sextortion is brutal. This is not a matter of playful consensual sexting-a subject that has received ample attention from a shocked press. Sextortion, rather, is a form of sexual exploitation, coercion, and violence, often but not always of children. In many cases, the perpetrators seem to take pleasure in their victims' pleading and protes - tations that they are scared and underage. In multiple cases we have reviewed, victims contemplate, threaten, or even attempt suicide-sometimes to the apparent pleasure of their tormentors. 38 At least two cases involve either a father or stepfather tormenting children living in his house. 39 Some of the victims are very young. And the impacts on victims can be severe and likely lasting. Many cases result, after all, in images permanently on the Internet on multiple child pornography sites following extended periods of coercion. - Certain jurisdictions have seen a disproportionate number of sextortion cases. This almost certainly reflects devoted investigators and prosecutors in those locales, and not a higher incidence of the offense. Rather, our data suggest that sextortion is taking place anywhere social media penetration is ubiquitous. The paper proceeds in several distinct parts. We begin with a literature review of the limited existing scholarship and data on sextortion. We then outline our methodology for collecting and analyzing data for the present study. We then offer a working definition of sextortion. In the subsequent section, we provide a sketch of the aggregate sta - tistics revealed by our data concerning the scope of the sextortion problem, and we examine the statutes used and sentences delivered in federal and state sextortion cases. We then turn to detailing several specific case studies in sextortion. In our last empirical section, we look briefly at the victim impact of these crimes. Finally, we offer several recommendations for policymakers, law enforcement, parents, teachers, and victims. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Technology Innovation, Brookings Institution, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2016 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/sextortion1-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 140158

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Human Trafficking: Agencies Have Taken Steps to Assess Prevalence, Address Victim Issues, and Avoid Grant Duplication Summary: Human trafficking - the exploitation of a person typically through force, fraud, or coercion for such purpose s as forced labor , involuntary servitude or commercial sex - is occurring in the United States . Congress has passed multiple laws to help ensure punishment of traffickers and protection of victims. DOJ and the Department of Homeland Security lead federal investigations and prosecutions of trafficking crimes. The Departments of Defense, Labor, and State, and the Equal E mployment Opportunity Commission investigate trafficking related offenses under certain circumstances , and take further action, as appropriate. DOJ and HHS awar d grants to fund victim service programs. The Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act of 2015 includes a provision for GAO to review la w enforcement efforts and grant programs to combat human trafficking and assist victims in the United States . This report discusses (1) federal efforts to assess prevalence of human trafficking ( 2) challenges agencies face in investigating and prosecuting human trafficking cases, and 3) federal grants and steps taken to prevent duplication. GAO reviewed trafficking data and agency documents, and conducted 32 interview s with federal, state and local law enforcement officials and prosecutors in four jurisdictions . We selected t hese jurisdictions based on the number of human trafficking tips they received, receipt of human trafficking task force funding and geographic variation. These officials' perspectives cannot be generalized to all jurisdictions but they provide insights into anti -trafficking efforts. What GAO Found Federal agencies have begun efforts to assess the prevalence of human trafficking in the United States and develop data standards and definitions to help facilitate prevalence studies. For example, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is spons oring the Human Trafficking Data Collection Project , which seeks to inform the development of an integrated data collection platform regarding human trafficking victimization, establish baseline knowledge of human trafficking and victim needs, and support effective prevention and intervention responses. HHS, in consultation with key stakeholders, has developed draft data fields and definitions for human trafficking and expects to begin piloting the data collection effort in fall 2016. Further, the National Institute of Justice, within the Department of Justice (DOJ) , has awarded grants for the development and testing of methodologies that could be used to estimate the prevalence of human trafficking. Federal, state and local law enforcement officials and prosecutor s GAO interviewed reported that investigating and prosecuting human trafficking cases is challenging for multiple reasons, including a lack of victim cooperation, limited availability of services for victims, and difficulty identifying human trafficking. Officials told us that obtaining the victim's cooperation is important because the victim is generally the primary witness and source of evidence; however, obtaining and securing victims' cooperation is difficult , as victims may be unable or unwilling to testify due to distrust of law enforcement or fear of retaliation by the trafficker. According to these officials, victim service programs , such as those that provide mental health and substance abuse services , have helped improve victim cooperation ; however, the availability of services is limited. Further, officials reported that identifying and distinguishing human trafficking from other crimes such as prostitution can be challenging. Federal, state, and local agencies have taken or are taki ng actions to address these challenges, such as increasing the availability of victim services through grants and implementing training and public awareness initiatives. GAO identified 4 2 grant programs with awards made in 2014 and 2015 that may be used to combat human trafficking or to assist victims of human trafficking, 15 of which are intended solely for these purposes . Although some overlap exists among these human trafficking grant programs, federal agencies have established processes to help prevent unnecessary duplication. For instance, in response to recommendations in a prior GAO report, DOJ requires grant applicants to identify any federal grants they are currently operating under as well as federal grants for which they have applied. In addition, agencies that participate in the Grantmaking C ommittee of the Senior Policy Operating Group are encouraged to share grant solicitations and information on proposed grant awards, allowing other agencies to comment on proposed grant awards and determine whether they plan to award funding to the same organization. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-555: Accessed September 6, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/678041.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 140168

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: The Islamic State's Acolytes and the Challenges They Pose to U.S. Law Enforcement Summary: Analysis of publicly available information on homegrown violent jihadist activity in the United States since September 11, 2001, suggests that the Islamic State (IS) and its acolytes may pose broad challenges to domestic law enforcement and homeland security efforts. Homegrown IS-inspired plots can be broken into three rough categories based on the goals of the individuals involved. The first two focus on foreign fighters, the last on people willing to do harm in the United States: - The Departed - Americans, often described as foreign fighters, who plan to leave or have left the United States to fight for the Islamic State. - The Returned - American foreign fighters who trained with or fought in the ranks of the Islamic State and come back to the United States, where they can potentially plan and execute attacks at home. - The Inspired - Americans lured - in part - by IS propaganda to participate in terrorist plots within the United States. At least two other categories of IS foreign fighters pose some threat to U.S. interests: - The Lost - Unknown Americans who fight in the ranks of the Islamic State but do not plot terrorist attacks against the United States. Such individuals may come home after fighting abroad and remain unknown to U.S. law enforcement. Additionally, some American IS fighters will never book a trip back to the United States. Finally, some American IS supporters will perish abroad. - The Others - Foreign IS adherents who radicalize in and originate from places outside of the United States or non-American foreign fighters active in the ranks of the Islamic State. These persons could try to enter the United States when done fighting abroad. Federal law enforcement has numerous approaches to go after each of these categories of terrorist actors. These include the following: - Watchlisting - the federal counterterrorism watchlisting regimen effectively attempts to shrink "the lost" category described above. - Preemption - efforts geared toward preemption of terrorist activity can be broadly described in terms of interdiction (stopping a suspected terrorist from entering the United States, for example), law enforcement investigation, and government activities aimed at keeping radicalized individuals from morphing into terrorists, also known as countering violent extremism. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R44521: Accessed September 6, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R44110.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Foreign Fighters Shelf Number: 140169

Author: Matrix Consulting Group Title: Final Report on Community Policing: City of Austin, Texas Summary: Summary of Austin Community Policing Report Key Findings 1 "Community Policing" is not the coherent philosophy and strategy in the Department that it needs to be. 2. Steps need to be taken to ensure that internal support for community policing in the Department is consistent with these strategies. 3. The Police Department's performance delivering proactive services and responding to calls needs to be measurable and transparent. 4. Patrol resources have limited opportunities to be more proactive - proactivity levels are at an overall level of approximately 22%, which is less than the typical 35% - 45% considered an effective level of patrol service. Note APD has been reporting a lower percentage (17% - 19%) due to methodological differences. 5. District Representatives (DRs) provide a valuable link in addressing problems in each Region. Summary of Recommendations The report makes a total of 61 specific recommendations categorized as follows (pp. 5 ‐ 9):  Community Policing and Management (13 recommendations)  Support for Community Policing in the Department (27 recommendations)  Patrol Operations and Staffing (4 recommendations); this includes: o Adding 12 civilian Community Services Officers (CSO) to function in a field role handling certain types of low priority/non ‐ emergency calls. o Adding 66 officers and 8 corporals beyond what has already been authorized and an average of 17 officers in the next four years. This is independent of the addition of CSOs.  District Representatives and Other Community Support Units (17 recommendations); this includes: o Adding 12 civilian CSOs to replace 3 of the 4 District Representatives in each of the four Regions, thereby returning 12 officers to patrol duties. o Adding 4 officers to the Motorcycle Units. Matrix recommends a collaborative process with the community to determine specific targets and metrics for use in evaluating community engagement and proactive/problem oriented policing efforts. The report identifies processes and potential measures to evaluate (1) how time is being spent in support of community policing and (2) evaluating the effectiveness of community policing. Details: Austin, TX: City of Austin, Texas: 2016. 239p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2016 at: http://www.austintexas.gov/edims/pio/document.cfm?id=260144 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 140218

Author: De La Cruz, Jesse S. Title: Mexican American/Chicano Gang Members' Voice on Social Control in the Context of School and Community: A Critical Ethnographic Study in Stockton, California Summary: The purpose of the study was to examine what role social control, in the context of family, school, and community, played in the participants' decision to join gangs in their adolescent years. The study examined the lives of four male ex-gang members over the age of 18, with extensive criminal records and poor academic histories. Participants were chosen from a Stockton reentry facility where ex-offenders were in the process of improving their lives by breaking the chains of street gang involvement, criminality, and incarceration. The findings revealed that social control administered by family, school, law enforcement, and community all played a significant role in shaping each participant's decision to join his prospective gang in adolescence. The researcher found that while the family life of the participants was the prime mover in terms of a nudge toward gang life, school was also a place where they were constantly devalued, in large part because educators did not understand them, and the teachers arrived to their classrooms ill equipped for the realities of teaching in schools located in violence-ridden neighborhoods where the youth suffered morbid and multiple exposure to trauma. In fact, the teachers and law enforcement's inept ways of addressing the participant's maladaptive behaviors - with a propensity for handling all issues with punitive measures - ended up creating incentives for the participants to join a gang. Details: Stanislaus, CA: California State University, Stanislaus, 2014. 282p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/36/33/3633628.html Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 140221

Author: Eren, Ozkan Title: Emotional Judges and Unlucky Juveniles Summary: Employing the universe of juvenile court decisions in a U.S. state between 1996 and 2012, we analyze the effects of emotional shocks associated with unexpected outcomes of football games played by a prominent college team in the state. We investigate the behavior of judges, the conduct of whom should, by law, be free of personal biases and emotions. We find that unexpected losses increase disposition (sentence) lengths assigned by judges during the week following the game. Unexpected wins, or losses that were expected to be close contests ex-ante, have no impact. The effects of these emotional shocks are asymmetrically borne by black defendants. We present evidence that the results are not influenced by defendant or attorney behavior or by defendants' economic background. Importantly, the results are driven by judges who have received their bachelor's degrees from the university with which the football team is affiliated. Different falsification tests and a number of auxiliary analyses demonstrate the robustness of the findings. These results provide evidence for the impact of emotions in one domain on a behavior in a completely unrelated domain among a uniformly highly-educated group of individuals (judges), with decisions involving high stakes (sentence lengths). They also point to the existence of a subtle and previously-unnoticed capricious application of sentencing. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 22611: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22611.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 147856

Author: Bondurant, Samuel R. Title: Substance Abuse Treatment Centers and Local Crime Summary: In this paper we estimate the effects of expanding access to substance-abuse treatment on local crime. We do so using an identification strategy that leverages variation driven by substance abuse-treatment facility openings and closings measured at the county level. The results indicate that substance-abuse-treatment facilities reduce both violent and financially motivated crimes in an area, and that the effects are particularly pronounced for relatively serious crimes. The effects on homicides are documented across three sources of homicide data. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 22610: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22610.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 147857

Author: Sanger, Robert M. Title: Fourteen Years Later: The Capital Punishment System in California Summary: Fourteen years ago, the Illinois Commission on Capital Punishment issued a Report recommending 85 reforms in the criminal justice system in that state to help minimize the possibility that an innocent person would be executed. The following year, this author conducted an empirical study, later published in the Santa Clara Law Review, to determine if California's system was in need of the same reforms. The study concluded that over ninety-two percent of the same reforms were needed in California. In addition, the study showed that the California system had additional weaknesses beyond those of Illinois that also could lead to the execution of the innocent. This article is an effort, fourteen years later, to determine what has transpired in California during the last fourteen years. It will survey of the major scholarly and judicial work that has been published in the last fourteen years on the death penalty nationally and specifically with regard to California as well as on the progress, if any, to meet the unmet recommendations for the Illinois Commission. This article concludes that there has been much additional criticism of the failures of the criminal justice and death penalty systems in the country and specifically in California. Nevertheless, the empirical study demonstrates that no additional Recommendations of the Illinois Commission have been met in California in the last fourteen years. Illinois, itself, enacted significant reforms to meet at least some of the Illinois recommendations. Nevertheless, Illinois repealed its death penalty. California, despite no reforms, has not, as yet. The voters will have that option on November 8, 2016. By voting "Yes" on Proposition 62, the California death penalty would be repealed. Details: Santa Barbara, CA: Santa Barbara College of Law; Venture, CA: Ventura College of Law, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Law Report: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2830677 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 147894

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Austin Police Department: Patrol Utilization Study. Final Report Summary: The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) was retained by the City of Austin to provide the Austin City Council and City Executives with recommendations for an innovative, sustainable method to determine current and future police department staffing needs. The objectives of the study include: reviewing the current demand for sworn law enforcement, including calls for service, investigative workload, staffing for special events, and utilization of support staff; examining benchmarks for police staffing that are used in a sample of U.S. cities with populations from 500,000 to one million; gathering information on local community expectations regarding perceptions of safety, crime reduction strategies, community policing, and patrol utilization; recommending a methodology for the calculation of police staffing needs that can be updated and replicated by city staff in the future; and providing recommendations regarding three- to five-year staffing projections based on the community-based goals. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2012. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2016 at: https://www.austintexas.gov/sites/default/files/files/Police/PERF_Final_Report_-_Austin.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147896

Author: Civic Enterprises Title: The Mentoring Effect: Young People's Perspectives on the Outcomes and Availability of Mentoring Summary: This report provides insights on young people's perspectives on mentoring in three areas: (1) Mentoring's Connection to Aspirations and Outcomes; (2) The Value of Mentors; and (3) The Availability of Mentors. The report then offers recommendations to guide community, state, and national partners in their work to close the mentoring gap and increase the powerful effects of mentoring. By connecting young people to caring, consistent, and supportive adults, the nation can help young people achieve their dreams, and also strengthen communities, the economy, and our country. In addition to the nationally representative survey of 18- to 21-year-olds, this report reflects discussions with key leaders in business, philanthropy, government, and education, and a literature and landscape review of the mentoring field. While the field of mentoring has reported service gaps in the past, the estimates in this report are not meant to provide a direct comparison. Instead, they are meant to form the most accurate picture possible of how the mentoring needs of young people are currently being met through their perspective, highlight gaps that remain, and chart paths forward to create more caring adult relationships in the lives of children. Details: Washington, DC.; MENTOR/National Mentoring Partnership, 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2016 at: http://www.mentoring.org/images/uploads/Report_TheMentoringEffect.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147903

Author: Lokey, Sarah Title: The plight of foreign national women in the United Kingdom: coercion and trafficking as factors of imprisonment Summary: Within the United Kingdom (UK) prisons exists Foreign National women (FNW), a unique demographic of women who are non-UK citizens who have committed crimes within the UK. It is important to delve deeper into the issue before judgment is made, however, it seems as though in most circumstances, most citizens are not willing or perhaps even unknowledgeable that such a population within prison exists. Therefore, it is important to educate others about the issues that FNW in prison face. This research focuses on the issues such as lack of special services for the women such as translation and family contacts, lack of assistance with applications for asylum, general fear for returning to the home country, and why the women came to the country to begin with. Once the general public becomes aware of these issues, these women can move forward as legislation and assistance can be provided to them. The lack of resources for FNW can lead to isolation, fear, loss of family ties, and even death, should they be forced to return to a dangerous country or situation. While this issue is a worldwide problem, this research will specifically address FNW in prison in the United Kingdom (UK), and the policies and assistance, or lack thereof that the UK has provided thus far. Furthermore, the research will address the issue of the UK's Automatic Deportation Policy and whether or not FNW are being charged with harsher punishment than the UK national women with similar crimes. Details: Orlando, FL: University of Central Florida, 2013. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 8, 2016 at: http://stars.library.ucf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2426&context=honorstheses1990-2015 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 140242

Author: Burman, Michelle Lynn Title: Resocializing and repairing homies within the Texas Prison System : a case study on security threat group management, administrative segregation, prison gang renunciation and safety for all Summary: This research is a case study focused on the resocialization of prison gang members through the lens of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice's (TDCJ) Gang Renouncement and Disassociation (GRAD) process, a nine-month, three-phase voluntary process whereby confirmed prison gang, or Security Threat Group (STG), members renounce their gang membership and disassociate from the gang while still incarcerated. The TDCJ implemented its gang renunciation process to relinquish its dependence on segregating confirmed prison gang members and to provide them a way to transition out of segregation. The GRAD process has been in place since 2000 with more than 2,600 offenders completing it, but little information, other than anecdotal evidence, is available to support or disprove its success or effectiveness at de-ganging and resocializing prison gang members for the long haul. Interviews were conducted with 16 individuals, including GRAD correctional officers and instructors, and law enforcement officers with known expertise and knowledge of prison gang investigations. A limited amount of extant aggregate-level data was provided by TDCJ to supplement the narratives in the qualitative analysis. Findings suggest that the identified goals of the process differ among GRAD staff and non-GRAD staff: GRAD staff focused on offender rehabilitation, and non-GRAD staff focused on gang renunciation. It was also found that resocialization and normative change can and do occur in the closed GRAD environment; however, no tracking mechanism exists to systematically and pro-actively monitor their behavior once they are released from GRAD to determine if they have internalized these new norms and values. Based on the interviews, it also appears that the length of time spent in segregation prior to renunciation renders the offender more grateful and appreciative, and, therefore, more likely to successfully complete the process. Finally, interviews with law enforcement reveal that, upon release to the broader community, these offenders may have renounced the gang - but not the crime. The dissertation ends with limitations to the study, recommendations for future research, and implications for social work. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin, 2012. 552p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 8, 2016 at: https://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/handle/2152/23352 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 140245

Author: Lundahl, Brad Title: Prison Privatization: A Meta-Analysis of Cost Effectiveness and Quality of Confinement Indicators Summary: Study Description: Independent analysis of effectiveness research regarding privatizing prisons. Study found mixed results on comparisons of public and private facilities. The data we reviewed do not support a move toward privatization. Similarly, the data do not clearly discourage privatization despite a slight advantage for publicly managed prisons in skills training. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2007. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/861.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 140262

Author: Guy, Anna Title: Locked Up and Locked Down: Segregation of Inmates with Mental Illness Summary: Segregation disproportionately affects inmates with mental illness, according to a report released today by the AVID Prison Project, and experts assert most inmates acquire mental illness or experience worsened symptoms as a result of conditions in segregation. Today, 80,000 to 100,000 inmates are segregated in U.S. prisons. They will remain isolated in small single person cells, 22 to 24 hours per day, for up to years at a time. Even President Obama, the first sitting president to tour a prison, recognized that mental illness can worsen in segregation and inmates with mental illness are more likely to commit suicide. Locked Up and Locked Down: Segregation of Inmates with Mental Illness chronicles advocacy efforts undertaken across the country on behalf of inmates with mental illness. The Amplifying Voices of Inmates with Disabilities (AVID) Prison Project, in partnership with the National Disability Rights Network and protection and advocacy agencies from twenty states, released the report, which calls for national prison reform measures. Details: Seattle, Disability Rights Washington, AVID Prison Project, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://www.disabilityrightswa.org/sites/default/files/uploads/Locked%20Up%20and%20Locked%20Down%20--%20AVID%20Prison%20Project%20PDF%20w%20Pictures%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 147321

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Review of ATF's Undercover Storefront Operations Summary: In this review the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) evaluated the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives' (ATF) use of undercover storefront operations - an investigative technique in which law enforcement operates a fake business or establishment from a location where illicit merchandise is exchanged or services are rendered. In 2013 ATF's use of undercover storefront operations came under scrutiny after news reporting about a storefront operation in Milwaukee, Wisconsin described numerous problems, including the theft of firearms, improper handling of sensitive information, and the alleged targeting of persons with disabilities. These and other reports about flaws in ATF's storefront operations prompted members of Congress to request the OIG to initiate this review. The OIG examined five ATF undercover storefront operations to: (1) determine whether there are any systemic deficiencies in ATF's storefront policies; and (2) evaluate the effectiveness of ATF's Monitored Case Program (MCP) as an oversight tool for the storefront operations. ATF established the MCP to provide for heightened management scrutiny of the agency's most sensitive cases. We selected five undercover operations that continued or began after the inception of the MCP; these operated in Boston, Milwaukee, Pensacola, St. Louis, and Wichita. The storefront in Boston was mobile and operated from a cargo van. In addition, due to allegations that ATF was targeting persons with disabilities for enforcement action, we examined this issue at ATF's storefront in Portland, Oregon, as well as the other storefronts identified above. Our review determined that while undercover operations can be an important component of ATF's efforts to fight violent crime, ATF failed to devote sufficient attention to how it was managing its undercover storefront operations. It lacked adequate policies and guidance for its agents, and in some cases supervision, necessary to appropriately address the risks associated with the use of this complex investigative technique. Although we did not find overarching problems with ATF's storefront policies as revised following disclosure of problems with the Milwaukee storefront, we determined that ATF should make additional changes to further improve them. We also found that ATF needed to make adjustments to its MCP to better focus on the most significant risks in ATF's investigative operations, including storefronts. We found no evidence that ATF targeted or used individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities in its storefront investigations because of their disability. However, we determined during the course of this review that the Department of Justice (DOJ) had failed to apply Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. 794, which prohibits discrimination against persons with disabilities, to its federal law enforcement activities. This Act imposes important compliance responsibilities on DOJ's law enforcement components, which include ATF, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and the U.S. Marshals Service (USMS). When we inquired with ATF and the other DOJ law enforcement components about their compliance responsibilities under the Rehabilitation Act, we found that they lacked policies that addressed the Rehabilitation Act's applicability to law enforcement operations. The OIG raised this important issue with the Office of the Deputy Attorney General and, on September 3, 2015 the OIG wrote to the Attorney General and Deputy Attorney General to request quarterly updates on DOJ's efforts to ensure compliance with the Rehabilitation Act. The OIG intends to carefully monitor DOJ's progress in meeting its significant duties under the Act. We provided 13 recommendations to assist ATF with its storefront operations. ATF concurred with all of them and has committed to their full implementation. They address the following issues: initiation, planning, safety and security, oversight, intelligence, vulnerable populations, revisions to the Storefront Investigations Manual, and training. In addition to strengthening ATF's policies, improving the MCP, and helping ATF and DOJ to meet their obligations under federal disability law, the recommendations will assist ATF to address three other areas of concern we identified during the review. The first involves predication and targeting. We believe ATF must do a better job in future storefront operations defining the crime problem that the storefront is designed to address and explaining how the strategy underlying it will lead to the apprehension of persons warranting federal prosecution. Our recommendations request ATF to make clear in the storefront initiation paperwork how the storefront will be targeted and how the resulting prosecutions will serve a substantial federal interest. Second, ATF underestimated the level of experience, training, and expertise necessary to manage and oversee its storefront operations, which led to mistakes. Undercover storefront operations are complex and require the management of significant manpower and financial resources. ATF's assignment of inexperienced and shifting staff to run and supervise these operations without adequate Headquarters support and oversight had predictably negative consequences. Our recommendations request that ATF's Undercover Branch designate undercover agents/case agents with significant storefront expertise to work on-scene for the initial period of each storefront's operation to assist with planning, set-up, and early operations; that ATF minimize the turnover of supervisors during the operations; and that at least one undercover agent or the case agent on a storefront team have completed advanced undercover training, including training on storefront operations, before the storefront becomes operational. Third, and closely related to the second issue above, is the problem told to us about ATF Headquarters' historic reluctance to intrude on the domain of its Special Agents-in-Charge. We believe that in addition to supplementing the expertise available for storefront operations, ATF Headquarters units - the Special Operations Division and its Undercover Branch - need to be stakeholders in future operations and provide active oversight of them. ATF undercover storefront operations should not proceed unless experts within these units concur that they are properly designed and are being implemented appropriately. We have included recommendations in our report to encourage this oversight. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Oversight & Review Division 16-06: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/o1606.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 140265

Author: Cohen, Mark A. Title: The The 'Cost of Crime' and Benefit-Cost Analysis of Criminal Justice Policy: Understanding and Improving Upon the State-of-the-Art Summary: The use of benefit-cost analyses by criminal justice researchers has slowly been increasing over the past 30 years. While still in its infancy, benefit-cost analyses of criminal justice policies have recently moved from the academic arena to actual use by policy makers. The growing use of benefit-cost analysis in crime policy tends to be lauded by economists; however, criminologists and legal scholars are less than unanimous in their views. A recent issue of Criminology and Public Policy on the "Role of the Cost-of-Crime Literature," highlights this controversy. Two main themes can be distilled from critiques of the literature: first, the considerable uncertainty that exists in cost and benefit estimates; and second, the fact that important social costs are not being taken into account in current models. A related critique is that current methodologies to estimate the cost of crime are affected by income; bringing with it a concern that criminal justice policies based on a benefit-cost analysis will favor the rich. This research note addresses these broad questions about the role of benefit-cost analysis in the criminal justice policy arena and attempts to clear up some misunderstandings on the methodologies used to estimate the cost of crime. I also highlight some of the most important gaps in the literature for those interested in helping to improve the state-of-the-art in estimating the "cost of crime." Perhaps equally important, I hope to demystify benefit-cost analysis and unmask it for what it really is an important tool that can help policy makers systematically and transparently assess and compare options with the goal of making better policy decisions. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2832944 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 147935

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Report to the Congress: Impact of the Fair Sentencing Act of 2010 Summary: The United States Sentencing Commission ("the Commission") submits this report to Congress in response to a congressional directive contained in section 10 of the Fair Sentencing Act of 2010, Pub. L. No. 111-220, 124 Stat. 2372 ("FSA"), and pursuant to the Commission's general authority under 28 U.S.C. 994-995. For more than twenty years, the Commission has consistently worked with the legislative, executive, and judicial branches of government and other interested parties to ensure that cocaine sentencing policy promotes the goals of the Sentencing Reform Act,1 including avoiding unwarranted sentence disparities among defendants with similar criminal records who have been found guilty of similar criminal conduct and promoting proportionate sentencing. Prior to the FSA, the Commission submitted four reports to Congress regarding cocaine sentencing, in 1995, 1997, 2002, and 2007, based on legislative history, scientific and medical literature, extensive analysis of the Commission's own data, public comment, and expert testimony.2 Since 1995, the Commission consistently took the position that the 100-to-1 drug quantity ratio of crack to powder cocaine significantly undermined the congressional objectives set forth in the Sentencing Reform Act. The Commission reached this conclusion based on its core findings regarding crack cocaine penalties as they existed before the FSA: - they overstated the relative harmfulness of crack cocaine compared to powder cocaine; - they swept too broadly and applied most often to lower level offenders; - they overstated the seriousness of most crack cocaine offenses and failed to provide adequate proportionality; and - their severity mostly impacted minorities.3 As a result of these findings, the Commission recommended that Congress reduce crack cocaine penalties so that the crack-to-powder drug quantity ratio was no more than 20-to-1, and that Congress repeal the mandatory minimum penalty for simple possession of crack cocaine.4 In 2007, the Commission reduced the crack cocaine guideline by two levels as an interim measure to alleviate some of the problems its reports identified.5 Consistent with the Commission's recommendations, the FSA reduced the statutory penalties for crack cocaine offenses to produce an 18-to-1 crack-to-powder drug quantity ratio and eliminated the mandatory minimum sentence for simple possession of crack cocaine.6 The FSA also increased statutory fines and directed the Commission to amend the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines to account for specified aggravating and mitigating circumstances in drug trafficking offenses involving any drug type, not only crack cocaine.7 The FSA also directed the Commission to "study and submit to Congress a report regarding the impact of the changes in Federal sentencing law under this Act and the amendments made by this Act." 8 The report generally follows the structure of the FSA, first analyzing the FSA's changes to crack cocaine penalties, then turning to its changes to penalties for federal drug trafficking offenses more broadly. The Commission's study finds that the FSA reduced the disparity between crack and powder cocaine sentences, reduced the federal prison population, and appears to have resulted in fewer federal prosecutions for crack cocaine. All this occurred while crack cocaine use continued to decline. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Commission, 2015. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/news/congressional-testimony-and-reports/drug-topics/201507_RtC_Fair-Sentencing-Act.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 140267

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Reclaiming Futures and Organizing Justice for Drug-Using Youth Summary: Reclaiming Futures is an organizational change initiative that supports coordinated and individualized responses for justice-involved youth with problematic substance use issues. The initiative is managed by Portland State University's Regional Research Institute and Graduate School of Social Work in Portland, Oregon. It began in 2001 by working with 10 communities across the United States. Fifteen years later, more than 40 jurisdictions have already implemented, or are currently implementing, the Reclaiming Futures approach. First funded by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation (RWJF), the initiative targets six stages of the youth justice system: screening, assessment, service coordination, initiation of services, engagement of families and youth, and transitioning to community support. Reclaiming Futures is not a treatment program, although the quality of substance abuse treatment is relevant. It is a strategy for improving the focus and coordination of interventions for justice-involved youth with substance abuse issues. As such, its effectiveness cannot be evaluated solely by measuring youth outcomes like recidivism and renewed drug use. Recent research, however, suggests that it may have positive effects on those outcomes as well. In the first evaluation of Reclaiming Futures, a research team from the Urban Institute and the University of Chicago estimated the initiative's impact in the first 10 sites by conducting surveys of system actors and their community partners (Butts and Roman 2007). The study's questionnaire measured perceptions of juvenile justice and substance abuse treatment systems on three major dimensions (administration, collaboration, and service quality). In 2015, the Research & Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice administered the same questionnaire in 24 communities implementing Reclaiming Futures. The study compares the perceptions of people working in Reclaiming Futures communities today with those of similar colleagues from nearly ten years ago. Nine of 24 sites in this study participated in the 2007 study as well, but the respondents in 2015 were not the same as those surveyed in the earlier evaluation. Thus, the study compares similar but distinct samples of youth services professionals at two different points in time. Nearly half (49%) the invited respondents completed surveys in 2015 (N=128). When researchers isolated findings from the nine sites that participated in both the original 2007 evaluation and the most recent survey, the data suggest that communities with the strongest engagement in Reclaiming Futures tend to have more positive perceptions of their youth justice and substance abuse treatment systems, including key facets of administration, collaboration, and overall system quality. In communities where the original survey scores increased significantly during the early years of Reclaiming Futures, improvements were sustained through 2015. Thus, robust implementation of Reclaiming Futures may be associated with lasting improvements in system operations. Details: New York, NY: Research & Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2016/02/recfutures2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 14937

Author: Braziel, Rick Title: Bringing Calm to Chaos: A critical incident review of the San Bernardino public safety response to the December 2, 2015 terrorist shooting incident at the Inland Regional Center Summary: In December 2015, two terrorists attacked a training session and holiday party for San Bernardino County employees, killing 14 and wounding 24 including two police officers. Further losses were averted by the response of the police department, sheriff's office, emergency services, and FBI, who came together to prevent additional deaths and injuries. This Critical Incident review provides a detailed overview of the incident response; lessons learned to improve responding agencies' policies, procedures, tactics, systems, culture, and relationships; and guidance to other agencies and first responders as they prepare for responses to terrorist, active shooter or other hostile events, and mass casualty incidents. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2016. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Bringing-Calm-to-Chaos-Final-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Incident Review Shelf Number: 140272

Author: Engleman, Laura Title: Evaluation of the OTMA and ASUS-R among Colorado offenders Summary: The current study sought to: 1) conduct a thorough literature review to explore assessment approaches and quality (including the issues of clinical judgment vs. statistical prediction, the accuracy of self-report data, and treatment matching); 2) evaluation the measurement characteristics of the ASUS-R and OTMA scales that assess substance use/abuse and substance dependence; 3) select the best substance abuse severity measure, considering psychometric properties as well as administration time, ease of use, cost, training, and staffing. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Interagency Advisory Committee on Adult and Juvenile Correctional Treatment, 2012. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: http://hermes.cde.state.co.us/drupal/islandora/object/co%3A11606 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 147862

Author: D'Orazio, Deirdre Title: A Program Evaluation of In-Prison Components: The Colorado Department of Corrections Sex Offender Treatment and Monitoring Program Summary: This evaluation reviews the operation of the Colorado Department of Corrections Sex Offender Treatment and Management Program (SOTMP) against best practice standards based on the empirically-derived Risk, Need, Responsivity model for correctional programming. The foci of this evaluation are the prison-based features of the treatment program. It does not strive to evaluate the program features that are implemented in the community, however various points of intersect between the prison and outpatient components are commented upon. Readers should understand there are several important limitations to the current program evaluation including: - It does not include an evaluation of the program's effects on sexual recidivism. - It does not include evaluation of all components of the SOTMP (e.g. CTCF, DWCF, YOS, SCCF, Support Education, Community Transition Services). - The results of the program evaluation's research component are based upon a random sample of offenders currently participating in the in-prison treatment program (e.g. it does not include program graduates, program drop outs/removals or inmates on wait lists). - The information about and from the program and the on-site data collection that provides the foundation for the evaluation results were derived during the period 20 August, 2012 to 3 January, 2013. A few subsequent matters of clarification, terminology and increased accuracy resulted in the current draft dated 20 January, 2013. - While the study's objective is to assess the in-prison program features, it is acknowledged that the SOTMP is ensconced within a larger legislative framework including the mandates of the Sexual Offender Management Board. While not the focus of the study, certain areas of this framework greatly impact program efficacy and efficiency and therefore required comment. - Importantly, the scope of the evaluation is to identify areas of improvement. It does not strive to identify areas of strength. It should be noted that throughout this project the evaluation team received exceptional cooperation from the Colorado Department of Corrections. We were encouraged to provide unbiased and pragmatic feedback to the Department that can be used to improve this area of the Department's operation. The department is commended for its earnest approach to improving the delivery and outcome of its SOTMP. It is also important to note that several family members of inmates and advocacy groups provided helpful information to the evaluation team at a Town hall meeting and through written communication. Finally, the inmate treatment participants provided an essential cornerstone of information with a spirit of helpfulness that was of great assistance to the evaluation. Simply, the Risk Needs Responsivity (RNR) model indicates that the comprehensiveness, intensity and duration of treatment provided to individual offenders should be proportionate to the degree of risk that they present (the Risk principle), that treatment should be appropriately targeted at participant characteristics which contribute to their risk (the Need principle), and that treatment should delivered in a way that facilitates meaningful participation and learning (the Responsivity Principle). The results of this evaluation indicate the SOTMP does not adequately conform to the Risk principle of this model. To maximize resources and efficacy, the intensity of treatment should be made proportionate to the level of risk presented by offenders with lower risk offenders requiring significantly less treatment in prison than higher risk offenders. Colorado has a well-developed containment model program for the management of sexual offenders in the community under supervision. This should be sufficient to safely manage average and lower sexual risk offenders who are motivated and cooperative. Uncooperative offenders can be managed through revocation. Treatment in prison should be reserved for those who present above average risk and its purpose should be to moderate this risk to the level that can be managed in the community. Two specific models toward improving CO SOTMP's adherence to the Risk principle are articulated in the Conclusions and Recommendations section of the report. We suggest that either will contribute to a more efficient use of resources. One model will greatly reduce the number of sexual offenders requiring treatment in prison and so assist with the present miss-match of available resources and demand for treatment slots. Further, it is important that the program and parole board ally to expediently parole inmates whose level of risk can be sufficiently managed through community services. Details: [Paso Robles, Calif.?] : Central Coast Clinical and Psychology Services, Inc., 2013. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: http://www.philcherner.com/Articles/CO%20SOTMP%20Program%20Evaluation%20Jan%2020%20(1).pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 140274

Author: Cowell, Brett M. Title: Engaging Communities One Step at a Time: Policing's Tradition of Foot Patrol as an Innovative Community Engagement Strategy Summary: Although support for foot patrol as a policing strategy has shifted over time, in modern policing foot patrol has received substantial attention (Fields & Emshwiller, 2015; Bekiempis, 2015). Primarily lauded as a potential remedy to strained relations between community members and police, the effectiveness of foot patrol at reducing crime, diminishing fear of crime, or relieving strained relations with the community is unclear. While foot patrol may hold promise as a crime reduction approach, no definitive conclusions can yet be drawn as to its effectiveness in this regard. The conflicting evidence on the effectiveness of foot patrol may relate to variation in how foot patrol is implemented in various departments. Considering that foot patrol ultimately manifests as one-onone interactions between officers and community members, differences in attitudes toward foot patrol assignments, as well as variation in the specific activities undertaken as part of foot patrol, may help explain contradictory research findings. However, few detailed descriptions outlining variation in foot patrol exist. This limitation is noteworthy as detailed descriptions of different implementations of foot patrol may also provide direction to agencies considering adopting foot patrol as part of their operational strategies. Present Study Using semi-structured interviews with officers, focus-groups of community members, and observational techniques, this report examines how five different agencies - (1) Cambridge (MA) Police Department, (2) New Haven (CT) Police Department, (3) Kalamazoo (MI) Department of Public Safety, (4) Evanston (IL) Police Department, and (5) Portland (OR) Police Bureau - utilize different foot patrol strategies to interact, engage, and build relationships with their communities. Descriptions of these agencies and their approaches are detailed, and attitudes of officers and citizens are analyzed. Organizational issues are discussed, and recommendations for agencies considering adopting foot patrol are presented. The remainder of this executive summary presents the primary findings and summarizes the key recommendations of the overall report. Key Findings Key findings of the study generally related to two distinct areas. The first area focuses on the perceived benefits of foot patrol. Given the nature of the analysis, these benefits reflect those positive characteristics noted by officers that were supported by community-member statements or through observational data. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/PF_Engaging-Comminities-One-Step-at-a-Time_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Foot Patrol Shelf Number: 140276

Author: Ward, Kyle C. Title: Rural Jail Reentry: Perceptions of Offender Needs and Challenges in Pennsylvania Summary: Research on prison and jail reentry related barriers typically addresses employment, housing, mental health, and substance abuse issues associated with returning prison inmates. Historically, these challenges are discussed from the perspective of offenders returning to urban areas. This dissertation explored challenges inmates experience leaving jail and returning to rural areas. Utilizing a mixed-method approach, this study examined the challenges associated with rural jail reentry perceived by probation/parole officers (N = 411), current inmates (N = 200), and treatment staff (N = 21). Survey methodology was employed for the probation/parole and inmate samples, and semi-structured interviews were utilized for treatment staff. Results showed that consistent with prior research, returning rural inmates face challenges related to employment, housing, transportation, substance abuse, and mental health treatment. There is some evidence that inmates and practitioners differ in their priorities of reentry. Inmates view structural barriers (e.g., ability to pay fines or court fees, low wages, limited employment opportunities, lack of transportation, and finding housing) to be the most challenging, while practitioners found the biggest challenges to be within the inmates themselves (e.g., poor work ethic, lack of motivation, return to substance abuse, drug and alcohol abuse, associating with the wrong people/peer pressure). Policy implications and recommendations for future research are also included. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2015. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: https://dspace.iup.edu/handle/2069/2383 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 147866

Author: Indianapolis Congregation Action Network Title: The People's Agenda for Ending Mass Incarceration and Mass Criminalization in Marion County Summary: Marion County has a long history of overly aggressive policing and prosecution strategies that have entangled far too many Black and Latino men and women in the criminal justice system, without making the community safer. County officials have long failed to follow best practices for preventing violence, diverting people out of the criminal justice system, and reducing the number of people behind bars, - Between 1985 and 2014 the per capita jail population in Marion County doubled, from 1.1 to 2.14 people incarcerated per 1,000 residents. - The number of women incarcerated increased by 145% between 1985 and 2014. - Extraordinarily high rates of incarceration are concentrated in a small number of zip codes with high Black and Latino populations - Blacks in Marion County are 3.1 times more likely to be in jail than Whites. - Unlike most other counties, Marion fails to transparently report basic data on the Annual Survey of Jails, including the number of inmates in county jails who have not been convicted of any crime, as well as the racial demographics of the jail population. - Many people found innocent or whose charges are ultimately dismissed, are spending long periods of time in jail in Marion County, More than 44% of people who had their charges dismissed or were found innocent spent more than 30 days behind bars, with more than 5 percent spending more than 6 months. These figures are extraordinarily high. Marion County's elected officials are responsible for the safety and wellbeing of all people in the county. But historically they have pursued policies that cycle large number of Black and Latino men and women through the criminal justice system and effectively criminalize whole communities. Mayor Hogsett's public recognition that the criminal justice system in Marion County is broken and his commitment to make major policy changes in this area, represents an important opportunity to improve life in Indianapolis for all residents. Details: Indianapolis: Indianapolis Congregation Action Network, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: http://www.indycan.org/resources/document/Indycan_Peoples-Agenda-to-End-Mass-Incarcertion-in-Marion-County_Final2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147870

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: New Directions for Illinois Drug Policy: An Update on Incarceration for Drug Offenses In Illinois Summary: Drug Use among Arrestees in Cook County Jail Of the ten Arrestee Drug Use Monitoring II sites, Chicago (Cook County) had the greatest number of arrestees testing positive for drugs at 87 percent of the sample. - Cook County also had the highest percentage of poly-substance use confirmed through the urine screen at 40 percent, an increase over the number of arrestees testing positive for poly-substance use in 2007. Cocaine - Cook County had the largest percentage of arrestees testing positive for cocaine at 43.8 percent. - There was very little racial difference among arrestees testing positive for cocaine. Blacks and whites tested positive for cocaine in nearly similar percentages (46.2% and 45.7% respectively), though fewer Latinos tested positive for cocaine (33.4%) than whites or blacks. Heroin - Of the ten sites, Chicago had the highest percentage of arrestees testing positive for heroin at 29 percent. In comparison, Washington DC, which ranked second after Chicago, only had 12 percent of arrestees testing positive for heroin. Chicago's test results also represent a statistically significant increase over the percentage of arrestees testing positive for heroin in 2007. - Racial differences were particularly pronounced for heroin use. The percentage of whites testing positive for heroin (41%) was nearly twice that of black and Latino arrestees (25% and 24% respectively). - Individuals that tested positive for heroin were much more likely to have been arrested for a property crime. Forty-six percent of the arrestees charged with a property crime tested positive for heroin, followed by 27.4 percent of arrestees with a drug possession charge testing positive for heroin. Drug Offenders Entering Prison in Illinois In Illinois, the number of individuals entering Illinois' prisons for drug offenses increased 12 percent from 10,436 individuals in 2000 to 11,680 in 2008. The peak year for drug offenders entering prison was 2005, when the number of drug offenders entering prison reached nearly 15,000 individuals. Individuals entering prison for drug offenses have steadily declined from 2006 to 2008. - One reason for the large number of individuals entering Illinois prisons in 2005 is the large increase in technical violators admitted to prison. The number of these offenders increased more than 290 percent over fiscal year 2000 numbers, from 955 individuals to 3,727 individuals in 2005 - Court commitments also increased, from about 7,800 in 2000 to about 9,600 in 2005, a 23 percent increase. - The combination of increases in court commitments along with the very large increases in technical violations from parolees may partially explain the peak year numbers. Sales and Possession Offenders Individuals who entered prison for drug sales offenses declined during this period from 5,074 individuals in 2000 to 4,202 in 2008. The number of individuals entering Illinois' prisons for drug possession of a controlled substance - that is possession of any drug besides marijuana - increased by more than 42 percent from 4,675 individuals in 2000, to 6,618 offenders in 2008. Since 2002, nearly every year, the percentage of those going to prison for possession offenses has increased. For example: - In 2000, 52 percent of those admitted to prison for drug offenses were convicted of sales offenses, and 48 percent were convicted of possession offenses. - By 2008, possessions offenders made up nearly 62 percent of drug offenders incarcerated for drug offenses, while sales offenders made up just 38 percent of individuals entering prison for drugs. - In 2008, 53 percent of those entering prison for drug offenses were convicted of a Class 4 felony, the lowest-level possession offense. The number of prisons entrances for individuals convicted of the lowest level of drug offenses, Class 4 possession offenses, increased by 34 percent, from 4,634 individuals in 2000 to 6,188 individuals in 2008. - In 2000, these offenders represented 44 percent of admissions to prison for all drug offenses, but by 2008, Class 4 possession offenders comprised 53 percent of admissions for drug offenses that resulted in prison terms. - Imprisonment for individuals convicted of cannabis possession, although small in number, increased by 35 percent from 189 individuals in 2000 to 256 individuals in 2008. - Technical violations among Class 4 drug possession offenders that resulted in a new prison admission increased from 279 individuals in 2000 to nearly 900 individuals in 2008. This was an increase of more than 220 percent. Reducing Recidivism - Drug treatment in jail reduces recidivism by about 4.5 percent. - Drug treatment in prison provides a nearly 6 percent reduction in recidivism. - Drug treatment in the community reduces recidivism by about 9.5 percent. - The largest impact on recidivism rates occurs when individuals are given intensive supervision (parole or probation) with treatment, which reduces recidivism by more than 16 percent. Cost of Incarcerating Lowest Level Drug Offenders in 2008 In Illinois, it costs about $61.36 per day to house an offender in prison. The majority of low-level drug possession offenders will most likely spend a short period of time in prison (e.g. 120 days or less). - The cost for an offender to spend 120 days in prison is approximately $7,363. - The cost of imprisoning the 4,379 Class 4 possession offenders (the lowest level drug offense) in 2008 (assuming an average stay of 120 days) was $34,243,453.00. Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2009. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/ICDP.aspx Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 147871

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Understanding Suburban Heroin Use. Research Findings from the Reed Hruby Heroin Prevention Project at the Robert Crown Center for Health Education Summary: Mexican heroin production has increased significantly since 2002 from an estimated 6.8 metric tons to a production level of 50 metric tons in 2011 - a more than seven-fold increase in just seven years. This increase in production has made heroin more available in many areas across the country, including Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Illinois, Pennsylvania and South Carolina. Patterns of suburban heroin use have been reported nationally and in Illinois: - Though heroin use levels may be somewhat stable, use is increasing among young people in many suburban and rural areas, according to the US Department of Justice. - Illinois has seen an increase in young suburban users, evident in public treatment admissions and hospital discharge data. For example: Among 20 to 24 year olds, from 1998 to 2007, hospital discharges for heroin use among Chicagoans declined 67 percent but increased more than 200 percent in the Collar Counties. National survey and treatment data indicate increases in youth heroin use: - According to the National Household Survey on Drug Use and Health, initiations to heroin have increased 80 percent since 2002. - Among those ages 12 to 17, survey data indicates that nearly 34,000 youths initiate to heroin in a given year. - Among those ages 12 to 17, survey data indicates that nearly 3,753 youths used heroin on any given day, not necessarily for the first time. - Treatment admissions among those in their teens and their 20s increased by about 56 to 58 percent from 1996 to 2006. - The majority of youth aged 12 to 17 entering public treatment for heroin across the nation were white (76 percent), followed by Latinos (16 percent), with only 2 percent of those entering treatment being African American. - In Illinois, nearly 70 percent of youth under age 18 admitted to public treatment were white. Injection drug use is increasing among younger heroin users: - Over a ten year period, injection drug use has increased among heroin using teens by 94 percent, with about 70 percent of teens reporting injection currently. - Injection drug use among 20 year olds entering treatment for heroin increased by 110 percent, with more than three quarters reporting injection drug use. The academic literature has demonstrated some linkage between the usage of opiate pills to the initiation of heroin and survey data demonstrate that: - In 2008, over 900,000 12 to 17 year olds initiated to prescription pain pills. - While cannabis initiation trumps prescription pain pill initiation, (59 percent vs. 17.1 percent), the second most common illicit drug initiation was to prescription pain pills. Understanding Heroin Use, Addiction and Dependency Heroin has one of the highest dependency liability profiles of any licit or illicit drug--only nicotine ranks higher. As such, the fear the public may have about the increasing heroin use among young people is understandable. Of those who are offered heroin, about 20 percent will try it, and of those, 25 percent will proceed to dependency. The academic literature indicates that the life trajectory of heroin dependent persons is poor, with extremely negative outcomes. There is little information available in the literature on this emerging population of suburban heroin users. In order to build a profile of suburban heroin use and users, the researchers decided to use a "life map" approach. This approach allowed the research team to build profiles of suburban heroin users in order to better understand this growing population. Heroin Interview Findings Among the interviewees, the researchers found three pathways to heroin: 1. Pill Use to Heroin -- Use and dependence on opiate pills prior to using heroin (e.g. using heroin as a replacement for opiate pills when they were difficult to obtain) - One third of the sample was dependent on opioid pills like Oxycontin or Vicodin before transitioning to heroin. - One participant had become addicted after being prescribed Vicodin by his doctor. - Pill users' perception of heroin use were softened (e.g. they were less scared to try it) once they realized the connection between opioid pills and heroin. 2. Cocaine Use to Heroin Use of heroin to ease the effects of cocaine binges (e.g. using heroin to "come down" from the cocaine) o Users who binge on cocaine generally find that they require something to stop the cocaine binge and enable them to fall asleep. Roughly one-third of our sample initiated to heroin in this manner. 3. Poly drug use to Heroin - Poly drug use to heroin was the most common path to initiation among our sample, with just over one third initiating to heroin in this manner. Characteristics of Heroin Initiation - All of the interviewees first initiated use to heroin by inhalation - "snorting" or "sniffing" heroin. Most of the interviewees thought that heroin used this way was "less addictive" or had no addictive qualities at all. - The mean age of first use of heroin was 18.4. Three of the interviewees used heroin at age 15. - All of the interviewees, except one, transitioned from sniffing to injection. - One third of our sample began to use heroin while they were in high school.- Among the higher SES participants, heroin use spread throughout the high school peer group and many people became dependent. - The majority of those interviewed had little or no idea what heroin use dependence consisted of or the withdrawal syndrome associated with it. - Many became addicted quickly after initiation, but dependency was generally identified by another person (someone who was dependent). Interviewees thought that the withdrawal syndrome was the flu or some other illness. Interviewees had minimal drug knowledge: - The majority of heroin interviewees had little or no education regarding heroin use and dependency. - Many indicated that if they had known about heroin - (and other opioids) -addictive and dependency profile, they would not have become addicted. Characteristics of the Sample - More than 75 percent of the interviewees self-reported mental health disorders or exhibited symptoms of mental health disorders. - The high levels of mental health disorders - self-report or observed symptoms - indicate that one reason for using or continuing to use heroin was to ease these symptoms; thus selfmedication was common in most interviewees. - More than two-thirds of the sample exhibited sensation seeking behavior. Negative Experiences Related to Heroin Use Health Mortality rates for heroin dependent persons are extremely high. Over 50 percent of heroin dependent persons will be dead before the age of 50, with the mean age of death being 30. Overdose is a common danger that both novice and dependent users with extensive use backgrounds may face: - About one-third of the sample experienced multiple overdoses. - Two interviewees had friends who died from heroin overdoses. Heroin use causes major health problems, including heart disease, blood borne pathogens from injecting (HIV/HCV/HBV) and dental problems. Heroin dependent individuals have high rates of co-occurring disorders (COD), which makes them more prone to die from suicide than the general population: - One third of the sample suffered significant scarring from injection, amputation or limb damage as a result of injection drug use. - About half the sample had missing teeth, caused by the lack of saliva in the heroin dependent person. - At least three of the interviewees had been hospitalized for a serious event related to drug use including endocarditis, abscesses at the injection site, cellulitis and other infections. - Three of the participants attempted suicide on more than one occasion. Education, Employment and Housing - More than a third lost jobs due to heroin dependency. - More than half left educational programs due to heroin dependency (this includes high school and college). - Nearly half the sample experienced a period of homelessness. Crime Victimization - More than half of the female interviewees had been subject to a crime. Three were victims of violent sexual assault (all while living in precarious housing/homelessness situations). - At least one male was subject to a hold-up at gunpoint by other users. - Many of the interviewees indicated that they had been victims of other forms of crime, such as having money stolen during drug transactions, generally with other users. Criminal Activity As the heroin user becomes more dependent and loses employment, the normal trajectory indicates that the heroin dependent individual will commit crimes to support their habit. Generally these crimes are acquisitive crimes, which are crimes to obtain money. Violent crime is not common among heroin dependent users: - About 75 percent of the sample committed some form of theft�Xincluding theft from parents, shoplifting, and burglaries. - Those who engaged in drug selling after their addiction did so to provide money for heroin. About half of our male interviewees engaged in drug selling. - Another way in which heroin dependent individuals in our sample paid for heroin was by giving other users rides to the city to purchase heroin. - More than half of the female interviewees engaged in sex work (prostitution) after they had become dependent on heroin. - More than 70 percent of our sample reported an arrest after becoming dependent on heroin. - About half of the sample had at least one felony conviction. - Nearly one-third of our sample experienced incarceration. More men than women (3:1) experienced incarceration after being dependent on heroin. Challenges Overcoming Addiction/Dependency Once heroin dependency is established, the life trajectory of heroin users tends to be one of treatment followed by relapse. This pattern generally continues throughout the individual's life: - The majority of our sample (80 percent) had been in some form of treatment more than one time. - More than half of the sample had used heroin in the three months preceding the interview. - About a third of the sample indicated that while they had not used recently, they would if they had the opportunity. Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2015. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.robertcrown.org/files/Understanding_suburban_heroin_use.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 147872

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Heroin Use: National and Illinois Perspectives Summary: NATIONAL TRENDS Nationally, multiple data sources such as survey data, public treatment admissions and emergency department statistics indicate that heroin use is increasing:  Heroin production and availability has grown significantly in the past decade. Reports from the National Drug Intelligence Center highlight the larger yields in Mexico, which has resulted in purer, less expensive and more abundant heroin in U.S. markets.  According to the National Household Survey on Drug Use and Health, initiations to heroin have increased 40 percent since 2002, from around 100,000 per year to over 140,000 in 2010.  The number of individuals entering the emergency room for heroin increased by 12 percent across the country from 2008 to 2010.  Nationally, heroin treatment admissions increased slightly from about 280,000 individuals in 2008 to 284,000 in 2009, an increase of 1 percent. In contrast, cocaine treatment admissions declined by 19 percent during the same one-year period.  In both 2008 and 2009, the second most common illicit substance for which individuals entered public treatment was heroin. Cocaine ranked third. National data indicate that this growth is mainly occurring among young people:  According to the National Household Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), the average age of first use of heroin decreased from 25.5 years old in 2009 to 21.3 years in 2010.  Among those ages 12 to 17, survey data indicate that nearly 34,000 youths initiate to heroin in a given year.  On any given day in 2008, 2,866 youth aged 12 to 17 used heroin.  Public treatment admissions among the following age cohorts: o Under age 18 increased 14% in one year, o Aged 18 to 20 grew 12% in one year, o Aged 21 to 24 grew 10% in one year. o Under age 30 as a whole increased 8% in one year, o Over age 30 as a whole declined 3% in one year.  According to analysis of the Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN), emergency room mentions of heroin over two years (2008 to 2010): o Increased 8% among those aged 20 and younger, o Increased 23% among those aged 21 to 29, o Increased 15% among those aged 30 to 44, o Decreased 1% among those aged 45 and older. Significant demographic changes are occurring among those seeking help for heroin:  According to analysis of the Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN), emergency room mentions for heroin over two years (2008 to 2010): o Increased among whites by 30%, o Declined among African Americans by 5%.  Among those admitted to public treatment for heroin from 2008 to 2009: o The number of whites increased by 4% in one year. o The number of African Americans decreased by 5% in one year. Of those admitted for to public treatment, there were significant demographic differences between younger and older users in 2009:  Of those under age 30: o 85% were white, o 3% were African American, o 13% were another race.  Of those over age 30: o 46% were white, o 31% were African American, o 23% were another race. The number of injection drug users increased by 5% in just one year, according to public treatment data.  Sixty-seven percent of those entering treatment reported injection drug use in 2009: o 79% of whites reported injecting, o 31% of African Americans reported injecting, o 66% of all other races reported injecting. ILLINOIS TRENDS Illinois emergency department and public treatment indicators mirror national patterns overall with service increases among younger, white users, and decreases among older users. Indicators suggest that African American admissions to treatment and the emergency department will continue to decline. Data show two distinct cohorts of heroin users in Illinois: Younger, white users and older African American users. For individuals admitted to the Emergency Department (ED)for heroin, the Chicago metropolitan area ranked:  First in the number and rate of individuals entering the ED.  First in the number of individuals under age 21 entering the ED.  First in the number of individuals aged 21 and entering the ED.  First in the number of African Americans entering the ED.  Second in the number of whites entering the ED. o However, mention of white heroin users increased by 27% in two years. Public treatment admissions remain high:  For the second year in a row (2008 to 2009), heroin is listed as the second most common drug, after alcohol, and the most common illegal substance for which individuals enter publicly funded treatment in Illinois. o In 1998, heroin use was the fourth most common reason Illinoisans entered publicly funded treatment. As with national data, Illinois indicators demonstrate increasing heroin use among younger individuals:  According to analysis of the Drug Abuse Warning Network (DAWN), emergency room mentions for heroin over two years (2008 to 2010) for the Chicago metropolitan area: o Increased 27% among those aged 20 and younger, o Increased 12% among those aged 21 to 29, o Declined 2% among those aged 30 to 44, o Increased 1% among those aged 45 and older.  According to analysis of Illinois� public treatment admissions for heroin the following age cohorts: o Under age 18 increased 22% in one year, o Aged 18 to 20 increased 17% in one year, o Aged 21 to 24 increased 11% in one year, o Under age 30 increased 13% in one year, o Over age 30 decreased 5% in one year. Significant demographic differences were noted among those seeking public treatment in Illinois:  Whites entering treatment increased by 6% in one year. o Whites made up nearly 30 percent of treatment admissions for heroin in Illinois.  African Americans entering treatment decreased by 8% in one year. o African Americans comprised 60 percent of treatment admissions for heroin in Illinois.  Latinos entering treatment increased by nearly 50% in one year. o Latinos comprised 10 percent of treatment admissions for heroin in Illinois. There were significant differences between younger and older users admitted to public treatment in 2009:  Of those under age 30: o 77% were white, o 7% were African American, o 14% were Latino.  Of those over age 30: o 13% were white, o 76% were African American, o 9% were Latino. The number of injection drug users increased by 11% in just one year, according to Illinois public treatment data.  Thirty-one percent of those entering treatment reported injection drug use in 2009: o 72% of whites reported injecting, o 9% of African Americans reported injecting, o 47% of Latinos reported injecting. Mortality is increasing throughout Illinois due to heroin. From 2007 to 2011:  Overdose deaths attributed to heroin increased by 115% in Lake County  Overdose deaths attributed to heroin increased by 100% in Will County  Overdose deaths attributed to heroin increased by 50% in McHenry County Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/f000/37424f445fa8a386ff1b8f7b780bff768b22.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 140290

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Patchwork Policy: an evaluation of arrests and tickets for marijuana misdemeanors in Illinois Summary: Nationally, the conversation around marijuana has changed significantly. More than 75% of Americans support measures that would end criminal sanctions for those in possession of small amounts of marijuana. According to polling data released in 2014, 63% of Illinois voters support a marijuana decriminalization bill. Despite these changing attitudes, Illinois's dubious distinctions in terms of marijuana possession arrests is evident in nearly every metric when compared with other states and the national average: - Illinois ranked 5th nationally in the number of arrests for marijuana possession in 2010; - Of the 5 states with the largest number of marijuana possession arrests from 2001 to 2010, Illinois' rate of arrest increased the fastest, by nearly one-third ; - Illinois tied with Texas for 1st place for the proportion of marijuana possession arrests (97.8%) compared to all marijuana arrests and including sales, manufacturing, and delivery arrests; - Illinois ranked fourth in the nation for the rate of arrests for marijuana possession per 100K; - Illinois's marijuana possession arrest rate is more than 150% higher than the national average; - Illinois ranked third in the nation for the black to white racial disparity of marijuana possession offenders, despite the fact that marijuana use is the same between these two groups; - In Illinois, African Americans were about 7.6 times more likely to be arrested than whites; - Cook County made the most marijuana possession arrests of any county in the nation with 33,068 arrests in 2010 and also had one of the worst racial disparity rates in the nation; - Illinois' estimated spending for marijuana possession ranged from $78 million to $364 million per year on marijuana possession arrests and adjudications. In Illinois, 84% of all marijuana arrests are for misdemeanor possession and these arrests represent a sizable portion of arrests within the state. For example: - Three year averages for marijuana misdemeanor arrests from 2010-2013 are over 41,000 per year; - In comparison to FBI index crimes, arrests for marijuana misdemeanors were equivalent to 50% of arrests for all index crimes, that is serious and violent crimes; - Compared to all drug arrests, marijuana misdemeanor arrests make up 39% of drug arrests - including sales and possession of controlled substances - in the state of Illinois; - Of marijuana misdemeanor arrests, 85% of arrests were for possession of cannabis totaling less than 10 grams. As part of these changing attitudes, over 100 Illinois municipalities have passed ordinances that provide ticketing alternatives for small amounts of marijuana. Arrests however, can still be made under state law allowing law enforcement personnel to choose between arresting or ticketing individuals in possession of marijuana. An analysis of pre and post ordinance implementation arresting patterns found: - Of the four municipalities reviewed, Chicago had the smallest decrease in arrests, with arrests declining by only 21% while Evanston had the largest decrease (46%); - Marijuana misdemeanor arrests decreased by 40% in Urbana and by over 32% in Yorkville. In order to understand the level of ticketing to arrests within each municipality, we calculated the ratio of tickets to arrests in six municipalities. Large differences were found between cities: - Countryside had the highest level of implementation, with 88% of marijuana possession violations resulted in tickets; - In Champaign, 75% of marijuana misdemeanor offenders received a ticket instead of arrest; - In Evanston, 69% of misdemeanor marijuana possession violations resulted in a ticket; - Urbana was slightly more likely to arrest than administer a ticket for marijuana possession (59% v. 41%); - In Chicago, 93% of misdemeanor marijuana possession violations resulted in an arrest and in only 7% of cases a ticket was issued; Since ticketing has been identified as a way of possibly reducing the negative impact of disproportionate minority contact (DMC), we assessed municipalities that provided race and ethnicity data: - Study results indicated no real change in DMC after ticketing ordinances were implemented; - Individuals receiving the tickets appeared to be a subset of those arrested; - Yorkville showed little disproportionate minority contact prior to and after ticketing, while Evanston demonstrated high levels of DMC. Arrest and ticket rate per 100,000 individuals was calculated in order to formulate accurate comparisons between municipalities of varying population sizes: - Chicago had the highest arrest rate of any municipality in the study, even after the ordinance was implemented, with nearly 590 arrests per 100,000 individuals; - Chicago was the only municipality studied with a marijuana arrest rate higher than the state rate, specifically 150% higher than the state average; and more than 230% higher than the U.S. rate; - Evanston had the lowest arrest rate with 128 arrests per 100,000 individuals; The sizable difference between Chicago's arrest rate and the rates of other municipalities warranted additional analyses. The number of arrests made in Chicago for marijuana misdemeanors drives state totals: - In 2011, Chicago's misdemeanor arrest comprised almost 50% of the state total; - Despite the decrease from 2011 - 2013, the number of arrests was still disarmingly high in 2013, comprising 38% of Illinois total misdemeanor arrests; - Additionally, the decrease in arrests did not represent a fundamental shift - both in 2001 and 2002, marijuana misdemeanor arrests were lower than in the most recent year (2013). Arguments for the ticketing ordinance were focused on police time and costs. We calculated the amount of time and costs spent on marijuana arrests after the ticket was implemented and found: - In 2013, Chicago police spent from 24,000 hours to 63,000 hours arresting marijuana misdemeanants; - In 2013, the costs associated with misdemeanor marijuana arrests ranged from $25 million to upwards of $115 million dollars after the passage of the ticketing ordinance; - If misdemeanor arrests were reduced by half, potential costs savings range from $12.5 million to $57.9 million; if the number of arrests dropped by three quarters, estimated costs savings range between $18.8 million to $86.9 million per year. The low number of tickets given in Chicago in 2013 (only 1,100) resulted in a significant amount of lost revenue: - The amount of revenue generated for 2013 from marijuana tickets was small, around $416,250; - If half of the number of arrests were charged as tickets, the revenue generated would be closer to $2.9 million and if three-quarters of arrest resulted in tickets, the revenue generated would be more than $4.5 million per year. Marijuana misdemeanor rates within community areas prior to and after the implementation of the Chicago ticketing ordinance were also analyzed: - Geographic disparity by community area was found even after the ticketing ordinance was implemented, with marijuana possession rates that are more than 1100% above the national average; - After the ticketing ordinance was implemented, disparities in neighborhood arrest rates increased, for example Fuller Park, East Garfield Park, and West Garfield Park had arrest rates that were 7 times higher than the city of Chicago's average rate; - Compared to the Edison Park (the neighborhood with the lowest arrest rate), neighborhoods such as Fuller Park, East and West Garfield Park had marijuana arrest rates that were more than 150 times higher after implementing the ticket ordinance; - Neighborhoods with a large African American population were found to be predictive of high arrest rates for marijuana misdemeanor arrests (p < .001). Findings Inconsistencies in the implementation of ticketing legislation are the result of disparities in ticket administration from one community area to the next. Discrepancies in the application of the tickets by geography create a patchwork system of policy resulting in an unequal application of justice. Because a two-tiered system still exists, police retain discretion and can choose who to ticket and who to arrest. Geography, not justice, determines whether marijuana possession results in a fine or an arrest. Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2014. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/ICDP.aspx Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 147873

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Diminishing Capacity: The Heroin Crisis and Illinois Treatment in a National Perspective Summary: National Trends - This rise of heroin use has been a major focus of concern among government agencies such as the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), the Substance Abuse Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), and the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) and data verify these concerns: - In 2013, the number of individuals (681,000) reporting past year heroin use was significantly higher than in 2007 (314,000), nearly doubling over the six year period. - In 2012, those entering treatment reporting heroin as this primary substance of abuse increased to 16% of all treatment admissions, the highest level since data collection began in 1992. - Heroin overdoses (poisonings) have nearly quadrupled from 2002 to 2013, with 8,200 deaths in 2013. Illinois Trends While heroin treatment episodes are reaching historic highs nationally, in Illinois treatment admissions for heroin are significantly higher than the nation as a whole, for example: - Nationally, heroin treatment admissions comprised 16.4% of total state funded treatment in 2012, while in Illinois heroin admissions make up one-quarter of all treatment admissions for the state, and are 56% greater than the nation as a whole; - In 2012, the Chicago Metropolitan Area percentage of treatment admissions for heroin was more than double the national average (35.1% vs 16.4%). - From 2006 to 2012, heroin was the second most common reason for Illinoisans to enter state publicly funded treatment, after alcohol. In 2000, it was the 4th most common reason. Heroin use is not only rising in urban areas area but is also dramatically increasing in rural and suburban counties. - In 2007, treatment episodes for heroin comprised just 4% of total publicly funded treatment in Metro East Illinois, but by 2012, heroin made up 18% of all treatment episodes - a fourfold increase in just 5 years. - In 2007, treatment admissions in Decatur for heroin comprised just 3% of the total, spiking to 23% in 2012, representing a 6-fold increase. - In 2007, treatment admissions in Peoria-Pekin for heroin were 7% and by 2012 it was 16%, a 119% increase. - Between 2007 and 2012, treatment episodes for heroin more than doubled in Bloomington-Normal and Champaign- Urbana from 5% to 11% and 6% to 13% respectively. According to survey data heroin use is increasing especially among young people in Illinois. - In 2007, 2.5% of Illinois youth reported using heroin in the past year, while in 2013, that number increased to 3.8%, a nearly 50 percent increase in just six years. - The greatest percentage increase occurred among females - a 90% increase over that time period. Males were more likely to report using heroin - nearly six percent in 2013. The Chicago Metropolitan Area ranks in the top for both emergency department mentions for heroin and number of individuals who were arrested and tested positive for heroin. - Arrestees from Cook County tested positive for opiates (including heroin) at a rate of 18.6%, higher than any other area in the nation. - Arrestees from Cook County also self-reported using heroin more times per month than those from any other jurisdiction, (26.8 days per month). - Arrestees from Cook County reported using heroin in the last three days more than those from any other region (15.7%). - The Chicago Metropolitan area ranked first in the country for the total number of mentions for heroin (23,627) nearly double the number for New York City. - Chicago also reported the highest number of heroin mentions among African American mentions (13,178), nearly four times more than New York City (3,463) and nearly 6 times higher than Detroit (2,311). - Among whites, only Boston had more ED mentions for heroin (10,045), but Chicago was second (7,024). - Chicago ranked highest in the number of ED mentions for both women and men. Adjusting for population, Chicago ranked 2nd highest in the number of mentions overall, behind Boston. Declining Treatment Capacity: Illinois in National Perspective While heroin use is increasing in every area of the state, there has been an alarming and dramatic decrease in treatment from 2007 to 2012. - Illinois ranked first in the US for the decline in treatment capacity over this period, a loss of more than half of its treatment episodes, 52% decrease over the five year period. - In 2007, Illinois ranked 28th in state funded treatment capacity, but in 2012 Illinois ranked 44th, or 3rd worst in the nation; only Tennessee and Texas ranked lower. - In 2012, Illinois's state funded treatment rate was (265 per 100K) more than 50% lower than the US rate. - When compared to other Midwestern states, Illinois had the lowest rate of state funded treatment. Minnesota's rate was 2.7 times Illinois's rate (982.1 vs 256.6), Ohio's rate was twice as high as Illinois, Wisconsin rate was 1.8 times greater, and Indiana's rate, which was lower than that for any Midwestern state, aside from Illinois, was still 43% higher than Illinois. Illinois State funding for addiction treatment decreased significantly: - From 2007 to 2012, General Revenue Funding decreased by nearly 30% ($111M vs $79M), while Medicaid funding decreased by 4% over this time period. - These decreases in funding continue in FY 16, where the proposed budget represents a 61% decrease in state funded addiction treatment; - Including Medicaid increases from FY13 to FY16, addiction treatment funding (including Medicaid), still dropped by 28% overall ($163M in 2007 to $116M in the proposed FY16 budget) Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2015. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/ICDP.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147874

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Hidden in Plain Sight: Heroin's Impact on Chicago's West Side Summary: The West side of Chicago may be mentioned in media reports, but in passing -- a place where suburban or increasingly rural users travel to in order to purchase heroin. However, Chicago's West side has not been spared from the health consequences of the heroin crisis, which are severe, significant and mostly silent. While the focus remains on suburban and rural users, the majority of hospitalizations for opioids (including heroin) and publicly funded treatment admissions data paint a different picture:  In 2013, 80% of the State's heroin treatment admissions occurred in the Chicago Metro Area;  Analysis of Illinois Department of Public Health Data indicate that the majority (67%) of total Illinois hospitalizations for opioids, including heroin, occurred in Chicago (2010 data) and 79% occurred in Cook County, while about 3% occurred in DuPage county (2,711) in the same period;  West side hospitalizations for opioids, including heroin, comprised nearly 1 out of 4 opioid hospitalizations for the entire State (23%);  West side hospitalizations make up 35% of the Chicago's total, compared to 7% for the North Side, and 20% for South side of Chicago;  The majority of those hospitalized for opioids on Chicago's West side were Black (83%). Diminishing Capacity Illinois publicly funded treatment capacity has declined rapidly. This decline in funding impacts those across the state but particularly those in the Chicago Metro Area, and may have a disparate impact on Black individuals - especially those in areas like the West side -- who are attempting to gain access to treatment. For example:  In just 5 years, from 2009 to 2013, the Chicago Metro Area lost 61% of its publicly funded treatment capacity compared to a state decline of 54%;  Blacks entering publicly funded treatment for heroin from the Chicago Metro Area comprised 58% of the Chicago Metro Areas treatment episodes for heroin;  The only area with a larger change in treatment episodes occurred in the Bloomington Metro area which experienced a 63% reduction in capacity from 2009 to 2013, while rural areas decreased by 39% and Peoria Metro remained stable. Mortality The image presented in news media and other forums suggests that heroin overdose is primarily a white problem, but analysis of Illinois Public Health data sets paints a different picture:  The heroin overdose mortality rate was significantly higher for African Americans (8.94 per 100,000) than for whites (5.86). Latino deaths were too low to calculate a significant rate, but both white deaths and Black deaths increased rapidly between 2013 and 2014;  Fifty-seven percent of overdoses among Blacks were due to heroin, while 37% of whites died from heroin overdoses.  Chicago had the highest rate of heroin overdose (7.42 per 100,000) significantly higher than Suburban Cook (4.73), Will (5.42), Lake (5.55), McHenry (5.53), DuPage (4.72), Kane (2.86). Arrests and Neighborhood Disparity The majority of the attention paid to the West side in regard to the heroin crisis and use is policing, arrest and incarceration rather than health based solutions for heroin use disorders. These policy and policing decisions have an impact on not only the community but on our spending for the state.  Even as arrests for heroin possession declined by 30 percent from 2010 to 2015 across the City of Chicago, the West side neighborhoods of West and East Garfield Park experienced an increase in the heroin possession arrest rate from 2010-2015;  The four Chicago neighborhoods with the highest rates of arrest for heroin possession in 2015 include West Garfield Park (2,983 arrests per 100,000), East Garfield Park (1,925 arrests per 100,000), North Lawndale (1,375.58 arrests per 100,000) and Humboldt Park (per 100,000), which all located on the West side of Chicago compared to a City rate of 141 per 100,000;  To put these arrest rates in context, the rate for heroin possession arrests in West Garfield Park (2,983 per 100,000) was more than 20 times higher than the rate for the city as a whole (141 per 100,000), East Garfield Park's was about 13 times higher than the city�s rate, North Lawndale 9 times higher and Austin (642 per 100,000) 4 times the city's rate;  West Garfield Park's rate was 2,000 times higher than Lincoln Park's arrest rate (1.56 per 100,000) and compared to Hyde Park, West Garfield Park's rate of arrest was 766 times higher than Hyde Park's rate (3.89 per 100,000).  In five areas of Chicago, no arrests for heroin possession occurred during 2015. Incarcerating individuals costs $25,000 per year, while jail time costs about $150 a day. As the state reconsiders its policies regarding both crime reduction, cost savings and reducing prison populations, it is important to recognize that providing treatment, such as methadone, returns $12 for every dollar spent. Imprisoning individuals with heroin use disorders, a health condition, is neither cost effective nor as effective as treatment in the community. Treatment in the community returns significant savings to taxpayers and societyi in public health and economic savings. POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS Increase Community Based Treatment Capacity - Particularly Medication Assisted Treatment According to analysis, Cook County has high treatment need and not enough providers for opioid use disorders, for example:  In Illinois, for everyone 1,000 residents 3.8 people has opioid use disorders than could be treated under the current system.  Currently Cook County can only treat about 15,000 individuals but the need is much higher than the system can accommodate currently. Create a Misdemeanor Classification for Small Amounts of Drugs Heroin and other opioids, no matter the amount, are currently felonies in Illinois but this is inconsistent with federal law, and many other states have created misdemeanors for personal use, for small amounts of drugs other than cannabis. Illinois policymakers have introduced legislation to reduce amounts under 1 gram from a felony to a misdemeanor.  According to polling of Illinois residents, 78% of Illinoisan believe in reclassifying small amounts of drugs from a felony to a misdemeanor.  Not only would this policy change help prevent the collateral consequences of felony convictions on those with substance use disorder, but it would yield a cost savings of $58M over three years according to a fiscal impact analysis conducted by the Sentencing Policy Advisory Council. Provide Methadone and/or Buprenorphine Maintenance in Cook County Jail and Create Linkages to Treatment Providers There exist a number of models, like the Riker's Island model in New York City, where individuals who are addicted to heroin or other opioids are provided with opioid agonist (e.g. methadone, buprenorphine) treatment in jail and then are linked to continuing methadone or buprenorphine treatment providers in the community.  These programs have demonstrated great success in both lowering crime and retaining individuals in treatment - which is one of the biggest predictor of treatment success;  Research demonstrates that methadone maintenance yielded better results than counseling alone for detainees in terms of one month and yearly relapse rates. Naloxone Dispensing in Different Environments Researchers have consistently demonstrated that more naloxone distributed in the community lowers the fatal overdose rate overall. In order to ensure that persons who are at high risk for overdose have access to naloxone (which is now covered by Medicaid as private insurance under Public Act 099‐0480), it is essential to ensure that it is more widely distributed under "standing orders," in the following settings:  In the Emergency Department, hospitals should prescribe or distribute naloxone to individuals who have experienced overdose;  In Treatment Centers and after Detox , according to the American Society of Addiction Medicine, naloxone education and distribution programs should be incorporated into the treatment system;  In Cook County Jail, Cook County Jail is now launching a pilot to ensure that individuals have access to opioid overdose education and naloxone. This program should be expanded. Increase Access to Harm Reduction Practices Harm reduction practices are an excellent way to bridge the gap to reduce the health consequences of heroin use. Harm reduction practices include the following:  Syringe exchange, including cookers, cottons and needles to stop the spread of blood borne pathogens and naloxone distribution;  Housing First initiatives, which do not require complete abstinence from substances, before being housed;  Safe use and consumption facilities, staffed with medical professionals to ensure that overdoses can be reversed as safe consumption facilities also reduce fatal overdoses in the community. Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/ICDP.aspx Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147875

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: Youth Substance Use in Oak Park & River Forest: A mixed methods examination of epidemiological trends and an evaluation of the continuum of care Summary: Youth substance use has been a growing concern among members of the suburban village communities of Oak Park and River Forest. To date, the Oak Park and Forest Park communities have made efforts to address substance use among its youth, many of which attend Oak Park and River Forest High School located in Oak Park, Illinois. Spurred by higher than average Illinois Youth Survey reported use rates for alcohol and marijuana, in May of 2014, the Community Mental Health Board (CMHB) of Oak Park Township requested proposals to address research regarding youth substance use in Oak Park Township, with the aim of unifying strategies and goals to reduce youth alcohol and substance use. The Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy at Roosevelt University was funded to complete the report in late summer of 2014. In December 2014, River Forest Township also provided grant monies to the Consortium to ensure the River Forest community�s inclusion in the white paper. OBJECTIVES This paper aims to complete the following tasks: 1) Assess substance use among Oak Park and River Forest Youth using a mixed methods research approach, utilizing a variety of data sources; 2) Assess potential gaps in the continuum of care as it relates to youth substance use, prevention, intervention and treatment capabilities; 3) Provide recommendations to improve the continuum of care and assist in creating strategic goals. Details: Chicago: Illinois Consortium on Drug Policy, 2015. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/ICDP.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140293

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Drug trends and distribution in Illinois: A survey of drug task forces Summary: Drug trafficking is the cultivation, manufacture, distribution, and sale of drugs (UNODC, 2016). Drug distribution networks exist to oversee operations to obtain, transport, deliver, and finally sell to individuals in communities all over the United States (Johnson, 2003). Globally, money exchanged through the illicit drug trade is around $500 billion per year (UNDCP, 1998). Despite great risk, individuals in the in illegal drug trade are drawn to the potentially lucrative enterprise. However, the economic cost to U.S. society for drug distribution including criminal activity, as well as users' medical costs and lost productivity, was estimated at $76 billion per year (Parsons & Kamenca, 1992; UNDCP, 1998). In Illinois, the distribution of controlled substances is a significant problem. In 1995, the Office of the National Drug Control Policy established the High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area program in Chicago (Chicago HIDTA, n.d.). Chicago HIDTA's mission is to enhance and coordinate drug control efforts among federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies in order to eliminate or reduce drug trafficking in critical regions in Illinois. In addition to establishing programs like HIDTA, drug task forces also were created to combat the distribution of controlled substances at the local level. Drug task forces arrest and prosecute drug offenders, identify and respond to emerging drug problems, and enhance interagency cooperation (Applied Research Services, Inc., 2014; Hollist et al., 2014). The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority has supported drug task forces with federal funding for more than 20 years. Enlisting the participation of the 19 drug task force directors, this study sought to understand the extent of the drug problem in the jurisdictions covered by each drug task force. To do so, Authority researchers analyzed data from a survey administered to the 19 Authority-funded drug task forces on types of drugs frequency, trends, use, and distribution. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Drug%20distribution_Drug%20task%20forces%2008-17-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 147879

Author: DeLong, Caitlin Title: Learning about probation from client perspectives: Feedback from probationers served by Adult Redeploy Illinois-funded program models Summary: Satisfaction with the criminal justice system often reflects the opinions of the public, rather than that of the offender (DeLude, Mitchell, & Barber, 2012). Research in the medical and behavioral sciences indicate, however, that client satisfaction is associated with compliance and treatment outcomes (Barbosa, Balp, Kulich, Germain, & Rofail; Levenson, Prescott, & D'Amora, 2010; Zhang, Gerstein, & Friedmann, 2008). Beyond the increased adherence that is expected when probation clients are engaged in services they consider worthwhile, satisfaction data offers providers valuable insight into the specific needs of their target population, while potentially increasing perceptions of procedural justice. When participants are unable to provide feedback in a meaningful way, they are further marginalized and alienated from a process that hinges on a change in their behavior and attitudes. Since 2010, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority has administered the state's Adult Redeploy Illinois (ARI) program, offering grant funding to jurisdictions to implement local evidence-based programs that reduce the number of non-violent offenders sentenced to prison. In this study, researchers interviewed program clients for insight into program implementation and operations that could strengthen program outcomes. Interviewed were 108 clients enrolled in 10 prison diversion programs using three program models - drug courts, intensive supervision probation with services (ISP-S), and Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE). Drug courts refer clients to court-supervised substance abuse treatment in lieu of incarceration, and staff work in interdisciplinary teams of probation officers, substance abuse treatment providers, prosecutors, law enforcement, defense attorneys, and judges to manage the cases (Carey, Mackin, & Finigan, 2012). ISP-S features specially trained probation officers who use risk/needs assessment tools to provide individualized case management, heightened supervision, and responsive referrals to social services (Andrews & Bonta, 2010). The HOPE model focuses on behavior modification through swift, certain, and fair sanctions, and offers drug treatment to those in need (Hawken & Kleiman, 2009). Data were collected after 18 months of pilot program implementation ending in mid- to late-2012. The following are key findings from the probationer interviews, during which researchers asked questions about demographics, program staff, program operations, and services. Conditions of probation Most interviewees thought the conditions of their probation were very clear (81 percent). Almost all clients (97 percent) were drug tested. Most were required to pay court costs (75 percent) and attend drug treatment (69 percent). Of 64 probationers who received a sanction for noncompliance, 89 percent (n=51) said it was very likely that they would be caught if they violated probation conditions, 75 percent (n=48) said the sanctions were fair, and 72 percent (n=46) said they were immediate. Sanctions and incentives that are swift, certain, and fair are crucial to all three models of supervision. Seventy-eight percent of interviewed clients said they had developed a case plan with clear goals with their probation officers. Clearly outlined case plans have been shown to reduce recidivism in evidence-based practice (Carey, 2010). This study revealed a statistical relationship between having a case plan and offering positive feedback on the program. On average, each client needed assistance in obtaining four different types of services (out of 22 listed); the most common were transportation, employment, or housing. Clients reported that, of the 490 total service requests, 329 (67 percent) were fulfilled by their probation officer. Compliance and incentives Sixty-six percent of respondents reported violating the conditions of their supervision (n=72); however, only 60 (83 percent) of those respondents were sanctioned. Those violations included 57 failed drug/alcohol tests, 12 arrests for new crimes, and 14 missed appointments. Four clients reported having three or more violations, 18 had two violations, but the majority (n=49; 69 percent) of those who broke the terms of their probation agreements did so only once. A total of 25 clients (23 percent) indicated they had been arrested either for new crimes or as sanctions for violations while on probation. Forty-eight (75 percent) of 64 probationers who received a sanction for noncompliance said the sanctions were fair and 46 (72 percent) said they were immediate. Seventy-five percent (n=81) of interviewees said they received rewards for program compliance, such as gift cards, certificates, praise from staff, and food. Of those, 88 percent (n=71) said these rewards were good program motivators. Client assessments Overall, clients agreed with positive statements about probation - that the program helped them, it positively impacted their future, and it made them better off than other court sanctions. A majority of clients thought probation was a better alternative to prison (100 percent), offered a better lifestyle than prison (99 percent), and was easier to complete than a prison term (66 percent). Overall, clients agreed with positive statements about their probation officers and disagreed that their officers expected too much of them. Implications for policy and practice Further address client service needs Many probationers sampled reported needing, but not receiving, housing, identification, healthcare services, public assistance, and job support. In order to address this, probation officers should be operating under reduced caseloads and be trained in evidence-based practices (for example, actuarial risk assessment and cognitive behavioral techniques) in order to provide necessary services and reduce recidivism most effectively (Jalbert, Rhodes, Flygare, & Kane, 2010). Probation officers should advocate for clients with local housing assistance agencies and assist them with obtaining subsidized or low-income housing (Family Justice, 2009). Clients must have proper identification to secure housing and half of the clients sampled requested assistance in obtaining a state ID or driver's license, birth certificate, and social security card. Probation officers should be prepared to help guide clients through the process of obtaining these documents as they are necessary to meet other needs. Thirty-eight percent of clients reported chronic medical conditions, but 59 percent of these respondents did not have health insurance. Access to healthcare and preventive health services saves lives and money (Currie, 2010). Probation officers can screen clients for Medicaid eligibility and help them apply and enroll. Research has found that public assistance alleviates financial stress leading to criminal behavior (Gartner, 1990; LaFree, 1999). Probation officers can assist clients in navigating complex public assistance regulations. Collateral legal consequences affecting clients can interfere with probation officers' efforts to meet their needs. Probationers can be barred from voting, public housing, educational grants, and employment because of their convictions. Without social supports, offenders are more likely to recidivate (Mock, in press). While there should be a balance within probation providing surveillance and social supports, jurisdictional commitments to hiring more probation officers, providing more officer training, and advocating for the removal of barriers to services are system-level changes that will address service provision problems for the long term. Increase client accountability Of 72 probationers who reported violating supervision conditions, 60 respondents (83 percent) received subsequent sanctions. While sanctions and surveillance alone may not be effective at reducing recidivism (Taxman, 2002), their presence enforces offender accountability (National Institute of Corrections, 2004). Prison diversion programs must focus on swift, certain, and fair responses to non-compliant actions while using positive reinforcement and incentives to modify behavior (U.S. Department of Justice, 2015). Develop clear case plans Probationers with clear case plans were significantly more likely to understand their conditions, probation's phase system and levels of supervision, and more likely to receive incentives. They also rated their probation officers higher in areas of respectfulness and fairness. All model probation programs are advised to develop comprehensive case plans to appropriately assess risk levels, provide individualized support to overcome criminogenic needs, and use evidence-based practices to rehabilitate probationers (National Institute of Corrections, 2004). It is also important that probationers fully understand these plans. In addition, probation officers demonstrating use of their "dual role" - surveillance with case management - increases the likelihood for offender success (Skeem, Eno Louden, Polaschek, & Camp, 2007; Trotter, 2006). Comprehension of goals and heightened perceptions of probation officer legitimacy are research-supported goals for effective probation (Crime and Justice Institute at Community Resources for Justice, 2009). Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Client%20feedback%20FINAL%2008-18-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147880

Author: Hughes, Erica Title: Juvenile Justice In Illinois, 2014 Summary: High profile crimes committed by juveniles tend to influence public perception of juvenile crime.1 National and Illinois data, however, show juvenile crime has dropped over the last 10 years.2,3 Only 2 percent of the juvenile population was arrested in 2014. Fewer moved deeper into the system. Juvenile Justice in Illinois 2014 provides an overview of Illinois juvenile justice system processes for 2014, with 10-year trend analyses when possible. Processing points examined included: arrest, detention, court, and corrections. The following are key findings from the report. Decreases in the statewide figures were noted across all of the data points examined, indicating that fewer youth were entering and moving through the juvenile justice system in 2014 than 10 years ago. Black youth continue to be disproportionately represented in the Illinois juvenile justice system in 2014.  Although Blacks comprised 18% of the youth population aged 10 to 17 years, they accounted for 61% of juvenile arrests, 62% of detention admissions, and 66% of admissions to state juvenile correctional facilities. Gender differences continued to exist in 2014.  Males accounted for the largest percentage of youth moving through the juvenile justice system.  Females were more likely than males to be arrested as well as committed to IDJJ for less serious offenses. Between 2005 and 2014, the juvenile arrest rate decreased in Illinois.  The arrest rate of youth decreased 31% statewide. Regional declines were also noted.  Most juvenile arrests in Illinois (75%) were for non-felony offenses in 2014.  In 2014, property crimes accounted for the largest percentage of all juvenile arrests (31%) and felony arrests (39%).  Arrests in 2014 typically involved males, Black youth, and individuals 16 to 17 years of age. The detention admission rate in Illinois fell from 2008 to 2014.4  The statewide admission rate to secure detention decreased 16% from 2008 to 2014. Declines were noted across all regions of the state.  Although declines from 2008 to 2014 were noted, there was a recent one year uptick in detention admissions from 2013 to 2014 statewide and across most regions of the state.  In 2014, youth admitted on a warrant accounted for the largest percentage of admissions to detention (28%), followed by violent (25%) and property (19%) crimes.  Most youth admitted to detention in 2014 were male, Black and 16 years or older. Decreases were also noted from 2005 to 2014 in informal probation, petition, adjudication, and probation caseload rates.  Decreases were noted statewide and across all of the regions examined. The admission rate to juvenile correctional facilities declined from 2005 to 2014.  The Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice (IDJJ) admission rate decreased 33% between state fiscal years (SFY) 2005 and 2014.  Unlike other regions of the state, which experienced overall declines in their IDJJ admission rates, Cook County experienced an 8% increase.  Property offenses accounted for the largest percentage of admissions to IDJJ (42%) in SFY14, followed by person offenses (31%).  Males, Black youth, and individuals ages 17 to 20 accounted for the largest percentages of youth entering IDJJ in SFY14. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/JJ%20Statewide%20Snapshot%202014_final%20full%20version%2009132016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 140296

Author: Schmitz, Stephanie J. Title: A Multiple Indicator Analysis of Drug and Alcohol Use in LaPorte County: 2008-2012 Summary: Overall Drug Treatment Trends Drug treatment trends show mostly stable cocaine and methamphetamine episodes, while the increase in heroin and other opiates has increased tremendously and alcohol treatments have dropped significantly. In spite of these changes, the most common substance for which LaPorte area residents entered treatment continues to be alcohol. In both 2008 and 2011, the most recent year data was available, alcohol treatment admissions compromised the largest percentage of admissions. - The most common illicit substance for which LaPorte County residents sought treatment in 2011 was for heroin, which increased by more than 560% over a three year period. - Combined, treatment admissions for opiate pills and heroin use represented 46% of all illicit drug treatment episodes in LaPorte County in 2011. This percentage was just 29% in 2008. - Opiate pill treatment admissions increased 250%, from 16 cases in 2008 to 56 in 2011. This represents a tripling in opiate pill treatment admissions. Alcohol Indicators: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data While alcohol treatment episodes still comprise nearly half of all admissions in LaPorte County in 2011, these numbers represent a significant decline from 2008 numbers, when alcohol made up nearly threefourths of all treatment admissions. - The number of individuals admitted for alcohol use disorder decreased by 17%, from 295 cases in 2008 to 244 cases in 2011. - Individuals under aged 30 made up slightly more than 40% of all alcohol treatment episodes, and this percentage remained relatively stable over time. - The majority of people entering treatment for alcohol in LaPorte County (75%) was white in both 2008 and 2011. - The most notable change in alcohol treatment admissions occurred among women, as their admissions for alcohol treatment increased 14% from 2008 to 2011. - Treatment admissions for males decreased 28% from 2008 to 2011. - Data from the Sherriff�s Office demonstrated a 46% decrease in Operating While Intoxicated (OWI) arrests in four years, from 334 arrests in 2008 to 180 arrests in 2012. - Public drunkenness offenses also decreased by 45% during the years 2008 to 2012. - Michigan City Police also saw significant decreases in the numbers of individuals arrested for OWI offenses - nearly 60% in the four year period 2008 to 2012. - Among juvenile probationers, the number of ABC status offenses (underage alcohol use) decreased by 12%, from 196 in 2008 to 173 in 2012. - In 2012, only 5 of the 10 fatal car collisions that occurred in LaPorte County were the result of alcohol, down from 8 in 2008 and 10 in 2011. Heroin Indicators: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data Heroin treatment admissions exploded from 2008 to 2011, making heroin the most significant emergent drug threat to LaPorte County over the past several years. Treatment admissions for heroin increased by 560% in just three years, from 20 admissions in 2008 to 132 admissions in 2011. - The majority of people entering treatment for heroin -75% - were under age 30 in 2011. Age of first use is a significant concern because the trajectory of heroin use and dependency can result in considerable long-term health and financial consequences for the individual. - Heroin appears to be problem among only white individuals in LaPorte County. Of those entering treatment for heroin in 2011, all admissions excluding one multiracial individual, were for white LaPorte County residents. No African American individuals entered treatment for heroin in 2011. - Women and men were equally likely to enter treatment for heroin in 2011 (63 versus 69), invalidating the assumption that only males use �hard drugs� like heroin. Findings from the key informant interviews also verify that women are as likely to report heroin use as men. - LaPorte City Metro Operations data indicates that the largest increases in drug arrests were heroin-related offenses, which increased 290%, from 10 arrests in 2008 to 39 arrests in 2012. Marijuana Indicators: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data Marijuana treatment admissions in LaPorte County more than doubled during the 2008-2011 period. The number of LaPorte residents receiving treatment for marijuana increased by 126%, from 46 episodes in 2008 to 104 episodes in 2011. - The majority of people receiving treatment for marijuana were under age 30 in 2008 and 2011. In 2008, those under the age of 30 comprised 76% of marijuana treatment episodes, while in 2011, this number had dropped slightly to 69%. - The fastest growing treatment admissions occurred among the 30 to 39 year old age cohort. This cohort comprised only 15 percent of treatment episodes in 2008, but rose to nearly 25% in 2011. - Treatment admissions for African American individuals increased more rapidly than treatment episodes for whites during 2008-2011. However, white individuals made up the majority of treatment episodes in both 2008 and 2011. - Women made up about one-fourth of marijuana admissions in 2008, but made up about onethird of marijuana treatment admissions in 2011 - Michigan City Metro Operations data showed that marijuana arrests increased about 50%, from 142 arrests in 2008 to 192 arrests in 2012. - Among juveniles, Michigan City Metro Operations data demonstrated a 65% increase in marijuana possessions offenses, from 20 arrests in 2008 to 33 arrests in 2012. Opiate Pill Indicators: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data In addition to heroin, opiate pills such as Vicodin, oxycodone and others, represent a significant drug problem in LaPorte County. As has been noted in current research, approximately 75% of new heroin users transition to heroin following a period of opiate pill use. Once the pills become difficult or costly to acquire, it becomes easier and less expensive to use heroin. Key informants have suggested that this is happening in the LaPorte treatment population well. Therefore, the opiate pills users of today may become tomorrow�s heroin users. - Key informant interviews among hospital staff and law enforcement indicated that opiate pill use was an increasing � and serious � problem in the county. - Treatment admissions for other opiate pills increased significantly from 2008 to 2011. In just three years, these admissions rose 250%, from 16 individuals in 2008 to 56 individuals in 2011. - Patients treated for opiates tended to be significantly older than patients treated for heroin use. In 2011, about 51% of those treated for opiates, excluding heroin, were aged 30 and older. The most rapid growth in treatment episodes occurred among the 30 to 39 age cohort. Although the number of cases was small, the number of admissions among this cohort increased 700%, from 2 cases in 2008 to 16 cases in 2011 - The majority of those entering treatment for opiates other than heroin in 2011 were White, with just two cases reporting another race besides White and 6 cases unreported. No African Americans in LaPorte were admitted into treatment for opiates in 2011. - In 2011, the number of women entering treatment for opiates surpassed the number of men entering treatment for opiates (33% versus 23%). This differs from the gender profile in 2008, as males and females entered treatment for opiates at the same rate during that year. - Arrests for opioid pills reported by LaPorte City Metro Operations increased 480%, from 5 arrests in 2008 to 29 arrests in 2012. Cocaine Indicators: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data While cocaine treatment admissions increased slightly, they remained lower than treatment admissions for most other drugs except methamphetamine. The low number of cocaine treatment admissions in LaPorte County coincides with national treatment trends indicating a reduction in cocaine treatment admissions overall. As more individuals initiate to heroin and opiate use, the number of individuals seeking treatment for cocaine should continue to decrease over the next few years. - In 2011, nearly half of all individuals admitted to treatment were age 30 or older. This suggests that cocaine users in LaPorte County are an aging cohort overall, and key informant interview data with treatment providers support this hypothesis. However, there is a bimodal distribution among those admitted to treatment for cocaine in LaPorte County. The two largest cohorts were those in their 20s (12 cases) and those in their 40s (13 cases) in 2011. - Treatment admissions among white individuals increased during this time period, while treatment admissions among African American individuals remained stable. Overall, whites were much more likely to enter treatment for cocaine than were African Americans (26% versus 10%). - Females were more likely than males to be admitted to treatment for cocaine in both 2008 and 2011. Females comprised 60% of the LaPorte cocaine treatment admissions in 2008 and 2011 and males comprised 40% of the cocaine treatment admissions during those years. - LaPorte City Metro Operations data showed a dramatic 55% reduction in arrests for cocaine, from 62 arrests in 2008 to 28 arrests in 2012. - Michigan City Metro Operations data also showed a 45% decline in the number of arrests for cocaine possession, from 20 arrests in 2008 to just 11 in 2012. Methamphetamines: Treatment and Law Enforcement Data Methamphetamines are a decreasing problem in LaPorte County. Several years ago, the county was asked to prepare for the possibility of methamphetamine production and use among residents, particularly because the county does include some rural communities and these are the areas hardest hit by methamphetamine use. Since that time, the methamphetamine problem has remained very small and seemingly very contained. As of 2011, there were just 4 treatment episodes related to methamphetamine. Law enforcement indicators remain stable. We expect that methamphetamine use, arrests and production labs should continue to remain stable or decline over the next few years. Drugs and Mortality in LaPorte County Interview and data retrieved from the coroner�s office indicates that in 2012, 35 individuals died from an accidental drug overdose. Of these deaths, 57% included death from heroin alone (5 cases) or in combination with another drug (15). About 43% of deaths due to drugs in the county were unrelated to heroin use. These data suggest that heroin related mortality is a large and growing problem in LaPorte County. Further, the number of individuals who died from drug-induced causes was significantly greater than those killed by alcohol-related car collisions or from alcohol period. Details: Chicago: Roosevelt University, 2013. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2016 at: https://www.roosevelt.edu/CAS/CentersAndInstitutes/IMA/Publications.aspx Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 147890

Author: Skeem, Jennifer L. Title: How Well Do Juvenile Risk Assessment Measure Factors to Target in Treatment? Examining Construct Validity Summary: There has been a surge of interest in using one type of risk assessment instrument to tailor treatment to juveniles to reduce recidivism. Unlike prediction-oriented instruments, these reduction-oriented instruments explicitly measure variable risk factors as "needs" to be addressed in treatment. There is little evidence, however, that the instruments accurately measure specific risk factors. Based on a sample of 237 serious juvenile offenders (M age=18, SD=1.5), we tested whether California Youth Assessment Inventory (CA-YASI) scores validly assess the risk factors they purport to assess. Youth were assessed by practitioners with good inter-rater reliability on the CA-YASI, and by research staff on a battery of validated, multi-method criterion measures of target constructs. We meta-analytically tested whether each CA-YASI risk domain score (e.g., Attitudes) related more strongly to scores on convergent measures of theoretically similar constructs (e.g., criminal thinking styles) than to scores on discriminant measures of theoretically distinct constructs (e.g., intelligence, somatization, pubertal status). CA-YASI risk domain scores with the strongest validity support were those that assess criminal history. The only variable CA-YASI risk domain score that correlated more strongly with convergent (Zr=.35) than discriminant (Zr=.07) measures was Substance Use. There was little support for the construct validity of the remaining six variable CA-YASI risk domains - including those that ostensibly assess strong risk factors (e.g., "Attitudes," "Social Influence"). Our findings emphasize the need to test the construct validity of reduction-oriented instruments - and refine instruments to precisely measure their targets so they can truly inform risk reduction. Public Significance: This study suggests that scores on a juvenile risk assessment instrument provide little direction for targeting treatment to reduce young people's risk of reoffending. With the exception of "Substance Abuse," we found little evidence that scores on ostensibly treatment-relevant scales measure the risk factors they purport to measure. The instrument must be refined, to support valid interpretations about risk factors to target in treatment. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2832954 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 147859

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Missouri Policy Shortens Probation and parole Terms, Protects Public Safety. Summary: In 2012, Missouri established an "earned compliance credits" policy that allows individuals to shorten their time on probation or parole by 30 days for every full calendar month that they comply with the conditions of their sentences. Credits are available only to those who were convicted of lower-level felonies and have been under community supervision for at least two years. The Pew Charitable Trusts evaluated the policy and found that in the first three years, more than 36,000 probationers and parolees reduced their supervision terms by an average of 14 months. As a result, the state's supervised population fell 18 percent, driving down caseloads for probation and parole officers. The law had no evident negative impact on public safety: Those who earned credits were subsequently convicted of new crimes at the same rate as those discharged from supervision before the policy went into effect. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2016/08/missouri_policy_shortens_probation_and_parole_terms_protects_public_safety.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147920

Author: American Friends Service Committee Title: Community Cages: Profitizing community corrections and alternatives to incarceration Summary: As states pursue sentencing reform efforts to reduce prison populations and the federal government continues to grapple with comprehensive immigration reform, the private prison industry faces pressure to adapt to a shifting penal landscape that is moving toward alternatives to incarceration. In response to these developments, the private prison industry began rebranding and expanding into subcontracted prisoner health care, forensic mental health treatment, and other "alternative" programming. In 2014, The American Friends Service Committee, Grassroots Leadership, and the Southern Center for Human Rights identified this emerging trend as the Treatment Industrial Complex (TIC). In the present report, we offer an in-depth analysis of the community corrections segment. Community corrections refers to "front-end" alternatives to incarceration, such as probation, home arrest, diversion programs, and "back-end" reentry programs such as parole, halfway houses, and work release centers. Nearly two-thirds of people involved in the criminal justice system are not held in prison or jail, but are instead monitored via community correction programs. At the end of 2014, more than 4.7 million adults were under probation or parole. For prison corporations such as Corrections Corporation of America (CCA) and GEO Group, this represents a huge untapped market for privatization. Smaller companies are also springing up to meet the demand for community corrections programs and related services. In this report, we examine four different components of community corrections that are being aggressively privatized: 1. Electronic monitoring through the use of GPS ankle monitors and other mobile surveillance technology 2. Day reporting centers for individuals to "check in" and/or participate in rehabilitative programs and services 3. Intermediate sanctions facilities as an alternative to revocation to prison for technical violations of the terms of probation or parole 4. Residential reentry centers, more commonly known as halfway houses Details: Tucson: American Friends Service Committee, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: https://afscarizona.files.wordpress.com/2016/08/communitycages.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140316

Author: Emsellem, Maurice Title: Racial Profiling in Hiring: A Critique of New Summary: Two recent studies claim that "ban the box" policies enacted around the country detrimentally affect the employment of young men of color who do not have a conviction record. One of the authors has boldly argued that the policy should be abandoned outright because it "does more harm than good." It's the wrong conclusion. The nation cannot afford to turn back the clock on a decade of reform that has created significant job opportunities for people with records. These studies require exacting scrutiny to ensure that they are not irresponsibly seized upon at a critical time when the nation is being challenged to confront its painful legacy of structural discrimination and criminalization of people of color. Our review of the studies leads us to these top-line conclusions: (1) The core problem raised by the studies is not ban-the-box but entrenched racism in the hiring process, which manifests as racial profiling of African Americans as "criminals." (2) Ban-the-box is working, both by increasing employment opportunities for people with records and by changing employer attitudes toward hiring people with records. (3) When closely scrutinized, the new studies do not support the conclusion that ban-the-box policies are responsible for the depressed hiring of African Americans. (4) The studies highlight the need for a more robust policy response to both boost job opportunities for people with records and tackle race discrimination in the hiring process -not a repeal of ban-the-box laws. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: http://www.nelp.org/content/uploads/Policy-Brief-Racial-Profiling-in-Hiring-Critique-New-Ban-the-Box-Studies.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 140317

Author: Sixth Amendment Center Title: The Right to Counsel in Utah: An Assessment of Trial-Level Indigent Defense Services Summary: Under Supreme Court case law, the provision of Sixth Amendment indigent defense services is a state obligation through the Fourteenth Amendment. Utah is one of just two states requiring local governments to fund and administer all indigent defense services. Though it is not believed to be unconstitutional for a state to delegate its constitutional responsibilities to its counties and cities, in doing so the state must guarantee that local governments are not only capable of providing adequate representation, but that they are in fact doing so. The state of Utah, however, has no institutional statewide presence, and a limited statewide capacity, to ensure that its constitutional obligations under the Sixth and Fourteenth Amendments are being met at the local level. The result is that more people accused of misdemeanors are processed through Utah's justice courts without a lawyer than are represented by counsel - upwards of 62 percent of defendants statewide, according to the state Administrative Office of Courts' data. In fact, the data suggests that in most misdemeanor justice courts, the number of misdemeanor defendants proceeding without representation is closer to 75 percent. To the degree that many of these defendants are entitled to a lawyer, the U.S. Supreme Court calls this an "actual denial of counsel." Right to counsel issues in Utah's felony courts are different in kind than those of the misdemeanor courts. There, most indigent defendants are indeed provided with a lawyer. However, depending on the local jurisdiction, that lawyer may work under financial conflicts of interest, or may be beholden to a prosecutor to secure future work, or may be appointed too late in the process or be juggling too many cases to be effective. The U.S. Supreme Court calls this a "constructive" denial of counsel. These conclusions were reached after an 18-month study of public defense services in ten sample counties (Cache, Davis, Salt Lake, San Juan, Sanpete, Tooele, Uintah, Utah, Washington and Weber). The sample counties encompass 90 percent of the state's population and represent all eight felony-level trial court districts. The Utah Judicial Council Study Committee on the Representation of Indigent Criminal Defendants ("Study Committee") authorized the report funded through the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance. Details: Boston: Sixth Amendment Center, 2015. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2016 at: http://sixthamendment.org/6ac/6AC_utahreport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 140318

Author: McLaughlin, Michael Title: The Economic Burden of Incarceration in the U.S. Summary: This study estimates the annual economic burden of incarceration in the United States. While prior research has estimated the cost of crime, no study has calculated the cost of incarceration. The $80 billion spent annually on corrections is frequently cited as the cost of incarceration, but this figure considerably underestimates the true cost of incarceration by ignoring important social costs. These include costs to incarcerated persons, families, children, and communities. This study draws on a burgeoning area of scholarship to assign monetary values to twenty-two different costs, which yield an aggregate burden of one trillion dollars. This approaches 6% of gross domestic product and dwarfs the amount spent on corrections. For every dollar in corrections costs, incarceration generates an additional ten dollars in social costs. More than half of the costs are borne by families, children, and community members who have committed no crime. Even if one were to exclude the cost of jail, the aggregate burden of incarceration would still exceed $500 million annually. Details: St. Louis: Concordance Institute for Advancing Social Justice, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #CI072016: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://concordanceinstitute.wustl.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/The%20Economic%20Burden%20of%20Incarceration%20in%20the%20US.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 140319

Author: Klein, Joyce Title: Prison to Proprietor: Entrepreneurship as a Re-Entry Strategy Summary: Returning individuals face substantial hurdles in securing work including limited resumes, employer perceptions regarding those who have served time in prison, and legal restrictions that limit the hiring of individuals with certain classes of convictions. As a result, recidivism rates are high as formerly-incarcerated individuals are left with few options for employment. Given the disproportionate rate of incarceration among Blacks and Latinos, the inability to successfully re-enter the community also disproportionately affects communities already suffering from low levels of wealth and income. During the past decade, a small but growing number of funders have supported organizations developing programs that use business ownership and entrepreneurship to support successful re-entry into the community. Some programs work with individuals while they are still in prison, helping them to prepare for their release. Others work with returning individuals who have found some sort of stability and are seeking to create a business that can offer the potential to generate greater wealth, flexibility, and potential for economic mobility than a low-wage job. Mostly funded by philanthropy, these initiatives show great promise in reducing recidivism and enabling returning community members to generate income. This brief examines how connecting formerly-incarcerated individuals who are returning to the community to entrepreneurship can provide a second chance at opportunity. By analyzing research findings and several programs that currently serve individuals returning to communities, this paper discusses why grantmakers, particularly asset funders concerned with issues of racial equity, should take a closer look at this strategy while also providing recommendations for action. Details: Evanston, IL: Asset Funders Network, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: http://assetfunders.org/images/pages/AFN_2016_Prison_to_Proprietor.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 147926

Author: Staats, Cheryl Title: State of the Science: Implicit Bias Review 2016 Summary: The 2016 State of the Science: Implicit Bias Review is the fourth edition of this annual publication. By carefully following the latest scholarly literature and public discourse on implicit bias, this document provides a snapshot of the field, both in terms of its current status and evolution as well as in the context of its relevant antecedents. As in previous editions, this publication highlights the new 2015 academic literature through the lenses of five main domain areas: criminal justice, health and health care, employment, education, and housing. Accompanying these five content areas is a discussion of the latest research-based strategies for mitigating the influence of implicit biases, as well as a recognition of major contributions that expand beyond these domain-specific boundaries. Given that implicit bias has become such a "hot topic" that it has begun to appear in seemingly innumerable arenas, our team set some parameters to limit the scope of pieces included in this publication. These parameters include: 1) With few exceptions, included articles and chapters must have focused on implicit racial and/or ethnic bias. 2) While we sought to be exhaustive whenever possible, we focused our efforts on articles and chapters published through formal channels (e.g., academic journals or publishing houses). This parameter admittedly excludes some scholarship, including Honors and Masters Theses, independent studies, and dissertations, at least some of which we anticipate including in subsequent editions once they are formally published. 3) Finally, while we aim to capture as many 2015 articles as possible, those that were published late in the year may be instead addressed in the subsequent year's edition of the State of the Science: Implicit Bias Review. Details: Columbus, OH: Kirwin Institute for the Study of Race and Ethnicity, Ohio State University, 2016. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: http://kirwaninstitute.osu.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/implicit-bias-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 140321

Author: Louisiana Legislative Auditor Title: Evaluation of Strategies to Reduce Louisiana's Incarceration Rate and Costs for Nonviolent Offenders Summary: According to Department of Corrections (DOC) data, of the 128,612 individuals incarcerated or on supervision during fiscal years 2009 to 2015, 75,370 (58.6%) had nonviolent offenses only, meaning they had no violent convictions in their past, and 22,851 (17.8%) had drug offenses only, as shown in Exhibit 1. We identified strategies to reduce incarceration rates for these nonviolent offenders at each key decision point in the criminal justice system. These decision points and strategies include the following: - Pre-incarceration: Providing alternatives to incarceration that include services to help prevent or divert low-risk or nonviolent offenders from incarceration. - Expanding pretrial diversion and specialty courts could reduce the incarceration rate by diverting nonviolent offenders from prison. However, while Louisiana's drug courts have demonstrated cost savings, better data collection is needed for pretrial diversion and other specialty courts to evaluate whether these programs are effective. According to our survey, at least 37 (88.1%) of the 42 district attorney offices operate a pretrial intervention program, and at least 28 (66.7%) of the 42 judicial districts have a specialty court. - Sentencing: Ensuring that sentences are fair and proportionate to the crime committed. - Sentencing reforms, such as reducing the use of mandatory minimum sentences and the habitual offender law for nonviolent offenders, and sentencing certain nonviolent offenders to probation instead of prison could reduce the incarceration rate. Of the approximately 164 mandatory minimum sentences in state law, 91 (55%) are for nonviolent crimes. In addition, of the 15,235 habitual offender cases for offenders in our scope, 11,801 (77.5%) were for nonviolent offenses. - During Incarceration: Providing effective rehabilitation programs to offenders while they are incarcerated to help reduce recidivism and facilitate their successful re-entry into society. - Expanding rehabilitation programs in local facilities that are effective at decreasing recidivism would help reduce the incarceration rate. Although local jails house more nonviolent offenders, they have fewer rehabilitation programs and higher recidivism rates than state facilities. According to DOC, of the 105 local facilities that house state offenders, 46% offer no treatment programs. - Further expanding re-entry services at the local level to help offenders transition back into society would help reduce Louisiana's incarceration rate. Re-entry programs can reduce recidivism by 32% and save approximately $14 million per year. - Release: Providing effective and appropriate levels of supervision to offenders after they are released. - Because reform efforts have resulted in more offenders on parole, the caseloads of probation and parole officers have increased by 12.9%. Additional strategies to reduce the amount of supervision required for low-risk, nonviolent offenders could reduce the incarceration rate by focusing probation and parole resources on offenders most likely to re-offend. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Performance Audit Services, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://app.lla.state.la.us/PublicReports.nsf/DB26F2309F9783F2862580200077A2CD/$FILE/00010B73.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140322

Author: Wittes, Benjamin Title: Closing the sextortion sentencing gap: A legislative proposal Summary: On the surface, at least, the sextortion case of Joseph Simone seems far more egregious than does that of Joshua Blankenship. Simone was a wrestling coach at a prestigious preparatory high school in Providence, Rhode Island. He was charged with sextorting "numerous" minor males; prosecutors estimated that he had exploited at least 22 young boys through a social media manipulation scheme, pretending to be a young girl when soliciting initial nude images, and then threatening to release those initial images on Facebook if the boys did not perform more sex acts. Blankenship also ran a social media manipulation scheme - but in this instance, against a single minor female in Maryland, convincing her that she had broken the law herself by sending out a nude photo, and demanding more images in exchange for not telling the police. But Blankenship was sentenced in federal court, whereas Simone faced trial in state court in Rhode Island, specifically in the Providence Superior Court. The result? The man with at least 22 victims was sentenced to one year in prison and two more in home confinement. By contrast, Blankenship, who had only one victim, received 12 years in prison after pleading guilty to federal child exploitation charges. What sort of sentence does conduct like Simone's get a man in federal court? Another sextortionist, William T. Koch, was convicted in a federal court in Ohio on charges that he too extorted 20 minor males, with one victim as young as 11-years-old. Koch was sentenced to 20 years in prison on federal charges of extortion, exploitation of a minor, and receipt and distribution of child pornography. Sextortionists don�t get to decide which jurisdiction prosecutes them. They do, however, get to choose their victims. And it matters a great deal which ones they choose. Mark Reynolds was sentenced to 14 years in prison on one federal charge of possession of child pornography for sextorting one minor female using a social media manipulation scheme. Contrast that with Adam Paul Savader, who sextorted between 15 and 45 adult women and received a paltry sentence of two-and-a-half years in federal prison. Savader was convicted on charges of interstate extortion and stalking. Reynolds received eleven-and-a-half years more in prison than did Savader, even though Savader potentially had up to 44 more victims. Federal law seems to care a great deal more about children than it does about adult women. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Technology Innovation, Brookings Institution, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/sextortion2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 147931

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: SEC Conflict Minerals Rule: Companies Face Continuing Challenges in Determining Whether Their Conflict Minerals Benefit Armed Groups Summary: Armed groups in eastern DRC continue to profit from the exploitation of minerals, according to the United Nations. Congress included a provision in the 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that, among other things, required SEC to promulgate regulations regarding the use of conflict minerals from the DRC and adjoining countries. The act also required Commerce to develop a list of worldwide processing facilities and to assess IPSAs filed in conjunction with SEC disclosures, and included provisions for GAO to assess the SEC regulations� effectiveness in promoting peace and security and report on the rate of sexual violence in the DRC and adjoining countries. This report examines (1) company disclosures filed in 2015 in response to the SEC conflict minerals regulations, (2) challenges to companies� due diligence efforts related to the processing facilities in conflict minerals supply chains and efforts to mitigate those challenges, and (3) Commerce�s actions regarding its conflict mineralsrelated requirements under the DoddFrank Act. The report also provides information on sexual violence in the DRC and three adjoining countries. GAO analyzed a generalizable random sample of SEC filings and interviewed relevant officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that Commerce establish a plan outlining steps and time frames for assessing the accuracy of due diligence processes such as IPSAs, and developing the necessary expertise to fulfill these requirements. Commerce concurred with GAO�s recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-805: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/679232.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Armed Conflict Shelf Number: 147932

Author: Rothrock, Martin Lane Title: The Effect of a Controlled Perimeter Security System on Crime Summary: The proliferation of gated residential communities in the United States has generated social criticism, but research to assess the expected crime prevention effect of the perimeter security systems featured in these communities has been lacking. This paper assessed the effect of a perimeter security system on residential crime at a major military installation through a static group comparison with another installation that permitted open access to civilian traffic. Two years of crime incident reports were analyzed to determine the frequency of crime occurring on the bases that was perpetrated by outsiders. It was hypothesized, based upon situational crime prevention theory, that crime would be lower for the controlled access installation. It was found that crime rates were insufficient to test the hypothesis. Descriptive analysis of the incident reports suggested that simple assaults and DUI offenses were related to the operation of controlled access gates, but it was not clear that the presence of manned security gates prevented these offenses. Details: Colombia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2001. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a387298.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 140328

Author: U.S. National Heroin Task Force Title: National Heroin Task Force Final Report and Recommendations Summary: "The United States is in the grip of a national crisis - an unprecedented surge in the illicit use of prescription opioid medications and heroin. In 2014, 1.9 million people had a prescription opioid use disorder and nearly 600,000 had a heroin use disorder. The national data on overdose deaths are startling: in 2014, there were more than 27,000 overdose deaths involving prescription opioid medications and /or heroin. That is equivalent to an average of one death every 20 minutes. The opioid epidemic affects a broad cross-section of the United States population without regard to age, gender, race, ethnicity, or economic status. Living in a rural, suburban, or urban jurisdiction does not insulate an individual from the ravages of the opioid epidemic. Traditional law enforcement methods are a critical component of any counter-illicit drug strategy, but they will not resolve this crisis alone. The opioid crisis is also fundamentally a public health problem. The recommendations contained in this report are premised up on three principles: 1) public safety and public health authorities must integrate and harmonize their response to the misuse of prescription opioid medications and use of heroin; 2) policies regarding heroin use and misuse of prescription opioid medications must be grounded in a scientific understanding that substance use disorder is a chronic brain disease that can be prevented and treated; and 3) treatment and recovery services and support must be accessible and affordable. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov/file/822231/download Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140330

Author: McLaughlin, Michael Title: Using a Pigouvian Tax to Reduce Incarceration Summary: The incarceration rate is a function not only of criminal behavior but of decisions made by police officers, prosecutors, and judges. These local actors have considerable discretion whether to conduct a search, make an arrest, charge a person with a crime, classify a crime as a misdemeanor or felony, or issue a lengthy prison sentence. While these local-level decisions affect the number of people sent to prison, the cost of prison is borne primarily at the state level. This could result in a higher rate of incarceration than is socially optimal if local actors derive benefit from incarceration yet only consider their private cost, ignoring costs to the state. One way to correct this negative externality is with a Pigouvian tax. Charging local governments on a per-prisoner basis for the cost of incarceration could induce local actors to internalize the externality and reduce the number of prison admissions. This study uses a two-agent, partial equilibrium model to illustrate how a Pigouvian tax could achieve the socially optimal level of incarceration. Details: St. Louis: Concordance Institute for Advancing Social Justice, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #CI081116: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://concordanceinstitute.wustl.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/Using%20a%20Pigouvian%20Tax%20to%20Reduce%20Incarceration.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 140335

Author: Pettus-Davis, Carrie Title: Conceptual Model to Guide Practice and Research in the Development of Trauma Interventions for Men Releasing from Incarceration Summary: A significant treatment gap exists for incarcerated men with lifetime traumatic experiences. A small research base for trauma interventions for incarcerated women is emerging, but incarcerated men have largely been ignored. Men comprise 90% of the incarcerated population and are at the greatest risk to be re-arrested for a new crime after release. One of the most ignored, but highly influential factors in poor post-release outcomes of formerly incarcerated men are unaddressed symptoms resulting from lifetime traumatic experiences. Studies of incarcerated men report up to 98% have had at least one lifetime traumatic experiences - many have experienced multiple traumas. With nearly 600,000 men releasing from correctional facilities each year, there is an urgent need to develop targeted interventions for incarcerated men. We propose a conceptual model of a multi-phased trauma intervention to guide practice and research on adapting existing trauma treatment approaches to the special circumstances of men releasing from incarceration. We divide up key treatment ingredients to respond to the complexities and stages of reentry from incarceration back to communities. We conclude with critical next steps needed to advance the practice and research of trauma intervention implementation for incarcerated men nearing release. Details: St. Louis: Concordance Institute for Advancing Social Justice, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #CI080316: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://concordanceinstitute.wustl.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/Conceptual%20Model%20to%20Guide%20Practice%20and%20Research%20in%20Trauma%20Interventions%20for%20Men%20Releasing%20from%20Incarceration.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 147943

Author: Pettus-Davis, Carrie Title: Deterioration of Social Support Post-Incarceration for Emerging Adults Summary: Millions of emerging adults (ages 18-25) come into contact with the criminal justice system each year. Over 2.5 million emerging adults were arrested in 2013 (FBI, 2013) and approximately 188,092 were incarcerated in state and federal prisons (Carson, 2014). Emerging adulthood is a critical time in an individual's life when social roles, occupational directions, and behavioral choices have profound and long-lasting implications (Arnett, 2000). Thus, incarceration during this developmental period of a person's life can have drastic and negative impacts on the individual's transition to adulthood. Non-incarcerated emerging adults spend their late teens and early 20s navigating new social roles with employment and education, developing adult relationships outside the family unit, and exploring long term intimate partnerships that might lead to marriage and children. In contrast, incarcerated emerging adults spend this time confined in a volatile and often dangerous environment with few opportunities to connect to the outside world or excel in adult roles such as stable and fulfilling employment. Moreover, research shows that emerging adults leaving incarceration face substantially reduced social, occupational, and civic opportunities (Steinberg, Chung, & Little, 2004) further limiting their chances for post-incarceration success and a healthy transition into adulthood (Bonnie, Stroud, & Breiner, 2015; Sullivan, 2004). While post-incarceration success is challenging for individuals of all ages, the possibility of a successful transition may be particularly challenging for emerging adults as evidenced by the high rates of recidivism. A five-year national study of formerly incarcerated persons found that 75.9% of former prisoners age 24 or younger were arrested for a new offense within three years, compared to 69.7% of those aged 25 to 30 and 60.3% of those 40 or older (Durose, Cooper, & Snyder, 2014). The rate of over three-quarters of emerging adults presumably re-engaging in criminal behaviors after an initial incarceration is profound. Indeed, many factors influence the likelihood of continued criminal behavior after a period of incarceration. Two decades of research suggest eight critical risk factors for future criminal behavior among criminally-involved individuals (Andrews & Bonta, 2010). These factors include a prior criminal history, antisocial personality traits, criminogenic thinking patterns, associations with others who engage in crime, substance abuse, low employment/education histories, lack of prosocial leisure activities, and poor family and other social relationships - many of which are in a state of flux during emerging adulthood making emerging adulthood a particularly influential period (Arnett, 2004). Importantly, social support from others becomes a significant linchpin for helping emerging adults navigate their changing social roles in positive and prosocial ways (Bonnie, et al., 2015). The importance of social relationships in well-being is empirically documented in major research areas such as mental health, stress, criminology, chronic illness, and substance abuse (Cohen, Underwood, & Gottlieb, 2000; Sarason & Sarason, 2009). In fact, the research base is replete with evidence "showing that social ties and social support are positively and causally related to mental health, physical health, and longevity" and that "social support buffers the harmful physical and mental health impacts of stress exposure" (Thoits, 2011b, p.145). Thus, relationships with caring adults help encourage compliance with social norms and regulate behavior even in the face of adversity. Unfortunately, incarceration disrupts social support networks and some research suggests that the longer an individual is incarcerated, the more social support is allowed to atrophy (Martinez & Abrams, 2013). Increasingly, researchers and program developers are seeking to build post-incarceration interventions designed to target naturally occurring social support relationships and establish or re-establish stable social support systems (Pettus-Davis et al., 2015). Moreover, many of these interventions concentrate on the period immediately after release because the first six months following post-incarceration is the period in which people are most likely to re-engage in crime or become re-incarcerated (Altschuler & Brash, 2004; Bullis, Yovanoff & Havel, 2004). Published evaluations of social support interventions for formerly incarcerated persons have been on short-term demonstration projects and results have been mixed in terms of effectiveness at lowering criminal recidivism (Fontaine, Taxy, Peterson, Breaux, & Rossman, 2015; Sullivan, Mino, Nelson, & Pope, 2002; Wilson & Davis, 2006). However, anecdotal observations from the lead author's intervention development work for formerly incarcerated persons suggests that initial spikes in social support for those leaving prison are followed by slow but steady declines in that social support beginning after the first six months post-incarceration. Thus, if social support deteriorates over time, these short lived interventions are likely not sufficient. These interventions may not be long enough or don't focus enough on stability or retention of social support for long enough. Details: St. Louis: Concordance Institute for Advancing Social Justice, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper # CI42616: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://concordanceinstitute.wustl.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/Deterioration%20of%20Social%20Support%20Post-Incarceration%20for%20Emerging%20Adults.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 147944

Author: Pettus-Davis, Carrie Title: The Five Core Facilitators of Well-Being Development Model; A New Framework for Prisoner Reentry Practice Summary: Every week, nearly 10,000 people release from incarceration around the United States. Driven by punitive policymaking that began in the early 1980s, the rates of individuals cycling in and out of U.S. prisons is unprecedented. Despite a proliferation of prisoner reentry programs designed to reduce reincarceration, recidivism rates remain high. Approximately 77% of people who release from prison are rearrested for a new crime within five years. No standard model of reentry program exists and current approaches to reentry program practice are insufficient. Thus, a new framework for prisoner reentry practice is needed. We propose a new model based on five key mechanisms of action that are empirically and theoretically associated with recidivism. Using prior research, the Five Core Facilitators of Well-Being Development are intermediate outcomes around which reentry programming can be standardized and evaluated. This new framework advances the field toward the next generation of prisoner reentry programs. Details: St. Louis: Concordance Institute for Advancing Social Justice, George Warren Brown School of Social Work, Washington University in St. Louis, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #CI072216: Accessed September 17, 2016 at: https://concordanceinstitute.wustl.edu/SiteCollectionDocuments/The%20Five%20Core%20Facilitators%20of%20Well-Being%20Development%20Model.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 140338

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: More Harm than Good: How Children are Unjustly Tried as Adults in New Orleans Summary: The Orleans Parish district attorney is prosecuting children as adults in unprecedented numbers. Although nothing in the law requires Louisiana prosecutors to charge children as adults, District Attorney Leon Cannizzaro chooses to transfer children to adult court in almost every possible instance. He transfers children who have no prior delinquency record or played a minor role in the alleged crime. He transfers children who have a mental illness or developmental disability. He even transfers children accused of nonviolent offenses. Some of the children he transfers are found innocent of any crime - but only after enduring the stress and danger of the adult system. Prosecuting children as adults is, in fact, Cannizzaro's default practice. Between 2011 and 2015, his office has transferred more than 80 percent of cases involving 15- and 16-year-olds charged with certain offenses where there was an option to prosecute in either juvenile or adult court. Under state law, a judge has no say in these decisions. Discretion rests solely with each parish's district attorney. Cannizzaro has sent 200 children to adult court since assuming office in 2009, but it has not made us safer. Arrests for offenses eligible for transfer to adult court are up. Recent data also show that teenagers prosecuted in Louisiana's juvenile justice system are less likely to reoffend than those prosecuted in the adult system. The district attorney's practice is wrong for New Orleans� children, their families and the community. It does more harm than good. This report by the Southern Poverty Law Center examines the Orleans Parish district attorney's approach to the prosecution of juveniles and the process known as juvenile transfer. It shows that Cannizzaro's use of default transfer is unfair and ineffective - it fails to protect public safety, conserve public dollars, or respond appropriately to juvenile crime. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19. 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/20160217/more-harm-good-how-children-are-unjustly-tried-adults-new-orleans Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 147953

Author: Bhuller, Manudeep Title: Incarceration, Recidivism and Employment Summary: Understanding whether, and in what situations, time spent in prison is criminogenic or preventive has proven challenging due to data availability and correlated unobservables. This paper overcomes these challenges in the context of Norway's criminal justice system, offering new insights into how incarceration affects subsequent crime and employment. We construct a panel dataset containing the criminal behavior and labor market outcomes of the entire population, and exploit the random assignment of criminal cases to judges who differ systematically in their stringency in sentencing defendants to prison. Using judge stringency as an instrumental variable, we find that imprisonment discourages further criminal behavior, and that the reduction extends beyond incapacitation. Incarceration decreases the probability an individual will reoffend within 5 years by 27 percentage points, and reduces the number of offenses over this same period by 10 criminal charges. In comparison, OLS shows positive associations between incarceration and subsequent criminal behavior. This sharp contrast suggests the high rates of recidivism among ex-convicts is due to selection, and not a consequence of the experience of being in prison. Exploring factors that may explain the preventive effect of incarceration, we find the decline in crime is driven by individuals who were not working prior to incarceration. Among these individuals, imprisonment increases participation in programs directed at improving employability and reducing recidivism, and ultimately, raises employment and earnings while discouraging further criminal behavior. Contrary to the widely embraced 'nothing works' doctrine, these findings demonstrate that time spent in prison with a focus on rehabilitation can indeed be preventive. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 22648: Accessed September 19, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22648.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 147955

Author: New York State. Heroin and Opioid Task Force Title: Combatting the Heroin and Opioid Crisis Summary: Across the state the Task Force has heard from families who have loved ones addicted to heroin or other opioids, who have overdosed or have had serious health problems as a result of their addiction. Heroin overdose is now the leading cause of accidental death in the state. Between 2005 and 2014, upstate New York has seen an astonishing 222 percent increase in admissions to OASAS certified treatment programs among those 18 to 24 years of age for heroin and other opioids; Long Island has seen a 242 percent increase among the same age group for heroin and other opioids. In all, approximately 1.4 million New Yorkers suffer from a substance use disorder. Heroin and opioid addiction is now a major public health crisis in New York State. Further work must continue to fully realize the Governor's vision for a more responsive, accessible, and compassionate health care system for patients, as well as stronger education, prevention, and enforcement measures. The Task Force recommends that study and work on these issues continue as a high priority, so that New York can remain in the forefront when it comes to helping patients and their families. New York has taken important steps to address the urgent needs of those in critical condition and to prevent future generations from suffering from the disease of addiction. For the 2016 fiscal year, New York State allocated over $1.4 billion to the Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services (OASAS) to fight this battle including funding for 1,455 beds for patients in crisis; 2,221 beds for inpatient rehabilitation programs; 5,247 beds for intensive residential programs; 2,142 beds for community residential programs; 1,842 beds in supportive living programs; and 265 beds in residential rehabilitation programs for youth. Additionally, OASAS provides more than $74 million to fund prevention services through 165 providers serving communities in every county, including 1,400 schools across the state. The State has also enacted legislation to address this growing epidemic. In 2012 the State enacted the Prescription Drug Reform Act, overhauling the way prescription drugs are dispensed and tracked in New York to improve safeguards for drugs that are prone to abuse. The Act updated the Prescription Monitoring Program (PMP) Registry (also known as I-STOP) to require pharmacies to report information about dispensed controlled substances on a "real time" basis, as well as require health care practitioners to consult the PMP Registry before prescribing or dispensing certain controlled substances most prone to abuse and diversion. The Act also mandated electronic prescription of controlled substances, updated the Controlled Substances Schedules, improved education and awareness efforts for prescribers, and established a safe disposal program for prescription drugs. By the end of 2015, I-STOP had led to a 90 percent decrease in "doctor shopping" - when patients visit multiple prescribers and pharmacies to obtain prescriptions for controlled substances within a three-month time period. Earlier this year, New York State entered into an agreement with New Jersey to share PMP data both ways and prevent "doctor shopping" across state borders. In 2014, the State enacted legislation that granted Good Samaritan protections to individuals who administer an opioid antagonist like naloxone, expanded access to naloxone by allowing nonpatient-specific prescriptions, enacted insurance reforms to improve treatment options for individuals suffering from addiction, directed OASAS to create a wraparound services demonstration program to provide services to adolescents and adults for up to nine months after successful completion of a treatment program, and enhanced penalties to crack down on illegal drug distribution. Despite being on the forefront of nationally-recognized best practices, the epidemic continues to grow in New York. In response, Governor Andrew M. Cuomo convened a team of experienced healthcare providers, policy advocates, educators, parents, and New Yorkers in recovery to serve on a Heroin and Opioid Task Force and develop a comprehensive plan to bring the crisis under control. The Task Force's work was informed by two executive meetings, eight listening sessions across the state, and the 246 comments submitted through www.ny.gov/herointaskforce. This public process resulted in the following recommendations - broken into four areas: prevention, treatment, recovery, and enforcement - to continue to address the crisis. Details: Albany, NY: The Task Force, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2016 at; https://www.governor.ny.gov/sites/governor.ny.gov/files/atoms/files/HeroinTaskForceReport_3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140350

Author: Wolak, Janis Title: Child Victims of Stereotypical Kidnappings Known to Law Enforcement in 2011 Summary: This bulletin summarizes findings on the incidence and characteristics of stereotypical kidnappings of children in 2011 and compares them with 1997 findings. The key findings include the following: - An estimated 105 children were victims of stereotypical kidnappings in 2011, virtually the same as the 1997 estimate. Most kidnappings involved the use of force or threats, and about three in five victims were sexually assaulted, abused, or exploited. - Victims were, most commonly, ages 12 to 17, girls, white, and living in situations other than with two biological or adoptive parents. Half of all stereotypical kidnappings in 2011 were sexually motivated crimes against adolescent girls. - Most perpetrators of 2011 stereotypical kidnappings were male, were ages 18 to 35, and were white or black in equal proportions. About 70 percent were unemployed, and roughly half had problems with drugs or alcohol. - Fewer stereotypical kidnappings ended in homicide in 2011 than in 1997 (8 percent versus 40 percent). Most kidnappers were not violent at first contact with victims; instead, they lured almost 70 percent of victims through deception or nonthreatening pretexts. Kidnappings involving 92 percent of child victims in 2011 ended in recovering the child alive, compared with 57 percent of victims in 1997. - 2011 estimates of child victims being detained overnight were three times the 1997 estimates (80 percent versus 26 percent). - Technologies, such as cell phones and the Internet, helped law enforcement to solve crimes involving two-thirds of the victims. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2016 at: http://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/249249.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 140355

Author: Oudekerk, Barbara A. Title: Co-Offending Among Adolescents in Violent Victimization, 2004-2013 Summary: Presents estimates of nonfatal violent victimizations perceived by the victim to be committed by adolescents ages 12 to 17 during 2004-13. This report compares the characteristics of violent victimizations committed by adolescents acting alone, with other adolescents, and with young adults ages 18 to 29. Victim, offender, and incident characteristics are highlighted, including the type of crime, weapon use, victim injury, and whether reported to police. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey, a self-report survey administered every 6 months to persons age 12 or older from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households. Highlights: Adolescent offenders who acted alone or with others committed 50.0 nonfatal violent victimizations per 1,000 adolescents. Adolescent offenders committed 22% of all violent victimizations, while making up 10% of the U.S. population age 12 or older during this period. In violent victimizations committed by adolescents who acted with at least one other person, co-offenders were most commonly other adolescents (59%) or young adults (28%). More violent victimizations were committed by adolescents who acted alone (64%) than those who acted with co-offenders (36%). Simple assaults made up a greater percentage of violent victimizations committed by adolescents acting alone (77%) or with other adolescents (71%), compared to victimizations by adolescents acting with young adults (53%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/caavv0413.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 140356

Author: Burch, Andrea M. Title: Sheriffs' Office Personnel, 1993-2013 Summary: Presents data on persons employed by the nation's sheriffs' offices on January 1, 2013, and employment trends since 1993. The report includes counts of sworn and civilian personnel by size of office and population served and examines trends on the number of sworn personnel by sex, race, and Hispanic origin. Data on the representation of female officers in supervisory positions are presented for the first time. Findings are based on data from BJS's 2013 Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) survey. Highlights: During 2013, sheriffs' offices accounted for a fifth (20%) of the nation's 15,400 general purpose state and local law enforcement agencies. Sheriffs' offices employed about a third (34%) of all full-time general purpose law enforcement personnel during 2013. About 189,000 (54%) full-time sheriffs' office employees were sworn officers, making up about a quarter (26%) of all full-time general purpose law enforcement personnel in 2013. Between 2007 and 2013, the number of full-time sworn personnel in sheriffs' offices increased by 10%, while civilian personnel decreased by 6%. In 2013, about 14% of full-time sworn officers in sheriffs' offices were female compared to 12% in 2007. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/sop9313.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Agencies Shelf Number: 140357

Author: Berracasa, Colenn Title: The Impact of Ban the Box in the District of Columbia Summary: Why ODCA Did This Audit The District's Fair Criminal Record Screening Amendment Act of 20141 (FCRSA) instructed the Office of the District of Columbia Auditor to provide the D.C. Council with a report on the impact of this act on employers. What We Found This report evaluates the implementation and impact of FCRSA, more commonly known as "ban the box." The law prevents employers located within the District from asking about a job applicant's criminal record until after a conditional offer of employment is made, and the law also limits the reasons for which those employers may retract an offer of employment made to a person with a criminal record. The law is designed to "remove unfair barriers to employment" and allow "returning citizens" - people who have served time in jail or prison and who are reintegrating into society - to get a "foot in the door." This report reflects fieldwork conducted from January through late April 2016. Our research aimed to assess the implementation of the law, to evaluate its effects on hiring outcomes for returning citizens (specifically on hiring within the District government), and to evaluate its impact on private-sector employers. To investigate these questions, we used several methods: analysis of District government administrative data, a private employer survey, and interviews with a subset of private employers. We were limited to reviewing District Department of Human Resources (DCHR) hiring data for District government hires due to lack of availability of the same private-sector data on hiring outcomes for returning citizens. In examining the law's implementation to date, we found that many businesses reported being unfamiliar with the law based on our surveys and interviews. Then, looking at enforcement of the law, we found many complaints against employers filed with the District's Office of Human Rights (OHR) (over 417 within the first nine months); however, 95 addresses account for most of the complaints. Of the 417 complaints, 71 have resulted in monetary settlements and 89 were closed. The complaints data show that some employers did not follow the requirements of the law and thus appear consistent with our survey and interview finding that many employers reported being unfamiliar with the law. These two findings inform our first and second recommendations about the District government's public outreach regarding the law. Additionally, the small number of individuals submitting complaints may indicate that many returning citizens are not aware of their rights under the law; thus, our fourth recommendation suggests the District government review its processes for informing returning citizens of their rights. When analyzing the effects of the law on hiring outcomes for returning citizens, we found that District agencies did increase the share of hires of returning citizens for positions requiring a background check. However, the lack of comparable private-sector data informed our fifth recommendation that the District government conduct further research on hiring outcomes for returning citizens. Finally, in analyzing the law's effect on private employers' hiring practices, we found that the law likely does not apply to many District businesses; in fact, just 25 percent of the businesses we surveyed reporting being subject to the law's effects. Additionally, a majority of employers reported minimal impact on their hiring processes. Finally, a minority of businesses reported some impact, indicating that the law increased the cost, length and/or complexity of their hiring processes. This concern over the burden of the law resulted in our third recommendation that the District government should consider providing technical assistance or tools for private employers to share best practices for complying with the law. Overall, many District businesses interviewed support the spirit of the law. What We Recommend: 1. The Mayor and Council should direct more resources to outreach and public education to ensure that all District businesses are aware of the requirements under FCRSA. 2. The Council should consider including a requirement that implementing agencies develop a public outreach and education plan -and funding to support it - in all future pieces of legislation that make substantial changes to employment law and worker rights. 3. The Mayor should consider instructing relevant District agencies to provide technical assistance or create tools for employers to share best practices to increase compliance and minimize costs and procedural burdens. 4. The District should conduct further research on the impact that FCRSA has had on returning citizens' experiences and job outcomes. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the District of Columbia Auditor, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2016 at: http://www.dcauditor.org/sites/default/files/FCRSA%20-%20Ban%20the%20Box%20Report_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 148135

Author: Gutierrez, Carlos Title: Shared Border, Shared Future: A Blueprint to Regulate US-Mexico Labor Mobility Summary: Mexico and the United States have lacked a bilateral agreement to regulate cross-border labor mobility since 1965. Since that time, unlawful migration from Mexico to the US has exploded. Almost half of the 11.7 million Mexican-born individuals living in the U.S. do not have legal authorization. This vast black market in labor has harmed both countries. These two neighboring countries, with an indisputably shared destiny, can come together to work out a better way. The time has come for a lasting, innovative, and cooperative solution. To address this challenge, the Center for Global Development assembled a group of leaders from both countries and with diverse political affiliations - from backgrounds in national security, labor unions, law, economics, business, and diplomacy - to recommend how to move forward. The result is a new blueprint for a bilateral agreement that is designed to end unlawful migration, promote the interests of U.S. and Mexican workers, and uphold the rule of law. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Global Development, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://www.cgdev.org/sites/default/files/CGD-shared-border-shared-future-report-eng1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 140364

Author: Polaris Project Title: More than Drinks for Sale: Exposing Sex Trafficking in Cantinas & Bars in the U.S. Summary: Across the United States, thousands of Latina women are prisoners of the sex trafficking industry in bars and cantinas. These women are victims of an underground sex economy, run by traffickers who go largely untouched. From December 2007 to March 2016, the National Human Trafficking Resource Center hotline and BeFree Textline identified 1,300 potential victims from Latin America in cantina-related cases in 20 U.S. states and Puerto Rico. Deceived and enticed with false promises of good jobs or a better life, victims are lured to the U.S. by some of the most violent trafficking networks operating in the country and are forced to engage in commercial sex. Polaris's new report More than Drinks for Sale: Exposing Sex Trafficking in Cantinas and Bars in the U.S. details how these commercial-front brothels continue to operate largely unchecked by posing as traditional bars or nightclubs - and highlights the need to eradicate this crime and support its survivors. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Cantinas-SexTrafficking-EN.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 145619

Author: Goggins, Becki Title: State Progress in Record Reporting for Firearm-Related Checks: Protection Order Submissions Summary: A protection order - also known as a restraining order, order of protection, protective order, or an injunction - is an order issued by a civil or criminal court for the purpose of preventing violence or threatening acts or harassment against, sexual violence, or contact or communication with or physical proximity to another person.1 This order may also contain other provisions such as requiring the abuser to relinquish firearms and/or refrain from all contact with the victim of abuse. When the subject of the protection order violates the terms established by the court, the victim can ask law enforcement (or the court) to enforce the order. In 1994, Congress enacted the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), which requires all U.S. states and territories to give "full faith and credit" to all valid orders of protection issued by other jurisdictions including tribal lands, the District of Columbia, and U.S. territories. The intent of this provision is to ensure that victims of abuse can call upon law enforcement for protection no matter where they are in the country. While persons who have been granted protection orders are encouraged to keep a copy of the order with them at all times, sometimes this is simply not practical or even possible. Since many jurisdictions require validation of a protection order if it cannot be visually inspected, it is important that protection orders be entered into the Protection Order File of the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) as this is the best way to ensure that a record of its existence can be confirmed by law enforcement across the nation. For firearm- and explosive-related background checks the federal law contains provisions that narrow the circumstances when a protection order serves as a bar to receiving a firearm. The protection order must restrain the person who is the subject of the protection order from harassing, stalking, or threatening an intimate partner or child of such intimate partner, or prevent the subject of the order from engaging in other conduct that would place the partner or child in reasonable fear of bodily injury. An intimate partner is defined as the spouse of the person, a former spouse of the person, an individual who is a parent of a child of the person, and an individual who cohabits or has cohabited with the person. In addition, the protection order must arise from a hearing in which the subject of the order had both notice and opportunity to participate. Some states have enacted laws expanding the nature of the relationship or types of conduct underlying the issuance of a protection order; these expanded-parameter protection orders serve as state disqualifiers for receiving a firearm. Details: Williamsburg, VA: National Center for State Courts; Sacramento: SEARCH - National Consortium for Justice Information and Statistics, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/249864.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 140374

Author: Cohen, Cathy J. Title: Gun Violence, Policing, and Young Communities of Color Summary: The recent police shootings of Alton Sterling and Philando Castile and the mass shooting at Pulse nightclub in Orlando have received international attention and prompted national discussion on the issue of gun violence. Young people - and particularly young people of color - have been at the center of this conversation. Most of the Pulse victims were Latino/a, and #BlackLivesMatter activists have organized around the country in response to police killings of people of color with Sterling and Castile as only the most recent examples in a long list that includes Tanisha Anderson, Tamir Rice, and Michael Brown. It should come as no surprise that young people of color are leading the response to recent instances of gun violence. Young people do not all experience gun violence at the same rate nor do they feel its consequences evenly. Our research on young adults between the ages of 18 and 29 years old highlights the very different experiences young people have with guns, gun violence, and policing across racial and ethnic groups. Details: Chicago: Black Youth Project, University of Chicago Center for the Study of Race, Politics and Culture, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://raceandpolicing.issuelab.org/resources/25201/25201.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 145622

Author: Goff, Phillip Atiba Title: The Science of Justice: Race, Arrests, and Police Use of Force Summary: Despite the importance of understanding how race intersects with police use of force, little research has used police administrative data to investigate whether or not disparities exist. Because the dominant narrative around race and law enforcement is that crime rates drive police behavior, we used data from the National Justice Database - the Center for Policing Equity's project to provide national-level data and analyses on police behavior - to investigate racial disparities in use of force benchmarking against demographics of local arrest rates. Even though this is a conservative estimate of bias, the analyses of 12 law enforcement departments from geographically and demographically diverse locations revealed that racial disparities in police use of force persist even when controlling for racial distribution of local arrest rates. Additionally, multiple participating departments still demonstrated racial disparities when force incidents were bench-marked exclusively against Part I violent arrests, such that Black residents were still more likely than Whites to be targeted for force. This method is very likely prone to underestimate racial disparities because African Americans are over-represented in violent crime arrests but Part I violent crimes constitute only 1/24th of all arrests nationally (BJS, 2012), and previous research has found arrests for violent crimes to involve police use of force only 1.3 times as often as arrests for all other crimes (Worden, 1995). These disparities were robust across multiple categories of force (hand weapon, OC spray, and Tasers). In addition to these findings and consistent with previous literature, Taser usage represented a large percentage of departments' use of force. Specifically, residents who were targeted for force were far more likely to be targeted by Tasers than by deadly weapons. While previous research has demonstrated the stark rise of Taser usage (Taylor et al., 2011) and its potential to reduce injuries (Alpert et al., 2011), the relatively high incidence of Taser usage relative to all other categories (it was the second most common category across all departments trailing only hand/body weapons) deserves significantly more public and scholarly attention given that Tasers are also the category closest to use of deadly force in most use of force continuums. It is important to be cautious about overgeneralizing these results because of the relatively small number of departments and because we do not know very much about what residents did during the interactions that turned forceful. However, the narrative that crime is the primary driver of racial disparities is not supported within the context of these departments. This suggests that scholars and practitioners should look at racial disparities in other situational factors (e.g., resistance, drug and alcohol use, and officer perceptions of dangerousness) to determine whether or not they explain racial disparities in force. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Policing Equity, 2016. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://policingequity.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/CPE_SoJ_Race-Arrests-UoF_2016-07-08-1130.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 140377

Author: Luca, Michael Title: The Impact of Mass Shootings on Gun Policy Summary: There have been dozens of high-profile mass shootings in recent decades. This paper presents three main findings about the impact of mass shootings on gun policy. First, mass shootings evoke large policy responses. A single mass shooting leads to a 15% increase in the number of firearm bills introduced within a state in the year after a mass shooting. This effect increases with the number of fatalities. Second, mass shootings account for only 0.3% of all gun deaths, but have an outsized influence relative to other homicides. Our estimates suggest that the per-death impact of mass shootings on bills introduced is about 66 times as large as the impact of individual gun homicides in non-mass shooting incidents. Third, when looking at enacted laws, the impact of mass shootings depends on the party in power. A mass shooting increases the number of enacted laws that loosen gun restrictions by 75% in states with Republican-controlled legislatures. We find no significant effect of mass shootings on laws enacted when there is a Democrat-controlled legislature. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, Business School, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 16-126: http://www.hbs.edu/faculty/Publication%20Files/16-126_2f0bfe60-e0c7-4008-8783-9a3853f94e68.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 140378

Author: Tomberg, Kathleen A. Title: Durable Collaborations: The National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention Summary: In 2012, the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College began to publish the results of an assessment conducted between Summer 2011 and Summer 2012. The project measured the effectiveness of the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention. The findings suggested that the initiative was generating important changes in five communities participating in the National Forum (Boston, MA; Detroit, MI; Memphis, TN; Salinas, CA; and San Jose, CA). Survey respondents reported a number of potentially valuable outcomes, including expanded opportunities for youth, improvements in the extent of inter-agency and cross-sector collaborations, and successful efforts to draw upon the knowledge and expertise of a broad range of community members. According to survey respondents, the National Forum cities were developing stronger capacities to reduce youth violence. In 2016, with the support of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, the John Jay research team launched a new iteration of the same survey in all 15 cities then involved in the National Forum. The respondents in the new survey were positive about their growing collaborations and the effectiveness of their strategies for preventing youth violence. As with the previous surveys, the 2016 survey measured the perceptions of community leaders. It was not a direct measure of youth violence. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research and Evaluation Center, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: https://jjrec.files.wordpress.com/2016/06/durablecollaborations2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 145625

Author: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council Title: Illinois Results First: The High Cost of Recidivism Summary: - In 2014, more than 40,000 people were convicted of felonies and 55,000 were convicted of misdemeanors in Illinois. Roughly 97% of those admitted to IDOC eventually return to the community. - Forty-eight percent of those released from prison each year recidivate within three years of release and 19% will recidivate within one year of release. - The average cost associated with one recidivism event is $118,746; approximately $57,418 is attributed to the tangible and intangible costs borne by victims. - Given current recidivism trends, over the next 5 years recidivism will cost Illinois over $16.7 billion. - Cost-benefit analysis can be used to calculate the benefits, measured by reduced recidivism rates, of diversion programs, alternatives to incarceration, and the incarceration of those for whom prison is the appropriate sentence. Details: Springfield, IL: SPAC, 2015. 8p., supplement. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/Illinois_Results_First_1015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 140380

Author: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council Title: Trends Analysis: Unlawful Use of a Weapon Summary: Has increasing the sentencing penalties for unlawful use of a weapon offenses had a positive effect on public safety over the last 10 years? This report uses basic trend analysis to examine whether the increased penalties for unlawful use of a weapon (UUW) offenses preceded any change in measurable public safety outcomes. In this report, measurable public safety outcomes are the number of reported violent gun crime offenses and the rate that UUW offenders are reconvicted of crime within three years of release (i.e., recidivism). If the UUW penalty enhancements were effective deterrents, fewer violent gun crimes would be committed. This analysis finds minimal effects on the public safety outcomes: - The 10-year trends for UUW crimes and overall violent crime, represented by incidents reported in Chicago, matched national downward trends in violent crime - Arrest data indicate that Cook County accounted for 65% of all UUW arrests in 2012 - Recidivism rates for UUW offenders are similar immediately before and after the sentencing enhancements This analysis finds an increase in the number of prisoners held by the state: - The Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC) prisoner population increased after each penalty enhancement This analysis concludes that the increase in UUW prisoners is likely caused by the cumulative effect of (1) a decrease in the use of probation and (2) an increase in technical violations of UUW offenders on supervised release . Details: Springfield, IL: SPAC, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/SPAC_Trends_Analysis_Report_09_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 140381

Author: Goff, Phillip Atiba Title: Science of Justice: City Report Summary: How do you measure justice? It is a question that has confounded scholars, activists, and public servants since before it was even asked. Yet, despite the inherent philosophical, methodological, and logistical difficulties, law enforcement executives are increasingly asked to turn over data with the aim of evaluating how fairly they are doing their jobs. Rather than shrink from this task, courageous executives are seeking out partnerships with prominent researchers to solve this riddle and lead policing in the nation with respect to civil rights and public accountability. The aim of the city reports is to provide law enforcement with a powerful tool towards that end. They are intended as a kind of roadmap of options towards the goal of ensuring equity in public safety. Too often law enforcement data are captured with an eye towards accounting or litigation, and without leveraging the data to optimize performance. The city reports are designed to help fill that gap, providing straightforward statistical answers to some of the most pressing questions that cut across law enforcement agencies. Consequently, we have organized the reports to address the most frequently asked questions we receive from both law enforcement executives and communities over our decades working with both. The questions that motivate the city report are: What data should a department collect? Are the racial disparities we observe evidence of racial bias? If there are biases, does department leadership need to train/select officers differently or should they focus on department policies? If a department does need to train or select its officers differently, what are the factors leadership should consider? And, if a department does need to focus on its policies, how should it do that? Finally, the most common questions we receive from law enforcement executives are: How am I doing? And how do I compare to everybody else? Given how pervasive these questions are, we wanted to provide law enforcement with the analytic tools necessary to understand the world in which they are operating. We have avoided unnecessarily complicated quantitative techniques where possible in order to allow for ease of comprehension and to position departments as best we can to track their progress themselves. Section 1 outlines the data a department gave us, and identifies additional data that would help to further contextualize what we were given. Section 2 prepares a department for what others will see. The analyses do not provide a strong basis for determining whether or not disparities result from bias - particularly the population benchmark analyses. But they do offer a snapshot of what an interested community might see with widely available data. In addition, Section 2 provides information on disparities in treatment after a stop that may warrant a department's attention. Section 3 uses four techniques to help a department decide whether or not any disparities that may have been observed in Section 2 warrant concerns related to biased behavior and/or policies. This section also features comparative analyses of these four indicators, revealing where the department's results stand relative to both national trends and regional ones (where data are available). Section 4 provides measurements of the extent to which observed disparities are due to officer variation as opposed to district or department-wide behaviors. Section 5 reveals how the attitudes of officers influence their orientation towards the department, its policies, and the community. Section 6 provides a unique set of analyses to assess how departmental policies advance the goals of fairness in policing. And, finally, Section 7 provides a summary of the report findings and how the department results compare to regional and national trends for departments who provided the same data. Taken together, we hope that the city report will serve as a step forward in using law enforcement data analytics to shape policing equity. Details: Los Angeles: Center for Policing Equity, 2016. 101. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2016 at: http://policingequity.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/EverytownPD.City_.Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 145607

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of Federal Bureau of Prisons' Contraband Interdiction Efforts Summary: The Federal Bu reau of Prisons (BOP) faces the persistent problem of contraband smuggling. The introduction of contraband can pose grave dangers to BOP staff and the approximately 200,000 federal inmates in BOP custody, as well as to visitors and the public. The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to examine the BOP's security procedures to interdict contraband. We also interviewed representatives from selected state prison systems regard ing their contraband interdiction strategies and staff search policies and procedures. Contraband is defined in 28 C.F.R. � SOO.l(h) as prohibited materials "which can reasonably be expected to cause physical injury or adversely affect the security, safety, or good order of the institution." Such items include weapons, drugs, currency, tobacco, telephones, and electronic devices. According to BOP data, cell phones were the most common type of contraband recovered from fiscal years (FY) 2012 through 2014. An inmate with a cell phone, particularly a smartphone, can carry out criminal activities undetected, including threatening and intimidating witnesses, victims, and public officials, and coordinate escape attempts. The BOP reports that over 8,700 cell phones were recovered during this period, 2,012 more than the next most common contraband type, weapons. The data shows that while cell phone recoveries decreased slightly during this period, recoveries of other contraband, such as weapons, narcotics, and tobacco, increased significantly. However, as described below, we have concerns about the completeness of the BOP's data. Results in Brief The BOP Does Not Have a Comprehensive Contraband Tracking Capability We found that the BOP lacks a comprehensive contraband tracking system, and current data collection methods impede its ability to effectively track contraband recoveries and analyze contraband trends. The BOP has taken steps to automate data collection on contraband recoveries, such as by implementing TRUINTEL, a data base for entering information associated with inmate investigations, including contraband recoveries. However, BOP staff told us TRUINTEL was not designed to be a comprehensive contraband tracking system. We found that TRUINTEL does not provide a complete picture of contraband recoveries because certain contraband may not be entered and multiple contraband items may be entered as only one item. We also found that automated log books used to document contraband recovered during unit searches are not linked to TRUINTEL. With regard to cell phones, TRUINTEL does not capture all data available through the other methods the BOP uses to track recovered cell phones, including both the BOP's unit log books and its "Cell Phones Recovered" reports. Unlike TRUINTEL, the "Cell Phones Recovered" reports include all phones confiscated, regard less of whether the phones are attributed to an inmate; however, these reports lack details that make duplicative entries in TRUINTEL unidentifiable. The BOP Did Not Effectively Implement Its 2013 Staff Search Policy to Deter Staff Introduction of Contraband In a January 2003 report, the OIG recommended that the BOP revise its staff search policy to require searches of staff and their property when entering institutions. After more than 10 years of negotiation with its union, the BOP implemented a new staff search policy in 2013. However, in June 2015, just prior to the completion of our fieldwork for this review, the Federal Labor Relations Authority ordered the BOP to cease and desist using the 2013 staff search policy following a union challenge to it. 1 The BOP then reinstated the policy on March 28, 2016 with minor changes not relevant to this review. As a result, more than 13 years after our 2003 report, the BOP still has no comprehensive and effective staff search policy. We found significant deficiencies with the 2013 policy and its implementation. The policy provided that all staff and their belongings could be searched randomly or based on reasonable suspicion when entering, reentering, or inside an institution or on its grounds. However, the policy did not prescribe any required frequency for conducting random pat searches, resulting in what we found to be infrequent staff pat searches of varying duration. It also allowed staff to possess and use within institutions items, such as tobacco, that are prohibited for inmates. Additionally, despite the BOP concurring in 2003 with the OIG's recommendation that it restrict the size and content of personal property that staff may bring into institutions, the 2013 policy contained no such restrictions. The policy further permitted staff to return to their vehicles to store contraband that had been identified during front lobby screening procedures, unless doing so would jeopardize the safety, security, or good order of the institution, or public safety. Finally, the policy did not ensure that only trained and supervised staff was assigned to front lobby positions, and we found that at some institutions entry-level Information Receptionists were assigned to these positions. Our research also indicated that the staff search policies governing state prison systems are often more strict in many of these areas. The safety and security of staff and inmates will continue to be at risk until the BOP develops and implements a comprehensive and effective staff search policy. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 16-05: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/e1605.pdf#page=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Contraband Good Shelf Number: 145579

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) Initiative: Phase 2 Summary Implementation Findings Summary: "TJC [Transition from Jail to Community] represents an integrated approach spanning organizational boundaries to deliver needed information, services, and case management to people released from jail. Boundary-spanning collaborative partnerships are necessary because transition from jail to the community is neither the sole responsibility of the jail nor of the community. Accordingly, effective transition strategies rely on collaboration among jail- and community-based partners and joint ownership of the problems associated with jail transition and their solutions. The TJC model includes the components necessary to carry out systems change to facilitate successful transition from jail, and it is intended be sufficiently adaptable that it can be implemented in any of the 2,860 jail jurisdictions in the United States ... despite how greatly they vary in terms of size, resources, and priorities ... One of NIC's goals for Phase 2 of the TJC Initiative was to enhance the TJC model and approach to pay greater attention to pretrial practices ... Findings from the Phase 2 process and systems change evaluation are provided in individual site-specific case study reports that focus on how TJC implementation unfolded in the specific context of each participating jurisdiction ... While the TJC Model provides a common framework for TJC work, site priorities, preexisting collaborative relationships, capacity to carry out reentry activities (and where that capacity resides), and site starting points condition how TJC proceeds. However, common themes emerged across the Phase 2 sites, as well as insight into why greater progress was realized in some places more than others. The purpose of this brief is to summarize these themes and relevant information about the sites' implementation experiences-what worked well, what was notable, and what was challenging (p. 3, 5-6, Phase 2 Summary). Seven reports comprise the Transition from Jail to Community (TJC) Initiative Phase 2 Site Reports series: Phase 2 Summary Implementation Findings by Jesse Jannetta, Janeen Buck Willison, and Emma Kurs has these sections: glossary; site implementation themes-leadership and collaboration; targeted intervention strategies; self-evaluation and sustainability; and lessons for changing systems. Implementation Success and Challenges in Ada County, Idaho by Shebani Rao, Kevin Warwick, Gary Christensen, and Colleen Owens; Implementation Success and Challenges in Franklin County, Massachusetts by Willison, Warwick, and Rao; Implementation Success and Challenges in Fresno County, California by Jannetta, Rao, Owens, and Christensen; Implementation Success and Challenges in Hennepin County, Minnesota by Willison, Warwick, and Kurs; Implementation Success and Challenges in Howard County, Maryland by Jannetta, Kurs, and Owens; and Implementation Success and Challenges in Jacksonville, Florida by Willison, Warwick, Kurs, and Christensen. Each of the above six Site Reports contain these sections ; glossary; introduction; TJC structure, leadership, and collaboration; targeted intervention strategies; self-evaluation and sustainability; and conclusion. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 7 reports Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://nicic.gov/library/032726 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 147472

Author: Gewirtz, Marian Title: Post-Disposition Re-Arrests of Juvenile Offenders Summary: In accordance with New York State's Juvenile Offender (JO) Law, youths under age 16 who face serious violent felony charges are brought directly to the adult rather than juvenile court for prosecution. Most of these youths are charged with robbery in the first or second degree, but the list of eligible charges (see Appendix A) also includes murder, manslaughter, burglary, weapons and other offenses. Previous research conducted by the New York City (NYC) Criminal Justice Agency (CJA) documents extremely high rates of recidivism among the youths processed as JOs. CJA's 2015 research on recidivism among JOs attempted to assess the relationship between the outcome of cases involving JOs and the likelihood of re-arrest. However, that research did not consistently differentiate between pre-and post-disposition recidivism. The report discussed here is a follow-up endeavor, again exploring the relationship between case outcome and recidivism for fourteen- and fifteen-year-olds processed as JOs in the adult courts in NYC, but the current research examines only post-disposition re-arrests. Are youths convicted in JO cases at greater risk of re-arrest than are their counterparts whose cases reached other outcomes? The current research focuses on JO cases arraigned since January 1, 2007, that reached a final disposition in the adult court by December 31, 2014. Re-arrest is tracked starting at disposition for youths who were at risk as of that date, or from the youth's date of release after conviction and/or sentencing. In addition to identifying factors predictive of time to the first rearrest and to the first felony-level re-arrest post disposition, this research also looks at the outcome of the re-arrests. That is, this research also examines factors predictive of the first rearrest post disposition that resulted in conviction and the first that resulted in a felony-level conviction. The goal of the research is to determine whether any of these measures of recidivism varies by case outcome. The report begins with a description of the research population, including how time at risk for re-arrest was determined. We then examine post-disposition recidivism in terms of the rates of re-arrests as well as their severity and timing. We also compare the re-arrest rates by selected characteristics of the juveniles (gender, ethnicity and prior arrests) and by selected characteristics of the initial JO case (charge, borough of arrest and release status). Multivariate analyses using Cox proportional hazards regression is used to explore the factors associated with the risk of post-disposition re-arrest. We assess whether the disposition affects the risk of recidivism by building the strongest Cox models and attempting to include the type of disposition as a predictive variable. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.nycja.org/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 140411

Author: Johnson, Jennifer E. Title: Adult Gross Misdemeanor/Misdemeanor and Juvenile Workload Study: Summary report 2012 Summary: Minnesota Department of Corrections (MN DOC) adult misdemeanant and juvenile community supervision agents participated in a workload study in 2008. Understanding that policies and practices change over time, MN DOC reevaluates workload measures every few years. A total of 36 agents from 12 MN DOC districts tracked nearly 800 adult and juvenile offenders to develop an accurate picture of each adult gross misdemeanor/ misdemeanor and juvenile supervision level. There were also tasks that were tracked, including adult pre-sentence investigations; adult and juvenile new clients; juvenile pre-disposition investigations; and adult and juvenile incoming transfer investigations. Offenders were tracked for up to three months. Agents logged their time spent on the selected offenders. As expected, the changes in policies and practices over the last few years impacted the time it takes an agent to supervise an offender. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/pages/files/5013/9084/6227/Adult_Gross_Misdemeanor-Misdemeanor_and_Juvenile_Workload_Study_2012.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 140412

Author: Johnson, Jennifer E. Title: Adult Felon Workload Study: Summary Report 2013 Summary: Minnesota Department of Corrections (MN DOC) felon community supervision agents last participated in a workload study in 2006. Because districts, technology, evidence based practices, policies, etc. continually change how we do business; there is a need to continually study agent workloads every few years. A total of 48 agents from 14 MN DOC districts tracked over 1,000 adult felons to develop an accurate picture of each supervision level. There were also tasks that were tracked, including pre-sentence investigations; new clients; pre-plea bail bond and worksheets/sentencing memos; incoming transfer investigations; and supervised release investigations. Offenders were tracked for up to three months. Agents logged their time spent on the selected offenders. As expected, changes over the last few years impacted the time it takes an agent to supervise an offender. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2013. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.mn.us/pages/files/4313/9084/6228/Adult_Felon_Workload_Study_2013_.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 146041

Author: Wicklund, Peter Title: Lamoille Restorative Center: Resilience Beyond Incarceration Program Outcome Evaluation: Final Report Summary: The Resilience Beyond Incarceration program (RBIP) is a program within the Lamoille Restorative Center, which operates as a non-profit, community-based agency located in Hyde Park, Vermont, serving the Lamoille Valley region. The Resilience Beyond Incarceration Program was formerly called the Community Justice Project (CJP). The earlier evaluations will refer to the CJP. ​The RBIP is a prevention program for children of incarcerated parents. The RBIP's primary goal is to prevent children from becoming involved in the criminal justice system as young adults. The RBIP works to mitigate the trauma associated with parental incarceration and reduce the adverse effects on children. Previous outcome evaluations of the RBIP were conducted in 2012, 2013 and 2014 and were based on adult criminal history records from the Vermont Criminal Information Center (VCIC). For the 2015 study, in addition to the VCIC adult records, for the first time juvenile criminal records were made available for the RBIP participants through the Courts Administrator's Office (CAO). The following section provides an overview of the previous outcome evaluations through 2014, and includes additional summaries of the RBIP participants' juvenile criminal activities during this time period. Details: Montpelier, VT: Crime Research Group, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.crgvt.org/uploads/5/2/2/2/52222091/lrc_-_rbi_outcome_evaluation_report_november_2015rev.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 140414

Author: Harrington, David Title: Interacting with People Experiencing a Mental Health Crisis: Training Outcome Evelution Summary: n 2004, the State of Vermont enacted Act 80 which appropriated funds to the Vermont Attorney General to establish a training program for law enforcement officers to assist them in their interactions with persons exhibiting symptoms of mental illness. Pursuant to Act 80, the Act 80 Advisory Group was created and charged with designing and implementing the training program. The six-hour course which was eventually developed by the Advisory Group was entitled Interacting with People Experiencing A Mental Health Crisis. The goal of the Advisory Group for the training was to train every law enforcement officer in Vermont. The 2014 annual Act 80 report included a recommendation for the Advisory Group to explore methods to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of the current training program. The goals of this evaluation were to gather and analyze data to: 1) identify specific components of the training curriculum that are effective and identify areas where improvements may be required; and 2) create a statistical report describing the nature and circumstances surrounding police contacts with persons who are experiencing mental health issues. Based on a review of the Act 80 Training Program, the Crime Research Group (CRG) developed a survey for distribution to police officers via an online platform (Survey Monkey). ​The second phase of the project focused on an analysis of law enforcement incident data from each of the sample sites. This report provides an outcome evaluation of the training program. Details: Montpelier, VT: Crime Research Group, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.crgvt.org/uploads/5/2/2/2/52222091/crg_report_2016_01_evaluation_act_80.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 140415

Author: Joy, Robin Title: Windham County Electronic Monitoring Program: Process Evaluation Summary: In 2013, the Windham County Sheriff proposed a pilot program to the legislature to "determine if electronically monitored home detention can be utilized for pretrial detention and as a post-adjudication option to reduce Department of Corrections costs, reduce corrections bed space demands, maintain or improve public safety, reduce transportation costs, increase detainee access to services, reduce case resolution time and if the program can be replicated statewide". The Windham County Electronic Monitoring Program (hereafter the EM Program) is the first in the state to provide 24 hour active monitoring of defendants through the use of the Global Positioning System (GPS) and cell tower technology. This process evaluation documents the current practices and procedures of the EM Program. Additionally, we determined if the EM Program was implemented as planned, how it was received by the staff and stakeholders, if there were barriers to program implementation and if so identify the barriers, and documents program improvements. The evaluation captures the strengths and weaknesses of the program and identifies areas where policy or procedure may be enhanced to better serve the goals of the project. Details: Montpelier, VT: Crime Research Group, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.crgvt.org/uploads/5/2/2/2/52222091/windham_process_evaluation_final_process_evaluation_report_~_july_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140416

Author: Garcia-Leys, Sean Title: Mislabeled: Allegations of Gang Membership and Their Immigration Consequences Summary: Gang allegations made by law enforcement agents frequently prevent undocumented immigrants from gaining legal status for which they would be otherwise eligible. These allegations, made without any of the hallmarks of due process, also increase the likelihood an undocumented immigrant will be prioritized for deportation or held in immigration detention. Policy makers, elected officials, and even the law enforcement agents who make these gang allegations are often unaware of the immigration effects of these allegations. This report documents the findings of the UC Irvine School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic (IRC) based on the IRC's legal representation of affected immigrants, collaboration with community organizations and other legal service providers, interviews with law enforcement agents, and review of scholarly literature. First, the IRC found that gang allegations have a high risk of error as they are primarily made based on the subjective beliefs of law enforcement agents in the field and are usually made without any connection to a specific crime. This high risk of error is corroborated by the fact that these allegations are overwhelmingly made against African-Americans and Latinos. Second, the IRC learned that these allegations are stored in computer databases that are networked to other agencies, including Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Third, the IRC learned that these allegations negatively affect the eligibility of undocumented immigrants for Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) and other forms of immigration relief. Fourth, the IRC learned that gang allegations also affect the treatment of immigrants held in immigration detention. Considering these findings, the IRC recommends that law enforcement agencies be required to: (1) provide notice to every person who law enforcement agents document as a gang member, (2) improve existing notice practices, and (3) offer neutral review hearings where people erroneously documented as gang members may contest that documentation. By providing these basic hallmarks of due process to those law enforcement agents suspect of gang membership, the risk of unintended immigration harms to people erroneously documented as gang members can be greatly reduced Details: Irvine, CA: University of California Irvine, School of Law, Immigrant Rights Clinic, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.law.uci.edu/academics/real-life-learning/clinics/ucilaw-irc-MislabeledReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: False Accusations Shelf Number: 140417

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: What is Elder Abuse? A Taxonomy for Collecting Criminal Justice Research and Statistical Data Summary: This report presents a working definition of elder abuse so research and statistical data may be collected uniformly across states and localities with different legal and programmatic definitions of elder abuse. Consistent definitions and counting rules are needed to permit comparisons across jurisdictions and over time. At present, there is no uniform, national-level definition of elder abuse because the social response to elder abuse has mostly occurred at the state and local levels. However, broadly speaking, "elder abuse" and its many variants are understood to encompass a range of violations against vulnerable older adults perpetrated by individuals whom the victim may be expected to trust. For example, the National Research Council has described elder abuse as "(a) intentional actions that cause harm or create a serious risk of harm to a vulnerable elder by a caregiver or other person who stands in a trust relationship to the elder, or (b) failure by a caregiver to satisfy the elder's basic needs or to protect the elder from harm" (Bonnie and Wallace 2003, 1). Correspondingly, not all victimizations of older adults constitute elder abuse. Similar acts without particular victim attributes or victim-perpetrator relationship dynamics might more simply be characterized as assault, rape, theft, or fraud. The taxonomy we present here defines elder abuse along three dimensions - (1) the acts that constitute elder abuse, (2) the characteristics of the victim, (3) the relationship between the victim and perpetrator- and incorporates a fourth dimension to distinguish between criminal and noncriminal acts based on their severity. This taxonomy builds on work conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2014) to define the acts that constitute elder abuse and is supplemented by extant reviews of states' APS laws, policies, and practices, as well as information that the Urban Institute gathered directly from state APS representatives. However, APS agencies may have difficulty reporting statistical data according to this taxonomy because (1) their operational scopes often extend beyond elder abuse and (2) they may lack the data system capacity to distinguish between elder abuse and other types of cases. In the coming months, the Urban Institute will be assessing APS agencies' capacity to collect statistical data on elder abuse. Consequently, this report also presents recommendations on aspects of APS operations and data capacity to assess in support of potential future statistical and research data collection from APS agencies Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/2000813-What-Is-Elder-Abuse-A-Taxonomy-for-Collecting-Criminal-Justice-Research-and-Statistical-Data.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 146056

Author: Washington State Center for Court Research Title: Aggression Replacement Training in a Probation Setting: Outcomes for Youths Starting Treatment January 2010 - September 2012 Summary: In 2004 the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) and Robert Barnoski published an evaluation of several therapeutic programs for juveniles. This evaluation was conducted in accordance with the Community Juvenile Accountability Act (CJAA) passed by the Washington State Legislature in 1997. The central objective of the CJAA was to promote effective approaches to reducing law violating behavior among Washington youth probation supervision and establish which juvenile justice programs demonstrated reductions in recidivism on a cost-effective basis and could earn the label "research-based" or "evidence-based". This process, established by the CJAA, results in the list of evidence-based programs (EBPs), which is updated as new evidence becomes available. Details: Olympia, WA: The Center, 2016. 13p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: https://www.courts.wa.gov/wsccr/docs/ART_Outcomes_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Replacement Training Shelf Number: 146055

Author: Washington State Center for Court Research Title: Functional Family Therapy in a Probation Setting: Outcomes for Youths Starting Treatment January 2010 - September 2012 Summary: In 2004 the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) and Robert Barnoski published an evaluation of several therapeutic programs for juveniles. This evaluation was conducted in accordance with the Community Juvenile Accountability Act (CJAA) passed by the Washington State Legislature in 1997. The central objective of the CJAA was to promote effective approaches to reducing law violating behavior among Washington youth probation supervision and establish which juvenile justice programs demonstrated reductions in recidivism on a cost-effective basis and could earn the label "research-based" or "evidence-based". This process, established by the CJAA, results in the list of evidence-based programs (EBPs), which is updated as new evidence becomes available. Details: Olympia, WA: The Center, 2016. 13p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: https://www.courts.wa.gov/wsccr/docs/FFT_Outcomes_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146054

Author: Coker, Elizabeth Title: Truancy in Washington State: Filing Trends, Juvenile Court Responses, and the Educational Outcomes of Petitioned Truant Youth Summary: Truancy and its correlates, school disengagement and failure, negatively impact life chances for children, the well-being of communities where they live, and the vitality of the state as a whole. The Washington State legislature passed the 1995 "Becca Laws" in response to the case of Becca Hedman, whose chronic truancy and running away from home led to her tragic murder at the age of 12. The Becca Laws are intended to empower families, schools and students to jointly address and overcome barriers to attendance with support from the juvenile courts as necessary1. Since that time, local juvenile courts and school districts across Washington have implemented a variety of programs and practices designed to fulfill the requirements of the Becca Laws while respecting the unique strengths and challenges present in their own communities. Some of these attempts have failed while others have survived and even shown promise over time. All are potentially instructive. Twenty years later, it is time to capitalize on these experiences in order to develop effective truancy intervention programs that reach the students they are meant to serve. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of Community Truancy Boards (CTBs), and yet these model programs are available in only a handful of Washington State juvenile courts. The truancy petition process is meant to provide families, schools and communities with the legal backing needed to enforce school attendance by identifying and removing barriers to attendance, yet barely one-third of eligible students receive truancy petitions. Of those who do receive truancy petitions, few attend school districts that have quality court-school truancy intervention programs in place. The truancy petition process represents the letter of Washington's truancy laws, but ignores their spirit and intent. The intent of the Becca Laws is to unite schools, courts, communities and families in an effort to provide the services needed to help students to overcome their own personal barriers to school attendance. Truancy petitions are a means to this end, if used in that spirit. This is the second in a series of WSCCR reports describing statewide trends in truancy petition filings, school performance and outcomes for petitioned youth, and current truancy prevention and intervention programs in juvenile courts across the state. This report describes the current condition of truancy practices in Washington State from the perspective of the juvenile courts; outlines recent and historical trends in truancy petition filings; and reports on the educational progress and 3-year outcomes of students who were petitioned truant during the 2010/11 academic year (AY). Drawing from a statewide survey of juvenile courts, linked juvenile court and education data, and other sources, the two studies reported herein describe the common educational pathways of truant youths, both before and after court contact, and provide an overview of the current range of juvenile court responses to truancy in Washington State Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: https://www.courts.wa.gov/wsccr/docs/WSCCRTruancyUpdate2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 140422

Author: George, Thomas Title: Truancy in Washington State: Trends, Student Characteristics, and the Impact of Receiving a Truancy Petition Summary: Using multiple research methods, this study examined recent trends, student characteristics, and the impact of receiving a truancy petition on youth outcomes over the past several years and from a variety of perspectives. It draws on numerous published reports, a newly created educational research database containing nearly one million student records, over 1,000 responses on a recently developed risk and needs assessment administered to youths and their parents, and a comprehensive court contact and recidivism database detailing youths' court histories Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 22, 2016 at: https://www.courts.wa.gov/wsccr/docs/TruancyEvalReport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 145576

Author: O'Keefe, Marueen Title: Effectiveness of Arrowhead and Peer I Therapeutic Communities Summary: The therapeutic community (TC) model has been widely implemented in response to the demand for more treatment options for offenders. The effectiveness of the TC in reducing drug use and criminal behavior among offender populations has made it one of the preferred treatment modalities in prisons and community corrections programs. Success of the TC modality in effectively treating substances abusers has been linked to the programs' ability to retain clients. The longer the clients remain in treatment the lower their chance of recidivating. Fixed and dynamic client factors have been studied to determine their predictive ability in helping to retain clients. Although dynamic factors appear to be better predictors, results are often sporadic. Research has also discovered the most prominent factors contributing to successful outcomes include appropriate matching of client needs to programming, retention and length of stay, and a continuum of care. Study Goals The objective of the present study aims to establish the effectiveness of Colorado's implementation of the prison plus community TC model by examining different factors in three distinct studies. The two programs evaluated in these studies are the substance abuse TC at the Arrowhead Correctional Center (ACC) and the Peer I TC. Together these programs provide a continuum of care for high risk substance abusing felons. - Study 1: Examined factors related to retention in the ACC TC where a high percentage of inmates do not complete the program. - Study 2: Analyzed the outcomes of felons with varying amounts of treatment and examined client factors related to successful outcomes post-prison release. This is a large scale analysis of quantitative data comparing study groups with different levels of involvement in the TC programs across multiple outcome variables, including rearrest and return to prison. - Study 3: Explored potential barriers and supports that offenders face when returning to the community and how this might impact their outcomes. Findings Effectiveness of TC Model in Colorado. Results found that offenders who complete the ACC TC and continue on to Peer I have the lowest rate of community supervision failures (i.e., return to prison or rearrest for new crime) at 1- and 2-year follow up periods. Even though the effect declines over time, a continuum of intensive prison and community services significantly reduces recidivism risk over longer follow-up periods. - The group who participated in both TCs had a 78% reduction in 1-year recidivism and a 42% reduction in 2-year recidivism over an untreated comparison group. - Participants who successfully completed ACC TC but had no community TC involvement showed reductions of 12% and 14% for the 1-year and 2-year outcomes, respectively. - Participants who received treatment only at Peer I TC showed reductions of 10% and 3% for 1-year and 2-year outcomes respectively. - Participants who unsuccessfully terminated from the ACC TC had similar rates of recidivism as the control group. Client Profiles. No stable client profiles emerged from the results that would predict outcomes; however there do appear to be personality traits that distinguish those who are more likely to complete treatment from those who do not. - Clients who quit or expelled from the ACC TC were less likely to be married and more likely to exhibit narcissistic personality disorder, schizotypal and paranoid personality disorders, and early childhood conduct problems. This personality profile typifies individuals who may find it difficult to adapt to and succeed in the TC environment because of the specific treatment techniques employed. - Motivation was not found to have a statistical relationship with retention in the ACC TC. This finding is in contrast to the findings in Study 2 which found that motivation played a role in group membership, meaning participants attending both TC programs were more highly motivated. Factors Related to Successful Outcomes. Offenders releasing to the community from prison face a great number of challenges and barriers, including criminal justice supervision, employment, housing, and finances. In addition, their addiction poses a great risk to their ability to remain in the community; relapse is highly correlated with return to prison. Successful participants indicated that they had made an internal decision to change; correspondingly, their decisions relating to criminal justice supervision, employment, housing, and other transition barriers were made with recovery foremost in their thinking. - Finding initial employment and housing was not reported as a challenge for participants; they did not view their felony status as an obstacle in finding either. However, in the future as they seek more desirable positions and living arrangements their backgrounds might prove more problematic. - Motivation as measured herein was not statistically related to outcomes. However, case study participants with successful outcomes expressed high levels of internal and external motivation in contrast to those who were unsuccessful. - The ability to find and maintain positive social support was critical to successful outcomes in the community. Individuals who returned to old neighborhoods and peer groups or had family members with addiction or criminal involvement tended to return to their old patterns of behavior. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: Colorado Department of Corrections; University of Colorado at Colorado Springs, 2004. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at:http://hermes.cde.state.co.us/drupal/islandora/object/co%3A3042/datastream/OBJ/view Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146053

Author: Mohler, George O. Title: Randomized controlled field trials of predictive policing Summary: The concentration of police resources in stable crime hotspots has proven effective in reducing crime, but the extent to which police can disrupt dynamically changing crime hotspots is unknown. Police must be able to anticipate the future location of dynamic hotspots to disrupt them. Here we report results of two randomized controlled trials of near real-time Epidemic Type Aftershock Sequence (ETAS) crime forecasting, one trial within three divisions of the Los Angeles Police Department and the other trial within two divisions of the Kent Police Department (UK). We investigate the extent to which i) ETAS models of short term crime risk outperform existing best practice of hotspot maps produced by dedicated crime analysts, ii) police officers in the field can dynamically patrol predicted hotspots given limited resources, and iii) crime can be reduced by predictive policing algorithms under realistic law enforcement resource constraints. While previous hotspot policing experiments fix treatment and control hotspots throughout the experimental period, we use a novel experimental design to allow treatment and control hotspots to change dynamically over the course of the experiment. Our results show that ETAS models predict 1.4-2.2 times as much crime compared to a dedicated crime analyst using existing criminal intelligence and hotspot mapping practice. Police patrols using ETAS forecasts led to a average 7.4% reduction in crime volume as a function of patrol time, whereas patrols based upon analyst predictions showed no significant effect. Dynamic police patrol in response to ETAS crime forecasts can disrupt opportunities for crime and lead to real crime reductions. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://paleo.sscnet.ucla.edu/MohlerEtAl-2015-JASA-Predictive-InPress.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Forecasting Shelf Number: 146052

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Untimely Releases of Inmates Summary: Following news reports that the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) had confined an inmate for 13 months past his correct release date, the Department of Justice (Department) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated an examination of the BOP's process for ensuring federal inmates are released on their correct release dates and the incidences of releases before or after the correct release date due to staff error between 2009 and 2014. We found that of the 461,966 inmate releases between 2009 and 2014, the BOP categorized 157 as untimely due to staff error. We also learned that the BOP classifies a far greater number - 4,183 - as untimely for other reasons. According to the BOP, the vast majority of non-staff error "untimely" releases were due to situations that are beyond its control, such as amended sentences that result in shorter sentences than the time an inmate had already served. Also, data and information we reviewed indicates that other entities inside and outside the Department may sometimes contribute to untimely releases. Although BOP officials told us that it was highly unlikely that staff error on the part of a Department entity contributed to any of the 4,183 cases, they could not rule out the possibility and we found that the BOP does not always have complete information about the circumstances of untimely releases to which other entities contribute. We therefore concluded that the Department should work with all relevant entities, both within and outside the Department, to review the full range of possible reasons for untimely releases and how to address those that are in any way preventable. With regard to the 157 untimely releases that BOP categorized as due to staff error, 152 were late releases and 5 were early releases. We found that three of the late releases and three of the early releases involved an error resulting in more than 1 year of over- or under-served time by the inmate. Table 1 displays the number of days of over- or under-served time for the 157 untimely releases. While the 157 untimely releases due to staff error was rare compared to the 461,966 releases by BOP during the 6-year period of our review (an error rate of 0.03 percent), the consequences of an untimely release can be extraordinarily serious. Late releases from prison deprive inmates of their liberty, while early releases can put communities at risk if the inmates are dangerous. Early releases also can harm an inmate and the inmate's family, particularly if the inmate's efforts to gain employment and reestablish ties with the community are interrupted by a re-arrest for the purpose of completing the sentence. Late releases also are costly: in addition to BOP costs associated with the unauthorized period of incarceration, there is the potential for significant compensatory judgments to those inmates who suffered an unconstitutional deprivation of their liberty. For the 152 late releases, we estimated the total cost to the BOP, exclusive of litigation and settlement costs, to be approximately $669,814. In addition, between 2009 and 2015, the Department settled four lawsuits by inmates alleging untimely release, one for $90,000; another for $120,000; another for $295,000; and the fourth for $175,000. This does not include additional costs the Department incurred as a result of these cases, such as salary costs expended to handle the lawsuits. Additionally, untimely releases, whether early or late, contravene judicial sentencing orders, yet the BOP does not have in place a process to consider whether to notify the sentencing court of an untimely release. We found that, for late releases, the BOP notifies the relevant U.S. Probation office but does not separately notify the sentencing court or the U.S. Attorney's Office that handled the case. For early releases, we found that BOP policy requires Wardens to notify "the appropriate Judicial Official(s)" when an inmate who is deemed to be a threat to the community is released early and when any inmate is released more than 30 days early. Despite this policy, we found no such notifications occurred for the four untimely early releases of 30 days or more that we reviewed. We found that 127 of the 157 untimely releases due to staff error were the result of errors made at BOP's Designation and Sentence Computation Center (DSCC). (The DSCC performs the vast majority of sentence computations the BOP uses to determine an inmate's release date.) The other 30 untimely releases were the result of staff errors at non-DSCC entities, such as BOP institutions, BOP Residential Reentry Management field offices, Residential Reentry Centers (previously known as Community Corrections Centers), and private contract prisons. Prior to 2005, when the BOP consolidated sentence computation functions in the DSCC, individual BOP facilities across the country had performed sentence computation. The BOP transitioned sentence computations to the DSCC in order to consolidate BOP sentence computation functions, reduce costs, and ensure consistent application of laws and BOP policies. This change also helped reduce the number of untimely releases caused by staff error. Based on BOP data, we determined that during the 6-year period from 1999 and 2004 there were approximately 344 untimely releases due to staff error (around 0.1 percent of all releases) compared to 157 (around 0.03 percent of all releases) between 2009 and 2014. We concluded that the most common sentence computation errors resulted from incorrect application of jail credit, incorrect determinations of primary jurisdiction between federal and state custody, and errors relating to concurrent versus consecutive sentences for defendants with multiple unexpired incarceration sentences. We also found that poor communication with outside entities - including local jails, courthouses, state departments of corrections, Native American reservations, the U.S. Marshals Service, and others - resulted in DSCC staff not obtaining complete and accurate sentencing information or interpreting sentencing information incorrectly, leading to untimely releases. The BOP has several processes in place to prevent untimely release. One is to conduct a final release audit 12 months prior to an inmate's scheduled release date to discover and correct any errors and to have the ability to account for any reduced sentence time. However, we found that in some cases 12 months is not early enough to discover and correct the error and prevent the untimely release. Specifically, 14 of the 19 errors discovered by final release audits might not have resulted in untimely releases had the audits occurred 18 months before the inmate's scheduled release date. Had the final release audit occurred 24 months prior to the release date, an additional 4 of the 19 errors might have been discovered in time to prevent the untimely release. Therefore, we recommend that BOP explore and implement additional sentence calculation processing or auditing strategies, taking into account that conducting final release audits only 12 months before an inmate's projected release date has led to preventable untimely releases. We also noted that the DSCC holds education events that bring together officials from the DSCC as well as outside the BOP (including U.S. District Court Judges, Federal Public Defenders, and U.S. Probation Office staff) to inform them about topics relating to DSCC operations, such as sentence computations. In our judgment, these events could help prevent untimely releases if the BOP included factors that can affect its ability to release inmates on time, including showing attendees how conflicting information can lead to incorrect sentence computations. This report contains three case studies profiling inmate releases that were more than 1 year late. The report also makes seven recommendations for the BOP to help reduce untimely releases due to staff error. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 16-03 : Accessed September 23, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/e1603.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Prisons Shelf Number: 146051

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Combating Wildlife Trafficking: Are Taking a Range of Actions, but the Task Force Lacks Performance Targets for Assessing Progress Summary: Illegal trade in wildlife-wildlife trafficking - continues to push some protected and endangered animal species to the brink of extinction, according to the Department of State. Wildlife trafficking undermines conservation efforts, can fuel corruption, and destabilizes local communities that depend on wildlife for biodiversity and ecotourism revenues. This trade is estimated to be worth $7 billion to $23 billion annually. In 2013, President Obama issued an executive order that established the interagency Task Force charged with developing a strategy to guide U.S. efforts on this issue. GAO was asked to review U.S. government efforts to combat wildlife trafficking. This report focuses on wildlife trafficking in Africa, particularly of large animals, and examines, among other things, (1) what is known about the security implications of wildlife trafficking and its consequences, (2) actions Task Force agencies are taking to combat wildlife trafficking, and (3) the extent to which the Task Force assesses its progress. GAO analyzed agency documents and met with U.S. and host country officials in Washington, D.C.; Kenya; South Africa; and Tanzania. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that the Secretaries of State and the Interior and the Attorney General of the United States, as co-chairs, jointly work with the Task Force to develop performance targets related to the National Strategy for Combating Wildlife Trafficking Implementation Plan. Agencies agreed with GAO's recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-16-717: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/679968.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 146049

Author: Strong, Suzanne M. Title: Census of Problem-Solving Courts, 2012 Summary: Describes type, location, and characteristics of all known problem-solving courts in 2012. Types of problem-solving courts include drug, mental health, family, youth specialty, hybrid DWI/drug, DWI, domestic violence, veterans, tribal wellness, and other specialty courts. The report presents information on various aspects of problem-solving courts, such as funding sources, disqualifying offenses, points of entry, status hearings, services, and benefits to participants. It also examines differences between adult and juvenile drug and mental health courts. Data are from the 2012 Census of Problem-Solving Courts. Highlights: In 2012, 65% of all problem-solving courts accepted cases after the defendant entered a guilty plea. „„ More than half (56%) of problem-solving courts in 2012 did not accept applicants with a history of violent crime and nearly two-thirds (65%) did not accept applicants with a history of sex offenses. „„ „„ In 38% of veterans courts and 11% of domestic violence courts, applicants with a history of violent crime were ineligible. „„ „„ Fifty-three percent of all problem-solving courts active in 2012 were established prior to 2005. „„ Most veterans courts (55%) were established between 2011 and 2012 Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cpsc12.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Problem-Solving Courts Shelf Number: 140435

Author: Long, Wei Title: Does Longer Incarceration Deter or Incapacitate Crimes? New Evidence from Truth-in-Sentencing Reform Summary: This paper estimates how violent crimes respond to a policy change which requires violent offenders to serve a substantial propertion of their sentenced terms before being eligible to release to community supervision. Focusing on states with effective TIS laws which meet the federal 85 percent rule, we utilize the differences-in-differences design to investigate both deterrent and incapacitative effect of TIS on crimes. We observe statistically significant -7 percent deterrent effect of TIS on growth of violent crime two years after its passage. A series of placebo tests confirm the robustness of the estimates and inferences. In the long-run, additional incapacitative effect also becomes significant, making the treatment effect of TIS even greater in magnitude. Even though insignificant in the first two years after TIS was passed, growth of non-violent property crime rates decreases by 7 percent in the long-run in TIS states, indicating relative greater importance of incapacitative effect which locks up offenders who commit both types of crimes. A rough approximation shows that TIS is an economically efficient method to decrease crimes. Details: New Orleans, LA: Tulane University, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Tulane Economics Working Paper Series 1607: Accessed September 23, 2016 at: http://econ.tulane.edu/RePEc/pdf/tul1607.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 146112

Author: Seevers, Rachel Title: Making Hard Time Harder: Programmatic Accommodations for Inmates with Disabilities Under the Americans with Disabilities Act Summary: The disproportionate incarceration of people with disabilities in the United States is a serious and growing problem. As the prison population ages, more inmates are reporting physical disabilities. 1 The U.S. has also seen a rise in the number of people with mental illness and developmental and cognitive disabilities in prison. 2 National surveys now indicate that as many as 31 percent of inmates in state prisons report having at least one disability. 3. While prison is hard for everyone, incarceration is even more challenging for inmates with disabilities. Research shows that inmates with disabilities are sentenced to an average of fifteen more months in prison as compared to other inmates with similar criminal convictions. 4 The time they serve is also harder, with more sanctions imposed and less access to positive programming than other inmates. 5 Prisoners with disabilities are also four times more likely to report recent psychological distress as compared to inmates without disabilities. 6. In a system intended to control and sanction behavior believed to violate the many regulations that govern prison life, inmates with disabilities who need accommodations are often overlooked, ignored, or even punished. Very few outsiders are allowed into the prisons, and the public rarely gets to witness the conditions in which many inmates are confined. In recent years, protection and advocacy agencies (P&As), organizations granted with special federal authority to enter facilities that serve people with disabilities, have been going behind prison walls to identify issues facing inmates with disabilities. P&As have received reports of inmates forced to drag themselves across their cell or sleep on the floor because their cane or walker was removed. Inmates with cognitive disorders, intellectual disabilities, or mental illness have sought assistance because they are unable to complete the programming required to move out of restrictive housing, forcing them to remain in segregation for years, if not decades. These same inmates may be punished for failing to follow the written rules of the prison, rules they either cannot read or cannot understand due to a disability, resulting in sanctions, loss of good time, or even additional criminal charges. Inmates in need of therapeutic diets or those who require assistance in activities of daily living often find themselves caught in an endless cycle of institutional grievances and appeals as they seek approval for accommodations in correctional policy and practice. In recognition of the growing population of inmates with disabilities, in 2012 Disability Rights Washington, the P&A for Washington State, began focusing more attention on the state's prisons, investigating the conditions of these correctional settings and working on creative solutions to some of the most serious problems faced by inmates with mental illness, brain injuries, and physical and intellectual disabilities. In early 2014, with increased funding through a private grant, Disability Rights Washington created Amplifying Voices of Inmates with Disabilities (AVID), a project with the sole purpose of protecting and advancing the rights of inmates with disabilities and assisting those who are reentering society.8 In September 2014, AVID brought together staff from the P&As in New York, South Carolina, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, and Texas, as well as from the National Disability Rights Network, to strategize about ways to increase national attention on the issues faced by inmates with disabilities. This report, which has grown out of that collaborative national effort, aims to highlight the difficulties that inmates with disabilities face as they seek to access programs and services in state prison systems. P&As from across the country provided examples of either past or ongoing advocacy to enforce the protections of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) on behalf of inmates with disabilities. By no means exhaustive, this report provides an overview of the protections afforded to inmates with disabilities under the ADA as well as examples in which P&As have advocated effectively on behalf of inmates with disabilities. This advocacy is multi-modal, ranging from routine monitoring, to informal and individual advocacy, to systemic litigation. This report begins with a brief overview of the P&A system, describes the different types of advocacy P&As use, and outlines the ADA's application to prisons. Next, this report details the work P&As across the country have done to advance inmates' rights under the ADA, focusing on three main areas of prison life: (1) hygiene, health, and safety, (2) accommodations in communication, and (3) access to programming and services. A review of this work reveals that while the ADA has been in place for more than 25 years, much remains to be done to bring programs and buildings in the nation's prisons into compliance with the requirements of the ADA. This report concludes with a series of recommendations for future action. Highlights from those recommendations include: 1) Increased federal funding to the P&A network for corrections-based monitoring and advocacy; 2) Creation of independent corrections ombuds offices at the state level in order to address inmate concerns before they rise to the level of litigation; 3) Systemic accessibility reviews by state departments of corrections to identify both physical and programmatic barriers for inmates with disabilities; 4) Increased training for prison ADA coordinators and collaboration between these staff members and the local P&As to address inmate concerns. Ultimately, this report is intended to spur interest and action within the P&A network and other prison advocacy groups and increase focus on what has become a crisis within the nation's prison system. Details: Seattle, WA: Washington, DC: Disability Rights Washington, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://drme.org/assets/uncategorized/making-hard-time-harder-pdf-version.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Developmental Disabilities Shelf Number: 146106

Author: Loudenburg, Roland Title: South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program Evaluation Supplemental Findings Report Summary: The South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program was developed in direct response to an overwhelming need to address repeat impaired driving offenses in South Dakota. The 24/7 Sobriety Program addresses the problem in a nontraditional manner by requiring impaired driving offenders to completely abstain from alcohol and provide breath tests twice daily at approximately 12 hour intervals. An external evaluation firm was engaged to evaluate the effectiveness of the program and an initial evaluation report was released in December 2011, which included data from 2005 thru December 2010. Since the release of the initial report, an additional year of recidivism data is available in order to evaluate the trends demonstrated in the initial report. This updated report evaluates and updates the South Dakota 24/7 Sobriety Program's overall effectiveness in reducing DUI recidivism among PBTx2 participants through data review and statistical analysis. The report is prepared in conjunction with the South Dakota Attorney General's Office and the South Dakota Department of Public Safety. This report utilizes participant data maintained on the Attorney General's Office 24/7 Sobriety Program web based database (24/7 Database) and offender data maintained by the Unified Judicial System (UJS). Initial sections of the report provide a general description of the 24/7 Sobriety Program, participants, and a summary of test results for twice a day PBT testing (PBTx2). Later sections of the report focus on recidivism analysis of DUI offenders participating in PBTx2. In those later sections, DUI recidivism rates for program participants are compared to nonparticipants using three approaches. Driving under the influence of alcohol and drugs is a serious public health and safety problem in the United States. In 2007, impaired drivers with a BAC (blood alcohol content) of .08 or above were responsible for 32% of all traffic fatalities. National statistics reported by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) indicate that approximately one-third of all first-time DUI offenders will have a second DUI offense. In addition, DUI offenders are more likely to be involved in future fatal car crashes than non-DUI offenders. Felony DUI offenses (a third or subsequent DUI offense within ten years of a DUI conviction), vehicular homicide and vehicular battery cases account for approximately 35% of all felony convictions in South Dakota. Between 1996 and 2007, felony DUI offenses and felony drug offenses accounted for approximately 60% of the total felony convictions in South Dakota. Analysis of South Dakota Department of Corrections data indicates that 12.56% of the state prison population is incarcerated for a DUI offense . In FY2011, 90% of men and 95% of women sentenced to the South Dakota Penitentiary had an alcohol or illegal drug dependency. To date, traditional DUI offense intervention efforts that include a combination of education and sanctions report only a modest 7% - 9% reduction in recidivism rates for future impaired driving offenses. While generic alcohol ignition interlock devices are effective while physically installed within an individual's vehicle, recidivism rates are not sustained after removal of the device. More effective strategies to reduce repeat impaired driving offenses are necessary. In 2011, Administrative Rule 2:06 was updated to include the use of ignition interlock devices. With an additional year of data, South Dakota's effort to address DUI recidivism through the 24/7 Sobriety Program continues to show results. The PBTx2 test result data examined in this evaluation reveals that individuals are maintaining a very high level of sobriety while on the 24/7 Sobriety Program. With a sample size of just over 1 million recorded PBTx2 test results, only .6% was recorded as a Failure. Over 53% of the 4,680 24/7 Sobriety Program participants in the sample did not fail a PBTx2 test, and only 9.4% had four or more Failures during a testing period that averaged approximately 120 days. An analysis of PBTx2 participants compared to control groups shows a continued pattern of lower recidivism rates by participants, and suggests that the program clearly has a sustained effect on recidivism rates after program completion. PBTx2 participants generally had lower recidivism rates at one, two, three, and four years when compared to controls. Notably, 12.7% of DUI 2nd offenders not on the program committed another DUI offense within three years, while only 5.9% of the 24/7 Sobriety Program participants committed another DUI within a three-year period. The lower recidivism rate for participating DUI 2nd offenders is statistically significant. The analysis also suggests the 24/7 Sobriety Program is statistically significant in lowering recidivism for DUI offenders who remain on the program for 30 or more consecutive days. Details: Salem, SD: Mountain Plains Evaluation, 2012. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://apps.sd.gov/atg/dui247/AnalysisSupplementalSD24.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 146105

Author: Frase, Richard S. Title: Criminal History Enhancements Sourcebook Summary: An offender's criminal history (record of prior convictions) is a major sentencing factor in all American jurisdictions that have implemented sentencing guidelines - offenders in the highest criminal history category often have recommended prison sentences that are many times longer than the recommended sentences for offenders in the lowest category. Criminal history sentence enhancements thus substantially increase the size and expense of prison populations; and since offenders with higher criminal history scores tend to be older, the result is often to fill expensive prison beds with offenders who are past their peak offending years. Such enhancements also have a strong disparate impact on racial and ethnic minorities, and undercut the goal of making sentence severity proportional to offense severity. The Criminal History Project of the Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice surveys the widely varying criminal history formulas found in guidelines systems, and encourages these systems to examine their use of criminal history to determine whether it is operating in a just and cost-effective manner. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota, 2016. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/criminal-history-enhancements-sourcebook/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Shelf Number: 140451

Author: Ruhland, Ebony Title: The Continuing Leverage of Releasing Authorities: Findings from a National Survey Summary: he Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice launched a national survey of releasing authorities in March 2015 to each state, and the U.S. Parole Commission. The importance of the survey was underscored by an endorsement from the Association of Paroling Authorities International (APAI). We are pleased to present the results from this important survey here. This is the first comprehensive survey of parole boards completed in nearly 10 years. Its findings provide a rich database for better understanding the policy and practice of paroling authorities. The last survey to be conducted of paroling authorities was in 2007/2008.The current report offers an expansion and update of previous surveys. The results summarized throughout the report offer a timely resource for paroling authorities, correctional policy-makers and practitioners, legislators, and those with a public policy interest in sentencing and criminal justice operations. It is our hope that the document and its findings provide key justice system and other stakeholders with an incisive snapshot of the work of paroling authorities across the country in a manner that contributes to a larger conversation about sound and effective parole release and revocation practices. The completion of this comprehensive survey and the reporting of its findings offers a timely and invaluable resource for releasing authorities. It provides them and other key justice system stakeholders with a comparative understanding of their colleagues� work across the nation, and contributes to a larger conversation pertaining to effective parole release and revocation practices. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/continuing-leverage-releasing-authorities-findings-national-survey Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 140452

Author: Harvard Law School. Criminal Justice Policy Program Title: Confronting Criminal Justice Debt: A Guide for Policy Reform Summary: This report is part of Confronting Criminal Justice Debt: A Comprehensive Project for Reform, a collaborative project by Criminal Justice Policy Program (CJPP) at Harvard Law School and the National Consumer Law Center (NCLC). This project includes three parts designed to assist attorneys and advocates working on reform of criminal justice debt:  Confronting Criminal Justice Debt: The Urgent Need for Comprehensive Reform (CJPP and NCLC),  Confronting Criminal Justice Debt: A Guide for Litigation (NCLC), and  Confronting Criminal Justice Debt: A Guide for Policy Reform (CJPP). Details: Cambridge, MA: Criminal Justice Policy program, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://cjpp.law.harvard.edu/assets/Confronting-Crim-Justice-Debt-Guide-to-Policy-Reform-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 140454

Author: U.S. President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology Title: Forensic Science in Criminal Courts: Ensuring Scientific Validity of Feature-Comparison Methods Summary: "Forensic science" refers to the application of scientific or technical practices to the recognition, collection, analysis, and interpretation of evidence for criminal and civil law or regulatory issues. Developments over the past two decades-including wrongful convictions in which forensic science has played a role and scientific studies of forensic science methods-have called increasing attention to the question of the scientific validity and reliability of some important forms of forensic evidence and of testimony based upon them. The study that led to the report was a response to the President's question to his PCAST in 2015, as to whether there are additional steps on the scientific side, beyond those already taken by the Administration in the aftermath of a highly critical 2009 National Research Council report on the state of the forensic sciences, that could help ensure the validity of forensic evidence used in the Nation's legal system. PCAST concluded that two important gaps warranted the group's attention: (1) the need for clarity about the scientific standards for the validity and reliability of forensic methods and (2) the need to evaluate specific forensic methods to determine whether they have been scientifically established to be valid and reliable. The study aimed to help close these gaps for a number of forensic "feature-comparison", methods-specifically, methods for comparing DNA samples, bitemarks, latent fingerprints, firearm marks, footwear, and hair. In the course of its year-long study, PCAST compiled and reviewed a set of more than 2,000 papers from various sources, educated itself on factual matters relating to the interaction between science and the law, and obtained input from forensic scientists and practitioners, judges, prosecutors, defense attorneys, academic researchers, criminal-justice-reform advocates, and representatives of Federal agencies. The report released today discusses the role of scientific validity within the legal system; explains the criteria by which the scientific validity of forensic methods can be judged; applies those criteria to the forensic feature-comparison methods mentioned above; and offers recommendations on Federal actions that could be taken to strengthen forensic science and promote its rigorous use in the courtroom. The recommendations-which are directed at the National Institutes of Standards and Technology (NIST), the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Laboratory, the Attorney General, and the judiciary-include the following: NIST should perform evaluations, on an ongoing basis, of the scientific validity of current and newly developed forensic feature-matching technologies and should issue an annual public report on the results. NIST should take a leadership role in transforming three important feature-comparison methods - DNA analysis of complex mixtures, latent-fingerprint analysis, and firearms analysis - from currently subjective methods, with their heavy reliance on human judgement, into objective methods, in which standardized, quantifiable processes require little or no judgment. OSTP should coordinate the creation of a national forensic science research and development strategy. The FBI Laboratory should undertake a vigorous research program to improve forensic science, building on its recent important work on latent-fingerprint analysis. The Attorney General should direct attorneys appearing on behalf of the Department of Justice (DOJ) to ensure expert testimony in court about forensic feature-comparison methods meets the standards of scientific validity. The Attorney General should revise and reissue for public comment the DOJ proposed "Uniform Language for Testimony and Reports" and supporting documents to bring them into alignment with standards for scientific validity. When deciding the admissibility of expert testimony, Federal judges should take into account the appropriate scientific criteria for assessing scientific validity. PCAST believes the findings and recommendations will be of use both to the judiciary and to those working to strengthen forensic science. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2016. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/microsites/ostp/PCAST/pcast_forensic_science_report_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 140456

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Voices From Clinton: First-Hand Accounts of Brutality, Torture, and Cover-Up from People Incarcerated at an Infamously Abusive New York State Prison Summary: New York State prisons are plagued by a pervasive and entrenched culture of staff brutality, violence, abuse, racism, dehumanization, and intimidation, as well as the routine infliction of solitary confinement. As Correctional Association of NY (CA) reports on Clinton, Attica, Greene, Fishkill Correctional Facilities and other prisons have long documented, these abuses and their cover-ups are regular and typical practices in Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) prisons. An underlying culture and environment of abuse - not the acts of a few individual bad actors - drive the dehumanization and brutalization taking place. This culture is undergirded and fueled by racism, staff impunity, a lack of meaningful programs, a history of violent repression (especially at Attica and Clinton), and a reliance on force, punishment, and disempowerment. In the mid-1990s, the New York Times reported that federal judges "have repeatedly found that excessive force by guards has violated [incarcerated persons'] civil rights," that corrections experts found the settling of 10 brutality lawsuits at Clinton to be "extraordinary, since [incarcerated persons] rarely win such cases and officials rarely settle them," that Clinton had an internal culture that tolerates a higher level of violence than others, and where guards are more likely to test the boundaries of what is considered acceptable force," and that vast racial and cultural disparities between incarcerated persons and staff exacerbated conflicts. As reported in the CA's 2014 Clinton report, as well as in its August 2015 documented investigations, officers at Clinton have engaged in the most horrific violence against incarcerated people long before the June 2015 escape, in its immediate aftermath, and still today. People incarcerated at Clinton have given first-hand accounts of being suffocated by plastic bags, physically beaten so severely as to result in broken bones, and other forms of brutality, harassment, and abuse. The June 2015 escape and its aftermath only exacerbated the abusive conditions and provided opportunities for staff to utilize longstanding tactics of dehumanization, racism, and brutality. The following narratives provide an in-depth look at the ongoing brutality, torture, and cover-up at Clinton C.F. Based on over 40 interviews, as well as correspondence with over 75 people, the narratives are a representative sample of the experiences, insights, and analyses of people incarcerated at Clinton in 2015. These narratives paint a picture of several recurring themes of staff violence and abuse at Clinton, including: 1) suffocation of people during interrogations; 2) severe and widespread brutality in the aftermath of the June 2015 escape; 3) longstanding and ongoing brutality at Clinton to this day; 4) people with special needs targeted for abuse by staff; 5) widespread use of solitary confinement, including for years and decades; 6) a lack of transparency and accountability for abuses; 7) the denial of the most basic rights and living conditions; and 8) racism and dehumanization at the core of all abuses. Something must be done to stop these human rights violations - at Clinton and across New York State prisons. Due to its infamous history and ongoing horrors, the state should close Clinton, along with Attica, to send a clear message that New York State will no longer tolerate staff brutality, torture, and abuse. Details: New York: Correctional Association of New York, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/Voices-From-Clinton-FINAL-6-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 140458

Author: Burwick, Andrew Title: Identifying and Serving LGBTQ Youth: Case Studies of Runaway and Homeless Youth Program Grantees Summary: Mathematica and our partners at the Williams Institute recently conducted a series of case studies of four local agencies receiving grants from the Administration for Children and Families (ACF) Runaway and Homeless Youth Program, focusing on services for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning (LGBTQ) youth. Researchers learned about agencies' experiences collecting and using data on sexual orientation and gender identity, strategies for understanding and addressing the needs of LGBTQ youth, and potential areas for future research. The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, in collaboration with the Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation in ACF, sponsored the case studies. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://williamsinstitute.law.ucla.edu/research/safe-schools-and-youth/identifying-and-serving-lgbtq-youth-case-studies-of-runaway-and-homeless-youth-grantees/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 132001

Author: Fernandes-Alcantara, Adrienne L. Title: Runaway and Homeless Youth: Demographics and Programs Summary: This report discusses runaway and homeless youth, and the federal response to support this population. There is no single definition of the terms "runaway youth" or "homeless youth." However, both groups of youth share the risk of not having adequate shelter and other provisions, and may engage in harmful behaviors while away from a permanent home. These two groups also include "thrownaway" youth who are asked to leave their homes, and may include other vulnerable youth populations, such as current and former foster youth and youth with mental health or other issues. The term "unaccompanied youth" encompasses both runaways and homeless youth, and is used in national data counts of the population. Youth most often cite family conflict as the major reason for their homelessness or episodes of running away. A youth's sexual orientation, sexual activity, pregnancy, school problems, and alcohol and drug use are strong predictors of family discord. The precise number of homeless and runaway youth is unknown due to their residential mobility and overlap among the populations. Determining the number of these youth is further complicated by the lack of a standardized methodology for counting the population and inconsistent definitions of what it means to be homeless or a runaway. Estimates of the homeless youth exceed 1 million. Estimates of runaway youth - including "thrownaway" youth (youth asked or forced to leave their homes)�are between 1 million and 1.7 million in a given year. From the early 20th century through the 1960s, the needs of runaway and homeless youth were handled locally through the child welfare agency, juvenile justice courts, or both. The 1970s marked a shift toward federal oversight of programs that help youth who had run afoul of the law, including those who committed status offenses (i.e., running away). Congress passed the Runaway Youth Act of 1974 as Title III of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (P.L. 93-415) to assist runaways through services specifically for this population. The federal Runaway and Homeless Youth Program (RHYP) has since been expanded through reauthorization laws enacted approximately every five years since the 1970s, most recently by the Reconnecting Homeless Youth Act (P.L. 110-378) in 2008. Funding authorization expired in FY2013, and Congress has continued to appropriate funding for the act: $119.1 million was appropriated for FY2016. The Runaway and Homeless Youth program is made up of three components: the Basic Center Program (BCP), Transitional Living Program (TLP), and Street Outreach Program (SOP). The Basic Center Program provides temporary shelter, counseling, and after care services to runaway and homeless youth under age 18 and their families. The BCP has served approximately 31,000 to 36,000 annually in recent years. The Transitional Living Program is targeted to older youth ages 16 through 22 (and sometimes an older age), and has served approximately 3,000 to 3,500 youth annually in recent years. Youth who use the TLP receive longer-term housing with supportive services. The SOP provides education, treatment, counseling, and referrals for runaway, homeless, and street youth who have been subjected to or are at risk of being subjected to sexual abuse, sex exploitation, and trafficking. Each year, the SOP makes hundreds of thousands of contacts with street youth (some of whom have multiple contacts). Related services authorized by the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act include a national communication system to facilitate communication between service providers, runaway youth, and their families; training and technical support for grantees; and evaluations of the programs, among other activities. The 2008 reauthorizing legislation expanded the program, requiring HHS to conduct an incidence and prevalence study of runaway and homeless youth. To date, this study has not been conducted; however, efforts are underway among multiple federal agencies to collect better information on these youth as part of a larger strategy to end youth homelessness by 2020. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report RL33785: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL33785.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 146141

Author: Tesfai, Afomeia Title: The Long Road Home: Decreasing Barriers to Public Housing for People with Criminal Records Summary: Housing is a fundamental necessity to effectively integrate formerly incarcerated individuals with their families and communities. Lacking stable housing negatively affects mental and physical health, employment, income, access to healthcare services, family unity, and recidivism. Research and analysis reveal that historical policies have created racial inequities in housing and health outcomes, and that public housing admissions screening policies play an important role in creating the conditions for successful reentry of those people who were incarcerated. In a survey from the 2015 Ella Baker Center for Human Rights and Forward Together report, "Who Pays? The True Cost of Incarceration on Families", 79% of people who had been incarcerated were either ineligible or denied public housing as a result of criminal history. More than half of those released from jail or prison have unstable or nonexistent housing. This report assesses the health and equity impacts of public housing admissions screening policies that exclude people with a criminal history from public housing, using the Oakland Housing Authority (OHA) in Oakland, California as a case study. Having housing improves health directly and indirectly, decreases recidivism, improves the chance of becoming employed and having more income, and helps with family reunification. These factors, known in public health as the "social determinants of health", create opportunities to succeed and are known to be important for health and wellbeing. For example: - Moving often affects recidivism. The odds of recidivism increase by at least 70% for every time someone who is formerly incarcerated changes their residence. - Six randomized control trials analyzed supported employment in public housing against other approaches to help residents find jobs, and found 58% of public housing program participants obtained employment compared to 21% in the control group. - More than 70% of those leaving prison indicated that family is an important factor in keeping them out of prison, and up to 82% of people leaving prison or jail expect to live with or get help from their families. - Having stable housing upon leaving jail or prison decreases a person's chance of having their probation revoked. The outcomes stemming from having stable and affordable housing are clear: research shows that lack of stable and affordable housing forces families to frequently move and live in unhealthy and crowded environments, increases stress and depression, and can lead to homelessness. Homelessness brings higher rates of infectious diseases; substance use and mental health disorders; exposure to violence; overexposure to cold and rain; and suicide. Studies show that between 25% - 50% of people who are homeless have a history of involvement with the criminal justice system. Those who have been involved with the criminal justice system are disproportionately people of color, low income, and mentally ill and, due to the intersection of these factors, are at high risk for housing instability and negative health outcomes. The United States has a history of racial discrimination and unjust treatment towards people of color, dating back to slavery, Black Codes, and Jim Crow laws. With the War on Drugs in the 1970's, 80's and 90's, this history is currently manifested in criminal justice policies that have led to vastly disproportionate outcomes by race. The 2013 National Survey on Drug Use and Health shows that 9.5% of whites and 10.5% of Blacks used illicit drugs in the last month, but drug-related arrest rates are 332 per 100,000 residents for Whites and 879 per 100,000 for Blacks. Compared to their White counterparts, Blacks are more likely to be incarcerated for the same crime and receive longer sentences. A series of federal laws enacted in the 1990's led to decreased access to public housing for people with a criminal history. In 2002, for example, the Supreme Court unanimously upheld PHAs' authority to evict an entire household based on the criminal activity of one member or guest without specific proof that the tenant had any knowledge of the activity. Statistics and historical policies like these have resulted in the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) releasing guidance on April 4, 2016 explicitly stating their goal of increasing access to safe, secure, and affordable housing for formerly incarcerated people. The 2016 guidance states that, due to the extreme over-representation of people of color in the criminal justice system, the consideration of criminal histories in screening procedures used by housing providers, including Public Housing Authorities, may lead to violations of the Fair Housing Act. This report examines the Oakland Housing Authority as a case study. We consider OHA's screening policies and practices and specifically how they consider the presentation of "mitigating circumstances" for people with a criminal history during the application process. In Alameda County in 2014, there were almost 4,800 people returning from state prison, 3,200 people were in county jail on any give day, and 1 out 4 people have a criminal record. We estimate that at least 20,000 people are currently at risk of residential instability because of their criminal history. Because they are vastly over-represented in the criminal justice system, this places an inequitable burden on Blacks. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2016 at: http://www.ellabakercenter.org/sites/default/files/media/OHA-HIA-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Shelf Number: 146144

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Prisons System: Justice Has Used Alternatives to Incarceration, but Could Better Measure Program Outcomes Summary: Since 1980, the federal prison population increased from about 25,000 to almost 200,000, as of March 2016. In part to help reduce the size and related costs of the federal prison population, DOJ has taken steps to slow its growth by pursuing alternatives to incarceration at various stages of the criminal justice process for nonviolent, low-level offenders. Senate Report 113-78 included a provision for GAO to review DOJ's management of the federal prison population. This report (1) describes factors criminal justice stakeholders consider when using incarceration alternatives at or before sentencing and identifies the extent to which those alternatives are used, (2) describes factors BOP considers when using incarceration alternatives for inmates and the extent of their use, and (3) assesses the extent DOJ has measured the cost implications and outcomes of using the alternatives. GAO analyzed DOJ and federal judiciary branch data and documents from fiscal years 2009 through 2015, and interviewed DOJ and judiciary officials at headquarters and in 11 selected nongeneralizable judicial districts about the use of alternatives. GAO selected districts to provide geographic diversity and a mix of districts using and not using the alternatives. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ enhance its tracking of data on use of pretrial diversions and that DOJ and BOP obtain outcome data and develop measures for the alternatives used. DOJ concurred Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: GA)-16-516: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/680/677983.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147910

Author: Markman, Joshua A. Title: Recidivism of Offenders Placed on Federal Community Supervision in 2005: Patterns from 2005-2010 Summary: Examines the offending patterns of persons placed on federal community supervision in 2005 by offender characteristics and prior criminal history. It includes the number and types of crimes offenders committed prior to and after being placed on community supervision. The report examines arrests of federal offenders by federal and nonfederal (state and local) law enforcement agencies. It also compares characteristics and recidivism outcomes of offenders released from federal prison to offenders released from state prison in 2005. Findings are based on records obtained from the Office of Probation and Pretrial Services of the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, the Federal Bureau of Prisons, the FBI's Interstate Identification Index, and state criminal history repositories. Highlights: Nonfederal (i.e., state and local) law enforcement agencies were responsible for approximately three-quarters (76%) of prior arrests of offenders placed on federal community supervision in 2005.„„ Nonfederal charges accounted for more than two-thirds (68%) of all arrests that occurred during the 5 years following placement on federal community supervision. „„ Within 1 year following placement in 2005 on community supervision, 18% of the federal offenders had been arrested at least once. At the end of the 5-year follow-up period, 43% had been arrested. Among those conditionally released from federal prison, nearly half (47%) were arrested within 5 years, compared to more than three-quarters (77%) of state prisoners released on community supervision.„„ About 3 in 10 federal prisoners released to a term of community supervision returned to prison within 5 years, while nearly 6 in 10 state prisoners conditionally released returned in 5 years. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ropfcs05p0510.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 140465

Author: Friedman, Matthew L. Title: Crime in 2016: A Preliminary Analysis Summary: Earlier this year, the Brennan Center analyzed crime data from the 30 largest cities in 2015, finding that crime overall remained the same as in 2014. It also found that murder increased by 14 percent, with just three cities - Baltimore, Chicago, and Washington, D.C. - responsible for half that increase. All told, 2015's murder rate was still near historic lows. The authors concluded that reports of a national crime wave were premature and unfounded, and that "the average person in a large urban area is safer walking on the street today than he or she would have been at almost any time in the past 30 years." This report updates those findings. It collects midyear data from police departments to project overall crime, violent crime, and murder for all of 2016. Its principal findings are: Crime: The overall crime rate in 2016 is projected to remain the same as in 2015, rising by 1.3 percent. Twelve cities are expected to see drops in crime. These decreases are offset by Chicago (rising 9.1 percent) and Charlotte (17.5 percent). Nationally, crime remains at an all-time low. Violence: The violent crime rate is projected to rise slightly, by 5.5 percent, with half the increase driven by Los Angeles (up 13.3 percent) and Chicago (up 16.2 percent). Even so, violent crime remains near the bottom of the nation's 30-year downward trend. Murder: The murder rate is projected to rise by 13.1 percent this year, with nearly half of this increase attributable to Chicago alone (234 of 496 murders). Significantly, other cities that drove the national murder increase in 2015 are projected to see significant decreases in 2016. Those cities include Baltimore (down 9.7 percent) and Washington, D.C. (down 12.7 percent). New York remains one of the safest large cities, even with the murder rate projected to rise 1.2 percent this year. Nationally, the murder rate is projected to increase 31.5 percent from 2014 to 2016 - with half of additional murders attributable to Baltimore, Chicago, and Houston. Since homicide rates remain low nationwide, percentage increases may overstate relatively small increases. In San Jose, for example, just 21 new murders translated to a 66.7 percent increase in the city's murder rate. Based on this data, the authors conclude there is no evidence of a national murder wave, yet increases in these select cities are indeed a serious problem. Chicago Is An Outlier: Crime rose significantly in Chicago this year and last. No other large city is expected to see a comparable increase in violence. The causes are still unclear, but some theories include higher concentrations of poverty, increased gang activity, and fewer police officers. Explanations for Overall Trends: Very few cities are projected to see crime rise uniformly this year, and only Chicago will see significant, back-to-back increases in both violent crime and murder. The authors attempted to investigate causes of these spikes, but ultimately were unable to draw conclusions due to lack of data. Based on their research, however, the authors believe cities with long-term socioeconomic problems (high poverty, unemployment, and racial segregation) are more prone to short-term spikes in crime. Because the pattern across cities is not uniform, the authors believe these spikes are created by as-of-yet unidentified local factors, rather than any sort of national characteristic. Further, it is normal for crime to fluctuate from year-to-year. The increases and decreases in most cities' murder rates in 2015 and 2016, for example, are within the range of previous two-year fluctuations, meaning they may be normal short-term variations. These findings undercut media reports referring to crime as "out of control," or heralding a new nationwide crime wave. But the data do call attention to specific cities, especially Chicago, and an urgent need to address violence there. Notably, this analysis focuses on major cities, where increases in crime and murder were highest in preliminary Uniform Crime Reporting data for 2015, so this report likely overestimates any national rise in crime. It also represents a projection based on data available through early September 2016. Details: New York: New York University (NYU) - Brennan Center for Justice, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Crime_2016_Preliminary_Analysis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 146147

Author: National Gang Intelligence Center Title: 2015 National Gang Report Summary: The purpose of the 2015 NGR [National Gang Report] is to provide a national overview of the current gang threat in the United States by collecting, analyzing, and synthesizing data obtained from law enforcement agencies across the nation. The assessments contained herein were derived from data provided by law enforcement through the '2014 FBI Safe Streets and Gang Task Force Survey', the NAGIA [National Alliance of Gang Investigators' Association] '2015 National Gang Report Survey', law enforcement reporting, and open source information. One hundred and nine respondents completed the '2014 FBI Safe Streets and Gang Task Force Survey' to create a representative sample of the five Safe Streets and Gang Task Force geographic regions. Combining data from the Safe Streets and Gang Task Forces allowed the NGIC to incorporate data from our partner agencies who participate on task forces, but did not complete the NAGIA '2015 National Gang Report Survey'. Thus, data from the '2014 FBI Safe Streets and Gang Task Force Survey' was combined with 569 responses from the four components of the NAGIA '2015 National Gang Report Survey', law enforcement reporting, and open source information to develop a holistic picture of current gang activity across the country. Details: Washington, DC: National Gang Intelligence Center, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=792574 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 146148

Author: Henry, David B. Title: The Effect of Intensive CeaseFire Intervention on Crime in Four Chicago Police Beats: Quantitative Assessment Summary: This quantitative evaluation project analyzed two years of publicly-available data on violent crimes for the two districts targeted by City of Chicago Contract #2013-00303-00- 00 to determine (1) whether the goals of the contract were accomplished and (2) whether the effects exceeded what could have been expected without CeaseFire. The results are summarized as follows: o Raw crime counts show a 31% reduction in homicide, a 7% reduction in total violent crime, and a 19% reduction in shootings in the targeted districts. o These effects are significantly greater than the effects expected given the declining trends in crime in the city as a whole. o Reduced levels of total violent crime, shootings, and homicides were maintained throughout the intervention year in the targeted districts. o Some effects, including the rate of growth in violence, differed by district, possibly due to different strategies employed by CeaseFire. o The effects of the intervention were immediate, appearing within the first month, when CeaseFire workers arrived in the community, and were maintained throughout the intervention year. o It is not likely that effects were due to increased police activity, although this cannot be confirmed because the contract called for cooperation between CeaseFire and police. o The extent to which the effects will be maintained in the year after the end of the city contract will be the subject of further study. Details: Chicago, IL: Cure Violence.org, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2016 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/McCormick-CeaseFire-Evaluation-Quantitative.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Shelf Number: 140473

Author: Libicki, Martin C. Title: The Defender's Dilemma: Charting a Course Toward Cybersecurity Summary: Cybersecurity is a constant, and, by all accounts growing, challenge. Although software products are gradually becoming more secure and novel approaches to cybersecurity are being developed, hackers are becoming more adept, their tools are better, and their markets are flourishing. The rising tide of network intrusions has focused organizations' attention on how to protect themselves better. This report, the second in a multiphase study on the future of cybersecurity, reveals perspectives and perceptions from chief information security officers; examines the development of network defense measures � and the countermeasures that attackers create to subvert those measures; and explores the role of software vulnerabilities and inherent weaknesses. A heuristic model was developed to demonstrate the various cybersecurity levers that organizations can control, as well as exogenous factors that organizations cannot control. Among the report's findings were that cybersecurity experts are at least as focused on preserving their organizations' reputations as protecting actual property. Researchers also found that organizational size and software quality play significant roles in the strategies that defenders may adopt. Finally, those who secure networks will have to pay increasing attention to the role that smart devices might otherwise play in allowing hackers in. Organizations could benefit from better understanding their risk posture from various actors (threats), protection needs (vulnerabilities), and assets (impact). Policy recommendations include better defining the role of government, and exploring information sharing responsibilities. Key Findings Common Knowledge Confirmed Security postures are highly specific to company type, size, etc.; and there often aren't good solutions for smaller businesses. Quarantining certain parts of an organization offline can be a useful option. Responding to the desire of employees to bring their own devices and connect them to the network creates growing dilemmas. Chief information security officers (CISOs) feel that attackers have the upper hand, and will continue to have it. Reasonable Suppositions Validated Customers look to extant tools for solutions even though they do not necessarily know what they need and are certain no magic wand exists. CISOs want information on the motives and methods of specific attackers, but there is no consensus on how such information could be used. Current cyberinsurance offerings are often seen as more hassle than benefit, only useful in specific scenarios, and providing little return. Surprising Findings A cyberattack's effect on reputation (rather than more direct costs) is the biggest cause of concern for CISOs. The actual intellectual property or data that might be affected matters less than the fact that any intellectual property or data is at risk. In general, loss estimation processes are not particularly comprehensive. The ability to understand and articulate an organization's risk arising from network penetrations in a standard and consistent matter does not exist and will not exist for a long time. Recommendations Know what needs protecting, and how badly protection is needed. It was striking how frequently reputation was cited by CISOs as a prime cause for cybersecurity spending, as opposed to protecting actual intellectual property. Knowing what machines are on the network, what applications they are running, what privileges have been established, and with what state of security is also crucial. The advent of smart phones, tablets, and so forth compounds the problem. Know where to devote effort to protect the organization. A core choice for companies is how much defense to commit to the perimeter and how much to internal workings. Consider the potential for adversaries to employ countermeasures. As defenses are installed, organizations must realize they are dealing with a thinking adversary and that measures installed to thwart hackers tend to induce countermeasures as hackers probe for ways around or through new defenses. Government efforts aren't high on CISO's lists, but governments should be prepared to play a role. By and large, CISOs we interviewed did not express much interest in government efforts to improve cybersecurity, other than a willingness to cooperate after an attack. Yet it seems likely that government should be able to play a useful role. One option is to build a body of knowledge on how systems fail (a necessary prerequisite to preventing failure), and then share that information. A community that is prepared to share what went wrong and what could be done better next time could produce higher levels of cybersecurity. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR1000/RR1024/RAND_RR1024.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 140475

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Report to the Congress: Career Offender Sentencing Enhancements Summary: This report provides a broad overview of several key findings of the United States Sentencing Commission's multi-year study of statutory and guideline definitions relating to the nature of a defendant's prior conviction (e.g., "crime of violence," "violent felony," "drug trafficking offense," and "felony drug offense") and the impact of such definitions on the relevant statutory and guideline provisions (e.g., the career offender guideline and the Armed Career Criminal Act). The report begins by providing background on the career offender directive and the resulting career offender guideline. It also provides sentencing and recidivism data concerning career offenders, including data demonstrating the substantial impact the directive and the career offender guideline have on the resulting sentencing range. The report concludes by recommending statutory changes, including changes that would better tailor the significantly enhanced penalties required for career offenders. A more targeted approach in this area would account for differences among current career offenders and would result in sentences that are more proportional. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Commission, 2016. 103p. Source: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/news/congressional-testimony-and-reports/criminal-history/201607_RtC-Career-Offenders.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 140476

Author: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits Title: Sterilization of Female Inmates: Some Inmates Were Sterilized Unlawfully, and Safeguards Designed to Limit Occurrences of the Procedure Failed Summary: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Corrections) oversees the inmate population of the State's 33 adult prisons. During our eight-year audit period-which we defined as fiscal years 2005-06 through 2012-13-four of these prisons housed substantially all of the female inmates: California Institution for Women, Central California Women's Facility, Folsom Women's Facility, and Valley State Prison for Women (Valley). Valley no longer houses women since its conversion to a men's prison in January 2013. For much of our audit period, Corrections' role in providing inmates with medical care was not significant; the more substantial role was played by California Correctional Health Care Services (Receiver's Office) under the direction of a federal court-appointed receiver. A receiver took control of prison medical care in 2006 and will retain control until the court finds that Corrections can maintain a constitutionally adequate prison medical care system. From fiscal years 2005-06 through 2012-13, 144 female inmates were sterilized by a procedure known as a bilateral tubal ligation. The last of these female inmate sterilizations occurred in 2011. Although various surgical procedures may result in a female's sterilization, bilateral tubal ligations are generally surgical procedures that are performed for the sole purpose of sterilization, and state regulations impose certain requirements that must be met before such a procedure is performed. However, the state entities responsible for providing medical care to these inmates- Corrections1 and the Receiver's Office-sometimes failed to ensure that inmates' consent for sterilization was lawfully obtained. Audit Highlights . . . Our audit of female inmate sterilizations occurring over an eight-year period revealed the following: - 144 female inmates were sterilized through a surgery known as bilateral tubal ligation. - 39 inmates were sterilized following deficiencies in the informed consent process. - We saw no evidence that the inmate's physician signed the required consent form in 27 cases. - In 18 cases, we noted potential violations of the required waiting period between when the inmate consented to the procedure and when the sterilization procedure actually took place. - Among these 39 inmates there were six cases where we noted violations of both consent form and waiting period. - Neither the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation nor the California Correctional Health Care Services ensured that the informed consent requirements were followed in 19 instances in which their employees obtained inmates' consent. Details: Sacramento: California State Auditor, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2013-120: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: https://www.auditor.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2013-120.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 140484

Author: Utah. Legislative Auditor General Title: A Performance Audit of the Board of Pardons and Parole Summary: Utah's Board of Pardons and Parole (BOP or board) plays a critical and unique role in the state's criminal justice system. For example, last year, they made nearly 18,000 decisions, including releasing offenders from prison, setting the conditions of release and supervision, and responding to over 1,000 parole violations. Consequently, they wield significant influence on public safety and the use of public resources. Utah's parole board has considerable discretion because of wide sentencing time-frames coupled with an indeterminate system. The level of discretion appears to be greater than is found in other states. This report examines opportunities for the board to better deploy such broad discretion and recommends improvements to the BOP's oversight, structure, decision making, data collection, and business operations. These recommendations come at a time when criminal justice reform (both nationally and locally) is working toward improved outcomes and lowered costs. BOP Can Benefit from Improved Planning, Oversight, and Structure Improved Planning, Performance Measures, and Transparency of Information Is Needed. The BOP has always been a crucial player in Utah's criminal justice system. The board has been especially involved in justice reinvestment efforts since the Legislature passed H.B. 348 in the 2015 General Session. We are encouraged by the board's actions, but more can be done. We believe the BOP should: develop a strategic plan, track and monitor key data elements, measure its impact on the criminal justice system through targeted performance measures, and improve its transparency. BOP's Internal Organizational Structure Should Be Reviewed. As discussed in the previous section, several operational improvements are needed at the BOP. To help ensure these improvements are made and effective, the board should review its organizational structure. We do not question the dedication of BOP employees, but the board needs to ensure it has adequately defined its roles and the roles of its staff to maximize the needed operational improvements. BOP Should Adopt More Proven Practices Structured Decision Making Will Increase Consistency of Decisions. The BOP can do more to ensure its decisions are consistent, fair, and properly structured for the best outcomes. Nationally recognized research organizations that study paroling authorities recommend that parole boards adopt a structured decision-making (SDM) model. SDM is an evidence-based, policy-driven approach to decision making that uses established risk and needs factors to make quality release decisions. Paroling authorities that use SDM are better at setting goals and report better outcomes. Currently, BOP parole release decisions are based mainly on individual professional judgement and experience. BOP decision makers have differing philosophies and may weigh factors in the same case differently. The lack of a common paroling philosophy may be the cause for the large number of inmates and inmate advocacy groups expressing concerns about the inconsistency of paroling decisions. The board has taken steps to implement SDM but as a prerequisite, the BOP should establish a common paroling philosophy to facilitate consistency in parole decisions. BOP Should Improve Rationale for Its Decisions. A second area to aid the BOP in decision making is an improved rationale sheet. The only information an inmate receives about the content of the board's decision is a rationale sheet that lists some aggravating and mitigating factors. Several individuals at the BOP told us that this sheet does not capture the important factors the board uses in weighing their decisions. Further, inmates, families, and advocates list the rationale sheet as one of their primary concerns because they find it confusing, vague, and unclear. Best practices discuss communication with inmates as an important factor. We also found that other states' releasing authorities have more informative rationale sheets that focus on specific areas of improvement and/or risk to the community. The board agrees that it needs to improve its rationale sheet and is currently working on a new version of the form. Use of Research-Based Practices Can Help BOP Improve Its Outcomes. In addition to the two best practices just discussed, we recommend that the BOP adopt and integrate the nationally recognized ten practice targets that incorporate evidence-based practices in parole decisions. The board agrees and is already working toward implementation of some of these practice targets. BOP Should Adopt an Electronic File Management System The BOP's Current Paper Process Is Vulnerable to Errors. Our review of the BOP's business process revealed two areas that are vulnerable to errors. One vulnerability is the way the board documents and enters decisions. The BOP's current decision-making process relies on board members' handwritten notes, which are unclear and subject to misinterpretation. In most cases, we could not decipher the handwritten notes to validate that clerical staff entered decisions correctly. Second, calculations for time served made in case files are also vulnerable to inaccuracies. Paper-Based System Limits Data Tracking and Transparency. The BOP's paper-based system limits the ability to track key performance metrics and data critical to board operations. Paper files also limit transparency and availability of information to external entities. Adopting an electronic file management system will help the board begin collecting and analyzing data on how its actions affect the larger criminal justice system. This will also promote more informed decision making. Paper-Based System Creates Operational Inefficiencies. In addition to the data limitations, there are also operational inefficiencies that result from a paper-based file management system. These include limitations on information sharing with surrounding agencies as well as BOP workflow, since only one activity can be performed on an offender's file at a time. Board staff devote significant amounts of time to the paper process. Staff time spent printing, copying, filing, and locating paper files is costly and time intensive. Electronic BOP System Will Promote Alignment with Other Criminal Justice Agencies. With other Utah criminal justice agencies as well as other state parole boards adopting electronic file management systems, it is increasingly clear that it is time for the board to convert to a paperless record-keeping system. The current board supports transition from a paper-based to electronically based record-keeping system. To do this, the board will need to determine if it is in their best interest to develop an electronic system that piggybacks on the UDC's database or purchase a system from a private vendor. Funding the new system will likely require funding from several sources, including federal funds, nonlapsing funds, and other state resources. BOP Should Consider Implementing Process Efficiencies A Streamlined Decision Process Is Needed for Less Serious Offenders. As the state's population grows, BOP's workload will continue to increase. The PEW Charitable Trusts group studied Utah's criminal justice system in 2014. They estimate that Utah's prison population will grow 37 percent in the next 20 years. To deal with this growth, we believe the board should consider process efficiencies before adding more hearing officers. Other states have achieved efficiencies in streamlining the parole processing of low-risk, less severe offenders and maintained quality of decisions. In this section, we recommend a continuum of options the board could pursue to achieve efficiencies in processing low-level offenders, such as limiting case preparation requirements, reducing the number of board member votes for release decisions, and in limited circumstances allowing hearing officers a vote. BOP Should Review Expungement Process and Recommend Statutory Changes. The BOP has received an increase in the number of pardon requests over the last year and a half. This increase is due partially to more people seeking pardons because the Bureau of Criminal Identification (BCI) rejected their expungement requests for relatively minor offenses. Some applicants rejected by BCI are turning to the board, which has greater authority to pardon and, by extension, expunge criminal records. The board's pardon process involves significant staff time and resources. Therefore, we recommend that the BOP and BCI review the expungement process and recommend to the Legislature statutory changes that reduce pardon workloads. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Legislative Auditor General, 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: http://le.utah.gov/audit/16_01rpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 146164

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives Title: (U) OMGs and the Military 2014 Summary: (U//LES) The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), Office of Strategic Intelligence and Information (OSII), Field Intelligence Support Branch, has prepared the following report to provide intelligence and analysis on outlaw motorcycle gangs (OMGs) in the United States military and Government. By working with our law enforcement (LE) counterparts, we continue to uncover new trends and patterns pertaining to OMGs in the military. As in previously disseminated OMGs and the Military reports, OSII notes that particular OMGs and their support clubs continue to court active-duty military personnel and government workers, both civilians and contractors, for their knowledge, reliable income, tactical skills and dedication to a cause. Through our extensive analysis, it has been revealed that a large number of support clubs are utilizing active-duty military personnel and U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) contractors and employees to spread their tentacles across the United States. Key Findings x OMG support clubs are recruiting a large number of active-duty military personnel. x Hells Angels, Vagos and Mongols in California continue to associate with OMG activeduty military personnel. x Outside Ft. Bragg and Eglin Air Force Bases, explosives have turned up in residences of United States Army Special Forces operators � unsubstantiated connections to an OMG or support club. x Violence between OMGs increased from 2012 to 2013. x The Bandidos continues to spearhead much of the violence across the Midwest. x Violence between the Pagans and HAMC is escalating in Virginia, but decreasing in Maryland. x Due to Pagans MC expansion, skirmishes have occurred between the Outlaws and Pagans. x The Hells Angels is fighting a two-front war in California with the Mongols and Vagos. x The �Dominant Six� continue to expand across the globe. x Black OMGs are rapidly expanding in the United States. x Expansion in the United States is hampering longstanding relationships between the Vagos and Mongols, Outlaws and Pagans, as well as the Bandidos and Vagos. x A large number of nontraditional OMGs are associating with the Hells Angels Motorcycle Club (HAMC) in California, North Carolina, Virginia, Washington, Arizona and Maryland. Details: Washington, DC: The Bureau, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2016 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/2085684/omgs-july-2014-redacted.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Military Personnel Shelf Number: 140499

Author: Freeman, Linda Title: Arrest Rates: Maya's Place Place Clients 2005-2011 and Crossroads Clients 2001-2011 Summary: In fall 2014, the New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC), Crossroads and Maya�s Place began a partnership to understand criminal justice involvement of clients of both programs. Staff from Crossroads and Maya�s Place provided NMSC with client lists. Using these lists, NMSC staff removed any duplicated clients and identified clients who had been both Maya�s Place and Crossroad�s clients. If a client had been in both programs, we tracked them from their start date at Maya�s Place. In our initial analysis, we discovered that only 9.8% of Crossroads clients and 19.6% of Maya�s Place clients had ever been to prison in New Mexico. Additionally, 31.4% of Crossroads clients and 50.6% of Maya�s Place clients had been on New Mexico Corrections Department Probation and Parole Probation supervised probation anytime in the time period 2004-2014. Rather than focus our analysis on return to prison outcomes, we decided to focus our efforts on New Mexico arrests and bookings in the Bernalillo County Metropolitan Detention. In this report we will focus on New Mexico arrests. The source of the data is the New Mexico Department of Public Safety Arrest database that is provided to NMSC on a quarterly basis. The data contains all arrests in the state from January 2000 to December 2014. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2015. 1p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2015/arrest-rates-mayas-place-clients-2005-2011-and-crossroads-clients-2001-2011.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 146130

Author: Cannon, Yael Title: Adverse Childhood Experiences in the New Mexico Juvenile Justice Population Summary: Study Highlights A retrospective study of adults conducted by the CDC & Kaiser Permanente examined the relationship between several forms of childhood trauma (adverse childhood experiences or ACEs) & related health outcomes. Individuals with 4+ ACEs (12% of sample) were more likely to report health conditions & shorter lifespans. The current study includes all 220 juvenile offenders committed for incarceration in New Mexico during 2011 & uses the results of comprehensive multi-disciplinary psychosocial assessments to examine juveniles' ACEs, psychological & family conditions, & exposure to other traumatic events. 86% of incarcerated New Mexico juveniles experienced 4+ ACEs, 7 times higher than the CDC-Kaiser study. New Mexico juveniles experienced ACEs at a higher rate than juvenile offender populations in other studies. Among incarcerated New Mexico juveniles, majorities experienced emotional (76%) or physical (94%) neglect, parental divorce/separation (86%), and substance abuse in the home (80%). Axis I diagnoses (99.5%), substance abuse disorders (96%), & depression (48%) were widespread among incarcerated New Mexico juveniles. Females had a higher incidence of ACEs. 23% of females experienced 9+ ACEs compared to 3% of males. Females had a statistically significant higher incidence of sexual abuse (63% vs. 21%) & physical abuse (70% vs. 49%) when compared to males. Efforts are needed to identify & prevent early childhood trauma in New Mexico. Intervention goals include preventing additional ACEs in young children who have experienced them & trauma screening when children enter the juvenile justice system. Additionally, evidence-based, trauma-informed, family-engaged mental health & substance-abuse treatments should be available throughout the juvenile justice system and to youth subsequent to discharge from detention and incarceration. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Sentencing Commission, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: http://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2016/adverse-childhood-experiences-in-the-new-mexico-juvenile-justice-population.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146131

Author: Loudenburg, Roland Title: Analysis of Parolee SCRAM Participation Summary: Background: The purpose of this analysis was to examine and describe the outcomes for parolees placed on SCRAM (Secure Continuous Remote Alcohol Monitoring). The 2009 and 2010 DOC releases data sets were linked to the SCRAM data file provided by AMS with permission from the Office of the Attorney General. Data Available for Analysis The SCRAM data file available for analysis included all participants on SCRAM and associated monitoring activity logs through October of 2010. Efforts have been ongoing to obtain an updated SCRAM data file to enhance this analysis and analysis of other SCRAM participant outcomes. An updated data file was received on July 25, 2012 from AMS after numerous exchanges. There was insufficient time available to incorporate the updated data for this analysis. DOC data available for analysis included the 2009 and 2010 release data files and the DOC PE01 download. The 2009 and 2010 release data files include information on inmates released in calendar years 2009 and 2010 respectively and includes recidivism status at 12 months. The DOC PE01 download include recidivism status as of the end of June 2012 for a longitudinal measure of recidivism. Details: Salem, SD: Mountain Plains Evaluation, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 29, 2016 at: http://atg.sd.gov/docs/ParoleeBehaviorSCRAM.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Monitoring Shelf Number: 140504

Author: Ritter, Nancy Title: Down the Road: Testing Evidence in Sexual Assaults Summary: A few years ago, NIJ published The Road Ahead: Unanalyzed Evidence in Sexual Assault Cases, a special report that explored the issue of untested sexual assault kits that were stored in law enforcement evidence facilities around the nation. Since then, we have learned a lot about the role of testing biological evidence in solving sexual assaults. This report, Down the Road: Testing Evidence in Sexual Assaults, discusses the results of recent studies supported by NIJ. Through scientific research, we have gained greater understanding that: Although a sexual assault kit (SAK) may contain biological evidence - more than two-thirds of the cases in two recent studies did - there can be other important physical evidence that is not stored with the SAK, such as bedding, toxicology reports, or weapons. - One kit does not equal one biological sample: In an ongoing SAK-testing partnership between NIJ and the FBI, for example, 597 kits (tested as of October 2015) contained 8,694 discreet biological samples; therefore, when speaking about the "number" of SAKs, it is important to keep in mind that each kit likely contains many separate pieces of evidence that could be tested to determine the identity of a suspect. - Although testing SAK evidence may lead to the identification of a suspect, evidence of serial rapes, or the exoneration of a wrongly convicted person, it is only one part of the investigative process. Testing may not result in a new lead if, for example, the identity of the suspect is already known or there is not enough biological evidence in the kit to yield a DNA profile. Some of the most recent scientific findings about the role of evidence testing in sexual assaults come from two major NIJ-supported projects. After a competitive solicitation process, NIJ awarded research grants in 2011 to the Houston Police Department (HPD) and the Wayne County (Detroit), Michigan, Prosecutor's Office to form multidisciplinary teams to examine the issue of unsubmitted SAKs in their jurisdictions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249805.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 140505

Author: Tison, Julie Title: Comparative Study and Evaluation of SCRAM Use, Recidivism Rates, and Characteristics Summary: SCRAM (Secure Continuous Remote Alcohol Monitoring) is an ankle bracelet that conducts transdermal readings by sampling alcohol vapor just above the skin or insensible perspiration. It provides continuous monitoring of sobriety. The impact of SCRAM on the rate of repeat drinking and driving offenses (i.e., recidivism) was assessed for the first two years following arrest for 837 offenders in Wisconsin (avg. 85 days on SCRAM) and 672 offenders in Nebraska (avg. 87 days on SCRAM). SCRAM offenders, as compared to a Comparison group, recidivated (i.e. were rearrested for an alcohol offense), at higher rates in both states (7.6% versus 6.2% in WI; 9.8% versus 7.7% in NE, neither of which were statistically significant). However, there was virtually no recidivism while on SCRAM and those SCRAM offenders who did recidivate did so at a later time (360 days from original arrest for SCRAM versus 271 days for the Comparison group in WI, p<.05; 458 versus 333 in NE, p<.01). It was felt that the SCRAM population may represent a particularly high risk group of offenders (not fully controlled for in the current study) thus higher long-term recidivism was expected. However, SCRAM did delay recidivism even for this high risk group. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: https://trid.trb.org/view.aspx?id=1355559 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Monitoring Shelf Number: 140511

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Arizona Crime Trends: A System Review, 2004-2013 Summary: On a biennial basis, the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission is tasked with preparing for the governor a criminal justice system trends report. Available resources, the size and complexity of the criminal justice system and the availability of relevant data influence the scope of the issues addressed in the report. In support of data-driven decision making, this report uses publicly available data to describe the activity of Arizona's criminal justice system from law enforcement agencies description of the offenses reported to their agencies to the population of the Arizona Department of Corrections. More specifically, in this edition of Arizona Crime Trends: A System Review, up to 10 years of data from law enforcement, the courts, corrections, and the juvenile justice system are compiled to give readers a decade overview of crime and criminal and juvenile justice system activity from 2004 to 2013 in Arizona. An analysis of the data included in this report reveals the following: Crime  In 2013, the number of violent index offenses reported to the police in Arizona was 19.5 percent lower than in 2004 and 20.9 percent lower than the decade high in 2005. Arizona remains higher than the national rate.  Although the rate of violent index offenses reported to the police decreased over the decade, the rate of forcible rape in Arizona increased 24.0 percent. Arizona remains higher than the national rate.  The rate of property index offenses reported to the police in Arizona was 36.4 percent lower in 2013 than in 2004 and 4.4 percent lower than the decade high in 2009. Arizona remains higher than the national rate.  Arizona has had a reduction in the percentage of violent crimes committed with a firearm over the decade. Cumulative decreases for murder, robbery and aggravated assault declined 16.1 percent, 23.3 percent and 12.1 percent, respectively. Arizona has consistently had a lower percentage of murders committed with a firearm compared to the national percentage since 2009. Courts  Statewide, the number of felony case filings decreased by 13.7 percent over the decade.  From state fiscal year 2004 to 2013, the number of individuals on standard probation remained similar; however, the number of individuals on intensive probation decreased 24.4 percent.  From 2004 to 2013, the courts collected $116 million in restitution from offenders on standard probation. In 2013, the amount of restitution collected from standard probationers was 6.0 percent higher than the amount of restitution collected in 2004.  From 2004 to 2013, the number of community service hours completed by standard probationers decreased by 50.7 percent from 813,823 hours in 2004 to 401,613 hours in 2013. At the 2013 minimum wage in Arizona ($7.80/hour), standard probationers performed community service work worth approximately $3.1 million in 2013.  The number of community service hours performed by intensive probationers declined by 47.9 percent over the decade from 615,182 hours in 2004 to 320,357 hours in 2013. At the 2013 minimum wage in Arizona ($7.80/hour), intensive probationers performed community service work worth approximately $2.5 million in 2013. Corrections  From 2004 to 2013, the number of individuals incarcerated in the Arizona Department of Corrections increased by 26.0 percent. The rate of increase was close to five times higher than the national increase.  At the end of calendar year 2013, 32.1 percent of inmates in the Arizona Department of Corrections were in prison for the violent offenses1 , 16.0 percent for property offenses,2 24.8 percent for drug and driving under the influence offenses, and 27.0 percent for other types of offenses. Juvenile Justice System  From 2004 to 2007, the number of juveniles referred to juvenile court remained relatively stable at approximately 49,000 youth. From 2007 to 2010, the number of juveniles referred to juvenile court decreased by 15.7 percent and continued to decline between 2010 and 2013, representing an overall cumulative decline of 40.8 percent across the decade.  From 2004 to 2013, the number of juveniles held in detention in Arizona decreased by 47.9 percent, from 12,688 to 6,610.  The number of juveniles transferred to criminal court decreased 45.4 percent across the decade.  The number of new commitments to the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections decreased 42.7 percent between 2004 and 2013.  There was a 36.3 percent increase across the decade in the percentage of new commitments to the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections for youth with three to five prior adjudications of delinquency and a 49.4 percent decrease for youth with six or more prior adjudications of delinquency. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, 2015. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/ACJC.Web/Pubs/Home/Arizona_Crime_Trends_Report_2004-2013.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147761

Author: Phelps, William Title: Domestic Violence in Idaho: 2008-2013 Summary: The purpose of this report on domestic violence in Idaho is to inform the criminal justice community and other interested parties about the prevalence and characteristics of intimate partner violence and court cases often associated with domestic violence within the state of Idaho. This report presents information on police-reported violence between intimate partners and domestic violence related court cases during 2008 through 2013. Information on intimate partner violence comes from police incidents reported to the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS). Within this section, Intimate partner violence (IPV) refers to violent crimes reported to the police where the victim was an offender's spouse, ex-spouse, common-law spouse, or boy/girlfriend, as provided in police incident reports. As a result, data from IIBRS does not necessarily reflect the statutory definition of domestic violence in the state of Idaho. Within the Idaho Supreme Court Records section of this report, domestic violence is defined by statute as a battery or assault of another household member (i.e., spouse, former spouse, child in common, or a cohabitant). Included in the analysis of court data are crimes associated with domestic violence: stalking, attempted strangulation, protection order violations, violations of no contact orders, as well as domestic violenceassault/battery. Highlights Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) from the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS) - Simple assaults make up 76% of all IPV crime and 67% of all violent crime. - The majority of violent crimes are by someone known to the victim (80.4%). - Crimes involving intimates most frequently occurred on Sunday (18.4%) and Saturday (16.7%). - Bannock County (5.34), Clearwater County (5.31), and Kootenai County (5.23) had the highest average rates of IPV victims per 1,000 residents between 2008-2013, - Violent crimes involving intimate partners were more likely to result in an arrest, however, prosecution was more likely to be declined. Domestic Violence Related Court Cases - A total of 72,383 violent offenses (aggravated assault, homicide, rape, harassment etc.) were filed from 2008 through 2013. Of those, 45% were domestic violence related charges (n=32,761). - Domestic assault/battery was the leading charge for 2008-2013 with 59% of charges falling within that category. - Of the cases where age was included, more than one third (37.3%) of the defendants were between the ages of 25 and 34. This group accounted for 7,097 domestic violence related charges. - Almost half of the charges involving domestic assault/battery were amended to another charge before the case was closed. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, Idaho State Police, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/DomesticViolenceinIdaho2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140513

Author: Phelps, William Title: Idaho Drug and Alcohol Related Arrests and Charges: 2006-2013 Summary: The arrest data extracted and analyzed are from the Idaho Incident Based Reporting System (IIBRS) repository maintained by Idaho State Police between 2006 and 2013. Court information is from the Idaho Supreme Court for the years 2008‐2013. Since the court data was initially requested for a different report, the date range does not match that of the IIBRS section of the current report.����� IIBRS � Alcohol related arrests have been declining since 2006, while drug related arrests have increased by nearly 18%. � Arrests for driving under the influence decreased by 28% between 2006 and 2013. � Between 2006 and 2013, 7,764 pounds of marijuana were seized; the most of any drug. � Prescription drug seizures peaked in 2012 with 31,730 dosage units seized. � Cases involving cocaine decreased between 2006 and 2013 while cases involving opiates (e.g., heroin) increased by 283%. � Although offenders arrested for drug or alcohol related offenses are most often male, the proportion of female arrestees increased slightly in 2013. � The proportion of female arrestees was largest for cases involving methamphetamine and prescription drugs. � In 2013, the offender was suspected of being under the influence of alcohol or drugs in nearly 20% of violent crime arrests. Court Information �� � The rate of alcohol cases declined between 2008 through 2013 from 14.3 to 8.7 per 1,000 people in Idaho. � The rate of drug cases increased between 2008 through 2013 from 6.3 to 7.6 cases per 1,000 people. � Possession accounted for more than 80% of drug charges and DUIs accounted for nearly 60% of alcohol charges. � Drug use/consume cases increased by 24% between 2008 and 2013. � Cases involving minors in possession of alcohol decreased by 12% between 2008 and 2013. � Individuals age 18‐24 accounted for the largest percentage of defendants in drug and alcohol related cases between 2008 and 2013. � More than 40% of drug charges between 2008 and 2013 involved paraphernalia. � The most common drug types in transporting/importing cases between 2008 and 2013 included marijuana (38.4%) and methamphetamine (38.9%). � Nearly 45% of drug charges and less than 25% of alcohol charges were dismissed. � The percent of drug and alcohol related cases involving a probation violation decreased from approximately 11% in 2012 to 6% in 2013. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, Idaho State Police, 2015. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2016 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/AlcoholandDrugTrendReport06-13Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 140514

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Handling of Firearms Purchase Denials Through the National Instant Criminal Background Check Systems Summary: The National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) is used by Federal Firearms Licensees, importers, and manufacturers (collectively, "dealers") to determine whether a prospective purchaser is legally prohibited from doing so. The process begins when the person provides a dealer with photo identification and a completed Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) Form 4473. The form asks questions corresponding to the categories of persons prohibited by federal law from possessing firearms. Providing false information is a federal crime. If a prospective purchaser answers "yes" to any questions, the sale must be denied. Otherwise, the dealer generally must request a NICS check from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) or their state point of contact. The transfer can occur only if the check does not identify prohibitive criteria, or if it takes more than 3 business days. If 3 business days pass without a determination that the transaction can be approved or must be denied, the dealer can either complete the sale (unless prohibited by local law) or wait for the check to be performed. For approved transactions, identifying information about the purchaser and firearm is purged from NICS within 24 hours pursuant to federal law. For denied transactions, the FBI sends relevant information to ATF's Denial Enforcement and NICS Intelligence (DENI) Branch for possible investigation. For a "delayed denial," where a firearm transfer to a prohibited purchaser occurred because the check took more than 3 business days to complete, ATF is charged with recovering the firearm. Additionally, ATF consults with U.S. Attorneys' Offices (USAO) to decide whether to refer for possible prosecution denial cases that it believes have prosecutorial merit. The Department of Justice (DOJ) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) undertook this audit to examine (1) the effectiveness of the FBI's quality control processes for NICS transactions, the impact of state reporting and recording on FBI NICS determinations, and the FBI's referral of denied NICS transactions to ATF; (2) ATF's initial screening and referral of denied transactions to its field offices for investigation, and ATF field offices' investigation of denied transactions; and (3) the USAOs' prosecution of crimes associated with denials. Details: Washington, DC: DOJ, 2016. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 16-32: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/a1632.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Check Shelf Number: 140527

Author: Morin, Rich Title: The Racial Confidence Gap in Police Performance: Blacks, whites also have dramatically different views on causes of fatal encounters between blacks and police Summary: The deep racial tensions seen in many areas of American life underlie how blacks and whites view police in their communities, as well as their reactions to the deadly encounters in recent years between blacks and law enforcement officers, according to a new survey by Pew Research Center. Only about a third of blacks but roughly three-quarters of whites say police in their communities do an excellent or good job in using the appropriate force on suspects, treating all racial and ethnic minorities equally and holding officers accountable when misconduct occurs. Roughly half of all blacks say local police do an excellent or good job combatting crime - a view held by about eight-inten whites. Blacks and whites also differ over the root causes of the fatal incidents between police and blacks in recent years. Even before the recent lethal encounters between police and black men in Tulsa and Charlotte, the survey found that blacks are 25 percentage points more likely than whites to say the deaths of blacks during encounters with police in recent years are signs of a broader societal problem and not merely isolated incidents. At the same time, whites and blacks both see the complexity of the situation. Majorities of each race say that both anti-police bias and a genuine desire to hold officers accountable for their actions play a part in fueling the protests that have often followed these fatal incidents, though whites are more skeptical than blacks about the demonstrators' motives. There is less agreement on which is the more important motivator: For whites, it is anti-police bias (85% vs. 63% who see a sincere desire to promote accountability); for blacks it's reversed (79% of blacks cite accountability, 56% opposition to the police). The survey, conducted Aug. 16-Sept. 12 online and by mail among 4,538 U.S. adults, also found that about eight-in-ten blacks and a larger share of whites favor the use of body cameras by police to record encounters with citizens. Majorities of both races also believe that the use of so-called body cams would prompt officers to act more appropriately when dealing with the public. The survey was completed before a recent deadly encounter in Tulsa, Oklahoma, that left a black man dead and the white officer who shot him charged with manslaughter, as well as a fatal shooting of a black man in Charlotte, North Carolina, that sparked two nights of unrest in that city. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.pewsocialtrends.org/2016/09/29/the-racial-confidence-gap-in-police-performance/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 140528

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Drug Enforcement Administration's Management and Oversight of its Confidential Source Program Summary: The Department of Justice (DOJ or Department) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) is conducting an audit of the Drug Enforcement Administration's (DEA) Confidential Source Program. The OIG initiated the audit as a result of the OIG's receipt and review of numerous allegations regarding the DEA's handling and use of confidential sources. This audit report specifically focuses on our examination of the DEA's confidential source policies and their consistency with Department-level standards for law enforcement components, review of the DEA's oversight of certain high-level confidential sources and high-risk activities involving confidential sources, and evaluation of the DEA's administration of death and disability benefits to confidential sources. Our audit work thus far has been seriously delayed by numerous instances of uncooperativeness from the DEA, including attempts to prohibit the OIG's observation of confidential source file reviews and delays, for months at a time, in providing the OIG with requested confidential source information and documentation. In each instance, the matters were resolved only after the Inspector General elevated them to the DEA Administrator. As a result, over 1 year after we initiated this review, the OIG only has been able to conduct a limited review of the DEA's Confidential Source Program. Nevertheless, we have uncovered several significant issues related to the DEA's management of its Confidential Source Program that we believe require the prompt attention of DOJ and DEA leadership, as identified in this report. We will continue to audit the DEA's Confidential Source Program to more fully assess the DEA's management and oversight of its confidential sources. The Attorney General's Guidelines Regarding the Use of Confidential Informants (AG Guidelines) provide guidance to all Justice Law Enforcement Agencies(JLEA), including the DEA, related to establishing, approving, utilizing, and evaluating confidential sources. Compliance with the AG Guidelines is important for JLEAs to manage confidential sources appropriately and to mitigate the risks involved with using confidential sources in federal investigations. However, instead of implementing the AG Guidelines verbatim as a separate policy, the DEA chose to incorporate provisions from the AG Guidelines into its preexisting policy - the DEA Special Agents Manual - and the DEA stated that manual successfully captured the essence of the AG Guidelines. The Criminal Division's leadership approved the DEA policy in January 2004. We found that the Criminal Division's 2004 approval of the DEA policy allowed the DEA to have a policy that differed in several significant respects from the AG Guidelines' requirements. We believe this has resulted in areas in which the DEA is not fully addressing the concerns underlying the AG Guidelines and, as a result, the DEA�s Confidential Source Program lacks sufficient oversight and lacks consistency with the rules governing other DOJ law enforcement components. The DEA's differing policies have resulted in DEA personnel being able to use high-risk individuals as confidential sources without the level of review as would otherwise be required by the AG Guidelines for high-level and privileged or media-affiliated sources. These categories include individuals who are part of drug trafficking organization leadership, as well as individuals who are lawyers, doctors, or journalists. The AG Guidelines provide a special approval distinction for these individuals because the use of them as confidential sources poses an increased risk to the public and DEA and creates potential legal implications for DOJ. The exemption of the DEA from these requirements results in a relative lack of DEA and DOJ oversight, and in our view should be revisited by the DEA and DOJ. We similarly found that the DEA policies and practices are not in line with the AG Guidelines' requirements for reviewing, approving, and revoking confidential sources� authorization to conduct Otherwise Illegal Activity (OIA). The effects of inadequate oversight of OIA may not only prove to be detrimental to DEA operations and liability, but also could create unforeseen consequences. For instance, confidential sources may engage in illegal activity that has not been adequately considered, or may overstep their boundaries with a mistaken belief that the DEA sanctions any illegal activities in which they participate. This is another area that should be revisited by the DEA and DOJ. Moreover, we found that although the DEA's policy includes a provision that generally follows the AG Guidelines requirement for evaluating the use of long-term confidential sources, sources in use for 6 or more consecutive years, the DEA was not adhering to its policy and conducted inadequate and untimely reviews of these sources. In fact, over a 9-year period, DEA documentation indicates that the DEA spent minimal time meeting to determine the appropriateness of the continued use of long term sources. While a more detailed review was done in 2012, and then even more in 2014 (when we observed some of the process) in total we found that the DEA utilized over 240 confidential sources without rigorous review and, in most instances, without the same Departmental concurrence required for other JLEAs. This created a significant risk that improper relationships between government handlers and sources could be allowed to continue over many years, potentially resulting in the divulging of sensitive information or other adverse consequences for the government. In some cases, the DEA continued to use, for up to 6 years without any DOJ intervention, individuals who were involved in unauthorized illegal activities and who were under investigation by federal entities. We also identified that the DEA's confidential source policies do not include any specific mention of recruiting, establishing, or using sources who are also subject to regulation by the DEA because they have a DEA-provided controlled substance registration number. DOJ guidance emphasizes the need for controls to ensure that no licensee is led to believe that the continued validity of their license is in any way predicated on their status as a source. This was an issue we highlighted in our report on the Bureau of the Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) Operation Fast and Furious, where ATF was obtaining information in connection with its criminal investigations from individuals who were also Federal Firearm Licensees. We believe that a clearly stated policy is necessary to provide DEA Special Agents with sufficient information to understand all of the implications of these relationships' Finally, we learned that the DEA was providing Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA) benefits to confidential sources, yet had not established a process or any controls regarding the awarding of them. We estimated that, in just the 1-year period from July 1, 2013, through June 30, 2014, the DEA paid 17 confidential sources or their dependents FECA benefits totaling approximately $1.034 million. The DEA lacked a process for thoroughly reviewing FECA claims for confidential sources or determining eligibility for these benefits. In addition, the DEA did not oversee and ensure that the established pay rate for these sources was proper and inappropriately continued using and paying confidential sources who were also receiving full disability payments through FECA. We also found that the DEA had not adequately considered the implications of awarding such benefits on the disclosure obligations of federal prosecutors, and had not consulted the Department about the issue. Details: Washington, DC: DOJ, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 16-33: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2015/a1528.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Confidential Sources Shelf Number: 140529

Author: Dills, Angela K. Title: Does of Reality: The Effect of State Marijuana Legalizations Summary: In November 2012 voters in the states of Colorado and Washington approved ballot initiatives that legalized marijuana for recreational use. Two years later, Alaska and Oregon followed suit. As many as 11 other states may consider similar measures in November 2016, through either ballot initiative or legislative action. Supporters and opponents of such initiatives make numerous claims about state-level marijuana legalization. Advocates think legalization reduces crime, raises tax revenue, lowers criminal justice expenditures, improves public health, bolsters traffic safety, and stimulates the economy. Critics argue that legalization spurs marijuana and other drug or alcohol use, increases crime, diminishes traffic safety, harms public health, and lowers teen educational achievement. Systematic evaluation of these claims, however, has been largely absent. This paper assesses recent marijuana legalizations and related policies in Colorado, Washington, Oregon, and Alaska. Our conclusion is that state marijuana legalizations have had minimal effect on marijuana use and related outcomes. We cannot rule out small effects of legalization, and insufficient time has elapsed since the four initial legalizations to allow strong inference. On the basis of available data, however, we find little support for the stronger claims made by either opponents or advocates of legalization. The absence of significant adverse consequences is especially striking given the sometimes dire predictions made by legalization opponents. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa799.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 140531

Author: Nowrasteh, Alex Title: Terrorism and Immigration: A Risk Analysis Summary: Terrorism is a hazard to human life and material prosperity that should be addressed in a sensible manner whereby the benefits of actions to contain it outweigh the costs. Foreign-born terrorists who entered the country, either as immigrants or tourists, were responsible for 88 percent (or 3,024) of the 3,432 murders caused by terrorists on U.S. soil from 1975 through the end of 2015. This paper presents the first terrorism risk analysis of the visa categories those foreign-born terrorists used to enter the United States. Including those murdered in the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 (9/11), the chance of an American perishing in a terrorist attack on U.S. soil that was committed by a foreigner over the 41-year period studied here is 1 in 3.6 million per year. The hazard posed by foreigners who entered on different visa categories varies considerably. For instance, the chance of an American being murdered in a terrorist attack caused by a refugee is 1 in 3.64 billion per year while the chance of being murdered in an attack committed by an illegal immigrant is an astronomical 1 in 10.9 billion per year. By contrast, the chance of being murdered by a tourist on a B visa, the most common tourist visa, is 1 in 3.9 million per year. Any government response to terrorism must take account of the wide range of hazards posed by foreign-born terrorists who entered under various visa categories. The federal government has an important role to play in screening foreigners who enter the United States, and to exclude those who pose a threat to the national security, safety, or health of Americans. This terrorism risk analysis of individual visa categories can aid in the efficient allocation of scarce government security resources to those categories that are most exploitable by terrorists. The hazards posed by foreign-born terrorists are not large enough to warrant extreme actions like a moratorium on all immigration or tourism. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis no. 798: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: http://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa798_1_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 140532

Author: Carbado, Devon W. Title: From Stopping Black People to Killing Black People: The Fourth Amendment Pathways to Police Violence Summary: 2014 to 2016 likely will go down as a significant if not watershed moment in the history of U.S. race relations. Police killing of African Americans has engendered further conversations about race and policing. Yet, in most of the discussions about these tragic deaths, little attention has been paid to a significant dimension of the police violence problem: the legalization of racial profiling in Fourth Amendment law. This legalization of racial profiling is not a sideline or peripheral feature of Fourth Amendment law. It is embedded in the analytical structure of the doctrine in ways that enable police officers to force engagements with African Americans with little or no basis. The frequency of these engagements exposes African Americans not only to the violence of ongoing police surveillance, contact, and social control but also to the violence of serious bodily injury and death. Which is to say, Fourth Amendment law facilitates the space between stopping black people and killing black people. This Article demonstrates precisely how by employing a series of hypotheticals to reveal the ways in which the extraordinary violence police officers often use against Africans Americans can grow out of the ordinary police interactions Fourth Amendment law empowers police officers to stage. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA School of Law, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-41 : Accessed October 6, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2844312 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 147823

Author: Depew, Briggs Title: The Decision to Carry: The Effect of Crime on Concealed-Carry Applications Summary: Despite contentious debate on the role of concealed-carry legislation in the U.S., little is known about individual decisions to legally carry concealed handguns in public. Using data on concealed-carry permit applications from 1998 to 2012, we explore the degree to which individuals respond to crime by applying for permits to legally carry concealed firearms. We find that recent homicide incidents increase concealed-carry applications in areas relatively near to the event. Our main results suggest that an additional homicide in relatively small cities increases applications by 26 percent over the following two months. We also find effects in larger cities when using neighborhood-level data.Our data allow us to explore specific circumstances of crime incidents and the characteristics of responsive applicants. Our results show that gun-related homicides are particularly relevant and that whites and males are most responsive to homicide incidents. We also find evidence that individuals are more responsive to homicide incidents when they share a common characteristic with the victim, particularly for female applicants. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10236: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2846327 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 147822

Author: Fisk, Catherine Title: Police Unions Summary: Perhaps no issue has been more controversial in the discussion of police union responses to allegations of excessive force than statutory and contractual protections for officers accused of misconduct, as critics have assailed such protections and police unions defend them. For all the public controversy over police unions, there is has been relatively little legal scholarship on them. Neither the legal nor the social science literature on policing and police reform has explored the opportunities and constraints that labor law offers in thinking about organizational change. The scholarly deficit has substantial public policy consequences, as groups ranging from Black Lives Matter to the U.S. Department of Justice are proposing legal changes that will require the cooperation of police labor organizations to implement. This article fills that gap. Part I explores the structure and functioning of police departments and the evolution of police unions as a response to a hierarchical and autocratic command structure. Part II examines the ways in which and the reasons why police unions have been obstacles to reform, focusing particularly on union defense of protections for officers accused of misconduct. Part III describes and analyzes 50 years� worth of instances in which cities have implemented reforms to reduce police violence and improve police-community relations. All of them involved the cooperation of the rank and file, and many involved active cooperation with the union. Part IV proposes mild changes in the law governing police labor relations to facilitate rank and file support of the kinds of transparency, accountability, and constitutional policing practices that police reformers have been advocating for at least a generation. We propose a limited form of minority union bargaining � a reform that has been advocated in other contexts by both the political left and the political right at various points in recent history � to create an institutional structure enabling diverse representatives of police rank and file to meet and confer with police management over policing practices. Details: Irvine: School of Law, University of California, Irvine, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: University of California, Irvine School of Law Research Paper No. 2016-47 : Accessed October 6, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2841837 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 147821

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: California's Historic Corrections Reforms Summary: California leads the nation in correctional reforms and reduced reliance on incarceration. In 2011, the state enacted public safety realignment, which shifted the management of lower-level felons from the state prison and parole systems to county jail and probation systems. Three years later, voters approved Proposition 47, which further re-prioritized correctional resources and lowered incarceration. In this report, we describe the impact of these historic changes. Over the past decade, California has reversed a long-term trajectory of increasing incarceration. - Since reaching a peak in 2006 of almost 256,000 inmates, the total population incarcerated in California's state prisons and county jails has dropped by roughly 55,000. The incarceration rate has fallen from 702 to 515 per 100,000 residents-a level not seen since the early 1990s. - Realignment substantially reduced the prison population, but led to an increase in the county jail population of about 10,000 inmates, pushing the statewide jail population above its rated capacity and leading to more early releases due to overcapacity. Proposition 47 brought the statewide jail population down to pre-realignment levels. Dramatically reduced incarceration from realignment did not lead to a broad increase in crime rates. - Crime rates in California are on a long-term decline, though there are year-to-year fluctuations. Realignment resulted in an additional 18,000 offenders on the street, but through 2014, we found no evidence of an impact on violent crime. Auto thefts did increase, by about 60 per 100,000 residents in 2014. - From 2014 to 2015, the violent crime rate increased by 8.4 percent and the property crime rate by 6.6 percent. The role of Proposition 47 on crime remains unknown, but preliminary data show that compared to other states, California's increase in property crime appears to stand out more than its increase in violent crime. Reforms have not yet succeeded in reducing the state's high rates of recidivism. - Rearrest and reconviction rates for offenders released from state prison are similar to pre-realignment levels. The two-year rearrest rate is 69 percent. The two-year reconviction rate (42%) is about 5 percentage points higher than before realignment, but this higher rate may simply reflect prosecution of offenses that in the past would have been processed administratively. - Realignment helped stanch the flow of returning offenders to state prison for parole violation. Two-year return-to-prison rates dropped from 55 percent pre-realignment to 16.5 percent. - Offenders released from state prison who are supervised by county probation have higher recidivism rates than those supervised by state parole. This difference is primarily due to a significantly higher share of so-called high-risk offenders among the former population. Details: Public Policy Institute of California, 2016. 36p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_916MLR.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 140601

Author: Buchanan, Kim S. Title: Electronic Defense Weapon Analysis and Findings, 2015 Summary: In an effort to increase transparency and better understand taser 1 use, the Connecticut General Assembly passed Public Act 14-149, �An Act Concerning the Use of Electronic Defense Weapons by Police Officers,� in 2014. PA 14-149 directed the Police Officer Standards and Training Council (�POSTC�) to draft and distribute a model policy for regulating the use of tasers. This law requires that every police department adopt and maintain a taser policy that meets or exceeds the standards set by the POSTC model policy. The new law also requires police officers to document each incident in which a taser was used and for law enforcement agencies authorizing such use to report all incidents to the Office of Policy and Management (OPM), Criminal Justice Policy and Planning Division, by January 15 of the following year. The Institute of Municipal and Regional Policy (IMRP), at Central Connecticut State University, was tasked by the Office of Policy and Management�s Criminal Justice Policy and Planning Division with compiling and analyzing the reported taser data for 2015. The findings and recommendations in this report are based on analysis of the data submitted by 79 police departments in 2015, including a review of policies governing the use of tasers. This was the first year in which data on taser use has been collected in Connecticut. Based on numerous factors, IMRP researchers believe the data collected is not indicative of the entirety of required incident reporting based on PA 14-149. Therefore, while the descriptive statistics presented in this report raise many questions as to how, when, why, and on whom reported taser usage occurs within law enforcement agencies, they cannot be taken to conclusively establish what is happening with respect to all law enforcement taser use in Connecticut. As such, this first year of taser findings should be interpreted with caution. Details: New Britain, CT: Central Connecticut State University, Institute for Municipal & Regional Policy, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: http://www.ccsu.edu/imrp/projects/files/EDW.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Control Weapons Shelf Number: 145110

Author: Weisburst, Emily Title: Safety in Police Numbers: Evidence of Police Effectiveness and Foresight from Federal COPS Grant Applications Summary: Understanding the impact of police on crime is critical to designing policies that maximize safety. In this paper, I use a novel estimation approach to measure the impact of police hiring, which exploits variation in federal Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) hiring grants, while also controlling for the endogenous decisions of police departments to apply for these grants. Using data from nearly U.S. 7,000 municipalities, I find that a 10% increase in police employment rates reduces violent crime rates by 13% and property crime rates by 8.5%. The model also provides suggestive evidence that law enforcement leaders are forward-looking. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin, Department of Economics, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2845099 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Economic of Crime Shelf Number: 145111

Author: Lapointe, David Audet dit Title: Teacher Perception of School Safety Between Mississippi Secondary Schools With School Resource Officers And School Safety Officers Summary: The purpose of the study was to determine if there was a significant difference in the perception of school safety by teachers between secondary schools that employ School Resource Officers (SROs), who are armed, and School Safety Officers (SSOs), who are unarmed or a combination of SROs and SSOs. The School Resource Officers and School Climate Teacher Survey, created by Dr. Amy Oaks (2001), was utilized to gather data. The 193 participants of the study included certified teachers at secondary schools in the Jackson Public School District, the Jackson County Public School District, and the Ocean Springs School District. A Pearson Chi-Square test was conducted to determine if there was a significant difference in the perception of safety between the two groups. In all items analyzed, it was found that there was a statistically significant difference in the perception of school safety with the SRO group perceiving their schools as being safer than the teachers in the SRO/SSO group. In an environment in which the issue of school safety is becoming an increasingly important topic, the perception of teachers working in these schools is vital. Details: Hattiesburg, MS: University of Southern Mississippi, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://aquila.usm.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1357&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 145080

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission Title: Advancing Diversity in Law Enforcement Summary: In December 2015, the Justice Department's Civil Rights Division and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) launched a new research initiative, Advancing Diversity in Law Enforcement, to identify barriers that undermine diversity in law enforcement and highlight promising practices that help agencies better reflect the diversity of the communities they serve. The initiative has focused on barriers and promising practices across three key areas: recruitment, hiring, and retention. In so doing, this initiative has taken a broad look at various barriers to diversity, while also placing particular emphasis on practices that advance greater racial and gender diversity and foster the inclusion of the perspectives and experiences of persons from diverse backgrounds in the culture and leadership of law enforcement agencies. The Center for Policing Equity (CPE) spearheaded much of the initiative's outreach and engagement with law enforcement. This initiative was created to assist law enforcement agencies throughout the country as they strive to expand access to opportunities to serve in law enforcement and build workforces that better reflect the diversity of their communities. This effort is intended to especially aid those small and mid-size police departments that recognize the importance of diversity, but may lack the resources to fully explore solutions. The report, which builds on the recommendations of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing, highlights that while greater workforce diversity alone cannot ensure fair and effective policing, a significant - and growing - body of evidence suggests that diversity can make policing more effective, more safe and more just. The report identifies both barriers and promising practices that have been adopted and/or are underway in communities across the country to advance diversity in law enforcement. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.justice.gov/crt/case-document/file/900761/download Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Equal Employment Opportunities Shelf Number: 145079

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Stigma Dilution and Over-Criminalization Summary: Criminalizing an act that provides weak signals about a person's productivity and character can dilute the stigma attached to having a criminal record. This reduces the deterrence of serious crimes that do provide strong signals regarding the offender's character. Over-criminalization occurs when the costs associated with reduced deterrence due to stigma dilution off-set potential benefits associated with criminalizing the less harmful act. Identifying conditions under which stigma dilution is likely and comparatively costly allows the determination of factors that affect the desirability of (de)criminalizing various acts. These factors are discussed in the context of marijuana possession offenses to illustrate how over-criminalization may reduce social welfare. The normative desirability of various practices in criminal law are also discussed vis-a-vis their impacts on stigma dilution. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University College of Law, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: FSU College of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 717; FSU College of Law, Law, Business & Economics Paper No. 14-16 : Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2534828 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 145078

Author: Hug, Aziz Z. Title: The Consequences of Disparate Policing: Evaluating Stop-And Frisk as a Modality of Urban Policing Summary: Beginning in the 1990s, police departments in major American cities started aggressively deploying pedestrian stops and frisks in response to escalating violent crime rates. Today, high-volume use of "stop, question and frisk," or "SQF," is an acute point of friction between urban police and minority residents. In numerous cities, recent consent decrees or settlements have imposed Fourth Amendment and Equal Protections constraints on police. But do these constitutional rules adequately respond to the harms of SQF? This Article argues that the core moral objection to SQF does not track the Constitution's focus upon the evidentiary sufficiency of stops or the racial animus of individual officers. I develop instead a new account of the distinctive wrong of aggressive street policing that is not contingent on individual animus or fault. This alternative account turns on the manner in which such policing can reproduce social and racial stratification. To substantiate this, I present a detailed analysis of the costs and benefits of SQF, with careful attention to its ecological spillovers and dynamic, intergenerational effects. Having explained why constitutional law, given its narrow transactional frame, is disarmed from an effective response, I present the alternative lens that is constitutionally and legally available for diagnosing harmful forms of urban street policing. This draws from the disparate impact framework of Title VI of the 1964 Civil Rights Act and certain states' laws. While an imprecise fit, disparate impact is legally feasible and readily available. To show that it is workable, I sketch three lines of econometric analysis capable of identifying an especially troubling subclass of racial disparate impacts in urban street policing. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper : Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2845540 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 145104

Author: Crosse, Scott Title: Multi-jurisdiction Research on Automated Reporting Systems: Kiosk Supervision Summary: The Multi-jurisdiction Kiosk Study was designed to expand and strengthen the evidence base on kiosk reporting used to supervise probationers and parolees. The research study collected and analyzed information on the prevalence of kiosk reporting, implementation experiences of adopters of this approach, and outcomes and costs associated with its use. In addition to enhancing the evidence base, the research findings informed the development of a practical guidebook on adoption and implementation that will help community supervision agencies make knowledgeable decisions about kiosk reporting. This mixed method study involved multiple components including: 1) a brief telephone screener and in-depth telephone interviews, 2) an implementation and cost study, and 3) an outcome study. The research methods and findings from each component are described in the remainder of this overview. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250173.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Technology Shelf Number: 145376

Author: Bauer, Erin L. Title: Kiosk Supervision: A Guidebook for Community Corrections Professionals Summary: Automated kiosk reporting systems have gained popularity in recent years as community supervision agencies strive to provide quality supervision services at reduced costs. This guidebook, which provides community supervision agencies with an overview of automated kiosk reporting systems, is based primarily on the findings of a multi-jurisdiction kiosk study on the use of automated kiosk reporting systems to supervise clients placed under community supervision. The multi-jurisdiction kiosk study was conducted by Westat, an employee-owned research firm in Rockville, Maryland, and funded by the U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice (NIJ). This research was designed to gather as much information as possible on automated kiosk reporting systems from the field - i.e., community supervision agencies that were currently using, seriously considered using, or formerly used automated kiosk reporting systems to supervise clients - and to compile and disseminate the information collected to community supervision agencies that may be exploring alternatives to traditional officer supervision. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2015. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250174.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 145377

Author: Lunghofer, Lisa Title: Evaluation of Friendly PEERsuasion Summary: Study Overview ANILA Consulting Group, Inc. partnered with Girls Inc. to test the effectiveness of their Friendly PEERsuasion program, a prevention program designed to help girls ages 11 to 14 acquire knowledge, skills, and support systems to avoid substance use. A previous evaluation showed promising short-term outcomes but did not address long-term effectiveness. Given that Friendly PEERsuasion is one of the most popular programs among Girls Inc.'s 93 affiliates, the evaluation represented a critical opportunity to determine the effectiveness of the program, which annually reaches approximately 10,000 girls. Description of Friendly PEERsuasion Girls Inc.'s Friendly PEERsuasion is focused on individual and peer-related risk and protective factors related to substance use. The program is designed to help girls ages 11 to 14 acquire knowledge, skills, and support systems to avoid substance use, and consists of 15 hour-long sessions with a trained adult leader. Friendly PEERsuasion uses a combination of adult leadership and peer reinforcement to teach girls to respond critically to messages and social pressures that encourage substance use. Girls learn the short-term and long-term effects of substance abuse, how to recognize media and peer pressures, and skills for making responsible decisions about substance use. Research Questions The goal of work conducted under this grant was to test the effectiveness of existing delinquency prevention, intervention, and intervention programs for girls. As such, this study addressed four key research questions related to the effectiveness of Friendly PEERsuasion: (1) Is Friendly PEERsuasion effective in delaying or reducing girls' use of alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs (ATOD)? (2) Is Friendly PEERsuasion effective in changing girls' attitudes toward ATOD use and their associations with peers who use substances? (3) Are demonstrated effects sustained for one year after program completion? and (4) What factors are critical to successful implementation of the program (and its evaluation)? Research Settings and Participants A total of eight Girls Inc. affiliates participated in the study. Two of the original six affiliates and one of the affiliates that served as a replacement dropped out of the study due to challenges recruiting girls to participate. Three additional affiliates subsequently joined the study in order to increase the likelihood of attaining our target sample of 300 girls. Consent and assent forms were collected from a total of 610 girls from these eight affiliates, and these girls were randomly assigned to either the intervention or control group. Fifty-five percent of these girls (N=343) completed a baseline and at least one follow-up survey and were included in the final data set. Research Design and Methods The first three research questions comprise the outcome evaluation. To answer these questions, an experimental design was implemented in which girls were randomly assigned to either an intervention or a delayed-entry control group. In order to examine use of ATOD, attitudes toward use of ATOD, and association with peers who use substances over time, girls in the intervention and delayed-entry control groups were surveyed at three time points: (1) prior to the intervention group's participation in Friendly PEERsuasion, (2) immediately following the intervention group's participation in the program, and (3) one year following the intervention group's completion of the program. The survey collected information on three outcomes that are tied directly to the Friendly PEERsuasion program: (1) age at first use and past 30 day use of ATOD, (2) attitudes and beliefs about ATOD, and (3) association with peers who use substances. Data collection instruments included two Center for Substance Abuse Prevention (CSAP) Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) measures to assess the first two outcomes. The CSAP GPRA measure of ATOD use asks youth to report on lifetime and past 30 day use of ATOD, and the measure of attitudes asks youth to report on their perceptions of harm from using substances and their intentions regarding substance use. Questions from the Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS) were used to assess the third outcome, association with peers who use substances. Demographic data and information on the number of program sessions girls attend was also collected. Data were analyzed using a multivariate generalized estimating equation (GEE) in order to account for the correlation of outcomes within individuals (repeated measures over time) and any potential correlation within affiliate site. Logistic models were used to assess dichotomous outcomes, and multinomial (ordinal) models were used for categorical outcomes. A process evaluation was conducted in order to answer the fourth research question. Process data was gathered from Session Assessment Forms, monthly conference calls with Girls Inc. staff, and ongoing conversations with program providers at each of the participating Girls Inc. affiliates. Content analysis was used to analyze these data. Details: McLean, VA: Manila Consulting Group, Inc., 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250126.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 145105

Author: Dwyer, R. Gregg Title: Protecting Children Online: Using Research-Based Algorithms to Prioritize Law Enforcement Internet Investigation Summary: here is increasing public and professional concern about Internet sexual offending, as reflected in increasing law enforcement cases and clinical referrals. While all instances of Internet offending against minors require intervention, the number of cases and the overarching goal of protecting children require law enforcement to prioritize cases. This project used data from 20 Internet Crimes Against Children task forces across the United States -- offender characteristics, crime characteristics, and online behavior -- to develop empirically-based recommendations to assist law enforcement in prioritizing: (1) cases involving production of child pornography over possession/distribution; (2) cases involving online luring for the purpose of meeting the minor to commit sexual offenses, over luring restricted to online behavior such as sexual chat or exchanging pornographic images; and (3) cases involving offenders who have committed contact sexual offenses against children over cases involving offenders with no known history. The research builds on a previous OJJDP-funded project by increasing the number of task forces and thereby sample size in order to develop practical recommendations, and adding a new component - a geographical analysis of cases - that will assist decision makers in the allocation of training and resources across the United States in order to combat online sexual exploitation and abuse of children. Details: Charleston, SC: Medical University of South Carolina, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250154.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 145106

Author: Browne, Angela Title: Examining Criminal Justice Responses To and Help-Seeking Patterns of Sexual Violence Survivors with Disabilities Summary: Despite national survey estimates indicating a sharp increase in rates of violent victimization and an increased risk of serious outcomes for people with reported disabilities compared to people without reported disabilities,i few studies have examined criminal justice responses to and help-seeking patterns of sexual assault survivors with disabilities. Goals of this exploratory study were to: 1. Describe criminal justice reporting of sexual assault against persons with disabilities (e.g., number and source of reports, characteristics of survivors and perpetrators, case characteristics, and case outcomes) using administrative and case file data from a large metropolitan area's District Attorney's Office (DAO)ii consisting of all sexual assault cases involving adults from 2008 to 2013 when the reported victim had a disability/was Deaf; 2. Assess how cases of sexual assault survivors with disabilities proceeded through the criminal court system, using administrative data, case file reviews, and Assistant District Attorney and Victim-Witness Advocate informational interviews; and 3. Describe help-seeking experiences of sexual assault survivors with disabilities from formal and informal sources, including influences on how and where they seek help, their experiences in reporting, barriers to reporting, and outcomes of this reporting, drawn from interviews with community-based survivors and service providers. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250196.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual Assault Shelf Number: 145107

Author: Gill, Charlotte E. Title: Process Evaluation of Seattle's School Emphasis Officer Program Summary: Summary of Findings This process description and assessment examines Seattle's School Emphasis Officer (SEO) program, an initiative operated by the Seattle Police Department (SPD) as part of the Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI). The report is based on an examination of program documentation, interviews with key stakeholders, and observations of SEO activity in three Seattle middle schools conducted by the Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy at George Mason University and the University of Maryland for the City of Seattle Office of City Auditor. The SEO Program - Police officers are assigned to four public middle schools in Seattle (Denny International MS, Washington MS, Aki Kurose MS, South Shore K-8). - Schools are selected for truancy, suspension, and discipline issues and location within SYVPI network areas. - Officer activities include school support; safety and security; education; SYVPI referral and follow-up; and law enforcement. Law enforcement activities are minimal. Most activities involve prevention and intervention with at-risk students. Program Strengths - Potential for integration with services. Police officers can fall back on a network of services through SYVPI rather than defaulting to law enforcement responses for troubled youth. - Potential to improve police-community relations. The SEOs build trust among school students, which could help to change perceptions of the police in school and the wider community. - Non-law enforcement focus. SEOs minimize their involvement in the disciplinary process and do not arrest students. However, their information gathering activities could be shared with others for law enforcement purposes. Program Challenges - Clarity of program structure and relationship with SYVPI. The day-to-day operation of the program occurs on an ad hoc basis and the relationship between the SEOs, SPD, SYVPI and the schools is not fully defined. - Evaluability. The program lacks a logic model and outcome measures and cannot be evaluated for effectiveness. - Sustainability. The program lacks a formal structure and is driven by individual personalities and relationships. Summary of Recommendations 1 Clarify the program and the link between SEOs and SYVPI. 1.1 Develop a program manual that lays out clear expectations for operations and stakeholders. 1.2 Clarify and document the relationship between the SEOs and SYVPI in the logic models and program documentation. 1.3 Eliminate or reduce formal curriculum education in favor of a focus on relationshipbuilding with at-risk youth and the wider school community. 2 Develop a systematic performance and outcome measurement and evaluation plan for the SEO program and participating schools. 2.1 Clearly articulate the program goals, structure, activities, and outcomes in the program manual and a logic model. 2.2 Align data sources with proposed program outcomes and SYVPI outcomes, identify gaps in data sources and develop new instruments and measures, and build capacity within SPD's crime analysis unit to provide tracking of crime outcomes. 2.3 Facilitate appropriate data sharing. 2.4 Develop a long-term evaluation plan. 3 If the SEO program is effective, take steps to ensure its sustainability. 3.1 Articulate the program goals and training requirements. 3.2 Ensure that memoranda of understanding are developed with each individual school. 3.3 Systematize the process for identifying new schools. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, Department of Criminology, Law & Society, 2015. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CityAuditor/auditreports/SEOFinalReport100615.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 145420

Author: Jones, David G. Title: Supporting a Future Evaluation of the Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI) Summary: At the request of the Seattle City Council, the Office of City Auditor contracted with the evaluation firm, MEF Associates, to conduct an evaluability assessment of the Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI) to determine whether it is ready for an evaluation of its effectiveness. The report from MEF identified some strengths of SYVPI but concluded that due to a number of issues with the design and implementation of SYVPI, a rigorous evaluation of the effectiveness of SYVPI from 2009 through present is not possible. The report outlines a series of steps that SYVPI could take to get ready for an evaluation at some point in the future. In addition, our office has outlined five specific things that the Executive and City Council could do to support a future evaluation of SYVPI: 1. Ensure that SYVPI has clear goals, 2. Support a youth violence needs assessment, 3. Monitor progress of the SYVPI risk assessment tool, 4. Ensure that SYVPI has an adequate data system, and 5. Require SYVPI management to report regularly to the Executive and City Council on its evaluation readiness. Details: Seattle: Seattle Office of City Auditor, 2014. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CityAuditor/auditreports/SYVPI-Published-Report-10_24_14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 140644

Author: Seattle. Human Services Department Title: Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Needs Assessment Summary: The Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI) constitutes the City's core programming in youth violence prevention with an annual budget of approximately $5.8 million per year. SYVPI is intended to be a coordinated violence prevention and intervention program providing wrap-around services for youth between 12- 17 years who are involved in or thought to be at risk of becoming involved in violence. However, while SYVPI has been operating since 2009, it has been unable to clearly articulate how its program works to reduce youth violence. In 2013, the City Council asked the City Auditor to conduct an "Evaluability Assessment" of SYVPI with the goal of developing a rigorous evaluation of the program. In October 2014, the City Auditor issued a report by MEF Associates that concluded SYVPI could not be evaluated due to several operational and program design issues. MEF identified several issues that would need to be addressed before SYVPI could be evaluated (while MEF was asked to focus on an evaluation design for SYVPI, the problems it identified have broader implications for SYVPI's efficacy). MEF also recommended the City conduct a youth violence needs assessment. This report is in response to this recommendation. Findings A. City's current approach to youth violence lacks an overarching strategic vision The City's current approach to youth violence prevention lacks an overarching strategic vision that recognizes the complexity and multi-faceted nature of youth violence. A substantial body of research recommends viewing youth violence through a public health lens, which posits youth violence can be prevented before it occurs. Adopting a public health approach means viewing the problem from a systems perspective and recognizing the environments in which youth grow and develop have the ability to influence norms and behaviors. A public health perspective also acknowledges that no stand-alone program or entity can effectively address youth violence. Thus, an effective strategy will seek to identify the relative strengths and respective roles and responsibilities of different institutions and systems that play a role in youth violence prevention. Ideally, this will lead to more effective partnerships, the identification of shared goals, and improved service alignment and coordination across systems. B. SYVPI's programming is limited in scope SYVPI is largely focused on the provision of pro-social activities for individual youth between 12- 17 years. As noted in a recent City Auditor report on SYVPI, While these services are important for youth who might otherwise have barriers to these opportunities, this strategy does not address issues with the criminal justice system or schools. In addition, research has identified several risk factors. Details: Seattle: City of Seattle Human Services Department, 2015. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2016 at: http://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/HumanServices/Reports/Final_SYPVI_NeedsAssessment.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 145416

Author: Bolin, Riane Miller Title: Adultification in Juvenile Corrections: A Comparison of Juvenile and Adult Officers Summary: The growing recognition throughout the nineteenth century that juveniles were different than adults culminated in the establishment of the first juvenile court in Cook County, Illinois in 1899. By 1945, every state had developed its own juvenile justice system separate and distinct from the criminal justice system. Since its inception, the juvenile justice system has experienced two waves of adultification in which the lines between the juvenile and criminal justice systems were blurred. While a number of studies have focused on the adultification of juvenile courts, no study has examined the adultification of juvenile corrections. Thus, the present study aims to explore whether one type of juvenile corrections, probation and parole, has been adultified by comparing the professional orientations as well as the behavior of juvenile and adult probation and parole officers. The study finds that juvenile probation and parole officers do differ from adult officers in regards to their professional orientation and behavior. Specifically, it is found that compared to adult probation and parole officers, juvenile officers tend to more strongly adhere to ideas of treatment, welfare, and offender-focused probation/parole. Additionally, it is found that juvenile probation and parole officers are less likely than adult officers to issue written sanctions and to pursue revocation hearings. The evidence from the present study reveals the important practical implications of retaining a separate and distinct juvenile justice system. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2014. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: http://scholarcommons.sc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3801&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 145410

Author: Maschi, Tina Title: An Evaluation of a Cultural Arts Program for Youth in a Juvenile Justice Program: Technical Report Summary: Arts programming has been touted as a way for youth to learn new skills that will increase youth resilience in stressful environments; improve social and emotional skills and abilities, as well as possibly increase cognitive functions. While there have been a number of studies conducted to examine these relationships, most had a research design that had a number of confounding factors. This study was one of the few that had a comparison group that provided for a stronger research design. The participants attended a program that served as a diversion program for arrested youth and a prevention program for family, friends, and neighbors, of the arrested youth. Previous analyses indicated a pre-post difference in mental health and social skills and an impact analysis indicated a very low recidivism rate for the participants relative to other programs. The findings of this study, in which trends, but few significant results were seen, indicated that art programming's impact on social skills was modest when participating in this relatively short 8 week program. A few significant results were observed that indicated the program had more impact on females. Other perspectives should be examined in order to develop a model of the impact of art programming on a youth's long-term behavior. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper, Accessed October 11, 2016 at: https://www.arts.gov/sites/default/files/Research-Art-Works-Fordham1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Art Education Shelf Number: 145408

Author: Grocery Manufacturers Association Title: Consumer Product Fraud: Deterrence and Detection Summary: n recent years, more than 150 instances of food and consumer product fraud have been documented at a projected cost to the food industry of $10 to 15 billon per year, plus human pain and suffering, and loss of consumer confidence. Food and consumer product fraud, or economic adulteration and counterfeiting, is increasingly a critical problem for the food and consumer products industries. As a result, The Grocery Manufacturers Association (GMA) Science and Education Foundation engaged A.T. Kearney to conduct the first comprehensive assessment of the problem. The research report, Consumer Product Fraud: Deterrence and Detection, demonstrates that the industry needs to find ways to collaborate to address this problem on a global basis. A better understanding of the problem and its impact begins with mapping categories of adulteration and counterfeiting, and analyzing significant examples. Details: Washington, DC: GMA, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: http://www.gmaonline.org/downloads/research-and-reports/consumerproductfraud.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 145411

Author: New York (City). Department of Investigation Title: Using Data from Lawsuits and Legal Claims: Involving NYPD to Improve Policing Summary: Over the past decade, legal claims and civil lawsuits against the New York City Police Department (NYPD) have been increasing in number. According to NYPD, in the past five fiscal years alone, the City has seen more than 15,000 lawsuits filed against NYPD, a 44% increase in total number, that in sum have cost the City over $202 million. These cases result in a substantial financial burden on New York City taxpayers. The City's response has ranged from removing the most-sued officers from the streets to allocating new and greater resources to the attorneys who must defend these lawsuits. The Mayor recently announced that the New York City Law Department would receive an additional $4.5 million to hire 30 new attorneys and 10 new paralegals to defend the City against such lawsuits. While parties may differ on what has caused this high volume of lawsuits, the byproduct has been a large quantity of lawsuit and claims data which, if used correctly, can assist NYPD and the City with taking necessary corrective action. However, various agencies with responsibility for different aspects of this litigation are not tracking the data from these cases in the most effective way possible. This Report discusses the necessary steps needed for the efficient collection and use of this data. While the high number of legal claims and lawsuits being filed against NYPD is concerning, the careful collection and analysis of data regarding legal claims and civil lawsuits (hereinafter "litigation data") has the potential to reduce costs while improving both officer performance and police-community relations. Although litigation data is not a perfect indicator of police performance, when the correct litigation data is collected and used properly, it can help result in changes that benefit individual officers, the police department, community members, and the City at large. As outlined in this Report, NYPD can use litigation data in three ways: First, a quantitative and qualitative review of litigation data can be used to help law enforcement identify patterns and trends of police misconduct that warrant remediation. Second, by coupling litigation data with "Early Intervention Systems," law enforcement agencies can identify at-risk officers who may be in need of enhanced training or monitoring. Third, litigation data analysis can contribute to improvements and positive shifts in departmental culture. In this Report, OIG-NYPD looks at how law enforcement agencies in other jurisdictions have successfully used litigation data in these three ways to effect change and reduce costs, and how NYPD can do the same. While litigation data has the potential to bring improvements, the limitations of the information must also be taken into account. For example, the fact that a claim or lawsuit is settled is not necessarily proof of liability or improper conduct. Cases are not always resolved on the merits, and non-meritorious cases are sometimes settled for lower amounts to avoid the costs and uncertainties of litigation. Moreover, litigation data cannot, by itself, drive change in how plaintiffs and the City choose to litigate and resolve lawsuits. Separate strategies, independent of this Report, are required to address how claims and lawsuits are managed by agencies and counsel. But when the data is properly gathered and analyzed, litigation data can still be used for positive, proactive improvements in policing. While this Report lists several steps that should be taken, OIG-NYPD notes that NYPD is, in some ways, ahead of many other police departments with respect to tracking and analyzing litigation data. For example, NYPD has been improving its system for using data - including litigation data - to track and monitor the performance of individual officers. NYPD also recently revamped its internal team responsible for reviewing and identifying trends in legal claims and litigation. Finally, NYPD has been exchanging data more regularly with the two agencies that also track litigation data against NYPD and its officers: the Office of the Comptroller of the City of New York (Comptroller's Office) and the New York City Law Department (Law Department). Notwithstanding this progress, more should be done. OIG-NYPD sees several opportunities for enhancing how litigation data is collected and utilized in the long-term. OIGNYPD therefore makes the following three recommendations: 1) NYPD should perform a qualitative review of the most relevant data contained within legal claims and lawsuits against NYPD. A more thoughtful examination of certain litigation metrics generates the greatest benefit from a risk management perspective, police oversight perspective, and accountability perspective. Specifically, NYPD, the Comptroller's Office, and the Law Department need to start tracking more details about the nature of the claims and the core allegations, information about the subject police officer, the location of the alleged incident, and the address of the plaintiff. A more qualitative review of claims and final outcomes will also help to distinguish potentially meritless cases from more substantive claims and, therefore, will help to determine which cases can best help with an Early Intervention System or a trend analysis system. 2) NYPD should more closely coordinate the collection and exchange of litigation data through the creation of an interagency working group with the Comptroller's Office and the Law Department. Beyond the current bilateral discussions that NYPD has with both the Comptroller's Office and the Law Department, an interagency working group would allow all three agencies to better understand the optimal path forward in facilitating and exchanging the review of police-involved litigation data. This includes identifying what data exists and where, how data should be classified, what additional data should be collected, what resources are needed to capture data that is not readily available, and how to best balance the benefits of data review with the practical realities of data collection. 3) NYPD should be more transparent in its emerging work in litigation data analysis so that New York City residents can better understand how the officers serving their community are evaluated and how NYPD is using litigation data to identify trends in the Department as a whole. In addition to revealing details about both officer performance monitoring and litigation data analysis, NYPD should also solicit public comment regarding these systems. With increased transparency and openness to comment will come greater public confidence in NYPD's plan for analyzing litigation data. Reliable data on police activities is a foundation of oversight and review. This Office, as well as NYPD, must therefore take all practical steps to harness the most accurate data from all available sources and render it useful. If the recommendations in this Report are implemented, litigation data analysis may further this goal by helping to reduce the number of legal claims and lawsuits directed towards NYPD, while also reducing costs and improving policing and police-community relations in New York City as a whole. Details: New York: New York City Department of Investigation, Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/oignypd/downloads/pdf/2015-04-20-litigation-data-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Claims Shelf Number: 145427

Author: Shultz, Ashley Title: Early Warning Systems: What's New? What's Working? Summary: CNA-a not-for-profit organization that focuses on operations and applied research to solve tough issues facing communities and governments at all levels-has worked with more than 50 police agencies over the past 10 years on issues relating to use of force, deadly use of force, community policing, citizen complaints against police, ambushes of police officers, violence reduction, innovative policing practices, police-community engagement, and rigorous evaluation of police initiatives. For several years-predating the publicized police shootings of civilians (or deaths in custody) in 2014 in Ferguson, MO; New York, NY; and Cleveland, OH-CNA, through its work with the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) Smart Policing Initiative and the Violence Reduction Network, and with the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) Collaborative Reform Initiative, heard from police officers at all ranks about their desire for better approaches to avoiding such catastrophic incidents. Many departments across the country utilize an early warning system (EWS)-a data-based police management tool that identifies "at risk officers" who are frequently the subject of complaints or demonstrate patterns of inappropriate behavior that could lead to more serious problems. The system is designed to alert police departments of such behavior and afford them the opportunity to provide some form of intervention, such as counseling or training, before an officer is in a situation that warrants formal disciplinary action, or worse. Early warning systems capture factors such as how often officers are involved in shootings, get complaints, use sick days, or get into car accidents, and then notify departmental supervisors once a specific threshold is reached. According to the 1999 National Survey of Early Warning Systems, the most recent survey on early warning systems to date, 39 percent of all municipal and county law enforcement agencies that serve populations greater than 50,000 either had an early warning system in place or were planning to implement one. Currently, there is concern about the effectiveness of early warning systems-whether these systems are capturing the right data and alerting supervisors to potential problematic behavior. For example, some officers are concerned they could be flagged down merely because they work in a high-crime area, where they are more likely to use their weapon or physical force.4 While the EWS forewarns, it is up to the departmental supervisors as to how they act on the information received. This apparent dilemma-whether these systems work, and whether they serve their intended purpose-prompted CNA to convene an Executive Session on September 24, 2015 in Arlington, VA: "Early Warning Systems: What's New? What's Working?" The Executive Session included panels of speakers representing different perspectives on these pertinent questions. CNA asked a diverse group of practitioners, researchers, and analysts to step forward and discuss these important questions. They responded, and they did so with heartfelt sincerity- in many cases, reaching back to their own experiences with law enforcement, and conveying the lessons learned to the Executive Session's audience with emotion and insight. We hope you read this report with interest, curiosity, and an open mind. In this manner, we also hope that you respect the forthrightness of our presenters and audience participants. Lamentably, rare are the sincere, civil, data-informed, and productive discussions on matters such as these facing our nation, though such conversations are happening with increasing frequency, as our federal partners who participated in this Executive Session explain below. Please also note that this CNA Executive Session was the third in a series that we will continue to convene, so long as the nation has diverse and informed practitioners, community members, and decision makers willing to engage in these important dialogues. The participants in this Executive Session offered numerous suggestions for future session topics, which we will consider Details: Arlington, VA: CNA, 2015. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2016 at: https://www.cna.org/cna_files/pdf/CRM-2015-U-012182.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Early Warning Systems Shelf Number: 140658

Author: Smith, Kelley Title: Characteristics of criminal justice system referrals discharged from substance abuse treatment and facilities with specially designed criminal justice programs Summary: Background: Persons referred to treatment through the criminal justice system face many challenges upon treatment discharge. Method: This report compares treatment discharges among those referred to treatment by the criminal justice system to other types of discharges using 2011 Treatment Episode Data Set-Discharges (TEDS-D) data. In addition, the report examines specialized services offered by substance abuse treatment facilities to criminal justice clients using 2012 National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services (N-SSATS) data. Results: Compared to other discharges, criminal justice discharges had higher proportions of lacking health insurance and of marijuana and methamphetamine/ amphetamine use. Over one-third of criminal justice discharges were unemployed at treatment discharge. About half of facilities that offered specially designed programs or groups for criminal justice clients provided assistance in obtaining social services and employment counseling. Conclusion: Criminal justice discharges differed from other types of discharges with respect to health insurance coverage and some drugs of abuse. Substance abuse treatment facilities that offer specially designed programs or groups for criminal justice clients offered services that are known to support the recovery and stabilization of criminal justice clients. Details: Rockville, MD: Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: he CBHSQ Report: April 26, 2016: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/default/files/report_2321/ShortReport-2321.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140660

Author: Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing Title: Pennsylvania's State Intermediate Punishment Program Summary: - The State Intermediate Punishment [SIP] Program is a two-year substance abuse treatment program for eligible offenders sentenced to state prison. - The SIP program became effective in May 2005. As of March 2015: 0 22,935 offenders had been sentenced to the Department of Corrections who were statutorily eligible for the SIP Program - 5,389 offenders [24%] had been evaluated for the SIP Program - Among those evaluated 4,584 offenders [85%] had been admitted to the SIP Program. Of those admitted into the Program: - 2,542 offenders [56%] had successfully completed the SIP Program - 1,029 offenders [20%] had been expelled from the SIP Program - 1,013 offenders [22%] were still enrolled in the SIP Program - As a result of concerns about the underutilization of SIP, the Commission had recommended that the Legislature review the ineligibility criteria for SIP, as well as allow greater discretion to the sentencing court for SIP consideration. Act 122 of 2012 revised statute to incorporate these recommendations. The statute went into effect on July 1, 2013 and increased the number of offenders eligible for SIP by 23% in 2014. The actual number of additional offenders in 2014 was 572, which was within the Commission's estimated range of 369 to 994. - Judges in 63 of Pennsylvania's 67 counties have sentenced offenders to the SIP program. - The majority of offenders approved for SIP were male, white, and had an average age of 34 years. Most offenders were convicted of drug delivery or DUI offenses and a large percentage of the offenders had been previously arrested for a drug or property offense. - Offenders were more likely to complete SIP if they were: older, female, white, convicted of a drug delivery or DUI offense, had fewer prior arrests, had a prior DUI offense, and had a low score on the criminal attitudes assessment scale [CSS-M]. - After three years, 36% of the SIP completers recidivated, compared to 66% of those who were expelled and 54% of those who were eligible for SIP but sentenced to prison instead. When controlling for other factors, offenders who completed SIP were significantly less likely to recidivate than offenders sentenced to prison, and offenders who were expelled from SIP were significantly more likely to recidivate than those who completed SIP or those who went to prison. - Offenders were also more likely to recidivate if they had been convicted of a property offense [compared to a drug delivery or DUI offense], had a greater number of prior arrests, had a prior drug offense, were male, and were younger. Details: Harrisburg: Pennsylvania Commission on Sentencing, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: 2016 Report to the Legislature: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://pcs.la.psu.edu/publications-and-research/research-and-evaluation-reports/state-intermediate-punishment/sip-2016-report-to-the-legislature/view Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 145424

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: The Colorado State Court Administrator's Office Division of Probation Services Cognitive-Behavioral Treatment Program Annual Evaluation Report Summary: Since the early 1990s the Colorado Division of Probation Services (DPS) has been committed to implementing cognitive-behavioral programming as part of their service delivery to probation clients. In the fall of 2008, the State Court Administrator's Office contracted with LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. (LMA) to conduct a three-year implementation and outcome evaluation of the cognitive-behavioral programs being delivered to probation clients across the state's 22 judicial districts. The first year of the evaluation included a literature review of cognitive-behavioral programs and an implementation analysis. The second and third years of the project involve an evaluation of fidelity and outcomes for the two major cognitive-behavioral treatment programs: Thinking for a Change and Why Try. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2010. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/colorado-annual-report-june-2010-final.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Program Shelf Number: 129793

Author: Callahan, Gina Title: More Than A Movement: Unpacking Contemporary Anti-Human Trafficking Efforts in Washington, D.C. Summary: Trafficking in persons has attracted seemingly boundless attention over the last two decades and the work aimed at fighting it is best understood when this cause is contextualized against the backdrop of other social forces - economic, social, and cultural - shaping contemporary nonprofit activities. This project argues that the paid and volunteer labor that takes place in metro Washington, D.C., to combat trafficking in persons can be understood as both a movement and an industry. In addition to arguing that anti-trafficking work is part of a nonprofit industrial complex that situates activist and advocacy work firmly inside state and economic institutions, this project is concerned with the ways in which trafficking work and workers conduct their business collectively. As an organizational study, it identifies the key players in the D.C. region focused on this issue and traces their interactions, collaborations, and cooperation. Significantly, this project suggests that despite variations in objectives, methods, priorities, and characterizations of trafficking, thirty organizations in metro D.C. working on this issue "get along" because they are bound by the benign common goal of raising awareness. Awareness, in this context, is best understood as both a cultural anchor facilitating cohesion and as a social currency allowing groups to opt into joint efforts. The dissertation concludes that organizations centralize awareness in their collective activities over more drastic priorities around which consensus would need to be gained. This is a lost opportunity for making sense of the ways that individual bodies - men, women, and children - experience not just trafficking, but the world around them. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2016. 253p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/18571/Callahan_umd_0117E_17354.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 140666

Author: Campo, Joe Title: Violent Crime Trends and Geographic Variations Summary: The Office of Financial Management's Health Care Research Center and its criminal justice Statistical Analysis Center have begun collaborating on the development of an online geographic information system. Once completed, that system will allow users to map various measures using both criminal justice and health-related data. In this research brief we use data compiled for that system to focus on violent crimes in Washington state. These data allow us to identify trends seen nationally, statewide and by county; to assess variations in violent crime rates seen among the counties; and, by in-depth examination of health-related data, to better understand the variation in the severity of injury among those violent crimes. For this brief, arrest data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reporting Program�s Summary Reporting System (SRS) are used as the primary source of crime data. Vital statistics death data are used in comparing murder arrests and deaths, and inpatient and observation unit stays are used in comparing aggravated assault arrests and hospital stays. Joinpoint is used in identifying trends and, unless otherwise noted, 95 percent confidence intervals are used in determining if differences seen are statistically significant. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Office of Financial Management, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief No. 079: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/researchbriefs/2016/brief079.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140670

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Assessing Risk of Recidivism Among Juvenile Offenders: The Recidivism Risk Instrument. Technical Report Summary: The past four decades have been witness to an increasing interest in risk assessment in the corrections field. Risk assessment is based on the calculation of statistical relationships between offender characteristics and outcomes such as recidivism. The process of risk assessment involves estimating an individual's likelihood of continued involvement in delinquent behavior, based on the relationship of specific characteristics to delinquency (Gottfredson & Moriarty, 2006; Krysik & LeCroy, 2002). Several trends have contributed to the increased popularity of risk assessment. A steady increase in the number of juveniles that were entering the juvenile justice system has heightened the demand for rehabilitation services. This increased demand for services combined with their high cost has prompted efforts to target services, based on a systematic assessment of need, to those at the high end of the risk continuum, while reducing efforts aimed at those on the low end. The assignment of low risk cases to intensive services may not only be a waste of scarce resources, but may in fact be criminogenic (Andrews et al. 1986). Statistical risk assessment is increasingly being used to replace assessments based on "clinical" judgments which are subjective and less accurate than statistical instruments. Actuarial/statistical risk instruments generally classify youth as low-, medium-, or high-risk for recidivism by estimating an offender's likelihood of reoffending based on their similarity to others who have recidivated in the past. Accordingly, the goal of statistical risk instruments is to identify a group of offenders with different rates of recidivism and focus intensive treatment interventions on those offenders with the greatest risk of returning to custody. Research has shown that a small number of offenders contribute disproportionately to the crime rate. For instance, research on two cohorts of first-time juvenile delinquents in Orange County, California found that approximately 10% of the juveniles accounted for over one-half of all subsequent offenses (Kurz & Moore, 1993). Based on these findings, Orange County developed a risk-based intervention strategy that emphasizes risk rather than crime seriousness. The recognition that a relatively few individuals commit the majority of crimes has prompted a more streamlined approach to the early identification of the most persistent juvenile offenders. The purpose of identifying high-risk juveniles early in their criminal careers is to provide them with cost effective prevention and treatment services. In Orange County, the chronic offender population averages nearly 20 months of incarceration within 6 years of their first offense, making the cost of incarceration alone $44,000 per individual in 1993 dollars (Kurz & Moore, 1993). At the rate of approximately 500 new chronic juvenile offenders per year, the estimated cost for incarceration in Orange County is $22 million per cohort. A reduction in placement would result in significant cost savings. Further, there is reason to suspect that predictors of recidivism for boys differ from predictors of recidivism for girls (Emeka & Sorensen, 2009). For example, Plattner and colleagues (2009) identified sex specific predictors of recidivism among a sample of incarcerated youth. For boys, the strongest predictors for recidivism were age at first incarceration and presence of oppositional defiant disorder. For girls, the strongest predictors for recidivism were dysthymia (protective factor) and generalized anxiety disorder. Consistent with previous work, early aggressive or disruptive behavior was not a good predictor of later delinquency for girls. The most common problem encountered in risk prediction research is data limitations. Data limitations constrain the potential for sophisticated and more appropriate statistical approaches to analysis. There are two basic sampling issues that lead to limitations in the data. First, the size of the sample is critical. In terms of how big the sample should be, Jones (1996) recommends at least 500, half for estimation and half for validation. If a large number of variables are being tested in multivariate statistical analysis, it is common practice to ensure that the sample includes at least 10 subjects for each predictor variable considered (Norman & Streiner, 1986). Second, the sample must be representative of the population to whom the instrument will be applied; therefore, it should be a random sample. Even if a sample is large and appropriately drawn, serious problems may still emerge. The patterns found in one sample can lead to overestimating patterns that might exist in other samples. Representativeness can encompass the variables of age, gender, race and ethnicity, regional area, and time period (Jones, 1996). Criticism of several studies has revolved around the use of only one sample for estimation, and the subsequent failure to test the accuracy of the derived model on an independent validation sample (Krysik & LeCroy, 2002; Schwalbe, 2007). The primary purpose of using a separate sample for validation is to test the extent that empirically derived relationships persist across samples. When the risk assessment instrument is validated on the same sample from which it was estimated, the rate of correct classification is naturally much higher. Thus, the use of at least two samples is recommended, one for estimation and one or more for validation. The lack of differentiation on the criterion variable is always more apparent during validation than the construction of the instrument. The prediction instrument developed on a selective sample is often applied to a population containing a wider range of risk than that of those individuals originally studied. Under such circumstances, the best policy is to identify a random sample that is as closely related as possible to the population of interest. If this is not possible, it may be useful to examine empirically differences between the original sample and the population of interest. Invariably the best laid plans are constrained by the quality of the data available. Often this problem is not recognized, or it may be noticed and not addressed. The main effect of missing data is to reduce the size of the sample at the stage of multivariate analysis. How this problem is dealt with depends in part on how much data is missing, and how important the particular variables afflicted are thought to be as predictors. If there are few missing values and the data are missing completely at random, then the analysis should be based on those cases with a complete set of variable values (Jones, 1996). Other than a reduced sample size, this complete case approach poses no problems. An alternative approach that makes use of available information is to include all cases that have values for a specified group of variables. This available-cases approach has the significant disadvantage that statistics such as means and variances are based on samples of different sizes. A third approach is the imputation of missing values. This involves the estimation of missing values based on those data that are available (Little & Rubin, 1987). In instances where a person's risk-level is assessed at more than one point in time, it is necessary to move away from a reliance on variables that remain constant toward more dynamic indicators. Static indicators can be historical (e.g., parent criminality) or ascribed (e.g., gender or race). As individuals can exercise no control over static factors, they are insensitive to change over time. The repeated use of these same variables can result in individuals being censured over and over for the same attributes. Psychiatric measures, response to supervision or institutionalization, employment, and family situation, are examples of dynamic factors. One risk assessment instrument involving dynamic factors is offered by Baird (1984). He has developed an initial risk assessment instrument and a reassessment instrument. His reassessment instrument retains the most significant initial predictors such as age at first adjudication, prior criminal behavior, and institutional placements of more than 30 days, and adds to this dynamic factors such as response to supervision and the use of community resources. Dynamic factors introduce a stronger element of judgment or discretion into the classification process. Underwood (1979) cautions that the inclusion of subjectively scored items may provide opportunity for personal biases to be passed off as scientific judgment. The goal in risk assessment is to choose the smallest number of variables with the greatest predictive validity. This goal, however, can be modified by the issue of face validity. Burnham (1990) argues that decision makers feel uncomfortable with only a limited set of data items and require a range of information, most of which they do not take into account. He differentiates between information, that which leads to predictive efficacy; and noise, those items necessary for the instrument to be supported by the user. Most commonly, prediction models include both individual and environmental variables as predictors. Ideally, the pool of possible predictors is theoretically derived, with one variable representing each theoretical construct, and each of the selected variables tested for validity and reliability. In practice, prediction in the area of criminality is constrained by poorly defined theory. Given these cautions, we turn our attention toward key predictor variables supported in the literature. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy and Milligan Associates, 2012. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/recidivism-risk-instrument-final-report-10312012-final-revision-b.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 140672

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections Risk Assessment Project Findings Summary: The primary purpose of this project was to construct an interim risk tool for the Arizona Department of Juvenile Corrections (ADJC). The function of the interim risk tool is to statistically estimate the likelihood that an offender will continue to be involved in delinquent activity, and classify the offender according to their relative risk of continued involvement (Gottfredson, 1987; Krysik & LeCroy, 2002). The goal of statistical risk assessment is to effectively group offenders by risk level in order to allocate resources for higher-risk youth while maintaining validity and consistency in the assessment and decision-making process. The development of an interim risk tool was constructed through an integrated three step approach: (1) a review of the literature related to modeling risk in juvenile correctional populations was conducted; (2) the interim risk tool was developed and subsequently validated on a separate, independent sample; and (3) risk tool administrators and users were surveyed to determine their perceptions and use of the current ADJC risk prediction instrument. Historically, the type of information included in risk instruments includes the offender's criminal history, social history (e.g., substance abuse, education/employment, family background, psychological profile), and demographics (i.e., age, gender, race/ethnicity) (Cottle et al., 2001; Krysik & LeCroy, 2002). In most risk tools, the likelihood of recidivism is most closely related to a few consistent variables - criminal history, substance abuse, family background, and school performance. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2006. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/adjcriskassessmentprojectfindingsreportfinal-1.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 140673

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Northern Arizona Regional Behavioral Health Services (NARBHA) Jail Diversion Project Summary: In November 2005, NARBHA contracted with LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. to conduct an evaluation of their Jail Diversion Project. The purpose of the evaluation was to provide information about how well the project is functioning and meeting its goals. During this past year, the evaluation team assisted NARBHA to develop evaluation capacity among the sites, identify important program implementation and outcome indicators, and develop an effective and realistic plan to incorporate consistent measures across all programs. This work provides the framework within which process and outcome evaluations can be conducted. While it had been anticipated that funding for the evaluation would continue for at least one more fiscal year, that did not come to fruition. Because some counties had not implemented their programs as of September 2006, when this report was written, and because some counties had only recently started their programs, evaluation data available for this report were very limited. Only Navajo County, which started its program in January 2006, had submitted data for their participants. The evaluation team also conducted a site visit in Navajo County in July 2006 during which a participant focus group and staff interviews were completed. The team also observed a mental health court team staffing and a court session. The findings from these efforts are presented later in this report. The evaluation team felt that other programs, such as the Mohave County mental health court, had not been in operation long enough to warrant site visits because programs often undergo significant changes during the early months of implementation as staff determine which procedures work best. The team did conduct telephone interviews in September 2006 with each county to gather information on program development and implementation progress. This information is presented in the Program Development and Implementation section. The evaluation team understood that the first project year would present program start-up challenges for the counties. For this reason, the team selected a limited number of evaluation goals related to program implementation and evaluation capacity to focus on during the first year. The purpose of the first phase of evaluation was to:  Conduct a review of the mental health court literature to help determine appropriate process and outcome measures  Develop a global data collection system, with input from program staff, that is applicable across sites for uniform data collection  Describe each program and the target populations  Identify key challenges and barriers to program implementation  Describe major accomplishments  Develop a comprehensive program logic model Each of these goals was met, to the extent possible, given the delayed start up of some of the programs. The remainder of this report is organized into the following sections:  Literature review: Presents a summary of the latest thinking and research findings related to mental health courts.  Program Development and Implementation: Provides information about each program's development and implementation progress. This sections also present findings from the evaluative efforts conducting with the Navajo County mental health court.  Database and Forms: Describes the ACCESS database and data collection forms developed by the evaluation team working in concert with program staff.  Summary and Recommendations Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2006. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/narbha-final-report-final.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 145421

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Pima County Juvenile Court Evaluation of Probation Services: Executive Summary Summary: The provision of juvenile probation services is a complex endeavor that involves the various components of the criminal justice system and social service provider community, as well as the general community at large. In Fiscal Year 2001, 13,588 juveniles were on probation in Arizona, and of these 2,271 or 16.7% of this number were in Pima County. In addition, in 2001, a total 22,305 youth were diverted from the juvenile courts in Arizona, with 4,891 or 22% of this total from Pima County (Administrative Office of the Courts, 2002). With this number of youth comes a diverse array of needs and requirements that the juvenile court must respond to in its mission of preventing further crime and making the youth accountable for their actions. This may involve the provision of different levels and types of probation supervision, various modes of treatment services for a juvenile's mental health and substance abuse problems, as well as providing services to victims and the community. Understanding this complexity, the Pima County Juvenile Court contracted with LeCroy & Milligan Associates to evaluate the provision of juvenile probation within the court. Specifically, LeCroy & Milligan Associates were asked to conduct four separate efforts:  Complete a literature review of best practices in juvenile probation;  Conduct a survey of key stakeholders in the juvenile justice system;  Perform a single-system design study; and  Complete a recidivism study. Each of these was completed during the period Jun 2002 to May 2003. This report has five sections, including this executive summary. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2003. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/pima-co-probation-report-exec-summary-2003.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 145407

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Compass Behavioral Health Care Greater Arizona Reintegration Services Project (GARSP) Bi-annual Report October 2012 Summary: This bi-annual report presents the findings of the Greater Arizona Reintegration Services Project (GARSP) evaluation for the cumulative Year 2 time-frame of October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012. GARSP is a project of Compass Behavior Health Care (CBHC) and is funded by a grant from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). The report presents data required by SAMHSA, results of the implementation study, recommendations for continued program improvement, and next steps of the evaluation. CBHC was awarded an Offender Reentry Program (ORP) grant from SAMHSA to expand and enhance substance abuse treatment and related recovery and reentry services to adult offenders (ages 18 and over), returning to Pima County from several Arizona prisons. GARSP has four primary goals: 1) to increase statewide collaborative efforts to reduce recidivism, substance abuse/use and increase self-sufficiency and stability among the offender population; 2) to promote sobriety and improved mental health status among participants; 3) to provide participants with a continuum of treatment and supportive services; and 4) to provide treatment and support services with evidence-based practices to improve the ability of each individual to achieve self-sufficiency and stability. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/compassgarspyear-2-annual-reportfinal10-22-2012-1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 145404

Author: Coviello, Decio Title: An Economic Analysis of Black-White Disparities in NYPD's Stop and Frisk Program Summary: A model is introduced to explore the identification of two distinct sources of police bias in NYPD's "stop and frisk program:" bias at the level of the police officer making the stop decisions, and bias at the level of the police chief allocating manpower across precincts. Ten years of data from NYPD's "stop and frisk program" are analyzed in light of this theoretical framework. White pedestrians are found to be slightly less likely than African-American pedestrians to be arrested conditional on being stopped. We interpret this finding as evidence that the officers making the stops are on average not biased against African Americans relative to whites, because the latter are being stopped despite being a "less productive stop" for a police officer. We find suggestive evidence of police bias in the frisk decision. Further research is needed. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://nicolapersico.com/files/stopfrisk.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Biase Shelf Number: 127656

Author: Tompson, Trevor Title: The Digital Abuse Study: Experiences of Teens and Young Adults Summary: Digital abuse is any type of bullying or harassing behavior that occurs online, through social networking, text messaging, or other technologies. These acts include anything from sending or posting mean or threatening messages about another person to disclosing private information without permission. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention finds that, similar to traditional forms of bullying, digital bullying is associated with emotional distress and trouble at school. In response to growing concerns about the harmful effects of digital abuse, both public and private sector organizations initiated campaigns and interventions aimed at educating young people about appropriate online behavior and how to deal with digital abuse when it happens. Seeking to contribute rigorous research on this issue, MTV and the Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research conducted a national survey of 1,297 teens and young adults between the ages of 14 and 24 to gain a fresh look at digital use and abuse among young people in the United States and to update previous estimates from AP and MTV on the number of teens and young adults involved in or affected by digital abuse. The key findings from the study, summarized below, provide much-needed information on these changing trends. This survey gives a voice to young Americans and contributes to an in-depth public discourse on the issue. - Digital abuse affects a large number of teenagers and young adults. Nearly half of all young people 14-24 report being electronically harassed in some form, 40 percent report incidences of digital dating abuse, and 11 percent have shared naked pictures of themselves. - Trends do show a decline in the number of young people affected by digital abuse since 2011. Forty-nine percent of young people surveyed say they have been electronically harassed in at least one of the ways included in the 2013 survey. This represents a 7-point decrease from 56 percent in 2011. Twenty-six percent of teenagers and young adults say they have participated in some form of sexting, down 6 percentage points from 32 percent in 2011. Details: Chicago: NORC at the University of Chicago, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.apnorc.org/PDFs/Digital%20Abuse/AP-NORC%20Center%20and%20MTV_Digital%20Abuse%20Study_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Online Victimization Shelf Number: 140677

Author: Jaqua, Daniel Title: How to Catch Capone: The Optimal Punishment of Interrelated Crimes Summary: This paper characterizes optimal criminal punishments when there are multiple interrelated crimes. Optimal punishments are functions of the extent to which related crimes are complements or substitutes weighted by their relative harms to society. The available empirical evidence on the relationship between index crimes in the United States suggests that tailoring criminal punishments properly to incorporate relationships between crimes could reduce the aggregate harm to victims by 3%, or about $8 billion dollars annually, holding enforcement expenditures fixed. The actual harm reduction of a marginal increase in arrests for an index crime is on average about 1.5-3 times greater than the harm reduction calculated without these effects. Details: Working paper, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2831590 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Sanctions Shelf Number: 145431

Author: Durna, Tuncay Title: Situational Determinants of Police Use of Force: Who the Suspect is vs. What the Suspect Does Summary: As providers of security services for the public, police officers should be more concerned with what the citizen does rather than who the citizen is. This concern should be reflected in police behavior regarding use of force towards the suspects. Borrowing from sociological and psychological perspectives, present study examines the determinants of police use of force using data collected by Garner and Maxwell in 1996-1997 about adult custody arrests in six urban law enforcement agencies in the U.S. Unlike many of the previous studies, the extent of force is expanded to include threat of force as well as different levels of physical force. Results provide strong and consistent evidence that probability of using force and the amount of force used by the police mostly depend on what the suspect does as opposed to who the suspect is, even after controlling for other factors. Suspect�s behavior and demeanor towards the police appear as the most important factors explaining use of force behavior. The results also explain the effects of the race and gender relations as well as the presence of bystanders and other officers at the scene. Details: Guilderland, NY: International Police Executive Symposium, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 34: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://ipes.info/WPS/WPS_No_34.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 140680

Author: Pedneault, Amelie Title: Risk Assessment of Sex and Kidnapping Offenders: A Review of Practices and Training Needs in Washington State Summary: In Washington State, sexual and kidnapping offenders who return to the community after a conviction or at the end of their incarceration must register with their local law enforcement agency. Each agency is required to classify offenders on their sexual re-offense risk within the community at large; Level 1 represents a low level of sexual risk, Level 2 poses a moderate risk, and Level 3 a high risk (RCW 4.24.550 section 6b). The determination of offenders' risk level should consider the recommendation made by the Department of Corrections, Department of Social and Health Services, and End of Sentence Review Committee (RCW 4.24.550 section 6a). It is also possible for an agency to conduct their own application of a risk assessment tool, and other pertinent information about aggravating or mitigating factors when determining an offender's risk level (RCW 4.24.550 section 6a). The Washington Association of Sheriffs and Police Chiefs has written a model policy to assist law enforcement agencies in the development of their own policies and procedures regarding sex offender registration and community notification (RCW 4.24.5501). While agencies can mold their operating policies and procedures on this model, they still have discretion to develop their own. As a result, their processes differ. In order to gain insight into the processes followed in agencies throughout Washington State, an online survey of law enforcement agencies was conducted. The present study has two aims: 1. Review and summarize the risk assignment procedures with which law enforcement agencies throughout Washington State assign a level of risk to sexual offenders. Specifically, the following aspects of the risk assignment process are reviewed: - Tools and materials considered; - Existence of an initial risk level classification appeal process; - Obstacles to timely risk assignments; - Specific procedure applicable when assigning a risk level to juvenile offenders. 2. Review and summarize training opportunities that are pertinent to assignment of risk for sexual offenders. The following two aspects of risk assignment training are reviewed: - Current opportunities to participate in training activities; - Training needs. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Office of Financial Management, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/sgc/sopb/meetings/board/2016/09/rso_coordinator_report_edits.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Kidnappers Shelf Number: 140684

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Youth On Their Own Final Evaluation Report Summary: Youth On Their Own (YOTO) is a non-profit organization headquartered in Tucson, Arizona that provides assistance to homeless unaccompanied youth in the 7th-12th grades so that they may graduate high school. The YOTO program includes three major components: 1) providing a monthly Student Living Expenses stipend of up to $140 to students that maintain passing grades and good attendance; 2) helping students meet their basic daily needs by providing items such as food, clothing, school supplies, and a bus pass; and 3) offering personal counseling and success coaching in-house and referrals to collaborating community agencies that provide medical, dental, and visions care, housing, and employment opportunities. LeCroy & Milligan Associates (LMA) began providing evaluation services to YOTO in March 2013. Among the evaluation activities conducted were developing a Theory of Change program map (identifying program outcomes and the interventions and preconditions needed to achieve them), developing and administering a survey to students twice during the school year (Student Survey), and developing and administering a survey three times during the school year to school staff that assist the program (School Liaison Survey). This final evaluation incorporates data from a variety of sources: YOTO's main student information spreadsheet (includes data students provide on the program application, graduation data, and stipend distribution records), two administrations of the Student Survey, and two focus groups. Findings from the three administrations of the School Liaison Survey were provided to YOTO in separate process evaluation reports. The following are the key findings of the final evaluation presented by report section. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/yoto-final-evaluation-reportfinal-2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 145435

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Drug Treatment Education Fund Program Evaluation Final Report Summary: Overview The Drug Treatment and Education Fund (DTEF) was established in April 1996 with the enactment of A.R.S. 13-901.01 by the Arizona Legislature. The act requires that... first and second time non-violent offenders who are convicted of personal possession or use of a controlled substance be diverted from prison and sentenced to probation and drug treatment and that a fund be created (A.R.S 13-901.02), which receives revenue from a tax on liquors, to provide substance abuse education and treatment services as mandated by the Act. The Arizona Supreme Court, Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), administers the funds to each of the fifteen county probation departments in Arizona and provides oversight and reporting. A total of $3,297,020 was distributed to all adult probation departments (counties) in FY2006. Counties are required to screen probationers sentenced under A.R.S. 13.901.01 (mandatory cases) for substance abuse problems and refer them to appropriate treatment. Counties may also use the DTEF for "discretionary" cases, that is, for probationers who were screened and determined to need treatment but were not "mandatory" cases. LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. conducted an evaluation to provide information for improvements to the DTEF programs in the fifteen county adult probation departments. The counties' practices were compared to the DTEF legislated operational code (DTEF code) and to the National Institute of Drug Abuse Principles of Drug Abuse Treatment for Criminal Justice Populations (NIDA principles). A limited and preliminary analysis of probationers' substance abuse treatment completion rates and probation outcomes was conducted. Profiles of the fifteen counties were developed to summarize the local level DTEF processes and substance abuse treatment characteristics. The results are based on these profiles. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2007. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/dtef-program-evaluation-final-report-aug-9-1.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140686

Author: Fair Punishment Project Title: Too Broken to Fix: Part II An In-depth Look at America's Outlier Death Penalty Counties Summary: The two-part report titled Too Broken to Fix: An In-depth Look at America's Outlier Death Penalty Counties, examined 10 years of court opinions and records from these 16 "outlier counties." Part II focuses on Dallas (TX), Jefferson (AL), Pinellas (FL), Miami-Dade (FL), Hillsborough (FL), Los Angeles (CA), San Bernardino (CA), and Orange (CA). Part I, which was released in August, looked at Caddo Parish (LA), Clark (NV), Duval (FL), Harris (TX), Maricopa (AZ), Mobile (AL), Kern (CA) and Riverside (CA). The report also analyzed all of the new death sentences handed down in these counties since 2010. The report notes that these "outlier counties" are plagued by persistent problems of overzealous prosecutors, ineffective defense lawyers, and racial bias. Researchers found that the impact of these systemic problems included the conviction of innocent people, and the excessively harsh punishment of people with significant impairments. Many of the defendants appear to have one or more impairments that are on par with, or worse than, those that the U.S. Supreme Court has said should categorically exempt individuals from execution due to lessened culpability. The Court previously found that individuals with intellectual disabilities (Atkins v. Virginia, 2002) and juveniles under the age of 18 (Roper v. Simmons, 2005) should not be subject to the death penalty under the Eighth Amendment. In conducting its analysis, the Project reviewed nearly 400 direct appeals opinions handed down between 2006 and 2015 in these 16 counties. The Project found: Fifty-six percent of cases involved defendants with significant mental impairments or other forms of mitigation, such as the defendant's young age. Approximately one out of every six cases involved a defendant who was under the age of 21 at the time of the offense. Forty percent of cases involved a defendant who had an intellectual disability, brain damage, or severe mental illness. In eight of the 16 counties, half or more of the defendants had mental impairments, including: Pinellas (67 percent), Maricopa (62 percent), Mobile (60 percent), Caddo Parish and Miami-Dade (both had 57 percent), and Kern, Hillsborough, and San Bernardino counties (each had 50 percent). Approximately one in ten cases involved a finding of prosecutorial misconduct. The counties with the highest rates of misconduct include: Maricopa (47 percent), Miami-Dade (29 percent), and Clark (21 percent). Bad lawyering was a persistent problem across all of the counties. In most of the counties, the average mitigation presentation at the penalty phase of the trial lasted less than one and half days. During the mitigation phase, the defense lawyer is supposed to present all of the evidence showing that the defendant's life should be spared - including testimony from mental health and other experts. This presentation can last several weeks if the lawyers prepare properly. While this is just one data point for determining the quality of legal representation, this finding reveals appalling inadequacies. This type of mitigation evidence can also be used pre-trial to negotiate a plea agreement. Additional findings: Ten of the 16 counties had at least one person released from death row since 1976. These 10 counties account for more than 10 percent of all death row exonerations nationwide. Out of all of the death sentences obtained in these counties between 2010 and 2015, 46 percent were given to African-American defendants, and 73 percent were given to people of color. In Jefferson, 100 percent of defendants sentenced to die between 2010 and 2015 were African-American. In Duval that figure was 87 percent and in Dallas it was 88 percent. In Harris, 100 percent of the defendants who were newly sentenced to death since November 2004 have been people of color. The race of the victim is also a significant factor in who is sentenced to death in many of these counties. The report noted that in 14 of the 16 counties, not a single white person received a death sentence for killing a Black person. In contrast, in 14 out of 16 counties, at least one Black person was sentenced to death for the killing of a white person. In Orange County 60 percent of the victims were white in the cases involving a Black defendant, even though research has shown that the vast majority of homicides are committed intra-race. Five of the 16 "outlier counties" are from Florida and Alabama, the only two states that currently allow non-unanimous jury verdicts. Just eight out of 71 cases we reviewed from these five counties had a unanimous jury verdict; 89 percent were non-unanimous. Details: s.l.: Fair Punishment Project, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://fairpunishment.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/FPP-TooBroken_II.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 145086

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Every 25 Seconds: The Human Toll of Criminalizing Drug Use in the United States Summary: Every 25 seconds someone in the United States is arrested for possessing drugs for personal use. This amounts to more than 1.25 million arrests per year and makes drug possession the single most arrested crime in the country. Black and white adults use drugs at similar rates, but a Black adult is 2.5 times more likely to be arrested for drug possession. As a result of these arrests, on any given day at least 137,000 people are behind bars. Tens of thousands more are convicted, cycle through jails and prisons, and spend extended periods on probation and parole, often burdened with crippling debt from court-imposed fines and fees. Every 25 Seconds: The Human Toll of Criminalizing Drug Use in the United States documents the devastating harms caused by enforcement of drug possession laws. This joint report by Human Rights Watch and the American Civil Liberties Union is based on extensive new analysis of federal and state-level data, and over 365 interviews conducted primarily in Louisiana, Texas, Florida, and New York. Members of the public understandably want government to take actions to prevent the potential harms of drug use. Yet criminalization is not the answer. Four decades after the declaration of the "war on drugs," rates of drug use have not significantly decreased and treatment for drug dependence is often unavailable. Instead, criminalizing drug possession has caused tremendous harm - separating families; excluding people from job opportunities, public benefits, and voting; and exposing them to discrimination. Human Rights Watch and the ACLU urge federal and state authorities to end these harms by decriminalizing personal use and possession of all drugs. The report also provides detailed recommendations authorities should follow to minimize the harmful consequences of current laws and policies, until decriminalization is achieved. Details: New York: HRW, 2016. 205p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/usdrug1016_web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 144931

Author: U.S. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services Title: An Assessment of the San Francisco Police Department. Collaborative Reform Initiative Summary: In response to requests from city officials who asked the U.S. Department of Justice to conduct an in-depth review of the policies and practices of the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD), the COPS Office launched the Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA) with the SFPD. The COPS Office supports law enforcement agencies by implementing and sustaining reforms that increase public trust through improvements in community policing practices, transparency, professionalism, and accountability while taking into account national standards, promising practices, current and emerging research, and community expectations. Although the COPS Office found a department that is committed to making changes and working with the community, it also found a department with outdated use of force policies that fail the officers and the community and inadequate data collection that prevents leadership from understanding officer activities and ensure organizational accountability. The department lacked accountability measures to ensure that the department is being open and transparent while holding officers accountable. Disparities were found in traffic stops, post-stop searches, and use of deadly force against minorities. Altogether, the COPS Office identified 94 findings and developed 272 associated recommendations. This report is a road map to reform policing in San Francisco to conform to community expectations and improve public safety. This report summarizes the full assessment including findings and recommendations that will help the department modernize its policing practices and enhance community trust Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 432p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0817-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 145539

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Assessing Risk of Disruptive Behaviors Among Juvenile Offenders: Assessing Risk of Disruptive Behaviors Among Juvenile Offenders Summary: The objective of this study is to develop an instrument to help improve the overall safety of juvenile correctional facilities and provide guidance for professionals to identify high need youth that will require additional support services. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://www.azdjc.gov/OfficesPrograms/Research/institutionalrisktechnicalreport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 144937

Author: Ryon, Stephanie Bontrager Title: Juvenile Probation and Residential Services Evaluation Summary: Connecticut provides delinquency services through both the judicial and executive branches. The Connecticut Department of Children and Families (DCF) is responsible for juvenile corrections and aftercare services, while the Connecticut Judicial Branch‟s Court Support Services Division (CSSD) administers pre- and post-adjudication services, including detention and probation supervision (National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2010; Management 2011). The Connecticut Juvenile Justice System (CJJS) is based on restorative justice principles of accountability and reintegration, public safety and rehabilitation. Individualized treatment, prevention, community-based placements, standardized risk and needs assessments, and coordinated evidence-based services are core features of the CJJS (Management, 2011). Together, DCF and CSSD have developed a collaborative strategic plan to ensure the seamless delivery of delinquency services to at risk youth in Connecticut (Child Welfare League of America, 2006). The joint plan is based on principles of effective intervention, which underscore the importance of reserving residential commitment programs for the most high risk youth, and those most likely to benefit from long-term, out-of-home placements. Two recent studies of juvenile probation and residential services suggest that youthful offenders who complete probation programming are less likely to re-offend once discharged than those completing more restrictive commitment programs (Winokur et al., 2007; Greenfield, 2007). The Connecticut Judicial Branch CSSD retained the Justice Research Center (JRC) to study system services including probation and residential programming. The State of Connecticut has a long history of ensuring accountability, and understands that evaluating effectiveness and efficiency is critical to the provision of quality services and the expansion of programs to reach more at-risk youth and their families. The overarching goal of the current evaluation was to assess the extent to which Connecticut‟s juvenile probation and commitment programs provide effective interventions to the appropriate delinquent youth. The evaluation examined youth characteristics, pathways through the continuum of care, and correlates of recidivism for a historical sample of probation and residential clients. All youth disposed from court to either juvenile probation (N=2,823) or commitment to residential placement (N=269), and released between July 1, 2005 and June 30, 2007 were included in the study. Research questions specific to probation, residential, alternatives to residential commitment and predictors of system escalation were addressed through quantitative analyses. The evaluation results are summarized below.  Probation  Forty-nine percent of the probation releases had a juvenile referral or adult arrest; and 34 percent had a juvenile adjudication or adult conviction within one year of completing probation services.  Many factors were significantly associated with recidivism for probation releases (gender, race, age at first offense, measures of prior offending and risk and needs); however, none exhibited more than a modest correlation with post-release juvenile adjudication or adult conviction.  The predicted odds of recidivism are higher for male and non-white probation releases; delinquents who are younger when they commit their first offense; and those with elevated criminogenic risk. Those with higher JAG Peer Protective scores had significantly lower the odds of recidivism. Details: Hartfort, CT: Connecticut Support Services Division, Connecticut Judicial Branch, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: https://www.jud.ct.gov/cssd/research/juvprob/JuvProb_ResServ_Eval.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 144942

Author: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, Inc. Title: Marijuana and Prescription Drug Misuse and Abuse in Arizona Summary: Recent national attention focusing on the heroin epidemic, reported increases in marijuana and prescription drug misuse and abuse among youth and recent policy shifts in our state1 have raised concerns among some policymakers and the public about the extent of the problem in Arizona and the implications for our communities. For example, data relating to Arizona high school students indicate steady increases in the percentage of 12th grade students reporting marijuana use in the past 30 days. In 2014, this percentage reached a five-year high of 23% among Arizona 12th graders, up from 18% in 2010. Nearly half (45%) of Arizona 12th grade students also reported using marijuana at least once in their lifetime, with little change occurring over the past five years. Similar trends can be seen among Arizona undergraduate students (ages 18-25), with annual increases reported in marijuana use in the past 30 days (increased from 15% in 2010 to 19% in 2014). Furthermore, Arizona has experienced steady increases in the rates of marijuana and opioid related emergency department and hospital visits. In response to these trends, the Governor's Office of Youth, Faith and Family (GOYFF) requested data from the Arizona Substance Abuse Epidemiology Work Group regarding marijuana and prescription drug misuse and abuse. The Substance Abuse Epidemiology Work Group is a formal work group of the Arizona Substance Abuse Partnership (ASAP). The purpose of the report is to provide data on the current state of marijuana and prescription drug misuse and abuse in Arizona and, where data exists, show how Arizona compares to trends at the national and regional levels. This represents a first of its kind report for Arizona. The executive summary highlights key findings from descriptive data gathered across seven areas of interest for the Epidemiology Work Group. Details: Tucson, AZ: LeCroy & Milligan Associates, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 14, 2016 at: http://www.lecroymilligan.com/data/resources/finalgoyff20160603-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144805

Author: Hawes, Janelle M. Title: Within-Individual Differences in Offending from Adolescence to Young Adulthood: A Modified Theoretical Approach to Understanding Academic Achievement and Delinquency Summary: Motivated by General Strain Theory (GST), the project examines school strains and their effects on offending from adolescence to young adulthood. The project develops an extensive GST model, testing multiple measures of school strain (controlling for strains from multiple domains), coping mechanisms, and negative emotionality. I expand the traditional GST framework by adding measures of subjective meaning to the interpretation of strain. While the concept of subjective meaning has been suggested previously (Agnew, 1992; Cohen, 1955), I draw on psychological theories and suggestions by Agnew (1992) about understanding the perception of strain, to address critiques that the individual context in which the strain is experienced is not accounted for in existing empirical work on school strain and delinquency (Sander, Sharkey, Fisher, Bates, and Herren, 2011). To that end, the project uses three waves of data from The National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent to Adult Health (Add Health), which followed a cohort of students into adulthood. This study contributes to scholarship by examining gender differences in the relationship between school strains and offending over time, comparing multiple measures of school strain, and including measures of subjective meaning. Linear mixedeffects modeling is used to estimate relationships between school strain and offending, for male and female subsamples in order to identify gender differences in the ways school strains, subjective meaning, other strains, coping mechanisms, and negative emotionality affect offending. I utilize a GST framework to explain the results from the analysis. Findings revealed that while some school strains were positively related to offending trajectories, the subjective meaning of those strains made a difference in their consequences, either increasing or decreasing levels of offending, even when controlling for multiple forms of strain. Further, while some coping skills and mechanisms decreased the estimated level of offending trajectory, religiosity unexpectedly increased the estimated level of offending in females. The most significant finding from this study was the strong impact of school strains and the subjective meaning of strain on the level of offending over time. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2016. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 14, 2016 at; https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=bgsu1460183708&disposition=inline Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Trajectories Shelf Number: 144802

Author: Diamond, Drew Title: Advancing Community Policing Through Community Governance: A Framework Document Summary: About 25 years ago, a number of progressive police departments began experimenting with a new approach to policing that focused on improving relations between police officers and the communities they serve. This approach to policing, called community policing, focused on developing partnerships between the police and the community, addressing community problems through systematic problem-solving efforts, and finding ways to ensure that officers' efforts in these areas receive support from the police department. Today, community policing is widely accepted in police departments across the county, and the vast majority of community members and local politicians want their police department to be a community policing agency. As police departments implemented the community policing philosophy, they developed a deeper understanding of what it means to partner with the community. The community is not merely the people living or working within a city, but also the city's nonprofit and community-based organizations, local businesses, and, also important, government agencies. As police departments strengthen and advance their community policing efforts, they call on their colleagues in other departments of their own city government to assist with problem-solving efforts in the community. At this same time, many city administrators are seeking ways to increase community involvement in local government matters. These same managers are also trying to create a more transparent government structure that stresses accountability and responsiveness to the community. Cities that pursue these efforts are beginning to adopt a new approach to local governance - one that is service-oriented. We refer to this philosophical approach to local governance as "community governance." At its most basic level, community governance takes the philosophy and elements of community policing to the citywide level. It stresses collaboration among city agencies and with the community, systematic problem-solving efforts, and organizational changes to support this new orientation. Advancing Community Policing through Community Governance: A Framework Document serves as a basis for defining the community governance approach and what it looks like in practice by taking the first step of starting the discussion about community governance. We hope that additional projects and research in the future will expand the community governance knowledge base. This document will be of particular interest to police chiefs, city managers, mayors, and other municipal agency executives who are interested in developing a more collaborative approach to local governance in responding to community problems and issues. Details: U.S. Department of Justice, Department of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2009. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: https://www.masc.sc/SiteCollectionDocuments/Public%20Safety/advancing%20community%20policing.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 144874

Author: Phillips, Michael R. Title: Intermediate Sanctions for Juvenile Offenders: A Utah Juvenile Court Case Study Summary: In an effort to reduce juvenile recidivism - the return to criminal behavior after leaving the juvenile court - authorities in Utah adopted a new statewide intermediate sanction system in which each district could choose a treatment component. Noting the high rate of substance abuse among juvenile offenders, the Fourth District Juvenile Court chose to implement the Narconon drug rehabilitation program through a Utah licensed not-for-profit called NewLife, integrating it within court-directed probation services. The Narconon program, an outpatient service based on secular materials developed by L. Ron Hubbard, consists of a series of modules to address physical aspects of substance abuse as well as underlying social and life skills that may be deficient in young abusers. Participants complete a detoxification program designed to eliminate drug cravings by improving nutritional status and reducing body stores of drug residues. The detoxification regimen includes exercise, sauna and vitamin-mineral supplementation. The Narconon program also includes self-paced training in study habits and communication (oral and written). Additional training materials address the subjects of moral and ethical standards, how to set and achieve goals, and personal responsibility. This program was implemented in partnership with court officials and probation officers in the Fourth District Juvenile Court, in the context of implementing new juvenile sentencing guidelines for State Supervision. The court hoped to reduce the rate at which these youths penetrated deeper into the justice system, and to achieve a reduction in placement costs. It should be noted that the District had saved "the worst of the worst" for this trial program (knowing in advance it was coming several months prior to its implementation). More than half were candidates for confinement or community placement (removal from their homes) rather than state supervision, the new sentencing guideline's last-chance sanction. This tracking report examines the extent to which the court's goals were achieved. It does not attempt to identify or explore positive or negative factors outside of the Narconon program that might have contributed to the outcome. Participants in the Narconon program, whether they completed the program or not, showed a 77.7 percent reduction in criminal activity. Program completion intensified the desired change of behavior. Seventy-four of the 100 juveniles completed the intervention. Of these, 63.5 percent remained completely misdemeanor and felony free for the remainder of their juvenile history. Based on a combined analysis of juvenile and adult records, 32.4 percent retained this crime-free state for four years post-treatment. A placement analysis revealed that the goal of reducing placement and related costs was also achieved. The success of this partnership suggests new possibilities for treatment and intervention and for reducing costs associated with juvenile crime. Details: Los Angeles: Foundation for Advancement, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 15, 2016 at: http://www.criminon.org/studies/fase.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147288

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: Evaluating the Impact of Officer Worn Body Cameras in the Phoenix Police Department Summary: The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), through the SMART Policing Initiative (SPI), awarded the Phoenix Police Department $500,000 to purchase, deploy and evaluate police body worn cameras. The design and implementation of the project included the purchase of 56 Body Worn Camera (BWC) systems and deploying them in the Maryvale Precinct. The implementation of the BWC;s occurred in one of the two Maryvale Precinct squad areas (aka target area). All officers assigned to the target area were issued the equipment and were provided training in its use, maintenance, and related departmental policy. This evaluation was conducted to examine the effect of implementing police worn body cameras on complaints against the police and domestic violence case processing and outcomes. Our analysis of the camera meta-data indicated that only 13.2 to 42.2 percent of incidents were recorded by and BWV camera. Domestic violence incidents were the most likely to be recorded (47.5%), followed by violent offenses (38.7), back-up (37%), status offenses (32.9%), and subject/vehicle stops (30.9%). Other offense types were recorded less often. While in general the technology was found to be comfortable and easy to use, officers were dissatisfied with long down load times, increased amount of time that it took to complete reports, and the possibility that video recordings might be used against them by the department. We also found that video submitted to the court was difficult to process because of logistical problems associated with chain of custody and the length of time that it took the prosecutors to review video files. While many of the problems were addressed by the precinct commander by assigning a police officer to serve as a court liaison officer, prosecutors still maintained that they did not have enough time to review video footage. Regardless, the officer worn body cameras were found to be beneficial to the officers and the court in a number of ways. First, officer productivity as measured through the number of arrests increased significantly. For instance, the number of arrests increased by about 17% among the target group compared to 9% in the comparison group. Second, complaints against the police declined significantly. Complaints against officers who wore the cameras declined by 23%, compared to a 10.6% increase among comparison officers and 45.1% increase among patrol officers in other precincts. Third, our data showed that those officers who wore cameras and received a complaint were significantly less likely to have the complaint sustained when compared to the comparison group and other patrol officers throughout the PPD. This suggests that even if a complaint was made against a camera wearing officer the video file was likely to provide support to the officer. Fourth, and related, the officer self-report data suggested that a significant number of complaints were not pursued because of video recordings. BWC did not appear, however, to have an impact on suspect behavior as measured through resisting arrest charges. Additionally, we examined the impact of body worn cameras on domestic violence case processing. Analysis of the data indicated that following the implementation of body cameras, cases were significantly more likely to be initiated, result in charges filed, and result in a guilty plea or guilty verdict. The analysis also determined that cases were completed faster following the implementation of body cameras, however, we believe that this finding was largely a product of the addition of a court liaison officer who facilitated case processing between the PPD and city prosecutors office. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Center for Violence Prevention & Community Safety, Arizona State University, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: https://publicservice.asu.edu/sites/default/files/ppd_spi_feb_20_2015_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 144873

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Short-Term Transitional Leave Program in Oregon Summary: In July 2013 the Oregon Legislature passed House Bill 3194, known as the Justice Reinvestment Act. Changes to shortterm transitional leave (STTL) are described in Section 13 and 14 of the bill. The bill increases the amount of short-term transitional leave that an inmate may receive from 30 days to 90 days. This change is applicable to sentences imposed on or after August 1, 2013. The bill also changes language that describes how an inmate may apply for short-term transitional leave. Prior to HB 3194, the inmate had to submit a transition plan, and instigate the process of applying for short-term transitional leave. HB 3194 includes language that the Department of Corrections (DOC) shall identify inmates who are eligible for the program and assist in preparing a transition plan. This change has allowed DOC to increase the number of inmates who receive a maximum of 30 or 90 days leave. In December 2013 DOC started to implement the new STTL program, and offenders were released under the new 90 day rule. The HB 3194 enrolled bill estimate from July 2013 estimated that 100 inmates per month would receive STTL and that by January 1, 2016 the program would account for 246 fewer prison beds. The number of offenders participating in the program has been approximately 100 inmates per month, and the associated prison bed savings on January 1, 2016 was 258 prison beds. DOC has tracked successful completions of STTL, as well as program failures. The program failure rate has been relatively low, at approximately 5%. These performance indicators show that the program has been working as estimated. Details: Salem: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: http://www.oregon.gov/cjc/justicereinvestment/Documents/STTL_Analysis_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Sanctions Shelf Number: 140762

Author: Bakhturina, Evelina Title: Events Unrelated to Crime Prediction Criminal Sentence Length Summary: In United States District Courts for federal criminal cases, prison sentence length guidelines are established by the severity of the crime and the criminal history of the defendant. In this paper, we investigate the sentence length determined by the trial judge, relative to this sentencing guideline. Our goal is to create a prediction model of sentencing length and include events unrelated to crime, namely weather and sports outcomes, to determine if these unrelated events are predictive of sentencing decisions and evaluate the importance weights of these unrelated events in explaining rulings. We find that while several appropriate features predict sentence length, such as details of the crime committed, other features seemingly unrelated, including daily temperature, baseball game scores, and location of trial, are predictive as well. Unrelated events were, surprisingly, more predictive than race, which did not predict sentencing length relative to the guidelines. This is consistent with recent research on racial disparities in sentencing that highlights the role of prosecutors in making charges that influence the maximum and minimum recommended sentence. Finally, we attribute the predictive importance of date to the 2005 U.S. Supreme Court case, United States v. Booker, after which sentence length more frequently fell near the guideline minimum and the range of minimum and maximum sentences became more extreme. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2815955 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2815955 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Decision-Making Shelf Number: 140776

Author: Kleck, Gary Title: Does Gun Control Reduce Violent Crime? Summary: Do gun control laws reduce violence? To answer this question, a city-level cross-sectional analysis was performed on data pertaining to every U.S. city with a population of at least 25,000 in 1990 (n=1,078), assessing the impact of 19 major types of gun control laws, and controlling for gun ownership levels and numerous other possible confounders. Models were estimated using instrumental variables regression to address endogeneity of gun levels due to reverse causality. Results indicate that gun control laws generally show no evidence of effects on crime rates, possibly because gun levels do not have a net positive effect on violence rates. Although a minority of laws seem to show effects, they are as likely to imply violence-increasing effects as violence-decreasing effects. There were, however, a few noteworthy exceptions: requiring a license to possess a gun, and bans on purchases of guns by alcoholics appear to reduce rates of both homicide and robbery. Weaker evidence suggests that bans on gun purchases by criminals and on possession by mentally ill persons may reduce assault rates, and that bans on gun purchase by criminals may also reduce robbery rates. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2807634 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 145073

Author: Campaniello, Nadia Title: Returns to Education and Experience in Criminal Organizations: Evidence from the Italian-American Mafia Summary: Is there any return to education in criminal activities? This is the first paper that investigates whether education has not only a positive impact on legitimate, but also on illegitimate activities. We use as a case study one of the longest running criminal corporations in history: the Italian-American mafia. Its most successful members have been capable businessmen, orchestrating crimes that require abilities that might be learned at school: extracting the optimal rent when setting up a racket, weighting interests against default risk when starting a loan sharking business or organising supply chains, logistics and distribution when setting up a drug dealing system. We address this question by comparing mobsters with their closest (non-mobster) neighbors using United States Census data in 1940. We document that mobsters have one year less education than their neighbors on average. None of the specifications presented identified any significant difference in the returns to education between these two groups. Private returns to education exist also in the illegal activities characterised by a certain degree of complexity as in the case of organized crime in mid-twentieth century United States. Details: Essex, UK: University of Essex, Department of Economics, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 763: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://repository.essex.ac.uk/13795/1/dp763.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 145075

Author: Baumgartner, Frank R. Title: Race-Of-Victim Discrepancies in Homicides and Executions, Louisiana 1976-2015 Summary: Black male victims comprise 61% of homicide victims in present day Louisiana, yet their killers have been executed in only 3 cases out of 12,949 homicides since Gregg v Georgia reinstated the death penalty in 1976, less than 6 percent of the execution rate for killers of all other victims, and 1/48th the execution rate for the killers of white women. A thorough analysis of Louisiana's homicides and a complete review of its history of executions, using FBI statistics and the Espy File of national executions, reveals that the ultimate punishment has long been reserved for crimes other than killing black men. New here is the compilation and analysis of a complete database of all 241 Louisiana post-Gregg death verdict cases, including their 316 victims. In these cases, 80% of the victims are people other than black males. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: https://www.unc.edu/~fbaum/articles/Louisiana-RaceOfVictim-LJPIL-Fall2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 140783

Author: Zafft, Kathryn Marie Title: Can Drug Courts Improve Public Safety? Exploring the Impacts of Drug Court on Crime Summary: Drug courts represent one of the largest and most widespread criminal justice programs specifically developed to provide treatment and intensive supervision to drug-involved offenders. Most of the literature about the effects of drug court programs involves individual-level analyses of recidivism or drug use for program participants. Very little is known about the broader community-wide impact of drug courts on public safety measures. The current research uses a subset of 63 drug court jurisdictions (cities and counties) drawn from a systematic review of drug court programs to assess the impact of program implementation on crime and arrest rates. A fixed-effects analysis was used to assess whether drug court implementation was associated with significant changes in specific types of violent and property crime rates. Changes in arrest rates for violent, property and drug crimes were also examined, and differential effects were explored based on effectiveness of the drug court in reducing participant recidivism and jurisdictional population size. Results indicate that drug courts are associated with decreases in overall crime rates, with marked decreases in burglary, property, and robbery rates. Drug court implementation was associated with increases in drug arrests and decreases in homicide arrests. Small jurisdictions with average populations of less than 100,000 people were found to have a different pattern of results when measuring both crime and arrest rates. These results are discussed within the context of understanding the broader policy impacts of drug court implementation. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, College Park, 2014. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://drum.lib.umd.edu/bitstream/handle/1903/16267/Zafft_umd_0117E_15765.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 144871

Author: Ranapurwala, Shabbar I. Title: Reporting Crime Victimizations to the Police and the Incidence of Future Victimizations: A Longitudinal Study Summary: Background Law enforcement depends on cooperation from the public and crime victims to protect citizens and maintain public safety; however, many crimes are not reported to police because of fear of repercussions or because the crime is considered trivial. It is unclear how police reporting affects the incidence of future victimization. Objective To evaluate the association between reporting victimization to police and incident future victimization. Methods We conducted a retrospective cohort study using National Crime Victimization Survey 2008-2012 data. Participants were 12+ years old household members who may or may not be victimized, were followed biannually for 3 years, and who completed at least one followup survey after their first reported victimization between 2008 and 2012. Crude and adjusted generalized linear mixed regression for survey data with Poisson link were used to compare rates of future victimization. Results Out of 18,657 eligible participants, 41% participants reported to their initial victimization to police and had a future victimization rate of 42.8/100 person-years (PY) (95% CI: 40.7, 44.8). The future victimization rate of those who did not report to the police (59%) was 55.0/ 100 PY (95% CI: 53.0, 57.0). The adjusted rate ratio comparing police reporting to not reporting was 0.78 (95%CI: 0.72, 0.84) for all future victimizations, 0.80 (95% CI: 0.72, 0.90) for interpersonal violence, 0.73 (95% CI: 0.68, 0.78) for thefts, and 0.95 (95% CI: 0.84, 1.07) for burglaries. Conclusions Reporting victimization to police is associated with fewer future victimization, underscoring the importance of police reporting in crime prevention. This association may be attributed to police action and victim services provisions resulting from reporting. Details: PLoS ONE 11(7): e0160072. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0160072, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/asset?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0160072.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 144863

Author: Barrick, Leigh Title: Divided by Detention: Asylum-Seeking Families' Experiences of Separation Summary: As the number of asylum-seeking families from El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Mexico arriving in the United States soared in recent years, the Obama Administration aggressively expanded family detention in an attempt to "deter" the arrival of others. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) opened large detention centers to detain mothers and children. Although DHS has the authority to place asylum-seekers directly into immigration court proceedings, it continues to detain mothers and children and subject them to fast-track removal. Families and advocates have exposed the numerous ways that detention and fast-track removal jeopardize the well-being of asylum-seeking families. They have also drawn attention to the due-process violations caused by detention that prevent families from accessing the system of humanitarian protection created for people in their circumstances. This report examines what happens when "family detention" does not actually keep loved ones together. Through its custody determinations, DHS splits family members - sending them to different facilities around the country - while failing to track and reunite those who arrive separately. While DHS claims that family detention keeps families together, the truth is that a mother and child who are sent to family detention will often have been separated by DHS from other loved ones with whom they fled - including husbands, fathers, grandparents, older children, and siblings. Minors who arrive with non-parent caretakers are often removed from their custody. These DHS custody determinations that divide families do not occur in a vacuum. The administration has targeted these families, while Congress maintains a controversial directive to fund a minimum capacity of 34,000 noncitizen detention beds. This report profiles the experiences of five asylum-seeking families who are divided by detention. It provides a preliminary analysis of how this separation occurs, and the impact this separation can have on families' well-being and ability to access humanitarian protection. The families interviewed express that separation negatively impacts their mental and material well-being. Four attorneys highly experienced in representing detained asylum-seeking families interviewed for this report argue that being split up also negatively impacts families' ability to access protection. Families bear the burden of tracking down their loved ones, worrying about their well-being, and attempting to link their cases. Multiple adjudicators across the country may rule on the same case, while only hearing a piece of the story. Ultimately, it is possible that family members who fled their country for the same reason may receive inconsistent decisions in their cases. This report calls for further research into these issues. Separating families has countless negative impacts, while allowing them to stay together has numerous benefits. Doing the latter would allow the U.S. government to better uphold its various commitments to family unity and parental rights in immigration enforcement activities, support the well-being of families, give them more effective access to humanitarian protection, and prevent the unnecessary waste of government resources. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2016. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2016 at: https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/research/divided-by-detention-asylum-seeking-families-experience-of-separation Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 144864

Author: Fields, Shawn E. Title: Debunking the Stranger in the Bushes Myth: The Case for Sexual Assault Protection Orders Summary: Rape mythologies about the "stranger lurking in the bushes" continue to inform attitudes and decisions by law enforcement personnel, judges, and juries. These archaic stereotypes prejudice sexual assault victims by conditioning factfinders to distrust rape allegations lacking corroborative evidence of a physical struggle with a stranger. In reality, over three-quarters of all sexual assaults in the United States are committed by someone known to the victim; more often than not the victim and perpetrator live, work, or attend school together. Given the perpetuation of rape myths, the incarceration rate for these "acquaintance rape" offenders currently stands at less than 1%. The failure of the criminal justice system to protect sexual assault victims from perpetrators with ongoing access to their victims puts victims at genuine risk of future harm. Moreover, existing civil restraining order statutes remain largely unavailable to sexual assault victims, because these statutes either require the presence of a romantic relationship or impose an unattainably high burden of proof for victims with little extrinsic evidence of physical assault. This Article advocates for a new Sexual Assault Protection Order that imposes no relationship requirement, operates under a lower burden of proof, and provides carefully-tailored prospective relief specifically designed for sexual assault victims. This Article also considers the constitutional concerns of critics who argue that restraining order hearings impermissibly adjudicate criminal guilt under more permissive civil procedures. The Article concludes by balancing these competing concerns, and recommending a model Sexual Assault Protection Order that can both provide tangible, attainable protection remedies to victims and adequately protect the rights of the accused. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2849871 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Acquaintance Rape Shelf Number: 140792

Author: International Fund for Animal Welfare Title: An Investigation of Hawaii's Online Ivory Trade Summary: Over the last decade, surging consumer demand for ivory has triggered a nearly unprecedented poaching wave, one that threatens to drive African elephants toward extinction unless the killing - and demand for tusks and carvings - is halted soon. Many countries including the United States have moved this issue to the top of their conservation policy agendas, most importantly by restricting their domestic ivory markets. The U.S. federal government is expected to finalize a strong ivory trade ban soon that will address imports, exports, and interstate trade, and several states have passed laws to complement the federal rule by restricting intrastate ivory commerce. Hawai'i, which has perhaps the country's biggest remaining market for ivory products, is poised to follow suit. These local efforts are crucial to stopping sales of illegally-imported items - Law enforcement officials estimate that some 90% of smuggled shipments leak past border inspections and find their way into the marketplace, where they are largely indistinguishable from older, legal ivory. For this report, investigators compiled advertising and sales data from 47 Hawai'i-based retailers and individual sellers engaged in the online trade of elephant ivory and related wildlife products, including walrus tusks, whale teeth and bone, mammoth ivory, and hippopotamus teeth. They found a total of 4,661 products in stock or for sale, with an overall value of more than $1.22 million, over a six-day period. The vast majority of this inventory (85.5%) was elephant ivory. Few of these retailers provided any evidence that their wares had been legally imported into the state. Some 28% of the sellers (14 of 47) referred to their advertised items as being "pre-ban," "antique," or "vintage," but only one of the 47 provided supplemental documentation of legal import. Taken together, this large overall inventory and scant proof of legality are cause for concern. Add to this the fact that Hawaii is a known destination for illegal ivory shipments, and the case grows for strong restrictions on intrastate ivory sales. Details: IFAW, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2016 at: http://www.ifaw.org/sites/default/files/IFAW-2016-Hawaii-Market-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Poaching Shelf Number: 145898

Author: Caudill, Jonathan W. Title: Considering the life-course of crime: contextualizing California's AB109 offender under correctional supervision Summary: In January 2012, the California State University, Chico, Consortium for Public Safety Research (CPSR) established a long-term collaborative relationship with the Butte County Sheriff's Office (BCSO) some three and a half months after the State of California started the process of transferring non-serious, non-violent, and non-sexual felony offender supervision to the counties. The significance of this transfer of supervision responsibilities cannot be overstated given the additional resources required to serve this population. As a part of a collaboration agreement, the CPSR has conducted a long-term assessment of the impact of AB 109 on the BCSO. Specifically, the CPSR has focused on the changing correctional client population for this report. As evidenced by the findings presented in the Findings section, the BCSO experienced a substantial shift in correctional client demographics and, thus, was required to reformulate their correctional mission. In the CPSR's first report, Breaking Ground: Preliminary Report of Butte County Sheriff's Alternative Custody Supervision Program, the authors made five results-based recommendations to improve correctional supervision and treatment. These recommendations focused on a clearer understanding of the new correctional client population as well as developing mechanisms to increase efficiencies in supervision and treatment strategies. Specifically, the CPSR made the following recommendations to the BCSO: 1. have the staff conduct a supervision and treatment plan for all potential ACS eligible inmates; 2. support their continued search for an appropriate offender management system that has the capacity to store historical data and network with other county systems; 3. further formalize the ACS program, to include additional officer training and a comprehensive, evidence-based supervision strategy; 4. explore a population-validated risk assessment tool, and; 5. work proactively to prioritize research projects promoting public safety and resource management. The BCSO has made significant strides toward full realization of these recommendations. For instance, the BCSO selected an offender management system and is now engaged in implementation. Further, the Alternative Custody Supervision (ACS) Program has conducted several community supervision trainings, implemented a caseload management system, and, is in the process of solidifying a comprehensive and scientifically validated training protocol for all ACS Deputies. These two recommendations aside, the BCSO requested the CPSR provide specific consultation to explore a population-validated risk assessment tool as the basis for individualized offender supervision and treatment plans. Thus, this report focuses on Life-course persistence in and desistance from crime. The Introduction section provides a general understanding of the Lifecourse framework and the Discussion section uses this framework to: (1) provide a clearer understanding of the correctional population shift in the BCSO via an inmate needs survey; (2) present results from a program exit predictive model; (3) introduce the findings from, and recommendations based on, a population-validated risk assessment instrument pilot study, and; (4) explore the ACS program supervision strategies. In short, this report contains evidence supporting three new recommendations to further the connectivity between service provision and public safety. The first recommendation, the BCSO expand therapeutic services in the jail, is the product of viewing inmate survey results through the Life-course lens. This orientation suggests the BCSO has an opportunity to harness the turning point of incarceration and, therefore, early incarceration programming may encourage desistance from crime. Details: Chico, CA: Consortium for Public Safety Research, California State University, Chico, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2016 at: http://www.buttecounty.net/Portals/24/Brochures/2013%20Caudill%20et%20al%20Considering%20the%20Life%20course%20of%20Crime.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 145886

Author: Palmer, Neal A. Title: Educational Exclusion: Drop Out, Push Out, and the School-to-Prison Pipeline among LGBTQ Youth Summary: Over the past decade we have witnessed enormous growth in interest in the experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) students in school. More and more attention has been paid to LGBTQ student safety, particularly regarding their disproportionate exposure to bullying and potential ways to make schools safer and more supportive. For the first time, the federal government has committed to asking about harassment and bullying based on sexual orientation via the Civil Rights Data Collection that all U.S. school districts are required to complete. In addition, the Department of Education has added LGBT-inclusive questions to other government surveys, such as the High School Longitudinal Survey , and more LGBTQ students than ever indicate that their schools have anti-bullying policies that specifically protect them based on their sexual orientation and gender identity/expression. Yet, despite these recent gains, schools still remain unsafe for many LGBTQ students and may also be unwelcoming to LGBTQ students because of discrimination and a lack of affirming resources. There also has been growing attention to harsh and exclusionary disciplinary policies that effectively push students, including LGBTQ students, out of schools. A great deal of research has documented the over-representation of certain groups of students in the school-to-prison pipeline (STPP). Specifically, Black/AfricanAmerican youth, Latino/a youth, and youth with disabilities experience disproportionately higher rates of school discipline and involvement with the criminal/juvenile justice system and lower high school graduation rates. Emerging research suggests that these harsh forms of discipline may be also applied disproportionately to LGBTQ youth, thus depriving this population of educational opportunities. This report expands on the current body of literature by examining potential pathways that push youth out of school and potentially into the criminal justice system in a national sample of LGBTQ middle and high school students. This report draws from data from GLSEN's 2013 National School Climate Survey, sharing both relevant, previously reported findings, and presenting new findings from analysis conducted specifically for this report. Details: New York: GLSEN, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2016 at: https://www.glsen.org/sites/default/files/Educational%20Exclusion_Report_6-28-16_v4_WEB_READY_PDF.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 145891

Author: Greenberg, Mark Title: Rethinking Gun Violence Summary: This working paper develops the argument of "Gun Violence and Gun Control" (also posted on SSRN), a short piece commissioned by the London Review of Books. We decided not to publish either paper, in part because we felt there were empirical issues that we were not in a position to assess. We welcome comments on either paper. In this Article, we propose a new way of approaching the problem of gun violence, synthesizing features of a number of successful initiatives. We begin, in Part I of this Article, by examining the gun debate. We argue that it is focused on the wrong question. Once attention is focused on the right question, it becomes clear how to develop a gun violence reduction strategy that is not subject to the standard objections to gun control. As an illustration of the wrong turn the debate has taken, we take as a case study Joyce Malcolm's recent Guns and Violence. The book attempts to use a historical study of guns and violence in England, as well as a brief comparison with the U.S., to develop policy prescriptions for the U.K. Malcolm is a respected academic historian, and her work, both in this book and in the past, has helped give wide currency to the view that increasing the number of guns in private hands is an effective way of reducing violent crime. Although the book has been widely praised by those on the same side of the debate, it has glaring defects in reasoning and scholarship. Malcolm fails even to notice that there is an option other than more guns or fewer guns. In Part II of the Article, we proffer a broad strategy for reducing gun violence. The essence of the strategy is to focus on keeping guns out of the wrong hands, rather than on reducing or increasing the number of guns generally. Although most writers (to the extent they consider the matter at all) assume otherwise, there is strong reason to conclude keeping guns out of the wrong hands - and doing so without reducing the number of guns in circulation - is a tractable problem, which is not to say that it is an easy or completely soluble one. The strategy has two parts, a demand side and a supply side. On the demand side, the strategy begins from the fact that a disproportionate amount of violent crime is committed by a very small number of identifiable persons. Moreover, although it is not generally appreciated, the criminal justice system has tremendous leverage over these recidivist offenders, for example, because most of them are subject to parole supervision. On the supply side, the crucial starting point is that the black market that supplies criminals with guns depends substantially on the legitimate market, and in particular on purchases of guns from licensed firearms dealers (as opposed to, for example, haphazard thefts). Powerful tools are available for cutting off the flow of guns from licensed dealers into the black market. The widely held view that there are simply too many guns already in circulation for supply-side policies to work is unjustifiably dismissive of suppositions about human behavior that are fundamental to the law, as well as of the admittedly tentative empirical evidence of recent gun-violence reduction initiatives. Details: Los Angeles: University of California at Los Angeles, School of Law, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law Research Paper No. 10-02 : Accessed October 20, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1531371 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 145887

Author: Henry, Colleen Title: Constructions of Maltreatment: Child Exposure to Domestic Violence and Its Penalization in California Law Summary: Social constructionists argue that human behaviors or conditions only become social problems when they are recognized, labeled, and action is taken against them by a group of people or society. While domestic violence or intimate partner violence has been recognized as a social problem since the 1970s, only recently has child exposure to domestic violence received similar recognition. Through review of changes made to California Law between 1995-2013, policy statements, and case law, this article examines how child exposure to domestic violence is recognized, labeled and acted upon in law, and argues that the recent penal response to child exposure to domestic violence in California Law signals a conceptual shift in what acts and omissions constitute child maltreatment and an expansion of the existing child protection legal framework. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California at Berkeley, Institute for the Study of Societal Issues, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: ISSI Fellows Working Papers: Accessed October 20, 2016 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/77b1h378 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140812

Author: University of Cincinnati. Office of Safety and Reform Title: Final Report for the Comprehensive Review of the University of Cincinnati Police Department Summary: The shooting death of Samuel DuBose is a tragedy that shook the University of Cincinnati (the "University" or "UC"), its Police Department (the "Department" or "UCPD") and the Cincinnati community to their core. In the wake of that tragedy, the University Administration has commendably taken a series of steps to determine what led to the shooting and how to best ensure that mistakes of the past are never repeated. One such step was the engagement of the Exiger team to perform a comprehensive review of UCPD. Over the last four months the Exiger team has spoken to a significant number of members of the University faculty, staff, administration, student body, as well as numerous Cincinnati residents and reviewed thousands of pages of documents in an effort to fully understand the improvements that are necessary to help transform UCPD into a model law enforcement agency by combining best practices of urban, university and community policing. This is the Exiger team's final report in which we present our findings and recommendations for remediation and reform of the organization. Many of the recommended reforms are significantly underway, some being undertaken even prior to our arrival. Our report consists of this Introductory Section, an Executive Summary including the "Fundamental Recommendations" which form the foundation for UCPD to become the model agency toward which it strives; a background section that covers the history of the UCPD, and the incident that gave rise to this assignment; a section outlining the scope of the assignment; followed by a section on the methodology utilized for completion of the assignment; and finally, a section containing the biographies of the members of the Exiger team. This is followed by a series of sections that cover each of the subject matter areas specified in the Request for Proposal. All told, there are 14 Fundamental Findings with 25 corresponding Recommendations, and there are 115 additional findings with 251 specific recommendations which the team believes, if implemented, will collectively transform the Department. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2016. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2016 at: https://www.uc.edu/content/dam/uc/safety-reform/documents/FINAL%20REPORT.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Police Shelf Number: 145872

Author: Mahan, Margo M. Title: The 'Bitch Tape': How Male Batterers Find the Women in the State Summary: Women's experiences have been the nucleus of domestic violence literature, discourse, and policy, and have shaped the therapeutic and/or punitive measures that are characteristic of domestic violence prevention - measures that research has shown are largely ineffective in curbing violence. Consequently, we still know relatively little about why men batter, and how they make sense of the negative "batterer" credential that corresponds with their offense. The few studies that explore batterer behavior are primarily psychological, reducing their violence to individual pathology that can be "treated" in therapy. Accordingly, non-psychological studies are characterized by evaluations of the utility, effectiveness, and/or therapeutic techniques of Batterer Intervention Programs, thus missing the sociological roots of batterer behavior. Drawing from in-depth interviews with 15 male batterers, my research shows that these men make sense of the offenses of which they have been accused in different ways, both with regard to the role they attribute to the state in their felt disempowerment and emasculation, and the role they attribute to their female victims. These different meanings are attributable to a number of factors - factors I argue must be addressed to the extent that they are linked to recidivistic risks of battering. The analysis presented in this paper therefore provides a foundation for creating more effective social remedies for battering behavior, and it provides an opportunity to reconsider gender-based theories of interpersonal violence more generally. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California Berkeley, Institute for the Study of Societal Issues, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: ISSI Fellows Working Paper: Accessed October 20,. 2016 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/66m719kv Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 140814

Author: Ohio Task Force on Community-Police Relations Title: Final Report Summary: The Ohio Task Force on Community-Police Relations was formed by Governor John Kasich on December 12, 2014, to address the fractured relationships that exist between some communities and the police dedicated to serving them. The Task Force was formed after the tragic deaths of Tamir Rice in Cleveland and John Crawford III in Beavercreek. The deaths of these two Ohioans along with a number of other events from across the country served as the impetus for the creation of the Task Force. These events collectively, and the protests and public reaction that followed, also serve as a reminder of the difficult past that many people, have experienced with law enforcement. While these events from across the country are not indicative of the overwhelming majority of outstanding law enforcement professionals, they demonstrate the need for all of us to work together in order to move forward. The charge of the Task Force was threefold: 1. To explore the cause of fractured relationships that exist between some law enforcement and the communities they serve; 2. To examine strategies to strengthen trust between communities and law enforcement in order to resolve the underlying causes of friction; 3. To provide the Governor with a report including recommendations about best practices available to communities. The overarching goal of the work of this Task Force is to ensure the safety and security of Ohio's citizens. This basic tenet applies equally to the dedicated men and women of law enforcement as well as every citizen of this state. Communities are best able to thrive when their residents feel safe. One of the most effective ways to ensure that communities are safe is for law enforcement and citizens to work together to solve and prevent problems. There are ample examples of this type of collaborative effort in many communities across this state. While the Task Force was formed in response to several tragic events in our state, it would be irresponsible to paint all law enforcement officers in a negative light. This state is overwhelmingly served by outstanding law enforcement officers who put their lives on the line every day to ensure our safety. They deal daily with difficult and dangerous situations and are in many instances the best part of a person's worst day. It takes a special person to be a good law enforcement officer. One goal of this report is to provide support to officers in order to enhance tools, training and the understanding they need and deserve to keep them and their fellow citizens safe, and to aid in enhancing their relationships with the communities they serve. At the end of each day, we want our law enforcement officers and the public to be able to go home to their families. It is also important to listen to the concerns of our citizens, and to be informed by their collective experiences. Input for the development of this report comes from Ohio citizens and experts in the field. The public was asked to provide input in a variety of ways. A listening tour consisting of four public forums was held at the following venues: Cleveland State University; Central State University; University of Toledo and the University of Cincinnati. A public website was created to allow citizens to provide comments. Additionally, the hashtag #beheardohio was created in order to allow the public to participate through social media. Details: Columbus: Ohio State Department of Public Safety, 2015. 629p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2016 at: http://publicsafety.ohio.gov/otfcpr/links/ohtfcpr_final_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 140815

Author: Meyer, William Debard Title: Analyzing Crime on Street Networks: A Comparison of Network and Euclidean Voronoi Methods Summary: he analysis of the uneven spatial distribution of crime has been an important area of research investigation and policy analysis for the past several decades. These analyses typically use spatial analytical methods that are based on the assumption of Euclidean (straight-line) distance. However, crime like most social activity is often mediated by the built environment, such as along a street or within a multi-story building. Thus, analyzing spatial patterns of crime with only straight-line Euclidean distance measurement ignores this intervening built landscape and may very possibly introduce error into the ensuing result. The purpose of this research is to compare and contrast the differences in analytical results for spatial analysis techniques that have the capability to use either Euclidean or network distance. Voronoi diagrams which can be implemented utilizing either Euclidean distance or network distance (distance measured along a street) offer a means for performing this comparison. Utilizing Voronoi diagram implementations with Euclidean distance and network distance this thesis will examine the spatial distribution of gun-inflicted homicide locations and the similarity/differences between the results of their application with the aim of informing the spatial analysis of street located homicide. Details: Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 21, 2016 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/47563673_Analyzing_Crime_on_Street_Networks_A_Comparison_of_Network_and_Euclidean_Voronoi_Methods Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 131166

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Cross-site evaluation of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Tribal Green Reentry Program. Final technical report Summary: From 2009 through 2014, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) funded demonstration grants to incorporate green technologies and environmentally sustainable activities in programs designed to help detained and reentering tribal youth successfully reintegrate into their communities and to prevent future juvenile justice system involvement among at-risk youth. Three American Indian tribes received Tribal Juvenile Detention and Reentry Green Demonstration ("Green Reentry") grants: the Hualapai Indian Tribe (Arizona), the Mississippi Band of Choctaw Indians (MBCI; Mississippi), and the Rosebud Sioux Tribe (RST; South Dakota). Throughout their grant periods, the three sites received training and technical assistance from the Tribal Juvenile Detention and Reentry Resource and Technical Assistance Center, managed by the Education Development Center. The cross-site evaluation was led by RTI International and American Indian Development Associates, LLC (AIDA), from 2011 through 2014. The goals of the cross-site evaluation were to document the implementation of the Green Reentry programs and to determine the extent of the initiative's impact on the tribal youth and communities served. The evaluation included a comprehensive process evaluation and a mixed-methods outcome evaluation. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2014. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2016 at: https://www.rti.org/sites/default/files/resources/final_technical_report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 134422

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Use of Electronic Offender-Tracking Devices Expands Sharply Summary: The number of accused and convicted criminal offenders in the United States who are monitored with ankle bracelets and other electronic tracking devices rose nearly 140 percent over 10 years, according to a survey conducted in December 2015 by The Pew Charitable Trusts. More than 125,000 people were supervised with the devices in 2015, up from 53,000 in 2005. All 50 states, the District of Columbia, and the federal government use electronic devices to monitor the movements and activities of pretrial defendants or convicted offenders on probation or parole. The survey counted the number of active GPS and radio-frequency (RF) units reported by the companies that manufacture and operate them, providing the most complete picture to date of the prevalence of these technologies in the nation's criminal justice system. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2016. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2016 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2016/10/use_of_electronic_offender_tracking_devices_expands_sharply.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 145997

Author: Uggen, Christopher Title: 6 Million Lost Voters: State-Level Estimates of Felony Disenfranchisement, 2016 Summary: In this election year, the question of voting restrictions is once again receiving great public attention. This report is intended to update and expand our previous work on the scope and distribution of felony disenfranchisement in the United States (see Uggen, Shannon, and Manza 2012; Uggen and Manza 2002; Manza and Uggen 2006). The numbers presented here represent our best assessment of the state of felony disenfranchisement as of the November 2016 election. Our key findings include the following: - As of 2016, an estimated 6.1 million people are disenfranchised due to a felony conviction, a figure that has escalated dramatically in recent decades as the population under criminal justice supervision has increased. There were an estimated 1.17 million people disenfranchised in 1976, 3.34 million in 1996, and 5.85 million in 2010. - Approximately 2.5 percent of the total U.S. voting age population - 1 of every 40 adults - is disenfranchised due to a current or previous felony conviction. - Individuals who have completed their sentences in the twelve states that disenfranchise people post-sentence make up over 50 percent of the entire disenfranchised population, totaling almost 3.1 million people. - Rates of disenfranchisement vary dramatically by state due to broad variations in voting prohibitions. In six states - Alabama, Florida, Kentucky, Mississippi, Tennessee, and Virginia - more than 7 percent of the adult population is disenfranchised. - The state of Florida alone accounts for more than a quarter (27 percent) of the disenfranchised population nationally, and its nearly 1.5 million individuals disenfranchised post-sentence account for nearly half (48 percent) of the national total. - One in 13 African Americans of voting age is disenfranchised, a rate more than four times greater than that of non-African Americans. Over 7.4 percent of the adult African American population is disenfranchised compared to 1.8 percent of the non-African American population. - African American disenfranchisement rates also vary significantly by state. In four states - Florida (21 percent), Kentucky (26 percent), Tennessee (21 percent), and Virginia (22 percent) - more than one in five African Americans is disenfranchised. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2016 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/6-million-lost-voters-state-level-estimates-felony-disenfranchisement-2016/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 140825

Author: Eagly, Ingrid Title: Access to Counsel in Immigration Court Summary: It has long been the case that immigrants have a right to counsel in immigration court, but that expense has generally been borne by the non-citizen. Because deportation is classified as a civil rather than a criminal sanction, immigrants facing removal are not afforded the constitutional protections under the Sixth Amendment that are provided to criminal defendants. Whereas in the criminal justice system, all defendants facing even one day in jail are provided an attorney if they cannot afford one, immigrants facing deportation generally do not have that opportunity. Detained immigrants, particularly those held in remote locations, face the additional obstacle of accessing counsel from behind bars. Yet, in every immigration case, the government is represented by a trained attorney who can argue for deportation, regardless of whether the immigrant is represented. The lack of appointed counsel may have a profound impact on immigrants' ability to receive a fair hearing. Past research has highlighted the importance of counsel for asylum seekers, and regional studies have highlighted the important role attorneys play for immigrants navigating immigration courts in New York and San Francisco. Yet, up to now, the debate about access to counsel has proceeded with little reliable national information on how many immigrants facing deportation obtain attorneys, the barriers to accessing representation, and how such representation impacts the outcomes of their cases. This report presents the results of the first national study of access to counsel in U.S. immigration courts. Drawing on data from over 1.2 million deportation cases decided between 2007 and 2012, the report provides much-needed information about the scope and impact of attorney representation in U.S. immigration courts. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2016 at: https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/access_to_counsel_in_immigration_court.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 140826

Author: Truman, Jennifer L. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2015 Summary: In 2015, U.S. residents age 12 or older experienced an estimated 5.0 million violent victimizations, according to the Bureau of Justice Statistics’ (BJS) National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS).* There was no statistically significant change in the rate of overall violent crime, defined as rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault, from 2014 (20.1 victimizations per 1,000 persons age 12 and older) to 2015 (18.6 per 1,000) (figure 1). However, the rate of violent crime in 2015 was lower than in 2013 (23.2 per 1,000). From 1993 to 2015, the rate of violent crime declined from 79.8 to 18.6 victimizations per 1,000 persons age 12 or older. The rates of violent and property crime largely followed similar trends over time. Households in the U.S. experienced an estimated 14.6 million property victimizations in 2015 (see table 3). The overall property crime rate (which includes household burglary, theft, and motor vehicle theft) decreased from 118.1 victimizations per 1,000 households in 2014 to 110.7 victimizations per 1,000 in 2015. A decline in theft accounted for most of the decrease in property crime Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv15.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140830

Author: Georgetown University. Law School. Center on Privacy Technology Title: The Perpetual Line-up: Unregulated Police Face Recognition in America, Summary: There is a knock on your door. It's the police. There was a robbery in your neighborhood. They have a suspect in custody and an eyewitness. But they need your help: Will you come down to the station to stand in the line-up? Most people would probably answer "no." This summer, the Government Accountability Office revealed that close to 64 million Americans do not have a say in the matter: 16 states let the FBI use face recognition technology to compare the faces of suspected criminals to their driver's license and ID photos, creating a virtual line-up of their state residents. In this line-up, it's not a human that points to the suspect - it's an algorithm. But the FBI is only part of the story. Across the country, state and local police departments are building their own face recognition systems, many of them more advanced than the FBI's. We know very little about these systems. We don't know how they impact privacy and civil liberties. We don't know how they address accuracy problems. And we don't know how any of these systems - local, state, or federal - affect racial and ethnic minorities. This report closes these gaps. The result of a year-long investigation and over 100 records requests to police departments around the country, it is the most comprehensive survey to date of law enforcement face recognition and the risks that it poses to privacy, civil liberties, and civil rights. Combining FBI data with new information we obtained about state and local systems, we find that law enforcement face recognition affects over 117 million American adults. It is also unregulated. A few agencies have instituted meaningful protections to prevent the misuse of the technology. In many more cases, it is out of control. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, School of Law, 2016. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://www.perpetuallineup.org/sites/default/files/2016-10/The%20Perpetual%20Line-Up%20-%20Center%20on%20Privacy%20and%20Technology%20at%20Georgetown%20Law.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 146031

Author: McCarthy, Patrick Title: The Future of Youth Justice: A Community-Based Alternative to the Youth Prison Model Summary: For 170 years, since our first youth correctional institution opened, America's approach to youth incarceration has been built on the premise that a slightly modified version of the adult correctional model of incarceration, control, coercion, and punishment — with a little bit of programming sprinkled in — would rehabilitate young people. Sometimes the names attempt to camouflage the nature of the facility, but whether they are called "training schools" or "youth centers," nearly all of these facilities are youth prisons. Whether the benefits and costs of youth prisons are weighed on a scale of public dollars, community safety, or young people's futures, they are damaging the very people they are supposed to help and have been for generations. It is difficult to find an area of U.S. policy where the benefits and costs are more out of balance, where the evidence of failure is clearer, or where we know with more clarity what we should be doing differently. This ill-conceived and outmoded approach is a failure, with high costs and recidivism rates and institutional conditions that are often appalling. Our approach to youth in trouble with the law requires a watershed change to one that is more effective, more informed by evidence of what works, more likely to protect public safety, more developmentally appropriate, more humane, and more community based. Every youth prison in the country should be closed and replaced with a network of community-base' programs and small facilities near the youth’s communities. Closing these failed institutions requires a clear-headed, common-sense, bipartisan policy approach, and a commitment to replace these facilities with effective alternatives that are already available. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250142.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140833

Author: Constitution Project Title: Demilitarizing America's Police: A Constitutional Analysis Summary: Our military's core function is to fight and deter foreign enemies, which often requires speed, surprise, and the use of specialized weapons and heavy artillery. Civilian police, in contrast, are meant to keep the peace and to protect local communities while safeguarding civil liberties. Regrettably, and to a dangerous degree, those lines are blurring. High-profile encounters—many deadly—between law enforcement and community members in Ferguson, Baltimore, New York, Chicago, North Charleston, and elsewhere have renewed a public discussion around policing reforms and the troubling trend of police militarization. This trend has serious constitutional and public policy implications. An over-militarized police culture threatens our constitutional guarantees of free speech and freedom from unreasonable search and seizure. The use of military equipment often begets unnecessarily aggressive tactics and over-enforcement, which are more prevalent in communities of color and poor neighborhoods, and raises serious concerns about disparate treatment and constitutional deprivations in those communities in particular. From a policy perspective, the use of military equipment and tactics by law enforcement risks eroding public trust and poisoning the crucial, but often precarious, relationship between communities and local law enforcement. Indeed, militarization breeds an ethos of adventure over service; encourages the use of force over innovative and collaborative problem-solving; and inhibits the development of meaningful, sustainable partnerships between police and the people they serve. The Constitution Project Committee on Policing Reforms believes that we must take steps to reverse this trend. While there are a variety of factors that contribute to police militarization, federal programs providing military equipment to state and local law enforcement greatly exacerbate the problem. Such programs—to the extent they provide military equipment or facilitate its acquisition —must be severely curtailed due to those programs' corrosive impact on constitutional and community policing. To its credit—as discussed in further detail in Section IV—the Obama administration has reviewed several federal programs that provide state and local governments with military equipment or facilitate its acquisition. The administration also conducted a review of effective policing strategies and has pushed for law enforcement agencies to commit to community policing models. In early 2015, a task force appointed by the President held several nationwide listening sessions and issued a report aimed at strengthening the relationship between local law enforcement and the communities that they serve. The Department of Justice has also published practical guidance in implementing the task force's recommendations. The administration’s efforts have resulted in a number of recommendations for reform that we applaud. However, we believe that more must be done to address the substantial constitutional and public policy concerns described in this report, which stem from the use of military equipment and tactics in local communities. Details: Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://www.constitutionproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Demilitarizing-Americas-Police-August-2016-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 140836

Author: New York State. Department of Corrections and Community Supervision Title: 2010 Inmates Releases: Three Year Post Release Follow-up Summary: Return-to-custody data are presented for inmates released from the New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) in 2010. This includes inmates who were released from parole program facilities as well as those released from correctional facilities. Return rates are based on a three-year follow-up period and are analyzed relative to several demographic and legal history characteristics. Return rates among the 2010 release cohort are compared to those found for an aggregated release cohort covering 1985 to 2010. Trends in rates of return among the annual release cohorts since 1985 are also presented. Details: Albany, NY: The Department, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://www.doccs.ny.gov/Research/Reports/2014/2010_releases_3yr_out.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 146022

Author: Flaherty, Aaron Title: Responsible Prison Project: Reshaping the Texas Prison system for Greater Public Safety Summary: The "Responsible Prison Project" is comprised of five residents of the Darrington Unit corrections facility in eastern Texas, each of whom is a graduate of an in-prison seminary program. Last month, the men composed a report entitled, "Reshaping the Texas Prison System for Greater Public Safety." The proposed solutions, the authors say, are to help the Texas Department of Criminal Justice fulfill its stated mission to "provide public safety, promote positive change in offender behavior, reintegrate offenders into society, and assist victims of crime." "It has often been said that those who are closest to a problem are closest to its solution," the document begins. "That is no less true of prisoners." The document highlights a number of specific issues in the prison, from prisoner intake, to conditions and practices in the facility, to reentry programming. Each section paints a picture of current state of affairs, followed by a proposal for change. Details: s.l.: 2016. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://www.documentcloud.org/documents/3149075-Responsible-Prison-Project.html#document/p2 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 146021

Author: Stratmann, Thomas Title: Dial 911 for Murder: The Impact of Emergency Response Time on Homicides Summary: Several theories have been offered to explain the recent declines in violent crime rates in the United States. We hypothesize that technological innovations, which improved information transmission and shortened the response time between an aggravated assault incident and treatment, reduced the cost of saving lives and caused much of the decline in homicide rates in recent decades. Using difference-in-differences and event studies, we show that improvements in emergency services (9-1-1) caused significant decreases in homicide rates. Various falsification tests support these findings. Details: Bonn, Germany: CESifo (Center for Economic Studies and Ifo Institute), 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper No. 6140: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2843329 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: 911 Emergencies Shelf Number: 140839

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: Firearms on College Campuses: Research Evidence and Policy Implications Summary: Restrictions on legal gun owners carrying firearms in public places have been removed or greatly weakened in most states over the past three decades. Colleges and universities, however, have been locations that have commonly been allowed to prohibit otherwise legal gun carriers from bringing guns onto campuses. This exception, however, has recently begun to change. Eight states now have laws that, generally, allow individuals who can legally carry guns elsewhere to bring guns onto college campuses. In 24 states, colleges and universities have the authority to allow or forbid civilians from having firearms on their campuses. A number of additional states considered new laws relevant to carrying firearms on college campuses during their 2015-2016 legislative sessions. This report reviews the evidence surrounding the relationship between civilian gun carrying and violent crime and mass shootings and factors that are unique to public safety on college campuses. Policies removing restrictions on civilian gun carrying are based on claims or assumptions about civilian gun use, the impact of state Right-to-Carry (RTC) laws, and the nature of mass shootings that are not supported by or are contrary to the best available research. The incidence of civilian self-defensive gun use (SDGU) is difficult to discern as available data are based on self-report, and distinguishing aggressor from victim in interpersonal altercations can be highly subjective. Nonetheless, data from the National Crime Victimization Survey indicate that SDGU is relatively rare (about 102,000 self-reported incidents per year affecting 0.9% of all violent crime victimizations) and is no more effective in reducing victims’ risk of injury than other victim responses to attempted violent crimes. Research led by John Lott, author of More Guns, Less Crime, suggesting that RTC laws prevent violent crime has important flaws that biased his findings. The most recent and rigorous research on RTC laws that corrects for these flaws consistently finds that RTC laws are associated with more violent crime. These findings may seem counterintuitive because concealed-carry permit holders have, as a group, low rates of criminal offending and must pass a background check to ensure that they do not have any condition, such as a felony conviction, that prohibits firearm ownership. But, in states with low standards for legal gun ownership, legal gun owners account for the majority of persons incarcerated for committing violent crimes with firearms. As mass shootings and casualties from those shootings have risen sharply over the past decade, one rationale for allowing more civilians to carry firearms, both on and off college campuses, is to avert rampage shootings or stop rampage shooters before additional victims are shot. Central to these arguments are the notions that “gun-free” zones attract individuals set on mass murder and that armed civilians frequently thwart or interrupt such shootings. New research on mass shootings involving six or more victims murdered that occurred in the United States from 1966 to through June 2016 contradicts these claims. Only 12% of these shootings took place, in whole or in part, in a truly gun-free zone (no armed security or police or armed civilians) and 5% in a gun-restricting zone (civilian gun possession prohibited). A separate study of mass shootings involving four or more fatalities, that included domestic incidents during 2009-2015, found that only 13% occurred in a gun-free or gun-restricting zone. Successful civilian uses of guns to stop a mass shooting were incredibly rare and about as common as armed civilians being shot while attempting to respond to mass shooting incidents. Furthermore, the data show no evidence that RTC laws – which, it is argued, lead to more armed citizens ready to defend against a mass shooting – reduce mass shootings or the number of people shot in those incidents. This report also reviews research relevant to the unique context of college campuses, especially student demographics and characteristics, and the implications for increased access to firearms among college students. Late adolescence and early adulthood is marked by increases in a variety of risky behaviors including violence, binge drinking, and drug abuse. Binge drinking, a common behavior among college students, especially elevates risks for involvement in violent altercations. Risky decision-making in adolescence and early adulthood is due, in part, to on-going brain development during that stage of life that can compromise emotional and behavioral regulation, impulse control, and judgment – all of which are essential for avoiding the circumstances in which firearm access leads to tragedy. Age-specific homicide offending peaks around the age when youth reach the minimum legal age for purchasing, possessing, and carrying handguns (19-21 years). Suicidal behavior that leads to death or hospital treatment peaks at age 16, but remains high through age 25, covering the age span of most college students. Mental illnesses, such as depression, that commonly emerge during adolescence and young adulthood, coupled with restricted impulse control and the stressors that many college students experience, increases the risk of suicidal behavior among college students. Research demonstrates that access to firearms substantially increases suicide risks, especially among adolescents and young adults, as firearms are the most common method of lethal self-harm. Proposals to allow guns on college campuses must consider the fact that serious assaults and suicide attempts – which are more likely to be lethal when firearms are present – are far more common than are the rampage shooting incidents that the policies are purported to prevent. Inserting more firearms into those assaults and suicide attempts by allowing more people to have firearms on campuses is likely to lead to more deaths and serious injuries. A recent study identified 85 incidents of shootings or undesirable discharges of firearms on college campuses in the U.S. from January 2013 through June 2016. Only two of these 85 incidents (2.4%) involved a shooter on a rampage. The most common incidents were interpersonal disputes that escalated into gun violence (45%), premeditated acts of violence against an individual (12%), suicides or murder/suicides (12%), and unintentional shootings or discharges (9%). Campus police much more commonly respond to a variety of violent and non-violent incidents than to rampage shootings. If those campus officers must assume that any given student is armed, this may compromise their ability to effectively respond to, and de-escalate, these incidents. In summary, available data indicate that policies that allow individuals to bring firearms onto college campuses are unlikely to lead to fewer mass shootings or fewer casualties from those shootings. Mass shootings are a growing concern, but are still very rare events. Increasing gun availability in campus environments could make far more common acts of aggression, recklessness, or self-harm more deadly and, thus, have a deleterious impact on the safety of students, faculty, and staff. Details: Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://www.jhsph.edu/research/centers-and-institutes/johns-hopkins-center-for-gun-policy-and-research/_pdfs/GunsOnCampus.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 140841

Author: Grommon, Eric Title: A Case Study of Mississippi State Penitentiary’s Managed Access Technology Summary: Contraband cell phone use in a corrections facility is an ongoing challenge for corrections agencies. There are numerous anecdotes of contraband cell phones being used to conduct criminal activities from inside a prison. Physical searches of inmates and correctional staff are limited in their scope; contraband policies and legal punishments possess deterrent value, but the effect of such approaches are not well known; and technologies to jam cell phone signals are in violation of U.S. law and Federal Communication Commission (FCC) regulations. Recently, managed access technology has emerged as another approach to affect contraband cell phone use. This technology allows completion of authorized calls placed from approved phone numbers (numbers which have been vetted and entered into a database) while, conversely blocking calls to/from devices or numbers which have not been pre-approved; a process often referred to as “white-listing”. The promise of this technology as an effective means to combat contraband cell phones has influenced correctional procurement decisions across the country. Yet, many unknowns exist with respect to its capability, functionality, and actual impact on contraband cell phone use. The present research seeks to inform these gaps and provide corrections administrators and policy-makers with information describing managed access technology, its deployment, and relevant data on cell phone transmissions captured by a managed access system. A case study approach was used to learn about the Mississippi Department of Corrections’ (MDOC) procurement and deployment processes used when they implemented managed access technology at the Mississippi State Penitentiary (MSP). A series of interviews and teleconferences, in addition to the secondary analysis of managed access system data, were employed to generate a fundamental understanding of managed access technology operations, identify challenges and lessons learned, and develop a baseline of contraband cell phone activity. This assessment is not an evaluation of the operational efficacy of managed access technology. More specifically, the present study does not seek to quantify potential vulnerabilities or manipulations of managed access systems. Such an evaluation would be insightful, but is beyond the scope of the present study. The present study identified the following challenges associated with deployment and operations of managed access technology: 1. Managed access has to be routinely “managed”. This task requires a significant labor commitment from the host agency, in addition to ensuring that personnel have appropriate technical skills. 2. Managed access requires an effective self-monitoring capability. 3. The system must be designed to prevent illegal access to cellular signals originating outside the corrections facility, and procedures must be developed to address legitimate calls that are blocked by the system. 4. The signal strength of managed access system must be strong enough to cover areas in the facility while ensuring emissions do not exceed authorized levels or exceed authorized coverage areas. 5. Coordination is required with carriers and local public safety answering points to ensure proper handling of 9-1-1 calls. 6. Technology upgrades by cellular carriers can significantly reduce system effectiveness; close coordination with the carriers is critical for effective system operations. 7. The managed access system and associated physical infrastructure may be vulnerable to weather conditions. 8. Inmates may attempt to sabotage system infrastructure. To address these challenges, and based on our observations, we note the following practices employed by MDOC: 1. Work with and educate representatives from the legislative community, the Executive Branch, and advocacy groups to advocate changes to existing laws and policies governing contraband cell phones. 2. Establish cooperative partnerships with cellular carriers. 3. Cross-reference captured phone call information with existing pre-approved list of inmate land-line numbers. 4. Treat managed access as part of a layered approach for counter-measures beyond traditional search capabilities. 5. Use managed access to eliminate inmate use of cellphone technology as a way to circumvent mandatory monitoring of inmate conversations, a condition of use associated with landline based authorized Inmate Calling Systems (ICS). 6. Use managed access to create a general deterrent to impact contraband cell phone market value. 7. Create a housing unit for contraband cell phone violators within MSP at Parchman. 8. Correctional facilities must harden managed access system hardware and associated infrastructure to prevent damage, system failure, and system inefficiencies from both inclement weather and premediated attacks by prisoners. Despite these challenges, managed access technology does appear to detect and terminate a large number of cell phone transmissions. Details: Rome, NY: Engility Corporation, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250262.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 140843

Author: Phillips, Mary T. Title: Misdemeanor Marijuana Arrests New York City 2012-2014 Summary: Changes in the handling of arrests for possession of small amounts of marijuana have taken place at a rapid pace in New York City during the past several years. This report examines some of those changes and their impact on volume and outcomes in misdemeanor marijuana possession arrests. The research also addresses the impact of these changes on ethnic disparities in marijuana arrests and outcomes. The study focuses on arrests for criminal possession of marijuana in the fifth degree, which is a class B misdemeanor under Penal Law §221.10. Persons found in possession of any amount of marijuana, either "open to public view"� or "burning" (i.e., being smoked), can be charged under subsection 1 of this law. Possession of more than 25 grams of marijuana is a crime under subsection 2 of the law, which does not require the marijuana to be in public view or burning. In 2014, over 98% of misdemeanor arrests for marijuana possession in New York City were made under PL 221.10. For years this has been the single most frequent criminal offense in the City, with steadily rising arrest volume during much of the past decade. In 2010 and 2011, well over 40,000 cases with a top arrest charge of PL 221.10 were prosecuted each year (Phillips 2014, Table 1). A series of policy shifts beginning in late 2011 reversed this trend, reducing the volume of arrests for misdemeanor marijuana possession and according more lenient treatment to the arrests that were made. In September 2011, in the wake of public criticism of the NYPD's "stop" �and "frisk" practices, Police Commissioner Raymond W. Kelly issued a directive instructing officers not to make arrests for small amounts of marijuana unless it is in public view - by the suspects' own volition� (Harris 2011). This was aimed at allegations that police officers were ordering suspects to empty their pockets during "stop" �and "�frisk" operations, and then arresting them if any marijuana was displayed as a result. Although it was framed as a reminder of existing policy rather than a new policy, the directive was followed by a steep decline in the volume of marijuana possession arrests in every borough (Phillips 2014, Tables 1 & 2). In May 2013, the final year of the Bloomberg administration, a new policy directed the police to issue a Desk Appearance Ticket (DAT) in all arrests with a top charge of PL 221.10, as long as the defendant produced adequate identification and had no outstanding warrants. The marijuana DAT policy initiative was aimed at reducing the proportion of low-level marijuana arrests in which the defendant was taken into custody, rather than reducing arrest volume. Since the 1960s the NYPD has routinely issued DATs for a limited number of misdemeanor offenses, historically including large numbers of suspects charged with PL 221.10. A suspect who qualifies for a DAT on the basis of the charge and other criteria is taken to the precinct house for an eligibility check and, if additional eligibility criteria are met, the person is released with a ticket instructing him or her to appear in court for arraignment on a future date, several weeks to several months later. (See Phillips 2014 for a detailed description of charge and other eligibility criteria for DATs.) The proportion of 221.10 prosecuted arrests in which a DAT was issued had been rising prior to 2013 - from 13% in 2003 to 50% in 2012 (ibid., Figure 7) - and the prospect of further extending DATs to virtually all arrests for this offense led to predictions of skyrocketing DAT volume. Those predictions turned out to be inaccurate, for reasons that will be explored in this report. A year and a half after implementation of the DAT policy, a new administration announced yet another policy change. In November 2014 the new mayor, Bill de Blasio, and his new police commissioner, William J. Bratton, announced that suspects found in possession of 25 grams or less of marijuana "in a public place and open to public view" would no longer be arrested, as long as the person was not charged with additional fingerprintable offenses. Instead, these suspects would be issued a Criminal Court summons (�summons, - also known as a "pink slip"�) and charged with a non-criminal violation, PL 221.05. Burning is still subject to arrest for 221.10 under the new policy, as is the possession of a small amount "in a manner that is inconsistent with personal use" (NYPD 2014). Persons found with more than 25 grams (and less than 2 ounces) of marijuana are also still subject to arrest under subsection 2 of PL 221.10. The marijuana summons policy was hailed by The New York Times as "the most significant criminal justice policy initiative by Mr. de Blasio since he was sworn in as mayor" (Baker 2014). Many people hoped that it would alleviate widely acknowledged ethnic disparities in low-�level marijuana arrests, which disproportionately fall on black and Latino men. One columnist called the new policy a "sledgehammer"� that the administration is now swinging at entrenched racism in the system (Dwyer 2014). The summons policy was not greeted with universal acclaim, however, even by some advocates of more lenient treatment for marijuana offenders. Brooklyn District Attorney Kenneth P. Thompson, whose office had been refusing to prosecute many marijuana possession arrests for months (Clifford & Goldstein 2014), objected that by issuing a summons instead of making an arrest, the police were undercutting his prosecutorial discretion (Baker 2014; Goldstein 2014; Mora 2014). This argument pointed to an unintended consequence of the initiative: cases that would have been dismissed by prosecutors under the old policy now go directly to summons court with no prosecutorial review. Other concerns included a lack of due process in summons court and the inability to monitor ethnic disparity because ethnicity is not collected on the summons form. These and other reservations about the summons policy were summarized in a press release from the Drug Policy Alliance, an advocacy organization for drug law reform, which nonetheless remained "�cautiously optimistic"� (Drug Policy Alliance 2015). A New York Times editorial declared that getting a summons is "better than being arrested"� but expressed skepticism about the overall merits of the reform because it "does not reach the fundamental problem of discriminatory policing."� The editorial also expressed concern about exposing people to arrest for missing court dates, and lack of transparency in the summons court system (New York Times, 2014). How has the court system been affected by these policy changes? Although many aspects of the policies' impact lie beyond the scope of this study, we can provide a preliminary assessment of two major parameters: arrest volume and DAT issuance for 221.10 offenses. In the months following November 2014, we anticipated a downturn in marijuana arrest volume but - because the marijuana summons policy does not extend to burning or to arrests under subsection 2 - it was difficult to guess how low the volume would go. (Neither the subsection nor the factual allegations for an arrest are collected in the CJA database, making it impossible to distinguish open view from burning, or from possession of over 25 grams.) We also anticipated a slump in the DAT issuance rate after November 2014 because summonses would go primarily to those who previously would have received a DAT. Some factors that would disqualify a person from receiving a summons - an active warrant or lack of adequate identification, for example - are also disqualifying factors for a DAT. This suggests that if a summons is not issued in a marijuana possession arrest, a DAT will not be issued, either, unless the summons was denied because burning was involved, the amount was over 25 grams, or the suspect was charged with another finger-printable offense. Any of these three factors would disqualify a person from a summons, but a DAT could be issued. Finally, any analysis of recent marijuana arrest volume needs to take into account an anomalous period of about three weeks from late December 2014 to mid-�January 2015. The killing of two police officers on December 20, 2014 - and the Mayor's perceived lack of support for the NYPD in the aftermath of those killings - triggered a work slowdown by the police that decreased the number of all arrests to a fraction of normal volume in the weeks that followed. The slowdown did not target marijuana offenses specifically, but our analysis shows that 221.10 arrests dropped by over 80% during this period). Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2015. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: www.nycja.org Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 146015

Author: Mallory, Christy Title: Discrimination and Harassment by Law Enforcement Officers in the LGBT Community Summary: iscrimination and harassment by law enforcement based on sexual orientation and gender identity is an ongoing and pervasive problem in LGBT communities. Such discrimination impedes effective policing in these communities by breaking down trust, inhibiting communication and preventing officers from effectively protecting and serving the communities they police. While a patchwork of state, local and federal laws provides some protection against certain forms of discrimination, there is no nationwide federal statute that comprehensively and consistently prohibits discrimination based on actual or perceived sexual orientation and gender identity. Details: Los Angeles: The Williams Institute, UCLA School of Law, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2016 at: http://williamsinstitute.law.ucla.edu/wp-content/uploads/LGBT-Discrimination-and-Harassment-in-Law-Enforcement-March-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 140854

Author: Rumberger, Russell W. Title: The High Cost of Harsh Discipline and Its Disparate Impact Summary: School suspension rates have been rising since the early 1970s, especially for children of color. One body of research has demonstrated that suspension from school is harmful to students, as it increases the risk of retention and school dropout. Another has demonstrated that school dropouts impose huge social costs on their states and localities, due to lost wages and taxes, increased crime, higher welfare costs, and poorer health. Although it is estimated that reducing school suspension rates in Texas would save the state up to $1 billion in social costs, only one study to date has linked these two bodies of research. The current study addresses some of the limitations of that study by (1) estimating a stronger causal model of the effects suspension has on dropping out of school, (2) calculating a more comprehensive set of the social costs associated with dropping out, and (3) estimating the cost of school suspensions in Florida and California, and for the U.S. as a whole. The results show that suspensions in 10th grade alone produced more than 67,000 dropouts in the U.S. and generated social costs to the nation of more than $35 billion. These results are undoubtedly conservative, since the California and U.S. estimates were limited to 10th-grade students, while the Florida estimates were limited to 9th-grade students. Thus, they did not capture the effects of suspensions in earlier grades. Details: Los Angeles, University of California at Los Angeles, Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2016 at: https://www.civilrightsproject.ucla.edu/resources/projects/center-for-civil-rights-remedies/school-to-prison-folder/federal-reports/the-high-cost-of-harsh-discipline-and-its-disparate-impact/UCLA_HighCost_6-2_948.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 140855

Author: Parsons, Jim Title: Impact Evaluation of the Adolescent Behavioral Learning Experience (ABLE) Program Summary: In 2012, New York City launched the Adolescent Behavioral Learning Experience (ABLE) program, a large-scale initiative serving 16- to 18-year-old youth held at the Rikers Island jail complex. The ABLE program provided Moral Reconation Therapy to young people with the aim of improving individual outcomes and reducing the number of youth who were rearrested and returned to the jail. Notably, the program was the first initiative in the U.S. to be funded using a social impact bond (SIB)—an innovative form of pay-for-success contracting that leverages private funding to finance public services. The investment bank, Goldman Sachs, provided initial funding for ABLE with the understanding that they would be reimbursed if the program reduced recidivism by at least 10 percent. The City of New York agreed to provide Goldman Sachs a return on their investment if the program reduced recidivism by 11 percent or more, based on savings associated with incarcerating fewer people at Rikers. The Vera Institute of Justice evaluated ABLE using a quasi-experimental design to assess whether the program led to reductions in recidivism for youth passing through the jail. The results of the evaluation determined whether the program met its contractual benchmarks. While the ABLE program reached the majority of 16- to -18-year-olds in the study cohort, it did not lead to reductions in recidivism and therefore did not meet the program's pre-defined threshold of success. Based on the findings of Vera's evaluation, the ABLE program was discontinued on August 31, 2015 Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2016 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/rikers-adolescent-behavioral-learning-experience-evaluation/legacy_downloads/rikers-adolescent-behavioral-learning-experience-evaluation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 145010

Author: Olson, Eric L. Title: Migrant Smuggling and Trafficking at the Rio Grande Valley: Ten Observations and Questions Summary: In the scorching heat of a late summer day on the U.S. - Mexico border along the lower Rio Grande Valley (RGV) I had a revelation. Migrant smuggling and trafficking along this difficult part of the border lands is a constantly changing business. Despite involving human lives, smuggling and trafficking are fundamentally a business, albeit a deplorable one, that responds to a complex series of factors - some legitimate, others less so. As a result, the dynamics around these factors are constantly in flux and what we think we know today, maybe different a month, or a year from now. Details: Washington, DC: Latin American Program, The Wilson Center, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2017 at: https://www.wilsoncenter.org/sites/default/files/olson_border_2016_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 140861

Author: Waters, Emily Title: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, and HIV-Affected Hate Violence in 2015. Summary: Hate violence is a far too common and sometimes deadly experience for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (LGBTQ) and HIV-affected people. Hate violence is enacted in many different ways, including physical violence, verbal harassment, sexual violence, and discrimination, and it is distinct from other forms of violence in that it targets people for their real or perceived identities. Though limited in scope, some research has revealed the devastating emotional, physical, financial and social impacts of hate violence. The National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs (NCAVP) Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer, and HIVAffected Hate Violence in 2015 report analyzes the experiences of 1,253 survivors of hate violence that were reported to 13 NCAVP member programs in 2015. The findings discussed in this report highlight how LGBTQ and HIV-affected survivors’ gender, sexual orientation, racial identity, ethnic identity, documentation status, and other identities and circumstance impact how survivors experience hate violence, the consequences of that violence, and their experiences when accessing help and support around hate violence. NCAVP research on LGBTQ and HIV-affected hate violence, similar to other research on the impacts of discrimination and harassment, show that bias motivated violence has serious psychosocial, financial, physical, and other consequences for survivors. Many LGBTQ and HIVaffected people experience street-based violence and harassment; however, less commonly discussed is the violence that LGBTQ people experience in their workplace, schools, and homes. The findings in the 2015 NCAVP Hate Violence report show that safe and inclusive work, home, and school environments are imperative for ending hate violence against LGTBQ and HIV-affected communities. Additionally, the 2015 NCAVP findings on hate violence once again illustrate the importance of centering the experiences and leadership of those who are most impacted by hate violence and discrimination, such as transgender and gender nonconforming people, LGBTQ people of color, LGBTQ youth and young adults, LGBTQ people with disabilities, and LGBTQ undocumented people. It is imperative that these unique and diverse experiences be considered and centered when creating policies, programs, and initiatives that work to end violence against LGBTQ and HIV-affected people. Details: New York: National Coalition of Anti-Violence Programs (NCAVP), 2016. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2016 at: http://www.avp.org/storage/documents/ncavp_hvreport_2015_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Related Crimes Shelf Number: 140865

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Reducing Crime through Expungements Summary: Expungements reduce the visibility of a person's criminal record, and thereby reduce the informal sanctions that may be imposed on him. This reduction is enjoyed by the ex-convict only if he does not become a repeat offender, because otherwise he re-obtains a criminal record. Thus, the value a person attaches to having his record expunged is inversely related to his criminal tendency. Therefore, by making expungements costly, the criminal justice system can sort out low criminal tendency individuals -- who are unlikely to recidivate -- from people who have high criminal tendencies. Moreover, the availability of expungements does not substantially affect a first time offender's incentive to commit crime, because one incurs a cost close to the reduction in informal sanctions that he enjoys by sealing his criminal record. On the other hand, expungements increase specific deterrence, because a person who has no visible record suffers informal sanctions if he is convicted a second time. Thus, perhaps counter-intuitively, allowing ex-convicts to seal their records at substantial costs reduces crime. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida State University College of Law, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: FSU College of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 786 ; FSU College of Law, Law, Business & Economics Paper No. 16-2 Accessed October 28, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2711024 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 145015

Author: Ridgeway, Greg Title: An Examination of Racial Disparities in Bicycle Stops and Citations Made by the Tampa Police Department: A Technical Assistance Report Summary: n response to a 2015 newspaper article reporting racial disparities in bicycle stops and citations, the Tampa Police Department (TPD) requested participation in the COPS Office Critical Response Initiative process to assess the allegations. A technical assistance team worked with the TPD through a comprehensive assessment process to conduct interviews and analyze data on bicycle stops, citations, crashes, and calls for service. The team determined that there were racial disparities in bicycle stops and that the patterns of stops were inconsistent with TPD's stated aims of focusing on bicycle safety and bicycle theft. This report provides the findings and recommendations concerning TPD's bicycle stops and citations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2016 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0801-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bicycle Stops Shelf Number: 140869

Author: Goitein, Elizabeth Title: The New Era of Secret Law Summary: On June 8, 2004, The Washington Post revealed the existence of a previously secret memorandum drafted by the Department of Justice’s Office of Legal Counsel (OLC), which concluded that the laws prohibiting torture did not bind officials interrogating suspected members of Al Qaeda or the Taliban. This was the first in a series of legal opinions that became known as the "torture memos." These documents parsed the domestic and international laws against torture and, in seeming contradiction to their plain terms and historical implementation, determined that they posed no barrier to a presidentially-ordered regime of waterboarding, so-called "stress positions," slamming against walls, exposure to extremes in temperature, and sleep deprivation. Nearly a decade later, The Guardian broke a different story: the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, also known as the "FISA Court," had been secretly authorizing the National Security Agency (NSA) to collect the phone records of all Verizon Business customers — and almost certainly the customers of every other major telephone company — since 2006. This appeared to violate Section 215 of the Patriot Act, which allowed the NSA to obtain such records only if it could show the FISA Court they were relevant to an international terrorism or foreign intelligence investigation. The court, it turned out, had secretly interpreted this law to allow the collection of vast amounts of irrelevant records, as long as relevant ones were thought to be buried within them. What these stories had in common was the government’s reliance on "secret law." Both the OLC memos and the FISA Court opinions were authoritative legal interpretations: while they were in effect, they had the same legal force as the statutes they interpreted. Both were concealed from the public and shared with only select members or committees of Congress. And both construed the law in a way that was at best counter-intuitive, resulting in a dynamic where the law on the books misled the public, rather than enlightening it, as to the rules the government was actually following. Americans intuitively understood that this was wrong. In 2008, a subcommittee of the Senate Judiciary Committee held a hearing on "secret law," culminating in the introduction of a bill that would have required OLC to notify Congress when it concludes that a statute does not constrain the executive branch. Although the full Senate never considered the bill, the secrecy of OLC opinions has remained controversial, and efforts to pry them loose through Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) lawsuits continue. In 2015, Congress required the Director of National Intelligence to make public significant FISA Court opinions, in redacted or summarized form where necessary. Yet despite the instinctive backlash against secret legal opinions by OLC and the FISA Court, there is much about secret law that remains poorly understood. What qualifies as "law" — and, for that matter, how “secret” the law must be in order to raise concerns — are threshold questions that have received little attention. Similarly, few are familiar with the role secret law has played in U.S. history, which provides critical context for the phenomenon we are seeing today. And while the term "secret law" prompts visceral discomfort, it is important to understand why secret law is of greater concern than other forms of government secrecy that we tolerate and even condone. The objections to secret law should be articulated, not assumed. Most of all, there is scant public understanding of the depth and scope of the problem. OLC opinions and FISA Court opinions are the only two manifestations of secret law that regularly make headlines. But OLC and the FISA Court are not the only government entities that make law. Moreover, the factor driving secrecy in OLC and FISA Court opinions — namely, a dramatic increase in the scope of national security activities and authorities — is a potent force throughout much of government. How common is security-driven secret law, and where else is it occurring? Solving the problem of secret law raises its own set of questions. Are there cases in which disclosure of rules or legal interpretations, even with sensitive facts redacted, could harm national security? How great is that risk, and how does it compare with the harms of secret law? What procedural and substantive reforms could help ensure that the public’s interests in both the transparency of laws and the security of the nation are best served? This report attempts to shed light on these questions, beginning with the foundational inquiry into what secret law is. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2016 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/The_New_Era_of_Secret_Law.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 140870

Author: Rios, Victor M. Title: Santa Barbara School District Gang Intervention Specialist Evaluation Report Summary: In 2009 the Santa Barbara School District launched an intervention program for some of the students identified by school personnel as possibly involved in gangs. In this pilot year the program was evaluated by a research team led by Dr. Victor Rios, from the University of California, Santa Barbara, to document the program's implementation, analyze program efficacy, and determine student needs. This evaluation included qualitative pre test surveys completed by 59 students and qualitative post test surveys completed by 84 students. These surveys were designed to measure the students’ attitudes towards school, community and family, and also allowed for the confidential reporting of violence, victimization, crime and gang-involvement. The evaluation also consisted of participant observations of group sessions, events and workshops in which four researchers shadowed the outreach worker to witness the immediate impact participation in the program had on students. The evaluators also conducted forty in-depth interviews with individual students and ten focus group interviews. These interviews included open-ended and structured questions regarding their perceptions of the outreach worker and how he has impacted their perceptions and aspirations. Finally, grade, attendance, suspension, and citizenship data were analyzed in an attempt to measure academic progress. We found that the program’s "Gang Intervention Specialist" (from here on “outreach worker” or “GIS”) employs a motivational approach that is supported by the findings of previous evaluations of gang prevention and intervention programs. A motivational approach emphasizes building a one-on- one relationship based on trust and advocacy. Some of the leading researchers specializing in gang intervention programs have concluded that these motivational, “detached worker programs” are particularly suited for helping gang youth by connecting with them on their level. Outreach workers with similar backgrounds who can understand the experiences of the students they work with are adept at connecting these youth with school and community. Overall, the outreach worker appears to be meeting the school district’s primary goals of connecting the students with school and reducing the level of gang related conflict and violence. For example, students reported greater levels of attachment to school six months after the evaluation’s pre test surveys. 71% of students reported that grades were always or usually very important to them in the post test survey and 54.2% indicated that they wanted to achieve a university degree, which represented a dramatic rise from the 26% who claimed to have similar aspirations in the pre test. Students also reported lower rates of delinquency, victimization, and pressure to join gangs after their participation in the outreach program. The program has been found as overall effective based on the improvement of student levels of self-esteem, educational attitudes, and self-reported decrease in negative gang behaviors. Thirty of 110 students that Mr. Huerta worked with, or 27% raised, their G.P.A by at least .25 points within two marking periods. 51% of students experienced no change in their G.P.A. 22% of students saw a drop of .25 points or more in their G.P.A. No significant changes in citizenship, attendance, or suspensions were found. Details: Santa Barbara, CA: Chicano Studies Institute University of California, Santa Barbara: 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2016 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/4x29k460 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 140872

Author: Stoops, Michael, ed. Title: Vulnerable to Hate: A survey of hate crimes and violence committed against homeless people in 2013 Summary: In the past 15 years (1999-2013), the National Coalition for the Homeless (NCH) has documented 1,437 acts of violence against homeless individuals by housed perpetrators. These crimes are believed to have been motivated by the perpetrators' biases against homeless individuals or by their ability to target homeless people with relative ease. VULNERABLE TO HATE: A Survey of Hate Crimes Committed against the Homeless in 2013 is the 15th annual report documenting violence against people experiencing homelessness, including an array of atrocities from murder to beatings, rapes, and even mutilation. NCH found startling data in the number and severity of attacks. However, the reports also acknowledge that, since the homeless community is treated so poorly in our society, many more attacks go unreported. Hate crimes against the homeless community are part of an issue that is in growing need of public attention. Over the last 15 years, NCH has determined the following: • 1,437 reported acts of violence have been committed against homeless individuals • 375 of the victims have lost their lives as a result of the attacks • Reported violence has occurred in 47 states, Puerto Rico, and Washington, DC • Perpetrators of these attacks were generally male and under the age 30; most commonly they were teenage boys. Specifically, in 2013: • 85% of all perpetrators were under the age of 30 • 93% of all perpetrators were male • 65% of all victims were 40 years old or older • 90% of all victims were male • 18% of the attacks resulted in death VULNERABLE TO HATE: A Survey of Hate Crimes Committed against the Homeless in 2013 documents the known cases of violence against individuals experiencing homelessness by housed individuals in 2013. The report includes descriptions of the cases, current and pending legislation that would help protect homeless people, and recommendations for advocates to help prevent violence against homeless individuals. Details: Washington, DC: National Coalition for the Homeless, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: http://nationalhomeless.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Hate-Crimes-2013-1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 145783

Author: Gaub, Janne Elizabeth Title: Bad Lady Cops: Explaining Sex Differences in Police Officer Misconduct Summary: Police misconduct is a relatively rare event, though typically, it is a male dominated event. As such, research on police misconduct has largely ignored women. Generally, research examines differences in misconduct by using sex as a control variable, or has focused on small samples of female officers using qualitative methods. Neither of these methods is able to explore or explain the possibility that factors related to officers' decisions to commit misconduct may differentially impact males and females. As a consequence, we are left with a shallow understanding of when and why women commit misconduct. This research fills this gap by a large sample (N=3,085) of matched police officers in the New York City Police Department, half of which committed career-ending misconduct between 1975 and 1996. Additionally, unlike previous research, this data includes a large sample (N=435) of females. Research has determined that some factors, such as having children or employment problems, are risk factors for misconduct regardless of sex; likewise, other factors, such as age and higher education, create protection against misconduct. Using logistic regression and split-sample z-score comparisons, analyses will focus on examining how the predictors differentially explain the likelihood of police misconduct for men and women. As expected, some predictors of misconduct that are salient for women, such as getting divorced, are not statistically significant for men; likewise, some variables that are significant for both men and women have a larger effect size for one sex, such as citizen complaints, which are of more predictive value for women than for men. These findings yield important theoretical, empirical, and policy implications. Notably, there is evidence that a gendered theory of police misconduct may be necessary. Additionally, conceptualizations within mainstream criminological theories may need to be rethought; for example, divorce was found to be a protective factor for women in this study, rather than a risk factor as both strain and life-course criminology would indicate. The findings also demonstrate the need for gender-specific models when studying police misconduct. Finally, the results of this study yield important policy implications, such as the utility of gender-specific hiring considerations and early-intervention "red flags." (less) Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2015. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/150484/content/Gaub_asu_0010E_14696.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 145780

Author: Dario, Lisa M. Title: Crime at Convenience Stores: Assessing an In-Depth Problem-Oriented Policing Initiative Summary: Problem-oriented policing (POP) dynamically addresses unique community issues in a way that allows police departments to be cost-effective and efficient. POP draws upon routine activities and rational choice theories, at times incorporating elements of crime prevention through environmental design. A recent systematic review found POP to be hugely popular, but not rigorously assessed or implemented. In 2009, the Glendale, Arizona Police Department and researchers from Arizona State University received funding through the Bureau of Justice Assistance's (BJA) Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) to target crime at convenience stores through a problem-oriented policing approach. The Glendale SPI team devised an approach that mirrored the ideals put forth by Goldstein (1990), and provided a thorough undertaking of the SARA model. A comprehensive response plan was developed with several proposed responses, including: intervention with Circle K leadership, suppression, and prevention at the six highest-activity stores. Despite a thorough POP implementation, the initial descriptive evaluation of the Glendale SPI reported positive effects on crime, but left questions about the intervention's long-term impact on convenience store crime in Glendale, Arizona. The policy and theoretical influence of the initiative warrants a more rigorous evaluation. Supplanting the original assessment, a difference in difference model, negative binomial regression, and relative effect size are calculated to ascertain the SPI's long-term effects on target and comparison stores. Phi and weighted displacement quotient are calculated to determine the existence of displacement of crime or diffusion of benefits. Overall, results indicate support for the project's effectiveness on crime reduction. Further, none of the six intervention stores experienced crime displacement. Five of the six stores, however, experienced a diffusion of benefits in the surrounding 500-yard area; that is, a crime reduction was observed at the intervention stores and in the surrounding areas of five of these stores. Disorder and property crimes at the targeted stores were most affected by the intervention. One of the intervention stores did experience an increase in violent crime, however. Future studies should strengthen the methodological design when evaluating POP projects and seek to flesh out more precisely the crime control effects of unique problem-oriented strategies. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2016. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 1, 2016 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/170676/content/Dario_asu_0010E_16050.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 145774

Author: Scott, Kate Title: Unlocking Discrimination: A DC Area Testing Investigation About Racial Discrimination and Criminal Records Screening Policies in Housing Summary: Decades of "tough on crime" policies, including the War on Drugs, have yielded a prison population in the U.S. that is, by far, the largest in the world. Nearly one-third of the U.S. population has a criminal record of some sort. Across the board, the burden of involvement with the criminal legal system has fallen much more heavily on people of color than whites. Nationally, African Americans and Hispanics are arrested, convicted and incarcerated at rates disproportionate to their share of the general population. Demographic information about those involved in the criminal legal system in the greater Washington D.C. region also reflects an extreme degree of racial disproportionality. Conversations about the racially disproportionate impact of mass criminalization and collateral consequences often focus on men of color, but it is critical to include the experiences of women of color in any analysis as well. While men outnumber women in prison, the number of women in prison has grown at a significantly quicker rate than the overall number of incarcerated men in the last three decades. African American women are imprisoned at more than twice the rate of white women. Prior to their involvement with the criminal legal system, women experience an extremely high rate of trauma due to interpersonal violence, childhood physical and sexual abuse, mental illness, and poverty, among other factors. The investigation that served as the basis for this report utilized civil rights testing to evaluate whether white and African American female testers posing as having similar criminal backgrounds were treated differently on the basis of race. Through testing, the ERC was also able to gather information about certain criminal records screening policies and procedures local housing providers have in place. All tests conducted through the investigation used female testers, along with assigned criminal history profiles that reflected many women's actual experiences with the criminal legal system. In total, 47% of tests conducted revealed differential treatment on the part of a housing provider that favored the white female tester. Further, 28% of tests revealed a criminal records screening policy in place that may have an illegal disparate impact on the basis of race. There were three categories of differential treatment displayed through the testing conducted for this project: Agents provided matched pair testers with different information or quality of service; Agents reacted differently to the tester's disclosure of their criminal record; and Agents provided speculation about the impact that testers’ criminal records would have on their chances of a successful application Through the testing conducted for this project, the ERC also uncovered evidence of policies it believes may violate the Fair Housing Act based on a disparate impact method of proof in 14 separate tests, 28% of the tests conducted. Due to policies like blanket bans on any applicant with a felony conviction on their record, testing alone documented 4,646 housing units in the greater Washington region that are unavailable to individuals with any felony conviction from any point in time, and to many individuals with a misdemeanor conviction. Because of racial disparities in the criminal legal system, such bans by extension disproportionately limit housing opportunities for African American applicants as compared to white applicants, in violation of the Fair Housing Act. Details: Washington, DC: Equal Rights Center, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://www.equalrightscenter.org/site/DocServer/Unlocking_Discrimination_Web.pdf?docID=2722 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 140990

Author: Karp, David R. Title: A Report on Promoting Restorative Initiatives for Sexual Misconduct on College Campuses Summary: Restorative justice (RJ) encompasses a range of processes, programs, practices, and policies as well as a philosophical perspective that offers a new approach to addressing the problem of sexual and gender-based misconduct on college campuses. A restorative approach is responsive to individual incidents of misconduct as well as to the broader cultural contexts that support such behavior by offering non-adversarial options for prevention education, resolution, and pathways to safe and accountable reintegration. RJ offers interventions that focus on understanding the harm caused, how to repair harm, how to prevent its re-occurrence, and how to ensure safe communities. RJ offers a way to support survivors to heal from the trauma of victimization, while creating a space for offenders to be accountable for their actions and take steps to reduce their risk of reoffending. Restorative interventions are also used for community building to establish appropriate standards of sexual conduct on campus, reduce fear, and counteract the hostile climate often characterized as “rape culture.” The Campus PRISM Project (Promoting Restorative Initiatives for Sexual Misconduct) includes an international team of researchers and practitioners who are deeply invested in reducing sexual and gender-based violence by exploring how a restorative approach may provide more healing and better accountability. The Project is coordinated by the Skidmore College Project on Restorative Justice. Campus PRISM promotes restorative justice processes that…  Encourage true accountability through a collaborative rather than adversarial process;  Reduce risk of reoffending and provide greater reassurance of safety to survivors/harmed parties and the community;  Meet survivors’/harmed parties’ needs for safety, support, and justice; and  Create meaningful forums for the examination of hostile campus climates and the development of community-building interventions. Goals of the Campus PRISM Project:  Create space for scholars and practitioners to explore the use of RJ for campus sexual and gender-based misconduct (which includes sexual harassment, sexual assault, and other forms of gender-based misconduct) as an alternative or complement to current practices.  Consider the potential and challenges of RJ in light of the national concern about campus sexual assault.  Apply lessons learned from the use of RJ in criminal justice sex offenses, e.g. Circles of Support and Accountability, restorative conferencing, and other trauma-informed practices.  Gather and disseminate knowledge about RJ practice and research.  Explore the potential for multi-campus RJ pilots. Details: Saratoga Springs, NY: Skidmore College Project on Restorative Justice, 2016. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: https://www.skidmore.edu/campusrj/documents/Campus_PRISM__Report_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 140991

Author: Galiani, Sebastian Title: Crime and Durable Goods Summary: Crime and the durability of goods are strongly connected issues. However, surprisingly, they have been studied separately. This paper explores the relationship between the production of durable goods and crime from a theoretical perspective and draws important conclusions for both topics. Crime affects the consumer and producer surplus and thus the behavior of consumers, firms, the market equilibrium, and, in turn, the social optimum. Lower durability of goods reduces the incentive to steal those goods, thus reducing crime. When crime is included in the standard framework of durable goods, even without considering the negative externalities of crime, perfect competition does not provide the optimal durability level. When considering different stealing technologies, perfect competition either over-produces durability or produces zero (minimum) durability. The monopolist under-produces durability regardless of the stealing technology considered. If crime externalities are taken into account, the socially optimal durability level is reduced and gets closer to that which prevails under monopoly. The model presented in this paper implies that the durability of goods, and the market structure for those goods, can be an effective instrument to reduce crime. In particular, making the durability of a good contingent upon that good being stolen is likely to increase welfare. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, no. 22788: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22788.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Consumers Shelf Number: 145005

Author: Lancaster, Kenneth Shane Title: An Analysis of Secondary Educator and Administrator Abilities to Identify Young Gang Indicators and Risk Factors: A Phenomenological Study Summary: The purpose of this phenomenological qualitative research study was to examine secondary educator and administrator perceptions of their abilities to recognize indicators and risk factors of gang participation in a northeast Georgia school district. The study employed an interpretive phenomenological approach to obtain an understanding of educator and administrator perceptions. The study sample utilized 28 participants consisting of 14 administrators, seven veteran educators, and seven non-veteran educators. Major themes included a lack of gang awareness training as components of teacher preparatory programs, a lack of staff development exercises pertaining to youth gang indicators and risk factors, and the development of indicator awareness through various experiences. Other major themes included the development of youth gang risk factor awareness through personal and professional experiences, the significance of peer groups and youth gang formation, and the presence of gang graffiti within the given school district. Recommendations for future research included replications of this study, the expansion of this study, and the exploration of gang tendencies in relation to cultural, socioeconomic, and academic discrepancies. Recommendations for leadership included the collection of gang data, school-based assessments of indicators and risk factors, and measures designed to develop and enhance relationships among schools, communities, and local agencies. Details: Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University, 2011. 298p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 3, 2016 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.472.6726&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 145398

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Assessment of the State and Local Anti-Terrorism Training (SLATT) Program Summary: The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) created the State and Local Anti-Terrorism Training (SLATT) Program in 1996 to provide counterterrorism training to state, local, and tribal law enforcement personnel. The authors of this report assess the nature and value of the SLATT Program. The authors reviewed the current terrorism threat, both foreign and domestic, to gauge the need for the type of training that SLATT provides; examined how SLATT training is planned and operates; conducted a survey of participants of five SLATT investigative/intelligence workshops and train-the-trainer workshops; and conducted an analysis of the costs and benefits of SLATT to training participants based on results of a choice experiment that was part of the survey to identify what program features participants valued most. The authors conclude with suggestions for improving BJA's SLATT Program. Key Findings Terrorism Threat Assessment Analysis While the United States has not suffered an attack in the past 15 years as catastrophic as the 9/11 terrorist attacks, there appears to be no significant abatement of attack attempts or attack planning since 2011. There is an ongoing need to ensure that state and local law enforcement receives training in this area. Assessment of SLATT Workshops A majority of trainees have counterterrorism as a major responsibility of their position. Overall, 6 out of 10 workshop participants indicated that the information provided during the SLATT workshops would change their approach to international terrorist or domestic terrorist threats and/or how they might investigate them. The majority of survey respondents indicated that they had participated in only one or two SLATT trainings in the past five years. Assessment of Costs of SLATT to Law Enforcement Participants SLATT workshops are offered at no cost to law enforcement, though law enforcement agencies incur some modest costs in terms of sending officers to a training and backfilling the positions of those sent, and the agencies that host the SLATT trainings incur some costs in terms of working to plan, market, and support the event. Assessing Features and the Value of SLATT to Participants Across the two types of workshop participants, participants most valued training that was three days in duration and that was less than 100 miles away. Although investigative/intelligence workshop participants preferred a program with both domestic and international terrorist topics, they valued having the training include local examples of the terrorist threat in their region or jurisdiction more than the train-the-trainer workshop participants did. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1276.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 145313

Author: Males, Mike Title: Violent Crime Arrests of Youth in California Expected to Decline through 2020 Summary: This report from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) predicts ongoing declines in the violent felony arrest rate of California's youth through 2020. The report analyzes past violent felony arrest data for two age groups — children under age 12 and youth ages 12-17 — to identify the relationship between childhood arrest rates today and those of older youth five years in the future. The analysis finds a strong, predictive relationship between the violent felony arrest rates of children under 12 and those of older youth ages 12-17. As such, recent declines in childhood arrest signal continuing and substantial declines in the arrest rate of older youth. The report finds: Arrest data suggest that a decline of 1 arrest per 100,000 children under age 12 would produce a decline of approximately 7.5 arrests per 100,000 12-17-year-old youth five years later. Recent declines in the violent felony arrest rates of children under 12 forecast a decline of 24 percent in the violent felony arrest rate of youth ages 12-17 from 2016 to 2020. This translates into a annual reduction of 1,600 to 1,700 arrests. A decline in the number of youth arrested annually for violent felonies will shrink the pool of youth eligible for commitment to local detention facilities and the state’s Division of Juvenile Justice. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/youth_crime_arrest_projections_2020.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Rates Shelf Number: 145312

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Life Sentences in the Federal System Summary: Life imprisonment sentences are rare in the federal criminal justice system. Virtually all offenders convicted of a federal crime are released from prison eventually and return to society or, in the case of illegal aliens, are deported to their country of origin. Yet in fiscal year 2013 federal judges imposed a sentence of life imprisonment without parole on 153 offenders. Another 168 offenders received a sentence of a specific term of years that was so long it had the practical effect of being a life sentence. Although together these offenders represent only 0.4 percent of all offenders sentenced that year, this type of sentence sets them apart from the rest of the offender population. This report examines life sentences in the federal system and the offenders on whom this punishment is imposed. There are numerous federal criminal statutes that authorize a life imprisonment sentence to be imposed as the maximum sentence. The most commonly used of these statutes involve drug trafficking, racketeering, and firearms crimes. Additionally, there are at least 45 statutes that require a life sentence to be imposed as the minimum penalty. These mandatory minimum penalties generally are required in cases involving the killing of a federal official or other government employee, piracy, or repeat offenses involving drug trafficking or weapons. In fiscal year 2013, 69 of the 153 offenders who received a sentence of life imprisonment were subject to a mandatory minimum penalty requiring the court to impose that sentence. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-projects-and-surveys/miscellaneous/20150226_Life_Sentences.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisoners Shelf Number: 145309

Author: National Immigration Law Center Title: States Reject Immigration Enforcement Measures and Advance Inclusive Policies in 2016 Summary: 2016 marked a departure from earlier years, with a high-pitched partisan battle between state elected officials and President Barack Obama on immigration and refugee policy, as well as backlash against localities that had chosen to limit their entanglement with immigration enforcement efforts. Despite significant challenges, the groundwork built by immigrant rights advocates and allies proved effective in defeating virtually all the restrictive bills that were introduced. Thanks to strategic organizing by advocates, directly affected communities, faith-based groups and businesses, and to the testimony of municipal and law enforcement leaders, almost all of the anti-immigrant proposals died. Details: Los Angeles: NILC, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: https://www.nilc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/states-advance-inclusive-policies-2016-10.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145307

Author: United States Advisory Council on Human Trafficking Title: United States Advisory Council on Human Trafficking Annual Report 2016 Summary: The U.S. Advisory Council on Human Trafficking is comprised of eleven survivor leaders who bring their knowledge and experience to advise and provide recommendations on federal anti-trafficking policies to the President's Interagency Task Force to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons (PITF). The Council was established on May 29, 2015 by section 115 of the Justice for Victims of Trafficking Act (JVTA), Pub. L . 114-22, also known as the Survivors of Human Trafficking Empowerment Act, and in December 2015 President Barack Obama appointed the eleven members of the Council, to: - Provide advice and recommendations to the U.S. government, specifically the Senior Policy Operating Group (SPOG) and the PITF, to strengthen federal policy and programming efforts that reflect best practices in the anti-trafficking field. - Review federal U.S. government policy and programs intended to combat human trafficking, including programs relating to the provision of services for victims. - Gather information from U.S. government agencies, states, and the community for the Council's annual report. - Publish an annual report that contains the findings derived from the reviews conducted of federal government policy and programs. - Serve as a point of contact for federal agencies reaching out to human trafficking survivors for input on anti-trafficking programming and policies in the United States. - Represent the diverse population of human trafficking survivors across the United States. Details: Washington, DC: The Advisory Council, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.state.gov/documents/organization/263434.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 145386

Author: Glosser, Asaph Title: Simplify, Notify, Modify: Using Behavioral Insights to Increase Incarcerated Parents' Requests for Child Support Modification Summary: This report describes a collaboration between the Washington State Division of Child Support and the Behavioral Interventions to Advance Self-Sufficiency (BIAS) research team that aimed to increase the number of incarcerated noncustodial parents in Washington who applied for modifications to reduce the amount of their child support orders. The interventions resulted in a: 32 percentage point increase in the number of parents requesting a modification; and a 16 percentage point increase in the number of incarcerated parents receiving a modification to their child support orders within three months. The BIAS team diagnosed bottlenecks in the process for applying for modifications, hypothesized behavioral reasons for the bottlenecks, and designed a sequence of behaviorally informed materials sent to incarcerated parents. These materials provided parents with a series of supports to make them aware that they may be eligible for an order modification and to move them to action. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, Administration for Children and Families, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2016-43: Accessed November 7, 2016 at: http://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/bias_wa_acf_b508_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Support Shelf Number: 145305

Author: Major Cities Chiefs Association Title: Discussions on the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing: How Police Agencies are Using the Report, How Police Agencies are Implementing the Recommendations, Police Agencies' Reactions to the Recommendations, and the Value of Understanding Histo Summary: To discuss the progress made in implementing the recommendations of the Final Report of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing one year after its publication, the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA) held three Police Executive Leadership Series meetings in May 2016. These round table sessions were hosted in Nashville, Tennessee; Arlington, Texas; and Tucson, Arizona, and were attended by law enforcement leaders, rank-and-file police officers, and task force members. The sessions were highly productive: There was a spirited exchange of ideas, open sharing of experiences, and recommendations for overcoming obstacles. There was also mutual agreement on many issues. This report details the discussions and includes suggestions that can be helpful to local government and other stakeholders as well as law enforcement. In addition to practical guidance for adopting the task force report's recommendations, it provides descriptions of innovative programs and lessons learned that can be of value to all agencies and their communities. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Police Executive Leadership Series: Accessed November 8, 2016: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p352-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 145320

Author: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Review of Virginia's Pre- and Post-Incarceration Services Summary: Virginia’s offender reentry program history can be traced back to the civil rights era of the late 1960s. A 1968 prison strike at the State Penitentiary in Richmond, Virginia inspired several local churches to convene a conference on Churches and the Correctional System. Following that effort, Colonel Jay Worrall, Jr. founded the OAR movement, which at the time stood for Offender Aid and Restoration. It was his vision of citizen visitors helping jail inmates that formed the original premise for the creation of OAR organizations around the country. A few years later, as part of their anti-poverty efforts, Total Action Against Poverty (TAP), a Roanoke Community Action Agency, began providing reentry assistance through a small counseling-based "self-awareness" program. By the mid seventies, TAP had developed the STOP-GAP program to formalize service provision to recently released inmates, including life skills training, job placement, and counseling, among others (Department of Criminal Justice Services [DCJS], 1982, 3-6). OAR programs and other reentry services became established throughout Virginia in the early to mid 1970s. The reentry programs funded by DCJS have at various times been identified as "Pre-release and Post-incarceration Services" (PAPIS), "Offender Reentry and Transition Services" (ORTS), and the Virginia Prisoner Reentry Program. To reduce confusion, they will be consistently referred to throughout this report as PAPIS programs. Details: Richmond: The Department, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: https://www.dcjs.virginia.gov/sites/dcjs.virginia.gov/files/publications/corrections/2013-review-virginias-prerelease-and-post-incarceration-services-papis.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 141034

Author: Goff, Phillip Atiba Title: The Science of Policing Equity: Measuring Fairness in the Austin Police Department Summary: This report represents a partnership between Urban and the Center for Policing Equity's National Justice Database, in collaboration with the White House's Police Data Initiative. The report analyzes publicly available data in 2015 vehicle stops and 2014 use of force incidents on the part of the Austin Police Department. Findings indicate that even when controlling for neighborhood levels of crime, education, home-ownership, income, youth, and unemployment, racial disparities still exist in both use and severity of force. We also document that APD has a high level of transparency, and the analysis demonstrates the value of that democratization of police department data in examining whether community-level explanations are sufficient to explain observed racial disparities. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/85096/the-science-of-policing-equity_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 141035

Author: Schuck, Amie M. Title: The Chicago Quality Interaction Training Program: A Randomized Control Trial of Police Innovation Summary: The National Police Research Platform is funded by the National Institute of Justice, U.S. Department of Justice, to advance knowledge and practice in American policing though the systematic collection of data from officers and police organizations. The Platform also seeks to demonstrate that innovation can be introduced and scientifically evaluated within this measurement framework. As a first test of this concept, the Chicago Police Department in collaboration with the University of Illinois at Chicago developed a recruit training program aimed at improving the quality of interpersonal encounters between officers and residents. The curriculum was designed to be community-focused, evidence-based, flexible, and delivered with teaching methods appropriate for adult learners. This report describes the preliminary findings of the demonstration project. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=687722 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146287

Author: Irvin-Erickson, Yasemin Title: The Effect of Gun Violence on Local Economies: Gun Violence, Business, and Employment Trends in Minneapolis, Oakland, and Washington, DC Summary: This research report presents preliminary results on the effect of gun violence on local economies, providing findings from three cities: Minneapolis, Minnesota; Oakland, California; and Washington, DC. The study finds that an increase in gun homicides or gunfire in neighborhoods can lower the number of retail and service business establishments, the number of new jobs created, and the volume of sales in business establishments. While the specific types of local economic effects of gun violence differ by city, in all cities we found that an increase in gun violence has some type of a negative effect on business growth. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/85401/the-effect-of-gun-violence-on-local-economies.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 141041

Author: Chicago. Office of the Mayor Title: Tracing the Guns: The Impact of Illegal Guns on Violence in Chicago Summary: Gun violence is Chicago's most urgent problem. Since assuming office in 2011, Mayor Emanuel's top priority has been reducing crime so that all Chicagoans, in every neighborhood, feel safe in our City. The Mayor's comprehensive violence reduction strategy has attacked the problem from every angle, including increasing police resources, fostering economic opportunity, improving education outcomes, empowering youth through prevention programs, and creating opportunities for individuals returning from incarceration. The City's approach is showing signs of progress. Chicago closed 2013 with historic lows in crime and violence. Last year, Chicago had the fewest murders since 1965, the lowest murder rate since 1966, and the lowest overall crime rate since 1972. But violence in Chicago remains unacceptably high. Too many families, from generation to generation, have lived with the heartbreak and devastation of gun violence. And while the City continues to invest in smarter police strategies and high quality prevention programs, it also must tackle the problem at one of its root causes: the flow of illegal guns into the City. This report is composed of data and analysis compiled by the Chicago Mayor's Office and the Chicago Police Department examining the impact of illegal guns on violent crime in Chicago and the scope of the City's illegal gun market. This report updates an analysis previously released in 20123 and confirms: (1) Chicago's violence problem is directly linked to the number of illegal guns available in the City; (2) Sixty percent of guns recovered in crimes in Chicago were first sold in other states, many with weaker gun laws; and (3) A small handful of gun stores, three from Cook Country and one from Gary, Indiana, continue to be responsible for a disproportionate number of crime guns recovered on Chicago's streets. Recognizing that there must be a multifaceted approach to reducing gun violence, the Mayor's Office and the Chicago Police Department will take every step to hold accountable the straw purchasers, retail stores, and irresponsible gun owners who arm criminals and young people. Details: Chicago: Office of the Mayor, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2016 at: http://www.chicagobusiness.com/Assets/downloads/20151102-Tracing-Guns.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146278

Author: Fenoff, Roy S. Title: Guarding Documents by Increasing Risks and Reducing Criminal Opportunities: Applying Environmental Crime Theories to Forgery Crimes Summary: Signature forgery is a prominent crime problem that is rarely discussed by criminologists. Additionally, according to the National Research Council of the National Academies of Sciences (2009), it is an area of forensic science that is in need of more rigorous research. The present study has two parts. In the first part, the number and types of changes that typically result when a writer disguises his or her signature were investigated. In the second part, the effect that the level of guardianship has on the interaction between the offender and the guardian in forgery and document fraud crimes was examined. Environmental crime theories suggest that the presence of a guardian reduces crime because it decreases the opportunity to offend (Felson & Clarke, 1998). However, in certain kinds of crimes, the presence of a guardian may not be enough to deter an offender from engaging in criminal behavior; the guardian must also be perceived by the offender as capable and skilled. In the case of forgery crimes and document fraud, it is unclear how offenders respond to and determine capable guardianship. By understanding how offenders interpret and adapt to different levels of guardianship, effective prevention strategies may be developed. A secondary data source was used for this study. The data were collected from a sample of college students at Michigan State University. Three primary statistical techniques were used for the data analysis portion of the project: (1) Chi-square test of independence, (2) Tukey-Kramer Pairwise Comparisons, and (3) Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA). The results for the first part of the study showed that letter form, legibility, size, spelling, and spacing were the most frequently altered handwriting features, and the second part showed that the participants were influenced by the scenario (i.e., level of guardianship). Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2015. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://etd.lib.msu.edu/islandora/object/etd%3A3351 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 141063

Author: Al Raffie, Dina Title: The Identity-Extremism Nexus: Countering Islamist Extremism in the West Summary: Countering Violent Extremism (CVE) initiatives in Europe have existed for much longer than those in the United States (US). In the Middle East and North Africa (MENA), as well as in select countries in Asia, several rehabilitation and de-radicalization programs have been established with the aim of reintegrating former Islamist militants into society. Despite making some progress in understanding the phenomenon, many of these countries have not succeeded in stemming the tide of extremism, as witnessed by the unprecedented number of foreign fighters— including a growing number of women and girls—traveling to join the Islamic State in Iraq and al-Sham (ISIS). The fact that the threat is now a combination of homegrown terrorist attacks and traveling, and potentially returning, foreign fighters has complicated matters further. States must now contend with a jihadist threat that has eclipsed that of al Qaeda's in its social media savvy and, more importantly, its control of territory. Osama bin Laden and his al Qaeda associates may have often talked of erecting "Islamic" states and the caliphate; Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi seems to have partially realized one. What has become apparent from following Western discourse on violent extremism is that there remains much confusion on how radicalization actually happens. While academics and practitioners have made ground in understanding the dynamics of radicalization, there are still many questions left unanswered. Moreover, the partially religious nature of the phenomenon adds an additional level of complexity, as the debate on the religion-ideology nexus is subjected to political censors and considerations, thus hindering progress. The sensitivity is understandable, and the focus on Islam has had real negative repercussions for Muslims. While religion is central to the debate on Islamist extremism, other factors crucial to processes of radicalization demand more serious consideration. One of these factors, and the focus of this report, is the role of identity in radicalization. Many scholars of political violence are by now aware of the role identity plays in radicalization, regardless of whether radicalization leads to violence. An overview of mainstream models of radicalization also shows that identity dynamics lie at the heart of the process. 3 This essay provides an overview of how identity relates to Islamist-inspired radicalization. The aim here is twofold. First, the essay highlights issues relevant to the identity-radicalization debate, and their relation to extremism. Then, drawing from this discussion, it develops a number of points to consider for those considering developing community-based rehabilitation and de-radicalization initiatives. The essay refers primarily to Western democratic contexts, and by no means covers the scope of the discussion on radicalization. The findings can be summarized as follows: • The inclusion of parents and vulnerable target groups is integral to the success of CVE efforts. • There is a need for role models to counter the "jihadi cool" identity promoted by Islamist extremist countercultures. • "It takes a network to defeat a network." In CVE this means creating a wide network of partners from the grassroots to the state-level, as opposed to few select organizations that are not representative of all stakeholders involved. • Government officials working in relevant fields should be involved in community efforts, with the aim of fostering trust and dialogue among all those involved in CVE efforts. • Developing counter-argumentation composed of a political counter-narrative and a religious counter-theology is key to the process of countering violent extremism. Details: George Washington University, Program on Extremism, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://cchs.gwu.edu/sites/cchs.gwu.edu/files/downloads/AlRaffiePaper-Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 141064

Author: Mayors Against Illegal Guns Title: Inside Straw Purchasing: How Criminals Get Guns Illegally Summary: This report presents findings from an investigation into one of the main ways criminals get guns: Straw purchases (when one person poses as the buyer of a gun that is actually for someone else). The report was prepared by the Mayors Against Illegal Guns based on investigative work by the James Mintz Group. It presents 12 specific findings showing how some licensed gun dealers sell handguns to illegal traffickers through straw purchases - which could and should be prevented. Details: s.l.: Mayors Against Illegal Guns, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://everytownresearch.org/documents/2015/12/inside-straw-purchasing-criminals-get-guns-illegally.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 146986

Author: Hockenberry, Sarah Title: Delinquency Cases Involving Hispanic Youth, 2013 Summary: OJJDP asked the National Juvenile Court Data Archive to examine state and local juvenile court data to determine the characteristics and experiences of Hispanic youth who come into contact with the juvenile justice system. This bulletin includes data from more than 1,200 counties and represents 75 percent of the U.S. Hispanic youth population at risk of juvenile court involvement. Findings show that Hispanic youth were 20 percent more likely than white youth to be referred to juvenile court, and once adjudicated, 30 percent more likely to be ordered to out-of-home placement. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/249915.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 141072

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Strategies for Reducing Gun Violence in American Cities Summary: Urban gun violence touches on issues central to American life: safety, equality, opportunity, and community. As thousands of city residents are killed or injured with guns each year, mayors and other community leaders face an urgent challenge: finding effective solutions and implementing them to make a difference now and into the future. This report, a collaboration between Everytown for Gun Safety, Mayors Against Illegal Guns, and the National Urban League, is a tool for all city leaders who want to reduce gun violence. First, the report summarizes much of what is known about urban gun violence: its causes, the ways it differs from violence in other settings, and the ways it undercuts many other aspects of city life. It is not the intent of this report to explain all the variation in gun violence across cities; instead, it is a primer for cities that want to act today, in spite of uncertainty. Far from presenting novel ideas, it brings together the knowledge of academic researchers, community activists, nonprofit leaders, and civil servants who have been addressing gun violence in cities for decades. Second, the report describes seven strategies that dozens of cities have taken to reduce gun violence in their communities, drawing on specific case studies. The identified interventions address factors known to contribute to urban gun violence, are supported by a growing body of evidence, and can each be a part of any city's larger strategy for reducing gun violence. This is not a comprehensive account of the hard work taking place in communities across the country, the volume of which is impossible to capture, but these case studies demonstrate that cities can learn from one another, building on successes, and informed by a growing body of evidence. Details: New York: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://everytownresearch.org/documents/2016/06/strategies-reducing-gun-violence-american-cities.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148906

Author: Reeder, Franklin W. Title: Recruiting and Retaining Cybersecurity Ninjas Summary: This report identifies the factors that make an organization the employer of choice for what the authors call "cybersecurity ninjas." Much has been written about the shortage of cybersecurity professionals, but little work has been done on the factors that help high-performing cybersecurity organizations build and keep a critical mass of high-end specialists. This is a first attempt that the authors hope will prompt discussion and drive changes in how organizations attract and retain high-end cybersecurity talent. Details: Washington, dC: Center for Strategic & International Studies, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://csis-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/publication/161011_Reeder_CyberSecurityNinjas_Web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 141074

Author: Koppa, Vijetha Title: Can domestic violence victim screening and active safety counseling save lives? Summary: Approximately 1 in 3 women in the US experiences physical violence by an intimate partner in her lifetime (CDC, 2010), resulting in over 1,000 deaths every year. In an effort to reduce such fatalities, individual law enforcement agencies across 34 states have implemented the Lethality Assessment Program (LAP), a protocol used to screen the victims of domestic violence and identify those most at risk of being seriously injured or killed by their intimate partners. The high-risk victims are connected to a domestic violence counselor, given a safety plan, and actively encouraged to seek help. This paper studies the effectiveness of this program by exploiting the variation in the timing of implementation of LAP across law enforcement agencies in Maryland, where the program was first developed. Results indicate that the program reduced female homicide victimization by males by 35-45 percent. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://87902ce1-a-62cb3a1a-s-sites.googlegroups.com/site/vijethakoppa/Koppa%20Lethality%20Assessment.pdf?attachauth=ANoY7cp82ohWQS5HxjhdRmk3ZrVWzC2MPdeeTz50cBL3MNlU9REPfgX01A3KWVKhEfiON9zWMKeNFeeTT1fpZvnlP2AbVGlAC8vg3P4rqkVXmc8RLU3XSi_I8zr1VNz7KcSQuzGJmPrLkMyhVFwowaJd2usrgCW6QneHsNkySCyDPlK-w2VDpxE3HpuxwFAG5OqYkTltL663Q6cvDaCMXwnwzoUKGQkli63xuv6F870K7LCHjxapwBI%3D&attredirects=0 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 141076

Author: Iowa. Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Title: Confidentiality of juvenile delinquency records in Iowa Summary: This report seeks to review existing juvenile confidentiality laws in Iowa, those enacted across the nation, as well as provide a framework by which a structure for developing changes to Iowa's current laws, that are in the best interest of juvenile offenders and protect public safety and victims of crimes. Details: Des Moines: CJJP, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-24/ia-CJJP_Confidentiality%20of%20Juvenile%20Delinquency%20Records%20in%20Iowa.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Confidentiality Shelf Number: 146291

Author: In the Public Interest Title: Buying Influence: How Private Prison Companies Expand Their Control of America's Criminal Justice System Summary: Every year, private prison and other corrections companies spend millions of dollars influencing public officials. Whether advocating for legislation that benefits their business models, making campaign contributions to candidates, or seeking new contracts, private prison companies' government-relations arms aim to expand the role the companies play in America's criminal justice system. In 2014, the two largest private prison companies in the U.S., Corrections Corporation of America (CCA) and GEO Group, spent at least $5.9 million on lobbying and contributions to campaigns. Since private prison companies' revenues come from government contracts, when CCA and GEO Group spend money influencing public officials, taxpayers in effect pay for these companies to grow their businesses. Corrections companies have a track record of human rights abuses. In an effort to maximize profits, private prison companies and the companies that provide other corrections services like health care and food cut corners, creating environments that are more violent and counterproductive to rehabilitation. If government agencies in-sourced the services provided by corrections companies and shuttered private prisons, they could help alleviate the atrocities endemic behind bars. Additionally, the tax dollars the companies spend influencing public officials could be invested instead in programs to rehabilitate people who are incarcerated and keep at-risk people out of the criminal justice system. Key findings in this report show that corrections companies wield a broad range of influence: • During the 2013 and 2014 election years, the corrections industry contributed more than $2.5 million dollars to 360 candidates running for state offices. In 2014, out of the 30 governors, lieutenant governors, controllers, attorney generals, and legislators that received individual contributions of $5,000 or greater from the corrections industry, 27 won their races. • During the 2014 election cycle, CCA contributed to 23 senators and 25 representatives in the House, and GEO Group contributed to 10 senators and 28 representatives. In 2014, out of the 17 senators and representatives that received contributions of $5,000 or greater from CCA or GEO Group, 14 won their races. In 2015, CCA hired 102 lobbyists in 25 states and GEO Group hired 79 lobbyists in 15 states. Community Education Centers (CEC), Corizon Correctional Healthcare, Global Tel*Link (GTL), and MHM Services—companies that provide services to the criminal justice system—likely hired more than 150 lobbyists at the state level. • In 2015, CCA and GEO Group hired 20 lobbyists in Washington, D.C., paying them a combined $1.6 million. Seventy percent of their lobbyists had previously worked in congressional offices. This report explores these and more ways corrections companies influence public officials. It is divided into three sections, each of which studies a separate avenue of influence: (1) campaign contributions, (2) lobbying, and (3) professional corrections associations Details: Washington, DC: In the Public Interest, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://www.inthepublicinterest.org/wp-content/uploads/ITPI_BuyingInfluence_Oct2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons Shelf Number: 141080

Author: Merola, Linda Title: Body Worn Cameras and the Courts: A National Survey of State Prosecutors Summary: Recent use-of-force events involving police in Ferguson, New York City, South Carolina, and Baltimore have led law enforcement agencies, citizens, civil rights groups, city councils, and even President Obama to push for the rapid adoption of body-worn camera (BWC) technology by police. In a period of less than a year, BWCs transformed from a technology that received little attention by many police leaders and scholars to one that has become rapidly prioritized, funded, and diffused into local policing. The U.S. Department of Justice has dedicated $20 million to fund the purchase of and technical assistance for BWCs. In 2013, the Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics survey estimated that about a third of local law enforcement agencies had already adopted BWCs, and this percentage has likely greatly increased since then. At the same time, this rapid adoption of BWCs is occurring within a low information environment; researchers are only beginning to develop knowledge about the effects, both intentional and unintentional, of this technology. A recent review of the literature on the topic of BWCs conducted by White (2014) found only a handful of empirical studies of the technology completed by September 2013. These studies have focused on a narrow set of research questions about the impact of the cameras on police behavior. Further, only a small subset of these studies rigorously examined BWCs using valid scientific methods. As Lum (2015) has emphasized, rapid adoption of technologies in the absence of high-quality information about the impact of those technologies can lead to unanticipated and unintended consequences that may work against both police and citizen interests. The need for more research in this area is paramount, as the adoption of BWCs will likely have important implications for police-citizen interactions, police management and budgets, safety and security, citizen privacy, citizen reporting and cooperation with police, and practices in the courts. But what research questions and types of research should be pursued and why? How can we build a translatable knowledge base that is responsive and rigorous? In our first report to the Laura and John Arnold Foundation (see Lum, Koper, Merola, Scherer & Reioux, 2015), we reviewed the existing and ongoing body worn camera research to identify what was known about BWCs and what questions needed further research. In this report, we build on the knowledge about body worn cameras by carrying out a national survey of state prosecutors’ offices to begin to understand the impacts of BWCs on the courts. A random sample of 1,005 prosecutors’ offices was drawn from the National Census of State Prosecutors produced by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS, 2007). Mail-based surveys with an electronic option across multiple waves of data collection yielded 321 returned surveys. Lead prosecutors were asked about their use of body worn camera footage so far, as well as their opinions about key issues related to the technology and any concerns they have about the adoption of cameras by law enforcement in their jurisdictions. Key findings from this survey revealed:  Most state prosecutors’ offices (almost two-thirds) are already working with BWC evidence. Of these offices, a full 42.1% have used the evidence for longer than one year. Yet, a significant number (almost one-fifth of those using BWC evidence) are still very new to working with it (one month or less).  Nearly all prosecutors’ offices in jurisdictions with BWCs (92.6%) have used BWC evidence to prosecute private citizens. In comparison, 8.3% of offices located in jurisdictions with BWCs indicated that they have used BWC evidence to prosecute a police officer. It should be noted, however, that many more total citizens than police are prosecuted each year, so these percentages are not directly comparable.  Generally, lead prosecutors expressed strong support for the use of BWCs. Very high numbers of respondents (79.5%) indicated that prosecutors in their offices support BWC use. Additionally, large majorities believed that BWC evidence will help the prosecution more than it will assist the defense (62.7%) and that BWCs would improve prosecutors’ overall ability to prosecute cases (65.8%). Fewer than 10% of lead prosecutors disagreed with these statements. Taken together, these results suggest that lead prosecutors view BWC evidence as a powerful prosecutorial tool.  Yet, most lead prosecutors recognized that BWCs would produce both positive and negative impacts on prosecutors’ workloads. A majority (64.2%) believed that BWC evidence would aid in witness preparation. However, most lead prosecutors also felt that BWC evidence would increase prosecutors’ case preparation time (54% agreement) and make the discovery process more burdensome or difficult for them (56.2% agreement). These findings regarding increased workload make sense, as prosecutors will be working with a new stream of evidence.  Lead prosecutors also emphasized a continuing need to address logistical issues related to BWC evidence. A majority 59.5% of respondents expressed concern over the redaction of BWC videos. Indeed, most lead prosecutors who are working with BWCs indicated that their offices must perform their own redactions, a process which can be costly and time consuming. 54.1% were also concerned about their office’s ability to quickly obtain videos from law enforcement for use in cases. Despite these logistical issues, however, relatively few respondents (12.7%) expressed concern over negative impacts to the police-prosecutor working relationship stemming from BWCs.  When asked about resources needed to utilize BWCs effectively, the most urgent requests focused more on infrastructure and technology than on personnel. A large majority (65.4%) reported a high or moderately high need for upgrades to existing technology to view or show videos. 51.9% indicated that their offices would have high/moderately high requirements for resources to alter evidence cataloging or storage systems to effectively handle BWC evidence. Likewise, 46.3% of lead prosecutors also highlighted the need for resources to hire technical support personnel or provide technical training. In contrast, fewer respondents prioritized the need to hire either additional support personnel (36.7%) or additional prosecutors (22.4%) in response to BWCs.  When asked about the impacts of BWCs on courts, lead prosecutors cited primarily positive prosecutorial outcomes. A majority believed that BWC evidence would increase both rates of conviction (58.3% agreement) and the frequency/likelihood of plea bargains (62.3% agreement). In fact, fewer than 10% of lead prosecutors disagreed that BWCs would produce either of these results. Comparatively few lead prosecutors believed that BWC evidence would increase either the numbers of appeals or case dismissals. However, larger numbers of respondents (42.5%) indicated neutrality with respect to the question about case dismissals, signaling that views on this point may not yet be well developed.  However, nearly 30% of lead prosecutors believed that BWCs would lead to delays in case processing or other court delays. While not a majority, this finding is consistent with other results suggesting that logistical issues of evidence transfer, storage, and sufficient technical training are yet to be fully resolved. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/technology/BWCProsecutors.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146965

Author: Lum, Cynthia Title: An Evidence-Assessment of the Recommendations of the President’s Task Force on 21st Century Policing — Implementation and Research Priorities. Summary: The Final Report of the President’s Task Force on 21st Century Policing is one of the most significant documents for law enforcement in modern history. The Task Force was charged by President Obama in 20142 to "examine ways of fostering strong, collaborative relationships between local law enforcement and the communities they protect and to make recommendations to the President on the ways policing practices can promote effective crime reduction while building public trust". Within six pillars—building trust and legitimacy, policy and oversight, technology and social media, community policing and crime reduction, training and education, and officer wellness and safety—the Task Force presented 156 recommendations and action items to law enforcement agencies and the federal government with the goal of strengthening democratic policing in a complex and diverse society. Of these 156 recommendations, approximately 63 were directed toward federal agency implementation, while 87 were relevant for state and local law enforcement agencies. Another six recommendations and action items were relevant to both the federal government and to state and local agencies. Where should law enforcement agencies begin in implementing these recommendations? Which recommendations should be prioritized for action, for policy implementation, or for more research? With a grant from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, the Institute for Community-Police Relations of the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP)3 has collaborated with researchers from George Mason University’s (GMU) Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy4 to create an evidence-based Blueprint for 21st Century Policing. The research team was charged with reviewing existing research knowledge about those Task Force recommendations relevant to state and local law enforcement, highlighting promising efforts based on research knowledge, and identifying issues that need more research and testing. Including research in the conversation about law enforcement policy and practice—an idea known as evidence-based policing—has become an important value of law enforcement. Evidence-based policing is based on the idea that research knowledge is an essential part of police decision-making and can provide expertise and an objective perspective for a complex profession. Toward those ends, the goal of this assessment of the research knowledge behind the Task Force recommendations is to provide information about what we know from research about those recommendations and what more needs to be learned through police-research partnerships to advance them. Details: Fairfax, VA: Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, George Mason University. Alexandria, VA: International Association of Chiefs of Police, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/evidence-based-policing/IACP-GMU-Evidence-Assessment-Task-Force-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 141088

Author: Quintanar, Sarah Marx Title: Man vs. Machine: An Investigation of Speeding Ticket Disparities Based on Gender and Race Summary: This paper analyzes the extent to which police behavior in giving speeding tickets differs from the ticketing pattern of automated cameras. The automated tickets provide an estimate of the population of speeders at a given location, time, and even severity of the violation. The data, obtained from Lafayette, Louisiana, provides a wide range of details concerning characteristics of the violation such as location, date, time of day, legal speed, speed over the limit, day of the week, and also specific details about the ticketed driver. The probability of a ticketed driver being African-American or female is significantly higher when the ticket was given by a police officer in contrast to an automated source, implying that police use gender and race as a determining factor in issuing a speeding ticket. Potential behavioral reasons of this outcome have been discussed. Details: Baton Rouge: Department of Economics Louisiana State University, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 2009-16: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://bus.lsu.edu/McMillin/Working_Papers/pap09_16.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 145089

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: Sanctuary Jurisdictions and Criminal Aliens: In Brief Summary: The prominence of immigration enforcement issues during the 2016 Presidential elections and publicity surrounding crimes committed by some unauthorized aliens, have reignited the debate over immigration enforcement in the interior of the country. One homicide case - the July 2, 2015 slaying of a woman on a San Francisco pier by a reported unauthorized alien with a criminal and deportation history - was particularly noteworthy, because the law enforcement agency in question reportedly did not honor an immigration detainer issued by the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS's) Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) for the individual who committed the crime. At the end of 2014, noncitizens accounted for 11.2% of the 209,561 individuals incarcerated in federal prisons, 3.5% of the 1,268,740 individuals incarcerated in state prisons, and 4.6% of the entire incarcerated population. In 2014, noncitizens represented 7.0% of the U.S. population. All of these proportions are slightly understated because they do not include figures for California which did not report its non-citizen incarcerated population. Incarceration data indicate that drug offenders accounted for 50% of all federal offenders in federal prison at the end of FY2013. Forty-six percent of noncitizen federal prisoners were incarcerated for drug offenses at the end of FY2013. Although immigration offenders represented almost 12% of all federal offenders incarcerated at the end of 2012, they represented 43% of all federal noncitizen offenders. Combined, drug and immigration offenses represented almost 90% of all noncitizen federal offenses at the end of FY2013. Published data on the state and local prisoners by offense type and citizenship status are not available. While immigration enforcement is a federal responsibility, efforts have continually been made to use the potential 'force multipliers' offered by local law enforcement. In 1996 legislation was enacted allowing the federal government to enter into agreements with state and local law enforcement jurisdictions that would permit it to delegate certain immigration enforcement functions to state and local law enforcement agents. After the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, this program, commonly referred to as the Section 287(g) program, and others involving federal and state and local cooperation, took on new urgency. ICE's Section 287(g) program permits the agency to delegate certain immigration enforcement functions to trained state and local law enforcement officers, under federal supervision, to identify criminal aliens. ICE also operates the Criminal Alien Program, along with Secure Communities/Interoperability to identify, detain and remove criminal and other removable aliens. While funding for these programs increased over the years since their inception, it has declined in recent years. In recent years, some jurisdictions have expressly defined or limited their roles and the activities of their employees regarding immigration enforcement. Critics contend that such policies within so-called 'sanctuary' jurisdictions can lead to tragic outcomes (such as the one described above) and can ultimately encourage illegal immigration. Supporters maintain that they are necessary because of resource and legal constraints, the need to avoid the disruption of critical municipal services, and human rights considerations. Congress may choose to consider several issues, including whether the potentially positive impacts on public safety of state and local involvement in immigration enforcement outweigh the potentially negative impacts on both law enforcement resource utilization and community relations within such jurisdictions; and whether increasing law enforcement funding or tying the provision of certain federal grants to greater cooperation with federal immigration enforcement agencies - or a mix of both approaches - would yield the greater cooperation oponents are seeking. The 114th Congress is considering proposals that would prohibit jurisdictions that prohibit or restrict its law enforcement agencies from notifying ICE on the immigration status of aliens or collecting information on the immigration or citizenship status of individuals from receiving certain federal grants. These proposals include H.R. 3009, H.R. 3002, S. 80, S. 1764, S. 2193 and S. 3100. The House passed H.R. 3009 on July 23, 2015. Similarly, amendments adopted during the House Committee on Appropriations markup of the FY2016 Department of Homeland Security appropriations bill and the House consideration of Commerce, Justice, Science and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2016 (H.R. 2578) would prohibit federal funds from going to jurisdictions that restrict their law enforcement agents from notifying ICE on the immigration status of aliens. The former would prohibit Federal Emergency Management Agency funds, while the latter would do so for State and Local Law Enforcement Assistance grant funds. S.Rept. 114-66 to accompany H.R. 2578 contains no language supporting such restrictions. On October 20, 2015, the Senate also failed to pass a cloture motion to consider S. 2146, which would make sanctuary jurisdictions ineligible for certain federal grants; grant jurisdictions that honor immigration detainers the authority to carry them out and limit their liability in doing so; and increase penalties for previously removed aliens who attempt to reenter the United States without authorization. The Senate reportedly plans to consider two measures, S. 3100 and S. 2193, that would restrict federal funding to cities that decline to honor detainers; and increase penalties (i.e., prison sentence) for migrants who illegally renter the country. S. 3100 would withhold a range of federal grants for public works, economic development, planning, administrative expenses, training, research, and technical assistance from such sanctuary jurisdictions. S. 2193 would increase maximum prison terms for unauthorized aliens by setting a five-year maximum sentence for unauthorized aliens with felony convictions caught two or more times, and a 10-year maximum sentence on unauthorized aliens caught reentering three times. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: R44118: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R44118.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens Shelf Number: 146675

Author: Manuel, Kate M. Title: State Challenges to Federal Enforcement of Immigration Law: From the Mid-1990s to the Present Summary: States and localities can have significant interest in the manner and extent to which federal officials enforce provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) regarding the exclusion and removal of unauthorized aliens. Some states and localities, concerned that federal enforcement disrupts families and communities, or infringes upon human rights, have adopted 'sanctuary' policies limiting their cooperation in federal efforts. Other states and localities, in contrast, concerned about the costs of providing benefits or services to unauthorized aliens, or such aliens settling in their communities, have adopted measures to deter unauthorized aliens from entering or remaining within their jurisdiction. In some cases, such states or localities have also sued to compel federal officials to enforce the immigration laws, or to compensate them for costs associated with unauthorized migration. This report provides an overview of challenges by states to federal officials' alleged failure to enforce the INA or other provisions of immigration law. It begins by discussing (1) the lawsuits filed by six states in the mid-1990s; (2) Arizona's counterclaims to the federal government's suit to enjoin enforcement of S.B. 1070; and (3) Mississippi's challenge to the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) initiative. It then describes the challenge brought by over 25 states or state officials in December 2014 to the Obama Administration's proposal to expand DACA and create a similar program for unauthorized aliens whose children are U.S. citizens or lawful permanent resident aliens (LPRs) (commonly known as DAPA)." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Congressional Research Service, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43839.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 146677

Author: Cramer, Clayton E. Title: Texas' Stand Your Ground Law: An Historical Perspective Summary: In the aftermath of the Treyvon Martin shooting in Florida, Stand Your Ground laws have acquired an unsavory reputation. These laws and their close cousin, castle doctrine, have an interesting history, especially with respect to protecting victims of domestic violence. Texas' Stand Your Ground law differs substantially from that of Florida, with much greater restraints on use of deadly force. Details: Presenting at Texas Bar Association CLE, Austin, September 2016 , 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2781099 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 146678

Author: Wheeler, Andrew Title: A Quasi-Experimental Evaluation Using Roadblocks and Automatic License Plate Readers to Reduce Crime in Buffalo, NY Summary: Purpose: To evaluate the effectiveness of a hot spots policing strategy: using automated license plate readers at roadblocks. Methods: Different roadblock locations were chosen by the Buffalo Police Department every day over a two month period. We use propensity score matching to identify a set of control locations based on prior counts of crime and demographic factors before the intervention took place. We then evaluate the reductions in Part 1 crimes, calls for service, and traffic accidents at roadblock locations compared to control locations. Results: We find modest reductions in Part 1 violent crimes (10 over all roadblock locations and over the two months) using t-tests of mean differences. We find a 20% reduction in traffic accidents using fixed effects negative binomial regression models. Both results are sensitive to the model used though, and the fixed effects models predict increases in crimes due to the intervention. Conclusions: While the results are mixed, it provides some evidence that the intervention has potential to reduce crime. We suggest that the limited intervention at one time may be less effective than focusing on a location multiple times over an extended period. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2781126 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Automated License Plate Readers Shelf Number: 146679

Author: Nellis, Ashley Title: The Color of Justice: Racial and Ethnic Disparity in State Prisons Summary: Growing awareness of America's failed experiment with mass incarceration has prompted changes at the state and federal level that aim to reduce the scale of imprisonment. Lawmakers and practitioners are proposing "smart on crime" approaches to public safety that favor alternatives to incarceration and reduce odds of recidivism. As a result of strategic reforms across the criminal justice spectrum, combined with steadily declining crime rates since the mid-1990s, prison populations have begun to stabilize and even decline slightly after decades of unprecedented growth. In states such as New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, and California, prison depopulation has been substantial, declining by 20-30%. Still, America maintains its distinction as the world leader in its use of incarceration, including more than 1.3 million people held in state prisons around the country. At the same time of productive bipartisan discussions about improving criminal justice policies and reducing prison populations, the U.S. continues to grapple with troubling racial tensions. The focus of most recent concern lies in regular reports of police brutality against people of color, some of which have resulted in deaths of black men by law enforcement officers after little or no apparent provocation. Truly meaningful reforms to the criminal justice system cannot be accomplished without acknowledgement of racial and ethnic disparities in the prison system, and focused attention on reduction of disparities. Since the majority of people in prison are sentenced at the state level rather than the federal level, it is critical to understand the variation in racial and ethnic composition across states, and the policies and the day-to-day practices that contribute to this variance. Incarceration creates a host of collateral consequences that include restricted employment prospects, housing instability, family disruption, stigma, and disenfranchisement. These consequences set individuals back by imposing new punishments after prison. Collateral consequences are felt disproportionately by people of color, and because of concentrations of poverty and imprisonment in certain jurisdictions, it is now the case that entire communities experience these negative effects. Evidence suggests that some individuals are incarcerated not solely because of their crime, but because of racially disparate policies, beliefs, and practices, rendering these collateral consequences all the more troubling. An unwarranted level of incarceration that worsens racial disparities is problematic not only for the impacted group, but for society as whole, weakening the justice system's potential and undermining perceptions of justice. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2016 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/The-Color-of-Justice-Racial-and-Ethnic-Disparity-in-State-Prisons.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Disparities Shelf Number: 146680

Author: Drug Policy Alliance Title: So Far, So Good: What We Know About Marijuana Legalization in Colorado, Washington, Alaska, Oregon, and Washington D.C Summary: In 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first two U.S. states – and the first two jurisdictions in the world – to approve ending marijuana prohibition and legally regulating marijuana production, distribution and sales. In the 2014 election, Alaska and Oregon followed suit, while Washington D.C. passed a more limited measure that legalized possession and home cultivation of marijuana (but did not address its taxation and sale due to D.C. law). The report's key findings include: Marijuana arrests have plummeted in the states that legalized marijuana, although disproportionate enforcement of marijuana crimes against black people continues. Statewide surveys of youth in Colorado, Washington, Alaska, and Oregon found that there were no significant increases in youth marijuana use post-legalization. Tax revenues in Colorado, Washington, and Oregon have all exceeded initial revenue estimates, totaling $552 million. Legalization has not led to more dangerous road conditions, as traffic fatality rates have remained stable in Colorado, Washington, Alaska, and Oregon. Details: Oakland, CA: Drug Policy Alliance, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/Marijuana_Legalization_Status_Report_101316.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 141105

Author: Enns, Peter K. Title: The Great Recession and State Criminal Justice Policy: Do Economic Hard Times Matter? Summary: Although the United States still imprisons a higher proportion of its population than any country in the world, in recent years, the decades-long trend of increasingly punitive criminal justice policies and a growing prison population has subsided. Changes unimaginable ten years ago, such as the decriminalization of certain low-level drug offenses, the closing of prisons, and a decline in the overall prison population have occurred. To what extent did the Great Recession influences these shifts? To answer these questions, we focus on state spending on corrections (i.e., spending on prisons, jails, and parole offices) and state incarceration rates. Because state correctional facilities house the overwhelming majority of those incarcerated in the United States, states offer a critical window into mass incarceration. States are also central to understanding the link between economic conditions and criminal justice outcomes. Most states have balanced budget requirements, which means that states cannot carry a deficit from year-to-year. If a bad economic climate leads to less state revenue, something must be cut—and large corrections budgets would be one candidate for reduction. Consistent with this expectation, we do find a relationship between state economic conditions and state expenditures on corrections. We do not, however, find evidence that the Great Recession spurred this relationship. In fact, our analysis suggests that changes in crime rates and the public's punitiveness have been the fundamental factors in recent state criminal justice outcomes. Details: New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.russellsage.org/sites/default/files/Recession_Enns_Criminal.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 146685

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections, Research & Evaluation Title: Department of Corrections (DOC) Family Visitation Study Summary: Incarceration limits interaction between inmates and their families. These families often provide housing and employment opportunities for inmates leaving prison. Most research at the Oregon Department of Corrections (ODOC) has been focused on inmates and less research has been conducted on inmate families and the interaction between the inmate and their families. Furthermore, knowledge about DOC’s ability to maintain family associations and DOC’s ability to provide beneficial visitations is limited. Many inmates become dependent on their families while incarcerated. Visits, financial support, and telephone usage are important to inmates, and many rely on family members for personal items and/or materials. Visits may also be the only contact between the inmate and his/her children. The Family Visitation Survey was developed to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the current DOC visiting system from the visitor’s perspective. DOC researchers visited all institutions and surveyed family members during and after visits. Differences among institutions will be recognized in this report. The Family Visitation Survey includes questions around the following areas: · Facility services · Transportation (distance traveled by family and friends) · Customer service of staff · Agency related Information · Phone and mail systems · Visiting alternatives · Children Details: Salem, OR: The Department, 2009. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: https://www.oregon.gov/doc/RESRCH/docs/visitation_study_200910.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 147320

Author: Deitch, Michele Title: Keeping Our Kids at Home: Expanding Community-Based Facilities for Adjudicated Youth in Texas Summary: In the wake of high-profile scandals that rocked the Texas Youth Commission (TYC) in 2007, the Texas Legislature enacted Senate Bill 103, which initiated a host of reforms. Among these measures were efforts to divert greater numbers of juveniles from the state’s juvenile correctional system. Specifically, no longer would judges be allowed to send misdemeanants to TYC. Local officials went well beyond this legislative mandate in their efforts to keep youthful offenders close to home. Commitments to TYC dropped dramatically, especially from counties such as Travis and Dallas. County commissioners in these and other jurisdictions supplemented existing probation resources in order to expand services and programs for delinquent youth. These efforts to reduce the TYC population and to serve youth at the local level had strong support from both advocates and experts on juvenile justice. For example, the Blue Ribbon Task Force on the Texas Youth Commission urged Texas to rely more heavily on count-ylevel probation, with an emphasis on use of evidence-based interventions, and to reserve TYC for the most serious juvenile offenders. Th e Task Force’s report cited research from around the country showing the greater success of community-based services and interventions. Moreover, the report recommended creation of a "regionalized system of care that supports the use of small facilities." Th e Sunset Advisory Commission’s review of TYC and TJPC (the Texas Juvenile Probation Commission) led to similar conclusions. The sunset commission recognized the need to continue reducing commitments to TYC and to promote community corrections for juveniles. One of sunset's key recommendations was to "[e]stablish a community corrections pilot program that encourages counties to keep lower-risk offenders eligible for commitment to TYC in their home communities and out of state confi nement." Th is recommendatiois currently a major provision in the sunset legislation (HB 3689 and SB 1020), and is under intensive review by various legislative committees. While details about the pilot project are still being negotiated, some individual counties and groups of counties have put forward proposals that would truly shift the paradigm of juvenile justice in these jurisdictions. These counties propose to manage virtually all but a very small handful of adjudicated youth in local probation programs, in exchange for state funding. A cap would be set on the number of youth eligible for placement in TYC from each of these jurisdictions; any placements in excess of this number would be at county expense. Th ere appears to be strong legislative support for this concept, even as details about funding continue to be debated. At the same time that legislative efforts to shift responsibility for delinquent youth to the counties gain steam, the appropriations process reveals that legislators continue to expect TYC to downsize. Th e Senate has recommended substantial cuts to TYC’s budget and proposed the closure of certain large state facilities in remote areas. At this point in the reform process, it appears that the era of using large juvenile corrections facilities as the state’s main response to delinquency is heading toward its end. Exactly what would replace these large correctional facilities in the short- or long-term is still under discussion. However, TYC continues its efforts to develop a more regionalized system of care, using smaller facilities located closer to urban centers in lieu of large institutions. While there is no doubt that Texas can take further steps to save money and reduce recidivism by implementing more non-residential services for juvenile offenders, it is also clear that some residential options are still required— whether they are run by counties or the state. At least some of the youth diverted from TYC to the counties will need residential options, including treatment beds. Th e need for both secure and non-secure beds is especially obvious for those counties that will need to serve increasingly serious offenders under the proposed pilot programs. So too may TYC be directed to replace some of its large institutions with smaller group homes, as happened in Missouri. Presumably TYC will also need to locate community-based transitional bed space or "step-down facilities" for juveniles released from TYC. Even if state money is available to develop these new residential options, prior experience in both the juvenile justice and adult criminal justice systems reveals that it will not be easy for these new facilities to be sited. Cumbersome statutes requiring time-consuming and expensive notice and hearings, zoning restrictions, and lack of community support all combine to create difficulties in moving forward with small, community-based facilities for adjudicated youth. If these facilities are unable to be placed, however, it could limit the ability to expand the pilot projects beyond a few counties in future legislative sessions, limit TYC’s regionalization options, and hinder TYC’s ability to help juveniles re-integrate into their communities post-release from TYC. Th e policy challenge is how to expand availability of community-based facilities for adjudicated youth in Texas, to support the direction of juvenile justice reform in this state. In other words, how can we shift from the age-old NIMBY ("not in my backyard") way of thinking that led to large-scale correctional facilities in the far corners of the state to the YIMBY ("yes in my backyard") perspective essential for successful community corrections? Th is paper examines some of the issues presented by the desire to move towards community-based residential housing for adjudicated youth, and recommends strategies for meeting those challenges. Whether the legislature moves towards a juvenile justice model run by county-level probation departments (as appears to be the case), or whether TYC needs to plan for smaller state-run facilities scattered around the state (or whether—as most experts prefer—these reforms proceed on a dual track), it behooves all stakeholders to understand and plan for these challenges. Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2009-05-PP15-community-based-jj-facilities-md.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives-to-Incarceration Shelf Number: 130128

Author: Carbone-Lopez, Kristin Title: In, Out, and In Again? A Life Course Understanding of Women's Violent Relationships Summary: This dissertation develops a life-course perspective of women’s experiences of intimate partner victimization (IPV). Abstract: One objective is to examine the patterns of IPV among adult females, so as to determine whether women who experience different patterns of violence differ from one another on certain characteristics. Currently, little is known about what might link violent experiences within and across relationships. Another objective of the research is to examine the nature of the IPV women report, i.e., the situations and interactions in which IPV occurs. The first chapter suggests that a focus on the consequences of IPV for women's intimate relationships is necessary in achieving a broader understanding of the effects of IPV. The second chapter discusses the major theories of IPV. These can be described in offender-based theories, including intra-individual, social-psychological, and socio-cultural explanations, as well as victim-based theories. The third chapter provides detailed information on the two data-sets that are used in this research. The first is the National Violence Against Women Survey (NVAWS) and data collected from women incarcerated at the Women's Workhouse in Hennepin County, MN. Detailed information is provided on the women's violent encounters 3 years prior to incarceration. The fourth chapter presents results from the quantitative analyses of the NVAWS. This is followed by a chapter that presents results from a qualitative analysis of the jail sample. The sixth and final chapter discusses and draws conclusions about the central research issues, the main findings, and their implications for both research and policy Details: St. Paul: University of Minnesota, 2006. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/240918.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 130129

Author: Cohen, Edward Title: "Costs of Incarcerating Youth with Mental Illness": final report Summary: The "Costs of Incarcerating Youth with Mental Illness" project was conducted for the primary purpose of informing public policy development by analyzing the costs and contexts related to incarcerating youth with mental illness and co-occurring mental illness/substance use disorders in California detention facilities. This study was one of the products of ongoing collaboration between the Chief Probation Officers of California (CPOC) and the California Mental Health Directors Association (CMHDA). Information obtained from this study will serve to advocate for better services in order to prevent the inappropriate criminalization of youth who would be better served in mental health treatment settings, to improve services to youth who must be separated from the community, and to ensure continuity of mental health care upon re-entry of such youth to their communities. BACKGROUND It is estimated that between 50-75% of youth in juvenile detention facilities have diagnosable mental disorders. Given the disproportionate use of juvenile detention facilities for youth of color one explanation may be that the juvenile justice system has become a de facto mental health system for poor and minority youth who are unable to access care through the formal mental health system. Yet detention facilities are unable to provide adequate mental health treatment and this has led to extended lengths of stay in these facilities for these youth . There are no studies in California or elsewhere that include other costs beyond those of basic facility rates, such as mental health services, special staffing, education, legal expenses, and health care expenses. Including such costs and relevant contextual information, particularly about placement delay , is necessary in order to understand the full extent of the problem as well as the potential solutions. Details: Sacramento: Chief Probation Offices of California and California Mental Health Directors Association, 2008. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/comio/docs/costs_of_incarcerating_youth_with_mental_illness.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 130146

Author: Cohen, Derek Title: Texas' Mandatory Sentencing Enhancements Summary: Key Points - Sentencing enhancements have been part of American jurisprudence for decades. - However, no studies have routinely shown benefit to public safety attributable to these enhancements. - Further, these enhancements have the chance of ensnaring low-level nonviolent felons for sentences that far outweigh the crime Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/Texas-Mandatory-Sentencing-Enhancements.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mandatory Sentencing Shelf Number: 146692

Author: Males, Mike Title: Justice by Geography: Do Politics Influence the Prosecution of Youth as Adults? Summary: A new report from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ) analyzes the relationship between the political party affiliations of California’s district attorneys and county rates of direct file. When Proposition 21 was passed in 2000, district attorneys (DAs) were afforded sole discretion to file charges against youth directly in adult, criminal court. Does the political affiliation of a county's DA bear any relation to the odds that a youth will be direct filed in adult court? The report finds that: A youth arrested for a felony in 2014 was 2.4 times more likely to have his or her case direct filed in a county with a Republican DA compared to a Democratic DA. Republican DAs' rates of direct file were particularly disproportionate to Democratic rates if the defendant was African American or Asian. Black youth in counties with a Republican DA were 5 times more likely to be direct filed, and Asian youth were 9.4 times more likely. Yuba County (Democratic DA) had the highest rate of direct file in 2014. It reported more than one direct file for every two qualifying juvenile felony arrests, a rate 77 times higher than Los Angeles County (which had a direct file rate of 0.7 percent). While young people were more likely to be direct filed in counties with a Republican district attorney in 2014, disparities in the use of direct file are a problem for all parties. There is a large race/ethnicity and gender divergence in use of direct file regardless of the party affiliation of the DA. Granting prosecutors the sole discretion to determine whether a youth is tried in adult court contributes to a system of extreme disparities. These disparities grow more pronounced when considering the party affiliation of the DA. Details: San Francisco: Center for Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/do_politics_influence_the_prosecution_of_youth_as_adults.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 141118

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Salt Lake County, Utah: A County Justice and Behavioral Health Systems Improvement Project Summary: An extensive data analysis coupled with over 50 in-person interviews with stakeholders in Salt Lake County's justice and behavioral health systems led to the identification of key recommendations improve outcomes for people involved with the county's criminal justice system, particular those with behavioral health disorders. Since the start of this project in January 2014, county leaders have taken steps to strengthen policies, programs, and practices, demonstrating their commitment to continued systems improvement and data-driven outcomes. These efforts include: n Pretrial screening process enhancements to ensure that everyone receives a Salt Lake Pretrial Risk Instrument (SLPRI) assessment once booked into jail n Funding to hire staff to implement a risk and need screen for everyone booked into jail n Information-sharing agreements are being developed to increase data sharing between county stakeholders, particularly the Sheriff's Office, Behavioral Health Services, and Criminal Justice Services n Commitment to the use of evidence-based interventions with the county probation population to address criminogenic risk and needs The county has also created three new programs that complement many of the recommendations in this report: - Community-based Intensive Supervision Program pilot (currently being implemented) - Pre-Prosecutorial Diversion pilot (currently being designed) - Co-Occurring Reentry and Empowerment (CORE) II Program for women with co-occurring disorders (scheduled to launch in September 2015) Details: Washington, DC: The Justice Center, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/SaltLakeCountyReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 146669

Author: James, Nathan Title: Body Armor for Law Enforcement Officers: In Brief Summary: Firearms are one of the leading causes of deaths for law enforcement officers feloniously killed in the line of duty. Since FY1999, Congress has provided funding to state and local law enforcement agencies to help them purchase armor vests for their officers. The Matching Grant Program for Law Enforcement Armor Vests (hereinafter, “BPV program”) provides grants to state, local, and tribal governments to purchase armor vests for use by law enforcement officers and court officers. The BPV program was first authorized by the Bulletproof Vest Partnership Grant Act of 1998 (P.L. 105-181). It has been subsequently reauthorized four times. The most recent reauthorization expired in FY2012. Between FY1999 and FY2012, annual appropriations for the program generally ranged been between $25 million and $30 million. However, over the past four fiscal years, annual appropriations for the program were less than $23 million. Armor vests can only save lives when they are actually worn. Data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics indicate that an increasing percentage of police departments have instituted “mandatory wear” policies. Several factors can affect whether a law enforcement officer will wear an armor vest. Safety concerns are the most significant, followed by whether the officer’s department has a mandatory wear policy. Comfort and fit are also a factor. While armor vests can only save lives when they are worn, there is also a limit on how long they can be worn and still be effective. No definitive data exist on how long an armor vest will last before it needs to be replaced. Many manufacturers offer a five-year warranty on their vests, but this is not necessarily indicative of their useful lifespan. The age of an armor vest alone does not cause its ballistic resistance to deteriorate. Vest care and maintenance have been shown to have a greater impact than age. Similarly, no definitive data exist on the number of law enforcement officers whose lives have been saved by vests paid for, in part, with funds from the BPV program. A frequently cited statistic is that armor vests have saved the lives of more than 3,000 law enforcement officers over the past 30 years, but it is not known how many of those vests were purchased in part with funds from the BPV program. While there is no such thing as a totally bulletproof vest, research has shown that armor vests do save lives. The risk of dying from a gunshot wound to the torso is 3.4 times higher for law enforcement officers who do not wear armor vests. Should Congress consider legislation to reauthorize the BPV program, policy makers may consider several issues, including (1) what role the federal government should play, if any, in providing armor vests for state and local law enforcement, (2) whether Congress should invest in developing new technology for armor vests, and (3) whether Congress should require law enforcement agencies to provide training on the care and maintenance of body armor as a condition of receiving funding under the BPV program. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: R43544: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43544.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body Armor Shelf Number: 146975

Author: Matthews, Corey Title: Targeting High Risk Offenders: A Violence Reduction Strategy Summary: The City of Oakland's Human Services Department plans and administers violence intervention programs and services for city residents. This network of programs and services, housed under the name "Oakland Unite" is undergoing a comprehensive strategic planning process. This report highlights the opportunities to enhance service delivery for those at highest risk of offense or reoffense in Oakland Unite's four violence intervention strategies: Focused Youth Services, Family Violence Intervention, Young Adult Reentry Services, and Incident/Crisis Response. It incorporates: 1) A qualitative analysis of focus group discussions with providers of violence intervention services. 2) A municipality comparison of promising practices used by professionals in the field. 3) A literature review of city-led violence reduction strategy reports. It concludes with recommendations on how to refine the City of Oakland's violence intervention model and improve service delivery practices to better serve the highest risk youth and young adults. Recommendations are made with short and long-term considerations. In the short-term, Oakland Unite should: - Invest in After School Programs for young people to offer more options for extracurricular involvement - Research risk assessment tools - Staff a grants manager to apply for and administer external funding resources In the long-term, Oakland Unite should: - Reorganize its referral network to leverage neighborhood, place-based service delivery (i.e. services in East Oakland might be different than those in West Oakland) - Increase Oakland Unified School District support to provide onsite mental health, case management and additional services for young people at the highest risk for re-offense - Adopt a standardized risk assessment - Apply for state, federal and philanthropic funding to increase resources for service delivery Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California Berkeley, Goldman School of Public Policy, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Targeting-High-Risk-Offenders_Advanced-Policy-Analysis_Matthews_Corey-Spring-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Repeat Offenders Shelf Number: 146670

Author: Prell, Lettie Title: Community‐Based Corrections Substance Abuse Treatment For the Higher Risk Offender Summary: In May 2007, The Iowa Department of Corrections participated in the Iowa Performance Audit Program, which is implemented by the Department of Management in consultation with the Legislative Services Agency, Auditor of the State and others. This program, authorized by the Iowa General Assembly, is a key component of the Iowa Accountable Government Act. The performance audit conducted by the Department of Management concerned the licensed substance abuse treatment programs in Department of Corrections’ institutions. This report uses the same methodology, modified for community-based corrections populations, to examine the delivery of substance abuse treatment for higher risk offenders under field supervision, and all offenders who were assigned to community corrections residential facilities. The Iowa Department of Corrections has embraced performance audit methodologies because we want to do more of what works, and discontinue (or alter) programs that are not working. Traditional outcome evaluations are costly, and usually assess only one program at a time. We were interested in the development of a methodology for assessing the performance of a group of interventions, in a way where fair comparisons among programs could be made. Research questions for the performance audit included: 􀂃 To what extent are the district departments of correctional services addressing higher risk offenders’ substance abuse treatment needs? 􀂃 Which programs are working? Which are not? 􀂃 What can the audit tell us about which offenders, based on risk levels, are likely to benefit from treatment, in terms of reduced likelihood of recidivism? Key findings are: 􀂃 53.4% of higher risk offenders with substance abuse needs leave community-based corrections supervision without treatment. 􀂃 Overall, substance abuse treatment significantly lowers new conviction and total recidivism. 􀂃 Younger offenders (under age 40), African-Americans, Native Americans, and very high risk offenders (those scoring over 40 points on the LSI-R risk assessment) all have significantly higher recidivism rates than offenders who are not in these sub-groups. Substance abuse treatment is effective in lowering recidivism rates for all of these sub-groups. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Corrections, 2007. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.doc.state.ia.us/UploadedDocument/451 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 141124

Author: Kellam, Leslie Title: Analysis of Alternative to Incarceration Program Participants Summary: This information was derived from quarterly tracking logs submitted by Alternative to Incarceration programs who are funded by the Division of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS). These reporting logs must be submitted as a condition of funding to allow program performance and outcomes to be monitored. Records from the tracking logs were matched to DCJS Computerized Criminal History (CCH) records to provide demographic and criminal history information on individuals served. Data shown is for individuals who were discharged from these programs between January 2008 and December 2010. The program data is presented in three categories: New York City, IMPACT Counties, and the rest of the state. IMPACT counties include the following counties outside New York City: Albany, Broome, Chautauqua, Dutchess, Erie, Monroe, Nassau, Oneida, Orange, Rensselaer, Rockland, Schenectady, Suffolk, Ulster, and Westchester. Details: Albany, NY: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services, Office of Justice Research and Performance, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 12, 2016 at: http://www.criminaljustice.ny.gov/crimnet/ojsa/opca/ati2008-2010final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147328

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Police Behavior during Traffic and Street Stops, 2011 Summary: Examines the characteristics and experiences of persons age 16 or older who were stopped by police during traffic and street stops, and their perceptions of police behavior and response during these encounters. It describes the outcomes of traffic and street stops by the reason for the stop; demographic characteristics of the persons stopped; race or Hispanic origin of the officers; and whether a ticket was issued, a search was conducted, or force was used. It also describes variations in perceptions of the police across characteristics and outcomes of traffic and street stops. Data are from the 2011 Police-Public Contact Survey, a supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey, which collects information from a nationally representative sample of persons in U.S. households on contact with police during a 12-month period. Highlights: Relatively more black drivers (13%) than white (10%) and Hispanic (10%) drivers were pulled over in a traffic stop during their most recent contact with police. There were no statistical differences in the race or Hispanic origin of persons involved in street stops. Drivers pulled over by an officer of the same race or ethnicity were more likely (83%) than drivers pulled over by an officer of a different race or ethnicity (74%) to believe that the reason for the traffic stop was legitimate. White drivers were both ticketed and searched at lower rates than black and Hispanic drivers. About 1% of drivers pulled over in traffic stops had physical force used against them by police. Of these drivers, 55% believed the police behaved properly during the stop. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013 (revised 2016). 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2016 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/pbtss11.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 130125

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Invisible Offenders: A Study Estimating Online Sex Customers Summary: This study estimates the population of active customers of online sex ads in 15 cities in the United States. Decoy online ads, advertising the sale of sexual services/prostitution, were placed online on two websites in fifteen U.S. cities twice, one week apart. The voicemails and texts responding to each ad were recorded and the callers’ phone numbers stored. Callers were counted and using an ecology sampling design entitled capture-recapture, a model was created to estimate the active online sex ad customer population for those websites in each city. Using this model, an estimate was developed for the number of customers contacting online sex advertisements for each city. The ads received 677 contacts (voicemails and texts) and 451 phone numbers of online sex ad customers were collected. On average, within the fifteen markets explored, one out over every 20 males over the age of 18 in a metropolitan city area was soliciting online sex ads. The findings ranged from approximately one out of every 5 males (Houston, 21.4%) to less than one of 166 males (San Francisco, .6%). In Houston, this study found that there were an estimated 169,920 males who were soliciting online sex ads, while in Phoenix; there were an estimated 78,412 males who were soliciting online sex ads Details: Arizona State University, School of Social Work, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: https://traffickingresourcecenter.org/sites/default/files/Study%20Estimating%20Online%20Sex%20Customers%20-%20ASU_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 141127

Author: Jetzer, Keri-Anne Title: Jail Bookings in Washington State Summary: The terms "jail" and "prison" are often used interchangeably, yet there are big differences between them. Prisons are built to hold dangerous offenders with longer sentences (366 days or more in Washington state) and provide some rehabilitative programming. Jails, on the other hand, offer more short-term confinement (365 days or fewer). Jails also hold people pretrial, pre-conviction and pre-sentencing. They hold those who are being picked up from other sources, such as federal agencies, mental health agencies and other jails. Community custody violators from the Washington State Department of Corrections may complete 'swift and certain' sanction time in a jail. Another difference is that, in Washington, prisons are operated by the state while jails are operated by the counties. In fact, Washington is one of 17 states that has no formal oversight of its jails. In 2000, the Washington Association of Sheriffs and Police Chiefs proposed a centralized jail booking and reporting system. Its study of the jail systems in the state resulted in the centrally located Jail Booking and Reporting System (JBRS). While much of the local jail data are uploaded into JBRS, there is little standardization related to the input or coding of the data being entered by jail staff. The number of jail bookings has slowly decreased during the four-year period. The decreases were small between 2010 and 2012 at 6 percent per year. The increase in 2013 was also small (2 percent). While there appears to be a downward trend, none of the changes were found to be statistically significant. Data received for calendar year 2014 was only for January to September. Those bookings totaled 204,940 for the nine months. The bookings between October-December in 2010 through 2013 represented 23 to 24 percent of the annual totals. If this trend were to continue in 2014, the yearly total is estimated to be about 243,400 bookings, or 5 percent less than the 2013 total. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.ofm.wa.gov/researchbriefs/2016/brief078.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 141129

Author: Way, Julian Title: Charting Out the Digital Ecosystem of Gangs in the U.S. and Mexico Summary: People, drugs and weapons are routinely smuggled across the U.S.-Mexican border. Drug trafficking cartels and organized criminal gangs are suppliers, brokers, retailers and regulators of the trade. Conventional assessments of the political economy of the illicit trafficking along known corridors such as San Diego-Tijuana or El Paso-Ciudad Juarez rely on painstaking qualitative assessments, including key informant interviews with those in and outside the business. In some cases, quantitative approaches are deployed, including modeling flows on the basis of extant data on sex trafficking or drugs and arms seizures. Due in part to the rapid digital penetration of the Internet and social media over the past decade, there are novel ways of tracking cartel and gang activity. Many of these approaches are still experimental and in early stages of development. This article considers the digital ecosystem linking gangs in San Diego, Tijuana and more widely across Mexico and other parts of Latin America. The focus is not restricted to mapping the online presence of gangs in social media and related public digital platforms, but also the dynamic interaction between members, affiliates and the wider public. The article draws on research conducted in partnership with the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and University of San Diego in 2015. The article considers the digital activities of gangs – especially Latin American groups – at two levels. At the micro-level, the focus was on mapping online gang involvement in sex trafficking in San Diego in the U.S. and Tijuana in Mexico. At the macro-level, we considered the activities and dynamics of online gang networks in southern California, Mexico and wider Latin America. We then applied a combination of social media analytics, social network analysis, and digital forensics to understand the distribution and dynamics of cartels and gangs in cyberspace. While experimental in nature, the assessment generated descriptive and methodological findings. Details: Small Wars Journal, April 11, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://smallwarsjournal.com/jrnl/art/charting-out-the-digital-ecosystem-of-gangs-in-the-us-and-mexico Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 146974

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: The Police and Public Discourse on "Black-on-Black" Violence Summary: Research has long documented that most violence occurs within racial groups and that black Americans - often victimized by black offenders - experience disproportionately high levels of violent crime. The authors argue that the term "black-on-black" violence, while statistically correct, is a simplistic and emotionally-charged definition of urban violence that can be problematic when used by political commentators, politicians, and police executives. Because the police represent the most visible face of government and have primary responsibility for maintaining public safety in all neighborhoods, Braga and Brunson contend that police executives in particular should avoid framing urban violence problems in this way. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program on Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: New Perspectives in Policing: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.nccpsafety.org/assets/files/library/The_Police_and_Public_Discourse_on_Black-on-Black_Violence.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities and Crime Shelf Number: 146645

Author: Landon, Matthew S. Title: Of Jobs and Jail: Outcomes for Washington State Property Offenders Summary: In 2014, the Council of State Governments (CSG) partnered with a task force in Washington state to implement the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI). The JRI supports states in conducting research on criminal justice issues to determine areas where public safety can be improved while also reallocating and saving state funds. In its analysis, CSG found that Washington has the highest property crime rates of any state in the country. It also found that for property crime convictions, Washington under-uses alternatives to confinement (Council of State Governments, 2015). Ultimately, the task force recommended Senate Bill 5755 and House Bill 1885 to create a new sentencing grid for property offenders. However, the legislation was not passed. This study establishes baseline statistics for property offender outcomes in Washington. For the purposes of this research, property offenders are defined as any adult who committed one of the offenses outlined in SB 5755/HB 1885. These include such crimes as theft, fraud and lesser degrees of burglary. This definition was selected to maintain consistency with JRI efforts in the state and to provide the Legislature with analyses useful if its members should consider new approaches to property offender sentencing. To inform efforts to analyze or reduce property offending, this study: • Determines the rate and speed at which property offenders recidivate and the rate and quality at which they become employed. • Defines any inherent differences in these outcomes between demographic groups. • Discerns which factors are associated with improved or worsened outcomes. Study This study combined records from the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP), the Employment Security Department and the Department of Corrections (DOC) databases. This collected sample comprised 29,709 adults convicted of a property offense during the study period and who served and were released from DOC custody during that time. Property offenders were more likely than average offenders in DOC custody to be female and white. Most offenders in DOC custody served the entirety of their time under community supervision. The average sentence length for the sample was 2.6 years. Thirty-four percent of those in prison had been incarcerated at some point prior to the study; 66 percent were incarcerated for the first time. Overall recidivism by return to DOC was 34 percent for all property offenders, and rose to 59 percent when defining recidivism as any reconviction. After being released from DOC custody, 59.3 percent of offenders had been employed for at least some time. And for those who were employed, the average hourly wage was $13.66. Results and conclusions The primary objective of this study was to establish baseline figures for the outcomes of property offenders in Washington. The 34 percent recidivism rate for returns to DOC closely matches DOC’s recent estimate for all offenders of 32.2 percent. The employment rate of 59.3 percent and average hourly wage of $13.66 are below the general population averages for the state. It is unclear, however, how property offenders compare to other offender groups. Secondary findings included the significant effects employment, wages and time spent outside of confinement have on the rates and time until recidivism. While being employed was a much stronger influence on the length of time prior to any recidivism, higher wages were a more consistent predictor for lower recidivism. Of the correctional variables, spending little to no time in confinement showed the most dramatic effects on all offender outcomes, significantly reducing recidivism, increasing the time prior to recidivism and increasing employment. Although there were clear patterns for variables associated with recidivism and employment, only demographic variables such as race and sex appeared to have an effect on hourly wages. The study’s final purpose was to enumerate and account for differences in outcomes based on offender demographics. There were significant differences in recidivism and hourly wages for all races. As a general trend, any race that had a lower mean hourly wage would also have a higher recidivism rate. The greatest differences in all outcomes and variation in correctional variables were associated with offender sex, and younger age was significantly correlated with increased recidivism. While younger offenders also saw increased rates of employment they also tended to earn lower wages. Although it is not possible to infer causation from this study, the frequency and consistency of the correlations do provide a clear message. There are factors associated with more positive outcomes for property offenders, and the state is already benefiting from them to some degree. Examining which details of employment, wages and field supervision lead to better outcomes will improve efforts to reduce property crime and achieve the goals laid out by the CSG task force. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://sac.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/pdf/jobs_and_jail_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 141136

Author: Dworaczyk, Kellie A. Title: Should Texas raise the age of adult criminal responsibility? Summary: Texas is one of seven states in which 17-year-olds accused of committing crimes automatically enter the adult criminal justice system, rather than the juvenile system. The age at which young offenders enter the adult system is referred to as the age of adult criminal responsibility. Six states have raised this age to 18 in the past seven years, with two making the change this year, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures (NCSL). Legislation to raise the age of adult criminal responsibility to 18 years old in Texas failed in the 2015 legislative session but could emerge again in 2017 during the 85th Legislature. Making such a change would raise related issues, such as when it should be implemented and how funding for the adult and juvenile criminal justice systems would be adjusted. Other changes that might accompany raise-the-age legislation could include revising court procedures and offenses for which the age of the person committing the offense is a factor. Debate on raising the age in Texas centers on the effect it would have on public safety, the outcomes for youths in each system, and the cost of moving 17-year-olds to the juvenile justice system. The ability of each system to provide appropriate sanctions and to rehabilitate 17-years-olds is part of the discussion on public safety outcomes. The safety of offenders 17 and younger in each system and the long-term consequences for these youths also are part of the ongoing debate. Concerns about cost center on the price tag for both the state and counties to impose sanctions on 17-year-olds and to provide them with treatment, education, and other programs. The long-term economic benefits of raising the age also are part of the discussion on cost. Another facet of the debate is how Texas should respond to U.S. Supreme Court decisions, federal correctional standards for those under 18 years old, state and national trends, and research on teenage brain development. Details: Austin, Texas House Research Organization, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Number 84-11: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.hro.house.state.tx.us/pdf/focus/ageofcriminalresponsibility.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 141138

Author: Chamblee, John F. Title: Mapping Migrant Deaths in Southern Arizona: The Human Borders GIS Summary: Thousands of migrants die annually crossing the desert into the Untied States. Through cooperation with the U.S. Border Patrol and local medical examiners we produce maps showing the locations where migrants died. Details: Unpublished paper, 2008? 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.aaas.org/sites/default/files/migrate/uploads/migrant-report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 146649

Author: Bradshaw, Kayla M. Title: Assessing Wyoming's Public Perceptions and General Attitudes towards Archaeology, And Statewide Trends in Looting Summary: This research was conducted with the purpose of gathering and analyzing qualitative and quantitative data related to archaeological looting and public opinion regarding archaeology and cultural heritage preservation legislation in Wyoming. Areas of the state in which impacts of looting are most prevalent and the trends in these activities, as well as statewide trends, were identified. Randomly selected residents (n = 2,040) in these areas were then targeted by an anonymous survey, which was implemented with the purpose of assessing public knowledge pertaining to cultural resource legislation and archaeology. The anonymous survey was also distributed to Wyoming Archaeological Society and Wyoming Association of Professional Archaeologists members to serve as a comparison, as knowledge regarding archaeology and cultural resource legislation was expected to be higher amongst these groups. Despite current and prior preservation efforts, archaeological looting and vandalism remains a prevalent issue within the state of Wyoming. Varying perspectives exist as to why these activities occur; whether or not the public knows of cultural heritage preservation laws; methods that should be employed to reduce looting/vandalism; types of sites that are most impacted by these activities, and general trends over the past 20 years. However, prior to now, no known state-specific research into such trends in these activities and the public’s perceptions and attitudes towards archaeology and cultural resources has been conducted. The research conducted for this thesis provides qualitative and quantitative insight into these activities and public perceptions and can serve as a basis for future research. The findings indicate a general lack of knowledge pertaining to cultural resource legislation and archaeology amongst the public respondents, which is likely associated with the increased looting activities within the areas in which they reside. However, the majority of the public is generally interested in archaeology and cultural resources and feels that archaeology makes important contributions, which include preserving the past for future generations, providing data for research on past cultures, and educating modern society about other cultures. Concepts of private property rights are directly evident in the results and overall, level of education and age play an important role in respondent knowledge. The most significant outcome of this research is that the knowledge it has provided regarding the public's attitudes and perceptions related to archaeology and cultural resources can be utilized to key in on specific issues or areas, which can be targeted to influence positive change. Details: St. Cloud State University, 2016. 227p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://repository.stcloudstate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1006&context=crm_etds Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Antiquities Shelf Number: 141140

Author: Greytak, Emily A. Title: From Teasing to Torment: School Climate Revisited, A Survey of U.S. Secondary School Students and Teachers Summary: From Teasing to Torment: School Climate Revisited, A Survey of U.S. Secondary School Students and Teachers provides an in-depth look at the current landscape of bias and peer victimization as reported by students and teachers from across the nation. In addition to examining various types of bias, including those based on race/ethnicity, religion, body size, and ability, this report provides a focused look at LGBTQ issues in secondary schools. Comparing findings to a similar survey we conducted in 2005, the report discusses the progress that has been made over the past ten years, as well as highlights the challenges that remain. It also offers recommendations and strategies to improve school climate for all students. Specifically, the research report addresses: Student and teacher perceptions of school climate; Student experiences of safety, bullying, and harassment, including biased incidents based on race/ethnicity, sexual orientation, body size, gender, religion, ability, economic status, and gender expression; Teacher intervention in bullying and incidents of bias; LGBT-supportive teacher practices, such as advising GSA or including LGBT content in teaching; Teacher professional development (pre-service and in-service) in bullying, diversity, and LGBT issues; and Differences in students' school experiences based on race/ethnicity, LGBTQ status, gender nonconformity, and geography (i.e., urban-city, region), among others. Details: New York: GLSEN, 2015. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: https://www.glsen.org/sites/default/files/TeasingtoTorment%202015%20FINAL%20PDF%5B1%5D_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 141141

Author: Taliaferro, Wayne Title: From Incarceration to Reentry: A Look at Trends, Gaps, and Opportunities in Correctional Education and Training Summary: With record levels of men and women incarcerated—totalling 2.2 million—the United States places more people in prison at a higher rate than any other developed nation. That total also represents 20 percent of the world's prison population, which is disproportionately high considering that the U.S. makes up less than 5 percent of the world’s population. For low-income communities, the disparities are even more alarming. In 2014, the median annual income for people prior to incarceration was less than $20,000. Furthermore, Blacks and Latinos, who are disproportionately impacted by poverty, also have the highest rates of imprisonment and account for more than half of all prisoners. However, the context surrounding this crisis tells a much larger story, which is partly rooted in educational inequities. More than two-thirds of state prison inmates do not have a high school diploma. The roots of these disparities are complex. Pipelines to prison have historically been concentrated in low-income communities of color. From an early age, many youth in these spatially segregated communities experience economic and environmental injustices, underfunded and under-resourced schools, harsh school discipline policies, and exposure to crime and violence in ways that create diminished opportunities for economic and educational mobility. These realities are a deeper reflection of historic and present injustices ingrained in larger systems of governance. The criminal justice system often reinforces these embedded structures of inequality. Over-criminalization, implicit bias, harsh sentencing policies, and judicial and prosecutorial discretion disproportionately affect Black and Latino communities, having directly shaped the system of mass incarceration we know today. Together, these disparities create conditions of enhanced susceptibility to criminal justice system involvement for people of color that can be characterized as targeted and concentrated more than anything else. Although mass incarceration does not solely affect communities of color, they experience inequitable impacts from its pervasively harsh outcomes. Similarly, people of color suffer disproportionately from the collateral consequences imposed on individuals with a criminal record who return to society after serving their time in prison. Collateral and systemic barriers, such as disenfranchisement, legalized discrimination in housing and public benefits access, and biases in hiring, along with impediments to educational opportunities, make it especially difficult for returning citizens to gain employment, stability, and an overall fair chance upon reentry. These diminished economic opportunities contribute to the cycle of recidivism, resulting in three-quarters of returning citizens re-offending within five years. Taking this entire context into account, this report examines correctional education, as it is a critical aspect of the complex mass incarceration system that can make a real difference in reversing this vicious cycle. While correctional education and training is by no means a panacea for the grave injustices of this system, it can play an important role in improving the educational and employment trajectories of the returning citizens who face greatly restricted opportunities to participate in our economic mainstream.While the quality and accessibility of correctional education and training opportunities vary largely across states, as does the consistency of accessible and well-articulated education and training opportunities for returning citizens upon release, there is room for significant innovation and improvement. Doing so will require reforms across multiple systems to address these disparities. With that in mind, we focus on the state of correctional education funding streams, program offerings, and the continuum of education and training opportunities upon release. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.clasp.org/resources-and-publications/publication-1/2016.10.27_fromincarcerationtoreentry.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 146973

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Responding to Migrant Deaths Along the Southwest Border: Lessons from the Field Summary: The United States is grappling with a migration crisis. Since the late 1990s, migrants from Mexico and Central America have been dying by the thousands as they cross into the United States through the unforgiving deserts and scrubland of the Southwest United States. Agencies along the U.S.-Mexico border have been stretched thin as they have tried to save migrants in distress and, when those efforts fail, identify the deceased and return their remains to their loved ones. In 2013, with support from the Ford Foundation, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) began to explore the issue of migrant deaths along the Southwestern border and identify strategies to reduce these fatalities. PERF staff members travelled to Mexico City and South Texas to meet with practitioners and conducted in-depth interviews of experts and stakeholders from nonprofit organizations, local and federal law enforcement agencies, medical examiners’ offices, and universities. After gathering input from these representatives, PERF held an unprecedented, multi-state, multi-agency meeting in Washington, D.C. on June 1, 2016 to discuss interdisciplinary partnership-building and strategies to reduce migrant deaths and improve processes for identifying and repatriating migrants’ remains. This report is the result of PERF’s efforts. It highlights the factors that contribute to the migrant deaths crisis; identifies the key stakeholders in the field and the resources that they represent; examines the partnership-building efforts that are already in place along the border to increase successful rescues of migrants in distress and improve identifications of those who perish; and presents new opportunities for collaboration and information-sharing moving forward. This report serves as a chronicle of the efforts of practitioners in the field, highlights the crisis of migrant deaths in the Southwest, and proposes short-term and long-term solutions for practitioners and policy-makers. It is important to recognize that the migrant deaths crisis is a large-scale humanitarian issue. More than 6,500 migrants have died along the U.S-Mexican border since 1998, and that number is almost certainly an underestimate of the scale of the tragedy. While this report provides guidance on how to reduce these deaths now, in the current legal environment, the real solution lies in comprehensive immigration reform legislation that will provide new pathways to legal immigration and reduce incentives for attempting dangerous illegal border crossings. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/respondingmigrantdeaths.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 146666

Author: Prince, Kort Title: Brief Report: An Implementation Evaluation of the LSI-R as a Recidivism Risk Assessment Tool in Utah Summary: This document is a summary report of a larger evaluation of the implementation of the LSI-R in Utah. Many of the details of the full document have been omitted in order to provide a succinct version of the evaluation that will be easily disseminated. Though omitted from this brief report, the full evaluation provides a literature review detailing the history of assessment instruments, the evolution of the LSI, and competing tools. It also contains considerably more detail on findings and data caveats. The reader is encouraged to view the full report at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/adult-offenders/evaluation-of-the-lsi-r-as-a-riskassessment-tool-in-utah. The research project began with an original goal of examining, validating and comparing the predictive validity of the LSI-R (Level of Service Inventory-Revised; Andrews & Bonta, 1995) and the LS/CMI (Level of Service-Case Management Inventory; a shorter assessment that can be calculated using the items from the LSI-R; Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2004) as recidivism assessment tools in the Utah population. However, preliminary analyses of data provided to the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) by the Utah Department of Corrections (UDC) revealed problems at the data collection level that precluded an accurate test of the tools’ respective predictive validities. Rather than using inaccurate data in attempting to validate the instruments for use as recidivism risk prediction tools in Utah, the present research necessarily altered focus to examine the extent of the data collection problems resulting from software-level issues. Evaluation of the LS/CMI was, therefore, jettisoned, and the research focused instead on identifying and describing the data problems. The present research also discusses evidence suggesting that the LSI-R tool, and its inherent difficulties in administration, may have contributed to item-level, total-score and risk calculation discrepancies noted below. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/LSI-R-Summary-Report-Final-v2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 141144

Author: Zeng, Zhen Title: Assessing Inmate Cause of Death: Deaths in Custody Reporting Program And National Death Index Summary: Provides a technical review of the coverage and quality of inmate cause of death data collected under BJS's Deaths in Custody Reporting Program (DCRP). Records of inmates who died in jail and prison from 2007 to 2010 were matched to the National Death Index (NDI). This report examines match rates, compares underlying cause of death, and assesses sources of disagreement between the DCRP and NDI. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Technical Report: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/aicddcrpndi.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 146643

Author: Stinson, Philip M. Title: Police sexual misconduct: A national  scale study of arrested officers Summary: Police sexual misconduct is often considered a hidden crime that routinely goes unreported. The current study provides an empirical data on cases of sex-related police crime at law enforcement agencies across the United States. The study identifies and describes incidents where sworn law enforcement officers were arrested for one or more sex-related crimes through a quantitative content analysis of published newspaper articles and court records. The primary news information source was the Google News search engine using 48 automated Google Alerts. Data are analyzed on 548 arrest cases in the years 2005-2007 of 398 officers employed by 328 non-federal law enforcement agencies located in 265 counties and independent cities in 43 states and the District of Columbia. Findings indicate that police sexual misconduct includes serious forms of sex-related crime and that victims of sex-related police crime are typically younger than 18 years of age. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Criminal Justice Faculty Publications, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: http://www.bwjp.org/assets/documents/pdfs/webinars/dhhs-police-sexual-misconduct-a-national-scale-study.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 141150

Author: Talpins, Stephen K. Title: The 24/7 Sobriety Program Expansion Project Summary: I. Introduction South Dakota’s 24/7 Sobriety Project is one of the most progressive programs in the country. Conceived of and administered by Attorney General Larry Long, this award-winning program offers several benefits. It has: reduced recidivism; improved public safety; provided an alternative to incarceration and reduced the number of people in local jails; allowed offenders to remain in the community with their family and friends; permitted offenders to maintain employment; cut jail and prison populations; and saved tax dollars by combining enhanced monitoring with real accountability. Offenders pay for their services. Accordingly, although the program was seeded through multiple legislative appropriations, it will be fully self-sustaining by the end of 2009. The Attorney General, several state agencies and local sheriffs, are partnering with the National Partnership on Alcohol Misuse and Crime (NPAMC) to create a national model that integrates evidence and consensus based solutions involving brief screening and interventions, formal assessments, and treatment and employing contingency management with the expectation of achieving even more profound results. Details: a.l.: National Partnership on Alcohol Misuse and Crime, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ccjj/Committees/DrugTF/Handout/SD24-7SobrietyProgramExpansionProj_0309.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 141152

Author: Bucci, Steven Title: America's 'Maginot Line': A study of static border security in an age of agile and innovative threats Summary: Borders and border security are once again becoming increasingly important to the nation state. Many take a default position that our coastline is our border and that border security involves merely police, security guards and immigration or customs officials. But Australia's geography no longer provides the physical barrier from the outside world that it once did. This strategy provides a case study analysis of post-9/11 changes to US border security policies. It examines each of America's different borders: the friendly northern borders, maritime borders, and the militarised southern border. It provides recommendations for Australia's border security. Details: Barton, ACT, AUS: Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.aspi.org.au/publications/americas-maginot-line-a-study-of-static-border-security-in-an-age-of-agile-and-innovative-threats/US-border-security.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 141155

Author: Severson, Margaret Title: Review of the Literature on Jail Diversion Programs and Summary Recommendations for the Establishment of a Mental Health Court and Crisis Center within Douglas County, Kansas Summary: That jails and prisons across the United States are struggling to manage persons with acute and chronic mental health needs, not only by trying to identify best practices in corrections-based treatment interventions but also by looking at effective strategies for total population management, is not new. The challenges facing jails in terms of housing more and more persons with serious mental illnesses was the focus of the first National Institute of Corrections’ seminar on the topic held in the mid-1980s. The only national jail suicide studies were completed during the same period. By the late 1980s and well into the 1990s, a mass of publications pointed to the reality and existence of a “criminalization” process, where persons who might have previously been hospitalized in inpatient psychiatric units were, as a consequence of state and local psychiatric hospital closures, instead detained for preventive detention or arrested and held in the local county jail as a means of containment [1]. This burgeoning mentally impaired population, when combined with more severe arrest policies and sentencing laws, resulted in an explosion of inmate populations at both local and state levels. To complicate matters even more, an alarming increase in the rate of imprisonment of women, in facilities ill-equipped – environmentally and programmatically – to attend to them, in some cases caused gridlock inside correctional institutions. This influx served to thwart efforts to contemporize inmate classification procedures consistent with constitutional mandates, so that operational efficiencies in housing and program involvement could be achieved. In reality, many jails struggled with overcrowding and worse: having empty beds in some specially designed housing units while in some general population units, inmates could be found sleeping on the cell floors. Indeed, this classification / housing squeeze became a management conundrum for nearly every jail manager in the country. Many counties and states attempted to build their way out of the gridlock, but the relief offered by new and larger facilities was often short-lived. In the late 1990s, jail diversion programs, many especially geared toward those with mental health challenges, began to emerge around the country. New and modified diversion strategies have also been implemented in the last 15 years. These are highlighted and reviewed in the pages that follow. The Douglas County Correctional Facility shares the fate of many detention centers around the country. Increases in its average daily population and average length of stay over time, dramatic increases in the numbers of women prisoners being admitted into and staying in the jail, significant rates of mental illness and substance use exhibited among its incarcerated population, and housing gridlock have all impacted DCCF operations. At the same time, a robust reentry program, a mental health collaboration initiative, and considerable programming opportunities have likely helped to mitigate some of the common consequences of these population changes and challenges. Still, at the outset it is important to keep in mind, as one reads the literature review presented in the following pages, that population management and diversion strategies comprise two different challenges and call for two different types of responses. Both sets of challenges must be addressed, but by using different strategies. To that end, the literature review that follows is designed only to inform strategies that might result in more effective diversion of persons with mental illnesses and co-occurring disorders from the jail system. Details: Lawrence, KS: School of Social Welfare, University of Kansas, n.d. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.douglascountyks.org/sites/default/files/media/groups/cjcc/pdf/review-of-literature-jail-diversion-programs.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 141161

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: Interior Immigration Enforcement: Criminal Alien Programs Summary: Congress has long supported efforts to identify, detain, and remove criminal aliens, defined as noncitizens who have been convicted of crimes in the United States. The apprehension and expeditious removal of criminal aliens has been a statutory priority since 1986, and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and one of its predecessor agencies have operated programs targeting criminal aliens since 1988. Investments in DHS’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) interior enforcement programs since 2004 have increased the number of potentially removable aliens identified within the United States. Inconsistencies in data quality, collection, and definitions prevent a precise enumeration of total criminal aliens and key subgroups such as criminal aliens convicted of removable offenses and aggravated felonies. It is also not known what portion of these groups consists of legally present noncitizens and unauthorized aliens. Noncitizens incarcerated in federal and state prisons and local jails—a subset of all criminal aliens—totaled 142,463 in 2013 (the most recent year for which complete data are available), with state prisons and local jails each accounting for more incarcerations than federal prisons. Until recently, the proportion of noncitizens incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails corresponded closely to that of noncitizens in the U.S. population, but unreported incarceration data since 2013 has hindered such comparisons. To direct immigration enforcement efforts toward the criminal alien population, ICE operates the Criminal Alien Program (CAP), an umbrella program for marshaling agency resources to identify and remove criminal and other removable aliens. CAP is guided by the Priority Enforcement Program (PEP), which represents a set of immigration enforcement priorities that describe which foreign nationals should be removed and in what priority order. PEP also employs “interoperability,” which is a data sharing infrastructure between DHS and the Department of Justice that screens individuals for immigration-related violations when they pass through law enforcement jurisdictions. PEP replaced the former Secure Communities, which many jurisdictions with large foreign-born populations had opposed. ICE also uses the §287(g) program, which allows the agency to delegate certain immigration enforcement functions to specially trained state and local law enforcement officers, under federal supervision. PEP and the §287(g) program both screen for immigration violations as people pass through the criminal justice system. The National Fugitive Operations Program (NFOP) pursues known at-large criminal aliens and fugitive aliens outside of controlled settings (i.e., administrative offices or custodial settings). NFOP is not part of CAP, although ICE officers in its workforce use the same DHS resources and databases as ICE officers working for CAP. PEP, its predecessor Secure Communities, and the §287(g) program have all contributed to DHS removing large numbers of aliens in the past decade. Yet, these programs also have been controversial. Because interoperability screens all people passing through law enforcement jurisdictions, critics often charged ICE with removing many people who either committed minor crimes or who had no criminal record apart from unauthorized presence in the United States. Other critics charge that revisions to the set of enforcement priorities through PEP have since contributed to declining numbers of enforcement actions. The §287(g) program has raised concerns over inconsistent policies and practices among jurisdictions and allegations of racial profiling, among other issues. Such concerns caused ICE to revise the program in FY2012 and allow certain §287(g) agreements with law enforcement agencies to expire. Since then, immigration enforcement advocates have questioned why ICE has curtailed the program’s use. ICE has recently expressed interest in expanding it. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: R44627: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R44627.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens Shelf Number: 141163

Author: Animal Welfare Institute Title: The Welfare of Birds at Slaughter in the Untied States: The Need for Government Regulation Summary: Regulation of the Handling of Birds at Slaughter Is Needed to Prevent Animal Suffering In the early-to-mid 2000s, undercover investigations by animal protection organizations exposed mistreatment of chickens and turkeys in some of the nation's largest poultry slaughter establishments. The response of the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) was to issue a Notice in September 2005, reminding the poultry industry that birds must be handled in a manner that is consistent with good commercial practices (GCP), which means they should be treated humanely. Shortly thereafter, the USDA began issuing reports to plants observed violating GCP. No formal regulations were written, however and, as a result, compliance with GCP remains merely voluntary; in most cases, USDA inspection personnel may not take enforcement action for violations, even when intentional abuse is involved. The research described in this report reviewed USDA records related to industry GCP for poultry handling. Findings of the research include: ↘ The USDA’s response to the mistreatment of birds has been inadequate. Between 2011 and 2014, nearly 40% of federal poultry plants were issued no enforcement records whatsoever by the USDA documenting their compliance with industry animal handling guidelines. Moreover, over two-thirds of plants received no veterinary specialist audits of bird handling during this four-year period. Given these facts, AWI has concluded that the USDA is not serious about preventing mistreatment of birds at slaughter, and it created the GCP oversight program to dampen public and congressional concerns. ↘ The USDA's own records document the need for regulation. A review of USDA records has revealed incidents where hundreds, and even thousands, of birds have suffered greatly due to violations of industry GCP. Included in these records are many examples of intentional cruelty to birds by plant employees. Slaughter plant workers have been observed throwing, kicking and punching birds on numerous occasions ↘ Undercover investigations by animal protection organizations document the need for regulation. Animal protection groups have recently resumed undercover investigations that document the same type of abuse uncovered a decade before, demonstrating that the USDA strategy of allowing the poultry industry to police itself has failed. Video captured during the investigations suggests that intentional abuse of birds is common practice, at least at some slaughter establishments. ↘ USDA records demonstrate that its strategy of voluntary compliance has been ineffective. USDA records reveal that some poultry plants have been cited repeatedly for the same or similar violations of good animal handling practices. This is not surprising, given that USDA inspection personnel are not able to take any enforcement action for most of the violations. ↘ The poultry industry misrepresents USDA oversight to avoid regulation. The US poultry industry promotes the view that the USDA actively enforces humane slaughter practices for poultry, while simultaneously arguing that the USDA lacks the authority to regulate humane slaughter of birds. Leaders of the industry have issued a number of inaccurate and, in some cases, contradictory statements regarding the USDA’s authority to stop the mistreatment of birds at slaughter. Details: Washington, DC: Animal Welfare Institute, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: https://awionline.org/sites/default/files/products/FA-Poultry-Slaughter-Report-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 141165

Author: Wong, Timothy Title: Validation of the State of Hawaii LSI-R Proxy Summary: The State of Hawaii LSI-R Proxy, developed by private consultants from System Assessment and Training (J-SAT), is administered to all sentenced and a small number of pre-trial offenders. This includes offenders who are adjudicated through Hawaii's court system and placed under the supervision of the Department of Public Safety’s Intake Service Center (PSD-ISC); Hawaii Paroling Authority (HPA); and Probation Services (Judiciary). The purpose of the Proxy is to identify offenders who are at minimal recidivism risk. By ICIS policy, offenders who score four or less on the Proxy are classified at the Administrative risk level (lowest level of risk). Offenders who score five or greater are at elevated risk, and consequently are administered an LSI-R, the primary risk assessment instrument used to identify criminogenic risks and needs. The Proxy is a three-item scaled instrument that is scored by probation/parole officers, and is based on the set of scaled values depicted in Table 1. The offenders are scored on the following basis; their age at first arrest, the number of prior arrests, and current age. The age at first arrest and the number of prior arrests are based on the offender’s juvenile record. Age at first arrest and the number of prior arrests are scored from a low of one to a maximum score of three points, while the range of scores for current age are from a low of zero to a maximum of two. The Proxy values are scored based on the premise that the higher the sub-score, then: (1) the younger the age at first arrest; (2) the greater the number of prior arrests; and (3) the younger the current age of the offender. Finally, the LSI-R Proxy is designed as a case management tool where offenders who score low on the Proxy are classified at the Administrative level, are subsequently “Banked” with no or minimal services provided, and are not administered an LSI-R. Currently, only the Probation Services use the LSI-R Proxy to determine appropriate supervision levels based on offender risk classification. The PSD-ISC and HPA officers do not use the Proxy for risk classification purposes, but do utilize it for offender tracking and baseline monitoring. The purpose of this study is to validate the Proxy as a predictive instrument for recidivism risk. The major findings of this study are documented below, and represent a compilation of scores aggregated along two major categories; administratively classified offenders (Banked), and offenders classified at higher risk (Nonbanked). Major Findings: This three-year follow-up recidivism study statistically assesses the validity of the LSI-R Proxy as a predictive criminogenic screening instrument. The Hawaii data, and subsequent analysis have validated the following: (1) the Proxy is successfully identifying offenders who are least likely to recidivate, as compared to offenders at elevated risk; (2) increasing Proxy scores positively correlate with recidivism rate; (3) increasing Proxy scores negatively correlate with time-to-recidivism; and (3) risk levels by Proxy score vary by agency. Specific findings include: • 31.0% of the total offenders who were administered a Proxy are classified at the Banked level (Table 1). • 45.7% of probationers are classified at the Banked level (Figure 3). • Offenders at the Banked level have a 37.2% recidivism rate, as compared to a 62.3% rate for offenders at the nonbanked level (Figure 4). • Offenders who score two points on the Proxy have a 21.3% recidivism rate, as compared to a 70.5% rate for offenders who score eight points on the Proxy (Figure 4). • The average time-to-recidivism for Banked offenders is 14.6 months, as compared to 13.0 months for offenders at elevated risk (Figure 5). Details: Honolulu: Interagency Council on Intermediate Sanctions, 2009. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://icis.hawaii.gov/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/copy2_of_copy_of_SARA-DVSI-Exploratory-Study-Oct-2008.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 130063

Author: Hernandez, Cesar A. Rey Title: Human Trafficking in Puerto Rico: An Invisible Challenge Summary: Trafficking in persons is a serious crime that must be confronted given its profound impact on society: it is estimated that some 2.7 million people worldwide are currently victims of this modern day form of slavery, 50 percent of whom are women and children. Human trafficking is a crime that knows no boundaries, as nearly all countries are points of origin, transit or destination, or some combination of the three. Currently, trafficking in persons is the third most lucrative crime in the world, preceded only by the trafficking of arms and drugs, producing between five and seven billion dollars per year. This is without taking into account estimates of the amounts earned when the victims arrive at their country of destination, which, according to the International Labor Organization (ILO), produces an additional 32 billion dollars per year. Therefore, any response to this problem must involve governments, nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and members of civil society. Committed to the rights of children, the University of Puerto Rico has undertaken the following research project to analyze and make policy recommendations on this sensitive problem, and, in cooperation with the Ricky Martin Foundation and The Protection Project at The Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies (SAIS), to publicize its findings and impact policy direction. Puerto Rico is a destination for sex tourism and a transit point for women and children from other Caribbean islands and from the interior of the Island for the purpose of sexual exploitation. Cases have also been reported of foreigners, both men and women, who are trafficked into Puerto Rico for labor exploitation. Besides transnational trafficking, domestic trafficking of Puerto Rican children seems to be a common occurrence in the country. Some of the activities for which minors are used include: the distribution and sale of drugs, work as drug runners, prostitution, pornography, and other illegal activities. Often the exploiter is a family member, a member of a foster family or someone in charge of the foster home. The exploiter could also be a neighbor, particularly in cases of prostitution and other forms of sexual exploitation. Although specific statistics on cases of human trafficking in Puerto Rico do not exist, the high number of minors living in "upbringing" (crianza) or foster homes (close to 9,000), the nearly half of all families (48 percent) living in poverty and the high levels of immigration to the Island, taken together with gender discrimination, suggest the high potential for trafficking and exploitation in Puerto Rico. These factors, among others, contribute to Puerto Rico's status as the third highest country in Latin America in which social inequality is most evident, preceded only by Paraguay and Brazil (El Nuevo Día, Nov. 12, 2009). It is in this context that our investigation explores the various methods of human trafficking in Puerto Rico. The investigation has four main objectives: first, to understand the overall problem of human trafficking in our region of the Caribbean; second, to examine the problem in the context of Puerto Rico; third, to identify the agencies and organizations instrumental in the development of anti-trafficking measures and initiatives; and fourth, to recommend public policies aimed at appropriate anti-trafficking interventions. This report is the first comprehensive study and analysis of the various forms of human trafficking in Puerto Rico. During the first phase, interviews were conducted with various members of governmental agencies, including: the Department of Justice, the Department of Police, the Department of the Family Services, the Puerto Rican Tourism Company, and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Representatives from various NGOs working on behalf of children’s and women’s rights were also interviewed. Literature on the problem in general and specific to the case of Puerto Rico was also reviewed, as well as existing relevant legislation. The second phase of the investigation allowed us to corroborate and further analyze the phenomenon in the context of Puerto Rico, as we were able to interview adolescents who were former victims of some form of human trafficking. Interviews were also conducted with officials from a variety of governmental agencies and NGOs, and a focus group study was carried out with community leaders to corroborate and exchange information. Finally, twenty interviews of both male and female youth, all victims of this phenomenon, were conducted. To this end, a questionnaire was prepared with structured questions that allowed us to compile basic socio-demographic data. The information compiled from these interviews reveals some of the ways in which these individuals were exploited sexually and for forced labor. Although the interviewees are no longer minors, their experiences of sexual and labor exploitation commenced when they were children. Based on interviews conducted with various officials from public agencies and NGOs and the victims themselves, it is possible to conclude that there is a lack of understanding in Puerto Rico regarding trafficking in persons. Although the present study has determined that human trafficking exists on the Island, there is a lack of literature on the subject and there have been neither investigations nor studies to address the phenomenon. There is also an overall absence of news coverage on trafficking in persons by the mass media, NGOs and other elements of civil society. This knowledge discrepancy prevents the classification of the problem as such, making it impossible to reach the necessary consensus to establish a public policy and the appropriate legislation to safeguard the interests and the human rights of the most vulnerable sectors of the population. Details: [San Juan, P.R.] : Ricky Martin Foundation. Universidad de Puerto Rico, Recinto de Río Piedras, 2010. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://www.protectionproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/RMF-Eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 130064

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty Title: Housing Not Handcuffs: Ending the Criminalization of Homelessness in U.S. Cities Summary: Homelessness remains a national crisis, as stagnated wages, rising rents, and a grossly insufficient social safety net have left millions of people homeless or at-risk - including at least 1.36 million homeless children enrolled in U.S. public schools. Although many people experiencing homelessness have literally no choice but to live outside and in public places, laws and enforcement practices punishing the presence of visibly homeless people in public space continue to grow. Homeless people, like all people, must engage in activities such as sleeping or sitting down to survive. Yet, in communities across the nation, these harmless, unavoidable behaviors are punished as crimes or civil infractions. This report – the only national report of its kind - provides an overview of criminalization measures in effect across the country and looks at trends in the criminalization of homelessness, based on an analysis of the laws in 187 cities that the Law Center has tracked since 2006. We also analyze local trends related to the enforcement of these laws, and describe the growing federal trend to oppose and discourage local criminalization policies and practices. This report further discusses why laws criminally or civilly punishing homeless persons’ life-sustaining activity are ineffective, how they are expensive to taxpayers, and how they often violate homeless persons' constitutional and human rights. Finally, we offer constructive alternative policies to criminalization laws and practices, making recommendations to federal, state, and local governments on how to best address the problem of visible homelessness in a sensible, humane, and legal way. Details: Washington, DC: The Center, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: https://www.nlchp.org/documents/Housing-Not-Handcuffs Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 141167

Author: Rosenthal, Lawrence Title: Good and Bad Ways to Address Police Violence Summary: Concerns about the use of excessive force by police, especially when directed at persons of color, have long been prevalent. A wide variety of proposals have been advanced to address the problem, including more robust regimes of criminal or civil liability, and reforms that facilitate the supervision and discipline of officers. The striking thing about the reform menu is that it is virtually all stick and no carrot. This approach is less likely to produce optimal performance than over-deterrence – sometimes called depolicing. It is also likely to reinforce the code of silence – frequently documented in the literature on policing – in which police do not acknowledge wrongdoing in order to insulate themselves and their peers from discipline. Equally important, there has been no effort to assess proposed reforms in light of what we know about the sociology of policing and the ecology of highcrime communities. This literature suggests that high-crime communities are unlikely to achieve anything like stability without a robust police presence. Reforms that fail to grasp the need for aggressive policing at criminogenic hot spots are doomed to failure. Utilizing the scholarly literature on policing, urban sociology, criminology, and, occasionally, the author’s experiences as a senior municipal official, this article identifies the weaknesses of leading proposals for addressing police violence, and considers as well some novel proposals that have not yet received attention in the scholarly literature, but that show greater promise for dismantling the code of silence and rendering policing more transparent and accountable. Details: Orange, CA : Chapman University, The Dale E. Fowler School of Law, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Chapman University, Fowler Law Research Paper No. 16-17 : Accessed November 16, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2864072 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 141169

Author: Uhrig, Noah Title: Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic disproportionality in the Criminal Justice System in England and Wales Summary: The landscape of disproportionality for black, Asian and minority ethnic (BAME) individuals in the criminal justice system (CJS) is complex. Policing and specific policies, such as stop and search, are well evidenced and the subject of considerable debate in this arena. 1 There is less published evidence on disproportionality from the point of Crown Prosecution Service (CPS) involvement onwards in the CJS. Therefore, this analysis aims to identify key pinchpoints in the CJS from this point onward, focusing on identifying where disproportionality becomes more pronounced and may therefore warrant further explanatory investigation. This paper contributes to an independent review led by the Rt Hon David Lammy (MP) considering the treatment of, and outcomes for, BAME adults and young people within the CJS in England and Wales. This paper addresses the following research questions: • Where is disproportionate BAME contact with the CJS more pronounced? • To what extent is disproportionate BAME contact with the CJS paralleled in the youth system compared to the adult system? • To what extent is disproportionate BAME contact with the CJS paralleled for males and females? Analysis of management information data showed large BAME disproportionate contact occurring at the point of arrest with small contributions to BAME disproportionate contact emerging at subsequent stages in the CJS. Some areas – such as CPS charging and convictions – found white ethnic groups experienced small levels of disproportionate outcomes. Nevertheless, areas within the CJS post-arrest where BAME disproportionality was found to be particularly pronounced included: • being tried at Crown Court rather than magistrates' court; • custodial remand and plea at Crown Court; • custodial sentencing; and • adjudications of prison discipline. The analysis also found that the pattern of disproportionality across the CJS for BAME adult males and females was broadly similar. However, BAME young males2 experienced noticeably different disproportionality, particularly in the magistrates’ courts, compared to both BAME young females and adults. Details: London: Ministry of Justice, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Ministry of Justice Analytical Services : Accessed November 16, 2016 at: https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/568680/bame-disproportionality-in-the-cjs.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 141171

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Highlights of a Forum: Preventing Illicit Drug Use Summary: Illicit drug use is a burgeoning problem that adversely affects individuals as well as their families, their communities, and the nation. According to the latest Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data, 47,055 people died of drug overdoses in the United States in 2014—more than any previous year on record. The use of opioids—in particular, heroin and prescription pain relievers—has driven a significant increase in drug overdose deaths. According to the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the most effective way to mitigate the costs associated with illicit drug use is through prevention. GAO convened and moderated a panel of education, health care, and law enforcement officials on June 22, 2016 to discuss: 1) common factors related to illicit drug use; 2) strategies in the education, health care, and law enforcement sectors to prevent illicit drug use; and 3) high priority areas for future action to prevent illicit drug use. With assistance from the National Academy of Sciences, GAO selected the participants, including federal officials, public health and drug policy experts, physicians, law enforcement representatives, and educators. The viewpoints summarized in the report do not necessarily represent the views of all participants, their organizations, or GAO. GAO provided participants the opportunity to review a summary of key points from the forum and incorporated their comments as appropriate prior to publishing this report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-146SP: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://gao.gov/assets/690/680989.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 141172

Author: Wong, Timothy Title: Hawaii State Validation Report on the Domestic Violence Screening Instrument (DVSI) and Spousal Assault Risk Assessment (SARA) Summary: This report presents analyses of data on probationers in the State of Hawaii who received the Domestic Violence Screening Instrument (DVSI) and Spousal Assault Risk Assessment (SARA) in Fiscal Years 2004-2007. It is a companion report that supplements a recently published descriptive study of domestic violence probationers in Hawaii. It also is a follow-up report to a previous study on the DVSI and SARA, published in October 2008. The State of Hawaii Judiciary utilizes the DVSI for risk screening, classification, and case supervision purposes, while the SARA provides a critical assessment for the case planning of high risk probationers. This report provides the information needed to evaluate the DVSI and SARA as risk assessment and classification instruments. This includes evaluating the instruments' capacity to identify and match criminogenic risks and needs; and in particular, the utility of the SARA as an offender management and case planning tool. The major findings in this report come from an analysis of 1,470 DVSIs from July 2004 through June 2007, and 198 SARAs administered to probationers who scored six and above on the DVSI from February 2005 through May 2007. A 36-month recidivism analysis was the primary method used to evaluate the accuracy and predictive validity of the DVSI and SARA as risk classification instruments. This study defines recidivism as new domestic violence (DV) arrests, which include the abuse of a household member, violation of protective orders, or terroristic threatening offenses; and Non-DV arrests, such as possession of controlled substances, criminal property damage, motor vehicle violations, or probation revocations. This report contains the following sub-sections: 1. Demographic profile of probationers assessed using the DVSI, which includes gender, age, ethnicity, and judicial unit; 2. Descriptive statistical analyses of probationers who were administered the DVSI and SARA, such as frequency distributions, and cross-tabulations of selected variables; 3. DVSI and SARA recidivism analysis; and 4. Validation analyses of the DVSI and SARA instruments. Details: Honolulu: Interagency Council on Intermediate Sanctions, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://onlinetraining.learningtoendabuse.ca/sites/default/files/lessons/DVSI_and_SARA_Validation_Study_2005-2007.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 141173

Author: Wong, Timothy Title: Validation of LSI-R and ASUS Criminogenic Risk Instruments Summary: This study report is based on a compilation of adult offender risk assessment data from the CYZAP database, and offender arrest/conviction data from the Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS). The report contains detailed analyses of offenders from the Judiciary’s Probation Services, Hawaii Paroling Authority, and the Department of Public Safety, who were administered the Level of Service Inventory Revised (LSIR) and Adult Substance Use Survey (ASUS). These assessment instruments measure criminogenic and alcohol/drug dependency risk levels, as well as the severity of criminogenic and alcohol/drug patterns, known as subdomains. All offenders are classified by risk levels, which provide invaluable information needed for case supervision purposes and determining treatment levels. Both risk instruments are critical to risk and need principles established in evidence-based practices, and necessitate validation; e.g., ascertainment of whether or not they accurately predict recidivism, and if they correctly classify offenders into distinct risk groups. Recidivism is an important outcome measure, since it distinguishes offenders who have re-offended from those who remained free of crime or technical violations over a three-year period. This report presents information on recidivism rates for probationers, parolees, and incarcerated offenders in the State of Hawaii. It also assesses a variety of offender conditions, including criminogenic dimensions, criminal offenses committed, and socio-demographic variables. The major objective of this report is to assist Interagency Council on Intermediate Sanctions (ICIS) agencies in evaluating longer-term outcomes, and documenting change in criminogenic risk patterns. It also provides analytical information on how a complement of predictive risk indicators, specified by risk levels, plays an important role in identifying risk assessment patterns, analyzing policy decisions, and evaluating service delivery options. The statistical charts depicted herein present data relating to the following areas: (1) Recidivism Analysis a. Agency and County b. Socio-demographics c. Time to Recidivism d. LSI-R Risk classification validity (2) Analysis of LSI-R Initial and Most Recent Assessments (3) ASUS and LSI-R Predictive Validity Methodology: The recidivism database includes an unduplicated count of 7,286 offenders, of which 5,126 received two or more LSI-Rs and ASUS’ from 2009 through 2011. The approach of this report is to complement existing LSI-R and ASUS statistical profile information with offender arrest data. The recidivism database was prepared as a flat file of unduplicated offender records. Each record contains data fields that incorporate initial and most recent LSI-R and ASUS assessment information, criminal arrests, and types of charged offenses. Additionally, calculated fields were added to the database to measure change in both the LSI-R total and protective scores, and criminogenic subdomain percentiles. Furthermore, the use of calculated date fields, which measure the length of time between the start of follow-up date and arrest date, is critical for the measurement of recidivism. For the purpose of this report, recidivism is defined as rearrests, revocations, and technical violations, tracked over a three-year period from the onset of supervision or release to parole. Details: Honolulu: Interagency Council on Intermediate Sanctions, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://icis.hawaii.gov/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Validation_LSI-and-ASUS-FYs-2009-2011.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Probationers Shelf Number: 147316

Author: Wong, Timothy Title: 2015 Recidivism Update Summary: This report provides a comparative update to the 2002 Hawaii Recidivism Baseline Study and subsequent updates in 2006 through 2014. Hawaii's statewide recidivism rate is an important indicator of the Interagency Council on Intermediate Sanctions' (ICIS) efforts to reduce recidivism by 30% over a ten-year period. Although this ten-year period ended in 2011, the 30% recidivism reduction benchmark remains an important long-term goal. This study is comprised of 2,464 offenders from the Fiscal Year 2012 cohort, as compiled from the following State agencies: 1. Hawaii State Probation Services – 1,639 Offenders Sentenced to Felony Probation. 2. Hawaii Paroling Authority (HPA) - 560 Offenders Released to Parole. 3. Department of Public Safety (PSD) - 265 Maximum-Term Released Prisoners. Background: ICIS conducted its first recidivism study in 2002. This baseline study monitored probationers and parolees for criminal rearrests and revocations/technical violations over a three-year follow-up period, and reported a 63.3% recidivism rate (72.9% for parolees and 53.7% for felony probationers). ICIS has since conducted eight additional recidivism update studies, for the FY 2003 and FYs 2005-2011 cohorts, all of which replicated the methodology and recidivism definition adopted in the 2002 baseline study. These update studies retain the methodological consistency required for year-to-year trend comparisons. Methodology This study examines felony probationers, prisoners released to parole, and maximum-term released ("maxed-out") prisoners. It tracks recidivism for each offender over a precise 36- month period. ICIS defines recidivism as criminal arrests (most recent charge after supervision start date), revocations, technical violations, and/or criminal contempt of court. Additionally, excluded from this study (per past methodology) were probationers arrested within three months following their supervision start date, and who did not have a reported offense date. This is due to the reasoning that some probationers are in jail because of an offense committed prior to the supervision start date. Details: Honolulu: Interagency Council ion Intermediate Sanctions, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://icis.hawaii.gov/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/ICIS-2015-Recidivism-Update.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 151286

Author: Swegman, Casey Title: The Intersectionality of Forced Marriage with Other Forms of Abuse in the United States Summary: In the United States, forced marriage can impact individuals of any gender, age, socio-economic status, ethnic or religious background. In a 2011 survey, service providers in the U.S. (primarily legal and social services agencies in the domestic violence and sexual assault field but also including law enforcement, school and university staff, counselors, and other legal professionals) reported encountering as many as 3,000 known or suspected cases of forced marriage over a period of just two years (Tahirih Justice Center, 2011). Details: Harrisburg, PA : VAWnet, a project of the National Resource Center on Domestic Violence, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Applied Research: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://www.tahirih.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/AR_ForcedMarriage.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 144844

Author: Barua, Rashmi Title: Wheeling into School and Out of Crime: Evidence from Linking Driving Licenses to Minimum Academic Requirements Summary: Since the late 1980s, several U.S. states have set minimum academic requirements for high school students to apply for and retain their driving licenses. These laws popularly known as "No Pass No Drive" (NPND), encourage teenagers with a preference for driving to stay in school beyond the minimum dropout age. Using Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) arrest data, we exploit state, time and cohort variation to show that having an NPND law in place is associated with a significant decrease in arrests due to violent, drug-related and property crime among males between 16 to 18 years of age. We argue that our findings are driven by an increase in education rather than incapacitation and that NPND laws are a relatively low cost policy that generates positive externalities beyond and in addition to the minimum dropout age. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10346 : Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10346.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Shelf Number: 141189

Author: Marcotte, Dave E. Title: Sexual Violence, Title IX and Women's College Enrollment Summary: Sexual violence has long been a problem on college campuses, yet federal policies to protect students have largely been ineffectual. Spurred by student grievances, the U.S. Department of Education’s Office of Civil Rights recently began investigating how sexual assault cases were handled at a number of institutions under the Title IX provisions of the Education Amendments of 1972. These investigations focus attention on specific colleges' responses to cases of sexual violence and raise the specter that these institutions may fail to properly investigate allegations or punish perpetrators. In this paper, we examine the implications of these investigations on college enrollment, particularly for women. We combine institution-level panel data on enrollment by age and gender, with information on Title IX investigations to study changes in women's college enrollment. We estimate that enrollment of women at colleges under Title IX investigation declined by 16 to 22 percent. The declines are consistent with both declining matriculation and retention of female students. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10345: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10345.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 141190

Author: Comino, Stefano Title: Silence of the Innocents: Illegal Immigrants' Summary: We analyze the consequences of illegally residing in a country on the likelihood of reporting a crime to the police and, as a consequence, on the likelihood to become victims of a crime. We use an immigration amnesty to address two issues when dealing with the legal status of immigrants: it is both endogenous as well as mostly unobserved in surveys. Right after the 1986 US Immigration Reform and Control Act, which disproportionately legalized individuals of Hispanic origin, crime victims of Hispanic origin in cities with a large proportion of illegal Hispanics become considerably more likely to report a crime. Non-Hispanics show no changes. Difference-in-differences estimates that adjust for the mis-classification of legal status imply that the reporting rate of undocumented immigrants is close to 11 percent. Gaining legal status the reporting rate triples, approaching the reporting rate of non-Hispanics. We also find some evidence that following the amnesty Hispanics living in metropolitan areas with a large share of illegal migrants experience a reduction in victimization. This is coherent with a simple behavioral model of crime that guides our empirical strategies, where amnesties increase the reporting rate of legalized immigrants, which, in turn, modify the victimization of natives and migrants. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10306: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10306.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Amnesty Shelf Number: 141192

Author: Valdovinos, Maria Title: Community Policing & Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Guidelines to Enhance Community Trust Summary: There is no question that technology is rapidly changing the face of policing today. Most police forces now have computers in patrol cars and communicate with their officers via cell phone. They actively use new technologies to gather license plate data and pinpoint hot spots of crime. New DNA testing capabilities are reopening thousands of old cases, offering the chance to complete an investigation or, in some cases, reverse a wrongful conviction. A driving force among cutting-edge businesses is the search for "disruptive technologies" a product that will completely transform a market and potentially make former products obsolete. Technology has been a "disruptive" force for law enforcement in many ways. For example, the use of cellphone cameras and the explosive growth of body-worn cameras have irreversibly changed the nature of policing. Like these other technological breakthroughs, the development of small unmanned aircraft systems (sUAS) has the potential to revolutionize policing. These systems are portable, relatively easy to learn and use, and are becoming increasingly affordable as more manufacturers enter the growing market. The agencies that have pioneered the use of this technology have discovered that a sUAS can increase operational efficiency and improve officer and community safety. They can, among other benefits, help find lost persons, protect police officers during searches for armed suspects, decrease time needed to process crime and accident scenes, and aid in disaster relief and recovery. But this is just the start. Developers have already produced prototype miniature unmanned systems that can be carried in a pocket. They are perfecting the ability of sUAS to fly through a building using their own GPS systems. They are increasing battery power to enable them to fly longer distances or hover in place for an hour or more. And we can only imagine that the use of this technology could one day be the “Airborne Partner” to every public safety officer regardless of their location or the situation they are confronted with. The potential for these systems has caused a number of policing agencies to take note. However, early adopters of this new technology have discovered a painful truth: Where law enforcement leaders see a wonderful new tool for controlling crime and increasing public safety, a portion of the public sees the potential for a massive invasion of privacy. In the public mind the type specimen of unmanned aircraft systems is the military drone, able to hover for days, spying indiscriminately and conducting missile strikes without warning. Furthermore, the regulatory environment in the past allowed hobbyists to buy and fly sUAS the same day, while law enforcement leaders faced a number of challenges to using this relatively new technology. Chief among those were restrictions placed on sUAS use by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). As a result, few police and sheriff’s departments completed the rigorous authorization process and received approval for use. However, in August 2016 the FAA completed an eight-year rulemaking process and established regulations to allow the use of sUAS in the National Airspace System (NAS). With the regulatory framework in place, the use of sUAS will undoubtedly grow at a much greater pace. In addition, numerous privacy advocates and concerned citizens, as well as state legislatures across the country, have strong and valid concerns regarding privacy and safety. For example, at least 17 states have placed some level of restriction on police use of sUAS, and many others have legislation under consideration. The concerns and questions are many, and the answers thus far, are few. The President’s Task Force on 21st Century Policing (2015) notes that technology can indeed, be a double-edged sword for law enforcement. While it can provide immeasurable benefits, it can also cause police officers to spend less time interacting with citizens. The resulting alienation can cause communities to see law enforcement as an occupying force, completely divorced from the concerns of the public. To avoid this alienation, the task force recommended increased engagement with the community during the acquisition phase of any new technology. As task force co-chair and former Philadelphia Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey noted: "Just having the conversation can increase trust and legitimacy and help departments make better decisions." Law enforcement agencies considering adopting a sUAS must consider ways to include and engage their community in the decision-making process. Beyond official restrictions, law enforcement agencies across the country have encountered strong public opposition when purchasing a sUAS. Protests over potential police surveillance of citizens have led some departments to shelve their sUAS before they ever used them. The public outcry has made it clear that if law enforcement is to benefit from sUAS use, they must involve the community in the process, being transparent on the benefits and risks and on the safeguards that will be put in place to protect public privacy and safety. Strong community relationships and communication can ensure that sUAS become community assets used to solve community problems. Understanding the challenges these public perceptions of sUAS bring, the Police Foundation, in partnership with the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS), has developed this guidebook to help public safety agencies successfully assess the appropriateness of acquiring a sUAS in their jurisdiction, all the while ensuring public support, avoiding public-relations pitfalls, and enhancing community trust along the way. As this guidebook outlines, the acquisition of a sUAS provides police with another opportunity to increase outreach and engagement with their communities. The agencies that have succeeded in acquiring a sUAS for their departments have undertaken community-focused outreach such as meeting with skeptics, and have provided repeated public demonstrations of the capabilities of their sUAS. The recommendations laid out in this guidebook— maximizing transparency, engaging the community, and proactively developing privacyprotection protocols— have the potential to become a positive "disruptive" force in police practices: a force that transforms former practices. Following this successful formula could be the first step toward making community policing practices the watchword in the policing of the future Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 311p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/UAS-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 144851

Author: Amuedo-Dorantes, Catalina Title: On the Effectiveness of SB1070 in Arizona Summary: We investigate the effectiveness of Arizona's omnibus immigration law SB1070, which made it a misdemeanor crime for an alien to not carry proper documentation and asked police to determine the immigration status of any person suspected of being an illegal alien during a lawful stop. We find that SB1070's enactment coincided with the stalling to slight recovery of the share of non-citizen Hispanics in Arizona three years after the enactment of an employment verification mandate to all employers. Yet, its effectiveness in reducing the share of likely unauthorized immigrants has been minimal and questions the merit of the law Details: London: Centre for Research and Analysis of Migration Department of Economics, University College London, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: CReAM Discussion Paper Series, no. 23/14: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://www.cream-migration.org/publ_uploads/CDP_23_14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 141196

Author: Chassamboulli, Andri Title: The Labor Market Effects of Reducing the Number of Illegal Immigrants Summary: A controversial issue in the US is how to reduce the number of illegal immigrants and what effect this would have on the US economy. To answer this question we set up a two-country model with search in labor markets and featuring legal and illegal immigrants among the low skilled. We calibrate it to the US and Mexican economies during the period 2000-2010. As immigrants, especially illegal ones, have a worse outside option than natives their wages are lower. Hence their presence reduces the labor cost of employers who, as a consequence, create more jobs per unemployed when there are more immigrants. Because of such effect our model shows that increasing deportation rates and tightening border control weakens the low-skilled labor markets, increasing unemployment of native low skilled. Legalization, instead decreases the unemployment rate of low-skilled natives and it increases income per native. Details: London: Centre for Research and Analysis of Migration Department of Economics, University College London, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: CReAM Discussion Paper Series, no. 6/16: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://www.cream-migration.org/publ_uploads/CDP_06_15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 141198

Author: Bevan, Robert Title: Screening the L.A.P.D.: Cinematic representations of policing and discourses of law enforcement in Los Angeles, 1948-2003. Summary: This thesis examines cinematic representations of the L.A.P.D. within the context of discourses of law enforcement in Los Angeles and contends that these feature films constitute a significant strand within such discourse. This contention, which is based upon the various identifiable ways in which the films engage with contemporary issues, acknowledges that the nature of such engagement is constrained by the need to produce a commercially viable fictional entertainment. In four main chronological segments, I argue that it is also influenced by the increasing ethnic and gendered diversity of film-makers, by their growing freedom to screen even the most sensitive issues and by the changing racial and spatial politics of Los Angeles. In the 1940s and 1950s, the major studios were prepared to illustrate some disputed matters, such as wire-tapping, but represented L.A.P.D. officers as white paragons of virtue and ignored their fractious relationships with minority communities. In the aftermath of the Watts riot of 1965, racial tensions were more difficult to ignore and, under a more liberal censorship regime, film-makers―led by two independent African American directors―began to depict instances of police racism and brutality. Between the major L.A.P.D. anti-gang initiative of 1988 and the Rodney King beating of 1991, two films were released which tackled the inter-related issues of gang violence and the controversial nature of the police response. In the febrile atmosphere of the time, each found itself at the centre of local discourses of law enforcement. Then, in the wake of the King beating, Los Angeles and its police force endured the 1992 riots, the trial of O.J. Simpson and the Rampart scandal. These highly publicised events, which gave the L.A.P.D. a world-wide reputation for racism, brutality and corruption, also informed several movies in which the misdeeds of filmic policemen outstripped even the worst excesses of their real-life counterparts. Details: London: University College London, 2011. 347p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/1322452/1/1322452.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Films Shelf Number: 141200

Author: Bird, Mia Title: Funding Public Safety Realignment Summary: California's recent public safety realignment transferred substantial authority and funds from the state to the counties to manage lower-level felon populations. The success or failure of this experiment will have profound implications throughout the state, beyond just the realm of public safety. If counties are able to handle these new populations and improve upon the state's record of reducing recidivism, the results could include declining crime rates, lower-cost supervision of offenders, and the liberation of state resources to devote to other concerns. If the counties' efforts are insufficient or misdirected, crime rates could stagnate or grow worse, prompting more costly measures such as jail capacity expansion or more intensive supervision, while also shifting the prison overcrowding problem from the state to the county level with all of the attendant implications for county budget priorities. Each count'’s experience with realignment will depend, in part, on whether it has sufficient resources to carry out its plan. That is the subject of this report: the state's provision of realignment funds to the counties, the changing allocations of those funds among the counties, and our own proposal for a funding allocation model to use in the future. Our aim is to illuminate the development of the initial and current funding models, to carefully consider their key elements and their shortcomings, and to propose a new model that addresses these shortcomings. We begin with an examination of the state's mechanism for funding public safety realignment, including the overall funding level, state revenue sources, and the categories of state funding streams. We then turn to our main topic—the allocation of realignment funds across counties. We explain the initial model developed by the Realignment Allocation Committee to determine the share of total funding for realignment that each county would receive. The Year 1 model allocated funding based primarily on the projected increase in counties' offender populations that realignment would induce. The committee balanced the model somewhat by also considering each county’s estimated overall adult population and the county’s success in reducing returns to prison for probation revocations under SB 678. However, concerns emerged among some county officials that this model rewarded counties with high pre-realignment prison use. In the Year 2–3 model, the committee attempted to address that concern by introducing greater flexibility into the formula—as a result, counties with low levels of state prison use prior to realignment received relatively large increases in their allocations. Nonetheless, questions about the fairness and efficacy of the allocation persist as the committee continues to work on the development of a permanent allocation model. We argue that the ideal components of such a model must include differences across counties in the burden of realignment, differences in the capacities of counties to manage their realignment populations, and the inclusion of recidivism reduction bonuses to incentivize state goals. Finally, as a practical consideration, we recognize that developing and using such a funding model requires access to appropriate, high-quality data. To this end, we identify publicly available data to measure these components and use them to calculate recommended allocation shares, which we compare with the allocations from previous years' models. Our proposed Year 4 model consists of a base allocation, adjustments for county characteristics, and incentive bonuses for reductions in recidivism. We believe that our model will prove useful to policymakers—not only as they develop their Year 4 strategies for distributing realignment allocations to the counties, but also as a sound foundation for building a permanent allocation model. Details: Sacramento: Public Policy Institute of California, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_1113MBR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 144944

Author: Carr, Jillian B. Title: Housing Vouchers, Income Shocks, and Crime: Evidence from a Lottery Summary: The Housing Choice Voucher Program (Section 8) is the largest federal housing assistance program; it provides in-kind transfers in the form of rent vouchers to low-income populations. This paper examines the effect of such voucher receipt on criminal activity. To overcome bias due to selection into the program, we exploit the exogenous variation in lottery-assigned wait-list positions in order to identify the causal effects of the vouchers. Using police department arrest records, we find that voucher receipt has no effect on the likelihood of all arrests and arrests for drug-related and financially-motivated crimes. Voucher receipt does increases the probability of arrest for violent crimes, and this increase is driven by recipients with criminal histories and males. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: https://sites.google.com/site/vijethakoppa/research Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Vouchers Shelf Number: 141145

Author: National Juvenile Defender Center Title: Defend Children: A Blueprint for Effective Juvenile Defender Services Summary: Defend Children: A Blueprint for Effective Juvenile Defender Services details how children are arrested, prosecuted, and too often incarcerated without attorneys at their side. Youth, and disproportionately youth of color, are swept into a system that criminalizes normal childhood behavior and deliberately withholds rights and protections that children not only deserve, but are constitutionally entitled to receive. Our most vulnerable defendants are the least likely to have effective attorneys in juvenile courtrooms. defend-children-cover The Blueprint is informed by thousands of hours of juvenile court observation, assessments of state juvenile defense systems that measure access to and quality of children’s legal representation, and invaluable observations and expertise from our community of defenders, researchers, and advocates. Juvenile court has evolved over the last 100 years to impose harsh, life-altering penalties, and yet the justice system continues to treat juvenile court as a training ground for new and inexperienced attorneys. It's long past time for every jurisdiction to have the resources, specialized knowledge, and leadership to fulfill the constitutional promise of counsel for all youth. The Blueprint proposes solutions to the ongoing crisis in juvenile defense; illustrates its disparate impact on historically oppressed communities; and highlights innovative and replicable programs across the country that are improving children’s access to justice. Details: Washington, DC: The Center, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Defend-Children-A-Blueprint-for-Effective-Juvenile-Defender-Services.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 141134

Author: District of Columbia. Police Complaints Board Title: Enhancing Police Accountability through an Effective On-Body Camera Program for MPD Officers Summary: Over the past few years, police departments across the country have begun equipping their officers with body-worn cameras. The Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) has recently announced its plans to implement a body-worn camera program, citing it as one of the Department's "top five priorities." The footage that these cameras capture can be used to resolve citizen complaints and train officers on proper procedures, and even as evidence in criminal and civil litigation. In addition to these benefits, a recent study shows that the mere presence of body-worn cameras may even serve to prevent negative interactions by changing officer and citizen behavior. As a result, the use of these devices can lead to enhanced police accountability as well as improved police-community relations. While body-worn cameras have many possible benefits, their use also implicates some concerns for members of the public, government agencies, civil liberties advocates, and even the officers who wear the devices. In order to maximize the many advantages that the cameras can provide, it will be crucial for MPD to develop and implement clear policies governing video creation, access, usage, and retention. Police union representatives, policy experts, and civil liberties experts nationwide have expressed concern that deploying body-worn cameras with no official policy in place could undermine public confidence in the program, as well as jeopardize the privacy of officers and the public. Having a suitable policy in place is so critical to the deployment of a body-worn camera program that the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), with support from the Justice Department's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS), is currently working on guidelines to help formulate model policies. At a recent PERF Town Hall Meeting in Philadelphia, law enforcement executives from across the nation agreed that policies and procedures involve multi-faceted and complex issues. According to PERF President Charles Ramsey, who also serves as the commissioner of Philadelphia's Police Department and was previously MPD’s chief of police, "If you don't have a policy in place, eventually you're going to have a problem," noting that such policies should also exist to cover officers who might use their own cameras. To ensure the most effective policy, the needs and concerns of the many stakeholders throughout the District should be assessed and incorporated to the maximum extent possible. This kind of participation will also build public support and buy-in for the camera program, which should help ensure successful implementation. Therefore, the Police Complaints Board (PCB) recommends that MPD establish an advisory panel of District of Columbia stakeholders to assist in the development of a policy to govern a body-worn camera pilot program in the Metropolitan Police Department (MPD). This panel should, at a minimum, include representatives from: MPD; the Office of Police Complaints (OPC); the Fraternal Order of Police (FOP); the Office of the United States Attorney for the District of Columbia (USAO); the District's Office of the Attorney General (OAG); the criminal defense bar; the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU); and the Fair and Inclusive Policing Task Force. The panel should also include members of MPD's Citizen Advisory Councils as well as representatives of groups from around the District who could provide insight into how a camera program would affect various segments of the public, including, among others, immigrants, non-English speakers, crime victims, and the LGBTQ population. PCB further recommends that the District provide MPD with the necessary funding to conduct a pilot program. Once a pilot program has been conducted, the advisory panel should review the program's efficacy, identify any concerns about processes or policies, and suggest changes and improvements. If the program is determined to be beneficial, the District government should then provide funding for wider implementation across MPD. In the event that MPD decides to launch a pilot program prior to convening the recommended panel, it should be allowed to do so, but should permit OPC to provide real-time input and feedback to MPD as the expedited pilot program takes shape and is implemented. Adopting this approach would allow MPD to avail itself of OPC's ties with community groups and District stakeholders, thereby incorporating useful external feedback until the panel could be established. As for the proposed panel, it should be convened as soon as practicable to help develop a final policy based on an assessment of the ongoing pilot program. Details: Washington, DC: Police Complaints Board, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://policecomplaints.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/office%20of%20police%20complaints/publication/attachments/Final%20policy%20rec%20body%20camera.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 145083

Author: Frankel, Allison Title: "Forced into breaking the Law": The Criminalization of Homelessness in Connecticut Summary: The report examines how Connecticut’s homeless residents face the threat of criminal sanctions for simply existing. The report also documents how Connecticut city ordinances, such as those prohibiting loitering, panhandling, and sleeping in public, punish people for performing necessary, life-sustaining functions, which effectively criminalizes homelessness itself. It further outlines how the criminalization of homelessness violates state, federal, and international law. The release of the report coincides with National Hunger and Homelessness Awareness Week and the launch of the national "Housing Not Handcuffs" campaign, organized by National Coalition for the Homeless and the National Law Center on Homelessness and Poverty, which aims to end the criminalization of homelessness. The criminal justice system often escalates and results in a downward spiral, students said. If people are too poor to pay their fine, they must contest the ticket in court. But those interviewed for the report faced high barriers to showing up on their court date. For instance, many people never received notice of their court dates because they did not have an address or lacked transportation to get to court. Failure to pay the fine or go to court can result in arrest and incarceration, making it even more difficult to obtain housing and employment. In this way, the criminalization of homelessness further entrenches a cycle of homelessness, poverty, and criminalization, the report argues. Details: New Haven, CT: Allard K. Lowenstein International Human Rights Clinic at Yale Law School, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://www.law.yale.edu/system/files/documents/pdf/news/criminalization_of_homelessness_report_for_web_full_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 140217

Author: Harris, Andrew Title: Law Enforcement Perspectives on Sex Offender Registration and Notification: Supplemental Report on Open-Ended Responses on Policy Recommendations Summary: The data presented in this report are drawn from a national survey, administered online in the spring of 2015, as the second part of a two-phase national study to elicit law enforcement perspectives on the functions, utility, and operation of sex offender registration and notification systems in the United States. The study's first phase featured a series of semi-structured interviews conducted in 2014 with 105 law enforcement professionals in five states and two tribal jurisdictions. Items for this survey were developed based on themes, experiences, and perspectives emerging from those interviews. The survey was administered through the services of Campbell Rinker, a marketing research and survey firm. Participants were invited to complete the survey via targeted email outreach, utilizing a nationwide commercial list of 8,840 police chiefs and command staff and a list of 2,921 county sheriffs obtained from the National Sheriffs Association. Following initial outreach, prospective respondents were contacted through three waves of follow-up. The survey was open for five weeks between April and May of 2015. The transmittal email included details on the survey scope and purpose, and a link to the survey. Respondents were informed that the survey was intended for completion by agency leadership (e.g., police chiefs, sheriffs), personnel involved in sex offender registration and management, and specialized personnel involved in sex crime investigations. The survey items presented to each respondent varied, with piping logic based on stated agency functions, respondent roles, and jurisdictional characteristics. Respondent and agency characteristics of the survey sample are summarized on pages 2-4 in the initial survey. The final sample included representation from 49 states (all states with the exception of Hawaii), and from the District of Columbia. 60.0% of the survey sample came from local police departments, 39.3% from county sheriffs, and the remainder (<1%) from other types of agencies including state law enforcement agencies. Respondents were fairly evenly divided among senior agency command staff (34.9% of the sample), line-level commanders and supervisors (29.8%), and line-level staff (35.3% total, consisting of 26.6% uniform and 8.7% civilian). The initial survey results report, issued in August of 2015, provided the tabulated statistics for the survey’s structured items. This report presents the results of the survey's unstructured (open-response) items, particularly those related to law enforcement recommendations related to policy priorities. The first peer-reviewed analysis and discussion of survey results was published online ahead of print in Criminal Justice Policy Review in June 2016, and is available at this link Details: Lowell, MA: University of Massachusetts Lowell, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250114.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Notification Laws Shelf Number: 147854

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Texas Title: No Exit, Texas: Modern-Day Debtors' Prisons and the Poverty Trap Summary: A traffic ticket should sting. The fine should be enough to make you think twice before doing something like speeding again. But a traffic ticket shouldn’t derail your life—cost your job, make it impossible to pay your bills and feed your family, or deprive you of your freedom. Yet in Texas, for people too poor to write a check and move on with their lives, a simple traffic ticket leads to a cascade of unconstitutional and devastating consequences. For people who can’t afford their traffic tickets, Texas’s criminal justice system is like a maze with dead ends at every turn. Unreasonable fees pile up and stop people from paying off their debt. Judges require payment for a hearing about inability to pay. Courts are incentivized to issue warrants for failure to pay. And many people who can’t afford their fines are unconstitutionally jailed for what are legally defined as “non-jailable” offenses. The result is a two-tiered system of justice, in which the well-off get what amounts to a slap on the wrist, and the impoverished are stuck in a system where the only exit is debtors’ prison. This report discusses enforcement of Class C Misdemeanor fines and fees in Texas’s hundreds of Municipal and Justice of the Peace Courts. Practices vary, but our study of these local courts has uncovered a pattern of local courts criminalizing poverty, and perpetuating racial injustice, through unconstitutional enforcement of low-level offenses. It’s time for policymakers at every level of government to improve the fairness of sentencing for all Texans and put an end to these debtors’ prisons. Details: Houston: ACLU of Texas, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://www.aclutx.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/debtorsprisonfinal_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 140219

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Disenfranchisement and Over-Incarceration Summary: Disenfranchisement laws in many states prohibit convicted felons from voting. The removal of ex-convicts from the pool of eligible voters reduces the pressure politicians may otherwise face to protect the interests of this group. In particular, disenfranchisement laws may cause the political process to push the sentences for criminal offenses upwards. In this article, I construct a simple model with elected law enforcers who propose sentences to maximize their likelihood of election. I show, with the help of the median voter theorem, that even without disenfranchisement, elections typically generate over-incarceration, i.e. longer than optimal sentences. Disenfranchisement further widens the gap between the optimal sentence and the equilibrium sentence, and thereby exacerbates the problem of over-incarceration. Moreover, this result is valid even when voter turnout is negatively correlated with people's criminal tendencies, i.e. when criminals vote less frequently than non-criminals. Details: Arlington, VA: George Mason University - Antonin Scalia Law School, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 16-43 : Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2863035 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 140231

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: The Geography of Incarceration: A Special Report from the Boston Indicators Project in Partnership with MassINC and the Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition Summary: Last year, Massachusetts entered into a partnership with the Council on State Governments to undertake a comprehensive review of the state's criminal justice system. In January of 2016, the Boston Foundation hosted a forum with the nonpartisan public policy think tank MassINC that addressed how the Commonwealth’s policies around sentencing, re-entry and recidivism stack up against national trends. The discussion also explored ways to foster a more effective criminal justice system by learning from best practices being implemented throughout the nation. At that forum, panelists also discussed the dangers of sentencing inequities. This prompted the Boston Indicators Project to further explore these inequities and their impact on Boston's neighborhoods. The Project partnered with MassINC and the Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition to conduct a study on the geography of crime and incarceration in Boston. Strikingly, the findings suggest that areas of high crime do not necessarily correspond to areas of high incarceration rates. More strikingly, many people of color live in Boston neighborhoods with such highly concentrated rates of incarceration that nearly every street—and in some cases every other building—contains a resident who has been in Nashua Street Jail or Suffolk County House of Correction. The study vividly depicts the disproportionate impact that incarceration has had on Boston’s lowincome residents of color, and describes its cascading negative effects, not just on the lives of the imprisoned but on their families, neighborhoods and the city as a whole. The report serves to invite the broader public to reflect on the manifold causes of this phenomenon Details: Boston: Boston Foundation, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: http://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/The-Geography-of-Incarceration.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 140232

Author: Mosher, James F. Title: The 2016 California Marijuana Initiative and Youth: Lessons from Alcohol Policy Summary: The California initiative entitled the "Control, Regulate and Tax Adult Use of Marijuana Act (AUMA)" would legalize non-medical use of marijuana and has qualified for California’s November 2016 ballot as Proposition 64. Its 62-page legal text establishes a complex statutory structure for regulating and taxing a new legal marijuana industry. The proponents make two critical arguments in support of the initiative: 1) It protects public health and safety generally and potential risks to children and youth in particular; and 2) It includes provisions to protect small- and medium-size businesses and deter the monopolization of the market by a small number of large for-profit corporations, as has occurred in the alcohol and tobacco industries. These two claims are linked. As has been demonstrated in the experience with alcohol and tobacco, large corporations selling potentially addictive products have the resources and political clout to engage in aggressive marketing practices that increase profits but put young people, particularly adolescents, at risk for drug-related problems. Protecting youth should be a critical goal for any marijuana legalization effort, including AUMA. As discussed below, marijuana poses heightened risks to young people up to the age of 25. This report examines these two linked claims, made on behalf of the AUMA initiative, through a detailed analysis of its legal provisions, drawing from the experience and research findings from the alcohol policy field. Its purpose is to educate voters, policymakers, and the public regarding the actual provisions of the initiative and their likely impact on young people, going beyond the political slogans and sound bites both for and against the initiative that are likely to dominate the campaign. Details: County of Ventura: Ventura County Behavioral Health, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://tobacco.ucsf.edu/sites/tobacco.ucsf.edu/files/u9/AUMA%20analysis%20final%207%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 140233

Author: Lore Joplin Consulting Title: Multnomah County Feasibility Assessment: Mental Health Jail Diversion Project Summary: This report was prepared in response to a Multnomah County Board of Commissioners fiscal year 2015 budget note to investigate the need and feasibility of enhancing diversion opportunities for people in county jails who have a mental illness. The budget note was proposed by Commissioner Judy Shiprack following a trip taken by a small group of county stakeholders to visit and observe the nationally recognized jail diversion program in Bexar County, Texas. Nationally, an estimated 15 to 17 percent of people booked into jail have active symptoms of serious mental illness, such as schizophrenia, major depression, and bipolar disorder. This is three times the proportion among the general public. People in jail who have mental illness typically also have high rates of substance abuse disorders (up to 80 percent, according to some estimates3), they often are poor and/or homeless, and many have been repeatedly sexually and physically abused.4 They commonly have chronic physical health problems that will shorten their lifespan (by 13 to 30 years).5 Although people with serious mental illness often are stereotyped as aggressive, their criminality typically is limited to low-level nuisance crimes. When their behavior does include violent crimes, it is usually related not to their mental illness but to other factors, such as substance abuse.6 Once in jail, people who have a serious mental illness are vulnerable to intimidation and assault. Because the jail environment tends to exacerbate symptoms of mental illness, inmates with mental illness may act out or break jail rules, thus prolonging their incarceration.7 They also have high rates of recidivism—more than 70 percent in some jurisdictions.8 Clearly, diverting more of these individuals from jail to community-based services has the potential to cut criminal justice system costs, reduce recidivism, and provide more effective mental health treatment for offenders. It also would represent a more humane response to individuals in jail who have a mental health disorder. This report is intended to help Multnomah County better understand the population of people with mental illness in its jails and what opportunities there might be to divert more of them to community-based services. It explores topics such as how many people with mental illness there are in jail locally, what they are like, the reasons they are there, the strengths and weaknesses of the current jail diversion system, and the challenges of estimating the costs associated with detention and diversion. The report also presents recommendations that incorporate stakeholder input. Information in this report comes from four sources: a literature review, interviews with 23 local stakeholders, records on individuals in county jails who have a mental health disorder, and the results of a prioritization process completed by a stakeholder group. A range of stakeholders participated in the project, including elected officials, representatives of the local medical and social service systems, and employees of many departments and divisions of Multnomah County. Details: no data: Lore Jopling Consulting, 2015. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://multco.us/file/38259/download Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147900

Author: Verite Title: Immigrant Workers in US Agriculture: The Role of Labor Brokers in Vulnerability to Forced Labor Summary: Forced labor is a well-known phenomenon in agriculture in the United States; and labor brokers are key actors in the system, both for documented and undocumented workers. The primary mechanism for entrapping workers in situations of forced labor in US agriculture is the facilitation of grave indebtedness prior to arrival in the United States. As this report will elaborate, labor experts and workers interviewed by Verite have reported brokerage fees ranging from USD 3,000-27,000 among workers coming in legally on H-2A and H-2B gues-tworker visas. Interest rates can be usurious, reaching up to 20 percent monthly. Brokers or moneylenders affiliated with brokers sometimes hold workers' titles to land or other valuables as collateral. Once in the United States, workers can be threatened with deportation, blacklisting, confiscation of land, and violence against themselves and their families if they complain. The brokers themselves can be large or small; and workers on temporary guest-worker visas seem more vulnerable to falling prey to forced labor schemes than undocumented workers. The legal route into the United States for temporary work is the H-2 program. This report focuses explicitly on H- 2A visas, under which workers labor specifically in agriculture; and H-2B visas, under which workers may work in a wide range of "nonagricultural" professions, including some very much akin to agriculture, such as forestry, and produce, meat, and fish packing. The H-2 program is widely criticized by worker advocates for lacking adequate protections for work, health, and housing; legalizing the payment of subminimum wages; and – because workers are, for practical purposes, bound to work for one or more employers – entrapping workers at specified worksites for the duration of their stay in the United States. H-2B visas are subject to significantly less oversight and protections than H-2A visas. In fact, the US Department of Labor has stated that it has no authority to enforce labor law among H-2B visa holders. Many H-2B visa holders face especially egregious violations, including in some cases, huge salary deductions (in one documented case, a worker’s salary was reduced to 13 cents per hour). This in turn makes it virtually impossible to pay back loans, thereby perpetuating the cycle of debt bondage. Verité has found evidence of workers being brought in on these more lenient H-2B visas and then illegally trafficked into work in agriculture. In some cases workers on H- 2B visas are actually "sold" to agricultural employers – a system reminiscent of chattel slavery. Undocumented workers are also vulnerable to forced labor in US agriculture. These workers, the vast majority of whom are from Latin America, are typically smuggled or trafficked over the border with Mexico by coyotes, who are in some cases also their labor brokers or employers. Because of their undocumented status, these workers are by nature vulnerable to abusive labor practices and forced labor. In some egregious cases, coyotes hold workers hostage either until their families pay additional money or until they provide a certain amount of labor. This report offers findings from research on the US agricultural sector as a whole, as well as four in-depth case studies. The four cases were selected to capture the primary broker mechanisms present in US agriculture; while at the same time providing diversity of geographic location, type of good produced, visa status, and origin of workers. These case studies include: a) The case of Moises and Maria Rodriguez, in which undocumented Mexican workers in traditional agriculture experienced labor abuses from a small labor broker tied to a coyote that brought them into the United States. The workers were laboring on an organic fruit and vegetable farm in northern Colorado. This case illustrates the forced-labor implications of ties between labor brokers and coyotes and of labor brokers acting as moneylenders for workers who need to borrow money to pay smuggling fees. In this case, the undocumented workers who came to the farm via the labor broker were in conditions of de facto nslavement; whereas the undocumented workers who were directly employed by the grower labored under relatively good conditions. b) The Imperial Nurseries case, in which workers from Guatemala were brought in on H-2B visas by a labor broker (Pro Tree Forestry Services) to work for one of the largest plant nurseries (Imperial) in the Northeast. This case demonstrates that there can be good and bad brokers; and illustrates some of the "tipping points" for when brokering creates forced labor. It shows the ways in which the H-2B program itself creates vulnerability to forced labor and incentivizes the trafficking of workers on H-2B visas into sectors outside of that guest-worker program (such as traditional agriculture). This case also demonstrates the ways in which H-2B workers, especially those that work under labor contractors, are more vulnerable to forced labor than undocumented workers, especially those that work directly for the employer. c) The Global Horizons case, in which H-2A workers from Thailand were trafficked to states across the United States to work in traditional agriculture. This case study shows the ways in which exploitive labor brokerage can become institutionalized in a large, formal, international firm operating in the first world, affecting over a thousand workers in this case. This case entailed extremely high levels of debt, with possible links between the international brokerage firm and moneylenders/recruiters in Thailand. Some workers lost their ancestral property due to their inability to pay back loans. Workers were treated very similarly in many states and in different types of agriculture, with the key factor contributing to their forced labor being the involvement of the Global Horizons brokerage firm, not only in their recruitment, but also in the management of their labor. d) The case of cattle/sheep herding guestworkers in the western United States, in which the employers, not the labor broker, directly subjected workers to forced labor. This case study shows the ways in which exploitive regulations created the vulnerability to forced labor of these workers, which was exploited by unscrupulous employers. The special provisions for H-2A sheepherders, which were written in coordination with the Western Range Association (WRA)4 , also create vulnerability by allowing workers to be on call 24 hours per day and to be brought in for up to three years at a time. In this case, workers’ extreme social and geographical isolation made their escape almost impossible and the employers used threats of deportation and violence to keep workers enslaved. The WRA creates vulnerability through the use of one exploitive recruiter in Peru and one in Chile, the alleged blacklisting of workers who complained, or the dismissal of these workers and their family members, resulting in their inability to pay back debt. Based on fieldwork and a literature review, Verité posits the following insights regarding labor brokers and the H- 2 guestworker system in the United States: • The greatest opportunity for forced labor occurs when the labor broker is also the money lender or manages the workers in the United States. • In many cases, undocumented workers in fact enjoy greater freedom of movement and better pay than legal H-2 visa holders, since undocumented workers can, in most cases, walk away from an abusive employer. • Some labor brokers in the United States, such as the Western Range Association, are unusually powerful, which leads to inconsistent US regulations that strongly favor employers and lead to labor abuses, for example, in forestry and cattle and sheepherding. • Using isolation as a parameter for forced labor requires a broader interpretation than is currently used. Workers can be isolated not only physically, but also by language, through threats, and also through psychological games played by labor brokers to keep workers in line. • The threat of deportation cannot be underestimated as a coercive tool for guestworkers, since most have incurred extensive debt to moneylenders in their home countries with no way to repay it unless they remain working in the United States. • To date, sending country and US governments have not shared available information regarding exploitative labor brokers abroad, which could greatly facilitate a more honest and equitable approach to migrant worker issues. • The number of labor inspectors in the United States is inadequate, leading to a lack of oversight, particularly for the H-2B program. • The separate agendas of US immigration and labor officials have tended to penalize farmworkers to the benefit of exploitative farm labor contractors. This can be seen in the inability of labor officials to enforce laws regarding H-2 workers and the emphasis on penalizing illegal workers, which has resulted in an erosion of trust in US law enforcement among the migrant worker community and a greater vulnerability for forced labor. • The involvement of drug traffickers in the human smuggling business has made border crossing much more dangerous and expensive for undocumented workers, with greater risk of human trafficking and sexual exploitation. • Employers demonstrate a low level of awareness of signs of forced labor among H-2 visa holders who work for a labor broker on their farms. Deeply felt family obligations (including the need to continue to send remittances to relatives in the country of origin) and lack of access to the federal social safety net often force immigrant workers to go to extraordinary lengths to remain employed, or to find new employment quickly. This pushes workers into dangerous working conditions. Section 1 of this report highlights the geography of production in the United States for agricultural products, forestry, and sheep, and examines major stakeholders' understanding of the problem. Section 2 provides an overview of the types of US migrant workers by legal status, type of visa, type of product, and country of origin; and the seasonality of work flows. In Section 3, the broker's role in the supply chain is highlighted, along with common broker practices. Section 4 provides an overview of the legal and regulatory environment for seasonal workers, and Section 5 shows the paths of entrapment and forced labor in recruitment, hiring, and transportation. Section 6 discusses on the job mechanisms of coercion and subjugation, while Section 7 provides four case studies which highlight specific labor broker profiles. Case studies, based on original Verité research, then highlight different types of broker-, employer-, and worker arrangements to pinpoint vulnerabilities to forced labor in the recruitment, hiring and employment system. Details: Amherst, MA: Verite, 2010. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: https://www.verite.org/sites/default/files/images/HELP%20WANTED_A%20Verite%CC%81%20Report_Migrant%20Workers%20in%20the%20United%20States.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Debt Bondage Shelf Number: 140236

Author: Rampey, Bobby D. Title: Highlights from the U.S. PIAAC Survey of Incarcerated Adults: Their Skills, Work Experience, Education, and Training: Program for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies: 2014 Summary: he U.S. PIAAC Survey of Incarcerated Adults was designed to provide policymakers, administrators, educators, and researchers with information to improve educational and training opportunities for incarcerated adults and foster skills they need in order to return to, and work successfully in, society upon release from prison. This report highlights data from the survey's extensive background questionnaire and direct assessments of cognitive skills. It examines the skills of incarcerated adults in relationship to their work experiences and to their education and training in prison. Results for incarcerated adults on the literacy and numeracy domains are presented in two ways: (1) as scale scores (estimated on a 0-500 scale), and (2) as percentages of adults reaching the proficiency levels established for each of these domains. The report includes results for groups of incarcerated adults by various characteristics, including employment prior to incarceration, experiences with prison jobs, skills certifications, educational attainment in prison, and participation in academic programs and training classes. Details: U.S. Department of Education. Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2016 at: http://nces.ed.gov/pubs2016/2016040.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 140238

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Do White Police Officers Unfairly Target Black Suspects? Summary: Using a unique data set we link the race of police officers who kill suspects with the race of those who are killed across the United States. We have data on a total of 2,699 fatal police killings for the years 2013 to 2015. This is 1,333 more killings by police than is provided by the FBI data on justifiable police homicides. When either the violent crime rate or the demographics of a city are accounted for, we find that white police officers are not significantly more likely to kill a black suspect. For the estimates where we know the race of the officer who killed the suspect, the ratio of the rate that blacks are killed by black versus white officers is large — ranging from 3 to 5 times larger. However, because the media may under report the officer’s race when black officers are involved, other results that account for the fact that a disproportionate number of the unknown race officers may be more reliable. They indicate no statistically significant difference be-tween killings of black suspects by black and white officers. Our panel data analysis that looks at killings at the police department level confirms this. These findings are inconsistent with taste-based racial discrimination against blacks by white police officers. Our estimates examining the killings of white and Hispanic suspects found no differences with respect to the races of police officers. If the police are engaged in discrimination, such discriminatory behavior should also be more difficult when body or other cameras are recording their actions. We find no evidence that body cameras affect either the number of police killings or the racial composition of those killings. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2870189&download=yes Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 140240

Author: Morehead State University. Sociology, Social Work, and Criminology Title: Kentucky Smart Probation Program: Year One Report Summary: The Kentucky Supervision, Monitoring, Accountability, Responsibility, and Treatment (SMART) Probation Program grant was awarded in July 2012 to the Administrative Office of the Courts and the Department of Corrections for the purpose of providing enhanced probation services for eligible participants in six pilot jurisdictions throughout the state of Kentucky. Funding was used to support a call-in system to inform defendants in each jurisdiction when they were to drug test, to purchase drug testing supplies, to provide for testing of abused drugs not typically detected on traditional drug screens, and to contract with an independent evaluator to conduct an unbiased program evaluation. This evaluation report was prepared by Morehead State University to highlight program activities during the first grant year. An overview of applicable data elements (i.e., process evaluation and outcome evaluation) for grant year one (July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013) is highlighted below. Process Evaluation Summary Overall themes emerging from the process evaluation suggest that a majority of administrators, judges, attorneys, and law enforcement/corrections officials are satisfied with the services provided through the SMART Probation Program during the first grant year. There were a minority of individuals interviewed that wished they had more inclusion and knowledge about the program during the implementation process. Many reported they were uncertain, at this point, what the data will show in terms of program success, because it is relatively new, but hope results reveal reduced recidivism and incarceration costs. Overall, despite some initial barriers and problems, most felt the program was beneficial for probationers and would like to see the program expand in the future. Outcome Data Summary Outcome data was reported for 307 participants who entered the SMART Probation Program (between July 1, 2012 and June 30, 2013). Individuals in the SMART Probation Program were compared with 300 similarly matched probationers. All outcome data was retrieved from the Department of Corrections Kentucky Offender Management System (KOMS). The evaluation for the first grant year focused on examining: the level of service/case management inventory (LS/CMI), drug screening/results, violations/responses, and movements/alterations of sentencing. The target number of individuals to be served was 600. During the first grant year, approximately 51% of the target number was served. Almost two-thirds of probationers served were from two SMART project sites: the combined site of Lincoln/Pulaski/Rockcastle (30.6%) and Jefferson (30.3%). Based on data provided, the average time on probation was 8 months (mean = 7.9 months). When examining raw scores for all of the domains on the LS/CMI, the SMART Probationers were rated as significantly higher on all domains measured by this risk assessment instrument. When examining the categorization of need as measured by the LS/CMI for each domain (i.e., low, medium, and high), the SMART and comparison group had comparable categorization of needs, with the exception of the drug and alcohol problem domain and total score. For the alcohol and drug problem domain, the SMART participants were categorized as having medium needs, whereas the comparison group was categorized as having low needs. Second, when assessing the total LS/CMI score, the SMART participants were rated as medium risk whereas the comparison group was rated as low risk. These differences match the scope of the SMART program, which targets individuals with substance use and related needs who are at-risk of failing on traditional probation. These data suggest the SMART group is a higher risk group – thus, comparisons with a traditional probation group should be interpreted with some caution as the two groups had some inherent differences. In terms of drug testing, the SMART probationers were drug tested 2,529 times; of these, there were 218 positive drug screens, which equates to approximately 11.6% of the total tests. In contrast, the comparison probationers were drug tested 1,149 times; of these, there were 338 positive drug screens, which equates to approximately 29% of the total tests. Further, there were significantly more positive drug screens, on average, for the comparison group (mean = 1.1) compared with the SMART group (mean = 0.6). More specifically, there were significantly more comparison group probationers with positive drug screens for marijuana (48.7% vs. 29.0%) while more SMART probationers tested positive for Oxycontin (14.0% vs. 4.2%). Program violations, as reported in KOMS, were also examined. In general, the comparison probationers had a significantly higher average number of violations (2.3) compared to the SMART probationers (1.2). Almost one third of probationers in the comparison group (32.7%) had a substance use violation compared to 24.0% for the SMART probationers. Further, a significantly greater number of probationers in the comparison group also had probation/parole violations (29.7%) compared to the SMART probationers (21.2%). In addition, a significantly greater percentage of probationers in the comparison group had new charges (33.0% vs. 10.6%). Finally, there was a significant difference between the percentage of probationers in the comparison group (8.7%) and the SMART probationers (3.5%) that had fees and services violations. The most common responses to all violations involved the discretion of the court and a recommendation for probation revocation. In some instances, the responses were more tailored to the violation type. For example, for substance use related violations, the response from the court included referrals to the Social Service Clinician (SSC) and other treatment options. At the time of this report, approximately 14% of the SMART probation participants had probation conditions which had been revoked. A comparable statistic was unable to be calculated for the comparison group, given a criteria for selecting this group was actively on probation. In future evaluation reports, the evaluation team, in partnership with the Department of Corrections will strive to select a comparison group which more accurately reflects a contemporary group of individuals referred to probation that may/may not be active at the time of the reporting. While a significantly greater percentage of SMART probationers (15.1%) were moved into an incarceration placement compared to the comparison group (9.3%), probationers in the comparison group spent a significantly greater average time incarcerated (118.1 days compared to 32.5 days for the SMART probationers). Details: Morehead, KY: Morehead State University, 2013. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2016 at:http://www.scfcenter.org/resources/Research/201311%20Kentucky%20SMART%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147311

Author: Goncy, Elizabeth A. Title: Teen Dating Violence Victimization in an Urban Sample of Early Adolescents: Measurement, Prevalence, Trajectories, and Consequences Summary: Objective A critical period for the emergence of adolescent dating aggression (DA, also referred to as teen dating violence) and victimization that has received little attention is early adolescence. Key aims include evaluating methods to improve measurement of DA, estimating prevalence at this age, identifying profiles and trajectories of DA victimization, and linking DA victimization to DA perpetration, risk factors, and mental health. This project involved secondary analysis of a five-year project (the VCU-YVPC) that collected data on youth violence and associated risk factors as part of an evaluation of violence prevention efforts. Data were collected quarterly across middle school, which should provide a stronger foundation for examining patterns of change in DA victimization across middle school. Only youth with a boyfriend or girlfriend in the past three months during at least one wave (n = 1410 of 1795) were included. Results Measurement. A two-factor model of DA perpetration and victimization was preferred over a model differentiating between forms (i.e., physical, psychological). Better fitting models occurred when treating items as ordered categorical, as opposed to continuous, which accounts for item severity and frequency. Strong measurement invariance was demonstrated by sex (boys, girls), grade (sixth, seventh, eighth), time of assessment, and longitudinally across middle school. Test of construct validity indicated that DA perpetration and victimization were distinct constructs from general aggression and victimization. Prevalence and Typologies. Approximately 40% reported perpetrating at least one act of DA and almost 50% reported experiencing one act of DA victimization in the past three months. Youth were classified in one of five different typologies of DA using latent class analysis. These included Uninvolved (54.6%), Victims (8.3%), Aggressors (9.7%), Aggressive Victims (5.4%), and Psychologically Aggressive Victims (22.0%). Sex differences included greater perpetration among girls, with boys more likely victimized. Typologies Relations to Risk Factors and Mental Health. Both adolescents physically and psychologically aggressive in dating relationships, as well as primarily victimized dating adolescents, were physically aggressive in other domains. Minimal differences across delinquency and no differences for substance use existed for youth classified in different typologies. Adolescents classified in typologies representative of any victimization reported more trauma-related distress symptoms, even if they were also aggressive. All findings remained significant after controlling for the potential impact of a violence prevention program, as well as witnessing and experiencing violence in their communities and with peers. Trajectories. Examination of the patterns of change for DA across middle school suggested a linear slope model best fit the data for both victimization and perpetration. Specifically, adolescents with higher initial levels decreased over time, whereas adolescents with lower initial levels increased over time. Sex was significantly related to both the intercept and slope of both DA victimization and perpetration. On average, boys reported higher initial levels of victimization but a greater decline across middle school compared to girls. For perpetration, girls reported both a higher initial level and a greater increase across middle school compared to boys who declined in perpetration across middle school. Implications Early adolescence is a unique developmental period with significant changes occurring, including the initiation of dating relationships. This age marks a critical period for teaching healthy relationships skills that may reduce negative relationship behavior, such as DA. This is particularly important as early relationship violence is a significant predictor in understanding intimate partner violence in later adolescence and adulthood. First, this project provided evidence for improving measurement of DA that may be extrapolated for older populations. Specifically, measurement may be improved by using analytic approaches that account for the severity and frequency of specific acts rather than treating all items as equal contributors. Further, many early adolescent are involved in dating relationships marred by either DA perpetration or victimization, with a quarter engaged in more serious, physical forms of DA as perpetrators or victims. Longitudinal results demonstrated an increasing trajectory of victimization and perpetration, particularly for girls, across middle school. Prevention and intervention programs that do not start until after middle school may miss a critical window. Early programming may result in lessening the perpetuation of DA to reduce the burden of the criminal justice system in combatting and prosecuting later domestic violence. Finally, the relation of DA to mental health also underscores the need for programming to address a variety of issues during early adolescence. Details: Richmond, VA: Department of Psychology, Virginia Commonwealth University, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 22, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250291.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trajectories Shelf Number: 140248

Author: Harvard Law School. Criminal Justice Policy Program Title: Moving Beyond Money: A Primer on Bail Reform Summary: Bail reform presents a historic challenge – and also an opportunity. Bail is historically a tool meant to allow courts to minimize the intrusion on a defendant's liberty while helping to assure appearance at trial. It is one mechanism available to administer the pretrial process. Yet in courtrooms around the country, judges use the blunt instrument of secured money bail to ensure that certain defendants are detained prior to their trial. Money bail prevents many indigent defendants from leaving jail while their cases are pending. In many jurisdictions, this has led to an indefensible state of affairs: too many people jailed unnecessarily, with their economic status often defining pretrial outcomes. Money bail is often imposed arbitrarily and can result in unjustified inequalities. When pretrial detention depends on whether someone can afford to pay a cash bond, two otherwise similar pretrial defendants will face vastly different outcomes based merely on their wealth. These disparities can have spiraling consequences since even short periods of pretrial detention can upend a person’s employment, housing, or child custody. Being jailed pretrial can also undercut a defendant’s ability to mount an effective defense. As these outcomes accumulate in individual cases, improper use of money bail can accelerate unnecessarily high rates of incarceration and deepen disparities based on wealth and race throughout the criminal justice system. Detaining unconvicted defendants because they lack the wealth to afford a cash bond also violates the Constitution. A recent wave of advocacy has created national momentum for fundamentally rethinking how pretrial decision-making operates. Litigation across the country has resulted in the bail systems of several jurisdictions being declared unconstitutional, destabilizing well-established practices and focusing the attention of policymakers on the problems resulting from money bail. Increasing media attention to the unjust consequences of money bail has intensified scrutiny of existing practice. All of this builds on sustained attention from experts and advocacy groups who have long called for fundamental reform of cash bail.3 As policymakers across the political spectrum seek to end the era of mass incarceration,4 reforming pretrial administration has emerged as a critical way to slow down the flow of people into the criminal justice system. This primer on bail reform seeks to guide policymakers and advocates in identifying reforms and tailoring those reforms to their jurisdiction. In this introductory section, it outlines the basic legal architecture of pretrial decision-making, including constitutional principles that structure how bail may operate. Section II describes some of the critical safeguards that should be in place in jurisdictions that maintain a role for money bail. Where money bail is part of a jurisdiction’s pretrial system, it must be incorporated into a framework that seeks to minimize pretrial detention, ensures that people are not detained because they are too poor to afford a cash bond amount, allows for individualized pretrial determinations, and effectively regulates the commercial bail bond industry. Section III addresses the legal and policy considerations relevant to eliminating the use of money bail. It describes leading reform strategies, highlights competing policy considerations implicated by these strategies, and elaborates constitutional principles that should guide policy reform. It focuses on a set of reforms that many advocates have advanced as a way to move to a “riskbased” system of pretrial decision-making. In particular, it focuses on three aspects of such a system: the expanded use of pretrial services agencies and the tools those agencies employ to supervise pretrial defendants in the community; actuarial risk assessment instruments, which provide judges with a quantitative model for forecasting the risk that particular defendants will fail to appear for trial or will commit a serious crime during the pretrial period; and the limited use of preventive detention. This primer does not prescribe a one-size-fits-all package of pretrial reforms. Indeed, some of the potential reforms raise knotty legal and policy questions. Answering those questions will require jurisdictions to assess local circumstances and needs and make fundamental judgments among competing policy values in order to craft appropriate policies. While this primer does not propose a uniform model of bail reform, it can guide advocates and policymakers through the considerations that should structure a reform strategy. It aims to help translate growing momentum for bail reform into on-the ground change by providing policymakers and advocates with guidance on what alternatives are available and how they might be implemented. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Law School, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: http://cjpp.law.harvard.edu/assets/FINAL-Primer-on-Bail-Reform.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147310

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Shadow Prisons: Immigrant Detention in the South Summary: Just days after winning election, President-elect Donald Trump announced that he intends to round up and deport up to 3 million immigrants. Such a plan, if carried out immediately, would require a massive – and costly – expansion of America's prison and detention infrastructure at a time when politicians and policymakers across the ideological spectrum are working to reduce the nation’s prison population, the world's largest. And it would likely be a major boost to the fortunes of private prison companies that profit from incarceration – even though most studies show that privately operated prisons are generally more dangerous, less effective and no less expensive than government-run facilities. Recently, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) decided to add 10,000 beds to its immigrant detention system, increasing the capacity to 45,000 immigrants per day. But, as a result of Trump's proposed deportation plan, the DHS could need many thousands more. Unsurprisingly, private prison stocks have soared since Trump's election. An expansion of the immigrant detention system threatens to greatly exacerbate the mass incarceration crisis in America. And it would violate our nation's basic values and cement our reputation as a country intolerant of immigrants. The findings of this study demonstrate that the immigrant detention system is already rife with civil rights violations and poor conditions that call into question the DHS’s commitment to the due process rights and safety of detainees. Many of these detainees have lived here for years; others recently fled violence in their home countries to seek refuge in the United States. This report is the result of a seven-month investigation of six detention centers in the South, a region where tens of thousands of people are locked up for months, sometimes even years, as they await hearings or deportation. The South is a leader in immigration detention, holding one out of every six detainees in the United States. A closer look makes it clear why it holds this distinction. Detained immigrants in the South are frequently denied the opportunity of a bond hearing that would free them until their cases are adjudicated. The region's immigration courts, which are often inaccessible to the public, are hostile to immigrants not fortunate enough to have an attorney. And so they wait behind bars in remote Southern facilities virtually indistinguishable from prisons. Many of the facilities are former jails or prisons that were shut down after civil rights investigations and lawsuits revealed poor conditions and abuse. Now, it’s the detainees who face abusive and dangerous conditions at these facilities, which fail to meet basic legal and regulatory standards. And it's the detainees who often find there is little hope for release as their due process rights are denied. The investigation by the Southern Poverty Law Center, the National Immigration Project of the National Lawyers Guild and the Adelante Alabama Worker Center focuses on detention centers in Alabama, Florida, Georgia and Louisiana. Three are operated by private companies and three by county sheriffs. All are paid by the DHS on a per diem basis. The report is based on tours of each facility and more than 300 in-person interviews with detainees. They represent more than 5 percent of the average daily population of the detention centers studied. From facility to facility, their stories are remarkably similar accounts of abuse, neglect and rights denied – symptoms of an immigrant detention system where the failures of the nation's immigration system intersect with the failures of its prison system. Details: Atlanta, GA: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2016. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/leg_ijp_shadow_prisons_immigrant_detention_report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 147908

Author: Akers, Kimberly Title: Factors Influencing the Completion of the GED in a Federal Correctional Setting: A Multiple Regression, Correlational-Predictive Study Summary: Correctional education's primary goal is to reduce recidivism and increase employment among ex-offenders. The Bureau of Prison's practical goal in its mandatory GED program is to maximize the number of inmates obtaining the GED in a given time period. The purpose of this research is to model the number of instructional hours an inmate requires to obtain the GED as a regression on socio-demographic and Bureau of Prison policy variables related to inmate conduct in education programs. This quantitative research uses multiple regression to produce and analyze the model. An archival random sample of GED graduates in a large federal correctional complex is selected, the model fit and diagnosed, and a hold-out sample tested for predictive reliability. Any conclusions regarding policy alternatives for the Bureau of Prisons will then be drawn. Such alternatives may lead to improvements in general criminal justice and in correctional education in particular. Details: Lynchburg, VA:Liberty University, 2013. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: http://digitalcommons.liberty.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1730&context=doctoral Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 147911

Author: Schwartz, Amy Ellen Title: The Academic Effects of Chronic Exposure to Neighborhood Violence Summary: We estimate the causal effect of repeated exposure to violent crime on test scores in New York City. We use two distinct empirical strategies; value-added models linking student performance on standardized exams to violent crimes on a student's residential block, and a regression discontinuity approach that identifies the acute effect of an additional crime exposure within a one-week window. Exposure to violent crime reduces academic performance. Value added models suggest the average effect is very small; approximately -0.01 standard deviations in English Language Arts (ELA) and mathematics. RD models suggest a larger effect, particularly among children previously exposed. The marginal acute effect is as large as -0.04 standard deviations for students with two or more prior exposures. Among these, it is even larger for black students, almost a 10th of a standard deviation. We provide credible causal evidence that repeated exposure to neighborhood violence harms test scores, and this negative effect increases with exposure. Details: Syracuse, NY: Center for Policy Research, the Maxwell School, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series, no. 195: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: https://www.maxwell.syr.edu/uploadedFiles/cpr/publications/working_papers2/wp195.pdf#page=3 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 147916

Author: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges Title: Report on the Evaluation of Judicially Led Responses to Eliminate School Pathways to the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Many schools across the United States have enacted zero tolerance philosophy in response to perceived increases in violence and drugs in schools. It is believed that aggressive and unwavering punishment of many school infractions, including relatively minor infractions, will create safer schools. However, zero tolerance policy is said to have contributed to increased number of disciplinary actions and increased number of students who come in contact with the court system. Effects of the policy include the removal of students from the educational system, through disciplinary actions such as expulsions and suspensions. These disciplinary actions have negative unintended consequences for families and society. The National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges (NCJFCJ) received grant funding from the Atlantic Philanthropies, Public Welfare Foundation, and the Open Society Foundation to provide training and technical assistance to jurisdictions preparing to start or continue initiatives with judicially-led collaboratives to reduce stringent school discipline and referrals of youth to juvenile courts for school-based behaviors. Additional funding was provided by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention to conduct a process and outcome evaluation. This research report discusses the findings from the process and outcome evaluation, including some lessons learned about the challenges of collecting data on this complex issue. Details: Reno, NV: The Council, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2016 at: http://www.ncjfcj.org/sites/default/files/NCJFCJ%20Evaluation%20Report%20School%20Pathways%20Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147918

Author: Phillips, Idetta Title: Reentry support: Lessons learned from community-based programs Summary: Over 10,000 individuals are released from state and federal prisons each week and arrive back in our nation’s communities, resulting in more than 650,000 formerly incarcerated individuals requiring reintegration into society each year. In Illinois, over 30,000 inmates were released from prison in 2013, with about 39 percent returning to Chicago to serve a period of parole. Community-based reentry programs can play an important role in the successful re-integration of returning individuals, by providing vital services and supports as a supplement to the parole system. In 2014, the Reentry Program, one of three components of Illinois' Community Violence Prevention Program (CVPP) receiving funds through the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, operated as voluntary program for youth and young adults between the ages of 13 and 28 returning to their community after incarceration in a state correctional facility. The program provided services in 21 Chicago area communities in order to assist clients with compliance with their parole board orders and other aspects of successful community reintegration, such as educational enrollment and employment. The program performance period spanned from November 1, 2013 through August 31, 2014. Authority research staff studied the 2014 Reentry Program by collecting case management data on client demographics, service needs, and program results for a sample of 517 youth and young adults with verified incarceration in IDJJ or IDOC prior to program participation and documented program participation during the 2014 program period. Client and case manager surveys augmented this case-level data. Key findings Program clients Seventy percent of the 517 Reentry Program clients included in this study were on parole from IDOC facilities, and 30 percent were on aftercare from IDJJ. Both groups of clients were enrolled at program sites in 18 Chicago community areas and three suburban sites. More than half (59 percent) of clients lived in the community area in which they were enrolled. Most Reentry Program sites (86 percent) focused on serving either youth exiting from IDJJ or young adults exiting from IDOC, rather than serving both clients groups. Most case managers (84 percent) worked exclusively with one type of client. Two thirds of all Reentry Program clients were referred to the program by their parole officer or aftercare specialist, although IDJJ clients reported this referral source most often (82 percent). Nineteen percent of IDOC clients reported family, friends, and community groups as sources of program referrals. Reentry Program clients were overwhelming male (95 percent) and Black (83 percent). The average age of IDJJ clients was 17 years old, while IDOC clients were older (22 years old, on average). However, the most common age for both client groups was 20 years old. IDJJ clients were living most often with parents at the time of program enrollment (68 percent), while IDOC clients more often reported living with other relatives, spouses, or partners (33 percent compared to 18 percent). Most clients did not have children (82 percent). At the time of enrollment, IDJJ clients had lower prior educational attainment than IDOC clients, partially because they were younger. Fewer IDJJ clients reported completing at least one year of high school (63 percent) compared to IDOC clients (93 percent). However, at the common age of 20, thirty-one percent of IDJJ clients reported attaining no more than an eighth grade education, compared to 4 percent of IDOC clients. The most common incarceration offense type for both groups was a violent offense (30 percent). Violent offenses were defined according to the Rights of Crime Victims and Witnesses Act, which defines a violent offense as any felony in which force or threat of force was used against the victim [725 ILCS 120/et seq.]. A greater proportion of IDJJ clients were incarcerated for a property offense compared to IDOC clients (31 percent compared to 22 percent), while a greater proportion of IDOC clients were incarcerated for drugs and weapons offenses (46 percent compared to 37 percent). Program services All clients in this study completed a service plan with their case managers based on conditions of parole imposed by the Prisoner Review Board (PRB), with additional recommendations from the parole officer/aftercare specialist, case manager, and client. The Reentry Program offered 28 different services in four categories: mandated parole/aftercare conditions, social/emotional services, educational /vocational services, and other support services. Service plan requirements differed for IDJJ clients and IDOC clients. IDJJ clients were mandated or recommended most often to enroll in for GED/high school classes, substance abuse assessment, support groups to deal with negative peers, curfew monitoring, and random urinalysis. IDOC clients were mandated or recommended most often for substance abuse treatment, full time employment, GED/High school classes, job training, anger management, and other support services. Overall, about half of Reentry Program clients were linked to the services for which they were mandated or recommended during the program performance period, although the linkage rate varied by type of service. Of the 26 services mandated or recommended for both client groups, IDJJ clients were linked at a higher rate than IDOC clients for most service types (19 of the 26), most notably for substance abuse assessment, mental health services, GED/High school classes, and job seeking services. Short-term program results The Reentry Program clients in this study completed 152 (9 percent) of the 1,692 mandated or recommended services during the nine-month program period. The highest rates of completion were for obtaining short-term continuity of care assistance, such as enrolling in the supplemental nutrition assistance program (food stamps) (60 percent), or obtaining a birth certificate (67 percent) as a prerequisite for a state ID. Half of the clients linked to a term of electronic monitoring completed this parole/aftercare condition before the program ended, while the others linked to electronic monitoring were still continuing at the end of the performance period. Of the few clients mandated or recommended to enroll in college, half were able to do so before the program ended. IDOC clients completed more services than IDJJ clients. Despite the challenges of a serious criminal background, one third of those mandated or recommended for employment services were successful in obtaining full-time employment, while another 43 percent obtained part-time employment. One third successfully completed anger management services. No IDJJ or IDOC clients linked to GED/high school classes were indicated as completing their educational requirements before the program ended. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Final%202014%20CVPP%20Reentry%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146788

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: False Hope: How Parole Systems Fail Youth Serving Extreme Sentences Summary: In our inflated U.S. prison system, parole is supposed to provide an incentive and a path to earn release from prison. Instead, in many states, the parole system is defective and reflexively denies release even to model prisoners who went to prison as teenagers, have already served decades in prison, and no longer pose a safety risk. After growing up in prison, atoning for their crimes, staying out of trouble, and completing all available rehabilitative programming, thousands of people who were sentenced when they were young are finding that the promise of parole is an illusion, no matter what they do to prove their worthiness for release. These young people will needlessly grow old and die behind bars when the parole system fails to do what it is intended to do: identify and release those who have worked for redemption and earned a second chance at freedom. Despite extensive research that youth who commit even serious, violent offenses age out of crime and can be rehabilitated, our nation still incarcerates tens of thousands of people who were teenagers or in their early twenties at the time of their offense and are serving life or de facto life in prison. For most of these individuals, the only real chance for release and to be reunited with their families comes from parole. However, prisoners incarcerated since their youth are routinely denied parole, long after they’ve grown, matured, atoned, and been rehabilitated, and in many cases, solely because of the crime they committed in their youth—not because of who they are now. Parole boards are charged with the ultimate decision of who to release and when, but too often, they operate in obscurity, with little guidance and too much political pressure. In many cases, decisions about release are made in a matter of minutes, without ever meeting the applicant, and with no opportunity to evaluate the individual’s record. These parole boards, composed of a handful of people tasked with tens of thousands of cases each year, have tremendous power but little incentive to grant release, even to people who are fully rehabilitated, have served decades of their sentence, and pose no risk to the community. Even for people sentenced to life in prison as juveniles, the parole grant rates are abysmally low—for example, 0.5 percent of juvenile lifers were granted parole in Florida in 2015, and in Maryland, none have been granted parole in 20 years. But despite this dismal picture, reforms to the parole system are possible and can ensure that deserving individuals, sentenced in their youth, will get a fair, meaningful chance to be released and reunited with their families. Instead of allowing these individuals to grow old and die in prison, the parole process can reward and incentivize rehabilitation and honor our moral obligation to those we send away to grow up in prison. Details: New York: ACLU, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://www.aclu.org/report/report-false-hope-how-parole-systems-fail-youth-serving-extreme-sentences Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 146275

Author: Vakili, Bardis Title: Discharged, then Discarded: How U.S. Veterans are Banished by the Country they Swore to Protect Summary: Foreign-born soldiers have served the United States since the founding of the Republic. Their dedication to the military and to the country they love – indeed, for soldiers who came here as young children, the only country they've ever known – matches and often surpasses the commitment of the native born. Yet for some, honorable service has been rewarded with dishonorable actions on the part of a system they swore to defend and protect. They are members of what is unfortunately a growing brotherhood – veterans of the United States armed forces who have been unceremoniously deported. Many are combat veterans who sustained physical wounds and emotional trauma in conflicts going back to the war in Vietnam. Many have been decorated for their service. But service records notwithstanding, the U.S. has seen fit to kick them out of the country, sometimes for minor offenses that resulted in little if any incarceration. What’s worse, their military service entitled these men to naturalization. Many believed they became citizens by nature of their service and oath –some were told as much by their recruiters – and were never informed otherwise. They should all be U.S. citizens today, at home with their loved ones, but they languish in unfamiliar and often dangerous foreign places, unable in many cases to speak the native language, because of bureaucratic bungling and government indifference. Our report, Discharged, Then Discarded, documents our analysis of 59 cases of veterans who have been forced out of the country or are still in the U.S. but facing deportation. The vast majority of these men had been in the United States lawfully for decades and long ago lost any ties to the nations in which they were born. They were swept up in a backlash against immigrants that started in earnest 20 years ago with the passage of draconian laws that eliminated judicial discretion and reclassified many low-level offenses as "aggravated felonies" mandating deportation. In many cases, these were minor offenses committed by veterans who succumbed to the difficulties of readjusting to civilian life and paid their debt to society. Had they been naturalized, as they should have been after being honorably discharged, they would not have been forced to settle a second debt – lifetime banishment from the United States. In addition to the humiliation and ignominy of deportation, that banishment effectively denies these men access to often critically needed medical care. Regardless of immigration status, all U.S. military veterans are entitled to treatment at Department of Veterans Affairs medical facilities, but few deported veterans are granted the necessary waivers to access that care either in the states or abroad. In a few tragic cases, we found examples of veterans who could have been saved but died as their friends and loved ones tried desperately to cut through mountains of red tape. Banishment also wreaks havoc on the lives of the families left behind, who are overwhelmingly U.S. citizens or lawful permanent residents themselves. Children grow up without their fathers, mothers raise families alone, and parents too old to travel cannot see their sons. Meanwhile, in some parts of the world, the deported veterans find themselves targets of recruitment efforts by cartels and gangs, and their resistance places their very lives at risk for the United States once again. The purpose of this report is to share the trends and patterns we have identified, to offer policy solutions to end the disgraceful practice of deporting veterans, address the needs of those who have been deported, and, ultimately, to help bring our banished veterans back home to the U.S. where they can be reunited with their families. Details: San Diego: American Civil Liberties Union of California: 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://www.aclusandiego.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/DischargedThenDiscarded-ACLUofCA.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 146269

Author: Carter, Jeremy G. Title: Impact of Mobile Broadband Data Access on Police Operations: An Exploratory Case Study of One Medium-Sized Municipal Police Department Summary: As used in this study, “mobility” refers to “an inherent ability to move about,“ and “mobile computing” is a generic term that refers to the functional capabilities possible for end users as they complete tasks from various physical locations. “Broadband” refers to the relatively wide bandwidth characteristics of the wireless transmission medium and its corresponding ability to support multiple users and/or transport suitable quantities of data. “Mobile broadband” is used as a generic term to collectively refer to both terms in the context of the aggregate capabilities made possible through their use compared to other available mobile solutions and/or data. This study notes the lack of public-safety access to wireless broadband data, given resource limitations and a lack of independent evidence that would justify procurement of such technologies for police work. The current study’s deployment and assessment of this technology involved its use by the Brookline Police Department (BPD). Overall, the semi-structured interviews suggest that the wireless broadband technology was implemented with minimal difficulties and produced a number of perceived benefits for the BPD. The most direct benefit was the ease with which departmental technologies could be managed. Additional benefits were associated with increased access to timely information, increased information flow, and increased quality of reports. Structured interviews indicated that a few weeks of training sessions and ongoing informal bulletin and email disseminations were needed to overcome skepticism about the transition to wireless broadband. Most of the uniform personnel did not oppose the implementation nor did they perceive that the department was opposed to the transition. Details: Rome, NY: Engility Corporation, 2014. 185p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 2, 2016 at: https://scholarworks.iupui.edu/handle/1805/11434 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Communications Shelf Number: 147864

Author: Brown, Randall T. Title: Drug Treatment Court: Participants, Processes, and Substance Abuse Treatment Completion Summary: Drug treatment courts have spread rapidly as an alternative to traditional adjudication for drug-involved offenders. The overarching goal for the current research is to increase the understanding of risk factors for treatment failure in order to refine case management conditions during drug court participation; this research is done in collaboration with the Dane County Drug Treatment Court (DTC). To this end, three distinct research manuscripts are presented. The first is a systematic review of the existing literature examining the effectiveness and the characteristics of U.S. adult drug treatment courts. The second and third manuscripts comprise analyses of administrative data collected from the Dane County Drug Treatment Court on all participants (n = 573) during program years 1996–2004. Firstly, review of non-experimental and quasi-experimental literature point toward benefit of drug courts in averting future criminal behavior and in reducing future substance use. However, meta-analysis of three randomized trials failed to demonstrate a significant effect upon re-arrest rates for drug-involved offenders participating in drug treatment court vs. typical adjudication. Two studies examining reincarceration, however, demonstrated reductions for the drug treatment court group. In the second manuscript, subjects comprised all participants (n = 573) in drug treatment court in Dane County from 1996 through 2004. Administrative data included measures of demographics and socioeconomics, substance use, and criminal justice history. Stepwise logistic regression yielded a final model of failure to complete drug treatment. Unemployment, lower educational attainment, and cocaine use disorders were associated with failure to complete treatment. Finally, administrative data were used to examine the impact of jail sanctioning upon failure to complete substance abuse treatment. While the application of a first jail sanction achieved near significant predictive value (p = 0.07) for lowering of failure hazard, further jail sanctioning did not achieve significance. Given that selection factors would likely operate in the opposite direction, the true impact of a first jail sanction is likely stronger than that demonstrated by these results. The findings of the current work are discussed under an integrated framework of life-course and social control theories. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Madison, 2009. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 5, 2016 at: https://search.library.wisc.edu/catalog/9910092251102121 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 139800

Author: New York (State). Office of the Attorney General Title: Target on Trafficking: New York Crime Gun Analysis Summary: There are about 11,000 homicides by gun in America annually,[1] and each represents a multifold tragedy: a life-lost, a family destroyed, a community scarred. Beyond the yellow-tape of the crime scene, the bereaved ask "Who did this?" For those committed to stopping gun violence, the next question must be: “Where did they get the gun?” This report begins to provide an answer for guns recovered in New York. The New York State Office of the Attorney General (NYAG) is committed to preventing gun violence across New York State. It does so through its statewide gun buyback programs, defense and enforcement of New York’s gun safety laws, and aggressive disruption of violent gangs and gun trafficking rings by its Organized Crime Task Force (OCTF), which has recovered hundreds of crime guns in recent years.[2] Crime Gun Any gun connected to a crime that is recovered by law enforcement. A “crime gun” is any gun connected to a crime that is recovered by law enforcement. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF) can “trace” these guns which, when successful, can begin to answer the question of “where did they get the gun?” While review of a single trace may reveal data that help solve a crime, comprehensive analysis of trace data can detect regional patterns of crime gun movement into and within a state. These patterns can be used to create sound policies and targeted interdiction strategies aimed at combatting trafficking of dangerous firearms. The NYAG created this first-of-its-kind report and interactive Tracing Analytics Platform to better understand gun trafficking patterns and to assess the efficacy of laws in combatting illegal guns in New York State. The Platform further allows local law enforcement to reach their own conclusions about how to address crime guns in their area. While federal appropriations riders known as the Tiahrt Amendments dramatically restrict ATF’s ability to use and distribute trace data, ATF can share such information with local law enforcement and prosecutors. Like ATF, these groups can publish aggregate statistical data regarding firearms trafficking patterns.[3] By collecting and analyzing New York aggregate gun trace data for 2010-2015, NYAG identified regional differences in trafficking patterns while discovering a commonality among crime guns recovered across New York State: New York’s gun laws have curbed access to the guns most associated with violent crimes, handguns. But the ready availability of these guns in states without these protections thwarts New York’s effort to keep its citizens safe. Our analysis has led us to several recommendations, including calling on the federal government to close the so-called “gun show loophole” which allows private sales of firearms without a background check, and urging states to require permits for handguns, which has worked effectively in New York to keep these dangerous guns out of the hands of criminals. Details: Albany: Office of the Attorney General, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2016 at: https://targettrafficking.ag.ny.gov/#part1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 147886

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Elder Abuse: The Extent of Abuse by Guardians Is Unknown, but Some Measures Exist to Help Protect Olders Summary: The extent of elder abuse by guardians nationally is unknown due to limited data on key factors related to elder abuse by a guardian, such as the numbers of guardians serving older adults, older adults in guardianships, and cases of elder abuse by a guardian. Court officials from six selected states GAO spoke to noted various data limitations that prevent them from being able to provide reliable figures about elder abuse by guardians, including incomplete information about the ages of individuals with guardians. Officials from selected courts and representatives from organizations GAO spoke to described their observations about elder abuse by a guardian, including that one of the most common types appeared to be financial exploitation. Some efforts are under way to try to collect better data on elder abuse and guardianship at the federal, state, and local levels to support decision making and help prevent and address elder abuse by guardians. For example, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) plans to launch the National Adult Maltreatment Reporting System—a national reporting system based on data from state Adult Protective Services (APS) agency information systems by early 2017. According to HHS and its contractor, this system has the capability to collect information that could specifically help identify cases of elder abuse where a guardian was involved. GAO also identified state and local initiatives to capture key data points and complaint data as well as identify “red flags” such as unusually high guardian fees or excessive vehicle or dining expenses. The federal government does not regulate or directly support guardianship, but federal agencies may provide indirect support to state guardianship programs by providing funding for efforts to share best practices and facilitate improved coordination, as well as by sharing information that state and local entities can use related to guardianship. State and local courts have primary responsibility over the guardianship process and, as such, have a role in protecting older adults with guardians from abuse, neglect, and exploitation. Measures taken by selected states to help protect older adults with guardians vary but generally include screening, education, monitoring, and enforcement. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-33: Accessed December 5, 2016 at: http://gao.gov/assets/690/681088.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 140305

Author: Johns Hopkins University. Applied Physics Laboratory Title: A Comprehensive Report on School Safety Technology Summary: According to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), the total victimization rate at schools has declined 82% over the past two decades, from 181 victimizations per 1000 students in 1992 to 33 victimizations per 1000 students in 2014. The NCES also indicates that in 2013, fewer than 1.5% of students ages 12 to 18 reported violent or serious violent victimization at school during the previous 6 months.1 Although schools are generally safe in the United States, rare incidents of extreme violence at schools in the United States and abroad garner public and political scrutiny and a call to assess ways to effectively secure classrooms and campuses. Incidents like those at Columbine High School in 1999 and Sandy Hook Elementary School in 2012, as well as other instances of crime and violence in schools, have sparked a rapid increase in the use of technology to ensure the safety and security of PreKindergarten (Pre-K), elementary, middle, and high schools. In 2014, the U.S. Congress appropriated $75 million to improve school safety and allotted targeted funding to the U.S. Department of Justice’s National Institute of Justice (NIJ). In response, NIJ launched the Comprehensive School Safety Initiative to conduct scientific research and evidence-based studies that build knowledge of effective means to increase school safety nationwide. NIJ’s research interests included the impact of embedding law enforcement professionals or other security personnel in schools, the effects of school discipline policies, the impact of threat assessment approaches currently being used in schools, the approaches for improving school climate and culture, and the impact of school safety technologies and their impact on students’ perception of safety. In addition, NIJ specifically allocated funding to enhance data collection about school safety and to conduct two assessments of technology and school safety—this effort focusing on how technology is used today to prevent violence in schools and a separate effort assessing technology needs of the future.2 Under cooperative agreement, NIJ tasked the National Criminal Justice Technology Research, Test and Evaluation (RT&E) Center at Johns Hopkins University to undertake a comprehensive assessment of how technology is currently used in the United States and in other countries to prevent and respond to criminal acts of violence in K-12 schools, both public and private. As part of the congressionally directed Comprehensive School Safety Initiative, the RT&E Center endeavored to accomplish the following objectives regarding school safety and security technologies: • Identify technologies currently being used in K-12 schools to prevent, respond to, and mitigate criminal acts of violence. • Identify how the technologies are being used (i.e., purpose, policy, and practice). • Identify what is known about the efficacy of those technologies. • Identify factors such as laws, policies, regulations, and costs that affect deployment and employment of technologies. • Provide reports and other information to NIJ for dissemination to the various constituents that play a role in safety and security in schools. The resulting report, entitled “A Comprehensive Review of School Safety Technologies,” is intended to be used by a range of audiences, including school administrators, security directors, principals, and others. It features four research components—a literature review, a technology review, case studies, and a legal review. It examines the technologies currently being used, how they are used, how those technologies were chosen, and how well they are working. By providing this context, school officials can make informed decisions about technology choices that can increase the safety of school children, faculty, and staff Details: Johns Hopkins University, 2016. 479p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250274.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 140306

Author: Lavris, Jennifer L. Title: Perfect Pothunting Day: An Examination of Vandalism to the Cultural Resources of Canyon de Chelly National Monument, its Motivations, and Potential Solutions Summary: In the United States, federal land managers such as the National Park Service (NPS) are mandated by legislation such as the Antiquities Act (1906), the National Historic Preservation Act (1966, amended 1976), the National Environmental Policy Act (1969) and the Archaeological Resources Protection Act (1979) to identify, manage and protect cultural resources for future generations. These resources are irreplaceable and provide a tangible link to the past for the scholars that study them, the cultures that are connected to them, and the interested layperson. At Canyon de Chelly National Monument, in the Four Corners Region of the U.S. Southwest (Figure 1), cultural resources are endangered by natural and human‐caused agents. These agents of resource destruction are outlined in Figure 2; the focus of this study is the damage caused by agents that are predatory and malicious in nature, such as defacement and looting, or illegal activity such as visitation. This study will aim to determine the amount of damage that has occurred to the cultural resources of Canyon de Chelly, to determine the factors that have attracted visitors, vandals and looters to certain sites, to compare those data to other estimates, and will offer potential solutions to curtail future vandalism. Details: Leicester, UK: University of Leicester, School of Archaeology and Ancient History, 20-09. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 6, 2016 at: http://traffickingculture.org/app/uploads/2015/11/A_Perfect_Pothunting_Day_-_An_Examinatio.pdf Year: 2998 Country: United States Keywords: Antiquities Shelf Number: 140308

Author: Texas. Sunset Advisory Commission Title: Windham School District: Schools in the Texas Department of Criminal Justice. Sunset Self-Evaluation Report Summary: Mission: The Windham School District (WSD) will provide appropriate educational programming and services to meet the needs of the eligible offender population in the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) and reduce recidivism by assisting offenders in becoming responsible, productive members of their communities. Statutory Goals: (1) reduce recidivism; (2) reduce the cost of confinement or imprisonment; (3) increase the success of former inmates in obtaining and maintaining employment; and (4) provide an incentive to inmates to behave in positive ways during confinement or imprisonment. (TEC, §19.003) Statutory Powers and Duties: The district may establish and operate schools at the various facilities of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice. (TEC, §19.002) The district shall: (1) develop educational and vocational training programs specifically designed for persons eligible under Section 19.005, and (2) coordinate educational programs and services in the department with those provided by other state agencies, by political subdivisions, and by persons who provide programs and services under contract. (TEC, §19.004), The key functions continue to serve the following ongoing objectives: 1. reduce recidivism; 2. reduce the cost of confinement or imprisonment; 3. increase the success of former inmates in obtaining and maintaining employment; and 4. provide an incentive to inmates to behave in positive ways during confinement or imprisonment. The functions are still needed for the following reasons: • Thousands of offenders in TDCJ lack the educational background and basic skills necessary to obtain employment upon release or participate in advanced educational programs. The typical WSD student: - dropped out of school in the 9th or 10th grade, - functions at the 5th or 6th grade level, - has an IQ of 86, - has a history of academic failure, - has a defensive and/or negative attitude, - has low self-esteem, - has little confidence in self to find employment, - has limited ability to visualize a productive future, - has difficulty with relationships, - has difficulty controlling anger, and - exhibits impulsive behavior. - Windham School District serves as a dropout recovery program for thousands of offenders who never completed high school. Offenders as young as 14 years of age may be incarcerated in TDCJ facilities. According to the TDCJ Statistical Report for 2010, nearly 2,800 offenders were under the age of 20 - still eligible for public school. Additionally, more than 44,000 offenders were between the ages of 20 and 29. Most of these offenders lack a high school diploma, have no significant work history, and lack the skills and credentials necessary to compete successfully for jobs. Many lack even the most basic academic skills, not to mention the higher order thinking, reasoning, and problem-solving skills that are typically required in today's workplace. - In 2010, WSD provided educational services to 326 offenders who were seventeen years of age or younger, and an additional 5,964 offenders throughout the system who were public school age. - Education programs serve as a prison management tool. Participation in education programs is tied directly to an offender's classification status and serves as a behavioral incentive. Additionally, offenders who are actively engaged in productive activities are far less likely to create a disturbance than those who are idle. There is also a cost savings in terms of security operations. Education employees supervise thousands of offenders in classrooms every day. Details: Austin, TX: The Advisory Commission, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2016 at: https://www.sunset.texas.gov/public/uploads/files/reports/Windham%20School%20District%20SER%202011%2083rd%20Leg_0.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Programs Shelf Number: 147858

Author: Wang, Eugene W. Title: Windham School District Evaluation: Post-Release Wage-Earning and Recidivism Outcomes Summary: Windham School District (WSD) is the education provider for offenders within the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ). WSD is required to complete a biennial evaluation and report of the effectiveness of its program, in accordance with S.B. 213 Sec 19.0041. WSD has compiled data regarding participation in its programs, including academic programs, vocational training, and life skills programs. Researchers at Texas Tech University's Institute for Measurement, Methodology, Analysis and Policy (IMMAP) performed analyses to evaluate the effectiveness of WSD programming by examining correlations between program attendance and completion and outcomes in areas such as institutional disciplinary violations, GED attainment and grade-level gains, and post-release wage-earning and subsequent arrests and confinements. The following report provides detailed results and findings for the above analyses. These analyses are based on WSD educational data for all offenders released during the 2010-2011 fiscal years. For offenders who were released during the 2010-2011 school year, those released in 2011 do not have complete data pertaining to the definitions for subsequent arrests and subsequent confinements during the three years post-release. An explanation for interpretation of this incomplete data is provided within the report. S.B. 213 Sec. 19.0041, titled “Program Data Collection and Biennial Evaluation and Report”, requires Windham School District (WSD) to compile and analyze information to determine whether its programs are meeting its goals, to make changes to the programs as necessary, and to submit a report to the Board, the Legislature, and the Governor’s office. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of its programs, WSD is required to conduct a biennial evaluation and report regarding the effectiveness for each of its programs, including performance-based information and data related to academic, vocational training, and life skills programs, specifically in the following areas: 1. Institutional Disciplinary Violations 2. Subsequent Arrests 3. Subsequent Confinements 4. The Cost of Confinement 5. Educational Achievement 6. High school equivalency examination passage 7. The kind of training services provided 8. The kind of employment the person obtains on release 9. Whether the employment was related to training 10. The difference between the amount of the person’s earnings on the date employment is obtained following release and the amount of those earnings on the first anniversary of that date 11. The retention factors associated with the employment Details: Lubbock, TX: Texas Tech University, Institute for Measurement, Methodology, Analysis & Policy, 2014. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2016 at: http://www.windhamschooldistrict.org/images/PDF/other/Windham_School_District_Evaluation_Post-Release_Wage-Earning_Recidivism_Outcomes.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Programs Shelf Number: 140311

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Human Trafficking: State Has Made Improvements in Its Annual Report but Does Not Explicitly Explain Certain Tier Rankings or Changes Summary: Human traffickers around the world exploit men, women, and children for profit—often through commercial sex work or forced labor. The State Department annually reports on global anti-trafficking efforts—ranking countries into 1 of 4 tiers based on their actions. We found several key shortcomings in State's 2015 and 2016 reports—potentially limiting their usefulness as tools to encourage governments to fight trafficking. For example, the reports lacked clear explanations for some countries' rankings, or for decisions to upgrade or downgrade a country to a different tier. We recommended that State improve the transparency of its decision-making. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-56: Accessed December 6, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/681388.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 147861

Author: Papageorge, Nicholas W. Title: Health, Human Capital and Domestic Violence Summary: We study the impact of health shocks on domestic violence and illicit drug use. We argue that health is a form of human capital that shifts incentives for risky behaviors, such as drug use, and also changes options outside of violent relationships. To estimate causal effects, we examine chronically ill women before and after a medical breakthrough and exploit differences in these women's health prior to the breakthrough. We show evidence that health improvements induced by the breakthrough reduced domestic violence and illicit drug use. Our findings provide support for the idea that health improvements can have far-reaching implications for costly social problems. The policy relevance of our findings is compounded by the fact that both domestic violence and illicit drug use are social problems often seen as frustratingly impervious to interventions. One possible reason is that the common factors that drive them, such underlying health or labor market human capital, are themselves very persistent over time. Our study provides a unique test of this hypothesis by examining what happens when factors underlying violence or drug use exogenously shift due to a medical technological advancement. Our findings suggest that both violence and drug use could be reduced by improving women's access to better healthcare. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, no. 22887: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22887 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 147927

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Aiming to Reduce Time-In-Cell: Reports from Correctional Systems on the Numbers of Prisoners in Restricted Housing and on the Potential of Policy Changes to Bring About Reforms Summary: A new report, jointly authored by the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) and the Arthur Liman Program at Yale Law School, reflects a profound change in the national discussion about the use of what correctional officials call "restrictive housing" and what is popularly known as "solitary confinement." Just published, Aiming to Reduce Time-In-Cell provides the only current, comprehensive data on the use of restricted housing, in which individuals are held in their cells for 22 hours or more each day, and for 15 continuous days or more at a time. The Report also documents efforts across the country to reduce the number of people in restricted housing and to reform the conditions in which isolated prisoners are held in order to improve safety for prisoners, staff, and communities at large. The 2016 publication follows the 2015 ASCA-Liman Report, Time-In-Cell, which documented the use of restricted housing as of the fall of 2014. As ASCA explained then, “prolonged isolation of individuals in jails and prisons is a grave problem in the United States.” Today, a national consensus has emerged focused on limiting the use of restricted housing, and many new initiatives, as detailed in the report, reflect efforts to make changes at both the state and federal levels. The 2016 Report is based on survey responses from 48 jurisdictions (the Federal Bureau of Prisons, 45 states, the District of Columbia, and the Virgin Islands)—that held about 96% of the nation’s prisoners convicted of a felony. That number excludes people held in most of the country’s jails (housing hundreds of thousands of people), in most of the country’s juvenile facilities, and in military and immigration facilities. Tallying the responses, the new 2016 Report found that 67,442 prisoners were held, in the fall of 2015, in prison cells for 22 hours or more for 15 continuous days or more. The percentages of prisoners in restricted housing in federal and state prisons ranged from under 1% to more than 28%. Across all the jurisdictions, the median percentage of the prison population held in restricted housing was 5.1%. How long do prisoners remain in isolation? Forty-one jurisdictions provided information about the length of stay for a total of more than 54,000 people in restricted housing. Approximately 15,725 (29%) were in restricted housing for one to three months; at the other end of the spectrum, almost 6,000 people (11%) across 31 jurisdictions had been in restricted housing for three years or more. The Report also chronicles efforts throughout the country and the world to reduce the use of restricted housing. In August of 2016, the American Correctional Association (ACA) approved new standards, calling for a variety of limits on the use of isolation, including a prohibition against placing prisoners in restricted housing on the basis of their gender identity alone. The standards also included provisions that pregnant women, prisoners under the age of 18, and prisoners with serious mental illness ought not be placed for extended periods of time in restricted housing. Further, in some jurisdictions, prison systems (sometimes prompted by legislation and litigation) have instituted rules to prevent vulnerable populations from being housed in restricted housing except under exceptional circumstances and for as short an amount of time as possible. As the Report also details, several jurisdictions described making significant revisions to the criteria for entry, so as to limit the use of restricted housing, as well as undertaking more frequent reviews to identify individuals to return to general population, thereby reducing the number of people in restricted housing by significant percentages. In short, while restricted housing once was seen as central to prisoner management, by 2016 many prison directors and organizations such as ASCA and the ACA have defined restricted housing as a practice to use only when absolutely necessary and for only as long as absolutely required. The goals of ASCA and the ACA are to formulate and to apply policies to improve the safety of institutions and communities by ensuring that the separation of individuals to promote safety and well-being need not be accompanied by deprivation of all opportunities for social contact, education, programming, and other activities. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, School of Law, 2016. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.law.yale.edu/system/files/area/center/liman/liman.new.combined.113016.mf.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 147928

Author: Ryo, Emily Title: Detained: A Study of Immigration Bond Hearings Summary: Immigration judges make consequential decisions that fundamentally affect the basic life chances of thousands of non-citizens and their family members every year. Yet, we know very little about how immigration judges make their decisions, including decisions about whether to release or detain non-citizens pending the completion of their immigration cases. Using original data on long-term immigrant detainees, I examine for the first time judicial decision-making in immigration bond hearings. I find that there are extremely wide variations in the average bond grant rates and bond amount decisions among judges in the study sample. What are the determinants of these bond decisions? My analysis shows that the odds of being granted bond are more than 3.5 times higher for detainees represented by attorneys than those who appeared pro se, net of other relevant factors. My analysis also shows that the detainees' prior criminal history is the only significant legally-relevant factor in both the grant/deny and bond amount decisions, net of other relevant factors. This finding points to the need for further research on whether and how immigration courts might be exercising crime control through administrative proceedings. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California Gould School of Law, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: USC Law Legal Studies Paper No. 15-31; USC CLASS Research Paper No. CLASS15-29; Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper No. 2628962: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.ssrn.com/en/index.cfm/top-authors/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bond Hearings Shelf Number: 140325

Author: Hastings, Allison Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations for the Oregon Department of Corrections Summary: In recent years, a diverse range of international and national bodies, advocates, policymakers, the U.S. Department of Justice, and corrections practitioners have called for prisons and jails to reform their use of segregation, also known as solitary confinement or restrictive housing. Whether citing the potentially devastating psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone in a cell the size of a parking space, the cost of operating such highly restrictive environments, or the lack of conclusive evidence that segregation makes correctional facilities safer, these voices agree that change and innovation are essential endeavors. In 2015, with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Vera Institute of Justice partnered with the Oregon Department of Corrections to help the agency reduce its use of segregation. That assistance included conducting an assessment of Oregon’s use of segregation and identifying opportunities for reform and innovation. This report presents the findings and recommendations from Vera’s assessment, offering Oregon strategies for safely reducing its use of segregation.1 Key Findings Six of the 14 prisons run by the Oregon Department of Corrections hold the vast majority of Oregon’s population in segregation.2 On April 1, 2015 (the snapshot date used by Vera to describe the makeup of the population on a given day), the total population in Oregon’s prisons was 14,934. 1,114 of these people were housed in some form of segregation on that date, which represents 7.5 percent of the total prison population. Vera’s key findings not only touch on Oregon’s use of different types of segregation—such as disciplinary and administrative segregation—but also examine racial, ethnic, and gender disparities as well as the use of segregation for people with mental health needs. Disciplinary segregation is overused, overly long, and characterized by isolating conditions. Vera found that disciplinary segregation, which is imposed as a sanction for rule violations, accounts for the majority of Oregon’s use of segregation: 63 percent (702 people) of people in segregation on April 1, 2015 were living in disciplinary segregation, and 90 percent of adults overall who had contact with some type of segregated housing entered through these units. Vera also found that people often cycle through disciplinary segregation for nonviolent rule violations; in fact, the top rule violation resulting in a disciplinary segregation sanction was disobedience of an order. Further, people can stay in disciplinary segregation for long periods of time—up to six months—and conditions in these units are marked by extreme isolation, idleness, and sensory deprivation. Stays in administrative segregation can be long, isolating, and unproductive for adults in custody. Oregon also has multiple units and processes for housing people in administrative segregation, a type of housing used for people whose notoriety, actions, or threats jeopardize institutional safety. These units vary in terms of average length of stay, reasons for placement, and availability of programming, with most people being housed in intensive management units. One of the goals of intensive management units is to provide cognitive behavioral programming to these men and women, so they can successfully transition back to general population or community settings. However, at the time of Vera’s assessment, the only programs available to people in these units were packet-based programs, which individuals were expected to complete alone in their cells. Vera also found that people who had contact with these units tended to spend over a year total in some form of segregation. People of color and people with mental health needs are over-represented in segregation. Echoing trends identified by researchers regarding America’s use of incarceration overall, African-American and Latino adults are over-represented in Oregon’s segregation units. People of color comprise 26 percent of the total prison population, but 34.3 percent of its segregated population. Similarly, people with mental health needs are over-represented in disciplinary segregation, and women with significant mental health needs are overrepresented in all types of segregated housing. On Vera’s snapshot date of April 1, 2015, 53 percent of the total female population was designated as having significant mental health needs, while 84 percent of the women in segregated housing had that designation. Key Recommendations The Oregon Department of Corrections is a progressive agency that has a well-documented commitment to reform and dedication to staff safety and wellness. Vera acknowledges its many innovations and reform efforts, but also sees room for improvement and offers recommendations in this report that, if implemented, would further Oregon’s reputation as a leader in corrections. Some of the key recommendations include: § Reducing the number of disciplinary infractions eligible for segregation sanctions and reducing the maximum length of stay in disciplinary segregation; § Strengthening informal mechanisms and alternative responses for responding to lowlevel infractions without using segregation; § Enhancing supports, structured activities, and programming in the general prison population, to help keep people from going into disciplinary segregation; § Improving conditions of confinement in all segregated housing units; § Implementing instructor-led, out-of-cell programming in intensive management units; § Creating structured reentry processes for adults in custody transitioning out of long-term segregation, so no one is ever released directly to the community from segregation; § Prohibiting placing adults in custody with serious mental illness, severe developmental disability, or neurodegenerative diseases in any form of extremely isolating segregation; § Creating a committee to study and address disproportionate minority contact with segregated housing; and § Increasing training for all staff on mental health issues, crisis response, communication, and responding to gender differences and gender identity. As the Oregon Department of Corrections moves forward with implementation of reform efforts, Vera has every confidence that the agency will learn from its peers in the field, capitalize on its own strengths, and use these recommendations as a springboard for improving the lives of the men and women who live and work in Oregon’s prisons. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: http://www.oregon.gov/doc/OC/docs/pdf/VERA.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 140326

Author: Cloud, David Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations for the Nebraska Department of Correctional Services Summary: In recent years, a wide range of advocates, policymakers, national and international bodies, and corrections practitioners have called for prisons and jails to reexamine their use of segregation, also known as solitary confinement or restrictive housing. Whether citing the potentially devastating psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone in a cell as small as a parking space, the cost of operating such highly restrictive environments, or the lack of conclusive evidence that segregation makes correctional facilities safer, these voices agree that reform is essential. In 2015, with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) partnered with the Nebraska Department of Correctional Services (NDCS) to help the department reduce its use of segregation. Vera’s assistance included conducting a yearlong assessment of how Nebraska uses segregation and identifying opportunities for change and innovation. While the assessment was still ongoing, NDCS began instituting dramatic reforms. In particular, the department developed and released a comprehensive new rule on restrictive housing in July 2016, in response to the requirements of a 2015 Nebraska law (LB 598). The rule aims to ensure that segregation is used only as a management tool of last resort, in the least restrictive manner possible, and for the least amount of time consistent with the safety and security of staff, inmates, and the facility. NDCS also recently ended the use of segregation as a disciplinary sanction for rule violations. This report presents the findings of Vera’s assessment, which come from a period prior to the enactment of these reforms but provide a useful baseline against which NDCS can measure the impact of recent and future changes. Informed by this assessment, and by a review of the new restrictive housing rule, this report provides recommendations of additional strategies for safely reducing the department's use of segregation. It is Vera's hope that these recommendations will provide helpful guidance for NDCS to successfully build upon the promising steps it has already taken. Key Findings NDCS faces numerous, interrelated challenges that have contributed to the overuse of segregation, including severe overcrowding, a shortage of corrections and mental health staff, and insufficient educational, vocational, and therapeutic programming and mental health treatment for incarcerated people. In recent years, these challenges have attracted significant attention, and NDCS and the Nebraska legislature have been working hard to address them through a series of legislative and regulatory changes, including the new restrictive housing rule. Vera assessed the department's use of segregation before many of these recent reforms and found that during a two-year period ending June 30, 2015, the average daily population in any type of restrictive housing was 13.9 percent of the total NDCS population. To dig deeper, Vera’s assessment examined the various types of segregation in use at the time and looked at differences between genders, age groups, and racial and ethnic groups. Disciplinary Segregation was overused, often for low-level violations, and was characterized by isolating conditions. Vera found that incarcerated people were often sanctioned to Disciplinary Segregation (DS) for minor rule violations. Individuals found guilty of lower-level rule violations (i.e., Class 2 and 3 violations) accounted for 91 percent of all DS sanctions given over the study period. Some of the violations that resulted in the most DS sanctions included “disobeying an order” (Class 2), "swearing, cursing, or use of abusive language or gestures" (Class 3), and "disruption" (Class 3). Nearly half of people incarcerated in NDCS facilities had experienced at least one day in either Disciplinary or Immediate Segregation. People in these types of segregation experienced conditions of extreme isolation, idleness, and sensory deprivation. Administrative forms of segregation were characterized by long stays and restrictive conditions. Fewer incarcerated people experienced other forms of restrictive housing, including Protective Custody (PC), Administrative Confinement (AC), and Intensive Management (IM). However, those who did often spent long periods of time there. The average length of stay in AC was almost six months, in IM it was almost nine months, and in PC it was about ten months. People in AC or IM experienced conditions of extreme isolation, with little access to recreation, programming, or congregate activities. Living conditions in different Protective Custody units varied somewhat, but were generally overly restrictive and also lacked adequate access to constructive programming, recreation, and congregate activity. However, at the time of Vera's assessment, NDCS had begun reforming PC to make conditions more like general population. Certain groups were over-represented in restrictive housing. Men were exposed to all types of segregation at higher rates than women and tended to stay in these conditions for longer durations. On an average day during the study period, almost 15 percent of men were in restrictive housing, compared to an average of 4.8 percent of women. Echoing the fact that racial and ethnic minorities are generally ove-represented throughout the criminal justice system in the U.S., racial and ethnic minorities were disproportionately exposed to restrictive housing in Nebraska. For example, over 50 percent of Black, Hispanic, and Native American individuals in NDCS custody had at least one day of contact with DS, IS, AC, or IM, compared to 39 percent of white people. Additionally, younger males were overrepresented in segregation. On average about 13 percent of males under age 25 in NDCS custody were in the most restrictive types of segregation (not including PC) on any given day, compared to around 6 percent of men 25 and older. Key Recommendations Vera recognizes the many reforms NDCS has begun implementing and offers recommendations that would further the department's efforts to safely reduce the use of segregation. The full report details numerous specific recommendations for NDCS, including: § Support staff as they adjust to a disciplinary process that no longer includes Disciplinary Segregation as a sanction, and ensure that they have adequate alternative tools to respond to misbehavior and incentivize positive behavior; § Identify potential unintended consequences that may arise from the elimination of Disciplinary Segregation—such as the overuse of Immediate Segregation in its place— and implement strong safeguards to protect against them; § Enact firm policies that prohibit placing youth, pregnant women, and people with serious mental illness in any form of restrictive housing that limits meaningful access to social interaction, exercise, environmental stimulation, and therapeutic programming; § Further strengthen procedural safeguards for placement in Longer-term Restrictive Housing (a segregation category established by the new rule), to ensure that it is truly used as a last resort, only when necessary, and for as short a time as possible; § Improve the conditions of confinement in restrictive housing units to reduce the negative effects of segregation, including by increasing out-of-cell time and recreation, minimizing isolation and idleness, and providing opportunities for rehabilitative programming; § Create a step-down program to encourage and facilitate successful transitions from restrictive housing to general population; § Expand the capacity of mental health care services and ensure a therapeutic environment within Secure Mental Health Units; § Continue to explore strategies to address staff vacancies, turnover, and burnout; and § Expand vocational, educational, and therapeutic programming and activities for the entire population, including those in restrictive housing. As the Nebraska Department of Correctional Services continues to move forward with its implementation of current and future reform efforts, Vera has every confidence that the department will capitalize on its own strengths, learn from its peers in the field, and use the recommendations in this report as a springboard for continuing to reduce its use of segregation and improving the lives of the men and women who live and work in Nebraska’s prisons. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: http://www.corrections.nebraska.gov/pdf/Vera%20Institute%20Final%20Report%20to%20NDCS%2011-01-16%20v2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 147934

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: The Trump Effect: The Impact of The 2016 Presidential Election on Our Nation's Schools Summary: In the first days after the 2016 presidential election, the Southern Poverty Law Center's Teaching Tolerance project administered an online survey to K-12 educators from across the country. Over 10,000 teachers, counselors, administrators and others who work in schools have responded. The survey data indicate that the results of the election are having a profoundly negative impact on schools and students. Ninety percent of educators report that school climate has been negatively affected, and most of them believe it will have a long-lasting impact. A full 80 percent describe heightened anxiety and concern on the part of students worried about the impact of the election on themselves and their families. Also on the upswing: verbal harassment, the use of slurs and derogatory language, and disturbing incidents involving swastikas, Nazi salutes and Confederate flags. Details: Montgomery, AL: SPLC, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/splc_the_trump_effect.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-related Crimes Shelf Number: 140329

Author: In the Public Interest Title: The Banks That Finance Private Prison Companies Summary: As America's incarcerated and detained populations have boomed in recent years, the business of owning and operating prisons and jails has grown into a multi-billion-dollar industry. A new report uncovers which Wall Street banks finance the industry’s two leaders, CoreCivic (formerly "Corrections Corporation of America [CCA]") and GEO Group. The Banks That Finance Private Prison Companies shows that six banks have played large roles in bankrolling CoreCivic and GEO Group: Wells Fargo, Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase, BNP Paribas, SunTrust, and U.S. Bancorp. The report also reveals how these banks profit from providing credit, bonds, and loans to private prison companies. Details: Washington, DC: In the Public Interest, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://www.inthepublicinterest.org/wp-content/uploads/ITPI_BanksPrivatePrisonCompanies_Nov2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Banking Industry Shelf Number: 147942

Author: Gomez-Sorzano, Gustavo Title: Terrorist murder, cycles of violence, and terrorist attacks in New York City during the last two centuries Summary: I apply the Beveridge-Nelson business cycle decomposition method to the time series of murder of New York City – NYC (1797-2005). Separating out "permanent" from "cyclical" murder, I hypothesize that the cyclical part coincides with documented waves of organized crime, internal tensions, breakdowns in social order, crime legislation, social, and political unrest, and recently with the periodic terrorist attacks in the city. The estimated cyclical terrorist murder component warns that terrorist attacks in New York City from 1826 to 2005, historically occur in the estimated turning point dates, of whether a declining, or ascending cycle, and so, it must be used in future research to construct a model for explaining the causal reasons for its movement across time, and for forecasting terrorist murder and attacks for New York City. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2007. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 4200: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/4200/1/MPRA_paper_4200.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cycles of Violence Shelf Number: 147950

Author: Ekins, Emily Title: Policing in America: Understanding Public Attitudes Toward the Police. Results from a National Survey Summary: While 68% of white Americans have a favorable view of the police, only 40% of African Americans and 59% of Hispanics have a favorable view. Attitudes have changed little since the 1970s when 67% of whites and 43% of blacks reported favorable views of the police. 2 Racial minorities do not have monolithic attitudes toward the police. This report finds that Hispanics' perceptions of police occupy a "middle ground" between black and white Americans' views. Republicans (81%) are far more favorable toward the police than independents (59%) and Democrats (59%). Nevertheless, majorities of all three groups share a favorable view. Confidence gaps matter: Groups who feel less favorable toward local law enforcement are less certain they would report a crime they witnessed. For instance, black and Hispanic Americans are more than 20 points less likely than white Americans to say they definitely would report a crime. Research finds that when the police have legitimacy, the law has legitimacy, which encourages compliance and cooperation. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2016. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/working-paper-policing-in-america-updated.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 140349

Author: U.S. Homeland Security Advisory Council Title: Report of the Subcommittee on Privatized Immigration Detention Facilities Summary: On August 26, 2016, Secretary Jeh Johnson tasked the Homeland Security Advisory Council (HSAC) to create a subcommittee to look at the use by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) of privately run immigration detention facilities. The tasking was occasioned by an August 18 announcement that the Department of Justice (DOJ) was directing the Bureau of Prisons (BOP) to reduce and ultimately end its use of private prisons. The Secretary asked that this Subcommittee on Privatized Immigration Detention Facilities "address ICE’s current policy and practices concerning the use of private immigration detention facilities and evaluate whether this practice should be eliminated. This evaluation should consider all factors concerning policy and practice with respect to ICE's detention facilities, including fiscal considerations." The subcommittee was created and spent approximately two months reviewing ICE policies and interviewing ICE leadership, as well as other subject matter experts, staff of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), officials from BOP, the U.S. Marshals Service (USMS), and DOJ. The subcommittee also met with detention experts, executives from the major private detention companies, and representatives from national and local immigration advocacy groups. Additionally, subcommittee members visited two ICE detention facilities, one owned and operated by ICE and the other owned and operated by a private for-profit company. This report and its recommendations are the result of the interviews, documents, and site visits mentioned above along with other research conducted by members of the subcommittee. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2016. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: http://www.trbas.com/media/media/acrobat/2016-12/70003382918880-01141658.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 140354

Author: In the Public Interest Title: Cutting Corners in America's Criminal Justice System: How Corrections Companies Harm Prisoners and the Public in Pursuit of Profit Summary: Today, private corrections companies hold contracts to operate hundreds of prisons, jails, and detention centers. Corrections companies also hold contracts to provide services, such as healthcare and meal preparation, to private and public correctional facilities. Often times, companies win these contracts by claiming that they will manage the service in ways that are more "efficient" than the government. Some companies also claim that they can reduce the costs to taxpayers. Cutting Corners in America’s Criminal Justice System shows that, in an effort to provide services with fewer resources while also maximizing profits, companies often cut corners, harming prisoners, employees, communities, and taxpayers. Details: Washington, DC: In the Public Interest, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: https://www.inthepublicinterest.org/wp-content/uploads/ITPI_CuttingCorners_Corrections_April2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 140356

Author: Rovner, Joshua Title: How Tough on Crime Became Tough on Kids: Prosecuting Teenage Drug Charges in Adult Courts Summary: Transfer laws in 46 states and the District of Columbia permit youth to be tried as adults on drug charges. Successful campaigns to raise the age of juvenile court jurisdiction have rolled back some excesses of the tough on crime era. After the implementation of Louisiana’s SB 324 in 2017 and South Carolina’s SB 916 in 2019, just seven states will routinely charge 17-year old offenders as adults, including the two states that also charge 16-year olds as adults. Despite other state laws that differentiate between adults and youth, placing limits on teens’ rights to serve on juries, vote, or marry without parental consent, the criminal justice system in these jurisdictions erases the distinction when they are arrested. Though the vast majority of arrested juveniles are processed in the juvenile justice system, transfer laws are the side door to adult criminal courts, jails, and prisons. These laws either require juveniles charged with certain offenses to have their cases tried in adult courts or provide discretion to juvenile court judges or even prosecutors to pick and choose those juveniles who will be tried in adult courts. It is widely understood that serious offenses, such as homicide, often are tried in adult criminal courts. In fact, for as long as there have been juvenile courts, mechanisms have existed to allow the transfer of some youth into the adult system 2 During the early 1990s, under a set of faulty assumptions about a coming generation of “super-predators,” 40 states passed legislation to send even more juveniles into the adult courts for a growing array of offenses and with fewer procedural protections. The super-predators, wrote John J. DiIulio in 1995, “will do what comes ‘naturally’: murder, rape, rob, assault, burglarize, deal deadly drugs, and get high.” This tough-on-crime era left in its wake state laws that still permit or even require drug charges to be contested in adult courts. Scant data exist to track its frequency, but fully 46 states and the District of Columbia permit juveniles to be tried as adults on drug charges. Only Connecticut, Kansas, Massachusetts, and New Mexico do not. States have taken steps to close this pathway, including a successful voter initiative in California, Proposition 57. Nationwide, there were approximately 461 judicial waivers (those taking place after a hearing in juvenile court) in 2013 on drug charges. The totals stemming from other categories of transfer are not available. From 1989 to 1992, drug offense cases were more likely to be judicially waived to adult courts than any other offense category. Given the recent wave of concern over opiate deaths, it is reasonable to fear a return to this era, even as public opinion now opposes harsh punishments for drug offenses. The ability of states to send teenagers into the adult system on nonviolent offenses, a relic of the war on drugs, threatens the futures of those teenagers who are arrested on drug charges, regardless of whether or not they are convicted (much less incarcerated) on those charges. Transfer laws have been shown to increase recidivism, particularly violent recidivism, among those convicted in adult courts. Research shows waiver laws are disproportionately used on youth of color. Moreover, an adult arrest record can carry collateral consequences that a juvenile record might not. Since very few criminal charges ever enter the trial phase, the mere threat of adult prison time contributes to some teenagers' guilty pleas. This policy report reviews the methods by which juveniles can be tried as adults for drug offenses and the consequences of the unchecked power of some local prosecutors. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/tough-crime-became-tough-kids-prosecuting-teenage-drug-charges-adult-courts/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Courts Transfers Shelf Number: 140357

Author: Sperber, Kimberly Gentry Title: Factors Influencing Medication-Assisted Treatment in Ohio Halfway Houses and Community-Based Correctional Facilities Summary: Recent years have witnessed an alarming increase in the number of people dependent on opiates. Nationally, opiate overdose is the second leading cause of injury related death, surpassed only by car accidents. In Ohio, accidental overdoses has been the leading cause of death since 2007. In fact, there has been a 472% increase in drug overdose deaths from 1999 to 2013. An increase in opiate dependent people means that community corrections programs are seeing a dramatic increase in admissions of opiate dependent offenders. This is not surprising given that the link between opiate use and crime is well established. The Center for Health and Human Services Research at Talbert House completed a study based on previous National Institutes of Health studies that have examined: (1) barriers to MAT within private and public substance abuse treatment programs and (2) counselor attitudes toward MAT. This study was replicated in halfway houses and Community Based Correctional Facilities (CBCF) across Ohio and assesses attitudes of both treatment and security staff in these programs. All Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Corrections (ODRC)-funded halfway houses and CBCFs were invited to participate in the study. All but two programs elected to participate. Data were collected through two mechanisms. The first was an in-depth structured, face-to-face interview with key staff including Program Directors, Clinical Supervisors, a representative of the medical staff, and at least two clinical/direct service staff. An interview guide was used to gather information on key independent variables within a number of domains. Examples of these domains include organizational structure, organizational resources, dominant treatment philosophy and types of services offered, availability of medical personnel, funding sources, exposure to and understanding of MAT research findings, referral source support for MAT, staff support for MAT, concerns associated with providing MAT to offenders, and client characteristics. A total of 181 staff participated in interviews for this study. The second mechanism was the administration of anonymous surveys to all staff at each facility. These surveys assessed knowledge about MAT, beliefs about the effectiveness and appropriateness of MAT for offenders, and endorsement of myths about MAT. 1876 surveys were distributed, and 910 were returned for a response rate of 49%. Interview and survey questions asked about MAT in general as well as about specific medications (e.g., methadone, buprenorphine, and naltrexone), where appropriate. Survey items were rated on a Likert scale. Major Findings A total of 49 facilities participated in the study. Interviews with the Program Directors of these facilities demonstrated that 17 of the programs did not allow any access to MAT at the time of the interview while 13 programs directly prescribed addiction medication to clients with opioid disorders, and an additional 19 programs allowed clients to access addiction medications through an external provider during their stay in the facility. Of the 13 programs providing MAT, 62% prescribed oral naltrexone, 46% prescribed injectable naltrexone, and 62% prescribed buprenorphine. No programs prescribed or allowed access to methadone. While many programs had begun to implement various forms of MAT, interview results showed that the programs faced a number of barriers to implementing comprehensive MAT services including: infrastructure, financial, workforce development, and stakeholder support.  63.3% of the facilities did not have access to medically supervised detoxification services for the clients they serve.  Response patterns indicated financial barriers to hiring medical staff.  Respondents indicated difficulties finding medical staff willing to provide services within correctional programs and with the appropriate experiences for treating a criminal justice population, particularly those with substance use disorders.  83% of the Program Directors agree that the Ohio Department of Mental Health and Addiction Services (OHMAS) is supportive of the use of medications for treating substance abuse in community corrections settings. However, less than 40% of the Program Directors agreed that OHMAS had adequately disseminated information about how to implement MAT in community corrections programs or that OHMAS had offered sufficient training opportunities about using medications to treat substance abuse.  The primary method staff use to learn about MAT is having conversations with staff of other substance abuse treatment organizations. Survey data were used to assess staff beliefs about general treatment approaches for clients with addiction disorders, beliefs about MAT for clients with addiction disorders, and beliefs about the outcomes of MAT.  Regarding overall treatment philosophy, survey responses demonstrated an overall pattern of clinical staff providing significantly higher ratings on items reflective of cognitive-behavioral and motivational enhancement approaches, and operations staff providing significantly higher ratings on items reflective of 12-step approaches and more confrontational approaches.  Regarding concerns with MAT, the consistent pattern was that operational staff were more likely to agree with a series of negative statements, such “Using medications to treat addiction is substituting one drug for another” or “Medications are drugs and you cannot be clean if you are taking drugs.”  Operations staff provided a statistically significantly lower endorsement of agreement to the item “I have received adequate information about the effects of using medication-assisted treatment for offender populations.”  Operations staff also provided significantly lower ratings of agreement than supervisory and clinical staff on items that reflected benefits of MAT, such as MAT reduces relapse, increases employment, reduces crime, reduces or blocks the effects of opioids, increases family stability, and improves birth outcomes for children born to addicted mothers. On the other hand, they provided significantly higher ratings of agreement to items indicating beliefs about negative outcomes of MAT, such as MAT rewards criminals for being drug users and interferes with the ability to drive a car. In the surveys, we also asked staff about their perceptions of the acceptability and effectiveness of four medications used to treat opioid disorders: buprenorphine, methadone, oral naltrexone, and injectable naltrexone. Since previous studies have found that lack of information about medication effectiveness serves as a barrier to its implementation, we also sought to examine the extent of knowledge diffusion regarding each medication. We operationalized diffusion as a dichotomous variable. This variable was coded based on the response to the item “Based on your knowledge and personal experience, to what extent do you consider each of the following treatment techniques to be effective?” Answering “I don’t know” was coded as a lack of diffusion, while all other ratings were considered as evidence of diffusion. Finally, we sought to identify predictors of knowledge diffusion, endorsements of acceptability, and endorsements of effectiveness. Results are summarized below:  35.1% did not know the effectiveness of buprenorphine, 37.2% did not know the effectiveness of methadone, 55.4% did not know the effectiveness of oral naltrexone, and 44% did not know the effectiveness of injectable naltrexone. This trend is consistent with the amount of time these medications have been in use within the field of community corrections in Ohio.  Staff perceived methadone and buprenorphine as less effective than both oral and injectable naltrexone, with the highest rating of effectiveness assigned to injectable naltrexone. Regarding acceptability, the results show the same trend, with staff rating methadone and buprenorphine as less acceptable than both forms of naltrexone. Again, injectable naltrexone received the highest endorsement of acceptability.  Operations staff were more likely to provide a “don’t know” response regarding the effectiveness all four medications (see Table 1.). On the other hand, staff who worked in programs that provided access to MAT (rather than directly providing MAT) were more likely to endorse an opinion about all four medications. Staff who agreed that they had received adequate information about the effects of using MAT with offender populations also had an increased likelihood of endorsing an opinion about the effectiveness of all four medications.  Staff and agency characteristics did not consistently predict perceived acceptability across the four medications (see Table 2.). Predictors that were somewhat consistent across models included staff beliefs about outcomes of MAT, whether the facility directly provided MAT, and staff concerns about MAT. Specifically, staff who demonstrated a higher level of agreement with positive statements indicating positive outcomes of MAT were significantly more likely to endorse the use of buprenorphine, oral naltrexone, and injectable naltrexone as acceptable. While direct provision of MAT served to increase the probability that staff would rate oral and injectable naltrexone as acceptable, it served to decrease the probability that staff would endorse methadone as acceptable.  The only consistent predictor of perceived effectiveness across all four medications was staff beliefs regarding the positive outcomes of MAT (see Table 3.). Higher average ratings on these beliefs resulted in statistically significant increases in the probability that staff would agree that the medication was effective. Details: Columbus, OH: Center for Health & Human Services Research, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.ohio.gov/links/MAT_CBCFs_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 145616

Author: Williams, Shante Title: The Role of Problem Behaviors in the Pathway from Abuse to Prostitution Summary: Research has suggested that behaviors beginning in childhood or adolescence may play a mediating role in the relationship between childhood maltreatment and involvement in prostitution. It is currently unknown how poor self-concept and low self-efficacy play a mediating relationship in this association. The primary purpose of this correlational study was to evaluate early youth problem behaviors such as poor self-concept and reduced self-efficacy as possible mediators in the association between childhood abuse/neglect and participation in prostitution during young adulthood. The central research questions explored the association between childhood maltreatment and involvement in prostitution, as well as how self-concept and self-efficacy mediate the association between childhood maltreatment and engagement in prostitution in young adulthood. The Eco-developmental theory provided the theoretical framework for the study. Data consisted of 4,882 adolescents in Grades 7â??12 in the United States during the 1994â??1995 school year from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health, 61 of whom self-reported activity in prostitution. Results from Pearson correlations and Structural Equation Models indicated a relationship between childhood maltreatment and prostitution during young adulthood; self-efficacy and self-concept did not mediate this relationship. Childhood abuse was not a significant predictor of self-efficacy and self-efficacy was not significantly related to prostitution. Childhood maltreatment was a significant, negative predictor of positive self-concept. By demonstrating that childhood maltreatment is linked to prostitution in young adulthood, this research can foster positive social change, by showing the value of creating intervention programs that target childhood abuse in order to reduce involvement in prostitution in young adulthood. Details: Minneapolis, MN : Walden University, 2016. 140P. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 9, 2016 at; http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3241&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 140374

Author: Sabia, Margaret Frances Title: Predictability of Delinquency through Psychosocial and Environmental Variables across Three Generational Status Groups Summary: Issues such as the rapid growth of the immigrant youth population and delinquency among adolescents generate public safety concerns among the U.S. population. However, delinquency intervention strategies for immigrant youth in the United States remain scant, which is problematic because these youth face acculturative challenges that increase their risk for maladaptive outcomes. This quantitative, cross-sectional study addressed a research gap regarding the differential influence of risk factors in predicting delinquency across 3 generational statuses. The theoretical framework guiding the study consisted of acculturation theory, the immigrant paradox, and differential association theory. Two research questions were evaluated using a stratified random sample of 255 U.S. adolescents from the Second International Self-Reported Delinquency Study Dataset. The bivariate correlation analyses show that delinquency was significantly related to self-control, neighborhood disorganization, and delinquent peers for the total adolescent sample, and family bonding and school climate at the generational status level. The multiple regression analyses show that delinquency was best predicted by self-control for first-generation immigrants, by neighborhood disorganization, school climate, and delinquent peers for second-generation immigrants, and by self-control, family bonding, and delinquent peers for native-born youth. The results demonstrate that immigrant and native-born youth have unique adaptive and developmental processes that impact their delinquency. By increasing knowledge of delinquency risk factors, the study findings may help advocates address public safety concerns, enhance the cultural responsiveness of interventions, and, ultimately, improve youths' behavioral outcomes. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2016. 356p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3333&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 140375

Author: Capellan, Joel A. Title: Looking Upstream: A Sociological Investigation of Mass Public Shootings Summary: In the last 40 years, social scientists have provided important insights into the different characteristics of mass public shootings: their prevalence, types, patterns, and individual risk factors. However, we still lack a fundamental understanding of the processes that shape its incidence and spatial distribution. Our failure to tap into these dynamics is rooted in our inability to escape the dominant paradigm in which this phenomenon has been examined. Literature on mass murders, and most recently on mass public shootings, has been trapped by an analytical framework that cares only for individual risk factors. This paradigm is myopic because it assumes that only the proximate causes (i.e., factors and events closest to the attack) shape the prevalence and distribution of such attacks. The goal of this study is to step away from this paradigm and recast these shootings as a social phenomenon, shaped by social forces. This investigation is couched on three major Sociological/Criminological theoretical perspectives: social integration, social disorganization, and imitation/diffusion theories. Under social integration/social disorganization theory, I posit that certain ecological characteristics (primarily low social cohesion) make certain populations more at risk or vulnerable to these types of massacres. Similarly, I argue that an imitation or diffusion process, driven primarily by media exposure, also shapes the incidence and spatial distribution of these attacks. A Continuous-time Event History Model (or Hazard/Survival Model) is used to test the influence of social integration and imitation/diffusion forces on the prevalence of mass public shootings in the contiguous United States for the 1970-2014 time period. The results paint a mixed, but rather interesting picture. From the theoretical perspective findings are mixed. Imitation/diffusion and social disorganization theory were not supported by the results. Durkheim’s social integration theory was the most successful, but also partially supported. Despite these mixed findings, the results provide unexpected and interesting insights into the social causes of mass public shootings. The findings show that (contrary to expectations) the occurrence of a mass public shooting was found to depress the odds of future attacks. We also learned that mass public shootings tend occur in states that are more rural, with greater levels of marriage stability, and social-economic status. These are quite unique findings, as these relationships tend to be reversed for regular homicide. The results suggest that mass public shootings behave more like suicide, than regular homicide. This study is the first to provide insights into the sociological roots of mass public shootings. As such, the results provide a springboard for the future literature. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2016. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: http://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2455&context=gc_etds Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 140376

Author: Austin, James Title: How Many Americans are Unnecessarily Incarcerated? Summary: Nearly 40 percent of the U.S. prison population - 576,000 people - are behind bars with no compelling public safety reason, according to a new report from the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law. The first-of-its-kind analysis provides a blueprint for how the country can drastically cut its prison population while still keeping crime rates near historic lows. In 1963, the March on Washington marked a turning point in the long fight for civil rights for African Americans. A century after President Lincoln issued the Emancipation Proclamation, hundreds of thousands converged at his memorial to celebrate a century of liberation and to protest what Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. called the manacles of segregation and the chains of discrimination. In the intervening fifty years, we have come a remarkable distance, but the shackles of systemic racism continue to bind communities of color. We stand on the frontlines in the fight to build a society free from racial discrimination. In 2015, we honored the sacrifices of our forbearers and galvanized international attention to systemic discrimination with a "Journey for Justice from Selma, Ala. to Washington, D.C. While national support for this effort provides hope the tide may be turning, it also belies a sad truth: Many of the grave inequalities we fought decades ago still persist, more than fifty years after the Civil Rights Act. The single greatest injustice that threatens our safety and hinders our progress? Mass incarceration. People of color bear the brunt of our criminal justice system in disproportionate and devastating numbers. This is in part because racial disparities exist at all stages of the system, which relies on corrosive practices that harm people of color. Our communities have already suffered from historic and systemic economic injustice and racially targeted criminal justice policies. These wounds have not healed and have been aggravated by the staggering number of people trapped in prisons over the past forty years. Today, an estimated 2.2 million people are locked inside jails and prisons. African Americans make up roughly 13 percent of the U.S. population but 37 percent of the nation's prisoners. People with dreams and aspirations suffer in airtight cells of prison and poverty. But the injustice does not end there. More than half of formerly incarcerated Americans are unemployed a year after release. Communities of color are over policed, over-prosecuted, over-incarcerated and yet underemployed. If we do not take steps now, Americans of color will forever be relegated to a penal and permanent underclass, and mass incarceration will continue to cage the economic growth of our communities. We have reached a crisis point, and we need solutions. This groundbreaking report from the Brennan Center for Justice offers a pathway to reduce our prison population and its tragic racial disparities. It documents the number of people behind bars without rationale, and reveals the unnecessary trauma this causes. It recommends real solutions that can help end over-incarceration. I urge lawmakers to give deep consideration and deeper commitment to this report's findings and recommendations. This nation must continue to march forward, toward a day when all people are treated based not on the color of their skin but on the content of their character, uncolored and un-stigmatized by a criminal record. It is time that we end the plague of mass incarceration Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2016 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Unnecessarily_Incarcerated.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 145623

Author: Rojas-Gaona, Carlos E. Title: Adoption of Street Code Attitudes among Latinos and its Effects on Criminal Offending Summary: This individual-level study draws from Elijah Anderson's (1999) Code of the Street theory to examine racial/ethnic differences in levels of code-related attitudes and criminal offending with special attention to Latinos. The code of the street is a normative system of values that emphasizes the use of violence to achieve respect among peers and avoid moral self-sanctions. Using a racially/ethnically diverse sample of serious adolescent offenders from two large U.S. cities and controlling for socio-demographic and risk factors, this study tests whether code-related attitudes are a mediating mechanism linking race/ethnicity and criminal offending. Net of a series of socio-demographic and risk factors, results obtained from path mediation models showed negative direct and total effects of Black non-Latino status on aggressive offending, and negative direct and total effects of Latino status on aggressive and income offending, relative to non-Latino Whites. More importantly, there is evidence of at least one mediation effect of race/ethnicity on criminal offending. Specifically, path mediation models revealed a positive indirect effect of Latino status on aggressive offending. That is, net of statistical controls, differences on aggressive offending among Latinos compared to non-Latino Whites operated indirectly through the adoption of code-related attitudes. Whereas the hypothesized mediation effect of code-related attitudes on aggressive offending was confirmed for Latinos, there is no support for the mediation effect of Black non-Latino status on aggressive and income offending through the adoption of code-related attitudes, nor for the effect of Latino status on income offending through the adoption of code-related attitudes. These results confirm and extend Anderson's theory to describe adherence to street codes among serious adolescent offenders, and among other racial/ethnic minorities such as Latinos. Based on these findings, theoretical and policy implications of this study are discussed. Details: Cincinnati, OH: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2016. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=ucin1470043664&disposition=inline Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescent Offenders Shelf Number: 145624

Author: Aliu, Paul Utu Title: Public Safety Impact of Electronic Monitoring of Texas High-Risk Offenders Summary: The use of electronic monitoring (EM) as a tool to supervise high-risk offenders has increased in the field of criminal justice in the state of Texas. Although EM is now widely used to supervise high-risk offenders to prevent them from committing further crimes, it is unclear whether EM has achieved the purpose of reducing reoffenses during parole supervision. Hirschi's social bond theory, which was later developed into social control theory, was used as the framework for this general qualitative study to explore retired parole officers' perceptions concerning whether EM is successful in preventing high-risk offenders from committing additional crimes. Interview data were collected from 10 retired parole officers who supervised high-risk offenders on EM in Harris County, Texas. The findings revealed that the 10 officers perceived EM to be an effective tool, but they perceived the role of capitalizing on positive social bonds was equally important in controlling criminal behavior. Specifically, the officers perceived that their bond with the high-risk offenders on EM could diminish offenders' propensity to commit new crimes. Opportunities for positive social change stemming from this study include recommendations to the Texas Department of Criminal Justice to develop policies and training that is consistent with social bond theory, and retrain parole officers to emphasize to offenders positive contacts and relationship with family and continuing employment during the term of parole release in order to reduce opportunities for reoffense and further victimization to the community. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2015. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2770&context=dissertations Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140379

Author: Kabia, Victor Sylvester Title: The Relationship Between Increased Police Patrols and Violent Crime Rates in Seven United States Cities Summary: Large, metropolitan areas across the nation have experienced high rates of violent crime over the past 2 decades. As a consequence, law enforcement agencies have increased patrol efforts, but little is known about whether the decrease in violent crime rates was correlated to increased police patrols or to the economic variables of unemployment, inflation, level of education, unemployment compensation, and home-ownership. The purpose of this non-experimental, correlational study was to examine the nature of the relationship between increased police patrols, the 5 economic variables, and violent crime rates in 7 large US cities for a 10-year period. The theoretical framework for this study was based on Paternoster's deterrence theory and Becker's economic theory of crime causation. Data were acquired from the Federal Bureau of Investigation and used a sample of 114 cases of reported violent crimes for each city included in the study for the years 2000 – 2010 (n = 798). A multiple regression analysis was initially performed with inconclusive results. Spearman's correlations between each of the independent and dependent variables of violent crime indicated that all the independent variables except for home-ownership had statistically significant inverse correlations with violent crime rates. The findings of this study may be used by law enforcement agencies and policy makers to develop crime prevention interventions that address those economic factors associated with violent crime, thereby promoting positive social change through creating safer communities. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2016. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3420&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 146044

Author: Mitchell, Kimberly J. Title: The Role of Technology in Youth Harassment Victimization Summary: This bulletin summarizes the findings of the NIJ-sponsored Technology Harassment Victimization study, which is a follow-up study to the second National Survey of Children's Exposure to Violence sponsored by OJJDP. The study examined technology-involved harassment within the context of other types of youth victimization and risk factors. The data reveal that mixed-peer harassment-involving both in-person and technology-based elements - is the most traumatic for victims, especially those who have been victimized in multiple ways in the past and are facing numerous stressors in their present lives. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250079.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 146043

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Building Resilience to Violent Extremism Among Somali-Americans in Minneapolis-St. Paul Summary: This study asked members of the Somalia-American community in Minneapolis-St. Paul to describe the challenges of living in a refugee community, how violent extremists try to exploit their condition for recruitment purposes, and what resources and strategies are needed to minimize their vulnerability. Using ethnographic methods, this study looked at the everyday lives of Somalia-American adolescent boys and young men in the context of their families and communities. It found opportunities for entering violent extremism as well as capacities for diminishing those opportunities. Based on empirical data and informed by relevant theory, it identified themes and built a model, Diminishing Opportunities for Violent Extremism (DOVE), which can help to inform prevention strategies for building community resilience to violent extremism in the Somalia-American community in Minneapolis-St. Paul. No one risk factor explained involvement in violent extremism. Rather it was the interaction of multiple risk factors at the peer, family, community, global, state, and societal levels. These risk factors combined to create an opportunity structure for violent extremism with three levels of opportunity: 1) youth's unaccountable times and unobserved spaces; 2) the perceived social legitimacy of violent extremism; and 3) contact with recruiters or associates. Involvement in violent extremism depended on the presence of all three, with decreasing proportions of adolescent boys and young men exposed to the latter two. Efforts to increase resilience should involve strengthening protective resources or what are called opportunity-reducing capacities. Furthermore, family and youth, community, and government can help to strengthen protective resources at each of the three levels of opportunity. Priorities include diminishing: 1) youth's unaccountable times and unobserved spaces; 2) the perceived social legitimacy of violent extremism; and 3) the potential for contacts with terrorist recruiters or associates. Building community resilience to violent extremism should be approached through community collaboration and capacity building. Interventions may involve government, community, and families working collaboratively to improve each other's capacities. Shared goals could be to: 1) collaboratively strengthen families; 2) develop community support for families and youth; and 3) adopt new governmental strategies for community support and protection. One way to determine priority areas for prevention might include identifying protective resources with the greatest potential for addressing multiple risk factors. Collaborations between government, community, and families and youth can then be built to enhance these capacities. Based on the current study, promising preventive interventions in the Somalia-American community in Minneapolis-St. Paul might include: 1) building a web-based resource that includes information and training about risks and safeguards for use by youth, parents, and community service providers; 2) providing Somali youth and young adults with opportunities for service in their community and humanitarian and peace work, thus creating alternative ways for youth to channel their passion for Somalia; and 3) providing logistical support and training to elders and critical voices in the community and on the web. Additional research is needed in communities under threat to show which acts of building resilience work with whom under what circumstances and why. One way to do this would be to collaborate with the community to develop, pilot, and evaluate a multilevel community resilience-based prevention strategy in Minneapolis-St. Paul based on the DOVE model. Another would be to use the DOVE model as a basis for assessing other communities targeted by violent extremists, in the United States and abroad, so as to refine the model and approaches that can reliably assess communities at risk and help to inform and prioritize prevention strategies Details: College Park, MD: START, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Report to Human Factors/Behavioral Sciences Division, Science and Technology Directorate, U.S. Department of Homeland Security: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/sites/default/files/files/publications/Weine_BuildingResiliencetoViolentExtremism_SomaliAmericans.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 146042

Author: Maryland. Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention Title: Second Report to the State of Maryland Under House Bill 954: Deaths Involving a Law Enforcement Officer 3-Year Report Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This report provides information relating to the cases where individuals died when law enforcement officers were present or when a law enforcement officer was killed in the line of duty. This report describes in detail the methodology used to gather and report on the information required under House Bill 954, "Deaths Involving a Law Enforcement Officer." While the report details statistical and demographic information regarding these cases, familiarization with the data collection methodology, as well as the underlying facts of each case is a crucial component of this report. INTRODUCTION On May 12, 2015, Governor Larry Hogan signed into law Maryland House Bill 954 (Chapter 134 of 2015, hereinafter HB 954), "Deaths Involving a Law Enforcement Officer" (Attachment A). For the first time in Maryland, a legal mechanism is now in place for capturing and reporting to the public each time a citizen dies during a police encounter, or a law enforcement officer dies in the line of duty. Effective July 1, 2015 each local and State Law Enforcement Agency in Maryland was required to provide the Governor's Office of Crime Control & Prevention with information about each officer-involved death, and officer death in the line of duty that involves a law enforcement officer employed by their agency. This report provides the data collected for the 3 year reporting period from January 1, 2013 – December 31, 2015. Details: Annapolis, MD: Governor's Office, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2016 at: https://goccp.maryland.gov/wp-content/uploads/deaths-involving-law-enforcement-2013-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 146419

Author: Renauer, Brian Title: Public Contact with and Perceptions Regarding Police in Portland, Oregon Summary: On September 12, 2012 the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) filed a complaint in the Federal District Court for Oregon asserting that the City of Portland has engaged in a pattern and practice of unnecessary or excessive force against persons experiencing a mental health crisis. This survey is the result of a settlement agreement between Portland's City Council and the DOJ which specified the Portland Police Bureau (PPB) develop a means of assessing public perceptions. The first report generated by the research team examined general attitudes of residents. This second report focuses on an area pertinent to the DOJ settlement - police contact experiences. The purpose of this second report is to: 1) examine whether persons who report voluntary (e.g. asking police for help) or involuntary (e.g. being stopped by the police) police contacts in the past year felt they were treated "fairly" or "unfairly", and 2) examine whether perceptions of treatment relate to attitudes about the Bureau. Data for the report were obtained from a postal survey sent in July of 2013 to a random sample of Portland addresses, including an oversampling of Census tracks with higher percentages of African American, Hispanic/Latino, and younger residents. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=cjpri_briefs Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 146047

Author: Renauer, Brian Title: Public Perceptions Regarding the Police Bureau and Crime in Portland, Oregon Summary: The "Portland Public Safety Survey" was implemented in the summer of 2013 to fulfill research needs and begin baseline data collection necessitated by the settlement agreement approved by Portland City Council with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) on November 14, 2012. Here are some examples from the settlement agreement that specify the need for a general population survey and the focus of measures.  Page 3 of the settlement agreement notes a need for measures that, "will assist the Parties and the community in determining whether, (2) community trust in PPB has increased; and (3) the improvements will be sustainable."  Page 52 of the settlement agreement authorizes the City to conduct a representative survey of the Portland community, "regarding their experiences with and perceptions of PPB's prior community outreach efforts and accountability efforts and where those efforts could be improved, to inform the development and implementation of the CEO Plan."  The bulk of the settlement agreement focuses on reforming use of force policy and training with a particular focus on mental health crisis management. Dr. Brian Renauer of Portland State University and his research team entered into a contract with the Portland Police Bureau (PPB), with the approval of City Council, to address the above needs stipulated in the settlement agreement. This is the first of three reports required in the contract. The methodology and content of the general population survey was informed by the language of the settlement agreement, meetings with PPB and City representatives, and resource constraints. The focus of the general population survey is on five content areas: Section 1. Legitimacy and Trust Section 2. Evaluation of PPB’s Performance Over the Past Year Section 3. Perceptions of Use of Force Section 4. Perceptions of Safety Section 5. Police Contact Experiences Sections 1 through 4 are reviewed in this report and section 5 will be the focus of a separate report. It is important to point out this report represents “baseline” data. In other words, it is the first year of data collection and there are as yet no appropriate comparison data that would allow us to assess changes over time. Nor are there nationally established policing standards that could be used in comparing Portland to other regions. For these reasons the report does not make value judgments regarding the findings. Instead, the report is designed to help the City understand existing public perceptions, identify potential factors that may be influencing perceptions, and to generate a list of strategies that could help to sustain and improve public opinion of local law enforcement. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=cjpri_briefs Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146048

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Oregon Recidivism Analysis Summary: Historically, recidivism in Oregon has been tracked with a single definition: a new felony conviction within three years of release for incarceration or imposition of probation. Criminal justice stakeholders are well versed in this recidivism definition, and some are in the habit of referencing a single recidivism number from memory based on the latest recidivism analysis. The new definition essentially provides three measures of recidivism, and a richer context for recidivism analysis. Developing the analysis necessary to report recidivism using this new definition requires the merging of multiple criminal justice data systems on a scale never achieved before in Oregon. This report is the fourth in a series of comprehensive statewide analysis2 using the definition of adult recidivism in HB 3194 (codified in ORS 423.557). The most recent data available is included, and the statewide recidivism analysis is provided in this report. In addition, the CJC has released an interactive and online data dashboard to present the recidivism analyses3 . This data dashboard includes many different filters and breakouts of the recidivism data, including results by gender, age, race, county, and risk to recidivate level. This dashboard is available to criminal justice stakeholders and members of the public as an interactive and online data sharing tool to provide recidivism analysis results. Many factors can impact recidivism rates such as law enforcement resources and other criminal justice system resources, the risk profile of individuals in the system, changing emphasis on arrests or prosecutions, as well as the use of evidence based programs. This analysis does not attempt to explain why recidivism rates have changed over time, but simply displays the recidivism rates for offenders released from incarceration or sentenced to felony probation statewide. This analysis shows the current statewide rates of recidivism: For those released from prison or from a felony jail sentence in the first six months of 2013: 17% were re-incarcerated for a new felony crime within three years of release, 42% were convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years of release, and 55% were arrested for a new crime within three years of release. For those who started a felony probation sentence in the first six months of 2013: 13% were incarcerated for a new felony crime within three years, 41% were convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years, and 49% were arrested for a new crime within three years Details: Salem, OR: Oregon Criminal Justice Commission, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: https://www.oregon.gov/cjc/SAC/Documents/Oregon_Recidivism_Analysis_Nov2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 146421

Author: Colucci, Anthony L. Title: Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences: Houston Texas Police Department Project on Officer-Involved Shooting Summary: The overall goal of this research was to investigate Officer-Involved Shooting (OIS) incidents relevant to the Houston Police Department, and the relationships between its likelihood and pre-scene and on-scene factors, as well as relationships amongst the factors. The primary goal of the study was to mine data and identify significant pre-scene and on-scene factors that substantially affected the likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting incidents. The secondary goal of this study was to identify factors that meaningfully impacted the significant on-scene factors, in particular ones related to officer’s behavior prior to gun use, that were highly correlated with likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting. The study’s third goal was to focus on investigating specific relationships amongst selected pre-scene and on-scene factors, as well as between these factors and likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting incidents. For example, the team found that junior officers were more likely to find themselves in use-of-force situations, but were also seemingly more likely to use the CED instead. This might be a result of junior officers assimilating better with CED, which is a relatively newer technology. The treatment group included 195 incidents that escalated into Officer-Involved Shooting incidents, while the control group included 108 incidents where firearm use was also permitted, but did not escalate into Officer-Involved Shooting incidents. Specifically, in these incidents within the control group, officers chose to use Conducted Energy Devices (CEDs) or Tasers instead. Over the course of six months, the team performed extensive data mining and collating, leading to a data set with 303 observations, and 269 variables. In the primary analysis, the team was able to identify several meaningful relationships between pre-scene and on-scene variables and likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting incidents. To achieve the secondary goal, the team isolated significant on-scene factors and analyzed their relationships with pre-scene and preceding on-scene factors. Last but not least, the team ran focused regressions for selected pre-scene and on-scene factors and data points and learnt about specific relationships of interest. The key takeaways are as follows: Primary Analysis ● Officers responding to Critical Incident Training (CIT)-designated situations were 82 percent less likely to use their guns as compare to non-CIT situations ● Officers approaching with gun drawn were 37.0 percent more likely to use their guns than when approaching without gun drawn ● When officers knew that the suspect had a weapon, they were 19.6 percent more likely to use a gun than when they did not know that suspect had a weapon. However, if these officers also knew that the suspect’s weapon was a knife, they were 46.6 percent less likely to use a gun than when they knew the suspect had a weapon, but did not know it was a knife. ● Cases with one officer unit, including cases where backup was expected, were 23.9 percent more likely than two or more officer units to result in Officer-Involved Shooting ● Giving verbal commands resulted in a 10.1 percent decrease in likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting as compared to not giving verbal command, except in cases where officers communicated with suspects, in which case it had no effect ● Incidents involving vehicles were 17.9 percent more likely to result in Officer-Involved Shooting than incidents not involving vehicles ● Suspects displaying aggressive stance (including pointing weapon at officers or others), and using weapon increased the likelihood of Officer-Involved Shooting by 35.1 percent and 22.4 percent, as compared to when suspect did not display aggressive stance and did not use weapon respectively ● Incidents in the Spring and Summer were 12.8 percent and 12.0 percent more likely respectively to escalate into Officer-Involved Shooting incidents respectively, as compared to Fall incidents; Winter incidents were not significantly different from Fall incidents Secondary Analysis ● Cases where officers knew beforehand about a vehicle pursuit were 49.3 percent more likely to involve officer approaching with gun drawn as compared to cases where officers did not know beforehand about a vehicle pursuit ● Cases involving traffic stops were 46.7 percent more likely to involve officer approaching with gun drawn as compared to those not involving traffic stops ● Cases where officers knew the suspect had a weapon were 24.8 percent more likely to involve officer approaching with gun drawn as compared to those where officers did not know suspect had a weapon ● Burglary and disturbance crimes were 34.7 percent and 32.8 percent more likely to involve officer approaching with gun drawn respectively, while evade and resist arrest crimes were 44.0 percent less likely to involve officer approaching with gun drawn, in comparison to other types of crimes, i.e. assist officer, barricaded suspect, and warrants, that were not significant ● Initial encounters with officer issuing tickets, interviewing suspects, and suspect initiating encounter were 57.7 percent, 49.7 percent, 49.2 percent less likely to involve officers approaching with gun drawn, in comparison to other insignificant miscellaneous initial encounters ● Assault crimes were 55.5 percent less likely to involve officers giving verbal commands as compared to other insignificant types of crime, such as barricaded suspect, and stolen vehicle. ● Self-initiated incidents were 44.0 percent less likely to involve officers giving verbal commands as compared to dispatch incidents ● For each extra year of service in the force, officers would be 0.5 percent more likely to give verbal commands ● When cover was possible for suspects, officers were 14.9 percent more likely to give verbal commands than when cover was not possible ● Incidents with building searches were 7.2 percent more likely to involve officers giving verbal commands as compared to insignificant miscellaneous initial encounters Focus Analysis ● More senior officers, specifically with seniority of more than five years, were 22.7 percent more likely than junior officers (seniority of less than five years) to shoot when they approach with gun drawn ● "Get out of the vehicle" resulted in 38.5 percent increase in OIS as compared to not giving command "Get out of the vehicle" in likelihood of suspect attacking officer ● "Drop the weapon" resulted in 20.1 percent decrease in OIS as compared to not giving command “Drop the weapon” in likelihood of suspect attacking officer ● When concealment was possible for officer, the likelihood of suspect attacking officer decreased by 40.5 percent as compared to when concealment was not possible for officer ● An increase in average priority number for previous calls for service decreased the likelihood of OIS by 3.9 percent (per unit increase), when restricting the regression to only officers on duty Details: Evanston, IL: Northwestern University, Weinberg College of Arts and Sciences, Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, 2014. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 13, 2016 at: http://www.houstontx.gov/police/department_reports/ois/HPDThesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Officer-Involved Shootings Shelf Number: 140438

Author: Armacost, Barbara E. Title: The Enforcement Pathologies of Immigration Policing Summary: State and local police have become increasing involved in enforcing immigration law. While so called “immigration policing” is not new, as some scholars have claimed, it has increased in visibility and influence. This is due in large part to state and federal legislation that has broadened the footprint of immigration policing programs, and to increased federal funding, which has enabled state/federal cooperative programs to flourish. The federal government has created many of the immigration enforcement partnerships between federal agents and state and local police. Today, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement lists no fewer than thirteen immigration enforcement cooperatives, including the 287(g) program and Secure Communities, recently renamed the “Priority Enforcement Program.” In addition, state legislatures have also been busy empowering state and local police to do immigration enforcement in their jurisdictions, including in Arizona where an important immigration policing provision was upheld by the Supreme Court in Arizona v. United States. The increased participation of state and local officials has thrust immigration policing into the limelight and triggered passionate reactions by scholars and the media both pro and con. While these debates have important things to say, this article will assume that immigration policing – in some form – is here to stay. The reason is simple: Immigration policing simply makes sense (or in any event it is too tempting to resist). State and local police are already on the street interacting with citizens, enforcing laws, investigating suspicious conduct, and arresting suspected criminals. Why not ask officers engaged in these activities to pursue any suspected immigration violations at the same time, especially if they can do so without changing their ordinary policing activities? While there are 18,000 federal immigration agents there are over 750,000 state and local police with arrest authority. Conscripting state and local police creates a substantial “force multiplier” for the much more limited federal immigration workforce. Proponents of immigration policing argue that state and local police can serve as a force multiplier without producing any adverse effect on either federal immigration priorities or state law enforcement priorities. The goal of this article is to dispute this claim. The claim relies on the assumption that state and local officials will continue to make law enforcement decisions uninfluenced by the knowledge that stops, investigations, and detentions in connection with other crimes are a gateway to immigration enforcement. It is well know, however, that police officers routinely use “pretextual” street and traffic stops for minor offenses to investigate other crimes for which they lack probable cause. Not surprisingly, police involved in immigration policing are using street and traffic stops as a mechanism for investigating suspected immigration violations. This strategy both compromises federal immigration policy – by shifting the focus away from dangerous criminal aliens and toward minor offenders – and diverts state and local policing resources away from ordinary criminal enforcement. Moreover, stops with hidden immigration enforcement motivations lead almost inevitably to racial profiling, most of which is either legal or very difficult to challenge. The second part of the article draws on lessons from the Fourth Amendment context to explore possible solutions that will address these distortions while retaining important benefits from the federal/state/local partnerships. The most important strategy for addressing pretextual policing is to decouple state and local policing from automatic (or the perception of automatic) immigration enforcement. One step toward decoupling is to treat stops and arrests for minor offenses, which create the risk of pretextual stops and racial profiling, differently for purposes of immigration enforcement than stops and arrests for more serious crimes. A number of states have moved in this direction by declining to honor ICE detainers for potential immigration violators unless those individuals have actually been convicted of a serious crime. Other states have adopted policies that bar police from initiating police action for the purpose of investigating suspected immigration violations. ICE has also taken steps to channel its enforcement efforts toward illegal aliens who have committed serious crimes or repeatedly flouted federal immigration. Such efforts point the way forward in an enforcement world in which state and local immigration policing is here to stay. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia School of Law, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 19 : Accessed December 13, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2584713 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crimmigration Shelf Number: 135202

Author: Wylly, Marion Johnston Title: Motives of Art Theft: A Social Contextual Perspective of Value Summary: This study utilizes a sociological contextual examination of the value of art in order to examine the relationship between the value of art and art theft. The over-riding research question of this study addresses: What is the relationship between the value of art and art theft? In order to explore this question, the study will further examine three additional research questions. First, what determines the value of art? Does this value affect motive? If so, how? Second, what is, if any, the co-evolutionary relationship between the value placed on an artwork and art crime? Third, how do policies and procedures established to protect artworks also affect the value of art? This exploratory and descriptive study examines the dualism of value and motive relative to the context of art and art theft through an inductive grounded theory design. The primary means for gathering data will incorporate content analysis and a series of open-ended systematic qualitative interviews. The findings of this study contribute to the overall knowledge of art theft and illicit art trade. It will provide a base of information for future studies, and aid in the development of theories about art crimes. The data will also provide information to stakeholders so that they may actively influence changes in procedures and policy implementation as a prevention of art crimes. Details: Florida State University, 2014. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/islandora/object/fsu:185344/datastream/PDF/view Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Art Crime Shelf Number: 140440

Author: Hill, Leslie Brooke Title: Becoming the Person Your Dog Thinks You Are: An Assessment of Florida Prison-Based Dog Training Programs on Prison Misconduct, Post-Release Employment and Recidivism Summary: Dog Training Programs have recently become a popular rehabilitative program within correctional facilities. They are present in all 50 states as well as many other countries. However, the empirical literature on the effectiveness of these popular programs is sparse. Using a cohort of inmates released from Florida prisons between the years of 2004-2011 (n=181,547) this study examines the effectiveness of dog training programs on prison misconduct, post-release employment and recidivism. Findings indicate that participation in a dog training program can lead to reductions prison misconduct and reductions in the likelihood and timing of re-arrest. Among those who participated in dog training programs, longer duration, recency of participation, continuity of treatment and being in the program at release emerge as predictors of reductions in prison misconduct and re-arrest and increasing obtaining employment upon release. Due to promising findings, policy implications are discussed as well as potential avenues for future research. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2016. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://fsu.digital.flvc.org/islandora/object/fsu%3A360369 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 140442

Author: Financial Action Task Force (FATF) Title: Anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing measures: United States. Mutual Evaluation Report Summary: 1. This report provides a summary of the anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) measures in place in the United States at the date of the on-site visit (18 January 2016 to 5 February 2016). It analyses the level of compliance with the FATF 40 Recommendations, the level of effectiveness of its AML/CFT system, and makes recommendations on how the system could be strengthened. A. Key Findings  The AML/CFT framework in the U.S. is well developed and robust. Domestic coordination and cooperation on AML/CFT issues is sophisticated and has matured since the previous evaluation in 2006. The understanding of money laundering (ML) and terrorist financing (TF) risks is well-supported by a variety of ongoing and complementary risk assessment processes, including the 2015 National Money Laundering Risk Assessment (NMLRA) and National Terrorist Financing Risk Assessment (NTFRA), which were both published. The national AML/CFT strategies, key priorities and efforts of law enforcement and other agencies seem to be driven by these processes and are coordinated at the Federal level across a vast spectrum of agencies in a number of areas.  The financial sectors bear most of the burden in respect of required measures under the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA). Financial institutions (FIs), in general, have an evolved understanding of ML/TF risks and obligations, and have systems and processes for implementing preventive measures, including for on-boarding customers, transaction monitoring and reporting suspicious transactions.  However, the regulatory framework has some significant gaps, including minimal coverage of certain institutions and businesses (investment advisers (IAs), lawyers, accountants, real estate agents, trust and company service providers (other than trust companies). Minimal measures are imposed on designated non-financial businesses and professions (DNFBPs), other than casinos and dealers in precious metals and stones, and consist of the general obligation applying to all trades and businesses to report transactions (or a series of transactions) involving more than USD 10 000 in cash, and targeted financial sanctions (TFS) requirements. Other comprehensive AML/CFT obligations do not apply to these sectors. In the U.S. context the vulnerability of these minimally covered DNFBP sectors is significant, considering the many examples identified by the national risk assessment process.  Law enforcement efforts rest on a well-established task force environment which enables the pooling of expertise from a wide range of law enforcement agencies (LEAs), including prosecutors, to support quality ML/TF investigation and prosecution outcomes. Overall, LEAs have access to a wide range of financial intelligence, capabilities and expertise allowing them to trace assets, identify targets and undertake expert financial ML/TF investigations. There is a strong focus on following the money in predicate offence investigations at the Federal level. A similar focus on identifying terrorist financiers in terrorism-related investigations applies. The U.S. investigates and prosecutes TF networks aggressively in line with its risk profile. International cooperation in these areas is generally effective though improvements are underway to further improve the timely handling of (a large volume) of mutual legal assistance (MLA) and extradition requests.  Lack of timely access to adequate, accurate and current beneficial ownership (BO) information remains one of the fundamental gaps in the U.S. context. The NMLRA identifies examples of legal persons being abused for ML, in particular, through the use of complex structures to hide ownership. While authorities did provide case examples of successful investigations in these areas, challenges in ensuring timely access to and availability of BO information more generally raises significant concerns, bearing in mind risk and context.  At the Federal level, the U.S. achieves over 1 200 ML convictions a year. Many of these cases are large, complex, white collar crime cases, in line with the country’s risk profile. Federal authorities have the lead role in all large and/or international investigations. There is however no uniform approach to State-level AML efforts and it is not clear that all States give ML due priority. The AML system would benefit from ensuring that a range of tax crimes are predicate offenses for ML.  The Federal authorities aggressively pursue high-value confiscation in large and complex cases, in respect of assets located both domestically and abroad. The authorities effectively resort to criminal, civil and administrative tools to forfeit assets. At State and local levels, there is little available information, though it appears that civil forfeiture is vigorously pursued by some States.  The U.S. authorities effectively implement targeted financial sanctions for both terrorism and proliferation financing purposes, though not all U.N designations have resulted in domestic designations (mainly on the basis of insufficient identifiers). Most designations take place without delay, and are effectively communicated to the private sector. The U.S. Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) is used by thousands of FIs across the U.S. and beyond which gives the U.S sanctions regime a global effect in line with the size, complexity and international reach of the U.S. financial system. The U.S has had significant success in identifying the funds/other assets of designated persons/entities, and preventing them from operating or executing financial transactions related to terrorism and proliferation. Only minor improvements are needed in this area.  AML/CFT supervision of the banking and securities sectors appears to be robust as a whole, and is evolving for money services businesses (MSBs) through greater coordination at the State level. The U.S. has a range of sanctions that it can and does impose on FIs as well as an array of dissuasive remedial measures, including informal supervisory actions. These measures seem to have the desired impact on achieving the supervisory objectives. The most significant supervisory gap is lack of comprehensive AML/CFT supervisory processes for the DNFBPs, other than casinos. Details: Paris, FATF, 2016. 266p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/reports/mer4/MER-United-States-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 140443

Author: Sohoni, Mila Title: Crackdowns Summary: The crackdown is the executive decision to intensify the severity of enforcement of existing laws or regulations as to a selected class of offenders or offenses. Each year, federal, state, and local prosecutors and agencies carry out thousands of crackdowns on everything from trespassing to insider trading to minimum-wage violations at nail salons. Despite crackdowns’ ubiquity, legal scholarship has devoted little attention to the crackdown and to the distinctive legal and policy challenges that crackdowns can pose. This Article offers an examination and a critique of the crackdown as a tool of public law. The crackdown can be a benign and valuable law enforcement technique. But crackdowns can also stretch statutory authority to the breaking point, threaten to infringe on constitutional values, generate unjust or absurd results, and serve the venal interests of the law enforcer at the expense of the interests of the public. Surveying a spectrum of crackdowns from the criminal and administrative contexts, and from local, state, and federal law, this Article explores the many ways that crackdowns may quietly subvert democratic values. The obvious challenge, then, is to discourage the implementation of pathological crackdowns, while also preserving the needed flexibility to enforce the law, within the context of a legal and political system that imposes sparse restraints on the crackdown choice. This Article locates a foundation for tackling this challenge in the requirement of “faithful” execution in Article II’s Take Care Clause and its cognate clauses in the state constitutions. The crackdown decision should be faithful — to statutory text and context, to the interests of the public, and to constitutional and rule-of-law values. By elaborating the content of this obligation, this Article supplies a novel normative framework for evaluating the crackdown — and a much-needed legal platform for governing it. Cutting sharply against the grain of modern law, this Article calls for a broad rethinking of the principles and constraints that should frame the Executive’s power to selectively and programmatically augment enforcement. Details: San Diego: University of San Diego School of Law, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal Studies Research Paper Series No. 16-236: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2877476 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 144887

Author: Connolly, Eric J. Title: Examining Gene-Environment Interactions Between Antisocial Behavior, Neighborhood Disadvantage, and Collective Efficacy Summary: The association between neighborhood context and antisocial behavior has been the focus of a considerable amount of criminological research over the past 50 years. During this time, numerous studies have found significant associations between neighborhood disadvantage and youth antisocial behavior. This body of evidence created the foundation for several neighborhood-level theories of crime and delinquency. One neighborhood-level theoretical framework that has received perhaps the most attention within criminology in recent years is collective efficacy theory. Although prior research has revealed that differences in collective efficacy explain differences in crime across neighborhood context, collective efficacy and other neighborhood-level risk factors only account for a fraction of the variance in youth antisocial behavior. One explanation for this finding could be that previous neighborhood-level research on neighborhood disadvantage and collective efficacy has not taken into account the effects of genetic factors, which have been found to explain a considerable amount of variation in antisocial behavior. Using longitudinal kinship data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth-Child and Young Adult Supplement, this study aims to assess whether and to what extent neighborhood disadvantage and collective efficacy moderate latent genetic influences on variation in antisocial behavior during childhood and adolescence. Findings from a series of biometric decomposition models show that exposure to neighborhood disadvantage and collective efficacy condition the influence of genetic and environmental effects on antisocial behavioral development across different stages of childhood and adolescence. Implications of these Gene x Neighborhood Environment findings for contemporary neighborhood-level theory and neighborhood-level criminological research are discussed. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2014. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/islandora/object/fsu%3A252936 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 140448

Author: Hardin, Donal Alfred Title: Public-Police Relations: Officers' Interpretations of Citizen Contacts Summary: Perceptual differences in how citizens and police view police-initiated contacts can result in individual and communal tension, mistrust, and social strife, which complicate the relationships needed in order to thrive and promote safe environments. To examine how police officers interpret these contacts, this case study sought to explore the nature of citizen–police relations from the perspective of police officers in a city in the northwest part of the United States. Social contract and procedural justice theories were used to examine the circumstances that officers cited for taking enforcement actions, including operational definitions of police fairness and legitimacy from the Queensland Community Engagement Trial. Data were collected from interviews with 10 officers during police ride-alongs and from departmental data related to officer performance. These data were inductively coded and then analyzed using a naturalistic inquiry approach. Findings suggest that police officers were amenable to creating formal, quasi-contractual agreements between police and citizens based on a shared understanding of how police exercised power and discretion to guide the citizen-police interaction. Participants perceived that, under certain circumstances, explaining police discretion to citizens may decrease the level of community tension police officers experience. These findings support the theoretical constructs of procedural justice and have implications for social contract theory. This type of arrangement encourages positive social change by strengthening the ties with community members, which in turn promotes officer and public safety. Details: Minneapolis: Walden University, 2015. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2953&context=dissertations Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 140449

Author: Timothy Cole Exoneration Review Commission (Texas) Title: Timothy Cole Exoneration Review Commission Report Summary: The Timothy Cole Exoneration Review Commission was created by the 84th Texas Legislature to review and consider various matters related to wrongful convictions within the Texas criminal justice system. The Legislation was authored by Representative Ruth Jones McClendon and sponsored by Senator Rodney Ellis, who were instrumental in its passage. Commission members and advisory members understand and appreciate the importance of this issue, and have tried to address the issue with the diligence it deserves. We have attempted to fulfill the responsibilities assigned to us by the Legislature. Pursuant to House Bill 48, we have compiled and now issue this report of our findings and recommendations. Commission members and advisory members come from broad and diverse backgrounds. The expertise of each was instrumental in developing the findings and recommendations included in this report. Each member dedicated significant time and effort to complete the Commission’s important assignment of identifying measures to prevent the causes and occurrence of wrongful convictions. H.B. 48 requires concurrence of seven of the eleven members to issue a report. The Commission realized from the start that not every member would agree to every proposed finding or recommendation. In fact, few of the findings or recommendations included in this report are supported by all Commission members. However, because of the Commission’s determination to submit a report in accordance with H.B. 48, Commission members wish to make clear that, by concurring in the whole of this report, they are not necessarily endorsing any specific finding or recommendation herein. Members have been provided the opportunity to include an explanatory, concurring, or dissenting statement regarding their individual positions on matters within the report. The Timothy Cole Exoneration Review Commission recommends that the Legislature consider the following proposals: ELECTRONIC RECORDING OF INTERROGATIONS I. Require either audio or audiovisual electronic recording of interrogations by law enforcement agencies when investigating all felony cases. II. Require recording to begin when the suspect enters the interrogation room. III. Enforce compliance with new recording requirements by permitting the admission of an unrecorded statement only if the judge finds good cause for the failure to electronically record the statement, and establishing a presumption that an unrecorded statement is inadmissible as evidence if the judge finds that no good cause exception applies. FALSE ACCUSATION/INFORMANT REGULATION I. Require prosecutor offices to have written policies on tracking and disclosure of impeaching information on jailhouse informants. II. Permit the admissibility of jailhouse informants’ complete criminal history, including criminal charges that were dismissed or reduced as part of a plea bargain. III. Require prosecutor offices to establish an internal system to track the use of jailhouse informants including, but not limited to, cases in which the jailhouse informant offered testimony and the benefits provided in those cases. FAULTY EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION I. Require training for law enforcement officers on eyewitness identification procedures. II. Require making juries aware of prior identifications of the suspect by the witness when an in-court identification is made. III. Require law enforcement agencies to adopt the Bill Blackwood Law Enforcement Management Institute of Texas Model Policy. FORENSIC SCIENCE PRACTICES I. Encourage the Texas Forensic Science Commission to investigate and consider promulgating policies regarding the use of drug field tests used by law enforcement agencies. II. Encourage the Texas Forensic Science Commission to investigate and consider promulgating policies regarding the process of crime scene investigations. III. Recommend that crime labs in all cases moving forward complete testing of substances in all drug cases regardless of the results of a drug field test, and that crime labs go back through previous cases in which the collected substance was not confirmed by lab testing. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Judicial Branch, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.txcourts.gov/media/1436589/tcerc-final-report-december-9-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 140450

Author: Oregon. Task Force on Public Safety Title: Justice Reinvestment Report to the Legislature Summary: In July 2013, the Oregon Legislature passed House Bill 3194, known as the Justice Reinvestment Act, in response to a nearly 50% increase in Oregon's rate of incarceration between 2000 and 2010. Justice Reinvestment is an approach to spending resources more effectively with the goals of decreasing prison use, reducing recidivism, increasing public safety and holding offenders accountable. This approach can only continue to work as long as it is fully funded. The program depends on certainty of funds for county Justice Reinvestment programs to continue to operate. If Justice Reinvestment is not adequately funded there will be immediate prison bed costs far in excess of the cost of funding the program. HB 3194 created the Justice Reinvestment Grant Programs and included several sentencing changes. This bill also created the Task Force on Public Safety with the purpose of reviewing the implementation of the bill. The Task Force must submit a report to the Legislative Assembly by October 1, 2016 that describes their findings. The Criminal Justice Commission (CJC) staffs the Task Force and tracks prison bed savings from the sentencing changes in HB 3194, county prison use for related Property, Drug and Driving crimes, recidivism and the male and female prison forecasts. This report includes legislative recommendations and topics for further consideration by the Task Force and summarizes the implementation of several key areas in the bill, including sentencing changes, the Justice Reinvestment Grant Program and the Center for Policing Excellence. Details: Salem, OR: The Task Force, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.oregon.gov/cjc/Documents/TaskForceonPublicSafetyJusticeReinvestmentReporttotheLegislature.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 144884

Author: Tiry, Emily Title: Road Map to Pretrial Reforms: Profile Analysis of New Hampshire's Pretrial Defendant Population Summary: This report details an effort in New Hampshire to adopt evidence-based policy and practice for pretrial release decision-making. Many states have introduced changes to improve pretrial release decision-making in recent decades. As the first step toward implementing pretrial reforms in New Hampshire, the current study examines the characteristics of the pretrial defendant population, identifies data gaps and limitations, and presents a road map for developing a validated pretrial risk assessment tool. The population analysis findings suggest that the pretrial defendant population in New Hampshire is largely demographically homogenous across counties, but counties vary in their charging, bail-setting, and data collection practices. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/research/publication/road-map-pretrial-reforms/view/full_report Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 144886

Author: Heaton, Harold I. Title: Geospatial Monitoring of Community-Released Offenders: An Analytics Market Survey, Version 2. Summary: With the growing need for deriving actionable information from the burgeoning volume of offender tracking data, it is becoming progressively more essential to leverage analytics to enable Probation and Parole Officers to help manage their caseloads. This report summarizes information gathered from the responses provided by six companies to a Request for Information issued by the National Institute of Justice regarding the analytics features of their commercially available offender-tracking software. It also describes some of the capabilities of a seventh vendor’s product, which were derived by synthesizing information from its Web site and insights provided by correctional departments that use that firm’s services. These businesses include companies that currently provide integrated offender-monitoring services to correctional customers (BI Incorporated, Satellite Tracking of People, Track Group, 3M), an industry leader in big data predictive analytics (SAS Institute, Inc.), and vendors interested in adapting current products to community corrections that have been applied successfully to criminal justice and other applications (FMS, Uncharted Software). As such, it comprises a near-term resource for assisting correctional agencies that may be considering establishing or upgrading an analytics capability in support of their location-based monitoring mission prior to making purchasing decisions. The report is structured topically to summarize and compare the analytics capabilities of these products in each of seven areas, and a separate chapter is devoted to each topic: (1) Demographic information for the company and point-of-contact; (2) Product purpose and installation; (3) Performance characteristics and validation approach; (4) Analyses performed by the product; (5) Data formatting and information exchange; (6) Requirements for host-agency computing systems; and (7) Operator/analyst education and training requirements. Subsequently, an initial view of end-user needs is captured based on information provided by a small sample of state and county-level correctional departments comprising the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation; Oklahoma, Michigan, and Colorado Departments of Corrections; Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services; and Pretrial Services, City and County of Denver. These agencies also offered their current views on the most significant roles that analytics could play in enabling the effectiveness of each organization’s mission. The departments selected and the questions posed regarding the analytics currently in use were not chosen to provide statistically meaningful results, but the knowledge acquired helped guide interpretations of the vendor responses. Although the analytics capabilities of offender monitoring products do not appear to have been a strong motivator for vendor selection to date, analytical tools comprising various combinations of statistical analysis procedures (including crime scene analysis), data and text mining, social network analysis, and predictive modeling can enable the discovery of hidden behavioral patterns and the prediction of future outcomes. As analysis technology progresses and becomes more user friendly, the correctional agencies queried during this study indicated that analytics would become more of a consideration in any replacement systems that are contemplated in the future. Details: Laurel, MD: The National Criminal Justice Technology Research, Test, and Evaluation Center, The Johns Hopkins University, Applied Physics Laboratory, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250371.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Surveillance Shelf Number: 14889

Author: Sellars, Andrew F. Title: Defining Hate Speech Summary: There is no shortage of opinions about what should be done about hate speech, but if there is one point of agreement, it is that the topic is ripe for rigorous study. But just what is hate speech, and how will we know it when we see it online? For all of the extensive literature about the causes, harms, and responses to hate speech, few scholars have endeavored to systematically define the term. Where other areas of content analysis have developed rich methodologies to account for influences like context or bias, the present scholarship around hate speech rarely extends beyond identification of particular words or phrases that are likely to cause harm targeted toward immutable characteristics. This essay seeks to review some of the various attempts to define hate speech, and pull from them a series of traits that can be used to frame hate speech with a higher degree of confidence. In so doing, it explores the tensions between hate speech and principles of freedom of expression, both in the abstract and as they are captured in existing definitions. It also analyzes historical attempts to define the term in the United States, from the brief period of time when the United States punished hate speech directly. From this analysis, eight traits are surfaced that can be used for the development of a confidence scoring system to help ascertain whether a particular expression should be considered one of hate speech or not. Details: Cambridge, MA: Berkman Klein Center Research Publication No. 2016-20, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2882244 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 144891

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Excessive Revocations in Wisconsin: The Health Impacts of Locking People Up without a New Conviction Summary: A report on health impacts of current practice in Wisconsin to incarcerate people for breaking rules of parole, probation, or supervision but who have not been convicted of a new crime, and recommendations to change that practice. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/Report_ExcessiveRevocationsWI_2016.12.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Health Impacts Shelf Number: 146143

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Asylum: Variation Exists in Outcomes of Applications Across Immigration Courts and Judges Summary: GAO analyzed the outcomes of 595,795 asylum applications completed by the Department of Justice's Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) between fiscal years 1995 and 2014, and identified outcome variation both over time and across immigration courts and judges. From fiscal years 2008 through 2014, annual grant rates for affirmative asylum applications (those filed with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) at the initiative of the individual and referred to an EOIR immigration judge) ranged from 21 to 44 percent. In the same period, grant rates for defensive asylum applications (those initiated before an immigration judge) ranged from 15 to 26 percent. Further, EOIR data indicate that asylum grant rates varied by immigration court. For example, from May 2007 through fiscal year 2014, the grant rate was 66 percent (affirmative) and 52 percent (defensive) in the New York, New York, immigration court and less than 5 percent (affirmative and defensive) in the Omaha, Nebraska, and Atlanta, Georgia, immigration courts. GAO found that certain case and judge-related factors are associated with variation in the outcomes of asylum applications. For example, applicants who were represented by legal counsel were granted asylum at a rate 3.1 (affirmative) and 1.8 (defensive) times higher than applicants who were not represented. After statistically controlling for certain factors, such as judge experience and whether or not the applicant had dependents, GAO found variation remained in the outcomes of completed asylum applications across immigration courts and judges. For example, from May 2007 through fiscal year 2014, GAO estimated that the affirmative and defensive asylum grant rates would vary by 29 and 38 percentage points, respectively, for a representative applicant with the same average characteristics we measured, whose case was heard in different immigration courts. In addition, GAO estimated that the affirmative and defensive asylum grant rates would vary by 47 and 57 percentage points, respectively, for the same representative applicant whose case was heard by different immigration judges. GAO could not control for the underlying facts and merits of individual asylum applications because EOIR's case management system was designed to track and manage workloads and does not collect data on all of the details of individual proceedings. Nonetheless, the data available allowed GAO to hold constant certain factors of each asylum application, enabling GAO to compare outcomes across immigration courts and judges. EOIR provides legal resources to targeted populations, including asylum applicants, through the Legal Orientation Program (LOP) and Legal Orientation Program for Custodians of Unaccompanied Alien Children (LOPC). EOIR and its contractor use LOP and LOPC site visits, monthly conference calls, and quarterly reports to monitor these programs. However, EOIR has not established performance measures, consistent with principles outlined in the GPRA Modernization Act of 2010, to determine whether these programs are having a measurable impact in meeting program objectives. Developing and implementing performance measures, including establishing a baseline, to determine whether LOP and LOPC are having a measurable impact would better position EOIR to make any adjustments necessary to improve the programs' performance. Why GAO Did This Study Tens of thousands of foreign nationals in the United States apply annually for asylum, which provides refuge to those who have been persecuted or fear persecution on protected grounds. EOIR's immigration judges decide asylum application outcomes in court proceedings. In 2008, GAO reported that EOIR data from October 1994 through April 2007 showed significant variation in the outcomes across immigration courts and judges (grants versus denials) of such applications. The Senate Appropriations Committee report for DHS Appropriations Act, 2015, included a provision for GAO to update its 2008 report. This report examines (1) variation in asylum applications outcomes over time and across courts and judges; (2) factors associated with variability; and (3) EOIR's actions to facilitate asylum applicants' access to legal resources. GAO analyzed EOIR data—using multivariate statistics—on asylum outcomes from fiscal years 1995 through 2014, the most current data available at the time of GAO's analysis; reviewed EOIR policies and procedures; and interviewed EOIR officials and immigration judges about court proceedings and legal access programs. GAO observed asylum hearings in 10 immigration courts selected on the basis of application data and other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that EOIR develop and implement a system of performance measures, including establishing a baseline, to regularly evaluate the effectiveness of LOP and LOPC. EOIR concurred with GAO's recommendation Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-72: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/680976.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 140464

Author: Mulholland, Sean E. Title: Hate Source: White Supremacist Hate Groups and Hate Crime Summary: The relationship between hate group activity and hate crime is theoretically ambiguous. Hate groups may incite criminal behavior in support of their beliefs. On the other hand, hate groups may reduce hate crime by serving as a forum for members to verbally vent their frustrations or as protection from future biased violence. I find that the presence of an active white supremacist hate group chapter is associated with an 18.7 percent higher hate crime rate. White supremacist groups are not associated with the level of anti-white hate crimes committed by non-whites, nor do they form in expectation of future hate crimes by non-whites. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 28861: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/28861/1/MPRA_paper_28861.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 144917

Author: Ghosh, Arindam Title: The Geography of Crime in Rochester -- Patterns over Time (2005-2011) Summary: This paper provides maps of all FBI part 1 crimes which were reported in Rochester, New York from 2005 through 2011. The goal of the paper is to examine the patterns of reported crime over a time and space within the City. The offense definitions used here are from the official measure of crime known as the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s (FBI) Uniform Crime Reports (UCR). The FBI’s UCR Program is a nationwide, cooperative statistical effort of law enforcement agencies across the country (nearly 18,000 of them) voluntarily reporting data on crimes brought to their attention. In this case, the data was obtained from the Rochester Police Department, which is collected by the New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services (NYSDCJS) and reported to the FBI. The data spanned a time period of over 7 years, from 2005-2011. This paper contains the crime density maps for the Part I crimes occurring in Rochester over the same time period. We will start with a warning to the reader. This paper contains a large number of maps and a smaller number of charts. For us, these are important as ways of displaying the data, but they have been important to our analytic processes as well. We have found them to be useful in guiding our own thoughts and discussions about the problem of crime in Rochester. We hope they are useful to others in both trying to understanding that problem and in addressing it. Even with this hope, however, we recognize that this is a lengthy set of maps and other data displays. So we want to start with a few general statements from the data that we think will summarize key points that may not be entirely obvious, and that we hope will tempt you to struggle through the rest of the paper. First, it is important to note the trends shown in the data. Reductions in crime are shown for five of the eight categories of Part 1 crimes including murder, rape, robbery, arson, motor vehicle theft and larceny. Levels for aggravated assault and generally flat while burglary levels show a slight upward trend. Taken together, these data show that over 127,000 part 1 crimes were reported in Rochester for the seven years from 2005 through 2011. An important point to be made, however, is that much of the information we get from official crime statistics, particularly when overall crime level or rate is discussed, is dominated by facts about larceny, the crime of lowest seriousness and highest frequency. In Rochester larceny (theft) accounts for nearly 60% of all Part 1 offenses. Combining crime number, then, can lead to confusion. For example, due to the way official crime measures are aggregated, crime index totals count each shoplifting the same as each murder. If you are not careful, such things can mask or distort the reality of crime as it is experienced within the community. Also, bear in mind that these are reported crimes, and as we know, there are many crimes which go unreported, so this does not tell is the whole story – only part of it. While serious violent crime is less frequent than the aggregated data may initially suggestwith the exception of rape, it is highly concentrated geographically and those concentrations persist over time. These are the most important facts about the distribution of serious crime. And, there are important implications to them. First and foremost, it should be clear that, across this community, people have very different experiences with crime in general, with the risk of becoming a victim in particular, and also with the criminal justice system as it responds to crime. We may live very different lives as a result. Recognizing that, it should also be apparent that seeing beyond the chasm that crime can create, in order to better understand one another, is both a difficult and important task. But there are also more specific implications of these crime patterns. They crystalize the community’s responsibility for addressing them. Their persistence demands action. That action can take many forms. It includes the work of individuals and organizations which seek to mitigate the pain implicit in these patterns, and to reduce or prevent violence. It also includes the focus and concentration of appropriate government resources, including the police. Their work is shaped by these patterns. The distribution of serious violence makes them a salient part of the lives of those most affected by crime. And, these facts make clear the great value to be found in strong relationships between the police and the community where crime is highest. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper, August 2012-10: Accessed December 15, 2016 at: http://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2012/2012-10.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 146163

Author: Crittenden, Courtney A. Title: Gender and Programming: A Comparison of Program Availability and Participation in U.S. Prisons for Men and Women Summary: The current study examines the state of prison programming across the U.S. and whether availability of and participation in prison programs varies by gender and other key factors such as the interaction effects of race and gender, self-identified needs, and facility-level characteristics. Using Morash, Rucker, and Haarr's (1994) study, the last major study comparing prison programming for men and women in U.S. prisons, as a guide, I explore the current state of prison programming using national-level survey data. The results indicate that gender does indeed matter for both prison programming availability and participation with women having more programs available to them and participating in more programs than men. Moreover, the findings suggest that programming might be influenced by both stereotypical gender expectations and gender-responsive principles. The interactions of race and gender were also significant for at least one programming option in every domain examined. Results also indicated that inmates are being placed into programming based on self-identified needs, which is promising. Finally, facility-level characteristics are important factors for both program availability and participation. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2013. 424p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: http://scholarcommons.sc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1610&context=etd Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146124

Author: National Collaboration for Youth Title: Beyond Bars: Keeping Young People Safe at Home and Out of Youth Prisons Summary: The National Collaboration for Youth (NCY), a 40-year old affinity group, is a coalition of the National Human Services Assembly member organizations that have a significant interest in youth development. Members of NCY include more than 50 national, non-profit, youth development organizations. The NCY mission is to provide a united voice as advocates for youth to improve the conditions of young people in America, and to help young people reach their full potential. Collectively, the member organizations of the National Collaboration for Youth: ● Serve more than 40 million young people and their families ● Employ over 100,000 paid staff ● Utilize more than six million volunteers ● Have a physical presence in virtually every community in America The organizations that comprise the NCY work across generations, with young people, families, neighbors and community institutions. The impact of our organizations indicates that building strong communities and families provides young people with a greater opportunity to achieve well-being and reach their full potential far better than a system that relies on youth incarceration. These next few pages should serve as a handbook for juvenile justice administrators, legislators, judges, the non-profit community and youth advocates for how to end the practice of youth incarceration, promote public safety and restore a sense of belonging for our young people in their homes and neighborhoods. Our collective experiences tell us that communities that are often characterized by intense needs also have extraordinary assets that can be easily overlooked. We advocate for leveraging those assets as one means to meet those intense needs, and providing greater resources for neighborhood-based services and programs. Details: Washington, DC: National Collaboration for Youth, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: http://www.nationalassembly.org/uploads/documents/BeyondBars.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146133

Author: Owens, Kimberly B. Title: Beyond hate: countering violent extremism from the white power movement Summary: Counterterrorism efforts are a major focus for the homeland security enterprise. Throughout the world, however, efforts have largely focused on countering violent extremism from Islamist organizations. While Islamist terrorists have been responsible for more deaths in the United States, this research focuses on white power domestic terrorism. It considers successful methods from the United States and the United Kingdom (UK), but applies them to factions of the right-wing movement, rather than Salafi-jihadist groups. This research is a case study comparison of former right-wing leaders, both of whom were associated with planned domestic terror plots. Significantly, the research included participation of individuals formerly active within the politically motivated Ku Klux Klan, and the religiously motivated the Covenant, the Sword, and the Arm of the Lord (CSA). It revealed a common anti-government theme between the vastly different groups, as well as the sociological underpinnings for participation in the Klan, within the theoretical framework of Social Identity Theory. While extremism is an unpleasant fact, perhaps violence can be mitigated, and having dialogue with those who once carried the torch of white power rhetoric may hold some answers, or provide a starting point for successful counterterrorism efforts. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/38992/13Dec_Owens_Kimberly.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 146134

Author: Taniguchi, Travis A. Title: The Mobilization of Crime Mapping and Intelligence Gathering Summary: Purpose: The last few years have seen tremendous growth in the law enforcement deployment of smartphones. The availability of high performance hardware and law enforcement relevant commercial off-the-shelf apps has driven significant interest in how this technology can be optimized for law enforcement use. This project had two goals. First, identify the mobile data needs of law enforcement officers and build custom apps to deliver, and capture, relevant information. Second, evaluate the effectiveness of smartphone and custom app deployment using rigorous experimental methodology. Research Subjects: Surveys and focus groups were conducted with sworn officers, civilians working in field positions, and civilian supervisorsin the Redlands Police Department (RPD), Redlands CA. Methods: The project was divided into four phases over a two-year period: Needs Assessment- The needs assessment phase was structured to determine the data and analytic tools needed by RPD field personnel. This phase determined the type of data and formats that could be developed to provide users with actionable information. Users were surveyed and focus groups were conducted. Software Development- The needs assessment was used to inform the app development process. The Omega Group was responsible for developing the NearMe and FI apps. Smoke & Mirrors Software developed the RPD Flyers app. All apps were developed specifically for this project. Software Implementation- Mobile app distribution was controlled by the RPD's mobile device management software, MobileIron. The MobileIron Enterprise App Storefront allowed for secure, authenticated, role-based access to the apps. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2013. 258p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248592.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cellphones Shelf Number: 140496

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: A Price Too High: US Families Torn Apart by Deportations for Drug Offenses Summary: The United States is home to 13 million lawful permanent residents and 11 million unauthorized immigrants. Over two million immigrants have been deported by the Obama administration. While the government claims to focus on deporting serious, dangerous criminals, data obtained by Human Rights Watch shows that over a quarter of a million deportations from 2007 to 2012 involved non-citizens whose most serious conviction was for a drug offense. And, increasingly, individuals are being deported following convictions for drug possession. This trend contrasts sharply with the reforms many US states are undertaking to legalize, decriminalize, or offer drug treatment instead of prison for low-level drug offenders. A Price Too High is based on interviews with over 130 affected individuals, family members, attorneys, advocates, and law enforcement officials, as well as previously unavailable government data obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request. The report documents the scope of the problem, including a 43 percent increase between 2007 and 2012 in the number of individuals deported following drug possession convictions. It shows how lawful permanent residents and unauthorized immigrants with strong ties to the US, including US citizen family members, regularly face mandatory detention without bond and deportation for offenses so minor they resulted little or no jail time under criminal law. Even expunged or pardoned convictions can trigger deportation. The consequences are devastating for immigrants, their families, and communities. Human Rights Watch urges US lawmakers to reform immigration laws to eliminate deportation based on simple possession convictions alone, and to ensure that all non-citizens in deportation proceedings, including those with convictions for drug offenses, have access to an individualized hearing where the immigration judge can weigh evidence of family ties, rehabilitation, and other equities against a criminal conviction. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0615_ForUpload_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportations Shelf Number: 146128

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Marry Before Your House Is Swept Away: Child Marriage in Bangladesh Summary: Bangladesh has the highest rate in the world of child marriage of girls under the age of 15 and the fourth-highest overall rate in the world. In the period 2005 to 2013, 65 percent of girls in Bangladesh married before age 18. Marry Before Your House is Swept Away, is based on over a hundred interviews, most of them with married girls as young as age 10, and documents factors driving child marriage in Bangladesh, including poverty exacerbated by natural disasters, lack of access to education, social pressure, harassment, and dowry. The report also describes failure by the Bangladesh government to take adequate steps to prevent child marriage. In 2014, Bangladesh's prime ministervowed to end child marriage. Awareness is growing among the population that marriage of girls under age 18 is illegal under Bangladeshi law. But this awareness is undermined by widespread complicity by local government officials in facilitating child marriages. Married girls are deprived of education, face serious health risks due to early pregnancy, and are at heightened risk for violence and abuse in the home compared to those who marry later as adults. Bangladesh's vulnerability to natural disasters adds additional hardship that increases the risk of child marriage for many girls. The report calls on the Bangladesh government to step up efforts to prevent child marriage by reforming the Child Marriage Restraint Act, investigating and prosecuting crimes under the act, and ensuring and holding to account officials who fail to enforce the ban on child marriage. International donors should integrate strategies to prevent child marriage into assistance programs. Details: New York: HRW, 2015. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2016 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/bangladesh0615_web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 146129

Author: Ramirez, Anthony Title: New Mexico's Comprehensive Impaired-Driving Program: Crash Data Analysis Summary: In late 2004, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration provided funds through a Cooperative Agreement to the New Mexico Department of Transportation to demonstrate a process for implementing a comprehensive State impaired-driving system. NHTSA also contracted with the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation to measure the effect of that system on various factors including driving-while-impaired (DWI) crash, injury, and fatality rates; DWI arrest rates; DWI conviction rates; blood alcohol concentration (BAC) rates; and public awareness. New Mexico’s core activities included high-visibility impaired-driving law enforcement operations, increased paid and earned media concerning New Mexico’s law enforcement efforts, and prosecutorial and enforcement training in the five counties with the highest rates of alcohol-involved fatalities. Other components of the comprehensive system include the creation of a Statewide DWI leadership team that provided support and direction to the system and the participation of a Traffic Safety Resource Prosecutor to assist on DWI and other traffic safety laws. The five counties initially participating in the project were Bernalillo, Doña Ana, McKinley, Rio Arriba, and San Juan. Santa Fe County joined that group in 2007. Alcohol-involved (those with BACs of .01 g/dL) fatal crashes decreased by 36.5% in the participating counties during the project period of 2005 to 2009. The rest of the State experienced a 31.6% reduction. Alcohol-impaired (those with a BAC of .08 g/dL or higher) fatal crashes decreased by 35.8% in the participating counties during the same period. The rest of the State experienced a 29% reduction. The decrease in the participating counties was not statistically significantly different from the decrease in the rest of the State. This was likely because there were significant Statewide anti-DWI activities during that period as well. However, overall, New Mexico’s multi-faceted efforts appeared to have benefits for the State. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration., 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 147760

Author: Huebner, Beth Title: Missouri Sex Offender Fail to Register Predictive Model Summary: The criminal justice system treats offenders who have committed crimes of a sexual nature much differently than virtually any other type of offender (Edwards & Hensley, 2001). Due to the especially heinous nature of crimes committed by sex offenders, preventing reoffending is especially important to ensuring the safety of the public. A broad scope of legislation has been passed with the goal of controlling the sex offender population. The Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act (SORNA), Title I of the Adam Walsh Act, became law in 2006. SORNA established baseline criteria for jurisdictions to follow pertaining to their registration and monitoring of sex offenders. An emerging body of literature concerning the efficacy of registration requirements suggests they have done little to reduce sexual reoffending (Tewksbury & Jennings, 2010; Huebner et al., 2014). By comparison, much less is known about the factors that influence compliance with these laws among sex offender populations. With few exceptions (Levenson, Ackerman, & Harris, 2014), the extant literature has only started to focus on the factors associated with an increased likelihood of absconding or violating registration agreements. The current project aims to determine the characteristics most useful in predicting compliance with sex offender registry requirements among a sample of registered sex offenders in Missouri. Details: Jefferson City, MO: Missouri State Highway Patrol, Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: http://www.mshp.dps.missouri.gov/MSHPWeb/SAC/pdf/Missouri%20State%20Highway%20Patrol%20and%20UMSL%20Sex%20Offender%20Project.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 147759

Author: Fisher, Leah R. Title: Washington Residents' Perceptions of Sex Offenders and Sex Offender Policies Summary: Largely feared by the public, sex offenders are often seen as some of the most heinous criminals. Throughout the years, this fear has often been met with legal sanctions and legislation at local and federal levels. While well intentioned, these policies have often been found to be based on misinformation and unfounded assumptions, leading to overall ineffectiveness (Cohen & Jeglic, 2007; Zevitz & Farkas, 2000; Zandbergen & Hart, 2006). The most recent federal legislative response to sex offenses is the Adam Walsh Act of 2006 (AWA); Title 1, the Sex Offender Registration and Notification Act, is commonly referred to as SORNA. SORNA regulates the community notification and registration requirement for states to protect further victimization of children. This is done by requiring states to implement and adhere to specific standards outlined by SORNA. The most widely known SORNA standard is tiering of offenders, which requires that all convicted sex offenders be placed in Tier 1, Tier 2 or Tier 3, based on their offense of conviction. Tier assignment determines registration requirements, and all offenders in the same tier are subject to the same duration of registration and frequency of in-person verification. In many cases, tier assignment will also help jurisdictions determine what level of community notification an offender is subjected to. SORNA requires registration information for all sex offenders to be made available online. It also requires jurisdictions to update registration information within three business days and provide email notices to appropriate parties when an offender moves to a new location, begins employment or starts attending school. Currently, Washington assigns levels to offenders based on an evidence-based risk assessment. That level then determines frequency of in-person verification. Conversely, duration of registration is based on offense class, with more serious offenses requiring longer periods of registration. Therefore, the implementation of SORNA tiering would require a major policy change. Washington legislators and policy makers recognize that such a major change in the management of sex offenders would need to be approached in a way that ensures public understanding. To do this, it is key to understand the perceptions of Washington residents that may underlie support for Washington's registration and notification policies. Moreover, it is important to understand the knowledge base of citizens so education can be provided in the most effective way possible. This will make a potential policy transition smoother, allowing convicted sex offenders the opportunity to reintegrate as it leads to a more informed citizenry. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: http://sac.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/pdf/perceptions_brief.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 147758

Author: Wood, Erika Title: Florida: An Outlier in Denying Voting Rights Summary: In recent years, Americans have endured a wave of highly partisan and discriminatory voting restrictions passed in state legislatures across the country. These restrictions have drawn attention for the ways in which they make voting more difficult for many citizens — especially those who are low-income, minority, young, or old. The wave included strict voter ID laws, restrictions on voter registration, and laws to limit access to voter-friendly reforms like early voting. Challenges to those laws are ongoing in courts throughout the country, and their long-term fates are still at issue. But efforts to restrict the right to vote are not new in the United States, and few, if any, restrictions have endured for as long, and disenfranchised as many Americans, as criminal disenfranchisement laws. Across the nation, criminal disenfranchisement laws deny over 6 million Americans a say in our democracy. More than 4.7 million of these citizens have left prison and are in their communities — working, raising families, and paying taxes. At the same time, they remain blocked from joining their neighbors at the polls. People of color bear the brunt of the practice, with over 1 in 13 African Americans disenfranchised — one-third of the total denied the right to vote. Each state has different rules governing who can or cannot vote. In some places the rules are simple: 14 states plus D.C. automatically restore rights when an individual leaves incarceration. But others extend disenfranchisement well beyond prison. For instance, 20 states deny voting rights to people on parole or probation. That includes states like Georgia, where an estimated 250,000 citizens cannot vote, and Texas, where nearly 500,000 people currently cannot vote because of a criminal conviction. But no state disenfranchises more of its citizens than Florida. The state imposes a what for all practical purposes is a lifetime voting ban for people with past felony convictions. In total, more than 1.6 million people have lost their right to vote in Florida, including one in five African-American adults. And to get their voting rights back, citizens must wait five to seven years and submit an application with supporting documentation to the state's governor, who in recent years has denied all but a few hundred applicants out of tens of thousands. Mass disenfranchisement has severe consequences for Florida's communities. For instance, one study found that African Americans in communities subject to harsh disenfranchisement laws experience a decrease in turnout levels, regardless if they themselves were incarcerated. These costs come with no benefits for Florida's public safety. There is no connection between disenfranchisement and deterrence of future crime. Indeed, evidence from Florida suggests that voting makes criminal behavior less likely, explaining support for reform from figures in the law enforcement and corrections sectors. In this report, Professor Erika Wood of New York Law School makes the case against Florida's law — from its Jim Crow roots to its troubling present. Historical accounts make the law's original racist intent very clear. The most current data detail not only the millions of Floridians barred from the polls, but the way in which the state's system perpetuates their disenfranchisement and has even interfered with the voting rights of eligible citizens. This report explains the burden that Florida’s law places on both voters and the state itself, and the urgent need to finally replace it. Change is possible. It's happening throughout the country. Over the last two decades, more than 20 states have allowed more people with past convictions to vote, to vote sooner, or to access that right more easily. In 2016 alone, Maryland’s legislature enfranchised more than 40,000 people, Delaware removed financial barriers to rights restoration, and Virginia's governor committed to restoring voting rights for over 200,000 citizens. And more broadly, Americans are looking for ways to make our criminal justice system smarter, less punitive, and more rehabilitative. Today in Florida, citizens are calling for a ballot initiative to change the state's constitution and dramatically reform Florida's disenfranchisement policy. If successful, the change could restore voting rights to nearly one-quarter of America’s disenfranchised population. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 147757

Author: Berzofsky, Marcus Title: Determining the Optimal Number of Interview Waves in the National Crime Victimization Survey: Evaluation and Recommendations Summary: Presents the results of a study that evaluated the data quality and cost of changing the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) from the current longitudinal design in which household members are interviewed every 6 months for a total of 7 times over a 3.5-year period to designs in which respondents are interviewed 1, 3, 4, or 5 times. The research and development paper describes the development of simulations used to mimic different panel designs and outcomes. Simulation assumptions were constructed using NCVS data from 1999 to 2011, and included assumptions about sample sizes, costs, response rates, mode of interview, victimization rates, and standard errors. Based on the findings, the report offers a recommendation to reduce the number of times NCVS respondents are interviewed. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Development Series: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/doniwpsancvs.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Surveys Shelf Number: 147756

Author: Spinney, Elizabeth Title: Case Studies of Nine Jurisdictions that Reduced Disproportionate Minority Contact in their Juvenile Justice Systems Summary: ACROSS THE UNITED STATES, youths of color are more likely than their white peers to be arrested and referred to juvenile court. After becoming involved in the juvenile justice system, they are also more likely to go deeper into the system, resulting in a higher likelihood of secure detainment, confinement, and transfer to adult court. Minority youths are also less likely to be diverted from court. This phenomenon, known as disproportionate minority contact (DMC), has been recognized for decades as a deep-rooted problem in the juvenile justice system. All states are required to address DMC to stay in compliance with the federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDPA). The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) tracks compliance with this JJDPA requirement. In 2005, OJJDP began requiring states to input data on the flow of youths at nine points in their juvenile justice systems into a Web-based data entry system. Until now, there has been no methodical national analysis of these data. This study is the first to systematically review the data in OJJDP’s database, to identify sites that have been able to reduce DMC over an extended period of time, and to gather information on the strategies used in those successful sites. At the start of this study, OJJDP’s Web-based data entry system had reports from nearly 1,500 jurisdictions across the United States. The top 20 jurisdictions with reductions in racial disparities for five of OJJDP’s nine juvenile justice stages (referral, diversion, detention, confinement, and transfer) were selected for further study. After analyzing data trends, gathering information from state Juvenile Justice Specialists and DMC Coordinators, interviewing stakeholders and decision-makers in jurisdictions of interest, presenting findings during meetings and conferences, receiving input from OJJDP, and meeting with our Advisory Committee, nine jurisdictions were selected for case studies. Five of the nine jurisdictions reduced DMC at arrest or referral to court, three jurisdictions reduced DMC at diversion, four jurisdictions reduced DMC at detention, and two jurisdictions reduced DMC at secure confinement. Eight of the jurisdictions reduced DMC for African American youth, eight jurisdictions reduced DMC for Hispanic youth, and two jurisdictions reduced DMC for Native American youth. The nine jurisdictions selected as case study sites were 1) Bernalillo County, N.M., 2) Clark County, Nev., 3) the state of Connecticut, 4) Essex County, N.J., 5) Hillsborough County, N.H., 6) Montgomery County, Ala., 7) Philadelphia, Pa., 8) Tulsa County, Okla., and 9) Utah County, Utah. These nine case study sites represent a diverse group of jurisdictions both geographically and demographically. The smallest jurisdiction by population was Montgomery County, Ala., which had fewer than 250,000 residents, and the largest jurisdiction was the state of Connecticut, which had more than 3.5 million residents. Some of the sites, such as Utah County, Utah, and Bernalillo County, N.M., were gaining youth population while others, such as Philadelphia, Pa., were losing youth population. The portion of youth population ages 10–17 that was minority ranged from 15 percent in Hillsborough County, N.H., to 78 percent in Philadelphia. The poverty rates for children and youth also varied significantly among the nine sites. Although the selected sites had numerous differences, interviewees often pointed to similar strategies that they felt were responsible for reducing racial disparities in their systems. The eight most-noted strategies were 1. Focusing on data collection and utilization 2. Increasing collaboration with other state and local agencies, police, judges, and the community 3. Changing the institutional culture away from a punitive or procedural focus toward a focus on what was best for the youth and the community 4. Affiliating with national juvenile justice reform initiatives 5. Creating alternatives to secure detention, secure confinement, and formal system involvement 6. Focusing intentionally on DMC reduction (and not just on general system improvement) while using a non-accusatory tone 7. Leadership at the local level, the state level, or both 8. Making DMC reduction a long-term priority While these eight strategies were the most common, each site approached its unique DMC problems in its own way. Following is a brief summary of strategies utilized and achievements gained in each of the nine Details: Bethesda, MD: Development Services Group, Inc., 2014. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250301.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 147746

Author: Milwaukee Homicide Review Commission Title: Estimating the Number of Sex Trafficked Youth Using Contacts with the Milwaukee Police Department Summary: The purpose of the study was to estimate the number of youth trafficked, create a demographic profile of trafficked youth, and obtain other descriptive information about the status of such youth at the time of contact with the Milwaukee Police Department (MPD). It includes an analysis of findings, potential research areas, and a discussion section on policy implications, particularly as they relate to BMCW services and processes and future research areas. For inclusion in the case review, the following case definitions were required: occurred in the City of Milwaukee with MPD contact between August 1, 2010 and August 1, 2012, individual was 17 years of age or younger, individual suspected or known to have been recruited, encouraged, or obtained for the purpose of a commercial sex act or sexually explicit performance as defined by Wisconsin statute. During the two year period, 77 youth were identified as having been sex trafficked. These youth were primarily African American girls (12-17 years) residing on the north side of Milwaukee. The majority of the youth were 16-17 (68% or 52 youth). Almost a third of the youth were 12-15 years old (32% or 25) at the time of the trafficking incident. Nearly 70% were reported missing to the Milwaukee Police Department at least once during their lifetime. Over a quarter of the youth (29%) had reports of sexual assaults, most of these with non-caregivers. In almost a third of a sample of 36 incident reports, the youth independently or together with family members, sought out police assistance to report the trafficking. Most of the youth with reported involved families were 16-17 years old. BMCW was mentioned just a few times in the selected police reports. Where BMCW was mentioned, referrals were being made to BMCW or police were responding to a call from BMCW. Several organizations were mentioned as having involvement with youth. These organizations included the Sexual Assault Treatment Center, Homme House, St. Rose Center, Legal Aid Society, and several schools. Examining the system-wide response to missing youth - particularly African American females - may be warranted given that almost 70% of the youth in this study had been reported missing at least once, some as often as 9 times. It may be important for all systems partners to review their BMCW referral and documentation policies. Details: Milwaukee, WI: The Commission, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: http://media.jrn.com/documents/TraffickingReport+May3+2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 147754

Author: Lauderdale, Michael L. Title: Police Force Strength Analysis and Assessment Summary: Austin is one of the nation’s safest large cities, but rapid growth strains public safety resources. New metro resident estimates range from 110–158 net arrivals daily. That’s as many as sixty new families moving here each day that need a safe place to live and work. While the violent crime rate is lower than cities of comparable size, property crime is 8 percent higher and theft is 28 percent higher. Traditional police staffing formulas based on a population ratio are outdated. Police force strength should be based on community engagement time. That's the time patrol officers have for community policing when not responding to calls for service. During the past five years, the Austin Police Department's total community engagement (or uncommitted) time for patrol officers citywide declined from 33 to 19 percent. Studies of best practices show community engagement time goals ranging from 25–50 percent. Hiring eighty-two additional officers per year between FY 2016–2020 will make it possible for the Austin Police Department to reach a goal of 30 percent community engagement time over five years. Details: Austin, TX: Greater Austin Crime Commission, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 19, 2016 at: http://www.austincrime.org/wp-content/uploads/Force_Strength_0815_REV1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147753

Author: Heim, Krista Title: Visualization and Modeling for Crime Data Indexed by Road Segments Summary: This research develops crime hotspot analysis and visualization methodology that use street segments as the basic study unit. This incorporates the distance between points along a polyline rather than the standard Euclidean distance and has some distinct advantages over past methods. For each crime, this method creates a weight according to its distance from each road segment of its surrounding block. To create the hotspot visualization map, crime counts are smoothed over road segments based on the distance to nearest segments and the angle at which nearest roads meet at intersections. Crime data from the City of Alexandria, VA Police Department and San Francisco, CA (available at data.sfgov.org) are considered here using a combination of conventional ArcGIS and R graphics. I assume that demographic variables related to crime in large areas are still relevant to crime rates at the local level and seek to make use of the most spatially detailed data accessible. Decennial demographic variables at the block level for 2010 from the U.S. Census are associated with road segments by assigning the available values to the surrounding segments of each block. These variables include age, gender, population, and housing for both locations. Variables also considered are police calls for service, housing prices, elevation and speed limits. I discuss/compare area crime counts with polyline crime counts using (zero-inflated) Poisson and Negative Binomial regression with crime-related covariates, as well as MCMC Poisson-Gamma Conditional Autoregressive (CAR) model in CrimeStat IV and a localized CAR model in R using distances between segments as weights. Conditional variable importance is measured using conditional random forest modeling to see which of the covariates are the most important predictors of crime and to decide which variables are the most appropriate to consider for visualization. Principal components are also used to create independent linear combinations of predictor variables. While most visualization approaches for street segments have emphasized one variable at a time, this research uses a 3 x 3 grid of maps using DPnet to highlight each grouping of road segments associated with classes based on two covariates. This multivariate visualization will allow us to explore multiple variables at a time and their patterns along a road network. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2014. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/jspui/bitstream/handle/1920/8991/Heim_gmu_0883E_10696.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 147789

Author: Small, Mark Title: Identifying Potential Instances of Human Trafficking: Applying a Novel Template of Indicators to Narratives in Police Incident Reports Summary: Human trafficking research is difficult. Even the most basic of tasks—that of identifying instances of human trafficking—proves challenging. At least two factors contribute to the problem of identification. The first considered here is that there is no reliable or complete database recording instances of human trafficking. We tackle this difficulty by examining an underused data source: officer narratives from police incident case reports. These are often overlooked in favor of the summary statistics drawn from them. The second factor that we consider is that there is no commonly-acknowledged methodology among stakeholders for identifying instances of human trafficking. In response, we survey the human trafficking literature to construct a novel template—named the Human Trafficking Identification Template. The template is comprised of indicators about the victim, the suspect, and the scene of the crime, which when applied to narratives of police incident reports, can suggest the presence of human trafficking. Our preliminary research applied this novel technique to the narratives of police incident case reports from Greenville County, South Carolina. After applying the Human Trafficking Identification Template, we determined that 9 of 42 examined prostitution cases and 4 of 22 kidnapping/abduction cases might warrant further investigation for additional (or alternative) human trafficking charges. Further investigation is necessary to confirm these cases, as well as to confirm that instances of human trafficking were not overlooked, yet this early research is a promising step toward identifying instances of human trafficking. Future research is necessary to refine the template to discover which indicators are pivotal to identifying instances of human trafficking. For the purpose of understanding human trafficking in South Carolina, we would also like to consider other jurisdictions in addition to Greenville County and to consider narratives included in other kinds of reports, such as those filed with victim service organizations. Details: Clemson, SC: Clemson University, Institute on Family and Neighborhood Life, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: http://www.scdps.gov/ohsjp/stats/SpecialReports/Human_Trafficking_Report_20150630_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 147307

Author: White, Jordyn Title: Improving Collection of Indicators of Criminal Justice System System Involvement in Population Health Data Programs: Proceedings of a Workshop Summary: In the U.S. criminal justice system in 2014, an estimated 2.2 million people were in incarcerated or under correctional supervision on any given day, and another 4.7 million were under community supervision, such as probation or parole. Among all U.S. adults, 1 in 31 is involved with the criminal justice system, many of them having had recurring encounters. The ability to measure the effects of criminal justice involvement and incarceration on health and health disparities has been a challenge, due largely to limited and inconsistent measures on criminal justice involvement and any data on incarceration in health data collections. The presence of a myriad of confounding factors, such as socioeconomic status and childhood disadvantage, also makes it hard to isolate and identify a causal relationship between criminal justice involvement and health. The Bureau of Justice Statistics collects periodic health data on the people who are incarcerated at any given time, but few national-level surveys have captured criminal justice system involvement for people previously involved in the system or those under community supervision—nor have they collected systematic data on the effects that go beyond the incarcerated individuals themselves. In March 2016 the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine held a workshop meant to assist the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE) and Office of the Minority Health (OMH) in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services in identifying measures of criminal justice involvement that will further their understanding of the socioeconomic determinants of health. Participants investigated the feasibility of collecting criminal justice experience data with national household-based health surveys. This publication summarizes the presentations and discussions from the workshop. Details: Washington, DC: national Academies Press, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/24633/improving-collection-of-indicators-of-criminal-justice-system-involvement-in-population-health-data-programs Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 147785

Author: U.S. House. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform Title: Law Enforcement Use of Cell-Site Simulation Technologies: Privacy Concerns and Recommendations Summary: Advances in emerging surveillance technologies like cell-site simulators – devices which transform a cell phone into a real-time tracking device – require careful evaluation to ensure their use is consistent with the protections afforded under the First and Fourth Amendments to the U.S. Constitution. The United States' military and intelligence agencies have developed robust and sophisticated surveillance technologies for deployment in defense against threats from foreign actors. These technologies are essential to keeping America safe. Increasingly though, domestic law enforcement at the federal, state, and local levels are using surveillance technologies in their every-day crime-fighting activities. In the case of cell-site simulators, this technology is being used to investigate a wide range of criminal activity, from human trafficking to narcotics trafficking, as well as kidnapping, and to assist in the apprehension of dangerous and violent fugitives. Law enforcement officers at all levels perform an incredibly difficult and important job and deserve our thanks and appreciation. While law enforcement agencies should be able to utilize technology as a tool to help officers be safe and accomplish their missions, absent proper oversight and safeguards, the domestic use of cell-site simulators may well infringe upon the constitutional rights of citizens to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures, as well as the right to free association. Transparency and accountability are therefore critical to ensuring that when domestic law enforcement decide to use these devices on American citizens, the devices are used in a manner that meets the requirements and protections of the Constitution. After press reports alleged wide-spread use of cell-site simulation devices by federal, state, and local law enforcement, the Committee initiated a bipartisan investigation in April 2015. At the outset of the investigation, the use of these devices by federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies was not well known, and in many instances, appeared to be shrouded in secrecy. This is partly due to the use of the technology by military and intelligence agencies and the need for sensitivity in national security matters. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), for example, avoided disclosing not only its own use of the devices, but also its role in assisting state and local law enforcement agencies in obtaining and deploying these devices. Indeed, the Committee's investigation revealed that as part of the conditions for being able to sell cell-site simulators to state and local law enforcement, the manufacturers of these devices must first notify the FBI, and those agencies in turn must sign a non-disclosure agreement with the FBI that expressly prohibits them from publicly disclosing their use of this technology, even in prosecutions where the use of the technology was at issue. On April 24, 2015, the Committee sent letters to then-Attorney General Eric Holder and Homeland Security Director Jeh Johnson, requesting information about their agencies' use of cell-site simulators and the privacy concerns inherent with their use. During the course of the investigation, it became clear that the use of cell-site simulators by state and local law enforcement agencies was not governed by any uniform standards or policies. In an effort to determine how widespread this problem was, the Committee identified four cities of varying sizes and crime rates, along with two states, for the purpose of ascertaining the number and type of cell-site simulators in use, as well as the policies that were employed for their use. In particular, the Committee sent letters to the police departments in Washington, D.C.; Alexandria, Virginia; Sunrise, Florida; Baltimore, Maryland; the Tennessee Bureau of Investigation; and the Virginia State Police, requesting among other things, information regarding the number, the funding, and the use of these devices at the state and local level. Documents and information obtained by the Committee confirmed varying standards for employing cell-site simulation devices among federal, state, and local law enforcement. Notably, the documents and information revealed that when the Committee first began its investigation in April 2015, federal law enforcement entities could obtain a court’s authorization to use cell-site simulators by meeting a standard lower than probable cause — the standard to obtain a search warrant. On October 21, 2015 the Committee’s Subcommittee on Information Technology (the Subcommittee) held a public hearing on DOJ's and DHS’s use of cell-site simulators. 7 The hearing focused on the agencies’ policies and procedures for deploying cell-site simulation technology. In September 2015, five months into the Committee's investigation and with the hearing upcoming, DOJ announced a new policy for its use of cell-site simulation devices. Shortly thereafter, DHS followed suit with the announcement of a similar new policy. At the hearing, it became evident that prior to the Committee’s investigation, the component law enforcement entities of DHS and DOJ had different policies and procedures governing their use of this technology and the agencies were not always obtaining a probable cause based warrant prior to deploying these devices. The new policies substantially changed how the agencies obtain authorization to deploy cell-site simulation technology. The new policies also introduced a measure of uniformity to how the various component agencies of each department used cell-site simulators, and importantly, required the agencies to obtain a warrant supported by probable cause in the majority of situations. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://oversight.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/THE-FINAL-bipartisan-cell-site-simulator-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 147302

Author: High Intensity Drug Trafficking Program Title: Marijuana's Impact on California. California High Intensity Drug Trafficking Report Summary: A growing number of California residents are interested in removing barriers to recreational marijuana use, and this paper will outline the current state of marijuana policy in California and the potential impacts of further legalizing marijuana use. Section One, The Science on Marijuana Marijuana is the most abused illicit drug in the world, but the gap between the science on marijuana and the common perception of marijuana has never been greater. Section Two, California Youth Marijuana Use In 2013, California was ranked 20th in current use among youth, and by 2014 California was ranked 11th in the country. The state's largest average increase in youth past 30-day use of marijuana coincided with the proliferation of marijuana dispensaries in the state; at that time, California’s youth use rate was already 29% higher than the national average. Section Three, California Schools Due to a new program, school expulsion rates in California have greatly decreased, even though the number of students who are caught with drugs has not declined. Section Four, California Marijuana Use Ages 18-25 In 2012 and 2013, adult marijuana use for California adults aged 18-25 years was 22% compared to the national average of 19%. Section Five, Marijuana-Related Emergency Department Visits and Hospital Admissions From 2010 to 2014, after marijuana dispensaries began to proliferate, there was a 116% increase in Emergency Department visits and admissions for any related marijuana use. Marijuana-related exposures for young children (0-5 years old) also increased 513% between 2005 and 2015. During the same time there was a 139% increase among children 6-19 years old. Section Six, Treatment From 2005 to 2015, the rate of admissions to drug treatment programs for marijuana abuse remained steady – so did the fact that teens and young adults make up the largest proportion of people admitted for treatment. Section Seven, California Impaired Driving From 2005 to 2014, total statewide traffic fatalities decreased 29% in California, but fatalities involving drivers testing positive for marijuana increased 17%. Section Eight, Diversion More interdiction events, including those by the United States Postal Service (USPS) Inspection Service, resulted in seized marijuana originating from California than from any other state. Details: s.l.: California High Intensity Drug Trafficking Program, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: https://learnaboutsam.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/CA-MJ-IMPACT-REPORT-FINAL1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 147299

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Why Own a Gun? Protection Is Now Top Reason Summary: The vast majority of gun owners say that having a gun makes them feel safer. And far more today than in 1999 cite protection – rather than hunting or other activities – as the main reason they own guns. A Pew Research Center survey conducted in February found that nearly half of gun owners (48%) volunteer that the main reason they own a gun is for protection; just 32% say they have a gun primarily for hunting and even fewer cite other reasons, such as target shooting. That's 22 percentage points higher than 1999 when 26% cited protection as the biggest factor and 49% said they owned a gun mostly for hunting. About a quarter of Americans (24%) say they personally own a gun, rifle or pistol; another 13% say another person in their household has a gun. A large percentage of gun owners (79%) say having a gun makes them feel safer. At the same time, nearly as many (78%) say that owning a gun is something they enjoy. Most Americans (57%) say they do not have a gun in their household. Most of the non-gun owners (58%) say that they would be uncomfortable having a gun in their homes; 40% say they would be comfortable having a gun. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 20, 2016 at: http://www.people-press.org/2013/03/12/why-own-a-gun-protection-is-now-top-reason/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 147778

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Contract with CoreCivic, Inc. to Operate the Adams County Correctional Center in Natchez, Mississippi Summary: In April 2009, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) awarded a contract to Corrections Corporation of America (CCA), which is now known as CoreCivic, Inc., to house up to 2,567 low-security, non-U.S. citizen adult male inmates in the Adams County Correctional Center (Adams County). The BOP exercised the contract's second of three 2-year option periods in 2015, extending it through July 2017 and increasing its value to about $468 million. As of June 2016, it was the third largest Department of Justice (Department or DOJ) contract in terms of dollars obligated since fiscal year (FY) 2009. The DOJ Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this audit, covering the period April 1, 2012, through March 31, 2015, to: (1) assess CoreCivic's contract performance; (2) determine whether CoreCivic complied with the terms, conditions, laws, and regulations applicable to the contract; and (3) assess the BOP's formation and administration of the contract. We found that CoreCivic's execution of the contract's requirements did not fully accomplish the BOP's program. goals in several respects. In May 2012, an inmate riot at the facility resulted in a correctional officer's death and injuries to approximately 20 staff and inmates. The riot, according to a Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) affidavit, was a consequence of what inmates perceived to be inadequate medical care, substandard food, and disrespectful staff members. A BOP after-action report found deficiencies in staffing levels, staff experience, communication between staff and inmates, and CoreCivic's intelligence systems. The report specifically cited the lack of Spanish-speaking staff and staff inexperience. Four years after the riot, we were deeply concerned to find that the facility was plagued by the same significant deficiencies in correctional and health services and Spanish-speaking staffing. In 19 of the 38 months following the riot, we found CoreCivic staffed correctional services at an even lower level than at the time of the riot in terms of actual post coverage. Yet CoreCivic's monthly reports to the BOP, which were based on simple headcounts, showed that correctional staffing levels had improved in 36 of those 38 months. With regard to Spanish-speaking staff, while the BOP's post-riot after-action plan recommended adding to the contract minimum requirements for bilingual staff, we found that the BOP did not modify the contract to include this requirement until June 2015, subsequent to the start of our audit. Moreover, the contract modification does not define the level of speaking proficiency required and has no deadline or target date for compliance. As of July 2015, the facility's inmate population consisted of approximately 2,300 aliens, predominately Mexican-nationals, yet only 4 of 367 staff spoke fluent Spanish. By February 2016, CoreCivic officials told us the number of fluent Spanish-speaking staff actually dropped to three people, and CoreCivic's January 2016 job announcements for correctional officers stated no preference for bilingual applicants. In addition, the BOP told us that it does not validate the contractor's staff for Spanish-speaking skills, and has not established any validation criteria for doing so. We also found lower qualification levels and significantly higher staffing turnover rates for Adams County correctional officers and believe these factors contributed to the facility's lack of experienced staff, which the BOP identified in its after-action report as a systemic problem in the area of safety and security at the facility. We reviewed CoreCivic's hiring practices and determined the facility employs correctional officers with qualifications that would have been insufficient for employment at BOP-managed institutions. For example, the BOP requires entry-level correctional officers to have either a 4-year college degree or equivalent work experience, while CoreCivic does not require education beyond high school. Additionally, we found significantly higher turnover rates at the facility than those at comparable BOP institutions and believe it likely results from the substantially lower pay and benefits provided by CoreCivic. We found CoreCivic pays significantly lower wages and offers less time off than the BOP, and provides fewer career advancement opportunities. For example, the BOP pays entry-level correctional officers $18.69 per hour, 48 percent higher than the $12.60 per hour paid by CoreCivic. The State of Mississippi also offers its correctional officers more generous wages and paid time off than CoreCivic. Furthermore, the BOP offers new correctional officers noncompetitive promotion potential to $26.91 an hour, while CoreCivic pays correctional officers, throughout their careers, only the required prevailing wage rates set forth by the Department of Labor's Service Contract Act wage determinations. The BOP's contract with CoreCivic does not address either correctional officer qualification requirements or staff pay and benefits. We believe the BOP should evaluate the extent to which employee qualification levels and turnover rates impact safety and security concerns, and whether its contractual terms should be modified to address those concerns. In addition, while the BOP's solicitation that resulted in the Adams County contract required companies to develop a staffing plan that would illustrate the "total number of full-time equivalents (FTE) for each position title," based on our discussions with BOP and CoreCivic officials, it became apparent that the contract was vague about how staffing levels should be calculated. A 2011 contract modification provided that staffing levels should not fall below a monthly average of 90 percent for Correctional Services and 85 percent for Health Services of the BOP-approved staffing plan. Both the BOP and CoreCivic told us they interpreted the contract to allow the calculation of staffing levels to be based on headcounts rather than FTE, and leave the determination of day-to-day staff assignments to the discretion of CoreCivic. As a result, we found the staffing levels CoreCivic reported to the BOP reflected neither actual staffing at the facility nor staffing insufficiencies. Specifically, CoreCivic reported to the BOP simple headcounts of staff recorded on payroll records, regardless of the hours each employee actually worked. When we re-calculated correctional services staffing levels based on FTEs using time and attendance records, we found that, throughout the 4-year period we reviewed, staffing levels were lower than the levels represented by CoreCivic's headcounts and were frequently lower than the BOP's minimum staffing threshold. We found similar issues regarding CoreCivic's reporting of health services staffing. Because the BOP was unaware of these staffing insufficiencies, it was unable to assess the adequacy of staffing levels at the facility. When we reported these issues and our concerns about them to BOP officials, they told us CoreCivic's reporting was consistent with the contract. We found that had the contract clearly specified that staffing levels should be measured using FTEs, between July 2011 and July 2015 the BOP could have taken $1,927,307 in invoice deductions as a result of inadequate correctional and health services staffing levels. We believe this nearly $2 million that the BOP expended could have been avoided with more precise contract language and was wasteful. We also found that, beginning in December 2012, CoreCivic excluded from its required staffing reports the status of five critical health services positions identified in the approved staffing plan, namely two dentists, two physicians, and one advanced registered nurse practitioner. As a result, the BOP, which was not notified of and did not identify the change, was unable to assess the effect of any vacancies on service provision or invoice amounts. We believe that this gap in oversight had a negative effect on CoreCivic's ability to provide quality health care at the Adams County facility. In fact, we found that between December 2012 and September 2015, the Adams County facility was staffed with only a single physician for 434 days (43 percent of the time) and a single dentist for 689 days (69 percent of the time), resulting in inmate-to-provider ratios that were about double those specified in BOP program statements. Finally, we found several aspects of the BOP's control and oversight of the contract performance to be inadequate. The BOP structured this contract as a performance-based acquisition, for which the Federal Acquisition Regulation requires a performance work statement, measurable performance standards, and a method of assessing contractor performance against those standards. However, the BOP did not implement appropriate performance standards to measure and evaluate CoreCivic's performance. For example, the BOP's oversight of staffing levels is limited because the contract requirements do not sufficiently specify how CoreCivic should measure and report facility staffing levels. We also found CoreCivic inconsistently used industry-standard dietary guidelines to evaluate the nutritional adequacy of food service offerings at the facility, an issue that may have been avoided had the contract specified which standards CoreCivic should have followed. Additionally, the BOP's oversight of billings was inadequate in several ways, resulting in the BOP failing to identify instances where CoreCivic did not apply mandatory invoice deductions. In August 2016, the Deputy Attorney General directed the BOP to begin reducing, and ultimately end, its use of privately operated prisons. Because this order was issued after the close of our audit period, any analysis of its basis or effect were outside of this audit's scope. This report makes 9 recommendations to assist the BOP in improving operations under the Adams County contract and in addressing $42,300 we have identified as questioned costs. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/a1708.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 145091

Author: Noonan, Margaret E. Title: Mortality in Local Jails, 2000-2014 - Statistical Tables Summary: Describes national and state-level data on inmate deaths that occurred in local jails from 2000 to 2014 and includes a preliminary count of inmate deaths in local jails in 2015. Mortality data include the number of deaths and mortality rates by year, cause of death, selected decedent characteristics, and the state where the death occurred. Data are from BJS's Deaths in Custody Reporting Program, which was initiated under the Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-297). Highlights: Heart disease was the second leading cause of death in local jails, accounting for 23% of deaths between 2000 and 2014. ƒThe suicide rate in local jails in 2014 was 50 per 100,000 local jail inmates. This is the highest suicide rate observed in local jails since 2000. More than a third (425 of 1,053 deaths, or 40%) of inmate deaths occurred within the first 7 days of admission. ƒMore than a third of inmates who died of homicide (137 of 327) were being held for a violent offense in 2014. Almost half (47%) of suicides occurred in general housing within jails between 2000 and 2014. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=5865 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 146006

Author: Noonan, Margaret E. Title: Mortality In State Prisons, 2001-2014 - Statistical Tables Summary: Describes national- and state-level data on inmate deaths that occurred in state prisons from 2001 to 2014 and presents aggregate counts of inmate deaths in federal prisons. Mortality data include the number of deaths and mortality rates by year, cause of death, selected decedent characteristics, and the state where the death occurred. A preliminary count of prisoner deaths in 2015 is also provided. Data are from BJS's Deaths in Custody Reporting Program, which was initiated under the Death in Custody Reporting Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-297). Federal data are based on counts from the Federal Bureau of Prisons. Highlights: ƒBetween 2001 and 2014, there were 50,785 prisoner deaths in state and federal prisons. The majority (45,640) of prisoner deaths occurred in state prisons. ƒThe number of suicides in state prisons increased 30% between 2013 and 2014 (from 192 to 249 deaths). Liver disease deaths, the third most common cause of death, declined 12% between 2013 and 2014 (from 354 to 313 deaths). More female state prisoners died in 2014 (154) than in any year since 2008 (163). Texas (409), Florida (346), and California (317) had the highest number of deaths in state prisons in 2014. The mortality rate of females for illness-related deaths increased to 238 per 100,000 state prisoners in 2014, up from 235 per 100,000 in 2013. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=5866 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 147767

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Legitimacy and Procedural Justice: A New Element of Police Leadership Summary: The job of leading a local law enforcement agency has always been a complex one, requiring skills in mastering complex policy issues, developing organizational structures and systems, managing employees, and addressing the various and sometimes conflicting expectations of the community, political leaders, agency employees, and the news media. Many experienced police chiefs are saying that the 21st Century has brought a trend toward even greater complexity in their jobs. New types of technology are revolutionizing how police departments operate, and often the challenge is to make sound decisions about how to integrate multiple forms of technology. The widespread adoption of community policing has resulted in community members having higher expectations of accountability and efficiency in their police departments. National and international economic conditions have strained local police budgets. The workforce is changing in ways that affect police recruiting and retention. These are just a few of the challenges that must be understood and constructively managed by today’s chief executives in policing. In fact, perhaps the greatest job qualification for today’s police executives is the ability to recognize and respond to the swiftly changing issues and opportunities facing them. Police chiefs often speak of their role as being “agents of change.” Never before has managing change been a larger element of their jobs. Today’s police departments appear to be succeeding, at least by the measure of crime rates. Violent crime rates nationwide are half what they were two decades ago, and many jurisdictions are experiencing record low crime rates not seen since the 1960s. In addition, there are indications that a variety of types of wrongful police behaviors, ranging from corruption to unlawful shootings, are at lower levels today than in the past. As today’s police executives strive to maintain the progress in reducing crime while serving as effective agents of change, many are taking on a new challenge: applying the concepts of “legitimacy” and “procedural justice” as they apply to policing. These concepts are defined in detail later in this report (see page 9). In essence, legitimacy and procedural justice are measurements of the extent to which members of the public trust and have confidence in the police, believe that the police are honest and competent, think that the police treat people fairly and with respect, and are willing to defer to the law and to police authority. Because the effectiveness of police operations often depends at least in part on the public’s willingness to provide information to and otherwise help the police, police leaders increasingly are seeing legitimacy and procedural justice as necessary conditions of success, and as worthy goals in themselves. This paper discusses the concepts of legitimacy and procedural justice in the context of police leadership. In any given community, residents will have opinions about whether their local police act “legitimately.” These opinions may be based on a particular encounter a resident had with the police, such as a traffic stop, or on larger policy issues. And these opinions often vary from one subgroup of the community to another. For a police leader, the key challenge is to think about the ways in which the public’s perceptions of legitimacy and procedural justice can affect a police agency's efforts to achieve its goals. For example, the goals of building community cohesion and trust in the police clearly depend on the extent to which the public believes that police actions are legitimate and procedurally just. And other goals—such as high success rates for investigating crimes and preventing crime—depend on the willingness of the public to cooperate with police, to provide information to the police, and to willingly obey the law, all of which can be affected by the department’s reputation for legitimacy. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Free_Online_Documents/Leadership/legitimacy%20and%20procedural%20justice%20-%20a%20new%20element%20of%20police%20leadership.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147766

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Recommendations on Advancing Community Policing in the Pasco Police Department Summary: Faced with a recent officer-involved shooting and wanting to rebuild trust with the community, the Pasco Police Department (PPD) reached out to the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) for help through its Critical Response Technical Assistance program. The COPS Office led this effort and commissioned the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) to facilitate training and technical assistance for the PPD. This report summarizes those efforts and provides guidance to the PPD regarding community policing initiatives, officer training, and other approaches needed to rebuild trust with the community. Findings and recommendations are presented in five key areas: community policing, cultural awareness, diversity, training (especially related to use of force), and outreach (with a particular focus on Pasco's large and growing Hispanic community). The report also presents a social media strategy designed to help the PPD advance its efforts to engage with residents online. The report will help the PPD advance community policing, enhance police-community relations, and improve public safety. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0809-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147776

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: ICAT: Integrating Communications, Assessment, and Tactics, A Training Guide for Defusing Critical Incidents Summary: Since 2014, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) has been studying developments regarding police use of force, particularly with respect to officer safety and the safety of the people they encounter, and the impact of these issues on police-community relationships. While PERF's research and policy development on use-of-force issues go back decades, our recent efforts have followed a series of highly publicized police use-of-force incidents across the country, many of them captured on video and some resulting in large-scale protests and demonstrations. There is a growing realization among leaders of the policing profession and members of the public that, in many communities, police use of force has become a critical issue that is setting back community-police relations and may even be impacting public safety and officer safety. It was clear that additional research and new ways of thinking about police use of force were needed, and PERF members and PERF as an organization stepped forward to fill that need. PERF has convened several national conferences and working groups of police officials from the across the country on these issues. We also have conducted survey research and field visits in the United States and internationally, and have published a series of reports detailing our work. Our most recent publication, Guiding Principles on Use of Force, presents 30 recommended best practices in the key areas of use-of-force policy, training and tactics, equipment, and information needs. This ICAT Training Guide should be used in conjunction with the Guiding Principles report. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/icattrainingguide.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Management Shelf Number: 147775

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Management of Inmate Placements in Residential Reentry Centers and Home Confinement Summary: The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) provides a variety of reentry programming to help incarcerated inmates successfully transition back into society. As part of its release preparation, BOP has the authority to place inmates in residential reentry centers (RRC), also known as halfway houses, and/or home confinement while serving the remainder of their sentences. BOP may determine that an inmate should not be placed into either an RRC or home confinement because, for example, the inmate poses a significant threat to the community. An inmate placed in an RRC and/or home confinement remains in BOP custody. RRCs provide a supervised environment that support inmates in finding employment and housing, completing necessary programming such as drug abuse treatment, participating in counseling, and strengthening ties to family and friends. Home confinement provides similar opportunities, but is used for inmates BOP believes do not need the structure provided by RRCs. Inmates placed in home confinement are monitored and are required to remain at home when not working or participating in release programing and other approved activities. Pursuant to the Second Chance Act of 2007, all federal inmates are eligible for RRC and home confinement placement. However, BOP's placement decisions are supposed to be driven by an individual assessment weighing an inmate's need for reentry services against the risk to the community. Inmates can be placed in RRCs for up to 12 months but can only spend a maximum of 6 months, or 10 percent of the term of imprisonment, whichever is shorter, in home confinement. In fiscal year 2015, the BOP spent $360 million on RRC and home confinement costs and, as of September 2016, BOP reported having 181 RRCs operated by 103 different contractors. The Office of the Inspector General assessed BOP’s RRC and home confinement programs, including its placement policy and practices, program capacity planning and management, and strategic planning and performance management. The audit covers inmates released from BOP custody from October 2013 through April 2016, either directly from BOP institutions, RRCs, or home confinement. Based on our analysis, we found that 94,252 inmates released from BOP custody during the scope of our audit were eligible for placement in an RRC and/or home confinement. BOP placed 79 percent of these eligible inmates into RRCs and/or home confinement - 75 percent were initially placed in RRCs and only 4 percent went directly into home confinement. The remaining 21 percent were released directly from a BOP institution. Our audit found that BOP's RRC and home confinement placement policies and guidance, which are designed to identify individual inmate risks and needs while simultaneously weighing these against the safety of the community and available resources, appear reasonable. In our judgment, the inmate's security level at the time of placement is the best indicator of inmate risk and need for transitional services because it incorporates key recidivism risk factors, as well the inmate's behavior during incarceration. As a result, we analyzed BOP’s RRC and home confinement placement practices based on the exit security level of inmates released from BOP custody during the scope of our audit. Our analysis determined that, contrary to BOP policy, BOP guidance, and relevant research, BOP's RRC and home confinement placement decisions are not based on inmate risk for recidivism or need for transitional services. Rather, we found that BOP is placing the great majority of eligible inmates into RRCs regardless of inmate risk for recidivism or need for transitional services, unless the inmate is deemed not suitable for such placement because the inmate poses a significant threat to the community. As a result, low-risk, low-need inmates are far more likely to be placed in RRCs than high-risk, high-need inmates. Specifically, we found that of the 94,252 inmates released between October 2013 and April 23, 2016, 90 percent of minimum security and 75 percent of low security inmates are placed in RRCs and/or home confinement. However, only 58 percent of high security level inmates were transitioned into the community through RRCs, while 42 percent were released into the community directly from a BOP institution. We recognize this may be a result of the fact that many of the high security inmates were considered a public safety risk. Nonetheless, at the time they would be placed in an RRC, on average these inmates are within 4 months of being released into the community upon completion of their sentence. Thus BOP must weigh the immediate risk of placing high-risk inmates in RRCs against the risk of releasing them back into society directly from BOP institutions without transitional reentry programming. It also appears that BOP is underutilizing direct home confinement placement as an alternative to RRC placement for transitioning low-risk, low-need inmates back into society. This underutilization of direct home confinement placement was evident when we reviewed data on placement of minimum and low security inmates and found that BOP placed only 6 percent of even those lower risk inmates directly into home confinement, despite BOP policy and guidance stating that direct home confinement placement is the preferred placement for low-risk, low-need inmates. This is particularly concerning given that BOP guidance, as well as the research cited in the guidance, indicates that low-risk inmates do not benefit from and may in fact be harmed by RRC placement because, among other things, of their exposure to high-risk offenders in those facilities. Moreover, the underutilization of direct home confinement for low-risk, low need inmates results in fewer RRC resources being available for high-risk, high-need inmates since the RRC inmate population is already at or in excess of BOP’s contracted capacity. In addition, this practice may also further strain high security BOP institutions that are already well above capacity. We found that, from October 2013 through March 2016, the RRC population has remained at about 101 percent of contracted capacity, while the home confinement population averaged nearly 159 percent of contracted monitoring capacity, despite BOP’s apparent underutilization of it as an alternative to RRC placement. The home confinement capacity issues resulted, at least in part, from BOP’s policy to aggressively pursue transitioning inmates from RRCs to home confinement as soon as possible in an effort to increase RRC capacity. This reduces the capacity for direct home confinement placements and, additionally, may result in inmates being transitioned from RRCs to home confinement too early, as evidenced by the fact that 17 percent of inmates were placed back into RRCs for violating home confinement program rules. We also found that BOP lacks adequate performance measures to evaluate the success of its RRC and home confinement programming. Although BOP has RRC and home confinement placement targets, these targets do not measure the effectiveness of RRC and home confinement programs. Additionally, the placement targets – 85 percent from minimum, 75 percent from low, 70 percent from medium, and 65 percent from high security level institutions – appear to encourage institutions to maximize the number of inmates placed in RRCs or home confinement, regardless of transitional need. In fact, the issues we identified with BOP’s current placement practices may be driven, in part, by its RRC and home confinement placement targets. The success of BOP’s RRC and home confinement programs relies on the quality of programming provided by its RRC contractors, all of whom also provide services to and monitor inmates in home confinement. However, we found that BOP’s policy for monitoring its RRC contractors focuses on assessing compliance with the contractual Statements of Work, rather than assessing the quality of services provided by the RRC contractors. Specifically, we did not identify any requirement that RRC contractors or BOP collect, retain, and report any statistics pertaining to RRC or home confinement program performance or success or failure rates. If these measures were available, BOP could then incorporate these figures into its strategic planning, which might assist it in assessing its programs and RRC contractors based on measurable qualitative achievements as opposed to simply trying to meet numerical quotas. Our report makes five recommendations to improve BOP’s management of inmate placements in RRCs and home confinement. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 17-01: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/a1701.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Prisons Shelf Number: 147774

Author: Miller, Elizabeth Title: Promising Practices for Using Community Policing to Prevent Violent Extremism Summary: Purpose of this guide This publication is a guide for police professionals on how to conceptualize, create, and implement a community outreach program with the goal of building productive partnerships with community members to improve public safety and, in so doing, counter violent extremism and address other public safety concerns. The basis for these recommendations The basis for the recommendations included here is a two-year study that was conducted by Duke University, the Police Executive Research Forum, and the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill between June 2013 and April 2015. The purpose of the study was to: • Measure the extent to which local police agencies across the country are attempting to implement community engagement programs as a means to address violent extremism; • Identify the strategic and programmatic elements of these efforts; • Catalogue promising practices; • Identify barriers that inhibit engagement efforts; and • Recommend policies and practices to improve the efficacy of these programs. The study was conducted in four parts: • Survey: We surveyed all 480 state, county, and municipal police agencies in the United States with more than 200 sworn officers, plus 63 additional county and municipal agencies with 200 or fewer sworn officers in selected jurisdictions that experienced an incident or prosecution for violent extremism in recent years. The survey yielded responses from 339 of the larger agencies and 43 of the smaller agencies. Of these, 35 were state agencies, 141 were county agencies, and 206 were municipal agencies. Taken together, their combined jurisdictions cover 86 percent of the U.S. population. • Telephone Interviews: These survey results were reviewed, and 18 responding police agencies were selected for in-depth telephone interviews, based on criteria such as the threat posed by violent extremism (such as Al Qaeda-inspired, racist, environmentalist, and/or anti-government extremism) in responding agencies’ jurisdictions, and their use of community policing practices to counter violent extremism. • Site Visits: From the 18 police agencies interviewed over the phone, eight were selected for site visits. These site visits included extensive interviews with outreach specialists (including sworn and non-sworn) and their community partners, review of materials produced as part of outreach efforts (e.g., flyers, PowerPoint presentations used in trainings, and videos), and observation of community meetings and events. • Focus Groups: A separate team of researchers, traveling at different times than those meeting with police agencies and their partners, met with community organizations and focus groups of community members in these jurisdictions and several others. Our focus groups consisted entirely of Muslim Americans because, of all the communities with members at risk of recruitment to violent extremism, policing agencies had made the most progress building relationships with Muslim Americans. Participants were recruited to provide ethnic, gender, and generational diversity with a view toward generating conversations that would offer contrasting experiences and opinions of Muslim-Americans’ interactions with the police and other law enforcement agencies. However, participants were not randomly selected and cannot be considered statistically representative of Muslim communities. All participants in the study, including police and community members, were guaranteed anonymity to encourage candor. How this guide is organized This guide is divided into two parts. The first is geared toward police executives and/or police officials charged with creating their departments' outreach programs and provides recommendations on how to plan and implement an outreach program. The second part is geared toward outreach officers/civilian outreach team members and outlines best practices associated with building and maintaining relationships with community members, including common obstacles to engagement and how to overcome them. Details: Washington, DC: Police Executive Research Forum, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/usingcommunitypolicingtopreventviolentextremism.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 140558

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Identifying and Preventing Gender Bias in Law Enforcement Response to Sexual Assault and Domestic Violence Summary: On August 4, 2015, law enforcement executives and officers, crime victim advocates, academics, and other subject matter experts convened to discuss a draft of the U.S. Department of Justice's (DOJ) Identifying and Preventing Gender Bias in Law Enforcement Response to Sexual Assault and Domestic Violence publication and to share promising practices and to develop effective strategies for serving victims of these crimes. The guidance in that publication aims to reflect and further the partnership between the DOJ and law enforcement executives, line officers, and supervisors, who work to uphold the civil and human rights of the communities they serve. Sexual assault and domestic violence constitute a significant portion of total violent crime, but two out of three victims of such offenses do not seek law enforcement assistance. It is incumbent upon law enforcement agencies to provide support for victims of sexual assault and domestic violence who wish to pursue criminal charges, and agencies should create an environment in which victims feel comfortable and respected. Law enforcement agencies are usually a crime victim's first point of contact with the larger criminal justice system, so they have a responsibility to establish their legitimacy with victims. Women and lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people have been disproportionately affected by crimes of sexual assault and domestic violence, and unde-renforcement of such offenses can constitute a gender-based bias on the part of law enforcement agencies. This bias can be avoided with thoughtful and informed policy development, high-quality training, strong leadership, and established accountability measures. The DOJ released Identifying and Preventing Gender Bias in Law Enforcement Response to Sexual Assault and Domestic Violence on December 15, 2015 with the support and input of state, local, tribal, and territorial law enforcement agencies; advocates and experts in the field of domestic violence and sexual assault; and public service agencies and stakeholders. A replica of that document is included at end of this publication, and a related fact sheet is available online. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0796-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 147771

Author: U.S. House. Committee on Financial Services Title: Stopping Terror Finance: Securing the U.S. Financial Sector Summary: Terrorist financing describes a form of financial crime in which an individual or entity solicits, collects, or provides funds "with the intention that [these funds] may be used to support terrorist acts or organizations." While terrorists can benefit from big donations of deep-pocketed financiers sympathetic to their cause, terrorist financing often involves relatively small-dollar amounts and itself is just a subset melting into the larger stream of all financial crime occurring in the international financial system. The threat to national security from terrorist financiers is real, so while U.S. policymakers have long recognized the idea that "following the money" through the retail banking system can help combat terrorism and related forms of illicit finance, new financing technologies have arisen since the September 11, 2001, terror attacks that require constant renewal of detection and disruption methods. In December 2015, the intergovernmental Financial Action Task Force (FATF) warned that "further concerted action urgently needs to be taken … to combat the financing of … serious terrorist threats...." Two months later, in February 2016, FATF noted that the scope and nature of terrorist threats had "globally intensified considerably." According to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury Department), these threats collectively represent a source of risk generally to the United States, and to the financial system in particular. Specifically, Treasury concludes: [t]he central role of the U.S. financial system within the international financial system and the sheer volume and diversity of international financial transactions that in some way pass through U.S. financial institutions expose the U.S. financial system to TF [terrorist financing] risks that other financial systems may not face. The bipartisan Task Force to Investigate Terrorism Financing of the Financial Services Committee (Task Force) was authorized for two six-month terms during the 114th Congress to probe the growing terrorist financing problem. The Task Force held eleven hearings, and its 21 Members systematically examined how select terror groups and actors acquire and move funds illicitly. The hearings featured expert testimony from current and former U.S. government employees, with witnesses from both the U.S. and overseas, on a wide range of topics. The Task Force recently concluded its work with two wrap-up hearings, one of which featured testimony from two senior Treasury Department officials on how the agency is coordinating its efforts to fight terrorist financing. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Financial Services, 2016. 191p. Source: Internet Resources: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: http://financialservices.house.gov/uploadedfiles/terror_financing_report_12-20-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 147795

Author: Sabina, Chiara Title: Dating Violence Among Latino Adolescents (DAVILA) Study Summary: The Dating Violence among Latino Adolescents (DAVILA) Study adds to the literature by using a national sample of Latino adolescents to examine various forms of dating violence victimization including physical, sexual, psychological, and stalking dating violence within the last year. The DAVILA study also provides an analysis of additional forms of victimization that adolescent victims of dating violence may experience, and analyzes the formal and informal help-seeking efforts of Latino youth, the effectiveness of services, barriers to help-seeking, and the importance of cultural factors for this population. This study also provides an assessment of psychosocial outcomes associated with victimization, including both psychological consequences and delinquency behaviors, and an evaluation the moderating effect of protective factors on the relationship between victimization and negative outcomes. A national sample of 1,525 Latino adolescents primarily recruited using list-assisted random digit dialing was obtained. Trained professionals from an experienced survey research firm conducted interviews over the phone in either English or Spanish, from September 2011 through February 2012. Respondents were queried about dating violence and other forms of victimization, help-seeking efforts, social support, acculturation, familism, psychological symptomatology, delinquent behavior, and school performance and involvement. Respondents were on average 14.85 years of age and largely second-generation residents (60.2%). The past year rate of any dating violence victimization was 19.5%, with 6.6% of the sample having experienced physical dating violence, 5.6% having experienced sexual dating violence, 1.0% having experienced stalking by a dating partner, and 14.8% having experienced psychological dating violence. Most dating violence victims (70.8%) experienced another form of victimization (conventional crime, child maltreatment, peer/sibling victimization, sexual victimization, and stalking victimization) in the past year. Dating violence victimization most commonly occurred with peer/sibling victimization (57.3%), followed by conventional crime (37.4%). The rate of formal help-seeking was 15.6% and the rate of informal help-seeking was 60.7% among those who had been victimized. The most common source of formal help was from school personnel (9.2%), followed by social services (4.7%). The most common sources of informal help were friends (42.9%). When examining cultural factors, being more Latino oriented was associated with decreased odds of experiencing any dating violence. In relation to help-seeking, a one-unit increase in familism was associated with higher odds of formal help-seeking than not seeking formal help. While depression, anxiety, and hostility were associated with various forms of dating violence victimization, they were best explained by the count of all victimizations. In regards to school outcomes, experiencing physical dating violence was related to receiving special education services. Experiencing victimization also generally increased the odds of engaging in delinquency. Social support was related to decreased odds of all types of dating violence. In some cases, it also moderated the effects of dating violence on certain outcomes (e.g., hostility). Overall, results suggest that Latino youth have significant comorbid victimization and are most likely to seek informal help from friends rather than formal outlets. However, when formal resources are used, schools appear to be the primary point of contact. The use of informal help-seeking as a gateway to formal help is recommended. In addition, the role of Latino orientation and social support appears to be important in diminishing victimization risk and the negative impact of interpersonal violence among these youth. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 208p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/242775.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Data Rape Shelf Number: 140565

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Building Successful Partnerships between Law Enforcement and Public Health Agencies to Address Opioid Use Summary: In 2014, deaths caused by opioids—including prescription drugs, heroin, and synthetic opioids such as fentanyl—reached record-breaking levels in the United States. With an estimated 78 Americans dying from opioid overdoses each day, In many places, the opioid epidemic has contributed to a shift in how law enforcement agencies fight opioid abuse in their communities. Historically, many of the law enforcement efforts to curb opioid abuse have focused on using enforcement actions (including arrests and incarceration) to target drug use and distribution. However, as opioid-related deaths continue to rise and as more is understood about the nature of opioid addiction, many law enforcement officials are realizing that a more comprehensive approach is needed. "Targeting the 'supply' side of the drug markets, which is what we've been doing for the last 50 or 60 years, is important work," said Leonard Campanello, Chief of Police for the Gloucester (Massachusetts) Police Department. "But this approach alone hasn’t solved the problem. We still have more people addicted. We have more people dying. As police, we need to start looking at the problem from a public health perspective. When our communities are suffering such great losses, it is critical that we find new ways to help." For decades, many law enforcement agencies have supported comprehensive approaches in which police provide enforcement while public health agencies, educational organizations, court systems, and others provide drug treatment and drug abuse prevention work. What is new is the extent to which the opioid epidemic has caused many law enforcement agencies to increase their own involvement in "demand-side" efforts. Today, police officers in many agencies are themselves administering naloxone to save the lives of opioid users who are in an overdose crisis and connecting people to treatment services. And some law enforcement agencies are facilitating "syringe services" programs and other harm reduction efforts and using public health data to drive policy decisions. These strategies, which focus on reducing opioid-related deaths and mitigating the harms caused by opioid abuse, rely on building strong—and often unprecedented—partnerships between the public health and public safety sectors. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: COPS Office Emerging Issues Forums: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p356-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147792

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nebraska Title: Unequal Justice: Bail and modern day debtors' prisons in Nebraska Summary: Over 30 years ago in Bearden v. Georgia, the United States Supreme Court issued a seminal ruling that to imprison someone because of their poverty and inability to pay a fine or restitution would be fundamentally unfair and violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. Yet today, courts across the United States and Nebraska routinely imprison people because of their inability to pay. This practice has been termed a "modern-day debtors' prison." This practice happens at various points in the criminal justice system. First, it can happen to people who are awaiting trial. Individuals are forced to sit in jail while their case proceeds because a bail amount has been set beyond their ability to pay while those with financial resources regain their freedom to go to work, school and be with their families while awaiting trial. Second, some people who have been adjudicated and found guilty end up in jail even though they were not sentenced to jail time because they are unable to pay a fine and are imprisoned instead to “"it it out." The end result of these systems: a maze with dead-ends at every turn for low-income people. In this report, the ACLU of Nebraska presents the results of its investigation into Nebraska's modern-day "debtors' prisons" and bail practices. The report shows how, day after day, low-income Nebraskans are imprisoned because they lack the ability to pay bail or pay fines and fees. These practices are illegal, create hardships for those who already struggle, and are not a wise use of public resources. Debtors' prisons result in an often fruitless effort to extract payments from people who may be experiencing homelessness, are unemployed, or lack the ability to pay. The ACLU of Nebraska investigated the imposition of bail as well as the imposition of court fees and fines. Our survey focused on the four largest counties (Douglas, Lancaster, Sarpy and Hall), using open records requests, court record review, and interviews with people involved in the system with additional in-court observations in Douglas, Lancaster and Sarpy Counties. Details: Lincoln, NE: ACLU of Nebraska, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 21, 2016 at: https://www.aclunebraska.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/unequal_justice_2016_12_13.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147324

Author: Sierra-Arevalo, Michael Title: Legal cynicism and protective gun ownership among active offenders in Chicago Summary: Most American gun owners report having their firearms for protection. However, these national estimates are likely to under-sample residents of marginalized urban communities where rates of violent victimization, and presumably the need for personal protection, are more pronounced. Further, this under-sampling limits our understanding of motivations for gun ownership within the "hidden" group of active criminal offenders that are more likely to be both victims and offenders of street crime. Drawing on past work linking neighborhood violence to legal cynicism, and using data gathered by the Chicago Gun Project (CGP), I employ measures of police legitimacy to explore the effect of distrust of legal agents on protective gun ownership among active offenders in Chicago. These data confirm that lower levels of police legitimacy are significantly related to a higher probability of acquiring a firearm for protection. I consider the ways that gang membership, legal changes in Chicago, and gun behaviors are related to protective gun ownership, as well as how community policing and procedural justice can improve perceptions of police and enhance their legitimacy, potentially reducing the incentives to engage in violent, extralegal "self-help" with a firearm. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, Institution for Social and Policy Studies, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Cogent Social Sciences 2: 1227293: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: http://isps.yale.edu/sites/default/files/publication/2016/09/cogentsocialsciences_2016_sierra-arevalo_legal_cynicism_and_protective_gun_ownership_among_active_offenders_in_chicago.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Ownership Shelf Number: 146155

Author: Loeffler, Charles Title: Is Gun Violence Contagious? Summary: Existing theories of gun violence predict stable spatial concentrations and contagious diffusion of gun violence into surrounding areas. Recent empirical studies have reported confirmatory evidence of such spatiotemporal diffusion of gun violence. However, existing tests cannot readily distinguish spatiotemporal clustering from spatiotemporal diffusion. This leaves as an open question whether gun violence actually is contagious or merely clusters in space and time. Compounding this problem, gun violence is subject to considerable measurement error with many nonfatal shootings going unreported to police. Using point process data from an acoustical gunshot locator system and a combination of Bayesian spatiotemporal point process modeling and space/time interaction tests, this paper demonstrates that contemporary urban gun violence does diffuse, but only slightly, suggesting that a disease model for infectious spread of gun violence is a poor fit for the geographically stable and temporally stochastic process observed. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1611.06713v1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 144812

Author: Kaplan, Aliza B. Title: Oregon's Death Penalty: A Cost Analysis Summary: The primary goal of this study was to estimate the economic costs associated with aggravated murder cases that result in death sentences and compare those costs to other aggravated murder cases, the majority of which resulted in some form of a life sentence, in the state of Oregon. Importantly, Oregon law does not require the prosecution to file a formal notice indicating whether or not the state will seek the death penalty in aggravated murder cases. Therefore, all aggravated murder cases are treated as death penalty cases, likely inflating the average cost of aggravated murder cases that do not result in a death sentence. In order to provide a bit more context, we include costs for non-aggravated cases where defendants were charged with a lesser charge of murder, in categories where data were both available and reliable. The following are the main findings from the study, presented by total (includes all cost categories), then by individual cost category. The information contained within this research report reflects a thorough analysis of data collected from hundreds of aggravated murder and murder cases over 13 years in Oregon, from 2000 through 2013. We also examined the appeals process of aggravated murder cases that resulted in death sentences between 1984 until 2000. The economic findings below are limited because no cost data were available or provided by district attorneys or the courts. We were able to get cost-related information from local jails (costs associated with incarceration during trial), Department of Corrections (DOC) (incarceration costs), Office of Public Defense Services (OPDS) (trial, appeals, and all stages of post-conviction costs), and the Department of Justice (DOJ) (Oregon's Attorney General's Office) (costs related to appeals and all stages of post-conviction). Although these categories make up a great deal of the overall costs related to aggravated murder cases, they only represent a portion of the total costs for pursuing the death penalty in Oregon. We approached all data and cost estimations from a conservative standpoint, meaning the costs are intentionally underestimated. Details: Seattle, WA: Lewis & Clark Law School, and Seattle University, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://law.lclark.edu/live/files/22888-oregons-death-penalty-a-cost-analysis-2016 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 147809

Author: Fishman, Nancy Title: Greater Oklahoma City Chamber Criminal Justice Reform Task Force: Report and recommendations Summary: For years, Oklahoma County has been grappling with an overcrowded and run-down jail. With discussions abounding about whether to replace it with a larger facility, the Greater Oklahoma City Chamber of Commerce convened a task force to examine the county’s local justice system and needs. Chaired by Clayton Bennett, chairman of the Oklahoma City Thunder, the task force included business leaders, criminal justice stakeholders, the judiciary, county and city officials, state agencies, and others. It also brought in Vera to help analyze why the jail was overcrowded, how it was used, and whether that use served the county’s public safety needs effectively. This report presents Vera’s recommendations to the Greater Oklahoma City Chamber Criminal Justice Task Force for how the county can safely reduce its jail population. While data collection practices limited some of the analysis, key findings and associated recommendations are reported. Summary Jails in the United States have experienced dramatic growth over the past 30 years. Between 1983 and 2013, annual jail admissions nearly doubled, from 6 million to 11.7 million. Oklahoma County has followed these national trends, with the county jail population increasing five-fold since 1983— from 495 to 2,581 people. The county opened a new, larger jail facility in 1991. Since then, conditions and overcrowding at the jail have reached crisis proportions. Originally designed to house 1,200 people, it now houses more than twice that many. Partnering for change With concerns about the jail mounting, and new discussions starting about whether to replace it—at significant cost to the county—the Greater Oklahoma City Chamber of Commerce convened Greater Oklahoma City Chamber Criminal Justice Task Force ("the Task Force"). The Task Force brought in the Vera Institute of Justice in February 2016 to help analyze why the jail was overcrowded, how it was used, and whether that use served the county’s public safety needs effectively. Vera presented its findings to the Task Force, and provided recommendations and guidance for how the county can safely reduce its jail population. While data collection practices limited some of the analysis, key findings and associated recommendations are reported below. Jail overview > The jail is severely overcrowded and is running at double capacity. The average daily population was 2,581 people even though the facility was originally built for 1,200. Second to municipal charges, the most common reason for bookings were non-criminal behavior—such as temporary commitment to jail for a non-criminal violation and failure to appear in court. > The most common underlying felony, misdemeanor, and municipal charges of those detained in the jail were alcohol- and drug-related. Of the 10 most common crimes, the majority were nonviolent. > Black people were over-represented—while there were almost equal numbers of black and white people in the jail, white people account for 58 percent of the county population and black people make up only 15 percent of the county population. > Oklahoma County’s rate of female incarceration was high compared to the national average for a county of its size. Twenty-seven percent of people who entered jail last year were women. Key findings and recommendations > The independent agencies and decision-makers in Oklahoma City and County who make up the local justice system do not coordinate or collaborate, and do not share an understanding of how the jail should be used. Moreover, the criminal justice agencies have not been collecting, analyzing, or sharing the data that would enable them to understand who is in the jail and why, or to make informed, data-driven decisions. Vera proposes increased governance and oversight of the local justice system to eliminate these problems and improve data collection practices. This includes the creation of a permanent, staffed policy advisory body that can spearhead and sustain reforms. > One-quarter of all jail admissions were for the lowest-level offenses: municipal and traffic violations such as public drunkenness and not having a driver’s license at the time of a traffic stop. Vera recommends the county keep as many of these people out of jail as possible, through strategies like expanding the use of citations rather than arrest and booking. Admissions on low-level charges account for much of the volume in the booking area of the jail, and contribute to overcrowding and delays. > Ability to pay bail is the chief determining factor in who stays in jail and who is released pending the resolution of their cases. Vera estimated that 80 percent of people in the Oklahoma County jail were being held pretrial. Vera recommends the county create an effective, evidence-based process to decide who stays in jail while their case proceeds and who goes home. Improving the existing processes for non-financial release for appropriate defendants is the first step, but ultimately the county system should include national best practices like the use of a validated risk assessment tool, individualized decision-making by a judge that takes into account one’s ability to pay, and a robust range of pretrial supervision options. > Almost half of people who entered the jail in 2015 were released within three days. However, for those not released within three days, the average length of stay was 41 days. In a one-day snapshot of the jail population on June 1, 2015, one-third of incarcerated people had been there for six months or longer. Vera recommends the county improve processes that move cases through the court system, to alleviate delays and systemic inefficiencies that keep people in jail longer than they need to be. > Of the almost 30,000 people who entered the county jail in 2015, many suffer from addiction, mental illness, or both. Vera recommends the county expand mental health and substance use treatment diversion options for these people, and focus resources on those who are repeatedly booked into the jail for low-level offenses. Recommendations in this area include developing preand post-booking diversion strategies and speeding and broadening access to existing drug and mental health specialty courts. > In addition to significant problems caused by cash bail, fines, fees, and costs are levied on individuals at virtually every point in the criminal justice system. Those without the ability to pay these fees often are brought back to jail for their failure to pay criminal justice debt. Vera recommends the county implement strategies that will keep people from entering an endless cycle of debt and re-incarceration, which not only harms individuals and their families but also imposes recurring costs on both the county and Oklahoma City, without improving public safety. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/oklahoma-city-chamber-criminal-justice-task-force-report/legacy_downloads/OK-chamber-final-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 14808

Author: McClanahan, Wendy Title: The Choice in Yours: Early Implementation of a Diversion Program for Felony Offenders Summary: Americans have relied primarily on criminal justice responses to improve public safety and reduce crime. In fact, due to increasingly punitive criminal justice policies during the last part of the 20th century, the percentage of Americans in prisons, jails, and detention facilities is five times higher than it was three decades ago (Pew Center on the States, 2008). Yet, many experts believe that the “get tough on crime” movement that began in the 1980s, including harshersentencing and, therefore, increased incarceration, has not resulted in benefits that justify its costs (Lynch & Sabol, 1997; Pew Center on the States, 2011). While our intuition suggests that incarceration will “teach” offenders that the punishment is not worth the crime, it is not clear that this is true (Bratton, 2011). In fact, some researchers believe that incarceration may actually increase criminal behavior upon release through marginalization and stigmatization (Durlauf & Nagin, 2011). These concerns, together with recognition of the high costs of incarceration borne by local and state governments, have led to the development of myriad alternatives-to-incarceration programs for offenders who do not pose significant risks to public safety. In an effort to introduce approaches that reduce both recidivism and court costs, Philadelphia District Attorney (DA) Seth Williams spearheaded the development and testing of an alternative-to-incarceration program for firsttime, nonviolent felony drug dealers facing one- to two-year minimum mandatory state prison sentences. The program, known as The Choice is Yours (TCY), diverts these offenders away from prison into both 1) TCY court (essentially a problem-solving Philadelphia Municipal Court featuring a dedicated judge who has repeated contact with program participants to monitor their progress and motivate compliance using rewards and sanctions) and 2) a suite of community-based social services and supports directed by JEVS Human Services (JEVS) and their partner agencies, the Pennsylvania Prison Society (PPS) and the Center for Literacy (CFL). The TCY model was based on San Francisco’s Back on Track program, with which DA Williams became familiar through contact with past San Francisco DA Kamala Harris. However, DA Williams was interested in adapting the model to more serious (i.e., felony) offenders as a demonstration in Philadelphia, both as a mechanism for giving felons a second chance and as a vehicle for potentially achieving greater cost savings As such, the Philadelphia TCY model is informed by promising practices and past research on alternative sentencing programs and reentry across the country that have established links among education, employment, and reduced recidivism. In addition to educational and employment services, the TCY pilot incorporates such promising strategies and supports as case management; mentoring; and assistance with housing, child support, public benefits, and other key services. The program also entails participation in some restorative justice activities and the obligation to complete a specified amount of community service. At the individual level, TCY aims to reduce recidivism by improving educational, employment, and selfefficacy outcomes (as depicted in the TCY Logic Model presented in Exhibit 1). Additionally, the program offers graduates the opportunity to have their criminal records expunged, with the intent of removing the stigma of criminal records that can be additional barriers to future success in employment and other areas of life (e.g., access to low-cost housing opportunities). The TCY model also hypothesizes beneficial system reforms. For example, the program is expected to reduce justice system costs associated with low-level drug offenders, improve practitioner knowledge and skills regarding intervention strategies for working with similar populations, and cultivate effective strategies for ensuring the sustainability of promising programs. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/alfresco/publication-pdfs/412919-The-Choice-is-Yours-Early-Implementation-of-a-Diversion-Program-for-Felony-Offenders.PDF Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 131249

Author: Reppucci, N. Dickon Title: A Review of the Findings from Project D.A.T.E.: Risky Relationships and Teen Dating Violence Among At-Risk Adolescents Summary: Statement of Purpose: Teen dating violence is linked to numerous longstanding consequences, such as delinquency, risky sexual behavior, and adult partner violence. Thus, research exploring adolescents' trajectories into and out of violent relationships is important for developing effective prevention and intervention programs to promote healthy teen relationships. Prior research has generally been restricted to normative, school-based samples that may not capture the unique experiences of youth who are already most likely to experience negative relationship outcomes. The purpose of Project D.A.T.E. (Demand Appreciation, Trust, and Equality) was to address gaps in current research by focusing on romantic relationship experiences among at-risk adolescents. Goals and Objectives: We investigated risk and protective factors related to teen dating violence and positive relationship outcomes within a single relationship and across multiple relationships. We also explored how early abusive relationships impact trajectories into later abusive relationships, and how age gaps between romantic partners might contribute to victimization and other negative outcomes. Participants. Participants included 223 adolescents (58% female, 61% African-American) who (1) were between 13 and 18 years old, (2) answered yes to "Have you ever 'dated someone' or been in a romantic relationship that lasted at least 1 month?", and (3) received community-based services (e.g., foster care, alternative schooling) or low-income services (e.g., free or reduced lunch, low-income housing). Methods. Participants completed two waves of two-hour, in-person, self-report interviews that took place about a year apart. In each interview, participants answered questions about socio-demographics, family, and schooling. Most of the interview, however, addressed issues of abuse, intimacy, and health within up to three romantic relationships (thus, up to six relationships total across two waves of data collection). We used assessments shown to be valid and reliable for adolescents. Results: Teens in our at-risk sample reported high levels of dating abuse, risky sexual behavior, and deviance within their romantic relationships. Abuse victimization and perpetration were highly correlated, with patterns largely the same for boys and girls, suggesting reciprocal or "common couple" violence rather than one-sided intimate terrorism. Risk factors for dating violence were similar whether considering single or multiple relationships. However, dynamic risk factors (e.g., depression, peer delinquency) appeared to be more powerful than historical factors (e.g., sexual debut, child maltreatment). Relationship-specific risk factors like dyadic deviancy and intimacy related significantly to dating violence, indicating that teens may view abusive relationships as serious and committed. In addition, dating abuse by partners and toward partners was relatively stable across time. For most teens, experiencing abuse in their first ever romantic relationship placed them at great risk for a trajectory of future abuse. Finally, age gaps between partners were related to negative outcomes regardless of the younger partner's age or gender. This link between partner age gaps and poor outcomes was best explained by older and younger partners’ risky lifestyles, not power inequalities within the relationship. Conclusions: Low-income, service-receiving adolescents showed high rates of abuse in their earliest relationships, and then continued to be significantly at risk for abuse in subsequent relationships—despite describing these relationships as positive in many ways. Thus, there is a clear need for prevention and intervention efforts targeting such at-risk youth that focus more on relationship quality than simply the presence or absence of abuse. Initial Project D.A.T.E. results suggest that future research needs to investigate the context of teen dating violence (events before and after, whether a partner was frightened, etc.) to understand how youth perceive these relationships. A nuanced understanding of the context of abuse is crucial since youth are unlikely to seek help if their perceptions of "dating violence" diverge from definitions used by service providers and law enforcement. Details: Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia, 2013. 237p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243170.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147807

Author: United States Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: The Civil Rights Division's Pattern and Practice Police Reform Work: 1994-Present Summary: There are more than 18,000 law enforcement agencies across the country. Law enforcement is a demanding, rigorous, and – at times – dangerous profession. The vast majority of men and women who police our communities do so with professionalism, respect, bravery, and integrity. But as we have seen around the country, when police departments engage in unconstitutional policing, their actions can severely undermine both community trust and public safety. Today, our country is engaged in a critically important conversation about community-police relations. This report describes one of the United States Department of Justice’s central tools for accomplishing police reform, restoring police-community trust, and strengthening officer and public safety – the Civil Rights Division’s enforcement of the civil prohibition on a “pattern or practice” of policing that violates the Constitution or other federal laws (the Department’s other tools are described later in this document). Pattern-or-practice cases begin with investigations of allegations of systemic police misconduct and, when the allegations are substantiated, end with comprehensive agreements designed to support constitutional and effective policing and restore trust between police and communities. The Division has opened 11 new pattern-or-practice investigations and negotiated 19 new reform agreements since 2012 alone, often with the substantial assistance of the local United States Attorney’s Offices. The purpose of this report to make the Division’s police reform work more accessible and transparent. The usual course of a pattern-or-practice case, with examples and explanations for why the Division approaches this work the way it does, is set forth in this report. The following is a brief summary of its major themes:  The Division’s pattern-or-practice cases focus on systemic police misconduct rather than isolated instances of wrongdoing. They also focus on the responsibilities of law enforcement agencies and local governments rather than on individual officers.  The Division’s pattern-or-practice cases begin with the launch of a formal investigation into a law enforcement agency to determine whether the agency is engaged in a pattern or practice of violating federal law. An investigation most often consists of a comprehensive analysis of the policies and practices of policing in a particular community, although an investigation may also focus on a specific area of policing practice.  If the Division finds a pattern or practice of police misconduct, it issues public findings in the form of a letter or report made available to the local jurisdiction and the public. The Division conducts a thorough and independent investigation into allegations of police misconduct and substantiates any conclusions it draws with evidence set forth in its public findings.  After making findings, the Division negotiates reform agreements resolving those findings, usually in the form of a “consent decree” overseen by a federal court and an independent monitoring team. The lead independent monitor is appointed by the court, and usually agreed upon by both the Division and the investigated party, but reports directly to the court. If an agreement cannot be negotiated, the Division will bring a lawsuit to compel needed reforms.  When the court finds that the law enforcement agency has accomplished and sustained the requirements of the reform agreement, the case is terminated. In recent years, the Division’s reform agreements have included data-driven outcome measures designed to provide clear and objective standards for measuring success and determining whether the law enforcement agency has met the objectives of the agreement.  At all stages of a pattern-or-practice case, from investigation through resolution, the Division emphasizes engagement with a wide variety of stakeholders, including community members and people who have been victims of police misconduct or live in the neighborhoods most impacted by police misconduct, police leadership, rank and file officers, police labor organizations, and local political leaders. Each of these groups brings a different and important perspective and plays a critical role in accomplishing and sustaining police reform.  In keeping with the focus on systemic problems, the Division’s reform agreements emphasize institutional reforms such as improving systems for supervising officers and holding them accountable for misconduct; ensuring officers have the policy guidance, training, equipment and other resources necessary for constitutional and effective policing; creating and using data about police activity to identify and correct patterns of police misconduct; and institutionalizing law enforcement agencies’ engagement with and accountability to the community. The sections that follow provide background on why Congress gave the Division authority to address systemic police misconduct, how the Division opens pattern-or-practice investigations, what an investigation involves, and how the Division negotiates reform agreements. The report then outlines the common threads among the Division’s current generation of police reform agreements, explaining how the Division’s model promotes sustainable reform and constitutional, effective policing, as well as how those agreements come to a close. Finally, the report discusses the evidence to date of the impact of the Division’s pattern-or-practice work on police reform, as well as future directions for research and reflection on that impact. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://www.justice.gov/crt/file/922421/download Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 147803

Author: De Angelis, Joseph Title: Civilian Oversight of Law Enforcement: Assessing the Evidence Summary: Over the last several decades, issues of trust and accountability have moved to the forefront of community-police relations and a great deal of scholarship has been devoted to enhancing police performance through the strengthening of law enforcement oversight functions. During this same period, highly publicized officer-involved encounters have led to the proliferation of organizational mechanisms for reviewing and improving officer conduct (Walker 2001; Alpert et al. 2016). One such mechanism is the development of civilian oversight of law enforcement. Sometimes referred to as citizen oversight, civilian review, external review and citizen review boards (Walker 2001; Alpert et al. 2016), this form of police accountability is often focused on allowing non-police actors to provide input into the police department’s operations, often with a focus on the citizen complaint process. In some jurisdictions, this is sometimes accomplished by allowing oversight practitioners (both paid and volunteer) to review, audit or monitor complaint investigations that were conducted by police internal affairs investigators. In other jurisdictions, it is done by allowing civilians to conduct independent investigations of allegations of misconduct lodged against sworn law enforcement officers. It can also be accomplished through the creation of mechanisms that are authorized to review and comment on police policies, practices, training and systemic conduct. Some oversight mechanisms involve a combination of systemic analysis and complaint handling or review . The goal of this publication is to offer a broad examination of the key issues facing civilian oversight of law enforcement in the U.S. Drawing from a review of the available research, as well as organizational data collected from 97 police oversight executives, this report is designed to help local policy-makers, police executives and members of the local community explore the key issues that can accompany the implementation and sustainability of civilian oversight of police mechanisms at the municipal and county levels. More specifically, this report addresses a number of key areas in relation to police oversight, including: 1 . A comprehensive review of the key resources and research relating to civilian oversight of police; 2. A brief review of the historical evolution of oversight in the U.S.; 3 . A detailed examination of three different models of oversight: investigation-focused, review-focused and auditor/monitor-focused; 4. An assessment of the key factors that promote organizational effectiveness in civilian oversight; and, 5 . An exploration of trending issues in relation to oversight, particularly the debate over how to measure performance of police oversight agencies, the potential value of problem-solving methodologies and the increasing emphasis on the value of alternative dispute resolution techniques for resolving complaints against police officers. This report concludes by identifying issues that jurisdictions may want to consider if they are evaluating whether to implement oversight or revise their current oversight framework. This report also identifies critical areas in need of further research. Details: Washington, DC: Booz Allen Hamilton, 2016. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://www.ojpdiagnosticcenter.org/sites/default/files/NACOLE_AccessingtheEvidence_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Review Boards Shelf Number: 147798

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Caged In: Solitary Confinement's Devastating Harm on Prisoners with Physical Disabilities Summary: Every day, in prisons and jails across America, prisoners with physical disabilities are held in conditions of near-total isolation—also known as solitary confinement. Locked in cages roughly the size of a regular parking space, prisoners held in solitary confinement are kept alone in their cells for approximately 22 hours a day or more. While in solitary, they have little or no human interaction, access to light, rehabilitative programming, or constructive activity. In 2015, the ACLU sought to expose the harms of solitary confinement by investigating the challenges facing prisoners with physical disabilities subjected to this devastating practice. The current and formerly incarcerated people with disabilities who we spoke with described their experiences of enduring extreme isolation for days, months, and even years. They shared the pain and humiliation of being left to fend for themselves in solitary confinement without wheelchairs, prosthetic limbs, or other necessary accommodations to carry out life’s basic daily tasks. Without these vital accommodations, many of them were left without the means to walk, shower, clothe themselves, or even use the toilet. Deaf and blind prisoners reported that prison officials failed to provide them with access to hearing aids, Braille materials, certified sign language interpreters, or other auxiliary aids and services that are necessary to facilitate meaningful communication. As a result, many prisoners reported being left completely isolated without any ability to communicate with other prisoners, staff, family members, and other visitors. The devastating psychological and physical harms of solitary confinement are well known. Mental health experts studying the issue agree that solitary confinement is psychologically harmful. People subjected to solitary confinement may experience hallucinations, depression, paranoia, anxiety, and thoughts of suicide, among other negative reactions. In fact, prisoners held in solitary confinement account for nearly 50 percent of all completed suicides by incarcerated people. Beyond this, solitary confinement can also be physically debilitating. Stress, enforced idleness, and limited access to health care, including medically necessary prescriptions and physical therapies, among other factors, can lead to severely diminished health outcomes for prisoners. Details: New York: ACLU, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/caged-in/010916-ACLU-SolitaryDisabilityReport-Accessible.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 147824

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: CBP Aims Aims to Prevent High-Risk Travelers from Boarding U.S.-Bound Flights, but Needs to Evaluate Program Performance Summary: The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) analyzes traveler data and threat information to identify high-risk travelers before they board U.S.-bound flights. CBP's National Targeting Center (NTC), the primary entity responsible for these analyses, conducts traveler data matching which assesses whether travelers are high-risk by matching their information against U.S. government databases and lists, and rules-based targeting, which enables CBP to identify unknown high-risk individuals. CBP operates multiple predeparture programs that use the results of NTC's analyses to help identify and interdict high-risk travelers before they board U.S.-bound flights. CBP officers inspect all U.S. bound travelers on precleared flights at the 15 Preclearance locations and, if deemed inadmissible, a traveler will not be permitted to board the aircraft. CBP also operates nine Immigration Advisory Program (IAP) and two Joint Security Program (JSP) locations as well as three Regional Carrier Liaison Groups (RCLG) that allow CBP to work with foreign government and air carrier officials to identify and interdict high-risk travelers. Through these programs, CBP may recommend that air carriers not permit such travelers to board U.S.-bound flights. CBP data show that it identified and interdicted over 22,000 high-risk air travelers in fiscal year 2015 through its predeparture programs. CBP officers at Preclearance locations determined that 10,648 of the approximately 16 million air travelers seeking admission to the United States through such locations were inadmissible. Similarly, CBP, through its IAP, JSP, and RCLG locations, made 11,589 no-board recommendations to air carriers for the approximately 88 million air travelers bound for the United States from such locations. While CBP's predeparture programs have helped identify and interdict high-risk travelers, CBP has not fully evaluated the overall effectiveness of these programs using performance measures and baselines. CBP tracks some data, such as the number of travelers deemed inadmissible, but has not set baselines to determine if predeparture programs are achieving goals, consistent with best practices for performance measurement. By developing and implementing a system of performance measures and baselines, CBP would be better positioned to assess if the programs are achieving their goals. CBP plans to expand its predeparture programs where possible, though several factors limit its ability to expand to all priority locations. In May 2015—after soliciting interest among foreign airport authorities and scoring interested airports using risk and other factors—CBP stated it would begin Preclearance expansion negotiations with 10 priority airports in 9 countries. As of November 2016, CBP had not completed the process required to begin operations in any locations prioritized for expansion, but had reached agreement with one location at which Preclearance operations could begin as early as 2019. According to senior CBP officials, Preclearance expansions are lengthy and complex processes because host governments and airports must be willing to allow for a Preclearance location, and CBP's Preclearance expansion strategy relies on partnering with airports that are willing to pay for the majority of operational costs. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-216: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: http://gao.gov/assets/690/682255.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 140659

Author: Butcher, Kristin F. Title: Comparing Apples to Oranges: Differences in Women's and Men's Incarceration and Sentencing Outcomes Summary: Using detailed administrative records, we find that, on average, women receive lighter sentences in comparison with men along both extensive and intensive margins. Using parametric and semi-parametric decomposition methods, roughly 30% of the gender differences in incarceration cannot be explained by the observed criminal characteristics of offense and offender. We also find evidence of considerable heterogeneity across judges in their treatment of female and male offenders. There is little evidence, however, that tastes for gender discrimination are driving the mean gender disparity or the variance in treatment between judges. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 48p., app. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 23079: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23079 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 146420

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: The Costs and Consequences of Bail, Fines and Fees in New Orleans Summary: The justice system in New Orleans, like most others, is partly supported by "user-funded revenue," meaning the money it collects from individuals charged with a crime. This practice has long been common in the United States, but an emerging body of research has begun to uncover the perverse incentives it creates for justice agencies and the depth of its impact on individuals. This report is an in-depth study of the costs and consequences of user-funded revenues in New Orleans, a city where the effects of this practice are likely to be particularly acute because of a poverty rate that is nearly twice the national average and a jail incarceration rate that is among the highest in the nation. Although there are steep challenges in New Orleans, there are also factors that bode well for reform. The jail population, while still nearly twice the national average, has been declining and is now the lowest it's been in decades. Furthermore, there are a number of new jail population reduction efforts— under the leadership of the mayor and city council—and a federal consent decree has led to an increased focus on improving conditions inside the jail. Data is often a prerequisite for reform. So to uncover the costs and consequences of the user-funded justice system in New Orleans, Vera researchers examined agency financial reports and justice-agency administrative records to measure (1) annual justice system expenses and user-pay revenue (namely financial bail and conviction fines and fees), (2) how much justice agencies and bond agents benefit from these revenues, (3) the financial impact of bail for defendants, (4) the financial impact of conviction fines and fees for defendants, and (5) the consequences of a user-funded system, including the human cost of jail and the disparate impact on black communities. Through analysis of 2015 financial reports and administrative court records, Vera found that: • Law enforcement, judicial, and corrections agency expenses totaled $265 million. • User-funded revenues totaled $11.5 million and comprised bond fees ($1.7 million), conviction fines and fees ($2.8 million), traffic court fines and fees ($5 million), and “other” sources that include asset seizures and drug testing fees ($1.9 million). • User-funded costs paid to commercial bond agents totaled $4.7 million for non-refundable bond premiums. • User-funded revenues comprise a sizable share of the budget for four agencies: traffic court (99 percent), municipal court (18 percent), criminal district court (32 percent), and Orleans Public Defenders (41 percent). • The cost of posting a surety bond averaged—inclusive of bond fees—$2,408 in criminal district court and $451 in municipal court. • 1,275 individuals, in criminal district court, spent an average of 114 pretrial days in jail because they could not pay their bail; 1,153 individuals, in municipal court, spent an average of 29 pretrial days in jail because they could not pay their bail. • More than 8,000 people were assessed conviction fines and fees totaling $3.8 million. o In criminal district court, 2,156 individuals were assessed a total of $2.4 million in fines and fees; o In municipal court, 6,175 individuals were assessed a total of $1.4 million. • Conviction fines and fees per individual averaged $1,125 in criminal district court and $228 in municipal court. • In 2015, municipal court issued 3,014 warrants for failing to pay (or failing to appear for payment) and criminal district court issued 990 warrants. Over those 12 months, 536 people were arrested on such warrants, all but 88 of them stemming from municipal court cases. (This includes people who were sentenced well before 2015 but were arrested in that year.) • The transfer of wealth that results from bail, fines and fees falls disproportionately on black communities: $5.4 million of the $6.4 million (84 percent) for bail premiums and fees and $2.7 million of the $3.8 million (69 percent) for conviction fines and fees were assessed to black defendants. • Once assessed fines and fees, black defendants were issued an arrest warrant in relation to unpaid fines and fees at higher rates than white defendants for both misdemeanor cases (43 percent versus 29 percent) and felony cases (18 percent versus 14 percent). Vera’s surveys and interviews with individuals previously involved in the New Orleans criminal justice system reveal that many relied on a number of people—including partners, parents, and children— to raise the money to pay the costs associated with justice system contact. And many still have trouble paying all their costs. This suggests that, for most respondents, raising the money for bail, fines and fees was a hardship that they either could not overcome, or one for which they had to rely on the resources of their community to meet. The total range of potential criminal justice costs goes far beyond those Vera analyzed through administrative records. So it is little surprise that more than half of survey respondents reported they and their family spent over $4,500 on costs associated with their most recent court case – including bail, fines, fees, transportation to court, attorney fees, and money put into their jail commissary account, among other expenses. The majority of people we surveyed reported that these costs had a major or moderate negative impact on their family's financial stability. Interviews with court-involved individuals and justice system stakeholders underscored the financially detrimental impact of user-funded costs on families, the stress of ongoing financial obligations to the justice system, the role of these criminal justice costs in exacerbating justice involvement, and the ways in which these costs damage perceptions of fairness and trust. The greatest cost, however, may be the human cost of jail (such as the risk of harm in jail and the deprivation of liberty) for those unable to bail, fines and fees, which Vera estimates to be substantially greater than the cost of jail to taxpayers. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/past-due-costs-consequences-charging-for-justice-new-orleans/legacy_downloads/past-due-costs-consequences-charging-for-justice-new-orleans-technical-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 140663

Author: Laisne, Mathilde Title: Past Due: Examining the Costs and Consequences of Charging for Justice in New Orleans Summary: Every year, government agencies in New Orleans collect millions of dollars in the form of bail, fines and fees from people involved in the criminal justice system and, by extension, from their families. Millions more are transferred from the pockets and bank accounts of residents to for-profit bail bond agents. These costs have become the subject of considerable public attention. Some view them as a necessary way to offset the expense of operating the criminal justice system. But because many "users" of the system have very low incomes or none at all, there is growing concern that charging for justice amounts to a criminalization of poverty, especially when people who can't pay become further entangled in the justice system. Take bail, for example: In theory, bail aims to ensure that people charged with crimes actually face justice in court, and high bail is intended to keep potentially dangerous defendants behind bars while their cases are pending. But here in New Orleans, as in many systems across the country, bail amounts are not calibrated to reflect a person’s ability to pay. As a result, poor families scrape together bail from money that they need to live on. And those who can't raise the money sit in jail not because they’re a risk of flight or a danger to the public, but simply because they can’t pay. Similarly, a host of fees for the use of the courts and other justice system resources, along with fines imposed as part of a person’s sentence if convicted, are levied in amounts that many poor and low-income people can't easily afford or afford at all. As part of a study to better understand the cost and consequences of bail, fines and fees for individuals in New Orleans, researchers at Vera interviewed people who have faced these costs. Two of their stories are illustrative. When Veronica was arrested and detained, her mother risked losing her house to raise the $2,500 to purchase a bail bond and pay associated government fees. It’s money she’ll never get back, but it was the only way to get her daughter out of jail after she had already spent 10 days behind bars. Keith, who is 61, still struggles to pay off thousands of dollars in court costs and restitution as a result of writing a bad check in 2014. He is making monthly payments that at times have deprived his family of basic necessities, including running water, and have strained his marriage almost to the breaking point. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/past-due-costs-consequences-charging-for-justice-new-orleans/legacy_downloads/past-due-costs-consequences-charging-for-justice-new-orleans.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145425

Author: Bodenhorn, Howard Title: Blind Tigers and Red-Tape Cocktails: Liquor Control and Homicide in Late-Nineteenth-Century South Carolina Summary: In 1893 South Carolina prohibited the private manufacture, transportation, and sale of alcohol and established a state monopoly in wholesale and retail alcohol distribution. The combination of a market decline in the availability of alcohol, reduced variety, and monopoly pricing at state-operated outlets encouraged black markets in alcohol. Because black market participants tend to resort to extra-legal mechanisms for dispute resolution, including violence, one result of South Carolina's alcohol restriction was an increase in homicide. A continuous-treatment difference-in-difference approach reveals that homicide rates increased by about 30 to 60 percent in counties that more vigorously enforced the law. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working paper 22980: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w22980.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 140665

Author: San Jose (CA). Board of Supervisors of the County of Santa Clara Title: Management Audit Of the Office of Pretrial Services Summary: This management audit examined the operations and practices of the Office of Pretrial Services to identify opportunities to increase its efficiency, effectiveness and economy. The audit report contains six major findings and 21 recommendations that would enhance operations of the Office of Pretrial Services and aspects of the Department of Alcohol and Drug Services that serve pretrial release clients, as well as enhancing Countywide implementation of the State's new realignment program. Estimated savings is $432,989 to $1,286,512, in the form of reduced Office of Pretrial Services expenditures and reduced jail costs, as well as about $65,000 in additional revenue to support the Valley Medical Center laboratory. KEY FINDINGS • Staffing in the Jail Division, which makes initial recommendations regarding own-recognizance release for defendants booked into the County jail, was not optimally matched to workload A combination of 4-day, 10-hour and five-day, eight-hour shifts would optimize staffing versus workload, and permit reduction of 1.6 positions. The reduction was made, for budgetary reasons, and the Director of Pretrial Services concurs with exploring the schedule change, pending 2012 meet-and-confer negotiations with the relevant labor organization. • A new risk assessment tool implemented to assist Jail Division and Court Division staff in making release recommendations to judges, has changed the basis for such decisions, in ways that indicated the new tool was having the desired effect. However, the audit found that Jail Division staff often did not clearly state the basis for recommending against releasing defendants that the tool indicated would be eligible for release. • A two-month sample of Court Division recommendations found 312 of 418 defendants deemed low-risk by the new decision-making tool, 77 percent, and 786 of 850 defendants deemed average risk, 92 percent, were nonetheless not recommended for release. The Director of Pretrial Services reported that his staff, during the period of the audit, had already begun analyzing low risk cases not recommended for release, and would provide additional training to staff. • Cutbacks in available County-funded substance abuse counseling and treatment programs create substantial delays in Pretrial Services clients getting treatment required by their release, contributing to pretrial release failures and a return to custody. Audit recommendations would improve utilization of the limited treatment resources, and would address lengthy telephone waiting times in the Department of Alcohol and Drug Services Gateway referral system. The audit also found a problem at Gateway in identifying clients eligible for treatment resources under the State’s Fiscal Year 2011-12 realignment law. County departments should develop procedures to identify realignment-eligible clients. • A case rating system used by the Supervision Division to assign cases to staff is not coordinated with a new risk assessment tool used in the Jail and Court divisions, and does not guide selection of supervision strategies, which are largely reactive, and don’t vary much from one client to the next. Also, the Supervision Division does not use technology that peer agencies do, such as computerized voice-recognition check-in systems, to allow Supervision Officers to devote more of their time to the most difficult clients. • About $65,000 a year spent with a contractor to analyze drug test samples could instead be used to support the Valley Medical Center laboratory, which provides the same service to the Probation Department. In addition, staffing for specimen collection from female clients is inefficient, requiring $50,372 to $67,123 in unnecessary staff costs. Details: San Jose, CA: Board of Supervisors Management Audit Division, 2012. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2017 at: https://www.sccgov.org/sites/bos/Management%20Audit/Documents/PTSFinalReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 140668

Author: Maryland. Office of the Public Defender Title: The High Cost of Bail: How Maryland's Reliance on Money Bail Jails the Poor and Costs the Community Millions Summary: In Maryland, District Court commissioners and judges routinely require defendants to post bail in order to be released before trial. In practice, this system jails the poor and allows the rich to go free. Multiple studies, in Maryland and across the United States, have demonstrated that the key factor in the incarceration of people awaiting trial is not the risk they pose to society, or their risk of failing to appear in court, but simply whether they have enough money to pay bail. Even more, studies show that the widespread use of "secured bail" which requires payment or security, such as a property title, posted directly to the court, or posting of corporate bond to obtain release - causes new crime, coerces convictions, and has little or no impact on defendants' return to court. Relying on these studies and legal analysis, the United States Department of Justice, former U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder, Maryland Attorney General Brian Frosh, and the American Bar Association, among others, have all concluded that a pretrial detention system that jails people because they are too poor to pay bail is irrational and unconstitutional. Details: Baltimore: Maryland Office of the Public Defender, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.opd.state.md.us/Portals/0/Downloads/High%20Cost%20of%20Bail.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150554

Author: Hansen, Randall Title: Constrained by its Roots: How the Origins of the Global Asylum System Limit Contemporary Protection Summary: Territorial asylum - the principle that a refugee must reach the territory of a host country in order to lodge a protection claim—has evolved as the principal mechanism for providing humanitarian protection. However, the refugee regime was designed to cope with regular, manageable outflows, not mass displacement. With unprecedented global displacement, with 65.3 million displaced persons in 2015, the territorial asylum system is overwhelmed. And fewer than 1 percent of displaced people in need of protection are resettled annually. Making access to protection contingent upon access to territory has been criticized as at best inefficient, and at worst deadly. It creates powerful incentives for asylum seekers to undertake dangerous, illegal journeys, often at the hands of smugglers, which come at high human and financial costs. But efforts to decouple access to territory from access to protection - either by processing applications in countries of first asylum or at consulates, or by resettling people directly from countries of first asylum - have remained small in scale. This Transatlantic Council on Migration report considers whether there are viable alternatives to territorial asylum, and explores how they might be implemented. Among the solutions proposed by the author: expanding resettlement, increasing financial responsibility sharing, and concentrating resources where most refugees can be found: in the Global South. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/constrained-its-roots-how-origins-global-asylum-system-limit-contemporary-protection Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 145403

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Effects of Maternal Work Incentives on Youth Crime Summary: This study exploits differences in the implementation of welfare reform across states and over time to identify causal effects of maternal work incentives, and by inference employment, on youth arrests between 1990 and 2005, the period during which welfare reform unfolded. We consider both serious and minor crimes as classified by the FBI, investigate the extent to which effects were stronger in states with more stringent work incentive policies and larger welfare caseload declines, and use a number of different model specifications to assess robustness and patterns. We find that welfare reform led to reduced youth arrests for minor crimes, by 7-9 %, with similar estimates for males and females, but that it did not affect youth arrests for serious crimes. The results from this study add to the scant literature on the effects of maternal employment on adolescent behavior by exploiting a large-scale social experiment that is still in effect to this day, and provide some support for the widely-embraced argument that welfare reform would discourage undesirable social behavior, not only of mothers, but also of the next generation. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working Paper 23054: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23054.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 140674

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Investigation of the Chicago Police Department Summary: The Justice Department announced today that it has found reasonable cause to believe that the Chicago Police Department (CPD) engages in a pattern or practice of using force, including deadly force, in violation of the Fourth Amendment of the Constitution. The department found that CPD officers’ practices unnecessarily endanger themselves and result in unnecessary and avoidable uses of force. The pattern or practice results from systemic deficiencies in training and accountability, including the failure to train officers in de-escalation and the failure to conduct meaningful investigations of uses of force. The city of Chicago and the Justice Department have signed an agreement in principle to work together, with community input, to create a federal court-enforceable consent decree addressing the deficiencies found during the investigation. “One of my highest priorities as Attorney General has been to ensure that every American enjoys police protection that is lawful, responsive, and transparent,” said Attorney General Loretta E. Lynch. “Sadly, our thorough investigation into the Chicago Police Department found that far too many residents of this proud city have not received that kind of policing. The resulting deficit in trust and accountability is not just bad for residents – it’s also bad for dedicated police officers trying to do their jobs safely and effectively. With this announcement, we are laying the groundwork for the difficult but necessary work of building a stronger, safer, and more united Chicago for all who call it home.” “The failures we identified in our findings – that we heard about from residents and officers alike — have deeply eroded community trust,” said Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General Vanita Gupta, head of the Civil Rights Division. “But today is a moment of opportunity, where we begin to move from identifying problems to developing solutions. I know our findings can lead to reform and rebuild community-police trust because we’ve seen it happen in community after community around the country over the past 20 years.” "The findings in our report, coupled with the City of Chicago and Police Department's commitment to work together with us, are an historic turning point and a major step toward sustained change," said U.S. Attorney Zachary T. Fardon of the Northern District of Illinois. "Implementing these findings is a necessary precursor to our long-term success in fighting violent crime in Chicago." On Dec. 7, 2015, Attorney General Lynch announced the investigation into the CPD and the city’s Independent Police Review Authority (IPRA). The investigation focused on CPD's use of force, including racial, ethnic and other disparities in use of force, and its systems of accountability. In the course of its pattern or practice investigation, the department interviewed and met with city leaders, current and former police officials, and numerous officers throughout all ranks of CPD. The department also accompanied line officers on over 60 ride-alongs in every police district; heard from over 1,000 community members and more than 90 community organizations; reviewed thousands of pages of police documents, including all relevant policies, procedures, training and materials; and analyzed a randomized, representative sample of force reports and the investigative files for incidents that occurred between January 2011 and April 2016, including over 170 officer-involved shooting investigations and documents related to over 400 additional force incidents. The department found that CPD's pattern or practice of unconstitutional force is largely attributable to deficiencies in its accountability systems and in how it investigates uses of force, responds to allegations of misconduct, trains and supervises officers, and collects and reports data on officer use of force. The department also found that the lack of effective community-oriented policing strategies and insufficient support for officer wellness and safety contributed to the pattern or practice of unconstitutional force. In addition, the department also identified serious concerns about the prevalence of racially discriminatory conduct by some CPD officers and the degree to which that conduct is tolerated and in some respects caused by deficiencies in CPD’s systems of training, supervision and accountability. The department's findings further note that the impact of CPD’s pattern or practice of unreasonable force falls heaviest on predominantly black and Latino neighborhoods, such that restoring police-community trust will require remedies addressing both discriminatory conduct and the disproportionality of illegal and unconstitutional patterns of force on minority communities. In the agreement in principle, the Justice Department and the city of Chicago agreed that compliance with the consent decree will be reviewed by an independent monitor. The agreement in principle provides a general framework for change, but the department will be doing community outreach to solicit input in developing comprehensive reforms. In the days ahead, the department will continue speaking to local authorities, officers and ordinary citizens to gather their perspectives about the challenges facing the city – and the changes needed to address them. Throughout the department’s investigation, CPD leadership remained receptive to preliminary feedback and technical assistance, and started the process of implementing reforms. Under the leadership of Mayor Rahm Emanuel and Superintendent Eddie Johnson, CPD has taken a number of encouraging steps, including creating the Civilian Office of Police Accountability to replace IPRA; issuing a new transparency policy mandating the release of videos and other materials related to certain officer misconduct investigations; beginning a pilot program for body-worn cameras, to be expanded CPD-wide; and committing to establish an anonymous hotline for employees to report misconduct. While these and other measures are an important start to cooperative reform, a comprehensive, court-enforceable agreement is needed to remedy all of the department’s findings and ensure lasting reform. In addition, the department has been working with the city of Chicago as part of the Violence Reduction Network, a data-driven, evidence-based initiative that delivers strategic, intensive training and technical assistance. This assistance focuses on developing an overall violence reduction strategic framework; providing immediate technical assistance and expertise to CPD; analyzing high-crime neighborhoods for resource, social service and opportunity gaps; and assisting in building capacity in Chicago’s public safety offices. And in 2016, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Illinois charged more illegal firearms cases in total, and more as a percentage of its overall cases, than it has in any year since 2004. This investigation was conducted by the Civil Rights Division’s Special Litigation Section and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of Illinois with the assistance of law enforcement professionals, pursuant to the pattern-or-practice provision of the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994. Since 2009, the Special Litigation Section has opened 25 investigations into law enforcement agencies. The section is enforcing 20 agreements with law enforcement agencies, including 15 consent decrees and one post-judgment order. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division, 2017. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: https://www.justice.gov/opa/file/925846/download Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 140675

Author: Council for Court Excellence Title: Beyond Second Chances: Returning Citizens' Re-entry Struggles and Successes in the District of Columbia Summary: The path home from time in the criminal justice system is a rocky one, no matter who has to walk it or where they are headed. But here, in our nation’s capital, that path is incredibly complex and laden with obstacles, such as overlapping local and federal jurisdictions, a lack of resources to help returning citizens, and systems that do not always serve the unique needs of specific populations. In a city where 1 in 22 adults is under some form of correctional control on any given day, simplifying that path will benefit thousands of District of Columbia residents, their families, and the entire city by helping returning citizens move beyond second chances to fulfill their full potential. Through a review of previously unreleased data and a series of in-depth interviews with returning citizens and service providers who see firsthand the obstacles that these people too often confront, this report provides the most complete picture to date of the unique challenges that returning citizens face in D.C. The report also includes examples of promising re-entry service models from jurisdictions around the country and from the District of Columbia. Finally, the report outlines the Council for Court Excellence’s (CCE) recommendations to improve our neighbors' reintegration into the community. Main Findings In compiling this report, CCE first sought to identify the challenges that returning citizens face nationally and in the District of Columbia. While each of these has a variety of contributing elements that must be addressed—and CCE's recommendations to do that are detailed in the report—these are the top-line findings: • D.C.'s criminal justice system is unique compared to the rest of the nation with its mix of local and federal jurisdictions. Different standards and procedures between these jurisdictions can complicate the re-entry process. • D.C. Code offenders are often sent to facilities throughout the country, including as far away as the West Coast, despite the Bureau of Prisons’ (BOP) policy to attempt to place them within 500 miles of D.C. This distance isolates offenders from the support systems of family, friends, and local service providers that are crucial to their successful return. • The population of D.C. Code offenders is starkly homogeneous. Although slightly less than half of all D.C. residents are black, more than 96 percent of D.C. Code offenders incarcerated at BOP facilities are black. The struggles that result from a criminal record are experienced almost entirely by D.C.’s black community. • The U.S. Parole Commission (USPC) uses its own guidelines for granting parole, despite the existence of D.C. rules. In fact, the entire process for granting or revoking parole or supervision under the USPC does not effectively serve D.C. Code offenders. • The D.C. Mayor's Office on Returning Citizen Affairs (MORCA) has not been able to achieve its mission—to coordinate and monitor service delivery to returning citizens, and make policy recommendations regarding returning citizens to the mayor—due to limited funding and resources. • Lack of affordable housing is a persistent problem: 90 days into community supervision, 22 percent of employed returning citizens, 32 percent of unemployed returning citizens, and 38 percent of unemployable returning citizens face housing instability. D.C. is consistently ranked as one of the most expensive cities for housing in the U.S.iv and public housing options are extremely limited, complicating returning citizens’ search for stable, long-term housing. • Employment is a major problem for returning citizens. Among employable returning citizens entering supervision during 2015, 71 percent reported they were unemployed.v Unfortunately, D.C.'s job market poses special challenges for the city's returning citizens. In 2012, nearly half of all job openings in the D.C. metro area required a college degree,vi a rate 10 percent higher than other metro areas. It is projected that by 2020, 76 percent of all jobs in the D.C. metro area will require postsecondary education.vii • Access to care for physical and mental health issues is greatly lacking. For example, offenders incarcerated locally in D.C. and on Medicaid are able to have their coverage suspended instead of revoked while they serve their sentence. But D.C. Code offenders in BOP custody around the country do not have a process to renew their Medicaid coverage before their return and consequently may face gaps in health care access. • D.C. does not have enough high-quality, re-entry-specific programming, and the gaps are greatest for programs designed to accommodate the needs of special populations, including women, youth and members of the lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer (and/or questioning) (LGBTQ) community. Top Recommendations Identifying the obstacles for returning citizens was just the first step. CCE's next goal was to develop remedies to change official policies and practices and to improve the enforcement of existing policies and practices. While the report outlines in detail numerous recommendations for reform, the following are likely to have the most significant impact: 1. MORCA FUNDING: MORCA should be fully funded in the next budget cycle so that it can implement the recommendations included in the D.C. Inspector General’s report and the University of Maryland’s assessment of the agency and better serve D.C.'s returning citizens by operating as a re-entry hub, coordinating referrals to service providers and helping to develop and implement policy ideas. 2. BOP LEADERSHIP: CCE reiterates the D.C. Re-entry Task Force’s recommendation that the BOP should create an ombudsman position focused specifically on D.C. correctional issues. 3. HOUSING: Correctional facilities and housing providers should permit and assist returning citizens to apply for and reserve housing up to 90 days prior to release. 4. EMPLOYMENT: Research should be conducted to determine incentives that would encourage employers to hire returning citizens; such incentives should then be developed, implemented and evaluated. 5. HEALTH: D.C. government agencies responsible for health care-related benefits should ensure that people who have disabilities and chronic illnesses—including serious and persistent mental illness—face no gap in service coverage for either Medicaid or disability benefits. Furthermore, the BOP should send a weekly list of people being released from their facilities to the Department of Healthcare Finance to prevent gaps in Medicaid coverage and allow for medication and medical services not to lapse. 6. HALFWAY HOUSES: The BOP should not renew Hope Village’s contract. Instead, it should use the updated statement of work to hold a new halfway house provider accountable for offering high-quality services, including workforce engagement, connection to behavioral and physical health services, securing housing, family support and offense-specific issues, by tracking outcomes such as employment, engagement in treatment, and recidivism. Conclusion CCE's research clearly reveals that D.C.’s returning citizens face a variety of challenges that returning citizens elsewhere simply do not confront. Overlaps in federal and local jurisdictions, along with a lack of support systems and services, combine to create daunting obstacles to successful re-entry for thousands of people coming home to the District of Columbia. It does not have to be this way. Many best practices, programs, and approaches described in this report can be adapted for use by the D.C. government and by federal agencies to increase returning citizens' chances for successful reintegration. The issues CCE identifies and the solutions this report recommends will go a long way to alleviate many challenges returning citizens face in D.C. This report, however, should not be considered the end of this process. Indeed, it is a blueprint. Policymakers, service providers, and returning citizens have the opportunity to work together to tackle the most pressing issues of our re-entry system. Our community should ensure that returning citizens have the tools and resources they need to successfully come home. For their sake and for the sake of our city, we must take substantive, corrective action now. Details: Washington, DC: Council for Court Excellence, 2016. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.courtexcellence.org/uploads/File/CCE-BSC20161212.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 140676

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Department's Use of Pretrial Diversion and Diversion-Based Court Programs as Alternatives to Incarceration Summary: The Smart on Crime initiative, announced by the Department of Justice (Department) in August 2013, highlighted five principles to reform the federal criminal justice system by, among other things, ensuring just punishments for low-level, non-violent offenders. Smart on Crime encouraged federal prosecutors in appropriate cases involving non-violent offenders to consider alternatives to incarceration such as pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs where appropriate. Pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs are alternatives to prosecution or incarceration that enable certain low-level and non-violent offenders to be diverted from traditional criminal justice proceedings, with the result being that the offender may receive no conviction or be sentenced to a lesser or no term of incarceration. Officials of the Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys (EOUSA) told us that, while the Smart on Crime initiative contemplates greater use of diversion programs nationally, it does not mandate that each U.S. Attorney's Office (USAO) increase the use of diversion regardless of other priorities or local circumstances. Additionally, the Department's FY 2014-2018 Strategic Plan calls for the expansion of diversion programs as a way to reform and strengthen the federal criminal justice system and address prison overcrowding. The leadership of the Department has acknowledged that the level of federal prison spending is unsustainable. For fiscal year (FY) 2016, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) budget was $7.5 billion and accounted for 26 percent of the Department's discretionary budget, figures that have risen markedly in the past 15 years. As of September 2015, the BOP operated at 26 percent over capacity and is projected to remain overcrowded through FY 2016 and beyond. Traditional pretrial diversion is initiated at the discretion of the USAOs. It generally involves a decision to defer prosecution in order to allow an offender the opportunity to successfully complete a period of supervision by the Probation or Pretrial Services offices of the U.S. Courts with the agreement that, if successful, the USAO will not prosecute the offender and any pending criminal charges will be dismissed.1 Subject to the criteria in the U.S. Attorney’s Manual, each USAO determines for itself which offenders are eligible for diversion. Diversion-based court programs, by contrast, are generally run by the U.S. Courts in partnership with the USAOs and Probation and Pretrial Services. These The Smart on Crime initiative, announced by the Department of Justice (Department) in August 2013, highlighted five principles to reform the federal criminal justice system by, among other things, ensuring just punishments for low-level, non-violent offenders. Smart on Crime encouraged federal prosecutors in appropriate cases involving non-violent offenders to consider alternatives to incarceration such as pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs where appropriate. Pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs are alternatives to prosecution or incarceration that enable certain low-level and non-violent offenders to be diverted from traditional criminal justice proceedings, with the result being that the offender may receive no conviction or be sentenced to a lesser or no term of incarceration. Officials of the Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys (EOUSA) told us that, while the Smart on Crime initiative contemplates greater use of diversion programs nationally, it does not mandate that each U.S. Attorney's Office (USAO) increase the use of diversion regardless of other priorities or local circumstances. Additionally, the Department's FY 2014-2018 Strategic Plan calls for the expansion of diversion programs as a way to reform and strengthen the federal criminal justice system and address prison overcrowding. The leadership of the Department has acknowledged that the level of federal prison spending is unsustainable. For fiscal year (FY) 2016, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) budget was $7.5 billion and accounted for 26 percent of the Department's discretionary budget, figures that have risen markedly in the past 15 years. As of September 2015, the BOP operated at 26 percent over capacity and is projected to remain overcrowded through FY 2016 and beyond. Traditional pretrial diversion is initiated at the discretion of the USAOs. It generally involves a decision to defer prosecution in order to allow an offender the opportunity to successfully complete a period of supervision by the Probation or Pretrial Services offices of the U.S. Courts with the agreement that, if successful, the USAO will not prosecute the offender and any pending criminal charges will be dismissed. Subject to the criteria in the U.S. Attorney's Manual, each USAO determines for itself which offenders are eligible for diversion. Diversion-based court programs, by contrast, are generally run by the U.S. Courts in partnership with the USAOs and Probation and Pretrial Services. These programs typically address criminal charges filed against low-level, non-violent offenders through supervision, drug testing, and treatment services. Diversion-based court programs can target a range of offenses, though they often focus on specific offenses such as drug crimes or particular categories of offenders. While some diversion-based court programs result in a full dismissal of charges, others may result in a conviction with a sentence of probation or little incarceration. The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated this audit to evaluate the (1) design and implementation of federal pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs, (2) variances in the usage of the programs among the USAOs, and (3) cost savings associated with successful program participants. We found that, since the announcement of the Smart on Crime initiative, the Department has taken some steps to address its historically limited use of pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs. Between August 2013 and March 2014, EOUSA distributed informational materials designed to inform the USAOs about diversionary court programs and provided training and workshops on alternatives to incarceration. EOUSA also conducts an annual survey of the USAOs' diversion programs. We attempted to obtain from EOUSA the total number of offenders who were placed into a pretrial diversion program as well as the number of unsuccessful participants, which we believe are crucial metrics needed to evaluate the program’s effectiveness. However, we were told that neither EOUSA nor the USAOs track this information. As a result, the Department cannot fully measure the success of its pretrial diversion program. We were able to obtain from EOUSA the number of offenders who successfully completed a pretrial diversion program from FY 2012 through FY 2014 for all 94 USAOs, which was 1,520 offenders. In order to assess whether additional offenders were potentially suitable for pretrial diversion, we determined the number of federal defendants convicted of low-level, non-violent offenses based on U.S. Sentencing Commission statistics. In undertaking this analysis, we applied the same criteria used by the Department’s National Institute of Justice (NIJ) in its 1994 report identifying the universe of federal low-level, non-violent drug offenders, namely: (1) a category I criminal history, (2) zero criminal history points, (3) no weapons offense conviction, (4) no aggravated role adjustment, and (5) no prior arrest for a crime of violence or controlled substance.3 We further restricted this universe by only including offenders who fell within Zone A of the U.S. Sentencing Commission sentencing table and therefore were eligible for a probationary sentence with no conditions of confinement. We also excluded those offenders sentenced under the guideline for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States because, as a practical matter, offenders illegally in this country are rarely considered for alternative dispositions. Applying all of these criteria, we identified 7,106 offenders during the 3-year period of our review as potentially suitable for pretrial diversion. Of this total, 1,520 offenders successfully completed a pretrial diversion program. We were unable to assess whether the remaining 5,586 potentially suitable offenders would have met the particular USAO's eligibility requirements for its pretrial diversion program or would have been deemed suitable candidates for supervision by Probation and Pretrial Services. We also found, based on the data available to us, that the use of pretrial diversion appeared to be substantially less in some USAOs than in others. Forty-four USAOs (just under one-half of all USAOs), had between zero and five successful pretrial diversion participants. With regard to diversion-based court programs, the vast majority of federal judicial districts (78 out of 94) had no program as of August 2015. Unlike for pretrial diversion, the Department had not established criteria that the USAOs must consider for determining admission into a diversion-based court program. We attempted to obtain from EOUSA the number of offenders who participated in a federal diversion-based court program in past years, but were told the information was not available. As with our analysis of potentially suitable pretrial diversion offenders, we identified those offenders potentially suitable for a diversion-based court program from an analysis of U.S. Sentencing Commission statistics using the criteria from the 1994 NIJ report, but included offenders who fell within either Zone A or Zone B of the U.S. Sentencing Commission sentencing table. Again excluding offenders sentenced for unlawfully entering or remaining in the United States, we determined that 12,468 offenders sentenced from FY 2012 through FY 2014 were potentially suitable for diversion-based court programs. However, as with traditional pretrial diversion, we were unable to assess whether these potentially suitable offenders would have met the entrance and eligibility requirements of diversion-based court programs in their individual sentencing jurisdictions. We found the Department had not evaluated the effectiveness of the USAOs' pretrial diversion programs or its efforts to pursue their use. An evaluation would assess the Department’s progress toward accomplishing the goals established in the Department’s Strategic Plan and its Smart on Crime initiative. The Department also has not evaluated the potential for pretrial diversion programs to reduce prosecution or incarceration costs, and we were unable to obtain data that would have allowed us to do so. Given this absence of data, we instead estimated the incarceration costs that the Department spent on offenders we identified as potentially suitable for pretrial diversion. We determined that of the 7,106 offenders who completed or who were potentially suitable to complete a pretrial diversion program, 4,530 received no prison sentence while 2,576 received some sentence of incarceration. Based on the amount of prison time these 2,576 offenders received, we estimated that from FY 2012 through FY 2014 the Department expended $26,313,168, or $10,215 per offender. These estimates do not take into account the additional costs to the Department to prosecute these cases or to the U.S. Courts to handle them. Nor does this amount include the costs of the pretrial diversion program itself. We believe the Department should consider how it can assess going forward whether prosecuting offenders meeting these criteria are consistent with two of the Smart on Crime initiative principles, namely that prosecutors should pursue the most serious cases that implicate clear, substantial federal interests, and that prosecutors should pursue alternatives to incarceration for low-level, non-violent crimes. For diversion-based court programs, we were able to estimate incarceration costs avoided by a sample of successful participants in three judicial districts. Based on these estimates, we found that the potential for cost savings may be substantial. In the example with the largest sample size, our analysis of court records from the Central District of Illinois identified an estimated potential cost savings from $7,721,258 to $9,665,811 for 49 judgmentally selected successful program participants, or an average of $157,577 to $197,261 per offender. We also found that the Department has not studied the effect pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs may have on recidivism. We reviewed the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s National Crime Information Center (NCIC) records for the 39 participants who had completed the Central District of Illinois diversion-based court program between November 2002 and February 2011 and found that 9 of these individuals (23 percent) were convicted for a new offense, re-arrested, or had their supervision revoked within 2 years of their diversion-based court program graduation date.6 By comparison, the general recidivism rate for federal inmates has been estimated as high as 41 percent. We recognize that our sample size was small, and believe that a broader study by the Department of the effect of diversion-based court programs on recidivism is warranted to determine if these results are borne out on a more widespread and systemic basis. We make 3 recommendations to the Office of the Deputy Attorney General and 2 recommendations to EOUSA to strengthen the use of pretrial diversion and diversion-based court programs in order to meet the Department’s goals and ensure that alternatives to prosecution are available and utilized where appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/a1619.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 145405

Author: Polinsky, A. Mitchell Title: Prison Work Programs in a Model of Deterrence Summary: This article considers the social desirability of prison work programs in a model in which the function of imprisonment is to deter crime. Two types of prison work programs are studied—voluntary ones and mandatory ones. A voluntary work program generates net social benefits: if prisoners are paid a wage that just compensates them for their disutility from work, the deterrent effect of the prison sentence is unaffected, but society obtains the product of the work program. But a mandatory work program yields even higher net social benefits: if prisoners are forced to work without compensation, the deterrent effect of the prison sentence rises, allowing society to restore deterrence and save resources by reducing the probability of detection or the sentence length, and also to obtain greater output than under the optimal voluntary work program. In an extension of the basic analysis, however, in which prisoners vary in their disutility from work, a voluntary work program may be superior to a mandatory work program because prisoners with relatively high disutility from work can elect not to work. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 23026: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23026.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 140681

Author: Alpert, Abby Title: Supply-Side Drug Policy in the Presence of Substitutes: Evidence from the Introduction of Abuse-Deterrent Opioids Summary: Overdose deaths from prescription opioid pain relievers nearly quadrupled between 1999 and 2010, making this the worst drug overdose epidemic in U.S. history. In response, numerous supply-side interventions have aimed to limit access to opioids. However, these supply disruptions may have the unintended consequence of increasing the use of substitute drugs, including heroin. We study the consequences of one of the largest supply disruptions to date to abusable opioids – the introduction of an abuse-deterrent version of OxyContin in 2010. Our analysis exploits across state variation in exposure to the OxyContin reformulation. Using data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), we show that states with higher pre-2010 rates of OxyContin misuse experienced larger reductions in OxyContin misuse, permitting us to isolate consumer substitution responses. We estimate large differential increases in heroin deaths immediately after reformulation in states with the highest initial rates of OxyContin misuse. We find less evidence of differential reductions in overall opioid-related deaths, potentially due to substitution towards other opioids, including more harmful synthetic opioids such as fentanyl. Our results imply that a substantial share of the dramatic increase in heroin deaths since 2010 can be attributed to the reformulation of OxyContin. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series: Working paper 23031: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23031.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 145428

Author: Simpson, Tiffany Title: Do Objective Measures Reduce the Disproportionate Rates of Minority Youth Placed in Detention: Validation of a Risk Assessment Instrument? Summary: The over-representation of youth of color in the juvenile justice system, often referred to as disproportionate minority contact (DMC) can be found at many stages of the juvenile justice continuum. Further, research has shown that over-representation is not necessarily related to higher rates of criminal activity and suggests that case processing disparities can contribute to DMC. Risk assessment instruments (RAI) are objective techniques used to make decisions about youth in the juvenile justice system. This study examined the effects of implementing an RAI designed to make detention decisions, in a predominantly rural parish in Louisiana. Police officers from three law enforcement agencies investigated 202 cases during the evaluation period. The measures included an objective detention risk screening instrument, a contact form which contained juvenile demographic information, a two-item questionnaire assessing law enforcement's impression of the youth's need for detention placement and risk to public safety, and an arrest coding sheet which assessed subsequent police contacts and arrests among youth over 3 and 6 months of street time (i.e., time outside of secure confinement). Results revealed that overall law enforcement was unwilling to consistently complete the tool and continued to use subjective decision making, with completion rates ranging from 61% to 97% across the participating agencies. Also, subjective decision making by law enforcement actually helped minority youth as law enforcement consistently disregarded formal overrides included in the RAI, resulting in fewer minority youth being detained than were indicated by the RAI. Further, implementation of the tool, as constructed, resulted in small but insignificant reductions in the rates of overall confinement and rates of minority confinement when compared to the rates of confinement during the same time period of the previous year. Additionally, the RAI did not significantly predict future police contact due to items that did not predict recidivism in this sample. Use of a three-item version resulted in a significant increase in the tool's predictive ability. This study demonstrates the importance of additional validity testing following the implementation of detention risk assessment instruments to ensure that these tools reduce unnecessary confinement while protecting public safety. Details: New Orleans: University of New Orleans, 2010. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 26, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.uno.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2098&context=td Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 145436

Author: Vanlaar, Ward Title: Driving While Impaired Arrest Process Improvement: Six Case Studies of Strategies Used by Law Enforcement to Reduce the Cost and Time of Processing a DWI Arrest Summary: This final report of the Driving While Impaired Arrest Process project includes six case studies of strategies used by law enforcement to reduce the cost and time of processing DWI arrests. The objectives of this study are to identify law enforcement agencies that have made improvements to their DWI arrest procedures that have resulted in time and/or cost savings, and gather data from these jurisdictions to describe any such savings experienced as a result of these improvements. The improvements, their resulting time and cost savings, as well as experiences regarding the implementation of these improvements are described in this report and used to inform the development of a roadmap that other agencies can rely upon if they are interested in implementing these types of solutions. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 812 308: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov/sites/nhtsa.dot.gov/files/812308-dwi-arrest-process-improvement.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 144924

Author: Texas. Legislature. House Committee on Corrections Title: Interim Report to the 85th Texas Legislature Summary: INTERIM STUDY CHARGES 1. Examine fees and revocations for those on probation and parole; examine effectiveness of fees imposed as a condition of probation and parole; study technical revocations in adult probation to identify drivers of revocations, disparities across the state, and strategies for reducing technical revocations while ensuring program effectiveness and public safety. (Joint charge with the House Committee on Criminal Jurisprudence) 2. Study recidivism, its major causes, and existing programs designed to reduce recidivism, including a review of current programs utilized by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) and the Windham School District for incarcerated persons. Examine re-entry programs and opportunities for offenders upon release. Identify successful programs in other jurisdictions and consider how they might be implemented in Texas. 3. Study incarceration rates for non-violent drug offenses and the cost to the state associated with those offenses. Identify alternatives to incarceration, including community supervision, that could be used to reduce incarceration rates of non-violent drug offenders. 4. Study inmate release policies of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, including the release of inmates directly from administrative segregation. Identify best practices and policies for the transitioning of these various inmate populations from the prison to appropriate supervision in the community. Identify any needed legislative changes necessary to accomplish these goals. 5. Conduct legislative oversight and monitoring of the agencies and programs under the committee’s jurisdiction and the implementation of relevant legislation passed by the 84th Legislature. In conducting this oversight, the committee should: a. consider any reforms to state agencies to make them more responsive to Texas taxpayers and citizens; b. identify issues regarding the agency or its governance that may be appropriate to investigate, improve, remedy, or eliminate; c. determine whether an agency is operating in a transparent and efficient manner; and d. identify opportunities to streamline programs and services while maintaining the mission of the agency and its programs. Details: Austin: Texas Legislature, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.house.state.tx.us/_media/pdf/committees/reports/84interim/Corrections-Committee-Interim-Report-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 144922

Author: Police Foundation Title: Reducing Violent Crime in American Cities: An Opportunity to Lead. Summary: On the national level, crime remains historically low. However, this national aggregate paints a deceiving picture of crime in many major cities. Individual cities experienced grim spikes in violent crime from 2014 to 2015 and through 2016 as well. As such, defining violent crime levels based solely on the national aggregates and distributing federal resources accordingly does not address local realities. The national statistics do not depict the suffering endured by families and individuals living in communities plagued by violence, nor do they depict the frustration felt by local law enforcement leaders who often are seen as responsible officials in their communities. Unfortunately for these leaders and the communities they serve, the federal support actually received to help combat violent crime is often calculated based on national statistics and the perspective of decision-makers in Washington, D.C. At the federal level, law enforcement agencies are tasked with a variety of missions and often cannot or do not prioritize localized violent crime over enforcing other laws and addressing other priorities. The mixture of varied prioritization, flat or reduced funding, traditional approaches, and limited authorities stifles an effective federal response despite the best intentions, hard work, and bravery of federal special agents, investigators, professional staff, and their agencies. Chapter 1 of this report provides a contextual overview and supporting data on the spike in localized violent crime in major cities, a review of the major drivers of crime, and an assertion that federal support is critical. Because collection and aggregation of crime data is disparate in police departments across the country, the extent of the increase in violent crime is difficult to specify. However, one important indicator is that the 2015 Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) data1 show an increase in all violent crime types from 2014 to 2015. In addition, a survey of major city police chiefs ranked gang violence (87.8%), drug-related disputes (79.6%), and access to illegal firearms (71.4%) as the top drivers of violent crime. The chapter asserts that despite the generally low levels of crime throughout the nation, the federal government must continue to prioritize violent crime and public safety concerns and focus its attention on local public safety crises, as a number of jurisdictions across the country live in a constant state of fear. What is required from federal agencies, is leadership in propelling an agenda in which violent crime is both a budgetary and policy priority and in addressing problems with evidence-based solutions. Chapter 2 reviews broad federal law enforcement priorities, roles, resources, and accountability in the context of the nation’s fight against violent crime. A Police Foundation study found that while local law enforcement receives federal resources, many of these resources are allocated according to factors other than what is affecting local communities. For example, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) characterizes violent crime as its eighth priority, well behind its number one priority of fighting terrorism. Moreover, no federal agency prioritizes violent crime as its most important issue. Accordingly, the new Administration and Congress must make violent crime, and the federal government’s interest in violent crime, a top priority and be willing to dedicate the resources needed to assist in places where public safety is jeopardized. Major city chiefs interviewed stressed the need for better partnerships in combatting violent crime. Federal policy leaders must work with local law enforcement to improve federal support to fight violent crime. Using the latest crime data, federal, state, and local partnerships, based on shared decision-making and coproduction of public safety, is critical. Chapter 3 provides a detailed examination of the tools that federal law enforcement agencies provide to support those on the state and local levels to address violent crime. The data presented provides an overview of federal initiatives, tools, and roles that have shown evidence of sustainable success in reducing violent crime. Major city police chiefs provided information on federal law enforcement agencies, programs, and tools that have assisted them and stated that the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) show the most interest in prioritizing violent crime. They also found federal support through the National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN) and the National Tracing Center (NTC) to be the most useful tools. Chapter 4 reviews the importance of U.S. Attorneys in fighting violent crime. It provides information indicating that police chiefs consider the support of U.S. Attorneys to be critical in fighting localized violent crime. Acting as the chief federal law enforcement officer in each judicial district, U.S. Attorneys must act as chief conveners to lead strategic collaborations that build strong federal cases that will impact localized violent crime. This chapter also stresses that the fight against violent crime and criminal justice reform are not mutually exclusive. Chapter 5 provides a detailed review of the impact of firearms availability on violent crime in the U.S. Law enforcement executives expressed their concerns that the most significant threat to the Second Amendment is the misuse of firearms and the ability of criminals to access them. Gun trafficking, illegal gun markets, theft, and illegal diversion are important issues that have not been addressed sufficiently. Legislation and federal tools available to regulate illegal gun markets and keep guns out of the hands of those looking to cause harm are inadequate. Background checks, for example, should be retooled and strengthened, and laws that restrict the effectiveness of federal law enforcement in enforcing them should be eliminated. This report is not intended as a criticism of any previous Presidential Administration, its leaders or appointees, or of the hardworking, professional men and women in federal law enforcement agencies, many of whom began their careers as state or local law enforcement officers. Instead, this report looks toward the new Administration, which has an opportunity to leverage the lessons of the past and lead a legacy of change for the future. In doing so, it will have the opportunity to set forth a new strategy to keep national crime rates at historically low levels while reducing disparate impacts in our major cities and elsewhere. The recommendations in this report create an overarching, new strategy to understand and address violence in today’s cities. They include prioritization and non-traditional approaches, openness and sharing of data, expansion of available technologies, and calls for immediate Congressional and Executive Branch action. The recommendations presented in this report echo similar concerns expressed by the U.S. Conference of Mayors where New Orleans Mayor Mitch Landrieu presented information regarding a forthcoming report, entitled Securing America, to the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA) at its October 2016 meeting. The MCCA members expressed substantial concurrence with the forthcoming report. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/PF-MCCA_Reducing-Violent-Crime-in-American-Cities_FullReport_RGB.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 144883

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "Like Walking Through a Hailstorm": Discrimination against LGBT Youth in US Schools Summary: In 2001, Human Rights Watch published Hatred in the Hallways, a report that documented widespread bullying and harassment of LGBT students in the United States. Fifteen years later, research in Alabama, Pennsylvania, South Dakota, Texas, and Utah demonstrates that many LGBT youth across the country remain unsafe and unwelcome in their schools. Drawing from interviews with over 500 students, teachers, administrators, parents, and service providers, "Like Walking Through a Hailstorm" documents how bullying and harassment, exclusion from school curricula and resources, restrictions on LGBT student groups, and discrimination and bigotry jeopardize the rights and well-being of LGBT youth. It urges federal, state, and local officials to take meaningful steps to curb bullying and discrimination, recognize and affirm LGBT youth, and foster environments where all students are able to participate and learn. Details: New York: HRW, 2016. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/uslgbt1216web_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 144919

Author: Livingston, Jennifer A. Title: Developmental Pathways of Teen Dating Violence in a High-Risk Sample. Summary report Summary: Objectives: This research examined the roles of parental psychopathology, marital conflict and parenting behaviors in the development of teen dating violence (TDV) among a sample of adolescents at high risk for aggressive behavior due to parental alcohol problems. The research had two aims: (1) to examine the developmental pathways to TDV in late adolescence from early childhood risk factors (i.e., parental psychopathology and marital conflict); and (2) examine the association of proximal risk and protective factors in early adolescence to TDV involvement in late adolescence. Two analytical models were tested in pursuit of these aims. Method: Adolescents (M=17.68 years of age) who had been participating, along with their parents, in a longitudinal study of the effects of parental alcohol problems on child development completed an additional wave of survey data in 11-12th grades. Families (N=227) were recruited from county birth records when the child was 12 months of age and had been previously assessed at 12-, 18-, 24-, 36-months, kindergarten, 4th, 6th, and 8th grades. For the current wave of data collection, adolescent participants (n=185) used computer–assisted interviewing to complete questionnaires assessing their individual characteristics, family and peer relationships, substance use, dating behaviors and involvement in TDV as a victim or perpetrator. Data from previous time points beginning at 12 months were used to predict involvement in TDV. Results: Etiology of TDV. Based on prior research and developmental theory, two potential pathways through which parental alcohol problems in infancy may contribute to aggression and adolescent involvement in TDV were examined: a direct pathway from marital conflict and an indirect pathway via parenting behavior and self-regulation. Results indicated that marital conflict in infancy and early childhood did not directly predict TDV in adolescence; however, there was an indirect association through poor self-regulation in middle childhood which in turn contributed to early adolescent aggression and ultimately, TDV in late adolescence. There was also support for indirect pathways from maternal depression and paternal antisocial behavior in infancy to TDV in adolescence through childhood and adolescent aggression, and from paternal alcohol problems in infancy via lower maternal warmth which contributed to lower child selfregulation in the preschool years and aggressive behavior across childhood and early adolescence. In addition, fathers’ antisocial behavior was associated with high sibling problems in middle childhood, which was a unique predictor of TDV in late adolescence. Maternal warmth as a moderator between exposure to marital conflict and TDV. A second model examined whether positive parenting in early adolescence could protect against TDV in late adolescence among youth exposed to high marital conflict. Results indicated that maternal acceptance in early adolescence moderated the relationship between exposure to marital conflict in early adolescence and TDV involvement in late adolescence, with the combination of low maternal acceptance and high conflict exposure in early adolescence predicting the highest rates of TDV in late adolescence. Implications: Parental psychopathology and marital conflict in infancy set the stage for a cascade of negative developmental outcomes that contribute to the development of aggression and TDV. Parenting behaviors, particularly maternal warmth, can be protective against TDV by promoting self-regulation. Mothers with alcoholic partners tend to exhibit lower warmth and sensitivity towards their children than those in nonalcoholic families, underscoring the need for members of alcoholic families to receive support and intervention. Intervening with families of young children who have been referred for domestic violence and/or substance abuse issues to promote positive parenting and conflict management may be an important step towards breaking the intergenerational cycle of violence. Details: Buffalo: University at Buffalo, State University of New York, Research Institute on Addictions, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250213.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147294

Author: Amnesty International Title: Bringing Human Rights Home. Chicago and Illinois: Gun Violence Summary: Gun violence is a widespread problem across the United States. Each year, more than 11,000 people are killed as a result of someone pulling a trigger. Gun violence impacts a range of human rights from the right to life; security of the person; to the rights to education; freedom of movement and freedom from discrimination. The reasons for gun violence in Chicago are complex. Poverty, unemployment, lack of access to education, and the fragmentation of gangs across the city are some of the factors that play a role in the violence. Also, the recent decision to close nearly 50 public schools has put thousands of children going to school at risk of violence or death. All states have an obligation to respect, protect and fulfill human rights, including the right to life and security of the person, and have a duty to take positive measures to prevent acts of violence and unlawful killings. Gun Violence in Chicago In 2013, 414 people were killed in Chicago; with more than 80 percent of those deaths attributed to gun violence. While amounting to an 18 percent decrease from 2012, which saw a total of 506 homicides that year, Chicago had the highest number of homicides across the country in 2013. Chicago's homicide rate is alarmingly elevated, especially compared with other big cities like Los Angeles and New York. For instance, New York City has three times the population of Chicago, and had 333 murders in 2013. Los Angeles, with over a million more people than Chicago, had 255 murders in 2013. Seventy-five percent of Chicago's gun-death victims in 2012 were African- American or Latino. Violence affects everyone in Chicago, but it is particularly devastating for the City's youth who are so often the perpetrators and victims of violence. From 2008-2012, almost half of Chicago's 2,389 homicide victims were killed before their 25th birthdays. While an alarming number of young people in Chicago have been killed in gun attacks, many more are exposed to gun violence on a regular basis. While 414 people were killed in 2013, there were a total of 1,864 shootings in the city which resulted in 2,328 gunshot survivors. There were an additional 10,343 crimes committed with a handgun or firearm in Chicago during 2013. Studies have shown that children who are exposed to violence suffer increased rates of depression, aggression, delinquency, and poor school performance. Chicago's homicides have taken place mostly in neighborhoods in the west and south of the city. Gun crime in Chicago is most prevalent in communities with high rates of poverty and unemployment. The City of Chicago as a whole has an extreme poverty rate of nearly 10 percent, with more than 260,000 households living in extreme poverty (i.e. $10,000 or less for a family of three in 2012). The high school graduation rate for black males in Chicago is 39 per cent and a staggering 92 per cent of all black males aged 16-19 were unemployed in 2012. These issues are also human rights issues: the right to a living wage; affordable housing; equal access to education and health care, including mental health care, are human rights. Details: New York: Amnesty International USA, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2017 at: http://www.amnestyusa.org/sites/default/files/bringinghumanrightshome_gunviolence.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 144882

Author: Gruenenfelder, David E. Title: Multisite Evaluation of the Multidisciplinary Team (MDT) Approach to Violence Against Women in Illinois Summary: Domestic violence and sexual assault are serious problems in Illinois. While many such offenses are reported yearly, localities often lack resources needed to make arrests, to prosecute effectively, to convict, and to provide needed victim services. The federal Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) provides financial assistance to states for developing and strengthening law enforcement, prosecution, and victim services in cases involving violent crimes against women. As the state agency charged with administering the Services, Training, Officers, Prosecutors (STOP) VAWA award in Illinois, nearly $5 million in FFY10 from the U.S. Department of Justice, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) is responsible for developing a plan to distribute these funds. ICJIA has used this funding stream since 2004, in part, to fund four Illinois counties  McLean, Peoria, St. Clair and Kankakee  to operate multidisciplinary teams (MDTs) that are designed to better coordinate local services. McLean, Peoria and St. Clair counties address domestic violence (DV), and Kankakee County addresses the problem of sexual assault (SA). The purpose of this study is to describe and assess these four MDTs. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2013. 320p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/ResearchReports/MDT_Report_July_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 131171

Author: Lee, Stephanie Title: What Works and What Does Not: Benefit-Cost Findings from WSIPP Summary: For the last 20 years, WSIPP has conducted systematic evidence reviews and economic analysis on a variety of topics for the Washington State Legislature. Over time, we have improved and refined the methods we use to conduct this research. When WSIPP undertakes an economic analysis at the direction of the legislature, we use a standardized set of procedures to collect and analyze research literature. We then apply consistent methods to translate the research findings to dollars and cents, asking, “What are the overall benefits and costs?” of each program or policy option. Finally, we use information about the uncertainty in the research findings and economic assumptions to compute the risk associated with each policy option. The primary goal of this research is to provide the legislature with objective information about the long-term economic consequences of each program or policy option reviewed. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2011. 14o, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1602/Wsipp_What-Works-and-What-Does-Not-Benefit-Cost-Findings-from-WSIPP_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 146247

Author: Lamb, Robert Dale Title: Ungoverned Areas and Threats from Safe Havens Summary: Individuals and groups who use violence in ways that threaten the United States, its allies, or its partners habitually find or create ways to operate with impunity or without detection. Whether for private financial gain (e.g., by narcotics and arms traffickers) or for harmful political aims (e.g., by insurgents, terrorists, and other violent extremists), these illicit operations are most successful "and most dangerous" when their perpetrators have a place or situation that can provide refuge from efforts to combat or counter them. Such places and situations are often called safe havens, and potential safe havens are sometimes called ungoverned areas. A key component of counterinsurgency, counterterrorism, counternarcotics, stabilization, peacekeeping, and other such efforts is to reduce the size and effectiveness of the safe havens that protect illicit actors. Agencies in defense, diplomacy, development, law enforcement, and other areas all have capabilities that can be applied to countering such threats and building the capacity and legitimacy of U.S. partners to prevent ungoverned, under-governed, misgoverned, contested, and exploitable areas from becoming safe havens. To do this effectively requires careful consideration of all the geographical, political, civil, and resource factors that make safe havens possible; a sober appreciation of the complex ways those factors interact; and deeper collaboration among U.S. government offices and units that address such problems - whether operating openly, discreetly, or covertly - to ensure unity of effort. This report offers a framework that can be used to systematically account for these considerations in relevant strategies, capabilities, and doctrines/best practices. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, 2008. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Report of the Ungoverned Areas Project: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a479805.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 146248

Author: Page, Ava Title: Education and Public Safety Summary: The United States leads the world in the number of people incarcerated in federal and state correctional facilities. There are currently more than 2 million people in American prisons and jails.1 Overall, individuals incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails report significantly lower levels of educational attainment than do those in the general population. Research has shown a relationship between high school graduation rates and crime rates, and a relationship between educational attainment and the likelihood of incarceration. The impact of policies related to education and public safety are concentrated among people of color, who are less likely to have access to quality educational opportunities, more likely to leave educational systems earlier, and more likely to be incarcerated. This research brief summarizes recent findings on what is known about educational attainment as it relates to crime trends and public safety. JPI has compared state-level education data with crime rates and incarceration rates and found that those states that have focused the most on education tend to have lower violent crime rates and lower incarceration rates. While there is no silver bullet that will guarantee reductions in criminal activity or crime rates, the research suggests that increased investments in quality education can have a positive public safety benefit. Significant findings include: • Graduation rates were associated with positive public safety outcomes. Researchers have found that a 5 percent increase in male high school graduation rates would produce an annual savings of almost $5 billion in crime-related expenses. • States that had higher levels of educational attainment also had crime rates lower than the national average. Nine out of the 10 states with the highest percentage of population who had attained a high school diploma or above were found to have lower violent crime rates than the national average, compared to just four of the 10 states with the lowest educational attainment per population. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2007. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/images/upload/07-08_rep_educationandpublicsafety_ps-ac.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 109430

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: Using Jail to Enroll Low-Income Men in Medicaid Summary: Many people in jail have serious health needs that can contribute to a cycle of relapse and recidivism, but a recent pilot in Connecticut found that those who left jail with Medicaid coverage availed themselves of outpatient services, prescription medicines, and behavioral health care, often within one month of release. This report details how jail staff worked with Medicaid to implement an enrollment procedure and describes the challenges in conducting enrollment with pretrial detainees given their short stays in jail. Findings suggest that suspending rather than terminating Medicaid coverage when people enter jail, as well as automatically reinstating Medicaid upon release, can increase continuity of care for this high-risk population. Doing so may enhance the health prospects of individuals leaving jail and potentially reduce recidivism, while also minimizing the burden on hospitals of preventable emergency room visits. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/research/publication/using-jail-enroll-low-income-men-medicaid/view/full_report Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 144877

Author: Hanson, R. Karl Title: A Five-Level Risk and Needs System: Maximizing Assessment Results in Corrections through the Development of a Common Language Summary: Risk and needs assessments are now routinely used in correctional systems in the United States to estimate a person's likelihood of recidivism and provide direction concerning appropriate correctional interventions. Specifically, they inform sentencing, determine the need for and nature of rehabilitation programs, inform decisions concerning conditional release, and allow community supervision officers to tailor conditions to a person's specific strengths, skill deficits, and reintegration challenges. In short, risk and needs assessments provide a roadmap for effective correctional rehabilitation initiatives. When properly understood and implemented, they can help correctional organizations to provide the types and dosages of services that are empirically related to reductions in reoffending. Despite considerable advances in risk and needs assessment, however, the widespread use of a variety of risk and needs assessment instruments has created new challenges. Foremost, how do we compare the results of assessments conducted with different instruments? Although all of these instruments are trying to measure risk and needs, each instrument is unique in that it may comprise varying factors and weight those factors differently from other instruments. Furthermore, the field has not set standards or specifications about the terminology used to describe risk and needs categories across all of these instruments. Although some risk and needs instruments use three nominal risk and needs categories (low, moderate, high), others use four nominal categories (low, low-moderate, moderate-high, high), and still others use five (low, low-moderate, moderate, moderate-high, high). Some instruments use different terms entirely (e.g., poor, fair, good, very good). Complicating matters further, there are no standard definitions of these nominal risk and needs categories, so "low risk," for example, might have different definitions from one instrument to the next. As such, the field of assessment and risk research struggles with perhaps its most significant obstacle: the absence of a precise, standardized language to communicate about risk. To further illustrate this problem, researchers compared risk-level definitions among five assessment measures and found that only 3 percent of the people assessed were identified as high risk across all five instruments and only 4 percent of the people were identified as low risk by all five measures. This means that the same person can be described by different categories across different assessment instruments, or people in the same category can be described differently across different assessment instruments. Beyond the lack of standard definitions of risk and needs categories, there is no consensus about what various labels mean with regard to the probability of reoffending or the specific profile of needs in each risk level. This lack of consensus occurs not just across different instruments, but also across and within jurisdictions that use the same instrument but in different ways. Details: New York: Justice Center, Council of State Governments, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/A-Five-Level-Risk-and-Needs-System_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Classification Shelf Number: 144876

Author: Plotkin, Martha Title: Critical Connections: Getting People Leaving Prison and Jail the Mental Health Care and Substance Use Treatment They Need: What Policymakers Need to Know about Health Care Coverage Summary: State legislators, corrections directors, and health systems administrators often face significant challenges in helping connect the large number of people with behavioral health disorders who are leaving prisons and jails to health care and supportive services.* Much of this difficulty lies in determining the policies and practices that can be the most effective in helping people obtain the health insurance and other federal benefits they need to access appropriate and affordable care upon their return to the community. These are longstanding problems that have taken on new dimensions as an increasing share of treatment and services needed by the reentry population are covered under Medicaid if eligible individuals are enrolled.† As the single largest payer of mental health services and increasingly of substance use treatment,1 Medicaid is a system becoming more focused on care management, service coordination, and treatment for people with complex needs. Any state that wants to make an impact on addressing the behavioral health needs of people who are in frequent contact with the justice system should consider how Medicaid and other federal programs can be leveraged. A coordinated state response involves knowing how to:‡ • Identify people in the criminal justice system who are likely eligible for Medicaid and other publicly funded benefits such as Social Security Administration benefits and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) health care and benefits; • Facilitate or reinstate enrollment of people in prisons and jails in Medicaid and other benefits; and • Engage in cross-sector collaborations to – Review and revise Medicaid state plans to cover the types of behavioral health care and supportive services needed by people leaving prisons and jails§ – Shape service delivery to encourage a “whole person” integrated approach to health care and supportive services. – Inventory and expand needed community care and supportive services, including the number, range, and availability of behavioral health treatment providers who have the requisite skills and experience to work with the reentry population. Details: New York, NY: Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2017. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://www.bja.gov/publications/Critical-Connections-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 140755

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Title: Facing Addiction in America: The Surgeon General's Report on Alcohol, Drugs, and Health, 2016 Summary: The United States has a serious substance misuse problem. Substance misuse is the use of alcohol or drugs in a manner, situation, amount, or frequency that could cause harm to the user or to those around them. Alcohol and drug misuse and related substance use disorders affect millions of Americans and impose enormous costs on our society. In 2015, 66.7 million people in the United States reported binge drinking in the past month and 27.1 million people were current users of illicit drugs or misused prescription drugs. The accumulated costs to the individual, the family, and the community are staggering and arise as a consequence of many direct and indirect effects, including compromised physical and mental health, increased spread of infectious disease, loss of productivity, reduced quality of life, increased crime and violence, increased motor vehicle crashes, abuse and neglect of children, and health care costs. The most devastating consequences are seen in the tens of thousands of lives that are lost each year as a result of substance misuse. Alcohol misuse contributes to 88,000 deaths in the United States each year; 1 in 10 deaths among working adults are due to alcohol misuse. In addition, in 2014 there were 47,055 drug overdose deaths including 28,647 people who died from a drug overdose involving some type of opioid, including prescription pain relievers and heroin—more than in any previous year on record. Even though the United States spends more than any other country on health care, it ranks 27th in life expectancy, which has plateaued or decreased for some segments of the population at a time when life expectancy continues to increase in other developed countries—and the difference is largely due to substance misuse and associated physical and mental health problems. For example, recent research has shown an unprecedented increase in mortality among middle-aged White Americans between 1999 and 2014 that was largely driven by alcohol and drug misuse and suicides, although this trend was not seen within other racial and ethnic populations such as Blacks and Hispanics. An analysis from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) demonstrated that alcohol and drug misuse accounted for a roughly 4-month decline in life expectancy among White Americans; no other cause of death had a larger negative impact in this population. Substance misuse and substance use disorders also have serious economic consequences, costing more than $400 billion annually in crime, health, and lost productivity. These costs are of a similar order of magnitude to those associated with other serious health problems such as diabetes, which is estimated to cost the United States $245 billion each year.12 Alcohol misuse and alcohol use disorders alone costs the United States approximately $249 billion in lost productivity, health care expenses, law enforcement, and other criminal justice costs. The costs associated with drug use disorders and use of illegal drugs and non-prescribed medications were estimated to be more than $193 billion in 2007. Despite decades of expense and effort focused on a criminal justice–based model for addressing substance use-related problems, substance misuse remains a national public health crisis that continues to rob the United States of its most valuable asset: its people. In fact, high annual rates of past-month illicit drug use and binge drinking among people aged 12 years and older from 2002 through 2014 (Figure 1.1) emphasize the importance of implementing evidence-based public-health-focused strategies to prevent and treat alcohol and drug problems in the United States. A public health approach seeks to improve the health and safety of the population by addressing underlying social, environmental, and economic determinants of substance misuse and its consequences, to improve the health, safety, and well-being of the entire population This Surgeon General’s Report has been created because of the important health and social problems associated with alcohol and drug misuse in America. As described in this Report, a comprehensive approach is needed to address substance use problems in the United States that includes several key components: $ Enhanced public education to improve awareness about substance use problems and demand for more effective policies and practices to address them; $ Widespread implementation of evidence-based prevention policies and programs to prevent substance misuse and related harms; $ Improved access to evidence-based treatment services, integrated with mainstream health care, for those at risk for or affected by substance use disorders; $ Recovery support services (RSS) to assist individuals in maintaining remission and preventing relapse; and $ Research-informed public policies and financing strategies to ensure that substance misuse and use disorder services are accessible, compassionate, efficient, and sustainable. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/2016alcoholdrugshealth/index.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 140756

Author: Henrichson, Christian Title: Using Cost-Benefit Analysis for Justice Policymaking Summary: Justice policymakers must make tough decisions with limited resources. Any number of investments, whether in law enforcement, corrections, probation—or even programs outside the justice system, such as early childhood education—can promote public safety. The critical question is which choices produce the greatest benefits. Increasingly, government officials and other decision makers are turning to cost-benefit analysis (CBA)—an economic tool that compares the costs of programs with the benefits they deliver—to help weigh their options. But justice-related cost-benefit studies can be complicated, technical, and hard to understand, making it easy for people to misinterpret their findings and overlook critical information that can aid their decisions. This white paper was written for a broad range of readers, including elected officials and their staff, policymakers, justice agency personnel, and service providers. It is meant to help people make sense of justice CBAs even if they have little interest or expertise in examining the details of a cost-benefit study. The paper draws on the experience of policymakers and practitioners, as well as CBA experts and researchers, to explain:  what CBA is, how it’s applied to justice policies and programs, and how it differs from other economic tools;  how to assess the overall strengths and weaknesses of a cost-benefit study;  what potential pitfalls to avoid when interpreting cost-benefit results;  what information beyond the bottom-line results to pay attention to in a CBA; and  how CBA fits within larger policy, planning, and decision-making processes. Readers can use this paper to help them know what to look for in a justice-related CBA, understand what cost-benefit results mean, and use those results to inform their decisions. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/using-cost-benefit-analysis-for-justice-policymaking/legacy_downloads/using-cost-benefit-analysis-for-justice-policymaking.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 147339

Author: American Bar Association Title: Severe Mental Illness and the Death Penalty Summary: In recent years, our society's improved understanding of mental illness has led to a growing recognition that, to ensure fairness, the American justice system should treat those with mental disorders and disabilities differently. Advocates, professional organizations, and many others are troubled by the over-representation of people with mental illness in the criminal justice system, and agree that these conditions need to be better taken into account by prosecutors and courts because of their relevance to culpability, sentencing, and meaningful participation in the legal process. This consideration is particularly critical in capital cases, when the stakes are the highest. For these reasons, among many others that will be discussed in this Paper, individuals with severe mental illness should not be subject to the death penalty. It has now been 10 years since the American Bar Association (ABA), in conjunction with the American Psychiatric Association, American Psychological Association and National Alliance on Mental Illness (NAMI) adopted a policy opposing the death penalty for individuals with severe mental disorders or disabilities present at the time a crime is committed; and five years since Mental Health America adopted a similar position. As we reflect on these anniversaries, it is significant to note that, since 2006, none of the jurisdictions that use capital punishment have passed statutes to categorically prevent the execution of individuals with severe mental illness. Despite broader efforts to reform the criminal justice system's approach to mental illness, individuals with these types of conditions can still be sentenced to death and executed. It is, therefore, now time to convert the ABA's policy into a meaningful tool to help states pass laws that will establish clear standards and processes to prevent the execution of those with severe mental illness. Details: Chicago: ABA, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Death Penalty Due Process Review Project: Accessed January 30, 2017 at: http://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/images/crsj/DPDPRP/SevereMentalIllnessandtheDeathPenalty_WhitePaper.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 146035

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Delaying a Second Chance: The Declining Prospects for Parole on Life Sentences Summary: Most people serving life sentences were convicted of serious crimes. Their incarceration was intended to protect society and to provide appropriate punishment. But many were sentenced at a time when "life with the possibility of parole" meant a significantly shorter sentence than it has become today. Many remain incarcerated even though they no longer pose a public safety risk. Researchers have shown that continuing to incarcerate those who have "aged out" of their crime-prone years is ineffective in promoting public safety. Long sentences are also limited in deterring future crimes given that most people do not expect to be apprehended for a crime, are not familiar with relevant legal penalties, or criminally offend with their judgment compromised by substance abuse or mental health problems. Unnecessarily long prison terms are also costly and impede public investments in effective crime prevention, drug treatment, and other rehabilitative programs that produce healthier and safer communities. Despite this body of criminological evidence, the number of people serving life sentences has more than quadrupled since 1984—a faster rate of growth than the overall prison population. Even between 2008 and 2012, as crime rates fell to historic lows and the total prison population contracted, the number of people serving life sentences grew by 12%. By 2012, one in nine people in U.S. state and federal prisons - nearly 160,000 people were there under life sentences. Two factors have driven this growth: the increased imposition of life sentences, particularly those that are parole-ineligible,6) and an increased reluctance to grant parole to the 110,000 lifers who are eligible. This report documents the growing wait for parole among eligible lifers and identifies four factors producing longer prison terms for this population. The findings draw on a national survey in response to which 31 states and the federal government provided data for available years since 1980. The analyses reveal that a variety of policy choices and practices at the state and federal levels have caused recently paroled lifers to serve longer prison sentences than their counterparts in the past. Specifically, and as elaborated in 32 in-depth jurisdiction profiles: In South Carolina, lifers paroled in 2013 had served an average of 27.5 years in prison whereas those paroled in 1980 had served 11.6 years. In Missouri, time served among paroled lifers increased steadily from 15.0 years in 1991 to 25.2 years in 2014. In eight jurisdictions for which data are available since the 1980s, average time served by lifers with murder convictions nearly doubled from 11.6 years for those paroled in the 1980s to 23.2 years for those paroled between 2000 and 2013.8) In California, death before parole is not an uncommon outcome for lifers. A press spokesman for the corrections department has stated that "most lifers will die in prison before they get out on parole" and state records reveal that more lifers with murder convictions died in prison than were paroled between 2000 and 2011. Our examination of the 32 jurisdictions for which we were able to obtain data identifies four key drivers of the growth in prison terms for parole-eligible lifers: Legislation: Lawmakers in several states have made parole much harder to obtain by delaying when lifers can receive their initial parole consideration and by increasing the wait times for subsequent hearings after parole is denied. Gubernatorial Authority: Governors in some states have overhauled the composition of parole boards to appoint members who will reduce parole grants. In a few states, gubernatorial approval is necessary before parole boards can even review cases or for their recommendations to become final. Parole Board Decisions: Parole boards now are evaluating lifers who have served longer sentences than their counterparts in the past. Yet despite a general understanding that older parole applicants pose a reduced risk of recidivism, parole boards have not increased, and sometimes have even reduced, their grant rates. Parole Board Procedures: Most states afford only limited rights to incarcerated individuals during parole hearings and some recently have further narrowed these rights. Lifer parole procedures have broad implications. According to the American Law Institute, the most severe penalties serve as an "anchor point," or a benchmark of severity, on which penalties are established for less serious crimes.10) By placing upward pressure on prison sentences for people with less serious convictions, excessive prison terms for lifers have contributed to a major cause of mass incarceration. To reduce excessive prison terms, The Sentencing Project has previously recommended that states and the federal government abolish sentences of life without the possibility of parole and limit most prison sentences to a maximum of 20 years.11) Based on the findings of this report, we make four additional proposals. To reduce excessive sentences for parole-eligible lifers and to give rehabilitated individuals a meaningful opportunity for release from prison—as the Supreme Court now requires for those convicted as juveniles12)—we recommend that policymakers and parole practitioners: Expedite parole eligibility: Reduce the minimum number of years that lifers must serve before their first parole hearing and shorten wait times for subsequent hearings. Depoliticize and professionalize parole boards: Distance governors from paroling authorities to enable parole decisions to be based on meaningful assessments of public safety risk. Establish a presumption of release: Parole boards should assume that parole candidates are potentially suited for release at the initial, and especially subsequent, parole hearings unless an individual is deemed to pose an unreasonable public safety risk. Improve the integrity of parole hearings: Expand the procedural rights of parole applicants, enable parole applicants to review the evidence used to evaluate their eligibility for parole, and allow the public to review decision-making criteria and outcomes. This report is organized as follows: Section I presents key findings on lifer parole policies, practices, and outcomes across the country based on data provided by state and federal agencies and other organizations. Section II provides an in-depth look at a sample of four states: California, Georgia, Missouri, and New York. These states were chosen based on the size of their lifer populations, the representativeness of their lifer parole procedures and outcomes, geographic distribution, and availability of data. Sections III and IV summarize past research on people serving life sentences and on parole boards, respectively. Section V concludes by recommending reforms to depoliticize the parole process and reverse the excessive growth in prison terms for lifers. The Appendices present details on our methods of data collection and analysis. A supplemental document contains the profiles of all 32 jurisdictions for which we obtained data. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2017. 40p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Delaying-a-Second-Chance.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Life Sentences Shelf Number: 144932

Author: Greenway Transportation Planning Title: Minnesota Ignition Interlock Program Evaluation: Final Report Summary: Although there have been trending reductions in impaired driving fatalities over the past few years, Driving While Impaired (DWI) arrests and impaired driving fatalities are still a problem in the US. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) reported 9,967 alcohol-impaired driving fatalities in 2014, which accounted for 31% of total fatal traffic crashes (NHTSA 2015). In 2015 NHTSA reported that 35,092 people died in motor vehicle traffic crashes, an increase of 7.2 percent over the 32,744 fatalities reported in 2014. This is the largest percentage increase in nearly 50 years. Impaired driving is a serious problem in Minnesota. In 2014, 111 people were killed in alcohol-related crashes. This accounted for 31% of all traffic fatalities in Minnesota. In 2015, the number rose. One hundred thirty-seven people were killed, more than 2,203 were injured, and costs amounted to more than $285 million. In an attempt to deter motorists from driving while impaired and thereby enhancing road safety, the use of ignition interlocks became law in Minnesota on July 1, 2011 with Minnesota Statutes 171.306 - Ignition Interlock Device Program. Research has shown that interlock programs reduce the incidence of impaired driving when an interlock device is installed in the vehicle. A study of New Mexico's interlock program found that offenders who participated in the program had a 61% lower recidivism rate while the device was in use in their vehicle, and a 39% lower recidivism rate following the removal of the interlock compared to offenders who never had the device installed (Marques et al. 2010). The goal of this project is to evaluate the effectiveness of the interlock program in Minnesota and provide a comprehensive report to the Minnesota Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) based on the results of the evaluation. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota Office of Traffic Safety, 2016. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: https://dps.mn.gov/divisions/ots/reports-statistics/Documents/mn-iid-eval.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 140777

Author: Harvell, Samantha Title: Reforming Sentencing and Corrections Policy: The Experience of Justice Reinvestment Initiative States Summary: After four decades of soaring prison growth and stubbornly high recidivism rates, the United States is rethinking its heavy reliance on incarceration. This shift has been led by the states, which recognize that the fiscal and human costs of widespread imprisonment have largely outweighed the benefits. In many states, leaders are embracing a fresh correctional approach guided by data and anchored in evidence about what works to change criminal behavior. Tough-on-crime rhetoric has been increasingly eclipsed by smart-on-crime calls for a more enlightened criminal justice system that delivers better public safety at a lower cost. The Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) is a response to these impulses and a strong catalyst of state reforms. The justice reinvestment model aims to use data-driven policies and practices to reduce corrections populations and reinvest subsequent savings in proven public safety strategies. JRI, a public-private partnership between the Bureau of Justice Assistance and The Pew Charitable Trusts, was formally launched in 2010 to fund, coordinate, and help state and local justice reinvestment efforts. Through JRI, 24 states have made legislative and administrative changes to their sentencing, release, and supervision policies, all in an effort to cut recidivism, control rising prison populations, and rein in costs. To evaluate their performance, state stakeholders and JRI partners have tracked system-level trends on key outcomes, monitored policy-specific data trends, and studied the impact of certain reforms. Many of the states are early in the JRI process, so attempts to decipher impacts and draw firm conclusions are somewhat premature. That said, a review of state efforts shows that prison populations in more than half the JRI states were below previously projected levels in 2015. Put another way, JRI strategies enabled 15 states to either decrease their prison population or keep it below levels predicted before reform. On the fiscal front, JRI states reported $1.1 billion in savings or averted costs through 2016, attributable to reforms, and invested nearly half that ($450 million) in crime reduction strategies. These and other outcomes described in this report are promising. Also heartening is a culture shift that is increasingly placing data and evidence at the core of modern correctional practice. Still, challenges remain. Some states have hit multiple barriers limiting their ability to pass reform legislation or fully translate reforms into practice on the ground. These obstacles must be addressed to ensure JRI's potential is not squandered. In addition, ongoing vigilance is critical to document successful strategies and sound the alarm when reforms veer off track. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/86691/reforming_sentencing_and_corrections_policy_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Policy Shelf Number: 140782

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Housing and Services After Prison: Evaluation of the St. Leonard's House Reentry Program Summary: More than 500,000 individuals are released from prison each year. As they return to their communities, they face obstacles in finding employment and housing, as well as significant debt, outstanding fines, and restitution payments. Two-thirds of this population are arrested again within three years. St. Leonard's House in Chicago offers voluntary, supportive housing for men exiting prison. Program clients receive housing, substance abuse treatment, psychological services, life skills, mentoring, and education and vocational services. Authority researchers used qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection, as well as quasi-experimental design and advanced statistical analysis, to examine outcomes after program participation, including arrests, convictions, incarcerations, and employment. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2016. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.org/assets/articles/SLH%20FINAL%2011-16-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders, Housing Shelf Number: 146033

Author: Willits, Dale Title: Situational and Individual Predictors of Violent Intentions: A Factorial Survey Approach Summary: Though many criminological perspectives suggest that violence is the result of both individual and situational factors, the majority of criminological research focuses narrowly on individual-level factors. The current study contributes to the literature by utilizing a factorial survey design to examine both the independent and interactive effects of situational and individual predictors of violent behavioral intentions. This factorial survey presented college respondents with randomly generated versions of a hypothetical situation depicting interpersonal conflict and also gathered data about a variety of individual level factors known to predict violence. In order to improve the validity of the factorial survey method, the vignettes utilized in this study were based on those utilized in prior research and were pretested in a series of focus groups. The factorial elements of the vignette were inspired by psychological and qualitative sociological research on violence and aggression. Utilizing a sample size of 751 respondents, I estimate a series of multilevel regression models predicting violent behavioral intentions. Results suggest that both individual level and situational factors are important predictors of violent intentions. Specifically, physical provocation, the attention of an audience, and the presence of aggressive cues all significantly predicted violent intentions. Results also suggest that, in addition to their separate relationships with violent intentions, individual and situational factors interact to predict violent intentions. After demonstrating the importance of situational factors in predicting violent intentions, I then demonstrate the utility of a situational perspective to criminology more broadly by providing situational tests of general strain theory and situational action theory. These situational tests demonstrate general support for both theoretical perspectives and highlight the importance of utilizing the situation as the unit of analysis for studying micro-social processes. Details: Albuquerque: University of New Mexico, 2012. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: http://repository.unm.edu/bitstream/handle/1928/21091/Willits%20Dissertation%20Final%20Version.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prediction Shelf Number: 140785

Author: Pacula, Rosalie Liccardo Title: Preventing, Identifying, and Treating Prescription Drug Misuse Among Active-Duty Service Members Summary: Prescription drug misuse (PDM) is of critical concern for the military because of its potential impact on military readiness, the health and well-being of military personnel, and associated health care costs. The purpose of this report is to summarize insights gleaned from a series of activities that the RAND Corporation undertook for the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Readiness to address this important health and military readiness issue. The authors completed a review of U.S. Department of Defense policies and a comprehensive literature review of clinical guidelines and the empirical literature on the prevention and treatment of PDM and conducted individual face-to-face interviews with 66 health and behavioral health care providers at nine medical treatment facilities across three regions within the contiguous United States to identify best practices in the prevention, identification, and treatment of PDM and the extent to which those practices are known and followed. The report also presents the framework of an analytic tool that, once informed by data available to the military but not available to the authors, can assist the military in predicting future trends in PDM based on current demographics of active-duty service members and rates of injury and prescribing of prescription drugs. The findings from this work led the authors to formulate a set of key insights that they believe might improve the rapid identification and treatment of service members dealing with PDM, thereby improving future force readiness. Key Findings More Information Is Needed to Make the Best Decisions Moving Forward Few available evidence-based solutions focus specifically on the prevention or treatment of prescription drug misuse (PDM) in the military or civilian practice. Those guidelines that do exist largely focus on assessing risk, but generally within context of broader substance use. Many health providers lack general knowledge or training on how to deal with complex patient cases suffering from acute or chronic pain and PDM. U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) regulations are complex, emphasizing a general zero tolerance approach to drugs with little mention of addressing prescription drug use and misuse. Providers reported greater collaboration between providers since the institution of patient-centered medical homes (PCMHs) through the use of embedded case managers and behavioral health therapists to facilitate chart reviews and communication about and management of active-duty service members (ADSMs) with PDM and at risk for PDM. Pain management and patient-centered, complementary services are not readily available or accessible to those suffering from chronic pain, which leads many to rely on prescription pain medications. Few within the Military Health System (MHS) provide these services; where they are available, waiting lists can be long. There is a need for more consistent guidelines for PDM patients and adherence to those guidelines in both the military and civilian practice. Recommendations Implement and parameterize the compartmental model developed in this report to enable a clear assessment of the extent to which the current prescription drug misuse (PDM) problem within the military stems from abuse following legitimate medical need or simple inappropriate use. Dedicate resources to providing remedial training and support to all military health care providers in the identification and treatment of PDM in patients. Facilitate interdisciplinary provider coordination in approaches to identifying and treating PDM, as well as the transition to integrated care. For those suffering with chronic pain, expand the availability of and access to pain management and patient-centered practices within the military health system. Encourage military provider access to and participation in state-run prescription drug monitoring programs, which are designed to help prevent over-prescribing of opioids to patients in civilian practice. Determine whether military substance abuse programs should provide unique, PDM-focused treatment for service members who develop dependence on prescription medications. Consider adoption, implementation, and improved dissemination of a U.S. Department of Defense–wide limited-use policy. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1345.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 140786

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Juvenile InJustice: Charging Youth as Adults is Ineffective, Biased, and Harmful Summary: In all 50 states, youth under age 18 can be tried in adult criminal court through various types of juvenile transfer laws. In California, youth as young as 14 can be tried as adults at the discretion of a juvenile court judge. When young people are transferred out of the juvenile system, they are more likely to be convicted and typically receive harsher sentences than youth who remain in juvenile court charged with similar crimes. This practice undermines the purpose of the juvenile court system, pursues punishment rather than rehabilitation, and conflicts with what we know from developmental science. Furthermore, laws that allow youth to be tried as adults reflect and reinforce the racial inequities that characterize the justice system in United States. In this report, we review the process that unfolds when a young person is tried as an adult in California and evaluate the health and equity impacts of charging youth as adults. Our findings indicate that: The Justice System is Biased Against Youth of Color Youth of color are overrepresented at every stage of the juvenile court system. Rampant racial inequities are evident in the way youth of color are disciplined in school, policed and arrested, detained, sentenced, and incarcerated. These inequities persist even after controlling for variables like offense severity and prior criminal record. Research shows that youth of color receive harsher sentences than White youth charged with similar offenses. Youth of color are more likely to be tried as adults than White youth, even when being charged with similar crimes. In California in 2015, 88% of juveniles tried as adults were youth of color.8 "Tough on Crime" Laws Criminalize Youth and are Ineffective Research shows that "tough on crime" policy shifts during the 1980s and 1990s have negatively impacted youth, families, and communities of color. These laws were fueled by high-profile criminal cases involving youth, sensationalized coverage of system-involved youth by the media, and crusading politicians who warned that juvenile "super-predators posed a significant threat to public safety. The general sentiment — not based on research or data — across the political spectrum was that treatment approaches and rehabilitation attempts did not work. However, time has shown that harshly punishing youth by trying them in the adult system has failed as an effective deterrent. Several large-scale studies have found higher recidivism rates among juveniles tried and sentenced in adult court than among youth charged with similar offenses in juvenile court. The Adult Court System Ignores the Environmental Factors that Affect Adolescent Behavior When someone is charged in adult court, they are either found guilty or innocent — and they receive a punishment if they are found guilty. By contrast, the juvenile court system (at least in theory) is meant to focus on reasons for the youth’s behavior rather than just their guilt or innocence. A juvenile court judge is responsible for reviewing that youth's case with their family, community, and future development in mind. Incarceration Undermines Youth Health and Well-Being When we lock up young people, they are more likely to be exposed to extreme violence, fall prey to abuse, and suffer from illness. High rates of violence, unchecked gang activity, and overcrowding persist in Division of Juvenile Justice facilities where many youth sentenced as adults start their incarceration. Fights frequently erupt in facility dayrooms and school areas. Even if young people manage to escape direct physical abuse in juvenile or adult facilities, exposure and proximity to violence can be harmful in and of itself. Research suggests that exposure to violence can lead to issues with development in youth. Families of Incarcerated Youth Experience Negative Impacts Parents and family members of system-involved youth are systematically excluded from the adult court process — they are not given meaningful opportunities to help determine what happens to their children. The inability to participate fully while their loved one is going through the system can be mentally and emotionally harmful to families. In addition, contact with the justice system often entails exorbitant expenses that can worsen family poverty. The economic burden of legal fees, court costs, restitution payments, and visitation expenses can have disastrous and long-lasting financial consequences for families. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: http://www.humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/HIP_JuvenileInJusticeReport_2017.02.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 145383

Author: Edwards, Kerry L. Title: Male offenders' work experiences pre-prison, inprison, and upon reentry: Interactions between work and crime Summary: This qualitative study explored offenders' work experiences outside of prison and in-prison, and then compared these experiences to their post-release work experiences and outcomes. The subjects' criminal histories varied, but during the study’s initial interview all were incarcerated at lower security level facilities in a western state. Several different types of in-prison employment were compared; these differences included the type of task, the skill level, the work-site, and the beneficiary of the labor. Outcomes were classified according to work measures, and whether the subjects had been reincarcerated within six months of their release. The pre-prison findings suggested that the skill level of the work which the subjects' held affected their commitment to their jobs. However, the data also showed that substance abuse derailed the subjects, regardless of their commitment to their jobs. The in-prison findings revealed important differences between work programs, showed that the quality of the job is affected by intrinsic rewards, and that different types of intrinsic rewards foster different perspectives. In one of the work programs the subjects worked with state forestry employees, performing land clearing, work on structures, prescribed burns, and wild-land firefighting. This program produced character-changing results, including increases in self-esteem, recognition of personal agency, increased sense of responsibility, and pride in their work. The subjects who participated in the forestry work program also were the least likely to have been reincarcerated within six months of their release. The subjects reported that they encountered many obstacles upon their release from prison; some of the obstacles were directly due to their ex-prisoner status, such as stigma and parole restrictions. However, subjects who had strengths, such as overcoming substance abuse, positive social connections, and positive attitudes, appeared to have overcome the obstacles. These strengthening factors closely resembled the perspectives which the forestry subjects had adopted. These findings suggest that certain types of in-prison work can be rehabilitative, and that prison can be an effective arena in which to implement character-changing work-based programs. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico. Dept. of Sociology, 2011. 331p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 3, 2017 at; http://repository.unm.edu/bitstream/handle/1928/12858/Diss%2011%2003%2029%20T.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 140790

Author: Family Justice Title: Enhancing Rural Reentry Through Housing Partnerships: A Handbook for Community Corrections Agencies in Rural Areas Summary: Family Justice initiated the project "Housing Partnerships to Enhance Reentry Outcomes" in response to rural community corrections officers grappling with housing families involved in the criminal justice system. Time and again community corrections officers cited the same challenges. With support from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, Family Justice explored the challenges of rural housing and reentry, as well as opportunities for collaboration that could yield creative solutions. The Handbook Rather than dictating a course of action, this handbook is meant to spur consideration and collaboration and share what Family Justice has learned about rural housing and reentry. The following pages discuss potentially beneficial partnerships that community corrections departments can cultivate to fully tap resources and expertise. The handbook also suggests various strategies to increase housing options for people coming home from jail and prison—and for their families. This manual offers community corrections: Strategies for partnering with families and supporting them through the reentry process Strategies for broad-based collaboration to address affordable-housing access issues Information about housing laws and policies that affect people involved in the justice system in rural areas Information about rural housing programs and low-income housing tax credits This handbook can also serve as a resource for housing professionals by providing information about the potential benefits and challenges to housing families involved in the justice system. The handbook describes opportunities for collaboration with community corrections agencies in rural communities to enhance public safety. Details: New York: Family Justice, 2009. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/appa/pubs/ERRTHP.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 145385

Author: Jensen, Michael Title: Final Report: Empirical Assessment of Domestic Radicalization (EADR) Summary: The Empirical Assessment of Domestic Radicalization (EADR) project uses a mixed-method, nested approach to explore a number of key research questions related to radicalization, including: • what are the demographic, background, and radicalization differences between and within the different ideological milieus? • are there important contextual, personal, ideological, or experiential differences between radicals who commit violent acts and those who do not? • is it possible to identify sufficient pathways to violent extremism? and; • are the causal mechanisms highlighted by extant theories of radicalization supported by empirical evidence? To address these questions, EADR researchers built the largest known database on individual radicalization in the United States: Profiles of Individual Radicalization in the United States (PIRUS). The database includes 147 variables covering demographic, background, group affiliation, and ideological information for 1,473 violent and non-violent extremists from across the ideological spectrum. The database was analyzed using comparative descriptive statistics and multivariate logistic regression techniques. Additionally, project researchers produced 56 life-course narratives of individuals who radicalized in the U.S., which were analyzed using fuzzy-set qualitative comparative analysis (fs/QCA), a methodology that makes it possible to determine the causal conditions and pathways that are most salient for explaining radicalization to violence. EADR produced a number of findings that are relevant for domestic countering violent extremism (CVE) programs, law enforcement, criminal justice policy, and academic research. First, a descriptive comparison of individuals in the PIRUS data shows that with the exception of participation in pre-radicalization criminal activities, many regularly highlighted radicalization warning indicators, such as economic deprivation and low educational attainment, are not more common among extremists than they are for the general population. CVE programs designed to address feelings of relative deprivation may be ineffective in many cases. The results also indicate that it is important to consider age and gender when designing prevention and intervention programs as a part of domestic CVE efforts. Programs designed for juveniles and men may be ineffective for preventing radicalization among older individuals, who are especially prevalent among the far right and single-issue milieus, and women, who are found in large numbers on the far left. In addition to addressing issues of age and gender, intervention programs should look to take advantage of the comparatively long radicalization durations that exist across the ideological spectrum, which often last several months or years, and they should target the face-to-face and virtual social networks that mobilize lone and group-based extremists to act. Second, through a set of robust statistical models, the project identified a number of factors that indicate which extremists are most likely to engage in violent acts. All other things held constant, pre-radicalization criminal activity and post-radicalization clique membership are strongly associated with violent outcomes among radicalized individuals. To the extent that law-enforcement agencies and CVE programs prioritize potentially violent individuals over others when resources are constrained, this finding suggests that their focus should be placed on individuals with prior interactions with the criminal justice system and those who are known to associate with others holding extreme views. Other factors uncovered by this analysis suggest that individuals on the far right and those motivated by Salafi jihadist ideologies are more likely to engage in violence, while those with stable employment histories and those motivated by animal rights and environmental concerns are significantly less likely to do so. Lastly, EADR reveals that psychological, emotional, material, and group-based factors can combine in complex ways to produce many pathways to violent extremism. Social and behavioral indicators of radicalization are embedded in complex processes that unfold in non-linear ways. Using fs/QCA techniques, the project reveals that both a sense of community victimization and a radical shift in individuals’ cognitive frames are necessary conditions for radicalization to violent extremism. These necessary conditions combine with a host of other factors to produce eight sufficient pathways to violent extremism. Of these, the majority are driven by psychological and emotional vulnerabilities that stem from lost significance, personal trauma, and collective crises. These findings suggest that successful CVE programs and counter-narratives need to address feelings of community victimization in ways that challenge myths and misperceptions, but also acknowledge legitimate grievances. Programs that place an undue focus on particular communities are likely to be counterproductive by exasperating feelings of collective victimization. Successful programs, on the other hand, will be tailored to specific ideological groups and sub-groups, and will address the underlying psychological and emotional vulnerabilities that make individuals open to extremist narratives. The results of the EADR project lend good support to radicalization mechanisms that are based on personal and collective psychology. That said, our analysis failed to account for the radicalization pathways of 15 of 35 cases of violent extremism that were analyzed, which indicates that extant radicalization research does not account for all of the causal conditions that can contribute to radicalization processes. Future research efforts should focus on interviews with extremists and panel surveys of at-risk populations in order to identify these missing conditions. Doing so will also allow researchers to more closely chart how attitudinal and behavioral traits change over-time. The results of these efforts should be used to inform domestic CVE efforts, especially when it comes to program design and evaluation. CVE programs are only likely to succeed if they reflect an empirical understanding of the myriad causes of radicalization and its consequences. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), 2016. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_NIJ_EmpiricalAssessmentofDomesticRadicalizationFinalReport_Dec2016_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 145380

Author: American Probation and Parole Association Title: Functional Standards Development for Automated Case Management Systems for Probation Summary: The American Probation and Parole Association (APPA) developed these functional standards to assist adult probation (probation) agencies in implementing effective automated case management systems (CMS). APPA recommends these as national functional standards. These standards are designed to address probation agency processes while also providing the capacity for sharing information with the courts, court support units, criminal justice (CJ) agencies, and non-criminal justice (Non-CJ) agencies. The goals of this process were to create a standardized framework for probation CMS and to set higher standards of performance and functionality for probation agency automated systems. These functional standards are written specifically for adult probation CMS; however, other community supervision agencies (e.g., parole and juvenile probation) may find all or part of these standards useful in developing or enhancing their CMS. The increased availability of electronically maintained and shared information has placed new demands for standardization on organizations that wish to share and use client and agency information. Prior to this document, there were no guidelines or standards to assist probation agencies in the development, implementation, maintenance, or enhancement of CMS. Each agency faced the daunting and expensive task of identifying its organizational needs, translating those needs into functional requirements for a CMS, and communicating those needs appropriately. These standards will enable probation agencies to achieve more useful, efficient, and effective automation products, whether through in-house development or procurement from outside vendors. It is critical that an automated CMS take advantage of state-of-the-art technology and thinking to reduce the time needed to design and implement new systems. A CMS will improve the probation work process, accommodate both electronic transfer of and access to information, and allow existing staff more time to spend on the organizational mission. These functional standards were produced by APPA in collaboration with the National Center for State Courts (NCSC), and were funded under a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), Office of Justice Programs. The process included the review of existing probation CMS, identification of common elements and innovative practices, and development of draft functional standards. The draft document was reviewed, edited, and enhanced by the Standards Development Team composed of probation practitioners, probation information technology professionals, and vendors of case management software. The Standards Development Team met three times over a period of six months to review and modify the Standards document to specifically reflect and meet the needs of probation agencies. These functional standards are the result of intense scrutiny and meticulous examination from knowledgeable individuals who have field experience with probation CMS and should serve as a valuable resource for those in all stages of the CMS process. Details: Lexington, KY: APPA, 2003. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/appa/pubs/FSDACMS.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 140801

Author: Silverman, Carol J. Title: Recruitment and Radicalization among US Far-Right Terrorists Summary: This report presents findings from a two-year study, "Recruitment and Radicalization among US Far-Right Terrorists." This investigation examines multiple aspects of recruitment and radicalization, such as the quality and quantity of exposure to right-wing ideologies prior to extremist involvement; types of recruitment; pre-entry risk factors for extremist participation; and the extremists' perception about why he/she was unable to progress beyond the planning stages of a terror plot. The empirical analysis is divided into four distinct but overlapping reports. Report one consists of a comprehensive thematic assessment, which focuses on family socialization prior to extremist involvement; entry processes into extremism; recruitment strategies and the extremist subculture of violence. In terms of socialization, although only a small segment of our sample (n=3, 9.7%) were raised by parents who were members of extremist groups, a vast majority (n=28, 90.3%) were exposed to racist/anti-Semitic beliefs during childhood. Regarding motivation for entry into violent extremism (VE), our findings indicate a variety of non-ideological factors increased the appeal of these groups such as acceptance from peers, attraction to the group's forbidden social image and the ability to increase ones’ level of personal significance. In addition, participants also felt the group offered protection from bullies at school and rival gangs in their neighborhoods. In terms of recruitment, extremist groups relied on a variety of marketing strategies (e.g., leafleting and house parties) in order to promote their political agenda. Our data suggest these groups targeted marginalized youth who were angry and looking for solutions to their problems. However, the most effective recruitment tool was extremist music. Music provided recruiters with opportunities to introduce potential recruits to the extremist subculture in venues and through mediums with decreased monitoring from agents of formal social control. In addition, report one also examines the violent subculture of right-wing extremist groups. As part of this discussion, we highlight the role of various cultural practices such as violent rituals which were used to increase commitment to the group and to distinguish strong members from weaker ones. As our data indicates, however, there does seem to be a threshold for violence. That is, some extremists condemned violence when it was directed towards “defenseless” targets. Overall, these findings underscore the similarities individuals experience throughout their extremist careers. Report two contains a detailed description of pre-entry risk factors for VE participation. Specifically, we apply a circumplex model of affect to examine sample of extremists. The circumplex model of affect proposes that rather than viewing emotion from independent neural systems, affective states should be understood as arising from common, overlapping neurophysiological systems (Posner, Russel, and Petersen, 2005; Russel 1980). More specifically, this model proposes that affective states arise from two fundamental neurophysiological systems: valence (please-displeasure continuum) and arousal (or alertness) with all emotions reflecting some combination of these two dimensions. Report two relies on this model to help examine how individuals reflect on their entry into VE and the affective states that can be discerned from their narrative descriptions of those events. Our findings are drawn from a subsample of the study (n=20) and emphasize the role that nonideological push factors have in extremist participation and the onset of violent offending. For instance, the majority of our participants reported dysfunctional family environments such as divorced parents (n=16, 80%), child abuse (n=7, 35%), emotional abuse (n=2, 10%), sexual abuse (n=4, 20%) and neglect (n=4, 20%). In terms of the motivation for entry, the two most common turning point events related to entertainment and peer relationships. In total, 14 (70%) subjects expressed both entertainment and friends in their turning point event description. Seven subjects expressed disillusionment with society and 8 participants expressed negative exposure to diversity during their recollection of the turning point event that led to involvement in violent extremism. These findings highlight the influence of pre-entry risk factors on VE participation. Report three presents an empirically informed trauma model of extremist participation. This study relies on an expanded sample of right-wing extremists as compared to report two (n=44) and examines childhood trauma and adolescent misconduct as precursors to the onset of VE. This model consists of three primary dimensions: 1) different types of childhood trauma experienced, 2) subsequent onset of conduct problems during adolescence, and 3) non-ideological motivations and circumstances leading to extremist participation. Based on the analysis, we find the model fits slightly more than one-half of the subjects in the sample (n=27, 55%) with some variation of additional fit for the remaining subjects. For instance, a large portion of the sample reported experiencing some type of childhood maltreatment such as physical abuse (n=20, 45%), sexual abuse (n=10, 23%) or neglect (n=21, 48%). In addition to maltreatment, participants also reported a variety of chaotic living conditions such as parental incarceration (n=13, 30%), parental abandonment (n=14, 32%) and family substance abuse (n=21, 48%). In terms of adolescent conduct problems, a significant portion of our sample (n=28, 64%) reported experimenting with alcohol and illicit drugs prior to age 16. Furthermore, a majority of participants (n=26, 59%) reported skipping school as well as dropping out of school or being expelled from school (n=24, 55%). Although there is no single pathway to VE, our data suggests that nonideological risk factors, in part, accumulate over time leading to substantial life course disadvantages that facilitate a number of possible negative outcomes including VE participation. Report four examines the social and psychological barriers to mass casualty violence. Specifically, we describe four obstacles that decreases the likelihood of mass casualty violence (MCV). The first barrier functions as a sorting process away from MCV. Our data suggests one of the earliest barriers obstructing MCV is the preference for interpersonal violence rather than MCV. In other situations, the extremist organization condemns violence as a counterproductive strategy. The second barrier involves the impact that various non-movement, personal obligations have on an individual’s capacity to further radicalize toward MCV. That is, time spent drinking or using drugs, time dedicated to personal obligations (e.g., children, spouses or work) and time spent fighting rival gangs means less time available to coordinate acts of MCV. The third barrier, disillusionment, occurs when an extremist is discouraged by behaviors observed in the movement that are inconsistent with the official movement doctrine. Over time, the extremist begins to question his/her own commitment and the legitimacy of the groups’ ideologies. The fourth, and final, barrier involves the extremist’s inability to justify the use of violence against other individuals especially a large number of unknown victims. Overall, findings from the current study suggest that internal and external influences interact with one another to reduce the likelihood of MCV which helps explain the rarity of this type of violence. Findings from this project underscore the complexities of extremist participation. The current report begins to unravel these intricacies by moving beyond the traditional case study methods previously used to explore recruitment and radicalization processes. Overall, this study finds that VE participation is influenced, in part, through non-ideological risk factors prior to entering an extremist group and that social and psychological obstacles reduce the likelihood of MCV. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), 2016. 260p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_RecruitmentRadicalizationAmongUSFarRightTerrorists_Nov2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 140802

Author: Smalarz, Laura Title: Pre-Feedback Eyewitness Statements: Proposed safeguard against feedback effects on evaluations of eyewitness testimony Summary: Mistaken but highly confident eyewitness testimony has been used to convict innocent people in more than 220 criminal cases in the United States. Research has shown that confirming post-identification feedback (e.g., "Good job, you identified the suspect") commonly given to eyewitnesses might be partially to blame for these wrongful convictions because it inflates eyewitnesses' reports of their confidence and other testimony-relevant eyewitness reports (Steblay, Wells, & Douglass, 2014). Indeed, recent work has shown that confirming feedback given to eyewitnesses at the time of the identification ultimately impairs the abilities of evaluators to discern whether an eyewitness made an accurate or a mistaken identification (Smalarz & Wells, 2014). The present research sought to test a novel safeguard for protecting against and correcting for the effects of confirming feedback on evaluations of eyewitness testimony: the pre-feedback eyewitness statements safeguard. Some eyewitnesses, but not others, were asked a series of testimony-relevant questions about the witnessed event and their identification decision prior to receiving confirming feedback or no feedback. These pre-feedback eyewitness statements were videotaped and were later shown to some evaluators, but not others, as the evaluators made judgments about the accuracy of eyewitnesses' testimonies. The videotaped pre-feedback statements safeguard did not appear to protect against or correct for the effects of feedback on evaluations of eyewitness testimony. Importantly, however, a number of unexpected findings emerged in the current work that have the potential to advance our understanding of how post-identification feedback influences eyewitnesses. Future directions in light of these findings are discussed. Details: Ames, IA: Iowa State University, 2015. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: http://lib.dr.iastate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=5478&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Eyewitness Testimony Shelf Number: 145892

Author: Karcher, Michael J. Title: An Evaluation of Advocacy-Based Mentoring as a Treatment Intervention for Chronic Delinquency Summary: The primary goal of the proposed research project was to provide estimates of the effectiveness of youth advocacy in general, and more specifically as delivered through the Youth Advocate Programs, Inc. (YAP). YAP is a national nonprofit organization active in twenty states that provides a treatment intervention for reducing serious and chronic delinquency for court-referred youth. This study examined processes and outcomes in the YAP program in four cities to inform juvenile justice policy and practice regarding the possible benefits of advocacy-based interventions for this population. This grant focused on evaluating four Youth Advocate Programs, Inc. (YAP) in separate regions of the country in order to increase variability in model delivery and youth participants. The research design was based on information collected about YAP services from prior research and focused both on identifying key mentoring and advocacy processes that may interrupt chronic delinquency and measuring proximal and distal outcomes related to crime and prosocial behavior of participation in youth mentoring with paid mentors who prioritized advocacy as one element of mentoring. Project Goals to achieve these objectives were two-fold: (1) Estimate the degree to which intended program objectives were realized (i.e., program impact and effectiveness) through attempts to quantify the association between participation in the YAP program and changes in youth delinquency and on related outcomes using a rigorous quasi-experimental research; and (2) identify ways in which advocacy and specific types of mentoring interactions contribute to youth outcomes through program participation. The overall goal of this study was, therefore, to better understand the viability of advocacy as an intervention for youth at high risk for future criminal activity, to identify critical practices that may be relevant to YAP and other programs using individualized treatment approaches to reduce delinquency and recidivism through advocacy efforts, and to learn more about which interpersonal interactions and participant characteristics are most influential in successful advocacy efforts. Two adaptations to the originally proposed methods and design of the project were necessitated by factors and events beyond the control of the report authors. A formative evaluation of each program’s fidelity of implementation was omitted from the final report because the data on which initial findings were to be based were not available once unforeseeable changes in project staffing occurred. Second, initially the quasiexperimental method for detecting effects associated with program participation was propensity score analyses. Data collected by a consultant on the project, however, were unsuitable for propensity score analyses. Therefore, this report does not include results related to implementation fidelity or propensity score analyses of causal effects. In short, the data was insufficient to cross check findings or reach reliable conclusions. However, another quasi-experimental design was used to estimate program causal effects, thereby allowing Study 1 to address the question about program impact. Study 2 uses program activities and participant characteristics to try to explain the changes reported in Study 1. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250454.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Chronic Delinquency Shelf Number: 145890

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: Identifying the Needs and Challenges of Criminal Justice Agencies in Small, Rural, Tribal, and Border Areas Summary: Technology is important to improving the effectiveness, efficiency, and safety of the criminal justice system. The development of new technologies and new approaches for applying them has been and will likely continue to be an important catalyst for improvement in law enforcement, corrections, and the courts. However, use of technology in these sectors can be challenging, particularly for agencies located in small, rural, tribal, and border (SRTB) areas. SRTB justice systems account for three-quarters of all criminal justice agencies nationwide. Because these agencies are so geographically dispersed and have relatively few employees, they lack a centralized voice to influence the development of technologies and other solutions. To date, relatively little research has examined the needs of such agencies. The National Institute of Justice created the Justice Innovation Center (JIC) to provide current, rigorous, and actionable information on technology needs and priorities specific to SRTB agencies. JIC's purpose is to gather information on the challenges that SRTB agencies face, identify relevant technology solutions that can address those challenges, and assess these technology solutions as they are implemented in real-world situations. These activities will provide guidance to SRTB agencies for prioritizing, planning, and implementing technology. The JIC research team consists of staff from RAND Justice Policy and the Arizona State University Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety. This report summarizes JIC's research goals and efforts, which include a literature review, in-depth interviews with nearly 150 practitioners and topical experts, and focused discussions with an advisory panel of experts and practitioners. Key Findings Criminal Justice Agencies Face Challenges in Four Main Areas All types of criminal justice agencies deal with challenges in information technology (IT), agency operations, geography, and funding and resourcing. In IT, the most-common challenges are in interoperability and infrastructure. Other issues include difficulties adopting new technologies, wide dislike of available jail-management systems, lack of qualified vendors and IT support serving rural areas, and challenges providing remote data access. Each agency type has unique concerns related to agency operations: Law enforcement agencies find it difficult to support specialized positions and assignments, recruit and retain qualified personnel, and manage positive relationships with the communities they serve. Courts need help applying innovative tools to case processing and need to improve access to justice. Institutional corrections agencies are challenged to provide sufficient quality mental health and substance-use treatment training and have difficulty with staffing and turnover. Community corrections agencies see the biggest challenges in managing electronic files, conducting supervised substance-use testing, and effectively managing offices with limited personnel. All types of agencies report geographical challenges, including lack of key local resources and the effects that long distances have on such things as response and travel times, the ability to adequately supervise dispersed populations, the cost of transportation, and staff productivity lost because of transportation time. Resource challenges range from limited technology funding, difficulty in applying for federal funding, limited budgets, and revenues to lack of new or upgraded equipment, understaffing, facility maintenance and upgrades, and adequately providing health and other services to those who come into contact with the criminal justice system. Recommendations Law enforcement agencies should identify strategies to improve relationships with their communities, including improving transparency and public relations. They also need to improve data- and information-sharing with other agencies and jurisdictions; leverage common standards for data management and other IT resources, and address problems with IT management. Courts should address the surge in pro se litigants by exploring streamlined administrative processes and remote filing options for these litigants, improve security and resilience, and improve IT infrastructure — especially regarding the compatibility of systems with those of other agencies in the jurisdiction. Institutional corrections agencies should improve mental health service provision and increase the availability of other services for inmates, and provide professional development for corrections personnel. They also need to improve jail-management systems and information-sharing and prepare for funding shortfalls. Community corrections agencies should refocus on rehabilitation and positive behavioral change. They need to improve information-sharing, manage resources across geographically dispersed agencies and personnel, and prepare for funding shortfalls. All agencies should improve information-sharing between other agency and other governmental systems, work cooperatively to procure and manage IT systems, explore the use videoconferencing of to overcome distance barriers, seek help applying for various grants, and use nonstandard personnel to address staffing shortfalls when appropriate. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2016. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1479.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 145889

Author: Klausen, Jytte Title: A Behavioral Study of the Radicalization Trajectories of American "Homegrown" Al Qaeda-Inspired Terrorist Offenders Summary: Purpose of Study: The purpose here is to develop a new approach to the assessment of individuals who are suspected of posing a risk to public safety or attempting to engage in criminal behaviors in support of terrorism at home or abroad. Our research provides compelling evidence that individuals who are in the process of becoming dangerously radicalized will exhibit overt and detectable behaviors that are somewhat predictable. The model differs from most assessment protocols currently in use by focusing on tracking tracking progressive radicalization through the use of behavioral indicators known to be associated with the doctrines of the belief system advocating violent extremism. Evidence was drawn from the biographies of convicted American homegrown terrorism offenders motivated by the Salafi-jihadist belief system. The process view of radicalization may be applicable to other types of violent extremism, but the research does not support the argument for an ideology-blind assessment policy. It is the ideology and the behavioral changes and adaptations required by the Salafijihadist belief system that lends a predictable structure to the radicalization process. Further research will be required to determine if and how the model may be used to track violent White supremacists or antifederalist sovereign-citizen extremists and recruits to other groups advocating terrorist action. Key Findings: Becoming a jihadist terrorist is a life-style choice that is associated with overt behavioral changes. These behavioral signifiers are generally but not always apparent to bystanders, family or friends. Acculturation to extremist and violent action involves a process of identity formation. How long this takes varies greatly, but the American homegrown offenders in the study displayed regular patterns of overt behaviors that signified their newfound religiously-inspired extremist political beliefs and that pointed to progressive radicalization. Most offenders in the study exhibited signs of progressing through all four phases of radicalization elaborated by the process model in a fairly predictable trajectory of radicalization. This progression took the offenders from learning about the extremist belief system to changing their life style and on to criminal action or to making plan for such action. Nevertheless, none of the behavioral indicators we examined was found in every biography. The finding underscores what other researchers have found: there is no uniform profile of jihadist terrorists. Two particular triads of sequential behaviors proved particularly salient and frequent antecedents to criminal action.  Pre-radicalization behaviors such as seeking out new religious authority followed by immersion with a group of peers—sometimes 2-3 individuals and sometimes larger groups—leading to expressions of a desire to take action following the prescriptions of the extremist belief system.  Overt lifestyle changes characteristic of newfound extremist religious fervor (expressed, for example, by aggressive criticism of other Muslims) followed by immersion with extremist peers, and then expressions of a wish to take action. The importance of real-life peer groups in driving further radicalization was highlighted by the finding that peer immersion nearly always preceded public expressions of a desire for action, either going abroad to fight or doing “something” at home, in the United States. These behaviors are assumed to be particular only to the homegrown terrorists who become radicalized while living in the United States. Not all American jihadists will fit the mold. Some arrive in the country already radicalized. A notable exception are women who often become radicalized privately and are more likely than male offenders to have been radicalized initially through online contacts. Traveling abroad to join a foreign terrorist group is nearly always the first choice of action. Carrying out a domestic attack may become a default option if and when travel proves difficult—or after prompting by recruiters. Methodology: Reducing ambiguity is vital in hypothesis testing. The NYPD model, developed by Mitchell D. Silber and Arvin Bhatt in 2007, was chosen as the basis for creating a typology of overt and detectable behavioral indicators of behaviors widely thought to be associated with extremism. Although well known, the utility of the NYPD model for assessing individual radicalization trajectories has never before been tested empirically. Detailed forensic biographies were collected for 135 American jihadism-inspired homegrown terrorism offenders. A variety of public access documentation was used, e.g. court documents, online communications posted by the terrorist offenders, media profiles and interviews with family members. The subjects were drawn from a larger list of 351 offenders who have been convicted in U.S. courts or killed while engaging in a jihadist terrorist act since 2001. All were judged to have become radicalized while living in the United States. Demographic information was coded for all of the study subjects. The study drew on previous work conducted by the PI on the role of internet-based propaganda and recruitment strategies on patterns of radicalization. From this research and based on the existing literature on radicalization, a list of 24 behavioral indicators commonly associated with radicalization was drawn up. Specific cues were linked to each of the behaviors associated with the model’s four stages, from the initial explorative behavior (pre-radicalization) to criminal action (stage 4). Coders were trained to read the documentation for evidence of the behavioral cues assumed to be associated with radicalization, and instructed to enter the first date at which such behaviors were publicly observed. From this data, retrospective timelines for the radicalization trajectories of each subject were estimated. The timeline data were subjected to a simulation analysis to test for fit with the model expectations and to identify which behavioral cues proved to be most reliable. A timeline for radicalization was then calculated for the offenders. Detailed Findings: It takes years to become a terrorist. Radicalization generally proceeds over the course of several years. Strikingly, the pace of the radicalization process has accelerated in recent years. Efficiency gains from the recruiters’ exploitation of social media to direct new adherents as well as the Islamic State’s settlement policy of taking in all volunteers both played a role in the acceleration of the radicalization process.  The median was just over 4 years but excluding a handful of outliers who took a decade or more to make up their minds to “do something,” the average radicalization trajectory was just over three years (38 months). Jihadists offenders arrested or denied abroad in 2015 were radicalized in two years or less. The window of opportunity for preventive intervention is widest before an individual has embraced the radical belief system. A few individuals take a long time to decide to act but once an individual becomes involved with an extremist peer group or exhibit signs of advancing towards a greater commitment to the cause, radicalization generally speeds up.  Setting aside the initial period of exploration of the extremist belief system that is characterized as pre-radicalization, the mean time to action was 6.25 months for the cohort of offenders who radicalized after 2010 compared to 15 months for the pre-2010 cohort. The timeline for radicalization also became more uniform. 90% of the offenders radicalized after 2010 took between 4 to 16 months from the initial stage of embracing extremist ideology (stage 1) to making plans to commit an act of terrorism (start of stage 3). The behavioral cues for progressive extremism elaborated by the model proved to work as expected in three-quarters of cases. A few indicators proved disappointing. Ideological rebellion and disengagement from education or work, for example, occurred frequently but randomly across the timelines for radicalization and therefore gave little indication of an individual’s progression to radicalization.  Fourteen (14) of the behavioral indicators occurred at the predicted point in the radicalization process. Five (5) indicators appeared as predicted in more than half of the trajectories analyzed. The offenders often sought out like-minded individuals or created “pop-up” cells of co-believers around themselves by converting family members or friends to the cause. Online radicalization became far more prominent after 2010, but few individuals radicalize purely either online or offline.  Among the offenders radicalized in 2010 and afterwards, half were initially radicalized though online contacts and the other half through offline connections with radicalized individuals. One (21%) out of four (76%) of the offenders who radicalized before 2010 were found to have initially become tuned on to extremism online.  All subjects who radicalized in “a flash”—4 to 6 months—were drawn in by close friends or family. Demographic profiles correlate strongly with the time it takes for the individual to become radicalized to to take action, and sometimes correlate also with the types of action that the radicalized individual pursues. Why these differences exist is unclear.  Individuals who grew up in Muslim households radicalized more quickly than converts, taking half the time to be galvanized to take action.  Women radicalized at a quicker pace than men, some taking as little as four months from first searching for information about jihadist doctrines to reaching the point of decisive action.  Men with previous criminal records unrelated to terrorism took twice as long to “do something.” Former criminals mostly engage in violent domestic attacks, perhaps because they do not have passports. Women have become a new risk factor and are increasingly seeking to become active perpetrators of violent attacks. ISIL has been far more able than any previous terrorist organization in the jihadist umbrella to inspire women. Tashfeen Malik, the female San Bernardino assailant, may be indicative of a broader shift. As yet women typically engage in low-threshold activities, such as marrying a fighter they first met online or participating in what they call the “online jihad.” They are often instrumental in the recruitment of men to commit violent offenses. The role of women as aggressors, supporters and facilitators of violent extremism is an area that should be an urgent priority for quick-response research and, possibly, be made a new focus for anti-terrorism prevention. A great deal of attention has been given to the youthfulness of some of the homegrown offenders who have been inspired by ISIL but jihadist violent extremism is in fact not typically a teenage phenomenon. A noticeable trend towards younger offenders can be observed but offenders under 18 are nevertheless the exception.  The median age for becoming radicalized was 22 within the larger study group and 21 in the smaller group. The majority of the offenders (53%) were between 20 and 29 years of age and 15% were over 30 when they radicalized. The majority of homegrown jihadists radicalize between the ages of 18 and 29; an age at which there are few societal and institutional contact points for reaching the individuals, and no legal way to compel a radicalized individual to consent to monitoring or to participate in intervention programs aiming to changes their minds. The lack of a distinct demographic profile and the fact that despite growing in numbers terrorism remains a highly marginal phenomenon combine combine to complicate efforts to apply a public health model in anti-terrorism prevention. Policy Recommendations: The evidence supports a number of recommendations with respect to the methods that law enforcement can marshal to better identify and track individuals who may be in the process of becoming dangerously radicalized and for how to better educate the public about the radicalization process: 1. A dynamic risk assessment protocol focused on tracing progressive extremism is feasible and may more reliably anticipate imminent risk of violent behavior than will unstructured protocols utilizing a list system. Assessment protocols should take a whole-life approach to the assessment of individuals. The Internet is a ubiquitous influence but it is rarely the sole or even the primary source of inspiration for the radicalizing individual. The radicalizing individuals rarely move on to violent action without real-life reinforcement from peers or mentors. 2. Focus on CVE programs on mobilizing families in the fight against violent extremism. Families are often a source of early warnings about risky behaviors but many families misinterpret the signs of growing radicalization or ignore the risk. Two (2) out of five (5) jihadist terrorism offenders come from Christian homes with little knowledge of Islam, and the families may misread extremist behavior as religiosity. Muslim families are often victimized by the extremist family member or misinterpret the changing behaviors that they observe. A carrot and stick approach to mobilize families in the fight against growing extremism may include: Encourage early intervention by allowing juvenile offenders who have not committed serious terrorist crimes to enter probationary programs, and work with family member who do report extremist activity. Juvenile terrorism offenders are often recruited by family members or friends, and become engaged with online recruiters through peer involvement. Make it a duty for family members—wives included—to report known or suspected terrorist activity, such as financing and preparatory acts to purchase weapons or preparation of bombs, or plans to travel abroad with the intention of linking up with a foreign terrorist organization. Mothers and wives, who do not engage in criminal activities, may nevertheless act as facilitators or stand by passively. 3. Local law enforcement should develop outreach programs for Muslim community organizations and mosques. Many terrorism offenders have at some point in their radicalization trajectory come into contact with Muslim community institutions, often in acrimonious ways, and an increasing number of offenders have in recent years come to the attention of law enforcement through reports from Muslim community members and family. It is important that law enforcement continue to work with Muslim community organizations to develop trust and knowledge about the behaviors signifying extremism. 4. Take a long view on early prevention. Mainstreaming CVE programming into middle-school and high school curricula about Islam and with education about online predators and Internet-use hygiene is one avenue. The focus in schools should be on preventing the development of cliques among students endorsing violent extremist belief systems. This means that school staff should understand what radicalization means and be trained to distinguish extremist practices from the expression of legitimate religious attitudes. Following the findings of the research presented here, the emphasis should be on behaviors associated with violent extremism—e.g. denigration of how most Muslims practice their faith and of other religions, and admiration for martyrdom and violence. Merging education and prevention programming on gangs and all types of violent extremist belief systems should be considered. Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250417.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 140810

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Future-Proofing Justice: Building a Research Agenda to Address the Effects of Technological Change on the Protection of Constitutional Rights Summary: New technologies have changed the types of data that are routinely collected about citizens on a daily basis. For example, smart devices collect location and communication data, and fitness trackers and medical devices capture physiological and other data. As technology changes, new portable and connected devices have the potential to gather even more information. Such data have great potential utility in criminal justice proceedings, and they are already being used in case preparations, plea negotiations, and trials. But the broad expansion of technological capability also has the potential to stress approaches for ensuring that individuals' constitutional rights are protected through legal processes. In an effort to consider those implications, we convened a panel of criminal justice practitioners, legal scholars, and individuals from the civil liberties community to identify research and other needs to prepare the U.S. legal system both for technologies we are seeing today and for technologies we are likely to see in the future. Through structured brainstorming, the panel explored a wide range of potential issues regarding these technologies, from evidentiary and procedural concerns to questions about the technologies' accuracy and efficient use. Via a Delphi-based prioritization of the results, the panel crafted a research agenda — including best practice and training development, evaluation, and fundamental research efforts — to provide the criminal justice community with the knowledge and capabilities needed to address these important and complex technological questions going forward. Key Findings Members of the Technology and Due Process Panel Identified Needs That Fell into Five Key Themes Are You Really Sure? Issues of Data and Analytic Quality for Just Decisions My Technology, Myself: A Blurring Line Between Technology and the Person? Data, Data Everywhere: Mobile Access to Information, Modern Data (Over)Sharing, and the Third-Party Doctrine Smart (Enough) Justice: Building Justice System Expertise for Complex Technical Concerns Virtual Reality, Only Virtually Just? Understanding Whether Virtual Presence, Simulation, and Immersive Presentation Advance or Hinder Justice Emerging Technologies Pose a Wide Range of Issues for Individuals' Constitutional Rights, Especially to Due Process, in the Criminal Justice System The emerging technologies considered by the panel included courtroom technologies, body-integrated technologies, carried devices, personal computing devices, home-integrated and household technologies, vehicle-integrated technologies, and the societal technology ecosystem. The panel's research agenda prioritized needs that fell into three categories: best practice and training development, addressing such issues as criminal justice data quality and its implications for individuals' rights; evaluation work to better understand how analytic tools (such as risk assessment instruments) perform; and fundamental research on such topics as how the exploding volume of electronic data could affect the protection of rights. Among the issues raised by the panel, the need to educate participants in the criminal justice system was most prominent. Many needs focused on developing best practices for assessments of criminal justice data quality, data retention, disclosure of collected data, public examination and correction of criminal justice data, use of telepresence, and model laws and policies for addressing social media use by criminal justice participants. Recommendations This effort sought to lay out not just near-term needs for addressing technologies available today but also longer-term, more-fundamental research topics to provide the justice system better ways to address the challenges posed by the likely rapid shifts in information, sensing, and other technologies that will continue to occur in the future. Issues related to the panel's identified needs — many of which touch on extremely forward-looking technology concerns — are perceived as being very risky, but that might be a rationale to pursue research on these issues rather than a justification to shy away from doing so. Beyond simply answering the specific issues raised in each need individually, such research could contribute to the judicial system making better decisions regarding these technologies and their use. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 44p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1748.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 140811

Author: Cordesman, Anthony H. Title: Rethinking the Threat of Islamic Extremism: The Changes Needed in U.S. Strategy Summary: The U.S. needs to fundamentally rethink key aspects of its struggle against terrorism and Islamic extremism. It has made great progress in improving its homeland defenses and international counterterrorism efforts. It has restructured its security partnerships with largely Muslim states to help give the same emphasis to counterterrorism that they have given to military security. The United States is also making major progress in defeating the ability of ISIS to hold territory, act as a protostate, and provide a sanctuary for training fighters and efforts to widen its grasp and number of affiliates. At the same time, far too much of the U.S. effort is now centered around the immediate threat from ISIS, and the external threat it poses to the U.S. homeland and to Europe. Far too few in the United States understand the importance of the strategic partnerships the United States has forged with largely Muslim states, the fact that the primary fight with Islamic extremism is inside Muslim states, and that it is a fight for the future of Islam—rather than the limited threat it poses to faiths and countries outside it. The threat of Islamist terrorism within the United States and Europe has been all too real, but it has only been a minor aspect of a far more serious series of threats it poses within the Islamic world. The fight is primarily a fight between moderate governments and popular majorities committed to Islam’s traditional values and extremists seeking to use almost any form of violence—and mix of terrorism and asymmetric warfare—to seize power. It is a “clash within a civilization” and not a “clash between civilizations.” The United States, Europe, and other non-Muslim states cannot defeat terrorism—or defeat the broader threat posed by Islamic extremism—by trying to isolate themselves from Muslim countries, or by treating Muslims as if violent Islamic extremist were more than a tiny minority of Muslims. Islam is growing too quickly, and is far too important a force within the world. Polls show that the vast majority of Muslims oppose extremist ideology and violence, and that most Muslim governments are key partners in the fight against extremism and terrorism, as well as key security partners in dealing with other threats. The key challenge to the United States is to revitalize its security partnerships, to work with largely Muslim states, and to develop better collective approaches to both the threat of extremism and other threats like those posed by Iran. The United States needs to show that it can act decisively and that it is a partner that its partners can trust. At the same time, the United States must work with its Muslim security partners to help them address their own failings in developing effective counters to extremism and in developing better efforts at collective defense, and to address their failure to fully address the causes of Islamic extremism. Both the West and Muslim states have also focused too narrowly on the symptoms of Islamic extremism rather than curing the disease. Movements like ISIS, al Qaeda, and the Taliban are the symptoms of the disease of extremism, and not the cause. Far too little attention is being given to key civil trends and problems within a steadily expanding Islamic world. These problems have been the key causes of Islamic violence and extremism, and the political upheavals within largely Islamic states that began in 2011. They include sharp population pressures, failed governance and corruption, ethnic and sectarian division, grossly inadequate economic development, massive unemployment and dead end careers, and related issues that could feed extremism and violence for decades to come. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Strategic International Studies (CSIS), 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://csis-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/publication/161222_Islam_and_Islamic_Extremism.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Counter- Terrorism Shelf Number: 140817

Author: Joyner, Kara Title: Arresting Immigrants: Unemployment and Immigration Enforcement in the Decade Following the September 11 Terrorist Attacks Summary: Recent research on the arrest of immigrants in the United States is largely descriptive and focused on a few localities. This study provides an examination of immigrant arrest involving two different agencies of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS): The Border Patrol (BP) and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Descriptive time series analyses track yearly changes in immigrant arrest in the decade following the September 11 terrorist attacks (2002- 2012). For many DHS jurisdictions, changes in the rates of immigrant arrest closely mirrored changes in the rates of unemployment. Fixed effects models pooling yearly data for the ICE jurisdictions demonstrate that the associations between changes in unemployment rates and changes in immigrant arrest rates were positive and significant. The strength of the associations varied considerably across jurisdictions, with magnitudes that ranged from weak to strong. The results suggest that decisions to arrest immigrants in the interior region of the country during this period were discretionary. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: 2016 Working Paper Series: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: http://papers.ccpr.ucla.edu/papers/PWP-BGSU-2016-007/PWP-BGSU-2016-007.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145878

Author: Garcia, Michael John Title: Barriers Along the U.S. Borders: Key Authorities and Requirements Summary: Federal law authorizes the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to construct barriers along the U.S. borders to deter illegal crossings. DHS is also required to construct reinforced fencing along at least 700 miles of the land border with Mexico (a border that stretches 1,933 miles). Congress has not provided a deadline for DHS to meet this 700-mile requirement, and as of the date of this report, fencing would need to be deployed along nearly 50 additional miles to satisfy the 700-mile requirement. Nor has Congress provided guidelines regarding the specific characteristics of fencing or other physical barriers (e.g., their height or material composition) deployed along the border, beyond specifying that required fencing must be reinforced. The primary statute authorizing the deployment of fencing and other barriers along the international borders is Section 102 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA; P.L. 104-208, div. C). Congress made significant amendments to IIRIRA Section 102 through three enactments - the REAL ID Act of 2005 (P.L. 109-13, div. B), the Secure Fence Act of 2006 (P.L. 109-367), and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2008 (P.L. 110-161, div. E). These amendments required DHS to construct hundreds of miles of new fencing along the U.S.-Mexico border, and they also gave the Secretary of DHS broad authority to waive - all legal requirements - that may impede construction of barriers and roads under IIRIRA Section 102. These statutory modifications, along with increased funding for border projects, resulted in the deployment of several hundred miles of new barriers along the southwest border between 2005 and 2011. But in the years following, DHS largely stopped deploying additional fencing, as the agency altered its enforcement strategy in a manner that places less priority upon barrier construction. On January 25, 2017, President Donald J. Trump issued an executive order that, among other things, instructs the Secretary of Homeland Security to “take all appropriate steps to immediately plan, design, and construct a physical wall along the southern border ... to most effectively achieve complete operational control" of the U.S.-Mexico border. The order defines a 'wall' to mean "a contiguous, physical wall or other similarly secure, contiguous, and impassable physical barrier." The order does not identify the contemplated mileage of the wall to be constructed. Until recently, interest in the framework governing the deployment of barriers along the international border typically focused on the stringency of the statutory mandate to deploy fencing along at least 700 miles of the U.S.-Mexico border. But attention has now shifted to those provisions of law that permit deployment of fencing or other physical barriers along additional mileage. IIRIRA Section 102 authorizes DHS to construct additional fencing or other barriers along the U.S. land borders beyond the 700 miles specified in statute. Indeed, nothing in current law would appear to bar DHS from installing hundreds of miles of additional physical barriers, at least so long as this action was determined appropriate to deter illegal crossings in areas of high illegal entry or was deemed warranted to achieve "operational control" of the southern border. DHS's policy not to deploy a substantial amount of additional fencing, beyond what is expressly required by law, appeared primarily premised on policy considerations and funding constraints, rather than significant legal impediments. This report discusses the statutory framework governing the deployment of fencing and other barriers along the U.S. international borders. For more extensive discussion of ongoing activities and operations along the border between ports of entry, see CRS Report R42138, Border Security: Immigration Enforcement Between Ports of Entry, by Carla N. Argueta. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: R43975: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R43975.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 145879

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Drug Enforcement Administration's Controls Over Seized and Collected Drugs Summary: The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) is the primary federal law enforcement agency charged with enforcing the controlled substances laws and regulations of the United States. In 2015, the DEA operated in 221 domestic and 86 foreign offices, employed nearly 5,000 special agents, and had a budget of approximately $2 billion. The DEA obtains drugs through a variety of methods when conducting law enforcement operations, including seizures and purchases. For this audit, we examined the DEA's controls over seized and collected drugs, which are of critical importance given the addictive nature and market value of these substances, and their role as key evidence in criminal prosecutions. The DEA Agents Manual and the DEA Laboratory Operations Manual provide the procedures and controls that DEA employees, such as special agents, evidence custodians, laboratory evidence technicians, and forensic chemists are required to follow from the time the drugs are acquired until the time the drugs are destroyed. Our audit found that, with a few exceptions, DEA procedures generally were appropriate for handling seized and collected drugs, although the implementation of some procedures was not consistent across the offices we analyzed. For example, we found that drug exhibits were not always recorded properly in the Temporary Drug Ledger, which is a formal record of drug exhibits temporarily stored in the DEA field division office. When exhibits are not entered into the ledger properly, or are not entered at all, the risk that drug evidence will be lost increases. This is because the only other records of the transfer to temporary storage are the DEA-12s (Receipt for Cash or Other Items), which we found are often misplaced. We examined a sample of drug exhibits from 2 field DEA divisions, and we were unable to locate DEA-12s for 9 percent (12 of 132) of the exhibits. Gaps in the formal documentation of the chain of custody for drug exhibits can compromise the security of the drugs and jeopardize the government's ability to use the evidence in court proceedings. Further, at the three laboratories we visited, we found that drug exhibits were often not entered into the inventory management system in a timely fashion, thereby delaying the creation of a formal record to reflect the DEA's possession of the drugs. Based on our sample, 17 percent (58 of 346) of the drug exhibits we examined were not recorded within the then-required 1 business day. The requirement has since been changed to 3 business days, which we believe is reasonable given the nature of the process, however we found that, even under the new 3-day requirement, 6.6 percent (23 of 346) of the drug exhibits would still not have met the requirement. We found that laboratory staff generally entered the exhibits into the inventory management system within 2 to 10 business days, although there were notable exceptions: one exhibit was not entered for 26 business days, and another was not entered for 60 business days. We were also particularly troubled to find that DEA field division staff regularly did not make the requisite notification to the laboratory when drugs were shipped by DEA personnel or a third party, and as a result the laboratory did not know to expect delivery. This meant that the laboratories would not have been able to identify and follow up on missing exhibits in a timely fashion in the event of a lost shipment. Our audit resulted in nine recommendations for improving the DEA's controls over seized and collected drugs. These recommendations should assist the DEA in reinforcing existing policies on handling drug exhibits and ensuring that they are consistently followed. Corrective actions that address these recommendations also should improve the DEA’s ability to detect tampering with drug evidence, ensure exhibits are properly tracked, prevent the loss of exhibits, and ensure their preservation as evidence for court proceedings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 16-08: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/a1608.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 140821

Author: New Jersey Institute for Social Justice Title: Bring Our Children Home: Ain't I A Child? Summary: Despite widely-accepted research on the distinct differences between adolescent and adult brain development, which shows that youth lack the maturity to effectively self-regulate and that they eventually age out of antisocial behavior, too many states continue to send children to large, harmful youth prisons. And this is in spite of a number of evidence-based alternatives to incarceration which have been proven effective in rehabilitating youth and assisting them in a successful transition to adulthood. Currently, almost one million young people are involved in the American juvenile justice system, six times more than the youth incarceration rates of Canada, Germany, Finland, Australia, and England and Wales combined. Here in New Jersey, 553 young people are currently ensnared in the "deep end" of the juvenile justice system—either through commitment to a state facility, probation, or aftercare (postrelease supervision and services). Like many states across the nation, New Jersey's youth incarceration rates have decreased significantly. Between 1997 and 2010, the total population of confined youth in juvenile residential facilities was cut by over half (53%). This reduction is due in large part to the commitment of the New Jersey Judiciary and the Juvenile Justice Commission (JJC) to implement the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI), a program focused on decreasing the number of youth detained before trial. This trend makes sense, as research shows that decreasing the pre-trial detention population makes it less likely that a child will ultimately be committed to a youth prison.8 However, while fewer youth are being incarcerated, striking racial disparities persist: in New Jersey, Black kids are 24.3 times more likely to be committed to a secure juvenile facility than their white counterparts.9 New Jersey has the third-highest Black-white commitment disparity rate in the nation. Of the 289 young people currently committed to a state juvenile facility, a staggering three-quarters (73%) of them are Black. But this is not because Black youth are more criminally culpable—there is little difference between Black and white youth in terms of delinquent behavior and status offending (conduct that is only criminalized if committed by a minor, such as truancy or underage drinking). Instead, these incredibly, stark racial disparities reflect racially discriminatory policy decisions and practices that determine which kids get sentenced to youth prisons. We cannot evaluate the racial disparities in our juvenile justice system without looking to the underlying racialized policies and practices, steeped in our nation's history, that funnel Black youth into the system of mass incarceration. And this is a system where they will most likely stay, in a continued cycle of recidivism, for the rest of their lives. Despite the rhetoric of public safety and crime reduction as justifications for youth incarceration, recidivism rates remain high for young people leaving youth prisons. This racial disparity is not limited to Black youth: Hispanic young people are 5.4 times more likely to be sent to a juvenile facility than their white peers. This disproportionate incarceration of children of color has persisted despite the numerous diversion and incarceration alternatives embedded throughout New Jersey's juvenile justice system. In fact, as a whole, it appears that Black children in particular are not provided the same support, services, and rehabilitation opportunities as their white counterparts in our state. Accordingly, Black youth in New Jersey are less likely to be diverted, and more likely to be incarcerated. Details: Newark, NJ: New Jersey Institute for Social Justice, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2017 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/njisj/pages/465/attachments/original/1482183464/Ain't_I_A_Child_Final_.pdf?1482183464 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 140823

Author: Wong, Tom K. Title: The Effects of Sanctuary Policies on Crime and the Economy Summary: As the Trump administration begins to implement its immigration policy agenda, the issue of local assistance with federal immigration enforcement officials is back in the spotlight. So-called sanctuary jurisdictions are one focus of that debate. Sanctuary counties - as defined by this report - are counties that do not assist federal immigration enforcement officials by holding people in custody beyond their release date. Using an Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE, dataset obtained via a Freedom of Information Act request filed by the Immigrant Legal Resource Center, the analyses in this report provide new insights about how sanctuary counties perform across a range of social and economic indicators when compared to nonsanctuary counties. To understand the effects of having a sanctuary policy, we statistically match counties based on a broad range of demographic characteristics and then compare sanctuary counties to nonsanctuary counties to better understand the effects that sanctuary policies have on a local jurisdiction. The data are clear: Crime is statistically significantly lower in sanctuary counties compared to nonsanctuary counties. Moreover, economies are stronger in sanctuary counties - from higher median household income, less poverty, and less reliance on public assistance to higher labor force participation, higher employment-to-population ratios, and lower unemployment. Among the main findings: There are, on average, 35.5 fewer crimes committed per 10,000 people in sanctuary counties compared to nonsanctuary counties. Median household annual income is, on average, $4,353 higher in sanctuary counties compared to nonsanctuary counties. The poverty rate is 2.3 percent lower, on average, in sanctuary counties compared to nonsanctuary counties. Unemployment is, on average, 1.1 percent lower in sanctuary counties compared to nonsanctuary counties. While the results hold true across sanctuary jurisdictions, the sanctuary counties with the smallest populations see the most pronounced effects. Altogether, the data suggest that when local law enforcement focuses on keeping communities safe, rather than becoming entangled in federal immigration enforcement efforts, communities are safer and community members stay more engaged in the local economy. This in turn brings benefits to individual households, communities, counties, and the economy as a whole. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress; National Immigration Law Center, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2017 at: https://www.nilc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Effects-Sanctuary-Policies-Crime-and-Economy-2017-01-26.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 146030

Author: Bromwich Group LLC Title: The Durability of Police Reform: The Metropolitan Police Department and Use of Force: 2008-2015 Summary: This report evaluates whether the District of Columbia's Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) remains in compliance with the June 2001 Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between MPD, the District of Columbia, and the United States Department of Justice (DOJ). The 2001 MOA required MPD to adopt a broad set of reforms relating to the use of force by police officers, and to incorporate those reforms into policies, procedures, and training. The goal was to create a culture of accountability and constitutional policing within MPD. Although MPD is currently under no legal obligation to maintain these reforms, they establish meaningful benchmarks for assessing MPD's current management of the use of force. We were asked to undertake this review by the Office of the District of Columbia Auditor (ODCA). This report reflects fieldwork conducted from May through late September 2015 and includes certain use of force data through the end of 2015. We have seen much that is positive in our review of MPD. MPD's command staff remains committed to limiting and managing use of force - and to fair and constitutional policing. MPD has reduced its use of the most serious types of force, including firearms, even during periods of increased crime in the District of Columbia. Importantly, we have seen no evidence that the excessive use of force has reemerged as a problem within MPD. But we have also identified some significant shortcomings that need to be addressed, including changes in the requirements for reporting and investigating use of force that impair MPD's ability to manage use of force, and declines in the quality of use of force investigations. In addition, we found systemic problems, involving both MPD and the United States Attorney's Office for the District of Columbia (USAO), that result in excessive delays in resolving officer-involved fatal shootings. All of this is described in detail in this report. Our review, although limited to MPD, comes at a time of intense national focus on the relationship between local law enforcement agencies and the communities they serve. Within the last two years alone, the use of force policies and practices of police departments across the country - in Ferguson, Baltimore, New York City, Cleveland, Albuquerque, Newark, and, most recently, Chicago - have been the focus of community unrest, DOJ civil rights investigations, and intense media scrutiny. In addition, in December 2014, President Obama created the Task Force on 21st Century Policing with a mandate to examine use of force issues. MPD was one of the first local law enforcement agencies to successfully navigate a reform process initially triggered by profound concerns about its use of force and its management of use of force. Beginning in 1999, MPD experienced a comprehensive, two-year DOJ civil rights investigation focusing on use of force, a binding agreement by MPD and the District of Columbia to implement substantial reforms, and a multi-year period of outside independent monitoring. As far as we know, this review marks the first retrospective examination of its kind - an analysis of the durability of such use of force reforms many years after independent monitoring ended - of any of the law enforcement agencies investigated by DOJ during the period 1994-2004, the first decade during which DOJ had statutory authority to investigate such matters. Because of limitations of time and resources, we did not review all aspects of MPD's continued adherence to the MOA. Instead, we selected issues that we considered among the most significant reforms embodied in the MOA and implemented within MPD. We focused on the adequacy of MPD's use of force policies; MPD's use of force investigations; the operations of MPD's Use of Force Review Board (UFRB); MPD's systems for dealing with at-risk officers; and the operations of MPD's Office of Risk Management, the Department's internal oversight entity. In addition, we reviewed three officer-involved fatal shooting cases, and examined issues related to the alleged "use and potential abuse" of charges for alleged assaults on police officers. The Review Team received excellent cooperation from MPD throughout this project, from our project liaison up to and including Chief Cathy L. Lanier. From the outset, Chief Lanier and her command staff showed strong interest in the results of our work and demonstrated a willingness to promptly address some of the deficiencies we identified. In early December, we circulated a draft of this report to MPD, inviting its comments and its responses to the report's 38 recommendations. We met with Chief Lanier and her staff for approximately four hours on December 16, and received a 42-page written response from MPD on December 22. We believe this process, and MPD's deep engagement with it, have resulted in a better report. Of our 38 recommendations, MPD has said it agrees with and will implement 15, agrees in part with 13, and disagrees with 10 - although of the 10 with which it disagrees, four relate to a new MPD program, and MPD therefore views the recommendations as premature. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the District of Columbia Auditor, 2016. 343p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2017 at: http://www.dcauditor.org/sites/default/files/Full%20Report_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Violations Shelf Number: 146028

Author: Copple, James E. Title: Law Enforcement Recruitment in the 21st Century: Forum Proceedings Summary: The President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing identified recruitment, training, and retention as priorities for the future of law enforcement. Because of their importance to advancing community and police relations, the task force included them in the first pillar - Trust and Legitimacy - of their final report. And in a follow-up meeting with task force members, the President asked the COPS Office to continue to explore new hiring and policies and practices. In response, the COPS Office hosted the Law Enforcement Recruitment in the 21st Century forum with Strategic Applications International. This report covers the discussions of the forum's participants, drawn from law enforcement, civil rights, and other stakeholder groups. The forum's goals were to identify ways to improve recruitment programs, practices, and strategies with a special emphasis on diversity; to better understand how the image of law enforcement impacts recruiting efforts; and to provide action steps for developing and enhancing recruitment strategies. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0830-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Diversity Shelf Number: 140837

Author: Morrison, Kevin P. Title: Hiring for the 21st Century Law Enforcement Officer: Challenges, Opportunities, and Strategies for Success Summary: The American policing profession may be facing the most fundamental questioning of its legitimacy in decades. The very essence of policing is being debated in many cities, often because of controversial video recordings of police officers’ actions. Community trust has eroded, and the professionalism of the police is being questioned. At the same time, far too many officers are being killed in the line of duty, in many cases in cowardly ambush attacks. All of this has made community members and police officers concerned about their safety and has prompted leading police officials to go back to the beginning and take a fresh look at the police officers they are hiring. Do the officers represent the values of our communities? Do they share the philosophy of policing that we are developing for the 21st century? Do they have the skills and talents they will need to do the job we want them to do? Policing used to be a profession shared within families from generation to generation. We all know families that count many officers among their sons and brothers and uncles, and sometimes their daughters, sisters, and aunts as well. But, sadly, these days when PERF gathers a large group of seniorlevel police executives together for a meeting and I ask them, “How many of you would like to see your children become tomorrow ’s police officers?” very few, if any, raise their hands. The country is facing a looming crisis in the hiring of police officers. Agencies continue to rely on hiring standards that were created decades ago, for a different philosophy of policing and a different generation of police officer candidates—even while many cities are having trouble finding enough suitable candidates to keep up with retirements and fill vacant positions. Today’s young people considering a job in policing expect agencies to be quicker, more nimble and transparent in their hiring processes and decision making—and for many young people, especially in minority communities, policing is not seen as an appealing career choice in the current climate. However, there are signs of hope, innovation, and change. At the September 13, 2016, forum "Hiring for the 21stst Century Law Enforcement Officer," police agency leaders, labor representatives, professional association executives, academicians, civil service managers, and others directly involved in police hiring discussed the issues facing the profession and explored new ideas and approaches. Their experiences and insights, presented in this report, provide a valuable resource that should help agencies of all sizes better understand the common challenges they face. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0831-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Equal Employment Opportunities Shelf Number: 146020

Author: Murphy, Sandra Tibbetts Title: Police Body Cameras in Domestic and Sexual Assault Investigations: Considerations and Unanswered Questions Summary: Over the last several years, as the public demand for law enforcement's use of body cameras has increased dramatically, much has been written about body cameras as a law enforcement tool, including constitutional analyses, recommended protocols and procedures and even assessments of differing body camera models. Communities in the United Kingdom and United States have initiated pilot programs to determine the appropriate and most effective use of body cameras by policing agencies. Research regarding how body cameras are used, in what situations and their effect, if any, on law enforcement response and citizen behavior, however, remains very limited. "There remains insufficient empirical research to fully support or refute many of the claims made about the police body-worn cameras." If research on body camera programs in general is limited, the use of body cameras when responding to and investigating cases of domestic violence and sexual assault is almost nonexistent. In the few articles and studies that even mention body cameras in the context of law enforcement response to domestic violence and sexual assault, such references carry the connotation of being afterthoughts, tagged on to a larger argument or recommendation as a means of further support. This paper identifies and addresses the various issues – those known and unresolved – that may arise when law enforcement equipped with body cameras respond to victims of domestic violence and sexual assault, including issues of privacy and confidentiality, witness intimidation, possible evidentiary challenges when using body camera footage in trial, and unintended consequences such access and use may create for victims. Details: Minneapolis, MN: The Battered Women’s Justice Project, 2015. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017: http://www.bwjp.org/assets/documents/pdfs/police-body-cams-in-domestic-and-sexual-assault-inve.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146018

Author: Morsy, Leila Title: Mass Incarceration and Children's Outcomes: Criminal justice policy is education policy Summary: As many as one in ten African American students has an incarcerated parent. One in four has a parent who is or has been incarcerated. The discriminatory incarceration of African American parents is an important cause of their children's lowered performance, especially in schools where the trauma of parental incarceration is concentrated. In this report, we review studies from many disciplines showing that parental incarceration leads to an array of cognitive and noncognitive outcomes known to affect children’s performance in school, and we conclude that our criminal justice system makes an important contribution to the racial achievement gap. Educators have paid too little heed to this criminal justice crisis. Criminal justice reform should be a policy priority for educators who are committed to improving the achievement of African American children. While reform of federal policy may seem implausible in a Trump administration, educators can seize opportunities for such advocacy at state and local levels because many more parents are incarcerated in state than in federal prisons. In 2014, over 700,000 prisoners nationwide were serving sentences of a year or longer for nonviolent crimes. Over 600,000 of these were in state, not federal, prisons. Research in criminal justice, health, sociology, epidemiology, and economics demonstrates that when parents are incarcerated, children do worse across cognitive and noncognitive outcome measures. Key findings include: An African American child is six times as likely as a white child to have or have had an incarcerated parent. A growing share of African Americans have been arrested for drug crimes, yet African Americans are no more likely than whites to sell or use drugs. Independent of other social and economic characteristics, children of incarcerated parents are more likely to: drop out of school develop learning disabilities, including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) misbehave in school suffer from migraines, asthma, high cholesterol, depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder, and homelessness Each of these conditions presents a challenge to student performance. To improve their students’ outcomes, educators should join forces with criminal justice reformers to: eliminate disparities between minimum sentences for possession of crack vs. powder cocaine repeal mandatory minimum sentences for minor drug offenses and other nonviolent crimes encourage President Obama to increase the pace of pardons and commutations in the final days of his term increase funding for social, educational, and employment programs for released offenders Details: Washington, DC: Economic Policy Institute, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: http://www.epi.org/files/pdf/118615.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 140842

Author: Bates, Adam Title: Stingray: A New Frontier in Police Surveillance Summary: Police agencies around the United States are using a powerful surveillance tool to mimic cell phone signals to tap into the cellular phones of unsuspecting citizens, track the physical locations of those phones, and perhaps even intercept the content of their communications. The device is known as a stingray, and it is being used in at least 23 states and the District of Columbia. Originally designed for use on the foreign battlefields of the War on Terror, "cell-site simulator" devices have found a home in the arsenals of dozens of federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies. In addition, police agencies have gone to incredible lengths to keep information about stingray use from defense attorneys, judges, and the public. Through the use of extensive nondisclosure agreements, the federal government prevents state and local law enforcement from disclosing even the most elementary details of stingray capability and use. That information embargo even applies to criminal trials, and allows the federal government to order evidence withheld or entire cases dropped to protect the secrecy of the surveillance device. The controversy around police stingray surveillance challenges our antiquated Fourth Amendment jurisprudence, undermines our cherished principles of federalism and separation of powers, exposes a lack of accountability and transparency among our law enforcement agencies, and raises serious questions about the security of our individual rights as the government"s technological capability rapidly advances. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 809: Accessed February 7, 2017: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa-809-revised.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146016

Author: Feeney, Matthew Title: Surveillance Takes Wing: Privacy in the Age of Police Drones Summary: Unmanned aerial vehicles, commonly referred to as "drones," are being used in a range of industries, including conservation, journalism, archeaology, and policing. (In this paper I will use the word "drone" to apply to unmanned aerial vehicles, excluding unmanned aquatic vehicles and terrestrial robots.) Law enforcement drones have clear benefits: allowing police to more easily find missing persons, suspects, and accident victims, for example. They also allow police to investigate dangerous situations such as bomb threats and toxic spills. Yet without strict controls on their use, drones could present a very serious threat to citizens' privacy. Regrettably, while the Supreme Court has tackled privacy issues amid the emergence of new technologies, the Court's rulings on aerial surveillance are not well suited for today, now that police are using drones. Fortunately, lawmakers at the state and federal levels can implement policies that allow police to take advantage of drones while protecting privacy. These policies should not only address familiar issues associated with searches, such as warrant requirements, but also relatively new concerns involving weaponization, biometric software, and surveillance technology. Such controls and regulations will allow police to do their job and prevent drones from being used as tools for secretive and needlessly intrusive surveillance Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 807: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa807_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 146014

Author: Morris, Monique W. Title: Race, Gender and the School-to-Prison Pipeline: Expanding Our Discussion to Include Black Girls Summary: The school-to-prison pipeline refers to the policies, practices, and conditions that facilitate both the criminalization of educational environments and the processes by which this criminalization results in the incarceration of youth and young adults. This Report discusses the literature on the "school-to- prison pipeline" and explores why the "pipeline" analogy may not accurately capture the education system pathways to confinement for Black girls. Details: Cambridge, MA: The Schott Foundation for Public Education and African American Policy Forum, 2012. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2017 at: http://schottfoundation.org/resources/race-gender-and-school-prison-pipeline-expanding-our-discussion-include-black-girls Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 145378

Author: African American Policy Forum Title: Say Her Name: Resisting Police Brutality Against Black Women Summary: In 2015 alone, at least six Black women have been killed by or after encounters with police. For instance, just before Freddie Gray's case grabbed national attention, police killed unarmed Mya Hall "a Black transgender woman" on the outskirts of Baltimore. Alleged to be driving a stolen car, Hall took a wrong turn onto NSA property and was shot to death by officers after the car crashed into the security gate and a police cruiser. No action has been taken to date with respect to the officers responsible for her death. In April, police fatally shot Alexia Christian while she was being handcuffed in the back of a police cruiser. And in March in Ventura, California, police officers shot and killed Meagan Hockaday - a young mother of three - within 20 seconds of entering her home in response to a domestic disturbance. Say Her Name responds to increasing calls for attention to police violence against Black women by offering a resource to help ensure that Black women's stories are integrated into demands for justice, policy responses to police violence, and media representations of victims and survivors of police brutality. The brief concludes with recommendations for engaging communities in conversation and advocacy around Black women's experiences of police violence, considering race and gender in policy initiatives to combat state violence, and adopting policies to end sexual abuse and harassment by police officers. Details: New York: African American Policy Forum, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2017 at: http://static1.squarespace.com/static/53f20d90e4b0b80451158d8c/t/55a810d7e4b058f342f55873/1437077719984/AAPF_SMN_Brief_full_singles.compressed.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 146005

Author: Lurigio, Arthur Title: A Statewide Examination of Mental Health Courts in Illinois: Program Characteristics and Operations Summary: Background Mental Health Courts (MHCs) are designed to serve the challenging, multifarious, and extensive service needs of people with serious mental illness (PSMI). The current report describes the findings of an evaluation of MHCs in Illinois. First implemented nearly 20 years ago, MHCs provide treatment and programming in comprehensive case management strategies, which draw on permanent partnerships with community-based agencies and a wealth of providers through a brokered network of interventions. Most employ a team approach to supervision with dedicated stakeholders (prosecutors, defense attorneys, probation officers, mental health professionals), individualized treatment plans, voluntary and informed participation, specialized dockets and caseloads, and highly involved and proactive judges who preside over frequent court hearings and non-adversarial proceedings. Satisfactory program completion is defined by predetermined criteria. Clients are motivated to succeed by the threat of sanctions and the promise of rewards. Methods The current evaluation of Illinois’ MHCs was performed in stages with overlapping data collection procedures. The first phase of the research was intended to yield a snapshot of MHC programs in the state: jurisdictions in the planning stages of MHC implementation, those with operational programs, and those still deciding whether an MHC was feasible or warranted in terms of clients’ needs for services and the availability of local resources to support court operations and client interventions. All 23 court jurisdictions in Illinois were contacted for the screener survey. Given the critical role of services in client recovery and adjustment, the second stage of the evaluation involved a telephone survey of major providers in a wide variety of service domains. The next stages of the evaluation involved on-site triangulating data collection procedures in the 9 operational MHCs: court observations, focus groups with program staff members, and archival analyses. Client interviews and recidivism analyses were also performed in three programs, which were carefully selected for this purpose due to the distinctive nature of their location, size, program structure, and client population. Major Findings The Landscape: In spring 2010, 19 of the state’s 23 court circuits participated in the screener survey. At the time of the study, 6 courts reported no plans for MHC implementation, 6 were in the planning process to establish one, and 9 had operational programs. From spring 2010 to spring 2014, the number of operational MHCs grew from 9 to 21, an increase of 133%. At the time of the screener survey, the 9 operational MHCs served a total of 302 participants; 46% were women. African Americans were overrepresented among participants relative to the local population, whereas Latinos (measured as ethnicity) were underrepresented. Jurisdictions with no or little interest in launching an MHC were smaller and rural in composition. Courts in rural areas of the state served smaller populations, and, therefore, they had fewer PSMI and correspondingly fewer resources to meet their treatment needs. Unlike respondents who voiced no plans for an MHC, those in the planning process were all located in mostly non-rural large court circuits and counties. Overall, the planning processes in all counties were lengthy, deliberate, and collaborative. In some instances, the planning teams sought support and consultation from colleagues in their own or other criminal court systems or from MHC experts in the state. The first MHCs in Illinois were implemented in 2004, and the most recent one in the study period was implemented in 2008. Most of the jurisdictions with operational MHCs actually performed a formal needs assessment before launching their programs, and they consulted with experts to help design the programs. All of the jurisdictions involved law enforcement administrators in the planning and creation phases of their MHC programs. MHC Elements and Staffing: Most Illinois MHCs were largely characterized by the 10 elements of an MHC as defined by the Council of State Governments. These included: broad stakeholder planning and administration of the program; the selection of target populations that address public safety and the link between mental illness criminal involvements; statutory exclusions of potential participants based on charges and diagnosis; terms of participation that include mandatory supervision and mental health treatment; voluntary participation and informed choice; hybrid team approaches to case management with judges, attorneys, probation officers, mental health professionals, and TASC case managers who provided supervisory and brokered treatment services; regular court hearings and phased supervision; and a wide range of treatment and service options to address clinical and habilitation needs. The roles and responsibilities of MHC personnel were generally circumscribed; however, MHC staff often discussed working together and being flexible in order to “get things done” for clients (coalescing around client needs). Staff members frequently mentioned teamwork as the key component of program and client success, and it was consistently apparent at case staffings. MHC Services: MHCs provided a panoply of services to clients, which ranged from case management and crisis intervention to in-and out-patient treatments in the areas of mental health and substance abuse programming and aftercare. Nearly all MHCs offered clients partial (day) hospitalization, and more than half offered them inpatient hospitalization for substance use disorders and addictions. All the MHCs reported the implementation of evidence-based practices (EBPs) in their programs. The most common EBPs were, in descending order: cognitive behavioral therapy, motivational interviewing, integrative dual disorder treatment, and supportive employment. The least common EBPs were, in descending order: assertive community treatment and illness management and recovery. The most serious challenge to MHCs is the paucity of resources and services, especially in the mental health arena. Recidivism Analyses: Among the three counties selected for an investigation of recidivism, 31% of participants were rearrested for a felony only, while half were rearrested for a felony or misdemeanor offense. The highest number of rearrests occurred within the first year of postMHC entry. Half were rearrested during probation supervision and nearly 40% after probation release (not mutually exclusive groups). These results compare somewhat favorably with those reported in a statewide study of probationers, which found that 38% were rearrested during probation and 39% were rearrested after discharge from probation (not mutually exclusive groups) (cf., Adams, Bostwick, & Campbell, 2011). Clients’ Perceptions: The overwhelming majority of clients reported that their participation in the program benefitted them in several ways. For example, respondents indicated that the program improved their lives by fostering both general and specific improvements in their well-being and functioning. For example, respondents stated that the program encouraged and supported changes that helped them “become better persons” and “get [their lives] back together.” These types of global betterments in their lives were the most commonly reported benefits of MHC participation and are perhaps related to elevations in self-efficacy and selfesteem, as well as alleviations in symptoms. Self-reported specific improvements related to participation in MHC fell mostly into two areas: accessibility to psychiatric care and diversion from incarceration. Specifically, respondents noted that MHC afforded them with the medications and treatments needed to facilitate their recovery from chronic mental illness. In addition, many clients recognized that participation in MHC was a desirable alternative to jail or prison. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. 242p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/MHC_Report_1015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarcerations Shelf Number: 146004

Author: Gammill, Erica Title: A Texas-Sized Failure: Sexual Assaults in Texas Prisons Summary: Every person, including individuals in jail or prison, deserves to be free from sexual violence. Sexual victimization is not included in a prison sentence, and it should not be part of the punishment. States bear legal responsibility under the Constitution and federal law for protecting prisoners in its facilities from sexual violence and other serious harm. Yet, people in prison are at heightened risk of sexual assault. In particular, the State of Texas and the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) have failed to protect prisoners in their custody from sexual assaults. Despite more than a decade of federal legislative efforts and oversight by the U.S. Department of Justice—including the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA)—the prevalence of sexual assault remains high in Texas prisons. Several prisons in Texas have among the highest rates of sexual victimization in the nation. Regardless of claims that PREA standards are being implemented in Texas prisons, reports from prisoners themselves indicate that sexual assaults in Texas correctional facilities remain a serious problem. The alarming frequency of sexual assault in Texas prisons not only contributes to conditions in Texas facilities that are abhorrent to human dignity, but also violates the constitutional and human rights of prisoners in the TDCJ. Details: Austin, TX: Prison Justice League and Texas Association Against Sexual Assault, 2016 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2017 at: http://taasa.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/BK_A-Texas-Sized-Failure-SA-in-TX-Prisons-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Rape Shelf Number: 147769

Author: Smith, Alisa Title: Rush to Judgment: How South Carolina's Summary Courts Fail to Protect Constitutional Rights Summary: In response to disturbing stories of constitutional violations uncovered by NACDL and ACLU attorneys documented in 2016's Summary Injustice report (below), NACDL undertook additional investigation of South Carolina's summary courts. Law students and legal professionals gathered information about court proceedings in five South Carolina counties over three months in the winter and spring of 2016, the results of which are published in this follow-up report. Each day, the team observed court hearings in various venues, observing individuals charged with everything from shoplifting to driving offenses to unlawful possession of tobacco and alcohol. In every court studied for this report, the team found egregious, repeated constitutional violations happening daily and in hundreds of cases. In the months of court watching and data collection, researchers documented numerous findings, all of which are set forth in the Rush to Judgment report. Findings from this study and Summary Injustice lead NACDL to suggest the following five recommendations for reform to ensure that South Carolina's courts operate in accordance with constitutional mandates and guarantee procedural justice for those whose lives will forever be altered as a result of a criminal adjudication: Staff South Carolina’s summary courts with prosecutors and public defenders and ensure that courts are presided over by judges who are licensed attorneys. Reduce the caseload of magistrate and municipal courts by decriminalizing traffic offenses. Reduce fines and fees, and consider alternative sanctions for those who cannot afford to pay. Increase uniform reporting of criminal and traffic cases in summary courts to include data regarding whether defendants had counsel and whether and how defendants were informed of their rights. Enact uniform procedures for magistrate and municipal courts regarding advisement of rights and plea colloquies. Ensure that all defendants understand their rights and the direct and collateral consequences of a guilty plea or verdict. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2017 at: https://www.nacdl.org/summaryinjustice/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Constitutional Rights Shelf Number: 145011

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Assessing the Influence of Home Visit Themes and Temporal Ordering on High-Risk Parolee Outcomes Summary: Over 4.7 million adults were under community supervision in the United States at the end of 2014, of which 856,900 (18%) were on parole (Kaeble, Maruschak, & Bonczar, 2015). Over a quarter of the adults entering prisons nationwide in 2014 were admitted due to failure on parole (Carson, 2015). Thus, successful reentry is of urgent importance as states grapple with the effects of severe fiscal challenges squeezing correctional budgets. While participating in evidence-based programming significantly lowers revocation rates (Andrews & Bonta, 1998), the general question of how supervision influences parole outcomes remains unanswered. Advancing the development and management of comprehensive strategies for improving successful offender outcomes is quintessential to successful reentry. Parole officer fieldwork is integral to community supervision, whether it is home visits, employment verification, or collateral contacts made with a treatment program provider or law enforcement official. Home visits, in particular, provide an opportunity for purposeful face-to-face encounters between officer and offender that may be distinct from other fieldwork. Unfortunately information on what constitutes a home visit, its use as a tool of supervision, and its influence on offender outcomes is largely absent in the literature. Given the time, expense, and potential risk home visits pose for officers, there is a critical need to understand their influence on supervision outcomes. This understanding must include measures of their quality. Parole officers are charged with the dual role of assuring felony offender compliance with sentence and prison release conditions while assisting with community reentry. The natural home environment is a key locale for promoting and monitoring behavior change. Likewise, interactions during home visits yield ideal conditions to understand if and how therapeutic jurisprudence unfolds. Knowledge about what occurs during home visits is important to both researchers and practitioners seeking to develop best practices across all supervision components (DiMichele, 2007, DeMichele, Payne, & Matz, 2011). Further, home visit interactions occur with people in the parolee’s life who often provide emotional, residential, financial and/or social support. Understanding how socio-cultural bonds and social influence are developed among parole officers, parolees, and their support networks during home visits may inform ways to blend surveillance and rehabilitation goals and decrease supervision failures (Braswell, 1989). Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250380.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 145012

Author: Morris, Monique W. Title: Confined in California: Women and Girls of Color in Custody Summary: Confined in California: Women and Girls of Color in Custody sheds light upon the increasing rates of criminalization and incarceration of Black and Latina women in California over the last decade. The Report presents statistics on adult and juvenile females of color, highlighting the connection between race, gender, and criminalization in California. Significant statistical trends in criminalization are highlighted, revealing racialized and gendered vulnerabilities that, when compounded, create a pipeline to incarceration to which girls and women of color are specially vulnerable. The Report goes on to highlight policy, research, and programmatic implications for its findings, ultimately underscoring the ongoing need for further statistical work in the field in addition to issuing a call for gender and race sensitive interventions honed to combat disproportionate criminalization and incarceration of females of color in the future. Details: New York: African American Policy Forum, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10. 2017 at: http://static.squarespace.com/static/53f20d90e4b0b80451158d8c/53f399a5e4b029c2ffbe26cc/53f399c5e4b029c2ffbe2a77/1408473541175/Confined-in-California.pdf?format=original Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 140864

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in North Dakota: Policy Framework Summary: Over the past decade, the number of people in North Dakota’s prisons and jails, on probation, and on parole has increased, and the state and county governments have spent tens of millions of dollars expanding the capacity of existing correctional facilities and building new facilities to accommodate this growth. Unless action is taken, the prison population is projected to grow by 36 percent by FY2022 at a cost of $115 million to accommodate the projected growth. To address these challenges, Governor Jack Dalrymple, Chief Justice Gerald VandeWalle, Attorney General Wayne Stenehjem, Senate Majority Leader Rich Wardner, House Majority Leader Al Carlson, Senate Minority Leader Mac Schneider, House Minority Leader Kenton Onstad, and Legislative Management Chairman Raymond Holmberg requested intensive technical assistance from The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center with support from The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance to use a data-driven justice reinvestment approach to help the state reduce the corrections population, contain corrections spending, and reinvest a portion of the savings in strategies that can reduce recidivism and increase public safety. The Incarceration Issues Committee—which included stakeholders from all three branches of government—worked with CSG Justice Center staff to review analyses and develop policy options that will curb prison population growth by reducing the number of people in prison who have committed lower-level felony offenses and who have violated the conditions of their supervision. These policies will also ensure that people with serious behavioral health needs and those assessed as being at a high risk of reoffending receive effective post-release supervision programming, and treatment as necessary. By implementing these proposed policies, the state will avert a minimum of $63.8 million by 2022 in costs for the contract beds that would be necessary to accommodate the projected prison population growth, and will be able to reinvest those savings in strategies that can reduce recidivism and increase public safety. In September 2016, the Incarceration Issues Committee approved a policy draft containing components of the justice reinvestment policy framework, and in November 2016, the Legislative Management committee voted the bill to the legislative assembly for introduction in the House. Details: New York: Council of State Government Justice Center, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/JR-in-ND_Policy-Framework_2.7.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 147298

Author: Glod, Greg Title: Incentivizing Results: Lessons From Other States' Probation Funding Formula Reforms and Recommendations to Texas Lawmakers Summary: Prison is an important and necessary component of the criminal justice system. It is, in many cases, necessary to incarcerate offenders who pose a danger to society even with strict and modern monitoring. That being said, the state should supervise offenders outside the prison walls if the interests of public safety and liberty are best served by forgoing incarceration. When implemented effectively, probation keeps neighborhoods safer, saves money, and produces more successful outcomes for nondangerous offenders. When taking into account risk level, recidivism rates for individuals who are sentenced to community supervision (also known as probation) are lower than for those who are incarcerated. Key Points • Most probation funding to counties comes from the state based upon the amount of offenders being directly supervised. • This funding formula does not incentivize counties to implement strategies that maximize results but may cost counties more on the front-end. • Several states have altered their probation funding formulas to incentivize counties to reduce the amount of offenders going to state correctional facilities and to get a portion of the savings back.. • Texas could make minor changes to its current funding formula to achieve better probation results and save millions on incarceration costs Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public policy Foundation, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2016-11-PP27-IncentivizingResults-CEJ-GregGlod.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 144934

Author: Campie, Patricia E. Title: Systematic Review of Factors That Impact Implementation Quality of Child Welfare, Public Health, and Education Programs for Adolescents: Implications for Juvenile Drug Treatment Courts Summary: To inform the development of juvenile drug treatment court (JDTC) guidelines, this study reviewed the evidence on factors that impact implementation quality and fidelity in other youth-serving systems, namely, child welfare, public health, and education programs delivered to adolescents or adolescents and their families. From a universe of more than 8,000 articles reviewed, 53 studies were included for analysis using meta-aggregation methods, as outlined by the Cochrane Collaboration. The findings support previous research showing that intervention outcomes are influenced by implementation quality, readiness to complete each step of the implementation cycle (beginning with intervention selection), access to technical assistance, and contextual "fit" with the population or community. The findings align with previous research from juvenile drug treatment court implementation studies, showing the importance of improving community collaboration, reducing cross-system barriers, and using data for continuous quality improvement. New findings indicate that fidelity adherence may have unintended negative effects with vulnerable populations when compliance protocols interfere with an intervention's theory of change. Fidelity requirements may affect youth and their adult caregivers differentially and produce more positive outcomes with youth than adults, who may disengage if the program cannot be changed to fit their needs. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250483.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 144831

Author: Helmus, Todd C. Title: Promoting Online Voices for Countering Violent Extremism Summary: Key Findings - American Muslims are increasingly using the Web and social media to help counter violent extremism. Discussions with a number of Muslim leaders active in social media suggest that it is possible to expand such efforts even further, and doing so is a major objective of the August 2011 White House strategy to counter violent extremism. - While Muslim Americans play an active role in countering extremism, several factors may work to undermine higher-level engagement, including: low radicalization rates among American Muslims, negative perceptions of U.S. counterterrorism policies, a limited reservoir of leadership capacity and CVE funding (which prevents effective outreach), and being viewed as sell-outs to those most sympathetic to jihadi causes. - In some cases, the First Amendment may limit U.S. government attempts to fund CVE programs of an ideological bent, but this restriction could ultimately benefit CVE discourse as it frees Muslim groups of the taint of government funding and prevents the government from having to "choose sides" in intra-Muslim discourse and debate. - Both the U.S. State Department and the "think-do tank" Google Ideas have initiated insightful programs that seek to build capacity and otherwise promote credible Muslim voices. - Recommendations include desecuritizing efforts to counter violent extremism, addressing sources of mistrust within the Muslim community, focusing engagements and CVE education on social media influencers, building leadership and social media capacity in the Muslim community, enhancing private sector funding and engagement, and finding avenues to enhance government funding. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR100/RR130/RAND_RR130.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 144830

Author: Schriro, Dora Bess Title: Obstacles to Reforming Family Detention in the United States Summary: The prospect of ending the detention of immigrant families in the United States appears more remote than ever as the new president begins implementing his immigration agenda. This paper, authored by the former director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's Office of Detention Policy and Planning, provides an inside look at how policymakers early in the Obama administration sought to roll back family detention and the fate of those efforts. It examines ambitious early reform proposals and subsequent challenges that spurred officials to significantly ramp up family detention. The author concludes with a series of recommendations and urges renewed calls for reforms in the face of the Trump administration's intended immigration crackdown Details: Geneva, Switzerland: Global Detention Project, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 20: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.globaldetentionproject.org/obstacles-to-reforming-family-detention-in-the-united-states-global-detention-project-working-paper-no-20 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 144826

Author: U.S. Federal Communications Commission Title: Cybersecurity Risk Reduction Summary: Cybersecurity is a top priority for the Commission. The rapid growth of network-connected consumer devices creates particular cybersecurity challenges. The Commission's oversight of our country's privately owned and managed communications networks is an important component of the larger effort to protect critical communications infrastructure and the American public from malicious cyber actors. The Commission is uniquely situated to comprehensively address this issue given its authority over the use of radio spectrum as well as the connections to, and interconnections between, commercial networks, which touch virtually every aspect of our economy. Other agencies have also begun looking at network-connected devices and the security implications they bring in certain industry segments. The Commission's rules include obligations for Internet Service Providers (ISPs) to take measures to protect their networks from harmful interconnected devices. These rules make clear that providers not only have the latitude to take actions to protect consumers from harm, but have the responsibility to do so. Reasonable network management must include practices to ensure network security and integrity, including by "addressing traffic harmful to the network," such as denial of service attacks. The Public Safety and Homeland Security’s (PSHSB or Bureau) cybersecurity initiatives build upon FCC rules that have, for decades, effectively evolved to balance security, privacy, and innovation within the telecommunications market. The U.S. telecommunications market leads the world as a consequence of this light touch, but surgical, approach. Commission staff actively work with stakeholders to address cyber challenges presented by today's end-to-end Internet environment. This environment is vastly different and more challenging than the legacy telecommunications security environment that preceded it. Today insecure devices, connected through wireless networks, have shut down service to millions of customers by attacking critical control utilities neither licensed nor directly regulated by the Commission. These attacks highlight that security vulnerabilities inherent in devices attached to networks now can have large-scale impacts. As the end-to-end Internet user experience continues to expand and diversify, the Commission's ability to reduce cyber risk for individuals and businesses will continue to be taxed. But shifting this risk oversight responsibility to a non-regulatory body would not be good policy. It would be resource intensive and ultimately drive dramatic federal costs and still most certainly fail to address the risk for over 30,000 communications service providers and their vendor base. The Commission must address these cyber challenges to protect consumers using telecommunications networks. Cyber risk crosses corporate and national boundaries, making it imperative that private sector leadership in the communications sector step up its responsibility and accountability for cyber risk reduction. In this vein, the Commission has worked closely with its Federal Advisory Committees (FAC), as well as with its federal partners and other stakeholders, to foster standards and best practices for cyber risk reduction. The Commission worked with the other regulatory agencies to create a forum whereby agency principals share best regulatory practices and coordinate our approaches for reducing cybersecurity risk. A rich body of recommendations, including voluntary best practices, is the result. Industry implementation of these practices must be part of any effort to reduce cybersecurity risk. The Commission, however cannot rely solely on organic market incentives to reduce cyber risk in the communications sector. As private actors, ISPs operate in economic environments that pressure against investments that do not directly contribute to profit. Protective actions taken by one ISP can be undermined by the failure of other ISPs to take similar actions. This weakens the incentive of all ISPs to invest in such protections. Cyber-accountability therefore requires a combination of market-based incentives and appropriate regulatory oversight where the market does not, or cannot, do the job effectively. PSHSB has developed a portfolio of programs to address cybersecurity risk in the telecommunications sector in a responsible manner. These initiatives include collaborative efforts with key Internet stakeholder groups; increased interagency cooperation; and regulatory solutions to address residual risks that are unlikely to be addressed by market forces alone. This white paper describes the risk reduction portfolio of the current Commission and suggests actions that would continue to affirmatively reduce cyber risk in a manner that incents competition, protects consumers, and reduces significant national security risks. Details: Washington, dC: Federal Communications Commission, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2017/db0118/DOC-343096A1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 145022

Author: Davis, Lynn E. Title: A Strategy to Counter ISIL as a Transregional Threat Summary: The debate in the past over counter-ISIL strategies has tended to focus on rather stark alternatives that are based on different ways to employ U.S. military forces: disengagement, containment, and aggressive rollback using combat forces. Our strategy seeks to broaden the focus to policies beyond the military dimension. Even though U.S. leverage is limited to affect the political situations in Iraq and Syria, the United States should focus on removing the underlying conditions sustaining ISIL and other violent jihadist groups, i.e., the lack of security, justice, and political representation. In addition, the United States needs to re-evaluate how to balance the aims of the counter-ISIL campaign with future territorial and political ambitions of the Kurds, given the risk of violence between Shia and Kurds in Iraq and Turkey and the YPG in Syria. In the absence of commitments on the part of the Kurds to limit their territorial ambitions, and to avoid fueling conflict across the region, the United States should be cautious in the ways it supports the YPG and peshmerga in its counter-ISIL military campaign. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspective: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/perspectives/PE228.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 145032

Author: Fajmonova, Veronika Title: Origin-group differences in the 2007 and 2011 Pew Polls of U.S. Muslims: Reactions to the War on Terrorism Summary: This study compared opinions relating to the war on terrorism for six origin-groups in the 2007 and 2011 Pew polls of U.S Muslims (each poll ~1000 participants). Origin-groups included Muslims born in Iran, Pakistan, other South Asian countries, Arab countries, and sub-Saharan African countries, as well as African-American Muslims. Opinions changed little from 2007 to 2011 except for a massive increase in presidential approval (Obama vs. Bush). In each origin-group, nearly half of respondents continued to believe the U.S. war on terrorism is not a sincere effort to reduce international terrorism, but approval of al-Qaida and suicide bombing in defense of Islam was less than ten percent. Within these general similarities two groups stood out. Iran-born were older and less religious than other groups but had opinions similar to other U.S. Muslims. African-American Muslims reported lower education and income than other groups and were generally most negative about living as Muslims in the United States. Experience of discrimination did not predict opinion of al-Qaida or suicide bombing, nor were converts more extreme. Discussion emphasizes the need to understand why many U.S. Muslims are negative toward the war on terrorism and why a very few persist in radical opinions approving al-Qaida and suicide bombing. Details: College Park, MD: START, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: http://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_CSTAB_ReactionsWaronTerrorism_Feb2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Al-Qaida Shelf Number: 144825

Author: Carlock, Arna L. Title: Live Fast, Die Young: Anticipated Early Death and Adolescent Violence and Gang Involvement Summary: Strategies employed by criminal justice agencies to reduce offending often focus on deterrence, with policies relying on the threat of punishment to discourage individuals from crime. However, such strategies will fail if individuals do not fear these consequences, or when potential rewards of offending outweigh the risks. According to life history theory, adolescents with a dangerous or unpredictable childhood environment discount the future and engage in risky behaviors because they have little to lose. Many adolescents embody this "live fast, die young" mentality, particularly those already at risk of delinquency due to other factors. The scientific literature refers to this mindset as fatalism, future discounting, or anticipated early death (AED). Despite the indication that AED is a crucial correlate of delinquent activity, only recently have criminologists begun to directly examine the relationship. To address this gap in the literature, this dissertation analyzes two longitudinal datasets. One dataset, the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health), offers a nationally representative sample, while the Rochester Youth Development Study (RYDS) provides a sample of at-risk youth in Rochester, New York. Structural equation modeling quantifies adolescent AED in each dataset. The use of two data sources strengthens the reliability and validity of the latent variable's measurement. I study the effects of the latent AED measures on adolescent violence and gang activity, finding that higher levels of AED correspond to a greater likelihood of violence and gang activity, with the relationships often mediated by low self-control. In an attempt to determine the causal ordering of AED and risk-taking behaviors, I exploit the longitudinal nature of the RYDS data by estimating autoregressive cross-lagged panel models. Findings lend support to life history theory's assumption that AED predicts risk-taking behavior; I find little evidence that violence or gang activity cause AED. Details: Albany, NY: University at Albany, 2016. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250425.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 144824

Author: Still, Wendy Title: Building Trust and Legitimacy Within Community Corrections Summary: Over the past three decades, the U.S. incarceration rate has increased to historic highs, while crime rates have dropped significantly. Today, the U.S. incarcerates more people than any other nation in the world. In addition to the 2.3 million people incarcerated in our nation’s jails and prisons, 4 million individuals are on probation or parole at any given time. The individuals on probation and parole — who represent the community corrections system in America — are the largest part of the correctional system. Yet, this aspect of corrections has been largely absent from the national conversation surrounding incarceration rates and criminal justice reform — this despite the fact that community corrections presents the most obvious alternative to incarceration for many and perhaps the best opportunity for reforming the criminal justice system in ways that will promote public safety, efficiency and fairness. Similar to the growth of prison populations during the past three decades, the number of individuals on probation in the United States has also grown. While there were 492 people on probation for every 100,000 U.S. residents in 1980, this figure peaked in 2007 at 1,425, and by 2014 had declined slightly to 1,214 (see figure 1). With nearly 4 million people on probation at any given time, this represents the largest correctional population in the nation. Interestingly, long-term trends in crime rates and arrests for serious offenses should have militated toward a smaller probation population. Arrests for serious offenses are at historic lows, especially for the relatively young. Figures 2 and 3 compare the likelihood of being arrested in 1980 and 2012, by age, for violent and property index offenses. While arrests for violent and property offenses are somewhat higher for individuals over 30, we observe pronounced decreases in arrest rates for younger individuals in the highest risk age ranges. However, arrests for drug offenses are up, way up, for all ages (figure 4) as are overall arrests for non-index crimes (figure 5). On net, the aggregate age-arrest profile changes very little as increases in less serious arrests have offset the decrease in arrests for more serious crime (figure 6). With lower crime rates, these higher arrest rates for lesser offenses likely reflect shifts in enforcement. In conjunction with stiffer sentencing and net widening in the application of probation sentences, the proportion of U.S. residents on probation has grown alongside the prison incarceration rate. The authors of this report find that the strength and success of probation and parole agencies must be rooted in trust and legitimacy. They propose six principles to guide agencies and policy makers in strengthening the field: (1) Treat each individual on community corrections with dignity and respect. Recognize our common human capacity both to make mistakes and to make a change for the better. (2) Realign incentives in the criminal justice system. Cost considerations at the local level should not systematically favor incarceration over alternative sanctions. (3) Impose the least restrictive sanctions necessary, and minimize the collateral consequences associated with criminal processing and conviction. (4) Restore communities, and facilitate their health and safety in a holistic way. (5) Reduce institutional bias and work to ensure that all individuals receive fair, equal access to the justice system. (6) Evaluate what we do, invest in practices that work, and abandon practices that do not. Details: Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: New Thinking in Community Corrections Bulletin: Accessed February 11, 2017 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/content/download/82224/1844712/version/2/file/building_trust_and_legitimacy_within_community_corrections_rev_final_20161208.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 144821

Author: Oklahoma Justice Reform Task Force Title: Final Report Summary: Since 2010, 31 states across the country have decreased imprisonment rates while reducing crime rates. Yet Oklahoma's prison population has grown by nine percent in the last five years, reaching 28,580 inmates as of June 2016. As a result of the large and growing inmate population, Oklahoma has the second highest imprisonment rate in the country, 78 percent higher than the national average in 2015. More concerning, since 1991, Oklahoma has had the highest female imprisonment rate in the country. These trends have burdened state taxpayers with extraordinary costs, with Oklahoma spending over half a billion dollars on corrections in FY2015. At this rate, Oklahoma's prison population is projected to grow 25 percent or 7,218 inmates by 2026. One-quarter of this overall growth will be driven by increases in the female prison population, which is projected to grow by 60 percent over the next ten years. The projected prison population growth is estimated to cost the state at least $1.2 billion in capital expenditures to build or lease three new prisons and an additional $700 million in operating costs over ten years. Seeking a better public safety return on corrections spending, state leaders from all three branches of government joined together in May of 2016 to request technical assistance through the Justice Reinvestment Initiative, a public-private partnership between the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, and The Pew Charitable Trusts (Pew), to be provided by the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI). Governor Fallin issued Executive Order 2016-24 in July of 2016, establishing the bi-partisan, inter-branch Oklahoma Justice Reform Task Force (Task Force) and charging it with "developing" comprehensive criminal justice and corrections reform policy recommendations designed to alleviate prison overcrowding and reduce Oklahoma's incarceration rate while improving public safety. Over a six-month period, the Task Force analyzed the state's sentencing, corrections, and community supervision data and reviewed the latest research on reducing recidivism and improving public safety. The Task Force found that: Seventy-five percent of people admitted to prison were sentenced for nonviolent crimes; over half of individuals sentenced to prison for nonviolent offenses have one or no prior felony convictions, and 80 percent have no history of violent crimes. Research demonstrates that incarceration is no more effective at reducing recidivism than alternatives to prison and can actually increase the recidivism rates of lower-level individuals. Despite the risk of increasing recidivism for lower-level, non-violent offences, Oklahoma uses prison over alternatives more often than other states and has focused many of its prison beds on those sentenced for nonviolent crimes with limited criminal history. Sentences for nonviolent offenders in Oklahoma are longer compared to other states, and release options are underutilized and/or delayed. Despite research demonstrating that longer prison terms do not reduce recidivism more than shorter prison terms, less than 10 percent of the individuals released from prison are paroled, and drug and property offenders are released on average nine months past their parole eligibility date. Based on this analysis and the directive from Governor Fallin, the Task Force developed a comprehensive, data-driven, evidence-based package of 27 policy recommendations, supported by a substantial majority of Task Force members, and specifically aimed at improving public safety by holding offenders accountable and reducing recidivism. These policies, if signed into law, would avert all of the projected prison population growth, and ultimately reduce the current prison population by seven percent, saving $1.9 billion in prison costs over the next ten years. Details: Oklahoma City: The Task Force, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: http://s3.amazonaws.com/content.newsok.com/documents/OJRTFFinalReport%20(1).pdf?embeddedLinkType=document Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 145119

Author: Iyengar, Radha Title: I'd Rather be Hanged for a Sheep than a Lamb The Unintended Consequences of 'Three-Strikes' Laws Summary: Strong sentences are common "tough on crime" tool used to reduce the incentives for individuals to participate in criminal activity. However, the design of such policies often ignores other margins along which individuals interested in participating in crime may adjust. I use California's Three Strikes law to identify several effects of a large increase in the penalty for a broad set of crimes. Using criminal records data, I estimate that Three Strikes reduced participation in criminal activity by 20 percent for second-strike eligible offenders and a 28 percent decline for third-strike eligible offenders. However, I find two unintended consequences of the law. First, because Three Strikes flattened the penalty gradient with respect to severity, criminals were more likely to commit more violent crimes. Among third strike eligible offenders, the probability of committing violent crimes increased by 9 percentage points. Second, because California's law was more harsh than the laws of other nearby states, Three Strikes had a "beggar-thy-neighbor" effect increasing the migration of criminals with second and third-strike eligibility to commit crimes in neighboring states. The high cost of incarceration combined with the high cost of violent crime relative to non-violent crime implies that Three Strikes may not be a cost-effective means of reducing crime. Details: London: London School of Economics and Political Science, Centre for Economic Performance, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CEP Discussion Paper No 1017: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: http://cep.lse.ac.uk/pubs/download/dp1017.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 145122

Author: Kelly, Robin L. Title: Kelly Report 2014: Gun Violence in America Summary: Whether you live in America's inner cities, in a suburban neighborhood or in the heartland, your community is vulnerable to gun violence. It could be a gang crime, a gun accident or a suicide. Regardless of the cause, all acts of gun violence are abhorrent and demand policy solutions and community action to stop them. Gun violence has killed more Americans in the past 50 years than in every single American - from George Washington's Colonial Army defeat of the British in 1781 to Operation Enduring Freedom in 2014. Every year, more than 100,000 people are shot in America -more than 30,000 of them fatally. Over half of these fatal shootings are of young people under the age of 30. Since the 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting in Newtown, Connecticut, there have been more than 50 school shootings across the country - almost three a month. With an average of one young American under the age of 25 being killed by a gun every hour, the very security of our next generation is at risk. Likewise, economic research suggests that gun violence threatens our nation's fiscal well-being. In violent communities, economic opportunities wither, stable families relocate and children often fail to realize their true academic and economic potential. Each homicide in a city is estimated to reduce that city's population by 70 residents. A ten-year study of the city of Chicago found that each gun homicide equates to $2,500 in lost annual income for Chicago families. For example, each child who is a fatal victim of gun violence is one less person who will become a wage earner and taxpayer. Additionally, every criminal poses a direct cost to taxpayers. For example, a 20-year-old serving a life sentence costs taxpayers $2 million over the course of their incarceration. Given this context, communities undeniably stand to gain from a comprehensive examination of the gun violence issue. This report promotes a common sense approach to reducing gun deaths in America. As you consider the following content, you should keep in mind: Details: Washington, DC: Office of Congresswoman Robin L. Kelly, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: https://robinkelly.house.gov/sites/robinkelly.house.gov/files/wysiwyg_uploaded/KellyReport_1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 145126

Author: Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) Title: Lessons Learned After 4 Years of Marijuana Legalization Summary: In the wake of multimillion-dollar political campaigns funded with out-of-state money, Colorado and Washington voted to legalize marijuana in November 2012. Though it would take more than a year to set up retail stores, personal use (in Colorado and Washington) and home cultivation (in Colorado, which includes giving away of up to six plants) were almost immediately legalized after the vote. Using marijuana in public, which remains illegal under these new laws, has increased conspicuously in both states. Also, a brand-new marijuana industry selling candies, cookies, waxes, sodas, and other marijuana items has exploded—and with it a powerful lobby to fight any sensible regulation. Though it is still early—the full effects on mental health and educational outcomes, for example, will take many more years to fully develop—these “experiments” in legalization and commercialization are not succeeding by any measure. Colorado now leads the country in past-month marijuana use by youth, with Washington not much further behind. Other states that have since legalized marijuana occupy 4th place (District of Columbia) and 5th place (Oregon). States with lax “medical marijuana” laws occupy 2nd and 3rd place (Vermont and Rhode Island, respectively). Additionally, as explained in greater detail below, the laws have had significant negative impacts on public health and safety, such as: • Rising rates of pot use by minors • Increasing arrest rates of minors, especially black and Hispanic children • Higher rates of traffic deaths from driving while high • More marijuana-related poisonings and hospitalizations • A persistent black market that may now involve increased Mexican cartel activity in Colorado The federal government, through the Department of Justice (DOJ), announced it would initially take a hands-off approach to state implementation of legalization, instead promising to track eight specific consequences—from youth marijuana use to use on public lands—and determine action later. So far, however, neither the federal nor state authorities have implemented a robust public tracking system for these criteria. This failure led the U.S. Government Accountability Office (GAO) to criticize DOJ in 2016 for not appropriately monitoring and documenting legalization outcomes. As of the date of this publication, there has been no word from the Department of Justice about state marijuana program compliance with any of the eight criteria it identified. Quietly, however, state agencies such as the Colorado Department of Public Safety, have released very negative updates on marijuana data and other indicators. In the meantime, the promises of tax revenue windfalls and decreased crime have not materialized. Pot tax revenue comprises a tiny fraction of the Colorado state budget— less than one percent—and after costs of enforcement are subtracted, the remaining revenue is very limited. Some Colorado school districts, such as Denver's, have not seen a single dollar of new funding from state pot taxes. And in Washington, half of the marijuana tax money legalization advocates promised for prevention and schools has been siphoned off into the state's general fund. Details: Alexandria, VA: SAM, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: https://learnaboutsam.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/SAM-report-on-CO-and-WA-issued-31-Oct-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 145017

Author: Fredericksen, Allyson Title: Debtors' Prisons Redux: How Legal Loopholes Let Courts Across the Country Criminalize Poverty Summary: Across the country, poverty itself has become a crime. A $150 traffic ticket can result in thousands of dollars in court-related debt, years in the criminal justice system, and even incarceration for those unable to pay. In the wake of the Great Recession, many state and local courts throughout the country have created debtors' prisons by using excessive fines and fees, private collection companies, and the threat of jail to collect from defendants. Many defendants are low-income and have committed offenses as minor as unpaid parking tickets. This resurgence of debtors' prisons is prohibited by the 14th amendment; it's unconstitutional to imprison individuals for debts they cannot pay. However, court systems across the country have found legal loopholes to effectively jail people for inability to pay and in some states, even restrict the voting rights of individuals too poor to pay off their criminal debt. This policy brief examines the increasingly common practice of county and municipal courts charging exorbitant fees and financial penalties against those who receive traffic citations and other low-level criminal infractions and the devastating effects this practice has on low-income racial and ethnic minorities, their families and their communities. Poor people face serious legal and financial consequences solely due to inability to pay, resulting in a two-tiered justice system. This report refers to the myriad of court-imposed costs, monetary sanctions and resulting debt as legal financial obligations, or LFOs. Many communities and organizations are working to fight back against this criminalization of poverty, and others are in a strong position to join the fight. Additionally, though, policy tools like limiting the amount of fees that can be added to citations, regulating debt collection companies, and preventing local governments from relying on revenue from fines and fees. Details: Seattle, WA: Alliance for a Justice Society, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: http://allianceforajustsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Debtors-Prisons-Redux-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 145771

Author: Pape, Robert Title: The American face of ISIS: Analysis of ISIS-related terrorism in the US: March 2014-August 2016 Summary: The Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) is mobilising sympathisers in the US at rates much higher than seen for previous terrorist groups, including al-Qaeda. To understand this new American face of ISIS, the Chicago Project on Security and Threats (CPOST) study examined 112 cases of individuals who perpetrated ISIS-related offences, were indicted by the US Justice Department for such offences, or both, in the US between March 2014 and August 2016. This is the first comprehensive analysis of ISIS-related cases to examine the profiles of indictees overall, as well as to identify characteristics associated with each of the offence types. The findings are striking, and provide a valuable contribution to understanding the contemporary face of ISIS-related terrorism in the US. Details: Barton ACT, Australia: Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://www.aspi.org.au/publications/the-american-face-of-isis-analysis-of-isis-related-terrorism-in-the-us-march-2014august-2016/ASPI_CPOST_ISIS_Indictees.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: ISIS Shelf Number: 145772

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nevada Title: Unlocking Solitary Confinement: Ending Extreme Isolation in Nevada State Prisons Summary: In several states, including Colorado, New Mexico, New York, and Texas, advocates have released comprehensive reports on state use of solitary confinement. These reports enable advocates and lawmakers to better understand and reform the often hidden practice of solitary confinement. In Colorado, for example, a report contributed to the ban on isolation among juveniles as well as reforms that drastically decreased the use of solitary confinement on adults. For several years, the ACLU of Nevada (ACLUNV) and other advocates worked with lawmakers to end the use of isolation in Nevada. In 2013, Nevada lawmakers passed Senate Bill (SB) 107, a reform bill that limited the segregation of children and mandated a legislative study of its use on adults. The ACLUNV brought in leading forensic psychiatrist and solitary confinement expert Dr. Terry Kupers to offer the state some guidance on the issue. However, the resulting study was incomplete, due to the NDOC’s datakeeping practices. In 2015, the ACLUNV, Solitary Watch, and the Nevada Disability Advocacy & Law Center reached out directly to those who could speak most intimately on the use of solitary in Nevada—the incarcerated themselves. We mailed surveys to 749 people in prison and received 281 complete responses from individuals currently serving a sentence in a correctional facility or conservation camp in Nevada. Over 40 percent of the completed surveys were from men held in Ely State Prison (ESP). Those held in Northern Nevada Correctional Center (NNCC) and Lovelock Correctional Center (LCC) each constituted 11 percent of the surveys, and 15 percent of the surveys came from High Desert State Prison (HDSP). The vast majority of respondents were male, with responses from just twenty incarcerated women. On average, respondents were 42 years old, ranging in age from 21 to 72. Over half (55 percent) indicated that they were currently in segregation and almost all others had once been in segregation. On average, respondents reported that they spent 2.6 years in segregation and 47.7 percent reported that they had been in segregation three or more times during their current prison stay. The majority reported that their segregation was administrative (68.2 percent) or disciplinary (66.2 percent) and the majority were in maximum custody (47 percent). Twenty-nine percent of respondents indicated they had some type of disability. Of those who did indicate a disability, 27 percent did not specify a type of disability, 21 percent specified a type of mental health disability, 12 percent indicated they had a mental health disability but did not specify what type, one individual indicated a neurological disability (epilepsy), almost 30 percent indicated a physical disability, and 8.5 percent indicated that they had both a physical and mental disability Details: Las Vegas: ACLU of Nevada, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://www.aclunv.org/sites/default/files/aclunv_unlocking_solitary_confinement_report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disability Shelf Number: 145778

Author: Martin, Karin D. Title: Shackled to Debt: Criminal Justice Financial Obligations and the Barriers to Re-entry They Create Summary: The authors discuss the long-term and unintended consequences of criminal justice financial obligations (CJFOs): fines, forfeiture of property, court fees, supervision fees, and restitution. The authors find that CJFOs are imposed at multiple stages of justice involvement, generating complexities that are difficult to navigate for both individuals and system actors alike. Additionally, financial sanctions are usually imposed without regard for individuals' ability to pay, and yet failure to pay can trigger additional monetary and criminal sanctions. This means that relatively minor initial infractions can result in large debt accrual and escalating involvement in criminal justice systems. Current systems of criminal justice financial obligations can also generate perverse incentives for justice-involved individuals - who may forego pursuing long-term sustainability in favor of being able to pay off their criminal justice debt quickly – and for system actors. Probation and parole officers, for example, may find that their ability to foster trust and positive behavior change in the lives of those they supervise is compromised by the role of debt collector. Consequences of criminal justice debt can undermine post-incarceration re-entry goals such as finding stable housing, transportation and employment. Failure to achieve these goals is costly not only for justice-involved individuals, but also in terms of public safety outcomes. To address the complexity, perverse incentives, and individual and social costs of CJFOs, the report presents recommendations in seven areas: (1) Factor in ability to pay when assessing CJFOs; (2) Eliminate “poverty penalties” (e.g. interest, application fees for payment plans, late fees, incarceration for failure to meet payments); (3) Implement alternatives to monetary sanctions where appropriate (i.e. community service); (4) Provide amnesty for people currently in debt due to CJFOs; (5) Deposit any CJFOs that are collected into a trust fund for the express purpose of rehabilitation for people under supervision; (6) Establish an independent commission in each jurisdiction to evaluate the consequences of CJFOs; and (7) Relieve probation, parole, and police officers of the responsibility of collecting debt. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: New Thinking in Community Corrections, no. 4: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/249976.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 140932

Author: Feinberg, Matthew Title: Extreme Protest Tactics Reduce Popular Support for Social Movements Summary: Social movements are critical agents of change that vary greatly in both tactics and popular support. Prior work shows that extreme protest tactics - actions that are highly counter-normative, disruptive, or harmful to others, including inflammatory rhetoric, blocking traffic, and damaging property - are effective for gaining publicity. However, we find across three experiments that extreme protest tactics decreased popular support for a given cause because they reduced feelings of identification with the movement. Though this effect obtained in tests of popular responses to extreme tactics used by animal rights, Black Lives Matter, and anti-Trump protests (Studies 1-3), we found that self-identified political activists were willing to use extreme tactics because they believed them to be effective for recruiting popular support (Studies 4a & 4b). The activist's dilemma - wherein tactics that raise awareness also tend to reduce popular support - highlights a key challenge faced by social movements struggling to affect progressive change. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto - Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2911177 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Protest Movements Shelf Number: 145789

Author: Fredericksen, Allyson Title: Disenfranchised by Debt: Millions Impoverished By Prison, Blocked From Voting Summary: While most people over the age of 18 in the United States are guaranteed the right to vote, those with felony convictions who have served their sentence face a variety of barriers to voting, including, in many states, the requirement that they pay any outstanding fines and fees owed to the courts. This practice amounts to limiting the right to vote based on ability to pay - in essence, a poll tax. These fines and fees, called legal financial obligations (LFOs) can include those attached to a conviction or citation, or they can be from expenses accrued during incarceration - like the cost of laundry service. LFOs can also include interest accrued from the original fines and fees during incarceration or during repayment. There are 30 states that require all LFOs be paid in order for people with conviction records to regain the right to vote. While some of these states, like Connecticut, explicitly state that payment of LFOs is required to regain the right to vote, other states, like Kansas, require that probation be completed - which is contingent upon payment of all legal financial obligations. Additionally, some states include explicit language on LFOs in disenfranchisement laws and also have mechanisms that extend probation and/or parole if such fines and fees are left unpaid. Such a system not only allows those with means to pay off their debts to regain the right to vote earlier than those who cannot afford such payment, but it also perpetuates income and race-based inequality. People of color are more likely to be arrested, charged, and convicted, receive harsher sentences, and are more likely to be low-income than are their white counterparts, so are disproportionately impacted by a system that requires payment of LFOs to regain the right to vote after incarceration. Ending criminal disenfranchisement would be the best way to avoid the abuses and bureaucracies that limit voting rights for those with court debt. Short of that, there are a number of reforms that states could immediately implement to remove ability to pay as a barrier to voting. These reforms include eliminating both explicit and de facto LFO disenfranchisement for those who would otherwise be eligible to regain the right to vote; establishing clear criteria for determining ability to pay and adjusting total legal financial obligations or removing LFO repayment as a requirement for voting for those found unable to pay; and automatically registering anyone with a conviction record who becomes eligible to vote. Details: Seattle, WA: Alliance For A Just Society, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: http://allianceforajustsociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Disenfranchised-by-Debt-FINAL-3.8.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court-Related Debt Shelf Number: 150547

Author: Cole, Christine M. Title: The Collaborative Reform Initiative Process: Experiences of Selected Sites Summary: Since the launch of the Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA) in 2011, interest in and support for this approach to improving trust between police agencies and the communities they serve has grown significantly. As of the writing of this report, 16 law enforcement agencies have been launched as CRI-TA sites. Given this increase in participation and investment, the COPS Office and others are interested in understanding how participating jurisdictions experience the Collaborative Reform process. This study compares and contrasts how the CRI-TA process unfolded across sites in order to shed light on elements that were similar, elements that differed, things that worked well, and areas in need of improvement. The sites reviewed in this report are the Las Vegas (Nevada) Metropolitan Police Department, Spokane (Washington) Police Department, Philadelphia (Pennsylvania) Police Department, Saint Louis County (Missouri) Police Department, Fayetteville (North Carolina) Police Department, Salinas (California) Police Department, and Calexico (California) Police Department. Oneon-one and group interviews were conducted across an array of stakeholders, including representatives from three key groups: (1) COPS Office staff (both current and former), (2) technical assistance (TA) providers and their subject matter expert (SME) partners, and (3) police agency personnel. In addition to speaking with key stakeholders, the team from the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) reviewed available documents that could shed some light on the CRI-TA process. The specific methodology and associated limitations are discussed in the text. What is working well Overall, sites typically found that the intense, time-limited assessment process and resultant findings and recommendations served as a catalyst for change and gave participating departments direction. Sites generally felt that the findings in their respective assessment reports were fair and accurate and that the recommendations were reasonable and feasible, although there were some exceptions. The flexibility of the CRI-TA program and its ability to be tailored for diverse local contexts were also identified as positive elements. Additionally, we heard repeatedly of the legitimizing effect of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ)'s involvement. Sites reflected that in many instances they were aware of the work their department needed to do, but having the federal government as the source brought enhanced credibility. Several stakeholders mentioned that the voluntary nature of Collaborative Reform makes a participating police agency appear proactive about reforms and organizational transformation, unlike being forced to make reforms through a consent decree or settlement with the DOJ. Perceptions of collaboration There was no consensus on what collaboration means in the context of CRI-TA. We heard varying responses from stakeholders regarding which of the involved entities were actually the collaborators, including the participating police agency, the community, the local city or county government, the COPS Office, and the TA providers. We also heard varying responses on which points during the multiyear process should and should not be collaborative efforts. Furthermore, a number of people also noted that the meaning of collaboration has shifted since the Initiative’s formal launch in early 2012. The extent of collaboration between the TA team and the site representatives was generally deemed strong at the earlier sites, but some felt it has been decreasing at the later sites. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0835-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 150546

Author: Collins, Megan Title: Assessment of the Collaborative Reform Initiative in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department: A Catalyst for Change Summary: The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) at the U.S. Department of Justice launched the Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA) in 2012 with the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) as the first site. Under CRI-TA, law enforcement agencies facing significant issues that may impact public trust undergo a comprehensive assessment, are provided with recommendations on how to address those issues, and receive technical assistance to implement such recommendations. Over two years have passed since LVMPD’s final CRITA report was published in May of 2014 and formal oversight was complete. The COPS Office granted the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at Community Resources for Justice an award to assess the extent to which the reforms that were borne of CRI-TA have had an impact and have been sustained since the formal partnership ended. This report reflects the findings of a nine-month assessment of LVMPD which examined existing data from LVMPD and collected input from 74 individuals within the Department representing a range of ranks and perspectives. In sum, we found that the CRI-TA has been an important catalyst for meaningful and sustained change at the LVMPD. The message and priorities of Collaborative Reform have permeated the entire Department, as the over 70 members of the Department with whom we spoke were generally supportive of the reforms and the work that was done under CRI-TA. Use of force was a key component of the CRI-TA in Las Vegas and the overall sentiment was that the culture of LVMPD related to use of force has evolved positively since the beginning of the CRI-TA process. In addition, the Department has made positive progress in the level of transparency around officer involved shootings. It is also clear that LVMPD is continuing to make genuine and authentic efforts to engage, communicate, and develop personal relationships with a vast cross-section of the community. While some of the changes were underway prior to CRI-TA, CRI-TA provided additional support and motivation to build upon and strengthen such changes. The LVMPD is focused on being a learning organization. They learn from experience and strive continuously to improve. Once the formal monitoring phase of CRI-TA was completed, the Department not only remained committed to the changes, they continued to further advance the work that was started under CRI-TA. Based on our review of materials, content, and interviews, all provided by LVMPD, it is evident that the Department has been committed to proactively and continuously improving, while supporting officers' and community perspectives. We believe that CRI-TA has been a vehicle for organizational transformation, which does not happen overnight and any change in the culture of a police department takes time. Indeed, LVMPD had embarked on a path of reform in 2010 and the Department’s participation in Collaborative Reform starting in 2012 further advanced and strengthened their efforts. Specific key findings are: 1. The Department has made notable and sustained efforts to make progress toward verbal and tactical de-escalation 2. The Department has made impressive progress toward increased transparency and increased information sharing around officer involved shootings (OIS) and use of force (UOF). 3. The Department has continued to make efforts to engage with the community in authentic ways. 4. The number of OIS has declined notably since the start of CRI-TA (a 36 percent reduction from 25 OIS in 2010 to 16 in 2015). However, study of OIS data over the past two decades demonstrates little long term change in the annual average number of OIS, despite year-to-year variation. 5. There has been no discernable impact on the number of officer injuries. However, the share of injured officers seeking hospital treatment has increased in recent years. The reasons for this increase are unclear as it could be the result of more serious injuries or changes in how injuries and hospital treatment are documented. 6. Strong leadership on the part of the Sheriff, both Sheriff Lombardo and Sheriff Gillespie, has been a critical factor in making many of the positive changes possible. 7. Because Department leadership has worked to ensure that individuals at all levels of LVMPD feel commitment and a sense of ownership, there are high hopes for sustainability. 8. Because the Department has instituted sophisticated systems of review related to OIS that can trigger changes in policy, training, and operations, there are high hopes for sustainability Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services , 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0834-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 145321

Author: Harrison, Linda Title: Evaluation of the Youthful Offender System (YOS) in Colorado: A report of findings per C.R.S. 18-1.3-407(10)(b) Summary: In 2016, The Colorado Division of Criminal Justice undertook a semiannual evaluation of the Department of Correction's Youthful Offender System. This report presents recidivism rates and a broad picture of the operations of YOS as observed from the perspective of the residents, staff, and managers. Division researchers surveyed staff (with 68% response rate) and residents (with a 97% response rate), conducted interviews with YOS staff and officials, and analyzed data provided by DOC. From multiple data collection efforts, various themes emerged to answer the research questions that guided the study. Summary Overall, the YOS operations are generally consistent with statute and likely represent the intent of the drafters of the original YOS legislation. However, the data collected for this evaluation occurred at a time of considerable organizational change at YOS. Concerns about the lack of consequences for negative behavior have resulted in a new emphasis on accountability by the administration, of both staff and residents. As with prior evaluation findings, education/vocational training is valued by both staff and residents; over 80% of residents said they would choose YOS again because of these opportunities. YOS administrators continue to expand the programming, and these improvements should continue as space becomes available in the multipurpose building (scheduled for completion in the spring of 2017). The average age at intake increased between 2006 and 2013, which was to be expected due to changes in 2010 statute that removed most juveniles ages 14 and 15 from direct file consideration and the 2009 statutory modification that extended the age of sentencing to include 19 and 20 year olds. Between 2013 and 2015 the age of YOS intakes remained very stable at approximately 18.8 years, but a slight increase has been observed in 2016. This is likely to continue with the advent of Senate Bill 15-182, allowing the transfer of offenders up to age 24 from DOC to YOS. The majority of YOS staff (80.2%) reported that they consistently see themselves as role models, and another 17.5% saw themselves as role models "sometimes." With a strong staff and administration, and the continued expansion of programs and activities, YOS is positioned to positively impact the lives of many offenders. The proportion of offenders successfully completing their sentence at YOS has remained around 90.0% over the past three years. The 2-year felony reconviction rate after program completion is 25.7%, and only 11.7% were reconvicted of a violent felony crime within 2 years. These are very positive outcomes, especially given the very serious nature of the YOS population. Recommendations 1. The average age of incoming YOS participants has been increasing as a result of statutory modifications regarding YOS eligibility. YOS intakes are now, on average, nearly 19 years old. YOS administrators should continue their efforts, currently underway, to examine existing educational programming and staffing to ensure that it is relevant to an older population. In addition, over one-third (38.2%) of YOS intakes in 2016 were functionally illiterate, reflecting the need for a wide range of educational programming necessary to meet the needs of this older population. Additionally, YOS administrators should continue its efforts to expand programming related to parenting since many of the YOS residents are parents of young children. This includes exploring ways to expand parent/family engagement opportunities. 2. The recent turnover of management staff at YOS has resulted in an organization in transition. Administrators should make every effort to communicate their vision and expectations to line and program staff to ensure that staff morale and the YOS program mission are not compromised as YOS evolves. 3. Efforts to fill the vacant mental health position must be prioritized by YOS administrators. This recommendation was made in 2012, 2014 and now again in 2016. This is a critically important position, and survey comments from staff and residents reflect a broad recognition of this gap in services. Administrators should work with human resource officials to identify ways to attract qualified and committed applicants. 4. Concerns about gang activity were voiced by both staff and residents. The current review of YOS programming by DOC administrators as it relates to gang activity should continue, and the historical practice of not recognizing gang-related behavior (described in the 2014 YOS evaluation report) should be reconsidered. Considerable research exists regarding gang intervention programming, and this material should be reviewed and incorporated into new programming at YOS. 5. Programming for the women continues to challenge YOS administrators despite ongoing efforts to improve services for this population. With the upcoming completion of the multipurpose building, efforts should focus on expanding the women's access to programming and recreational activities. 6. The YOS management team should continue its work building and maintaining excellent relationships with community stakeholder employers who assist with job fairs, resume/interview skills, and hiring. 7. YOS administrators should carefully document the outcomes of the new "youth transfers" pursuant to Senate Bill 15-182. This bill allows for the identification and placement of certain individuals who were directly sentenced to prison to be placed in YOS if DOC administrators believe they could benefit from the program. Details: Denver: Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: http://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2016-12_YOSRpt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Systems Shelf Number: 146288

Author: Copple, James E. Title: Gender, Sexuality, and 21st Century Policing: Protecting the Rights of the LGBTQ+ Community Summary: The Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) today announced the release of Gender, Sexuality, and 21st Century Policing: Protecting the Rights of the LGBTQ+ Community. The report is a summary of the July 2016 forum hosted in partnership with Strategic Applications International (SAI) in which law enforcement leaders and members of LGBTQ+ advocacy groups came together to discuss the relationship between law enforcement and the LGBTQ+ community. The forum was centered around recommendations from the Final Report of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing, specifically those related to search and seizure procedures for members of the LGBTQ+ and transgender populations and the adoption of policies prohibiting profiling and discrimination. Participants offered suggestions to update current and develop new policies related to recruitment, hiring, training, communications, and outreach. “I commend the participants of the Gender, Sexuality, and 21st Century Policing forum for their willingness to provide insight into the sometimes challenging relationships between members of the LGBTQ+ community and law enforcement,” said COPS Office Director Ronald Davis. “It is the responsibility of all those sworn to serve and protect, to do just that – serve and protect all of the nation’s populations. This report offers thoughtful recommendations to help bridge the gap and improve relationships and trust between these two groups.” The report offers recommendations related to data collection and analysis; policy development and implementation; policy implementation audits and evaluation; community access and partnerships; recruitment and internal support for LGBTQ+ officers; and officer education and training. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0837-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 141036

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: The Effects of COPS Office Funding on Sworn Force Levels, Crime, and Arrests. Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity Design Summary: Crime is a major social problem, with social costs in developed countries equivalent to as much as 10 percent of GDP (Anderson 1999; Entorf and Spenger 2002; Ludwig 2006). But controlling crime also imposes costs on society, a problem that has become of growing concern within the United States following the dramatic rise in incarceration rates over the past 40 years. Moreover, both of these problems—crime (especially violent crime) and crime control—are very regressive in their direct impacts. For example, African Americans represent 13 percent of the total population in the United States but account for nearly 50 percent of homicide victims and nearly 40 percent of all state prisoners. The persistence of high levels of violent crime in disadvantaged urban areas, together with the substantial social harms of incarceration, have led to a surge of policy interest in alternative ways to control crime. Unfortunately, there are few alternative strategies that have much rigorous empirical support for their effectiveness—and for those that do, few have been shown to work at large scale. Indeed, the frequently-cited 'proven' programs tend to rely on either changes to how government agencies work, or on fairly specialized inputs, both of which raise challenges for scale-up. This paper presents new evidence about one particularly promising approach to controlling crime that does not rely (at least directly) on incarceration and, unlike many other approaches, would seem to be relatively easy to scale: hiring more police. The canonical economic model of crime from Becker (1968) predicts that police deter criminal behavior by increasing the expected costs of punishment to potential. Police may also reduce crime by making arrests that result in the incarceration and hence incapacitation of active offenders, or by engaging in preventive problem-solving activities. While the offenders. Police may also reduce crime by making arrests that result in the incarceration and hence incapacitation of active offenders, or by engaging in preventive problem-solving activities. While the United States has increased spending on police over the past several decades, the growth in police per capita pales in comparison to the growth in corrections expenditures (Cook and Ludwig 2011). The prospect of diminishing marginal returns raises the possibility of shifting resources away from imprisonment towards police to reduce crime at no extra cost. And one thing that almost every police department in the country knows how to do is hire more police. Yet the effects of additional police spending in the United States remain uncertain. A blue-ribbon panel convened by the National Academy of Sciences to examine the evidence on policing was agnostic about whether police spending has any systematic relationship with crime (Skogan and Frydl 2004). Many leading criminologists tend to be more negative. For example, policing expert Lawrence Sherman has argued, “The weight of the research shows that the effect of police on crime depends heavily on what police actually do, rather than how many are on the payroll” (2002, p. 385). However, studying this question is not empirically straightforward. One key challenge, as Chalfin and McCrary (forthcoming) show, is overcoming measurement error in the key explanatory variable of interest (police per capita). Another challenge is the problem of identification, which stems from the possibility that the number of police in an area may be both cause and consequence of local crime rates (Fisher and Nagin 1978). In this paper we present new estimates for the effects on crime from adding more police, which we believe have an unusually strong claim to identification. Specifically, we take advantage of a regression discontinuity (RD) design created by the U.S. Department of Justice’s COPS Hiring Program (CHP) in 2009.5 That year, the COPS Office received over $8 billion worth of requests for the roughly $1 billion of funds available, under an expanded version of the CHP called the COPS Hiring Recovery Program (CHRP). Proposals were scored based on a formula related to local crime rates and budget conditions, and for the most part funded in descending rank order until funding ran out.6 We use this discontinuity in police spending across jurisdictions to look for similar discontinuities in crime and, to determine whether deterrence is a key mechanism, on overall arrest rates as well. 5 Operated by the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), the program awards grants to state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies for the hiring of full-time sworn officers. 6 Several complications to this system were introduced by efforts to ensure adequate funding to each state and to police agencies of differing size. We discuss these features of the scoring system and their implication for our analysis later in the paper. We show that the CHP grant competition increased the size of police forces in 2009 relative to 2007– 2008 by almost 2 percent in jurisdictions with scores near the funding threshold, though our estimates are statistically insignificant and of smaller magnitude in later years. We also find suggestive evidence that this discontinuity in police spending led to declines in total Uniform Crime Report (UCR) Part 1 offenses relative to 2007–2008 of approximately 5 percent from 2010–2012. Finally, we find some evidence that arrests decreased in 2010 among funding recipients, consistent with the conclusion reached by Owens (2013) that deterrence or some other preventive policing activities may be a key mechanism. Because these results do not take into account subsequent rounds of CHP funding in 2010– 2012, they are likely to understate the effects of policing grants on crime. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0827-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 141037

Author: Davis, Robert C. Title: Effects of SB1636 on Processing and Dispositions of Sexual Assault Cases in Texas Summary: The purpose of this study is to determine the impact of SB1636 upon reporting and processing of sexual assault cases in Texas. Texas was one of the first states to enact legislation mandating universal DNA testing of sexual assault kits (SAKs). In addition to requiring testing of SAKs in all cases going forward, the 2011 statute also required law enforcement agencies across the state to report how many SAKs remained untested in their custody by October 15, 2011, and to submit all such evidence connected to an active criminal case to the Department of Public Safety (DPS) or another accredited public laboratory. DPS, in turn, was tasked with developing DNA profiles and uploading them to the state and federal DNA databases to determine if a link could be found to an offender or to another case. The Police Foundation in collaboration with partners National Center for Victims of Crime and the Joyful Heart Foundation assessed the impact of Texas Senate Bill 1636 with funds from the Communities Foundation of Texas. We sought to determine the extent to which the policy of testing all SAKs is producing the benefits expected by advocates such as increased reporting of sexual assaults; increased identification of serial offenders, and increased rates for arrest, prosecution, and conviction. We also examined strains on the criminal justice system that result from (a) testing previously untested SAKs from cases arising prior to August, 2011 and (b) universal testing of all SAKs going forward. The assessment used a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods at both state and local levels to assess the impacts of the Texas universal testing law. At the state level, we worked with DPS and state DNA laboratories to examine trends over time in criminal justice indicators (arrests, prosecutions, and convictions), state lab workloads and efficiency, and number of serial rapists identified. We also examined the result of DNA testing for the archival cases – the proportion that resulted in CODIS hits and the proportion of those hits that were useful in investigations. At the local level, we collected descriptive statistics on sexual assault case characteristics and criminal justice system outcomes, including arrests, charge filings, and convictions. Anecdotal accounts suggested that the impact of the universal testing law varied across different municipalities according to the size of SAK backlogs and previous policies regarding testing. In our research, therefore, we examined the experiences of four cities in Texas (Dallas, Fort Worth, Arlington, and Austin) that each had had different experiences with implementing the universal testing law. We supplemented the quantitative data with interviews with sexual assault detectives, prosecutors, advocates and state and local laboratory administrators. Principal findings from the study included the following: • We did not find an impact of SB1636 on reporting or arrests in sexual assault cases statewide or in the four study sites. We did not see any evidence that SB1636 increased the number of sexual assault cases reported in Texas, the proportion of cases resulting in arrest, or the proportion of court cases resulting in conviction. Sexual assault reports and arrests trended gradually downward over the period of time we studied (both statewide and in the three local counties examined). Arrest and conviction rates were essentially flat during the time period. Of course, there are many confounding factors, other than SB1636, that may have influenced these trends over this period of time. In this case, however, our analyses suggest that SB1636 has not affected sexual assault reports or arrests. • While DPS received over 19,000 archived SAKs from law enforcement agencies across the state, the kits have come from just 156 of the 2,100 agencies in Texas. SB1636 did not contain provisions for enforcement of the requirement to submit kits untested at the time the law took effect in August/2011. Fortunately, the largest agencies in the state have submitted archived SAKs for testing. While many of the smaller agencies may see few sexual assault cases, and the smallest may not see any, the numbers suggest that compliance with this provision of SB1636 was low. • The impact of SB1636 on workloads so far has varied among various parts of local criminal justice systems. The requirement of SB1636 that all current SAKs be tested is having a significant impact on the workloads of local and state DNA labs, less on local police, and least on prosecutors. The requirement that archived SAKs be tested is starting to have a significant effect on police agencies, but (so far) minimal effect on district attorney workloads. Looking across sites, we see similarities in how they have adapted to SB1636. First of all, the heaviest burden of SB1636 has fallen on local crime labs. The requirement that all kits going forward be tested coincided with substantial increases in lab workloads and turnaround time. (The exact amount of the increase due to SB1636 is hard to determine because of other confounding factors including trends toward more DNA evidence being collected in sexual assault cases by SANEs and a statute requiring DNA testing of all evidence in capital cases.) Fort Worth and Dallas have had to adopt new methods of prioritizing cases as turnaround time has increased to unacceptably high levels. The Arlington Police Department switched local DNA labs to reduce the higher costs it was experiencing as a result of the increase in samples tested. Sexual assault investigator workloads have also been affected by SB1636 mainly through the requirement that older untested kits be submitted for laboratory analysis. This is true both because of the effort required in the process of inventorying pre-August/2011 kits and because of the time needed to review cases, contact victims, and investigate cases where CODIS hits are returned. Only Arlington, which has not yet had CODIS hits returned, has escaped much of this work temporarily. Being the furthest downstream, prosecutors have been least affected by SB1636, either from the requirement that pre-August/2011 cases be tested or that all sexual assault cases be tested going forward. • So far, it looks like roughly 10% of CODIS hits, or 1-5% of all pre-August/2011 cases submitted by local agencies for DNA testing have resulted in an arrest. We expect that there will be convictions in most of the arrest cases. The testing process for the cohort of pre-August/2011 SAKs is well advanced in Dallas and in Fort Worth. In both of these cities, we were able to calculate initial estimates of the proportion of CODIS hits from the cohort that result in arrest. In Fort Worth, it was 14%, in Dallas 4%. These are not final figures and, even in Dallas and Fort Worth, it is too early to estimate prosecutions and convictions stemming from these SAKs. In Austin, CODIS hits have just recently started coming back and in Arlington they will still be a while in coming. A new grant from the National Institute of Justice will allow us to continue to track the CODIS hits and determine the number of cases in which serial rapists are identified and the number that result in convictions over the next year and a half. • Overall, criminal justice officials support universal testing requirement of SB1636 In general, criminal justice officials spoke in positive terms about the statute. This was especially true of prosecutors, who believed that the SB1636 would result in more identification of serial rapists and more convictions. Of course, prosecutors are also the group of officials whose workload is least affected by the statute. Some police investigators felt that the law went too far in taking away from police the discretion not to test in cases where testing was not probative – cases in which a consensual defense was mounted, cases in which a guilty plea had already been entered, or cases in which victims refused to cooperate. Some officials supportive of the law also argued that jurisdictions ought to receive state funds to cover the increased costs they were experiencing. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/PF_Effects-of-SB1636-on-Processing-and-Dispositions-of-Sexual-Assault-Cases-in-Texas_2.8.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 141038

Author: Police Foundation Title: A Review of the Baltimore Police Department's Use of Persistent Surveillance Summary: The U.S. has seen an increase in violent crime in many of its largest cities. So too, has it risen in Baltimore, MD where homicides rose 63% between 2014 and 2015. 1 Like their counterparts in other cities, Baltimore Police Department (BPD) leaders are intent on addressing violent crime and have struggled to find sufficient resources to do so. An innovative, experimental strategy they employed was "persistent surveillance." This is the use of aerial photographic systems that cover large areas over extended periods of time. In Baltimore, this took the form of a small plane outfitted with a series of cameras that flew 98 times, at an altitude of about 8,000 feet, for a total of 314 hours between January and August 2016. The program – named the "Baltimore Community Support Program" (BCSP) – is not currently operational pending an organizational determination of its effectiveness. It was intended to compliment BP'’s existing, and widely known "CitiWatch" land-based public surveillance camera program. At the same time the BPD was trying to control the rise in violent crime community tensions, which were exacerbated by the in-custody death of Freddie Gray on April 12, 2015. After Mr. Gray's death, community protests regarding police tactics ensued. In addition to the peaceful protests rioting by non-protestors took place. Similar protests occurred in other cities across the nation, fueling the debate about police use of force and legitimacy. Tensions in Baltimore were strained further, when, on August 10, 2016, the Department of Justice released the results of its civil rights investigation of the BPD. Soon after, Bloomberg News published a story of an experimental airborne persistent surveillance program being tested in Baltimore (the BCSP) aimed at reducing violent crime. That article, and subsequent media reports, highlighted the perceived secretiveness of the surveillance operation, further challenging delicate police-community relationships. BPD officials contend that the BCSP was never intended to be secretive. Consistently, they view it as an extension of, and compliment to, its CitiWatch program. In its limited review of the BCSP the Police Foundation found no evidence to contradict the BPD's position. It is more likely that the BPD’s perceived lack of candor was simply the result of bureaucratic misunderstanding relative to the clarity of the connection to the CitiWatch program and of what had been disclosed, and to whom and when it had been disclosed. While confusion and a lack of clarity contributed to the initial public perception that it was a secret program there appears to be a change in public opinion about it. Non-scientific polls by both the Baltimore Business Journal and the Baltimore Sun in mid-2016 indicated that a majority (82%) of the respondents were “comfortable” with the BCSP “as long as it’s keeping people safe” (Business Journal)6 and (79%)7 said that the BPD should not have disclosed the existence of the program if it put at-risk (Sun). A lack of programmatic data precludes a rigorous evaluation, or thorough analysis, of this program or its cost-effectiveness. However, from its limited review, the Police Foundation has concluded that persistent surveillance has the potential for increasing the clearance of crimes and reducing the cost of criminal investigations. Anecdotal information from BPD officers who have used BCSP data to investigate crimes reported that the BCSP was a helpful crime-fighting tool that saved them considerable investigative time. Furthermore, this is suggestive that trust and confidence in the police could also be elevated through this type of program – as along as adequate public understanding and support is present before the technology is employed. The Police Foundation concludes that persistent surveillance holds potential for helping solve crime and highly recommends that a rigorous evaluation of persistent surveillance be conducted before American policing employs it on a wide scale basis. Issues related to operational and cost effectiveness, organizational alignment, transparency, accountability public support and privacy should be examined. At a minimum, a guidebook should be developed to assist other departments if they choose to further explore or implement this technology. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/PF-Review-of-BCSP-Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cameras Shelf Number: 141039

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Gaming the System: Abuse and Influence Peddling in New Jersey's Used-Car Industry Summary: The sign out front says "New Jersey Dealers Auto Mall," but there are no dealers in sight, no mall to speak of and, most notably, no cars for sale.  Indeed, surrounded as it is by barbed‐ wired chain‐link fencing and an expanse of empty pavement sprouting weeds, the low brick structure that forms the centerpiece of this place has the feel of an abandoned factory or warehouse.    Even on a Saturday when business in the used‐car trade typically is brisk, the hundreds of small "dealer" cubicles packed in rows inside the main building are silent behind locked doors, no phones ringing, no sales personnel, no customers. But that's not to say nothing is going on here.  The State Commission of Investigation has found that, beneath a veneer of apparent legitimacy, this compound off East Commerce Street in Bridgeton, Cumberland County, is a sham that serves as the foundation for an amalgam of consumer and bank fraud, unpaid taxes,suspicious-financial transactions and other questionable, unscrupulous and possibly illegal activities.  The owner of record – an individual with familial and financial ties to members and associates of organized crime – leases space and provides other services to absentee tenants, enabling them to meet minimum requirements for obtaining official used‐car dealer licenses from the State of New Jersey.  Many actually are based elsewhere and conduct business from out‐of‐state locations, mainly in New York but as far away as California and Florida, where stricter licensing rules make it difficult, if not impossible, for them to qualify for certified dealer credentials. Known by the acronym NJDAM, the Bridgeton operation is the largest of 11 multi‐dealer "complexes" or "locations" (MDLs) identified by the Commission in New Jersey.  Over the years efforts have been undertaken to crack down on questionable and unscrupulous activity at these entities, most notably starting more than a decade ago when NJDAM was the target of a State Police investigation into allegations of consumer fraud and other untoward conduct by dealers with criminal records.    The findings of that inquiry, including sales of stolen vehicles with "washed" titles, misuse of dealer plates, forgery of official documents and other issues, prompted the state Motor Vehicle Commission (MVC) in 2006 to take action aimed at curtailing abuses by what it termed "phantom dealerships."  At the time, the agency boasted its new regulations not only would protect consumers but also would enhance security "essential to the collective fight against terrorism."  More recently, MVC investigators found additional violations at NJDAM and sought remedial action, including suspension and/or revocation of licenses held by various dealers registered there.    Ultimately, however, such efforts often fizzled with little positive effect.  That is because, over time, the MVC's role as a regulator of business in this corner of the used‐car world devolved into that of an enabler of some very troubling business as usual. During this investigation, the SCI found that the hundreds of dealers based at Bridgeton and at other MDLs exist and function largely beyond the reach of basic rules governing licensure and oversight of car dealer sin New Jersey.  Instead, they occupy a loosely regulated niche framed by a history of weak and inconsistent enforcement, aggressive legal challenges and bureaucratic receptiveness to behind‐the‐scenes pressure from Trenton lobbyists, including an individual who served for six years as Director of MVC's precursor, the New Jersey Division of Motor Vehicles.   In sworn testimony, MVC personnel assigned to the agency’s Business Licensing Services Bureau described circumstances in which efforts to scrutinize these dealers and enforceherence to official regulations were frustrated, delayed or derailed by questionable or inappropriate intervention.    Dealer license applications were ordered approved over the objections of line staff.    Violation notices were interfered with, lessened or waived.    In one instance, officials anxious to avoid litigation circumvented the MVC's statutory administrative rule‐making process, including the requirement for public comment, by crafting shadow regulations known internally as "alternative guidelines."    Less stringent than the officially adopted rules, these were used exclusively for matters involving multi‐dealer locations.    MVC officials also agreed to recognize clerical personnel of the landlord NJDAM as "employees" of each of its more than 300 tenant‐dealers.    These individuals could then be designated as on‐site business representatives, or "signatories," clearing the way for those dealers to transact business in absentia and thus thwart a central condition of state licensure.   This was allowed to occur even though, as NJDAM's office manager testified, it was plain that posing as an employee of the tenant‐ dealers was nothing but a ruse. Meanwhile, random on‐site inspections, routine for other kinds of vehicle dealerships in New Jersey, were set aside for those in MDLs.    They also were exempted from random examination and auditing of their current sales and transaction records, which must be kept in their offices and made available there for MVC review, a rule rendered moot in any event because they have been allowed to flagrantly misrepresent compliance with the MVC’s requirement that dealers be present at their licensed locations and open for business a minimum of 20 hours every week. Much of this occurred at the behest of MVC managers who took it upon themselves to effectuate what amounted to substantive policy and regulatory changes that benefited a narrow private interest – all without the knowledge or authorization of the agency’s Chief Administrator and governing Board.  In similar fashion, line personnel, including investigators responsible for regulatory enforcement, were left in the dark even when decisions affecting multi‐dealer locations impacted the performance of their jobs.  Thus, with the agency's top and lower ranks cut out at significant junctures on matters involving these dealers, the MVC essentially was a government entity run by mid‐level bureaucrats accountable to no one.       Besides calling into question the integrity and trustworthiness of the State's top motor‐ vehicle regulatory agency, the favored treatment given this narrow segment of the dealership community carried other deleterious consequences.  These include the untold cost of wasted time and resources of MVC investigators who, having devoted considerable work to identify and address regulatory violations, submitted enforcement recommendations only to see them ignored, reversed or summarily dismissed.  Moreover, the wholesale exemption of MDL dealers from the prevailing rules has distorted the commercial playing field by putting legitimate competitors around the State at an operational and economic disadvantage.  Perhaps the most egregious consequence of the events and circumstances detailed in this report, however, is that a range of consumer and other fraud and abuse was allowed to persist for years even after credible authorities had blown the whistle on it.   With regard to the future, the SCI is cognizant of significant changes occurring in the marketplace with the advent and proliferation of internet‐based car sales and other virtual means of transacting such business outside the conventional realm of showrooms and fixed‐lot vehicle inventories.  These new alternative business models carry the promise of efficiencies and savings for buyers and sellers alike.  But such innovation does not diminish the need for effective oversight, transparency and accountability.  If anything, given the loosely regulated world of e‐ commerce, it demands more.   One of the great gaps in oversight and accountability in the present case is that the ownership and operations of MDLs themselves – not the tenant‐dealers but the landlords, locations, etc. – are subject to no scrutiny or control by the MVC or any agency of government beyond municipal entities concerned primarily with local matters of zoning, building code and fire‐ and public‐safety compliance.  Ironically, although the MVC has become closely involved with New Jersey's largest MDL, the New Jersey Dealers Auto Mall, this has occurred primarily in response to pressure from that entity and its lobbyists to relax oversight and enforcement, not to increase it.   As the findings of this investigation amply demonstrate, that approach poorly serves the public interest, a conclusion the MVC itself had reached back in 2006 before largely retreating from its own efforts to bolster the State’s control in this area. The SCI also recognizes the need to strike a meaningful balance between proper and effective regulation of the State’s business community and legitimate efforts to sustain and spur economic development.   With regard to MDLs, this balance is thoroughly out of order.    For example, despite its founder's assurances that NJDAM would produce hundreds of jobs, it has employed a grand total of 25 individuals over the years, not including the owners' relatives. This outcome is unfortunate given the fact that Bridgeton is one of New Jersey's 32 designated Urban Enterprise Zones, which were created in an effort to revitalize economically distressed communities by providing businesses with tax breaks and other incentives to develop and create private‐sector jobs.    Furthermore, MDLs have become notorious as havens for unpaid taxes.   NJDAM’s used‐car tenant‐dealers lead the way on this score, accounting for more than $4.2 million – nearly half – of an estimated $10 million due to the New Jersey Division of Taxation from dealers registered at all of the State's MDLs. Based on the findings of this investigation, the SCI recommends a series of statutory and regulatory changes, outlined in detail at the conclusion of this report, to provide better oversight and control of individuals and entities engaged in commercial activity centered on the wholesaling and retailing of used vehicles.  To some extent, even the MVC itself seems to have finally recognized the need for action.  During the latter stages of this inquiry, for example, the agency proposed new regulations to limit access to temporary tags and dealer plates and to define and scrutinize who can act as an authorized signatory in a dealer's absence.  But these are only first steps toward achieving a broader base of necessary systemic reform in this area – an effort that, to be meaningful and effective, will require significant structural adjustments. Details: Trenton, NJ: The Commission, 2015. 178p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2017 at: http://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/SCI%20Cars%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Industry Shelf Number: 141040

Author: Clark, Heather Griller Title: Transition Toolkit 3.0: Meeting the Educational Needs of Youth Exposed to the Juvenile Justice System. Third edition Summary: The third edition of NDTAC's Transition Toolkit provides updated information on existing policies, practices, strategies, and resources for transition that build on field experience and research. The Toolkit offers practical information that enables State and local administrators, teachers, and service providers to provide high-quality transition services for youth moving into, through, and out of education programs within the juvenile justice (JJ) system. Because each State, jurisdiction, and facility addresses transition differently, no exact model can be replicated and applied. However, system-wide administrative processes, coordination efforts, strategies, and communication practices can improve a youth's experience in the JJ system and reentry into the community. The intent of the Toolkit is to highlight the processes and practices that focus primarily on the educational needs of these youth and those who directly provide education services. Organization of the Toolkit Section I of this document provides an introduction to and overview of the Transition Toolkit. Section II of this document briefly addresses the topic of transition across five areas: • The transition process for youth in the JJ system • The complexity of the JJ system • Characteristics of the population • Relevant transition literature and policies • Strategies for successful transitions Sections III–VI each addresses a distinct stage of transition: • Stage 1: Entry into the JJ system • Stage 2: Residence • Stage 3: Exit From Secure Care • Stage 4: Aftercare Each section provides strategies to improve the transition process at one of the four stages. Strategies specific to facilities, youth, families, and communities/systems are highlighted and examples are provided. Each section also includes pertinent resources, such as sample forms, protocols, and tools used at different stages of the transition process. Appendix A contains a self-study and planning document to guide program improvement at each stage of the transition process. Appendix B includes legal considerations related to transition. Appendix C provides additional information about transition-related requirements in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that are introduced in Section II. Appendix D summarizes Federal funding resources available to support transition programs. Appendix E features highlights of four transition-related programs around the country. Details: Washington, DC: National Evaluation and Technical Assistance Center for the Education of Children and Youth Who Are Neglected, Delinquent, or At Risk (NDTAC), 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://www2.ed.gov/students/prep/juvenile-justice-transition/transition-toolkit-3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 141047

Author: Coldren, James R. Chip, Jr. Title: Interim Final Report of the Philadelphia Police Department Summary: In June 2013, Commissioner Charles H. Ramsey of the Philadelphia Police Department (PPD) requested technical assistance from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) through the Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA). While Philadelphia was experiencing reductions in violent crime and assaults against the police, the city was also experiencing increases in fatal officer-involved shootings. Following Commissioner Ramsey’s retirement in January 2016, then-First Deputy Commissioner Richard Ross was appointed commissioner of the PPD. Under his tenure, the PPD continued the collaborative reform process as originally planned. CRI-TA provides law enforcement agencies in the United States with an option to closely assess emerging issues of concern that, if left unchecked, might develop into serious problems requiring extensive and expensive reform efforts. Through CRI-TA, independent organizations conduct assessments of the identified problems in a police agency and recommend reforms aimed at eliminating or substantially reducing the problems; they then monitor the police agency's implementation of those reforms for 12 to 18 months, helping to insure that the reforms have a lasting effect. Of the 16 law enforcement agencies that have participated in CRI-TA, the PPD is the largest law enforcement agency to participate to date. The PPD is the nation's fourth largest police department, with more than 6,600 sworn members and 800 civilian personnel. The PPD is the primary law enforcement agency responsible for serving Philadelphia County, extending over 140 square-miles in which approximately 1.5 million people reside. The goals of CRI-TA at the PPD included examining and reforming deadly force training, policies, and practices in the PPD and improving community involvement in these matters. The objectives of this assessment included the following: • Enhance training as it relates to officer and public safety in deadly force situations. • Improve the quality and transparency of deadly force investigations from both criminal and administrative standpoints. • Strengthen the use of force review process. • Institutionalize organizational learning processes and practices related to deadly force incidents. At the request of the COPS Office, CNA conducted a thorough assessment of trends and patterns in use of force and deadly use of force at the PPD as well as of training, policies, and practices pertaining to use of force and deadly force. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Collaborative Reform Initiative: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0838-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 141055

Author: Brunner, Margaret Title: Policing Issues in Garrison Communities Summary: One common theme presented by President Obama's Task Force on 21st Century Policing and other organizations has been that police agencies should adopt the mentality of serving as "guardians" of the community, not merely as "warriors" enforcing laws, in order to build trust and respect from community members. This warrior vs. guardian analogy presents an interesting challenge for police agencies located near military installations, in what are sometimes called "garrison communities." For police agencies that have a high proportion of military members in their community, there can be special considerations in protecting those whose mission is also to protect. These considerations create additional challenges and opportunities for police leaders. For example, military bases have been the locations of active shooter incidents. On April 2, 2014, an Army Specialist and veteran of the Iraq War stationed at Fort Hood, Texas opened fire on the base, killing three and injuring 14 others at various locations on the military base, before killing himself. The perpetrator of the shootings reportedly was seeking psychiatric treatment for anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder. Less than five years earlier, in November 2009, another mass shooting had been committed at Fort Hood, with 13 fatalities. There have been similar incidents at other military installations, including the September 2013 shooting at the headquarters of the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) in Washington, D.C., in which 12 people were killed, and the drive-by shooting at a recruiting center and a U.S. Navy Reserve center in Chattanooga, Tennessee, in which four Marines and a Navy sailor were killed. Enhanced partnerships, trainings, and memoranda of understanding (MOU) are necessary between military organizations and police agencies located near military facilities in order to effectively respond to such critical incidents and potentially prevent them from occurring in the future. Because active shooter incidents may summon emergency response from many agencies, and require immediate action by whichever law enforcement officers arrive first at the scene, police agencies have established mutual understandings about Incident Command Systems and shared protocols for responding to such incidents. Their goal is to ensure that, in a crisis where saving lives may be a matter of seconds, all responding agencies will already be on the same page in their immediate strategies and tactics, communications, equipment, and other elements of a response. In garrison communities, police agencies must have similar understandings with military organizations, just as they do with their neighboring police agencies, regarding active shooter incidents and other issues that may require joint responses. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Emerging Issues Series: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0825-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Military Facilities Shelf Number: 141056

Author: DeBacco, Dennis Title: State Progress in Record Reporting for Firearm-Related Background Checks: Fugitives from Justice Summary: Under the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act of 1993 (Brady Act), being a fugitive from justice prohibits a person from possessing or purchasing firearms. The Code of Federal Regulations defines a "fugitive from justice" as any person who has fled from any state to avoid prosecution for a felony or a misdemeanor; or any person who leaves the state to avoid giving testimony in any criminal proceeding. The term also includes any person who knows that misdemeanor or felony charges are pending against such person and who leaves the state of prosecution. Following passage of the Brady Act, the Department of Justice provided guidance for applying this prohibition. Accordingly, individuals with qualifying or prohibiting outstanding warrants in any state or federal database searched as a part of a firearms background check are ineligible to receive firearms from Federal Firearms Licensees (FFLs). As noted in this guidance, the FBI’s Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Division's National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) Section is not an adjudicative agency. Rather, it is tasked with making immediate administrative determinations about proposed firearm transfers in circumstances that do not permit the in-depth research necessary to determine whether the proposed transferee has fled a state. In order to meaningfully implement the Congressional mandate, the NICS Section relies on valid criminal warrants found in its supporting databases as a prima facie basis to apply a fugitive from justice prohibitor. When a firearm transfer request is submitted to the NICS Section, NICS queries its supporting databases. If the transferee's identification information matches a warrant record, the NICS Section does further research to confirm that the warrant is still active and that it is for either a criminal felony or non-traffic misdemeanor. If both these conditions are met, then NICS denies the transaction. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250533.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 146981

Author: Burton, Dominique Title: CNA Out Front: The Impact of Policing Reforms on Local Government Summary: Police reform is a national topic and interest. The term has been used for decades to encompass the many changes within policing and law enforcement departments across the country, yet it is still important and valuable today to evaluate police practices and learn how to bring about change— both intended and unforeseen. To have comprehensive evaluations and a holistic view of advancement in policing, involvement from local organizations and government agencies is crucial. Local governments play a large role in implementing resources for police departments, and their understanding and interpretation of police reform needs to be assessed as the country pushes for more departmental development. CNA, a not-for-profit organization focused on using operational analysis and applied research to solve complex issues faced by law enforcement, communities, and governments at all levels, is involved in police reform on a number of fronts. In August 2016, CNA hosted an Executive Session in Arlington, VA, to facilitate a discussion among a diverse group of representatives of local agencies and law enforcement practitioners on the impact of policing reforms on local government. 1 Law enforcement practitioners discussed the growing demand for departments to achieve more in areas such as training and technology. Representatives from local government expressed their need for a police force to reach the standards illustrated in the Final Report of the President’s Task Force on 21st Century Policing2 , but they also discussed the constraints that limited the agencies to allocating more resources. Each group of participants engaged with candor and, in many cases, expressed complementary ideas and solutions. In summarizing this Executive Session, we hope to garner greater interest, stimulate curiosity, and foster open-mindedness regarding the future of policing in America. We encourage readers to appreciate the forthrightness of the presenters and audience participants. Partnerships between law enforcement agencies and local government are prevalent due to organizational structures, yet discussions about direct impacts have not always been communicated between both parties, though such conversations are happening with the help of agencies such as CNA to facilitate them. The August 2016 Executive Session, titled The Impact of Policing Reforms on Local Government, was the sixth in a series sponsored by CNA. The participants in this Executive Session offered numerous suggestions for future session topics, which we are currently considering. If you are able to suggest any additional topics after reading this summary, please send them to the CNA Justice Team at SMARTJustice@cna.org. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis & Solutions, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: https://www.cna.org/CNA_files/PDF/CIM-2016-U-014066.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Agencies Shelf Number: 146987

Author: McKay, Kyle A. Title: Evaluating Social Impact Bonds as a New Reentry Financing Mechanism: A Case Study on Reentry Programming in Maryland Summary: Social impact bonds (SIBs) represent a relatively new concept for financing and contracting for the delivery of social service programs. They are designed with the intention of shifting the financial risk of performance-based payments from providers onto investors. This allows governments to, in theory, increase the portion of funding linked to the achievement of an outcome without damaging the funding of service providers. Although actual bonds are not typically issued, the government contracts with investors, a program manager, and nonprofit service providers for a SIB program. If an independent evaluator finds that the SIB program produced outcomes equal to or greater than the targeted levels, then the government reimburses the investors for their capital, along with a return on investment. In the event that the program does not produce the targeted outcomes, then the investors receive no compensation from the government and lose their capital investment. The Department of Legislative Services (DLS) has conducted a review of the feasibility, potential benefits, and risks associated with financing reentry programs using SIBs. Reentry programs are of particular interest to the Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS) based on its mission. Reentry programs are also generally considered a strong candidate for SIBs due to the potential for large cost savings to the government through the successful reduction of re-imprisonment. Based on the benefits commonly associated with SIBs, DLS evaluated the potential of SIBs to generate cost savings, help finance social programs, shift outcome risk, increase innovation in reentry programming, and build more rigorous evidence for policy decisions. Even when using a set of highly optimistic assumptions, it is clear that pilot reentry programs cannot self-finance their operations. Because pilot programs cannot create a large enough reduction in demand to close a facility, the cost dynamics are driven by much smaller marginal cost savings. As a result, a program that produces a 10% reduction in recidivism for 250 prisoners per year over five years will only result in minimal avoided imprisonment costs. Before including the cost of direct services, the fixed costs of designing the contract, compensating a third-party intermediary, and conducting an independent evaluation, at $700,000 collectively, would alone exceed the fiscal benefits. Including service costs of $2,500 per participant, the program would result in a net fiscal impact of -$3.9 million. Doubling the size or assumed effectiveness of the program would not result in a positive net fiscal impact. These results indicate that the additional costs of a SIB program cannot be justified by offsetting savings. Other potential benefits do not justify the cost or complexity of a SIB program either. Given the difficulty of linking the evaluation of a social program to a highly complex contract centered on an outcome payment, the government may actually increase its operational risks in undertaking a SIB. The government would also need to budget upfront for the contingent liabilities of outcome payments. As a result, a SIB program would increase both budgetary pressure and operational risks. Reentry programs can have great social value independent of their fiscal impact. The decision to finance them should be made independent of whether or not they can be self-financed through cost savings and a SIB mechanism. Because they are especially valuable and effective when integrated and combined with larger scale policies aimed at reducing recidivism and increasing public safety, DLS recommends that DPSCS continue to directly finance reentry programs while pursuing other organizational and policy changes likely to have greater impacts while posing less risk than a SIB financed program. Details: Annapolis, MD: Maryland Department of Legislative Services, Office of Policy Analysis, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://mgaleg.maryland.gov/Pubs/BudgetFiscal/2013-Evaluating-Social-Impact-Bonds.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Funding Shelf Number: 146668

Author: Eames, Sandra Title: A Review of Social Impact Bonds: Financing Social Service Programs through Public-Private Partnerships Summary: The Austin/Travis County Reentry Roundtable (A/TCRRT) works to bring partners and stakeholders together to strategically develop systemic changes that help formerly incarcerated individuals reintegrate into the community. The Roundtable is considering the potential of social impact bonds (SIBs) as a financing mechanism for services to individuals experiencing criminal justice reentry barriers. Social impacts bonds, also known as Pay for Success or Pay for Performance, are an innovative financing mechanism implemented to address current social issues through public and private partnerships. A SIB is the arrangement among one or more government entities and an external organization, or service provider, in which the government specifies an outcome to be achieved by the external organization. Financial investors fund the project. An intermediary organization is often contracted to secure the financial investors and manage the transfer of funds. The government agrees to pay a specified amount to the investors at a predetermined time if the outcome is achieved. If the outcome is not achieved, the government does not pay for the contracted services. This report provides a brief history of the SIB concept and documents current SIB initiatives and legislative efforts within the United States. Given the recent emergence of SIBs in the United States, there is a lack of conclusive evidence on their effectiveness. The report also presents the advantages and disadvantages of SIBs and offers recommendations for A/TCRRT based on the current knowledge that is available. Details: Austin, TX: Austin/Travis County Reentry Roundtable, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://www.reentryroundtable.net/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/A-Review-of-Social-Impact-Bonds-Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Funding Shelf Number: 141075

Author: Safer, Ron Title: Preventing and Disciplining Police Misconduct: An Independent Review and Recommendations Concerning Chicago's Police Disciplinary System Summary: A police department's disciplinary system must encourage good conduct by police officers. The process for investigating and resolving complaints alleging police misconduct should align with this objective. In recent years, there have been both external and internal concerns about how complaints of misconduct by members of Chicago Police Department (CPD) are investigated and disciplined. Allegations of a "code of silence" among Chicago police officers reveal the public's concern with the current disciplinary system. And there are concerns within CPD about the uncertainty that surrounds police discipline, including the length of time it takes to resolve misconduct complaints and a perceived lack of uniformity across punishments for similar violations. In particular, alleged incidences of misconduct by members of the CPD are investigated, and discipline is administered, pursuant to a complicated, time-consuming process. CPD's disciplinary system includes three separate City agencies - each created at a different time and for a different purpose - that are tasked with investigating and resolving alleged incidences of police misconduct: the CPD, including its Bureau of Internal Affairs (BIA); the Independent Police Review Authority (IPRA); and the Police Board. As a result, responsibility for identifying misconduct and administering discipline can be fragmented. In addition, historically multiple opportunities to appeal and/or grieve disciplinary decisions from one body to another at multiple stages in the process lengthened the time between the complaint and resolution, creating uncertainty surrounding the administration of discipline. The City's collective bargaining agreements (CBAs) with the unions of Department members limit the ways in which misconduct - studied the statutes, ordinances, collective bargaining agreements, and other legal requirements that define the current disciplinary system; -- analyzed data - including the number and types of misconduct complaints, and the amount of time it takes to resolve these complaints - provided by the three entities charged with investigating and resolving allegations of police misconduct: the CPD, including BIA, IPRA, and the Police Board; -- interviewed a wide cross section of people who participate in and/or are affected by the police disciplinary system, such as: current and former CPD members, including senior leadership, bureau chiefs, commanders, lieutenants, sergeants, and rank-and-file police officers; IPRA leadership, including its chief and deputy chief administrators; Police Board leadership; other public officials; and community representatives, ministers and other members of the faith community and representatives from organizations focused on police misconduct and accountability; -- analyzed best practices in other municipalities and jurisdictions; -- consulted subject matter experts, including Darrel Stephens of the Major Cities Chiefs Association and Merrick Bobb of the Police Assessment Resource Center; and -- undertook a thorough review of the relevant literature. Our recommendations fall into two categories. First, we propose changes to prevent misconduct from occurring in the first place, primarily by focusing on guidelines, education and training. We also suggest ways to make the consequences of misconduct more consistent, as well as to more effectively involve direct supervisors in the prevention and detection of misconduct. Second, we suggest improvements to the system for addressing the misconduct that does occur. We offer ways to make IPRA more accessible and transparent for complainants, as well as to accelerate the time from complaint to resolution; recommend adjusting the jurisdictions of BIA, IPRA, and the Police Board; and make suggestions for streamlining processes where possible. Details: Chicago: Police Accountability Task Force, 2014. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: https://chicagopatf.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Preventing_Disciplining_Police_Misconduct_Dec_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 146292

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: The Variability in Law Enforcement State Standards: A 42-state Survey on Mental Health and Crisis De-escalation Training Summary: Law enforcement interactions with people who may have a mental illness or are in crisis are an issue of tremendous concern for the public and government leaders.1 For good reason. At the extremes, these encounters hold the potential for successfully linking people in crisis to desperately needed appropriate care, or they can end in tragedy. While every encounter is different, by the time police are involved, there can be far-reaching consequences of any action. In an effort to improve these interactions and help officers better prepare to handle complex incidents, nearly all states have developed standards for mental health and crisis de-escalation training for their law enforcement officers.* This type of police training on how to respond to people whose mental health needs may be a factor in an incident has been shown to make a critical difference in how encounters are resolved.† According to information received in a national survey conducted by the Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center in partnership with the International Association of Directors of Law Enforcement Standards and Training (IADLEST), despite consistent recognition of the value of this training, there is tremendous variability in those standards among states and the focus is mostly on entry-level training. Details: New York: The Center, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/JC-LE-Survey.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 141079

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Southwest Border Security: Additional Actions Needed to Better Assess Fencing's Contributions to Operations and Provide Guidance for Identifying Capability Gaps Summary: Why GAO Did This Study In fiscal years 2013 through 2015, Border Patrol recorded a total of 2.1 million estimated known illegal entries between ports of entry along the southwest border. In an effort to secure the border between ports of entry, CBP spent approximately $2.4 billion between fiscal years 2007 and 2015 to deploy TI — fencing, gates, roads, bridges, lighting, and drainage infrastructure—along the nearly 2,000 mile southwest border. GAO was asked to review the use of border fencing along the southwest border. In this report, GAO examines (1) border fencing's intended contributions to border security operations and the extent to which CBP has assessed these contributions and (2) the extent that CBP has processes in place to ensure sustainment and deployment of TI along the southwest border and challenges in doing so. GAO reviewed CBP documentation and data and interviewed officials in headquarters and three southwest border locations. These locations were selected based on CBP's extensive investments in TI in such areas. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that Border Patrol develop metrics to assess the contributions of pedestrian and vehicle fencing to border security along the southwest border and develop guidance for its process for identifying, funding, and deploying TI assets for border security operations. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-331: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/682838.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 141081

Author: Kane-Willis, Kathleen Title: A Multiple Indicator Analysis of Heroin and Opiate Use in Missouri: 2001-2011 Summary: It has been well documented that heroin use is rising in the Midwest, and Missouri is no exception. According to DEA reports, Midwest heroin availability indicators increased by 50% from 2008 to 2010 and the Midwest has the second highest rate of the four regions of the US. Only the Eastern states rank higher. Demand from oxycodone users who substitute heroin for prescription opiates has increased the use of heroin throughout the Midwest, including certain portions of the state of Missouri.  Twenty-four percent of law enforcement agencies in Missouri indicate that heroin is the greatest drug threat, while only 13% of law enforcement agencies indicate that cocaine is the major drug threat in their Missouri community;  In the St. Louis area, including, St. Louis City and St. Louis County, St. Charles, St. Francis, Jefferson, Franklin, Lincoln, Warren and Washington Counties, heroin was the second most common illicit drug seized after marijuana, accounting for nearly 17% of seizures;  Kansas City's heroin problem is worsening and the availability of the heroin has greatly increased in the Kansas City metropolitan area since 2007. Prescription opiate use has increased in general over the past 20 years, rising from approximately 76 million prescriptions in 1991 to 210 million prescriptions in 2010. In Missouri, opiate use is not confined to one part of the state. Opiate medications, also known as prescription painkillers, are highly available in Missouri.  Missouris rate of prescription opiate pills sold is ranked first in the census region, higher than Kansas, Iowa, North and South Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska and Illinois;  Oxycodone and hydrocodone are the most commonly abused controlled prescription drugs in Kansas City. Law enforcement have disbanded multi-million dollar drug trafficking rings;  In the St. Louis region and surrounding counties, prescription opiate seizures by police were nearly as common as methamphetamine seizures (4.6% versus 5.2% of all drug seizures). Hospitalizations for Opiates/Heroin From 2006 to 2010, the percentage of heroin or opiate abuse diagnoses in Missouri emergency rooms rose 63.1%. In 2010, a total of 28,498 Missouri residents were admitted to local hospitals seeking medical assistance for concerns associated with illicit drug use.  More than 13,000 drug hospitalizations involved the use of heroin and opiates;  Nearly half (45.8%) of all hospital admissions for drugs were due to heroin and other opiates;  Patients admitted to hospitals in St. Louis were most likely to mention heroin or opiate use (52.8%), followed by patients in Springfield (48.1%), patients in Non-Metropolitan Statistical Areas (47.1%), Columbia (39.8%), Joplin (39.5%), Kansas City (33.7%), and St. Joseph counties (28.3%). Public Treatment Admissions over Time From 2001 to 2011, public treatment admissions in Missouri for heroin and other opiates have increased dramatically and significantly, surpassing cocaine and other drugs of abuse. While the focus in Missouri has been primarily on methamphetamine, cocaine and marijuana, the drug threat from heroin and other opiates is significant.  In 2011, opiates and heroin combined made up 26% of all drug treatment admissions (excluding alcohol)and were the second most common reason to enter treatment behind marijuana in 2011;  Methamphetamine comprised just 19% and cocaine just 13% of treatment admissions;  Opiate treatment admissions increased more than sevenfold (645% increase) between 2001 and 2011;  Heroin treatment admissions more than doubled (increasing 150%) between 2001 and 2011  Heroin treatment admissions made up just 7% of all drug admissions in 2001.By 2011, heroin was involved in 16% of all drug treatment admissions;  Opiate treatment admissions accounted for just 1% of all treatment admissions in 2001, but in 2011 the number had risen to 10%; Demographic Changes in Heroin Users Individuals most likely to use public treatment are younger than they were in the past. Additionally, the increasing numbers of females in public treatment systems and the increase of white users indicate, that like much of the country, demographics of Missouri heroin users have shifted into a new cohort. The rise of younger white users has been documented across the country. In Missouri, the patterns are the same: more whites entering treatment, more accounts of suburban use, and fewer gender differences:  Today the majority of those entering treatment for heroin are aged 30 or younger (55%), while in 2001 those under 30 represented the minority of treatment admissions (43%);  Today, more than 41% of those entering treatment are female, but 10 years ago, two thirds of those entering public treatment for heroin were male, while just one third were female;  Today, whites comprise the majority (60%) of publicly funded treatment admissions while African Americans make up just 30% of treatment admissions for heroin. This is in stark contrast to ten years ago when African Americans comprised the majority of heroin treatment admissions. Demographic Changes in Opiate Use There is an assumption that opiate users are from predominantly rural areas, but as evidenced by multiple Missouri data indicators, this is not the case. It is important to recognize the relationship between heroin and opiate users. Many heroin users begin their use with opiate pills and transition to heroin as pills become too difficult or expensive to obtain. When thinking about opiate users, it is essential to understand that today’s opiate user may very likely become tomorrow’s heroin user. Today, the majority of those entering treatment for opiates other than heroin are white (92%), indicating no significant change since 2001. The opiate treatment population is comprised of both females and males equally (52% v 48%).The percentage of younger people who are admitted to Missouri’s public treatment systems for opiates other than heroin has increased significantly.  The majority of those admitted to public treatment were aged 30 or younger in 2011 while in 2001, users aged 30 or younger represented the minority of those admitted to treatment (56.5% in 2011 versus 38.4% in 2001); Mortality Nationally, accidental drug overdoses nearly tie motor vehicle accidents as the number one cause of accidental death. Missouri has been impacted greatly by drug deaths:  Deaths due to heroin more than tripled in just 4 years (increasing 254% from 69 deaths in 2007 to 244 in 2011);  Missouri’s drug overdose rate is significantly higher than the US rate at 13.1 per 100,000 individuals, while the US rate is 11.9 per 100,000;  Missouri's drug overdose rate ranked first in the region, surpassing Illinois, Kansas, North and South Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa and Nebraska.  Missouri's drug overdose rate was more than double that of Nebraska and nearly twice as high as Iowa. Details: s.l.: Missouri Recovery Network, 2013. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2017 at: http://www.morecovery.org/pdf/HeroinPaper.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 141089

Author: Pittsburgh Foundation Title: A Qualitative Study of Youth and the Juvenile Justice System. A 100 Percent Pittsburgh Pilot Project Summary: An eight-month study by The Pittsburgh Foundation has found that youth involved with the Allegheny County juvenile justice system could play a much greater role in shaping prevention and diversion programs. The report also recommends addressing disproportionate system involvement by youth of color, particularly girls, and that youth have a seat the table with human services staffs, law-enforcement authorities and school officials. The Foundation's study also calls for schools to reform discipline policies and cultivate race-positive curriculum and advocates for changes to court-related fees and restitution policies, which can leave some youth trapped in the system. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: The Foundation, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://pittsburghfoundation.org/sites/default/files/100%20Percent%20Pittsburgh%20--%20Youth%20and%20Juvenile%20Justice%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 141092

Author: Sered, Danielle Title: Accounting for Violence: How to Increase Safety and Break Our Failed Reliance on Mass Incarceration Summary: In the United States, violence and mass incarceration are deeply entwined, though evidence shows that both can decrease at the same time. A new vision is needed to meaningfully address violence and reduce the use of incarceration—and to promote healing among crime survivors and improve public safety. This report describes four principles to guide policies and practices that aim to reduce violence: They should be survivor-centered, based on accountability, safety-driven, and racially equitable. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/accounting-for-violence/legacy_downloads/accounting-for-violence.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 141094

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Military Personnel: DOD Has Processes for Operating and Managing Its Sexual Assault Incident Database Summary: As of October 2013, the Department of Defense's (DOD) Defense Sexual Assault Incident Database (DSAID) was fully implemented and in use across the military services, and DOD had taken several steps to standardize DSAID's use throughout the department. Sexual assault incident data are input into DSAID through both manual and automated data entry processes and include, as applicable, victim and referral support information, investigative and incident information, and case outcome data for certain incidents of sexual assault that involve a servicemember. Additionally, in some instances DSAID includes sexual assault cases involving a servicemember spouse, an adult family member, and DOD civilians and contractors. Further, DOD has taken several steps to standardize DSAID's use through the development of (1) policies, processes, and procedures for using the system; (2) training for system users; and (3) processes for monitoring the completeness of data. DSAID users have identified technical challenges with the system and DOD officials stated that they have plans to spend approximately $8.5 million to implement modifications to DSAID that address most of these challenges in fiscal years 2017 and 2018. Some of the key technical challenges users have identified experiencing with the system relate to DSAID's system speed and ease of use; interfaces with other external DOD databases; and users' ability to query data and generate reports. DOD has plans in place to implement modifications to DSAID that are expected to alleviate these challenges; however, officials stated that they will not be approved to fund these modifications until they have conducted an analysis of alternatives that is in line with DOD's acquisition policy framework. This framework, as well as the GAO Cost Estimating and Assessment Guide , outline key elements of this analysis, such as relative lifecycle costs and benefits and the effect and value of cost and schedule, among others. Conducting an analysis of alternatives including these elements is key to ensuring that DOD appropriately manages its modifications to DSAID. In 2010, GAO found that DOD had failed to demonstrate adherence to these key elements in the initial development and implementation of DSAID, and, DOD projects it will have spent a total of approximately $31.5 million on implementing and maintaining DSAID through fiscal year 2018. This is approximately $13 million more than the 2012 estimate. DOD's plan to conduct an analysis of alternatives that adequately considers key elements should position DOD to more accurately assess whether planned modifications to DSAID can be implemented within budget and result in the desired outcome. DOD manages modifications to DSAID through its change management process, which GAO found substantially aligns with key applicable elements established in the industry standards that GAO reviewed. Specifically, DOD has established processes for managing change requests, such as developing a process to evaluate requested changes to the database and establishing a board that approves, tracks, and controls changes to the database. DOD has also established processes for configuration management, including a process to track, communicate, and deliver changes to the database. Why GAO Did This Study GAO has reported that DOD has not collected uniform data on sexual assaults involving members of the armed forces. In 2008, Congress required DOD to implement a centralized, case-level database for the collection and maintenance of these data. In 2012, DSAID reached initial operational capability to capture sexual assault data. House Report 112-479 included a provision for GAO to review DSAID no sooner than 1 year after it was certified compliant with DOD standards by the Secretary of Defense. This report (1) describes the current status of DOD's implementation of DSAID and steps DOD has taken to help standardize DSAID's use, (2) assesses any technical challenges DSAID's users have identified and any DOD plans to address those challenges, and (3) assesses the extent to which DOD's change management process for modifying DSAID aligns with information technology and project management industry standards. GAO reviewed DOD documents, and interviewed DOD program officials as well as DSAID users. Specifically, GAO conducted site visits to 9 military installations and met with 42 DSAID users. Views obtained are nongeneralizable. Installations were selected based on their use of DSAID, number of users, geographic diversity, and other factors. GAO is not making recommendations in this report. DOD provided technical comments, which GAO incorporated as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-99: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/681999.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Military Personnel Shelf Number: 141097

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Local Measures: The Need for Neighborhood-Level Data n Youth Violence Prevention Initiatives Summary: The data infrastructures available for tracking youth violence in the United States do not provide a clear view of neighborhood-level change. Effective strategies for dealing with youth violence inevitably focus on small areas like neighborhoods, and they involve partnerships with community organizations, local schools, hospitals, housing agencies, and organizations in the cultural and recreational sectors. This small-area focus makes it essential to measure the effects of violence prevention efforts at the neighborhood level. At best, however, national data systems track violence at the level of entire cities. Violent crime in the U.S. fell sharply after the mid-1990s and it remains at historically low levels. Some cities and specific neighborhoods within cities, however, are still beset with violence. In an attempt to assist local jurisdictions with violence prevention, the U.S. Department of Justice and a number of other federal agencies launched the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention in 2010. More than a dozen cities participated in the National Forum, collaborating to increase the effectiveness of their local strategies for reducing youth violence. The Department of Justice asked John Jay College of Criminal Justice to monitor and assess the outcomes of the National Forum beginning in 2011. The assessment was not designed to attribute cause-and-effect relationships to activities undertaken by participating cities. The study mainly investigated the accomplishments and perceptions of the leadership networks in each city. Conducting a more rigorous evaluation of the National Forum was not feasible because a multi-city network of neighborhood-level data about youth violence and its correlates does not exist in the United States. Steps are being taken, however, that may eventually lead to better data resources. This report describes some of the most promising resources and suggests the type of work needed to provide communities with accurate, localized crime trend data with which to judge the effects of multi-jurisdictional violence prevention initiatives. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, Research and Evaluation Center, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250534.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 146681

Author: Tomberg, Kathleen A. Title: Street by Street: Cross-Site Evaluation of the OJJDP Community-Based Violence Prevention Demonstration Program Summary: The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) provided funds to the Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice (JohnJayREC) to conduct a process and outcome evaluation of the Office’s Community Based Violence Prevention (CBVP) demonstration in five cities across the United States. Programmatic grants in the CBVP demonstration varied in amount, but were typically $2 million per city. The funds usually supported projects for two to four years between 2010 and 2014. All the city projects in CBVP shared common elements, such as their overall objectives and core principles, an inter-agency collaborative approach, a focus on specific geographic areas, demographic groups and identified "high risk" youth. Cities varied, however, in the implementation of their strategies. Not surprisingly, the cities also differed in the nature, dynamics, and driving factors behind youth violence and gang activity in their local areas. This influenced the overall design and implementation of the program, as well as the type and availability of data. Although the five city projects all included law enforcement, youth services, job training, and other nonprofit social services, the structure and content of these institutional roles assumed different configurations in each location. This is clear in the project management structure across cities. In three sites – Oakland, Newark, and Denver – a specific city agency led project development and implementation, with service provision assigned to nonprofit organizations. In Brooklyn and Washington, DC, nonprofit organizations with strong neighborhood roots designed and implemented the programs. In these cases, they collaborated closely with key city agencies (notably, the police, probation, and youth services) and with other nonprofit service providers. Many details of program implementation were different in each CBVP location, regardless of the institutions involved. Some cities had teams in which a coherent staff group with clear roles supervised the majority of program activities, including monitoring their data about services and outcomes. Other cities had a more diffuse approach, with staff from multiple organizations holding program responsibilities and minimal coordination from a single entity. While one of the strengths of the OJJDP-CBVP funding model was its emphasis on adaptation to local context and needs, this variation across program sites posed serious challenges for the evaluation team’s efforts to assess and compare the experiences and outcomes in each city. The CBVP program in Brooklyn took place in one sector of Crown Heights, a neighborhood with a long record of high crime and violence that more recently began to face gentrification. The Crown Heights CBVP program was arguably the most coherent in its theoretical model and the most comprehensive in its implementation. The Center for Court Innovation, a large and well-known nonprofit organization, developed the program "Save Our Streets (SOS) Crown Heights," which is based entirely on the public health model of violence interruption known as "Cure Violence." The central idea in this approach is that violence is transmitted within a community like a contagious disease, and that law enforcement tactics (arrests, threats of prosecution) are not a sufficient long-term response. The program treats violence as a "virus" that can be "interrupted" or halted through interventions that alter community norms (such as tolerating violence as a 'normal' way to solve conflicts). During the CBVP project, violent crime fell across Brooklyn as a whole, and it was impossible to discern any reduction in crime that could be attributed to the program. A local nonprofit organization led the CBVP project in Washington, DC. The Collaborative Solutions for Communities (known colloquially as The Collaborative) implemented the Creating Solutions Together (CST) program in the Columbia Heights and Shaw neighborhoods of central Washington from 2010 to 2013. The program model was inspired by a previous project, the Gang Intervention Project, which had been in place since 2003 and mapped out gang dynamics and incidents, enabling more focused and strategic responses by police and social services. The CST program employed a core group of outreach workers who were familiar with the youth and their contexts. Outreach workers drew heavily on the public health and violence interruption model of Cure Violence (Chicago) in fashioning their methods for responding to acts of violence—at hospitals, funerals, schools, and in the streets. The outreach workers used mediation and "cooling down" tactics with individuals or groups to prevent retaliation. The program also offered services to at-risk youth who needed help finding pathways out of violence. Services often included counseling, GED education, and job training programs. Crime data from the neighborhoods in Washington, DC were not specific enough to discern a clear effect of the program on youth violence in targeted areas, although the amount of violent crime committed by juveniles citywide declined between 2006 and 2014. In Denver, local government took the lead in program implementation. The Gang Reduction Initiative of Denver (GRID) focused specifically on gang violence in five sectors of Denver and it drew heavily on an established approach: the Comprehensive Gang Model (CGM). This model entails social services and supports for youth, in combination with law enforcement "suppression" tactics and the threat of legal penalties for group-affiliated youth who commit gun violence (similar to focused deterrence). Violent crime trends in Denver were generally stable or slightly increasing during the CBVP project period (2010-2014), but the City's crime data were not specific enough to determine whether or not the program was responsible for any of the changes. Denver experienced an increase in gang-related arrests that coincided with GRID implementation, but researchers could not determine whether this was due to the implementation of focused deterrence or if it was simply due to a more general "crackdown" tactic by police. Nonetheless, the GRID program undeniably catalyzed new and constructive inter-agency relationships and approaches to youth and violent crime in general–the effects of which may still emerge. The City of Newark developed the CBVP program under the name Newark United Against Violence (NUAV), and it began implementation in 2013 in the South and Central Wards, with joint leadership by the Newark Office of Reentry and the Newark Police Department. The NUAV, like other CBVP cities, took a hybrid approach to existing violence-reduction models, and combined hotspot policing, focused deterrence, and some elements of the violence interruption public health model (Cure Violence). Data on violent crime and youth crime in Newark, like other cities, showed an overall decline. However, data for the specific program areas and participants were not available in Newark. Thus, it was not possible to determine whether the program had any effect on youth crime in the targeted program area. The City of Oakland, led by the Department of Human Services, implemented its CBVP demonstration project known as Oakland Unite. The primary model that shaped the Oakland project was Cure Violence (public health and violence interruption), although Oakland also added elements of focused deterrence. Oakland Unite focused on specific neighborhoods and on the young people (under 25) most involved in violence, as victims and perpetrators. Data about crime trends in Oakland showed a notable decline in both shootings and homicides from 2012 to 2014. Moreover, the declines were stronger in the specific neighborhoods where Oakland Unite was most active. The intensity of program activity may have been associated with the more dramatic declines in shootings and homicides, but baseline and/or comparison data to determine a clear effect were not available. Oakland Unite is generally seen as an initiative that brought together disparate agencies into a more coherent approach to gang violence, and many of its activities have been sustained past the end of the grant because the City successfully passed new revenue sources dedicated to violence prevention. In two CBVP demonstraton sites, Brooklyn and Denver, the Research and Evaluation Center also conducted an outcome analysis using a survey of households. The surveys measured changes in attitudes and perceptions of violence over a two-year period and focused on four key concepts: disinclination toward gun violence, disinclination toward non-gun violence, perceived sense of safety in the neighborhood, and neighborhood efficacy or pro-social action. The results failed to detect clear effects of CBVP programming. In Brooklyn, the relative difference in neighborhood safety scores actually worsened, but this was due to the fact that equivalent scores in the comparison area improved–for reasons likely unrelated to CBVP. In Denver, there was some improvement in residents’ sense of safety in the program area, but not a statistically significant difference when contrasted with the comparison area. While these results may seem to reflect less change than expected, it should not be surprising that no significant improvements in attitudes and perceptions were evident after only two to three years of program activity. Additional research over a longer period of time and with sufficient complexity to capture the inherent variations in individuals' experiences and involvement with program activities may have revealed more meaningful effects of CBVP intervention. Details: New York, NY: Research and Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2016. 168p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250383.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 141101

Author: Cronin, Jake Title: The Path to Successful Reentry: The Relationship Between Correctional Education, Employment and Recidivism Summary: Nearly all Missouri inmates will be released from prison, but the majority of them will reoffend and return to prison. To combat this problem, prisons have implemented educational programs to help offenders successfully reenter society. Using data from the Missouri Department of Corrections, this study evaluates the impact of these educational programs in terms of post-prison employment rates and recidivism rates. The results show that inmates who increase their education in prison are more likely to find a full-time job after prison, and those with a job are less likely to return to prison. Details: Columbia, MO: Institute of Public Policy, Truman Policy Research, Harry S Truman School of Public Affairs, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 15-2011: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://ipp.missouri.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2014/06/the_path_to_successful_reentry.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 146683

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Culture Shock: The Exploitation of J-1 Cultural Exchange Workers Summary: They come to experience all America has to offer. They hope to pay their way by working a summer job as they experience a new culture and learn English. They work in our hotels, restaurants, fast-food chains and amusement parks. They work for companies with names synonymous with the United States: McDonald's, Disney, Hilton and more. They're J-1 guest workers. Many of them are college students participating in the J-1 visa Summer Work Travel Program. Others come here to train in their career field as part of the J-1 Trainee and Intern Program. Together, these two J-1 visa categories account for more than 130,000 foreign workers arriving in the U.S. each year to work full-time as part of the wider J-1 Visa Exchange Visitor Program. Congress created the program more than 50 years ago "to increase mutual understanding between the people of the United States and the people of other countries by means of educational and cultural exchange." Foreign youths pay American job placement agencies designated by the Department of State — called "sponsors" — to be placed with U.S. employers in jobs that offer cultural exchange opportunities and, for trainees and interns, professional job training. But the workers in the Summer Work Travel and the Intern and Trainee programs often discover that the promise of "cultural exchange" is an empty one. Employers are using the program to fill labor needs, transforming a program designed to foster international goodwill into a source of cheap, exploitable labor. For the employers, the program offers a way to cut labor costs. Employers do not have to pay payroll taxes for J-1 workers. The savings an employer can realize by not paying an employee's Medicare, Social Security or federal unemployment tax — around 8 percent on its total payroll expenses — have led staffing agencies to promote the program as an inexpensive labor force. The sponsors and their overseas partners — the groups that recruit and screen participants — also are reaping a windfall by charging J-1 workers hundreds or even thousands of dollars in fees to participate in the program. These fees are completely unregulated, and students and their families often fall into debt to pay them and other travel expenses. This recruitment debt leaves students vulnerable to exploitation. Faced with pressure to pay off loans, students and interns may opt to endure workplace abuse until they can return home. J-1 workers often discover the cultural experience they invested in does not exist. They are frequently placed in low-paying jobs with little or no opportunity for cultural exchange. Students told the SPLC that their experience is dominated by work without the opportunity to enjoy American culture. This is true even after the State Department, which oversees the program, began requiring sponsors in 2012 to place J-1 students in jobs that ensure they have cultural exchange opportunities on and off the job. From students’ experiences, it's clear this cultural exchange requirement too often exists only on paper. When these workers aren’t on the job, they are often forced to live in overcrowded housing with other J-1 workers. They are frequently paid less than the minimum wage after their employer makes excessive deductions for housing, uniforms, transportation and other expenses. Some J-1 workers discover they must work a second job just to survive. But this is more than a story of debt and disappointment. It has put some young students at risk of human trafficking and other nefarious activity. The State Department's 2013 Trafficking in Persons Report noted that vulnerabilities in the J-1 program can “potentially facilitate human trafficking.”5 When these workers complain or try to stand up for their rights, they find few places to turn. The State Department claims it has no authority to sanction employers and typically does little to help workers with employment-related issues. J-1 workers cannot access federally funded legal services to help them address workplace violations. And few private lawyers are willing to take a complicated case that involves internationally recruited workers. U.S. workers also suffer from the program's weak regulation. Employers aren't required to recruit U.S. workers before hiring J-1 workers. There are no meaningful regulations that prevent employers from paying J-1 workers a wage that undercuts U.S. worker wages. This lack of protection is particularly harmful to young U.S. workers who are facing high youth unemployment rates. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/d6_legacy_files/downloads/publication/j-1_report_v2_web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 141107

Author: Hodai, Beau Title: Dissent or Terror: How the Nation's Counter Terrorism Apparatus, in Partnership with Corporate America, Turned on Occupy Wall Street Summary: DBA Press and the Center for Media and Democracy (DBA/) have spent more than the past year gathering records, through state and federal open records/freedom of information laws, from various law enforcement agencies tasked with "counter-terrorism"/"homeland security" operations. The resultant stacks of documentation, numbering in the thousands of pages, form a grim mosaic of "counter-terrorism" agency operations and attitudes toward activists and other socially/politically-engaged citizens over the course of 2011 and 2012. As such, records show that methods employed by the nation's "counter-terrorism" apparatus against these citizens has ranged from the use of undercover officers tasked with infiltrating activist groups, to constant monitoring and the use of advanced technologies in the tracking and identification of certain individuals. Put simply, the pattern that emerges from these pages shows that heavily-funded municipal, county, state and federal "counter-terrorism" agencies (often acting in concert through state/regional "fusion centers") view citizens engaged in movements of political and social dissent, such as Occupy Wall Street (and its regional incarnations), as nothing less than nascent, if not bonafide, "terrorist" threats. What’s more, records obtained by DBA/ show that this view of activists, and attendant activist monitoring/suppression, has been carried out on behalf of, and in cooperation with, some of the nation’s largest financial and corporate interests-- the very entities that the Occupy Wall Street (OWS) movement and others oppose as usurpers of American democracy. Additionally, records obtained from the police departments of several cities show that, when possible, corporate interests, or other subjects of public protest, would purchase the services of off-duty police officers-- armed, in uniform and acting under the color of law-- outright. Our records indicate that, in at least one instance, police officers employed by corporate interests who explicitly stated a desire for protestor arrests and prosecutions were more than happy to not only provide the desired protestor arrests, but to also lie in official records, as well as to the news media, in order to facilitate prosecutions and cover their own actions. Furthermore, records obtained by DBA/ from agencies active in state counter-terrorism "fusion centers"-- including the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)-- demonstrate the institutionalized blending of corporate security with "national security" through a number of public-private "counter-terrorism" intelligence sharing programs. What has resulted is the wholesale criminalization of tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands, of American citizens who have dared to voice opposition to what is increasingly viewed as the undue influence of private corporate/financial interests in the functions of public government. Details: Madison, WI: Center for Media and Democracy/DBA Press, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2017 at: http://www.prwatch.org/files/Dissent%20or%20Terror%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Interests Shelf Number: 141108

Author: Kleinberg, Jon Title: Human Decisions and Machine Predictions Summary: We examine how machine learning can be used to improve and understand human decision-making. In particular, we focus on a decision that has important policy consequences. Millions of times each year, judges must decide where defendants will await trial - at home or in jail. By law, this decision hinges on the judge's prediction of what the defendant would do if released. This is a promising machine learning application because it is a concrete prediction task for which there is a large volume of data available. Yet comparing the algorithm to the judge proves complicated. First, the data are themselves generated by prior judge decisions. We only observe crime outcomes for released defendants, not for those judges detained. This makes it hard to evaluate counterfactual decision rules based on algorithmic predictions. Second, judges may have a broader set of preferences than the single variable that the algorithm focuses on; for instance, judges may care about racial inequities or about specific crimes (such as violent crimes) rather than just overall crime risk. We deal with these problems using different econometric strategies, such as quasi-random assignment of cases to judges. Even accounting for these concerns, our results suggest potentially large welfare gains: a policy simulation shows crime can be reduced by up to 24.8% with no change in jailing rates, or jail populations can be reduced by 42.0% with no increase in crime rates. Moreover, we see reductions in all categories of crime, including violent ones. Importantly, such gains can be had while also significantly reducing the percentage of African-Americans and Hispanics in jail. We find similar results in a national dataset as well. In addition, by focusing the algorithm on predicting judges' decisions, rather than defendant behavior, we gain some insight into decision-making: a key problem appears to be that judges to respond to 'noise' as if it were signal. These results suggest that while machine learning can be valuable, realizing this value requires integrating these tools into an economic framework: being clear about the link between predictions and decisions; specifying the scope of payoff functions; and constructing unbiased decision counterfactuals. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper no. 23180: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23180.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 146686

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Evaluation of the 2014 Community Violence Prevention Program's Parent Program Summary: State and local child protective services receive 3.5 million reports of child maltreatment for 6.4 million children per year (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2014). The estimated economic burden resulting from maltreatment of children in the U.S. is $124 billion (Fang, Brown, Florencea, & Mercy, 2012). Child maltreatment is the most common harmful childhood experience causing victims significant and sustained losses to subsequent health-related quality of life including depression, substance abuse, and perpetrating violence (Corso, Edwards, Fang, & Mercy, 2008; Sacks, Murphey, & Moor, 2014). The child victims are more likely to be delinquent and arrested in adulthood than those not experiencing maltreatment (Children's Defense Fund, 2005). Child maltreatment risk factors are prior abuse of the perpetrator, lack of familial support, parental alcohol abuse, living in impoverished communities, parental stress or mental disorders, parental aggression, use of corporal punishment, and child behavioral problems (Black, Heyman, & Slep, 2001). Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (Authority) researchers conducted an evaluation of the Community Violence Prevention Program's (CVPP) Parent Program. The program, which ended August 2014, sought to increase protective factors to reduce child maltreatment by employing and training nearly 1,000 Chicago-area parents to lead service projects to help other parents in 20 communities. The Center for the Study of Social Policy stated that effective parenting programs to prevent child maltreatment attempt to improve parent understanding of child development and teach child management (2003). In addition, those that are parent-led promote parental resilience and inter-parent connections. Authority researchers analyzed multiple surveys of more than 3,500 staff and participants, as well as administrative data to obtain feedback on training and general program operations. Key findings Change in participant protective factors to reduce child maltreatment Authority researchers measured four protective factors to reduce child maltreatment created by the Center for the Study of Social Policy. Factors are: 1) family functioning and resiliency, 2) social and concrete support, 3) nurturing and attachment, and 4) child development and knowledge of parenting. Authority researchers administered pre- and post-tests to program participants to measure changes on scores on the protective factors before and after the program. Based on pre- and post-test scores of 300 program participants, all four protective factors had a small increase in average scores. However, two protective had very small changes in the mean scores (social and concrete support; child development and knowledge of parenting); therefore, improvement could be made in those areas of program instruction, particularly as it relates to addressing the protective factors. Parent Cafes All community programs were required to offer parent-led Parent Cafes, a parent engagement strategy that uses small group conversations to facilitate self-reflection, peer-to-peer learning, support, and education on protective factors to reduce child maltreatment. Surveys showed that the parent experiences of Parent Cafes were positive. Almost all participants found information provided to be helpful. The most commonly requested improvement to Parent Cafes was expanding them to more locations in the community and an increase in length and frequency. Incorporating technology and social networking education was also requested, but specifically by parents who are not experienced with the technology their children use frequently. Parent feedback Most parents who participated had learned about the program from a friend, relative, or community agency. Participants rated highly program materials, resources, training, and support from their administrative teams. Almost all respondents rated the program successful and said that they used what they learned in the program in their daily lives. Most said their service projects improved the community and 80 percent thought the service projects increased protective factors of child maltreatment. Some participants suggested expanding the program and making it a year-around program. Staff feedback Program staff, including Program Coordinators and Program Managers rated the program positively; sharing that the training was well-designed, trainers were knowledgeable, and protective factors were covered. Many indicated that the training programs offered opportunity for personal improvement and that there was an excitement to train and share their knowledge and experiences with parent participants. Training feedback Parent Program participants and staff highly rated the content of their training. Most program participants enjoyed sharing, communicating, and interacting with others. Many gained knowledge about parenting. Many staff reported personal improvement with the training and that they were inspired to share their experiences during the training of parent participants. Implications for policy and practice The Parent Program ended in August 2014. However, similar programs created in the future should work to reduce child maltreatment by increasing parents' protective factor of social and concrete support by offering more information on resources for tangible goods and services to help families cope with stress. In addition, programs should improve the protective factor of child development and knowledge of parenting by further promoting the understanding of child development and reasonable expectations for children. An increase the number of Parent Cafes was also recommended to create space for more community discussions on these and other protective factors. The program should target those most at-risk for maltreating children by targeting younger parents and primary caregivers. In addition, programs should work toward more father participation. Finally, the program should collect additional data in order to have a greater understanding of who participated in the program and their program activities. Data include age of participants and their children, as well as data on community service projects and to what extent they fit into the overall program goal of violence prevention by reducing child maltreatment and promoting healthy families. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/ResearchReports/CVPP_Parent_Program_080215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146687

Author: Arment, Christian Title: Is Incarceration Still the Answer: The Impact of Current Policies & Possible Alternatives Summary: The criminal justice system is tasked with protecting the public from crime but Americans are conflicted about the best way to deter criminal behavior, protect the public and provide justice for victims. There are two different intellectual strands which are the foundation of the criminal justice system: one focuses on rehabilitation while the other emphasizes punishment as a means of deterring criminal behavior. The deterrence model has been the most popular in the US. This brief reviews current research which assesses, and generally finds deficient, present criminal justice policies. It also examines the unintended consequences – both budgetary and social – of contemporary incarceration policies. It concludes with a discussion of policy options that could enhance the effectiveness of the criminal justice system, including alternative sentencing for nonviolent offenders and the expanded use of evidence-based community reentry programs. Details: Columbia, MO: University of Missouri, Institute of Public Policy, Harry S. Truman School of Public Affairs, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 01-2011: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: https://ipp.missouri.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2014/06/is_incarceration_still_the_answer.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146690

Author: Greenspan, Owen Title: State Progress in Record Reporting for Firearm-Related Background Checks: Fingerprint Processing Advances Improve Background Checks Summary: Technology advances in criminal record exchange systems and fingerprint processing continue to produce significant improvements in the quality and availability of information critical to making sound firearm-related background check decisions. The volume and speed with which fingerprints are transmitted from booking stations in local agencies to a state criminal records repository enables rapid updating and availability of criminal record information. The National Instant Criminal Background Check system (NICS) check utilizes records from several Federal databases and of these the Interstate Identification Index (III) houses fingerprint-based records. Improving fingerprint reporting, storage, and processing increases the timeliness and accuracy of background checks for the purpose of determining eligibility for firearms ownership. In 2015, the III was able to effectively and reliably respond to more than 22.2 million firearm-related search requests, an average of more than 63,000 per day. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250275.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 141116

Author: Gallegos, Anne Title: State Progress in Record Reporting for Firearm-Related Background Checks: Misdemeanor Crimes of Domestic Violence Summary: A conviction for a qualifying misdemeanor crime of domestic violence (MCDV) prohibits a person from possessing a firearm. There is a wide universe of state offenses that could potentially be MCDV related; however, the conviction must meet several specific criteria in order for the Federal prohibition to apply. Federal law defines an MCDV as "an offense" that: • Is a misdemeanor under federal, state, or tribal law or, in jurisdictions which do not classify offenses as misdemeanors, is an offense which is punishable by imprisonment for a term of one year or less, and includes offenses that are punishable only by a fine; • Has as an element of the use or attempted use of physical force or the threatened use of a deadly weapon; and • At the time the offense was committed, the defendant was: ₒ A current or former spouse, parent, or guardian of the victim; ₒ A person with whom the victim shares a child in common; ₒ A person who is cohabiting with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse, parent, or guardian; or ₒ A person who was or is similarly situated to a spouse, parent, or guardian of the victim. Disqualifying convictions that meet the physical force element and qualifying relationship requirements listed above are reported to the appropriate federal databases to be available for conducting background checks. When fingerprints are required for misdemeanor offenses, the MCDV record will be available through the Interstate Identification Index (III). It is, however, difficult to recognize MCDV records in III because they are often not labeled as such. For instance, a state may list offenses as assaults or simple assaults, making it unclear which ones were crimes of domestic violence, something that can only be established by looking at the relationship information in the police report or charging document on a case-by-case basis. Twelve states currently use flagging within their state criminal history record systems to indicate domestic violence convictions.² While this is helpful in identifying potential disqualifying records, it does not necessarily mean that the record meets the complete federal MCDV definition. For this and other reasons (e.g., if fingerprints are not required for misdemeanor offenses, the specific relationship and/or physical force elements are not included in the record available to III) MCDV records are often reported to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS) Index. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250392.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 141117

Author: Choo, Kyungseok Title: Juvenile Drug Courts: Policy and Practice Scan Summary: A policy and practice scan (sometimes referred to as an environmental scan) was conducted to provide data on a sample of local juvenile drug treatment courts (JDTCs) in the United States. The objectives of the scan were to collect data from a sample of JDTCs on their current operations and structures, challenges to implementation, and perceived or measurable successes. The scan was not conducted to determine whether or not JDTCs "work," but, rather, to provide descriptive research evidence to answer the question, "What is going on?" Eligibility Criteria To be included in the scan, a local JDTC was required to meet the following eligibility criteria: (1) the JDTC was established in 2004 or later (excluding JDTCs that predate the release of the current practice strategies), and (2) it was operational for at least 2 years at the time of the scan. Sampling Methods A variety of methods were used to create the sample for this scan. The methods were carried out in the following order: 1. Researchers contacted the state-level juvenile drug treatment court coordinators for each state and territory and asked them to furnish a list of JDTCs in their jurisdiction, along with contact information and any data that could help the research team assess eligibility. In those instances in which we did not receive a response from the state coordinator, we contacted the Administrative Office of the Courts (AOCs) at the state level for the information. 2. The initial efforts were supplemented by examinations of the most recent directory of drug courts created by the National Association of Drug Court Professionals (NADCP) and through other methods, including Google searches. A total of 405 JDTCs from 44 states and Puerto Rico were identified through these methods, and 107 were identified as being eligible. Once the sample pool was established, key contacts at each eligible site - usually the coordinators - were contacted by e-mail or phone to request participation in the project. Out of the total, eligible sample pool, 25 JDTCs agreed to participate; they became our sample for the scan.2 The 25 JDTCs represented 20 states. Results History and inception. Local JDTCs were initiated in a variety of ways. The most common impetus was the interest of a juvenile court judge (or, in few instances, a court administrator) who had heard about JDTCs in other jurisdictions and wanted to institute a specialized court for juvenile substance abusers. In a few cases, the juvenile drug treatment court was a natural extension of an adult drug court that was already established in the jurisdiction. In other instances, the JDTC was expanded from existing JDTCs in nearby jurisdictions. The role of funding was acknowledged by some of the key contacts; several JDTCs had obtained grants (mostly state-level funding) to help start and implement the JDTC. A common component at inception was a steering or planning committee and a designated “leader” for the initiative. Some common challenges faced at start-up were the lack of treatment providers and transportation for youth to attend the program. In addition, a minority discussed conflicts among agencies in the partnerships, the learning curve in operating a JDTC, insufficient funding for hiring staff, and getting grant proposals written to support the effort. Local partnerships. Most key contacts for local JDTCs indicated that there had been little change in their partnerships since they were formed. When changes did occur, the most common were to add or change treatment providers. A wide variety of professionals and organizations were involved in JDTC partnerships, the most common of which were judges, court administrators, the district attorney's or prosecutor's office, local treatment providers, the probation department, and state/county social service agencies. Additional partnerships included efforts with church groups and community organizations. A few key contacts noted that law enforcement and education organizations were important but were missing from their JDTC partnerships. Treatment options. Most JDTCs offered multiple treatment programs. The majority of treatment options focused on substance abuse, whereas some treatment programs also offered mental health services and family services. The JDTCs commonly offered both group and individual counseling to clients; in addition, others offered job placement, education assistance, and life skills programs. Youth who required more intensive, inpatient detoxification or rehabilitation were commonly referred to a local facility. Generally, these facilities were within a 1- to 4-hour drive of the court, and programs lasted anywhere from a weekend to 6 months. Every drug court utilized urine analysis for drug testing; in addition, some conducted oral fluid analysis and breathalyzer tests for alcohol detection. The juvenile clients were tested frequently: generally, two to three times a week at random times. Structure and operation. The typical structure of a JDTC consisted of three major parts: intensive judicial supervision, treatment services, and community-based organizational support. The core members of the intensive judicial supervision typically were an assigned judge, a prosecuting attorney, a public defender, and a probation officer. Almost all of the JDTCs contracted with external providers for treatment services (i.e., substance abuse treatment, drug tests, and individual/group/family counseling services). Many also included a representative from a school district and representatives from local community-based organizations. JDTC coordinators played a significant role in maintaining the coordinated and collaborative work of all partnering agencies and organizations. Most JDTCs had a clearly delineated referral process and explicitly outlined eligibility and program requirements in their policy manuals and client handbooks. The validation calls revealed, however, that many JDTCs struggled to provide services that were age appropriate, gender sensitive, and culturally and linguistically competent. For example, courts were challenged to provide adequate services to older youth (17 years or older) as well as to younger youth (under 13 years old). Many also indicated that they did not have much experience with female clients or non-English speaking clients (although some did provide interpreters). All JDTCs in our sample used incentives and sanctions to encourage clients to comply with program requirements. The most frequently cited incentives were gift cards and extended curfews. A common sanction was increased supervision, such as GPS monitoring or detention. Some JDTCs included mental health treatment, although they still considered their primary function to be substance abuse treatment. Performance evaluation and monitoring. Local JDTCs varied in their capacity to collect data for evaluation and monitoring performance. Only about one-third of the JDTCs included in our sample indicated that they collect data for performance monitoring, and even fewer have participated in an evaluation of any kind. Those who consistently collect data varied in the breadth, depth, and utility of the data. Most data-collecting JDTCs in our sample collected only basic data required for periodic monitoring at the state level (e.g., demographics of youth referred to the court, counts for graduation and termination, services received, and recidivism), but they indicated that these data were not sufficient for local program monitoring. A few of the JDTCs collected additional data through Web-based systems used to track clients and provide real-time monitoring. Most JDTCs, however, lacked comprehensive and accessible systems to track data for local monitoring and evaluation purposes. Successes. Local JDTCs defined success in a variety of ways. Some defined it as measurable change or impact for youth who participate (e.g., program graduation and reduced substance abuse, continued education, sustained employment, and reduction in recidivism). Others identified “soft” indicators, such as staff dedication and long-term connections with youth, staff, and others such as probation officers. In addition, a few key contacts at local JDTCs identified certain attitudinal and behavioral changes, such as better relationships with parents/guardians and personal functioning, as being indicative of success even though these factors are not captured by data systems. At least one JDTC identified broader public health outcomes, such as reduced early pregnancies, as another indicator of success. Nearly all perceived their court as successful; however, very few could provide any data on documented successes of their local JDTC. Challenges to implementation. Key contacts at local JDTCs identified a wide variety of challenges to implementation. The most commonly cited challenge was lack of funding, especially for supporting incentives for youth in the program and enabling sufficient staffing. Other common challenges to implementation included developing effective treatment for youth with serious addiction or other complex problems; engaging families in the program and in providing a supportive home environment for their children; insufficient treatment options, including mental health and family counseling; training for staff and treatment providers; poor collaboration and communication among certain stakeholders in the JDTC; key gaps with agencies such as the district attorney; transportation for youth to attend JDTC activities, particularly in rural areas; and the role of the youth’s defense attorney, which can conflict with the aims of the JDTC. Sustainability. None of the JDTCs had a formal sustainability plan. Many suggested factors that would facilitate sustainability, such as having a “program champion” (i.e., someone who believes that the program is necessary and useful regardless of the statistics); securing judicial, prosecutorial, school and community buy-in (at least one JDTC used social media and a website to promote the program); having a committed leader, team, and advisory board; and demonstrating the value of the program through data and research. A few JDTCs talked about using a sales tax or Medicaid to help provide support for youth services. In at least one state, a compliance agency was created to track and certify all of the drug courts; this has helped with sustainability as the tracking process revealed how funds were being spent. Current practice standards/Guidelines development. Most key contacts at JDTCs were aware, in general, of the 2004 JDTC practice standards. In some cases, the 16 strategies were noted in the local JDTC (or state-level) policy and procedures manual. In a few instances, the 16 standards were intentionally used to guide the creation of the JDTC. Others took the standards into account for performance monitoring. Most key contacts—especially those focused on collaboration, teamwork, judicial involvement, and community partnerships—supported the 16 standards. As one key contact stated, “Just having the guidelines there and stated clearly is helpful...they’re a great resource.” Family engagement was considered critical; however, some JDTCs were struggling to involve parents or guardians in their child’s treatment. A few JDTCs mentioned a need for help with meeting standards around providing developmentally appropriate and multiculturally competent treatment. Several JDTCs cited challenges related to providing incentives (sometimes because of funding issues) and sanctions. With respect to future work related to the guidelines development process, one key contact recommended reaching out to the statewide drug court associations and asking them to review and disseminate the new guidelines. Another advocated including the use of an instrument such as the Youth Level of Service Case Management Inventory as a standard for facilitating data-driven offender assessment and treatment decisions. Conclusions A policy and practice scan was conducted with 25 local JDTCs that were established in 2004 or later and that have been operational since 2013 (for at least 2 years). Data were collected from available documentation and validation calls with key contacts at the local JDTC. Data were organized by a semi-structured protocol to provide information on history, treatment options, local partnerships, operations, performance monitoring and evaluation, successes, challenges, sustainability, and guidelines. Although the JDTCs varied widely on many dimensions, they also shared many similar attributes. Implications for Guidelines Key contacts at JDTCs generally were aware of the existence of the current practice standards, and they supported the standards. Some JDTCs made an effort to follow them as outlined, yet a few of them struggled with implementing standards such as developmentally appropriate treatment and incentives and sanctions. Key contacts did not identify any guidelines to add or remove; they believed that the current guidelines were fairly comprehensive. Most of the JDTCs, however, lacked the funding to implement the guidelines as well as they would like. The shortage of funding undermines the goals of providing incentives and sanctions and comprehensive drug testing. Details: Woburn, MA: WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, 2016. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250442.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 146693

Author: Sedelmaier, Christopher M. Title: New Haven, Connecticut Smart Policing Initiative: Employing Evidence-Based Policing Strategies to Engage the Community and Reduce Crime Summary: The New Haven, Connecticut, Department of Police Service (NHPD) received a Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) grant at a time when local violent crime levels were higher than they had been since the mid-1990s and NHPD was operating at reduced force as a result of budget cuts and retirements. Partnering with a researcher at the University of New Haven, the New Haven SPI team sought to address rising violent crime rates and the number of local shooting incidents by increasing the use of data-driven decision making in daily police operations. The SPI project would employ supplementary foot patrols in the most violent neighborhood in the city, an area called "Newhallville." The intervention would address violence and gun discharges, while also enhancing community engagement in Newhallville. NHPD specifically focused on:  Outreach and community engagement, especially with block groups;  Data-driven, enhanced foot patrols; and  A modified problem-oriented policing (POP) technique. In July 2013, NHPD began the 13-week intervention of supplementary foot patrols in Newhallville. The department’s Crime Analysis Unit (CAU) prepared daily "flash sheets" for officers and residents who requested them. These flash sheets were bulletins containing maps, crime data, and other information provided by the CAU and other sources. The SPI officers were strongly encouraged to make informal contact with community members as frequently as possible. Through observation and interaction with Newhallville residents, the officers identified insufficient street lighting and neglected properties as two persistent neighborhood problems. And working in supervisory roles, the district manager and sergeant leveraged relationships with community groups and other city agencies to address these problems. Crime trends in Newhallville were compared to those in four comparison neighborhoods chosen for their similar histories of violent crime. Comparisons occurred at the neighborhood level and in high-risk areas (as defined through Risk Terrain Modeling). Over the 13-week intervention period, Newhallville experienced a 19-percent reduction in violent crime neighborhood-wide and a 36- percent reduction in violent crime within the high-risk areas. In the 13 weeks following the intervention, there was a further 41-percent violent crime drop at the neighborhood level and a 56- percent drop in the high-risk areas. Newhallville was the only neighborhood in the study to see period-over-period reductions in violent crime at both levels. While significant differences in violent crime were found between Newhallville and some of the comparison neighborhoods, caution should be exercised in interpreting the data. The New Haven SPI experience presents several lessons learned for both police managers and linelevel officers. For managers, the POP model is adaptable, and departments can modify it to fit challenges or situations that are unique to the local community, as New Haven did. Additionally, projects like SPI need champions, because personnel changes can challenge project continuity and support. For line-level officers, the New Haven SPI revealed that officer input and activity in intervention implementation along with accurate data collection and feedback loops are vital. Finally, and because lasting change takes time, managers should ensure that line-level officers have access to data, as well as to open communication channels, for an active feedback loop. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Smart Policing Initiative Spotlight Report: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/default/files/New%20Haven%20SPI%20Spotlight%20Final%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 141119

Author: Miller, Eric J. Title: Encountering Resistance: Contesting Policing and Procedural Justice Summary: Resisting authority is a really important way in which we assert our dignity and our political power as members of a democracy. In fact, resisting police authority is built into some of our most important Constitutional doctrines. The right to walk away, the right not to speak, and the right not to consent are core features of our legal and democratic processes. Disobedience is a legitimate form of democratic participation, even during an encounter with the police. It’s one way we assert our political standing as equal members of the community. We have a democratic right to contest policing that’s racist or picks on people for arbitrary or authoritarian reasons. But it’s also the way in which we assert our legal standing. In fact, cases like Bostick, Schneckloth, and Miranda tell us that resisting authority is not just the primary way to assert our Fourth and Fifth Amendment rights. It’s the only way: our constitutional rights just are rights to walk away, to refuse to consent, and to decline to speak. The Constitution protects our rights against the police by requiring us to resist and dissent. Too often the police use their command presence, and the implicit threat of force, to demand that the public respect police authority. That command presence is often expressed through explicit threats of violence, or the implicit threat of officer standing in the exit to a bus or in the entryway to a factory. But we’re also all aware that the officer’s polite and persistent questioning is sometimes just as dangerous: a subterfuge to trick the suspect into relinquishing her rights. Policing is, after all, what Justice Jackson called a "competitive enterprise." The police use all the means at their disposal, not just threats, but also promises and psychological ploys, to get us to comply and cooperate and reveal information. But complying and cooperating and revealing information may be precisely what lands us in some sort of criminal proceeding. Procedural justice is treats civilian participation through voicing consent or concerns as the mark of legitimate policing. But at the level of constitutional justice, persuading people to speak — to give voice — is often precisely the way police officers undermine their right to walk away or refuse consent or to avoid self-incrimination. Consider Brewer v. Williams: When Williams responded to Officer Leaming's Christian Burial Speech by identifying the spot where he had buried Pamela Powers, his participation in a mutually respectful process of policing — giving voice — was precisely what led to his conviction. The same goes for a host of other cases in which the police encourage people to speak, from Seibert v. Missouri's two-step interrogation process to Florida v. Drayton’s consent-based bus sweeps. If the police only prize compliant or respectful voices that do not challenge the legal or political basis of their authority or contest their right to stop civilian, then it is hard to see this sort of policing as democratically legitimate. It is the disobedient and adversarial voices that we sometimes need to remind the police of our rights and their limited powers. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola Law School, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola Law School, Los Angeles Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2016-41: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 141120

Author: Flemming, Pamela S. Title: Teen Empowerment's Youth/Police Dialogues: The Bridge to Improving Police and Youth Relations Summary: Negative youth-police relations are an issue that has plagued the Rochester, NY community for decades. Teen Empowerment is committed to helping change the relational negativity, and build positive partnerships between these two groups. The organization believes that youth-police dialogues are the bridge to improving youth-police relations, which will in turn build stronger communities. The information in this thesis tests whether youth-police dialogues are essential to improving the youth-police relationship. The Methodology for my evaluation included a pre and post survey for Teen Empowerment's youth organizers and participating police officers. Surveys were completed for the Phase I and Phase II dialogue sessions of the implemented program. Analysis of survey results focus group outcomes, and interview outcomes all point to positive consequences from the Youth-Police Dialogues. There were evident shifts in some measures on the surveys showing that participants gained empathy, understanding, and respect. Focus groups revealed some tangible changes in behavior among both officers and youth that indicate they gained new perspectives as well as new skills for how to work together effectively. The policy implications for this research for contemporary youth-police relations include the need for more dialogue sessions, integrating non-dialogue activities, such as sports, or volunteer opportunities, to help the group bond. It would also be beneficial to have youth and officers who are considered to be a problem to each respective group (i.e. bad cops, bad youth). Details: Rochester, NY: Rochester Institute of Technology, 2015. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.rit.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=10132&context=theses Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 141122

Author: Resource Development Associates Title: Oakland Unite: Overview of Evaluation Findings and Recommendations Summary: Resource Development Associates (RDA) has been the external evaluator for the City of Oakland's Measure Y initiative since 2008. In that role, RDA has worked with the City's Human Services Department (HSD) and contracted service providers to design and implement a mixed-methods evaluation to examine both the implementation and the impact of Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs. This memo is intended to provide an overview of evaluation findings to date, along with recommendations for improving Oakland Unite programs and the broader Oakland Unite service delivery infrastructure. Evaluation Overview Over the past 8 years, RDA has used a mixed methods approach to evaluate the implementation and effectiveness of the Oakland Unite initiative, as well as of specific Oakland Unite strategies, and of individual Oakland Unite programs. Our qualitative data collection activities have included interviews and focus groups with a range of Oakland Unite stakeholders, including both executive-level and line staff in community-based service providers, program participants, and leadership from partner agencies, such as the Oakland Police Department (OPD), Oakland Unified School District (OUSD), Alameda County Health Care Services Agency (ACHCSA), and more. In addition, the evaluation team has collected a range of quantitative data, including client-level service data from Oakland HSD's CitySpan data system; justic esystem data from Alameda County Probation Department's (ACPD) Juvenile Division, ACPD's Adult Division, and the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR); OUSD data on youth attendance, suspensions, and expulsions; and client surveys on development assets, service quality, and more. Overview of Recommendations Drawing on our knowledge of the Oakland Unite programs, our experience in violence prevention, and conversations with experts in the field, the RDA team developed a set of recommendations intended to improve future programming by leveraging current programmatic strengths and addressing areas of need and challenge. These recommendations are grounded in best practices and the current needs of Oakland's crime prevention programs. Informed by discussions with Oakland Unite leadership, partners from other public agencies, and conversations with clients and providers, RDA conducted reviews of best practices in the areas of criminal justice, violence prevention, case management, social work, and mental health. We triangulated these best practices with our evaluation findings to develop a series of targeted recommendations. Below, we present an overview of our evaluation findings along with recommendations for addressing challenges identified in our evaluations. Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2015. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/RDA-Eval-Recommendations-Memo_20150520_STC.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 146671

Author: Resource Development Associates Title: Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs Retrospective Evaluation: 2005-2013 Summary: The City of Oakland's Measure Y ordinance provides approximately $6 million annually for the City to spend on violence prevention programs (VPP), with an emphasis on services for youth and children. The four service areas identified in the legislation and funded via Measure Y include: 1) youth outreach counselors; 2) after and in-school programs for youth and children; 3) domestic violence and child abuse counselors; and 4) offender/parolee employment training. The City's Human Services Department (HSD) is responsible for implementing the VPP component of the Measure Y legislation, which it does through the Oakland Unite programs. In consultation with the Measure Y Oversight Committee and the City Council's Public Safety Committee, HSD develops triennial funding strategies that align with the services delineated in the legislation and that meet the shifting needs of the City of Oakland. HSD then administers and monitors grants to community-based organizations and public agencies that provide these services across the City. Since 2008, the City of Oakland has contracted with Resource Development Associates (RDA) to evaluate various components of Measure Y, including the Oakland Unite Violence Prevention Programs. Over the past six years, these evaluations have taken a variety of approaches to assessing the implementation and effectiveness of Oakland Unite, collecting a range of qualitative and quantitative data to evaluate individual programs, funding strategies, and the initiative as a whole. This report integrates these approaches to provide a retrospective analysis of Oakland Unite, with a focus on the programs and strategies that directly address crime and violence, from the initiative's inception in 2005 through Fiscal Year 2012-2013. In particular, the evaluation examines: - How the Oakland Unite service model has changed over time, including target population, service array, and service dosage; - How participants' justice system involvement changes after participation in Oakland Unite programs; and - How participants' post-service justice system contact has changed over the course of the initiative. Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2017 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/OU-VPP_Retrospective_Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 146672

Author: Tyler, Tom R. Title: The Consequence of Being a Target of Suspicion: Potential Pitfalls of Proactive Policing Summary: During the latter half of the 20th century a new model of policing developed in the United States which continues to dominate American policing today. It has two key features. First, it proactively attempts to prevent crime through the widespread use of police stops and arrests for minor crimes. Second, it imposes policing policies and practices upon communities instrumentally via the threat or use of various legal sanctions. Data from a national survey indicate that this approach to policing does not lower fear of crime; increase the perceived risk of punishment for rule breaking; or strongly impact perceptions of disorder. On the other hand, it has damaged the social bonds between the police and the community; undermined police legitimacy and led to declines in public willingness to cooperate with the police. This paper examines how such policies developed, why they are problematic, and how a focus on building popular legitimacy would be more desirable. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers2.cfm?abstract_id=2468779 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 147375

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Supply Chain Security: Providing Guidance and Resolving Data Problems Could Improve Management of the Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism Program Summary: What GAO Found Staff from U.S. Customs and Border Protection's (CBP) Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (C-TPAT) program have faced challenges in meeting C-TPAT security validation responsibilities because of problems with the functionality of the program's data management system (Portal 2.0). In particular, since the system was updated in August 2015, C-TPAT staff have identified instances in which the Portal 2.0 system incorrectly altered C-TPAT members' certification or security profile dates, requiring manual verification of member data and impairing the ability of C-TPAT security specialists to identify and complete required security validations in a timely and efficient manner. While the focus of CBP's staff was initially on documenting and addressing Portal 2.0 problems as they arose, the staff have begun to identify root causes that led to the Portal 2.0 problems. For example, CBP staff cited unclear requirements for the system and its users' needs, coupled with inadequate testing, as factors that likely contributed to problems. In response, CBP staff have outlined recommended actions, along with time-frames for completing the actions. The staff stated that they will continue to work on identifying and addressing potential root causes of the Portal problems through 2017. C-TPAT officials told us that despite the Portal 2.0 problems, they have assurance that required security validations are being tracked and completed as a result of record reviews taking place at field offices. However, these field office reviews were developed in the absence of standardized guidance from C-TPAT headquarters. While the current validation tracking processes used by field offices do account for security validations conducted over the year, standardizing the process used by field offices for tracking required security validations could strengthen C-TPAT management's assurance that its field offices are identifying and completing the required security validations in a consistent and reliable manner. CBP cannot determine the extent to which C-TPAT members are receiving benefits because of data problems. Specifically, since 2012, CBP has compiled data on certain events or actions it has taken regarding arriving shipments—such as examination and hold rates and processing times—for both C-TPAT and non-C-TPAT members through its Dashboard data reporting tool. However, on the basis of GAO's preliminary analyses and subsequent data accuracy concerns cited by C-TPAT program officials, GAO determined that data contained in the Dashboard could not be relied on for accurately measuring C-TPAT member benefits. Also, CBP has likely relied on such questionable data since it developed the Dashboard in 2012, and, thus, cannot be assured that C-TPAT members have consistently received the benefits that CBP has publicized. C-TPAT officials stated that they are analyzing the Dashboard to finalize an action plan to correct the data concerns. It is too soon to tell, though, whether this process will fully address the accuracy and reliability issues. Despite these issues, C-TPAT officials are exploring new member benefits, and industry officials we met with generally spoke positively of the C-TPAT program. Why GAO Did This Study The economic well-being of the United States depends on the movement of millions of cargo shipments throughout the global supply chain—the flow of goods from manufacturers to retailers or other end users. However, cargo shipments can present security concerns. CBP is responsible for administering cargo security and facilitating the flow of legitimate commerce. CBP has implemented several programs as part of a risk-based approach to supply chain security. One such program, C-TPAT, is a voluntary program in which CBP staff validate that members' supply chain security practices meet minimum security criteria. In return, members are eligible to receive benefits, such as a reduced likelihood their shipments will be examined. This report assesses the extent to which (1) CBP is meeting its security validation responsibilities, and (2) C-TPAT members are receiving benefits. GAO reviewed information on security validations, member benefits, and other program documents. GAO also interviewed officials at CBP headquarters and three C-TPAT field offices chosen for their geographical diversity; as well as select C-TPAT members and trade industry officials. What GAO Recommends GAO is recommending that CBP develop (1) standardized guidance for field offices regarding the tracking of information on security validations, and (2) a plan with milestones and completion dates to fix the Dashboard so the C-TPAT program can produce accurate data on C-TPAT member benefits. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-84: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/682620.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 141135

Author: Utah. Legislative Auditor General Title: A Performance Audit of Utah's Monetary Bail System Summary: This audit reviews the effectiveness of the two types of monetary bail commonly offered in Utah's district courts: cash bail and surety bond. Cash bail involves a payment to the courts that is refunded to the defendant if not convicted, or if convicted, could be forfeited and applied to court-related fees. Surety bond involves a non-refundable premium, typically 10 percent of the full bail amount, paid to a commercial surety (a.k.a. bail bond agency). Since the primary objectives of bail are to assure court appearance and community safety, this audit compares the effectiveness of the two monetary bail types in assuring court appearances. Court appearance data also led us to review evidence-based pretrial release practices that enhance community safety as well as the surety bond forfeiture process. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Office of the Legislative Auditor General, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 2017-01: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: https://university.pretrial.org/HigherLogic/System/DownloadDocumentFile.ashx?DocumentFileKey=ce65ff35-ba9c-77fb-8922-b9417faecd6e Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147376

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Office of Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking (SMART) Title: Sex Offender Registration and Notification in the United States: Current Case Law and Issues Summary: Overview of US Sex Offender Registration Sex offender registration and notification systems have been established within the United States in a variety of ways. There are a number of resources which are referred to, loosely, as 'sex offender registries.' For the purposes of clarification, we start this summary with an outline of those systems. Registration is a Local Activity In the United States, sex offender registration is conducted at the local level. The federal government does not have a comprehensive system for directly registering sex offenders. Generally speaking, sex offenders in the United States are required to register with law enforcement in each state, locality, territory, or tribe within which they reside, work, or attend school. Each state has its own distinct sex offender registration and notification system. The District of Columbia and the five principal U.S. territories each have their own systems, as well, and an increasing number of federally-recognized Indian Tribes also have their own sex offender registration and notification systems. Every one of these systems has its own nuances and distinct features. Every jurisdiction (meaning each state, territory, or tribe) makes its own determinations about who will be required to register, what information those offenders must provide, which offenders will be posted on the jurisdiction’s public registry website, and so forth. Even though sex offender registration itself is not directly administered by the federal government, the federal government is involved in sex offender registration and notification in a number of meaningful ways. Details: Washington, DC: SMART, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: https://www.smart.gov/caselaw/handbook_sept2014.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Notification Shelf Number: 141137

Author: Herrenkohl, Todd I. Title: Effects of Child Maltreatment, Cumulative Victimization Experiences, and Proximal Life Stress on Adult Crime and Antisocial Behavior Summary: This study sought to replicate and extend research findings on subtypes of child maltreatment, childhood exposure to domestic violence, subsequent forms of victimization, and stress in relation to antisocial behavior, crime, and adulthood IPV perpetration and victimization. The study also investigated protective factors for maltreated children and predictors of self-reported crime desistence among maltreated and multiply victimized children. Data are from the Lehigh Longitudinal Study, an ongoing prospective investigation of children and families that began in the 1970s. The original sample was comprised of 457 children. Over 80% of the children, now adults, were assessed in 2008-2010 at an average of 36 years. Data on child maltreatment and related risk and protective factors were collected much earlier, beginning when participants were preschoolers, 18 months to 6 years of age. Findings of seven publications, the products of this secondary data analysis project, provide further evidence of the relationship between child maltreatment and adult antisocial behavior and crime. They also point to instances in which this relationship is influenced by other variables, including those pertaining to the socialization of peers and partners. Findings raise the possibility that physical, emotional, and sexual abuse relate differently to self-reported crime and that predictors and pathways differ at times on the basis of gender. Further, several analyses highlight the risk-lowering effects of education variables (e.g., educational engagement, academic achievement, high school graduation), suggesting that attention should be given to incorporating perspectives on schooling and education in prevention and criminal justice policy. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250506.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146648

Author: Ellis, B. Heidi Title: Understanding Pathways to and Away from Violent Radicalization among Resettled Somali Refugees Summary: The overall objective of the proposed project was to understand pathways to diverse outcomes among Somali immigrants: why do some embrace greater openness to violent extremism, while others with shared life histories move towards gangs, crime, or resilient outcomes such as civic engagement? To what degree do these outcomes overlap? In this project we empirically examined the principle of multi-finality, or pathways leading from a shared refugee experience to multiple outcomes. Understanding these different trajectories, and the factors that shape an individual's progress towards diverse outcomes, provides critical information to local and state government agencies as they respond to the potential threat of domestic radicalization. Somalis in North America offer a window into the remarkable potential that can be realized by refugees/immigrants despite experiences of severe adversity as well as the challenges some subgroups encounter when adjusting to life in a new country. Somalia has endured one of the longest and most brutal wars of the past 30 years. Civil war broke out in 1991 and the nation has existed in what has been described as a "perpetual anarchy" to this day (Agbiboa 2014). This enduring conflict has led to millions of Somalis being dispersed as refugees across the globe. As refugees with limited resources, many Somalis in North America are resettled in poor urban neighborhoods where they are visibly different, not only because of race or ethnicity but also because of dress, especially for women who wear a Muslim head covering. Somali refugees have also found themselves inserted into the unfamiliar black and white dichotomy that dominates American racial discourse (Kusow 2006). In this regard, though Somalis came to North America to escape the horrors of war, they often find themselves facing new problems, such as lack of jobs, loss of status, high levels of neighborhood violence, and racial and ethnic discrimination (Betancourt et al. 2014; Abdi 2015). In addition, the community has been plagued by violence. For example, in Minneapolis, MN, where the greatest number of Somali refugees in the US has settled, the community has faced gang violence and the threat of youth radicalizing simultaneously. In the two-year period between December 2007 and January 2010, eleven Somali American youth were killed in gang violence in the twin cities and twenty left to join Al-Shabaab (Yuen 2010). More recently, nine Somali youth have been arrested and have been sentenced or are awaiting sentences for their attempts to join (Yuen, Ibrahim, and Aslanian 2015;Yuen, Ibrahim, & Xaykaothao, 2016). While the number of Somali American youth joining these groups are small and while the majority of Somali Americans are law-abiding citizens, the terrorist groups' ability to recruit these youth and to convince some of them to engage in violent acts is concerning not only to policymakers and law enforcement but also to the Somali community's which fears losing more youth to violence or having the community reputation sullied by being associated with terrorism. While some of the social and cultural factors affecting Somalis are unique to that ethnic group, they also share experiences common to many immigrants - navigating identity development and duality as they move between home and host cultures, contending with discrimination as religious, racial and ethnic minorities, and striving to achieve their dreams while struggling to gain socioeconomic stability. Thus understanding their developmental trajectories may inform our understanding of other immigrant and refugee groups as well. Details: Boston: Boston Children’s Hospital and Harvard Medical School, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250415.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 146650

Author: Tallon, Jennifer A. Title: The Intelligence-Driven Prosecution Model: A Case Study in the New York County District Attorney’s Office Summary: Designed and implemented by the New York County District Attorney's Office (DANY), the Intelligence-Driven Prosecution Model (IDPM) is a novel prosecutorial strategy rooted in the rigorous collection of background information about the people, places, and problems driving crime in specific neighborhoods. Through enhanced information gathering— including close coordination with local law enforcement and robust community outreach— the IDPM intends to facilitate improved prosecutorial decision-making. Though technologycentered intelligence collection concerning the specific people and places driving crime adds a unique dimension to data analysis, the model is better understood as a logical extension of earlier community prosecution initiatives dating back to the late 1980s and 1990s. With funding from the U.S. Bureau of Justice Assistance, this study aims to document how the IDPM operates, and explore the model's implementation and effects in New York County, known more widely as the borough of Manhattan. Study methods included intensive document review, interviews with key District Attorney's Office staff and community stakeholders, a quantitative survey of assistant district attorneys regarding their knowledge and use of intelligence gathered in connection with the model, and an impact analysis concerning the effects of the model on bail recommendations, charging, case disposition, and sentencing outcomes. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/IDPM_Research_Report_FINAL.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Prosecution Shelf Number: 147377

Author: Yahner, Jennifer Title: Validation of the Employment Retention Inventory: An Assessment Tool of the National Institute of Corrections Summary: Purpose This report summarizes findings from the first validation study of the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) Employment Retention Inventory (ERI). The ERI is an assessment tool designed to detect potential job loss risks and needs among justice-involved and behavioral health populations. Scope From September 2013 to August 2016, the Urban Institute (Urban) worked collaboratively with NIC's Community Services Division to assess the ability of the ERI to predict employment-related risks and job loss among criminal justice-involved individuals in two diverse jurisdictions - Jackson County, OR and Allegheny County, PA. Researchers also examined the relationship between employment and recidivism. Methods In both study sites, individuals on probation and parole were recruited for study participation from May to October 2014; a total of 253 employed and 159 unemployed individuals participated in the study. Study participation included baseline completion of a short online survey in which the ERI was embedded, and collection of follow-up data on employment and recidivism eight and 12 months later, respectively. Findings Overall, items in the ERI showed strong face and content validity and readability at a 6th grade level, with study participants reporting ease and comfort in taking the computerized, self-administered questionnaire. Looking at the ERI's predictive validity, the instrument performed fair overall with excellent ratings for those in rural Jackson County. Findings also support a linkage between employment retention and recidivism. Next Steps A replication validation of the ERI is currently underway to assess the instrument's validity for a larger sample of individuals, covering the full array of employment experiences for justice-involved and behavioral health populations. The goal is to study the ERI's implementation in practice, when administered by NIC-trained Employment Retention Specialists and applied to individuals from a diversity of backgrounds. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/85331/validation-of-the-employment-retention-inventory_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 146651

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Weighing the Charges: Simple Possession of Drugs in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: The simple possession of illegal drugs is a criminal offense under federal law and in many state jurisdictions. The offense occurs "when someone has on his or her person, or available for his or her use, a small amount of an illegal substance for the purpose of consuming or using it but without the intent to sell or give it to anyone else." Simple drug possession is a misdemeanor under federal law which provides that an offender may be sentenced to a term of imprisonment of not more than one year, fined a minimum of $1,000, or both. However, if an offender is convicted of simple possession after a prior drug related offense has become final, the offender can be charged with a felony simple possession offense. The number of federal offenders whose most serious offense was simple drug possession increased nearly 400 percent during the six-year period between fiscal years 2008 and 2013. A change of this magnitude over a relatively short period of time triggered further investigation into these cases using data on offender and offense characteristics routinely collected by the United States Sentencing Commission ("the Commission"), as well as additional data collected specifically for this project. At first, this dramatic increase in the number of offenders sentenced for the simple possession of drugs seems to suggest a substantially increased focus on this offense by federal law enforcement personnel. Further analysis, however, does not support such a conclusion. A closer inspection of the data demonstrates that this increase is almost entirely attributable to a single drug type—marijuana—and to offenders who were arrested at or near the U.S./Mexico border (a group almost entirely composed of offenders from the District of Arizona). For simple possession of marijuana offenders arrested at locations other than the U.S./Mexico border, the median quantity of marijuana involved in the offense was 5.2 grams (0.2 ounces). In contrast, the offense conduct of simple possession of marijuana offenders arrested at that border involved a median quantity of 22,000 grams (48.5 pounds or 776.0 ounces)—a quantity that appears in excess of a personal use quantity. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2017 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2016/201609_Simple-Possession.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 141143

Author: Klausen, Jytte Title: The Role of Social Networks in the Evolution of Al Qaeda-Inspired Violent Extremism in the United States, 1990-2015 Summary: 1. Purpose of Study: This report analyses the networks and organizations that mobilize and direct Americans for jihadist action, or that raise money in the US for Hamas and Hezbollah. The study employs a quasi-experimental method using a control-case design, comparing the network structures of American terrorism offenders inspired by Hezbollah with those of Sunni extremist groups aligned with Al Qaeda, and in recent years ISIL. 2. The Problem: How and why do foreign terrorist organizations recruit Americans to their cause? Three answers have been proposed to this question:  Homegrown terrorism is a tactic developed by the foreign terrorist organization to further its strategic interest in attacking Western targets. Command and control is essential to all terrorist organizations.  Homegrown terrorism is essentially "leaderless". The root cause of militancy lies at home. US militants may declare allegiance to foreign terrorist organizations, but this is just a matter of aspiration.  Terrorist groups are comprised of leaders and foot soldiers, and tailor their operations to meet strategic goals, including, perhaps most importantly, keeping their numbers up. An emphasis on recruitment requires an open structure; fundraising requires centralized control over the flow of money; plotting attacks needs a covert and decentralized and covert organization. 2. Data and Methodology: The data were collected as part of the Western Jihadism Project (WJP), a database of Western nationals associated with terrorist plots related to Al Qaeda and aligned groups, including ISIL, from the early 1990s to the end of 2015.  Over the past twenty-five years, close to 800 residents or citizens of the U.S. have committed terrorism offenses inspired by one of the many Islamist terrorist groups that have been active in this country.Of these, about 560 may be described as "homegrown" terrorists: American citizens or residents who have been arrested or have died in incidents related to Al Qaeda and its many affiliates and successors. Foreigners who have attacked the United States, e.g. the September 11 hijackers, or have been brought to trial in the United States, are excluded from this estimate, and are not considered in this study.  Data were also collected on Americans convicted on charges related to Hamas and Hezbollah in order to assess differences in network organization that are related to the particular objectives of international terrorist groups operating in the United States. All data were collected from court records and other public documentation. Data collection procedures were designed to facilitate social network analysis through the comprehensive coding of information about communications and relationship between known terrorist offenders.  The study uses a method termed social network analysis (SNA). Developed by sociologists to study informal network dynamics, it has proved to be helpful in ascertaining structures, variations and patterns of change in terrorist organizations. 3. Key Findings: 2015 ended with a record number of arrests in the U.S. related to Salafi-jihadist inspired terrorism, the highest count since the 9/11 attacks. The 2013 Boston Marathon Bombings and the ability of home-based if not necessarily homegrown militants to carry out successful mass shooting attacks in 2015 and 2016 are further indications that the country faces a significant and growing threat from Americans who are inspired by the Salafi-jihadist ideology and who are guided by recruiters acting on behalf of foreign terrorist organizations.  Islamist terrorism in the United States has taken many different forms. These range from the pyramidal hierarchy of the Brooklyn-based cell in the 1990s to the family-based criminal fundraising schemes run by Hamas and Hezbollah and the recent decentralized pop-up cells of Americans who have become enamored of the Islamic State’s propaganda.  The 1993 Brooklyn-based cell was markedly hierarchical and typical for an enclave-based terrorist organization that combines proselytizing and recruitment with planning and mobilization for terrorism. It was therefore vulnerable to prosecution and suppression, and its legacy for jihadist terrorism in the Untied States was minimal. Only actors who escaped abroad were able to carry on.  Hamas and Hezbollah have used the United States as a base for raising funds, and occasionally as a safe harbor for important operatives. They retained the character of diaspora organizations focused on supporting organizations in the Middle East and eschewed domestic recruitment and mobilization for violent action in the United States. Highly centralized and vertical networks, they tend to organize around large-scale family-based fraud conspiracies involving siblings, parents and children, spouses, in-laws, uncles, cousins, and even more distant relatives. While the cells lacked broader connections within the United States, they were linked to the mother organizations in Lebanon or Gaza, often through nodes placed outside the United States.  The number of Americans who die abroad in connection with terrorist actions on behalf of foreign terrorist organizations has risen sharply in recent years. Homegrown American militants nearly always first want to go abroad to fight. Later, they may be turned around to carry out attacks at home—or if they are frustrated in their ambition to go abroad, choose to commit acts of terrorism at home. After the 9/11 attacks, jihadist recruitment in the United States recovered only slowly, facilitated by travel to Al Qaeda affiliates in Pakistan, Yemen, and Somalia, and a web-based proselytizing and recruitment strategy. In the last two years, travel to territories controlled by ISIL produced an uptick in deaths.  Recruitment networks funneling people abroad look very different from the networks of the past that were intent of organizing attacks at home. The Islamic State’s recruitment structure presents a classic pattern of what is known as a star network, i.e. a communication network in which all nodes are independently connected to one central unit, here the recruiters for the Islamic State. Flat, dispersed, and highly connected through the central hub, all traffic goes through the leadership based abroad. The peripheral nodes may be comprised of just one person linking up via a home computer or the node may be a pop-up cell of friends and family communicating with the central hub. But characteristically those on the periphery have little awareness of each other.  The new network structure associated with social media recruitment prioritizes recruitment over exercising control and command of violent plots. It is inaccurate to say that it exemplified “leaderless” terrorism as all information and action scripts run through the central hub of the network, comprised of recruiters and middle-men acting on behalf of the ISIL.  Jihadist recruitment has reached into small and mid-sized cities in every state of the country. The impact of online recruitment is evident in the diversity of American terrorism offenders, who today have come from forty different ethnicities and all races. In 2015 investigations related to the Islamic State were in progress in all fifty states. Given the extraordinary diversity of the American homegrown terrorism offenders, no common denominator and no common set of grievances, or even common motivations, can explain what makes a few individuals opt to join groups espousing violent jihad. 4. Inferences and Recommendations For Policy: Family members and spouses are often the first to know when a person is about to do something. American homegrown terrorists rebel against the nation and their parents, and against the American Muslim community. Establish a duty to report: State and federal laws should make it a duty to report suspicions about imminent criminal activity related to terrorism. The legal construction may mirror current rules regarding the obligation to report child abuse if the family member, teacher, or community member has “cause to believe” that a risk to the public exists. But what are bystanders supposed to see? There is a real risk that American Muslims will be unfairly stereotyped in the absence of a clearly formulated public education program that focus on signs of radicalization to violent extremism. Focus on community education: The growing involvement of converts and the diffusion of risk outside the metropolitan areas suggests a need to educate community leaders, teachers, prison wardens and social workers in the detection of the signs of dangerous radicalization. The number of Americans participating in lethal attacks abroad has increased. For this reason and because of the intimate connection between perpetrating an attack at home and going abroad—in whatever order— the expression of a desire to go abroad to fight for a jihadist organization should be treated as an immediate risk to homeland security. Disrupt and intercept travel to foreign terrorist organizations and insurgencies: Withdrawal of passports is one tool. Preventing the development of hidden communities of extremism should continue be a high priority. Radicalization takes place in online and offline networks and peer groups. Profile the networks: Social network analysis may provide a fuller picture of an individual’s risk profile if it is used to profile all contact points, ranging from social media networks to offline engagements with other militants. The focus should be on top-down suppression of the purveyors of extreme political violence rather than bottom-up elimination of militant social media activists. Many would-be terrorists are caught online. That does not mean that they radicalized online. Moreover, online data have proven of value to law enforcement. Suppress Internet Producers of Online Violent Extremism: Policy should focus on targeting and suppressing the recruiters rather than retail-level consumers of terrorist propaganda. Details: Final Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250416.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: al Qaeda Shelf Number: 146964

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects, Evidence-Based Practices: Screening & Assessment Summary: This report is one in a series from the Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice Assistance FY 2011 Second Chance Act (SCA) Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDPs). This report describes the use of screening and assessment for criminogenic risks and needs by seven grantees who implemented adult reentry programs using SCA funding. Findings are based on information collected in 2014 through semi-structured interviews with AORDP staff and organizational partners, as well as through a Web-based survey administered in spring 2014 to key reentry stakeholders at each site. to identify eligible participants, inform reentry/transition planning, and guide service delivery; five of the seven sites had screening and risk/needs assessment practices in place before their demonstration projects began. Many sites use widely recognized, validated tools, such as the Level of Service Inventory-Revised, although some sites developed and validated local tools specific to their target populations. Jail-based reentry sites, for example, were more likely to use "name brand" tools, whereas prison-based reentry sites used systems-pecific tools, such as the Department of Correction's Treatment and Programs Assessment Inventory screener in Connecticut and the Minnesota Screening Tool Assessing Recidivism Risk in Minnesota. Sites’ assessment practices largely align with core correctional principles, with the exception of reassessment. The research literature recommends regular reassessment of criminogenic risk and needs to measure progress and realign service goals, but few sites reported routine reassessment of such factors. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute; Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250469.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 141145

Author: Rossman, Shelli B. Title: Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects, Evidence-Based Practices: Case Management Summary: This report from RTI International and the Urban Institute is one in a series from the Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice Assistance fiscal year 2011 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDPs). The report describes the use of case-management practices among seven grantees that implemented adult reentry programs using Second Chance Act funding. Findings are based on information collected in 2014 through semi-structured interviews with AORDP staff and organizational partners, as well as through a web-based survey administered in spring 2014 to key reentry stakeholders at each site. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute; Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250470.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 141146

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Recidivism Among Federal Drug Trafficking Offenders Summary: The Commission's Ongoing Recidivism Research The United States Sentencing Commission began studying recidivism shortly after the enactment of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 ("SRA"). The Commission’s recent publication Recidivism Among Federal Offenders: A Comprehensive Overview ("Recidivism Overview Report") discussed the history of this study in greater detail. Recidivism information is central to three of the primary purposes of punishment described in the SRA—specific deterrence, incapacitation, and rehabilitation—all of which focus on prevention of future crimes through correctional intervention. Information about recidivism is also relevant to the Commission’s obligation to formulate sentencing policy that "reflect[s], to the extent practicable, advancements in knowledge of human behavior as it relates to the sentencing process." Considerations of recidivism by federal offenders were also central to the Commission’s initial work in developing the Guidelines Manual's criminal history provisions.4 They remain important to subsequent work, including the retroactive application of sentencing reductions in cases involving crack cocaine, and continue to be a key consideration in the Commission’s work today. Recent developments, particularly public attention to the size of the federal prison population and the costs of incarceration, have highlighted the importance of studying recidivism among federal offenders. The Commission's current recidivism research substantially expands on the scope of previous Commission recidivism projects. In addition to a different set of offenders— U.S. citizen federal offenders released in 2005—the project's study group is much larger than those in previous Commission studies. A larger study group provides the opportunity to develop statistically useful conclusions about many subgroups of federal offenders. This Report: Recidivism Among Federal Drug Trafficking Offenders This report examines a group of 10,888 federal drug trafficking offenders who were released in calendar year 2005. They were originally sentenced between fiscal year 1991 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. Offenders were placed in this group based on the primary sentencing guideline that the court applied when sentencing the offender. One-half (50.0%) of these drug trafficking offenders were rearrested for a new crime or for an alleged violation of their supervision over the follow-up period of eight years. This compares to a 49.3 percent rearrest rate for all offenders reported in the Recidivism Overview Report. These 10,888 offenders, who were all U.S. citizens, represent 42.8 percent of the 25,431 federal offenders who were released in calendar year 200510 and analyzed in the Recidivism Overview Report. Among those offenders in this group for whom drug type information was available,11 crack cocaine was the most common primary drug type, with 2,953 crack cocaine offenders (27.3% of the 10,814 offenders with a known primary drug type). The remaining primary drug types, in order of prevalence, were marijuana (n=2,570, 23.8%), powder cocaine (n=2,350, 21.7%), methamphetamine (n=1,826, 16.9%), and heroin (n=590, 5.5%). An additional 525 (4.9%) offenders had some other type of drug as the primary type of drug in their offense, and were not studied separately for purposes of this report. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2017. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170221_Recidivism-Drugs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 141174

Author: Texas Defender Service Title: Lethally Deficient: Direct Appeals in Texas Death Penalty Cases Summary: An indigent capital defendant's right to trial counsel has been a component of the State of Texas' criminal justice system since its inception. The state's first Code of Criminal Procedure in 1857 directed trial courts to appoint counsel to represent any indigent defendant charged with a capital offense. This enactment gave Texas death penalty defendants the right to trial counsel 75 years before the United States Supreme Court recognized this right in Powell v. Alabama, 247 U.S. 45 (1932). Notwithstanding this history, Texas has failed to ensure that capital defendants receive effective representation throughout death penalty cases. During the 1990s and early 2000s, national news media and legal services organizations drew attention to pervasive problems with the performance of capital defense counsel in Texas, ranging from sleeping trial lawyers to post-conviction counsel who used the same writ for every client. Reform efforts focused on improving defense representation at trial and in state habeas corpus proceedings. In 2007, the Regional Public Defender for Capital Cases, which represents indigent capital defendants in more than 170 rural Texas counties, opened its doors. In 2009, the Texas Legislature created the Office of Capital Writs, which represents death-sentenced individuals in state post-conviction proceedings. Direct appeals, and the quality of representation provided to death row inmates in these proceedings, have remained unexamined. The following report is the first evaluation of defense counsel performance in death penalty direct appeal cases in Texas. These proceedings are important because they allow for full and unencumbered review of record claims—i.e., errors that are reflected in the trial record. Habeas proceedings, which typically follow direct appeal, might not permit review of record claims or might subject those claims to a more exacting standard before the death-sentenced inmate can vindicate his rights. In preparing this report, Texas Defender Service (TDS) reviewed documents for each of the 84 death penalty direct appeals decided by the Court of Criminal Appeals between January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2015. In Spring 2014, TDS began examining the assigned counsel system's statutory framework, county indigent defense plans, regional attorney qualification criteria, and attorney caseload data. We further reviewed attorney bills (when available) and the appellate record of each death penalty direct appeal— i.e., appellate briefs, motions filed with the Court of Criminal Appeals, orders on party motions, correspondence with the Court and among the parties, and opinions—decided during our survey window. Our review uncovered multiple and severe deficits in the provision of capital direct appeal representation. The deficits include inadequate resources, excessive attorney caseloads, inadequate briefing, and routine avoidance by appointed counsel of "optional procedures" such as reply briefs and applications for review by the U.S. Supreme Court. These deficiencies reflect systemic problems with the state’s indigent defense apparatus and not merely isolated failures by a handful of attorneys. Administrative and legislative reforms are necessary to ensure that the defense is adequately staffed with qualified counsel and preserve the integrity of the Texas criminal justice system. Details: Houston, TX: Texas Defender Service, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://texasdefender.org/wp-content/uploads/TDS-2016-LethallyDeficient-Web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 141173

Author: Communities United Title: The $3.4 Trillion Mistake: The Cost of Mass Incarceration and Criminalization, and How Justice Reinvestment Can Build a Better Future for All Summary: Imagine if, back in 1982, our federal, state, and local policymakers had assembled the U.S. public and offered us a choice between two paths that we could take over the next 30 years. Path One would involve using our tax dollars to invest in the massive expansion of our justice system and a tripling of our incarcerated population, but would not substantially improve public safety. Path Two would make the same level of investment in providing tens of millions of youth with higher-quality educational and developmental opportunities, creating millions of living-wage jobs, dramatically expanding the availability of affordable housing and first-rate healthcare, and making meaningful advances in addressing the effects of environmental degradation, while keeping the justice system at the same size. Would anyone have chosen Path One? Nevertheless, that is effectively what we did. Over the last 30+ years, the U.S. has invested heavily in police, prosecutors, courts, jails, and prisons to address not only public safety issues but also public health concerns such as the effects of poverty, mental illness, and drug use. As a result, the justice system now intersects with our lives far more often, and far more harshly, than ever before, and there are many millions more people that are either under the control of, or employed by, that system. For example, in 1982, the U.S. already had an expansive justice system, totaling $90 billion in justice spending, including police, corrections, judicial/legal, and immigration enforcement expenditures. Indeed, our incarcerated population then – 621,885 – would still rank as third-highest in the world today, behind only China and Russia. Nevertheless, we continued to aggressively expand both the size and role of our justice system, particularly as a result of the escalation of the “War on Drugs” and the increased use of the "tough on crime" approach. Thus, by 2012, total justice spending had increased by 229% to nearly $297 billion. Even more staggering is the cumulative impact of those shifts in resources. Over the 30-year period from 1983 to 2012, we spent $3.4 trillion more on the justice system than we would have if it had stayed the same size as it was in 1982. This "surplus justice spending" turned our already-huge justice system into the one we have today, in which there are nearly eight million adults and youth behind bars or within the probation and parole systems in the U.S. In other words, 1 in 40 U.S. residents is either in prison, in jail, on probation or parole, or otherwise under control of the justice system. For communities of color that have been devastated by decades of over-investment in flawed and ineffective criminal justice strategies and racially discriminatory policing – and under-investment in meeting critical community needs – the impact has been particularly severe. For example, approximately 1 in 18 Black residents, and 1 in 34 Latino residents, were under the control of the justice system in 2013 (compared to 1 in 55 White residents). However, despite the massive investment in the expansion of our justice system, it is not at all clear that this approach has been effective at promoting public safety. On the contrary, the evidence suggests that it has been far less effective than other public safety strategies available to us. Moreover, there is an enormous amount of research demonstrating that the harms caused by this approach far exceeded whatever benefits have been realized, particularly with regard to the low-income communities of color that have been suffocating under extreme versions of these mass incarceration and criminalization approaches. Details: s.l.: Communities United, Make the Road New York, Padres & Jóvenes Unidos, and the Right on Justice Alliance , 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/57dadad0e58c62763389db93/t/57fe699c440243a439dcc3d6/1476290979801/FINAL+Report+-+hi+res.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 141175

Author: Chauhan, Preeti Title: Trends in Admissions to the New York City Department of Correction: 1995-2015 Summary: The Misdemeanor Justice Project (MJP) is pleased to publish this report focused on individuals admitted into the custody of the New York City Department of Correction (DOC). This is the fifth report released by the MJP, a research initiative at John Jay College of Criminal Justice dedicated to promoting a better understanding of the enforcement of low-level offenses such as misdemeanors, summonses, and pedestrian stops. Our goal is to inform the current public and policy discourse surrounding interactions between the public and the criminal justice system. To date, our reports have focused on trends in police enforcement practices. We have published reports examining misdemeanor arrests, criminal summonses, pedestrian stops, and the mobility of individuals arrested for misdemeanors. With this report, we now shift our attention to trends in corrections, specifically the New York City DOC which houses individuals charged with crimes and awaiting trial, serving short sentences, being held on warrants, or for other reasons. The City's correctional system serves as another critical point of contact between the public and the criminal justice system, but compared to police activities, is often neglected in policy discussions about crime and justice in New York City. Our focus on corrections will result in two reports. This report will examine the "front door" of the correctional system to provide a better understanding of the longitudinal trends in admissions to the DOC. This report is split into two sections. The first section provides an in-depth portrait of admissions to corrections in 2015, breaking out the data by demographics (i.e. gender, age, and race), legal status, and criminal charges. The second section contextualizes 2015 admissions by examining these characteristics (demographics, legal status, and charges) longitudinally to see how they have changed during the two decades of our study (1995 to 2015). Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://misdemeanorjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/DOC_Trends_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Misdemeanors Shelf Number: 141176

Author: Lattimore, Pamela Title: National Portrait of SVORI: Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative Summary: In 2002, more than 630,000 prisoners—about 1,700 per day—were released from State and Federal prisons (Harrison and Karberg, 2004). If past trends continue, just over half of them will be reincarcerated within 3 years (Langan and Levin, 2002). This pattern, indicative of poor reintegration of prisoners into the community, has wide-ranging social costs, including decreased public safety and weakened family and community ties. The goal of the Federal Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI) is to reduce the likelihood of reincarceration by providing tailored supervision and services to improve the odds for a successful transition to the community. This National Portrait of SVORI is the first in a series of publications documenting the work of the Multi-site Evaluation of SVORI. The Portrait is the final product of a preliminary assessment of all 69 sites funded under SVORI and is based on reviews of grantee proposals and workplans, telephone interviews with program directors, and visits to selected sites. Because this document is based primarily on what grantees and programs are reporting, the descriptions reflect individual variations; material included in the Portrait reflects a mixture of planned and implemented activities. The results of a full implementation assessment (currently underway) will provide analysis and richer detail on how grantees structure and operate their reentry programs. Primarily, the Portrait is intended to engage and inform local SVORI programs, practitioners, policy makers, researchers, and the Federal partners. This first section of the report provides the background and context behind the impetus for improving reentry outcomes. Section 2 provides an overview of the SVORI Multi-site Evaluation, including data collection plans and forthcoming topical reports. Section 3 provides an overview of how sites are structuring the reentry programs funded under the Initiative and describes the patterns and commonalities across sites. Section 4 concludes the report with detailed information, by grantee, on the SVORI reentry efforts in jurisdictions across the United States. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International; Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2004. 246p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.rti.org/sites/default/files/resources/nationalportraitofsvori2004.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 96803

Author: Wilson, David B. Title: Developing Juvenile Drug Court Practices on Process Standards: A Systematic Review and Qualitative Synthesis Summary: Objectives. The objective of this study was to systematically review the evidence on implementation barriers and facilitators, and other process issues related to juvenile drug courts, refered to herein as juvenile drug treatment courts (JDTCs), including systemwide contextual factors. This review focused on program factors directly relevant to the success of a JDC such as program fidelity, demographics of subjects, program elements, and JDC structure, as well as other potential moderators of effectiveness. Search methods. We searched the following databases and Internet resources for eligible studies: American Society of Criminology conference proceedings, Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences conference proceedings, Campbell Library, Chestnut Health Systems website, CINAHL, Clinical Trials Register, Cochrane Library, ProQuest Dissertations & Theses Global, ERIC, Google Scholar, International Bibliography of the Social Sciences, International Clinical Trials Registry, JMATE conference proceedings, National Drug Court Institute website, National Criminal Justice Reference Service, NIH RePORTER, NPC Research website, ProQuest Criminal Justice, ProQuest Dissertation & Theses: Full Text, ProQuest Education, ProQuest Family Health, ProQuest Health & Medical Complete, ProQuest Health Management, ProQuest Nursing & Allied Health, ProQuest Psychology, ProQuest Science, ProQuest Social Science, ProQuest Sociology, PsycARTICLES, PsycINFO, PubMed (drug treatment studies only), RAND Drug Policy Research Center website, Sociological Abstracts, The Drug Court Clearinghouse via American University’s Justice Programs Office website, University of Cincinnati School of Criminal Justice website, and the Urban Institute website. We examined the references found in research reviews, meta-analyses, and eligible studies. The search strategy was tailored to each database or website with the goal of identifying all relevant process and implementation studies of JDCs. The search process identified 7,261 titles and abstracts that were initially screened for potential relevance. This resulted in 572 titles and abstracts that were examined more carefully by two independent coders. This process produced 286 documents that were retrieved and for which the full text was examined to determine final eligibility, resulting in 59 eligible and coded studies. Eligibility. Both qualitative and quantitative evidence were eligible. A study must have examined a JDC and provided quantitative or qualitative evidence regarding JDC process issues. Purely theoretical discussions of JDC operations and other editorial or thought pieces were not included. A study that collected data within a JDC but did not evaluate something related to the functioning of the JDC was not included, such as a study using JDC clients to examine peer influence on drug use. Also excluded were process evaluations restricted to determining a JDC's adherence to the National Drug Court Institute and National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges' "16 strategies" without an assessment of barriers or facilitators of implementing these strategies, or the value of them. Systematic review methods. Meta-aggregation was the method used for this systematic review, as outlined by the Cochrane Collaboration. This approach involved the extraction of study findings (i.e., a text summary or direct quote), the assessment of the quality of the evidence supporting the finding, and the categorization of the findings into conceptual groups. These conceptual groups were then subjected to thematic analysis using standard qualitative data analytic techniques to arrive at an interpretative summary of each grouping of findings. A credibility of evidence assessment (questionable, low, moderate, and high) was assigned to each interpretive summary statement, which reflected the highest quality assessment achieved by at least two findings that contributed to an interpretive statement. Findings. The 477 findings extracted from the 59 studies were aggregated into 14 broad conceptual categories that reflected different aspects of the juvenile drug court system. Forty interpretive statements were developed across these categories, which reflect a broad range of process issues. Most of these statements were rated as moderate (n = 10) or high (n = 21) in terms of credibility of evidence reflecting a moderately strong connection between the study finding and the quantitative or qualitative evidence. The bulk of these statements focused on family members as stakeholders in the JDC process; standards for ensuring accountability, such as the consistent application of behavioral contingencies; and various needs of JDC participants, such as mental health treatment. Conclusions. The findings demonstrate the complexities of implementing the conceptually simple JDC model. Youth and their families arrive at a juvenile drug court with a range of needs that extend beyond the youth’s substance use and involvement in other delinquent behavior, including mental health needs, a history of trauma, and learning disabilities. Families may be prepared to effectively partner with the court to facilitate a youth’s engagement in treatment services and comply with court expectations. However, families may experience obstacles to this partnership, such as parental substance abuse, or they may actively work against the JDC process. Furthermore, JDCs exist within a broader institutional and social context and rely on services available within the community and on support from various stakeholders. The quality and effectiveness of these services (e.g., substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment) will directly affect outcomes for youth and their families. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250441.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144845

Author: Glod, Greg Title: Balancing the Scales of Due Process: The Conservative Case for Grand Jury Reform in Texas Summary: This paper discusses the history of the American grand jury system, Texas' grand jury system, areas within the status quo where procedural safeguards do not properly protect the liberties of Texans, and what other states have done to bolster their grand jury systems. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2016-10-PP22-GrandJuryReform-CLG-GregGlod-1-.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Reform Shelf Number: 144847

Author: Parker, Tony C. Title: Establishing a Deradicalization/Disengagement Model for America's Correctional Facilities: Recommendations for Countering Prison Radicalization Summary: Prison radicalization has been identified as a potentially significant threat to America's homeland security. When considering the inmate population currently housed within the Federal Bureau of Prisons with a terrorism nexus and the fact that 95 percent of our inmate population will return to our communities, the need for a proactive posture to prison radicalization becomes evident. Currently, the United States has no prison deradicalization program. This thesis provides a comparative analysis of two deradicalization/disengagement programs currently utilized in Singapore and Saudi Arabia. The analysis identifies externally valid data that provides the basis for recommendations for United States correctional policymakers in building a framework for a United States prison deradicalization model. This thesis also examines the current literature, relevant to prison radicalization and the prison environment that may promote prison radicalization. Through an analysis of these environmental elements, specific recommendations are made that attempt to counter the contributing factors, within the prison environment, that make the prison setting a fertile ground for radicalization. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 23, 2017 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/32881/13Mar_Parker_Tony.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 144858

Author: Klein, Andrew Title: Impact of Differential Sentencing Severity for Domestic Violence Offenses and All Other Offenses Over Abusers' Life Spans Summary: The criminal justice response to domestic violence (DV) has been transformed since the 1980s, beginning with greatly increased numbers of arrests. Although prosecution initially lagged, recent research challenges the widespread belief that few DV arrests are prosecuted (Garner & Maxwell, 2009). However, the effectiveness of DV prosecution remains at issue. Maxwell and Garner's review of more than 30 DV prosecution studies, for example, found no deterrent effect of prosecution and sentencing beyond that obtained by the abuser’s initial arrest (2012). The goal of this research is to revisit the question of the effectiveness of DV prosecution. But unlike studies heretofore, we employ a wider lens, examining the relative effect of differential prosecutions of DV offenses over time and compared to all prosecutions experienced by the abuser, including those for offenses unrelated to DV (i.e., non-DV offenses). This wider examination is essential to determine the effectiveness of DV prosecution/sentencing because, as well established in the literature (Klein, 2009), the majority of abusers brought to court do not limit their criminal activities to DV alone. It was our hypothesis that the effectiveness of DV prosecution was significantly associated with the differential prosecution and sentencing severity between DV and non-DV crimes; namely, if DV offenses were treated more severely than nonDV offenses, reabuse would be significantly reduced compared to cases in which DV was prosecuted and sentenced less severely than in non-DV offenses. To study the effectiveness of DV prosecutions, we identified from a larger sample almost 500 abusers who were on probation for DV in Rhode Island in 2002 who had both DV and nonDV cases during the first six years of their criminal careers (and for whom at least one non-DV case preceded a DV case). We then looked at their every adult criminal prosecution, for DV and for non-DV offenses, since age 18 through April 2012. The majority had active criminal careers (as measured from first to last arrest) of at least eight years, with 44% having them for at least 10 years. We then looked at the number of DV cases charged against each abuser after the first six years to determine whether the prosecution/sentencing patterns of domestic and non-DV cases established in the first six years of their criminal careers were associated with subsequent re-abuse arrests. We controlled for the most common independent variables associated with risk of reabuse, including number of prior offenses, gender, and age at first offense (Klein, 2009). More than half (57%) of the abusers were sentenced more severely for DV than for nonDV offenses. Although the 38 different prosecutors' offices across Rhode Island were significantly less likely to prosecute DV offenses than the non-DV offenses (18.8% vs.15.4%, p < .001), those prosecuted for DV were significantly more likely to be incarcerated, mostly for one to 30 days (8.5% vs. 4.0%, p < .001). In comparing the impact of differential prosecution/sentencing severity, we looked at both whether the abusers committed any new DV offense and also the number of new DV offenses, controlling for common risk factors in both analyses. In both analyses, we found that abusers who were prosecuted and sentenced more severely for DV compared to non-DV crimes during the first years of their adult criminal careers were less likely to be arrested for subsequent new DV offenses. They had significantly fewer new DV offenses. Among the subset of abusers who were prosecuted for their DV offense(s) but were not prosecuted for their non-DV offense(s) (N=32), they were significantly less likely to commit new DV offenses. The research suggests that prosecutors and courts have the means to significantly deter reabuse, especially in the majority of states that provide by statute enhanced sentences for repeat DV cases if these increased sanctions are not routinely plea bargained away. Details: Sudbury, MA: Advocates for Human Potential, Inc., 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244757.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 141205

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Massachusetts: Policy Framework Summary: Massachusetts has achieved the second-lowest incarceration rate in the nation, and state leaders now wish to address the challenge of recidivism in their state's criminal justice system. People with prior convictions were responsible for three-quarters of new sentences in 2013. Two-thirds of people leaving Houses of Correction (HOCs) and more than half of those leaving Department of Correction (DOC) facilities in 2011 were rearraigned within three years of their release. To break this cycle of recidivism, in January 2016, the state embarked on a data-driven justice reinvestment approach to reduce reoffending, contain corrections spending, and invest in strategies to increase public safety. To that end, key stakeholders have worked together to develop policies that will (1) better align probation and parole supervision with best practices to reduce recidivism; (2) improve access to treatment for people in the criminal justice system who have serious behavioral health needs and are also at a high risk of reoffending; (3) make the parole release process more efficient; and (4) reduce the DOC population and increase the number of people who receive post-release supervision. Details: New York: The Justice Center, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/JR-in-Massachusetts_Policy-Framework1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 114208

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: How Do People in High-Crime, Low-Income Communities View the Police? Summary: In certain American communities, public trust in law enforcement, a critical ingredient in public safety, is tenuous at best. Residents of these high-crime, heavily disadvantaged communities witness and experience intensive police presence, high rates of incarceration and community supervision, and concentrated violence and question the intent, effectiveness, and equity of the criminal justice system. Indeed, police may carry out aggressive strategies that target quality-of-life infractions and drug-, gun-, and gang-related violence in ways that undermine public confidence. Perhaps not surprisingly, areas with high levels of mistrust tend to be those that are heavily policed, where police use tactics such as pretextual stops that damage their relationship with the people they are charged to protect. The results can be far-reaching: a distrust of the criminal justice system, an unwillingness to cooperate with the police, and a cynical view of the law that can perpetuate crime and victimization. The people most likely to experience high rates of violence and heavy police presence in their communities have limited resources, social capital, and political voice. Yet their voices, when amplified, can be a powerful tool that communities can leverage to hold law enforcement accountable. Integrating the authentic experiences and perceptions of community members into public safety decision-making processes is critical in efforts to promote public safety. Quite simply, reductions in violent crime are not possible without meaningful representation of—and engagement with—the residents most affected by it. This research brief aims to elevate the experiences, views, and attitudes of residents often underrepresented in research on perceptions of law enforcement—people living in high-crime neighborhoods with concentrated disadvantage. Using a unique purposive sampling methodology to represent residents in communities with the most tenuous relationships with law enforcement, we conducted in-person surveys in partnership with local organizations in six cities: Birmingham, Alabama; Fort Worth, Texas; Gary, Indiana; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; and Stockton, California. The purpose of these surveys was to collect baseline data on residents' views of police as part of an Urban Institute (Urban) evaluation of the National Initiative on Building Community Trust and Justice (National Initiative). But our findings serve more than an evaluation function, offering insights into the nature of community-police relations in high-crime, high-poverty neighborhoods and highlight opportunities for improvement. Our research shows that although variations exist across the six cities, respondents’ perceptions of police across measures of legitimacy, procedural justice, racial bias, relatability to police, and applied principles of community policing, on average, are extremely negative. However, residents also expressed a firm belief in and support for the law and a willingness to partner with police in public safety efforts. The variation in responses by city suggests that each city’s local context, including departmental policies and policing approaches, likely influence perceptions. This brief is organized in four sections. We first review the literature on past efforts to measure and assess community perceptions of the police; next we describe our study's methodology. We then summarize findings across the six cities in accordance with the literature, grouped by category: procedural justice, police department legitimacy, police bias, community policing, perceptions of the law, relatability to the police, and willingness to partner with police in public safety efforts. We conclude by discussing the variation in perceptions across cities and the implications for policy and practice. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/88476/how_do_people_in_high-crime_view_the_police.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disadvantaged Communities Shelf Number: 141213

Author: Klein, Andrew R. Title: Practical Implications of Current Domestic Violence Research for Probation Officers and Administrators Summary: This booklet looks at the recent research on intimate partner violence and analyzes what it reveals that probation officers and administrators should know to do their jobs better in terms of completing PSI for defendants convicted of intimate partner violence, supervising abusers on their caseloads, and dealing with the victims of these abusers on probation and victims who have also ended up on probation caseloads. Although much of the research is not focused directly on probation, what it tells us about abusers, victims and the responses of law enforcement, prosecutors, and courts directly bears on probation. Other research reviewed looked specifically at probation’s response to IPV. Although the title of this booklet refers to “domestic violence (DV),” this term has come to mean different things over the past few decades. In the following text, we are focusing specifically on “intimate partner violence (IPV),” that is physical assaults, terroristic threats, stalking, sexual abuse and other criminal abuse by current and former spouses, boy/girl-friends, and dating couples, not intra-family violence (other than marital), child abuse, or abuse among members of the same household. However, some of the research reviewed lumped DV and IPV together or failed to define whether the study included non-intimates. For this reason, we use the term “DV” when the study was clearly not limited to IPV only or when we when the precise relationships included were not defined. It should be noted, for example, that many of the criminal justice related studies define DV consistent with state statutes and state statutes vary in terms of relationships and criminal behaviors covered. Notwithstanding this, despite the broader focus of DV than just IPV, most of the subjects in DV studies are, in fact, intimate partners so the "DV" research substantially overlaps with what we are specifically interested in and helps inform our specific area of interest. Details: Minneapolis: Battered Women’s Justice Project, 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 24, 2017 at: http://www.bwjp.org/assets/documents/pdfs/practical_implications_of_current_domestic_violence_research_for_probation_officers_and_administrators.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 141215

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Sexual Assault: Better Resource Management Needed to Improve Prevention and Response in the Army National Guard and Army Reserve Summary: The Army National Guard (Guard) and Army Reserve (Reserve) have implemented sexual assault prevention and response programs, but face challenges in areas such as staffing, budget management, and investigation timeliness that may hinder program implementation. Staffing: The Guard and the Reserve have staffed their sexual assault prevention and response programs, but their use of full-time and collateral-duty personnel has produced sizeable workload disparities. For example, the Guard allots two full-time staff to each state and territory, which provides Rhode Island—a state with about 2,000 soldiers—the same number of staff as Texas, which has about 18,600 soldiers. Similar imbalances exist in the Reserve, with one full-time staff at one command responsible for about 9,000 soldiers located in 16 different states, while the one full-time staff member at another command is responsible for 300 soldiers in 4 states. Officials said that collateral-duty personnel are used to mitigate workload disparities, but these positions are not always filled in the Guard, and the Reserve does not know the number filled. Without evaluating their staffing structures, the Army does not know the extent of such issues and their effect. Budget Management: The Guard has developed budget guidance on the use of funds but has not effectively communicated it to program staff, and the Reserve has not developed or distributed this guidance to its staff. Thus, Guard and Reserve program staff do not have information needed to develop their budget allocations and help ensure the efficient use of program funds. Investigation Timeliness: Data on Guard cases investigated by its Office of Complex Administrative Investigations (OCI) in fiscal year 2015 show that 57 percent, or 45 of 79 cases, took 6 to 9 months to complete; 39 percent, or 31 of 79 cases, took 3 to 6 months; and the remaining 4 percent (3 of 79 cases) took longer than 9 months. According to OCI officials, investigations take longer to complete because OCI does not have enough personnel to handle its growing caseload, which more than doubled from 2014 to 2015. The Army and the Guard have not reassessed OCI's resources since the increase in investigation requests to help ensure it has the staff needed to complete investigations within 3 weeks, as required by OCI guidance. Eligibility for follow-up or long-term health-care services paid for or provided by the Department of Defense (DOD) varies based on a Guard or Reserve victim's duty status at the time of an assault. Victims in the Guard and Reserve must go through a process, known as a line of duty determination, to determine their eligibility for care. The Guard has established an expedited process for making a determination within 72 hours of the process being initiated. However, the Reserve's process is lengthy, and in prior work GAO found that 80 percent of these determinations were overdue. Reserve officials said they plan to include an expedited process in the new Army regulation that is being drafted; however, Reserve officials did not provide details about the planned process or documentation about how it would be implemented. Without an expedited process to provide more timely decisions, sexual assault victims in the Reserve may continue to pay for their care up front, or else face delayed access to care. Why GAO Did This Study Sexual assault in the Army is often discussed in terms of its incidence among active-duty forces. Sexual assault is a crime that similarly confronts the more than 550,000 members who collectively serve in the Guard and Reserve, who together reported 604 sexual assault incidents in fiscal year 2015; however, sexual assault is generally an underreported crime. Congress included a provision in statute for GAO to review sexual assault prevention and response in the Army's reserve components. This report addresses the extent to which (1) the Guard and Reserve face any challenges implementing programs to prevent and respond to sexual assault; and (2) medical and mental health-care services are available to victims in the Guard and Reserve. GAO reviewed DOD and Army policies; administered two web-based surveys; conducted site visits to four installations; and interviewed officials. What GAO Recommends GAO is making six recommendations, including that DOD evaluate program staffing structure, communicate and develop budget guidance, assess the Guard's investigation timeliness and resources, and develop an expedited process for determining Reserve eligibility for healthcare services. DOD concurred with three recommendations partially concurred with two, and did not concur with assessing Guard investigation timeliness, stating that the Army has limited authority over OCI. GAO continues to believe that actions are needed to fully address the two recommendations, and redirected the OCI recommendation to the Guard, as recommended by DOD. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-217: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/683046.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Army Shelf Number: 141229

Author: Harris, Brett Title: Engage, Involve, Empower: Family Engagement in Juvenile Drug Treatment Courts Summary: Research has shown that family engagement during a youth's time in the juvenile justice system helps to improve outcomes across behavioral health, education, and delinquency. To inform this technical assistance brief, which explores the application of this knowledge in the juvenile drug treatment court context, NCMHJJ conducted a nationwide survey of professionals at juvenile drug treatment courts, juvenile mental health courts, and hybrid juvenile treatment courts to learn about attitudes and practices related to family engagement. Survey results helped shape the comprehensive set of family engagement recommendations offered by the brief, as well as a self-evaluation tool. The following are also included: Key findings of the survey; Essential information on substance use and addiction among young people; and Descriptions of two juvenile drug treatment courts that demonstrate a strong commitment to family engagement. Details: Delmar, NY: National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncmhjj.com/resources/engage-involve-empower-family-engagement-juvenile-drug-courts/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 141246

Author: Han, Woojae Title: Impact of Community Treatment and Neighborhood Disadvantage on Recidivism in Mental Health Courts Summary: The purpose of the study is to investigate the impact of community treatment and neighborhood disadvantage on recidivism among offenders with mental health problems in Mental Health Courts (MHCs) and in traditional courts. Although treatment is believed to lead to reduced recidivism for offenders with mental illness, little research has been conducted for MHC participants. Further, neighborhood disadvantage are known to influence recidivism generally, but environmental factors have not been examined in the MHC context. Data from the MacArthur MHC study were analyzed. The sample includes 741 offenders with mental illness from four counties. Participants were interviewed at baseline and six months after and objective arrest data were collected. Multilevel modelling and propensity score weighting was used to investigate individual level (level 1) and neighborhood level (level 2) variances on recidivism and to control for selection bias. Neighborhood disadvantage data were obtained from the American Community Survey at U.S. Census Bureau, and linked with residential data from participants. Study results suggest that some of treatment variables have significant impact on arrest. For example, MHC participant with more substance abuse service were less likely to be arrest compared to those with less substance abuse service before the court enrollment. Both TAU and MHC participants has significant effect of neighborhood disadvantage on arrest before the court enrollment. After the court enrollment, only MHC participant continued to have effect of neighborhood disadvantage on arrest. In addition, MHC participant with higher treatment motivation were less likely to recidivate compared to those with lower treatment motivation after the court enrollment. The probability of recidivism remained statistically lower among the MHC than the TAU group after the court enrollment. Understanding treatment characteristics and neighborhood disadvantage associated with recidivism for offenders with mental illness can help to more efficiently target research, practice, and policy in the future. In addition, social work professionals should recognize themselves the importance of the treatment related variables and neighborhood disadvantage to provide, develop, and implement innovative interventions for offender with mental illness. Lastly, this research will shed new light into future interventions and/or policies that aim to reduce the recidivism for this difficult-to-treat population of offenders. Details: Albany, NY: University at Albany, 2016. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250535.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 141247

Author: Pope, Leah G. Title: Creating a Culture of Safety: Sentinel Event Reviews for Suicide and Self-Harm in Correctional Facilities Summary: Since 2011, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), through its Sentinel Events Initiative, has been investigating the feasibility of using a sentinel events approach to review and learn from errors in the criminal justice system such as wrongful convictions, eyewitness misidentifications, or incidents of suicide and self-harm in custody. Recognizing that adverse situations are rarely caused by a single event or the actions of an individual person, NIJ defines a sentinel event as a significant negative outcome that: 1) signals underlying weaknesses in a system or process; 2) is likely the result of compound errors; and 3) may provide, if properly analyzed and addressed, important keys to strengthening the system and preventing future adverse events or outcomes. With funding from NIJ, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) has been examining the applicability and appropriateness of using sentinel event reviews for incidents of suicide and serious self-harm in detention. This report focuses on these incidents as prime opportunities to implement sentinel event reviews in the criminal justice context. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.vera.org/publication_downloads/culture-of-safety-sentinel-event-suicide-self-harm-correctional-facilities/culture-of-safety.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 141251

Author: Shores, Michael Title: Informal Networks and White Collar Crime: An Extended Analysis of the Madoff Scandal Summary: Understanding the nature of white collar crime is a central issue in public policy. Testing the theories presented by Benson, Madensen and Eck (2009), I examine the role of informal religious networks in the criminal activity of Bernard Madoff, perpetrator of one of the largest white collar crimes in United States history. In contrast to previous studies that suggest that religion may reduce the incidence of criminal behavior, I show that the opposite can also be true. Most white collar crimes, like those perpetrated by Madoff, are exploitations of trust, which can be fostered by a shared religious identity between the victim and perpetrator. Using data from the National Center of Charitable Statistics, I construct two measures of Jewish religious network strength at the county level: the concentration of Jewish non-profit organizations and the revenue of Jewish non-profit organizations. Additionally, using data from the Jewish Community Center Association of North America and several U.S. Kosher certification organizations, I construct the number of Jewish community centers and the number of kosher restaurants per county. I show that conditional on the number of high income individuals in a county, residents of counties in which there were stronger Jewish networks were more likely to have been victimized by Madoff. In addition, I show that residents of areas where Madoff lived or worked were more likely to be victims, but that Jewish network strength appears to counteract this "distance effect." Non-profit organizations, which were also victims of Madoff, were less affected by the strength of this informal network. Details: Ithaca, NY: Department of Policy Analysis & Management Cornell University, 2010. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://ecommons.cornell.edu/bitstream/handle/1813/15068/Michael%20Shores%20May10%20thesis.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 141253

Author: Snair, Justin Title: Countering Violent Extremism Through Public Health Practice: Proceedings of a Workshop Summary: Countering violent extremism consists of various prevention and intervention approaches to increase the resilience of communities and individuals to radicalization toward violent extremism, to provide nonviolent avenues for expressing grievances, and to educate communities about the threat of recruitment and radicalization to violence. To explore the application of health approaches in community-level strategies to countering violent extremism and radicalization, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine held a public workshop in September 2016. Participants explored the evolving threat of violent extremism and radicalization within communities across America, traditional versus health-centered approaches to countering violent extremism and radicalization, and opportunities for cross-sector and interdisciplinary collaboration and learning among domestic and international stakeholders and organizations. This publication summarizes the presentations and discussions from the workshop. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2017. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/download/24638 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 141257

Author: National Center for State Courts Title: Examining the Work of State Courts: An Overview of 2015 State Court Caseloads Summary: Improvements for 2015 Alabama The Clerk of the Alabama Court of Civil Appeals engaged additional resources to conduct case-by-case reviews to determine the case types of all appellate cases filed and disposed during the year. This review resulted in the Court being able to report 100 percent publishable data. The Clerk of the Alabama Court of Criminal Appeals also engaged additional resources to conduct case-by-case reviews enabling the Court to report 100 percent publishable data, as well as information on the manner of disposition and case outcomes, for those cases disposed during the year. Reporting Excellence Awards Connecticut With support from their state court administrator, two Connecticut data specialists were able to accurately and fully map all trial court case types to the State Court Guide to Statistical Reporting. Connecticut, therefore, is the first state to report 100 percent publishable incoming trial court data. Delaware Delaware took advantage of CSP technical assistance to gain a better understanding of how existing trial court data could be restructured to improve CSP reporting. Their subsequent data submission increased publishable incoming trial court data by 32 percent. In addition, a similar examination and rethinking of Supreme Court appellate data produced an increase in that court’s publishable incoming percentage from 14 to 100 percent. District of Columbia District of Columbia’s data specialist disaggregated the trial court’s caseload data and now reports all tort, contract, domestic relations, and juvenile delinquency case types. This effort resulted in the District of Columbia’s publishable incoming data increasing by 49 percent. Minnesota For 2015, Minnesota achieved full implementation of the NCSC’s methodology for counting cases involving self-represented litigants, reporting publishable data for cases with self-represented litigants for all five major trial court case categories. Nevada After years of stakeholder meetings, conducting in-depth reviews of each case type category, and with technical assistance from CSP staff, Nevada rolled out its revised data model to all counties, and the resulting incoming data is 92 percent publishable general jurisdiction trial courts. Details: Williamsburg, VA: NCSC, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: http://cdm16501.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/ctadmin/id/2177 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Caseloads Shelf Number: 141260

Author: Volinski, Joel M. Title: Addressing Difficult Customer Situations: A Synthesis of Transit Practice Summary: Addressing Difficult Customer Situations explores issues surrounding difficult customers or passengers and the variety of circumstances that can arise when they utilize transit system facilities or vehicles. The report identifies current practices used by transit agencies to prevent, prepare for, and deal with these incidents. Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Synthesis 127: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/download/24701 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Passengers Shelf Number: 141296

Author: Baumgartner, Frank R. Title: Racial Disparities in Traffic Stop Outcomes Summary: In American politics, the issue of racial disparity is never far from the surface, in particular as it relates to encounters with the police. We are currently in a period when – thanks to the Black Lives Matter movement – the behavior of police officers toward minorities is receiving intense scrutiny. As usual, Americans are deeply divided on the issue: where one side perceives injustice and violence toward black bodies, the other focuses on the difficulties of law enforcement and the need to respect those in blue. Our current focus on race and justice is all too familiar, but this most recent surge in attention to these issues offers perhaps a special promise of progress because our abilities to document citizen interactions with police have never been better. First, almost everyone today has a video camera on their cell phone, allowing them to film their interactions with police officers. It is much harder to dismiss a victim's claims of police misconduct when footage of the incident is posted on Facebook for the world to see. Second, increasing numbers of police departments are mandating the use of dash cameras and body cameras for police cars and police officers. Third, we now have access to extensive databases of police traffic stops that record the demographic information of stopped motorists alongside information about what transpired during the stop. Efforts to collect this type of data were put in place during the last wave of attention toward "driving while black" disparities in the late 1990s and early 2000s. Figure 1 shows the surge of attention as well as its later decline. During the time when attention to the concept of "driving while black" or "driving while brown" surged, a number of states passed laws for the first time mandating the collection of data on routine traffic stops. They sought to document any racial disparities that were alleged to be occurring so that the phenomenon could be either dismissed, if the data revealed there was no such thing, or better understood so that solutions could be implemented if the data showed that allegations were indeed accurate. The figure shows that attention has declined, but a new wave of attention to police violence, based on shootings of unarmed black men has of course kept police-minority relations in the headlines. One major difference between the 1990s and today was mentioned above: video confirmation. Another is data, which is our focus here. Details: Chapel Hill, NC: Department of Political Science, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2017 at: https://www.unc.edu/~fbaum/articles/BaumgartnerEtAl-2017-DukeForum-RacialDisparitiesInTrafficStops.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 141302

Author: Ybarra, Michele Title: Intimate Partner Digital Abuse Summary: Digital tools are often an integral part of healthy romantic relationships. Romantic partners frequently use digital tools to connect with each other through text messages, photo-sharing, social media posts, and other online activities. These same digital tools can be used in unhealthy ways, facilitating negative behaviors such as monitoring, unwanted picture sharing, and abusive messages — both within the romantic relationship and after the relationship is over. Better understanding how often intimate partner digital abuse is happening, to whom, and in what ways are critical pieces to understanding the scope of the problem. This report, part of a series of research reports on digital harassment and abuse, examines the prevalence and impact of intimate partner digital abuse. Findings are based upon the results of a nationally representative survey of 3,002 Americans 15 years of age and older conducted from May 17th through July 31st, 2016. Respondents were surveyed on either their landline or cell phone. Interviews were conducted in either English or Spanish. Findings in this report refer to the 2,810 respondents who have ever been in a romantic relationship. 12% of respondents who have ever been in a romantic relationship have experienced intimate partner digital abuse In order to examine the types of intimate partner digital abuse that respondents have experienced, we asked about 10 different types of online harassment and abuse. Experiences included being monitored online or by phone, being purposefully embarrassed online, being called offensive names, and being stalked. Because they could be perpetrated by anyone, those who said they had these experiences were then asked who the perpetrator was. Respondents who said they were targeted by a current or former romantic partner are said to have experienced intimate partner digital abuse. Overall, one in eight (12%) respondents who have ever had a romantic partner have been digitally harassed by a romantic partner in at least one of the 10 ways we asked about. These experiences were more common among particular individuals: • Three times as many younger people (22%) as those who were 30 years or older (8%) reported being digitally harassed by a current or former romantic partner. • 38% of individuals who identified as LGB have experienced intimate partner digital abuse, compared with 10% of heterosexual individuals. • More than two times as many divorced/separated (19%) and never married (18%) adults were digitally abused by a current or former romantic partner than people who were married/living with their partner (7%). Men and women experience intimate partner digital abuse at equal rates 12% of men have been targeted by a current or former romantic partner, as have 12% of women. This similarity in rates for men and women holds true for each of the different types of abuse we asked about. More victims with a history of intimate partner digital abuse experience personal or professional harms as a result of the abuse, compared with victims who have been targeted by other types of perpetrators Although we do not know whether this was a direct result of the intimate partner digital abuse or other digital harassment experiences perpetrated by non-romantic partners, more people who were targeted online by current or former romantic partners at some point in their lives reported harms as a result of online abuse compared to victims who were targeted by other types of perpetrators (e.g. friends, family, or strangers). Compared to almost one quarter (23%) of victims who had non-romantic partner perpetrators, more than three-quarters (77%) of victims with a history of intimate partner digital abuse experienced a personal or professional harm as a result of the abuse. Additionally, more victims who were targeted by an intimate partner said their reputation had been damaged (28%) or they had to shut down an online account or profile (25%) as a result of their digital abuse experiences compared to victims who were targeted by other types of perpetrators (8% and 11%, respectively). 77% of victims of intimate partner digital abuse have used at least one protective strategy; one in six have gotten a restraining order or protection order as a result of their digital abuse experiences The vast majority (77%) of victims of intimate partner digital abuse have taken some sort of protective action in response to their abusive experiences online, such as changing their contact information; reaching out to friends, family, or official sources of support; or withdrawing from communication platforms altogether — although we cannot say for sure whether these actions were taken as a result of digital abuse from their romantic partner or due to harassment from some other perpetrator. The most common protective strategy used by victims of intimate partner digital abuse was changing their phone number or email address (41%). In terms of seeking external support or protection, 16% have gotten a protection order or restraining order Details: New York: Data & Society Research Institute; San Clemente, CA: Center for Innovative Public health Research, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 01.18.17: Accessed March 3, 2017 at: https://datasociety.net/pubs/oh/Intimate_Partner_Digital_Abuse_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 141321

Author: Lenhart, Amanda Title: Online Harassment, Digital Abuse, and Cyberstalking in America Summary: The internet and digital tools play an increasingly central role in how Americans engage with their communities: How they find and share information; how they connect with their friends, family, and professional networks; how they entertain themselves; how they seek answers to sensitive questions; how they learn about—and access— the world around them. The internet is built on the ideal of the free flow of information, but it is also built on the ideal of free-flowing discourse. However, one persistent challenge to this ideal has been online harassment and abuse—unwanted contact that is used to create an intimidating, annoying, frightening, or even hostile environment for the victim and that uses digital means to reach the target. As with their traditional expressions, online harassment and abuse can affect many aspects of our digital lives. Even those who do not experience online harassment directly can see it and respond to its effects; even the threat of harassment can suppress the voices of many of our citizens. In order to explore these issues and the ways that online environments affect our experiences online, this report examines American teens’ and adults’ experiences with witnessing, experiencing, and responding to the aftermath of online harassment and abuse. Its findings are based on the results of a nationally representative survey of 3,002 Americans 15 and older conducted from May 17th through July 31st, 2016. Respondents were contacted by landline and cell phone, and interviews were conducted in English and Spanish. 47% of internet users have experienced online harassment or abuse In order to examine the types of harassment and abuse that Americans have personally experienced, we asked internet users about 20 harassing behaviors over the course of the survey. Overall, almost half (47%) of Americans have personally experienced one of the harassing behaviors we asked about. The types of harassing behaviors we studied fall into three broad categories: • Direct harassment refers to things that people do directly to one another. Examples include: being called offensive names, being threatened physically, and being stalked. 36% of internet users have experienced this type of harassment. • Invasion of privacy refers to harms done to the victim through the unauthorized access to and exposure or spreading of information beyond the owner’s control. Experiences include: being hacked, having information about or images of the person exposed online without their permission, being impersonated, being monitored, and being tracked online. 30% of internet users have experienced this type of harassment. • Denial of access occurs when someone uses the features of the technology or platform to harm the victim, usually by preventing access to essential digital tools or platforms. Examples include: sending a very large number of unwanted messages, rendering the account unusable; misuse of reporting tools so that the person is blocked from using a platform; and technical attacks that overwhelm a device, site, server or platform and prevent access to it. 17% of internet users have experienced this type of harassment. Overall, almost three-quarters (72%) of American internet users have witnessed online harassment or abuse, and almost half (47%) of Americans have personally experienced one of the harassing behaviors we asked about. Men and women are equally likely to face harassment, but women experience a wider variety of online abuse, including more serious violations. Young people and sexual minorities are also more likely to experience online harassment or abuse—and more likely to be affected by it A common theme throughout our findings is that young people under age 30 and sexual minorities (respondents who identified as lesbian, gay, or bisexual) were generally more likely to witness and/or experience online harassment or abuse. Black, sexual minority, and young Americans—especially young women— are also less likely than others to say that people are mostly kind to each other online, and more likely to say they self-censor what they post online in order to avoid harassment. Men are substantially less likely than women to describe what they experienced as harassment Internet users who have experienced harassing behaviors differ as to whether they think their experience constitutes ‘harassment’ or not. We found that women who have experienced the behaviors we asked about were substantially more likely than men who have experienced the same behaviors to say that they thought their experience constituted ‘harassment or abuse’ (53% of women who experienced harassing behaviors vs. 40% of men). Some behaviors were also more consistently considered ‘harassment’ by their targets. For instance, more than eight in ten people who experienced cyberstalking, sexual harassment, or persistent harassment agreed that their experiences constituted ‘online harassment or abuse,’ while fewer than six in ten people who experienced offensive name-calling said the same. Women were more likely than men to be angry, worried, or scared as a result of online harassment and abuse Among those who did say that what they experienced was online harassment and abuse, women were almost three times as likely as men to say the harassment made them feel scared, and twice as likely to say the harassment made them feel worried. Meanwhile, men who said they had been harassed were more likely than women to say they were ‘not bothered’ by the experience. However, almost all of those who were ‘not bothered’ also reported feeling another emotion (annoyed, worried, etc.) as well. 27% of all American internet users self-censor their online postings out of fear of online harassment More than a quarter of Americans (27%) say they have at some point decided not to post something online for fear of attracting harassment. While many internet users who have not encountered harassment still say they have self-censored to avoid potential harassment, people who have seen or experienced harassment online are much more likely to self-censor for this reason than those who have not. Looking at men and women of different age groups, we find that younger women are most likely to self-censor to avoid potential online harassment: 41% of women ages 15 to 29 self-censor, compared with 33% of men of the same age group and 24% of internet users ages 30 and older (men and women). Details: New York: Data & Society Research Institute; Clemente, CA: Center for Innovative Public Health Research, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 11.21.16: Accessed March 3, 2017 at: https://www.datasociety.net/pubs/oh/Online_Harassment_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 141322

Author: Duane, Marina Title: Criminal Background Checks: Impact on Employment and Recidivism Summary: Criminal background checks continue to be a routine practice among many employers in the United States. According to a recent survey, almost 60 percent of employers screen job applicants for their criminal histories. Despite their prevalence, criminal background checks often generate flawed or incomplete reports, with some reports failing to include conviction information. Such flaws may undermine the value of the screenings to employers and prevent suitable candidates who pose no additional risk to the public from securing a job. This report examines criminal background checks as a significant collateral consequence for justice-involved people and explores the importance of employment to reducing recidivism. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/88621/2017.03.01_criminal_background_checks_report_finalized.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 141332

Author: Stewart, Peter A. Title: Middle Ground on Gun Control Summary: Each tragic shooting incident that the American news media covers highlights the problem of gun violence in the United States. However, the focus of this reporting is rarely on the largest component of total gun deaths: suicides. Suicides make up two-thirds of all gun deaths. Limiting access to firearms for individuals with suicidal tendencies could cause a significant reduction in the total number of casualties included in gun violence statics. This thesis examines the efficacy of adding more mental health information to the FBI's database of persons who are prohibited from gun purchases, and also compares U.S. gun laws to the National Firearms Agreement in Australia, which is widely accepted as an effective gun control measure. This research finds that mental health information on clinical depression and schizophrenia can be a strong predictor of suicidal tendencies, and reporting of this information could be improved in order to reduce overall gun violence. Improved mental health reporting must be a matter of federal law, because current state laws on guns vary widely and have limited effectiveness Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2016. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 4, 2017 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=798872 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 141333

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Wisconsin Title: Unlock the Vote Wisconsin! Summary: The right to vote is what makes a country a true democracy, and it is the most basic right Americans share. The U.S. Census Bureau reported historically high levels of voter turnout by African-American, Latino, and young voters in the 2008 Presidential Election . Unfortunately, in the wake of that success, conservative lawmakers nationwide have erected more barriers to the ballot box. States are making it harder and harder for people to vote, virtually guranteeing that many people won't really have the right at all. Poll taxes and literacy tests have given way to more modern voter suppression tactics packaged as voter ID laws, restrictions to voter registration and cuts to early voting. With these new laws in effect, up to 5 million voters could be turned away at the polls in November 2012. The national trend to disenfranchise voters has impacted some of the same groups that saw increased turnout in 2008: communities of color and young voters. However, there is a group that has a longer history of disenfranchisement: individuals with felony convictions. Felon disfranchisement, the set of policies and practices barring individuals with criminal convictions from the ballot box, is the most significant barrier to political participation for people with criminal records across the country. Nationally, 5.3 million Americans are barred from voting due to criminal convictions. Nearly 4 million of those disfranchised are no longer incarcerated and are members of our communities.iii Wisconsin law bars individuals with with felony convictions from voting while incarcerated and while on probation, parole or extended supervision. In 2009, the Wisconsin State Legislature considered legislation, known as the Wisconsin Democracy Restoration Act, which sought to restore the right to vote upon release from incarceration. Wisconsin Assembly Bill 353 and its companion State Senate Bill 240 would have enfranchised over 42,000 Wisconsin citizens who live in the community, work and pay taxes, but are unable to participate in the political process. These individuals are from all walks of life, men and women of all races, religions, and political backgrounds who have been deemed safe enough to return to our communities but continue to be barred from the ballot box. Ninety-seven percent of Wisconsin's incarcerated population will one day be released from prison.iv We must encourage these individuals to participate in their communities, not prevent them from doing so. Wisconsin's current policy of continuing to disfranchise citizens after their release from incarceration is a financial drain on all Wisconsinites, does nothing to enhance public safety, and is an impediment to democracy. There is support from voters throughout the state for reforming this unfair practice, and Wisconsin should move quickly to change its law in favor of greater democracy Details: Milwaukee, WI: ACLU of Wisconsin, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2017 at: https://www.aclu-wi.org/sites/default/files/resources/documents/ACLU_Unlock_the_Vote_WI_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 141334

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: 2016 Law Enforcement Use of Social Media Survey Summary: A national scan of practice among law enforcement agencies across the United States reveals that they use social media to notify the public of safety concerns, manage public relations, and gather evidence for criminal investigations. The Urban Institute and the International Association of Chiefs of Police partnered to develop a comprehensive understanding of law enforcement's use of social media. A total of 539 agencies representing 48 states participated in the survey and answered questions regarding their use of social media, the management of social media engagement activities, barriers to success, and their future social media needs. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/88661/2016-law-enforcement-use-of-social-media-survey.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 145584

Author: Pope, Leah G. Title: A New Normal: Addressing Opioid Use through the Criminal Justice System Summary: The United States is experiencing an epidemic of drug overdose deaths that cuts across economic, racial, and geographic boundaries. In the midst of this devastation, people are struggling to find ways to save the lives of their community members. While the "war on drugs" created tough enforcement policies that resulted in a bloated justice system, there is increasing momentum for a smarter and more compassionate approach to people who use drugs. This report describes how some innovative jurisdictions are implementing harm reduction strategies in order to reduce overdose deaths, improve the well-being of justice system-involved people, and advance the health and safety of their communities. It shares perspectives from stakeholders in law enforcement, the court system, corrections agencies, drug policy, and the community about what strategies are being implemented, how they have overcome barriers, and what work remains to be done. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: https://www.vera.org/publication_downloads/new-normal-opioid-use-criminal-justice-system/new-normal-opioid-use-criminal-justice-system.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 145583

Author: diZerega, Margaret Title: Report to the New York City Housing Authority on Applying and Lifting Permanent Exclusions for Criminal Conduct Summary: The New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) is conducting an internal review of its policies related to permanent exclusions for criminal conduct on NYCHA property. Permanent exclusion (PE) occurs when a NYCHA tenant - rather than risk eviction - enters into a stipulation that those associated with the resident who have engaged in non-desirable behavior are barred from entering the apartment. It also occurs as a result of an administrative hearing where NYCHA seeks an eviction, but the hearing officer opts to preserve the tenancy and bars the offending person from the apartment. To inform this policy review, NYCHA partnered with the Vera Institute of Justice and John Jay College of Criminal Justice. The review sought to understand how NYCHA could better balance its commitments to the safety of the community, the stability of its tenants' families, and the successful reentry of formerly incarcerated people. The following recommendations reflect an extensive review of existing policies and practices around PE, interviews with NYCHA staff, a meeting with NYCHA residents, and social science research on risk mitigation and future offending. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 6, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/report-to-the-new-york-city-housing-authority-on-applying-and-lifting-permanent-exclusions-for-criminal-conduct/legacy_downloads/nycha-lifting-permanent-exclusions-for-criminal-conduct-v3.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 145582

Author: Clawson, Heather J. Title: Needs Assessment for Service Providers and Trafficking Victims Summary: While there is a significant amount of information regarding the magnitude, causes and practices of trafficking, little information exists on the needs of trafficking victims and the service providers working to meet those needs. In fact, no studies have been conducted on a national scale to systematically assess the needs of victims and those service providers working with them. With the passage of the Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000, it is increasingly important to better understand the needs of trafficking victims and service providers. In response, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) commissioned assistance from Caliber Associates, Inc. (Caliber) under a task order contract to conduct a National Needs Assessment of Service Providers and Trafficking Victims that would provide the Office of Justice Programs and the field at large with information needed to develop more effective programs to service trafficking victims and ensure existing and new programs are both responsive and effective in meeting the needs of trafficking victims. Specifically, the needs assessment was designed to answer the following questions: n What services currently exist for trafficking victims? n How responsive are these services to victims? Are they meeting their needs? n What are barriers to providing services to trafficking victims? Barriers to accessing services? n What assistance/support do service providers need to effectively serve trafficking victims? The following is a report of the findings from the National Needs Assessment of Service Providers and Trafficking Victims. It begins with a review of current literature on the issue of trafficking, continues with a description of the research design and methodology of the needs assessment and presentation of the findings. Details: Fairfax, VA: Caliber Associates, 2003. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/202469.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 141133

Author: Busch-Armendariz, Noel Title: Human Trafficking by the Numbers: The Initial Benchmark of Prevalence and Economic Impact for Texas Summary: Report from the Statewide Human Trafficking Mapping Project of Texas, a collaboration among the Institute on Domestic Violence & Sexual Assault (IDVSA) and the Bureau of Business Research at The University of Texas at Austin as well as Allies Against Slavery. The study found that there are more than 300,000 victims of human trafficking in Texas, including almost 79,000 minors and youth victims of sex trafficking and nearly 234,000 adult victims of labor trafficking. Minor and youth sex trafficking costs the state of Texas approximately $6.6 billion annually, and traffickers exploit approximately $600 million from victims of labor trafficking in Texas. Details: Austin: University of Texas at Austin, School of Social Work, Institute on Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault , 2016. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: https://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/bitstream/handle/2152/44597/idvsa-2016-human-trafficking-by-the-numbers.pdf?sequence=2&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 141349

Author: Zimmer, Jacqueline Nicole Title: The New Orleans murder epidemic: Emmanuel Levinas and Jacques Derrida on the irresponsibility of violence Summary: I live on Jeannette Street in New Orleans, about fifty yards from where Joseph Massenburg's body was found on the night of April first. On a fence close to where Massenburg lost his life, I recently noticed a sign depicting the Biblical imperative "Thou shall not kill". I have come across these signs around New Orleans since the end of 2012 – they can be found plastered to the façade of churches or displayed as yard signs in front lawns – but this was the first time I considered the irreverent tone of the commandment for the people of New Orleans. What exactly is achieved by posting this message across various public buildings around the city? Does it convey to the city's most dangerous criminals that the community is fed up with the killing? In theory, the placards are intended to evoke a moral response from those individuals who are most likely to engage in activities associated with gun violence. More often than not, these individuals are young, black, and male, and are in some way affiliated with the "narcoeconomy" of New Orleans. Even if the commandment "thou shall not kill" does give some people momentary pause, ultimately its message is devoid of the logical connection between murder and the imperative to not murder. If nothing else, the signs serve as ironic reminders that the slaughter of so many of New Orleans' black citizens is a phenomenon that consistently crowns New Orleans the most deadly city in the United States. On the surface, the murder of eighteen-year old Joseph Massenburg, who was shot in cold blood on the corner of Eagle and Birch Streets, appeared to be anything but unusual considering his victim profile. Massenburg looked like the typical victim of gun violence: black, young, and male. However, information detailing Massenburg's other attributes – a Chicago-born recent New Orleans transplant, an Americorps volunteer, a high school graduate, the son of a highly educated public servant – was not released to the public until a few days after Massenburg had succumbed to his gunshot wounds. Massenburg had gone for a walk in the same area where a bitter feud was underway between two local gangs, the "Hot Glocks" and the "Mid-City Killers". Several months later, the New Orleans Police Department (NOPD) charged eighteen-year old Glen Emerson with shooting Joseph Massenburg. Police concluded that Emerson, a member of the Mid-City Killers, had mistakenly identified Massenburg as a member of the Hot Glocks in a drive-by shooting. Massenburg's death symbolizes the endemic gun violence problem that has plagued the city of New Orleans for several decades. The drug and gang-related violence that affects many impoverished black neighborhoods in New Orleans is the modern-day product of a composite of factors, including racial inequity, an untrustworthy police force that is rife with corruption, the prevalence of guns and the ease of gun accessibility, and the successive generations of young men who have grown up in broken, impoverished families with few legitimate economic opportunities. While the problems that characterize New Orleans’s impoverished neighborhoods are comparable to other American urban communities, the murder epidemic of New Orleans is unique to cities of its size. While gang-related gun violence is responsible for a significant number of the city's murders each year, a significant number of the city's homicides result from interpersonal conflicts. In order to combat the conditions that lead to deadly gun violence, the city must be willing to reinstate the legitimacy of the police force, whose corruption and inefficiency has led some New Orleans’ citizens to resort to alternative means of attaining "justice". This essay investigates the conditions that created the "street code" that governs drug-related activity among New Orleans' criminal groups and gangs, and why New Orleans' murder rate is directly linked to the manifestation of the street code. The street code is formulated by a variety of factors and sentiments, including poverty, race, hopelessness, fear, anger, boredom, and a distrust in the police. I argue that people resort to extreme forms of violence when environmental and contextual factors corrupt Emmanuel Lévinas' conception of the face-to-face encounter by priming people automatically to reduce the other to the same as a means of self-protection when the absence of a reliable protective state corrupts the ethical decision to regard the other peacefully. Furthermore, I refer to Jacques Derrida's theoretical approach on hospitality to examine how such collective norms foster a culture of violence. Details: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 2014. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.lsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1965&context=gradschool_theses Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Related Violence Shelf Number: 141351

Author: Miller, Rena S. Title: Anti-Money Laundering: An Overview for Congress Summary: Anti-money laundering (AML) refers to efforts to prevent criminal exploitation of financial systems to conceal the location, ownership, source, nature, or control of illicit proceeds. Despite the existence of longstanding domestic regulatory and enforcement mechanisms, as well as international commitments and guidance on best practices, policymakers remain challenged to identify and address policy gaps and new laundering methods that criminals exploit. According to United Nations estimates recognized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, criminals in the United States generate some $300 billion in illicit proceeds that might involve money laundering. Rough International Monetary Fund estimates also indicate that the global volume of money laundering could amount to as much as 2.7% of the world's gross domestic product, or $1.6 trillion annually. Money laundering is broadly recognized to have potentially significant economic and political consequences at both national and international levels. Despite robust AML efforts in the United States, the ability to counter money laundering effectively remains challenged by a variety of factors. These include:  the scale of global money laundering;  the diversity of illicit methods to move and store ill-gotten proceeds through the international financial system;  the introduction of new and emerging threats (e.g., cyber-related financial crimes);  the ongoing use of old methods (e.g., bulk cash smuggling);  gaps in legal, regulatory, and enforcement regimes, including uneven availability of international training and technical assistance for AML purposes; and  the costs associated with financial institution compliance with global AML guidance and national laws. AML Policy Framework In the United States, the legislative foundation for domestic AML originated in 1970 with the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) of 1970 and its major component, the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act. Amendments to the BSA and related provisions in the 1980s and 1990s expanded AML policy tools available to combat crime, particularly drug trafficking, and prevent criminals from laundering their illicitly derived profits. Key elements to the BSA’s AML legal framework, which are codified in Titles 12 (Banks and Banking) and 31 (Money and Finance) of the U.S. Code, include requirements for customer identification, recordkeeping, reporting, and compliance programs intended to identify and prevent money laundering abuses. Substantive criminal statutes in Titles 31 and 18 (Crimes and Criminal Procedures) of the U.S. Code prohibit money laundering and related activities and establish civil penalties and forfeiture provisions. Moreover, federal authorities have applied administrative forfeiture, non-conviction based forfeiture, and criminal forfeiture tools. In response to the terrorist attacks on the U.S. homeland on September 11, 2001, Congress expanded the BSA's AML policy framework to incorporate additional provisions to combat the financing of terrorism (CFT). Although CFT is not the primary focus of this CRS report, post- 9/11 legislation provided the Executive Branch with greater authority and additional tools to counter the convergence of illicit threats, including the financial dimensions of organized crime, corruption, and terrorism. Policy Outlook for the 115th Congress Although CFT will likely remain a pressing national security concern for policymakers and Congress, some see the beginning of the 115th Congress as an opportunity to revisit the existing AML policy framework, assess its effectiveness, and propose regulatory and statutory changes. Such efforts could further address issues raised in hearings and proposed legislation during the 114th Congress, including beneficial ownership, the application of targeted financial sanctions, and barriers to international AML information sharing. Drawing from past legislative activity, the 115th Congress may also revisit proposals to require the Executive Branch to develop a roadmap for identifying key AML policy challenges and balancing AML priorities in a national strategy. Some observers have gone further to propose broader changes to the BSA/AML regime. The 115th Congress may also seek to address tensions that remain in balancing the policy objectives of improving financial services access and inclusion while also accounting for money laundering risks and vulnerabilities that may result in the exclusion (or "de-risking") of others from the international financial system. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R44776: Accessed March 6, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44776.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 145581

Author: Scott, Mindy E. Title: An Experimental Evaluation of a Family Strengthening Intervention to Enhance Post-release Adjustment for Reentering Fathers and Improve Child Well-Being Summary: In 2009, the National Institute of Justice awarded Child Trends a grant to conduct an experimental evaluation of the Strengthening Families Program for Parents and Youth 10-14 (SFP) for fathers returning from prison. The SFP is a seven-session intervention aimed at improving family relationships, parenting skills, and social and life skills among youth ages 10 to 14, and has been found to be effective among low-income families. However, this intervention has not been evaluated with a reentering population. The current evaluation focused on assessing the impact of adding a family-focused intervention to existing reentry services for fathers residing in the Midwestern part of the United States that traditionally focus on job training and economic stability. Paternal incarceration has been found to have negative consequences for children at all developmental stages, resulting in negative emotional and behavioral functioning with implications for long-term well-being and achievement, as well as a higher risk of criminality. Despite growing evidence of the negative implications of parental incarceration for both children and parents and the challenges associated with prisoner reentry, few family-focused reentry programs have been rigorously evaluated. This study addresses this important gap in the scientific knowledge by testing the impacts of a family strengthening intervention for reentering fathers and their children. This report presents key findings from the evaluation including information on the demographics of the families in the program, the program's implementation and effectiveness, and recommendations for improving future family strengthening programs for reentering fathers and their families. Details: Final report submitted to the National Institute of Justice, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250568.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 146412

Author: Haneberg, Rise Title: Reducing the Number of People with Mental Illnesses in Jail: Six Questions County Leaders Need to Ask Summary: Not long ago the observation that the Los Angeles County Jail serves more people with mental illnesses than any single mental health facility in the United States elicited gasps among elected officials. Today, most county leaders are quick to point out that the large number of people with mental illnesses in their jails is nothing short of a public health crisis, and doing something about it is a top priority. Over the past decade, police, judges, corrections administrators, public defenders, prosecutors, community-based service providers, and advocates have mobilized to better respond to people with mental illnesses. Most large urban counties, and many smaller counties, have created specialized police response programs, established programs to divert people with mental illnesses charged with low-level crimes from the justice system, launched specialized courts to meet the unique needs of defendants with mental illnesses, and embedded mental health professionals in the jail to improve the likelihood that people with mental illnesses are connected to community-based services. Despite these tremendous efforts, the problem persists. By some measures, it is more acute today than it was ten years ago, as counties report a greater number of people with mental illnesses in local jails than ever before Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, Stepping Up Initiative, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://stepuptogether.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Reducing-the-Number-of-People-with-Mental-Illnesses-in-Jail_Six-Questions.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146413

Author: Gross, Samuel R. Title: Race and Wrongful Convictions in the United States Summary: African Americans are only 13% of the American population but a majority of innocent defendants wrongfully convicted of crimes and later exonerated. They constitute 47% of the 1,900 exonerations listed in the National Registry of Exonerations (as of October 2016), and the great majority of more than 1,800 additional innocent defendants who were framed and convicted of crimes in 15 large-scale police scandals and later cleared in "group exonerations." We see this racial disparity for all major crime categories, but we examine it in this report in the context of the three types of crime that produce the largest numbers of exonerations in the Registry: murder, sexual assault, and drug crimes. I. Murder • Judging from exonerations, innocent black people are about seven times more likely to be convicted of murder than innocent white people. A major cause of the high number of black murder exonerations is the high homicide rate in the black community—a tragedy that kills many African Americans and sends many others to prison. Innocent defendants who are falsely convicted and exonerated do not contribute to this high homicide rate. They— like the families of victims who are killed—are deeply harmed by murders committed by others. • African-American prisoners who are convicted of murder are about 50% more likely to be innocent than other convicted murderers. Part of that disparity is tied to the race of the victim. African Americans imprisoned for murder are more likely to be innocent if they were convicted of killing white victims. Only about 15% of murders by African Americans have white victims, but 31% of innocent African-American murder exonerees were convicted of killing white people. • The convictions that led to murder exonerations with black defendants were 22% more likely to include misconduct by police officers than those with white defendants. In addition, on average black murder exonerees spent three years longer in prison before release than white murder exonerees, and those sentenced to death spent four years longer. • Many of the convictions of African-American murder exonerees were affected by a wide range of types of racial discrimination, from unconscious bias and institutional discrimination to explicit racism. • Most wrongful convictions are never discovered. We have no direct measure of the number of all convictions of innocent murder defendants, but our best estimate suggests that they outnumber those we know about many times over. Judging from exonerations, half of those innocent murder defendants are African Americans. II. Sexual Assault • Judging from exonerations, a black prisoner serving time for sexual assault is threeand-a-half times more likely to be innocent than a white sexual assault convict. The major cause for this huge racial disparity appears to be the high danger of mistaken eyewitness identification by white victims in violent crimes with black assailants. • Assaults on white women by African-American men are a small minority of all sexual assaults in the United States, but they constitute half of sexual assaults with eyewitness misidentifications that led to exoneration. (The unreliability of cross-racial eyewitness identification also appears to have contributed to racial disparities in false convictions for other crimes, but to a lesser extent.) • Eyewitness misidentifications do not completely explain the racial disparity in sexual assault exonerations. Some misidentifications themselves are in part the products of racial bias, and other convictions that led to sexual assault exonerations were marred by implicit biases, racially tainted official misconduct and, in some cases, explicit racism. • African-American sexual assault exonerees received much longer prison sentences than white sexual assault exonerees, and they spent on average almost four-and-a-half years longer in prison before exoneration. It appears that innocent black sexual assault defendants receive harsher sentences than whites if they are convicted, and then face greater resistance to exoneration even in cases in which they are ultimately released. III. Drug Crimes • The best national evidence on drug use shows that African Americans and whites use illegal drugs at about the same rate. Nonetheless, African Americans are about five times as likely to go to prison for drug possession as whites—and judging from exonerations, innocent black people are about 12 times more likely to be convicted of drug crimes than innocent white people. • In general, very few ordinary, low-level drug convictions result in exoneration, regardless of innocence, because the stakes are too low. In Harris County, Texas, however, there have been 133 exonerations in ordinary drug possession cases in the last few years. These are cases in which defendants pled guilty, and were exonerated after routine lab tests showed they were not carrying illegal drugs. Sixty-two percent of the Harris County drugcrime guilty plea exonerees were African American in a county with 20% black residents. • The main reason for this racial disproportion in convictions of innocent drug defendants is that police enforce drug laws more vigorously against African Americans than against members of the white majority, despite strong evidence that both groups use drugs at equivalent rates. African Americans are more frequently stopped, searched, arrested, and convicted—including in cases in which they are innocent. The extreme form of this practice is systematic racial profiling in drug-law enforcement. • Since 1989, more than 1,800 defendants have been cleared in “group exonerations” that followed 15 large-scale police scandals in which officers systematically framed innocent defendants. The great majority were African-American defendants who were framed for drug crimes that never occurred. There are almost certainly many more such cases that remain hidden. • Why do police officers who conduct these outrageous programs of framing innocent drug defendants concentrate on African Americans? The simple answer: Because that's what they do in all aspects of drug-law enforcement. Guilty or innocent, they always focus disproportionately on African Americans. Of the many costs that the War on Drugs inflicts on the black community, the practice of deliberately charging innocent defendants with fabricated crimes may be the most shameful. Details: Irvine, CA: National Registry of Exonerations, Newkirk Center for Science and Society, University of California Irvine, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Documents/Race_and_Wrongful_Convictions.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 146414

Author: Davidson, Cheryl Title: Evaluation of the Statewide "Enhanced" Drug Courts Offering Mental Health Services for Substance Abusing Offenders in Iowa Summary: Adult drug courts in five Iowa judicial districts were provided drug court enhancement funding in the fall of 2012 to integrate mental health services into the program. The purpose of the grant was to expand drug court eligibility, improve access to mental health services, enhance mental health service delivery, and improve client outcomes. A process and outcomes evaluation was conducted to examine the effectiveness of the mental health enhancement. Process Evaluation Drug court team members believed there was a need for mental health services and co-occurring disorders were prevalent however; participants with serious mental illnesses would fall outside the realm of what the drug courts could handle. One difficulty identified by staff was defining the primary cause of clients’ problems; whether substance abuse or mental health issues. Better screening tools and resources to help identify prevailing issues may improve the administration of services. Some respondents said their mental health coordinator, provided through enhancement funding, helped expand program eligibility by enabling the court to better deal with mental health issues. The coordinator provided advice to the team and other offenders in the court and some staff indicated this person was more trusted by offenders than other court/correctional personnel. Others indicated program barriers like funding cuts or having too many/few referrals limited inclusiveness, despite the added capacity. Outcome Evaluation Program completion, supervision revocation, recidivism, relapse, and substance abuse treatment were examined. Study groups included current drug court offenders during the grant period (Current DC), a subset of current drug court offenders who received grant-funded mental health services (DC MH), a comparison group of pre-enhancement drug court offenders (Historical DC), and a group of similar offenders on probation for drug offenses (Matched Probation). In a three-year tracking period, the Current DC group had lower recidivism rates compared to the Historical DC group. This could be due to the drug court enhancement or other changes to the program. Participants of the funded mental health services did not statistically differ from nonparticipants. Several confounding factors, discussed in the key findings, may have contributed. The outcomes varied by district, consistent with the discretion given to courts in administering services. Providing more guidance to the courts in defining the enhancement target population and administering mental health services may have provided more consistency across the state. The cost per mental health participant funded by the enhancement grant ranged from $1,258.21 in District 5, to $2,541.40 in District 6. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Justice Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/CJJP_Enhanced_Drug_Court_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 141367

Author: Iowa Task Force for Young Women Title: Serious, Violent and Chronic Juvenile Female Offenders: Service and System Recommendations for Iowa Summary: Serious, violent, and chronic juvenile female offenders are at the center of a system and service crisis in juvenile justice; this plan is about them and what they need to succeed. Crisis is a strong word to use to describe the absence of appropriate services in Iowa for the small number of girls who have the highest level of risk and need according to the Iowa Delinquency Assessment and are the greatest threat to public safety. Yet, for those girls and their families, as well as for the state, it is a crisis. This document is not simply a set of recommendations; it is about these girls and the systems responsible for them. The number of girls who need specialized and intensive service, and who may provide a risk to those around them, is relatively small, but these girls are no less important. This full report is focused on those girls and how Iowa will provide the appropriate level of service and system supports. First, there is a need to understand the current situation in Iowa and the context in which recommendations are made. No part of this document stands alone. Its focus on high risk, high need girls tells the story of how girls and boys think and respond differently, what services are effective with girls, and how Iowa might – for the first time – establish practices, services, and systems that are most effective for girls. This report is not critical of the services and system for boys; rather, it emphasizes and shows that girls do not fit into or respond well in a male-centric system. The reader is asked to consider the contents of this document as a whole in order to grasp the key elements and the value and impact of the recommendations. Services that are the most effective for girls take gender into account; yet these types of services are not universally recognized or provided in Iowa. This plan focuses in on the small number of girls with the most serious risks and deepest needs. Practically speaking, today there is no placement of last resort for these girls in Iowa where they can receive the highest level of treatment and services and where public safety is ensured. Of the thousands of girls charged with violating Iowa law, most will never reoffend, and the system is designed to limit contact with the low-risk offender. Only a small number ever move from informal to formal involvement with the courts. This report addresses an even smaller subset of that population. Details: Des Moines, IA: The Task Force, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/Serious,%20Violent%20and%20Chronic%20Juvenile%20Female%20Offenders%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 141368

Author: Meyer, Maureen Title: Not a National Security Crisis: The U.S.-Mexico Border and Humanitarian Concerns, Seen from El Paso Summary: Contrary to popular and political rhetoric about a national security crisis at the U.S.-Mexico border, evidence suggests a potential humanitarian—not security—emergency. This report, based on research and a field visit to El Paso, Texas and Ciudad Juárez, Mexico in April 2016, provides a dose of reality by examining one of the most emblematic of the U.S.-Mexico border's nine sectors, one that falls within the middle of the rankings on migration, drug seizures, violence, and human rights abuses. At a time when calls for beefing up border infrastructure and implementing costly policies regularly make headlines, our visit to the El Paso sector made clear that what is needed at the border are practical, evidence-based adjustments to border security policy, improved responses to the growing number of Central American migrants and potential refugees, and strengthened collaboration and communication on both sides of the border. • WITH 408,870 MIGRANT APPREHENSIONS AT THE U.S.-MEXICO BORDER IN FISCAL YEAR (FY) 2016, OVERALL UNDOCUMENTED MIGRATION IS AT LEVELS SIMILAR TO THE EARLY 1970S. Apprehensions of migrants per Border Patrol agent are less than one-tenth what they were in the 1990s. With 19 apprehensions per agent, FY2015 had the second-lowest rate of the available data. It makes sense that staffing has leveled off since the 2005-2011 buildup that doubled the size of Border Patrol. • THE NUMBER OF MEXICAN MIGRANTS HAS FALLEN TO LEVELS NOT SEEN SINCE THE EARLY 1970S, AND DECLINES HAVE BEEN FAIRLY CONSISTENT. Between FY2004 and FY2015 there were fewer apprehensions of Mexican citizens each year than in the previous year. Apprehensions of Mexicans in FY2016 increased by 2.5 percent. Even though the nearest third country is over 800 miles away from the U.S.-Mexico border, Mexicans comprised less than half of migrants apprehended there in FY2014, and again in FY2016. • OF THE MIGRANTS ARRIVING AT THE BORDER, MANY ARE CHILDREN AND FAMILIES FROM CENTRAL AMERICA WHO COULD QUALIFY AS REFUGEES IN NEED OF PROTECTION. A United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) analysis of credible fear screenings carried out by U.S. asylum officers revealed that in FY2015, 82 percent of women from El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, as well as Mexico, who were screened on arrival at the U.S. border "were found to have a significant possibility of establishing eligibility for asylum or protection under the Convention against Torture." This phenomenon is not a threat to the security of the United States. Nor is it illegal to flee one's country if one's life is at risk. Most Central American families and children do not try to evade U.S. authorities when they cross: they seek them out, requesting international protection out of fear to return to their countries. • VIOLENT CRIME RATES IN U.S. BORDER COMMUNITIES REMAIN AMONG THE LOWEST IN THE NATION, AND VIOLENCE HAS LARGELY DECREASED ON THE MEXICAN SIDE AS WELL. The El Paso crime rate in 2015 was below the U.S. national average. Although homicides have increased in Ciudad Juárez during 2016, the security situation has dramatically improved from when the city was considered the murder capital in the world in 2010. • SEIZURES OF CANNABIS, WHICH IS MOSTLY SMUGGLED BETWEEN OFFICIAL PORTS OF ENTRY, ARE DOWN AT THE BORDER. However, seizures of methamphetamine and heroin have increased, indicating that more drugs are probably getting across and, in the case of heroin, feeding U.S. demand that has risen to public-health crisis levels. Meth, heroin, and cocaine are very small in volume and are mostly smuggled at official border crossings. Building higher walls in wilderness areas along the border would make no difference in detecting and stopping these drugs from entering the country. • PORTS OF ENTRY ALONG THE BORDER ARE UNDERSTAFFED AND UNDER- EQUIPPED. As evidenced by the El Paso sector’s continued long wait times, ports of entry remain understaffed and under-equipped for dealing with small-volume, high-potency drug shipments, and for dealing more generally with large amounts of travelers and cargo. Much of the delay in hiring results from heightened screening procedures for prospective Customs and Border Protection (CBP) agents to guard against corruption and abuse, an important effort in need of additional resources. Screening delays are also the principal reason for a slight recent reduction in Border Patrol staffing. • ALTHOUGH NEW LOCAL REPATRIATION ARRANGEMENTS (LRAS) BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO ARE A STEP FORWARD IN PROTECTING MEXICAN MIGRANTS RETURNED AT THE BORDER, SOME CHALLENGES STILL REMAIN IN THEIR IMPLEMENTATION. Both governments announced in February 2016 the finalization of new LRAs to regulate the return of Mexican migrants at nine points of entry along the border. The agreements represent important efforts of both governments to curtail many of the practices that negatively affect this vulnerable population, such as nighttime deportation. In the El Paso sector, however, repatriated migrants are often returned without their belongings, such as cell phones, identification documents, and money, presenting them with challenges in accessing funds, communicating with family, and traveling in the country. • THERE ARE FEWER COMPLAINTS ABOUT BORDER PATROL DETENTION CONDITIONS AND ABUSE BY AGENTS IN THE EL PASO SECTOR COMPARED TO OTHER PARTS OF THE BORDER. However, there are concerning reports about abuses by CBP agents at El Paso's ports of entry. A May 2016 complaint lodged by several border organizations points to troubling incidents of excessive force, verbal abuse, humiliating searches, and intimidation by agents at the ports of entry in El Paso and southern New Mexico that must be investigated and addressed. • STRONG LAW ENFORCEMENT AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS IN EL PASO HAVE PLAYED A KEY ROLE IN MAKING IT ONE OF THE SAFEST U.S.-MEXICO BORDER CITIES. Consistently ranked one of the country’s safest cities of its size, El Paso demonstrates the importance of communication and constructive relationships between communities and border law enforcement agencies. Local and federal authorities and social service organizations interviewed noted interagency coordination, open lines of communication, and strong working relationships throughout the sector. The local policy of exempting offenders of Class C misdemeanors from federal immigration status checks does much to ensure community members' willingness to cooperate with law enforcement without fear of deportation. However, reports of racial profiling do exist, and state-level policy proposals against “sanctuary cities,” if passed, could threaten this trust. • MEXICAN FEDERAL AND MUNICIPAL OFFICIALS AND CIVIL SOCIETY PROVIDE IMPORTANT SERVICES FOR REPATRIATED MIGRANTS, AND COULD BE A MODEL FOR OTHER MEXICAN BORDER CITIES. Mexico’s National Migration Institute (Instituto Nacional de Migración, INM) works in close coordination with the one-of-its-kind Juárez municipal government’s office to provide important basic services to repatriated migrants and assist them with legal services, recovering belongings left in the United States, and transportation to the interior of the country. Civil society organizations also provide similar important services to migrants and document abuses by U.S. and Mexican officials. • U.S.-MEXICO SECURITY COOPERATION IS INCREASINGLY FOCUSING ON INSTITUTIONAL REFORM ISSUES AT THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVELS. U.S. agencies provide support for violence reduction efforts in Ciudad Juárez, as well as support for police training and judicial reform for state and federal agents in Chihuahua. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America: Mexico, 2016. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: https://www.wola.org/analysis/not-national-security-crisis-u-s-mexico-border-humanitarian-concerns-seen-el-paso/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 141369

Author: Mungin, Douglas Title: There's a Skid Row Everywhere and This is Just the Headquarters: Impacts of Urban Revitalization Policies in the Homeless Community of Skid Row Summary: This dissertation tracks the historical shift from containment strategies for managing homeless populations in Skid Row to current strategies of using police and the penal system to periodically sweep the street of these unwanted bodies. This shift hinges on the construction of homelessness as a crisis requiring immediate and ongoing intervention. First, the state produces and reproduces homelessness as a state of crisis by withdrawing or denying support and public services and disallowing alternative, subsistence modes of survival. Then, it issues the performative utterance of the area as unclean or unsanitary. Developers and city officials mobilize the police to erase a visible presence of homeless bodies from the area. The "crisis" of homelessness, variously constructed as an issue of urban aesthetics, public health, and crime, enables public policy to be made on the fly. These policies have uniformly favored economic development at the expense of the needs of homeless persons and communities. The performative state needs the homeless to legitimate state intervention on behalf of developers. In this dissertation, I demonstrate how the racialized rhetorics of thanatology and revitalization have been used to construct homelessness as a crisis for the city in a manner that positions the homeless as threats to the life of the city. According to this rhetoric, it is cities that have economic vitality worth protecting and homeless people who act as an unwanted and degenerate economic species threatening their financial fitness, health, and well-being. I argue that the performative state produces homelessness as a material state of crisis and rhetorically constructs homelessness as a crisis legitimating intervention on the part of the state. The dissertation is organized according to the various ways in which homelessness has been constructed as a crisis warranting intervention: urban aesthetics, homelessness and practices of poverty as an eyesore (Chapter 2), public safety and crime prevention à la the broken windows theory (Chapter 3), and the economic vitality of the international city (Chapter 4). This dissertation seeks to explore the stakes across various constructions of the existence of the homeless population and their practices of poverty. Details: Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University, 2016. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 7, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.lsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2692&context=gradschool_dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 141370

Author: Gaither, Morgan Title: Pursuit Technology Impact Assessment, Version 1.1 Summary: In 2014, the U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice (NIJ) selected two Johns Hopkins University (JHU) divisions — the Applied Physics Laboratory (APL) and the School of Education, Division of Public Safety Leadership — for a 5-year cooperative agreement to establish a National Criminal Justice Technology Research, Test, and Evaluation Center (NIJ RT&E Center). The purpose of this center is to conduct focused RT&E activities to inform NIJ's non-forensic technology research, test and evaluation efforts. It also conducts RT&E activities to support NIJ’s efforts to inform practitioners, policymakers, and researchers regarding technologies or technology-related issues for purposes of improving criminal justice policy and practice. The activities of this center vary from year to year depending on the needs of NIJ's non-forensic technology RT&E efforts. The RT&E Center is staffed by JHU/APL and the JHU Division of Public Safety Leadership using a core management team and selected scientists and engineers who function as subject matter experts. Under NIJ Cooperative Agreement Award No. 2013-MU-CX-K111, the NIJ RT&E Center was tasked to accomplish an independent assessment of StarChase, LLC's (referred to hereafter as "StarChase") remote vehicle tracking system and its impact on vehicle pursuits and public safety. A team consisting of former law enforcement personnel, system engineers, and data analysts conducted this impact assessment. It investigates how police operations are impacted by the use of the StarChase system. This assessment relies on both quantitative data and qualitative feedback from the end-user community. Details: Laurel, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory , 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250549.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Pursuit Shelf Number: 141373

Author: Dragone, Davide Title: Crime and the Legalization of Recreational Marijuana Summary: We provide first-pass evidence that the legalization of the cannabis market across US states may be inducing a crime drop. Exploiting the recent staggered legalization enacted by the adjacent states of Washington (end of 2012) and Oregon (end of 2014) we find, combining county-level difference-in-differences and spatial regression discontinuity designs, that the legalization of recreational marijuana caused a significant reduction of rapes and thefts on the Washington side of the border in 2013-2014 relative to the Oregon side and relative to the pre-legalization years 2010-2012. We also find evidence that the legalization increased consumption of marijuana and reduced consumption of other drugs and both ordinary and binge alcohol. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series no. 10522: Accessed March 8, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10522.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 141374

Author: Pownall, Samantha Title: A, B, C, D, STPP: How School Discipline Feeds the School-to-Prison Pipeline Summary: Overly punitive school discipline feeds the school-to-prison pipeline and contributes to the failure of New York's public school system to educate the city’s most disadvantaged students. Research consistently demonstrates the importance of keeping students with the greatest academic and economic needs in school. Under Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg, these are the same students who are at greatest risk of being pushed out through suspensions and arrests. Black students, who are disproportionately arrested in school compared with white students, are the least likely to graduate from high school with a Regents Diploma. Black students and students with special needs are disproportionately suspended from city schools. And black students with special needs have the highest suspension rate of any group. Low-income students are also disproportionately suspended. This report reviews the policies and practices that produced these results and provides recommendations to help end the school-to-prison pipeline (STPP) in New York City, and for the first time, links school suspension to NYPD stop-and-frisk patterns in four out of five boroughs. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2017 at: https://www.nyclu.org/sites/default/files/publications/nyclu_STPP_1021_FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 141378

Author: Ekins, Emily Title: Deep Racial Divide in Perceptions of Police and Reported Experiences, No Group Is Anti-Cop Summary: A new Cato Institute/YouGov survey of public attitudes toward the police finds a 38-point gap between white and black Americans’ perception that police are too quick to resort to deadly force. Nearly three-fourths (73%) of African Americans and 54% of Hispanics believe the police are "too quick to use deadly force," compared to 35% of white Americans. Instead, 65% of white Americans believe police resort to lethal force "only when necessary". When it comes to police tactics overall, black Americans (56%) are more likely to think they are "too harsh" compared to white (26%) and Hispanic (33%) Americans. Majorities of whites (67%) and Hispanics (58%) believe police generally use the right amount of force for each situation, Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2017. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2017 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/public-opinion-briefs-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 144386

Author: Kwan, Andrea Title: Decriminalizing Indoor Sex Work: Effect on Quantity of Transactions Summary: In 2003-2009, Rhode Island decriminalized indoor sex work, and this paper focuses on effects the judicial decision had on the size of the indoor sex market, comprising of escort, massage, and S&M services. In 2003-2009, Rhode Island showed an average increase of 2-3 transactions per month compared to its synthetic control. As the judicial decision was unexpected, there are no anticipatory effects, but rather, event study analysis shows that number of transactions remained unchanged from 2003-2006. Statistically significant increases are first observed in 2007, and by 2009, Rhode Island has 17 more transactions per month compared to its synthetic control. After re-criminalization of indoor sex work, trends in event study analysis showed only a slight dip, and continued increasing after. Segmenting indoor sex workers into high-end, mid-range, and low-end shows that the policy affected mid-range workers the most, only had a mild effect on high-range workers, and did not affect low-end workers at all. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley, Department of Economics, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2017 at: https://www.econ.berkeley.edu/sites/default/files/Andrea%20Kwan.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 144387

Author: Ciacci, Riccardo Title: The Effect of Indoor Prostitution on Sex Crime: Evidence from New York City Summary: We use a unique data set to study the effect of indoor prostitution establishments on sex crimes. We built a daily panel from January 1, 2004 to June 30, 2012 with the exact location of police stops for sex crimes and the day of opening and location of indoor prostitution establishments. We find that indoor prostitution decreases sex crime with no effect on other types of crime. We argue that the reduction is mostly driven by potential sex offenders that become customers of indoor prostitution establishments. We also rule out other mechanisms such as an increase in the number of police officers and a reduction of potential victims in areas where these businesses opened. In addition, results are robust to different data sources and measures of sex crimes apart from police stops. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2017: Accessed march 9, 2017 at: http://www.micaelasviatschi.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/sex_crimeNYC.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 144388

Author: Prison Voice Washington Title: Correcting Food Policy in Washington Prisons: How the DOC Makes Healthy Food Choices Impossible for Incarcerated People & What Can Be Done Summary: KEY POINTS  The food served and sold to the 18,000 people incarcerated in Washington state prisons is now unhealthier than it has ever been. It also violates Executive Order 13-06 and the DOH Healthy Nutrition Guidelines, which apply to all state agencies and institutions.  When the Department of Corrections turned over responsibility for food services to Correctional Industries (CI), the DOC's business arm, it substituted 95% industrialized, plastic-wrapped, sugar-filled "food products" for locally prepared healthy food. This has turned Washington prisons into state-sponsored food deserts, with drastic reductions in fresh produce, lean protein, and whole grains in the diet of incarcerated people.  This unhealthy diet encourages disadvantaged populations to eat poorly, disproportionately impacts the health of people of color, and leads to increased healthcare expenditures on preventable diseases such as diabetes, hypertension, and heart disease.  The CI system of producing highly processed, packaged food in Spokane and continually trucking it to prisons across the state is expensive and harmful to the environment. Recommendations  Responsibility for prison menu planning must be taken away from CI, allowing a return to the healthier and cheaper alternative of cooking fresh, nutritious, locally grown food from scratch at each institution. Expert dietitians, not CI, must oversee the selection of food products for prison commissaries and quarterly packages.  The Governor should empower DOH to evaluate and monitor DOC’s compliance with the Healthy Nutrition Guidelines, not only administratively or by survey, but by careful attention to what is actually served.  The topics covered in this report are limited to the scope of Executive Order 13-06 and DOH's Healthy Nutrition Guidelines. DOH is receptive to suggestions for improvement and plans to update its Healthy Nutrition Guidelines in 2017, but additional orders from the Governor may be necessary to bring DOC's food system up to the standards of Washington’s local farm and food model. Details: Mountlake Terrace, WA: Prison Voice Washington, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 0, 2017 at: https://static.prisonpolicy.org/scans/Correcting%20Food%20Policy%20in%20WA%20Prisons_Prison%20Voice%20WA.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Health Shelf Number: 144434

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Management Alert on Issues Requiring Immediate Action at the Theo Lacy Facility in Orange, California Summary: A November 16, 2016 unannounced Office of Inspector General (OIG) inspection of the Theo Lacy Facility (TLF) in Orange, California, raised serious concerns, some that pose health risks and others that violate U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) 2008 Performance-Based National Detention Standards (PBNDS) and result in potentially unsafe conditions at the facility. Because of concerns raised during the inspection, we recommended that ICE take immediate action to ensure compliance with the 2008 PBNDS and strengthen its oversight of TLF. Specifically, we expressed the following concerns about: • Food handling at TLF poses health risks. Detainees were being served, and reported being regularly served, meat that appeared to be spoiled. Orange County Sheriffs Department (OCSD) staff members are not handling meat safely, including meat being sent to other ICE detention facilities. • Unsatisfactory conditions and services at the facility, including moldy and mildewed shower stalls, refuse in cells, and inoperable phones. • Some "high-risk" detainees are in less restrictive barracks-style housing and some "low-risk" detainees are in more restrictive housing modules; the basis for housing decisions is not adequately documented. • Contrary to ICE detention standards, inspectors observed high-risk detainees and low-risk detainees together in parts of TLF. Although detainees were purportedly identified by classification level, this was not apparent to the inspectors. • Moves from less restrictive barracks to more restrictive housing modules are not explained to detainees, nor are detainees given the opportunity to appeal changes, as required by ICE detention standards. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-17-43-MA: Accessed march 10, 2017 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mga/OIG-mga-030617.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 144440

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Raise the Age: Shifting to a safer and more effective juvenile justice system Summary: Over the past ten years, half of the states that had previously excluded all 16- and/or 17-year-olds from juvenile court based solely on their age have changed their laws so that most youth under age 18 who touch the justice system will fall under the jurisdiction of the juvenile justice system. These policy changes are part of a shift to "raise the age"--reforms focused on moving out of the adult criminal justice system the tens of thousands of youth under 18 who are automatically treated as adults because of age of jurisdiction laws. States have raised the age for many reasons, one of which is research showing that justice-involved teenagers are more likely to move past delinquency and successfully transition to adulthood if they are served by a juvenile justice system, not an adult criminal justice system. Read JPI’s newest report on the growing national trend to Raise the Age, and how the youth justice systems are shifting towards more effective practices to manage the change without costs rising significantly, and achieving better public safety and youth development outcomes Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2017. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2017 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/raisetheage.fullreport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 144441

Author: Virginia. Department of Criminal Justice Services Title: Sexual Assault Response Teams (SART): A Model Protocol for Virginia Summary: In 2004, the Virginia General Assembly passed legislation stating that “the Department of Criminal Justice Services shall promote the use of local and regional sexual assault response team policy and protocol, established pursuant to subdivision 46 of §9.1-102 of the Code of Virginia, as an integral part of an effective coordinated community response to sexual assault” (Virginia Acts of Assembly, Chapter 980). The Code directs that DCJS shall “establish training standards and publish a model policy and protocols for local and regional sexual assault response teams” (§9.1-102). Legislation passed in 2008 and 2009 also contributed to the need for statewide guidelines on a coordinated response to sexual violence. In 2008, in response to federal mandates attached to the Violence Against Women Act which provides millions of dollars to the state for violence against women programming, the Virginia General Assembly passed a bill that made significant changes to laws describing the provision of, and payment for, forensic examinations in sexual assault cases. In essence, the new law requires that victims must have access to forensic exams and evidence collection, even if victims choose not to participate in the criminal justice system, or otherwise cooperate with law enforcement authorities. Additionally, the state must pay for all out-of-pocket costs associated with the gathering of evidence. It was, however, legislation in 2009 that codified the creation of SARTs in Virginia. Starting July 1, 2009, Commonwealth’s Attorneys have the responsibility to coordinate a multi-disciplinary response to sexual violence in their communities which is consistent with the guidelines established by DCJS. In accordance with these legislative mandates, DCJS has developed the following guidelines based on review of existing state and national protocols and best practices and consultations with local Virginia sexual assault response team members. This model protocol focuses on adult sexual assault. Many localities in Virginia have established child sexual assault response teams and developed the necessary protocols for those multi-disciplinary teams. DCJS also provides technical assistance to localities in responding to child sexual assault crimes. Appendix G includes contact information for communities if they are responding to child/teen sexual assault or if they are developing a sexual assault response team that responds to child/teen sexual assaults Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services, 2011. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2017 at: http://www.communitysolutionsva.org/files/Final_SART_Protocol_2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Victims Shelf Number: 144444

Author: Smith, Charisa Title: No Quick Fix: The Failure of Criminal Law and the Promise of Civil Law Remedies for Domestic Child Sex Trafficking Summary: Pimps and johns who sexually exploit children garner instant public and scholarly outrage for their lust for a destructive "quick fix." In actuality, many justifiably concerned scholars, policymakers, and members of the public continue to react over-simplistically and reflexively to the issue of child sex trafficking in the United States — also known as commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) — in a manner intellectually akin to immediate gratification. Further, research reveals that the average john is an employed, married male of any given race or ethnicity, suggesting that over-simplification and knee-jerk thinking on CSEC are conspicuous. This Article raises provocative questions that too many others have avoided, while addressing a topic of immense public interest. CSEC occurs in all 50 states and is estimated to be a $290 million industry in Atlanta alone. The explosion of media attention, high-profile scandals, and sexualized popular culture have put CSEC front and center in law and policy. However, the dominant discourse and policy-making on CSEC rely on criminal law as a quick fix. Scholars in law, social science, and public health have begun joining CSEC survivors and advocates in critiquing criminal law for its ineffectiveness and its dubious expansion of mass incarceration and survivor victimization. Yet, the discourse, law, and policy remain highly flawed. This Article bridges the gaps in crucial ways. This Article addresses a controversial and fundamental matter: that many CSEC survivors resist “rescue” efforts and narratives, while decrying the pitfalls of criminal, child protective, and public health responses alike. After discussing the pronounced failure of criminal law, the socio-cultural and economic roots of CSEC, and feminist, critical race, and Vulnerability Theory implications, this Article concludes that youth agency is a key, missing element of the socio-legal response to CSEC. This Article traces the history of children’s consent to sex in U.S. law and incorporates scientific findings cited in recent U.S. Supreme Court jurisprudence. Evidence suggests that civil law remedies for CSEC are an essential, redistributive, under-utilized tool that engenders sorely needed youth agency and adult offender deterrence. Civil law remedies for CSEC address most sharp critiques of criminal, child protective, and public health responses, while incorporating the “capabilities approach” that Nobel Prize-winning economist Amartya Sen and feminist philosopher Martha Nussbaum first coined — now prominent in public policy and political philosophy. However, there is still no "quick fix" for the complex, deep-seated CSEC crisis. Future responses require survivor leadership, multi-sector collaboration, and nuanced scholarly research. A continued rush to punish demonized "bad actors" or to carcerally protect children will only exacerbate the problem while ignoring the link between CSEC and prevalent sexual violence and oppression in the most intimate — and seemingly innocuous — parts of U.S. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Law School, 2016. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of Wisconsin Legal Studies Research Paper No. 1398: Accessed March 10, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2870791 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 144445

Author: Nix, Justin Title: In the eye of the beholder? Exploring the dialogic approach to police legitimacy. Summary: In recent years, police legitimacy has generated a great deal of scholarly attention. Numerous studies carried out in a variety of settings have demonstrated that citizens are more likely to perceive the police as a legitimate authority when they interact with citizens in a procedurally fair way. In turn, citizens become more likely to accept police decisions, comply with the law, and cooperate with the police. Yet until very recently, scholars have only focused on citizen perceptions of legitimacy while neglecting the perspective of the police themselves. It may very well be that the police believe other ideals are more important than procedural justice in terms of establishing legitimacy. Accordingly, Anthony Bottoms and Justice Tankebe suggest that legitimacy should be treated as an ongoing dialogue between power-holders and audiences. The present study adds to a very limited body of research applying this dialogic model to understand legitimacy by surveying a nationally representative sample of U.S. police executives about how they believe citizens residing in different areas of the community evaluate their agencies and their officers. Findings suggest that respondents do in fact appear to be aware that procedural fairness is important to citizens in terms of establishing legitimacy. However, respondents do not appear to realize that citizens are more likely to cooperate with the police when they perceive them as legitimate. Instead, they believe performance is the key to generating cooperation. There also appear to be key differences in how officers believed they are perceived by residents of high crime areas and residents of low crime areas. Finally, the present study considers whether individual characteristics of the responding officers moderate the strength of relationships between key theoretical variables and legitimacy outcomes. In a similar fashion, the present study explores the possibility that officers believe citizens' perceptions of collective efficacy, disorder, their perceived risk of being caught and punished for breaking the law, or their cynicism toward the law moderate the aforementioned relationships. Practical and theoretical implications are discussed in the final chapter. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2015. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 10, 2017 at: http://scholarcommons.sc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4186&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 144451

Author: Males, Mike Title: Realignment and crime in 2014: California's Violent Crime in Decline Summary: In 2011, the United States Supreme Court ordered California to reduce prison overcrowding to 137.5 percent of design capacity, or around 113,700 people, by June 2013. 1 To reduce the state prison population and minimize recidivism, California implemented Public Safety Realignment("Realignment") under Assembly Bill (AB) 109 in October 2011. This policy redirected people convicted of non-serious, non-violent, and non-sexual offenses (non-non-non offenses) from state to county jurisdiction. Most people convicted of these low-level offenses now serve their sentences in county jails rather than state prison and are supervised by county probation rather than state parole. Realignment also required most people who violate parole and return to custody to be incarcerated in county jail rather than state prison. When Realignment was implemented, concerns emerged that the new policy would increase crime. However, after Realignment, both violent crime and property crime rates generally declined, continuing the trends of the last two decades. Previous reports published by the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice have found no evidence of a causal relationship between Realignment and crime (CJCJ, 2013; 2014), although other analyses suggest small effects for motor vehicle theft (PPIC, 2013; 2015b). This report presents comprehensive analyses of new data, detailing both statewide and county crime rates as well as state imprisonmentrates for non-violent offenses, again finding no causal relationship between Realignment and county crime. Method To evaluate the population affected by Realignment (the “Realigned population”), this report reviews several data sets: • Updated California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR, 2015) data showing the prison population as categorized by commitment offense and county as of December 31 in 2010 and 2013. • The most recent (2010-2014) Part I violent (aggravated assault, murder, rape, and robbery) and property (burglary, larceny/theft, and vehicle theft) offenses reported to police, organized by county, year, and type of offense as collected annually by the Criminal Justice Statistics Center (CJSC, 2015). • Populations by county and year from the California Department of Finance’s Demographic Research Unit (DRU, 2015). These data are used to calculate and compare the changes in (a) the rate of county commitments of people with non-violent offenses to state prisons in 2010 and 2013, and (b) reported offenses by county for the latest period prior to Realignment (January-December 2010) and after Realignment (January-December 2013 for prison population by commitment offense and county; January-December 2014 for all offenses reported). Los Angeles County is reported separately due to discrepancies in tabulating reported offenses by the Los Angeles Police Department (Poston and Rubin, 2014). Details: Sacramento: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2015. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/realignment_and_crime_in_2014_californias_violent_crime_in_decline.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 144461

Author: Collateral Consequences Resource Center Title: Four Years of Second Chance Reforms, 2013-2016. Restoration of Rights & Relief from Collateral Consequences Summary: Since 2013, almost every state has taken at least some steps to chip away at the negative effects of a criminal record on an individual's ability to earn a living, access housing, education and public benefits, and otherwise fully participate in civil society. It has not been an easy task, in part because of the volume and complexity of state and federal laws imposing collateral consequences. To encourage employers and other decision-makers to give convicted individuals a fair chance, some states have enacted or modified judicial restoration mechanisms like expungement, sealing, and certificates of relief. Others have extended nondiscrimination laws, limited criminal record inquiries, and facilitated front-end opportunities to avoid conviction. In partnership with the NACDL Restoration of Rights Project, the CCRC maintains a comprehensive and current state-by-state guide to mechanisms for restoration of rights and status after conviction. As a part of keeping that resource up to date, we have inventoried measures enacted and policies adopted by states in the past four years to mitigate or avoid the disabling effects of a criminal record, and present it here as a snapshot of an encouraging national trend. Summary of findings Between 2013 and 2016, forty-two states and the District of Columbia adopted significant reforms of various types. The most common of these reforms are ban-the-box laws and policies that prohibit employers from inquiring into an applicant’s criminal history during the initial stages of the application process. Twenty-one states banned the box in public employment, and eight (CT, DC, IL, MN, NJ, OR, RI, and VT) expanded their ban-the-box prohibitions to cover private employers as well. Expungement and sealing authorities were also expanded in a significant number of states. Arkansas, Indiana, and Minnesota enacted comprehensive new expungement/sealing schemes that grant many individuals an opportunity to have their records sealed from public view and/or rights restored for the first time. Additionally, California, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, and Missouri all expanded existing expungement/sealing laws to make certain felonies eligible. Maryland, Pennsylvania, and South Dakota enacted entirely new authorities limiting public access to misdemeanor records. Another fifteen states expanded existing expungement or sealing opportunities, either to increase the number and type of eligible offenses and dispositions, or to broaden the protections afforded to, or rights restored by, an expunged or sealed record. Unfortunately, stiff filing fees in states like Louisiana and Kentucky will inevitably discourage people of limited means from taking advantage of these new authorities. Judicial and/or administrative “certificates of relief” were also made available in nine states for the first time. These certificates adhere to a “forgiving,” as opposed to “forgetting,” model of criminal record mitigation. The new certificates with the broadest application and effect are those in Ohio and Vermont, both of which are modeled after provisions in the Uniform Collateral Consequences of Conviction Act (UCCCA) that authorize courts to completely remove specified mandatory collateral consequences imposed by law, allowing individuals to be considered for employment or licensing opportunities on the merits. Colorado’s new “order of collateral relief” provides relief from mandatory consequences specified in the order, with exceptions, but is only available for non-prison sentences. The new certificate authorities in most other states either protect employers and/or other private entities from negligent hiring or retention claims based solely upon their agent’s conviction, or prohibit employers or licensing bodies from denying applicants “based solely upon” their conviction. The effect or availability of pre-existing certificate authorities were expanded in another three states. Another notable trend was the expansion of the effect and availability of deferred adjudication and diversion mechanisms, which allow individuals to avoid conviction altogether following successful completion of probation or other conditions. Five states (AL, CA, DE, GA, NJ) enacted legislation explicitly authorizing expungement or sealing of deferred adjudication records for the first time, while Colorado and Illinois enacted entirely new deferred adjudication authority. These programs provide a great benefit to those who can take advantage of them, but, in many states, prosecutorial control of these programs can result in disparate treatment and costly relief. Details: s.l.: The Resource Center, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://ccresourcecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/4-YEARS-OF-SECOND-CHANCE-REFORMS-CCRC.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 144464

Author: Salib, Peter N. Title: Why Prison? An Economic Critique Summary: This Article argues that we should not imprison people who commit crimes. This is true despite the fact that essentially all legal scholars, attorneys, judges, and laypeople see prison as the sine qua non of a criminal justice system. Without prison, most would argue, we could not punish past crimes, deter future crimes, or keep dangerous criminals safely separate from the rest of society. Scholars of law and economics have generally held the same view, treating prison as an indispensable tool for minimizing social harm. But the prevailing view is wrong. Employing the tools of economic analysis, this Article demonstrates that prison imposes enormous but well-hidden societal losses. It is therefore a deeply inefficient device for serving the utilitarian aims of the criminal law system — namely, optimally deterring bad social actors while minimizing total social costs. The Article goes on to engage in a thought experiment, asking whether an alternative system of criminal punishment could serve those goals more efficiently. It concludes that there exist economically superior alternatives to prison available right now. The alternatives are practicable. They plausibly comport with our current legal rules and more general moral principles. They could theoretically be implemented tomorrow, and, if we wished, we could bid farewell forever to our sprawling, socially-suboptimal system of imprisonment. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2928219 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144465

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Direct File of Children to Adult Court Is Decreasing; Better Data Needed to Assess Sanctions Summary: Most children in Florida who are charged with committing an offense have their cases handled by the juvenile court system. However, Florida also has statutory procedures to transfer children from the juvenile court system to the adult criminal court system if they were charged with committing certain offenses or were older at the time of the alleged offense. The most common type of transfer to adult court in Florida is direct file, whereby the state attorney files the case directly in adult criminal court. Multiple entities collect data on direct-filed children. Data shows the average age of children direct filed for the first time in Fiscal Year 2015-16 was 16.4 years of age and the most common alleged offense was burglary. While the number of direct-filed children in Florida varies by judicial circuit, it has been decreasing statewide. Limited information on the adult sanctions of direct-filed children shows that many receive adult probation. The Legislature could consider options to improve data quality on adult outcomes of direct-filed children. Details: Tallahassee: The Legislature, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 17-06: Accessed March 13, 2017 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/1706rpt.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 144466

Author: Swavola, Elizabeth Title: Overlooked: Women and Jails in an Era of Reform Summary: Over the past four decades, there has been a nearly five-fold increase in the number of people in U.S. jails: the approximately 3,000 county or municipality-run detention facilities that primarily hold people arrested but not yet convicted of a crime.1 (See “What is jail?” p. 8). From just 157,000 people held on any given day in 1970, the jail population rose to 745,000 people by 2014.2 Intended to house those deemed to be a danger to society or a flight risk before trial, jails have become massive warehouses primarily for those too poor to post even low amounts of bail or too sick for existing community resources to manage. With more than 11 million admissions annually, the role jails play as a principal driver of mass incarceration is receiving increasing attention from policymakers and the public.3 Despite this scrutiny, one aspect of this growth has received little attention: the precipitous rise in the number of women in jail. Although they generally fare better than men in pretrial decisions, the number of women incarcerated in jails is growing at a faster rate than any other correctional population.4 Since 1970, the number of women in jail nationwide has increased 14-fold—from under 8,000 to nearly 110,000— and now accounts for approximately half of all women behind bars in the United States.5 Once a rarity, women are now held in jails in nearly every county—a stark contrast to 1970, when almost three-quarters of counties held not a single woman in jail.6 Surprisingly, small counties (those with 250,000 people or fewer in 2014) have been the main engine of this growth, with the number of women in small county jails increasing 31-fold from 1970 to 2014.7 Since 2000, jail incarceration rates for women in small counties have increased from 79 per 100,000 women to 140 per 100,000 women. In contrast, mid-sized counties’ jail incarceration rates for women only grew from 80 to 88 per 100,000 women, while rates in large counties actually decreased from 76 to 71 per 100,000 women within that same timeframe (see Figure 1, p. 8). Today, nearly half of all jailed women are in small counties.8 Despite these alarming trends, we lack a complete picture to explain why women are increasingly incarcerated in U.S. jails. Available research is scarce, dated, and limited in scope.9 Nevertheless, research about women in the criminal justice system more generally provides clues about who these women are, and why they end up in jail. Like men in jail, they are disproportionately people of color, overwhelmingly poor and low-income, survivors of violence and trauma, and have high rates of physical and mental illness and substance use.10 Nearly 80 percent of women in jails are mothers, but unlike incarcerated men, they are, by and large, single parents, solely responsible for their young children.11 The majority are charged with lower-level offenses—mostly property and drug-related—and tend to have less extensive criminal histories than their male counterparts.12 Once incarcerated, women must grapple with systems, practices, and policies that are designed for the majority of the incarcerated population: men. With limited resources, jails are often ill equipped to address the challenges women face when they enter the justice system, which can have serious and lasting public safety and community health implications.13 As a result, many women return to their families and communities far worse off than when they entered the jailhouse door. As U.S. Attorney General Loretta Lynch said in her remarks at the White House Women and the Criminal Justice System Convening on March 30, 2016, “Put simply, we know that when we incarcerate a woman we often are truly incarcerating a family, in terms of the far-reaching effect on her children, her community, and her entire family network.”14 Although some jurisdictions have begun to focus on the particularly destabilizing effect jail incarceration has for women, their families, and their communities, women frequently remain an afterthought in discussions about jail reform. As interest in rolling back the misuse and overuse of jail increases, the roots and trajectory of growth in jail incarceration of women demand further study. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2017 at: http://www.safetyandjusticechallenge.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/overlooked-women-in-jails-report-web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 144470

Author: Californians for Safety and Justice Title: Second Chances and Systems Change: How Proposition 47 is Changing California Summary: Proposition 47 changes six nonviolent crimes from felonies to misdemeanors, authorizes removal of felony records for Californians with old felony convictions for these crimes, and requires the state to annually reallocate the prison costs saved from the measure to local programs. Few justice reforms have generated as much attention or activity, or had as much impact, as Proposition 47. In just two years, incarceration numbers have plummeted, local justice systems have altered and hundreds of thousands of Californians have applied to change their record under Proposition 47. Today, California stands poised to take the experiences and lessons of Proposition 47 implementation to the next level, replacing over-incarceration with a balanced approach to public safety that prioritizes prevention and community health. This report aims to paint a picture of what the last two years of Proposition 47 implementation have entailed. There are sections on criminal justice impacts and emerging opportunities for second chances, as well as the lessons learned and recommendations for moving forward. SUMMARY OF IMPACTS: BY THE NUMBERS Record Change • Total estimated number of Californians eligible for record change: More than 1 million • Total number of petitions for resentencing or record change filed so far: Almost 280,0001 • Total estimated number of eligible individuals in Los Angeles County alone: 500,000 • Top five counties with most Proposition 47 record change petitions submitted thus far: San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, Riverside Incarceration and Criminal Justice System Impacts, 2014 versus 20152 • 15,000 fewer incarcerated in California prisons and jails3 • 119,000 fewer felony arrests in the first year • 55,000 fewer felony convictions in the first year • As much as 33% fewer felony cases in county courthouses Budget Reallocation • Total overall state savings achieved in the first year of reallocation calculations: $68 million • Total estimated savings in Los Angeles County criminal justice system so far: $9.2 million SUMMARY OF IMPACTS: COUNTY PRACTICES AND COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP • Number of community and labor groups engaged in Proposition 47 implementation: More than 75 • Community events held in the last two years about Proposition 47 and reclassifying prior criminal records: More than 150 • Local resources invested in reaching eligible Californians: Tens of millions • Local jurisdictions with Proposition 47 task forces: More than 10 • Percentage of drug courts in the state that have changed or expanded their eligibility criteria in response to Proposition 47: 59% SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS: TOWARD A BALANCED APPROACH TO PUBLIC SAFETY 1. Reach more Californians: Streamline outreach and simplify the application process to connect hundreds of thousands more eligible Californians to record change. 2. Build off record change to increase stability and empowerment: Turn the Proposition 47 application process into an access point for other opportunities for stability. 3. Adapt local practices: Scale up new local strategies to combat low-level crime problems and stop the cycle of crime. 4. Expand reallocation from prison waste to local safety solutions: Improve the state reallocation process from prisons to prevention, and open up reallocation strategies locally to improve balanced approaches to public safety. 5. Second chances and new safety priorities: Beyond Proposition 47, clean up the legacy of mass incarceration to advance second chances and go deeper to invest in communities to win new safety priorities. Details: Oakland, CA: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://www.safeandjust.org/system/storage/211/5a/d/774/P47_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 144478

Author: Lutheran Immigration and Refugee Service Title: Betraying Family Values: How Immigration Policy at the United States Border is Separating Families Summary: Over the past five years, the United States has seen a shift in the demographics of migrants encountered at our borders—from a majority of adult males, often from Mexico, seeking employment, to families, children, grandparents, aunts, and uncles fleeing together, seeking protection in the United States, coming mostly from Central America. Tragically, U.S. immigration enforcement policies, instead of shifting to adapt to this significant change, have continued to try forcing a square peg into a round hole, and in doing so have compounded the vulnerabilities of families and protection-seeking migrants. Instead of promoting family unity, we as a nation are breaking families apart. This report documents the ways in which family separation is caused, both intentionally and unintentionally, by the U.S. government’s immigration custody and enforcement decisions. It explains how the government's lack of consistent mechanisms for identifying and tracking family members result in family members being detained or removed separately and often losing contact with each other. Because the Department of Homeland Security and other government agencies currently have little policy guidance on humanitarian considerations during enforcement actions, many families are needlessly torn apart. This report demonstrates how the process of enforcement along the border subjects families to separation, how children, even when accompanied by a parent, can be rendered unaccompanied, and how such separation impacts the family's well-being and access to due process. Finally, this report explains how family separation through the deportation process is dangerous and impedes safe repatriation and reintegration. Our findings of policies and practices in this report have been informed in part from our discussions and interviews with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), DHS Policy, DHS Office for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, DHS Office of Inspector General, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), Customs and Border Protection (CBP), and the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR). Family unity is important not only to maintain the integrity of the family unit, but also because its destruction has a detrimental impact on liberty, access to justice, and protection. It also negatively impacts emotional and psychological development and well-being, creates security and economic difficulties, and strips the dignity of an individual and their family as a whole. In addition, it is a fundamental human right enshrined in international and U.S. child welfare law. The federal government should prioritize liberty and family unity in its immigration policy, including enforcement actions. Government agencies with enforcement and custody responsibilities should have mechanisms to identify family members, and to prevent, mitigate, and track family separation in all cases. Instead of pursuing policies of deterrence and detention, family unity, the right to liberty, and reunification must become presumptive principles. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: https://www.womensrefugeecommission.org/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 144479

Author: Hawes, Susy Title: Unsealed Fate: The Unintended Consequences of Inadequate Safeguarding of Juvenile Records in Maine Summary: Since 1919, when the state's juvenile delinquency code was enacted, Maine’s justice system has recognized the difference between youth and adults by emphasizing treatment and rehabilitation for young people in the justice system. This approach is supported by a large and growing body of adolescent development and brain science research that finds fundamental, biologically-based differences between youth and adults. If the goal of a separate justice system for youth is to provide the tools and opportunities for young people to change, it is antithetical that the very involvement with the system could create unanticipated, lasting consequences. Unfortunately, studies across the country are finding just that; limited safeguarding of juvenile records stemming from involvement in the juvenile justice system puts individuals at risk of facing collateral consequences, including difficulty obtaining employment and housing or serving in the military. This report explores the extent to which this issue is occurring in Maine by detailing what statutes say, what practices look like and what the implications are for individuals in Maine with a juvenile record. The goal of this report is to provide policy makers, the public and juvenile justice system practitioners with research about what those closest to the system understand about how records are handled and accessed, the impact of juvenile records and what improvements could be made that are consistent with the rehabilitative and public safety goals of the juvenile justice system in Maine. Details: Portland: University of Southern Maine, Muskie School of Public Service, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Juvenile/UnsealedFate.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 144486

Author: Dumont, Robyn Title: 2016 Juvenile Recidivism Report Summary: This report summarizes the data for three groups of youth involved with the Department of Juvenile Services between 2008 and 2012. The three groups are as follows: Diverted youth: Diversion occurs when a referred youth is formally diverted by a Juvenile Community Corrections Officer (JCCO) from the juvenile justice system. Diversion may take the form of an informal adjustment, including sole sanction, or no further action. Youth who are successfully diverted do not continue on through the juvenile justice system. They may, however, be placed back into the justice system if they do not fulfill the terms of diversion. Supervised youth: These youth had formal charges brought against them, were adjudicated by a judge, and subsequently placed under Department of Juvenile Services (DJS) supervision in the community (i.e., probation). Some of these youth may have spent a period of their supervision detained in a Youth Development Center yet were not committed. Committed youth: Prior to release, these youth were adjudicated and were either sentenced by a judge to commitment within one of Maine’s secure facilities or were sentenced to probation terms which were subsequently revoked. This report includes analysis of youth demographics (including gender, age, and race/ethnicity), offense class and type, facility, length of supervision (months to release and/or discharge), Youth Level of Service/Case Management Inventory (YLS-CMI) risk levels when available, and participation in Community Reintegration when applicable. Details: Portland: University of Southern Maine, Muskie School of Public Service, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://muskie.usm.maine.edu/justiceresearch/Publications/Juvenile/2016_Juvenile_Recidivism_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 144487

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: Dark Web: Updated Summary: The layers of the Internet go far beyond the surface content that many can easily access in their daily searches. The other content is that of the Deep Web, content that has not been indexed by traditional search engines such as Google. The furthest corners of the Deep Web, segments known as the Dark Web, contain content that has been intentionally concealed. The Dark Web may be used for legitimate purposes as well as to conceal criminal or otherwise malicious activities. It is the exploitation of the Dark Web for illegal practices that has garnered the interest of officials and policymakers. Individuals can access the Dark Web by using special software such as Tor (short for The Onion Router). Tor relies upon a network of volunteer computers to route users’ web traffic through a series of other users’ computers such that the traffic cannot be traced to the original user. Some developers have created tools—such as Tor2web—that may allow individuals access to Torhosted content without downloading and installing the Tor software, though accessing the Dark Web through these means does not anonymize activity. Once on the Dark Web, users often navigate it through directories such as the “Hidden Wiki,” which organizes sites by category, similar to Wikipedia. Individuals can also search the Dark Web with search engines, which may be broad, searching across the Deep Web, or more specific, searching for contraband like illicit drugs, guns, or counterfeit money. While on the Dark Web, individuals may communicate through means such as secure email, web chats, or personal messaging hosted on Tor. Though tools such as Tor aim to anonymize content and activity, researchers and security experts are constantly developing means by which certain hidden services or individuals could be identified or “deanonymized.” Anonymizing services such as Tor have been used for legal and illegal activities ranging from maintaining privacy to selling illegal goods—mainly purchased with Bitcoin or other digital currencies. They may be used to circumvent censorship, access blocked content, or maintain the privacy of sensitive communications or business plans. However, a range of malicious actors, from criminals to terrorists to state-sponsored spies, can also leverage cyberspace and the Dark Web can serve as a forum for conversation, coordination, and action. It is unclear how much of the Dark Web is dedicated to serving a particular illicit market at any one time, and, because of the anonymity of services such as Tor, it is even further unclear how much traffic is actually flowing to any given site. Just as criminals can rely upon the anonymity of the Dark Web, so too can the law enforcement, military, and intelligence communities. They may, for example, use it to conduct online surveillance and sting operations and to maintain anonymous tip lines. Anonymity in the Dark Web can be used to shield officials from identification and hacking by adversaries. It can also be used to conduct a clandestine or covert computer network operation such as taking down a website or a denial of service attack, or to intercept communications. Reportedly, officials are continuously working on expanding techniques to deanonymize activity on the Dark Web and identify malicious actors online. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: R44101: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44101.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 144490

Author: Colorado Child Safety Coalition Title: Bound and Broken: How DYC's Culture of Violence is Hurting Colorado Kids and What To Do About It Summary: Despite a mission of rehabilitation rather than punishment, the culture of the Colorado Division of Youth Corrections (DYC) is plagued by punitive practices that cause physical and emotional harm to the young people in its care. DYC's culture of violence makes facilities unsafe for both children and staff and deters rehabilitation. This report draws on interviews with 21 young people who are or have been incarcerated in eleven of DYC's thirteen state-owned facilities, as well as a review of over 1,000 pages of internal DYC documents, videos and medical reports regarding incidents that occurred between 2013 and 2016. The report concludes that DYC staff used physical pain, isolation and verbal degradation against vulnerable young people, most of whom suffer from past abuse and mental illness. Knee strikes, painful pressure points and the WRAP – a full body straitjacket – are common currency in DYC's culture. There is a better way. In Missouri, juvenile facilities focus on true internalized change for kids by building strong relationships between youth and their peers and between youth and staff. Staff never use isolation, restraints like the WRAP, or pain compliance, because these punitive measures hurt children and prohibit development of trusting relationships with staff. Statistics show that Missouri kids and staff are safer. The "Missouri Approach" has become the gold standard for the care of juveniles and has been exported to other states with success. A pilot program in Colorado could change the culture of violence at DYC to keep kids and staff safe while promoting rehabilitation. Key Facts and Findings 1. Violence has been escalating in DYC facilities. External and internal measures confirm a dramatic increase in the number of documented fights and assaults, and complaints about violence from youth and staff to outside agencies have skyrocketed. 2. Young people and staff consistently report feeling unsafe in DYC facilities. 3. Most young people in DYC have experienced trauma. When youth with a history of trauma feel unsafe, they are less likely to be rehabilitated. 4. DYC staff routinely use physical force and pain to control young people. • DYC staff physically restrained youth at least 3,611 times between January 2016 and January 2017. Of those restraints, over sixty percent resulted in the use of mechanical restraints, such as handcuffs, shackles, or the WRAP. • The WRAP: DYC sanctions use of the WRAP, a full-body restraint banned in Arkansas after it was described as "torture" by the Juvenile Ombudsman. DYC placed children in the WRAP 253 times between January 2016 and January 2017. • Pain Compliance: DYC staff commonly use pain compliance techniques, whereby staff strike or put pressure on sensitive parts of the child’s body to purposely cause pain and gain compliance with staff directives. The U.S. Department of justice found pain compliance techniques violate children's constitutional rights. • DYC staff use force against youth who refuse to follow staff directives, even when those youth pose no immediate threat to safety. • These punitive techniques injure both youth and staff. According to DYC's own records, rates of injury to both young people and DYC staff are consistently higher than the national average and DYC’s internal goals. 5. Solitary Confinement: DYC placed young people in solitary confinement 2,240 times between January 2016 and January 2017. 6. DYC's own data shows that increased staffing alone, without changing DYC's punitive culture, will not ensure reduction of violence. 7. The Missouri Youth Services Institute, a non-profit dedicated to exporting the Missouri Approach, can bring a pilot program to Colorado and provide a template for broad cultural change within DYC, for a fraction of the cost of the funding requested this year by DYC. Details: s.l.: Colorado Child Safety Coalition, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://static.aclu-co.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Bound-and-Broken-report-Feb17-complete.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice System Shelf Number: 144494

Author: Martin, Tara Elaine Title: Lead Exposure and Crime Summary: While lead exposure during childhood has been linked to criminal activity later in life, prior research has failed to develop a theoretical foundation explaining why lead and crime rates are positively related at the aggregate level. Utilizing tract-level data, I examine the relationship among elevated blood lead level rates, levels of concentrated disadvantage, and crime rates. Through a biosocial approach, I explore the lead-crime relationship using a measure of concentrated disadvantage to account for the variations across tracts. Finally, I discuss the results of this study as well as implications for public policy and future research. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://scholarcommons.sc.edu/etd/2762/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Lead Exposure Shelf Number: 144495

Author: Feigenbaum, James J. Title: Lead Exposure and Violent Crime in the Early Twentieth Century Summary: In the second half of the nineteenth century, many American cities built water systems using lead or iron service pipes. Municipal water systems generated significant public health improvements, but these improvements may have been partially offset by the damaging effects of lead exposure through lead water pipes. We study the effect of cities’ use of lead pipes on homicide between 1921 and 1936. Lead water pipes exposed entire city populations to much higher doses of lead than have previously been studied in relation to crime. Our estimates suggest that cities' use of lead service pipes considerably increased city-level homicide rates. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2017 at: http://scholar.harvard.edu/files/jfeigenbaum/files/feigenbaum_muller_lead_crime.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 144496

Author: Hilal, Maha Title: "Too damn Muslim to be trusted": The war on terror and the Muslim American response Summary: "Our war is not against Islam.....Our war is a war against evil…" -President George W. Bush. Despite President Bush's rhetoric attempting to separate Muslims in general from terrorists who adhere to the Islamic faith, the policies of the War on Terror have generally focused on Muslims domestically and abroad, often for no greater reason than a shared religious identity with the perpetrators of the 9/11 attack (see for example, National Special Entry-Exit Registration). While foreign-born Muslims were the primary subjects of earlier policies in the War on Terror, several cases involving Muslim Americans suggest that despite holding U.S. citizenship, they may be subject to differential standards of justice (i.e. Hamdi v. Rumsfeld or the targeted killing of Anwar Al-Awlaki). Building on previous scholarship that has examined the Muslim American experience post 9/11, this dissertation focuses on the relationship between the substance and implementation of laws and policies and Muslim American attitudes towards political efficacy and orientations towards the U.S. government. In addition, this dissertation examines the relationship between policy design and implementation and Muslim American political participation, alienation, and withdrawal. This study was approached through the lens of social construction in policy design, a theoretical framework that was pioneered by Anne Schneider and Helen Ingram. Schneider and Ingram (1993, 1997) focus on the role of public policy in fostering and maintaining democracy. With the goal of understanding public policy as a vehicle to promoting or inhibiting democracy, their analysis focuses on how the use of social constructions of different policy group targets can affect their attitudes towards government and citizenship, in addition to behaviors such as political participation. According to Schneider and Ingram (1993, 1997, 20005), groups with favorable constructions can expect to receive positive treatment and exhibit positive attitudes towards government and participate at higher levels than groups with negative social constructions, who will develop negative orientations towards government, a decrease in feelings of political efficacy, and lower levels of political participation. Within this conceptualization of the impact of policy on target groups is the element of political power, which Schneider and Ingram (1993, 1997, 2005) examine as a measure of the degree to which different target groups can challenge their social construction and, subsequently, the policy benefits or burdens directed at them. Research studying the impact of policies on differently constructed groups (welfare recipients, veterans, etc.) has empirically verified Schneider and Ingram's (1993, 1997, 2005) social construction in policy design theory. However, none of the existing research has yet to apply this framework to Muslim Americans as a group and in the context of counter-terrorism policies. In order to situate the Muslim American responses according to the theories' main propositions, this study provides a background on many of the post 9/11 counter-terrorism policies, highlighting those policies that have disproportionately impacted members of this group. This research also examines how the War on Terror has been framed, and the actors involved in the construction of the Muslim image, with a focus on discerning the ways in which members of this population have been demonized and positioned as collectively responsible for acts of terrorism perpetrated by other Muslims. This study utilized a mixed methods approach and included a quantitative survey and qualitative interviews. Purposive sampling was used in order to obtain a sample of Muslim Americans from different racial and ethnic backgrounds proportionate to the demographics of this community in the United States. The study findings are based on surveys from 75 individuals and interviews with 61 individuals. The findings in this study reveal that Muslim Americans overwhelmingly perceive themselves to be the target of the War on Terror policies. Further, the data in this study shows that Muslim Americans across a range of backgrounds question the degree to which they are entitled to equity in both cultural and legal citizenship, including procedural justice. Despite exhibiting these views towards citizenship and procedural justice, a majority of Muslim Americans nonetheless reported increased levels of political participation as a response to policies that targeted them. These findings provide additional empirical support for the social construction in policy design framework. Specifically, this data demonstrates that Muslim Americans in large part believe themselves to be the policy targets and have internalized many of the social constructions that have emerged vis-à-vis policy design and implementation. Consequently, Muslim Americans have developed subsequently negative orientations towards government and a sense of diminished citizenship. While the study results in terms of increased political participation may appear to be at odds with what the framework suggests, these increased levels of political participation are more properly couched as being a function of fear or threat, and in this sense a symptom of being targeted. Details: Washington, DC: American University, 2014. 342p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1611940192.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 144503

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Ohio's State-house-to-Prison Pipeline: 131st General Assembly (2015–2016) Summary: Ohio's General Assembly has a serious mass incarceration problem: Legislators of both parties are addicted to inventing new crimes and punishments. In bill after bill, legislators propose creating new criminal offenses, extending the scope of existing laws and lengthening prison and jail sentences. The sweeping expansion of criminal law into peoples' lives should concern elected officials in both parties. It has created a bloated criminal code, clogged the justice system and driven mass incarceration—all while contributing nothing to public safety. This report documents how the relentless, incremental expansion of Ohio's criminal laws has harmed the justice system, thwarted the legislature’s own goals and hurt countless Ohioans, especially people of color. The ACLU of Ohio reviewed all 1,004 bills introduced during the 2015–2016 legislative session and found nearly one in legislative session 10 included language to lock more people up longer. Details: Cleveland, OH: ACLU of Ohio, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/3479617/StatehouseToPrisonPipeline2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 144504

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: Women Injustice: Gender and the Pathway to Jail in New York City Summary: The number of women in the American justice system has grown exponentially in recent decades, by more than 700% from 1980 to 2014, as the rate of imprisonment for women increased by 50%. In New York City, arrest numbers have declined significantly for men in the past five years, but women have not experienced the same rate of decline. While New York City has embarked on a series of reforms to divert people from jails and prisons and provide community supervision and community rehabilitation, reforms have primarily focused on men. A new report, Women InJustice: Gender and the Pathway to Jail in New York City concludes that equal justice is not possible using a one-size-fits-all approach. Because women have not benefited from criminal justice reform to the same extent as men, the report urges that reforms must meet the gender-specific needs of the people who enter the system. The report from The Prisoner Reentry Institute of John Jay College of Criminal Justice (PRI) and commissioned by The New York Women's Foundation, provides an in-depth academic exploration of the journeys that lead women to Rikers; the needs of women in the system; and gender-specific system reforms. Details: New York: Prisoner Reentry Institute, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: http://johnjaypri.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/John_Jay_WIJ-Report_FINAL.pdf_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 144505

Author: Emberson, Jamie Somers Title: The Architecture of Confinement: Positively Influencing Rehabilitation and Reintegration Summary: Environments for human habitation must be carefully designed to fulfill the needs of the intended occupants. There is no exception when addressing correctional institution design. This dissertation is presented on prison typology to explore what impact design has on the psychology of its users. High recidivism rates in US prisons show that our current system is not working. Learning from the effects of the environmental psychology of design, architectural spatial influences can have a positive effect on the rehabilitation of inmates. A collaborative approach between designers and environmental psychologists has the potential to lead to a powerful approach to reformative architecture for correctional institutions. The initial hypothesis is that by creating this new prison typology, through designing quality spaces benefiting a reflective environment, recidivism rates can be reduced, and a more successful rehabilitation infrastructure can accomplished through architecture. The purpose of this research is to understand and address the fundamental needs of a prison system, and analyze what improvements can be made to the system through architectural and interior design. Local, national and global precedents will be studied to gain perspective on various design solutions. The research will be balanced with an in-depth study into the psychology of the environment and its effect on human behavior. This research will aid in addressing what is the architect’s social responsibility in prison design and will develop and deepen this body of knowledge to improve design solutions that may used as a new typology of correctional architecture locally here in Hawaii. Details: Manoa: University of Hawaii at Manoa, 2016. 217p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 18, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1846928637.html?FMT=AI Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 144506

Author: Patel, Faiza Title: Countering Violent Extremism Summary: As the Trump administration reportedly plans to revamp a controversial set of programs begun by the Obama administration called "Countering Violent Extremism," (CVE) our new report finds that CVE programs are already targeted almost exclusively at American Muslims. Moreover, these programs rely on debunked methodology that aims to identify potential terrorists based on supposedly radical views, while damaging American Muslim communities by ensnaring completely innocent individuals and increasing distrust between those communities and law enforcement. The report recommends a wholesale reconsideration of these programs in each form they take. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 20, 2017 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Brennan%20Center%20CVE%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 144513

Author: Yelderman, Logan A. Title: Mentoring in Juvenile Treatment Drug Courts: Strategies and Tips from On-Site Technical Assistance Visits and a Focus Group Report Summary: From December 2013 to January 2014, members of the NCJFCJ staff conducted 10 on-site technical assistance visits to juvenile treatment drug courts (JTDCs) with mentoring programs and hosted team members from these sites for a focus group meeting. The following information was acquired during these visits and focus groups. The purpose of this brief is to provide tools, tips, and strategies to jurisdictions interested in beginning mentoring programs and those that have current mentoring programs within JTDCs. Details: Reno, NV: The National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjfcj.org/sites/default/files/NCJFCJ_JDTC_Mentoring_TAB_Final_0.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 144516

Author: Bierschbach, Richard A. Title: Rationing Criminal Justice Summary: Of the many diagnoses of American criminal justice’s ills, few focus on externalities. Yet American criminal justice systematically overpunishes in large part because few mechanisms exist to force consideration of the full social costs of criminal justice interventions. Actors often lack good information or incentives to minimize the harms they impose. Part of the problem is structural: criminal justice is fragmented vertically among governments, horizontally among agencies, and individually among self-interested actors. Part is a matter of focus: doctrinally and pragmatically, actors overwhelmingly view each case as an isolated, short-term transaction to the exclusion of broader, long-term, and aggregate effects. Treating punishment like other public-law problems of regulation suggests various regulatory tools as rough solutions, such as cost-benefit analysis, devolution, pricing, and caps. As these tools highlight, scarcity often works not as a bug but as a design feature. Criminal justice’s distinctive intangible values, politics, distributional concerns, and localism complicate the picture. But more direct engagement with how best to ration criminal justice could help to end the correctional free lunch at the all-you-can-eat buffet and put the bloated American carceral state on the diet it needs. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Cardozo Legal Studies Research Paper No. 512; U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 17-10; Accessed March 20, 2017 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2733&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 144518

Author: Coalition for Juvenile Justice Title: Addressing the Intersections of Juvenile Justice Involvement and Youth Homelessness: Principles for Change Summary: This report from the Coalition for Juvenile Justice details ways that key stakeholders such as State Advisory Groups, law enforcement officers, elected officials, service providers, and schools can come together to ensure that young people do not experience homelessness as a result of their involvement with the juvenile justice system, and that they likewise do not become involved with the justice system because of a lack of housing. Developed in partnership with the National Network for Youth and the National League of Cities' Institute for Youth, Education, and Families, the report also features a series of key resources that states and communities can use as they work to achieve these goals. Details: New York: Council of State Governments Juvenile Center, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 20, 2017 at: http://www.juvjustice.org/sites/default/files/ckfinder/files/FINAL%20Principles%20.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 144519

Author: Caicedo, David A. Title: Alien, Illegal, Undocumented: Labeling, Context, and Worldview in the Immigration Debate and in the Lives of Undocumented Youth Summary: A key element of investigating attitudes towards unauthorized immigrants in the United States has been political orientation, yet few studies have examined the influence of such orientation on labels relevant to the immigration debate. The current dissertation project examined these attitudes among young adults using survey, focus group, and interview methodologies. Level of agreement on various statements regarding unauthorized immigrants was examined in Study I, definitions given for the labels 'illegal' and 'undocumented' were explored in Study II, and the lived experience of undocumented youth in two community colleges was investigated in Study III. It was hypothesized that: I) attitudes concerning unauthorized immigrants are a function of present social labels, regardless of political orientation; II) social label definitions reflect distinct cognitive processes; and III) the lived experiences of undocumented students reflect the respective social environments of an urban and suburban community college. Participants in Study I were 744 (463 urban/272 suburban) young adults, all who were recruited from "New York Community College" (NYCC, urban) and "New Jersey Community College" (NJCC, suburban); participants in Study II were 14 (8 NYCC, 6 NJCC) young adults; and participants in Study III were 7 (4 NYCC, 3 NJCC) young adults. Participants in Study I were asked to complete an attitude on unauthorized immigrants scale, followed by the General System Justification scale, and finally a self-reported social label exposure measure. Participants in Study II were asked to generate definitions for the labels 'illegal' and 'undocumented'. Participants in Study III were asked about their life experiences as undocumented young adults in either NY or NJ. Contrary to hypothesis I, statistical analysis demonstrated that the priming of social labels did not account for attitudes, but it was rather the participants’ college that reflected divergent attitudes. Moreover, urban college students reported seeing and hearing the term ‘undocumented’ more often from others, while suburban college students reported seeing and hearing the terms 'illegal' and 'alien' more. Values analysis in Study II demonstrated a pattern of dichotomous and legal-centered thinking with the 'illegal' definitions, while situational and circumstantial thinking was present with the 'undocumented' definitions. Values analysis in Study III reflected a pattern of shared and unshared beliefs and principles regarding themselves, others, and the future centered on "growing up undocumented" in NY and NJ. Specifically, regardless of location, students who reported being undocumented held values concerning perseverance and the need to hide their status but also to be understood by others; while depending on location, values either reflected the importance of improving one's family condition, or one’s own personal trajectory. Findings are discussed in the context of the U.S. immigration debate discourse. Implications for understanding how the presence of others and social labels influence sociopolitical attitudes, as well as how social environment directly impacts psychological development in undocumented youth, are considered. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2016. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 20, 2017 at: http://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1794&context=gc_etds Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 144520

Author: Neill, Katharine A. Title: Fake Weed, Real Consequences: Effective Strategies for Addressing Synthetic Cannabinoids in Houston Summary: As governments across the United States are scaling down the war on drugs, many states and localities are simultaneously turning to law enforcement and criminal sanctions to combat the latest drug threat—designer substances. Designer drugs, or novel psychoactive substances, are manufactured to mimic the effects of other illicit drugs such as marijuana, ecstasy, and opioids, but are considerably more dangerous. The latest drugs to cause alarm are synthetic cannabinoids (SynCans). Cities across the country are reporting upticks in SynCan-related emergency department visits and increases in violent encounters between first responders and individuals under the influence of SynCans. Marketed as "legal weed," SynCans are not marijuana. Known by a variety of names including kush, K2, and spice and often sold in colorful packaging, SynCans are manufactured chemical compounds that are usually sprayed on plant material to be smoked, but they are also available in liquid form (Image 1). They are theoretically supposed to behave like THC, the primary psychoactive element in cannabis, but in reality they tend to have a much broader and more intense array of side effects than natural cannabis. Because the popularity of SynCans is relatively new, reliable data on use rates and health effects are not yet available. But anecdotal accounts indicate a rise in use, especially in urban areas and among the poor, the homeless, and adolescents. The dangerous and sometimes fatal side effects of extreme instances of SynCan use, including seizures, brain damage, and death, have prompted the U.S. government, all 50 states, and many localities to enact bans on SynCans. While these knee-jerk reactions may be understandable, it is unclear whether such an approach will reduce SynCan use in any way. Decades of evidence from the war on drugs indicate that prohibition and criminal penalties do little to deter people from using or selling drugs. Instead of going down this path again, governments would be better served by treating SynCans as a public health issue, focusing on increasing awareness of the risks associated with SynCan use and minimizing the harms caused by SynCan use by emphasizing treatment and prevention. A rise in SynCan use in the city of Houston has burdened first responders and, due to some very public overdoses, caused a public outcry. So far, the city’s response has emphasized utilizing law enforcement to target SynCan sellers and, more often, SynCan users. While trying to reduce the SynCan supply in Houston may be a legitimate use of city resources, arresting people for SynCan use arguably wastes manpower and taxpayer money while failing to improve public safety or lower use rates. This report reviews the current state of SynCan use and some of the factors that have led to the popularity of these designer drugs. It then examines the extent of the SynCan problem in Houston and the city's response to date. It concludes by urging the city to adopt a public health-based approach to SynCan use and offering several related policy recommendations. Details: Houston, TX: James A. Baker III Institute for Public Policy, Rice University, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/06d6390c/DRUG-pub-SynthCann-030117.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144522

Author: Liggett, Roberta Title: Social Media Impacts Behavior and Norms Summary: On social media, a recognized set of norms have not caught up with the speed in which social media has been adopted into our lives, leading to ambiguity concerning what behavior is appropriate. This paper explores the unique features of social media and their impact on behavior and social norm creation. Understanding the unique landscape of social media will assist others in understanding why problematic behavior—such as cyberbullying, threats, prejudice, violence, and harassment—continue to be pervasive in this space and what steps stakeholders can take to change norms and create a positive online environment for expression, engagement, and connection. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2016. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/social-media-impacts-behavior-norms.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 144524

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Mayhem Multiplied: Mass Shooters and Assault Weapons Summary: Mass shootings have taken place consistently throughout American history, in every region of the country. Over the last 30 years, however, assault weapons and large-capacity ammunition magazines—which hold more than 10 rounds—have proliferated, allowing assailants to become much more destructive. A Crime Commission analysis shows, the results have been deadly for Americans. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-MayhemMultiplied-June2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 144525

Author: Cannon, Ashley Title: Aiming at Students: The College Gun Violence Epidemic Summary: Gun violence at U.S. colleges has exploded in recent years, increasing from just 12 incidents during the 2010-2011 school year to nearly 30 in 2015-2016 school year—and the number of shooting victims has also spiked to a disturbing level. Given that studies have shown that gun violence victimization and mere exposure to gun violence can lead to poor academic performance, disruptions at school or work, relationship problems, and lasting emotional distress — and, of course, the physical danger that shootings put students in — it is clear that the public needs to become more aware of campus safety. As our research shows, between the 2001-02 and 2015-16 school years, 437 people were shot, including 167 killed and 270 wounded, on or near U.S. college campuses. An estimated 2.5 million students were enrolled at the 142 colleges where the 190 recorded shootings occurred, and, thus, were directly or indirectly exposed to gun violence. Details: New York: Citizens Crime Commission of New York City, 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://www.nycrimecommission.org/pdfs/CCC-Aiming-At-Students-College-Shootings-Oct2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Safety Shelf Number: 144526

Author: National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine Title: Implementing Evidence-Based Prevention by Communities To Promote Cognitive, Affective, And Behavioral Health In Children: A Workshop Summary: Communities provide the context in which programs, principles, and policies are implemented. Their needs dictate the kinds of programs that community organizers and advocates, program developers and implementers, and researchers will bring to bear on a problem. Their characteristics help determine whether a program will succeed or fail. The detailed workings of programs cannot be separated from the communities in which they are embedded. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2017. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/24709/implementing-evidence-based-prevention-by-communities-to-promote-cognitive-affective-and-behavioral-health-in-children Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 144529

Author: Clifford, Robert Title: The Criminal Population in New England: Records, Convictions, and Barriers to Employment Summary: The portion of the U.S. population with a criminal record has been receiving mounting attention in recent years. Policymakers across the ideological spectrum have worked to propose policies that could improve employment outcomes for these individuals, and limit what in many cases are the long-term negative consequences that a criminal record imposes on these people, their families, and society at large. The collateral consequences of having a criminal record impact very clearly on employment outcomes, but the negative impact of a criminal record can affect many other life outcomes, ranging from limited transportation access to housing instability (Rodriguez and Brown 2003). It is important to understand who has a criminal record, what is known about this population, and what barriers they face when transitioning back into their communities and the labor market. There is a significant amount of data about the criminal population under supervision, but there is very limited linked data identifying how most individuals move through the criminal justice system and what happens to them after serving their sentences. By analyzing multiple national and state data sources, this report aims to identify the size of the New England population with a criminal record and to describe the broad demographic characteristics of this population. Due to cross-state crime, migration, and deaths, it is difficult to accurately estimate the amount of people in New England who have a criminal record, but there are 5.3 million individuals in criminal record databases in New England and over 107 million records in state criminal databases nationwide (Bureau of Justice Statistics 2015). The vast majority of these people are charged with committing misdemeanors, not felonies. Unlike felons, misdemeanants usually avoid incarceration, but having a criminal record may significantly impact their ability to gain employment, which often determines how well they transition back into society. Most formal analyses of the U.S. population with a criminal record concentrate on the outcomes of felons who have served time in prison. Through its use of broader data relating to arrests, court cases, probation, and repeat offenders, this report attempts to help bridge the gap in knowledge about the entire population in New England with a criminal record. Due to limitations and gaps in the data available, it is impossible to concretely determine exactly how many individuals in New England have criminal records and to compile detailed demographic information about this group, but through using a combination of state and national data, this report showcases the trends in each state. Through this analysis, it is apparent that the size of the New England population with a criminal record is significant, and that having such a record means these individuals face multiple barriers, particularly in the labor market, to achieving a better life once they have exited the criminal justice system. Key findings relevant to policymakers at the state and national level include the following: • Young men between 20 and 24 years of age account for a disproportionate number of arrests and convictions. • Most of the people who have a criminal record committed a misdemeanor, not a felony. • There are adverse collateral consequences for all types of criminal convictions, including low-level misdemeanors. • Ex-offenders are on community supervision across New England, but the concentration varies greatly across cities and towns. Mid-sized cities often host a disproportionately larger share of ex-offenders. • Policies aimed at removing the barriers ex-offenders face, such as ban the box initiatives, have been growing in popularity across the United States. • There is a lack of linked data showing how individuals progress through the criminal justice system and the outcomes that ex-offenders experience after exiting the system. This absence of information hinders the ability to analyze and devise effective policies to help this sizable population living in New England and the United States. These key findings underscore the need for a broad reconsideration of how the portion of the U.S. population with a criminal record is treated after completing their sentences. The concentration of people with criminal records living in certain areas could have very significant adverse impacts on their cities and towns if these individuals are impeded from fully participating in and contributing to their communities (Sampson, Raudenbush, and Earls 1997). After ex-offenders have served their sentences, reducing the collateral consequences they experience as a result of having a criminal record and promoting their successful reintegration into mainstream society should be a priority for policymakers. This issue poses a continuing challenge that requires a multi-pronged approach, as no single policy can solve all the difficulties ex-offenders encounter after exiting the criminal justice system. Details: Boston: New England Public Policy Center, Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report 17-1: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: https://www.bostonfed.org/news-and-events/news/2017-cori-reform-research.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 144530

Author: Jackson, Osborne Title: The Effect of Changing Employers' Access to Criminal Histories on Ex-Offenders’ Labor Market Outcomes: Evidence from the 2010–2012 Massachusetts CORI Reform Summary: How to best reintegrate large numbers of ex-offenders into civil society is an important challenge for U.S. public policy. In 2006, the Department of Justice estimated that over 30 percent of the U.S. adult population has some type of criminal record; the percentages are even higher for some minority groups. Having a criminal record can impose lasting costs, particularly for anyone seeking job, as gaining legal employment is usually the best chance an ex-offender has to effect a positive change in his or her life. In an effort to reduce some of barriers to employment that may arise from having a criminal record, some states and localities have adopted a policy widely known as ban the box, which prohibits employers from asking about an individual's criminal history on an initial job application. In November 2010, Massachusetts implemented a version of ban the box as the first step in reforming its laws governing Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI). The second step, effective in May 2012, changed who can access the state's CORI database, enacted limits on the information that can be obtained, and imposed a time limit regarding how long misdemeanor and felony convictions will be reported on standard employer requests. On the whole, the Massachusetts CORI Reform is widely regarded as a national model to help improve ex-offenders' labor market outcomes. This study uses a unique and confidential large dataset and rigorous econometric techniques to test how well the intended reforms have worked in practice. The results may help guide and improve upon similar reform efforts in other states. Details: Boston: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper no. 16-31: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: https://www.bostonfed.org/publications/research-department-working-paper/2016/the-effect-of-changing-employers-access-to-criminal-histories-on-ex-offenders-labor-market-outcomes.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 144532

Author: Schumm, Joel M. Title: Policing Body Cameras: Policies and Procedures to Safeguard the Rights of the Accused Summary: To contribute to the important national debate about body cameras, and in response to “the furor over recent cases in which unarmed black men were killed by law enforcement,” National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers (NACDL) then-President Theodore Simon established a working group in December 2014 and, in July 2015, the NACDL Board of Directors adopted a set of principles on body camera policies to direct future work of this Body Camera Task Force. Over the months of drafting and discussing this report, many more men and women of color and other civilians have been shot by police under circumstances that raise serious concerns and leave many unanswered questions. At times, multiple shootings have grabbed headlines in different cities in the same week. NACDL’s concern is not limited to those killed and their families, but also extends to the communities torn apart by the distrust that such shootings often bring or exacerbate and to the rights of police officers involved, some of whom may be criminally charged. The core mission of NACDL is to: “Ensure justice and due process for persons accused of crime … Foster the integrity, independence and expertise of the criminal defense profession … Promote the proper and fair administration of criminal justice.” The use of body cameras will not eliminate unnecessary shootings of civilians, but NACDL believes the documentation of police-citizen encounters has already had, or over time will have, a salutary effect on policing and the criminal justice system, by ensuring a more full and fair record of these encounters. NACDL cautiously endorses the continued and wider use of body cameras implemented with the protections outlined in this report. The use of body cameras under the carefully-crafted policies outlined below offers the potential to ensure both police accountability and the creation and maintenance of a fuller evidentiary record, which is essential to further the search for truth in investigations and trials. Body cameras are not by any means a complete solution to what ails the criminal justice system, and their increased implementation should in no way supplant other important initiatives. NACDL may revisit its endorsement of the use of body cameras and the principles essential to their use as new issues or concerns arise. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: www.nacdl.org/policingbodycameras Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 144535

Author: Gau, Jacinta M. Title: Non-Medical Use of Prescription Drugs: Policy Change, Law Enforcement Activity, and Diversion Tactics Summary: The crisis in prescription-opioid addiction began long before it was finally brought out into the open (Inciardi et al., 2009). Southern states experienced the most notable rates of addiction and overdose. This finding was attributed to this group’s high level of involvement in manuallabor occupations and tendency to be uninsured and live in areas with few or no medical resources (Young, Havens, & Leukefeld, 2012). Many people's opioid addiction begins when they are prescribed these pills for legitimate pain. The State of Florida emerged as the epicenter of the national opioid epidemic. In 2010, the Florida Medical Examiners Commission's (FMEC) annual report revealed startling rates of deaths due to or related to oxycodone, hydrocodone, and other prescription opioids; in fact, more people died from opioids than from cocaine. The report found that, excluding alcohol, prescription drugs were 81% of all drug-related or drug-caused deaths (FMEC, 2011). In 2011, this rose to 83% (FMEC, 2012). The Florida legislature’s first contribution to the fight against prescription pill abuse was the authorization of the creation of a prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) in 2009 (also known as E-FORSE; FS 893.055). The PDMP became operational in 2011. Law enforcement officers may become certified to access the PDMP directly; those who are not certified can gain access only via a certified officer or the Florida Department of Health (FDOH). The second major step occurred in 2010 with the official creation of the term "pain management clinic" (PMC) and requirement that certain medical establishments register with the FDOH as pain clinics under the law (FS 458.3265 (applicable to medical practices) and FS 459.0137 (applicable to osteopathic practice). There are two triggers which would require a medical office to register as a pain clinic: (a) if the clinic advertises in any medium that it offers pain management services; or (b) if in any month a majority of the clinic's patients are prescribed opioids, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, or carisoprodol for the treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain. The third meaningful piece of legislation was House Bill (HB) 7095. Dubbed the "pill mill law," HB 7095 was signed into law on June 3, 2011 (and went into effect on July 1, 2011) and established several new regulations pertaining to the physical facilities of pain clinics and the acceptable minimum extent of medical examinations and follow-ups physicians must perform on patients before and after prescribing them opioids for the treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain. HB 7095 was intended to compel physicians and clinics currently operating in a subpar manner to either improve or go out of business, while at the same time adding no burden to physicians already delivering high-quality, ethical care. This law also contained a dispensing ban, which prohibits PMCs from operating on-site pharmacies. Now, patients receiving prescriptions from PMCs must fill those prescriptions at independently operated community pharmacies (CPs). The present project is an overview of trends in PMCs occurring in the three years following the important changes to Florida law and policy that occurred primarily in 2011 (though changes began in 2009). Quantitative and qualitative data were collected. The first source of quantitative data is the FDOH, which is charged with receiving and approving applications, inspecting facilities, handling disciplinary allegations and hearings, and forcibly closing clinics found to be in persistent violation of regulatory standards. Second are three police departments serving large cities across the state, from which geocoded crime-incident data were obtained. Finally, qualitative data from in-depth interviews with law-enforcement officers around the state allow for a detailed look into the challenges law enforcement face in attempting to hold pain-management clinic physicians criminally liable. Details: Orlando, FL: Department of Criminal Justice University of Central Florida, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250603.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144536

Author: Kochel, Tammy Rinehard Title: Assessing the Initial Impact of the Michael Brown Shooting and Police and Public Responses to it on St Louis County Residents' Views about Police Summary: A panel survey of nearly four hundred St. Louis County, MO residents both before and after the shooting death of Michael Brown reveal a dramatic impact of that incident and the civil unrest and police handling of the unrest on residents perceptions of police. African American residents, on average, supported the public's response to the police shooting but disagreed with the police response to the protests, looting and riots that followed, while non-black residents' views were just the opposite. Additionally, in the time immediately following the shooting, African American residents' trust in police procedural justice and perceptions of police legitimacy declined by twenty-six and eight percent respectively, while non-black residents saw non-significant improvements in perceptions of procedural justice and legitimacy. Although residents of both racial backgrounds reported increases in aggressive policing tactics during that time, African American residents reported significantly greater increases—in fact, a twenty-one percent increase in the frequency of aggressive tactics. Where views did not differ by race was that residents of both races supported the use of body or dash cameras, focus groups of residents and police to discuss police practices, and more frequent police patrols to improve confidence and trust in police. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, Department of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2015. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=ccj_reports Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 144538

Author: Ransford, Charles Title: The Positive Effects of the Cure Violence Model for Families and Children Summary: Preventing violence is vitally important for children and families. Over 1 billion children are victims of violence every year. Additionally, many more children and families are negatively affected by growing up around violence, which has been linked to significant harm to a child’s mental and physical health. Exposure to violence has also been linked to negative long-term outcomes, including lowered educational outcomes, substance abuse, and criminal activity. Perhaps most significantly, violence is contagious, such that those who are exposed to violence are at a much higher risk for becoming violent themselves, and thus perpetrating the cycle of violence in their homes and communities. A study commissioned by the Bernard van Leer Foundation examines how the Cure Violence health model specifically affects children under the age of 8 years as well as the families of these children. The study includes a survey, in-depth interviews, and focus groups among clients at four program sites. The results demonstrate that Cure Violence Model sites have had deep effects on young children and families, including less exposure to violence for children and families, better parenting practices by clients of the program, better behavior directed at children in general by clients, increased use of public spaces by children and families, and reduced fear of violence among children and families. Key findings include: 96.7% of respondents believed that the Cure Violence Model resulted in less exposure to violence in the community for their children 92.4% reported less exposure to violence in their home for their children due to the Cure Violence Model 95% thought that the Cure Violence Model made them a better parent Children and families have increased feeling of safety due to Cure Violence Children and families have increased use of public spaces due to the Cure Violence Model Norms regarding violence changed by the Cure Violence Model The interview phase of the study provided additional detail, showing that clients had improved interactions with other children in the community. The study also discovered that the Cure Violence Model had an effect on community norms relating to violence. Part of this process included exposing the most violent people in the community to a completely different perspective. One client described, “You get to just see the world from a whole different point of view, not just the box that we’re living in.” All of these effects of the Cure Violence Model lead to an improved feeling of safety in the community resulting in more use of public spaces and more opportunities for children and families to interact with others in their community. One person reported, “After a couple months with a Cure Violence site in the neighborhood everybody started coming out. Popping up out the blue, minggling. Walking around, standing outside.” The BVL study found that the Cure Violence Model is uniquely situated to create these changes in community norms, behavior of the highest risk, in the experiences of the young children and families in the community. Community health workers implementing the Cure Violence Model are from the community they serve and are therefore seen as "family" and as leaders in the community. This allows them to reach a population that is largely not being reached by any services, yet they are having such a huge impact on our youth, our communities, and our cities. Details: Chicago: Cure Violence, University of Illinois at Chicago, School of Public Health, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 21, 2017 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/BVL_Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: CeaseFire Shelf Number: 144539

Author: Martin, Jack Title: Illegal Aliens and Crime Incidence: Illegal Aliens Represent a Disproportionately High Share of the Prison Population Summary: Most Americans equate illegal aliens with a higher incidence of crime. Some academic researchers have attempted to prove that is a mis-impression. But, in fact, data show that the American public understands the facts better than the academics. Adult illegal aliens represented 3.1 percent of the total adult population of the country in 2003. By comparison, the illegal alien prison population represented 4.54 percent of the overall prison population. Therefore, deportable criminal aliens were nearly half again as likely to be incarcerated as their share of the population. Details: Washington, DC: Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR), 2007. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at: http://www.fairus.org/site/docserver/crimestudy.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 144540

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Concealed Carry Permit Holders Across the United States: 2016 Summary: During President Obama's administration, the number of concealed handgun permits has soared to over 14.5 million - a 215% increase since 2007. Among the findings of our report: - The increase in the number of concealed handgun permits last year set another record, increasing by 1.73 million. That is slightly greater than previous record of 1.69 million set the last year. - 6.06% of the total adult population has a permit. - In ten states, more than 10% of adults have concealed handgun permits. Indiana has the highest rate - 15%. South Dakota is close behind with 14.7%. - Florida, Pennsylvania, and Texas each have over a million residents who are active permit holders. - In another 11 states, a permit is no longer required to carry in all or virtually all of the state. Thus the growth in permits does not provide a full picture of the overall increase in concealed carry. - Between 2012 and 2016, in states that provide data by gender, the number of women with permits has increased twice as quickly as the number of men with permits. - Some evidence suggests that permit-holding is increasing about 75% more quickly among minorities than among whites. - Between 2007 and 2015, murder rates fell from 5.6 to 4.7 (preliminary estimate) per 100,000. This represents a 16% drop. Overall violent crime fell by 18 percent. Meanwhile, the percentage of adults with permits has soared by 190%. Details: s.l.: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2017 at; https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2814691 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 144542

Author: Muldrow, Dianna Title: Texas' Regionalization of the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Research has shown that youth in the juvenile justice system have improved later outcomes when supervised near their communities and families than comparable youth who were placed in state-run facilities. SB 1630 orders the creation of a plan by TJJD to divert all juveniles who can be effectively monitored in their communities away from expensive state-run facilities. The created plan shows a desire to protect public safety and improve the rehabilitation of juvenile offenders Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed march 21, 2017 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2016-11-PP25-RegionalizationJuvJustice-CEJ-DiannaMuldrow-copy.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 144543

Author: Bailey, Michael M. Title: The need for non-federal enforcement of immigration laws: A qualitative study exploring community benefit and national security implications Summary: This qualitative exploratory study examined the efficacy of non-federal enforcement of immigration laws in South Texas. The central research question used to guide this study was as follows: From the perspective of non-federal South Texas law enforcement leaders, what strategies support an effective enforcement of federal immigration laws in South Texas? To address this question, the researcher solicited responses from nine voluntary sheriffs in South Texas counties sharing a common border with Mexico, as well as chiefs of police from the largest police departments in those same counties. The data collection methodology used was based on a qualitative approach that allowed for uncensored insight of non-federal law enforcement leaders involved with illegal alien crime who possess the potential ability to engage in immigration enforcement efforts. Toward this end, 10 open-ended questions that revealed five major emergent themes as follows (a) crime problem; (b) familiarity with 287(g); (c) effects on department; (d) homeland security impact; and (e) training and cost. The study concluded that non-federal agencies in South Texas are often torn between a homeland security mission and a community protection mission. Examining these results can form a new field of inquiry by helping join federal and non-federal authorities in support of addressing the persistent criminal and terroristic threat posed to the United States. Details: Colorado Springs: Colorado Technical University, 2016. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1853099587?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 144550

Author: Houston-Kolnik, Jaclyn Title: Ad Hoc Victim Services Committee Research Report Summary: The Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority's (ICJIA) Ad Hoc Victim Services Committee (Committee) convenes every three years to define priorities for use of S.T.O.P. Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) and Victim of Crime Act (VOCA) funds. The criminal justice, juvenile justice, victim services professionals, and victim advocates who comprise the Committee review crime and victimization trend data, information on current efforts, and data from funded programs to ensure a minimum provision of basic services to victims of crime and prioritize funding. To assist the Committee at its convening on January 10 and 11, 2017, ICJIA researchers conducted a study to identify crime victim needs and service gaps and measure the existing capacity of Illinois victim service providers. The study focused on crime victimization throughout the state, including a wide range of crime types and victim service practices. This report synthesizes the information collected, literature reviewed, and data analyzed, and provides a set of recommendations based on the research findings. The recommendations provided in this report are limited to what may be funded through VOCA and VAWA. A complete set of findings that includes a broader discussion about victim needs and services that cannot be addressed by VOCA or VAWA will be made available to the public in early 2017. Section Overview Section 1-Research Approach begins with a brief summary of the research methodology employed, including the project's main components and data limitations. Section 2-Allowable Costs provides an overview of what costs are allowable under federal VOCA and VAWA guidelines. Section 3-Victim Service Provider Capacity and Section 4-Underserved Groups document two overarching themes identified: (1) victim service provider capacity issues and (2) underserved groups. These themes were consistently discussed by study participants and provide an important context for discussions around expanding victim services in Illinois. Sections 5 through 12 of the report focus on the crime-specific analysis of victimization in Illinois. Researchers examined specific crimes types, most of which constitute violent crimes, to identify particular issues and needs of each victim group. These analyses also revealed similarities and differences across crime types. Section 5-Community Violence is the first crime type examined. Community violence encompasses a large range of crimes from homicide and robbery to violence in homes, schools, and workplaces. Although subsequent sections provide more detailed analysis of the specific crime types that may fall under the broad definition of community violence used in this report, it was felt that a section devoted to the issue of community violence was appropriate because, from a public health perspective, violence not only impacts individuals, but also family members, loved ones, and communities. Following the section devoted to community violence, individual crime type reports are presented in the following order: Section 6-Homicide, Section 7-Impaired Driving-related Crashes, Section 8-Domestic Violence, Section 9-Sexual Assault, Section 10-Human Trafficking, Section 11-Child Abuse, and Section 12-Elder Abuse. Each crime type report begins with a map of the rate of victimization in Illinois and the locations of victim service agencies that receive state funding (through ICJIA or other state agencies). Next follows an analysis of the major crime trends and victim characteristics to better understand the nature of victimization. Research on the impact of the crime on victims is then presented to highlight the unique experiences of victims. Lastly, the researchers combine these assessments with data collected from victims, victim service providers, and criminal justice practitioners in order to identify the service needs and gaps of victims by crime type. Taken together, each section provides a discussion of each crime and where the crime occurs, who victims of these crimes are, why victims are in need of services, and highlights what services are needed and where services may be lacking. Section 13-Recommendations provides a summary of the recommended funding priorities, informed by ICJIA's analysis of victimization in Illinois. Each recommendation includes a brief justification that highlights information collected from crime victims, victim service providers, juvenile and criminal justice practitioners, examination of existing literature reviews, or analysis of the crime data. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information authority, 2017. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/ICJIA_FINAL_AdHocReport_VictimServices_012717.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 144552

Author: Gleicher, Lily Title: Illinois Drug Threat Assessment: A Survey of Police Chiefs and County Sheriffs Summary: In April 2016, Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority researchers administered an online survey to police chiefs and county sheriffs to better understand drug problems from an Illinois law enforcement perspective. Researchers sought to identify the greatest perceived drug threat and gather information on drug distribution, production/cultivation, transportation methods, availability, and demand with a focus on five substances: heroin, cocaine (crack and powder), methamphetamine, prescription drugs, and marijuana. The Authority collaborated with the Illinois Association of Chiefs of Police to help distribute the electronic survey to its police chief and county sheriff members. Authority researchers also conducted outreach by telephone to police chiefs and sheriffs in counties where drug arrests make up 67 percent or more of total arrests. A total of 83 local police chiefs (n=68) and county sheriffs (n=15) responded to the Illinois drug threat assessment survey. The sample represents agencies covering 35 percent of the total population in Illinois and made up 51 percent of the total drug arrests in Illinois in 2015. Overall, Illinois police chiefs and sheriffs most frequently identified heroin and prescription drugs as the greatest drug threats in their jurisdictions (see Figure). This observation is consistent with the 2016 National Drug Threat Assessment published by the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA), indicating heroin, in particular, as the greatest drug threat in 2015. The survey results were also consistent with an Authority survey of directors of 19 Illinois multi-jurisdictional, law enforcement, drug task forces. The directors reported marijuana (n=19), heroin (n=18), and prescription drugs (n=16) as most problematic with regard to use and distribution. Respondents to the Illinois drug threat assessment also reported an increase in the distribution and transport of heroin, prescription drugs, and marijuana. Marijuana, heroin, and prescription drugs were reported as highly available, and this corresponded with respondents reports that demand for heroin, marijuana, and prescription drugs also increased. Heroin, prescription drugs, and methamphetamine were also identified as the greatest contributors to violent crime. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/DTA_PDF_022717.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 144553

Author: Hughes, Erica Title: An examination of juveniles arrested, detained, and admitted to corrections for sex offenses in Illinois Summary: An adjudication for a sex offense can bring with it lifelong repercussions for juveniles. In many jurisdictions, including Illinois, adjudication of a sex crime can trigger sex offender registration requirements for youth, even for lower classes of offenses. In Illinois, as of August 2016, there were 2,750 individuals on the sex offender registry for sex offenses committed as youth—1,985 on lifetime registration and 765 on 10-year registration. Sex offender registration can have negative financial, emotional, and social effects on youth who commit sex offenses and on their families. Youth may become financially dependent on their families even into adulthood due to employment limitations imposed upon registered sex offenders, and may also put additional financial burdens on families as youth (Comartin, Kernsmith, & Miles, 2010). The negative attention associated with registration, including harassment of one’s family or self, can lead directly to isolation and depression (Frierson, Dwyer, Bell, & Williamson, 2008). There are also additional state and federal restrictions that may have other negative impacts on juvenile sex offenders and their families. The implications of juvenile sex offender registration laws must be understood within the larger context of youth development and juvenile justice. Several Supreme Court cases have established that the Constitution applies differently to youth and adults due to youths’ lesser culpability, diminishing justification for harsh sentencing of youth despite potentially severe crimes (Roper v. Simmons, 2005; Graham v. Florida, 2010; Miller v. Alabama, 2012). Ultimately, the Supreme Court acknowledges youths’ increased capacity for change and lesser culpability, providing the basis for viewing juveniles through a different lens constitutionally (Graham v. Florida, 2010). While the juvenile justice system was created to treat and rehabilitate, responses to juveniles who are adjudicated delinquent for sex offenses, like lifetime sex offender registration, are similar to the responses to adults convicted of sex offenses, which are more punitive in nature. (Justice Policy Institute, 2008). Given the consequences of sex offender registration laws, it is important to continually study the number and characteristics of those impacted by these laws, and whether sentences for adults are appropriate for juveniles. Additionally, it is beneficial to identify what is required of juveniles on the sex offender registry, as the requirements may differ from adults and currently lack clarity or consistency across the state (i.e. residence, employment). With funding assistance from the Illinois Juvenile Justice Commission, Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (Authority) researchers analyzed the characteristics of youth arrested, detained, and admitted to corrections in 2014 for sex offenses and associated trends from 2004 to 2014. Arrests, detentions, and corrections admissions are the juvenile justice system decisions points for which data were available at the individual-level. For this study, the sex offenses analyzed were defined as follows: • aggravated criminal sexual assault [720 ILCS 5/11-1.30]; • criminal sexual assault [720 ILCS 5/11-1.20]; • aggravated criminal sexual abuse [720 ILCS 5/11-1.60]; and • criminal sexual abuse [720 ILCS 5/11-1.50]. Overall, the data indicate that, consistent with the literature, a small percentage of youth were arrested, detained, or admitted to corrections for sex offenses in 2014. Moreover, the number of juveniles entering the system for these offenses has been decreasing since 2004. This decline is consistent with that noted for all juveniles entering the juvenile justice system generally in Illinois. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/JSO_Report_Final_PDF_020717.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 144554

Author: Cohen, Derek Title: New Prosecutorial Perspectives: A Framework for Effective Juvenile Justice Summary: Prosecutors arguably are the most pivotal actors in the criminal justice system. The most potent decision point in the criminal justice process—whether or not to bring formal charges against an individual—belongs solely to them. This power is even more potent in regards to juveniles involved in the criminal justice system. Youth are not only subject to sovereign law; they must obey rules set forth by schools and parents. They are also subject to criminal laws based solely on their age. To this end, the Center for Effective Justice's researchers conducted interviews with prosecutors in the juvenile justice community who have advocated for or advanced innovative practices in juvenile prosecution. Current and former district and state attorneys, as well as subordinate juvenile chiefs, from both large and small counties across the country were presented with open-ended, semi-structured questions addressing formal and informal practices. These discussions covered a wide range of topics from their thoughts on abstract concepts like culpability to process-specific questions about filing decisions. As the interviews progressed, a common theme emerged: a near-universal focus on rehabilitation. Several discussed the potential large long-term savings that accompany new programs, but only as a secondary benefit to practices that produced better results. They collectively emphasized that juveniles are, in a vast majority of cases that they handle, more amenable to rehabilitation than adults. This report documents both common themes and interesting responses provided by some of the United States’ most innovative juvenile justice system personnel. While not exhaustive of all novel and promising strategies for processing juvenile offenders, this document highlights evidence-supported practices that are being integrated across the country in counties of all sizes. For professional reasons, a few respondents agreed to participate upon the condition of anonymity. Others favored general attribution, though requested that they not be attributed with a specific response. Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2016-02-RR02-EffJuvJustice-CEJ-DerekCohenSusanBroderick.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 144555

Author: Louisiana Justice Reinvestment Task Force Title: Report and Recommendations Summary: Louisiana's Justice Reinvestment Task Force was created to study the state's criminal justice system and recommend strategic changes to get more public safety for each dollar spent. The inter-branch, bipartisan panel of experts found that, with the highest imprisonment rate in the United States, annual corrections spending at two-thirds of a billion dollars, and high recidivism rates, Louisiana’s taxpayers are not getting a good public safety return on investment. Examining practices in states like Texas, Georgia, Alabama, and others that have adopted data-driven policy changes, the task force now recommends that Louisiana lawmakers adopt a comprehensive set of reforms to improve the performance of its criminal justice system. The reforms would ensure consistency in sentencing, focus prison beds on those who pose a serious threat to public safety, strengthen community supervision, clear away barriers to successful reentry, and reinvest a substantial portion of the savings into evidence-backed programs and prison alternatives and services that support victims of crime. Overview of Task Force Recommendations Ensure Clarity and Consistency in Sentencing Implement a felony class system to reduce uncertainty in sentencing and release. Simplify the criminal code to create transparency for prosecutors, defense counsel, judges and victims. Increase equity by making back-end release mechanisms retroactive for those convicted of nonviolent offenses. Improve the victim registration and notification process. Focus Prison Beds on Those Who Pose a Serious Threat to Public Safety Expand alternatives to incarceration. Revise drug penalties to target higher-level drug offenses. Consolidate laws on property crimes and raise the value threshold for felony charges. Distinguish penalties for illegal possession of a weapon based on the type of underlying felony. Reduce the window of time for which certain prior crimes count toward habitual offender penalty enhancements. Establish a temporary furlough policy for inmates with serious medical needs. Change parole eligibility laws for life sentences imposed for crimes committed as juveniles. Streamline parole release for those who are compliant with case plans and institutional rules. Strengthen Community Supervision Focus community supervision on the highest-risk period by reducing maximum probation terms and establishing an earned compliance credit incentive. Improve the process for responding to violations of probation and parole conditions with swift, certain and proportional sanctions. Clear Away Barriers to Successful Reentry Eliminate certain collateral consequences of felony convictions that create barriers to reentry. Tailor criminal justice financial obligations to a person's ability to pay. Modify penalties for failure to pay criminal justice financial obligations. Suspend child support payments during incarceration. Expand incentives for inmates to participate in high-skilled workforce development and recidivism reduction programming. Expand eligibility period for Transitional Work Programs and increase take-home pay. Reinvest a Substantial Portion of the Savings Reinvest over $154 million dollars saved from lowering the prison population into research-based programs that reduce recidivism and services that support victims of crime. Impact of the Recommendations The task force's consensus recommendations would avert the projected growth in the number of prisoners in Louisiana and bend the prison population downward, for an overall reduction in the prison population of 13 percent (4,817 prison beds) by 2027. This decline in the number of prisoners would save Louisiana taxpayers $305 million over the next ten years. Savings in FY2018 alone would exceed $9 million. The recommendations would reinvest over half of the savings — $154 million — into research-based programs that reduce recidivism and services that support victims of crime. The recommendations would also reduce the community supervision population by 16 percent (11,421 people) by 2027, compared to the projected population absent reform. Assuming Division of Probation and Parole staffing levels remain constant, this drop in the community supervision population would reduce average caseload sizes from 139 to 113 cases per officer. Details: Baton Rouge: The Task Force, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://gov.louisiana.gov/assets/docs/Issues/Criminal-Justice/Justice-Reinvestment-Task-Force-Report_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144556

Author: Barney, Morgan Title: What Justice Requires: Closing Youth Prisons Summary: Where were you when you were 13? What were you doing when you were 16? For 24,000 children in America right now, the answer is simple: serving time in a youth prison. A youth prison is typically an isolated, locked facility with 100+ beds that has many of the same features as an adult prison: razor wire, cellblocks, armed guards, and solitary confinement. While the number of incarcerated child in the U.S. has dropped in the last decade as states opt for therapeutic and restorative community-based models, approximately 80 youth prisons remain, holding 24,000 children between the ages of 13-18. Youth prisons are not restorative, they perpetuate racial and socio-economic inequalities, and they fail to uphold public justice. A system that warehouses children created in the image of God is not right or just. As Christians, we need consider the purpose of punishment and the importance of rehabilitation. Youth prisons must be closed. The lives and futures of many young people depend on it. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Public Justice, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5669c7222399a395a9879dd1/t/5862ab1dd2b857312cd6cb52/1482861682953/Closing+Youth+Prisons.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144557

Author: Gideon's Army Title: Driving While Black: A report on racial profiling in Metro Nashville Police Department Traffic Stops Summary: Our report shows that "driving while black" constitutes a unique series of risks, vulnerabilities, and dangers at the hands of the Metro Nashville Police Department (MNPD) that white drivers do not experience in the same way. Upon reviewing MNPD’s traffic stop database, our report finds that: • Between 2011-2015, MNPD conducted 7.7 times more traffic stops annually than the U.S. national average • Between 2011-2015, MNPD made more stops of black people than there were black people 16 years old and over living in Davidson County • Between 2011-2015, MNPD consistently and unnecessarily stopped and searched black drivers in predominantly black, Hispanic, and low-income communities at rates substantially higher than they did white drivers in predominantly middle to upper income communities • MNPD consent searches are invasive and fail to yield incriminating evidence 88.4% of the time. • Evidence of unlawful activity is found during searches of white drivers more often than in searches of black and Hispanic drivers • Nearly 80% of all MNPD traffic stops in 2015 result in a warning, and, in traffic stops including a search of the vehicle or driver, between one-third and half result in a warning, which means hundreds of thousands of drivers are being stopped and searched unnecessarily every year • Since 2012, Operation Safer Streets (OSS) has resulted in more than 58,000 vehicle stops and 11,000 arrests, the vast majority of which were concentrated in communities of color. More than 90% of OSS arrests were for misdemeanors, often for possession of small amounts of marijuana or driving without a license, and more than 80% of stops yielded no evidence that warranted arrest. Our interviews with black drivers in Nashville show that: • Metro police officers regularly intimidate, harass, and unfairly exert their authority over black drivers • Aggressive tactics by officers result in traumatizing experiences of fear for one’s safety and the safety of one’s family and friends • Black drivers experience anger at being treated unjustly and disrespectfully, frustration derived from being profiled because of one's race and its assumed correspondence to criminality, and the feeling that police do not "serve and protect" black people like they do white people Through these findings, our report shows that MNPD's traffic stop practices impose a severe disparate or discriminatory impact on the predominantly black and low-income communities that MNPD’s traffic stop and search regime disproportionately targets. MNPD's internal reports justify these disparities based on an alleged correlation between where stops are made and the number of crime reports in the area. However, our findings show that traffic enforcement targets and impacts entire communities, not just people who commit crimes, and that regardless of the area, black people are searched at much higher rates than white people. For these reasons, racial disparities in policing are unlikely to be caused by individual officers’ behaviors alone, but by institutional norms and policies that justify targeting predominantly black and low-income communities. The MNPD traffic stop lesson plan used as part of officer training shows that the department is primarily focused on using traffic stops as a way to gain entry into vehicles and search them (See Section II). In practice, this means making pretextual traffic stops for technicalities, such as rolling through a stop sign or having a broken taillight, in order to get an opportunity to make contact with the occupants, use manipulative forms of engagement to gain consent to search, and search drivers and their vehicles. While the lesson plan does not explicitly prioritize stops and searches of black drivers, MNPD disproportionately deploys its patrol officers to predominantly black and low-income communities, and as our report shows, black drivers are more likely than white drivers to be stopped, stopped multiple times in a year, and searched during a traffic stop, even though searches of black drivers are less successful in yielding criminal evidence than are searches of white drivers. MNPD's overwhelmingly unsuccessful and disparately impactful over-policing of predominantly black and low-income communities raises serious concerns about the effectiveness, legitimacy, and constitutionality of MNPD's traffic stop and search regime. Furthermore, the fact that Nashville's unnecessarily high rate of total traffic stops does not reduce traffic accidents and injuries (Finding 1) and does not appear to make any significant impact on crime rates compared to other cities making fewer stops (Demand 1) calls MNPD's policing strategies into question both legally and ethically. The core findings of our report analyze traffic stops of black, white, and Hispanic drivers. Details: Nashville, TN: Gideon's Army, 2016. 213p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: https://drivingwhileblacknashville.files.wordpress.com/2016/10/driving-while-black-gideons-army.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While Black Shelf Number: 144558

Author: Youth First Title: Breaking Down the Walls: Lessons Learned from Successful State Campaigns to Close Youth Prisons Summary: The Youth First Initiative has released a new report Breaking Down the Walls highlighting the achievements of youth, families, and advocates in six states to help advance a new vision of youth justice. The report serves as a playbook for activists working to end the juvenile justice systems’ reliance on incarceration throughout the nation. To accelerate the efforts to end harmful and inequitable youth incarceration, and to build on the work of the youth, families, and advocates who have fought successfully to close youth prisons, the Youth First Initiative looked at successful campaigns in six states, gathering lessons learned and strategies for success. "Breaking Down the Walls” features these multi-year strategies and campaigns: California's campaign to end abuse facility conditions, close youth prisons New York's No More Youth Jails & Empty Beds, Wasted Dollars campaigns Louisiana's Close Talulah Now! campaign Texas’ legislative campaign to reduce youth incarceration DC's campaign to close Oak Hill Singing the Blues for Mississippi's imprisoned children The strategies shared throughout this report are based on public documents as well as hours of conversations with youth, family members, and other advocates who generously gave their time to explain what they thought made their campaigns successful, as well as what they would do differently knowing what they do now. Details: Washington, DC: Youth First, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.youthfirstinitiative.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Breaking-Down-the-Walls.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144559

Author: Ohio Criminal Sentencing Commission Title: Ad Hoc Committee on Bail and Pretrial Services: Report and Recommendations Summary: The system of bail was intended to ensure a defendant would appear in court and, eventually, ensure public safety by keeping those defendants who pose a substantial risk of committing crimes while awaiting trial in jail. The reality, however, is that those with money, notwithstanding their danger to the community, can purchase their freedom while poor defendants remain in jail pending trial. Research shows that even short stays in jail before trial lead to an increased likelihood of missing school, job loss, family issues, increased desperation and thus an increased likelihood to reoffend. In 1968, the American Bar Association released criminal justice standards related to pretrial release and over the past several years many states have undertaken reviews of their pretrial systems and adopted various reforms. No less than twenty states have begun to implement reforms like risk assessments for release determinations, citation in lieu of detention, and elimination of bond schedules. (Appendix A). In addition there has been a rise in litigation arguing that pretrial detention violates the Due Process and Equal Protection Clauses of the United States Constitution. For example, in Walker v. City of Calhoun, pretrial detainees challenged the City of Calhoun's bail system, which mandated payment of a fixed amount without consideration of other factors, including risk of flight, risk of dangerousness, and financial resources. The trial court invoked U.S. Supreme Court decisions , finding that the principle of those cases was especially applicable "where the individual being detained is a pretrial detainee who has not yet been found guilty of a crime." The court found that the system violated the Equal Protection Clause since "incarceration of an individual because of the individual’s inability to pay a fine or fee is impermissible." The issue is currently under consideration by the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals, where the Justice Department has filed a brief in support of striking down the City’s bail scheme. Nationally, pretrial services and bail have come under scrutiny in the past decade. The Conference of State Court Administrators (COSCA) issued a paper in 2013 supporting the ongoing work of the United States Department of Justice and the Pretrial Justice Institute to reform pretrial services. The Conference of Chief Justices and the Conference of State Court Administrators has established a National Task Force on Fines, Fees and Bail Practices to address the ongoing impact these financial sanctions have on the economically disadvantaged in the United States. Finally, the United States Department of Justice has funded bail reform initiatives and provided data to states and, in its consent decree with the city of Ferguson, ended the use of secured money bonds. In Ohio, bail reform and pretrial services have been the subject of review in various individual jurisdictions. In Cuyahoga County, Administrative Judge John Russo has formed a committee to review that county's bail system, examine local policies and procedures among jurisdictions within the county, and consider the costs of the system. Lucas County is one of twenty jurisdictions to participate in the MacArthur Foundation Safety + Justice Challenge network intended to support "a network of competitively selected local jurisdictions committed to finding ways to safely reduce jail incarceration." The local goal is to safely reduce jail population and address racial and ethnic disparities in the criminal justice system. Lucas County has implemented an administrative release program, which allows judges to administratively release inmates according to the risk they pose as determined by the Ohio Risk Assessment System Community Supervision Tool, to reduce the local jail population. Lucas County has also implemented use of a risk assessment tool developed by the Laura and John Arnold Foundation ("Arnold tool") to provide public safety assessments to determine risk of failure to appear and new criminal activity. Stark County and the Cleveland Municipal Court are also beginning use of the Arnold tool. Summit County has developed an in-house risk assessment tool for pretrial determinations. The Ohio Criminal Sentencing Commission, in an effort to ensure that Ohio is holding people for the right reasons prior to trial, formed an Ad Hoc Committee on Bail and Pretrial Services to determine the current situation in Ohio and to make recommendations that will maximize appropriate placement for defendants, protect the presumption of innocence, maximize appearance at court hearings, and maximize public safety. One of the primary purposes of pursuing reform of bail practices and pretrial services is to ensure that those that pose the greatest risk to public safety and failure to appear are detained while awaiting trial while maximizing release of pretrial detainees to effectively utilize jail resources. According to a study conducted by the Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (DRC), 35.4% of people in local jails are awaiting trial – meaning they have not been convicted of a crime. They are either being held without bail, or cannot afford bail. In most cases it is the latter. Details: Columbus, OH: The Commission, 2017. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: https://www.supremecourt.ohio.gov/Boards/Sentencing/Materials/2017/March/finalAdHocBailReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 144560

Author: Lamb, Kathleen Title: 2014 Survey of Incarcerated Parents in Ohio Prisons Summary: The 2014 Survey of Incarcerated Parents is based on a random sample of 1505 inmates from all institutions across the Ohio prison system (1149 males and 356 females), excluding the male reception centers and FMC for females , with inmates selected proportional to their representation in the prison population. The survey completion rate is 70.5%, and inmates who are non‐white, older, and male are more likely to have refused to participate.    Of the 1061 inmates participating in the survey, three‐quarters report having at least one biological child, each with two biological children in total, on average.  Inmates have one minor biological child, on average, and 54.1% has at least one minor biological child, which is comparable to the 2004 Survey of Incarcerated Fathers, the latter of which focused on minor children (biological, step, or legal guardians) of male inmates. The 2014 Survey of Incarcerated Parents focuses in depth on dependent children of both male and female inmates, who are defined as any children for whom the inmate has legal, financial or parental obligations.  Half of inmates report dependent children.  This is twice the percentage who report dependent children in the 2013 Intake Study.  The definition of dependent children is broader than in the Intake Study, and the Survey of Incarcerated Parents has a higher percentage of female and married inmates who participated, who would be more likely to report having dependent children. The 518 inmates with dependent children have a total of 1166 children, indicating each inmate has an average of two dependent children.   The characteristics of inmates with dependent children (as reported by the inmates) include the following:  60% of inmates are never married, 17.4% is married, and 17.6% is divorced.  Two percent is separated, and another 2% is widowed.  On average, inmates have obtained some vocational training or trade school and a little over half were employed full‐time or part‐time at arrest.  At the time of arrest, 45.6% of inmates lived with their spouse or significant other (if they lived with any adults), and 51.1% lived with their dependent children (if they lived with any children).  Slightly more than half (52.3%) of inmates have given birth to or fathered children with one partner.  Nearly half (46.7%) has fathered or given birth to children with two or more partners.  Over 80% of inmates spent no time in foster care, but of the 17.6% who has foster care experience, they have experienced two placements, on average.  A third of inmates lived in an informal foster care arrangement during childhood (without a formal foster care placement).  One‐third of inmates report their biological parent(s) had spent time in prison, and two‐ thirds of inmates reveal they had been involved with one or more youth institutions as minors (Department of Youth Services, Juvenile Court, and/or Child Protective Services). Over half (53.6%) of inmates have received information about paying child support since becoming incarcerated.  Almost half (46.5%) has a current child support order, and two‐ fifths (40.9%) reports currently paying child support. The characteristics of dependent children of inmates include the following:  Slightly more than half of dependent children (52.7%) are male, and less than half of dependent children (47.1%) are female.  The average age of dependent children is ten years old.  Most dependent children (91.3%) have an incarcerated parent who identifies themselves as the biological parent of the child, 2.9% has an incarcerated parent who is a stepparent, and 4.8% has an incarcerated parent who is the child’s parent’s boyfriend/girlfriend/partner acting as a parental figure to the child.      At the time of the survey, about a fourth of dependent children are still living at the inmate’s residence, and 53% is living in a different residence but in the same town or city as where the inmate used to live.  More than two‐thirds of dependent children (68.5%) have an incarcerated parent who reports providing more than half of the child’s financial support at the time of arrest.  Fifteen percent of dependent children have been involved with institutions at some point in time (Department of Youth Services, Juvenile Court, and/or Child Protective Services).  Just over 5% of dependent children have ever been arrested.  Close to 90% of dependent children have incarcerated parents who report they are permitted contact with their child(ren).  Phone and mail contact are most commonly and frequently reported between dependent children and their incarcerated parents, followed by personal visits, with email contact and video visitation being much less commonly and frequently reported.  94.4% of dependent children have incarcerated parents who express a great deal of desire to maintain contact with their children.    Half of dependent children have incarcerated parents who report that the child had been co‐residing with them full‐time at arrest, 12.8% report part‐time co‐residence at arrest, and 35.9% report living in a separate residence at arrest.  The most frequently reported responses to dependent children’s current living situation by the inmate are that the child is living with his/her other parent, who is the inmate’s current spouse or partner (48.1%), the child is living with his her other parent, who is the inmate’s ex‐spouse or ex‐partner (19.7%), the child is living with grandparents (16.4%), or the child is living with other extended family (7.5%).  Almost three‐fourths of dependent children have inmate parents who report they have contact with the child’s caretaker.  Phone, letters, and visits are more common sources of contact than email and videoconference.  Dependent children are likely to be currently living in high‐population counties (Cuyahoga, Franklin, Hamilton, Summit, and Montgomery), reflecting general patterns of the commitment population in Ohio.  12.6% of dependent children reside out‐of‐ state The cross‐sectional data are not directly comparable to the 2004 Survey of Incarcerated Fathers, limited by their self‐reported nature, and most likely are over‐representative of inmates with better family relationships, and under‐representative of inmates from certain demographic groups.  Despite these limitations, they provide opportunities for further study in combination with other ODRC inmate data sources.    Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction, 2014. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: http://www.drc.ohio.gov/Portals/0/Planning%20and%20Evaluations/SurveyofIncarceratedParents2015.pdf?ver=2016-08-03-101712-813 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 144561

Author: North Carolina Commission on the Administration of Law and Justice Title: Final Report: Recommendations for Strengthening the Unified Court System of North Carolina Summary: This report contains the final recommendations of the North Carolina Commission on the Administration of Law and Justice (NCCALJ). Two decades have passed since the last time North Carolina comprehensively reviewed its court system. In September 2015, increasingly aware of mounting systemic challenges, Chief Justice Mark Martin convened the NCCALJ, a sixty-five member, multidisciplinary commission, requesting that the Commission undertake a comprehensive and independent review of North Carolina's court system and make recommendations for improving the administration of justice in North Carolina. The Commission's membership was divided into five Committees: (1) Civil Justice, (2) Criminal Investigation and Adjudication, (3) Legal Professionalism, (4) Public Trust and Confidence, and (5) Technology. Each Committee independently made recommendations within its area of study. Highlights of the recommendations in the five reports include: • Implementing a strategic technology plan for paperless courthouses, including e-filing • Raising the juvenile age from sixteen to eighteen years old for crimes other than violent felonies and traffic offenses • Reducing case delays and improving efficiency based on data analytics • Assisting the growing number of selfrepresented litigants in new ways • Taking steps to change how judges and justices are selected and retained • Developing new tools to improve pretrial detention decision-making • Improving the state’s indigent defense system • Surveying the public to better gauge its perception of the courts • Training court officials to improve procedural fairness and eliminate the possibility of bias • Creating an entity to confront changes in the market for legal services • Restoring legal aid funding and loan repayment assistance for public interest lawyers • Improving civic education in schools and through an active speakers bureau Details: The Commission, 2017. 371p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2017 at: https://nccalj.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/pdf/nccalj_final_report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 144562

Author: Helmus, Todd C. Title: RAND Program Evaluation Toolkit for Countering Violent Extremism Summary: Violent extremism poses a threat both within the United States and internationally. Countering violent extremism (CVE) requires addressing the conditions and reducing the underlying factors that give rise to radicalization and recruitment. Community-based CVE programs may engage in a variety of activities and target different populations, making it challenging to evaluate their effectiveness. Many of these programs also operate with limited resources and lack evaluation expertise. The RAND Program Evaluation Toolkit for Countering Violent Extremism was designed to help program staff overcome these common challenges to evaluating and planning improvements to their programs. It begins by walking users through the process of identifying core program components and developing a program logic model to show connections between resources, activities, outcomes, evaluation measures, and the need the program addresses in its community. It then helps users design an evaluation that is appropriate for their program type and available resources and expertise, supports the selection of evaluation measures, and offers basic guidance on how to analyze and use evaluation data to inform program improvement. Through checklists, worksheets, and templates, the toolkit takes users step by step through the process of determining whether their programs produce beneficial effects, ultimately informing the responsible allocation of scarce resources. The toolkit's design and content are the result of a rigorous, systematic review of the program evaluation literature to identify evaluation approaches, measures, and tools used elsewhere and will be particularly useful to managers and directors of community-based CVE programs and program funders. Key Findings In Evaluating a CVE Program, It Is Important to Identify Core Program Components and Select the Right Evaluation Measures This toolkit can help community-based CVE programs overcome common challenges to evaluation by identifying core program components (such as activities, target audiences, and community needs being met) and appropriate measures for their program type and available resources and expertise. The program evaluation literature offers a wealth of information to guide staff through the evaluation process. This toolkit drew on prior research to develop checklists, worksheets, and templates to help users identify and implement the right evaluation approach. A Step-by-Step Approach Is Important: The Toolkit Is Best Applied Sequentially For the most accurate evaluation, it is important to follow each step in the toolkit in sequence; each step builds on prior steps to help users design the most rigorous evaluation that their program can support. Beginning with the development of a logic model, the toolkit helps users identify the target audience for their program, whether the program has been effective in meeting its goals, and where the program could be improved. It can be difficult to know where to start: Interactive resources, such as checklists, worksheets, and templates, are designed to give users a complete picture of their program and guide changes and improvements. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/tools/TL243.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 144569

Author: Stevenson, Megan Title: Bail Reform: New Directions for Pretrial Detention and Release Summary: Our current pretrial system imposes high costs on both the people who are detained pretrial and the taxpayers who foot the bill. These costs have prompted a surge of bail reform around the country. Reformers seek to reduce pretrial detention rates, as well as racial and socioeconomic disparities in the pretrial system, while simultaneously improving appearance rates and reducing pretrial crime. The current state of pretrial practice suggests that there is ample room for improvement. Bail hearings are often cursory, with no defense counsel present. Money-bail practices lead to high rates of detention even among misdemeanor defendants and those who pose no serious risk of crime or flight. Infrequent evaluation means that the judges and magistrates who set bail have little information about how their bail-setting practices affect detention, appearance and crime rates. Practical and low-cost interventions, such as court reminder systems, are underutilized. To promote lasting reform, this chapter identifies pretrial strategies that are both within the state’s authority and supported by empirical research. These interventions should be designed with input from stakeholders, and carefully evaluated to ensure that the desired improvements are achieved. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 17-18: Accessed March 24, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2939273 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 144574

Author: Albrighton, Matthew Title: An investigation into the nature of witness statement error - A Thematic Study Summary: The way in which eyewitness testimony is reported and then recorded by a police officer during a criminal investigation, has seen proneness to distortion, contradiction and even omission. For a long time eyewitness testimony has relied on handwritten statements taken by a police officer. This study illustrates which aspects of the eyewitnesses account are changed during the statement taking process, and how. Such practices have received very little criticism from the judiciary, despite there being a plethora of psychological research on the subject, there has been very little change to the way eyewitness testimony is recorded. When a police officer takes a statement from an eyewitness, information can be distorted, subject to contradiction or even lost, this information could be crucial evidentially in a criminal trial. This study has analysed ten real-life police witness statements, handwritten by police officers during interview, and concurrently audio recorded by the researcher, in order to investigate errors which occur. This enables us to understand how the statement can change from being the eyewitnesses account to the police officers account, and how statements are subject to errors and omissions of information. Details: Worcester, MA: University of Worcester, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: http://library.college.police.uk/docs/theses/ALBRIGHTON-nature-of-witness-statement-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 144585

Author: Malta Justice Initiative Title: Connecticut Employment Survey: Practices and Attitudes Regarding the Hiring of Formerly-Incarcerated Persons and Recommendations for Driving Better Outcomes Summary: The prison system both in the United States and Connecticut is a constant revolving door through which thousands pass each and every year. Unfortunately, many of those entering our prisons are formerly-incarcerated individuals returning after failing to make it on the outside. In Connecticut, over half of released prisoners return within three years of their release, thereby costing taxpayers millions of dollars. This revolving door is powered by the many difficulties faced by the formerly-incarcerated upon their release. The primary obstacle is finding a job. Research has shown that a criminal record reduces a job applicant's chances of being hired by 15% to 30%.1 A history of incarceration also reduces the number of weeks worked annually by 6 to 11. It has been reported that as many as 60% of ex-offenders do not hold legitimate employment one year after their release from prison. While the Bureau of Labor Statistics does not keep track of ex-offenders' employment numbers, a January, 2011 New York Times article referenced various studies that such unemployment rate is 50% or higher one year after release. Statistics compiled by the Administrative Office of the United States Courts in Washington, D.C. indicate that employment is the critical factor in whether released inmates succeed with re-entry. Of the 262,000 federal prisoners released between 2002 and 2006, 50% of those who were not able to secure employment during the period of their supervised release (generally 2-5 years) committed a new crime or violated the terms of their release and ended up back behind bars. However, 93% of those who found jobs throughout their supervised release period did not return to prison. This statistic is astounding. It suggests that our corrections system should be laser focused on securing employment for those released from prison. The under-employment of those under the supervision of our criminal justice system has severe economic consequences given the sheer number of ex-offenders in the United States. In 2008, there were an estimated 5.4 to 6.1 million ex-prisoners and 12.3 to 13.9 million ex-offenders (those with a criminal record who did not do time) in the United States. The under-employment of this segment of the workforce, most of whom are male, was estimated to result in the loss of 1.5 to 1.7 million workers in 2008, which equates to a 0.8 to 0.9 percentage point drop in the overall employment rate. The consequences of such a large percentage of the formerly-incarcerated being unable to find and hold down jobs upon their re-entry is staggering. The CEPR Study estimated that the United States economy loses $57 to $65 billion annually due to the inability of ex-offenders to find jobs. Society's failure to successfully reintegrate incarcerated individuals also perpetuates the cycle of dependence and poverty in our inner cities and places a tremendous strain on Connecticut's state budget The direct and indirect financial and human costs of mass incarceration, high recidivism and failed reentry warrant taking a much closer look at why the formerly-incarcerated face higher obstacles to finding employment and what, if anything, can be done to reverse the sobering reality of Connecticut's revolving prison doors. This survey seeks to first identify the current practices and prevailing attitudes of large and small employers in Connecticut regarding the hiring of formerly-incarcerated job applicants. In particular, the survey endeavors to understand the perceived risks or impediments that influence hiring decisions involving persons with a criminal history. The survey also examines what incentives or other factors might enhance the prospects of ex-offenders landing jobs. Lastly, the survey considers possible reforms or initiatives that might drive better outcomes in terms of reducing recidivism and turning Connecticut's formerly-incarcerated population into productive, taxpaying members of their communities, thereby relieving some of the strains on Connecticut's criminal justice and correction budgets. Details: Southport, CT: The Initiative, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: http://maltajusticeinitiative.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/MJI-Employer-Survey-Full-Text-December-2016-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 144589

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Picking Up the Pieces: A Minneapolis Case Study Summary: The data analyzed in this project show that Black people in Minneapolis are arrested for low level offenses by the Minneapolis Police Department at 8.7 times the rate of white people, and Native Americans are arrested for these offenses at 8.6 times the rate of white people. These racial disparities can only be characterized as extreme and unwarranted and should be eliminated. While there is no single way to pick up the pieces, a combination of policing reforms undertaken simultaneously will move Minneapolis towards more democratic and effective policing. The reforms recommended below are consistent with the ACLU's intention in this project: to push all stakeholders to acknowledge the urgent problem of racial disparities in policing, to demand change now, and to commit wholeheartedly to creating a police department that the city can be proud of. These reforms are also consistent with Minneapolis Mayor Betsy Hodges' "vision for Minneapolis," the very first pillar of which is "a city where every harmful gap in outcomes that are worse for people of color than for white people is eliminated. Every one of them."1 Minneapolis Police Chief Janeé Harteau [2] has subsequently said that "that the mayor and I are in lockstep, frankly, on the direction this department needs to go."2 Disproportionate policing in communities of color is not unique to the Minneapolis Police Department. On the contrary, racial disparities in police practices exist around the country. As we are in the midst of a national moment of reckoning with these longstanding injustices, attention to these issues on behalf of our police departments and our political institutions is long overdue. We need to ensure that the police protect and serve equally and fairly. Yet just as unwarranted racial disparities in policing are not unique to Minneapolis, these disparities are not unique to policing. As a result, improvements in police practices cannot alone remedy racial disparities in other parts of the criminal justice system like prosecution and sentencing and in other domains like poverty, education, and employment. Still, police are the first point of entry into the criminal justice system and police reform is therefore a necessary but not sufficient part of tearing down systemic forms of racial inequality Details: New York: ACLU, 2015. v.p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/feature/picking-pieces Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Race-Based Policing Shelf Number: 144591

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Considerations and Recommendations for Implementing an Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Program Summary: In Alameda County, California, an Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) program has supported law enforcement in successfully monitoring crime scenes and capturing suspects on the run. While these devices have been beneficial in assisting law enforcement in a number of ways, they've also raised concerns within the community about the possibility of police violating privacy rights through aerial surveillance. Alameda County isn’t alone in this situation. Law Enforcement agencies around the country are having similar discussions within their communities as they look to take advantage of the benefits of unmanned aerial vehicles while also ensuring the rights of the public are protected. In a new report, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) covers a number of emerging issues and concerns on the use of unmanned aircraft systems by state, local, and tribal law enforcement. "Considerations and Recommendations for Implementing an Unmanned Aircraft Systems Program" is based on an August 2015 convening of public safety stakeholders and aviation experts. The goal of the convening was to produce a blueprint for how law enforcement agencies can use unmanned aircraft systems most effectively, fairly, and transparently. This NIJ report highlights a number of actions that agencies can take internally and with the community as they implement a policy on unmanned aircraft systems. According to Mike O’Shea, a senior law enforcement program manager with NIJ, community acceptance is critical to just about every law enforcement initiative out there. “The transparency of what you’re doing as an agency can make a difference between whether or not the community accepts what you’re doing or doesn’t accept [it],” he said. “And in the case of unmanned aerial vehicles, one of the biggest challenges for law enforcement is getting public acceptance,” O’Shea added. With regards to engaging the community, it is recommended that agencies engage the community early on as this strategy is most effective at the beginning of the process of implementing a UAS program. Additionally, agencies are recommended to create a community advisory panel on the implementation of new technologies, such as UAS. “The public acceptance of technology is crucial to the implementation of unmanned aircraft systems,” O’Shea said. Recommendations also include that all members of the agency should be briefed on the capabilities and intended use of the technology so that there will be a common message when officials interact with the public. Promoting the responsible use of unmanned aircraft systems is critical, such that agencies using this technology have sound policies in place governing the collection, use, and retention of data, and to ensure that agencies are transparent in how they are using these systems. In terms of developing privacy policies, it’s important for an agency to fully understand the complex legal environment in which unmanned aerial vehicles operate. Furthermore, some states and localities have imposed more stringent requirements than federal law on the use of this technology by law enforcement. Unmanned aircraft systems have the potential to be a useful public safety tool, but the decision of whether and how it should be adopted is one that every law enforcement agency must make for itself, and that decision should be made in coordination with community members. These community decisions should consider privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties concerns. According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, only about 350 law enforcement agencies in the U.S. had aviation programs in active use. The number has remained small due to a number of factors, including the substantial cost of starting and maintaining a program, and bureaucratic hurdles needed to approve the use of such technology. But as more agencies begin to experience the benefits of unmanned aerial vehicles, O'Shea believes the use of this technology will only expand moving forward. Details: Washington, DC: NIJ, 2016. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accesses March 27, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250283.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Surveillance Shelf Number: 144840

Author: McGarrell, Edmund F. Title: Saginaw Community Survey: Patterns of Victimization and Methodological Experiments: Technical Report Summary: With the support of the Bureau of Justice Statistics, the Michigan Justice Statistics Center conducted a survey of residents of Saginaw, Michigan as a way of learning about the victimization experiences as well as the perceptions of residents about their neighborhoods and the police. The survey employed a randomly selected, address-based sample of Saginaw residents. Multiple methods of survey administration were used resulting in a final sample of 829 completed surveys. In addition to greater understanding of resident's victimization experiences and perceptions, the survey also tested several different strategies intended to increase response rates and to increase the number of respondents completing the survey through more cost-efficient web-based survey technology. The current technical report presents details on the survey methodology as well as basic findings on levels of household and personal victimization. It also presents the results of the embedded methodological experiments. A series of articles and reports will follow this report and present in greater detail the findings in terms of victimization experience as well as perceptions of crime, the neighborhood, and the police. Among the key findings presented in this report are the following: • There were no differences in households from the more affluent west side of Saginaw and those on the east side in terms of violent crime victimization. This was unexpected given that neighborhood levels of economic disadvantage typically result in higher levels of violent crime victimization. This will be examined in greater detail in future analyses of the survey results. • West side households reported higher levels of property crime victimization. • Households headed by someone described as white had slightly higher levels of victimization than households headed by someone described as black. The results should be interpreted cautiously, however, due to a modest number of households where this information was missing or classified as "other." • Rental households were more likely to experience victimization in comparison to owner-occupied households. • Men were more likely to experience violent and property crime victimization. Women were more likely to experience sexual assault. • Consistent with the household findings, whites were slightly more likely to report being victimized than were blacks. Caution in interpreting these findings is suggested, however, because the group most likely to report being victimized reported their race as "other." • Overall, Saginaw residents were much more likely to prefer completing the survey through a paper and pencil mail survey. This is the least cost-efficient mode for conducting this type of survey. The embedded experiment suggested that presenting the survey options in varying ways and providing an incentive-based "nudge" to complete the survey on the web can increase the number of respondents utilizing the more cost-efficient web-based technology. Details: East Lansing: Michigan State University, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan Justice Statistics Center, 2016. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: http://www.jrsa.org/member-spotlight/files/mi-saginaw-victimization.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 144849

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Examining the Changing Racial Composition of Three States' Prison Populations Summary: A review of the composition of prison populations in three states found that drops in prison admissions, prison populations, or both, in recent years have been especially pronounced among nonwhites according to a brief released today by the Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center. This brief focuses on three states—Georgia, Connecticut and North Carolina—where bipartisan groups of state leaders enacted major criminal justice reforms and subsequently saw the number of people incarcerated markedly decline in their states. A closer look showed that these three states experienced significant reductions in the number of people admitted to prison, with the steepest declines among blacks and Hispanics. Among the brief's highlights: Georgia: Since 2012, prison admissions have dropped by 8 percent. While admissions for whites remained unchanged, admissions among blacks dropped by 11 percent. Connecticut: The total number of people in Connecticut prisons declined by almost 17 percent between 2008 and 2015. Meanwhile, the drop in the number of blacks and Hispanics during the same period—21 percent and 23 percent, respectively—was three times as steep as the decline in the number of whites. North Carolina: Total admissions to prison in the state dropped by 21 percent between 2011 and 2014, and the declines were even larger for blacks and Hispanics, with drops of 26 percent and 37 percent, respectively. Declines for these groups in the prison population were also substantial, with blacks and Hispanics dropping by 12 percent and 16 percent, respectively, while whites fell a little more than 1 percent. Although these trends coincide with reforms enacted in each of the three states, the brief is careful to qualify that any finding of a causal relationship between the reforms and the changes in the states’ prison populations is premature. Determining to what extent, if any, the reforms are driving these trends requires additional research. The brief also notes that state policymakers designed their respective reforms in these three states to increase public safety and to reduce spending on corrections. The developments highlighted in this brief, however, do offer evidence of significant progress in reversing a trend that has generated widespread attention and concern throughout the country. According to a report from the National Academy of Sciences released last year, six out of 10 people in U.S. prisons in 2011 were black or Hispanic, up from four out of 10 people in 1970. Meanwhile, only 3 out of 10 people in the general population in the U.S. in 2011 were black or Hispanic. While this brief does not present new research, it does underscore the need for additional research that addresses some key questions: Have these (and other) states' policy reforms contributed to the decline in admissions of black and Hispanic adults? To what extent have certain changes to sentencing policy, responses to violations of conditions of release, and investments in community-based treatment especially benefited nonwhite adults? How do states everywhere monitor these trends, and the reasons behind them, more closely? Details: New York: The Justice Center, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: In Brief: Accessed March 27, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/ExaminingtheChangingRacialCompositionofThreeStatesPrisonPopulations.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 144596

Author: Zhang, Yinjunjie Title: Effects of the Alabama HB 56 Immigration Law on Crime: A Synthetic Control Approach Summary: The act of Alabama HB 56, passed in 2011 is considered to be the strictest anti-illegal immigration bill in the United States. This paper evaluates the impact of this policy on crime, by using the synthetic control method to create a counterfactual Alabama. The results provide suggestive evidence of heterogeneous causal effects of Alabama HB 56 on crime. Compared to the synthetic group, the violent crime rate increased as a response to Alabama HB 56, while there was no significant change in property crime rate after the act. A placebo test was also performed to demonstrate the robustness of the results. Details: College Station, TX: Department of Agricultural Economics, Texas A&M University, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Selected Paper prepared for presentation at the Southern Agricultural Economics Associ ation (SAEA) Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas, February 6‐9, 2016. Accessed march 27, 2017 at: http://ageconsearch.umn.edu/bitstream/229780/2/alabama.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 144592

Author: Voices of Youth in Chicago Education Title: Failed Policies, Broken Futures: The True Cost of Zero Tolerance in Chicago Summary: In 2011, VOYCE released our second report,"Failed Policies, Broken Futures: The True Cost of Zero Tolerance in Chicago." This original cost-analysis report, written in partnership with the national civil rights organization Advancement Project, found that harsh discipline policies at CPS have negatively impacted school safety and student achievement, at a huge cost to taxpayers. VOYCE collected student stories, CPS budget information, and multiple research sources and concluded that harsh discipline policies are highly overused in Chicago, keeping students out of valuable learning time, decreasing students’ chances of graduating, and costing the city millions of dollars: In 2009, there were 4,597 school-based arrests of CPS students age 16 and younger. 78% were for minor offenses. Students who have been arrested are 50% more likely to drop out. Based on the cost of each lost graduate, the report predicts that CPS's school-based arrests in 2009 alone will cost Chicago taxpayers around $240 million in long-term costs. Simply cutting the annual number of arrests in half would result in $120 million in long-term economic benefits to the city per year The report also examined the CPS budgets and found that this zero tolerance approach has diverted funds from more effective and proven approaches to school safety, such as guidance counseling, mental health supports, and peer mentoring. In 2010, the budget of the Office of Safety and Security was 48 times larger than the budget of the Office of Student Support and Engagement, and 84 times larger than the budget of the Office of Teaching and Learning. In 2010, CPS allocated just $3.5 million towards school-based college and career coaches, and $51.4 million towards school-based security guards. The findings from "Failed Policies, Broken Futures" are currently being used by VOYCE youth leaders and their allies to demand strong limits on harsh disciplinary actions at all CPS schools, the creation of a detailed public database on the school-level use of suspensions, expulsions, arrests and referrals, and increased investment in effective prevention and intervention strategies. Details: Chicago: Voices for Youth in Chicago Education, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 27, 2017 at: https://www.documentcloud.org/documents/216318-voyce.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 144594

Author: Vovak, Heather Title: Examining the Relationship between Crime Rates and Clearance Rates Using Dual Trajectory Analysis Summary: Police agencies dedicate large amounts of resources, and place a great deal of importance, on criminal investigations and solving crimes. However, very stable clearance rates over time in the U.S., coupled with highly fluctuating crime rates begs the question of whether there is actually a relationship between these efforts and crime rates. Specifically, if police improve their ability to solve crimes, does this have any effect on crime rates over time? A deterrence relationship might indicate that an increase in clearance rates leads to a decrease in crime rates. However, while some prior research indicates evidence of a deterrent effect when examining the relationship between crime rates and clearance rates, other research using various methods has found that crime and clearance rates move in the same direction, or have found no clear relationship between crime and clearance rates. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2016. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/jspui/bitstream/handle/1920/10536/Vovak_gmu_0883E_11240.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates Shelf Number: 144596

Author: Banks, Duren Title: National Sources of law Enforcement Employment Data Summary: This report describes and compares three law enforcement employment data sources: 1) the FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program, 2) the Census Bureau's Annual Survey of Public Employment and Payroll (ASPEP), and 3) the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Census of State and Local Law Enforcement Agencies (CSLLEA). The three sources provide information about the nature and scope of law enforcement employment in the United States. The sources use different definitions and vary in their periodicity and levels of coverage. This report provides recommended uses for the data sources. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Justice Programs Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/nsleed.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 144599

Author: Miller, Rena S. Title: Trade-Based Money Laundering: Overview and Policy Issues Summary: Trade-based money laundering (TBML) involves the exploitation of the international trade system for the purpose of transferring value and obscuring the true origins of illicit wealth. TBML schemes vary in complexity but typically involve misrepresentation of the price, quantity, or quality of imports or exports. Financial institutions may wittingly or unwittingly be implicated in TBML schemes when such institutions are used to settle, facilitate, or finance international trade transactions (e.g., through the processing of wire transfers, provision of trade finance, and issuance of letters of credit and guarantees). TBML activity is considered to be growing in both volume and global reach. Although TBML is widely recognized as one of the most common manifestations of international money laundering, TBML appears to be less understood among academics and policymakers than traditional forms of money laundering through the international banking system and bulk cash smuggling. Nevertheless, TBML has emerged as an issue of growing interest in the 114th Congress, especially as Members and committees examine tools to counter terrorist financing. The U.S. government has historically focused on TBML schemes involving drug proceeds from Latin America, particularly the Black Market Peso Exchange (BMPE). Although a number of anecdotal case studies in recent years have revealed instances in which TBML is used by known terrorist groups and other non-state armed groups, including Hezbollah, the Treasury Department’s June 2015 National Terrorist Financing Risk Assessment concluded that TBML is not a dominant method for terrorist financing. The United States is combating TBML in a number of ways:  The Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) issues advisories and geographic targeting orders and applies special measures to jurisdictions determined to be of primary money laundering concern.  The United States is also an active participant in the intergovernmental Financial Action Task Force (FATF), created in 1989 to develop and promote guidelines on anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT). FATF has addressed TBML methods and best practices to combat TBML in periodic reports and mutual evaluations of its members.  The U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), through its Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Homeland Security Investigations (ICE/HSI) unit, maintains a Trade Transparency Unit (TTU) in Washington, DC. The TTU has U.S. Department of State funding and Treasury Department support. DHS has since developed a network of counterpart TTUs in almost a dozen countries abroad. The TTUs examine trade anomalies and financial irregularities associated with TBML, customs fraud, contraband smuggling, and tax evasion. This report discusses the scope of the TBML problem and analyzes selected U.S. government policy responses to address TBML. It includes a listing of hearings in the 114th Congress that addressed TBML. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: R44541: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44541.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Contraband Smuggling Shelf Number: 144600

Author: San Diego Use of Force Task Force Title: Final Report Summary: Approximately one year ago, in response to growing local and nation-wide concern regarding use of force by law enforcement, Chief David Bejarano of the San Diego Police Department formed a Task Force to conduct a comprehensive analysis of the Department's use of force policies and procedures. The Task Force’s creation was announced during a City Council workshop in which the local concern over use of force issues was discussed. The Task Force's analysis included a review of Department policies and procedures in the areas of force, both lethal and non-lethal, training, pursuits, media issues, community issues, and interactions with the homeless and the mentally ill. As a result of this endeavor, the Task Force presents the following 100 recommendations for the Department’s and the community's consideration and implementation. The Task Force is comprised of 137 members – 71 community members and 66 members of the San Diego Police Department. The review was conducted by nine teams: four teams reviewed the various force procedures; the remaining five teams reviewed pursuit procedures, training, community issues, media issues, and mental health/homeless issues. The nine teams met regularly during the past year, sought input from the public and police officers, and submitted their recommendations to an Oversight Committee consisting of 18 community members and 16 members of the Department. Throughout their analysis, each committee's members reviewed past task force work, engaged in patrol ridealongs, attended academy training, and specifically sought input from the public. The Oversight Committee was tasked with coordinating the team's efforts and finalizing – without changing -- the various team recommendations for presentation to the community and the Department. Throughout the course of the Task Force review, three fundamental themes developed: (1) increasing the quality and quantity of communication between police officers and citizens at every level of interaction; (2) providing officers with all of the tools, training and reasonable and appropriate force options necessary to increase citizen and officer safety and law enforcement effectiveness; and (3) enhancing the community policing model presently used to lessen and ultimately eliminate the "us v. them" syndrome that so often exists between officers and the citizens they serve. The recommendations being presented in this report all relate to these three themes. It is the firm belief of the Task Force that the implementation of these recommendations will improve the overall quality and professionalism of the Department. Beyond the recommendations presented, the Task Force review has also made it clear that, for any of its efforts to succeed, the citizens of San Diego and the Department must form a partnership, a community alliance, to work together and to reaffirm that we are all in this together. We must strengthen our understanding that we are dependent upon each other for our safety, that our ultimate goal is an effective Police Department that is both respectful of the community it polices and respected by that same community. We must also understand that only together will we succeed. This community alliance is therefore fundamental to the implementation of every recommendation made by this Task Force. Early in our process, the Task Force focused on this alliance by ensuring that, in its structure and interactions, neither the community members nor the members of the Department controlled or directed the dialog. Together, in partnership, we discussed sensitive and contentious issues; together we broke down barriers. And, together we faced the reality of the attitude of "us v. them" that exists on both sides of the so-called "blue line." All of us on the Task Force learned that these barriers are a creation of both the community and the Department community. Ultimately, each of us has the same interest in the improved safety and well-being of our community. It is easy to review what an organization is doing and identify what can be done better. The difficult part is changing past beliefs and practices. We are engaged in a continuous process, and without that partnership and commitment, no real change can occur. For change to succeed there must be an absolute commitment from every element of Department leadership, beginning at the top, coupled with the fullest possible support from the officers on the street. In the past, there have been similar task forces, similarly motivated and well intentioned. Each time, the police and citizens came together; each time, policies and procedures were examined; each time, the standards were raised; and each time this partnership was dissolved and the dialog and collaboration ended. That cannot be permitted to happen again. The Task Force must remain constituted to track its recommendations and develop additional recommendations, as appropriate. The Department must be committed, as a matter of policy, to continue its dialog with the citizens of San Diego. To that end, the recommendations presented here are but the beginning of a process that will require every citizen to work toward the common goal of citizens and officers interacting with mutual respect, cooperation, and enhanced communication. Details: San Diego, CA: The Task Force, 2001. 136p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2017 at: https://www.sandiego.gov/police/news/flash/useofforcerecom Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 144603

Author: Gibbs, Jennifer C. Title: Meaning of Police Legitimacy Differs among Groups Summary: In the aftermath of recent high-profile cases of police use of deadly force, commentators have claimed there is a current "legitimacy crisis" in policing. What exactly legitimacy is, though, is up for debate. According to political scientists, legitimacy can be defined in terms of legality or lawfulness – whether the state and its representatives (i.e., the police) follow the law; in terms of morality – whether the state and its representatives respect the customs of various social groups; and through acts of consent – where the citizenry actively supports the state and its representatives through actions like reporting crime. Criminologists define police legitimacy as trust, the voluntary obligation to obey the law and police directives, procedural justice or fair treatment, outcome fairness, lawfulness, and effectiveness. Most surveys of public perceptions of police legitimacy use these definitions to assess which is most likely adopted by the public, but few have directly asked citizens how they define police legitimacy. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania State Data Center, Penn State Harrisburg, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed march 29, 2017 at: https://pasdc.hbg.psu.edu/sdc/pasdc_files/researchbriefs/PoliceLegitimacy_RB_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 144614

Author: Brezina, Timothy Title: Future Selves, Motivational Capital, and Mentoring Toward College: Assessing the Impact of an Enhanced Mentoring Program for At-Risk Youth Summary: This report presents the results of a 4-year evaluation of an enhanced mentoring program developed by Big Brothers Big Sisters of Metro Atlanta (BBBSMA). The evaluation project was sponsored by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP). Prior research indicates that mentoring programs are typically effective and yield positive effects across multiple developmental domains, including socio-emotional development (e.g., selfworth, relationships with parents and peers), academic functioning, and behavior (DuBois, Portillo, Rhodes, Silverthorn, & Valentine, 2011). The traditional community-based mentoring program delivered by BBBSMA is one of the best examples. The Big Brothers Big Sisters model is nationally-recognized, evidence-based, and seeks to match at-risk youth in the community with positive adult role models who can provide support and guidance. This model has demonstrated the ability to help at-risk youth and reduce problem behavior in controlled evaluations (e.g., Grossman & Tierney, 1998; DuBois et al., 2011). At the same time, despite some maturation of the mentoring field, the observed effects of mentoring programs on key youth outcomes are typically modest in size (DuBois et al., 2011; Tolan, Henry, Schoeny, & Bass, 2008) and have not increased appreciably in size over time (see DuBois, Holloway, Valentine, & Cooper, 2002). Although the temptation to expand existing programs is understandable, there exists a pressing need to identify specific programs and program characteristics that are associated with higher levels of effectiveness. Previous studies indicate that mentoring programs with the highest levels of effectiveness tend to enroll youth from higher-risk backgrounds, enroll a high proportion of male youth, and provide structured and purposeful roles for mentors as advocates for youth (DuBois et al., 2011; Kuperminc, Emshoff, Reiner, Secrest, Niolon, & Foster, 2005). As DuBois et al. (2011) observe, these findings "provide youth mentoring programs—many of which have gone to scale with models that lack specificity and nuance—with a useful point of departure in pursuing stronger and more consistent levels of effectiveness" (p. 79). Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250499.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 144616

Author: Oklahoma Department of Public Safety Title: The Execution of Clayton D. Lockett: Case Number 14--0189SI Summary: The State of Oklahoma, through the Office of the Attorney General (OAG), filed an Application for Execution Date for Clayton Derrell Lockett on January 13, 2014. Lockett had been convicted of first degree murder for a 1999 case in Noble County and sentenced to death. On January 22, the Oklahoma Court of Criminal Appeals ordered the execution to be set for March 20. Motions were later filed on behalf of Lockett and another offender sentenced to death, Charles Warner, that challenged Oklahoma's execution-secrecy law and execution protocol. On March 18, the Court of Criminal Appeals vacated Lockett's execution date and it was reset for April 22. This order also rescheduled Warner's execution from March 27 to April 29. On April 9, the Court of Criminal Appeals denied an application for stay made by both offenders. On April 21, the Oklahoma Supreme Court issued a stay of execution for Lockett and Warner. In response, Governor Mary Fallin issued Executive Order 2014-08, which granted a stay of Lockett's execution and rescheduled it for April 29, based on the Supreme Court not having constitutional authority to issue a stay. On April 23, the Supreme Court dissolved their stay. Between April 23 and April 29, an application for extraordinary relief was denied by the courts, as was another request for a stay. On the morning of April 29, Oklahoma Department of Corrections (DOC) personnel began procedures to prepare for Lockett's and Warner’s executions at the Oklahoma State Penitentiary (OSP) in McAlester, Oklahoma. Lockett's execution was scheduled to begin at 6:00 p.m. Lockett was removed from his cell that morning and taken to the Institutional Health Care Center (IHCC), located on prison grounds, for selfinflicted lacerations to the inside of his arms and his pre-execution medical examination. Lockett remained at IHCC until later that afternoon, when he was returned to H-Unit to await his execution. Lockett was taken to the execution chamber, placed onto the table, and after failed attempts in other locations, an intravenous (IV) line was started in Lockett's right groin area. On the order of Warden Anita Trammell, the administration of execution drugs began. Several minutes into the process, it was determined there was a problem with the IV patency. The execution was stopped and Lockett later died in the execution chamber. On April 30, Governor Fallin issued Executive Order 2014-11, which appointed Secretary of Safety and Security and Department of Public Safety (DPS) Commissioner Michael Thompson to conduct an independent review of the events leading up to and during Lockett's execution. This order stated the review should include: 1. An inquiry into the cause of death by a forensic pathologist; 2. An inquiry into whether DOC correctly followed their current protocol for executions; 3. Recommendations to improve the execution protocol used by DOC. The order further directed that the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) authorize the Southwestern Institute of Forensics Science (SWIFS) in Dallas, Texas to perform the autopsy, additional examination, and all other related testing of Lockett's remains. In order to effectuate the examination, OCME was directed to transport Lockett's remains to and from SWIFS. OCME was also ordered to appropriately maintain Lockett’s remains until they were released to his family. Commissioner Thompson assembled a team of DPS investigators to conduct this investigation and report its findings. This executive summary, along with its attachments and supporting documentation, are the result of the investigation conducted by this team. Details: Oklahoma City: Oklahoma Department of Public Safety, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://deathpenaltyinfo.org/documents/LockettInvestigationReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 144621

Author: Rutherford Institute Title: Constitutional Q&A: The Legality of Stop and ID Procedures Summary: We are not supposed to be living in a "show me your papers" society. Despite this, the U.S. government has recently introduced measures allowing police and other law enforcement officials to stop individuals (citizens and noncitizens alike), demand they identify themselves, and subject them to patdowns, warrantless searches, and interrogations. These actions fly in the face of longstanding constitutional safeguards forbidding such police state tactics. In 2017, for example, Customs and Border Protection (CBP) agents boarded a plane at New York’s JFK Airport and demanded that all persons on board show “documents” identifying themselves before they would be allowed to leave the plane. While such a demand might be legal if made to a person trying to cross the border into the United States, it plainly violates the Fourth Amendment's ban on unreasonable searches and seizures to stop and demand identification from persons who are already legally within the country. Government agencies insist that such stop-and-ID procedures are necessary to combat illegal immigration, especially at border crossings. But border crossings are unique circumstances in which the government may legally demand that travelers identify themselves and subject them to "routine" searches of their belongings. Nevertheless, the government has opened itself up to serious legal challenges by making the dubious claim that border agents also possess the authority to demand travelers divulge the passwords for their social media accounts and electronic devices in order to search for evidence of wrongdoing, regardless of whether agents have any suspicions whatsoever. By exploiting a loophole in the Fourth Amendment for border searches, government agents are now seeking access to virtually all digital records for the purpose of conducting criminal investigations and intelligence surveillance. In conducting such searches, government agents not only gain access to private information stored on the devices but also to the wealth of personal information stored remotely "in the cloud" and accessible through the devices. Border agents are also targeting their demands at minorities (particularly Muslims) and journalists, filmmakers and activists who have been critical of the government in an attempt to chill First Amendment rights. As a result, border searches of electronic devices increased five-fold between 2015 and 2016 and continue to rise. Such tactics quickly lead one down a slippery slope that ends with government agents empowered to subject anyone—citizen and noncitizen alike—to increasingly intrusive demands that they prove not only that they are legally in the country, but also that they are in compliance with every statute and regulation on the books. This flies in the face of the provisions of the Fourth Amendment to the United States Constitution, which declares that all persons have the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures by government agents. At a minimum, the Fourth Amendment protects the American people from undue government interference with their movement and from baseless interrogation about their identities or activities. Unless police have reasonable suspicion that a person is guilty of wrongdoing, they have no legal authority to stop the person and require identification. In other words, "we the people" have the right to come and go as we please without the fear of being questioned by police or forced to identify ourselves. Moreover, in the absence of a court-issued warrant, all persons within the United States have the right to not be searched by government agents or forced to reveal the contents of their wallets, their mobile devices or any other personal property. Unfortunately, far-reaching surveillance by the government and its corporate allies has contributed to a climate in which the Fourth Amendment's robust assurance of privacy and safeguards against government overreach have been severely eroded. From the use of license plate readers that monitor our driving habits in real time to the National Security Agency's massive collection of data about our telephone use, the government is continually seeking to know all it can about our private lives and is exploiting every opportunity to expand the reach of its surveillance. This shift towards a surveillance state where our actions are constantly watched and recorded becomes more ominous with every passing day. Nevertheless, there are limits to what the government can lawfully do and demand in its interactions with the public. The following Constitutional Q&A provides insight into the rights of the public when faced with attempts by the government to unlawfully stop them, demand their identification, and search their belongings, both within the domestic United States and at international border crossings. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Rutherford Institute, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://rutherford.org/files_images/general/Rutherford_QA_Stop-and-ID.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 144626

Author: Pennsylvania. General Assembly. Joint State Government Commission Title: Protection from Abuse Orders in Pennsylvania: A Staff Study Summary: Usually depicting a young woman holding a large gun, memes like the one quoted above proliferate on social media. Their popularity tends to increase whenever an incident of domestic violence gains particular notoriety in the press. Following the shooting of a city police officer responding to a domestic incident in Chester, Pennsylvania, Police Commissioner Joseph Bail was quoted as saying "PFAs are only a piece of paper. How do you protect a woman with a piece of paper? The Legislature needs to put some teeth in the law." Little more than a year later, an incident in which a woman was shot and killed by her ex-boyfriend at a popular cultural venue in Central Pennsylvania provided the impetus for this study. The woman had obtained a protection from abuse order (PFA) against the killer, who despite laws prohibiting his ownership of a firearm under those circumstances, managed to obtain a gun. In 2015, 68 women and 45 men died in domestic violence incidents, 54 percent of them the victims of shootings. While the majority of PFA orders function as they should and do not result in violence, sometimes when they fail people die. News stories from around Pennsylvania highlight the issue: • "Officials detail Thursday shooting of Canonsburg officers." A pregnant woman, who had a final order of protection from abuse against her husband, was murdered at her home by him. He then killed himself, but not before shooting and killing a police officer and wounding another who had come to the home in response to a domestic disturbance call. The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, November 12, 2016. • "Allentown man admits vicious Bethlehem attack day after PFA order." The day after his girlfriend received a PFA order against him, the confessed attacker came to her house and severely beat another man who was at the house. The Morning Call, October 15, 2016. • "Man charged with violating restraining order after fire destroys Washington Township house." A man was arrested for violating a PFA order obtained by his estranged wife after he came to her home, tied her up and held a gun to her head. When she managed to escape, he set fire to her home. The Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, October 9, 2016. • "Man with PFA against him found with 2 guns." Responding to a call reporting an assault, a man was arrested for assault and for violating a PFA order that prohibited him from possessing firearms. Lehigh Valley News, September 29, 2016. • "Homicide victim had PFA against estranged husband." Less than a month after receiving a final PFA order against her husband, a woman was fatally shot at her home. The York Daily Record, September 13, 2016. • "Alleged crossbow killer of new wife was under court order to avoid ex-wife, kids in Carbon County." A man was the subject of a PFA order from his ex-wife when he alleged killed his new wife. The man had recently lost custody of his children by his ex-wife and his former father-in-law believed that he possessed weapons in his home and was angry and dangerous. The father-in-law contacted police, who indicated that they did not have the authority to search the man's home for weapons. The former father-in-law expressed the belief that if his former son-in-law had been relieved of all weapons at the time the PFA order was issued to his ex-wife, his new wife might not have been killed. The Morning Call, June 30, 2016. • "Victims and gunman identified in 'double murder-suicide' in Johnstown shooting.” A PFA order was in place against a man, who shot and killed his wife and son before killing himself. WJACTV, June 25, 2016. • "Woman ordered to stand trial for husband’s death in McKeesport." Upon advice of police, a man had prepared a handwritten request on a court form for a PFA order against his wife. She shot and killed him before he could file the form. WTAE.com, June 5, 2016. • "Man Accused of Violating PFA Fatally Wounded in Police-Involved Shooting." Police were called to the scene where a man was allegedly violating a PFA order. When he saw the police, the man attempted to carjack a passerby and was shot by police. Pittsburgh CBS Local KDKA, March 21, 2016. • "Police search for ‘armed and dangerous’ suspect after shooting in Reading." Shortly after his wife obtained a PFA order against him and he was evicted from the family home, a man allegedly went to his home and shot his wife in the chest multiple times. Berks Regional News, November 22, 2015. • "Murder victim filed PFA against alleged killer." A woman had obtained a restraining order against her former boyfriend one week before he fatally shot her. The Citizens Voice (Wilkes-Barre), June 4, 2015. • "District Attorney seeks death penalty in death of Valerie Morrow." Three hours after he was served with a PFA order obtained by his former girlfriend, a man shot and killed his ex-girlfriend, wounded her daughter and was charged with aggravated assault against the woman’s new husband. Press Release, Office of the Delaware County District Attorney, September 14, 2015. The incident occurred on December 15, 2014. In recognition that protection from abuse orders can be violated with fatal consequences, 2016 House Resolution No. 735 directs the staff of the Joint State Government Commission to "take another look at the law in order to identify 'blind spots' or 'gaps' that may be subjecting victims to unreasonable risk of additional harm. The study will examine not only the letter of the law, but also the practices and procedures surrounding its implementation. While this study in no way recommends "teaching your daughter to shoot," it is the hope that the recommendations contained herein with eliminate or severely restrict the opportunities for mayhem hidden in law and practice that give rise that sentiment. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 29, 2017 at: http://jsg.legis.state.pa.us/resources/documents/ftp/publications/2016-11-15%20PFA%20REPORT%20FOR%20WEBSITE%2011.14.16%201pm%20WB.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 144630

Author: Polaris Project Title: The Typology of Modern Slavery: Defining Sex and Labor Trafficking in the United States Summary: For the last 15 years, people in the modern anti-trafficking field have struggled to identify and disrupt human trafficking networks in the United States. This movement to stop modern slavery has confronted many challenges, and one of the most significant has been the absence of data that shows how human trafficking operates. To eradicate human trafficking networks and help survivors, we must be able to identify and disrupt the manifestations of trafficking in our communities. From sex trafficking within escort services to labor trafficking of farmworkers, the ways humans are exploited differ greatly. Each type has unique strategies for recruiting and controlling victims, and concealing the crime. For years, we have been staring at an incomplete chess game, moving pieces without seeing hidden squares or fully understanding the power relationships between players. Many efforts to combat trafficking have generalized across too many types and created overly generic resources and responses. For example, if an anti-trafficking group is providing a training for hotels, generic "Human Trafficking 101" training is less effective than training that focuses on the types of trafficking that actually use hotels as part of their business model. With The Typology of Modern Slavery, our blurry understanding of the scope of the crime is now coming into sharper focus. Polaris analyzed more than 32,000 cases of human trafficking documented between December 2007 and December 2016 through its operation of the National Human Trafficking Hotline and BeFree Textline. This is the largest data set on human trafficking in the United States ever compiled and publically analyzed. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: https://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Polaris-Typology-of-Modern-Slavery.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 144631

Author: Martinez, Daniel E. Title: The Crossing Experience: Unauthorized Migration along the Arizona-Sonora Border Summary: The present study utilizes survey data (n = 415) collected in the Migrant Border Crossing Study from repatriated Mexican migrants to examine three important questions regarding unauthorized migration attempts through southern Arizona. First, what factors explicate migrants' modes of crossing? Second, do coyote fees vary among people who rely on smuggling services to cross the border? If so, what accounts for this variation? Third, what factors shape encounters with bajadores while traversing the desert? The present analyses expand on previous studies examining the unauthorized crossing in multiple ways. For instance, I empirically test the role of a "culture of migration" in explaining modes of crossing, coyote fees, and bajador encounters. I also differentiate between two main types of coyotes: "border business" and "interior." I then examine whether crossing with a coyote mediates the risk of encountering bajadores during the journey. Overall, there are important differences in crossing modes and coyote fees. Women are more likely to travel with both coyote types, while the opposite is true for more experienced migrants. Older migrants and people who cross during summer months are less likely to travel with an "interior" coyote. The strongest predictor of higher smuggling fees is the region of a person's U.S. destination. Higher coyote fees are also associated with immigrants' higher educational attainment, being married, being the sole economic provider for one's household, and higher household income. More experienced migrants, and those crossing in larger groups or during the summer also pay higher fees, however fees do not vary by gender, age, or social capital. These findings are somewhat consistent with the extant literature on human capital and risk tolerance/aversion, but run counter to the vast migration literature emphasizing the importance of social capital in the migration process. Finally, the risk of encountering bajadores is not higher for males, young adults, the less educated, and the more impoverished, which contradicts extant findings in the victimology literature. With the exception of crossing corridor and time spent in the desert, no other factors increase the risk of encountering bandits more than traveling with a coyote. Implications and possible future research are discussed. TYPE: Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, 2013. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: http://arizona.openrepository.com/arizona/handle/10150/293415 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bandits Shelf Number: 144640

Author: Derrick-Mills, Teresa Title: Bridging Research and Practice for Juvenile Justice: Systematizing the Approach Summary: In 2015, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) entered into a cooperative agreement with the Urban Institute (Urban) to develop the Bridging Research and Practice Project to Advance Juvenile Justice and Safety (Bridge Project). The Bridge Project aims to facilitate the translation of juvenile justice research into actionable policy and practice changes through the development of practitioner-friendly, application-ready products. In the first year of the project, Urban's team of multidisciplinary researchers focused on identifying areas where research is not fully informing policy and practice. Using a systematic approach, the Urban team identified Applying a Child and Adolescent Developmental Approach to Practice as a pressing gap in the field—one in which practitioners, stakeholders, researchers, and national experts agreed that few practical tools for translation exist. As part of the systematic approach to identifying this focus area, the Urban team conducted literature and resource scans across a range of issue areas to become familiar with research, efforts, and initiatives in the field; synthesized findings from implementation research to ground the translation process; solicited input from the field through two focus groups and 32 in-depth interviews with key practitioners, researchers, and national experts (Love and Harvell 2016); and collaborated with OJJDP, including its research team, to ensure the proposed topic fit within current priorities. In every stage of these efforts, the developmental approach emerged as a pressing research-to-practice gap with few resources to help practitioners apply it in their daily practice. Though most key informants were aware of the importance of incorporating findings from developmental research in their work, many pointed to a gap in resources outlining how to do so effectively when working with system-involved youth. This document provides an overview of the project approach in four stages: (1) deciding what to translate, (2) translating the evidence into practice, (3) designing and developing products, and (4) disseminating work products. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/86726/bridging_research_and_practice_for_juvenile_justice.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Research Shelf Number: 144641

Author: Jackson, James K. Title: The Financial Action Task Force: An Overview Summary: The National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, or the 9/11 Commission, recommended that tracking terrorist financing "must remain front and center in U.S. counterterrorism efforts" (see The 9/11 Commission Report: Final Report of the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, U.S. Government Printing Office, July, 2004. p. 382). As part of these efforts, the United States plays a leading role in the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (FATF). The independent, intergovernmental policymaking body was established by the 1989 G-7 Summit in Paris as a result of growing concerns among the summit participants about the threat posed to the international banking system by money laundering. After September 11, 2001, the body expanded its role to include identifying sources and methods of terrorist financing and adopted nine special recommendations on terrorist financing to track terrorists' funds. The scope of activity of FATF was broadened as a result of the 2008-2009 global financial crisis, since financial systems in distress can be more vulnerable to abuse for illegal activities. More recently, the FATF added the proliferation of financing of weapons of mass destruction as one of its areas of surveillance. In April, 2012, the member countries adopted a remodeled set of Forty Recommendations and renewed the FATF's mandate through December 31, 2020. This report provides an overview of the task force and of its progress to date in gaining broad international support for its recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: RS21904: Accessed March 30, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RS21904.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 144646

Author: Resource Development Associates Title: Evaluation of San Jose's Mayor's Gang Prevention Task Force Summary: Since 2011, the City of San Jose's Parks, Recreation and Neighborhood Services (PRNS) has partnered with Resource Development Associates (RDA) and Dr. Jeffrey Butts from John Jay College of Criminal Justice to conduct an evaluation of the Mayor's Gang Prevention Task Force (MGPTF). Since its inception, the MGPTF has gained widespread acclaim. In 2008, the National League of Cities and National Center on Crime and Delinquency recognized the initiative as a promising approach . In 2010, the National Forum on Youth Violence Prevention invited the City of San José to join as one of six cities in the nation working with federal agencies to share promising strategies and identify opportunities for federal agencies to enhance support local efforts . Despite this acclaim, there has not been a comprehensive, rigorous evaluation of the Task Force to shed light on the factors that have made it successful over time, nor to examine its impact on the community. This evaluation responds to that need by examining (1) the evolution and implementation of the MGPTF over 20 years and (2) the associations between MGPTF activities and youth outcomes and gang violence over 20 years. Conclusions Since 1991, the City of San Jose has worked with an extensive network of City, County, and community stakeholders to implement a coordinated service and suppression infrastructure to promote successful youth outcomes and ensure public safety via the Mayor's Gang Prevention Task Force. As one of the first efforts of its kind, MGPTF has simultaneously drawn from best practices and research guidance while also building its own set of practices that have been part of the roadmap for how other cities work collaboratively to address youth crime. Over time, MGPTF's unique combination of structure and flexibility along with the commitment of its diverse stakeholders to work together toward a common end has helped the Task Force endure across multiple mayoral administrations, ebbs and flows in funding availability, and an array of other changes to the lager landscape in which MGPTF operates. Further, more than 25 years after the City of San Jose first established its commitment to reducing youth crime and the underlying causes thereof, there is now a sizeable body of data demonstrating the impact of MGPTF's efforts— especially the BEST services—on youth crime. Looking across the City of San José, within specific zip codes, and at individual service recipients all evidence the critical impact that MGTPF and the BEST programs have had on San José youth. Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250620.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 144684

Author: Pesta, George Title: Translational Criminology -- Research and Public Policy: Final Summary Report Summary: The translation of knowledge from research to policy and practice is a varied, dynamic, and sequential process in criminal justice. This translational process can often involve competing ideologies, fear, public pressure, media scrutiny, bureaucratic resistance, and other influences. As a result, how and under what specific mechanisms research is acquired, interpreted, and effectively employed by policymakers and criminal justice practitioners remains unclear. The growing mandate for evidence-based policies and practices makes it imperative to identify and understand the specific mechanisms of knowledge translation within criminal justice. This report provides findings from a case study on translational criminology in Florida. It describes the process of knowledge translation and implementation of research evidence by statelevel decision-makers in the fields of juvenile and adult corrections. The case study involved gathering and analyzing data from multiple sources that included: (1) an extensive review and coding of the relevant prior literature on research and public policy in criminal justice, (2) openended interviews with key state agency and legislative practitioners and policymakers, (3) interviews with well-established academic researchers in adult and juvenile corrections, (4) close-ended web-based surveys of the participating researchers, policymakers and practitioners, (5) a review of relevant legislative and state agency documents, and (6) observations of archived legislative public hearings and committee meetings. Findings suggest that government sponsored or conducted research, peer networking, and evidence provided by intermediary policy and research organizations were more frequently accessed ways of transferring research knowledge than academic peer-reviewed publications and expert testimony. In addition, this study found that the process and model most often associated with successful research knowledge translation in corrections was the interaction model. We found that successful research knowledge translation in corrections is more likely to occur when researchers and practitioners regularly interact. The study also yielded policy implications; among them was that academics could do more to reach out and work with policymakers and practitioners. Details: Tallahassee, FL: College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Florida State University, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250597.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 144685

Author: Independent Commission on New York City Criminal Justice and Incarceration Reform Title: A More Just New York City Summary: In her 2016 State of the City address, New York City Council Speaker Melissa Mark-Viverito called for fundamental criminal justice reform. Titling her speech "More Justice," Mark-Viverito announced the creation of an independent commission to explore "how we can get the population of Rikers [Island] to be so small that the dream of shutting it down becomes a reality." The Speaker appointed former New York State Chief Judge Jonathan Lippman to chair the Independent Commission on New York City Criminal Justice and Incarceration Reform. Under Judge Lippman's leadership, 27 commissioners were selected, including leaders in business, philanthropy, academia, law, and social services, as well as those with personal experience being held on Rikers Island. Several organizations from the non-profit and private sectors were engaged to provide research and strategic support, including the Center for Court Innovation, Latham & Watkins LLP, Vera Institute of Justice, CUNY Institute for State and Local Governance, Forest City Ratner Companies, Global Strategy Group, and HR&A Advisors. To ensure its independence, the Commission relied on philanthropic support, taking no money from government or political entities. For more than one year, the Commission has studied the City’s criminal justice system, and Rikers Island in particular. In addition to gathering formal testimony and interviewing a wide range of experts—city officials, corrections staff, formerly incarcerated New Yorkers and their families, prosecutors, defense attorneys, clergy, service providers, advocates, and others—the Commission undertook a far-reaching community engagement process, including meetings with the faith community, design workshops, public roundtables throughout the City, and a website to solicit public input. The Commission also performed in-depth data analysis and evaluated model programs and practices from across the country and around the world. Jail in New York City The presumption of innocence is one of the foundations of the American legal system. Yet on any given day, three-quarters of the roughly 9,700 people held in New York City’s jails are awaiting the outcome of their case, nearly all of them because they cannot afford bail. These individuals have been found guilty of no crime. Research shows that incarceration begets incarceration. Spending time behind bars also begets other problems, including eviction, unemployment, and family dysfunction. These burdens fall disproportionately on communities of color. On any given day, nine out of ten people being held behind bars in New York City are either Black (55 percent) or Latino (34 percent). The vast majority of those incarcerated in New York City, more than 7,500, are housed in nine jails located on Rikers Island (the rest are held in smaller facilities around the City). Many of these facilities are falling apart. And many lack the kinds of basic services, including air conditioning and space for social services, that are essential to a modern correctional system. This creates a toxic environment for everyone—both those being held and those doing the guarding. The Commission heard multiple reports of mistreatment on Rikers Island, ranging from small, daily humiliations to occasional acts of shocking brutality. Much of this testimony confirmed the stark conclusion of the U.S. Attorney’s Office in Manhattan: there is a deep-seat- ed culture of violence on Rikers Island. Another problem is physical isolation. Rikers Island is located far from the City’s courthouses and neighborhoods. It is accessible only by a narrow bridge. The Department of Correction spends $31 million annually transporting defendants back and forth to courthouses and appointments off the Island. Visiting a loved one on Rikers can take an entire day, forcing people to miss work and make costly arrangements for child care. Rikers's inaccessibility also presents challenges for the men and women who work there. The Commission heard from corrections officers who slept in their cars between shifts rather than travel home to be with their families. Perhaps most importantly, Rikers's isolation encourages an "out-of-sight, out-of-mind" dynamic, to the detriment of all parties. Rikers Island essentially functions as an expensive penal colony. The Commission has estimated that the annual price of housing someone in a New York City jail is $247,000. The costs, both moral and financial, of this arrangement might be readily borne by New York City taxpayers if there were compelling evidence that it helped to keep the City safe. But no such evidence exists. For more than 20 years, New York City has successfully driven down both crime and incarceration, a trend which has continued under Mayor Bill de Blasio. The City has proven that more jail does not equal more public safety. Indeed, an emerging body of research suggests that jail can actually undermine public safety, encouraging criminal behavior and undermining the stability of families and communities. Details: New York: The Commission, 2017. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/577d72ee2e69cfa9dd2b7a5e/t/58e0d7c08419c29a7b1f2da8/1491130312339/Independent+Commission+Final+Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 144694

Author: Herman, Sarah S. Title: State and Local "Sanctuary" Policies Limiting Participation in Immigration Enforcement Summary: The federal government is vested with the exclusive power to create rules governing which aliens may enter the United States and which aliens may be removed. However, the impact of alien migration "whether lawful or unlawful" is arguably felt most directly in the communities where aliens reside. State and local responses to unlawfully present aliens within their jurisdictions have varied considerably, particularly as to the role that state and local police should play in enforcing federal immigration law. While some states and municipalities actively participate in or cooperate with federal immigration enforcement efforts, others have actively opposed federal immigration authorities' efforts to identify and remove certain unlawfully present aliens within their jurisdictions. Entities that have adopted such policies are sometimes referred to as "sanctuary" jurisdictions. There is no official, formal, or agreed-upon definition of what constitutes a "sanctuary" jurisdiction, and there has been debate as to whether the term applies to particular states and localities. Moreover, state and local jurisdictions might have varied reasons for opting not to cooperate with federal immigration enforcement efforts, including for reasons not necessarily motivated by disagreement with federal policies, such as concern about potential civil liability or the costs associated with assisting federal efforts. Having said that, traditional sanctuary policies are often described as falling under one of three categories. First, so-called "don't enforce" policies generally bar the state or local police from assisting federal immigration authorities. Second, "don't ask" policies generally bar certain state or local officials from inquiring into a person’s immigration status. Third, "don't tell" policies typically restrict information sharing between state or local law enforcement and federal immigration authorities. This report provides examples of various state and local laws and policies that fall into one of these sanctuary categories. The report also discusses federal measures designed to counteract sanctuary policies. For instance, Section 434 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act (PRWORA) and Section 642 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act (IIRIRA) were enacted to curb state and local restrictions on information sharing with federal immigration authorities. Additionally, the report discusses legal issues relevant to sanctuary policies. In particular, the report examines the extent to which states, as sovereign entities, may decline to assist in federal immigration enforcement and the degree to which the federal government can stop state measures that undermine federal objectives in a manner that is consistent with the Supremacy Clause and the Tenth Amendment. Indeed, the federal government's power to regulate the immigration and status of aliens within the United States is substantial and exclusive. Under the doctrine of preemption "derived from the Supremacy Clause" Congress may invalidate or displace state laws pertaining to immigration. This action may be done expressly or impliedly, for instance, when federal regulation occupies an entire field or when state law interferes with a federal regulatory scheme. However, not every state or local law related to immigration is preempted by federal law, especially when the local law involves the police powers to promote public health, safety, and welfare reserved to the states via the Tenth Amendment. Further, the anti-commandeering principles derived from the Tenth Amendment prohibit the federal government from directing states and localities to implement a federal regulatory program, like immigration. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Services, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: R44795: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R44795.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 144696

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives' Management and Oversight of Confidential Informants Summary: The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) uses confidential informants (CI) to assist in its law enforcement efforts by providing information related to unlawful activity. According to ATF officials, ATF would not be able to accomplish its mission without the use of CIs. ATF managed 1,855 active CIs as of January 2016, and it spent approximately $4.3 million annually on its CI Program in fiscal years (FY) 2012 through 2015. The use of CIs, however, comes with risks. For example, CIs may be associated with illicit activities and can be motivated by many factors other than a desire to assist law enforcement, including financial gain and avoidance of punishment. Therefore, ATF must implement controls and execute significant management oversight to mitigate the risks inherent to its CI Program. To address these risks, the Attorney General's Guidelines Regarding the Use of Confidential Informants (AG Guidelines) provides Department-wide guidance on various CI matters, including determining the suitability of individual CIs, providing enhanced oversight of high-risk CIs, such as those who meet certain annual and lifetime payment thresholds, and those who fall into certain high-risk categories. In accordance with the AG Guidelines, in 2012 ATF developed a CI policy that provides agency-specific guidance on the use of CIs.1 The objective of this audit was to evaluate ATF's policies and practices for the identification, approval, and oversight of its confidential informants. We focused our evaluation on the completeness, accuracy, and reliability of ATF CI-related information; ATF's administrative oversight of its CI Program; and ATF’s implementation of CI-related policies. Overall, we concluded that, while ATF's CI policies generally aligned with the AG Guidelines, ATF's oversight of its CI Program required significant improvement. ATF's management of its CI Program was largely decentralized, and ATF did not have reasonable assurance that some of the most fundamental information it maintained about the program was complete and accurate. As a result, we believe that ATF was not able to ensure that it had the level of oversight of its CI Program that is required by the AG Guidelines, and that ATF was not able to administer its CI Program in a manner that is reflective of the importance of the program, or its risks. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: https://www.oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/a1717.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Confidential Informants Shelf Number: 144698

Author: International Crisis Group Title: Counter-terrorism Pitfalls: What the U.S. Fight against ISIS and al-Qaeda Should Avoid Summary: In pledging to destroy the Islamic State (ISIS), U.S. President Donald J. Trump looks set to make counter-terrorism a centrepiece of his foreign policy. His administration's determination against groups that plot to kill Americans is understandable, but it should be careful when fighting jihadists not to play into their hands. The risks include angering local populations whose support is critical, picking untimely or counterproductive fights and neglecting the vital role diplomacy and foreign aid must play in national security policy. Most importantly, aggressive counter-terrorism operations should not inadvertently fuel other conflicts and deepen the disorder that both ISIS and al-Qaeda exploit. The new U.S. administration has inherited military campaigns that are eating deep into ISIS's self-proclaimed caliphate. Much of Mosul, its last urban stronghold in Iraq, has been recaptured; Raqqa, its capital in Syria, is encircled. Its decisive defeat is still a remote prospect while the Syrian war rages and Sunnis' place in Iraqi politics is uncertain. The threat it poses will evolve in its heartlands and elsewhere, as fighters disperse. But ISIS is in retreat, its brand diminished. For many adherents, its allure was its territorial expansion; with that gone, its leaders are struggling to redefine success. Al-Qaeda could prove harder to suppress. Its affiliates fight across numerous war zones in coalitions with other armed groups, its operatives are embedded in local militias, and it shows more pragmatic adaptability to local conditions. Though the roots of ISIS's rise and al-Qaeda's resurgence are complex and varied, the primary catalyst has been the turmoil across parts of the Muslim world. Both movements grow when things fall apart, less because their ideology inspires wide appeal than by offering protection or firepower against enemies, rough law and order where no one else can or by occupying a vacuum and forcing communities to acquiesce. The U.S. can do only so much to reboot Arab politics, remake regional orders or repair cracked fault lines, but its counter-terrorism strategy cannot ignore the upheaval. So long as wars continue and chaos persists, jihadism will thrive, whatever ISIS's immediate fate. In particular, the new administration should avoid: 1. Angering communities. Campaigns against jihadists hinge on winning over the population in which they operate. Offensives against Mosul, Raqqa or elsewhere need to avoid destruction but also need plans to preserve gains, prevent reprisals, stabilise liberated cities and rebuild them; as yet, no such plan for Raqqa seems to exist. "Targeted" strikes that kill civilians and alienate communities, as appears to have been the case in the January Yemen raid and the 16 March strike in Syria's Aleppo province, are counterproductive, regardless of immediate yield. Loosening rules and oversight designed to protect civilians, as has been suggested, would be a mistake. 2. Aggravating other fronts. The new administration’s fight against ISIS and al-Qaeda intersects a tinderbox of wars and regional rivalries. No regional state's interests dovetail precisely with those of the U.S.; few consider jihadists their top priority; most are more intent on strengthening their hand against traditional rivals. The U.S. should be careful that the Raqqa campaign does not stimulate fighting elsewhere, particularly among Turkish and Kurdish forces and their respective allies. Success in Mosul hinges on preventing the forces involved (the Iraqi army, Kurdish peshmerga units, Shiite militias and Sunni tribes; Turkey and Iran) battling for turf after ousting ISIS. Likewise, support for Gulf allies should not mean a blank check for the Saudi-led Yemen campaign, which – if wrongly prosecuted – would play further into al-Qaeda’s hands. 3. Picking other fights. Confronting Iran, which the administration identifies as a priority alongside the fight against ISIS and al-Qaeda, requires careful consideration. Militarily battling Tehran in Iraq, Yemen or Syria, questioning the nuclear deal’s validity or imposing sanctions that flout its spirit could provoke asymmetric responses via non-state allies and put Iraq's government in an untenable position. Iran's behaviour across the region is often destabilising and, by aggravating sectarian tensions, provides fodder to jihadist groups; as with similar conduct by others, it calls for a calibrated U.S. response. But the answer ultimately lies in dampening the Iranian-Saudi rivalry, not stimulating it with the attendant risk of escalating proxy wars across the region and reinforcing sectarian currents that buoy jihadists. Similarly, sabre-rattling with China hinders diplomacy with Pakistan and thus efforts to stabilise Afghanistan; effective counter-terrorism in South Asia requires cooperation with Beijing. 4. Defining the enemy too broadly. ISIS and al-Qaeda thrive on confusion generated by how the U.S. defines its foe: violent jihadists, political Islam or Muslims as a whole. Designating the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist group would be a self-inflicted wound, alienating an ideological and political counterweight to jihadism. Similarly, many armed groups fight beside al-Qaeda in alliances that are tactical and do not signal support for jihadists’ goals of attacking the West or establishing a caliphate. Prising them away from al-Qaeda would be wiser than fighting them all. 5. Neglecting peace processes. From Libya to Somalia, Syria, Iraq, Yemen and Afghanistan, no country where ISIS or al-Qaeda branches hold territory has a single force strong enough to secure the whole country. Without accommodation, factions will either ally with jihadists against rivals or use the fight against them for other ends. Backing forces for counter-terrorism while neglecting efforts to promote compromise will deepen instability. 6. Fighting terrorism without diplomacy. Navigating allies’ rivalries, preventing a free-for-all in Mosul, managing the fallout from Raqqa, mediating between Afghan, Iraqi or Libyan factions – all are diplomats’ work. Multilateral engagement matters too, whether to back UN mediation, enlist its help for reconstruction and stabilisation or use UN and other multilateral frameworks for counter-terrorism cooperation. Staffing the State Department's top levels and sustaining its expertise are priorities. The cuts proposed to U.S. diplomacy and foreign assistance, including to the UN’s budget, would damage U.S. security. Details: Brussels: International Crisis Group, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report No. 3: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: https://d2071andvip0wj.cloudfront.net/003-counter-terrorism-pitfalls.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: al-Qaeda Shelf Number: 144702

Author: Salisbury, Emily J. Title: Youth Victims of Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking Clark County Juvenile Court: Implementing an Identification and Diversion Process Summary: Rationale for InterCSECt Children in custody settings frequently have characteristics that parallel those of victims of commercial sexual exploitation (CSEC). With this in mind, detention officers and probation counselors often have more interaction with possible victims than other agencies providing youth services. Implementing a screening protocol at the time of intake provides detention officers the opportunity to intervene and break the cycle of victimization. This identification process has successfully identified victims, increased victim access to community services and legal advocates, and assisted law enforcement in holding the abusers accountable. Most importantly, this provides an opportunity to acknowledge the victimization of these youth and present them an opportunity to escape a traumatic and violent cycle. In this vein, the InterCSECt protocol and referral process is intentionally advocacy centered. Services offered to suspected or confirmed victims are voluntary. InterCSECt Instrument and Protocol The instrument is a brief, semi-structured interview asking non-invasive questions that reflect common characteristics among sexually exploited youth. Questions focus on a child’s runaway history (looking for chronic runaways), the number and location of contacts with law enforcement (self-reported and confirmed through official record), and current living situation (focus on unwillingness to provide address, "couch-surfing," boyfriends, etc.). Additionally, the tool incorporates a behavioral observation component to assist in identifying potential cues of victimization, such as excessive cash, hotel keys, tattoos, brands, officer report, arrest location, associates, and/or concerning comments made by youth. InterCSECt emphasizes the importance of mandatory reporting, focusing on any and all physical or sexual abuse reported during the intake process. The presence of risk factors would result in an immediate referral to trauma-informed advocates. Advocates subsequently collaborate with suspected or confirmed victims (with her/his consent), and connect with services using an established case management, wraparound process with a multidisciplinary team. It is critical that the case management and referral process be established prior to implementation of the InterCSECt instrument in order to ensure services are available, thus minimizing harm to possible victims. The multidisciplinary team is comprised of representatives from law enforcement, medical (SANE Nurses), mental health, juvenile justice, advocacy, shelter, and education (SRO's). Members of this team will receive education and training on CSEC and the InterCSECt protocol. Details: Portland, OR: Criminal Justice Policy Research Institute, Portland State University, 2011. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: https://www.pdx.edu/cjpri/sites/www.pdx.edu.cjpri/files/DMST%20CCJC%20Report-Without%20Appendices_0.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 144705

Author: Matz, Adam K. Title: Enhancing Community Supervision: A Unified Voice for Community Corrections Concerning Police-Probation/Parole Partnerships Summary: Formalized police-probation/parole partnerships reached prominence in the mid-to-late 1990s elevated by the perceived successes of Boston’s Operation Night Light, a component of the larger gun violence initiative known as CeaseFire (Braga, Kennedy, Waring, & Piehl, 2001; Corbett, 1998). Despite limited empirical evidence to confirm their impact on crime trends, Night Light programs were replicated elsewhere throughout the U.S. (International Association of Chiefs of Police [IACP], 2007a, 2007b, 2012; Matz & Kim, 2013). At the time, federal funding was plentiful; however, by the mid-2000s, many programs such as Texas’ Project Spotlight would cease formal operations as the U.S. entered into a time of economic instability (Beto, 2005). Later research would show partnerships would continue informally, as they had existed previously for decades (Kim, Gerber, & Beto, 2010; Kim, Gerber, Beto, & Lambert, 2013; Kim, Matz, Gerber, Beto, & Lambert, 2013). While considerable research on partnerships had been levied concerning police officer perceptions and operations, few studies examined probation/parole perceptions, with one qualitative study conducted in an unnamed Pennsylvania county the exception (Alarid, Sims, & Ruiz, 2011). This study fills this gap in the empirical literature, utilizing the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA) membership as a national proxy, by surveying probation/parole leaders and officers across the U.S. concerning their favorableness to partnerships with law enforcement in relation to a variety of important concepts derived from the empirical literature (Chrislip & Larson, 1994; Hughes, 2000; Jones & Sigler, 2002; Kim et al., 2010; Parent & Snyder, 1999; Rojek, Smith, & Alpert, 2012; Weiss, Anderson, & Lasker, 2002). Results reveal, similar to the law enforcement literature (Kim et al., 2010), that informal information sharing partnerships are the most prevalent across probation/parole agencies. Those in leadership positions and in frontline officer positions displayed considerable interest in partnerships with law enforcement. Probation/parole leaders’ partnership favorability was influenced by partnerships' potential to reduce recidivism as well as buy in from agency executives and supervisors. Officers' partnership favorability was influenced by perceived leadership support, the notion that probationers/parolees benefit from a balance of services and accountability, and stalking horse concerns. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 3, 2017 at: http://knowledge.library.iup.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2256&context=etd Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144706

Author: Bachman, Ronet Title: Roads Diverge: Long-Term Patterns of Relapse, Recidivism, and Desistance for a Cohort of Drug Involved Offenders Summary: Research indicates that a large percentage of inmates released from prison back into their communities will be rearrested. Particularly vulnerable are those who have past histories of drug addiction. Except for intensive experiences with long term aftercare programming, there appears to be very few programs that significantly increase the probability of (re)integrative success for ex-offenders attempting to become conforming members of society. Other evaluation studies examining the efficacy of particular programs in reducing recidivism and drug use (NIDA, 2012, Pendergast, 2009) have been promising, however, we still know very little about the underlying mechanisms that produce change in offending patterns. Unlike evaluation studies examining the efficacy of particular programs, the primary goal of this project was to increase our understanding about the mechanisms and processes of desistance from crime and drug use among current urban, largely minority and increasingly female criminal offenders. Using a mixed methods research design, this research follows former drug-involved offenders for over 20 years post release from prison. The project was guided by Paternoster and Bushway's identity theory of desistance (2009), which relies on the concept of identity that is theorized to provide direction for an individual’s behavior. The identity theory of desistance emphasizes the individual identity as reflexive, interpretive, and as such, premised on human agency. METHODS The project features a multi-method design and unfolded in two phases. The sample for this study originated from a previous sample used to evaluate the efficacy of Therapeutic Communities (TC) in reducing recidivism and relapse for drug involved offenders in 1989. In Phase I of the present study, official arrest records were obtained for the original 1,250 offenders through 2008 from both official Delaware and NCIC data sources. From these data, race and gender specific offending trajectory models were estimated. In Phase II used the trajectories as a sampling frame to select 304 respondents for in-depth interviews. The goal of the interviews was to examine the processes and mechanisms that led to persistence or desistance from crime and drugs. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, United States Department of Justice, 2013. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: https://sites.sas.upenn.edu/sites/default/files/kerrison/files/final.report.june_.2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Shelf Number: 144713

Author: Pesta, George Title: An Evaluation of the Educational Services for Youth in the Polk County Jail Summary: On August 8, 2013 the Polk County School Board entered into a Settlement Agreement with the Southern Poverty Law Center regarding the level and quality of educational services provided youth in the Polk County Central jail. The Polk County Central Jail is located at 2390 Bob Phillips Rd. Bartow, FL 33830. The Polk County Sherriff’s Office is responsible for the administration and security at the jail and is required to follow the Florida Model Jail Standards as administered by the Florida Sherriff's Association and the Florida Association of Counties. In addition, the Sherriff's office has an active agreement with the Polk County School Board for the provision of educational services for Juvenile and Direct File youth in the jail. Overall the jail is designed to house 800 inmates. Inmate populations include: adult females, adult males, adult trusty inmates, pre-adjudicated juveniles and juveniles that have been direct filed as adults. Juveniles and Direct Files are held in separate housing areas away from the adult inmates. The school board provides education services to three distinct populations within the jail; Juvenile youth, Direct File youth and female youth. Pre-adjudicated youth are defined as "Juveniles" under the age of 18 (at the time of their offense) who are awaiting their juvenile court date. Once the Juveniles are adjudicated they are either committed to the Department of Juvenile Justice and transferred from the jail or they are released back to their community. These youth have short lengths of stay generally ranging from one to fifteen days. The Direct File youth are those under the age of 18 at the time of their offences, but the State’s Attorney's office chose to transfer the cases from the juvenile court and file it in the adult criminal court. These youth may spend up to 18 months in the jail and some eventually transfer to the Department of Corrections or to the South County jail upon their 18th birthday. The female youth comprise both Juveniles and Direct Files, but remain separated from the adult and juvenile males for both custody and education. Each group of youth remain separated in different wings of the jail and each group has their own classrooms and teachers. In addition, the Juveniles and Direct Files are treated separately by the school administration. Each group has their own lead educator, school registrar and transition personnel. Special education personnel and services are shared across groups. Currently, the Juveniles are educated in a portable at the back of the jail complex that houses two classrooms, a computer lab and a small library. Staff for this wing include two teachers, a para-professional and a school resource officer (SRO) whose salary is partially supported by the school board. The Direct Files are educated inside a primary jail building that has two classrooms near their pods. This group is educated by two teachers and a paraprofessional. Juvenile and Direct File females are mixed for education in one classroom on the second floor of a primary jail building. The educational staff for the females consists of one teacher. On the week of the first site visit in December, 2013 there were a total of 84 youth including 35 Juveniles and 49 Direct Files. This included 77 males and seven females. In addition, 30 of the 84 youth were identified as needing special education services. This evaluation employs a process evaluation framework that is focused upon the verification of educational services provided to the youth housed in the Polk County Central Jail. The specific evaluation areas were drawn from the concerns highlighted in the settlement agreement between the Polk County School Board and the Southern Poverty Law Center and Florida’s Educational Quality Assurance Standards for Juvenile Detention Centers. These standards were originally developed by the Juvenile Justice Educational Enhancement Program and the College of Criminology and Criminal Justice at Florida State University. Funded by the Florida Department of Education, from 1998 to 2010 JJEEP was responsible for conducting annual quality assurance reviews of all of Florida’s juvenile justice educational programs. The educational quality assurance standards are based upon state and federal educational requirements, best practice research, and practitioner input. Moreover, the standards were revised annually using input from educational administrators throughout the state during standards revision meetings, as new evidence was obtained through a continuous review of the literature, and as new federal requirements emerged such as No Child Left Behind. Finally, the educational quality assurance standards were validated by JJEEP through longitudinal research of youth released from juvenile justice programs throughout the state and case studies of high- and low-performing programs. JJEEP’s model of quality assurance, technical assistance, research and policy in the field of juvenile justice education has been recognized by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) and the American Correctional Association (ACA) as a model demonstration program and has been promulgated in numerous states throughout the nation. The reported findings and recommendations are drawn from a preponderance of evidence from multiple sources of data compiled through staff and student interviews, observations and a review of school documentation including student files during two site visits. The first 3-day site visit occurred from December 4 through December 6, 2013; the second 4-day site visit occurred from January 28 through January 31, 2014. Each site visit included discussions and debriefings with school district administrators to discuss preliminary findings and recommendations. School personnel were provided opportunities to supply missing information and/or clarify information both during and after the site visits. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2017 at: http://criminology.fsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/An-Evaluation-of-the-Educational-Services-for-Youth-in-the-Polk-County-Jail.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 144716

Author: Buitrago, Katie Title: Cycle of Risk: The Intersection of Poverty, Violence and Trauma Summary: People living in poverty are more likely to become victims of violent crime than higher income earners whether they live in cities, suburbs or rural areas, but the rural poor experience crime at higher rates, according to a Wednesday report by a Chicago research group. Chicago is currently facing a devastating surge in lethal violence in addition to staggering rates of poverty across Illinois. Policymakers and community leaders are struggling with finding short- and long-term solutions to stem the violence and allow neighborhoods to heal. In the meantime, communities are fearing for their own safety and grieving over lost parents, children, friends, and leaders every day. The stakes for getting the solutions right could not be higher. Poverty and violence often intersect, feed one another, and share root causes. Neighborhoods with high levels of violence are also characterized by high levels of poverty, lack of adequate public services and educational opportunity, poorer health outcomes, asset and income inequality, and more. The underlying socioeconomic conditions in these neighborhoods perpetuate both violence and poverty. Furthermore, trauma can result from both violence and poverty. Unaddressed trauma worsens quality of life, makes it hard to rise out of poverty by posing barriers to success at school and work, and raises the likelihood of aggressive behavior. In this way, untreated trauma - coupled with easy gun availability and other factors - feeds the cycle of poverty and violence. In last year's Report on Illinois Poverty: Racism's Toll (2016), we explored the persistent inequity caused by racially discriminatory policies and practices. Many of those themes are critically important to this discussion as well, especially given how the American justice system has been used to systemically deny opportunities and rights to people of color. A past and living legacy of segregation and the perpetuation of racial inequity today have led people and communities of color to experience poverty at higher rates than whites. The harmful policies and practices explored in last year's report have stripped resources and opportunities from many of the communities that are grappling with violence today. Through this report we make the case that, in addition to rapid responses, we must also take a long-term approach to reducing violence. The causes of violence are complex, systemic, and long-standing - and we must take a comprehensive approach to address them effectively. Importantly, we must be cautious that efforts at short- or long-term reform do not perpetuate the very inequities and conditions that have led to violence in our communities. Details: Chicago: Heartland Alliance, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: https://www.heartlandalliance.org/research/wp-content/uploads/sites/10/2017/03/CycleofRisk2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 144724

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Identity Theft Services: Services Offer Some Benefits but Are Limited in Preventing Fraud Summary: Identity theft services offer some benefits but have limitations. Credit monitoring helps detect new-account fraud (that is, the opening of new unauthorized accounts) by alerting users, but it does not prevent such fraud or address existing-account fraud, such as misuse of a stolen credit card number. Consumers have alternatives to credit monitoring, including requesting a low-cost credit freeze, which can prevent new-account fraud by restricting access to the consumers' credit report. Identity monitoring can alert consumers to misuse of certain personal information by monitoring sources such as public records or illicit websites, but its effectiveness in mitigating identity theft is unclear. Identity restoration seeks to remediate the effects of identity theft, but the level of service varies: some providers offer hands-on assistance, such as interacting with creditors on the consumer's behalf, while others largely provide self-help information, which is of more limited benefit. Identity theft insurance covers certain expenses related to the process of remediating identity theft but generally excludes direct financial losses, and the number and dollar amount of claims has been low. These services also typically do not address some types of threats, such as medical identity or tax refund fraud. Various factors affect government and private-sector decision making about offering identity theft services, and federal guidance related to these services could be improved. In the federal sector, legislation requires certain agencies to provide identity theft services. For example, legislation requires the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) to provide these services to individuals affected by its 2015 data breaches for 10 years, as well as provide $5 million in identity theft insurance. However, this level of insurance coverage is likely unnecessary because claims paid rarely exceed a few thousand dollars. Requirements such as this could serve to increase federal costs unnecessarily, mislead consumers about the benefit of such insurance coverage, and create unwarranted escalation of coverage amounts in the marketplace. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has guidance on agencies' response to data breaches, but this guidance does not address the effectiveness of these services relative to lower-cost alternatives, in keeping with OMB's risk management and internal control guidance. Further, OPM provided duplicative identity theft services for about 3.6 million people affected by both of its 2015 breaches, and OMB has not explored options to help federal agencies avoid potentially wasteful duplication. In addition, contrary to key operational practices previously identified by GAO, OPM's data-breach-response policy does not include criteria or procedures for determining when to offer identity theft services, and OPM has not always documented how it chose to offer them in response to past breaches, which could hinder informed decision making in the future. In the private sector, companies often offer consumers affected by a data breach complimentary identity theft services for reasons other than mitigating the risk of identity theft, such as avoiding liability or complying with state law. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-254: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/683842.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Theft Shelf Number: 144731

Author: Nugent-Borakove, M. Elaine Title: The Power of Choice: The Implications of a System Where Indigent Defendants Choose Their Own Counsel Summary: In 2013, the Texas Indigent Defense Commission (TIDC) and the Comal County, Texas District and County criminal court took unprecedented steps to explore how the right to choose counsel might be extended to indigent defendants and what the impacts might be on defendants and the criminal justice system overall. Over the course of the next few years, the Client Choice program emerged. This alternative approach to indigent defense, which has been used in parts of Europe, had never been tried in the United States before. JMI is pleased to have been part of this groundbreaking effort as the project evaluator. Details: Arlington, VA: Justice Management Institute, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: http://www.jmijustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/The-Power-of-Choice_29-MAR-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 144732

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Countering Violent Extremism: Actions Needed to Define Strategy and Assess Progress of Federal Efforts Summary: Why GAO Did This Study - Violent extremism - generally defined as ideologically, religious, or politically - motivated acts of violence - has been perpetrated in the United States by white supremacists, anti-government groups, and radical Islamist entities, among others. In 2011, the U.S. government developed a national strategy and SIP for CVE aimed at providing information and resources to communities. In 2016, an interagency CVE Task Force led by DHS and DOJ was created to coordinate CVE efforts. GAO was asked to review domestic federal CVE efforts. This report addresses the extent to which (1) DHS, DOJ, and other key stakeholders tasked with CVE in the United States have implemented the 2011 SIP and (2) the federal government has developed a strategy to implement CVE activities, and the CVE Task Force has assessed progress. GAO assessed the status of activities in the 2011 SIP; interviewed officials from agencies leading CVE efforts and a non-generalizable group of community-based entities selected from cities with CVE frameworks; and compared Task Force activities to selected best practices for multi-agency efforts. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS and DOJ direct the CVE Task Force to (1) develop a cohesive strategy with measurable outcomes and (2) establish a process to assess the overall progress of CVE efforts. DHS and DOJ concurred with both recommendations and DHS described the CVE Task Force's planned actions for implementation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-300: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/683984.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 144734

Author: DeHart, Dana D. Title: The Impact of Incarceration on Families: A Single-Jurisdiction Pilot Using Triangulated Administrative Data & Qualitative Interviews Summary: This project utilizes three strategies to investigating the impact of incarceration on families. First, we tap into a powerful, statewide integrated data system to examine impacts of incarceration in a novel way, using administrative data from corrections, juvenile justice, mental health, social services, substance use services, healthcare, and education. Statewide corrections visitation data from male and female adult offenders are linked to multi-agency administrative data to create a de=identified data processing "cube" representing service utilization for focal prisoners (n = 18,786) and their visitors (n = 44,848) including children, married and unmarried partners, parents, siblings, and others. The cube allows authorized users to easily manipulate multi-agency data to answer queries and create visual displays through tables and graphs. Inclusion of time as a variable standardized to pre-incarceration, incarceration, and post-release periods allows cube users to explore impacts of incarceration on service utilization and outcomes for families. Second, we link multi-agency data to address specific research questions regarding impact of incarceration on families, including impact of incarceration on family physical and mental health, children's involvement with the child welfare and juvenile justice systems, family receipt of economic services, and school performance. Third, we conduct focus groups and family interviews with 77 prisoners and 21 prisoner family members sampled from three correctional facilities. We identify qualitative themes regarding impact of incarceration in the lives of prisoners and their families. Here we summarize major points for each of our three strategies, with further detail available in published manuscripts, briefs, and presentations in the Appendix. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2017. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250657.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Inmates Shelf Number: 144736

Author: Bright Research Group Title: Measure Y Community Policing: 2014 Annual Evaluation Report Summary: Measure Y is a voter-approved initiative that provides funding to violence prevention programs and community policing in the City of Oakland. Passed in 2004 as a 10-year parcel and parking tax, the initiative was renewed in November 2014 as Measure Z. Measure Y funding to the Oakland Police Department (OPD) supports the personnel costs of Problem Solving Officers and Crime Reduction Team Officers, as well as related training and equipment costs. Measure Y also mandates an external evaluation of funded services, which the present document provides for the funded community policing activities. Since 2008, the evaluation team has provided recommendations to OPD to strengthen the alignment and integration of its Measure Y investments with research and best practices in community policing. The evaluation focuses on the deployment of resources and quality of implementation in three major areas of best practice in community policing: Organizational Transformation, Problem Solving, and Community Partnerships. Evaluations in prior years examined Organizational Transformation and Problem Solving. This year's evaluation focuses on Community Partnerships, examining the quality of relationships between OPD and Oakland residents, particularly those in flatland neighborhoods. The evaluation also provides an update on progress toward developing accountability measures for the Problem Solving Officer (PSO) Program, and documenting the activities and approaches of Crime Reduction Teams (CRTs). Community Partnership: A core tenet of community policing is developing effective and collaborative relationships between residents and police. Police departments in diverse, urban cities like Oakland have struggled to attain legitimacy in the eyes of the community. For African American and Latino communities in particular, racial profiling, corruption, and abuse have eroded trust that police will treat them fairly and humanely. More broadly, when police departments fail to keep down crime, the public begins to doubt their effectiveness. Conversely, from a law enforcement perspective, officers interact with the most criminal and deviant elements of society. If officers do not receive recognition for their efforts to protect public safety, acknowledgement of the risks they take, or cooperation from residents in solving crimes, they develop a cynical perspective towards the community. In light of such challenges, a core goal of community policing approaches like Measure Y is to repair and strengthen community-police partnerships and police legitimacy. Measure Y's current investments reflect two primary strategies drawn from the research on community policing: first, to strengthen police-resident relationships through problem solving and community engagement; second, to restore community trust by bringing order to violence-plagued neighborhoods through violence suppression activities. 2As Oakland moves into the next phase of the initiative, it is critical to ensure that OPD strategies reflect prevention and intervention approaches - through community engagement on the one hand and violence prevention on the other. Details: Oakland, CA: Bright Research Group, 2014.62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://resourcedevelopment.net/_documents/Measure_Y_Community_Policing-2014_Annual_Evaluation_Report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Partnerships Shelf Number: 144745

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: To Protect and Serve: New Trends in State-Level Policing Reform, 2015-2016 Summary: In 2015 and 2016, 34 states and the District of Columbia passed at least 79 bills, executive orders, or resolutions to change some aspect of policing policy or practice. This is significant, since policing reform is largely the province of local jurisdictions or specific police departments. In contrast, in the three years prior to the study period-between 2012 and 2014-there were few pieces of state legislation that dealt with policing. In reviewing legislative activity over the last two years, the Vera Institute of Justice found that states focused reform efforts in the following three areas: > improving policing practices around use of force, racial profiling, and vulnerable populations; > documenting police operations through the increased use of body-worn cameras, enhanced protections for public recordings of police, and new requirements for maintaining and reporting data on police operations; and > improving accountability in instances of police use of force and misconduct cases, especially those incidents that result in death. By providing concise summaries of representative legislation in each area, this report aims to inform policymakers and members of the public who are looking to understand state-level changes in policing policy and practice. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: https://www.vera.org/publications/protect-and-serve-policing-trends-2015-2016 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 144751

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Human Trafficking: Action Needed to Identify the Number of Native American Victims Receiving Federally-funded Services Summary: All four federal agencies that investigate or prosecute human trafficking in Indian country-the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and the U.S. Attorneys' Offices (USAO) 0 are required to record in their case management systems whether a human trafficking offense was involved in the case. With the exception of ICE, these agencies are also required to record in their case management systems whether the crime took place in Indian country. ICE officials explained that the agency does not record this information because, unlike BIA and the FBI, ICE is not generally involved in criminal investigations in Indian country. Typically, ICE would only conduct an investigation in Indian country if specifically invited by a tribe to do so. Further, with the exception of BIA, these agencies do not require their agents or attorneys to collect or record Native American status of victims in their cases due to concerns about victim privacy and lack of relevance of the victim's race to the substance of the investigation or prosecution. The Departments of Justice (DOJ), Health and Human Services (HHS), and Homeland Security (DHS) administered at least 50 grant programs from fiscal years 2013 through 2016 that could help address Native American human trafficking. For example, 21 of these grant programs, which were administered by DOJ and HHS, could be used to provide services to Native American human trafficking victims. However, the total number of Native American victims who received services under these grant programs is unknown. HHS is developing a data collection tool that grantees can use to report information on human trafficking victims served, including Native American status of victims. DOJ's Office on Violence Against Women (OVW) requires grantees to report Native American status of victims served, but not by type of crime. DOJ's Office for Victims of Crime (OVC) and the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) do not require grantees to collect and report Native American status of victims served. However, in fiscal year 2017, OVC began providing recipients of human trafficking - specific grant programs the option to report the race or Native American status of victims served. While Native American status may not generally be a factor for determining whether a victim can receive services, it may be a factor for determining how best to assist this particular demographic. According to the 2013-2017 Federal Strategic Action Plan on Services for Victims of Human Trafficking in the United States, expanding human trafficking data collection and research efforts for Native Americans and other vulnerable populations is an area for improvement for the federal government. Additionally, Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government states that quality information should be used to achieve objectives based on relevant data from reliable sources. Without collecting data on the Native American status of victims served, federal agencies will not know the extent to which they are achieving government-wide strategic goals to provide and improve services to vulnerable populations, including Native American human trafficking victims. Why GAO Did This Study Human trafficking-the exploitation of a person typically through force, fraud, or coercion for such purposes as forced labor, involuntary servitude or commercial sex-is occurring in the United States. Traffickers seek out persons perceived to be vulnerable. Native Americans (i.e., American Indians or Alaska Natives) are considered to be a vulnerable population. DOJ, DHS, and the Department of the Interior investigate human trafficking crimes. Primarily, DOJ and HHS provide grants to fund victim services. GAO was asked to examine Native American human trafficking. This report focuses on federal efforts to address human trafficking, including the extent to which (1) agencies collect and maintain data on investigations and prosecutions of human trafficking in Indian country or of Native Americans regardless of location and (2) federal grant programs are available to help address such trafficking, and how many Native American trafficking victims have received assistance through these programs. GAO reviewed human trafficking investigation and prosecution data from fiscal years 2013 to 2016; reviewed solicitations for human trafficking-related grant programs; and interviewed grant program officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DOJ require its grantees to report the number of human trafficking victims served and, as appropriate, the Native American status of those victims. DOJ partially concurred with the recommendation. GAO clarified the recommendation and maintains action is needed. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-325: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/683805.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 144752

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: No Equal Justice: The Prison Litigation Reform Act in the United States Summary: The Prison Litigation Reform Act (PLRA), passed by Congress in 1996, creates a separate and unequal legal system for the more than 2.3 million incarcerated persons in the United States. The PLRA singles out lawsuits brought by prisoners in federal courts for a host of burdens and restrictions that apply to no other persons. As a result of these restrictions, prisoners seeking the protection of the courts against unhealthy or dangerous conditions of confinement, or a remedy for sexual assault and other injuries inflicted by prison staff and inmates, have had their cases thrown out of court. These restrictions apply not only to persons who have been convicted of crime, but also to pretrial detainees who have not yet been tried and are presumed innocent, and to children in juvenile facilities. Human Rights Watch is not aware of any other country in which national legislation singles out prisoners for a unique set of barriers and obstacles to vindicating their legal rights in court. Drawing on interviews with former corrections officials, prisoners denied remedies for abuse, and criminal justice experts, No Equal Justice examines the effect of the PLRA on prisoners' access to justice. It concludes with specific recommendations for reform of the law to help restore the rule of law to US prisons, jails, and juvenile facilities. Details: New York: HRW, 2009. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us0609webwcover.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Grievance Procedures Shelf Number: 144757

Author: Schultz, Dana Title: Improving Outcomes for Children Exposed to Violence Safe Start Promising Approaches Summary: Children's exposure to violence is common and can lead to mental health problems and delinquent behaviors. Because many interventions have focused on specific violence types or symptoms and been difficult to implement in real-world settings, the evidence base is still emerging. The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention's Safe Start Promising Approaches (SSPA) initiative focused on preventing and reducing the impact of children's exposure to violence through interventions in ten diverse communities. The evaluation examined the effectiveness of the SSPA interventions to address issues for children and families exposed to violence. The ten sites were diverse in their intervention approaches, types of violence exposure targeted, and implementation settings. To evaluate each approach's effectiveness in reducing violence's harmful effects, RAND researchers partnered with the community-based sites to develop a rigorous controlled evaluation design for each intervention, with either a randomized control group or a comparison group selected on similar characteristics. The longitudinal analyses found that families in both the intervention and comparison groups had positive gains on many outcomes, but there was no evidence that the intervention groups improved more. Among those who received Safe Start services, one site produced large, significant improvements in posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms, and another site produced medium, significant effects on several outcomes (child self-control, posttraumatic stress disorder, and behavior; caregiver depression; and family conflict). Although the initiative added to knowledge about how to address the problem, there was no clear case for using a particular intervention to help these children and their families. Key Findings Almost All of the Sites Succeeded in Launching Interventions Relevant to Children Exposed to Violence Almost 1,500 families received Safe Start services (and about 1,250 received comparison group services) across the ten sites. However, families did not take up the services fully, receiving fewer services than planned. Nonetheless, satisfaction with services was high. Program staff were trained in specific intervention models and brought those skills to families who might not otherwise have had access to these types of family-focused programs. Families Who Participated in Safe Start Improved over Time Analyses found positive change in many of the outcomes, with families in six of the studies showing statistically significant improvement in their primary outcomes over time (in the intervention or comparison group). Among the powered studies, there was no strong evidence that the intervention groups improved more than the comparison groups on the outcomes examined. There Was a Range of Effect Size Changes Across the Outcomes Examined For those who received Safe Start services, only one site had large significant effect size changes on outcomes (child posttraumatic stress disorder), and one site had medium significant effect size changes on multiple outcomes (child self-control, posttraumatic stress disorder, and behavior; caregiver depression; and family conflict). Otherwise, the changes in outcomes within the intervention group were generally small. Recommendations From a public health perspective, efforts to improve outcomes for children exposed to violence should include targeted, selective, and universal prevention and intervention approaches. Although there are proven and promising approaches that provide intensive services for those experiencing prolonged adjustment issues, more work is needed to see how these treatments can be delivered effectively in real-world settings. For families who have been identified as exposed to violence but who are experiencing only mild or moderate symptoms or on a path to recovery on their own, it will be necessary to explore a range of services, identify the intensity level of services and supports that might be most fruitful, and offer a flexible menu of services and supports to meet families' needs. Prevention efforts that might prepare families and communities for recovery from violence are needed. Collecting longitudinal data on children following violence exposure to learn about how they fare and recover without specialized intervention is important. Future research efforts should include evaluations of interventions at multiple levels, including community and agency prevention efforts focused on improving resilience in the face of violence; supportive and mental health early interventions geared toward helping families and children with mild to moderate symptoms; and bringing evidence-based, intensive services into the community in ways that retain their effectiveness. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 122 p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 8, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1728.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 144758

Author: Strong, Suzanne M. Title: Racial Conflict and Bias Crimes Across US Cities: An Analysis of the Social Threat Perspective Summary: This research examines racially biased crimes across US cities, utilizing social threat and a general criminality perspective based on social disorganization and strain theories. Racially biased crime is compared to violent crime in general and to unbiased racially disaggregated homicide to further examine the effects of social threat and general crime variables on different forms of violent crime. Data is compiled mainly from the 1990 and 2000 US Censuses, the 1996-2000 Uniform Crime Reports and the 1996-2000 Supplemental Homicide Reports. The research shows bias crimes cannot be explained utilizing general crime predictors. In particular, anti-Black violent bias crimes committed by Whites are mainly driven by economic forces, though not necessarily economically threatening conditions. Anti-White violent bias crimes committed by Blacks are more similar to homicides of Whites committed by Blacks, which is consistent with prior research. Additionally, the research shows the importance of complying with hate crime reporting requirements and region, again consistent with prior research. That is, the more frequently a city reports data, the higher the counts of bias crimes. Cities located in the South are less likely to have high counts of bias crimes, suggesting a lack of compliance with reporting requirements. These findings pertaining to reporting compliance offer support for social constructionist perspectives in the study of bias crimes. Details: Albany, NY: State University of New York at Albany, 2015. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1666453286.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 144762

Author: Young, Joshua Title: Implementation of a Randomized Controlled Trial in Ventura, California: A Body-Worn Video Camera Experiment Summary: Police agencies from around the world are currently deploying police practices which have been empirically shown to be ineffective. Yet, alarmingly, there doesn't seem to be any urgency to move away from these ineffective practices and into methods supported by evidence. It could be that the idea of using evidence from criminological research and running scientific experiments to test the effectiveness of new innovations seems out of reach for local agencies. In reality, this is far from the truth. There is currently, however, a lack of implementation literature for police agencies looking to implement experimentation and transition to evidence-based practices. The purpose of this thesis is to dispel the myth that integrating an evidence-based policing culture and scientifically testing new innovations is outside the scope of local police agencies. Based on lessons learned from implementing a body-worn video (BWV) camera randomized controlled trial (RCT), this thesis is written to offer the practitioner a real-world thematic guide. This guide aims to assist police agencies looking to implement a BWV camera experiment and provide recommendations on how to integrate and sustain an evidence-based policing culture. During the Ventura Police Department's (VPD) randomized controlled trial (RCT), we were not only able to implement an experiment with the University of Cambridge but provide a replication study of the first BWV camera randomized controlled trial conducted in Rialto, California. During the implementation of Ventura's BWV randomized controlled trial, we encountered stumbling blocks in the non-compliance of the randomization schedule. We show with verifiable data that we were able to increase officer compliance by 92% and provide recommendations on how to reduce contamination issues by laying an evidence-based foundation prior to implementation. In addition, I offer a recommendation for agencies looking to embrace evidence-based policing to create a guiding coalition with enough influence to support, integrate, and sustain a culture willing to test new innovations. Our experiment evaluates the effects of BWV cameras on police use of force and citizens' complaints. In addition, Ventura's BWV camera experiment will be the first to empirically test the effects of BWV cameras on prosecution outcomes, particularly the speed of early-guilty pleas and the rate of prosecution. I purposely do not provide any preliminary data relating to use of force, citizens' complaints, and prosecution outcomes. It is too early to show any causal inferences to suggest the effects the BWV cameras are having at VPD. However, early indications suggest that the cameras are having a positive effect. We look to provide statistical strength to Rialto's findings at the conclusion of our 12 month RCT. Details: Cambridge, UK: Fitzwilliam College, University of Cambridge, 2014. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Joshua%20Young%20Thesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 144766

Author: Zimmerman, Benjamin L. Title: Educational Level of Law Enforcement Officers and Frequency of Citizen Complaints: A Systematic Review Summary: The belief that a law enforcement officer who holds a college degree will be a better officer has been the foundation for many policies in support of higher education for officers. However, there is a lack of overwhelming empirical evidence to support such a claim. Past literature has examined police performance in general as it relates to a number of different background characteristics, which include educational level. Citizen complaints are one type of measurement tool that arguably addresses the sensitive relationship between a law enforcement organisation and the community it serves. This systematic review identified 14 studies meeting inclusion and exclusion criteria, resulting in a total of 5359 subjects. By using meta-analytic procedures, this review attempted to identify and quantify the relationship between higher education and citizen complaints. The results provided a comprehensive picture of the overall relationship between education and citizen complaints, which produced a small statistically significant effect size. The effect was negative, indicating that education was predictive of fewer citizen complaints. Additional analyses were conducted to examine differences between large organisations and small to medium organisations as well as published studies compared to unpublished studies. Meta-analysis of the studies using large organisations and published studies revealed even greater effect sizes than the overall results while meta-analysis of small to medium sized organisations and unpublished works resulted in statistically insignificant smaller effect sizes. Police implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. Details: Cambridge, UK: Wolfson College , 2011. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: http://www.crim.cam.ac.uk/alumni/theses/Zimmerman,%20B.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 144770

Author: Hawk, Shila Rene Title: A Multi-Method Examination of Homicide Investigations on Case Outcomes Summary: Approximately a third of homicide cases go unsolved each year. Research focused on understanding what affects homicide clearance rates is often methodologically underdeveloped and has produced mixed findings. These deficiencies compromise the ability of researchers to provide important guidance to police practitioners seeking to develop best practices. Under-specified modeling and limited access to accurate sources of homicide investigation data are two potential and interconnected reasons for the inconsistencies found in previous studies. The purpose of this study was to expand the literature on homicide case outcomes as follows: 1) to organize predictors into five substantive domains (involved subjects, event circumstances, case dynamics, ecological characteristics, and investigator factors) and operationalize multiple measures of each as viable predictors of clearance outcomes; 2) to explore the utility of using original and verified police data with a larger number of nuanced data points than previously documented in modeling efforts; and 3) to forward a unique multi-method account of the factors that predict homicide case outcomes that can be readily replicated in future studies. Data were collected from one Southern metropolitan police department's 2009 to 2011 homicide investigations (N = 252). Access to official homicide case files allowed for key subject, incident, and evidentiary information to be obtained. Critical investigation details and context were added to the case file data via interviews and survey administration efforts involving the lead detectives that worked the cases. The dataset was further supplemented with Census data. Subsequent analyses included examination of the data quality and multivariate logistic regressions. A comparison of the dataset after the first stage of data collection to the final product was conducted to understand the extent to which the dataset were improved. The multi-method process resulted in more precision to the data recorded from case files, significant reductions in missing data, and heightened detail on key variables. Consequently those data allowed for specification of a multivariate model that included multiple measures from all of the homicide investigation domains. Those results suggest the expanded data more accurately captured the factors that predict clearance outcomes as measures within all five domains were significant predictors of investigation closure. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2015. 302p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=cj_diss Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 144771

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Department's Oversight of Cash Seizure and Forfeiture Activities Summary: The U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ, Department) has authority to seize property associated with violations of federal law and then assume title to that property through a process known as asset forfeiture. The Department views asset forfeiture as an important means of removing the proceeds of crime used to perpetuate and incentivize criminal activity and uses forfeited funds to both compensate victims of associated crimes and to fund certain Department and state and local law enforcement activities. Over the past 10 years, forfeitures through the Department"s Asset Forfeiture Program have grown to over $28 billion. The annual total value of forfeited assets has fluctuated during this time, in part because in certain years the Department has reached large financial settlements resulting in forfeiture. While the Department views asset forfeiture as an important law enforcement tool, concerns have been raised about its use. Advocates of asset forfeiture reform, including Members of Congress and public interest groups, have expressed concerns that the ability to use forfeiture revenues to fund law enforcement activities may incentivize the Department and state and local law enforcement to use asset seizure and forfeiture beyond the purpose of deterring and punishing criminal conduct and in a manner that creates risks to civil liberties. This concern is heightened because Department law enforcement officers have the authority to seize and forfeit cash or property without independent judicial oversight and without charging the owner or possessor of the cash or property with a crime. Advocates of reform also have argued that the Department's historical, but now largely proscribed practice of "adopting"state seizures for federal forfeiture inappropriately allows state and local law enforcement to circumvent their own state laws so that they can obtain a greater share of forfeiture proceeds than they would receive otherwise. Details: Washington, DC: The Department, 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2017 t; https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/e1702.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 144779

Author: Lacey, John H. Title: Drug and Alcohol Crash Risk: A Case-Control Study Summary: This study used a "case-control" design to estimate the risk of crashes involving drivers using drugs, alcohol or both. Data was collected in Virginia Beach, Virginia, for 20 months. The study obtained biological measures on more than 3,000 crash drivers at the scenes of the crashes, and 6,000 control (comparison) drivers. Control drivers were recruited one week after the crashes at the same time, day of week, location, and direction of travel as the crash-involved drivers. Data included 10,221 breath samples, 9,285 oral fluid samples, and 1,764 blood samples. Oral fluid and blood samples were screened and confirmed for the presence of alcohol and drugs. The crash risk associated with alcohol and other drugs was estimated using odds ratios that indicate the probability of a crash occurring over the probability that such an event does not occur. If a variable (alcohol and/or drugs) is not associated with a crash, the odds ratio for that variable will be 1.00. A higher or lower number indicates a stronger relationship between the probability of a crash occurring and the presence of that variable (alcohol and/or drugs in the driver). Confidence intervals (CIs) of an odds ratio indicate the range in which the true value lies�with 95 percent confidence. Alcohol: Alcohol was the largest contributor to crash risk. The unadjusted crash risk estimates for alcohol indicated drivers with a breath alcohol concentrations (BrACs) of .05 grams per 210 liters (g/210L) are 2.05 times more likely to crash than drivers with no alcohol. For drivers with BrACs of .08 g/210L, the unadjusted relative risk of crashing is 3.98 times that of drivers with no alcohol. When adjusted for age and gender, drivers with BrACs of .05 g/210L are 2.07 times more likely to crash than drivers with no alcohol. The adjusted crash risk for drivers at .08 g/210L is 3.93 times that of drivers with no alcohol. Drugs: Unadjusted drug odds ratio estimates indicated a significant increase in crash risk. For the active ingredient in marijuana, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), this yielded an unadjusted odds ratio of 1.25. However, after adjusting for gender, age, race/ethnicity, and alcohol, there was no indication that any drug significantly contributed to crash risk. The adjusted odds ratios for THC were 1.00, 95 percent CI [.83, 1.22], indicating no increased or decreased crash risk. Odds ratios for antidepressants were .86, 95 percent CI [.56, 1.33]; narcotic analgesics were 1.17, 95% percent drugs as an overall category were .99, 95 percent CI [.84, 1.18], and prescription and over-the-counter medications were 1.02, 95 percent CI [.83, 1.26]. Alcohol and Drugs: Analyses found no statistically significant interaction effects when drivers were positive for both alcohol and drugs. Although initial analyses suggested that the combination of alcohol and other drugs were contributors to increased crash risk, additional analyses adjusting for other risk factors indicated no significant effect. When both alcohol and other drugs were consumed, alcohol alone was associated with crash risk. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2016. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: https://one.nhtsa.gov Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 144774

Author: Schneider, Helmut Title: Drugged Driving in Louisiana: Quantification of its Impact on Public Health and Implications for Legislation, Enforcement, and Prosecution Summary: Drugged driving, i.e., driving under the influence of drugs, is considered a rising public health issue in the US and the rest of the world, yet due to under-reporting and limitations of existing data, not much is known about the frequency of drugged driving or how it affects public safety. While the federal government has encouraged states to enact zero-tolerance drugged driving laws, the lack of clarity surrounding the effects of drugs on driving abilities, as well a lack of empirical evidence about the efficacy of such laws, indicate more research is necessary. Using Louisiana as a case study, this report provides important insight into the state of knowledge about drugged driving, the limitations to current data collection practices, and how to proceed from here. There are two main goals: first, evaluate laws and policies about drugged driving and through a series of interviews with prosecutors, defense attorneys, police, and the public, identify obstacles to zero-tolerance legislation in Louisiana; and second, analyze the frequency of drugged driving in Louisiana and other states where data is publically available to identify ways to improve data collection. Analysis of data from the Louisiana State Crime Lab as well as other available sources provide a preliminary baseline estimate about the frequency and nature of drug-impaired driving in Louisiana. Findings indicate substantial disparities exist among parishes in terms of the number of drug-impaired driving arrests and the quality of evidence submitted for testing, which reflects a lack of standardized procedures and an uneven distribution of resources. This study compares the prior DWI arrests, speeding violations and crashes of drivers who tested positive for various drugs to all other drivers. While there are substantial limitations to the analysis, particularly in sample size and selection, the findings suggest the drivers arrested for drugged driving have higher rates of prior unsafe driving incidents than all other drivers. Survey interviews with the target populations reveal an overall lack of training, resources, and testing capacities in Louisiana, as well as a wide range of concerns about per se laws. This study contributes a clearer understanding of existing data limitations and challenges with which states must contend, and presents a series of recommendations for developing a comprehensive approach to dealing with drug-impaired driving in Louisiana and other states moving forward. Details: Baton Rouge: Highway Safety Research Group, Louisiana State University, 2017. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Final Report 576: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: https://www.ltrc.lsu.edu/pdf/2017/FR_576.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 144776

Author: Nichols, James L. Title: More Cops More Stops. Evaluation of a Combined Enforcement Program in Oklahoma and Tennessee Summary: The More Cops More Stops (MCMS) high-visibility enforcement program was designed to address multiple traffic safety issues with one message and program effort. Impaired driving, seat belt, and speeding enforcement were conducted and advertised using the MCMS message from November 2011 to August 2013 in five designated market areas (DMAs) in Oklahoma and Tennessee. The total program included six waves of activity in each State. Two waves were standalone MCMS phases, while the other four MCMS phases accompanied Click It or Ticket (CIOT) or Drive Sober or Get Pulled Over (DSOGPO) statewide campaigns. The MCMS phases were associated with increased recognition of the MCMS slogan and in some cases with increases in awareness of general traffic enforcement. There was no overall increase in the perceived risk of a traffic stop. Although the overall program (i.e., MCMS plus statewide campaigns) likely had an impact on seat belt usage, observational surveys provided little evidence that the MCMS phases were associated with additional increases, above and beyond that associated with the statewide campaigns. The strongest evidence of overall program impact was found in Memphis, TN, where there was a statistically significant increase in daytime and nighttime usage that was greater than in the control area. In addition, there was a statistically significant overall program (MCMS plus statewide) decline in the percentage of drivers with positive breath alcohol concentrations (BrAC) on the roadway in Tennessee. While the evaluation did find some positive outcomes associated with the overall program (MCMS plus statewide), the evaluation found no evidence of MCMS being an effective tool for enhancing the effect of the CIOT and DSOGPO statewide campaigns. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2016. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: (Report No. DOT HS 812 337): Accessed April 10, 2017 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov/sites/nhtsa.dot.gov/files/documents/812337_morecopsmorestops.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While Intoxicated Shelf Number: 144778

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Consequences of Policing Prostitution An Analysis of Individuals Arrested and Prosecuted for Commercial Sex in New York City Summary: In New York City, The Legal Aid Society's Exploitation Intervention Project (EIP) represents most people prosecuted for violating state prostitution laws. EIP also represents survivors of trafficking into prostitution facing other charges in the criminal legal system. A relatively new provision in New York law allows these survivors to vacate, or clear, charges from their criminal records if those charges were a result of having been trafficked. Urban Institute researchers gathered data from both groups of EIP clients to describe who is currently facing arrest in New York City for prostitution offenses and who has faced arrest and prosecution for prostitution in the past. Findings suggest a need to reevaluate the criminal legal response to people arrested for prostitution-related charges. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89451/legal_aid_final_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 144780

Author: Esbensen, Finn-Aage Title: Process and Outcome Evaluation of the G.R.E.A.T. Program Summary: In 2006, the University of Missouri-St. Louis was awarded a grant from the National Institute of Justice to determine what effect, if any, the G.R.E.A.T. (Gang Resistance Education and Training) program had on students. G.R.E.A.T., which is a 13-lesson general prevention program taught by uniformed law enforcement officers to middle school students, has three stated goals: 1) to reduce gang membership, 2) to reduce delinquency, especially violent offending, and 3) to improve students' attitudes toward the police. The process evaluation consisted of multiple methods to assess program fidelity: 1) observations of G.R.E.A.T. Officer Trainings, 2) surveys and interviews of G.R.E.A.T.-trained officers and supervisors, 3) surveys of school personnel, and 4) "on-site," direct observations of officers delivering the G.R.E.A.T. program in the study sites. Results illustrate a high level of program fidelity, providing greater confidence in any subsequent outcome results. To assess program effectiveness, we conducted a randomized control trial involving 3,820 students nested in 195 classrooms in 31 schools in 7 cities. Active parental consent was obtained for 78% (3,820 students) of the students enrolled (11 percent of parents declined and 11 percent failed to return consent forms). These students were surveyed six times (completion rates were: 98%, 95%, 87%, 83%, 75%, and 72%).in the course of five years thereby allowing assessment of both short- and long-term program effects. Approximately half of the G.R.E.A.T. grade-level classrooms within each school were randomly assigned to experimental or control groups, with 102 classrooms (2,051 students) assigned to receive G.R.E.A.T. and 93 classrooms (1,769 students) assigned to the control condition. Results from analyses of data one-year post-program delivery were quite favorable; we found statistically significant differences between the treatment (i.e., G.R.E.A.T.) and control students on 14 out of 33 attitudinal and behavioral outcomes. However, the question remained whether the program had long-term impacts that persisted into high school. To address this question, we continued to survey this group of students for three more years (most of the students were in 10th or 11th grade at the time of the last survey administration). The four-year post program analyses revealed results similar to the one-year post program effects, albeit with smaller effect sizes. Across four years post program 10 positive program effects were found, including lower odds of gang joining and more positive attitudes to police. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 617p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244346.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 144783

Author: Leontiadis, Nektarios Title: Structuring Disincentives for Online Criminals Summary: This thesis considers the structural characteristics of online criminal networks from a technical and an economic perspective. Through large-scale measurements, we empirically describe some salient elements of the online criminal infrastructures, and we derive economic models characterizing the associated monetization paths enabling criminal profitability. This analysis reveals the existence of structural choke points: components of online criminal operations being limited in number, and critical for the operations' profitability. Consequently, interventions targeting such components can reduce the opportunities and incentives to engage in online crime through an increase in criminal operational costs, and in the risk of apprehension. We define a methodology describing the process of distilling the knowledge gained from the empirical measurements on the criminal infrastructures towards identifying and evaluating appropriate countermeasures. We argue that countermeasures, as defined in the context of situational crime prevention, can be effective for a long-term reduction in the occurrence of online crime. Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University, 2014. 369p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1454&context=dissertations Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 144784

Author: Center for Effective Public Policy Title: Dosage Probation: Rethinking the Structure of Probation Sentences Summary: Isaac Newton was among the first modern scientists to recognize that new discoveries depend heavily on science that is already established: "If I have seen further," he wrote, "it is by standing on the shoulders of giants." Giant strides have been made in the fields of public administration and criminal justice by applying science to practice. Evidence-based decision making asserts that public policy and practice should be informed by the best available research and enhanced through ongoing performance measurement and evaluation. Scientific study has demonstrated that recidivism can be reduced when three key principles are followed: - The risk principle suggests that justice system interventions should be matched to offenders' risk level, focusing more intensive interventions on moderate and high risk offenders. - The need principle asserts that justice system interventions should target those factors that most significantly influence criminal behavior. - The responsivity principle demonstrates that interventions are most effective when they are based on research-supported models and tailored to the unique characteristics of individual offenders. In this paper, we propose to take this knowledge one step further: to link the duration of probation supervision to the optimal amount of intervention an offender needs in order to reduce risk of reoffense. The proposed "dosage" model of probation suggests that the length of supervision should be determined by the number of hours of intervention necessary to reduce risk, rather than an arbitrarily (or customarily) established amount of time (e.g., 3 years, 5 years). For many offenders, the research shows that correctional intervention is analogous to treating a patient: too little intervention and the patient receives little or no benefit; too much, and the treatment is ineffective or even harmful. Given this, we postulate that the length of supervision should depend on how long it takes an offender to achieve the dosage target--the type and amount of intervention that research tells us he or she needs in order to maximize the potential for behavior change and that is necessary in order to minimize risk to the public --rather than a fixed term of supervision. Details: Silver Spring, MD: The Center, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: https://www.fppoa.org/sites/default/files/dosage.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144785

Author: Blomberg, Thomas G. Title: Elder Financial Exploitation in a Large Retirement Community Summary: There were 44.7 million Americans over 65 years of age in 2013, comprising 14.1% of the total United States Population (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2016). By 2020, the number is expected to increase to 55 million (U.S. Census Bureau, 2014). According to former U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder, as many as eight million elderly citizens fall victim, in a given year, to financial exploitation (Holder, 2012). It is estimated that financial exploitation costs this group over thirty-six billion dollars annually (True Link Financial, 2016). Moreover, and beyond the billions of lost savings, elderly financial exploitation victims are at an increased risk for psychological and emotional damage and are three times more likely to die at an earlier age (National Adult Protective Services Association, 2014). There is significant variation in the research methods, data, and definitions used in elder financial exploitation research, which alters findings on respective perpetrator characteristics and risk factors as these vary depending on the specific type of financial exploitation. Further, the inconsistencies in the available research do not allow for a reliable assessment of the scope and risk factors of elder financial exploitation. As a result, important questions remain, namely: What are the prevalence and common types of elder financial exploitation? What are the risk factors of elder financial exploitation? What factors protect against victimization? What are the consequences of financial exploitation on the quality of life, physical health, and emotional health of victims? What factors influence the reporting behavior of victims? What steps can be taken by elder citizens, caregivers, family members, financial advisors, and government officials to reduce elder financial exploitation? How do we theoretically explain elder financial exploitation? Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: http://criminology.fsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/Elder-Financial-Exploitation-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Victims Shelf Number: 144789

Author: Huq, Aziz Title: The President and the Detainees Summary: Entering the White House in 2009, President Barack Obama committed to closing the military detention facility at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba. Eight years later, the facility remains open. This Article uses the puzzle of why Obama's goal proved so recalcitrant as a case study of separation-of-powers constraints upon presidential power. Deploying a combination of empirical, doctrinal, and positive political science tools, it isolates the salient actors and dynamics that impeded Obama's goal. Its core descriptive finding is that a bureaucratic - legislative alliance was pivotal in blocking the White House's agenda. This alliance leveraged its asymmetrical access to information to generate constraints on the President. The most significant of these constraints operated through political channels; statutory prohibitions with the force of law were of distinctively secondary importance. The analysis, furthermore, sheds light on why individualized judicial review, secured through the mechanism of habeas petitions under the Constitution's Suspension Clause, had scant effect. Contrary to standard approaches to the Constitution's separation of powers, the case study developed here points to the value of granular, retail analysis that accounts for internally heterogeneous incentives and agendas instead of abstract theory that reifies branches as unitary and ahistorical entities. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, Chicago Unbound, 2017. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 793: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: http://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2484&context=law_and_economics Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Guantanoma Bay Shelf Number: 144795

Author: Loeffler-Cobia, Jennifer Title: Utah Department of Corrections Evidence-Based Practice Adherence Summary Report Summary: According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, in 2013, Utah released 94% of its prison population back into the community, meaning that these previous offenders are back working and living in society. With the majority of offenders returning to their communities, politicians, policy makers, program administrators, researchers, and government officials often ask "are our programs working to reduce recidivism?" That is, we want to know "is the money that we allocate to our prison and jail treatment programs providing the skills offenders need to be productive members of society and yielding positive results?" So how do correction programs provide effective interventions to decrease recidivism? Current research points to eight principles that, when reflected in the system policies, procedures, and day-to-day work of community corrections agencies, increase the likelihood of offender risk reduction (Smith, Gendreau & Swartz, 2009). The eight principles are (see Figure 1. National Institute of Correction's Eight Principles of Effective Intervention): 1. Assess Actuarial Risk/Needs; 2. Enhance Intrinsic Motivation;  Target Interventions Risk Principle: Prioritize supervision and treatment resources for higher risk offenders.  Need Principle: Target interventions to criminogenic (correlated to crime) needs.  Responsivity Principle: Be responsive to temperament, learning style, motivation, culture, and gender when assigning programs.  Dosage: Structure 40-70% of high-risk offenders' time for three to nine months.  Treatment Principle: Integrate treatment into the full sentence/sanction requirements. 3. Skill Train with Directed Practice (e.g., use cognitive behavioral treatment methods); 4. Increase Positive Reinforcement; 5. Engage Ongoing Support in Natural Communities; 7. Measure Relevant Processes/Practices; and 8. Provide Measurement Feedback However, building an evidence-based criminal justice system requires more than just having an understanding of the research that constructed these eight principles. It requires a commitment to fundamentally changing the way criminal justice organizations operate and the way that policy makers, funders, providers and other stakeholders work together. To invest criminal justice reform and make the commitment required, in 2014, Governor Gary Herbert introduced the Utah Justice Reinvestment Initiative (UJRI) that called for a review of the current criminal justice system and will guide a strategic plan to decrease recidivism. As part of the UJRI review, the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) at the University of Utah was asked to evaluate prison and jail treatment programs on their adherence to these evidence-based practices (EBP) and provided technical assistance surrounding improving treatment practices. The Utah Department of Corrections (UDC) has worked assiduously toward the goal of having their treatment programs become evidence-based and contribute to the criminal justice reform efforts and overall improve public safety in Utah. To this end, 5 prison and 3 jail treatment programs were selected to participate in a program evaluation and quality improvement process with UCJC to enhance their service delivery to be more consistent with EBP. This report is a summary of the eight program evaluations and results of a focus group conducted with program directors. This evaluation provides valuable information on where not only correction treatment programs can improve their practice, but where the Utah criminal justice system can improve as well. The recommendations provided in this report will act as a roadmap for sustainable implementation and replication of EBP in Utah and to develop a just, effective, and evidence-based system. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015-CCJJ_UDC-EBP-Adherence-Summary-ReportFinal-for-Distribution.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 144796

Author: Motivans, Mark Title: Federal Justice Statistics, 2013-2014 Summary: Describes the annual activity, workloads, and outcomes of the federal criminal justice system from arrest to imprisonment, using data from U.S. Marshals Service (USMS), Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys (EOUSA), Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts (AOUSC), and the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP). This report presents data on arrests and investigations by law enforcement agency and growth rates by type of offense and federal judicial district. It also examines trends in drug arrests by the DEA, provides the number of offenders returning to federal prison within 3 years of release, and includes the most recent available data on sentences imposed and their lengths by type of offense. See also Federal Justice Statistics, 2013 - Statistical Tables and Federal Justice Statistics, 2014 - Statistical Tables. Highlights: During 2014, federal law enforcement made 165,265 arrests, a 12% decrease from 188,164 arrests in 2013. In 2014, the five federal judicial districts along the U.S.-Mexico border accounted for 61% of federal arrests, 55% of suspects investigated, and 39% of offenders sentenced to federal prison. There were 81,881 federal immigration arrests made in 2014 - one-half of all federal arrests. Cocaine (25%) was the most common drug type involved in arrests by the Drug Enforcement Administration in 2014. Ninety-one percent of felons in cases terminated in U.S. district court in 2014 were convicted as the result of a guilty plea, 6% were dismissed, and 3% received a jury or bench trial. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fjs1314.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 144814

Author: Jacobsen, Wade C. Title: Punishment and Inequality at an Early Age: Exclusionary Discipline in Elementary School Summary: We fill an important gap in prior research by assessing (1) the prevalence of exclusionary discipline in elementary school; (2) racial disparities in exclusionary discipline in elementary school; and (3) the association between exclusionary discipline and aggressive behavior in elementary school. Using the Fragile Families Study, we estimate that more than 1 in 10 children born 1998-2000 in large US cities were suspended or expelled by age nine (most in third grade). We also find extreme racial disparity; upwards of 30% of non-Hispanic black males were suspended or expelled, compared to 8% of non-Hispanic white or other-race males. Disparities are largely due to differences in children's school and home environments rather than to behavior problems. Furthermore, we find suspension or expulsion associated with increased aggressive behavior in elementary school. These results are robust to a rich set of covariates, within individual fixed-effects, matching methods, and sensitivity checks for reverse causality and selection. Our results imply that school discipline policies relying heavily on exclusionary punishment may be fostering childhood inequality. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper: WP16-04-FF: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP16-04-FF.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 144815

Author: Haskins, Anna R. Title: Schools as Surveilling Institutions? Paternal Incarceration, System Avoidance, and Parental Involvement in Schooling Summary: Parents play important roles in their children's lives, and parental involvement in elementary schooling in particular is meaningful for a range of child outcomes. Given the increasing number of school-aged children with incarcerated parents, this study explores the ways paternal incarceration is associated with mothers' and fathers' reports of home- and school-based involvement in schooling. Using Fragile Families Study data, findings suggest that a father's incarceration inhibits his school- and home-based involvement in schooling, while associations for maternal involvement are weaker. Results are robust to alternative specifications of incarceration that address concerns about selection and unobserved heterogeneity. Findings also hold when teachers' reports are substituted, and across levels of father-child contact. Lastly, a test of the system avoidance mechanism is conducted, and results suggest it partially explains reductions in school involvement for fathers following incarceration. Given the reoccurring interest in the interconnection between families and schools and how this translates into success, this study suggests that paternal incarceration is associated with lower parental involvement in schooling and highlights the role of system avoidance in this association. Attachment to social institutions like schools is quite consequential, and this work highlights another way mass incarceration influences social life in the US. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, Department of Sociology, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Fragile Families Working Paper WP17-02-FF: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://crcw.princeton.edu/workingpapers/WP17-02-FF.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 144816

Author: New York (State). Governor's Commission on Youth, Public Safety and Justice Title: Final Report of the Governor's Commission on Youth, Public Safety and Justice. Recommendations for Juvenile Justice Reform in New York State Summary: Governor Cuomo signed Executive Order 131 on April 9, 2014, to establish the Commission on Youth, Public Safety and Justice. He instructed this Commission to develop a concrete plan to raise the age of juvenile jurisdiction in the most effective and prudent manner possible, and to make other specific recommendations as to how New York State's juvenile and criminal justice systems could better serve youth, improve outcomes, and protect communities. The Commission was ordered to complete its work by December 31, 2014. Why "raise the age" now? Numerous developments have converged in recent years to forge a growing consensus for this and related reforms to New York State's juvenile justice system. In brief, at least seven key developments have brought us to this point where reform is both necessary and possible. Each of these developments is explored in greater detail in this report. First, experiences in states like Connecticut and Illinois that have raised the age of criminal responsibility recently have demonstrated that recidivism and juvenile crime rates overall can be lowered through evidence-based interventions that steer nonviolent youthful offenders out of the justice system and into family, mental health, or other needed services. These experiences have helped to reduce opposition to reform in this area by showing that public safety can actually be enhanced by such changes. As discussed more fully in Chapter seven, analysis of the efficacy of certain interventions shows substantial recidivism reductions among high risk offenders in New York State. In fact, analysis completed in support of this Commission found that implementation of a range of evidence-based services used in juvenile justice for New York's population of 16- and 17-year-old offenders would eliminate between 1,500 and 2,400 crime victimizations every five years as a result of these recidivism reductions. Second, extensive research on the significant negative impacts of incarceration on adolescents in adult jails and prisons has brought a sense of urgency for reform. Higher suicide rates, increased recidivism, and many other measures all suggest that both offenders and their communities are harmed by placing adolescents into adult jails and prisons. Third, New York's unique history of juvenile justice has created a pressing reason for reform now. Despite a proud early history in this area, New York State now stands as one of only two states in the country that have set the age of criminal responsibility at age 16. That single fact has become a rallying cry for the current reform movement in this State, led the State's Chief Judge to urge legislative action, and inspired the Governor's initiative to appoint this Commission. Fourth, the impacts of processing all 16- and 17-year-olds in the criminal justice system fall disproportionately on young men of color. Young men of color are substantially over-represented among youth who are arrested at age 16 or 17 and who end up incarcerated as a result of the offense. Those impacts are felt not only by the young men themselves, but also by communities of color around the State. Fifth, scientific research into brain development has revealed only very recently that portions of our brains, including the region governing impulse control, develop far later than expected--after adolescence and as late as one's early to mid-20s. This research has demonstrated that adolescents do not have fully developed faculties of judgment or impulse control. It has also shown that adolescents respond more fruitfully to efforts to rehabilitate them and put them on the right track. Adolescence is a time of substantial development and provides real opportunity to harness the many assets youth possess in support of a positive life trajectory. Sixth, the research cited above has, in turn, undergirded several opinions from the U.S. Supreme Court and lower courts restricting the nature and scope of state and local governments' punishment of adolescent offenders on the ground that such offenders are both less culpable criminally and more susceptible to fruitful rehabilitation because of their still-developing brains. Those decisions have both resulted from and encouraged reform efforts across the country to improve the juvenile justice laws to reduce unnecessary incarceration and improve rehabilitative programming. Finally, this shifting view of adolescent offenders has coincided with, and arguably been facilitated by, a steady and significant decrease in violent crimes committed by youthful offenders since the 1990s. That reduction in crime has replaced outsized fears of young "super predators" with a more thoughtful focus on targeted criminal justice interventions to reduce recidivism without simply expanding costly incarceration. For all of these reasons, the Commission has the wind at its back in drafting this plan for raising the age of juvenile jurisdiction and reforming the juvenile justice system in other respects. The Commission's recommendations reflect a balanced approach that incorporates the wisdom and experiences of law enforcement, probation officers, criminal defense attorneys, policy advocates, service providers, local and State officials, and youth and their parents affected by the current system. Partly as a result of this balanced approach, the Commission's members support these recommendations unanimously and without reservation. Details: Albany: The Commission, 2014. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/ReportofCommissiononYouthPublicSafetyandJustice_0%20(1).pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 144817

Author: Wu, Xiaoyun Title: Do Police Go to Places with More Crime? A Spatial and Temporal Examination of Police Proactivity Summary: Over the last four decades, research has shown that police officers can reduce and prevent crime when they employ proactive, problem-solving, and place-based strategies. However, whether this research has translated into daily police activity is seldom examined. Are police being proactive when not answering calls for service? Do they target that proactivity in places that need it the most? Using calls for service data in a progressive police agency, the authors examine both the spatial and temporal relationship between proactive activity by officers and concentrations of crime using multiple methods, including Andresen's Spatial Point Pattern Test. Results suggest that police in Jacksonville are highly proactive, place-based, and micro-scaled in allocating their resource. They spent a large proportion of their resources conducting proactive work in accordance with the spatial distribution of crime, and they specifically concentrated significant proactive resources in the most crime-ridden areas, making the relationship an increasing curvilinear one between police proactive work and crime at places. More specifically, each crime at a micro place is related to around 40 additional minutes of police proactive work there, the figure of which becomes even higher at places with high enough crime. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2014. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/jspui/bitstream/handle/1920/10502/Wu_thesis_2015.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 144818

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: Piloting Utah's Response and Incentive Matrix: Results from Staff and Stakeholder Surveys Summary: In 2013, the Utah Sentencing Commission appointed a committee to develop a sanction and incentive matrix for Utah probationers and parolees. Members participating in this committee included representatives of the Utah Sentencing Commission, Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice (CCJJ), Utah Department of Corrections (UDC), specifically the Adult Probation and Parole (AP&P) division, and the Board of Pardons and Parole (BP&P). The resulting tool, called the Response and Incentive Matrix (RIM), integrates behavioral principles into a graduated response tool for responding to both compliance with, and violations of, the conditions of supervision. RIM was piloted in AP&P offices in the Northern Region from April through June 2015. At the end of the pilot period, the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) conducted a survey with AP&P staff, offenders on supervision, and community stakeholders in order to provide feedback on the tool prior to statewide implementation. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah. 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/RIM_Survey_Results.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 144895

Author: Sarver, Christian M. Title: A Review of Brief Risk Assessment Tools Validated for use in Correctional Settings Summary: Criminal justice researchers, government entities, and professional organizations endorse the use of structured risk assessments as best practice in correctional settings. When decisions regarding the placement, supervision, and treatment of offenders are informed by risk assessment, criminal justice systems are better able to address organizational goals related to public safety and efficiency, theoretically because offenders receive the specific type and amount of supervision and services necessary to reduce their risk of recidivism. Despite such benefits, the economic reality of conducting an assessment with every individual who enters the criminal justice system can be prohibitive. Brief risk assessments, on the other hand, can be administered by non-clinical staff, are less resource and time intensive to complete, and provide a method for classifying offenders into groups according to risk level. Although not a substitute for full assessments, these brief assessments allow criminal justice entities to identify low-risk individuals and to direct limited resources towards those who are most likely to benefit from a comprehensive assessment (i.e., moderate and high risk offenders). This final report evaluates and compares brief instruments for predicting general and violent recidivism (excluding sexual violence), failure to appear, and technical violations among adult offenders and juvenile delinquents who have been arrested, detained, charged, or convicted of an offense. A final section examines instruments intended to predict domestic violence recidivism. Details: Salt Lake City: Utah Criminal Justice Center, University of Utah, 2015. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://ucjc.utah.edu/wp-content/uploads/Brief-Screening-Assessments_Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 144896

Author: Tyler, Tom R. Title: Street Stops and Police Legitimacy: Teachable Moments in Young Urban Men's Legal Socialization Summary: Legal scholars recognize the centrality of the issue of legal culture (i.e., the "network of values and attitudes relating to law") (Friedman 1975:34) to the functioning of legal authorities. In particular, they have been concerned about how Americans acquire views about the legitimacy of law and legal authority (Sarat 1977). People do so through a process that includes childhood socialization (Tapp & Levine 1977) and later personal and peer experiences with legal authorities. In particular, the period of adolescence and young adulthood is often viewed as key since young men have their most frequent experiences with legal authorities, as do their peers, during this period (Brunson & Weitzer 2011; Fagan & Tyler 2005). The most frequent legal authority young people encounter is a police officer (Tyler & Huo 2002). The goal of this study is to explore the impact on legitimacy of a particularly salient type of young adult experience with the police-the car or street stop-during a particularly central developmental period-young adulthood. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Faculty Scholarship Series. 4988: Accessed April 13, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.law.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=5987&context=fss_papers Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 144897

Author: Ramirez, Anthony Title: Marijuana, Other Drugs, and Alcohol Use by Drivers in Washington State Summary: In Washington State legal sales of marijuana began July 8, 2014. A voluntary, anonymous roadside study was conducted to assess the prevalence of drivers testing positive for alcohol and other drugs, including marijuana, on Washington's roads. Data was collected in three waves, before implementation of legal sales, about 6 months after implementation, and 1 year after implementation. Of the almost 2,400 participants who provided an oral fluid or blood sample, 14.6 percent of drivers, 19.4 percent of drivers, and 21.4 percent of drivers were THC-positive in Waves 1, 2, and 3, respectively. There were no statistically significant differences between waves. There was a statistically significant increase in daytime prevalence of THC-positive drivers between Wave 1 (7.8%) and Wave 2 (18.4%), and also between Wave 1 and Wave 3 (18.9%). There was an increase in the percentage of THC-positive nighttime drivers with each successive wave, but these increases were not statistically significant. Synthetic marijuana was found in only 2 of the participants. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2016. 73p., app. Source: Internet Resource: (Report No. DOT HS 812 299: Accessed April 13, 2017 at: http://theathenaforum.org/sites/default/files/812299-WashingtonStatedrugstudy.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 144899

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "Not in it for Justice": How California's Pretrial Detention and Bail System Unfairly Punishes Poor People Summary: Every year in California, thousands of people arrested for a wide range of crimes spend time in jail because they cannot afford bail. From 2011-2015, California police made 1,451,441 felony arrests. Close to half-a-million of those people were jailed, but eventually determined to be not guilty of any crime. They were locked up at enormous taxpayer expense, missing work or school, and unable to care for children or elderly parents, simply because they could not afford bail. Every year, thousands plead guilty to charges they could have contested in order to be released sooner. Prosecutors request and judges often set high bail to keep people in jail and to encourage guilty pleas more quickly, as people in custody are much less able to contest their cases than those out of custody. Wealthy people can pay for their freedom and enjoy significant advantages defending themselves as a result; lower-income people often fall into debt to pay fees to bondsmen to regain their freedom and enjoy the same benefits. "Not in it for Justice" is based on 151 interviews with people detained pretrial and their family members, and with judges, attorneys, community organizers, and other California officials. The report includes new analysis of statewide data and data from 20 counties in California. Human Rights Watch calls on California state and local governments to change this unfair system to one that does not discriminate based on wealth or over-incarcerate. Human Rights Watch warns that risk assessment, an alternative to money bail using statistical predictions of risk, is likely to entrench racial biases and has potential to increase the number of people in pretrial custody and supervision. Human Rights Watch recommends adopting a system that avoids statistical profiles and that favors release while assessing the risk of pretrial danger through individualized, contextual hearings. Details: New York: HRW, 2017. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 14, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/usbail0417_web_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 144908

Author: Marsh, Andrea M. Title: State of Crisis: Chronic Neglect and Underfunding for Louisiana's Public Defense Systems Summary: The crisis in public defense in Louisiana has been well-documented by the news media over the past several years. Stories of overloaded public defenders, unrepresented individuals languishing in jail, and mass pleas have shocked the nation's conscience, but the system's shortcomings have long evaded reform. However, much coverage of the public defense crisis in Louisiana, the state with the highest incarceration rate in the nation, has focused its attention on the consequences of the crisis rather than its causes. Through interviews and review of publicly available documents, NACDL compiled a history of Louisiana's public defense system from 1963 to the present, uncovering some of the structural issues that have led to a system that exists in a constant state of emergency. While acknowledging that representation in Louisiana has improved overall since 2007, the report found several deficiencies including funding disparities, lack of independence, and inadequate quality of representation. Based on these findings, the report presents six recommendations for reform in Louisiana: The Louisiana Legislature should fully fund the provision of public defense services in Louisiana from general revenue. The Louisiana Legislature should repeal the public defender fee on convictions and public defender application fee, and replace local revenue for public defense with state general revenue. If local revenue is a necessary transitional measure before sufficient state revenue is available to fully fund public defense, changes to local revenue streams that will make them more stable and equitable should be adopted. Louisiana should establish parity between the defense function and the prosecution. Louisiana judges should respect the independent professional judgment of lawyers who provide public defense services, including their determinations that a conflict prevents them from accepting or maintaining representation of a case. Louisiana judges should release from detention accused individuals for whom the state cannot provide counsel due to its under-funding of the public defense system. LPDB and the defender community should re-focus on improving the quality of representation rather than merely surviving the next crisis. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: https://www.nacdl.org/louisianapublicdefense/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 144987

Author: Gupta-Kagan, Josh Title: Effective Solutions to South Carolina's Juvenile Justice Crisis: Safety, Rehabilitation, and Fiscal Responsibility Summary: More than a decade after emerging from federal court oversight, the South Carolina Department of Juvenile Justice ("DJJ") once again faces significant difficulties. Recent legislative and media reports have shined a light on some of DJJ's current problems. Some members of the South Carolina General Assembly now consider DJJ to be in the midst of a crisis marked by violence at DJJ facilities, poor staffing models, and inadequate treatment for children in custody. A critical Legislative Audit Council report describes an agency facing serious challenges, and led to the resignation of the DJJ director. This crisis creates an opportunity to address long-standing challenges and set South Carolina on a course to build a model juvenile justice system. This white paper will not rehash the incidents that triggered the General Assembly's attention. Instead, this analysis is a call to action to address the long-standing problems in how we treat juvenile offenders and to set South Carolina on a path towards building a model juvenile justice system - a system that reduces crime by rehabilitating child offenders, keeps children and juvenile justice staff safe, and more efficiently spends taxpayer money. Details: Columbia, SC: Protection & Advocacy for People with Disabilities, Inc., 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2017 at: http://www.pandasc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Juvenile-Justice-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 145024

Author: Redcross, Cindy Title: New York City's Pretrial Supervised Release Program: An Alternative to Bail Summary: Policymakers and practitioners are increasingly raising concerns about the large number of people being held in jails pretrial across the US. The supervised release program (SR) in NYC is an example of a new approach to handling cases pretrial. SR gives judges the option to release some defendants who would otherwise be detained due to their inability to make bail. The City of New York has contracted with MDRC and Vera to conduct an evaluation of the program. This brief gives an overview of the program, how it operates, and initial findings based on interviews with key courtroom stakeholders and program staff. Future reports will provide comprehensive evaluation results. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice; MDRC, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2017 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/SupervisedRelease%20Brief%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145056

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Final Implementation Findings from the Responsible Fatherhood Reentry Projects Summary: Fathers recently released from correctional institutions have significant service needs and can face considerable barriers to meeting those needs as they reintegrate back to their communities. To help fathers achieve their reentry, self-sufficiency, and family goals, six Office of Family Assistance-funded Fatherhood Reentry programs employed unique approaches to providing parenting, relationship, and economic stability services to fathers and their families. This report describes the range of activities the programs implemented in correctional institutions and community-based locations and offers lessons based on the relative advantages and disadvantages of the programs' different approaches to participant recruitment and enrollment, program and case management, and partner organization engagement and use. This report also details the programs' partnerships for delivering services and their creative thinking when making mid-course adjustments to overcome implementation challenges. This report aims to inform implementation of family-focused reentry programs given the need for these types of services for justice-involved fathers. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89766/final_implementation_report_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Fathers Shelf Number: 145068

Author: Merfish, Brett Title: RAISE THE AGE: 17-Year-Olds in the Criminal Justice System. Arrests, Jail Bookings, and Case Outcomes Among 17-Year-Olds in Texas, 2012-2015 Summary: Texas is one of only seven states in which 17-year-olds accused of committing crimes are automatically shuffled into the adult criminal justice system rather than the juvenile justice system, regardless of the crime. Treating 17-year-olds as adults in the criminal justice system is out of step with the societal consensus for "maturity" as well as with research on brain development that finds youth are inherently less likely to consider the outcomes of their actions, more prone to risky behavior, and more vulnerable or susceptible to negative influences and outside pressures. Sending youth into the adult system has serious consequences for their mental health and physical well-being; 17-year-olds face physical and psychological risks when placed in adult prisons that lead to higher rates of suicide, depression, and physical and sexual victimization. In addition, having an adult criminal record creates future barriers to education, employment, housing, and military service. Seventeen-year-olds are not able to vote, serve on juries, or serve in the military, yet they are treated as adults by the criminal justice system. Moreover, the crimes 17-year-olds are arrested for and the crimes for which they're booked in jail closely resemble the crimes for which younger juveniles in Texas are arrested and detained. In short, 17-year-olds are very much like their 16-year-old counterparts but they receive different treatment by the criminal justice system - treatment that leads to higher recidivism rates and more negative effects on their well-being. The following data analysis examines the arrests (including arrests by Houston-area school district police officers), jail bookings, and case outcomes for 17-year-olds in Texas over the last four years for which complete data were available (2012-2015). Unless otherwise noted, data were obtained from the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ), the Texas Department of Public Safety (TDPS), and the Texas Juvenile Justice Department (TJJD). Some top-level findings of the analysis are: - The majority of 17-year-olds are arrested for low-level misdemeanor offenses. - Fewer 17-year-olds are being arrested each year - with a 17% decrease from 2013 to 2015. The number of arrests of 17-year-olds is closer to other juveniles than to adults or 18-year-olds. - The top three offenses leading to arrests of 17-year-olds were theft (20.8% of offenses), drug possession (19.1%), and assault (10.8%). - For drug offenses, 75.5% of arrests were for marijuana possession, representing 14.4% of all arrests of 17-year-olds. - Of arrests of 17-year-olds by Independent School District (ISD) officers in the Houston area over an almost two-year period, 35.9% were for drug possession, mainly small amounts of marijuana. - Data from a sample of counties show an annual downward trend of 17-year-olds being booked into jail; possession of marijuana (19.3%) and theft (18.1%) were the most common offenses. - The offenses most commonly resulting in jail bookings for 17-year-olds varied only slightly between counties. These findings and the following data analysis make a compelling case for treating 17-year-olds as juveniles within the criminal justice system. The rates at which they are arrested along with the offenses for which they are booked resemble the rates and offenses for 16-year-olds; yet their different treatment leads to very different outcomes. Raising the age will ensure that 17-year-olds who are charged with a criminal offense are treated in a developmentally appropriate way. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: https://www.texasappleseed.org/sites/default/files/Raise%20the%20Age%20Report_041117.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 145071

Author: Apfel, Rachael Title: Implementing Proposition 64: Marijuana Policy in California Summary: The Law and Policy Lab practicum is an important innovation in the curriculum at Stanford Law School. Policy Lab students address important public policy questions for a real-world client, under the supervision of a SLS faculty member. In some ways, the Policy Lab is similar to a traditional legal clinic, but the focus is on the general public interest rather than advocacy on behalf of a particular individual or organization. This report is the work of a Policy Lab on marijuana regulation, a subject of extraordinary current importance in California. After 20 years of unregulated medical marijuana, the legislature passed a comprehensive set of rules governing how the industry should operate. Shortly thereafter, the voters approved Proposition 64 (The Adult Use of Marijuana Act), which legalized recreational marijuana. This new environment creates challenges and opportunities for policymakers, including Assemblyman Jim Wood, whose district includes most of the states' marijuana production. Our Stanford policy lab was very fortunate to have Dr. Wood as our client for this semester. Dr. Wood posed three questions that our students, with our guidance, tried to answer: (1) What are the conflicts between the recently passed medical marijuana regulations and Proposition 64, and how can they be reconciled within the constraints of the State Constitution? (2) How serious a problem is cannabis-impaired driving, and what technologies and policies could combat it? (3) How can policymakers protect the environment from destructive marijuana grows, and how can environment protection officials hold destructive growers responsible when they are shielded under multiple limited license corporations (LLCs). Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Law School, Law and Policy Lab, 2017. 71p. Source: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: https://www-cdn.law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Implementing_Prop_64_Stanford_Law_School.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 145136

Author: Bjerk, David Title: Mandatory Minimums and the Sentencing of Federal Drug Crimes Summary: The United States federal mandatory minimums have been controversial not only because of the length of the mandatory sentences for even first-time offenders, but also because the eligibility quantities for crack are very small when compared to those for other drugs. This paper shows that the actual impact of these mandatory minimums on sentencing is quite nuanced. A large fraction of mandatory minimum eligible offenders, particularly first-time offenders, are able to avoid these mandatory minimums. Moreover, despite lower quantity eligibility thresholds for crack, a smaller fraction of crack offenders are eligible for mandatory minimums relative to other drugs. Furthermore, while being just eligible for a mandatory minimum increases sentence length on average, the impact is not uniform across drugs. Notably, sentences for crack offenders are generally sufficiently long such that, on average, sentences for crack offenders are not impacted by eligibility for a mandatory minimum. In summary, the discrepancy in federal sentencing between crack offenders and those convicted for other drugs does not appear to be driven by mandatory minimums, but rather other aspects of federal sentencing policy and norms. Details: Bonn, Germany: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10544: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2923627 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crack Cocaine Shelf Number: 145142

Author: Friedman, Matthew Title: Crime Trends: 1990-2016 Summary: This report examines crime trends at the national and city level during the last quarter century. It covers the years 1990 through 2016, as crime rates peaked in 1991. It analyzes data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation and from police departments from the nation's 30 largest cities. Data for 2016 are estimated, as full year data was not available at the time of publication. This report concludes that although there are some troubling increases in crime in specific cities, there is no evidence of a national crime wave. Key findings: Overall Trends: Crime has dropped precipitously in the last quarter-century. While crime may fall in some years and rise in others, annual variations are not indicative of long-term trends. While murder rates have increased in some cities, this report finds no evidence that the hard-won public safety gains of the last two and a half decades are being reversed. Overall Crime Rate: The national crime rate peaked in 1991 at 5,856 crimes per 100,000 people, and has generally been declining ever since. In 2015, crime fell for the 14th year in a row. Estimates based on preliminary data for 2016 indicate that the overall crime rate will remain stable at 2,857 offenses per 100,000, rising less than 1 percent from 2015. Today's crime rate is less than half of what it was in 1991. Violent Crime: The violent crime rate also peaked in 1991 at 716 violent crimes per 100,000, and now stands at 366, about half that rate. However, the violent crime rate, like rates of murder and overall crime, has risen and fallen during this time. For example, violent crime registered small increases in 2005 and 2006, and then resumed its downward trend. In 2015, violent crime increased by 2.9 percent nationally and by 2.0 percent in the nation's 30 largest cities. Preliminary data for 2016 also show a greater increase in the national violent crime rate, up 6.3 percent, and a smaller jump in the 30 largest cities, 2.4 percent. Crime is often driven by local factors, so rates in cities may differ from national averages. Murder: From 1991 to 2016, the murder rate fell by roughly half, from 9.8 killings per 100,000 to 5.3. The murder rate rose last year by an estimated 7.8 percent. With violence at historic lows, modest increases in the murder rate may appear large in percentage terms. Similarly, murder rates in the 30 largest cities increased by 13.2 percent in 2015 and an estimated 14 percent in 2016. These increases were highly concentrated. More than half of the 2015 urban increase (51.8 percent) was caused by just three cities, Baltimore, Chicago, and Washington, D.C. And Chicago alone was responsible for 43.7 percent of the rise in urban murders in 2016. It is important to remember the relatively small base from which the percentage increases are calculated. City-Level Analysis: Appendix A provides detail on crime in each of the nation's 30 largest cities. The data demonstrate that crime rates and trends vary widely from city to city. In New York, for example, crime remains at all-time lows. Other cities, such as Washington, D.C., have seen murder rise and then fall recently, yet the rate is still lower than it was a decade ago. However, there are a small group of cities, such as Chicago, where murder remains persistently high, even by historical standards. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2017 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Crime%20Trends%201990-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 145144

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: "Model" Bail Laws: Re-Drawing the Line Between Pretrial Release and Detention Summary: This paper is designed to help persons craft and justify language articulating who should be released and who should be eligible for detention in a purposeful in-or-out pretrial system through a study of the history of bail, the fundamental legal principles, the pretrial research, and the national standards on pretrial release and detention. It does so, in Part I, by providing the answers to a series of questions that every jurisdiction should be asking before embarking on the task of re-drawing the line between pretrial release and detention. These questions, based on the fundamentals of bail, range from elementary (i.e., "What is bail?") to somewhat complicated (i.e., "How has America traditionally defined 'flight' and how did it struggle with both unintentional and intentional detention for noncapital defendants?") to very practical (i.e., "Can we use the results of actuarial pretrial risk assessment instruments when determining our detention eligibility net?"). In Part II, the paper begins to answer the question, "If we change, to what do we change?" It then introduces three analyses that should be used to assess any proposed model for re-drawing the line between release and detention. In Part III, the paper proposes a "model" process - this author's attempt at purposefully re-drawing the line between release and detention - based on the history, the law, the pretrial research, and the national standards on release and detention, and then, in Part IV, the paper holds the proposed model up to the three analyses. In Part V, the paper operationalizes the concepts from the proposed model into sample templates designed to illustrate how a jurisdiction might phrase certain crucial elements contained in the model. And finally, once this re-drawing of the line between release and detention is done, Part VI of the paper articulates notions that should be a part of any state bail legal scheme in order to make the model provision work. The proposed model can be accepted or rejected by American jurisdictions. Nevertheless, any different model should be subjected to either the same or a more rigorous justification process as is provided in this paper. This paper is likely useful to all persons seeking answers to questions surrounding pretrial justice today. But it should be especially useful to those persons who are taking pen to paper to re-write their laws to determine whom to release and whom to potentially detain pretrial - essentially, to redraw the line between purposeful release and detention. Details: Golden, CO: Center for Legal and Evidence-Based Practices, 2017. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://www.clebp.org/images/04-18-2017_Model_Bail_Laws_CLEPB_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145149

Author: Glosser, Angela Title: Gangs in a rural town: An analysis of community perceptions of crime, gangs, and the new in-migrant population. Summary: Urban gangs have captivated social scientists and been the topic of research for decades. However, recent gang member migration has created a relatively new interest in the possibility of non-metropolitan, or rural, gang presence and activities. Current research literature contends that this phenomenon is the result of the in-migration of urban minority and immigrant gang members, whereas law enforcement asserts gang growth is caused by community apathy toward the growing problem. This research examined community perceptions within the rural case study community of Bridgetown, Iowa. Bridgetown has been experiencing an influx of minority immigrants entering the community to work in its meat packing facility, and, according to local law enforcement, supposedly has a gang presence. Participants were residents and members of institutions of social control within the community. These individuals were selected because they would be the most likely within the community to come into direct contact or be aware of a real gang presence. They completed questionnaires and participated in one-on-one interviews designed to ascertain their general perceptions towards topics regarding crime, gangs, and the new immigrant population within the community. The research also attempted to discover what steps these individuals believed that people within their profession and other community members could take in embracing diversity within the community and whether these ideas might contribute to the reduction or elimination of gang activity within the community. The results show that while these residents do acknowledge the socioeconomic importance of the new immigrant community members, they do believe that gangs are present and are the result of the migration of these minority groups within the community. Most participants also agreed that diversity programs should be offered to combat the potential gang problem and eliminate racial and ethnic tensions that might exist between the native and immigrant populations. Details: Ames, IA: Iowa State University, 2013. 217p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://lib.dr.iastate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4468&context=etd Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 145151

Author: Perry, David Title: On Media Coverage of the Murder of People with Disabilities by Their Caregivers Summary: or this White Paper, we looked at the media coverage of 260 cases of the killing of disabled people by the parents or other caregivers, ultimately narrowing our sample down to 219 cases in which the circumstances were clear. The cases date from January 2011 to December 2015. The cases range from clearly intentional acts of murder to death through neglect; the victims have a wide range of disabilities, and the legal outcomes vary from acquittal or no charge to lengthy prison sentences. Our Goals Identify and assess the patterns in coverage. Analyze how those patterns might contribute to stigmatization of disability and disabled people and even intensify the risks of future crimes. Provide a comparative framework so that journalists covering such a story in their own community might have easily accessible references. Highlight the efforts of the self-advocate community to combat disability stigma, to demand victim-centered stories, and work for change. National data repeatedly indicates that people with disabilities are at higher risk for violent crime than people without disabilities. The deaths of people with disabilities at the hands of caregivers, including parents, is a particularly tragic subset of this broader pattern. Moreover, when journalists cover the deaths of this vulnerable segment of the population, the focus is often directed at the murderer. Journalists, consciously or unconsciously, often write stories that build sympathy for the murderer and the circumstances that led them to their crime, while the person with a disability is erased from the story. We have examined over 200 news reports about cases in North America between 2011-2015 that clearly describe the murder of a victim with a disability by a parent, child, spouse, or unrelated caregiver. Findings At least 219 disabled people were killed by parents and caregivers between 2011 -2015 - an average of approximately a murder a week. This is a very conservative number due to under-reporting and the fact that a victim's disability is not always made public. The real numbers are likely much higher. The killers routinely claim "hardship" as a justification for their acts. The media rarely questions such claims or asks for comment from disability rights organizations, and especially not from people with disabilities themselves. In the drive to explain a killing, the lives of the victims get erased resulting in killer-centered, rather than victim-centered reporting. Spreading the hardship narrative may lead to more violence, rather than changing policy around supports. In many cases, moreover, the narrative is fundamentally not true. Many killers receive little to no prison time. In such cases, perceptions of disability as suffering inform judicial decisions not to punish murder. Best Practices Tell victim-centered stories. Don't just report what the killer says about the victim, which will always be dehumanizing. Do the journalism to find out more about the victims' lives, their desires, their agency. Talk to experts in disability. The disability rights community follows these cases closely and will provide expert commentary. Remember, most caregivers do not kill disabled people, so blaming a killing on disability-related hardship is never the full answer. Challenge the claims of defense attorneys and perpetrators. Investigate whether the claims of defense attorneys and perpetrators are accurate. When prosecutors treat such cases lightly, investigate whether they treat cases involving non-disabled victims the same way. Provide Context. These cases are rare (there are around 450 cases of parents killing children every year in the United States), but not unique. They need to be put in context so the consequences of dehumanizing disabled people can be made visible to the general public. Details: Newton, MA: Ruderman Family Foundation, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://www.rudermanfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Murders-by-Caregivers-WP_final_final-2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disabled Persons Shelf Number: 145157

Author: Barbee, Andy Title: Justice Reinvestment in Arkansas: Policy Options and Projected Impacts Summary: This presentation outlines proposed policy options for the Legislative Criminal Justice Oversight Task Force, which are designed to address current pressures on prisons, county jails, and the state's supervision system. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, Justice Center, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/8.25.16_Justice-Reinvestment-in-Arkansas.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 145158

Author: Texas Appleseed Title: Pay or Stay: The High Cost of Jailing Texans for Fines and Fees Summary: For low-income Texans, a ticket for a minor offense like speeding, jaywalking, or having a broken headlight can lead to devastating consequences for the individual, as well as that person's family and community. If someone is unable to pay a ticket right away, the cost compounds over time, often resulting in more tickets, fines and fees. Failing to pay or to appear in court can lead to an arrest warrant and jail time. Current practices often result in the suspension of, and inability to renew, driver's licenses, as well as the inability to register vehicles. They also result in millions of arrest warrants being issued annually. When people are picked up on a warrant for failure to pay tickets, fines and fees, they are often booked into jail and made to pay off their debt with jail credit, usually at a rate of $50 to $100 a day. These practices are widespread - over 230,000 Texans are unable to renew expired licenses until their fines and fees are paid off, and about 1 in 8 fine-only misdemeanor cases are paid off in whole or in part with jail credit. Low-income Texans are being set up to fail by the way fines and fees are handled, and they are often driven deeper into poverty. Suspending a person's driver's license makes it illegal to drive to work; issuing an arrest warrant can make it nearly impossible for to find employment; and sending that person to jail can lead to the loss of a job and housing. The public's safety is harmed when low-risk people languish in jail. This system hurts Texas families and drains our public resources at great expense to taxpayers. In many cases, the current system also violates state and federal law. The United States Supreme Court has held that incarcerating somebody because of unpaid fines or fees without a hearing to determine if they are actually able to pay the fines and fees violates the Equal Protection and Due Process clauses of the 14th Amendment. Texas state statute also makes clear that a person cannot be jailed for unpaid fines when the nonpayment was due to indigence. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: https://www.texasappleseed.org/sites/default/files/PayorStay_Report_final_Feb2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 145165

Author: South Carolina. General Assembly. Legislative Audit Council Title: A Limited Review of the S.C. Department of Juvenile Justice Summary: Members of the House Legislative Oversight Committee asked the Legislative Audit Council to conduct an audit of the S.C. Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ). The committee had concerns about safety and financial issues at the agency and whether DJJ is meeting its mission for the juveniles in its custody. Our audit objectives were to: - Review DJJ's management of its state appropriations. - Evaluate how DJJ is maintaining a safe and secure environment for staff and juveniles. - Review how DJJ monitors its delivery of rehabilitative treatment and educational programs for the juveniles to determine whether the agency is meeting its mission. In July 2016, we surveyed all DJJ staff using SurveyMonkey to get input on issues including safety and security, job satisfaction, work shifts, communication, and facilities. We had a 55.9% response rate (674 of 1,205). We also summarized open-ended responses and referenced many of them throughout the report. Details: Columbia, SC: Legislative Audit Council, 2017. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2017 at: http://lac.sc.gov/LAC_Reports/2017/Documents/DJJ.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 145166

Author: Allan, Elizabeth J. Title: Hazing in View: College Students at Risk Summary: Documented problems related to student hazing include physical and psychological harm and even death. Hazing in View: College Students at Risk provides the initial findings of the National Study of Student Hazing. The research is based on the analysis of 11,482 survey responses from undergraduate students enrolled at 53 colleges and universities and more than 300 interviews with students and campus personnel at 18 of those institutions. For this study, hazing was defined as �any activity expected of someone joining or participating in a group that humiliates, degrades, abuses, or endangers them regardless of a person�s willingness to participate.� The following findings are discussed in the report: ? 55% of college students involved in clubs, teams, and organizations experience hazing. ? Hazing occurs in, but extends beyond, varsity athletics and Greek-letter organizations and includes behaviors that are abusive, dangerous, and potentially illegal. ? Alcohol consumption, humiliation, isolation, sleep- deprivation, and sex acts are hazing practices common across types of student groups. ? There are public aspects to student hazing including: 25% of coaches or organization advisors were aware of the group�s hazing behaviors; 25% of the behaviors occurred on-campus in a public space; in 25% of hazing experiences, alumni were present; and students talk with peers (48%, 41%) or family (26%) about their hazing experiences. ? In more than half of the hazing incidents, a member of the offending group posts pictures on a public web space. ? More students perceive positive rather than negative outcomes of hazing. ? In 95% of the cases where students identified their experience as hazing, they did not report the events to campus officials. ? Students recognize hazing as part of the campus culture; 69% of students who belonged to a student activity reported they were aware of hazing activities occurring in student organizations other than their own. ? Students report limited exposure to hazing prevention efforts that extend beyond a �hazing is not tolerated� approach. ? 47% of students come to college having experienced hazing. ? Nine out of ten students who have experienced hazing behavior in college do not consider themselves to have been hazed. Researchers provide general recommendations for campus personnel, college and university administrators, and those working with college students including: ? Design hazing prevention efforts to be broad and inclusive of all students involved in campus organizations and athletic teams. ? Make a serious commitment to educate the campus community about the dangers of hazing; send a clear message that hazing will not be tolerated and that those engaging in hazing behaviors will be held accountable. ? Broaden the range of groups targeted for hazing prevention education to include all students, campus staff, administrators, faculty, alumni, and family members. ? Design intervention and prevention efforts that are research-based and systematically evaluate them to assess their effectiveness. ? Involve all students in hazing prevention efforts and introduce these early in students� campus experience (i.e., orientation). ? Design prevention efforts to be more comprehensive than simply one-time presentations or distribution of anti-hazing policies. This is the first in a series of reports to be released from the data collected in this investigation. Subsequent reports will examine other aspects of the data in more depth including: recommendations for hazing prevention, gender differences in hazing, high school hazing experiences, hazing within particular types of student groups, and regional and institutional-type comparisons of student hazing. Details: Orono, Me. : University of Maine, 2008. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2017 at: http://www.stophazing.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/hazing_in_view_web1.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Colleges and Universities Shelf Number: 145173

Author: Center for Schools and Communities Title: Restitution in Pennsylvania: Task Force Final Report Summary: In October 2011, the Office of the Victim Advocate convened the Restitution in Pennsylvania Task Force. This Task Force served as a forum for enhancing interagency coordination, increasing communication, and identifying solutions to increase the quality of restitution services at the state and county levels. The Task Force brought together relevant county and state level stakeholders and experts including individuals, agencies and organizations engaged in victim restitution work, as well as representatives of the judicial, legislative and administrative branches of government. Seeking to maximize the reimbursement of financial losses to crime victims, the Task Force worked within the context of restorative justice theory and practice: balancing the needs of victims, the community and offenders. The Task Force was charged with crafting recommendations which would enhance the criminal and juvenile justice systems' effectiveness through possible standardization of policies and protocols concerning the ordering, collection and disbursement of restitution. To this end, the Task Force was able to complete the following: 1. Examined restitution laws, rules, and policy in the criminal and juvenile systems across the Commonwealth. 2. Examined research, white papers and scholarly articles relative to victim restitution which identify national best practices and promising programs. 3. Examined existing restitution processes currently in place in the commonwealth to identify best practices and promising programs. 4. Created Subcommittees to explore underlying issues in greater depth, which reported their findings/recommendations to the Task Force. 5. Compiled recommendations into a final report for submission to the courts, the legislature and the Governor�s administration. I n October 2011, the Office of the Victim Advocate convened the Restitution in Pennsylvania Task Force. This Task Force served as a forum for enhancing interagency coordination, increasing communication, and identifying solutions to increase the quality of restitution services at the state and county levels. The Task Force brought together relevant county and state level stakeholders and experts including individuals, agencies and organizations engaged in victim restitution work, as well as representatives of the judicial, legislative and administrative branches of government. Seeking to maximize the reimbursement of financial losses to crime victims, the Task Force worked within the context of restorative justice theory and practice: balancing the needs of victims, the community and offenders. The Task Force was charged with crafting recommendations which would enhance the criminal and juvenile justice systems' effectiveness through possible standardization of policies and protocols concerning the ordering, collection and disbursement of restitution. To this end, the Task Force was able to complete the following: 1. Examined restitution laws, rules, and policy in the criminal and juvenile systems across the Commonwealth. 2. Examined research, white papers and scholarly articles relative to victim restitution which identify national best practices and promising programs. 3. Examined existing restitution processes currently in place in the commonwealth to identify best practices and promising programs. 4. Created Subcommittees to explore underlying issues in greater depth, which reported their findings/recommendations to the Task Force. 5. Compiled recommendations into a final report for submission to the courts, the legislature and the Governor's administration. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania Office of the Victim Advocate, 2013. 284p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.center-school.org/Restitution/pdf/Restitution_Taskforce_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 145174

Author: MacDonald, John M. Title: Evaluating the Role of Race in Criminal Justice Adjudications in Delaware Summary: In Delaware, African Americans are over-represented throughout the criminal justice system. Data from 2012 to 2014 show that African Americans represent 22% of the state's general population, 42% of arrestees, 42% of criminal dispositions, 51% of incarceration sentences, and 57% of Delaware's incarcerated population. Previous studies have examined African Americans' over-representation in the Delaware criminal justice system by highlighting aggregate differences in the state's arrest and incarcerated population relative to its general population, or differences in incarcerated individuals relative to those arrested for common felony offenses. This study expands on these earlier efforts by conducting a more fine-grained analysis that tracks outcomes among all adults arrested for criminal offenses in Delaware between 2012 and 2014. Using detailed administrative data, the study was able to measure important information related to the case and defendant characteristics of each arrest that is processed in the Delaware state courts. This study examined criminal justice adjudications in Delaware to determine the extent to which race played a role in an arrestee's final disposition to incarceration (i.e. a SENTAC Level V sentence) and length of an incarceration sentence. The study calculated the size of disparities between Whites and African Americans arrested at each stage of criminal procedure in Delaware. The study then documented the extent to which observable case-level factors reduced disparities in incarceration sentences and sentence lengths. The study assessed what racial disparities in incarceration sentences and sentence lengths would look if White defendants had the same case-level characteristics as African American defendants. The study also estimated the evolution of African American-White disparities in incarceration as criminal histories accumulate. The study found there were significant disparities in incarceration sentences and sentence lengths for African Americans relative to Whites arrested on criminal offenses. These disparities decreased substantially to levels that were practically small after controlling for current charge and case characteristics, contextual information related to county location, detention between arrest and disposition, and criminal history. The African American-White incarceration sentence disparity was 60% before controlling for other variables. When African American defendants were compared to similarly situated White defendants the relative disparity in incarceration sentences was reduced to 11%, a raw difference of less than 1%. Similarly, the average incarceration sentence length was 40% longer for African Americans relative to Whites when no other factors were considered. When African American defendants were compared to similarly situated White defendants, the relative difference in incarceration sentence length was reduced to an 11% difference, or approximately 39 days, which is no longer statistically significant. When racial disparities are estimated that gave Whites the same characteristics as African American defendants, differences in incarceration sentencing were largely driven by current charge and case characteristics and contextual factors. African American-White differences in the probability of incarceration can be specifically attributed to differences in arrest charges, detention between arrest and final disposition, having a juvenile criminal record, county location, and the number of prior arrests. Differences in sentence length are accounted for primarily by arrest charge types and the seriousness of arrest charges. Examination of the evolution of criminal histories shows that as defendants accumulate criminal histories, their probability of incarceration increases, but racial differences do not change. An analysis of defendants first arrested in 2002-2004 and rearrested in 2012-2014, shows an elevated risk of receiving an incarceration sentence with each successive arrest. Differences between African American and White defendants in the probability of incarceration are constant across successive arrests, showing that racial disparities in the 2012-2014 period are not uniquely impacted by earlier arrests. The results of this study suggest that current charge and case characteristics from the arrest stage are the primary drivers of racial disparities in incarceration sentences and sentence length. Contextual factors related to county location and detention between arrest and court disposition are important, but less influential contributors to racial differences in incarceration sentencing. Taking into account these three sets of case-level factors suggests that discretion in criminal processing after arrests plays little role in explaining the relatively high rates of African Americans serving an incarceration sentence in Delaware in 2012-2014. The results indicate that criminal justice system reform efforts to reduce racial disparities in incarceration in Delaware will need to focus on how sentences are determined. Details: Dover: Delaware Administrative Office of the Courts, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://courts.delaware.gov/supreme/docs/DE_DisparityReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 145175

Author: Tehan, Rita Title: Cybersecurity: Critical Infrastructure Authoritative Reports and Resources Summary: Critical infrastructure is defined in the USA PATRIOT Act (P.L. 107-56, �1016(e)) as "systems and assets, physical or virtual, so vital to the United States that the incapacity or destruction of such systems and assets would have a debilitating impact on security, national economic security, national public health and safety, or any combination of those matters." Presidential Decision Directive 63, or PDD-63, identified activities whose critical infrastructures should be protected: information and communications; banking and finance; water supply; aviation, highways, mass transit, pipelines, rail, and waterborne commerce; emergency and law enforcement services; emergency, fire, and continuity of government services; public health services; electric power, oil and gas production; and storage. In addition, the PDD identified four activities in which the federal government controls the critical infrastructure: (1) internal security and federal law enforcement; (2) foreign intelligence; (3) foreign affairs; and (4) national defense. In February 2013, the Obama Administration issued PPD-21, Critical Infrastructure Security and Resilience, which superseded HSPD-7 issued during the George W. Bush Administration. PPD-21 made no major changes in policy, roles and responsibilities, or programs, but did order an evaluation of the existing public-private partnership model, the identification of baseline data and system requirements for efficient information exchange, and the development of a situational awareness capability. PPD-21 also called for an update of the National Infrastructure Protection Plan, and a new Research and Development Plan for Critical Infrastructure, to be updated every four years. This report serves as a starting point for congressional staff assigned to cover cybersecurity issues as they relate to critical infrastructure. Much is written about protecting U.S. critical infrastructure, and this CRS report directs the reader to authoritative sources that address many of the most prominent issues. The annotated descriptions of these sources are listed in reverse chronological order with an emphasis on material published in the past several years. The report includes resources and studies from government agencies (federal, state, local, and international), think tanks, academic institutions, news organizations, and other sources.  Table 1 contains overview reports and resources  Table 2 lists energy resources, including electrical grid, Smart Grid, SCADA, and Industrial Control Systems  Table 3 presents financial industry resources, including banks, insurance, SEC guidance, FFIEC, FDIC, FSOC, and IRS  Table 4 contains health, including Healthcare.gov, health insurance, Medicaid, and medical devices  Table 5 contains telecommunications and communications, including wired, wireless, Internet service providers, GPS, undersea cables, and public safety broadband networks  Table 6 features transportation, including Coast Guard, air traffic control, ports and maritime, and automobiles The following CRS reports comprise a series that compiles authoritative reports and resources on these cybersecurity topics:  CRS Report R44405, Cybersecurity: Overview Reports and Links to Government, News, and Related Resources, by Rita Tehan  CRS Report R44406, Cybersecurity: Education, Training, and R&D Authoritative Reports and Resources, by Rita Tehan  CRS Report R44408, Cybersecurity: Cybercrime and National Security Authoritative Reports and Resources, by Rita Tehan  CRS Report R43317, Cybersecurity: Legislation, Hearings, and Executive Branch Documents, by Rita Tehan  CRS Report R43310, Cybersecurity: Data, Statistics, and Glossaries, by Rita Tehan  CRS Report R44417, Cybersecurity: State, Local, and International Authoritative Reports and Resources, by Rita Tehan Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: R44410: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44410.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 145179

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the United States Marshals Service Contrast No. DJJODT7C0002 with CoreCivic, Inc., to Operate the Leavenworth Detention Center Leavenworth, Kansas Summary: In January 2007, the Office of the Federal Detention Trustee (OFDT) awarded, on behalf of the U.S. Marshals Service (USMS), contract no. DJJODT7C0002 to Corrections Corporation of America, now known as CoreCivic, Inc. (CoreCivic), to provide comprehensive detention services at the Leavenworth Detention Center (LDC) in Leavenworth, Kansas. This contract is a sole-source acquisition that includes a 5-year base period with three 5-year option periods and has a total estimated value of $697 million. Actual contract costs through January 2017 were $252 million. The Department of Justice Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this audit to assess USMS's and CoreCivic's administration of, and compliance with, contract terms and conditions in the areas of: (1) contract management, oversight, and monitoring; (2) staffing requirements; and (3) billings and payments. The audit time frame focused on, but was not limited to, October 2010 through May 2015. As an initial matter, we determined that the OFDT's justification for issuing a sole source contract did not include all of the language and supporting documentation required by the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). Additionally, the USMS was unable to provide evidence, as required by the FAR, that the OFDT obtained competition to the maximum extent practicable and ensured the best overall value to the government. Specifically, the OFDT restricted contract performance to the city of Leavenworth, thus potentially limiting the pool of offerors, but it could not provide the required evidence that it had a sufficient justification for this restriction. We also concluded that the USMS failed to provide sufficient oversight of the LDC and that this failure resulted in several significant issues with LDC operations going unaddressed for extended periods of time. In our judgment, the USMS was inherently reactive: instead of actively monitoring LDC operations to identify discrepancies and thwart potential incidents, the USMS often became aware of incidents after they occurred. Of particular concern, the USMS Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), who was responsible for monitoring CoreCivic's performance at the LDC on a day-to-day basis, was located offsite, had no previous contract oversight experience, and received no formal guidance and negligible detention-related training. The COR maintained an infrequent onsite presence at the LDC, did not document the inspection activities performed, and did not develop an inspection program or monitoring procedures. Furthermore, in our judgment, the USMS's lack of effective continuous monitoring at the LDC presents risks that may extend throughout all its other contract detention facilities. Upon learning of these potentially systemic weaknesses in the USMS's contract oversight, the OIG issued a Management Advisory Memorandum to the USMS so it could take immediate action to address them. In response, USMS officials stated that their goal was to improve contract monitoring by establishing an onsite detention contract monitoring program at all private detention facilities. This program would be staffed by full-time professional Contract Administrators under the supervision of the USMS's Prisoner Operations Division. The OIG Memorandum and the USMS's responses to it are detailed in the body of this report and attached as appendices. Insufficient oversight by the USMS allowed several problems at the LDC to persist over a significant period of time. Among the issues affecting the safety and security of the LDC that we identified was its periodic under-staffing. We found that from October 2012 through September 2014, the LDC's staffing was generally consistent with the facility-wide staffing plan thresholds. However, from October 2014 through September 2015, the LDC's staffing levels deteriorated and the facility-wide average vacancy rate more than doubled to 11 percent. This was primarily driven by correctional officer vacancies, which reached as high as 23 percent. These correctional officer vacancies led to several problems in 2015, including the LDC's long-term use of mandatory overtime, which LDC personnel said led to lower morale, security concerns, and fewer correctional officers available to escort medical staff and detainees to and from the health services unit. LDC's vacancies led to the closure of security posts and reassignment of personnel, sometimes to the detriment of detainee services. Many of the closures occurred at posts that had been designated by CoreCivic as "mandatory," meaning they were required to be filled on each shift in order to run the facility in a safe and secure manner. The problem of post closures was especially acute from February 1 through March 31, 2015. During this period, the LDC closed at least one security post in all 118 shifts and closed an average of 7 posts per shift. LDC's vacancies also led to Unit Management personnel being assigned to security posts instead of performing their normal job duties, which included assisting detainees with casework and transitional services, developing individual detainee program plans, and delivering services and programs to detainees, among other duties. Rather than take steps to address understaffing, both USMS and CoreCivic took actions that exacerbated the problem. For example, CoreCivic did not utilize all available staffing options to remedy the under-staffing problem, such as by requesting temporary staff from other CoreCivic facilities. In fact, during a period when the LDC was understaffed, CoreCivic temporarily transferred LDC personnel to other CoreCivic facilities, which in one instance led to a significant reduction in the size of the LDC's already shorthanded Special Operations Response Team, weakening its ability to operate effectively and fulfill its mission in the event of a significant incident. We also found that the USMS allowed CoreCivic to contract with a local government to house non-federal detainees at the LDC - at a rate below that being paid by the USMS - without considering the staffing implications of the arrangement. We also learned during our audit that, unbeknownst to the USMS, LDC officials had uninstalled beds prior to an American Correctional Association (ACA) inspection in 2011 in order to conceal from ACA that the LDC was triple bunking detainees. Following the OIG's discovery of this issue, CoreCivic conducted an internal investigation, which revealed that similar conduct may have occurred prior to the 2005 and 2008 ACA audits and that a former CoreCivic divisional Managing Director was aware of these efforts. CoreCivic told the OIG that in response to this finding, its Ethics & Compliance office instituted an ethics liaison program and completed training at LDC on employees' duty to report misconduct, options for reporting misconduct, and CoreCivic's non-retaliation policy for employees who report misconduct. We were informed by ACA that it had decided not to take any action against CoreCivic, in part because the senior officials involved were no longer with CoreCivic. Our audit further determined that the USMS has issued conflicting guidance on the allowability of triple bunking by its contractors, and that it should clearly specify in its new and existing contracts the rules and procedures governing this practice. Additionally, we found that the USMS did not detect several weaknesses in CoreCivic's contractually-required quality control program at the LDC, which our review determined had significant shortcomings. For example, the LDC Quality Assurance Manager received minimal instruction and guidance on how to conduct facility reviews; there was insufficient evidence proving that the LDC inspection review steps were conducted; the LDC's plans of action did not properly address deficiencies and did not provide viable long term correction; and the LDC had insufficient evidence proving that plans of action were implemented. Despite the LDC's staffing deficiencies and the other instances of non-compliance with contract requirements, we determined that the USMS had not used available contractual mechanisms to hold CoreCivic accountable. According to the contract and USMS policy, the USMS may issue contract price reductions for contractors' significant or repeat deficiencies, failure to fill essential staff positions, and having an unacceptable number of vacancies. Yet we found that, from March 2006 through January 2017, the USMS had not proposed or issued any contract price reductions for any of its 15 contract detention facilities, including the LDC. We further found that the COR for the LDC contract had never seen the USMS's price reduction guidance, and USMS officials were unable to provide us with evidence that such guidance was sent to any of the current USMS District CORs responsible for the other 14 USMS contract detention facilities. Additionally, the USMS was not entering contractor past performance evaluations into the government-wide electronic evaluation reporting system, as required by the FAR, or conducting Performance Evaluation Meetings as required by the contract. Finally, the OIG determined that one of CoreCivic's employee fringe benefits called the "sick account" contained excess funds that could be interpreted as "cash equivalents" that should have been paid to employees on a regular basis. Because CoreCivic's benefits administrator withheld these funds for months or years before disbursement to employees, it is questionable whether the sick account is compliant with applicable labor standards for federal service contracts. We believe the USMS should work with the Department of Labor, and as necessary CoreCivic, to address the issue. CoreCivic also improperly requested - and the USMS improperly paid - $103,271 in salaries and benefits for commissary positions not funded through the LDC contract. These unallowable payments have a compounding effect over time because they are incorporated into each monthly invoice until the contract ends. In March 2017, the USMS issued a contract modification to CoreCivic to recover the unallowable price adjustments and to modify the Monthly Operating Price to reflect the proper monthly price. This report makes 24 recommendations to assist the USMS in improving contractor operations and enhancing the USMS's monitoring and oversight at the LDC. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, 2017. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 17-22: Accessed January 28, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/a1722.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 145186

Author: Olinger, Jillian Title: Challenging Race as Risk: How Implicit Bias undermines housing opportunity in Americ and what we can do about it Summary: The ability to exercise agency over where one lives is a hallmark of freedom. And yet, this privilege has not been equally afforded to all. Race has been -and continues to be - a potent force in the distribution of opportunity in American society. Despite decades of civil rights successes and fair housing activism, who gets access to housing and credit, on what terms, and where, remains driven by race. This is important to our shared future, because investments in homeownership are multiple and generational. Indeed, research shows that the biggest factor in the Black-White wealth gap is years of homeownership, showing how critical positive home equity is to building wealth. Racialized systems that generate lasting inequality may perpetuate self-fulfilling expectations, where "structural disadvantages (e.g., poverty, joblessness, crime) come to be seen as cause, rather than consequence, of persistent racial inequality, justifying and reinforcing negative racial stereotypes." There is a clear record of the impact of structural racism on opportunities for people of color in home-buying and credit access today. Structural racism describes the process by which policies, organizations, institutions, systems, culture and history interact across institutional domains to produce and sustain racial inequality. In terms of housing and credit, racial residential segregation has been a critical structural force. For example, historically, people of color have been restricted from buying homes in particular neighborhoods, regardless of their ability to pay, through practices such as racial covenants or redlining. Today's exclusions are less overt, but segregation remains, thus limiting people from the benefits that we know attends living in neighborhoods of high opportunity. W.E.B. DuBois acknowledged one hundred years ago that the health of minority populations is heavily influenced by the social institutions around them. Not only do housing and credit form the lifeline for our national economy, but they serve as the economic lifeline for many of us individually. Housing and credit can influence our daily lives: the better one's access to safe, affordable housing, the better one's outcomes tend to be along a range of indicators of individual, family, and community well-being. Details: Columbus, OH: Kirwin Institute for the Study of Race and Ethnicity, Ohio State University, 2017. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://kirwaninstitute.osu.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/implicit-bias-housing.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Discrimination Shelf Number: 145187

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Bullies in Blue: The Origins and Consequences of School Policing Summary: This new ACLU white paper, "Bullies in Blue: Origins and Consequences of School Policing," explores the beginnings of school policing in the United States and sheds light on the negative consequences of the increasing role of police and links it to both the drivers of punitive criminal justice policies and mass incarceration nationwide. The report traces a line back to the struggle to end Jim Crow segregation during the civil rights movement, and challenges assumptions that the function of police in schools is to protect children. It posits that police are police, and in schools they will act as police, and in those actions bring the criminal justice system into our schools and criminalizing our kids. Details: New York: ACLU, 2017. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/aclu_bullies_in_blue_4_11_17_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 145188

Author: Griffith, James D. Title: Pennsylvania Juvenile Justice Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) Monitoring, Reduction and Prevention Efforts Summary: This report summarizes the findings from a 12-month comprehensive assessment and analysis of Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) within Pennsylvania's Juvenile Justice System. The study was commissioned by PCCD as part of Pennsylvania's compliance with the federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (JJDP) Act of 2002, which identifies the reduction of DMC as a core protection. This project is the first statewide assessment of DMC since the 1992 study by Kempf, The Role of Race in Juvenile Justice Processing in Pennsylvania. It should be noted that this study seeks to examine racial/ethnic disparity (a statistical distinction) within the juvenile justice system, not discrimination. The numbers, statistics, and findings are intended to alert practitioners to imbalances in juvenile justice processing, which may be caused by any number of case-specific and societal factors. This study attempts to begin to "peel the onion" on the various layers and complexities associated with DMC, not assign blame or insinuate maltreatment. The conclusions and recommendations should not be interpreted to disparage any professional working in Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system, but rather as an attempt to close the potential gaps in services to improve the overall delivery of juvenile justice in the Commonwealth. OVERVIEW This assessment is inclusive of all counties within the Commonwealth that satisfy the statistical criterion (at least 1% of the county population being minority); only the counties of Elk, Jefferson, and Warren have been excluded. Descriptive DMC data are provided on each of the 64 counties that were studied. Some special attention is given to the 14 counties (Allegheny, Beaver, Berks, Chester, Dauphin, Delaware, Erie, Lancaster, Lehigh, Mercer, Montgomery, Northampton, Philadelphia, and York) that were examined in the Kempf study, for the purposes of comparison and measuring progress since that time. Specific analysis was also conducted on the DMC Subcommittee�s Reduction Sites. These jurisdictions include Allegheny, Berks, Dauphin, Lancaster, and Philadelphia, and are designated as such based on established efforts to address youth and law enforcement relations through participation in regionally-held Minority Youth/Law Enforcement Forums. This study was conducted in four phases, with each phase seeking to address some basic questions:  Phase 1: Is DMC present and, if so, what is the extent of DMC in Pennsylvania at both the state and county levels? At what stages in the juvenile justice process is DMC most evident? What minority groups are most impacted by DMC? How do current DMC rates compare to those reported in the Kempf study?  Phase 2: Is race/ethnicity a factor in juvenile justice processing and decision-making when controlling for other case-level variables?  Phase 3: Is race/ethnicity a factor in juvenile justice processing and decision-making when controlling for community-level variables?  Phase 4: What are the perceived issues related to DMC by juvenile justice stakeholders? Within this study, the primary measure of DMC is the Relative Rate Index (RRI). This metric calculates, at each of ten federally-defined decision points (Table 1, p. 12), a rate of occurrence for various racial/ethnic groups, and compares the rate of occurrence between racial/ethnic groups. In short, the RRI measures the statistical likelihood of a juvenile justice occurrence for racial/ethnic minorities as compared to White youth. With few exceptions, the racial/ethnic categorizations being compared to White youth, for the purposes of this study, are African-American/Black, Hispanic/Latino, and All Minorities. Details: Harrisburg: Pennsylvania Commission On Crime and Delinquency, 2015. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2017 at: http://www.pccd.pa.gov/Juvenile-Justice/Documents/Pennsylvania%20Juvenile%20Justice%20Statewide%20DMC%20Assessment.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 145193

Author: Chu, Yu-Wei Luke Title: Joint Culpability: The effects of medical marijuana laws on crime Summary: Most U.S. states have passed medical marijuana laws. In this paper, we study the effects of these laws on violent and property crime. We first estimate models that control for city fixed effects and flexible city-specific time trends. To supplement this regression analysis we use the synthetic control method which can relax the parallel trend assumption and better account for heterogeneous policy effects. Both the regression analysis and the synthetic control method suggest no causal effects of medical marijuana laws on violent or property crime at the national level. We also find no strong effects within individual states, except for in California where the medical marijuana law reduced both violent and property crime by 20%. Details: Wellington, NZ: School of Economics and Finance Victoria University of Wellington, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: SEF Working Paper 04/2017: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: http://www.victoria.ac.nz/sef/research/pdf/2017-papers/SEF-WP_04-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 145197

Author: Ellen, Ingrid Gould Title: Has Falling Crime Invited Gentrification? Summary: Over the past two decades, crime has fallen dramatically in cities in the United States. We explore whether, in the face of falling central city crime rates, households with more resources and options were more likely to move into central cities overall and more particularly into low income and/or majority minority central city neighborhoods. We use confidential, geocoded versions of the 1990 and 2000 Decennial Census and the 2010, 2011, and 2012 American Community Survey to track moves to different neighborhoods in 244 Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) and their largest central cities. Our dataset includes over four million household moves across the three time periods. We focus on three household types typically considered gentrifiers: high-income, collegeeducated, and white households. We find that declines in city crime are associated with increases in the probability that high income and college-educated households choose to move into central city neighborhoods, including low-income and majority minority central city neighborhoods. Moreover, we find little evidence that households with lower incomes and without college degrees are more likely to move to cities when violent crime falls. These results hold during the 1990s as well as the 2000s and for the 100 largest metropolitan areas, where crime declines were greatest. There is weaker evidence that white households are disproportionately drawn to cities as crime falls in the 100 largest metropolitan areas from 2000 to 2010. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Economic Studies, U.S. Census Bureau, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper CES 17-27: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: https://www2.census.gov/ces/wp/2017/CES-WP-17-27.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 145198

Author: Smith, Nancy Title: How Safe are Americans with Disabilities? The facts about violent crime and their implications Summary: While people with disabilities make up nearly one-fifth of the U.S. population, they remain largely invisible to society at large, and victim response systems in particular. And despite growing public awareness of violent victimization, it excludes the victimization of people with disabilities, who are at particular risk of serious violent crime, including rape, sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault. As victims, people with disabilities face formidable barriers to getting related support. This brief provides basic information on disability in the United States. It explores what is known about violent victimization of people with disabilities and the factors that contribute to their higher risk of experiencing violent crime. It also explains the obstacles people with disabilities encounter when seeking access to the services and supports they need to heal. Finally, it stresses the limits of existing victim-service, human-service, and criminal justice systems, policies, and practices in responding to violence against people with disabilities. To prevent, address, and end the violent victimization of people with disabilities, they themselves must be central in this effort. Policies and laws that don't include the voices, experiences, and expertise of those most directly affected by violence will result in further harm and negative consequences to the detriment of people with disabilities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 29, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/how-safe-are-americans-with-disabilities/legacy_downloads/How-safe-are-americans-with-disabilities-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 145203

Author: Carmichael, Dottie Title: Liberty and Justice: Pretrial Practices in Texas Summary: In most Texas counties, ability to pay financial bail determines which defendants will be released until adjudication of criminal charges. Increasingly, however, policymakers, judges, and other stakeholders are asking whether release based on a defendant's individualized risk might be a better way to ensure court appearance and prevent new criminal activity among people on bond. In October 2016, the Texas Judicial Council's Criminal Justice Committee reviewed the evidence and produced a report advocating expansion of risk-informed release and personal bond. To inform their decision-making and test the potential impacts of this policy guidance, the Council asked the Public Policy Research Institute at Texas A&M University to conduct a two-part study gathering evidence from Texas jurisdictions. T In October 2016, the Texas Judicial Council's Criminal Justice Committee reviewed the evidence and produced a report advocating expansion of risk-informed release and personal bond. The report includes the eight recommendations. Details: Texas A&M University, Public Policy Research Isntitute, 2017. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: http://www.txcourts.gov/media/1437499/170308_bond-study-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 145210

Author: Huntsman, Max Title: Overview and Policy Analysis of Tethering in Los Angeles County Jails Summary: On July 9, 2015, Sheriff Jim McDonnell was notified of a disturbing prisoner complaint suggesting that a prisoner had been restrained for approximately thirty two hours without any food, only one cup of water, and no opportunity to use a restroom. Sheriff McDonnell took action against the individuals responsible and relieved ten jail personnel of duty. The personnel included two lieutenants, one sergeant, one senior deputy, four deputies and two custody assistants. In addition, a number of other personnel were reassigned to other duties pending further investigation. This event, however, is not an isolated incident. The Office of Inspector General (OIG) is aware of at least three other incidents involving similar conduct. In each, prisoners have been secured with a restraint device (i.e. waist chains, handcuffs, hobble etc.) to a fixed object for a prolonged period of time in a manner that subjected them to a substantial risk of mental and/or physical harm. All four of the incidents appear to involve possible violations of the Department's own policies, procedures and state laws. In fact, one of the incidents has since resulted in criminal misdemeanor filings by the Los Angeles County District Attorney's Office. Of particular significance is that the incidents were known to or directed by supervisory personnel. This report provides an overview of each of the four incidents including the Department's response to each incident through Corrective Action Plans and new directives. The OIG has not conducted an independent investigation of these incidents. The facts of each incident cited in this report are based on documents provided to the OIG by the Sheriff's Department, media reports, as well as the OIG's limited review of video surveillance of some, but not all, of the incidents. As a result of these incidents, the OIG has worked closely with the Department to propose new policies and procedures regarding the tethering (hereinafter "fixed restraint") of prisoners. The goal of this collaboration has been to provide deputies reasonable tools to control prisoners while building in safeguards to ensure proper supervision that will limit potential abuse. Details: Los Angeles: Office of Inspector General County of Los Angeles, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://oig.lacounty.gov/Portals/OIG/Reports/Overview%20and%20Policy%20Analysis%20of%20Tethering%20in%20Los%20Angeles%20County%20Jails.pdf?ver=2017-02-21-071752-200 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 145211

Author: Huntsman, Max Title: Audit of Allegation-of-Force Investigations at Custody Facilities Summary: PURPOSE This audit was conducted to assess the compliance of the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department (LASD or the Department) with the policies and procedures for handling allegations-of-force as outlined in the LASD's Manual of Policies and Procedures (MPP) 3-10/000.00, 3-10/110.00 and Custody Division Manual (CDM) 5- 12/000.00. The Office of Inspector General (OIG) conducted this performance audit in accordance with the Generally Accepted Government Auditing Standards (GAGAS). The OIG has determined that the evidence obtained provides a reasonable basis for the findings and conclusions based on the audit objectives. BACKGROUND On October 21, 2014, the Department presented a PowerPoint to the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors (the Board) detailing the number of allegation-of-force investigations conducted by all custody facilities for the period of January 1, 2013, through September 30, 2014. Subsequently, the Board instructed the OIG to report back to the Board on the protocols used for conducting the allegation-of-force investigations. On November 21, 2014, the OIG issued a report entitled Summary of Force Allegation Investigative Procedures, outlining the policies and protocols for investigating allegations of force and also a review of custody facilities' compliance with those policies and protocols This audit covers four significant areas of an allegation-of-force: 1) reporting, 2) investigation, 3) levels of review, and 4) completeness of the allegation-of-force package. These four areas were broken down into fourteen audit objectives that aimed to evaluate each allegation-of-force investigation for its compliance with LASD Departmental policy that allegations-of-force be investigated in a manner similar to Use-of-Force investigations. Details: Los Angeles: Office of Inspector General County of Los Angeles, 2016. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://oig.lacounty.gov/Portals/OIG/Reports/Audit%20of%20Allegations%20of%20Force%20Investigations%20at%20Custody%20Facilities.pdf?ver=2016-07-13-162303-457 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Discipline Shelf Number: 145212

Author: Huntsman, Max Title: Community Oriented Policing: Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department Summary: The purpose of this report is to identify the community oriented outreach and policing efforts of the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department which are conducted at the station level. We have invited each station to tell us about their work to form a basis for future audits and so that each station will be aware of the different approaches being used throughout the county. While it is not our primary purpose to discuss centralized community outreach, it should be noted that not all community oriented policing is conducted at the stations level. Los Angeles County Sheriff Jim McDonnell regularly attends community events to show his support and commitment to Community Oriented Policing (COP) and the LASD offers Introduction to Community Policing courses both internally and externally. In 1996, the LASD was awarded a $1 million grant to create and operate a Regional Community Policing Institute (RCPI). The mission of the Institute was to promote the development of community policing by providing training and technical assistance to law enforcement agencies, local governments and communities in an eight county region. Today, RCPI is still operated by the LASD. In mid-2014, every LASD unit commander received training in community policing. As part of the training, each unit commander created formal community policing strategies for their respective units. While community oriented policing has become a best practice in modern urban policing, the term is used to describe many different programs and policies. The LASD serves many diverse communities and provides a great deal of discretion to individual stations as to what programs to employ. It is our hope that sharing this information will help each station prepare the best possible plan for engaging their communities. Details: Los Angeles: Office of Inspector General, County of Los Angeles, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed: May 1, 2017 at: https://oig.lacounty.gov/Portals/OIG/Reports/Community%20Oriented%20Policing.pdf?ver=2016-05-03-101534-000 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 145213

Author: Hamlett, Laura Title: Common Psycholinguistic Themes in Mass Murder Manifestos Summary: Mass murder in the United States is increasing, yet understanding of mass murderers is still relatively limited. Many perpetrators compose manifestos, which include journals, blogs, letters, videos, and other writings. Previous research has indicated that personal messages are of great social and psychological importance; however, there remains an important gap in the current literature regarding studies specific to these manifestos. As such, the purpose of this qualitative multiple case study was to provide greater understanding of mass murderers' motives and mindsets through psycholinguistic analysis of their recorded words. The constructivist conceptual framework enabled gathering, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting thematic language from a purposeful sample of 12 American mass murderer manifestos, all of which were freely available online. The 6 research questions aligned with 6 psycholinguistic themes: ego survival and revenge; pseudocommando mindset: persecution, envy, obliteration; envy; nihilism; entitlement; and heroic revenge fantasy. Descriptive and analytical coding allowed for the identification of sentences and passages representative of each theme. Findings revealed a high degree of support for nihilism and ego survival and revenge, moderate support for heroic revenge fantasy and pseudocommando mindset, and limited support for entitlement and envy. These findings contribute to the existing literature, enhancing social change initiatives through increased understanding of mass murderers' communications and prompting further needed research. With greater awareness comes the potential for early identification and intervention, which may favorably impact psychology and law enforcement professionals and at-risk individuals. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2017. 194p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4596&context=dissertations Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 145215

Author: Schnacke, Timothy R. Title: Best Practices in Bond Setting: Colorado's New Pretrial Bail Law Summary: On May 11, 2013, Governor Hickenlooper signed into law H.B. 13-1236, which substantially alters the way judges are to administer bail in Colorado. The new law is the first major overhaul of the pretrial bail statute since 1972, and incorporates three recommendations voted out of the Colorado Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice's ("CCJJ") Bail Subcommittee. That Subcommittee spent nearly a year studying both federal and state legal and evidence-based criminal pretrial practices, and took advantage of years of local research, decades of national research, and practices already implemented in such counties as Larimer, Jefferson, Mesa, Boulder, and Denver as well as in other places nationally such as Kentucky and Washington D.C. Overall, the new law represents an important step forward in Colorado pretrial justice as well as significant movement toward creating a model bail statute; the process used to create it, and even the compromises contained therein, may also serve as a template for other states struggling to address global issues in bail reform. This article summarizes the new law, factors and events leading to its creation, and the research behind the CCJJ's recommendations underlying the statutory changes. By doing so, the author of this paper hopes to help guide those involved in the administration of bail through the process of moving from a primarily cash-based system toward more rational, transparent, and fair pretrial practices. Details: Golden, CO: Center for Legal and Evidence-Based Practices, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://www.pretrial.org/download/law-policy/Best%20Practices%20in%20Bond%20Setting%20-%20Colorado.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 145216

Author: Mummolo, Jonathan Title: The Perceptual Side Effects of Government Action: The Case of Police Militarization Summary: This study develops and tests a theory explaining how government actions can cause citizens to misperceive the social world. Focusing on the case of police militarization, I use survey experiments to show that the appearance of militarized police in a community causes individuals to perceive that violent crime is more severe than in otherwise similar places where traditionally armed police are portrayed. This is problematic, because original data on SWAT team deployments gathered through hundreds of public information requests show that militarized police behavior is an unreliable predictor of violent crime rates. The experiments also show that seeing militarized police weakens support for police funding and lowers confidence in police. Government actions can bias public perceptions of social conditions, and unintentionally undermine the political goals of public agencies, findings with widespread implications for the study of bureaucracy, representation and policy development. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Department of Political Science, 2016. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: This study develops and tests a theory explaining how government actions can cause citizens to misperceive the social world. Focusing on the case of police militarization, I use survey experiments to show that the appearance of militarized police in a community causes individuals to perceive that violent crime is more severe than in otherwise similar places where traditionally armed police are portrayed. This is problematic, because original data on SWAT team deployments gathered through hundreds of public information requests show that militarized police behavior is an unreliable predictor of violent crime rates. The experiments also show that seeing militarized police weakens support for police funding and lowers confidence in police. Government actions can bias public perceptions of social conditions, and unintentionally undermine the political goals of public agencies, findings with widespread implications for the study of bureaucracy, representation and policy development. Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Militarized Police Shelf Number: 145220

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Worse than Second-Class: Solitary Confinement of Women in the United States Summary: Solitary confinement - locking a prisoner in isolation away from most, if not all, human contact for twenty-two to twenty-four hours per day for weeks, months, or even years at a time-is inhumane. When used for longer than fifteen days, or on vulnerable populations such as children and people with mental illness, the practice is recognized by human rights experts as a form of torture. Prisons and jails across the United States lock prisoners in solitary confinement for a range of reasons-punitive, administrative, protective, medical-but whatever the reason, the conditions are similarly harsh and damaging. Experts in psychology, medicine, and corrections agree that solitary confinement can have uniquely harmful effects; this consensus has led experts to call for the practice to be banned in all but the most extreme cases of last resort, when other alternatives have failed or are not available, where safety is a concern, and for the shortest amount of time possible. Across the United States, jails and prisons hold more than 200,000 women. These prisoners are routinely subjected to solitary confinement. Yet the use of solitary on women is often overlooked. Although the negative psychological impacts of solitary confinement are well known, the unique harms and dangers of subjecting women prisoners to this practice have rarely been examined or considered in evaluating the need for reforms in law or policy. As the number of incarcerated women climbs at an alarming pace, women and their families and communities are increasingly affected by what happens behind bars. It is critical to address the treatment of women in prison-especially those women subjected to the social and sensory deprivation of solitary confinement. Details: New York: ACLU, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/worse_than_second-class.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 132384

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Immigration and Public Safety Summary: Immigrants-regardless of legal status-commit crimes at lower rates than native-born citizens. Survey of key research concludes that policies further restricting immigration are ineffective crime-control strategies. Starting from his first day as a candidate, President Donald Trump has made demonstrably false claims associating immigrants with criminality. As president, he has sought to justify restrictive immigration policies, such as increasing detentions and deportations and building a southern border wall, as public safety measures. He has also linked immigrants with crime through an Executive Order directing the Attorney General to establish a task force to assist in "developing strategies to reduce crime, including, in particular, illegal immigration, drug trafficking, and violent crime," and by directing the Department of Homeland Security to create an office to assist and publicize victims of crimes committed by immigrants. By surveying key research on immigration and crime, this report seeks to enable the public and policymakers to engage in a more meaningful policy debate rooted in facts. Immigrants' impact on public safety is a well-examined field of study. A rigorous body of research supports the following conclusions about the recent impact of immigrants in the United States: 1. Immigrants commit crimes at lower rates than native-born citizens. 2. Higher levels of immigration in recent decades may have contributed to the historic drop in crime rates. 3. Police chiefs believe that intensifying immigration law enforcement undermines public safety. 4. Immigrants are under-represented in U.S. prisons. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/immigration-public-safety/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145226

Author: Collingwood Research Title: The Politics of Refuge: Sanctuary Cities, Crime, and Undocumented Immigration Summary: This paper assesses the claim that sanctuary cities - defined as cities that expressly forbid city officials or police departments from inquiring into immigration status - are associated with post-hoc increases in crime. We employ a causal inference matching strategy to compare similarly situated cities where key variables are the same across the cities except the sanctuary status of the city. We find no statistically discernible difference in violent crime rate, rape, or property crime across the cities. Our findings provide evidence that sanctuary policies have no effect on crime rates, despite narratives to the contrary. The potential benefits of sanctuary cities, such as better incorporation of the undocumented community and cooperation with police, thus have little cost for the cities in question in terms of crime. Details: Riverside, CA: Collingwood Research, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://www.collingwoodresearch.com/uploads/8/3/6/0/8360930/shelter_nopols_blind_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145231

Author: Armentrout, Megan Title: Cops and Stops: Racial Profiling and a Preliminary Statistical Analysis of Los Angeles Police Department Traffic Stops and Searches Summary: With data collection efforts underway in over 45 states, racial profiling in police practice is an issue of national concern. This study focuses on Los Angeles because of its diverse racial composition and the large quantity of data collected by the Los Angeles Police Department. Under a consent decree with the United States Department of Justice, the Los Angeles Police Department is required to make this data available. Using records for over 600,000 traffic stops, we analyze racial disparities found in stop and search rates. Logistic regression models are used to determine which variables are significantly related to disparities in search rates and other police practices. Based on our findings, the possibility of racial profiling cannot be ruled out. Details: Pomona, CA: California State Polytechnic University Pomona, 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://www.public.asu.edu/~etcamach/AMSSI/reports/copsnstops.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Profiling in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 145235

Author: Alvarado, Elliott Jude Title: Racial Profiling and Traffic Search: A Meta-Analysis Summary: The use of racial profiling in law enforcement has been an ongoing issue that has plagued American society. Studies have shown that profiling leads to conflict between the public and law enforcement with the public perceiving police officers as racist, intentionally targeting racial minorities, and thereby creating distrust and raising questions of police legitimacy within these communities. In addition, racial minorities, particularly Blacks and Hispanics, do not trust law enforcement. The ongoing controversy of racial profiling has only reinforced the consensus among racial minority groups in society that their mistrust of law enforcement and questioning of police legitimacy is warranted. . Through the use of a robust meta-analytic technique this study analyzed a total of 38 articles and reports focusing on traffic stops and post-stop outcomes, specifically search. After running the analysis the findings indicate that when it comes to the use of search post traffic stop, Black drivers are searched at greater rates compared to White motorists. However, there is no difference in searches for Hispanics indicating that race but not ethnicity are significant in the effect that a search will occur post traffic stop. Limitations and Policy Implications are stated. Details: San Diego: San Diego State University, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1830448273?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 145241

Author: Hill, Sabrina Title: A Meta-Analysis of the Extant Literature on Racial Profiling by U.S. Police Departments Summary: The purpose of this thesis is to examine the interpretation of existing data that proposes racial profiling increases the apprehension of potential offenders and innocent people. The study will utilize peer-reviewed research journals, government reports and professional criminal justice websites to review various statistics and demographic data to corroborate that minorities are disproportionately singled out by police during stops. The study will also examine whether racial profiling exists more in some states and/or regions in the United States than in others. Details: Charles Town, West Virginia: American Public University System, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.apus.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=theses Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 145242

Author: Oklahoma Death Penalty Review Commission Title: The Report of the Oklahoma Death Penalty Review Commission Summary: The Oklahoma Death Penalty Review Commission (Commission) came together shortly after the state of Oklahoma imposed a moratorium on the execution of condemned inmates. In late 2015, Oklahoma executions were put on hold while a grand jury investigated disturbing problems involving recent executions, including departures from the execution protocols of the Department of Corrections. The report of the grand jury, released in May of 2016, was highly critical and exposed a number of deeply troubling failures in the final stages of Oklahoma's death penalty. The Commission has spent over a year studying all aspects of the Oklahoma death penalty system, from arrest to execution, and even examined the costs of the system to taxpayers. The Commission was grateful to hear from those with direct knowledge of how the system operates-including law enforcement, prosecutors, defense attorneys, judges, families of murdered victims, and the families of those wrongfully convicted. In light of the extensive information gathered from this year-long, in-depth study, the Commission members unanimously recommend that the current moratorium on the death penalty be extended. The Commission did not come to this decision lightly. While some Commission members had disagreements with some of the recommendations contained in this report, there was consensus on each of the recommendations. Due to the volume and seriousness of the laws in Oklahoma's capital punishment system, Commission members recommend that the moratorium on executions be extended until significant reforms are accomplished. Many of the findings of the Commission's year-long investigation were disturbing and led Commission members to question whether the death penalty can be administered in a way that ensures no innocent person is put to death. Commission members agreed that, at a minimum, those who are sentenced to death should receive this sentence only after a fair and impartial process that ensures they deserve the ultimate penalty of death. To be sure, the United States Supreme Court has emphasized that the death penalty should be applied only to "the worst of the worst." Unfortunately, a review of the evidence demonstrates that the death penalty, even in Oklahoma, has not always been imposed and carried out fairly, consistently, and humanely, as required by the federal and state constitutions. These shortcomings have severe consequences for the accused and their families, for victims and their families, and for all citizens of Oklahoma. Many Oklahomans support the availability of the death penalty, as evidenced by the vote in favor of State Question 776 in the November 2016 election. Nevertheless, it is undeniable that innocent people have been sentenced to death in Oklahoma. And the burden of wrongful convictions alone requires the systemic corrections recommended in this report. This report is designed to highlight issues giving rise to urgent questions about the manner in which the death penalty is imposed and carried out in Oklahoma. The Commission hopes this report will help foster an informed discussion among all Oklahomans about whether the death penalty in our state can be implemented in a way that eliminates the unacceptable risk of executing the innocent, as well as the unacceptable risks of inconsistent, discriminatory, and inhumane application of the death penalty. The Commission encourages the Oklahoma Legislature, executive branch, and judiciary to take actions to address the systemic laws in Oklahoma's death penalty system. In submitting these recommendations, we adhere faithfully to important Oklahoma values and aspirations of innocence protection, procedural fairness, and justice for all. Details: Oklahoma City: The Commission, 2017. 294p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2017 at: http://bloximages.chicago2.vip.townnews.com/enidnews.com/content/tncms/assets/v3/editorial/c/97/c97b1666-29e5-11e7-9361-fbc9125d6693/58ff96d3b9524.pdf.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 145246

Author: Bolger, P. Colin Title: Consistency or Discord: A Meta-Analysis of Police Officer Decisions to Search and Use Force Summary: A substantial amount of research has been conducted to identify the most influential predictors of various police behaviors. Attempts to summarize the works, however, have so far been primarily limited to narrative literature reviews. While these works are important contributions, there are inherent methodological weaknesses to this approach; such as the inability to eliminate subjectivity from the process. Following a recent summative manuscript by Kochel et al. (2011), this dissertation applies the meta-analytic method to the police decisions to search and use force against citizens. Through this method, three objectives are attempted: 1) identify the key correlates of police decisions to search and use force, 2) evaluate whether the same correlates extend across different police decisions, and 3) assess the empirical support for existing theories on police decision-making. The resulting analysis found that the primary correlates of police decisions were situational characteristics, but the specific variables within the situational characteristic category varied across decisions. Unfortunately, assessment of the empirical support for police decision-making theories was not possible because each theory included too few variables with a sufficient number of effect sizes to be adequately evaluated. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, 2014. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 3, 2017 at: http://cech.uc.edu/content/dam/cech/programs/criminaljustice/Docs/Dissertations/bolgerc.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 145249

Author: Siegel, Aaron Title: https://university.pretrial.org/viewdocument/inconsistent-justice-the-effect-of Summary: As of 2014, approximately 60% of adult inmates in jail were not yet convicted of a crime, but were merely awaiting trial (Minton and Zeng 2015). Recent developments in the literature on pretrial detention have confirmed its significant negative effects on case outcomes and access to public benefits. This raises the obvious question of why so many individuals are being incarcerated as they await trial. In this paper, I use over 100,000 court records from Philadelphia to answer this question by examining the extent to which bail magistrates take into account defendant income (and thus a defendant's ability to pay). Using several different income proxies, I find that bail magistrates are more likely to release wealthier defendants without requiring them to pay bail. Conditional on setting a positive bail amount, less than half of bail magistrates are taking into account defendant income when they set bail. I also find significant variation across bail magistrates in the level of bail set. Extraneous factors such as the time of day and the position of a defendant's bail hearing within a bail magistrate's shift affect the bail amount set for that defendant. To the best of my knowledge, this paper represents one of the first attempts to estimate empirically the effect of defendant income on bail amount and the first to quantify variation across magistrates and the effect of extraneous factors. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard College, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: https://university.pretrial.org/viewdocument/inconsistent-justice-the-effect-of Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145257

Author: Stepick, Alex Title: False Promises: The Failure of Secure Communities in Miami-Dade County Summary: This report addresses the impact on Miami-Dade County of the Secure Communities program, currently one of the primary federal immigration enforcement programs administered by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) through Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). DHS claims that the program prioritizes the removal of convicted criminal aliens who pose a danger to national security or public safety, repeat violators who game the immigration system, those who fail to appear at immigration hearings, and fugitives who have already been ordered removed by an immigration judge. Contrary to these policy goals, we found that 61% of individuals ordered for removal from Miami-Dade County are either low level offenders or not guilty of the crime for which they were arrested. By ICE's standards only 18% of the individuals ordered for removal represent high priority public safety risks, and that number drops to a mere 6% when we apply local standards suggested by Miami-Dade County's Public Defender. Interviews with detainees also reveal that often residents are stopped by police for no apparent reason and subjected to detention and deportation. Secure Communities in Miami-Dade County also has a disproportionately negative impact on Mexicans and Central Americans who constitute a relatively low percentage of the local population but a high percentage of those whom Secure Communities detained and removed. For this report, the Research Institute on Social and Economic Policy (RISEP) of the Center for Labor Research and Studies at Florida International University analyzed twelve months of arrest records, and the detentions and subsequent dispositions of all 1,790 individuals held in Miami-Dade County Corrections' jails for the Secure Communities program. RISEP complemented this analysis with interviews of individual Miami-Dade County residents who were directly affected by Secure Communities and interviews with local government officials in the City of Miami and Miami-Dade County. We also conducted a thorough analysis of DHS and ICE documents that guide Secure Communities. Our analysis of these documents demonstrates that the program is based on internally ambiguous priorities and directives that result in contradictory guidelines. Accordingly, Secure Communities has become a program that in essence removes virtually all undocumented migrants who are identified through Secure Communities, in spite of DHS Secretary Napolitano calling for ICE to use prosecutorial discretion. The program's guidelines bear the signs of a centrally devised policy created without consideration for the complex criminal justice landscapes of the thousands of jurisdictions where the program is implemented. The implications and effects of enforcing Secure Communities are far reaching. It disrupts and tears apart honest and hardworking families and makes Miami-Dade less secure for everyone as it discourages immigrants from cooperating with law enforcement. ICE's detention and deportation of immigrants for minor crimes, ordinary misdemeanors, and non-offense incidents reduces trust of law enforcement. This is especially dangerous in Miami-Dade County where the majority of the population is immigrants and approximately three-fourths are either immigrants themselves or children of immigrants. Miami's Mayor and Police Chief both expressed their belief that the reduced trust that Secure Communities produces will make protecting all communities more difficult - the opposite of what DHS and ICE claim is their goal. When community trust in law enforcement decreases, residents are less likely to report crimes and cooperate with police in the investigation of crimes. When serious crimes do occur, the reduced trust engendered by ICE's Secure Communities program makes it more difficult for local law enforcement to do its job, undermining the security of all county residents. We strongly recommend that Miami-Dade leaders form a broad-based task force to review the impact of Secure Communities. We urge Miami-Dade County residents, elected officials, law enforcement leadership, and representatives of the criminal justice system to carefully and conscientiously evaluate and determine which aspects of this federal program are in the best interests of Miami-Dade County and adjust their cooperation accordingly. The task force should be charged with carefully defining those aspects of Secure Communities that, in fact, help protect public safety and the parts of the program that contradict local law and enforcement policy. This evaluation should include a meticulous cost analysis. Without this knowledge, Secure Communities has the potential for creating long-term damage and problems that will persist long after reform of the country's current federal immigration law. We suggest that Miami-Dade County and its municipalities follow the lead of numerous other state and local governments and not honor ICE detainer requests unless an immigrant has been convicted of a serious crime. Details: Miami, FL; Research Institute on Social & Economic Policy, Center for Labor Research & Studies. Florida International University' Miami: Americans for Immigrant Justice, 2013. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1021&context=soc_fac Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 145258

Author: Skemer, Melanie Title: Reengaging New York City's Disconnected Youth Through Work: Implementation and Early Impacts of the Young Adult Internship Program Summary: For many young people, the time between one's late teenage years and early twenties encompasses several important milestones, including graduating from high school, attending college, entering the workforce, and beginning to establish economic independence. However, 12.3 percent of young people in the United States between the ages of 16 and 24 - 4.9 million young people in total - are neither in school nor working. These "disconnected" or "opportunity" youth face serious challenges to achieving success in the labor market and self-sufficiency in adulthood. The Young Adult Internship Program (YAIP) is intended to help reengage young people who have fallen off track, thereby reducing their risk of long-term economic hardship. The New York City Center for Economic Opportunity and the New York City Department of Youth and Community Development oversee the program and community-based provider organizations throughout the city deliver it. YAIP offers young people a 10- to 12-week paid internship, along with various other services, including job-readiness workshops and activities; individual support, counseling, and assessments; case management; and follow-up services. MDRC is conducting a random assignment evaluation of YAIP to determine whether the program makes a difference in the lives of the young people it serves. The study is part of the larger Subsidized and Transitional Employment Demonstration, sponsored by the Administration of Children and Families in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. From July 2013 to March 2014, nearly 2,700 young people were assigned, at random, to either a program group, which was offered YAIP services, or to a control group, which was not offered those services. The study will measure outcomes for both groups over time to assess whether YAIP services led to better outcomes for the program group compared with the control group. This is the first major report in the YAIP evaluation. It provides a detailed description of the YAIP model, assesses its implementation, and examines whether the program improved key outcomes during the first year after young people were enrolled in the study. Main findings include: Overall, YAIP was well-implemented. The program was delivered very similarly across providers with a high degree of fidelity to the program model as designed. Participation rates were high: over three-fourths of young people assigned to the program group worked in a subsidized internship and 86 percent of those young people completed the internship. Program group members were more likely than control group members to report receiving employment services, as well as advice or support and mentorship from staff members at an agency or organization. However, substantial numbers of control group members also reported receiving help in these areas. Program group members were more likely than the control group members to work in the year following random assignment, but the quarterly employment rates of the two groups converged after the YAIP internships ended. The program group also had higher earnings than the control group; while largest during the time when program group members were working in paid internships, impacts on earnings persisted throughout the follow-up period, suggesting that program group members may have obtained better jobs compared with their control group counterparts. Details: New York: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2017. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2017-22; Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/STED_YAIP_Final_FR-Web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 145300

Author: Shortt, Joann Wu Title: Predicting Intimate Partner Violence for At-Risk Young Adults and Their Romantic Partners Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) in young men and women's romantic relationships is widely recognized as a significant public health problem due to its high prevalence, consequences for physical and mental health, and persistent nature. Work is needed on identifying both the developmental precursors to IPV and the pathways by which early risk increases susceptibility to IPV in order to develop targeted, timely, and effective interventions. The work funded under this National Institute of Justice award combined a prospective longitudinal component on how developmental risk factors in childhood predicted IPV in young adulthood with a proximal component on how concurrent contextual risk factors were related to IPV. Study Aims were tested using data collected over a 15-year period. Secondary analyses with 323 young adults (184 women, 139 men; average age 21 years) and their romantic partners (146 women, 177 men; average age 22 years) participating in the community-based Linking the Interests of Families and Teachers (LIFT) Study were conducted to examine pathways (i.e., prospective mediational models) predictive of IPV. The models were based on Dynamic Developmental Systems theory, which specifies how family, peer, and adolescent adjustment factors, and how couple and young adult adjustment factors (proximal associations), are related to IPV. The long-term impacts of the LIFT preventive intervention, which was intended to prevent aggression during and following elementary school, on IPV were also examined. Results Findings from five major sets of analyses were presented in journal articles. Areas of interest included examining pathways to IPV from childhood (i.e., prospective mediational risk models) with family and peer risk factors, examining young adult (proximal) IPV associations with substance use and relationship quality, as well as investigating the long-term effects of the LIFT intervention on IPV. Couples' IPV prevalence rates were relatively high. Most IPV was bidirectional or mutual, with men and women both perpetrating and being victims of IPV. Findings on developmental risk factors in childhood supported the intergenerational transmission of violence hypothesis. Childhood experiences of interparent IPV and experiences of coercive parenting (i.e., unskilled parenting) in the family-of-origin heightened the risk of IPV involvement in young adult romantic relationships. Findings also suggest that intergenerational processes and developmental pathways may be gendered. Pathways from family risk factors to IPV were via increased likelihood of problematic development in the youth, such as adolescent antisocial behavior, particularly for young men. Association with delinquent peers during adolescence was identified as a pathway to later IPV. Findings on contextual risk factors within young adulthood suggest important partner influences, such that partner characteristics of antisocial behavior and delinquent peer association also predict IPV above and beyond childhood risk factors. Men and women within couples were similar in levels of substance use, and there were associations between substance use and IPV particularly for men and for poly-substance users. Lastly, although the LIFT prevention program improved children's social and problem-solving skills and reduce physical aggression during childhood, the LIFT intervention did not appear to prevent IPV during young adulthood. Details: Eugene, OR: Oregon Social Learning Center, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250668.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 145301

Author: Capps, Randy Title: Advances in U.S.- Mexico Border Enforcement: A Review of the Consequence Delivery System Summary: Questions about how to best secure the U.S.-Mexico border are central to U.S. immigration policy and debates around reforming U.S. immigration laws. In fiscal year (FY) 2011, the U.S. Border Patrol began implementing what it terms the Consequence Delivery System (CDS), its first systematic attempt to employ metrics of effectiveness and efficiency to the different forms of removal and other enforcement consequences that migrants face after being apprehended at the Southwest border. This report presents findings from a year-long study that included analysis of previously unpublished CDS data provided to MPI by the Border Patrol as well as fieldwork in the Tucscon and Rio Grande Valley sectors, discussing which consequence measures may be most effective in deterring illegal migration. As the Border Patrol has shifted towards greater use of formal removal and away from voluntary return, its use of consequences and allocation of resources-including expedited removal, lateral repatriation, and criminal prosecution via Streamline - have been measured and guided by CDS. Overall, the share of migrants apprehended more than once in the same fiscal year fell from 29 percent in FY 2007 to 14 pecent in FY 2014. Ultimately, while CDS has become an important tool that informs Border Patrol priorities, the authors find that some of its underlying assumptions about effectiveness and deterrence may be less applicable to the U.S.-Mexico border today than in the past. The shift from majority Mexican arrivals to new and diverse migrant groups, particularly women and children fleeing violence in Central America, has both limited the consequences the Border Patrol can impose and revealed limitations in data collection. Tackling these challenges will be essential to future enforcement strategy and policy-making. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/advances-us-mexico-border-enforcement-review-consequence-delivery-system Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 145309

Author: Goel, Rajeev K. Title: Growth in the Shadows: Effect of the Shadow Economy on U.S. Economic Growth over More Than a Century Summary: This paper provides a long-term view by studying the effect of the underground or shadow economy on economic growth in the Unites States over the period 1870 to 2014. Shadow activities might spur or retard economic growth depending on their interactions with the formal sector and impacts on the provision of public goods. Nesting the analysis in a standard neo-classical growth model, we use a relatively new time-series technique to estimate the short-run dynamics and long-run relationship between economic growth and its determinants. Results suggest that prior to WWII the shadow economy had a negative effect on economic growth; however, post-WWII the shadow economy was beneficial for growth. This ambiguity regarding the overall growth impact of the shadow economy is consistent with underlying theoretical arguments Details: Bonn, Germany: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 10705; Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10705.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 145311

Author: Jones, Michael R. Title: A Proposal to Improve the Administration of Bail and the Pretrial Process in Colorado's First Judicial District Summary: It is a paradox of criminal justice that the administration of bail, created and molded over time in part to facilitate the release of defendants from custody as they await their trials, today often operates to deny that release. In almost every jurisdiction in the U.S., a large number of jail inmates are incarcerated while they await their trials simply because they cannot pay the monetary amount set with their bail bonds. Details: Golden, CO: Jefferson County Criminal Justice Planning Unit, 2009. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2017 at: http://www.clebp.org/images/2009-02-19_Jeffco_Bail_Proposal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 145316

Author: Lawyer's Committee for Civil Rights of the San Francisco Bay Area Title: Paying More for Being Poor: Bias and Disparity in California's Traffic Court System Summary: California's traffic fines and fees are some of the highest in the country, and new data shows that current California policies disproportionately impact people of color. This report looks at the most recent information available on California's current traffic court system, evaluates its impact on communities of color, examines the statewide fiscal impacts of these policies and practices, and offers some recommendations for how California could improve its traffic court system to become a national model for change. Californians who cannot afford to pay a fine for a traffic citation face harsher consequences than those who can: some Californians mail in a payment, while those who cannot pay experience license suspension, arrest, jail, wage garnishment, towing of their vehicles, and job loss - for the same minor offenses. In 2015, the California Department of Motor Vehicles reported that over 4 million driver licenses had been suspended in recent years for failure to pay or appear on a citation - affecting about one in six California drivers. In April 2017, a DMV point-in-time count showed that 588,939 Californians had lost their licenses because they could not pay or appear in court. To address this significant toll on Californians, Governor Jerry Brown signed an 18-month California Traffic Tickets / Infractions Amnesty Program that reduced fines on pre-2013 traffic tickets by 80% for indigent applicants and allowed people to get on payment plans to get their licenses back. The program allowed nearly 200,000 people to regain their driver licenses. That program ended in April 2017. California now faces the question of what to do next. With the expiration of the amnesty program, there is no longer a pathway by which people who cannot afford to pay fines may pursue license reinstatement. Californians lose the ability to drive legally as a punishment for being unable to pay a fine without any statewide system to make the punishment fit a person's ability to pay or to return a license if the person can make small payments. California has the opportunity to create permanent reforms to this inequitable system. In this report, we present data about the scope of the problem with license suspensions and traffic courts in California and offer some recommendations for policy solutions. We focused our research in the nine Bay Area counties and created fiscal analyses for statewide policy. Findings of note include:  California traffic fines and fees are some of highest in country. Although the base fines for California Vehicle Code violations may be lower or comparable to many other states', the add-on fees - and particularly the $300 late penalty - make California one of the states with the steepest fines.  78% of Californians need a driver license to work or to get to work, which means California's current policy of suspending licenses for non-payment is putting at risk the ability of many California families to support themselves.  In Bay Area counties, license suspension for failure to pay or appear is exacerbating the racial bias already present in traffic stops. As data show, people of color are more likely to be subjected to traffic stops. Once stopped, people of color are also more likely to be booked on arrests related to failure to appear or failure to pay. The available county-level data shows that African-American people in particular are four to sixteen times more likely to be booked on arrests related to failure to pay an infraction ticket.  Even though traffic court is the most common point of contact with the court system - 60% of all court filings statewide are traffic or infraction citations - it is very difficult for someone who cannot afford to pay the full amount to resolve a ticket. None of the nine Bay Area counties surveyed had information about alternative options for low-income people on their websites, available by phone, or in person at the court clerk's office. Details: San Francisco: The Committee, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: https://www.lccr.com/wp-content/uploads/LCCR-Report-Paying-More-for-Being-Poor-May-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 145317

Author: Drake, B. Shaw Title: Crossing the Line: U.S. Border Agents Illegally Turning Away Asylum Seekers at U.S. Border Summary: The U.S. government is illegally turning away asylum seekers at official land crossings all along the southern border. Border agents must refer a person seeking asylum or expressing a fear of persecution to a protection screening interview or an immigration court proceeding where they can seek asylum. Instead, some border agents are blocking access to asylum by refusing to process protection requests. This practice violates both U.S. law and U.S. treaty obligations. It also clashes with the ideals of a nation that has often led globally on refugee protection, a nation that President Reagan aptly described as a "beacon" to people searching for freedom. U.S. government entities have raised concerns about the treatment of asylum seekers. In 2016, for example, the bipartisan U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) cited some Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers' "outright skepticism, if not hostility, toward asylum claims and inadequate quality assurance procedures." Also in 2016 Human Rights First and other non-governmental organizations raised concerns about reports that the government was turning away asylum seekers in San Ysidro, California as CPB officers struggled to manage an increase in arrivals. This practice proliferated after the November 2016 election and persists even as the number of arrivals has fallen sharply. In the wake of the election and President Trump's January executive orders relating to refugees, CPB agents have in some cases claimed the United States is no longer accepting asylum seekers. For example, a CBP officer in south Texas reportedly told a Central American asylum seeker, "Trump says we don't have to let you in." In San Ysidro a CPB officer reportedly told a Mexican asylum seeker, "[Christians] are the people we are giving asylum to, not people like you." CBP officers are improperly rejecting asylum seekers at small ports of entry and major ones across the border, including in Brownsville, McAllen, Laredo, El Paso, and San Diego. When they are blocked from protection, asylum seekers face continued danger in Mexico, often immediately. Cartels, smugglers, and traffickers - who control areas around border crossings and wait outside some ports of entry where they see migrants and asylum seekers as easy prey - have kidnapped, raped, and robbed asylum seekers wrongly turned away by the U.S. government. In February, March, and April, Human Rights First researchers visited the border regions of California, Texas, and Arizona, and the Mexican border cities of Reynosa, Matamoros, Nogales, and Tijuana. They interviewed asylum seekers, attorneys, non-profit legal staff, faith-based groups assisting refugees, and migrant shelter staff. While recent data shows CBP agents referred some 8,000 asylum seekers at ports of entry from December 2016 to March 2017, an unknown number of asylum seekers have been unlawfully rejected. This report is based on 125 cases of individuals and families wrongfully denied access to U.S. asylum procedures at U.S. ports of entry. Many more have likely suffered a similar fate as these abuses often goes unreported due to the security threats faced by those who are turned away, the dearth of legal counsel, and the lack of effective compliance mechanisms and monitoring of CBP practices. Details: New York: Human Rights First, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/sites/default/files/hrf-crossing-the-line-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 145318

Author: Barciela,Franco Title: Broward Transitional Center: A 'Model' for Civil Detention Summary: When Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) announced plans to reform our nation's troubled immigrant detention facility in 2009, ICE promoted the Broward Transitional Center (BTC) as a model for "civil" detention. ICE Chief John Morton noted that BTC only housed nonviolent detainees, among them asylum seekers. An ICE detention reform list of accomplishments further noted that BTC "offers a less restrictive, yet secure environment." AI Justice's response, as then noted in the New York Times, remains unchanged. BTC may offer a better environment than a local jail, but the vast majority of its detainees have committed no crimes or only minor infractions. They are precisely the population that ICE should release: people who pose no threat to their communities and should not be locked up in detention, even if it is a less punitive detention. Ensuring that ICE does not detain people needlessly is particularly urgent now, as immigration reform is percolating in Congress. Even as we were finalizing this report, ICE was releasing thousands of immigrant detainees across the nation because of looming federal budget cuts triggered by sequestration. Details: Miami, FL: Americans for Immigrant Justice, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: http://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/aijustice/pages/284/attachments/original/1390429868/BTC-A-Model-for-Civil-Detention.pdf?1390429868 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 145321

Author: Dhondt, Geert Leo Title: The Relationship Between Mass Incarceration and Crime in the Neoliberal Period in the United States Summary: The United States prison population has grown seven-fold over the past 35 years. This dissertation looks at the impact this growth in incarceration has on crime rates and seeks to understand why this drastic change in public policy happened. Simultaneity between prison populations and crime rates makes it difficult to isolate the causal effect of changes in prison populations on crime. This dissertation uses marijuana and cocaine mandatory minimum sentencing to break that simultaneity. Using panel data for 50 states over 40 years, this dissertation finds that the marginal addition of a prisoner results in a higher, not lower, crime rate. Specifically, a 1 percent increase in the prison population results in a 0.28 percent increase in the violent crime rate and a 0.17 percent increase in the property crime rate. This counter-intuitive result suggests that incarceration, already high in the U.S., may have now begun to achieve negative returns in reducing crime. As such it supports the work of a number of scholars (Western 2006, Clear 2003) who have suggested that incarceration may have begun to have a positive effect on crime because of a host of factors. Most of the empirical work on the question is undertaken at an aggregate level (county, state, or national data). Yet, criminologists (Sampson et al. 2002, Spelman 2005 and Clear 1996, 2007) have long argued that the complex intertwining of crime and punishment is best understood at the neighborhood level, where the impacts of incarceration on social relationships are most closely felt. This dissertation examines the question using a panel of neighborhoods in Tallahassee, Florida for the period 1995 to 2002. I find evidence to support the contention that the high levels of prison admissions and prison cycling (admissions plus releases) is associated with increasing crime rates in disadvantaged neighborhoods. This effect is not found in other neighborhoods. Looking more closely at the issues of race and class, I find that while marginalized neighborhoods experience slightly higher crime rates, they are faced with much higher incarceration rates. In Black neighborhoods in particular, prison admissions are an order of magnitude higher in comparison with non-Black neighborhoods even though underlying crime rates are not very different. If incarceration does not lower crime, then why did prison populations multiply seven-fold? This dissertation argues that mass incarceration is a central institution in the neoliberal social structures of accumulation. Mass incarceration as an institution plays a critical but underappreciated role in channeling class conflict in the neoliberal social structures of accumulation (SSA). Neoliberalism has produced a significant section of the working class who are largely excluded from the formal labor market, for whom the threat of unemployment is not a sufficient disciplining mechanism. At the same time, it has undermined the welfare systems that had managed such populations in earlier periods. Finally, the racial hierarchy essential to capitalist hegemony in the United States was threatened with collapse with the end of Jim Crow laws. This dissertation argues that mass incarceration has played an essential role in overcoming these barriers to stable capitalist accumulation under neoliberalism. Details: Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts - Amherst, 2012. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 5, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.umass.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1637&context=open_access_dissertations Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Policy Shelf Number: 145323

Author: Nellis, Ashley Title: Still Life: America's Increasing Use of Life and Long-Term Sentences Summary: The number of people serving life sentences in U.S. prisons is at an all-time high. Nearly 162,000 people are serving a life sentence - one of every nine people in prison. An additional 44,311 individuals are serving "virtual life" sentences of 50 years or more. Incorporating this category of life sentence, the total population serving a life or virtual life sentence reached 206,268 in 2016. This represents 13.9 percent of the prison population, or one of every seven people behind bars. A mix of factors has led to the broad use of life sentences in the United States, placing it in stark contrast to practices in other nations. Every state and the federal government allow prison sentences that are so long that death in prison is presumed. This report provides a comprehensive profile of those living in this deep end of the justice system. Our analysis provides current figures on people serving life with parole (LWP) and life without parole (LWOP) as well as a category of long-term prisoner that has not previously been quantified: those serving "virtual" or de facto life sentences. Even though virtual life sentences can extend beyond the typical lifespan, because the sentences are not legally considered life sentences, traditional counts of life-sentenced prisoners have excluded them until now KEY FINDINGS - As of 2016, there were 161,957 people serving life sentences, or one of every nine people in prison. - An additional 44,311 individuals are serving "virtual life" sentences, yielding a total population of life and virtual life sentences at 206,268 - or one of every seven people in prison. - The pool of people serving life sentences has more than quadrupled since 1984.The increase in the LWOP population has far outpaced the changes in the LWP population. - There are 44,311 people serving prison sentences that are 50 years or longer. In Indiana, Louisiana, and Montana, more than 11 percent of the prison population is serving a de facto life sentence. - Nearly half (48.3%) of life and virtual life-sentenced individuals are African American, equal to one in five black prisoners overall. - Nearly 12,000 people have been sentenced to life or virtual life for crimes committed as juveniles; of these over 2,300 were sentenced to life without parole. - More than 17,000 individuals with an LWP, LWOP, or virtual life sentence have been convicted of nonviolent crimes. - The United States incarcerates people for life at a rate of 50 per 100,000, roughly equivalent to the entire incarceration rates of the Scandinavian nations of Denmark, Finland, and Sweden. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Still-Life.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Life Sentences Shelf Number: 145329

Author: Jetter, Michael Title: Terrorism and the Media: The Effect of US Television Coverage on Al-Qaeda Attacks Summary: Can media coverage of a terrorist organization encourage their execution of further attacks? This paper analyzes the day-to-day news coverage of Al-Qaeda on US television since 9/11 and the group's terrorist strikes. To isolate causality, I use disaster deaths worldwide as an exogenous variation that crowds out Al-Qaeda coverage in an instrumental variable framework. The results suggest a positive and statistically powerful effect of CNN, NBC, CBS, and Fox News coverage on subsequent Al-Qaeda attacks. This result is robust to a battery of alternative estimations, extensions, and placebo regressions. One minute of Al-Qaeda coverage in a 30-minute news segment causes approximately one attack in the upcoming week, equivalent to 4.9 casualties, on average. Details: Bonn: Institute of labor Economics (IZA), 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10708.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: al-Qaeda Shelf Number: 145331

Author: Lipsey, Mark W. Title: Juvenile Justice System Improvement: Implementing an Evidence-Based Decision-Making Platform Summary: Over the past three decades, the juvenile justice system in the United States has benefited from the tremendous growth in knowledge about effective policy and practice. Since the mid-1990s, we have seen the development of the components of an evidence-based decision-making platform, consisting of validated risk and needs assessment tools, structured decision-making tools to assist in the better matching of the needs of youth involved in the juvenile justice system with the correct level of supervision and types of services, and evidence-based programs and services. Today, that knowledge is readily available to policy makers and practitioners, with the challenge being to support jurisdictions in incorporating the components holistically into the operation of their juvenile justice systems. This report draws on the experiences of jurisdictions that have worked to integrate these tools and practices into a platform for juvenile justice decision-making through two demonstration programs--the Juvenile Justice Systems Improvement Project (JJSIP) and the Juvenile Justice Reform and Reinvestment Initiative (JJRRI). These jurisdictions have made significant progress in bringing the tenets of JJSIP and JJRRI to life in their communities and juvenile justice systems. It is our hope that the implementation experiences this report captures will help others to follow in their footsteps. It is our belief that the core tenets of JJSIP and JJRRI are at the heart of what juvenile justice systems across the country will look like in the future - and that the youth and families they serve will be better off as a result. The report, therefore, is organized to help the reader understand the background of the initiatives and their essential elements. It draws on site experiences to depict key principles and implementation issues that can inform any effort by a jurisdiction to create an evidence-based decision-making platform. It demonstrates that successful implementation of an evidence-based platform requires an array of systems supports, including strong leadership, workforce development, data collection and analysis, partnership, communication, cooperation, and ongoing attention to quality assurance. In that regard, it should serve as a guide for agency leaders contemplating aligning their system improvement efforts with both JJSIP and JJRRI. In short, it is our hope that this report will provide foundational information about what a system leader needs to consider related to readiness for this type of system improvement effort. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250443.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 145332

Author: Balkovich, Edward Title: Helping Law Enforcement Use Data from Mobile Applications A Guide to the Prototype Mobile Information and Knowledge Ecosystem (MIKE) Tool Summary: Consumer devices that automatically and unobtrusively collect data about their users, including cell phones and other mobile devices, are spreading. While these devices gather much data that is potentially helpful to law enforcement, they also complicate the interpretation of surveillance law and raise questions about privacy. Moreover, facilitating law enforcement understanding of and access to metadata may help law enforcement adjust practices as increased use of encryption decreases the availability of content information, even with appropriate legal permission. This report documents a prototype tool called MIKE (the Mobile Information and Knowledge Ecosystem) created to help interested stakeholders - law enforcement, commercial enterprises, regulators, legislators, and the public (including advocacy groups) - better understand the mobile app ecosystem and the relationships among the data, its sources, and applicable legal constraints. This volume describes the prototype, explains how it was developed, provides a manual for those who are interested in using it, and discusses how the prototype might be updated and extended. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1482.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Information Privacy Shelf Number: 135335

Author: University of Texas. Austin School of Law. Civil Rights Clinic Title: Preventable Tragedies: How to Reduce Mental Health-Related Deaths in Texas Jails Summary: The first section of this report tells the stories of ten tragic and preventable deaths in Texas jails. These ten people suffered from mental disorders and related health needs, and died unexpectedly in jail as a result of neglect or treatment failures. The second section of this report sets forth widely accepted policy recommendations based on national standards and best practices to improve diversion and treatment of persons with mental illness and related health needs who are incarcerated in Texas county jails. RECOMMENDATION NO. 1: INCREASE JAIL DIVERSION FOR LOW-RISK PEOPLE WITH MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS. As state and local stakeholders develop pretrial diversion programs, they should ensure that mental illness is factored in, and not as a barrier to pretrial release. In addition, the Legislature and counties should find new ways to reduce warrants and arrests for low-level misdemeanors, to prevent the use of jails for low-risk arrestees. RECOMMENDATION NO. 2: IMPROVE SCREENING. As counties implement the revised mental health screening instrument, they should train correctional officers to recognize signs of mental illness and suicide risk, and explore partnerships with their local mental health authority (LMHA) to have mental health professionals from the LMHA assist with intake screening. RECOMMENDATION NO. 3: INCREASE COMPLIANCE WITH TEX. CODE CRIM. P. �� 16.22 AND 17.032. The legislature should clarify the law to increase compliance with the requirement that magistrates be notified of an arrestee's mental illness or suicide risk, so as to enable pretrial diversion into mental health treatment when appropriate. Counties should implement the law's requirements, using partnerships with LMHAs if needed. RECOMMENDATION NO. 4: STRENGTHEN SUICIDE PREVENTION. Counties should make their suicide prevention plans more effective by: (1) increasing training and promoting culture change; (2) providing for ongoing suicide risk assessment throughout an inmate's stay in the jail; (3) avoiding housing at-risk inmates alone; (4) designating suicide-resistant cells; and (5) having mental health professionals assist with the assessment of suicide risk. RECOMMENDATION NO. 5: COLLABORATE WITH LOCAL MENTAL HEALTH AUTHORITIES. County jails should form broad - and preferably formal - partnerships with their area LMHAs, and work to place LMHA staff in the jail full-time. The Legislature should fund LMHAs to add capacity to provide more services in jails. RECOMMENDATION NO. 6: BOLSTER FORMULARIES. County jails should promote continuity of mental health care by (1) including in their formulary the medications listed in the local mental health authority's formulary and (2) contracting with outside providers to quickly acquire any medication not kept in stock. RECOMMENDATION NO. 7: PROMOTE MEDICATION CONTINUITY. County jails should promote continuity of care by allowing inmates to continue taking prescribed medication that the inmate had been taking prior to booking, after taking certain precautions. Specifically, county jails should replace policies of denying access to prescribed medications with more flexible alternatives. RECOMMENDATION NO. 8: DEVELOP AND UPDATE DETOX PROTOCOLS. Each county jail's health service plan should include a detoxification protocol for supporting withdrawal from alcohol, opioids, benzodiazepines, and other commonly used substances, in conformance with current national standards. RECOMMENDATION NO. 9: ADD FORENSIC PEER SUPPORT. County jails should strengthen their mental health care services by implementing a forensic peer support program. RECOMMENDATION NO. 10: IMPROVE MONITORING. Counties should promote more effective monitoring of inmates by: (1) requiring jail staff to proactively engage inmates and take action during regular observation; (2) increasing the frequency of observation for at-risk inmates and setting irregular monitoring intervals; (3) ensuring adequate staffing; (4) using technology along with personal interaction to make observation more accountable; and (5) using technology to alert staff of inmate crises. RECOMMENDATION NO. 11: REDUCE THE USE OF RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION. County jails should (1) set an explicit goal to reduce the use of restraint and seclusion, with an eye toward eliminating them altogether; (2) abolish the most dangerous restraint and seclusion practices; and (3) train officers to reduce reliance on restraint and seclusion, and collect data to evaluate performance. The Texas Legislature should require stricter regulation of seclusion that mirrors its strict regulation of restraint. RECOMMENDATION NO. 12: LIMIT THE USE OF FORCE. County jails should strengthen their policies and training on use of force, explicitly address use of force against inmates with mental health needs, promote the goals of eliminating excessive use of force, and use force only as a last resort. Details: Austin: University of Texas School of law Civil Rights Clinic, 2016. 107p. Source: Internet Resources: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: https://law.utexas.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2016/11/2016-11-CVRC-Preventable-Tragedies.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 145336

Author: McGraw, Lora K. Title: Challenging masculinities: A program analysis of male-based university sexual violence prevention programs Summary: This study examines male-based sexual violence prevention programs on college campuses. In an effort to combat the widespread problem of sexual violence against college women, universities have implemented sexual assault prevention programs. While past programs have focused on risk-reduction strategies that target women, new programs are beginning to focus on approaching men to challenge hegemonic masculinity and gender social norms that are conducive to sexual violence. Thus far, the methods of these programs have not been studied in detail. This study uses interviews, observation, and document analysis to analyze the methods and messages of male-based sexual violence prevention programs at six universities in the United States. The research describes and analyzes the origins, goals, structures, strategies, success, and challenges of these programs. Their strengths and limitations are discussed, and suggestions and considerations for the programs are provided. As male-based violence prevention programs become more popular on college campuses, this research offers a deeper understanding of these programs that may inform and improve the effort to combat violence against college women. Details: Manhattan, KS: Kansas State University, 2017. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://krex.k-state.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/2097/35389/LoraMcGraw2017.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 145340

Author: Vincent, M. Bess Title: Chicago Neighborhoods and Crime: A Test of Agnew's macro-level strain theory Summary: In recent decades, there has been a resurgence of interest in ecological explanations of crime, especially as they relate to Shaw and McKay's (1942) research regarding community structure, crime and delinquency. Social disorganization, relative deprivation and subcultural deviance theories identify several variables measuring formal and informal social controls, inequalities, and learning opportunities that mediate the effects of the community structure and crime relationship. Robert Agnew (1999) poses a macro-level strain theory (MST), which suggests that strain is conditioned by social control and learning variables that influence systemic levels of negative affect and community crime rates. Preliminary tests of MST (Brezina, Piquero, and Mazerolle 2001; Hoffman and Ireland 2004; Pratt and Godsey 2003) provide partial support for the theory; yet, studies have been limited in abilities to operationalize variables and to model indirect effects. This dissertation tests MST using data collected from the Project on Human Development in Chicago Neighborhoods: Community Survey, 1994-1995; 1990 Census Data; and Homicide Incident Data from the Chicago Police Department for the years 1996-1999. Structural equation models measuring the mediating effects of strain on the relationship between community characteristics and homicide rates fit better than models of social disorganization and subcultural deviance. While variables measuring social control do condition the effects of strain on negative affect and crime, these models have poor fit. Thus, while the mediating effects of MST are supported, more research is needed on the moderating effects of social control and learning variables. Details: New Orleans, LA: Tulane University, 2011. 194p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/903800594.html?FMT=AI Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 145341

Author: Anadi, Ngozi Obeta Title: The Impact of Three Strikes Laws on Crime Rates in the United States: A Panel Data Analysis Summary: Persistent high levels of crime is of an increasing concern to the general public because of the fear of loss of lives and property. One of the tools used by government to deal with high crime rates is the enactment of stricter policies and regulations. Between 1993 and 1995, many states in the United States enacted Three-Strikes Legislation, increasing prison terms for repeat offenders with the hope of reducing crime rates and promoting public safety. However, whether these laws are effective or not is subject to debate. Relying on the fixed effects estimation and state-level panel data from the 50 states of the United States (U.S) for the period 1980-2009, this study assesses the impact of three-strikes laws on crime rates in the U.S, controlling the effects of demographic and economic variables. The results show that three strikes laws have an overall statistically insignificant positive relationship with crime rates. The deterrent and incapacitation effects of three strikes laws disappear the moment other factors are controlled. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Southern University and A&M College, 2011. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 6, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/914372134.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 145342

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Challenging Government Hacking in Criminal Cases Summary: his report sets out key legal arguments and strategies for defense attorneys to challenge evidence seized by government-installed computer malware as a violation of the Fourth Amendment and federal law. Over the past several years, the government has increasingly turned to hacking and malware as an investigative technique. The FBI has begun deploying software designed to infiltrate and control, disable, or surveil a computer's use and activity. This kind of widespread and secretive hacking by the government is controversial and of questionable constitutionality. The report assesses recent court decisions evaluating the government's use of the controversial hacking technique and makes recommendations for the most promising avenues to have unconstitutionally obtained evidence suppressed. Details: New York: ACLU, 2017. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/malware_guide_3-30-17-v2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 145347

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: How States Engage in Evidence-Based Policymaking: A National Assessment Summary: Evidence-based policymaking is the systematic use of findings from program evaluations and outcome analyses ("evidence") to guide government policy and funding decisions. By focusing limited resources on public services and programs that have been shown to produce positive results, governments can expand their investments in more cost-effective options, consider reducing funding for ineffective programs, and improve the outcomes of services funded by taxpayer dollars. While the term "evidence-based policymaking" is growing in popularity in state capitols, there is limited information about the extent to which states employ the approach. This report seeks to address this gap by: 1) identifying six distinct actions that states can use to incorporate research findings into their decisions, 2) assessing the prevalence and level of these actions within four human service policy areas across 50 states and the District of Columbia, and 3) categorizing each state based on the final results. The study finds: - Five states lead the way in evidence-based policymaking. - Washington, Utah, Minnesota, Connecticut, and Oregon are leading in evidence-based policymaking by developing processes and tools that use evidence to inform policy and budget decisions across the areas examined. - 11 states show established levels of evidence-based policymaking by pursuing more actions than most states but either not as frequently or in as advanced a manner as the leading states. - 27 states and the District of Columbia demonstrate modest engagement in this work, pursuing actions less frequently and in less advanced ways. - Seven states are trailing, taking very few evidence-based policymaking actions. - Most states have taken some evidence-based policymaking actions in at least one human service policy area, but advanced application is less common. - Defining levels of evidence can allow state leaders to distinguish proven programs from those that have not been evaluated. Thirty-nine states and the District of Columbia have defined at least one level of evidence, such as "evidence-based"; 23 of the 40 have created an advanced definition that distinguishes multiple levels of rigor, such as "evidence-based" and "promising." - Inventorying state programs can help governments to manage available resources strategically. Fortynine states and the District have produced an inventory of state-funded programs; 29 of the 50 have created an advanced inventory that classifies programs by evidence of effectiveness. - Comparing program costs and benefits would allow policymakers to weigh the costs of public programs against the outcomes and economic returns they deliver. Seventeen states have conducted cost-benefit analyses; 16 of the 17 have created an advanced analysis that monetizes benefits to calculate return on investment. - Reporting outcomes and program effectiveness can help policymakers identify which investments are generating positive results and use this information to better prioritize and direct funds. Forty-one states and the District reported or required key outcome data during the fiscal year 2013-17 budget cycles; 13 of the 42 have created advanced budget materials that include findings from program evaluations. - Targeting funding to evidence-based programs, such as through a grant or contract, can help states implement and expand these proven approaches. Forty-nine states and the District of Columbia have such a funding mechanism; five of the 50 have created advanced mechanisms to dedicate at least 50 percent of program funds for a specific policy area toward these initiatives. - Requiring action through state law, which includes administrative codes, executive orders, and statutes, can help states sustain support for evidence-based policymaking. Thirty-three states and the District have developed a framework of laws to support one or more of the five advanced actions listed above in at least one policy area; 11 of the 34 states have created an advanced framework of laws to support two or more advanced actions. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2017 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2017/01/how_states_engage_in_evidence_based_policymaking.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 145349

Author: Little, Cheryl Title: Cries for Help: Medical Care at Krome Service Processing Center and in Florida's County Jails Summary: The Florida Immigrant Advocacy Center had issues a report outlining allegations of unsanitary and unsafe conditions inside the Public Health Service at Krome. The report states that conditions at the medical center have worsened in the past three years as the population of detainees has grown by about 40 percent, from about 400 to 562 detainees. Details: Miami, FL: Florida Immigrant Advocacy Center, 1999. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://www.aijustice.org/cries_for_help Year: 1999 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 145359

Author: Martin, Lauren Title: Early Intervention to Avoid Sex Trading and Trafficking of Minnesota's Female Youth: A Benefit-Cost Analysis: Full Report Summary: We provide analysis of an innovative policy to reduce social harms from sex trading among female youth, including adolescents (e.g. survival sex, prostitution, sex trafficking). The policy consists of early intervention efforts with adolescent females to prevent and dissuade them from sex trading. Our framework treats the program as an investment project and calculates its net present value, where the benefits are understood to be harms avoided by successfully reducing the extent of sex trading. We approach the analysis from the narrow perspective of the public budget. That is, both the cost of the program and the specific harms from sex trading are evaluated in terms of the burden they impose on a community's government expenditures. We do not examine the full social costs of sex trading. Our valuation of harms is a conservative estimate based on available social science data. We conduct sensitivity analysis with respect to key model parameters such as program effectiveness, discount rate and other model parameters. The program returns positive Net Present Value in all but the most pessimistic scenarios, which we believe are highly unlikely to prevail. In our best estimate it returns $34 in benefit for each $1 in cost. Details: Minneapolis: Minnesota Indian Women's Resource Center, 2012. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://mnhttf.org/site/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/Benefit-Cost-Study-Full.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 145360

Author: Martin, Lauren Title: Mapping the Market for Sex with Trafficked Minor Girls in Minneapolis: Structures, Functions, and Patterns Summary: The trafficking of girls under age 18 into the sex trade (also known as domestic minor sex trafficking) has received increased attention from policy makers, law enforcement, service providers, advocates, and funders in Minnesota over the past several years. In July 2011, the Minnesota State Legislature passed Safe Harbor for Youth legislation, which had a sunrise clause for implementation by August 2014. The Minnesota Departments of Health and Public Safety worked with the State Human Trafficking Task Force to develop No Wrong Door, a plan for coordinated and comprehensive services for trafficking victims. Implementation has begun with the hiring of the Safe Harbor/No Wrong Door Director in the Minnesota Department of Health's Injury and Violence Prevention unit, and the selection of Regional Navigators responsible for ensuring that all victims receive appropriate assistance and trauma-centered services. No Wrong Door is a critical step for early intervention to reduce the harms of domestic minor sex trafficking on Minnesota youth. But, what is the larger system that exploits juveniles through sex trafficking? Who is involved? Where does it happen? And, how does it work? Empirical knowledge of the broader market forces through which youth are exploited is critical to providing a solid basis for Minnesota's efforts toward intervention and prevention of exploitation of youth in commercial sex and sex trafficking. We conducted this study to answer these questions. The project received funding from the Women's Foundation of Minnesota, internal University of Minnesota funding, and the support of a broad coalition of agencies and individuals. We began with the understanding that the sex trade is an industry, and as such, it operates on market principles. Like other markets, the market for sex with juveniles is structured by demand, supply, and a process through which the supply (or "product") is developed, managed, and delivered. Sex buyers (the "demand") enter the market with money and power. Pimps, traffickers, and others that assist them (transporters, watchers, enforcers, etc.) profit by linking sex buyers to juvenile victims (the "product") for sale. Because of the multiple roles involved in this activity, we refer to these individuals as facilitators. Facilitators recruit a "supply" of juveniles through systematic exploitation of specific needs and vulnerabilities of youth, sometimes described as "push/pull factors." This study sought to understand the "who, where, and how" aspects of market operations. Who are the people involved in the market (victims, facilitators, and sex buyers)? Where does the market happen? Where are victims recruited? Where do sexual transactions take place? What are the residential locations of facilitators, victims, and sex buyers? "Where" also includes categories of places where sex trafficking activities occur such as hotels, schools, private residences, clubs, etc. Most importantly, we wanted to understand how the market functions. How do the operational structures and mechanisms derive profit from the commercial sexual exploitation of juveniles? Our data collection and analysis produced a great deal of information, which we are continuing to review and analyze. This report provides an overview of our findings and it is a first step in sharing the rich and detailed information we have collected. We expect to produce additional reports and articles. Some of what we learned confirms what we already knew about sex trafficking, particularly characteristics of victims. However, our market framework yielded new insights about the forces behind commercial sexual exploitation of youth and domestic minor sex trafficking. Therefore, much of what we learned and describe in this report is new. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, Urban Research Outreach/Engagement Center, 2014. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://uroc.umn.edu/sites/default/files/Res_SexTraf_Report.compressed.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 145361

Author: Craigie, Terry-Ann Title: Ban the Box, Convictions, and Public Sector Employment Summary: In 2004, the grassroots civil rights organization All of Us or None, advocated for the implementation of Ban the Box (BTB) policies to improve the employment outcomes of the correctional population, especially within the public sector. However, scholars argue that young low-skilled minority males may be subject to employer use of statistical (racial) discrimination. The study employs quasi-experimental methods to identify the impact of public sector BTB policies on public sector employment. In general, the study finds that public sector BTB policies increase the odds of public sector employment for those with convictions by close to 40%; however, the study uncovers no evidence of statistical (racial) discrimination against young low-skilled minority males. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2906893 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 145366

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: In Harm's Way: State Response to Sex Workers, Drug Users, and HIV in New Orleans Summary: Some of the highest HIV infection and death rates in the United States are found in southern states such as Louisiana, where deep poverty combines with harmful laws and policies that increase risk of acquiring, transmitting and dying of HIV. In Harm's Way: State Response to Sex Workers, Drug Users, and HIV in New Orleans, based on interviews with nearly 200 people in New Orleans between February and September 2013, presents the experiences of sex workers, drug users, and transgender women. The report describes how they are neglected, punished and stigmatized by Louisiana state laws and policies that endanger their safety, health and lives. The state also does little to invest in housing, health care or support services for people unable to meet their basic needs. State criminal laws block rather than facilitate a public health approach to sex work and injection drug use, which contributes to a death rate from AIDS in Louisiana that is more than double the national average. The city of New Orleans has also failed to ensure that those most vulnerable to HIV infection are protected. Police in New Orleans use condom possession as evidence of prostitution. This practice reduces the willingness of sex workers, and those profiled by police as sex workers, to carry condoms to protect themselves from sexually transmitted disease and pregnancy. To effectively address the HIV epidemic and protect the human rights of people who exchange sex for money, drugs or life necessities, Louisiana should reform criminal laws that block syringe exchange, and decriminalize adult, consensual sex work. Until state and city officials substitute a public health approach for punitive and discriminatory policies and invest in housing, health care and other basic needs, HIV will continue to endanger the lives of the state's most vulnerable residents. Details: New York: HRW, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 9, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/usnola1213_ForUpload_3.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 131380

Author: Robinson, Paul H. Title: An Overview of The Effect of Mental Illness Under US Criminal Law Summary: This paper reviews the various ways in which an offender's mental illness can have an effect on liability and offense grading under American criminal law. The 52 American jurisdictions have adopted a variety of different formulations of the insanity defense. A similar diversity of views is seen in the way in which different states deal with mental illness that negates an offense culpability requirement, a bare majority of which limit a defendant's ability to introduce mental illness for this purpose. Finally, the modern successor of the common law provocation mitigation allows, in its new breadth, certain forms of mental illness as a murder mitigation, mitigating to a lesser form of murder or to manslaughter. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2014. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 13-25: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Liability Shelf Number: 131511

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: Three Quarter Houses: The View from the Inside Summary: Three-Quarter Houses exist because they fill a crucial need by providing housing for some of New York City's most vulnerable individuals. While this housing is almost always illegal, often dangerous, and too frequently abusive, simply closing down the houses would render their occupants homeless, with potentially devastating results. Three-Quarter Houses are one of the few available options for single adults seeking housing they can afford with HRA's shelter allowance of $215 per month. Thousands of people rely on Three-Quarter Houses�far more than the city shelter system is prepared to absorb. In fact, residents specifically state that they do not want them closed down and that they do not want to go into the shelter system. Residents want Three-Quarter Houses improved. The research findings presented here indicate the urgent need for some minimum standards and some type of oversight of Three-Quarter Houses in New York City. We urge government officials and advocates to address this issue in a manner that preserves and expands truly affordable housing for single adults seeking to rebuild their lives. Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/pri/files/2013/10/PRI-TQH-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 131388

Author: ECPAT USA Title: National Colloquium 2012 Final Report: An Inventory and Evaluation of the Current Shelter and Services Response to Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking Summary: Shelter and services for identified victims and survivors of domestic minor sex trafficking (DMST) are critical for their recovery and success. What has not been immediately available is insight into the actual experience of the individuals and organizations that are attempting to respond to the need, and their insight about possible ways to navigate the obstacles. While a few excellent scholarly articles and manuals on how to implement service provision have recently been published, the noticeable missing ingredient is documentation of lessons learned, success factors and gaps by those on the ground doing the work. To that end, the National Colloquium: Shelter and Services Evaluation for Action was conceived and executed by Shared Hope International, ECPAT-USA and The Protection Project at Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies, a triumvirate that has in the past cooperated on related research, notably the 2006 Mid-Term Review on the Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children (CSEC) in America in preparation for the World Congress Against CSEC. Three surveys were designed to capture information that will serve as the foundation for the continuing research, site assessments, and discussions among stakeholders to develop and formalize the shelter and services response for DMST victims. Through these surveys and the subsequent colloquium, knowledge from a growing body of experts with first-hand experience was gathered and shared about the actual provision of restorative services to domestic trafficking victims, with all of its successes and setbacks. In July 2012 an Advisory Board and a Practitioners Working Group were convened to review project goals for the National Colloquium and vet the survey that would solicit a response from providers across the nation during the upcoming three months. At the same time, survivor leaders developed and administered their own survey instrument to capture the unique experiences and perspectives of individuals who have survived sex trafficking. On November 30, 2012, the National Colloquium: Shelter and Services Evaluation for Action was held, representing a first-ever opportunity for service providers and survivors to hold a structured conversation about the extraordinarily complex and challenging work of DMST victim and survivor care. Acting Assistant Secretary George Sheldon of the Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, delivered the keynote address that framed the panel discussions that took place. Based on their experiences in the field, participants addressed emerging trends and barriers in three areas: placement for identified youth, licensing and maintaining residential facilities and programmatic and therapeutic approaches. A range of promising practices along with barriers to success were examined through panel discussion and observer interaction. In addition, in coordination with the Congressional Caucus for Victims' Rights and the Congressional Caucus for Women's Issues, a congressional briefing called "Identifying Sustainable Solutions for Shelter and Restorative Care for Victims of Domestic Minor Sex Trafficking" was held to discuss funding for shelter and services for DMST victims, a priority concern noted by advocacy and funding experts that responded to a third survey designed for this group of stakeholders. The panel for this briefing consisted of human trafficking experts from government, philanthropy, survivor leadership and non-governmental organizations who brought visibility to the critical importance of the funding issue. Approximately 185 participants filled the U.S. Capitol hearing room and over 500 more attended via a live webcast in order to be part of this unique event. While information exchange was the stated purpose, a collateral benefit for many was the opportunity for providers and survivors to meet and network with others doing similar work in this limited field. Details: Brooklyn, NY: ECPAT USA, 2016.244p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://www.ecpatusa.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/National-Colloquium-2012-Final-Report-An-Inventory-and-Evaluation-of-the-Current-Shelter-and-Services-Response-to-Domestic-Minor-Sex-Trafficking.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 145367

Author: Nolan, Bridget Rose Title: Information Sharing and Collaboration in the United States Intelligence Community: An ethnographic study of the National Counterterrorism Center Summary: The National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC) was established to serve as the primary organization in the U.S. Government for the integration, sharing, and analysis of all terrorism and counterterrorism intelligence. To date, no study has sought to illustrate whether and how NCTC overcomes the barriers to information sharing among agencies and the people that comprise them. The purpose of this dissertation is to explore the micro-level ways in which intelligence work is conducted in a post-9/11 world and to examine the circumstances that both facilitate and discourage collaboration. By presenting detailed ethnographic evidence and the in-depth interview perspectives of the people who actually do this work daily, this study provides a sociological analysis and discussion of best practices to help identify ways in which NCTC can move closer to fulfilling its mission. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2013. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/dissertations/AAI3565195/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 131168

Author: Dieter, Richard C. Title: The 2% Death Penalty: How a Minority of Counties Produce Most Death Cases At Enormous Costs to All Summary: Contrary to the assumption that the death penalty is widely practiced across the country, it is actually the domain of a small percentage of U.S. counties in a handful of states. The burdens created by this narrow but aggressive use, however, are shifted to the majority of counties that almost never use it. The disparate and highly clustered use of the death penalty raises serious questions of unequal and arbitrary application of the law. It also forces the jurisdictions that have resisted the death penalty for decades to pay for a costly legal process that is often marred with injustice. Only 2% of the counties in the U.S. have been responsible for the majority of cases leading to executions since 1976. Likewise, only 2% of the counties are responsible for the majority of today�s death row population and recent death sentences. To put it another way, all of the state executions since the death penalty was reinstated stem from cases in just 15% of the counties in the U.S. All of the 3,125 inmates on death row as of January 1, 2013 came from just 20% of the counties. Each decision to seek the death penalty is made by a single county district attorney, who is answerable only to the voters of that county. Nevertheless, all state taxpayers will have to bear the substantial financial costs of each death penalty case, and some of the costs will even be borne on a national level. The counties that use the death penalty the most have some of the highest reversal rates and many have been responsible for errors of egregious injustice. As their cases are reversed, more money will be spent on retrials and further appeals. For example: - Maricopa County in Arizona had four times the number of pending death penalty cases as Los Angeles or Houston on a per capita basis. The District Attorney responsible for this aggressive use was recently disbarred for misconduct. - Philadelphia County, with the third largest number of inmates on death row in the country, ranked lowest in the state in paying attorneys representing those inmates. - During the tenure of one district attorney in New Orleans, four death row inmates were exonerated and freed because of prosecutorial misconduct, bringing a stinging rebuke from four Justices of the U.S. Supreme Court. Some states have recently chosen to opt out of this process altogether, greatly limiting their obligations for its high costs and disrepute. As the death penalty is seen more as the insistent campaign of a few at tremendous cost to the many, more states may follow that course. Details: Washington, DC: Death Penalty Information Center, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2017 at: https://deathpenaltyinfo.org/documents/TwoPercentReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 131160

Author: National Science Foundation. Subcommittee on Youth Violence Title: Youth Violence: What We Need to Know Summary: The tragic shooting events in Newtown, Conn., prompted NSF to sponsor a workshop on youth violence. The two-day meeting brought together researchers from sociology, anthropology, psychology, communication, computer science, information systems and public policy. A report based on the workshop, "Youth Violence: What We Need to Know," describes much of the information the scientific community has compiled regarding the precursors and causes of violence perpetrated by children and adolescents. It also characterizes a range of issues requiring further study to better predict and prevent violent incidents. The report states that, "Although tragic events like the Newtown shooting are caused by multiple risk factors, three main factors have been discussed: Exposure to guns, exposure to violent media and mental health. We have a body of reliable evidence and a stable of theories to explain youth violence that have emerged from decades of research." The report also notes, however, that, "Though we know a great deal about the etiology of youth violence, the changing online and gaming landscape, state level variation in access to weapons and evolving nature of family structure, among other changes, require a forward looking research agenda to examine these changes and new challenges." To guide future research into the prediction and prevention of youth violence, including tragic school shootings, workshop participants developed a focused set of questions and a research agenda. Continued study offers the opportunity to reduce youth violence in the future. Details: Washington, DC: NSF, 2013. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://www.nsf.gov/sbe/reports/Youth_Violence_What_We_Need_To_Know.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 131178

Author: Lacoe, Johanna Title: Too Scared to Learn? The Academic Consequences of Feeling Unsafe in the Classroom Summary: A safe environment is a prerequisite for productive learning. This paper represents the first large-scale analysis of how feelings of safety at school affect educational outcomes. Using a unique longitudinal dataset of survey responses from New York City middle school students, the paper provides insight into the causal relationship between feelings of safety and academic achievement. The survey data include the reported feelings of safety for more than 340,000 students annually from 2007-2010 in over 700 middle schools. Findings show consistent negative effects of feeling unsafe on test scores. The paper explores the mechanisms through which feeling unsafe in the classroom may impact test scores, and multiple robustness checks support the validity of the causal claim. Details: New York: NYU Stenhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper #02-13; Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://steinhardt.nyu.edu/scmsAdmin/media/users/ggg5/Working_Paper_02-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Academic Achievement Shelf Number: 131179

Author: Durose, Matthew R. Title: Requests for Police Assistance, 2011 Summary: Examines the characteristics and experiences of persons age 16 or older who contacted police to request assistance in 2011. The report describes the perceptions of residents about police behavior and response during these encounters. It details requests for police assistance to (1) report a crime, suspicious activity, or neighborhood disturbance; (2) report a noncrime emergency, such as a medical issue or traffic accident; and (3) seek help for a nonemergency or other reason, such as asking for directions or help with an animal problem. Data are from the 2011 Police-Public Contact Survey (PPCS), a supplement to the National Crime Victimization Survey, which collects information from a nationally representative sample of persons in U.S. households on contact with police during a 12-month period. This is a companion report to Police Behavior during Traffic and Street Stops, 2011. Highlights: An estimated 1 in 8 U.S. residents age 16 or older, or 31.4 million persons, requested assistance from police at least once, most commonly to report a crime, suspicious activity, or neighborhood disturbance. About 85% of persons who requested police assistance were satisfied with the police response. No statistical differences were found between the percentage of Hispanics (86%), blacks (85%), and whites (83%) who reported a crime or neighborhood disturbance and felt the police were helpful. About 9 in 10 persons who requested police assistance reported that they were just as likely or more likely to contact the police again for a similar problem. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rpa11.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 131180

Author: U.S. Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations Title: Cigarette Tax Evasion: A Second Look Summary: In 1977 the Advisory Commission on intergovernmental Relations issued a report on cigarette bootlegging recommending that Congress make smuggling cigarettes across state lines a federal crime. Due, in part, to the Commission's efforts such legislation was passed and signed into law in 1978 (PL 95-575). In 1983, the House and Senate Committees on Appropriations directed the Commission to develop current estimates of cigarette tax losses, particularly those losses attributable to organized interstate smuggling, and to recommend what actions the national or state governments could take to further reduce these losses. The Commission notes in this report that the magnitude of commercial interstate smuggling has declined dramatically since the 1970% largely due to the 1978 Contraband Cigarette Act. The Commission also notes that tax rate disparities among the states have widened since 1980, suggesting the need for continued federal law enforcement to prevent a resurgence of cigarette smuggling. Finally, the Commission identifies the illegal sale of cigarettes on military bases and Indian reservations as the major sources of current revenue losses for most states-problems that may require legislative or administrative action by the national government. In this report the Commission seeks to illuminate an issue of intergovernmental concern, both in terms of past actions and future requirements Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2003. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://www.library.unt.edu/gpo/acir/Reports/policy/a-100.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 131186

Author: Prendergast, Michael Title: Outcome Evaluation of the Forever Free Substance Abuse Treatment Program: One-Year Post-Release Outcomes Summary: This executive summary highlights the background, design and methods, and findings relating to the outcome evaluation of the Forever Free Program located at the California Institution for Women in Frontera. The Forever Free Substance Treatment Program is an intensive residential treatment program for women inmates with substance abuse problems followed by voluntary community residential treatment during parole. Study Goals Contrast the 12-month post-release outcomes of Forever Free participants with those of the comparison group with regard to parole performance, drug use, employment, and psychological functioning Examine differences between groups with regard to their relationships with their children following release to parole (custody status and parenting). Examine service needs during parole for both groups. Determine outcome predictors for the whole sample and for Forever Free participants (tested predictors included group status, age, ethnicity, primary drug problem, criminal history, psychological functioning, level of therapeutic alliance, treatment readiness, and locus of control). Details: Los Angeles: Drug Abuse Research Center, UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs, 2002. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/199685.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 131187

Author: Bellin, Jeffrey Title: Reassessing Prosecutorial Power Through the Lens of Mass Incarceration Summary: Prosecutors have long been the Darth Vader of academic writing: mysterious, all-powerful and, for the most part, bad. This uber-prosecutor theme flows like the force through John Pfaff's highly-anticipated new book, "Locked In: The True Causes of Mass Incarceration - and How to Achieve Real Reform." The book concludes that police, legislators, and judges are not to blame for Mass Incarceration. Instead, "the most powerful actors in the entire criminal justice system" (prosecutors) have used their "almost unfettered, unreviewable power to determine who gets sent to prison and for how long." Locked In's data-driven thesis aligns neatly with the academic consensus. If prosecutors are the most powerful actor in the criminal justice system, they must be responsible for its most noteworthy product - Mass Incarceration. The only problem is that it probably isn't right. While Pfaff's empirical findings have been embraced by the media, the legal academy, and even former President Obama, they are grounded in questionable data. With these flaws exposed, the familiar villains of the Mass Incarceration story reemerge: judges and, above all, legislators. This reemergence provides a very different focus for reforms designed to unwind Mass Incarceration. It also says something profound about prosecutorial power. Prosecutors possess substantial power to let people escape from an increasingly inflexible system. But decades of academic claims suggesting that prosecutors are equally powerful when acting in the opposite direction - to dictate sanctions - fold under scrutiny. When it comes to imposing incarceration, prosecutorial power is largely contingent on the actions of other, more powerful criminal justice actors. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2930116 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 150548

Author: Reaves, Brian A. Title: Police Response to Domestic Violence, 2006-2015 Summary: Presents 2006-15 data on nonfatal domestic violence victimizations reported to police, the police response to these victimizations, the prevalence of related arrests or charges, and criminal complaints signed against the offender. Domestic violence includes serious violence (rape or sexual assault, robbery, and aggravated assault) and simple assaults committed by intimate partners, immediate family members, or other relatives. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey, which obtained victims' descriptions of police actions during their initial response to a reported crime and any follow-up contact with the victim. Highlights: From 2006 to 2015, more than half (56%) of the 1.3 million nonfatal domestic violence victimizations occurring annually in the United States were reported to police. In 39% of reported victimizations an offender was arrested or charges were filed, with the majority of arrests occurring during the initial police response. The victim or other household member signed a criminal complaint against the offender in about half (48%) of reported victimizations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/prdv0615.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 145391

Author: Shoag, Daniel Title: No Woman No Crime: Ban the Box, Employment, and Upskilling Summary: A sizable number of localities have in recent years limited the use of criminal background checks in hiring decisions, or "banned the box." Using LEHD Origin-Destination Employment and American Community Survey data, we show that these bans increased employment of residents in high-crime neighborhoods by as much as 4%. These increases are particularly large in the public sector. At the same time, we establish using job postings data that employers respond to ban-the-box measures by raising experience requirements. A perhaps unintended consequence of this is that women, who are less likely to be convicted of crimes, see their employment opportunities reduced. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: HKS Working Paper No. 16-015: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2782599 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 150550

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Optimal Preventive Law Enforcement and Intervention Standards with Endogenous Non-Preventive Law Enforcement Probabilities Summary: I propose a simple model of law enforcement where offenders can be prevented from completing their offenses ex-ante or may be caught and punished subsequent to completing their offenses. The former method of law enforcement increases social welfare by preventing the infliction of criminal harm, but produces inconvenience costs to the general public, because it requires interfering with the acts of innocents as well as attempters. The magnitude of these inconvenience costs, and therefore the optimal frequency with which preventive enforcement ought to be used, depend on the responsiveness of potential criminals to punishment; the proportion of potential criminals in the population; the intervention techniques employed; and the harm from crime. I also show that weak intervention standards can be used in conjunction with more frequent monitoring to increase the frequency of prevention, and that these two methods are complements. These observations provide rationales for why preventive enforcement sometimes takes place through random (or suspicionless) interventions, and in other cases through stops based on reasonable suspicion. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: FSU College of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 701: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2481367 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 145398

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Statistical (and Racial) Discrimination, 'Banning the Box', and Crime Rates Summary: This article presents law enforcement models where employers engage in statistical discrimination, and the visibility of criminal records can be adjusted through policies (such as ban the box campaigns). I show that statistical discrimination leads to an increase in crime rates under plausible conditions. This suggests that societies in which membership to disadvantaged groups is salient (e.g. through greater racial or religious heterogeneity) are, ceteris paribus, likely to have higher crime rates. Attempting to fix the negative impacts of statistical discrimination through policies that reduce the visibility of criminal records increases crime rates further. Moreover, such policies cause a greater negative effect for law abiding members of the disadvantaged group than members of the statistically favored group. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 17-13: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2940743 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Banning the Box Shelf Number: 145399

Author: Washington Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Urban Affairs Title: Racial Disparities in Arrests in the District of Columbia, 2009-2011: Implications for Civil Rights and Criminal Justice in the Nation's Capital Summary: At its founding in 1968, the Washington Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights and Urban Affairs sought to address issues of racial discrimination and their associated causes. Our work started with efforts to address issues of discrimination and poverty identified by the Report of the National Advisory Commission on Civil Disorders (known as the Kerner Commission) as the root causes of the riots that had erupted in cities across the country throughout the 1960s. Forty-five years later, the Washington Lawyers' Committee has developed a wide range of litigation and advocacy programs and projects addressing a broad range of civil rights and poverty concerns, including criminal justice reform and prisoners' rights. In 2006 the Committee joined forces with the DC Prisoners Project to make prisoners' rights a formal and major part of its work. The Washington Lawyers' Committee has long been concerned by the impact of the drug laws and drug policies on the population it serves, and the Committee's view has been that drug abuse and addiction are most appropriately treated primarily as public health concerns rather than criminal matters. While litigation efforts to win judicial recognition of this principle were unsuccessful in the 1970s, the Committee's pilot program at that time demonstrated the importance of legal support and expanded treatment for addicted individuals. This report grows out of increasing concern that broader aspects of our local and national criminal justice systems - even beyond questions relating to drug policies - reflect significant racial disparities that raise important questions of public policy and civil rights concerns. In order to further explore these issues, the Committee convened a panel of senior and retired judges, and enlisted the support of a team of attorneys at the firm of Covington & Burling LLP, to obtain and analyze a comprehensive set of arrest data for the District of Columbia covering the years 2009, 2010 and 2011. Together, the Washington Lawyers' Committee, Covington & Burling LLP, and the judicial review committee have analyzed and reviewed the data. While we leave it to readers to draw their own conclusions, it is the view of this report's authors and advisors that the statistics contained here should serve as a wake-up call to Washington, D.C. residents and policymakers. These findings speak to the need for residents and policymakers to take a deeper look at some of the civil rights implications of our drug, public health and public safety policies. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: https://www.washlaw.org/pdf/wlc_report_racial_disparities.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 129381

Author: Washington Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Urban Affairs Title: D.C. Prisoners: Conditions of Confinement in the District of Columbia Summary: On average, the daily population of D.C. Department of Corrections (DCDOC) facilities exceeds 2,000 prisoners. About three-quarters of these individuals are detained at the Central Detention Facility, a nearly forty-year-old facility commonly referred to as the "D.C. Jail." Just under one quarter are detained at the privately-run Correctional Treatment Facility (CTF). The rest are located at one of the District's three halfway houses. This report examines the conditions of confinement at the D.C. Jail and the CTF and discusses several recurring and serious problems that require the prompt attention of the DCDOC and District policymakers. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2015. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at; http://www.washlaw.org/pdf/conditions_of_confinement_report.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 135232

Author: Zakaria, Rafia Title: Hate and Incriminate: The U.S. Election, Social Media, and American Muslims Summary: In the grim days following the mass shooting in Orlando, Florida, news commentator and retired Lieutenant Colonel Ralph Peters appeared on Fox News, saying: "Not all Muslims are terrorists, but virtually all terrorists are Muslim." Peters's statement represents the sort of venomous rhetoric that has emerged all too often this election. Republican presidential nominee Donald Trump has put an immigration ban on Muslims at the core of his nativist pitch to voters, alleging that American Muslims and mosques are knowingly harboring terrorists. While many Americans, including President Obama, have spoken out against Trump's characterization of American Muslims as terrorists, there has been little opposition to the premise that all terrorists are Muslims. The prevalence of Islamophobia has been coupled with a selective definition of terror under US law, contributing to the belief that all terrorists are Muslims and hence that all Muslims be viewed with suspicion, justifiably hated, excoriated, and even banned. At the same time, amplification by social media reinforces hostile political rhetoric, making legislative reform that protects Muslims as effectively as the rest of the population more difficult. This paper dissects the premise that terror is a particularly Muslim problem and analyzes the key role that social media is playing in this issue. The paper begins with a quantitative snapshot of both antiMuslim and anti-Islamophobic Google searches and statements made on social media. It then moves to a qualitative analysis of the low rates of reporting and prosecution of hate crimes against Muslims, paying particular attention to differing standards of proof required for these prosecutions. The second section looks at terror prosecutions of Muslims, noting how speech - and especially online speech - is treated very differently by courts when it involves Muslim American defendants and the mere possibility of terror connections. In paying particular attention to prosecutions under the Material Support for Terrorism Statute, we note how concerns raised in the prosecutorial context of hate crimes (such as requirements of intent and purposefulness) are summarily discarded when they arise in relation to terrorism cases. Details: New York: Tow Center for Digital Journalism Columbia Journalism School, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2017 at: http://cjrarchive.org/img/posts/US%20Election%2C%20Social%20Media%2C%20and%20American%20Muslims%20%28Zakaria%29.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 145455

Author: Seidman, Louis Michael Title: Hyper-Incarceration and Strategies of Disruption: Is There a Way Out? Summary: There is already a large literature on the causes and effects of mass incarceration � or hyper-incarceration as Loic Wacquant more accurately labels the phenomenon. Much less has been written about exit strategies, In doing so however, I start by holding open the possibility that there are no such options. Leibnitzian optimism has a dark side: If successful exit strategies were possible, they would surely have been discovered already. As the old economist joke has it, if that piece of paper lying on the ground were really a $100 bill, someone would have picked it up by now. and, so, I want to devote this paper to exploring the available options. Beyond this general point is the dispiriting reality that the tragedy of hyper-incarceration is tied to very large political and economic trends that are unlikely to be reversed. As others have convincingly demonstrated, the proximate cause of the astonishing growth of imprisonment seems to be the collapse of the black ghetto and, with it, of more subtle forms of discipline that once kept a racially defined "underclass" under control. That collapse, in turn relates to very persistent racism, the splintering of the African American community, the selective disemployment effects of world trade and globalization, and, most broadly, the decline of the U.S. economic and political power that supported American prosperity for generations. There is little reason, then, to be very hopeful about the possibilities of change. In this paper, I nonetheless want to explore the potential for approaches that ignore underlying causes and address instead the micro-processes that support hyper-incarceration. In Part I, I describe the micro-processes that would need to be disrupted. Parts II, III, and IV outline various forms of political intervention that might accomplish such a disruption. Part V assesses the available choices for what is to be done. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University Law Center, 2010. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Georgetown Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 10-76: Accessed May 12, 2017 at: http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1140&context=fwps_papers Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 131369

Author: Sixth Amendment Center Title: The Right to Counsel in Indiana: Evaluation of Trial Level Indigent Defense Services Summary: Under U.S. Supreme Court case law, the provision of Sixth Amendment indigent defense services is a state obligation through the Fourteenth Amendment. In Indiana, however, counties are responsible in the first instance to fund and administer services. Although it has not been held unconstitutional for a state to delegate its constitutional responsibilities to its counties, in doing so the state must guarantee that local governments are not only capable of providing adequate representation, but that they are in fact doing so. Part I of this report assesses whether Indiana meets this constitutional demand and determines that the State of Indiana's ability to monitor county indigent defense systems is either entirely absent or severely limited, depending on the type of case. FINDING #1: The State of Indiana has no mechanism to ensure that its constitutional obligation to provide effective counsel to the indigent accused is met in misdemeanor cases in any of its courts, including city and town courts. Misdemeanors matter. For most people, our nation's misdemeanor courts are the place of initial contact with our criminal justice systems. Much of a citizenry's confidence in the courts as a whole - their faith in the state's ability to dispense justice fairly and effectively - is framed through these initial encounters. Although a misdemeanor conviction carries less incarceration time than a felony, the collateral consequences can be just as severe. Going to jail for even a few days may result in a person losing professional licenses, being excluded from public housing and student loan eligibility, or even being deported. A misdemeanor conviction and jail term may contribute to the break-up of the family, the loss of a job, or other consequences that may increase the need for both government-sponsored social services and future court hearings (e.g., matters involving parental rights) at taxpayers' expense. Despite this, the State of Indiana and the Indiana Public Defender Commission (IPDC) do not exercise any authority over the representation of indigent people charged with misdemeanors and facing the possibility of time in jail. Indiana counties may, if they so choose, receive a partial state reimbursement of their indigent defense costs for non-misdemeanor cases in exchange for meeting standards set by the IPDC. However, counties are free to - and do - forgo state money in order to avoid state oversight. The "Indiana Model" for right to counsel services both institutionalizes and legitimizes the counties' choice to not fulfill the minimum parameters of effective representation. What many Indiana counties have realized is that they can contract with private counsel on a flat fee basis for an unlimited number of cases for less money than it would cost them to comply with state standards (even factoring in the state reimbursement). FINDING #2: The State of Indiana has no mechanism to ensure that its constitutional obligation to provide effective counsel to the indigent accused is met in felony and juvenile delinquency cases, at both the trial level and on direct appeal, in counties and courts that do not participate in the IPDC reimbursement program. Thirty-seven of Indiana's 92 counties (40%) choose not to participate in the state's non-capital case reimbursement program as of June 30, 2015. The Commission has no authority whatsoever over the representation of indigent people in the courts located in these counties, and the courts and public defense attorneys do not have to abide by the Commission's standards. Additionally, by statutory exception, Lake County is allowed to limit its request for reimbursement to certain courts and case types. Most of Lake County's courts in which indigent representation is provided do not participate in the reimbursement program. Together, the non-participating counties and courts have trial level jurisdiction over nearly one-third of the population of Indiana. Although the Indiana Model for indigent defense could potentially work to ensure that counties uphold the state's Sixth and Fourteenth Amendment obligations to provide effective representation in counties that do participate in the IPDC reimbursement program(s), two things have hindered those efforts. First, state funding for the reimbursement plan has not always kept pace with its intended purpose of reimbursing 40% of non-misdemeanor costs. For example, reimbursements to counties for noncapital representation dropped to a low of only 18.3% in 2006. The inconsistency in reimbursements, in part, resulted in a number of counties leaving the program. Second, although the state is obligated to ensure effective representation to the indigent accused facing a potential loss of liberty in its five appellate districts, 91 circuit courts, 177 superior courts, and 67 city and town courts, for most of its history, IPDC operated with only a single staff member. In 2014, another staff position was added. No two people, no matter how talented, could ever possibly ensure compliance with standards in so many jurisdictions. Details: Boston: Sixth Amendment Center, 2016. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2017 at: https://www.nacdl.org/IndianaPublicDefense/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 145460

Author: Rogers, Ashley Title: The First Fifty: A Study of Summary: Assembly Bill 109 ("AB 109") and the subsequent amending legislation (collectively, "The 2011 Realignment Legislation Addressing Public Safety" or "Realignment") seismically shifted the way California structures and manages its criminal justice system. Effective October 1, 2011, AB 109 redefined more than 500 felonies and "realigned" responsibility for the incarceration and supervision of a significant population of specified adult felony offenders from the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation ("CDCR") to county-based corrections programs. In brief, AB 109 altered both sentencing and post-prison supervision for the newly statutorily classified "non-serious, non-violent, non-sex" offenses and offenders. While the legislation is comprehensive and complex, two major groups are affected by these changes. First, offenders convicted of qualifying felonies are now incarcerated in county jails instead of in state prisons. Second - and perhaps most critically-released prisoners who would have previously been placed on state parole but now qualify as so-called "non-non-non" offenders are diverted to the supervision of county probation departments under "Post Release Community Supervision� ("PRCS"). Because of its import and controversial surrounding it, the latter population-prisoners released under PRCS-is the focus of this paper. On October 1, 2011, California counties assumed responsibility for supervising approximately 60,000 offenders from 33 California prisons who qualified for PRCS. While some have remained neutral, responses to the PRCS component of AB 109 have been largely as passionate as they have been mixed. Supporters note that, because the offenders were to be released into counties anyway, PRCS simply shifts who will do the supervising. They assert that the shift is more technical than substantive: because the offenders to be supervised by PRCS were incarcerated for a relatively low-level "non-non-non" felony, probation offers should be equipped to handle the risks and needs of a population nearly identical to those they already supervise. Prior to AB 109's implementation, Governor Brown expressed confidence that counties were prepared to assume the targeted populations, adding, "It's bold, it's difficult and it will continuously change as we learn from experience. But we can't sit still and let the courts release 30,000 serious prisoners. We have to do something, and this is the most-viable plan that I've been able to put together." Critics of AB 109, however, assert with equal confidence that the plan as it relates to PRCS is far from "viable." They emphasize that under AB 109, offenders are classified only by the present committed offense, meaning that it is possible that a person with a history of violent, serious, or sex offenses-or even a lengthy criminal history-may technically qualify as a "non-non-non" offender under AB 109. The shift in supervisory responsibility from parole to probation departments becomes important. Probation officers, critics argue, may be ill-equipped to address the great risks and significant needs of a potentially a dramatically different population than that contemplated by the legislature. Indeed, several counties have asserted that they are unprepared and under-financed, and some are even bracing for a spike in crime. (See "Part II: The Counties' Responses to AB 109" for further discussion.) b. Scope of the Paper What is missing from these charged debates, however, is data. Speculation about the population is insufficient to spur any informed changes, and a lack of data could lead to rash, harmful decisions based on isolated incidents or conjecture alone. Answers to critical questions - Who are these offenders to be supervised by PRCS? What are their risks? What are their needs? - must be answered. This paper examines these questions in the context of one county - Santa Clara County. In this paper, we first provide an overview of the history and legislative rationale of AB 109, the provisions governing the scope of PRCS, and the CDCR's procedures regarding the determination screening process and data provided to the counties ("Part I: The Legislative Intent of AB 109 and Post-Release Community Supervision"). Second, we provide further context on the various responses to AB 109 as depicted in the media ("Part II: The Counties' Responses to AB 109"). Third, we answer the aforementioned questions (Who are these offenders? What are their risks? What are their needs?) by analyzing the demographics, risks, and needs of the first fifty offenders released to Santa Clara County under PRCS ("Part III: Describing the PRCS Population: The First Fifty Released in Santa Clara"). We then compare the results of the study with the legislative intent and the counties' various responses and predictions ("Part IV: Comparing the First Fifty to the Legislative Intent and Counties' Responses"). Finally, we offer an analysis of the limitations of the study ("Part V: Limitations of the Study") and offer conclusions on the implications of the findings ("Conclusion: Implications of the Study"). Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft report: Accessed May 13, 2017 at: http://law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/child-page/183091/doc/slspublic/The_First_Fifty_Rogers.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 131360

Author: Challgren, Jonathan Title: Countering Violent Extremism: Applying the Public Health Model Summary: Countering violent extremism (CVE) has become an increasingly important pillar of national security policy in the United States and was even highlighted in the 2015 National Security Strategy as "more important than our capacity to remove terrorists from the battlefield". However, CVE is an evolving concept for both policymakers and practitioners alike. Part of Georgetown University's Center for Security Studies, the National Security Critical Issues Task Force (NSCITF) produced this report to provide a comprehensive framework to better conceptualize and implement of CVE. The NSCITF's framework for CVE is based on the public health model, which categorizes prevention into primary, secondary, and tertiary activities. Using the public health model for CVE, the United States Government (USG) and its partners would be better able to define the CVE mission, assign responsibilities for its implementation, and engage effectively in combined action for its execution. Summary of Key Findings 1. CVE has an unclear definition, mission, and leadership structure. 2. Violent extremism shares risk factors with other social ills, enabling the use of preexisting capabilities and resources in its prevention. 3. A multi-sector and non-discriminatory approach enables a holistic strategy using multiple capabilities. 4. Success remains difficult to quantify; the lack of meaningful metrics to evaluate CVE initiatives complicates evidence-based program design and funding decisions Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown Security Studies Review at the Center for Security Studies, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2017 at: http://georgetownsecuritystudiesreview.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/NSCITF-Report-on-Countering-Violent-Extremism.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 145464

Author: Council on American Islamic Relations Title: Civil Rights Report 2017: The Empowerment of Hate Summary: The Council on American-Islamic Relations' Civil Rights Report 2017: The Empowerment of Hate assembles a wealth of data to offer a larger and more comprehensive reflection of the civil rights implications of Islamophobic bias in the United States. Islamophobic bias continues its trend toward increasing violence. In 2016, CAIR recorded a 57 percent increase in anti-Muslim bias incidents over 2015. This was accompanied by a 44 percent increase in anti-Muslim hate crimes in the same period. From 2014 to 2016, anti-Muslim bias incidents jumped 65 percent. In that two-year period, CAIR finds that hate crimes targeting Muslims surged 584 percent. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2017 at: http://islamophobia.org/images/2017CivilRightsReport/2017-Empowerment-of-Fear-Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 145470

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Systemic Indifference: Dangerous and Substandard Medical Care in US Immigration Detention Summary: On April 6, 2015, Raul Ernesto Morales-Ramos, a 44-year-old citizen of El Salvador, died at Palmdale Regional Medical Center in Palmdale, California, of organ failure, with signs of widespread cancer. He had entered immigration custody four years earlier in March 2011. He was first detained at Theo Lacy Facility, operated by the Orange County Sheriff's Department, and then at Adelanto Detention Facility, operated by the private company Geo Group, both of which had contracts with US Immigration and Customs Enforcement ("ICE") to hold non-citizens for immigration purposes. An ICE investigation into the death of Morales-Ramos found that the medical care he received at both facilities failed to meet applicable standards of care in numerous ways. Two independent medical experts, analyzing ICE's investigation for Human Rights Watch, agreed that he likely suffered from symptoms of cancer starting in 2013, but that the symptoms essentially went unaddressed for two years, until a month before he died. Details: New York: HRW, 2017. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/usimmigration0517_web_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 145479

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "I Still Need You": The Detention and Deportation of California Parents Summary: The need for human rights safeguards for detained immigrants in the United States is acute and growing as the Trump administration pursues policies likely to increase the number of people held in immigration detention and placed in deportation proceedings. "I Still Need You" uses government data obtained via a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) to provide a better understanding of those detained and deported in California. The data cover nearly 300,000 federal detentions of immigrants in facilities in California over a four-and-a-half year span from 2011 to 2015. Over that period an average of about 65,000 immigrants a year were detained in California in 15 facilities. Many of the detainees were parents of US citizen children. Although the records for most of period do not specify whether detainees have US citizen children, the records for one nine-month span (October 2014 to June 2015) generally do, and statistical methods can reliably fill the gaps. Analyzing the records for that nine-month span, Human Rights Watch found that nearly half - 42 percent - of detainees had US citizen children, adding up to over 10,000 parents of US citizen children a year. Human Rights Watch calls on the state of California to approve two measures under consideration by the California state legislature that would address human rights abuses in immigration detention by reinforcing detention standards and providing lawyers at the state's expense for detained immigrants. Details: New York: HRW, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/uscaliforniaimmigration0517_web_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Immigrants Shelf Number: 145480

Author: Sarel, Roee Title: Judicial Errors, Crime Deterrence and Appeals: Evidence from U.S. Federal Courts Summary: his paper seeks to empirically examine how the accuracy of a multi-tier adjudication system affects crime deterrence. An ongoing scholarly debate regarding the effects of judicial errors on deterrence provides mixed arguments, but the role of a multi-tier system - where errors can be corrected on appeal - has been mostly overlooked. Analyzing appeal results from U.S federal courts and corresponding crime rates, I find that error occurrence, reflected by affirmance rates, decreases deterrence. Error correction, conversely, entails a complex effect: reversals increase deterrence, but remands decrease deterrence; which implies a need for theoretical adjustment and judicial caution. Details: Frankfurt, Germany: Frankfurt School of Finance & Management gemeinn�tzige GmbH, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2739674 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Appeals Shelf Number: 145485

Author: Human Rights Campaign Foundation Title: Addressing Anti-Transgender Violence: Exploring Realities, Challenges and Solutions for Policymakers and Community Advocates Summary: The joint report, Addressing Anti-Transgender Violence: Exploring Realities, Challenges and Solutions for Policymakers and Community Advocates, comes in a year when at least 21 transgender people have been killed - the most reported since 2006 when advocates began working to track reported homicides of transgender people across the United States. "There are now more transgender homicide victims in 2015 than in any other year that advocates have recorded. At least 21 people - nearly all of them transgender women of color - have lost their lives to violence," said HRC President Chad Griffin. "This kind of violence is often motivated by anti-transgender bias; but that is rarely the only factor. At a time when transgender people are finally gaining visibility and activists are forcing our country to confront systemic violence against people of color, transgender women of color are facing an epidemic of violence that occurs at the intersections of racism, sexism and transphobia - issues that advocates can no longer afford to address separately." Details: New York: Human Rights Campaign, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: http://hrc-assets.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com//files/assets/resources/HRC-AntiTransgenderViolence-0519.pdf?_ga=2.95631324.1157423806.1494945355-63108711.1494945187 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 145487

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Reforming Illinois' Prison System from the Inside-Out: A Blueprint for the Implementation of Risk Assets Needs Assessment and System Change in the Illinois Department of Corrections Summary: Illinois has two public safety problems. It has one of the most crowded adult prison systems in the United States, and despite spending $1.3 billion annually on the Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC), there are not enough resources to effectively house, supervise, and provide rehabilitative programming to the approximately 49,000 men and women who are in state prisons or the additional 25,000 who are on Mandatory Supervised Release under IDOC's Parole Division. These problems have led to an increasingly dangerous situation for inmates and correctional staff, with prisoners being housed in prison gymnasiums and reports of increased violence inside facilities. This makes for hazardous conditions not only inside prisons, but also for Illinois' communities. Every year, Illinois releases more than 30,000 people from its prisons. While there is no evidence to suggest that exposure to harsh and overcrowded conditions makes inmates less likely to commit new crimes, research has shown that these kinds of environments can make inmates worse and more likely to reoffend when they are released. Given these conditions, coupled with the Parole Division's chronically low resources and the multiple barriers former prisoners face returning home, it should come as no surprise that almost half of the inmates who leave the IDOC return to prison within three years of their release, creating a vicious and costly cycle. To address these problems, Illinois needs to safely decrease the number of people under state correctional supervision. This will require an on-going commitment to comprehensive criminal justice reform, including investing in crime prevention programming to strengthen communities, expanding alternatives to incarceration for low-level offenders, reforming overly punitive criminal sentences, and removing unfair obstacles to reentry. Just as importantly, Illinois must ensure that IDOC has the capacity it needs to make the most effective use possible of its limited resources both inside and outside of its facilities, so that when inmates are released they are less likely to return to custody because they are re-integrated safely and successfully back into their communities. Inside the IDOC, the most important initiative to reduce Illinois' over-reliance on incarceration is the implementation of a new and more effective inmate assessment tool called RANA, which stands for Risk Assets Needs Assessment. The problem with the IDOC's current assessment system is that it relies primarily on offenders' committing offenses to make security and programming decisions. So, for instance, if a person is convicted of a low-level offense, he or she will more than likely be treated the same as all other low-level offenders, be housed in a minimum-security facility, and be paroled under the same conditions of release. This kind of assessment system is based on the false assumption that offenders convicted of similar kinds of crimes need the same kind of treatment and supervision. It is also limited in that it ignores the importance of evaluating and developing positive vocational, social, and psychological strengths and assets that lead offenders to turn away from crime. While the IDOC's current approach to inmate assessment may make a certain amount of intuitive sense, it does not provide the agency with a reliable means to provide rehabilitative programming targeted to address the precise needs of individual prisoners that will discourage future criminal activity or encourage pro-social behaviors and attitudes. Using its current assessment system, the IDOC ends up spending its limited security and programming resources on inmates without any certainty that its actions will reduce recidivism. The implementation of RANA will improve upon the IDOC's current assessment system by enabling the agency to focus on the factors that lead people under correctional supervision to return to prison. As mandated, RANA requires the IDOC to adopt an evidence-based assessment tool that will evaluate risks, assets, and needs that are proven to influence recidivism and to create individual case plans that address these factors inside and outside facilities. The benefits of reform are not speculative. Research and the experience of other states indicate that the implementation of a RANA-like system can lead to more efficient use of programming and security resources, reduce recidivism, and ultimately decrease the costly number of people under state correctional supervision. Details: Chicago: The Association, 20113. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: http://www.thejha.org/sites/default/files/JHA%20Blueprint%20Reforming%20IL%20Prison%20System%20from%20the%20Inside%20Out.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 131202

Author: Crumpton, C. David Title: Assessing School Attendance Problem and Truancy Intervention in Maryland: A Synthesis of Evidence from Baltimore City and the Lower Eastern Shore Summary: The Maryland Judiciary shares responsibility with Maryland's Executive Branch and local school systems in enforcing the state's mandatory school attendance and truancy laws. An innovation to address the truancy issue was introduced in 2004 when the General Assembly authorized the establishment of the Truancy Reduction Pilot Program (TRPP) in the First Judicial Circuit comprised of four counties located on Maryland's Lower Eastern Shore. The authorizing legislation also required the Judiciary to perform an evaluation of the program. This initiative stimulated an intensive process of policy and program analysis by the Judiciary concerning the most appropriate, efficient and effective roles of courts and judges in responding to truancy. This effort was given additional impetus as the result of the State Justice Institute's (SJI) award of a grant to the Judiciary in 2008. Under the SJI grant, the Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) evaluated three alternative approaches to truancy intervention in Baltimore City and the First Judicial Circuit (including TRPP), assessed the context of truancy in Baltimore City and the First Judicial Circuit and synthesized the findings from this research to support an assessment of the school attendance and truancy intervention policy and program framework from the perspective of the Judiciary. The current report represents this synthesis. The Maryland programs discussed in this report represent a continuum of court involvement, with no judicial presence in BSMART, participation of judges in an unofficial capacity in TCP, and judges exercising their full authority in TRPP. Process and outcome evaluations provide some level of support for continuing the BSMART, TCP, and TRPP interventions. Research has shown that truancy is related to a number of negative social and behavioral outcomes, including poor school performance, high dropout rates, and increased involvement in juvenile and adult criminal behavior. Truancy is typically caused by factors from four levels: the individual, the family, the school, and the neighborhood and community. Recommended approaches to reducing truancy emphasize family involvement, interagency collaboration, provision of services that address the needs of students and their families, and incentives and sanctions. The contextual analysis provided documentation of the levels of truancy in school districts across Maryland and the relationship of truancy levels to other variables. Qualitative information provided by respondents involved in school attendance issues in the study jurisdictions mirrored the national perspective that truancy is related to a complex, multi-level set of factors and requires holistic solutions. Statewide in Maryland, 2.25% of students (or roughly 20,000 students) were identified as habitually truant during the 2009-2010 school year because they were absent without a valid excuse for more than 20% of school days. The rate of habitual truancy varies by jurisdiction. Among the jurisdictions that are the focus of this report, the counties on the Lower Eastern Shore (Dorchester, Somerset, Wicomico, and Worcester) have habitual truancy rates ranging from 0.29% to 1.49%, whereas Baltimore City has a habitual truancy rate of 8.00%. Although the overall rates for the counties on the Lower Eastern Shore are relatively low, in three of the four counties, truancy rates in individual schools exceeded the state average. Analysis of data across Maryland school systems revealed the following relationships between truancy and other variables: strong positive correlations between rates of habitual truancy and dropout rates, African American students as a percentage of school enrollment, special education students as a percentage of school enrollment, and teen birth rates strong negative correlations between rates of habitual truancy and white students as a percentage of school enrollment and percentages of adults in the community who are high school graduates moderate positive correlation between rates of habitual truancy and poverty rates weak positive correlation between rates of habitual truancy and percent of children living in poverty weak negative correlation between rates of habitual truancy and median household incomes no significant correlation between rates of habitual truancy and unemployment rates or rates of referrals for juvenile delinquency With a few exceptions, Baltimore City and the counties on the Lower Eastern Shore rank among the highest in the state in those variables for which positive correlations with truancy were found (e.g., dropout rates, poverty levels, and teen birth rates) and among the lowest in the state in those variables that have negative correlations with truancy (e.g., median household income and high school completion rates). Knowledgeable informants, including parents, school officials, legal officials, and service providers, identified the following factors as contributing to truancy problems in the five study jurisdictions: impact of poverty, value placed on education, individual needs of children, inadequate monitoring, transportation challenges, safety, and family difficulties, While acknowledging the need to hold parents accountable, respondents generally favored non-punitive solutions to truancy that address the needs of families. The Dropout Prevention Resource Guide published by the Maryland State Department of Education identifies 265 initiatives in Maryland schools that address many of the issues that can impact school attendance. These initiatives include alternative programs, alternative school schedules, alternative schools, attendance accountability, clinical interventions, community service, enhanced counseling, graduation preparation, holistic intervention, justice system coordination, life skill development, mentoring, student parenting, specialized staff, tutoring. The Dropout Prevention Resource Guide does not present school attendance as a central issue to be addressed in reducing dropouts, however, and MSDE does not appear to have a policy or operating focus on truancy and school attendance problems. The three Maryland programs that were evaluated are Baltimore Students: Mediating About Reducing Truancy (BSMART), Truancy Court Program (TCP) and Truancy Reduction Pilot Program (TRPP). BSMART is operated by the University of Maryland School of Law's Center for Dispute Resolution in conjunction with Baltimore City Public School System (BCPSS). TCP is operated by the University of Baltimore School of Law's Center for Families, Children and the Courts (CFCC) in conjunction with BCPSS. TRPP evaluated in these reports are operated in the Circuit Courts for Dorchester County, Somerset County, Wicomico County and Worcester County. These programs reflect the national literature concerning the intent and design of truancy interventions. They have a problem-solving orientation, involve both parents and students, and are progressive responses involving interagency collaboration. These programs also represent a continuum of court involvement, with no judicial presence in BSMART, Details: Baltimore: Maryland Administrative Office of the Courts, 2011. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2017 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/Truancy%20Intervention%20Synthesis%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 131205

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Additional Actions Could Strengthen DHS Efforts to Address Subterranean, Aerial, and Maritime Smuggling Summary: Why GAO Did This Study As DHS has increased the security of overland smuggling routes, transnational criminal organizations have adapted their techniques to smuggle drugs and humans through alternative methods. These methods include cross-border tunnels, ultralight aircraft, panga boats, and recreational maritime vessels. While these methods account for a small proportion of known smuggling, they can be used to transport significant quantities of drugs or for terrorist activity. GAO was asked to review DHS's efforts to address subterranean, aerial, and maritime smuggling. This report addresses, among other things, (1) the known prevalence of the aforementioned smuggling methods, (2) efforts to address them, and (3) efforts to assess the results of activities to counter them. GAO analyzed relevant procedures, reports, and data for fiscal years 2011 through 2016. GAO also interviewed DHS officials and conducted site visits to locations in California, Arizona, and Florida, chosen based upon past detection of smuggling by the selected methods, among other things. The information from the site visits is not generalizable, but provided valuable insights. What GAO Recommends GAO is making six recommendations, including that DHS establish procedures for addressing tunnels, assess ultralight aircraft technology, and establish performance measures and targets. DHS concurred with four recommendations and disagreed with those to establish tunnel procedures and maritime performance measures, citing other efforts. GAO believes the recommendations remain valid, as discussed in the report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/684408.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 145500

Author: Blomberg, Thomas Title: Validation of the COMPAS Risk Assessment Classification Instrument Summary: Risk assessments of offenders and offender classifications are important tools for judges, jail and prison administrators, and pretrial service departments. Within the field of criminal justice, risk assessments and offender classifications are utilized in a number of ways, including pretrial decision-making regarding detention/release and bail setting, determining the conditions of community supervision for individuals on probation and parole, and the proper placement of offenders in state and federal prisons with appropriate levels of security. With the advent of the information age and computer technology, risk assessment has undergone a significant transformation from a process that was based on subjective evaluations made by judicial officers to one that is largely objective in nature, based on theoretically informed, standardized statistical methods. The purpose of this review is to provide an overview of the use and evolution of risk assessment tools in the field of criminal justice, with particular attention given to risk assessment in the context of pretrial decision-making. It begins by providing an account of the recent history of risk assessment within the field of criminal justice, tracing its development from the middle of the twentieth century to its current state at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Next, attention is given to the use of risk assessment tools in the context of pretrial decision-making. Following this, an overview of the research pertaining to the predictive validity of risk assessment tools will be presented, including previous assessments of the COMPAS instrument. Details: Tallahassee: Center for Criminology and Public Policy Research, College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Florida State University , 2010. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://criminology.fsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/Validation-of-the-COMPAS-Risk-Assessment-Classification-Instrument.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Decision-Making Shelf Number: 131207

Author: Smith, Sharon G. Title: The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey. 2010-2012 State Report Summary: Sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence are important public health problems that have an enormous and long term physical and mental health impact on victims. These types of violence often occur early in the lifespan of victims, and for most subtypes, women and racial and ethnic minorities are most affected. While our knowledge about sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence victimization has improved over the years, we still lack information on state-level prevalence estimates and the characteristics of the violence (e.g., type of perpetrator) at the state level. State-level data are important because they help to understand the burden of these problems at the state level and can inform state efforts to prevent and respond to these problems. This is the first report to offer this information at the state-level. The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS) is an ongoing, national random-digit-dial (RDD) telephone survey on sexual violence (SV), stalking, and intimate partner violence (IPV) victimization. Data, representative of the U.S. non-institutionalized adult population, are collected from the non-institutionalized English - and Spanish-speaking U.S. population aged 18 or older using a dual-frame sampling strategy that includes landlines and cell phones. NISVS provides national and state-level estimates of these types of violence, collecting data from all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The primary objectives of this report are to describe at the national and state levels: - The prevalence and characteristics of sexual violence, stalking, and intimate partner violence; - The impact of violence experienced by an intimate partner; - The prevalence of these forms of violence experienced as minors; - The health conditions associated with these forms of violence. This report uses the NISVS data years of 2010-2012 to produce national and state victimization estimates. All of the estimates provided in the text are from the aggregated 2010-2012 data because this combined dataset provides the greatest number of reliable estimates at the national and state levels. National estimates for the most recent data year, 2012, are included as a point of reference and can be found in Appendix A. Estimates in this report are based on data from completed interviews conducted between January 2010 and December 2012. An interview is defined as completed if the participant provided responses to the questions for demographics, general health, and all violence victimization sections. The relative standard error (RSE), which is a measure of an estimate's statistical reliability, was calculated for all estimates in this report. If the RSE was greater than 30%, the estimate was considered unreliable and is not reported. The case count was also considered; if the estimate was based on a numerator - 20, the estimate is also not reported. We have provided estimates for the 50 states and the District of Columbia (DC). In our descriptions of the findings, when there are reliable estimates for fewer than all states and DC, we have indicated the number of states with reliable estimates and counted DC as a state, for a total of 51. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017. 272p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/NISVS-StateReportBook.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 145521

Author: Fair Punishment Project Title: The Promise of Sanctuary Cities and the Need for Criminal Justice Reforms in an Era of Mass Deportation Summary: While many officials champion their status as "sanctuary cities" and have taken meaningful steps to protect immigrant communities, sweeping criminal laws in these places leave many immigrants trapped within an arm's reach of deportation. President Trump intends to use local criminal justice systems to deport as many non-citizens as resources will allow. Local officials - mayors, city council members, county commissioners, prosecutors, and the police - now have a critical opportunity to thwart his plans and acknowledge the inextricable link between the deportation pipeline and the criminal justice system, and to finally reform their criminal justice systems. It is already smart policy to stop sending people to jail en masse; localities' punitive policies disproportionately send people of color, including immigrants, to languish in jail or prison. But to make good on their laudable sanctuary goals, local officials must heed the advice of criminal justice reformers, immigration advocates, and their communities, and institute sweeping change. This report is a collaboration between the Fair Punishment Project and the Immigrant Defense Project, with the support of the Immigrant Legal Resource Center. Together, we hope that our breadth of experience can help advance the conversation that has already started about the intersection between criminal justice and President Trump's immigration policies. In this report, we first explain the various ways that non-citizens are trapped in the deportation web, starting with arrest. We then offer concrete reform proposals that officials at every level of city and county government can implement. Details: Cambridge, MA: Fair Punishment Project, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.ilrc.org/sites/default/files/fpp-sanctuary-cities-report-final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 145543

Author: Tehan, Rita Title: Cybersecurity: Legislation, Hearings, and Executive Branch Documents Summary: Cybersecurity vulnerabilities challenge governments, businesses, and individuals worldwide. Attacks have been initiated against individuals, corporations, and countries. Targets have included government networks, companies, and political organizations, depending upon whether the attacker was seeking military intelligence, conducting diplomatic or industrial espionage, engaging in cybercrime, or intimidating political activists. In addition, national borders mean little or nothing to cyberattackers, and attributing an attack to a specific location can be difficult, which may make responding problematic. Despite many recommendations made over the past decade, most major legislative provisions relating to cybersecurity had been enacted prior to 2002. However, on December 18, 2014, five cybersecurity bills were signed by the President. These bills change federal cybersecurity programs in a number of ways:  codifying the role of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in developing a "voluntary, industry-led set of standards" to reduce cyber risk;  codifying the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS's) National Cybersecurity and Communications Integration Center as a hub for interactions with the private sector;  updating the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) by requiring the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to "eliminate ... inefficient and wasteful reports"; and  requiring DHS to develop a "comprehensive workforce strategy" within a year and giving DHS new authorities for cybersecurity hiring. This report provides links to cybersecurity legislation in the 112th, 113th, and 114th Congresses. Congress has held cybersecurity hearings every year since 2001. This report also provides links to cybersecurity-related committee hearings in the 112th, 113th, and 114th Congresses. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: R43317: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43317.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 145553

Author: Henricks, Kasey Title: A Tale of Three Cities: The State of Racial Justice in Chicago Report Summary: Despite some progress, significant racial inequities have stagnated, and in some cases grown worse, in Chicago since the civil rights movement, according to a new report by University of Illinois at Chicago researchers. Racial and ethnic inequality in Chicago is "so pervasive, persistent, and consequential" that the investigators describe life for white, black and Latino residents in Chicago today as a "tale of three cities." The report, "A Tale of Three Cities: The State of Racial Justice in Chicago," is produced by UIC's Institute for Research on Race and Public Policy. It details the divergent conditions for blacks, Latinos and whites in the intersecting domains of housing, economics, education, justice and health. Present-day challenges facing the city and its residents are partly due to a "failure to address the long-term consequences of decades of formal and widespread private and public discrimination along with continuing forms of entrenched but subtle institutional and interpersonal forms of discrimination," the report states. Among the findings: Housing -High black-white segregation levels persist even among the city's most affluent households. Black households earning over $100,000 annually are almost as likely as those earning less than $25,000 to be segregated from whites. -Even when they possess equivalent measures of credit-worthiness compared to whites, black and Latino households are more likely to secure mortgages that have high interest rates, ballooning payment schedules, and numerous extra fees. -Black and Latino neighborhoods were especially hard-hit in the foreclosure crises, and large portions of some minority neighborhoods continue to experience long-term vacancies with as much as 10 percent to 25 percent of housing stock abandoned in places like Englewood and Riverdale. -The aftermath of the Great Recession has left more black and Latino homeowners and renters cost-burdened, spending 30 percent or more of their income on monthly housing or rental costs. Economics -Over 30 percent of black families, around 25 percent of Latino families, and less than 10 percent of white families live below the poverty line. -In 1960, the typical white family earned 1.6 and 1.4 times more than the typical black and Latino family. Today, the typical white family earns 2.2 and 1.7 times more than typical black and Latino families. -At nearly 20 percent today, the black unemployment rate is over four times the city's white unemployment rate. The rate for Latinos is about 10 percent. -Higher levels of education do not eliminate racial and ethnic disparities in income or joblessness. Education -About 91 percent of black students and 89 percent of Latino students attend schools where 75 percent or more of the student population is eligible for free or reduced lunch. Meanwhile, white students comprise a quarter of all students at selective enrollment high schools and are over-represented in the district's advanced courses and gifted programs. -White students represent anywhere from 32 percent to 40 percent of the student body at the district's top five nationally-ranked high schools even though they comprise less than 10 percent of the Chicago Public Schools student body. -Compared to surrounding school districts in Cook County and elsewhere in the state, Chicago Public Schools has fewer high school teachers with advanced degrees, larger class sizes, and less state investment per pupil. -Black students are suspended, both in-school and out-of-school, at double the district rate, and they are expelled at four times the rate of Latinos and 23 times the rate of whites. Justice -While both violent and property crimes are down in Chicago and nationally, incarceration rates have skyrocketed due to policy shifts, aggressive policing strategies, and mandatory minimum sentencing. Illinois prisons are operating at 150 percent of maximum capacity, and the state has one of the most overcrowded prison systems in the nation. -Chicagoans of color are subject to more police surveillance, suspicion and intervention than whites. Although blacks and Latinos have their vehicle searched at four times the rate of their white counterparts, they are half as likely to be in possession of illegal contraband or a controlled substance. -The geographical distribution of state prisons, clustered in downstate Illinois, impacts political districting and results in inflated voting for some predominantly white districts that house high numbers of prison cells because prisoners are counted as residents of the county where they are incarcerated. Health -Health outcomes are improving across Chicago, but inequalities between blacks and whites are either stagnant or widening on major indicators like heart disease, stroke, and mortality in general. -While Latino Chicagoans fare better than both whites and blacks on measures like mortality rates and incidence of certain cancers, they are uninsured at twice the rate of their black and white counterparts and may be underreported in some areas. -Racial and ethnic disparities persist in infant mortality and low birthweight - outcomes often associated with socioeconomic status and access to prenatal care. 'Many residents on the south and west sides live in healthcare provider and pharmacy "deserts," with no access to either within a half-mile to mile radius. "Advantages or disadvantages people have in one area often translate into parallel advantages or disadvantages in another," the researchers wrote. "Chicagoans of all racial and ethnic groups want to live in safe and healthy communities where they don't just subsist or survive but also thrive, but not all have equal access." "While the data we collected will not be a surprise to many, we hope that this effort to collect it all in one place will help us all to understand the challenges we face and how they are interconnected," said co-author Amanda Lewis, director of the institute and professor of African American studies and sociology. The report also highlights gaps in the available data and the challenges posed by the use of standard measures to assess racial dynamics, in particular for Asians, Pacific Islanders, Native Americans and Arab Americans. Short commentaries by scholars capture some of the key challenges facing these communities today. Details: Chicago: Institute for Research on Race and Public Policy, University of Illinois at Chicago, 2017. 178p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://stateofracialjusticechicago.com/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Disparities Shelf Number: 145554

Author: Human Rights Campaign Foundation Title: A Matter of Life and Death: Fatal Violence against Transgender People in America 2016 Summary: At a time when visibility for transgender people is on the rise, all too often in small towns and big cities members of our community continue to face discrimination, harassment, and even violence simply because of who they are. Despite the enormous progress we've made, the undercurrents of transphobia, homophobia, sexism and racism are impeding this important progress. As a result, hate violence against transgender people, particularly against transgender women of color, remains disturbingly common. We saw this hate manifest on June 12, when 49 LGBTQ people and allies were senselessly murdered at the Pulse Nightclub in Orlando, Florida. And we've seen this same hate manifested in the horrific murders of at least 21 transgender people this year alone. These victims, already marginalized by society, rarely get national media attention. Reports of fatal violence against transgender people are routinely silenced, made invisible, underreported and undercounted. This violence is driven by an atmosphere of animus, fear and ignorance, often targeting transgender people in particular. Earlier this year, North Carolina lawmakers passed legislation known as H.B. 2, which attacked transgender residents and visitors, making it difficult and dangerous for transgender people to use public facilities. This draconian law has fostered anti-transgender aggression not only throughout North Carolina, but in other states as well. In Texas, for example, anti-equality lawmakers are threatening to pass similar legislation. And plans for other discriminatory efforts are underway in states and municipalities across the country. In addition, the extreme and divisive rhetoric of the recent presidential campaign stoked fear and bigotry- compounding a pattern where transgender women of color are singled out for discrimination. Details: New York: Human Rights Campaign, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://hrc-assets.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com//files/assets/resources/A-Matter-of-Life-and-Death-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 145555

Author: Unger, Katie Title: Selling Off Our Freedom: How insurance corporations have taken over our bail system Summary: Selling Off Our Freedom: How Insurance Corporations Have Taken Over Our Bail System is a joint report by Color of Change and the American Civil Liberties Union's Campaign for Smart Justice that documents how the for-profit bail industry fuels mass incarceration and perpetuates racial inequalities. Every year in the United States, millions of people are forced to pay cash bail after their arrest or face incarceration before trial. This is despite the fact that they are presumed innocent and have not been convicted of a crime. To avoid being locked up while their cases go through the courts-which can sometimes take months or even years-people who cannot afford bail must pay a non-refundable fee to a for-profit bail bonds company to front the required bail amount. The financial burden of this fee harms individuals, it harms families, and it disproportionately affects Black and low-income communities. The only winner is the bottom line of big for-profit businesses. These harms are perpetuated by the large insurance corporations that control the two-billion dollar for-profit bail bonds industry, which is both unaccountable to the justice system and unnecessary to justice itself. Large companies whose only goal is profit should not be the gatekeepers of pretrial detention and release. The for-profit bail system in the United States fuels mass incarceration and contributes to racial and economic inequalities. It is a destructive force that undermines the rights of people who come into contact with the criminal justice system, and it must be abolished. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/059_bail_report_2_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145558

Author: Drake, Elizabeth Title: Recidivism Trends of Domestic Violence Offenders in Washington State Summary: The 2012 Washington State Legislature passed a bill directing the Washington State Institute for Public Policy (WSIPP) to complete the following research tasks on domestic violence offenders: 1) Review the research literature on treatment for domestic violence offenders and other interventions effective at reducing recidivism; 2) Survey states' laws regarding domestic violence treatment for offenders; and 3) Analyze recidivism rates of domestic violence offenders in Washington. WSIPP published findings earlier this year on the first two tasks. In this report, we complete the legislative assignment and describe the recidivism rates of domestic violence offenders in Washington. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1541/Wsipp_Recidivism-Trends-of-Domestic-Violence-Offenders-in-Washington-State_Full-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 131208

Author: Prell, Lettie Title: Iowa Recidivism Report: Prison Return Rates. FY2007 Releases Tracked for 3 Years Summary: Over the past several years, The Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) has developed standard definitions of performance measures of importance to corrections. States adopting these standard measures will eventually be able to compare their performance with similar states, and set benchmarks for improvement. ASCA has defined a measure of recidivism -- the return rate to prison - which describes the percent of offenders released from prison who return within three years. The measure includes offenders released to parole supervision as well as those who discharge due to expiration of sentence. Prison releases also include exits from work release per ASCA definitions. In addition to reporting the overall return rate to prison, returns due to new convictions versus technical violations are also compiled. While Iowa has periodically conducted recidivism studies in this area for decades, some adjustments had to be made in order to conform to the ASCA counting rules. The Iowa Department of Corrections made these adjustments in the FY2000 and FY2004 data sets in order to respond to a PEW Trusts survey on this topic. Their report on FY2000 and FY2004 recidivism may be found at http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/Pew_State_of_Recidivism.pdf. This report documents that Iowa's recidivism rates are consistently well below the average for all states. Justice Data Warehouse programming has now been completed that enables calculation of the return rate to prison on a regular basis. This report provides comparison of recidivism for FY2007 releases with the prior two years, and then provides more detail regarding the FY2007 recidivism findings. Highlights include the following: - Recidivism rates declined as prison releases increased. The FY2007 return rate to prison was 31.8%, the lowest among the three years studied - and was achieved despite a 37% increase in prison releases since FY2000. - Larger drops in recidivism for some offender sub-groups. Recidivism rates and particularly returns to prison for new convictions dropped markedly for women and African-Americans. There was also a very large drop in recidivism for offenders with chronic mental illnesses. - Decline in returns to prison due to new convictions. In FY2007, 31 fewer offenders were returned for new convictions compared with FY2004 returnees-despite 511 more offenders being released. Parole supervision may reduce reoffending, Although more research is needed, analysis suggests that new convictions among prison releases could be further reduced if more offenders received post-release supervision, rather being left to discharge their sentences. This is especially important because there has been an increase in discharges from prison compared with paroles. Reversing this trend would entail earlier releases for some offenders, but potentially achieve greater public safety. Details: Des Moines: Iowa Department of Corrections, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.legis.iowa.gov/docs/publications/SD/24677.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 131209

Author: Lansing, Sharon Title: New York State COMPAS-Probation Risk and Need Assessment Study: Examining the Recidivism Scale's Effectiveness and Predictive Accuracy Summary: This report presents findings from a study which examined the effectiveness and predictive accuracy of the New York State COMPAS-Probation Recidivism Scale. This scale predicts the likelihood of rearrest for any felony or misdemeanor offense over a two-year follow-up period for offenders under probation supervision. The study also examined the prevalence of 19 risk/need factors among study cases and the extent to which these factors were correlated with the likelihood of rearrest. Findings indicated that the Recidivism Scale was both effective and predictively accurate (AUC = 0.71) with respect to the overall probation population. Furthermore, the likelihood of rearrest generally increased with the severity of a given criminogenic risk/need. Details: Albany: New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services, Office of Justice Research and Performance,. 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://www.northpointeinc.com/downloads/research/DCJS_OPCA_COMPAS_Probation_Validity.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 131210

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: No-Trespass Policies in Public Housing Summary: Increasingly, public housing authorities (PHAs) are implementing "no-trespass" policies designed to combat crime by non-residents in their developments. These policies allow PHAs to develop "ban lists" of unwanted non-residents who may be cited for criminal trespass if found on PHA property. Implementation of such policies may conflict with resident's rights to have visitors, and invitees' rights to visit. The effects of these policies on crime, perceptions of safety, and associational rights are unknown. Through legal analysis and case studies of three PHAs-Yonkers, NY; Chester, PA; and Annapolis, MD-I investigate the impact of these policies on residents, PHA officials, project managers, police, and people who are banned. My findings suggest that a no-trespass policy, narrowly targeted and as part of a larger security strategy, can promote perceptions of safety among public housing residents. Strong, stable PHA management and a collaborative relationship with residents are key to successful implementation. With due process protections and clear procedures for assuring that tenants' rights to have visitors are not violated, it can pass constitutional muster. Whether it is an effective, or cost-effective, form of crime control is very much in debate. Implemented in isolation, however, a no-trespass policy is not likely to be effective in reducing crime and promoting perceptions of safety, and runs the risk of being used to police residents, rather than to protect them. If the policy is not narrowly tailored, it can divide families unnecessarily and discourage familial ties that create stability in a community. No-trespass policies can be blunt weapons against crime that cast very wide nets over a community, restrict movement, and interfere with family relationships. Applied arbitrarily and targeted indiscriminately, these policies are not likely to be constitutional. PHAs should consider whether no-trespass policies are worth the considerable resources needed to implement and maintain them, and reassess how these policies fit the larger objective of fostering safe places in which to live and raise a family. Longer-term safety may be better served by developing residents' human and social capital, and by providing social supports and services, rather than on banning criminals from PHA property. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3876&context=edissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 145561

Author: Ulkemen, Sinan Title: The Impact of Surveillance Technology on the Behaviors of Municipal Police Departments Summary: Citizen complaints about inappropriate use of force indicate negative police-public relations, unresponsive police services, and the unresponsiveness of police management to citizens' concerns. However, the effective delivery of key policing services depends on the performance of individual police officers. Surveillance technology can monitor and control the behavior of officers, ensuring that police officers provide high quality policing services that meet the needs of citizens. Examples of surveillance technology such as in-car cameras and CCTV can be used as an administrative tool to respond to citizen complaints by police chief executives. This research examines the effect of surveillance technology on the behavior of municipal police departments that is operationalized as the number of citizen complaints that were filed against municipal police departments. This research also examines the impact of surveillance technology on dismissed and sustained complaints by using 511 large municipal police departments in the U.S. from Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) 2003 dataset. Three different models are developed to evaluate the impact of in-car cameras and CCTV on the citizen complaints and their dispositions. Two ordinary least square regression (OLS) models and a Heckman selection model are used to analyze the data. The Heckman selection model is utilized to correct for selection bias in truncated data for sustained complaints after log transformation. Details: Denton, TX: University of North Texas, 2009. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://digital.library.unt.edu/ark:/67531/metadc12209/m2/1/high_res_d/dissertation.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 131274

Author: Latessa, Edward Title: Follow-up Evaluation of Ohio's Community Based Correctional Facility and Halfway House Programs - Outcome Study Summary: he University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice was contracted in 2006 by the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction (ODRC) to conduct a follow-up evaluation of the state's halfway houses (HWHs) and Community Based Correctional Facilities (CBCFs). This study was designed as a follow-up to an original study conducted in 2002, which examined the effectiveness of Ohio HWHs and CBCFs at reducing recidivism. The original study was pivotal in determining elements of effective programming for Ohio offenders. A key finding from the original study was support for the risk principle, which suggests that intensive programming be reserved for higher risk offenders. The current study was designed with the following research questions in mind: - What type of offenders benefit most from programming? - Which programs are most effective at reducing recidivism? - What models or program characteristics are most important in reducing recidivism? The current report focuses on answering the first two research questions; a supplemental report will address the third question by examining in-depth program characteristics to determine which are most important in reducing recidivism. To determine the type of offenders that benefit most from programming, the current report examined individual level characteristics of participants of HWH and CBCF programs. Adjusted probabilities were calculated to identify predictors of both successful completion and recidivism. Like the 2002 study, outcome data examining how HWH and CBCF program participants compared to non-participants using multiple measures of recidivism were also presented. Data were examined by program termination status, as well as referral type. The 2010 study offers several improvements over the original 2002 study: 1) the current study uses a prospective rather than retrospective design; 2) detailed program-level data were collected which will allow for an in-depth analysis of program characteristics in a supplemental report; 3) rather than sampling a group of offenders from each treatment program, all offenders participating in each program within a one year time frame around the date of the site visit were included in the initial pool of experimental cases; 4) an additional comparison group was used in the current study; 5) treatment cases were matched one for one with comparison cases; the assurance that treatment and comparison cases are the same on the matched variables limits the need to statistically control of differences between the treatment and comparison groups; and 6) the outcome data related to conviction of a new crime were collected via the Ohio Law Enforcement Gateway (OHLEG), which is considered more reliable than data sources available for the 2002 study. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, Division of Criminal Justice, 2010. 159p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.uc.edu/content/dam/uc/ccjr/docs/reports/project_reports/2010%20HWH%20Executive%20Summary.pdf Full report available from the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 131273

Author: Monahan, John Title: Risk Redux: The Resurgence of Risk Assessment in Criminal Sanctioning Summary: After almost four decades of 'just deserts,' the past several years have seen a remarkable resurgence of risk assessment as an essential component of criminal sanctioning. In this article, we review current practice in the incorporation of risk assessment into the sanctioning systems of several illustrative states, and describe the major dimensions on which state practices differ. We then elaborate the various meanings ascribed to the foundational concept of "risk" in criminal sanctioning, and contrast "risk" with what are now often called "criminogenic needs," the fulfillment of which ostensibly reduce an offender's level of "risk." Finally, we address the choice of an approach to risk assessment in sentencing, particularly in the resource-starved state of current correctional practice. Details: Charlottesville: University of Virginia School of Law, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 2013-36; Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2332165 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prediction Shelf Number: 131247

Author: Dichter, Thomas Alan Title: Violent Convictions: Punishment, Literature, and the Reconstruction of Race Summary: This dissertation examines the relationship between race and punishment in US culture from the post-Reconstruction era through the 1950s. After slavery's abolition, racial domination became embedded in popular understandings of state violence, while ideas of legitimate violence, in turn, became an important part of racial identity. "Violent Convictions" traces this development as reflected and enacted by a range of texts from this period, including fiction, prisoner autobiography, sociological studies, political writings, jurisprudence, and journalism. In this period, the claims on citizenship made by African Americans in the wake of Emancipation were fiercely countered by emerging discourses that tied whiteness to the public interest and bound blackness to criminality, turning people of color into commonsense objects of legitimate violence. Amid debates over lynching, African American migration, prison reform, and bias in the criminal justice system, authors as different as Thomas Dixon, Jr., Ida B. Wells, Alexander Berkman, Paul Laurence Dunbar, Gunnar Myrdal, and Chester Himes all participated variously in this remaking of the meaning of race and punishment. Starting in the late nineteenth century, racial identity and state violence were reimagined in intimate relation to one another, with lasting consequences for US racial ideology. These cultural developments paved the way for a carceral state that could conceive of itself as a colorblind force for justice and safety while simultaneously serving as an engine of racist violence. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2015. 285p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1721792615 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime in Literature Shelf Number: 145562

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Moving Beyond Transition: Ten Findings and Recommendations on the Illinois Department of Juvenile Justice Summary: Our findings include the following: In a 2012 report, JHA found chronically low mental health staffing levels at IYC-Kewanee, the only IDJJ facility designated to provide intensive mental health treatment. Since JHA's 2012 report was published, IDJJ has increased Kewanee's mental health staffing levels and moved youth with lower security risks and less intensive treatment needs to a newly-created mental health special treatment cottage at IYC-St. Charles. While IDJJ has increased its collection of data on programs and operations, much of this data is still not readily available to stakeholders and public. This kind of transparency is essential to enable stakeholders and the public to independently evaluate IDJJ's performance, advocate for necessary improvements, and build broad support for the agency and its mission. In 2012, IDJJ strengthened oversight of its operations by requiring greater accountability from independent service providers, and also working with outside evaluators to assess program outcomes. Notwithstanding ongoing challenges, IDJJ has made progress in the area of juvenile parole and reentry. IDJJ now has the authority to approve alternative host site placements for youth awaiting release on parole, and the agency continues to expand its Aftercare Program to enhance treatment, services, and reentry outcomes for youth on parole. While JHA continues to receive reports from youth of confinement being misused and overused at some facilities, we were encouraged by evidence of staff using communication and de-escalation techniques in lieu of solitary confinement to punish disruptive youth. Based on a growing body of research and a well established body of law and best practices, JHA advocates that IDJJ allow confinement to be used only for security purposes when youth are physically out of control and/or present an immediate threat to physical safety-and only for the limited duration that youth pose an imminent threat of harm. Consistent with juvenile justice systems nationwide, JHA found evidence that minority youth of color in IDJJ are much less likely to be identified as having mental health needs and provided with services than white youth in the system. Details: Chicago: The Society, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2017 at: http://www.thejha.org/sites/default/files/Moving%20Beyond%20Transition.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 131364

Author: Feinberg, Mark E. Title: Evaluation Report: Effects of the Communities That Care Model in Pennsylvania on on Change in Youth Risk and Problem Behaviors Summary: Objectives. We examined whether the Communities That Care (CTC; (Hawkins & Catalano, 1992)) model reduced growth in risk and substance use among adolescents in a quasi-experimental effectiveness study. Methods. We conducted a longitudinal evaluation of CTC in Pennsylvania utilizing biannual surveillance data collected through anonymous in-school student surveys (the Pennsylvania Youth Survey; PAYS) from 2001 through 2005. We utilized multilevel models to examine CTC impact on change in risk factors and substance use over time. Findings. Risk and problem behaviors typically increase across adolescence; this pattern was found for youth in both CTC and non-CTC communities. However, compared to others, grade cohorts of youth in CTC communities who were exposed to evidence-based, universal prevention programs demonstrated: - 11% lower yearly growth in delinquency - 33% lower yearly decline in academic performance - Lower yearly growth in risk factors associated with substance use and delinquency - Lower yearly decline in protective factors associated with substance use and delinquency Conclusion. These findings indicate that CTC can affect adolescent risk and protective behaviors at a population level when evidence-based programs are utilized. Details: University Park, PA: Prevention Research Center, The Pennsylvania State University, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2017 at: http://www.pccd.pa.gov/Juvenile-Justice/Documents/Effects%20of%20the%20CTC%20Model%20in%20PA%20on%20Change%20in%20Youth%20Risk%20and%20Problem%20Behaviors.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 131362

Author: Lopez, Mark Hugo Title: Latinos' Views of the Impact of Illegal Immigration on Their Community Improve Summary: Hispanics' views of the impact of unauthorized immigration on the U.S. Hispanic community have grown more positive since 2010, according to a new nationwide survey of 5,103 Hispanic adults by the Pew Research Center. Today, 45% of Hispanic adults say the impact of unauthorized immigration on Hispanics already living in the U.S. is positive, up 16 percentage points from 2010 when 29% said the same. Views of unauthorized immigration's impact have improved more among foreign-born Hispanics than native-born Hispanics. According to the new survey, half (53%) of Hispanic immigrants say the impact of unauthorized immigration on the U.S. Hispanic community is positive, up 19 percentage points from 2010 when 34% said the same. This compares with a 12 percentage point increase in the share of native-born Hispanics who say the same - from 24% in 2010 to 35% in 2013. Among the native born, views of unauthorized immigration's impact on U.S. Hispanics differ by immigrant generation. Some 42% of second generation Hispanics (the native-born adult children of immigrant parents) say the impact of unauthorized immigration is positive. By comparison, just 29% of third generation Hispanics (native-born adults of native-born parents) say the same. For both groups, the share saying the impact of unauthorized immigration is positive has grown since 2010-up 11 percentage points among second generation Hispanics and up 10 percentage points among third generation Hispanics. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2017 at: http://www.pewhispanic.org/2013/10/03/latinos-views-of-illegal-immigrations-impact-on-their-community-improves/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 131378

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Report of The Sentencing Project to the United Nations Human Rights Committee Regarding Racial Disparities in the United States Criminal Justice System Summary: The United States criminal justice system is the largest in the world. At year-end 2011, approximately 7 million individuals were under some form of correctional control in the United States, including 2.2 million incarcerated in federal, state, or local prisons and jails. The U.S. has the highest incarceration rate in the world, dwarfing the rate of nearly every other nation. Such broad statistics mask the racial disparity that pervades the U.S. criminal justice system. Racial minorities are more likely than white Americans to be arrested; once arrested, they are more likely to be convicted; and once convicted, they are more likely to face stiff sentences. African-American males are six times more likely to be incarcerated than white males and 2.5 times more likely than Hispanic males. If current trends continue, one of every three black American males born today can expect to go to prison in his lifetime, as can one of every six Latino males - compared to one of every seventeen white males. Racial and ethnic disparities among women are less substantial than among men but remain prevalent. The source of such disparities is deeper and more systemic than explicit racial discrimination. The United States in effect operates two distinct criminal justice systems: one for wealthy people and another for poor people and minorities. The former is the system the United States describes in its report: a vigorous adversary system replete with constitutional protections for defendants. Yet the experiences of poor and minority defendants within the criminal justice system often differ substantially from that model due to a number of factors, each of which contributes to the over-representation of such individuals in the system. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Race-and-Justice-Shadow-Report-ICCPR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Minority Groups Shelf Number: 131372

Author: Bellmore, Aimee Ryan Title: Gender, Culture, and Prison Classification: Testing the Reliability and Validity of a Prison Classification System Summary: Research consistently shows actuarial classification instruments have equal or higher predictive validity than clinical judgment and can lead to more ethical and fair treatment of incarcerated men and women (Austin, 1983, 1986; Bonta, 2002; Clements, 1981; Holsigner, Lowenkamp, & Latessa, 2006; Meehl, 1954; Salisbury, Van Voorhis, & Spiropoulos, 2009). Best correctional practice recommends all objective classification systems are tested for reliability and validity to ensure they are effective for the population they intend to serve (Austin, 1986; Holsinger et al., 2006; Salisbury et al., 2009). This study examined the reliability and validity of the classification and assessment instruments currently used by Golden Grove Adult Correctional Facility (Golden Grove), located on St. Croix in the United States Virgin Islands (USVI). Golden Grove is a mixed-gender, mixed-security status prison managed by the USVI territorial government, and is subject to United States Federal laws and mandates. Data from archival files were used to assess the internal reliability, construct validity, and predictive validity of the classification and assessment instruments used with incarcerated men and women at Golden Grove (N = 200). Primary objectives of this study were separated into four main categories: 1) examine the construct validity of Golden Grove's custody assessment tools; 2) investigate the predictive validity of Golden Grove's custody assessment tools across gender; 3) determine reliability and assess to what extent the primary classification officer's decisions have higher predictive validity than the actuarial tool; and 4) investigate the relationship between items on the needs assessment form and level of custody (minimum, medium, or maximum). Results were mixed but generally indicated weak reliability, construct validity, and predictive validity. Contrary to most research on gender and classification, a significant correlation between the initial custody score for incarcerated females and disciplinary reports (r = .26, n = 56, p < .05) indicated the initial custody tool predicted misconduct for maximum custody females better than for males. The mean number of disciplinary reports for maximum women (M = 1.12) was significantly higher compared to maximum men (M = .46). The classification officer overrode the instrument at a high rate for both the initial assessment instrument (44%) and the reassessment instrument (36.4%) rendering the objective assessment overly subjective. Overall, findings show the classification system at Golden Grove is not functioning as intended and improvements are recommended. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2011. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1422&context=open_access_etds Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Classification of Offenders Shelf Number: 145570

Author: Gettman, Jon B. Title: Racial Disparities in Marijuana Arrests in Virginia (2003-2013) Summary: Marijuana possession arrests in Virginia have increased dramatically over the last ten years, especially among black communities. Indeed, in the three years from 2011 to 2013, marijuana possession arrests increased by 1,987 in the Commonwealth - from 19,697 arrests in 2011 to 21,684 in 2013 � and black Virginians accounted for 82% (or 1,627) of this increase. The net effect of consistent annual increases in marijuana arrests and related criminal justice costs can be assessed both in terms of the failure of this approach to curtail marijuana's use and availability in Virginia and more prominently with respect to increasing racial disparities in marijuana possession arrests. Increasing marijuana arrests have not resulted in a decrease in marijuana use. According to data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, 9.1% of Virginians used marijuana on (at least) an annual basis in 2002 and 2003. By the years 2010/2011 annual marijuana use in the state had increased to 9.7%. According to the same survey, more than half (57.6%) of Virginians found marijuana to be easy or fairly easy to obtain in 2010/2011 - including three-quarters (76.3%) of those age 18 to 25. Police throughout Virginia have been enforcing marijuana laws in racially disparate ways that have steadily increased the arrest of black people much more so than the arrests of white people. Overall marijuana possession arrests in Virginia consistently increased from 2003 to 2013. However, the racial disparity in arrest rates in the state has increased as well. In 2003 the arrest rate for black residents was 344 per 100,000 people, compared to 144 for whites � a ratio of 2.4 to 1. By 2012 the arrest rate for black residents had risen to 636, while the arrest rate for white residents had increased to 191 � a ratio of 3.3 to 1. This report is based primarily on data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation�s Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) program. It documents the statewide increase in marijuana arrests from 2003 to 2013, and provides greater detail on marijuana arrests by race in the 50 jurisdictions (counties and cities) that account for 90% of Virginia's marijuana possession arrests. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: https://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/Racial_Disparities_in_Marijuana_Arrests_in_Virginia_2003-2013.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 145602

Author: Tafoya, Sonya M. Title: Pretrial Release in California Summary: To further reduce reliance on incarceration without compromising public safety, state policymakers are currently considering reforming California's pretrial system. Key questions for reform include whether the state holds too many defendants in jail pending trial and whether bail is an equitable form of pretrial release. This report uses newly available data to provide information about pretrial release in California and to give policymakers a better understanding of the defendants who tend to be released and the form of release they secure. Examining jail bookings and releases from 11 counties from 2011 to 2015, this study finds: - Overall, 41.5 percent of individuals booked on misdemeanors or felonies are released pretrial. The most common types of pretrial release include cite and release after booking (46.6%), bail (27.8%), and release on recognizance (15.9%). - Pretrial release is more common for less serious offenses. About half of individuals booked on misdemeanors were released pretrial, compared with 29.8 percent of those booked on felonies. - For more serious offenses, bail is the predominant form of pretrial release. Although pretrial release rates are low overall for more serious offenses, those who secure release tend to do so through bail. This is true for individuals charged with felonies or serious, violent, or sexual offenses. In contrast, the most common form of pretrial release for misdemeanors is cite and release. - Pretrial release is less common for those with active warrants, holds, or supervision violations at booking. Among those with active warrants, about one-third (33.7%) are released pretrial. Pretrial release for those with holds (17.3%) or supervision violations (15.8%) is even less common. - Pretrial release rates across demographic groups merit further study. Thirty-eight percent of Latinos and 33.7 percent of African Americans are released pretrial, compared with 48.9 percent of whites and 54.6 percent of Asian Americans. But gaps in pretrial release rates for Latinos and African Americans narrow to less than 2 percentage points, compared with whites, after we account for differences in offense characteristics, booking status, and the month and county of booking. Pretrial risk assessment has been cited as a potential tool to help law enforcement and the courts identify defendants who pose a low risk to public. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_0517STR.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145631

Author: Stacy, Christina Title: Ban the Box and Racial Discrimination: A Review of the Evidence and Policy Recommendations Summary: Ban-the-box policies, for which employers remove questions about criminal history from applications and delay background checks until later in the hiring process, have gained popularity in recent years. These policies are intended to give people with criminal histories the opportunity to display their qualifications in the hiring process before being assessed-and potentially rejected-based on this history. Over 150 cities and counties and 34 states and Washington, DC, have adopted ban-the-box policies (Doleac and Hansen 2016; Rodriguez and Avery 2016). Many private employers have also voluntarily adopted ban-the box-hiring policies, including Walmart, Target, the Home Depot, Bed Bath & Beyond, and Koch Industries Inc. These policies are also being applied outside the workforce context. Some universities have adopted a ban-the-box approach to school applications, and the District of Columbia's City Council recently approved a law banning the box from housing applications. Even some hospitals have voluntarily adopted ban-the-box laws (Thill, Abare, and Fox 2014). Research on ban the box has shown that it increases callback rates for people with criminal records (Agan and Starr 2016). Agan and Starr (2016) find that ban-the-box policies "effectively eliminate" the effect of having a criminal record on receiving a callback. Case studies from specific cities support these results, showing that hiring rates for people with criminal records increased after ban the box was implemented (Atkinson and Lockwood 2014; Berracasa et al. 2016). Additionally, ban the box as a social movement has drawn attention to the plight of people with criminal records and has increased awareness of the challenges they face beyond employment. But recent research has concluded that ban the box also reduces the likelihood that employers call back or hire young black and Latino men (Agan and Starr 2016; Doleac and Hansen 2016). These findings suggest that when information about a person's criminal history is not present, employers may make hiring decisions based on their perception of the likelihood that the applicant has a criminal history. Racism, harmful stereotypes, and disparities in contact with the justice system may heavily skew perceptions against young men of color. These results do not necessarily mean that ban the box should be eliminated. Additional policies, regulations, and alterations can ensure that ban the box improves employment outcomes for people with criminal histories without causing negative effects on people of color. In this report, we review the evidence on job access for people with criminal records, racial discrimination in the job market and justice system, and the history of ban the box. We also propose policy additions and alterations that may help eliminate the unintended consequences of ban the box on young black and Latino men while maintaining or improving the benefits for people with criminal records. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/88366/ban_the_box_and_racial_discrimination_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 145636

Author: Loyola University New Orleans Title: Labor and Sex Trafficking Among Homeless Youth. A Ten-City Study Executive Summary Summary: Human trafficking - the exploitation of a person's labor through force, fraud, or coercion - is a crime whose victims tend to be society's most vulnerable. People who are homeless, lack a support system, or are desperate for work are susceptible to the promises of people who would exploit them for labor and for sex. Recently, homeless youth providers in the United States and Canada have become aware that their clients are particularly at risk of trafficking, and research has begun to uncover the extent and contours of the problem within that community. Between February 2014 and June 2016, researchers from Loyola University New Orleans's Modern Slavery Research Project (MSRP) were invited by Covenant House International and ten of their individual sites in the United States and Canada to serve as external experts to study the prevalence and nature of human trafficking among homeless youth aged 17 to 25. MSRP researchers interviewed 641 homeless and runaway youth who access services through Covenant House's network of shelters, transitional living and apartment programs, and drop-in centers. Youth were invited to participate, on a voluntary basis, in a point-in-time study about work experience. Semi-structured interviews were conducted using the Human Trafficking Interview and Assessment Measure (HTIAM-14) to assess whether youth had been trafficked for sex or labor in their lifetimes. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans, 2016. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2017 at: https://www.covenanthouse.org/landing/trafficking/docs/Loyola-Research-Results.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 145659

Author: Grattet, Ryken Title: California' County Jails in the Era of Reform Summary: California's county jails have been profoundly affected by several reforms over the last decade. Most importantly, in 2011, public safety realignment shifted responsibility for large numbers of non-serious, non-violent, and non-sexual offenders from state prisons to county correctional systems. This lowered the state prison population - allowing prisons to prioritize beds for more serious offenders - but increased county jail populations. Three years later, Proposition 47 downgraded a range of drug and property offenses from potential felonies to misdemeanors. The reduced population pressure has allowed jails to prioritize beds for more serious drug and property offenders who are no longer eligible for prison. Despite the growing importance of jails, little is known about the basic characteristics of jail populations. In this report, we analyze state and local data on individuals moving through county correctional systems. Using data from 11 counties, we find that: Reforms altered the offender composition of the jail population, especially among those held on drug and property crimes. After three years under realignment, the number of drug and property offenders in jails increased by 55 percent and 40 percent, respectively. One year after the passage of Proposition 47, the number of drug and property offenders fell by 35 percent and 13 percent, respectively. Length of stay for felony drug and property offenders increased after realignment. For example, median time served for felony drug offenders released in October 2011 was 45 days, compared to 98 days for those released in October 2015. However, length of stay for people who served time for misdemeanors and felony crimes against persons has remained stable. Releases due to overcapacity rose under realignment and dropped after Proposition 47, when jail population pressure eased. The demographic composition of jails has largely remained stable. But the age distribution does show modest signs of change: the share of those ages 18-21 in jail has decreased slightly, as the share of those in their 30s has increased. As jail populations shift toward more serious drug and property offenders, counties and the state will need to consider how jail security and rehabilitative programs might be made more effective. While researchers and policymakers continue to examine the longer-term effects of realignment and Proposition 47, it is also important to keep in mind that the recent reprioritization of jail beds may have implications for crime and recidivism. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2017 at: http://www.ppic.org/content/pubs/report/R_916RGR.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: California Realignment Shelf Number: 145661

Author: Polinsky, A. Mitchell Title: Deterrence and the Optimal Use of Prison, Parole, and Probation Summary: In this article we derive the sentence - choosing among the sanctions of prison, parole, and probation - that achieves a target level of deterrence at least cost. Potential offenders discount the future disutility of sanctions and the state discounts the future costs of sanctions. Prison has higher disutility and higher cost per unit time than parole and probation, but the cost of prison per unit of disutility can be lower or higher than the cost of parole and probation per unit of disutility. The optimal order of sanctions depends on the relative discount rates of potential offenders and the state, and the optimal duration of sanctions depends on the relative costs per unit of disutility among the sanctions and on the target level of deterrence. We focus on the case in which potential offenders discount the disutility of sanctions at a higher rate than the state discounts the costs of sanctions. In this case, if prison is more cost-effective than parole and probation - that is, has a lower cost per unit of disutility - prison should be used exclusively. If prison is less cost-effective than parole and probation, probation should be used if the deterrence target is low enough, and prison followed by parole should be used if the deterrence target is relatively high. Notably, it may be optimal to employ a prison term even if prison is less cost-effective than parole and probation and even if prison is not needed to achieve the target level of deterrence, because of what we refer to as the front-loading advantage of imprisonment. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working paper No. 23436: Stanford Law and Economics Olin Working Paper No. 507: Accessed May 22, 2017 at: Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 145662

Author: Hao, Zhuang Title: The Cross-Border Spillover Effects of Recreational Marijuana Legalization Summary: We examine the spillover effects of recreational marijuana legalization (RML) in Colorado and Washington on neighboring states. We find that RML causes a sharp increase in marijuana possession arrests in border counties of neighboring states relative to non-border counties in these states. RML has no impact on juvenile marijuana possession arrests but is rather fully concentrated among adults. We do not find evidence that marijuana sale/manufacture arrests, DUI arrests, or opium/cocaine possession arrests in border counties are affected by RML. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23426: Accessed May 22, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23426.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 145663

Author: Arnold, David Title: Racial Bias in Bail Decisions Summary: This paper develops a new test for identifying racial bias in the context of bail decisions - a high-stakes setting with large disparities between white and black defendants. We motivate our analysis using Becker's (1957) model of racial bias, which predicts that rates of pre-trial misconduct will be identical for marginal white and marginal black defendants if bail judges are racially unbiased. In contrast, marginal white defendants will have a higher probability of misconduct than marginal black defendants if bail judges are racially biased against blacks. To test the model, we develop a new estimator that uses the release tendencies of quasi-randomly assigned bail judges to identify the relevant race-specific misconduct rates. Estimates from Miami and Philadelphia show that bail judges are racially biased against black defendants, with substantially more racial bias among both inexperienced and part-time judges. We also find that both black and white judges are biased against black defendants. We argue that these results are consistent with bail judges making racially biased prediction errors, rather than being racially prejudiced per se. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23421: Accessed May 22, 2017 at: https://www.princeton.edu/~wdobbie/files/racialbias.pdf; http://www.nber.org/papers/w23421 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 145664

Author: Christopher, Justin J. Title: The Trap: Black Youth and the Carceral State in California, 1929-1939 Summary: James Smith was orphaned at 11 years of age when both his parents died. Soon after he began following harvest labor from Tennessee, throughout the U.S. South, and across the American West. Like many itinerant youth, James lived a precarious life hopping trains to search for work. His journey sheds light on the consequences of being a young Black male looking for work, particularly in Alabama and Texas where he was captured and imprisoned for vagrancy. After surviving "hard labor" in southern jails, James followed farm labor into California. At this time, the cotton industries in the southern Cotton Belt declined as the political economy of cotton production in California became a global commodity. James arrived in California in the midst of the Great Depression, at a time when anti-vagrancy laws and border patrols were being strictly enforced due to the influx of indigent Southwestern migrants. Nearly everywhere James Smith looked for work, he was jailed. Seasonal harvest labor and racial hiring practices in California trapped James in a revolving door of short-term work and then punished him for being unemployed. Thus, The Trap maps the role of the carceral state in restricting the mobility and labor of Black itinerant laborers during a national economic crisis. Throughout this study, the story of Black itinerant youth is unfolded to uncover the operation of agricultural capitalism, surplus labor, and imprisonment in California. Itinerant laborers were an excess labor force accessible when farm unions were on strike, yet neglected and subjected to exploitation in the private and public labor markets. The criminalization of unemployment funneled Black itinerant laborers into low wage work as a convenient, dispensable class of workers. Sometimes their labor was welcomed- other times, migrants were told "to disappear" or "float" out of regions. To survive, many committed non-violent, petty crimes to get by, which placed them in a never-ending cycle of incarceration and unfree labor. This thesis traces James' work and carceral history over eleven years. By the age twenty-three, he was convicted of a petty theft crime and sentenced to serve five years to life in San Quentin state prison in California. Details: Los Angeles, CA: University of California, Los Angeles, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 23, 2017 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/3nn002sf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African-American Shelf Number: 145746

Author: Altangerel, Khulan Title: U.S. Immigration Reform and the Dynamics of Mexican Migration Summary: he 1986 US Immigration Reform and Control Act (IRCA) was directed at tackling the problem of growing unauthorized migration through legalization of unauthorized immigrants, increasing border security and sanctioning employers who hired unauthorized immigrants. Our paper investigates how the IRCA affected the migration dynamics of Mexican immigrants focusing on their age of onset of migration and the duration of their first trip. We find that the IRCA had a positive effect in reducing unauthorized migration to the US. Although primarily aiming at unauthorized immigration, the IRCA had substantial effects on legal migration through its legalization program. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 10771: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2971387 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 145752

Author: Giordano, Peggy C. Title: Parental Incarceration and Well-Being in Adolescence and Young Adulthood: A Life Course Perspective on Social Learning Summary: Children who have experienced parental incarceration face numerous additional disadvantages, but most studies of effects on child behavior and well-being treat these coexisting factors primarily as controls. This article focuses direct conceptual and empirical attention on a broader range of family dynamics, including parents' antisocial behavior, that are potentially important to a comprehensive understanding of the mechanisms underlying previously observed incarceration effects. We develop a life course perspective on social learning as a conceptual framework, and examine the role of parent/family anti-sociality and specific parenting practices as well as traditional factors such as economic hardship likely to vary with parental incarceration. Analyses rely on survey and qualitative data from a longitudinal study of the adolescent and young adult periods (Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study). Respondents whose parents' backgrounds included incarceration faced greater odds of juvenile and adult arrest, failure to graduate high school, and higher levels of adult depressive symptoms. Nevertheless, after introduction of the broader set of family and economic indicators, parental incarceration was significant only as a predictor of low educational attainment. Analyses of in-depth interviews with youths whose parents had experienced parental incarceration also supported the need to consider the broader family context, and contributed to an understanding of underlying mechanisms. Findings suggest that to maximize the potential benefits of efforts to reduce current levels of incarceration, it will be important to develop policies/programs that simultaneously address problems that are often closely linked to the parent's criminal justice contact (e.g., providing broader access to high quality drug treatment). Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 Working Paper Series: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: http://www.bgsu.edu/content/dam/BGSU/college-of-arts-and-sciences/center-for-family-and-demographic-research/documents/working-papers/2017/WP-2017-05-Giordano-Parental-Incarceration.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 145753

Author: van den Bergh, Tim Title: Collateral Consequences of Incarceration: the Racial, Social and Political Impact of Felon Disenfranchisement in Iowa between 2005-2016 Summary: Universal suffrage legitimizes democratic governance. The establishment of a repressive United States criminal justice system, however, has imposed strict qualifications on the right to vote. Signified by racialized mass incarceration, the punitive law and order regime of the late 20th century has led to a crisis of incarceration that leaves more than 5 million Americans disenfranchised today. This paper maintains that felon disenfranchisement in the United States carries detrimental consequences for (ex-) felons' processes of reintegration and moreover suggests that criminal voter disqualification contributes to increased racialized social stratification. Moreover, this paper studies the public policy of felon disenfranchisement at an intersection of punishment, race and citizenship discourse while applying theoretical frames consistent with social conflict and critical race theory. By use of the state of Iowa as a case study, I find that the collateral consequences of a felony conviction dilute the voting strength of racial minorities and have a significant impact on both regional and national American politics. This impact is potentially influenced by all three branches of government, making the political practice of felon disenfranchisement is a suitable topic for studying the role of power relations and racial conflict in American political development. Details: Nijmegen, Netherlands; Radboud University, 2016. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: http://theses.ubn.ru.nl/bitstream/handle/123456789/3678/Bergh,%20Tim%20van%20den%204554817.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 145756

Author: Buonanno, Paolo Title: Inequality, Crime, and the Long-Run Legacy of Slavery Summary: Estimating the effect of inequality on crime is challenging due to reverse causality and omitted variable bias. This paper addresses these concerns by exploiting the fact that, as suggested by recent scholarly research, the legacy of slavery is largely manifested in persistent levels of economic inequality. Municipality-level economic inequality in Colombia is instrumented with a census-based measure of the proportion of slaves before the abolition of slavery in the nineteenth century. It is found that inequality increases both property crime and violent crime. The estimates are robust to including traditional determinants of crime (like population density, proportion of young males, average education level, quality of law enforcement institutions, and overall economic activity), as well as geographic characteristics that may be correlated with both the slave economy and with crime, and current ethnic differences. Policies aiming at reducing structural crime should focus on reducing economic inequality. Details: Washington, DC: Inter-American Development Bank, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: IDB WORKING PAPER SERIES No. IDB-WP-793: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://publications.iadb.org/bitstream/handle/11319/8248/Inequality-Crime-and-the-Long-Run-Legacy-of-Slavery.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rate Shelf Number: 145757

Author: Jackson, Osborne Title: Reintegrating the Ex-Offender Population in the U.S. Labor Market: Lessons from the CORI Reform in Massachusetts Summary: Policymakers have proposed and enacted policies that seek to limit the negative consequences that a criminal record imposes on ex-offenders, their families, and society at large. Some states have changed how criminal records are accessed and governed in the interest of removing unduly burdensome barriers to employment for some ex-offenders. Between 2010 and 2012, Massachusetts enacted the Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI) Reform, changing access guidelines for criminal records and preventing employers from inquiring about criminal history on an initial application for employment. This report empirically analyzes the impact of the two components of Massachusetts CORI Reform and finds that, contrary to expectations, the CORI Reform caused a small reduction in average employment for ex-offenders. Another finding of the report is that the reform also caused a small reduction in ex-offender recidivism, seemingly indicating a modest increase in ex-offender reintegration. The report concludes by noting that further policy measures and programs are needed to better support the reintegration of ex-offenders into civil society. Details: Boston: New England Public Policy Center, Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 17-1: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://www.bostonfed.org/publications/new-england-public-policy-center-research-report/2017/reintegrating-the-ex-offender-population-in-the-us-labor-market.aspx Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 145758

Author: Shoag, Daniel Title: Banning the Box: The Labor market Consequences of Bans on Criminal Record Screening in Employment Applications Summary: Many localities have in recent years limited the use of questions about criminal history in hiring, or "banned the box." We show that these bans increased employment of residents in high-crime neighborhoods by up to 4%. This effect can be seen both across and within census tracts, in employment levels as well as in commuting patterns. The increases are particularly large in the public sector and in lower-wage jobs. We also establish that employers respond to Ban the Box measures by raising experience requirements. On net, black men benefit from the changes. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/shoag/files/banning-the-box-september-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 145760

Author: Quevedo, Jennifer Title: Are Gang Injunctions a Tool for Gentrification? The Case of the Glendale Corridor Gang Injunction Summary: My research aims to understand the connections between police practices, court decisions, and gentrification, and focuses on the Glendale Corridor Gang Injunction. The injunction encompasses both the Silver Lake and Echo Park community, but mostly is in the Echo Park neighborhood. Echo Park is a community in LA that has undergone significant demographic changes in the past ten years. Local organizers and residents repeatedly questioned the function of the injunction in an area where crime has been decreasing and the neighborhood is increasingly attracting young white professionals. Indeed, residents critiquing the injunction are also addressing the tension arising from gentrification and the displacement of low-income communities of color across Los Angeles, like many other cities in the U.S. Through both qualitative interviews and statistical analyses I investigate the motivations for pursuing the Glendale Corridor Injunction, the connection between the injunction and demographic changes, and the effects the injunction has for people on the ground. The research leads to a conclusion that while gang injunctions are not motivated primarily by gentrification, the fear of displacement and over policing communities of color is not mutually exclusive. Both gentrification and gang injunctions have negative impacts on community member's sense of belonging in their own community. Details: Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2016. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/105056/959718269-MIT.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Injunctions Shelf Number: 145761

Author: Detention Watch Network Title: Expose and Close: Artesia Family Residential Center, New Mexico Summary: This report was developed through stories from women and children detained at the Artesia Family Residential Center, with the aid of their attorneys or advocates who visited the facility. We thank the countless pro bono attorneys who have traveled to Artesia at their own expense and have shared these stories with us. Even as DWN staff finalized this report, we continued to receive new allegations of abuse and due process violations. We have done our best to cover the many problems at Artesia, but this report is by no means comprehensive. Details: Washington, DC: Detention Watch Network, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2017 at: https://www.detentionwatchnetwork.org/sites/default/files/reports/DWN%20Expose%20and%20Close%20Artesia%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 145763

Author: Potratz, Mark S. Title: Felonius Death and Deadly Force: Examining Missouri Police Perceptions through Social Amplification of Risk Framework Summary: In the context of policing, an officer's risk perception of felonious death and likelihood of using deadly force as a risk response are paramount among police concerns in the United States. Prior research on these topics has predominantly involved macro-analytical methodologies under a mono-disciplinary approach, with limited emphasis on theoretical-based perspectives. Risk perceptions and responses were examined using a quantitative, interdisciplinary correlational methodology. Its purpose was to examine whether the Social Amplification of Risk Framework applied to a specialized occupational population of Missouri police officers. The methodology included a pilot study of an adapted instrument designated the Cognitive Appraisal of Felonious Death Risk questionnaire (CAFDR), followed by a full study using the final form of the CAFDR. The participants were full time Missouri police officers. A total of 192 surveys were completed, from which 154 surveys were randomly selected for analyses. Key findings indicated that only two of the 30 permutations of the analyses reached statistical significance. Those two outcomes equated with extant literature while the remaining results largely contradicted the contemporary literature on the influence of these covariates. The result was that Social Amplification of Risk Framework did not explain the relationships between risk perceptions and risk responses in this specialized occupational population. What was discovered concerns the influence that socio-cultural, legal, and psychological influences from controversial police shooting events may have on these Missouri officers. Results of the debriefing questionnaire portion revealed significant psychological resilience among the officers, but raised the possibility that a stigma associated with accessing mental health services was present within police cultures. Practical application recommendations involved the development of policies and training paradigms that recognize/mitigate aberrations in risk perception and response, bench-marking force tendencies and unconscious risk bias among officers as a management tool, and use of these findings under an interactive educational tool for police-community outreach. Future theoretical research opportunities include a hypotheses-testing model under Social Amplification of Risk Framework employing a qualitative methodology, and exploration of perception/response anomalies as a form of occupational delinquency under Differential Association' Details: Prescott Valley, AZ: Northcentral University, 2016. 304p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 25, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1868501142.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 145766

Author: Mai, Chris Title: The Price of Prisons: Examining State Spending Trends, 2010-2015 Summary: After decades of a stable rate of incarceration, the U.S. prison population experienced unprecedented growth from the early 1970s into the new millennium - with the number of people confined to state prisons increasing by more than 600 percent, reaching just over 1.4 million people by the end of 2009. The engine driving this growth was the enactment and implementation over time of a broad array of tough-on-crime policies, including the rapid and continuous expansion of the criminal code; the adoption of zero-tolerance policing tactics, particularly around minor street-level drug and quality-of-life offenses; and the proliferation of harsh sentencing and release policies aimed at keeping people in prison for longer periods of time (such as mandatory minimum sentences, truth-in-sentencing statutes, and habitual offender laws). Unsurprisingly, this explosion in the use of incarceration had a direct financial influence on state budgets. Creating and sustaining such a sprawling penal system has been expensive. With more people under their care, state prison systems were compelled to build new prison facilities and expand existing ones. To staff these new and expanded facilities, they also had to hire, train, and retain ever more employees. In addition to expanding the state-operated prison system, some states also began to board out increasing numbers of people to county jails, privately-run facilities, and other states' prison systems. After hitting a high of 1.4 million people in 2009, however, the overall state prison population has since declined by 5 percent, or 77,000 people. Lawmakers in nearly every state and from across the political spectrum - some prompted by the 2008 recession - have enacted new laws to reduce prison populations and spending, often guided by a now-large body of research supporting alternative, more effective responses to crime. In addition to fiscal pressures, the push for reform has been further bolstered by other factors, including low crime rates; shifting public opinion that now favors less incarceration and more rehabilitation; and dissatisfaction with past punitive policies that have failed to moderate persistently high recidivism rates among those sent to prison. With these various political, institutional, and economic forces at play, most states have adopted a variety of different policies, including those that increase opportunities to divert people away from the traditional criminal justice process; expand the use of community-based sanctions; reduce the length and severity of prison sentences for certain offenses, including the rollback of mandatory penalties; increase opportunities for people to gain early release; and better provide enhanced reentry support for those leaving prison or jail. In light of nearly a decade of broad-based criminal justice reform, this report seeks to determine where state prison spending stands today and how it has changed in recent years. In particular, if a goal of recent reforms has been to make deep and lasting cuts to prison spending by reducing the prison population, have states who have witnessed the desired downward shift in prison size also witnessed it in spending? To answer this question, researchers at the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) developed a survey to measure changes in state prison population and expenditures between 2010 and 2015, and conducted follow-up interviews with state prison budget officials to better understand spending and population trends. Vera's study confirms that prisons remain an expensive enterprise, despite the success of many states - including Michigan, New Jersey, New York, and South Carolina - in simultaneously reducing their prison populations while achieving budget savings. The first part of this report describes 2015 prison expenditures, identifying the main driver of corrections spending across responding states. The second half of the report then discusses how changes in prison populations during the study period, and other trends largely outside the control of departments of corrections have affected prison spending. What is clear is that increased spending is not inevitable, since nearly half of states have cut their spending on prisons between 2010 and 2015. But while one might expect that states with shrinking prison populations are uniformly spending less on prisons, or conversely that states with growing populations are spending more, Vera's findings paint a more complicated picture. Indeed, often there is no single reason that explains a rise or fall in spending, but a multitude of factors that push and pull expenditures in different directions. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/price-of-prisons-2015-state-spending-trends/legacy_downloads/the-price-of-prisons-2015-state-spending-trends.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 145794

Author: Small, Mary Title: A Toxic Relationship: Private Prisons and U.S. Immigration Detention Summary: A new report, A Toxic Relationship: Private Prisons and U.S. Immigration Detention, by Detention Watch Network (DWN) builds on the overwhelming evidence that the privatization of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detention exacerbates due process violations, egregious conditions and transparency concerns that are endemic to the immigration detention system. In addition, the report amplifies the experiences of 42 individuals who were or are held in privately-run detention centers. The report comes as the Homeland Security Advisory Council subcommittee presents its findings later today from an investigation into the use of private prisons for ICE detention. Regardless of the subcommittee's findings, A Toxic Relationship shows that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) secretary, Jeh Johnson already has the evidence he needs to severe ties with private prison companies, a crucial step that the Department of Justice announced it is taking earlier this year. Over 73 percent of immigrants held in ICE custody are incarcerated in facilities operated by private companies. The two largest and most notorious companies, The GEO Group, Inc. (GEO) and Corrections Corporation of America (CCA), which is currently attempting a re-brand, have well documented track records of abuse, mismanagement and neglect. Both companies are heavily lobbying the federal government in the hopes of increasing their bottom line as detention numbers climb to over 40,000 people behind bars. In 2015, CCA and GEO received $765 million for immigration detention - more than double the $307 million they received in 2008. The report details four fundamental problems with the use of privately-run detention centers, as our research indicates that private contractors: Seek to maximize profits by cutting costs -- and subsequently critical services -- at the expense of people's health, safety and overall well-being; Are not accountable, and often do not bear any consequences when they fail to meet the terms of their contracts; Exert undue influence over government officials, and push to maintain and expand the immigration detention system; Are not transparent, and in fact, fight hard to obscure the details of their contracts and operations from the American public. The issues of cost-cutting and indifference towards immigrant lives was reaffirmed just this week as news broke of two more deaths at privately-run detention centers over Thanksgiving weekend, bringing this year's total to 12. Raquel Calderon de Hildago died at the CCA operated Eloy Detention Center in Arizona on November 27th and Esmerio Campos died at the GEO operated South Texas Detention Complex (Pearsall) in Texas on November 25th. Recent investigations into deaths in immigration detention have found that inadequate medical care at detention centers has contributed to numerous deaths, and shine a particular spotlight on Eloy - the deadliest detention center in the country. The lack of transparency is clearly demonstrated by DWN and the Center for Constitutional Rights' ongoing Freedom of Information Lawsuit with the federal government. In July, a federal judge ruled that under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the government must release details of its contracts with private prison companies. The government chose not to appeal, but the private prison companies intervened to stop the release and filed an appeal of their own. This latest tactic by GEO and CCA to obscure the details of their contracts and operations from the American public demonstrates the dangerous degree to which they feel entitled to influence the government and block public's right to know what their government is doing. Details: Washington, DC: Detention Watch Network, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: https://www.detentionwatchnetwork.org/sites/default/files/reports/A%20Toxic%20Relationship_DWN.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Centers Shelf Number: 145811

Author: Wong, Ivan T. Title: Predicting Arrest Trajectories in Micro-Places: A Test of Social Disorganization Theory Summary: Although much has been learned about crime in micro-places, their development and continuity over time remains largely misunderstood. In 2006, Weisburd, Bushway, Lum and Yang were the first to develop trajectories of crime at micro-places, but their study was largely atheoretical. In 2012, Weisburd, Groff, and Yang explored theoretical predictors of crime in micro-places, but they did not formally test any one theory. This study builds on both prior efforts by testing whether social disorganization theory predicts Census block-level arrest trajectories in Dallas, Texas, between 2010 and 2014. Results suggest that social disorganization can help explain arrest trajectory group membership, but not completely. While socioeconomic factors, residential stability, and family disruption were significantly associated with trajectory group membership, racial heterogeneity was only significant when it was interacted with other variables. Also, urbanization exerted no discernible effect on arrest trajectory group membership. Finally, social disorganization variables helped predict certain arrest trajectories, but not all of them. Policy implications and research limitations are also discussed. Details: Dallas, TX: University of Texas at Dallas, 2016. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://libtreasures.utdallas.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10735.1/5207/WONG-DISSERTATION-2016.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 145812

Author: Chaires, Mark R. Title: Stereotypes and Deadly Force Decision-Making Summary: The legal and moral issues engendered by police officers' use of deadly force, coupled with its irrevocable nature, render it, arguably, the most impactful decision by any actor within the criminal justice system. Moreover, the fact that African American males are disproportionately the recipients of deadly force exacerbates the impaired relationship between law enforcement and minority communities. Consequently, numerous social scientists have searched for a relationship between the use of deadly force and suspects' race. This dissertation, yet another foray into this tract of research, investigated whether racial stereotypes influenced research participants' deadly force decision-making in time pressured situations? The dissertation begins with a review of deadly force studies conducted by criminal justice researchers. The discussion then diverges from traditional deadly force studies, in that it drew heavily upon cognitive psychology stereotype research. The study employed a firearms training simulator to present research participants (n = 64) with four interactive video scenarios, during which suspect characteristics, race and dangerousness, were manipulated. In turn, the participants were compelled to decide, within limited time constraints, whether to shoot or refrain from shooting. The participants were assessed on two behaviors: Decision to Shoot/Don't Shoot and Response Latency (time to fire first shot after a weapon became detectable). The results derived from the participants' performance during these experimental trials were analyzed using cross-tabulation analysis, linear and logistic regression models. Additionally, several variables featured in previous deadly force studies were included in the analysis. These variables were captured by means of participants' questionnaire responses. Findings: Cross-tabulation and logistic regression analysis indicated that research participants' decisions to use deadly force were unrelated to suspects' race. Contrary to the stereotyping hypothesis, unarmed White suspects were more often the recipients of erroneous deadly force decisions. Additionally, multiple linear regression analysis indicated that suspect race had no effect on the time participant's required to render their deadly force decisions. The dissertation's findings are discussed, in conjunction with, an assessment of the current state of this body of research. Importantly, the author reconciles findings from studies that were previously reported as conflictual. Finally, suggestions for future research are presented. Keywords: stereotypes, deadly force, bias, racial, firearms simulators, police decision-making. Details: Albany, NY: University at Albany, State University of New York, 2015. 185p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 26, 2017 at: http://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1696718067.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 145817

Author: Kruh, Ivan Title: Developing Service Delivery Systems for Evaluations of Juveniles' Competence to Stand Trial: A Guide for States and Counties Summary: The purpose of this Guide is to help states or counties develop a "forensic evaluation system" (FES) for providing courts evaluations of juveniles' competence to stand trial (JCST). An FES for JCST evaluations has three components that are described in the three modules in this Guide: Module 1: Developing a JCST Evaluation Service Delivery System (SDS)-An organizational structure and procedures within which JCST evaluations are provided to the courts Module 2: Creating Evaluation Standards-Criteria that JCST examiners should meet when performing JCST evaluations and writing reports Module 3: Quality Control: Developing a Process to Apply the Standards-Ways to ensure that the evaluation standards for examinations are actually implemented properly by examiners Why the Guide Is Needed The requirement that juvenile court defendants must be competent to stand trial is fairly new, not being in evidence much before the 1990s. When attorneys and juvenile advocates began to claim that competence to stand trial (CST) should apply to delinquency proceedings, there was some doubt about the need for it, as the juvenile court had existed for almost 100 years without the requirement. But in the past fifteen years, appellate courts examining the issue decided that CST was a fundamental due process right in juvenile delinquency cases. This created new demands and challenges for juvenile courts. What exactly was required to be a competent juvenile defendant? How would evaluations be done, and who would do them? What should the evaluations look like? Some states simply tried to use their definitions of CST and process for getting CST evaluations that had been in place for adult criminal defendants. But other states recognized that CST in juvenile court required its own definitions and procedures. As a consequence, many states began developing new, specialized statutes for the application of CST in juvenile court, 20 of them by 2010. In 2011, the need for guidance in development of JCST legislation prompted the publication of a guide for lawmakers. Between 2010 and 2015, eleven more states passed specialized JCST statutes, bringing the current total to 31 states with juvenile-specific statutes that guide JCST. The remaining 19 states and the District of Columbia recognize CST in juvenile court, and it is likely that many of them will develop legislation to codify its application before long. Once juvenile-specific statutes are passed and enacted, the job is far from done. States must then tackle the complex task of implementation - that is, putting the new laws into practice. How will the new laws be applied? How will the legal and mental health systems manage the new demands for obtaining JCST evaluations? This Guide, then, aims to assist states in one part of this implementation phase assuring that courts and attorneys can obtain reliable forensic evaluations to assist the juvenile court in reaching decisions about CST in juvenile cases. JCST evaluations require a specialized process that is similar to such evaluations in criminal court in some ways yet dissimilar in others. On average, children and adolescents do not have adult capacities. The complex contours of child development, developmental psychopathology and the juvenile court system call for different rules, examiners with different skills, and different considerations in JCST cases than in adult CST cases. Those differences were outlined in an earlier clinical guide devoted to conducting JCST evaluations. In addition, Kruh and Grisso offered a best-practices manual for conducting JCST evaluations that was published soon after. Those documents offer a background for the present Guide, in that they describe the task of the examiner in JCST evaluations. Details: Delmar, NY: National Center for Mental Health and Juvenile Justice, 2017. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: https://www.ncmhjj.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Juvenile_Competency_to_Stand_Trial_FINAL_508.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 145825

Author: Mariscal, Kathy Isabel Title: Gang Reppin': Revolutionizing Resistance - Critical Discourse Analysis of Colors, American Me and Straight Outta Compton Summary: This thesis aims to unpack the discourse of Black and Latinx gangs in popular film. The (mis)representation of Black and Latinxs in films has damaging implications for how they are perceived and understood in discourse, education, and in knowledge production. I build from Critical Race Feminism, which is an intersectional and race-gendered feminist lens that is needed in theorizing and unpacking traditional malestream gang discourse. Critical discourse analysis guides the methodology used to discuss the implications of the following three films: Colors (1988), American me (1992), and Straight Outta Compton (2015). By using popular film and critical media analysis as tools, there is a possibility to (re)define and understand gang resistance with hopes to decolonize existing discourses. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas at Austin, 2016. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: https://repositories.lib.utexas.edu/handle/2152/39289 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Films Shelf Number: 145832

Author: Reaves, Brian A. Title: Police Vehicle Pursuits, 2012-2013 Summary: Presents data on police vehicle pursuits and pursuit-related policies, including the number of police vehicle pursuits conducted by general purpose state and local law enforcement agencies in 2012. Data also include the types of written pursuit-related policies maintained by these agencies as of January 2013, the prevalence of police vehicle pursuits by type of pursuit policy, the number of pursuit-related fatalities that occurred nationwide over the previous decade, and the characteristics of vehicle pursuits in selected agencies. Findings on the number of pursuits and pursuit-related policies are based on data from BJS's 2013 Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) survey. Data on pursuit-related fatalities are from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Highlights: General purpose state and local law enforcement agencies conducted an estimated 68,000 vehicle pursuits in 2012. From 1996 to 2015, an average of 355 persons (about 1 per day) were killed annually in pursuit-related crashes. In 2012, local police conducted 8 vehicle pursuits per 100 officers employed and sheriffs' offices conducted 9 per 100 officers. As of January 2013, all state police and highway patrol agencies and nearly all local police departments (97%) and sheriffs' offices (96%) had a written vehicle pursuit policy. In jurisdictions with fewer than 10,000 residents, 4% of the local police departments and 10% of the sheriffs' offices did not have a written pursuit policy. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/pvp1213.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Pursuit Driving Shelf Number: 145836

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Getting Tough on Spending: An Examination of Correctional Expenditure in Massachusetts Summary: Prisons and jails are a major cost center for state government. The $1.2 billion we spend each year incarcerating residents is just the tip of the iceberg. Much more significant is the cost of recidivism. Numerous reviews have shown that correctional facilities in Massachusetts are not set up to address the underlying problems of those they serve. As result, these institutions harden many offenders and return them to the community in a more dangerous state than when they entered. These individuals go on to commit more crimes and destabilize more families and neighborhoods, sending a wave of criminal justice and human service expenses rippling through the state budget. Getting Tough on Spending examines correctional budgets between FY 2011, an apex for the state's incarcerated population, and FY 2016, the most recent fiscal year for which final expenditure data are available. The analysis suggests that there is significant opportunity to reallocate correctional resources to reduce recidivism and the associated costs to taxpayers. Details: Boston: MassInc., 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 27, 2017 at: https://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Getting-Tough-on-Spending-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 145837

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Immigration Courts: Actions Needed to Reduce Case Backlog and Address Long-Standing Management and Operational Challenges Summary: The Department of Justice's EOIR is responsible for conducting immigration court proceedings, appellate reviews, and administrative hearings to fairly, expeditiously, and uniformly administer and interpret U.S. immigration laws. GAO was asked to review EOIR's management of the immigration court system and options for improving EOIR's performance. This report addresses, among other things, (1) what EOIR data indicate about its caseload, including the backlog of cases; (2) how EOIR manages and oversees immigration court operations, including workforce planning and hiring; and (3) the extent to which EOIR has assessed immigration court performance, including case continuance data. GAO analyzed EOIR's case data from fiscal years 2006 through 2015 - the most current data available - reviewed EOIR documentation, interviewed agency officials, and conducted visits to six immigration courts selected to include courts with relatively large and small case backlogs, among other things. GAO also interviewed experts and stakeholders selected based upon, among other things, their published work on the immigration court system. What GAO Recommends GAO is making 11 recommendations to, among other things, improve EOIR's workforce planning, hiring, and analysis of continuance data. EOIR stated that it agrees with most of the recommendations, but did not specify whether it agrees with individual recommendations. GAO continues to believe that all 11 recommendations remain valid as discussed further in this report. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-438: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/685022.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 145908

Author: Johnston, Tricia Title: "Doomed to Deviance?": Examining the Impact of Perceived Ability to Change on Offending Behavior Summary: Several studies suggest that desistance from crime is influenced by factors such as age, gender, race/ethnicity, prior offending, delinquent peer associations, self-control, educational attainment, and social bonds (e.g. Blumstein, Farrington, & Moitra, 1985; Elliot, 1994; Gottfredson & Hirschi, 1990; Laub and Sampson, 1993; McCord, 1980; Uggen & Kruttschnitt, 1998). In addition, Maruna (2001) alludes to the importance of personal agency suggesting that offender's perceptions about their own ability to change are an essential component of the desistance process. Drawing upon qualitative data, Maruna finds that persisting offenders "feel powerless to change their behavior" (2001:74). Maruna refers to this perceived lack of control over the future as a sense of being "doomed to deviance" and suggests that persistent offenders struggle to desist because they view themselves as victims of circumstance(s) and unable to change. Thus, offenders' perceptions about their own ability to change are said to play a significant role in desistance. Using longitudinal data involving 1,354 serious youthful offenders from the Pathways to Desistance study, the primary purpose of this investigation was to conduct a quantitative test of Maruna's (2001) arguments. The data were used to examine the statistical relationship between future behavior and offenders' perceptions about their ability to desist. In addition, this study examined substance abuse and social support as factors that potentially shape offenders' expectations regarding their own ability to change. Consistent with Maruna's (2001) work, the results indicate that offender's perceptions about their ability to stay out of trouble with the law do impact future offending behavior. The results also show, however, that substance abuse and social support do not exert significant (direct) effects on perceived chances of staying out of trouble with the law, controlling for other variables. Implications for policy and theory are discussed. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1020&context=cj_theses Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 145913

Author: Ring, Kevin Title: Using Time to Reduce Crime: Federal Prisoner Survey Results Show Ways to Reduce Recidivism Summary: Families Against Mandatory Minimums (FAMM) today released the findings of the first-ever independent survey of federal prisoners, which focused on the type and quality of educational and vocational training programs, as well as substance abuse and mental health treatment, currently available in America's federal prisons. "Using Time to Reduce Crime: Federal Prisoner Survey Results Show Ways to Reduce Recidivism" offers unique insights from inside federal prisons and includes 13 recommendations for reform. "Roughly 94 percent of federal prisoners are going to go home one day. If they leave smarter, sober, and job-ready, they will be much more likely to thrive - and our country will be safer and more prosperous," said FAMM President Kevin Ring. "Unfortunately, our survey found that the federal government is failing to make recidivism-reducing programming available to all prisoners who need it. President Trump's new budget proposal, which slashes the Bureau of Prisons' staff and corrections officers, will only make the problem worse." Key findings from the report include: Access to quality education is scarce. Most classes lack rigor and substance and are taught by other prisoners. Inmates reported taking classes such as crocheting and one based on the TV show Jeopardy. Attaining a college degree is difficult, if not impossible, for most prisoners. Most jobs afforded to inmates are "make work" jobs to service the prisons, such as cleaning bathrooms and living spaces or dining hall services. Vocational training is popular and coveted, but is limited and only offered to prisoners who are close to their release dates. Not all inmates who need substance abuse or mental health services are getting help. Two-thirds of respondents said they entered prison with a drug or alcohol addiction. In addition, more than two-thirds said they had not received mental or behavioral health treatment in prison. These types of programs should be expanded to help all prisoners in need of treatment, no matter the length or duration of their sentence. Most prisoners are housed too far away from their families to maintain connections. Family connections have been proven to reduce recidivism, yet most prisoners are housed more than 500 air miles away from home. The report also provides 13 recommendations for policymakers to improve prisoners' chances of success once they reintegrate into society. Details: Washington, DC: Families Against Mandatory Minimums , 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: http://famm.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Prison-Report_May-31_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 145922

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Review of Domestic Sharing of Counterterrorism Information Summary: In response to a request from the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, and the Senate Judiciary Committee, the Offices of Inspector General (OIG) of the Intelligence Community (IC), Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and the Department of Justice (DOJ) conducted a review of the domestic sharing of counterterrorism information. The OIGs concluded that the partners in the terrorism-related Information Sharing Environment - components of the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI), DHS, DOJ, and their state and local partners - are committed to sharing counterterrorism information. The partners' commitment to protecting the nation is illustrated by the actions taken before, during, and following terrorism-related incidents, as well as by programs and initiatives designed to improve sharing of counterterrorism information. However, the OIGs also identified several areas in which improvements could enhance information sharing. To share information effectively, the federal, state, and local entities actively involved in counterterrorism efforts must understand each other's roles, responsibilities, and contributions, especially with the involvement of multiple agencies, such as the DOJ's Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and DHS' U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), in complex investigations. Our review resulted in 23 recommendations to help improve the sharing of counterterrorism information and ultimately, enhance the Nation's ability to prevent terrorist attacks. We discuss our findings in detail in the Findings and Recommendations section of the report. Details: Washington, DC: DOJ, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division Report 17-21: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=799958 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 145923

Author: University of Texas School of Law. Human Rights Clinic Title: Designed to Break You: Human Rights Violations on Texas' Death Row Summary: The State of Texas stands today as one of the most extensive utilizers of the death penalty worldwide. Consequently, inmate living conditions on Texas' death row are ripe for review. This report demonstrates that the mandatory conditions implemented for death row inmates by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ) are harsh and inhumane. Particular conditions of relevance include mandatory solitary confinement, a total ban on contact visits with both attorneys and friends and family, substandard physical and psychological health care, and a lack of access to sufficient religious services. Investigation into these conditions reveals that current TDCJ policy violates international human rights norms and standards for confinement. Conditions on death row at TDCJ's Polunsky Unit must be remedied posthaste. In 1999, Texas reintroduced the practice of mandatory solitary confinement for every individual convicted of capital murder. Solitary confinement involves total segregation of individuals who are confined to their cells for twenty-two to twenty-four hours per day, with a complete prohibition on recreating or eating with other inmates. An average cell is no bigger than 8 feet by 12 feet, and contains only a sink, a toilet, and a thirty-inch-wide steel bunk with a thin plastic mattress. Inmates are rarely provided with adequate blankets and often suffer from ongoing physical pain due to the mattress provided. The majority of cells include a small window, but inmates are only able to see out by rolling up their mattress and standing on it. This fact, paired with the lack of adequate outdoor recreation time, means that daily exposure to natural light is rare. Every individual on Texas' death row thus spends approximately 23 hours a day in complete isolation for the entire duration of their sentence, which, on average, lasts more than a decade. This prolonged solitary confinement has overwhelmingly negative effects on inmates' mental health, exacerbating existing mental health conditions and causing many prisoners to develop mental illness for the first time. In addition to the detrimental effects of isolation, the practice of setting multiple execution dates means that many prisoners are subjected to the psychological stress of preparing to die several times during their sentence. Inmates on death row experience severe barriers to accessing medical care, in part due to being housed in solitary confinement and being less able to effectively self-advocate. Inmates are not offered regular physical or psychological check-ups, and must rely on the guards to communicate and facilitate any healthcare appointments. Such requests for care are, at best, responded to within a few days, but can go several weeks without a response and are often ignored or forgotten about. In terms of psychological healthcare - an issue of great importance given that a large majority of inmates on death row suffer from some form of psychological illness - only inmates who were already taking psychiatric medication are able to meet regularly with psychiatrists. Of those inmates who are eventually given access to psychological care, they are generally only prescribed some form of psychiatric medication, thus exacerbating the unmet need for some form of counseling or non-pharmaceutical therapy. Inmates with mental illness who do not necessarily want or need prescription drugs are essentially provided with only two options: take unwanted medication, or forgo psychological healthcare entirely. Another major issue of concern is the lack of access to religious services on death row. The extent to which inmates are able to access religious text is limited, as Christian bibles are the only material available from the prison chaplain. Although Christian inmates can request such materials, they are rarely given access to ministers until the holiday season. For inmates of different faiths, such as Islam or Judaism, the situation is more difficult as they must solely rely on outside sources for their religious materials. They are provided with no access to practice their chosen faith, and are often met with contempt when seeking such access. This has created a harsh environment for inmates who do not adhere to Christianity, and has enabled a discriminatory system on the basis of religion on Texas' death row. This report, prepared by the Human Rights Clinic at the University of Texas School of Law, concludes that current conditions in TDCJ facilities constitute a violation of Texas's duty to guarantee the rights to health, life, physical integrity, and dignity of detainees, as well as its duty to prevent cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment of its inmates. These duties are recognized by human rights instruments such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and the American Declaration on the Rights and Duties of Man. The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights and other human rights bodies have repeatedly issued opinions decrying the inhumane conditions present at the Polunsky Unit. Particularly, international human rights bodies have considered that the prolonged and mandatory use of solitary confinement is "disproportionate, illegitimate, and unnecessary." Details: Austin: The Clinic, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017. at: https://law.utexas.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2017/04/2017-HRC-DesignedToBreakYou-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 145930

Author: Transportation Alternatives Title: Above the Law: A Study of Government Parking Permit Abuse in New York City Summary: This study examines the extent of government permit parking abuse over several hours of an average weekday in nine locations throughout New York City: Downtown and Prospect Heights in Brooklyn, Civic Center, Chinatown and Washington Heights in Manhattan, Concourse Village in the Bronx, Astoria and Jamaica in Queens and Saint George in Staten Island. The study locations, each proximate to city, state and federal employment centers, were chosen based on community reports of rampant parking permit abuse. Included in these nine locations are streets around three NYPD police precincts that were surveyed by neighborhood volunteers who claimed that parking abuse by police in their communities was particularly egregious. The survey found that citywide more than 3 out of every 4 permit holders (77%) used their permits illegally. While government-issued permits allow holders to park in certain designated areas (these areas are more liberal for certain permit types, such as law enforcement), they do not allow holders to park anywhere they find space. Unfortunately, when drivers with permits cannot find a legal spot, they often park in illegal spaces at the curbside and important metered spaces, hurting businesses that rely on parking turnover and sharply cutting into city revenues that would be generated by meters. Even more egregiously, many government workers endanger public safety by parking in front of fire hydrants, on sidewalks, in crosswalks, in intersections, and in bus stops. In addition, illegal permit parking generates unnecessary traffic in several ways. First, due to their parking privileges, many commuters who could be taking transit opt to drive instead. Second, because they super-saturate the curb, illegal parkers cause other vehicles to troll to find ever-elusive curbside space. Third, when vehicles cannot find a spot, they double park, compounding traffic problems by blocking lanes and forcing erratic maneuvers. Fourth, illegal permit parking degrades the quality of the air that New Yorkers breathe, which contributes to increased risk of health problems like asthma, diabetes, heart disease, and cancer. Finally, illegal permit parking erodes the trust of government and law enforcement in the communities that are overrun by vehicles. Details: New York: Transportation Alternatives, 2006. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: https://www.transalt.org/report/above-law-study-government-parking-permit-abuse-new-york-city Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Parking Shelf Number: 145902

Author: Koslover, Rebecca Title: A Market Survey on Contraband Detection Technologies Summary: Contraband is a significant problem for correctional facilities across the United States (Kopochinski, 2012). Loosely defined as anything inmates are prohibited from possessing, contraband poses a threat to the safety of individuals both inside and outside the correctional system. While weapons, tools, and narcotics are the most obvious risks within the community, items such as money, electronic devices, food, and tobacco products all pose both a prevalent threat and unique detection challenge. Due to the system wide contraband problem, the National Institutes of Justice (NIJ) requested the execution of a market survey regarding commercial contraband detection technologies currently available. This document is the collective summary of that market survey. Organized into three primary sections (person-borne, vehicle-borne, and environmental), each contraband detection system's information is grouped and summarized to aid correctional officials in planning the potential acquisition and implementation of these technologies. Additionally, this document provides a summary of the background research and methods used for performing this survey. This survey does not evaluate or rank these products; there are no opinions presented concerning the quality or effectiveness of these products. Instead, the intent of this document is to provide correctional officials with a broad overview of the current contraband detection technologies available for their use. The data presented in this document was collected via multiple research and collection avenues. In addition to general Internet searches, the public was broadly solicited with a request for information (RFI) published as a Federal Register Notice (FRN). Furthermore, in order to maximize exposure, vendors identified via Internet searches were directly contacted and invited to respond to the FRN. For vendors that did not respond to the FRN, we obtained as much information as we could from their websites. Over 100 products are summarized in this survey. This document represents an overview of the technologies available at the time of the market survey (i.e., 2016). When considering the acquisition of contraband detection equipment, additional up-to-date information should be requested from the specific vendors of interest. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 402p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250685.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 145936

Author: Gardner, Christie Title: College Cops: A Report on Education and Policing in California Summary: Today's police officers are expected to perform a variety of tasks that cops thirty years ago were not asked to do. For example, officers are now required to identify crime patterns and problem areas, devise solutions for crime and quality-of-life issues, collaborate with community partners, use technology to solve the toughest crimes, be the resident expert in everything obscure, and of course, be the epitome of professionalism at all times. Despite the increasingly demanding expectations, the most recent national data reveal that most law enforcement agencies still only require officers to have a high school diploma. What about California? This report describes the findings of a recent survey of 162 local California law enforcement agencies (police and sheriffs' departments) on education and other special topics. The study revealed that 82% of departments in California require recruits to possess a high school diploma, 14.6% require some college, and 2.5% require a two-year degree. None of the responding agencies require recruits to have a four-year degree. Many agencies, do however, require lieutenants and above to have a college degree, and 7.3% of agencies require the chief/sheriff to have a master's degree. So, while a college degree is not required to become a police officer, it is required to promote through the ranks. Details: Fullerton, CA: California State University, Fullerton, 2011. 32p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: http://cpp.fullerton.edu/pdf/College%20Cops%20Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education Shelf Number: 145937

Author: Calbonero, Jennifer Title: Education Requirements for Law Enforcement Officers in California Summary: Today, in an increasingly competitive job market, a growing number of employers require applicants to possess a bachelor's degree as a minimum education standard of employment eligibility. This suggests that an individual with a higher education background is better equipped with the skills, training and competency above other applicants to be successful in his or her profession. Law enforcement, however, has remained one of the career professions that does not require any higher education requirement for employment eligibility. Yet there is reason to think greater education requirements may benefit in the professionalization of law enforcement, and may help officers in their line of duty. Currently no state in the U.S. has established that law enforcement officers should have higher education degree as a minimum requirement for enrollment. In California, the minimum education requirement for law enforcement officers is a high school diploma or GED. However, because agencies have the ability to set their own hiring standards, a small percentage of law enforcement agencies have actually required more stringent education backgrounds in higher education, from completing some college, to an associate's degree, to even a bachelor's degree. his thesis was aimed at furthering the discussion on whether increasing the hiring education standards for law enforcement agencies within California would have a notable impact. In this study, 42 law enforcement officers from across the state were surveyed about their agency's requirements, and their thoughts on the feasibility, costs, and benefits of increasing the minimum education standards. The results of this survey were in line with several of the reports found in the literature. They show that officers perceive several benefits to the having a higher education background that can improve their performance on the job. However, it is unclear whether there is political feasibility to make such a significant change happen across all agencies in California. Law enforcement agencies and associations, such as the ones represented in my survey, are more likely to be hesitant or reluctant to change. These findings can help guide further research as to how to adequately define and measure "better policing," and whether education has an impact on that. Finally, I would recommend that California find better opportunities to collect data among law enforcement agencies, which can be anything from mandatory surveying to greater oversight at a head agency. Details: Sacramento, CA: California State University, Sacramento, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: http://www.csus.edu/ppa/thesis-project/bank/2016/calbonero.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education Shelf Number: 145938

Author: McGrew, Annie Title: The Case for Paid Apprenticeships Behind Bars Summary: Luis Rivera has spent the past two decades struggling to find stable, family-sustaining work. Although he was released from prison in the 1990s after serving a two-year sentence, his criminal record still casts a long shadow over his employment prospects. As a result, Rivera has spent most his life piecing together dead-end, informal, and part-time jobs, and trying to support a family of four while earning minimum wage. Rivera's story is unfortunately far from unique. Today, as many as 1 in 3 Americans have a criminal record. This has meant that each year, millions of people with criminal records struggle to find good jobs that make it possible for them to support their families and move on with their lives. For people of color and those with disabilities, who face overwhelmingly disproportionate rates of incarceration, a criminal record is yet one more obstacle to employment in a labor market that already discriminates against these groups. The challenges Rivera and millions of others in similar circumstances face do not need to be inevitable. Governments at all levels can take steps to improve the labor market attachment of the formerly incarcerated-beginning while they are still behind bars. Apprenticeship programs for the incarcerated, which combine on-the-job training with relevant classroom instruction, could significantly improve employment outcomes for returning citizens. This is especially true if participating inmates are earning wages for their time on the job. This brief argues that greater access to paid prison apprenticeship programs could effectively improve inmates' post-release outcomes, particularly for a group of individuals who already face significant barriers to labor market entry. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/content/uploads/2017/04/27102832/ApprenticeshipInPrisons-briefNew.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 145949

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Demystifying Risk Assessment: Key Principles and Controversies Summary: This paper explains the science underlying risk-based decision-making and explores both the promise and controversies associated with the increasing application of 'big data' to the field of criminal justice. While the technology has contributed to important policy reforms, such as the diversion of low-risk groups from jail and prison, debate has arisen over the potential for risk assessments to reproduce existing racial biases, the lack of transparency of some proprietary tools, and the challenge of applying classifications based on group behavior to individual cases. Along with identifying an emerging professional consensus that the careful and ethical implementation of risk assessment tools can improve outcomes, the paper closes with a series of best practices urging jurisdictions adopt a localized, collaborative approach. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Monograph_March2017_Demystifying%20Risk%20Assessment_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Classification Shelf Number: 145954

Author: Billings, Stephen B. Title: Lead After Lead: Effects of Early Interventions for Children Exposed to Lead Summary: Lead pollution is consistently linked to cognitive and behavioral impairments,yet little is known about the benefits of public health interventions for children exposed to lead. This paper estimates the long-term impacts of early-life interventions (e.g. lead remediation, nutritional assessment, medical evaluation, developmental surveillance, and public assistance referrals) recommended for lead-poisoned children. Using linked administrative data from Charlotte, NC, we compare outcomes for children who are similar across observable characteristics but differ in eligibility for intervention due to blood lead test results. We￿find that the negative outcomes previously associated with early-life exposure can largely be reversed by intervention. Details: Draft report, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: https://www.dropbox.com/s/07z65p9a5wdppfl/LifeAfterLead_AEJ_Revision_3_16_17_wRevNotes.pdf?dl=0 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Behavior Shelf Number: 145956

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: A Dark and Constant Rage: 25 Years of Right-Wing Terrorism in the United States Summary: In March 2017, a white supremacist from Maryland, James Harris Jackson, traveled to New York City with the alleged intention of launching a series of violent attacks on black men to discourage white women from having relationships with black men. After several days, Jackson chose his first victim, a 66-year old black homeless man, Timothy Caughman. Jackson later allegedly admitted that he had stabbed Caughman with a small sword he had brought with him, describing the murder as a "practice run." Right Wing Terror Incident 1993-2017 by Movement However, after the killing, Jackson's angry energy dissipated and he turned himself over to the authorities. A week later, New York prosecutors announced that they were charging him with second-degree murder as a hate crime and also with a state charge of terrorism. Jackson's aborted killing spree was a shocking example of right-wing terror in the United States but it was unfortunately far from an isolated example. For over a century and a half, since 'burning Kansas' of the 1850s and the Ku Klux Klan of the 1860s, right-wing terrorism has been an unwelcome feature of the American landscape. Yet today, many people are barely aware that it exists and most people don't recognize its frequency or scope. Far more attention in recent years has been given to the threat of homegrown radical Islamic terror - a danger that has generated such horrific acts as the Orlando and San Bernardino shooting sprees. Yet the very real specter of radical Islamic terror in the United States has existed alongside an equally serious threat of terror from right-wing extremist groups and individuals. Both movements have generated shooting sprees, bombings, and a wide variety of plots and conspiracies. Both pose threats so significant that to ignore either would be to invite tragedy. To illustrate the threat of right-wing terrorism in the United States, the Anti-Defamation League's Center on Extremism has compiled a list of 150 right-wing terrorist acts, attempted acts, plots and conspiracies from the past 25 years (1993-2017). These include terrorist incidents from a wide variety of white supremacists, from neo-Nazis to Klansmen to racist skinheads, as well as incidents connected to anti-government extremists such as militia groups, sovereign citizens and tax protesters. The list also includes incidents of anti-abortion terror as well as from other, smaller right-wing extremist movements. AD's Center on Extremism defines terrorism as a pre-planned act or attempted act of significant violence by one or more non-state actors in order to further an ideological, social or religious cause, or to harm perceived opponents of such causes. Significant violent acts can include bombings or use of other weapons of mass destruction, assassinations and targeted killings, shooting sprees, arsons and firebombings, kidnappings and hostage situations and, in some cases, armed robberies. Domestic terrorism consists of acts or attempted acts of terrorism in which the perpetrators are citizens or permanent residents of the country in which the act takes place. The right-wing terrorist incidents in ADL's list include those that best fit the above criteria. They are drawn from the much larger pool of violent and criminal acts that American right-wing extremists engage in every year, from hate crimes to deadly encounters with law enforcement. Right-wing extremists annually murder a number of Americans, but only some of those murders occur in connection with terrorist acts. There are, after all, hundreds of thousands of adherents of right-wing extremist movements in the United States and all such movements have some degree of association with criminal activity. No one should think, therefore, that the incidents listed here represent the breadth of right-wing violence in the U.S. But, as acts of terrorism, they do show right-wing movements at their most vicious and ambitious. Details: New York: ADL, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: https://www.adl.org/sites/default/files/documents/CR_5154_25YRS%20RightWing%20Terrorism_V5.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Violence Shelf Number: 145981

Author: Aizer, Anna Title: Lead and Juvenile Delinquency: New Evidence from Linked Birth, School and Juvenile Detention Records Summary: Using a unique dataset linking preschool blood lead levels (BLLs), birth, school, and detention data for 120,000 children born 1990-2004 in Rhode Island, we estimate the impact of lead on behavior: school suspensions and juvenile detention. We develop two instrumental variables approaches to deal with potential confounding from omitted variables and measurement error in lead. The first leverages the fact that we have multiple noisy measures for each child. The second exploits very local, within neighborhood, variation in lead exposure that derives from road proximity and the de-leading of gasoline. Both methods indicate that OLS considerably understates the negative effects of lead, suggesting that measurement error is more important than bias from omitted variables. A one-unit increase in lead increased the probability of suspension from school by 6.4-9.3 percent and the probability of detention by 27-74 percent, though the latter applies only to boys Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23392; Accessed June 8, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23392.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 145984

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Salience and the Severity Versus the Certainty of Punishment Summary: The certainty aversion presumption (CAP) in the economics of law enforcement literature asserts that criminals are more responsive to increases in the certainty rather than the severity of punishment. In simple economic models, this presumption implies that criminals must be risk-seeking. Some scholars claim that this and similar anomalous implications are caused by the exclusion of various behavioral considerations in theoretical analyses. This article investigates whether a model in which criminals over-weigh probabilities attached to more salient outcomes (as in Bordalo et al. (2012) and (2013)) performs better than the simple expected utility theory model in explaining CAP-consistent-behavior. The analysis reveals that the answer is negative unless the probability of punishment is unreasonably high. This finding suggests that we should exercise caution in incorporating salience -- a la Bordalo et al. -- in simple law enforcement models. Details: George Mason University - Antonin Scalia Law School, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 16-28: Accessed June 8, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2790936 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 145985

Author: Virginia. Department of State Police Title: Bloods street gang intelligence report Summary: The Bloods street gang has become one of the most violent and notorious criminal organizations, spreading its influence in the U.S. from coast to coast. A traditionally African American gang, Bloods membership today includes Caucasians, Hispanics, and Asians. Blood members are involved in a variety of criminal activities including murder, assault, robbery, and narcotics distribution. Nationally, gang membership in the Bloods has been estimated between 15,000 and 20,000 members. Blood sets range from highly organized and structured groups similar to the Italian Mafia to loosely organized cliques with little discipline and loyalty. The Bloods have grown in popularity over the years thanks in part to the proliferation of music, movies, and television shows glorifying the "gangsta" lifestyle as well as social networking sites and the vast amount of information on the gang available on the Internet. Current intelligence gathered by the Virginia Fusion Center and other law enforcement agencies indicates the Bloods are a significant criminal threat to the Commonwealth and will continue to grow in numbers and operational scope. Details: North Chesterfield, VA: Virginia Department of State Police, 2008. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2017 at: https://info.publicintelligence.net/BloodsStreetGangIntelligenceReport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bloods Shelf Number: 145986

Author: Raphael, Steven Title: The Effects of California's Enhanced Drug and Contraband Interdiction Program on Drug Abuse and Inmate Misconduct in California's Prisons Summary: The California Legislature provided the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) $10.4 million over two years to implement a contraband interdiction effort. Beginning in fiscal year 2014-2015, CDCR implemented the Enhanced Drug and Contraband Interdiction Program (EDCIP) demonstration. The program involved interdiction efforts at 11 of California's prisons; eight receiving a moderate intervention and three receiving an intensive intervention. The EDCIP program was implemented in a manner that targeted institutions believed to have the most serious and pervasive contraband problems. The intervention introduced random monthly drug testing of roughly 10 percent of inmates at all institutions and enhanced use of K-9 detection teams and ion spectrometry scanning technology at intervention institutions. Detection screening technology, both for trace amounts of narcotics and in some instances full body scans, is applied in one form or another to inmates, visitors, staff, and mail and packages at intervention institutions, with the key differences between intensive and moderate intervention institutions residing in the volume of this scanning activity. In this report, we use administrative data provided to us by CDCR to evaluate the effects of the EDCIP intervention on drug use in California prisons and the level of recorded inmate misconduct. We employ a series of quasi-experimental research strategies to gauge how these outcomes change in institutions receiving the EDCIP intervention relative to institutions not receiving the intervention. Specifically, we identify non-intervention institutions that are most similar to the intensive and moderate intervention sites in terms of pre-intervention prevalence of drug abuse (documented by the proportion of random drug tests that are either refused or that result in a positive outcome) and compare the changes in the proportion of drug tests that result in a failure at intervention and non-intervention institutions. We also construct a panel data set that varies by month and institution for the time period spanning the introduction of the EDCIP program. We use these data to test for an effect of the intervention on the number of monthly lockdowns, total recorded rules violations per inmate, and the rules violations rates for specific types of misconduct. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2017 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports/docs/External-Reports/Effects-Drug-Contraband-Interdiction-Report_April-29-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Misconduct Shelf Number: 146023

Author: Detention Watch Network Title: Expose and Close, One Year Later: The Absence of Accountability in Immigration Detention Summary: While the debate over immigration reform rages in the halls of Congress, the moral and human rights crisis caused by the mass incarceration of immigrants has been largely ignored. Although it is commonly unknown, the United States has built and maintains the largest immigration detention infrastructure in the world. In 2003 Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) declared its intention to round up all deportable individuals and over the succeeding decade the annual number of immigrants detained and deported has climbed precipitously. Under President Obama the U.S. immigration system has taken a decidedly punitive turn, nearing two million deportations under his tenure while over 429,000 immigrants were detained in 2011 alone. The U.S. has made detention mandatory for certain immigrants, requiring ICE to incarcerate them without a bond hearing or other opportunity to be considered for release. Mandatory detention has created a system so massive and mismanaged that ICE is incapable of overseeing it. Instead, ICE has resorted to outsourcing operations to predatory private prison companies and rural jails seeking to supplement their incomes. Since 2007 the detention system has operated on a congressionally mandated quota, which arbitrarily requires 34,000 people be detained daily. The bed quota has undoubtedly led to prolonged detention for individuals who could have been released. With a network of over 250 prisons operated by federal, state, and local governments, as well as by private corporations, the detention system exacts a grim emotional, physical and financial toll on immigrant communities at taxpayers' expense. Immigrants in detention are denied basic needs, such as contact with lawyers and loved ones, adequate food and hygiene, and access to fresh air and sunlight. They endure racial slurs and discriminatory treatment by prison staff. They are subject to sub-standard medical care and denial of specialty care, resulting in prolonged injury, sickness and/or death. There is no accountability for those who suffer needlessly behind bars. Immigrants in ICE custody are in civil detention, meaning that they are locked up to ensure their appearance at and compliance with immigration courts. Anyone who is a non-citizen can be detained, including asylum seekers, legal permanent residents, visa holders and undocumented immigrants. As immigrants continue to be heavily criminalized and profiled, even the pettiest of crimes, such as shoplifting or minor drug possession, can lead to detention and deportation, despite having already paid their debt to society. In 2009 after extensive reports of abuses and deaths of immigrants in ICE custody, ICE announced ambitious plans for reform. Three years later Detention Watch Network (DWN) released its "Expose and Close" report, which documented abuses and inhumane conditions at ten immigrant detention facilities across the country, each of which is emblematic of the serious problems throughout the system. After the release of the "Expose and Close" report ICE responded by promising to send in assessment teams (including medical professionals), which, to our knowledge, never happened. Instead, ICE simply claimed that the 10 facilities in question were in compliance with appropriate standards. The following report documents the current state of the immigration detention system, which continues to be plagued by deaths and suicides, subpar medical and mental health care, inedible food, and arbitrary restrictions on visitation and access to legal resources. The information in this report is based on written and oral testimonies gathered over the last year by a number of non-profit organizations, including through visits to the facilities and interviews with present and formerly detained individuals and detention staff. Details: Washington, DC: Detention Watch Network, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2017 at: https://www.detentionwatchnetwork.org/sites/default/files/reports/DWN%20Expose%20and%20Close%20One%20Year%20Later%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 146024

Author: Cantora, Andrea Title: Perceptions of Community Corrections: Understanding how Women's Needs are met in an Evidence-Based/Gender-Responsive Halfway House Summary: This dissertation presents a qualitative study on how women perceive and experience services at an evidence-based, gender-responsive halfway house. The primary focus was to understand how the halfway house helps women address their needs as they prepare to reenter the community. The secondary focus was to understand how the halfway house implements evidence-based principles and gender-responsive strategies. This study analyzed in-depth qualitative interviews with 33 women. Data from these interviews were triangulated with observations of treatment groups and daily interactions, review of program documents, review of participant case files, and informal conversations with staff. Findings suggest that many positive and negative features of the halfway house - including social context, relationships with staff, and program policies - contribute to women's ability to address their needs and prepare for reentry. Findings also draw attention to the influence of external factors including outside resources, social networks, housing availability, the stigma of a criminal record, systemic policies, geographic boundaries, and program length of stay. The interconnections between ecological systems also influence the transitional process and were highlighted in this study. Recommendations for improving community correctional services for women were discussed. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2011. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 10, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/876931779?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 146039

Author: Wolf, Jonathan Wesley Title: The Training Curriculum at Pennsylvania Municipal Police Academies: Perceptions of Effective Training Summary: This study examined the perception of effective police academy training curriculum topics as reported by Pennsylvania municipal police officers. A second purpose explored the relationship between the police academy pedagogy and the perception of training adequacy that exists by individual officers. Using survey data from 152 municipal police officers this research found respondents have received the most adequate training in terms of knowledge, skills, and dispositions in the area of criminal law. The curricular topic of informants was perceived to be the least effective training area. Literature identified training gaps uncovered in Chapter II of this study showed officer training deficiencies in the areas of homeland security, cybercrime, and same-sex domestic violence. Homeland security ranked fourth in least adequacy. Cyber crime was the third least adequate training curriculum topic according to respondents. Same-sex domestic violence training was perceived to be the second least adequate. This study also sought to determine if there was a significant difference in the perceived adequacy of training between police officers who completed academy training at a higher educational academy and those who attended a governmental academy. An independent sample t-test showed no statistical significant difference. The results of this study also explored if a statistically significant difference exists in the level of militarism experienced between higher educational academies and governmental academies. This study found a significant degree of militarism does exist at academies conducted in a governmental setting compared to a higher educational facility. The results of this research add to the sparse literature that exists on varying police academy pedagogical techniques. The findings of this study provide valuable information for police academy instructors and curriculum authors. The information obtained as a result of this study can be used to better prepare police officers for their employment responsibilities. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2014. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://knowledge.library.iup.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1362&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146057

Author: O'Neill, Will Title: Law Enforcement Leadership Training Strategies Summary: Senior law enforcement leaders are looking for leadership training strategies to develop future law enforcement leaders. The purpose of this single case study was to explore U.S. law enforcement leaders' training strategies to develop future leaders. The sample was comprised of 18 senior Northern Virginia executive law enforcement leaders who have leadership development strategies currently in use. The conceptual framework for this study was human capital theory. The data collection process included semi-structured interviews, a review of training documentation, and direct observation related to leadership development. Based on methodological triangulation of the data sources and analysis of the data, 3 emergent themes were identified. Recruitment, retention, and mentoring surfaced from recruiting officers for managerial leadership positions. Training and technology grew out of the need to optimize training resources and incorporate new training solutions. Strategic partnerships stemmed from the opportunities for partnering and joint training exercises with other law enforcement organizations. Although this was a single case study, the findings of this study have utility for other, similar contexts. Specifically, these findings suggest that including leadership training strategies in training programs may contribute to social change by providing other law enforcement leaders with the training strategies that result in safer communities. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2016. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2903&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 146059

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: PTO: an overview and introduction. A Problem-Based Learning Manual for Training and Evaluating Police Trainees Summary: Community-oriented policing and problem solving (COPPS) has quickly become the philosophy and daily practice of progressive police agencies around the country. Police administrators have come to recognize the ineffectiveness of incident-driven policing as well as the economic costliness of random patrol, rapid response, and post-crime investigation. Officers racing from call to call may have appeal on television, but it does not provide effective policing. In their implementation of COPPS, police executives have voiced a common concern about training, especially post-academy field training for new officers. Post-academy field training has not emphasized or promoted COPPS concepts and behaviors. To address this deficiency, the U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) funded the development of an alternative national model for field training that would incorporate community policing and problem-solving principles. To accomplish the objective, the Reno, Nevada, Police Department partnered with the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF). The result of their collaboration is a new training program called the Police Training Officer (PTO) program. It incorporates contemporary methods in adult education and a version of the problem-based learning (PBL) method of teaching adapted for police. Most importantly, it serves to ensure that academy graduates' first exposure to the real world is one that reflects policing in the 21st century. The main objectives of the PTO program are as follows: - To formulate learning opportunities for new officers that meet or exceed the training needs of the policing agency and the expectations of the community; - To have trainees apply their academy learning to the community environment by giving them reallife problem-solving activities; - To foster the trainee's growing independence from the Police Training Officer (PTO) over the course of the program; - To produce graduates of the training program who are capable of providing responsible, community-focused police services; - To prepare trainees to use a problem-solving approach throughout their careers by employing problem-based learning (PBL) methods; - To design fair and consistent evaluations that address a trainee's skills, knowledge, and ability to problem solve effectively. Details: Washington, DC: Community Oriented Policing Services : Police Executive Research Forum, 2001, 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0150-pub.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 146060

Author: Seattle Community Police Commission Title: An Assessment of the Seattle Police Department's Community Engagement: Through Recruitment, Hiring, and Training Summary: In the July 27, 2012, MOU between DOJ and the City of Seattle, the CPC was charged with conducting an assessment of the community's "experiences with and perceptions of SPD's community outreach, engagement, and problem-oriented policing." Community engagement is a complex topic that means different things to different people. After collecting feedback across Seattle to gain direction (see Appendix I, Parts A-C), the CPC distilled the comments into 10 topics for potential analysis within the larger theme of community engagement (see Appendix I, Part D). We then prioritized three of the topics based on our understanding of the interests and concerns of the constituencies we represent. This report documents our findings from one of those topics, namely, whether SPD's policies and practices in recruitment, hiring, and training of officers promote positive engagement with people from racial, ethnic, immigrant, and refugee communities. The CPC prioritized the study of recruitment, hiring, and training because it emerged as a central community concern across all demographics. In addition, SPD is in the middle of a hiring surge, and we hoped our assessment would ultimately inform the department's practices. Specifically, we are studying SPD's policies and practices as they may affect its relations with racial, ethnic, immigrant, and refugee communities. Certainly, the CPC recognizes the importance of studying other historically underrepresented communities. Provided that we have the resources necessary, we plan to carry out future assessments along these lines. The other two topics that were prioritized and flagged for immediate study regard communications and the formal channels available to racial, ethnic, immigrant, and refugee communities to provide input to SPD, and the communication structures employed by SPD to provide output to those communities. Findings on those topics will be released in the spring of 2016. This report, meanwhile, broadly addresses the question of whether SPD's policies and practices for recruitment, hiring, and training are sufficient to assure that its personnel reflect, understand, and engage with the many racial, ethnic, immigrant, and refugee communities it serves. This is a very expansive area to cover, and our report does not have all the answers. Nevertheless, it attempts to shed light on strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities for improvement. This report does not offer any recommendations; rather, those will be formulated in the coming months in collaboration with the community and SPD. We have pursued information about the racial makeup of SPD and how it compares to the City of Seattle's population, how SPD's congruity in racial composition compares to that of other cities, the department's current goals for increasing diversity in new hires in the midst of a hiring surge, and how SPD handles recruitment and hiring with regard to racial/ethnic candidates. We have also considered whether there are unnecessary barriers for such candidates moving through the multiple hurdles of the application and selection process and whether there is identifiable attrition. In addition, we have recounted many of the expressed concerns within the communities where we conducted interviews and listening sessions. Finally, we have examined SPD's training of new officers to evaluate the level of focus placed on developing community engagement and cultural competency skills. Details: Seattle: The Commission, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: https://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CommunityPoliceCommission/CPC_Report_on_SPD_Community_Engagement.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146061

Author: Chappell, Allison Taylor Title: Learning in Action: Training the Community Policing Officer Summary: Community-oriented policing (COPS) is a new philosophy and practice of policing that focuses on problem solving, community involvement, and crime prevention. Academics, politicians, and practitioners alike have lauded COPS for its potential to enhance public safety and improve police-community relations. Though 70% of police departments claim to be practicing COPS, the way in which community-oriented policing translates into practice remains somewhat unclear. While a growing number of studies are examining various aspects of this policing philosophy, little scholarly attention has been devoted to the training of COPS officers. This study evaluated how COPS training is being conducted and whether recruits are learning different lessons as COPS has been incorporated into training. Specifically, it analyzed participant observation data from a police academy as well as official records of academy recruits who have gone through both traditional and COPS curricula. It also used field training narratives and forms to see how academy training carries over in practice on the streets. The study adopted a social learning perspective to account for whether curriculum changes translated into differential learning. Police recruits who went through the COPS curriculum differed little in terms of academy performance compared to recruits who went through the former traditional curriculum. No particular "type" of recruit was more or less likely to fail, gain employment, or achieve higher academy scores. Although there is much that is different in the CMS curriculum, the lessons that are learned may not be that different. This is because the normative climate of the police training and socialization experience has changed little since the reformation in curricula. The normative climate includes formal and informal lessons about the paramilitary environment, officer safety, the "bad guy" and "us versus them" mentality, police presence and assertiveness, experiential knowledge and traditional police work, law on the books versus law in action, and diversity. These lessons have implications for the way that officers interact with their department and the citizenry, as well as implications for COPS. Results of this study will be a resource to police training centers attempting to build their own innovative COPS curricula. In the future, this study could be improved using larger samples from additional training environments to assess COPS training and its impact on policing practices. Details: Gainesville, FL: University of Florida, 2005. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/UF/UFE0011615/chappell_a.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 146062

Author: Minton, Kenneth Wayne Title: The Impact of College Education on Law Enforcement Deputy Sheriffs as it relates to complaints, significant misbehavior, and excessive use of force Summary: Law enforcement officers have the legal authority to temporarily, or permanently, deprive us of our lives, liberty, and property. Law enforcement officers often work unsupervised and with great discretion. Most departments do not require recruits to have college educations. This study sought to determine if there is an inverse correlation between higher education and bad behavior. A quantitative study compared the education levels of 313 law enforcement deputy sheriffs with the number of public complaints of misconduct and with incidents of significant misbehavior (excessive force or complaints resulting in a dismissal or resignation). The Spearman rho results showed no significant relationship between higher education and adverse behavior and no overall impact by gender or ethnicity, other than one statistical anomaly pertaining to Hispanic deputies. Details: Tampa, FL: Argosy University, 2011. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/34/67/3467316.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 146063

Author: Caro, Cary Allen Title: The influence of a state law enforcement training academy on future performance of law enforcement officers in a Southeastern state of the United States Summary: This dissertation examines the influence of the state police law enforcement academy on the performance of commissioned officers in the field training officer (FTO) program in a state in the Southeastern region of the United States. The law enforcement training academy is paramount in preparing cadets for the roles, responsibilities, and activities that graduates assume independently in the field. As such, it is important to understand the value added to future performance in the field through adequate preparation in the training academy. This dissertation analyzes a sample of officers in the Southeastern region of the United States and explores the relationship between their performance as cadets in the academy and their performance as commissioned officers in the field training officer program. Further, this study examines the existence of differences in performance among the various troops of the selected state law enforcement agency. Through stepwise regression, the researcher concluded that the law enforcement training academy accounts for between 2.3% and 17.6% of the performance variance of newly commissioned officers in the field officer training program. Further, through an analysis of variance, the researcher concluded that there are significant differences in at least one of the performance variables selected throughout the troops of the agency. The researcher recommended further analysis of the law enforcement curriculum and of the field training officer program. This research should focus on the specific goals and objectives of the FTO program to ensure that the curriculum taught in the academy is properly aligned with the performance measures of the FTO program. Further, it was recommended that a systematic training methodology be implemented to ensure that all field training mentors are fully educated on the program's goals, objectives, and evaluation system. Finally, it was recommended that a structural equation model be developed to allow the agency to understand the unique contribution of their current recruiting, selection, and training programs to the performance of their officers in the field. Details: Baton Rouge, Louisiana: Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 2010. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.lsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1835&context=gradschool_dissertations Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146064

Author: Major Cities Chiefs Association Title: Engagement-Based Policing: The What, How, and Why of Community Engagement Summary: In this year's project on community engagement, the MCCA HRC presents a report on a research program, Tact, Tactics, and Trust (T3) within our practitioner's study. These are offered for your consideration in "Building The Foundations For Engagement-Based Policing" in your agency. The first section is an Introduction (p.7) with some definitions of community engagement and trust along with some considerations from an excellent community engager from Virginia Beach Police Department. The next section (p.16) is based on a DARPA funded research project that led to the development of a program named "Good Stranger." This DARPA project was commissioned because the "military has struggled in recent years with how to create order and peace in unstable social environments weakened by violence, conflict, and mistrust." The following 6 sections (pp.30-76) include studies done and the perspectives of representatives from our MCCA members (Fairfax County, Philadelphia, Montgomery County, Toronto, Las Vegas, and Virginia Beach). These sections also provide information on some of their departments' programs to address engagement in Community-Based Policing. The next section on "Measurement of Engagement and Trust" (p.61) gives rationale on methods of measuring engagement and trust, and some coming attractions on other processes that are in the research phase now. This is an important section because agencies should determine if their programs have the intended outcomes. The appendix section (pp.68-122) includes a number of additional resources. Our view is that many of these documents may be very useful in your agencies' work on policies, procedures, training and education to formulate your strategy to "build a foundation for engagement-based policing." Details: s.l.: Major Cities Chiefs Association, 2015. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: https://www.majorcitieschiefs.com/pdf/news/community_engagement_5_27_15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Policing Shelf Number: 146065

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: http://www.upenn.edu/pennpress/book/15653.html Summary: Details: Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 146066

Author: Helfgott, Jacqueline B. Title: Seattle Police Department's Micro-Community Policing Plans Implementation Evaluation: Final Report Summary: This report summarizes the results from a two-year implementation evaluation of the Seattle Police Department's Micro-Community Policing Plans (MCPP). The evaluation employed a mixed-method research design including participant observation, community focus groups, and the development and administration of the Seattle Public Safety survey. The results tell the story of the evolution of the Seattle Police Department's MCPP initiative and show how the collection of data on community perceptions of crime at the micro-community level provide a comprehensive assessment of the nature of crime in Seattle communities that can be used in conjunction with crime data to address public safety in Seattle. Implications for public safety and police-community engagement in Seattle and recommendations for further development of the SPD MCPP initiative are discussed. Details: Seattle: Seattle University Center for the Study of Crime and Justice, 2017. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: https://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/Police/Reports/SPD-MCPP-Implementation-Evauation-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146068

Author: Bengtson, Kendra Title: Bad cops or bad training? How police officer training impacts use of force incidents. Summary: There has been growing tension between the police and public for allegations of excessive use of force, racism, and insufficient knowledge of mental illness. The purpose of this project is to examine how officers are trained to use force and what changes in training are still needed to limit using force. This project involved a comprehensive literature review on training, use of force, racial bias and mental illness. Additionally, seven in-depth interviews were conducted with individuals involved in the policing community, and four hours of use of force training and forty hours of de-escalation training were observed. This project found that there is limited research currently available on police use of force and officer training. All of the interview participants expressed that training can be improved, but were divided on how training should be improved. The observed training showed that de-escalation is not incorporated into pre-service scenario-based training and officers received conflicting information on de-escalation techniques. Details: St. Paul, MN: Hamline University, 2017. 64p, Source: Internet Resource: Departmental Honors Project, 60: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.hamline.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1076&context=dhp Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146070

Author: Deaton, Jessica Title: Improving Entry-Level Federal Law Enforcement Training Summary: The Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) serves as law enforcement training for 90 Federal government agencies (all but FBI and DEA). State and local police agencies also send officers here for specialized training. FLETC uses a combination of classroom learning along with the most state of the art technology to enhance training, so the students are receiving the best training and education possible. FLETC has a wide array of basic and advanced programs that students can participate in. All agencies that have partnerships with FLETC send individuals through a training program. Before ever going through any type of training, an individual must be employed by a federal agency. Once employed, the person then starts training. One basic program that many officers follow is the Criminal Investigator Training Program (CITP). This program provides these trainees with not only basic and fundamental skills and training, but it also provides knowledge and information on how to conduct a criminal investigation. Individuals follow a rigorous 12 week training period consisting of classroom lectures, labs, and physical exercises. The trainees must meet the standards in the classroom, along with the physical performance requirements. After graduating from a basic training program, many trainees must continue to advanced programs or programs specific to their agency. Some of the other basic training programs one can pursue are the Customs & Border Protection Training Program, the Immigration & Customs Training Program, the Land Management Police Training, and the Uniformed Police Training Program. The goal of this project was to see how entry-level federal law enforcement training could be improved. This could include areas of the training curriculum or other areas of qualification concerning the individual. Based on twelve weeks of auditing classes, building relationships with a couple dozen students and instructors, and my own observations, a few training areas were identified as potentially needing improvement. These suggested areas of improvement could benefit law enforcement by making officers more aware of the people they encounter daily and how to approach certain situations. By not implementing these improvements, officers are receiving limited knowledge of these controversial issues. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1293&context=gs_rp Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146071

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Survey of Youth in Residential Placement: Youth Characteristics and Backgrounds Summary: This report, the second in the series, presents findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (SYRP) on the characteristics of youth in placement, including their demographic characteristics, current and prior offenses, current disposition, family and educational backgrounds, and expectations for the future. These findings are based on interviews with a nationally representative sample of 7,073 youth in 2003, using audio-computer-assisted-self-interview (ACASI) methodology. The first report in this series, Introduction to the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (Sedlak, 2010), summarizes the study design and implementation. The SYRP sample was drawn from the full population of state and local facilities identified by the Census of Juveniles in Residential Placement and Juvenile Residential Facility Census surveys. SYRP youth resided in a nationally representative selection of 205 eligible, responsive facilities listed on the census as of 2002. These included detention and corrections facilities; community-based facilities such as shelters, group homes, and independent living programs; and camp programs, such as boot camps and forestry camps. The SYRP survey team interviewed the youth between the beginning of March and mid-June 2003. Each participant in the SYRP sample is weighted to reflect the number of youth he or she represents in the national population of youth in custody. These weights allow the sample youth (n=7,073) to provide estimates about the full placement population (estimated at more than 100,000 youth, on a given day). All SYRP reports present findings in terms of estimated numbers (rounded to the nearest multiple of 10) and percentages (rounded to the nearest whole percent) in the national population of youth in residential placement. Readers should note that the number of youth in residential placement has dramatically decreased since 2003 when the SYRP data were collected. The most recent data available indicate that, on October 22, 2014, juvenile residential placement facilities held 50,821 youth nationwide (OJJDP Statistical Briefing Book). Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250753.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 146072

Author: Sedlak, Andrea J. Title: Survey of Youth in Residential Placement: Conditions of Confinement Summary: This report, the third in the series, presents findings from the Survey of Youth in Residential Placement (SYRP) about the conditions of confinement for youth in a range of different facilities and progams. Results focus on the structural and operational characteristics of these environments and indicate how youth offenders are distributed across various programs and facilities of different size and complexity. These findings provide answers to a number of questions about the characteristics and experiences of youth in placement, including: - How are youth grouped in living units and programs? - Which youth are placed together? - What activities are available in each facility? - How accessible are social, emotional, and legal supports? - What is the quality of the youth-staff relationships? - How clear are the facility's rules? - How clear is the facility's commitment to justice and due process? - What methods of control and discipline do staff use? The data derive from interviews with a nationally representative sample of 7,073 youth in 2003, using audio-computer-assisted-self-interview (ACASI) methodology. Facility administrators provided additional information about placement contexts, either while planning the data collection or in verifying or updating answers on their latest Juvenile Residential Facility Census (JRFC) survey. The SYRP sample was drawn from the full population of state and local facilities identified by the Census of Juveniles in Residential Placement and Juvenile Residential Facility Census surveys. SYRP youth resided in a nationally representative selection of 205 eligible, responsive facilities listed on the census as of 2002. These included detention and corrections facilities; community-based facilities such as shelters, group homes, and independent living programs; and camp programs, such as boot camps and forestry camps. The SYRP survey team interviewed the youth between the beginning of March and mid-June 2003. All SYRP findings use the youth as the unit of measurement. Each participant is weighted to reflect the number of youth he or she represents in the national population of youth in placement. These weights allow the sample youth (n=7,073) to provide estimates about the full placement population (estimated at more than 100,000 youth, on a given day in 2003). All SYRP reports present findings in terms of estimated numbers (rounded to the nearest multiple of 10) and percentages (rounded to the nearest whole percent) in the national population of youth in residential placement. Thus, this report describes how the population of youth in placement is distributed across different placement settings. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250754.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 146073

Author: Werth, Eric Paul Title: Problem-based Learning in Police Academies: Adult Learning Principles Utilized by Police Trainers Summary: This study explored the use of adult learning principles by instructors at two state-run multi-jurisdictional police training academies using Problem-Based Learning (PBL). Instructor use of adult learning principles was assessed using an electronic version of the Principles of Adult Learning Scale (PALS). PALS scores indicate that instructors at both institutions favor an instructor-centered as opposed to student-centered teaching style, that time since PBL implementation did not lead to a greater use of adult learning principles by instructors at the academy utilizing PBL for a greater length of time, and that there is little significant difference in the use of adult learning principles by instructors at the two PBL academies compared to instructors at an academy not using PBL. The results of this study will potentially impact the training provided to police instructors both prior to and following adoption of PBL as well as the decision of some agencies to convert to PBL-based curricula. Details: Lynchburg, VA: Liberty University, 2009. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.liberty.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1153&context=doctoral Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146075

Author: Schlosser, Michael David Title: Evaluating the Midwest Police Academy's Ability to prepare recruits to police in a diverse multicultural society Summary: This study evaluated the current training and practices implemented at the Midwest Police Academy to prepare recruits to police in racially and ethnically diverse communities. In this study, I adopted a critical race theory lens, which considered White privilege, dominant White male ideology, and color-blind racial ideology, when examining the training and practices at the academy. This study examined what the training looks like by providing detailed description of the training atmosphere as well as classroom instruction. The recruits racial attitudes were examined at the beginning and end of the training to explore potential changes. The instructors' and administrators' racial attitudes were also examined. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the Midwest Police Academy's ability to prepare recruits to police in racially and ethnically diverse communities by: (a) examining what the training at the Midwest Police Academy looks like in terms of the training atmosphere, curriculum, and classroom interaction; (b) investigating the racial beliefs and attitudes of recruits entering the academy and see if there are any changes at the end of training; (c) and investigating the racial beliefs and attitudes of instructors and administrators. This was a summative evaluation with the ultimate goal of this study being to search for ways to improve training and practices at the academy in terms of better preparing recruits to police in a racially and ethnically diverse society. In this study, I adopted a mixed methods approach, collecting data via interviews with instructors and recruits, classroom observations, and written documentation. Participants also completed the Color Blind Racial Attitudes Scale (CoBRAS) (Neville, Lilly, Lee, Duran, & Brown, 2000) to measure racial attitudes. Findings of the study indicated that current training and practices show indications of White privilege, White male ideology, and color-blind racial ideology. There were no significant changes in racial attitudes and beliefs of recruits. Recommendations included: (a) make racial and ethnic diversity training part of the mission statement and vision of MPA; (b) provide racial and ethnic diversity training for instructors and administrators; (c) integrate racial and ethnic diversity training throughout the curriculum, including within the scenario-based training; (d) find ways to create more class participation for racial and ethnic diversity related topics; (e) implement a course on the historical context of policing which includes police-minority relations; (f) include critical race theory and color-blind racial ideology in the curriculum which should include counter-storytelling; (g) recruit more racial and ethnic minority instructors and role players; and (h) involve the community in the training. Details: Urban, IL: University of Illinois - Urbana-Champaign, 2011. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/26225/Schlosser_Michael.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Cultural Diversity Shelf Number: 146077

Author: Zimny, Kenneth Title: Teaching Police Cultural Diversity: using action research to improve the Midwest Police Academy's preparation of recruits to police in a diverse society Summary: This research project is a follow-up to a study conducted by Michael Schlosser. Schlosser (2011) studied how the Midwest Police Academy (a pseudonym) prepared recruits to work in racially and ethnically diverse communities. This study took Schlosser's recommendations and developed an Action Research project to attempt to improve the cultural diversity training at the Midwest Police Academy (MPA). One of the recommendations from Schlosser's project was to, 'find ways to create more class participation for racial and ethnic diversity related topics' (p.105). This was coupled with information from the existing literature that advocated not attempting to change officer's beliefs in short cultural diversity courses. Instead, they advocated teaching cultural awareness. Attempts were made to make the MPA recruits aware of racial issues like colorblindness and tolerance. The recruits were given the Colorblind Racial Attitudes Scale (CoBRAS) during their first and last week at the academy. A focus group made up of the full-time instructors at the MPA was convened to discuss teaching cultural diversity. There was no significant change in CoBRAS scores. There needs to be a definite overhaul of the State curriculum and more time should be devoted to cultural diversity. Academy instructors should be taught the history of racism and the covert forms it takes in modern society. Details: Urban, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2012. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/31029/Zimny_Kenneth.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Cultural Diversity Shelf Number: 146078

Author: Waterman-Smith, Erika J. Title: Perceptions of Justice and Motivations for Becoming a Police Officer: Differences Across Recruits and Law Enforcement Officers Summary: This study examined the motivations for choosing law enforcement as a career and perceptions of different prevalent criminal justice issues among police recruits and police officers. Additionally, the motivations and perceptions were compared across recruits and officers to see if they changed over time. The purpose of this study was to see if the police subculture and socialization had an impact on their motivations and perceptions. A survey method was administered on a sample of both recruits and officers from several Southeastern police departments. Bivariate analyses indicated that there were several significant differences across recruits and police officers in their motivations to pursue law enforcement and their perceptions of various criminal justice issues and policies. Details: Kennesaw State University, 2017. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.kennesaw.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=mscj_etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Careers Shelf Number: 146079

Author: Valgoi, Maria J. Title: A Practical-Participatory Evaluation of a Racial Diversity education program for police recruits Summary: he purpose of this study was to use a practical-participatory evaluative method (Cousins & Whitmore, 1998) to develop and critically evaluate a diversity education program for police recruits. The Policing in a Multiracial Society Program (PMSP) was developed on the basis of the literature and using the input of a core academic team, veteran police officers, and community members. The PMSP is an approximately 10-hour intervention incorporated into a Midwestern police training institute curricula. The intervention was developed over the course of a year in which stakeholders met to discuss the goals and objectives of the program and to provide feedback about its implementation with two cohorts of recruits. A quasi-experimental design was used to assess the influence of the PMSP intervention on a third cohort. Recruits participated in either the PMSP intervention (n = 34) or a Nonracial Diversity intervention (n = 37). Participants' pre- and posttest scores were compared on colorblind racial beliefs (or denial and minimization of racism), ethnocultural empathic feelings, and equitable policing practices/skills. Counter to the hypotheses of this study, there were no significant differences on posttest racial colorblindness and policing practices/skills scores across the two intervention groups. Also, surprisingly, recruits in the PMSP intervention group displayed lower levels of empathetic feeling toward people of color at posttest compared to their Nonracial Diversity intervention group counterparts. Additionally, the levels of ethnocultural empathy among the PMSP intervention participants decreased from pretest to posttest. These findings suggest that 10 hours of exposure to racial diversity education is insufficient in producing desired changes compared to changes that have been demonstrated in previous studies in which officers completed a semester long college course (Bornstein, Domingo, & Solis, 2012). Several recommendations for future development of the PMSP are included. Details: Urbana, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://www.ideals.illinois.edu/bitstream/handle/2142/92775/VALGOI-DISSERTATION-2016.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cultural Diversity Shelf Number: 146080

Author: Sedevic, Mark T. Title: An Evaluation of the Chicago Police Department's Recruit Curriculum in Emergency Response Week Relating to Terrorism Awareness and Response to Terrorism Incidents Summary: Police recruits need to be prepared the moment they graduate from the police academy for any type of situation, especially terrorism. This study examined whether the Emergency Response Week portion of the Chicago Police Department Recruit Academy curriculum was adequate and provided Chicago Police Department recruits with appropriate knowledge of terrorism awareness and the skills necessary to respond to a terrorism incident. The results indicated that the Chicago Police Department recruit curriculum in Emergency Response Week was perceived as above adequate by Chicago Police Department recruits. Additionally, the Chicago Police Department recruits perceived their knowledge concerning terrorism awareness and their skill levels concerning responding to a terrorism incident as above adequate following completion of Emergency Response Week. Details: Bourbonnais, Illinois: Olivet Nazarene College, 2011. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.olivet.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1032&context=edd_diss Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 146081

Author: McCay, Donald Alan Title: They Are Old Enough To Carry Guns: Should we teach them like children? The application of adult learning strategies in police training Summary: For some time scholars have been advocating the application of adult learning techniques such as andragogy to police recruit training. This study attempted to further that discussion by determining how police recruits make meaning while attending the police academy. Through observations, interviews, and reflective journaling, data were collected. These data were qualitatively analyzed using a combination of phenomenology and heuristic inquiry. Among the qualitative assertions made in this study is that police recruits construct meaning through interaction with one another and during the practical application of skills and other hands-on activities. This supports the idea that the greater application of adult learning techniques would improve police recruit training. Details: West Lafayette, IN: Purdue University, 2011. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=11495&context=dissertations Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146084

Author: Barker, Beth A. Title: Higher Order, Critical Thinking Skills in National Police Academy Course Development Summary: Law enforcement requires the officer to invoke reason and critical thinking skills in order to solve intricate problems in real time, on the job. This study examined the course development of a large national organization (State Police Academies) to ascertain what strategies are being used in their courses to promote training for higher order, critical thinking skills. By administering a mixed methods questionnaire to participants, data was collected to answer the following research questions: (1) What instructional strategies are included in the course development of State Police Academies to teach higher order, critical thinking skills to learners? and (2) How are the State Police Academies assessing whether the learners have acquired these higher order, critical thinking skills? The results of the study affirmed that specific critical thinking strategies are included in the design of State Police Academy instruction. However, the results regarding the selection of the assessment instruments noted that the selection was not based on scholarly research which questions their validity and reliability. The recommendation is to focus on using the Collegiate Learning Assessment (CLA) which will provide a more accurate assessment, thus leading to a standardized instructional design for use by this particular populace which could be extended to all criminal justice agencies nationally. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2011. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED534042 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146086

Author: Rostker, Bernard D. Title: Evaluation of the New York City Police Department Firearm Training and Firearm-Discharge Review Process Summary: The discharging of a firearm by a member of the New York City Police Department (NYPD) is a significant event. Every time an NYPD officer's weapon is fired, except when it is fired (or discharged) at a firing range, the officer makes a report and the department undertakes an investigation to determine the circumstances surrounding the incident. In January 2007, New York City Police Commissioner Raymond W. Kelly wanted to make sure that his department was doing everything necessary to minimize the unnecessary discharge of firearms. He asked the RAND Corporation to examine the quality and completeness of the NYPD's firearm-training program and identify potential improvements in the design and delivery of the curriculum, the technology used, the frequency and duration of training sessions, the tactics and procedures on which the training is based, and the police department's firearm-discharge review process. Starting in February 2007, an interdisciplinary team from RAND met with NYPD officials to observe training and to collect data for future analysis. During the spring and summer of 2007, the team met numerous times with the senior uniformed and civilian staff at headquarters, at the academy, at the range, and (with officers) at precincts. Over the subsequent nine months, RAND researchers talked with NYPD plainclothes and uniformed members, collected and reviewed policy documents, and examined the relevant general literature on policing, the use of force, and reflexive and contagious shooting. In addition, the team analyzed firearm-discharge cases; NYPD personnel data; and stop, question, and frisk report data, as well as data derived from the automated, online booking system. The RAND team also collected information from a number of other police departments and sponsored a daylong discussion of the issue with a panel of independent national experts. The panel discussions were helpful in checking preliminary findings and identifying areas for further investigation. While the subject of this study is firearm discharge and a good deal of the general police literature on this subject is in the context of the training in, and use of, the weapon, the link between firearm training and the subsequent use of deadly force is not clear and has led some researchers to question the role that firearm training plays in subsequent uses of deadly force. Moreover, as sociologist Albert J. Reiss Jr. pointed out, "To understand how one might avert or preclude the use of deadly force in situations in which it might be a likely alternative, we need to understand how the organization of police departments and of police work regulate and restrict the use of deadly force and alternatives to its use" (Reiss, 1980, p. 133). Accordingly, the RAND team observed the in-service training that recruits and members of the service (MOSs) receive on the use-of-force continuum, a continuum that ranges from "verbal persuasion" to the use of "deadly force" (NYPD Police Academy, 2007a, p. 7); how to deal with uncooperative suspects; and how to control situations to minimize the use of firearms. During the study, we became acutely aware that we were reviewing only cases in which officers discharged their weapons. We recognize that different officers will approach similar situations in different ways and that there is no single test to determine the correctness of an officer's decision to use deadly force. The legal standard set by the U.S. Supreme Court in the case of Graham v Connor is "reasonableness" (490 U.S. 386, 109 S. Ct. 1865, May 15, 1989). Certainly, in the future, a great deal may be learned from cases in which an officers could deescalate the situation and did not have to revert to deadly force. However, such an inquiry was beyond the scope of this study. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2008. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://www.nyc.gov/html/nypd/downloads/pdf/public_information/RAND_FirearmEvaluation.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 110813

Author: Lindsey, Jeffrey C. Title: A Phenomenological Study of a Session of the FBI National Academy Program Summary: As the United States entered the second decade of the 21st century, providing law enforcement services has been noted to be more complex than in any era in the nation's history. Piloting law enforcement agencies through the challenges ahead has been identified as requiring their senior leaders to possess the highest levels of leadership acumen. A gap in the literature existed regarding the lived experiences of mid-level leaders as students in long term leadership development programs. The purpose of this qualitative, phenomenological study was to explore the lived experiences of recent graduates of the 251st Session of the FBI National Academy Program that occurred while they were participating as students of their National Academy Session. A goal of this study was to gather and analyze data about the participants' perspectives of the National Academy's contribution to the development of senior law enforcement leadership skills. A purposeful sample of 11 recent graduates of the 251st Session of the FBI National Academy was utilized. Data collection occurred through the use of interviews over the telephone. The interviews were conducted using open-ended interview questions. The data were subsequently analyzed using the modified van Kaam method as presented by Moustakas (1994). Nine core themes emerged regarding the 251st Session: the overall experience was positive; common challenges confronted the law enforcement leaders in the Session such as budget, personnel, and leadership issues; the participants had a high regard for their fellow students; learning from peers was a valuable element of the Session; networking was a long-term benefit; the academic component of was relevant and of a good quality; the instructors were credible, engaged, and effective; the fitness component was beneficial and relevant; and, internal communications could have been improved. Recommendations for future research include additional qualitative studies of another FBI National Academy Session and longitudinal quantitative or mixed-method efforts focusing on the FBI National Academy and similar law enforcement leadership development programs. Recommendations for practice include using the themes individually or collectively to explore ways to produce more effective current or future leadership development programs relevant to mid-level law enforcement leaders. Details: Prescott Valley, AZ: Northcentral University, 2013. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1450072350?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Investigation Shelf Number: 146087

Author: Collins, Susan E. Title: LEAD Program Evaluation: Criminal Justice and Legal System Utilization and Associated Costs Summary: -- Background: LEAD is a prebooking diversion program that offers low-level drug and prostitution offenders harm reduction-oriented case management and legal services as an alternative to incarceration and prosecution. -- Purpose: This report describes findings from a quantitative analysis comparing outcomes for LEAD participants versus "system-as-usual" control participants on criminal justice and legal system utilization (i.e., jail, prison, prosecution, defense) and associated costs. - Findings: - The cost of the LEAD program averaged $899 per person per month. However, these costs included program start-up and decreased to $532 per month towards the end of the evaluation. - Across nearly all outcomes, we observed statistically significant reductions for the LEAD group compared to the control group on average yearly criminal justice and legal system utilization and associated costs. - Jail bookings: Compared to the control group, LEAD program participants had 1.4 fewer jail bookings on average per year subsequent to their evaluation entry. - Jail days: Compared to the control group, the LEAD group spent 39 fewer days in jail per year subsequent to their evaluation entry. - Prison incarceration: Compared to the control group, the LEAD group had 87% lower odds of at least one prison incarceration subsequent to evaluation entry. - Misdemeanor and felony cases: There were no statistically significant LEAD effects on the average yearly number of misdemeanor cases. Compared to control participants, however, LEAD participants showed significant reductions in felony cases. - Costs associated with criminal justice and legal system utilization: From pre- to post-evaluation entry, LEAD participants showed substantial cost reductions (-$2100), whereas control participants showed cost increases (+$5961). -- Interpretation of findings: - LEAD program costs were commensurate with another supportive program for homeless individuals in King County. It should be noted that LEAD program costs will vary widely across communities depending on LEAD participant characteristics (e.g., prevalence of homelessness) and community factors (e.g., cost of living, Medicaid coverage). - Compared to system-as-usual controls, LEAD participants evinced meaningful and statistically significant reductions in criminal justice and legal system utilization and associated costs. -- Next Steps: This report is one in a series being prepared by the University of Washington LEAD Evaluation Team over a two-year period. The next report will be released in Winter 2015/2016 and will report on within-subjects changes among LEAD participants on psychosocial, housing and quality-of-life outcomes following their participation in LEAD. Details: Seattle: Harm Reduction Research and Treatment Lab University of Washington - Harborview Medical Center, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/1185392/26401889/1437170937787/June+2015+LEAD-Program-Evaluation-Criminal-Justice-and-Legal-System-Utilization-and-Associated-Costs.pdf?token=yow6pMZWOpQJRF2rw5LaYUHpcO0%3D Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146088

Author: Clifasefi, Seema L. Title: LEAD Program Evaluation: Describing LEAD Case Management in Participants' Own Words Summary: This report documents participants' experiences with and perceptions of LEAD case management in their own words. Participants characterized LEAD case management as a positive change from other social services they had experienced. They appreciated its client-centered, advocacy-oriented, harm reduction approach. Participants reported their engagement in the program had helped them meet their basic needs, improve their lives, and rectify their relationships with and perceptions of law enforcement. The client-provider relationship was cited as key to the case management program's success. Details: Seattle: Harm Reduction Research and Treatment Lab University of Washington - Harborview Medical Center, 2016. 20. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/1185392/27320150/1478294794537/Specific-Aim-4-FINAL_UW-LEAD-Evaluation-Qualitative-Report-11.1.16_updated.pdf?token=HCVfVDzSFEB1CV3SCKVg6NAwH8A%3D Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146089

Author: Collins, Susan E. Title: LEAD Program Evaluation: Recidivism Report Summary: The Recidivism Report tests the relative effectiveness of the LEAD program compared to the 'system‐as‐usual' control condition in reducing criminal recidivism (i.e., arrests and charges). People in LEAD were 60% less likely than people in the control group to be arrested within the first 6 months of the evaluation. Over the entire course of the evaluation to date, people in LEAD were 58% less likely than people in the control group to be arrested. Details: Seattle: Harm Reduction Research and Treatment Lab University of Washington - Harborview Medical Center, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/1185392/26121870/1428513375150/LEAD_EVALUATION_4-7-15.pdf?token=IdrIzRIGfjJ3zYJLR7UGarsupRc%3D Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146090

Author: Clifasefi, Seema L. Title: LEAD Program Evaluation: The Impact of LEAD on Housing, Employment and Income/Benefits Summary: This report describes findings for LEAD participants in terms of their housing, employment, and income/benefits both prior and subsequent to their referral to LEAD. Participants were significantly more likely to obtain housing, employment and legitimate income in any given month subsequent to their LEAD referral (i.e., during the 18-month follow-up) compared to the month prior to their referral (i.e., baseline). Details: Seattle: Harm Reduction Research and Treatment Lab University of Washington - Harborview Medical Center, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/1185392/27047605/1464389327667/housing_employment_evaluation_final.PDF?token=wDGLg%2FqS9%2F%2BU7RqNSghgCggBUkA%3D Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146091

Author: Christensen, Don Title: Racial Disparities in Military Justice: Findings of Substantial and Persistent Racial Disparities Within the United States Military Justice System Summary: Protect Our Defenders (POD) is dedicated to exposing and eradicating bias within the military justice system and to ensuring that all service members are afforded a fair, efficient, and impartial system of justice. Through our work, we have witnessed what appeared to be indications of racial disparities in the military justice system. These indicators were consistent with the experiences of POD's President, Col Don Christensen (ret.), as a military attorney and with data he knew had been tracked by the Air Force for decades. The military leadership has vigorously opposed any suggestions that the commander-controlled justice system is hindered by conflicts of interest or bias and has gone to great lengths to tout the fairness of the system. A system of justice is fundamentally unfair if, due to inherent bias, it fails to effectively deliver justice. In the military justice system, commanders control who will and will not be punished. When objective evidence demonstrates that the military justice system is fraught with prejudice and bias, that system cannot effectively deliver justice. On March 7, 2016, because of these apparent racial and ethnic disparities within the military justice system, POD submitted requests under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) to each military service branch seeking demographic information on military justice and disciplinary proceedings. POD received responses from four of the service branches, each of which provided data on service members' annual military justice and disciplinary involvement broken down by racial and ethnic demographics. This report analyzes this previously unpublished data to examine whether and to what extent there are racial and ethnic disparities within military disciplinary and justice systems. All FOIA responses can be seen in Appendix D, and the full details of POD's analysis and calculations are included in Appendices B and C. The data shows that, for every year reported and across all service branches, black service members were substantially more likely than white service members to face military justice or disciplinary action, and these disparities failed to improve or even increased in recent years. Depending on the service and type of disciplinary or justice action, black service members were at least 1.29 times and as much as 2.61 times more likely than white service members to have an action taken against them in an average year. Findings for other racial groups varied, with some evidence that non-black people of color may have higher military justice or disciplinary involvement than white service members. The primary exception was Asian service members, who appear to have lower military justice or disciplinary involvement. Details: Burlingame, CA ; Protect Out Defenders, 2017. 35p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://www.protectourdefenders.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Report_20.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Military Justice Shelf Number: 146094

Author: White, Elise Title: Navigating the Bail Payment System in New York City: Findings and Recommendations Summary: The use of money bail places a significant burden on indigent defendants and their families. When defendants cannot afford bail, research indicates that pretrial detention leads to a range of potentially deleterious outcomes, including an increased likelihood of a criminal conviction (and resulting collateral consequences); jail or prison sentences; and recidivism following release. Even for those who can afford bail, the often confusing and perplexing process of how to pay it adds another level of inconvenience for family members and friends-not to mention the prospect of delays and an increase in the time that defendants spend in pretrial detention. In New York City, bail can be paid at the courthouse following arraignment; at any subsequent court appearance, during visits with attorneys at court; at the Rikers Island jail complex; or at detention centers in the Bronx, Brooklyn, and Manhattan. Each of these facilities has its own policies and procedures that are often challenging to navigate, especially during a chaotic and difficult time for defendants' families and friends. In 2014, of the 48,816 disposed criminal cases in New York City in which bail of more than $1.00 was set at arraignment, in only 13.9% (6,798) were family or friends able to successfully navigate the bail payment system at the courts immediately following arraignment. In an additional 12.5% of cases (6,082), family or friends were able to pay bail sometime between the defendant's post-arraignment detention and their second court appearance. In other words, of the 12,880 cases involving family or friends who were capable of posting bail early in case processing (by the second court appearance), close to half (47.3%) of those defendants' family and friends were unable to post bail immediately after arraignment, prior to the defendants' removal from the courthouse. Ultimately, prior to eventual case disposition, bail was posted in 33,847 cases disposed in 2014, demonstrating that a large volume of individuals experiences the bail payment system each year. With funding from the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice (MOCJ), researchers at the Center for Court Innovation examined the current bail payment process both within the courts and at Department of Correction facilities, which include the Rikers Island jail complex and other borough-based detention centers. This report provides the findings, including a set of bail payment system maps and a set of recommendations that might lead to better outcomes. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2014 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Bail%20Payment%20in%20NYC.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 146096

Author: Traffic Injury Research Foundation Title: 2016 Annual Ignition Interlock Survey: United States Summary: The Traffic Injury Research Foundation USA, Inc. (TIRF USA) in partnership with the Association of Ignition Interlock Program Administrators (AIIPA) and TIRF in Canada conducted a national survey in 2016 of the number of installed and active ignition interlocks in the United States (U.S.). These data provide a comprehensive picture of interlock installations across the U.S. and are a useful benchmark for state ignition interlock program administrators and the impaired driving community to measure interlock usage and growth in interlock programs on an annual basis. Drunk driving fatalities decreased 51 percent from 1982 to 2015, but it seems progress has been eroded in recent years. According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), there were 1,089,171 DWI arrests in 2015. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) reported 10,265 alcohol-impaired driving fatalities in 2015 which accounted for 29% of total fatalities. This is a 3.2 percent increase from 2014, compared to an overall increase in fatalities of 7.2 percent (NHTSA 2016). Interlock programs have been proven to reduce impaired driving while the interlock is installed in the vehicle. Furthermore, interlocks are associated with a reduction in DWI deaths of up to 15% (see: Kaufman & Wiebe 2016; Lucas et al. 2016; Vanlaar et al. 2017; McGinty et al. 2017) and reductions in DWI recidivism (McCartt et al. 2013). Increasing program participation is paramount to reduce impaired driving fatalities and injuries. A NHTSA study of 28 state interlock programs revealed that there were eight interlock program components which may increase interlock use (Casanova Powell et al. 2016). The feature that was found to have the highest correlation with increasing interlock use was implementing a strong interlock requirement and/or incentive in legislation or policy. All states and the District of Columbia have some form of interlock law that includes either judicial discretion or an administrative requirement or a hybrid of the two. States are encouraged to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of their interlock programs. As a result, there have been several interlock law changes over the past few years. To illustrate, in 2014, Alabama, Mississippi, and Missouri passed a law requiring all DWI offenders to install an interlock. Indiana also passed legislation requiring ignition interlocks for repeat offenders, and to allow judges to order interlocks for first-time offenders. South Carolina passed Emma's Law, which requires all high-BAC (0.15) offenders to install an interlock. In 2015, Delaware, and Texas passed an all DWI offender law requiring an interlock. In addition, Kentucky strengthened its ignition interlock law which required an interlock for repeat offenders, high-BAC (0.15) first offenders and offenders who refuse a chemical alcohol test. In 2016, Vermont and Washington D.C. passed an all offender interlock law, and Maryland passed "Noah's law", an all offender law with a five-star rating from MADD (MADD 2017). Details: Hamden, CT: TIRF, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://tirf.us/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/TIRF-USA-Annual-Interlock-SurveyReport-19.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 146101

Author: Tosovic-Yamashiroya, Aleksandra Title: Overview of Post-Shooting Interventions with Chicago Police Officers: Suggestions for Intervention Improvements Summary: The work of a police officer involves frequent exposure to stressful and traumatic events. When it comes to the use of deadly force, many are impacted including those directly involved and their families, the law enforcement agency and often the whole community. Traumatic situations and the stress they produce have the potential of causing psychological harm, often exhibited in the form of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Essentially, a police shooting incident and its aftermath are among the most profound stressors for a police officer. This study gathered post-shooting intervention experiences of a sample of Chicago Police Department officers, in order to evaluate the effectiveness of post-shooting programmatic interventions. The findings announce an emerging new trend in police culture. Officers spoke to support received from family and friends as integral to their coping with post-shooting stress. Need for psycho-education on the potential psychological effects of a traumatic event among the police rank and file, more outreach, timely dissemination of services and support and services offered to family members of officers involved in shootings were identified by the officers. This study provides suggestions for future intervention improvements in post-shooting intervention programs within the law enforcement community. Details: Chicago: Chicago School of Professional Psychology, 2015. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/36/45/3645220.html Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Shootings Shelf Number: 146139

Author: Burnett, Jason Title: Exploring Elder Financial Exploitation Victimization: Identifying Unique Risk Profiles and Factors To Enhance Detection, Prevention and Intervention Summary: Statement of Purpose: Explore risk factors across the socioecological framework (i.e. individual, perpetrator and community-levels) to identify the most important factors that differentiate elder financial exploitation (FE) from other forms of abuse as well as pure FE from hybrid FE. Description of Research Subjects: Older adults 65 years and older with a confirmed case of abuse (i.e. financial exploitation, caregiver neglect, physical abuse, emotional abuse) by Texas Adult Protective Services between the years 2009 - 2014. Methods: Secondary data analysis of a 5�- year statewide aggregated cohort of Texas Adult Protective Services confirmed cases of abuse between the years 2009 - 2014. Case investigation data such as demographics, reported and confirmed abuse types, victim and perpetrator mental and physical health, substance use, social and financial factors along with community-level data (Geographic Information Systems) were analyzed. Supervised Learning, which provides a step-by-step statistical decision-making process was used to identify the most reliable, interpretive and predictive risk factor models. Training and test sampling was included for replication purposes. Results: Financially-based variables are the best predictors of FE versus other forms of abuse, but apparent injury appears to be the most important indicator of other forms of abuse even in the presence of FE. Hybrid FE may be strongly related to poorer outcomes compared to pure FE however, the most predictive model found negative effects of others, alcohol and substance use by others as well as foreclosure and inadequate medical supplies to be the most important predictors of hybrid FE. Models that accounted for less linearity between the variables resulted in greater accuracy in group classification indicating the need to account for complex interactions across the socio-ecological context. Conclusion: Different factors across the socio-ecological context are needed to reliably differentiate between elder FE and other forms of abuse as well as pure versus hybrid FE. These factors will also vary depending on the perspective one takes regarding the linearity of the interactions between the different factors. The findings provide support for the need to differentiate between types of abuse and subtypes of elder FE and the need for frontline workers and social service agencies and researchers to account for variables across the socio-ecological context when developing surveillance, intervention and prevention programs. Details: Houston: The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250756.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 146140

Author: U.S. Office of the Director of National Intellilgence Title: Domestic Approach to National Intelligence Summary: This publication comprises inputs from a broad array of participants representing elements of the U.S. Intelligence Community (IC) and its partners in the domestic field. We thank everyone involved for their time and valuable contributions. The process began with meetings and resulted in many conversations, drafts, revisions, and rounds of coordination with subject matter experts, lawyers, privacy and civil liberties officials, and senior leadership. Over time, we realized the topic is very complex and often characterized differently by the various participants and stakeholders, depending upon their vantage point and mission. Segments explaining the role of specific IC agencies and departments were written and provided by the entity itself. The Domestic Approach to National Intelligence describes the "as is," or current picture, of the operating environment for the IC's key engagements with federal, state, local, tribal, territorial, and private sector partners inside the United States. The next step-one that may be even more complex and challenging - is to move beyond the "as is" descriptions and work toward a vision of the "should be." Challenges aside, we owe it to the American people to strengthen the national security apparatus to best protect our citizens and their privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Director of National Intelligence, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=798173 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 146176

Author: U.S. National Institute of Corrections Title: A Framework for Pretrial Justice: Essential Elements of an Effective Pretrial System and Agency Summary: This document highlights the commitment of the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) to define and support evidence-based practices that improve decision-making at the pretrial stage of our criminal justice system, enhancing the safety of America's communities and fostering the fair administration of pretrial release and detention. With the release of A Framework for Pretrial Justice: Essential Elements of an Effective Pretrial System and Agency, NIC and its Pretrial Executive Network helps inform the discussion on bail reform and pretrial justice by presenting and defining the fundamentals of an effective pretrial system and the essential elements of a high functioning pretrial services agency. This publication presents and describes these essential elements - as well as the components of an evidence-based framework for improving pretrial outcomes nationwide. Bail determination is one of the most important decisions in criminal justice. Courts that make evidence-based decisions set the following as goals: (1) Protecting community safety; (2) Ensuring a defendant's return to court; (3) Basing release and detention decisions on an individual defendant's risk and the community's norms for liberty; [and] (4) Providing judicial officers with clear, legal options for appropriate pretrial release and detention decisions. A Framework for Pretrial Justice: Essential Elements of an Effective Pretrial System and Agency should serve as a guide for jurisdictions interested in improving their current pretrial systems. By presenting a framework of evidence-based and best practices, NIC supports the equally important concepts of pretrial justice and enhanced public safety in all of America's courts. Details: Washington, DC; NIC, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2017 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/Library/032831.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 146178

Author: Traub, Amy Title: The Steal: The Urgent Need to Combat Wage Theft in Retail Summary: Retailers put a great deal of resources into dealing with theft. They install security cameras, affix anti-theft tags to merchandise, and hire guards to protect stores. Signs warn that shoplifters will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. And yet another type of theft in the retail sector receives far less attention, even though it is equally, if not more pervasive in our economy: employers stealing pay they legally owe to their workforce. Details: New York: Demos, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://www.demos.org/sites/default/files/publications/The%20Steal%20-%20Retail%20Wage%20Theft.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 146180

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Federal Prisons at a Crossroads Summary: The number of people incarcerated in federal prisons has declined substantially in recent years. In fact, while most states enacted reforms to reduce their prison populations over the past decade, the federal prison system has downsized at twice the nationwide rate. But recently enacted policy changes at the Department of Justice (DOJ) and certain Congressional proposals appear poised to reverse this progress. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Federal-Prisons-at-a-Crossroads.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 146181

Author: Ramsey, Marlene M. Title: Police administrations' perception of effectiveness of degree and nondegree-holding subordinates Summary: Police officers have the authority to enforce the law and make split-second determinations whether or not applicable law should deny a person's freedom. Therefore, officers should possess the characteristics and ability to carry out responsibilities entrusted to the police position. An analysis of existing research suggests police officers who obtain a college degree are able to more effectively manage the requirements of the police position than their nondegree-holding counterparts. Previous studies focusing on perceptions of police effectiveness are greatly outdated and only measure the perceptions of line level officers and general police personnel rather than supervising officers. In an effort to overcome the aforementioned limitations, the research study examined police supervisors' perceptions on the value and impact of a college degree for police effectiveness. The research study utilized survey data collected from 150 police supervisors, with and without college degrees, from a medium-sized southwest Georgia police department. The data was collected utilizing a multifaceted instrument developed by Canadian researchers, Curt Griffiths and Chris Murphy, as presented in Scott, Evans, and Vermas's (2009) research. Each measure was based upon a 5-item Likert scale. Recommendations for future practice and policy related efforts were presented and discussed. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2012. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Dissertation: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1284156259?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 146185

Author: Deverge, Citlah Alexandra Title: Police education and training: A comparative analysis of law enforcement preparation in the United States and Canada. Summary: Police academy training for newly hired officers varies across locations and regions in regard to both training process and training content. The needs and demands of modern-day societies have evolved, and it is very important for police training academies to keep up with the practice of the police profession. Higher education adds value to police training as it reinforces the development of critical thinking skills and the necessary values needed to face the needs and demands of society, particularly in terms of accountability, professionalism, and legitimacy. This research presents a case study of two police training academies located in a Canadian urban province and in the Southern United States. These academies have been selected for the difference in the level of education required prior to attending initial police training at each academy. The aim of this project is to determine similarities and differences in police training orientations across locations, to assess whether required higher education impacts trainee self-efficacy and motivation to learn during initial police training, as well as to identify whether motivation and self-efficacy are differently affected across locations. Findings of this comparative case study present similarities among curricula orientations, and in the trainee self-reported motivation and self-efficacy levels. The effect of higher education on trainee motivation and self-efficacy during initial police training could not be accurately assessed. Details: Hattiesburg, MS: University of Southern Mississippi, 2016. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://aquila.usm.edu/masters_theses/265/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146186

Author: Sands, Gary P. Title: Invisible victims: The war on drugs in America's ghettos Summary: In 1971, the United States federal government, under the leadership of President Richard Nixon, declared war on urban crime and illegal drugs. The war has perpetuated and fed itself. Vast quantities of money and assets seized from individuals involved in the drug trade have funded a massive militarization of American police departments. Increasingly, African-Americans and predominately African-American neighborhoods have been targeted in the crackdowns on illegal narcotics. African-Americans have become significantly overrepresented in drug courts, jails, prisons, and parole systems as a result of the war. Urban African-American society has suffered social disorganization and a concentrated disadvantage due to the absence of jobs, absence of community services, and the forced removal of significant portions of the community due to mass incarceration. Drug prohibition has sparked violence in the African-American community much in the same ways that alcohol prohibition sparked violence in the 1920's. The drug war has failed to legislate morality any more effectively than did the vii Volstead Act. Every war has its invisible victims. The War on Drugs has made invisible victims of millions of African-Americans. Details: West Lafayette, IN: Purdue University, 2017. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://docs.lib.purdue.edu/dissertations/AAI10151635/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Related Violence Shelf Number: 146187

Author: Ball, W. David Title: Defunding State Prisons Summary: Local agencies drive criminal justice policy, but states pick up the tab for policy choices that result in state imprisonment. This distorts local policies and may actually contribute to increased state prison populations, since prison is effectively "free" to the local decision-makers who send inmates there. This Article looks directly at the source of the "correctional free lunch" problem and proposes to end state funding for prisons. States would, instead, reallocate money spent on prisons to localities to use as they see fit-on enforcement, treatment, or even per-capita prison usage. This would allow localities to retain their decision-making autonomy, but it would internalize the costs of those decisions. Details: Santa Clara, CA: Santa Clara Law, 2013. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.law.scu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1606&context=facpubs Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 146188

Author: Queen, Cecil R. Title: Effectiveness of Problem-Based Learning Strategies within Police Training Academies and Correlates with Licensing Exam Outcomes Summary: The training and education of police officers has recently come into question by many facets of the American general public and the mass media as well. Empirical research into the effects of police academy teaching methods is minimal. This study sought to assess the perceived effectiveness of problem-based learning (PBL) teaching strategies within police training academies in Michigan and sought to measure the effects of PBL strategies on the MCOLES Police Officer Licensing Examination mean scores in Michigan. A quantitative approach was utilized to compare the Michigan Police Officer Licensing Examination mean test scores between academies that formally adopted Problem-Based Learning (PBL) teaching strategies and police academies that have not formally adopted PBL (NPBL) teaching methods. Examination mean scores from official state records for a 16 year period (1999-2014) were statistically analyzed. The PBL trained police officers were found to have statistically significant higher scores overall on the licensing examination. In addition, the perceptions of 231 Michigan police officers on their academy experiences were collected using an electronic survey to study the effects of PBL and NPBL teaching methods. The officers opined on their levels of agreement regarding seven areas of their academy education: the level of the PBL instruction provided, their acquired problem-solving skills, their acquired critical thinking abilities, their acquired communication skills, their level of satisfaction of their academy classroom experiences, their beliefs that the education prepared them adequately to perform the requisite job tasks of a police officer in Michigan, and their overall satisfaction with their academy. The officers from the PBL police academy provided statistically significant higher levels of agreement than the NPBL academy officers in all seven areas. Comments on three open-ended questions were evaluated to discover common themes. The officers provided their observations on the areas that were most and least valuable during their academy training, along with recommendations for change. The police officers identified the key factors of their academy training to be the actual learning methodologies employed, their individual classes, and practical scenario exercises. Recommendations for academy directors, instructors, and curriculum development specialists are provided. Details: Kalamazoo, MI: Western Michigan University, 2016. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 15, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.wmich.edu/dissertations/1404/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146189

Author: Roberts, Darryl Spencer Title: A Quantitative Study of the Impact of California's Three-Strikes Sentencing Practices on Minority Offenders Summary: This study examined the effects of the California three-strikes law on the African American female population. Prior research has shown that the law has had a disproportionate effect on African American males, who were subject to higher rates of second and third strikes than other ethnic populations and whose proportion of the third strike population was 15% higher than their prison population. This study was the first of its kind to closely examine the impact of the law on African American females by looking at secondary data in the form of arrest rates in nine California counties in the Bay Area. Logistical regressions were performed to understand the likelihood of African American females being arrested over time relative to Whites, Latinas, and Other ethnicities. The findings were consistent with other research showing the disproportionate impact on the law to African Americans, especially nonviolent drug felons. African American females were arrested at higher rates after the law went into effect, and then, over time, their rates were reduced to a greater extent than other ethnicities. The results point to the targeting of the community in the immediate aftermath of the law�s implementation and the eventual effect of the law on sentencing African American females to longer periods of incarceration. While issues of race continue to be the central concern for race disparities within the criminal justice system, more research is needed to evaluate how gender may influence sentencing outcomes relative to California's three-strike law. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2016. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 15, 2017 at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Darryl_Roberts7/publication/310481367_A_QUANTITATIVE_STUDY_OF_THE_IMPACT_OF_CALIFORNIA'S_THREE-STRIKES_SENTENCING_PRACTICES_ON_MINORITY_OFFENDERS/links/582f7ff008aef19cb8156549.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 146191

Author: Smith, Tom W. Title: Gun Ownership in the United States: Measurement Issues and Trends Summary: Gun violence is a serious problem in the United States. In 2011, 478,400 violent crimes were committed with a firearm (Planty and Truman, 2013). While down dramatically since the 1990s, the rate of non-fatal firearm victimizations rose from 2008 to 2011. Firearms deaths from all causes (homicides, suicides, accidental, and undetermined) averaged over 31,000 annually in 2005-2011 (CDC WISQARS, 2013; Hoyert and Xu, 2012). Non-fatal gunshot injuries totaled 81,396 in 2012; a rise in the injury rate per 100,000 from 20.5 in 2002 to 25.9 in 2012 (CDC, 2013). Given the magnitude and seriousness of gun violence, it is important to have accurate and reliable information on the possession and use of firearms in the United States. This report examines one crucial element, the level of and trends in household and personal gun ownership. First, the report considers methodological issues concerning the measurement of gun ownership. Second, it examines trends in gun ownership. Third, it evaluates the nexus of these two factors, the impact of methodological issues on the measurement of trends gun ownership. Finally, it considers what ancillary trend data on crime, hunting, household size, and number of guns available suggest about trends in gun ownership. Details: Chicago: NORC at the University of Chicago, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: GSS Methodological Report No. 123: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://gss.norc.org/Documents/reports/methodological-reports/MR123%20Gun%20Ownership.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Ownersehip Shelf Number: 146197

Author: Smith, Tom W. Title: Trends in Gun Ownership in the United States, 1972-2014 Summary: The household ownership of firearms has declined in recent decades. Table 1 shows that the 31.0% of households reported having a firearm in 2014, essentially tying with 2010 for the lowest level of gun ownership in the last 40-some years. This is a decline of about 17 percentage points from the peak ownership years in 1977-1980. Similarly, Table 1 indicates that in 2010 and 2014 about 32% of adults lived households having firearms. This was a decline almost 19 percentage points from an average of 51.2% in 1976-1982. Based on an earlier analysis of those who refused to say whether or not there was a firearm in their household, the refusers were reallocated as probably living in a household with a firearm or not living in such a household. This allocation indicates that just under 35% of adults lived in a household with a firearm in both 2014 and 2010. This represents a decline of over 16 percentage point from the peak average of 51.1% in 1976-1982. Table 2 shows that in 2014 22.4% of adults personally owned a firearm. This is up slightly from a record low of 20.6% in 2010. There has been little change from 2006 to 2014. Personal ownership in 2014 is down 8.1 percentage points from a high of 30.5% in 1985. One of the main reasons for the decline in household firearm ownership is the decrease in the popularity of hunting (Table 3). In 2014, only 15.4% of adults lived in households in which they, their spouse, or both were hunters. This is the lowest level of hunters since the highest level of 31.6% adults being hunters or married to a hunter in 1977. In 2010-14, household firearms ownership was higher among households with white respondents (39.0%) than among those with black respondents (18.1%) (Table 4). Similarly, it was greater among non-Hispanics (36.0%) than among Hispanics (15.2%). Household gun ownership was greater for among respondents in household with higher incomes. As Table 4 indicates, it rose from 18.2% for households with income below $25,000 to 44.0% for those with ($90,000+). It was also low for households that refused to report income (243.5). This was because households that refused to supply income information were more likely to also refuse to report on firearm ownership. Adults living on households with firearms are concentrated in rural areas and in regions with more residents living in rural areas. As Table 4 shows, household firearms ownership was greatest in the East South Central region and smallest in the Pacific region and Northeast regions. Likewise, it was highest in counties with no town over 10,000 (55.9%) and lowest in the central cities of the largest 12 metropolitan areas (14.8%). Personal ownership of firearms has not appreciably change for women from 1980 through 2014. Between 9% and 14% of women personally owned a firearm during those years and there is no meaningful trend in the level of personal ownership. In 1980, 10.1% personally owned a firearm and in 2014 11.7% did. Men are much more likely to personally own a firearm than women are, but the gender gap has narrowed due to a decline in personal firearm ownership among men. In 1980, 50.3% of men and 10.1% of women reported personal firearm ownership for a gender gap to +40.2 percentage points (Table 5). In 2014, it was 35.1% for men and 11.7% for women for a gender gap of +23.4 points. This is the second smallest gender gap just above the 23.1 point difference in 2010. Personal firearms ownership used to vary very little across age cohorts. In 1980, 23.5% of those under 35 owned a firearm as did 27.4% of those 65+ for an age gap of + 3.9 points. Age differences increased over time, averaging about + 20 points in recent years. In 2014, personal firearms ownership was 14.0% for those under 35 and 30.4 % for those 65+ for an age gap of 16.4 points. Support for a law requiring a police permit before purchasing a firearm was between 69-75% in 1972- 1988 with no clear trend before moving up from 73.5% in 1988 to a peak of 81.9% in 1998 (Table 6). Support remained at 78-81% during 1989-2008 before slipping to a low of 71.7% in 2014, the lowest level since 1987. Thus, the gains in support in the late 1980s and 1990s have disappeared in recent years. Details: Chicago: NORC at the University of Chicago, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.norc.org/PDFs/GSS%20Reports/GSS_Trends%20in%20Gun%20Ownership_US_1972-2014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Ownership Shelf Number: 146196

Author: Dehart, Andrew Title: Chicago Homicides Completed with a Firearm from 1971 to 1993: A Lens of Social Disorganization Theory and Firearm Legislation Summary: Firearm legislation is a hotly debated topic in the light of recent mass shootings in Newtown, Connecticut and elsewhere. President Obama has introduced a firearm policy directed at curtailing firearm homicide. The literature on gun laws and their effect on crime are mixed. Some jurisdictions operate under strict firearm policies and others believe greater access to guns will deter potential criminals. This study uses social disorganization theory to test the effect of restrictive firearm policy in Chicago, Illinois from 1971 to 1993. In particular, this thesis seeks to determine the rate of firearm homicides in the eleven years prior to the 1982 gun ban in Chicago versus the eleven years following 1982. Furthermore, social disorganization theory is tested when comparing gun murders in gentrifying communities to different community area types from 1983 to 1993. The results suggest Chicago's 1982 ban may have lowered the city's firearm murder rate during the eleven years after the ban. Moreover, gentrifying communities, while sharing common characteristics of social disorganization theory, had a moderating impact on firearm homicides. The odd ratios from 1983 to 1993 Chicago gun murders increased in every community area type as compared to gentrifying neighborhoods. Details: Tyler, TX: University of Texas at Tyler, 2016. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.uttyler.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=crimjustice_grad Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Legislation Shelf Number: 146198

Author: McKitten, Rhonda Title: Where's the State? Creating and Implementing State Standards for Law Enforcement Interactions With Youth Summary: n professions where adults are in regular contact with children - such as health care, education, and day care - the state is heavily involved in setting and enforcing clear standards. Law enforcement officers are the gatekeepers for the justice system. They determine who is arrested, who is not, and who enters into the juvenile justice system and these decisions can dramatically and permanently alter a youth's educational and professional opportunities. Given the magnitude and long-term impact of encounters between youth and law enforcement, there is no reason why law enforcement agencies and officers are not subject to the same levels of accountability, training and guidance. Details: Cambridge MA: Strategies for Youth, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://strategiesforyouth.org/sfysite/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/SFY-Report_Where-Is-The-State_053117_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146200

Author: Jhi, Kyung Yon Title: Texan gangs in "da hood": The impact of actual and perceptual neighborhood contexts on gang membership Summary: Because gangs have been a chronic social problem in the United States, theorists have attempted to discover why people join gangs by using various approaches. One such approach is social disorganization theory that emphasizes the ecological factors including neighborhood contexts as important causes for gang membership. Based on the thesis of social disorganization theory, I explored what entices people to join gangs by analyzing prison gang survey data conducted by the Crime Victim Institute of Sam Houston State University. More specifically, neighborhood contexts were divided into two different concepts: (a) actual and (b) perceptual. Actual neighborhood represented the objective reality, whereas perceptual neighborhood contexts were defined as respondents' subjective perceptions toward their neighborhood contexts. Within these concepts, I also examined how neighborhood contexts influence gang membership and whether there was a difference in the impact between different neighborhood contexts. In addition, respondents were divided into the following four categories based upon the congruency of actual and perceptual neighborhood contexts: (a) positively congruent, (b) positively incongruent, (c) negatively incongruent, and (d) negatively congruent. The positively congruent group was defined as a category of respondents who had both good actual and perceptual neighborhood contexts. The positively incongruent category was defined as respondents who had good perceptual neighborhood contexts but bad actual neighborhood contexts. This category was "positive" because even with poor actual neighborhood conditions, respondents perceived of their neighborhood rather optimistically. Likewise, the negatively congruent and negatively incongruent categories were defined in the same manner. Thus, I explored whether membership in each category had a different influence on gang membership among the respondents which provided further insight into the discussion regarding the impact of actual and perceptual neighborhood contexts. An analysis of whether consistency between actual and perceptual neighborhood contexts or inconsistency especially in a pessimistic way (negatively congruent and negatively incongruent categories) influenced gang membership was conducted. Eventually, the findings contributed to the existing knowledge base on the etiology of gang membership. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2011. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/35/00/3500211.html Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146204

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Pot as Pretext: Marijuana, Race and the New Disorder in New York City Street Policing Summary: Although possession of small quantities of marijuana has been decriminalized in New York State since the late 1970s, arrests for marijuana possession in New York City have increased more than tenfold since the mid-1990s, and remain high more than ten years later. This rise has been a notable component of the City's "Order Maintenance Policing" strategy, designed to aggressively target low-level offenses, usually through street interdictions known as "Stop, Question, and Frisk" activity. The researchers analyzed data on 2.2 million stops and arrests carried out from 2004 to 2008, and identified significant racial disparities in the implementation of marijuana enforcement. The racial imbalance in marijuana enforcement in black neighborhoods suggest a "doubling down" of street-level policing in places already subject to heightened scrutiny in the search for weapons, a link which suggests that the policing of marijuana may be a pretext in the search for guns. However, the researchers show no significant relationship between marijuana enforcement activity and the likelihood of seizing firearms or other weapons. The racial skew, questionable constitutionality, and limited efficiency of marijuana enforcement in detecting serious crimes suggest that non-white New Yorkers bear a racial tax from contemporary policing strategy, a social cost not offset by any substantial observed benefits to public safety. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2010. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/Geller_and_Fagan_Pot_As_Pretext_July_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Decriminalization Shelf Number: 146208

Author: Berzofsky, Marcus Title: Police-Public Contact Survey: Assessment And Recommendations For Producing Trend Estimates After 2011 Questionnaire Redesign Summary: This research and development paper describes changes to the 2011 Police-Public Contact Survey (PPCS) and its impact on estimating trends. It details how the PPCS was redesigned in 2011 to better capture police-public contacts and characteristics of these encounters. A split-sample design was used to assess the extent to which apparent changes in rates, outcomes, and perceptions of contacts with police are a product of changes to the survey rather than actual changes in the rates over time. The report also discusses the adjustment factors that were created to allow for the examination of trends between 2002 and 2011. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Research and Development Series: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ppcsarpte11qr.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 146209

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Promoting the Economic Stability of Fathers with Histories of Incarceration. Activities and Lessons from Six Responsible Fatherhood Programs Summary: People return from incarceration with limited resources, accumulated debt, weak employment histories, and no means of supporting themselves financially (McLean and Thompson 2007; Visher, Debus, and Yahner 2008; Visher, Yahner, and La Vigne 2010). For many of these people, their ability to achieve economic stability in the community is exacerbated by other reentry challenges they might face that may preclude or hinder their ability to find and maintain employment (La Vigne and Kachnowski 2005; La Vigne, Shollenberger, and Debus 2009; La Vigne, Visher, and Castro 2004; Visher and Courtney 2007; Visher et al. 2004, Visher, Yahner, and La Vigne 2010). Adding to the importance of their achieving economic stability, the majority of people returning to their communities after incarceration also have minor children and/or family members who rely on them financially and emotionally (Fontaine et al. 2015; Glaze and Maruschak 2008). Furthermore, the communities where people with criminal justice histories are concentrated are often economically disadvantaged (Fontaine et al. 2015; Lynch and Sabol 2004; Rose and Clear 1998). Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89781/economic_stability_brief_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 146211

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Supporting Healthy Marriages among Fathers with Histories of Incarceration. Activities and Lessons from Six Responsible Fatherhood Programs Summary: Both the removal and release of a loved one because of incarceration are important stressors to a family unit. Aside from the emotional stress felt by the person actually experiencing incarceration, incarceration affects the family members left behind, including spouses, intimate partners, co-parents/caregivers, and children. Family members of the person incarcerated may have to deal with the loss of various forms of emotional and/or material support that the family member who is incarcerated provided, which is associated with several adverse consequences. Relative to their peers, children whose parents are incarcerated are more likely to experience economic hardship (Phillips et al. 2006), residential instability (Geller et al. 2009), academic difficulties (Parke and Clarke-Stewart 2003), and mental health and behavioral problems (Dannerbeck 2005; Murray and Farrington 2008; Murray, Farrington, and Sekol 2012; Wildeman 2010). As a result of the loss of support and other factors, episodes of major depression are more common among partners of incarcerated men (Wildeman, Schnittker, and Turney 2012), and feelings of grief surrounding the incarceration of a loved one can be particularly painful because of the stigma, shame, and disappointment of having a family member incarcerated (Arditti 2005; Fontaine et al. 2012). Once a person is released from incarceration, family members typically provide a range of resources to assist in their community reintegration, placing further stress on the family, who may already face resource limitations and have their own service needs (Fontaine et al. 2015; Shollenberger 2009). Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report #2017-03 Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89776/healthy_relationships_brief_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 146212

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Encouraging Responsible Parenting among fathers with Histories of Incarceration. Activities and Lessons from Six Responsible Fatherhood Programs Summary: The massive growth in incarceration rates in the United States has had significant consequences for families. Over the past four decades, incarceration rates have more than quadrupled (Travis, Western, and Redburn 2014). In 2007, the most recent year for which national statistics are available, an estimated 53 percent of the more than 1.5 million individuals incarcerated in state and federal prisons were parents of minor children (Glaze and Maruschak 2008). As of 2012, between 5 and 10 million children in the United States had lived with a parent who had been incarcerated at any point in the child's life (Murphey and Cooper 2015; Schirmer, Nellis, and Mauer 2009). Given that rates of incarceration are higher among nonwhites than whites, a higher percentage of minority children, particularly black children, have experienced parental incarceration in their life. Approximately 7 percent of all children in the United States have had a parent spend time in prison or jail, ranging from 6 percent of white children to nearly 12 percent of black children (Murphey and Cooper 2015). Similarly, children from economically disadvantaged families are more likely to experience parental incarceration than those from families of higher socioeconomic status (Murphey and Cooper 2015). Children left behind because of parental incarceration experience worse life outcomes relative to their peers, including economic hardship caused by the loss of a parent's income (Phillips et al. 2006), residential instability (Geller et al. 2009), academic difficulties (Parke and Clarke-Stewart 2003), mental health problems (Murray and Farrington 2008), and behavioral problems (Dannerbeck 2005; Murray, Farrington, and Sekol 2012; Wildeman 2010). Details: Washington, DC; Urban Institute, 2017. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report #2017-2: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89771/responsible_parenting_brief_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 146213

Author: Johnston, Jennifer Title: Mass Shootings and the Media Contagion Effect Summary: According to the latest FBI analysis, mass shootings in the United States have increased three-fold in just the last fifteen years (Blair & Schweit, 2014). Recent analyses of media coverage followed by copycat incidents indicate a media contagion effect (Garcia-Bernardo, et al., 2015; Towers, Gomez-Lievano, Khan, Mubayi, & Castillo-Chavez, 2015). Lankford (2014; 2015) and Meloy, Sheridan, and Hoffman (2008) found that most shooters desired fame and wished to emulate a previous mass shooter. Madfis (2014) suggests that rampage shooters, who are almost all White men in early adulthood seek power and dominance that they perceive is their right, but perceive they are being denied, for various reasons, by society. Profiles of shooters indicate that they are often socially isolated and suffer a pattern of ostracization or bullying, yet they tend toward narcissism (Fox & Delateur, 2013; Fox & Levin, 2013; Meloy, 2014). Many fantasize about revenge or murder, and that this type of fantasy is not unusual or "extreme." Buss's (2005) research indicates up to 90% of men fantasize about murder. What tips the scales from fantasy to reality? We would argue identification with prior mass shooters made famous by extensive media coverage, including names, faces, writings, and detailed accounts of their lives and backgrounds, is a more powerful push toward violence than mental health status or even access to guns. First proposed by Phillips (1983), the violent media contagion effect was largely ignored by criminologists and psychologists, but more recently the evidence of the power of copycat homicide is mounting. Computer models developed by mathematicians note that the events cluster in time and by region (Garcia-Bernardo et al., 2015; Towers, et al., 2015), according to mass and social media coverage. Also, as Phillips (1974) and Stack (2002) determined, celebrity suicides were followed by a sudden spike of suicides in the general population, so mass media agreed to cease reporting names and some details of suicides since 1994 (O'Carroll & Potter, 1994). Our symposium panel of leading experts on this topic will examine the magnitude of the mass shooting media contagion effect, with an aim to suggest guidelines to the media about how, and how much, to cover specific details about the shooters with the aim of preventing a portion of mass murder. Details: Silver City, NM: Western New Mexico University, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: https://www.apa.org/news/press/releases/2016/08/media-contagion-effect.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 146214

Author: Mollmann, Marianne Title: Neither Justice nor Treatment: Drug Courts in the United States Summary: There are more than 3,100 drug courts operating in the United States. But while the courts' proponents say they reduce recidivism for people with substance use disorders, critics say the system abuses due process, often mandates treatment for people who don't actually need it - people without drug dependence - and fails to provide quality care to many who do. Physicians for Human Rights (PHR) assessed the availability and quality of substance use disorder treatment through drug courts in three states - Florida, New Hampshire, and New York - and found major obstacles in all three states. Overall, PHR found that drug courts largely failed at providing treatment to those who truly needed it, and filled up limited treatment spaces with court-mandated patients who didn't always need the care. In many cases, court officials with no medical background mandated inappropriate treatment, or mandated treatment for people who didn't need it. In all cases, the functioning and mandate of the drug courts posed significant human rights concerns. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://physiciansforhumanrights.org/assets/misc/phr_drugcourts_report_singlepages.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 146217

Author: Phillips, Douglas Title: An Investigation of Police Brutality in News Media: Media Narratives and Narrative Icons as Argumentation and Communal Identity Summary: This dissertation explores the ways in which narratives about decisive events coalesce in news media discourse, and how they function rhetorically. Specifically, this study examines how journalists frame stories about police brutality, how those frames construct versions of public narratives, and how those narrative versions can be used in discourse about issues of civic concern such as support for new community policing policies or opposition to Florida's "Stand Your Ground" law. I show how journalists' choice of semantic frames (e.g., racism, police-community relations, or criminal justice) helps to shape readers' understanding of the events and contributes to the formation of a narrative icon, a word, name, or short phrase that, absent narrative detail, indexes particular versions of a broader cultural narrative. This research is motivated by questions about the reciprocity between prior knowledge, audience expectations, and public discourse, and how those combine to shape or reinforce cultural values and communal identities. To explore these questions, I draw on scholarship in narrative theory, frame semantics, inter-textual analysis, and argument. I analyze over 1,700 newspaper articles published in the Los Angeles Times, Los Angeles Sentinel, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, and New Pittsburgh Courier between 1991 and 2013 concerning incidents of police brutality, including Rodney King and Jonny Gammage, a Black man who died following a traffic stop in Pittsburgh, PA. My findings suggest three primary functions of narratives in news media discourse: as background information, as examples used to establish or illustrate a rule, or as points of comparison. For each of these functions, I consider how journalists' micro-linguistic choices frame the events in line with the values, concerns, and fears of readers. In that way, journalists suggest the most important story elements and thus perpetuate specific ways of thinking about incidents of police brutality. Moreover, as consistent references to specific story elements, these frames contribute to the formation of a narrative icon, which becomes rhetorically available for use in public arguments. In other words, journalists can interpolate the narrative versions indexed by the icon into unrelated stories using discursive constructions such as "the Rodney King incident." When this happens, readers are expected to fill in the missing narrative details by drawing on their background knowledge. The findings of this project have important implications for the study of media discourse, but their broader value lies in what they can tell us about how background knowledge takes shape and is used as a resource in public argument. In particular, critical appraisal of narrative icons suggests that readers are expected to access a trove of cultural knowledge to fully understand news stories and the sociocultural implications of the events described. In doing so, journalists and readers jointly construct and reinforce communal identities and establish credibility. Details: Pittsburgh: Carnegie Mellon University, 2016. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://repository.cmu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1761&context=dissertations Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Journalism Shelf Number: 146222

Author: Meares, Tracey Title: Programming Errors: Understanding the Constitutionality of Stop-and-Frisk as a Program, Not an Incident Summary: his Essay takes seriously the relevance of law enforcement effectiveness and the role of empiricism in understanding the constitutionality of the police practices at issue in the Floyd case and urban police practices more generally; it also recasts the debate a bit. A critical but obscured issue is the mismatch between the level of analysis at which the Supreme Court articulated the relevant test for constitutional justification of a stop-and-frisk in Terry v Ohio and the scale at which police today (and historically) engage in stop-and-frisk as a practice. To put this more succinctly, while the Court in Terry authorized police intervention in an individual incident-when the police officer possesses probable cause to believe that an armed individual is involved in a crime-in reality, stop-and-frisk typically is carried out by a police force en masse as a program. Although the constitutional framework is based on a one-off investigative incident, many of those who are stopped-the majority of them young men of color-do not experience the stops as one-off incidents. They experience them as a program to police them as a group, which is, of course, the reality. That is exactly what police agencies are doing. Fourth Amendment reasonableness must take this fact into account. I make an argument here about how we should approach this issue. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2015. 23p. Source: Faculty Scholarship Series. Paper 4921: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.law.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=5930&context=fss_papers Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 146226

Author: Kochel, Tammy Rinehard Title: Views By St Louis County Residents Regarding the Police and Public Responses to the Shooting of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri on August 9, 2014 Summary: In September and October 2014, trained interviewers from Southern Illinois University Carbondale spoke by phone with 389 people. 384 of these individuals are current residents of St. Louis County, MO that we previously had interviewed during 2012-2013, as part of a National Institute of Justice-funded study of hot spots policing. In order to be selected, residents had to reside in one of 71 hot spots of crime identified for that study. Thus, the sample is not representative of the county as a whole, but rather of high crime and disadvantaged communities in the County. Residents were predominantly African American (70%), had lower incomes, (48% made less than $25,000), were more likely to be single and never married (44%), and are disproportionately from the Northern part of the County. Residents we spoke to lived within .39 and 19.76 miles from the shooting incident. Five percent live within 1 mile, 25% live within 2 miles, half live within 4.38 miles, and 75% live within 5.45 miles of the location where Michael Brown was shot. Thus, these individuals live in close proximity to the initial incident and were undoubtedly experiencing the effects of the public and police response to the shooting. Table 1 below compares the sample to the residents of St Louis County overall. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=ccj_reports Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Hotspots Policing Shelf Number: 146227

Author: Farmer, Ashley K. Title: Copwatchers: citizen journalism and the changing police-community dynamic Summary: Recent high profile police-citizen encounters have highlighted how citizen journalism may shape public perceptions of police-community relations. Modern technological advances have enabled citizens to use cell phones to film and photograph the police, leading to increased awareness of police use of force. Controversial incidents have also led to a push for police officers to wear uniform body cameras. Given this is a new phenomenon, citizens recording the police has received little research attention. As such, this dissertation explores the motivations and reasons why citizens record the police, and how "copwatching" can change the dynamic of the police-community relationship. Through in-depth interviews with citizens and police officers, this study addresses why citizens record the police, law enforcement's response to being recorded in public, the implementation of body worn cameras as another tool of accountability, and the overall impact of citizen journalism. Results indicate that citizens record the police because of accessibility of devices, a desire for accountability and preventing misconduct, and passive resistance. In some instances, they have witnessed questionable acts and started filming as evidence. Citizens' previous personal and vicarious contacts with police were also influential, as some citizens maintained they would never record the police for fear of what may happen, based on their prior experiences. Police officers were overall accepting of citizens filming them unless it became distracting or individuals interfered. Importantly, the use of body worn cameras and citizen-generated recordings both have the ability to change officer and citizen attitudes and behaviors. Police officers question how it will affect their use of discretion, and note that citizens become more stubborn to follow orders when they are filming the police. The act of "copwatching" has become more individualized and widespread, changing the role of the citizen from passive observer to one that holds police accountable. Citizen recordings also alter perceptions of police legitimacy, especially in neighborhoods where there is already low trust in police. Ultimately the dynamic of the police-community relationship is changing because of citizen journalism, and becoming more publicized and adversarial via citizens challenging authority Details: Newark, DE:University of Delaware, 2016. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://udspace.udel.edu/bitstream/handle/19716/19904/2016_FarmerAshley_PhD.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146229

Author: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: The Truth About Suicide and Guns Summary: Nearly two-thirds of the 32,000 gun deaths in the United States are suicides, according to the latest data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Firearm suicides outnumber firearm homicides nearly two to one. Indeed, far more Americans die by turning a gun on themselves than at the hands of others. Firearms are the leading method of suicide, accounting for half of all suicide deaths. The reason is that guns are more lethal than other suicide methods. About 85 percent of suicide attempts with a gun are fatal, whereas only 2 percent of overdoses, the most widely used method in suicide attempts, end in death. Clearly, suicide method is a crucial factor in determining whether a suicide attempt will be fatal. Suicide attempts are often impulsive and triggered by an immediate crisis, such as the loss of a job or the breakup of a relationship. While most suicidal impulses are intense, they typically last only a short period of time. Intervention during this time of acute risk is critical. The vast majority-90 percent-of people who attempt suicide and survive do not go on to die by suicide. Suicide attempts with a gun, however, rarely afford a second chance. In addition to being highly lethal, firearms leave little opportunity for rescue or to halt mid-attempt. Limiting access to firearms increases the amount of time between a crisis and an individual's suicide attempt, giving the impulse an opportunity to pass. Research shows there is a clear connection between firearms in the home and an increased risk of suicide. People who live in a home with a gun are three times more likely to die by suicide than those without access. Within the United States, suicide rates, both overall and by firearm, are higher in places where household firearm ownership is more common. Firearms and suicide are inextricably linked, yet the two are rarely discussed in relation to each other. This report is an attempt to bridge that gap. It includes a synthesis of data and research from the CDC, academic journals, and a variety of other sources. A brief overview of the problem is given, followed by an examination of the relationship between firearm availability and suicide, a look at lethal means reduction as a strategy for suicide prevention, and finally, a discussion of several opportunities for prevention and promising practices. The goals of the report are the following: - Focusing much-needed attention on the problem of firearm suicide in the United States - Increasing understanding of the strong link between firearms and suicide - Heightening awareness of the increased risk for suicide associated with having a firearm in the home - Raising awareness that suicide can be prevented - Increasing awareness that limiting access to lethal suicide means, such as firearms and medications, can save lives We hope our report provides an important first step forward in bringing these two issues together and improving understanding of how we can work together to solve them. Details: Washington, DC: Brady Center, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: https://www.bradycampaign.org/sites/default/files/TruthAboutSuicideGuns.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 146230

Author: Vander Kooi, Gergory P. Title: Problem-Based Learning: an Attitudinal Study of Police Academy Students Summary: Policing strategies have gravitated toward a consensus paradigm model, commonly referred to as "community policing." This is a significant paradigm shift, yet most police academies continue to use traditional lecture-based pedagogical methods to train police officers. One possible alternative to passive lecture-based teaching is a more active problem-based learning. Problem-based methodologies consist of presenting ill-structured problems whereby an instructor facilitates and directs the students in active inquiry toward possible solutions for a specific problem. Details: Kalamazoo, MI: Western Michigan University, 2006. 195p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 17, 2017 at; http://scholarworks.wmich.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1961&context=dissertations Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146233

Author: Lettic, Stephen Title: Problem based learning (PBL) in police training: An evaluation of the recruit experience Summary: The training of law enforcement personnel has followed the traditional block-didactic format (i.e., pedagogical passive transfer of knowledge from teacher to student) since formal training was conducted in the early 1940s in the United States. This same model was replicated and used in several parts of the world to include Southern and South East East Asia. Research has shown that this traditional training was instructor-led and placed emphasis on memorization rather than problem-solving skills. Consequently, the traditional pedagogy of law enforcement training has not evolved to address the reality of today's complicated society and demands placed upon law enforcement to solve problems rather than "just answer calls for service" by the public. To address this shortcoming, Problem Based Learning (PBL) has been identified as a potential solution that can increase critical thinking and knowledge retention of police recruits as well as to be culturally adroit as to be effective in any geographic setting. This paper explored the results found when examining the recruit experience during the delivery of courses in three countries, the United States, Southern Asia and Southeast Asia, using PBL as a primary delivery method. Observations of the classroom experience in these countries and descriptions and comparisons of the learning environments are presented, as well as analysis of student experience, identifying achievements, and barriers implementing the constructivist philosophy of training through PBL. Results showed a positive experience in the Southern and South East Asian countries and neutral to negative satisfaction in the United States. Findings also include the need for instructor screening and training, preparation, constant feedback, and content reinforcement. This illuminating study will help curriculum developers and administrators improve PBL process and principles in the development of more competent and knowledgeable law enforcement personnel. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2015. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1738989821?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146234

Author: Powers, Edward Title: The Military's Role in Countering Violent Extremism: Repurposing Stability Operations Summary: Summary - Despite persistent counterterrorism (CT) operations, globally the threat of violent extremism (VE) is higher today than in August 2001. - Though it has effective CT capability, the U.S. military lacks a comprehensive strategy for countering and eliminating the drivers of VE. - Because unstable, fragile states provide gateways for violent extremist organizations to establish a territorial base and recruit, the Department of Defense should adopt a comprehensive counter (VE) strategy that complements reactive CT operations with preventative, proactive stability operations. - Stability operations as part of CVE strategy should be grounded in an understanding of local context that identifies and addresses the grievances that lead to VE. Such operations require close partnering with civil society organizations. Details: Washington, DC: United State Institute of Peace, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Peace Brief no. 225: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: https://www.usip.org/sites/default/files/2017-06/pb225-the-military-s-role-in-countering-violent-extremism.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Extremism Shelf Number: 146235

Author: Irvin-Erickson, Yasemin Title: A Neighborhood-Level Analysis of the Economic Impact of Gun Violence Summary: National conversations on the economic costs of gun violence tend to focus on the health care costs faced by victims, lost productivity, and the financial burden of gun-related health care, enforcement, and correctional supervision costs on taxpayers. Despite broad interest in estimating the economic costs of gun violence at the national and individual levels, these conversations rarely address the impact of gun violence on the health of local economies. We know little about how local economies respond to increased gun violence, especially sharp and sudden increases (or surges) in gun violence. Do surges in gun violence slow business growth and lower home values, homeownership rates, and credit scores in communities? How do increases in gun violence shape local economic health over time? To answer these important questions, we assembled and analyzed newly available business establishment and credit score data, as well as gunshot and sociodemographic data by census tract, for six cities: Baton Rouge, LA; Minneapolis, MN; Oakland, CA; Rochester, NY; San Francisco, CA; and Washington, DC. Police departments in four of these cities (Minneapolis, Oakland, San Francisco, and Washington, DC) provided gun homicide data. Baton Rouge gun homicide data were retrieved from the Parish of East Baton Rouge Open Data Portal. Gun homicide data were not available for Rochester. Because the gun violence data and economic indicators did not cover the same time period in all six cities, we examined the relationship between gun violence and local economic health differently in different cities, considering the availability of data for each city. Our findings demonstrate that surges in gun violence can significantly reduce the growth of new retail and service businesses and slow home value appreciation. Further, higher levels of neighborhood gun violence can be associated with fewer retail and service establishments and fewer new jobs. Higher levels of gun violence were also associated with lower home values, credit scores, and homeownership rates. We interviewed homeowners, renters, business owners, and representatives of neighborhood associations and other nonprofit organizations in these six cities to see how they perceive and respond to gun violence. Business owners said they were determined to not allow hardships caused by gun violence to put them out of business, but they also detailed the significant costs they incur (in both security expenses and lost revenue) to stay open. Respondents of all types noted that gun violence has led to certain types of retail and service businesses moving out of the areas where they live and work. Across the board, they shared that gun violence hurts housing prices and drives people to relocate from or avoid moving to affected neighborhoods. Homeowners, like business owners, are also financially affected by gun violence and may be compelled to invest in security technologies to protect themselves, their homes, and their families. The data and research findings from this study can lend a new, economically driven lens to responses to gun violence. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/90671/eigv_final_report_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 146237

Author: Bitney, K. Title: The Effectiveness of Reentry Programs for Incarcerated Persons: Findings Summary: The 2016 Washington State Legislature created the Statewide Reentry Council with the goals of reducing recidivism and improving other outcomes for people who return to the community after incarceration. This legislation also directed WSIPP to examine the effectiveness of reentry programs through a systematic review of the research literature. Using WSIPP's standardized procedures, we examined 59 programs to estimate their average effectiveness in reducing recidivism and improving other outcomes. In this report, we describe our meta-analytic and benefit-cost findings for these programs. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy , 2017. 28p; 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1667/Wsipp_The-Effectiveness-of-Reentry-Programs-for-Incarcerated-Persons-Findings-for-the-Washington-Statewide-Reentry-Council_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 146240

Author: Ward, Kristin Title: Measuring Excellence: Planning and Managing Evaluations of Law Enforcement Initiatives Summary: The primary purpose of this guide is to provide you with information for conducting and managing program evaluations in your law enforcement agency. However, during the needs assessment conducted to develop this guide, during which input was solicited from law enforcement personnel nationwide through focus groups and telephone interviews, it became clear that many police administrators and managers would benefit from an enhanced understanding of evaluation. From the needs assessment, five key factors arose that shaped the development of this guide: Many of you would benefit from exploring the value, importance, and potential uses of evaluation information - Chapter I: Why Evaluate? Many of you also would benefit from learning more about evaluation basics, so you could better manage and conduct a program evaluation - Chapter II: Key Concepts in Evaluation. In many law enforcement agencies, the person responsible for managing evaluation activities also conducts them - Chapter III: Conducting an Internal Evaluation. Law enforcement agencies around the country are conducting their own program evaluations of program processes, outcomes, and impacts. In addition, for large or complex community initiatives, law enforcement agencies are conducting external evaluations with the help of evaluation experts outside their department. Many of you could use tips on managing both types of evaluative endeavors - Chapter IV: Managing Evaluations. Law enforcement agencies are increasingly engaging in new types of evaluation methodologies, including participatory evaluations, collaborative evaluations, and performance measurement activities (i.e., monitoring and reporting program accomplishments) - Chapter V: Emerging Topics in Evaluation Management. This guide presents the basic concepts and guidance for planning, implementing, and managing an evaluation, including understanding evaluation concepts and activities. Where more information might be needed or desired, an appendix is provided with references to other, more detailed, sources. This guide is designed to help law enforcement agencies that plan to begin conducting evaluations as well as those that want to refine and improve their evaluation management techniques Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Community Oriented policing Services, 2007. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p129-pub.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 107797

Author: Vish, Jeff Title: Measuring Excellence: Planning and Managing Evaluations of Law Enforcement Initiatives Summary: Recommended Audience The recommended audience for this research project includes senior police executives, police trainers, state, city and county executives and legislators. This research examines the ways in which training programs differ for large and small police departments. Summary These studies found a difference between the amount of training new officers in large departments receive vs. the training that officers in small departments receive. Tins study shows that police training is not equal for new officers between large and small departments in terms of hours of training, the location of training, the number of FTOs available per officer, and the minim time officers are held on probation. Specific recommendations are made for changes in training and for future studies of this problem, by state. Literature Review A major impact on the state of police training was made by the Wickersham Commission in 1931. One of the findings of the commission was that 80 percent of police agencies provide no formalized training to their recruits and that this was especially a problem in smaller cities. The President's Commission on Law Enforcement and Administration, formed in 1967 to study the criminal justice system in light of civil unrest, made recommendations to improve training for new recruits that included formalized classroom training and the addition of Field Training Officer programs. The Commission for Law Enforcement Agencies (CALEA) was the first to offer a national standard for police agencies that included training standards. In 1983 they offered 45 recommendations to standardize and improve the level of training available to officers. Wilson and McLaren (1972) stated that training programs should provide a smooth transition between the classroom and the street. Goldstein (1977) found that police training would be improved if it found a way to realistically teach the required skill sets. Roberg (1976) found that police recruits should have at least a four-month "break-in period" following their police academies. Details: AIR FORCE INST OF TECH WRIGHT-PATTERSONAFB OH, 2000. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://oai.dtic.mil/oai/oai?verb=getRecord&metadataPrefix=html&identifier=ADA387261 Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146250

Author: Pope, Andrew Lee Title: A Study of Field Training Programs in the Ohio Valley Region Summary: Research on law enforcement's Field Training Programs, in the Ohio Valley, has been limited to date. Field Training Officers (FTOs) of six police departments, of different sizes, were interviewed to determine the nature of their field training programs and their roles in training new officers. Within each department, this study identified field training models and curricula. Responses were summarized and analyzed to determine which dimensions of effective training (Kaminsky, 2002) were utilized in each department's training program. Results show that each department had unique field training programs. Each department used different modifications of the San Jose Model of training. Details: Bowling Green, OH: College of Bowling Green, 2013. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: https://oatd.org/oatd/record?record=%22oai%5C%3Aetd.ohiolink.edu%5C%3Abgsu1363553281%22 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146251

Author: Donohue, John J., III Title: Right-to-Carry Laws and Violent Crime: A Comprehensive Assessment Using Panel Data and a State-Level Synthetic Controls Analysis Summary: The 2004 report of the National Research Council (NRC) on Firearms and Violence recognized that violent crime was higher in the post-passage period (relative to national crime patterns) for states adopting right-to-carry (RTC) concealed handgun laws, but because of model dependence the panel was unable to identify the true causal effect of these laws from the then-existing panel data evidence. This study uses 14 additional years of panel data (through 2014) capturing an additional 11 RTC adoptions and new statistical techniques to see if more convincing and robust conclusions can emerge. Our preferred panel data regression specification (the "DAW model") and the Brennan Center (BC) model, as well as other statistical models by Lott and Mustard (LM) and Moody and Marvell (MM) that had previously been offered as evidence of crime-reducing RTC laws, now consistently generate estimates showing RTC laws increase overall violent crime and/or murder when run on the most complete data. We then use the synthetic control approach of Alberto Abadie and Javier Gardeazabal (2003) to generate state-specific estimates of the impact of RTC laws on crime. Our major finding is that under all four specifications (DAW, BC, LM, and MM), RTC laws are associated with higher aggregate violent crime rates, and the size of the deleterious effects that are associated with the passage of RTC laws climbs over time. We estimate that the adoption of RTC laws substantially elevates violent crime rates, but seems to have no impact on property crime and murder rates. Ten years after the adoption of RTC laws, violent crime is estimated to be 13-15% percent higher than it would have been without the RTC law. Unlike the panel data setting, these results are not sensitive to the covariates included as predictors. The magnitude of the estimated increase in violent crime from RTC laws is substantial in that, using a consensus estimate for the elasticity of crime with respect to incarceration of .15, the average RTC state would have to double its prison population to counteract the RTC-induced increase in violent crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 23510: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23510.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Handguns Shelf Number: 146255

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey Title: Unequal and Unfair: New Jersey's War on Marijuana Users Summary: New Jersey's marijuana laws are failing us. Law enforcement has unsuccessfully tried for more than 80 years to arrest marijuana use out of existence, but support for making it legal is greater than it's ever been. Each year, New Jersey police make increasingly more marijuana possession arrests, yet the state has little to show for it. Prohibition has failed. It's time for common sense. New Jersey's arrest practices for marijuana possession illustrate the failure of marijuana enforcement. They have a devastating impact of aggressive, costly, racially disparate punishment for use of a drug that for adults is less dangerous than alcohol. For the first time ever, the analysis in this report takes a deep dive into New Jersey's marijuana possession arrest practices. What it finds is deeply troubling: New Jersey is making more arrests for marijuana possession than ever in a manner that is more racially disparate than ever. Indeed, our marijuana arrest problem is getting worse, not better. Key findings of the report include: - New Jersey is making more arrests for marijuana possession than ever before. In 2013, New Jersey law enforcement made 24,067 marijuana possession arrests, 26 percent more than in 2000, when police made 19,607 arrests. Between 2000 and 2013, New Jersey police made nearly 280,000 total marijuana possession arrests. - Police make a marijuana possession arrest in New Jersey on average every 22 minutes. This plays out with varying frequency around the state. Cape May was the county with the highest per capita arrest rate in 2013, and the 28th Legislative District, represented by Senator Ron Rice and Assembly members Ralph Caputo and Cleopatra Tucker, was the district with the highest per capita arrest rate that year. Seaside Park in Ocean County had the highest per capita arrest rate of any community in the state. - Racial disparities in New Jersey marijuana arrests are at an all-time high. The racial disparity in marijuana possession arrests reached an all-time high in 2013. That year, Black New Jerseyans were three times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession than whites, despite similar usage rates. In 2000, Blacks were 2.2 times more likely to be arrested than Whites, an increase of 34 percent. In 2013, Blacks were 11.3 times more likely to be arrested than whites in the 21st Legislative District. And in Point Pleasant Beach, Blacks were 31.8 times more likely to be arrested for marijuana possession than whites in 2013 - the highest racial disparity of any municipality included in the study. - New Jersey wastes more than $143 million per year to enforce our marijuana possession laws. Adding up the cost of police, courts, and corrections, New Jersey expends tremendous resources to implement and enforce marijuana prohibition. Indeed, throughout the past decade, New Jersey has spent more than $1 billion to enforce these laws. These are resources that could be invested in treatment, education, prevention, or other community needs. - Nine out of ten marijuana arrests are of users, not dealers. In 2013, marijuana possession arrests made up 88 percent of total marijuana arrests statewide. In other words, nearly nine out of 10 arrests made for marijuana were not of dealers or kingpins, but rather New Jerseyans who possessed the lowest amount counted by New Jersey law. In Monmouth County, this number reached 95 percent. It was 97 percent in the 8th Legislative District. In 14 New Jersey communities included in the study, 100 percent of arrests were for low-level possession in 2013. These findings are particularly troubling when one understands the potential collateral: jail, loss of one's job, a criminal record for at least three years, driver's license suspension, up to $1,255 in fines and fees, and potential consequences for one's immigration status, financial aid eligibility, access to public housing, and the ability to adopt children. Indeed, many New Jerseyans' lives have been disrupted or damaged by marijuana arrests. This report features but a few of them. In one, Lee, a Newarker in his late 40s, was home with his wife one evening and saw officers on their porch, looking for a suspect. He asked if they needed help, and the officers barged in, forcing Lee and his wife on the floor. Lee told officers that they had a small amount of marijuana - less than an ounce. They arrested him for marijuana possession, traumatizing him and his wife in the process. Details: Newark, NJ: ACLU, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: https://www.aclu-nj.org/files/6614/9744/1887/2017_06_14_mj_rpt.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 146258

Author: Lavoie, Kelly Ann Title: School Shootings and Moral Panics: Differences in Media Framing Based on Race, Class, and Socioeconomic Status Summary: Media coverage of school shooting incidents are constructed using various frames that differ depending on the race, class, and socioeconomic status of the victims, perpetrators, and their communities. Moral panics have arisen as a result of these frames, having been constructed to instigate fear and affect policy in ways that can have negative effects on both students in general and, in particular, minority students in urban schools. In this study, I analyzed the framing language used in news content, the demographic information of the schools in which shootings occurred, and the amount of coverage afforded to the incidents. This content analysis will observe television news broadcasts regarding school shootings from Fox News, CBS, NBC, ABC, and CNN, ranging from 1995 to 2014. Details: Bridgewater, MA: Bridgewater State University, 2015. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: http://vc.bridgew.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1123&context=honors_proj Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 146259

Author: Epstein, Rebecca Title: Gender and Trauma: Somatic Interventions for Girls in Juvenile Justice: Implications for Policy and Practice Summary: This report maps the ways in which trauma-informed, gender-responsive, and culturally competent yoga and mindfulness programs can address the short- and long-term impacts of trauma on girls in the juvenile justice system. The first of its kind, this report is based on two pilot programs conducted by the Center on Poverty and Inequality in residential programs for girls in Connecticut and Pennsylvania, as well as an extensive literature review and comprehensive interviews with experts in trauma-informed yoga programs across the country. Drawing from these resources, it seeks to inform policymakers, judges, juvenile justice facility administrators and staff, and others working with system-involved girls about the importance of viewing girls' trauma through a gendered and an intersectional lens. In addition, this report introduces trauma-informed, gender-responsive yoga as a somatic intervention that can significantly support the diverse mental and physical health needs of system-involved girls. Finally, it highlights key policy considerations and recommendations for those working with girls in the juvenile justice system to develop and scale-up somatic interventions. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, The Center on Poverty and Inequality, The Art of Yoga Project, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2965674 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Delinquents Shelf Number: 146268

Author: Glenn, Russell W. Title: Training the 21st Century Police Officer: Redefining Police Professionalism for the Los Angeles Police Department Summary: On June 15, 2001, the City of Los Angeles signed a consent decree with the United States Department of Justice. The consent decree is essentially a settlement agreement that aims to promote police integrity and prevent conduct that deprives persons of rights, privileges, or immunities secured or protected by the Constitution or laws of the United States. This study is the result of the mandate of one paragraph that requires an independent examination of police training in the areas of use of force, search and seizure, arrest procedures, community policing, and diversity awareness. The authors suggest that the first essential step to improving police training is to establish and communicate a common foundation for police performance - a redefined professionalism. The overarching recommendation is that the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) adopt a concept of police professionalism that incorporates the tenets of corporateness, responsibility, and expertise as the mechanism for guiding the development and execution of its training, to include training in the areas of use of force, search and seizure, arrest procedures, community policing, and diversity awareness. The five primary recommendations are Establish an LAPD lessons-learned program. Introduce and maintain consistently high quality throughout every aspect of LAPD training. Restructure the LAPD Training Group to allow the centralization of planning; instructor qualification, evaluation, and retention; and more efficient use of resources. Integrate elements of community-based policing and diversity awareness training models throughout LAPD training. Develop training on use of force, search and seizure, and arrest procedures that meets current standards of excellence. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2003. 278p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/monograph_reports/MR1745.html Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 90739

Author: Jensen, Elise Title: Community Perceptions of Youth Gang Activity: Results from Four Tribal Sites Summary: his study sought to document the nature and extent of youth gang involvement in Indian Country. Through interviews at four tribal sites, we identified three primary themes: the prevalence and characteristics of youth gangs; the prevention, intervention, and suppression strategies developed by tribes to counter them; and more general problems faced by tribal youth - such as substance use and suicidality - that may be more pressing to address than concerns over gang activity. Indeed, the study's findings suggest that previous accounts of gang activity among tribal youth may have been overstated. The report concludes with a set of recommendations for funders and those looking to conduct research in tribal settings. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Youth_Gang_Activity_Tribal_052517.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 146297

Author: Helfgott, Jacqueline B. Title: Evaluation of the Washington State Criminal Justice Training Commission's "Warriors to Guardians" Cultural Shift and Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) Training Summary: This report presents results from a research effort focused on training at the Washington State Criminal Justice Training Commission (WSCJTC) evaluating the impact of curriculum changes implemented as part of the warrior to guardian cultural shift including Crisis Intervention Training (CIT), Blue Courage Training, and Tactical Social Interaction training. The purpose of this project was to evaluate the effect of changes in the curriculum and environment at WSCJTC on officer attitudes and knowledge. This pilot project was intended to develop and administer an instrument to measure the impact of elements of the WSCJTC training curriculum, establish baseline measurements and construct validity for the survey instrument and method, and provide recommendations for longitudinal study of the impact of training. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2015. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: https://www.seattleu.edu/media/college-of-arts-and-sciences/departments/criminaljustice/documents/Helfgott-et-al_WSCJTC-Evaluation_FINALREPORT_WEB.docx8789.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Training Shelf Number: 146299

Author: Helfgott, Jacqueline B. Title: A Descriptive Evaluation of the Seattle Police Department's Crisis Intervention Team-Mental Health Partnership Pilot Project Summary: n October 2010 the Seattle Police Department (SPD) launched a 24-month Crisis Intervention Team (CIT)/Mental Health Professional (MHP) pilot program with funding from a 2009 Federal Justice Assistance Grant to establish a Crisis Intervention Response Team (CIRT) comprised of members of the CIT and licensed mental health professionals (MHPs) trained in crisis assessment, intervention, and resource referral. The Seattle Police Department's CIT was implemented in 1998 to improve police response in dealing with mentally ill individuals. CIT is operated by a sergeant and two officers assigned full-time to crisis intervention who spend their time following up on cases, working with mentally ill individuals to help them stay connected with social service agencies, and serving as a liaison between family members and the Seattle Mental Health Court. Now a nationally recognized program, the SPD CIT has provided 40-hour crisis intervention training for nearly 365 of the department's 1,296 officers, 256 0f whom are assigned to patrol (J. Fountain, Personal Communication, July 31, 2012). The purpose of the addition of the MHP and the development of the CIRT is to provide assistance to field officers when they encounter a person who may be experiencing a crisis resulting from mental illness or chemical dependency. The goal of the pilot program is to improve police response in situations involving mentally ill and chemically dependent individuals through specialized mental health provider response in the field. This response includes assessment and referral of individuals to community based resources which may better meet their housing, mental health, substance abuse and other needs, and avoiding the use of jail or hospital emergency rooms when appropriate. The MHPs take direction from the CIT sergeant and work in collaboration with a sworn officer/partner to exercise their professional discretion in day-to-day contacts with street-level mental health and chemical dependency problems. The goal of the CIRT pilot evaluation is to describe the value added by the MHP in police encounters with persons with mental illness (PwMI), as well as the effectiveness of the CIRT program with regard to the role and function of the MHP. To date, very few jurisdictions have implemented similar programs partnering law enforcement with mental health providers. The current state of knowledge about crisis intervention teams in law enforcement and partnerships with mental health professionals is primarily anecdotal in nature. This evaluation is incident-based and descriptive in nature. Results provide valuable information to assist the SPD in determining the benefits of the CIRT program and in making resource decisions about law enforcement/mental health partnerships. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University, .Criminal Justice Department, 2012. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: https://www.seattleu.edu/media/college-of-arts-and-sciences/departments/criminaljustice/documents/HELFGOTT-HICKMAN_CIRT_FINALREPORT.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 146300

Author: Helfgott, Jacqueline B. Title: Process Evaluation of the Seattle Police Department's IF Project Summary: This document reports results from a one-year process evaluation of the Seattle Police Department's IF Project conducted September 2012 - June 2013. The IF project is a crime reduction and crime prevention program coordinated by the Seattle Police Department Community Outreach Unit that includes programmatic components that bridge law enforcement, corrections, juvenile justice, truancy programs, schools, and community agencies. The core component of the IF Project is a prison-based writing workshop in which inmates are posed the question: "If there was something someone could have said or done to change the path that led you here, what would it have been?" Additional programmatic components involve a monthly prison-based informational topic presentation and writing workshops in schools, courts, and juvenile justice facilities, and a recent expansion of the program to reentry assistance. The youth writing workshops involve Detective Bogucki and formerly incarcerated IF Project staff members who share their experiences and pose the IF question to youth followed by Q&A, breakout sessions, and resource referrals to help the youth with specific issues they are facing addressed in their written response to the question for the purpose of crime prevention. The IF project has received national media attention and it has been replicated in juvenile and adult correctional facilities and schools around the country. A comprehensive evaluation of the IF Project has not been conducted. A process evaluation of the truancy component of the IF Project was previously conducted by University of Washington researchers in 2012 (Walker, Trupin, & Guthrie, 2012); however, the study only examined the truancy portion of the IF Project involving 75 youth over a 6-month period. The one-year process evaluation was designed for the purpose of developing a comprehensive evaluation plan including developing an IF Project "tool-kit" describing the program structure, components and content, and conducting a pilot evaluation to pretest tools and methods to determine the appropriate research design and methodology for a future comprehensive evaluation. The evaluation involved developing and compiling program materials, administering pilot pre/post surveys, conducting observations analysis and conducting focus groups with incarcerated individuals in the Washington State Department of Corrections, juveniles incarcerated in King, Snohomish, and Skagit Counties, and youth attending schools in the Seattle Public School District. Evaluation measures were developed to investigate the extent to which the IF Project is achieving its intended goals -- to identify the needs of program participants, promote prosocial behavior, and prevent crime. On an applied level, the IF Project process evaluation offers empirical evidence that can be utilized by the Seattle Police Department Community Outreach Unit, IF Project staff, and other stakeholders to inform future development and implementation of IF Project components and replications of the IF Project in other regions. The process evaluation also includes a content analysis of the essays written in the workshops conducted for youth and adult incarcerated populations collected since the program began in 2010. Analysis of the IF Project essays extends and contributes to scholarship on general theories of crime (Agnew, 2005; Gottfredson & Hirschi, 1990; Tittle, 1993), trajectories of offending (e.g., Farrington, 2003; Laub & Sampson, 2006; Moffitt, 1993; Walters, 1990), and factors and individual-environment interactions influencing criminal behavior patterns (Helfgott, 2008; Horney, 2006; Robinson & Beaver, 2009; Thornberry, 1987) by identifying structural and social factors which condition individuals' varied life paths and opportunities for desistance from crime. The content analysis of the IF Project essays was included in the analysis as a measure of both IF Project process and outcome. While essay-writing is a major component of the program and a mechanism by which the IF Project participants are challenged to examine the path that led them to crime, essay writing and themes addressed can also be seen as a measure of success. For example, some IF Project participants are Lifers who may never be released. For these individuals, the act of writing down their thoughts and feelings regarding the factors that contributed to their path can be seen as a step toward healing and "mature coping" (Johnson, 2001, p. 83) that has potential benefits in terms of creating opportunities for constructive and pro-social adaptation to the prison environment. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University, Criminal Justice Department, 2014. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: https://www.seattleu.edu/media/college-of-arts-and-sciences/departments/criminaljustice/documents/IF-PROJECT-EVALUATION-FINAL-REPORT_Helfgott-Sumner-Gunnison-Collins-Rice-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146301

Author: Parkin, William S. Title: Yesler Terrace Public Safety Assessment Summary: This document details the development of a public safety assessment and pamphlet for the Yesler Terrace neighborhood. The data collection efforts culminate in the Informing Public Safety Issues in Yesler Terrace section, which outlines the top public safety issues in the neighborhood identified by the community and supported by official data. In addition to identifying the top public safety issues for the community, it also identifies the next steps in what members of the community should take ownership of the problem and work collaboratively to begin addressing these issues. In addition, we identify key community stakeholders and detail possible solutions to theses issues. Although this document goes into detail about the data collection methodologies and presenting the results of the analyses, this section is most important as it lists the public safety issues that are important to both the Yesler Terrace community and the Seattle Housing Authority. Yesler Terrace is a diverse, public housing complex located in Seattle, Washington. It borders the neighborhoods of First Hill to its north, the Central District to its east, the International District to its south and west, and Pioneer Square to its west. Yesler Terrace is part of the Choice Neighborhoods program sponsored by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. As part of Choice Neighborhoods, Yesler Terrace is currently being redeveloped. Single-family townhomes will be replaced by low and midrise housing complexes that will be managed by the Seattle Housing Authority. Additional, market value housing will be built and managed by private companies, increasing the population of the neighborhood and transitioning it from solely low income to mixed income residents. During the redevelopment, a new city park will be completed, additional public transportation will be routed through the neighborhood, and a redesign of several major thoroughfares within the neighborhood will take place. The research team was cognizant of the changes occurring, and which will continue to occur, in Yesler Terrace as we assessed public safety in the community. Due to these changes, some of the public safety issues identified by the Yesler Terrace residents in the fall of 2014 may not be the same public safety issues of concern next year. It is important for the Seattle Housing Authority and the Yesler Terrace community to continue their relationship with Seattle University and other community partners to update the plan. An additional purpose of this document is to provide enough detail so that the methodology can be replicated in the future. As stated, the changes in the neighborhood could bring with them new public safety issues and it is important for the community to stay aware of potential problems and make efforts to address them. To make this possible, this document presents detailed information about each key source of data, as well as each related research method (e.g. focus groups, observational data collection, crime data, etc.). Research designs for each data source are provided, including how data were collected, and finally, how the data were analyzed. In addition, we conducted literature reviews of practical criminological research studies and methods, such as crime prevention through environmental design and situational crime prevention. How these methodologies can be utilized for addressing public safety issues in the Yesler Terrace community are also discussed. As Yesler Terrace and the surrounding neighborhood change, so will the best ways to assess public safety, however this and future iterations of this document are an excellent starting point for beginning these assessments. This assessment begins with the presentation of the methodology and results from the focus groups of community members and interviews of key stakeholders. The next section outlines the community survey, which we administered to residents of Yesler Terrace, asking for feedback on topics such as victimization experiences, attitudes toward law enforcement, and community cohesion. The final data collection effort was the collection of 9-1-1 incident response data. An analysis of the frequency and nature of these calls allowed for the identification of temporal and geographic patterns within the community and a comparison of these patterns to areas outside of Yesler Terrace. In addition to the data collection and analysis, we also summarized pertinent research, such as crime prevention through environmental design techniques, which are relevant for addressing public safety concerns. The section on informing public safety issues in Yesler Terrace is the culmination of the rest of the report. Future assessments should focus on the replication of the data collection efforts to fully understand the public safety concerns of the Yesler Terrace residents, before completing this section and disseminating the pamphlet to the community. It is also important for the Seattle Housing Authority and the Yesler Terrace community to view the Yesler Terrace Public Safety Pamphlet as a dynamic document in need of updating. There are multiple appendices included with this document, including public safety and emergency contact information, possible avenues for future public safety funding, and the completed public safety pamphlet. All of these sections can be utilized and updated for future public safety assessments. Although some portions of the document may be too expensive to replicate annually, emergency contact information, public safety resource lists, and a basic analysis of incident response data are not cost prohibitive. With minimal effort, the Seattle Housing Authority and its partners can make sure that the Yesler Terrace residents have access to the most up-to-date and relevant information needed to assist them in positively impacting the safety of their neighborhood. As the redevelopment continues, and the neighborhood is restructured, a collaborative effort to assess and address community public safety concerns will help make sure the changes at Yesler Terrace do not negatively impact the safety and well-being of those living there. The main data collection efforts for the identification of the top public safety issues at Yesler Terrace were community focus groups, a community survey, and an analysis of the 9-1-1 incident response data that are publicly accessible from the city of Seattle. Through the analysis of the data collected, the research group was able to identify the primary issues of concern to Yesler Terrace residents. Prior research on crime reduction and safety improvement techniques were then utilized, along with input from the residents and other community stakeholders, to identify potential methods for addressing these concerns. Importantly, we do not prescribe definitive solutions to each issue, as it is important for the community to consider the pros and cons of various approaches and have a say in how to address the public safety issues they identified. We also discuss how the community and the Seattle Housing Authority can determine whether there have been positive changes in the safety issues discussed. This public safety plan also presents the results of the research effort, starting with the methodology and data collection and ending with the outline of the public safety pamphlet. The public safety pamphlet is the main conduit for communicating the public safety issues to the community, providing them with an overview of the concerns they identified in focus groups and surveys, and possible solutions continuing to guarantee that Yesler Terrace is a safe community. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle University, College of Arts and Sciences, 2014. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: https://www.seattleu.edu/media/college-of-arts-and-sciences/departments/criminaljustice/documents/Public-Safety-Assessment.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 146302

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Gang Violence: The Police Role in Developing Community-Wide Solutions Summary: More than 75 percent of police agencies cite "gang activity" as the top factor contributing to violent crime in their communities. To explore the impact of gangs on policing efforts, PERF embarked on a project in early 2009 to identify trends and changes in the nature of the gang problem in U.S. cities, the impact of international influences on local gang problems, and effective strategies for dealing with gangs. The first step was a survey, sent out in April, 2009, which asked agencies to detail the gang crime they were seeing in their jurisdictions and to identify innovative anti-gang initiatives and strategies that they have implemented to combat gang violence. The results confirmed the importance of this issue: 70 percent of our respondents had witnessed an increase in gang membership over the past two years, and 60 percent reported an increase in multi-jurisdictional gang-related crimes over that same time span. To facilitate a productive, open discussion of gang issues, PERF partnered with Motorola, the National Institute of Justice, the Chicago Police Department, and the University of Illinois at Chicago to host "Policing Gangs: An International Summit for Police Executives" in Chicago in May 2009. More than 150 members of the law enforcement and academic communities came together from across the world to share information about the changing dynamics of gang activity and to discuss how to combat the problem most effectively. This report summarizes the findings of the PERF survey and Summit, which are part of the "Critical Issues in Policing Series" supported by Motorola. The report provides the insights of law enforcement executives and academics, offering domestic and international perspectives on gang activity. A consensus emerged that the most effective approach to reducing gang activity is to develop a comprehensive strategy that extends beyond law enforcement, including elements to prevent juveniles from joining gangs and efforts to intervene and "rescue" youths who have some experience with gangs, to the extent possible. Police agencies must be active in soliciting the support and partnership of other criminal justice agencies, the juvenile justice system, and community organizations. Only through sharing "ownership" of the problem with a broad range of people can police address the gang problem at its roots. PERF will continue to monitor trends in gang activity and enforcement and will use the information provided by police executives in this report as a springboard for future research ideas. Details: Washington, DC; PERF, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/gang%20violence%20-%20the%20police%20role%20in%20developing%20community-wide%20solutions.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 130805

Author: Perry, Lee R. Title: Twenty-First Century Police Training: Recruits' Problem-Solving Skills Following Scenario-Based Training Summary: In response to the diverse requirements of 21st-century police work and the increasing emphasis on community-policing philosophy, the Los Angeles Police Department has implemented changes within its academy curricula and methods of instruction, including the use of adult-learning concepts, a community policing problem-solving model known as Clients, Analyzing and Acquiring Information, Partnerships, Response, Assessment (CAPRA), and the use of scenario-based learning and simulation activities. The present study examined the inter-rater reliability of the Recruit Problem Solving Measure (RPSM), a measure developed to assess recruits' use of the CAPRA problem-solving model when responding to a written domestic violence scenario. The current study also examined the degree to which recruits' RPSM scores were related to their final academy grades and the degree to which recruits' demographics (i.e., gender, marital status, ethnicity, education, prior law enforcement experience, and prior military experience) were related to their total RPSM scores. 1786 recruits from the LAPD training academy participated in the study, including recruits from both the traditional, lecture-based academy and a revised community-oriented and problem-based training model. Inter-rater reliability was measured via intra-class correlation (ICC) using a two-way, mixed models design with absolute agreement and a weighted mean to measure the variance between raters. Overall, results indicated that the RPSM possesses strong infra-rater reliability for four of the five domains, although one domain could not be assessed due to insufficient variability. Recruits' total RPSM scores were not significantly related to their final academy grades. A small positive relation existed between gender and RPSM total scores, with higher RPSM scores being associated with female recruits, and a small positive relation existed between education and RPSM total scores. Significant main effects were shown for education and ethnicity, although their effect sizes were small. Results suggest that the RPSM shows strong intra-rater variability overall and may be useful in providing a unique method of assessing police recruits' training, although further research may be beneficial to better understand the impact of several demographic variables on RPSM scores. This study also highlights the need for future comparisons between recruits' RPSM scores and other behaviorally based methods of evaluating preparedness and professional competency. Details: Pasadena, CA: Fuller Theological Seminary, 2011. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1170487983?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 146305

Author: Grisso, Thomas Title: Assuring the Future of Developmental Reform in Juvenile Justice. Recommendations of the Fourth Wave Forecasting Project Summary: The mid-1990s saw the beginning of resistance to the punitive reform in juvenile justice that had gripped the nation for about ten years. A new perspective on juvenile justice arose, acknowledging that adolescents needed a different response to their offending than for adults. The reform proposed that a developmental approach, consistent with adolescents' relative immaturity, would offer better prospects for youth and public safety. During the ensuing twenty years, this developmental reform took hold nationwide and began changing the face of juvenile justice. Lessons of history tell us that policy reforms require maintenance. They may be robust initially but meet changing times that challenge their continuance. Sometimes they have inherent vulnerabilities. What are the future challenges to the recent developmental reform in juvenile justice? How can it best be sustained? Details: s.l.: Models for Change, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.modelsforchange.net/publications/856 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 146307

Author: Grawert, Ames C. Title: A Federal Agenda to Reduce Mass Incarceration Summary: This report sets forth an affirmative agenda to end mass incarceration and reform our criminal justice system. Bipartisan momentum has been growing for years. We must keep it going. The United States has less than five percent of the world's population, but nearly one quarter of its prisoners. Mass incarceration contributes significantly to the American poverty rate. Conservatives, progressives, and law enforcement leaders now agree that the country must reduce its prison population, and that it can do so without jeopardizing public safety. In the last decade, 27 states have led the way, cutting crime and imprisonment together. Of course, because 87 percent of prisoners are housed in state facilities, changes to state and local law are necessary. But history proves that decisions made in Washington affect the whole criminal justice system, for better or worse. Federal funding drives state policy, and helped create our current crisis of mass incarceration. And the federal government sets the national tone, which is critical to increasing public support and national momentum for change. Without a strong national movement, the bold reforms needed at the state and local level cannot emerge. In a divisive political environment, it is tempting to assume that progress toward federal reform is impossible. But even today, the need to confront problems in the way we arrest, prosecute, and incarcerate remains a rare point of trans-partisan agreement. Republican and Democratic Congressional leaders alike acknowledge that unnecessarily long federal prison sentences continue to impede rehabilitation, driving recidivism and economic inequality. And according to a new poll from the Charles Koch Institute, 81 percent of Trump voters believe criminal justice reform is a "very important" or "somewhat important" issue. More than half know someone who is in or has been to prison. Even with broad public support, addressing the problems in our criminal justice system will not be easy. For the last eight years, the White House and Justice Department supported this important work. But Attorney General Jeff Sessions appears opposed to efforts to reduce unnecessarily harsh charging and sentencing. While President Donald Trump's own views remain unclear, key advisers such as Vice President Mike Pence, senior adviser Jared Kushner, and Gov. Chris Christie all support efforts to reduce imprisonment. To help bridge that divide, this report offers solutions that would keep crime rates low and show support for law enforcement, while reducing mass incarceration. The strongest of these policies require congressional action. Others could be implemented by a sympathetic administration. Taken together, these policies form the core of a national agenda for federal leaders to make our country safer and fairer. They also serve as models for state and local action. Legislation End the Federal Subsidization of Mass Incarceration: Federal grants help shape criminal justice policy at the state and local levels. For decades, these grants have subsidized the growth of incarceration. For example, the 1994 Crime Bill offered states $9 billion in funding to build more prisons. Today, $8.4 billion in federal criminal justice grants flow from Washington annually, largely on autopilot, encouraging more arrests, prosecution, and incarceration. To bring accountability to this flow, Congress can pass a "Reverse Mass Incarceration Act" that would dedicate $20 billion over 10 years to states that reduce both crime and incarceration. This would spur state and local action across the country. End Federal Incarceration for Lower-Level Crimes: Our criminal justice system relies heavily on prison, using it as the default punishment for most crimes. But research has shown that unnecessary incarceration is costly and ineffective at preventing recidivism and promoting rehabilitation. Early estimates show that approximately 49 percent of the federal prison population is likely incarcerated without an adequate public safety reason. Congress can pass legislation to eliminate prison terms for lower-level offenses and shorten prison terms for other crimes. In doing so, it can safely, significantly cut the prison population, saving around $28 billion over 10 years, enough to fund a Reverse Mass Incarceration Act. Institute a Police Corps Program to Modernize Law Enforcement: The country faces a national crisis in policing. Some believe that overly-zealous enforcement has reached a breaking point. Others believe police are not adequately funded or supported. All can agree that something needs to change. To advance a twenty-first century police force, Congress can allocate $40 billion over five years to recruit new officers and train them in modern policing tactics focused on crime prevention, as well as techniques to reduce unnecessary arrests, uses of force, and incarceration. Enact Sentencing Reform: While lawmakers should aspire to the bold changes to federal sentencing described above, Congress can start with a milder first step: reintroducing and passing the Sentencing Reform and Corrections Act of 2015. This proposal would cautiously reduce prison sentences for some nonviolent crimes. A bipartisan group of senators, led by Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) and Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), have already committed to reintroducing the bill this session. The White House has expressed cautious support. Executive Action Redirect Federal Grants Away from Mass Incarceration: Since many of the harmful incentives in federal criminal justice grants are written into law, truly ending the federal subsidization of mass incarceration will take congressional action, as laid out above. But the Justice Department can take the first step, by changing performance measures for grants to reward states that use federal funds to reduce both crime and incarceration. Institute New Goals for Federal Prosecutors: The Justice Department should ensure that scarce federal criminal justice resources are focused on the most serious crimes, and evaluate U.S. Attorneys nationally based on their ability to decrease both crime and incarceration. Commute Sentences to Retroactively Apply the Fair Sentencing Act: In 2010, Republicans and Democrats joined together to pass legislation to reduce the disparity between crack and powder cocaine crimes as the drugs are scientifically equivalent. But more than 4,000 federal prisoners remain incarcerated under outdated drug laws. Future presidents can bring justice to these prisoners by identifying clemency petitions meeting certain criteria, fast-tracking them for review, and granting clemency. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 146308

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Winslow, AZ Police Department Review and Assessment: Final Report Summary: In July 2016, the City of Winslow, Arizona commissioned the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) to conduct an organizational review of the Winslow Police Department (WPD). PERF's review was broad in scope and examined WPD's policies and practices across a variety of areas, including officer training, resource deployment, internal leadership and communication, agency transparency and accountability, use-of-force tactics and training, and engagement with the community. Although the request for this review was made in the wake of a March 2016 shooting incident involving a WPD officer, the purpose of this study was not to investigate that or any other specific incident. Instead, PERF was asked to perform a broad assessment of WPD's overall policies, practices, and organizational structure, with the goal of assisting the department as it strives to improve the delivery of police services and meet the needs of the community. WPD's desire to improve these areas is in line with recommendation 1.3 of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing, which states that law enforcement agencies should establish a culture of transparency and accountability in order to build public trust and legitimacy. WPD has already taken several important steps towards making positive changes within the department. For example, in 2016 Winslow City Manager Stephen Pauken brought in Chris Vasquez, a retired police chief and sheriff, to serve as WPD's Interim Police Director. Under Mr. Vasquez's leadership, WPD has begun implementing an array of reforms to its policies and practices. Throughout the duration of this project, PERF found that WPD personnel, Winslow city officials, and community members were supportive and dedicated to working together as they move forward. Overall, the members of the WPD demonstrated a strong commitment to their work, and the recommendations in this report aim to ensure that WPD personnel will have the support, guidance, and tools they need to better serve the City of Winslow. Details: Washington, DC; PERF, 2017. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.winslowaz.gov/city-documents/4578464666 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146312

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The "Crime Gun Intelligence Center" Model: Case Studies of the Denver, Milwaukee, and Chicago Approaches to Investigating Gun Crime Summary: The last two years have seen dramatic spikes in homicides and other violent crimes in many U.S. cities. Among the more than fve dozen large jurisdictions surveyed by the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA), homicides rose 15.6% in 2015 and another 9.8% in 2016. And while much of the overall increase can be attributed to a few cities, the fact remains that homicides rose in nearly two-thirds of the jurisdictions the MCCA surveyed over the last two years. There is one common element in almost all of these cities: much of the recent increase in violent crime is being driven by increases in gun crime. As this report documents, not only did the total number of homicides in the U.S. rise between 2010 and 2015; the percentage of homicides committed with a frearm also went up, from 68% in 2010 to 71% in 2015. A similar trend occurred with aggravated assaults: more reported crimes and a higher percentage of them committed with a gun. Even as gun crime has risen in recent years, attempts to stem the flow of firearms or restrict criminals' access to weapons through legislative approaches such as universal background checks have had mixed results. In some states, in fact, lawmakers have made it easier for more people to buy, own and conceal-carry firearms. This political reality has left police executives in the challenging position of trying to reduce gun violence largely through their own enforcement and prevention efforts-all at a time when the number of firearms in their communities continues to grow. A variety of strategies have been undertaken over the years, but success has been uneven. One recent development in the battle against gun violence has shown promise, however. That involves the use of technology to streamline and support police enforcement and investigatory efforts against criminals who carry guns. This report examines one of these promising technology-based applications: the Crime Gun Intelligence Center (CGIC) model. CGICs are an interagency collaboration among local police departments, the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF), and other partners such as state and local prosecutors, to identify perpetrators of gun crime for immediate investigation, apprehension, and prosecution. CGICs combine state-of-the-art analytical technology, data processing systems, and good old-fashioned detective work to help police agencies more quickly analyze ballistic evidence, establish connections among seemingly unrelated crimes, and build criminal cases targeting both gun traffickers and trigger-pullers. Specifcally, CGICs rely on the swift processing of data from ATF's National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN), which allows law enforcement to link ballistic evidence to multiple incidents in which the same frearm was used, and eTrace, which allows for the tracing of recovered firearms back to their original manufacturer and purchaser. These technologies allow law enforcement agencies to generate investigative leads and apprehend "active shooters" in the community. This report profiles CGIC programs in three cities: Denver, Milwaukee, and Chicago. While these cities follow the same basic approach, each jurisdiction has put its own variations on the model. These are designed to maximize effectiveness and meet the unique needs of each community. For example, given the robust capabilities of its crime lab, Denver police can process ballistic entries, review NIBIN correlations, and even confirm evidence "hits," all in-house. This has drastically reduced investigatory turnaround times in many instances. To best utilize resources, the Milwaukee Police Department has devised a comprehensive system of prioritizing NIBIN cases for follow up and delegating them to appropriate investigative units. This ensures leads are pursued by relevant investigators to achieve the best investigative outcomes. Chicago, on the other hand, has adopted a more de-centralized and collaborative approach, in which different partners are responsible for various aspects of the process. This approach is helping the police department keep up with processing ballistic evidence from the large number of frearms it recovers each year. (Chicago police seized more than 8,000 firearms in 2016, more than the number in New York City and Los Angeles combined.) To support the analysis of inoperable guns it recovers, Chicago police also maintain a parts lab that allows for these weapons to be reconstructed, test-fired and then entered into NIBIN and eTrace for matching and tracing. CGICs are not a panacea, and the three cities we examined continue to face serious challenges with gun violence. However, our work revealed that CGICs are an innovative and promising approach for enhancing the investigation of gun crimes and identifying offenders. Our examination found that turnaround times for evidence analysis have been reduced, and agencies' capabilities for connecting guns to crimes that may appear unrelated at frst have improved. Much work remains to refne and expand the CGIC model, but the experiences in Denver, Milwaukee, and Chicago provide a solid foundation from which to build.. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/crimegunintelligencecenter.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146313

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Refugee Outreach and Engagement Programs for Police Agencies Summary: There have been many famous refugees in history. To name just a few: Albert Einstein; the artists Marc Chagall and Piet Mondrian; writers Bertolt Brecht and Victor Hugo; the architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe; Sigmund Freud, the founder of psychoanalysis; former U.S. Secretary of State Madeleine Albright; film directors Fritz Lang and Billy Wilder, and actress Marlene Dietrich; and a wide range of musicians, from Bela Bartok to Gloria Estefan. In many cases, these people became famous for their contributions to society after they fled persecution and began new lives in another country. If the world had turned its back on them when they needed a new home, they might never have survived and made their achievements in many fields of endeavor. On the other hand, in one of the most notorious examples of failures to accept refugees, Cuba and the United States in 1939 refused to allow more than 900 mostly Jewish refugees to disembark from the ocean liner St. Louis, forcing the ship to return to Europe. There, the refugees were allowed to enter Great Britain, France, Belgium, and the Netherlands. Tragically, hundreds of them later died in the Holocaust. Today there are millions of refugees struggling to escape persecution. According to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the global population of forcibly displaced persons is larger than the entire population of the United Kingdom. The largest host countries for refugees currently are Turkey, Pakistan and Lebanon. But historically, the United States has resettled more refugees than any other nation in the world. Today there are many cities and towns in the United States that take pride in welcoming refugees. This report tells the story of four of these jurisdictions: San Diego, CA; Boise, ID; Fargo, ND; and Las Vegas, NV. Currently, the major source countries of refugees worldwide are Syria, Afghanistan, and Somalia. The four jurisdictions highlighted in this report are home to refugees from Somalia, Ethiopia, and other East African countries; Vietnam, Laos, and other parts of Southeast Asia; Iraq and other Middle Eastern nations; Cuba; and other countries. Refugees arriving in America often suffer symptoms of post-traumatic stress that began with the horrific conditions that caused them to flee their homeland. Many also face challenges in learning a new language, understanding different cultures, and trying to find ways to support themselves. To help meet these needs, police agencies are developing programs and strategies for actively welcoming refugees and helping them to thrive. In San Diego, Boise, Fargo, and Las Vegas, for example, police officers provide a variety of services to refugees, from educational programs and employment services to youth programs and advice on everyday issues, such as translating a utility bill. By serving community members and building trust, police advance their core mission of providing public safety, because community members are more likely to report crime and talk to the police about what's happening in their neighborhoods when they know and trust their local officers. Police outreach efforts also help to educate refugees about American laws and the legal system, which can reduce misunderstandings and help refugees to avoid breaking laws inadvertently. And community policing programs generally support the important mission of crime prevention. The fact that police agencies have stepped up to welcome refugees is an important part of the American tradition. Many refugees come from war-torn countries where the police are brutal or corrupt. In sharp contrast, the police agencies highlighted in this report are among the many departments that welcome refugees and look for ways to offer them practical assistance and help them acclimate to their new lives. With the support of police agencies that are focused on building relationships of trust in all their communities, refugees will find it easier to adjust to life in the United States. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/refugeeoutreach.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146314

Author: Males, Mike Title: Refuting Fear: Immigration, Youth, and CA's Stunning Declines in Crime and Violence Summary: As California's population moved from two-thirds white in 1980 to over 60 percent people of color today, the state has seen dramatic reductions in crime in each category. Additionally, indicators of social health and safety-such as violence, violent death and school dropouts-have decreased significantly, and California has weathered the national opioid epidemic better than elsewhere in the country. Since 1980, two demographic events have occurred alongside California-s decrease in crime that are important to explore. Racial and ethnic diversity driven by foreign immigration has increased sharply; Among young people (California's most diverse population), crime and violence trends have diverged sharply from those of older populations, led by a 72 percent decrease in youth violent crime rates and a 92 percent drop in homicide arrests of urban youth from 1980 to 2015. California's positive trends and lower levels of crime, particularly among young people, occurred alongside its transition to an all-minority state. These findings refute claims that increasing immigration will negatively impact society, or that "sanctuary cities," such as those found in California, cause increased crime. Once a state with unusually high rates of drug overdose, gun violence, and crime, California has demonstrated substantial gains in health and safety as its demographic composition has become more diverse and immigration has increased. The state's experience shows that racial transition can accompany greater public safety and well-being, a reality that should impact the national discussion over immigration. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/refuting_fear_-_immigration_youth_and_californias_stunning_declines_in_crime_and_violence.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 146320

Author: San Jose (CA). Office of the City Auditor Title: Police Hiring: Additional Efforts to Recruit Qualified Candidates Urgently Needed to Fill Vacancies Summary: The San Jose Police Department conducts an extensive hiring process for incoming police recruits. The Department actively recruits for new Officers, conducts interviews and background investigations, trains recruits through the police academy, and prepares recruits for duty through a field training program. Hiring new recruits has become urgent because the number of sworn employees leaving City employment is greater than the number of new hires. Finding 1: Rising Vacancy Rates Have Increased the Urgency to Improve Officer Recruitment. The vacancy rate among sworn ranks has been increasing. At the start of Fiscal Year (FY) 2012-13, there were 40 vacant Police Officer positions out of an approved 871. By the start of FY 2015-16, the vacancies had more than quadrupled: there were 181 vacant Police Officer positions out of an approved 871. Further, the Department has been unable to fill its police academies to capacity, and the number of recruits it has been able to hire has dropped precipitously. The Recruiting Unit in the Police Department faces significant recruiting challenges including competition from neighboring cities and limited resources. As of August 2015, over 50 Bay Area jurisdictions were recruiting for law enforcement positions. In addition to exploring options for improving SJPD's reputation, including staff morale and pay as a means of attracting more candidates, the Department should bolster advertising efforts, conduct additional outreach, and create more events in which potential candidates can learn about the Department, police work, and the application process. We further recommend the Department allow military experience with an honorable discharge to be substituted for higher education requirements, reimburse the costs of the written test and physical agility test for candidates who are hired as police recruits in the Academy, and expand its future candidate pool by increasing outreach to community youth through its cadet programs. In addition, the Department should enhance its civilian staffing in the Recruiting Unit. Finding 2: SJPD�s Process for Vetting Candidates Is Thorough and Training Is Comprehensive. The San Jose Police Department's standards for hiring and backgrounding Police Officer candidates are thorough and, in some cases, exceed the Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) requirements. This results in a comprehensive vetting of potential new employees. SJPD complies with POST record-keeping requirements with regard to background investigations. Similarly, the Academy and Field Training Program in which new recruits participate are also consistent with POST standards. Finding 3: High Turnover Rates Reduce SJPD's Return on Investment in Hiring and Training Recruits. In FY 2014-15, the Department spent $200,000 per recruit in hiring and training costs. Despite this investment, 40 percent of recruits who have entered the Academy in the last three years have left within 1.5 years of beginning their employment as recruits. Furthermore, of those who have separated voluntarily, 35 percent have gone to work for another police agency. In our opinion, the Department should explore options, such as retention bonuses or reimbursement agreements, to encourage recruits to stay with the City. Finding 4: More Outreach Is Needed to Increase the Diversity of the Candidate Pool. The San Jose Police Department does not mirror San Jose's diverse population. While the selection process appears reasonable, the Department should improve its outreach to various groups in order to increase the diversity of the Police Department's candidate pool such that it reflects the diversity of San Jose's population overall. Further, changing the timing of physical tests to later in the hiring process may allow a wider pool of candidates to be successfully hired. Details: San Jose, CA: Office of the City Auditor, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 15-09: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: http://sanjose.granicus.com/MetaViewer.php?view_id=&event_id=1470&meta_id=539022 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Diversity in Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 146324

Author: Washington (State). Joint Legislative Task Force on the Use of Deadly Force in Community Policing Title: Final Report to the Legislature and Governor Summary: During the 2016 regular legislative session, the Legislature established the Joint Legislative Task Force on the Use of Deadly Force in Community Policing through the passage of Engrossed Substitute House Bill 2908. The legislation charged the Task Force with: - Reviewing laws, practices, and training programs regarding use of deadly force in Washington and other states; - Reviewing current policies, practices, and tools used by or otherwise available to law enforcement as an alternative to lethal uses of force, including Tasers and other nonlethal weapons; and - Recommending best practices to reduce the number of violent interactions between law enforcement officers and members of the public. The Task Force worked within an aggressive time frame to develop its recommendations. It convened four meetings for a total of 26 hours from June to November. Task Force members also met independently with interested stakeholders and constituents. The Task Force engaged in robust and substantive discussions on difficult policy issues facing the state. Topics considered include: standards for using deadly force; practices for investigating officer-involved shootings; police training and funding; less lethal weapons; and data collection practices. Also, racial bias, behavioral health issues, de-escalation, and accountability and oversight were recurring items of discussion throughout Task Force deliberations. The Task Force utilized an inclusive and transparent process for considering recommendation proposals. This report is a reflection of that process. All submitted proposals, whether or not they were adopted, are included in the text of this report with the accompanying vote count. The Task Force adopted 15 recommendations on a variety of subjects, including: the state deadly force statute; training and community outreach; accountability; data collection; racial bias; behavioral health; less lethal weapons; and funding and oversight. Details: Olympia, WA: The Legislature, 2016. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2017 at: https://app.leg.wa.gov/ReportsToTheLegislature/Home/GetPDF?fileName=Final%20Report_Jt.%20Leg.%20TF%20Deadly%20Force%20Community%20Policing_d704e027-1f1e-40a9-9388-f570930f2cbe.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146325

Author: Helfgott, Jacqueline B. Title: Seattle Police Department Crisis Intervention Team Culture Survey Summary: This document reports results from a survey of Seattle Police (SPD) personnel regarding attitudes and perceptions of the Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) model. Details: Seattle: Seattle University, Department of Criminal Justice, 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: https://www.seattleu.edu/media/college-of-arts-and-sciences/departments/criminaljustice/documents/SPD-CIT-Culture-Survey_FINALREPORT_Helfgott.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Teams Shelf Number: 146326

Author: Czarnecki, Fabrice Title: Trooper-Trainee Active Countermeasures Training Evaluation Summary: This report is presented in response to the request from the Texas Department of Public Safety (TXDPS) to conduct a study of the current Active Countermeasures Training program utilized by the Department to train Trooper-Trainees in the Training Academy and advise the agency on new or alternative training programs, methodologies, techniques, equipment or other related factors that could improve and/or enhance the safety and overall effectiveness of the program. As a part of this evaluation, we performed an extensive review of the current TXDPS Academy program and injuries, research on the use of boxing as a law enforcement training tool, research on evaluating and treating sports-related head injuries, and an analysis of other law enforcement training methods. Key Recommendation: TXDPS should discontinue boxing-based exercises, and replace them with a scenario-based simulation training program. TXDPS uses full force, toe-to-toe simulation, or boxing, in its Survival and Control Tactics training, the culmination of its Active Countermeasures training. Our review of the TXDPS Survival and Control Tactics training reveals a significant rate of serious head injuries over the past two years, significantly greater than other law enforcement agency training programs, even those currently using boxing. This type of training has its strong supporters and detractors, but the clear trend in law enforcement training is to move away from toe-to-toe full force simulation training and towards scenario-based training that is likely to avoid head strikes. The Federal Law Enforcement Training Center and the Florida Highway Patrol have all discontinued boxing in their training programs. We recommend that TXDPS discontinue boxing in its Survival and Control Tactics training. Enhancing medical screening procedures or modifying protective equipment, such as head gear, will not significantly reduce future serious head injuries due to boxing. If boxing is continued, which we do not recommend, reduction of future serious head injuries would require changing the way that boxing is conducted, and allocating significant additional resources to the boxing program. Specifically, several trained instructors would have to monitor each pair of recruits continuously throughout each fight. Also, more stringent safety procedures would have to be strictly observed, and post-fight medical screening in case of injury would have to be mandatory. This report provides defensive tactic simulation alternatives to the current TXDPS Survival and Control Tactics training, which should achieve the same training goals with significantly fewer training injuries. Key Recommendation: TXDPS should change safety procedures for Survival and Control Tactics Training This report includes our recommendations for improved safety procedures for Survival and Control Tactics training. Key Recommendation: TXDPS should regularly collect and analyze data on recruit training injuries This report includes our recommendations on how to collect and review data on recruit training injuries. Details: Miami, FL: Gables Group, 2006. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: http://www.theppsc.org/Staff_Views/Czarnecki/Active.Countermeasures.Training.Evaluation.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 147328

Author: Green, David B. Title: A Different Shade of Blue: An .Evaluation of the Civilian Detective Concept and Its Impact on Police Capabilities Summary: Financial distress and shrinking police candidate pools have diminished cities' abilities to protect the public. This thesis examines the manner in which cities have adapted by using civilians to perform the duties of sworn detectives-specifically, whether this practice enhances cities' contributions to public safety. Nine law enforcement organizations across the country that applied this policy were analyzed. It focused on cost implications, impacts on investigative and emergency response capabilities, job qualifications, training standards, scope of duties, and overall efficacy. Similar themes include the ability of cities to reduce costs and to achieve equivalent work output from civilian personnel. Dissimilar themes surrounded the reasons cities adopted the policy and how they trained the personnel. From the analysis, this thesis determined that the use of civilian personnel does enhance cities' contributions to public safety. This thesis also identified a need for a uniform national framework for policy adoption and for state peace officer accrediting commissions to develop guidelines for training and certification. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: http://calhoun.nps.edu/handle/10945/48528 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 146330

Author: Maryland. Office of Legislative Audits Title: Department of State Police - Workforce Civilianization. Opportunities Exist to Increase Civilian Employment Summary: Scope In the April 2016 Joint Chairmen's Report, it was noted that certain non-law enforcement positions within the Department of State Police (DSP) are performed by sworn troopers and could be performed instead by lower cost civilian personnel, freeing up trooper positions for law enforcement. The budget committees requested the Office of Legislative Audits (OLA) to study the personnel policies of the Department of State Police (DSP) and make recommendations on how to increase civilianization at DSP. The recommendations were to include classifying each job type as best being performed by sworn personnel, civilian personnel or either; the number of sworn trooper personnel functioning in positions that could be performed by civilian personnel; and an estimate of cost savings to be realized. Finally, the Report requested that the results of our review be submitted to the budget committees by November 1, 2016; however, in September 2016, the Joint Chairmen extended the submission deadline to January 2, 2017. Objectives Our objectives were: 1. to assess any DSP personnel policies related to the use of sworn trooper and civilian positions for performing functions within the various DSP Bureaus and units; 2. to identify non-law enforcement positions, such as administrative and support related, within DSP performed by sworn troopers that could be performed by lower cost civilians; and 3. to determine if DSP periodically conducted a similar civilianization analysis. We did not assess the justification or need for those identified positions and functions presently filled by sworn troopers within the context of DSP's mission. Details: Baltimore: Maryland Office of Legislative Audits, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: https://www.ola.state.md.us/Reports/Performance/DSP-Civilianization%20-%20JCR17.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 146331

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Review of Opportunities for Civilianization in the Chicago Police Department Summary: The Inspector General's Office (IGO) performed an analysis of opportunities to civilianize positions in the Chicago Police Department (CPD). We examined 30 units within CPD that perform primarily non-law enforcement functions and evaluated whether each position currently filled by a full-duty sworn officer could instead be filled by a civilian. The IGO analysis covering 370 full-duty sworn positions concluded that 292 full-time equivalent positions, or 79 percent, could be filled by civilians because they require neither the police powers granted to a sworn officer by State statute, nor the skills, knowledge, or experience specific to sworn officers. Many of the positions recommended for civilianization involve purely administrative tasks such as timekeeping, scheduling, data entry, handling phone calls, and arranging travel. Other positions require professional training not specific to police work, such as lawyers, nurses, chaplains, graphic designers, information technology specialists, accountants, and grant writers. The City could save an estimated 16 to 41 percent per position through civilianization, for a total annual savings of $6.4 million to $16.6 million depending on the salary paid to the replacement civilians. Based on our analysis, the IGO makes two recommendations: 1. CPD should civilianize the 292 full-time equivalent positions identified in this analysis. Civilianization could be implemented in one of three ways: (a) Civilianize the 292 non-enforcement positions through attrition by redeploying the sworn officers currently holding these positions into the field as vacancies in sworn enforcement positions occur, and by hiring civilians to fill the non-enforcement positions; (b) Eliminate the 292 sworn positions and hire 292 civilians; or (c) Immediately deploy all 292 sworn officers currently in non-enforcement positions to new enforcement positions, and fill the non-enforcement positions with civilians. The last option would add 292 sworn officers to enforcement positions and 292 civilians to non-enforcement positions, thus increasing total CPD headcount and personnel costs. While savings would still be achieved in the civilianized positions, total personnel costs would be higher due to the overall addition of 292 employees. 2. CPD should conduct a similar analysis for each unit. The IGO's analysis was limited to 30 primarily non-law enforcement units that were most likely to contain positions that could potentially be civilized. There are likely to be more positions in the Department that could be civilianized. The Department should conduct a civilianization analysis of all of those other units to identify additional positions that could be civilianized. Details: Chicago: Office of Inspector General, 2013. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: http://chicagoinspectorgeneral.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/IGO-Opportunities-for-Civilianization-within-CPD-Final-1-23-13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 146332

Author: San Jose (CA). Office of the City Auditor Title: Police Overtime: The San Jose Police Department Relies on Overtime to Patrol the City Due to Unprecedented Vacancies Summary: The San Jose Police Department has seen a significant increase in vacant positions. As the vacancies have increased, the Department has increasingly relied on overtime to staff regular operations. Overtime hours have increased as the Department works to patrol the City using limited staff. This increase has resulted in higher officer workload and overtime costs. As a result of the sharp increase in Department vacancies, the remaining sworn employees have shouldered an increased workload to back-fill for vacant positions. The average overtime worked by sworn personnel has doubled from 225 hours of overtime in calendar year 2008 to 450 hours in 2015. In comparison, in FY 2015-16, sworn personnel in Los Angeles and San Francisco worked about 100 hours of city overtime or less - less than a quarter of the average in San Jose. In terms of weekly amounts, sworn personnel in San Jose are working, on average, over 8.5 hours per week in overtime - nearly an extra shift. Moreover, the amount of overtime worked in the Department, despite its large volume, still does not cover the workload gap caused by high vacancies. On August 30, 2016, the City Council approved declaration of an emergency under the Meyers-Milias-Brown Act at the request of the Chief of Police to allow him the flexibility to move additional staff onto patrol. In addition, with increases in officer workload, changes in the sick leave payout policy, and a reduced ability to take vacation time, sick leave usage has increased significantly. The pattern of usage (heavier on weekends and during the summer months) indicates the potential use of sick leave to take time off in lieu of vacation or comp time. In our opinion, the Department needs to remind its staff about the City's sick leave policy, including the allowed uses of sick leave, and the impact that inappropriate sick leave use has on other officers. Further, the Department should evaluate interest in expanding the shift swap program and if sufficient interest exists, consider centralizing the process in eResource or another software solution; implement previous audit recommendations to civilianize positions in the Department; and establish a retiree-rehire program to help cope with spiraling vacancies in the Department. These items may be subject to the City's meet and confer process. Details: San Jose, CA: Office of the City Auditor, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: http://www.sanjoseca.gov/DocumentCenter/View/60924 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Policing Shelf Number: 146334

Author: Bradley, Kelly Title: Training Evaluation Model: Evaluating and Improving Criminal Justice Training Summary: The purpose of this project was to produce a training evaluation model that can guide evaluations of a wide range of criminal justice training programs. The study was conducted by the Institute for Law and Justice in partnership with Eastern Kentucky University. It was sponsored by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) with funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA). The project's overall goal was to help the Office of Justice Programs (OJP), U.S. Department of Justice, achieve more consistency and control over the hundreds of training programs for which it provides funding, and at the same time, increase the capacity of other criminal justice programs-federal, state, and local-to conduct their own training evaluations. Project Summary This study had two major objectives: (1) develop a flexible model for evaluating criminal justice training programs, and (2) test the model by applying it in the field to four training programs. The four programs that were evaluated to test the model had received BJA discretionary grant funding for training (commonly known as "earmarks"). They were selected in part because they permitted a test of the model in diverse environments: the programs were different in terms of learning objectives, intended audiences, instructional methods, subject matter, and other factors. The four participating training programs were - Foundations of Intelligence Analysis Training (FIAT) offered by the National White Collar Crime Center. This was a basic analytical intelligence training curriculum for law enforcement and regulatory personnel. -_Tools for Tolerance Institutes offered by the Simon Wiesenthal Center. The purpose of this training was to give participants new perspectives on hate crime and terrorist acts, help them form multi-agency collaborations, and foster the development of strategic action plans. - Advanced Leadership for Law Enforcement and Corrections Professionals offered by the National Corrections and Law Enforcement Training and Technology Center. This course was focused on teaching values-based leadership skills to agency leaders who are responsible for first responders and correctional and security officers. - Civil Mediation training offered by the National Judicial College. This course familiarized participants with the civil mediation process and qualified them for certification in states that require it. The research study teams began with a widely accepted training evaluation model (Kirkpatrick 1998) that was originally developed for the private business sector. The Kirkpatrick model was then refined to address training evaluation needs in criminal justice. The lessons learned by applying the model in the field were of great benefit in shaping the final model, helping to ensure that it would be applicable to all criminal justice training programs. The final model retains Kirkpatrick's evaluation framework but places greater emphasis on conducting a training needs assessment and on planning for a training evaluation when the training is geared for criminal justice audiences; and it makes changes to the Level 4 application. Details: Alexandria, VA: Institute for Law and Justice, 2007. 397p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/244478.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Officer Training Shelf Number: 146335

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Houston Police Department: Operational Staffing Model Summary: The Houston Police Department (HPD) contracted with the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) and JUSTEX Systems, Inc. to conduct a study of the operational staffing for the Police Department. The focus of the study is on those elements of the department that provide direct services to the people of Houston (i.e., the operational units). The study included a review and assessment of the following units (See Organizational Chart, page 10): -- Field Operations: o Units assigned to Houston's 13 geographically-based Patrol Divisions - Units assigned to the Traffic Enforcement Division -- Strategic Operations: o Units assigned to the Airport Division, which provides services for the George Bush Intercontinental Airport and the William P. Hobby Airport - Units assigned to the Special Operations Division, which provides patrol operations for the Central Business District and Downtown -- Investigative Operations: - Units assigned to Criminal Investigations Command - Units assigned to Special Investigations Command The City of Houston, with a population close to 2.2 million in 2012, is the fourth largest city in the U.S. Only New York, Los Angeles and Chicago are larger in population. Houston also is big geographically and has a diverse population. Its status as the largest U.S. city in proximity to the U.S.-Mexico border adds complexities and challenges that the city's leaders must deal with daily. The Houston Police Department is the fifth largest police department in the country, with approximately 5,300 officers. (Philadelphia, the fifth largest city, has the fourth largest number of police officers.) Similar to other law enforcement agencies, approximately 80 percent of Houston's officers are in operational units. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2014. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2017 at: https://www.houstontx.gov/hpd_staffing_report-2014may.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 146339

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Review of Investigations of the Osorio and Barba Firearms Trafficking Rings Summary: In this review the OIG examined information that the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and Department of Justice (DOJ) obtained about the traffickers of two firearms that were used in an attack on Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents in Mexico that resulted in the death of one agent and the serious injury of another. We focused our review on whether ATF agents improperly failed to seize firearms destined for Mexico, or to timely investigate and arrest subjects who were involved in the trafficking of such firearms. With the exception below, we did not find a general failure to seize firearms where there was a legal basis and opportunity to do so, though we did find consistent with our prior reviews that DEA still needs to improve its policies to ensure appropriate coordination with ATF in drug investigations where firearms trafficking may be involved. On February 15, 2011, ICE Agents Victor Avila and Jaime Zapata were driving on a highway near the town of Santa Maria del Rio, approximately 200 miles north of Mexico City, when members of the Los Zetas (Zetas) drug trafficking organization opened fire on their vehicle. Agent Zapata died from his injuries and Agent Avila was seriously wounded. On February 23, 2011, the Mexican military arrested several Zeta members and associates in in connection with the Zapata/Avila shooting and seized six firearms. Traces of these firearms showed that Otilio Osorio had purchased one of the firearms (Osorio Firearm) on October 10, 2010 at the Dallas-Fort Worth Gun Show, and that Robert Riendfliesh had purchased another of the firearms (Riendfliesh Firearm), on August 20, 2010 at a pawn shop in Beaumont, Texas. ATF's comparison of cartridge casings and the statements of Zeta members linked both weapons to the Zapata/Avila shooting scene. Osorio and Riendfliesh were arrested along with Osorio's brother, Ranferi, and a neighbor, Kelvin Morrison, shortly after ATF completed traces of the firearms on February 25, 2011. Our review examined the information that the ATF, DEA, FBI, and DOJ obtained about the Osorios, Morrison, and Riendfliesh prior to the Zetas attack on the ICE agents. We also examined the circumstances surrounding the release of Manuel Barba from federal custody in Beaumont, Texas in July 2010 following his arrest by DEA for narcotics offenses. Barba led a ring of firearms "straw purchasers" (Baytown Crew) and trafficked the Riendfliesh Firearm to Mexico following his release. Our review paid particular attention to the information that was available to the agencies before Osorio and Riendfliesh made their firearms purchases. With respect to the Osorios and Morrison, ATF began receiving information in June 2010 indicating that Ranferi Osorio could be trafficking firearms to Mexico, and by September had obtained information implicating Morrison as well. Our review did not identify circumstances where agents witnessed the unlawful transfer of firearms and failed to seize them. We determined that ATF agents learned of the Osorio brothers' and Morrison's firearms purchases after they occurred and agents therefore were not in a position to seize the firearms as the Osorio brothers and Morrison took custody of them. We identified one instance, however, where we believe ATF had both the legal authority and opportunity to take firearms in the Osorio brothers' possession, yet failed to seize them. This occurred during a search of the Osorios' residence shortly after the Zapata/Avila shooting. Two of the firearms that were not seized subsequently were recovered at a crime scene in Mexico. Overall we found numerous problems with ATF's assimilation of information concerning the Osorio brothers and Morrison and the timeliness of ATF's response to mounting evidence that they were committing firearms offenses. We determined that ATF's Dallas Field Division had collected sufficient facts prior to Otilio Osorio's purchase of the Osorio Firearm to justify questioning Ranferi Osorio and Morrison or taking other investigative steps within a reasonable time about their firearms purchases. We do not believe that it is possible to identify what investigative steps should have been taken at the time, or precisely when arrests should have occurred, and that to attempt to do so now would be speculative. We do, however, believe that there clearly was probable cause to arrest both Osorio brothers and Morrison after ATF witnessed the Osorios complete a transfer of 40 firearms on November 9, 2010. Yet, ATF's first contact with the Osorios and Morrison did not occur until late February 2011. We did not agree with explanations that ATF offered for this delay. With respect to the conduct of the firearms trafficking investigations that led to ATF's identification and arrests of Barba and Riendfliesh, we did not identify any actions that agents responsible for these investigations failed to take that might reasonably have had the effect of preventing the trafficking of the Riendfliesh Firearm. We found that ATF agents diligently pursued leads and took effective investigative steps and appropriately consulted and coordinated their activities with the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Southern District of Texas. Our investigation did not identify circumstances where agents witnessed the unlawful transfer of firearms and failed to seize them. Our review did find serious deficiencies with DEA's handling of the Manuel Barba case. DEA first learned in April 2010 of Barba's drug dealing and in May 2010 of his potential firearms trafficking to Mexico. Yet, DEA never shared this information about Barba's possible gun trafficking with ATF so that ATF could determine what investigation might be appropriate, and ATF only learned of Barba's gun trafficking in August 2010, after the sale of the Riendfliesh Firearm, as a result of a separate ATF investigation. We were not persuaded by DEA's explanations for not passing on evidence of Barba's involvement with firearms trafficking to ATF, and we determined that there is room for improvement in DEA's policy to clearly require such communication in appropriate circumstances. As part of oversight work concerning ATF's Operation Fast and Furious, we previously encouraged DEA to develop policies that provide clear guidance to its agents about when to contact ATF, but to date DEA has not implemented our suggestions. 1 We further determined that the Assistant U.S. Attorney (AUSA) handling the Barba drug prosecution should not have agreed to Barba's release from federal custody in July 2010 following his indictment and ultimate plea in the Eastern District of Texas, leaving him at liberty to lead the Baytown Crew and ultimately to direct the straw purchase and the trafficking of the Riendfliesh Firearm to Mexico. We found that, prior to his release, the DEA failed to highlight for the AUSA statements Barba had made about trafficking AK-47s, and we found no evidence that the AUSA read the DEA report that recited Barba's statements or ta~e them into account in agreeing to his release. Our review did not find evidence that the FBI, ATF Headquarters, or DOJ were alerted to or aware of the criminal activities of the Osorios, Morrison, Riendfliesh, or Barba before the Zapata/Avila shooting, or that there were deficiencies regarding the notification process in that regard. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, 2017. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Oversight and Review Division 17-01: Accessed June 22, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/o1701.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 146341

Author: Straub, Frank Title: Maintaining First Amendment Rights and Public Safety in North Minneapolis: An After-Action Assessment of the Police Response to Protests, Demonstrations, and Occupation of the Minneapolis Police Department's Fourth Precinct Summary: Summary of events On the morning of November 15, 2015, two Minneapolis Police Department (MPD) officers were dispatched to an assault call in a North Minneapolis neighborhood just blocks from the police department's Fourth Precinct station. Soon after arriving on scene, the officers fatally shot Jamar Clark. Following the shooting, community members marched to and organized outside the Fourth Precinct police station. Over the course of the next 18 days-from November 15 through December 3, 2015- demonstrators occupied the lawn and street in front of the Fourth Precinct. For the first three days, a group of demonstrators also occupied the front vestibule of the Fourth Precinct station. The street and the surrounding neighborhood were the site of demonstrations, open fires, noisy gatherings, and encampments. The demonstrators called for police reform, and specifically for the release of video footage from the officer-involved shooting. In the early morning hours of December 3, the occupation was successfully and peacefully resolved. After 18 days, the community response was mixed: while the large majority applauded the professionalism and restraint of the Fourth Precinct line officers, some perceived the response as overly-aggressive and unnecessarily forceful, and others questioned why the occupation was allowed to continue for 18 days. Ultimately, the total cost to the city was approximately $1.15 million. The majority of the expenses were for MPD overtime; however, there were also expenses for replacing and repairing barriers and fencing, squad repairs, and hardware replacements. Approximately $50,000 of costs to the city were in property damage. There were five injuries caused by a group of alleged White supremacists who shot into the crowd of demonstrators; however, no serious injuries were attributed to interactions between MPD officers and demonstrators. Implications and challenges Like every significant incident, the occupation posed a unique set of circumstances for city and MPD leaders-circumstances that were unpredictable and rapidly evolving. Significant challenges were associated with managing the demonstrators; the media; and the impacts of the occupation on the surrounding neighborhood, MPD employees, and their families. These issues were compounded by a police department that struggled with the command and control structure and fully implementing the National Incident Management System (NIMS) and Incident Command System (ICS), inconsistent communication, and training and equipment deficiencies. City leaders and MPD officials worked to maintain the First Amendment rights of the demonstrators while ensuring their safety, the safety of police officers, and the safety of the community as a whole. They were determined to bring a peaceful end to the occupation in a difficult national environment marred by civil disturbances spurred by officer-involved incidents in Ferguson, Baltimore, New York, and other cities nationwide. For city and law enforcement leaders, this environment reinforced their determination to exercise extreme caution throughout the response. In the end, the city and its police department brought the occupation to a peaceful conclusion and avoided the civil disturbances that occurred in other cities. Public safety response Officers throughout the MPD demonstrated extraordinary resilience and professionalism in their response to the occupation. Many officers worked long shifts and were subjected to verbal, and in some cases physical, assault. At various times, bottles, bricks, Molotov cocktails, bottles of gasoline, and other things were thrown over perimeter fences, threatening officers and damaging police vehicles and the precinct building. During the occupation, Fourth Precinct officers were instructed not to leave the building during their shifts except to provide perimeter security. Meals were brought into the station by chaplains and other volunteers. The commitment of the city, the police department, and individual officers to a peaceful, measured response played a large role in keeping the occupation from escalating into violent riots. Key themes of the review This COPS Office Critical Incident Review (CIR) of the 18-day occupation of the front lawn and the street in front of the MPD Fourth Precinct, completed by the Police Foundation, provides a comprehensive overview of the occupation from the perspectives of the MPD, elected leaders, demonstrators, and community members. The CIR identifies findings and recommendations as they relate to the response in Minneapolis, but apply more generally to civil disturbances across the nation. While the authors understand the unique set of circumstances that surround the protests and occupation of the Fourth Precinct, they also understand that the decision-making framework for the police response to this incident can and should be reviewed within the context of other significant incidents to identify important lessons that can be applied if a similar event occurs in another city, as well as to critical incidents more generally. The findings and recommendations in this report center on leadership; command and control; response to civil disorder; accountability and transparency; internal communications; public information and media; use of force; intelligence gathering; training; equipment and tools for managing demonstrations; officer safety, wellness, and resilience; and community engagement and relationships. Some of the key lessons learned include the following: -- Clearly define leadership roles and responsibilities among elected officials, law enforcement, and other agencies to ensure a coordinated and collaborative response to civil disturbance and other critical incidents. Strained relationships, lack of clearly defined roles and responsibilities, public disagreements, and lack of consistent internal communication contributed to the dynamic and varied response to this protracted incident. Unified leadership from elected officials, police executive and command staffs, and precinct personnel provides the foundation upon which a cohesive tactical and operational response is built and executed. -- Plan and exercise the unified command system for complex incidents during routine public safety response and operations. A citywide understanding and familiarization with NIMS and ICS is necessary during civil disturbances and other critical incidents to ensure coordination and collaboration among all responding agencies and individuals. Consistent implementation of unified command system principles in response to routine events and pre-planned large-scale events builds confidence in the systems and facilitates their implementation in response to mass demonstrations and critical incidents. -- Clear, concise, and consistent communication, particularly during critical incidents, is key to establishing trust and credibility. Clear, concise, and consistent communication between the Mayor's Office and the MPD, between elected officials, and within the MPD regarding the overall strategy would have led to a more coordinated and collaborative response to the occupation, provided context to the operational and tactical decisions that were made, addressed officer safety concerns, and positively impacted morale. -- Prioritize officer safety, wellness, morale, and resilience before, during, and after a critical incident such as a protracted response to civil disturbance. City and MPD leaders should have addressed and more fully accounted for the physical, mental, and emotional well-being of officers assigned to respond to the 18 days of protests, demonstrations and occupation. -- Build on positive police-community relationships to help mitigate potential future critical incident responses. The MPD 2.0 model, the training and engagement being done as part of the National Initiative for Building Community Trust and Justice, and the emphasis on positive interactions and fostering trusting partnerships should continue. Understanding and acknowledging the deep-seated racial and other issues, particularly in North Minneapolis, and building and fostering relationships with traditional and emerging community leaders will be instrumental in learning from the occupation and building opportunities to address areas of community tension and discord. Conclusion Many of the findings and recommendations that resulted from the 18-day occupation and the MPD.'s response build on an existing body of knowledge that can assist law enforcement agencies in their mission to protect, serve, and strengthen relationships with their communities. Given the unprecedented nature of the occupation, we hope that the lessons in this report will provide guidance to other agencies that may encounter similar events in the future and add to the growing body of literature that public safety agencies can use to enhance their preparation for, and response to, civil disturbances in their communities. Details: Washington, DC: U..S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Policing Services, 2014. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2017 at; https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Maintaining-First-Amendment-Rights-and-Public-Safety-in-North-Minneapolis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Incident Management Shelf Number: 146342

Author: Straub, Frank Title: Managing the Response to a Mobile Mass Shooting: A Critical Incident Review of the Kalamazoo, Michigan, Public Safety Response to the February 20, 2016, Mass Shooting Incident Summary: Introduction Kalamazoo, Michigan, is like any town in middle America. About 150 miles from Chicago, the city is home to approximately 76,000 people, three college campuses, and a thriving downtown area. On Saturday, February 20, 2016, 45-year-old Uber driver Jason Dalton allegedly engaged in a series of shootings that gripped and terrified the community of Kalamazoo-drawing national and international attention and media coverage. The sequence of events that began Saturday afternoon with the suspect driving recklessly in and around the streets of Kalamazoo, ultimately ended with his arrest early Sunday morning. During that time, he allegedly shot eight people, killing six and severely wounding two, across three separate locations in and around the city. Law enforcement officers from six separate public safety agencies were involved in the response, investigation, and apprehension of the suspect. Implications and Challenges Persons and groups motivated by a variety of ideological beliefs and/or individual factors continue to commit violence in communities across the United States. Instances of mass violence have increased in both frequency and lethality during the last decade. The February 2016 mass shooting in Kalamazoo demonstrates the capacity of one individual to cause death and/or serious harm to innocent persons, as well as the fact that no community is immune from mass violence. More importantly, the event demonstrates the resilience of the Kalamazoo community and the strength of the regional public safety response to the tragedy. Like any mass casualty incident, the challenges confronting the responding public safety agencies in Kalamazoo were significant. Addressing the challenges of these brutal attacks, as well as the calls-for-service that do not abate during critical incidents, was a monumental task. The three shootings, spread across the Kalamazoo area demanded a coordinated response between local, county, and state authorities to secure the three shooting scenes; treat and transport the injured; make family notifications; identify and locate the shooter(s); investigate the shooting; and, respond to local, national and international media demands. Kalamazoo-area public safety personnel quickly identified and arrested the shooter, saving the lives of innocent people. In addition to learning from the public safety officers who responded to the shootings, saved the lives of severely injured victims, and quickly apprehended the suspect, other valuable lessons can be learned from the response to the mass shooting in Kalamazoo. The purpose of this Police Foundation Critical Incident Review is to critically, objectively, and thoroughly examine the public safety response including the preparation for, and the recovery from the February 20, 2016 mass shooting. This review provides a detailed overview of the incident response; lessons learned to improve responding agencies' policies, procedures, tactics, systems, and relationships.　It also provides guidance to other public safety agency personnel as they prepare to respond to mobile active shooter, mass casualty incidents, or other hostile events. It is important that the lessons identified in this report be studied and applied by public safety and law enforcement agencies as they work to protect their communities and prevent future acts of mass violence.. Details: Washington, DC; Police Foundation, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/PF_Managing-the-Response-to-a-Mobile-Mass-Shooting_5.10.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Incident Management Shelf Number: 146343

Author: Pierson, Emma Title: A large-scale analysis of racial disparities in police stops across the United States Summary: To assess racial disparities in police interactions with the public, we compiled and analyzed a dataset detailing over 60 million state patrol stops conducted in 20 U.S. states between 2011 and 2015. We find that black drivers are stopped more often than white drivers relative to their share of the driving-age population, but that Hispanic drivers are stopped less often than whites. Among stopped drivers -- and after controlling for age, gender, time, and location -- blacks and Hispanics are more likely to be ticketed, searched, and arrested than white drivers. These disparities may reflect differences in driving behavior, and are not necessarily the result of bias. In the case of search decisions, we explicitly test for discrimination by examining both the rate at which drivers are searched and the likelihood searches turn up contraband. We find evidence that the bar for searching black and Hispanic drivers is lower than for searching whites. Finally, we find that legalizing recreational marijuana in Washington and Colorado reduced the total number of searches and misdemeanors for all race groups, though a race gap still persists. We conclude by offering recommendations for improving data collection, analysis, and reporting by law enforcement agencies. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.05678.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 146348

Author: Parker, Kim Title: America's Complex Relationship With Guns An in-depth look at the attitudes and experiences of U.S. adults Summary: As a nation, the U.S. has a deep and enduring connection to guns. Integrated into the fabric of American society since the country's earliest days, guns remain a point of pride for many Americans. Whether for hunting, sport shooting or personal protection, most gun owners count the right to bear arms as central to their freedom. At the same time, the results of gun-related violence have shaken the nation, and debates over gun policy remain sharply polarized. A new Pew Research Center survey attempts to better understand the complex relationship Americans have with guns and how that relationship intersects with their policy views. The survey finds that Americans have broad exposure to guns, whether they personally own one or not. At least two-thirds have lived in a household with a gun at some point in their lives. And roughly seven-in-ten - including 55% of those who have never personally owned a gun - say they have fired a gun at some point. Today, three-in-ten U.S. adults say they own a gun, and an additional 36% say that while they don't own one now, they might be open to owning a gun in the future. A third of adults say they don't currently own a gun and can't see themselves ever doing so. To be sure, experiences with guns aren't always positive: 44% of U.S. adults say they personally know someone who has been shot, either accidentally or intentionally, and about a quarter (23%) say they or someone in their family have been threatened or intimidated by someone using a gun. Half see gun violence as a very big problem in the U.S. today, although gun owners and non-owners offer divergent views on this. Gun owners and non-owners are also deeply divided on several gun policy proposals, but there is agreement on some restrictions, such as preventing those with mental illnesses and those on federal watch lists from buying guns. Among gun owners, there is a diversity of views on gun policy, driven in large part by party affiliation. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2017. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 23, 2017 at: http://www.pewsocialtrends.org/2017/06/22/americas-complex-relationship-with-guns/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Ownership Shelf Number: 146352

Author: Bronson, Jennifer Title: Indicators of Mental Health Problems Reported by Prisoners and Jail Inmates, 2011-12 Summary: Presents prevalence estimates of mental health indicators among state and federal prisoners and jail inmates by different time periods, demographics, criminal justice history, most serious offense, mental health treatment received while incarcerated, and rule violations. Indicators were defined as serious psychological distress (SPD) in the 30 days prior to the interview or having a history of a mental health problem. Data are from BJS's 2011-2012 National Inmate Survey. Comparisons to the general population are based on data from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's National Survey on Drug Use and Health, conducted in 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012. Highlights: More jail inmates (26%) than prisoners (14%) met the threshold for serious psychological distress (SPD) in the past 30 days. Among those who had ever been told they had a mental disorder, the largest percentage of prisoners (24%) and jail inmates (31%) reported they had a major depressive disorder. More prisoners (14%) and jail inmates (26%) met the threshold for SPD in the past 30 days than the standardized general population (5%). Prescription medication was the most common treatment type for prisoners and jail inmates who met the threshold for SPD in the past 30 days. Fourteen percent of prisoners and 10% of jail inmates who met the threshold for SPD in the past 30 days were written up or charged with assault. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 17p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/imhprpji1112.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146354

Author: Sumner, Steven A. Title: Elevated Rates of Urban Firearm Violence and Opportunities for Prevention - Wilmington, Delaware Final Report Summary: In 2013, Wilmington, Delaware, experienced 127 shooting incidents resulting in 154 victims. This represented nearly a 45% increase in the number of shootings over the preceding two years. Furthermore, rates of violent crime in Wilmington are higher than in nearby cities of Dover, Newark, and Philadelphia. Indeed, although Wilmington is a moderately-sized city of approximately 71,525 residents, when compared to all large cities in the United States, its homicide rate in recent years has been reported to be as high as 4th overall. In fact, in recent years, the growth in Delaware's homicide rate (Wilmington is the largest city in Delaware) has outpaced that of every other state. As a result of persistently elevated urban firearm violence rates, the Wilmington City Council passed a resolution to request the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to assist in an investigation and provide recommendations for preventive action. The Delaware Division of Public Health, with concurrence from the City Council and Mayor's office, issued a formal invitation to CDC to provide epidemiologic assistance and make programmatic recommendations for a public health response. Details: Dover, DE: Delaware Department of Health and Social Services , 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.dhss.delaware.gov/dhss/cdcfinalreport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 16356

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Supporting Health Marriages among Fathers with Histories of Incarceration: Activities and Lessons from Six Responsible Fatherhood Programs Summary: After incarceration, fathers must overcome several reentry barriers, including reconnecting with their spouse, partner, or co-parent. To help fathers reunify with and support their families, six Office of Family Assistance-funded Fatherhood Reentry programs implemented a range of healthy marriage activities aimed to strengthen fathers' relationships with their partners or coparents, encourage effective co-parenting, and prevent domestic violence. This implementation evaluation documented the array of healthy marriage services offered to participating fathers, such as relationship classes, family activity days, coached telephone calls, special events, assistance navigating child support issues, and domestic violence screenings and programming. Drawing on the six programs' implementation experiences, this brief recommends that providers consider partner/co-parent interaction activities as a targeted and meaningful component of any family-focused reentry program and that providers work with partners on family reunification when they are ready. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89776/healthy_relationships_brief_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families Shelf Number: 146212

Author: McClure, David Title: How Body Cameras Affect Community Members' Perceptions of Police Results from a Randomized Controlled Trial of One Agency's Pilot Summary: Members of the public often do not accurately remember whether police officers with whom they interact are wearing body worn cameras (BWC). Yet despite this poor recall, this randomized controlled trial of BWC use in a single jurisdiction finds that community members are more satisfied with police encounters when the officer is wearing a body camera. While application of procedurally just practices is associated with greater levels of resident satisfaction with police than just wearing a camera, combining the two produces even higher ratings of police. These findings suggest that policies on camera use may enhance the technology's ability to improve interactions between police and the public. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/91331/2001307-how-body-cameras-affect-community-members-perceptions-of-police_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146358

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Independent Assessment of The High Desert State Prison Summary: This report provides a summary of an independent assessment conducted by the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) at High Desert State Prison (HDSP) in Susanville, California. The assessment was conducted during a site visit by an eight-person team trained in the use of the Institutional Culture Assessment Protocol (ICAP), a standardized process and instrumentation designed specifically for use in assessing a prison's culture. The report details the assessment team's activities while on site from July 15, 2016 through July 28, 2016. The primary goal of the assessment was to gain a thorough understanding of the unique culture of HDSP and how that culture impacts prison operations and the environment for both staff and inmates. The assessment followed two integrated inquiry tracks: (1) an assessment of both the formal and informal cultures at HDSP through a process of interviews, focus groups, direct observation and assessment of facility operations, management, policy and procedure using the ICAP protocol; and (2) an operational assessment of practices and procedures through observation, document review, and discussions with staff. The findings from both inquiry tracks are presented in this report. In March of 2016, California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) Secretary Scott Kernan requested that ASCA conduct an independent assessment of HDSP. The request was based in part on conflicting reports Secretary Kernan had received from his agency and stakeholder groups. Reports from several Wardens' Peer Audit Team reviews were consistently positive with only minor issues being noted. Likewise, COMPSTAT data collected from HDSP did not reflect any areas of concern and was consistent with other CDCR Level 4 prisons. In contrast with the information contained in those CDCR generated documents were reports produced by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) and the Prison Law Office (PLO) alleging numerous instances of egregious behavior by staff towards the inmate population. Details: Sacramento: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, 2016. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Reports/docs/External-Reports/Independent-HDSP-Report-9-23-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 146359

Author: Latessa, Edward J. Title: Evaluation of the Effective Practices in Community Supervision Model (EPICS) in Ohio Summary: Over the last decade, several attempts have been made to integrate the principles of effective intervention into community supervision (Bourgon, Bonta, Rugge, Scott, & Yessine, 2010; Lowenkamp, Holsinger, Robinson, & Alexander, 2012; Robinson, Vanbenschoten, Alexander, & Lowenkamp, 2011; Smith, Schweitzer, Labrecque, & Latessa, 2012; Trotter, 1996; 2006). In contrast with "traditional" community supervision - which has underscored the importance of monitoring compliance with court-ordered conditions and making referrals to service providers - these recent initiatives attempt to teach probation and parole officers how to structure their face-to-face interactions with offenders using evidence-based practices (Bourgon et al., 2010; Lowenkamp et al., 2012; Robinson et al., 2011; Smith et al., 2012; Trotter, 1996, 2006). Preliminary results from several jurisdictions suggest that the use of core correctional practices within the context of community supervision has been associated with meaningful reductions in offender recidivism (Bourgon et al., 2010; Robinson et al., 2011; Lowenkamp et al., 2012). This work affirms the role of probation and parole officers as agents of behavioral change, and provides empirical support for the notion that community supervision can be effective in reducing recidivism. In an effort to determine the success of a recent initiative designed to teach probation and parole officers to apply the principles of effective intervention to community supervision practices in the state of Ohio, the Ohio Office of Criminal Justice Services (OCJS) funded the University of Cincinnati Corrections Institute (UCCI) to implement the Effective Practices in Community Supervision (EPICS) model in four jurisdictions throughout Ohio and to study the results of the implementation. A quasi-experimental study was undertaken with a twofold purpose. First, UCCI was interested in how successfully probation and parole officers were able to translate into daily practice the skills taught during the training and coaching process. Second, UCCI examined whether offenders supervised by EPICS-trained officers experienced reductions in recidivism compared with offenders supervised by untrained officers. The primary objective of this study is to examine the effectiveness of a newly integrated practice model that enhances the service delivery role of community supervision. The study addressed the following research questions: 1. Can researchers and practitioners work together to maintain research and program fidelity and translate EPICS techniques into practice? 2. Can researchers and practitioners collaborate to study and improve probation officer-offender interactions? 3. Can the EPICS model increase the effectiveness of community supervision outcomes? What follows is a detailed report on the implementation of the EPICS model in Ohio, as well as an analysis of study outcomes. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, School of Criminal Justice, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: https://www.uc.edu/content/dam/uc/ccjr/docs/reports/Final%20OCJS%20Report%202.22.13.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146362

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The Utah Model: A Path Forward for Investigating and Building Resilience to Cyber Crime Summary: As new Internet-based technologies are introduced, cyber crime is growing exponentially, both in the proliferation of crimes and the associated impact on victims--i.e., financial loss, invasion of privacy, and even blackmail. Cyber crimes endanger our national security as well. To respond to this ever-changing threat, national and local police agencies across the globe continue to explore ways to coordinate resources with each other and attack the problem. In the United States, combating cyber crime has traditionally been perceived largely as an FBI responsibility, with less involvement by local police. However, as cyber crime victims increasingly report these crimes to their local police, those agencies are being driven to develop programs and partnerships with federal law enforcement agencies in order to understand the roles they can play to be most helpful in preventing and investigating cyber crime. Details: Washington, DC: United States Bureau of Justice Assistance and Police Executive Research Forum, 2017. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.iacpcybercenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/The-Utah-Model-A-Path-Forward-for-Investigating-and-Building-Resilience-to-Cybercrime.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 146363

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Creating and Measuring a Healing Environment in the Virginia Department of Corrections The National Institute of Corrections' Norval Morris Workforce Initiative: Wave 2 Findings Summary: This report presents early findings from the Virginia Department of Corrections' (VA-DOC) Healing Environment Initiative (HEI), which is designed to inspire staff toward excellence, foster positive behavior change among people housed in Virginia's prisons, and promote safer communities. Analyses of two waves of surveys of over 6,300 VA-DOC staff indicate that leadership development coupled with training on effective communication techniques positively influence workplace culture, and staff are more optimistic about their role in creating a dynamic, ethical, positive workplace. However, staff views of the HEI vary by level and agency, with supervisors viewing the HEI more favorably than frontline staff, and community corrections staff rating the HEI more positively than prison staff. Staff in higher security prisons question the feasibility of the HEI. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/91411/nm_wave_2_brief_createmeasure_hei.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 146357

Author: Hunter, Jane Title: Blood on the Streets of Boston: Reviewing the response to the April 2013 Marathon bombings Summary: Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs) cause severe human suffering across the globe. The use of these homemade bombs results in death, life-affecting injuries, and harm to infrastructure. In 2013, AOAV recorded that at least 22,829 civilians in 41 countries were killed or injured by IEDs, a 35% increase compared to 2012. But casualty figures alone do not begin to convey the real horror of these bombings. The depressing reality is that the media and researchers often only provide a superficial overview of the harm these attacks cause, or the support their victims require. Often too little consideration is paid to the long-term care needed by those affected by such attacks. Cases of good practice in how best to respond to such attacks in terms of victim assistance are few and far between. The Boston Marathon In 2013, two IEDs were detonated at the finish line of the Boston Marathon. The attacks killed three individuals and physically injured 264. This report, Blood on the Streets of Boston, considers the impact of the bombings both on the survivors and on the Boston community at large, specifically assessing the support provided to those most affected by the lethal attack. The actions of those who provided short and long term assistance to the Boston bombing survivors can be seen, broadly, as examples of good practice when responding to an IED attack. While AOAV recognises that the response was shaped by the fact that there are significant resources available for support in a country such as the US, we believe that concrete lessons can be learnt from it from a global perspective. The actions of state institutions, charitable organisations and other bodies in the wake of the bombings demonstrate both the myriad needs of those impacted by IED attacks, and the benefit of a quick and coordinated response. From immediate health care to financial and mental health responses, those injured in the bombings were largely supported and provided with high levels of care. And so, while lessons can always be learned from the assistance provided to victims of the attacks, the US response to the Boston marathon tragedy must be largely applauded. We hope this report highlights the good and provides a pathway for city officials and emergency responders whose role it might be to prepare for the worst. Research for this report was carried out through publicly-available open-source material. Additionally, interviews were undertaken in Boston in September 2014 with academics, the first responders, health care professionals, mental health workers, service providers, State officials, survivors and witnesses Details: London: Action on Armed Violence, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: https://aoav.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/blood_on_the_streets_of_boston2-2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Explosive Devices Shelf Number: 146367

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Restricting Housing in the U.S.: Issues, Challenges, and Future Directions Summary: Given the current environment, it is clear that the work being carried out by officials in law enforcement, courts, and corrections is changing rapidly. This makes our work at NIJ even more critical and vital to the criminal justice community. NIJ is proud to have supported the National Academies' report, The Growth of Incarceration in the United States: Exploring Causes and Consequences, which presents the blueprint for expanding an evidence base in areas such as the impact of incarceration on justice-involved individuals, on their children and families, and on how the incarceration experience shapes their way of life and re-entry process. Consistent with this line of inquiry, institutional corrections, and more specifically restrictive housing and other strategies that facilities use to manage and control incarcerated individuals, have become a national priority for President Obama, DOJ, and corrections administrators at the federal, state, and local levels. Restrictive housing, commonly known as solitary confinement or administrative segregation, is a common practice in corrections. A recent national estimate by the Bureau of Justice Statistics reveals that as many as one in five individuals has spent time in restrictive housing while in jail or prison. Despite its use throughout facilities nationwide, we lack the scientific evidence to convey how corrections administrators use this strategy and its impact on incarcerated individuals, staff, and the organizational climate. While there are claims that this correctional strategy increases the safety and well-being of staff and inmates, there is increasing concern about its potential over-use and its effects on incarcerated individuals, especially those with mental illness. To launch NIJ's dedicated strategic investment in this area, we held a two-day convening on October 22 and 23, 2015, composed of a diverse group of more than 80 experts from federal, state, and local corrections agencies, advocacy groups, academia, and research organizations. This group convened to discuss (1) what we know and don't know about the inmates who are put into this type of housing; (2) the relationship between institutional violence and restrictive housing; (3) issues related to the mental health of inmates, officer and inmate safety and wellness, civil rights, and safe alternatives to restrictive housing; and (4) the gaps in data collection efforts and the existing empirical literature. Throughout the two days, attendees discussed the research gaps in restrictive housing and debated the multiple policy and practice concerns that currently exist. NIJ greatly appreciates these experts' participation as they shared their individual perspectives and contributed to identifying how best to move forward in developing restrictive housing policies and practices that are grounded in science. Certainly, the most comprehensive understanding of restrictive housing can only come when we consider the various facets that characterize its use and impact and consider how these issues affect our theoretical and practical understanding of this correctional practice. With this goal in mind, this volume includes 10 chapters on restrictive housing, each with a distinct focus and written by leading experts from various disciplines including criminology, psychology, sociology, and law. The volume represents the most comprehensive review to date of emerging issues and concerns surrounding restrictive housing, including the roles that gangs, violence, and mental health play in the management of individuals in restrictive housing. Most importantly, readers of this volume will also find a strong focus on the conceptual and empirical challenges we face in addressing restrictive housing. One critical conceptual challenge that readers will notice throughout the volume is the way authors use different, sometimes contradictory, terms to define and discuss this practice. Some authors use terms such as administrative segregation and restrictive housing interchangeably, while other authors carefully differentiate such terms to highlight critical nuances regarding this practice. As a whole, these chapters offer an innovative perspective for guiding future research in this area and ensuring that our efforts have a strong scientific foundation. Individually, the chapters present an in-depth review of the important features that characterize restrictive housing. Details: Washington, DC: NIJ, 2016. 420p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250315.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 146368

Author: Sen, Aditi Title: By A Thousand Cuts: The Complex Face of Wage Theft in New York Summary: An estimated 2.1 million New Yorkers are victims of wage theft annually, cheated out of a cumulative $3.2 billion in wages and benefits they are owed. In recent years-at least as far back as the passage of the New York Wage Theft Prevention Act of 2010, through 2015, when a series of New York Times articles explored the shocking extent of wage theft and other workplace abuses in the nail salon industry-mainstream elected officials and the press alike have turned meaningful attention to the problem of wage theft in New York State and nationwide. The question is what remains to be done. This brief study does not attempt to answer that question fully, but begins the inquiry by delving into the shape that wage theft takes in New York City and statewide. Case studies in this report focus on particular employers that low-wage worker advocates have identified as illustrating broader problems in sectors where wage theft is prevalent. Though this study is merely an entry point to a much broader and deeper analysis, our results point to some common-sense first steps in improving wage theft enforcement in New York City, New York State, and beyond. Recommendations include the following: - City, state and federal government should invest in rigorous social science and economic research to evaluate what types of education, enforcement, penalties, and damages are most successful in encouraging workers and others to blow the whistle on wage theft, compensating directly impacted workers, and deterring and reducing wage theft. - Our legislative and regulatory approach to penalizing wage theft and retaliation should be reevaluated to take into account the impact that wage theft and retaliation have not only on the directly impacted workers but also on competing employers, entire geographic areas, sectors, and the economy. - Outreach, education, and enforcement efforts need to be tailored to address the specific situations of certain sectors, ethnic groups, and communities. -- Government should partner with, and resource, community-based partners who have established trust in hard-to-reach communities of workers and employers. -- Government should partner with community and labor organizations with expertise in specific sectors and types of wage theft, to assist in bringing forward adequate and accurate testimony and evidence to evaluate compliance in that sector or type of employer. -- Government inspectors and investigators should receive regular training in sector-specific practices in order to rigorously evaluate testimony and facts presented by employees and employers for reasonability. - Government enforcement needs to explore substantial regulatory, legislative and strategic changes to enable collection of unpaid wages, damages and penalties. -- Pilot projects should aggressively test the use of bonds in exploitative industries, the ability of courts and the Department of Labor (DOL) to freeze assets pre-judgment, and wage liens. -- Public procurement rules should prohibit convicted wage thieves from bidding on public contracts or dispositions at the federal, state and local level, or from receiving public subsidy, with permanent removal from bidding or eligibility lists in cases of egregious wage theft. Details: New York: Center for popular Democracy, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: https://populardemocracy.org/sites/default/files/WageTheft%2011162015%20Web.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crime Shelf Number: 146369

Author: Edwards, Griffin Title: Looking Down the Barrel of a Loaded Gun: The Effect of Mandatory Handgun Purchase Delays on Homicide and Suicide Summary: The effects of policies aimed to restrict firearm ownership and usage is a heavily debated topic in modern social science research. While much of the debate has focused on right-to-carry laws, less research has focused on other policies which affect firearm ownership and use, in particular statutory delays between the purchase and delivery of a firearm. In addition to the 1994 Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act, which placed a mandatory five-day wait period between the purchase and delivery of a handgun, many states enacted similar policies before and after Brady's effective years. We exploit within-state variation across time in both the existence of a purchase delay and length of the delay to examine the effect of purchase delays on firearm-related homicides and suicides. We find that the existence of a purchase delay reduces firearm related suicides by around 3 percent, with no statistical evidence of a substitution towards non-firearm suicides. We find no evidence that purchase delays are associated with statistically significant changes in homicide rates. Details: Birmingham, AL: University of Alabama, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Alabama Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2629397: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2629397 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 146372

Author: Sibila, Deborah A. Title: Citizenship Status and Arrest Patterns for Violence and Narcotic related offenses in federal judicial districts along the U.S. -Mexico border (2007-2010) Summary: Media reports routinely reference the drug-related violence in Mexico, linking crime in communities along the Southwest Border to drug cartel members and illegal immigrants. This study examines whether assertions regarding the disproportionate involvement of noncitizen immigrants in the increasing violence along the southwestern border are accurate. Previous research examining the link between immigration and crime has almost exclusively been limited to examining a small number of offenses (i.e. homicide) at either the city or neighborhood level. This research distinguishes itself from most existing studies on immigration and crime, in that it examines arrests for both citizens and noncitizens for narcotic, weapon and violence-related offenses in five federal judicial districts on the U.S.-Mexico border for a four-year period (2007-2010). Binary logistic regression was used to examine the relationship between citizenship status and federal arrests. Overall, the results of this study are consistent with recent research that shows that noncitizens are less likely to be arrested than U.S. citizens for violent and drug-related offenses. The only exception, marijuana-related crimes contradicts recent studies that suggest that U.S. citizens are more likely to be arrested for drug related offenses than are noncitizens. A precise reason for this contradiction is unclear in this study indicating that additional research is necessary. Limitations, advantages, policy implications and future research are also discussed. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2016. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/10/30/10307718.html Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 146373

Author: Menaker, Tatyana A. Title: Characteristics of Commercially Sexually Exploited Girls: A comparison of girls with and without a history of involvement in the sex trade Summary: Despite an increased focus on the commercial sexual exploitation of youth in the United States, few studies have examined the characteristics of prostituted youth as compared to delinquent counterparts with no involvement in the sex trade. Consequently, there is a limited understanding of how social service agencies can most effectively respond to the unique needs of this population. The current study uses interviews with girls under age 18, detained at the Clark County Juvenile Detention Center in Las Vegas, Nevada, to examine the extent to which prostituted girls disclose: (a) familial dysfunction (e.g., parental criminality, substance abuse, and interparental violence), (b) childhood physical and sexual abuse, physical and mental health problems, substance use, and running away, and (c) prosocial bonds in the form of adult social support and involvement and commitment to school, community activities, and employment, as compared to girls who have not been involved in the sex trade. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2014. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 24, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/35/81/3581907.html Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sexual Exploitation Shelf Number: 146374

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Assessment of Shift Relief Requirements and Correctional Staff Needs at all Facilities within the Nevada Department of Corrections Summary: In response to a request to assess the correctional officer, sergeant, Lieutenant and Captain staffing needs and requirements of the Department of Corrections, the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) conducted an assessment of uniform staff at all 18 Department facilities and its Transportation Unit. The 18 facilities included assessed, seven major correctional facilities and eleven minimum-security conservation camps or transitional facilities. Additionally, the Central Transportation Unit staffing was also evaluated. ASCA conducted a thorough review of the posts and staffing levels prescribed by the state legislature for each facility and as appropriate made recommendations to alter the current legislatively approved post and staffing plans. Those changes were based on observation of the work performed by staff in those facilities, analysis of staff deployment documents, rosters, budget and expense reports, and the assessment team's extensive experience working in prisons as line officers, supervisors, wardens, and directors of state correctional systems. One of the major components of the staffing assessment was to determine the existing need for staff to fill the current legislatively mandated posts. The key element in making such a determination is an accurate estimate of the number of staff it takes to fill a post. This number is based on calculating the number of days a staff person is actually available to work in a given year. For example, staff in general work five days a week, eight hours a day, and may be also be unavailable for assignment when on vacation, or sick, etc. Since that post may need to be staffed seven days a week, 24 hours a day, it�s not possible for one person to work that post all the time. Thus, it is important to know how many staff it actually takes to staff that post all the time so that you are assured that someone is available to staff that post. That number in prison terminology is referred to as the shift relief factor, and varies from 4.8 to 5.5 staff. That is it takes from 4.8 to 5.5 people to fill/staff a post that operates seven days a week, 24 hours a day. To conduct that analysis and estimate those shift relief factors, the assessment team included a former Nevada legislative analysis and budget official. This report presents our findings, conclusions and recommendations. In the first section of the report, two separate but related sets of summary findings, conclusions and recommendations are presented. They are: (1) the number of staff required to fill all currently mandated correctional officer, sergeant, lieutenant and captain posts at each of the 18 facilities; and (2), assuming that the number of staff required to fill all currently mandated posts are authorized, the number of additional staff required to fill the recommended changes in staffing levels are presented. Recognizing that it is neither reasonable nor realistic to expect all of the recommendations to be implemented immediately, we strongly recommend adoption of a phased implementation of the recommended increases in staff. Details: Hagerstown, MD: The Association, 2014. 230p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://doc.nv.gov/uploadedFiles/docnvgov/content/Home/features/ASCA_NV_Staffing_Study_Final_Report_10202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 146377

Author: Costello, William A., Jr. Title: The New Walking Beat: A Model Assessment Tool for Using Social Media to Enhance Community Policing Summary: Purpose: In recent years, social media has become a primary method and forum of interaction within communities. The theory and common practice of community policing requires law enforcement agencies to be engaged with all segments of the community in their efforts to preserve the peace and maintain public safety. The purpose of this applied research project is threefold. First, it describes the ideal components of an effective social media campaign in the context of community policing. Second, it assesses the Austin Police Department's (APD) social media outreach using these ideal type components. Third, based on the assessment, it provides recommendations for improving the APD's social media outreach so that the department's emphasis on community policing is maximized. A review of the literature identified three key components of an effective social media campaign in the context of community policing. These components include building community partnerships through social media, integrating social media with problem solving and integrating social media policies and procedures. Methodology: The literature identified the components of an effective social media campaign in the context of community policing. These components are used to construct a model assessment tool. This tool is used to assess the Austin Police Department's social media campaign in the context of community policing in conjunction with document analysis and semi-structured interviews to form a case study. Findings: The Austin Police Department's social media outreach adequately uses social media to enhance its community policing mission. The implementation of more formalized policies and procedures and adequately equipping the department with more trained personnel, dedicated finances and current technology to maintain an up to date and 24/7 social media presence is necessary as the department continues to grow. Details: San Marcos, TX: Texas State University, 2015. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/5868/CostelloWilliam.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146378

Author: Christenson, Blake Richard Title: Assessing Foreclosure and Crime at Street Segments in Mecklenburg, County, North Carolina Summary: Foreclosures are potentially problematic for neighborhood crime rates by providing crime attractors to residential communities. In the past, like many criminogenic features, foreclosures were typically seen as an inner city problem; however, in the wake of the housing market collapse of 2008 precipitated by suspect banking practices, foreclosures were particularly impacting young and new middle class homeowners (i.e., people with little credit history or assets). This study improves upon past research in two areas. First, instead of using large heterogeneous units of analysis (e.g., block groups, tracts, counties), this study uses street blocks. Street blocks, here, are preferred because of their relative homogeneity, especially when compared to large aggregate areal units. Second, this study restricts crime to only those that occur in residential areas. The routine activities surrounding residential areas are substantially different from those surrounding other land uses. Chi-square results show a significant and positive relationship between foreclosure and crime. Moran's I shows a significant positive relationship between foreclosure and crime. LISA analysis additionally provides insight into the importance of locational characteristics that may further shed light on the foreclosure-crime relationship. Results here suggest further research of the foreclosure-crime relationship should utilize street segments as the base unit of analysis and control for crime location. Details: Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/theses/1091/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Foreclosure Shelf Number: 146379

Author: Dave, Dhaval M. Title: Mandatory Accessed Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs and Prescription Drug Abuse Summary: Despite the significant cost of prescription (Rx) drug abuse and calls from policy makers for effective interventions, there is limited research on the effects of policies intended to limit such abuse. This study estimates the effects of prescription drug monitoring (PDMP) programs which is a key policy targeting the non-medical use of Rx drugs. Based on objective indicators of abuse as measured by substance abuse treatment admissions related to Rx drugs, estimates do not suggest any substantial effects of instituting an operational PDMP. We find, however, that mandatory-access provisions, which raised PDMP utilization rates by actually requiring providers to query the PDMP prior to prescribing a controlled drug, are significantly associated with a reduction in Rx drug abuse. The effects are driven primarily by a reduction in opioid abuse, generally strongest among young adults (ages 18-24), and underscore important dynamics in the policy response. Robustness checks are consistent with a causal interpretation of these effects. We also assess potential spillovers of mandatory PDMPs on the use of other illicit drugs, and find a complementary reduction in admissions related to cocaine and marijuana abuse. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23537: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23537 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 146380

Author: Goel, Sharad Title: Combatting Police Discrimination in the Age of Big Data Summary: The exponential growth of available information about routine police activities offers new opportunities to improve the fairness and effectiveness of police practices. We illustrate the point by showing how a particular kind of calculation made possible by modern, large-scale datasets - determining the likelihood that stopping and frisking a particular pedestrian will result in the discovery of contraband or other evidence of criminal activity - could be used to reduce the racially disparate impact of pedestrian searches and to increase their effectiveness. For tools of this kind to achieve their full potential in improving policing, though, the legal system will need to adapt. One important change would be to understand police tactics such as investigatory stops of pedestrians or motorists as programs, not as isolated occurrences. Beyond that, the judiciary will need to grow more comfortable with statistical proof of discriminatory policing, and the police will need to be more receptive to the assistance that algorithms can provide in reducing bias. Details: Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Stanford Public Law Working Paper No. 2787101: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2787101 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 146381

Author: Hussemann, Jeanette Title: Implementing Evidence-Based Juvenile Justice Reforms Demonstration Sites in OJJDP's Juvenile Justice Reform and Reinvestment Initiative Summary: At the end of 2012, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) launched the Juvenile Justice Reform and Reinvestment Initiative (JJRRI) in three demonstration sites in Delaware, Iowa, and Milwaukee County, Wisconsin. The goal of JJRRI was to bring evidence and best practices to bear on juvenile justice operations. This was done through the use of empirically based risk and needs assessment, the development of dispositional matrices that provide evidence-based recommendations concerning dispositional options, and the implementation of the Standardized Program Evaluation Protocol (SPEP) rating system to assess and guide improvements in the programs delivered to juvenile justice youth. Together, these tools were intended to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the use of juvenile justice resources. Concurrent with the implementation of JJRRI, the Urban Institute conducted a process and outcome evaluation of the initiative. The goals of the evaluation included understanding how the implementation of JJRRI improved the quality and effectiveness of juvenile justice programming at demonstration sites. Two prior reports focused specifically on the implementation and attempt to validate the SPEP system for rating program effectiveness, which was a major component of JJRRI (Liberman and Hussemann 2016, 2017). This report provides an overview of JJRRI and implementation components at the three demonstration sites, including progress made, challenges encountered, and the sustainability of reforms. Findings are based on data collected between 2012 and 2015. Data collection included annual visits to each site with technical assistance (TA) providers, observation of on-site trainings, and in-depth telephone interviews with stakeholders to monitor progress and assess stakeholder perspectives. Interviews were conducted with a diverse set of juvenile justice stakeholders at each site, including administrators, program providers, court workers, contractors, data managers, and JJRRI program managers and support staff. Additional information was collected via a review of written reports and narratives provided by the JJRRI sites, as well as participation in regular calls with the sites, funders, and TA providers. This report describes the implementation of JJRRI at the three demonstration sites. The first section briefly discusses key components of JJRRI, and the second section discusses how implementation of the components proceeded in the JJRRI demonstration sites. The third section concludes with a discussion of the overall challenges and benefits to the initiative. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/90381/implementing_evidence-based-juvenile-justice-reforms.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 146383

Author: Haight, Konrad Title: An Examination of Ethnic Disparities in Arizona's Juvenile Justice System: Final Technical Report Summary: Research on disproportionate minority contact in the juvenile justice system has generally concluded that Black youth are subject to disparate treatment such that they typically are more likely than White youth to face more formal and more punitive treatment at the various decision points in the juvenile court process. Research on disparate treatment for Latino youth in the juvenile justice system has been relatively rare, and the results of those studies have provided inconsistent evidence on the nature of disparities between Latino and White youth. This study sought to address such gaps in the research with a comprehensive assessment of juvenile justice case processing for a two-year period in the state of Arizona. Using a data set particularly well-suited for this examination, we believe the results of this study contribute meaningfully to the literature on ethnic disparities in the juvenile justice system. Using data from the state of Arizona that included 75,316 referrals to the juvenile justice system over the two-year period from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014, we applied five research questions to data on eight distinct decision points. We controlled for key legal factors such as the referral offense, the number of prior referrals, and whether the youth was involved in dependency court in addition to juvenile court. The level of detail in the data allowed us to investigate whether disparity varied depending on the type of referral offense and the county in which the youth was referred. Does disparity affecting Latino youth exist statewide in Arizona? If we look at rates of referral to juvenile court, we find that White youth are actually more likely to be referred to juvenile court than Latino youth. This is in contrast to the patterns of referral rates for Black and Native American youth-both groups are more likely than White youth to be referred to juvenile court, with Black youth referred more than twice as often as White youth. Once they are referred to juvenile court, however, there are a number of ways that Latino youth experience their processing in the juvenile justice system disproportionately more punitive than White youth. Latino youth are underrepresented in diversions from formal court processing, and overrepresented in direct filings to adult court, in pre-adjudicatory secure detention, in petitions filed for formal juvenile court processing, and in commitments to correctional facilities at disposition. Does observed disparity affecting Latino youth remain when we control for other factors that might impact juvenile justice decision making? Based on multivariate analyses that controlled for the influence of age, gender, number of priors, most serious current offense, and dependency status, we find that the disparities identified above remain even after taking into account these other factors. Across the state, if they were referred to juvenile court, Latino youth were less likely than White youth to receive an opportunity to avoid formal court processing and more likely to experience more punitive treatment at the various decision points. Does disparity affecting Latino youth vary by county? We did find a pattern of results that was generally consistent across the different counties. This pattern is that Latino youth are less likely than White youth to be referred to juvenile court and to be diverted from formal court processing, but more likely to be securely detained prior to adjudication, have a petition filed for formal court processing, and be committed to a correctional facility after disposition. We did find some counties where this pattern was not detected, and those were the counties in which the Latino youth were the largest racial/ethnic group in the general population. Does disparity affecting Latino youth vary based on the type of offense for which the youth was referred? By considering each decision point broken down by the type of offense, we find there are complexities to the patterns of disparities for Latino youth in juvenile courts in Arizona. For example, Latino youth are overall less likely to be referred to juvenile court than White youth, except in the case of violent felonies, status offenses, and violations, for which we find Latino youth to be more likely than White youth to be referred to court. Also, Latino youth are overrepresented in secure detention placements, except when the offense was a violation or a violent misdemeanor. In addition, the biggest disparities for Latino youth with regard to the filing of petitions for formal court processing are in the case of property misdemeanors and for drug felonies. Finally, while we find that Latino youth are more likely to be committed to correctional placements after disposition, the disparities are greatest for violent misdemeanors and felonies and for drug felonies. Does disparity affecting Latino youth differ depending on whether the county of referral is participating in JDAI? We find that at several of the decision points, the disparities between Latino and White youth in the JDAI counties are smaller than what we find in the non-JDAI counties, particularly at the decision points of direct file, diversion, petition, and probation. There are other decision points where the differences between JDAI and non-JDAI counties are rather small, namely secure detention and adjudication. Placement in correctional facilities is one decision point where Latino youth in the JDAI counties fare worse than in non-JDAI counties. Key findings from this study include: - Latino youth are not overrepresented in referrals to juvenile court, but they do experience disparate treatment once they are in the system. - Latino youth are more likely than White youth to experience the most severe and restrictive punishments that the juvenile justice system has to offer. This includes direct filings in adult court, placement in pre-adjudicatory secure detention, and placement in confinement following disposition. - When it comes to severe and restrictive punishments, Black youth experience greater levels of disparity than Latino youth. - In most cases, legal factors that we controlled for do not account for the observed disparities. - Patterns of disparity are consistent across counties for Black youth, but this is not true of Latino youth, where disparity appears to vary with the proportion of the population that are Latino. - Disparity varies depending on the type of offense and this is consistent across racial and ethnic groups. The data used for this study are particularly well-suited for examining the extent to which Latino youth experience disparate treatment in the juvenile justice system. As such, the results can help guide future research and help policy makers in their efforts to address ethnic disparities. Implications for policy and practice include: - Ongoing assessment of disparity should move beyond a statewide only approach, focusing on areas with the greatest levels of disparity to ensure more efficient use of resources while generating greater reductions in disparity. - In counties where one race/ethnicity experiences greater disparity than other, it may make sense to work with those communities to determine the root of the problem. Where disparity is experienced across race/ethnicity groups, it may make more sense to look at official policies and procedures that might contribute to disparity across the board. - Future studies should augment their focus on county-level relative rates of risk with a county-level understanding of the juvenile justice system. Policies and practices at the county level can impact disparity and are vital to not only understanding why disparity exists, but also how to address it. - Future studies should incorporate a more complete understanding of previous offense histories, risk assessment scores, and include data collected over a longer period of time. - Whenever possible, it is important to consider ways that responses to particular offenses may introduce disparities in processing of youth through the court progression. Details: Indianapolis, IN: American Institutes for Research, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250803.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 146384

Author: Campie, Patricia E. Title: Community-Based Violence Prevention Study of Safe and Successful Youth Initiative: An Intervention to Prevent Urban Gun Violence Summary: While the federal government has been steadily increasing support for funding violence prevention activities in urban centers and among older youth involved with guns and gangs, very few states have made this type of violence the focus of their crime prevention efforts. In 2010, Massachusetts invested in the Massachusetts Safe and Successful Youth Initiative (SSYI), an initiative launched in eleven cities with the highest per capita rates of violent crime. SSYI aims to reduce violence and promote healthy development and outcomes among young males, ages 14-24 who are at the greatest risk for violent offending and victimization. This report presents results from the Community-based Violence Prevention (CBVP) study of SSYI's impact on violent crime in Massachusetts. The overarching research question we examine is to what extent SSYI influenced changes in violent crime in SSYI communities and whether this influence is sustained over time. We also examine hypothesized factors related to SSYI effectiveness and resultant changes in violent crime. To explore our research questions we conducted: (1) analyses of changes in violent crime outcomes in SSYI communities in comparison with 30 other communities in Massachusetts; (2) examinations of community norms of violence and its relationship to police-community relations within each SSYI community; and, (3) investigations of the relationship between the myriad violence prevention and intervention efforts (including SSYI) and violent crime trends in Boston from 2007 to 2014. Details: Washington, DC: American Institutes for Research, 2017. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250771.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146385

Author: Smallwood, Michael Title: North Carolina Basic Law Enforcement Training: A Comparative Analysis Summary: Law enforcement officers are an integral part of our society. They are at our schools, on our highways, and in our communities. Their constant presence is a reminder of the general police power, the power and ability to regulate behavior and enforce lawful order, which is reserved to each state. Each officer undergoes extensive training at the beginning of and throughout his/her career to ensure that he/she enforces the laws in the correct manner. This training is imperative, as the ability to enforce laws correctly corresponds to the quality of training that law enforcement officers receive. However, the importance of training was not always understood. Not until the late 1950s did states begin to establish training boards or commissions. Currently, all states have some form of law enforcement training or standards institution and 47 states have legislation requiring minimum training standards for new officers. However, since each state's approach to government differs, it is not surprising that there is a wide variation in minimum standards, possibly resulting in a variation in the quality of law enforcement. Additionally, as the newer community policing model has gained momentum in the last few years, training standards and requirements have never been more important. This capstone focuses on the adequacy of North Carolina's basic law enforcement training requirements and standards and whether they have kept pace with the increasingly complex and ever changing role of law enforcement. The purpose of this research is to generate recommendations for North Carolina's Basic Law Enforcement Training (BLET). This paper begins with a literature review and program descriptions of basic law enforcement training in the surrounding states of the southeastern region. After the methodology is discussed, the following section provides the findings and recommendations for improvement. It concludes with a brief summary on implementation. Details: Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.mpa.unc.edu/sites/www.mpa.unc.edu/files/Mike%20Smallwood.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Training Shelf Number: 146386

Author: Rojek, Jeff Title: South Carolina Law Enforcement Training Survey: A National and State Analysis Summary: he present study examines the current state of law enforcement recruit training for municipal and sheriff's departments in South Carolina by addressing three questions. First, how does the state mandated training of South Carolina compare to the standards of other states? Second, what agencies within the state of South Carolina provide additional training for recruits before they enter the field, and what is the nature of this training? Third, what agencies within the state of South Carolina place their recruits through a field training program, and what are the characteristics of these programs? The data for answering these questions were captured through two collection mechanisms, both of which took place in December 2006. Data for the comparison of state mandated training were gathered with a survey of the Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) commissions or equivalent entity in each state. The data on the training efforts of South Carolina agencies were collected by surveying a sample 65 agencies, which represents 27.7% of municipal and county departments in the state. The overall sample was derived from a two stage sampling process. The first stage involved selecting a sample of 20 agencies from agencies in the state that had 75 or more officers/deputies. The second sample of 45 agencies was randomly drawn from the remaining agencies in the state with less than 75 commissioned officers or deputies. A total of 47 agencies responded to the two waves of surveys, representing a 72.3% response rate. There were 33 municipal agencies (70.2%) among these responding agencies and 14 sheriff's departments (29.8%). The current survey of law enforcement training standards across the country and among a sample of South Carolina law enforcement agencies clearly shows that the State of South Carolina has fallen far behind national norms in its commitment to basic law enforcement training. South Carolina's 349 hours of basic academy training, which equates to a mere nine weeks, was more than 40 percent below the national and southern region medians from 2006. In 1972, South Carolina ranked 14th in the nation in its number of state-mandated basic training hours. In 2006, our state ranked second only to Louisiana in requiring the fewest number of basic training hours for law enforcement certification. The problem is not only with the lack of total hours, however. South Carolina also has not kept pace with national standards with respect to basic academy course content. In South Carolina, for example, law enforcement recruits receive no dedicated training in community policing, problem-solving, or even first aid. By way of comparison, a 2002 Bureau of Justice Statistics survey of the nation's law enforcement academies reported that 90 percent of the responding academies provided training in community policing, 64 percent in problem-solving, and 99 percent in basic first aid and CPR. Nor are most agencies themselves making up for these curriculum deficiencies. Only 36 percent of the South Carolina agencies surveyed reported that they provide any post-academy basic training to new recruits. The results from the field training portion of the survey depict a wide gulf between large and small agencies in South Carolina regarding field training practices. The median number of field training hours (475 hours) among South Carolina agencies with 100 or more officers is only slightly less than the required number of field training hours in the Austin (TX) Police Department, which has the lowest number of required hours among six agencies used as a benchmark for comparative purposes in the present analysis. However, the median number of required field training hours among smaller South Carolina agencies drops off precipitously and stands at only 60 hours for agencies with 20 or fewer officers. In many of these small agencies, new officers receive an inadequate nine weeks of basic training at the South Carolina Criminal Justice Academy and then are handed the keys to a patrol car and told to report for duty. They receive no on-the-job field training at all. To be sure, this lack of field training in small agencies is a problem in other states as well, but it is exacerbated in South Carolina because of the insufficient training received by recruit officers at the basic academy. New law enforcement officers and the citizens of South Carolina are being ill-served by the lack of resources and attention given to basic law enforcement training in our state. Improving South Carolina's deficiencies in basic law enforcement training will require, at a minimum, a thorough review and overhaul of the state Law Enforcement Training Council certification standards and the basic Criminal Justice Academy curriculum. These efforts to bring South Carolina's law enforcement training standards up to national norms should result in a substantially longer basic academy, adding critical subject areas, and mandating field training for all new officers. Based on the results from this study, the following policy recommendations are offered: - The Law Enforcement Training Council, with appropriate funding, should immediately undertake a comprehensive review and comparison of the South Carolina basic training standards to those in other states and among the nation's leading law enforcement agencies. - Following this review, the Training Council should commission a new draft curriculum that would bring South Carolina to the forefront of national standards in basic law enforcement training. - While the new curriculum is being prepared, discussion must begin in the South Carolina legislature and among the state's policy-makers on how best to fund a modern law enforcement training system that can meet the demands of 21st century policing in South Carolina. - Policy-makers should consider all available options, including legislation that would permit regional and stand-alone academies for those political subdivisions willing to pay for them. - At the same time, lawmakers should pass legislation that would mandate the training hours reflected in the new basic law enforcement curriculum drafted by the Training Council and that would require a reasonable number of field training hours for all new officers. As South Carolina positions itself for economic growth and development in the 21st century, it must not give short-shrift to its public safety needs. Chief among those are the need to train its law enforcement personnel in accordance with best practices. The current state of basic law enforcement training in South Carolina, however, is far below national norms and is in need of reform. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, Department of Criminology & Criminal Justice, 2007. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://artsandsciences.sc.edu/crju/sites/sc.edu.crju/files/attachments/trainingreport.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Academy Training Shelf Number: 146387

Author: Austin, James Title: Colorado Department of Corrections Administrative Segregation and Classification Review Summary: The Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC) made formal request to the National Institute of Corrections (NIC), U.S. Department of Justice, to have an external review of its offender classification system and its administrative segregation policies and practices. Once the request was received, the NIC selected two consultants (James Austin and Emmitt Sparkman) to complete the TA assignment. The primary reasons for this request can be summarized as follows; 1. With respect to the offender classification system, there had not been a full revalidation of the offender classification for several years. It is recommended that all risk assessment systems be re-tested at least every five years to ensure the system is both reliable and valid. Further, there was the need to determine if the systems are equally effective for male and female offenders. 2. With respect to administrative segregation, there have been a number of important changes in the overall structure and procedures associated with administrative segregation within the CDOC. Here again, a comprehensive assessment of the current system was desired to determine if further changes were warranted. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2011. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/files/assets/final_ad_seg.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 146390

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Review of Basic Law Enforcement Training in the State of Washington: Final Report Summary: The State of Washington contracted the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) to conduct a study of the current centralized system of training police recruits and compare with other models used in ten states throughout the nation. The Washington State Criminal Justice Training Center/Washington State Police Academy Study Steering Committee was initiated to consult and oversee the study. The Steering Committee was made up of the following appointees: Washington State Senator Dale Brandland; Washington State Representative Hans Dunshee; Sheriff John Didion, President of the Washington Association of Sheriffs and Police Chiefs; John Lane, Governor's Executive Policy Office; Washington State Police Assistant Chief Jim Lever; and Dr. Michael Parsons, Executive Director of the Washington State Criminal Justice Training Center. In order to seek the views of all chiefs and sheriffs in Washington, PERF developed a survey that was distributed to approximately 250 Washington law enforcement agencies with the assistance of the Washington Association of Sheriffs and Police Chiefs. Seventy-five questionnaires were completed for a return rate of 30 percent. The survey solicited information and opinions on a number of areas including: identifying and agency information; the number of cadets departments expect to send to Basic Law Enforcement Academy (BLEA) in the future; alternative training approaches; obstacles to basic training models; and the feasibility of self-funded law enforcement training. In addition to the survey results, PERF collected comparative data on police academies from ten other states across the country from as far east as Florida and as near as the bordering state of Oregon. Information was also obtained from in a variety of other sources including elected officials, appointees, state police governing agencies, police executives, academy directors and trainers, along with our personal observations touring both the Washington State Patrol Academy campus in Shelton and Washington Criminal Justice Training Commission facility in Burien. PERF also considered the economic outlook of the State of Washington and its impact on state services Based upon the totality of information, PERF identified the following key findings for basic police training in Washington. It should be noted PERF makes these findings and recommendations keenly aware of the controversy of some and the substantial amount of resistance that may be expected in implementing change. These are the difficult decisions that legislatures and law enforcement leaders must make in these tough economic times to maintain quality police service for Washington's communities. - Training of new deputies and officers should be maintained in a centralized approach. Continuing the centralized delivery of training offers consistent and quality instruction while allowing the state to refine its innovative approach of Problem Based Learning methods within a police academy environment. - PERF identified four possible funding sources for supporting the centralized training of police cadets: legislate revenue to police training from an increase in fines resulting from convictions of infractions and criminal offenses; agencies providing financial support for their cadets attending the BLEA; allow student cadets who are financially responsible for the cost of training to attend BLEA representing themselves or an agency; as in the Oregon model, consolidate all training to a single location. - Should the state choose to consolidate police basic training to a single state facility, there is a compelling argument for relocating WSP Trooper Basic Training (TBTC) to the Burien campus. There is enough classroom and dormitory space to conduct all classroom training, for both WSP cadets and in service troopers, at Burien. The Shelton facility does not have enough dormitory or classroom space to meet the needs of all projected BLEA classes. The classroom and dormitory space in Shelton could be "mothballed" although the WSP academy does have unique assets not available in Burien - the drive course, an outdoor range, a K-9 course, space for bomb squad training and a dive tank. A smaller administrative and training staff would need to remain in Shelton to facilitate the use of these facilities. Those being trained at these outdoor venues could be housed cost effectively in Shelton hotels. - Significant saving may be achieved by the state needing to finance one Master Plan for facility improvements rather than both CJTC and WSPA improvement plans. - PERF identified several basic BLEA or TBTC academy topics or curriculum that lend themselves to consolidation and may be taught to both academies' cadets in a unified class: 19 areas were identified that could be jointly taught (BLEA 185 hours / TBTC 161.5 hours); eight topics were identified that are adaptable to joint instruction (BLEA 306 hours / TBTC 465.5 hours); and six topics were identified as adaptable through a common PBL approach (BLEA 91 hours / TBTC 29.5 hours). - The state should pursue an aggressive distance learning program for in-service training. This will allow the timely compliance with state mandated and other specialized training; minimize officers' time away from regularly assigned duties; and provide significant cost saving for agencies and the state. The components of each of the findings are discussed in greater detail within the narrative of this report Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2009. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://leg.wa.gov/JTC/Documents/WashingtonTrainingFinalReport_Part1.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Training Shelf Number: 146425

Author: Weber, Amber Ann Marie Title: An Evaluation of a Midwestern Police Academy Summary: The purpose of this research was to examine and evaluate the 2009 police recruit academy at the Duluth Police Department (DPD) in Duluth, MN, from the perspectives of those involved and gauge which components of the academy were 1) sufficient; 2) unnecessary; or 3) in need of further explanation (or needed to be added); and 4) how the community policing ethos of DPD, in connection with adult learning practices, aided training. This research was conducted because this was the first formal academy at DPD and all eleven recruits had successfully completed training that year. Fifty-two officers at DPD were contacted about participating in interviews; forty-three officers responded, with an additional three who volunteered. During interviews, officers were asked questions about their opinion on aspects of the academy, based on their category (recruit, lieutenant/sergeant, field training officer, or coordinator/instructor). Further, statistics were compiled on all officers hired from 1999-2009 by sending out sixty-seven emails (sixty-one officers responded) and going through the employee files of thirty-one additional previous employees in reference to each officer's schooling and prior experience. The primary results of the interviews revealed five themes, including the perceived success of the academy, the hands-on approach used, the reasons surrounding the creation of the academy, the "good candidate versus good training" debate, and the department and community benefit of this program. A statistical analysis of the compiled data indicated a moderately strong significant relationship between retaining the recruits and 1) prior experience, and separately, 2) schooling. An analysis was also done on a combined variable of experience and/or schooling, versus neither variable; no significant relationship was found between the variables in this case. A section was also included on the author�s firsthand experience going through the second academy (in 2010) at DPD and a discussion comparing the 2009 and 2010 academies. The principal conclusions included that the success of the recruits through training had to do with both the quality of the candidates as well as the provided training, and that a higher level of training, even if it does not prevent all candidates from being washed out, is a great tool to any agency. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2012. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/131249/Weber_Amber_May2012.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Training Shelf Number: 146427

Author: Sturm, Susan Title: Leading with Conviction: The Transformative Role of Formerly Incarcerated Leaders in Reducing Mass Incarceration Summary: This report documents the roles of formerly incarcerated leaders engaged in work related to reducing incarceration and rebuilding communities, drawing on in-depth interviews with 48 of these leaders conducted over a period of 14 months. These "leaders with conviction" have developed a set of capabilities that enable them to advance transformative change, both in the lives of individuals affected by mass incarceration and in the criminal legal systems that have devastated so many lives and communities. Their leadership assumes particular importance in the era of the Trump Presidency, when the durability of the ideological coalitions to undo the failed apparatus of mass incarceration will be tested. Our analysis of these interviews indicates that a particular set of qualities equips this group of formerly incarcerated leaders to serve as organizational catalysts. Organizational catalysts are individuals with knowledge, influence, and credibility who are in a position to mobilize change. They operate at the intersection of communities and systems that do not usually interact, and bring a track record of commitment and an ability to communicate across different backgrounds and cultures. They can transform organizations and networks by (1) mobilizing varied forms of knowledge to promote change, (2) developing collaborations in strategic locations, (3) cultivating new organizational catalysts, and (4) maintaining pressure and support for action. The leaders share three important characteristics contributing to their evolution into organizational catalysts: (1) first-hand experience with the criminal legal system, (2) education that legitimizes and enhances their knowledge and leadership capacity, and (3) jobs and activist positions placing them at the intersection of different communities and systems. This combination affords them multifaceted insight into the needs, barriers, and opportunities for transformation, as well as the legitimacy and influence needed to mobilize change based on that knowledge. These leaders with conviction have developed the capacity to mobilize unusually diverse forms of social capital. As such, formerly incarcerated leaders are bonders (maintaining ties and sharing resources among those with a common identity linked to experiencing and seeking to transform the criminal justice system), bridgers (connecting individuals who would not ordinarily come in contact), and linkers (linking those with direct experience and knowledge of criminal justice to people in positions to influence public policy and change the public narrative). The leaders use their social capital both as an engine of mobility for those affected by mass incarceration and as a vehicle for catalyzing change. Their varied knowledge and experience equip them to speak the language of many different communities, and thus to communicate effectively with different audiences. They build trust with people who have experienced consistent stigmatization and dispel myths among people who hold stereotypes that have prevented them from learning the realities of the criminal justice system. Three structural supports emerged from this study as crucial building blocks of leaders with conviction: (1) relationships with people who believe in them and support their development, including when they struggle, (2) education and training that cultivates their identity and capacity as leaders, and (3) institutional and policy design that makes them full participants in the decision-making process. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, Center for Institutional and Social Change, 2017. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2017 at: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-547: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2961187 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 146429

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Child Access Prevention Laws, Youth Gun Carrying, and School Shootings Summary: Despite intense public interest in keeping guns out of schools, next to nothing is known about the effects of gun control policies on youth gun carrying or school violence. Using data from the Youth Risk Behavior Surveys (YRBS) for the period 1993-2013, this study is the first to examine the relationship between child access prevention (CAP) gun controls laws and gun carrying among high school students. Our results suggest that CAP laws are associated with a 13 percent decrease in the rate of past month gun carrying and an 18 percent decrease in the rate at which students reported being threatened or injured with a weapon on school property. In addition, we find that CAP laws are associated with a lagged decline in the probability that students miss school due to feeling unsafe. These results are concentrated among minors, for whom CAP laws are most likely to bind. To supplement our YRBS analysis, we collect a novel dataset on school shooting deaths for the period 1991-2013. We find that while CAP laws promote a safer school environment, they have no observable impact on school-associated shooting deaths. Details: Bonn: Institute for the Study of Labor (IZA), 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 9830 Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp9830.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 146431

Author: Patel, Deepali M. Title: Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary Summary: The past 25 years have seen a major paradigm shift in the field of violence prevention, from the assumption that violence is inevitable to the recognition that violence is preventable. Part of this shift has occurred in thinking about why violence occurs, and where intervention points might lie. In exploring the occurrence of violence, researchers have recognized the tendency for violent acts to cluster, to spread from place to place, and to mutate from one type to another. Furthermore, violent acts are often preceded or followed by other violent acts. In the field of public health, such a process has also been seen in the infectious disease model, in which an agent or vector initiates a specific biological pathway leading to symptoms of disease and infectivity. The agent transmits from individual to individual, and levels of the disease in the population above the baseline constitute an epidemic. Although violence does not have a readily observable biological agent as an initiator, it can follow similar epidemiological pathways. On April 30-May 1, 2012, the Institute of Medicine (IOM) Forum on Global Violence Prevention convened a workshop to explore the contagious nature of violence. Part of the Forum's mandate is to engage in multisectoral, multidirectional dialogue that explores crosscutting, evidence-based approaches to violence prevention, and the Forum has convened four workshops to this point exploring various elements of violence prevention. The workshops are designed to examine such approaches from multiple perspectives and at multiple levels of society. In particular, the workshop on the contagion of violence focused on exploring the epidemiology of the contagion, describing possible processes and mechanisms by which violence is transmitted, examining how contextual factors mitigate or exacerbate the issue. Contagion of Violence: Workshop Summary covers the major topics that arose during the 2-day workshop. It is organized by important elements of the infectious disease model so as to present the contagion of violence in a larger context and in a more compelling and comprehensive way. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2013. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13489/contagion-of-violence-workshop-summary Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Violence Shelf Number: 146434

Author: Rempel, Michael Title: Jail in New York City: Evidence-Based Opportunities for Reform Summary: This report lays out a series of reforms to significantly reduce New York City's jail population, a move that would also cut costs substantially. To identify ways to safely reduce the use of jail, the New York City Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice commissioned research on the path of criminal cases from arrest through bail decisions to sentencing. Among the report's findings: -Of those detained awaiting trial because of an inability to make bail, the majority posed no significant risk to public safety. -An improved bail payment system would allow large numbers of defendants to avoid short-term jail stays. -The city could make more use of early diversion before cases enter the court system, especially in the case of young, misdemeanor defendants. -The reliance on short sentences in misdemeanor cases may be counter-productive inasmuch as research shows even brief jail stays increase the risk of future criminal behavior while providing no benefit to public safety. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation and Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/NYC_Path_Analysis_Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146435

Author: Lambson, Suvi Hynynen Title: Intimate Partner Violence as a Community Problem: Community Perspectives from Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn Summary: This study documents perceptions of intimate partner violence in the Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood of Brooklyn, New York. Using community surveys and focus groups, researchers found just over a third of community members surveyed perceived intimate partner violence to be a major problem in the community. The study also examines some residents' conflicting feelings about calling for police intervention and the perceived absence of alternatives. It concludes with recommendations to decrease the incidence of intimate partner violence in the Bedford-Stuyvesant community, including: increased education about intimate partner violence; greater attention to the different ways women and men experience and are affected by it; addressing cultural norms about violence; and improving trust in law enforcement Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/BedStuy_IPV_Research_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 146436

Author: Haapanen, Rudy Title: Understanding Ethnic Disparities in Juvenile Probation: What Affects Decisions? Summary: Ethnic disparities in juvenile justice system (JJS) involvement are well-documented and have been reported as persistent despite decades of effort. It has also been argued that JJS involvement does more harm than good, translating as continual and ongoing disadvantage for ethnic minorities. Although the evidence for ethnic bias in community corrections is equivocal and there are those who hold a more positive view of community corrections, any disparities are still a cause for concern. The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) solicited research focused on two of the primary research and evaluation objectives: - Decision-making at disposition decision points impacting Hispanic/Latino youth, including disproportionate entry and deeper involvement in the juvenile justice system and/or transfer to the adult criminal justice system. - Disproportionate use of secure detention, which includes adult jails and lockups, and placement for Hispanic/Latino youth. The proposal for this study, like the solicitation itself, assumed that disparities exist, and argued that understanding the basis for disparities in a county - and therefore the potential for system change to reduce disparities-requires an understanding of the factors that govern decision making other than current offense, such as the dispositional alternatives available in a particular setting and the characteristics of youth in relation to the alternatives. The present study, however, was not limited to issues involving Hispanic/Latino youth. The data provided the ability to assess possible disparities for Blacks as well, and the analysis and results are presented for the three major ethnic groups in California (White, Black and Latino), with other groups combined into a fourth category. Details: Davis, CA: University of California at Davis, 2016. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250802.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Decision Making Shelf Number: 146437

Author: Gamez, Grace Title: But Some of Them are Fierce: Navigating and negotiating the terrain of motherhood as formerly incarcerated and convicted women Summary: Women who are incarcerated are viewed as having departed from the hegemonic standard of motherhood, and become questionable in their roles as mothers, and are often perceived as "bad" mothers. While the challenges of parenting behind bars has been widely researched, there is a paucity of research that centers the experiences and challenges of mothers post-incarceration or probation and a void in the literature that attempts to view this population outside of the confines of the good/bad mother dichotomy. This dissertation explores how mothers who are formerly incarcerated or convicted describe their experiences navigating and negotiating their roles not as good or bad mothers but as fierce mothers. The concept of fierce mother exists outside of the good/bad mother binary; it is based on themes that emerged from the stories women told during our conversations about the practice of mothering. The energy of hard-won survival is what they bring to their mother roles and for many it drives their activism around prison abolition issues. Their stories challenge the normative discourse on good/bad mothers, justice, rights, freedom and dignity. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2015; 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://repository.asu.edu/items/29997 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 146438

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Building Interdisciplinary Partnerships to Prevent Violent Extremism Summary: On June 17, 2015, nine people were shot and killed in Emanuel African Methodist Episcopal Church in Charleston, South Carolina. The shooter, 21-year-old Dylann Roof, reportedly hoped that his act of violence would spark a race war. In November 2015, Robert Dear left three people dead and four wounded after he opened fire on a Planned Parenthood facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado. At a court appearance following his arrest, Dear referred to himself as a "warrior for the babies." Two weeks later, 14 people were killed and 22 wounded in a terrorist attack in San Bernardino, California. The assailants, a married couple named Syed Riawan Farook and Tashfeen Malik, were self-identified supporters of the Islamic State (ISIL). Malik even proclaimed her loyalty to Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi on Facebook as their attack was under way. Acts of violence inspired by extremist ideologies are a real threat with which communities across the country are increasingly contending. In the wake of each of these attacks, our nation and others have been left to grapple with why they occurred and how they can be prevented. Increasingly, solutions for addressing these types of attacks have been found in partnerships among various types of government service providers-such as between the police and health and human services departments - as well as between government service providers and members of the community. The aims of these partnerships are to strengthen social cohesion within the community and to provide assistance to community members at risk of radicalization to violent extremism, diverting them from the path to violence. Violent extremism is not a problem that law enforcement agencies can solve through arrests and prosecutions alone. At a 2015 National Institute of Justice conference, called "Radicalization and Violent Extremism: Lessons Learned from Canada, the U.K., and the U.S.," researchers identified issues with identity, a desire for belonging, past trauma, personal connections to violent extremists and extremist narratives, and mental illness among some of the potential risk factors for radicalizing to violence. These are issues that police can address more effectively in cooperation with community leaders, social service providers, and other non-law enforcement stakeholders. To explore these issues, on September 18, 2015, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) and the Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) held a forum on Building Interdisciplinary Partnerships to Prevent Violent Extremism. This forum, which took place in Minneapolis in partnership with the Hennepin County Sheriff's Office, the Minneapolis Police Department, and the Saint Paul Police Department, brought together police leaders and community partners from across the country to share their recommendations for how to build successful partnerships to prevent violent extremism. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0829-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 146441

Author: Tanner-Smith, Emily E. Title: Meta-Analysis of Research on the Effectiveness of Juvenile Drug Courts Summary: Objectives. This systematic review and meta-analysis quantitatively synthesized findings from the most current evidence base of juvenile drug court effectiveness research. The objectives of the meta-analysis were to examine the effects of juvenile drug courts on general recidivism, drug recidivism, and drug use outcomes; and to explore variability in these effects across characteristics of the juvenile participants and drug courts. To address these objectives, we synthesized results from randomized and controlled quasi-experimental design studies that reported on the effects of juvenile drug courts located in the United States. Search methods. We conducted a comprehensive and systematic literature search to identify all relevant studies (published or unpublished) that met our pre-specified eligibility criteria, and the literature search is current through December 2014. We searched several electronic databases, supplemented with searches of websites, research registers, reference lists, and hand-searches of key journals and conference proceedings. Data collection and analysis. Standard systematic review practices were used for data collection and analysis. Titles, abstracts, and full-text reports were screened independently by two researchers. A third author resolved any disagreements about eligibility for inclusion. Studies eligible for inclusion were independently coded by two researchers, with a third author resolving any coding disagreements. All data extraction followed a standardized coding protocol, with data entered directly into a FileMaker Pro database. Inverse variance weighted random-effects meta-analysis models were used to estimate overall mean effect sizes, and mixed-effect meta-regression models were used to explore variability in effects across various study characteristics. Contour-enhanced funnel plots were used to assess for publication bias. Results. An extensive literature search located 46 eligible experimental or quasi-experimental evaluations of juvenile drug courts. The quantitative synthesis of effect sizes provided no evidence that juvenile drug courts were more or less effective than traditional court processing in terms of general recidivism, drug recidivism, and drug use outcomes. There was no evidence of an effect on these outcomes during the juvenile drug court program period and in the post-program period. The juvenile drug court evaluations were generally of poor methodological quality. Very few studies employed random assignment, and substantial baseline differences were found between drug court and comparison groups on baseline risk and demographics. Restricting the meta-analysis to studies using the most rigorous designs (randomized and matched quasi-experimental design) provided no evidence of effectiveness on general recidivism, drug recidivism, or drug use outcomes. Finally, there was no evidence that any of the measured participant characteristics or drug court features were associated with drug court effects. Conclusions. There is no evidence that juvenile drug courts are more or less effective than traditional court processing in terms of reducing juveniles' recidivism and drug use, but there is also no evidence of harm. The quality of the body of evidence is very low, however, so we have little confidence in these null findings. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, Peabody Research Institute, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250439.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 146442

Author: Claus, Ronald E. Title: Racial and Ethnic Disparities in the Police Handling of Juvenile Arrests Summary: Past research on disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in juvenile justice routinely demonstrates that members of racial and ethnic minority groups are over-represented at multiple stages of the juvenile justice system (Cruchfield, Fernandes, & Martinez 2010; Engen, Steen and Bridges 2002; Leiber 2002; Pope, Lovell, & Hsia 2002; Sampson &Lauritsen 1997). For example, Hispanic/Latino youth are placed in residential facilities at a rate that is 1.3 times greater than their representation in the population. Black representation in juvenile residential placement facilities is nearly three times that of their representation in the population (Puzzachera, Slatdky, & Kang 2013; Sickmund, Sladky, Kang, & Puzzachera 2013). Similar disparities are also seen in earlier stages of the juvenile justice system-Black and Hispanic/Latino adolescents are more likely than Whites to have had contact with the police and to be arrested (Cruchfield, Skinner, Haggarty, McGlynn, & Catalano, 2009). This is troubling given that early contact with the police was found to increase the odds of further contact with the police in later adolescence. Although well-supported empirically, limitations on research design and sampling methodology often restrict the implications of these studies. The present study integrates and extends research findings on DMC in the juvenile justice system by using the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) to examine the effects of race and ethnicity and contextual factors on post-arrest handling decisions by the police. The structure of NIBRS allows for the exploration of jurisdictional variation in the treatment of juvenile arrestees, as well as an assessment of whether legal characteristics, extralegal factors and social context help to explain ethnic disparities in the police handling of youth. Our findings suggest that: - DMC was related to the type and severity of the charges faced by juveniles. - Individuals with less severe charges faced increased DMC, such that Hispanic/Latino juveniles were 10% more likely to be referred to authorities and White juveniles were 16% less likely to be referred. - DMC was not observed for juveniles with more severe charges, including violent, weapons, property, public order, and drug crimes. For all charges, the effects of ethnicity and race on juvenile disposition were independent, and no differences between White and non-White Hispanic/Latinos were observed. - Referral of racial and ethnic minority girls to the juvenile justice system varied by severity of the charges. - Hispanic/Latina girls were less likely to be referred to the juvenile justice system compared to girls who were not Hispanic/ Latina, but only for less severe offenses. - Compared to White girls, racial minority girls were less likely to be referred to the juvenile justice system for more serious charges. - DMC varied across counties, but structural disadvantage was not significantly related to disposition. - Juveniles in less advantaged areas were not more likely to be referred to authorities than juveniles in more advantaged areas. These findings contribute to the literature on racial and ethnic disparities in the juvenile justice system by focusing on an early stage in the decision-making process and by broadening the geographic scope of past studies (Duran & Posadas 2013; Freiburger & Burke 2011; Guevara, Boyd, Taylor, & Brown 2011; Moore & Padavic 2010). The findings highlight the way race and ethnicity influence post-arrest decision-making for less serious charges and point to the ongoing need to strive for equitable treatment of youth. Because even small disparities at this point may accumulate over subsequent levels, these results underscore the need to better understand arresting officer behaviors and attitudes and agency-level intervening processes that result in differential treatment by race and ethnicity. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250804.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 146443

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Local Validation of SPEP Ratings of Juvenile Justice Program Effectiveness: A Case Study Summary: At the end of 2012, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention launched the Juvenile Justice Reform and Reinvestment Initiative (JJRRI) at three demonstration sites in Delaware, Iowa, and Milwaukee County, Wisconsin. The goal of JJRRI was to bring evidence and best practices to bear on juvenile justice operations using three types of tools: - Dispositional matrices provide evidence-based recommendations concerning dispositional options. - The Standardized Program Evaluation Protocol (SPEP) rating system brings evidence concerning program effectiveness to bear on juvenile justice services and guides improvements to those services. - Validated risk assessments are necessary for both dispositional matrices and SPEP ratings. Together, these tools are intended to increase effectiveness and efficiency in the use of juvenile justice resources. Concurrent with JJRRI implementation, the Urban Institute evaluated the initiative to understand whether it improved the quality and effectiveness of juvenile justice programming. One goal of the evaluation was to understand the implementation of the SPEP rating system, and this was the subject of our first evaluation report (Liberman and Hussemann 2016). The rating system is quite simple in conception, and is described briefly in chapter 2 of this report. Despite its simplicity, however, conducting a first round of SPEP ratings is usually an intensive effort that can take two to three years to complete. Our previous report detailed the implementation requirements of the SPEP: strong data systems and reliable and timely risk assessment. The SPEP often reveals deficiencies in these systems and can then help drive improvements. These improvements, in turn, require support from a range of juvenile justice stakeholders and considerable technical assistance. After reviewing SPEP implementation requirements, that report described the challenges the JJRRI sites encountered and how they were addressed. We concluded that a first round of ratings tends to uncover deficiencies that then motivate reforms with considerable potential to improve the effectiveness of the juvenile justice system. The evaluation also aimed to locally validate the relationship between SPEP ratings and reduced recidivism, which is the subject of this report. A local validation would replicate previous work done in Arizona by Lipsey (2008) and Redpath and Brandner (2010). Of the three JJRRI sites, only Iowa seemed a suitable site for local validation. Iowa's Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning provided the Urban Institute with data for this purpose that are analyzed in the current report. As a prelude to attempting to locally validate the SPEP, chapter 3 reports on Iowa's first round of SPEP ratings, collected between 2012 and 2015. However, although results in Iowa were promising in some respects, they ultimately did not provide an opportunity for local validation. The rest of this chapter briefly introduces JJRRI. Chapter 2 then briefly reviews the SPEP rating system and its data requirements. Chapter 3 examines the data collected in Iowa. Chapter 4 explores the possibility of using that data to locally validate the relationship between SPEP ratings and reduced recidivism. Chapter 5 concludes with a summary and lessons learned. Details: Washington, DC; Urban Institute, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/90041/local-validation-of-spep-ratings-of-juvenile-justice-program-effectiveness_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146445

Author: Atella, Julie Title: Summary of Findings from DOCCR Programs: 2015 Evaluation Report Summary: Many justice-involved youth have unmet mental health needs. In 2014, staff from Hennepin County's Department of Community Corrections and Rehabilitation (DOCCR) determined a need to collect information from a handful of the programs that serve justice-involved youth with mental health needs. The central question they wanted answered is how can DOCCR programs better capture information about the mental health needs of their clients in a manner that is culturally aware? DOCCR requested an exploratory examination of how some of their community-based programs address and track clients' mental health needs. This analysis does not examine each program in the same manner. The following five funded programs were included in the evaluation: - Brief Intervention: Humble Beginning's Brief Intervention program provides four sessions of one-on-one therapy for youth with mild-to-moderate substance use. This program uses motivational interviewing to raise awareness of the youths' problems, offering a number of strategies for accomplishing the targeted goals, and placing responsibility for change with the youth. Brief Intervention is designed to diminish factors contributing to drug use and promote factors that protect against relapse. - Girls Circle H.E.A.R.T.: The YMCA runs Girls Circle H.E.A.R.T., a gender-responsive curriculum, for Hennepin County-involved adolescent girls. It includes a 16 week curriculum that provides recreational, individual and group learning experiences; community support through individual and family support; crisis intervention, transportation, and trauma-informed resources and referrals; as well as educational support through coordinating support services, monitoring attendance and attending school meetings. - Hold Your Horses: Cairns Psychological Services provides gender-responsive equine-assisted group psychotherapy through their Hold Your Horses program. This equine therapy treatment model focuses on improvement of adaptive functioning skills for youth who have experienced or are at high risk of experiencing sexual exploitation, abuse or trauma. Hold Your Horses assists in the development of these skills by helping youth to focus on mindfulness, self-regulation, self-soothing and self-awareness. Group takes place for two hours, one time per week, for 10 consecutive weeks. - The Family Partnership: The Family Partnership provides Multi-Systemic Therapy (MST) to youth from either juvenile probation and/or human services in Hennepin County. MST is an intensive home-based model designed for youth ages 12 to 17 currently living at home but who are at risk for out-of-home placement. It focuses on collaboration with caregivers, allowing the caregivers to know exactly what is happening and why. - Runaway Intervention Program (RIP): Midwest Children's Resource Center's RIP program is an advanced practice nurse-led initiative to help severely sexually assaulted or exploited girls reconnect to family, school and health care resources. The two components of the program are 1) an initial complex health and abuse assessment at the hospital-based Child Advocacy Center and 2) 12 months of ongoing care, including health assessments, medical care, treatment for post- traumatic stress disorder and depression, and confidential reproductive health care. With the exception of Brief Intervention, all programs serve youth from both DOCCR and the Human Services and Public Health Department (HSPD). Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://www.hccmhc.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/09/DOCCR-Programs-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146446

Author: Nelson-Dusek, Stephanie Title: Look Up and Hope: Final Evaluation Report Summary: Since its founding in 1896, Volunteers of America has supported and empowered America's most vulnerable populations, including those returning from prison. The past several decades have seen a particularly staggering rise in the growth of mothers affected by incarceration. Between 1991 and midyear 2007, the Bureau of Justice Statistics reported that the number of mothers in federal and state prisons had increased 122 percent. During the same period, the number of children with mothers in prison had more than doubled, rising to almost 150,000 children nationwide. To address this issue, Volunteers of America launched Look Up and Hope, an innovative initiative that works with the whole family - mother, caregiver, and child - to improve the lives of those affected by maternal incarceration. Over the past five years, Wilder Research has evaluated Look Up and Hope to determine the impact that the program has on families. This final evaluation report illustrates the successes and challenges of those participating in the program. Successes - Strengthened families: After participating in Look Up and Hope, families appear to have stronger connections - meaning increased quantity and quality of contact between mothers, children, and caregivers. For example, 61 percent of children were either living with their mother or had increased contact with her, and 60 percent were reported to have an improved relationship with their mother. - Positive school outcomes: The majority of school-aged children (6+ years old) either increased or maintained their grades, attendance, and behavior. Most prominently, nearly four in ten (37%) children had improved their grade point average by their follow-up assessment, according to family coaches. - Healthy children and caregivers: Overall, the children and caregivers served by the program were relatively healthy. The majority of children (61%) were reported to be in good health at both their baseline and follow-up assessments, and family coaches assessed nearly all children (94%) and caregivers (93%) to have their basic needs met. - Improved parenting skills: Nearly all (97%) of the mothers who received parenting education or training showed improved knowledge of parenting skills. - Improved employment status for mothers: The majority of mothers with available follow-up data experienced a change in employment status from baseline to follow-up. For those who did, over four in ten went from unemployment to either full-time or part-time employment. In addition to the annual report, Wilder Research conducted a Social Return on Investment (SROI) study to estimate some of the potential long-term cost savings that the Look Up and Hope program could eventually provide to society. The study found that, even if the only benefits the program produced were improved long-term outcomes for some participating children (e.g., avoidance of out-of-home placements and school failures), the net cost savings to society could be as much as $48,495 per child. This represents a potential return on investment of $14.31 for every dollar invested. The full SROI (including the limitations of the analysis) is appended. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2016. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.wilder.org/Wilder-Research/Publications/Studies/Strengthening%20Families%20Impacted%20by%20Incarceration%20-%20Evaluation%20of%20Volunteers%20of%20America%20Programs/Look%20Up%20and%20Hope%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report,%20Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 146447

Author: Evans, Ryan Title: Ujamaa Place: Evaluation of 2013 & 2015 Participant Outcomes Summary: Wilder Research examined the impact of programming delivered by Ujamaa Place, an organization that serves primarily African American men (age 17-29) who have multiple barriers to becoming stable, productive members of the community. For this evaluation, Wilder Research obtained entry and follow-up data for 59 participants who received day program services in 2015. As part of the evaluation, Wilder Research conducted a return on investment (ROI) analysis of Ujamaa Place day programming for the 90 total participants that received services in 2015 (extrapolated from the 59 participants for whom data was available, which assumes that all 90 participants received similar services). An ROI analysis suggests a return of $5.49 for every dollar invested in Ujamaa Place, as well as an estimated net gain for society of $3,389,594 during 2015. Details: St. Paul, MN: Wilder Research, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: https://www.wilder.org/Wilder-Research/Publications/Studies/Ujamaa%20Place/Ujamaa%20Place%20-%20Evaluation%20of%202013%20and%202015%20Participant%20Outcomes.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: African American Men Shelf Number: 146449

Author: Koen, Marthinus Christoffel Title: On-Set Body-Worn Cameras in a Police Organization: Structures, practices, and technological frames Summary: Existing research on body-worn cameras (BWCs) has primarily focused on outcomes (e.g., use-of-force incidents, complaints, and arrests) rather than the processes related to BWC implementation and use by officers. This dissertation provides insights into the effects that the implementation of BWCs has had on key organizational structures and practices, including reporting, discretion, training, police-citizen interactions, and supervision. It also focuses on the technological frames of individuals belonging to different organizational groups and examines to what extent these outlooks differed between groups and changed over time. Using in-depth interviews, ride-along observations, and patrol officer surveys at a single police agency, this research resulted in two major, interrelated findings. First, the largest effect of the implementation of BWCs was on accountability, which had increased in scope to cover a range of aspects of policing, including training, reporting, discretion, and police-citizen interactions. At the same time, the intensity with which officers' experienced accountability had not significantly increased as BWC footage was not systematically used to monitor, review, and/or evaluate police officer conduct and quality of performance. The second major finding, regarding the technological frames of two relevant social groups (Managers and Users), helps explain these findings. BWCs were implemented primarily for training purposes and to protect patrol officers against groundless complaints rather than as a mechanism for identifying officer misconduct, for failing to comply with departmental policies, and for poor street-level performance. Although Users initially feared that BWCs were going to be used to get them into trouble for minor instances of misconduct or rule violations, their frames changed over time as they realized that BWCs were not going to be used by Managers as a "gotcha" mechanism. As officers learned that BWCs were used primarily to protect and support them, they became much more positive and less apprehensive about their implementation in the department. This challenges the view suggested by the technological frames literature that "first impressions" last, as Users' initial apprehension toward BWCs gave way to a readiness to embrace them, particularly in light of the several benefits they subsequently learned BWCs delivered. This contribution to existing knowledge is beneficial in two ways: first, it fills a gap in existing police technology research in providing an in-depth examination of the effects of BWC implementation on a variety of structures and practices in addition to technological frames; second, it serves as a baseline for future, large-scale studies by identifying additional factors that were important and/or specific to the implementation of BWCs that have not been fully explored. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2016. 269p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 28, 2017 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/jspui/bitstream/handle/1920/10419/Koen_gmu_0883E_11230.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146450

Author: U.S. Department of Defense. Inspector General Title: Evaluation of Installation-Level Training Standards for Civilian Police Officers (GS-0083) and Security Guards (GS-0085) in the Department of Defense Summary: Introduction. As of October 31, 2001, the Department of Defense (DoD) employed over 5,500 civilian police officers and security guards at 157 separate agencies, installations, or activities, and the numbers were increasing. Unlike most significant functional areas, the Department has not assigned overall responsibility for the general law enforcement function to an office within the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD). Individual DoD components establish and maintain their own training, and practices vary widely across the Department. Objectives. Our primary objective was to determine whether DoD should standardize training for its civilian law enforcement personnel, including whether current training ensures the knowledge and expertise needed to: - perform essential law enforcement and security functions; and - respond to major threats and emergencies. Results. We found that training for civilian police officers and security guards in DoD will continue to vary widely and not ensure that individuals possess the core competences needed for their jobs, including the ability to respond to major threats and emergencies. We identified a similar condition with respect to their physical fitness requirements. Summary of Recommendations. We recommended that the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness) (USD(P&R)) be given overall responsibility and then work with DoD components to determine whether DoD should: (1) follow the Model Minimum Standards for training adopted for the law enforcement profession; or (2) require civilian GS-0083 Police Officers and GS-0085 Security Guards to complete a military training program for law enforcement personnel. Additional recommendations address training equivalency/skill competency, training sources, supplementing core training for unique mission needs, preparing civilian law enforcement personnel for major threats and emergencies, and physical fitness requirements. Management Comments. On August 28, 2002, we distributed this report in draft form. We received comments from Navy, Air Force, Defense Logistics Agency, National Imagery and Mapping Agency, National Security Agency, Pentagon Force Protection Agency (for the Washington Headquarters Services), and Army Reserve (see Appendix N). The comments agreed that DoD needs standard, core training for civilian law enforcement personnel. USD(P&R) and Army, although agreeing with the need for standardization, did not reach internal consensus on our recommendations and did not complete their comments in time for inclusion in the final report. They will have the opportunity to finalize their positions in responding to the final report. During informal discussions, USD(P&R) representatives agreed that they should be involved with establishing the standard training, but after the "functionals" determine the requirements. We continue to believe that USD(P&R) should assume responsibility for overseeing and guiding the requirements determination, as well as the establishment and implementation. As indicated in the report, USD(P&R) could use a lead or executive agency for this purpose. Due to its previous efforts in this area, we believe the Army would be a good candidate for the lead or executive agency role. Accordingly, we have continued our recommendations from the draft report. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Defense, 2002. Source: Internet Resource: Report Number IPO2002E004: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.dodig.mil/Inspections/IPO/reports/2002E004.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Police Shelf Number: 146451

Author: Mentel, Zoe Title: Racial Reconciliation, Truth-Telling, and Police Legitimacy Summary: On January 11, 2012, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), in conjunction with the National Network for Safe Communities at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, hosted an executive session with police chiefs, researchers, and policymakers at the U.S. Department of Justice in Washington, D.C. This meeting focused on the topic of "racial reconciliation and truth-telling," a phrase used by the National Network for the process of addressing grievances, perceptions, and misperceptions between communities of color affected by violence and the law enforcement agencies that serve them. When these issues are addressed openly, new and different understandings emerge, and a profound transformation in community�police relations becomes possible. Community norms against violence and crime strengthen as tensions with law enforcement ease, and those norms can carry much of the burden of crime prevention. The National Network for Safe Communities is a coalition of cities and jurisdictions that have committed to implementing two violence and drug market reduction strategies. The Group Violence Reduction Strategy (GVRS) and the Drug Market Intervention (DMI)-also known as "Boston Ceasefire" and the "High Point Model," respectively-have demonstrated a reduction in the levels of gang violence and overt drug markets in troubled neighborhoods across the country. These strategies are most often deployed in minority neighborhoods struggling with serious systemic problems. High crime, poverty, incarceration rates, and unemployment combined with low educational attainment and lack of community trust for governmental institutions- especially for the police, who are often the most visible representatives of local government- have created a cycle of disinvestment in these communities. As the work of the National Network has evolved, the immediate, pressing need to address the historical tension between law enforcement and minority communities has become increasingly clear. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p241-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 146463

Author: Bernhardt, Annette Title: Working Without Laws: A Survey of Employment and Labor Law Violations in New York City Summary: This report exposes a world of work in which America's core labor and employment laws are failing to protect significant numbers of workers in the nation's largest city. These protections-the right to be paid at least the minimum wage, the right to be paid for overtime hours, the right to take meal breaks, access to workers' compensation when injured and the right to advocate for better working conditions-are being violated at alarming rates in the city's low-wage labor market. The sheer breadth of the problem, spanning key industries in the economy, as well as its profound impact on workers and their communities, entailing significant economic hardship, demand urgent attention. In 2008, we conducted a landmark survey of 1,432 workers in low-wage industries in New York City. We used an innovative, rigorous methodology that allowed us to reach vulnerable workers who often are missed in standard surveys, such as unauthorized immigrants and those paid in cash. Our goal was to obtain accurate and statistically representative estimates of the prevalence of workplace violations. All findings are adjusted to be representative of front-line workers (excluding managers, professional or technical workers) in low-wage industries in New York City-a population that we estimate numbers more than a half-million (586,322) workers. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.thenyic.org/sites/default/files/report_1_wi_0.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Violations Shelf Number: 146464

Author: Hanley, Matthew D. Title: Killing Barney Fife: Law Enforcement's Socially Constructed Perception of Violence and Its Influence of Police Militarization Summary: Police militarization is a complex subject with significant homeland security implications. Efforts to implement militarization reform without a clear understanding of the issue could negatively impact law enforcement's ability to respond to emerging threats from terrorism, homegrown violent extremism, and armed criminals. Conversely, unfettered militarization of domestic policing could result in abuse of authority and loss of public confidence. This thesis proposes a nuanced definition of police militarization based on existing literature. The research then examines the correlation between violence and police militarization. A statistical analysis of crime data found an inverse relationship between levels of reported violence and militarization. However, the research discovered a strong nexus between perceptions of violence by the police and efforts to militarize. Social identity theory was used to explain why isolated acts of violence against police officers are perceived as attacks on the law enforcement community and lead to deep social divisions between the police and the public. This socially constructed reality of violence, which is reinforced by the media and training, has a powerful effect on police attitudes and behavior. The conclusion is that police militarization has been influenced by violence, and appropriate levels of militarized capabilities are needed to protect both the police and the public. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2015. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?view&did=788377 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Against Police Shelf Number: 146466

Author: Youth Justice Board (New York City) Title: Homeless Not Hopless: A Report on Homeless Youth and the Justice System in New York City Summary: report presents the findings and recommendations of the Youth Justice Board, a youth leadership program that gives teenagers an opportunity to inform public debate about issues that affect them. During the 2016-17 school year, members examined the intersection between youth homelessness and the justice system in New York City in order to identify opportunities to better support homeless youth, reduce their interactions with the justice system, and prevent homelessness in the future. Recommendations in the report include policy changes to improve diversion programs and access to housing for homeless youth, and to increase support for LGBTQ youth in foster care. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovations, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/YJB_Report2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 146470

Author: Eide, Stephen D. Title: Poverty and Progress in New York III: Crime and Welfare Enrollment One Year Into the de Blasio Administration Summary: Mayor Bill de Blasio assumed office in January 2014, promising to "take dead aim at the Tale of Two Cities - [and] put an end to economic and social inequalities that threaten to unravel the city we love." With respect to public safety, this promise translated into a determination to continue the low crime rates of recent years through a modified version of the Giuliani and Bloomberg approaches to policing. On welfare, de Blasio made a sharper break from the past. The overarching goals remain greater economic mobility and less government dependence. But these goals are to be achieved through a less "punitive" approach toward enforcing eligibility requirements and "more effective" employment programs that emphasize education and training over work experience. This paper is the third installment in a series that has been tracking the effect of de Blasio's policies at the neighborhood level. Focusing on the effect of initiatives on policing and public assistance, it examines how conditions in the poorest neighborhoods in the five boroughs have changed during 2014, the first year of the de Blasio administration. The paper also investigates citywide trends in arrests, data regarding potential racial bias in the police department, and rates of dependence on social assistance programs. Key Findings Welfare - New York City ended 2014 with more people on welfare than it began. Midyear, the Human Resources Administration (HRA) announced major changes to the city's public assistance program; by the end of 2014, enrollment had grown by about 16,000 since the HRA announcement. - This increase has come during a time of relative prosperity for the local economy, which added more than 90,000 jobs in 2014. Significant growth came in low-wage industries likely to hire welfare recipients. Throughout New York City's history, the general tendency has been for welfare enrollment to decline as job numbers grow. - Enrollment in the Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program (SNAP) proved more responsive to improved economic conditions, steadily declining throughout 2014. - The number of public assistance recipients remains very low, by historical standards. Policing - The year 2014 saw annual declines in six out of seven major crime categories. Murders reached historical lows. - There are exceptions to the general good news on crime: 28 precincts saw at least one more murder in 2014 than in 2013; and total crime was up in 14 precincts. The lowest-income neighborhoods in the five boroughs remain far more dangerous than their high-income counterparts. - In the ten lowest-income neighborhoods in the five boroughs, eight saw two or three more murders in 2014 than in 2013. Two experienced more total crime in 2014 than in 2013. - Misdemeanor arrests, though higher than they were ten years ago, are currently on a downward trend. This includes arrests for many, though not all, "Broken Windows," or quality-of-life, offenses such as drug possession. - Civilian Complaint Review Board complaints and allegations of unnecessary or excessive use of force by police are trending down. The year 2014 saw fewer complaints against the NYPD than all but three of the last 16 years. - Use of force in making misdemeanor arrests is extremely rare (2.2 percent) and trending down. - With respect to allegations of racial bias, a comparison between victim-initiated and police-initiated misdemeanor arrests shows that police do not arrest minorities at a higher rate when acting on their own judgment than when responding to specific victim complaints. - Crime is overwhelmingly more of a problem for poor minority neighborhoods, where the greatest demand for policing, measured by 911 calls, is found. Details: New York: Manhattan Institute, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Civic Report no. 94: https://www.manhattan-institute.org/sites/default/files/cr_94.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 146471

Author: Davis, Antoinette Title: Stakeholders' Views on the Movement to Reduce Youth Incarceration Summary: Youth incarceration rates have changed dramatically over the past 10 years. Following two decades of "tough-on-crime" policies and steep surges in juvenile incarceration during the 1980s and 1990s, the field is now seeing sharp reductions in youth confinement. The latest data from the US Justice Department showed that the rate of youth in confinement dropped 41% between 2001 and 2011. Since 2001, 48 states have experienced such a decline. Several states cut their confinement rates by half or more. Juvenile facilities have closed in a dozen states, with more than 50 facilities closing in the past five years alone. The National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) decided to seek the opinions of system stakeholders regarding these changes. These stakeholders included advocates who successfully pressured their local systems to adopt reforms; the majority of study participants work inside the system as judges, probation chiefs, probation officers, directors of child welfare agencies, elected officials, and district attorneys (see Study Methods for the NCCD Deincarceration Project for a detailed description of respondents). Through interviews and listening sessions, these system stakeholders expressed their beliefs that declining youth crime and rising costs were key drivers of the current trend. Additionally, respondents said that many of these successes were driven by successful legislation, innovative incentives built into state budgets, decisions to place youth close to home, and supervision strategies that rely on positive relationships between youth and their families. Given what study respondents have accomplished from within the system to change the day-to-day practices tied to youth supervision and placement, this study captures the hope these leaders have for the field of juvenile justice. One advocate and provider from the Northeast described the deincarceration trend as being "a dream come true for me." Another advocate from the West said, "I don�t think anybody wants to go the other direction. I never hear anybody say 'let�s build more state facilities.' Nobody wants to do that." According to those interviewed for our study, movement toward what might be considered true juvenile justice has begun. At the same time, many challenges remain. While the total number of incarcerated youth has declined in many states, the proportion of youth of color among all youth receiving court dispositions grew substantially between 2002 and 2012. Moreover, communities lack adequate funding to develop sustainable and culturally relevant infrastructures that can serve youth and their families outside of government agencies. This is not the time for supporters of juvenile justice reform to become complacent. Rather, it is time to learn from the most promising jurisdictions and deepen reforms. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime & Delinquency, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/deincarceration-summary-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146482

Author: Wheeler, Gerald R. Title: Harris County's Two-Tier Justice System: Longitudinal Study of Effects of Harris County Felony and Misdemeanor Defendants' Legal and Extralegal Attributes on Pretrial Status and Case Outcome Summary: The preponderance of national evidence-based research findings directly links pretrial release status to harsh sentences. The degree to which legal and extralegal courthouse culture violates "evenhandedness" in criminal proceedings in Harris County is reflected in what happens to statistically comparable "bond" versus "detain" defendants in case outcome and sentence. The reviewer may draw his or her own conclusion as to where courthouse actors: prosecutor', magistrates', judges', legal defense attorneys', and commercial bondsmen's individual philosophy of justice, world view and vested interests lie, political alliances formed, this investigation unequivocally demonstrates, the net effect of pretrial justice system in Texas's largest jurisdiction, tilts the scales of justice against the poor. Details: Themis Research, Project Orange Jumpsuit, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: https://www.pretrial.org/download/research/Harris%20County%27s%20Two-tier%20Justice%20System%20%28Project%20Orange%20Jumpsuit%29%20-%20Wheeler%20and%20Fry%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Detention Shelf Number: 146484

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Use and Impact of Correctional Programming for Inmates on Pre- and Post-Release Outcomes Summary: State and federal prisons have long provided programming to inmates during their confinement. Institutional programming encompasses a broad array of services and interventions, including substance abuse treatment, educational programming, and sex offender treatment. The objective of providing prisoners with programming is to improve their behavior, both before and after release from prison. Indeed, institutional programming is often intended to not only enhance public safety by lowering recidivism, but also to promote greater safety within prisons by reducing misconduct. Although U.S. correctional systems typically offer some programming opportunities within prisons, research suggests many prisoners do not participate in programming while incarcerated (Lynch & Sabol, 2001). This paper reviews the available evidence on the impact of institutional programming on pre- and post-release outcomes for prisoners. Given the wide variety of institutional interventions provided to inmates in state and federal prisons, this paper focuses on programming that: (1) is known to be provided to prisoners, (2) has been evaluated, and (3) addresses the main criminogenic needs, or dynamic risk factors, that existing research has identified. This paper, therefore, examines the empirical evidence on educational programming, employment programming, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), chemical dependency (CD) and sex offender treatment, social support programming, mental health interventions, domestic violence programming, and prisoner re-entry programs. In addition to reviewing the evidence on the effects of these interventions on pre- and post-release outcomes, this paper identifies several broad conclusions that can be drawn about the effectiveness of institutional programming, discusses gaps in the literature, and proposes a number of directions for future research. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250476.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 147487

Author: University of California, Los Angeles. School of Law Title: The Devil in the Details: Bail Bond Contracts in California Summary: The California Money Bail Reform Act of 2017 (SB 10 and AB 42) intends to significantly reduce the use of money bail and to increase the number of people who are able to safely return home after arrest. Under the current money bail system, many people accused of crimes lack sufficient financial resources to post bail and must enter into bail bond contracts to avoid unnecessary pretrial detention. This study examines the potential consequences of bail bond contracts for the accused and their families. Our research shows that problems of money bail extend well beyond exorbitant bail amounts and into the commercial bail bond industry. The Devil in the Details: Bail Bond Contracts in California provides an analysis of publicly available bail bond contracts. We found that even the most industrious and sophisticated consumer would be significantly hampered in making an educated choice of bail bond company. We examined more than 400 bail bond company websites across the 58 counties to find that fewer than 15% of companies provide copies of their agreements online for review prior to signing. After analyzing the fine print in more than 100 contract documents online corresponding to 10 sureties, we identified 20 problems with bail bond contracts that violate common notions of fairness and justice. Details: Los Angeles: UCLA School of Law, Criminal Justice Reform Clinic, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: https://jessicacobbphddotcom.files.wordpress.com/2016/10/ucla-criminal-justice-reform-clinic-the-devil-in-the-details-may-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 146488

Author: McMahon, Kathryn J. Title: Reducing Recidivism in Repeat Offenders: A Phenomenological Focus Group Study Summary: A qualitative phenomenological research study was used to explore and interpret the lived experiences of 13 repeat offenders who have made a conscious decision to stop reoffending and become productive members of their community. A focus group environment was used to glean information from these individuals who have ceased to ride the merry-go-round of recidivism and are reaching out and helping newly released offenders' reintegrate back into their community. Five predominant themes emerged from the participants' descriptions of their lived experiences since their last incarceration. The themes of spirituality, mentorship, employment, stereotyping, and a positive influence all emerged from the data collected. The sub themes of education and race were also addressed. The results of this study have expanded and supported the current knowledge base and provide human service providers with a deeper understanding of what it takes to provide repeat offenders with an improved chance to re-enter their communities and not re-offend. This understanding supports the need for improvement of existing re-entry programs in the development and implementation of new programs. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2012. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1113389918?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Chronic Offenders Shelf Number: 146494

Author: Amatya, Pranita Title: Bail Reform in California Summary: On December 5, 2016, Assemblymember Rob Bonta, partnering with California State Senator Bob Hertzberg, introduced the California Money Bail Reform Act of 2017, which aims to reform the current commercial surety bail system. Our project will assist our client in evaluating policy alternatives to the commercial surety bail system. In California, defendants who are assigned bail may contract with a bail bonds agency and pay a ten percent nonrefundable fee to be released from jail custody. This system is referred to as commercial surety bail. Because this system uses a financial condition in order to release defendants from jail, a majority of defendants incarcerated pretrial are incarcerated only because they cannot afford bail. According to the Executive Director of Equal Justice Under Law, Phil Telfeyan, "The problem we see with money bail is that it puts a price tag on freedom. Those who are rich get to pay their way out and those who aren't get to languish in jail." This system, which prioritizes a financial condition over a defendant's potential risk to be rearrested or to fail to appear at court, does not ensure public safety. Beginning in the 1960s, a nationwide bail reform trend began took root, resulting in many states either abolishing or reforming this system. In an attempt to investigate how bail reform efforts would impact the state of California, we conducted policy analysis to compare the commercial surety bail system in California to an alternative system. The alternative system we compare to commercial surety bail involves several important elements. The first element is risk assessment tools, which are predictive algorithms that assess the risk of a defendant failing to appear for a court date and of being rearrested. The second is non-bail release methods, which can include release on one's own recognizance, supervised release, and unsecured bonds. We conducted this analysis in two stages. First, we compared the screening process used in commercial surety bail to the screening process used with non-bail release. Under the commercial surety bail system, judges use bail schedules to screen defendants and assign bail amounts. Under non-bail release, judges use risk assessment tools to screen defendants and inform their release decisions. We analyzed how the bail schedule compares to risk assessment tools on two criteria: predictive accuracy and race neutrality. We found that risk assessment tools scored higher on both criteria. Based on this analysis, we recommend the adoption of a risk assessment tool to inform judicial decision-making. The second stage of our analysis compares the commercial surety bail release method to non-bail release methods based on five criteria: effectiveness, economic bias, fiscal impact, social cost, and political feasibility. We employed a variety of methods in our analysis. We operationalized predictive accuracy, race neutrality, economic bias, and effectiveness by undertaking an intensive literature review. We used high-level cost calculations and estimations to analyze fiscal impact and social cost. Finally, we conducted interviews to operationalize political feasibility. We found that non-bail release methods scored higher than commercial surety bail on four out of the five criteria (all except for political feasibility). Therefore, based on this analysis, we recommend that non-bail release replaces the commercial surety bail system Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Luskin School of Public Affairs, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: https://university.pretrial.org/HigherLogic/System/DownloadDocumentFile.ashx?DocumentFileKey=835f283a-e9fc-9c56-28bb-073a9bcb1dbf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 146497

Author: Park, Justin Title: Cadet Attrition and Training Performance at the Texas Department of Public Safety Summary: The predictive validity of criteria commonly used to screen applicants is a problem in the research on police candidate selection. Police agencies need to evaluate their various screening methodologies in the multiple-hurdles approach to police candidate selection. Grounded in Schmidt and Hunter's theory of general mental ability in job performance, this study examined the predictive validity of candidates' demographic profiles and the results of the pre-academy screening polygraph to predict training outcomes and attrition. This quantitative study used logistical and linear regression analysis to determine whether these variables were viable screening mechanisms to predict attrition and training performance among police cadets at the Texas Department of Public Safety. Each independent variable (age, prior military service, level of education, and polygraph result) predicted cadet academy completion status (unsuccessful; successful). There was no evidence to suggest that age, prior military service, or level of education predicted training performance as measured by cadet grade point average and score on the Texas Commission on Law Enforcement Officer Standards and Education (TCLEOSE) exam. This study's findings support positive social change by identifying risk factors that might produce a "high-risk" cadet in a police academy setting. This process might allow police administrators to better implement training strategies that compliment agency goals and better prepare candidates to protect society. By understanding the validity of these screening procedures in candidate selection, police agencies could save time and money. Details: Minneapolis, MN : Walden University, 2013. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 1, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/35/97/3597641.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Cadets Shelf Number: 146499

Author: Marks, John M., Jr. Title: The Thin Green Line A Socio-Historical Analysis of Conservation Law Enforcement in the United States Summary: Present day state level conservation policing emerged from a series of legislative reforms dating back to the Progressive Movement. Accordingly, the primary purpose of this study was to provide a thorough explanation of legislative reforms that contributed to the reorganization and improvement of conservation policing from its beginnings to the present. Using legislative evidence extracted from archived historical records (i.e., state statutes and codes), the chronological development of state conservation agencies was dismantled from start to finish that allowed for pattern identifications in the subsequent legislative reorganization of all 50 state conservation agencies. A cross-sectional analysis of primary and secondary data designed for future scholars was also provided that included legislative, organizational, and personnel attributes typical of modern conservation law enforcement. These data were obtained from archived and official records in addition to supplementary online data made available by Sam Houston State University's Newton Gresham Library, the 50 state conservation agencies, and state and federal government agencies (e.g., historical commissions, State Department of Human Resources, budget offices, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, et cetera). Manifest content analysis was the research methodology used to support the empirical study of communication content. Thus, utilizing a content analysis was deemed appropriate for this study given that it allowed for the gathering and coding of data to emerge that ranged from the presence of certain words, concepts, phrases, et cetera in answer to seven research questions. As evidenced by each state's individual mandates, all acts retrieved from the available data files strongly implied that establishment of the State Fish and Game Warden service preceded any legislation that extended jurisdiction to state agencies which included game. Prior to jurisdictions' duties being broadened to existing fish commissions, for example, state game laws as well as state fish laws were assumed to be responsibilities assigned to local law enforcement. In conclusion, this study was conducted in order to measure a subcategory of conservation law enforcement's socio-history: the state game warden service. Details: Huntsville, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2013. 195p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2017 at: http://gradworks.umi.com/35/79/3579547.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Protection Shelf Number: 146508

Author: Stroupe, Walter E. Title: A Study of West Virginia State Police Academy Graduates' Perceptions of Their Degrees of Competence and the Relevance of the Marshall University Community and Technical College Police Science Curriculum Summary: This study investigated the perceptions of graduates of the West Virginia State Police Academy regarding the relevance of the higher education police science curriculum as well as their perceived degrees of competence. The population of the study consisted of four selected cadet classes that were employed full time as West Virginia State Police Troopers in February 2003, N=153. Participants completed a survey questionnaire adapted from Brand & Peak (1995). Additionally, three open-ended questions were addressed by the survey. The survey measured the graduates' perception of the relevance of coursework and their degrees of competence. Data analyses suggested the graduates perceived the curriculum as relevant as well as perceiving themselves to be competent graduates. Details: Huntington, WV: Marshall University, 2003. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Julye 6, 2017 at: http://mds.marshall.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1148&context=etd Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Police Academy Shelf Number: 146510

Author: Peters, Joseph G. Title: A Job Task Analysis Survey for Patrol Officers in XYX Security Company Summary: There is a potential for injury or even death if an officer is unaware of the duties and tasks that are required to properly perform the job. A task analysis provides the Patrol Officer with a detailed list of the duties and tasks needed to perform their job. The Patrol Officers of XYZ Security Company are the focus of this research. A three demographic and 220 task question paper survey was administered to officers that were present at the company's Corporate Patrol Headquarters at various times within a given week. Statistical analysis of the data was a determinant by which tasks were placed into the final duty and task list. The final duty and task list can be used to hire officers who possess the right knowledge, skills, and abilities to perform their job. The list could also be used to aid in the development of training programs by providing the proper tasks as objectives. Details: Menomonie, WI: University of Wisconsin-Stout, 2009. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 5, 2017 at: https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/5067521.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Job Analysis Shelf Number: 146511

Author: Payne, Tamika L. Title: Domestic Violence Recidivism: Restorative Justice Intervention Programs for First-Time Domestic Violence Offenders Summary: Domestic violence impacts millions of Americans annually and, in spite of the use of rehabilitative programs, recidivism in domestic violence continues to be more likely than in any other offense. To date, batterer intervention programs (BIPs) have not proven to be consistently impactful in reducing recidivism in cases of domestic violence. The purpose of this quasi-experimental, quantitative study was to examine differences in recidivism for first-time male domestic violence offenders who have participated in a BIP and a more recently developed alternative: victim-offender mediation (VOM). The theories of restorative justice and reintegrative shaming frame this study to determine if offenders take accountability for their actions and face the victim in mediation, there can be a reduction in recidivism. Archival data from records of first-time male, domestic violence offenders, between the ages of 18 and 30, who participated in either a VOM or BIP in a county in the Midwest were examined for recidivism 24-months post-intervention, and analyzed with an ANCOVA analysis while controlling for age. The findings revealed no significant difference in recidivism for first-time male offenders 24-months post participation in a BIP or a VOM intervention while controlling for age F (1,109) =.081, p = .777. The findings provide support for the notion that restorative justice interventions may be an additional intervention used in cases of domestic violence deemed appropriate for the intervention. The findings from this study can add to the body of research examining interventions to address the high recidivism in cases of domestic violence, which impacts victims, offenders, and communities. Details: Minneapolis, Minnesota: Walden University, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/3819/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146519

Author: Trone Private Sector and Education Advisory Council Title: Back to Business: How Hiring Formerly Incarcerated Job Seekers Benefits Your Company Summary: Tis report details the ways companies can combat the ills of decades of mass incarceration, while at the same tapping into the potential energy of a workforce of millions. Today, 70 million Americans - one in three adults - have a criminal record. These are people who have or will reenter their communities and need gainful employment to build stability and find success after incarceration. The report lays out how by reducing barriers to employment and implementing fair hiring practices, companies can better provide employment opportunities to formerly incarcerated people to the benefit of all. When companies break down these barriers to employment and provide second chances, they can have a positive impact on the lives of individuals, the trajectory of families, on the health of their businesses, and on the growth of the American economy. The bottom line: doing good is good for business. Details: New York: ACLU, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: https://www.aclu.org/report/back-business-how-hiring-formerly-incarcerated-job-seekers-benefits-your-company Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 146521

Author: Owens, Emily Title: Examining Racial Disparities in Criminal Case Outcomes among Indigent Defendants in San Francisco Summary: As in most places in the United States, Californians of color are overrepresented in correctional facilities. According to a recent Public Policy Institute of California report, there are approximately 4,400 Black men in California prisons per 100,000 people, which amounts to five times the incarceration rate of Latino man, almost ten times the incarceration rate of White men, and 100 times the incarceration rate of Asian men. The cause of these disparities is a source of tremendous debate among practitioners, policymakers, and academic alike, and potential explanations include variation in socioeconomic status, access to employment or education opportunities, differential patterns in policing, and variation in charging and sentencing decisions by prosecutors and judges. In this report, we document that Black, White and Latinx indigent defendants in San Francisco have substantially different experiences during the criminal adjudication process. Specifically, defendants of color are more likely to be held in custody during their cases, which tend to take longer than the cases of White defendants. Their felony charges are less likely to be reduced, and misdemeanor charges more likely to be increased during the plea bargaining process, meaning that they are convicted of more serious crimes than similarly situated White defendants. In addition, Black and Latinx defendants are more likely to plead guilty, and the nature of those pleas are different; Black defendants plead guilty to more charges than White or Latinx defendants, while Latinx defendants plead guilty to a smaller fraction of the charges they are booked for than Black or White defendants. After examining multiple potential causes of these differences, we find that the majority of the variance can be explained by two factors: the initial booking decisions made by officers of the San Francisco Police Department and racial differences in previous contact with the criminal justice system in San Francisco County. With the cooperation of the San Francisco Public Defender's Office ("Public Defender," hereafter), the Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice analyzed the court records of over 10,000 cases taken on by the Public Defender. We further analyzed a subsample of more than 250 full case files detailing case elements that include discovery, email exchanges, investigation and forensic reports, affidavits, and victim statements. The goal of our quantitative analysis was to identify whether there have been differences in the processing and adjudication of Black, White, and Latinx defendants, and if so, to statistically explain the source of those differences to guide policymakers and stakeholders in understanding and addressing these disparities. Identifying the characteristics which result in racially disparate outcomes will allow the Public Defender, the San Francisco District Attorney, the San Francisco Police Department and other criminal justice stakeholders to take positive actions to reduce disparate treatments in the criminal justice system. Details: Philadelphia: Quattrone Center for the Fair Administration of Justice, University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2017. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: https://www.law.upenn.edu/live/files/6793-examining-racial-disparities-may-2017-full Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 146581

Author: Marshak, Charles Zachary Title: Applications of Network Science to Criminal Networks, University Education, and Ecology Summary: Networks are a powerful tool to investigate complex systems. In this work, we apply network{theoretic tools to study criminal, educational, and ecological systems. First, we propose two generative network models for recruitment and disruption in a hierarchal organized crime network. Our network models alternate between recruitment and disruption phases. In our first model, we simulate recruitment as Galton-Watson branching. We simulate disruption with an agent that moves towards the root and arrests nodes in accordance with a stochastic process. We prove a lower bound on the probability that the agent reaches the kingpin and verify this numerically. In our second model, we propose a network attachment mechanism to simulate recruitment. We define an attachment probability based on an existing node's distance to the leaf set (terminal nodes), where this distance is a proxy for how close a criminal is to visible illicit activity. Using numerical simulation, we study the network structures such as the degree distribution and total attachment weight associated with large networks that evolve according to this recruitment process. We then introduce a disruptive agent that moves through the network according to a self-avoiding random walk and can remove nodes (and an associated subtree) according to different disruption strategies. We quantify basic law enforcement incentives with these different disruption strategies and study costs and eradication probability within this model. In our next chapter, we adapt rank aggregation methods to study how Mathematics students navigate their coursework. We first translate 15 years of grade data from the UCLA Department of Mathematics into a network whose nodes are the various Mathematics courses and whose edges encode the flow of students between these courses. Applying rank aggregation on such networks, we extract a linear sequence of courses that reflects the order students select courses. Using this methodology, we identify possible trends and hidden course dependencies without investigating the entire space of possible schedules. Specifically, we identify Mathematics courses that high-performing students take significantly earlier than low-performing students in various Mathematics majors. We also compare the extracted sequence of several rank aggregation methods on this data set and demonstrate that many methods produce similar sequences. In our last chapter, we review core-periphery structure and analyze this structure in mutualistic (bipartite) fruigivore-seed networks. We first relate classical graph cut problems to previous work on core-periphery structure to provide a general mathematical framework. We also review how core-periphery structure is traditionally identified in mutualistic networks. Next, using a method from Rombach et al., we analyze the core-periphery structure of 10 mutualistic fruigivore-seed networks that encode the interaction patterns between birds and fruit-bearing plants. Our collaborators use our network analysis with other ecological data to identify important species in the observed habitats. In particular, they identify certain types of birds (mashers) that play crucial roles at a variety of sites, which are though to be less important due to their feeding behaviors. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, 2016. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://escholarship.org/uc/item/6zs7394q Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 146588

Author: Worden, Robert E. Title: Mirage of Police Reform: Procedural Justice and Police legitimacy Summary: the United States, the exercise of police authority - and the public's trust that police authority is used properly - is a recurring concern. Contemporary prescriptions for police reform hold that the public would trust the police more and feel a greater obligation to comply and cooperate if police-citizen interactions were marked by higher levels of procedural justice by police. In this book, Robert E. Worden and Sarah J. McLean argue that the procedural justice model of reform is a mirage. From a distance, procedural justice seems to offer relief from strained police-community relations. But a closer look at police organizations and police-citizen interactions shows that the relief offered by such reform is, in fact, illusory. A procedural justice model of policing is likely to be only loosely coupled with police practice, despite the best intentions, and improvements in procedural justice on the part of police are unlikely to result in corresponding improvements in citizens' perceptions of procedural justice. Details: Los Angeles: University of California Press, 2017. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2017 at: http://www.oapen.org/search?identifier=631931 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146592

Author: New York (City). Mayor's Task Force on Behavioral Health and Criminal Justice Title: First Status Report Summary: December of 2014, the de Blasio administration released the action plan developed by the Mayor's Task Force on Behavioral Health and the Criminal Justice System. The action plan outlines a comprehensive blueprint to continue to drive down crime while also reducing the number of people with behavioral health issues who cycle through the criminal justice system. The recommendations of the Task Force focus on ensuring that, when appropriate, individuals with behavioral health disorders: - do not enter the criminal justice system in the first place; - if they do enter, that they are treated outside of a jail setting; - if they are in jail, that they receive treatment that is therapeutic rather than punitive in approach; and - upon release, they are connected to effective services. Over the last twenty years, New York City has experienced the sharpest drop in crime anywhere in the nation. As crime has fallen so has the City's jail population - on the last day of 2014, there were fewer than 10,000 individuals detained at Rikers for the first time since 1984. New York City has one of the lowest jail detention rates of any city in the country: 1.15 per every 1,000 residents. Despite our success in reducing the overall jail population, the number of people with behavioral health issues has stayed largely constant, with individuals with behavioral health issues comprising a bigger and bigger percentage of the total number incarcerated. While in FY 2010, people with mental illness were only 29% of the NYC jail population, today they represent 38% of the overall jail population; approximately 7% of the jail population is made up of individuals with serious mental illness, and approximately 46% of inmates in the NYC jail system report that they are active substance users, although we believe the actual prevalence of substance use to be much higher. Many justice-involved individuals with behavioral health needs cycle through the system over and over again, often for low-level offenses. For example, approximately 400 individuals have been admitted to jail more than 18 times in the last five years. This same group accounted for more than 10,000 jail admissions and a collective 300,000 days in jail. ii While we have been demonstrably successful in reducing crime and incarceration in many areas, the issue of how to address the needs of people with behavioral health issues remains a stubborn question that the Task Force set out to solve. The Task Force worked to ensure that we establish the systems to address appropriately the risk and needs this population presents. Over 100 days, the Task Force developed 24 interlocking public health and public safety strategies that address each point in the criminal justice system and the overlap among those points. Recognizing the interdependent and intersecting nature of the behavioral health and criminal justice systems, the Task Force identified five major points of contact: on the street, from arrest through disposition, inside jail, during release and re-entry, and back in the community. The comprehensive strategy developed by the Task Force is backed by evidence and informed by widespread expertise. These are complicated issues, and while some of the elements of this action plan represent immediate steps, they are the first steps of a broader strategy that is long-term and ongoing. It will ensure that we continue to drive New York City's crime rate even lower by reliably assessing who poses a public safety risk and ensuring that we appropriately address - not just at arrest, but well before and well after - the behavioral health issues that have led many into contact with the criminal justice system. Details: New York: The Task Force, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/criminaljustice/downloads/pdfs/BHTF_StatusReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146596

Author: New York (City). Mayor's Leadership Team on School Climate and Discipline Title: Safety with Dignity: Phase 1 Recommendations Summary: Safety with Dignity details policy recommendations made by the Mayor's Leadership Team on School Climate and Discipline ("Leadership Team"). The Leadership Team is a one-year task force that was launched by Mayor Bill de Blasio in February 2015 with the mission of developing recommendations to enhance the well-being and safety of students and staff in the City's public schools, while minimizing the use of suspensions, arrests and summonses. Co-chaired by Ursulina Ramirez, Chief of Staff, NYC Department of Education and Vincent Schiraldi, Senior Advisor, Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, the Leadership Team was charged with the task of examining data and studying best practices in order to: Improve the use of data to assess the effectiveness of current policy and practice, and spread promising positive discipline innovations system-wide; Reduce the frequency and duration of suspensions and minimize arrests and referrals to the justice system for school-based disciplinary offenses; Reduce disparities by race, gender, disability and Lesbian, Gay, Bi-sexual, Transgender (LGBT) status in student discipline, arrests and summonses; Increase access to mental health and other community-based supports for high-need students; and Update the Discipline Code and the Memorandum of Understanding between the New York City Police Department (NYPD) and the Department of Education (DOE) to align the use of school discipline and security personnel and security measures with supportive school climate goals. To meet its objectives, the Leadership Team developed five Working Groups that involved more than 150 stakeholders, including representatives from city agencies, community organizations, and unions, as well as researchers, practitioners, educators, students and parents. Over the past five months, these Working Groups convened to define a vision and system-wide approach to positive climate, discipline and safety in schools, as well as to develop targeted initiatives to assist schools with high rates of suspensions, arrests and summonses - and high disparities in those areas - to improve their practices. Details: New York: The Leadership Team, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/sclt/downloads/pdf/safety-with-dignity-final-complete-report-723.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 146597

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office for Victims of Crime Title: Developing and Implementing a Response to Sexual Assault in Tribal Communities Summary: This is a Summary of the Suggestions from the National Roundtable Discussion on Sexual Assault in Indian Country. On July 27 and 28, 2016, the Office for Victims of Crime (OVC), in partnership with the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW) and the Indian Health Service (IHS), held a National Roundtable Discussion on Sexual Assault in Indian Country. It brought together a multidisciplinary group of professionals with expertise in developing, implementing, or enhancing a sexual assault response in tribal communities. (See Appendix 1 for a list of the participants.) The goals of the discussion were to: (1) learn about tribal efforts to develop a coordinated, systemic response to sexual violence; (2) highlight specific strategies that might aid other tribal communities in developing or enhancing their systemic response to sexual violence; and (3) provide federal, state, and local responders to sexual violence in Indian country with information to aid them in creating strategies to address sexual violence in American Indian and Alaska Native (AI/AN) communities. Response to sexual victimization in AI/AN communities is complicated by significant challenges; among them are a lack of tribal resources, little community dialogue on the issue, victim reluctance to report and seek assistance, and difficulty in coordinating responses across tribal, local, state, and federal agencies. However, great strides have been made in recent years to find solutions to these and other challenges and to promote effective interventions. During the roundtable discussion, participants were asked to identify strategies that have helped to overcome challenges. While many remedies discussed addressed roadblocks common across tribes, some spoke to barriers unique to specific tribal communities (e.g., those in remote locations). Through this report, OVC, OVW, and IHS seek to share lessons learned and practical guidance from the roundtable participants who are with tribal governments and are responders to sexual violence. The report may also be useful to nontribal legislators, policymakers, and agencies with jurisdictional responsibility for responding to sexual assaults committed against American Indians and Alaska Natives. Details: Washington, DC: OVC, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: https://www.ovcttac.gov/downloads/tribalvictimassistance/SANE_SART_Roundtable_508c_060617_DM.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 146598

Author: Southern Coalition for Social Justice Title: The Benefits of Ban the Box: A Case Study of Durham, NC Summary: For many job applicants around the country, one question blocks them from gainful employment and economic opportunity. A single question, often posed as a checkbox on the front of most job applications, asks about an applicant's criminal history. For many employers, it has become a way to weed out applicants before ever considering qualifications such as education and job history. This practice is widespread, and its effects on job applicants and their communities are staggering. A movement to "Ban the Box" (remove the checkbox from applications) was birthed as a response to the structural discrimination faced by people with criminal records. This report details: 1. the need for Ban the Box policies in communities directly impacted by mass incarceration; 2. the history and core strategy of the Ban the Box movement; 3. how Ban the Box polices increase the tax base, reduce recidivism, and expand the qualified applicant pool for employers; 4. the critical components of the campaign in Durham, North Carolina; and 5. the employment outcomes since adoption of Ban the Box policies in Durham. Details: Durham, NC: The Coalition, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://www.southerncoalition.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/BantheBox_WhitePaper.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 146608

Author: Leyro, Shirley P. Title: The Fear Factor: Exploring the Impact of the Vulnerability to Deportation on Immigrants' Lives Summary: This qualitative study explores the impact that the fear of deportation has on the lives of noncitizen immigrants. More broadly, it explores the role that immigration enforcement, specifically deportation, plays in disrupting the process of integration, and the possible implications of this interruption for immigrants and their communities. The study aims to answer: (1) how vulnerability to deportation specifically impacts an immigrant's life, and (2) how the vulnerability to deportation, and the fear associated with it, impacts an immigrant's degree of integration. Data were gathered through a combination of six open-ended focus group interviews of 10 persons each, and 33 individual in-depth interviews, all with noncitizen immigrants. The findings reveal several ways in which the vulnerability to deportation impacted noncitizen immigrants' lives: the fear of deportation produces emotional and psychological distress, which leads immigrants to have negative perceptions of reception into the United States, all which create barriers to integration. In addition, the findings reveal that the fear of deportation and the resulting psychological distress constitutes a form of legal violence. Legal violence is an emerging framework by Menjivar & Abrego (2012) that builds upon structural and symbolic violence, and refers to state-sanctioned harm perpetuated against immigrants via harsh immigration laws. The fear of deportation, combined with the structural reality of legal violence, creates an environment that impedes integration. The effect of deportability on immigrants' lives is of interest on the level of both individual integration and community cohesion. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2017. 196p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://academicworks.cuny.edu/gc_etds/1681/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 146609

Author: Gentry, Kendra Title: Apple Picking: The rise of electronic device thefts in Boston subways Summary: As mobile technology advances and the demand for WiFi and phone coverage increases, electronic device theft is becoming an international problem in metropolitan public transportation systems. Using transit police reports, this dissertation applies crime opportunity theories to understand which factors increased electronic device theft in Boston subway stations from 2003-2011. This approach addresses previous studies regarding crime on public transportation, robbery and larceny on subways and electronic device theft - as none have focused on this problem as the theft of a "hot product" within a "hot environment." Negative binomial regression, crime script analysis, sign tests and temporal pattern identification are used. This study identifies 24 subway stations where electronic device theft is concentrated. The findings suggest that district crime rates and subway station characteristics may help transit police understand why certain stations serve as activity spaces for electronic device theft. It also recognizes "hot times," risky passenger behavior and potential offender tactics. Policy implications and recommendations are discussed. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2015. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 29, 2017 at: http://academicworks.cuny.edu/gc_etds/938/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Devices Shelf Number: 146616

Author: Murphy, Laura T. Title: Labor and Sex Trafficking Among Homeless Youth: A Ten-City Study Summary: Human trafficking - the exploitation of a person's labor through force, fraud, or coercion - is a crime whose victims tend to be society's most vulnerable. People who are homeless, lack a support system, or are desperate for work are susceptible to the promises of people who would exploit them for labor and for sex. Recently, homeless youth providers in the United States and Canada have become aware that their clients are particularly at risk of trafficking and research has begun to uncover the extent and contours of the problem within that community. Between February 2014 and June 2016, researchers from Loyola University New Orleans's Modern Slavery Research Project (MSRP) were invited by Covenant House International and ten of their individual sites in the United States and Canada to serve as external experts to study the prevalence and nature of human trafficking among homeless youth aged 17 to 25. MSRP researchers interviewed 641 homeless and runaway youth who access services through Covenant House's network of shelters, transitional living and apartment programs, and drop-in centers. Youth were invited to participate, on a voluntary basis, in a point-in-time study about work experience. Semi-structured interviews were conducted using the Human Trafficking Interview and Assessment Measure (HTIAM-14) to assess whether youth had been trafficked for sex or labor in their lifetimes. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: http://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/73f135_ca561f855f2b47519683ccf342074d6d.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 146624

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: Stolen Guns in America: A State-by-State Analysis Summary: In the early morning hours of July 5, 2017, New York Police Department officer Miosotis Familia was ambushed as she sat in a marked NYPD command truck with her partner while providing additional security to a Bronx neighborhood after Fourth of July festivities. In an attack that police officials described as an assassination, Officer Familia was fatally shot in the head with a gun that had been stolen in Charleston, West Virginia, four years earlier. Less than a month earlier on the other side of the country, a UPS driver in San Francisco shot and killed three co-workers and injured two others using a gun that had been stolen in Utah. The shooter was also armed with a gun that had been stolen in Napa County, California. Stolen guns pose a significant risk to community safety. Whether stolen from a gun store or an individual gun owner's collection, these guns often head straight into the illegal underground gun market, where they are sold, traded, and used to facilitate violent crimes. Gun theft is not a minor problem in the United States. According to data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), during the four-year period from 2012 to 2015, nearly half a billion dollars worth of guns were stolen from individuals nationwide, amounting to an estimated 1.2 million guns. Twenty-two thousand guns were stolen from gun stores during this same period. A gun is stolen in the U.S. every two minutes. This problem does not affect all states equally. The rate and volume of guns stolen from both gun stores and private collections vary widely from state to state. From 2012 through 2015, the average rate of the five states with the highest rates of gun theft from private owners - Tennessee, Arkansas, South Carolina, Oklahoma, and Alabama - was 13 times higher than the average rate of the five states with the lowest rates - Hawaii, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York, and Massachusetts. Similarly, from 2012 through 2016, the average rate of the five states with the highest rates of guns stolen from gun stores was 18 times higher than the average rate the five states with the lowest rates. Gun owners and dealers have a substantial responsibility to take reasonable measures to protect against theft and help ensure that their guns do not become part of this illegal inventory. This report analyzes data from the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) to provide state-by-state data on the frequency with which guns are stolen from licensed gun dealers and individual gun owners in communities across the country. It then offers a number of policy solutions to help prevent future gun thefts. States that are in the top 10 for highest number of guns stolen from both gun stores and private owners Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2017 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/content/uploads/2017/07/25052308/StolenGuns-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 146628

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: Immigration and Local Policing in Smaller Municipalities: Results from a National Survey of Law Enforcement Executives Summary: In the past several decades, the number of immigrants in the United States who lack legal documentation has grown to unprecedented levels - approximately twelve million, according to recent estimates (Passel 2006) - and so has controversy surrounding their settlement in American communities. Many immigrants are choosing new destinations. Cities, suburbs, and rural communities in parts of the country that have not traditionally hosted large numbers of immigrants are now more on par with traditional gateway cities like Los Angeles, New York, and Chicago (Zuniga and Hernandez-Leon 2005). As evidence of this dramatic shift, the Mexican immigrant population (both legal and undocumented) in "new gateway" states grew dramatically between 1990 and 2000: 200-400 percent in New York, Pennsylvania, Washington, andWisconsin; 645 percent in Utah; 800 percent in Georgia; 1000 percent in Arkansas and Minnesota; and over 1800 percent in North Carolina, Tennessee, and Alabama (Zuniga and Hernandez-Leon 2005, p. xiv). With immigrant settlement patterns shifting, undocumented immigration has become even more of a hot-button political issue. An increasing number of state and local governments are asking police to take a more active role in identifying and arresting immigrants for civil immigration violations. Two federal statutes adopted in 1996 created opportunities for this partnership between federal immigration agents and local police. The Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act (AEDPA) gives local police the authority to arrest previously deported non-citizen felons, and the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act (IIRIRA) authorizes training of local and state police to enforce federal immigration laws. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Appendix-G_0.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 130023

Author: Mercado, Cynthia Calkins Title: Sex Offender Management, Treatment, and Civil Commitment: An Evidence Based Analysis Aimed at Reducing Sexual Violence Summary: This study was designed to provide a comprehensive exploratory examination of the program management, treatment, and recidivism of sexual offenders in New Jersey. There were four main objectives of the research: 1) To provide normative data on a large sample of New Jersey sex offenders; 2) To determine which sex offenders get selected for treatment and what criteria are used to make that decision; 3) To examine the effect of treatment on recidivism; and 4) To compare those offenders selected for commitment as a Sexually Violent Predator (SVP) with those offenders not selected for commitment. Data were gathered from the archival records of 3,168 male sex offenders who were housed at either a prison-based sex offender treatment facility (treatment group) or any of the New Jersey State prisons (no treatment group) and released from custody between the years 1996 and 2007. Additionally, archival data were gathered from all detained or committed SVPs. Federal and state recidivism data were obtained for all released offenders. Ultimately, three general outcome categories were the focus of the analyses: selection for treatment (determined by whether the offender was housed at the prison-based sex offender treatment facility), recidivism (determined by whether an offender was convicted of an additional offense - sexual or non-sexual - following release), and SVP commitment (determined by whether the offender was released or civilly committed upon completion of the index sentence). After coding the archival file data for offender characteristics, offense characteristics, risk assessment outcomes, and recidivism (and what type of recidivism, if applicable), comparisons were made via chi-square analysis and independent samples t-test across these three outcomes; that is, we compared treated and non-treated offenders, recidivists and non-recidivists, and committed and not-committed offenders on these factors. Additionally, a series of classification tree analyses and logistic regressions were conducted to gather insight into what factors were most strongly indicative of selection for treatment, SVP commitment, and recidivism. The following points highlight the major findings for each objective of the study: Objective One - The overwhelming majority of offenders in this sample had female victims (83.9%; n = 2,566), indicating that women and girls continue to be among those most victimized by sexual violence. - Nearly three-quarters of the index crime events involved molestation of a minor child, and despite a popular notion of "stranger danger" that is prevalent across sexual crimes (an assumption that is arguably an influential factor in sex offender legislation), most offenders knew their victims. Over 44% of the sample perpetrated an offense against someone with whom they were already acquainted (but not related), and an additional one-third of the sample offended against an immediate or extended family member. - A minority (15%) of the offenses were perpetrated against strangers, suggesting that the "stranger danger" notion of offending (upon which much sex crime legislation is based) may not reflect the empirical reality that most sex crimes (85%) are committed by individuals known to the victim - With regard to prior criminal history, nearly 70% of the offenders had been charged with a prior non-sexual offense; however, less than one-third of the sample had a prior history of sexual offenses, providing some support for the notion that sex offenders may be more generalist rather than specialist in their offending patterns. Objective Two - The best predictor of placement in the treatment facility was the demonstration of some treatment amenability or readiness for treatment. Choosing offenders based upon their willingness to participate in treatment may, however, exclude those offenders who are at highest risk to recidivate. - Those placed in the treatment facility had lower risk scores than those in the general population, which may run contrary to the risk-need-responsivity principle of providing the most intensive services to those of highest need. Objective Three - In terms of general recidivism (i.e., recidivism of any nature), those offenders who did not receive treatment recidivated (in terms of a new conviction) at twice the rate of those who did receive treatment (51.7% versus 25.0%), and this difference remained even when the groups were matched with regard to actuarial risk scores. - When looking specifically at sexual recidivism rates, we found that overall 5% of the offenders in our sample were re-convicted of a new sexual offense over an average 6.5 year follow-up period. - No differences in sexual recidivism were found between the treated and untreated groups, even when these groups were matched in terms of recidivism risk. Though random assignment to treatment conditions is seldom possible in research of this nature, future studies that use random assignment would allow for firmer conclusions regarding treatment effectiveness. - Sex offenders who offended against strangers were more likely than those who were acquainted with or related to their victim to re-offend after treatment. Likewise, sex offenders who had adult victims were more likely to offend after treatment than those who had minor victims. Objective Four - Sex offenders selected for civil commitment were found to be at significantly higher risk of recidivating (based on Static-99 and MnSOST-R actuarial risk scores) than offenders not committed under SVP statutes. - Sex offense history, MnSOST-R historical scale score, prior history of any contact sexual offense, use of weapon during index offense, age at first sex offense, history of psychiatric problems, age of victim, and age at first non-sexual offense were predictive of SVP commitment. - Based upon re-conviction data, those considered for civil commitment but ultimately not committed were found to have high rates of any kind of recidivism (67%). Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2013. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243551.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Commitment Shelf Number: 130140

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Supply Chain Security: DHS Could Improve Cargo Security by Periodically Assessing Risks from Foreign Ports Summary: Why GAO Did This Study Foreign ports and the cargo carried by vessels from these ports are critical to the U.S. economy, but can be exploited by terrorists. Within DHS, CBP and the Coast Guard are responsible for maritime security. Through CSI, CBP identifies and examines U.S.-bound cargo that may conceal WMD, and through C-TPAT, CBP partners with international trade community members to secure the flow of U.S.-bound goods. Under the IPS program, Coast Guard officials visit foreign ports to assess compliance with security standards. GAO was asked to review DHS's maritime security programs. This report addresses (1) the extent to which DHS has assessed the foreign ports that pose the greatest risk to the global supply chain and focused its maritime container security programs to address those risks, and (2) actions DHS has taken to help ensure the efficiency and effectiveness of its maritime security programs. GAO analyzed DHS risk models and maritime security program strategies, met with program officials, and visited six foreign countries selected on the basis of participation in CSI, varied cargo shipment risk levels, and other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that CBP periodically assess the supply chain security risks from foreign ports that ship cargo to the United States and use the results to inform any future expansion of CSI and determine whether changes need to be made to existing CSI ports. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/657893.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Security Shelf Number: 130141

Author: Karakus, Mustafa Title: Evaluation of the Los Angeles Re-Entry Employment Options Project Summary: The population of ex-offenders continues to rise. The majority need support, assistance, and guidance in order to have a successful reentry into the general population. Thus, many states are funding prisoner reentry programs to promote the effective reintegration of offenders into communities upon release from prison and jail. Reentry programs often involve a comprehensive case management approach. These programs are intended to assist ex-offenders in acquiring the life skills needed to succeed in the community and become law-abiding citizens. A variety of programs are used to assist offenders in the reentry process, including prerelease programs, drug rehabilitation and vocational training, and work programs (DOJ, 2009). While many states and cities across the US are implementing some type of reentry programs, evidence on the effect of these programs on recidivism is not clear. In order to break the cycle of recidivism, the California State Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), Division of Community Partnership awarded the City of Los Angeles Workforce Investment Board a 29 month grant to fund the Re-Entry Employment Options Project (REEOP). The REEOP provides support and services related to job creation, training, and job placement efforts for men and women who leave prison with no direct access to specialized programs in the City and County of Los Angeles. Objectives of the project are to assess skills and employment history and match participants with a job as soon as possible if there are no significant employment barriers. Participants in REEOP also have access to number of additional support services (e.g., intensive case management, housing assistance, mental health care, substance use disorders support groups or treatment, and referrals to organizations providing no or low cost furnishing, clothing, and legal assistance). The support services are provided to bolster recovery efforts and help individuals remain engaged in employment services and employment-focused efforts as they acclimate to life in their local communities. The City of Los Angeles Community Development Department (CDD) has requested Westat, an independent research company, to evaluate the project�s implementation and outcomes. This report documents findings from Westat's evaluation of REEOP. First, we present an executive summary of the study design and key findings. In Chapter 1, we discuss previous studies examining other reentry programs and we provide information on the Los Angeles Re-Entry Employment Options Project. Chapter 2 describes the methodology implemented during the process and outcome evaluation. We present results from process and outcome evaluations in Chapter 3 and 4, respectively. Chapter 5 includes a discussion on findings and recommendations from lessons learned. Appendix A contains Re-Entry Employment Options Project Talking Points about the study for REEOP Staff and a Participant Consent Form. Appendix B includes all interview protocols developed for the evaluation and Appendix C provides descriptive statistics of participants who were not included in the analytical sample. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2009. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://www.wiblacity.org/images/stories/PDF/2009_June_Evaluation_LA_REEOP.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 130011

Author: Goldstein, Brian Title: The Effect of Immigration Detainers in a Post-Relignment California Summary: On October 1, 2011, California implemented AB 109 Public Safety Realignment, which transferred state responsibility for individuals who commit non-violent, non-serious, and non-sexual offenses to the 58 counties and their local jurisdictions. Since then, each county has responded differently to Realignment, with some seizing on this unique opportunity to adopt innovative community corrections programming and rehabilitative services. Other counties continue to depend on the state system to manage individuals who have committed low-level offenses (CJCJ, 2013). Some counties struggle with jail capacity issues while failing to adopt necessary alternative sentencing practices (PPIC, 2013). On August 2, 2013, the United States Supreme Court denied Governor Jerry Brown's attempt to delay reducing the state prison system by approximately 10,000 individuals, as required by federal litigation that resulted in AB 109. The state must now work diligently to deemphasize the unnecessary use of incarceration in order to preserve resources for more crucial priorities. Amid varying county responses to Realignment, fiscal constraints, and capacity issues, county jail facilities also hold significant numbers of undocumented immigrants who do not have serious criminal histories, other than potentially violating federal civil immigration laws. For ease of reference, these individuals are here termed "non-criminal ICE holds" given that they have no recorded criminal history. These non-criminal ICE holds are held under ICE Agreements of Cooperation in Communities to Enhance Safety and Security (ACCESS), an umbrella encompassing enforcement programs that specifically target immigrants who make contact with the criminal justice system including the Secure Communities and Criminal Alien Program (ICE, 2008). After identifying individuals under ACCESS, ICE can issue an immigration detainer to law enforcement agencies, which is a non-binding request that an immigrant of interest be detained for up to 48 hours, excluding weekends and federal holidays, so that ICE can assume federal custody to initiate deportation proceedings. This publication studies the impact of non-criminal ICE holds on California's criminal justice system, specifically the effect on county jail capacity, including the significant fiscal cost. It concludes that 89 percent of said detentions in California are held in local jails and facilities. These detentions cost taxpayers approximately $16.3 million for local jail holds during the 30-month period studied. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/immigrant_detainers_in_a_post_realignment_ca.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 130014

Author: Stanford Law School. Three Strikes Project Title: Progress Report: Three Strikes Reform (Proposition 36): 1,000 Prisoners Released Summary: California is in the midst of a prison crisis. The United States Supreme Court has ruled that California prisons are unconstitutionally overcrowded. As a result, the State must reduce its prison population by thousands of inmates by the end of the year. Despite multiple federal court orders, the State refuses to release prisoners, arguing that doing so will compromise public safety. At the same time, counties throughout California have been implementing the Three Strikes Reform Act of 2012 ("Proposition 36"), which voters overwhelmingly approved in November. Proposition 36 shortens the sentences of prisoners who are serving life terms for non-serious, non-violent crimes and who no longer pose a threat to public safety To date, over 1,000 prisoners have been released from custody under Proposition 36, according to data provided by the California Department of Corrections. Each of these prisoners had been sentenced to life under the Three Strikes law for a minor crime, such as petty theft or simple drug possession, and demonstrated to a judge that they are not an "unreasonable risk of danger to public safety," under new procedures established by Proposition 36. (See new Penal Code Section 1170.126.) So far, judges have found that the vast majority of inmates eligible for relief under Proposition 36 deserve shorter sentences and have granted these inmates early release. Over 2,000 additional prisoners who are eligible for relief under Proposition 36 are still waiting to have their cases reviewed in county courts. In Los Angeles County alone, over 800 cases of inmates eligible for relief under Proposition 36 have yet to be resolved. The recidivism rate of prisoners released under Proposition 36 to date is well below state and national averages. Fewer than 2 percent of the prisoners released under Proposition 36 have been charged with new crimes, according to state and county records. By comparison, the average recidivism rate over a similar time period for non-Proposition 36 inmates leaving California prisons is 16 percent. Nationwide, 30 percent of inmates released from state prisons are arrested for a new crime within six months of release. Critical issues remain. Prisoners released under Proposition 36 are returning home to a dire lack of resources. Unlike all other prisoners released from California prisons, inmates released under Proposition 36 are not eligible for state and county support services, leaving them without housing, jobs, or drug treatment. In many cases, prisoners freed under Proposition 36 are released from custody without warning, clothing, money for transportation, or notice to their families or attorneys. A disproportionate number of inmates sentenced to life in prison for petty offenses suffer from mild to severe mental illness. While all inmates released under Proposition 36 should have access to support services, it is especially vital that mentally ill inmates, who are particularly vulnerable, have access to a level of care that adequately addresses their needs. In the cases pending review under Proposition 36, administrative and procedural obstacles are preventing timely dispositions. In some counties, lack of prosecutorial resources has significantly slowed the process. In other counties, public defender offices have been deprived adequate means to investigate and prepare these cases. Proposition 36 has already generated significant financial savings and freed prison capacity for dangerous and violent prisoners. Since the law took effect in November 2012, Proposition 36 has saved the California prison system between $10 and $13 million. If courts fully implemented the initiative by reducing the sentences of all eligible inmates, the State would realize almost $1 billion in savings over the next ten years. In light of the federal court order to reduce the prison population, the overwhelming public support for Proposition 36, and the success of those inmates who have already been released under the initiative, this report makes the following recommendations: - The State should commit more resources to expedite review and end unnecessary delay of over 2,000 cases currently pending under Proposition 36. Prosecutors must have adequate resources to expeditiously review petitions and recommend new sentences in appropriate cases without compromising public safety; and defense counsel must be given comparable resources to thoroughly investigate cases and prepare comprehensive reentry plans for their clients to maintain the low recidivism rate of inmates released under the initiative. - Courts should ensure consistent application of Proposition 36 throughout the state. Uniform standards of review and procedural protections should be implemented to provide accurate assessments of inmate risk. - More public and private resources should be committed to provide services to inmates released under Proposition 36 to ensure their successful reentry into the community. Every prisoner released under Proposition 36 should have access to temporary housing, sobriety support, and employment assistance services equal to those services provided to all other inmates leaving prison. Details: Stanford, CA: The Project, 2013. 12 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: https://law.stanford.edu/index.php?webauth-document=child-page/441702/doc/slspublic/Three%20Strikes%20Reform%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Overcrowding Shelf Number: 130015

Author: Logan, TK Title: Civil Protective Orders Effective in Stopping or Reducing Partner Violence: Challenges Remain in Rural Areas with Access and Enforcement Summary: Key Findings - Civil protective orders are effective in reducing partner violence for many women. For half the women in the sample, a protective order stopped the violence. For the other half, the orders significantly reduced violence and abuse. - Not only are civil protective orders effective, but they are a relatively low-cost solution, particularly when compared with the social and personal costs of partner violence. - The impact of civil protective orders on reducing violence and abuse did not differ for rural and urban women. - In rural areas, where resources and services for partner violence may be more limited, it is critical to reduce barriers to obtaining protective orders as research indicates they may be an effective resource. - Community-level barriers to enforce civil protective orders exist for women in rural areas. Details: Durham, NH: University of New Hampshire, 2011. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: policy Brief no. 18: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://scholars.unh.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1130&context=carsey Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Protective Orders Shelf Number: 130025

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: Population Decline of Unauthorized immigrants Stalls, May Have Reversed Summary: This report provides estimates of the size of the March 2012 unauthorized immigrant population for the nation, as well as for the six states (California, Florida, Illinois, New Jersey, New York and Texas) where 60% of unauthorized immigrants live. For the nation, it also shows estimates of the size of the unauthorized immigrant population from Mexico and from all other countries. For the nation, the six states and the balance of the country, the report also includes annual estimates of the unauthorized immigrant population for 1995-2012 and an estimate for 1990. Estimates for those years at the national level also are provided for the unauthorized immigrant population from Mexico and all other countries. The Pew Research Center's Hispanic Trends Project estimates the unauthorized immigrant population using a residual method, which is based on official government data. Under this methodology, a demographic estimate of the legal foreign-born population - naturalized citizens, legal permanent residents, temporary legal residents and refugees - is subtracted from the total foreign-born population as measured in a survey. The remainder, or residual, is the source of population estimates and characteristics of unauthorized immigrants. The estimates use data from the Current Population Survey (CPS), conducted by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and the Census Bureau, and from the American Community Survey (ACS), conducted by the Census Bureau. The March Supplement to the CPS, a survey of about 80,000 households for 2001 and later versus about 50,000 households earlier, is the source of data for 1995-2004 and for 2012. The ACS, a compilation of monthly data including about 3 million households each year, is the source of data for 2005-2011. The Pew Research Center's Hispanic Trends Project's estimates make adjustments to the government data to compensate for undercounting, and therefore its population totals differ somewhat from the ones the government uses. Estimates for any given year are based on a March reference date for years from the CPS and a July 1 reference date for years from the ACS. These estimates are not consistent with previously published Pew Research Center estimates of the unauthorized immigrant population. The previous unauthorized immigrant numbers are based on survey data tied to previous Census Bureau population estimates that have since been revised. The Pew Research Center revised the historic survey data so those data conform to updated Census Bureau population estimates. The resulting series of unauthorized immigrant estimates are consistent over time but inconsistent with previous estimates. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://www.pewhispanic.org/files/2013/09/Unauthorized-Sept-2013-FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Hispanics Shelf Number: 130137

Author: Raghunath, Raja Title: Freedmen and Day Laborers: Why Enforcement Matters Summary: As the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of Emancipation approaches, there are cautionary lessons for modern workers to be found in Reconstruction, the period that followed the abolition of chattel slavery. It was mostly due to vehement opposition that the promise of universal liberty at work was squelched after the Civil War, but the federal government also bears responsibility for not defending the rights it had granted to the freed slaves, or freedmen, when those rights were contested and eventually nullified in the working fields and cities of the South. In this sense, workers' rights were the original civil rights, and the Freedmen�s Bureau, the original federal labor rights agency, was a founding failure of enforcement. This article argues that the lesson of this failure is that modern enforcement agencies must pay increased attention to labor standards enforcement for foreign born workers, in particular unauthorized immigrants, and that such a focus will benefit all workers in the national economy. The modern American underclass has expanded to substantially include unauthorized immigrants, and their presence in an industry or labor market, such as day labor, is a reliable marker that the most vulnerable workers may be found there. By focusing on these most vulnerable workers, enforcement efforts can help overcome the collective action problem that is created by any system of minimum labor standards. What primarily stands in the way of such an enforcement focus is the misplaced reliance on moral culpability that drives so much of the debate about unauthorized workers. This article argues that the exploitation of vulnerable workers is a behavior that has persisted through the centuries, and that this persistence matters as much as, or more than, the motivations for such behavior, like racism or hostility to foreigners. Finally, it offers some potential responses to what would be an expected backlash to this argument. Details: Denver: University of Denver Sturm College of Law, 2013. 48p. Source: U Denver Legal Studies Research Paper No. 13-40: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2320047 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Day Laborers Shelf Number: 130019

Author: Balkovich, Edward Title: Electronic Surveillance of Mobile Devices: Understanding the Mobile Ecosystem and Applicable Surveillance Law Summary: Mobile phones, the networks they connect to, the applications they use, and the services they access all collect and retain enormous amounts of information that can be useful in criminal investigations. However, consumer use of encryption and other information security practices has also grown. While encryption serves many important functions, it also may leave law enforcement unable to access information during criminal investigations, even when they have sought and received appropriate legal permission. The simultaneous increase in both consumer information and barriers to accessing that information has lead to a debate about whether we are entering a "golden age of surveillance" or an age in which electronic surveillance will "go dark." Our goal was to create a tool that could help law enforcement, policymakers, and privacy advocates understand both what information is available in the mobile ecosystem and how law enforcement may be able to access this information. State and local law enforcement face two substantial challenges when accessing these data. The first is maintaining awareness of the sources and nature of commercial data available to an investigator; law enforcement may be overlooking helpful information because officers are simply unaware of its existence. The second is determining the legal rules for access to these data, since there is often uncertainty about how to interpret existing surveillance law with respect to mobile technology. This report is the first of two documents describing an electronic surveillance study sponsored by the National Institute of Justice. This first volume discusses the challenges outlined above and describes the development of a prototype tool - the Mobile Information and Knowledge Ecosystem (MIKE) - intended to help law enforcement, commercial entities, and policy analysts explore the mobile ecosystem and understand the laws regulating law enforcement's use of data contained within the mobile ecosystem. The tool might also serve as a mechanism for sharing best practices in electronic surveillance. This report should be of interest to decision-makers in law enforcement, the commercial sector, government, and public advocacy groups interested in electronic surveillance, public safety, and privacy. This report is written for a nontechnical audience. A forthcoming companion document, A Guide to the Structure and Intended Use of MIKE, written for practitioners interested in using our tool, describes the prototype that we developed. It explains the tool's principles, illustrates its potential uses, and describes how to add content. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2017 at: http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR800/RR800/RAND_RR800.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 137683

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Still No Action Taken: Complaints Against Border Patrol Agents Continue to Go Unanswered Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) has a long history of violating constitutional and other rights of both immigrants and U.S. citizens. More precisely, agents of the Border Patrol (a component agency of CBP) are known for regularly overstepping the boundaries of their authority by using excessive force, detaining people under inhumane conditions, and using coercion and misinformation to remove people from the United States. Not only do alleged abuses occur with regularity, but they rarely result in any serious disciplinary action. This was illustrated in a previous report from the American Immigration Council titled No Action Taken: Lack of CBP Accountability in Responding to Complaints of Abuse, which analyzed data from January 2009 to January 2012. According to more recent CBP data obtained by the American Immigration Council, the agency has made little progress in its efforts to improve accountability. This data, obtained through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request, includes 2,178 cases of alleged misconduct by Border Patrol agents and supervisors that were filed between January 2012 and October 2015. These cases range from instances of verbal abuse, to theft of property, to physical assault. Even though assessing which cases did or did not merit disciplinary action was not feasible with the information CBP provided, the overall findings of this report are still remarkable. For example: - 95.9 percent of the 1,255 cases in which an outcome was reported resulted in "no action" against the officer or agent accused of misconduct. - The complaints contain allegations of many forms of abuse, with "physical abuse" cited as the reason for the complaint in 59.4 percent of all cases. - "No action" was the outcome of many complaints against Border Patrol agents that alleged serious misconduct, such as running a person over with a vehicle, making physical threats, sexually assaulting a woman in a hospital, and denying medical attention to children. The number of complaints filed varied widely by location. The most complaints were filed against agents in the Rio Grande Valley Sector (Texas), Tucson Sector (Arizona), and Laredo Sector (Texas). Collectively, these three sectors accounted for more than 80 percent of all complaints filed. When accounting for the number of apprehensions per sector, however, a different pattern emerges. By this measure, the highest complaint rates were in the Yuma Sector (Arizona), with 218.7 complaints per 100,000 apprehensions; the Big Bend Sector (Texas), with 192.5 complaints; and the El Paso Sector (Texas), with 185.4. Alternately, when complaints are measured against the number of Border Patrol agents per sector, the highest complaint rates were in the Rio Grande Valley Sector (315.2 complaints per 1,000 agents), Laredo Sector (130), and Tucson Sector (112.8). Overall, the data analyzed in this report raises concerns about misconduct throughout Border Patrol sectors, and what CBP has done to address these problems and improve accountability. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: https://americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/still_no_action_taken_complaints_against_border_patrol_agents_continue_to_go_unanswered.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Agents Shelf Number: 146694

Author: Salemson, Daniel J. Title: Getting the Rap Down: Employment Strategies for New Yorkers with Criminal Records Summary: Assisting job seekers who have criminal records - and the employers that may hire them - represents one of the most persistently vexing challenges for workforce development organizations. In the years that Workforce Professionals Training Institute (WPTI) has provided direct training and technical assistance to practitioners and organizations in this area of work, we have learned much about effective strategies and practices, many of which we share in this report. Details: New York: Workplace Professionals Training Institute, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: https://workforceprofessionals.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Getting_the_RAP_Down.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 146707

Author: New York City. Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice Title: The Jail Population: Recent declines and opportunities for further reductions Summary: Jails hold up a mirror to the fair functioning of society. Who goes in and how long they stay are the two barometers of the size of a jail population and reflect how the many different parts of the criminal justice system, and New Yorkers themselves, act. How many people commit offenses? What decisions do police officers make about arrest? How do prosecutors weigh the evidence? What determinations do judges make about bail and what options do they have to release or detain? Do New Yorkers serve as jurors or testify as witnesses? How quickly do courts, district attorneys and defenders move a case to conclusion? These are just some of the factors that affect the size and composition of our jail population. The complexity of reducing the jail population while ensuring the public is safe is deepened by the absence of any one "boss" of the criminal justice system and the intentional independence of various parts of government. The court system operates as a separate branch of state government. The District Attorneys-one for each county in New York City-are elected. The Police Department and the Department of Correction are Mayoral agencies. Defenders are dedicated by ethical canon to the zealous defense of their clients. Despite these complexities, New York, singularly among the nation's large cities, has been successful in both keeping crime rates low and reducing the size of the jail population. Over the span of more than 20 years, crime has declined by 76% while the jail population has dropped by half. Over the last three years that trend has accelerated due to the partnership and focus of all the parts of the criminal justice system: as crime has gone down by 9%, the jail population has reduced by 18%, the single biggest drop since 2001. In the last three years-because of deliberate efforts to rethink policing strategy, expand alternatives to jail, and reduce case delay-fewer people are entering city jails and those who do enter are staying for less time. This has led to steep declines for some people admitted to jail: those detained on bail under $2,000, down 36%; detainees facing misdemeanor charges, down 25%; those serving city sentences, down 34%; people under 21, down 18%; and mental health service users, down 7%. And for the first time in decades, the average length of a Supreme Court case in New York City has shrunk by 18 days. How much further can we reduce the jail population? That is the question of the moment. Over the past twenty years, the number of people held on violent offenses has increased by 56%, while lower level offenses (in particular drug offenses) have dropped 51%. Today 91% of the pretrial population at Rikers is held on a felony charge (49% on violent felony charges), over half of the jail population is facing multiple cases and 69% are at medium or high risk of failing to appear in court, the primary basis on which a New York State judge can hold a defendant. As we look to the future, further reductions will depend upon the actions of New Yorkers themselves in reducing crime and on every part of the criminal justice system working together to ensure that we use jail as parsimoniously as possible while ensuring public safety Details: New York: Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Justice Brief: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/criminaljustice/downloads/pdfs/justice_brief_jailpopulation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146711

Author: National Juvenile Defender Center Title: Delaware: An Assessment of Access to Counsel and Quality of Representation in Juvenile Delinquency Proceedings Summary: Fifty years ago, the United States Supreme Court affirmed children's constitutional right to due process and to the assistance of counsel in delinquency court. The historic decision, known as In re Gault, set forth a new status quo for the country: the pursuit of justice in juvenile court was no longer an abstract ideal but a necessary function of law requiring protections under the 14th Amendment of the Constitution. Threaded into the Supreme Court's opinion were simple and yet, at the time, radical notions that children who face charges in juvenile court deserve a legal advocate to safeguard their rights and interests; and that the good intentions of government, when left unchecked, cause injury to children, their families, and their future opportunities. Today, states are still working to fulfill this vision - central to which is an effective system of appointing high-quality defense counsel at all stages of a young person's case. Over the last two decades, the National Juvenile Defender Center (NJDC) has evaluated juvenile defense delivery systems in 21 states; Delaware is now the 22nd. The purpose of a state assessment is to provide policymakers, legislators, and defense leadership, among other stakeholders, with a comprehensive understanding of children's access to counsel in the state, to identify structural and systemic barriers to ensuring effective representation for young people, and to offer best-practices recommendations to improve access to and quality of juvenile defense. The First State - as Delaware is proudly known - provides legal representation for youth charged in delinquency court through the Office of Defense Services (ODS). NJDC's expert investigators visited Delaware's three counties, where they conducted interviews with ODS staff and other juvenile court stakeholders, observed delinquency proceedings, and obtained information and reports from the Delaware Family Courts. Investigators also completed a statutory review of the state's court rules, laws, and proposed legislation. It was readily apparent that those responsible for dispensing justice in Delaware's juvenile court system are firmly committed to fairness and helping youth access opportunities. However, there was no shared agreement among stakeholders of what effective juvenile public defense should look like, nor a clear articulation of how strong representation for youth supports the goals of the juvenile justice system. Investigators concluded the quality of representation falls short of fulfilling the constitutional guarantees of due process for children in court. Delaware is one of a few states in the nation that imposes monetary bail on children, and one of the only states that allows for bail and detention hearings to be conducted via videoconference. And Delaware Family Courts persist in applying mandatory minimum sentences to some youth, despite research supporting developmentally informed, individualized justice for children. Serious racial inequities exist at all stages of delinquency proceedings across the state, with Black and brown children receiving harsher treatment at every decision point. Punitive practices like these make the need for zealous defenders essential. The shortcomings identified in the Assessment are not because of negligent lawyering; on the contrary, most juvenile defenders are fiercely dedicated to their clients and to ensuring the best possible case outcomes. However, the juvenile court system overall lacks an awareness of the direct and collateral harms youth experience when adjudicated delinquent - especially when children are unnecessarily processed through court as a means to access court-based interventions. Rather than serve as advocates for children's expressed interests, lawyers are encouraged to move clients quickly through adjudication with the goal of obtaining services, whether they are necessary or not. The net this perspective casts over children, and particularly children of color, results in young people being tangled deeper in court and for longer periods of time when less-restrictive alternatives are appropriate. Moreover, systemic deficiencies limit children's access to counsel and inhibit juvenile defenders' ability to advocate for dispositions that are better-suited for a child's interests and success. While there is cause for concern in Delaware's juvenile court system, the investigators also found notable strengths and promising practices that have been implemented with broad support. Building on the success of these reforms will keep the state on track to address and overcome the system's shortfalls. The Assessment's core recommendations call for collaborative action to remedy gaps in juvenile defense delivery at the state, county, and local levels. The report concludes with a set of strategies to guide stakeholders through the implementation process and at last ensure that Delaware's youth receive the constitutional protections guaranteed to them over five decades ago. Details: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2017. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Delaware-Assessment_NJDC.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Defense Counsel Shelf Number: 146717

Author: American Probation and Parole Association Title: Issue Paper on The Use of Social Media in Community Corrections Summary: This paper was developed to elevate the awareness of the potential of social media, also known as social networking, in the field of community corrections. Monitoring client activity on social media can be an important component of the investigation or supervision process, however with opportunities come challenges. This paper will highlight the importance of establishing policies around social media use and identify some of the issues community corrections agencies may encounter as they incorporate social media in their investigation and supervision practices. Specifically, the paper addresses four areas of interest with social media usage in community corrections: (1) client investigations and intelligence gathering; (2) policy development (3) available tools to assist agencies monitor social media; and (4) training resources. Details: Lexington, KY: APPA, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: https://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/stances/ip_USMCC.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 146724

Author: Henderson, Kathryn Title: Assessment of the Employment Works Program Summary: Employment Works was launched in 2008 as a pilot initiative to help probationers secure employment, with the goal or promoting their self-sufficiency and reducing their rates of recidivism. The program promotes collaboration between two City agencies by coordinating workforce services between NYC's Department of Small Business Services (SBS) and the Department of Probation (DOP). The program's target was to place probationers in stable employment in jobs paying at least $9/hour. CEO asked Westat to evaluate the program's effect on both employment and recidivism. The evaluation initially had two key components - first assessing the effect of the program on the participants and differences between providers, and secondly comparing recidivism rates for the Employment Works (EW) participants versus the probation population that did not get referred to the program. The participant and provider analysis showed strong positive findings. Approximately 30 percent of those served were placed into employment, a rate significantly higher than the 20 percent placement rate for the general population at the standard Workforce Career Centers. Additionally, placement rates and wages at the Employment Works sites were better for those entering in 2009 than in 2008 despite the economic downturn that hit at that time, suggesting that providers became increasingly effective in their work. Reinforcing the value of occupational training in building the human capital of job seekers, the analysis found that participants who receive individual training grants (ITGs) have a greater likelihood of finding jobs than those that did not. The analysis also showed that the performance of the two providers was nearly the same once the evaluators statistically adjusted for the population differences- a factor important for program managers that oversee multiple sites to keep in mind as they monitor program outcomes. For an employment program, this assessment reminds us that differences between sites in education levels of the population, work history, criminal history, gender, and other factors that are closely correlated with wages need to be factored into any performance management oversight. The evaluation found a strong correlation between employment and reduced recidivism. Participants who were placed in jobs by Employment Works had much lower odds of being re-arrested compared to participants who did not get placed, suggesting a possible benefit of employment on reducing recidivism. The second component of the research design was to compare Employment Works participants to a matched group of Department of Probation clients that were not served by the program, using existing administrative data. Westat was unable to complete the impact analysis because of DOP data limitations- in particular key variables such as education and employment history were missing. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2013. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2017 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/opportunity/pdf/employment_works_evaluation_110713.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 146725

Author: Coen, Rena Title: Electronic Monitoring of Youth in the California Juvenile Justice System Summary: One of the most significant changes in the juvenile justice system in recent decades has been the proliferation of electronic monitoring of youth. Every state except New Hampshire has some form of juvenile electronic monitoring. Electronic monitoring is used in a variety of contexts, including as a condition of pretrial release or probation. Yet despite the rapid proliferation of electronic monitoring of youth, there is little research about how this technology is used, whether it is effective, and how it affects the youth who are tracked. While electronic monitoring may be preferable to incarceration, juvenile electronic monitoring programs are still burdensome and should be utilized fairly and responsibly. In an effort to better understand how juvenile electronic monitoring programs operate in California, the Samuelson Law, Technology & Public Policy Clinic, in partnership with the East Bay Community Law Center, sought information from all 58 California counties about the terms and conditions youth must comply with while being monitored electronically. We are releasing the documents we obtained to the public, together with this analysis. This collection of documents and this report are a product of our collaboration with the East Bay Community Law Center, East Bay Children's Law Offices, and the Alameda County Public Defender's Office. These offices defend youth in Alameda County juvenile court. Attorneys and advocates at these organizations expressed concern that juvenile electronic monitoring requirements are unrealistically onerous, disproportionally impact youth of color, and undermine the rehabilitative purpose of the juvenile justice system.6 In response, the Clinic investigated electronic monitoring conditions throughout California. This report offers a high-level overview of the terms and conditions commonly used in California. It also highlights written rules and policies that seem particularly burdensome on their face. Our inquiry is currently limited to the information available in the records we obtained, and does not explore how these programs operate in practice. We hope to move beyond the paper record to explore questions of implementation and practice in future work. We also hope that other scholars, practitioners, and advocates will do so as well. We are releasing all of the documents we obtained to the public to facilitate a better understanding of how juvenile electronic monitoring programs are formally structured. This is the first time anyone has comprehensively canvassed juvenile electronic monitoring program rules across an entire state. These documents will allow those working in the field of juvenile justice in California to see how their county's written program rules line up against those in effect elsewhere. All of these programs impose burdens upon youth and their families-no one county has created a model approach. Yet some rules in some counties impose program requirements that are substantially less restrictive and allow youth comparatively greater freedom and flexibility. There is a pressing need for research to evaluate whether electronic monitoring is effective in reducing recidivism rates or improving other outcomes for youth - and, if so, under what circumstances. There is a growing consensus that courts should rely on evidence-based practices when making decisions and formulating policy, and yet there is little evidence thus far demonstrating the effectiveness of juvenile electronic monitoring programs. California's juvenile justice system is expressly intended to promote the correction and rehabilitation of youths. But without access to evidence-based program data, judges and policy-makers are unable to evaluate whether there are rehabilitative effects to these programs or whether these programs are excessively punitive. Moreover, these rules disproportionately affect families of color. Youth of color are overrepresented at every stage of the juvenile justice system.10 And once involved in the system, they are punished more harshly, and for longer, than other comparable youth. As a result, research about the specific ways that electronic monitoring programs disproportionately affect youth of color is urgently needed. Details: Berkeley, CA: Berkeley Law, Samuel Law, Technology and Public Policy Clinic, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://www.law.berkeley.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Report_Final_Electronic_Monitoring.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 146729

Author: Vallas, Rebecca Title: Forfeiting the American Dream: How Civil Asset Forfeiture Exacerbates Hardship for Low-income Communities and Communities of Color Summary: In the United States, the basic tenet of the criminal justice system is that one is presumed innocent until proven guilty. However, over the past several decades, many thousands of people across the country have had their property seized by the government without being charged with a crime. Regardless of these individuals' innocence, their cash, homes, cars, and personal property can be taken if law enforcement believes it was involved in a crime or if it is the proceeds of a crime. This practice, known as civil asset forfeiture, was established as a tool to dismantle criminal organizations. But over the past 30 years, the use - and in many cases abuse - of this practice has spiraled well beyond the purposes for which it was created. In recent years, civil asset forfeiture has come to create perverse incentives that can lead law enforcement agencies to seek profit over justice. For many years, one of the primary drivers of these perverse incentives has been a federal practice called equitable sharing. Under this practice, state and local law enforcement can have a seizure adopted by the federal government - that is to say, placed under federal jurisdiction - and be allowed to keep up to 80 percent of the proceeds from the adopted seizures, with the remaining 20 percent going to federal agencies. Some $3 billion in seizures were distributed through equitable sharing between 2008 and 2014. Amid media and public controversy around the program, equitable sharing was curtailed in 2015 by then - U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder. While the new federal policy that Attorney General Holder put in place last year was without question a step in the right direction, it left room for continued abuses. Today, congressional lawmakers continue to work on a bipartisan basis to pass federal legislation to achieve further reform.6 Moreover, many states still have laws on the books that permit unjust and harmful civil asset forfeiture practices. Without additional reform, innocent people across the United States will continue to face seizure of their cash, vehicles, and even homes - many without ever having their day in court. In Michigan, for example, an elderly disabled woman had every penny of her savings taken by law enforcement�money she had received from disability payments and a car accident settlement - even though the government had not proven that it was connected to illegal activity. This left her unable to challenge the seizure because she had no funds left to post the bond in court. A low-income Philadelphia grandmother had her house seized because her niece's boyfriend was accused of selling drugs outside her home. And a Los Angeles taco truck owner had thousands of dollars of earned taco sales taken by law enforcement despite no evidence of criminal activity. While he initially challenged the seizure, he was forced to drop the case because it was too expensive to fight and he feared the legal proceedings would risk the deportation of his relatives. Although civil asset forfeiture affects people of every economic status and race, a growing array of studies indicates that low-income individuals and communities of color are hit hardest. The seizing of cash, vehicles, and homes from low-income individuals and people of color not only calls law enforcement practices into question, but also exacerbates the economic struggles that already plague those communities. Making matters worse, these individuals are the least able to shoulder the cost required to regain their property through complicated legal proceedings that are heavily weighted in favor of law enforcement. Moreover, because there is no constitutional right to an attorney in forfeiture cases, property owners who cannot afford legal representation are often left with no choice but to attempt to represent themselves in court. Fortunately, as bipartisan outrage at unjust civil asset forfeiture practices continues to grow across the United States, policymakers have a unique opportunity to find common ground and enact laws that restore forfeiture to its original purpose. While federal reform is urgently needed, states can do a great deal to protect their residents - and especially vulnerable populations - from the abuse of civil asset forfeiture laws. This report provides an overview of the rise of civil asset forfeiture abuse by law enforcement, highlights the impact of these abusive practices on low-income individuals and communities of color, and offers steps that state policymakers can take to prevent civil asset forfeiture abuses from pushing already struggling families and communities into or deeper into poverty Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/01060039/CivilAssetForfeiture-reportv2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 146730

Author: Scissors, Ben Title: Women in Prison in Oregon: Data, Pathways into Incarceration, and Characteristics of Women Prisoners Summary: Mass incarceration has at last moved to the top of the agenda not only for those working within the justice system but also for many people outside it. Those caught up in the system would no doubt say this increased awareness has been a long time coming but it is still welcome. What we have seen less of, however, is attentiveness to the mass incarceration of women. Indeed it is arguable that women have been greater victims of the trend toward incarcerating a larger number of Americans since their prison numbers have seen faster growth than men's. Oregon is no exception to this trend. Facing Oregon's female prison system is a number of troubling issues, including: facility and housing deficiencies for both women and girls, increasingly untenable costs due to housing and health care issues, a lack of programming, potential human rights violations, and significant racial and ethnic disparities. National data indicate that "[i]ncarcerated women are disproportionately women of color...from low-income communities who have been subjected to a disproportionately high rate of violence." This report seeks to provide the necessary national context for understanding Oregon's incarceration of women. It will also synthesize the various available data, news and academic reports on Oregon trends in the incarceration and treatment of women in prison. The goal is to provide a one-stop destination for anyone seeking up-to-date information on the women in Oregon's prisons. It is also important to understand what this report is not. We have confined ourselves to gathering and presenting information on women imprisoned in Oregon, but not those serving time in jail or in community or alternative sentencing programs. Also, we have not sought to put forward solutions to rapid growth in the numbers of women imprisoned in Oregon within this document. We want this report to provide context to the solutions we are proposing to the over-incarceration of women and we want it to remain relevant and useful for as long as possible. We believe this will be easier to achieve by confining this document to highlighting the data we have - and the missing data we need - about Oregon's incarcerated women. Details: Portland: Oregon Justice Resource Center, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/524b5617e4b0b106ced5f067/t/57d9abb8ff7c50695a731406/1473883072267/women+in+prison+in+oregon+FINAL+VERSION.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 146738

Author: La Vigne, Nancy Title: A Blueprint for Interagency and Cross-Jurisdictional Data Sharing Summary: Crime analysts today have an unprecedented set of tools available to explore the factors that influence when, where, and why crime occurs. Public, nonprofit, and for-profit organizations are generating and disseminating more high-quality data than ever before, largely because of enhanced storage and retrieval capacity. Similarly, rapid increases in computing power have facilitated the development of more powerful tools to analyze these data. These advances have exciting implications for geospatial analyses of crime and criminal justice data, particularly those that span different sectors and jurisdictions. Integrating data across geographic boundaries and from different fields, such as transportation, land use, and public health, allows researchers and practitioners to better understand the full range of factors that affect public safety. These insights can in turn inform the design of more impactful and responsive public safety strategies. This blueprint, written to inform the efforts of researchers and analysts in local government agencies and in research settings, offers practical strategies for executing successful data integration projects across agencies and jurisdictions. It combines lessons learned from a wide-ranging literature review with the direct experience of Urban Institute (Urban) researchers, who collected, integrated, mapped, and analyzed interagency and cross-jurisdictional data from the Washington, DC, metropolitan area, a project referred to throughout this blueprint as Metropolitan Crime Mapping. The goal of this blueprint is to encourage similar projects by identifying the opportunities that cross-sectional analysis offers, suggesting strategies to overcome barriers that researchers may encounter, and providing an overview of what the future holds for cross-sector data sharing and analysis. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/92341/blueprint-for-interagency-cross-jurisdictional-data-sharing.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 146739

Author: Gonsalves, Kate Title: Disrupting Mass Incarceration at the Local Level: A Guide to Mapping Reform Summary: When considering criminal justice reform, the media and many of us are still primarily focused on the roles of the police and the federal government. Much attention has been appropriately paid to the lives lost and families torn apart in police shootings around the country as well as positions taken by President Trump and members of his administration on criminal justice reform. What is often overlooked, however, is the significant power and responsibility of "downballot" elected officials such as county commissioners, district attorneys and school board members. These actors play a direct part in the systems that contribute to over-incarceration. They may run for election unopposed and their decisions can easily escape public attention. But these decisions, be they about disciplinary policies, discretionary budget appropriations, or charging practices, have a direct, far-reaching, and often immediate impact at the local level. The daily practices of these stakeholders play their part in perpetuating racial disparities in our criminal justice system and in shaping outcomes. Simply put, meaningful criminal justice reform is unlikely to be achieved without buy-in from local level stakeholders. These decision makers, particularly sheriffs, district attorneys, and judges, hold the keys to the front door of the correctional system. County and municipal actors are responsible for many of the decisions that funnel people through that front door because people who are sentenced to state prisons are prosecuted locally. These local actors have discretion over whether to stop, search, arrest, fine, divert, or charge someone and how long a sentence should be sought. By refocusing our attention from the federal and state level to our local communities, we can see that locally-elected leaders at the city and county levels have tremendous power to drastically change systems of over-criminalization. This guide aims to expose the opportunity and responsibility that local elected leaders have to bring about criminal justice reform. It will also provide a framework to help you seek accountability from your local level officials and representatives. Details: Portland: Oregon Justice Resource Center, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/524b5617e4b0b106ced5f067/t/594dbdd5b3db2b9cbb1e1f75/1498267106315/Disrupting+Mass+Incarceration+at+the+Local+Level+FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 146740

Author: Kajeepeta, Sandhya Title: News Coverage of Intimate Partner Homicides in New York City (2013-16): A Systematic Review Summary: Key Takeaway: News coverage of intimate partner homicide in NYC has become more comprehensive in the past year, but there are important aspects of coverage quality that necessitate improvement given the critical role the media play in shaping public conversation around intimate partner violence. Highlights: Overall quality of coverage: - Only ten of the 442 articles (2.3%) covering NYC intimate partner homicides from 2013-16 included an intimate partner violence advocate or expert as a source. - Only 15% of articles used terms such as "domestic violence," "intimate partner violence," or "domestic abuse," and less than 8% of articles described the homicide as being intimate partner violence-related. - Less than 6% of articles framed the homicide within the broader social problem of intimate partner violence. - Only seven articles (1.6%) listed intimate partner violence resources for readers. Differences in quality of coverage by homicide: - Homicides that involved victims who were men and perpetrators who were women were covered differently than those that involved victims who were women and perpetrators who were men, respectively. - Articles about dating partners vs. spouses and articles about younger victims and perpetrators were less likely to place the homicide in the context of intimate partner violence. - Victim race was associated with multiple differences in the quality of news coverage. - Finally, articles about gun homicides were over six times less likely to identify areas for improvement in the system's response to domestic violence and over three times more likely to use victim blaming language compared to articles about other homicide methods. Details: New York: Office to Combat Domestic Violence, New York City Office of the Mayor, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/ocdv/downloads/pdf/IPVMediaReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 146743

Author: Radcliffe, Sarah Title: A Merry Go Round that Never Stops: Mental Illness in the Multnomah County Detention Center Summary: Disability Rights Oregon (DRO) has released a new report, "A Merry Go Round That Never Stops: Mental Illness in the Multnomah County Detention Center." Staff attorney Sarah Radcliffe authored the report following an extensive investigation. The report finds that, in many ways, prisoners at the local jail are punished for having a mental illness. Treatment and conditions are traumatizing, dangerous, and even life threatening. The report offers recommendations to help jails and community providers successfully meet the needs of Oregonians with severe mental illness. - Offer treatment for mental illness, rather than criminalize it - End solitary confinement for people with serious mental illness - Strengthen supports for people with mental health issues in custody - Create a new protocol for responding to mental health related behavior in jail - Improve oversight and accountability to remedy systemic race and disability disparities, and prevent staff misconduct Details: Portland, OR: Disability Rights Oregon, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: https://droregon.org/wp-content/uploads/A_Merry_Go_Round_That_Never_Stops_Mental_Illness_in_the_Multnomah_County_Detention_Center.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146744

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: The Hustle: Economics of the Underground Commercial Sex Industry Summary: Prostitution is said to be the world's oldest profession, but understanding the size and scope of this economy, and the methods and actors involved in this trade, is still a murky endeavor. Outside the sex sold legally in Nevada, prostitution in the United States transpires in the shadows of an underground economy. There are no accounting records to trace, no receipts to scrutinize, and no legal records to analyze. Simply, it is difficult to grasp the size of this economy. But a groundbreaking study released by the Urban Institute sheds new light on how much money is generated by the underground commercial sex economy in American cities. Knowing the size of the economy is the critical first step for enabling law enforcement, the judicial system, and policymakers to make informed choices about how to fight the harm that happens within these black markets. The research yields the first scientifically rigorous estimates for the revenue generated in the underground commercial sex economies of Atlanta, Dallas, Denver, Miami, San Diego, Seattle, and Washington, DC, in 2003 and 2007. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2017 at: .http://apps.urban.org/features/theHustle/theHustle.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 146746

Author: Farn, Amber Title: Education and Interagency Collaboration: A Lifeline for Justice-Involved Youth Summary: On a given day, over 54,000 juvenile offenders are held in residential placement facilities (Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention [OJJDP], 2015), and about one-third of these incarcerated youth are identified as needing special education support (Council of State Governments [CSG] Justice Center, 2015, p. 1). It is particularly important that these at-risk youth receive high-quality education services in order to make successful transitions from adolescence to adulthood (Leone & Weinberg, 2012). Education not only plays a significant role in facilitating moral, social, and psychological development, but also has important implications for a youth's long-term life experiences and well-being, including employment, income, and health. Unfortunately, youth involved in the juvenile justice system experience a plethora of challenges to receiving a quality education. While many studies have indicated that schooling provides a reliable pathway for delinquent youth to become healthy, productive members of their communities (Lee & Villagrana, 2015), system-involved youth often do not have access to the same high-quality educational opportunities as their non-delinquent counterparts and tend to struggle in academic settings. Research has overwhelmingly demonstrated the correlation between youth�s justice system involvement and educational outcomes; poor school performance is a significant indicator of delinquency, and delinquency is a strong predictor of poor school performance (Ramirez & Harris, 2010). Pettit and Western (2004) found that high school dropouts are about three to four times more likely to be imprisoned than high school graduates; approximately ten percent of white males and 60 percent of black males who drop out of school in the United States are expected to face incarceration at some point in their lives. In terms of recidivism, Beck and Shipley (1989) studied more than 16,000 prisoners from 11 states and found that the rate of reoffense decreased as offenders' education level increased. The study showed that the recidivism rate was approximately 62 percent for individuals with an eighth grade education or less, 57 percent for individuals with high school diplomas, and 52 percent for individuals with some college education. Although studies have shown that youth who succeed in school while incarcerated are less likely to recidivate, most youth do not earn a GED or graduate from high school while in custody. A 2005 Juvenile Justice Education Enhancement Program study that analyzed cases of over 10,000 delinquent youth released from facilities in Florida found that only 7% of the youth had earned a high school diploma or GED before re-entering the community (as cited in Blomberg, Bales, Mann, Piquero, & Berk, 2011). These findings align with the results of a 2015 CSG Justice Center survey of state juvenile correctional agencies in all 50 states. The survey asked these state agencies to report on the educational and vocational services provided to incarcerated youth; the collection, analysis and reporting of student outcome data; and what they did to ensure that youth received services after release from incarceration. Key findings from the survey indicated that a majority of incarcerated youth had reading and math skills significantly below their grade level, and were suspended, expelled, or had dropped out before their confinement (CSG Justice Center, 2015). Moreover, only 18% of states provided vocational services similar to those available in the community, such as work-based learning opportunities, vocational certification programs, and career and technical education courses (CSG Justice Center, 2015, p.3). As demonstrated in these studies, the correlation between delinquency and education is predictable. Entry into the juvenile justice system is often associated with factors that inhibit educational achievement, such as poverty, lack of adult supervision, truancy, exposure to trauma and criminal behavior, behavioral and mental health issues, and many others. Juvenile justice involvement, such as attending court hearings during school hours, can disrupt students' school experience. Deeper penetration into the justice system can exacerbate this disruption, as incarcerated youth often do not have access to high-quality education programming within facilities. Furthermore, during the re-entry process, youth often encounter many barriers to reintegrating into school and obtaining academic credits or vocational skills. It is therefore imperative that policymakers, educators, and child-serving agencies work collaboratively to address the unique educational needs of youth at risk of entering, or involved in, the juvenile justice system. This issue brief reviews the research on education for system-involved youth, details recent efforts to improve education outcomes for the population, and highlights the Washington Education Advocate (EA) Program, a school-based transition program that focuses on bridging the education achievement gap for youth involved in the juvenile justice system in the state of Washington. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: http://cjjr.georgetown.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Lifeline-for-Justice-Involved-Youth-August_2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 136749

Author: Edge, Samantha Title: Covering Mass Shooters: A Qualitative Review of Journalistic Practice and Perspective Summary: As the issue of frequent mass shootings continues to plague America, increased attention is being given to the way shootings are covered in the press. Within the last five years, concern has arisen that news coverage about shooters could actually incentivize future shootings, which raises a major point of concern for journalists who seek to minimize harm resulting from their duty to inform the public. Through a series of qualitative interviews, this thesis examines the opinions of news reporters and editors related to that hypothesis in order to identify the purpose and potential consequences of covering a shooter from a journalistic perspective. This research unveils a number of reporting obligations and ethical considerations to be deliberated when covering future mass shootings. This research clearly establishes that reporters and editors across the country are constantly striving to improve their coverage of mass violence, but also highlights the need for more investigation into the effects of different types of news coverage on the public, in order provide a basis of research from which decisions about future news coverage can be made. Details: Eugene, OR: University of Oregon, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://scholarsbank.uoregon.edu/xmlui/handle/1794/20277 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 146757

Author: Young, Jacob T.N. Title: A Longitudinal Analysis of the Relationship between Administrative Policy, Technological Preferences, and Body-Worn Camera Activation among Police Officers Summary: Policymakers and communities are increasingly looking to body-worn cameras to increase accountability and fix the legitimacy crisis affecting American police. Empirical research on the effectiveness of body-worn cameras is therefore an important avenue of study. Although some research shows that body-worn cameras may influence officer behavior, there is no research examining whether officers will use the device and how usage behavior may depend on administrative policies. Thus, the relationship between officer preferences for body-worn cameras and policies regarding camera activation remains unknown. The current study examines whether officers' activation of body-worn cameras depends on two different policy conditions. Integrating research on administrative policy and officer behavior with studies of technology use in organizations, we test key hypotheses using longitudinal data for 1,475 police-citizen encounters involving 50 officers over a 9-month period. Our study yields two key findings. First, body-worn camera activation is more prevalent under a mandatory use policy relative to a discretionary use policy. Second, although camera activation declined under the discretionary use policy, this was much less likely among officers who volunteered to wear cameras. The lowest levels of activation occurred among officers who were compulsory-assigned to wear cameras. We discuss the dual role of officer preferences and administrative policy on compliance with technological innovations within police organizations. Details: Phoenix, AZ: University of Arizona, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2681290 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146760

Author: Taliaferro, Wayne Title: Incarceration to Reentry: Education & Training Pathways in California Summary: The complexity of the social, economic, political, historical, and racial context that shapes the criminal justice system is extensive, and that context has implications for the limited opportunities available to individuals during and after incarceration, including in education and training. Historical investments in corrections and policies that prioritize punishment over prevention and rehabilitation have been unsuccessful in improving public safety and have greatly marginalized low-income communities and communities of color.1 Research has shown, however, that access to correctional education and training can significantly improve the outcomes of those returning to society. These positive outcomes are leading to increased federal and state momentum to improve postsecondary access for prisoners and lifting this issue higher on reform agendas. Nonetheless, the education and training needs of prisoners are far more complex than what can be met by traditional postsecondary education, and linking those needs to training that articulates to postrelease opportunities is essential for successful reentry. Building on the theme of continuity from incarceration to reentry, these briefs will highlight the continuous improvement stories of states that are moving toward this type of alignment. This brief will focus on California. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2017. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: http://www.clasp.org/resources-and-publications/publication-1/2017June_EducationandTrainingPathwaysfromIncarcerationtoReentry.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 146761

Author: Ferdik, Frank Valentino Title: Correctional Officer Safety and Wellness Literature Synthesis Summary: Correctional officers (COs) play a pivotal role within the wider prison system as they are tasked with numerous responsibilities designed to ensure that their respective facilities are operating efficiently. As the front-line bureaucrats of the prison institution (Lipsky, 2010), COs are charged with supervising the activities of inmates, enforcing rules and regulations, affording offenders access to social services, and perhaps most importantly, maintaining order (Crawley, 2004; Kauffmann, 1989). They are also tasked with responding to administrative demands; searching cells for drugs, weapons, and other contraband; and intervening to resolve potentially violent disputes among inmates (Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2013). COs play such a fundamental role in the functioning of any prison system that Archambeault and Archambeault (1982) remarked that officers "represent the single most important resource available to any correctional agency" (p. 72). Recent scholarship has suggested that COs work under dangerous conditions that can threaten their general safety and wellness. Following several legislative reforms that started in the 1970s and included "get tough on crime" policies such as mandatory minimum sentences and habitual offender laws (Mackenzie, 2001), correctional institutions experienced dramatic changes in the composition of the inmate population. Not only did the total number of incarcerated offenders skyrocket from roughly 300,000 to more than 1.5 million between 1975 and 2013, but the percentage of offenders imprisoned for violent crimes increased from about 40 percent in 1985 to more than 60 percent by 2013 (Walmsley, 2013). Although incarceration rates have declined in recent years, the modern-day CO is still required to interact with and supervise individuals in a dangerous environment (Glaze & Kaeble, 2014). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250484.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 146762

Author: Fuller, Tamara Title: Differential Response in Illinois: Final Evaluation Report Summary: In December 2009, the State of Illinois was selected by the National Quality Improvement Center on Differential Response in Child Protective Services (QIC-DR) as one of three sites to implement and evaluate Differential Response (DR). This report presents the final findings of the outcome evaluation and cost analysis, which compared the newly implemented family assessment child protective services (CPS) response (known as "DR" in Illinois) to the traditional investigation response to answer three research questions: 1) How is the assessment response different from the investigation response in terms of family engagement, caseworker practice, and services provided? 2) Are children whose families receive an assessment response as safe as or safer than children whose families receive an investigation? 3) What are the cost and funding implications to the child protection agency of the implementation and maintenance of a differential response approach? The report provides an overview of the development and proliferation of Differential Response over the past two decades, summarizes previous research, and provides descriptions of both the traditional investigation response (IR) and the new differential response (DR). A description of the research design and data collection instruments is offered. Findings are presented that compare the two CPS responses (IR and DR) with regard to parent engagement and satisfaction; service provision; child safety and family well-being; and costs per-case Details: Urbana, IL: Children and Family Research Center, University of Illinois, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://cfrc.illinois.edu/pubs/rp_20131001_DifferentialResponseInIllinoisFinalEvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146768

Author: Kelley, Erin Title: Racism & Felony Disenfranchisement: An Intertwined History Summary: The United States stands alone among modern democracies in stripping voting rights from millions of citizens on the basis of criminal convictions. Across the country, states impose varying felony disenfranchisement policies, preventing an estimated 6.1 million Americans from casting ballots. To give a sense of scope - this population is larger than the voting-eligible population of New Jersey. And of this total, nearly 4.7 million are people living in our communities - working, paying taxes, and raising families, all while barred from joining their neighbors at the polls. This widespread disenfranchisement disproportionately impacts people of color.5 One in every 13 voting-age African Americans cannot vote, a disenfranchisement rate more than four times greater than that of all other Americans. In four states, more than one in five black adults are denied their right to vote. Although the data on Latino disenfranchisement is less comprehensive, a 2003 study of ten states ranging in size from California to Nebraska found that nine of those states "disenfranchise the Latino community at rates greater than the general population." While the origins of disenfranchisement can be traced back to early colonial law in North America, and even farther back to ancient Greece, the punishment was typically applied only in individual cases for particularly serious or elections-related crimes. It wasn't until the end of the Civil War and the expansion of suffrage to black men that felony disenfranchisement became a significant barrier to U.S. ballot boxes. At that point, two interconnected trends combined to make disenfranchisement a major obstacle for newly enfranchised black voters. First, lawmakers - especially in the South - implemented a slew of criminal laws designed to target black citizens. And nearly simultaneously, many states enacted broad disenfranchisement laws that revoked voting rights from anyone convicted of any felony. These two trends laid the foundation for the form of mass disenfranchisement seen in this country today. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Disenfranchisement_History.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 146769

Author: Brower, Jaime Title: Correctional Officer Wellness and Safety Literature Review Summary: Health and wellness among those who work in correctional agencies is an issue that has always existed, but is just starting to get the increasing attention that it deserves. One of the greatest threats to correctional officer (CO) wellness involves the stress they encounter as a result of their occupation. This document reviews the body of literature on the causes and effects of stress for COs, and describes the available research on CO wellness programs and their effectiveness. Sections cover: sources of correctional officer stress-inmate-related stressors, occupational stressors, organizational and administrative stressors, psycho-social stressors, and stressors unique to supervisors and female correctional officers; the effects of stress - impact on work environment and the correctional agency, impact on the physical and mental health of Cos, and the impact on their home life; and correctional officer wellness programs and their effectiveness - gaps in CO wellness programs, Employee Assistance Programs (EAPs), peer support programs, and wellness programs designed specifically for COs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, OJP Diagnostic Center, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: https://www.ojpdiagnosticcenter.org/sites/default/files/spotlight/download/CorrectionalOfficerWellnessSafety_LitReview.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 146770

Author: Epstein, Rebecca Title: Girlhood Interrupted: The Erasure of Black Girls' Childhood Summary: This report represents a key step in addressing the disparate treatment of Black girls in public systems. We challenge researchers to develop new studies to investigate the degree and prevalence of the adultification of Black girls - a term used in this report to refer to the perception of Black girls as less innocent and more adult-like than white girls of the same age - as well as its possible causal connection with negative outcomes across a diverse range of public systems, including education, juvenile justice, and child welfare. Further, we urge legislators, advocates, and policymakers to examine the disparities that exist for Black girls in the education and juvenile justice systems and engage in necessary reform. Lastly, we recommend providing individuals who have authority over children - including teachers and law enforcement officials - with training on adultification to address and counteract this manifestation of implicit bias against Black girls. Above all, further efforts must ensure that the voices of Black girls themselves remain front and center to the work. Details: Washington, DC: Center on Poverty and Inequality, Georgetown Law, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2017 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/academics/centers-institutes/poverty-inequality/upload/girlhood-interrupted.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 146771

Author: Park, Jiyong Title: Economics of Cybercrime: The Role of Broadband and Socioeconomic Status Summary: Drawing upon the economic theory of crime, this study examines the conditions under which the Internet is associated with cybercriminal offenses. Using comprehensive state-level data in the United States during 2004-2010, we find that there is no clear empirical evidence that the Internet penetration is related to the number of cybercrime perpetrators; however, cybercriminal activities are contingent upon socioeconomic factors and connection speed. Specifically, a higher income, more education, and a higher inequality are likely to make the Internet penetration be more positively related with cybercrime perpetrators. These findings imply that cybercrime has something in common with property crimes in terms of crime targets, whereas the motivational factors of cybercrime seem to be close to those of violent crimes, as providing psychological benefits of crime commitments. Moreover, contrary to narrowband, broadband connections are significantly and positively associated with cybercrime perpetrators, and it amplifies the aforementioned moderating effects of socioeconomic status. A relevant discussion is provided. Details: Seoul, Korea: KAIST College of Business, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: KAIST College of Business Working Paper Series No. 2017-002: Accessed August 8, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2896059 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 146773

Author: Little, Cheryl Title: Children Fleeing Central America: Stories from the Front Lines in Florida Summary: Americans for Immigrant Justice (AI Justice) is an award-winning, nationally recognized pro bono law firm that protects and promotes the basic rights of America's immigrants. In Florida and on a national level, it champions the rights of unaccompanied immigrant children; advocates for survivors of trafficking and domestic violence; serves as a watchdog on immigration detention practices and policies; and speaks for immigrant groups who have particular and compelling claims to justice. Many of our clients have fallen victim to human rights violations such as slavery, abuses while detained, and lack of due process in a barely functional immigration court system that does not ensure legal representation for those who face deportation. Our lawyers have closed more than 85,000 cases of vulnerable immigrants from Central and South America, Africa, Europe and Asia since opening our doors in January 1996. AI Justice is the rare organization that works both nationwide and on the frontline of human rights in Florida. Grounded in real-world, real-people experience, AI Justice's free direct work with immigrant clients informs its broader policy work. Its multicultural and multilingual staff works to build alliances between immigrants and non-immigrant groups, including government, civil, social and faith-based communities. AI Justice is a nonpartisan organization, with high profile members of both parties on its Board and Advisory Board. Demand for AI Justice's services has skyrocketed, making our mission more relevant than ever. Florida is a bellwether state and national testing ground for immigration policies. The nation's fourth largest state, Florida mirrors U.S. demographics except for higher proportions of immigrants and elderly residents who reflect what the country will become in the following decades. AI Justice is strategically positioned to spot injustices and sound the alarm. Details: Miami: Americans for Immigrant Justice, 2014. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2017 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/aijustice/pages/466/attachments/original/1412351033/Children_Fleeing_Central_America_Stories_from_The_Front_Lines_in_Florida.pdf?1412351033 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Immigrants Shelf Number: 146775

Author: Leshner, Alan I. Title: Priorities for Research to Reduce the Threat of Firearm-Related Violence Summary: Individuals use firearms legally for a variety of activities, including recreation, self-protection, and work. However, firearms can also be used to intimidate, coerce, or carry out threats of violence. Fatal and nonfatal firearm violence poses a serious threat to the safety and welfare of the American public. Although violent crime rates have declined in recent years, the U.S. rate of firearm-related deaths is the highest among industrialized countries. In 2010, incidents in the United States involving firearms injured or killed more than 105,000 individuals; there were twice as many nonfatal firearm-related injuries (73,505) than deaths. Nonfatal violence often has significant physical and psychological impacts, including psychological outcomes for those in proximity to individuals who are injured or die from gun violence. The recent, highly publicized, tragic mass shootings in Newtown, Connecticut; Aurora, Colorado; Oak Creek, Wisconsin; and Tucson, Arizona, have sharpened the public�s interest in protecting our children and communities from the effects of firearm violence. In January 2013, President Obama issued 23 executive orders directing federal agencies to improve knowledge of the causes of firearm violence, the interventions that might prevent it, and strategies to minimize its public health burden. One of these executive orders noted that "in addition to being a law enforcement challenge, firearm violence is also a serious public health issue that affects thousands of individuals, families, Control and Prevention (CDC), along with other relevant federal agencies, to immediately begin identifying the most pressing firearm-related violence research problems." The CDC and the CDC Foundation requested that the Institute of Medicine (IOM), in collaboration with the National Research Council (NRC), convene a committee of experts to develop a potential research agenda focusing on the public health aspects of firearm-related violence - its causes, approaches to interventions that could prevent it, and strategies to minimize its health burden. In accordance with the CDC's charge, the committee did not focus on public health surveillance and potentially related behavioral/mental health issues, as these will be addressed separately. The research program envisioned by the committee, which is designed to produce impacts in 3-5 years, focuses on - the characteristics of firearm violence, - risk and protective factors, - interventions and strategies, - gun safety technology, and - the influence of video games and other media. The committee identified potential research topics by conducting a survey of previous relevant research, considering input received during the workshop, and using its expert judgment. The committee was not asked to consider funding for the research agenda, and in addition to the CDC, it is likely that other agencies and private foundations will also implement the research agenda. Consequently, the committee identified a full range of high-priority topics that could be explored with significant progress made in 3-5 years. Research on these topics will improve current knowledge of the causes of firearm violence, the interventions that prevent firearm violence, and strategies to minimize the public health burden of firearm violence. To allow the research community flexibility in designing the research protocols, the report does not specify the methodologies that should be used to address the research topics. The evidence generated by implementing a public health research agenda can enable the development of sound policies that support both the rights and the responsibilities central to gun ownership in the United States. In the absence of this research, policy makers will be left to debate controversial policies without scientifically sound evidence about their potential effects. Details: Washington, DC: Institute of Medicine and National Research Council of the National Academies, 2013. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2017 at: http://www.ncdsv.org/images/IOM-NRC_Priorities-for-Research-to-reduce-the-threat-of-firearm-related-violence_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 129667

Author: Brinkley-Rubinstein, Lauren Title: Repeated Police Contact, Profiling, and Incarceration as Catalysts for Worsening Health Summary: Whereas the last several years have had a slight decline in the number of individuals incarcerated, the rate of incarceration in America continues to soar (Sabol, 2013). Today over 7 million people are involved in the criminal justice system including 2.1 million in jails or prisons and over 4 million on probation or parole - representing a 365% increase from 1980 (Sabol, 2013). Much study has been devoted to uncovering the possible impact of incarceration on individuals, families, and communities. As a result, we know that the criminal justice system can cause extended harm to the lives and health of those touched by the criminal justice system and due to this understanding of the negative impact of incarceration, policy is beginning to shift. Many policy changes on the horizon (e.g., the Affordable Care Act, moving away from one size fits all sentencing) have the potential to limit the number of individuals who are arrested and subsequently go to jail or prison. However, even though the landscape for change is fertile, low-income, minority individuals still disproportionately experience the criminal justice system and the associated harms caused by both frequent police interaction and the carceral experience. Low-income African Americans have a much higher rate of contact with the criminal justice system, including the police. Police interaction among African Americans is routinely much higher than among their White counterparts (Sabol & Couture, 2008). Researchers at the Morris Justice Project (2013) found that in one neighborhood in the Bronx, 89% of African American individuals reported being stopped by police in the previous year and 54% reported being stopped more than four times. In contrast, only 24% of White individuals surveyed in the East Village were stopped. However, the arrest rate for the White individuals was 76% while only 9% of the stops in the Bronx resulted in an actual arrest (Morris Justice Project, 2013). African Americans also experience extremely disparate rates of incarceration. African American men specifically are incarcerated at a rate that is 650% greater than their White male counterparts (Sabol & Couture, 2008). African Americans and Whites have nearly the exact same rate of drug use (7.4% for African Americans and 7.2% for Whites). However, African Americans constitute almost 63% of drug arrests and more than 80% of drug possession arrests despite constituting only 13% of the total population (Fellner, 2008, 2009). The Bureau of Justice Statistics has projected that one in every three African American males is likely to go to jail or prison in his lifetime (Bonczar, 2003). Incarceration can negatively affect many areas of one�s life including employment, education, and, most relevant herein, overall wellbeing and health (Alexander, 2010; Drucker, 2011). This dissertation is largely informed by the Incarceration as a Catalyst for Worsening Health (ICWH) model (Brinkley-Rubinstein, 2013), which is a framework that illustrates how incarceration can be damaging to health. However, an unexpected finding of the dissertation project is that many individuals who are detrimentally affected by incarceration also have disproportionate contact with police, which also has a relationship with health. The current chapter acts as an introduction to the dissertation and includes (a) a literature review of the existing scholarship relevant to the criminal justice system and health; (b) an overview of the ICWH model and a reflection on the mechanisms of police profiling that might also affect health; (c) a section devoted to the intersection of HIV and the criminal justice system as this dissertation specifically includes research relevant to incarceration and health of people living with HIV; and (d) a summary of each of the three empirical papers presented in this dissertation. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University, 2015. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://etd.library.vanderbilt.edu/available/etd-03182015-212628/unrestricted/LBR_Dissertation_3_27_LBR.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 146790

Author: Loveland, Jennifer E. Title: The Relationships Among Different Traits of Masculinity and Intimate Partner Violence Summary: Research has shown that distinct yet overlapping concepts of dominance, hostility towards women, and sexism - all indices of masculinity - influence the occurrence of intimate partner violence (IPV), although the mechanisms are unclear. This paper seeks to explore the relationship between these individual-level trait measures of masculinity and two aspects of IPV, physical violence and coercive control. With inconsistent findings and the limited study of clinical populations, further examination of these concepts may provide increased understanding of the mechanisms behind IPV perpetration. Results will provide a greater understanding of the complexity of this violence in order to better assist individuals experiencing IPV. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://academicworks.cuny.edu/gc_etds/2185/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 146791

Author: Messina, N. Title: Enhancing Prison Treatment for Women Offenders: An In-Depth follow-Up Study Summary: UCLA Integrated Substance Abuse Programs (ISAP) conducted a two-year pilot study to test the efficacy of a drug abuse treatment program designed for drugdependent women in prison. Specifically, the study examined the relative effectiveness of a "relational-based," multifaceted program called Women's Integrated Treatment (WIT) compared to a standard prison therapeutic community (TC) treatment program. Relational-based programs emphasize the important role of relationships and intimate partners in women's addiction and recovery. The WIT program is a multi-faceted curriculum organized into four modules: 1) self module, 2) relationship module, 3) sexuality module, and 4) spirituality module. A trauma-informed curriculum was also delivered in conjunction with these modules. Other WIT program elements concern, for example, parenting techniques, child custody issues, grief and loss, and decision-making skills. The comparison TC program is comprised of an array of services, including, for instance, individual and group counseling, 12-step meetings, recreational and mutual self-help group discussions, and anger management training. Both programs offer 6 months of aftercare treatment in the community. Although the WIT curriculum has been fully developed (Covington, 1999, 2003), this study is the first empirical test of the curriculum. The pilot study involved the expertise of the Center for Gender and Justice; the cooperation of Valley State Prison for Women (VSPW) in Chowchilla, California; and the treatment experience of Walden House, Inc. - the prison treatment provider. An already existing program (i.e., Integrity) at VSPW was modified to incorporate the WIT curriculum and is thus the target program. The study used an experimental design with random assignment of participants to the two treatment conditions (Integrity vs. TC). A total of 115 participants were recruited, randomly assigned to either the Integrity or TC program, and interviewed at three time points: 1) program entry; 2) 6-months post parole; and 3) 12-months post parole. Data were collected from the participants at 6- and 12-month follow-up interviews, regardless of whether they completed the programs or not. Interviews at 6 months were conducted with 50 Integrity participants and 44 TC participants. Interviews were also conducted at 12 months with 44 Integrity participants and 41 TC participants. Details: Los Angeles: University of California Los Angeles, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/Enhanced_Treatment_Women_Offenders_March_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146792

Author: Di Tella, Rafael Title: Crime and Violence: Desensitization in Victims to Watching Criminal Events Summary: We study desensitization to crime in a lab experiment by showing footage of criminal acts to a group of subjects, some of whom have been previously victimized. We measure biological markers of stress and behavioral indices of cognitive control before and after treated participants watch a series of real, crime-related videos (while the control group watches non-crime-related videos). Not previously victimized participants exposed to the treatment video show significant changes in cortisol level, heart rate, and measures of cognitive control. Instead, previously victimized individuals who are exposed to the treatment video show biological markers and cognitive performance comparable to those measured in individuals exposed to the control video. These results suggest a phenomenon of desensitization or habituation of victims to crime exposure. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 23697: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23697 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Desensitization Shelf Number: 146793

Author: Digard, Leon Title: Closing the Distance: The Impact of Video Visits in Washington State Prisons Summary: Research has shown that continued connection to family and friends is a critical factor in incarcerated people's successful post-prison outcomes. Because many prisons around the country are in remote locations, far from the communities where the majority of incarcerated people live, in-person visits present often insurmountable logistical and financial challenges. For corrections officials looking to keep those in prison in touch with those in the community, video visiting offers a new route. Given its ability to bridge physical separation, this technology lends itself to addressing the difficulties incarcerated people and their loved ones in the community face to keep in touch. In 2016, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) published a national study of state corrections systems' adoption of video telephony as a way to visit incarcerated people. The study found that many state prison systems were weary of adopting video visiting, given security concerns and implementation costs. One early adopter of the technology was the Washington State Department of Corrections, which introduced video visiting using computers in its prisons in 2014. The current study examines the impact of video visiting in Washington on incarcerated people's in-prison behavior and analyzes their experience of the service. The principle finding was that using the service had a positive impact on the number of in-person visits the video visit users received. In at least one significant sense, the findings follow what we know about the digital divide: Younger people tended to adopt the new technology more than older people. And video visit users also had the most in-person visits both before and after introduction of the service, suggesting that those with strong social bonds tend to sustain them in as many ways as possible. Vera's researchers found no significant correlation between video visiting and people's in-prison behavior, as measured by the number of infractions they committed during the period under study. Overall, the analysis drew a sobering big picture: Nearly half of the people in Washington's prisons do not have visitors of any kind. And those who do don't have many. One factor was constant across sub-groups: The distance from home had a negative effect on visiting. Travel is expensive and time-consuming; video calls, while cheaper, cost more than a lot of people can spend and are rife with technical glitches. Those who used the service despite its costs and limitations told poignant stories of its benefits: the opportunity for parents and children to bond; the possibility for people in prison to show their families and friends that they are doing well; the chance to talk in a setting less stressful than a prison. Given the importance of sustained human ties for people reentering the community from prison, it behooves corrections officials and policymakers to devote ongoing attention to promoting successful family and community ties while reducing the factors that strain these vital connections. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/closing-the-distance/legacy_downloads/The-Impact-of-Video-Visits-on-Washington-State-Prisons.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 146795

Author: Gilad, Michal Title: The Triple-C Impact: Responding to Childhood Exposure to Crime and Violence Summary: The article is the first to take an inclusive look at the monumental problem of crime exposure during childhood, which is estimated to be one of the most damaging and costly public health and public safety problem in our society today. It takes-on the challenging task of 'naming' the problem by coining the term Comprehensive Childhood Crime Impact or in short the Triple-C Impact. Informed by scientific findings, the term embodies the full effect of direct and indirect crime exposure on children due to their unique developmental characteristics, and the spillover effect the problem has on our society as a whole. Over the past decade mounting scientific evidences demonstrate the devastating effect of crime exposure to child development and life outcomes. Despite the indisputable severity of the problem, it is documented that the majority of children suffering the dire consequences of crime exposure are never identified. Even when identified, only a miniscule minority ever receive services or treatment to facilitate recovery. Until recently it was assumed that the deficiency in identification and service provision was the result of statutory gaps that prohibited eligibility for services from many categories of children exposed to crime, and particularly those affected by indirect exposure. The article presents the results of a unique 50-states survey that examines the root causes of the problem. Unexpectedly, the survey uncovers that the problem does not stem from statutory gaps, as previously assumed, but from deep system failures, access to information challenges, and lack of coordination among governing agencies and organizations. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Public law and Legal Theory Research Paper Series; Research paper No. 17-21: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2859&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 146796

Author: Forda, Julian D. Title: A Study of the Impact of Screening for Poly-victimization in Juvenile Justice Summary: Research over the past decade has identified a sub-group of traumatized youths who have had extensive exposure to multiple types of victimization, interpersonal violence, and loss. These poly-victims are at risk for involvement in delinquency, and if they become involved in juvenile justice they have more severe emotional, behavioral, interpersonal, and school problems than other justice-involved youth (Ford, Grasso, Hawke, & Chapman, 2013). Screening for mental health problems by staff or clinicians has become a standard practice in most juvenile justice programs, with the standard practice being universal screening of all youth at the point of system intake. While further referrals for services should be guided by screening results, such referrals are usually at the discretion of the staff/clinician. However, there is no validated tool or procedure to screen for poly-victimization with justice-involved youth. This project therefore was designed to test the feasibility of and validate a poly-victimization screen with youth in juvenile detention facilities. The project's specific aims were as follows: Aim 1: To conduct a quasi-experimental study of the effectiveness of poly-victimization enhanced screening (PVE) in increasing the identification of traumatized juvenile justice-involved youth. Aim 2: To test the effectiveness of PVE in reducing subsequent adverse legal outcomes: (a) number and severity of juvenile offenses, (b) extent of justice involvement. Aim 3: To determine if the outcomes associated with PVE are independent of youths' age, gender, race/ethnicity, and previous legal history. Details: Farmington, CT: University of Connecticut Health Center, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250994.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146797

Author: Lacy, Diane Title: Analysis of the Criminal Justice System's Data Architecture Summary: The criminal justice system in the United States is a complex national enterprise consisting of a multitude of independent units of government (jurisdictions and agencies) that must coordinate their activities in order to achieve a common goal: an efficient and effective justice system. To effectively coordinate these activities, system stakeholders must effectively share information. However, due to its diversity and decentralization, the justice system lacks a common framework for sharing data - in other words, it lacks a common data architecture. The primary hypothesis of this project was that while the justice community has invested significantly in developing information sharing standards, which are critical components of a data architecture, it has not developed a complete "enterprise" view of the justice process that properly identifies all of the components required to understand the entire enterprise, nor has it properly scaled these exchanges to maximize their utility across organizational boundaries. The results of this research affirm this hypothesis - there is little demonstration that the justice system has developed a comprehensive enterprise model of a criminal justice data architecture. However, this research has also moved the discussion forward by developing a framework for assessing the state of the justice data architecture. Justice stakeholders can use this framework to capture, document, and measure the components that exist, and they can add to it to develop a robust criminal justice data architecture. The goals of this project were to - 1) document the current as-is state of the criminal justice system's data architecture compared to its ideal future to-be state, and identify gaps between the two, and 2) develop a common framework or structure for defining the information sharing requirements and capabilities of the criminal justice process - a data architecture metamodel and framework. To accomplish these goals, researchers defined the structure of the framework following principles of Enterprise Architecture, Service Oriented Architecture, and Business Process Modeling. Following this framework, researchers used the framework to document the as-is and to-be states of the criminal justice data architecture. Details: Sacramento, CA: SEARCH, The National Consortium for Justice Information and Statistics, 2017. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250964.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Data Shelf Number: 146798

Author: Stainbrook, Kristin Title: The Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) Study: The Characteristics and Components of RSAT Funded Treatment and Aftercare Services, Summary: The connection between crime and substance use disorders has long been understood as a serious problem by policymakers (Bureau of Justice Assistance [BJA], 2005). A report by the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse (CASA) at Columbia University (2010) found that, of the 2.3 million inmates in U.S. prisons and jails in 2006, almost 1.5 million met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV) criteria for substance use disorders or addiction. Research conducted in the 1980s demonstrated that individuals who receive intensive in-prison treatment are less likely to reoffend than those who receive no treatment (Wexler, Falkin, & Lipton, 1990; Field, 1984; Field, 1989). In recognition of the problems posed by the growing number of state and local prison and jail inmates with substance use disorders, the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994 authorized the Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) for State Prisoners Formula Grant Program (BJA, 2005). The program, administered by the BJA of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), makes funding available to U.S. states and territories to establish or expand substance use disorder treatment in state prisons and local jails. Although residential treatment can provide the foundation for recovery, participation in aftercare1 services for individuals leaving correctional settings has been shown to be effective in helping maintain the positive outcomes of substance use disorder treatment (Butzin, Martin, & Inciardi, 2002; Wexler et al., 1990; National Institute on Drug Abuse [NIDA], 2014). The finding that aftercare boosts the impact of therapeutic communities, one of the predominant treatment strategies used by RSAT programs, is well documented (Bahr, Masters, & Taylor, 2012; Mitchell, Wilson, & MacKenzie, 2006). Additionally, research suggests that aftercare is critical immediately after release because individuals are at a higher risk of relapse, are more likely to commit new crimes, and are more likely to violate the conditions of their supervision (Schiraldi and Ziedenberg, 2003; Pew Center on the States, 2008). In recognition of the important role aftercare plays in correctional treatment, Section 102(a) of the Second Chance Act (SCA) amended BJA's authorizing legislation under the Crime Control Act in 2007 so that states receiving funds under the RSAT program are required to provide aftercare services, including case management and other support services, for individuals who participate in RSAT programs. However, states were not permitted to spend more than 10% of their RSAT funds on post-release services until this restriction was lifted in 2013. The SCA of 2007 also mandated that the Attorney General - through the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and in consultation with NIDA - conduct a study on the use and effectiveness of funds used by DOJ for aftercare services under the amended legislation. NIJ awarded a grant to Advocates for Human Potential, Inc., (AHP) under the fiscal year (FY) 2013 solicitation for a Study of the Use of Residential Substance Abuse Treatment for State Prisoners Program Funds on Aftercare Services (RSAT Study). AHP designed a research study to gather in-depth information on treatment and aftercare programs funded through RSAT, as well as the full spectrum of programmatic activities along the continuum of care, including screening/assessment, program intake, program services, prerelease planning, and transitional support/aftercare. This report presents the findings of this study. Details: Albany, NY: Advocates for Human Potential, Inc., 122p. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250715.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Aftercare Programs Shelf Number: 146801

Author: Kelly, Brian P. Title: K-12 and the Active Shooter: Principals' Perceptions of Armed Personnel in New Jersey District Factor Group GH Public Schools Summary: The purpose of this study was to explore the predicament school principals face when formulating the best methodology to provide a safe environment for their students and faculty, while simultaneously creating an atmosphere that is conducive to education. This multiple-case study is a replication of a dissertation published in 2014 which explored a unique phenomenon containing multiple variables within an urban public school district. Conversely, this research study examined suburban public school districts within communities that possessed a median household salary ranging between $86,000 and $105,000, where the socioeconomic status of these schools is identified and delineated by New Jersey District Factor Group GH, as designated by the New Jersey Department of Education. Twenty-one school principals were interviewed to collect evidence of their perceptions in relation to utilizing armed personnel in their schools. The literature on school shootings and armed personnel in schools was thoroughly reviewed. This literature consisted of peer-reviewed articles and federal and state laws, as well as books and ancillary studies and articles depicting the contemporary climate of school shootings in our nation. Through the face-to-face interviews I conducted with the school principals, this research study examined the perceptions of the principals as they related to school safety, armed personnel, policies and procedures, mental health, and communications safety, armed personnel, policies and procedures, mental health, and communications among all stakeholders within the scope of their employment as administrators. The results of this study provided valuable information, which I was able to vividly articulate into recommendations for future research, policy, and practice. Details: South Orange, NJ: Seton Hall University, 2016. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1820870493/fulltextPDF/6A02C956DAB84BF7PQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Administration Shelf Number: 146802

Author: Lutze, Faith E. Title: Assessing the Behavior and Needs of Veterans with Traumatic Brain Injury in Washington State Prisons: Establishing a Foundation for Policy, Practice, and Education Summary: A growing awareness of justice involved veterans is revealing how little is known about this population, to what extent they have experienced a traumatic brain injury (TBI), and how this may relate to their criminal history, institutional behavior, participation in programs, and use of institutional resources. As the Washington State Department of Corrections (WADOC) moves forward with the implementation of evidence-based practices and other innovative strategies to promote offender change, it is important to know whether TBI affected inmate veterans are unique in their ability to respond appropriately to the prison environment. In the current study of WADOC incarcerated veterans, we compare TBI affected to non-TBI affected individuals to understand how a TBI history may affect their prison experiences and use of prison resources. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: https://www.dshs.wa.gov/sites/default/files/ALTSA/tbi/research/WSU_DOC%20TBI%20and%20Incarcerated%20Vets%20Final%20Report%20May%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 146803

Author: He, Yuan Title: Madison Heights Health Impact Assessment: Final Report Summary: Quality, affordable housing not only helps fulfill the basic need for shelter, but can also have various community-wide impacts, including residential stability, economic development, increased sense of control and security, social cohesion, and improved short- and long-term health outcomes. In this way, access to quality, affordable housing has positive implications for everyone in the surrounding community. Madison Heights is an affordable housing community located in Avondale, Arizona owned and managed by the Housing Authority of Maricopa County (HAMC). Together with developer Gorman and Company, HAMC has proposed to redevelop Madison Heights in order to improve site facilities and surrounding infrastructure, as it has not seen major improvements since its construction in 1973. The proposal also includes the consolidation of two other affordable housing communities, Norton Circle and HM Watson Homes, located in Avondale and Buckeye, respectively, into the new Madison Heights, thereby doubling its capacity. Following the completion of a previous health impact assessment for another affordable housing redevelopment, the Coffelt-Lamoreaux Public Housing Redevelopment Health Impact Assessment, the HAMC and Gorman and Company requested that a health impact assessment be conducted to inform the process and promote the health and safety of residents as well as the surrounding neighborhood. As a result, individuals from the Maricopa County Department of Public Health (MCDPH), Local Initiatives Support Corporation of Phoenix (LISC), and Health in Policy and Practice (HIP2) worked together to conduct a health impact assessment on the Madison Heights affordable housing community and the surrounding neighborhood. The project was completed with the financial support of LISC Phoenix and a grant from the Health Impact Project, a collaboration of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and The Pew Charitable Trusts. Health Impact Assessment Background A health impact assessment (HIA) is a public health tool that helps guide decision makers to consider the possible health effects of a proposed project, policy, or plan - especially one not explicitly related to health. Using a combination of qualitative and quantitative methods, HIAs assess existing baseline conditions and potential health impacts in order to develop recommendations for decision makers. The goal is to maximize the positive health effects while minimizing negative outcomes. Community stakeholders, especially vulnerable populations, are engaged so that possible health impacts on all affected populations are assessed and considered before the proposal is put in place. For the purpose of HIAs, "health" is defined as more than just the presence or absence of disease. Rather, it encompasses social, environmental, economic, and political factors that directly and indirectly impact physical and mental well-being, thereby placing health in a broader context. Keeping this perspective in mind, a health impact assessment is guided by the following principles: Democracy - involvement and engagement of the public in order to emphasize the right of all people to participate in decisions that affect their life, both directly and through decision makers. Equity - consideration of health impacts that affect all populations, especially vulnerable groups, in order to reduce inequities resulting from disparities among different population groups. Sustainable development - assessment of both short- and long-term impacts in order to support development that meets the needs of both current and future generations. Ethical use of evidence - use of a rigorous, transparent, and objective process to ensure that the best available evidence is utilized in assessing impacts and informing recommendations. Comprehensive approach to health - consideration of all broader determinants of health in order to reinforce that a wide range of factors from all sectors of society interact to determine physical, mental, and social well-being. Based on conversations with residents and other stakeholders, existing community health status, and evaluation of potential health impacts affected by the redevelopment, several overarching health issues and themes were identified: safe housing, particularly for older adults and people with disabilities; safe, active neighborhoods; access to healthy food and healthcare services; and thriving, resilient communities. Due to the overlapping nature of the various determinants of health, certain issues and recommendations fall into several categories and are therefore repeated in the full report. This only serves to underline the importance of integrating community efforts to address health as a whole, rather than addressing concerns individually. Safe Housing -- Safe, quality housing is an important determinant of health, as poor housing can result in a variety of adverse health outcomes. Because the three communities, Madison Heights, Norton Circle, and HM Watson Homes, have a disproportionately high number of older and disabled adults, this HIA focuses on how the redevelopment and relocation process could affect these particular populations. If certain features are included in the original design and construction, money can be saved on expensive future renovations and repairs while also increasing safety, mobility, and comfort of all residents. This report therefore recommends: Inclusion of universal design features to prevent falls and other unintentional injuries, for instance wider hallways and doorways, reinforced bathroom walls for future grab bar installation, zero-step entries, and easy-to-reach doorknobs, light switches, and thermostats; Improved noise insulation, especially considering the increased number and density of residents who will be living in the Madison Heights neighborhood; and Use of safe, non-toxic, and sturdy materials in the construction of the new Madison Heights. Safe, Active Neighborhoods Regular physical activity is important to both physical and mental health, and can greatly reduce the risk of several chronic diseases. Making neighborhoods more walkable and bikable is an important step in ensuring that everyone has access to recreation and physical activity, particularly for those who are less mobile or otherwise lack access to recreational centers. Through a participatory mapping workshop and walking audits, residents identified that a combination of heavy, speeding traffic and inadequate shade cover makes the area inhospitable to pedestrians and bicyclists�a finding further corroborated by the high mortality rate due to motor vehicle accidents. Considering the high pedestrian traffic, particularly by many children on their way to school, recommendations include: "Complete street" policies for Dysart Road and Central Avenue that include ample lighting and shade, bicycle lanes, and a buffer between the road and sidewalk to make these streets safe for all multimodal users; Installation of bicycle lockers in the Madison Heights complex; Added sidewalks along Palo Verde Drive and a crosswalk study at its intersection with La Canada Boulevard; and A joint-use agreement between the First Southern Baptist Church and the City of Avondale to improve and expand playgrounds and fields in the area surrounding Madison Heights. etc. Details: Phoenix, AZ: LISC Phoenix, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/external-sites/health-impact-project/azhip2-2014-madison-heights-report.pdf?la=en Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 146806

Author: KPMG Title: Criminal Justice System Review: An Assessment of the County of Riverside's Criminal Justice System Organizational, Operational, and Financial Performance, and the Law Enforcement Contract City Rates, 2016. 165p. Summary: In October 2015, the County of Riverside (County) Board of Supervisors (Board) engaged KPMG to conduct a review of the Criminal Justice System, focusing on an organizational, operational, and financial review of the Office of the District Attorney, Probation Department, Office of the Public Defender, and Office of the Sheriff (collectively "the agencies;" "public safety departments;" or individually "agency") as well as a law enforcement contract city rate review. The key objectives of the review were as follows: 1. Evaluate Department Operations - Evaluating public safety department expenditures and procedures, including the budgets, administrative overhead, and regular and special program administration. 2. Analyze Cost Methodologies - Review of subordinate contractual agreements, specifically the methodology used to establish contract rates and the degree of actual cost recovery from city contracts for all law enforcement services, including liability costs. 3. Provide Recommendations - Provide recommendations to the Board of Supervisors where duplication of effort or other opportunities for improved efficiencies or options to maximize the County's return on investment can be identified. Details: Riverside, CA: County of Riverside, 2016. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2017 at: http://www.riversidesheriff.org/pdf/BOS_Item_16-03_KPMG-PublicSafetyReview.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 146807

Author: Fowler, Justine Title: The Pennsylvania Juvenile Justice Recidivism Report: Juveniles with a 2007 Case Closure Summary: One in five juveniles (20%) recidivated within two years of their 2007 case closure (page 19). Recidivism rates ranged from 0% (in Clinton and Sullivan Counties) to 45% (in Clarion County) (page 19). The average length of time to recidivism was 11.5 months from case closure (page 24). Recidivists were more likely than non-recidivists to have been adjudicated delinquent at some point in their juvenile offending career prior to their 2007 case closure date (page 26). Juveniles with only one written allegation in their juvenile offending history (i.e., first time offenders) reoffended at a rate of 13%. Conversely, juveniles with four or more previous written allegations (i.e., chronic offenders) re-offended at a rate of 37% (page 27). The younger a juvenile was at the time of his or her first written allegation, the more likely he or she was to recidivate. Conversely, the older the juvenile was at the time of his or her first written allegation, the less likely he or she was to recidivate (page 29). The older the juvenile was at the time of case closure, the more likely he or she was to recidivate. Conversely, the younger the juvenile was at case closure, the less likely he or she was to recidivate (page 32). 90% of recidivists were males (page 34). Males were almost three times more likely to recidivate than females (page 35). One in four Black offenders re-offended, while one in six White offenders recidivated. Only one in 12 Asian offenders were recidivists (page 37). 80% of recidivists were from "disrupted" family situations (e.g., biological parents deceased, biological parents never married, or biological parents separated/divorced). Only 20% of recidivists were from family situations in which their biological parents were married (page 40). 44% of juveniles with both biological parents deceased recidivated. Only 15% of juveniles whose biological parents were married recidivated (page 41). Drug offenders and Property offenders were most likely to commit the same types of crimes when they re-offended. Person offenders and Other offenders were less likely to commit the same types of crimes when they re-offended (page 45). 70% of juveniles committed a misdemeanor offense when they recidivated (page 48). Juveniles who had more formal dispositions on their 2007 case that closed (e.g., placement and formal probation) recidivated at higher rates than juveniles who had less formal dispositions on their 2007 case (e.g., informal adjustment, consent decree, and warned, counseled, case closed) (page 50) Juveniles who committed an indecent exposure recidivated at higher rates than any other sex offenders (page 52). Recidivists were 1.5 times more likely to have an out-of-home experience (e.g., detention/shelter or placement) than non-recidivists (52% vs. 32%, respectively) (page 63). Only 15% of juveniles who had NO out-of-home experience recidivated, while 30% of juveniles who at least one out-of-home experience recidivated (page 63). The average recidivism rate for juveniles who had a placement experience at a private sector placement facility was 34% (page 65). The average recidivism rate for juveniles who had a placement experience at a Youth Development Center/Youth Forestry Camp operated by the Department of Public Welfare was 40% (page 69). Philadelphia County (Class 1) had the highest recidivism rate: 29% (page 71), followed by Class 7 counties, with an average recidivism rate of 26% (page 75). Class 8 counties had the lowest recidivism rate: 15% (page 75). One in five juveniles with a 2007 case closure were either a serious offender, a violent offender, OR a chronic offender, as defined by the study (page 78). 6% of juveniles with a 2007 case closure were serious offenders, and 34% of violent offenders recidivated (page 79). 6% of juveniles with a 2007 case closure were violent offenders, and 31% of violent offenders recidivated (page 84). 14% of juveniles with a 2007 case closure were chronic offenders, and 37% of chronic offenders recidivated (page 89). Only 0.4% of juveniles with a 2007 case closure were serious, violent, AND chronic (SVC) offenders, though 48% of SVC offenders recidivated (page 95). 2% of juveniles with a 2007 case closure were child offenders, and 29% of child offenders recidivated (page 98). 45% of child offenders were either a serious offender, a violent offender, or a chronic offender (page 103) Details: Harrisburg, PA: Juvenile Court Judges' Commission, 2013. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://static.prisonpolicy.org/scans/2007_Recidivism_Report_v2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 131725

Author: Perry, Walter Title: Predictive Policing: The Role of Crime Forecasting in Law Enforcement Operations Summary: .Predictive policing is the use of analytical techniques to identify promising targets for police intervention with the goal of preventing crime, solving past crimes, and identifying potential offenders and victims. These techniques can help departments address crime problems more effectively and efficiently. They are being used by law enforcement agencies across the United States and elsewhere, and these experiences offer valuable lessons for other police departments as they consider the available tools to collect data, develop crime-related forecasts, and take action in their communities. This guide is one in a series of resources sponsored by the National Institute of Justice to help police departments develop strategies to more effectively prevent crime or conduct investigations. It provides assessments of some of the most promising technical tools for making predictions and tactical approaches for acting on them, drawing on prior research, information from vendors and developers, case studies of predictive policing in practice, and lessons from the use of similar techniques in military operations. It also dispels some myths about predictive methods and explores some pitfalls to avoid in using these tools. Predictive policing is a topic of much enthusiasm and much concern, particularly with regard to civil liberties and privacy rights. As this guide shows, these tools are not a substitute for integrated approaches to policing, nor are they a crystal ball; the most effective predictive policing approaches are elements of larger proactive strategies that build strong relationships between police departments and their communities to solve crime problems. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR200/RR233/RAND_RR233.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 131732

Author: Kowalski, Lindsay Title: A Preliminary Examination of Marcellus Shale Drilling Summary: Comparing the pre-Marcellus breakout period (2006-2007) to post-Marcellus breakout period (2008-2010), there were no consistent increases in Pennsylvania State Police incidents/calls for service or Uniform Crime Report (UCR) arrest statistics in the top Marcellus-active counties. However, the trend in PSP incidents/calls for service in the rural counties that have had no Marcellus activity is dissimilar to that of the Marcellus-active counties; specifically, PSP calls for service have been steadily declining in non-Marcellus areas during the post-Marcellus breakout period, but there has been a more variable pattern of both PSP calls and UCR reported arrests in the Marcellus areas. It is imperative to note that it is difficult to detect strong trends within such a short time period, and any observed changes may be due to natural variation. More time will need to elapse in the post-Marcellus era in order to measure the impact on PSP activity or UCR arrest data. Moreover, this study would be enhanced by exploring additional measures of crime and by more specific comparisons to non Marcellus Shale regions. Details: University Park, PA: Justice Center for Research, Pennsylvania State University, 2012. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://asmaa-algarve.org/en/research/socio-economic-impact-studies/crime/a-preliminary-examination-of-marcellus-shale-drilling-activity-and-crime-trends-in-pennsylvania Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 16

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Immigration Detention: Additional Actions Could Strengthen DHS Efforts to Address Sexual Abuse Summary: In 2003 Congress passed the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) to protect individuals against sexual abuse and assault in confinement settings, including persons potentially subject to removal from the United States housed in DHS's detention facilities. GAO was asked to review DHS efforts to address issues of sexual abuse and assault in immigration detention facilities. This report examines (1) what DHS data show about sexual abuse and assault in immigration detention facilities, and how these data are used for detention management; (2) the extent to which DHS has included provisions for addressing sexual abuse and assault in its detention standards; and (3) the extent to which DHS has assessed compliance with these provisions and the results. GAO reviewed documentation for 215 sexual abuse and assault allegations reported to ICE headquarters from October 2009 through March 2013; analyzed detention standards and inspection reports; and visited 10 detention facilities selected based on detainee population, among other things. The visit results cannot be generalized, but provided insight. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS (1) develop additional controls to ensure all allegations are reported to headquarters, (2) coordinate OIG access to hotline connectivity data, (3) document and maintain reliable information on detention standards, and (4) develop a process for performing oversight of SAAPI provisions consistently across facilities. DHS concurred and reported actions to address the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC; GAO, 2013. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-14-38: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/659145.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 131693

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Community Policing to Counter Violent Extremism: A Process Evaluation in Los Angeles Summary: Countering violent extremism (CVE) work to date in Los Angeles, led by the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) and its law enforcement and community partners, has centered on a community policing approach. Community policing forms partnerships between law enforcement and communities and emphasizes proactive joint problem-solving so as to build trust and cooperation and address the conditions that mitigate public safety. Overall, research studies of community policing have shown that it can improve citizens' satisfaction with and trust in the police, but it does not necessarily decrease crime. Community policing was cited in the White House's Strategic Implementation plan of 2011 as a key component of CVE. A recent national study led by Duke University concluded that nearly half of policing agencies in the U.S. are using community policing practices of outreach and engagement to communities being targeted for recruitment to terrorism. The LAPD and its partners believe that community policing to counter violent extremism can build community resilience to violent extremism. This would mean that community policing can strengthen the capacities of communities to prevent violent radicalization and to stop attacks. However, there is presently a lack of adequate understanding and evidence about how exactly community policing practices can achieve this or otherwise contribute to CVE and also what are its limitations. Research is needed to build that knowledge. We are researchers from the University of Illinois at Chicago (UIC) who conducted an independent research study of the LAPD's strategy of using countering violent extremism tailored community policing (CVETCP). The type of study we conducted is called a process evaluation. A process evaluation examines the course and context of a program so as to understand what is happening, to identify best practices, and to understand the program in its broader context and why it turned out the way it did. Our overall conclusion is that adopting a community policing model is a necessary approach to better protect and serve communities at risk for violent radicalization. Some of those communities are comprised of Muslim immigrants and refugees from countries where the police were feared and citizens learned to turn away. Community policing can humanize officers for these communities and help shift these attitudes. Our process evaluation of their work identified five community policing practices: Engage. Community outreach officers meet and establish one-on-one relationships with community leaders to open communication channels. They also build partnerships with community-based organizations, including faith-based and interfaith organizations. Build Trust. Community outreach officers work to establish honest and open dialogue on sensitive issues with community leaders and members, such as concerning terrorism, hate crimes, and discrimination. They acknowledge and promote mutual understanding of communities' historical traumas and their present needs and strengths. The officers aim to be as transparent as possible regarding crime fighting and police conduct. Educate. Community outreach officers teach communities about crime (including hate crimes), police work, and community resources to combat criminal activity. This includes building knowledge and awareness in communities about violent extremism and how to prevent it. Problem Solve. Community outreach officers help communities and individuals respond to their current problems. This includes helping communities respond appropriately to Islamophobia, discrimination, and hate speech and crimes. They also help community members access available resources to address social, legal, and mental and physical health concerns. They provide communities with knowledge and skills to assess the threat level of individuals and educate them on how to respond. Mobilize. Community outreach officers promote the civic engagement of community members, including promoting women and youth advocacy on civic and public safety issues. They assist immigrants and refugees in promoting their integration and addressing their security concerns. They also provide community-based organizations with consultation, materials, information, and support regarding how their organization can contribute to building resilience to violent extremism. These should be considered emerging practices given that CVETCP is a new practice and is currently based on evidence which is not research-based. We then worked with the LAPD and their law enforcement and community partners to build a logic model of their current program. The model could be used to inform conducting a program evaluation of CVETCP as it is currently being practiced. This logic model and these emerging practices lay an important and necessary foundation for additional work which is needed in order to effectively build community resilience to violent extremism, some of which could be incorporated into community policing approaches. Additional work should include incorporating public health models of prevention and building resilience that rely on evidence based strategies for addressing upstream risk factors and root causes (Weine and Ahmed, 2012). It should also include a stronger emphasis on developing and maintaining partnerships, drafting logic models that include a theory of change, building multi-level change-oriented interventions, and evaluating outcomes. Efforts to build community resilience cannot possibly succeed without adequately understanding the community context. This study identified and described multiple key contextual issues which should inform the further development and implementation of CVETCP and CVE in Los Angeles and elsewhere. These included: challenges growing up Muslim in America today; challenges for parents and families; challenges for mosques and Imams; bias against Muslims, and; history of surveillance and sting operations in Southern California. We concluded that CVETCP and CVE could be strengthened by better understanding and addressing these contextual issues in program activities. One of the most important contextual issues that needs to be better understood is the community opposition to CVE and CVETCP. We describe the polarized discourse of pro- and anti-CVE engagers. When we talked with persons about CVE, the position taken often seems less rigid than the public rhetoric. Many factors went into the polarized CVE discourse, but it is not one that necessarily needs to persist. The variabilities amongst and commonalities between the pro- and anti-CVE engager suggests that a broader and equitable approach to violence prevention utilizing community policing could possibly gain the mutual trust and cooperation that both communities and law enforcement seek. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 22, 2017 at: http://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_CSTAB_CommunityPolicingtoCounterViolentExtremism_July2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 146809

Author: Kubiak, Sheryl Title: Statewide Jail Diversion Pilot Program Implementation Process Report April - September 2015 Summary: In 2014, the Mental Health Diversion Council (MHDC), through the Michigan Department of Health and Human Services (MDHHS), sought proposals for jail diversion initiatives statewide. The intent was to address the needs of mentally ill and developmentally disabled individuals, thus decreasing their involvement with the criminal justice system. Applicants were to propose interventions at one or more points along the Sequential Intercept Model framework. The overarching goal of the Diversion Council is to determine if these 'pilot' intervention strategies are successful, and if so, could they be replicated in other counties. Recognizing that communities would already have strengths and weaknesses in their jail diversion activities, the Diversion Council encouraged communities to utilize their resources to bolster gaps in diversion activities already underway within their community. This report is the first in a series of reports that assess the processes and outcomes of these pilot projects. As the first, this implementation report provides preliminary data and a summary of the commonalities and differences across the sites. It will serve as a companion to the forthcoming outcome reports (i.e. short term outcomes report in fall 2016; long term outcomes 2017). Each report builds upon the others. The goal of the implementation report is to facilitate an understanding of the unique characteristics of each program, while understanding the common challenges and successes with implementation of diversion programs across the state. Understanding the unique characteristics of each program allows us to more fully appreciate the forthcoming outcomes, as well as the differences between programs. Similarly, understanding common success and challenges across programs assists the Diversion Council in their efforts to create intervention opportunities statewide and to facilitate state-level policy change. Findings Regarding Implementation of Jail Diversion Services Seven of the eight sites engaged in jail-based services - all considered post-booking diversion programs. An absolute strength of the diversion pilots is the enhanced collaboration between CMH and local law enforcement/jails across counties. This is particularly true of jail services, when CMH was involved in providing within jail services in three counties for the first time. An objective measure of the prevalence of serious mental health issues among those booked into the jail was conducted by the evaluation team and compared to the number of individuals identified as having mental health problems through routine processes within the jail. The agreement/disagreement between these numbers provides a baseline for the jails, as well as a potential impetus to examine jail practices. The specific jail diversion model chosen by each county as well as how their programs are implemented has resulted in wide variability across the sites. Factors that will influence outcomes are as follows:  Jail-based Service Factors: Because sites tailored their intervention plan to the unique circumstances of their community, differences across sites that may affect outcomes include: the intervention type (advocacy, treatment, and/or support services); identification and screening of mental health issues within the jail; coordination of care (i.e., Is jail-based care coordinated with a contracted provider or is it provided by the grantee?); and the amount of time mental health program personnel had to build trust with jail staff and administrators. - Community-level Factors: Outcomes will likely be affected by the supportive community environment and availability of resources. Therefore, counties with access to a full continuum of care, including psychiatric beds and similar medication formularies, will likely have better outcomes. Similarly, resources to engage in jail 'in-reach' as well as continual community outreach will likely be associated with better mental health outcomes - Measurement Factors. In assessing later outcomes, there are specific issues that surfaced regarding measurement during the implementation period. Similar to CIT, a common understanding of the definition of diversion would be helpful (note: the evaluation team has coined 'current' and 'future' diversion activities). In addition, as program models were altered during implementation, programs need to be defined more specifically (i.e., When and how does an individual successful complete the program? Duration of services? Aftercare?) to determine which service model is associated with positive outcomes. Perspectives of the Current Projects: Lessons Learned During Implementation The multiple approaches being implemented across the state offer a unique opportunity to assess the success and barriers of each approach and to think about lessons learned. - Importance of advisory council. Ensure that criminal justice and mental health treatment decision makers are at the table from the very beginning and meet on a regular basis. - Time to build rapport and trust between partners. Provide time during the initial stages of grant implementation for sites to build relationships and establish a stakeholder team. - Benefits of multi-year initiatives. Launch diversion initiatives as multi-year, not one-year grants. Allow for modification and provide some flexibility and guidance for changes to the model midstream. - Desire for enhanced learning and communication across sites. Provide regular cross-site learning opportunities and ongoing technical assistance. - Expand services to non-CMH enrolled individuals with mental health concerns. Consider ongoing strategies that allow for services to be expanded to individuals with mental health concerns who are not enrolled in community mental health services. Details: East Lansing: Michigan State University, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2017 at: https://www.michigan.gov/documents/snyder/MSU_Implementation_Process_Report_FINAL_033016_526665_7.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Developmentally Disabled Persons Shelf Number: 146810

Author: Bae, John Title: Coming Home: An Evaluation of the New York City Housing Authority's Family Reentry Pilot Program Summary: Public housing authorities across the nation historically have barred many with criminal records from public housing residency. However, given evidence of the critical role stable housing and family reunification plays for people coming back to their communities from incarceration, some housing authorities are rethinking their practices. This report evaluates the Family Reentry Pilot Program (FRPP), launched in November 2013 by the New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) in partnership with city and state corrections agencies, the New York City Department of Homeless Services, and intermediaries including Vera and the Corporation for Supportive Housing. FRPP reunites formerly incarcerated men and women with their families in public housing and partners with community organizations to offer participants reentry services. Vera interviewed participants, family members, and staff from partner organizations to explore the program's effects on participants' and family members' lives and understand the strengths and weaknesses of the program's components. The research also produced first-ever estimates of people returning from incarceration who are affected by NYCHA's admission policies. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/coming-home-nycha-family-reentry-pilot-program-evaluation/legacy_downloads/NYCHA_report-032917.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 146812

Author: Carpenter, Dick M., II Title: Policing for Profit: The Abuse of Civil Asset Forfeiture. 2nd edition Summary: Civil forfeiture laws pose some of the greatest threats to property rights in the nation today, too often making it easy and lucrative for law enforcement to take and keep property - regardless of the owner's guilt or innocence. This updated and expanded second edition of Policing for Profit: The Abuse of Civil Asset Forfeiture makes the case for reform, grading the civil forfeiture laws of each state and the federal government, documenting remarkable growth in forfeiture activity across the country, and highlighting a worrisome lack of transparency surrounding forfeiture activity and expenditures from forfeiture funds. Details: Arlington, VA: Institute for Justice, 2015. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: http://ij.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/policing-for-profit-2nd-edition.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 146873

Author: Weinstein, Meredith B. Title: The Benefits of Recreational Programming on Juvenile Crime Reduction: A Review of Literature and Data Summary: As parents, as communities, and as a nation we are interested in fostering the positive social, emotional, and physical health and development of youth. How adolescents spend their leisure time undoubtedly impacts their developmental trajectory. As such, a focal point of examination for those in the fields of youth development and delinquency prevention is how adolescents spend their leisure time in the hours after school. Miller (2003) reminds us that the most influential experiences of youth are often the people, places, and activities that occur outside of school. Accordingly, "afterschool programs can play a key role in engaging youth in the learning process by providing opportunities to explore interests, gain competency in real world skills, solve problems, assume leadership roles, develop a group identity with similarly engaged peers, connect to adult role models and mentors, and become involved in improving their communities"(p.2). A question that emerges when examining the role of leisure and youth development is whether afterschool programs, particularly recreation based programs, are effective in promoting positive youth development. Further, are these programs a cost-effective means to reduce delinquency? If so, how can the outcomes of recreation based afterschool programs be monetized to show the value gained by society through a reduction in crime and delinquency? Details: Ashburn, VA: National Recreation and Parks Association, 2014. 345p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2017 at: http://www.nccu.edu/formsdocs/proxy.cfm?file_id=2907 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: After-School Programs Shelf Number: 146886

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Better Planning and Evaluation Needed to Understand and Control Rising Inmate Health Care Costs Summary: As of June 2017, BOP was responsible for the custody and care - including health care - of about 154,000 inmates housed in BOP institutions. Health care includes medical, dental, and psychological treatment. BOP provides most care inside its institutions, but transports inmates outside when circumstances warrant. GAO was asked to review health care costs at BOP institutions. This report addresses: (1) BOP's costs to provide health care services and factors that affect costs; (2) the extent to which BOP has data to help control health care costs; and (3) the extent to which BOP has planned and implemented cost control efforts. GAO analyzed BOP health care obligations data for fiscal years 2009 through 2016, gathered information on BOP's health care cost control initiatives through a data collection instrument, and reviewed BOP's health care related strategic plans. GAO also interviewed BOP officials and visited 10 BOP institutions, selected in part, for total and per capita medical services costs. What GAO Recommends GAO is making five recommendations, including that BOP conduct a costeffectiveness analysis to identify the most effective method to collect health care utilization data; conduct a spend analysis of health care spending data; evaluate cost control initiatives; and enhance its planning efforts by incorporating elements of a sound planning approach. BOP concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-379: Accessed August 24, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/685544.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 146887

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Refugees: Actions Needed by State Department and DHS to Further Strengthen Applicant Screening Process and Assess Fraud Risks Summary: Increases in the number of USRAP applicants approved for resettlement in the United States from countries where terrorists operate have raised questions about the adequacy of applicant screening. GAO was asked to review the refugee screening process. This report (1) describes what State and DHS data indicate about the characteristics and outcomes of USRAP applications, (2) analyzes the extent to which State and RSCs have policies and procedures on refugee case processing and State oversees RSC activities, (3) analyzes the extent to which USCIS has policies and procedures for adjudicating refugee applications, and (4) analyzes the extent to which State and USCIS have mechanisms in place to detect and prevent applicant fraud. GAO reviewed State and DHS policies, analyzed refugee processing data and reports, observed a nongeneralizable sample of refugee screening interviews in four countries in 2016 (selected based on application data and other factors), and interviewed State and DHS officials and RSC staff. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that State (1) develop outcome-based indicators to measure RSC performance and (2) monitor against these measures; USCIS (1) enhance training to temporary officers, (2) develop a plan to deploy additional officers with national security expertise, and (3) conduct regular quality assurance assessments; and State and DHS jointly conduct regular fraud risk assessments. State and DHS concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-706: Accessed August 24, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/686310.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 146888

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Human Trafficking: Information on Cases in Indian Country or that Involved Native Americans Summary: Human trafficking - the exploitation of a person typically through force, fraud, or coercion for such purposes as forced labor, involuntary servitude or commercial sex - is occurring in the United States and involves vulnerable populations. Native Americans are considered a vulnerable population because of high rates of poverty and abuse, and other factors. GAO was asked to research human trafficking taking place in Indian country and trafficking of Native American persons regardless of where they are located in the United States. This report addresses (1) the extent to which tribal and major city LEAs have encountered human trafficking in Indian country or of Native Americans, (2) factors affecting the ability of LEAs to identify and investigate this specific human trafficking, and (3) availability of services to Native American victims of human trafficking. GAO conducted surveys of all known tribal LEAs (203) as identified by the Bureau of Indian Affairs; 86 major city LEAs; and 315 victim service provider organizations that received fiscal year 2015 Department of Justice or Department of Health and Human Services grants that could be used to assist human trafficking victims. Survey response rates for tribal LEAs, major city LEAs, and victim service providers were 65 percent, 71 percent, and 51 percent, respectively. The web-based surveys were deployed in September 2016 and asked about human trafficking investigations initiated or services provided from 2014 to 2016. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-624: Accessed August 24, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/686051.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 146889

Author: Adams, Sharyn Title: Collaborating to Fight Drug Crime: Multi-Jurisdictional Task Forces: A profile of the Southern Illinois Drug Task Force Summary: Drug task forces were developed to more efficiently and effectively fight proliferation of illicit drugs. Local police have jurisdictional restraints making it difficult to combat drug markets extending through multiple cities, and counties (Smith, Novak, Frank, & Travis, 2000). Drug task forces work across jurisdictions and pool resources, knowledge, and personnel. MEGs and task forces are staffed by officers representing federal, state, county, and local police agencies. Drug task force officers work undercover, using confidential sources, to purchase drugs in order to gather the intelligence to make arrests (Reichert, 2012). There are two kinds of drug task forces that operate in Illinois metropolitan enforcement groups (MEG) and multi-jurisdictional drug task forces. Periodically, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) profiles Illinois MEGs and task forces to provide a general overview of the drug crime problems in the various jurisdictions and share responses to these problems. These profiles can provide information to MEG and task force directors and policy board members to guide decision-making and the allocation of resources. All current and previous profiles can be accessed on the ICJIA's website: http://www.icjia.state.il.us. This profile focuses on the Southern Illinois Drug Task Force (SIDTF), which covers Franklin, Gallatin, Hamilton, Hardin, Massac, Pulaski, Randolph, Wabash, Wayne, and White Counties with an estimated total population of 155,915 in 2010. In 2010, seven local police agencies participated in SIDTF. A participating agency is defined as one that contributes either personnel or financial resources to the task force. Twenty-three officers and one State's Attorney Inspector were assigned to SIDTF in 2010, 11 of the officers were assigned by participating agencies and 12 from the Illinois State Police (ISP).These officers are dedicated full-time to the task force and work out of a central task force office. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2012. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/megprofiles/SIDTF_122012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 127440

Author: Sexton, Lori Title: Where the Margins Meet: A Demographic Assessment of Transgender Inmates in Men's Prisons Summary: Drawing on official data and original interview data on 315 transgender inmates in California prisons for men, this research provides the first empirical portrayal of a prison population in California that is unique by virtue of being both transgender and incarcerated. Situated at the nexus of intersecting marginalities, transgender inmates in California prisons are diverse with regard to their gender presentation, gender identity, sexual orientation, and sexual attractions. In addition, both incarcerated and non-incarcerated transgender populations fare far worse on standard demographic and health measures than their non-transgender counterparts in the U.S. population, the California population, the U.S. prison population, and the California prison population. With the possible exceptions of partnership status and educational attainment, these factors combine to reveal that transgender inmates are marginalized in heretofore undocumented ways. At a time in which evidence-based corrections is increasingly embraced by corrections officials in the U.S., this article provides the first systematic profile of transgender prisoners as a heretofore forgotten group of prisoners (Tewksbury & Potter, 2005). Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, 2009. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2017 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/2013/06/A-Demographic-Assessment-of-Transgender-Inmates-in-Mens-Prisons.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 127364

Author: Dooley, Daniel A. Title: Stemming the growth: exploring the risk factors in group membership in domestic street gangs and foreign terrorist organizations Summary: Despite law enforcement's best efforts, terrorist groups are expanding at alarming rates. One of the easiest ways to prevent terrorist attacks is to prevent individuals from joining terrorist organizations. Counter-terrorism programs that effectively reduce membership, reduce association and increase desistance to terror groups will undoubtedly reduce terror incidents. This research identifies risk factors that greatly influence an individual's decision to join a terrorist group; policy makers can use this information to design new policies aimed at prevention and intervention. If the U.S. government is looking for community-oriented solutions to criminal groups, it need look no further than the study of domestic street gangs. There is vast research into theories, strategies and programs that policy makers can reference. Because these models already exist for street gangs, the government need not waste time developing new strategies from scratch. This research discovered the group dynamic and processes that exist for street gangs exits similarly for terrorist organizations. It is the hope that this research lends new direction to the developing policies and de-radicalization strategies that are currently underway. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2017. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/47251/15Sep_Dooley_Daniel.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 146893

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Special Report: Challenges Facing DHS in Its Attempt to Hire 15,000 Border Patrol Agents and Immigration Officers Summary: Why We Did This Review On January 25, 2017, the President directed DHS to hire an additional 15,000 law enforcement officers. Our objective was to determine whether the Department and its components have the human capital strategies and capabilities to quickly and effectively hire a highly qualified and diverse workforce. What We Recommend While we made no recommendations, this report provides lessons learned from prior DHS OIG, Government Accountability Office, and DHS departmental reports on challenges relating to hiring and other important areas of human capital management. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-17-98-SR; Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2017/OIG-17-98-SR-Jul17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 146894

Author: Michigan Task Force on the Prevention of Sexual Abuse of Children Title: Report of the Michigan Task Force on the Prevention of Sexual Abuse of Children Summary: This report presents the results of work by a legislatively mandated task force to make recommendations 1) for reducing child sexual abuse in the State and 2) for developing school policies that address the sexual abuse of children. Details: Lansing, MI: The Task Force, 2015. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: http://www.socialwork.msu.edu/sites/default/files/Project-Reports/MI-Prevention-CSA-Task-Force-Report-June-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 146895

Author: Bakken, Mary Joleen Title: Exploring Effective Practices of a Midwest Truancy Intervention Program Summary: It is not known how the court, schools, and community partners of a Midwest truancy intervention program perceive the effectiveness of non-punitive practices to increase school attendance and graduation rates. The purpose of this qualitative case study was to understand how participants from each agency of a Midwest truancy intervention program perceived the effectiveness of non-punitive practices on school attendance and graduation rates. To determine this, each participant's interview questions were used to answer the research question regarding their agency's perception of the effectiveness of the Midwest program to increase attendance and graduation rates. The theoretical framework addressing the barriers impacting student attendance were General Strain Theory and Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs. To gain an understanding of how non-punitive interventions were viewed, the sample was gathered from a large metropolitan area, and consisted of staff from participating schools, community agencies, and the court overseeing the program. The methodology was qualitative and the design was case study. Thematic analysis was performed on data gathered through interviews, field notes, and archival sources, resulting in collaboration, accountability, relationships, and barriers as the main themes impacting student attendance and graduation rates. The results of this study suggested the non-punitive practices of the court, community agencies, and schools were effective to increase attendance and graduation rates. As this study focused only on grades seven through 12 in a traditional setting, the researcher recommends future research be conducted to include elementary students, alternative settings, and school transitions. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Grand Canyon University, 2017. 260p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1886071368?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 146896

Author: Amnesty International Title: USA: Death in Florida Summary: It is a tale of two states. One is a modern internationally connected state, linked to the rest of the world through trade and tourism and known among other things for its health, software and space technology industries. The other is an outlier state stuck in the past, connected to a punishment which in the 21st century sets it apart from much of the world. Both are the US State of Florida, which is days away from conducting its first judicial killing in a year and a half, even as much of the country has turned against this policy. "There will be robust debates on the best direction for Florida", Governor Rick Scott proclaimed in his second inaugural address in 2015. Four years earlier, he had promised "bold, positive change". Not when it comes to the death penalty, however. In March 2017, he responded to a State Attorney's decision not to pursue the death penalty because of its demonstrable flaws by ordering her replacement with a prosecutor willing to engage in this lethal pursuit. Since then the governor has transferred 26 capital murder cases to his preferred prosecutor. Two of these cases have already resulted in juries voting for death sentences. In January 2016, Florida was eight executions short of becoming the fourth state in the USA to conduct 100 executions since 1976 when the US Supreme Court stopped it in its tracks. The Court ruled Florida's capital sentencing statute unconstitutional for giving jurors only an "advisory" role in who would end up on death row. Eighteen months later, capital trials are back on and the Florida execution machine is being readied to kill again, starting on 24 August. The prisoner selected to be first in line for lethal injection is Mark Asay, sent to death row in 1988. He is also set to become the first white person in Florida to be put to death for the murder of a black victim. This "sad statistic" wrote Florida Supreme Court Justice James Perry, himself African American, dissenting against the December 2016 decision to lift Mark Asay's stay of execution, is a "reflection of the bitter reality that the death penalty is applied in a biased and discriminatory fashion, even today". Even now, at the 11th hour of this 30- year-old case, the race-of-victim issue has come to the fore after the state Supreme Court admitted it had for years wrongly described both murder victims as black, when one was not. In any event, this is a moment to reflect upon an often overlooked aspect of Florida's history - that it was a leader in lynching in the South and slow to eradicate this phenomenon in the 20th century - and upon the all too often ignored fact that today it remains a diehard death penalty state even as political support for this cruel, racially biased, error-prone and unnecessary punishment has waned elsewhere in the USA. Racial discrimination was one of the death penalty's flaws - along with its costs, risks and failure as a deterrent - cited by State Attorney Aramis Ayala, the first African American to be elected to that position in Florida, in explaining her decision to drop pursuit of death sentences. So this is not just a tale of two states. It is also the tale of two officials who have taken very different approaches to the evidence that the death penalty is a failed policy. One says drop it, it is a waste of resources, prone to discrimination, arbitrariness and error, and makes promises to murder victims' families it cannot keep. The other says crank up the machinery of death. One is acting consistently with international human rights principles. The other is not. Details: London: AI, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://www.amnestyusa.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Florida-Death-Penalty-Briefing-ENG.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 146899

Author: Decker, Scott H. Title: Immigration and Local Policing: Results from a survey of Law Enforcement Executives in Arizona Summary: In the past several decades, the number of immigrants in the United States who lack legal documentation has grown to unprecedented levels - approximately twelve million, according to recent estimates (Passel 2006) - and so has controversy surrounding their settlement in American communities. Many immigrants are choosing new destinations. Cities, suburbs, and rural communities in parts of the country that have not traditionally hosted large numbers of immigrants are now more on par with traditional gateway cities like Los Angeles, New York, and Chicago (Zuniga and Hernandez-Leon 2005). As evidence of this dramatic shift, the Mexican immigrant population (both legal and undocumented) in "new gateway" states grew dramatically between 1990 and 2000: 200-400 percent in New York, Pennsylvania,Washington, and Wisconsin; 645 percent in Utah; 800 percent in Georgia; 1000 percent in Arkansas and Minnesota; and over 1800 percent in North Carolina, Tennessee, and Alabama (Zuniga and Hernandez-Leon 2005, p. xiv). With immigrant settlement patterns shifting, undocumented immigration has become even more of a hot-button political issue. An increasing number of state and local governments are asking police to take a more active role in identifying and arresting immigrants for civil immigration violations. Two federal statutes adopted in 1996 created opportunities for this partnership between federal immigration agents and local police. The Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act (AEDPA) gives local police the authority to arrest previously deported non-citizen felons, and the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act (IIRIRA) authorizes training of local and state police to enforce federal immigration laws. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2008. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Appendix-G_0.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 130022

Author: New York State. Office of the Attorney General Title: A Report on Arrests Arising from the New York City Police Department's Stop-and-Frisk Practices Summary: The stop-and-frisk practice of the New York City Police Department ("NYPD") has been the subject of significant public debate and litigation. Much of the discourse has focused on the practice's constitutionality and its impact on African-American, Latino, and other minority communities. A federal court decision, Floyd v. City of New York, declared stop and frisk unconstitutional as practiced in New York City. That decision has been stayed and is now on appeal to the Second Circuit. Neither the appeal nor the lower court decision, however, addresses the effectiveness of stop and frisk in combating crime. Supporters and opponents of the practice agree that only 6% of all stops result in an arrest. Yet until now, no known study has sought to assess what happens following those arrests. By analyzing close to 150,000 SQF arrests from 2009 through 2012 (out of the approximately 2.4 million stops conducted during those years), this report offers new data on the outcomes of the NYPD's stop-and-frisk practice. The report's key findings include the following: Close to half of all SQF arrests did not result in a conviction; Fewer than one in four SQF arrests - or 1.5% of all stops-resulted in a jail or prison sentence; Just one in fifty SQF arrests - or about 0.1% of all stops-led to a conviction for a crime of violence; Just one in fifty SQF arrests - or about 0.1% of all stops - led to a conviction for possession of a weapon; and Almost one quarter of SQF arrests (24.7%) were dismissed before arraignment or resulted in a non-criminal charge such as an infraction or a violation at the time of arraignment. Details: Albany: Office of the Attorney General, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://ag.ny.gov/pdfs/OAG_REPORT_ON_SQF_PRACTICES_NOV_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 131684

Author: Gruberg, Sharita Title: Dignity Denied: LGBT Immigrants in U.S. Immigration Detention Summary: As Congress debates immigration reform, a common refrain from congressional Republicans is the call for increased border security and increased resources for enforcement of immigration laws. While it is in the interest of national sovereignty and security to track those who come into and leave the United States, we cannot permit enforcement of immigration laws to trample immigrants' basic human rights. We must ensure that immigration enforcement is conducted in a humane manner that respects human dignity. Unfortunately, the current immigration enforcement system falls short of this goal, particularly in regard to the treatment of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender, or LGBT, immigrants. While the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, does not keep data on the sexual orientation or gender identity of people in its custody, reports of treatment of LGBT detainees obtained through Freedom of Information Act, or FOIA, requests and through complaints filed by immigrant rights groups reveal that much like in the general prison population - where LGBT inmates are 15 times more likely to be sexually assaulted than the general population -LGBT immigrants in immigration detention facilities face an increased risk of abuse in detention. The U.N. Special Rapporteur on torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment went as far as finding the treatment of LGBT immigrants in U.S. detention facilities in violation of the Convention Against Torture after it received information on gay and transgender individuals who had been subjected to solitary confinement, torture, and ill-treatment - including sexual assault - while detained in U.S. immigration facilities. This report will examine the mistreatment LGBT immigrants face in immigration detention; the steps that Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE, has taken in an attempt to address these issues; the impact that legislation pending before Congress would have on immigration enforcement; and recommendations for how to ensure enforcement of immigration laws is conducted in a manner that is effective and humane. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 25, 2017 at: https://www.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/ImmigrationEnforcement.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 131703

Author: Russell, Nestar John Charles Title: Firearms and Homicide: The Influence of the Weapon Substitution Hypothesis on the American Gun Control Debate Summary: For several decades now the gun control literature in the United States has continued to produce conflicting accounts in regards to the availability of firearms on the U.S's high rate of homicide. This thesis proposes that this conflict is, in part, due to the implicit and continued influence of Wolfgang's (1958) 'weapon substitution hypothesis'. Wolfgang's hypothesis proposes that the intentions of an assailant, whether they be to kill or injure, determined the weapon selected. Since guns are recognised as being highly lethal, all assailants who use such weapons were believed by Wolfgang to have been highly determined to kill. Among other negative effects, it is argued that Wolfgang's hypothesis introduced a mind-set to this controversial research area that has continued to influence the opinions of academics from both sides of the debate. This mind-set revolves around the consensually held belief that if a firearm assailant is believed to have been determined to kill then they would have been capable of killing in the absence of firearms. Importantly, this belief implies that the best possible predictor of lethal weapon substitution is if a firearm assailant is determined to kill. This is unlikely to be true. Mischel (1968: 135) has argued: 'A person's relevant past behaviours tend to be the best predictors of his future behaviour in similar situations.' After adapting Mischel's logic to fit the weapon substitution debate, the following predictor was produced. The best possible predictor of lethal weapon substitution to non-firearm weapons is whether people who had killed with firearms were as experienced at killing victims with non-firearm weapons as assailants who had actually killed with such weapons. This predictor was further developed into a more workable methodology that was capable of testing the validity of both Wolfgang's hypothesis and the consensually held belief it initiated. This methodology involved a comparison of the previous serious to fatal violent non-firearm convictions between those most likely to be determined firearm and knife killers. It was discovered that only 2.94 percent of those most likely to be determined firearm assailants and 25.23 percent of those most likely to be determined knife assailants had previous convictions for serious to fatal non-firearm assaults. This result was statistically significant to the p< 0.005 (Z score=2.84). After eliminating all other possible explanations for these results it was concluded that, in conflict with both Wolfgang's hypothesis and the consensually held belief, not all determined firearm assailants are likely to be capable of lethal weapon substitution. Furthermore, if some proportion of determined firearm assailants are unlikely to be capable of lethal weapon substitution, then those not so determined are likely to be even less capable. Therefore, it was concluded that inhibiting all potential firearm assailants from accessing guns would be likely to reduce the overall rate of homicide. However, this thesis was limited in being able to apply this conclusion to the United States because it was based on a New Zealand population. Nevertheless, it is argued that the perpetuation of the consensually held belief has inhibited the best possible predictor of lethal weapon substitution from being applied to a research area where prediction is of paramount importance. When the best possible predictor of lethal weapon substitution has not previously been applied, it therefore becomes more understandable why this research area is plagued by such controversy. Details: Wellington, NZ: Victoria University of Wellington, 2000. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: http://researcharchive.vuw.ac.nz/xmlui/handle/10063/393 Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 131748

Author: Gill, Charlotte E. Title: Evidence-Based Assessment of the City of Seattle's Crime Prevention Programs Summary: In October 2011, the City of Seattle Office of City Auditor, at the request of the members of the City Council Public Safety and Education Committee, Council members Tim Burgess, Sally Clark, and Sally Bagshaw, tasked the Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy at George Mason University (CEBCP) with conducting an evidence-based assessment of the City of Seattle's crime prevention programs. Earlier in 2011, the City Budget Office (CBO) developed an inventory of 72 "services that have crime prevention either as a primary purpose or a secondary or indirect purpose," and a review of both the resources required to run these services and their desired outcomes. In response to that report, City Councilmember Burgess requested that the CEBCP, an academic research center that specializes in evidence-based crime prevention research, conduct a follow-up study that would include a comprehensive review of the crime prevention mechanisms, theoretical bases, and existing evaluative literature underlying the 63 programs in the inventory that were not primarily security-based. Details: Fairfax, VA: Center for Evidence-Based Crime Policy, George Mason University, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2017 at: http://cebcp.org/wp-content/evidence-based-policing/seattle-assessment Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 131694

Author: Kansas. Legislative Division of Post Audit Title: Larned State Hospital: Reviewing the Operations of the Sexual Predator Treatment Program, Part 2. Performance Audit Report Summary: The Sexual Predator Treatment Program was established in 1994 and has been provided primarily through the Larned State Hospital. The program provides control, care and treatment for convicted sex offenders who have completed their prison sentences but have been determined by a judge or jury to be sexually violent predators and involuntarily committed to the custody of the Secretary of Kansas Department for Aging and Disability Services. In 2005, Legislative Post Audit issued a report on the Sexual Predator Treatment Program. In that report, we estimated the size of the offender population could increase to about 235 offenders by 2015. The reasons for this included the continuing commitment of new offenders to the program and Kansas' stringent requirement that the risk of a reoffense be reduced to "practically nil" before an offender would be released from the program. The statutory standard focuses on community safety by requiring that in order for release the sexually violent predator's mental abnormality or personality disorder has so changed the person is safe to be at large. As of December 2014, the program had 243 residents, with 227 residents at Larned State Hospital, eight residents at Osawatomie State Hospital and eight at Parsons State Hospital. Agency officials estimate that in the coming years the program will grow by 18 offenders per year. Legislators have expressed concern about the growing size of the offender population, employee workload, and working conditions at the Larned facility. They would like to know how Kansas' program compares to other state programs in terms of cost and treatment, what actions could be taken to limit program growth, and whether the Larned facility is being adequately managed. This performance audit answers the following questions: 1. How does Kansas' Sexual Predator Treatment Program compare to similar programs in other states and best practices? 2. What actions could be taken to reduce the resident population of the Sexual Predator Treatment Program? Details: Topeka: Legislative Division of Post Audit, 2015. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: https://www.prisonlegalnews.org/media/publications/Larned%20State%20Hospital%20-%20Reviewing%20the%20Operations%20of%20Sexual%20Predator%20Treatment%20Program%2C%20Part%202%2C%20LPA%2C%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 146906

Author: Llamas, Juan C. Title: Practitioners' Views on Service Needs for Justice Involved Youth Summary: The purpose of this study was to assess practitioners' views of service needs for juveniles involved with the justice system. In the United States, every year there are thousands of youth committed to detention institutions for delinquent acts. As a result, children as young as nine years of age up until adulthood have a difficult time integrating back into the community. In many instances, youth who have been involved with the justice system have a greater likelihood of recidivism due to their inability to adapt to their environment. Further, when youth enter the system, many times they are not receiving the adequate services necessary to decrease recidivism and in turn are faced with multiple encounters with the justice system and with untreated concerns and additional needs. This study used a qualitative design, conducting face to face interviews with ten justice involved youth practitioners. Participants were asked to explore areas such as, service utilization, recidivism rates, effectiveness of treatment, and barriers to service utilization. The results identified mental health and substance abuse treatment services as the most important needs of justice involved youth. Themes that emerged as important factors to the utilization of treatment services were meaningful relationships, parental support, and mentorship. This study found inadequacies with the process of assessing needs and services within the juvenile justice system. The results suggest a need for better treatment services and competent practitioners to reduce the likelihood of recidivism. Details: San Bernardino, CA: California State University San Bernardino, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 28, 2017 at:.http://scholarworks.lib.csusb.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1578&context=etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offender Treatment Shelf Number: 146907

Author: Morrison, Gregory B. Title: Police Firearms Training Survey: Final Report Summary: The Police Firearms Training Survey was administered to departments around the US during the late summer and fall of 2008. The purpose was to collect data on handgun/deadly force training policies and practices. There have been previous surveys on firearm training, most recently two in Washington State during the late 1990s, and in the early 2000s one focused on larger municipal, urban county and state departments. The present survey, however, sought a national snapshot of programs. As expected, the largest group of participants was comprised of local (i.e. city and county) departments. This report therefore focuses on the policies and practices of several hundred (n=312) local departments regarding instructor staffing and development; training that includes tactics and judgment; requalifying; and the assessment of officer-involved shootings (OIS). As found through past surveys, the over-arching characteristic of in-service handgun/deadly force training was the wide latitude exercised by departments. This variability is unlikely to surprise experienced practitioners or researchers who study police training. The nature and extent of this latitude, however, raise concerns about how prepared many police officers are for encounters that reasonably could involve the use or threatened use of deadly force. Some findings are encouraging, but others appear likely to have serious implications for officer and public safety; influence the public's perception of police progress on accountability; and impact on costs as measured in lives, serious injuries, disabilities and civil litigation. Staffing and instructor development: Some departments rely solely on fulltime instructors whose principal responsibility is firearms and related training. Most departments, however, depend on instructors for whom this responsibility is a collateral duty (i.e. a secondary extra responsibility) and, thus, is a relatively infrequent undertaking. The source of certification for handgun/deadly force instructors varies, though state-run or -approved courses are the norm. Continuing education and training for these instructors is far from universal, however, and varies in both its frequency and duration. Little is known about its content or the quality of its delivery. Training and requalifying: Over the past two decades, a clearer distinction has grown between "training" to maintain existing skills and introducing new ones, and rote "requalifying" on basic marksmanship skills. Departments nevertheless vary widely in their allotment of resources to these two major activities. Some departments requalify to the near exclusion of training, while many roughly split their resources evenly between training and requalifying. Others, however, primarily spend their resources on training, such as scenario-based activities that have in recent years become relatively common. As a result, these particular departments minimize their use of resources for rote marksmanship testing so as to concentrate on what are believed to be far more beneficial experiences. Yet scenario-based training takes three forms: computer-based, projected images of unfolding encounters; role-playing between trainers and trainees using either firearms modified to fire marking cartridges, paint-ball "guns" or non-firing props; and live-fire scenarios at conventional firing ranges where targets are used present varying threat levels and placement, and officers must contend with obstacles and make suitable use of cover and/or concealment. Not only do these three formats provide substantially different experiences qualitatively, but departments also vary widely on how many scenarios officers participate in during the typical training year. Assessing performance: Conveying vital officer performance information from field shootings and other high-risk encounters to trainers who design and deliver programming is indispensable. Nevertheless, few departments appear to have implemented such feedback loops, ones not to be confused with administrative investigations to determine adherence to policy and/or consider criminal charges against officers. Furthermore, trainers often are not provided access to the results of administrative investigations that could provide some useful information for continuously improving programs. History suggests that much of this disconnectedness is attributable to the combination of a protectiveness born of civil litigation and the lethargic development of handgun/deadly force training until the 1990s. The PFTS, along with previous research on deadly force training, point to several shortcomings that need attention from practitioners and researchers. For one, there should be training-specific feedback loops at larger municipal and urban county departments. The nature and extent of this feedback needs to revolve around evaluating a full array of connections between (1) training program content, delivery and certifying assessments and (2) officer performances in high-risk field encounters. Because larger departments experience high-risk encounters and officer-involved shootings on a relatively regular basis, sufficient data to support meaningful research and program evaluation projects would be available for internal analysis as well as larger projects examining performance across departments. The longstanding practice of academy qualifying followed by in-service requalifying is overdue for a conceptual overhaul because it remains deeply rooted in narrow tests of marksmanship and gunhandling. This is inadequate given contemporary assortments of training activities that feature tactics and judgment that, one hopes, positively influences the outcomes of high-risk encounters. Finally, a promising avenue for addressing these and other important aspects to contemporary deadly force training will be practitioner-researcher collaborative studies. Even though maximizing officer performance potential would enhance both police and public safety, the role of science in improving training for high-risk encounters is far from being fully exploited. This report provides one contribution to a body of knowledge that needs to be more fully developed during the remainder of the first quarter of the 21st century. We have learned many things about training and the use of deadly force in recent years, but there is much we do not know. We therefore need to work diligently to fill the gaps, some of which this study describes and discusses. The focus of future efforts should be to identify approaches that have a compelling empirical record on maximizing the safe, appropriate and effective use or threatened use of deadly force in high-risk encounters. Model programs beneficial to a wide range of federal, state and local police clearly comprise a worthwhile longterm goal. Details: Muncie, IN: Ball State University, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: ibrarian.net/navon/paper/Police_Firearms_Training_Survey___Final_Report.pdf? Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 146911

Author: Campbell, Christopher Michael Title: Dooming Failure: Understanding the Impact, Utility, and Practice of Returns on Technical Violations Summary: Since its modern establishment in 1870, systems of parole or conditional release from incarceration have been understood as a test of "readiness." It is a test for returning offenders to demonstrate whether they are "ready" to be in society untethered from state control. Violating release conditions indicates that the offender is not ready, and requires further confinement. Over a century later this readiness assumption remains untested. As every state releases offenders under some form of the "readiness assumption," its lack of empirical support marks associated policies (e.g., parole revocation) as an assumption-driven practice that impacts more than 500,000 parolees a year. Within this practice, there are two major areas in need of research: (1) developing a baseline understanding of the types of people that make up a group of returned violators, and (2) the multifaceted impact of revoking parole status on the offender and the system. Through a datasharing partnership between the Washington State Department of Corrections and Washington State University, this dissertation aims to fill this gap using cluster analyses to answer the question What are the characteristics of returned violators? and propensity score analyses to address the question What is the effect of returning someone to confinement due to a TV on future recidivism? in a quasi-experimental design. Findings from the cluster analyses revealed eight different profiles of violators who are returned, and six to seven different profiles among all others on community custody. The profiles demonstrate unique features that suggest divergence across characteristics such as social support (pro-social family and friends) and mental health problems among others. Results from the investigation into the effects of confinement as a violation sanction on recidivism revealed that, after all covariates are equal, returning someone to total confinement based on TVs actually increases the likelihood of the person committing a new crime. These results hold great potential as implications to community corrections by identifying a need for reform in traditional parole systems, emphasizing a need to trace and reassess how finite resources are being employed in practice, and whether such practice is theory- and evidence-driven, or if it is simply assumption-based. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology, 2015. 188p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: https://research.libraries.wsu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/5512/Campbell_wsu_0251E_11412.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Conditional Release Shelf Number: 146917

Author: Murdock, Rebecca Title: Study of the Intersection of Mental Health and Jails: Select Practices from Across the State Summary: The General Assembly created the North Carolina Sentencing and Policy Advisory Commission ("the Commission") in 1990, and charged the Commission with the long standing duty of identifying critical problems in the criminal justice and corrections systems and recommending strategies for addressing those problems. In 2014, the Commission undertook a study of the mentally ill (MI) population in local jails, with the goal of finding strategies that could better serve this population and potentially improve recidivism outcomes. This publication serves as a vehicle to share information collected during that study; it is intended to provide stakeholders with the opportunity to learn about practices implemented in other jurisdictions or by other entities across the state and consider different methods that could be incorporated into or augment their existing practices. The information included in this publication is the result of field research to select counties in North Carolina, discussed below. This publication would not have been possible without the overwhelming consideration and attention given to this project by those interviewed, for which the Commission and its staff offer their thanks. This publication offers background on the creation and work of the Commission's Research and Policy Study Group, jails and the mental health system in North Carolina, and a description of its site visit project that produced the majority of the information offered here. Observations from the site visit project are then detailed, as described by area stakeholders. Observations are organized by common topics - Subsection A contains methods used to identify the MI population within the jails; Subsection B contains descriptions of how a dedicated point of contact for the MI population within the jail can be utilized; Subsection C contains methods used to promote the continuity of care for the MI population as they exit the jail. Each subsection concludes with questions for practitioners and jurisdictions to consider in the context of their own approaches to managing mentally ill inmates. Details: Raleigh, NC: North Carolina Sentencing and Policy Advisory Commission, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: http://www.nccourts.org/Courts/CRS/Councils/spac/Documents/Study_of_the_Intersection_of_Mental_Health_and_Jails.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 146918

Author: Harris, Chris Title: Travis County Jail in 2015: Data points to racism and longer confinement of African Americans Summary: Grassroots Leadership is an Austin, Texas-based national organization that works for a more just society where prison profiteering, mass incarceration, deportation and criminalization are things of the past. The historical ties between racism and the growth of mass incarceration in the United States are undeniable. Institutional racism throughout the various stages of the criminal justice system, including initial contact with law enforcement, have led to unequal and excessive incarceration of Black people for generations. Our mass incarceration crisis, fueled by racist policing and discriminatory criminal justice policies, continues to have devastating impacts on working class families and communities of color. This report and analysis of booking data from the Travis County Jail in 2015 highlights that Blacks were not only jailed at a much higher rate, but also experienced significantly longer periods of confinement compared to any other race, even when facing the same type and number of charges. We seek to bring these issues to the forefront in Austin/Travis County in order to unite community groups and policy makers in urgent action to address these inequities. Details: Grassroots Leadership, 2017. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://grassrootsleadership.org/sites/default/files/reports/racist-jailing-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 146927

Author: Swerin, Danielle Title: School-Based Law Enforcement in Idaho Summary: Idaho Incident Based Reporting System - The most frequently reported school offenses committed by juvenile offenders include simple assault (32.2%); drug narcotic crimes (19.3%); and larceny crimes (16.8%). - Simple assault and drug narcotic crime represent a notably larger percentage of school-based crimes than non-school based crimes. - Juveniles ages 5-13 years represent a larger proportion of offenders of school-based crimes compared to non-school based crime across every crime type. - Although females represent approximately 25% of juvenile offenders, they account for 44% of victims of school-based offenses and 50% of victims of all other juvenile offenses. - Consistent with national data, the majority of victims of juvenile crime are victimized by someone known to them rather than a stranger. Prevalence of School Based Law Enforcement in Idaho - Approximately 43% (19) of sheriff's offices employ an SRO. Forty-one percent (33) of local law enforcement agencies employ an SRO. In Idaho, approximately 78% of designated SROs or SRO supervisors are employed by local law enforcement agencies. - Nearly 63% of primary and secondary schools (not including charter schools and preschools/kindergartens) had access to an SRO in 2015. Survey of School Based Law Enforcement Officers Roles and Duties - On average, school-based law enforcement officers spend 36% of their time on law enforcement, 40% on mentoring/advising, 18% on education/teaching, and 6% on other duties. - More than 45% of school-based law enforcement officers in Idaho identify 'law enforcer' as their primary role, followed by nearly 38% indicating mentor/counselor as their primary role. - The most commonly reported activities are monitoring school grounds (4.43) and counseling/mentoring students (3.77). Across every duty examined, principals underestimated the frequency of officers performing the task when compared to SRO accounts. - While officers feel they are used appropriately in most roles, a significant number of officers feel they are not used enough to train/educate school staff (65%), teach/educate students (43%), assist with school safety drills (36%), and attend school staff meetings (30%). Training - Most agencies (62%) have minimum training or experience requirements for the SRO position and more than 90% of participants have received training specific to their role as a school-based officer. - While officers note a variety of training topics that would benefit them in their role as an SRO, the top five are: (1) School safety (active shooter, threat assessment, emergency planning, etc.); (2) Laws/Policies (updates on laws and policies related to schools and youth); (3) Any training (NASRO or other specialized training program, trends related to youth, etc.); (4) Social media/technology; (5) Working with disabled or mentally ill youth - The most common barriers to training are lack of availability locally or statewide (75%) and lack of funding (64%). Funding/Recommendations - The two primary funding sources for SROs are school districts and law enforcement agencies. Approximately 72% of school-based officers are fully or partially funded by law enforcement agencies and an estimated 53% are fully or partially funded by school districts. - Nearly three fourths (74%) of school-based officers feel there is a need for additional SROs in their area. - Nearly 75% of school-based officers report serving two or more schools with a few officers responsible for as many as ten schools. - The most common recommendation from school-based officers is more training for SROs. Effectiveness of School-Based Law Enforcement Programs - The overwhelming majority of SROs and Principals believe the SRO position helps build or improve relationships between law enforcement and youth, prevent and/or reduce crime in schools, and helps improve school safety. - More than 96% of school-based officers and nearly 92% of principals also support the continuation of the SRO position at their school. School-to-Prison Pipeline - The majority of SROs and Principals do not believe the SRO position results in more youth entering the juvenile justice system. - School comparisons indicate the average rate of reported harassment/bullying is nearly 4 times higher in schools without an SRO (2.5325 per 100) compared to schools with an SRO (0.659 per 100). - Rural agencies with an SRO noted significantly higher rates of suspensions and referrals to law enforcement compared to agencies without an SRO. However, no statistically significant difference was observed in urban agencies. - Agencies with an SRO reported more than three times the rate of school-based offenses compared to similar agencies without an SRO. - However, more advanced analysis of IIBRS data indicate no statistically significant differences between the rate of reported school-based offenses and agency employment of an SRO. - The amount of time an SRO spends on law enforcement and mentoring/counseling roles significantly influences the rate of school-based offenses. Specifically, as the amount of time the SRO(s) spends on law enforcement increases, the rate of school-based offenses also increases. Alternatively, as the amount of time the SRO(s) spent on mentoring/counseling increases, the rate of school-based offenses decreases. In other words, the influence of the school-to-prison pipeline is minimized when the SRO emphasizes a mentoring/counseling role instead of a law enforcement role. Details: Meridian: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://www.isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/SROReport2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 146929

Author: Desiltes, Christian Title: State and Local White Collar Crime Program: State Regulatory Agency Statutes for Selected Offenses Summary: Examines how all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and five U.S. territories handled regulatory functions in four regulatory categories: banking and finance, environmental, worker safety, and Medicaid fraud. Volume I includes a series of tables for each state and territory's legislation pertaining to the regulation of those four areas and compares each under the administrative, civil, and criminal categories of enforcement. Volume II gives a general overview of each state and describes the state statutes codified in the four areas. Findings were based on an online review of state legislation, as part of the 2014 State and Local White Collar Crime Program. Details: Richmond, VA: National White Collar Crime Center, 2017. 2 vols. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=5987 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 146930

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: Building Communities, Changing Lives: The NYC Justice Corps Community Benefit Projects Summary: The NYC Justice Corps aims to change the dynamic between justice system-involved young adults and the communities in which they live. At the heart of the program are community benefit projects - from renovation and restoration projects to educational and arts initiatives - designed and carried out by Corps members. Community beneft projects promote transformation on several levels. By taking the lead in all aspects of creating and completing their service projects, Corps members learn the hard and soft skills needed for their return to education or entry into training and the workforce. As they seek input from Community Advisory Board members and carry out projects in community centers, parks, and other important local sites, Corps members come to view themselves as contributors to the vibrant fabric of their neighborhoods, developing a stronger connection to the physical landscape and people around them. As one Corps member said: "So [we] give back to them and put ourselves in a different light, definitely. It's wonderful." Neighborhoods, too, beneft from transformational physical improvements and the positive engagement of their young people. One community leader noted that Justice Corps members had come at the "opportune time" and "stepped up" to complete their service project. Community benefit projects have the potential to pave the way for a shift in community members' perception and experience of young people with criminal histories. Young adults aged 18-24 returning to their communities after criminal justice involvement are at a turning point. As criminologist Shadd Maruna notes, individuals at the reentry "'threshol... shed their former identities, but what they shall become is not yet known. They stand outside the normal structures of society in a liminal state characterized by jeopardy and promise." The NYC Justice Corps ofers young people a chance to change their paths through youth-led, collaborative service work in the form of community benefit projects, structuring their program participation to reduce the "jeopardy" and maximize the "promise" of reentry. Details: New York: The Institute, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://kf4fx1bdsjx2as1vf38ctp7p-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/NYC-Justice-Corps-Community.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 146932

Author: Levinson, Bruce Title: Counterfeit Products, Genuine Harm: How Intellectual Property Theft Fuels Organized Crime While Undermining American Communities Summary: On July 24, 2011, President Obama signed Executive Order 13581 blocking the control of property by transnational crime organizations. The Order was part of the National Security Council's Strategy to Combat Transnational Organized Crime. In the Order, the President made a formal determination that significant transnational criminal organizations constitute an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States, and hereby declare a national emergency to deal with that threat. Most of the organizations named in the Executive Order as examples of transnational crime organizations, and many similar criminal organizations, profit from trafficking in counterfeit items ranging from industrial parts to consumer products. Trafficking in counterfeit products harms the public both directly, through the sale of dangerous parts and products, and indirectly by providing financing support to violent organizations and by undermining legitimate economic activity. Moreover, the social harms from the trafficking in counterfeit, pirated and otherwise contraband (untaxed) consumer goods falls disproportionately on predominately African American communities which are targeted by the traffickers as venues for their crimes. Effectively countering the counterfeiters will require, as described in the President's Strategy, building "international consensus, multilateral cooperation, and public-private partnerships to defeat transnational organized crime." In terms of specific policies and actions, effectively countering the counterfeiters will require: 1. Consumer refusal to buy counterfeit/contraband/pirated products; 2. Enhanced law enforcement actions by all levels of government against counterfeiters; and 3. Federal regulatory policies that limit the opportunities for counterfeiting Details: Washington, DC: Center for Regulatory Effectiveness, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: http://www.thecre.com/cc/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Counterfeit_Products-Genuine_Harm.compact.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 146933

Author: Prieger, James E. Title: Targeted Enforcement against Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products Summary: Illicit trade in tobacco is a substantial and growing problem in the U.S., causing loss of tax revenue, damage to public health, and threats to public safety. Decisions about enforcement against ITTP involve tradeoffs among competing objectives. Good policy design can improve the terms of those tradeoffs but cannot eliminate them. We examine questions about the allocation of enforcement resources against ITTP, and its distribution across activities, individuals, and organizations: in particular, whether and how to differentially target ITTP that involves violence or support for terrorism. We consider the problem of developing effective strategies for enforcement, applying both lessons from experience with markets for illicit drugs and theoretical insights about enforcement targeting and dynamic concentration. We show that targeted enforcement and focused deterrence are more efficient than unfocused enforcement, and that - when other policy changes increase the potential rewards to illicit activity - enforcement resources applied earlier (before illicit markets have grown) will have greater impact than enforcement resources applied later (and therefore to larger markets). We discuss additional considerations, ranging from real-world complications left out of the simple models to examination of how insights from behavioral law and economics may modify conclusions based on a theory of deterrence designed for homo economicus. Details: Malibu, CA: Pepperdine University, School of Public Policy Working Papers, 2016. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Pepperdine University, School of Public Policy Working Papers. Paper 64: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2883415 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 146936

Author: U.S. Federal Advisory Committee on Juvenile Justice Title: Spotlight on Juvenile Justice Initiatives: A State by State Survey Summary: The Federal Advisory Committee on Juvenile Justice (FACJJ) is pleased to present the results of a state by state survey of juvenile justice initiatives at the state level as reported by State Advisory Groups (SAGs). Our decision to undertake this survey was prompted by our sense that there was a great deal of activity on a broad array of juvenile justice issues at the state level. The results from the 34 states that responded to the survey has more than confirmed our initial belief. It is our hope that a review of the survey results will be useful in a number of ways- First and foremost, knowing what other states are doing or have done on a particular issue may be helpful to other states that are considering or in the process of tackling that issue in their state. In these days of scarce resources, we cannot afford to spend time reinventing the wheel. Our states our different, but as we tackle new issues, we can still learn a lot from the experience of others who have successfully implemented reforms. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://facjj.ojp.gov/ojpasset/Documents/Spotlight-on-JJ-Initiatives-FACJJ-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 146937

Author: Homel, Peter Title: Marijuana legalisation in the United States: An Australian perspective Summary: More than 20 US states have legalised the medicinal use of marijuana; in the past three years, four have also legalised its recreational use. At the same time, marijuana remains illegal under US federal law. This paper reviews the US experience to identify any potential lessons or hazards likely to emerge. It outlines the regulatory requirements of different US states for managing medicinal and recreational marijuana use, and the costs and benefits of these measures. It also critically analyses the most common commercial for-profit production and distribution model and examines the implications of this approach in terms of individual, social and criminological outcomes. Details: Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Trends & issuesi n crime and criminal justice no, 535: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: http://www.aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/tandi_pdf/tandi535.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 146944

Author: Cohen, Thomas H. Title: Predicting Sex Offender Recidivism: Using the Federal Post-Conviction Risk Assessment Instrument to Assess the Likelihood of Recidivism Among Federal Sex Offenders Summary: Sex offenses are among the crimes that provoke serious public concern. The federal response to the problem of sex offending has resulted in an exponential increase in the number of sex offenders on federal post-conviction supervision; however, relatively few studies have explored whether and how well the actuarial risk instrument currently used by federal probation officers - the federal Post Conviction Risk Assessment instrument or PCRA for short - accurately predicts reoffending behavior among the federal sex offender population. This study provided an exploration of the PCRA's capacity to effectively predict subsequent recidivism activity for convicted federal sex offenders. Results show that the PCRA accurately predicts recidivistic behavior involving the commission of any felony or misdemeanor offenses, violent offenses, and probation revocations for this population. However, the PCRA's predicative capacities deteriorate when the instrument is used to assess the likelihood of sexual recidivism. In addition, this study showed that offenders convicted of online child pornography offenses presented some challenges in terms of predicting their reoffending behavior because they manifested lower PCRA risk scores and recidivism rates compared to offenders convicted of other major federal sexual offenses that typically involve more hands-on behavior. Details: Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2973853 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2973853. 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2973853 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 146947

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Put the Guns Down: Outcomes and Impacts of the Chicago Violence Reduction Strategy Summary: Combining focused deterrence, community moral suasion, and social services provision, the Chicago Violence Reduction Strategy (VRS) identified and delivered an anti-violence message to street groups at high risk for both committing and being victims of shootings. VRS was associated with a 23 percent reduction in overall shooting patterns and a 32 percent reduction in shooting victimization for groups treated by VRS, relative to comparison groups matched using a propensity score design. Group members in VRS treatment areas reported improvements in their perceptions of neighborhood safety in surveys, relative to group members in comparison areas. However, high levels of mutual mistrust between law enforcement, community residents, and group members pose a challenge to sustained violence-reduction success. Details: Washington, DC; Urban Institute, 2017. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: http://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/92321/2017.07.31_vrs_full_report_finalized_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 146949

Author: American Bar Association. Commission on Domestic and Sexual Violence Title: Post-Conviction Advocacy for Survivors of Human Trafficking: A Guide for Attorneys Summary: With the support of the Office for Victims of Crime at the Department of Justice, the ABA Commission on Domestic & Sexual Violence has launched the Survivor Reentry Project (SRP). SRP provides national training and technical assistance for attorneys working with survivors of human trafficking who have been convicted of a crime as a result of their victimization. Many trafficking survivors are arrested and prosecuted for acts directly related to having been trafficked. Survivors are denied employment, housing, and economic assistance due to their criminal histories. Criminal records are used against survivors in family court proceedings involving their children, and can prevent foreign born survivors from attaining lawful immigration status. Encouragingly, many states have passed vacatur laws allowing survivors relief. These vacatur laws allow survivors to petition to have their records cleared if they can show that their crimes arose from their victimization. Most survivors do not know they are potentially eligible for vacatur, and the legal community has not developed the capacity to handle these cases in large numbers. SRP seeks to raise awareness of vacatur remedies for survivors, and build sustainable vacatur practices across the country. The project offers national training and technical assistance on vacatur remedies for public defenders, legal services lawyers, pro bono attorneys, law students, judges and prosecutors. Details: Washington, DC: ABA, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Survivor Reentry Project: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: https://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/human_rights/SRP/Practice%20Guide-%20Post-Conviction%20Advocacy%20for%20Survivors%20of%20Human%20Trafficking.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 146954

Author: Masucci, Madeline Title: Hate Crime Victimization, 2004-2015 Summary: Presents National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) data on hate crime victimization from 2004 to 2015. Hate crimes are violent or property crimes that the victim perceived to be motivated by bias due to the victim's race, ethnicity, gender, disability, sexual orientation, or religion. The report examines the perceived motivation for the hate crime, evidence that the crime was motivated by bias, demographic characteristics of victims and offenders, and hate crimes reported and not reported to police. It compares characteristics of hate crime and nonhate crime victimizations. The report also compares the NCVS and FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting hate crime statistics. Highlights: U.S. residents experienced an average of 250,000 hate crime victimizations each year from 2004 to 2015. There was no statistically significant change in the annual rate of violent hate crime victimization from 2004 to 2015 (about 0.7 per 1,000 persons age 12 or older). The majority (99%) of victims cited offenders' use of hate language as evidence of a hate crime. During the 5-year aggregate period from 2011-15, racial bias was the most common motivation for hate crime (48%). About 54% of hate crime victimizations were not reported to police during 2011-15. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/hcv0415.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 146955

Author: Cucolo, Heather Title: Promoting Dignity and Preventing Shame and Humiliation by Improving the Quality and Education of Attorneys in Sexually Violent Predator (SVP) Civil Commitment Cases Summary: In Strickland vs. Washington, the Supreme Court acknowledged that the role of counsel is critical to the ability of the adversarial system to best insure that just results are produced. Yet, the Court did not elaborately define the Sixth Amendment constitutional right to counsel and lower courts, have set the bar shockingly low. In this article we examine the quality of attorneys who litigate Sexually Violent Predator Act (SVPA) cases, and conclude that a failure to apply a higher standard of adequate counsel - beyond what was set out in Strickland - results in humiliation, shame and lack of dignity for clients. Effective and competent counsel must be cognizant of how shame and humiliation corrupts our legislation, court proceedings and subsequent management of the sex offender population. We explore the concepts of shame and humiliation and how the effects of these concepts damage not only the client, but the integrity of the court proceeding and subsequent goals of treatment rehabilitation. We focus on the volatile "arranged marriage" of law and psychology in sex offender civil commitment cases that require attorneys to have a particular set of skills and knowledge in order to conduct a fair, judicious and ethical trial, and to secure an accurate verdict. This is necessary to not only preserve the dignity of the legal system but additionally preserve the dignity of clients facing - what is most likely considered - one of the most undignified adjudicative determinations: that of "sexual violent predator". We propose that without specialized training and expert collaboration, attorneys cannot provide even remotely adequate or effective representation. We consider these issues through the prism of therapeutic jurisprudence, which we believe is vital to any authentic understanding of the underlying issues and offer suggestions to prevent and minimize client shame, humiliation and lack of dignity (including sample dialogues that counsel might have with her client). Details: New York: Mental Disability Law and Policy Associates, New York Law School, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: NYLS Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2910541: Accessed August 31, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2910541 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 146962

Author: Walters, Jennifer Hardison Title: Evaluation of Domestic Victims of Human Trafficking Demonstration Projects: Final Report from the First Cohort of Projects Summary: To improve services for domestic victims of human trafficking, the Family and Youth Services Bureau (FYSB) within the Administration for Children and Families (ACF) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, awarded three cooperative agreements in 2014 to implement demonstration projects. In 2015, FYSB awarded cooperative agreements to three additional demonstration projects. The intent of the demonstration program is to enhance organizational and community capacity to identify domestic victims of human trafficking and deliver comprehensive case management and trauma-informed, culturally relevant services through a system of referrals and the formation of community partnerships. This report documents the experiences of the first cohort of projects (awarded in 2014) that implemented 2-year demonstration projects in Maricopa and Pima Counties, Arizona; New York City; and Salt Lake City, Utah. ACF's Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation (OPRE), in collaboration with FYSB, oversaw a cross-site evaluation of these demonstration projects conducted by RTI International. The purposes of the cross-site process evaluation are to inform ACF's efforts to improve services for domestic trafficking survivors, enhance performance measurement, and guide future evaluation. Key questions pertain to the approaches used to foster partnerships, enhance community response, expand access to services, and provide coordinated case management; survivors' experiences with the program; and costs of program components. Data presented were gathered through in-person and telephone interviews with project directors, case managers, and three key partners from each project; case narrative interviews with case managers; a review of project materials and documents; cost questionnaires and interviews; observation of project partnership meetings; and project-reported information on training events, and clients served and services provided. Throughout the evaluation, the evaluation team worked closely with OPRE, FYSB, and the training and technical assistance provider, the Runaway and Homeless Youth Training and Technical Assistance Center (RHYTTAC), to ensure coordination and alignment of the programmatic and evaluation processes. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2017. 168p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2017-57: Accessed August 31, 2017 at: https://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/sc1_final_report_508_compliant.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 146963

Author: Kukharskyy, Bohdan Title: Gun violence in the U.S.: Correlates and causes Summary: This paper provides a county-level investigation of the root causes of gun violence in the U.S. To guide our empirical analysis, we develop a simple theoretical model which suggests that firearm-related offenses in a given county increase with the number of illegal guns and decrease with social capital and police intensity. Using detailed panel data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation for the period 1986-2014, we find empirical evidence for the causal effects of illegal guns, social capital, and police intensity consistent with our theoretical predictions. Based on our analysis, we derive a range of policy recommendations Details: Tubingen: University of Tubingen, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Tubingen Working Papers in Economics and Finance: Accessed September 1, 2017 at: https://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/10419/152251/1/877956375.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 146992

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: Boston, Massachusetts, Smart Policing Initiative II: Improving Homicide Clearance Rates: The Value of Analysis to Guide Investments in Investigative Policies and Practices Summary: Since the mid-2000s, homicide clearance rates in Boston have been substantially lower than national homicide clearance rates. Between 2004 and 2011, about 44 percent of homicides investigated by the Boston Police Department (BPD) homicide unit were cleared, compared with some 63 percent of homicides investigated by U.S. law enforcement agencies nationwide. With the support of U.S. Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) funds, BPD engaged in a problem-oriented policing enterprise to understand the underlying nature of its homicide clearance problem, develop appropriate responses to enhance its investigations of homicide victimizations, and evaluate the impact of the implemented intervention. The problem analysis included an investigation of 314 homicide victimizations from 2007 to 2011, as well as the creation of a homicide advisory committee that identified gaps in its investigative processes and suggested best practices, drawing especially on the United Kingdom model. Using the results from the problem analysis, in January 2012, the Boston SPI team implemented a multipronged response (Boston SPI II) to improve BPD homicide clearances, including expanding homicide unit staff by more than one-third (35.7 percent), providing extensive additional training in cutting-edge investigative and forensic science techniques, developing and implementing standardized investigative protocols citywide, and holding monthly peer review sessions to discuss all open homicide investigations. The Boston SPI team conducted a comprehensive evaluation of the homicide clearance intervention. Results yielded several positive findings, including the following: - In every measured category, BPD increased resources dedicated and investigative activities undertaken (some but not all improvements were statistically significant). - The homicide clearance rate rose by 10-18 percent (unadjusted and adjusted, respectively, depending on inclusion of cases awaiting grand jury decision). This increase was statistically significant. - The improvement in Boston's homicide clearance was not observed in the rest of Massachusetts or nationally. - Advanced statistical analysis showed that the intervention was associated with statistically significant increases in the probability of clearance. The Boston SPI II offers several important lessons for law enforcement agencies seeking to improve their homicide clearance rates. The Boston intervention demonstrates the value of enhancing investigative resources and of adopting a comprehensive resource mindset rather than focusing on one particular resource. The Boston SPI II also demonstrates the effectiveness of the problem-oriented policing approach for analyzing and identifying problems with homicide investigative processes, developing responses to those problems, and assessing the impact of the responses. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis and Solutions, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2017 at: http://www.smartpolicinginitiative.com/sites/default/files/Boston%20SPI%20Spotlight%20%282017%29%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 146993

Author: Oudekerk, Barbara A. Title: Repeat Violent Victimization, 2005-14 Summary: During the 10-year aggregate period 2005-14, an average of 3,249,900 persons age 12 or older experienced one or more nonfatal violent victimizations (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault) during the year. The majority (81%) of victims experienced a single violent victimization during the year. The remaining 19% experienced repeat violent victimization, defined as experiencing two or more violent victimizations during the year. More violent crime victims experienced two to five violent victimizations (14%) than six or more violent victimizations (5%). This report uses 1993 to 2014 data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) to examine annual prevalence rates of nonfatal violent crime for persons age 12 or older who experienced a single or repeat (two or more) violent victimization. The majority of this report presents aggregate estimates for the 10-year period from 2005 to 2014 to describe the characteristics of repeat violent crime victims and the types of violent crimes they experienced during the year. Aggregating years increases the reliability and stability of estimates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rvv0514.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Repeat Victimization Shelf Number: 146998

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Fostering Innovation in U.S. Law Enforcement: Identifying High-Priority Technology and Other Needs for Improving Law Enforcement Operations and Outcomes Summary: The National Institute of Justice tasked RAND to host a panel of law enforcement experts to identify high-priority needs for innovation in law enforcement, covering advances in technology, policy, and practice. The needs discussed in this report can help prioritize research, development, and dissemination efforts in ways that will provide the greatest value to law enforcement practitioners. The panel identified four top findings. First, there is a need to improve practitioners' knowledge of available research and technology, starting with a central knowledge repository and research on how to improve dissemination and training methods. Second, there is a need for practices and technologies to improve police-community relations, both to improve encounters with the public and to improve community relations more broadly. Third, there is a need to improve the sharing and use of information in a range of ways. These include means to get crime analysis capabilities to all agencies (including small and disadvantaged agencies), software development to reduce information overload, and model proposal and contract language to make systems interoperable. Fourth, there is a need to reduce backlogs in forensic processing; panelists suggested broadening U.S. Department of Justice forensic grants outside of DNA to help address the backlogs. Additional high-priority needs included further development of policies and use cases for unmanned aerial vehicles, best practices for selecting and using personal gear, and improving defenses against active shooters. The latter included improving both suspicious activity reporting processes and efforts to educate the public on responding to an active shooter. There is also a need for a review of technologies that might improve officers' health. Key Findings Four Top Themes Identified There is a demand for practices and technologies to improve practitioners' knowledge of technologies and how to use them. At the core of needs under this theme was a call for a virtual information repository: a single source for capturing and sharing law enforcement information. There is a call for practices and technologies to improve police-community relations. Very high interest in this theme is being driven largely by the social and political tensions raised in recent years, in the wake of officer-involved shootings controversies and civic unrest in Ferguson, Missouri, Baltimore, Maryland, and other jurisdictions. There is a need to improve the sharing and use of information. This includes identifying what information is most useful, to avoid the problem of officers being overloaded with information. There is a need to improve forensic capabilities. Many needs here concerned remediating forensic backlogs and lacks of resources driving them. Additional High-Priority Needs There is a need to improve a range of personal equipment and practices for using them. There is a need to develop policies and core use cases for unmanned aerial systems. There is a need to improve dispatch center operations. There is a need to improve defenses against active shooters, both to improve reporting to detect them before they attack and to improve training on how the public should respond. There is a need to identify requirements for technologies to improve officers' physical and mental health. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1814.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 147003

Author: Fink, Joshua J. Title: Crime, Policing, and Social Status: Identifying Elusive Mechanisms Using New Statistical Approaches Summary: Social class is often discussed in crime and social control research but the influence of class in these contexts is not well understood. Stratification studies have identified effects of socioeconomic status on a diverse collection of important outcomes in many facets of society, but the influence of class on criminality and punishment remains largely unidentified. Scholars attempting to connect class position to criminal behavior or risk of arrest and incarceration have either concluded that a robust relationship does not exist, or been confronted with inconsistent or weak evidence. Indeed, despite substantial interest in the influence of social class on criminality and punishment, researchers have been unable to make very many empirical connections between the two. The present study advances understanding about the influence of social class on criminality and punishment, addressing limitations of previous research using new approaches and statistical methods across three studies: (1) a study of the relationship between immigration rates and societal preference for increased police protection and law enforcement spending, (2) a study of heterogeneity in the effect of class on latent categories of self-reported delinquency, and finally, (3) a study of illicit drug use and rates of drug arrest among young adults, and how college attendance may contribute punishment inequality for non-violent drug offenses. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2017. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 1, 2017 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/handle/10161/14522 Year: 2917 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 147005

Author: Stemen, Don Title: The Prison Paradox: More Incarceration Will Not Make Us Safer Summary: Despite two decades of declining crime rates and a decade of efforts to reduce mass incarceration, some policymakers continue to call for tougher sentences and greater use of incarceration to reduce crime. It may seem intuitive that increasing incarceration would further reduce crime: incarceration not only prevents future crimes by taking people who commit crime "out of circulation" (incapacitation), but it also may dissuade people from committing future crimes out of fear of punishment (deterrence). In reality, however, increasing incarceration rates has a minimal impact on reducing crime and entails significant costs: - Increases in incarceration rates have a small impact on crime rates and each additional increase in incarceration rates has a smaller impact on crime rates than previous increases. - Any crime reduction benefits of incarceration are limited to property crime. Research consistently shows that higher incarceration rates are not associated with lower violent crime rates. - Incarceration may increase crime in certain circumstances. In states with high incarceration rates and neighborhoods with concentrated incarceration, the increased use of incarceration may be associated with increased crime. - Incarceration is expensive. The United States is spending heavily on jails and prisons and under-investing in less expensive, more effective ways to reduce and prevent crime. This brief uses the broad term "incarceration," which can encompass confinement in both prisons and jails. Much of the research conducted to date, however, examines imprisonment only, and not incarceration in America's jails. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Vera Evidence Brief: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/for-the-record-prison-paradox-incarceration-not-safer/legacy_downloads/for-the-record-prison-paradox_02.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 147010

Author: National Juvenile Defender Center Title: The Cost of Juvenile Probation: A Critical Look into Juvenile Supervision Fees Summary: More than 200,000 times a year, children are formally placed on probation through the juvenile court system. Probation is by far the most common disposition for a child to receive and the trend is growing every year. While intended to influence positive behavior change among youth, probation is shown to cause lasting harm to children when it is focused on surveillance and compliance rather than meaningful opportunities for growth. Worsening this issue, many families are trapped in debt as a result of the costs associated with probation orders, causing tension between children and their families at a time when a child most needs the support of a family to succeed. In some courts across the country, children and their parents are required to pay a "supervision fee" - or a fee for probation itself. This fee is generally independent of program costs that may arise out of probation - such as counseling and drug testing - and is charged solely to pay for the probation department's supervision over a child. In a juvenile justice system that disproportionately impacts low-income minority children, these supervision fees not only place a tremendous burden on children and families, but also exacerbate existing racial and economic disparities. Details: Washington, DC: The Center, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed September 2, 2017 at; http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/NJDC_The-Cost-of-Juvenile-Probation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 147014

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts Title: No Tape, No Testimony: How Courts Can Ensure the Responsible Use of Body Cameras Summary: In January 2015, the Chicago Police Department launched a pilot program requiring its officers to use body-worn cameras. The program began in the wake of public outcry over violence by Chicago police officers against civilians, and a police official explained that it sought to "rebuild[] trust with the residents we're sworn to serve." In July 2016, an officer wearing one of these cameras killed Paul O'Neal, a Black teenager who allegedly stole a car and crashed it into a police cruiser. After Mr. O'Neal fled on foot, the officer fatally shot him in the back. In theory, Mr. O'Neal's final moments should have been recorded by the officer's body camera, and the recording should now be available to assist a court, a jury, or the public in deciding whether the shooting was justified. But no such video exists. The camera worn by the officer who killed Mr. O'Neal was reportedly not turned on until after the fatal shot had been fired. This incident, and others like it, have been cited as cautionary tales about how the value of body cameras can be undermined if the police cannot or will not ensure their consistent use. But police departments are not the only institutions capable of assuring the effective use of body-worn cameras. Courts can do it too. For three reasons, courts can and should encourage the police to record, when practicable, their investigative encounters with civilians. 1. Videos of police-civilian encounters have shaken public confidence in the capacity of legal proceedings to separate fact from fiction. Time and again, cases have been headed for an incorrect result - such as the wrongful prosecution of a civilian or the wrongful exoneration of a police officer - until videos surfaced that contradicted officers' versions of events. Meanwhile, there is growing evidence that witness testimony, on which courts must often rely when video is absent, can be quite flawed when used as the exclusive means of resolving disputes between police officers and civilians. Thus, when video evidence of a police-civilian encounter does not exist, legal proceedings may be less likely to get the right answer or to be respected by the public. 2. Police body-worn cameras present a viable and valuable supplement to witness testimony. These cameras are quickly becoming part of the 21st-century police uniform, with a recent survey of 70 law enforcement agencies finding that 95% of respondents had either implemented or had committed to implementing body camera programs. Body cameras can be critical to uncovering the truth when the facts of a police-civilian encounter are contested. There is also evidence that, when body cameras are consistently worn and activated, they can deter misconduct or violence from happening in the first place. 3. Courts have both a distinct interest in and a unique means of encouraging police officers to record their encounters with civilians. Courts have an interest in conducting legal proceedings that are fair, that avoid wrongful convictions and other catastrophic outcomes, and that efficiently resolve disputes. Given those interests, and given that videos of policecivilian encounters can make the difference between just and unjust results, courts should encourage, when practicable, the recording of police-civilian encounters. Rather than leave this task to police departments, whose disciplinary practices are necessarily inconsistent, courts should provide this encouragement by using tools uniquely at their disposal: jury instructions. This report proposes a model jury instruction that encourages the recording of police-civilian encounters by empowering juries to impose evidentiary consequences for unreasonable or bad faith failures to record. This instruction would tell the jury that, if it finds that the police unreasonably failed to create or preserve a video of a police-civilian encounter, it can devalue an officer's testimony and infer that the video would have helped the civilian. If the jury finds that the case involves bad faith, such as the outright sabotage of body cameras, then it should be instructed to disregard officer testimony altogether. The tools that courts can use to craft this instruction already exist. Several courts now use jury instructions to encourage the recording of custodial interrogations and drunk-driving field tests; they can and should craft similar rules for body cameras. These measures can help prevent wrongful convictions, accurately resolve allegations of police misconduct, and enhance public trust in the justice system's capacity to get it right when confronted with police-civilian violence. Details: Boston: ACLU of Massachusetts; Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley School of Law Samuelson Law, Technology & Public Policy Clinic, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.law.berkeley.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/SLTPPC_ACLU_BodyCameras_Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147015

Author: Drug Policy Alliance Title: It's Time for the U.S. to Decriminalize Drug Use and Possession Summary: By any measure and every metric, the U.S. war on drugs - a constellation of laws and policies that seeks to prevent the use of certain drugs, primarily through punishment and coercion - has been a catastrophic failure. Indeed, federal and state policies that are designed to be "tough" on people who use and sell illegal drugs have helped over-fill our jails and prisons, permanently branded millions of otherwise law-abiding civilians as "criminals", and exacerbated drug-related death, disease and suffering - all while failing at their stated aims. This report offers a roadmap for how to begin to unwind our failed drug war. It focuses on one practical step that can and should be taken to avoid many of the harms that flow from punitive prohibitionist drug laws and to promote proven, effective health-based interventions. Drug decriminalization is a critical next step toward achieving a rational drug policy that puts science and public health before punishment and incarceration. Decades of evidence has clearly demonstrated that decriminalization is a sensible path forward that would reap vast human and fiscal benefits, while protecting families and communities. This report is the product of a comprehensive review of the public health and criminology literature, an analysis of drug policies in the U.S. and abroad, and input from experts in the fields of drug policy and criminal justice. By highlighting the benefits of eliminating criminal penalties for drug use and possession, we seek to provide policymakers, community leaders and advocates with evidence-based options for a new approach. Details: New York: The Alliance, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/documents/Drug_Policy_Alliance_Time_to_Decriminalize_Report_July_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Decriminalization Shelf Number: 147019

Author: Kubiak, Sheryl Title: Evaluation of the Wayne County Mental Health Court. Year 5: Long‐term Outcomes and Cost Savings Wayne County, Michigan Summary: A Wayne County MHC was initially funded in December 2008 as a pilot program in a joint collaboration between the State Court Administrative Office (SCAO), Michigan Department of Community Health, and Detroit Wayne Mental Health Authority (DWMHA). Evaluations conducted during the first three years of operation (2009-2011) focused on development, implementation, processes, and assessment of preliminary outcomes, as well as an initial cost analysis of the program. The fourth year of operation (2012) corresponded to the end of the pilot phase and assessment of the eight pilot MHCs as part of a statewide outcome evaluation. The fifth year of operation (2013) provided the opportunity to assess the long‐term outcomes and cost savings of the program as individuals involved with the program in 2009 - 2011 have been discharged or rejected from the program for one year or more. Between the inception of the MHC in April of 2009 and September 2013, nearly 300 individuals were screened for participation in the program. Of those screened, 199 individuals were admitted to and 91 were rejected from the MHC. At the time of this report, 50 individuals were actively engaged in the program and 149 were discharged. Of those discharged, 105 were discharged for more than one year, 40 successfully and 65 unsuccessfully. Those rejected from the MHC present an opportunity to compare outcomes and costs of MHC participants (Treatment Group) to similar individuals who did not participate in the MHC (Comparison Group). Of the 91 individuals rejected from MHC, 33 were excluded from analysis because the reason for rejection suggested they were dissimilar from the Treatment Group. Of the remaining 58, 45 individuals were rejected from MHC for more than one year. As a result, three groups were used to illustrate the long‐term outcomes and cost analysis: Successful (N=40), Unsuccessful (N=65), and Rejected (N=45). All three groups had similar characteristics at admission to/rejection from the MHC. The average age across all three groups was 37 years old and 50%-54% of each group was of minority status. There were no significant differences by mental health diagnosis, though co‐occurring substance use disorders were more common for the Treatment Group (86%-88%) than the Comparison Group (74%). The proportion of females was higher in the Treatment Groups (31%-33%) compared to the Comparison Group (16%). There were differences in terms of the assessed risk: the proportion of those in the Successful Group assessed as "high risk" overall and for violence was significantly lower than others. Despite similarities across the groups at admission/rejection, the Successful Group had better long‐term criminal justice and treatment outcomes. In terms of recidivism, only 18% of the Successful Group experienced any incarceration in the post‐MHC period compared to 69% (Unsuccessful) and 88% (Rejected), incurring just 10 days of incarceration compared to 153 (Unsuccessful) and 98 days (Rejected). Similarly, the Successful Group demonstrated optimal response in terms of mental health treatment: the average number of low‐level services (e.g. group/individual sessions, med reviews) increased post‐MHC, indicating sustained engagement, while high‐level services (e.g. hospitalization, crisis residential) decreased.�Reduced criminal justice involvement and high‐level treatment need, translated to cost savings for members of the Treatment Group. Applying unit costs to standard transactions incurred by members of the Treatment and Comparison Groups in the post‐MHC period, a cost savings of $22,865 per successful participant and $7,741 per unsuccessful participant as compared to those rejected by the MHC. The driving factor in the cost savings between the groups are victimization costs. Extrapolating these costs across all participants of the MHC, yields a total savings of $1,417,740 for those discharged or rejected from the MHC for more than one year to date. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://socialwork.msu.edu/sites/default/files/Research/docs/WayneMHCCourt.Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147021

Author: Umbreit, Mark S. Title: Juvenile Victim Offender Medication in Six Oregon Counties Summary: Six juvenile victim-offender programs in Oregon are described and evaluated in terms of satisfaction of the parties and recidivism and restitution rates. The study found that about 90% of participants felt their mediator was fair and were satisfied with the mediator. Further, almost 80% of parties reported feeling positive about the mediation meeting, while only 5% were negative. Long-term results show restitution rates were also high, with 79% to 97% of contracts negotiated in the most recent program year either completed or in progress. In addition, 70% of offenders stated they had a positive attitude toward the victim. An examination of recidivism rates was not conclusive, but indicated a lower rate of re-offense in three counties for juveniles who participated in programs in the year after mediation than in the year before. Details: St. Paul, MN: University of Minnesota Center for Restorative Justice and Peacemaking, 2001. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.cehd.umn.edu/ssw/rjp/Resources/Research/Juvenile_VOM_%20Oregon.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 147024

Author: Fowler, Justine Title: The Pennsylvania Juvenile Justice Recidivism Report: Juveniles with cases closed in 2007, 2008, 2009, or 2010 Summary: The Pennsylvania Juvenile Court Judges' Commission (JCJC) provides leadership, advice, training, and support to enable Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system to achieve its balanced and restorative justice mission. The Commission is legislatively empowered to advise juvenile court judges in all matters pertaining to the proper care and maintenance of delinquent and dependent children, employing evidence-based practices whenever possible, and to compile and publish such statistical data as needed for efficient administration of the juvenile courts. In November 2010, the JCJC unanimously endorsed a comprehensive strategy, known as the Juvenile Justice System Enhancement Strategy (JJSES), to enhance the capacity of Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system to achieve its mission of balanced and restorative justice. The following is the statement purpose of the JJSES: We dedicate ourselves to working in partnership to enhance the capacity of Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system to achieve its balanced and restorative justice mission by: - Employing evidence-based practices, with fidelity, at every stage of the juvenile justice process; - Collecting and analyzing the data necessary to measure the results of these efforts; and, with this knowledge, - Striving to continuously improve the quality of our decisions, services and programs. Key stakeholders concluded that one of the most appropriate ways to evaluate the effectiveness of the JJSES was to examine the recidivism rates of juveniles who have been involved in Pennsylvania's juvenile justice system. After all, "recidivism is the key statistic in determining whether or not criminal justice interventions, from diversion through incarceration, are making a difference in keeping offenders from committing more crimes." At the initiation of the JJSES, however, there was no systematic mechanism available to track the statewide recidivism rates of juvenile offenders in Pennsylvania within both the criminal and juvenile justice systems once their case closed. Consequently, the JCJC undertook the current project and developed the methodology and capacity to monitor the statewide recidivism rates of juvenile offenders. The Center for Juvenile Justice Training and Research (CJJT&R), a division of the JCJC, currently collects and maintains delinquency data related to approximately 100,000 juvenile court dispositional records each year through the Pennsylvania Juvenile Case Management System (PaJCMS), and has been doing so for over three decades. The JCJC worked closely with the Administrative Office of Pennsylvania Courts (AOPC), who collects court data at both the criminal and magisterial district justice levels, for the project. The current study had two overarching goals. Since the core premise of the JJSES is that recidivism rates can be reduced through the implementation of evidence-based practices, the first goal was to establish a recidivism benchmark against which the JJSES could be measured. The second goal was to examine differences between recidivists and non-recidivists in terms of demographics and other key variables to identify factors associated with recidivism in the Pennsylvania juvenile justice system. The two-year tracking period was selected because there was a consensus that recidivism beyond two years from case closure would be less likely to be related to the services and interventions provided during the period of juvenile court supervision. Additionally, only subsequent adjudications of delinquency and findings of guilt in criminal proceedings4 were included in the definition of recidivism since these case outcomes require judicial determinations. The benchmark was developed with cases closed in 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010 to provide an accurate measure of pre-JJSES recidivism. While full implementation of the JJSES may take years, the data obtained from this report will provide an appropriate baseline to gauge the successfulness of the strategy. In April 2013, the JCJC released The Pennsylvania Juvenile Justice Recidivism Report: Juveniles with a 2007 Case Closure, which detailed the outcomes of youth with a case closed from a juvenile probation department in 2007. In November 2013, the JCJC released its second statewide report, entitled The Pennsylvania Juvenile Justice Recidivism Report: Juveniles with Cases Closed in 2007, 2008, or 2009. The current study expands on this research to include data from cases closed in 2010. After a brief description of the methodology employed, the remainder of this report will describe the results of the study. First, the calculated baseline recidivism rate at both the statewide and the individual county level will be provided. Next, descriptive statistics of juvenile recidivists and non-recidivists will be detailed. Finally, the report will conclude with project limitations and future research. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania Juvenile Court Judges' Commission, 2014. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.jcjc.pa.gov/Publications/Documents/Recidivism/Pennsylvania%20Recidivism%20Report_Juveniles%20with%20Cases%20Closed%20in%202007-2010.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 147025

Author: NAACP Legal Defense and Education Fund Title: It Matters If You're Black or White: Racial Disparities in the Handling of Complaints against North Charleston Police Officers Summary: On April 4, 2015, a bystander's video recorded former North Charleston police officer Michael Slager, who is White, fatally shooting 50-year-old Walter Scott, an unarmed Black male, as he ran away during a routine traffic stop. Video of the shooting shocked the public's conscience and gave rise to widespread demands for accountability. State and federal officials responded by bringing charges against Slager. North Charleston officials fired him. The state trial resulted in a hung jury. On May 2, 2017, former officer Slager appeared in a federal court and admitted to willfully using unreasonable deadly force in violation of Scott's civil rights. His sentencing hearing is pending. While former officer Slager's guilty plea is a welcome, yet rare occurrence, there is evidence that North Charleston's Black community has endured excessive force and racially-biased traffic stops by North Charleston police officers for years with little acknowledgement or accountability. Shortly after Mr. Scott's death, the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, Inc. (LDF) and more than two dozen North Charleston organizations, lawmakers and residents submitted a letter to then-U.S. Attorney General Loretta Lynch requesting that the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) open a civil rights investigation into the North Charleston Police Department (NCPD). In that letter, we documented a record of alleged misconduct by NCPD officers - including incidents of excessive force, unconstitutional stops, arrests, detentions and racial disparities in policing practices - that suggested a pattern of excessive force and racial discrimination throughout NCPD's law enforcement practices. Investigative reporting has also shown that NCPD officers stop thousands of people, disproportionately Black, often for pretextual reasons; the same reporting uncovered incidents of officers physically assaulting North Charleston residents. The shooting death of Walter Scott at the hands of an NCPD officer should not be perceived as an isolated incident, but rather recognized as an outcome of a policing culture that has resulted in decades of police violence and unlawful policing practices committed against North Charleston residents, particularly residents of color. Indeed, in recent months, three North Charleston police officers have been arrested, fired or demoted for assaulting residents or engaging in racially derogatory activities online. After mounting public pressure by North Charleston residents, in May 2016, the DOJ Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) accepted an invitation from Mayor Keith Summey and NCPD Police Chief Eddie Driggers to assess the policies and practices of the police department. The COPS Office assessment is an important first step to changing policing practices in North Charleston, and we have urged the COPS Office to complete and release this critical assessment. As part of its review, the COPS Office has agreed to evaluate the process by which residents may file complaints against NCPD officers. As the release of the assessment remains pending, LDF has undertaken a review of NCPD complaint reports that the police department released in response to Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests. Our analysis of hundreds of pages of complaint reports filed with the NCPD from 2006 through 2016 revealed, among other things, that Black residents were more likely to file complaints against officers when compared to White residents. Yet, NCPD sustained complaints filed by Black residents only 31 percent of the time compared to sustaining complaints filed by White residents 50 percent of the time. NCPD defines "sustained" as "the allegation is supported by sufficient evidence to justify a reasonable conclusion that the allegation is factual." We also conclude that NCPD undertakes inadequate investigations and fact-finding in response to citizen complaints because complaint summaries are often missing information and rarely document the findings or conclusion of the investigation. These and other findings detailed below underscore the need for the COPS Office's comprehensive assessment of the NCPD complaint investigation practices and its policing practices in general, as well as the need for critical reform to eliminate apparent racial bias in NCPD's policing practices. Details: New York: LDF, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.naacpldf.org/files/publications/NAACP%20LDF%20report%20on%20North%20Charleston%20Police%20Dept%20FINAL%20July%202017_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 147026

Author: Lemmon, John H. Title: An Examination of BARJ Services in Four Pennsylvania Counties Summary: Juvenile offenders benefit from pro-social and moral development skills services, according to this study of Balanced and Restorative Justice (BARJ) initiatives in Pennsylvania. The study examined demographic and other characteristics of 400 juveniles who were referred to BARJ, as well as the consistency of services provided and the impact of the referrals on recidivism. The majority of youths included in the study were white males aged 15-17 with no prior offenses. The recidivism rate was low, with more than 75% "remaining crime-free" for 24 months. This low rate of re-offense could not generally be attributed to the BARJ programs because of a lack of consistency in the implementation of services. For example, less than 10% of offenders completed mediation or youth aid panels. However, the researchers were able to discern a positive correlation between receiving pro-social skills services (such as decision-making classes or aggression replacement therapy) and moral development skills services (such as refusal skills) and reduced recidivism. The researchers recommend that the counties focus on a few program services, implement them more consistently and target them to specific juvenile offender populations. Two of those programs should be pro-social and moral development skills services, which they found to be particularly effective for low-risk, first-time offenders. The researchers recommend that they be offered to all youth who fit that category. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Pennsylvania Justice Court Judges' Association, 2012. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.pachiefprobationofficers.org/docs/Examination%20of%20BARJ%20Services.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 147030

Author: University of California School of Law - Berkeley. Policy Advocacy Clinic Title: Making Families Pay: The Harmful, Unlawful, and Costly Practice of Charging Juvenile Administration Fees in California Summary: n the wake of tragedies in cities like Ferguson, Missouri, national attention is focused on the regressive and racially discriminatory practice of charging fines and fees to people in the criminal justice system.People of color are overrepresented at every stage in the criminal justice system, even when controlling for alleged criminal behavior. Racially disproportionate treatment in the system leaves people of color with significantly more criminal justice debt, including burdensome administrative fees. While regressive and discriminatory criminal justice fees have been described and critiqued in the adult system, the issue has received very little attention in the juvenile system. Nevertheless, families with youth in the juvenile system are charged similar fees, which significantly undermine the system's rehabilitative goals. The harmful practice of charging poor people for their interaction with the criminal justice system is not limited to places like Ferguson, Missouri. California, too, makes families pay for their children's involvement in the juvenile system. This report presents findings about the practice of assessing and collecting administrative fees from families with youth in the California juvenile system. We use the term "administrative fees" to describe the charges imposed by local jurisdictions on families for their child's involvement in the juvenile system. State law permits counties to charge administrative fees for legal representation, detention, and probation, but only to families with the ability to pay. Most counties in California charge these administrative fees, imposing millions of dollars of debt on families with youth in the juvenile system. Our research over the last three years reveals that juvenile administrative fees undermine the rehabilitative purpose of the juvenile system. Counties charge these fees to families already struggling to maintain economic and social stability. Fee debt becomes a civil judgment upon assessment. If families do not pay the fees, counties refer the debt to the state Franchise Tax Board, which garnishes parents' wages and intercepts their tax refunds. Under state law, these fees are meant to help protect the fiscal integrity of counties. They are not supposed to be retributive (to punish the family), rehabilitative (to help the youth) or restorative (to repay victims). This report details our findings on juvenile fees in California, but we summarize them here: HARMFUL: Juvenile administrative fees cause financial hardship to families, weaken family ties, and undermine family reunification. Because Black and Latino youth are overrepresented and overpunished relative to White youth in the juvenile system, families of color bear a disproportionate burden of the fees. Criminologists recently found that juvenile debt correlates with a greater likelihood of recidivism, even after controlling for case characteristics and youth demographics. These negative outcomes from fees undermine the rehabilitative purpose of the juvenile system. UNLAWFUL: Some counties charge juvenile administrative fees to families in violation of state law, including fees that are not authorized in the juvenile setting, fees that exceed statutory maximums, and fees for youth who are found not guilty. Some counties violate federal law by charging families to feed their children while seeking reimbursement for the same meals from national breakfast and lunch programs. Further, counties engage in fee practices that may violate the state Constitution by depriving families of due process of law through inadequate ability to pay determinations and by denying families equal protection of the law in charging certain fees. COSTLY: Counties are authorized to charge families for juvenile administrative fees to pay for the care and supervision of their children. Yet counties net little revenue from the fees. Because of the high costs and low returns associated with trying to collect fees from low-income families, most of the fee revenue pays for collection activities, not for the care and supervision of youth. Further, the fee debt can cause families to spend less on positive social goods, such as education and preventative healthcare, which imposes long term costs on families, communities, and society by prolonging and exacerbating poverty. Based on our findings, fixing the system is not an option. Charging administrative fees to families with youth in the juvenile system does not serve rehabilitative purposes. Other mechanisms in the system punish youth for their mistakes and address the needs of victims. Further, we did not find a single county in which fee practices were both fair and cost-effective. Counties either improperly charge low-income families and net little revenue, or they fairly assess families' inability to pay and net even less. Counties that have recently considered the overall harm, lawfulness, and costs of juvenile administrative fees have all ended the practice. Details: Berkeley: The Clinic, 2017. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Berkeley Public Law Research Paper: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://wclp.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/State-Juvenile-Fees-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Fees Shelf Number: 147032

Author: Frantz, Fred Title: Analysis of Managed Access Technology in an Urban Deployment: Baltimore City Jail Complex Summary: Managed access, as a category of technology, has become an increasingly significant tool for denying illegal inmate use of cellular telephone services. This report is the second of a set of reports examining the impact of managed access technology on contraband cell phone use in prisons. The focus of this report is the use of Distributed Antenna System (DAS) Technology, deployed in support of cellular Managed Access System (MAS) use in an urban correctional facility - the Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DSPCS) Baltimore City Complex. This report builds upon technical information in a previous assessment of MAS which described operation of managed access technology deployed in a rural correctional facility. The technical background material is presented in a conceptual format rather than providing detailed implementation specifics. This study concludes the following: 1. While managed access had a significant impact within the facilities where it was deployed, other factors unrelated to the technology such as policy changes also contributed to the overall decline of illegal cellphone use throughout the prison system (to include faculties with deployed managed access systems). 2. Good working relationships with nearby cellular carriers are critical. 3. MAS can effectively be implemented in an urban setting. Technology such as Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) allows operators to refine and control system coverage within tightly constrained environments. 4. DAS deployment is heavily reliant upon physical installation of cable, conduits and other supporting infrastructure. Retrofitting an existing correctional structure is particularly challenging with unique logistical challenges involved with deploying it in areas where inmates reside and securing the system infrastructure from sabotage. 5. Cellular managed access technology only addresses cellular communications capabilities and cannot, for instance, prevent use of non-cellular wireless capabilities, such as Wi-Fi, stand-alone computing or photographic capabilities which have become standard features in modern cellular devices. Managed access mitigates the connection of cellular radio transmissions between a handset and an external (e.g., commercial) network. Elimination of cellular communications capabilities makes other features present in these devices less useful to the inmates that possess them. Details: Rome, NY: Engility Corporation, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250263.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 147033

Author: Glesmann, Caroline Title: Stanislaus County Girls Juvenile Justice Initiative Evaluation Report Summary: Stanislaus County is in the Central Valley of California. Like many California counties, Stanislaus has mediumsized cities, small towns, and large areas of farmland. While it is not as urban as Bay Area counties or Los Angeles County, Stanislaus faces gang violence challenges and larger system-reform concerns, such as reducing racial and ethnic disparities and addressing the needs of girls pulled into the juvenile justice system. In 2009, Stanislaus County partnered with the Prison Law Office. At that time, in the midst of major reforms in California's juvenile justice system, the Prison Law Office published a report highlighting the need for gender-responsive services for girls and sought a probation department with whom to partner to create a gender-responsive juvenile justice model for California counties.The state had passed Senate Bill 81 in 2007, realigning the juvenile justice population, which resulted in a dramatic reduction in the number of youth committed to the California Youth Authority (now the Division of Juvenile Justice), the state-run system of secure post-adjudication facilities. As the courts began to sentence youth to county facilities and funding shifted from the state to county probation departments, local jurisdictions had additional resources but not necessarily the expertise to adopt new reforms to meet the needs of a growing, diverse population. Together, the Prison Law Office and Stanislaus County developed the Girls Juvenile Justice Initiative (GJJI) in order to address the county's lack of gender-responsive resources for justice-involved girls. Details: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2014. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdf/stanislaus-gjji-report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 131842

Author: Skogan, Wesley G. Title: Seattle's Comprehensive Communities Program: A Case Study Summary: In Seattle, the police department - with considerable public input - coordinated the development of an overall program strategy and engaged other organizations to implement pieces of the Comprehensive Communities Program (CCP). The CCP consortium involved both city agencies and community-based organizations. They received funding for a broad range of projects that meshed easily with the established programs and organizational structures. During the first year of CCP, the police department finalized its plan for transforming to support community policing. Police used their share of CCP funds to support a training program that featured the problemoriented strategies they planned to adopt, and to launch a new citizen advisory group. A large percentage of the city's CCP funds were committed to partner agencies with whom the police have an expanding relationship. These funds extended the scope of existing services to support one-time projects and to build organizational infrastructure. Both the police and their partner agencies strove to develop CCP projects that would be sustainable within existing resource constraints, or could be terminated without disruption. This case study of Seattle's CCP program was written as a result of site visits made to various CCP programs and interviews with CCP participants between September, 1995 and December, 1996. It also incorporates data from BOTEC's CCP Coalition Survey and Community Policing Survey, as well as information contained in federal and local documents and reports. Follow-up phone calls were made during December, 1997 and January, 1998, to key participants in order to write the epilogue. Details: Cambridge, MA: Botec Analysis Corporation, 2004. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/204629.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 127942

Author: Goodrum, Sarah Title: Report on the Arapahoe High School Shooting: Lessons Learned on Information Sharing, Threat Assessment, and Systems Integrity Summary: To better understand how the December 13, 2013 shooting at Arapahoe High School, in which senior Karl Pierson (hereafter, referred to as KP3 ) shot and killed Claire Davis and then himself, might be prevented, the Arapahoe High School Community Fund Honoring Claire Davis, a donor-advised fund of The Denver Foundation, approached the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder to assist with the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data obtained from an arbitration proceeding in the case. The purpose was to understand the school's threat and risk assessment procedures and responses, and the lessons that might be learned from this incident that could improve youth violence prevention in school settings in Colorado and the U.S. The data for the report came from the Arapahoe County Sheriff's Office's (ACSO) investigation materials, Littleton Public School's (LPS) interrogatory responses, deposition exhibits, and deposition testimony. The principal investigators attended most of the depositions and reviewed all of the documents produced by ACSO and LPS. The findings revealed three major failures within AHS and LPS in the months and years leading up to the shooting: (1) a failure of information sharing, (2) a failure of threat assessment, and (3) a failure of systems thinking. While not the focus of this report, preliminary evidence indicates that AHS staff and LPS administrators have made several changes in their approach to school safety since 2013, and those changes represent important steps in the right direction To better understand how the December 13, 2013 shooting at Arapahoe High School, in which senior Karl Pierson (hereafter, referred to as KP3 ) shot and killed Claire Davis and then himself, might be prevented, the Arapahoe High School Community Fund Honoring Claire Davis, a donor-advised fund of The Denver Foundation, approached the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder to assist with the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data obtained from an arbitration proceeding in the case. The purpose was to understand the school's threat and risk assessment procedures and responses, and the lessons that might be learned from this incident that could improve youth violence prevention in school settings in Colorado and the U.S. The data for the report came from the Arapahoe County Sheriff's Office's (ACSO) investigation materials, Littleton Public School's (LPS) interrogatory responses, deposition exhibits, and deposition testimony. The principal investigators attended most of the depositions and reviewed all of the documents produced by ACSO and LPS. The findings revealed three major failures within AHS and LPS in the months and years leading up to the shooting: (1) a failure of information sharing, (2) a failure of threat assessment, and (3) a failure of systems thinking. While not the focus of this report, preliminary evidence indicates that AHS staff and LPS administrators have made several changes in their approach to school safety since 2013, and those changes represent important steps in the right direction leading the school staff to believe that they would be more liable if they had shared information about KP's concerning behaviors, than if they had not. Second, the Sheriff's Report clearly states that at least ten AHS students had substantive concerns about KP's anger problems and gun ownership prior to the shooting, but only one student reported their concern to a counselor and no students reported their concerns to Safe2Tell (see ACSO Report, pp. 10-11). If just one student or teacher, had called Safe2Tell, this tragedy might have been averted. At the time of the shooting and as of July 2015, LPS and AHS administrators did not have a policy regarding Safe2Tell training and did not require that students or staff receive training on the Safe2Tell system. In fact, the information shared about Safe2Tell at AHS was limited to a sticker on the back of student identification cards, posters displayed in the school hallways, and a PowerPoint slide displayed in the cafeteria. Third, AHS and LPS failed to implement an Interagency Information Sharing Agreement to facilitate the sharing of vital information about an individual's safety concerns with law enforcement, juvenile justice, and social services agencies, which is recommended by Colorado statute (SB 00-133), the Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV), and the Colorado School Safety Resource Center (see the CSSRC's Essentials of School Threat Assessment: Preventing Targeted School Violence, LPS 03421-03443). Details: Boulder, CO: Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence (CSPV) at the University of Colorado Boulder, 2016. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2017 at: http://www.colorado.edu/cspv/publications/AHS-Report/Report_on_the_Arapahoe_High_School_Shooting_FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Information Sharing Shelf Number: 147035

Author: Baliga, Sujatha Title: Restorative Community Conferencing. A study of Community Works West's restorative justice youth diversion program in Alameda County Summary: This report, written by Impact Justice's Restorative Justice Project, explores Community Works West's Restorative Community Conferencing program, which currently diverts over 100 youth per year away from the juvenile legal system. Restorative Community Conferencing (RCC) is a process for resolving harm through an organized, facilitated dialogue in which young people, with the support of family and community members, meet with their crime victims to create a plan to repair the harm caused by their offense. Community Works West has been operating the RCC program in Alameda County, California for more than six years through positive relationships with community and criminal legal system stakeholders. This report describes the program's benefits and effectiveness based on an analysis of available data from January 2012 through December 2014. Notable findings reveal that, of 102 young people who completed the RCC program, after 12 months only 18.4% of the RCC youth were subsequently adjudicated delinquent - that is, determined by the court to have committed another delinquent act - compared to 32.1% of the control group of youth whose cases were processed through the traditional juvenile legal system. Over time, recidivism rates for RCC youth generally held, rising only slightly, while the recidivism rates of the control group youth increased significantly over time. Ninety-one percent of participating victims reported that they would participate in another RCC. The report also describes how the RCC program carries significant cost-saving potential, due to the lower rates of reoffending from using RCC, combined with the RCC intervention's average one-time cost of $4,500, versus $23,000 per year on average for a youth on probation. Details: Oakland, CA: Impact Justice, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: http://impactjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/CWW-Report_Final_6.14.17_electronic.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 147039

Author: Grawert, Ames C. Title: Crime in 2017: A Preliminary Analysis Summary: For this analysis, researchers at the Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law collected crime data directly from local police departments in America's 30 largest cities, and then used historical trends to estimate 2017 year-end crime numbers. Several key findings include: - The overall crime rate in 2017 is projected to decrease slightly, by 1.8 percent. If this estimate holds, 2017 will have the second-lowest crime rate since 1990. - The violent crime rate is projected to decrease slightly, by 0.6 percent, essentially remaining stable. This result is driven primarily by stabilization in Chicago, and declines in Washington, D.C., two large cities that experienced increases in violence in recent years. The violent crime rate for this year is projected to be about 1 percent above 2014's violent crime rate, the lowest recorded since 1990. - The 2017 murder rate is projected to be 2.5 percent lower than last year. This year's decline is driven primarily by decreases in Detroit (down 25.6 percent), Houston (down 20.5 percent), and New York (down 19.1 percent). Chicago's murder rate is also projected to fall, by 2.4 percent. The 2017 murder rate is expected to be on par with that of 2009, well at the bottom of the historic post-1990 decline, yet still higher than the lowest recorded rate in 2013. - While crime is down this year, some cities are projected to experience localized increases. For example, Charlotte's murder rate doubled in the first six months of 2017 relative to last year. Detailed graphs on each of the 30 cities where data was available is included in Section III. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at NYU School of Law, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Crime%20in%202017%20A%20Preliminary%20Analysis_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 147142

Author: Texas. Legislative Budget Board Title: Adult and Juvenile Correctional Population Projections: Fiscal years 2017 to 2011 Summary: On March 1, 2004, the Legislative Budget Board (LBB) established a Criminal Justice Data Analysis (CJDA) team to assume certain criminal justice policy analysis responsibilities, and these responsibilities were codified in the Texas Government Code, Section 322.019, by the Seventy-ninth Legislature, Regular Session, 2005. One responsibility of the CJDA team is to conduct periodic, long-term adult and juvenile correctional population projections to serve as a basis for biennial funding determinations. The January 2017 Adult and Juvenile Correctional Population Projections report provides correctional population projections for fiscal years 2017 to 2022 for the Eighty-fifth Legislature, 2017. WHY ARE CORRECTIONAL POPULATION PROJECTIONS PRODUCED? Correctional population projections are produced to serve as a basis for biennial funding determinations. The June 2016 projections informed state correctional agencies' Legislative Appropriation Requests and the introduced versions of the General Appropriations Bills. The January 2017 projections inform budgeting and policy decisions during the Eighty-fifth Legislature, 2017. CORRECTIONAL POPULATION PROJECTIONS OVERVIEW The January 2017 correctional population projections indicate both the adult and juvenile correctional residential populations will remain relatively stable and within operating capacity through fiscal year 2022, including the following specific projections: - adult state incarcerated populations are projected to remain stable from fiscal years 2017 to 2022 and to remain, on average, at 3.2 percent below the Texas Department of Criminal Justice's operating capacity; and - juvenile state residential populations are projected to remain fairly stable during the projection period and below operating capacity. The adult felony direct community supervision and parole supervision populations are expected to remain stable during the projection period. The juvenile probation and juvenile parole supervision populations are expected to decrease slightly. Details: Austin: Legislative Budget Board, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: http://www.lbb.state.tx.us/Documents/Publications/Policy_Report/3136_Jan_2017_Correctional_Population.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 147145

Author: Minton, Todd D. Title: American Indian And Alaska Native Inmates In Local Jails, 1999-2014 Summary: Describes the American Indian and Alaska Natives (AIAN) population held in local jails, including national and state level estimates, characteristics of adult AIAN inmates, and comparisons to all other races and Hispanic origin. The report also presents data on AIAN inmates confined in Indian country jails and state and federal prisons. Findings are based on data from BJS's Annual Survey of Jails (2000-14), Census of Jails (1999, 2005, and 2013), National Inmate Survey (2011-12), Survey of Jails in Indian Country (1999 and 2014), and the National Prisoner Statistics program (1999, 2005, and 2014). Highlights: At midyear 2014, an estimated 10,400 American Indian and Alaska Native (AIAN) inmates were held in local jails, nearly double the number held in 1999 (5,500). From 1999 to 2014, the number of AIAN jail inmates increased by an average of 4.3% per year, compared to an increase of 1.4% per year for all other races combined. Between 1999 and 2013, the AIAN jail incarceration rate increased from 288 to 398 AIAN inmates per 100,000 AIAN U.S. residents. An estimated 71% of adult AIAN jail inmates were age 39 or younger. Nearly a quarter (24%) of AIAN jail inmates were held for a violent offense. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/aianlj9914.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 147146

Author: Los Angeles Police Commission. Office of the Inspector General Title: Review of National Best Practices Summary: As requested by the Los Angeles Police Commission (Commission), this review by the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) represents an analysis of the degree to which the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD or Department) has implemented recommendations contained in two recent national best practice documents. These documents -- the "Final Report of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing" and the Police Executive Research Forum's "Guiding Principles on Use of Force" -- were developed in response to the national conversation on policing, race, and the use of force. Each provides a series of broad recommendations for agencies working to effectively fight crime while building community trust and minimizing the use of force. In its review, the OIG sought to determine the status of those recommendations at the LAPD, and the extent to which the Department's policies and practices are aligned with the principles and activities set forth in the two documents. In doing so, it found that the LAPD has fully or partially implemented the majority of these recommendations in some form and that in many cases, these were long-standing Department practices. Some of these practices include, for example, the establishment of community policing partnerships, ongoing civilian oversight, specialized processes for the investigation and evaluation of serious use of force incidents, publishing of data and information about the LAPD's activities, and the decoupling of local policing for non-serious crime from federal immigration enforcement. In fact, given the Department's role in advising the Task Force on 21st Century Policing (Task Force), there were instances where LAPD initiatives were offered as examples for other agencies to follow. The Department was also selected for a visit by the then-United States Attorney General as one of six cities that has excelled in implementing one of the pillars put forth in the report, specifically that of "Technology and Social Media." There are other areas where the Department is currently in the process of taking steps to more fully implement the recommendations, in some cases at the direction of the Commission. Recent steps include, for example, the development of official policies and training on de-escalation, training on procedural justice and implicit bias, the expansion of data collection and reporting, the development of new media protocols, and improvements in crisis response training and capacity. This report does not represent an exhaustive review of all the recommendations and action items in the relevant documents. The Task Force report alone contains over a hundred items on a wide variety of issues affecting police departments, many of which are addressed to different stakeholders such as the federal government, the community, or other entities. Moreover, many of the items represent ongoing goals or general principles rather than specific tasks. As such, the OIG's review is instead meant to provide a qualitative overview that seeks to highlight progress and identify potential areas of continued expansion and improvement. The OIG selected seven primary areas that are of current interest to the Commission and the public, and for which the Department is, or has recently been, in the process of making changes. These topics include: adopting the principles of external and internal procedural justice; prevention of biased policing; establishing a culture of transparency and accountability; collection and reporting of data; policies and practices relating to the use of force; stop and search policies; and expanding community policing. Details: Los Angeles: The Police Commission, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: http://www.lapdpolicecom.lacity.org/050217/BPC_17-0169.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147150

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Change in Couple Relationships Before, During, and After Incarceration Summary: Understanding what supports strong relationship quality among formerly incarcerated men and their partners could have an impact on individual, interpersonal, and community safety and wellbeing. The information in this research brief is drawn from a couples-based longitudinal study of families affected by incarceration, focusing on 641 couples where the male partner was incarcerated at the beginning of the study and released prior to the completion of the final study interviews. The findings give insight into issues facing couples before, during, and after incarceration and identify key factors that predict stronger couple relationships after release. Details: Washington, DC: Administration for Children and Families/Office of Family Assistance, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: ASPE Research Brief: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/202081/MFSIP_CoupleRelation.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 147151

Author: Kassem, Leigh Title: The Effects of Employment on Recidivism Among Delinquent Juveniles Summary: Current research indicates an association between intense adolescent work (twenty hours or more per week) and delinquent behavior. It has been widely speculated that this relationship is spurious, occurring only as a result of other factors which are common to both offending and intense employment. The current study attempts to fill a gap in the literature by utilizing the Pathways to Desistance dataset to examine the evolution of the relationship between work and self-reported offending in a longitudinal sample of juvenile offenders. Work intensity and consistency, social capital, and expectations for success were analyzed as potential predictors of recidivism or desistance as juvenile offenders mature into adulthood. Variations in the significance of these variables throughout the first seven waves of data collection were examined from the life course perspective. Results provide support for the theory of age graded social control and suggest that high risk youth self-select into intensive work roles as adolescents. No statistically significant differences in lifetime offending were found between respondents across varying levels of work intensity. Details: Johnson City, TN: East Tennessee State University, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: http://dc.etsu.edu/etd/3302/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 147153

Author: Nguyen, Viet Title: California Probation in the Era of Reform Summary: Recent reforms significantly altered the role of probation in California. In 2011, the state enacted public safety realignment, which shifted the management of lower-level felons from state prison and parole to county jail and probation. As part of this effort, realignment tasked probation departments with the supervision of certain offenders who were previously the responsibility of state parole agencies. These and other policy changes have placed considerable demands on local corrections systems. This report uses newly available data to describe the changing characteristics of individuals under probation supervision in California. Examining data from 12 counties from October 2011 to October 2015, we find: - Reforms shifted probation caseloads toward more serious offenders. Under realignment, the number of new probation cases increased steadily due to the added responsibility of managing two types of realigned offenders: those released from state prison on post-release community supervision and those given "split sentences," who serve part of their sentence in county jail and then receive mandatory supervision. While Proposition 47 in 2014 caused new felony and misdemeanor probation cases to decline dramatically, it further concentrated the probation caseload on realigned individuals who have committed more serious offenses. - Jail bookings are common among the probation population, especially for realigned offenders. Nearly half (46.7%) of people who started probation supervision were booked into county jail within their first year. Booking rates were highest among realigned offenders. These same individuals were also more likely to enter jail multiple times in the year after they started supervision. Further, realigned offenders stayed in jail custody longer than traditional felony and misdemeanor probation cases. - Racial disparities in probation are most evident among African Americans. African Americans make up 7.9 percent of the general population but were 22.9 percent of those entering probation supervision. Overall, the shares of Latinos and whites under probation supervision were similar to their shares of the general population, while Asian Americans made up a much smaller proportion of new probation cases relative to their share of the population. These findings demonstrate important changes in the composition of the probation population and reflect a policy shift toward refocusing correctional resources on the most serious offenders. Future research will need to consider the implications of these changes for public safety and the overall cost-effectiveness of the corrections system. Counties may also need to adopt different policies and practices in response to the changing probation population. Indeed, many counties have expanded their reentry services or are using new tools to identify and prioritize individuals who pose a greater likelihood of reoffending - such efforts may be key to lowering the state's stubbornly high recidivism rates. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: http://www.ppic.org/wp-content/uploads/r_0817vnr.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147154

Author: Jacobson, Michael Title: Less Is More: How Reducing Probation Populations Can Improve Outcomes Summary: This paper will argue that, similar to the growth in prisons that has resulted in our current state of mass incarceration, the tremendous growth in probation supervision in the United States over the past several decades should be reversed, and the entire system of probation significantly downsized. Specifically, we argue here that while the number of people on probation supervision in the U.S. has declined over the past several years (as have the number of people incarcerated and crime rates), that decline should not only be sustained but significantly increased, with a goal of reducing the number of people under probation supervision by 50 percent over 10 years. We then discuss New York City as an example of a jurisdiction that has successfully done this. In many respects, the rationale for this argument mirrors the argument against mass incarceration. In most jurisdictions, probation is a punitive system that attempts to elicit compliance from individuals primarily through the imposition of conditions, fines, and fees that in many cases cannot be met (Corbett, 2015; Klingele, 2013). This is not only a poor use of scarce resources; it contributes to a revolving door in which individuals who cannot meet those obligations cycle back and forth between probation and incarceration without necessarily improving public safety. In fact, the cycle of incarceration and supervision can actually threaten public safety, and it certainly has harmful and farreaching consequences for those who are caught up in it, including job loss, disconnection from family, and housing instability (Council of Economic Advisers, 2015). Given this, along with national and local data and examples that clearly demonstrate that reducing "mass probation" can go hand in hand with a reduction in the number of people incarcerated and ongoing declines in national and local crime, it begs the question of why so many jurisdictions continue to promulgate this punitive approach. Because probation is the most severely underfunded and the least politically powerful of all criminal justice agencies, there is no likelihood of any massive infusion of new resources into the field. Thus, the limited resources saved from this downsizing may be used to invest in community-based programs that provide employment, substance abuse, and mental health treatment to the remaining population - those that pose the highest public safety risk - as a way to significantly reduce that risk and avoid unnecessary monitoring and supervision. A portion of these savings should also substitute for the rampant use of probation fees used throughout the U.S. as a way to pay for a structurally underfunded system. These fees are unjust, counter-productive, and antithetical to the legitimacy of any system of justice (Martin, Smith, and Still, 2017). Details: Cambridge, MA: HARVARD Kennedy School Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Executive Session on Community Corrections: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/wiener/programs/pcj/files/less_is_more_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 147155

Author: Umez, Chidi Title: Mentoring as a Component of Reentry: Practical Considerations from the Field Summary: The impact of mentoring for adults returning to their community from incarceration is dependent on how well reentry programs structure the mentoring component of the program, which involves collaborating with correctional facilities, thoughtfully selecting and matching mentors and participants, and effectively concluding the mentoring relationship. An integral part of the process also involves the understanding that mentoring should serve as a supplement to services that address other critical reentry needs, such as housing, health care, substance use treatment, and employment. Despite growing interest and investment in mentoring as a component of reentry, there is only a small body of research to support the value of mentoring services in reducing recidivism among criminal justice populations. The research related to adult reentry mentoring that does exist rarely addresses participants' criminogenic risk levels and other factors that are known to be important in recidivism-reduction strategies. In the absence of research, reentry programs and corrections agencies are looking for guidance on how mentoring and correctional evidence-based practices (EBPs) can be integrated. This publication from the National Reentry Resource Center offers five broad, field-based practical considerations for incorporating mentoring into reentry programs for adults. Although the primary audience for this publication is community-based reentry organizations that are incorporating adult mentoring into their portfolio of reentry services, corrections agencies, other organizations, and legislative officials may also find this publication useful for gaining a better understanding of the components of adult mentoring in reentry. Details: New York: The Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/6.27.17_Mentoring-as-a-Component-of-Reentry.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 147156

Author: Center for Popular Democracy Title: Freedom to Thrive: Reimagining Safety and Security in Our Communities Summary: The choice to resource punitive systems instead of stabilizing and nourishing ones does not make communities safer. Instead, study after study shows that a living wage, access to holistic health services and treatment, educational opportunity, and stable housing are far more successful in reducing crime than police or prisons. This report examines racial disparities, policing landscapes, and budgets in twelve jurisdictions across the country, comparing the city and county spending priorities with those of community organizations and their members. While many community members, supported by research and established best practices, assert that increased spending on police do not make them safer, cities and counties continue to rely overwhelmingly on policing and incarceration spending while under-resourcing less damaging, more fair, and more effective safety initiatives. Each profile also highlights current or prospective campaigns that seek to divest resources away from police and prisons towards communities and their development. We call this the invest/divest framework. We also offer a "Budget 101" to help readers understand some of the terms reflected in this report, and provide a general framework of budget analysis and advocacy. At the end of the report we highlight the potential impact of participatory budgeting, a popular financial governance strategy which can assist advocates and communities in advancing the invest/divest framework. Key Findings Among the jurisdictions profiled, police spending vastly outpaces expenditures in vital community resources and services, with the highest percentage being 41.2 percent of general fund expenditures in Oakland. Among cities profiled, per capita police spending ranges from $381 to as high as $772. Consistent community safety priorities emerged across jurisdictions. Most notable among them are demands for mental health services, youth programming, and infrastructure such as transit access and housing. Details: New York: The Center, 2017. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://populardemocracy.org/sites/default/files/Freedom%20To%20Thrive%2C%20Higher%20Res%20Version.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Expenditures Shelf Number: 147158

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Growing Up Locked Down: Youth in Solitary Confinement in Jails and Prisons Across the United States Summary: Every day, in jails and prisons across the United States, young people under the age of 18 are held in solitary confinement. They spend 22 or more hours each day alone, usually in a small cell behind a solid steel door, completely isolated both physically and socially, often for days, weeks, or even months on end. Sometimes there is a window allowing natural light to enter or a view of the world outside cell walls. Sometimes it is possible to communicate by yelling to other inmates, with voices distorted, reverberating against concrete and metal. Occasionally, they get a book or bible, and if they are lucky, study materials. But inside this cramped space, few contours distinguish one hour, one day, week, or one month, from the next. This bare social and physical existence makes many young people feel doomed and abandoned, or in some cases, suicidal, and can lead to serious physical and emotional consequences. Adolescents in solitary confinement describe cutting themselves with staples or razors, hallucinations, losing control of themselves, or losing touch with reality while isolated. They talk about only being allowed to exercise in small metal cages, alone, a few times a week; about being prevented from going to school or participating in any activity that promotes growth or change. Some say the hardest part is not being able to hug their mother or father. The solitary confinement of adults can cause serious pain and suffering and can violate international human rights and US constitutional law. But the potential damage to young people, who do not have the maturity of an adult and are at a particularly vulnerable, formative stage of life, is much greater. Experts assert that young people are psychologically unable to handle solitary confinement with the resilience of an adult. And, because they are still developing, traumatic experiences like solitary confinement may have a profound effect on their chance to rehabilitate and grow. Solitary confinement can exacerbate, or make more likely, short and long-term mental health problems. The most common deprivation that accompanies solitary confinement, denial of physical exercise, is physically harmful to adolescents' health and well-being. Human Rights Watch and the American Civil Liberties Union estimate that in 2011, more than 95,000 youth were held in prisons and jails. A significant number of these facilities use solitary confinement - for days, weeks, months, or even years - to punish, protect, house, or treat some of the young people who are held there. Solitary confinement of youth is, today, a serious and widespread problem in the United States. This situation is a relatively recent development. It has only been in the last 30 years that a majority of jurisdictions around the country have adopted various charging and sentencing laws and practices that have resulted in substantial numbers of adolescents serving time in adult jails and prisons. These laws and policies have largely ignored the need to treat young people charged and sentenced as if adults with special consideration for their age, development, and rehabilitative potential. Young people can be guilty of horrible crimes with significant consequences for victims, their families, and their communities. The state has a duty to ensure accountability for serious crimes, and to protect the public. But states also have special responsibilities not to treat young people in ways that can permanently harm their development and rehabilitation, regardless of their culpability. This report describes the needless suffering and misery that solitary confinement frequently inflicts on young people; examines the justifications that state and prison officials offer for using solitary confinement; and offers alternatives to solitary confinement in the housing and management of adolescents. The report draws on in-person interviews and correspondence with more than 125 individuals who were held in jails or prisons while under age 18 in 19 states, and with officials who manage jails or prisons in 10 states, as well as quantitative data and the advice of experts on the challenges of detaining and managing adolescents. This report shows that the solitary confinement of adolescents in adult jails and prisons is not exceptional or transient. Specifically, the report finds that: - Young people are subjected to solitary confinement in jails and prisons nationwide, and often for weeks and months. - When subjected to solitary confinement, adolescents are frequently denied access to treatment, services, and programming adequate to meet their medical, psychological, developmental, social, and rehabilitative needs. - Solitary confinement of young people often seriously harms their mental and physical health, as well as their development. - Solitary confinement of adolescents is unnecessary. There are alternative ways to address the problems - whether disciplinary, administrative, protective, or medical - which officials typically cite as justifications for using solitary confinement, while taking into account the rights and special needs of adolescents. Details: New York: HRW, 2012. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us1012ForUpload.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 126684

Author: Bandiero, Anthony M. Title: Implementation Issues and Policy Implications of Body-Worn Cameras in Routine Police Encounters With Citizens Summary: This study investigates the impact body-worn cameras (BWCs) will have on police-citizen encounters. In an era of increasing surveillance, both private and public, what role should BWCs play? Further, what legislation and institutional safeguards must be put in place to protect privacy and prevent BWCs from becoming a tool to surveil marginalized communities? The implementation of BWCs appears a forgone conclusion in many communities where police relations are tenuous. Specifically, the presence of BWCs can help eliminate excessive force by encouraging pro-social behavior on behalf of both police officers and citizens. Additionally, BWCs can even play a role in reducing lawful uses of force because if a citizen, initially bent on non-compliance with an officer's commands, realizes that the encounter is being recorded, they are likely to change their behavior for the better. This study concludes that BWCs should be supported with the following limitations: BWC videos must not be considered a public record, and therefore susceptible to general public record's requests. BWC videos will record areas where people will have a reasonable expectation of privacy and these intrusions should not be generally available, except under certain pre-authorized circumstances. Additionally, BWCs must not transition into a mass surveillance tool for police. Therefore, this study recommends strict purge requirements for videos that are not applicable to an investigation. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2016. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 8, 2017 at: https://dash.harvard.edu/handle/1/33797278 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147161

Author: Cathcart, Katrina Title: Adapting to the Presence of the Body-Worn Camera in Policing: A Qualitative Assessment of Officer and Citizen Perspectives on Policy and Practice Summary: Research associated with the implementation of the body-worn camera by law enforcement agencies has focused primarily on follow-up analysis of its use subsequent to agency implementation or during controlled trials. This paper contributes to the body of literature through consideration of policy and implementation of the device as it relates to operator and citizens directly. The study employs qualitative methods, applying a phenomenological approach to obtain the meanings assigned by the participants to their lived experiences. Samples were drawn from a city located in southern Colorado, providing the communicated perspective of officers employed within the police agency and the citizens who reside in its respective jurisdiction. The research further considers law enforcement efforts to develop organizational policy on the use of the body-worn camera through the lens of the Institutional Analysis and Development (IAD) framework. The IAD framework explores the perception of complex social phenomenon through consideration of smaller, practical functions. This study also examined the contemporary interaction between the police and the citizen, applying communicated perspectives to the theory of deference exchange. This theory is driven by the consideration of socially driven contextual variables that may impact the police-citizen interaction. Communicated findings provide an essential viewpoint for future policy development and implementation of policing technology. Participant interviews reflected substantial input on the impact of the body-worn camera (BWC) on the relationship between the police and citizens. Specific perspectives were communicated in regard to the mission of the BWC, citizen's perceptions of the police, the impact of the BWC on citizen complaints, and the impact of the BWC on police use of force. Details: Colorado Springs: Colorado State University, 2017. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 8, 2017 at: https://dspace.library.colostate.edu/bitstream/handle/10976/166671/Cathcart_uccs_0892D_10246.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147162

Author: Grasso, Jordan C. Title: Whose Interests Are At Heart?: Understanding Police Subculture and Officer Perceptions of Body-Worn Cameras in San Diego County Summary: Police body-worn cameras have been implemented across the country in hopes of providing transparency and accountability of law enforcement officers. This research explores whose interests are being served by the use of body-worn cameras by law enforcement officers in San Diego County while also looking into how body-worn cameras are addressing the militaristic subculture of the institution of law enforcement. Current literature focuses on police subculture, the Age of Ferguson, and the benefits and limitations of body-worn cameras. Critical Race Theory and Foucault's theory of the panopticon are used to inform the findings. Data was triangulated through interviews, ride-along observations, and primary document analyses. Findings suggest that police perceptions and use of body-worn cameras reinforced a militaristic subculture due to the lack of overall resources and training as well as the continued use of discretion. Details: San Marcos, CA: California State University San Marcos, 2017. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 8, 2017 at: https://csusm-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/191153/GrassoJordan_Spring2017.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147163

Author: Weiss, Marc Weiss Title: Traffic Enforcement, Policing, and Crime Rates Summary: Law enforcement agencies believe that traffic enforcement, in addition to reducing fatalities associated with automobile collisions, may also reduce the incidence of public order crimes. The academic literature, though, has largely failed to address this phenomenon. The purpose of this correlational study was to use Kelling and Wilson's broken windows theory to evaluate whether a statistically significant relationship exists between traffic enforcement rates and public order crimes in South Carolina. Secondary data from 5 counties were acquired from the South Carolina Department of Public Safety and the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division for the time period 2008 through 2012. Statistically significant Spearman's Rho correlations were found for 4 of the 5 counties (p < .05). Though statistically significant, the correlations were weak. The findings suggest that Wilson and Kelling's theory is somewhat predictive of the relationship between the visibility of law enforcement officers and reductions in public order crimes, but may not fully explain this relationship. Even so, there is some evidence that the presence of traffic enforcement officers may reduce certain types of crime, thereby improving the quality of life for residents. Based on the findings, one important recommendation of this study is for law enforcement agencies in South Carolina to consider enhancing or expanding the use of traffic enforcement teams because of their potential value in reducing public order crimes, including a plan to conduct a follow-up evaluation of the efficacy of such a program. Details: Minneapolis, MN : Walden University, 2016. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3731&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 147166

Author: Lyman, Tim Title: Race and the Death Penalty in Louisiana: An Actuarial Analysis Summary: This analysis of race and the death penalty in Louisiana looks at death-eligible cases, half of which were reduced to non-murder final charges, in addition to death penalty cases. It finds that black-on-black cases are under-represented in every category of outcome, and black-on white cases over-represented, leading all variances, at every outcome; whereas white defendant cases are mixed, over or under depending on outcome severity. Odds of a death sentence for a black defendant are eleven times greater if the victim is white rather than black. Death-eligible cases in five jurisdictions that are disparate in race mix and population density are found to have these same race category traits of variance in each, traits also shared by the death penalty cases. The hypothesis of race neutrality must be rejected in every jurisdiction, and a new hypothesis of uniformity of variance patterns, even with the death penalty group, is found viable. Felony aggravator homicide data is gathered inconsistently by jurisdictions, and the only sure aggravators, the 41% of aggravators coming from a coroner, show white-on-white over-representation leading the variance. Thus, race-of-victim analysis masks extreme differences between white victim cases, such as the fact that 31% of black-on-white homicides result in overcharged cases (death eligible cases finishing with non-murder charges), whereas only 11% of white-on-white cases do. Details: The Author, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2972627 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 147176

Author: Ralsmark, Hilda Title: Media visibility and social tolerance: Evidence from USA Summary: I study the impact of media visibility of people of colour on the rate of hate crimes motivated by race or ethnicity in the United States. To do so, I construct a novel measure of state-level media visibility of people of colour between 2007 and 2013. Comparing state-level variation in the hate crime rate with a measure of the one-year lagged state-level variation in media visibility, I find that an increase in media visibility reduces the number of hate crimes. The effect is not larger in states that used to be pro-slavery, but larger in states that are more prone to spontaneous emotional outbursts of hate. The result, which is robust to several checks, is in the line with the argument that "visibility matters." Details: Gothenburg: University of Gothenburg, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper in Economics No. 703: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: https://gupea.ub.gu.se/bitstream/2077/53014/1/gupea_2077_53014_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 147201

Author: King, Jennifer Title: CITRIS Report: The San Francisco community safety camera program: An evaluation of the effectiveness of San Francisco's community safety cameras Summary: This study evaluates the effectiveness of the City of San Francisco's Community Safety Camera (CSC) program. Chapter 1 describes the origins of the CSC program and the City of San Francisco's primary and secondary policy objectives for it, as expressed in the statements, technical choices, policies, and practices made by the Mayor's Office, the City's Board of Supervisors, the Police Commission, the San Francisco Police Department, and other entities and individuals that have played key roles in shaping the program as it exists today. Chapter 2 provides an empirical analysis of the CSC program's effectiveness in deterring crime, particularly violent crime. Chapter 3 analyzes the effectiveness of the CSC program as a investigatory and evidentiary tool, and considers the program's effectiveness in supporting the secondary objectives of facilitating community participation, oversight and accountability, and the protection of privacy and related interests. Chapter 4 considers the managerial and technical aspects of the system that span all objectives, based on our findings. Chapter 5 provides guidance and recommendations to the City for the CSC program based on its current objectives, and offers preliminary thoughts on possible alternatives the City may consider for the program. Details: Berkeley, CA: University of California, CITRIS: Center for Information Technology Research in the Interest of Society, 2008. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2017 at: https://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/files/sfsurveillancestudy.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cameras Shelf Number: 113271

Author: Sullivan, Brandon A. Title: Financial Crime and Material Support Schemes Linked to al-Qa'ida and Affiliated Movements (AQAM) in the United States: 1990 to June 2014 Summary: This research examines the financial crime and material support schemes linked to al-Qa'ida and affiliated movements (AQAM) in the United States between 1990 and June 2014. It addresses a crucial gap in the current knowledge of terrorism, as studies tend ot focus almost exclusively on violence as opposed to financial crimes. The data analyzed in this report come from the United States Extremist Crime Database (ECDB) and include information on financial crimes and material support schemes in which at least one perpetrator was indicted at either the state or federal level Details: College Park, MD: The Consortium, 2014. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Report to the Resilient Systems Division, Science and Technology Directorate, U.S. Department of Homeland Security. College Park, MD: START, 2014: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_TEVUS_ECDB_Financial%20Crime%20and%20Material%20Support%20Schemes%20Perpetrated%20by%20Supporters%20of%20AQAM_Nov2014_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 147205

Author: Dills, Angela K. Title: The Effects of Marijuana Liberalizations: Evidence from Monitoring the Future Summary: By the end of 2016, 28 states had liberalized their marijuana laws: by decriminalizing possession, by legalizing for medical purposes, or by legalizing more broadly. More states are considering such policy changes even while supporters and opponents continue to debate their impacts. Yet evidence on these liberalizations remains scarce, in part due to data limitations. We use data from Monitoring the Future's annual surveys of high school seniors to evaluate the impact of marijuana liberalizations on marijuana use, other substance use, alcohol consumption, attitudes surrounding substance use, youth health outcomes, crime rates, and traffic accidents. These data have several advantages over those used in prior analyses. We find that marijuana liberalizations have had minimal impact on the examined outcomes. Notably, many of the outcomes predicted by critics of liberalizations, such as increases in youth drug use and youth criminal behavior, have failed to materialize in the wake of marijuana liberalizations. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23779: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23779.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 147209

Author: Carlton, Mary Poulin Title: Summary of School Safety Statistics Summary: Several high-profile incidents of violence at U.S. schools have, understandably, raised concerns about the safety of students while at school. Just one incident of violence causes significant harm. In light of this, it is important to examine commonly held beliefs about school safety and violence because they sometimes reflect a misperception or misunderstanding of what is actually happening. The following questions examine several common beliefs pertaining to school safety statistics and provide evidence to support or dispel each of them. Though improved understanding alone will not allay fears about school violence, hopefully this examination will facilitate informed discussions about school safety. Data collected by federal agencies, including the Department of Education and Department of Justice, as well as research by school safety experts, can be used to address common school safety beliefs and explore several myths. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250610.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147211

Author: Bronson, Jennifer Title: Drug Use, Dependence, and Abuse Among State Prisoners and Jail Inmates, 2007-2009 Summary: Presents prevalence estimates of drug use, drug use disorders, and participation in drug treatment programs among state prisoners and sentenced jail inmates, including trends in drug use over time by demographics and most serious offense, drug use at the time of offense and whether an inmate committed the offense to obtain drugs, and comparisons to the general population. Data are from BJS's National Inmate Survey, conducted in 2007 and 2008-09. Comparisons to the general population are based on the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administrations National Survey on Drug Use and Health, conducted in 2007, 2008, and 2009. Highlights: During 2007-09, an estimated 58% of state prisoners and 63% of sentenced jail inmates met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) criteria for drug dependence or abuse. Among prisoners and jail inmates, prevalence estimates for those who met the criteria for dependence were two to three times higher than for abuse. The percentage of inmates who met the DSM-IV criteria was higher for those held for property offenses than those held for violent or other public order offenses. Lifetime drug use among the incarcerated populations was unchanged from 2002 to 2009. During 2007-09, prisoners (77%) and jail inmates (78%) reported having ever used marijuana/hashish, more than any other drug. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/dudaspji0709.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147212

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Anti-Money Laundering: U.S. Efforts to Combat Narcotics-Related Money Laundering in the Western Hemisphere Summary: Proceeds from narcotics-related illicit activities are one of the most common sources of money laundering in the United States. Though difficult to accurately determine, in 2015, Treasury estimated that drug trafficking generated about $64 billion annually from U.S. sales. Moreover, the Western Hemisphere accounts for about a third of the jurisdictions designated by State as of primary concern for money laundering. GAO was asked to provide information on U.S. efforts to impede illicit proceeds from drug trafficking from entering the financial systems of the United States and other Western Hemisphere countries. This report describes (1) U.S. agency oversight and monitoring of compliance with the BSA, including collaboration with counterparts in other Western Hemisphere countries, and (2) State's and Treasury's efforts to build capacity in other Western Hemisphere countries to combat narcotics-related money laundering. GAO reviewed laws and regulations; interviewed experts and U.S. officials; reviewed documents and examined State's and Treasury's budget data for fiscal years 2011 through 2015, the most recent at the time of the review, for anti-money laundering activities. GAO selected Colombia, Mexico, and Panama - three principal recipients of AML support - for site visits, in part, because each country was designated a major drug transit or illicit drug-producing country from fiscal years 2014 through 2016. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-684: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/686727.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Money Laundering Shelf Number: 147217

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Nonviolent Drug Convictions: Stakeholders' Views on Potential Actions to Address Collateral Consequences Summary: In 2015, certain federal, state, and other law enforcement agencies made about 11 million arrests, according to the Department of Justice's Federal Bureau of Investigation. Individuals ultimately convicted of a crime may face federal or state collateral consequences. According to the ABA's NICCC, roughly 46,000 collateral consequences existed in federal and state laws and regulations, as of December 31, 2016. According to the ABA, collateral consequences have been a feature of the justice system since colonial times, but have become more pervasive in the past 20 years. The Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 included a provision for GAO to review collateral consequences for individuals with NVDC. This report identifies (1) collateral consequences in federal laws and regulations that can be imposed upon individuals with NVDC, (2) mechanisms that exist to relieve individuals from these collateral consequences, and (3) selected stakeholders' views on actions the federal government could consider to mitigate these collateral consequences. GAO analyzed NICCC data as of December 31, 2016; reviewed relevant laws, regulations, and federal agency documents; and conducted interviews with ABA staff, selected federal officials, and 14 stakeholders. GAO selected stakeholders with relevant experience, among other factors. Selected stakeholders included leaders of organizations representing judges, victims of crime, and states, among others. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-691: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/687003.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 147218

Author: Kirkwood-Mazik, Heather L. Title: An Inquiry into the Antecedents of Consumer Purchase of Non-Deceptive Counterfeit Goods: Theory, Practice and Problems Summary: With counterfeit good consumption growing at alarming rates each year, this topic is increasingly demanding attention of marketing academics. This dissertation examines two sets of factors that influence consumer attitude toward counterfeits: sociocultural influences and psychological influences. Based on a review of the literature, two constructs, namely information susceptibility and normative susceptibility are combined to form a group of sociocultural influences expected to influence consumer attitude toward counterfeits. In addition, five constructs are combined to represent psychological influences, namely value consciousness, self-identity, integrity, materialism and perceived risk. Data was collected through a web-based survey and features a cross-sectional design. Utilizing a sample of 228 respondents, confirmatory factor analysis coupled with structural equation modeling was employed to analyze hypothesized relationships. Results suggest the most significant influence on consumer attitude toward counterfeits is integrity; the more integrity held by a consumer, the less favorable their attitude toward counterfeits. In addition, materialism and normative susceptibility were also found to be positively related to consumer attitude toward counterfeits. Consumer attitude toward counterfeits was also shown to have positive significance as a mediating variable between the antecedents and purchase intention. The results of this dissertation suggest that consumers, and their reference groups justify purchasing counterfeit items due to what they believe to be unfair business practices such as charging too much. This research will assist scholars, marketers, and government agencies to understand the implications of counterfeit good consumption and contribute to the development of effective strategies to counter the purchase of non-deceptive counterfeit goods. Details: Cleveland, OH: Cleveland State University, 2014. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: http://engagedscholarship.csuohio.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1163&context=etdarchive Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Goods Shelf Number: 147219

Author: Butts, Jeffrey Title: Youth, Guns, and the Juvenile Justice System Summary: The falling rate of violent crime in the United States is not likely to reduce the need for effective policies and programs to address youth gun violence. The rate of firearm deaths among American youth is still one of the highest in the world. In the coming years, all levels of government, the private sector, and communities will require sound information and practical guidance as they try to reduce gun violence among young people. Funded by the Joyce Foundation, this report reviews recent trends in youth gun violence, policy responses to gun violence, and the growing variety of data resources for research on the effects of gun laws. The report is designed to inform discussions about these issues and to aid in the development of future research efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2002. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/60356/410417-Youth-Guns-and-the-Juvenile-Justice-System.PDF Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 125095

Author: Paddock, Ellen Title: "Real G's" and Wannabes: Policy Implications of the Changing Juvenile Gang Dynamics in Durham, North Carolina Summary: Across the country, juvenile gang membership has increased in places which don't quite fit the mold of a conventional gang city. Durham, North Carolina is just such a place: a mid-sized city in the south with a tobacco manufacturing history and a reputation for good music. For the past couple decades, however, the city has also gained notoriety as a regional center of gang activity. Conventionally, the reason why juvenile gang membership concerns policymakers is crime, and typically rates of juvenile gang involvement are correlative to rates of juvenile crime. Yet what happens when these trends begin to diverge? This is the question that has been puzzling Durham policymakers since 2009: despite notable successes at reducing crime, juvenile gang membership has increased, raising a number of questions. If juvenile gang membership does not necessarily increase crime in a city, then should is still matter from a policy perspective? This thesis explores these recent developments in Durham and seeks to evaluate the ways in which juvenile gang membership should impact public safety policy. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2013. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Undergraduate Honors Thesis: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/8367/Ellen_Paddock_Thesis_Final.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 147227

Author: Center for American Progress Title: Unjust: LGBTQ Youth Incarcerated in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: A growing body of research lays bare the overrepresentation of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) youth in the juvenile justice system in the United States. As shown in the infographic on the next page, LGBTQ and gender non-conforming youth are overrepresented in juvenile detention and correctional facilities in the juvenile system: the percentage of incarcerated LGBT youth is double that of LGBTQ youth in the general population. LGBTQ youth, particularly LGBTQ youth of color, face discrimination and stigma that lead to criminalization and increased interactions with law enforcement and the criminal justice system. Family rejection, family instability, and poverty may result in homelessness or time spent in the child welfare system, where LGBTQ youth frequently face stigma and discrimination. Additionally, LGBTQ students often lack support or are over-policed at school, pushing them out of school and onto the streets. Once on the streets, status offenses, drug laws, and laws criminalizing sex work - as well as policing strategies and discrimination by law enforcement-often target LGBTQ youth. A longitudinal study published in Pediatrics found that youth who reported identifying as LGB or having same-sex attractions were more likely to be stopped by police, to be expelled from school, or to be arrested and convicted as juveniles and adults. For some LGBTQ youth, especially LGBTQ youth of color and transgender and non-conforming youth, these factors play a large role in increasing their interactions with law enforcement and ultimately their overrepresentation in the juvenile and criminal justice systems. Despite these forces and disproportionate contact with the juvenile and criminal justice systems, LGBTQ youth demonstrate remarkable resiliency, creating families of choice, networks for support, and often not only surviving, but thriving. In the juvenile and criminal justice systems, LGBTQ youth face bias in adjudication and mistreatment and abuse in confinement facilities. LGBTQ youth also lack supportive services when leaving the criminal and juvenile justice systems, often forcing them back into negative interactions with law enforcement. Given that nearly 40% of incarcerated girls in identify as LGB and 85-90% of incarcerated LGBTQ youth are youth of color, it is crucial that any effort to change the way youth in the United States engage with the juvenile justice system must consider the unique experiences of LGBTQ youth. This spotlight report highlights the experiences of LGBTQ youth incarcerated in the juvenile justice system. Details: Washington, DC: The Center, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://lgbtmap.org/file/lgbtq-incarcerated-youth.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 147228

Author: Lubow, Bart Title: Timely Justice: Improving JDAI Results Through Case Processing Reform Summary: This JDAI practice guide offers practical steps that all juvenile justice systems can take to implement case processing reforms as a means for safely and equitably reducing the use of juvenile detention. This publication makes the case that with a renewed focus on how cases move through the juvenile justice system, jurisdictions could lower their use of juvenile detention and positively affect racial and ethnic disparities, rearrest and court appearance rates, program participation in detention alternatives and system costs, to name a few. System professionals will learn effective approaches to achieving more timely justice and overcoming common obstacles and challenges to case processing reform. Details: Baltimore, MD: Annie E. Casey Foundations, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-TimelyJustice-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Case Processing Shelf Number: 147231

Author: Stroebe, Wolfgang Title: The Impact of the Orlando Mass Shooting on Fear of Victimization and Gun-Purchasing Intentions: Not what one might expect Summary: Mass public shootings are typically followed by a spike in gun sales as well as calls for stricter gun control laws. What remains unclear is whether the spike in gun sales is motivated by increased threat perceptions or by concerns about gun control, or whether the sales are mainly driven by non-owners purchasing guns or gun owners adding to their collection. Two surveys of gun owners and non-owners, conducted immediately before and after the Orlando shooting, allowed us to assess its impact on threat perceptions and on gun-purchasing intentions. Although there was a minor impact on threat perceptions of non-owners, neither group reported any increased gun-purchasing intentions or an increased need of a gun for protection and self-defense. We suggest that these responses are representative for the majority of Americans and, therefore, people who are influenced by mass shootings to buy guns are probably an atypical minority. Details: PLoS ONE 12(8): e0182408, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0182408&type=printable Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 147234

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: The Answer is No: Too Little Compassionate Release in US Federal Prisons Summary: In the United States, federal prisoners who are dying, incapacitated by illness or age, or confronting other "extraordinary and compelling" circumstances may be eligible for early release from prison. However, last year only 30 out of 218,000 prisoners received such compassionate release, and prior years have yielded equally small numbers. "The Answer is No: Compassionate Release in US Federal Prisons" details how and why the federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) refuses to make the court motions necessary for compassionate release, leaving prisoners behind bars even when their continued confinement is senseless and inhumane. Congress gave federal courts the authority to decide whether a sentence reduction is warranted in individual cases, taking into account the prisoner's circumstances, the nature of his offense, the likelihood of him reoffending, and other factors. But the courts can only consider releasing prisoners whose cases are referred to them by the BOP. Based on legal research, extensive interviews, and the analysis of scores of cases, this report reveals how and why the BOP substitutes its judgment for that of the courts. It only makes motions to the courts for sentence reduction for prisoners who meet stringent medical criteria and who, in the BOP's view, deserve compassionate release. Human Rights Watch and Families Against Mandatory Minimums urge the BOP to limits its role in compassionate release to screening requests for eligibility, so that the final decisions about early release are made by independent and impartial federal courts, rather than executive branch agencies. The report also recommends that the Department of Justice support a more generous interpretation of compassionate release, and it urges Congress to permit prisoners to take their cases directly to the courts after they have exhausted administrative remedies within the BOP. Details: New York: HRW, 2012. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us1112ForUploadSm.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Compassionate Release Shelf Number: 127115

Author: Braman, Donald Title: Families and Incarceration Summary: This dissertation describes findings from a three-year ethnographic study of male incarceration's effect on family life in the District of Columbia. The central finding of the study is that the dramatic increase in the use of incarceration over the last two decades has in many ways missed its mark, often injuring the families of offenders as much as, and sometimes more than, offenders themselves. The effects of incarceration on families include practical hardships related to incarceration such as lost income and childcare, legal costs, and telephone expenses. Because prisoners are prevented from reciprocating, their families are not only materially impoverished, but the relationships within the extended kinship networks are eroded. Incarceration also forcibly restructures household composition, reshaping family life in ways that are entirely absent from policy debates. In addition to the direct effect of incarceration on gender ratios and father absence, incarceration also has more subtle effects on gender norms, encouraging behavior that is consistent with many of the common stereotypes of poor, black, inner-city families. What the stereotypes obscure, however, are the ways in which incarceration is intricately involved in the dissolution of the very families they describe. The stigma associated with incarceration has also had broad effects on inner-city family and community life. Because stigma is associated with families of prisoners, and because families are in communities that are disproportionately victimized by crime, they often face far more difficulties managing the stigma of criminality during incarceration than do offenders. The result is that, at the individual and community level, relationships are often diminished and distorted to guard information about incarceration and, at a broader political level, familial covering and silence effectively hides the effects of incarceration from public view. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2002. 279p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/202981.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 91594

Author: National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion Title: Preventing and Reducing Illicit Tobacco Trade in the United States Summary: Tobacco use is the leading cause of preventable disease and death in the United States, and results in more than 480,000 premature deaths and nearly $300 billion in direct health care expenditures and productivity losses annually (US Department of Health and Human Services, 2014). Comprehensive tobacco control strategies include higher pricing, smoke-free policies, mass media campaigns, barrier-free access to cessation tools, and state and community programs to reduce the prevalence of tobacco use. Increasing the price of tobacco products is one of the most effective means of preventing tobacco use, particularly among price-sensitive populations, such as youth (Chaloupka et al., 2012). Illicit tobacco trade (illicit trade) can undermine the effectiveness of raising tobacco prices by increasing the accessibility and affordability of tobacco products (Joossens and Raw, 2012). An estimated 8% to 21% of the approximately 264 billion (in 2014) (Maxwell, 2015) cigarettes consumed in the United States avoid or evade taxes, which equates to $2.95 billion to $6.92 billion in lost local and state revenues annually (National Research Council [NRC] and Institute of Medicine [IOM], 2015). Globally, the illicit tobacco market is dominated by smuggling across international borders. However, in the United States, illicit trade primarily occurs when cigarettes are bought in jurisdictions with lower or no excise taxes for individual consumption (tax avoidance) or bought in low-tax jurisdictions and resold in high-tax jurisdictions, often through larger, organized crime efforts (tax evasion) Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2017 at: https://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/stateandcommunity/pdfs/illicit-trade-report-121815-508tagged.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Tobacco Shelf Number: 147238

Author: Piehl, Anne Morrison Title: Putting Time Limits on the Punitiveness of the Criminal Justice System Summary: Over the past 30 years, both the incarcerated population and the limitations placed on those with criminal records have dramatically expanded. The consequences of a criminal conviction can last long beyond any imposed sentence, but current efforts to reduce the punitiveness of the criminal justice system tend to focus on sentencing reform rather than consequences for those who have already served prison terms. I offer three principles for reform efforts aimed at reducing criminal justice punitiveness. First, negative consequences of prior criminal convictions should be targeted to enhance public safety. Second, processes for time-limiting information about convictions should be implemented. Finally, decreases in the severity of criminal punishment should generally be automatically and retroactively applied. Reform efforts that follow these principles can better target society's resources toward people with the highest risk of offending. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, Hamilton Project, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Memo 2016-03: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/es_20161021_reducing_punitiveness_piehl.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147239

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: Increasing Employment for Individuals with Criminal Records Summary: Workers with criminal records, in particular black and Hispanic males with criminal records, face many labor market challenges - over and above the challenges faced by the larger population of low-skilled workers. Finding ways to improve employment outcomes for individuals with criminal records is an urgent priority with implications for public safety, the economy, and families of those with records. New evidence documenting unintended negative consequences of one recent attempt to address this concern - Ban the Box laws that delay employer access to information about applicants - should be considered as the policy discussion moves forward. As policymakers continue efforts to address employment among workers with criminal records, it is imperative that they begin with an understanding of how employers interact with job applicants who have criminal records. Accordingly, a multi-pronged approach - inclusive of effective policies aimed at building workers' skills, communicating their work-readiness to employers, and promoting robust labor markets for low-skilled workers - is necessary for improving employment outcomes for workers with criminal records. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, Hamilton Project, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: policy Memo 2016-02: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://www.hamiltonproject.org/assets/files/increasing_employment_individuals_criminal_records.PDF Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Laws Shelf Number: 147240

Author: Hawken, Angela Title: Graduated Reintegration: Smoothing the Transition from Prison to Community Summary: High recidivism rates - some 50 percent of released prisoners return within three years - constitute a major factor driving both high crime rates and high incarceration rates. The unduly sudden process of prisoner release contributes to recidivism by confronting releasees with unnecessarily difficult problems of subsistence and adjustment. Graduated Reintegration addresses that problem by making the release process less sudden. This paper offers a proposal to pilot and evaluate Graduated Reintegration, which would move prisoners from their cells to supported housing before what otherwise would have been their release dates. Participants would be subject to prison-like rules (curfew, position monitoring, drug testing, no use of cash, directed job search) enforced by a system of swift, certain, and fair rewards and sanctions. Compliance and achievement would be rewarded with increased freedom, and noncompliance sanctioned with temporarily increase restriction. Graduated Reintegration aims to transform the releasee continuously rather than suddenly from a prisoner in a cell to an ordinary resident with an apartment and a job. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, Hamilton Project, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Proposal 2016-03: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/es_20161021_graduated_reintegration_policy_proposal.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 147241

Author: Schanzenbach, Diane Whitmore Title: Twelve Facts about Incarceration and Prisoner Reentry Summary: Over the past several decades the national experience of crime and incarceration has fluctuated dramatically. Crime rose between the 1960s and 1980s, but has declined since 1990. Incarceration began rising sharply in the 1980s and peaked in the 2000s before starting to fall. The high rates of incarceration over the last three-and-a-half decades have resulted in a large population of formerly incarcerated individuals across the United States. For these Americans, it can be challenging to come home and integrate into their communities while also trying to reenter the labor force. Successful reintegration is not just a concern for those who return from prison: it is also a matter of public safety and economic necessity. Accordingly, a criminal justice system that emphasizes incarceration but does not support the journey home does a disservice to the formerly incarcerated as well as to the public. Reducing recidivism is critical for community safety; providing effective rehabilitation and skill development for those incarcerated and formerly incarcerated is critical to strengthening households and the economy. Understanding both the criminal justice system - in all of its state and local variations - and the individuals who interact with it is essential in order to devise policies that will be effective in promoting successful reintegration into society. With almost 7 million Americans living under correctional supervision in 2014, and tens of millions more who have exited supervision, the potential benefits of effective reentry policies are far-reaching. In order to create effective reentry policies and programs, we must assess the characteristics of the currently incarcerated population and the population of individuals who are reentering the community. These two groups are different in ways that matter for policy. Those who are incarcerated are serving longer average sentences, often for crimes that involve violence. By contrast, parolees are much more likely to have been sentenced for a drug-related or other nonviolent crime. Details: Washington, DC: Brooking Institute, Hamilton Project, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/thp_20161020_twelve_facts_incarceration_prisoner_reentry.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 147243

Author: Meinhofer, Angelica Title: The War on Drugs: Estimating the Effect of Prescription Drug Supply-Side Interventions Summary: This paper estimates the effect of supply-side interventions on prescription drug availability, abuse, and crime. I employ novel data and exploit the timing and geographic location of a crackdown on legal suppliers of pharmaceuticals in Florida, the epicenter of America's prescription drug abuse epidemic during the 2000s. Between 2010-12, nearly 600 pain clinics were shutdown. In turn, average oxycodone quantities decreased 59%, oxycodone street prices increased 238%, opioid abuse treatment admissions increased 33%, and approximately 2,000 oxycodone-related deaths were averted. Spillovers from substitution to illegal drugs were modest, with approximately 139 new heroin-related deaths and no increase in crime. Details: Providence, RI : Brown University, Department of Economics, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2716974 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 147244

Author: Walts, Katherine Kaufka Title: Child Labor Trafficking in the United States: A Hidden Crime Summary: Emerging research brings more attention to labor trafficking in the United States. However, very few efforts have been made to better understand or respond to labor trafficking of minors. Cases of children forced to work as domestic servants, in factories, restaurants, peddling candy or other goods, or on farms may not automatically elicit suspicion from an outside observer as compared to a child providing sexual services for money. In contrast to sex trafficking, labor trafficking is often tied to formal economies and industries, which often makes it more difficult to distinguish from 'legitimate' work, including among adolescents. This article seeks to provide examples of documented cases of child labor trafficking in the United States, and to provide an overview of systemic gaps in law, policy, data collection, research, and practice. These areas are currently overwhelmingly focused on sex trafficking, which undermines the policy intentions of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (2000), the seminal statute criminalizing sex and labor trafficking in the United States, its subsequent reauthorizations, and international laws and protocols addressing human trafficking. Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago, Center for the Human Rights of Children, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://www.cogitatiopress.com/socialinclusion/article/view/914 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Labor Shelf Number: 147245

Author: Greenberg, Karen J., ed. Title: The American Exception: Terrorism Prosecutions in the United States: The ISIS Cases Summary: The American Exception: Terrorism Prosecutions in the United States - The ISIS Cases is the third in a series of reports issued by the Center on National Security at Fordham Law School on federal prosecutions of individuals accused of ISIS-related crimes. Notably, this report reveals several new trends since the Center's last report was published. 2016 was a year of growing concern about the threat ISIS posed within the United States. In addition to a record number of terrorism arrests carried out since 9/11, there had been several attacks that resulted in deaths, including the attacks in San Bernardino and Orlando - the latter particularly noteworthy because it doubled the casualties resulting from jihadist-inspired terrorist attacks that had occurred cumulatively between 9/11 and 2015. By contrast, 2017 has shown a decline in incidents of ISIS-related terrorist attacks and attempted attacks. At the same time, there has been a significant decrease in the number of federal indictments for ISIS-related crimes. The 2017 edition of Terrorism Prosecutions in the United States examines these and other trends in an effort to glean insight concerning both the individual defendants accused of ISIS-related crimes and the dispositions of the criminal cases against them in federal court. This report has several new features meant to illustrate these developments. First, the charts include illustrations of changes over time. In addition, this edition of our ongoing study on terrorism includes, where possible, comparisons between terrorism prosecutions and U.S. criminal justice prosecutions overall. The findings contained in this year's report are summarized as follows: Finding No. 1: Although the federal courts have shown a capacity to handle these cases, the dispositions of these cases differ markedly from those of U.S. criminal justice prosecutions overall. ISIS cases are more likely to go to trial than federal cases generally. Those terrorism prosecutions that have been resolved have proceeded more quickly through the courts than the average case. ISIS defendants are granted pre-trial release with much less frequency than criminal defendants overall. Every case that has been resolved has resulted in conviction, in contrast to the national average conviction rate of 92.5%. Sentences are comparatively higher in these cases, exceeding the national average by 10 years. In fact, the average ISIS sentence of 14.5 years more than triples the average federal sentence of 3.75 years. Finding No. 2: ISIS-related prosecutions rely increasingly on the use of FBI undercover agents or informants. The use of informants, a controversial strategy challenged by civil liberties groups, has continued to rise in ISIS prosecutions. In 2014, 33% of the ISIS-related cases involved government informants or undercover agents. However, the share of ISIS prosecutions involving FBI undercover agents or informants has since increased to 65%. For the new cases in 2017, it is even higher- 83%. Finding No. 3: The personal details of the individual defendants differ from those of non-terrorism defendants generally. Terrorism defendants are significantly younger than typical criminal defendants. They are more frequently American citizens. They are less likely to have spent prior time in prison than their criminal justice counterparts overall. Finding No. 4: ISIS-related defendants are increasingly more likely to be converts to Islam than Muslim by birth. This year's findings show Muslim defendants in ISIS-related cases are increasingly more likely to be converts to Islam. In addition, there were fewer allegations of interfamilial coconspirators, and fewer incidences of romantic ties among and between co-conspirators. In sum, federal terrorism prosecutions in the 16 years since 9/11 are still not normalized in terms of their disposition. The use of material support statutes that are relied upon in the majority of these cases, as well as the terrorism enhancements available in sentencing guidelines, have provided the legal framework for this trend, while the details of investigation, prosecution, and litigation have, as this report shows, solidified the harsh practices evident for terrorism cases. Nor are terrorism prosecutions trending towards normalization. Instead, it seems, the federal courts have made an exception - one that maximizes the punitive aspect of criminal justice - for these cases, and continue to do so. More than a decade and a half since the Sept. 11 attacks, this report suggests that it's time to acknowledge that terrorism cases have evolved from the prosecutions of complex, sophisticated, trained networks of individuals towards individual actors in search of purpose and attention. As such, normalization of these criminal proceedings might appropriately lie on the horizon. Details: New York: Center on National Security, Fordham University School of Law, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55dc76f7e4b013c872183fea/t/59b9965529f187bdd6bd4fc3/1505334870512/The+American+Exception+9-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: ISIS Shelf Number: 147247

Author: Grosso, David A. Title: Using GIS to Assess Firearm Thefts, Recoveries and Crimes in Lincoln, Nebraska Summary: Firearm use in the United States has long been of great concern and at the center of many debates. Most research, however, has either focused on the use of firearms in violent crimes or the availability of firearms compared to the violent crime rates. Few studies have focused on the theft of firearms or the relationships between stolen firearms and crime. Using seven years of data collected Lincoln, Nebraska Police Department, this thesis focuses on the geospatial dimensions of firearm thefts and recoveries. Specific attention is given to the relationship firearm thefts and recoveries have with gun-related crimes, violent crimes, and property crimes. Statistical analyses reveal that firearm thefts and recoveries show clear patterns of clustering. Firearm thefts are significantly related to gun-related crimes and property crimes while firearm recoveries are significantly related to gun-related crimes, violent crimes, and property crimes. Findings also reveal that the majority of firearms reported stolen in Lincoln are acquired by the thief in residential neighborhoods (between 70 and 80 percent). The average theft in Lincoln regardless of gang involvement was 1.9 firearms per theft, which is significantly lower than the average for gang involvement at 6.6 firearms per theft. Subsequent spatial analyses revealed a significant southwest directional movement of firearms stolen in relation to gang activity with a large number of firearms being recovered in Phoenix, Arizona. Statistically significant relationships were discovered to exist between gun-related and property crimes. Moreover, firearm recoveries, unlike thefts, were significantly related to violent crimes in addition to gun-related and property crimes. The results have important policy implications. They suggest that a greater amount of attention should be placed on the theft of firearms and their movement away from Lincoln. They also emphasize that gun owners need to put more effort into properly securing firearms in their residences and vehicles. Details: Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska, 2014. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1019&context=geographythesis Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: GIS Shelf Number: 147253

Author: Costello, Andrew J. Title: Reduction of Observable Robbery and Larceny-Theft in the Twelve Largest Cities in the United States from 1980 to 2009 Summary: The reduction in crime rates that occurred in large cities across the United States (US) over the course of the past two decades has been the subject of much speculation and research. However, there have been no definitive empirical studies that conclusively determine the causes for this phenomenon. The goal of this study is to identify the impact of certain factors to the reduction of crime in large US cities that occurred over the past two decades by examining data over a thirty-year period (1980-2009). The identification of contributing factors may allow government officials, both on a local and national level, to focus their efforts on the implementation of policies that, based on empirical study, are likely to reduce crime. This study focuses on Observable Crime, which is operationalized as robberies and larcenies reported in the Uniform Crime Report (UCR) Part II Offenses that were likely to be visible to the police. Those crimes likely to be visible police are determined to be all robberies that were not committed in residences and larcenies that were committed in public areas excluding stores. Law enforcement strategies that were examined in this study include Quality of Life (QOL) Enforcement and Police Presence, which is operationalized as arrests for drug offenses as reported in UCR Part II Arrests and Police Officers per 100,000 residents as reported in the UCR, respectively. The findings of this research supports the hypothesis that Quality of Life Enforcement significant in reducing crime in the twelve largest US cities from 1980-2009. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2013. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1430904088.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 147254

Author: University of Chicago Crime Lab Title: Gun Violence in Chicago, 2016 Summary: A total of 764 people were murdered in Chicago in 2016. They were sons, brothers, and fathers; sisters, daughters, and mothers; they were, as the title of The New York Times reporter Fox Butterfield's book on urban violence noted, All God's Children. This report represents a first step towards understanding what happened with the goal of helping the city of Chicago prevent another year like the one that just passed. We draw on data obtained from the Chicago Police Department (CPD) and other sources to provide a more complete picture of the change in our city's crime problem in 2016. Our analysis highlights a number of key facts that are important for understanding what happened, but also raises some new puzzles as well. While this report focuses on establishing basic facts and avoids delving too deeply into solutions, we will continue to partner with policymakers, the civic community, and local nonprofits to identify promising approaches for moving forward. We plan to share our thinking about how to reduce violence in Chicago, informed by the best available data and research, in other venues in the future. Between 2015 and 2016, Chicago experienced 58 percent more homicides and 43 percent more non-fatal shootings. Annual increases of this size are not unprecedented among American cities, particularly in recent years, but are rare for a city of Chicago's size. One striking feature of Chicago's increase in gun violence is how sudden it was: as of December 2015, there was no indication that gun violence was on the verge of rising sharply. But in January 2016, homicides and shootings surged relative to their 2015 levels and remained higher in almost every month that followed, threatening 20 years of progress on violent crime in Chicago. This increase was mostly in gun crimes; other crimes did not change by nearly as much. The characteristics of homicide were generally similar in 2016 and 2015; what changed in Chicago was not so much the nature of our violence problem, but rather its prevalence. Most murders involved guns, occurred in public places, and stemmed from what police believe was some sort of altercation. This violence continues to be very regressive in its impact, disproportionately affecting the city's most disadvantaged residents. Most gun violence victims and suspects were African American men, more often than not having had some prior encounter with the criminal justice system. Compared to other cities, a larger share of homicide suspects in Chicago consists of adolescents, although the majority of all homicide suspects are in their 20s or older. The increase in gun violence occurred disproportionately in several disadvantaged neighborhoods on the city's South and West sides, which now account for an even larger share of the city's homicides. Another change is that from 2015 to 2016, the share of homicides that CPD believes stemmed from an altercation, as well as the share of homicide offenders who were recorded by CPD as having a gang affiliation, seemed to decline. What caused Chicago's sudden surge in gun violence in 2016 remains a puzzle. Weather cannot explain the surge in homicides and shootings, since monthly temperatures in 2016 were close to their historical averages. City spending on social services and public education did not change much in 2016 compared to previous years, and while the state budget impasse disrupted funding for many community organizations, this did not seem to change sharply in December 2015. Most relevant measures of police activity did not change abruptly enough to explain the surge in gun violence. Overall arrests declined in 2016, driven by narcotics arrests, but arrests for violent crimes, including homicides and shootings, barely changed. One policing measure that declined was the chance of arrest for homicides and shootings (the "clearance rate"), which was a result of arrests for these crimes not keeping pace with the increase in gun violence. Another policing measure that declined was the number of investigatory street stops. However, for this to explain why shootings increased in Chicago would also require an explanation for why the previous dramatic decline in street stops in New York City did not lead to more gun violence there. We also cannot know the effect of factors not measurable in the available data, such as any change in street gangs or the use of social media. However, given the timing of the recent increase in gun violence, for any alternative explanation to make sense it would need to involve something that changed abruptly near the end of 2015 and disproportionately affected gun crimes. Not knowing the definitive cause of Chicago's sudden and substantial increase in gun violence does not mean the city should be paralyzed in crafting a response. The solution to a problem need not be the opposite of its cause. One key implication of these data is the importance of a policy response that is focused on the core problem: violence concentrated largely in a moderate number of our most disadvantaged neighborhoods, carried out by teens and young adults in public places with illegally owned, and perhaps increasingly lethal, firearms. Details: Chicago: The Crime Lab, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://urbanlabs.uchicago.edu/attachments/store/2435a5d4658e2ca19f4f225b810ce0dbdb9231cbdb8d702e784087469ee3/UChicagoCrimeLab+Gun+Violence+in+Chicago+2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147255

Author: Davis, Jonathan M.V. Title: Rethinking the Benefits of Youth Employment Programs: The Heterogeneous Effects of Summer Jobs Summary: This paper reports the results of two randomized field experiments, each offering different populations of youth a supported summer job in Chicago. In both experiments, the program dramatically reduces violent-crime arrests, even after the summer. It does so without improving employment, schooling, or other types of crime; if anything, property crime increases over 2-3 post-program years. To explore mechanisms, we implement a machine learning method that predicts treatment heterogeneity using observables. The method identifies a subgroup of youth with positive employment impacts, whose characteristics differ from the disconnected youth served in most employment programs. We find that employment benefiters commit more property crime than their control counterparts, and non-benefiters also show a decline in violent crime. These results do not seem consistent with typical theory about improved human capital and better labor market opportunities creating a higher opportunity cost of crime, or even with the idea that these programs just keep youth busy. We discuss several alternative mechanisms, concluding that brief youth employment programs can generate substantively important behavioral change, but for different outcomes, different youth, and different reasons than those most often considered in the literature. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 23443: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23443.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 147258

Author: Moody, Carlisle E. Title: Large Capacity Magazines and Homicide Summary: Recent events have resulted in calls to ban large capacity magazines (LCMs) holding more than 10 rounds of ammunition. Using data from a Virginia data base of crime guns seized by police between 1993 and 2013, we find that the proportion of crime guns with LCMs declined after the 1994 Federal assault weapons ban and increased after the ban was lifted in 2004. However, we can find no evidence that LCMs increased either murder or gun murder, implying that the Federal LCM ban did not have the intended effect and that LCM bans are likely to be ineffective. Details: Williamsburg, VA : College of William and Mary - Department of Economics, 2015. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Number 160: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: http://economics.wm.edu/wp/cwm_wp160.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 147259

Author: Heley, Frank Anton Title: .Assessment and Policy Recommendation On Domestic Illegal Firearms Trafficking Summary: This report examined the nature of domestic illegal firearms trafficking, including key features and predictors of firearms trafficking, and rationalizes the defining of domestic illegal firearms trafficking into three levels that are indicative of the seriousness and features inherent to the particular level of trafficking. This report also examined the scope of the trafficking situations at their respective levels, the means already being utilized to address firearms trafficking problems, and their effectiveness. Finally, this report recognizes that the differing levels of trafficking may require varied and differing efforts be used in combating firearms trafficking and policy recommendations involving both legislative and enforcement efforts are detailed at the respective levels of trafficking. Details: Fargo, ND: North Dakota State University, 2012. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 14, 2017 at: https://library.ndsu.edu/ir/bitstream/handle/10365/19540/Frank%20Anton%20Heley.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 147260

Author: Mennicke, Annelise M. Title: Assessing Attitude and Reincarceration Outcomes Associated with In-Prison Domestic Violence Treatment Program Completion Summary: Studies indicate that as many as 30%-56% of incarcerated men have perpetrated domestic violence, and that factors related to domestic violence perpetration are associated with long-term recidivism after release The current study evaluates the effectiveness of an in-prison domestic violence treatment program called STOP and Change Direction to increase positive attitudes toward women, decrease levels of criminal thinking, and reduce general recidivism rates for program completers. Two research designs are used: a single-group pretest-posttest design to assess the attitude-related outcomes, and a quasi-experimental design with a comparison group created using propensity score matching to assess the impact of program participation on reincarceration. Paired samples t-tests revealed significant increases in positive attitudes toward women and decreases in criminal thinking. Binary logistic regressions revealed no significant differences in the five- and seven-year reincarceration rates, although examination of the 95% confidence intervals suggests encouraging clinical implications of program completion. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/islandora/object/fsu:330375/datastream/PDF/view Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 147334

Author: Bjelopera, Jerome P. Title: Domestic Terrorism: An Overview Summary: The emphasis of counterterrorism policy in the United States since Al Qaeda's attacks of September 11, 2001 (9/11) has been on jihadist terrorism. However, in the last decade, domestic terrorists - people who commit crimes within the homeland and draw inspiration from U.S.-based extremist ideologies and movements - have killed American citizens and damaged property across the country. Not all of these criminals have been prosecuted under federal terrorism statutes, which does not imply that domestic terrorists are taken any less seriously than other terrorists. The Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) do not officially designate domestic terrorist organizations, but they have openly delineated domestic terrorist "threats." These include individuals who commit crimes in the name of ideologies supporting animal rights, environmental rights, anarchism, white supremacy, anti-government ideals, black separatism, and beliefs about abortion. The boundary between constitutionally protected legitimate protest and domestic terrorist activity has received public attention. This boundary is highlighted by a number of criminal cases involving supporters of animal rights - one area in which specific legislation related to domestic terrorism has been crafted. The Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act (P.L. 109-374) expands the federal government's legal authority to combat animal rights extremists who engage in criminal activity. Signed into law in November 2006, it amended the Animal Enterprise Protection Act of 1992 (P.L. 102-346). This report is intended as a primer on the issue, and four discussion topics in it may help explain domestic terrorism's relevance for policymakers: - Level of Activity. Domestic terrorists have been responsible for orchestrating numerous incidents since 9/11. - Use of Nontraditional Tactics. A large number of domestic terrorists do not necessarily use tactics such as suicide bombings or airplane hijackings. They have been known to engage in activities such as vandalism, trespassing, and tax fraud, for example. - Exploitation of the Internet. Domestic terrorists - much like their jihadist analogues - are often Internet and social-media savvy and use such platforms to share ideas and as resources for their operations. - Decentralized Nature of the Threat. Many domestic terrorists rely on the concept of leaderless resistance. This involves two levels of activity. On an operational level, militant, underground, ideologically motivated cells or individuals engage in illegal activity without any participation in or direction from an organization that maintains traditional leadership positions and membership rosters. On another level, the above-ground public face (the "political wing") of a domestic terrorist movement may focus on propaganda and the dissemination of ideology - engaging in protected speech. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R44921: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R44921.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 147336

Author: Center for Popular Democracy Title: The $746 Million a Year School-to-Prison Pipeline. The Ineffective, Discriminatory, and Costly Process of Criminalizing New York City Students Summary: Since the start of the 2013-2014 school year, tens of thousands of New York City's (NYC) students have been arrested, suspended, or given a summons at school. NYC public schools' continued reliance on punitive school climate strategies-in-school police presence and alarmingly high suspensions rates - are ineffective, harm students and exacerbate existing inequities along lines of race and disability. These strategies also drain public funds that could be used to help ensure that all young people receive the support, resources, and access to opportunities they need to thrive. Harsh disciplinary policies, executed by both police and school personnel, lead to high rates of permanent dropout as well as ongoing, and often escalating, entanglements in the criminal legal system. This pattern is widely referred to as the "school-to-prison pipeline." NYC's school-to-prison pipeline is rooted in a history of racial segregation and the punitive treatment of Black and Latinx children in our public schools. More recently, officials have imbedded Broken Windows policing strategies in schools by directing resources toward criminal punishment for low-level infractions and continue the practice of criminalizing normal youthful behavior. For years, youth-led organizations and other advocates have organized to transform approaches to school culture from punitive discipline that push students out of school to restorative practices that facilitate improved environments and provide social and emotional supports. These efforts have resulted in some changes, but students still experience high rates of exclusionary discipline and disparities remain deeply entrenched within the school system. Details: New York: The Center, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://populardemocracy.org/sites/default/files/STPP_layout_web_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Discrimination Shelf Number: 147340

Author: Mueller-Smith, Michael Title: The Criminal and Labor Market Impacts of Incarceration Summary: This paper investigates the pre- and post-release impacts of incarceration on criminal behavior, economic wellbeing and family formation using new data from Harris County, Texas. The research design identifies exogenous variation in the extensive and intensive margins of incarceration by leveraging the random assignment of defendants to courtrooms. I develop a new data-driven estimation procedure to address multidimensional and non-monotonic sentencing patterns observed in the courtrooms in my data. My findings indicate that incarceration generates modest incapacitation effects, which are offset in the long-run by an increased likelihood of defendants reoffending after being released. Additional evidence finds that incarceration reduces post-release employment and wages, increases take-up of food stamps, decreases likelihood of marriage and increases the likelihood of divorce. Based on changes in defendant behavior alone, I estimate that a one-year prison term for marginal defendants conservatively generates $56,200 to $66,800 in social costs, which would require substantial general deterrence in the population to at least be welfare neutral. Details: New York: Department of Economics, Columbia University, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource; Job Market Paper: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://www.columbia.edu/~mgm2146/incar.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 147341

Author: MacDonald, Scott Title: Justice System Change Initiative-Riverside County Jail Utilization Report Summary: The Justice System Change Initiative. This report presents information developed by a collaboration between the Riverside County Sheriff's Office and CA Fwd's Justice System Change Initiative (J-SCI). California Forward is an independent, bipartisan governance reform organization that promotes political, fiscal and organizational reform to improve the impact of public programs. J-SCI was developed to build the capacity and skills of counties to transform justice systems through data-driven policy and fiscal decisions. The scope of this initiative includes identifying more effective, evidence-based services that support individual behavior change; as well as promoting new justice system policies and practices that better align resources to promote public safety. J-SCI provides a team of subject matter experts to initiate a collaborative review of current policy and practice. This includes the collection and analysis of complex cross-system data; facilitation of the local discussion regarding data findings and opportunities for more effective practice; and, the development of local systems and capacity for ongoing analysis and policy development. The result is a sustainable, locally driven review, analysis and reform that provides local policymakers greater choice and confidence in the priorities and programs they oversee. The Purpose of the Jail Utilization Study. Incarceration represents one of the costliest elements of the criminal justice system. Nationwide, the use of incarceration to respond to crime increased more than fivefold in recent decades, with the accompanying costs of building and staffing this tremendous expansion of jail and prison capacity. Now that a bipartisan consensus is mounting to reexamine this trend, it becomes clear that most communities lack meaningful data about their jails. Who is in jail? How did they get there? How long do they stay and how often do they return? Without knowing some of these basic facts, leaders are understandably reluctant to endorse changes. Riverside county jails have faced federally imposed population caps based on significant crowding issues. Jail expansion and construction has not been sufficient to address the growth of the jail population and leaders in Riverside understand that building new jail space, alone will not be sufficient to address these problems. Understanding jail utilization is an essential starting point, and provides an initial map for system change. The J-SCI team worked in collaboration with system stakeholders in Riverside County to compile and analyze data regarding local jail utilization. After an initial kickoff in October 2014, the J-SCI executive steering committee showed interest in better understanding the county's use of one of their most limited and expensive resources. Working directly with the jail's staff, JSCI team developed a data analysis approach that engaged county experts in the jail's Headcount Management Unit (HMU) to better understand the issues and opportunities facing the jail. The resulting data was analyzed to identify key areas for further study and consideration. The observations and recommendations of this report are a starting point for further examination and discussion among all system partners. The end discussions will be policy recommendations that are founded in data and supported by a broad consensus. The Structure of this Report. To help organize the key variables of the jail population, this report characterizes the major pathways or "doors" into and out of jail. The "front door" entries are those entering jail as the result of a new crime; the "side door" are those already in the system who enter for probation violations, warrants, court commitments or factors other than arrest for a new law violation. Jail exits are the "back door," and those who recidivate are described as being in the "revolving door." The data also characterizes some of the trends inside the doors: the average daily population, jail programming, the key variable of length of stay, and the calculation of total "bed days" consumed by individuals. Finally, two areas of special concern are addressed: jail use by mentally ill offenders and the impact of Proposition 47. The report concludes with observations and recommendations for further study and policy consideration. result of such Details: Sacramento: California Forward, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/COMIO/Uploadfile/pdfs/2016/Sept14/JusticeSystemChangeInitiativeReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147342

Author: California. Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, Office of Research Title: 2015 Outcome Evaluation Report. An Examination of Offenders Released in Fiscal Year 2010-11 Summary: Between July 1, 2010 and June 30, 2011 (Fiscal Year 2010‐11), 95,690 offenders were released from a California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) adult institution and tracked for three years following the date of their release. The three‐year return‐to‐prison rate for the 95,690 offenders who comprise the Fiscal Year 2010‐11 release cohort is 44.6 percent, which is a 9.7 percentage point decrease from the Fiscal Year 2009‐10 rate of 54.3 percent. Fiscal Year 2010‐11 marks the fifth consecutive year the three‐year return‐to‐prison rate has declined and is the most substantial decrease to‐date. As shown in Figure A, Fiscal Year 2010‐11 also marks the first cohort of offenders where more offenders did not return to prison during the three‐year follow‐up period (55.4 percent or 53,029 offenders) than returned to State prison (44.6 percent or 42,661 offenders). Details: Sacramento: The Department, 2016. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: http://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Adult_Research_Branch/Research_Documents/2015_Outcome_Evaluation_Report_8-25-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoners Shelf Number: 147343

Author: Lewis-Charp, Heather Title: Strengthening Cultural Competency in California's Domestic Violence Field for High-Need, Underserved Populations Summary: In 2012, The Blue Shield of California Foundation (BSCF)'s program area Blue Shield Against Violence (BSAV) launched a project called "Strengthening Cultural Competency in California's Domestic Violence Field for High-Need, Underserved Populations" (BSAV CC) to support and promote promising culturally competent practices within the domestic violence field. BSCF enlisted RDP Consulting (RDP) to manage the $2.6 million initiative and to provide capacity-building services, and provided two-year grants to 17 community partners across the state of California. The BSAV CC Project specifically sought to support domestic violence-related outreach to Tribal communities, African Americans, and recent immigrant populations. Social Policy Research Associates (SPR) received a grant from BSCF to support the learning and evaluation of this project. Over the two years of the evaluation, SPR conducted 78 phone interviews with community partners, RDP consultants, project-level evaluators, and field leaders. SPR also conducted one-day visits to 11 programs -visits that included interviews with executive directors, board members, outreach staff, key program partners, and clients. Finally, SPR attended project convenings and events, reviewed project documentation (e.g., proposals, reports), and administered two rounds of a social networking survey to all community partners. This Final Report highlights the outcomes of the two-year evaluation, at both the organizational and field levels. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2014. 1-8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: https://www.blueshieldcafoundation.org/sites/default/files/u9/CC_Eval_Report_Final_July_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 147345

Author: Gimeno, David Title: Clark County Veterans Treatment Court: Final Report and Program Recommendations Summary: In April of 2009, a team of court officials, Veterans Administration clinicians, and researchers traveled to Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, to receive training about starting a Veterans Therapeutic Court in Clark County, Washington. In September of 2010, the jurisdiction was awarded a Bureau of Justice Administration Implementation Grant, with a funds release date of February 2011. The first client entered the Veterans Court in March of 2011 and the grant ended in September of 2014. This report is written in fulfillment of the BJA requirement for a comprehensive description of program operations and outcomes. The Clark County Veterans Treatment Court is reaching their target population by serving veterans with clinically diagnosed mental health and substance abuse/dependency issues. Most of the clients who opt-in to the VTC either graduate or are currently in treatment; the program has had only four terminations and three "opt-outs" since it began in 2011. As the VTC accumulates graduates, matched comparisons between these graduates and a sample of justice-involved veterans who did not receive VTC can be conducted with a sufficient degree of methodological rigor. As such, this report provides descriptive findings for the first three years of VTC operation and a series of recommendations for the future of the court. Findings for the first three years of VTC operation: - The Clark County Veterans Treatment Court processed 156 referral outcomes, accepting 64 clients, or 41% of persons referred. Roughly one-quarter of the referrals declined admission to VTC and approximately 30% of referrals did not qualify for the program. Reasons given for declining the court include clients not wanting to plead guilty, having pending charges in neighboring jurisdictions, or failing to acknowledge the depth of their substance abuse treatment needs. Details: Vancouver, WA: Washington State University, 2014. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 15, 2017 at: https://www.clark.wa.gov/sites/default/files/dept/files/district-court/Specialty%20Courts/2014VTCFinal.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 147347

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Pretrial Detention and Case Processing Measures: A Study of Nine New Mexico Counties Summary: The New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center completed a study of pretrial case processing measures and pretrial detention within nine New Mexico counties. This study addresses multiple objectives. First, this study was intended to explore the feasibility of developing case processing performance measures that are more robust than those currently used. Second, this study is intended to understand the extent of pretrial detention and the factors associated with pretrial detention. Third, we assess the degree to which pretrial detention decisions appear to be accurate. Finally, we explored whether pretrial detention influences case processing and outcomes. Details: Albuquerque, NM: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2017. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2017/pretrial-detention-and-case-processing-measures--a-study-of-nine-new-mexico-counties-.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147348

Author: Cathey, Dan Title: Process Evaluation of the Be Above the Influence Marketing Campaign Summary: This report reviews the Bernalillo County Be Above the Influence marketing campaign. The Be Above the Influence (B-ATI) marketing campaign began in July 2014 as a program to encourage teens in Bernalillo county to choose not to drink, do drugs, bully others, or commit violent acts. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2017/process-evaluation-of-the-bernalillo-county---be-above-the-influence-marketing-campaign.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 147349

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: City of Albuquerque Heading Home Initiative Cost Study Report Final Summary: The Albuquerque Heading Home (AHH) Initiative seeks to target the most vulnerable individuals within the homeless population. The program is designed to offer immediate housing to eligible persons referred from case management agencies, who self-refer, and who are identified and recruited through an outreach program. This process is described later and is based on the Housing First model. Such individuals, who have co-occurring behavioral health problems and a history of substance abuse, must meet as many as three criteria to qualify for the Heading Home program: 1) They must provide proof of homelessness, 2) they must provide proof of low-income, and 3) they must, depending on the source of the housing voucher, provide proof of a behavioral health disorder. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), chronic homelessness refers to an "individual who has been continuously homeless for a year or more or has experienced at least four episodes of homelessness in the last three years and has a disability" (U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 2012). Such individuals, in addition to those with high Vulnerability Index (VI) scores, are considered to be the most vulnerable. Developed by Common Ground, the VI is an instrument which measures and identifies the most vulnerable homeless persons. The VI features a series of variables designed to enable staff or volunteer members to quantify the degree of an individual's risk of serious injury, illness, and death. The index scores account for the length of homelessness, the time spent on the streets, and the mental and physical status of the individual (Moreno, 2012). As of late September 2014, the AHH Initiative had surveyed over 1,400 individuals sleeping on the streets or in shelters using the Vulnerability Index (AHH, 2013). AHH discontinued using the VI in September 2014 and since then has been using the VI-SPDAT. The VI-SPDAT combines the Vulnerability Index with the Service Prioritization Decision Assistance Tool (SPDAT). A more complete description of the VI-SPDAT can be found at: http://100khomes.org/blog/introducing-the-vi-spdat-pre-screen-survey. According to AHH program records as of late September 2015, a total of 407 individuals had been housed. Of that number 250 were at that time currently still housed, 33 were deceased, 34 had been successfully discharged, 67 had been unsuccessfully discharged, and 23 had been lost to contact. The program began on January 31, 2011 and the program accepted its first client on February 1, 2011. Ultimately, this research is designed to study the costs before and after the provision of housing for the most vulnerable chronically homeless persons in Albuquerque, New Mexico who have become housed in the Albuquerque Heading Home Initiative. A first phase report completed in September 2013 with a one-year study time pre- and posthousing period with 48 AHH clients who became study group members found one-year post-Heading Home study group member costs were 31.6% less than the one-year pre-Heading Home study group member costs (Guerin, et. al, 2013). This phase of the study includes 95 study group members and expands the study time frame up to 4 years. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/city-of-albuquerque-heading-home-initiative-cost-study-report-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 147350

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Evaluation of Bernalillo County Metropolitan Area Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a violent crime reduction initiative sponsored by the Department of Justice (DOJ). It has been in operation for over a decade and has been implemented in jurisdictions throughout the country. It began with a focus on firearm crimes, and in 2006, expanded to include gang crimes. The current initiative is intended to address violent crime, gun crime, and gang crime in Bernalillo County and the surrounding Native American communities, including Isleta Pueblo and To'hajiilee. Across the country, United States Attorney's Offices (USAO) coordinate PSN efforts in their respective districts. The USAO designates a Task Force Coordinator (also referred to herein as the "law enforcement coordinator") whose charge is to convene a PSN Task Force that brings together representatives from law enforcement and prosecution at all jurisdictional levels (local, tribal, state, and federal), as well as community leaders, research partners, and others. These Task Force meetings are a venue for planning, reporting on, and refining PSN activities and initiatives. In addition to managing these efforts, the PSN Task Force Coordinator reports to the Department of Justice regarding the implementation and short-term success of local PSN efforts. New Mexico has had the opportunity to engage in a number of Project Safe Neighborhoods projects in a variety of locations throughout the state. This PSN effort intended to build on those prior initiatives by engaging with established partners, utilizing strategic efforts developed previously, and using other proven resources and strategies developed previously through other efforts like Weed & Seed. This PSN project intends to expand on prior efforts by addressing the concerns of nearby Native American communities, particularly with respect to the transference of criminal activity and values across jurisdictional boundaries, and by addressing the impact of violent crime on urban Native Americans both as victims and offenders. As part of the research support and evaluation efforts for this PSN project, the New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NM SAC) at the University of New Mexico's Institute for Social Research has contracted with the New Mexico Department of Public Safety to conduct a process evaluation. Besides documenting project activities, this evaluation focuses on documenting the activities and collaboration that occurred, the perceived impact and success of the initiative, facilitators and barriers to implementation, and directions for future growth. Methods This evaluation is primarily a process evaluation. In general, the purpose of a process evaluation is to answer questions about how a program is being implemented. The results can be used to make decisions about whether and how to improve a program and can provide context for any outcomes found. The current evaluation of the PSN initiative uses a participatory approach, which is one common approach to evaluation (Russ-Eft and Preskill, 2009). The goal of this evaluation is to understand how this initiative is being implemented from the perspective of those engaged in the activities. The objectives are to document program activities, collaboration success and challenges, and overall program success and challenges. The results are intended for use by the Task Force for understanding current efforts and for future planning purposes. In addition, the results may prove useful to other jurisdictions that can draw on this program's implementation successes. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2016. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/evaluation-of-bernalillo-county-metropolitan-area-psn.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 147351

Author: Guerin, Paul Title: College Student Athletes Early Intervention Program at the University of New Mexico Summary: The Bernalillo County Department of Substance Abuse Programs (DSAP) contracts and works with the Public Safety Psychology Group (PSPG), Media Literacy and Mothers Against Drunk Driving (MADD), and the Albuquerque Police Department (APD) in an effort to prevent drug and alcohol abuse. Due to the age of college athletes, and the above average risk of heavy episodic drinking, getting to these groups of students early in their college and sport careers is vital. Details: Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico, Institute for Social Research, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2016/college-student-athletes-early-intervention-program-at-the-university-of-new-mexico.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Prevention Shelf Number: 147352

Author: Gleicher, Lily Title: Juvenile Justice In Illinois 2015 Summary: Rates for arrest, station adjustment and probation caseloads, detention admissions, and new sentence admissions to the Department of Juvenile Justice have generally declined over the past five years in each region of Illinois. The Central and Southern regions of Illinois are exceptions, where detention rates have slightly increased. Although black youth comprised only 18% of the youth population aged 10 to 17 years old in 2015, they accounted for 59% of juvenile arrests, 59% of juvenile detention admissions, and 65% of corrections admissions for new sentences. While male youth comprised 51% of the youth population aged 10 to 17 years old in 2015, they accounted for more than 75% of juvenile arrests, detention admissions, and corrections admissions for new sentences. The majority of youth arrested, admitted to detention, and admitted to corrections were 16- or 17-years old. There was a greater proportion of youth arrested for a property crime or other crime. For detention admissions, there was a greater proportion of youth detained for a warrant. For a new sentence admission to corrections, a greater proportion of youth were admitted for a property crime or a crime to a person. 21,244 juveniles accounted for 32,022 total juvenile arrests. There were 11,122 admissions to local secure detention facilities. 807 youth accounted for 828 new sentence admissions to Department of Juvenile Justice correctional facilities. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Juvenile_Justice_in_Illinois_2015_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 147353

Author: Bouche, Vanessa Title: An Empirical Analysis of the Intersection of Organized Crime and Human Trafficking in the United States Summary: The purpose of this research is threefold: 1) to examine the extent to which human trafficking in the United States is perpetrated by organized criminal groups; 2) to better understand the groups, individuals, and operations of the organized crime groups engaged in human trafficking; and 3) to make available the full corpus of federally prosecuted human trafficking cases in a dynamic, open-source, searchable online database at HumanTraffickingData.org. BACKGROUND & RESEARCH QUESTIONS Since at least 2000, when the United Nations adopted the Palermo protocols, scholars have espoused the idea that transnational organized crime is behind global trafficking in persons. However, a lack of empirical testing led to criticism of the claim that human trafficking is an organized crime issue. The aim of this research is to fill that empirical gap by answering the following questions: 1) To what extent is human trafficking in the United States perpetrated by organized crime groups? 2) What types of organized crime groups are engaged in human trafficking in the United States? 3) Who are the individuals that comprise the organized crime groups engaged in human trafficking in the United States? 4) Where do these organized crime groups operate? 5) How do these organized crime groups operate? Details: Fort Worth, TX: Texas Christian University, Department of Political Science, 2017. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250955.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 147355

Author: Arnold, Damon T. Title: Analysis of a Multi-disciplinary Approach to Gun Misuse and the Need for a Paradigm Shift in Terminology Summary: The threat of gun misuse occurs against the backdrop of historical, cultural, and legal perspectives within which guns are immersed. This thesis explores the potential for collaboration among the medical, legal, and homeland security disciplines when confronting a commonly held threat, such as gun misuse. Currently, each discipline has a unique and sometimes conflicting definitional view of what the term "gun control" actually means, as well as how it is to be operationally approached. What emerges within this thesis is the position that "gun control" is not even the correct term to use and should be avoided when addressing issues involving gun misuse. Rather, the use of the term "gun misuse prevention" appears to be more appropriate. Such a shift in perspective is not only more consistent with the gun misuse data presented, but also serves to dampen the polarization imposed by the use of the term "control." Further, it provides a clearer path for stakeholders from both the public and private sectors to approach and make recommendations when confronting the issue of gun misuse that includes legislative, policy, and technological approaches. This type of approach may pave the way for addressing other issues of common interdisciplinary concern. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval postgraduate School, 2016. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/51551/16Dec_Arnold_Damon.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 147359

Author: Newell, Bryce Clayton Title: Transparent Lives and the Surveillance State: Policing, New Visibility, and Information Policy Summary: In this dissertation, I utilize conceptual and legal analyses to explore the tensions between personal information privacy and public access to information implicated by government surveillance and citizen-initiated inverse surveillance efforts designed to cast the gaze back at the government, and ask what implications these conclusions have for individual freedom (defined as the absence of domination). I focus on police use of body-worn cameras (BWCs) and automated license plate recognition (ALPR) technologies, on one hand, and citizen-initiated recordings of police officers and freedom of information (FOI) requests for data collected by police BWCs and ALPR systems, on the other. My analysis draws upon republican political theory, philosophical and legal theories of privacy and free speech, the concept of "policing's new visibility" (Goldsmith, 2010), and various other theories of surveillance and reciprocal/inverse surveillance within the surveillance studies literature. I conduct doctrinal and descriptive legal research into relevant privacy and disclosure laws applicable within Washington State (USA); utilize legal and philosophical theories of privacy, freedom, and free speech to conduct an analysis of the values and value tensions implicated in these situations; and apply elements of Value Sensitive Design for similar conceptual and analytic purposes. Ultimately, I develop a theory of information policy that that accounts for tensions between personal information privacy rights and government disclosure of personally-identifiable information under state FOI law in Washington State, and I propose normative recommendations for improving law, public policy, and police department surveillance and disclosure policies related to these privacy and access concerns. Details: Seattle: University of Washington, 2015. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://digital.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/bitstream/handle/1773/33984/Newell_washington_0250E_14460.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Automated License Plate Recognition Shelf Number: 147362

Author: Mabry, Timothy Jerab Title: Point of View: The Officers' Perception of Body-worn Cameras Summary: With the increase of police use-of-force situations being depicted in the media, there has been a call for police departments to become accountable and transparent. A solution to this call for accountability and transparency is the addition of body-worn cameras on field officers. While body-worn camera research is in its infancy, the majority of existing research has been limited to large police departments. This study seeks to fill the void between small and large police department officers' perceptions of body-worn cameras. The data collected for this research was obtained between March and April 2016 from the Burleson (TX) Police Department. Details: Fort Worth, TX: Texas Christian University, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1906726337/abstract/9FA7F3B460C5467CPQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147363

Author: Mell, Shana M. Title: The Role of Procedural Justice within Police-Citizen Contacts in Explaining Citizen Behaviors and Other Outcomes Summary: American policing is shaped by an array of challenges. Police are expected to address crime and engage the community, yet police are held to higher expectations of accountability, effectiveness, and efficiency than ever before. Police legitimacy is the ability of the police to exercise their authority in the course of maintaining order, resolving conflicts, and solving problems (PERF, 2014). The procedural justice and police legitimacy literature suggest that by exhibiting procedurally just behaviors within police-citizen encounters, officers are considered legitimate by the public (PERF, 2014; Tyler, 2004, Tyler & Jackson, 2012). This study examines procedural justice through systematic observations of police-citizen encounters recorded by body worn cameras in one mid-Atlantic police agency. The four elements of procedural justice (participation, neutrality, dignity and respect, and trustworthiness) are assessed to examine police behavior and its outcomes. The research questions concern how police acting in procedurally just ways may influence citizen behaviors. Descriptive statistics indicate high levels of procedural justice. Regression analyses suggest that procedural justice may predict positive citizen behaviors within police-citizen encounters. This study highlights the significance of procedural justice as an antecedent to police legitimacy and offers a new mode of observation: body worn camera footage. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2016. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: http://scholarscompass.vcu.edu/etd/4603/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147364

Author: McCauley, Clark Title: U.S. Muslims with Radical Opinions Feel More Alienated and Depressed. Results of 29 March-11 April 2017 Internet Poll of 207 U.S. Muslims Summary: Our seventh U.S. Muslim Internet poll was conducted from March 29 to April 11, 2017; the poll was completed by 207 participants thought to be representative of the U.S. Muslim adult population. Questions included opinions of Islamic State, opinions about the Syrian conflict and about the Syrian refugee crisis. Results indicate that U.S. Muslims continue to hold very negative opinions of suicide bombing and of ISIS, and continue to favor allowing more Syrian refugees into the United States. Positive opinions about ISIS and about suicide bombing were negatively correlated with endorsement of a "United States of Islam" and positively correlated with Alienation and Depression scales that measure feelings of isolation and social rejection and feelings of depression. These results echo those from case studies1 that suggested a profile of lone-wolf terrorists as disconnected-disordered. That is, results of our seventh poll of U.S. Muslims indicate that the same factors of alienation (disconnected) and depression (disordered) common among lone-wolf terrorists are also found among individuals with radical opinions. Discussion points to implications of these results for programs of counter-terrorism and de-radicalization. Looking back over all seven waves of our polling of U.S. Muslims, the Discussion section argues for the usefulness and efficiency of quick-turnaround Internet polling for tracking changes in opinions among small populations at risk of radicalization. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_CSTAB_USMuslimswithRadicalOpinionsFeelMoreAlienatedDepressed_August2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: ISIS Shelf Number: 147365

Author: Detention Watch Network Title: Banking on Detention: Local lockup quotas & the immigrant dragnet Summary: This report identifies the use of local "lockup" quotas, referred to as guaranteed minimums in detention facility contracts, in at least half of ICE's field offices. These contractual provisions obligate ICE to pay for a minimum number of immigration detention beds that they are encouraged to not only fill, but exceed. As a result, local "lockup" quotas serve as a tax-payer funded insurance policy for private prison corporations. The report draws on information obtained from a FOIA request filed in November 2013 Details: Washington, DC: Detention Watch Network, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2017 at: https://www.detentionwatchnetwork.org/sites/default/files/reports/DWN%20CCR%20Banking%20on%20Detention%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 147367

Author: Camera, Gabriele Title: Nonmedical Prescription Drug Use: Theory and Policy Implications Summary: The illicit nonmedical use of prescription drugs is studied in a model where individuals with imperfectly observable health conditions seek prescription drugs for either medical or nonmedical reasons. The equilibrium number of medical and nonmedical users is endogenous and depends on economic and non-economic barriers to drugs consumption, such as pricing, health care costs, refill policies, monitoring programs, and the medical community's prescription standards. The results show policies centered around raising economic barriers reduces nonmedical use but inhibits medical use due to imperfect screening. Alternatively, the results suggest a national drug registry may be more effective at preventing nonmedical use. Details: Worcester, MA: Department of Economics, College of the Holy Cross, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: FACULTY RESEARCH SERIES, PAPER NO. 14-02: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: http://web.holycross.edu/RePEc/hcx/HC1402-Engelhardt-Camera_PrescriptionDrugs.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147369

Author: Taylor, Bruce Title: The National Survey of Teen Relationships and Intimate Violence (STRIV) Summary: The purpose of this project, the national Survey of Teen Relationships and Intimate Violence (STRiV), was to build the field's understanding of adolescent dating relationships, particularly those marked by adolescent relationship abuse (ARA). While definitions vary across the literature, for the purposes of this study we define ARA as physical, emotional, verbal, psychological, or sexual abuse perpetrated by an adolescent against another adolescent with whom they are in a dating/romantic relationship . The situational venue may be in person or via electronic means, in both public and private spaces, between current or past dating partners. More specifically, this study was designed to produce nationally representative estimates of the prevalence of different forms of ARA among youth (ages 12-18), to document the characteristics of abusive relationships during adolescence, to assess ARA risk factors, and to situate these estimates within the environment of adolescents' key social relationships and communications. Based on STRiV data (late 2013), we developed a national portrait of the prevalence of varying categories of ARA victimization and perpetration, including levels of physical and emotional injury, and assessed how exposure to these forms of ARA vary by gender, age and other key demographic characteristics. We also identified specific conditional attitudes and dating relationship characteristics associated with ARA risk, and determined whether these pathways were uniquely gendered. Overall, with additional data collection underway under a second NIJ grant (2014-VA-CX-0065 - Longitudinal Follow-up in the National Survey for Teen Relationships and Violence), we continue to work toward our project goal to provide the necessary data to help the field understand and prevent ARA, with ongoing analyses of the STRiV data regarding ARA risk factors that provide opportunities for ARA prevention efforts sensitive to gender, developmental, and other characteristics. In this summary, we present the results from five papers (three published papers and two more under review). Details: Chicago: NORC at the University of Chicago, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250292.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 147380

Author: Snead, Jason Title: An Overview of Recent State-Level Forfeiture Reforms Summary: Civil asset forfeiture laws allow for the seizure of property suspected of having been involved in, or derived from, criminal activity. In most states and at the federal level, no criminal charges or convictions are necessary because the resulting civil proceeding targets the�property - not its owner. Civil forfeiture laws grant individuals challenging forfeiture cases considerably fewer legal protections than they would enjoy if they were defendants in criminal cases, and allow the law enforcement agencies that execute the seizures to retain the proceeds of successful forfeitures, creating a significant incentive to seize property. For decades, states have expanded the scope and reach of civil forfeiture, but within the past few years-driven by a growing number of accounts of abusive forfeitures and a recognition of the power of the forfeiture funding mechanism to distort the priorities of law enforcement organizations - many have reevaluated their civil forfeiture laws, scaling back or totally abolishing the tool. The message is clear: outside the law enforcement community, there is little support for the forfeiture status quo. Details: Washington, DC: Heritage Foundation, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: http://www.heritage.org/crime-and-justice/report/overview-recent-state-level-forfeiture-reforms Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 147382

Author: Fair Punishment Project Title: Juvenile Life without Parole in Wayne County: Time to Join the Growing National Consensus? Summary: A new report released today highlights Wayne County's frequent use of juvenile life without parole (JLWOP) sentences, calling the county an "extreme outlier" in its use of the punishment. The report also criticizes D.A. Worthy's decision, which was announced Friday, to again seek life sentences for at least one out of three individuals currently serving this sentence. The report urges District Attorney Kym Worthy to adopt a new approach to dealing with juveniles in response to the U.S. Supreme Court's recent ruling in Montgomery v. Louisiana, which determined that the court's prior decision barring mandatory life without parole sentences for youth must be applied retroactively, and that the punishment is only appropriate in the rarest of cases where a juvenile is determined to be "irreparably corrupt." The report, Juvenile Life Without Parole in Wayne County: Time to Join the Growing National Consensus?, notes that Wayne County is responsible for the highest number of juvenile life without parole sentences in the country now that Philadelphia District Attorney Seth Williams has recently announced that he will not be seeking LWOP sentences for any of the individuals previously sentenced to JLWOP there. Currently there are more than 150 individuals serving JLWOP in Wayne County. While Wayne County has just 18% of the statewide population, it has at least 40% of the JLWOP sentences in the state of Michigan. Most incredibly, African-Americans are 39% of Wayne County's population, but more than 90% of the individuals serving juvenile life with parole sentences from the county are Black. D.A. Worthy's office obtained 27 JLWOP sentences during her tenure. "There is growing national consensus that life without parole is an inappropriate sentence for kids," said Rob Smith of the Fair Punishment Project. "D.A. Worthy's decision to again seek life without parole for one out of three individuals who were convicted as juveniles is completely out of line with the Supreme Court's ruling, mounting scientific research, the practices of prosecutors across the country, and years of experience that have shown us that youth are capable of change and deserve an opportunity to earn their release." The report notes that the Supreme Court has set a high bar to justify a life without parole sentence for juveniles. Given that adolescent brains are not fully developed and the capacity that children have to change, the Court rightfully assumes that it will be rare for an individual to meet the standard required for a JLWOP sentence. The report notes that D.A. Worthy's decision doesn't go nearly far enough in limiting the use of JLWOP, as it ignores mounting scientific evidence and a growing national consensus against the punishment. Details: Cambridge, MA: Fair Punishment Project, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: http://fairpunishment.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/FPP-WayneCountyReport-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 147383

Author: Yoshimoto, Julia Title: Unlocking Measure 57 Summary: Oregon is now facing the unfortunate results of having overlooked its justice-involved women for too long during the era of mass incarceration. Over the past twenty years, the incarceration rate of women in Oregon has tripled, despite Oregon's crime rate being at 30- year lows and the arrest rate for women having decreased in the last two decades by 36-40%. Oregon's only women's prison, Coffee Creek Correctional Facility (CCCF), is struggling to operate safely under the pressure of housing 1285 women. Its built capacity, or the number for which it is truly intended, is 1253 women, and its threshold capacity using emergency beds is 1280. Legislators must now grapple with the decision to open a second women's prison, with estimated costs of approximately $18 million dollars for the first biennium. This proposed expenditure comes at a time when the state faces a $1.7 billion budget shortfall. Although these are challenging circumstances indeed, legislators can choose to view the 2017 legislative session as an opportunity for real criminal justice reform. It is possible to safely, economically, and more justly reduce the women's prison population for the long term and avoid opening another prison. To achieve this goal, the legislature should repeal Ballot Measure 57 (M57) which was first enacted on January 1, 2009. M57, in part, created mandatory minimum prison sentences for non-violent property offenses, the type of crime for which nearly half the women at CCCF have been convicted. In 2016, 47% of prison intakes at CCCF were for property crimes. Three of the four most common offenses, comprising nearly 31% of all women intakes were theft in the first degree, identity theft, and unauthorized use of a vehicle. Mandatory minimum sentences take away judicial discretion and shift more power to prosecutors, who already hold significant sway in the criminal justice system. They have nearly unrestricted and opaque discretion to charge crimes in ways that trigger overly punitive and disproportionate sentences Details: Portland, OR: Oregon Justice Resource Center, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/56dc86d8f699bb4be006b32c/t/58cc51f0bebafb2e3999f31d/1489785332987/Unlocking+M57+March+2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 147385

Author: Strom, Kevin J. Title: Efficiency in Processing Sexual Assault Kits in Crime Laboratories and Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: Unsubmitted sexual assault kits (SAKs) that accrue in U.S. law enforcement agencies (LEAs) have been the subject of increasing attention for the past decade, as have untested SAKs pending analysis in crime laboratories. The field needs a research-informed approach to identify the most efficient practices for addressing the submission of SAKs in LEAs and the testing of SAKs in laboratories. This approach would also determine whether specific policies or characteristics of a jurisdiction result in more efficient processing outcomes. This mixedmethods study examines intra- and interagency dynamics associated with SAK processing efficiency in a linked sample of crime laboratories (N = 145) and LEAs (N = 321). Relying on responses to a national survey of laboratories and a matched sample of LEAs, researchers at RTI International used regression analysis and stochastic frontier modeling to assess how labor and capital inputs, evidence policies, evidence management systems, and models of cross-agency coordination affect SAK processing efficiency. Semistructured interviews with personnel from forensic laboratories, LEAs, and prosecutor's offices in six jurisdictions were used to elaborate on critical themes relating to SAK processing efficiency. Research Questions Research questions are organized into four sections: Submission and Testing Rates addresses whether laboratory or LEA characteristics are associated with efficiency at laboratory, LEA, and jurisdiction levels and includes one research question: - What laboratory or LEA characteristics (e.g., size of agency, use of technology) are associated with SAK testing or submission rates? Production Functions estimates the productivity of laboratory and LEA processing inputs and provides each unit with a technical efficiency score. Research questions include these: - How productive are laboratory DNA processing inputs and LEA labor inputs? - Do resource utilization inefficiencies contribute to the accumulation of SAKs in LEAs or laboratories? If so, what would be the impact if all inefficiencies were eliminated? Case Closure Rates investigates relationships between LEA submission rates and case closures and between laboratory testing rates and case closures. This section has the following research question: - Do testing or submission rates affect the number of cases that can be closed? Perceptions of Efficient Practices examines qualities or practices of agencies that are perceived to enhance efficiency. This section includes the following research question: - From the perspective of LEAs, laboratories, and prosecuting attorneys, what qualities or practices are most important for efficiency in SAK processing? Study Design and Methods To address the aforementioned research questions, RTI project staff conducted a 2-year mixed-methods study in three phases: - In Phase I, a national survey was administered to state, county, and municipal laboratories that conduct biological forensic analysis, and an additional survey was given to a sample of LEAs that submit SAK evidence to these laboratories. Questions were designed to assess SAK outputs (e.g., submission/testing rates) and inputs (e.g., labor, capital, policies, interagency communication). - In Phase II, production functions were estimated to examine effects of labor and capital inputs, in addition to policies, management systems, and cross-agency coordination on efficiency. - In Phase III, six jurisdictions were recruited for site visits, and qualitative methods were used to understand how LEAs, laboratories, and prosecutors implement practices that affect efficiency. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250682.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Laboratories Shelf Number: 147387

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: Feasibility of a Survey Panel of Criminal Justice Agencies For Small, Rural, Tribal, and Border Law Enforcement, Courts, and Institutional and Community Corrections Agencies Summary: Given the potential for technology to improve the work and outcomes of small, rural, tribal, and border (SRTB) criminal justice agencies, the collection of information on how technology is currently used in the field would enable a better understanding of how best to provide support to these agencies. This report describes a feasibility study conducted by the Justice Innovation Center (JIC) to establish a survey panel of SRTB criminal justice agency representatives. The JIC survey panel would send out a short questionnaire each month to representatives to collect rapid feedback about what technology is being used in the field, how and why it was selected, the challenges and barriers departments face when using it, and where it is viewed as effective. Such a panel would enable researchers and policymakers to rapidly solicit practitioners' views on various topics of interest and thus collect up-to-date information on priorities and challenges in the field. To determine whether this idea is feasible, the JIC conducted several tasks across multiple phases. First, we used a convenience sample of agencies that we had interviewed for a previous assessment of SRTB technology needs to conduct a few months of surveys. Next, we developed and tested an online platform to collect and analyze data. Finally, we conducted an experiment to compare different recruitment methods to inform our future panel enrollment efforts. This report summarizes each of these research activities and provides an assessment of future directions for a survey panel. Key Findings The response rates achieved in our three pilot email surveys of SRTB criminal justice agencies were broadly comparable to those observed in other email-based surveys. They were somewhat lower than response rates reported by high-profile panel surveys of individuals and households (such as the RAND American Life Panel) and somewhat lower than some panel surveys of professionals and organizations (such as the RAND Educator Panels). The deployment of a web-based survey demonstrated that it was possible to use a technological solution that could automate numerous tasks and improve privacy arrangements without any concomitant losses in respondent engagement. The test of three methods to recruit panel participants yielded very poor results. The most successful method, email, resulted in a response rate of 7 percent, with even lower rates achieved via mail and phone. These low values capture only the percentage of respondents who agreed to join the panel, without any guarantee that they would respond to any subsequent panel surveys. To address these challenges, appropriate incentives for respondents may merit exploration. Recruitment activities for any future SRTB panel must either pursue a probability sampling strategy or not. The option of probability sampling is hampered by the fact that there are currently no readily available sampling frames for small, rural, and border courts and community corrections agencies. Recommendations Developing a panel of just one agency type may be desirable for two reasons: (1) to prove its utility to other agency types, thereby improving the likelihood that others will enroll; and (2) to concentrate efforts so that we can develop a valid real sampling frame and focus our resources. SRTB agencies are hard-to-reach groups, so focusing on a subset of the population will enable us to concentrate resources for recruitment on fewer potential respondents. We recommend starting with law enforcement or institutional corrections for two reasons: (1) there are already sampling frames of law enforcement agencies and jails to work from; and (2) surveys and censuses from these agencies are resource-intensive and infrequent, and it takes years for results to be released. Current issues in both local law enforcement and jails are in the forefront of the national news, but there are few opportunities to get information from a population-level sample with any sort of timely turnaround. Quick access to a representative panel from these agencies would be very useful in understanding how to most effectively support them. For a panel survey of this type to have maximum impact, it might be worthwhile to expand the scope of the survey to include all sizes of the different agency types for contrast. Currently, the majority of research is conducted in either large or medium-sized agencies, so having them in the survey for comparison with the small agencies would be very beneficial to put research results in perspective. This avenue could have wider applications beyond the SRTB audiences. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2029.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 147388

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Knowing More, but Accomplishing What? Developing Approaches to Measure the Effects of Information-Sharing on Criminal Justice Outcomes Summary: Information-sharing became a central element of the policy debate about U.S. homeland and national security after the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. However, sharing of information across jurisdictional lines is just as important for everyday criminal justice efforts to prevent and investigate crime, and systems to provide such capabilities have been in place for many years. Despite widespread belief that information-sharing is valuable, there have been relatively limited efforts to measure its effect on criminal justice outcomes. To help address this need, we examined the measurement of information-sharing effects from the strategic to the tactical levels, with a focus on developing reliable measurements that capture the range of ways sharing can affect outcomes and how the practicalities of law enforcement work practices can affect measurement. In collaboration with an advanced regional information-sharing agency, we developed techniques to examine the effects of multiple types of data-sharing at the officer, case, and offender levels. Analyses showed significant correlations between different types of sharing on the level of interagency involvement in cases for individual offenders, on the timing and likelihood of specific law enforcement events, and on the likelihood of individual police officers to be involved in cross-jurisdictional arrests. In addition, we explored lessons for future policy evaluation and information system design to facilitate measurement. Key Findings Measuring the Effects of Information-Sharing Measuring the effects of information-sharing is not straightforward, because information is not being shared simply for the sake of sharing but with the intent of doing something else better. Many typical quantitative measures (e.g., amount of information shared by such systems) measure process or outputs, not necessarily the effect of sharing information. We teamed up with the Automated Regional Justice Information System (ARJIS) to provide a real-world case study in which to experiment with measuring the effects of different types of data-sharing. As part of this effort, we interviewed users of ARJIS information-sharing tools in various roles and agencies to identify how the ways that criminal justice practitioners performed their tasks would shape the challenge of measuring the effect of information-sharing on their efficiency or effectiveness. We also developed measures for three different types of sharing tools provided by ARJIS to its users. The measures examined the effect of ARJIS applications that made specific types of information more prominent for users, allowed sharing of information among groups of users, and offered tools to search cross-jurisdictional databases on the speed and likelihood of different law enforcement events, as well as the involvement of agencies with different jurisdictions in making arrests or managing specific types of offenders. Recommendations Some of the biggest takeaways of this effort were lessons on how information systems could be designed to make this sort of analysis more straightforward by building in specific features or addressing key technical problems. These lessons would make it easier to replicate and expand on the criminal justice system's ability to link information-sharing to justice outcomes. Challenges we encountered included ways of addressing how differences in law enforcement practitioner roles and work structure would affect measurement and navigating technical challenges of cross-jurisdictional data integration, data quality issues, and other concerns. Among the key lessons learned were, first, for some of the system design issues, our results simply reemphasize the importance of initiatives that are already under way to facilitate sharing of data across agencies. Second, standardization across agencies, by agreeing on and adopting a unique identifier for individuals, would help address difficulties in tracking both criminal activity and actions to address that activity across jurisdictional lines. Third, where storage capabilities make it possible to do so, it would be valuable to retain more administrative data in justice information systems to enable evaluation efforts. Fourth, building system feedback mechanisms that link the use of specific data to outcomes would be an opportunity for systems to make themselves not only easier to assess but also, and more importantly, operationally useful. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2017 at:https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2099.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Agency Cooperation Shelf Number: 147389

Author: McLain, Andrea Title: Organized Group Activity in Insurance Fraud: 2008-June 2012 Summary: According to NICB, organized crime group generate millions of dollars annually through fraudulent insurance schemes within the US. NICB defines organized crime groups as "any specific group made up of entities and/or individuals who systematically and repeatedly conduct pre-planned activities for the purpose of generating fraudulent insurance schemes". In this NICB ForeCAST Report, a quantitative analysis of organized crime in insurance fraud was conducted with the use of the Organized Group/Ring Activity (OGA) Referral Reason. When NICB member companies refer claims to the NICB Questionable Claims, the submission may include up to 7 Referral Reasons. As the OGA Referral Reason is an indicator of the possible involvement of organized crime in insurance fraud, all Questionable Claims (QCs) that were referred between 2008 and June 30, 2012, regardless of Date of Loss (DOL), with OGA as any one of the seven potential Referral Reasons were pulled from ISO ClaimSearch. Results in which almost all fields were left blank were removed from this study. It is important to also note that ISO ClaimSearch is a multifaceted database where different insurance companies are continually inputting new information. Standards, procedures, or practices relating to the identification of fraud, the selection of referral reasons, and the submission of QCs in ISO ClaimSearch may not be completely uniform between NICB member companies. This ForeCAST is organized into 2 sections: "The Scope of the Problem" and "Insurance Classifications". "The Scope of the Problem" includes analyses of OGA QCs by: Year, Month, Loss State, and Loss City. "Insurance Classifications" discuss the descriptive fields pertaining to insurance lines of business. Sections under "Insurance Classifications" include analysis of OGA QCs by: Policy Type, Loss Type, and OGA QC additional Referral Reasons. Throughout a majority of the tables, figures, and analyses of this report, totals are calculated from 2008 through June 2012 and appear in "Red", all percentage changes are calculated from 2008 through 2011 (unless specified otherwise) and appear in "Blue", and all information regarding the first half of 2012 is followed by an asterisk as a reminder that it is incomplete data. Also, all percents were rounded to the nearest whole number. Exactly 13,014 QCs were identified with the OGA referral reason in ISO ClaimSearch from 2008 through June 2012. In summary, the analysis of OGA QC referral submissions from 2008 through June 2012 yielded the following results: The number of OGA QC referrals per referral year has increased by 47% from 2008 to 2011, and is likely to continue on par from 2011 to 2012 despite a decrease from 2010 to 2011. OGA QCs were referred at a rate of 8 per day. Florida was the state with both the most OGA QC referral submissions by volume and the highest rate of OGA QCs per 100,000 persons. Notably, the city with the most OGA QCs was Los Angeles, CA, followed by New York, NY. The vast majority of OGA QCs were referred on personal automobile policies where the loss involved bodily injury, personal injury protection, or collision. Lastly, the Referral Reason that was selected in combination with the OGA referral reason most often was Staged/Caused Accident. Details: Des Plaines, IL: National Insurance Crime Bureau, 2012. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://www.nicb.org/newsroom/news-releases/organized-crime-and-insurance-fraud Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Insurance Fraud Shelf Number: 147391

Author: Longino, Chris Title: Organized Crime in Insurance Fraud: An Empirical Analysis of Staged Automobile Accident Rings Summary: The growing trend of insurance fraud continues to cost US consumers billions of dollars a year through increased premiums. In 2015, the Coalition Against Insurance Fraud estimated the cost of insurance fraud as being at least $80 billion dollars a year. Even though an increasing number of criminals are drawn to the low risk, high reward of insurance fraud, little criminological literature has explored this topic and the public remains relatively unaware of the extent of the problem. One alarming aspect of insurance fraud is the involvement of organized criminal groups. These organized criminal enterprises are formed for the sole purpose of defrauding the insurance industry. Often, these enterprises are believed to have ties to traditional organized criminal groups, such as the Italian Mafia or the Russian Mob. In order to combat these criminal organizations, it is important to understand the behavior and motivation of such groups. The present study aims to analyze the generally held belief throughout the insurance industry that organized insurance fraud rings are more likely to operate in states with mandatory Personal Injury Protection (PIP) policies. This analysis was conducted by examining staged automobile accidents reported to the National Insurance Crime Bureau. The results of this analysis were mixed. Although a larger percentage of states with mandatory PIP displayed higher staged accident rate, some mandatory PIP states did not, and multiple non-PIP states also demonstrated a high staged accident rate. In an attempt to better understand this crime, further criminological research is needed. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/etd/5731/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Accidents Shelf Number: 147392

Author: Silberglitt, Richard Title: Wearable Technologies for Law Enforcement: Multifunctional Vest System Options Summary: This report reviews the current and projected status of wearable technologies with potential for use by law enforcement and describes three conceptual integrated vest systems that incorporate these technologies. These three systems are meant to represent what could conceivably be implemented very quickly to enhance existing capabilities, what might be done in the near term to provide additional capabilities, and what might be considered to take advantage of technologies that are still in development and could provide even greater capabilities. Wearable technologies provide an opportunity to address several problems faced by law enforcement officers in an increasingly complex and technologically challenging environment - for example, the size and weight of equipment they must carry, the proliferation of batteries for electronic devices, the need for mounting and docking systems for body-worn cameras, and the need for comfort and flexibility while wearing body armor underneath uniforms. There is no reason for law enforcement to wait for wearable technologies that can provide improvements in the bulk, weight, and flexibility of carried equipment - major incremental improvements are available today using currently available commercial technology. However, law enforcement agencies need to think about how to engage with manufacturers now to specify their needs and provide input on the directions that research, development, and design should take in the near future to best accommodate their unique challenges and opportunities. By the same token, manufacturers should reach out to law enforcement agencies and practitioners as the technologies described in this report continue to develop. Key Findings Technologies Are Improving Rapidly Wearable technologies with the potential to provide significant benefit to officers in the field are available today at reasonable cost, such as flexible batteries and wireless charging. More-sophisticated wearable technologies are also under development and are rapidly improving, such as WiFi mesh network connectivity and sensors that can provide indications of officer health and safety. The advanced system could include integration of biometric monitoring into the garment that makes up the vest, onboard processing, capacity for recharging batteries by harvesting energy from officer motion or the environment, and increased situational awareness via real-time data analysis. Increased access to portable, reliable, uninterrupted power in the field that travels with the individual officer is currently feasible and will likely be more so in the future. Law enforcement access in the field to broadband data and communication is likely to improve rapidly. Policy Questions and the Design of the Technologies Must Be Also Considered There are significant and challenging policy questions associated with technologies that are becoming available to law enforcement and are being adopted and expected by the public (examples include real-time access to personal data and use of unmanned aerial vehicles). Bulk and appearance matter and can be critical factors in the adoption of technology. Law enforcement agencies should think about how to engage with manufacturers now to specify their needs and provide input on the directions that research, development, and design should take in the near future to best accommodate their unique challenges and opportunities. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2012.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 147393

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Out Nation's Schools Safe! Volume V Summary: In this fifth volume of Sharing Ideas and Resources To Keep Our Nation's Schools Safe, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and the Justice Technology Information Center (JTIC), part of the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC) System, present a new compilation of articles posted on the SchoolSafetyInfo.org website in the past year. While at first glance these articles seem to profile a wide variety of projects and programs, all of them have at least one thing in common. That is, their planners, coordinators and organizers told us the same thing: We want to help other schools. We want them to know what we're doing, and we want them to feel free to call us with questions, to help them start similar projects of their own. In 2017, schools, law enforcement agencies and communities keep on coming together across the United States as they create innovative and groundbreaking solutions to the persistent problems of violence, bullying, security breaches, gang tensions and social media abuse. For the past five years, SchoolSafetyInfo. org has worked toward ensuring that schools and school administrators, local law enforcement agencies and school resource officers know that they're not alone in their quest to make their schools safer, that others are working toward the same goal. We reach out to small rural school districts and to federal government agencies, and we always get the same answer: "We're taking a proactive approach here, and we want the rest of the country to know about it." These are just some of the projects you'll read about in this fifth volume: - Training for school bus drivers that emphasizes good communications skills and situational awareness. - A free video on how to handle bomb threats. - A simple reverse checkout procedure initiated by a school in rural Alabama. - A New Jersey program for a new class of Special Law Enforcement Officers. - A wide-ranging bullying prevention program that started with a group of concerned students. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://justnet.org/pdf/Sharing-Ideas-and-Resources-Schools%20Safe_Vol5.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 147394

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Our Nation's Schools Safe! Volume IV Summary: Apps. Databases. Tiplines. Videos. Educational campaigns. Throughout the United States, schools, law enforcement agencies and communities keep on coming together, continuing to create innovative and groundbreaking solutions to the persistent problems of violence, bullying, security breaches, gang tensions and social media abuse. The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and the Justice Technology Information Center (JTIC), part of the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC) System, bring you more of these solutions in this fourth volume of Sharing Ideas and Resources to Keep Our Nation's Schools Safe. We want you to know about the people who are searching for, and finding, positive ways to address these problems. We want to tell you about the technologies and strategies that are working across the country, and we want to hear from you about what's going on in your area. In addition to the success stories that fill the three previous volumes in this series, we continually post new ones on SchoolSafetyInfo.org, the JTIC website dedicated to school safety news, information and technology. In addition to downloadable files of Volumes I, II and III, our site includes links to a wide range of resources and materials produced at the federal, state and association levels, and provides access to school safety-related publications and videos from NIJ and the NLECTC System. You can also learn about School Safe - JTIC's Security and Safety Assessment App for Schools, and obtain instructions on how to download it. In this fourth volume, you will read about an educational video on cybersafety produced by a concerned law enforcement officer in Georgia; new approaches to training implemented by the Indiana State Police and the campus police at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst; a free campus safety app developed by a team of students at the University of Michigan; an educational campaign produced by high school students in Connecticut; and a number of other school-community-law enforcement collaborative projects. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center, 2016. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://justnet.org/pdf/00-Sharing%20Resources_Vol4_FINAL_508_06282016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 147395

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Out Nation's Schools Safe! Volume III Summary: From the blue-jacketed volunteers helping to de-escalate tension in Pennsylvania to the teens taking a stand against bullying in Tennessee - and throughout the rest of the United States - schools, law enforcement agencies and communities continue to come together to create innovative and groundbreaking solutions to the persistent problems of violence, bullying, security breaches, gang tensions and social media abuse. The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC) System bring you more of these solutions in this third volume of Sharing Ideas and Resources to Keep Our Nation's Schools Safe. We want you to know about the people who are searching for, and finding, positive ways to address these problems. We want to tell you about the technologies and strategies that are working across the country, and we want to hear from you about what's going on in your area. In addition to the success stories that fill the two previous volumes in this series, we continually post new ones on SchoolSafetyInfo.org, the NLECTC website dedicated to school safety news, information and technology. In addition to downloadable files of Volumes I and II, our site includes links to a wide range of resources at the federal, state and association levels, and access to school safety-related publications and videos from NIJ and the NLECTC System. In this third volume, beside the stories mentioned above that open and close the volume, you will read about school safety-related programs from national agencies such as the National White Collar Crime Center, the National Crime Prevention Council and the National Center for Campus Public Safety; efforts at the state level from Illinois, Alabama and Michigan; and community efforts ranging from smartphone apps to cops in the classroom, from gunshot detection systems to job-specific school safety training. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC), 2015. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://justnet.org/pdf/Sharing-Ideas-and-ResourcesVol3_web%2006112015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 147396

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Out Nation's Schools Safe! Volume II Summary: By now you have read the headlines, watched the videos and heard the stories. Shootings and violent incidents are occurring in schools and communities across the country. While people compile, assess, verify and/or dispute statistics, the drumbeat of violence escalates and media reports show shocking details. Against this backdrop, it is easy to conclude that "Somebody needs to do something." The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) and the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC) want you to know that many people are doing many positive things to address the problems. We want you to know who they are and what they are doing. Like the news media, we are sharing stories. But our stories have better outcomes. We are chronicling the success stories amid all the bad news. We are bringing you the technologies and strategies that have worked for real people across the country to prepare, respond and recover when violence occurs. These stories come straight from those who are making schools safer - the law enforcement officers and other first responders, school administrators, students and community members who can tell you what worked for them. The good news is we've got enough success stories to fill two published volumes and to continually update www.schoolsafetyinfo.org, NLECTC's website dedicated to school safety news, information and technology. That's a lot of good news to offset the bad. In this second edition of Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Our Nation's School Safe!, you will read about school safety-related programs from federal agencies such as the FBI and the U.S. Department of Education; efforts at the state level; and cooperative efforts in local communities. New projects and ideas range from smartphone apps to shared camera systems, training classes to online videos, direct radio connections to devices that secure doors. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC), 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://justnet.org/pdf/00-Sharing%20Ideas_Vol2-JUSTNET%20508%200715.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 147397

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Sharing Ideas & Resources to Keep Out Nation's Schools Safe! Volume I Summary: Tragic events lead to new prevention and response strategies. We recognize that there are dangers in our communities and in our schools. These realities call for an enhanced focus on safety. The decades-old school fire drill has evolved to active shooter/ threat drills as threats have escalated and materialized, often with tragic outcomes. Our nation is seeking new and innovative ways to keep children and adults safe in school settings. Far from simply developing techniques to respond efficiently to an active incident, public safety officials are also exploring technologies to gauge and prevent potential crises. And they are sharing their ideas and results. Across the country, entire communities are rallying and dedicating themselves to being proactive in preventing school violence. There is much talk about how existing programs can be reinvigorated, what new technologies can be created and how training tools can be distributed to school resource officers (SROs), administrators and local law enforcement agencies. Modern threats are being addressed with modern technology, strategy and resolve. The U.S. Department of Justice's National Institute of Justice (NIJ) is a leader in identifying and sharing new training and technology with law enforcement and other first responders. Since Congress passed the Safe Schools Initiative 15 years ago, NIJ has worked collaboratively with other federal agencies on behalf of our nation's law enforcement to answer the call to develop tools and strategies to boost security in our schools. Front-line professionals are working more closely with teachers and administrators, students, parents and community leaders to create alliances that will transform our nation's schools. NIJ, through the National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC), is helping communities gather and share their success stories in this publication and at SchoolSafetyInfo.org. In this guide, you will read about new uses for familiar, standard-bearing technologies such as: - Advanced Law Enforcement Rapid Response Training (ALERRT). - NIJ's School Critical Incident Planning-Generator (SCIP-G) tool. - NLECTC System video "It Can Happen Here." - Free online training from International Association of Chiefs of Police. - School Safety Audits. In addition, you will read about new products and apps such as: - Anne Arundel County (Md.) Police Department's Speak Out app. - Tucson's Mass Casualty Trauma Kits. - SmartPhone app for students to communicate with police. - See-Hear-Report text a tip program. - Real Time Location Systems (RTLS). This guide also reports on unique collaborative community efforts that are succeeding in cities and rural areas alike. Details: Washington, DC: National Law Enforcement and Corrections Technology Center (NLECTC), 2013. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://www.justnet.org/pdf/SharingResources_508.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 147398

Author: Van Wyk, Judy A. Title: Assessing a Residential Treatment Program in the Context of Rhode Island's Juvenile Justice Reforms Summary: Since 2003, Rhode Island juvenile justice system's aim is to deinstitutionalize as many children as possible focusing on prevention, early intervention; and utilizing local communitybased resources. This strategy is a response to decades of national youthful over-institutionalization, and extant research demonstrating the ill effects of earlier policies for juveniles and for the economy. The new strategies have indeed reduced state costs for care, but no tests have been performed to assess these effects on children who are in the state system. Of particular concern in the present research are children whose care may be enhanced by removing them from unsafe or abusive homes and providing a safe, healthy environment in which to rehabilitate. The state already has some of these programs that accept boys through further order of the court as an alternative to serving their sentence at the state's youth prison (the Rhode Island Training School, RITS): the oldest of which is Ocean Tides, Inc; an in-house residential school and rehabilitation program for adjudicated boys that has been in operation for over 40 years. However; in the state's amiable efforts to deinstitutionalize the system, they may be overlooking the effective nuances of different types of out of home placement that already exist in the state. This research examines a large database on information about the 2,053 boys who resided at Ocean Tides for treatment and care from 1975 through 2015. State reforms are identified that began to directly affect the program around 2006, and so this study researches differences in the program's effectiveness before and after these changes focusing on child outcomes for measures of success. The following seven research questions are examined: 1. Has the completion rate for Ocean Tides boys significantly dropped since 2006? 2. Has the rate at which boys engage in violence while in residence at Ocean Tides increased since 2006? 3. Has noncompliant behavior for boys in residence at Ocean Tides increased since 2006? 4. Has academic achievement for boys in residence in the program decreased since 2006? 5. Has alcohol and drug use while in residence in the program increased since 2006? 6. Has cooperation with teachers, staff, counselors, and other residents decreased since 2006? 7. Have legal infractions committed while residing in the program increased since 2006? One population that may particularly benefit from the Ocean Tides program, are boys who experience child abuse or who are otherwise exposed to violence at home. Their families may be ill-equipped to comply with outpatient treatment programs that aim to deinstitutionalize youthful offenders. Research on the effects of child abuse, exposure to parental interpersonal violence (PIPV), and poly-victimization is reviewed in this report and is understood in the context of General Strain Theory. Details: South Kingstown: University of Rhode Island, Department of Sociology and Anthropology, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251033.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147399

Author: Cross, Theodore Title: Injury Evidence, Biological Evidence, and Prosecution of Sexual Assault Summary: Injury evidence and biological evidence gained from forensic medical examinations of victims can provide evidence about the crime as well as the means of linking a suspect to the crime. Evidence from a forensic medical examination can include genital and non-genital injuries, biological evidence (including sperm or semen, blood, and amylase, an enzyme of saliva), and a DNA profile that can often be derived from the biological evidence. This DNA can be matched to a potential suspect, matched to another investigation in the FBI's Combined DNA Index System (CODIS), or matched to a convicted offender in CODIS. Injury evidence can be used to establish a victim's lack of consent and could lead to physical assault charges. This project explored the use and impact of injury evidence and biological evidence through a study of the role of these forms of evidence in prosecuting sexual assault in an urban district attorney's office in a metropolitan area in the eastern United States. The research questions addressed in this summary overview are as follows: - How frequent were different forms of injury evidence and biological evidence in the sample? - Is the presence of injury evidence and biological evidence correlated with the presence of other forms of evidence? - Which types of cases and case circumstances are more likely to yield injury evidence and biological evidence? - Do the presence of injury evidence and biological evidence predict criminal justice outcomes, taking into account the effects of other predictors? - In what ways do prosecutors use injury evidence and biological evidence and what is their appraisal of their impact on case outcomes? Details: Urbana-Champaign: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251036.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 147400

Author: Brooks, Taggert J. Title: Strip Clubs, 'Secondary Effects', and Residential Property Prices Summary: The 'secondary effects' legal doctrine allows municipalities to zone, or otherwise regulate, sexually oriented businesses. Negative 'secondary effects' (economic externalities) justify limiting First Amendment protection of speech conducted inside strip clubs. One example of a secondary effect, cited in no fewer than four United States Supreme Court rulings, is the negative effect of strip clubs on the quality of the surrounding neighborhood. Little empirical evidence that strip clubs do, in fact, have a negative effect on the surrounding neighborhood exists. To the extent that changes in neighborhood quality are reflected by changes in property prices, property prices should decrease when a strip club opens up nearby. We estimate an augmented repeat sales regression model of housing prices to estimate the effect of strip clubs on nearby residential property prices. Using real estate transactions from King County, Washington, we test the hypothesis that strip clubs have a negative effect on surrounding residential property prices. We exploit the unique and unexpected termination of a 17 year moratorium on new strip club openings in order to generate exogenous variation in the operation of strip clubs. We find no statistical evidence that strip clubs have 'secondary effects' on nearby residential property prices. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2809807 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Property Values Shelf Number: 147403

Author: Raynor, Garry Title: Geographic Variations of Clandestine Methamphetamine Laboratories in North Carolina Summary: This study investigates methamphetamine production in North Carolina from 2004 to 2006. Using address data from the National Clandestine Laboratory Registry, provided by the United States Drug Enforcement Agency, this study incorporates methods of spatial analysis, including nearest neighbor analysis and point density mapping to visualize where clandestine laboratories have been most problematic. Additionally, a geographic weighted poisson regression model was used to regress social and economic variables collected from the United States Census Bureau's American Community Survey to attempt to understand local conditions that may contribute to increased discoveries of clandestine laboratories. Spatial analysis conducted for this study found that areas of western North Carolina experienced higher levels of clandestine methamphetamine laboratory discoveries. Geographic weighted poisson modeling for this study also shows that traditional social and economic variables do not provide a strong basis for determining why methamphetamine production occurs within regions of North Carolina. Details: Boone, NC: Appalachian State University, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://libres.uncg.edu/ir/asu/listing.aspx?styp=ti&id=22111 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Geographic Analysis Shelf Number: 147404

Author: Wiegand, Andrew Title: Evaluation of the Re-Integration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) Program: Final Impact Report Summary: The Reintegration of Ex-Offenders (RExO) project began in 2005 as a joint initiative of the Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration (ETA), the Department of Justice (DOJ), and several other federal agencies. RExO aimed to capitalize on the strengths of faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) and their ability to serve prisoners seeking to re-enter their communities following the completion of their sentences. In June 2009, ETA contracted with Social Policy Research Associates (SPR) and its subcontractors MDRC and NORC at the University of Chicago to conduct an impact evaluation of 24 RExO grantees. The programs funded under RExO primarily provided three main types of services: mentoring, which most often took the form of group mentoring, but also included one-on-one mentoring and other activities; employment services, including work readiness training, job training, job placement, job clubs, transitional employment, and post-placement follow-up; and case management and supportive services. Upon enrollment, a participant was typically placed in work readiness training, which ranged from only a few hours to more than 24 hours in total duration. Toward the latter part of this training, or immediately following it, a participant was typically either matched with an individual mentor or asked to participate in group mentoring activities. Surrounding these activities were regular meetings with a case manager (at least bi-weekly, and most often weekly), during which the participant's service needs were discussed, and referrals were made for any needed services. Additionally, a participant discussed potential job leads with his or her case manager (or with a job placement specialist or job developer, in a minority of cases). Although the average duration of participation in RExO was approximately twelve weeks, this varied widely across participants, and the period of intensive participation was often much shorter. Similarly, the actual services participants received varied substantially across grantees. This report summarizes the impacts of the RExO program on offender outcomes in the two main areas of interest: labor market success and recidivism. Using a random assignment (RA) design, the evaluation created two essentially equivalent groups: a program group that was eligible to enroll in RExO and a control group that was prevented from enrolling in RExO but could enroll in other services that were available within the community (and to which program participants also had access). A total of 4,655 participants enrolled in the study, with approximately 60 percent (N=2,804) of those being assigned to the program group and 40 percent (N=1,851) assigned to the control group. The results in this final report are based on outcomes for these individuals in the three-year period after they enrolled into the study, with outcome measures obtained from three different data sources. The first of these was a telephone survey that asked about a range of items, but focused on labor market outcomes and recidivism. The overall response rate to this survey after three years was 64.2 percent, which represented 83.6 percent of those who had responded to a two-year survey. The second set of data used in this report was administrative data on criminal justice outcomes which were sought from each of the 18 states in which RExO grantees operated. The final data source was employment and earnings information collected from the National Directory of New Hires (NDNH), which provided objective and uniform data on employment for all study participants. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2016. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/ETAOP-2015-10_The-Evaluation-of-the-Re-Integration-of-Ex-Offenders-%28RExO%29-Program-Final-Impact-Report_Acc.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 147405

Author: Mueller-Smith, Michael Title: Diversion in the Criminal Justice System: Regression Discontinuity Evidence on Court Deferrals Summary: The historically unprecedented size of the U.S. criminal justice system has necessitated the development of diversion programs to reduce caseloads as a cost containment strategy. Court deferrals, which allow felony defendants to avoid formal convictions through probation, are one example. Using two discontinuities in deferral rates in Harris County, Texas separated by 13 years, we find consistent evidence that diversion reduces reoffending and unemployment among first-time felony defendants. Similar benefits are not observed for repeat offenders suggesting felony record stigma as a key mechanism. Young, African American men drive the total effect, a pattern consistent with over-targeting by law enforcement Details: Ann Arbor: Department of Economics, University of Michigan, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://sites.lsa.umich.edu/mgms/wp-content/uploads/sites/283/2017/08/Diversion_in_the_Criminal_Justice_System.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147406

Author: Mueller-Smith, Michael Title: Avoiding Convictions: Regression Discontinuity Evidence on Court Deferrals for First-Time Drug Offenders Summary: This paper studies the causal impact of court deferrals, a legal strategy to help defendants avoid a felony conviction record, on the future criminal and labor market outcomes of first-time felony drug offenders. To accomplish this, we exploit two natural experiments in Harris County, Texas, in which defendants appearing in court one day versus the next experienced abruptly different likelihoods of deferral. In 1994 deferral rates dropped by 34 percentage points the day following the implementation of a penal code reform; in 2007 deferral rates increased by 22 percentage points the day after the unexpected failure of a ballot initiative to expand the county jail. Using administrative data and local polynomial regression discontinuity methods, we find robust evidence consistent across both experiments that regimes with expanded use of court deferrals generated substantially lower rates of reoffending and unemployment over a five-year follow-up period. Additional analysis delves further into the timing, nature and incidence of these impacts. Together our results suggest that increasing the use of deferral programs may be an attractive and feasible option for a jurisdiction seeking to reduce the fiscal cost and community impact of its criminal justice system. Details: Bonn: IZA - Institute of Labor Economics, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper no. 10409: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10409.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 147407

Author: Leslie, Emily Title: The Unintended Impact of Pretrial Detention on Case Outcomes: Evidence from NYC Arraignments Summary: In the United States, over 400,000 individuals are in jail each day waiting for their criminal cases to be resolved. The majority of these individuals are detained pretrial due to the inability to post low levels of bail (less than $3,000). We estimate the impact of being detained pretrial on the likelihood of an individual being convicted or pleading guilty, and their sentence length, using data on nearly a million misdemeanor and felony cases in New York City from 2009 to 2013. Causal e↵ects are identified using variation across arraignment judges in their propensities to detain defendants. We find that being detained increases the probability of conviction by over seven percentage points by causing individuals to plead guilty more often. Because pretrial detention is driven by failure to post bail, these adverse effect disproportionately hurt low-income individuals. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: http://home.uchicago.edu/~npope/pretrial_paper.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147409

Author: Tyler, Stacey Title: Evaluating Security Communication Failures at a United States Commercial Airport Summary: Organizational communication impacts service efficiency and productivity. An increase in federal funding to strengthen communication within the airport stakeholders has failed to deliver expected results. The purpose of this qualitative case study was to explore whether overall communication among TSA stakeholders is effective, and to identify where potential breakdowns in communication may occur in order to improve communications about the implementation of airport security policies. Using Weick's organizational information theory, this study's central research question focused on the degree to which miscommunication between the stakeholders regarding prohibited items at security checkpoints impeded the effective execution of federal law regarding carryon luggage on commercial aircraft. A purposive sample of 13 private airline employees and 7 airport employees at a large U.S. commercial airport participated in the study. Data were collected via semi structured interview questions, and then coded and analyzed following an inductive coding strategy. According to study results, there was little evidence of mis-communications between government and airline stakeholders regarding policy changes and expectations related to security procedures. However, there was evidence that miscommunication about the same policy changes to consumers confuses travelers, which may explain incidences of prohibited items at the security checkpoints. This study may assist policy makers in clarifying language to better inform travelers about security changes and prohibited items, which will promote safer flying experiences, reduce the potential for harm, and expedite traveling, thereby contributing to positive social change. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2014. 167p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1562523110/abstract/932BE08993F4738PQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 147410

Author: White, Ariel R. Title: Voter Behavior in the Wake of Punitive Policies Summary: Millions of people in the US have direct experience with the machinery of immigration enforcement or criminal courts, and millions more have seen family members, friends, or neighbors face these experiences. What do these experiences mean for political behavior in the United States? Do these proximate observers decide that government is a dangerous and capricious force to be avoided, and withdraw from political participation entirely? Or is there sometimes a mobilization response, where some people organize to push back against what they see as unjust government actions? This is an important policy feedback story. Large-scale punitive policies could either "lock themselves in" via community disengagement, or hasten their own demise by fueling political responses. The three papers of this dissertation examine policies at varying distances (people living in an area where the policy is introduced, those directly affected, and those living with people directly affected), and with different time-frames and geographic coverage. The results of these papers, and the approach of using administrative datasets and finding causal leverage from "natural experiments," point us toward a new understanding of policy feedbacks. In the first paper, I find that Latino voters living in counties where a new deportation program was introduced before the 2010 election became more likely to vote. This effect seems driven not by personal experience seeing deportation activities, but by activists mobilizing voters in affected counties. In the second paper, I use random courtroom assignment to measure the causal effect of short jail sentences (from misdemeanor cases) on voting. I find that even short jail sentences can deter people from voting in the next election, with particularly large effects among black voters. In the third paper, I find that the household members of incarcerated people also become several percentage points less likely to vote. This finding is particularly striking given the narrow scope of the effect measured: this is only the additional effect of seeing a household member jailed for a short period, among a set of people that have already seen their household member arrested and charged with a crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2016. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 19, 2017 at: https://dash.harvard.edu/bitstream/handle/1/33493481/WHITE-DISSERTATION-2016.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 147411

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Use of Restrictive Housing for Inmates with Mental Illness Summary: Introduction The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is responsible for confining offenders in environments that are safe, humane, cost-efficient, and appropriately secure. To do so, the BOP utilizes various forms of Restrictive Housing Unit (RHU) to confine certain inmates, including those with mental illness. However, according to recent research and reports, as well as the BOP's own policy, confinement in RHUs, even for relatively short periods of time, can adversely affect inmates' mental health and can be particularly harmful for inmates with mental illness. As of June 2016, of the 148,227 sentenced inmates in the BOP's 122 institutions, 9,749 inmates (7 percent) were housed in its three largest forms of RHU: Special Housing Units (SHU) in 111 institutions; 2 Special Management Units (SMU) at the U.S. Penitentiaries (USP) in Lewisburg and Allenwood, Pennsylvania; and the USP Administrative Maximum Security Facility (ADX) in Florence, Colorado. The Office of the Inspector General conducted this review to examine the BOP's use of RHUs for inmates with mental illness, including trends in the use of restrictive housing and the screening, treatment, and monitoring of inmates with mental illness who are housed in RHUs. We found significant issues with the adequacy of the BOP's policies and its implementation efforts in this critical area. Results in Brief BOP Policies Do Not Adequately Address the Confinement of Inmates with Mental Illness in RHUs, and the BOP Does Not Sufficiently Track or Monitor Such Inmates BOP guidance and policies do not clearly define "restrictive housing" or "extended placement." Although the BOP states that it does not practice solitary confinement, or even recognize the term, we found inmates, including those with mental illness, who were housed in single-cell confinement for long periods of time, isolated from other inmates and with limited human contact. For example, at the ADX, we observed an RHU that held two inmates, each in their own cell, isolated from other inmates. The inmates did not engage in recreation with each other or with other inmates and were confined to their cells for over 22 hours a day. Also, in five SHUs, we observed single-celled inmates, many with serious mental illness. One inmate, who we were told was denied ADX placement for mental health reasons, had been single-celled for about 4 years. Although the BOP generally imposes a minimum amount of time that inmates must spend in RHUs, it does not limit the maximum amount of time and does not monitor inmates' cumulative time in RHUs. The BOP also does not track its housing of inmates in single-cell RHU confinement, nor does it account for their confinement in all RHUs throughout BOP institutions. As a result, inmates, including those with mental illness, may spend years and even decades in RHUs. For example, we learned of an inmate with serious mental illness who spent about 19 years at the ADX before being transferred to a secure residential mental health treatment program. In addition, our sample of inmates with mental illness showed that they had been placed in the ADX for an average of about 69 months. Similarly, we found that between fiscal years (FY) 2008 and 2015, inmates with mental illness averaged about 896 consecutive days, or about 29 months, in the SMU. We further found that inmates with mental illness spend disproportionately longer periods of time in RHUs than their peers. Equally concerning, our review showed that 13 percent of the inmates with mental illness in our sample were released by the BOP directly into the community after spending nearly 29 months in the SMU prior to their release. By contrast, officials in six of the eight state departments of corrections told us that they limit the length of time inmates with mental illness can be placed in restrictive housing. In 2015, three states (Massachusetts, Mississippi, and New York) had at least a 30-day limit, while three other states (Colorado, Maine, and Pennsylvania) no longer placed inmates with serious mental illness in RHUs at all. Mental Health Staff Do Not Always Document Inmates' Mental Disorders, Leaving the BOP Unable to Accurately Determine the Number of Inmates with Mental Illness and Ensure that It Is Providing Appropriate Care to Them BOP data showed that, as of 2015, only 3 percent of the BOP's sentenced inmate population was being treated regularly for mental illness. Yet, the BOP's FY 2016 Performance Budget Congressional Submission cited an internal BOP study, which suggested that approximately 19 percent of federal inmates had a history of mental illness. Moreover, a 2006 Bureau of Justice Statistics report concluded that 45 percent of federal inmates had symptoms or a recent history of mental illness. We found that the BOP cannot accurately determine the number of inmates who have mental illness because institution staff do not always document mental disorders. The BOP's FY 2014 data estimates that approximately 12 percent of inmates have a history of mental illness; however, in 2015, the BOP's Chief Psychiatrist estimated, based on discussions with institutions' Psychology Services staffs, that approximately 40 percent of inmates have mental illness, excluding inmates with only personality disorder diagnoses. Similarly, one institution's Deputy Chief Psychologist estimated that 50 percent of that institution's inmates may have Antisocial Personality Disorder; nevertheless, we found that this disorder was documented for only about 3.3 percent of the BOP's total inmate population. Because mental health staffs do not always document inmates' mental disorders, the BOP is unable to ensure that it is providing appropriate care to them. Since the BOP Adopted Its New Mental Health Policy, BOP Data Shows a 30 Percent Reduction in Inmates Who Receive Regular Mental Health Treatment The BOP adopted a new mental health policy in 2014, increasing the standards of care for inmates with mental illness. However, since the policy was issued, the total number of inmates who receive regular mental health treatment decreased by approximately 30 percent, including 56 percent for inmates in SMUs, and about 20 percent overall for inmates in RHUs during the scope of our review. Based on our review, it appears that mental health staff may have reduced the number of inmates, including those in RHUs, who must receive regular mental health treatment because they did not have the necessary staffing resources to meet the policy's increased treatment standards. Indeed, we found that, as of October 2015, the BOP had filled only 57 percent of its authorized full-time Psychiatrist positions nationwide and that it had significant staffing issues with regard to Psychologist positions as well. This treatment trend was particularly pronounced among SMU inmates at USP Lewisburg, which confined over 1,100 SMU inmates as of June 2016. Based on our sample of SMU inmates, we found that, prior to the new policy, the number of inmates (16) whose mental health care level was increased equaled the number of inmates (16) whose care level was decreased. In contrast, after the new policy was adopted, all 27 inmates whose care level changed had a decrease and therefore ostensibly required less treatment. By May 2015, only about 2.5 percent of SMU inmates at USP Lewisburg were categorized as requiring regular treatment, compared to about 11 percent of ADX inmates and 7 percent of SHU inmates nationwide, which we believe raises treatment concerns for inmates in USP Lewisburg's SMU. While the BOP Has Taken Recent Steps to Mitigate Mental Health Concerns for Inmates in RHUs, Additional Actions Can Be Taken The BOP has taken a number of steps to mitigate the mental health concerns for inmates in RHUs. These efforts include diverting inmates with serious mental illness from placement in traditional RHUs (i.e., SHUs, the SMUs, and the ADX) and into alternative programs such as secure residential mental health treatment programs. While these are positive BOP initiatives, limited inmate capacities, slow inmate progression through the programs, high staffing needs, and a lack of formal performance metrics with which to measure the effectiveness of these programs limit their utility and the BOP's ability to expand their use to other institutions. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, U.S. Department of Justice, 2017. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 17-05 : Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/e1705.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Prisons Shelf Number: 147413

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: The Interaction and Impact of State DNA Database Laws, Final Summary Overview Summary: Despite the widespread use of criminal offender DNA databases by the law enforcement community, relatively little is known about their real-world effects on criminal behavior. The purpose of DNA databases is to quickly and accurately match crime scene evidence with known offenders. They aim to reduce crime by increasing the probability of punishment, conditional on offending. They also exhibit large returns to scale. For these reasons, DNA databases are likely to be far more cost-effective than traditional law enforcement tools. Indeed, previous research has shown that DNA databases have large crime-reducing effects at the state level (Doleac, 2015). However, because DNA database expansions are - like most crime policies - legislated at the state level, the resulting policies may not be efficient from a national perspective. Each state will weigh its own costs and benefits when making policy decisions, without regard for their effects on other states. But state DNA databases do not exist in a vacuum: they could have effects on criminal behavior elsewhere. The federal government can improve the national efficiency of state-level policies by inducing states to consider the costs and benefits to their neighbors - i.e., to internalize the externalities. The federal government has invested a large amount of money in helping states expand their databases and clear sample backlogs, presumably because it perceives positive externalities to state database expansions. Positive externalities would exist if offenders are highly mobile, and are deterred or incapacitated upon being added to a state database. If they stop committing crime, this would reduce crime in other states. Positive externalities could also exist if profiles from one state help other states catch and incapacitate offenders. One important aspect of DNA database policy in the United States is that states can search for profile matches across state lines, using CODIS. This should increase the positive externalities of state-level expansions. For instance, if Georgia expands its database, neighboring states such as Florida could benefit from being able to search those additional profiles. Depending on how often crimes in Florida are committed by out-of-state offenders, the expansion of Georgia's database could help Florida identify and convict more offenders, reducing its own crime rate. When Georgia is weighing the costs and benefits of expanding its database, it will probably not consider these external benefits, and so its database will be inefficiently small; hence the justification for federal funding to encourage more expansions. However, there could be negative externalities, particularly if a state's database expansion induces probable offenders to move to another state. For instance, suppose Georgia adds felony arrestees to its database, but Florida does not include that group. Offenders in Georgia who think they could be arrested for a felony will have an incentive to move to Florida, to avoid DNA profiling and therefore detection for past or future crimes. (Such a behavioral effect is not unreasonable to expect: we typically assume that human capital is mobile, and that workers move to places with better jobs.) In this case, Georgia's database expansion would displace some of its own crime to Florida. As before, Georgia would not include this external cost in its cost-benefit analysis, but in this case a state database that seems optimal from the state's perspective will be inefficiently large from the national perspective. Which of these externalities dominates in the DNA database context is an empirical question. The goal of this project is to answer that question. This report summarizes the main findings. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251035.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 147416

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Title II Part B Formula Grant Program Related to Allegations of the OJJDP's Inappropriate Conduct Summary: In September 2014, the Department of Justice Office of the Inspector General (OIG) Investigations Division issued a report of investigation into allegations that the state of Wisconsin's Office of Justice Assistance (Wisconsin) submitted fraudulent compliance data to the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) in order to receive grant funds from the OJJDP's Title II Part B Formula Grant Program (grant program). The investigation concluded that Wisconsin submitted inaccurate compliance reports to the OJJDP, failed to perform required physical inspections of secure detention facilities housing juveniles, did not have an adequate monitoring system to ensure compliance with grant requirements, and did not accurately define its monitoring universe as required by the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 2002 (JJDPA). Subsequent to the conclusion of that investigation, the OIG received seven allegations that OJJDP officials engaged in inappropriate conduct related to the underlying program, as referred to then - Attorney General Eric Holder by the U.S. Office of Special Counsel by letters dated September 16, 2014, and January 13, 2015. These allegations were referred by former Attorney General Holder to the OIG, which initiated this audit as well as a review that was conducted by the OIG's Oversight and Review Division. This OIG audit examined two of these allegations, which were: 1. Employees at the OJJDP failed to assure compliance with JJDPA core protections; and 2. Employees at the OJJDP failed to investigate allegations that Wisconsin was falsifying detention data in order to receive federal funding. The audit substantiated the first allegation listed above and identified concerns related to the second allegation. We concluded that the OJJDP could strengthen its grant program compliance monitoring procedures and periodically redistribute an Office of Justice Programs (OJP) policy that requires staff to immediately report suspected programmatic non-compliance to the OJJDP Administrator. We found that the OJJDP did not engage in actions necessary to ensure states' compliance with the four JJDPA core requirements states must meet to receive full funding through the grant program. Specifically, states receiving these OJJDP grants are required to: (1) deinstitutionalize status offenders; (2) separate juveniles from adult inmates; (3) remove juveniles from adult jails; and (4) reduce the disproportionate contact of minority youth with the juvenile justice system, commonly referred as disproportionate minority contact. The OJJDP did not routinely perform compliance monitoring audits required by the JJDPA to help ensure compliance with those requirements. According to OJJDP's former policy, as communicated to us during our OJJDP interviews, each participating state or territory should have received a JJDPA compliance audit at least once every 5 years. However, we found that 20 states or territories received only one audit during a 13-year time period from 2002 through 2014. In October 2015, the OJJDP changed its policy to require a compliance audit every 3 years. We also found that the OJJDP had not developed written policies governing its audit selections. An OJJDP official told us that the agency tried to keep track of when states were due for an audit, but those selection procedures and criteria were not in writing, and the agency did not record the reasons why audit selections were made. We believe that written policies and procedures would provide assurance that audits were selected uniformly, consistent with OJP and Department of Justice policies, and based on factors such as risk or previously identified compliance deficiencies. In April 2015, then-Assistant Attorney General for OJP Karol Mason acknowledged during testimony before the Senate Judiciary Committee longstanding problems with the OJJDP's compliance monitoring program intended to ensure grantees' compliance with the JJDPA. During the hearing, the thenAssistant Attorney General proposed certain corrective actions to address these problems. We determined that these actions were mostly complete as of January 2017, though we were not able to test their effectiveness within the scope of this audit. While we found no evidence that the OJJDP had examined allegations that Wisconsin submitted fraudulent compliance data, we also found no conclusive evidence that OJJDP managers or supervisors were aware of these allegations prior to the OIG launching its investigation in May 2008. Although a member of the OJJDP�s compliance monitoring staff suspected that Wisconsin had submitted fraudulent data as early as October 2007, the staff member did not formally report these allegations to the OIG until March 2008, and never reported the allegations to OJJDP managers or supervisors. We determined that the same OJJDP staff member who initially suspected Wisconsin of committing fraud told at least one of her co-workers not to share the information with anyone. Although OJP has a policy that requires staff to immediately report allegations of grant misuse or non-compliance, we found that managers or supervisors were not informed because of perceived problems between some OJJDP staff and their managers. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 17-31: Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2017/a1731.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Funding Shelf Number: 147417

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Review of the FBI's Investigations of Certain Domestic Advocacy Groups Summary: The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated this review in response to congressional inquiries that raised concerns over whether the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) had improperly targeted domestic advocacy groups for investigation based solely upon their exercise of First Amendment rights. The congressional inquiries were prompted by media reports describing FBI documents released by the FBI pursuant to Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests. For example, in a letter to the OIG, Congresswoman Zoe Lofgren stated that the circumstances described in the news reports "suggest that the FBI is investigating these advocacy groups based solely on their engagement in peaceful, lawful speech and assembly activities protected under the [First] Amendment." In a congressional hearing, Senator Patrick Leahy questioned FBI Director Mueller about allegations that the FBI had "targeted Americans based on their exercise of First Amendment rights," and Director Mueller stated that he would welcome such an investigation by the 01G.3 II. Scope and Methodology We reviewed FBI investigative activity relating to five groups and one individual because they were among those mentioned in the news articles and congressional inquiries related to the release of FBI documents. Our review addressed FBI activities over a 6-year period, from January 2001 to December 2006, related to the following entities: The Thomas Merton Center of Pittsburgh, PA; People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA); Greenpeace USA; The Catholic Worker; Glen Milner, (an individual); and, The Religious Society of Friends (the "Quakers"). In the case of PETA, our review focused on the investigative activities of the FBI's office in Norfolk, Virginia (Norfolk Field Division). PETA's corporate headquarters are located in Norfolk, Virginia, and during the time period covered by our review, the FBI's Norfolk Field Division conducted the investigation of PETA and several related investigations of PETA members. Our review focused on FBI investigative activities and documents that related to the exercise of First Amendment rights, most commonly protest activities. In general, we addressed the following issues raised by the FBI documents relating to these groups: Whether the FBI targeted the groups or their members because of their First Amendment expressions rather than for a valid law enforcement purpose; Whether investigations of the groups or individuals affiliated with them were adequately predicated under applicable Department of Justice (Dai) or FBI policies; Whether the FBI improperly collected or retained information about the First Amendment activities of the groups or their members; Whether FBI documents contain improper characterizations of the groups or their members based on their First Amendment views; and, Whether the FBI improperly classified investigative matters relating to these groups or individuals as terrorism matters. In this review, we examined over 8,000 pages of FBI documents referencing these groups. From this broad review we identified particular FBI investigations and other activities that potentially implicated the First Amendment activities of the groups or their members. In several of these matters, we examined additional FBI documents, including the complete investigative files of cases. We conducted over 40 interviews of FBI field office and Headquarters personnel, including interviews of current and former FBI Special Agents to obtain more detailed information on predication where it was not apparent from our document review. In addition, we interviewed attorneys in the FBI's Office of General Counsel to obtain information on FBI policies relating to FBI investigative activities and the First Amendment, as well as policies governing the FBI's Domestic Terrorism program. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, 2010. 209p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2017 at: https://oig.justice.gov/special/s1009r.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 147424

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Murder and Extremism in the United States in 2016 Summary: ONE WORD LOOMS OVER THE LANDSCAPE of deadly extremism and terrorism in the United States in 2016: Orlando. The June 2016 shooting spree at the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Florida, by Omar Mateen - who killed 49 people and wounded 53 more - dwarfed in its lethality all other extremist-related murders this past year. Mateen, who claimed his attack in the name of ISIS, though there are no known connections between him and that terror organization, achieved the dubious distinction of being the deadliest domestic terrorist since Timothy McVeigh bombed the Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City in 1995. Last year, the Anti-Defamation League reported that, in 2015, domestic extremists had killed more people than in any previous year since 1995. Largely because of Mateen's attack, 2016 now supplants 2015 in its deadly toll. ADL's preliminary tally of extremist-related deaths at the end of 2015 was 52. However, information that has emerged since then has now brought the 2015 total to 65 deaths at the hands of extremists, as it can sometimes take months or years for an extremist connection to a death to come to light. ADL's preliminary tally for 2016 is already at 69, a figure that includes the 49 killed by Mateen as well as 20 other murders committed by white supremacists, anti-government extremists such as sovereign citizens, and black nationalists. This grisly toll puts 2016 as the second deadliest year for domestic extremist-related deaths in the United States since 1970, the earliest year for which ADL maintains such statistics. The number will inevitably grow higher still as more 2016 murders turn out to have extremist ties. Were it not for the Orlando shootings, 2016 might have been considered a "mild" year for extremist-related deaths. Including Orlando, there were only 11 lethal incidents in the U.S. in 2016 that can be connected to extremism, compared to 29 incidents in 2015. Moreover, the number of incidents involving multiple fatalities in 2016 was only five, half the number of such incidents in 2015. Leaving out the Orlando shootings, one would have to go back all the way to 2006 to find a number of people killed by extremists smaller than that in 2016. The Pulse massacre was a single event so egregious in its casualty tolls that it can actually distort statistics and perceptions surrounding the extremist landscape. It is important to note that the number of Americans killed by domestic extremists is small compared to the total number of murders in the United States or even the number of those who die from gun violence each year. But these deaths represent merely the tip of a pyramid of extremist violence and crime in this country. For every person killed at the hands of an extremist, many more are wounded or injured in attempted murders and assaults. Every year, police uncover and prevent a wide variety of extremist plots and conspiracies with lethal intentions. And extremists engage in a wide variety of other crimes related to their causes, from threats and harassment to white collar crime. To give just one other measure of extremist violence as an example, for the five years from 2012-2016, at least 56 shooting incidents between police and domestic extremists occurred (the vast majority of them shootouts or incidents in which extremists shot at police). During these encounters, extremists shot 69 police officers, 18 fatally. Additionally, compared to many other types of violence, extremist-related violence has the power to shock or spread fear within an entire community - or an entire nation - as the Orlando shootings so tragically demonstrated this past year. The enormity of the attack in Orlando shocked and frightened all Americans, but it was a particular blow to the LGBT community in the United States, as the Pulse nightclub was a gay bar and dance club and most of the victims were gay, lesbian, or transgender. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2017 at: https://www.adl.org/sites/default/files/documents/MurderAndExtremismInUS2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 147425

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: San Francisco County Jail Programs Survey: An analysis of survey responses from inmates participating in the Sheriff Department's in‐custody programs Summary: This report discusses the results of a survey that the City Performance Unit of the Controller's City Services Auditor (CSA) conducted with inmates participating in the following Sheriff in‐custody programs; - Community of Veterans Engaged in Recovery (COVER): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5. It offers employment training and connects participants with services offered by the Department of Veterans Affairs - Resolve to Stop the Violence (RSVP): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5 to reduce violent behaviors and recidivism related to violent crimes. - Roads to Recovery (ROADS): This program is offered to male inmates in CJ #5 and offers substance abuse prevention and treatment services. - Sisters in Sober Treatment Empowered in Recovery (SISTERS): This program is offered to female inmates in CJ #2 and includes counseling services related to trauma, domestic violence, and relapse prevention. The purpose of this survey was to seek feedback regarding the strengths and weaknesses of current programs to help the Sheriff's Department examine the effectiveness of the services they provide. The Sheriff's Department has limited information about program performance and would like to better understand how to optimally coordinate and deliver a system of programs for incarcerated individuals, with the ultimate goal of positively impacting inmate outcomes including recidivism. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/6423-SF%20County%20Jail%20Programs%20Survey.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 147430

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: Human Services Agency: Adult Protective Services Staffing Analysis Summary: Purpose of the Report This report documents the Controller's Office analysis and findings from a staffing analysis of Adult Protective Services. Job shadows, a peer survey, and an analysis of case data highlight the key drivers of case complexity and inform business decisions around unit organization and caseload management. Background & Methodology Every year, the City and County of San Francisco's Adult Protective Services (APS) unit receives thousands of reports regarding allegations of abuse or self-neglect of elderly adults or adults with disabilities. These allegations of abuse or self-neglect result in over 5,000 cases per year that are addressed by APS, with the majority of these cases involving inperson investigation by APS social workers. APS leadership perceived that cases have grown more difficult and resource-intensive to resolve. APS requested that the Controller's Office perform a staffing analysis to inform business decisions around the use of specialized units and caseload management, as well as to add to the organization's understanding of the resources required to serve high-intensity cases. The Controller's Office conducted two interviews, two job shadows, a survey and a focus group of social workers, a peer survey of 74 APS programs across the country, and an in-depth analysis of case-level data. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/Documents/Auditing/APS%20Staffing%20Analysis%20Final%20Report%205-18-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 147431

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: Adult Probation Department Reentry Division CASC Program Analysis Summary: In preparation for the San Francisco Adult Probation Department's (APD) upcoming Request for Proposal (RFP) for reentry services, APD requested that the Controller's Office, City Performance Unit, conduct a program assessment of services provided at the Community Assessment and Services Center (CASC). The CASC, which opened in June 2013, is a one-stop reentry center that bridges APD probation supervision with comprehensive services including case management, cognitive behavioral interventions, employment, education, barrier removal, health care enrollment and income benefits acquisition assistance. City Performance developed an analytical approach to assess reentry services at the CASC. The approach consisted of the following four elements: 1. Research on evidence-based practices in the field of reentry services and other related fields. 2. Benchmarking and best practice interviews with peer probation systems that share a commitment to implementing evidence-based practices. 3. Interviews and focus groups with key stakeholders from APD, the current CASC vendor - Leaders in Community Alternatives (LCA), the Department of Public Health (DPH), the Human Services Agency (HSA) and partner organizations that provide on-site and off-site support. 4. Interviews with CASC clients. Based on this assessment, City Performance found several areas where CASC service provision could be enhanced to strengthen adherence to evidence-based practices and improve client outcomes. The recommendations included in this report reflect findings based on research done from July to September of 2016. New information gathered outside of the original time period can be found in footnotes throughout the report. Stakeholders report that San Francisco has a challenging reentry environment due to a large number of high risk probationers with high rates of homelessness, mental health issues and drug addiction. In this environment, the CASC has struggled to motivate clients to maintain the necessary attendance levels that allow for many evidence-based practices to have an impact on recidivism rates. Furthermore, City Performance found other areas where the CASC could improve adherence to best practices in the field including during case planning, client tracking, and mental health and substance abuse support. Finally, the CASC has struggled to maintain a consistent and effective data tracking system across programs which has affected its ability to monitor program performance and measure impact. The first three years of the CASC focused on initiating a wide array of new community services while aligning law enforcement and support services. The recommendations in this report can serve as a guide for Adult Probation Department to deepen the work of the CASC as it matures as the cornerstone of reentry services in San Francisco. This report provides six high level recommendations based on findings from City Performance research, interviews, and focus groups that APD can incorporate into the upcoming RFP for reentry services. City Performance recommends that the CASC adopt the following practices: 1. Increase client engagement hours. a. Enhance intrinsic motivation through using the therapeutic community model. b. Require case managers to spend more time with clients outside of the CASC. c. Increase case manager engagement for clients in custody. d. Require case managers to assume intake responsibilities at the CASC. e. Choose dosage targets and use in probation plans. 2. Ensure that CASC case planning and services address the criminogenic needs of clients. a. Require alignment between Individual Treatment and Rehabilitation Plan (ITRP), Correctional Offender Management Profiling for Alternative Sanctions (COMPAS) assessment and all other client reentry planning. b. Host joint training sessions for CASC case managers, APD staff and subcontractors to ensure that all parties have a uniform understanding of program goals. c. Provide CASC case managers with greater access to the client's COMPAS assessment. d. Provide greater access for subcontractors to the criminogenic and mental health needs of their clients before the client accesses their services. e. Require case managers to attend all collaborative meetings about clients, including case conferences and bi-weekly client case management meetings. 3. Enhance the CASC's capacity to handle clients with mental health and substance abuse issues. a. Expand and streamline CASC capacity for handling clients with mental health issues. b. Hire case managers that have more experience handling mental health cases. c. Train current case managers in de-escalation tactics and mental health awareness. d. Collaborate with county jails, APD Probation Officers, and CASC case management to develop a standard process for transferring clients with mental health issues to ensure continuous care. 4. Develop and implement an effective data reporting system. a. Create and maintain a data dictionary. b. Track and analyze client level dosage data. c. Track data points that give information on program performance. 5. Conduct annual fidelity assessments of the CASC. 6. Long Term: Create specialized client tracks for service provision. a. Create client tracks based on criminogenic risk level. b. Pursue programming by gender as outlined in the Women's Community Justice Reform Blueprint and consider creating client tracks by gender. c. Create client tracks by age. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/Documents/Auditing/Adult%20Probation%20Department%20Reentry%20Division%20CASC%20Program%20Analysis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147432

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Prison Time Surges for Federal Inmates: Average period of confinement doubles, costing taxpayers $2.7 billion a year Summary: The average length of time served by federal inmates more than doubled from 1988 to 2012, rising from 17.9 to 37.5 months. Across all six major categories of federal crime - violent, property, drug, public order, weapon, and immigration offenses - imprisonment periods increased significantly. For drug offenders, who make up roughly half of the federal prison population, time served leapt from less than two years to nearly five. Mandatory minimum sentencing laws, the elimination of parole, and other policy choices helped drive this growth, which cost taxpayers an estimated $2.7 billion in 2012 alone. Despite these expenditures, research shows that longer prison terms have had little or no effect as a crime prevention strategy - a finding supported by data showing that policymakers have safely reduced sentences for thousands of federal offenders in recent years. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2015/11/prison_time_surges_for_federal_inmates.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 147437

Author: Kilmer, Ashley R. Title: "I'm just trying to fit back in": the role of social bonds, stigma, and legal consciousness on the reentry experiences of recently incarcerated adults Summary: This project integrates concepts from both the fields of law and society and criminology as a way of creating a more comprehensive theoretical lens in which to examine the reentry process and understand the successes and struggles during those critical first few months following release. Specifically, this study examines how the legal consciousness of returning citizens, experiences of stigma, and the development and maintenance of social bonds work together or individually to impact individuals' experiences with reentry. Findings from semi-structured interviews with recently incarcerated individuals reveal that each of the three theoretical concepts have numerous relationships to one another as well as a meaningful role in the reentry process. Findings from this project shed light on the real experiences, struggles, and successes of people coming out of prison during the initial weeks and months of returning home. It is hoped that the stories of these men and women will illuminate the ways in which families, communities, policy-makers, and society can assist these individuals as they try to begin their lives as formerly incarcerated adults. Details: Newark, DE: University of Delaware, 2016. 252p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 25, 2017 at:https://udspace.udel.edu/bitstream/handle/19716/19955/2016_KilmerAshley_PhD.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Reintegration Shelf Number: 147438

Author: San Joaquin County Probation Title: Day Reporting Center (DRC): Recidivism by EBP Dosage Hours Summary: This evaluation report centers on analysis specific to the San Joaquin County Probation Department's Day Reporting Center (DRC). The DRC, which has been in operation for numerous years and was recently redesigned, offers clients on probation a location in which they can check in with their probation officers, remain in compliance (via reporting and drug testing), and take part in evidence based curriculum. These clients are moderate to high risk probationers who have been referred to the DRC in order to receive case management services. An overarching goal of the Probation Department is to reduce recidivism and commitments to local jail and State prison. In order to achieve these goals, the Department, via the services and programs offered at the DRC, is focused on addressing the barriers that hinder the success of their clients. This report centers on DRC clients and recidivism data. Moreover, this analysis centers on a sample of 73 clients and offers a preliminary look at recidivism analysis 120 days since enrollment in the DRC. In addition, this data analysis includes recidivism findings analyzed by the amount of evidence base programming hours received. The two main data analysis questions for this work are: - What is the level of recidivism for the sample? - Are levels of recidivism affected by the dosage hours received? Details: Stockton, CA: San Joaquin County Probation, no date. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://cech.uc.edu/content/dam/uc/corrections/docs/IntheNews/DRC%20Recidivism%20Analysis%20by%20EBP%20hours.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147441

Author: Rasmussen, Andrew Title: Evaluation of Peer Court, Inc.: 1993-2001 Statistics and Recidivism Summary: This study involved the analysis of Peer Court records covering the period from 1993 to 2001. Presented are summary statistics on the demographic make-up of Peer Court offenders (e.g., percent male and female), the types of offenses dealt with in Peer Court, the number of sanctions sentenced by the peer jury, and rates of re-offending after Peer Court (recidivism). Also included is some discussion of how Peer Court recidivism measures up to recidivism from other juvenile populations (including other teen court youth). Summary statistics show that Peer Court services a variety of youth who have committed low-level offenses. Age, gender, race, residence, offense, and referral source indicate that the "typical" Peer Court youth can be described as being a White male from Danville between the ages of 13 and 16, referred by the police for committing a misdemeanor. While this describes many youth, most youth do not fit this exact description, and considerable variety is reflected in the numbers and percentages relevant to the various categories. For instance, while half the youth were residents of Danville, over a quarter were from elsewhere in Vermilion County (the residence of 23% was unknown). Peer Court has served offenders as young as 6 and as old as 18, covering a wide range of developmental stages, and has addressed many types of low-level offenses, from curfew violations to assaults and drug possession. The sanctions handed down by Peer Court have been considerable over the years. Between 1993 and 2001 Peer Court juries sentenced youth offenders to over four years of community service, over 1,200 jury duty assignments, and over 1,200 writing assignments (essays and apologies). While not directly measured in this report, this is likely to have affected not only the youth completing their sentences, but the well being of the county as a whole. Providing valuable service to the county and local agencies ($53,000 worth at minimum wage) and supplementing academic writing curricula should not be overlooked when judging Peer Court's importance to the local community. In addition, almost 400 classes or counseling sessions have been assigned to offenders, providing them with educational and personal support resources. To measure re-offending after Peer Court, only records from 1993-2001 were used. This was done to ensure that any difficulties encountered during the initial stages of the program would not skew the results for the program after staff had established a routine. For youth who committed misdemeanors and felonies after Peer Court, the recidivism rate is about .10 a year after completing Peer Court; in other words, about 10% of youth can be expected to commit a misdemeanor or felony a year after completing their sentence. Adding ordinance violations raises the rate to .11; or about 11% of youth can be expected to commit an ordinance violation, misdemeanor or felony a year after completing their sentence. For later rates (i.e., two years after, three, etc.), see the section on recidivism (pp. 9-11). Youth who re-offended were more likely to be male, to have written more apologies as part of their sentences, and taken longer to complete their sentence. Although it was the original intention of the author to measure Peer Court recidivism to a comparison group of youth who did not participate in Peer Court, it became quickly apparent that there were no youth in Vermilion County who were like Peer Court offenders but not actually in Peer Court. Given that, judging what these recidivism rates mean is a difficult task. Comparing these rates to rates from other populations of low-level offenders (e.g., status offenders) and other teen courts around the country, it seems that Peer Court measures favorably; Peer Court recidivism rates are lower than most rates cited in research literature and lower that the rates from other (comparable) teen courts. However, without comparing Peer Court rates to those of other youth who living in Vermilion County, any conclusion is open to considerable skepticism Details: Urbana-Champaign: Department of Psychology University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign , 2002. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://www.globalyouthjustice.org/uploads/Peer_Courts_in_Illinois.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 147442

Author: Kubiak, Sheryl Title: Statewide Mental Health Court Outcome Evaluation: Aggregate Report Summary: Nationally, the number of people with serious mental illness (SMI) in jails ranges from 6 to 36 percent. Some refer to jails as the last mental health hospital as individuals with SMI revolve in and out of jails. As one solution to this social problem, jurisdictions are finding ways to divert such individuals from prosecution or sentencing by engaging them in treatment services. The mental health court (MHC) offers an alternative to traditional criminal court processing; it is post‐booking diversion program that utilizes treatment and services available in a given community to stem the frequency of mentally ill offenders' contact with the criminal justice system. Studies of MHCs have consistently found that they can be successful in reducing re‐offending and increasing treatment utilization. In 2008, the Michigan Department of Community Health (MDCH) and the State Court Administrative Office (SCAO) developed the Michigan Mental Health Court Grant Program as a mechanism to jointly fund a statewide MHC pilot program during fiscal year 2009. In 2011, MDCH contracted an external evaluation of the pilot program encompassing eight MHCs: Berrien (Unified Trial Court); Genesee (25th Probate Court); Grand Traverse (86th District Court); Jackson (4th Circuit and 12th District Courts); Livingston (53rd District Court); Oakland (6th Circuit Court); St. Clair (72nd District Court); and Wayne (3rd Circuit Court). The evaluation encompasses the three‐year pilot period of January 2009 to December 2011 and relies on multiple sources of data to assess the processes and outcomes of each court. Questions related to court processes were: How are courts similar to and different from each other? What are mechanisms for referral and admission? How strong is the collaboration or integration between the court and mental health staff? Did participants successfully complete? Data used to assess these process‐related questions included surveys, site visits, interviews, and court observation. Based on site visit and interview data, the research team created a process map illustrating each court's screening, admission, and decision‐making processes. The process map and a report based on the data collection was submitted to each MHC for verification. Questions related to outcomes included: Did MHC reduce recidivism (i.e. time in jail, new arrests)? Did MHC increase participation in mental health treatment? Did high‐intensity treatment such as hospitalization decrease as a result of MHC? Did specific individual or system level factors affect outcomes? Data collected to assess these outcomes came from five primary sources: MDCH‐CMH Encounter/Service Data; SCAO - MHC database; jail data from each county; MDCH - Bureau of Substance Abuse and Addiction Services treatment data; and Michigan State Police - arrest and conviction data. To assess long‐term outcomes, a comparison of three time periods was considered: 1) one year prior to MHC admission; 2) the period of involvement in MHC; and 3) one year following MHC discharge. Using the Council of State Governments Justice Center list of ten essential elements of MHC as a guide, MHCs across Michigan were found to vary widely in terms of organization, policies, and practices. Differences between courts should not be construed as a 'right' or 'wrong' way of operating. Rather, each court is responsive to the needs of the particular county and uses the resources available to the best of its abilities. Because each MHC is unique, it is not possible to draw direct comparisons between courts. The intent of this evaluation is to illuminate the variety of MHC structures and processes across the state and utilize individual - and system‐level factors, other than county of origin, to assess variations in outcomes. There were 678 individuals admitted into the eight MHCs prior to December 31, 2011. The average age at admission was 35 years (range 18 to 64). Nearly two thirds of participants (63%) were males and 67% identified as Caucasian. The overwhelming majority of participants were unemployed (91%) at admission, and nearly 20% were homeless. Nearly 40% were admitted into MHC with a primary diagnosis of bipolar disorder, followed by depression (29%), schizophrenic/psychotic or delusional disorders (21%), and 12% representing other diagnoses such as developmental or personality disorders. Although 60% were identified as having a 'current substance abuse', other evidence shows that as many as 79% were substance involved. Participants were most likely to enter MHC on a felony offense (48%), while 43% were admitted on a misdemeanor, and 8% on civil cases. The average length of stay in MHC was 276 days; among all 678 participants who were admitted, there were 187,043 MHC program days since 2009. Of the 450 participants discharged, 43% successfully completed all requirements of the MHC - a proportion within range of national averages. Age and offense type were the strongest predictors of success: Successful completers were more likely to be older than average (39 years) and have a misdemeanor/civil offense. Treatment outcomes. Participants received the greatest number of services during MHC, and these were primarily low‐intensity services (e.g., med reviews, case management). The proportion of participants requiring a high intensity service (e.g., hospitalization) declined from 31% pre‐MHC to 15% post‐MHC. Time to first mental health treatment after MHC admission averaged 16 days; upon discharge into the community the average was 41 days. While 95% of participants received mental health treatment during MHC, 72% of those discharged greater than one year received such services. Substance abuse treatment within the CMH system increased during MHC as compared to pre‐MHC (45% compared to 53%) but declined post‐MHC (28% of those discharged). Recidivism outcomes. A primary indicator of MHC is recidivism, measured nationally by new arrests. Since admission into MHC, only 14% of participants were arrested and charged with a new offense - a much lower rate than national averages - particularly, since time between admission to MHC and one year post‐MHC may have been as long as 2-years. Prior to MHC, 81% of participants spent time in jail, averaging 39 days. During MHC, 54% of participants spent time in jail, averaging 24 days. This represents a statewide saving of 10,074 jail bed days. To date, a reduction of 15,991 jail bed days is seen when comparing the pre‐MHC to post‐MHC periods for the 450 participants discharged. Among participants discharged one‐year (n=236), long‐term outcomes indicate 43% spent time in jail post‐MHC and 4% were incarcerated in state prisons. Successful program completion strongly predicts the absence of recidivism. Individual Factors Influencing Outcomes. Mental health diagnosis was found to have no effect on completion, treatment attainment or recidivism. However, the presence of COD predicted less favorable completion, more time in jail during MHC and higher proportion of new arrests/convictions. Similarly, those with felony offenses were less likely to complete, and when they did, they spent more time in MHC. Interestingly, those with felony offenses had significant reductions in jail days when comparing pre- and post‐MHC periods regardless of completion status. Importantly, there was no difference in new arrest/convictions between those who entered with a felony versus a misdemeanor. System‐level Factors Influencing Outcomes. Outcome variations related to court type (felony, misdemeanor/civil, or mixed) were similar to those above, with courts focused on felony cases having the greatest reduction in jail days. Examining the level of integration between the courts and treatment staff (high vs. low), high integration courts had lower lengths of stay and less time to treatment. Although those in low integration courts were more likely to complete MHC, those in high integration courts were more likely to experience greater reductions in jail days and higher treatment participation. Implementation and piloting of MHCs across Michigan has been successful, and many quantitative indicators as well as personal stories demonstrate positive outcomes. Based upon the body of knowledge amassed in this report, the following are areas for future consideration that may expand positive outcomes: 1) Enhance the level of integration between courts and treatment; 2) Consider matching risk level with length or intensity of court supervision; 3) Extend use of rewards to encourage longer length of stays and positive completion; 4) Increase attention to COD, integration of mental health and substance abuse treatment, and continuity of care post‐MHC to support ongoing recovery. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2012. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: https://www.michigan.gov/documents/mdch/Statewide_MHC_Evaluation_-_Aggregate_Report_Final_103112_w_seal_407300_7.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 147445

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: Outcome Evaluation of Call-in Meetings Conducted in Maryland under Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: Conducted by IGSR in partnership with the U.S. Attorney's Office, District of Maryland, and the Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention, the research reported here builds on a prior IGSR report, Process Evaluation of Call-in Meetings Conducted in Maryland under Project Safe Neighborhoods. The purpose of this outcome evaluation is to assess the impact of call-in meetings held in five Maryland jurisdictions on the recidivism of participants attending the meetings. Targeting newly-released parolees with histories of gun-related and violent offenses, the call-in meetings are described in detail on pages 20-33 of the process evaluation report. The outcome study employs a quasi-experimental design and compares call-in participants' rearrest, reconviction, and reincarceration outcomes with those of a group of persons with similar criminal histories who did not attend the meetings. The call-in sample includes participants of 18 call-in meetings held in the City of Annapolis, Baltimore City, and the City of Frederick and in Anne Arundel and Prince George's Counties. Reviewed on pages 7 through 13 of the process evaluation report, the few studies that have examined recidivism among participants of call-in meetings have yielded mixed results. This research will contribute to our understanding of the effectiveness of call-in meetings for reducing crime among violent offenders. Research Questions and Hypotheses Research questions and hypotheses for the outcome evaluation were focused in three areas: 1. Recidivism of call-in participants a. What percentage of participants are rearrested, reconvicted, and reincarcerated for up to three years following participation in the meetings? What is their frequency of rearrest and reconviction during the follow-up period? What are the types and severity of charges among those recidivating? b. Of those recidivating, what is the time between participation and rearrest and reconviction? 2. Recidivism reduction comparisons between study groups a. Hypothesis: The percentage of call-in participants recidivating will be lower than that of comparison group offenders with similar demographics and criminal histories. b. Hypothesis: Of those recidivating in both groups, the time to first rearrest and reconviction will be longer than that of comparison group offenders. c. Hypothesis: Of those recidivating in both groups, call-in participants will be less likely to be arrested and convicted for violent offenses than comparison group offenders. 3. Factors affecting recidivism and recidivism reduction comparisons between study groups a. What is the relationship between background factors (demographics, criminal histories) and recidivism in both study groups? b. Hypothesis: Lower recidivism rates among call-in participants relative to comparison group subjects will be observed controlling statistically for group differences in demographics and criminal histories Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/OutcomeEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_042016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Supervision Shelf Number: 147452

Author: Fleury, Megan M. Title: Process Evaluation of Call-in Meetings Conducted in Maryland under Project Safe Neighborhoods Summary: Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) is a program to combat gun violence that is coordinated by U.S. Attorney's Offices throughout the country. The University of Maryland's Institute for Governmental Service and Research (IGSR) is the research partner to the U.S. Attorney's Office, District of Maryland, on PSN through grant PSNM-2013-0001, administered by the Governor's Office of Crime Control and Prevention (GOCCP). One approach to implementing PSN nationally and in Maryland is the use of offender call-in meetings. High risk offenders are called in and notified of the consequences they could face, including federal prosecution, if they reoffend using a gun. In many jurisdictions, service providers attend the meetings to apprise offenders of programs available to help them succeed. Because there is only limited research concerning the effectiveness of call-in meetings, the U.S. Attorney's Office, GOCCP, and IGSR decided to focus research efforts on evaluating the Maryland call-in meetings. This report contains the results of the process evaluation of call-in meetings in five Maryland jurisdictions: the City of Annapolis, Anne Arundel County, Baltimore City, the City of Frederick, and Prince George�s County. Another report will be issued after an outcome evaluation of the meetings is completed. A review of existing literature found evaluations that attributed reductions in crime to PSN programs incorporating call-in meetings as well as programs employing call-in meetings that pre-dated creation of PSN. However, studies that focus specifically on the effectiveness of call-in meetings have yielded mixed results. Call-in meetings in Chicago reduced recidivism and the seriousness of subsequent crimes committed by meeting participants. Call-in meetings in Indianapolis increased participants' awareness of law enforcement efforts, but did not result in lower recidivism rates among participants. The meetings in Chicago and Indianapolis had similar formats. However, Chicago targeted the most violent offenders in the most crime-ridden neighborhoods, while Indianapolis invited a broader set of offenders to its meetings. Chicago also emphasized the legitimacy of law enforcement efforts to reduce violence. In Indianapolis, a failure of law enforcement to follow through with increased oversight and sanctions of targeted offenders may have weakened the meetings' effects. In Maryland, PSN has been implemented in conjunction with two other programs, Maryland Exile and the Safe Streets initiative. Maryland Exile focuses on federal prosecution of the most violent repeat offenders. Safe Streets uses a set of criteria to identify offenders who will receive increased attention from law enforcement. Both programs utilize call-in meetings to communicate with their respective target group. Through review of documents provided by PSN partners, interviews with meeting organizers, and observation of meetings, the IGSR researchers conducted a process evaluation of call-in meetings in Maryland. Offenders in the Violence Prevention Initiative (VPI) are the target population, with four of the five jurisdictions inviting the most violent VPI offenders to their call-in meetings. Anne Arundel County invites all VPI offenders and has call-in meetings with 80 to 100 offenders in attendance. The other jurisdictions typically limit meetings to 30 or 40 offenders. Targeting call-in meetings to the most violent offenders is consistent with the successful approach used in Chicago and in programs that led to creation of PSN. As is the case nationally, the meetings in Maryland jurisdictions generally combine a deterrent message and a message of support. Representatives of the local police department, the U.S. Attorney's Office, and the State's Attorney's Office speak at the meetings in every jurisdiction. Offenders are told that they risk federal prosecution and harsh sanctions if they are rearrested for a violent crime. The emphasis is on deterrence, although all the jurisdictions except Annapolis invite service providers to the meetings. The smaller jurisdictions provide offenders with personalized pamphlets describing the consequences of reoffending, given their individual criminal histories. The larger jurisdictions provide examples of offenders who have been prosecuted in the federal system. Meetings in Baltimore City have the broadest community involvement, including a member of the clergy, an ex-offender, and residents affected by violence. These participants help reinforce the anti-violence message and provide legitimacy to law enforcement efforts. The other Maryland jurisdictions should consider incorporating this feature into their call-in meetings. Meeting organizers in some of the Maryland jurisdictions expressed concern over whether meeting participants that reoffend are actually receiving federal prosecution and harsher sanctions. They worry that their credibility will be harmed if this is not happening. Some meeting organizers would like to have more service providers at the meeting and more programs available to help offenders succeed. The meeting organizers that were interviewed for the process evaluation generally believe that call-in meetings have contributed to reductions in violent crime. The extent to which this is the case will be addressed by the planned outcome evaluation. A caveat regarding the findings and conclusions presented in this report is that they are based on interviews with a limited number of individuals in only four of the five jurisdictions and observations of call-in meetings in only four of the five jurisdictions. Key staff in Baltimore City departed the program before they could be interviewed, and the City of Annapolis did not conduct a call-in meeting during the time-frame of the process evaluation. Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://www.igsr.umd.edu/applied_research/Pubs/ProcessEvaluationProjectSafeNeighborhoods_032416.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147453

Author: Young, Douglas Title: Drug Courts in Maryland: An Assessment of Drug Court Enhancements and Recent Data Trends in Eleven Adult Drug Courts Summary: Approaching the 25-year anniversary of the opening of the first drug treatment court in Miami-Dade County, drug courts continue to grow and gain attention as jurisdictions nationally look to reverse the incarceration binge of prior decades. Maryland was one of the first states to make a commitment to drug courts, and today the state Office of Problem Solving Courts (OPSC) oversees one of the most extensive networks of specialized courts in the country, including both circuit and district-court based drug court programs in the major metropolitan areas and smaller programs in rural counties in every region of the state. With funding support from the federal Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and the Maryland Judiciary Administrative Office of the Courts, the Institute for Governmental Service and Research at the University of Maryland, College Park undertook the study reported here of 11 of the state's adult drug courts. Employing methods detailed below, the research had three distinct components. The first involved in-depth studies of four drug courts in Baltimore City and Carroll, Cecil, and Wicomico counties that had implemented program enhancements under BJA funding. In addition to a detailed descriptive assessment of enhancement plans and progress in implementation, program data from the Statewide Maryland Automated Record Tracking (SMART) system were gathered and analyzed to further assess drug court performance and outcomes at each site during the demonstration period. A second study component involved analyzing similar data from SMART on seven additional drug court programs in Baltimore City and Anne Arundel, Dorchester, Worcester, St. Mary's, and Montgomery counties. These sites were selected for inclusion by OPSC, and are representative of the diversity of drug courts in the state. Using 3 and 1/4 years of data (January 2014 through March 2015), trends in admissions, active participant census, and program completion results, along with common program elements (service referrals, participant sanctions, incentives) are assessed for each of these seven sites. Finally, a comparative analysis was done. Again drawing from the available SMART data, this narrative assessment compares and contrasts recent data and trends among the 11 drug courts on the same descriptive and performance measures listed above. Details: College Park, MD: Institute for Governmental Service and Research, University of Maryland, 2015. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://www.courts.state.md.us/opsc/dtc/pdfs/evaluationsreports/assessmentofenhancements11adultdrugcts.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 147455

Author: Frederick, Bruce Title: Measuring Public Safety: Responsibly Interpreting Statistics on Violent Crime Summary: With a few hyper-localized exceptions that require targeted attention, violent crime rates are lower today than they have been at any point over the past four decades. However, this era of public safety has been misrepresented by some media reports and public commentary concluding that violent crime increases in a few cities equal a sweeping national problem. This brief examines those erroneous conclusions about current crime trends - using both existing and original research - and describes how to avoid common pitfalls when interpreting statistics on violent crime. Violent crime remains near its lowest point in decades and fears of a new violent crime wave are unfounded. Crime rates fluctuate over time and it is important that any discussion of statistics on violent crime takes account of these natural variations. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/for-the-record-measuring-public-safety-statistics-violent-crime/legacy_downloads/for-the-record-measuring-public-safety_02.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 147456

Author: Johnson, Adrian Title: City of St. Louis Adult Drug Court St. Louis, Missouri Process Evaluation Report Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders identified as drug-addicted into treatment that will reduce drug dependence and improve the quality of life for the offenders and their families. Benefits to society include substantial reductions in crime and decreased drug use, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety. In the typical drug court program, participants are closely supervised by a judge who is supported by a team of agency representatives operating outside of their traditional roles. The team typically includes a drug court administrator, case managers, substance abuse treatment providers, prosecuting attorneys, defense attorneys, law enforcement officers, and parole and probation officers who work together to provide needed services to drug court participants. Prosecuting and defense attorneys modify their traditional adversarial roles to support the treatment and supervision needs of program participants. Drug court programs blend the resources, expertise and interests of a variety of jurisdictions and agencies. Drug courts have been shown to be effective in reducing criminal recidivism (GAO, 2005), improving the psycho-social functioning of offenders (Kralstein, 2010), and reducing taxpayer costs due to positive outcomes for drug court participants (including fewer re-arrests, less time in jail and less time in prison) (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey, Finigan, Waller, Lucas, & Crumpton, 2005). Some drug courts have been shown to cost less to operate than processing offenders through business-as-usual in the court system (Carey & Finigan, 2004; Carey et al., 2005). More recently, research has focused not just on whether drug courts work but how they work, and who they work best for. Research-based best practices have been developed (e.g., Volume I of NADCP's Best Practice Standards was published in 2013 and Volume II will be released in July 2015). These Best Practice Standards present multiple practices that have been associated with significant reductions in recidivism or significant increases in cost savings or both. The Standards also describe the research that illustrates for whom the traditional drug court model works best, specifically, high-risk/high-need individuals. The Standards recommend that drug court programs either limit their population to highrisk/high-need individuals, or develop different tracks for participants at different risk and need levels (i.e., follow a risk-need responsivity model). That is, drug courts should assess individuals at intake to determine the appropriate services and supervision level based on their assessment results (e.g., Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2006; Lowenkamp & Latessa, 2005). This research has led to the development of more sophisticated drug court programs, including programs that have implemented multiple tracks for their offenders based on the four "quadrants" of risk and need (high-risk/high-need, high-risk/low-need, low-risk/high-need, and low-risk/low-need). The first known program to implement all four tracks, or quadrants, was the drug court in the City of St. Louis, Missouri, followed soon after by Greene County, Missouri. In these programs the judicial officer and coordinators worked with their teams and with community organizations to develop appropriate supervision, treatment and other complementary services for participants at each risk and need level. In October 2014, the Office of State Courts Administrator (OSCA) in Missouri, in partnership with NPC Research, received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, to perform a process evaluation of two drug courts operating in Missouri that are using the 4-track model, the 4-track program in Greene County (Springfield) and in the City of St. Louis. Both programs are using a specialized screening tool, the Risk and Needs Triage (RANT), a scientifically validated screening tool developed by the Treatment Research Institute (TRI), to place offenders in one of the four risk-need quadrants (see Table 1). The programs both have separate treatment and supervision requirements according to participants' risk and need levels. The 4-track model implemented in the City of St. Louis was an effort to tailor the drug court program to the risk and needs of participants in each quadrant with the expectation that this would improve effectiveness and be more cost and resource efficient. Over time the treatment court has further evolved to become more focused on the high risk/high need offenders. Participants are now separated into different dockets based on diagnostically determined mental health disorders (a "co-occurring" docket) and the need for Medically Assisted Treatment (MAT) (an "MAT" docket). The City of St. Louis also has a Veterans Treatment Court (VTC). This report contains a description of the program practices and procedures and the process evaluation results for the City of St. Louis Adult Drug Court, specifically the 4-track model. The recommendations resulting from the process evaluation are based on research performed by NPC in over 100 drug courts around the country and on NADCP's Best Practice Standards (2013, 2015), as well as on practical experience working with individual courts and collaborating with the professionals who do this work. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/St-Louis-process-evaluation-report_1215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 147458

Author: Johnson, Adrian Title: Greene County Adult Drug Court Springfield, Missouri Process Evaluation Report Summary: In October 2014, the Office of State Courts Administrator (OSCA) in Missouri, in partnership with NPC Research, received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, to perform a process evaluation of two drug courts operating in Missouri that are using the 4-track model, the 4-track program in Greene County (Springfield) and in the City of St. Louis. Both programs are using a specialized screening tool, the Risk and Needs Triage (RANT), a scientifically validated screening tool developed by the Treatment Research Institute (TRI), to place offenders in one of the four risk-need quadrants. The programs both have separate treatment and supervision requirements according to participants' risk and need levels. The 4-track model implemented in Greene County and the City of St. Louis is an effort to tailor the drug court program to the risk and needs of participants in each quadrant with the expectation that this will improve effectiveness and be more cost and resource efficient. This report contains a description of the process, including the 4-track model, and the evaluation results for the Greene County Adult Drug Court. The recommendations resulting from the process evaluation are based on research performed by NPC in over 100 drug courts around the country and on the Best Practice Standards, as well as on practical experience working with individual courts and collaborating with the professionals who do this work. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/Greene-Co-process-evaluation-report_1215.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 147459

Author: Parkin, William S. Title: Criminal Justice & Military Deaths at the Hands of Extremists Summary: As there have been a number of high profile incidents where extremists have targeted criminal justice personnel generally, and law enforcement officers specifically, it is important to provide some context with data on attacks over time. START researchers examined the United States Extremist Crime Database (ECDB) to provide analysis on attacks on agents of the criminal justice system and military personnel in the United States between 1990 and 2015. The ECDB identifies 66 criminal justice/military homicides perpetrated by an offender associated with either al-Qaida and its associated movement (AQAM) or far-right extremism (FRE) in this time period. This background report presents information on these incidents, the offenders and victims of these attacks. Details: College Park, MD: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START), 2016. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2017 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_CriminalJusticeMilitaryDeathsbyExtremists_BackgroundReport_Nov2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 147461

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Costs of Crime: Experts Report Challenges Estimating Costs and Suggest Improvements to Better Inform Policy Decisions Summary: Crime and society's response to it pose significant costs to the United States. The Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Statistics reported that federal, state, and local governments collectively spent over $280 billion in fiscal year 2012 (adjusted to 2016 dollars) on criminal justice programs such as police protection, the court system, and incarceration. There are also many other financial and nonfinancial effects of crime that researchers consider when estimating the total costs of crime in the United States. These can include tangible costs such as replacing damaged property or medical care to treat victims' injuries, and intangible costs such as changes in people's behavior to avoid crime, among many other costs. Researchers have estimated varying annual costs of crime, including totals of $690 billion, $1.57 trillion, and $3.41 trillion, adjusted to 2016 dollars. GAO was asked to examine issues related to estimating the costs of crime committed in the United States. This report examines: 1) how experts estimate the cost of crime in the United States, and the challenges they face, and 2) the actions experts have considered in order to improve the understanding and use of cost of crime research. To answer these questions, GAO worked with the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine to identify and survey experts in fields associated with estimating the cost of crime, including criminology, economics, public health, public policy, and statistics, among others. GAO also reviewed 27 studies that estimated the cost of crime in the United States, published from 1996 to 2017. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-17-732: Accessed September 27, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/687353.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 147464

Author: Roodman, David Title: The impacts of incarceration on crime Summary: When it comes to locking people up, the United States is a world champion. In 1970, 196,000 people resided in American prisons, and another 161,000 in jails, which worked out to 174 inmates per 100,000 people. In 2015, 1.53 million people languished in US prisons and 728,000 in jails, or 673 per 100,000. Only North Korea, among major nations, may surpass the US in this regard. Such statistics are almost always invoked and graphed when initiating discussions of criminal justice reform. Figure 1 and Figure 2 depict them afresh with photographs taken at the Eastern State Penitentiary in Philadelphia. That fortress-like complex is now a museum, a window onto a criminal justice reform movement of some two centuries ago that sought to replace corporal punishment with solitary confinement, which was seen as humane and rehabilitative. The Open Philanthropy Project has joined a latter-day criminal justice reform movement. It too is motivated by the belief that something is wrong with the state's use of punishment to combat crime. Something is wrong, in other words, with those pictures. Higher incarceration rates and longer sentences, along with the "war on drugs," have imposed great costs on taxpayers, as well as on inmates, their families, and their communities. Yet even though the 59% per-capita rise in incarceration between 1990 and 2010 accompanied a 42% drop in FBI-tracked "index crimes," researchers agree that putting more people behind bars added modestly, at most, to the fall in crime. Yet even if rising incarceration has not been a major factor behind falling crime, it might still have been a factor - and enough so that it ought to give pause to those pushing to reverse the rise. This report works to check that possibility, by reviewing empirical research on the impacts of incarceration on crime. It asks whether decarceration should be expected to increase or decrease crime. With the Open Philanthropy Project making grants for criminal justice reform, this review of the research is an act of due diligence. Any discussion of the impacts of incarceration should specify the alternative: incarceration as opposed to what? This review focuses mainly on studies that compare incarceration to ordinary freedom or traditional supervised released (probation and parole), as distinct from alternatives such as in-patient drug treatment and restorative justice conferences. Those options may offer promise, and deserve more research and evidence reviews. Nevertheless, as a practical matter, if incarceration falls substantially in this country, ordinary and traditional supervised release will probably emerge as the main alternatives. That appears to have been the case in trend-setting California after decarceration reforms in 2011 and 2014. Thus this review remains highly relevant to likely policy choices. For manageability, this review restricts it to "high-credibility" studies: ones that exploit randomized experiments, or else "quasi-experiments" that arise incidentally from the machinations of the criminal justice system and ideally produce evidence nearly as compelling as experiments do. Further, in distilling generalizations and performing cost-benefit analysis, the review relies more heavily on the eight studies that I could replicate by accessing the underlying data and computer code. Replication and subsequent reanalysis of these eight revealed significant econometric concerns in seven and led to major reinterpretations of four. That experience led to an unexpected conclusion about the conduct of social science generally. For it raised doubts about the rest of the high-credibility studies included in this review, the ones that could not be so closely examined. It forced me to conclude that even the best studies on incarceration and crime are less reliable than they appear. And, like a car whose brakes fail once, this raises questions about the reliability of published social science generally. To put that more constructively, the scrutiny that research undergoes to appear in social science journals falls short of the optimum for policymaking. Perhaps the gap needs to be filled outside the normal academic research process, such as through reviews like this one. Details: San Francisco: Open Philanthropy Project, 2017. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2017 at: http://blog.givewell.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/The-impacts-of-incarceration-on-crime-10.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147466

Author: Police Foundation Title: Final Report: Independent Review of Security Issues at the James T. Vaughn Correctional Center Summary: On February 1, 2017, the State of Delaware was confronted by the news of an ongoing incident in which inmates housed in the C-Building at the James T. Vaughn Correctional Center (JTVCC), seized the building and took hostages. The seizure of the building resulted in the death of one correctional sergeant; injuries sustained by two other correctional officers; one non-custodial staff member being taken to the hospital for precautionary reasons; and, allegations of inmate injuries. On February 14, 2017, Governor John Carney issued an Executive Order establishing an Independent Review Team to investigate and report on "any conditions at the James T. Vaughn Center that contributed to the hostage situation on February 1, 2017." In response to the Executive Order, the Independent Review Team conducted interviews with correctional, educational, mental health and medical staff, including correctional supervisors, JTVCC administrators, and Delaware Department of Correction (DOC) executive administrators past and present. The Team also reviewed numerous letters from inmates and family members, spoke with community and inmates' rights groups, and interviewed other agency representatives. The Independent Review Team also visited the JTVCC, including the C-Building, observed grievance proceedings, and spoke with inmates individually and in focus groups. The Team also conducted in depth research through review and analysis of policy, training and other departmental documentation; open source media searches; and identification and gap analysis of national corrections and behavioral health best and promising practices. Collectively, the Independent Review Team conducted a comprehensive and thorough review and analysis of the facts and circumstances leading up to the incident that began on February 1, 2017. On June 1, 2017, the Independent Review Team issued a Preliminary Report concerning the causes and conditions leading up to the incident that began on February 1, 2017. Since June 1, 2017, the Independent Review Team conducted further interviews and assessments. This Final Report expands upon the Preliminary Report. It addresses actions taken by the JTVCC, the DOC, and the State of Delaware since February 2017, and contains specific recommendations to prevent, or at least minimize, the likelihood of another similar event. The tragic incident that began on February 1, 2017 in the C-Building of the JTVCC could have occurred elsewhere in the facility. Factors unique to that particular building, however, resulted in the incident occurring there. For some period of time, conditions at the JTVCC had deteriorated to the point that there was unrest among inmates, and distrust between inmates and correctional officers, as well as between correctional officers and JTVCC administrators. Factors giving rise to this unrest included adverse working conditions for the correctional officers, who continue to feel unappreciated by the administration, inconsistently implemented rules and regulations, an inmate grievance procedure deemed unfair, a distrusted medical/mental health system, and a real lack of morale permeating the line officers. The conditions set forth in this report created an environment in which an occurrence like the incident that began on February 1, 2017 would have likely occurred at some point somewhere within the JTVCC. However, the mix of inmates flowing down from maximum to medium security and inmates flowing up from medium towards maximum security in the C-Building and the circumstances giving rise to that mix, as more specifically set forth in the body of the report, hastened the inevitable. Most unfortunately, the Independent Review Team believes that had the request for the removal of certain inmates from the C-Building - made on January 20, 2017 by the very correctional officer who was killed during the incident that began on February 1, 2017 - been taken more seriously and carried out, the incident and the resulting death may not have occurred. As tragic as the unnecessary loss of life is, the incident that began on February 1, 2017 spearheaded long overdue changes in the DOC that will hopefully result in better working conditions for the correctional officers and professional staff as well as living conditions for inmates. Work remains to be done and recommendations are made herein. Lastly, the Independent Review Team commends Governor Carney for his immediate action in requesting this review and already addressing some of the most pressing problems facing the DOC. Details: Dover, DE: Governor's Office, State of Delaware, 2017. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2017 at: http://governor.delaware.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/24/2017/08/JTVCC-Independent-Review-Team-FINAL-Report-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 147467

Author: Fischer, Stefanie Title: Juvenile Crime and the Four-Day School Week Summary: Little is known regarding the extent to which school changes youth criminal behavior in the short-term, if at all, and even less in known on this issue in rural areas. We leverage a unique policy, the adoption of the four-day school week across rural counties and years in Colorado, a school schedule that is becoming more common nationwide especially in rural areas, to examine the causal link between school and youth crime. Those affected by the policy spend the same number of hours in school each week as students on a typical fiveday week, however treated students have Friday off. This policy allows us to learn about two aspects of the school-crime relationship that have previously been unstudied; one, the effects of a more frequent and long lasting schedule change on short-term crime, and two, the impact that school has on youth crime in rural areas. Our difference-in-difference estimates indicate that switching all students in a county from a five-day week to a four-day week increases juvenile arrests for property crimes, in particular larceny, by about 73%. We show that larceny and property crimes increase on all days of the week and are not driven by crime shifting from one day to another, i.e. Wednesday to Friday. Details: San Luis Obispo, CA: Cal Poly State University, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 27, 2017 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B-mwzWuRoOidMHJoVkVnV2IySVE/view Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Education Policy Shelf Number: 147476

Author: FIDH Title: Discrimination, Torture, and Execution: A Human Rights Analysis of the Death Penalty In California and Louisiana Summary: In May 2013, the Center for Constitutional Rights and the International Federation for Human Rights (FIDH) undertook a fact-finding mission in California and Louisiana to evaluate the death penalty as practiced and experienced in these jurisdictions under a human rights framework. The mission examined whether the death penalty was being applied in a discriminatory manner, and if the conditions on death row met the U.S.'s obligation to prevent and prohibit torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment. The mission interviewed death-row prisoners, exonerees and their family members, advocates, legal counsel, and non-governmental organizations in both states, analyzing the information gathered against the backdrop of international human rights law. Based on the interviews conducted and documentary review, the mission concludes that the use of the death penalty in California and Louisiana fails to protect a number of basic rights, rendering the United States in breach of certain fundamental international obligations. Specifically, the mission finds California and Louisiana violate the principle of non-discrimination in the charging, conviction and sentencing of persons to death. Both states treat prisoners condemned to death in a manner that is, at minimum, cruel, inhuman or degrading, and in some cases, constitutes torture. Details: New York: FIDH and Center for Constitutionial Right, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.fidh.org/IMG/pdf/report-death-penalty-us-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 131396

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: The Quarter Houses: The View from the Inside Summary: The problem of housing New York City's most vulnerable individuals has given rise to a growing market of privately operated, for-profit residences known as Three-Quarter Houses. Lacking any formal regulation or oversight, the houses are invisible to most citizens and policymakers. This report is the first of its kind to publicly and comprehensively address the Three-Quarter House issue through systematic data collection and analysis following rigorous research protocols. The research was carried out by the Prisoner Reentry Institute (PRI) of John Jay College, in collaboration with MFY Legal Services, Inc., Neighbors Together, the Legal Action Center, and the Three-Quarter House Tenant Organizing Project, with technical assistance from the Furman Center of Real Estate and Public Policy. Policymakers, non-profits, and those in city, state, and federal government have long recognized that stable, safe, and dignified housing is a matter of individual wellbeing and public safety. However, the sheer magnitude of the need for very low-income housing in New York City is outpacing the best efforts of those in government and the non-profit sector. The findings of PRI's research on Three-Quarter Houses are troubling indications of what occurs when the city's poorest and most marginalized individuals are left to fend for themselves in an unregulated, informal housing market. A wide-ranging review of previous research; news reports; and local, state, and federal laws and an analysis of data from focus groups and interviews with 43 current or recent tenants of Three-Quarter Houses in New York City have resulted in the following key findings: Details: New York: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2013. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://johnjayresearch.org/pri/files/2013/10/PRI-TQH-Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 131388

Author: Cole, David Title: Turning the Corner on Mass Incarceration? Summary: For the first time in forty years, the national incarceration rate is flattening out, even falling in state prisons. For the first time in three decades, the number of adults under any kind of correctional supervision - in prison or jail or on probation or parole - fell in 2009. At the same time, legal reforms that might have seemed impossible in prior years have increasingly been adopted, reducing penalties for certain crimes, eliminating mandatory sentencing for others, and increasing expenditures for reintegration of prisoners into society. And racial disparities, a persistent and deep-rooted problem in the American criminal justice system, after rising for decades, have begun to drop from their highest levels. This essay examines these trends and asks what might be done to accelerate them. I survey the reforms that states and Congress have adopted and look at the interplay of such reforms with the historic racial disparities that have characterized the criminal justice system. I then speculate about the forces that have contributed to these developments, including drops in crime rates, budget pressures, and, paradoxically, the war on terror. We still have a long way to go. If we are to reduce incarceration in any significant measure, it is essential that legislatures (1) authorize more non-incarceration responses to low-level crimes, especially drug offenses; (2) shorten sentences substantially for crimes generally, to bring them more in line with those of other industrialized nations; and (3) invest in inner-city communities where children face the biggest barriers to achieving law-abiding, productive careers. In the essay's final section, I discuss strategies that might encourage such developments. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University School of Law, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Georgetown Law Faculty Publications and Other Works. 734. : Accessed September 28, 2017 at:http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1734&context=facpub Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 131391

Author: Wolf, Angela M. Title: Girls and Gangs: improving Our Understanding and Ability to Respond: Executive Summary Summary: From 2012 to 2015, the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) conducted research in California to examine the individual, family, and community factors involved in girls' experiences with and desistance from gangs and gang-related crime. The goals of NCCD's study included identifying girls' reasons for joining gangs, their experiences and activities related to gang involvement, and their motivations and strategies for transitioning away from gangs.This executive summary presents key findings from NCCD's interviews with 114 gang-involved girls. It also provides recommendations for practitioners, policymakers, and others who are interested in improving outcomes for gang-involved girls. Details: Oakland, CA: National Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://www.nccdglobal.org/sites/default/files/Girls%20and%20Gangs%20Executive%20Summary.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 147484

Author: Cuevas, Carlos A. Title: Children's Exposure to Violence and the Intersection Between Delinquency and Victimization Summary: The association between delinquency and victimization is a common focus in juvenile justice research. Some observers have found that victimization and delinquency largely overlap, with most victims engaging in delinquency and most delinquents being victimized at some point in their lives (Lauritsen, Laub, and Sampson, 1992; Lauritsen, Sampson, and Laub, 1991; Singer, 1986). The literature in the bullying and peer victimization field paints a different picture. It points to three distinct groups of children: in addition to the children who are both victims and offenders (often referred to as bully-victims or, as in this bulletin, delinquent-victims), a second group are primarily victims and a third group are primarily offenders (Dodge et al., 1990; Olweus, 1978, 2000). One may explain the contrast in this way: many studies have relied simply on measures of association between delinquency and victimization (e.g., correlation or regression analyses) (see, e.g., Chang, Chen, and Brownson, 2003; Jensen and Brownfield, 1986; Sullivan, Farrell, and Kliewer, 2006). When researchers look beyond the association between delinquency and victimization (even when that association is strong), they are likely to find groups of children who are primarily victims or primarily offenders. Research has not fully explored how large these groups are and how their characteristics and experiences differ. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2013. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Juvenile Justice Bulletin: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/240555.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 131508

Author: Gilad, Michal Title: In God's Shadow: Unveiling the Hidden World of Domestic Violence Victims in Religious Communities Summary: In recent years, the phenomenon of domestic violence was elevated to the infamous status of a "global epidemic" infesting our society. Despite continuous efforts by law and policy makers to combat this adverse phenomenon affecting 1 in every 3 women around the globe, the problem persists to thrive among us. Despite this widespread distribution of the phenomenon across society, not all victims are confronted with the same set of challenges in their way to freedom from the chains of violence and abuse. Domestic violence victims of closely knit and observant religious communities is a particular group that faces a distinct set of barriers, which affect their ability and willingness to report, escape the abuse, and cooperate with law enforcement and prosecution agents. This article aims to provide a unique and fascinating window into the hidden world of domestic violence victims in communities of faith, and to untangle some of the complexities associated with this sensitive issue. This additional layer of knowledge is a vital element in enhancing our ability to implement and promote programs and policies to combat the adverse phenomenon of domestic violence. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2013. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 13-27: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2331015 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 131588

Author: ICF Title: Enforcing Underage Drinking Laws Field-Initiated Research and Evaluation (FIRE) Program, Identifying Effective Environmental Strategies: Final Technical Report Summary: Underage drinking is a persistent threat to the health and well-being of young people and has substantial costs for society. These costs are evident in research examining the deleterious effects of alcohol in the college population, and in adolescents 12 to 17 years of age. Based on evidence that environmental strategies to reduce underage drinking and associated alcoholrelated misconducts are effective, the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) supported this approach by providing block grants to all States and the District of Columbia to operate the Enforcing Underage Drinking Laws (EUDL) program. Throughout the EUDL program (1998 to 2012), OJJDP amassed a wealth of data as grantees submitted information on their activities. However, while some of the EUDL discretionary grant programs have been evaluated (see Spera et al., 2010; 2011; Wolfson et al., 2011), including one study that used a randomized controlled trial approach (Wake Forest University School of Medicine 2011), there has not been a systematic evaluation of the impact the States have had in using their EUDL block grant funds to reduce underage drinking and associated misconducts. ICF was awarded a grant in 2012 to conduct an evaluation of the EUDL program. The grantee-level information provided the independent variables for the analyses, the dependent variables or outcome measures came from a number of external data sources. Two data sources were selected because they offer data at the granular geographic level required for this analysis: 1) the Campus Safety and Security Survey (CSSS), which contains information from institutes of higher education on liquor law violations on their campuses and in the surrounding areas, and 2) the Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS), which provides data on automobile crashes, including if the crash was alcohol-related, as well as vehicle and driver characteristics. The covariates used for the analysis include demographic data from the American Community Survey (ACS). We consistently found that areas with more active coalitions and those with multiple strategies were associated with more campus incidents. Whereas this is opposite our hypothesis, we speculate that areas with more active coalitions may have raised awareness and increased patrols, which led to higher incident reporting. Campus related incidents were significantly lower in areas where educational activities were the focus of grantees' efforts, even controlling for demographics. This is a positive, if unexpected finding as we hypothesized that education alone would have little impact. Traffic fatalities involving minors and alcohol were significantly lower for those grantees that built coalitions with law enforcement organizations. Our ongoing research will expand our analyses by developing multilevel models which include statelevel variables, such as policies and laws related to underage drinking based on our coding of policy data obtained from the Alcohol Policy Information System. Details: Rockville, MD: ICF, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250492.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 147503

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: San Francisco Police Department: Addressing Crime and Disorder on the Municipal Railway: A Case Study on Data-Driven Policing in the Ingleside District Summary: This case study illustrates how the Ingleside Police District used City data sets and a problem solving approach to address crime and disorder on the San Francisco Municipal Railway (Muni). The public, elected officials, and transit operators expressed increasing concern about crime, disorderly conduct, and the lack of police visibility on Muni. The Ingleside Police District, selected to implement recommendations from recent studies of the SFPD, applied a problem solving approach to crime and disorder on Muni. The Ingleside District sought data and information from multiple sources including survey data and Muni operator security reports, resulting in a better understanding of the problem and an informed response. The outcome of this problem solving effort and analysis was the strategic deployment of police on the most problematic Muni routes, intersections and times of day. The Ingleside Police District also employed new tactics such as fare inspections while patrolling transit vehicles. The District followed-up its response with continued assessment of progress. While it is too early to assess the long-term impact, early results are promising. This new approach that started in the Ingleside is now used citywide and transformed the SFPD's long standing efforts to address crime on Muni. The Ingleside implementation took place over a seven-month period, resulting in changes to the Ingleside's organizational structure, staffing, training, and programs to support community engagement and problem solving. Several of the changes initiated in the Ingleside District, including data-driven police deployment on Muni, have been implemented citywide. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2010. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/827-MuniSecurity.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 147505

Author: Braithwaite, Helen Title: Parole Agent Workload Study Summary: This workload study was completed under a research contract between the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and the Center for Evidence-Based Corrections (CEBC) at the University of California, Irvine (UCI). CDCR's Office of Research and the Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) collaborated with UCI research staff to design the study, develop data capture instruments that were then pilot tested in the field, identify parole agents to participate in the study, and provide agent training. DAPO was responsible for coordinating the study with parole administrators, unit supervisors and agents in the field. UCI collaborated on instrument development, collected and analyzed data, and provided reports to CDCR and DAPO. The need for a workload study was identified during DAPO training on gender-responsivity (GR). During several two-day training sessions, parole agents expressed concern over the amount of time involved in the supervision of female offenders. Agents reported that, as a consequence of female offenders being more relational and having a broader range of criminogenic needs than males, females took more time. Agents perceived that face-to-face contacts with female parolees were longer, and that additional time was spent on activities such as speaking with females on the telephone and liaising with programs. Under the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM), parole caseloads in California are funded at a ratio of 53:1. Due to the perceived additional workload involved in supervising female parolees, some agents attending training were concerned that the introduction of female-only, GR caseloads would be too much work unless the number of females on a GR caseload was lower than 53 parolees. Sixteen GR female-only caseloads (operating at a 53:1 ratio) had been implemented in California at the time of this study. Certain specialized caseloads with reduced caseload sizes are employed in California for Enhanced Outpatient Program (EOP) offenders with mental health issues and non-high risk sex offenders (operating at 40:1), in addition to Global Positioning System (GPS) specialized caseloads for gang members and high risk sex offenders (operating at approximately 20:1). Other states have implemented smaller, specialized caseloads for offenders with drug and alcohol problems, mentally ill offenders, domestic violence offenders, and female offenders. Research has shown that these specialized caseloads may result in recidivism reductions (Jalbert & Rhodes, 2012; Jalbert , et al., 2011; Klein, Wilson, Crowe & DeMichele, 2005; Gies, et al., 2012; Wolff, et al., 2014). The purpose of the workload study was to collect data to examine whether female parolees are more work or different work than male parolees. That is, do contacts with females take longer or are they different in nature than contacts with males? For this study, agents reported their daily contacts and the time they allocated to various work activities using a Daily Activity Log instrument over a five week data capture period. Agents supervising the sixteen GR caseloads comprised the experimental group (GR group). Approximately 30 agents supervising regular mixed-gender CPSRM caseloads were selected by DAPO to comprise a control group, used for comparison purposes. Workload that is too high leads to job stress and burnout. Burnout has been linked to decreased work performance, withdrawal from others, substance abuse, employee health problems, an increase in absenteeism, and employee turnover (Griffin, Hogan, & Lambert, 2012; Lambert & Paoline, 2008; Whitehead & Lindquist, 1986). Agent burnout is thus costly to both employees, DAPO, and potentially has public safety impacts for society. This study measured the level of agent burnout, job stress, job satisfaction, organizational commitment, and perceived workload using an agent survey. The study concludes that female parolees are both more work and different work than male parolees. Female contacts are longer overall, certain tasks are performed more often with female parolees, and certain tasks were shown to take longer with female than male parolees. Other jurisdictions in the United States have adopted a specialized caseloads approach to female offenders by reducing caseload sizes; the findings of this study support such an approach. Details: Irvine: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections University of California, Irvine, 2016. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2017 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/2017/04/Parole-Agent-Workload-Study.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147508

Author: Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) Title: Organizational Assessment of the San Francisco Police Department: A Technical Report Summary: The Police Executive Research Forum was hired by the City of San Francisco to evaluate the San Francisco Police Department in four areas that are often examined in police management studies: organizational structure; staffing; human resource processes; and the department's approach to use of force and its Early Intervention System. On a more fundamental level, PERF was also tasked with helping to develop a "Vision Statement" for the city's Police Department - a concise statement of what the SFPD aspires to be. PERF was then directed to make recommendations that are designed to implement that Vision Statement, especially the Vision's components that commit the SFPD to more effectively addressing the city's crime and quality of life problems that are a continuing concern for all San Franciscans. The Vision Statement was used as the primary standard to examine the department. Thus, the recommendations strongly reflect the Vision Statement's emphasis on community policing and problem-solving policing as the department's approach to crime-fighting, as well as the Vision's focus on creating a SFPD that reflects the city and its values, that is accountable and transparent, and that provides excellent career development opportunities for its employees. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2008. 354p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2017 at: http://sanfranciscopolice.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/14694-San_Francisco_Organizational_Review_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147509

Author: Webster, William H. Title: Final report of the William H. Webster Commission on the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Counterterrorism Intelligence, and the events at Fort Hood, Texas, on November 5, 2009 Summary: Judge William H. Webster has delivered to the FBI the Final Report of the William H. Webster Commission on The Federal Bureau of Investigation, Counterterrorism Intelligence, and the Events at Fort Hood, Texas, on November 5, 2009. The FBI requested a full investigation of the manner in which the FBI and its Joint Terrorism Task Forces handled and acted on counterterrorism intelligence before and after the Fort Hood shootings, as well as a review and assessment of the FBI's governing authorities and the FBI's remedial measures after the Fort Hood shootings. The investigation did not probe the shootings, which are the subject of a U.S. Army-led inquiry and military criminal proceeding against Major Nidal Hasan. The FBI and Department of Justice provided the commission with more than 100 formal and informal interviews, meetings, and briefings, and more than 10,000 pages of documents. The commission also consulted with outside experts on counterterrorism and intelligence operations, information technology, and violent extremism; public interest groups; and staff from congressional committees with responsibility for oversight of the FBI. The commission found shortcomings in FBI policy guidance, technology, information review protocols, and training, and made 18 important recommendations for corrective and enhancing measures in those areas. The FBI concurs with the principles underlying all the recommendations and has already taken action to implement them based on a combination of the commission's work, the FBI's own internal review of the Fort Hood shootings, and the report of the U.S. Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs. The commission also found that, working in the context of the FBI's pre-Fort Hood authorities, policies, operational capabilities, and technology, personnel who handled counterintelligence information made mistakes. The final report concludes, however: "We do not find, and do not suggest, that these mistakes resulted from intentional misconduct or the disregard of duties. Indeed, we find that each special agent, intelligence analyst, and task force officer who handled the [intelligence] information acted with good intent." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2009. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: https://archives.fbi.gov Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 147510

Author: National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) Title: Agent Workload Study Findings Summary: The nature of parole services is changing as a result of new legislation and the implementation of evidence-based practices. As changes occur in staff caseloads as well as in parole practices, it is essential to make sure staffing levels are appropriate to maintain strong performance and achieve the mission of protecting public safety. In response to these changes, the South Dakota Department of Corrections (SDDOC) contracted with the National Council on Crime and Delinquency (NCCD) to conduct a workload study of parole agents in the spring of 2015. The primary objective of this workload study is to determine the number of parole agents needed to supervise offenders in a manner that meets agency standards. NCCD uses a prescriptive, case-based methodology for conducting correctional workload studies. This approach estimates the time needed by parole agents to not only manage their cases, but to do so in a way that meets state standards and expectations. Workload demand is calculated using time estimates from only those cases that met standards. Additionally, the study measures how much time agents realistically have available for their caseloads after making deductions for non-case-based activities. Together, these results are used to estimate the staff resources needed for SDDOC to effectively carry out its mission. All 39 agents in the state participated in the study. The agents tracked time for a sampled portion of their caseload over a two-month period. A two-tiered approach was used to determine which cases met standards. First, supervisors reviewed forms and indicated whether the case met standards. Researchers at NCCD then used compiled data to count the number of contacts and determine whether quantitative contact standards were met. A case had to pass both reviews in order to be included in the calculation of workload values. Agents also tracked time spent on case support and administrative activities in order to help determine the average time spent per month on activities that detract from time they have available for their caseloads. The results of the study indicate that agents have, on average, 111.6 hours available per month to supervise offenders on their caseload. In order to determine the available agent time per month, NCCD deducted estimates of the average number of hours that agents spend on other work activities from the total number of full-time equivalent (FTE) hours per month. These deductions include 22.1 hours of case support and administrative tasks (which were measured during the study), 31.8 hours of leave time, and 7.8 hours of mandatory training. Based on the monthly workload values and the average monthly case counts, NCCD calculated the total monthly workload demand for each type of parole case. The monthly workload demand reflects the number of cases multiplied by the average number of hours required per case. At the time of the workload study, SDDOC did not have specific standards outlined for offenders in the community transition program (CTP). Since then, new standards have been developed for these cases that are similar to the number of contacts required for cases at the intensive-supervision level (i.e., weekly contacts). In order to account for these new standards NCCD applied the workload value for intensive supervision cases to the CTP cases. Results show that an estimated 4,286.8 hours are needed each month to complete all of SDDOC's Parole Services casework according to standards. When divided by the amount of agent time available (111.6 hours per month), this corresponds to an estimated 38.4 full-time agents needed to meet workload demand in the state of South Dakota (Table ES). Currently, the state is allocated 39 parole agents. Using the workload values that reflect current policy standards, SDDOC is sufficiently staffed with parole agents, assuming vacant positions are filled. However, the evolving practice improvement efforts engaged in by SDDOC are likely to increase workload expectations, and therefore also increase the number of workload hours per month necessary to complete all casework according to standards. NCCD recommends that SDDOC reassess staffing needs on a regular basis, particularly as changes in policy impact the parole population. Measuring workload and ensuring the agency has adequate staffing to meet standards for all cases is the first step toward improving outcomes. In addition to addressing staffing and workload demand, agencies can take a number of actions to meet their mission to protect public safety. Strong implementation of evidence-based practices (EBPs), which promote the success of parolees living in the community and reduce their risk of recidivism, has great potential to make a positive impact. Details: Aberdeen, SD: South Dakota Department of Corrections, Parole Services, 2016. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: https://doc.sd.gov/documents/ParoleAgentWorkloadStudyReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147511

Author: Maryland. Administrative Office of the Courts Title: Impact of Mediation on Criminal Misdemeanor Cases Summary: In several counties in Maryland, the State's Attorney's Office (SAO) refers misdemeanor criminal cases to mediation prior to the scheduled court date. Generally, cases which are referred to mediation are those in which there is an ongoing relationships between the participants which lead to the alleged crime and the SAO believes that these underlying issues could be better resolved in mediation rather than through the standard court process. In those counties where such a referral process exists, SAO staff screen cases to consider if they are appropriate for mediation, including screening out cases in which participants may not be able to speak for themselves without fear of retaliation (such as in some domestic violence situations). The SAO may refer the case to an independent community mediation center or, in two counties, in-house mediators may mediate the dispute. Generally, if participants are both satisfied with the results of the mediation, the SAO will either nolle prosequi (formally not prosecute) or put the case on the inactive docket (stet) from which it will close within a year if there is no additional action. Often, the participants do not need to show up again for their court hearing if they resolve the case in mediation. This report explores the impact in terms of the cost to the court system for cases which are referred to mediation compared to cases which are not referred to mediation, in the short and long term. This report also explores the impact on the participants report regarding how the situation has worked out for them. In order to compare the impact, it is necessary to have both a group of cases that were mediated (the Mediation Group) and a group of cases that are similar but that were never offered mediation (the comparison group). It is also important to have significant information about those cases so that a legitimate comparison can be done, which controls for the many factors which could result in the differences in the outcomes. Details: Annapolis, MD: Administrative Office of the Courts, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: http://mdcourts.gov/courtoperations/pdfs/criminalcourtimpactreport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Dispute Resolution Shelf Number: 147512

Author: Public Safety Strategies Group Title: San Francisco Police Department Foot Patrol Program Evaluation Report Summary: In January 2007, the Board of Supervisors (BOS) legislatively mandated that the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) implement a formal Foot Patrol Pilot Program in each of the ten Police Districts in the City. The Administrative Code Section 10A.1, (herein referred to as the Legislation), provides detailed program requirements including an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Foot Patrol Pilot Program. The Legislation mandated each police District assign at least one foot patrol Officer on two of the three daily watches for a total of twenty hours of foot patrol coverage per day or any combination of the equivalent number of hours, that the department maintain staffing records and engage the community in the process. The complete language of the Legislation is contained in the San Francisco Foot Patrol Implementation section of this report. The City commissioned the Public Safety Strategies Group (PSSG) to conduct an evaluation of the City's Foot Patrol Pilot Program. This report summarizes the process of the evaluation, the findings of the evaluation conducted by PSSG and outlines recommendations to assist the SFPD with implementing future foot patrols. The report is organized into the following sections: - Evaluation Approach - San Francisco Foot Patrol Legislation - Foot Patrol Implementation Findings - District Station Beats and Data - Recommendations for Foot Patrol Implementation Details: West Townsend, MA: Public Safety Strategies Group, 2008. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: http://www.publicsafetystrategies.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/SFPD_foot_patrol_program_eval.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Foot Patrol Shelf Number: 147513

Author: Steijns, Jeffrey Title: From "The Cincinnati Effect" to "The Ferguson Effect"" Media's Growing Involvement in Police Brutality Against Black Citizens Summary: On August 9, 2014, Missouri police officer Darren Wilson shoots down a black teenager by the name of Michael Brown in downtown Ferguson, Missouri. Brown, having been shot six times, was killed on the spot. The shooting sparked two weeks of violence and looting, a civil unrest that became known as 'the Ferguson riots'. In its aftermath, theorists have argued that the riots have ultimately resulted in "The Ferguson Effect": the belief that crime numbers have risen due to police's incompetence to retain authority. However, this belief appears to be false, as crime statistics show that crime had already started to rise in the months prior to the police shooting. Nevertheless, the term still circulates in the media on a regular basis. This thesis will take a more rational approach towards the supposed "Ferguson Effect". First, I will focus on historical crime data, provided by the Uniform Crime Reporting Statistics (UCR). Furthermore, this thesis will focus on comparable statistics of a similar civil unrest, the 2001 riots of Cincinnati, in order to spot potential similarities and/or disparities. The findings will invalidate the hypothesis of a "Ferguson Effect", while at the same time prove the existence of a rise in crime in the years following the 2001 riots in Cincinnati -- "the Cincinnati Effect", if you will. But as opposed to "The Ferguson Effect", the term has never been introduced by the media. In terms of civil unrests, this thesis will focus on the changes in media coverage by comparing the reports of four newspapers (Cincinnati Enquirer, St. Louis Post-Dispatch, New York Times and the Los Angeles Times) on both the Cincinnati riots in 2001 and the Ferguson riots in 2014. Furthermore, a cross-sectional analysis will be conducted to find out the extent to which coverage has transformed, both in the case of regional and national coverage specifically as well as comprehensive coverage. Ultimately, these analyses will confirm the following thesis statement: the term "Ferguson Effect", introduced by the media in its coverage on the 2014 riots in Ferguson, Missouri, is a result of the media's growing involvement in police brutality against black citizens, as compared to the coverage on the 2001 riots in Cincinnati, Ohio. Details: Leiden: Leiden University, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 20, 2017 at: https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/handle/1887/46239 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Unrest Shelf Number: 147517

Author: Ander, Roseanna Title: Gun Violence among School-Age Youth in Chicago Summary: A total of 510 people were murdered in Chicago during 2008. Eighty percent of these victims were killed by gunfire. Nearly half were between the ages of 10 and 25, and the vast majority were male. The dramatic over-representation of both young males and firearms in homicide is not unique to Chicago, nor are these patterns new. Yet over the past 50 years, our society has made far less progress in understanding how to protect our citizens from gun violence (and violence more broadly) than we have learned about how to protect citizens from other serious threats to life and health. From 1950 to 2005, the overall age-adjusted death rate in the United States declined by nearly 45 percent, from 1,446 to 799 deaths per 100,000 people. This decline was driven in large part by massive drops in deaths from heart disease and cerebrovascular diseases (stroke), as seen in figure 1, while infant mortality rates also declined dramatically. In contrast, despite some cyclical ups and downs, the murder rate in 2005 remained about 20 percent higher than its 1950 value. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, Crime Lab, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2017 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/087f/efc6407b608fe54327b1b1a67f223457c743.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 147518

Author: Kantor, Shawn Title: Civil Asset Forfeiture, Crime, and Police Incentives: Evidence from the Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984 Summary: The 1984 federal Comprehensive Crime Control Act (CCCA) included a provision that permitted local law enforcement agencies to share up to 80 percent of the proceeds derived from civil asset forfeitures obtained in joint operations with federal authorities. This procedure became known as "equitable sharing." In this paper we investigate how this rule governing forfeited assets influenced crime and police incentives by taking advantage of pre-existing differences in state level civil asset forfeiture law and the timing of the CCCA. We find that after the CCCA was enacted crime fell about 17 percent in places where the federal law allowed police to retain more of their seized assets than state law previously allowed. Equitable sharing also led police agencies to reallocate their effort toward the policing of drug crimes. We estimate that drug arrests increased by about 37 percent in the years after the enactment of the CCCA, indicating that it was profitable for police agencies to reallocate their efforts. Such a reallocation of effort, however, brought an unintended cost in the form of increased roadway fatalities, seemingly from reduced enforcement of traffic laws. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 23873: Accessed October 2, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23873 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 147519

Author: Anzalone Liszt Grove Research Title: Seattle Police Community Survey Summary: As part of the consent decree between the Justice Department and the city of Seattle, a scientific poll conducted by national polling firm Anzalone Liszt Grove Research was filed today with the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington. The poll, which was commissioned by the federal monitor, measures community attitudes towards the Seattle Police Department (SPD) and found that SPD's performance ratings continue to improve. According to the poll, the number of people who approve of SPD has increased to 72 percent, up from 60 percent in 2013 and 64 percent in 2015. Much of that improvement is among African Americans (49 percent approval in 2013 to 62 percent now) and Latinos (54 percent in 2013 to 74 percent now). At the same time, SPD�s disapproval rating has decreased from 34 percent in 2013 to 20 percent in 2016, and fewer people are reporting troubling interactions between officers and Seattle residents. The poll follows similar surveys conducted in 2013 and 2015. "Constitutional, community-oriented policing strengthens public trust," said Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General Vanita Gupta, head of the Justice Department's Civil Rights Division. "The encouraging signs of improved community-police relations in Seattle, including in communities of color, show what can happen when residents and officers engage in the tough, vital work of rebuilding trust and solving problems. We look forward to working with Seattle as it continues to implement police reform and enhance public trust." "Public trust is a necessary foundation for lasting and effective police reform," said U.S. Attorney Annette L. Hayes of the Western District of Washington. "The good news is that this most recent survey shows continued positive trends among many Seattle residents. The survey results showing increased approval of SPD, and fewer reported incidents of excessive force and bias policing are especially encouraging in light of the high-profile incidents and difficult community-police relationships in other parts of the country. That said, it is important to recognize the continued differences in attitudes and experience that the survey shows in communities of color here in Seattle. As part of the consent decree driven reform process, the hard work of identifying and addressing any unwarranted disparate impacts on these communities must continue. I am grateful for the continued dedication of so many SPD officers and community members - including the work of the Community Police Commission and other community organizations - to fostering an environment of openness, mutual trust and respect. The work is hard but absolutely essential to the life of our city." Anzalone Liszt Grove Research conducted 700 live cellphone and landline telephone interviews with adults 18 and older in Seattle, with an additional 95 interviews among Latinos and 105 interviews among African Americans. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2015. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2017 at: https://www.justice.gov/opa/file/904866/download Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 0

Author: Skogan, Wesley G. Title: Job Satisfaction Among Civilians in Policing Summary: There has been very little research on the role of civilians in police work, despite the fact that civilians represent a growing presence in police departments. The number of civilians employed by police departments varies greatly, as do the tasks they perform. This report from the National Police Research Platform examines workplace satisfaction among civilian respondents to surveys conducted in 19 cities. The agencies surveyed range greatly in size, from dozens to thousands of employees, and they serve a diverse collection of communities. On average, 18 percent of their employees are civilians, but that figure ranges from less than 10 percent to the high 40s. This analysis combines responses from just over 700 civilian employees, including those whose jobs range from parking enforcement and data entry to planning, budgeting and technical support. It describes how satisfied they are with their jobs, and then examines some of the factors that contribute to job satisfaction among civilians in police work. Details: Chicago: National Police Research Platform, 2011. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2017 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/10444477/1296183358957/Job+Satisfaction+Among+Civilians+in+Policing+FINAL.pdf?token=N2o6z68sFosL%2FRtX5Tb1mbcifHQ%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 147634

Author: Schroeder, David A. Title: The Impact of Forensic Evidence on Arrest and Prosecution Summary: The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) grant solicitation, Social Science Research on Forensic Science (NIJ-2011-2822), was heavily reliant on the NIJ study, The Role and Impact of Forensic Evidence in the Criminal Justice Process (Peterson, Sommers, Baskin, and Johnson, 2010). The objectives of Peterson et al., (2010) were to 1) "Estimate the percentage of crime scenes from which one or more types of forensic evidence is collected;" 2) "Describe and catalog the kinds of forensic evidence collected at crime scenes;" 3) "Track the use and attrition of forensic evidence in the criminal justice system from crime scenes through laboratory analysis, and then through subsequent criminal justice processes;" 4) "Identify which forms of forensic evidence contribute most frequently (relative to their availability at a crime scene) to successful case outcomes" (Peterson et al. 2010, Pg. 11-12). Peterson, et al. (2010) analyzed crime lab, investigative, and prosecutorial case file information of crimes that fit into one of five crime categories: assault; burglary; homicide; rape; and robbery. Peterson et al. (2010) concluded their analysis by making ten recommendations regarding future research on the utility of forensic evidence. The current study, The Impact of Forensic Evidence on Arrest and Prosecution, addressed several of these recommendations via a methodology that informs the four research objectives listed above. The first Peterson et al. (2010) recommendation is generally related to simple replication - refining and performing a similar analysis in another jurisdiction. This study addressed this recommendation by mimicking the methodology used by Peterson et al. (2010). Variables, crime categories, sample size, and analytical models were all borrowed from Peterson et al. (2010). Another recommendation of the Peterson et al. (2010) makes clear the need for a more detailed assessment of how the mere existence of available forensic evidence affects the arrest and prosecution of offenders. A major finding of Peterson et al. (2010) stated most evidence goes unexamined, but its presence in cases was associated with arrest and movement of cases through the justice process. As forensic evidence moves through the criminal justice system, less and less evidence makes it to the next stage. This movement resembles a funnel or an inverted pyramid (Peterson, 1974). Added studies are needed to review how unexamined forensic and tangible evidence teams with other conventional investigative procedures to lead to arrests (page 9). The same phenomenon has also been discovered in another recent analysis of the use of one type of forensic evidence, namely DNA. Schroeder (2007) discovered that among his sample of homicide cases from the City of New York (1996 - 2003) the group of cases that had the highest clearance rate was the group in which evidence for DNA analysis was collected from the scene but never analyzed. There are three general areas of explanation for why unexamined evidence is associated with higher clearance rates. First, the collection of forensic evidence from crime scenes has become so commonplace that its collection is not contingent upon the needs of the investigation, but simply a matter of protocol. Therefore, when cases present non-forensic evidence (e.g. suspect interrogations, witness statements and identifications) sufficient to advance the case through the system the byproduct is a great deal of collected, but unanalyzed forensic evidence. Second, the analysis of forensic evidence is so time-consuming as to influence its utility. Details: New Haven, CT: University of New Haven, Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, 2017. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 2, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250721.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 147524

Author: Birk, Erica G. Title: The Mitigating Role of Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs in the Abuse of Prescription Drugs Summary: In response to the epidemic of prescription-drug abuse, now 49 US states have passed legislation to establish Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs (PDMPs). These programs track controlled-substance prescribing and usage behavior in an effort to improve patient outcomes and identify and preempt access by drug abusers. We exploit variation in the timing of implementation across states to identify the effectiveness of PDMPs on reducing opioid abuse. In particular, by considering the role of specific program attributes we offer the strongest evidence to date of the potential for PDMP-type policy to decrease opioidrelated treatment admissions. We also consider heterogeneity across intensity and tenure of use, which reveals that the largest gains are coming from reductions in the number of less-attached users. Overall, these results have important implications for the effective re-design of PDMP policy. Details: Bonn: IZA (Institute of Labor Economics), 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper Series: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10990.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147525

Author: Women's Refugee Commission Title: Prison for Survivors: The Detention of Women Seeking Asylum in the U.S. Summary: he U.S. immigration detention system is undergoing a fundamental and nearly unprecedented transformation, while at the same time, the number of people in detention has steadily been increasing for one population in particular: those seeking protection at the southern border, many of whom are women. Alarmed at the increase in the detention of women seeking asylum, the Women's Refugee Commission (WRC) in 2016 and 2017 sought to document the conditions of detention, treatment, and obstacles to a fair asylum process that women in detention face. We visited seven detention facilities across four states including: Texas, California, Arizona, and New Mexico, spoke with numerous local service providers and advocates, analyzed government data, and interviewed nearly 150 women who were in need of protection but were instead detained, many for months. KEY FINDINGS More women are in detention than ever before, and the number of women and girls seeking asylum while in detention has grown exponentially U.S. detention practices preclude meaningful due process and access to justice Detention practices - both treatment and conditions - ignore the needs of women and impede access to protection Arbitrary high bond and no-release policies kept and continue to keep asylum seekers detained and protection denied Family separation violates family unity and undermines access to protection. Details: New York: Women's Refugee Commission, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: https://www.womensrefugeecommission.org/rights/gbv/resources/1528-prison-for-survivors-women-in-us-detention-oct2017 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 147530

Author: Cotten, P. Ann Title: Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services: Parole and Probation Agent Workload Study. Final Report Summary: The Maryland General Assembly required the Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS) to conduct a workload study of the department's parole and probation agents. The Office of Community Supervision Support (CSS), in turn, contracted with the Schaefer Center for Public Policy at the University of Baltimore's College of Public Affairs (Schaefer Center) to conduct a study that included a review of the literature relating to parole and probation agent staffing, an analysis of agents' workload including a time study of agents, an analysis of the supervision caseload, and the collection of comparative caseload data from other states. From the research, the Schaefer Center team was charged with producing staffing recommendations, average caseload counts, and recommendations for improving the efficiency and effectiveness of parole and probation supervision. The primary focus of the research is agents who directly supervise offenders on parole and probation. As part of the research, the team also produced an analysis of how Court Liaison Unit (CLU) agents, Liaison Waiver (LAW) agents, and Warrant Apprehension Unit (WAU) officers spend their work time, and solicited input into recommendations for improving the effectiveness of their work. To fulfill its charge, the research team employed a mix of quantitative and qualitative strategies listed below.  A comprehensive literature review of all known English language articles on community supervision and staffing.  A four-week time study with 114 parole/probation agents and Warrant Apprehension Officers. Participants recorded 25,743 hours of work activity. Time observations were reported for work relating to 6,388 offenders.  A caseload analysis that included all offenders under supervision on September 29, 2014.  A review of agent case notes for a 12-month period for 215 randomly selected offenders.  Fifteen focus groups with 137 participants including: 71 supervising agents, 42 supervisors, 5 agents and 1 supervisor from the Court Liaison Unit, 9 agents and 1 supervisor from the Liaison Waiver Unit, and 9 Warrant Apprehension Officers.  A national survey of state parole and probation agencies. Details: Baltimore, MD: Schaefer Center for Public Policy University of Baltimore � College of Public Affairs, 2015. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: http://dlslibrary.state.md.us/publications/JCR/2014/2014_116(v3).pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147534

Author: Tallarico, Suzanne Title: Alabama Juvenile Probation Officer Weighted Workload Assessment Study Summary: Excessive caseloads for Juvenile Probation Officers (JPOs) jeopardize both public safety and the quality of supervision officers can provide to the youth they supervise in the community. The quality of investigation and supervision services is directly related to the number of Juvenile Probation Officers available to handle the probation investigation and supervision work in Alabama. Currently, the state of Alabama does not use workload standards on which to base its need for Juvenile Probation Officers. In order to be more objective in determining their staffing needs for Juvenile Probation Officers, the Alabama Administrative Office of Courts contracted with the National Center for State Courts to develop workload standards for Juvenile Probation Officers, taking into account all activities Juvenile Probation Officers are statutorily required to perform. The National Center for State Courts (NCSC) has conducted workload assessment studies for many years. The weighted caseload method uses time as a measure for workload and is based on the assumption that the more time required to process, manage, or supervise a case, the more work is involved. In this study, a case weight or workload values is defined as the average amount of time it takes to investigate or supervise a particular type of case. Workload values are computed based upon the average number of minutes it takes to complete tasks associated with juvenile probation investigations and supervision. Using case weights, the number of probationers can be translated into workload for Juvenile Probation Officers. Details: Denver: National Center for State Courts, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: http://www.ncsc.org/topics/court-management/workload-and-resource-assessment/~/media/8E11806349FD44FC96795BCBE0C3D5FA.ashx Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Probation Shelf Number: 147535

Author: Bennett, Patricia Marrone Title: LA Probation Governance Study: Review of Best Practices in Probation Summary: American Probation was originally invented by Boston shoemaker John Augustus in 1841, a court volunteer who took errant neighbors under his wing, helped them pay off their debt to society, and reported back to the court on their progress to help them to avoid being detained. At that time no one could have envisioned the current system, where almost 4 million people on probation are supervised by 2,000 departments around the country. As the above numbers indicate, probation agencies, including Los Angeles County Probation, have grown to impact the lives of U.S. residents far beyond anything anticipated by the original designers. In large jurisdictions like Los Angeles County, where 6,500 staff operate under an $820 million budget to supervise approximately 50,000 system-involved adults and juveniles, the imperative for well-designed and well-operated organizational systems and practices is paramount. Driven by a large body of research, probation departments across the country are under transformation, implementing new strategies and processes including evidence-based practices and community-based services, and placing increased emphasis on rehabilitation and youth development as a means for promoting public safety. Within this landscape, probation agencies should focus on harm reduction by supervising only those who need to be supervised, for only the amount of time they need to be under supervision, and by relying more on incentives like shortening probation terms for good behavior, rather than sanctions like revocation and incarceration. For individuals under community supervision, probation should focus on improving supervision practices by implementing evidence-based and best practices identified in the field, couched within a community-involved approach, as research indicates that cohesive communities and informal controls are more effective at reducing crime than government interventions. With the probation profession being transformed throughout the nation, there is great need for guidance around identifying and implementing evidence-based and best practices to promote public safety, affect positive behavior change, and minimize the risk of reoffending. In order to develop the following review of best practices in probation, RDA synthesized research across a number of subject areas, including criminal and juvenile justice as well as organizational development and leadership, developed by government and professional Probation agencies; non-profit and private organizations; and, independent researchers published in peer reviewed journals. Details: Oakland, CA: Resource Development Associates, 2017. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: http://resourcedevelopment.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/LAPGS_Best-Practice.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147536

Author: Yale Law School. Center for Constitutional Rights Title: The Darkest Corner: Special Administrative Measures and Extreme Isolation in the Federal Bureau of Prisons Summary: Prisoners, psychologists, and human rights advocates have long attested to the horrors of solitary confinement: cramped concrete cells, sensory deprivation, and overwhelming social isolation. Scientific consensus that such conditions cause permanent harm led the former United Nations ("U.N.") Special Rapporteur on Torture to declare that "any imposition of solitary confinement beyond 15 days constitutes torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment." The practice has prompted hearings before the U.S. Senate, and at the state level, many corrections leaders have recognized that long-term isolation is unnecessary and even counterproductive. Yet amid growing recognition of these harms, the federal government has been expanding its use of a lesser known and more extreme form of isolation: Special Administrative Measures ("SAMs"). SAMs are the darkest corner of the U.S. federal prison system, combining the brutality and isolation of maximumsecurity units with additional restrictions that deny individuals almost any connection to the human world. Those restrictions include gag orders on prisoners, their family members, and their attorneys, effectively shielding this extreme use of government power from public view. SAMs deny prisoners the narrow avenues of indirect communication - through sink drains or air vents - available to prisoners in solitary confinement. They prohibit social contact with anyone except for a few immediate family members, and heavily regulate even those contacts. And they further prohibit prisoners from connecting to the social world via current media and news, limiting prisoners' access to information to outdated, government-approved materials. Even a prisoner's communications with his lawyer - which are supposed to be protected by attorney-client privilege - can be subject to monitoring by the FBI. The U.S. Attorney General has sole discretion to impose SAMs, and a prisoner lacks the most basic procedural protections to allow him to contest the SAMs designation. Indeed, prisoners may be left in the dark as to why they have been subjected to SAMs, because the Attorney General's justification often cites little more than the prisoner's charges or conviction. Many prisoners remain under these conditions indefinitely, for years or in some cases even decades. And court challenges are difficult. For convicted prisoners in particular, the regulations operate to obstruct their access to counsel, impeding the act of filing a challenge. And even when prisoners can bring challenges, courts routinely rule against them, accepting the government's vague national security justifications. The imposition of SAMs extends beyond convicted prisoners. Federal prosecutors regularly request that the Attorney General place defendants under these punishing conditions while they await trial, before they have been convicted of any crime. In numerous cases, the Attorney General recommends lifting SAMs after the defendant pleads guilty. This practice erodes defendants' presumption of innocence and serves as a tool to coerce them into cooperating with the government and pleading guilty. Indeed, the Central Intelligence Agency ("CIA") for years relied on the torture of isolation and sensory deprivation as a tool to elicit what it termed "learned helplessness" in detainees suspected of terrorism. For those defendants who do fight their charges at trial, SAMs infect the entire proceeding, limiting prisoners' capacity to participate in their defense and hindering their attorneys' abilities to investigate and zealously advocate. In addition to shrinking the entirety of the prisoner's world to the four corners of his prison cell, SAMs prevent anyone else from understanding what happens within. Prisoners under SAMs are prohibited from communicating with anyone except a few pre-approved individuals - their attorneys and immediate family members - and SAMs prohibit those individuals from repeating the prisoner's words to anyone else. There is also an explicit prohibition on all forms of communication with the media. In effect, the regulations silence those most qualified to attest to the harms of SAMs. The Department of Justice ("DOJ") further shrouds SAMs under a veil of secrecy by concealing who is subject to these conditions and why. Indeed, the DOJ and Federal Bureau of Prisons ("BOP") consistently ignore or deny Freedom of Information Act ("FOIA") requests seeking basic information about prisoners under SAMs. The psychological and physiological harms are thus hidden from public oversight and democratic accountability. The lack of transparency surrounding SAMs makes these measures ripe for discriminatory use against "disfavored" populations. Interviews, publicly available information, and FOIA documents obtained through litigation reveal that the federal government has leveraged SAMs predominantly against Muslims. While the government refuses to reveal the religious identities of people under SAMs, publicly available evidence makes two facts clear: the use of SAMs has increased dramatically since September 11, 2001, and a disproportionately high number of SAMs prisoners are Muslim. In November 2001, there were only sixteen individuals under SAMs; by 2009 there were thirty, and, as of June 8, 2017 there were fifty-one. SAMs represent the extreme end of a spectrum of discriminatory "counterterrorism" measures targeting Muslims since 9/11, including abusive conditions of confinement and lack of due process at Communication Management Units ("CMUs"), indefinite detention and the military commissions system at Guantanamo Bay, suspicion-less surveillance, sweeping immigration roundups, coerced informancy and entrapment, placement on various administrative watch lists, and criminal convictions based on overbroad interpretations of material support and conspiracy statutes. The widespread use of these tools is particularly troubling now, under an administration that has openly discriminated against Muslims and a President who has specifically advocated for the use of torture. Particularly in light of the Trump Administration's open animosity towards other groups, including immigrants and protestors, there is a risk that these tools will be used to target other marginalized groups in the future. The imposition of SAMs raises serious concerns under U.S. and international law. SAMs eviscerate fair trial protections and the presumption of innocence. They infringe on the rights to free speech and association, religious freedom, family unity, due process, and equal protection under the Constitution and international law. And, not least, they constitute inhumane treatment that may rise to the level of torture. So, while many on both sides of the aisle have criticized President Trump for vowing to "bring back" torture, the torture of SAMs and its underlying conditions of solitary confinement never went away. This report aims to shed light onto this darkest corner of the U.S. federal prison system. The report necessarily fails to represent the views of the people who are most intimately familiar with SAMs - those who have been subjected to them. Nonetheless, the available information reveals that the severity of SAMs, their increasing use, their lack of procedural protections, and their potential discriminatory application pose urgent concerns for our democracy. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale Law School, Allard K. Lowenstein International Human Rights Clinic, The Center for Constitutional Rights 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: https://ccrjustice.org/sites/default/files/attach/2017/09/SAMs%20Report.Final_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 147540

Author: Harrington, Ben Title: Overview of the Federal Government's Power to Exclude Aliens Summary: The Supreme Court has determined that inherent principles of sovereignty give Congress "plenary power" to regulate immigration. The core of this power - the part that has proven most impervious to judicial review - is the authority to determine which aliens may enter the country and under what conditions. The Court has determined that the executive branch, by extension, has broad authority to enforce laws concerning alien entry mostly free from judicial oversight. Two principles frame the scope of the political branches' power to exclude aliens. First, nonresident aliens abroad cannot challenge exclusion decisions because they do not have constitutional or statutory rights with respect to entry. Second, even when the exclusion of a nonresident alien burdens the constitutional rights of a U.S. citizen, the government need only articulate a "facially legitimate and bona fide" justification to prevail against the citizen's constitutional challenge. The first principle is the foundation of the Supreme Court's immigration jurisprudence, so well established that the Court has not had occasion to apply it directly in recent decades. The second principle, in contrast, has given rise to the Court's modern exclusion jurisprudence. In three important cases since 1972 - Kleindienst v. Mandel, Fiallo v. Bell, and the splintered Kerry v. Din - the Court applied the "facially legitimate and bona fide" test to deny relief to U.S. citizens who claimed that the exclusion of certain aliens violated the citizens' constitutional rights. In each case, the Court accepted the government's stated reasons for excluding the aliens without scrutinizing the underlying facts. This deferential standard of review effectively foreclosed the U.S. citizens' constitutional challenges. Nonetheless, the Court refrained in all three cases from deciding whether the power to exclude aliens has any limitations. Particularly with regard to the executive branch, the Court left an unexplored margin at the outer edges of the power. In March 2017, President Trump issued an executive order temporarily barring many nationals of six Muslim-majority countries and all refugees from entering the United States, subject to limited waivers and exemptions. This order replaced an earlier executive order that a federal appellate court had enjoined as likely unconstitutional. Upon challenges brought by U.S. citizens and entities, two federal appellate courts determined that the revised order is likely unlawful, one under the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment and the other under the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA). The Supreme Court agreed to review those cases and, for the meantime, has ruled that the Executive may not apply the revised order to exclude aliens who have a "bona fide relationship" with a U.S. person or entity. In reaching this interim solution, the Supreme Court considered only equitable factors and carefully avoided any discussion of the merits of the constitutional and statutory challenges against the revised order. Even so, the Court's temporary restriction of the executive power to exclude nonresident aliens abroad is remarkable when compared with the Court's earlier immigration jurisprudence. The merits of these so-called "Travel Ban" cases raise significant questions about the extent to which the rights of U.S. citizens limit the executive power to exclude aliens. It seems relatively clear that, under existing jurisprudence, the "facially legitimate and bona fide" standard should govern the Establishment Clause claims against the revised executive order. However, Supreme Court precedent does not clarify whether that standard contains an exception that might permit courts to test the government's proffered justification for an exclusion by examining the underlying facts in particular circumstances. Nor does Supreme Court precedent resolve whether the standard governs U.S. citizens' statutory claims against executive exercise of the exclusion power, or even whether such statutory claims are cognizable. The outcome of the Travel Ban cases would likely turn upon these issues, if the Supreme Court were to decide the cases on the merits rather than on a threshold question such as mootness (a key issue in light of a presidential proclamation modifying the entry restrictions at issue in the cases). Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS Report R44969: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R44969.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 147541

Author: Davis, Alicia J. Title: How Has the Baltimore County Public School System Addressed Disproportionate Minority Suspensions? Summary: Disproportionate minority contact refers to the higher proportion of minority youth who come into contact with the juvenile justice system (Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention [OJJDP], 1999). Researchers have found overrepresentation at every point of contact, from arrest to referral to adjudication (Hamparian & Leiber, 1997; Kakar, 2006). Furthermore, research has shown that the school system is yet another point of contact, where minority students are disproportionately arrested or referred to the juvenile justice system. Nicholas-Crotty, Birchmeier, and Valentine (2009) argue that the disproportionate use of exclusionary discipline by schools has created patterns of disproportionate minority contact, which ultimately are replicated, at least in part, by referrals to juvenile courts. They examined school disciplinary data from 53 Missouri counties and found that schools disproportionately targeting African American students for exclusionary sanctions also experienced higher rates of juvenile court referrals for African American youth. This trend has been defined as the school-to-prison pipeline (STPP), which is a system of educational public safety policies that pushes students out of school and into the criminal justice system (N.Y. Civil Liberties Union, n.d.). The STPP is fueled by zero-tolerance school policies. Zero-tolerance policies have been blamed for many of the disparities in school disciplinary actions. These policies, initially intended to deter serious offenses from occurring in schools, now include mostly minor offenses leading to more suspensions and expulsions (Johnson-Davis, 2012; Skiba, 2004). According to Skiba and Knesting (2001), 94 percent of schools now have some form of zero-tolerance policy in effect. In addition, although all races and genders are affected by these strict policies, researchers find that children of color are impacted the most (Advancement Project, 2005). For years, researchers and advocates have attempted to expose the negative consequences of zero-tolerance policies, such as the STPP. Studies across the nation - notably in Florida, Maryland, North Carolina, and Oregon public schools - have proven that minority students are overrepresented in the use of out-of-school suspensions (Florida State Conference NAACP, 2006; Johnson-Davis, 2012; Langberg & Brege, 2009; Portland Public Schools, 2002-03). Consequently, students are directly and indirectly being filtered into the juvenile justice system. Studies also have shown that children who have been suspended are more likely to be retained in grade, to drop out, to commit a crime, and/or to end up incarcerated (Johnson-Davis, 2012). Johnson-Davis (2012) conducted a study on Maryland's Baltimore County Public Schools (BCPS) for the 2008-09 school year and found that out of 103,180 students, 20,178 (19.5 percent) were suspended out of school. Of this number, 13 percent were in elementary school, 28 percent were in middle school, and 55 percent were in high school. At all school levels, suspensions were given most for disrespect/insubordination/disruption offenses. For these minor infractions, the percentage of suspensions given in elementary school, middle school, and high school were 24 percent, 44 percent, and 41 percent, respectively. The main focus of the BCPS study was to determine if a relationship existed between African American students and disproportionate school discipline practices in the system. The study explored the relationship between African American students and suspensions (in and out of school), and attempted to determine if that relationship varied based on students' academic performance. Results of a correlation and chi-square analysis showed that there was a significant relationship between African American students and suspension rates in BCPS (Johnson-Davis, 2012). The data revealed the strongest relationship in elementary schools. Specifically, a significant relationship was observed between the percentage of African American students and both in-school (0.328) and out-of-school (0.634) suspensions. Also, in high schools, a significant relationship was revealed between the percentage of African American students and in-school (0.465) suspensions. Additionally, a logistic regression analysis was used to determine if the percentage of African American students significantly predicted school suspensions when controlling for the effects of gender and student performance on standardized math tests (Johnson-Davis, 2012). Again, in elementary schools, the percentage of African American students was significantly and positively related to out-of-school suspensions even after controlling for gender and student performance on standardized math tests. Furthermore, the analysis revealed that performance on the standardized math test was significantly and negatively related to out-of-school suspensions in elementary schools, suggesting that African American youth who scored high on the standardized math test were less likely to receive an out-of-school suspension than African American youth who performed poorly (Johnson-Davis, 2012). Details: Baltimore: Schaefer Center for Public Policy University of Baltimore - College of Public Affairs, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://www.ubalt.edu/cpa/schaefer-center/minority_-suspensions_report_revised.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 147542

Author: Nochajski, Thomas H. Title: Hillside Children's Center: Livingston County Youth Court and Community Services Evaluation Summary: From 2008 to 2010, State University of New York at Buffalo, School of Social Work conducted an evaluation of the Hillside Children's Center - Community Service Livingston County Youth Court (LCYC) program. Analyses focused on the recidivism (readmission) rates of children ages 12-17 who participated in their program. A particular strength of this evaluation is the use of a mixed method design, incorporating both quantitative and qualitative data elements. Additionally, the ability to integrate research and clinical practice with client outcomes provides an added strength to this evaluation, ultimately building the knowledge base in an effort to more appropriately meet the needs of the children and adolescents that Hillside Children's Center serves. Based on the initial goals and the interest in having enough allotted time to track follow-up recidivism rates, prospective data was not collected for this evaluation. Beginning in the year 2006, participants entered the LCYC and continued receiving services until 2008. Following discharge, the year of 2009 serves as the follow-up period for this evaluation. With a vast amount of rich data, pretest information utilized for this evaluation was collected by Hillside Children's Center which included program participant information. Additionally, information was collected from Livingston County Probation (Youth Assessment and Screening Instrument [YASI] Recidivism information) and Livingston County Department of Social Services (LC-DSS) (Placement information). The qualitative data collection component of this evaluation consisted of either a face-to-face or a telephone interview, and included multiple sources: LCYC participants and their parents, LCYC volunteers and their parents, LC Probation, and Hillside Children's Center staff. Due to constraints based on the relatively low rates of recidivism and placement, the available size of the sample was quite small, which perhaps reduces the power to detect significant differences between the groups, essentially elevating the risk for Type I errors. As a result, information on marginal trends (p<.25) is also presented. Because of limited power and the increased chance of causality related to a random occurrence, evaluators considered nearly all other potential elements or variables that may help improve existing Hillside Children's Center programs, with the understanding that these factors will need to be evaluated further. This information could perhaps point to areas of future investigation, in addition to potentially saving time, effort, and monetary costs associated with future data collection. The current evaluation utilized data from 120 participants, of which 55 were LCYC participants and 65 were Community Service Only (CSO) participants. To increase the accuracy of comparisons and results, the two groups were matched on age and gender. Although evaluators were unable to locate a true control group of juvenile offenders who did not experience LCYC or community services in Livingston County, which is the reason for use of the CSO as the comparison, information was found for comparison groups from various other states that were included in an evaluation of teen courts from 2002. While not ideal, the addition of these comparison groups in this evaluation does provide some useful information concerning recidivism among youth. Lastly, evaluators also considered cost-effectiveness of the LCYC program using recidivism and placement rates as the results or outcomes of interest. For purposes of this executive summary, the Livingston County Youth Court group will be referred to as LCYC, and the Community Services Program Only group will be referred to as CSO. Details: Buffalo, NY: State University of New York at Buffalo, 2010. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/54231470e4b00cb5c6464dc7/t/547d4e82e4b0756a4a5d2c35/1417498242299/Youth+court+evaluation+_1110.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147547

Author: Police Foundation Title: Preliminary Report: Independent Review of Security Issues at the James T. Vaughn Correctional Center Summary: The James T. Vaughn Correctional Center is the only adult, male correctional center run by the State of Delaware that houses minimum, medium, and maximum security inmates, as well as pre-trial detainees. On Wednesday, February 1, 2017, inmates housed in C-building of the JTVCC took control of the unit and held staff hostage. The hostage situation lasted into the early hours of Thursday, February 2, ultimately resulting in the death of one correctional officer and injury to other corrections personnel. The February 1-2, 2017, hostage incident at James T. Vaughn Correctional Center (JTVCC) ended after almost 15 hours, but the investigation into the event continues. Existing security issues within the facility that may have served as precursors to the incident remain to be addressed. The purpose of this Independent Review is to "review the events surrounding the hostage incident and related security issues at the James T. Vaughn Correctional Center." This preliminary report provides an initial overview of policies, procedures, practices and technology at the JTVCC, and within the DOC, that could have contributed to the incident. In addition, the report recommends actions that, if taken, may prevent a similar incident, as well as improve the safety, security, and operations of the JTVCC and the DOC. A final report is scheduled to be released in August 2017. Key Themes of the Review This Independent Review provides an overview of JTVCC issues from the perspective of correctional officers, executives, staff, inmates and other community members. The review identifies security issues that likely contributed to the February 1st incident. Recommendations center on corrections philosophy and leadership; institutional culture; staffing; policy, procedure and practice; officer training; communication; and equipment and technology. Some of the overarching themes in this report include the following: - Establish and communicate a strategic plan for the future of corrections in Delaware. - Address staffing issues and support correctional officer (and inmate) wellness. - Improve communication and consistency of policies, procedures, and practices. - Evaluate equipment, technology, and management needs of the department. - Continue efforts to address the institutional culture within the JTVCC. This preliminary report is intended to provide actionable recommendations that inform the State of Delaware's budget and policy decisions to address security in Delaware corrections. Details: Dover, DE: Governor's Office, State of Delaware, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://news.delaware.gov/files/2017/06/Independent-Review-Initial-Report-June-2-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 147549

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Assessing the Influence of Home Visit Themes and Temporal Ordering on High-Risk Parolee Outcomes Summary: Over 4.7 million adults were under community supervision in the United States at the end of 2014, of which 856,900 (18%) were on parole (Kaeble, Maruschak, & Bonczar, 2015). Over a quarter of the adults entering prisons nationwide in 2014 were admitted due to failure on parole (Carson, 2015). Thus, successful reentry is of urgent importance as states grapple with the effects of severe fiscal challenges squeezing correctional budgets. While participating in evidence-based programming significantly lowers revocation rates (Andrews & Bonta, 1998), the general question of how supervision influences parole outcomes remains unanswered. Advancing the development and management of comprehensive strategies for improving successful offender outcomes is quintessential to successful reentry. Parole officer fieldwork is integral to community supervision, whether it is home visits, employment verification, or collateral contacts made with a treatment program provider or law enforcement official. Home visits, in particular, provide an opportunity for purposeful face-to-face encounters between officer and offender that may be distinct from other fieldwork. Unfortunately information on what constitutes a home visit, its use as a tool of supervision, and its influence on offender outcomes is largely absent in the literature. Given the time, expense, and potential risk home visits pose for officers, there is a critical need to understand their influence on supervision outcomes. This understanding must include measures of their quality. Parole officers are charged with the dual role of assuring felony offender compliance with sentence and prison release conditions while assisting with community reentry. The natural home environment is a key locale for promoting and monitoring behavior change. Likewise, interactions during home visits yield ideal conditions to understand if and how therapeutic jurisprudence unfolds. Knowledge about what occurs during home visits is important to both researchers and practitioners seeking to develop best practices across all supervision components (DiMichele, 2007, DeMichele, Payne, & Matz, 2011). Further, home visit interactions occur with people in the parolee's life who often provide emotional, residential, financial and/or social support. Understanding how socio-cultural bonds and social influence are developed among parole officers, parolees, and their support networks during home visits may inform ways to blend surveillance and rehabilitation goals and decrease supervision failures (Braswell, 1989). Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, Inc., 2016. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/250380.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147554

Author: Cotten, P. Ann Title: Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services: Parole and Probation Agent Workload Study Report on Agent and Officer Focus Groups Summary: The Maryland General Assembly required the Maryland Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services (DPSCS) to conduct a workload study of the department's parole and probation agents. The Office of Community Supervision Support (CSS), in turn, contracted with the Schaefer Center for Public Policy at the University of Baltimore's College of Public Affairs (Schaefer Center) to conduct a study that included a review of the literature relating to parole and probation agent staffing, an analysis of agents' workload including a time study of agents, an analysis of the supervision caseload, and the collection of comparative caseload data from other states. From the research, the Schaefer Center team was charged with producing staffing recommendations, average caseload counts, and recommendations for improving the efficiency and effectiveness of parole and probation supervision. The primary focus of the research is agents who directly supervise offenders on parole and probation. As part of the research, the team also produced an analysis of how Court Liaison Unit (CLU) agents, Liaison Waiver (LAW) agents, and Warrant Apprehension Unit (WAU) officers spend their work time, and solicited input into recommendations for improving the effectiveness of their work. To fulfill its charge, the research team employed a mix of quantitative and qualitative strategies listed below.  A comprehensive literature review of all known English language articles on community supervision and staffing.  A four-week time study with 114 parole/probation agents and Warrant Apprehension Officers. Participants recorded 25,743 hours of work activity. Time observations were reported for work relating to 6,388 offenders.  A caseload analysis that included all offenders under supervision on September 29, 2014.  A review of agent case notes for a 12-month period for 215 randomly selected offenders.  A national survey of state parole and probation agencies. To gain a good understanding about the work of the agents and variation in the work across regions, the research team conducted fifteen focus groups with 137 participants including: 71 supervising agents, 42 supervisors, 5 agents and 1 supervisor from the Court Liaison Unit, 9 agents and 1 supervisor from the Liaison Waiver Unit, and 9 Warrant Apprehension Officers. The findings from the focus groups are presented in this supplemental report Details: Baltimore, MD: Schaefer Center for Public Policy University of Baltimore - College of Public Affairs, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://dlslibrary.state.md.us/publications/JCR/2014/2014_116(v2).pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Caseload Shelf Number: 147555

Author: Public Safety Strategies Group Title: Perspectives on Foot Patrols: Lessons Learned from Foot Patrol Programs and an Overview of Foot Patrol in San Francisco: Interim Report Summary: The Controller's Office, City Services Auditor presents an interim report on the evaluation of the mandatory police foot patrols established by Administrative Code Section 10A. The purpose of the interim report is to discuss foot patrols from a historical, national and international perspective. The report also reviews lessons learned from foot patrols in five comparison jurisdictions and provides a high-level overview of the priority foot patrols in San Francisco established in response to the legislative mandate. A final report discussing the impact of the pilot foot patrol program on crime, department operations and community perceptions of safety will be issued early next year. Details: Arlington, MA: Public Safety Strategies Group, 2011. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://www.publicsafetystrategies.com/reports/SFPD_Foot_Beat_Report-Final%20_111907.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Foot Patrol Shelf Number: 147556

Author: Rozema, Kyle Title: Good Cop, Bad Cop: An Analysis of Chicago Civilian Allegations of Police Misconduct Summary: Preventing police officer misconduct, while giving police officers the incentives and flexibility to fight crime, is a notoriously difficult challenge. We explore whether civilian complaints can help identify and reduce police officer misconduct. Using data on over 50,000 civilian allegations against police officers in Chicago over a 13-year period, we find that civilian allegations are strongly associated with (1) non-civilian allegations of misconduct, such as allegations from supervisors, and (2) the likelihood of and outcomes in civil rights litigation. We conclude that civilian allegations contain a strong signal of police officer misconduct. In particular, lawsuits against police officers are external and quantifiable measures of officer misconduct and typically arise from serious incidents. We further find that, if an administrative body sustains an allegation against an officer, that officer's civilian allegation rate decreases and the probability that he or she exits the force increases. We conclude that civilian allegations against police officers in Chicago can be better utilized to prevent misconduct. Details: Chicago: Northwestern University, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2866696 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 147558

Author: D'Amico, Ron Title: An Evaluation of Seven Second Chance Act Adult Demonstration Programs: Impact Findings at 18 Months Summary: This report describes the impacts of seven programs that were awarded grants under the Second Chance Act (SCA) Adult Demonstration Program to reduce recidivism by addressing the challenges faced by adults returning to their communities after incarceration. In estimating impacts, the evaluation used a randomized controlled trial, whereby 966 individuals eligible for SCA were randomly assigned to either a program group whose members could enroll in SCA, or a control group whose members could not enroll in SCA but could receive all other services generally available. Using survey and administrative data, each study participant was measured on a range of outcomes 18 months after random assignment. Using their SCA funds, the grantees improved their partnerships with community agencies and strengthened the connection between pre-release and post-release services. All used their SCA funds to provide services after individuals were released from incarceration, and most also enhanced pre-release services. Services included education and training, employment assistance, substance abuse treatment, mental health services, cognitive behavioral therapy, housing assistance, and supportive services. Grantees provided some of these services using their SCA funds and others through unfunded referrals to community partners. Case management was a common service element; case managers were either parole officers who had reduced caseloads or staff members from social services agencies or community-based organizations. Because case management was the focal point of most grantees' efforts, the impact study primarily represents the influence of this service. Nonetheless, given the diversity of approaches taken by the grantees, this study does not provide a test of a single program model. Impact findings show that those assigned to the program group were significantly more likely than those assigned to the control group to have received help with re-entry and were more likely to have had an individual case plan. They were also more likely to have received cognitive behavioral therapy, help with looking for a job, substance abuse treatment, housing assistance, and mentoring. However, many control-group members also received these services, and, at the end of 18 months, SCA participants were just as likely as those in the control group to report that additional services would have been helpful. Being assigned to the program group did not reduce involvement with the criminal justice system in the 18 months after random assignment. Whether recidivism was measured using survey or administrative data, those in the program group were no less likely to be re-arrested, reconvicted, or re-incarcerated; their time to re-arrest or re-incarceration was no shorter; and they did not have fewer total days incarcerated (including time in both prisons and jails). Those in the program group were somewhat more likely to have had probation or parole revoked and to have new convictions. Being assigned to the program group also did not significantly improve employment outcomes and had no effect on other outcomes, including the adequacy of housing, health status, or the ability to meet child-support obligations. One reason why impacts were not greater is that, although SCA significantly increased access to a wide range of services, the difference in service receipt between the program group and the control group was modest. Furthermore, SCA funds did not seem adequate to meet the many and complex needs of those returning from incarceration. Finally, most grantees emphasized case management as the key service strategy, and prior research has suggested that casework alone is not very successful as a re-entry approach. The grantees in this study were among the first to receive SCA funding. Grant requirements were substantially tightened for grantees that received funding in subsequent rounds of competition. Further research is needed to determine whether these enhanced requirements led to programs that were effective in reducing recidivism. Details: Oakland, CA: Social Policy Research Associates, 2017. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251139.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 147559

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: CompStat Review Summary: The Controller's Office review focuses on the process for collecting, analyzing and reporting the 28-Day Part 1 Crime Profile. The goal of the review is to provide recommendations to ensure the consistency and transparency in crime reporting. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: http://sfcontroller.org/sites/default/files/FileCenter/Documents/2878-SFPD_CompStat_Memo_FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat (U.S.) Shelf Number: 147584

Author: Public Safety Strategies Group Title: District Station Boundary Analysis Report Summary: The San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) and Controller's Office (Controller) issued a Request for Proposals in 2013 to analyze the police district boundary lines. The drivers for the project included: - The City began the construction of a new Southern District Police Station that will open in 2015, placing the station in the footprint of the current Bayview District. - Anticipated population and commercial growth throughout the City. - Imbalanced SFPD workload between the police districts. - Board of Supervisors (BOS) legislation requires a district station boundary analysis study every 10 years. The project began in April 2014 and culminated in the selection of the proposed district boundary maps in November 2014. The project used a data driven approach to evaluate district boundary line changes based on calls for service (CAD) and incidents (CABLE) between districts, neighborhood lines, supervisorial lines, operational considerations, and response times that could be achieved in the short-term, given facility and information technology constraints. The process included interviews with SFPD personnel by PSSG personnel, and review of SFPD data, demographic, socioeconomic, transportation, and community infrastructure data by command staff members and representative district captains acting as a Working Group. The Working Group presented maps to a Steering Committee that consisted of the Controller, Police Chief, and a Deputy Director from the Department of Emergency Management. The figure below shows the key elements of the process. Details: West Townsend, MA: Public Safety Strategies Group, 2015. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: http://www.publicsafetystrategies.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/SFPD-District-Station-Boundary-Analysis-Report-March-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147585

Author: O'Brien, Mary Title: Connecting to Safety and Stability: Domestic Violence Needs Assessment of Chicago Summary: Domestic violence is pervasive, dangerous, and impacts individuals and communities throughout our state. It is estimated that more than 2 million Illinoisans have experienced domestic violence in their lifetime. A new report, released today, examines its prevalence in Chicago and what needs to be done to better serve survivors. In Connecting to Safety and Stability: Domestic Violence Needs Assessment of Chicago, Heartland Alliance's Social IMPACT Research Center, documents the existing domestic violence response system in Chicago, highlights the gaps that need to be filled, and makes recommendations to strengthen the existing response system and better meet survivors' needs. The report found that: Domestic violence occurs throughout the city, but there is disparate access to services for survivors. While national data suggests that women of color experience domestic violence at a higher rate than their white counterparts, available domestic violence services are predominantly located in majority white communities and/or higher-income communities. Locally, the communities with some of the highest rates of domestic crimes have the least physical access to domestic violence services. This means that too many individuals who need to access these critical services cannot get to them or have a much more difficult time doing so. The state budget impasse significantly impacted providers that offer services to survivors of domestic violence. Among service providers that primarily serve survivors of domestic violence, 65% reported that they have limited referral partners as a result of the state budget impasse, 47% have tapped into cash reserves, 41% have had to reduce staff, and 35% have tapped into lines of credit. Survivors use the services that are currently offered by domestic violence service organizations. In 2016, 10,194 survivors received services from Chicago-based providers. Service providers in Chicago are consistently operating at or over capacity. Additional support is needed for policies and programs that address the long-term needs of survivors, including policies that address poverty and economic needs. In 2016, 43.8% of survivors had a monthly income of $500 or less. In addition to this demonstrated economic need among service recipients, economic abuse is commonly used in domestic violence, contributing to the financial needs of survivors. The most consistent unmet need identified by stakeholders was safe and affordable housing and shelter. Shelters consistently operate at capacity and there are few options for a survivor who does not want to go to shelter. There were 46,301 domestic incidents in 2016, a rate of 1,704 domestic incidents per 100,000 Chicagoans. And on average, the police responded to 127 incidents and made 23 arrests in response to a domestic incident per day in 2016. "Domestic Violence occurs in every community area in Chicago. But, not all of our communities are resourced the same, resulting in drastically limited options for survivors in specific communities in our city," says Mary O'Brien, Senior Research Associate at Heartland Alliance. "Chicago must address the systemic inequities that exist in the availability and access to domestic violence services." Coming on the heels of the protracted state budget crisis, this report documents the important role service providers play in responding to this pervasive issue and identifies the outstanding needs of survivors. Connecting to Safety and Stability demonstrates that current services are heavily used by survivors of domestic violence. In total, survivors received 149,864 hours of direct services in 2016. From counseling, legal advocacy, life skills, health and wellness, and supports for children, providers offer, quite literally, lifesaving services that are desperately needed. It is imperative that these services receive adequate funding to continue, and expand, the work that they do and the individuals that they reach. In addition to evaluations and findings, Connecting to Safety and Stability recommends various changes to funding, policy, and practice to bolster the domestic violence response in Chicago Details: Chicago: Heartland Alliance, Social Impact Research Center, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: http://socialimpactresearchcenter.issuelab.org/resource/connecting-to-safety-and-stability-domestic-violence-needs-assessment-of-chicago-4.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 147588

Author: Stringham, Edward Title: A Report on the Patrol Special Police and Community Safety in San Francisco Summary: This paper provides an analysis of one of the longest established private police groups in America, The San Francisco Patrol Special Police (PSP). Dating back to the days of the Gold Rush, the PSP are a collection of independent companies that the city charter authorizes to patrol difference neighborhoods at the request of private clients. Details: Oakland, CA: Independent Institute, 2009. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Independent Institute Working Paper Number 74: http://www.independent.org/pdf/working_papers/74_privatepolicing.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Private Policing Shelf Number: 147589

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: County Jail Needs Assessment: Hall of Justice Replacement Jail Summary: The San Francisco Sheriff's Department ("Sheriff's Department") manages six jails in San Francisco and San Mateo County. Two of the jails, County Jail #3 and County Jail #4, are located in the Hall of Justice alongside the Superior Court, Police Headquarters, the District Attorney's Office, and other City agencies. Opened in 1961, the Hall of Justice has since been found to be susceptible to severe structural damage in the event of an earthquake. The City and County of San Francisco ("City") has determined that these inadequacies cannot be remedied outside of a significant capital improvement effort. In addition, the antiquated design and space constraints of County Jail #3 and County Jail #4 create safety concerns and limit the Sheriff's Department's ability to offer in-custody programs to inmates. As a result of these existing needs, the City plans to replace County Jails #3 and #4 with a new facility ("Replacement Jail"). As part of the planning process for the Replacement Jail, the Sheriff's Department and the Jail Planning Working Group asked the San Francisco Controller's Office to complete a needs assessment of facility characteristics that would best meet incarceration needs. For this analysis, the Controller's Office interviewed 25 key stakeholders, reviewed documentation provided by the Sheriff's Department, and analyzed data on demographic and criminal justice trends in the San Francisco jail population and the City and County of San Francisco. This report forecasts future jail bed needs, discusses salient jail design features, and documents elements of the jail system such as current facilities, program offerings, and characteristics of the inmate population. Key Findings The Controller's Office forecasts the need for a 481-688 bed Replacement Jail in 2019. The projection is based on forecasts by two external consultants and internal data on the impacts of state realignment. A podular jail design similar to County Jail #5 has many advantages over the current linear design of County Jails #3 and #4 including improved visual supervision, increased program space, and shared areas connected to the pods (e.g. exercise area, day room, exam area, etc.) to minimize the need for inmate escort throughout the jail. The Sheriff's Department offers robust offender programming throughout the jail system, including the newly opened re-entry pod which provides intensive services to state realignment inmates. The Sheriff's Department plans to continue the use of programs in the Replacement Jail, and therefore, the new jail will need to be constructed with more space than is currently available in County Jails #3 and #4. The Sheriff's Department should continue to increase outcome measurement and strategic planning for its system of programs. The design of County Jails #3 and #4 does not allow special populations such as gang dropouts and civil commitments to be housed efficiently. For example, "Sexually Violent Predators" (SVP) are civil commitments that must be housed separately from the general population. On January 29, 2013, four SVPs were housed in a 28-bed unit, leaving 24 empty beds that could only be occupied by other SVPs. The Sheriff's Department should consider jail design strategies that will mitigate these issues and increase housing flexibility. The San Francisco Sheriff's Department ("Sheriff's Department") manages six jails in San Francisco and San Mateo County. Two of the jails, County Jail #3 and County Jail #4, are Type II1 facilities located in the Hall of Justice alongside the Superior Court, Police Headquarters, the District Attorney's Office, and other City agencies. Opened in 1961, the Hall of Justice has since been found to be susceptible to severe structural damage in the event of an earthquake. The City and County of San Francisco ("City") has determined that these inadequacies cannot be remedied outside of a significant capital improvement effort. In addition, the antiquated design and space constraints of County Jail #3 and County Jail #4 create safety concerns and limit the Sheriff's Department's ability to offer in-custody programs to inmates. As a result of these existing needs, the City plans to replace County Jails #3 and #4. The Hall of Justice Replacement Jail ("Replacement Jail") has been part of the City and County of San Francisco's 10 Year Capital Plan since the beginning of the Capital Planning Program in FY2006-2007. The City has determined that the Replacement Jail facility should be constructed adjacent to existing Superior Court facilities at the Hall of Justice for safety, security and cost reasons. This would allow inmates in the Replacement Jail to be transported to court appearances in a timely fashion through secure elevators and corridors. The Sheriff's Department found in a 2011 estimate that the Department would need to spend at least $6 million in one-time costs and more than $11 million in ongoing annual costs to transport inmates to court if the Hall of Justice Replacement Jail was constructed near other San Francisco county jails in San Mateo County, California. As part of the planning process for the Replacement Jail, the Sheriff's Department and the Jail Planning Working Group asked the San Francisco Controller's Office to complete a needs assessment of facility characteristics that would best meet incarceration needs. For this analysis, the Controller's Office interviewed 25 stakeholders including, but not limited to, representatives from the Sheriff's Department, the Superior Court of California, Adult Probation, Jail Health Services, and Five Keys Charter School. The Controller's Office also reviewed documentation provided by the Sheriff's Department and other stakeholders, and analyzed data on demographic and criminal justice trends in the San Francisco jail population and the City and County of San Francisco. This report documents elements of the jail system including current facilities, programs, classification system, staffing, and inmate population, as well as needs for a Replacement Jail. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: http://sfpublicworks.org/sites/default/files/10.2013%20Jail%20Needs%20Assessment_Controller.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Administration Shelf Number: 147590

Author: San Francisco. Office of the Controller. City Services Auditor Title: San Francisco Police Department: Cost Estimates for Achieving Operational Effectiveness in Crime Lab Operations Summary: The Controller's Office presents a report on the San Francisco Police Department Criminalistics Laboratory. The report provides an overview of current criminalistics laboratory operations and estimates the cost of performing this work with city employees as compared to the cost of contracting for these services. We concluded that the five-year projected cost for the City to maintain an operationally effective criminalistics laboratory is $46 million or $53 million depending on the financing structure for the facility improvements. The five-year projected cost for the City to outsource the majority of the caseload to other laboratories is $31 million. The $15 to $21 million cost differential between an in-house scenario and an outsource scenario is almost all entirely attributable to the cost of a relocating the laboratory to a functionally appropriate facility. Over the next Fiscal Year the City should contract for services starting with narcotics testing and backlogged cases in DNA, then gathering information on contracting for firearms testing. This phased approach to contracting will provide the City with experience and information to understand the operational implications of contracting, and time to develop a wide range of new policies and procedures to ensure management control and quality of service. Those policies and procedures include everything from developing secure handling and transfer of evidence, management and costs of priority requests and court testimony by outside contractors. The City can operate and learn from this hybrid model until the start of Fiscal Year 2011-12. At that point the City is compelled to make a decision about budgeting for the $15 to $21 million estimated for the lease, construction and equipments costs of relocating the criminalistics laboratory out of the Hunters Point Naval Shipyard to allow for planned development to proceed. Details: San Francisco: Office of the Controller, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2017 at: https://archive.org/details/sanfranciscopoli1520sanf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 147591

Author: Day, David M. Title: Identification and Operationalization of the Major Risk Factors for Antisocial and Delinquent Behaviour among Children and Youth Summary: The objective of this report was to conduct a thorough review of the literature to identify the major risk factors for the onset and maintenance of antisocial and delinquent behaviour in children and adolescents. To facilitate clear communication of the major findings from the literature, this report includes definitions of relevant terms, including risk factors, correlates, markers, distal and proximal risk factors, and protective and promotive factors. The nature of the risk factor research (RFR) paradigm was described to provide a context for the vast and extensive literature. As well, some of the process models describing the purported relations between risk factors and outcomes were presented, including mediator and moderator variables, developmental pathways, causal chains and cascade models. Lastly, where data are available, genderspecific risk factors for antisocial and delinquent behaviour were highlighted. Some cautionary remarks about the literature are warranted. First, the wide variability in the quality of the research limits interpretation of study findings. Second, numerous published studies came from a few large-scale longitudinal research studies, including the Seattle Social Development Project (SSDP), the UK-based Cambridge Study in Delinquent Development (CSDD) and the Pittsburgh Youth Study (PYS). These studies tended to promote their own theoretical perspectives and conceptual and operational definitions of variables, including risk factors and outcomes, and involve repeated statistical analyses on the same samples of individuals. As a result, the overall literature was somewhat skewed in favour of their theoretical models and findings. At the same time, these extensive and seminal research programs were highly valuable in shaping our understanding of influences on antisocial and delinquent behaviour and, collectively, their contributions to the field are enormous. Results of the literature review indicated that the major risk factors fall into five life domains: (1) individual; (2) family; (3) peer; (4) school; and (5) community/neighbourhood. The following risk factors were identified in multiple studies, and/or showed robust effect sizes in meta-analyses, as indicating strong influences. For each of these risk factors, measures were suggested from the existing literature to operationalize and assess the relevant construct. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC), Public Safety Canada 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2012-3: Accessed October 6, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2012-03-adb/2012-03-adb-eng.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 0

Author: Leibovitch, Adi Title: Punishing on a Curve Summary: Does the punishment of one defendant change because of how she fares in comparison to the other defendants on the judge's docket? This article demonstrates that the troubling answer is yes. Judges sentence the same case more harshly when their caseloads contain relatively milder offenses, and more leniently when their caseloads contain more serious crimes. I call this problem "punishing on a curve." Consequently, the article shows how such relative sentencing patterns put into question the prevailing practice of establishing specialized courts or courts of limited jurisdiction. Because judges are punishing on a curve, the court's jurisdiction systematically shapes sentencing outcomes. Courts of limited jurisdiction usually specialize in relatively less serious crimes (such as misdemeanors, drug offenses, or juvenile cases). They treat the mild offenses on their docket more harshly than generalist courts, that also see severe crimes, would have treated them. This leads to the disturbing effect of increasing punitive outcomes vis-aa-vis these offenses, wholly contradictory to the missions of these courts. Such sentencing patterns undermine notions of justice and equitable treatment. They also undermine retributive principles and marginal deterrence across crimes of increasing severity. In light of the profound normative and practical implications, the article offers a remedy to standardize sentences through "statistical curving." In addition to consulting the sentencing range recommended by the sentencing guidelines for a particular offense, a judge should see the distribution of sentences for the same offense across different courts. The article illustrates the feasibility of the proposal empirically using sentencing data from neighboring judicial districts in Pennsylvania. It also explains how this proposal fits within the Supreme Court's jurisprudence following United States v. Booker, which rendered the sentencing guidelines advisory, and its potential advantage in improving appellate review. Details: Northwestern University Law Review, Vol. 111, 2017, Forthcoming. Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2820197 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Oct. 6, 2017 at: Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2820197 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 147593

Author: Louisiana Coalition Against Domestic Violence Title: Findings and Recommendations Relative to the Status of Domestic Abuse Intervention Programming in Louisiana Summary: This report provides an analysis of select aspects of domestic violence response in Louisiana, supplements information available from other sources, and identifies significant areas of remaining need in our state's domestic violence response. It is meant to give a voice to domestic violence survivors as it relates to their experience navigating various systems. Details: Baton Rouge: The Coalition, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2017 at: http://lcadv.org/wp-content/uploads/DAIP-Report-to-Legislature-02-20-12.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 147594

Author: Bernstein, Nina Title: The Impact of Investigative Journalism on U.S. Immigration Detention Reform Summary: A reporter for the New York Times who has written extensively about immigration detention policies in the United States and elsewhere assesses the limits that investigative journalism faces in spurring detention reforms. The paper argues that while journalism occupies a privileged place in a democracy because it helps hold government to account, in practice it operates at a far messier intersection between the politics of reform and the contingencies and conventions of even the most robust news operation. The author focuses her analysis on the relationship between investigative journalism and the early efforts of the Barack Obama administration to overhaul immigration detention by creating "a truly civil detention system." Today, the U.S. detention system is larger than ever, abuses remain endemic, and the government has massively expanded its capacity to lock up mothers and children in "family residential centres." Details: Geneva, SWIT: Global Detention Project, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Global Detention Project Working Paper No. 13: Accessed October 6, 2017 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 247595

Author: Alliance for Safety and Justice Title: Crime Survivors Speak: The First-Ever national Survey of Victims' Views on Safety and Justice Summary: There is no more important function of our safety and justice systems than protecting crime victims and those who are at-risk of becoming a victim of crime. Despite this foundational goal, few safety and justice policy debates are informed by a comprehensive examination of the experiences and views of the nation's diverse crime survivors. The United States is in the midst of a significant shift in criminal justice policy. For the first time in decades, criminal justice practitioners, lawmakers, and the general public are rethinking sentencing laws, prison spending, and the best ways to address crime and violence. There has never been a more important time to investigate and elevate the perspectives of those most commonly victimized by violence and crime. If new approaches to safety and justice do not incorporate the voices of crime survivors, this new era of reform risks failing to deliver on the breakthrough the country needs. This changing landscape presents an important opportunity to correct misperceptions that have driven public policy in the past, and gather new information that can help shape smarter approaches to safety and justice. To begin filling the gap in available and representative data on who crime victims are and their policy priorities, in April of 2016, Alliance for Safety and Justice commissioned the first-of-its-kind National Survey of Victims' Views. This report describes the findings from this survey and points to opportunities for further research and reform to advance polices that align with the needs and perspectives of victims. Perhaps to the surprise of some, victims overwhelmingly prefer criminal justice approaches that prioritize rehabilitation over punishment and strongly prefer investments in crime prevention and treatment to more spending on prisons and jails. These views are not always accurately reflected in the media or in state capitols and should be considered in policy debates. Details: s.l.: The Alliance, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 6, 2017 at: https://www.allianceforsafetyandjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/documents/Crime%20Survivors%20Speak%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 147596

Author: Britto, Paulo Augusto P. de Title: The Effects of Wage and Unemployment on Crime Incentives - An Empirical Analysis of Total, Property and Violent Crimes Summary: Using quarterly data of the U.S economy and based on cointegration analysis, we built a relatively simple error correction model focusing on a few key variables that can help prove that crime is an induced response to economic incentives. In particular, we found causality summing from unemployment and wage levels to total crime in the long-run, and causality from wage to total crime in the short-run. For property crime, we found the above relationships plus a short-run causality from unemployment. Finally, violent crime seems not to be explained by economic variables. Details: Brazil: University of Brasilia, Economics and Politics Research Group, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Economics and Politics Working Paper 46/2014 : Accessed October 6, 2017 at: https://econpolrg.files.wordpress.com/2014/12/eprg-wp-2014-46.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 147598

Author: Autor, David H. Title: Gentrification and the Amenity Value of Crime Reductions: Evidence from Rent Deregulation Summary: Gentrification involves large-scale neighborhood change whereby new residents and improved amenities increase property values. In this paper, we study whether and how much public safety improvements are capitalized by the housing market after an exogenous shock to the gentrification process. We use variation induced by the sudden end of rent control in Cambridge, Massachusetts in 1995 to examine within-Cambridge variation in reported crime across neighborhoods with different rent-control levels, abstracting from the prevailing city-wide decline in criminal activity. Using detailed location-specific incident-level criminal activity data assembled from Cambridge Police Department archives for the years 1992 through 2005, we find robust evidence that rent decontrol caused overall crime to fall by 16 percent-approximately 1,200 reported crimes annually-with the majority of the effect accruing through reduced property crime. By applying external estimates of criminal victimization's economic costs, we calculate that the crime reduction due to rent deregulation generated approximately $10 million (in 2008 dollars) of annual direct benefit to potential victims. Capitalizing this benefit into property values, this crime reduction accounts for 15 percent of the contemporaneous growth in the Cambridge residential property values that is attributable to rent decontrol. Our findings establish that reductions in crime are an important part of gentrification and generate substantial economic value. They also show that standard cost-of-crime estimates are within the bounds imposed by the aggregate price appreciation due to rent decontrol. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 23914: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w23914 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 147613

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Realizing the Full Vision of School Discipline Reform: A Framework for Statewide Change Summary: In 2017, The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center convened policymakers and education leaders from five states - California, Connecticut, Illinois, North Carolina, and Tennessee - that have seen success in reducing suspensions and expulsions to identify the strategies they used to achieve these successes, and to determine how similar approaches could be adopted in other states seeking to achieve comprehensive school discipline reform. The five states convened by the CSG Justice Center and highlighted in this report represent a diverse cross-section of regions of the country, varying student population sizes and compositions, and unique education system structures, and are at different stages of reform. As such, the strategies they used to facilitate these reforms are instructive both for states looking to advance further reforms and for states that have just started their reform efforts. This report first describes the framework that all five featured states used to advance their statewide school discipline reform efforts, and provides corresponding examples of state-specific strategies that have been successful in limiting the use of out-of-school suspension. The second section of the report provides recommendations to help all states apply this framework further in order to realize the full vision of school discipline reform. Details: New York: The Justice Center, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/JC_Realizing-the-Full-Vision-of-School-Discipline-Reform_A-Framework-for-Statewide-Change.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 147614

Author: Rhodes, Anne Title: Drug Use and Social Support Outcomes in Probationers: A Longitudinal Social Network Analysis Summary: This study focuses on the social networks of probationers, who comprise the largest segment of the criminal justice population in the United States, but about whom there are few studies of network processes. It provides information on how elements of a probationer's social network change over time and can affect drug use. This study employs longitudinal analysis of the social networks for 251 substance abusers on probation to examine how these networks are influenced by an intervention designed to increase pro-social behaviors and how network changes impact drug use. Baseline drug use of the probationers was examined according to the number of substances used in the last 6 months. Blacks were less likely to be polydrug users (aOR: 0.34, 95% CI: 0.14 to 0.84), while those using cocaine or heroin as their primary drug of choice were more likely to be polydrug users (aOR: 3.02, 95% CI: 1.32 to 6.94). Age at first illicit drug use was also significant, with those initiating drug use younger than 18 more likely to be polydrug users (aOR: 2.12, 95% CI: 1.01 to 4.46).The majority of probationers had drug user networks with the same number of persons in them over the 12-month follow-up period (82.5%), and perceived social support that also did not change (76.1%). Men were less likely to change their drug user networks over time and older persons were less likely to have decreasing social support over time. Those with low drug use that have increasing (aOR= 5.08, 95% CI: 1.09 to 23.75) and decreasing (aOR= 6.45, 95% CI: 1.35 to 30.85) drug user networks over time were more likely to be in the lowest drug using group compared to those with stable larger drug user networks. Older persons were less likely to be in the drug use trajectory (aOR=0.96, 95% CI: 0.92 to 0.99), whereas those with high criminal risk were more likely to be in a stable drug use class compared to an increasing drug use class (aOR=2.52, 95% CI: 1.03 to 2.64). The findings of this study indicate that changing the drug using networks of probationers may be difficult, given that most are stable over time and effective interventions to decrease substance use may need to target individual and structural factors, rather than social support and network composition. The finding that smaller networks that do change over time were associated with lower rates of drug use indicates that programs could also focus on mechanisms that determine how and why probationers choose drug using network members. Reducing drug using peers for corrections-involved populations may be difficult, but can lead to lower drug use rates which can also reduce recidivism. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2014. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: http://scholarscompass.vcu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4446&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147616

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Report of Investigation of Certain Allegations Referred by the Office of Special Counsel Concerning the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act Formula Grant Program Summary: The Department of Justice (Department or DOJ), Office of the Inspector General (OIG), initiated this review following a referral from the Office of Special Counsel (OSC) of allegations made by former OIG Special Agent Jill Semmerling. Semmerling's allegations related to the subject matter and conduct of an OIG investigation into allegations that the Wisconsin Office of Justice Assistance (Wisconsin OJA) submitted fraudulent reports to the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) within the Office of Justice Programs (OJP) in order to receive federal funds pursuant to the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDP Act or JJDPA) formula grant program. Semmerling, who worked in the OIG's Chicago Field Office (CFO), was assigned to lead the underlying investigation in 2008, but was removed from the investigation in October 2009, before that investigation was completed. The OSC referral to the OIG framed Semmerling's allegations as follows: 1. Employees at OJJDP failed to assure compliance with the core protections of the JJDP Act. 2. Employees at OJJDP failed to investigate allegations that Wisconsin OJA was falsifying detention data to receive federal funding. 3. Employees at OJJDP and OJP issued legal opinions altering longstanding policy and in contravention of law, in order to enable Wisconsin's OJA to circumvent JJDP Act requirements. 4. OIG employees obstructed fact finding in an investigation of the Wisconsin OJA for concealment of non-compliance. 5. Juveniles who have run away from state-ordered placements are being illegally detained in secure facilities, in contravention of statutory grant conditions. The OSC informed us that allegation 5 presumes that the legal opinions referenced in allegation 3 were in contravention of law. This report addresses allegations 3, 4, and 5, while a separate report from the OIG's Audit Division issued contemporaneously addresses allegations 1 and 2, which the OIG determined were more appropriate for that Division's review. As outlined below and discussed in detail in this report, we believe that Semmerling performed an important service by coming forward with these allegations and that she identified a number of serious underlying issues that OJP needs to address, although we ultimately did not substantiate her claims. Details: Washington, DC: The Office, 2017. 277p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://www.oversight.gov/sites/default/files/oig-reports/o1703.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 147618

Author: Nishioka, Vicki Title: What We Know About Reducing Disproportionate Suspension Rates for Students of Color: A Literature Summary Summary: In Oregon and across the nation, educators are concerned about higher suspension rates for students of color, compared to White students. The Oregon Leadership Network (OLN) Research Alliance is a partnership of districts committed to using data and research to eliminate racial and ethnic disparities in their schools. As part of their multifaceted efforts, the districts requested a literature summary that addresses two research questions: What schoolwide and classroom practices are associated with reduced racial or ethnic disproportionality in the rate of discipline referrals and suspensions for middle and high school students? What do we know about the impact of practices that OLN districts use to reduce disproportionate rates of discipline referrals and suspensions in their secondary schools? We reviewed over 8,900 studies on approaches to student discipline but found few that address these questions, and fewer still that do so using a rigorous research design. Although there are numerous studies that describe the problem of disproportionality in suspension rates for students of color, we found only 12 studies that described potential solutions. All but one of these were descriptive studies that identified classroom and school practices associated with reduced disproportionality and/or reduced suspension rates for students of color. Only one study, an experimental study of Responding in Peaceful and Positive Ways (RiPP), provided evidence of its positive impact on reducing in-school suspension rates in schools with predominantly African American student populations. However, the intervention had no effect on the rate of out-of-school suspensions. The descriptive studies report that students experience fewer suspensions if their teachers are caring and have high expectations for them to achieve. Structured learning environments that explicitly teach students social and behavioral expectations also have lower rates of racial disproportionality. Effective classroom management is particularly important for middle school grades. In high school, parental involvement in school is associated with reduced discipline rates. We found that teachers who had additional resources and professional development to help them address classroom misbehavior also had fewer problems. The limited research contributes to the challenge of reducing disproportionate use of suspensions. While there may be other successful school or classroom approaches to this issue, they do not have evidence that supports claims that these approaches reduce disproportionate suspension practices. Additional research is also needed to examine the impact of programs on a variety of student groups, as the majority of studies focus on African American students, almost to the exclusion of other racial groups. The challenge of eliminating disproportionate suspension rates requires schools to develop and implement school improvement plans that will address the needs of diverse, multicultural student populations. The OLN alliance will use this summary to develop a strategic plan for reducing disproportionate rates of discipline and suspensions across the alliance and within their own districts. Details: Portland, OR: Educational Northwest, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://www.cosa.k12.or.us/downloads/profdev/Safe%20Schools%20Summit/SOC.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 147621

Author: Campos, Sara Title: Deportations in the Dark: Lack of Process and Information in the Removal of Mexican Migrants Summary: U.S. immigration officials have a long and checkered history of mistreating migrants at the Southern border. Allegations of abuse throughout the apprehension, detention, and deportation process are not new; migrants have voiced complaints for years, with litigation dating back several decades. A more dismal future for migrants looms today, as the U.S. government promises to institute a new level of immigration enforcement. Within its first year, the Trump administration issued directives to intensify and scale up border enforcement, detention, and deportations, as well as expand expedited deportation procedures to unprecedented levels. Moreover, the administration's tacit - if not explicit - approval of harsh treatment toward migrants also risks emboldening immigration agents to act improperly. Indeed, evidence of mistreatment and abuse has already surfaced. This report explains the stark findings of an empirical investigation into the behavioral patterns of U.S. immigration authorities during the apprehension, custody, and removal of Mexican migrants from the United States. The analysis is based on new survey data and testimonies collected by the Binational Defense and Advocacy Program (in Spanish, Programa de Defensa e Incidencia Binacional, or PDIB). Between August 2016 and April 2017, PDIB interviewed 600 migrants who were deported from the United States to Mexico at one of the following repatriation points: Nogales, Sonora; Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas; Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua; and Reynosa, Tamaulipas. Among other issues, the survey sought to examine whether U.S. immigration agents properly informed migrants of their rights, actively interfered with migrants' rights, coerced or intimidated migrants in their custody, or failed to provide removal documents to migrants at the time of repatriation. The results are unnerving. In each of the areas examined, U.S. officials failed to deliver basic rights under U.S. laws and policies: 43.5 percent of the respondents surveyed were not advised of their right to contact their consulate; More than half of the respondents surveyed (55.7 percent) were not asked if they feared returning home; Almost a quarter of the respondents (23.5 percent) reported being victims of some type of abuse or aggression by immigration authorities during their apprehension; Half of the respondents (50.7 percent) who signed repatriation documents reported that they were not allowed to read the documents before they signed them; 57.6 percent of the respondents did not receive their repatriation documents. What emerges from the survey data and testimonies is an alarming portrait of the way Mexican migrants are treated while in U.S. custody and through the deportation process. Often, migrants do not receive copies of deportation documents and have little understanding of the processes they have undergone and the related legal ramifications. When U.S. officials prevent migrants from accessing critical information and processes, they further deprive individuals of their possible legal opportunities to present immigration claims. While in U.S. custody and control, many migrants are deprived of legally required information, thwarted from contacting their consulates, compelled to sign documents they cannot read or understand, threatened with protracted detention, and blocked from applying for asylum and other legal claims - even in the face of serious danger. In short, these migrants are left in the dark during their deportations. Given the escalation of immigration enforcement, the problems identified in this report are only likely to multiply. If not addressed, the behavioral patterns leading to abuses could spawn mass constitutional rights violations. Details: American Immigration Council, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/deportations_in_the_dark.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deportations Shelf Number: 148170

Author: Lira, Leonard L. Title: The Effect of Collaboration on Performance in Public Management: Evidence from Community Policing Summary: Practitioners and academics expect collaboration to matter in public management. Both treat it as an imperative to goal accomplishment and view collaboration as fundamental in community policing. However, existing research seems to study the elements of collaboration such as pre-conditions/antecedents, processes, and outcomes, either individually or with two of the three aspects in conjunction. This approach leaves one portion or the other in a "black box" because there is no comprehensive perspective evaluating all three together. Therefore, this dissertation uses mixed methods and a non-linear approach that tests the impact of collaboration capacity on performance outcomes as mediated by collaborative behavior in the context of community policing. This allows a study of all three elements simultaneously. Results from testing cross-sectional and longitudinal data via mediation analysis indicate a causal mechanism in which individual collaborative behaviors of police mediate the impact of organizational collaborative capacity on performance over shorter time spans, but only partially transmit that impact over longer time spans. Further, qualitative research based on this finding indicates that other potential reasons, such as institutional factors, may provide the additional mediation variables as the proximate cause for collaboration capacity to transmit its effect over longer time spans. This study contributes toward collaboration theory by opening its black box and explaining how the internal gears of the collaborative process are contingent and turn in either direction to positively or negatively affect performance outcomes depending on a multitude of factors. It offers an empirical approach that investigates at the phenomena of collaboration from a non-linear perspective, at multiple levels. Lastly, it offers normative contributions by presenting a compelling institutional perspective that practitioners should account for in their daily practice and academics should consider as they design future research on collaboration. Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas, 2016. 278p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://kuscholarworks.ku.edu/handle/1808/22470 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 147623

Author: Galdes, Andrew Title: Punishing Threats, Imprisoning Millions Summary: This thesis seeks to determine whether the federal criminal law has been used increasingly in the past several decades to punish conduct that poses a general threat to society, rather than conduct that causes a concrete harm to a particular victim. It situates this question within a broader discussion of criminal punishment in the United States, including rising incarceration rates, the theoretical justifications for punishment, and important legal limitations on its exercise. To determine whether the federal criminal law has been used increasingly to punish threats, this thesis charts the enforcement of twenty main categories of federal crimes over the past forty years. It gathers and organizes data on criminal case filings published yearly by the U.S. Department of Justice and the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts. After calculating the trend of enforcement for each crime, it groups the twenty crimes into three categories based on whether the prohibited conduct constitutes a concrete harm versus a general threat of harm. Analyzing the results, the thesis concludes that there has been a strong trend over the past two decades to use the federal criminal law to target conduct which threatens to harm society, rather than conduct that does concrete harm to an identifiable victim. It argues that this trend is problematic for several reasons: it signifies that federal criminal law will be used to further exacerbate already escalated levels of criminal punishment in the nation; the use of criminal law to target conduct which threatens society is weakly justified theoretically; and using the criminal law to target conduct which threatens society weakens important safeguards in the law designed to constrain the use of criminal punishment. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2011. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/3794/Galdes_duke_0066N_10960.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147626

Author: English, Elizabeth Title: The Prison Entrepreneurship Program: An Innovative Approach to Reentry Summary: Every year, more than 650,000 men and women leave prison and return to communities across America. With little more than some pocket change and a bus ticket, they reenter society and struggle to find work, housing, a steady social network, and other necessities to successfully transition from a life behind bars to one of freedom. Upon release, economic barriers, the stigma of a felony conviction, and oftentimes mental health and addiction challenges make reentry a bleak picture for returned citizens. These challenges lead many back to the same patterns and behaviors that sent them to prison in the first place. According to the Department of Justice, more than 40 percent of those released from prison are rearrested in their first year out, 67 percent within three years, and more than three-quarters within five years. Unfortunately, this should come as no surprise, given the lack of quality education, job training, and social capital made available to prisoners while serving time. Our nation's revolving prison door and large prison population present a huge cost to taxpayers and families alike. In 2016, 2.3 million individuals are behind bars in the US, and an estimated 7.7 million Americans have been incarcerated at some point in their lifetime. Incarceration costs the US $80 billion a year today, and in Texas, home to the largest state prison population in the nation, taxpayers spent $2.5 billion to incarcerate prisoners in 2015. One recent report found that at least 5.1 million American youth have had at least one parent incarcerated at some point during their childhoods. To reduce the nation's prison population, many reform efforts have focused on sentencing practices: reducing or repealing mandatory minimums, particularly for nonviolent drug offenders. While this approach makes sense, it does little to reduce recidivism or increase opportunity for those already in prison. And ignoring what happens to the currently incarcerated and those recently released is problematic, given the crucial time period immediately following a prisoner's release due to their vulnerability in finding work, housing, and other essentials. One approach to reducing recidivism and helping the formerly incarcerated reenter society successfully is prison education and reentry programming. Although still a growing field, research on these programs - which range from college and GED courses to vocational, career, high school, and entrepreneurship courses - have demonstrated the ability to reduce recidivism and increase opportunity for those who have served time. The Prison Entrepreneurship Program (PEP) has shown an ability to do both. This Texas-based program trains incarcerated men on how to become business entrepreneurs upon their release and then works with them and their families indefinitely after their sentence is over. The program lasts nine months on the inside: a three-month Leadership Academy, focused on character development, and a six-month Business Plan Competition (BPC), during which participants develop their own business proposals and pitch them to program volunteers. Graduates earn a certificate in entrepreneurship from Baylor University's Hankamer School of Business, and once out of prison, they have the potential to earn seed funding from PEP supporters and micro loans. When PEP men are released, program staff meet them at the gates and help them acquire identification, medical insurance, and basic necessities such as toiletries and clothes for a job interview. PEP also owns transition housing for graduates and assists with finding jobs, complying with parole, and reconnecting men to their families. PEP's results are promising. Program graduates reactivate at a rate of just 7 percent, about one-third the recidivism rate for Texas. Within 90 days of their release, 100 percent of all PEP graduates are employed. In 2016, 28 PEP-started businesses project revenues of more than $100,000. Six project revenues of more than $1 million. PEP's comprehensive approach and outcomes to date suggest that while education, work, family, community, and housing all matter to help the formerly incarcerated return to society successfully, they must be addressed in tandem to create long-term change. PEP's model is unique because it does what most programs do not - it connects an in-prison program with services, resources, and a community outside of prison, making participants' transition home more manageable and less siloed. Today, there is a growing emphasis on reentry at the local, state, and federal levels. Yet despite the evidence that correctional education and reentry programs can make the return to society a smoother process, effective program models are neither well-known nor extensively discussed. To help contribute to that dialogue, this paper provides an in-depth look at PEP, offering best practices and a lens through which to view opportunity and reentry for policymakers, advocates, and scholars working to address this critical policy issue. Details: Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://www.aei.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/Prison-Entrepreneurship-Program.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 147631

Author: Johnson, Byron R. Title: Recidivism Reduction and Return on Investment: An Empirical Assessment of the Prison Entrepreneurship Program Summary: In order to be effective, America's response to crime needs to be constantly reevaluated. New policing methods and technologies continue to emerge as options to address changes in patterns of crime, delinquency, gang violence, drug use, and more. The same can be said for our courts and correctional systems. Taxpayers, scholars, and policy makers alike have a serious interest in determining what works and what does not when it comes to crime reduction, the effectiveness of new sentencing guidelines, or the impact of new programs designed to rehabilitate prisoners. Since the current study deals with prisoners and ex-prisoners, our brief discussion of the traditional response to crime will have a specific focus on how correctional authorities have attempted to address problems linked to prisoner rehabilitation, prisoner reentry, and recidivism. First and foremost, prisons are built and run to keep prisoners incarcerated and thereby insure public safety. Most wardens are not opposed to the rehabilitation of prisoners. That said, most wardens understand that, while prisoners have problems needing attention, regrettably, wardens have limited resources and rarely, if at all, have the ability to implement wide-ranging treatment programs. Thus, decision-makers and correctional administrators always tend to put issues related to safety and security ahead of factors related to the treatment and rehabilitation of prisoners. Unfortunately, a lack of emphasis on how to address core problems through innovative programs has had the inadvertent effect of stymieing correctional practices and thus has allowed the emphasis to remain on developing better and more effective techniques for safely incarcerating more and more offenders. While correctional budgets have soared over the last three decades, governmental support available to confront issues like the prisoner reentry crisis has not kept pace. Details: Waco, TX: Baylor Institute for the Study of Religion, Baylor University, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.baylorisr.org/wp-content/uploads/PEP_final_reduced-size.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 147637

Author: Rahman, Insha Title: Against the Odds: Experimenting with Alternative Forms of Bail in New York City's Criminal Courts Summary: Statistics show that money bail is unaffordable and out of reach for many New Yorkers. Even though the median bail amount on felony cases in New York City is $5,000 0 and even lower - at $1,000, on misdemeanor cases - over 7,000 people are detained pretrial at Rikers Island and other New York City jails on any given day because they cannot make bail. Under New York law, the use of bail doesn't have to be this burdensome. In setting bail, judges have nine forms to choose from, including "alternative" forms such as partially secured or unsecured bonds, that require little to no upfront payment to secure a person's pretrial release. The traditional practice in the courts, however, is to ignore these options and impose only the two most onerous forms of bail to make: cash bail and insurance company bail bond. The Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) launched a three-month experiment in New York City arraignment courts to examine what would happen if alternative forms of bail were used more often. In what kinds of cases might judges be willing to set these forms of bail? In what amounts? What impact would these alternatives have on a person's ability to make bail? What other pretrial outcomes might be expected? Drawing from a cohort of 99 cases in which an unsecured or partially secured bond was set, these cases were tracked over a nine- to 12-month period to document bail-making, court appearance, pretrial re-arrest, and final case disposition. Interviews were conducted with judges, defenders, and court staff to better understand the results and develop recommendations for improving the use of bail in New York City. The results were promising. Sixty-eight percent of the cohort made bail, and an additional 5 percent were released on recognizance. The use of alternative forms of bail in the cohort was not limited to low-level offenses or certain types of offenses. Approximately 54 percent of cases had a top charge of a felony, and the cohort - felonies and misdemeanors - spanned the gamut from drug possession, larceny, and robbery, to assault, criminal contempt, and weapons possession. Those released had a combined court appearance rate of 88 percent and a rate of pretrial re-arrest for new felony offenses of 8 percent. When released pretrial, the majority of cases resolved in a disposition less serious than the initial top charge at arraignment, with fully one-third ending in dismissal and another 19 percent ending in a noncriminal conviction. Ninety-nine cases out of the thousands where bail is set is a miniscule number in the larger scheme of New York City's bail system, yet this experiment illustrates the possibility of meaningful culture change. The recommendations in this report offer strategies to increase and ease the use of alternative forms of bail: - stakeholders should be educated about them; - the associated paperwork and procedures to set these forms of bail should be simplified; - they should be set routinely as an option in addition to traditional forms of bail; and - when bail is set, it should be done with an individualized inquiry into a person's ability to pay. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/against-the-odds-bail-reform-new-york-city-criminal-courts/legacy_downloads/Against_the_Odds_Bail_report_FINAL3.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 147639

Author: Mallatt, Justine Title: Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs on Oxycodone Prescription, Heroin Substitution, and Crime Rates Summary: In response to growing abuse of prescription opioid painkillers, 49 U.S. states have implemented electronic prescription drug monitoring programs which record patients into a state-wide system when a prescription opioid is received. In response to low prescriber utilization of the prescription monitoring databases, 12 states passed legislation that strengthened the prescription monitoring programs by legally requiring prescribers to use the systems. This paper uses a difference-in-differences regression framework and interactive fixed effects factor models to identify the effect of the early prescription drug monitoring programs and subsequent legislation that strengthened the programs on the types and strengths of opioid painkiller prescriptions filled and on drug crime rates. The initial implementation of prescription drug monitoring databases caused a decrease in the amount of oxycodone and strong-dose oxycodone among the Medicaid population. PDMPs cause an increase in the number of crime incidents where an offender is carrying heroin. PDMPs do not affect the number of drug dealers selling heroin, suggesting a demand-side response, which indicates that abusers of high-dose pills substitute to heroin in response to the additional obstacles a PDMP imposes to obtaining prescription opioids. PDMPs have an ambiguous effect on illegally obtained prescription opioids because the databases create opposing market forces. There is no evidence that a mandate requiring that prescribers use the PDMP reduces prescriptions further, and no evidence of the mandates affecting drug crime rates. Details: Lafayette, IN: Purdue University, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Purdue University Economics Department Working Paper No 1292: Accessed October 10, 2017 at; http://www.krannert.purdue.edu/programs/phd/Working-papers-series/2017/1292-Justine-Mallatt-Prescription-Drug-Monitoring.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 147640

Author: Braithwaite, Helen Title: Are Female Parolees Different? Results from the Workload Study Summary: This workload study was completed under a research contract between the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and the Center for Evidence-Based Corrections (CEBC) at the University of California, Irvine (UCI). CDCR's Office of Research and the Division of Adult Parole Operations (DAPO) collaborated with UCI research staff to design the study, develop data capture instruments that were then pilot tested in the field, identify parole agents to participate in the study, and provide agent training. DAPO was responsible for coordinating the study with parole administrators, unit supervisors and agents in the field. UCI collaborated on instrument development, collected and analyzed data, and provided reports to CDCR and DAPO. The need for a workload study was identified during DAPO training on gender-responsivity (GR). During several two-day training sessions, parole agents expressed concern over the amount of time involved in the supervision of female offenders. Agents reported that, as a consequence of female parolees being more relational and having a broader range of criminogenic needs than males, females took more time. Agents perceived that face-to-face contacts with female parolees were longer, and that additional time was spent on activities such as speaking with females on the telephone and liaising with programs. Under the California Parole Supervision and Reintegration Model (CPSRM), parole caseloads in California are funded at a ratio of 53:1. Due to the perceived additional workload involved in supervising female parolees, some agents attending training were concerned that the introduction of female-only, GR caseloads would be too much work unless the number of females on a GR caseload was lower than 53 parolees. Sixteen GR caseloads (operating at a 53:1 ratio) had been implemented in California at the time of this study. Certain specialized caseloads with reduced caseload sizes are employed in California for Enhanced Outpatient Program (EOP) offenders with mental health issues and non-high risk sex offenders (operating at 40:1), in addition to Global Positioning System (GPS) specialized caseloads for gang members and high risk sex offenders (operating at approximately 20:1). Other states have implemented smaller, specialized caseloads for offenders with drug and alcohol problems, mentally ill offenders, domestic violence offenders, and female offenders. Research has shown that these specialized caseloads may result in recidivism reductions (Jalbert & Rhodes, 2012; Jalbert , et al., 2011; Klein, Wilson, Crowe & DeMichele, 2005; Gies, et al., 2012; Wolff, et al., 2014). The purpose of the workload study was to collect data to examine whether female parolees are more work or different work than male parolees. That is, do contacts with females take longer or are they different in nature than contacts with males? For this study, agents reported their daily contacts and the time they allocated to various work activities using a Daily Activity Log. Data were collected every day for five weeks. Agents supervising fifteen GR caseloads participated in the GR group. Approximately 30 agents supervising regular mixed-gender CPSRM caseloads were selected by DAPO for inclusion in a control group, used for comparison purposes. The study concludes that female parolees are both more work and different work than male parolees. Female contacts are longer overall, certain tasks are performed more often with female parolees, and certain tasks were shown to take longer with female than male parolees. Other jurisdictions in the United States have adopted a specialized caseloads approach to female offenders by reducing caseload sizes; the findings of this study support such an approach. Details: Irvine, CA: Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, University of California, Irvine, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://ucicorrections.seweb.uci.edu/files/2017/04/Are-Female-Parolees-Different.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 147641

Author: Carr, Jillian B. Title: The Effect of Sex Offender Registries on Recidivism: Evidence from a Natural Experiment Summary: This paper examines the effectiveness of sex offender registries at reducing recidivism using administrative data from North Carolina. To estimate the causal effect, I use a regression discontinuity design to exploit variation induced by the fact that small differences in the date of initial registry meant that some offenders were removed from the registry after 10 years, while others stayed on it. Results provide little evidence than an increase in registry length decreases sex crime recidivism as intended, although there is some evidence that it reduces an offender's probability of recidivating with a court procedure-related infraction such as violating parole. Details: Lafayette, IN: Department of Economics, Purdue University, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.krannert.purdue.edu/directory/bio.php?username=carr56 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 147643

Author: Sakiyama, Mari Title: Nevada vs. U.S. Residents' Attitudes Toward Surveillance Using Aerial Drones Summary: Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) or Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV), commonly known as "drones," are free-flying aircraft that are controlled by remote technology. Drones have the capability to not only collect information along their flight path, but also to provide visual monitoring of activities in various public places. These flight systems have commonly been used for military operations and are increasingly being applied for use in search and rescue activities, land management practices, and climatic and geographical photo mapping. A recent national survey found that the vast majority of U.S. residents support the use of drones in these areas (Miethe, Lieberman, Sakiyama, & Troshynski, 2014). Eighty-three percent of Nevada residents in this survey were opposed to using drones to monitor people's daily activities around their home. The majority of respondents were also opposed to drones monitoring people at work (59%) and in their daily activities in open public places (48%). Public attitudes about using drones for domestic surveillance varied across different social groups in Nevada. For surveillance in both public and private places, opposition to drone use was highest among persons with lower incomes and those who emphasize individualism (i.e., prefer a government that focuses on individual rights over public safety). About two-thirds of the respondents in Nevada agreed that drone surveillance is an invasion of privacy, especially when it occurs around the home (77%) or at work (66%). High levels of agreement across contexts were also found in people's views of drones as "excessive surveillance." These two concerns were the major reasons for opposition to domestic surveillance by drones. A belief that drones increase public safety was the primary reason given by respondents who support the use for domestic surveillance by government entities. Respondents in Nevada strongly opposed the use of drones for monitoring people's daily activities when it is done by private citizens (78%), commercial businesses (71%), and the mass media (66%). Similar to national findings, Nevada residents were far less opposed to drone surveillance of people's daily activities by local, state, and federal government agencies (44% opposed this activity). Details: Las Vegas: University of Nevada at Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/NevadaU.S.Residents%27Attitudes.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Drones Shelf Number: 135757

Author: Global Commission on Drug Policy Title: The Opioid Crisis in North America Summary: North America is facing an epidemic of opioid addiction and opioid overdose with an unprecedented level of mortality. The crisis was spurred by a broad expansion of medical use of opioids, which began in the 1990s as a legitimate response to the under-treatment of pain, but which was soon exploited by the unethical behavior of pharmaceutical companies eager to increase their revenue. The rise in supply fed high levels of diversion among an economically stressed and vulnerable population. The present wave of opioid dependence differs from the heroin crises of the 1980s and 1990s, both in the sheer extent and in the social backgrounds of a large part of the affected populations. In Canada, which is second only in per capita opioid consumption to the United States, the rise in fatal overdoses is more linked to higher potency or ad-mixing of other drugs in areas where there was already a relatively high incidence of heroin use. Initial reactions were to limit prescriptions and to introduce pills that were harder to manipulate. The reduced supply of prescription opioids, however, drove an important minority of people with addiction to less expensive and more accessible street heroin. Under what has become known as the "iron law of prohibition", cheaper and more potent opioids - including fentanyl and its derivatives - increasingly appeared on the market. This has even further accelerated the rate of fatal overdoses. Media and government attention has primarily focused on the supply through doctors. The fact that most addictions start with diverted supplies rather than among pain patients has been largely ignored. Policymakers have also failed to address the role of economic upheaval, unemployment, inequality, and other systemic sources of despair in increasing the risk for addiction and decreasing the odds of recovery. Health systems were completely unprepared and treatment is still dominated by abstinence-focused programs, where no regulatory standards have to be met. Furthermore, among other factors, prejudice against the most effective treatments for opioid addiction - opioid substitution therapy (OST) - has translated into lack of treatment for those in need. Opioid substitution therapy has proven effective in treating addictions to heroin and should be offered to those dependent on or addicted to prescription opioids. While in recent years media and politicians have been more open to viewing addiction as a public health problem, leadership is needed to turn this into an urgent and commensurate response to the crisis. To mitigate the current crisis, the Global Commission on Drug Policy recommends: - Do not cut the supply of prescription opioids without first putting supporting measures in place. This includes sufficient treatment options for people with addiction and viable alternatives for pain patients. - Make proven harm reduction measures and treatment widely available, especially naloxone distribution and training, low-threshold opioid substitution therapy, heroin-assisted treatment, needle and syringe programs, supervised injection facilities, and drug checking. In states that have not yet done so, legally regulate the medical use of marijuana. - This crisis shows the need for well-designed regulation with proper implementation, including guidelines and training on prescription, and regular monitoring. The aim is to achieve the right balance in regulation to provide effective and adequate pain care, while minimizing opportunities for misuse of these medications. This includes improving the regulation of relationships between the pharmaceutical industries on the one hand and doctors and lawmakers on the other, prescription guidelines that ensure adequate relief for pain patients, and training for physicians on evidence-based opioid prescribing, which is funded by neutral bodies. n Decide to de facto decriminalize drug use and possession for personal use at municipal, city or State/Province levels. Do not pursue such offenses so that people in need of health and social services can access them freely, easily, and without fear of legal coercion. - More research is needed in critical areas: -- The most effective treatments for addiction to prescription opioids -- The link between economic, physical and psychological problems and the opioid crisis ("crisis of despair"). -- The exact role of fentanyl and its derivatives in overdoses, especially how and when fentanyl is added and whether the distribution of test kits could play a positive role. While these recommendations, if followed, would help curb opioid-related mortality in the United States and Canada, underlying problems remain. The Global Commission on Drug Policy has consistently called for the decriminalization of personal use and possession, and for alternatives to punishment for non-violent, low-level actors in illicit drug markets. The criminalization of drug use and possession has little to no impact on the levels of drug use but instead encourages high-risk behaviors, such as unsafe injecting, and deters people in need of drug treatment from seeking it and from using other health services and harm reduction programs that would help them. The health, economic and social benefits of decriminalization have been shown in countries that took this step decades ago. Details: Geneva, SWIT: The Commission, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Position Paper: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.globalcommissionondrugs.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/2017-GCDP-Position-Paper-Opioid-Crisis-ENG.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147644

Author: Cornell, Dewey Title: Development of a Standard Model for School Climate and Safety Assessment Summary: The purpose of this project was to develop a standard model for the assessment of school climate and safety guided by authoritative school climate theory. We devised and tested student and school staff versions of the Authoritative School Climate Survey in a series of statewide surveys over a four-year period (2013-2016). In collaboration with the Virginia Department of Criminal Justice Services and Department of Education, the project collected data from more than 700 secondary schools including 200,501 student surveys and 45,793 staff surveys. Participation rates were 98% for schools, 85% for students in grades 7-12, and 61% for teachers and other school staff invited to participate. A series of multi-level factor analytic studies established strong evidence of factor structure, reliability, and convergent validity for key scales measuring disciplinary structure, academic expectations, student support, student engagement, and prevalence of teasing and bullying. Scales were developed for both student and staff versions of the survey at both individual (student or staff) and school levels of analysis. Secondary scales to measure student aggressive attitudes, positive values, bullying victimization, and bullying by teachers were also developed. Project findings have been reported in 27 refereed journal articles to date, with additional articles in progress. An authoritative school was characterized by high expectations for students, as reflected in high disciplinary structure (strict but fair discipline) and high academic expectations for students, and high support for students (adults are respectful and caring toward students). The primary project findings were that characteristics of an authoritative school climate were associated with positive academic and behavioral outcomes at individual and/or school levels. The academic outcomes included higher student engagement, higher grades, higher standardized test passing rates, and lower dropout rates. The behavioral outcomes included lower student aggression toward both peers and teachers as well as less student involvement in risk behaviors of self-reported alcohol and marijuana use, bullying, fighting, weapon-carrying at school, interest in gang membership, and suicidal thoughts and behavior. All of the published studies included racial/ethnic and socioeconomic status variables in their analyses as studentor school-level measures. These analyses generally demonstrated that the primary findings of the study were not confounded by race/ethnicity or socioeconomic status. Additional analyses showed comparable criterion validity on key measures for Black, Hispanic, and White student groups. Furthermore, schools with authoritative characteristics had lower overall suspension rates and a lower gap between Black and White suspension rates. The results of this study will help move the field toward consensus on a theoretically-grounded and more psychometrically sound model for school climate and safety assessment. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Curry School of Education, University of Virginia, 2017. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251102.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Climate Shelf Number: 147645

Author: Hanten, Gerri Title: Environmental and Personal factors in a Community-Based Juvenile Offender Intervention Summary: Research demonstrates that youth violence is perpetrated by relatively small numbers of repeat offenders (Kennedy, Braga et al. 2001). Low success rates of rehabilitation strategies underscore the need for new intervention models. Evidence supports efficacy of community-based intervention programs, but implementation of such programs has not been consistent, nor has research on factors that promote success been systematic. Further, many programs measure community-wide success, but not the individuals' success. Here we report preliminary findings of a study of youth offenders in Houston, TX within the context of readiness-for-change. In addition to preliminarily evaluating a community-based intervention, the overarching aim of the study was to gain understanding of factors that affect recidivism in order to inform development of successful community-based interventions for juvenile offenders. Findings include support for the effectiveness of community-based intervention on the rate of recidivism in youth offenders, the importance of factors related to readiness-for-change in response to intervention, and the sensitivity of a measure of personal prosocial attitudes in relation to recidivism. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251100.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 147646

Author: Heller, Sara Title: The Effects of Summer Jobs on Youth Violence Summary: Minority and low-income youth experience strikingly disparate socio-economic outcomes. Forty percent of African-American young adults were jobless year-round in 2011, compared with only 24 percent of whites (Sum, et al. 2014). One in three black men will spend time in prison during their lifetimes, but only 1 in 17 white men (Bonczar 2003). And homicide kills more young African-American males than the 9 other leading causes of death combined (while killing not even one-tenth the number of young white males who die from the single leading cause) (Center for Disease Control and Prevention 2014). These racial and socio-economic inequalities in crime and employment are a pressing social problem. They not only generate enormous human costs, but also drain hundreds of billions of dollars from state budgets and the national economy (Council of Economic Advisors 2015). The causes of these disparities are complex, but seminal social science theory by economist Gary Becker (1968) and sociologist William Julius Wilson (1996) has been influential in identifying one candidate lever for intervention: employment. These theorists argue that poor employment prospects drive crime and violence by lowering the cost of punishment and crippling inner-city neighborhoods. If so, it might seem logical that policies to enrich job prospects among disadvantaged youth should reduce their involvement in crime and violence. Empirically, however, employment programs have had mixed success, especially among young people. Only very intensive and expensive interventions appear to improve employment among disadvantaged youth (Kemple, Willner & MDRC 2008; Millenky, et al. 2011; Roder & Elliott 2011; Schochet, Burghardt & McConnell 2008), and even fewer reduce crime.1 The apparent difficulty of improving youth outcomes via jobs programs has often led to the conclusion that such programs require too much investment to be worth their costs (e.g., Heckman 2006). Yet summer jobs programs have been noticeably absent from this discussion, perhaps because of how little rigorous research has evaluated them (Fernandes-Alcantara 2011; LaLonde 2003). This report discusses what was, to the author's knowledge, the first experimental study to estimate the effects of summer jobs on crime - a study of the One Summer Chicago Plus (OSC+) program. Initial results from the large-scale randomized controlled trial have been published as Heller (2014). This technical report, written as the final product for OJJDP Grant 2012-MU-FX- 0002, briefly summarizes those results and adds analysis of additional crime, employment, and college data. Section II gives a very brief overview of the summer jobs literature. Section III describes the program. Sections IV and V describe the data and methods respectively. Section VI summarizes the findings previously reported in Heller (2014). Section VII presents additional results, and Section VIII concludes. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251101.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 147647

Author: Wolfson, Mark Title: Identifying the Effects of Local Policies and Enforcement Strategies to Prevent Alcohol Use by Older Adolescents Summary: We tracked state and local policy, and measured law enforcement efforts related to underage drinking, in a large sample of local communities in the U.S. We merged these data with data on self-reported youth drinking and consequences, as well as a measure of underage drinking crashes. We then examined the relationships among local alcohol policy, law enforcement strategies, and underage drinking. Several important findings emerged. First, we found that finding historical data on local policy change is very challenging. This is a challenge for the field of alcohol policy research, and creative solutions need to be found. Second, we created an index of alcohol policy that seems to have some predictive validity (the Policy Score). It would be useful to replicate and test this index in future research. Third, we found that some policy domains are relatively untapped, and are in need in further testing and implementation at both the state and local level. Fourth, we found that the policy index was related to lower prevalence of attendance at underage drinking parties among youth; this is an important finding that could inform future community-level efforts. Fifth, we found a positive relationship between the tax score and partygoing; this suggests that communities that enact local tax authority may want to address underage drinking parties, through enforcement efforts and social host policies, at the same time. Finally, we did not find a consistent relationship between enforcement efforts and underage drinking; this is a key area for future research. Details: Winston-Salem, NC: Wake Forest School of Medicine, 2017. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251089.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Policy Shelf Number: 147648

Author: Resource Development Associates Title: Positive Youth Justice Initiative: Year 1 Evaluation Findings Summary: Sierra Health Foundation has long invested in the well-being of California's youth, recognizing that supporting young people to lead healthy lives and reach their full potential is central to the foundation's vision of long-term economic, social, and cultural health. Following years of on-the-ground experience in youth development, extensive research and preparation, and in the context of a favorable policy environment, the foundation launched the Positive Youth Justice Initiative (PYJI) in 2012. PYJI aims to shift juvenile justice practice and policy by supporting California counties to design and implement system-level reforms to improve the health and well-being of crossover youth - youth who have been involved in the child welfare system and who are currently engaged in the juvenile justice system. Through an approach that invests in youth, treats trauma, provides wraparound service delivery, and changes systems to strengthen local infrastructure and sustain the improvements, the initiative seeks to reduce barriers to crossover youths' successful transition to adulthood, including structural biases that exacerbate the over-representation of youth of color in county juvenile justice systems across the state. In 2012, one-year planning grants were awarded to six counties to support the development of comprehensive, data-informed PYJI innovation plans. In October 2013, four of these counties - Alameda, San Diego, San Joaquin, and Solano - were awarded two-year implementation grants. In each county, public agencies, community-based organizations (CBOs), and community leaders work together with the support of PYJI technical assistance providers to change how their local systems view, screen, and provide services to crossover youth and their families. Purpose and Scope of PYJI Evaluation Sierra Health Foundation contracted with Resource Development Associates (RDA) to carry out a comprehensive evaluation of the implementation and early impact of PYJI in order to glean key lessons that the foundation can use to support counties in building systems that embrace positive youth justice. Recognizing that the literature on implementing and measuring systems change in the juvenile justice context is limited, the evaluation seeks not only to advise next steps in PYJI counties, but also to contribute to the juvenile justice field and inform future efforts in California and beyond. The RDA evaluation team designed a mixed-methods approach to evaluate the implementation and initial impact of PYJI over a two-year time frame, with a focus on assessing the extent to which systems change how they work to support the youth under their jurisdictions. Considered a "baseline" phase, the current Year 1 evaluation aims to document the status of counties' early-stage implementation, as well as to identify pre-implementation factors that may influence the progress of implementation. The evaluation team, in collaboration with Sierra Health Foundation, identified a series of data collection activities designed to produce a thorough understanding of implementation activities and strategies. These included: key informant interviews with PYJI leadership in each county; focus groups with staff from PYJI partner agencies and CBOs in each county; a site visit with PYJI leadership in each county; a staff survey that was disseminated to staff in PYJI partner agencies and CBOs; and a survey of youth and their caregivers. The evaluation team also reviewed documentary data from each county and from the foundation, and met regularly with the Sierra Health Foundation PYJI team. Details: Oakland, CA: RDA, 2014. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://www.sierrahealth.org/assets/PYJI/SHF_PYJI_Year_1_Evaluation_Report_Full_20150108_STC.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 147649

Author: Little Hoover Commission Title: Sensible Sentencing for a Safer California Summary: California's correctional system is a slow-motion disaster. Seven years ago, the Little Hoover Commission issued an unusually blistering report warning that time was running out for California policymakers to resolve the state's corrections crisis. In its study, Solving California's Corrections Crisis: Time is Running Out, the Commission urged then-Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger and the Legislature to immediately devise a comprehensive strategy and implement reforms, based on the decades of research, to avoid abdicating governance of California's correctional system to the federal courts. Later in 2007, the federal courts found that prison overcrowding is the cause of unconstitutional levels of health and mental health care in California prisons and mandated the state reduce its prison population. For several years after, the state unsuccessfully tried to avoid the inevitable through legal maneuvers. In 2011, the state took its first serious step toward resolving the problem by implementing public safety realignment, a historic transfer of low-level offenders from state to local supervision. This move, however important, was not enough to stop the long-term trajectory of prison population growth. On February 10, 2014, the courts gave California its final reprieve, extending the deadline to reduce prison overcrowding until February 2016. This time, however, the reprieve has teeth. If the state does not meet benchmarks for prison population reductions, it must release offenders early. In return, the state has agreed to stop appealing the court rulings and to implement changes that will provide a long-term solution. Elected officials can no longer shift the blame onto the federal courts. The three-judge panel waived virtually all laws that might impede the state's ability to achieve the population reduction benchmarks. District attorneys who collectively have opposed even the slightest changes to sentencing laws are going to have to compromise. Judges, who refused to be held accountable in imposing sentences knowing many offenders serve very little time behind bars, must weigh in on system reforms. Sheriffs, part of California's "catch and release" criminal justice system, also must be willing to look beyond bars for solutions. California policymakers and their criminal justice partners must implement reforms to reduce the prison population that have been impossible in the past or be prepared to be held accountable. The prison population reduction cannot be achieved without eliminating the state's chronic imbalance between what its sentencing laws require and the resources available to incarcerate offenders. Across the nation, there has been a significant attitude shift regarding incarceration. Taxpayers do not want to pay for failed policies that cycle offenders in and out of prison or incarcerate the mentally ill and the addicted for lengthy sentences without access to quality treatment. Research has shown programs and services that provide treatment can be effective in reducing crime. Scientific research in the past 40 years has led to significant progress in many areas in California. When it comes to criminal justice sentencing, however, California has ignored the science. When policymakers enacted the Uniform Determinate Sentencing Act of 1976, at a time when many believed "nothing works" in reducing crime other than incapacitation, punishment replaced rehabilitation as the purpose of prison time. The law also was designed to create certainty and equality in sentencing. But nearly four decades later, more than a 1,000 laws and dozens of sentencing enhancements have led to a system that no longer makes sense. No longer is there truth or certainty in sentencing. At the same time, the system puts away offenders for increasingly longer periods of time, with no evidence that lengthy incarceration, for many, brings any additional public safety benefit. California did not arrive at this moment in a vacuum. For most of the 20th century, rehabilitation was the purpose of incarceration. The current crisis provides a moment of opportunity, a time for California to think beyond court compliance. The Commission urges policymakers to amend the penal code to reflect that the purpose of incarceration cannot just be punishment, but also reduced recidivism and successful community reintegration. Rehabilitative programs and reducing crime are not mutually exclusive. The Commission also urges policymakers to establish a Criminal Justice Information Center that would collect data on sentencing policies and best practices and provide recommendations on opportunities to improve sentencing and public safety. The information, data and guidance provided by this center could establish a path toward an independent sentencing commission, recommended twice before by this Commission and many others. A bill that creates a criminal justice policy institute is under consideration in the Legislature in 2014. Realignment was a bold beginning. Implemented effectively with community-based programs and services, realignment holds the promise that many offenders will turn their lives around. In this review, the Commission saw opportunities to improve realignment, including requiring all offenders serving local jail time be supervised upon release and have access to appropriate programs and services. The Commission also urges the state to provide incentives to ensure that all counties use some of the billion dollars in realignment funding provided each year and require any new funding from the Recidivism Reduction Fund to pay for proven programs and services through public-private partnerships. Details: Sacramento: The Commission, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.lhc.ca.gov/sites/lhc.ca.gov/files/Reports/219/Report219.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 147650

Author: Little Hoover Commission Title: Level the Playing Field: Put California's Underground Economy Out of Business Summary: In this report, the Commission urges leaders to wage a stronger campaign against the underground economy to protect California businesses and workers. During its review, the Commssion found the state loses an estimated $8.5 billion or more annually in tax revenue, while efforts to combat the underground economy are disjointed and under-resourced. The Commission provides 15 recommendations to give competitive advantage to businesses that comply with state licensing and tax laws and pay their workers fairly. Details: Sacramento: Little Hoover Commission, 2015. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 226: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: http://www.lhc.ca.gov/sites/lhc.ca.gov/files/Reports/226/Report226.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Counterfeit Goods Shelf Number: 147651

Author: Kim, Elaine Minjy Title: Confined in the Margins of the Margins: The Urban Form of Mass Incarceration Summary: The historically unprecedented and internationally incomparable rate of incarceration in the United States merits an analysis of the prison as a key political, social, economic, and physical institution in America. This research sits in the gap in the existing literature between sociological research on incarceration and architectural studies of the conditions of confinement by turning my attention to urban design scale physical characteristics and their interaction with their context. It begins with the premise that the characteristics of the prison as a physical structure are entangled with the prison as cultural item, political tactic, and social concept. I ask: what is the urban form of mass incarceration? The question is investigated by focusing on a sample of 45 federal correctional complexes. Each complex is measured according to five different metrics through the use of spatial data to address three scales of concern: regional, city, and site. To address the regional scale concern of incarcerated populations being placed far from their home communities and barriers to maintaining social connections, I measure each complex's proximity to an urbanized area and accessibility to transit. I study the city scale concern of facilities being relegated to the remote and ignored margins by considering measures of visibility: distance to the nearest major road, and the number of nearby points of interest that may bring people within proximity of the prison. To investigate the building scale concern of the generous amounts of space correctional facilities demand, I compare the complex's size to the size of the hosting city. I find that correctional complexes are not well sited or designed to address the issues associated with all three scales. Analyzing the variation among the complexes, the results show that the facilities built during the rapid rise of incarceration share similar physical characteristics. Interpreting raw measures using metric-appropriate checkpoints, I find that even the complexes that are more integrated relative to others are in reality isolated and disconnected. Looking at the public comments and design descriptions for the facilities among the highest ranking and lowest ranking sites, I find that the design intention is to blend the facility into the rural landscape, and that the ability of residents to "forget that it's even there" is seen as a design success and benefit. Details: Medford, MA: Tufts University, 2013. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5984ad57cf81e078efb91da9/t/598c8bbef43b55354b974222/1502383080580/Kim_Thesis.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 147652

Author: Bowman, Joshua Title: Report for the Advisory Council on Child Trafficking: Comparing Legislation to Expert Opinion Summary: The mission of the Advisory Council on Child Trafficking (ACCT) is specific to domestic child sex trafficking; thus the research and recommendations made in this report are specifically for this subset of human trafficking. The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000 defines general sex trafficking as "the recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, or obtaining of a person for the purposes of a commercial sex act, in which the commercial sex act is induced by force, fraud, or coercion, or in which the person induced to perform such an act has not attained 18 years of age" (22 USC S 7102; 8 CFR S 214.11(a)). "Child sex trafficking includes any minor (under the age of 18) involved in commercial sex. This type of trafficking exists within the broader commercial sex trade, often at much larger rates than most people real ize. Sex traffickers frequently target vulnerable minors with histories of abuse and then use violence, threats, false promises, lies, debt bondage, or other forms of control and manipulation to keep them involved in the sex industry." Children who are wards of the state or in the foster care system are some of the most vulnerable targets for traffickers. On May 1 and 2, 2013, the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, the Advisory Council on Child Trafficking (ACCT) and the Goldman Sachs Foundation hosted a symposium to address the needs of victims of child sex trafficking. The symposium was a part of a White House initiative, first announced by President Obama at the 2012 Clinton Global Initiative, to "bring together leading researchers, bipartisan policy makers, and advocates to identify gaps in research, best practices, and evidence to improve the lives of sexually exploited children." The goal of this report is to compare current domestic legislation to the opinions of experts on domestic child trafficking presented at this symposium. For research areas, we used the symposium's six working group categories. The end product of this report includes appraisals of legislation, as well as recommendations on areas that policy has not yet addressed. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Public Policy Program, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: https://publicpolicy.stanford.edu/publications/report-advisory-council-child-trafficking-comparing-legislation-expert-opinion Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 147663

Author: Davis, Dev Title: An Analysis of the City of San Jose's Community Service Officer Program Summary: In July 2014, the City of San Jose initiated a Community Service Officer (CSO) program to fill staffing gaps that emerged as a consequence of significant budget problems and a shrinking police force. In doing so, the City joined numerous jurisdictions around the U.S. that have implemented CSO programs in recent years. Despite the proliferation of CSO programs, however, limited research has been conducted on the actual effects of CSOs on policing efficiency and effectiveness or common practices with regards to CSO duties. This project provides the City of San Jose with the following: Comparison of the duties of CSOs in San Jose with CSO duties in other California jurisdictions. Information about how cities across California design and implement their CSO programs and how their programs fit into each jurisdiction's police departments. Factors that contribute to the success of CSO programs in other California cities. Alterations that San Jose may consider making to its own CSO program based on these commonly cited practices. To achieve these objectives, we distributed a survey to the California Police Chiefs Association (CPCA) and the California State Sheriffs Association (CSSA) to gain a deeper understanding of other cities' CSO programs. After collecting these survey responses, we analyzed the results and conducted phone interviews to follow up with 13 selected California police departments that deploy CSO programs. We then extracted common practices from this qualitative approach. We also examined computer‐aided dispatch (CAD) data and aggregated statistics on CSO response to service calls provided by the City of San Jose to estimate the potential impact of expanded CSO duties in San Jose. Research Findings: We received a total of 149 responses out of the 387 CPCA and CSSA departments that received our survey, for an overall response rate of 39 percent. Eighty‐four percent of respondents have implemented a CSO program Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Public Policy Program, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: https://publicpolicy.stanford.edu/publications/analysis-city-san-jose%E2%80%99s-community-service-officer-program Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Service Officer Shelf Number: 147665

Author: Chapin, Meyli Title: A Cost-Benefit Analysis of Criminal Record Expungement in Santa Clara County Summary: n this report, we conduct a cost-benefit analysis of record expungement in Santa Clara County, California. Through the criminal record expungement process, individuals who have committed offenses and then served time in county jail or a period of probation can legally apply to have these past offenses erased from their public record. Applying for expungement is a legal right. However, it is not pursued by many people with eligible convictions who could benefit from it due to lack of awareness and/or inadequate resources. Having one's record expunged greatly increases the chances of being hired because it prevents a potential employer from seeing the criminal record of a job applicant. The stigma of a criminal record is enough to discourage more than half of employers from hiring someone. Expunging records helps improve economic productivity and increases tax revenue. In this report, we present a cost-benefit analysis of record clearance. Due to data considerations, we focus on the costs and benefits of expunging the records of exoffenders served by the RCP of San Jose State University. We identified preliminary costs and benefits by carrying out a literature review of relevant reports, academic journals, studies, and books. We also conducted several interviews with practitioners and experts from the Public Defender's office, the Stanford Law School, San Jose Office of Reentry Services, and the Santa Clara Probation Office. Concurrently, we analyzed original data collected by members of San Jose State University's Record Clearance Project (RCP). These steps allowed us to further refine our costs and benefits, which we then converted into dollar amounts to the greatest extent possible. We found the following costs to be the most relevant to our analysis: processing costs for the probation office and the court system, legal assistance, as well as the perceived costs to employers. These costs were weighed against the following benefits: increased income, increased GDP, increased tax revenues, a reduction in government assistance, a reduction in recidivism, and an increase in additional societal benefits, such as access to housing. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Public Policy, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: https://publicpolicy.stanford.edu/publications/cost-benefit-analysis-criminal-record-expungement-santa-clara-county Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 147667

Author: Thomas, Jeree Title: Raising the Bar: State Trends in Keeping Youth Out of Adult Courts (2015-2017) Summary: In 2007, 14 states excluded youth under 18 from juvenile court jurisdiction simply because of their age. As of August 2017, only five states continue to automatically exclude 17-year-olds from juvenile court jurisdiction based solely on their age and have not passed legislation to change their laws in the near future. Those states are Georgia, Michigan, Missouri, Texas, and Wisconsin. In March 2017, the Justice Policy Institute released a national report on how states have successfully raised the age of juvenile court jurisdiction. The report, Raise the Age: Shifting to a Safer and More Effective Juvenile Justice System, highlights how states such as Connecticut, Illinois, and Massachusetts have contained costs while enhancing public safety by implementing evidence-based reforms within their juvenile justice systems that prepared them to serve 16-and/or 17-year-olds. The momentum to raise the age of juvenile court jurisdiction over the last decade resulted in New York and North Carolina passing laws in 2017 to fully implement raise the age by 2019. For both of these states, this reform will change a century old precedent of treating 16-and 17- year-olds as adults. While New York and North Carolina's efforts were successful this year, it is important to note that every state with a lower age of juvenile court jurisdiction considered legislation to raise the age in 2017. It is clear after this legislative session that there is support in every remaining legislature to raise the age. The question is no longer whether states should stop automatically treating all 16-or 17-year-olds as adults, but when and how to raise the age. It is also of note that in 2019, when both North Carolina and New York's bills are fully implemented, it will be the first time since the creation of a separate juvenile court in 1899 that 16-year-olds are not automatically treated as adults solely because of their age. The Campaign for Youth Justice supports raise the age efforts because of the large number of youth blocked from adult court through this reform. However, raise the age reforms are insufficient to protect youth from the adult system. Every raise the age reform has excluded some youth under 18 from juvenile court jurisdiction without the benefit of judicial review. Research and evidence overwhelmingly indicate that trying and treating youth as adults in the criminal justice system is harmful and leads to higher rates of suicide, abuse, and recidivism. What is even more concerning is new data and research showing that while the number of youth being transferred to the adult system by juvenile court judges has decreased, the percentage of youth transferred who are Black is the highest it has been in nearly 30 years. Research shows that in states with high transfer numbers, like Florida, once Black youth are in the adult system, they are more likely to be incarcerated with longer sentences than their peers. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2017 at: http://cfyj.org/images/A-StateTrends_Report-Web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 147668

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Criminal Restitution: Factors to Consider for a Potential Expansion of Federal Courts' Authority to Order Restitution Summary: What GAO Found Federal courts have authority to award restitution for authorized losses to eligible victims. Generally, victims are those directly and proximately harmed as a result of a defendant's offense of conviction and they may be awarded compensation for their actual or "out-of-pocket" losses. Provisions for the potential expansion of restitution contained in the Justice for All Reauthorization Act of 2016 that GAO reviewed could allow for courts to award restitution to additional victims and for a greater scope of losses. Stakeholders GAO interviewed identified various factors to consider related to these potential expansion provisions, for example: Restitution for related conduct and no proximate cause requirement . A factor stakeholders stated should be considered in potentially allowing restitution for conduct that is broader than the offense of conviction was that it could be a violation of a defendant's constitutional right to due process because restitution could be awarded for conduct for which the defendant's guilt was not established. In addition, they said it could lead to increased complexity to determine victim losses, which could create challenges for federal prosecutors and could result in less restitution being awarded. For a potential expansion of restitution to compensate harm that was not proximately caused by the defendant (i.e., harm that was not reasonably foreseeable as a result of the offense) stakeholders said factors that should be considered include that the current proximate harm requirement does not present challenges and that such an expansion could lead to additional sentencing-related hearings and litigation. Restitution to restore victims to their position had the offense not been committed . Stakeholders said this provision is already a goal of federal restitution, but that a potential expansion could allow judges more discretion to order restitution for victim losses not specified by statute, which could help restore the victim to his or her pre-offense condition. Restitution for any injury, harm, or loss, including emotional distress. A factor stakeholders identified in potentially expanding restitution to cover intangible losses, including emotional distress, included that it could increase the complexity of the restitution process because these are not easily quantified losses. Relatedly, stakeholders said that the suitability of criminal versus civil proceedings should be considered because the civil system, through which crime victims may seek compensation at their own expense, is set up to handle these issues and losses, whereas officials involved in criminal cases lack the specialized skills to determine these kinds of losses. Stakeholders GAO interviewed identified additional factors related to the potential broadening of courts' authority to order restitution generally; for example, they told GAO that increased restitution debt and collectability challenges should be considered. According to the Department of Justice, the amount of outstanding restitution debt owed in federal cases as of the end of fiscal year 2016 was $110.2 billion. Stakeholders stated that defendants often lack the financial resources to pay restitution and adding to the uncollected restitution debt through a potential expansion of authority could lead to further collection challenges. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-115: Accessed October 13, 2017 at: http://www.gao.gov/assets/690/687728.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 147670

Author: Adams, William Title: Federal Prosecution of Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children Cases, 2004-2013 Summary: This report examines commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) cases prosecuted in the federal criminal justice system between 2004 and 2013. CSEC offenses include child pornography production, child pornography possession, and child sex trafficking. The report describes persons investigated by federal law enforcement and referred to U.S. attorneys, and cases prosecuted, adjudicated, and sentenced in U.S. district court for CSEC offenses, including the disposition of CSEC matters concluded by U.S. attorneys, reasons matters were declined for prosecution, pretrial release rates, demographic characteristics of suspects charged with CSEC offenses, and key case outcomes, such as rates of conviction and length of prison sentences imposed. Findings are based on data from BJS's Federal Justice Statistics Program, with source data provided by the Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys, Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, and the U.S. Sentencing Commission. Highlights: From 2004 to 2013, a total of 37,105 suspects were investigated and referred to U.S. attorneys for commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) offenses. The FBI was the lead investigative agency in 45% of CSEC matters investigated and referred to U.S. attorneys from 2004 to 2013. Nearly all defendants convicted of CSEC offenses from 2004 to 2013 were sentenced to federal prison (98%). The mean prison sentence imposed on CSEC defendants in 2013 was 11.6 years. Six in 10 suspects in CSEC matters investigated and referred to U.S. attorneys from 2004 to 2013 were prosecuted in U.S. district court. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2017 at; https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fpcsecc0413.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 147672

Author: Brolin, Mary Title: Improving Access to Substance Abuse Treatment and Reducing Incarceration and Recidivism Summary: Massachusetts faces an opioid and substance abuse crisis at the same time the U.S. and Massachusetts have some of highest rates of incarceration in the world. This issue brief examines the problem and economic costs and consequences of untreated substance abuse. It examines the benefits of expanding access to treatment in the community, at arrest and initial detention, within the courts, within jails and prisons, at re‐entry and under community supervision, with the intent to reduce substance abuse, incarceration and recidivism and thereby improve health and public safety. The report recommends (1) implementing a pre‐arrest program to divert low‐level drug offenders to treatment, (2) enhancing and expanding specialty courts throughout the state, (3) increasing access to medication‐assisted treatment (MAT), and (4) expanding a Medicaid enrollment program in DOC and HOC facilities to improve access to healthcare services immediately upon release. To facilitate change and judicious invest of resources, it also recommends instating governance structures to coordinate efforts between health and criminal justice organizations within the Executive, Legislative and Judiciary branches of government. Details: Waltham, MA: Massachusetts Health Policy Forum, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed October 13, 2017 at: https://masshealthpolicyforum.brandeis.edu/forums/Documents/Substance%20Abuse%202015%20Docs/IssueBrief_FULL.final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 147673

Author: Collateral Consequences Resource Center Title: Forgiving and Forgetting in American Justice: A 50-State Guide to Expungement and Restoration of Rights Summary: his report catalogues and analyzes the various provisions for relief from the collateral consequences of conviction that are now operating in each state, including judicial record-sealing and certificates of relief, executive pardon, and administrative nondiscrimination statutes. Its goal is to facilitate a national conversation about how those who have a criminal record may best regain their legal rights and social status. Given the millions of Americans who have a criminal record, and the proliferation of laws and policies excluding them from a wide range of opportunities and benefits, there is a critical need for reliable and accessible relief provisions to maximize the chances that these individuals can live productive and law-abiding lives after completion of their court-imposed sentences. Whatever their form, relief provisions must reckon with the easy availability of criminal records, and the pervasive discrimination that frustrates the rehabilitative goals of the justice system. It is not the report's purpose to recommend any specific approach to relief. Rather, our goal is simply to survey the present legal landscape for the benefit of the policy discussions now underway in legislatures across the country. We are mindful of the fact that very little empirical research has been done to measure outcomes of the various schemes described, many of which are still in their infancy. It is therefore hard to say with any degree of certainty which approach works best to reintegrate individuals with a record into their communities. At the same time, we hope that our description of state relief mechanisms will inform the work of lawyers and other advocates currently working to assist affected individuals in dealing with the lingering burdens imposed by an adverse encounter with the justice system. Details: CCRC, 2017. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2017 at: http://ccresourcecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Forgiving-Forgetting-Report-CCRC-Oct-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 147676

Author: Baldwin, Molly Title: From Evidence-Based Practices to a Comprehensive Intervention Model for High-Risk Young Men: The Story of Roca Summary: Researchers of criminal behavior are taking a more data-driven approach to community corrections. Rather than focusing solely on professional experience or anecdotal successes - key factors that often drive public policy in social services - they are identifying evidence-based practices that rely on empirical research and produce measurable outcomes. The challenge for providers is to bridge the gap between theoretical best practices and practicable intervention models that reduce recidivism rates and keep communities safe. One organization that is finding success in bridging this gap is Massachusetts-based Roca, Inc. Established in 1988, Roca has worked with high-risk young people in various communities across Massachusetts. Roca has served thousands of young men and women facing multiple challenges, including young parents, immigrants, youth involved in gangs, and other at-risk young people. Along the way, though, Roca witnessed a troubling reality: Despite its commitment to help youth stay out of harm's way, and the fact that individuals were attending programming in large numbers and the organization was thriving, the same individuals were in trouble again days, weeks, or months later. As a result, Roca leadership grew less confident that it was doing more good than harm. It started searching for a different path. Around this time, meta-analysis of practices in the field, conducted by the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at Community Resources for Justice and the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) in 2002, identified a set of eight methods proven successful in reducing recidivism. Roca found the move toward evidence-based practices (EBP) refreshing: These practices were based on specific principles that had been proven successful based on data, rather than anecdotes, and the idea that some interventions work significantly better than others was appealing. The challenge, though, was to develop a comprehensive intervention model based on these practices and to transform the organizational culture into one that embraces data and evidence. Over more than a decade, Roca has undergone tremendous changes. The organization has rigorously examined its practices, collected and analyzed data, changed its interactions with other institutions, and incorporated only those practices that were proven effective. The result of these efforts is Roca's High-Risk Young Men Intervention Model - a four-year, non-mandated model dedicated to serving 17- to 24-year-old men at the highest risk of future incarceration. The Model was implemented in 2011 and now operates in four sites, serving 21 communities across Massachusetts. Roca's rigorous data track ing allows the organization to measure its success in reducing recidivism and increasing employment among high-risk young men. Roca's baseline is the existing criminal justice system outcomes pertaining to young adults: In Massachusetts, 76 percent of the 18- to 24-year-olds released from Houses of Corrections are rearraigned within three years (Mosehauer et al., 2016), and nationally, 78 percent of those released from state or federal prison at the ages of 18 to 24 are rearrested within three years (Schiraldi, Western, and Bradner, 2015). Roca's outcomes are dramatically different. Roca retains 84 percent of participants annually, despite the fact that these are high-risk young people who are not ready, willing, or able to participate in programming. After completing the first two years of the program, participants significantly reduce their criminal behaviors: 93 percent are not rearrested, 95 percent are not reincarcerated, and 88 percent of those on probation comply with their conditions. In addition, graduates demonstrate significant employment gains: Although 83 percent of participants come to Roca with no employment history, 84 percent of those enrolled longer than 21 months are placed in a job; 92 percent of them keep the job longer than three months, and 87 percent keep it for six months or more. This paper focuses on the gap between research- and theory-based practices and a fully functioning intervention model, and how Roca has worked to bridge this gap and achieve the above-mentioned outcomes. Part I reviews the eight evidence-based practices in community corrections as identified by CJI and NIC. Part II explores how Roca learned of these principles and how it worked internally to integrate them and develop its Intervention Model. Part III explains Roca's Intervention Model and revisits the eight evidence-based practices, explaining how each one is implemented in the Model. The conclusion draws some lessons from Roca's work with evidence-based practices and suggests that Roca's Model is an alternative to traditional community corrections. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: New Thinking in Community Corrections: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/wiener/programs/pcj/files/NTCC_Evidence-based_practices_final_laser_8-28-17_508_v2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147679

Author: Pierce, Barbara Title: Roca's High Risk Youth Intervention Model: Initial Implementation Evaluation Report Summary: It is estimated that 15 percent of the population between ages 16 and 24 is disconnected. While there are some variations in the definition of this concept, there appears to be some general agreement that disconnected youth are those young people between 16 and 24 who are not in school and not employed (others have added that they are also not married). The United States Government Accountability Office defines disconnected youth as "youth aged 14 to 24 who are not in school and not working, or who lack family or other support networks." A longitudinal study by MaCurdy et. al. using National Longitudinal Surveys of Youth show that 93 percent of those who disconnect for the first time reconnect within three years. This is promising except that subsequent disconnection episodes are likely, particularly among youth in disadvantaged families. More than 16 percent of males disconnect again in a year, 33 percent in 2 years, and 44 percent within three years. The figures for young women show that one in ten disconnects a second time by the one year mark, one quarter by the end of two years and a third by year three. It is clear that longer term interventions are needed for those most at risk. The greatest concern is for those young people who are disconnected for extended periods of time. It is this group which in adulthood is more likely to have lower incomes, no health insurance, difficulty obtaining and retaining employment, and to contribute to increased crime rates and a greater number of children living in poverty. In addition, young women who remain disconnected for three or more years are more likely to receive public assistance in adulthood.6 While it has been determined that young people who "participated in some sort of job training, job search, or school‐to‐work program during their high school years were less likely to experience disconnection than youth who did not participate in this type of program," we know that there are many young people who will not and do not participate in such programs even when available. In a July 2009 article published in Child Trends, Hail et. al. suggest that recruiting and holding on to this group, the group which does not participate, may "require stronger and more persistent outreach, more intensives services, and more long‐term participation." Roca, Inc., a community‐based organization in Chelsea, Massachusetts has developed a High Risk Youth Intervention Model to address the issues discussed above. It serves the areas of Chelsea, Revere, and East Boston, Massachusetts, and surrounding communities, in which the risk factors for disconnection occur in relatively high concentrations. The risk factors related to disconnection include family poverty level, single‐ parent homes or young people not living with either parent, parental unemployment, lower educational achievement of parents and welfare receipt. Three‐quarters of Roca's participants live in the cities of Chelsea and Revere. Twenty‐four percent of Chelsea residents had incomes below poverty level (compared with 10% statewide); Revere's rate is 11 percent. In the first quarter of 2009, Both Chelsea and Revere had higher unemployment rates than Massachusetts as a whole. Forty‐one percent of Chelsea's residents have less than a high school education; the figure for Revere is 23 percent (compared with 15% statewide).12 Roca purposely seeks out those young people who do not and will not participate in school or other community programs which may prevent or repair disconnection. Roca recognizes that the young people are not participating and engages them in relationships designed to work with them over the course of up to five years so that they can benefit from life skills, educational, and employment programming. They outreach to these young people multiple times per week each week not only for recruitment but to retain them and support them until they are sustaining reconnections to education and employment. In addition to targeting disconnected youth, Roca targets disengaged youth, those still in school, but who are on the verge of dropping out, and refugees, immigrants and others who are only tenuously connected to educational and social institutions. It is engagement with these institutions that assist a young person along the pathway to productive adulthood. Wald and Martinez estimate that 20 of every 100 youth are at risk before age 25, "yet, only five to seven percent will reach age 25 without connecting in a meaningful way to employment and social support systems." It is the five to seven percent with whom Roca works. This report provides a brief history of Roca and where Roca is today. Next there is an overview of the core components of the High Risk Youth Intervention Model and a description of the evaluation of the model. The initial, descriptive implementation evaluation findings follow and are organized according to the logic model. First is a description of the inputs or resources necessary for the implementation of the intervention model. Next is a description of both the organizational level and client level strategies. Lastly is a brief overview of next steps for the implementation and impact evaluation of the High Risk Youth Intervention Model. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October October 13, 2017 at: http://www.socialimpactexchange.org/files/Roca_Interim_Implementation_Evaluation_Rpt_Dec09.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147681

Author: Chen, Si Title: Media Representations of Female Perpetrators in Death Penalty-Eligible Cases Summary: In the United States, it is highly uncommon for a woman to receive the death penalty and even rarer for one to be put to death. Since the moratorium on capital punishment was lifted in 1976, 1313 men have been executed, while only 12 women have suffered this same fate, as of March 31, 2013 (Death Penalty Information Center, 2013). It appears as though paternalistic ideals are still very much alive in our criminal justice system and we are still unwilling to fully condemn most women for their legal offenses. Nevertheless, as few as they may be, there are certain women who transcend this reluctance and receive the death sentence. Some are even ultimately executed. What sets these women and their crimes apart from other female criminals? Newspapers have always served as a source of socialization and information for the general public. Thus, by examining media depictions of these female defendants, we may gain a deeper understanding of the kind of woman society deems as worthy of this punishment. Glaser and Strauss' Grounded Theory was employed to compare newspaper articles written about 25 women on death row and 25 women who have escaped this penalty. Results reveal that the media often scrutinizes the woman's behavior and personality in a negative light, almost as a way to defeminize and dehumanize her to justify a possible execution. Details: Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University, 2013. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 13, 2017 at: http://wesscholar.wesleyan.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1025&context=etd_mas_theses Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 147680

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: The Geography of Incarceration in a Gateway City: The Cost and Consequences of High Incarceration Rate Neighborhoods in Worcester Summary: This paper examines incarceration in Worcester to better understand the geography of incarceration in a Gateway City context. For an older industrial city, Worcester is especially healthy. The city stands apart from its peers on measures of social and economic well-being, and its neighborhoods are relatively free from the scourge of urban street violence. Despite these best-case conditions, as the data presented below demonstrate, several Worcester neighborhoods are marked by high rates of incarceration. Policymakers in Massachusetts are currently engaged in an unprecedented effort to find strategies to operate our criminal justice system in a more cost-effective manner, and redirect the savings toward models that decrease crime. Using Worcester as an example, the pages that follow explore the cost and consequences of high incarceration rates on Gateway City neighborhoods, giving leaders vital information to consider, as efforts to craft smart, comprehensive criminal justice reform legislation gain momentum on Beacon Hill. Details: Boston: Massachusetts Criminal Justice Reform Coalition, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: https://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/geography.crime_.report.8.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 147684

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: ICE Field Offices Need to Improve Compliance with Oversight Requirements for Segregation of Detainees with Mental Health Conditions Summary: Why We Did This Review - U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) oversees the segregation of detainees from detention facilities' general population. In this review of seven detention facilities, we sought to determine whether, for detainees with mental health conditions: (1) facility personnel follow ICE guidance for documenting segregation decisions; (2) facilities report segregation data accurately and promptly; and (3) ICE field offices follow procedures for reviewing segregation. What We Recommend - We are making three recommendations to ICE to improve oversight and accountability for segregation of detainees with mental health conditions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-17-119: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2017/OIG-17-119-Sep17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 147687

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Police-Led Referrals to Treatment for Substance Use Disorders in Rural Illinois: An Examination of the Safe Passage Initiative Summary: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) researchers conducted a process evaluation of Safe Passage Initiative, an initiative in which individuals get help from police in accessing substance use disorder treatment without fear of arrest. Researchers sought to understand how the initiative was developed and operated, as well as gain perspectives of those involved in the initiative - stakeholders, police officers, treatment providers, and clients. Researchers used a multi-method approach by gathering information from administrative intake data, a law enforcement staff survey, interviews with treatment provider and clients, and a focus group with stakeholders. In Safe Passage, a person voluntarily enters the police department for help and a police officer on duty conducts an intake process to collect basic information, including the individuals' substance use and criminal histories. Officers reserve the right to refuse those with extensive violent criminal backgrounds. In addition, in cases where the individual has an outstanding arrest warrant for contempt non-payment or failure to appear on minor criminal offenses, an officer will contact the state's attorney to negotiate quashing the warrant or postponing a court date until after treatment participation. Once eligibility is determined, a police officer contacts a treatment provider with whom Safe Passage services have been pre-arranged. The provider conducts a phone interview with the client to determine appropriate level of care. Trained volunteers, recruited through community agencies, drive program participants to treatment facilities often located an hour away or more. After the client enters treatment, minimal contact is made by the police department or program volunteer. Follow-up by the client with Safe Passage is voluntary. Safe Passage has operated in the two rural, northwestern Illinois counties of Lee and Whiteside since 2015. Spearheaded by the Dixon police chief, the initiative was developed in response to the region's opioid crisis, but helps anyone with a substance use disorder. Program developers engaged the community and used media to increase awareness. A majority of interviewed treatment providers and some surveyed police officers indicated enhanced awareness would be beneficial to recruit clients into the program. Intake forms obtained from the program showed 83 individuals entered Safe Passage and received detoxification and/or treatment services in its first year, from August 2015 to August 2016. Of them, 12 entered Safe Passage more than once. A majority of clients were single, unemployed, high school graduates; 54 percent were male; and the clients' average age was 33 years. Forty-two percent indicated they suffered from a mental health disorder (n=36). All clients misused opioids. All reported using an opioid on the day of intake: 88 percent used heroin, and of them, 69 percent use it intravenously. Clients reported using opioids for an average of almost five years. Fifty-eight percent of Safe Passage clients reported receiving prior treatment and 55 percent reported previously trying to but failing to access treatment. Most clients - 83 percent - had no health insurance at intake. Records indicated 86 percent had a criminal history. Feedback from stakeholders, police officers, treatment providers, and clients was positive. Eighty-six percent of the 79 police officers surveyed were supportive of Safe Passage and 75 percent told someone with a substance use disorder about the initiative while on duty. Most officers surveyed reported receiving some training on Safe Passage (90 percent), but treatment providers indicated that officers could use more training, particularly on levels of care of substance use treatment. The six treatment providers who were interviewed offered unanimous support of Safe Passage and indicated they had good working relationships with police involved in Safe Passage. The five clients that were interviewed also expressed support for the program and appreciation for assistance. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, Center for Justice Research and Evaluation, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Safe_Passage_Report_100217.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 147688

Author: Mock, Lynne Title: Performance incentive funding for prison diversion: An implementation study of the Winnebago County Adult Redeploy Illinois Program Summary: Research demonstrates the effectiveness of drug courts, which have been linked to a reduction of recidivism rates among participants. A meta-analytic review of 154 drug courts, including 92 adult drug courts, conducted by Mitchell, Wilson, Eggers, & Mackenzie found that the majority of adult drug court participants had lower rates of recidivism compared to non-participants. Drug court participants had a recidivism rate of 38 percent compared to 50 percent for non-participants. A more recent study found significantly lower rates of recidivism for drug court graduates: 21 percent compared to 60 percent for those who were terminated from a drug court program. Adult Redeploy Illinois (ARI) awards funds to counties to divert adult non-violent individuals from state prisons by developing and implementing evidence-based supervision programs which are linked to treatment and supportive services in their communities. ARI is a performance incentive funding program whereby continued funding is based on meeting performance measures including a reduction in the number of prison admissions from a defined eligible target population. A monetary penalty may be assessed by the ARI Oversight Board when a program fails to meet its target reduction. This report presents an implementation evaluation of the ARI-funded Winnebago County Drug Court (WCDC) using qualitative and quantitative approaches. It covers the initial pilot phase of the program, which ran from October 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012. Data collection included four components: (1) interviews with staff and stakeholders, (2) interviews with probationers, (3) analysis of program administrative data, and (4) criminal history record information. Key Findings Based on program administrative data, WCDC probationers were mostly white, single males who were on average 32 years old and had some high school education. Most were unemployed and living with a family member. Almost half were heroin-dependent. Over half the probationers were assessed as exhibiting a high risk for recidivism, and over one-third exhibited a moderate risk. During the pilot phase, WCDC staff enrolled 128 probationers, 122 were successfully diverted from prison, and six were re-sentenced to the Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC). WCDC exceeded its required 25-percent reduction in prison admissions of 37 individuals by 329 percent. Most of the probationers continued in the program after 18 months. In interviews, probationers identified their service needs as housing, educational resources, job referrals, transportation, identification, financial assistance, and medical assistance. All probationers reported that they received transportation resources. Most received educational and job training resources, about half received assistance with identification, and about one fourth received housing and financial assistance. None received medical assistance, although a fifth of those interviewed requested it. The top three needs: housing, education, and job referrals, were resolved at different levels. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/WCDC_implementation_evaluation_100417.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 147689

Author: Basson, Danna Title: Validation of the Commercial Sexual Exploitation-Identification Tool (CSE-IT). Technical Report Summary: Commercial sexual exploitation of children in the U.S. is recognized as a child welfare, mental health, and public health crisis. Despite growing awareness of the problem, it is poorly understood and difficult to recognize. As a result, 75% of young people who experience commercial sexual exploitation (CSE) endure multiple years of abuse before anyone intervenes. The lack of a standard, validated screening tool for use in settings where vulnerable youth are served severely hampers the ability of public agencies to identify victims early and provide targeted services. As a result, there are no valid prevalence or incidence rates for youth who are sexually exploited in California or the United States. To address the need for early identification, credible prevalence estimates of children who experience CSE, and improved response and protection for exploited youth, WestCoast developed, pilot tested, and validated a screening tool to identify exploited youth. This report describes the development of the screening tool - called the Commercial Sexual Exploitation-Identification Tool (CSE-IT) - and the pilot test results and validity evidence for the CSE-IT. To develop the CSE-IT, WestCoast gathered input from over 100 stakeholders, including survivors of exploitation and providers across a variety of disciplines, to inform the content, structure, and administration of a new screening tool. Stakeholder input was critical to constructing a tool informed by the experience of the people who use it and the people it is intended to help. The resulting tool was piloted in 45 agencies, including 15 child welfare agencies, 6 juvenile justice agencies, and 24 community-based organizations. Two thousand childserving professionals screened 5,537 children and youth age 10 and over. The screening results showed that 635 youth, or 11.5% of the youth that were screened, have clear indicators of exploitation (or a score of Clear Concern on the CSE-IT). This rate differs by service setting, gender identity and expression, race/ethnicity, sexual orientation, and age. To validate the CSE-IT, we used pilot data to assess the tool's criterion validity, including concurrent and convergent validity, using data collected concurrently via the Crisis Assessment Tool/Childhood Severity of Psychiatric Illness (CAT/CSPI), a validated instrument. We also assessed the psychometric properties of the CSE-IT, including the tool's reliability and factor structure, using Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA). To ensure the content and structure of the CSE-IT reflected the complex reality of CSE for survivors of this abuse as well as for service providers, we also conducted extensive qualitative review of the tool through debriefings with CSE-IT users, agency leaders, survivors of CSE, advocates, and other stakeholders. The CSE-IT pilot study shows that systematically screening for CSE using a universal screening protocol helps identify youth experiencing exploitation, and that using a tool rather than relying on clinical judgment alone furthers this goal. Results also demonstrate the feasibility of establishing a systematic protocol of universal screening in large public agencies. Details: Oakland, CA: WestCloast Children's Clinic, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: http://www.westcoastcc.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/WCC-CSE-IT-PilotReport-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 147691

Author: Parker, Mary Title: Effectiveness of a Prostitution Diversion Program: RESET Summary: This project was a program evaluation for a prostitution diversion program in Sacramento California known as RESET. RESET is a program developed and facilitated by an agency known as Community Against Sexual Harm (CASH) which was created in response to an increase in prostitution activity, arrests and rearrests in the community. This study aimed to assess the outcomes and impacts of the RESET program. It is with hope that the information gained from this study will be utilized to improve the RESET program and increase support to further develop quality programs that would serve the needs of the target population. Participants (N=36) were referred through the Sacramento County, California Superior Court who had been arrested for prostitution and were given the option of completing the program in exchange for their criminal charges being dropped. The literature demonstrates those involved in prostitution are at great risk for health issues, domestic violence and human trafficking. Although diversion programs are a relatively new alternate to offenders, evidence shows that they can produce many multifaceted positive results. The outcomes of this study suggest that the RESET program produces significant positive results. Further research, with larger participant samples, is needed to determine greater accuracy of the program results. Details: Sacramento: California State University, Sacramento, 2017. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: https://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/190813/The%20final%20thesis.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Program Shelf Number: 147692

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Summaries of Law Enforcement Officers Feloniously Killed 2002 to 2016 Summaries of Law Enforcement Officers Assaulted and Injured with Firearms or Knives/Other Cutting Instruments Selected Incidents, 2013 to 2016 Summary: The FBI's Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted Program is committed to providing data and training that help keep law enforcement officers safe as they protect our nation's communities. This publication provides narratives of incidents in which law enforcement officers were feloniously killed or assaulted and injured in the line of duty. The summaries are intended to be used for informational and training purposes. Additional data about officers who were killed, feloniously or accidentally, and those officers who were assaulted while performing their duties are in the annual publication, Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted, available online at www.fbi.gov. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Criminal Justice Information Services Division, 2017. 460p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2017 at: https://ucr.fbi.gov/leoka/2016/home/ebook-and-pdf-of-narratives/leoka-narratives-feloniously-killed-assaulted-and-injured-2002-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Against Police Shelf Number: 147695

Author: Bottan, Nicolas L. Title: Can't Stop the One-Armed Bandits: The Effects of Access to Gambling on Crime Summary: We study the effect of a large increase in access to gambling on crime by exploiting the expansion of video gambling terminals in Illinois since 2012. Even though video gambling was legalized by the State of Illinois, local municipalities were left with the decision whether to allow it within their jurisdiction. The City of Chicago does not allow video gambling, while many adjacent jurisdictions do. We take advantage of this setting along with detailed incident level data on crime for Chicago to examine the effect of access to gambling on crime. We use a difference-in-differences strategy that compares crime in areas that are closer to video gambling establishments with those that are further away along with the timing of video gambling adoption. We find that (i) access to gambling increases violent and property crimes; (ii) these are new crimes rather than displaced incidents; and (iii) the effects seem to be persistent in time. Details: Working paper, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: October 17, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3020332 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gambling and Crime Shelf Number: 147700

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: Are U.S. Cities Underpoliced? Theory and Evidence Summary: The socially optimal number of police hinges on the extent to which police reduce the most costly crimes, which are also the most difficult to model econometrically because they are rare. In the hope of minimizing simultaneity bias, papers in the recent literature have focused on quasi-experimental approaches that disregard most of the variation in police staffing levels, compounding the modeling difficulty. We argue that the central empirical challenge in this literature is not simultaneity bias, as has been supposed, but measurement error bias. Using a new panel data set on crime in medium to large U.S. cities over 1960-2010, we obtain measurement error corrected estimates of the police elasticity, with much greater parameter certainty for the most costly crimes. Our analysis suggests that U.S. cities are in fact underpoliced. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at; http://eml.berkeley.edu/~jmccrary/chalfin_mccrary2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147703

Author: Weisburd, Sarit Title: Police Presence, Rapid Response Rates, and Crime Prevention Summary: This paper estimates the impact of police presence on crime using a unique database that tracks the exact location of Dallas Police Department patrol cars throughout 2009. To address the concern that officer location is often driven by crime, my instrument exploits police responses to calls outside of their allocated coverage beat. This variable provides a plausible shift in police presence within the abandoned beat that is driven by the police goal of minimizing response times. I found that a 10 percent decrease in police presence at that location results in a 1.2 to 2.9 percent increase in crime. These results shed light on the black box of policing and crime and suggest that routine changes in police patrol can significantly impact criminal behavior. Details: Tel Aviv University, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://econ.tau.ac.il/sites/economy.tau.ac.il/files/media_server/Economics/PDF/seminars%202016-17/Sarit%20Weisburd_Police%20Presence%2C%20Rapid%20Response%20Rates%2C%20and%20Crime.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 147707

Author: Mello, Steven Title: More COPS, Less Crime Summary: I exploit a unique natural experiment to estimate the causal effect of police on crime. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act increased funding for the COPS hiring grant program from $20 million in 2008 to $1 billion in 2009 and over $150 million annually in 2010-2013. During this period, grant applications were scored and funding was allocated according to a fuzzy cutoff rule. I leverage quasi-random variation in grant receipt by comparing the change over time in police and crimes for cities above and below the score threshold. Relative to low-scoring applicants, cities above the cutoff experience increases in police levels of about 3.6% and decreases in violent and property crimes of about 4.8% and 3%, respectively. The effects are driven by large and statistically significant effects of police on robbery, larceny, and auto theft. I also find evidence that police reduce murders, with the point estimate implying that one life can be saved by hiring eleven officers. Arrest rates do not increase with police force expansions, suggesting a deterrence mechanism underlying the crime reductions. The program passes a cost-benefit test under some assumptions but not others. The results highlight that police hiring grants may offer higher benefit-cost ratios than other stimulus spending. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Industrial relations Section, 2017. 48p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://www.princeton.edu/~smello/papers/Cops.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 147708

Author: Turchan, Brandon Title: Handgun Carrying Permits: A Reaction to Local Violent Crime and Nationally Publicized Mass Murders? Summary: Recently, there has been rapid growth in the number of people applying for handgun carrying permits (HCP). This research investigated monthly HCP application rates at the county-level in Tennessee from 2008 through 2012 to identify possible factors behind the dramatic increase. Two factors hypothesized to be associated with HCP application rates were local violent crime rates and the occurrence of nationally publicized mass murders. First, a concurrent time series design was used to test for a relationship between local rates of murder, robbery, aggravated assault rate, forcible rape, and motor vehicle theft with HCP application rates. A Granger causality test was used to investigate simultaneity between the two key variables. Second, an interrupted time series design tested whether there was a relationship between nationally publicized mass murders and HCP application rates. Local murder, forcible rape, and robbery rates were found to be unrelated to HCP application rates, with mixed results for aggravated assault and motor vehicle theft rates. Also, results were mixed regarding the relationship between nationally publicized mass murders and HCP application rates but evidence suggests that an association may exist. Results are discussed in terms of theory and policy implications. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2014. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1559963200?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 147709

Author: Liu, Paul Title: More Eyes, (No Guns,) Less Crime: Estimating the Effects of Unarmed Private Patrols on Crime Using a Bayesian Structural Time-Series Model Summary: This work studies the effect of unarmed private security patrols on crime. We make use of a initiative, triggered by an arguably exogenous events, consisting in hiring unarmed private security agents to patrol, observe and report to ordinary police criminal activities within a well-defined city area. Our identification strategy capitalizes on the fact that the portions of the city outside the arbitrarily defined intervention area remain unaffected by the patrolling activity. To estimate the effects of the security patrols, we use both a difference-in-difference approach and we additionally propose the first application in Law & Economics of a Bayesian structural time-series model (Brodersen et al., 2015). This model overcomes some limitations and provides a generalization to the time-series setting of the standard difference-in-difference approach. Results show that unarmed private security patrolling decreases crime in the treated area by 30-43%. Our results suggest that a large share of the police-crime elasticity estimated by prior work is due to perceptual deterrence. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2739270 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 147710

Author: McMillen, Daniel Title: Do More Eyes on the Street Reduce Crime? Evidence from Chicago's Safe Passage Program Summary: Chicago's Safe Passage program attempts to ensure the safety of student traveling to and from schools by placing civilian guards along specified routes. The program was launched during the 2009-2010 school year and now serves 140 schools. We use data from more than 10 years of geocoded Chicago police reports and school level data to analyze the Safe Passage programs effects on crime rates and the rate of absenteeism from schools. Our findings suggest that the program is an efficient and cost effective alternative way of policing with direct effects on crime and student's outcomes. Exploiting both spatial and temporal variation in the implementation of the program, we find that the presence of guards results in lower levels of crime, with violent crime declining by 14% on average. The rate of absenteeism is estimated to decline by 2.5 percentage points. We find no evidence of spillovers of crime to areas that are not along the Safe Passage routes. Details: Urbana-Champaign, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 2017. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://ignaciomsarmiento.github.io/assets/Safe_Passage_WP.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Shelf Number: 147713

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: Study of Earned Compliance Credit: Recommendations for Minnesota Summary: The 2016 Minnesota Legislature directed the Department of Corrections (DOC) to study and make recommendations related to implementing an Earned Compliance Credit program for the state. The concept was based on earned compliance programs enacted in other states. These programs provided early discharge options to compliant individuals in order to reduce probation caseloads and allow supervising agents to focus on the highest risk individuals under supervision. The DOC invited key stakeholders to participate in a work group to review early discharge practices in other states and analyze options for Minnesota. The stakeholder group met over the course of 6 months and formed consensus in several areas as outlined in this report. In analyzing available data and current practice in probation and supervised release, the work group identified many areas of concern that would need to be addressed prior to any implementation of an Earned Compliance Credit program for Minnesota. Some of the key areas of concern include: existing disparities in pronounced probation sentences, the need for clarity and agreement between the courts, prosecutors and corrections, the need for technology enhancements to manage earned compliance credit, impact on existing early discharge policies, and role of victim input. After review and discussion, the work group provided key facts for consideration with the understanding that any changes to Minnesota's process of supervising individuals convicted of crimes needs to balance research-based approaches for ensuring public safety with possible program costs and/or cost savings. Recognizing that, the Commissioner of Corrections offers the following recommendations: - Earned Compliance Programs are not appropriate for Minnesota probation or supervised release - Felony probation sentence length caps should be standardized using the legislative process - Felony probation sentencing guidelines should be studied and recommendations provided to the legislature - Resources need to be allocated to address geographic disparities in programming options Details: St. Paul: The Department, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://www.leg.state.mn.us/docs/2017/mandated/170126.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 147716

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Rehabilitative Ideal versus the Criminogenic Reality: The Consequences of Warehousing Prisoners Summary: Using data on more than 55,000 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2003 and 2011, we examine whether criminogenic effects arising from imprisonment may stem from a lack of institutional programming. In addition to assessing the relationship between recidivism and warehousing (i.e., the absence of involvement in any programming), we examine the impact of participation in multiple correctional interventions. The results show that 31 percent of the Minnesota prisoners were warehoused, which significantly increased the odds of recidivism by 13 percent. Participation in at least one successful recidivism-reduction intervention lowered the odds of recidivism by 12 percent, while involvement in two effective programs decreased it by 26 percent. We conclude by discussing the implications of warehousing, which was more likely to occur for prisoners with brief stays in prison who were admitted as probation or parole violators. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2016. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/Warehousing_Study_Duwe__Clark_tcm1089-272844.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Interventions Shelf Number: 147717

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Predictors of Post-Release Employment for Minnesota Prisoners Summary: Using multiple measures of post-prison employment (finding a job, hours worked, and wages earned), we examined the predictors of post-release employment outcomes for 15,111 prisoners released from Minnesota prisons between 2007 and 2010. Similar to existing research, employment rates for these former prisoners following their release from prison were higher than their pre-prison rates. Unlike previous research, however, we found the post-prison employment rate did not return to pre-prison levels but instead remained relatively flat after two and a half years. The results also showed the number of interventions in which prisoners participated significantly improved their chances of finding a job, hours worked and wages earned. These effects were not confined to education and employment programming, however, as positive results were also observed for other interventions such as substance abuse treatment, prison visitation, and cognitive-behavioral therapy. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/Minnesota_Prisoner_Employment_Study_tcm1089-272831.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 147718

Author: Case, Andrew Robert Title: Writing Local History: Researching, Writing, and Publishing Crime and Punishment in Sacramento: 1848-1880 Summary: Local history writing and publishing is a burgeoning industry, with tens of thousands of books released nationwide in just the past two decades. In general, the public prefers interacting with history on a personal level. This has traditionally involved genealogy, museums, and historic sites, while classroom learning and nonfiction writing are classified by many as impersonal and less trustworthy. However, the emergence of accessible local history books has provided a new outlet for directly connecting the public to the history of surrounding communities and cities. Amateur historians constitute most local history authors, leading some to stigmatize the field as unprofessional for its uncertain historical accuracy and lack of critical interpretation. While it is encouraging to see new interest in history and especially in the history of the local environment, the fear is that local history writers and publishers are delivering too many superficial products that sacrifice critical assessment for commemorative appeal, resulting in a skewed impression of the past. Sources of Data In researching the following essay on historical writing, several books and scholarly articles were utilized. Some sources cover the process of researching and writing local history in particular, while others focus on the theoretical and practical ideals that academic historians take into account when writing. Several of these sources also examine the publishing industry, which, along with various publishing websites, contribute to the discussion below on local history publishing. As for sources concerning the rough draft of my own local history book, dozens of scholarly books and articles comprise the secondary research necessary to develop the context and interpretation of the topic. Primary sources include early Sacramento criminal mug shot books and various nineteenth-century criminal records, such as court cases and coroner's inquests, housed in the collection of the Center for Sacramento History. Early newspaper articles and early Sacramento histories form the remaining primary sources. Conclusions Reached This project explores the aspects of historical research and interpretation that all historians, professional and amateur, should strive to incorporate into their work. The challenges of writing local history are addressed in depth as the project follows the process of researching, writing, and publishing a book on local history. Details: Sacramento: California State University, Sacramento, 2016. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/175431/Andrew%20Case_Thesis%20Project_Summer%202016.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Historical Study Shelf Number: 147722

Author: Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company Title: 5 year analysis of Pharmacy Burglary and Robbery Experience Summary: Burglaries and robberies represent a significant expense to pharmacies in the United States. Beyond direct insurance costs, which are driven by loss experience, pharmacists experience financial, business interruption and psychological costs. Pharmacists are concerned about armed robberies, and even finding that a store has been burglarized overnight can be upsetting and cause the expenditure of thousands of dollars in an effort to prevent reoccurrence. Beyond what is covered by insurance, customers pay deductibles that can easily be exceeded as a result of criminal efforts to gain entrance. Pharmacists that are victimized face hours of dealing with police, the DEA, board of pharmacy, contractors and their insurance company. As state and national efforts increase to address the underlying problem of prescription drug diversion, pharmacists face increasing administrative and regulatory compliance costs. When we seek methods to effectively combat the problem, it is important to understand the larger problem of prescription drug diversion and how it fuels pharmacy burglaries and robberies. Described by the Centers for Disease Control as having reached epidemic proportions in the United States, demand for prescription narcotics, coupled with a widely available supply, create an environment that is ripe for criminal activity. While the U.S. represents only 4.6% of the world's population, we consume 80% of the global opioid supply Five million Americans use opioid painkillers for non-medical use We experience almost 17,000 deaths from prescription narcotic overdoses annually. In a 4 year period, more deaths than we experienced in the Vietnam War. Morphine production was at 96 milligrams per person in 1997. By 2009, that number increased by 8 fold. The origins of the problem are complex, but are based on a cycle of over-prescribing that has occurred over the past two decades. While well intentioned, liberal prescribing coupled with aggressive marketing, incentives and even encouragement to physicians to relieve pain at all costs sparked the fire. Unchecked by adequate physician education on drug diversion and dependency, and a lack of appropriate chronic pain management protocols, demand and dependency increased. As demand increased, so did production levels, opportunities for profit and creative methods of diversion. Pharmacy crime involves every part of the distribution chain from manufacture through wholesale, retail, and ultimately to the end user. Pharmacists have been victims of deceptive practices, prescription fraud, employee diversion, burglaries and robberies. According to the Centers for Disease Control, prescription drug diversion, measured by drug overdose deaths and pharmacy crime, are at epidemic proportions. Details: Algona, IA: Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://www.videofied.com/_asset/tqrmk5/Pharmacy-5yr-Crime-Analysis.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 147723

Author: Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company Title: Pharmacy Crime: A look at pharmacy burglary and robbery in the United States and the strategies and tactics needed to manage the problem Summary: The theft of prescription narcotics from pharmacies is a problem that has grown over the past thirty years, gaining national attention in 2010 with the declaration by the CDC that the prescription drug abuse had reached epidemic proportions. Driven by a change in how health care was delivered, the trend shifted from a focus on treatment to one of prescriptions. With the advent of the new millennium we saw changing attitudes about the use of narcotic medications and an aggressive promotion by the pharmaceutical industry. Within that first decade, the number of people abusing prescription drugs jumped from 3.8 million to 7 million from 2000 to 2010 (DEA). Diversion of narcotics to feed the national addiction was occurring at every step of the process, from drug design, to manufacturer and how the end user obtained and used the narcotics. On the front lines of the problem were the pharmacies who felt the ramifications in break-ins, armed robberies, diversion by employees, and administrative costs required to deal with ensuing regulatory requirements. The response at the federal and state level was significant, with newer ways to track distribution, aggressive law enforcement action and spending (the DEA currently devotes over 50% of its resources on prescription narcotics), drug take back programs, physician education and drug monitoring programs. Unfortunately, measures to address the abuse and dependency behind the problem of prescription abuse lag well behind steps taken to limit access to drugs. Those needing to feed their habits are finding it difficult to obtain drugs from physicians, friends and relatives. Many avenues used by criminals to obtain the drugs have been closed. As the supply dries up, street price increases (or in some parts of the country, heroin use grows) and both the addicts and criminals find other ways. Walking into a pharmacy with a gun, or throwing a rock through a window does not require a lot of thought or preparation, but it will provide easy access to the current drugs of choice. When criminals look for the big score and do plan, the returns for them and costs to Pharmacists Mutual and our member companies can be significant. In our own experience at Pharmacists Mutual, our understanding of the problem and our efforts to educate, underwrite and manage claims have resulted in an almost 30% reduction in frequency. While we have been able to hold the line on total costs as well, we are seeing increases in average costs of individual crimes. With the declaration of an epidemic in 2010, Pharmacists Mutual was asked to speak at multiple pharmacy associations. Over time, these requests have fallen off as government, pharmacy association, boards of pharmacy and other organizations have developed guidelines, checklists and other resources to help pharmacists manage the problem. Every pharmacy in the country now has ready access to general information about the problem and things they need to do to control it. Going forward, our ability to serve our member companies depends on how well we understand what is happening and the development of targeted solutions to specific issues. We need to continue our efforts to stay abreast of loss trends, patterns of criminal activity and crime prevention technologies designed to minimize the cost of burglaries and robberies and improve criminal apprehension rates. In particular, armed robberies are a growing threat that presents some unique challenges. Details: Algona, IA: Pharmacists Mutual Insurance Company, 2016. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://www.phmic.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/PMC_CrimeReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 147724

Author: Shelley, Tara O'Connor Title: Pharmacy Robbery and Burglary: The Offender Perspective Summary: In January of 2010, the Center for the Study of Crime and Justice (CSCJ), Department of Sociology at Colorado State University received a grant from Purdue Pharma L.P. to conduct a multi-year study on the diversion of controlled prescription drugs that occur as a result of robbery or burglary. There were several goals that informed this research project: - Understand the nature and extent of pharmaceutical diversion that occurs as a result of robbery or burglary of retail pharmacies. - Interview convicted offenders to document their perspective about pharmacy crime. - Collect information to help prevent pharmacy crime and enhance pharmacy safety. To address these goals, a mixed methods research study was designed and executed over several research phases with each phase informing the next. Phase 1 involved an assessment of the current state of knowledge about pharmaceutical robbery/burglary and the finalization of the research methodology with staff at Purdue Pharma L.P. This assessment involved intensive data analysis from various sources (e.g., RXPATROL, NIBRS, DEA) to allow for CSCJ staff to make data derived decisions regarding the selection of case study sites for Phase 2 as well as to design an informed interview protocol for Phase 3. Phase 2 used information generated in Phase 1 of the research methodology to select two appropriate research sites for intensive case study of convicted offenders. Phase 4 examined the nature and extent of pharmaceutical robbery and burglary from the offender viewpoint, although CSCJ was asked to prioritize interviewing with individuals who committed robberies. In Phase 4, CSCJ was responsible for analyzing study data and completing a final report. The purpose of this report is to summarize key findings from the offender interviews rather than present an exhaustive review of research findings from the four phases described above. Details: Fort Collins, CO: Center for the Study of Crime and Justice, Department of Sociology, Colorado State University, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: https://www.in.gov/bitterpill/files/O%27Conner%20Shelley_Pharmacy%20Robbery%20and%20Burglary_The%20Offender%20Perspective.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 147725

Author: Guevara, Meghan Title: Implementing Evidence-Based Policy and Practice in Community Corrections, 2nd ed Summary: Across the country, community corrections agencies are struggling to do more with less. Offender populations continue to grow, and policymakers and corrections officials look to community corrections to alleviate overcrowding in prisons and jails. In the face of shrinking budgets, community corrections agencies as well as elected and appointed government officials are looking for innovative solutions to reduce new crimes and new victimization. Fortunately, a substantial body of literature exists on cost-efficient practices that are proven to reduce offender risk. Unfortunately, knowledge of these evidence-based practices is not sufficient to implement and sustain this new way of doing business. Agencies and systems must have the capacity to undergo a significant shift in their business practices and organizational culture; they require a framework to guide this change. Through a cooperative agreement with the National Institute of Corrections, the Crime and Justice Institute and its partners developed the Integrated Model for the implementation of evidence-based policy and practice (Figure 1). The Model incorporates both research on effective corrections practice and practical approaches needed to create and sustain an evidence-based organization. The Model has three components: Evidence-Based Practice, Organizational Development, and Collaboration. The purpose of this paper is to outline the theoretical and empirical support for the model, as well as practical strategies for its implementation in community corrections settings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2009. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://www.azp.uscourts.gov/sites/azp/files/1%20NIC.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 122321

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: An Offer You Can't Refuse: How US Federal Prosecutors Force Drug Defendants to Plead Guilty Summary: An Offer You Can't Refuse: How US Federal Prosecutors Force Drug Defendants to Plead Guilty, details how federal prosecutors routinely threaten extraordinarily severe prison sentences to coerce drug defendants into surrendering their right to trial and pleading guilty. Prosecutors charge or threaten to charge offenses with harsh mandatory sentences and mandatory sentencing enhancements. They then offer defendants a much lower sentence in exchange for pleading guilty. In 97 percent of federal drug cases, defendants accept plea bargains. In the rare cases in which defendants insist on going to trial, prosecutors make good on their threats. The average sentence for federal drug offenders convicted after trial was three times longer than for defendants who pled guilty. This report is based on numerous interviews with federal prosecutors, defense attorneys, and judges, and the review of hundreds of cases. It also includes new statistics developed by Human Rights Watch that provide the most recent and detailed measure of what the report calls the "trial penalty" - the difference in sentences for drug defendants who plead guilty compared with those for defendants convicted after trial. Judges have been reduced to virtual bystanders in cases involving mandatory sentences. When prosecutors choose to pursue mandatory penalties and the defendant is convicted, judges must impose the mandatory sentences, even if they are disproportionately long relative to the defendant's conduct and role in the offense. They cannot exercise their traditional role of tailoring sentences to each defendant's conduct and culpability and of making sentences no longer than necessary to serve the purposes of punishment. Human Rights Watch calls on Congress to restore sentencing discretion to federal judges in drug cases. It also calls on the attorney general to ensure that prosecutors pursue just sentences in all cases and do not use the threat of disproportionately long sentences to strong-arm defendants into surrendering their fundamental human right to trial. Details: New York: HRW, 2013. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/us1213_ForUpload_0_0_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 131764

Author: Kerns, Timothy J. Title: Effectiveness of an ignition interlock device in reducing alcohol-impaired driving recidivism and alcohol-impaired motor vehicle crashes in Maryland Summary: Background: Multiple studies have shown that ignition interlock devices reduce alcohol impaired driving recidivism while the device is installed on the vehicle. However, many of these studies rely on convictions and have limited follow-up after the device has been removed from the vehicle. Objectives: The aims of this study were to compare the characteristics of drivers who installed an ignition interlock device after receiving an alcohol impaired driving citation and a control group that did not install the device and to determine their risk of receiving a subsequent alcohol related citation or being involved in an alcohol related crash. Methods: A Cox proportional hazard test was used to compare the risk of a subsequent citation or motor vehicle crash between the study groups. Results: The interlock group had a lower proportion of females (22.2% interlock vs 24.2% control, p<0.05), and a higher mean age (36.5 years vs 34.3 years, p<0.05). Forty-six percent of those installing an ignition interlock device had a BAC above 0.15 g/dL as compared with 25% in the control group (p<0.05). The BAC test refusal rate was higher among interlock installers (41.4% vs 33.0%, p<0.05). While the device was installed on the subject's vehicle, drivers were 22% less likely to receive an impaired driving citation as compared to the time when the device was not installed (HR=0.78; 95% CI: 0.73-0.84). After removal, the interlock group was 32% more likely to receive an impaired driving citation versus controls (HR=1.32; 95% CI: 1.22-1.42). Similar patterns were observed with respect to motor vehicle crashes. Conclusion: Drivers who have installed an ignition device on their vehicle have a lower risk of receiving a subsequent alcohol involved driving citation and of being involved in an alcohol related motor vehicle crash while the device is on the vehicle as compared to the control group. Upon removal, the risk of both citations and crashes is higher for those who had an interlock device installed. Ignition interlock devices are effective for the time they are used but should not be the only tool to prevent future events of alcohol involved driving among those previously arrested for impaired driving. Details: Baltimore, MD: University of Maryland, 2017. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 20, 2017 at: https://archive.hshsl.umaryland.edu/bitstream/10713/6751/1/Kerns_umaryland_0373D_10843.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 147743

Author: Morgan, Rachel E. Title: Race And Hispanic Origin Of Victims And Offenders, 2012-15 Summary: Presents estimates of violent victimization (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, and simple assault) by the race and Hispanic origin of victims and offenders during the 4-year period from 2012 through 2015. This report examines victim, offender, and incident characteristics, such as crime type, victim-offender relationship, and reporting to police. Findings are based on data from BJS's National Crime Victimization Survey, which collects information on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older. Highlights: During 2012-15, half (51%) of violent victimizations were intraracial, that is both victims and offenders were the same race or both were of Hispanic origin. In the majority of violent victimizations, white victims' offenders were white (57%) and black victims' offenders were black (63%). The rates of total violent crime, serious violent crime, and simple assault were higher for intraracial victimizations than for interracial victimizations. From 1994 to 2015, white-on-white violence (down 79%) and black-on-black violence (down 78%) declined at a similar rate. During 2012-15, there were no differences among white, black, and Hispanic intraracial victimizations reported to police. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 20, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rhovo1215.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147744

Author: Amendola, Karen L. Title: The Shift Length Experiment: What We Know About 8-, 10-, and 12-Hour Shifts in Policing Summary: Ever since the earliest police forces were established, the schedules and hours that police officers work have been an issue of concern to officers and chiefs. Driving these concerns have been issues of safety, health, performance, quality of life, fatigue, and efficiency. Traditionally, police departments have relied on a five-day, eight-hour scheduling framework with three standard shifts (day, evening, midnight) in each twenty-four-hour period. However, since at least as early as the 1970s, law enforcement agencies have adopted alternate schedule configurations. Compressed workweek schedules (CWWs), in which the workweek is shortened and the length of the day is extended, have indeed been popularized in the last several decades in many industries, including policing. The traditional five-day, forty-hour workweek did not become the U.S. standard until approximately seventy years ago. Labor unions strongly opposed long work hours that were common in the late eighteenth century but often to no avail. By the turn of the century, however, a number of industries had begun to implement eight-hour workdays (Dankert, Mann, and Northrup 1965). Following the Great Depression and subsequent legislation associated with the New Deal (the WalshHealy Public Contracts Act of 1935 and the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938), more changes became possible such that private firms began to implement traditional five-day, forty-hour workweeks. Around that same time, a few corporations even began experimenting with a four ten-hour day schedule. By the 1970s, CWWs had gained in popularity, and the Federal Employees' Flexible and Compressed Work Schedules Act was enacted into law in 1978. During the 1970s and 1980s, tremendous attention was paid to CWWs. Almost thirty years ago, in a National Institute of Justice-funded study of work scheduling, researchers surveyed 160 agencies regarding their practices and reported that almost 25 percent of departments had implemented 9-, 10-, 11- and even 12-hour schedules for one or more shifts (Stenzel and Buren 1983). Because no national data have been reported since that time, the Police Foundation conducted surveys with a random sample of law enforcement agencies in 2005 and 2009. The results of our national surveys seem to suggest that there is a great variation in shift schedules employed in U.S. law enforcement, but there have been little available data on the advantages and disadvantages associated with these shifts. Over the years, there has been considerable research to examine the impacts of CWWs and long working hours across industries, particularly in 24/7 and high-risk operations (e.g., hospitals, production and power plants, utilities, and transportation). Yet, Axelsson (2005, 17) noted that while management and employees believe the advantages of longer work days outweigh the disadvantages, "it could, perhaps, also be argued that the drawbacks of extended work shifts are largely unknown or ignored by these groups." While research on CWWs in policing is quite limited, there has been considerable conjecture about the benefits and drawbacks of CWWs and long work hours among law enforcement personnel. Not surprisingly, law enforcement personnel frequently claim that CWWs offer far more advantages than disadvantages. Among the many benefits espoused are the ability to increase coverage during peak hours of activity, improve officer job satisfaction and morale, increase performance, reduce response time, reduce crime, reduce costs for officers and agencies (e.g., commuting, overtime, and sick leave), limit fatigue, improve teamwork, allow for increased in-service training during periods of overlap, increase days off for personal pursuits/family activities, and reduce accidents and complaints against officers (see, e.g., Brown 1974; Cunningham 1982; Durrett 1983; Fournet 1983; Jacques 2010; Strunk 1978; Sundermeier 2008; Vega and Gilbert 1997; Vila, Kenney, Morrison, and Reuland 2000). Many of these purported benefits, however, are far from firmly established in the research literature. Due to a belief that such schedules may improve efficiency, many law enforcement executives have considered or implemented CWWs (Oliver 2005; Sundermeier 2008; Vega and Gilbert 1997). Nevertheless, Cunningham (1990) noted some managers in Canadian law enforcement agencies were concerned about potential disadvantages associated with CWWs in terms of reduced opportunity for communication with staff, citizen complaints, potential costs, lack of investigative continuity, and lessened identification with the police profession due to time away from the job. In addition, Melekian (1999) noted potential drawbacks associated with CWWs, such as increased fatigue, reduced communication across shifts, lessened ability to deal with neighborhood problems, and, most importantly, disengagement from the job and reduced ability or time to establish and maintain relationships with the community, thereby detracting from community policing and job involvement. In the absence of empirical evidence, agencies as well as police unions/associations have occasionally conducted their own research, albeit often without the benefit of rigorous scientific methods. As such, when agencies make decisions about scheduling, they often do so without sufficient scientifically acquired knowledge. Researchers have routinely noted the many unknown potential impacts of CWWs (e.g., deCarufel and Schaan 1990), and scientists and practitioners have called for additional research on CWWs and optimal shift lengths in law enforcement (e.g., Melekian 1999; Vila 2006). Moreover, scientists have cautioned about the use of extended and long work hours in positions where public health and safety could be threatened (Armstrong-Stassen 1998; Knauth 2007; Macdonald and Bendak 2000; Rosa 1995; Scott and Kittaning 2001). Due to widespread knowledge of the impact of fatigue on safety, policies and requirements have been modified in many federally regulated industries. Indeed, according to Vila and colleagues, the well-known impact of fatigue on safety has led the federal government to regulate the work hours of private, for-profit workers - train engineers, truck drivers, commercial pilots, and nuclear power plant operators - but surprisingly not the police, "the government's most public, sensitive, and routinely controversial service provider" (Vila, Morrison, and Kenney 2002, 7). Yet, while law enforcement is fraught with considerable risks to officers and the public, examination of the impacts of CWWs in policing has been less frequent and often less rigorous than that conducted in other industries. Furthermore, much of the research across industries, including policing, has been limited by the research designs employed, the methodologies used, and/or measurement problems, often leading to contradictory or inconclusive findings. In an effort to comprehensively address the many potential effects of CWWs in policing in a systematic way, the Police Foundation conducted an experiment in which officers were randomly assigned to shifts (8-, 10-, and 12-hour). We examined the independent effects of shift length, taking into consideration the time of day worked and the variations associated with specific agencies. Because past studies have tended to focus on a limited number of potentially important managerial and individual considerations, we examined a broad array of outcomes important to the officers themselves and the organizations, including officer stress, sleep, fatigue, health, and quality of life, off-duty employment and overtime, and a variety of performance and safety measures. In this report, we begin by presenting the key findings of our experiment and then describe the methodology, the comprehensive array of measures employed, and the results of the analyses conducted in the experiment. Subsequently, we examine cross-industry research on compressed workweeks, including that from policing and its connection to our findings. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2011. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Shift-Length-Experiment-Practitioner-Guide.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Occupational Safety and Health Shelf Number: 124323

Author: Prendergast, Michael Title: Outcome Evaluation of the Forever Free Substance Abuse Treatment Program: One-Year Post-Release Outcomes Summary: This sstudy highlights the background, design and methods, and findings relating to the outcome evaluation of the Forever Free Program located at the California Institution for Women in Frontera. The Forever Free Substance Treatment Program is an intensive residential treatment program for women inmates with substance abuse problems followed by voluntary community residential treatment during parole. Study Goals - Contrast the 12-month post-release outcomes of Forever Free participants with those of the comparison group with regard to parole performance, drug use, employment, and psychological functioning. Examine differences between groups with regard to their relationships with their children following release to parole (custody status and parenting). Examine service needs during parole for both groups. Determine outcome predictors for the whole sample and for Forever Free participants (tested predictors included group status, age, ethnicity, primary drug problem, criminal history, psychological functioning, level of therapeutic alliance, treatment readiness, and locus of control). Details: Los Angeles: UCLA Drug Abuse Research Center, 2002. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/199685.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 124286

Author: Bowers, Josh Title: Perceptions of Fairness and Justice: The Shared Aims & Occasional Conflicts of Legitimacy and Moral Credibility Summary: A growing literature on procedural fairness suggests that there is practical value in enhancing a criminal justice system's "legitimacy" with the community it governs by adopting and implementing fair enforcement practices and adjudicative procedures. A separate literature suggests that there is practical value in enhancing the system's "moral credibility" with the community by distributing criminal liability and punishment according to principles that track the community's shared intuitions of justice. In this Article, we examine the shared aims and the similarities in the operation and effect of these two criminal justice dynamics as well as the occasional differences in effect and potential for conflict. By comparing the two dynamics, the article moves forward debates that - though rich and important - have grown stagnant. Specifically, legal scholars have tended to invoke the two dynamics too casually, to ignore one but not the other, or to conflate or confuse the two. This article provides a useful and necessary analytic framework for further exploration into the advantages and limits of moral credibility and legitimacy. Finally, the article stakes out tentative positions within the on-going debates. That is, it endorses the prevailing view that moral credibility and legitimacy are promising � indeed, critical � systemic enterprises that may carry significant crime-control advantages, and the article concludes that - for empirical and theoretic reasons - moral credibility ought to be the principal objective in uncommon circumstances in which a system may effectively pursue only one Details: Unpublished paper, 2011. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Penn Law School, Public Law Research Paper No. 11-13: Accessed October 26, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1814006 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 123784

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Specialized Training and Employment Project (STEP), Wisconsin Department of Corrections, July 1, 1997 through June 30, 1998 : outcome evaluation report Summary: The Specialized Training and Employment Project (STEP) was a unique intervention implemented in a Milwaukee prison that was designed to improve the post-release employment prospects of returning prisoners; STEP provided participants with a wide array of support occurring in three phases: institutional, transitional, and post-release. Upon successful completion of the six-month institutional phase, which involved job training, education, and work assignment, participants began the transitional phase. During this component, staff assessed participant needs and facilitated the move to a minimum-security facility. Once prisoners were committed to this facility, they worked with staff to identify employment opportunities. After release, participants continued to receive employment assistance in the community and were directed to a variety of community support services. Recommendations for Practice The researchers conducted a process evaluation of STEP, finding that, while implementation fidelity was largely satisfactory, staff assigned to assist participants in finding employment opportunities before release were often unable to do so because they were responsible for attending to other aspects of the program.This service was later contracted out to local employment agencies, a strategy that may be beneficial to consider for other jurisdictions interested in implementing similar programs. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin-Madison Medical School, Dept. of Preventive Medicine, Center for Health Policy and Program Evaluation, 1998. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/van-stelle-kit/step-outcome-evaluation-report.pdf Year: 1998 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 123682

Author: Saylor, William G. Title: The Differential Effect of Industries and Vocational Training on Post Release Outcome for Ethnic and Racial Groups. Research Note Summary: The Post Release Employment Project (PREP) was designed to evaluate the effect of industrial work experience (UNICOR1 ), and vocational, and apprenticeship training programs on prison adjustment and post-release outcomes. Post release outcomes were defined as employment and recidivism. Short term recidivism -- up to 1 year -- was based on either a revocation of a term of supervision or re-arrest. Long term recidivism -- up to 12 years -- was defined as a revocation or re-incarceration following a conviction for a new offense. Previous findings (Saylor and Gaes, 1997) demonstrated that these kinds of programs inhibit prison misconduct, increase the likelihood of post release employment, and reduce post prison re-arrest and recommitment rates. The purpose of this brief research note is to report further analyses of the PREP data which focuses on the differential effects of training programs on racial and ethnic groups. There has been some evidence that minorities may benefit more from industrial training than nonminorities. Anderson (1995) found that 26.8 percent of black inmates who participated in penal industries in Ohio were recommitted to prison after 2 years. The percentage for a matched comparison group not participating in penal industries was 36.6. Among white inmates, the percentages were 22.3 and 23.1 respectively for those who participated and those who did not participate in penal industries. While these findings are suggestive, the Ohio analysis was not multivariate, nor did it use a prospective matching design. We investigate the minority group findings further in this research note by examining the relationship between training and post-release outcomes for different racial and ethnic groups. The PREP data set has many features which make it an important tool to address some of these additional applied questions involving the effect of in-prison industrial and vocational training. The data set is quite large -- approximately 7,000 observations -- insuring sufficient power to examine smaller effect sizes. The data were collected prospectively. The matching methodology employed sophisticated techniques to select comparison subjects. The follow up data set includes a rich set of measures during the one-year release period including employment and recidivism data. The long-term follow up period has reached 12 years for many of the original program and comparison inmates. Very few program evaluations have follow up periods this long. Based on the long term follow up period, Saylor and Gaes (1997) presented a model of the probability over time of being recommitted to prison for offenders who were members of one of three research groups: 1) those employed in Federal Prison Industries (UNICOR), 2) those who successfully completed a vocational training or apprenticeship program, or 3) those who were selected as members of a comparison group. The comparison group was composed of individuals who had neither of these program experiences but were very similar to members of the two training groups with regard to a large number of socio-demographic, educational, occupational and criminal history characteristics. The matching procedure was based on techniques developed by Cochran and Rubin (1973) and further refined by Rosenbaum and Rubin (1984; 1985). These techniques allow the researcher to construct a comparison group to control for preexisting characteristics among individuals involved in training programs that may predispose them to perform better than members of the comparison group even in the absence of any training. In programs that use volunteers such as the PREP study, this problem of selection bias must be addressed if we are to have any confidence in the external validity of the program effects. These techniques are explained at greater length in Saylor and Gaes (1997). The information that follows is based upon the analysis presented in Saylor and Gaes (1997). In that paper, we described a Cox proportional hazards model testing the impact of training on the amount of time to a recommitment to the Bureau of Prisons. This model controlled for a propensity score -- a summary measure of criminal history and characteristics of the instant offense, as well as other background factors, that were used to construct the comparison group2 . The model also controlled for the offender�s age, race, ethnicity, time served, education, release year, and calendar quarter. Previous analyses showed that the impact of training on recommitment was significant for men but not for women probably because there were too few women who actually recidivated. Thus, the data we report here are only for men. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Research and Evaluation Federal Bureau of Prisons, 1999. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2017 at: https://www.bop.gov/resources/research_projects/published_reports/edu_training/oreprprep_s1.pdf Year: 1999 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 123681

Author: Chanin, Joshua M. Title: Traffic Enforcement in San Diego, California: An analysis of SDPD vehicle stops in 2014 and 2015 Summary: This Report presents the results of an independent analysis of records generated following 259,569 traffic stops initiated by San Diego Police Department (SDPD) officers between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2015. This review focused on the extent to which these data reveal Department- and division-level racial/ethnic disparities in (1) the decision to initiate a traffic stop; (2) the decision to issue a citation; (3) the decision to conduct a field interview; (4) the decision to initiate a search; (5) the discovery of contraband; and (6) the decision to make an arrest. Our findings can be summarized as follows: - Citywide, disparities between Black and White drivers were evident in vehicle stop data from 2014, but not 2015 or the combined 2014/2015 dataset, while no such disparities were found between Whites and either Hispanic or Asian/Pacific Islander (API) drivers in 2014 or 2015; - Data from both 2014 and 2015 revealed distinct and divergent stop patterns by driver race/ethnicity in police divisions located above and below Interstate 8; - Citywide and across 2014 and 2015, Black and Hispanic drivers were more likely than White drivers to be searched following a traffic stop, and despite facing higher search rates, were less likely to be found with contraband; - Black, Hispanic, and API drivers were subject to field interviews at greater rates than White drivers; - No meaningful difference existed in the rate at which drivers from each racial/ethnic group were arrested; - Black drivers were less likely to receive a citation than White drivers stopped under similar circumstances, while matched Hispanic, White, and API drivers were cited at similar rates; - Records of traffic stops conducted in 2014 and 2015 were often incomplete, raising questions as to whether data generated by the SDPD's traffic stop data card system are a reliable measure of actual traffic stops conducted; and - City residents who participated in our focus groups and SDPD officers who participated in an electronic survey and follow-up interviews recognized a tension between the Department and minority community members. Details: San Diego: San Diego State University, 2016. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: https://www.sandiego.gov/sites/default/files/sdpdvehiclestopsfinal.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 147832

Author: Partnership for the Public Good Title: Collaboration, Communication and Community-Building: A New Model of Policing for 21st Century Buffalo Summary: Community policing is a philosophy of law enforcement that changes police culture by prioritizing positive interactions between police and the community, and by using problemsolving methods to prevent crime. This approach encourages police to develop strong relationships with community members and to tailor policing strategies to fit the community's needs. Community policing allows police to share power with the community, rather than exerting power over the community. This report recommends that the Buffalo Police Department (BPD) dramatically expand its community policing practices, building on the successful efforts it has made thus far. It begins with an overview of community policing and the challenges that police face today. Then, based on local and national research, it explores five strategies for the BPD to consider implementing. 1. Promote community policing through culture change, training, incentives, and policies. The BPD should expand its efforts to train and reward all officers for doing community policing. The BPD should require a certain number of community policing hours each week of all officers. In addition, it should add more incentives through assessment, pay and promotional criteria, as well as public recognition for officers who excel at community policing practices. There may also be a need for more extensive training in areas like adolescent development, trauma, and de-escalation tactics. Finally, departmental policies should be revised to deepen the emphasis on problem-solving, to facilitate collaboration with community members and groups, and to increase the accessibility of police officers in the community. 2. Further increase the diversity and cultural competence of the force. The BPD should continue its progress toward diversity until the force matches the racial/ethnic demographics of the city and many more women are employed. Additionally, the BPD should implement implicit bias training to make officers aware of how subconscious bias can affect decisions, and develop a system of data collection and analysis to monitor bias in police activities. Further, the BPD should continue to improve its language access and cultural competency practices, enhancing communication with and understanding of foreign language speakers as well as other populations. Finally, the BPD should recruit civilian liaisons and police social workers to aid in the implementation of language access and cultural competency initiatives. 3. Improve transparency and information-sharing. The BPD should increase information-sharing, so that all citizens understand local laws, the role of police in enforcing them, and how to interact during encounters with police. To encourage transparency, the BPD should make more information available on the BPD's website and communicate with the public more frequently through public events. Buffalo's civilian review system needs to be reinvigorated. This includes transforming the City's Commission on Citizens Rights and Community Relations into a Human Rights Commission with a broader mandate, more staffing, and the duty to review all misconduct and use-of-force cases. To gather more comprehensive data about police activities, the BPD should develop a system for issuing receipts and documenting all stops, including those that do not result in arrest. The Department should also institute a policy for using body cameras. Finally, the BPD should seek accreditation from state and national accreditation agencies, as required by the City's Charter. 4. Promote restorative justice, alternatives to arrest, and diversionary programs for vulnerable populations. The BPD should incorporate restorative justice practices, which have proven effective in reducing recidivism and aiding in victim recovery. In addition, Buffalo should use more alternatives to arrest, such as fix-it tickets that allow low-level offenders to avoid citations if they are willing to remedy the violation within a reasonable period of time. Moreover, police should employ more non-punitive, diversionary alternatives to incarceration, such as Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion, especially when dealing with vulnerable populations such as youth, and those with mental health and addiction issues. 5. Increase the use of crime prevention through environmental design. Expanding its recent efforts, the BPD should work with community members to develop plans to prevent crime through environmental design, employing local residents to help implement them, particularly in and around public housing developments. Details: Buffalo, NY: The Partnership, 2017. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: https://ppgbuffalo.org/files/documents/criminal-justice/policing/criminaljustice-_collaboration__communucation_and_community-building.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 137835

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Prison Health Care: Costs and Quality. How and why states strive for high-performing systems Summary: Prison health care sits at the intersection of pressing state priorities. From protecting public safety to fighting disease and promoting physical and behavioral health, and from fine-tuning budgets that trim waste to investing in cost-effective programming with long-term payoffs, the health care that prisons provide to incarcerated individuals and the care that prisons facilitate post-release is a critical linchpin with far-reaching implications. On a typical day, state prisons house more than a million people, many of whom have extensive and communicable health ailments. The manner in which services are provided affects state budgets because of the expensive treatments for some common conditions, the downstream costs of delayed or inadequate care, and the legal and financial consequences of being found to violate inmates' constitutional rights to "reasonably adequate" care. Moreover, with nearly all incarcerated individuals eventually returning to society, treatment and discharge planning - especially for those with a substance use disorder, mental illness, or infectious disease - play an important role in statewide anti-recidivism and public health efforts. Taken together, these realities call for the attention of policymakers and administrators. Yet these officials often lack the information they require to build and maintain high-performing prison health care systems that proactively make the most of diagnostic and treatment opportunities and avert the harmful and expensive consequences of inattention or missteps. They need to know how much money is being spent on what services and why; what benefits are achieved for those dollars; and whether these benefits are preserved post-prison through well-coordinated prison-to-community transitions. This first-of-its-kind report, using data collected from two 50-state surveys administered by The Pew Charitable Trusts and the Vera Institute of Justice, along with interviews with more than 75 state officials, updates previous Pew research on spending trends in prison health care. The report also incorporates information on the operational characteristics of states' prison health care systems; whether and how states monitor the quality of care provided - the critical counterpart to cost when assessing value; and common care continuity strategies for people leaving prison. The aim is to begin to paint a comprehensive picture for policymakers, administrators, and other stakeholders of how states fund and deliver prison health care, how they compare with one another, and some reasons for differences. These stakeholders can use such practical information and insights to help optimize policies and programs in the service of incarcerated individuals, state residents, and taxpayers. The first of the two surveys, for which every state except New Hampshire provided data, queried senior budget staff of state departments of correction on expenditures, prison population demographics, the health care delivery system employed, and staffing. The second survey, for which every state except Alabama, Kansas, and New Hampshire provided data, collected information from senior health care staff of departments of correction on efforts to monitor the quality of care provided, disease prevalence tracking, and services to facilitate care continuity at release. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2017. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2017/10/sfh_prison_health_care_costs_and_quality_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 147837

Author: Meehan, Brian Title: The Political Economy of the United States Private Security Industry Summary: This dissertation is an economic analysis of the private security industry in the United States. In particular, private security's effect on crime, the rise of varied state level private security regulatory institutions, and the consequences of private security occupational licensing requirements will be examined. Empirical methods are used to test hypotheses that private security has an effect on many different types of violent and property crime. Specific regulations of state level private security licensing processes are used as instruments in this empirical test. Evidence from state level data suggests that private security generates positive externalities in the form of general crime deterrence. This evidence provides grounds on which to argue for an inclusion of private security in the economic model of crime. The regulatory process is also empirically analyzed from a public choice and regulatory capture perspective. The incentives of the regulatory bodies made up of industry representatives and/or public police are compared to regulatory institutions that do not include such representation. This evidence suggests that when existing private security guards are in charge of the occupation licensing requirements of their own industry, these requirements tend to be stricter. The impact of these stricter licensing regulations on industrial organization is also examined. Empirical evidence suggests that some licensing requirements influence the distribution of private security firm sizes. In particular, relatively small firms are disproportionately harmed by these requirements. A short introductory chapter will be followed by three analytical chapters dealing with these issues, and finally, by a concluding chapter where the implications of the three analytical chapters are considered together. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Social Sciences and Public Policy, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://diginole.lib.fsu.edu/islandora/object/fsu%3A253114 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 147839

Author: Santos, Roberto Title: A Quasi-Experimental Test and Examination of Police Effectiveness in Residential Burglary and Theft from Vehicle Micro-Time Hot Spots Summary: This dissertation tested, through a quasi-experimental design, whether traditional policing strategies are effective in preventing residential burglary and theft from vehicle. A new unit of analysis is examined called micro-time hot spots which are clusters of crime incidents (i.e., crime flare-ups) that occur in micro-time at micro-places. Five years of data from a large police department in the Eastern Florida metropolitan region of the United States were examined. The data were gleaned from crime analysis bulletins as well as the department's intranet system that tracked all police responses to micro-time hot spots. In the quasi-experiment, residential burglary and theft from vehicle were examined separately. The treatment and comparison groups were selected using a robust propensity score matching method. Logistic regression was used to compute the propensity scores which were subsequently matched through greedy 1 to 1 matching, without replacement, and with calipers of .05 and .10 of the standard deviation of the logit for residential burglary and theft from vehicle, respectively. Cases that fell outside the region of support were eliminated. The analysis resulted in 140 pairs - 54 residential burglary and 86 theft from vehicle. Tests of means showed that for both residential burglary and theft from vehicle, separately, there was a significant reduction in crime (p < .001). The reduction in residential burglary was 20.76 percent, for theft from vehicle, 19.65 percent, and for both together, 20.0 percent. An examination of spatial displacement of crime found that there was no spatial displacement in micro-time hot spots that received response. The multivariate analysis of the 140 micro-time hot spots with police response showed that the amount of police response and the quickness of response were significant (p < .001). The more police response and the more quickly the response was implemented, the less crime in the micro-time hot spot. Consequently, this study showed that increased police presence in micro-places of emerging concentrations of crime can lead to significant reductions in residential burglary and theft from vehicle without spatial displacement. These findings have direct implications for police practice, in that to be more effective in crime reduction, police organizations should consider responding to residential burglary and theft from vehicle hot spots of shorter temporal scales. Details: Fort Lauderdale, FL: Nova Southeastern University, 2013. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1466031463?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 147840

Author: Ingalls, Shawn P. Title: A Multivariate Assessment of Crime Displacement to Surrounding Jurisdictions in Relation to the Implementation of Operation Impact in Syracuse, NY Summary: This is a long term multivariate correlation study using a quantitative approach to look at the potential for focused enforcement practices as seen in the implementation of Operation Impact in Syracuse, NY to displace crime to surrounding jurisdictions. Predicator variable of the number of sworn police officers and racial demographics relationship to potentially displaced crimes in these surrounding jurisdictions was also studied to best understand crime displacement. This study used the distance decay theory, which states the farther a person gets from their base of operation; the less likely they are to commit crimes and the displacement theory, which views crime as inevitable to answer the research questions. The period of 2005 - 2013 was used to study crime displacement to the jurisdictions surrounding Syracuse. While crime displacement was the primary focus of the study, a diffusion of benefits was discussed and analyzed since scholarly work shows a diffusion of benefits is just as possible as crime displacement. This was accomplished by using Pearson's r, an interrupted time series ARIMA model, and the Weighted Displacement Quotient. Crime was separated into petty and major crime categories to best test the displacement theory and scholarly work surrounding the theory which found differing results for petty and major crime rates. Findings of this study showed crime displacement and a diffusion of benefits for both petty and major crimes to jurisdictions surrounding Syracuse, NY to be as a whole limited and exhibiting no statistically significant relationship. In 2010, Operations Impacts focus changed from solely addressing major crime and began to include addressing elements of petty crimes. In 2012, a relationship was identified with three of the surrounding jurisdictions and their petty crime rates which showed a spike in crime. Similar results were discovered as a whole for the relationship of the number of sworn police officers and the racial demographics of the surrounding jurisdictions with little to no statistically significant relationship. The findings of this study further support the distance decay theory. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2015. 145p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1712398683/abstract/A33B1D9415574B56PQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 147844

Author: Fu, Chao Title: Structural Estimation of a Becker-Ehrlich Equilibrium Model of Crime: Allocating Police Across Cities to Reduce Crime Summary: We develop a model of crime in which the number of police, the crime rate, the arrest rate, the employment rate and the wage rate are joint outcomes of a subgame perfect Nash equilibrium. The local government chooses the size of its police force and citizens choose among work, home and crime alternatives. We estimate the model using MSA-level data. We use the estimated model to examine the effects on crime of targeted federal transfers to local governments to increase police. We �nd that knowledge about unobserved MSA-specific attributes is critical for the optimal allocation of police across MSA�s. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2017 at: https://www.ssc.wisc.edu/~cfu/PoliceCrime.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Deployment Shelf Number: 147978

Author: Feldblum, Chai R. Title: Report of the EEOC Select Task Force on the Study of Harassment in the Workplace Summary: As co-chairs of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission's Select Task Force on the Study of Harassment in the Workplace ("Select Task Force"), we have spent the last 18 months examining the myriad and complex issues associated with harassment in the workplace. Thirty years after the U.S. Supreme Court held in the landmark case of Meritor Savings Bank v. Vinson that workplace harassment was an actionable form of discrimination prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, we conclude that we have come a far way since that day, but sadly and too often still have far to go. Created in January 2015, the Select Task Force was comprised of 16 members from around the country, including representatives of academia from various social science disciplines; legal practitioners on both the plaintiff and defense side; employers and employee advocacy groups; and organized labor. The Select Task Force reflected a broad diversity of experience, expertise, and opinion. From April 2015 through June 2016, the Select Task Force held a series of meetings - some were open to the public, some were closed working sessions, and others were a combination of both. In the course of a year, the Select Task Force received testimony from more than 30 witnesses, and received numerous public comments. Throughout this past year, we sought to deploy the expertise of our Select Task Force members and our witnesses to move beyond the legal arena and gain insights from the worlds of social science, and practitioners on the ground, on how to prevent harassment in the workplace. We focused on learning everything we could about workplace harassment - from sociologists, industrial-organizational psychologists, investigators, trainers, lawyers, employers, advocates, and anyone else who had something useful to convey to us. Because our focus was on prevention, we did not confine ourselves to the legal definition of workplace harassment, but rather included examination of conduct and behaviors which might not be "legally actionable," but left unchecked, may set the stage for unlawful harassment. This report is written by the two of us, in our capacity as Co-Chairs of the Select Task Force. It does not reflect the consensus view of the Select Task Force members, but is informed by the experience and observations of the Select Task Force members' wide range of viewpoints, as well as the testimony and information received and reviewed by the Select Task Force. Our report includes analysis and recommendations for a range of stakeholders: EEOC, the employer community, the civil rights community, other government agencies, academic researchers, and other interested parties. We summarize our key findings below. Workplace Harassment Remains a Persistent Problem. Almost fully one third of the approximately 90,000 charges received by EEOC in fiscal year 2015 included an allegation of workplace harassment. This includes, among other things, charges of unlawful harassment on the basis of sex (including sexual orientation, gender identity, and pregnancy), race, disability, age, ethnicity/national origin, color, and religion. While there is robust data and academic literature on sex-based harassment, there is very limited data regarding harassment on other protected bases. More research is needed. Workplace Harassment Too Often Goes Unreported. Common workplace-based responses by those who experience sex-based harassment are to avoid the harasser, deny or downplay the gravity of the situation, or attempt to ignore, forget, or endure the behavior. The least common response to harassment is to take some formal action - either to report the harassment internally or file a formal legal complaint. Roughly three out of four individuals who experienced harassment never even talked to a supervisor, manager, or union representative about the harassing conduct. Employees who experience harassment fail to report the harassing behavior or to file a complaint because they fear disbelief of their claim, inaction on their claim, blame, or social or professional retaliation. There Is a Compelling Business Case for Stopping and Preventing Harassment. When employers consider the costs of workplace harassment, they often focus on legal costs, and with good reason. Last year, EEOC alone recovered $164.5 million for workers alleging harassment - and these direct costs are just the tip of the iceberg. Workplace harassment first and foremost comes at a steep cost to those who suffer it, as they experience mental, physical, and economic harm. Beyond that, workplace harassment affects all workers, and its true cost includes decreased productivity, increased turnover, and reputational harm. All of this is a drag on performance - and the bottom-line. It Starts at the Top - Leadership and Accountability Are Critical. Workplace culture has the greatest impact on allowing harassment to flourish, or conversely, in preventing harassment. The importance of leadership cannot be overstated - effective harassment prevention efforts, and workplace culture in which harassment is not tolerated, must start with and involve the highest level of management of the company. But a commitment (even from the top) to a diverse, inclusive, and respectful workplace is not enough. Rather, at all levels, across all positions, an organization must have systems in place that hold employees accountable for this expectation. Accountability systems must ensure that those who engage in harassment are held responsible in a meaningful, appropriate, and proportional manner, and that those whose job it is to prevent or respond to harassment should be rewarded for doing that job well (or penalized for failing to do so). Finally, leadership means ensuring that anti-harassment efforts are given the necessary time and resources to be effective. Training Must Change. Much of the training done over the last 30 years has not worked as a prevention tool - it's been too focused on simply avoiding legal liability. We believe effective training can reduce workplace harassment, and recognize that ineffective training can be unhelpful or even counterproductive. However, even effective training cannot occur in a vacuum - it must be part of a holistic culture of non-harassment that starts at the top. Similarly, one size does not fit all: Training is most effective when tailored to the specific workforce and workplace, and to different cohorts of employees. Finally, when trained correctly, middle-managers and first-line supervisors in particular can be an employer's most valuable resource in preventing and stopping harassment. New and Different Approaches to Training Should Be Explored. We heard of several new models of training that may show promise for harassment training. "Bystander intervention training" - increasingly used to combat sexual violence on school campuses - empowers co-workers and gives them the tools to intervene when they witness harassing behavior, and may show promise for harassment prevention. Workplace "civility training" that does not focus on eliminating unwelcome or offensive behavior based on characteristics protected under employment non-discrimination laws, but rather on promoting respect and civility in the workplace generally, likewise may offer solutions. It's On Us. Harassment in the workplace will not stop on its own - it's on all of us to be part of the fight to stop workplace harassment. We cannot be complacent bystanders and expect our workplace cultures to change themselves. For this reason, we suggest exploring the launch of an It's on Us campaign for the workplace. Originally developed to reduce sexual violence in educational settings, the It's on Us campaign is premised on the idea that students, faculty, and campus staff should be empowered to be part of the solution to sexual assault, and should be provided the tools and resources to prevent sexual assault as engaged bystanders. Launching a similar It's on Us campaign in workplaces across the nation - large and small, urban and rural - is an audacious goal. But doing so could transform the problem of workplace harassment from being about targets, harassers, and legal compliance, into one in which co-workers, supervisors, clients, and customers all have roles to play in stopping such harassment. Our final report also includes detailed recommendations and a number of helpful tools to aid in designing effective anti-harassment policies; developing training curricula; implementing complaint, reporting, and investigation procedures; creating an organizational culture in which harassment is not tolerated; ensuring employees are held accountable; and assessing and responding to workplace "risk factors" for harassment. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Equal employment Opportunity Commission, 2016. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2017 at: https://www.eeoc.gov/eeoc/task_force/harassment/upload/report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 147982

Author: National Juvenile Justice Network Title: Creating Meaningful Change in the Relationship between Law Enforcement and Youth of Color Summary: Communities of color have a long-standing history of inequitable treatment by the police in the U.S. In recent years, activists with the Black Lives Matter movement have helped to raise the profile of the destructive treatment of the black community by law enforcement, which includes a long line of police shootings of youth of color - Michael Brown,1 Jordan Edwards,2 Jessica Hernandez,3 Ty're King,4 Laquan McDonald,5 Tamir Rice,6 Jesse Romero,7 Stephen Watts8 - and many more.9 While these incidents are nothing new, the ubiquitous use of cell phone cameras is now thrusting them into the public's eye. It's past time to change how police interact with black and brown youth. Data bear out the ugly fact that youth of color are killed by police far out of proportion to white youth. In 2015, 44% of the youth killed by police were African-American or Hispanic (8 out of 18) though they comprised 38% of the youth population in 2014.10 Unfortunately, this disparity is growing. In 2016, 63% of the youth killed by police were African-American or Hispanic (6 out of ten). In the first five months of 2017, 11 out of the 14 youth under 18 killed by police were African-American or Hispanic youth, accounting for 79% of the deaths. While we don't have sufficient data on Native American youth, Native Americans as a whole are, per capita, more likely to be killed by police than any other demographic in the United States. In general, police-youth interactions are fraught with too much use of force. A Bureau of Justice Statistics Survey found that between 1998 and 2008, youth aged 16-18 years old comprised 7.6% of the U.S. population but were involved in 30.1% of police uses of force. Yet among all youth, African-American and Hispanic youth are more likely to experience use of force. When force is used in police interactions, including shootings, police officers are often not held accountable in a meaningful way, which makes it difficult if not impossible for the system to self-correct. Details: Washington, DC: NJJN, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: policy Platform: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/Meaningful%20Police%20Relationships%20Policy%20Platform%20Draft%20October%202017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African American Youth Shelf Number: 147984

Author: San Diego. Office of the City Auditor Title: Performance Audit of the Police Patrol Operations Summary: A main function of the San Diego Police Department (SDPD) is to patrol the City's neighborhoods and respond to calls for service. In fiscal year 2012, SDPD responded to over 400,000 incidents. SDPD assigns approximately 60 percent of its employees to its Patrol Operations Division. SDPD staffing has remained stable for the past three years, with about 1,500 personnel assigned to Patrol Operations, of whom 800-850 are patrol officers. To determine an appropriate staffing level and optimize shift schedules for patrol officers across the City, SDPD uses a model that analyzes dispatch records for the prior year and estimates demand for services for the coming year. Finding 1 - We examined SDPD's staffing model and found it effective and in conformance with best practices for police staffing. Police management retains the flexibility to adjust staffing in response to changing conditions such as seasonal demand, special events, or emergencies. Since Patrol Operations is currently meeting response time performance measures, SDPD has not shown that staff reductions and budget cuts have affected patrol performance. However, Patrol Operations' continued ability to meet its performance targets does not prove that the division is adequately staffed; it may simply indicate that the response time performance measure cannot detect any developing strains in Patrol Operations staffing. By analyzing dispatch data, the SDPD can obtain more detailed information on the consumption of patrol resources to inform staffing, deployment, and response decisions. We recommended that the SDPD use dispatch data to establish service levels and performance standards, and that it survey residents periodically to elicit community preferences for police services. Finding 2 - Publically reported performance measures are an integral part of an organization's ability to convey meaningful results from taxpayers� investment. Although SDPD has several internal channels for monitoring and reporting performance, its performance measure reporting has largely been confined to the City's annual budget document. We found that the goals included in the budget are too broad to inform a public discussion of police staffing or to help police justify additional resources. A benefit of enhancing its performance reporting will be to move beyond traditional measures such as response time or sworn officer per capita staffing. Details: San Diego: Office of the city Auditor, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://www.sandiego.gov/sites/default/files/14-006_Patrol_Operations.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147985

Author: Torrey, E. Fuller Title: Treat or Repeat: A State Survey of Serious Mental Illness, Major Crimes and Community Treatment Summary: Individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes represent 2% of the estimated 8.2 million individuals with a severe psychiatric disease in the United States. Although this is a small segment of the total population, research shows that, without treatment, these individuals are at heightened risk of being re-arrested after their release from jail or prison or discharge from a forensic hospital. Because the timely and effective treatment of individuals with the most severe mental illness is the focus of its mission, the Treatment Advocacy Center conducted a survey of selected state systems and structures available to individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes. The states were graded from A to F based on the availability and comprehensiveness of these practices. The result, Treat or Repeat: A State Survey of Serious Mental illness, Major Crimes and Community Treatment, finds this population is often overlooked in programming and funding decisions. The report recommends prioritizing evidence-based treatment to reduce re-arrest of individuals with serious mental illness who have a history of violence. Top Takeaway Evidence-based programs for individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes allow individuals to succeed in the community following reentry from jail or prison or after discharge from a forensic psychiatric bed by providing complete and intensive treatment. However, no state in the United States utilizes them comprehensively or effectively. Fast Facts No state received an A grade. The majority of states do not provide adequate support in the community for individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes, resulting in higher re-arrest rates and all the attendant human and economic costs of re-incarceration. Evidence-based programs can reduce the risk of re-arrest for individuals with serious mental illness living in the community from an average rate of 40%-60% to only 10% or less. The four states that received the best grades under this study - Hawaii, Maine, Missouri and Oregon - are all models that other states should look to for various aspects of their successful programming. Other states with exemplar programs and practices were also identified. Recommendations Federal, state and local governments must create policies to stop the criminalization of individuals with serious mental illness. Federal, state and local governments must prioritize treatment for individuals with serious mental illness who are involved in the criminal justice system. State and local governments must implement evidence-based treatment programs for individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes. Researchers and government agencies must conduct research and evaluate programs for individuals with serious mental illness who have committed major crimes to inform best-practices. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2017. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: http://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/storage/documents/treat-or-repeat.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 147987

Author: Baumgart, Zach Title: Crime, Arrests, Legitimacy or Race? Militarization of American Police from 1990 to 2007 Summary: n this thesis, I analyzed police militarization between 1990 and 2007. Using publicly available data, I constructed a panel dataset of over 7,000 police agencies, and over 16,000 agency-time observations. The unit of analysis was militarization, especially those factors that related to differences in militarization between departments, and in factors that affected growth over time. The primary contribution of this thesis is to understand how the upward trend in militarization over this period of growth looked across varied contexts. In so doing, I drew from theory to conceptualize militarization itself, and to understand the factors that did and did not contribute to meaningful differences in the construct. While explanations here were necessarily descriptive (given the survey-driven design of the datasets), those descriptions provide evidence of potential causes for militarization, and their associated impact on a variety of other factors. Together, this thesis provides the first empirical test of American police militarization that treats the process for what it is: complex and filled with nuance. The first chapter sets the stage. It is primarily methodological: I developed the militarization measure I used throughout the rest of the thesis. In so doing, I unpacked militarization as a concept, including its history and current trends. After performing several validity checks of the measure, I provided some basic descriptive analyses, including a set of potential control and predictor effects. The second chapter is primarily concerned with explanations of militarization, especially based on crime and organizational characteristics. Crime-based explanations, though generally unsupported by criminological evidence, provide a test of popular pro-militarization explanations. Organizational explanations provide a more practical view, suggesting that militarization is a shift in what it means to be a police officer. Finally, in the last chapter, I primarily focused on race. Given that police militarization coincided with a federal shift toward punitive criminal justice policy, I assessed the degree to which militarization was associated with similar consequences of that shift. Specifically, I assessed the degree to which police militarization was associated with racial inequality, both in the agency itself, and with the external environment within which police were located. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin - Madison, 2016. 420p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1850522154 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 147988

Author: United States Commission on Civil Rights Title: Targeted Fines and Fees against Low-Income People of Color: Civil Rights and Constitutional Implications Summary: The report examines (1) the reality - and real harm - of cities imposing fines and fees on residents to raise city funds rather than to secure legal compliance and increase public safety and (2) the U.S. Department of Justice's enforcement efforts to encourage constitutional practices and hold jurisdictions accountable for constitutional violations stemming from the way these jurisdictions impose fines and fees. The Commission's findings are drawn from diverse perspectives across the political spectrum, shared at two public briefings with policy experts, federal officials, state judges and court administrators, and advocacy groups. To prepare the report, the Commission also received information from the Department of Justice (DOJ) and reviewed relevant literature and data. By majority vote, the Commission finds: Many jurisdictions now require courts to collect fees for civil and criminal activities - such as traffic violations - in addition to government programs unrelated to courts. In almost every state, juvenile courts impose court costs, fines, and fees on youth, their families, or both - even though research shows that imposing such fees is ineffective to actually generate revenue. Some cities target poor citizens and communities of color for fines and fees, using law enforcement as ticketing and collections agencies to increase municipal revenues, rather than to improve public safety and civil compliance. Targeting the poor and communities of color for fines and fees undermines public confidence in the judicial system. Best practices should break the connection between revenue from fines and fees and the budget needs of cities and courts. U.S. Department of Justice efforts begun in the Obama Administration to discourage these practices have increased access to justice and should continue in the Trump Administration. These conclusions draw on bipartisan consensus, reflected in public testimony to the Commission, as well as in research and data the Commission reviewed, that cities' practices of preying financially on their own residents and targeting low income persons and persons of color are at best unwise and all too often unlawful. Americans for Tax Reform President Grover Norquist crystalized the concerns of criminalizing poverty: "No one should have to fear being jailed for light speeding, having a tail light out, or not wearing a seatbelt. Not only is it wrong to potentially ruin someone's life over small infractions, but incarcerating an individual can often times cost the government more money as they waste resources on people who pose no threat to the community. The DOJ and the United States Commission on Civil Rights has a duty to encourage better practices in municipal courts to avoid abuse." Former Obama Justice Department official Chiraag Bains noted the agreement on this issue across the political spectrum, pointing out the common threads in advocating for court reform: "Unlawful and unfair practices involving excessive fines, the incarceration of the poor because of their inability to pay, and racially disparate enforcement violate core American values: liberty, fairness, equality." By majority vote, the Commission recommends: Courts and cities should use a common standard to evaluate an individual's ability to pay, presuming inability to pay for individuals who are homeless, incarcerated, confined to a mental health facilities, juveniles, or whose income is below the poverty level. DOJ should coordinate data collection and publicly share data and analysis of court fines and fees across the country. Such data collection should include the race, gender, and ability status of persons against whom fines and fees are assessed, to determine whether the assessment practices have a disparate impact on the basis of a protected status. States and cities should remove the potential for or existence of conflict of interest incentives to assess fines and fees by, for example, returning revenue from fines and fees to a general budget fund and discontinuing the use of for-profit collections agencies. DOJ should investigate additional jurisdictions related to this topic, and, where appropriate, issue reports to incentivize further, national, reform. Congress should enact legislation to give DOJ authority to investigate courts that impose fines and fees in an unconstitutional manner. Courts and cities should provide counsel to contest the imposition of a fine or fee and to determine indigency, as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: USCCR, 2017. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/Statutory_Enforcement_Report2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 148017

Author: Chicago. Office of the Mayor Title: 2017 Gun Trace Report Summary: Since 2013, the Chicago Police Department has recovered nearly 7,000 "crime guns" each year. For the purposes of this report, a crime gun refers to a firearm recovered by CPD that was illegally possessed, used, or suspected to be used in furtherance of a crime. The overwhelming majority of these firearms were originally purchased outside of the city limits and brought into Chicago. So far in 2017, CPD is already on pace to exceed last year's gun recoveries. It is self-evident that the availability of illegally circulated firearms in Chicago is directly connected to its deadly street violence. Simply put, each conflict becomes potentially more lethal due to easy access to a gun. In an unfortunate but persistent reality, certain retailers and jurisdictions disproportionately account for the guns trafficked into Chicago that sustain its illegal gun market and associated violent crime. There is no greater priority for the City of Chicago than the safety and security of its residents. The City of Chicago and Chicago Police Department have partnered with the University of Chicago Crime Lab to examine available firearm trace data and identify the source of each crime gun recovered in order to develop more impactful solutions that address the root causes of gun violence. This is the second such report. In its 2014 report, CPD compiled firearm trace data from 2009 to 2013. This report analyzes available firearm trace data over four years, from 2013 to 2016, spanning almost 15,000 firearms traced back to more than 5,000 federally licensed dealers. Using this data, law enforcement and policymakers have identified the regular sources of crime guns trafficked into Chicago with pinpoint accuracy. More importantly, they are now better equipped to develop policies that will help prevent these guns from getting into the hands of highrisk individuals. Details: Chicago: Office of the Mayor; Chicago Police Department, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://www.cityofchicago.org/content/dam/city/depts/mayor/Press%20Room/Press%20Releases/2017/October/GTR2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 148019

Author: Kearley, Brook W. Title: Long Term Effects of Drug Court Participation: Evidence From a 15-Year Follow-up of a Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: Substance use disorders and related negative outcomes are on the rise in America. Among jail and prison populations, approximately half of all inmates meet DSM-IV criteria for substance dependence or abuse. Two decades of drug court research indicate that these specialized courts reduce recidivism among participants when compared to traditional probation processing. However, few high quality studies have been conducted and important gaps in our understanding of the model�s effectiveness and population suitability remain. Additionally, little is known regarding the long-term impacts of drug courts or the courts� effects on outcomes beyond recidivism and drug use. One of the most rigorous primary studies to date is the randomized trial of the Baltimore City Drug Treatment Court (BCDTC). Three-year follow-up data from this study showed that participation in the program reduced recidivism and that subjects self-reported less crime and substance use than did controls. This dissertation compares 15-year recidivism, incarceration, and mortality outcomes for the 235 BCDTC subjects. Additionally, it compares differences in recidivism growth over time between the two conditions. The work extends one of the few randomized trials of an established drug court and includes a group of offenders with substantial criminal and substance abuse histories. Findings suggest that participation in Baltimore City�s Drug Treatment Court resulted in significantly fewer arrests, charges, and convictions across the 15-year follow-up period, to include several crime-specific differences in arrests and convictions. Originating court was shown to moderate the effect of drug court participation for convictions, such that those participating in the Circuit drug court had significantly better outcomes than those participating in the District drug court. Drug court participants also had significantly lower rates of growth over time in both arrests and convictions. While differences were sustained across the 15-year period, differences in the rate of growth did not appear to increase over time as hypothesized. Participation in Baltimore City�s Drug Treatment Court did not have a significant effect on total days of sentenced incarceration, nor did it have an impact on mortality risk Details: University of Maryland, 2017. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/19454 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 148023

Author: Morse, Andrew Title: Guns on Campus: The Architecture and Momentum of State Policy Action Summary: Guns on Campus: The Architecture and Momentum of State Policy Action offers a detailed summary of state legislative action and higher education system policy decisions that have occurred in two specific categories: (1) states that have permitted or are seeking to permit guns on campus, and (2) states that have prohibited or are seeking to prohibit guns on campus. Details: Denver, CO: Education Commission of the United States, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: https://www.ecs.org/ec-content/uploads/ECS_NASPA_report_revised_1-29.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 148027

Author: Benner, Gregory J. Title: Strengthening Education in Short-term Juvenile Detention Centers: Final Technical Report Summary: The overarching goal of the Strengthening Education in Juvenile Detention Center (SEJDC) project was to assess the effectiveness of educational curriculum and instructional practices within the juvenile detention centers in Washington State in an effort to inform and improve policies and practices. The project addressed two primary research questions: Are Washington State's short-term juvenile detention centers providing effective educational programs to meet the needs of high-risk youth? What are the impacts on academic progress of detained youth following juvenile detention placement? Details: Tacoma, WA: Center for Strong Schools University of Washington Tacoma, 2016. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251118.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 148028

Author: Dougherty, Jamie Title: Examining the New York State Gun Involved Violence Elimination Initiative's Alignment with Several Theoretical Perspectives Summary: This research examines how well New York State's Gun Involved Violence Elimination (GIVE) initiative aligns with four theoretical domains: subculture of violence, deterrence, rational choice/situational crime prevention, and implementation theories. It reviews how procedural justice and community integration align with these theories and the evidence-based strategies that GIVE sites implement. Sites are grouped for analysis, and their characteristics are described. The literature review describes each theoretical domain's core principles as they pertain to GIVE. It shows that the theories can be compatible and that their integration is difficult but would likely make the initiative more effective. The primary research questions pertain to how closely GIVE aligns with each of these theories, as well as whether sites with similar characteristics utilize these theoretical perspectives differently. The data collection and analysis methods are described. The analysis finds that theories and strategies that readily align with traditional law enforcement functions are the most likely to be fully adopted by law enforcement agencies, so street outreach strategies tend to be under-utilized while deterrence strategies are most embraced. Larger sites with higher shooting rates tend to have more comprehensive GIVE programs and align better with theory due to having gun violence problems characterized by subcultures of violence and other principles on which the strategies are built. However, medium sized sites tend to deliver strategies with effective dosage; larger sites struggle to deliver enough resources. GIVE implementation could be improved with more integration among strategies, community integration, and deeper recognition of the theoretical insights presented here. Details: Rochester, NY: Rochester Institute of Technology, 2017. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: http://scholarworks.rit.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=10626&context=theses Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 148030

Author: AbuDagga, Azza Title: Individuals With Serious Mental Illnesses in County Jails: A Survey of Jail Staff's Perspectives Summary: Background - Incarceration has largely replaced hospitalization for thousands of individuals with serious mental illnesses in the U.S., with state prisons and county jails holding as many as 10 times more of these individuals than state psychiatric hospitals. Because individuals with serious mental illnesses are predisposed to committing minor crimes due to their illnesses, many end up being detained in county jails with limited or no mental health treatment until a state hospital bed becomes available for them. Some have even been jailed in the absence of any criminal charges. Purposes - The purpose of our survey was to understand the perspectives of county jail sheriffs, deputies, and other staff with respect to individuals with serious mental illnesses in jails. Specifically, we aimed to address the following objectives: (1) explore jail staffs' experiences with seriously mentally ill inmates; (2) understand the training provided to sheriffs' deputies and other jail staff on effective ways to handle seriously mentally ill inmates; and (3) describe the kind of treatment types and resources available to treat seriously mentally ill inmates in county jails. Methods - We developed our survey instrument (a 22-item questionnaire) with input from subject matter experts and sheriffs. Our questionnaire defined serious mental illnesses as including schizophrenia, bipolar disorder (manic-depressive illness), and related conditions, excluding suicidal thoughts or behavior without other symptoms, and alcohol and drug abuse in the absence of serious mental illnesses. Survey responses were obtained from September 23, 2011, through November 28, 2011. To identify our sample, we obtained a 25% random sample of a nationwide list of sheriffs' departments from the National Sheriffs' Association (NSA). Because the NSA had no information regarding which sheriffs' departments operate county jails or detention centers, we invited this entire sample to participate in our online survey. We tried to identify ineligible sheriffs' departments by adding a screening question at the beginning of our survey questionnaire asking respondents to indicate whether they operated county jails or detention centers. We also asked this question during our survey reminder follow-up calls. Results - Our final sample comprised a total of 230 sheriffs' departments from 39 states that operated jail facilities or detention centers (henceforth referred to as jails), resulting in a response rate of 40.1%. The cumulative average daily inmate population across these jails during the year preceding the survey was approximately 68,000. Slightly more than a quarter (27.8%) of these jails were large (averaging 251 or more inmates), 39.6% were medium (averaging 51-250 inmates), and 30.9% were small (averaging 50 inmates or fewer). Jail size was not reported by 1.7% of the respondents. Ninety-three percent of the surveys were completed by experienced law enforcement staff who had been at their current jail for two or more years (60.9% had been there for 11 or more years); the median reported tenure at the current jails across all respondents was 13 years. Aside from their responses to our closed-ended survey questions, these respondents provided numerous valuable lengthy comments in response to open-ended questions about their experiences and the challenges they face as part of their jobs of handling inmates with serious mental illnesses in county jails. We used these comments throughout the report to supplement our findings. Our main findings were as follows: - Overall, the vast majority (95.7%) of the jails reported having some inmates with serious mental illnesses from September 1, 2010, to August 31, 2011. While 49 (21.3%) of all jails reported that 16% or more of their inmate population were seriously mentally ill, more large jails reported having such large proportions of these inmates. Specifically, 31.3% of large, 13.2% of medium and only 4.2% of small jails reported that 16% or more of their inmates were seriously mentally ill. - Per our adopted definition of a large seriously mentally ill inmate population (where seriously mentally ill inmates made up 6% or more of the population), more than a third (40.4%) of the jails reported having a large seriously mentally ill population. In contrast, more than half (58.3%) of the jails reported having a small seriously mentally ill population (i.e., seriously mentally ill inmates made up 5% or fewer of the population). - Three-quarters of the jails reported seeing more or far more numbers of seriously mentally ill inmates, compared to five to 10 years ago. - A third of the jails described the recidivism rate for these inmates as higher or much higher than that of the general inmate population. - Segregation of inmates with serious mental illnesses was reported in 68.7% of the jails, particularly in those with smaller percentages of inmates who were seriously mentally ill. - Most jails reported major problems with the seriously mentally ill inmates, including the necessity of watching them more closely for suicide, their need for additional attention, their disruption of normal jail activities, and their being abusive of, or abused by, other inmates. - Caring for the seriously mentally ill in county jails was particularly challenging for law enforcement staff, who have limited training in dealing with these inmates. Almost half of the jails reported that only 2% or less of the initial training they provide to their staff and sheriff's deputies was allotted to issues specifically dealing with seriously mentally ill inmates, and 60.4% reported that only two hours or less of annual training were allotted to such issues. x Despite the limited training, about a third of the jails reported that 11% or more of their staff and sheriff's deputies' time involved handling seriously mentally ill inmates. - Forty percent of the jails reported that 6% or more of their sheriffs deputies' time involved transporting seriously mentally ill inmates to medical treatment and mental health appointments outside the jail facility. - About half (54.4%) of the jails had implemented housing or staffing changes to accommodate the seriously mentally ill inmates. Specifically, - 33.9% reported sending mentally ill offenders to facilities other than jail; - 27.8% had implemented inmate housing-facility changes (such as increasing the number of beds reserved for people with mental illness); - 27.4% reported hiring full- or part-time non-law-enforcement staff members (including nurses, social workers, and psychiatrists); and - Only 3.5% reported hiring deputies with experience in dealing with seriously mentally ill people. - Resource and funding limitations were cited by numerous jails as major factors constraining their ability to offer mental health treatment and medications for seriously mentally ill inmates. Yet 45.2% of the jails reported offering some sort of mental health treatment for seriously mentally ill inmates inside the jail facilities. o 35.7% of the jails reported providing individual psychiatric care, and 9.6% reported providing group psychotherapy. - Even though medications are central to stabilizing people with serious mental illnesses, only 41.7% of the jails reported offering pharmacy services. - Less than a quarter of these jails offered a support system for mentally ill persons following release. Details: Washington, DC: Public Citizen's Health Research Group; Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: http://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/storage/documents/jail-survey-report-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 148033

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: Mistrust and Ambivalence between Residents and the Police: Evidence from Four Chicago Neighborhoods Summary: Violence in Chicago has been national news as shootings and homicides have increased over the past year. Total homicides in 2016 reached levels the city has not experienced since the late 1990s (University of Chicago Crime Lab 2017); meanwhile, homicides in other large US cities have been declining or remaining steady (Freidman, Grawet, and Cullen 2016). Chicago residents have been demanding reforms to the ways police treat and interact with the public; this issue, which has been a persistent one particularly for residents of high-crime neighborhoods with heavy police presence, has been given renewed visibility after the release of video showing the killing of Laquan McDonald by a Chicago police officer. A subsequent US Department of Justice investigation of the Chicago Police Department revealed the department has problems with use of force and accountability that contribute to a lack of community trust in the department (US Department of Justice and US Attorney"s Office 2017). These issues are no doubt related: community trust in the police is an important contributor to effective crime control. While this brief is not intended to weigh in on what caused the most recent crime spike in Chicago, it does present findings that show the fractured relationship between residents of high-crime neighborhoods and the police that serve those communities. The data are based on surveys collected before the recent crime spike from residents and officers living or working in four Chicago neighborhoods that have had consistently high crime rates relative to other parts in the city. Because of the sampling methodology used for this study, our findings provide new insights on a topic that has received much empirical scrutiny: the criticality of police-citizen relationships. This brief discusses the level of mutual mistrust between residents (including those recently involved with the criminal justice system) and police officers in Chicago's 5th, 10th, 15th, and 25th police districts. Drawn from surveys of both officers and residents, the data demonstrate ambivalence between the police and the residents they serve. While the results are generally sobering, we find some potential for repairing the mistrust and pathways for building stronger police-community relationships. This brief proceeds in four sections. First, we discuss the importance of strong police-resident relationships; then, we outline the study methodology and the demographic characteristics of the sampled groups. Next, we present key findings on residents' perceptions of procedural fairness of police and support for officer behavior and actions, residents' perceptions of unreasonable stops, residents' willingness to participate in crime control, and police officers' perceptions of community cooperation and community trust. A final section summarizes the key findings and discusses the implications of our findings for police-community relationships and crime control, which are most relevant for the people living in the neighborhoods we studied and executive staff and patrol officers in the Chicago Police Department. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/92316/2017.07.31_legitimacy_brief_finalized_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 148042

Author: O'Brien, Timothy M. Title: Audit of Police Operations - District Patrol - Audit Report - January 2016 Summary: The Denver Police Department (DPD) has adopted a community-oriented policing philosophy, which is widely regarded among law enforcement professionals and researchers as an effective method of deterring crime and reducing fear. Police departments, through community policing tactics, seek to build trust and mutual respect between police and the communities they serve. However, we found that DPD does not have sufficient data to determine whether its community policing efforts are effective and equitable. Effectiveness - DPD began incorporating community-oriented policing tactics into its operations in the 1980s and has steadily increased its efforts over time. Today, the department has a Community Relations Division, Community Resource Officers, and participates in youth outreach programs. Further, DPD has instituted team policing and redistricting to better carry out community policing activities. However, DPD does not have a comprehensive approach or mechanism by which to measure the effectiveness of these efforts. To support state and local law enforcement agencies who are dedicated to the community policing philosophy, the Community Oriented Policing Service (COPS Office) created the Community Poling Self-Assessment Tool (CP-SAT), to help state and local law enforcement agencies with informing strategic planning, identifying training needs, promoting community policing initiatives to the public, and enhancing overall community policing efforts. Equitability - DPD officers do not always capture demographic data when carrying out self-initiated - or Class 2 - actions, unless the contact leads to a citation, arrest, or street check. Without capturing demographic data for all pedestrian and traffic stops, DPD cannot determine if or to what extent Class 2 actions are conducted fairly and effectively, and specifically, if officers are in compliance with the department's Biased-Policing Policy. Other Pertinent Information - DPD is implementing the use of body worn cameras (BWCs) into its policing strategy. Some studies show that BWCs reduce officer uses-of-force and citizen complaints against officers. In December 2014, DPD concluded a pilot BWC project that was carried out in DPD District 6 to test the use of BWCs on a small scale. The City entered into a five-year contract with Taser International for $6 million to provide BWC equipment and data storage. DPD's draft BWC policy establishes a retention schedule for recordings captured through BWCs. Details: Denver, CO: Office of the Auditor, Audit Services Division, City and County of Denver, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://www.denvergov.org/content/dam/denvergov/Portals/741/documents/Audits_2016/PoliceOperationsDistrictPatrol_AuditReport_Jan2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 148045

Author: Chicago Community Bond Fund Title: Punishment Is Not a "Service": The Injustice of Pretrial Conditions in Cook County Summary: In the past two years, community organizers and advocates have made dramatic headway in the fight to end money bond and pretrial incarceration in Cook County. The most significant and recent victory is the introduction of General Order 18.8A by Cook County Chief Judge Timothy Evans, effective September 18, 2017.1 Following litigation and public pressure to reduce the number of people locked up in Cook County Jail only because they cannot pay a monetary bond, the order is supposed to ensure that judges do not set money bond except in amounts that people can pay. If followed, the order represents a dramatic shift away from unpaid money bond as the primary driver of pretrial incarceration and toward a new respect for the presumption of innocence in Cook County. Chicago Community Bond Fund (CCBF) and our partners in The Coalition to End Money Bond are currently working to ensure that the order is fully implemented and that no one is incarcerated in Cook County Jail solely because they cannot pay a money bond. As more people are diverted from the jail, CCBF is increasing our focus on what is happening to those individuals who previously would have been incarcerated. Through our work posting bond for people who cannot afford it themselves and observing Central Bond Court, CCBF has consistently observed conditions of pretrial release that operate as a form of pretrial punishment. Since 2015, CCBF has posted bond to free 98 people. Of these people, more than one in four were subjected to punitive pretrial conditions, including electronic monitoring, overnight or 24-hour curfews, monthly check-ins with a Pretrial Services officer, and drug testing - all after we posted their significant monetary bonds. These conditions are ordered by the court, most often by judges in bond court, and overseen by either the Pretrial Services Division or the Sheriff's Office. Under the guise of helping accused people come back to court and avoid re-arrest, pretrial conditions restrict the liberty of innocent people and even mimic the same harms as pretrial incarceration, causing loss of jobs, housing, access to medical care and putting severe strain on social support networks and family members. Pretrial conditions such as curfews actually place more severe restrictions on freedom than sentences received after conviction, such as probation, supervision, and conditional discharge. Furthermore, punitive pretrial conditions coerce people to plead guilty, undermining accused people's rights and recreating the negative impacts of incarceration in jail. These pretrial conditions violate the presumption of innocence that seeks to prevent punishment before conviction. The current punitive approach of the Pretrial Services Division plays a key role in driving this troubling trend. Over the last six months, CCBF has repeatedly seen Pretrial Services impose punitive conditions on individuals for whom CCBF has posted bond. Through their observations of Central Bond Court from August to October 2017, volunteer courtwatchers with the Coalition to End Money Bond also documented regular imposition of onerous pretrial conditions such as curfews, as well as electronic monitoring operated by the Sheriff's Office. The full extent and impact of these punishments are not transparent: Advocates and the public are unable to access the most basic information about Pretrial Service's systemic impact because it is housed under the Office of the Chief Judge and thus not subject to Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests. Details: Chicago: Chicago Community Bond Fund, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://chicagobond.org/docs/pretrialreport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 148046

Author: John Jay College of Criminal Justice. Prisoner Reentry Institute Title: A Place to Call Home: A Vision for Safe, Supportive and Affordable Housing for People with Justice System Involvement Summary: Everyone should have a safe, stable place to live - not just access to shelter, but to a place to call home. Housing is a fundamental human need that lays the foundation for success in every aspect of our lives. When we have a home, we have a safe space to lay our head at night, store our personal belongings, a kitchen where we can cook our meals, and a launch pad from which we can seek jobs, attend school, and connect with our friends and family. Having a place to call home defines our place in the world, our sense of belonging, and our relatedness to others. People with past involvement in the justice system need housing in order to reconstruct their lives. In many cases, they were previously experiencing homelessness or are unable to return to the place they lived before. As they look for a home, however, they find the doors to housing closed at every turn. Too often, they are denied this basic need because of their criminal justice history. They face discrimination in the private housing market, scarcity of subsidized housing, lack of affordable places to live, and bans from public housing, all of which puts a stable place to call home out of reach. The result? The system relegates people with criminal justice involvement to the streets, to shelters, and to unregulated substandard housing - options that don't provide the support necessary for them to achieve their potential. Shelters are often overcrowded and unsafe. They are temporary, causing the stress that comes from living a transient life. People living in such places often have no refrigerator where they can store fresh food. They can't hang their clothes in closets in preparation for job interviews or work. They have no secure space to keep their valuables, photographs, or family keepsakes. They have no permanent address for job or school applications. Rather than providing the basis for success, these types of shelter more often lead to a cycle of homelessness and repeated jail or prison stays. On October 27, 2016, stakeholders from the public and nonprofit sectors gathered at John Jay College of Criminal Justice for Excluded: A Dialogue on Safe, Supportive and Affordable Housing for People with Justice System Involvement, co-hosted by the Prisoner Reentry Institute of John Jay College, The Fortune Society, the Corporation for Supportive Housing (CSH), and the Supportive Housing Network of New York. It was a day of conversation about the importance of housing to successful reentry for people who have been involved in the criminal justice system. It was a day to talk about shared values and second chances, and to outline the obstacles preventing people from finding housing. It was a day to focus on model solutions that have been proven to work so that everyone, no matter what their needs, has access to a place to call home. Increasing access to safe, affordable and supportive housing for people with criminal justice histories furthers the shared values that Americans have held dear since the founding of this country. As a nation, we share a desire for a just society with opportunity for all. We believe that everyone deserves a fair chance to achieve their potential. We believe in redemption, the idea that people should be given the chance for a new start after they falter, and merit patience and compassion as they do so. We believe that individuals can change, given the opportunity to start over in society after making amends. We believe in community - that we are better off when everyone can contribute and participate. Housing builds such opportunity and, where there is more opportunity, life improves for all of us. This document makes the case for providing dignified housing that meets the needs of those with criminal justice histories, and providing it as quickly as possible upon reentry. Details: New York: The Institute, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://kf4fx1bdsjx2as1vf38ctp7p-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Place_to_Call_Home_FINAL-DIGITAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 148047

Author: National Reentry Resource Center Title: Making People's Transition from Prison and Jail to the Community Safe and Successful: A Snapshot of National Progress in Reentry Summary: One of the most significant developments in criminal justice policy over the past 15 years has been a fundamental shift in thinking about the primary purpose of prisons and jails. Not long ago, elected officials saw the principal responsibility of corrections administrators as providing for the care, custody, and control of people who are incarcerated. Today, there is widespread agreement that government has a responsibility to ensure that when people are released to the community from jail or prison, they are less likely to reoffend than they were at the start of their sentence. Although no single event is associated with this change in philosophy, a key milestone stands out. Late in 2004, Congress set to work on the Second Chance Act, which the House and Senate later passed with overwhelming bipartisan support. Elected officials in the nation's capital had made clear that ensuring people's safe and successful transition from prison and jail to the community wasn't a partisan issue, but simply good, smart policy - because anything short of that objective compromises public safety, wastes taxpayer dollars, and undermines the well-being and stability of communities. A decade since the passage of the Second Chance Act, it is time to consider a critical question: Have local, state, and federal efforts to improve reentry outcomes for people under correctional supervision yielded sufficient results? This brief highlights five ways in which state and local governments' approaches to reentry and recidivism reduction are fundamentally different today than they were a decade and a half ago. Details: New York: National Reentry Resource Center, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/6.8.18_A-Snapshot-of-National-Progress-in-Reentry1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 148048

Author: Butkovitz, Alan Title: Economic Impacts of Cash Bail on the City of Philadelphia. An analysis of the Direct and Indirect Impacts of Cash Bail City of Philadelphia Summary: Why should the City of Philadelphia be concerned about this issue? The City of Philadelphia, by eliminating the cash bail system, could save the city over $75 million annually and provide a viable alternative to jail for a significant number of those arrested in Philadelphia in a given year. Since 2015, Philadelphia jail populations have declined almost 20 percent, from 8,301 in January 2015 to 6,820 in June 2017.1 This is the lowest population since 1999. 2 Much of this decline can be attributed to the implementation of various MacArthur Initiatives launched by the City since 2015. Notwithstanding, of the nearly 6,700 men and women still incarcerated in Philadelphia, three in every ten are held pre-trial because they cannot afford the cash bail. Of those, one in three are held on less than $5,000, of which the City will ultimately retain only $1,500. According to Pew Charitable Trust's Philadelphia Research Initiative, more than half remain for longer than 30 days. Sometimes exceeding 180 days, the direct costs of incarceration can exceed $20,700 for a single bed. Findings. Cash bail can be reduced or eliminated at a substantial cost savings to the City of Philadelphia. Major cities across the U.S. are looking at innovative ways to manage pretrial defendants, balancing the need to ensure justice is served and maintaining public safety, while evaluating the long-term impacts of incarceration and correction of the offender. Research has found current systems can cause more damage on the incarcerated and their families than benefit, whereas alternatives may be just as effective, yet provide better futures for those in the criminal justice system. This report examines the economic implications of the cash bail system by comparing both the direct and indirect costs of incarceration against cash bail alternatives. This report examines cost implications, underscoring the problem's severity and need for reform Details: Philadelphia: City of Philadelphia, Office of the Controller, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://www.philadelphiacontroller.org/publications/CashBail_FinalReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 148050

Author: Russo, Joe Title: Envisioning an Alternative Future for the Corrections Sector Within the U.S. Criminal Justice System Summary: Challenged by high costs and concerns that the U.S. corrections sector is not achieving its goals, there has been a growing focus on approaches to reform and improve the sector's performance. Policies initiated during the tough-on-crime era led to aggressive prosecution, lengthier sentences, and an exploding correctional population. In recent years, the corrections sector has been gradually shifting toward efforts to provide treatment, alternatives to incarceration, and enhanced programs to facilitate offender reentry. Although judicial and policy decisions and public attitudes toward crime and sentencing determine the corrections population and the resources available for staffing and reform, the sector has a unique perspective and therefore can provide critical insight regarding what is working, what is not, and how things should be. To contribute to the policy debate on the future of the corrections sector, researchers interviewed a group of prominent correctional practitioners, consultants, and academics. This report outlines their perspectives on the current state of corrections and their vision for the future. These experts were specifically asked how they would redesign the corrections sector to better serve the country's needs. The findings offer both an assessment of what is and is not working now and potential solutions to better achieve justice policy goals going forward. Key Findings The Corrections Sector Has Little Control Over the Many Factors That Affect Its Operations Judicial and policy decisions and public attitudes toward crime and sentencing determine the corrections population and the resources available for staffing and reform. The sector does have some control over how offenders are treated once they enter the system. A Panel of Experts Agreed That the Sector's Primary Role Should Be to Facilitate Positive Offender Behavioral Change, but This Is a Complex Task Three broad types of changes would be necessary for the sector to support this mission and help ensure offenders' successful reintegration into society: new programs and improved education and training for corrections staff, the elimination of revenue-generating correctional operations, and cultural change to prioritize rehabilitation over punishment. There are many opportunities for the sector to leverage the latest developments in science, technology, and evidence-based practices to create alternatives to incarceration, guide the investment of scarce resources, and engage communities in initiatives to reduce recidivism and support offender reentry. Recommendations Panelists put forward several solutions to support the corrections sector's mission of facilitating positive offender behavior change, including diverting low-risk offenders and those with mental health or substance use problems to specialty facilities while reserving prisons for violent and dangerous offenders; shortening sentences and ensuring that offenders have a clear, attainable path to release; and creating smaller and safer facilities that are closer to cities with programs to support reentry. In the near term, panelists recommended expanding and adequately funding probation, parole, and community-based resources to support offenders' reentry into their communities. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1720.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148051

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Drug Enforcement Administration Title: 2017 National Drug Threat Assessment Summary: The 2017 National Drug Threat Assessment (NDTA)1 is a comprehensive strategic assessment of the threat posed to the United States by domestic and international drug trafficking and the abuse of illicit drugs. The report combines federal, state, local and tribal law enforcement reporting; public health data; open source reporting; and intelligence from other government agencies to determine which substances and criminal organizations represent the greatest threat to the United States. Over the past 10 years, the drug landscape in the United States has shifted, with the opioid threat (controlled prescription drugs, synthetic opioids, and heroin) reaching epidemic levels, impacting significant portions of the United States. While the current opioid crisis has deservedly garnered significant attention, the methamphetamine threat has remained prevalent; the cocaine threat appears to be rebounding; new psychoactive substances (NPS) continue to be a challenge; and the focus of marijuana enforcement efforts continues to evolve. Drug poisoning deaths are the leading cause of injury death in the United States; they are currently at their highest ever recorded level and, every year since 2011, have outnumbered deaths by firearms, motor vehicle crashes, suicide and homicide. In 2015, approximately 140 people died every day from drug poisoning. Details: Washington, DC: DEA, 2017. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://www.dea.gov/docs/DIR-040-17_2017-NDTA.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148053

Author: Fuller, Doris A. Title: Emptying the 'New Asylums': A Beds Capacity Model to Reduce Mental Illness Behind Bars Summary: In 2016, an estimated 90,000 US jail inmates were pretrial defendants with serious mental illness who had been found incompetent to stand trial (IST). IST services most commonly take place in state hospitals. Most state hospitals maintain waitlists of IST inmates because they do not have enough beds to meet demand. Waits are typically around one month but some are as long as a year. While the inmates wait, typically without treatment, they deteriorate, are often victimized and sometimes die. Emptying the ;New Asylums': A Beds Capacity Model to Reduce Mental Illness Behind Bars reports the findings of a mathematical model built to project whether relatively modest selected changes to the status quo could break this logjam. Data from five sample states were used to model the effect of three specific changes. Eight recommendations for state and federal lawmakers are proposed in response to the findings. Top Takeaway Relatively small changes in common policy and practice could dramatically reduce pretrial bed waits and the mass incarceration of individuals with serious mental illness. Fast Facts The following examples illustrate what the model found based on 2016 data from the sample states (Florida, Maine, New Jersey, Texas, Wisconsin). In Florida, diverting two mentally ill offenders per month would reduce the average forensic bed wait in the state by 75%, from an average of 12 days to three days.   In Texas, reducing the average hospital stay from 189 days to 186 days would reduce forensic bed waits from an average of two months to three days. In Wisconsin, increasing the number of forensic beds from 70 to 78 beds would reduce waits for competency services from nearly two months to weeks. Behind the Facts Pretrial inmates represent the largest and fastest-growing segment of the US jail population. At least one in five of these defendants is mentally ill. State hospitals reported having 5.5 forensic beds per 100,000 population in 2016. Of these, about half were reserved for patients found not guilty by reason of insanity. This leaves approximately 8,800 psychiatric beds for all other forensic patients, including the 90,000 pretrial detainees. Historically, state hospitals were called "asylums" because they were associated with long-term care and protection. Mental illness is now so prevalent behind bars that jails and prisons are routinely called the "new asylums." Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/storage/documents/emptying-new-asylums.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 148054

Author: McLean, Rachel Title: The WINDOW Study: Release from Jail: Moment of Crisis or Window of Opportunity for Female Detainees in Baltimore City? Summary: The numbers of women in prisons and jails has increased substantially in the past decade. The rate at which women are incarcerated increases each year. Female prisoners face different challenges than male prisoners. Incarcerated women are more likely than incarcerated men to have suffered from sexual abuse, be HIV positive, have a history of substance use and/or mental health issues, to be mothers, and to be unemployed at the time of arrest. Women are most often arrested for non-violent offenses such as drug possession, theft and prostitution, which stem from drug use and poverty. Women's needs upon reentry to the community differ as well, with an emphasis on family reunification, housing, drug treatment and childcare often superseding employment. Just as women differ from men in terms of their needs in prison and upon release, so do women exiting short periods of detention in jails differ from those exiting prisons. Women in jail are less likely to have had the time to make use of in-house programming than women in prison or to have post-release supervision through parole. For this reason, community based resources are needed to provide services to women exiting jails to stabilize women's lives and prevent their re-arrest. Particular attention is needed for communities in Baltimore City to which a large number of prisoners and detainees return that lack the capacity to provide jobs, housing and social support. Little is known about the needs unique to women exiting jails. The Window Study sought to identify the needs unique to women detained in the Baltimore City Women's Detention Center. One hundred forty eight female detainees at WDC were anonymously interviewed by public health graduate students from the Johns Hopkins University Bloomberg School of Public Health between January and March of 2005. The Window Study found high rates of mental illness, recent daily heroin and cocaine use, and commercial sex work among participants. Most women did not have insurance, and chronic diseases such as asthma, high blood pressure and diabetes were common. Five percent of female detainees interviewed reported being infected with HIV, and four percent reported being pregnant. Three quarters desired drug treatment upon release, and over half reported having been unable to afford drug treatment. Nearly half of detainees had no legal income prior to arrest, lacked a GED or high school diploma, and had no stable housing awaiting them upon release. An additional one fifth reported making less than $400/month. One quarter of women reported difficulties with literacy. Two-thirds did not have anyone to meet them at the moment of release. Thirty percent planned to walk or did not have a mode of transportation upon release. Eleven percent of women reported that there would be people using drugs or on probation at the place where they would be staying. Of the 80% of women with children, 58% had custody of at least one child. Women with strong family ties, insurance, and who lived in safe neighborhoods were more likely to have stable housing awaiting them upon release. Women with a history of sex work, and those who identified as bisexual or lesbian were less likely to have a place to stay upon release. The WINDOW Study identified a need for developing a continuum of care that addresses the immediate needs of women exiting pretrial detention, principally transportation, affordable housing, drug treatment, economic opportunity, assistance with entitlements and family reunification. Particular attention is needed for women struggling with addiction, lesbian and bisexual women, and those engaging in commercial sex work. Details: Baltimore, MD: Power Inside, 2005. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://www.realcostofprisons.org/pdfs/WINDOW%20ReportFinal.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148060

Author: Interagency Security Committee Violence in the Federal Workplace Title: Violence in the Federal Workplace: A Guide for Prevention and Response Summary: According to the figures released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the estimated number of violent crimes in 2011 declined for the fifth consecutive year. The 2011 statistics show the estimated violent crime rate decreased 4.5% decrease from the 2010 rate. However and according to the latest known statistics from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), from 2006 to 2010, an average of 551 workers per year were killed as a result of work-related homicides. In 2010 (the last year for which final data are available), there was a reported total of 518 workplace homicides, or 11% of all fatal work injuries that occurred that year. Shootings accounted for 78% of all workplace homicides in 2010 (405 fatal injuries). More than four-fifths (83%) of these workplace homicides from shootings occurred in the private sector, while only 17% of such shootings occurred in government. Five percent of all establishments in the United States experienced a violent incident in 2005, and half of the largest establishments (employing 1,000 or more workers) reported at least one incident. No workplace is immune, and any government facility can serve as the setting for an incident of workplace violence. The April 1995 attack on the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City provides an extreme example of how an office setting can be affected by workplace violence, in this case terrorism. This single act killed 168 people, injured 800 more, and was the largest terrorist attack on American soil prior to the September 11, 2001 attacks. It remains the most deadly terrorist attack ever perpetrated by an American citizen on American soil. Fortunately, tragic events such as these are still the exception: most acts of workplace violence occur as some form of verbal or non-verbal threat, bullying, harassment, or non-fatal physical assault. However, it is important to remember acts of physical workplace violence might start as some form of non-physical assault, so agencies must take all threats seriously and respond appropriately. It is also important to note a threat will not lead to a violent act in the great majority of cases. The threat itself, however, damages workplace safety and must be addressed. An act of workplace violence generally can be categorized as one of four types: Criminal Intent: The perpetrator has no legitimate relationship to the agency or its employees and is usually committing a separate crime, such as robbery, in conjunction with the violence. Customer/Client: The perpetrator has a legitimate relationship with the agency and becomes violent while being served by the agency. This category includes customers, clients, patients, students, inmates, and any other group to whom the agency provides services. Employees working for government agencies servicing large segments of the public on a daily basis are likely to be exposed to this type of workplace violence. Employee-on-Employee: The perpetrator is a current or former agency employee who attacks or threatens another current or former employee(s) in the workplace. Personal Relationship: The perpetrator usually does not have a relationship with the agency but has a personal relationship with an agency employee. This category includes domestic violence that spills over into the workplace. It is also worth noting that, according to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, workers are at greater risk of becoming victims of workplace violence if they: exchange money with the public; deliver passengers, goods, or services; or work alone or in small groups during late night or early morning hours, work in high-crime areas, or work in community settings and homes experiencing extensive contact with the public.5 In addition to the standard descriptions of incidents and the classification categories � mentioned above - in use since at least 2000, newer classification systems focus on triggers and intent, often distinguishing predatory from affective violence. Identifying triggers and intent supports risk assessment and prediction of recurrence and the required prevention strategies. Details: Washington, DC: The Interagency Security Committee, 2013.80p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/ISC%20Violence%20in%20%20the%20Federal%20Workplace%20Guide%20April%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Workplace Crime Shelf Number: 148063

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Sawyer County First Step Drug Court: Initial Evaluation Report Summary: The Sawyer County First Step Drug Court operates in Hayward, Wisconsin, a rural town in the northwestern part of the state with a population of 3,300 people. Hayward is in Sawyer County which has a total population of roughly 16,000 people over 1,256 square miles. Sawyer County also encompasses the Lac Courte Oreilles Ojibwe Indian Reservation, which is located just a few miles from Hayward. The median household income in 2005 was $37,500 (with a per capita income of $21,271) and the racial/ethnic distribution in Hayward is approximately 74 percent white, 24 percent Native American Indian, one percent Hispanic, and one percent other . Approximately 14 percent of the population is below the Federal poverty level. The First Step program was operated as a pilot project from May 2004 through October 2004 with funding obtained through Sawyer County, and has been implemented for the past three years with funds from the Bureau of Justice Assistance awarded to the Sawyer County Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). First Step is a drug treatment court that offers eligible offenders the opportunity to participate in substance abuse treatment in lieu of incarceration. First Step is designed as a �post-plea� program, with entry into drug court occurring after a guilty plea has been entered on the charge(s). In this post-plea model, an eligible offender pleads guilty to the charge and is then admitted to drug court. If the offender completes drug court the original sentence is stayed, but the charge and guilty plea remain on their record. If the offender does not successfully complete drug court the original sentence is imposed. The program offers extensive case management services that coordinate substance abuse treatment, mental health treatment, education, employment, and other support services. First Step collaborates with the Lac Courte Oreilles Community Health Center which provides outpatient substance abuse treatment for Native American drug court participants. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Population Health Institute, 2007. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/programs/evaluation-research/sawyer-county-first-step-drug-court.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 148064

Author: Lecoanet, Robin Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in Wisconsin's Juvenile Justice System Summary: In agreement with WI DOJ, we conducted a mixed method evaluation of DMC reduction efforts that included an analysis of prevention activities, interventions and system change. The evaluation followed the guidelines in the Disproportionate Minority Contact Technical Assistance Manual (4th Ed.) - Chapter 5: Evaluation. The overarching evaluation questions we focused on were: - What are the rates of DMC in the focus counties? - Have the rates of DMC changed from 2006 to 2012? - Do certain programmatic elements appear to be related to increased success in reducing DMC? - Are there common themes that emerge across communities to address DMC? The evaluation included calculating relative rate indices (RRI), which allows for a comparison of the rates of contact for minority populations to non-minority populations across the stages of the juvenile justice system. While there are nine points of contact that are measurable, WI DOJ requires localities to only report arrest and combined pre- and post-adjudication secure detention data to the State. With an emphasis on 2006 through 2012, we reviewed statewide arrest and Juvenile Secure Detention Registry (JSDR) data from WI DOJ. We also reviewed federal population, arrest and secure detention data from OJJDP and the Bureau of Justice Statistics. In addition, we conducted qualitative interviews with 25 key informants in counties, focusing on DMC reduction efforts through system change or targeted interventions. Additional data were also gathered from focus counties on funding, training, youth involvement and outcomes, data collection and system improvements. While juvenile arrests across Wisconsin have declined from 2006- 2012, Wisconsin RRI data show that disparities for all minority groups exist and in some geographic areas have increased over the time period reviewed. Arrest rates have declined unevenly across racial groups, with greater declines for white youth than for minority youth. In 2006, black youth in Wisconsin were three times more likely than white youth to be arrested. This increased in 2012, with black youth nearly four times more likely to be arrested than white youth. Due to a lack of progress in reducing DMC for black youth in counties with high black youth populations, such as Kenosha, Milwaukee, Racine, and Rock, the arrest RRI for black youth in most of the focus counties and for the state as a whole increased. Similarly, disproportionate arrest rates for black and American Indian youth statewide continued to increase and remain above the national average for both violent and property crimes throughout the state and in focus counties. In 2012, black youth were 12 times more likely to be arrested for a violent crime than white youth. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Population Health Institute, 2014. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/publications/other/uw-phi-dmc-final-evaluation-report-september-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 148065

Author: Kuo, H. Daphne Title: Wisconsin Safe and Supportive Schools (S3): External Evaluation Technical Report Summary: This external evaluation addresses the implementation and effectiveness of strategies to reduce high suspension rates and to improve school climate in over 50 high schools that participated in Wisconsin's Safe and Supportive Schools (S3) program. Under US Department of Education funding, the Safe and Supportive Schools program had the goal of reducing suspension rates while improving conditions for learning by increasing school safety, school climate and student engagement. Schools were selected on the basis of high rates and numbers of suspension and expulsions over a three year period. The primary grantee was the State of Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction (DPI); DPI provided funding, professional development and technical assistance to high schools to develop, implement and evaluate interventions at the district and building levels. Evidence-based interventions including modified administrative policies and student oriented programs were implemented. The most common interventions were Positive Behavior Intervention Supports (PBIS), bullying prevention, Restorative Justice, school climate initiatives and pupil non-discrimination policies. The S3 program and its evaluation used annual on-line cross-sectional surveys of 9th and 11th grade students to assess perceptions of school safety, climate, commitment to school, and negative behaviors (violence, bullying, and AODA use). We also accessed school-level data on suspensions, testing results, graduation rates, and program implementation. Data on school-level suspensions, graduation rates, and standardized test scores came from DPI reporting systems. The design was multilevel, with 4 waves of sequential cross-sectional student data (annual n~ 22,000) nested within schools (n~55). Comparison high schools (n=64) were also selected using propensity score analysis and were examined for school-level outcomes, with adjustments for characteristics of the schools (such as percent non-white, percent low income, percent English as a second language, school size) to increase comparability. In the student self-reported (OYRBS) data, using the student as the unit of analysis, there was significant change overall in the desired direction (i.e., a reduction of negative behavior or perceptions) on experience of violence, alcohol and drug use, bullying and harassment, and general perception of safety. Changes on the dimensions of commitment to academics and perception of school discipline moved in an undesirable direction, while overall perception of school climate/support did not change significantly. The student-level changes in risk behaviors and perceptions that were significant were small (effect sizes ranging from .02 to .08 standard deviation units). Individual items shared in common in 2011 and 2013 with the overall random sample WI YRBSS show equivalent change or stability in S3 schools and statewide, with the exception of four items related to safety and violence on which the S3 schools showed less change and higher levels of concern. We found significant (p < .01) reduction in suspension rates within schools. The number of students suspended during the school year was reduced from an average of 25.4% of enrolled students to 11.2% of enrolled students over the four years studied (using school as the unit of analysis). This reduction was considerably more than that in the comparison high schools or statewide. Earlier analysis, not included in this report, showed the duplicated rate of suspensions in S3 schools (total number of suspensions during the school year divided by total enrollment) averaged 74.1% in the 2009- 10 baseline year, and was reduced to 30.3% in the 2012-13 school year. The numbers suggest that the typical student suspended was suspended about three times in the initial year, and only twice in the 2012-13 school year. Due to changes in reporting and in DPI websites, this number is not available for the final S3 year of 2013-14, nor have we been able to calculate it for comparison schools. The relationship over time between student level variables and school-level administrative actions (i.e., suspension rates) was also modeled. These analyses show that there is a modest relationship between student perceptions and behaviors and suspension rates. Schools with a higher percent of Black students have significantly higher suspension rates. Experience (and fear) of violence by students is also highly associated with suspension rates in our models, and is a stable predictor over the four years examined. Suspension rates were also higher in schools in which students lacked a commitment to the school and school work. These data suggest that aside from serious violent behavior and lack of commitment, suspension rates are not predicted or explained by student perceptions and behavior, but are related independently to student demographic composition, in particular race, even after adjusting for other variables. (Other variables in the model included whether the school was in Milwaukee, school size/enrollment, percent free/reduced lunch, and percent advanced/proficient in language test scores.) Additional analysis suggests that individual level student perceptions of school climate and safety are influenced by student gender (females more positive), race (Black students more positive), grade level (9th grade more positive than 11th) and GPA (better perceptions and behaviors as GPA rises). As school size increases, and with higher suspension rates, student perceptions become more negative. However, holding other variables constant, students in schools with higher percentages of Black and Hispanic students have more positive overall perceptions and behaviors than students in schools with higher proportions of non-Hispanic White students. It may be that these seemingly contradictory findings result from the structural differences in schools in which the majority of Black and Hispanic students are educated; relative to non-Hispanic White students in similar settings (large, urban, low income, high percent minority), Black and Hispanic students are overall more positive in their perceptions and behaviors. Significant reductions in suspension rates reflect changes in administrative behaviors of school officials and district policy. Reduction in suspensions has been one of the primary goals of the S3 initiative, and the data shows clear evidence of success in this regard. Student perceptions and behaviors appear to be more resistant to change than administrative behaviors, but did also change in a positive direction. Of ongoing concern and deserving of further investigation and analysis is the independent relationship of a variety of measures, in particular Black race, with levels of suspension. This is particularly important given that, controlling for other variables, our models suggest that Black and Hispanic students have overall more positive perceptions and behaviors than non-Hispanic White students in similar circumstances, but that Black students have higher suspension rates. Thus our evaluation concludes that there was a high degree of success in reducing out of school suspension rates in the S3 schools, and some small but significant effects on student behavior and perceptions in the areas of bullying, AOD use, general sense of safety, and violence. The role of student race as an independent factor related to higher suspension rates is deserving of further attention. We trust that state and local stakeholders will review and interpret the results from this evaluation in the context of their experience and find actionable information for school improvement. Details: Madison, WI: Population Health Institute, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin Madison, 2016. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/publications/other/S3_TechnicalReport_112016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 148066

Author: Moberg, D. Paul Title: Five Year Recidivism after Arrest for Operating While Intoxicated: A Large-scale Cohort Study Summary: This evaluation addressed questions regarding the effectiveness of Wisconsin's Intoxicated Driver Program (IDP). The focus is on the five-year post-arrest recidivism rate for individual OWI offenders, assessing whether recidivism rates vary by personal characteristics (age group, sex, race/ethnicity, prior offense) of offenders and by contextual variables (county characteristics). We then ask whether the IDP process is effective in helping offenders to attain services and to reduce recidivism. The analysis also examines whether the nature of the driver safety plan (DSP) which recommends specific levels of service (group dynamics education program, outpatient treatment, etc.) and subsequent compliance with the DSP have an impact on recidivism. Methods: We used data on 441,916 OWI arrests in Wisconsin from 2004 to 2014, with links between arrest, conviction, Wisconsin Assessment of the Impaired Driver (WAID; Jacobson et al., 1979) assessment, and compliance data in order to follow the 2004-2008 arrest cohort of 175,466 Wisconsin drivers over the subsequent 60 months. Analysis used descriptive techniques as well as logistic regression, random effects modeling with covariates, and hierarchical linear modeling to address county-level variables. Findings: OWI arrests declined steadily over the 11 years (2004-2014) we analyzed. These rates are likely affected by individual driver's behavior, intensity of law enforcement activity, and other issues. The decline mirrors national trends. Among all of those arrested (n=341,157 individuals with 417,347 arrests) for OWI over the 11 year time period, most (78%) had only one arrest and 17% had two arrests during the 11 years. A few had three (4%) or four (1%) arrests, while only 0.3% (about 1,000 people) had five or more arrests. Taking into account all documented lifetime OWI arrests prior to the study period, based on 417,347 arrests (and not individuals) over the 11 years, 58% were first arrests, 23% were second arrests, 11% were third, 5% were fourth, 2% were fifth arrests and slightly more than 1% were sixth or higher. For the most recent year in this data set (2014) there were 17,134 first arrests (58%), 6,416 second arrests (22%), 3,198 third arrests (11%), 1,475 fourth arrests (5%), 707 fifth arrests (2%), and 539 arrests (1.8%) which were 6th or more. We intensely analyzed data from a 5 year cohort of 175,446 individuals with at least one OWI arrest from 2004 through 2008 (see Figure1). Those with OWI arrests were most often young adult (39% age 20-29) white (82%) males (77%). Among those with any OWI arrest during this 5 year time period, 31% had at least one prior arrest; those with priors were older, more likely to be male, and disproportionately more white or American Indian than those with no priors. Details: Madison, WI: Population Health Institute, University of Wisconsin, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/publications/other/IntoxicatedDriverProgram_April2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 148067

Author: South Dakota Criminal Justice Initiative Work Group Title: Final Report Summary: South Dakota's prison population has grown from just a few hundred inmates in the 1970s to more than 3,600 in 2012. Absent a change in approach, South Dakota should expect to have more than 4,500 inmates by 2022. This growth is estimated to cost the state $224 million over the next 10 years, including the construction of two new prison facilities. From March until June 2012, Governor Dennis Daugaard and Chief Justice David Gilbertson sought stakeholder input regarding the state of South Dakota's criminal justice system. Over 400 stakeholders were consulted in 36 meetings across the state. Following these meetings, Governor Daugaard, Chief Justice Gilbertson, Senate Majority Leader Russell Olson, and House Majority Leader David Lust created the South Dakota Criminal Justice Initiative Work Group in order to achieve a better public safety return on the state's corrections spending. Starting in July 2012, the work group analyzed the state�s criminal justice system, including an exhaustive review of sentencing, corrections, probation and parole data. It has developed policy recommendations that meet the goals of improving public safety, holding offenders more accountable, and reducing corrections spending by focusing resources on violent, chronic and career criminals. The package of policy recommendations is estimated to save between $197 and $212 million in averted prison construction and operating expenses through 2022. By avoiding the expansion of between 596 and 755 prison beds, state taxpayers will avert the entire cost of construction and between 72 and 87 percent of the operating costs over the next 10 years. Details: Pierre: South Dakota Criminal Justice Initiative Work Group, 2012. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: http://psia.sd.gov/PDFs/CJI%20Report%20Draft%20Nov%202012%20FINAL%2011%2027%2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 148068

Author: Shames, Alison Title: Remote Access: Using Video Technology to Treat Substance Users on Probation and Parole in South Dakota Summary: The challenges of accessing services for alcohol and other drug use in South Dakota may have contributed to the state's high percentage of people convicted of low-level nonviolent offenses, particularly for drug or alcohol related offenses. To minimize these challenges, especially for parolees and probationers residing in the state's vast rural areas, the state worked with local providers to pilot a teleconferencing program aimed at connecting people to community-based services without the cost and barrier of transportation or other access issues. This brief describes the issues people on parole or probation encounter and the solutions the state developed to address them. It is the second brief in a series of three that focuses on the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) - an initiative funded by the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), in partnership with the Pew Charitable Trusts. JRI is a data-driven approach to improve public safety, examine corrections and related criminal justice spending, manage and allocate criminal justice populations in a more cost-effective manner, and reinvest savings in strategies that can hold system-involved people accountable, decrease crime, and strengthen neighborhoods. At least 30 states have engaged in this process. Key Takeaway How South Dakota overcame the challenge of delivering treatment services across vast distances may serve as a guide for interested jurisdictions facing similar issues and hoping to start a similar program. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Brief: Accessed November 7, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/remote-access-video-technology-probation-parole-substance-users-south-dakota/legacy_downloads/Remote-access-using-video-technology-to-treat-substance-users-south-dakota-web-v2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 148070

Author: Stanford Justice Advocacy Project Title: Confronting California's continuing prison crisis: The prevalence and severity of mental illness among California prisoners on the rise Summary: The long-running problem of mental illness in California's justice system appears to be getting worse, according to data recently provided by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and other data presented for the first time in this report. Recent reforms to California's criminal laws have greatly improved the state's justice system: prison and jail crowding have reduced dramatically, sentences are fairer and more proportionate, recidivism rates among those freed early under the reforms are far lower than most released prisoners, and capacity to focus on dangerous crime has increased. Furthermore, since these reforms were enacted, overall crime rates in California have remained on a long-term downward trend. Despite these significant legislative and administrative reforms initiated in part to improve treatment and conditions for people with mental illness in California's justice system, the prevalence and severity of mental illness among California state prisoners are dramatically on the rise. Over 30 percent of California prisoners currently receive treatment for a "serious mental disorder," an increase of 150 percent since 2000. CDCR estimates that the population of prisoners with mental illness will continue to climb, increasing the need for additional psychiatric services in the years to come. Furthermore, there is evidence that CDCR's projections underestimate the current number of prisoners with mental illness. In addition, the severity of psychiatric symptoms of state prisoners is on the rise. The number of prisoners diagnosed with the most serious disorders and transferred to enhanced psychiatric services has increased dramatically over the past 5 years. There is also evidence that criminal defendants in California with mental illness receive longer prison sentences than defendants without mental illness. This disparity exists across all crime categories, from murder to drug possession. Prisoners sentenced to life terms are also more likely to be mentally ill. Finally, despite the substantial criminal justice reforms responsible for the dramatic reduction of California's prison population over the last decade, the population of inmates with mental illness has not decreased.8 Ironically, these reforms were largely initiated on behalf of inmates with mental illness suffering under unconstitutional treatment conditions. This report contains new and updated data about the growing problem of mental illness in California's justice system and describes how prisoners with mental illness do not benefit from some of the most important criminal justice reforms enacted in the state in recent years. Details: Stanford, California: Stanford Justice Advocacy Project, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: https://www-cdn.law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Stanford-Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 148075

Author: Guldborg, Ally Title: Another Day in the Oil Patch: Narratives of Probation Work in Montana Summary: Job stress has been linked to several negative outcomes for workers in human service professions. Despite a wealth of knowledge on job stress in social service occupations, relatively little is known about the job stress of probation officers. In eastern Montana and western North Dakota's Bakken region, a recent oil extraction boom and bust cycle has caused rapid socio-demographic change. Researchers have found that oil extraction in the Bakken region has led to several challenges for social service and police agencies in the area. In this study, I use qualitative interview methods to examine the stresses and challenges involved in probation work on the Bakken. How do probation officers working on the Bakken perceive and respond to job stress? How does emotional labor influence the workplace experiences of these officers? The findings of this study indicate that rapid socio-demographic change in the Bakken region has created several unique challenges for probation officers in the area. Additionally, probation officers working in the Bakken face an array of structural and personal job stressors on a daily basis. Despite these active stressors, the officers in my sample do not experience burnout or turnover intention, and instead have positive emotions about their jobs. Specifically, probation officers in my sample utilize self-oriented emotional labor techniques to cope with job stress and manage their emotions about their work. Details: Missoula, MT: University of Montana, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: https://scholarworks.umt.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=11672&context=etd Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Job Stress Shelf Number: 148079

Author: Sered, Danielle Title: Young men of color and the other side of harm: Addressing disparities in our responses to violence Summary: The challenges facing young men of color have moved to the forefront of public discourse on equity and opportunity. Attention is increasingly being paid to the disparities they experience, as well as to a variety of barriers to economic advancement, educational attainment, and positive health outcomes. Woven throughout this attention is a concern about the disproportionate involvement of young men of color in the criminal justice system as those responsible for crime. Still missing, however, is recognition that these young men are also disproportionately victims of crime and violence. There is no evidence suggesting that the same disparities that exist when young men of color are defendants disappear when they are victims. Addressing the structural biases that contribute to racial disparities in the criminal justice system, therefore, must include comparable consideration of their experience as victims. Addressing these disparities also requires recasting a persistent and pervasive narrative that over-represents young men of color as aggressors or criminals. This narrative, which is often amplified by the media, includes the misperception that violence and pain somehow impact young men of color less profoundly than other victims, a distortion that may limit our ability to accurately recognize symptoms of trauma (such as being overly reactive to perceived threats) as natural human responses to pain and fear rather than signs of character flaws or moral failure. Transforming this narrative matters, not only because young men of color internalize its negative messages, but because it can also powerfully shape how others see and treat them - with serious implications for social services, the criminal justice system, and the development of an equitable society more broadly. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: http://archive.vera.org/sites/default/files/resources/downloads/young-men-color-disparities-responses-violence.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 148081

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics Title: Survey of State Criminal History Information Systems, 2014 Summary: This report is based upon the results from a survey conducted of the administrators of the state criminal history record repositories in March-June 2015. SEARCH [National Consortium for Justice Information and Statistics] surveyed 56 jurisdictions, including the 50 states, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, the Territory of Guam, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. All 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico submitted survey responses. This report presents a snapshot as of December 31, 2014. Details: Washington, DC: BJS, 2015. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/249799.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 148082

Author: Southern Coalition for Social Justice Title: Putting Justice in North Carolina's Juvenile System Summary: In North Carolina, during 2016, 27,522 juvenile complaints were filed against 12,303 children under the age of 16. Over 60% (5,655) of those young people ended up going to juvenile court to face potentially life-altering prosecution. A large percentage of those who went to court became further entangled in the juvenile system � detained prior to and after their hearings; adjudicated delinquent and placed on supervised probation; or committed to a so-called "Youth Development Center" for a term that may last for years. Such widespread impact on so many precious young lives necessitates careful scrutiny of the juvenile system. This scrutiny is even more critical now. With the recent passage and signing into law of the Juvenile Justice Reinvestment Act, North Carolina, beginning in December 2019, will no longer automatically charge all 16- and 17-year-olds as adults in the criminal system. It is estimated that, once implemented, this reform will save over 5,500 young people each year from entering the criminal system and facing the short- and long-term negative consequences of an adult criminal record. Raising the age of juvenile court jurisdiction to include 16- and 17-year-olds is undoubtedly a positive development for youth. However, to ensure that children and adolescents are treated fairly, additional changes need to occur. This issue brief highlights some of the challenges and offers recommendations for improving outcomes for youth without compromising public safety. The five major barriers examined in this issue brief are that North Carolina's current juvenile system: 1. Continues to have developmentally inappropriate limits on jurisdiction; 2. Is too often used as a dumping grounds for students that schools consider difficult to serve; 3. Lacks adequate defense representation for all youths; 4. Ties harmful, potentially lifelong collateral consequences to youths; and 5. Is characterized by persistent, large racial, gender and geographic disparities. This issue brief comes with four caveats. First, the list of obstacles described herein is not exhaustive. Other significant challenges that affect the system and its ability to effectively treat youths include: - The impacts of poverty on youths involved in the system;5 � Inadequate funding for preventative and rehabilitative services; - Budget cuts for the juvenile system; - Overzealous prosecutors who prioritize adjudications (i.e., convictions) over justice; - Judges who lack expertise in juvenile law, adolescent development, and best practices in juvenile delinquency; and - Widespread violations of the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) and its requirement to keep youth safe from sexual assault while incarcerated. Second, reducing the number of youth referred to juvenile court for low-level offenses is essential; however, it is not addressed in detail in this issue brief. In 2016, approximately 10% of juvenile complaints were for infractions and status offenses (e.g., truancy); and 63% were for "minor" delinquency offenses under state law � Class 1, 2, and 3 misdemeanors. These low-level, non-violent offenses should be handled with community-based alternatives to arrest and court, such as restorative justice, restitution, counseling, community service, and substance abuse treatment. Such diversion programs are more rehabilitative, and thus, better for public safety than traditional processing of youths in the juvenile system. They are also less expensive, allowing funding to be redirected toward serving higher risk youths who enter the system. Finally, community-based alternatives are more conducive to youths building long-term relationships with supportive adults and other positive connections in their communities. Decreasing reliance on juvenile court to handle infractions, status offenses, and other low-level misdemeanors is critical. Third, many caring, smart, dedicated people work in North Carolina's juvenile system. This issue brief is in no way meant a critique of them. Fourth, despite the concerns with North Carolina's juvenile system described in this issue brief, prosecuting youths in the adult criminal system is not an appropriate alternative. In fact, the problems with the adult system are significantly worse than those in the juvenile system. Raising the age of juvenile court jurisdiction was the right decision for North Carolina and must be expanded to include all young people and all crimes. Details: Durham, NC: Southern Coalition for Social Justice, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: http://youthjusticenc.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/FINAL-Putting-Justice-in-Juvenile-System-10.5.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 148086

Author: Fletcher, Jason M. Title: Adults Behaving Badly: The Effects of Own and Peer Parents� Incarceration on Adolescent Criminal Activities Summary: A maturing literature across the social sciences suggests important impacts of the intergenerational transmission of crime as well as peer effects that determine youth criminal activities. This paper explores these channels by examining gender-specific effects of maternal and paternal incarceration from both own-parents and classmate-parents. This paper also adds to the literature by exploiting across-cohort, within school exposure to peer parent incarceration to enhance causal inference. While the intergenerational correlations of criminal activities are similar by gender (father-son/mother-son), the results suggest that peer parent incarceration transmits effects largely along gender lines, which is suggestive of specific learning mechanisms. Peer maternal incarceration increases adolescent female criminal activities and reduces male crime and the reverse is true for peer paternal incarceration. These effects are strongest for youth reports of selling drugs and engaging in physical violence. In contrast, the effects of peer parental incarceration on other outcomes, such as GPA, do not vary by gender. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper Series No. 10797: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp10797.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Inmates Shelf Number: 148088

Author: DeAngelo, Gregory Title: Are Public and Private Enforcement Complements or Substitutes? Evidence from High Frequency NHL Data Summary: A substantial theoretical literature identifies two general approaches to deterring anti-social behavior: public police actions (specialized enforcement) to monitor and punish proscribed behavior, and private actions (community enforcement) to discourage both illegal and legal, anti-social activity. Recent papers highlight the importance of both enforcement approaches but empirical identification of their relative effects has been challenging. Utilizing a novel, event-level database from the National Hockey League and random variation in the amount of rest between games that a referee oversees as an instrument, we find that the timing of events is crucial in determining the relationship between different enforcement actions. When specialized enforcement is lacking, community enforcement acts as an effective substitute for specialized enforcement. However, when specialized enforcers are present, community enforcement creates no further deterrence. Conversely, conditional on initial actions by community enforcers, specialized enforcement is an effective complement to community enforcement. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2756103 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 148092

Author: Bulman, George Title: Law Enforcement and Leaders and Racial Composition of Arrests: Evidence from Overlapping Jurisdictions Summary: Racial discrimination in policing remains at the forefront of policy and research interest. This paper introduces a novel avenue of study by examining the effect of law enforcement leadership on the racial composition of arrests. The analysis is based on a new twenty-five year panel history of the race of each sheriff in the United States linked to agency-level arrest statistics. The primary empirical design exploits the fact that county residents are served by a sheriff and municipal police departments with overlapping jurisdictions, providing within-population controls for contemporaneous changes in the underlying crime rate. The estimates reveal that arrests of blacks relative to whites are higher under a white sheriff than a black sheriff, with the effects primarily driven by arrests for less serious offenses and by smaller sheriffs' offices in rural communities. Further, there is evidence that whites are also less likely to be arrested for predominantly black crimes when there is a black sheriff, suggesting that the targeting of crime types, rather than discrimination at the incident level, is the primary causal mechanism. The analysis contributes to the literature by examining the role of management in a law enforcement context and by developing new methods to identify causal effects and mechanisms. Details: Santa Cruz, CA: University of California, Santa Cruz, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: https://people.ucsc.edu/~gbulman/lawenforcement_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 148094

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) Title: The State of Pretrial Justice in America Summary: The past five years have witnessed a remarkable growth in support for reforming our nation's pretrial justice system (the portion of criminal justice practice that begins with a person's first contact with law enforcement and ends once any resulting charges are resolved, usually through a plea, a trial, or dismissal). This unprecedented interest emerges from a growing awareness that existing pretrial operations lead to unnecessary detention of poor and working class people - disproportionately people of color - while those with money are able to go free with little or no supervision, regardless of any danger they may present. Current pretrial justice practice is, in short, unfair, unsafe, a waste of public resources, and a significant contributor the nation's widely recognized problem of mass incarceration. There is, of course, no single pretrial justice system in the United States. The structure of criminal justice in this country allows for significant variation from state to state, and even from county to county. This decentralization has its benefits. But it presents challenges to those who would seek systemic improvements. The Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) developed this report card to minimize those challenges. Its foundational premise is that American pretrial practice - in any state or jurisdiction - should be able to maximize liberty among people who are entitled to the presumption of innocence, while also protecting public safety and ensuring effective court operations. This is, after all, an aspiration traced to our founding fathers and beyond, which former Chief Justice of the United States William Rehnquist eloquently summarized when he wrote, "In our society, liberty is the norm, and detention prior to trial or without trial is the carefully limited exception." The analysis presented here finds, however, that the state of pretrial justice in America falls far short of Chief Justice Rehnquist's vision. Too many people in the pretrial phase are locked up for days, weeks, and even months, when, according to both law and research, they should be released. Details: Rockville, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: http://media.cleveland.com/plain_dealer_metro/other/State%20of%20Pretrial%20in%20America%20DRAFT-NOT%20FOR%20DISTRIBUTION%20(002)%20(1).pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 148100

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Keeping Kids and Parents Together: A Healthier Approach to Sentencing in Massachusetts Summary: More than 800,000 parents are incarcerated across the US - a common practice that tears families apart, hurts children, and harms the health of entire communities. In this report, we evaluate the health and equity impacts of Massachusetts Senate Bill S770. If passed, this bill would expand the ability to set community-based sentences for parents. Community-based sentencing is a healthier and fiscally responsible alternative. The benefits of allowing incarcerated parents to stay with or have more contact with their children are tremendous. Parents are more likely to succeed at treatment for substance use disorders and less likely to return to prison. By staying connected with their parents, children have the opportunity to experience healthy development and attachment, which contributes to good mental health and fewer behavioral issues. Community-based sentencing also decreases costs to prisons and jails and keeps parents connected to the workforce. Youth of color are more likely to experience their parent getting locked up. As a result of the racial inequities in the criminal legal system in the US, Black children are nine times more likely and Latinx children are three times more likely than White children to have a parent in prison. Kids with incarcerated parents are at risk of facing a variety of physical, mental, and behavioral health issues throughout the rest of their lives as a direct result of separation from their parent due to incarceration. In fact, this type of child-parent separation is classified as a specific type of trauma: an adverse childhood experience (ACE). Across Massachusetts, about 5,665 children are separated from a parent due to incarceration. Mothers and grandmothers bear the burden at home. When a father is incarcerated, his children's mother remains as the primary caretaker 90% of the time. When a mother is incarcerated, her children are often displaced from their homes and frequently placed in the care of their grandmother. In both of these situations, mothers and grandmothers face the additional financial burden and emotional toll of a single parent home. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2017 at: https://humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/KeepingMAKidsParentsTogetherHealthier_2017.09.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148134

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Raise the Age: Protecting Kids and Enhancing Public Safety in Michigan. Summary: We are supporting juvenile justice reformers in Michigan to strategically bring a public health perspective into their campaign to pass Raise the Age legislation in Michigan. All kids deserve the opportunity to lead healthy, productive lives. Yet Michigan puts kids at risk by being 1 of only 5 states that still automatically try 17-year-old arrestees as adults in criminal court. As a result, 17-year-olds in Michigan are subjected to a harsh criminal justice system that separates them from their families and limits their access to the services and education they need to rehabilitate. In 2016, Michigan police made 7,215 arrests of 17-year-olds - more than 80% of these arrests were for nonviolent offenses, and more than half were considered misdemeanors. Though many of the kids involved in the criminal justice system have experienced extreme hardship, they are resilient and can turn their lives around. They deserve attention and treatment, not incarceration. Our work consists of two parts: Our research report evaluates the health and equity impacts of charging 17-year-olds in juvenile court rather than adult court, to inform legislation under consideration in Michigan that would raise the age of juvenile court jurisdiction from 17 to 18 years of age. In partnership with Michigan juvenile justice reformers, public health practitioners, and community organizers, we are working to mobilize health professionals as a constituency to advocate for passing Raise The Age legislation - with the goal of advancing criminal justice reforms that place health and well-being at their center. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 10, 2017 at: https://humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/HIP_MichRaiseTheAgeReport_2017.11.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 148166

Author: U.S. House. Committee on Oversight and Government Reform Title: Tables of Penalties: Examining Sexual Misconduct in the Federal Workplace and Lax Federal Responses Summary: Sexual misconduct is a challenge the federal government must aggressively and consistently address to ensure the well-being and safety of its workforce. The vast majority of federal employees do not engage in conduct unbefitting the civil service. However, for those who do engage in sexual misconduct, swift and forceful accountability is warranted and required. In the 114th Congress, the Committee identified examples of this unacceptable behavior including: the solicitation of prostitutes while on official U.S. government business; the sexual harassment of colleagues and interns; and the accessing of pornography during the workday. Because the sexual misconduct and related unacceptable activities continues, a clear, coherent, consistent and forceful federal response is necessary. Accordingly, last year the Committee's majority staff initiated an examination of agency disciplinary policies by reviewing each agency's uniquely constructed "Table of Penalties." The review showed no standardized definition of sexual misconduct and no requirement agencies have standardized recommended penalties. This could lead to inconsistent responses to unlawful or noxious behavior and disparate treatment of the conduct and offenders depending on the agency. The review also found recommended discipline varies within an agency and some agencies lack a Table of Penalties altogether. The federal government must address these inconsistencies to better identify and combat sexual misconduct within the federal workforce. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Staff Report: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: https://oversight.house.gov/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Tables-of-Penalties-Majority-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual harassment Shelf Number: 148144

Author: Caetano, Gregorio Title: Do "Broken Windows" Matter? Identifying Dynamic Spillovers in Criminal Behavior Summary: The "Broken Windows" theory of crime prescribes "zero-tolerance" law enforcement policies that disproportionately target light crimes with the understanding that this will lead to future reductions of more severe crimes. We provide evidence against the effectiveness of such policies using a novel database from Dallas. Our identification strategy explores detailed geographic and temporal variation to isolate the causal behavioral effect of prior crimes on future crimes and is robust to a variety of sources of potential endogeneity. We also estimate the effectiveness of alternative targeting policies to discuss the efficiency of "Broken Windows" inspired policies. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://www.uh.edu/econpapers/RePEc/hou/wpaper/2013-252-22.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 148147

Author: Pelletier, Elizabeth Title: Data Snapshot of Youth Incarceration in Wisconsin Summary: In Wisconsin, youth who are adjudicated delinquent and committed to the state Department of Corrections (DOC) can be incarcerated in one of four juvenile correctional facilities (Carmichael 2015). The Division of Juvenile Corrections within DOC operates two secure juvenile correctional facilities (Lincoln Hills School for boys and Copper Lake School for girls) and the Grow Academy, a less-secure residential placement for boys. The Department of Health Services operates a secure mental health unit, the Mendota Juvenile Treatment Center, for boys with complex emotional and behavioral health problems. This snapshot summarizes data on youth committed to the state and incarcerated in these facilities. It does not include those held in detention centers or other out-of-home placements operated by counties throughout the state. Consistent with national trends, youth incarceration in Wisconsin has been declining in recent years. The average daily population of the state's juvenile correctional facilities fell 52 percent between 2005 and 2014 (DJC 2015a). Racial and ethnic inequities in Wisconsin's juvenile justice system have also been declining over the past decade, but severe disparity still persists. In 2013, Black youth in the state were 15 times more likely to be committed to a juvenile correctional facility than White youth. Wisconsin has the fifth-highest Black-White commitment disparity rate in the country. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/91571/data_snapshot_of_youth_incarceration_in_wisconsin_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 148150

Author: McFadden, Caroline R. Title: "It's Just Not Safe - Not For a Girl": Violence in the Lives of Incarcerated Women Summary: This project investigates life-history interviews from previously incarcerated Illinois women that are published on the website Women + Prison: A Site for Resistance. I use grounded coding to identify violence as a salient theme that emerges throughout the stories of women involved in the criminal justice system, both before and during incarceration. Particularly, I expose the relationship between gender violence and incarceration by discussing how gender violence facilitates incarceration and how incarceration facilitates gender violence. I identified several pre-incarceration sub-themes that expose how violence leads to criminalization and incarceration, which include the following pathways: 1) drugs, 2) street life, and 3) self defense. Upon incarceration, gender violence was perpetuated in the following ways: 1) sexual assault, 2) sexualized surveillance, 3) strip searches, 4) shackling pregnant inmates, and 5) dehumanizing treatment. Both gender violence and incarceration, I argue, are tools of social control that function to maintain power over women. Using a feminist criminological analytic framework, I explore these themes and find that they are supported by the current literature on female offenders. Details: Washington, DC: George Washington University, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1691799562?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 148151

Author: Sanchez, Joseph Title: The Mara Salvatrucha and Regional Insecurity: How MS-13 perpetuates a cycle of Migration and Violence between the United States and Central America Summary: The Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13) is a transnational gang that has spread from the United States to El Salvador and other Central American countries. The gang is unique, as it possesses characteristics of both a street and a transnational criminal organization. Due to its brutality and expansion, MS-13 has created an environment of public insecurity within Central America. This in turn has spurred several initiatives with the United States and its partners in an attempt to control a cycle of violence and migration between the countries. Details: El Paso: University of Texas at El Paso, National Security Studies Institute, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: https://academics.utep.edu/Portals/4302/Student%20research/Capstone%20projects/J_Sanchez_MS-13%20and%20Regional%20Insecurity.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Network Shelf Number: 148152

Author: Massachusetts. Commission on Illegal Tobacco Title: Report of Commission on Illegal Tobacco Summary: The Commission on Illegal Tobacco was established pursuant to section 182 of the Fiscal Year 2014 General Appropriations Act 20131 . The Commission was charged with the following tasks: To study and report on the illegal tobacco distribution industry in the commonwealth and the resulting loss of tax revenue. The commission shall investigate, report and make recommendations relative to: (1) the regulation, oversight, distribution and sale of all tobacco products sold in the commonwealth; (2) the illegal tobacco market in the commonwealth; (3) the loss of tobacco excise and sales tax revenues in the commonwealth as a result of the illegal tobacco market; (4) methods to maximize the collection of tobacco excise and sales tax revenues being lost to the illegal market; and (5) enforcement and penalties for violations of laws relative to the collection and reporting of all tobacco taxes under chapter 64C of the General Laws. The Commission was required to convene not later than November 1, 2013 and prepare a report detailing its findings and recommendations. In addition, the commission was charged with drafting the legislation necessary to carry recommendations into effect. All actions were to be concluded and recommendations filed with the clerks of the Senate and House of Representatives, the Chairs of the House and Senate Committees on Ways and Means, and the Senate and House Chairs of the Joint Committee on Revenue no later than March 1, 2014. During the 2013 legislative session, the Massachusetts Legislature created the Commission on Illegal Tobacco to study the economic impact of the illegal tobacco market on the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and make recommendations based on those findings. The Commission was charged with studying the regulation, oversight, distribution, and sale of all tobacco products in Massachusetts, investigating the illegal market, and determining the loss of tobacco excise and sales tax revenues in Massachusetts resulting from illegal market activities. The Commission was also tasked with making recommendations on how to maximize the collection of tobacco excise and sales tax revenues and on enforcement and penalties for violating laws related to the distribution and sale of tobacco products. Tobacco is illegally distributed and sold with the purpose of deriving illegal profits through tax avoidance. Tobacco taxes are imposed at both the federal and state levels. Violators avoid paying the tobacco excise and sales taxes in Massachusetts in multiple ways, including individual bootlegging, organized wholesale domestic smuggling, international smuggling, and counterfeits. In Massachusetts, the predominant method of tax avoidance is by smuggling tobacco products across the state border. The cigarette excise tax rate in Massachusetts is $3.51, comparable to rates in Connecticut and Rhode Island, but well above the rates in New Hampshire, Vermont, and Maine. In addition, the excise tax rate for cigars is 40% of the wholesale price while the excise tax rate for smokeless tobacco is 210% of the wholesale price. The difference between Massachusetts tax rates and other states' tax rates provides an economic opportunity to avoid Massachusetts taxes by smuggling. However, data2 shows that reducing Massachusetts tax rates is not a viable solution for combatting the avoidance of Massachusetts taxes, as that approach would not only reduce tax revenues but would also undermine public health objectives. Department of Revenue economists estimate that in 2012, between 7% and 20% of cigarettes consumed in the Commonwealth were untaxed. They predict the percentage of untaxed cigarettes will rise to between 8.3% and 27.5% due to the $1.00 rate increase. With the rate at $3.51, economists project Massachusetts will bring in an additional $157.5 million a year and that the annual revenue loss from tax avoidance will be in the range of $62 million to $246 million in excise taxes and an additional $12 and $49 million in sales tax revenues. Economists are unable to assess the impact of the illegal tobacco market on cigars, smoking tobacco, and smokeless tobacco (hereinafter referred to as "Other Tobacco Products") because there is a lack of hard data and literature on which to base estimates. Current state laws make it illegal to transport or sell any cigarettes in Massachusetts without the Massachusetts cigarette stamp. The Commonwealth has an encrypted stamping system which allows officials to scan cigarettes and track them. Auditors for the Department of Revenue conduct compliance drives three to four times a year; they visit licensed retailers and make sure those retailers are selling Massachusetts-taxed tobacco products. With more compliance drives over the past three years, voluntary compliance among licensed retailers has increased, leaving the Commission to deduce that a greater problem stems from unlicensed retailers and distributors selling illegal cigarettes. Such products are being transported from places with lower excise taxes including New Hampshire where the excise tax rate is only $1.78 per pack or even Virginia where the excise tax rate is just $0.30 per pack. To bring even one pack of cigarettes into Massachusetts without the state's excise tax stamp is illegal. When Department of Revenue auditors find a retailer selling illegal products, auditors have the authority to seize the goods, impose fines to collect taxes, and revoke tobacco licenses. However, the audit division does not conduct criminal investigations. Audit division staff must refer cases to a separate investigations unit within the Department of Revenue and work with outside agencies to pursue criminal charges. Also, auditors rely largely on tips from the public and have limited resources for ongoing investigations. Other Tobacco Products are not stamped in Massachusetts. When auditors conduct compliance checks, they have difficulty making sure Other Tobacco Products are legitimate and taxed. There is no way to verify that an invoice detailing the taxes paid on Other Tobacco Products are for the specific products found at the retailer at the time of a compliance check, as opposed to identical product acquired on which taxes have not been paid. Currently, there is no formal multi-agency taskforce combatting the illegal tobacco market in the Commonwealth. The Massachusetts State Police (MSP), along with the Federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, and other agencies work alongside the Department of Revenue to handle criminal investigations as they arise. Their findings are then turned over to the Attorney General's Office for prosecution. The MSP has limited resources while conducting tobacco investigations including a lack of physical resources necessary to conduct an investigation, overtime costs, operational costs, and time constraints. The Department of Revenue also does not have the resources to conduct fulltime surveillance or stake out every case. In addition, ongoing cases drain limited resources over the long term. The Commission on Illegal Tobacco reviewed information on the overall tobacco market, the illegal tobacco market, revenue losses, enforcement powers and practices, and penalties for violating tobacco-related statutes and make a series of recommendations. Details: Boston: The Commission, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://www.mass.gov/dor/docs/dor/cigarette/pdfs/commissionreportonillegaltobacco.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 148153

Author: New York City Board of Correction Title: Three adolescents with mental illness in punitive segregation at Rikers Island Summary: The adolescents featured in this report were diagnosed with mental illness and were each sentenced to more than 200 days in solitary confinement at Rikers Island. The report documents the punitive nature of the RHU, the inadequacies in mental health care, and the failure to provide appropriate educational services to these young people. Details: New York: The Board of Correction, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2017 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/boc/downloads/pdf/Three_Adolescents.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 148154

Author: La Vigne, Nancy G. Title: Evaluation of a Situational Crime Prevention Approach in Three Jails: The Jail Sexual Assault Prevention Project Summary: Researchers for the Jail Sexual Assault Prevention project (JSAP) tested the application of violence reduction strategies informed by situational crime prevention theory (SCP) within three jail facilities. The project collected and synthesized data from multiple sources in order to understand contextual factors surrounding violence at each jail and identify and implement interventions to address the unique safety challenges of each jail: an officer tour system in Site A, a recording camera system in Site B, and crisis intervention training at Site C. In the final phase of the project, the research team evaluated each intervention's impact on violence and its cost effectiveness. The evaluation results, while constrained by significant study limitations, offer some tentatively positive, but ultimately inconclusive, evidence on the effects of the interventions in terms of inmate perceptions, actual incidents, and officer attitudes. Overall, the findings suggest that situational crime prevention may be a useful framework for identifying and applying strategies in correctional settings and that more research is needed on the effectiveness of the individual intervention approaches under study. In recent years, the issue of sexual assault in American correctional facilities has received increasing attention from correctional staff and administrators, criminal justice officials, and policymakers. Data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) indicate that 3.1 percent of inmates in local jails reported being sexually victimized by inmates or staff during a 12-month period (Beck et al. 2010). Given the traumatic nature of sexual assault and its long-lasting negative effects, even low levels of victimization are cause for serious concern. Furthermore, sexual assault is only one manifestation of a larger problem of violence in correctional facilities, which includes high rates of physical assault as well as self-inflicted violence such as suicide and self-harm. One study found that 20 percent of inmates at 14 state prisons reported being the victim of physical violence perpetrated by another inmate during the previous six months (Wolff et al. 2007). The most recent national figures indicate that the suicide rate in local jails (42 suicides annually per 100,000 inmates) is more than four times the rate among comparable non-incarcerated populations (Noonan 2010). The problems of sexual assault, physical violence, and self-inflicted violence in correctional facilities are not unconnected; indeed, the causes, dynamics, and consequences of these three modes of violence are often related. Sexual assaults are frequently accompanied by physical violence, and the traumatic psychological consequences of sexual or extensive physical victimization can drive individuals toward suicide and self-harm. There is significant overlap between the characteristics that put inmates at risk for sexual victimization, physical victimization, and suicide and self-harm. Perhaps most importantly, similar situational and environmental factors, such as overcrowding, inadequate supervision, and inmate access to weapons, can facilitate all three types of violence. The good news is that the situational and environmental factors that create opportunities for violence are, in many cases, within the control of correctional administrators and staff. By identifying and addressing these factors, administrators can reduce all types of violence in their facilities. This report summarizes the experiences and results of three jail facilities that applied situational crime prevention to reduce violence and acts of self-harm. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2011. 331p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/27526/412394-Evaluation-of-a-Situational-Crime-Prevention-Approach-in-Three-Jails-The-Jail-Sexual-Assault-Prevention-Project.PDF Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Design Against Crime Shelf Number: 122926

Author: Redpath, David P. Title: The Arizona Standardized Program Evaluation Protocol (SPEP) for Assessing the Effectiveness of Programs for Juvenile Probationers: SPEP Rating and Relative Recidivism Reduction Summary: The Standardized Program Evaluation Protocol (SPEP) is a rating instrument for assessing programs for juvenile offenders with regard to their expected effectiveness for reducing recidivism. The Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) Juvenile Justice Services Division (JJSD) and the Peabody Research Institute at Vanderbilt University partnered to adapt a version of the SPEP for evaluation of Arizona programs serving juvenile probationers. A team of national experts, under the direction of Dr. Mark Lipsey, Director of the Peabody Research Institute at Vanderbilt, assisted with the SPEP implementation process. In the fall of 2006, Arizona began implementing the SPEP rating scheme for contracted service providers in five (Maricopa, Yavapai, Yuma, Pima, and Pinal) pilot counties. In 2007, Lipsey conducted a preliminary investigation of whether the SPEP ratings of service programs were related to recidivism outcomes for the juveniles they served. He found that juveniles served by providers with higher SPEP scores (>50 points) had recidivism rates 12-13 percent lower than predicted on the basis of their assessed level of risk, while juveniles served by providers with lower SPEP scores (<49 points) recidivated at rates within one percentage point of what was predicted. In the summer of 2007, Arizona expanded the SPEP to all Arizona counties. This report serves as an update to Lipsey's preliminary investigation, with the inclusion of details from the ten remaining counties. Recent data renders updated SPEP scores for providers in the pilot counties and initial SPEP scores for providers in the ten additional counties. Lastly, recidivism data for many more juveniles served by providers who have been evaluated by the SPEP are included for analysis. What is the SPEP? The SPEP is based on research on the effectiveness of programs for juvenile offenders drawn from an archive of nearly 600 controlled studies of effects on recidivism assembled by Lipsey. Using the technique of meta-analysis, a sophisticated way to extract, analyze, and summarize findings of a group of related research studies, the characteristics of programs with the largest impacts on recidivism have been identified from research and translated into guidelines for effective interventions. The SPEP uses these guidelines as a framework for developing ratings of programs according to how closely their characteristics match those shown in research to be most strongly associated with recidivism reduction. Details: Phoenix: Arizona Supreme Court.� Administrative Office of the Courts, Juvenile Justice Service Division, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://cjjr.georgetown.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/pres_AZspep2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 148162

Author: Wasch, Sarah Title: An Analysis of Safe Harbor Laws for Minor Victims of Commercial Sexual Exploitation: Implications for Pennsylvania and Other States Summary: Child sex trafficking is increasingly recognized as a compelling legal and social problem in the United States. Reliable data does not yet exist due to both the paucity of scientific research and underground nature of the crime, but some estimates suggest a minimum of 100,000 cases of sexually exploited children on an annual basis. Although this issue may have appeared on the nation's radar only recently, the term "child sex trafficking" has supplanted "child prostitution" as the prevailing thought, shifting responsibility to the perpetrator's actions rather than focusing on those of the victim. By the end of 2015, a full two-thirds of states had passed some version of "Safe Harbor" legislation to move from a prosecutorial to a victim services focus for child sex trafficking victims. Safe Harbor legislation seeks to offer and engage victims in rehabilitative services in lieu of charging them with a crime. This paper examines the structure and components of Safe Harbor laws across the nation, challenges faced, and lessons learned, with recommendations for Pennsylvania and the other remaining states yet to pass Safe Harbor laws. New York was the first state to enact a Safe Harbor law, which went into effect in 2010. Due to the variance in laws from state to state, relatively recent implementation, and a paradigm shift in the criminal justice system approach to victims of commercial sexual exploitation, little outcome data exists at the present time. One of the more promising findings is that Minnesota, considered model legislation, evaluated their program after its first year of implementation and found a dramatic increase in both charges and convictions against sex traffickers subsequent to enacting Safe Harbor legislation. It is important to note that a greater focus on sex trafficking of minors often accompanies such legislation and may play a part in such findings. To inform recommendations for future legislation and program development for victims of sex trafficking, the authors conducted an examination of the research on victim compliance with specialized services, utilization of the child welfare system in lieu of the juvenile justice system, and approaches to gain compliance with prosecution of traffickers. The research supports engaging victims of sex trafficking in a voluntary system of trauma-informed specialized services to encourage their healing, foster service compliance, and develop trust so that they will assist in the identification and prosecution of sex traffickers. Involuntary detention was found to replicate the trauma experienced by sexually trafficked youth, preventing recovery, and increasing the likelihood of recidivism. In order to develop specialized services to be available in lieu of prosecution, it is suggested that implementation of new Safe Harbor legislation take place no less than six months after its passage. Better data collection and further research will assist in better understanding the problem of sex trafficked youth and the impact of Safe Harbor legislation and its various components. Details: Philadelphia: Field Center for Children�s Policy, Practice & Research, University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 22p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://fieldcenteratpenn.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/SafeHarborWhitePaperFINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 148165

Author: Robbers, Monica Title: Youth Offenders in the Federal System Summary: Although youthful offenders account for about 18 percent of all federal offenders sentenced between fiscal years 2010 and 2015, there is little current information published about them. In this publication, the United States Sentencing Commission ("the Commission") presents information about youthful offenders, who for purposes of this report are defined as persons age 25 or younger at the time they are sentenced in the federal system. Recent studies on brain development and age, coupled with recent Supreme Court decisions recognizing differences in offender culpability due to age, have led some policymakers to reconsider how youthful offenders should be punished. This report reviews those studies and provides an overview of youthful federal offenders, including their demographic characteristics, what type of offenses they were sentenced for, how they were sentenced, and the extent of their criminal histories. The report also discusses the intersection of neuroscience and law, and how this intersection has influenced the treatment of youthful offenders in the criminal justice system. The Commission is releasing this report as part of its review of the sentencing of youthful offenders. In June 2016, the Commission's Tribal Issues Advisory Group (TIAG) issued a report that proposed several guideline and policy changes relating to youthful offenders, including departure provisions and alternatives to incarceration. Because many of the TIAG recommendations on this topic apply to all youthful offenders, and not just Native Americans, the Commission voted to study the treatment of youthful offenders as a policy priority for the 2016-2017 amendment cycle. The key findings in this report are that: - There were 86,309 offenders (18.0% of the federal offender population) age 25 or younger sentenced in the federal system between 2010 and 2015. - The majority (57.8%) of youthful offenders are Hispanic. - There were very few youthful offenders under the age of 18 sentenced in the federal system (52 between 2010 and 2015). - Almost 92 percent of offenses committed by youthful offenders were nonviolent offenses. - Similar to the overall federal offender population (or non-youthful offenders group) the most common offenses that youthful offenders committed were drug trafficking (30.9%), immigration (28.6%), and firearms offenses (13.7%). - The average sentence for youthful offenders was 34.9 months. - Youthful offenders were more likely to be sentenced within the guidelines range than non-youthful offenders (56.1% compared to 50.1%). - Youthful offenders recidivated at a much higher rate than their older counterparts - about 67 percent versus 41 percent. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170525_youthful-offenders.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Offenders Shelf Number: 148171

Author: Kyckelhahn, Tracey Title: The Past Predicts the Future: Criminal History and Recidivism of Federal Offenders Summary: The United States Sentencing Commission began studying recidivism shortly after the enactment of the Sentencing Reform Act of 19842 ("SRA"). The Commission's recent publication Recidivism Among Federal Offenders: A Comprehensive Overview ("Recidivism Overview Report") discussed the history of this study in greater detail. Recidivism information is central to three of the primary purposes of punishment as described in the SRA - specific deterrence, incapacitation, and rehabilitation�all of which focus on prevention of future crimes through correctional intervention. Information about recidivism is also relevant to the Commission's obligation to formulate sentencing policy that "reflect[s], to the extent practicable, advancements in knowledge of human behavior as it relates to the sentencing process." Considerations of recidivism by federal offenders were also central to the Commission's initial work in developing the Guidelines Manual's criminal history provisions. They remained important to subsequent work and continue to be a key consideration in the Commission's work today. Recent developments, particularly public attention to the size of the federal prison population and the cost of incarceration, have refocused the Commission's interest on the recidivism of federal offenders. The Commission's current recidivism research substantially expands on the scope of previous Commission recidivism projects. In addition to a different set of offenders - U.S. citizen federal offenders released from prison or placed on probation in 2005 - the project's study group is much larger than those in previous Commission studies and follows the offenders for a longer period of time (eight years). This cohort was expanded to include offenders released in 2004 and 2006 for those offenders who received sentencing enhancements under the career offender guideline or the Armed Career Criminal Act (ACCA) due to the small number of these offenders released in 2005 alone. This larger study group provides the opportunity to develop statistically useful conclusions about many subgroups of federal offenders. The focus of this report is the 25,431 U.S. citizen federal offenders released from prison or placed on probation in calendar year 2005. These offenders were originally sentenced between fiscal year 1991 and the first quarter of fiscal year 2006. The findings included in this report build on those in the Recidivism Overview Report. Information about the components of Chapter Four of the Guidelines Manual - including total criminal history score, criminal history category, and point assignments for types of past convictions - and their association with recidivism are contained in this report. Analyses of the type of instant offense and recidivism are also contained in this report. As noted in the Recidivism Overview Report, recidivism correlates strongly with both criminal history and age at release.11 In general, recidivism is higher for younger offenders and for those with greater criminal history. As an individual offender's criminal record cannot decrease with age, only stay constant or increase, older offenders will on average have greater criminal history than younger offenders. Given this relationship between age, criminal history, and recidivism, the analyses in this report will include offenders grouped by age when there is sufficient population to provide meaningful results. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2017 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170309_Recidivism-CH.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Shelf Number: 148172

Author: Barlean, Mary Kathryn Title: Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13): The Imminent Threat Inside Our Borders and Throughout the Continent Summary: For the past decade, citizens, governments, and scholars alike have expressed ongoing concerns about the increasing rates of violent crimes committed by drug traffickers, organized criminal groups, and gangs within the United States and Central America. The gang Mara Salvatrucha, familiarly known as MS-13, arguably presents the largest threat to national and regional security. The gang's relatively recent emergence, growth, and expansion has raised serious concern. The criminal group is responsible for a multitude of crimes that directly threaten the welfare of citizens and state security from the suburbs of Washington D.C. to slums in Central American. This gang's coast-to-coast presence plagues cities and communities across the United States, claiming territory in at least 42 states. MS-13 now claims 10,000 members in the U.S. and 70,000 Latin American members across the entire American continent (FBI 2008). The U.S. government's concerns about gangs have heightened with the increasing growth of MS-13, both in membership and sophistication. Congress maintains an interest in crime and gang violence in Central America, as well as the related activities of the U.S. branches of MS-13 within our borders. Central American governments, the media, and some scholars have attributed a significant proportion of violent crime plaguing the region to the recent globalization of U.S. gang culture. This thesis provides a current overview of the threat posed by MS-13, as well its historical origins and evolution as a criminal organization. The first half analyzes the birth of the gang in Los Angeles in the 1980s and the political factors contributing to MS-13's continental migration south over the past two decades. American criminal deportations play an important role in the transnational nature of MS-13 and will be analyzed. Many blame U.S. deportation policies for the globalization of the gang and fueling the current gang epidemic in Central America. Subsequently, the context in which the gang operates within Central America, specifically in El Salvador is examined. Many scholars and government officials agree that the suppressive policies enacted by Central American states, specifically the Mano Dura ("hard hand") laws have failed at countering both MS-13 membership and its associated crime and violence. The latter half of this thesis focuses on the evolution of U.S. policy responses, at the international level, enacted to address the security implications posed by MS-13. The concern of this thesis is not whether the U.S. government is responding but rather if its responses are designed and implemented thoughtfully so that the limited funding is allocated effectively. Policymakers in the U.S. and Central American are struggling to find the right combination of suppressive and preventive policies to combat MS-13. Most analysts agree that a more comprehensive, regional approach to the sophisticated gang is necessary to prevent further escalation of the problems created by the gang's illicit activity Details: Monmouth, OR: Western Oregon University, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: http://digitalcommons.wou.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1010&context=honors_theses Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 148173

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Preventing Drug Abuse: Low Participation and Other Entities as Voluntary Collectors of Unused Prescription Drugs Summary: In 2015, 3.8 million Americans reported misusing prescriptions in the prior month, and deaths from prescription opioids have quadrupled since 1999. Most people get these drugs from friends or relatives, so providing secure and convenient ways for people to dispose of their unused drugs could help. A 2010 federal law authorized pharmacies and other entities to voluntarily maintain a prescription drug disposal bin for the public. We found that 3% of entities eligible to collect drugs in this way volunteered to do so. Stakeholders reported that this is partly due to the cost of purchasing a bin and paying for the destruction of collected drugs. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-25: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/687719.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148176

Author: Feierman, Jessica Title: Unlocking Youth: Legal Strategies to End Solitary Confinement in Juvenile Facilities Summary: Despite a growing consensus that solitary confinement harms youth and undermines the rehabilitative goals of the juvenile justice system, the practice remains all too common. At the same time, the field lacks sufficient information on the prevalence of the practice, the alternatives, and the perspectives of affected youth and families. This report uses surveys of public defenders, conversations with youth and families, interviews with correctional administrators, and legal and psychological research to fill these gaps and set forth recommendations for reform. Solitary confinement in juvenile facilities remains too widespread. Almost half of juvenile facilities report that they isolate youth for more than four hours to control behavior, and more than two-thirds of our survey respondents reported that they have clients who spent time in solitary. The conditions these youth experience can be truly appalling - youth are routinely deprived of necessities such as mattresses, sheets, showers, eating utensils, and mental health treatment. Many spend 22-23 hours per day in cells by themselves. Solitary confinement is harmful. Neurological research and sociological studies confirm what common sense tells us: isolating youth for days and weeks at a time has devastating, long-term effects on their health and development. Our interviews with youth highlight these effects. "It was one of the breaking points for me as a young person - Me realizing now, it was one of the first times I really knew I was depressed. I really didn't want to do anything, I didn't have an appetite. I became really frustrated and angry for being in there - As a kid, never been through this, it's a very traumatic experience." - Eddie Ellis Solitary confinement is unfairly applied. Studies suggest that youth of color and LGBTQ youth are at a heightened risk of being placed in solitary confinement. Girls and gender-non-conforming youth are more likely to enter the justice system with histories of sexual abuse or other trauma, which can exacerbate the harms of isolation and increase the risk of placement in solitary due to trauma-related behaviors. Youth with disabilities are too often placed in isolation for their own protection or due to a lack of available services or accommodations. Solitary confinement is unnecessary and counterproductive. Juvenile justice systems can operate safely and effectively without reliance on solitary confinement. We highlight two jurisdictions - Ohio and Massachusetts - that have drastically limited the practice by increasing the amount of quality scheduled activities, training staff on de-escalation and other techniques, and adopting evidence-based therapeutic models. Recommendations for reform: Policy Reforms: Ensure that policies prohibit, rather than alter or ameliorate, solitary confinement. Reform must include a ban on solitary confinement for any reason other than to prevent immediate harm, with clear limits on its use even under emergency circumstances. Details: Philadelphia: Juvenile Law Center, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: http://jlc.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdfs/JLC_Solitary_Report-FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 148178

Author: Bennett, Magdalena Title: Better Together? Social Networks in Truancy and the Targeting of Treatment Summary: We use detailed administrative data to construct social networks based on students who miss class together. We simulate networks and use permutation tests to show that certain students systematically coordinate their absences. Leveraging a parent-information intervention on student absences, we find spillover effects from treated students onto peers in their network. We show that a simple optimaltargeting algorithm, which accounts for both direct effects and spillover effects subject to a budget constraint, can improve the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of the intervention. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: http://www.columbia.edu/~psb2101/networks_paper.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 148179

Author: Bindler, Anna Title: Still unemployed, what next? Crime and unemployment duration Summary: In this paper, I study the relationship between unemployment benefits, labour market conditions and crime in the light of increasing unemployment durations and temporary benefit extensions in the US. First, I find a positive reduced form effect of the benefit extensions on property crime. Second, I explore the mechanisms of the reduced form in an IV model and find that higher unemployment and longer unemployment durations are linked to higher property crime rates. These findings can rationalise the reduced form effect: Longer benefit durations are linked to longer unemployment durations which in turn contribute to increased propensities for criminal activity. Details: Gothenburg, Sweden: University of Gothenburg, School of Business, Economics and Law, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Papers in Economics 660: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://gupea.ub.gu.se/bitstream/2077/44450/1/gupea_2077_44450_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Unemployment and Crime Shelf Number: 148180

Author: Hussemann, Jeanette Title: Implementation and Sustainability of Juvenile Reentry Programs in Second Chance Act Sites: Evaluation Sites in Oklahoma and Virginia Summary: Delivering reentry services to youth proves challenging. This brief describes the implementation and sustainability of two Juvenile Second Chance Act reentry programs in Oklahoma and Virginia. Drawing from semi-structured interviews with grantees and community and state stakeholders conducted between 2013 and 2016, evaluators document the challenges to providing prerelease support and coordinating services among institutional and community supervision agencies and organizations. This brief is part of a larger evaluation of Juvenile Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention in fiscal year 2010. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/93636/juvenile-reentry-programs-in-second-chance-act-sites.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 148186

Author: McClure, David Title: Pay for Success and the Crisis Intervention Team Model: Insights from the PFS-CIT Learning Community Summary: Policymakers and community stakeholders across the United States are increasingly recognizing the Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) model as a valuable approach for improving law enforcement interactions with people with mental health issues. While initial costs of implementing CIT models are low, creative solutions are needed to fund longer-term enhancements. Pay for success (PFS) has strong potential as a means of funding the components that will allow CIT models to achieve their full potential. This brief introduces readers to PFS and CIT; explains that a shared focus on outcomes, as oppose to outputs, makes CIT and PFS a strong combination; and provides stakeholders with information about what a PFS-funded CIT program could look like. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/94741/pay-for-success-and-the-crisis-intervention-team-model_2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 148187

Author: Greene, Jacquelyn Title: Disrupting School-Justice Pathways for Youth Summary: Throughout the 1990s, the rise of zero-tolerance school discipline policies resulted in the widespread adoption of strict and mandatory responses for a large range of misbehavior in school. An unintended consequence of these policies and practices were youth with behavioral health needs put at an increased risk for exclusionary discipline and school-based arrests. Disabled students and those with behavioral health needs have been disproportionately impacted by this shift in policy and practice. Communities and states have recognized the need to address those with behavioral health needs, and have implemented a School Responder Model (SRM), which originally emerged from the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation's Models for Change Mental Health/Juvenile Justice Action Network. SRMs are a multidisciplinary approach to responding to youth with behavioral health needs and have been shown to effectively divert those youth away from the juvenile justice system. This Technical Assistance Bulletin provides the steps necessary to implement a SRM and keep kids in school and out of court. Details: Reno, NV: National Council of Juvenile and Family Court Judges, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.ncjfcj.org/sites/default/files/NCJFCJ_SJP_ResponderModel_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 148193

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Tobacco Trade: Duty-Free Cigarettes Sold in Unlimited Quantities on the U.S.-Mexico Border Pose Customs Challenges Summary: Since the 1970s, U.S. agencies have recognized that high-volume cigarette sales at duty-free stores near the U.S.- Mexico land border, although lawful, could be related to illicit activity. In 1988, U.S. law limited the quantity of duty-free tobacco products an individual can purchase at stores located in airports, restricting the sale of tobacco products to quantities consistent with personal use. This requirement, however, does not apply to land border duty-free stores. GAO was asked to review information on sales of cigarettes at duty-free stores along the southwest border. CBP identified 88 such stores and warehouses. This report describes (1) requirements that govern the lawful sale and export of cigarettes from duty-free stores on the southwest border and schemes for illicit trade in such cigarettes, (2) U.S. agency observations about these exports and efforts to counter illicit trade, (3) the extent to which selected cigarette transaction data submitted by duty-free stores indicate compliance issues. GAO analyzed Census data on these exports; reviewed CBP, ICE, and Department of the Treasury documents; and interviewed agency officials in Washington, D.C., and in several ports along the southwest border, including Laredo, Texas, and the San Diego, California, area. What GAO Recommends CBP should take steps to strengthen compliance with export reporting requirements for duty-free cigarette sales on the southwest border, such as issuing guidance to all duty-free store operators. DHS agreed and noted CBP plans to address the recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-21: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/687679.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 148194

Author: Weisburd, David Title: Proactive Policing: Effects on Crime and Communities Summary: Proactive policing, as a strategic approach used by police agencies to prevent crime, is a relatively new phenomenon in the United States. It developed from a crisis in confidence in policing that began to emerge in the 1960s because of social unrest, rising crime rates, and growing skepticism regarding the effectiveness of standard approaches to policing. In response, beginning in the 1980s and 1990s, innovative police practices and policies that took a more proactive approach began to develop. This report uses the term "proactive policing" to refer to all policing strategies that have as one of their goals the prevention or reduction of crime and disorder and that are not reactive in terms of focusing primarily on uncovering ongoing crime or on investigating or responding to crimes once they have occurred. Proactive policing is distinguished from the everyday decisions of police officers to be proactive in specific situations and instead refers to a strategic decision by police agencies to use proactive police responses in a programmatic way to reduce crime. Today, proactive policing strategies are used widely in the United States. They are not isolated programs used by a select group of agencies but rather a set of ideas that have spread across the landscape of policing. Proactive Policing reviews the evidence and discusses the data and methodological gaps on: (1) the effects of different forms of proactive policing on crime; (2) whether they are applied in a discriminatory manner; (3) whether they are being used in a legal fashion; and (4) community reaction. This report offers a comprehensive evaluation of proactive policing that includes not only its crime prevention impacts but also its broader implications for justice and U.S. communities. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2017. 326p. Source: Internet Resource: Prepublication copy, uncorrected proofs: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/24928/proactive-policing-effects-on-crime-and-communities Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148196

Author: Delgado, Sheyla A. Title: Denormalizing Violence: The Effects of Cure Violence in the South Bronx and East New York, Brooklyn Summary: New York City launched its first Cure Violence program - which uses community outreach to interrupt violence - in 2010 with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice. Today, there are 18 programs around the city. This report examines two of them: Man Up! Inc. in East New York, Brooklyn; and Save Our Streets South Bronx. Each of the two neighborhoods was compared with another neighborhood that had similar demographics and crime trends but no Cure Violence program. As detailed in this report, the comparisons provide promising evidence that the public health approach to violence reduction championed by Cure Violence may be capable of creating safe and healthy communities. The Research and Evaluation Center at John Jay College of Criminal Justice (JohnJayREC) began an evaluation of Cure Violence in 2012 with support from the New York City Council. Researchers visited program sites and interviewed staff about the Cure Violence model. They also assembled data about violent incidents in the city from the New York City Police Department (NYPD) and the New York State Department of Health (DOH). Between 2014 and 2016, the study team also conducted annual surveys of young men living in a dozen neighborhoods, some with and some without Cure Violence programs. During the study period, New York City's various Cure Violence programs received financial and administrative support from the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, the city's Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, the New York City Council, New York State's Division of Criminal Justice Services, and the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation of Princeton, New Jersey. Cure Violence is a neighborhood-based, public-health oriented approach to violence reduction. The program relies on the efforts of community-based "outreach workers" and "violence interrupters" in neighborhoods that are the most vulnerable to gun violence. These workers use their personal relationships, social networks, and knowledge of their communities to dissuade specific individuals and neighborhood residents in general from engaging in violence. When Cure Violence strategies are implemented with high levels of fidelity, the program may theoretically begin to "denormalize" violence in entire communities (Butts et al. 2015). As of 2016, New York City's Cure Violence programs employed approximately 130 workers, including two dozen program managers and directors, at least 15 supervisors, and more than 80 front-line workers. Before joining Cure Violence, staff members typically undergo a 40-hour training workshop by the National Cure Violence training team, which is based in Chicago. Additional training sessions are provided in New York City by locally based trainers. During their training, Cure Violence workers learn about active listening, conflict mediation, suicide prevention, and motivational interviewing tactics as well as procedures for record keeping and database management. Staff members at some Cure Violence programs, including those operated by the Center for Court Innovation in New York City, receive additional training in human resources policy, organizational management, and staff supervision techniques. Details: New York, NY: Research & Evaluation Center, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: https://johnjayrec.nyc/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/CVinSoBronxEastNY.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cure Violence Shelf Number: 148198

Author: Haney, Craig Title: Justice That Heals: Promoting Behavioral Health, Safeguarding the Public, and Ending Our Overreliance on Jails Summary: Despite a significant drop in San Francisco's jail population and exemplary advancements in county-run community-based supervision, individuals with serious mental illness continue to be disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system. Between 35 and 40 percent of individuals detained in San Francisco jail receive care from Jail Behavioral Health Services and 15 percent are treated for a serious mental illness. These individuals are presenting with more severe mental illnesses and more acute symptoms than ever before. Research shows that incarcerating those with mental illness is counterproductive to their rehabilitation, making it more difficult for them to successfully reenter free society. As a result, incarcerating people with mental illness undermines long-term community safety by increasing recidivism. To address the growing population of individuals with mental illness who enter a criminal justice system that exacerbates their conditions and increases their likelihood to recidivate, this concept paper outlines a series of recommendations for enhanced care coordination and service delivery in a centralized service center: The Behavioral Health Justice Center (BHJC). The proposed BHJC ensures public safety by providing mental health services designed to interrupt the cycle of homelessness, addiction, and criminal activity. Central to the concept is a system of interconnected components that creates a continuum of mental health care services. The BHJC will provide, for the first time, a purposeful, coordinated system of care with different levels of service and appropriate treatment options for individuals with mental illness in the justice system. The BHJC has four tiers of service and treatment to address four distinct levels of need. Participation at all four levels will be voluntary. Level 1: Emergency Mental Health Reception Center and Respite Beds. A 24-hour venue for police to bring individuals experiencing a mental health episode for an initial mental health assessment. Level 2: Short-term (2-3 week) Transitional Housing and on-site residential treatment. Level 3: Long-term Residential Dual Diagnosis Treatment. Longer-term intensive residential psychiatric care and substance abuse treatment in an unlocked setting. Level 4: Secure Inpatient Transitional Care Unit. Short-term, voluntary inpatient treatment for persons with mental illness transitioning to community-based residential treatment programs. The proposed BHJC is a collaborative, independently administered, interagency center designed to 1) bridge the current divide between the criminal justice system and community-based treatment programs for mentally ill individuals, and 2) ensure diversion at the earliest possible opportunity. The co-location of these services across the continuum will promote a seamless system of care for individuals with mental illness that will help them exit the criminal justice system. The creation of the BHJC may require legislative and regulatory steps to be taken that, at a minimum, ensure that the individuals who access services through the Center maintain all rights and privileges traditionally afforded in a custodial setting. As a nation, we have recently entered a long-overdue era in which there is unprecedented bipartisan collaboration designed to achieve both criminal justice and mental health reform. As a national leader in the effort to reform both of these systems, San Francisco is well-positioned to pioneer these important changes. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Law School Justice Advocacy Project, 2016. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: https://www-cdn.law.stanford.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Justice-That-Heal.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Inmates Shelf Number: 148199

Author: Golan, Guy D. Title: Countering Violent Extremism: A Whole Community Approach to Prevention and Intervention Summary: The United States national strategy for Countering Violent Extremism is broadly written and currently does not provide the framework necessary to combat homegrown violent extremism and the foreign fighter phenomenon. The threat of foreign terrorist organizations targeting the United States through a 9/11-style attack has become overshadowed by the threat of homegrown violent extremists and lone-wolf attacks. The purpose of this thesis is to gain a comprehensive insight into how intervention is used within the context of a counter-terrorism preventative strategy. How can intervention be used to disengage radicalizing individuals whose expression of extremist ideology involves committing violent acts? Furthermore, it is anticipated that the most appropriate methods for applying such an intervention program, in the pre-criminal space, can be most successful through interagency collaboration and a Whole Community approach. Such a system leverages partnerships between local, state, and federal government agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and community-driven initiatives. This paper analyzes specific case studies of socio-political landscapes, individuals who have radicalized to violent extremism, and intervention programs from Denmark, Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The results of the analysis provide recommendations for implementing a nation-wide intervention program in the United States. Details: Long Beach, CA: California State University, Long Beach, 2016. 218p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 16, 2017 at: https://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1777582076.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 148205

Author: Lim, Hyung Jin Title: Crime Reduction Effects of Open-street CCTVs in Cincinnati Summary: This study aims to address the conditional nature of the effectiveness of open-street CCTV (Closed Circuit Television). Therefore, this study examined the differences in the effects of CCTV between daytime crime and nighttime crime, between weekday crime and weekend crime, and across specific-crime offenses. Also, this study examined crime reduction effects of CCTV depending on CCTV site type (e.g., downtown location, business district, school/university location, or residential area). For the analyses, this study used HLM (hierarchical linear modeling) with 84 repeated measures across 34 camera locations in Cincinnati, OH and Z-tests in order to compare coefficients. During the first stage of analysis, the findings showed that open-street CCTV did not have crime reduction effects on daytime crime, nighttime crime, weekday crime, weekend crime, robbery, auto theft, and theft from auto, whereas it had significant crime reduction effects on assault and burglary. During the second stage of analysis, location type was considered, and results showed that the crime reduction effects of open-street CCTVs during weekends varied depending on implementation sites. The reduction effects were greater in residential areas in comparison to the effects in business districts and downtown areas. The crime reduction effects of open-street CCTVs for robbery also varied depending on implementation site type. The reduction effects were greater in residential areas in comparison to business districts. The final stage of analysis examined diffusion of benefits versus displacement effects. The findings supported the hypothesis that diffusion of benefits effects were greater than displacement effects. Specifically, WDQ analyses showed that when CCTV had crime reduction effects in target areas, diffusion of benefits rather than displacement occurred for daytime crime, nighttime crime, weekday crime, weekend crime, assault, robbery, and burglary. Although the findings of this study supported only some hypotheses (many were unsupported), they still produced important information for future research. That is, the effectiveness of open-street CCTVs may be conditional based on the timing of crime, the type of crime, and characteristics of implementation. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2015. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=ucin1439296724&disposition=inline Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: CCTV Shelf Number: 148207

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Patrol: Issues Related to Agent Deployment Strategy and Immigration Checkpoints Summary: Why GAO Did This Study The Border Patrol has primary responsibility for securing the border between U.S. ports of entry. On the southwest border, Border Patrol deploys agents along the immediate border and in areas up to 100 miles from the border as part of a layered approach known as the defense in depth strategy. Immigration checkpoints, generally located between 25 and 100 miles from the border, are one element of this strategy. GAO was asked to review the defense in depth strategy. This report addresses: (1) the factors Border Patrol considers in deploying agents, (2) where apprehensions of illegal crossers and seizures of contraband are occurring, and (3) what data show about how checkpoints contribute to apprehensions and seizures, among other objectives. To answer these questions, GAO analyzed Border Patrol documents and data on apprehensions and seizures from fiscal year 2012 through 2016, visited two southwest border sectors, interviewed officials from the other seven southwest border sectors and Border Patrol headquarters, and reviewed prior GAO work on border security. What GAO Recommends GAO is not making any new recommendations at this time but has previously recommended that Border Patrol establish internal controls for checkpoint data, among other things. DHS concurred with this recommendation and has taken some steps to improve the quality of checkpoint data, but additional actions are needed to fully implement the recommendation. Details: Washington, DC; GAO, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-50: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/688201.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 148215

Author: Delay, Dennis Title: Disproportionate Minority Contact in New Hampshire: Juvenile Justice DMC Assessment Summary: National data suggests that minorities are overrepresented in juvenile justice systems across the country, and that DMC increases as youth move through the system. For example, the U.S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Division recently completed an investigation into the operations of the Juvenile Court of Memphis and Shelby County, Tennessee, and found extensive racial disparities in the treatment of African American children: African American youth are twice as likely as white youth to be recommended for transfer to adult court. Our analysis indicates that DMC does exist in the New Hampshire juvenile justice system. However, there are significant hurdles, both in terms of data reliability and statistical precision, in calculating trustworthy DMC measurements in New Hampshire, particularly outside of the state's larger municipalities. The Division for Juvenile Justice Services (DJJS) currently calculates DMC measurements along the nine points of contact for the cities of Manchester, Nashua and Rochester annually. We recommend that DJJS extend the detailed DMC calculation to the municipalities of Concord and Salem, and that consideration be given to establishing regional DMC committees in those municipalities. We also recommend that DMC data collection be improved in New Hampshire. Some of these efforts to gather better DMC data are already underway, including improvements in the design of the juvenile petition. The importance of more reliable DMC data cannot be overstressed, as identifying the reasons for DMC are critical as New Hampshire moves from identification of DMC, to assessment and finally to methods and approaches for reducing DMC in New Hampshire. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies, 2013. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://www.nhpolicy.org/UploadedFiles/Reports/DMCAssessment2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 148223

Author: Delay, Dennis Title: Juvenile Justice in New Hampshire; Disproportionate Minority Contact Identification 2013 Summary: National data suggests that minorities are overrepresented in juvenile justice systems across the country, and that DMC increases as youth move through the system. For example, the U.S. Department of Justice Civil Rights Division recently completed an investigation into the operations of the Juvenile Court of Memphis and Shelby County, Tennessee, and found extensive racial disparities in the treatment of African American children: African American youth are twice as likely as white youth to be recommended for transfer to adult court. Our analysis indicates that DMC does exist in the New Hampshire juvenile justice system. However, there are significant hurdles, both in terms of data reliability and statistical precision, in calculating trustworthy DMC measurements in New Hampshire, particularly outside of the state's larger municipalities. The Division for Juvenile Justice Services (DJJS) currently calculates DMC measurements along the nine points of contact for the cities of Manchester, Nashua and Rochester annually. We recommend that DJJS extend the detailed DMC calculation to the municipalities of Concord and Salem, and that consideration be given to establishing regional DMC committees in those municipalities. We also recommend that DMC data collection be improved in New Hampshire. Some of these efforts to gather better DMC data are already underway, including improvements in the design of the juvenile petition. The importance of more reliable DMC data cannot be overstressed, as identifying the reasons for DMC are critical as New Hampshire moves from identification of DMC, to assessment and finally to methods and approaches for reducing DMC in New Hampshire. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://www.nhpolicy.org/UploadedFiles/Reports/DMCIdentification2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 148224

Author: Delay, Dennis Title: New Hampshire's Juvenile Justice System 2012 Summary: This paper was designed to provide an analysis of the existing juvenile justice system in the year 2011. For this analysis, the Center conducted three analyses. In the first, the Center sought to understand the characteristics of youth in the juvenile justice system in 2011. Second, the Center documented what data was available in DJJS which might help document trends in service provision and their associated costs. A third task was to determine whether the service provision matched the identified risk factors for NH's juvenile justice population and how this compares to other states. Our major findings associated with these questions are described below. Juvenile crime is declining. Contrary to the popular impression that juvenile crime is on the rise, our analysis suggests that both juvenile crime and the provision of juvenile justice services is on the decline in New Hampshire. Since 2008, juvenile crimes per 10,000 youth have declined from a rate of approximately 437 to below 359 in 2011. The number of juveniles in the DJJS system is declining. The number of youth in the DJJS system has also been on the decline since 2008. Thus, the demand for services within the juvenile justice system - at least measured by the number of youth involved in the system - has decreased. This reduction in the number of clients could continue into the future because of a decline in the number of children in the state, and as a result of changes in the requirement for filing a CHINS ("children in need of services") petition, described below. But understanding the relative role of program interventions versus demographic factors on these trends is not possible, given the lack of public data available on critical characteristics of the DJJS system. Data necessary to understand the effectiveness of the programming, or to understand potential reform efforts, are not publicly available. The Division of Juvenile Justice Services has taken steps to increase the availability of data for decision making, but data on many basic and important characteristics of the system are not publicly available. Basic trends on delinquency and rates of recidivism - arguably the two most important measures of success - are not available to the public. While there is some limited data on the DJJS population and case load, the lack of information on the risk profile of the population served and no tracking of measures of success of each treatment against the overall goals of the juvenile justice program make it very difficult to evaluate the appropriateness of existing resources and programming. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies, 2012. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://www.nhpolicy.org/UploadedFiles/Reports/JJS_report_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Offenders Shelf Number: 148247

Author: Delay, Dennis Title: Evaluating Corrections Reentry Programs: The Experience of the Hillsborough County Reentry Program Summary: Analysis and evaluation of the Reentry Program was significantly hampered by the fact that a standard data collection process was not utilized. Any future re-entry work should mandate the collection of consistent data across programs and across participants. As part of this evaluation the Center, in consultation with the Council of State Governments Justice Center, developed a database and data collection instrument for the Reentry Program. The partners believe that this data collection instrument can not only assist in the evaluation of the Reentry Program, but also serve as a resource applicable to evaluate other community corrections and reentry programs. As such, this database approach developed by the Center and the Justice Center should serve as a model for future reentry programs administered by the Department of Corrections and other criminal justice agencies in New Hampshire. While our analysis allows us to understand some of the characteristics of participants and begin to formulate questions about the factors which contribute to success or failures, a more comprehensive analysis is necessary to understand the true value of the program, and the value of services provided within those programs. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies, 2010. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://www.nhpolicy.org/UploadedFiles/Reports/reentryevalplusapp.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Community Correctioins Shelf Number: 148248

Author: Delay, Dennis Title: New Hampshire Prison Population Post SB300 Summary: In 2009 the State of New Hampshire asked the Council of State Governments' Justice Center for assistance in controlling the rise in the state prison population and the cost of incarceration in New Hampshire. After the recommendations of the Justice Center were delivered to the state in early 2010, the General Court passed enabling legislation (SB500) and the resulting Justice Reinvestment Act provisions became law later that year. Our simple descriptive analysis suggests that the Justice Reinvestment Act can be considered a success, as the state prison population declined in 2011 and state prison expenditures remained constant for two years. In addition, neither the crime rate nor county and municipal safety and correction costs increased, providing some evidence that public safety did not suffer and that costs were not simply shifted from the state to the local communities as a result of the reforms of SB500. Despite this apparent success, concerns about public safety associated with the mandatory supervised release of some violent offenders, led the Legislature to amend the Justice Reinvestment Act in 2012 to give more discretion to the state's Adult Parole Board. As a result, the number of inmates released on parole declined from 2011 to 2012. There has been a coincident rise in the state prison population. And because the inmate population is rising once again, it is likely that prison costs will also increase, wiping out the expected savings that the Justice Reinvestment Act had hoped to achieve. Details: Concord, NH: New Hampshire Center for Public Policy Studies, 2010. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://www.nhpolicy.org/UploadedFiles/Resources/PrisonPostSB500_v3.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Prisons Shelf Number: 148249

Author: Luna, Erik, ed. Title: Reforming Criminal Justice Volume 1: Introduction and Criminalization Summary: Reforming Criminal Justice is a four-volume report authored and reviewed by leading scholars in criminal law and other disciplines. The contributions to this report describe the need for reform in particular areas of American criminal justice and suggest policy recommendations to achieve such change. The ultimate goal is to fortify reform efforts currently afoot in the United States with the research and analysis of respected academics. In this way, the report hopes to increase the likelihood of success when worthwhile reforms are debated, put to a vote or otherwise considered for action, and implemented in the criminal justice system. The following offers a brief overview of the project. Volume 1 Table of Contents - Criminal Justice Reform: An Introduction Clint Bolick, Justice, Supreme Court of Arizona, and Research Fellow at the Hoover Institution - The Changing Politics of Crime and the Future of Mass Incarceration David Cole, Hon. George J. Mitchell Professor in Law and Public Policy, Georgetown University, and National Legal Director for the American Civil Liberties Union - Overcriminalization Douglas Husak, Distinguished Professor of Philosophy, Rutgers University - Overfederalization Stephen F. Smith, Professor of Law, University of Notre Dame - Misdemeanors Alexandra Natapoff, Professor of Law, University of California, Irvine - Drug Prohibition and Violence Jeffrey A. Miron, Senior Lecturer and Director of Undergraduate Studies in the Department of Economics, Harvard University, and Director of Economic Studies, Cato Institute - Marijuana Legalization Alex Kreit, Professor of Law and Co-Director of the Center for Criminal Law and Policy, Thomas Jefferson School of Law - Sexual Offenses Robert Weisberg, Edwin E. Huddleson, Jr. Professor of Law and Faculty Director of the Stanford Criminal Justice Center, Stanford University - Firearms and Violence Franklin E. Zimring, William G. Simon Professor of Law and Director of the Criminal Justice Research Program, University of California, Berkeley - Gangs Scott H. Decker, Foundation Professor of Criminology & Criminal Justice and Director of the Center for Public Criminology, Arizona State University - Criminalizing Immigration Jennifer M. Chacon, Professor of Law, University of California, Irvine - Extraterritoral Jurisdiction Julie Rose O'Sullivan, Professor of Law, Georgetown University Law Center - Mental Disorder and Criminal Justice Stephen J. Morse, Ferdinand Wakeman Hubbell Professor of Law, Professor of Psychology and Law in Psychiatry, and Associate Director of the Center for Neuroscience and Society, University of Pennsylvania - Juvenile Justice Barry C. Feld, Centennial Professor of Law Emeritus, University of Minnesota Details: Phoenix, AZ: Arizona State University, 2017. 428p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://academyforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Reforming-Criminal-Justice_Vol_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 148246

Author: Luna, Erik, ed. Title: Reforming Criminal Justice. Volume 2: Policing Summary: The present volume of Reforming Criminal Justice examines critical issues in policing, including the decisions to investigate particular individuals, the role that race plays in such decisions, and the methods of obtaining evidence. For the most part, the chapters are as advertised (so to speak) - their titles accurately and succinctly convey the topic at hand. The goal of each chapter is to increase both professional and public understanding of the subject matter, to facilitate an appreciation of the relevant scholarly literature and the need for reform, and to offer potential solutions to the problems raised by the underlying topic. This approach is taken in the report's other volumes, which address additional areas of criminal justice that are worthy of attention and even reconsideration. Volume 2 Table of Contents - Democratic Accountability and Policing - Maria Ponomarenko, Adjunct Professor of Law and Deputy Director of the Policing Project, New York University , Barry Friedman, Jacob D. Fuchsberg Professor of Law, Affiliated Professor of Politics, and Director of the Policing Project, New York University - Legal Remedies for Police Misconduct - Rachel A. Harmon, F.D.G. Ribble Professor of Law, University of Virginia - Stop-and-Frisk - Henry F. Fradella, Professor of Criminology and Associate Director of the School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Arizona State University Michael D. White, Professor of Criminology and Associate Director of the Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, Arizona State University - Race and the New Policing - Jeffrey Fagan, Isidor & Seville Sulzbacher Professor of Law and Professor of Epidemiology, Columbia University - Racial Profiling 0 David A. Harris, Professor of Law and John E. Murray Faculty Scholar, University of Pittsburgh - Race and the Fourth Amendment - Devon W. Carbado, The Honorable Harry Pregerson Professor of Law and Associate Vice Chancellor, BruinX, the Office of Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion, University of California, Los Angeles - Police Use of Force - L. Song Richardson, Interim Dean and Professor of Law, University of California, Irvine - Policing, Databases, and Surveillance - Christopher Slobogin, Milton Underwood Professor of Law, Affiliate Professor of Psychiatry, and Director of the Criminal Justice Program, Vanderbilt University - Interrogation and Confessions - Richard A. Leo, Hamill Family Professor of Law and Psychology, University of San Francisco - Eyewitness Identification - Gary L. Wells, Professor of Psychology, Distinguished Professor of Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Wendy & Mark Stavish Chair in Social Sciences, Iowa State University - Informants and Cooperators - Daniel Richman, Paul J. Kellner Professor of Law, Columbia University Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2017. 320p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://academyforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Reforming-Criminal-Justice_Vol_2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 148251

Author: Luna, Erik, ed. Title: Reforming Criminal Justice. Volume 3: Pretrial and Trial Processes Summary: The present volume of Reforming Criminal Justice examines some crucial issues in pretrial and trial processes, key aspects of which may occur outside of the courtroom and beyond trial proceedings. For the most part, the chapters are as advertised (so to speak) - their titles accurately and succinctly convey the topic at hand. The goal of each chapter is to increase both professional and public understanding of the subject matter, to facilitate an appreciation of the relevant scholarly literature and the need for reform, and to offer potential solutions to the problems raised by the underlying topic. This approach is taken in the report's other volumes, which address additional areas of criminal justice that are worthy of attention and even reconsideration. Volume 3 Table of Contents - Grand Jury - Roger A. Fairfax, Jr., Jeffrey & Martha Kohn Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Research Professor of Law, George Washington University - Pretrial Detention and Bail - Megan Stevenson, Assistant Professor of Law, George Mason University and Sandra G. Mayson, Assistant Professor of Law, University of Georgia - Prosecutor Institutions and Incentives- Ronald F. Wright, Needham Y. Gulley Professor of Criminal Law, Wake Forest University - Plea Bargaining - Jenia I. Turner, Amy Abboud Ware Centennial Professor in Criminal Law, Southern Methodist University - Prosecutorial Guidelines - John F. Pfaff, Professor of Law, Fordham University - Defense Counsel and Public Defense - Eve Brensike Primus, Professor of Law, University of Michigan - Discovery - Darryl K. Brown, O.M. Vicars Professor of Law, University of Virginia - Forensic Evidence - Erin Murphy, Professor of Law, New York University - Actual Innocence and Wrongful Convictions - Brandon L. Garrett, Justice Thurgood Marshall Distinguished Professor of Law and White Burkett Miller Professor of Law and Public Affairs, University of Virginia - Race and Adjudication - Paul Butler, Albert Brick Professor in Law, Georgetown University - Crime Victims' Rights - Paul G. Cassell, Ronald N. Boyce Presidential Professor of Criminal Law and University Distinguished Professor of Law, University of Utah - Appeals - Nancy J. King, Lee S. & Charles A. Speir Professor of Law, Vanderbilt University - Problem-Solving Courts - Richard C. Boldt, T. Carroll Brown Professor of Law, University of Maryland Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2017. 324p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://academyforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Reforming-Criminal-Justice_Vol_3.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 148252

Author: Luna, Erik, ed. Title: Reforming Criminal Justice. Volume 4: Punishment, Incarceration, and Release Summary: The present volume of Reforming Criminal Justice examines the rationales for punishment, the types of penalties and sentencing schemes, the current state of incarceration and conditions of confinement, and the prospects for inmate release and reintegration. For the most part, the chapters are as advertised (so to speak) - their titles accurately and succinctly convey the topic at hand. The goal of each chapter is to increase both professional and public understanding of the subject matter, to facilitate an appreciation of the relevant scholarly literature and the need for reform, and to offer potential solutions to the problems raised by the underlying topic. This approach is taken in the report's other volumes, which address additional areas of criminal justice that are worthy of attention and even reconsideration. Volume 4 Table of Contents - Retribution - Jeffrie G. Murphy, Regents' Professor of Law, Philosophy, and Religious Studies, Arizona State University - Deterrence - Daniel S. Nagin, Teresa & H. John Heinz III University Professor of Public Policy and Statistics, Carnegie Mellon University - Incapacitation - Shawn D. Bushway, Professor of Public Administration & Policy and Professor of Criminal Justice, University at Albany, State University of New York - Mass Incarceration - Todd R. Clear, University Professor of Criminal Justice, Rutgers University and James Austin, President, JFA Institute - Risk Assessment in Sentencing - John Monahan, John S. Shannon Distinguished Professor of Law, Joel B. Piassick Research Professor of Law, Professor of Psychology, and Professor of Psychiatry and Neurobehavioral Sciences, University of Virginia - Sentencing Guidelines - Douglas A. Berman, Robert J. Watkins/Procter & Gamble Professor of Law, The Ohio State University Mandatory Minimums - Erik Luna, Amelia D. Lewis Professor of Constitutional & Criminal Law, Arizona State University - Capital Punishment - Carol S. Steiker, Henry J. Friendly Professor of Law and Faculty Co-Director of the Criminal Justice Policy Program, Harvard University and Jordan M. Steiker, Judge Robert M. Parker Endowed Chair in Law and Director of the Texas Capital Punishment Center, University of Texas Race and Sentencing Disparity - Cassia Spohn, Foundation Professor of Criminology and Director of the School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Arizona State University - Community Punishments - Michael Tonry, McKnight Presidential Professor in Criminal Law and Policy, University of Minnesota - Fines, Fees, and Forfeitures - Beth A. Colgan, Assistant Professor of Law, University of California, Los Angeles - Correctional Rehabilitation - Francis T. Cullen, Distinguished Research Professor Emeritus of Criminal Justice and Senior Research Associate, University of Cincinnati - Prison Conditions - Sharon Dolovich, Professor of Law and Director of the UCLA Prison Law and Policy Program, University of California, Los Angeles - Prisoners with Disabilities - Margo Schlanger, Wade H. and Dores M. McCree Collegiate Professor of Law, University of Michigan - Releasing Older Prisoners - Michael Millemann, Professor of Law, University of Maryland and Rebecca Bowman-Rivas, Law and Social Work Services Program Manager, University of Maryland Elizabeth Smith, Forensic Social Work Fellow, University of Maryland - Reentry - Susan Turner, Professor of Criminology, Law, and Society and Director of the Center for Evidence-Based Corrections, University of California, Irvine - Collateral Consequences - Gabriel J. Chin, Edward L. Barrett Chair in Law and Martin Luther King, Jr. Professor of Law, University of California, Davis - Sex Offender Registration and Notification - Wayne A. Logan, Gary & Sallyn Pajcic Professor of Law, Florida State University - Clemency - Mark Osler, Robert & Marion Short Distinguished Chair in Law, University of St. Thomas Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, 2017. 460p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: http://academyforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Reforming-Criminal-Justice_Vol_4.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 148253

Author: Mohler, George O. Title: Rotational grid, PAI-maximizing crime forecasts Summary: Crime forecasts are sensitive to the spatial discretizations on which they are defined. Furthermore, while the Predictive Accuracy Index (PAI) is a common evaluation metric for crime forecasts, most crime forecasting methods are optimized using maximum likelihood or other smooth optimization techniques. Here we present a novel methodology that jointly i) selects an optimal grid size and orientation and ii) learns a scoring function with the aim of directly maximizing PAI. Our method was one of the top performing submissions in the 2017 NIJ Crime Forecasting challenge, winning 9 of the 20 PAI categories under the name of team PASDA. We illustrate the model on data provided through the competition from the Portland Police Department. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/9226cc_0a3ab606687b47788f7fdb3926d0bfaf.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 148255

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Mass Shootings in the United States: 2009-2016 Summary: At around 11:30 PM on Saturday, July 26, 2014, neighbors of the Smith family in Saco, ME heard gunshots ring out. Maine State Police detectives arrived at the Smiths' apartment to discover five bodies, all fatally shot. Finding a shotgun under Joel Smith's body, police quickly identified the scene as a murder-suicide: Smith had shot and killed his wife Heather, their two children, and his stepson before turning the gun on himself. There were several warning signs in advance of the shooting that suggested the Smith family was in danger. After the shooting, Joel's father told police that his son was a heavy drinker and often used alcohol to cope with depression. And a family friend of the Smiths told police that, just days before the shooting, Heather confided that Joel had pointed a gun at his own head and threatened to kill himself. The story of the Smith family is devastating. But when it comes to mass shootings in the United States - incidents in which four or more people are shot and killed, not including the shooter - it fits a familiar pattern. Like the shooting of the Smith family, the majority of mass shootings in the United States are related to domestic or family violence. Furthermore, there are often warning signs in advance of these shootings - "red flags" indicating that the shooters posed a risk to themselves or others. Details: New York: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://everytownresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Analysis_of_Mass_Shooting_033117.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148256

Author: Petersen, Randy Title: Pre-arrest and Pre-booking Diversion and Mental health in Policing Summary: While pretrial diversion programs have been around for some time, moving the point of occurrence further back in the process with certain offenders creates an entirely new dynamic for the criminal justice system, the police, the offender, and the community. Specifically addressing mental health issues, to include substance abuse and addiction, some new approaches in law enforcement are showing promise. One of the more recent developments, pioneered by Seattle, Washington, and King County, is the use of pre-arrest or pre-booking diversion programs initiated by police officers for adult offenders of certain crimes. Awareness of the need for crisis intervention training, programs, and policies in law enforcement is growing. The Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion (LEAD) program, its results, and the considerations and partnerships that went into its development, coupled with new approaches to crisis intervention as exemplified by the Houston Police Department may represent a model for Texas law enforcement to follow and allow law enforcement to return to its traditional role of the servant guardian. Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Perspective: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2017-03-PP05-PrearrestPrebookingDiversion-CEJ-RandyPeterson.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 148258

Author: Bae, John Title: Opening Doors: How to develop programs using examples from public housing authorities Summary: Securing housing is one of the greatest challenges for people who are released from prison and jail, especially in localities where safe and affordable housing are in short supply. Stable housing is also critical for the success of formerly incarcerated people and therefore for public safety. Many different types of landlords have restrictive admissions policies that pose an additional barrier to overcome once people are released from incarceration. For reentry service providers and other stakeholders that provide supports to formerly incarcerated people, the success of connecting the people they serve with housing is often undermined by the scarcity and restrictions. These barriers and challenges to housing stability require innovative practices and programs that provide people with places to live and holistic services to support their success after incarceration. In cities and counties large and small, public housing authorities have heeded that call and developed reentry programs to support safe housing for formerly incarcerated people and their families. This guide, which draws from the best practices and lessons learned from 11 housing authorities, documents the steps, processes, and factors public housing authorities and partners should consider when implementing programs and policy changes for people with conviction histories. The housing authorities that shared their wisdom with us represent varying geographic regions, urban and rural settings, and range in size from serving several hundred families to more than 174,000 families. The housing authorities highlighted in this guide are using existing housing stock to prevent homelessness and reduce recidivism. Further, some are reunifying families through their programming and partnering with other agencies (such as social service providers, community corrections, and others) to provide wraparound services to address the varying needs of formerly incarcerated people. These programs offer tangible solutions to address one of the biggest barriers of returning citizens while alleviating the burdens of agencies that help people get back on their feet post-incarceration. We hope the program models, partnerships, and lessons documented in this guide serve as a framework for a national strategy to tackle the issue of housing for formerly incarcerated people, an essential step in promoting successful reentry, enhancing public safety, and strengthening families and communities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/opening-doors-public-housing-reentry-guide/legacy_downloads/Opening-Doors-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-offender Housing Shelf Number: 148259

Author: Beckman, Kara Title: BIG Ideas on School-Based Mentoring: Evaluation of the Big Brother Big Sisters - Greater Twin Cities School-Based Mentoring Program Summary: For nearly 100 years, Big Brothers Big Sisters of the Greater Twin Cities (BBBS-GTC) has been making meaningful matches between adult volunteers (Bigs) and children (Littles) in the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. The BBBS-GTC school-based program matches elementary-aged Littles with Bigs and brings them together for typically about an hour each week during the school year to eat lunch, work on crafts or homework, play a game, read a book, or just talk about their week. This report summarizes evaluation findings about the school-based mentoring program based on qualitative and quantitative data gathered during 2013 and 2014. Qualitative interviews were conducted with 29 Bigs and focus groups were held with 12 BBBS-GTC staff who coordinate matches. Quantitative data consisted of survey results from 304 Bigs who filled out an initial (T1) survey near the beginning of the 2013-14 school year and 283 Bigs (93% of the 304) who also completed a second survey (T2) after the school year ended. Findings shared are largely descriptive, illuminating strengths while also highlighting areas for possible improvement. Details: Minneapolis, University of Minnesota, School of Nursing and the Healthy Youth Development - Prevention Research Center, Department of Pediatrics 2015. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/250582.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Programs Shelf Number: 148261

Author: Davis, Thomas J. Title: Now is the time for CVE-2. Updating and implementing a revised U.S. national strategy to counter violent extremism Summary: The United States (U.S.) national strategy countering violent extremism (CVE) has yet to be updated and currently does not provide the necessary national framework to best combat self-radicalization and violent extremism (VE) in the United States. If people subscribe that the need for an updated strategy is evident, then the question is What are the necessary and effective components of the national U.S. CVE strategy that best prevent self-radicalization and VE in the United States? This research examined the concepts and strategies surrounding extremism and self-radicalization in the U.S., the United Kingdom (UK) and Australia. Through this analysis, multiple findings and recommendations were made. One such finding was the identification of overarching elements that, if implemented, would increase the effectiveness and applicability of the U.S. CVE strategy. These elements include: 1) identifying the federal agency in charge of administering the U.S. CVE strategy, 2) developing a more robust and actionable national CVE framework, 3) refocusing the federal government on support and not local engagement of CVE, 4) requiring all CVE related terms be defined in every document, and 5) requiring regular evaluations and updates of the U.S. CVE strategy. The details of these and other findings are contained in this thesis. Details: Monterey, California: Naval Postgraduate School, 2014. 206p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 18, 2017 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/43901/14Sep_Davis_Tom.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 148264

Author: Koontz, Warren L.G. Title: Analysis and Prediction of Call For Service Data Summary: The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) recently sponsored a Real-Time Crime Forecasting Challenge that "seeks to harness the advances in data science to address the challenges of crime and justice." Participants were challenged to identify a forecast area within the city of Portland, OR where certain types of crime are most likely to happen. NIJ provided historical crime data for the Portland police district for the period January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2016. Participants could use this data and any other available data to make their predictions. Entries were judged based on measurements of actual crime data for a three month period beginning March 2017. I submitted an entry to the competition as a "small team/business" (consisting only of myself). This paper describes how I used tools provided by MATLAB to analyze the historical data and determine an area within the Portland police district that seemed most likely to have the highest rate of a particular crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251177.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 148268

Author: Males, Mike Title: Most California Jurisdictions Show Declines in Property Crime During Justice Reform Era, 2010-2016 Summary: This report from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice examines local trends in California's property crime from 2010 through 2016, a period marked by major justice system reform, including Public Safety Realignment, Prop 47, and Prop 57. Despite the relative stability of recent property crime trends, the report finds substantial variation in crime at the local level, which suggests that recent crime patterns may result from local policies rather than state policy reform. The report finds: From 2010 to 2016, property crime rates fell more than 3 percent statewide despite the implementation of large-scale criminal justice reforms. For every major crime except vehicle theft, more California jurisdictions reported decreases than increases in their crime rates from 2010 to 2016. For example, just 141 jurisdictions reported increased rates of burglary, while 367 jurisdictions showed decreases. Across California, crime trends have been highly localized. Of the 511 cities and local areas included in this analysis, 42 percent showed rising rates of property crime from 2010 to 2016, with an average increase of 12.8 percent, and 58 percent showed decreases, with an average decline of 18.1 percent. Many jurisdictions, especially those that began with higher rates of property crime, have devised successful policies and practices that are improving local safety. Jurisdictions that showed decreasing rates of property crime between 2010 and 2016 had higher rates at the start of the reform era than those showing increases. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/most_california_jurisdictions_show_declines_in_property_crime_during_justice_reform_era.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 148269

Author: Pham, Duy Title: Incarceration to Reentry: Education & Training Pathways in Indiana Summary: Because the social, economic, political, historical, and racial context that shapes the criminal justice system is both complex and extensive, individuals who have been incarcerated face limited opportunities - particularly for education and training - both during and after incarceration. Historical investments in corrections and policies that prioritize punishment over prevention and rehabilitation have been unsuccessful in improving public safety and have greatly marginalized low-income communities and communities of color. Research has shown, however, that correctional education and training can significantly improve the outcomes of those returning to society. These positive outcomes are leading to increased federal and state momentum to improve postsecondary access for prisoners and are lifting this issue higher on reform agendas. Nonetheless, the education and training needs of prisoners are far more complex than what traditional postsecondary education can meet, and linking those needs to training that articulates to post-release opportunities is essential for successful reentry. Building on the theme of continuity from incarceration to reentry, these briefs will highlight the continuous improvement stories of states that are moving toward this type of alignment. This brief will focus on Indiana. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://www.clasp.org/sites/default/files/publications/2017/11/2017_incarcerationtoreentryindiana.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 148272

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Montana's Justice Reinvestment Approach: Curbing State Prison Population Growth and Reinvesting in Local Public Safety Strategies Summary: Montana's prisons are at capacity due to an 11-percent increase in the prison population between FY2008 and FY2015. Without action, the prison population was projected to continue to grow 13 percent by FY2023, requiring at least $51 million in new spending for contract prison beds and hiring additional supervision offcers. Across the state, the total county jail population rose 69 percent between 2011 and 2013, and many jails are currently overcrowded. To address these challenges, in the spring of 2017 state policymakers enacted nine pieces of legislation that contain policies designed to limit the period of incarceration for people sanctioned for low-level violations of the terms of their supervision, prioritize supervision resources for people who are most likely to reoffend, and help counties reduce local jail populations. By enacting all of these bills, the state expects to avert at least $69 million in spending on contract beds and supervision staff and hundreds of millions more that would have been necessary to build new correctional facilities between FY2018 and FY2023. Montana will reinvest a portion of those savings in strategies designed to reduce recidivism and increase public safety. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/6.6.17_Montana_Justice-Reinvestment-Approach.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 148275

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Arkansas's Justice Reinvestment Approach: Enhancing Local Mental Health Services for People in the Criminal Justice System Summary: Arkansas's criminal justice system faces serious challenges. As a result of a 21-percent growth in the state's prison population between 2012 and 2015 - the highest increase in the nation during that period - Arkansas's prisons are now at capacity, and county resources are strained due to a backlog of people who are held in jail while awaiting transfer to prison after sentencing. Without action, the state's prison population is projected to increase by nearly 20 percent by 2023. To address these issues, in March 2017, Arkansas policymakers passed Act 423, which contains policies designed to make better use of state and local resources in three key ways. First, it limits the period of incarceration for people sanctioned for low-level violations of the terms of their supervision. Second, it requires training for law enforcement offcers in how to respond to people experiencing a mental health crisis. Third, it creates local crisis stabilization units that enable law enforcement offcers to divert people with mental illnesses who commit low-level offenses away from county jails to receive mental health treatment in the community. By implementing these policies, the state estimates it will avert hundreds of millions of dollars in prison construction and operating costs and will be able to reinvest savings in areas critical to improving outcomes for people on supervision and increasing public safety. Act 423 is expected to reduce the projected growth in the prison population by nearly 10 percent. This fgure represents more than 1,650 fewer people in prison by FY2023, resulting in projected averted costs of more than $288 million. Details: New York: Council of State Governments, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Arkansas-JR-Approach_MAY2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 148276

Author: Kringen, Anne Li Title: Outside the Academy: Learning Community Policing through Community Engagement Summary: Recent events highlight the need for many law enforcement agencies to focus on transparency, re-establish legitimacy, and continue to improve strained community relations. Community policing, long lauded as a potential solution to improve community-police relations, may be an important component. The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) conceptually defines community policing as a "philosophy that promotes organizational strategies that support the systematic use of partnerships and problemsolving techniques to proactively address the immediate conditions that give rise to public safety issues such as crime, social disorder, and fear of crime." The organizational components of community policing include: (1) agency management, (2) organizational structure, (3) personnel, and (4) information systems. Together, these components are envisioned as aligning to support community partnerships, proactive problem solving, and better relationships between the community and the police. Despite the conceptual definition, confusion over the practical meaning of community policing has long impacted implementation. Departments identify themselves as engaged in community policing when implementing activities such as foot patrol, opening neighborhood offices, soliciting community feedback, and reporting efforts to the community . Similarly, other specific projects, programs, and tactics such as agency-community plans, bicycle patrol, geographic assignment, citizen input and feedback, and community outreach have, at times, been classified as community policing (see e.g., Hickman & Reaves, 2001). However, community policing is better understood as an organizational strategy emphasizing citizen involvement, problem solving, and decentralization. While each of the four components forming the conceptual definition of community policing (i.e., agency management, organizational structure, personnel, and information systems) play important roles related to citizen involvement, problem solving, and decentralization, the personnel component resides at the core. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Ideas in American Policing, no. 20: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/IAP_Outside-the-Academy-Learning-Community-Policing-through-Community-Engagement.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 148277

Author: Vogler, Jacob Title: Access to Health Care and Criminal Behavior: Short-Run Evidence from the ACA Medicaid Expansions Summary: I investigate the causal relationship between access to health care and criminal behavior following state decisions to expand Medicaid coverage after the Affordable Care Act. Many of the newly eligible individuals for Medicaid-provided health insurance are adults at high risk for crime. I leverage variation in insurance eligibility generated by state decisions to expand Medicaid and differential pre-treatment uninsured rates at the county-level. My findings indicate that the Medicaid expansions have resulted in significant decreases in annual crime by 3.2 percent. This estimate is driven by significant decreases in both reported violent and property crime. A within-state heterogeneity analysis suggests that crime impacts are more pronounced in counties with higher pre-reform uninsured levels. The estimated decrease in reported crime amounts to an annual cost savings of $13.6 billion Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3042267 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Affordable Care Act Shelf Number: 148279

Author: Cox, Robynn Title: Financing the War on Drugs: The Impact of law Enforcement Grants on Racial Disparities in Drug Arrests Summary: We estimate the effectiveness of the Edward Byrne Memorial State and Local Law Enforcement Assistance Program, a grant program authorized under the 1988 Anti-Drug Abuse Act to combat illicit drug abuse and to improve the criminal justice system, on racial bias in policing. Funds for the Byrne Grant program could be used for a variety of purposes to combat drug crimes, as well as violent and other drug related crimes. The event-study analysis suggests that implementation of this grant resulted in an increase in police hiring and an increase in arrests for drug trafficking. Post-treatment effect implies a 107 percent increase in white arrests for drug sales compared to a 44 percent increase for blacks 6 years after the first grant is received. However, due to historical racial differences in drug arrests, the substantial increase in white drug arrest still results in large racial disparities in drug arrests. This is supported by weighted least squares regression estimates that show, for every $100 increase in Byrne Grant funding, arrests for drug trafficking increased by roughly 22 per 100,000 white residents and by 101 arrests per 100,000 black residents. The results provide strong evidence that federal involvement in narcotic control and trafficking lead to an increase in drug arrests; disproportionally affecting blacks. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: CESR-Schaeffer Working Paper No. 2017-005: Accessed November 20, 2017 at: Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 148280

Author: Campbell, Bradley A. Title: Predictors of Police Decision Making in Sexual Assault Investigations Summary: Existing literature has identified several victim credibility and case characteristics that have been focal to practitioner decision making in sexual assault cases. Much of this research has assessed the impact of case and victim characteristics most important to decisions to arrest and charge in cases of sexual assault. Comparatively less research has examined the individual case and victim attributes that impact pre-arrest decisions made by police investigators. The current study analyzed data from 481 sexual assault cases, investigated by the Houston Police Department Sexual Assault Unit, to examine the impact of victim credibility and case attributes on police investigators' pre-arrest decision to present a case to the prosecutor for charges to be accepted. The study builds on findings from prior research by informing an understanding of early decisions made by police investigators, and by applying the focal concerns and downstream orientation frameworks to explain these decisions. Specifically, the study answered the research questions: (1) What are the focal concerns of the pre-arrest decision to present cases to prosecutors; (2) Which specific attributes of victim credibility are correlated with police decisions to seek charges in sexual assault investigations; (3) Does the impact of case characteristics, suspect characteristics, and victim characteristics and behavior change when the suspect has been identified; (4) Are the correlates of police decision making different in non-stranger cases; and (5) Are case, suspect, or victim characteristics more focal to police decisions in non-stranger cases? Descriptive statistics and binary logistic regression models were conducted to examine the focal concerns of pre-arrest police decisions using the full sample of cases, as well as two subsamples of cases in which at least one suspect was identified, and non-stranger cases. Overall, findings across the three samples were consistent, and revealed that victim characteristics and credibility concerns were subordinate to case characteristics. Case characteristics, particularly victim cooperation, obtainment of a confession, and the presence of a witness were the primary focal concerns in investigators' decision to present cases to the prosecutor. Findings, policy implications and future research directions are discussed. Details: Houston, TX: Sam Houston State University, 2015. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 21, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1696945275?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Investigation Shelf Number: 148284

Author: Texas Appleseed Title: Young, Alone, and Homeless in the Lone Star State: Policy Solutions to End Youth Homelessness in Texas Summary: Texas Appleseed became interested in systemic problems that fuel youth homelessness as a result of its work on other child- and youth-focused projects. We frequently saw children and young people whose juvenile justice involvement or problems at school were the result of homelessness or housing instability. We met former foster youth who reported that they were inadequately prepared for adulthood when they aged out and, consequently, ended up on the streets for some period of time. And our fair housing work has revealed to us the difficulties that communities and families across the state struggle with caused by the lack of affordable and safe housing. Our interest led to a partnership with the Texas Network of Youth Services (TNOYS), an organization that also has a long history of advocating for young people in Texas. Their membership of service providers and partnership with the state on Youth Count Texas!, a statewide look at youth homelessness mandated by the 84th Texas Legislature, make them experts in the issue. In the summer of 2016, Texas Appleseed and TNOYS began our research for this report, assisted by pro bono partners Vinson & Elkins LLP. Our research included: - Over 100 interviews with young people who had experienced or were experiencing homelessness in Texas. - More than 50 interviews conducted by Vinson & Elkins' team of pro bono volunteers with school homeless liaisons, juvenile justice stakeholders, members of law enforcement, foster care stakeholders, and service providers. - Data requests to Texas agencies that serve youth or touch on issues related to youth homelessness. - Research around existing programs and best practices. What we discovered over the course of this research is that the issue of youth homelessness is one that is called by different names depending on the system the youth touches. If a Texas youth is on the street, is picked up by law enforcement, and is under the age of 17, she is a "runaway," a status offender who is referred to the juvenile justice system for rehabilitation. If the youth instead appears in a shelter and the shelter contacts the child welfare system, she may be deemed a victim of abuse or neglect and placed in the foster care system for protection. Thus the same youth, depending on which system she encounters first, is either a victim or an offender. If a young person is not living on the street but is "doubled up" and living with friends or relatives, whether or not she is deemed homeless depends on which system of services she tries to access. Her school would count her as homeless, entitling her to educational services and protections, but the community organization her school might refer her to for services may not, making her ineligible for their help. The same youth is in one setting "homeless" and in another is not. This is perhaps one of the clearest findings from the hours of interviews, data analysis, and exhaustive research flowing from this report: A disjointed policy and funding approach to youth who are without a home results in disjointed services. Reducing or resolving the issue of youth homelessness and improving outcomes for young people is going to require a cohesive approach that brings all child-serving systems together to provide a full continuum of services. Finding solutions is critical. Research shows that young people who encounter homelessness are at high risk of poor outcomes, including: - Educational failure. Youth experiencing homelessness are more likely to be retained a grade or drop out altogether. - Juvenile or criminal justice contact. Criminalization of homelessness and survival behavior may lead to justice system contact, which heightens the risk for ongoing homelessness. - Victimization. Youth experiencing homelessness are at high risk for becoming victims of crime, including human trafficking. - Health and mental health problems. The goal of this report is to identify multi-system policy solutions that could prevent youth homelessness or provide better interventions to ensure youth who encounter homelessness get back on their feet quickly. We hope to shed light on what C.F. asked us to consider: how policymakers and stakeholders, understanding the reality that homelessness could happen to any one of us, can better open ourselves to compassionate, caring responses that are not only better for young people but better for our communities as a whole. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Appleseed and Texas Network of Youth Services, 2017. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: https://www.texasappleseed.org/sites/default/files/YoungAloneHomeless_FullReport_fin.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 148501

Author: Miller, Marna Title: Family Assessment Response in Washington's Child Protective Services: Effects on Child Safety and Out-of-Home Placement Summary: The 2012 Washington State Legislature directed DSHS to create a two-track response system for accepted reports to Child Protective Services, where high risk families receive an investigation (formerly the only response) and low- to moderate-risk families receive Family Assessment Response (FAR). FAR provides a comprehensive assessment of child safety, risk of subsequent child abuse or neglect, and family strengths and needs. The assessment determines the need for services to address child safety and the risk of subsequent maltreatment but does not include a determination as to whether child abuse or neglect occurred. WSIPP was directed to evaluate the effect of FAR on child safety measures, out-of-home placement rates, re-referral rates, and caseload sizes and demographics. In this final report, we evaluate the outcomes directed in the law, comparing outcomes for families who received FAR to those families who were eligible for FAR but who were served in offices where FAR had not yet been implemented. We also estimate the proportion of the caseload assigned to FAR after full implementation and the effect of FAR on receipt of paid in-home services. Details: Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1675/Wsipp_Family-Assessment-Response-in-Washington-s-Child-Protective-Services-Effects-on-Child-Safety-and-Out-of-Home-Placement_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 148503

Author: Stanford University. Human Rights in Trauma Mental Health Lab Title: Mental Health Consequences Following Release from Long-Term Solitary Confinement in California Summary: In Spring 2017, members of Stanford University's Human Rights in Trauma Mental Health Laboratory (the Stanford Lab) were invited to consult with attorneys from the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR) representing class members in the federal class action lawsuit Ashker v. The Governor of California (Ashker). The Stanford Lab was asked to gather narratives from Ashker class members in order to glean insight into what psychiatric sequelae directly related to prolonged, indefinite isolation in the Security Housing Units (SHU) at California prisons are present, and to determine whether that harm continues to impact prisoners following their release from SHU into the general prison population (GP). As aggregated, the class member narratives indicated that most of the men experienced severe psychological disturbances with lasting detrimental consequences as a result of their experience in SHU. The Stanford Lab's interviews revealed a range of common impairments and adverse consequences associated with long-term, indefinite incarceration. The majority of class members endorsed mood symptoms consistent with the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM 5) diagnosis of Major Depressive Disorder, including depressed mood, hopelessness, anger, irritability, anhedonia, anger, fatigue, feelings of guilt, loss of appetite, and insomnia. Nearly all class members also endorsed anxiety symptoms characteristic of DSM 5 diagnoses of panic disorder, traumatic stress disorders, and/or obsessive-compulsive disorders, such as nervousness, worry, increased heart rate and respiration, sweating, muscle tension, hyperarousal, paranoia, nightmares, intrusive thoughts, and fear of losing control. Psychiatric symptoms and diminished capacity for socialization continue to cause psychological suffering and problems with social function for most of the men now in GP. Class members cited emotional numbing and desensitization as the some of the most common responses to living in SHU. This sense of emotional suppression and dysregulation continues to be problematic for prisoners following the transition to the general population. Class members also reported significant alterations in cognition and perception. Problems with attention, concentration, and memory were common, and described as persistent and worsening. Some of the most pronounced and enduring effects of long-term isolation appeared to have resulted from relational estrangement and social isolation; interviewees frequently reported losing, over time, the motivation to seek social connection. These psychiatric and social difficulties were reported to have persisted throughout the transition to GP. Class members commonly reported ongoing anxiety and posttraumatic stress symptoms. Specific difficulties endorsed by class members include pervasive hypervigilance, worry, and nervousness; they described experiences of being on constant alert and chronically feeling under threat or danger. Many class members endorsed sensory sensitivity following their transition to GP, noting experiences of distress, anxiety, paranoia, and irritability particularly in response to the "chaotic" environment of GP with an influx of new activities, interactions, and sounds. Furthermore, class members report that periods of lockdown in GP are triggering and retraumatizing, and that they invoke re-experiencing symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. These social and psychological responses to SHU are consistent with the majority of current literature on prolonged isolation. In considering opportunities to improve post-SHU experience and functioning for prisoners, the Stanford Lab noted that class members generally felt overwhelmed by and underprepared for the post-SHU experience in GP. Class members described the experience of GP as totally foreign and overwhelming; these experiences appeared to stem from the drastic contrast between the physical, social, and sensory environments of SHU and GP, as well as the absence of an effective transition program. The loss of routine and stability in daily functioning, and the related lack of predictability and demand for flexibility, was jarring and distressing for many interviewees, resulting in feelings of anxiety, nervousness, irritability, and a sense of isolation and disconnection, exacerbated by the lack of any transition preparation. The mental health professionals in the Stanford Lab are well versed in treatment modalities and useful interventions for persons with mental health disorders and/or symptoms. Based on the information summarized in this report, the Stanford Lab recommends reparative services in the form educational, occupational, and social programming opportunities to help address the lasting consequence of the long-term SHU experience. Emotional and psychological support services are also needed. For transition, it is clear that improved, earnest access to mental health treatment is necessary, and that such access should come from non-CDCR sources for a number of reasons elucidated in the full report. The Stanford Lab recommends that class members be offered mental health and psychological services in the form of independent psychiatric care and/or peer-led or peer-facilitated support groups. Moreover, interviews indicate that prisoners seem to derive a sense of fulfillment and self-worth from opportunities to mentor their peers; such programming could be helpful in combatting some of the detrimental effects of time in SHU, including by diminishing anxiety and depression. Furthermore, class members' requests for greater access to jobs and other out-of-cell activities, to programs, and to therapeutic groups are wise interventions for their symptom profiles and are likely to improve their transitions and the long-term prospects for functioning and contribution to society. The Stanford Lab found the men interviewed to be resilient, self-educated, intellectually curious individuals, many of whom have implemented therapeutic coping mechanisms on their own. The Stanford Lab recommends that CDCR and other prison authorities seek to offer adequate and enriched programming opportunities as a means of providing reparative services and personal, community, and societal healing following long-term isolation in SHU. Details: New York: Center for Constitutional Rights, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://ccrjustice.org/sites/default/files/attach/2017/11/CCR_StanfordLab-SHUReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 148505

Author: State University of New York at Albany Title: The Civil Legal Needs of Victims of Crime in New York State: An Assessment of the Issues, Services, and Challenges in Meeting the Civil Legal Needs of Victims Summary: In 2015 a team comprised of the New York State Office of Victim Services (OVS), Empire Justice Center (EJC), Pro Bono Net (PBN), and the Center for Human Services Research (CHSR) at the University at Albany, was a awarded a federal grant1 to develop a comprehensive, collaborative approach to meeting the civil legal needs of crime victims in New York State (NYS). This approach focused on the use of technology to expand access to civil legal services. To assist with this work, the grant partners formed an Advisory Committee of crime victim advocates, civil attorneys, prosecutors, relevant state and local agencies, and crime victims across NYS. As a first step in the development of an online resource, CHSR was engaged to undertake a comprehensive needs and systems assessment to identify existing gaps in civil legal services for crime victims. This report presents the findings from the two key components of this needs assessment study-surveys of crime victims and service providers, and focus groups with these same parties as well as interviews with civil legal attorneys and law clinic faculty. The main objective of the needs assessment was to answer the following questions: What kind of problems do victims of crime face in New York State, and what are their civil legal needs? What are the existing gaps between services needed and services available? What are the potential barriers to seeking/ receiving help? What role can an online resource play in order to fill the existing gaps? Who did we study? The needs assessment was conducted in multiple stages, beginning with the surveys and followed by focus groups and interviews. We received 310 responses to the victim of crime survey, and 412 responses to the service provider survey. Seventy-two percent of the victims came from non-rural counties; 83% were female; 68% were white. Forty-seven percent of the victims answered the survey based on a non-personal crime victimization experience (e.g. theft), 18% answered based on a domestic violence experience, and the remaining 35% answered based on another personal crime victimization experience (e.g. elder abuse). Seventy-five percent of the service providers responding to the survey came from non-rural counties; more than 40% of the ser- 1 This report was produced by Center for Human Services Research under Grant No. 2014-XV-BX-K009, awarded by the Office for Victims of Crime, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. The opinions, findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this product are those of the contributors and do not necessarily represent the official position or policies of the U.S. Department of Justice. Service provider respondents worked for a non-profit agency. We conducted focus groups with victims of crime and service providers, and interviews with civil legal attorneys in nine regions across NYS; interviews were conducted with law clinic faculty from seven law schools. What did we find? We found that most crime victims faced problems related to money or finances, family, and housing. High percentages of victims reported needing help with knowing what services were available and understanding the legal system. Many of those who did not seek help to deal with their problems indicated that they did not know what services were available or that they did not think anything could be done. Service providers similarly reported that victims' lack of knowledge about the availability of services was the strongest barrier to meeting the needs of crime victims. In focus groups and interviews, participants echoed these responses and highlighted transportation barriers as well as language and cultural barriers. Is there a role for technology to help meet these service needs? We found that an integrated online tool has promise to help minimize the impact of these barriers and meet the civil legal needs of crime victims. Most victims indicated that they would or may consider using an online tool, and most service providers reported that they would be willing to refer their clients to an online network. While most victims indicated a preference for a computer application, many victims also indicated the utility of a mobile application; this preference varied by demographics. We conclude the report with some policy recommendations based on the findings of the needs assessment. These recommendations include disseminating information about the online resource to first responders to criminal victimizations and obtaining buy-in from local service providers to ensure legitimacy. In order to ensure wide accessibility, we recommend making the resource a safe place for all populations irrespective of victimization experience, sexual orientation, or immigration status, and keeping the language simple to allow for accessibility of information among different literacy levels and levels of English proficiency. Details: Albany: The State University of New York at Albany, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://www.albany.edu/chsr/Publications/Civil%20Legal%20Needs%20booklet%202017_pages.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Remedies Shelf Number: 148506

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: The Origins of America's Jihadists Summary: The U.S. homeland faces a multilayered threat from terrorist organizations that could try to carry out a major terrorist operation in the United States or sabotage a U.S.-bound airliner, from Americans returning from jihadist fronts or European returnees who might try to enter the United States, and from homegrown terrorists inspired by jihadist ideology to carry out attacks in the United States. Homegrown jihadists account for most of the terrorist activity in the United States since 9/11. American Muslims appear unreceptive to the violent ideologies promoted by al Qaeda and the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). A small fraction express favorable views of the tactics that those organizations use, but expressions of support for political violence do not translate to a willingness to engage in violence. Efforts by jihadist terrorist organizations to inspire terrorist attacks in the United States have thus far yielded meager results. This essay identifies 86 plots to carry out terrorist attacks and 22 actual attacks since 9/11. These involve 178 planners and perpetrators. (This total does not include those who provided material support to jihadist groups or left the United States to join jihadist groups abroad but who did not participate in terrorist attacks or plots to carry out attacks here.) American jihadists are made in the United States, not imported. Of the 178 jihadist planners and perpetrators, 86 were U.S.-born citizens. The others were naturalized U.S. citizens (46) or legal permanent residents (23)- in other words, people who had long residencies in the United States before arrest. (One more was a U.S. citizen, but it is unclear whether he was born here or naturalized.) Eight of the 178 terrorist attackers and plotters were in the United States on temporary visas, three were asylum seekers, four had been brought into the country illegally (three as small children and one as a teenager), and two were refugees. Three foreigners were participants in a plot to attack John F. Kennedy (JFK) International Airport but did not enter the United States. The status of the remaining few is unknown. The nation has invested significant resources in preventing terrorist attacks. Public statements indicate that federal and local authorities have followed hundreds of thousands of tips and conducted thousands of investigations since 9/11. An average of 11 people per year have carried out or have been arrested for plotting jihadist terrorist attacks. Authorities have been able to uncover and thwart most of the terrorist plots, keeping the total death toll under 100 during the 15-year period since 9/11-clearly a needless loss of life but a remarkable intelligence and law enforcement success. No American jihadist group has emerged to sustain a terrorist campaign. There is no evidence of an active jihadist underground to support a continuing terrorist holy war. There has been no American intifada, just an occasional isolated plot or attack. Out of tens of millions of foreign arrivals every year, including temporary visitors, immigrants, and refugees, 91 people known to have been born abroad were involved in jihadist terrorist plots since 9/11. Information on arrival dates is available for 66 of these entrants-only 13 of them arrived in the country after 9/11, when entry procedures were tightened. Vetting is not a broken system. Nationality is a poor predictor of later terrorist activity. Foreign-born jihadists come from 39 Muslim-majority countries, with Pakistan leading the list, but concern about possible attempts by returning European foreign fighters to enter the United States requires looking at a larger set of national origins. Vetting people coming to the United States, no matter how rigorous, cannot identify those who radicalize here. Most of the foreign jihadists arrived in the United States when they were very young. The average age upon arrival was 14.9 years. The average age at the time of the attack or arrest in a terrorist plot was 27.7. Determining whether a young teenager might, more than 12 years later, turn out to be a jihadist terrorist would require the bureaucratic equivalent of divine foresight. Of the 25 people involved in actual jihadist terrorist attacks, only one returned to the United States after training abroad with clear intentions to carry out an attack. Adding the "shoe" and "underwear" bombers (bringing the total to 27) makes three entering the country or boarding a U.S.-bound airliner with terrorist intentions. Six others entered or returned to the United States within several years of the attack, but subsequent investigations turned up no proof of connections with terrorist groups while they were abroad. The 18 others (72 percent) had no record of recent travel abroad. The complexity of terrorist motives defies easy diagnosis. Religious beliefs and jihadist ideologies play an important role but are only one component of a constellation of motives. Remote recruiting has increasingly made jihadist ideology a conveyer of individual discontents. Feelings of alienation, anger, vengeance, disillusion, dissatisfaction, and boredom; life crises; and even mental disabilities appear in the life stories of individual jihadists. Some of those engaged in jihadist attacks had previously come to the attention of the authorities. Several of these, including the shooter in Little Rock, Arkansas, one of the Boston bombers, and the attacker who killed 49 people in Orlando, Florida, had been interviewed by Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) officials at some point in their history and were assessed as posing no immediate danger. In some cases, that assessment might have been correct at the time, but personal circumstances changed the person's trajectory. Predicting dangerousness is difficult. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/perspectives/PE200/PE251/RAND_PE251.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 148507

Author: Governors Highway Safety Association Title: Drug-Impaired Driving: A Guide for States Summary: Drug Impaired Driving: A Guide for States, equips states and policymakers with the latest research, data, laws and programs to help them address this growing problem. This new edition includes recent data on drug use by drivers and drug involvement in crashes, new state laws and programs, and information from more than 30 additional research studies. Chief among the report's recommendations is increased training for law enforcement officers to help them identify and arrest drugged drivers. To address this need, Responsibility.org is providing $100,000 in funding to the Illinois, Montana, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin highway safety offices. Each office will use their funding to implement Advanced Roadside Impaired Driving Enforcement (ARIDE) training and Drug Recognition Expert (DRE) programs. Details: Washington, DC: GHSA, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://www.ghsa.org/sites/default/files/2017-07/GHSA_DruggedDriving2017_FINAL_revised.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 148509

Author: Deiana, Claudio Title: The Bitter Side of Trade Shocks: Local Labour Market Conditions and Crime in the US Summary: This paper analyses the effect of a change in local labour market conditions induced by a trade shock on crime in the US. Over the last three decades, the US economy has been gravely shaped by international trade shocks, and China played a crucial role as a major global exporter. This study documents that the increasing exposure to Chinese competitiveness has indirectly contributed to the change in the propensity to commit crime through a reduction of the expected labour market earnings. I exploit the cross-market variation in import exposure stemming from initial differences in industry specialisation as an instrument for the local labour market conditions. The empirical evidence from the current study suggests a more than proportional elasticity of crime with respect to a decrease in labour earnings originated by Chinese import penetration. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 50. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://editorialexpress.com/cgi-bin/conference/download.cgi?db_name=COMPIE2016&paper_id=69 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 148512

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Efficiency of Place-Based Policing Summary: In this chapter we argue that place based policing is not only effective but is also an efficient approach for the police. We present a growing body of evidence that suggests that police efforts to combat crime at small places represent an opportunity to increase the efficiency of police strategies to control crime and disorder. Details: Mt. Scopus, Jerusalem: Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Hebrew University of Jerusalem Legal Research Paper 15-26: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2630369 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 148515

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Missouri: Overview Summary: Like many states, Missouri has confronted a number of challenges to the public's confidence in its criminal justice system. At the same time, the state is seeing a variety of troubling trends that need to be addressed, including an uptick in violent crime, a fast-growing female prison population, and a sizeable portion of prison admissions that are driven by failures on supervision. In May 2017, Missouri Governor Eric Greitens, then Chief Justice Patricia Breckenridge, Senate President Pro Tempore Ron Richard, and House Speaker Todd Richardson requested support from the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and The Pew Charitable Trusts (Pew) to explore a justice reinvestment approach to address these challenges. As public-private partners in the federal Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI), BJA and Pew approved Missouri's request and asked The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center to provide intensive technical assistance through JRI to help collect and analyze data and develop appropriate policy options to help contain corrections spending and reinvest in strategies that can reduce recidivism and increase public safety. Executive Order 17-17, signed by Governor Greitens in June 2017, established the Missouri State Justice Reinvestment Task Force comprising designees from all three branches of Missouri's government and state and local criminal justice system stakeholders. Under the direction of the task force, CSG Justice Center staff will conduct a comprehensive analysis of data collected from various relevant state agencies and departments within all three branches of the state's government. To build a more comprehensive picture of statewide criminal justice trends, data on jail and community corrections will be collected from local governments and analyzed where possible. CSG Justice Center staff will also convene focus groups and lead interviews with key stakeholders in Missouri's criminal justice system. Based on the findings from these extensive quantitative and qualitative analyses, the task force will develop options for the legislature's consideration that are designed to both increase public safety and contain the cost of corrections. The task force will also explore opportunities to reinvest in strategies that will further public safety and cost savings. This overview highlights some recent criminal justice trends in Missouri. The task force will explore these issues, and many others, in greater depth in the coming months. Details: New York: Justice Center, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/JR-in-Missouri_Overview.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 148516

Author: Obinna, Denise N. Title: American Deportation and the 'Non-Criminal' Criminals Summary: In recent years, a considerable amount of the socio-legal literature has focused on the rising rate of criminal deportation and more generally the intersection of the immigration and criminal justice systems. While the number of criminal removals in this decade is indeed unprecedented, deportation because of non-criminal conduct has far outnumbered criminal deportation. Yet, there are no empirical studies to date which have focused exclusively on non-criminal deportation. This dissertation fills this gap in the literature by providing an in-depth analysis of non-criminal deportations from 1908-2012. The study documents and explains historical variations in non-criminal deportation in the United States. Dividing the analyses into three distinct eras, this study looks at how noncriminal deportation has fluctuated with macro-level factors such as the economy, the political system and changing demographics. In addition, the study evaluates the impact of public opinion on non-criminal deportation for the period from 1964-2012. Results from descriptive analyses suggest that during the early years of the century, deportation was highly variable with removals based on the 'morality' of foreigners and whether or not they were likely to become dependent on the state as public charges. As the enforcement bureaucracy strengthens during the latter half of the century, non-criminal deportations become more administrative with majority of the deportees being visa violators and those who entered without proper documents. The statistical results suggest that during the period between 1908 and 1940 which coincides with the Great Depression, there was a strong association between the unemployment rate and non-criminal deportation. Unlike previous research which suggests that criminal deportation increased following the passage of punitive immigration laws in the 1980s, this study finds that non-criminal deportation increased in the 1990s following the passage of laws under the Democratic Clinton administration with support from a Republican Congress. The results also suggest that when Republican president in power, non-criminal deportations are more likely to increase than when there is a Democratic incumbent. These results are significant in all eras except the period from 1941 to 1986. With regards to public opinion, the results show that non-criminal deportations increase when the public has negative opinions towards immigrants during the post-1964 era. Thus, this study sheds light on how non-criminal removals have been classified and what this means for current immigration policy on deportation. Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, 2015. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=osu1437579909&disposition=inline Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 148524

Author: Gentry, Eunette Title: Analyzing Television News: Pro-Social & Anti-Social Effects of Criminal Depictions & Information Processing on Race Perceptions Summary: This quantitative research is a content analysis of network affiliate crime reporting statistics in Las Vegas. As part of this study, six months of news content in Las Vegas was recorded in order to gather pertinent sociological information about crime reporting techniques and its potential effects on public perceptions of crime and race. Pertinent issues such as media-image affect on viewers, biases within reporting information, and gatekeeping within the media are analyzed. This study adds substantive knowledge through empirical research to existing literature that asserts media depictions do shape and/or affect perceptions and attitudes about crime and race. Data sources consist of NBC, CBS, and ABC Las Vegas area newscasts. The results show there is a statistically significant relationship between the variables Suspect Image Shown and Race (among Hispanics and Blacks). This study has both local and national implications connected to ongoing top news story reports involving the killing of unarmed Black men - such as Michael Brown and Eric Garner - at the hands of police. Results of this analysis suggest its findings can be used to begat change in the manner in which journalists report details of crimes and alleged criminals. Suggestions for future research are also considered. Details: Las Vegas: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2015. 364p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: https://digitalscholarship.unlv.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3354&context=thesesdissertations Year: 2915 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Media Shelf Number: 148525

Author: Altheimer, Irshad Title: Toward a Research Agenda for the Rochester Shooting Database Summary: The aim of this essay is to discuss how the Rochester Shooting Database (RSD) can be utilized to expand knowledge on shootings and guide violence intervention programs. Gun violence is a serious problem in the United States. Every year thousands of Americans are shot or killed as a result of gun violence. The majority of shootings occur in urban areas, and a significant amount of urban shootings occur in socially disadvantaged neighborhoods where African Americans and Latinos are disproportionately involved as both offenders and victims. An impressive body of literature exists on this topic. This research has established the important role that neighborhood characteristics play in shaping the processes that lead to lethal victimization (Wilkinson, 2003), the contexts in which violent victimization occurs (Stewart and Simons, 2006), as well as the nature of violent victimization in socially disadvantaged areas (Kubrin, 2003). Despite these advances, however, important questions remain. One barrier to expanding knowledge on gun violence in America is the lack of sufficient crime data to critically assess important empirical questions. Much of the existing research examining violent crime has utilized self-report or victimization survey data. These data often produce samples that have too few shooting victims to allow for the separate consideration of shootings, and are unable to provide characteristics of shooting offenders, victims, or situations. Another area of research on shootings attempts to identify patterns of shootings across space and time. This research has been critical in identifying shooting hotspots and linkages between hotspots overtime (see Braga, Papachristos, and Hureau, 2010), but these analyses often fail to consider possible linkages between hotspots and characteristics of individuals or situations. The failure to adequately address these issues is not just a concern for theoretical criminologists. To the extent that public policy should be guided by sound theory, our failure to understand the nature of these problems may limit our ability to craft adequate solutions to reduce them. In an attempt to address some of the shortcomings associated with shooting data, the Center for Public Safety Initiatives (CPSI) has partnered with the Rochester Police Department (RPD) and the Monroe Crime Analysis Center (MCAC) to develop the RSD. This essay will discuss how the RSD can be utilized to expand what we know about shootings and guide criminal justice violence interventions. This paper is divided into three sections. Section One provides a brief introduction to the RSD. Section Two identifies the key research areas that can be examined with the newly developed dataset. Section Three discusses the policy implications of the research. Details: Rochester, NY: Center for Public Safety Initiatives, Rochester Institute of Technology, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper # 2013-04: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.rit.edu/cla/criminaljustice/sites/rit.edu.cla.criminaljustice/files/docs/WorkingPapers/2013/2013-04.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 148526

Author: Rosenfeld, Richard Title: Assessing and Responding to the Recent Homicide Rise in the United States Summary: Big-city homicides rose in 2015 and again in 2016, although not all cities experienced a large increase, and homicides fell in some cities. We consider two explanations of the homicide rise as guides for future research: (1) expansion in illicit drug markets brought about by the heroin and synthetic opioid epidemic and (2) widely referenced "Ferguson effects" resulting in de-policing, compromised police legitimacy, or both. Larger increases in drug-related homicides than in other types of homicide provide preliminary evidence that expansions in illicit drug markets contributed to the overall homicide rise. The current drug epidemic is disproportionately concentrated in the white population, and homicides have increased among whites as well as among AfricanAmericans and Hispanics. We surmise, therefore, that the drug epidemic may have had an especially strong influence on the rise in homicide rates among whites. Current evidence that links de-policing to the homicide rise is mixed at best. Surveys of police reveal widespread concerns about increased police-community tensions and reductions in proactive policing in the aftermath of widely publicized deadly encounters between the police and African-Americans. Increases in homicide followed decreases in arrests in Baltimore and Chicago, although it is not known whether the same was true in other cities. Nationwide, arrest-offense ratios and arrest clearance rates decreased in 2015, but they had been declining for several years when homicide rates were falling. The extent of de-policing and its possible connection to the recent homicide rise remain open research questions. Survey evidence reveals greater discontent with the police among African-Americans than among whites. Alienation from the police can result in a decreased willingness to contact them when a crime occurs or to cooperate in police investigations and, some studies suggest, an increase in criminal behavior. One study has shown that calls for police service fell after a controversial violent encounter between the police and an unarmed AfricanAmerican in Milwaukee. The reduction in calls for service was greater in African-American neighborhoods than in other neighborhoods. The rate at which the police are contacted is only one of several indicators needed to measure any connection between diminished police legitimacy and the recent rise in homicides. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/251067.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 148529

Author: Vasquez, Amanda L. Title: Victim need report: Service providers' perspectives on the needs of crime victims and service gaps Summary: This report presents research findings on victim needs and gaps in services as described by victim service providers serving victims of crime in Illinois. Victim service providers (N = 235) from all regions of the state responded to an online survey and a subset of providers (N = 28) also participated in focus groups. The findings in this report draw from these quantitative survey data and qualitative focus group data, as well as administrative data. Victim service providers identified various victim needs. These needs can be categorized in three ways: fundamental needs, presenting needs, or accompanying needs. Fundamental needs correspond to victims' basic needs, and include shelter, food, and utility services, as well as assistance with life skills, such as education, employment, or housing assistance. Victim services that address victims' presenting needs include mental health care and counseling, medical care, longer term housing and relocation assistance, legal assistance, and substance use disorder treatment. Lastly, accompanying needs, or the need for translation services, transportation assistance, child care, and case management, impact a victim's ability to access services to meet fundamental and presenting needs. Accompanying needs facilitate access to services that seek to satisfy either fundamental or presenting needs, and, thus, are necessary support services. Victim service providers also highlighted service gaps, or ways in which current service availability was unable to satisfy victim need. Services gaps were either programmatic, where need exceeded a provider's ability to serve victims, or geographic, a lack of services in a particular area. Programmatic gaps included a lack of housing options, both emergency shelter and longer term services, mental health and counseling services, legal assistance, substance abuse treatment, translation services, transportation assistance, and child care. Gaps in emergency shelter services were particularly pronounced for victims of sexual assault and human trafficking, and for older crime victims, whereas children, their parents, and juvenile justice involved youth often have limited mental health and counseling service options. Geographic gaps centered on providers' limited ability to offer expanded or specialized medical, mental health or legal services; this gap was more pronounced in rural areas. Other gaps, such as unmet needs for substance abuse treatment, translation services, transportation assistance, and child care were present throughout the state, regardless of region or county type (i.e., urban vs. rural). The findings in this report have important implications for funders, victim service providers, and other social service providers who have contact with victims. Victim service providers, funders, and others should continue to prioritize services that address fundamental and presenting victim needs as these address basic needs, as well as safety and security needs. Also, to facilitate access to services steps should be taken to meet victim accompanying needs. Funders and providers are encouraged to develop a comprehensive plan to address services gaps that is responsive to both current and evolving victim need, and to coordinate services across providers in a way that best matches victim need with provider specialization. Lastly, victim service delivery and funding can benefit from efforts to engage victims and the broader community, where victims are empowered to share their voice and community members can advocate for larger structural change alongside victims and their families, providers, and others. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/ICJIA_Victim_service_provider_Needs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 148530

Author: National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine Title: Community Violence as a Population Health Issue: Proceedings of a Workshop Summary: On June 16, 2016, the Roundtable on Population Health Improvement held a workshop at the Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd in Brooklyn, New York, to explore the influence of trauma and violence on communities. George Isham, co-chair of the roundtable, welcomed participants and explained that hanging behind the podium was a peace quilt created by children of the church congregation. The quilt included several quotes, such as "Love and Open Your Hearts to Others" and "Peace Begins with Me." Isham pointed out that this was a significant backdrop, both physically and metaphorically for the conversation of the day. As participants were painfully aware, though the workshop on community violence as a population health issue had been in the planning stages for several weeks, just a few days earlier, on June 12, 2016, Omar Mateen shot and killed 49 people and injured 53 others at Pulse, a gay nightclub located in Orlando, Florida. Isham said it was appropriate to keep this tragic national event and the loss of lives and injured people in mind, as well as to think of the families, loved ones, and others in the community affected by this violence. In his introductory comments, Isham said that since February 2013, the roundtable has served as a venue for leaders to meet and discuss the leverage points and opportunities arising from changes in the social and political environment for advancing better population health. At previous workshops held by the roundtable, "The Role and Potential of Communities in Population Health Improvement: A Workshop" (IOM, 2015) and "Supporting a Movement for Health and Health Equity: Lessons from Social Movements: A Workshop" (IOM, 2014), several individual workshop speakers emphasized that safe and healthy communities are central to health equity and improving population health. Individual speakers also conveyed the message that community engagement and organizing are important approaches to addressing the social determinants of health, such as housing, education, and violence. Isham added that also relevant was the workshop "Framing the Dialogue on Race and Ethnicity to Advance Health Equity: A Workshop" (NASEM, 2016b), in which Gilbert C. Gee discussed how racism contributes to shorter lives for people of color and inequities in life expectancy. This workshop builds on those insights and seeks to explore ways in which communities are addressing violence and building safe, healthy, and resilient communities. Details: Washington,DC: The National Academies Press, 2017. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.nap.edu/download/23661 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 148531

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Identity Theft: Improved Collaboration Could Increase Success of IRS Initiatives to Prevent Refund Fraud Summary: Why GAO Did This Study IRS estimates that fraudsters attempted at least $14.5 billion in IDT tax refund fraud in tax year 2015. Since 2015, GAO's High-Risk List has included IRS's efforts to address IDT refund fraud. Starting with its March 2015 Security Summit, IRS has partnered with state tax administrators and tax preparation companies, among others, on initiatives aimed at better preventing and detecting IDT refund fraud. GAO was asked to examine IRS's efforts to collaborate with these partners. This report, among other things, (1) describes actions taken to implement the ISAC and RRT, (2) evaluates the extent to which the ISAC pilot aligns with leading practices for pilot design, and (3) identifies actions, if any, that IRS could take to improve the ISAC pilot. GAO reviewed planning and other documents on the initiatives. It interviewed IRS and state officials and industry and trade organization representatives, among others involved in the ISAC and RRT. GAO also conducted four non-generalizable focus groups with state and industry partners. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends IRS ensure (1) the ISAC better aligns with leading practices for effective pilot design, and (2) the ISAC Partnership develops an outreach plan to expand membership and improve understanding of the ISAC's benefits. IRS and the ISAC Board state and industry co-chairs agreed with the recommendations Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-20: accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/688612.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 148532

Author: Association of American Universities Title: AAU Campus Activities Report: Combating Sexual Assault and Misconduct Summary: This report describes the policies and programs implemented and reported through an institutional survey undertaken by Association of American Universities (AAU) member universities to prevent and respond to campus sexual assault and misconduct. Fifty-five of the 62 leading research universities that comprise AAU's membership completed the survey, and 61 institutions provided examples of activities. All the universities represented in this report have changed and added strategies to combat sexual assault and misconduct on their campuses. Many changes and additions are linked to information gleaned from surveys of students, including a large-scale survey conducted by AAU in 2015, the Campus Climate Survey on Sexual Assault and Sexual Misconduct. These surveys provided information that was not previously available regarding the prevalence of the problem, as well as challenges in campus climate and processes. This report provides a rich set of data and dozens of concrete examples of campus activities now underway to better inform universities and study ways to effect change. The report's findings are divided into six sections, representing the range of actions to address sexual assault and misconduct. There is no magic bullet or one-size-fits-all approach: universities have undertaken a wide variety of actions including increased and targeted training, greater awareness-building, better-coordinated data collection, increased staffing, process improvements, and greater levels of collaboration within institutions and their communities. This report demonstrates that institutions are acting to put student safety first. Details: Washington, DC: AAU, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.aau.edu/sites/default/files/AAU-Images/Key-Issues/Campus-Safety/AAU%20Climate%20Activities%20Full%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 148533

Author: Lyman, Tim Title: 22nd JDC (LA) Study on Race, Homicides, and Prosecutions, 1976-2011 Summary: This study examines the racial characteristics of homicides occurring in Louisiana's 22nd JDC (St. Tammany and Washington Parishes to the north and east of metro New Orleans) during the 36 years from 1976 through 2011, and then compares them to the racial characteristics of death-eligible (first degree at some stage) murder cases prosecuted during the same period. Are these prosecutions a statistically random, race-neutral subset of the homicides that occurred? What we find is that there is a negligible (less than one-in-one-million) chance of obtaining these data if the hypothesis - that death-eligible cases are a racially random sample drawn from the homicide group - were true. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2767851 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 148576

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of Inspector General Title: CBP's Border Security Efforts - An Analysis of Southwest Border Security Between the Ports of Entry Summary: In 1993, Sandia National Laboratories (Sandia) published a study on the state of the security along the United States/Mexico border. In the study, Sandia identified measures and made recommendations designed to increase border security and to gain control of areas of rampant illegal immigration and drug trafficking. Sandia recommended a two-part strategy of enforcement and containment. As the keystone of the enforcement strategy, Sandia recommended construction of a three-layer barrier fence. For containment in rural areas and locations with varied terrain, Sandia recommended: x Surveillance or sensor systems x Vehicle cable and concrete vehicle barriers x Passive surveillance combined with patrol strategy x Movable and static checkpoints and key transit points x Graded penalties for repeat offenders, "deep" deportation, and fast judicial actions At the time of the Sandia study, border security was the responsiblity of the U.S. Border Patrol, the enforcement arm of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), which was part of the Department of Justice. The Homeland Security Act of 2002 established DHS, and on March 1, 2003, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) became responsible for securing of the Nation's borders and ports of entry. Currently, CBP guards nearly 2,000 miles of U.S. land border with Mexico, seeking to deter, detect, and interdict illegal entry of people and contraband into the United States while facilitating lawful travel and trade. CBP also enforces applicable U.S. laws, including those pertaining to illegal immigration, narcotics smuggling, and illegal importation. Within CBP, the Border Patrol uses its $3.8 billion operating budget to secure areas between ports of entry. According to CBP, the Border Patrol's more than 21,000 agents accomplish this mission using surveillance, sensor alarms and aircraft sightings, and interpreting and following tracks. Traffic checkpoints, city patrols, transportation checks, and anti-smuggling investigations are also used. From our review of audit and research reports on southwest border security issued by DHS OIG, GAO, and CRS since 2003, we concluded that CBP likely did not act in direct response to the Sandia report, but it has instituted many border security programs and operations that align with the report's recommendations. However, our review and analysis of these reports also highlighted some continuing challenges to CBP in its efforts to secure the southwest border. In particular, CBP does not measure the effectiveness of its programs and operations well; therefore, it continues to invest in programs and act without the benefit of the feedback needed to help ensure it uses resources wisely and improves border security. CBP also faces program management challenges in planning, resource allocation, infrastructure and technology acquisition, and overall efficiency. Finally, coordination and communication with both internal and external stakeholders could be improved. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-17-39:Accessed November 29, 2017 at; https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2017/OIG-17-39-Feb17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 148577

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS-3): Maryland - Site 4 of 4 Summary: The Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) provides timely information about emerging drug use in criminal justice populations in local communities by collecting and re-testing urine specimens already obtained and tested for a limited panel of drugs by local criminal justice testing programs. CDEWS or local staff sample specimens that are ready to be discarded and send them to an independent laboratory for testing for an expanded panel of over 150 drugs. By using already collected de-identified urine specimens, CDEWS is able to provide a relatively quick and inexpensive snapshot of the types of drugs recently used by participating populations. The CDEWS methodology has now been piloted in twelve jurisdictions and the results are provided in five reports already released by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP). This report presents findings from adult parolees and probationers in a single jurisdiction -- Maryland -- as part 4 of 4 sites for the third CDEWS Study, called CDEWS-3. This study was conducted somewhat differently from prior CDEWS studies. This is because we wanted to replicate the findings from a study we had conducted in Maryland in 2008. And second, because of the opioid epidemic in Maryland, the State asked us to collect and analyze a separate large sample of specimens statewide that had tested positive for opiates by the laboratory used by the Maryland Division of Parole and Probation (DPP). With the strong support of the DPP, we collected two samples of specimens: the Maryland Regional Sample (N=288) and the Opiate Positive (Opiate+) Sample (N=202 statewide). Specimens were classified as CJS+ (tested positive for any drug) or CJS- (tested negative for all drugs) according to the results from the DPP laboratory's 4-drug screen. The findings from the Maryland Regional Sample indicated that most of the persons who had tested positive for one of the drugs in the CDEWS larger test panel had also tested positive for one of the four drugs in the DPP drug screen. However, approximately one in ten CJS+ specimens also contained antidepressants, synthetic cannabinoids (SC), methadone and/or other licit pharmaceutical opioids, drugs not tested for by the limited DPP screen. The additional drugs the CDEWS lab detected may not have practical significance for the DPP, given that most of these specimens did test positive for a drug in the DPP's limited screen. It is not possible to tell from the urinalyses if the persons taking the licit drugs were doing so legally under a physician's supervision. In contrast, 15% of the specimens that the DPP screen indicated did not contain a drug (CJS-) contained an opioid. Methadone and buprenorphine were among the opioids most found in CJS specimens and it is possible that these persons were receiving treatment with these drugs. Antidepressants were identified in as many CJS- specimens as CJS+ specimens (9%). SC was found in CJS- specimens but these metabolites were less common than in CJS+ specimens. These results suggest that in this population, persons were unlikely to be using SC to avoid detection by the standard DPP tests. The comparisons of probationers/parolees in this study and our earlier study in 2008 show considerable agreement in the drugs detected. The primary changes were a decline in cocaine (36% to 17%) and buprenorphine (15% to 7%) and an increase in codeine (3% to 13%) among CJS+ specimens. The increase in codeine positives may be the result of the increased sensitivity of the tests used in the current study. The results from the Opiate+ Sample strongly indicated that probationers/parolees who had tested positive for opiates by the DPP screen were likely to be using a variety of legal and illegal opioids in addition to non-opioid drugs. About one in three also used cocaine, one fifth used marijuana and/or benzodiazepines and about one quarter used a prescription opioid other than morphine or codeine. These results therefore have important implications for the testing used by physicians and diagnosticians who need to know if patients are using other drugs. Use of multiple opioids at the same time may lead to serious health complications and even death. We also conducted special analyses of the combined specimens found in either sample to be positive for fentanyl, synthetic cannabinoids, or codeine. Perhaps some of the most meaningful results in this study were those showing the large number of opioid and non-opioid drugs found in the fentanyl+ specimens. The 21 specimens positive for fentanyl each contained an average of 5 different drugs, most prominently morphine, codeine, 6-MAM (heroin), cocaine, and/or hydromorphone. The findings for fentanyl+ specimens were similar to those described above for the entire sample of Opiate+ specimens and our recent study of 136 persons who died of a fentanyl related overdose in New Hampshire. It is clear that probationers/parolees in Maryland who screen positive for any opioids are likely to be using a variety of other opioid and non-opioid drugs. These findings suggest that treatment will be more effective if one identifies and focuses on the totality of drugs the person may be using. Our analysis of the combined sample of all specimens positive for SC supported the findings from our previous CDEWS studies that found multiple SC metabolites in specimens. Surprisingly, specimens from the current study often contained both new and older generation SC metabolites. Given the unpredictable composition of synthetic cannabinoids (also known as Spice or K2) being marketed, it is not possible for users to know what chemicals they are consuming and to predict the effects. SC was less likely to be found in the Maryland samples compared to other CDEWS study samples, and few persons who tested CJS- in the Maryland Regional Sample were found to test positive for SC. Probationers in Maryland may therefore be less likely than other populations CDEWS has studied to use SC to avoid screening positive by the CJS test screens, which do not typically test for SC. We also found that 70% of the Opiate+ specimens contained codeine and that codeine was found across the state. In addition, codeine was detected in 81% of fentanyl+ specimens from the combined Opiate+ and Maryland Regional samples. Acetylcodeine, which metabolizes into codeine, is often produced as an impurity of illicit heroin synthesis, which may explain the large percentage of specimens positive for codeine given that almost all of the specimens also contained morphine. It is also possible that some of the codeine positives were the result of the direct use of codeine. We suspected that some of the codeine detected might have been caused by the use of "Purple Drank", a mixture of codeine syrup and promethazine typically sold as a cough suppressant, that has been reported in Maryland. However, only 4% of the codeine positive specimens contained promethazine. Given that the half-life of promethazine is longer than that of codeine, one would expect to have detected promethazine in these specimens had "Purple Drank" been the source of the codeine. It is also possible that the codeine may have resulted from codeine extracted from pills containing the drug. Additional research is needed to learn more about the codeine that was detected in 60% or more of probationers across all regions of Maryland and how the use of codeine may relate to the State's current opioid epidemic. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy Executive Office of the President, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://ndews.umd.edu/sites/ndews.umd.edu/files/finalreport_cdews3_mdapproved.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148578

Author: Billing, Amy Title: Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS-3): Washington, DC - Site 3 of 4 Summary: The Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) provides timely information about emerging drug use in criminal justice populations in local communities by collecting and re-testing urine specimens already obtained and tested for a limited panel of drugs by local criminal justice testing programs. CDEWS or local staff sample specimens that are ready to be discarded and send them to an independent laboratory for testing for an expanded panel of drugs. By using already collected de-identified urine specimens, CDEWS can provide a relatively quick and inexpensive snapshot of the types of drugs recently used by participating populations. The CDEWS methodology has been implemented in five jurisdictions and the results are contained in two reports already released by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (Wish et al., 2013, 2015). This report presents findings from a single jurisdiction - the Pretrial Services Agency for the District of Columbia/Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency adult parole and probation program for the District of Columbia -- as part 3 of 4 sites for the third CDEWS Study, called CDEWS-3. Adult parolees and probationers in the District of Columbia were studied in both of the prior CDEWS-1 and CDEWS-2 studies. These studies demonstrated the potential use of the CDEWS methodology for identifying the emergence of a new type of synthetic drug in Washington, DC-- synthetic cannabinoids (SC). The current study, CDEWS-3, added 6 recently developed tests for newly identified SC metabolites and can provide additional information on the changing use and availability of the SC used by this population at high risk for drug use. CDEWS-3 collected 120 specimens that had tested positive for any drug by the routine local criminal justice testing program (CJS+) and 150 specimens that had tested negative for any drug by the routine local criminal justice testing program (CJS-). As expected, the most dramatic results focused on the 31 specimens that the CDEWS laboratory found tested positive for SC. Among male probationers and parolees ages 18-30 (found in our prior studies to be at higher risk for SC use), only 16% of the CJS+ specimens and 15% of the CJS- specimens tested positive for SC, far below the percentages found in the CDEWS-1 and CDEWS-2 studies. This reduction in overall use was found even though CDEWS-3 tested for six additional SC metabolites (for a total of 27) and most of these newly added SC metabolites were detected in the SC+ specimens. In contrast to CDEWS-2, the percentage of synthetic cannabinoid positives was similar regardless of whether the probationer or parolee had passed or failed the criminal justice screen. We found that 5 of the 6 newly added SC metabolites (AB-CHMINACA (parent), AB-CHMINACA (metab 4), AB-CHMINACA (metab 6), AB-FUBINACA (parent), and ADB-FUBINACA (parent)), were detected in the specimens. Only the metabolite 5F-AMB was not detected. However, these 5 newer metabolites did not appear to supplant the older metabolites. In fact, two of the older SC metabolites, UR-144 and XLR-11, were still prominent in CDEWS-3 specimens (found in 42% and 26% of SC+ specimens, respectively), although less so than in the prior CDEWS studies. We estimated that had we not added the 6 new metabolites to our former test panel of 21 metabolites, we still would have identified 87% of the SC+ specimens we found using the larger test panel of 27 SC metabolites. In fact, the SC+ specimens in CDEWS-3 contained an average of 3.6 different SC metabolites. Our results suggest that newly available metabolites are being found along with the older metabolites, rather than replacing them. This notion runs contrary to the widely held belief that once a SC metabolite is scheduled and prohibited, manufacturers simply abandon it and replace it with newly created chemicals. Taken together, the three CDEWS studies support the unique ability of CDEWS to track the rise and fall of an emerging drug in a high risk population. The earlier studies highlighted the rise in persons testing positive for SC. In the current study, we found lower numbers of persons testing positive for SC and that younger persons may be less likely to use the drug. There may also be fewer probationers and parolees turning to SC to avoid detection by the standard CJS drug screens. While this decline is a welcome sign, our findings are still very concerning because those who are using SC are likely exposing themselves to a diverse combination of new and old chemicals that may cause unpredictable and/or severe consequences to their health and well-being. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy, Executive Office of the President, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://ndews.umd.edu/sites/ndews.umd.edu/files/pubs/finalreport_cdews3_dc_v56.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148579

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS-3): Honolulu, Hawaii - Site 1 of 4 Summary: The Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) provides timely information about emerging drug use in criminal justice populations in local communities by collecting and re‐testing urine specimens already obtained and tested for a limited panel of drugs by local criminal justice testing programs. CDEWS or local staff sample specimens that are ready to be discarded and send them to an independent laboratory for testing for an expanded panel of drugs. By using already collected de‐identified urine specimens, CDEWS can provide a relatively quick and inexpensive snapshot of the types of drugs recently used by participating populations. The CDEWS methodology has been implemented in five jurisdictions and the results are contained in two reports already released by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (Wish et al., 2013, 2015). We introduce here a new report format that contains the findings from a single jurisdiction - the Hawaii's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) and General Supervision (GS) probationer populations in Honolulu, Hawaii - as part 1 of 4 sites for the third CDEWS Study, called CDEWS‐3. In 2004, Judge Steven Alm launched the HOPE program in Hawaii. HOPE enrolls higher risk felony probationers with serious criminal histories and extensive substance abuse histories in a program that includes frequent urine drug monitoring coupled with brief jail sanctions for drug violations (The Institute for Behavior and Health, Inc., 2015). With Judge Alm's strong support, local staff were able to provide anonymous urine specimens previously collected from a sample of adult male probationers from the HOPE program (n=194) and the neighboring GS probation program (n=143), which were then sent to the CDEWS independent laboratory for expanded testing. While the onsite screens used by the HOPE and GS probation programs only tests for 6 drugs, the CDEWS independent laboratory tested for over 150 legal and illegal drugs. The expanded testing showed that the current onsite test screens used by these programs had identified most of the drug users in the HOPE and GS probationer programs. The most common drugs found were methamphetamine and amphetamine. Any additional legal and illegal drugs detected by the CDEWS independent laboratory were primarily detected in specimens that had previously tested positive for at least one of the drugs in the standard local onsite screens. The major exception was methamphetamine, which was detected in a minority of the specimens that had tested negative for all drugs, including methamphetamine, by the onsite criminal justice system (CJS) drug screens. Subsequent analyses suggested that this under‐detection was because the onsite screens for methamphetamine were less sensitive than the tests utilized by the CDEWS independent laboratory. We had hypothesized that the HOPE probationers might be more likely than GS probationers to turn to synthetic cannabinoids (SCs) to evade detection, because of the HOPE program's focus on sanctioning people for "dirty" urines. While SCs were found only in specimens that had tested negative by the CJS onsite drug screens, few specimens (2% or less) from HOPE or GS probationers tested positive for SC. However, the SC metabolites that were detected were later generation SC metabolites recently added to the CDEWS‐3 laboratory test panel. None of these later generation metabolites could have been detected by either the onsite or laboratory SC screens used by the GS and HOPE probation programs at the time of the study. This finding attests to the need for jurisdictions to routinely update their test panels for synthetic drugs, whose formulations tend to change rapidly. Although SC use was found in some probationers in this jurisdiction in Hawaii, SCs may not be as large a problem as was found in some prior CDEWS studies. Nevertheless, the Hawaii HOPE and GS programs may want to consider expanding their SC test panel to include the newer SC metabolites (AB‐PINACA, 5F‐AB‐PINACA, AB‐CHMINACA (metab 4), 5F‐AMB) that were detected in their populations. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy, Executive Office of the President, 2016 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/cdews3_hawaii_final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148580

Author: Justice Project Title: Electronic Recording of Custodial Interrogations: A Policy Review Summary: Electronic recording of custodial interrogations has emerged as a powerful innovation and fact-finding tool for the criminal justice system. A central objective of the criminal justice system is to accurately ascertain the facts surrounding criminal offenses in order to correctly identify perpetrators so that they may be punished. The virtue of electronic recording of custodial interrogations, and its strength as a public policy, lies not only in its ability to help guard against false confessions, but also in its ability to develop the strongest evidence possible to help convict the guilty This policy review has been designed to facilitate communication among local law enforcement agencies, policymakers, practitioners, and others by extrapolating on the documented benefits of electronic recording and dispelling some of the common misconceptions about the costs of implementation. By presenting many of the successful methods employed in local jurisdictions, we hope to create a dialogue around recommendations that will enhance the quality of evidence relied upon in criminal trials, as well as public confidence in our system of justice. As education on the inherent benefits of electronic recording continues, the momentum for procedural reforms also continues to build. In 2004-2005, state legislators in 25 states introduced legislation seeking to mandate the recording of custodial interrogations. In addition, editorial boards and criminal justice commissions across the country continue to hail electronic recording of interrogations as good policy for law enforcement. Ultimately, no changes can completely eliminate the risk of error in criminal cases, but the changes recommended here are pragmatic strategies with a track record of success. Increasingly, comparisons between the relatively low costs of implementing these reforms and the substantial benefits are leading more jurisdictions to modernize interrogation procedures. Details: Washington, DC: The Justice Project, 2007. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: http://web.williams.edu/Psychology/Faculty/Kassin/files/Justice%20Project(07).pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 118079

Author: Hussemann, Jeanette Title: Negotiating Justice: Defendant Perspectives of Plea Bargaining In American Criminal Courts Summary: This dissertation research focuses on adult, indigent defendant perceptions of plea bargaining and justice in American criminal courts. Data for this research was collected over a two year period of time in Hennepin County, Minneapolis, MN. This research relies on over 600 hours of court observations during which period of time I followed over 250 cases and interviewed forty indigent, criminal defendants. This research specifically addresses how defendants interpret their court experiences as fair--including defendant's ability to be involved in the decisions of their case, treatment by public defenders, and attitudes towards the practice of plea bargaining and the court system as a whole. Despite claims that procedural fairness matters to defendant perceptions of court, and to the extent that perceptions of outcome fairness rely in part on experiences with procedural fairness, this research shows that defendants are not overly concerned about the procedures of their case. Defendants do not expect to be involved in plea procedures and case processing, and they do not anticipate receiving outstanding representation by a public defender. Defendant perceptions of court experiences are based largely on perceptions of distributive justice and case outcomes. Perhaps most importantly, defendant decision-making rests on a limited understanding of the procedures and decisions that are involved in the criminal courts. Broadly speaking, defendants support court procedures such as plea bargaining because they feel that the procedure allows them to quickly exit an uncontrollable and confusing situation while receiving the benefit of a more lenient sentence. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2013. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/handle/11299/155864/Hussemann_umn_0130E_13764.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 148584

Author: Kang-Brown, Jacob Title: Out of Sight: The Growth of Jails in Rural America Summary: America's 3,283 jails are the "front door" to mass incarceration. But for too long, county jail systems have operated and grown outside of public view. Vera's Incarceration Trends data tool, launched in 2015, illuminated the growth in local jail populations over the last 40 years. This report and accompanying data visualization explores one of the Incarceration Trends project's most startling revelations - that the main drivers of mass incarceration are small and rural counties, not major cities. Vera's research identified two drivers of this trend: an increase in the number of people being held pretrial, and in the number of people being held for other authorities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/out-of-sight-growth-of-jails-rural-america/legacy_downloads/out-of-sight-growth-of-jails-rural-america.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 148585

Author: Pham, Duy Title: Reconnecting Justice: Lessons Learned and the Agenda Ahead Summary: The Center for Law and Social Policy's (CLASP) commitment to advancing policy solutions for low-income people cannot be sufficiently achieved without acknowledging the disproportionate impact our criminal justice system has on low-income communities and communities of color. "Law-and-order" policies over the last 30 years have led the United States to incarcerate people at a higher rate than any other developed nation, having devastating and perpetual consequences on employment, education, and health for those incarcerated and their communities. In addition, these policies and their consequences disproportionately affect low-income communities and communities of color and are a manifestation of implicit biases and structural racism in our justice system.3 Research has shown that Black and Latino individuals are more likely to be arrested, sentenced, and punished more severely for the same crimes as White individuals. This likelihood is one factor among many that has led to Blacks and Latinos comprising 59 percent of all prisoners, despite making up only 26 percent of the overall population. Furthermore, the economic impact of incarceration cuts deep in low-income communities: as recently as 2014, the median annual income for individuals prior to incarceration was less than $20,000, which is more than $30,000 below the national median. The disproportionate impact of our criminal justice system on low-income individuals and people of color continues well beyond incarceration. Each year, 650,000 people, many of whom are nonviolent offenders, are released from jails and prisons as returning citizens. As they reintegrate into society, they face nearly insurmountable barriers to finding sustainable employment, housing, and health care.10 These barriers often serve as perpetual punishments that work counter to the original rehabilitative mission of corrections and lead to recidivism: over two-thirds of returning citizens are rearrested within three years of release and three-quarters are rearrested within five years. These high rates of recidivism not only have public safety implications, but also contribute significantly to the cycle of mass incarceration, which is both morally problematic and fiscally unsustainable. Packed into the public investment in our justice system and policies is a moral and fiscal dilemma. At the same time that we have bolstered investments in mass incarceration, we have invested far less in more productive and prosperity-boosting areas of public spending - such as education - especially for low-income communities that have been hit the hardest. This tradeoff has damaging cyclical effects, is part of larger negligent policies that produce and criminalize poverty, and perpetuates mass incarceration. Although education is only one dimension of this issue, its direct relationship with criminal justice involvement and outcomes - and the disparate impact of that on low-income communities, particularly those of color - led CLASP to explore this intersection. As part of our work to identify policy solutions that help low-income, low-skilled adults advance in the workforce, we are focusing on the unique and challenging needs of people who have been involved in the criminal justice system. A criminal record can have a strong negative impact on someone's economic trajectory, and opening up education and training opportunities for this population is an essential part of the solution at both the policy and practitioner levels. Investments in correctional education have already demonstrated their effectiveness, with research concluding that correctional education leads to a 43 percent reduction in recidivism, and a 13 percent higher likelihood of post-release employment. Likewise, smooth, supportive, and sustainable educational and career pathways that connect correctional education to continuing opportunities to earn credentials and upgrade skills upon reentry offer more stabilizing prospects for success in the labor market. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Law and Social Policy (CLASP), 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www.clasp.org/sites/default/files/public/resources-and-publications/publication-1/Reconnecting-Justice-Lessons-Learned-and-the-Agenda-Ahead.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 148586

Author: Law, Tina Title: Age of Gunshot Wound Victims in New Haven, 2003-2015 Summary: Since the dramatic surge in violent crime among youth that swept the country during the 1980s and 1990s, gun violence in U.S. cities has largely been treated as a young person's problem. Research and resources, along with media coverage, is often directed towards addressing gun violence among teens and young adults. However, has the age distribution of gunshot wound victims remained the same over time? Using data on all gunshot wounds (GSW) treated at Yale New Haven Hospital between 2003 and 2015, we explore trends in the age distribution of GSW victims in New Haven, Connecticut. Contrary to the prevailing framing of age and gun violence, we found that GSW victims in New Haven are 27 years old on average and have become older over time. Over the past thirteen years, the average age of GSW victims in the city has increased steadily from 23.9 to 27.6 years old. The upward trend in average age is seen across all racial groups, as well as for both fatal and non-fatal GSW incidents. Moreover, we find that while the average age of black GSW victims increased about two years over the study period (from 24.4 to 26 years old), the average age of Hispanic and white GSW victims increased nearly eight (from 21 to 28.7 years old) and nine years (23 to 31.5 years old), respectively. The findings suggest a need to understand age and urban gun violence from a more nuanced perspective that takes into account longitudinal trends and racial disparities. Details: New Haven, CT: Institution for Social and Policy Studies, Yale University, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: ISPS Policy Lab Working Paper ISPS17-03: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://isps.yale.edu/sites/default/files/publication/2017/01/law-et-al_ageofgunshotvictimsinnewhaven_isps17-03_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 148663

Author: New York University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic Title: Insecure Communities, Devastated Families: New Data on Immigrant Detention and Deportation Practices in New York City Summary: New York City is home to over three million foreign-born residents. Yet, immigrant New Yorkers have been forced to struggle with the harsh realities of Immigration and Customs Enforcement ("ICE") operations in their city for years-families broken apart by midnight raids, parents of U.S. citizen children sent to far-away detention facilities in Texas and Louisiana and held without bond, immigrants arrested after a "stop-and-frisk" encounter with the NYPD, only to find themselves thrown into a pipeline that sends thousands of New Yorkers from Rikers Island to ICE detention every year. However, even as advocates, the City Council, and other city stakeholders debate how to limit the damage that ICE policies inflict on New York and the city's large immigrant community, there has been little data on what exactly happens to immigrant New Yorkers who are apprehended by ICE, and the extent of the agency's enforcement operations in the city. In response to this urgent need for information, the community groups Families for Freedom and the Immigrant Defense Project filed a request for information with ICE under the Freedom of Information Act ("FOIA"). The agency initially did not comply with the request, instead stating that the organizations needed to pay over $1.3 million in fees to secure the necessary documents. The organizations filed a lawsuit in federal district court against ICE, and the case was settled in May of 2011. As a condition of the settlement, ICE provided data to the Vera Institute for Justice, for use in conjunction with immigration court data for a wide-ranging study on immigrant New Yorkers' access to counsel. That study was released in early 2012. ICE also provided a spreadsheet of data on every individual apprehended by the New York City Field Office from October 2005 through December 2010. Nineteen distinct data fields were included for each individual apprehended, and that never before released data is the subject of this report. The data provided by ICE, as a condition of the settlement of the lawsuit, is significant in two key ways. First, it allowed researchers at the Vera Institute to accurately assess the impact of detention and, in particular, ICE's transfer policy, on the issues that face immigrant New Yorkers in immigration court, such as access to legal counsel and the availability of relief from deportation. Second, the spreadsheet provided by ICE that is the basis of this report provides hard evidence of the effects of immigration detention and deportation on New York City communities. For example, there had previously been no way for local leaders and community members to assess how many individuals of a certain nationality were detained by ICE in New York or how many individuals in a given New York City zip code or neighborhood were detained. Likewise, there was no way for them to know how many parents of U.S. citizen children were swept into the system. Other issues, like the frequency of bond settings for New Yorkers and ICE transfers of New Yorkers to far-away detention facilities, remained equally murky. However, while the data is in many respects new, it only confirms what groups like Families for Freedom and the Immigrant Defense Project have known for years: that ICE enforcement in New York City is terrorizing the city's immigrant community. Details: New York: NYU School of Law, 2012. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.immigrantdefenseproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/NYC-FOIA-Report-2012-FINAL.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 148665

Author: Collingwood, Loren Title: Public Opposition to Sanctuary Cities in Texas: Criminal Threat or Latino Threat? Summary: Sanctuary city policies forbid local officials and law enforcement from inquiring into residents' immigration status. Opponents of sanctuary cities, such as President Donald Trump, Attorney General Jeff Sessions, and Texas Governor Gregg Abbott, frequently claim that sanctuary policies lead to higher crime rates, despite evidence to the contrary (Gonzalez et al., 2017; Lyons et al., 2013; Wong, 2017). Given this crime narrative, we might expect public opinion about sanctuary cities to be driven primarily by concern of and contextual experience with crime. However, given that sanctuary cities are associated with undocumented immigration, and that undocumented immigration is inextricably linked to Latino - and specifically Mexican - immigration, public opinion on sanctuary cities may instead be driven by experiences with racial and cultural threat embodied by rapid Latino growth. We analyze two polls from Texas, a state where the sanctuary debate is highly salient - not only because of its long border with Mexico, but because its governor has fought against such cities, signing highly controversial legislation. We find that opinion on sanctuary cities is unrelated to respondents' county crime rates but is strongly related to county Latino growth and Latino population size. We find some evidence that sanctuary city opinion is related to individual concerns about both immigration and crime. Overall, beyond partisan and ideological staples, we conclude that opinion on sanctuary cities is driven primarily by racial threat and not by actual crime exposure. Details: Riverside, CA: Collingwood Research, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.collingwoodresearch.com/uploads/8/3/6/0/8360930/collingwood_gonzalez_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 148666

Author: Collingwood, Loren Title: Sustained Organizational Influence: American Legislative and the Diffusion of Anti-Sanctuary Policy Summary: Policy diffusion across the U.S. states is perhaps one of the most investigated topics in the study of U.S. state politics. Building upon existing literature, we offer a particular model of policy diffusion - which we call sustained organizational influence. Sustained organizational influence necessitates an institutional focus across a broad range of issues and across a long period of time. Sustaining organizations are well-financed, and exert their influence on legislators through perks, shared ideological interests, and time-saving opportunities. Sustaining organizations' centralized nature makes legislators' jobs easier by providing legislators with ready-made model legislation. We argue that sustaining organizations contribute to policy diffusion in the U.S. states. We evaluate this model with a case study of state-level immigration sanctuary policy making and the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC). Through quantitative text analysis and several negative binomial state-level regression models, we demonstrate that ALEC has exerted an overwhelming influence on the introduction of anti-sanctuary legislative proposals in the U.S. states over the past 7 years consistent with our model of policy diffusion. Implications are discussed. Details: Riverside, CA: Collingwood Research, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.collingwoodresearch.com/uploads/8/3/6/0/8360930/sustained-organizational-influence__1_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 148667

Author: Collingwood, Loren Title: Partisan Learning or Racial learning: Opinion Change on Sanctuary City Policy Preferences in California and Texas Summary: Significant research indicates that attitude change is often a product of partisan learning (Green, Palmquist, Schickler 2004; Lenz 2011). As the party system continues to rearrange around issues of race and immigration, it may be that (on race-related issues) voters are learning more based on race/ethnicity and not on party. We evaluate the partisan learning model versus a racial-learning model with regards to public opinion on sanctuary cities among survey respondents in California and Texas - two states that have experienced extensive recent debate on the issue. After the rise of Trump and his connection with opposition to sanctuary cities, we show that partisanship is much more predictive of attitudes on sanctuary cities in 2017 versus 2015, whereas findings for racial/ethnic learning are not so forthcoming. Implications are discussed. Details: Riverside, CA: Collingwood Research, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.collingwoodresearch.com/uploads/8/3/6/0/8360930/partisan-learning-racial.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 148668

Author: Friehe, Tim Title: On Punishment Severity and Crime Rates Summary: Punishment severity and crime rates vary across jurisdictions. Some countries have punitive sanctions and nevertheless experience relatively high crime rates. This paper explores potential sources of the interjurisdictional heterogeneity in the optimal law enforcement model, paying particular attention to the possibility that the high crime despite high sanctions outcome can be socially optimal. Details: Storrs, CT: University of Connecticut, Department of Economics, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Department of Economics Working Paper Series, Working Paper 2016-38: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://web2.uconn.edu/economics/working/2016-38.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 148671

Author: Sierra-Arevalo, Michael Title: Evaluating the Effect of Project Longevity on Group-Involved Shootings and Homicides in New Haven, CT Summary: Beginning in November of 2012, New Haven, CT served as the pilot site for a statewide, focused deterrence gun violence reduction strategy named Project Longevity. Drawing on the group violence intervention (GVI) model pioneered in the 1990s as Boston Ceasefire, Longevity looked to reduce gun violence by focusing law enforcement, social services, and community members on members of violent street groups that are disproportionately involved in gun violence as victims and offenders. Using autoregressive integrated moving average models, we test for a programmatic effect of the Longevity intervention on group member involved (GMI) shootings and homicides. Controlling for the possibility of a non-New Haven specific decline in gun violence, a decrease in group offending patterns, and the limitations of police-defined GMI categorization of shootings and homicides, the results of our analysis show that Longevity is associated with a reduction of almost five GMI incidents per month. These findings bolster the growing body of research confirming the efficacy of focused deterrence approaches to reducing gun violence, and suggest the need for further research on similar initiatives across the varying contexts in which they are implemented. Details: New Haven, cT: Institution for Social and Policy Studies, Yale University, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: ISPS Working Paper; ISPS15-24: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://isps.yale.edu/sites/default/files/publication/2015/10/sierra-arevalo_charette_papachristos_projectlongevityassessment_isps15-024_1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 148674

Author: Fuller, Doris A. Title: Overlooked in the Undercounted: The Role of Mental Illness in Fatal Law Enforcement Encounters Summary: An estimated 7.9 million adults in the United States live with a severe mental illness that disorders their thinking. Treatment in most cases can control psychiatric symptoms common to these diseases, but the system that once delivered psychiatric care for them has been systematically dismantled over the last half-century. Today, half the population with these diseases is not taking medication or receiving other care on any given day. Hundreds of thousands of these men and women live desperate lives. They sleep on the streets, overflow emergency rooms and, increasingly, overwhelm the criminal justice system. Numbering somewhat fewer than 4 in every 100 adults in America, individuals with severe mental illness generate no less than 1 in 10 calls for police service and occupy at least 1 in 5 of America's prison and jail beds. An estimated 1 in 3 individuals transported to hospital emergency rooms in psychiatric crisis are taken there by police. Individuals with mental illness also make up a disproportionate number of those killed at the very first step of the criminal justice process: while being approached or stopped by law enforcement in the community. Enormous official and public attention has become focused on the official undercounting of fatal police shootings; barely noted in the uproar has been the role of severe mental illness - a medical condition that, when treated, demonstrably reduces the likelihood of interacting with police or being arrested, much less dying in the process. By all accounts - official and unofficial - a minimum of 1 in 4 fatal police encounters ends the life of an individual with severe mental illness. At this rate, the risk of being killed during a police incident is 16 times greater for individuals with untreated mental illness than for other civilians approached or stopped by officers. Where official government data regarding police shootings and mental illness have been analyzed - in one U.S. city and several other Western countries - the findings indicate that mental health disorders are a factor in as many as 1 in 2 fatal law enforcement encounters. Given the prevalence of mental illness in police shootings, reducing encounters between on-duty law enforcement and individuals with the most severe psychiatric diseases may represent the single most immediate, practical strategy for reducing fatal police shootings in the United States. Evidence-based treatment for severe mental illness exists. The disproportionate risk for criminal justice involvement associated with mental illness occurs chiefly among the less than 2% of the adult population with untreated severe mental illness. Treating the untreated is a proven practice for reducing the role of mental illness in all criminal justice involvement, including in deadly law enforcement encounters. But - in a data- and cost-driven world - making the case to invest in any solution requires reliable data about the scope and nature of the problem to be addressed. Reliable data about fatal law enforcement encounters in general do not exist, much less data about the role of mental illness in them. Details: Arlington, VA: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2015. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: http://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/storage/documents/overlooked-in-the-undercounted.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 148679

Author: De Angelis, Joseph Title: Civilian Oversight of Law Enforcement: A Review of the Strengths and Weaknesses of Various Models Summary: This overview of models of civilian oversight of police discusses the strengths and challenges of each models. All of the models reviewed use citizens (non-sworn officers) to review police conduct. A brief history of civilian oversight of police is first presented. An overview of contemporary models of civilian oversight of police notes high variability in organizational structure, wide differences in organizational authority, and the frequency of organizational "hybrids." Three categories of models of civilian oversight of police are described in detail: investigation-focused models, review-focused models, and auditor/monitor-focused models. The review concludes with considerations for implementing or reforming a civilian oversight program. Details: Washington, DC: US Dept of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, 2016. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/nacole/pages/161/attachments/original/1481727977/NACOLE_short_doc_FINAL.pdf?1481727977 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Review Boards Shelf Number: 148683

Author: Hofer, Paul J. Title: Ranking Drug Harms for Sentencing Policy Summary: Unidimensional rankings comparing the harmfulness of different drugs have been criticized as too simplistic for policy making. A type of unidimensional ranking of direct drug harms is needed for sentencing policy making, however, in order to implement the sentencing principle of just desert. Available empirical evidence of the relative harmfulness of illegal drugs on several measures of direct harm is reviewed. Data on typical dosage weight is used to evaluate the proportionality of current federal mandatory minimum statutes and guidelines for drug trafficking offenses. Several drugs that rank relatively low on harms are punished as, or more, severely than drugs that are far more harmful. Mandatory minimum statutes and congressional directives to the United States Sentencing Commission must be repealed or revised before recommendations of the federal sentencing guidelines will result in proportionate punishment. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2612654 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 148684

Author: Bloom, Howard S. Title: The National JTPA Study: Title II-A Impacts on Earnings And Employment at 18 Months Summary: The National JTPA Study was commissioned by the Employment and Training Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) in 1986 to measure the impacts and costs of selected employment and training programs funded under Title II-A of the Job Training Partnership Act of 1982, which is targeted to serve economically disadvantaged Americans. This report presents interim estimates of program impacts on the earnings and employment of adults and out-of-school youths in 16 local service delivery areas during the first 18 months after their acceptance into the program. Estimates of longer term program impacts on earnings, employment, and welfare benefits, and an analysis of program costs and benefits, will appear in the final report of the study (forthcoming, from Abt Associates Inc.). A companion report on the study's implementation (Doolittle, forthcoming) describes the JTPA programs operated in the study sites and the types of JTPA-funded services provided to members of the study sample. Details: Bethesda, MD: Abt Associates, 1993. 467p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://wdr.doleta.gov/opr/fulltext/document.cfm?docn=6139 Year: 1993 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 122428

Author: Stuster, Jack Title: Experimental Evaluation of Sobriety Checkpoint Programs Summary: Six California communities were selected to participate in the study on the basis of comparability and isolation from each other. Four of the communities' police departments implemented programs of sobriety checkpoints; the checkpoint configurations varied in terms of staffing level (three to five officers vs eight to twelve) and mobility of the checkpoints (remaining in one location for the evening vs three sequential locations within the city). The fifth community's police department implemented a program of aggressive roving patrols that focused on DWI enforcement. The sixth community refrained from implementing any special DWI enforcement effort for the duration of the project and served as the experimental comparison site; statewide totals provided additional comparison. The level of effort devoted to the roving patrols was equal to the officer hours required to operate the highstaffing level checkpoints. The California Office of Traffic Safety provided each of the checkpoint departments with a trailer and equipment-set necessary to conduct their programs of frequent checkpoints (18 in a nine-month period). Committees of concerned local citizens were organized to develop and implement vigorous public information and education programs to support the special enforcement efforts. Crash, arrest, and BAC data were obtained from the participating police departments and a state reporting system; and, data regarding public awareness of the programs and perceived risk of arrest were obtained through a survey conducted at local Department of Motor Vehicles offices. There were no significant differences in the decline in alcohol involved crashes among the four configurations of checkpoints tested in this study. Thus, decisions regarding an optimum checkpoint configuration can be made on the basis of other factors, including cost, traffic volume, and demographics. Further, the checkpoint communities experienced declines in the proportions of alcohol-involved crashes of 43, 32, 19, and 16 percent, while the state wide decline for communities was only eight percent; the proportion in the roving patrol community declined by five percent. Paired samples analyses found a statistically significant reduction in alcohol-involved crashes in one of the sobriety checkpoint programs, and for all of the checkpoint programs when data from the four checkpoint communities were combined. Logistic regression analysis indicated alcohol involved crashes declined significantly in the checkpoint sites, and did not change significantly at the comparison site during corresponding periods. Comparing with statewide data, the checkpoint communities' decline was more than 3 times greater. Details: Santa Barbara, CA: Anacapa Sciences, 1995. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://ntl.bts.gov/lib/25000/25900/25932/DOT-HS-808-287.pdf Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 122535

Author: Van Stelle, Kit R. Title: Outcome Evaluation of The Mental Illness-Chemical Abuse (MICA) Program: Summary of Seven Years of Program Participants, 1998-2004 Summary: This study presents an outcome evaluation of Wisconsin's Residential Substance Abuse Treatment (RSAT) for male state prisoners project. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, Population Health Institute, 2005. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 1, 2017 at: https://uwphi.pophealth.wisc.edu/about/staff/van-stelle-kit/outcome-evaluation-of-the-mica-program-1998-2004.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 122475

Author: Hunton and Williams Title: Independent Review of the 2017 Protest Events in Charlottesville, Virginia Summary: An independent review of the circumstances surrounding an August rally in Charlottesville, Virginia, that led to a woman's death found police were unprepared and failed to protect the public. The August 12 "Unite the Right" rally was a gathering of white nationalists and other far-right groups that culminated in the death of Heather Heyer when a man drove a car through a crowd of counterprotesters. The rally was originally planned as a protest over the city's decision to remove a statue of Confederate Gen. Robert E. Lee. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Hunton and Williams, 2017. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: http://www.charlottesville.org/home/showdocument?id=59615 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Performance Shelf Number: 148687

Author: New York City. Mayor's Office to Combat Domestic Violence Title: New Coverage of Intimate Partner Homicides in New York City (2013-16): A Systematic Review Summary: Key Takeaway: News coverage of intimate partner homicide in NYC has become more comprehensive in the past year, but there are important aspects of coverage quality that necessitate improvement given the critical role the media play in shaping public conversation around intimate partner violence. Highlights: Overall quality of coverage: - Only ten of the 442 articles (2.3%) covering NYC intimate partner homicides from 2013-16 included an intimate partner violence advocate or expert as a source. - Only 15% of articles used terms such as "domestic violence," "intimate partner violence," or "domestic abuse," and less than 8% of articles described the homicide as being intimate partner violence-related. - Less than 6% of articles framed the homicide within the broader social problem of intimate partner violence. - Only seven articles (1.6%) listed intimate partner violence resources for readers. Differences in quality of coverage by homicide: - Homicides that involved victims who were men and perpetrators who were women were covered differently than those that involved victims who were women and perpetrators who were men, respectively. - Articles about dating partners vs. spouses and articles about younger victims and perpetrators were less likely to place the homicide in the context of intimate partner violence. - Victim race was associated with multiple differences in the quality of news coverage. - Finally, articles about gun homicides were over six times less likely to identify areas for improvement in the system's response to domestic violence and over three times more likely to use victim blaming language compared to articles about other homicide methods. Details: New York: New York City Office of the Mayor, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: https://kf4fx1bdsjx2as1vf38ctp7p-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/News-Coverage-of-NYC-Intimate-Partner-Violence-MOCDV-spring-2017.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148695

Author: King, William R. Title: Integrating Civilian Staff into Police Agencies Summary: Although consolidating and sharing public safety services has received much attention in recent years, such efforts are not new. Moreover, despite the many communities that have in one way or another consolidated or shared these services, the process of doing so has not become any easier. In fact, to say that changing the structural delivery of public safety services is difficult or challenging is an understatement. At the core of contemplating these transitions, regardless of the form, is the need for open, honest, and constructive dialog among all stakeholders. Key to this dialog is evidence derived from independent research, analysis, and evaluation. To help provide such independent information, the Michigan State University School of Criminal Justice, with the assistance of the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), established the Program on Police Consolidation and Shared Services (PCASS) to help consolidating police agencies, and those considering consolidating, increase efficiency, enhance quality of service, and bolster community policing. Together, they also developed resources, such as publications, videos, and the PCASS website, to assist communities exploring options for delivering public safety services. These resources do not advocate any particular form of service delivery but rather provide information to help communities determine for themselves what best meets their needs, circumstances, and desires. PCASS provides a wealth of information and research on structural alternatives for the delivery of police services, including the nature, options, implementation, efficiency, and effectiveness of all forms of consolidation and shared services. PCASS resources allow local decision makers to review what has been done elsewhere and gauge what model would be best for their community. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p290-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 148696

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Consolidated Public Safety Departments: A Census and Administrative Examination Summary: This report is part of an ongoing series on police consolidation and shared services developed to help those organizations exploring options for sharing, consolidating, or regionalizing public safety services with other public sector entities. While most communities provide fire and police services through separate agencies, others, often for reasons of efficiency or cost effectiveness, now operate a single consolidated public safety agency. Though previous discussions focused on the potential costs and benefits of consolidated departments, there has been little research on the administrative features. This census and administrative examination is a first step toward developing research on consolidated public safety departments, providing an overview of their administrative attributes and specific forms of consolidation. It also reviews geographic, community, and other characteristics, as well as services and structure, workload attributes, management and workload issues, and how these agencies address community policing issues. The report concludes with a discussion of some overarching issues. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 4, 2017 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p348-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 148697

Author: Walsh, Kelly Title: Estimating the Prevalence of Wrongful Convictions Summary: This study extends research on wrongful convictions in the U.S. and the factors associated with justice system errors that lead to the incarceration of innocent people. Among cases where physical evidence produced a DNA profile of known origin, 12.6 percent of the cases had DNA evidence that would support a claim of wrongful conviction. Extrapolating to all cases in our dataset, we estimate a slightly smaller rate of 11.6 percent. This result was based on forensic, case processing, and disposition data collected on murder and sexual assault convictions in the 1970s and 1980s across 56 circuit courts in the state of Virginia. To address limitations in the amount and type of information provided in forensic files that were reviewed in the Urban Institute's prior examination of these data, the current research includes data collected through a review of all publicly available documents on court processes and dispositions across the 714 convictions, which we use to reassess prior estimates of wrongful conviction. Details: Report to the U.S. department of Justice, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251115.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 148702

Author: Pelletier, Elizabeth Title: Assessing the Impact of South Carolina's Parole and Probation Reforms Summary: In 2009, South Carolina's criminal justice system was in crisis, facing rising costs and a rapidly growing prison population. There were 24,612 people serving time in the state's prisons, and the prison population was expected to grow by 3,200 over the next five years-at a cost of $458 million to the state. Meanwhile, the state's violent crime rates were among the worst in the nation and recidivism was on the rise. In response, South Carolina legislators enacted comprehensive criminal justice reform to strengthen public safety, implement fair and effective sentencing policies, and control the growth of corrections costs. In 2010, Senate Bill (SB) 1154, the Omnibus Crime Reduction and Sentencing Reform Act, was signed into law by Governor Mark Sanford. Policy changes enacted by SB 1154 included restructuring penalties for certain violent, drug, and property offenses; expanding the amount of earned time available to people in prison; broadening eligibility for probation and parole; mandating postrelease supervision; and enhancing the use of administrative responses to technical violations of supervision terms. This brief focuses on South Carolina's use of administrative responses to parole and probation violations. These administrative actions are important alternatives to incarceration for people who violate the terms of their supervision, and increased use of these responses was projected to generate significant cost savings for the state. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89871/south_carolina_jri_policy_assessment_final_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148704

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Pathways to Consolidation: Taking Stock of Transitions to Alternative Models of Police Service Summary: The economic recession of 2008-09 and its aftermath had a devastating impact on local policing . Adding to nearly 28,000 furloughed officers, at least 40,000 law enforcement positions were lost in 2011 through either layoffs or defunding of vacated positions (Office of Community Oriented Policing Services 2011) . In 2013, most police agencies reported having experienced budget cuts in the prior year, and 40 percent anticipated cuts in the coming one (Police Executive Research Forum 2013) . More generally, five years after the downturn, most municipal governments had not returned to their prior revenue and employment levels (House 2013) . Such losses of capacity have produced enormous changes in the nature of police service delivery . The projected nature of these changes include greater use of technology as a force multiplier, greater use of civilians (both as employees and volunteers), alternative responses to nonemergency radio calls, and consolidation of both services and entire agencies (Cohen and Spence 2012; Wilson and Weiss 2012) . It is within this last category that consideration of alternative service-delivery models occurs . Public-safety costs consume significant portions of the general-fund budget for local governments . Managing these costs is an ongoing challenge for local administrators . To this end, some administrators have introduced or even embraced the concept of service consolidation . There are several forms that these mergers can take, but all typically involve integrating distinct organizations into a single entity . Merging police organizations, in particular, is a complex process . Organizations have their own traditions, history, style, policy, procedures, structure, pension and benefits systems, culture, and so on . Failure to recognize these characteristics can make the consolidation even more challenging . Even when a proposed consolidation makes infinitely good sense from an efficiency or operational perspective, its ultimate success may lie with the skill that is exhibited when the organizations and people are united . This report seeks to shed light on the implementation of various forms of consolidation, particularly emphasizing the transition process . The goal is to provide police administrators, local decision makers, and other stakeholders an overview that will help inform discussions about consolidation in their communities. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services. 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2017 at: http://policeconsolidation.msu.edu/sites/default/files/PathwaysToConsolidationAlternativeModels.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 148706

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: A Census of Intimate Partner Gun Homicides in Nevada Summary: In the early hours of July 9, 2012, Korinda Rodriguez and her husband, Jeffrey, prepared to leave their home in Reno to go to work at a local newspaper, where they were both employed. As they got ready, the couple began to argue. They had fought in the past but on this particular morning, Korinda threatened to leave Jeffrey. In separate cars, Jeffrey followed Korinda as she drove to work. When she tried to speed away from him, he became enraged and, on the median of U.S. 395, he used his vehicle to run her off the road. As she stood beside her car, threatening to call the police, Jeffrey drew his gun. By the time the police arrived at the scene, it was too late. Jeffrey had shot Korinda twice, killing her, before opening fire at passing vehicles. While there was nothing anyone could do to save Korinda's life at that point, her murder was not inevitable and represented, among other things, the failure of state gun laws to protect her. From the standpoint of the law, Jeffrey should not have been able to purchase the firearm he used to kill Korinda. He had been convicted of numerous felonies including sexually motivated coercion of a minor, burglary, and attempted theft, any of which prohibited him from purchasing and possessing firearms under federal and Nevada law. If Jeffrey had tried to purchase the gun from a licensed firearm dealer, federal law would have required him to pass a background check before he could buy the firearm. Jeffrey would have failed, and the sale would have been stopped. But Nevada law leaves a gaping loophole for dangerous people like Jeffrey to get armed: unlicensed gun sellers are exempt from the requirement to conduct background checks. As a result, Jeffrey was able to purchase two handguns from his neighbors, who could sell them to him without having to conduct a background check. In fact, Jeffrey later told police he sought out his neighbors deliberately because Jeffrey knew he was not allowed to have guns, and he also knew he could buy guns from them with no questions asked. Preventing abusers from accessing firearms saves women's lives, and the circumstances of Korinda's death - shot to death by an intimate partner - are not uncommon in Nevada. To better assess how these crimes occur, Everytown partnered with the Nevada Network Against Domestic Violence to compile a comprehensive database of intimate gun homicides in the state over a five-year period (2010 through 2014). This research - the most in-depth of its kind for the state - gives policymakers the measure of these recurrent crimes: Women in Nevada are 65 percent more likely to be shot to death by intimate partners than women nationwide, according to an Everytown analysis of FBI data. In fact, Nevada has the fifth highest rate of domestic violence gun murder of any state in the country. Everytown identified 46 domestic violence gun homicides in Nevada over the five-year period. During the shootings the perpetrators also shot 10 additional victims - friends, family members, and children - killing six of them, two of whom were children. In addition to those who were killed or injured, at least 20 children witnessed or were present for the shootings. In fact, at least 39 percent of the murders took place in the presence of other individuals, demonstrating the devastating impact these homicides had on the children, families, and community members present during the shootings. There were ample indications that the perpetrators posed a risk to their partners. More than one in four shooters had a criminal record that prohibited them from possessing firearms - the majority due to a prior domestic violence crime. Of seven homicides committed by people barred from possessing firearms where the source of the gun could be determined, two obtained them in an unlicensed transfer. After murdering their intimate partners, nearly two-thirds of the offenders killed themselves, all but one with a firearm. These murders and the data drawn from them shine a light on fatal domestic violence in Nevada-and illuminate solutions that may prevent future abusers from obtaining firearms and causing further deaths. The incidents documented in this report vividly illustrate that Nevada needs an improved approach to addressing the threat gun violence poses for victims of domestic violence. Details: New York: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://everytownresearch.org/documents/2016/03/nv-dv-appendix.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148707

Author: Shames, Alison Title: A Path to Recovery: Treating Opioid Use in West Virginia's Criminal Justice System Summary: In the United States, a disproportionate number of people who come into contact with the criminal justice system suffer from opioid use disorder. Key to confronting the opioid epidemic and related deaths is expanding access to a range of treatment options, including all forms of medication-assisted treatment (MAT). This brief looks at how one state-West Virginia-is providing MAT to eligible people in its criminal justice system and how its efforts under the federal Justice Reinvestment Initiative may improve its availability. Drawing primarily on interviews with 13 stakeholders, including representatives from the executive and legislative branch, practitioners from corrections agencies, and their partners who provide community-based health services, the paper summarizes West Virginia's efforts and draws out lessons for other states interested in using MAT to serve and treat those involved in their criminal justice system who engage in harmful opioid use. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/a-path-to-recovery-treating-opioid-use-west-virginia-criminal-justice-system/legacy_downloads/a-path-to-recovery-treating-opioid-use-west-virginia-criminal-justice-system.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148710

Author: Abt Associates Title: The Relationship between Prison Length of Stay and Recidivism: A Study using Regression Discontinuity with Multiple Break Points Summary: Imprisonment is an expensive sanction. Justifying its use often rests partly on its presumed utility to reduce post-release reoffending. Most scholarship separates the research on imprisonment effects into two subsets: imprisonment in contrast to an alternative sanction and prison length of stay (Nagin, Cullen, Jonson, 2009; Smith, Goggin, and Gendreau, 2002). If prison is expected to deter offenders from future reoffending, then how does it compare to a sentence of probation, home confinement or other alternative sanction? Likewise, if prison is chosen as a preferred sanction, can a deterrent effect of imprisonment be achieved with a shorter sentence? This paper capitalizes on federal sentencing structure to evaluate this latter question: Does increasing the length of prison increase or decrease recidivism. Few studies of how prison length affects recidivism meet rigorous experimental or quasi-experimental requirements (Nagin, Cullen and Jonson, 2009). As of 2009, Nagin et al. had identified two experiments and three matching studies. There have only been a few studies of length of stay using strong quasi-experimental designs since the Nagin et al., 2009 review. We cover these in our literature review. A second goal of this study is to measure length of stay treatment heterogeneity: Does the effect of increasing the length of prison differ across individuals? The federal sentencing structure once again provides this opportunity. Scholars have argued the effect of prison may depend on a host of factors (Mears, Cochran, and Cullen, 2014; Nagin, Cullen and Jonson, 2009; National Research Council, 2014). Nagin, Cullen, and Jonson (2009) propose that imprisonment effects may depend on characteristics of the offender, institution, and sentence. The National Academy of Sciences, reporting on the causes and consequences of mass incarceration (NRC, 2014), discusses potential variations in punishment effects that depend on characteristics of individuals, social context, and units of analysis. As an example, the NAS report cites the research on the stigma of a criminal record on job seeking (Pager, 2007; Pager and Quillian, 2005) affecting black more than white applicants. Incarceration treatment heterogeneity is important because as the NRC report indicates, unpacking treatment effect dependence may lead to an explanation of why we observe outcome variations across imprisonment studies found in all the systematic reviews (Nagin, Cullen, Jonson, 2009; Smith, Goggin, and Gendreau, 2002; Villettaz, Killias, and Zoder, 2006). Details: Final report to the U.S. Department of Justice, 2017. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/251410.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148711

Author: Braga, Anthony Title: The Benefits of Body-Worn Cameras: new findings from a randomized controlled trial at the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Summary: Many community stakeholders and criminal justice leaders have suggested placing body-worn cameras (BWCs) on police officers improves the civility of police-citizen encounters and enhances citizen perceptions of police transparency and legitimacy. In response, many police departments have adopted this technology to improve the quality of policing in their communities. However, the existing evaluation evidence on the intended and unintended consequences of outfitting police officers with BWCs is still developing. This study reports the findings of a randomized controlled trial (RCT) involving more than 400 police officers in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD). We find that BWC-wearing officers generated significantly fewer complaints and use of force reports relative to control officers without cameras. BWC-wearing officers also made more arrests and issued more citations than their non-BWC-wearing controls. In addition, our cost-benefit analysis revealed that savings from reduced complaints against officers, and the reduced time required to resolve such complaints, resulted in substantial cost savings for the police department. Considering that LVMPD had already introduced reforms regarding use of force through a Collaborative Reform Initiative prior to implementing body worn cameras, these findings suggest that body worn cameras can have compelling effects without increasing costs. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA, 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.cna.org/cna_files/pdf/IRM-2017-U-016112-Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 148712

Author: Isong, Sheila E. Title: Campuses and Guns: A Multilateral Approach to Gun Violence Prevention Summary: Each year, about 33,000 Americans are killed with guns. In 2010, 54 percent of those murdered were under the age of 30. Gun-related deaths are rapidly rising and if this alarming trend continues, by the end of 2015, the number of gun deaths by a firearm of Americans under the age of 26 will surpass the number of deaths of young people caused by car accidents. There is a national gun violence crisis that is affecting our youth, and young people on college campuses around the country are no exception to this epidemic. Amidst the national gun violence prevention debate is an ongoing discussion about the protection of Americas youth and the roles that college campuses and universities play in protecting their students. The widely televised campus shootings that have occurred over the last decade are usually what come to mind when individuals think about college campuses and guns. One of the deadliest college shootings to date occurred on April 16, 2007 at Virginia Tech, when a gunman shot and killed 32 students and faculty members and wounded another 17 individuals in two separate attacks on the same day. Although colleges and universities report significantly lower crime rates than national averages, gunmen have killed 30 people in mass campus shootings since the Virginia Tech massacre in 2007, highlighting the need for smarter gun violence prevention policies and response strategies. Institutions of higher education aim to provide valuable educational opportunities for individuals who wish to pursue them. They are expected to promote safe educational spaces that enhance one's professional repertoire and fine-tune one's ability to think critically, solve problems, and create concrete solutions. At the same time, institutions are tasked with keeping students safe. This report will discuss the implications of gun violence on college campuses and universities while examining the roles that local and state governments, as well as the federal government, play in gun violence prevention. In addition, it will outline grassroots and grass-tops solutions that promote locallevel organizing and work to significantly decrease gun violence on college campuses and universities across the country. Details: Washington, DC: Generation Progress, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://genprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/23093430/Campuses-and-Guns.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 148713

Author: Staley, Kristen Title: There's No Place Like Home: ]Making the case for wise investment in juvenile justice Summary: National data shows that 44 states have reduced the number of youth in residential placement and secure detention on and are increasing community-based programs because they cost less, decrease reoffending, and improve youth and family well- being. At the same me, incidences of violent youth crime are plummeting dramatically across the country. Michigan is among the states experiencing a decline in out-of-home placement. Within the past decade, the state has transformed its juvenile justice system away from harsh, punitive treatment into one celebrated for innovation and effectiveness. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: Michigan Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/03cb01_314cc9cf69154f0ab8bba66b9323d826.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community-based Corrections Shelf Number: 148715

Author: Smith, Jason Title: Restoring Kids, Transforming Communities: Enhancing Michigan's Approach to Juvenile Diversion Summary: Using qualitative and quantitative data, the Michigan Council on Crime and Delinquency (MCCD) sought to understand better how early diversion practices in Michigan align with nationally recognized best practices. The scope of this report includes diversion programs initiated before juvenile court adjudication and excludes programs that divert adjudicated youth from deeper system involvement, such as mental health and drug courts and detention diversion programs. Throughout 2016, MCCD conducted openended, voluntary surveys and interviews with diversion providers in 69 of Michigan's 83 counties, spanning 123 diversion programs. MCCD staff also interviewed local and state law enforcement, prosecutors, judges, employees from the Michigan Departments of Education (MDE) and Health and Human Services (MDHHS), Michigan State Court Administrative Office (SCAO), and the governor-appointed Michigan Committee on Juvenile Justice (MCJJ). The report's primary sources of quantitative data include the Michigan State Police's (MSP) youth arrest data and SCAO's Caseload Reports, which provide information related to delinquency case proceedings statewide. Both sources provide "one-year snapshots" documented within annual reports as well as multi-year trends. There are some limitations to the data. Local, county-based juvenile courts maintain information for delinquency cases and self-report to the SCAO annually; however, due to local variability in data tracking, the aggregate data noted in the report should be considered an estimation. The SCAO Caseload Report data only reflects the number of cases diverted from the formal adjudicative process after the filing of a juvenile court petition-the total number of cases diverted "pre-petition" is unknown. The SCAO does not provide information for the types of offenses diverted versus formally processed, nor does it indicate the referral source for delinquency case petitions (e.g. schools, police, parents). The MSP youth arrest data excludes status offenses which may significantly increase the number of cases referred to juvenile court. The qualitative data gathered through interviews reflect only individual perspectives, not agency positions. The recommendations in this report solely reflect MCCD's position as determined by our understanding of the collected data and interviews. Details: Lansing, MI: Michigan Council on Crime and Delinquency, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/03cb01_2673303a139441de914ef30e8dee39df.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 148716

Author: Russo, Joe Title: Caring for those in Custody: Identifying High-Priority Needs to Reduce Mortality in Correctional Facilities Summary: Correctional facilities are responsible for the care, custody, and control of individuals who are detained while awaiting trial or who have been convicted of a crime and sentenced to a term of imprisonment. The true scope of this mission is much broader than simply protecting the public from those accused or convicted of criminal acts by keeping these individuals behind bars. These facilities also have a constitutional obligation to provide for the health and well-being of those under their charge. Administrators are responsible for not only developing and implementing strategies to prevent violence among the inmate population and inmate self-harm, but also for providing general health care through medical and mental health services. Maintaining inmate health and safety is a significant challenge. Correctional facilities are often overcrowded, understaffed, and underfunded. Many inmates suffer from chronic medical conditions, mental health disorders, infectious diseases, and substance dependence in numbers that are often disproportionate in comparison to the general population. Further, the incarceration experience itself can be detrimental to overall health and safety in a variety of ways. While some level of in-custody deaths are inevitable - for example, the passing of elderly inmates from old age - certain types of mortality are highly preventable with the proper interventions. This effort convened a panel of prison and jail administrators, researchers, and health care professionals to consider the challenges related to inmate mortality in correctional facilities and opportunities for improved outcomes. Through structured brainstorming and prioritization of the results, the panel identified a series of needs that, if addressed, could significantly reduce inmate mortality rates. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1967.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Programs Shelf Number: 148720

Author: Niolon, Phyllis Holditch Title: Preventing Intimate Partner Violence Across the Lifespan: A Technical Package of Programs, Policies, and Practices Summary: This technical package represents a select group of strategies based on the best available evidence to help communities and states sharpen their focus on prevention activities with the greatest potential to prevent intimate partner violence (IPV) and its consequences across the lifespan. These strategies include teaching safe and healthy relationship skills; engaging influential adults and peers; disrupting the developmental pathways toward IPV; creating protective environments; strengthening economic supports for families; and supporting survivors to increase safety and lessen harms. The strategies represented in this package include those with a focus on preventing IPV, including teen dating violence (TDV), from happening in the first place or to prevent it from continuing, as well as approaches to lessen the immediate and long-term harms of partner violence. Commitment, cooperation, and leadership from numerous sectors, including public health, education, justice, health care, social services, business and labor, and government can bring about the successful implementation of this package. Details: Atlanta, GA: Division of Violence Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/ipv-technicalpackages.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 148721

Author: Mastrofski, Stephen D. Title: Police Supervision: A 360-Degree View of Eight Police Departments Summary: Supervisors make important contributions to the capacity of an organization to achieve its goals through specific activities. The supervisor's function has traditionally been command and control, but supervisors are also expected to form and sustain viable work units with members who are personally committed to the organization and its goals. Supervisors are then a key to accountability, performance, and vitality in contemporary organizations. In this report we offer three perspectives on police supervisors: from the chiefs, who bear overall responsibility for supervision in the department; from the subordinates, who are in a good position to offer a judgment of the quality of supervision they receive; and from the supervisors themselves. This report addresses the following questions regarding the supervision of sworn personnel: - How do police chiefs assess the state of first-line supervision in their departments? - How do subordinates assess the quality of police supervision they are receiving, and what accounts for variation in their evaluations? - To what extent do police supervisors identify with the department and its values and support management's goals? - What types of goals receive the highest priority from police supervisors? Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.nationallawenforcementplatform.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/SupervisororgsurveyREV.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 148724

Author: Spizman, Ryan J. Title: Motels and crime: The effects of motel closures on crime rates Summary: In recent years, police organizations and scholars have begun to study motel crimes and the ways that crimes at such lodgings might be reduced. Although studies have helped police and city officials to manage crime at problem motels, the current literature largely overlooks motel closures and the impact these events can have on crime rates. This study seeks to expand current understandings of the relationship between motel closures and crime rates in the areas which surround them. To investigate this relationship, geographic mapping of crime data is employed along with descriptive and inferential data analyses. Overall, the results suggest that motel closures do not have a significant impact on motel-related crime or crime in general; therefore, any resulting effects from closure may be marginal. Details: Reno: University of Nevada, 2013. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1416345037?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Lodging and Crime Shelf Number: 148725

Author: Hachigian, Lance Michael Title: Spatial and Temporal Patterns of Property Victimization in The City of Sacramento Summary: Citizens in America are nine times more likely to fall victim to a property crime as compared to personal crimes where there is a physical victimization. Property crime constitutes a majority of all victimization, placing a research emphasis on property victimization patterns. This study uses victimized locations (as identified by address) within the city of Sacramento over a seven-year span. Residential and commercial burglary are analyzed separately due to the prevalence of burglary. The data were organized spatially and temporally, allowing for the creation of charts for analysis of property victimization over an extended period. Property victimization patterns remained non-random, and signs of clustering were present from year-to-year by district. Temporally, non-random patterns relating to time of offense were discovered. Details: Sacramento: California State University, Sacramento, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/handle/10211.9/2135 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 148726

Author: Matz, Adam K. Title: Where does the Time go? An Examination of Adult Probation/Parole Officer Workloads in Montana Summary: The National Reentry Resource Center (NRRC), a project of the Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center (JC), and the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA), in concert with the Department of Corrections (DOC) Montana Probation and Parole Division (MPPD), conducted a workload evaluation to examine staff-time allocation and occupational barriers to effectiveness. The goals of the workload evaluation were four-fold: to identify 1) the amount of time associated with the most common case management and non-case management related tasks, 2) barriers to time efficiency, 3) barriers to effective case management, and 4) an estimate of overall officer allocation needs for the state of Montana (i.e., are there enough officers to cover the state's supervisory obligations?). To this end, the authors sought answers to five research questions, with a brief summary of results provided within this executive summary. A four-week time study, conducted from February 2-27, 2015, with participation from 104 probation and parole officers (PPOs), out of 107 sampled (97%), gathered data tracked on time spent engaged in one of 35 case-related activities predefined by an MPPD advisory group, as well as eight non-case-related activities. Note, 158 PPOs were employed at the time of the study, meaning the study represented 66% of the total population. Representation from each region and officer specialization was attained and matches the state's distribution of PPOs. 3 Officers recorded over 5,000 case-related activities associated with cases that met most or all of MPPD's minimum agency case standards, engaging with more than 4,000 clients in a one-month period. In addition to the time study, 114 of the 158 PPOs (72%) participated in a brief adequacy of time survey distributed on March 9, 2015. Details: Unpublished report, 2016. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 5, 2017 at: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Timothy_Conley3/publication/307956339_Where_does_the_Time_go_An_Examination_of_Adult_ProbationParole_Officer_Workloads_in_Montana/links/57d3151a08ae601b39a4258f/Where-does-the-Time-go-An-Examination-of-Adult-Probation-Parole-Officer-Workloads-in-Montana.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 148727

Author: Karberg, Jennifer C. Title: Background Checks for Firearm Transfers, 2015 - Statistical Tables Summary: Describes background checks for firearms transfers conducted in 2015 and presents estimates of firearm applications received and denied annually since the effective date of the Brady Act in 1994 through 2015. Statistical tables provide data on the number of firearm applications processed by the FBI and state and local agencies, number of applications denied, reasons for denial, and estimates of applications by jurisdiction and by each type of approval system. Findings are based on data from BJS's Firearm Inquiry Statistics program, which annually surveys state and local background checking agencies to collect information on firearm background check activity and combines this information with the FBI's National Instant Criminal Background Check System transaction data to generate national estimates. Highlights: Since the effective date of the Brady Act on February 28, 1994, through December 31, 2015, nearly 197 million applications for firearm transfers or permits were subject to background checks and more than 3 million applications (1.5%) were denied. Nearly 17 million applications for firearm transfers were received in 2015, up from an estimated 15 million in 2014. About 1.4% of the nearly 17 million applications for firearm transfers or permits in 2015 were denied: about 107,000 by the FBI and about 119,000 by state and local agencies. Among state agency reporters, denial rates in 2015 were 3.0% for purchase permits, 1.5% for instant checks, 1.1% for other approval checks, and 1.1% for exempt carry permits. Local agencies denied 4.2% of applications for purchase permit checks and 1.1% of applications for exempt carry permits. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/bcft15st.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Background Checks Shelf Number: 148729

Author: Latzman, Natasha E. Title: Understanding the Scope of Child Sexual Abuse: Challenges and Opportunities Summary: The enormous individual, familial, and societal burden of child sexual abuse has underscored the need to address the problem from a public health framework. Much work remains, however, at the first step of this framework-defining and understanding the scope of the problem, or establishing incidence and prevalence estimates. In this occasional paper, we provide an overview of the ways researchers have defined and estimated the scope of child sexual abuse, focusing on agency tabulations and large-scale surveys conducted over the last several decades. More precise estimates of the number of children affected by child sexual abuse would improve the ability of the public health, child welfare, pediatrics, and other communities to prevent and respond to the problem. We recommend using a comprehensive surveillance system to assess and track the scope of child sexual abuse. This system should be grounded by common definitional elements and draw from multiple indicators and sources to estimate the prevalence of a range of sexually abusive experiences. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI Press, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: https://www.rti.org/sites/default/files/resources/24153494_Understanding_Scope_of_Child_Sexual_Abuse.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Maltreatment Shelf Number: 148736

Author: Public Health - Seattle and King County Title: The Impact of Firearms on King County's Children: 1999 - 2012 Summary: Every day in the United States, five children age 18 and under are killed by guns. King County is not immune to this violence. Between 1999 and 2012, 68 King County children under the age of 18 died from gun violence, and another 125 children were injured and had to be hospitalized. All of these deaths and injuries were preventable. This report describes what we know about these tragic deaths with the aim of informing what we can do to prevent other children from needlessly dying by gun violence. In reviewing data from the Medical Examiner's Office and Child Death Review, three key findings emerge: 1) There is a paucity of data to inform policy and program decision making; 2) gun violence among children is really two problems, one being homicide and the other suicide, and each may require different approaches to prevent; and 3) the risk of a completed suicide by firearm among children is nine times greater in households where firearms are kept unlocked and are easily accessible. Based upon these findings, we have two major recommendations: 1. King County has decided to take a public health approach to preventing gun violence, but there are barriers. If we want to move forward, we need changes in our systems to improve information gathering and sharing, to allow creation of a robust data system - the basis for developing and implementing effective interventions. 2. Every effort should be made to encourage and incentivize gun owners to safely store their firearms, away from the reach of children. Details: Seattle, WA: Public Health - Seattle and King County, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: http://www.kingcounty.gov/depts/health/violence-injury-prevention/violence-prevention/gun-violence/LOK-IT-UP/~/media/depts/health/violence-injury-prevention/documents/impact-firearms-children-report.ashx Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 148738

Author: Henzel, Paula Ditton Title: Behavioral Health Needs of Jail Inmates in Washington State Summary: THIS REPORT DESCRIBES the characteristics of 123,240 individuals booked into jail in 2013 who were recent or former clients of the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services (DSHS) or the Health Care Authority (HCA). We compare mental health and substance use disorder treatment needs among the 44,805 Medicaid enrollees booked into jail and the general Medicaid population. To identify behavioral health treatment needs among Medicaid recipients booked into jail, we matched statewide jail booking records with mental health and substance use disorder indicators in the DSHS Integrated Client Database (ICDB). Mental health treatment needs were identified by receipt of publicly funded mental health treatment services, prescriptions for psychotropic medications, and mental health-related medical service encounters, hospitalizations and diagnoses during the jail booking year or the year prior. Substance use disorder treatment needs were identified using a comprehensive set of indicators including diagnoses, procedures, prescriptions, treatment or arrests that reflect a possible substance use disorder. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Department of Social and Health Services, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: RDA Report 11.226: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: https://www.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/legacy/sac/pdf/research-11-226a.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148739

Author: Wish, Eric D. Title: Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS-3): Ohio -- Site 2 of 4 Summary: The Community Drug Early Warning System (CDEWS) provides timely information about emerging drug use in criminal justice populations in local communities by collecting and re‐testing urine specimens already obtained and tested for a limited panel of drugs by criminal justice testing programs. CDEWS or local staff sample specimens that are ready to be discarded and send them de‐ identified to an independent laboratory for testing for an expanded panel of drugs. The CDEWS methodology has been implemented previously in five jurisdictions with non‐prison populations (Wish et al., 2013; Wish et al., 2015). This report describes the first CDEWS study of prison inmates, conducted in the Belmont and Ross Correctional Institutions for adult males in Ohio. This report is the second of 4 reports that are part of the third CDEWS Study, CDEWS‐3. Urine drug testing is conducted in these facilities on the basis of the inmate's assignment to one of three test groups: Random, For Cause, and treatment Program testing. Specimens are tested by the correctional institution for a panel of 8 drugs. Specimens that had tested positive (CJS+) or negative (CJS‐) for any drug by the prison drug screen were selected from each of the test groups for inclusion in the study. A total of 108 usable specimens were obtained from Belmont and 85 specimens from Ross. The most dramatic findings from this study involved the detection of two types of prescription drugs in both institutions, buprenorphine, a prescribed opioid used to treat substance use disorder for opioids, and antidepressants. Buprenorphine is not prescribed for treatment in these institutions and it is not clear how much of the antidepressants detected were prescribed by the physicians at the prison. While marijuana use was detected in these institutions, it is noteworthy that not a single specimen tested positive for a synthetic cannabinoid. In contrast to other criminal populations studied by CDEWS in other locations, there was no evidence of synthetic cannabinoid use to avoid detection by the prison's drug testing program. This study demonstrated that the CDEWS methodology could be adapted for prison settings. While the use of buprenorphine and marijuana was already being detected by these institutions' testing programs, the extensive use of antidepressants uncovered may be a new finding. Details: Washington, DC: Office of National Drug Control Policy Executive Office of the President, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: https://ndews.umd.edu/sites/ndews.umd.edu/files/pubs/finalreport-cdews3-oh-v31-final-for-distribution.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148740

Author: Harnisch, Thomas L. Title: Concealed Weapons on State College Campuses: In Pursuit of Individual Liberty and Collective Security Summary: In the wake of tragic shootings on college campuses in Virginia, Illinois and elsewhere, lawmakers in 17 states have introduced measures seeking to relax concealed weapons restrictions on college and university campuses. Gun-rights advocates argue that easing gun restrictions could enhance both individual and collective security on campus and may deter violence. In contrast, the vast majority of college administrators, law enforcement personnel and students maintain that allowing concealed weapons on campus will pose increased risks for students and faculty, will not deter future attacks, and will lead to confusion during emergency situations. This controversial debate is expected to continue on college campuses and in statehouses throughout the nation. Details: Washington, DC: American Association of State Colleges and Universities, 2008. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: A Higher Education Policy Brief: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: http://www.aascu.org/policy/publications/policymatters/2008/gunsoncampus.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Security Shelf Number: 148742

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Online Harassment 2017 Summary: To borrow an expression from the technology industry, harassment is now a "feature" of life online for many Americans. In its milder forms, it creates a layer of negativity that people must sift through as they navigate their daily routines online. At its most severe, it can compromise users' privacy, force them to choose when and where to participate online, or even pose a threat to their physical safety. A new, nationally representative Pew Research Center survey of 4,248 U.S. adults finds that 41% of Americans have been personally subjected to harassing behavior online, and an even larger share (66%) has witnessed these behaviors directed at others. In some cases, these experiences are limited to behaviors that can be ignored or shrugged off as a nuisance of online life, such as offensive name-calling or efforts to embarrass someone. But nearly one-in-five Americans (18%) have been subjected to particularly severe forms of harassment online, such as physical threats, harassment over a sustained period, sexual harassment or stalking. Social media platforms are an especially fertile ground for online harassment, but these behaviors occur in a wide range of online venues. Frequently these behaviors target a personal or physical characteristic: 14% of Americans say they have been harassed online specifically because of their politics, while roughly one-in-ten have been targeted due to their physical appearance (9%), race or ethnicity (8%) or gender (8%). And although most people believe harassment is often facilitated by the anonymity that the internet provides, these experiences can involve acquaintances, friends or even family members. For those who experience online harassment directly, these encounters can have profound realworld consequences, ranging from mental or emotional stress to reputational damage or even fear for one's personal safety. At the same time, harassment does not have to be experienced directly to leave an impact. Around one-quarter of Americans (27%) say they have decided not to post something online after witnessing the harassment of others, while more than one-in-ten (13%) say they have stopped using an online service after witnessing other users engage in harassing behaviors. At the same time, some bystanders to online harassment take an active role in response: Three-in-ten Americans (30%) say they have intervened in some way after witnessing abusive behavior directed toward others online. Yet even as harassment permeates many users' online interactions, the public offers conflicting views on how best to address this issue. A majority of Americans (62%) view online harassment as a major problem, and nearly eight-in-ten Americans (79%) say online services have a duty to step in when harassment occurs on their platforms. On the other hand, they are highly divided on how to balance concerns over safety with the desire to encourage free and open speech - as well as whether offensive content online is taken too seriously or dismissed too easily. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: http://www.pewinternet.org/2017/07/11/online-harassment-2017/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 148745

Author: Joplin, Lore Title: Jail Diversion for People with Mental Illness in Washington State Summary: Currently, the demand for mental health treatment in Washington far outstrips supply, including in jails, where the proportion of people who have a mental illness is significantly higher than it is in the general population. A recent Washington study showed that, among people entering jail who were enrolled in Medicaid or recently had been, 55 percent had a psychotic disorder and/or a mental health diagnosis such as depression, anxiety, or bipolar disorder; this compares to just 34 percent of the general adult Medicaid population (Henzel et al. 2016). Additional data are available about pretrial detainees waiting in Washington jails for court-ordered services from the Washington State Department of Social and Health Services (DSHS) (Trueblood Diversion Plan 2016). These are people who have been charged with a crime but who may not be able to understand the judicial process or the charges against them, or they may not be able to aid in their own defense. Among this population: - 70 percent had had at least two arrests during a recent 12-month period. - 67 percent had had between two and five referrals since 2012 for services to restore their competency to stand trial. - 62 percent had received outpatient mental health services during a recent 12-month period, and 50 percent had received residential services. - 55 percent had a substance use diagnosis, but few had received substance use treatment services during a recent 12-month period. Only 3.2 percent of respondents had received outpatient treatment during a recent 12-month period, and 2.6 percent had received residential treatment. - 46 percent ranked housing as the most helpful diversion service, followed by medication management (13 percent of respondents), case management (15 percent), and employment (8 percent). - 43 percent were eligible for Medicaid. These data suggest that people with mental illness are cycling in and out of Washington's criminal justice system, many of them without receiving treatment. If these individuals match national profiles of people with mental illness who are in jail, they are likely to have a substance abuse disorder, be poor or homeless, and have been repeatedly sexually and physically abused (Steadman 2014). They may also have a chronic physical health problem that will shorten their life by 13 to 30 years (DeHert et al. 2011). Historically they have lacked health insurance, in spite of their high physical and behavioral health care needs-needs that have remained largely unaddressed because of their social conditions, such as poverty, unemployment, low educational achievement, low literacy rates, and homelessness (Hanig 2015). When people with mental illness are arrested, it usually is not for violent behavior but for low-level nuisance crimes, like shoplifting, trespassing, disorderly conduct, and theft (Monahan and Steadman 2012)-or, if they have been arrested before, for technical violations of their community supervision, like possessing alcohol or missing an appointment with their community corrections officer. Once they are in jail, they are vulnerable to intimidation and assault. They may act out or break jail rules because the jail environment has exacerbated the symptoms of their mental illness, and this behavior prolongs their incarceration (Council of State Governments 2002). When they finally are released, their chance of being rearrested is higher than it is for someone without mental illness. Clearly, diverting more of these individuals from jail to community-based mental health treatment could aid them in living in the community, rather than returning repeatedly to jail. Diversion has the potential to cut criminal justice system costs, reduce recidivism, and provide more effective mental health treatment for offenders. It also would represent a more humane response to individuals in jail who have a mental health disorder. Details: Olympia, WA: State of Washington Office of Financial Management, 2016. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2017 at: https://www.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/legacy/reports/Jail%20Diversion%20for%20People%20with%20Mental%20Illness%20in%20Washington%20State%20Study.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 148746

Author: Cramer, Julia Title: Funding for Safety and Security in Schools: A Fifty-State Review Summary: The 2016 Washington State Legislature directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to "evaluate how Washington and other states have addressed the funding of school safety and security programs." In our 50-state review, we found that states use a variety of funding sources to support school safety and security measures like school resource officers, trainings, security equipment, and emergency plans. These sources may be specifically dedicated to school safety, or may allow-but not require-funds to be used for these purposes. These sources include dedicated state education formula funding, local levies, state grants and budget provisos, and federal grants. In Washington, education formula funding currently accounts for the majority of dedicated school safety resources. State and federal grants and state budget provisos are also used in Washington. All 50 states have used federal grants to support school safety activities. Many states also use ongoing or one-time state grants to support school safety. Washington, Florida, Kentucky, New Jersey, and Ohio are the only states that dedicate funding for school safety and security in their education funding formulas. Minnesota, Idaho, Colorado, and Ohio allow school districts to enact levies for additional revenue for school-safety purposes. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2017. 42p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1676/Wsipp_Funding-for-Safety-and-Security-in-Schools-A-Fifty-State-Review_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 148748

Author: Kerber, Rose Title: Firearm Homicide-Suicides in North Carolina: Evidence from the North Carolina Violent Death Reporting System, 2004-2014 Summary: Homicide-suicides are a patterned type of violence that is distinct from other suicides and other homicides. The evidence presented in this analysis suggests that compared to both homicides and suicides, homicide-suicides are less reflective of personal problems experienced by the perpetrator and more reflective of troubled and abusive relationships between the perpetrator and the victim(s). The evidence suggests that perpetrators become maximally violent when they have lost control of a relationship. The intense fixation on the victim suggests that these incidents may be primarily homicidal. The suicidal act may be less premeditated than the homicide, and may instead reflect the perpetrator's complete loss of control and inability to function without their primary relationship. Homicide-suicides are often preceded by a history of domestic violence and interaction with law enforcement. Interactions with law enforcement and the court system present key opportunities for intervention in abusive relationships that might prevent escalation. With better screening and robust policies that empower law enforcement and the court system to confiscate firearms from abusive individuals, hundreds of deaths could be prevented over the next decade. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/bitstream/handle/10161/12036/Kerber_MP%20Final%20Draft.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148749

Author: Miceli, Thomas J. Title: Deterrence and Incapacitation: Towards a Unified Theory of Criminal Punishment Summary: Economic models of crime have focused primarily on the goal of deterrence; the goal of incapacitation has received much less attention. This paper adapts the standard deterrence model to incorporate incapacitation. When prison only is used, incapacitation can result in a longer or a shorter optimal prison term compared to the deterrence-only model. It is longer if there is underdeterrence, and shorter if there is over-deterrence. In contrast, when a fine is available and it is not constrained by the offender-s wealth, the optimal prison term is zero. Since the fine achieves first-best deterrence, only efficient crimes are committed and hence, there is no gain from incapacitation. Details: Storrs, CT: University of Connecticut, 2009. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Economics Working Paper, 2009-11: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: http://opencommons.uconn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1255&context=econ_wpapers Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 148753

Author: Criminal Justice Planning Services Title: Cost-Effective Incarceration of Washington State Adult Prison Offenders Summary: The June 2012 caseload forecast for prisons predicts an additional 1,178 male inmates and 91 fewer female inmates over the next ten years. Fortunately, the Department of Corrections (DOC) has sufficient capacity for males at maximum and minimum security. However, there is currently a shortage of about 200 beds for males in reception (in-take) and another 200 in medium security. Even with the addition of new housing units at the Washington State Penitentiary in FY14, by 2022 the shortage is projected to increase to approximately 260 at reception, 70 at close security and nearly 900 at medium security. Since modern prison beds come in standard sized housing units based on staffing efficiency, shortfalls of this magnitude require between 1,360 and 1,536 net new beds. The difference depends on how existing facilities can be repurposed based on other aspects of proposed solutions. It is important to note that even if the legislature funds prison construction in the next session, the earliest that new capacity can be brought on line is FY17. Even with quick action there will be increased crowding at reception, medium security and, soon, close security. In this case, crowding means mattresses on the floor and/or bunk beds in the dayroom. Delay will increase the magnitude and duration of the problem. The consultants looked at several options for addressing the capacity needs. The report describes why these options were not feasible. The consultants found the Reception Center would play a central role in solving DOC's capacity needs. This is due to two primary factors: the way the length of stay in reception affects the need for beds system-wide; and, the current Reception Center is cost-inefficient while occupying almost the exact number and security mix of beds DOC needs for close and medium security. There appears to be a common perception that the reception center is already large enough, that there are hundreds of unused emergency beds, and that the need for a new facility has not been established. These are misconceptions. Some of the reasons for these misconceptions are discussed in this report and the analysis indicates there is an urgent need for action. This report contains three feasible options for solving capacity needs for male offenders. The three options are: Keep reception at the Washington Corrections Center using existing buildings and expand capacity elsewhere; Keep reception at the Washington Corrections Center by demolishing three inefficient buildings, construct a new reception center in their place, and expand elsewhere; Build a new reception center at Maple Lane and repurpose the Washington Corrections Center as a multi-custody prison for maximum, close, and medium/MI3 inmates. All three options require reducing the average length of stay in reception from 53 to 40 days. This reduces capacity needs in reception from over 1,200 beds to approximately 1,000 beds. However, a shorter length of stay in reception simply means inmates transfer to other prisons sooner. Consequently the total number of beds needed remains the same and fewer reception beds means more beds are needed elsewhere. Consistent with legislative direction, this report makes no recommendations. Instead, information is presented about each option. Details: Olympia: Washington State Office of Financial Management, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/legacy/reports/cost-effective_incarceration_adult_offenders.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 148759

Author: Petteruti, Amanda Title: Jailing Communities: The Impact of Jail Expansion and Effective Public Safety Strategies Summary: Communities are bearing the cost of a massive explosion in the jail population which has nearly doubled in less than two decades. The research found that jails are now warehousing more people--who have not been found guilty of any crime--for longer periods of time than ever before. Due to the rising costs of bail, people arrested today are more likely to serve jail time before trial than twenty years ago, even though crime rates are at the lowest levels years. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2008. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/images/upload/08-04_rep_jailingcommunities_ac.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 110493

Author: Solomon, Amy L. Title: Life After Lockup: Improving Reentry from Jail to the Community Summary: Each year, US jails process an estimated 12 million admissions and releases. Substance addiction, job and housing instability, mental illness, and health problems are daily realities for a significant share of this population. Given that more than 80 percent of inmates are incarcerated for less than a month, jails have little time or capacity to address these deep-rooted and often overlapping issues. Life After Lockup synthesizes key findings from the Jail Reentry Roundtable and examines opportunities on the jail-to-community continuum where reentry-focused interventions can make a difference. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2008. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/life-after-lockup-improving-reentry-jail-community/view/full_report Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 110498

Author: Bhati, Avinash Title: To Treat or Not To Treat: Evidence on the Prospects of Expanding Treatment to Drug-Involved Offenders Summary: Despite a growing consensus among scholars that substance abuse treatment is effective in reducing recidivism, strict eligibility rules have limited the impact of current models of therapeutic jurisprudence on public safety. This research effort was aimed at providing policy makers some guidance on whether expanding this model to more drug-involved offenders is cost-beneficial. We find that roughly 1.5 million arrestees who are probably guilty (the population most likely to participate in court monitored substance abuse treatment) are currently at risk of drug dependence or abuse and that several million crimes could be averted if current eligibility limitations were suspended and all at-risk arrestees were treated. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2008. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/31621/411645-To-Treat-or-Not-to-Treat.PDF Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 110504

Author: Roman, Caterina Gouvis Title: Alcohol Outlets as Attractors of Violence and Disorder: A Closer Look at the Neighborhood Environment Summary: This report investigates the relationship between alcohol availability, type of alcohol establishment, distribution policies and violence and disorder at the block group level in the District of Columbia. We test whether density of alcohol outlets influences: (1) aggravated assault incidents, (2) calls for service for social "disorder" offenses, and (3) calls for service for a domestic incident, and examine variation in outcomes by time of day/day of week. Spatial econometric regression models are estimated using an information theoretic approach. The findings indicate that on-premise outlets, but not off-premise outlets are a significant predictor of aggravated assault. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2008. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/31701/411663-Alcohol-Outlets-as-Attractors-of-Violence-and-Disorder.PDF Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 110581

Author: Grossman, Susan F. Title: Analysis of InfoNet Data from Domestic Violence Agencies Summary: The analyses presented here were conducted in order to look more fully at these issues. They build upon our previous work examining both domestic violence data and sexual assault/abuse information for the Illinois Criminal Justice and Information Authority (ICJIA) (Grossman & Lundy, 2000; Grossman & Lundy, 2004). The domestic violence data with which we worked made clear that there were differences in the circumstances of abuse, paths into referral and assessed service need for some groups, including victims of color versus those who were White, older versus younger victims and victims in rural settings compared to those in Cook County. Variations in difficulties among children related to their characteristics, as well as the characteristics of the abuse situation were also identified. The data which were used in these analyses, however, were older data, predating the InfoNet system and, as such, limited in time (no later than 1995) and depth. The sexual assault and abuse data we worked with allowed us to look at a broader range of variables in more recent time, but because these data focused on victims of sexual assault and/or abuse, they did not provide further clarification on the experience of victims of domestic violence (although some of the victims in the sexual assault/abuse data were also victims of such abuse). Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2007. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/ResearchReports/Analysis%20of%20InfoNet%20Data%20from%20Domestic%20Violence%20Agencies.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 110528

Author: Cusick, Gretchen Ruth Title: From Corrections to Community: The Juvenile Reentry Experience as Characterized by Multiple Systems Involvement Summary: In this study, we examined the reentry experiences of a population of youth released from Illinois juvenile correctional facilities between 1996 and 2003. Prior research suggests that these youth are likely to face considerable challenges as they navigate the transition back into the community. Their needs may put them in contact with one or several child-serving systems, which may indicate both need and support received during transition. Involvement in multiple systems is viewed in this research as being part of the reentry experience that is likely to impact the chances of reoffending. Using administrative data from a variety of human and public service systems for children and youth in Illinois, we developed profiles of reentry experiences, as characterized by varying levels of involvement across multiple systems after release, among eight cohorts of youth. Reentry experiences were compared across age, gender, and race. Using multilevel modeling techniques, the study also examined how different reentry experiences are related to recidivism and how the relationship between these experiences and recidivism varies by social context. Below is a summary of the findings of this report: - Statewide, four distinct classes of youth exits are described by involvement across multiple child-serving systems. - Nearly one-half of youth exiting correctional settings statewide between 1996 and 2003 have little to no involvement across child-serving systems. The system involvement of another quarter of youth is limited to receipt of public aid. Yet another quarter is marginally served across most systems, while a small percentage is represented across a wide range of systems, particularly mental health and substance abuse rehabilitation treatment. - Youth receiving public assistance but few health services are disproportionately African American. - Although recidivism is high within 18 months of release, youth with collectively no systems involvement have the lowest recidivism rates. - Experiences with multiple systems and the relationship between these experiences and recidivism vary across regions of the state. - In the majority of Chicago exits, the youth are not enrolled in school and are not employed during reentry. - In Chicago, three distinct classes of youth exits are described by involvement across multiple child-serving systems: a class of uninvolved youth, a class of welfare recipients, and a class of marginally served youth. Findings from this study provide policymakers and practitioners a body of information on the extent of system involvement among Illinois youth released from correctional facilities. The research is intended to help coordinate efforts among the many systems and services that youth may become involved with upon release. Details: Chicago: Chapin Hall Center for Children, University of Chicago, 2009. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2017 at: https://www.chapinhall.org/sites/default/files/Corrections%20to%20Community_04_21_09.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 110523

Author: McQuaid, Julia Title: Independent Assessment of U.S. Government Efforts against Al-Qaeda Summary: Section 1228 of the 2015 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) states, "The Secretary of Defense, in coordination with the Secretary of State and the Director of National Intelligence, shall provide for the conduct of an independent assessment of the effectiveness of the United States' efforts to disrupt, dismantle, and defeat AlQaeda, including its affiliated groups, associated groups, and adherents since September 11, 2001." The Assistant Secretary of Defense for Special Operations/Low Intensity Conflict (ASD (SO/LIC)) asked CNA to conduct this independent assessment, the results of which are presented in this report. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Corporation, 2017. 380p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.cna.org/cna_files/pdf/DRM-2017-U-015710-2Rev.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Al-Quaida Shelf Number: 148763

Author: Strom, Kevin Title: Research on the Impact of Technology on Policing Strategy in the 21st Century, Final Report Summary: Over the past several decades, policing agencies have implemented an array of technological advancements to improve operational efficiency and outcomes, especially in times of diminished resources and enhanced public attention on and scrutiny of law enforcement activity. However, much remains to be known about the prevalence and utility of technology among the nation's law enforcement agencies and the factors that influence its selection and implementation. To address these issues, we need to build the knowledge base of why and how police select, implement, and integrate new technology; how that technology is being used; and whether new technology improves policing in a meaningful way for both the agency and the community. RTI International and the Police Executive Research Forum were funded by the National Institute of Justice to examine more closely the types of technology that U.S. law enforcement agencies (LEAs) are acquiring and implementing, and the degree to which the use of technology is linked to strategy development and larger organizational change within policing organizations. Three specific objectives were examined. The first objective was the prevalence of police technology on a national level; the second objective examined a group of selected "high-technology implementer" and "mixed-technology implementer" agencies. The combined findings from the national- and site-level data were used to develop the final objective: a research-based framework to guide police agencies in future selection, implementation, and use of technology. Findings show that for most technologies, a greater proportion of large agencies (250 or more sworn officers) had adopted the technology than those from the entire sample. A notable exception, however, is that large agencies were less likely to have used some technological devices, such as body-worn cameras, in the past 2 years. Site-level data illuminated the difference in how ingrained different technology is from agency to agency; two agencies may have implemented the same technology, but the level of sophistication and use can be widely divergent. Finally, the findings suggest that the success or failure of technology can be multidimensional and can rarely be traced back to a single issue. Instead, technology identification and adoption are complex processes and the factors that support technology success or failure are similarly multifaceted. In general, across U.S. LEAs, a strong association between policing strategy and technology uses was not found. In other words, at a national level, agencies are not making decisions to acquire technology based on dominant policing philosophies or the activities they prioritize. Instead, agencies appear to adopt technology ad hoc in response to a constellation of factors that includes executive staff decisions, perceived needs, community demands, and available funding. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2016. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251140.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Technology Shelf Number: 148771

Author: Wilson, Douglas B. Title: Testing and Evaluation of the Use of Polygraphs To Combat Violence Against Women Summary: The study, Testing and Evaluation of the Use of Polygraphs to Combat Violence Against Women, examines the applicability of polygraphy to post-conviction management of high-risk domestic violence abusers. It tests whether polygraphy provides information about risky behaviors that is predictive of additional near-term arrests of these probationers. To be efficacious in the management of these risks, polygraphy must reveal behaviors that the criminal justice system would not otherwise know and that if not moderated by interventions, would lead to additional crimes. To conduct this study, the DeKalb County State Court Probation Department identified 321 high-risk domestic violence probationers who had a mix of previous violent and nonviolent misdemeanor convictions. Probation allocated these men to a treatment family violence intervention site and 10 analogous control sites in DeKalb County. The treatment site facilitator, at the end of one month of psycho-educational classes, asked the enrolled men if they would volunteer for a polygraph test, and if they continued their enrollment, asked them again to take a second polygraph at the end of the fourth month of classes. The treatment and control group samples balanced the demographic and criminal characteristics of the men in the treatment site and control sites across 11 demographic and criminal record variables. Forty-three of the 87 men assigned to the treatment site took at least one polygraph. The study classified the information collected in the pre-polygraph interview procedure and the polygraph test into four risky behaviors: illegal drug use other than marijuana; the possession or handling of firearms; involvement in additional physical abuse, regardless of gender; and the polygrapher's judgment of deceptive polygraph responses on the polygraph test that followed the pre-polygraph interview. These behaviors were extra-marginal in that they were in addition to probationer's widespread use of alcohol and marijuana. These extra-marginal risky behaviors predicted subsequent arrests within the study period. In this test, the grade for 0-1 risky behaviors is 1.0; the grade for 2-3 risky behaviors is 2.0; the grade for illegal drug consumption other than marijuana and, at the same time, gave answers that the polygrapher judged as deceptive is 3.0. A grade greater than 1.0 indicates an elevated likelihood of recidivism. The primary statistical measure used was the area under the Relative Operating Characteristic curve (ROC/AUC), and the related test measures of sensitivity, specificity, and the positive and negative predictive values. The sensitivity of the test is 0.79. The specificity is 0.86. The accuracy of the test is 0.84. The empiric ROC/AUC is 0.85. This qualifies as a good test. This small study suggests that polygraphy can assist probation departments to manage the risky behaviors of domestic violence probationers who have an elevated risk of repeated criminal behavior, and direct them to appropriate interventions to modify their risky behaviors. This suggests that an appropriate approach to high-risk domestic violence probationers is to interdict their criminogenic behaviors and go beyond the power and control curriculum of family violence programs. Details: Waltham, MA: BOTEC Analysis Corporation, 2008. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/222115.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 110492

Author: Haas, Stephen M. Title: Preparing Prisoners for Returning Home: A Process Evaluation of West Virginia's Offender Reentry Initiative Summary: The U.S. prison population continues to grow at startling rates each year. Over the past decade, the number of persons incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails rose from 1.6 million in 1995 to over 2.1 million persons by midyear 2005 (Harris and Beck, 2006). According to a recent publication released by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), the number of persons incarcerated in U.S. prisons and jails reached a record high of 2,186,230 inmates by midyear 2005 (Harrison and Beck, 2006). This record number of persons in our nation's prisons and jails has resulted in more prisoners than ever before being released from incarceration. In 2004, 672,202 sentenced inmates were released from state prisons in the U.S., resulting in an increase of 11.1% since 2000 (Harrison and Beck, 2006). West Virginia's prison population also continues to grow at high rate. In fact, WV had one of the fastest growing prison populations in the nation in recent years. According to a recent report published by the BJS, WV was ranked third in the nation with an average annual growth rate of 8.2% between 1995 and 2004 (Harrison and Beck, 2005; 2006). As a result, WV's state prison population reached 5,312 inmates at the end of 2005. Moreover, the state's prison population is forecasted to continue growing at a rate of 3.3% per a year on average, reaching 6,192 inmates in 2010. Such increases in the number of released inmates has coincided with a record number of offenders being released from our state correctional facilities. In 2005, the Division of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS) estimated that 2,157 inmates were released from West Virginia Division of Corrections (WVDOC ) custody, up from 1,278 in 2000. As a result, the state of WV experienced a 68.8% increase in the number of prisoners released from WVDOC custody between 2000 and 2005 (Lester and Haas, 2006). Moreover, both parole grant rates and the number of prisoners being released from state prisons in WV have increased in recent years. In a single year, the number of offenders released from WVDOC custody to parole services increased by 35.6%. Between 2004 and 2005, the number of inmates paroled in WV increased from 773 to 1,048 inmates. Thus, nearly one-half of the 2,157 inmates released from WVDOC custody in 2005 were released on parole (48.6%) (Lester and Haas, 2005). The West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative (WVORI) The sheer number of offenders released from correctional institutions each year has underscored the need for effective offender programs and transitional services. As a result, the WVDOC developed a comprehensive offender reentry program with the anticipation that it would significantly reduce the number of barriers that offenders will have to face upon release and thereby increase their chances for successful reintegration. Thus, the primary goal of the WVORI is to develop a case management system that ensures the continuity of services and programming from the time the offender enters secure confinement until the offender is ultimately reintegrated back into society. The West Virginia Offender Reentry Initiative (WVORI) became fully operational in July 2005. The WVORI is comprised of two core components and three general phases. The core components provide a foundation for all of the activities that take place in each of the three WVORI phases. These core components include the establishment of a prescriptive case management systems (PCMS) and the use of the Level of Service InventoryRevised (LSI-R) to assess inmate�s risk and need levels. The PCMS was developed and implemented to structure reentry planning. Services provided via the PCMS include assessment, reentry program plans, substance abuse programs, primary treatment services, transition preparation, parole services, and a parole release plan (WVDOC, 2006). The LSI-R was adopted by the WVDOC to serve as a foundation for the PCMS. Based on the accurate assessment of an inmates level of risk and needs, the LSI-R can help correctional staff identify appropriate institutional programs and services and assist in the development of reentry case plans. In addition, the WVORI is comprised of three primary phases-an institutional phase, a transitional phase, and a community reintegration phase. These three phases are characterized by extensive institution-based programs, enhanced relationships between institution staff and parole personnel, and strong offender ties with community support systems. The primary objective for the institutional phase, or Phase 1 of the WVORI, is to gain greater consistency in the application of initial diagnostic and classification systems across WVDOC facilities. In addition, this phase includes efforts to revise case management practices in a manner that allow for the appropriate matching of offenders to specific programs based their needs. Phase II, or the transitional programming phase, focuses on preparing offenders for making the transition from the institutional setting to parole supervision in the community. As such, this phase includes an array of pre-release services to assist offenders with reentry. These services include reassessment and development of an aftercare plan, an infectious disease course, a parole orientation course, and the scheduling of regular contacts with case managers and parole officers. In addition, this phase serves to link the offender to various community programs such as educational and/or vocational training programs, substance abuse treatment, employment services, and religious or faith-based services. All WVDOC inmates participate in transitional planning prior to release. Phase III of the WVORI, or the community reintegration phase, emphasizes assisting offenders in achieving and maintaining stability in their life situations (including housing and employment) while sufficiently monitoring ex-offenders in order to protect public safety. This phase is characterized by efforts to increase the autonomy of offenders prior to release from parole while assisting the offender in building relationships with community agencies and establishing a strong social support system. Key components of this phase include monitoring and supervision of parole officers and ensuring ex-offenders adhere to the individual reentry program and aftercare plans developed prior to release. Monitoring progress on aftercare plans and conducting post-release follow-ups is a primary function of parole officers during this phase. Details: Charleston, WV: Mountain State Criminal Justice Research Services, 2007. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.bja.gov/evaluation/program-corrections/haas-offender-reentry-initiative.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 110491

Author: Kohl, Rhiana Title: Massachusetts Recidivism Study: A Closer Look at Releases and Returns to Prison Summary: The Massachusetts Recidivism Study reflects a collaborative effort between the Urban Institute's Justice Policy Center and the Massachusetts Department of Correction (DOC) to closely examine factors contributing to recidivism, with three interrelated study components: an analysis of DOC administrative data and recidivism, parole officer focus groups, and interviews of recidivists as they return to prison. This report provides the findings of the first component while the companion report, "Reincarcerated: The Experiences of Men Returning to Massachusetts Prisons," provides results from the focus groups and survey of recidivists. Key Findings - The overall three-year reincarceration recidivism rate among the 1,786 males released from the DOC in 2002 was 39 percent; with technical parole violators excluded, the recidivism rate dropped to 35 percent. - Recidivists, on average, were younger, served shorter-prison terms, and were more likely to be unmarried. Additionally, blacks recidivated at a significantly higher rate than other races. - Property offenders had the highest recidivism rates (57 percent) with similar patterns among inmates paroled and those released because their sentences expired. Nonviolent offenders, consisting primarily of property and drug offenders, recidivated at a significantly higher rate (43 percent) than violent offenders (36 percent). - Of the 426 inmates in the cohort serving a sentence for a drug offense, 227 (53 percent) were serving a drug sentence associated with a mandatory minimum term; recidivism rates among those serving a mandatory minimum drug offense were significantly lower (29 percent) compared with the rate for nonmandatory drug offenders (46 percent). - On average, recidivists became involved in the criminal justice system at an earlier age and had criminal histories with more juvenile and adult arraignments, convictions, and prior adult incarcerations. - Sixty-five percent of the release cohort was released to the street via expiration of sentence; the remaining 35 percent were paroled to the street. - The recidivism rate (45 percent) for inmates paroled to the street was significantly higher than the rate (36 percent) of inmates released to the street via expiration of sentence. - Among the 623 inmates paroled, 29 percent were revoked and returned to prison for either a technical violation of their parole conditions or for committing a new offense. When technical violations were excluded from the calculation, the parolee return rate decreased to 10 percent. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2008. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/31671/411657-Massachusetts-Recidivism-Study.PDF Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Violations Shelf Number: 110521

Author: Morgan, Rachel E. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2016 Summary: HIGHLIGHTS -- Violent crime - In 2016, U.S. residents age 12 or older experienced 5.7 million violent victimizations-a rate of 21.1 victimizations per 1,000 persons age 12 or older. - The rate of stranger violence (8.2 per 1,000 persons) was higher than the rate of intimate partner violence (2.2 per 1,000). - Fewer than half (42%) of violent victimizations were reported to police. Property crime - In 2016, U.S. households experienced 15.9 million property crimes-a rate of 119.4 per 1,000 households. „ Motor vehicle thefts (80%) were the most likely of all crime types to be reported to police. Prevalence of crime - In 2016, a total of 1.3% of all persons age 12 or older experienced one or more violent victimizations. - A total of 8.8% of all households experienced at least one property victimization. Trends - The National Crime Victimization Survey sample went through a routine redesign in 2016, which resulted in the 2016 data not being comparable to data from prior years. - Among counties that remained in sample from the previous design, there was no measurable change in the rates of violent, serious violent, or property crime from 2015 to 2016. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv16.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 148774

Author: Juvenile Law Center (Pennsylvania) Title: Improving Access to Career Pathways for Philadelphia's Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice System Involved Youth Summary: Early work experiences and other forms of career exposure remain elusive for many youth, including youth in the child welfare and juvenile justice systems. Nationally, approximately 3 million youth are neither in school nor working. And while the overall labor market has improved, not all young people have benefitted. The unemployment rate for Black youth last summer was 20.6%, more than double the rate for White youth. These disparities have led to an increased focus on engaging "disconnected youth" (commonly defined as young people aged 16-24 who are neither working nor in school) and supporting them on the path to a stable career. Many teens and young adults in foster care or the juvenile justice system fall in this category and could benefit from a range of career pathways programs. Yet these youth often face unique barriers to access. For instance, system-involved youth may not have copies of their important documents, such as a social security card or state ID, which can cause them to miss application deadlines or get passed over for employment opportunities. Details: Philadelphia: The Center, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://jlc.org/sites/default/files/publication_pdfs/Juvenile%20Law%20Center%20Career%20Pathways%20Report_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disconnected Youth Shelf Number: 148775

Author: Shames, Alison Title: Common Ground: How all of Oregon Contributes to Criminal Justice Reform Summary: After Oregon's prison population grew 50 percent over the span of twelve years (2000 to 2012), Governor John Kitzhaber reconvened and expanded the state's Commission on Public Safety to examine the drivers of Oregon's prison population and recommend fiscally responsible, evidence-based policy options to minimize anticipated growth. This brief describes how the state of Oregon worked together with its local community and government partners to address its growing prison population. It is the final brief in a series of three that focuses on the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI)-an initiative funded by the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), in partnership with the Pew Charitable Trusts. JRI is a data-driven approach to improve public safety, examine corrections and related criminal justice spending, manage and allocate criminal justice populations in a more cost-effective manner, and reinvest savings in strategies that can hold system-involved people accountable, decrease crime, and strengthen neighborhoods. At least 30 states have engaged in this process. By working together at state and local levels, Oregon's successful bid to lower its prison population and the associated costs can serve as a model for other jurisdictions seeking similar solutions. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/common-ground-how-all-of-oregon-contributes-to-criminal-justice-reform/legacy_downloads/common-ground-oregon-criminal-justice-reform-web-updated.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 148777

Author: Meredith, Tammy Title: Pathways to Desistance: A Comprehensive Analysis of Juvenile to Adult Criminal Careers Summary: This study was designed to address the likelihood and extent to which juvenile offenders persist in illegal behavior and penetrate into Georgia's adult criminal justice system. Data were collected from multiple agencies in a unique effort that produced the first statewide longitudinal dataset of justice-involved persons of all ages. Electronically recorded justice administration data for anyone born before October 1996 were included. In the last-half century, Georgia's juvenile justice system engaged half a million youths in response to nearly 800,000 referrals for over 1.5 million incidents of delinquency. Those juveniles accrued more than 1.2 million out-of-home placements. Of those half million juveniles, 41% continued to commit crimes into adulthood. In fact, the juveniles went on to account for 2 million adult charges or 7% of all adult arrests in the last 30 years in Georgia. Decades of research have focused on understanding the characteristics of persons with criminal careers spanning ages from adolescence to adulthood, looking for individual-level factors that contribute to persistent offending. Prior studies use self-reported data collected from youth through surveys, interviews, or longterm panel studies following cohorts for decades to assess pathways into and out of criminal offending. Such longitudinal analysis of juvenile criminal careers has never been conducted in Georgia because juvenile and adult data systems are independent, legally separated, and devoid of unique identifiers allowing for linkage. This study builds upon the Georgia Statistical Analysis Center prior research on adult criminal careers (Speir, et al. 2001) to further our understanding of the life events of individual offenders and use that knowledge to inform effective intervention strategies. Details: Atlanta, GA: Applied Research Services, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-26/ga-pathways%20to%20desistance.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 148780

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Absconding and Other Supervision Violations: A Study of Probationers, Parolees, and Dual Supervision in New Mexico Summary: This study examined violations of supervision among a cohort of individuals under state supervision in New Mexico. We included probationers, who comprise the vast majority of those under state supervision, parolees, and those supervised under dual supervision (both probation and parole). We focused on several key questions, intended to improve our understanding of violations of supervision and revocations. Additionally, we built on our prior study of parole violations where we found that absconding was one of the most common violations of parole, and the most salient predictor of revocation. The key differences between the prior study and the current one are that we expanded the study population to include probationers, and added variables that may help to explain absconding behavior. Our overall objectives for this part of the study were to explore the risk and protective factors associated with absconding, and to understand whether these differed by supervision type. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2017. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2017/absconding-and-other-supervision-violations--a-study-of-probationers,-parolees,-and-dual-supervision-in-new-mexico.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Absconding Shelf Number: 148781

Author: Indiana. Governor's Task Force on Drug Enforcement, Treatment, and Prevention Title: Final Report: Governor's Task Force on Drug Enforcement, Treatment, and Prevention Summary: Following the national trend, Indiana is experiencing an unprecedented crisis of substance use disorders (SUD), with 9.19% of adults reporting illicit drug use in the past month and 4.34% of adults reporting nonmedical use (i.e., use by individuals who were not prescribed the drug or a use that does not comply with the prescription) of pain relievers in the past year, consistent with increasing national rates of 9.84% and 4.0%, respectively. Further, nearly six times as many Hoosiers died from drug overdose in 2014 as did in 2000 (twice the national rate), making Indiana residents more likely to die from a drug overdose than an automobile accident. As in many other states, evidence indicates that a sharp increase in nonmedical use of prescription opioid pain medications is a key driver. As these medications have similar chemical properties as heroin, and the latter is often cheaper and easier to obtain, many prescription opioid abusers have also begun using heroin, resulting in further abuse, overdose deaths, and an increase in the incidence of HIV infections associated with needle sharing. The state has made considerable efforts to combat this crisis in recent years. For example, recognizing that SUD is a driver of incarceration rates, the state successfully made a statutory change to divert addicted, non-violent offenders to community services. In addition, Governor Pence's successful negotiation of the Healthy Indiana Plan (HIP 2.0) waiver is providing expanded coverage to nearly 400,000 previously uninsured Hoosiers. Moreover, implementation of evidence-based prevention measures including, but not limited to, overdose reversal drug access and prescription monitoring have saved lives and reduced the number of people who develop opioid disorders. Despite these efforts, a recent HIV epidemic in rural Southeastern Indiana has shed new light on the state's drug crisis. In 2015, communities in and around Scott County reported an extraordinarily high number of people with new HIV diagnoses. Where only five individuals had been diagnosed with HIV in the entire county over the preceding 10 years, as of November 28, 2016, there have been 210 individuals diagnosed with HIV since the beginning of 2015. On September 1, 2015, Governor Mike Pence issued Executive Order 15-09, establishing the Governor's Task Force on Drug Enforcement, Treatment, and Prevention ("Task Force") to identify best practices and make informed recommendations to the administration. The multidisciplinary Task Force was designed to assess statewide resources and available programs; "encourage collaboration among agencies[;] and identify local models that may be extended to other areas of the State." Through a series of regional public meetings, the Task Force heard public testimony from a variety of stakeholders, including individuals directly affected by SUD, local and state government officials, clinical providers, law enforcement officials, and community leaders. In addition, the Task Force assessed Indiana's capacity to respond to the crisis and reviewed both state and national best practices in the area of SUD enforcement, treatment, and prevention. A full list of recommendations made by the Task Force can be found in Appendix A. The findings within this report demonstrate the complexity of the disease of addiction and the challenges faced by the state that require a comprehensive and integrated approach to enforcement, treatment, and prevention. Prior to publication of this report, the Indiana General Assembly passed, and Governor Pence signed into law, Senate Enrolled Act 271, which established the Indiana Commission to Combat Drug Abuse (ICCDA). The ICCDA will be responsible for coordinating SUD prevention, treatment, and enforcement throughout the state beginning in 2017, transitioning from and building on the work accomplished by the Task Force. Details: Indianapolis: Governor's Office, 2016. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2017 at: http://www.in.gov/cji/files/Task%20Force%202015%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148782

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Solitary at Southport: A 2017 Report based upon the Correctional Association's Visits, Data Analysis, & First-Hand Accounts of the Torture of Solitary Confinement from One of New York's Supermax Prisons Summary: Solitary confinement is torture. New York State (NYS) subjects people to solitary confinement and other forms of isolation at rates above the national average and in a racially disparate manner. On any given day, in NYS prisons alone roughly 2,900 people are held in Special Housing Units (SHU) and an additional estimated 1,000 or more people are held in keeplock (KL). In 2015 after limited SHU reforms, the number of people in SHU rose to over 4,100, the highest rate of solitary in the history of NYS prisons, more than a third higher than in the early 2000s and higher than its previous 2012 peak. Even with some reductions in 2016 and 2017, NYS's rate of isolation - nearly 8% including KL and 5.8% if only SHU - is much higher than the national average of 4.4% and four or more times higher than some states - like Colorado, Washington, and Connecticut - that have less than 1% or 2% of incarcerated people in solitary. In the SHU or KL, people are held alone in their cells 23-24 hours a day, without any meaningful human contact or out-of-cell programming, with limited or no access to phone calls, and often with limited, restricted, or no visits. The sensory deprivation, lack of normal human interaction, and extreme idleness have long been proven to cause intense suffering, devastating physical, mental, and emotional effects, and the increased likelihood of self-harm. Solitary - "the Box" - can cause deterioration in people's behavior, while limits on solitary have had neutral or even positive effects on institutional safety. The Mandela Rules - recently adopted by the entire United Nations General Assembly, supported by a US delegation consisting of corrections administrators, and voted for by the US government - prohibit solitary beyond 15 consecutive days. Yet, in New York people are regularly held in solitary for months, years, and even for decades. Southport Correctional Facility is one of the two super-maximum security prisons in NYS with the primary purpose of holding people in solitary or isolated confinement. Southport was originally a regular maximum security prison, but became New York's first prison dedicated entirely to solitary confinement in 1991. The budget to operate this supermax is almost $39 million per year. Southport currently incarcerates about 400 people in solitary in the SHU. Beyond the already racially disproportionate infliction of solitary across prisons statewide, nearly 90% of people in the SHU at Southport are Black (62%) or Latino (27%), while only 2% of Correctional Officers (COs) at Southport are Black (1.4%) or Latino (0.7%). Even more extreme, and reflective of the deeply engrained racism of the prison system, of all people who were held at Southport for the entirety of 2015, 76% of all the people who were held at Southport in 2015 were Black. The Correctional Association of New York (CA) conducted a full monitoring visit of Southport in February 2015 and further investigations of Southport in 2015 and 2016. During the 2015 visit, the CA spoke one-on-one with nearly every person in the SHU while we were there. The CA subsequently received over 190 written surveys from people in Southport's SHU, had repeated correspondence with numerous people incarcerated at Southport, conducted extensive interviews in 2015 and 2016 with nearly 50 people held in the SHU at Southport, and analyzed prison-specific and system-wide data. To even begin to have some understanding of the real experience of solitary at Southport requires learning directly from the people who are living in solitary the details of what they are enduring. The narratives in this publication provide representative examples of the experiences of the hundreds of people the CA communicated with at Southport. Details: New York: The Correctional Association of New York, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: http://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Solitary-at-Southport-Final-Web-12-10-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 148783

Author: Dew, Daniel J. Title: "Money Bail"": Making Ohio a More Dangerous Place to Live Summary: In 2015, Dragan Sekulic of Stark County, Ohio used his car as a battering ram attempting to kill his ex-wife. Sekulic's would-be victim survived the crash and Sekulic, who had been charged with domestic violence before, faced charges of felonious assault, domestic violence, and operating a vehicle while intoxicated. Working with a bail-bond agent, Sekulic posted the $100,000 bond set by the court and walked free to await his trial. Two weeks later, free on the posted bail, Sekulic found his ex-wife and finished what he had started, shooting her dead. Though shocking, such tragic stories are remarkably far too common in Ohio and across the United States. Many criminal justice systems throughout the country, for example, foster an outmoded practice of pretrial release that allows accused murderers, child rapists, armed robbers, and dangerous gang members to be arrested and released into our communities to await trial. Meanwhile, many jurisdictions allow otherwise law-abiding, harmless citizens to sit in jail for days, weeks, or even months before trial for jaywalking, violating dress-codes, or failing to pay traffic tickets. These absurd incongruities stem from a pretrial release system rooted in money rather than a careful, scientific assessment of the risks that the accused pose to our neighborhoods. Looking for a fairer, more cost-effective approach to pretrial release, some jurisdictions have transitioned from cash bail to more sophisticated actuarial risk-assessment tools to help courts decide who should go home and who should remain a guest of the state. Jails are not cheap to maintain and taxpayers pay a high price for holding people who have not yet been convicted. Indeed, pretrial detention costs an estimated $14 billion annually in the United States, and Ohio's Cuyahoga County alone spent $42 million in 2013 jailing pretrial defendants. Reform-minded jurisdictions realize that a more scientific approach to pretrial detention should look at more than the size of the accused's bank account to ensure public safety, judicial fairness, and fiscal responsibility. Unfortunately, the $2 billion per year bail-bond industry continues to fight for the failed status quo even as some jurisdictions discover the advantages of safer, fairer, and more cost-effective pretrial release policies. In resisting bail reform across the country, the bail-bond industry has been quick to highlight any and all shortcomings of risk-assessment tools utilized by courts. But advocates of money bail ignore the harsher realities of the status quo, its potentially harmful effects on low-level, low-income defendants, and the dangers it continues to create in our communities. Details: Columbus, OH: Buckeye Institute, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: https://www.buckeyeinstitute.org/library/doclib/2017-12-11-Money-Bail-Making-Ohio-a-More-Dangerous-Place-to-Live-By-Daniel-J-Dew.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 148784

Author: Sterzing, Paul R. Title: Polyvictimization Prevalence Rates for Sexual and Gender Minority Adolescents: Breaking Down the Silos of Victimization Research Summary: Objective: To identify lifetime polyvictimization rates by gender identity and sexual orientation, for a national sample of sexual and gender minority adolescents. Method: An anonymous, incentivized, online survey was completed by 1177 sexual and gender minority adolescents who were currently enrolled in middle or high school (14 to 19-years-old). Results: Most of the sample experienced some form of lifetime physical assault (81.3%), bullying victimization (88.8%), sexual victimization (80.6%), child maltreatment (78.8%), property victimization (80.1%), and indirect or witnessed forms of victimization (75.0%). The overall rate of polyvictimization for the sample was 41.3%. Genderqueer assigned male at birth (65.4%), transgender female (63.2%), transgender male (57.4%), genderqueer assigned female at birth (55.0%), and cisgender female (39.3%) adolescents were significantly more likely to be lifetime polyvictimized than their cisgender male counterparts (31.1%). Additionally, pansexual (56.8%), queer (52.0%), questioning (47.0%), and bisexual (45.8%) participants were significantly more likely to be lifetime polyvictimized than gay-identified peers (32.7%). Conclusions: This is the first study to identify lifetime polyvictimization rates for sexual and gender minority adolescents. These findings call into question the practice of studying single forms of victimization for this population as if they occur in isolation to one another. Future research is needed to identify the shared risk and protective factors across victimization subtypes to inform prevention and intervention strategies for this vulnerable adolescent population. Details: Berkeley, CA: School of Social Welfare University of California, Berkeley, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251353.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 148785

Author: Ba, Bocar Title: The Introduction of Tasers and Police Use of Force: Evidence from the Chicago Police Department Summary: In March 2010, the Chicago Police Department changed its Taser policy, issuing the weapons to patrol officers instead of largely restricting their use to sergeants. We used that policy change to obtain difference-in-difference estimates of how the availability of Tasers affected the types of force employed by police, the total number of use-of-force incidents, injury rates per incident, the total number of injuries, and the race distribution of civilians involved in use-of-force incidents. The policy change initially led to a large increase in the use of Tasers, with limited substitution from other types of force. After a period of re-training, substitution between Tasers and other types of force, both greater and lesser, increased. Police injuries fell, but neither injury rates nor the number of injuries to civilians were affected. There is no evidence that Tasers led to a reduction in police use of firearms. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24202: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24202 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Non-Lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 148843

Author: Rempel, Michael Title: NIJ's Multisite Evaluation of Prosecutor-Led Diversion Programs: Strategies, Impacts, and Cost-Effectiveness Summary: In recent years, a growing number of prosecutors have established pretrial diversion programs, either pre-filing-before charges are filed with the court-or post-filing-after the court process begins but before a disposition. Participating defendants must complete assigned treatment, services, or other diversion requirements. If they do, the charges are typically dismissed. With funding from the National Institute of Justice, the current study examined 16 prosecutor-led diversion programs in 11 jurisdictions across the country, and conducted impact evaluations of five programs and cost evaluations of four programs. Goals of Prosecutor-Led Diversion - Multiple Goals: Diversion programs of the 1970s tended to prioritize defendant rehabilitation and recidivism reduction. Today, these goals occupy a less preeminent role. The most commonly endorsed goals in our sample of programs were: (1) administrative efficiency/cost savings-by routing many cases away from traditional prosecution and redirecting resources to other more serious cases; and (2) reducing convictions and collateral consequences for defendants. Target Populations - Timing of Diversion Participation: Of 15 programs in the study, eight were post-filing, three were pre-filing, and four programs enrolled participants either prior to or after filing charges with the court depending on case specifics (mixed model). - Misdemeanors and Felonies: Unlike programs of the 1970s, current models are not exclusively focused on the lowest level cases. Instead, nine of 15 programs we examined either targeted felonies or a mix of misdemeanors and felonies. - Specialist Programs: Six of 15 programs targeted specific types of crimes, most often drug or marijuana possession, although one program in Hennepin County, MN targeted both felony-level drug and property cases and another program in Phoenix, Arizona targeted misdemeanor prostitution cases. - Risk-Informed Decision-Making: The programs we examined generally made eligibility determinations based on charge and criminal history, not validated risk assessments. A notable exception was in Milwaukee, which adopted a universal riskinformed screening protocol, leading low-risk defendants to be routed to a brief, pre-filing program and medium-risk defendants to be routed to a more intensive post filing program, with services tailored to each defendant's needs. Program Mandates - Standardized vs. Individualized: Of 15 programs examined, five utilize a "one size fits all" approach, whereas ten programs use individualized mandates to some degree, assigning different types of services based on defendants' needs. - Educational vs. Therapeutic Models: Thirteen of the 15 programs link at least some participants to educational classes about the relevant problem behavior, including classes about drugs, driving, theft, prostitution, weapons, health, and/or parenting. Staff at only one program cited the consistent use of evidence-based cognitive-behavioral approaches, although two additional programs use these approaches with some cases. - Community Restoration: Ten of the 15 programs order at least some participants to perform community service. In addition, four programs use restorative justice groups with at least some participants., Restorative justice represents a core organizing principle of the model for San Francisco's Neighborhood Courts diversion program and Los Angeles' newly created Neighborhood Justice Initiative. Case Outcomes, Recidivism, and Cost - Case Outcomes: All five programs participating in impact evaluations (two in Cook County, two in Milwaukee, and one in Chittenden County, VT) reduced the likelihood of conviction-often by a sizable magnitude. All five programs also reduced the likelihood of a jail sentence (significant in four and approaching significance in the fifth program). - Re-Arrest: Four of five programs reduced the likelihood of re-arrest at two years from program enrollment (with at least one statistically significant finding for three programs and at least one finding approaching significance in the fourth). The fifth site did not change re-arrest outcomes. - Cost: All four programs whose investment costs were examined (two in Cook County and one each in Chittenden and San Francisco) produced sizable cost and resource savings. Not surprisingly, savings were greatest in the two pre-filing programs examined, which do not entail any court processing for program completers. All three programs whose output costs were examined (i.e., omitting the San Francisco site) also produced output savings, mainly stemming from less use of probation and jail sentences. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/document/2017/Pretrial_Diversion_Overview_ProvRel.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 148845

Author: Doyle, Charles Title: Mandatory Minimum Sentencing of Federal Drug Offenses Summary: As a general rule, federal judges must impose a minimum term of imprisonment upon defendants convicted of various controlled substance (drug) offenses and drug-related offenses. The severity of those sentences depends primarily upon the nature and amount of the drugs involved, the defendant's prior criminal record, any resulting injuries or death, and in the case of the related firearms offenses, the manner in which the firearm was used. The drug offenses reside principally in the Controlled Substances Act or the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. The drug-related firearms offenses involve the possession and use of firearms in connection with serious drug offenses and instances in which prior drug convictions trigger mandatory sentences for unlawful firearms possession. The minimum sentences range from imprisonment for a year to imprisonment for life. Although the sentences are usually referred to as mandatory minimum sentences, a defendant may avoid them under several circumstances. Prosecutors may elect not to prosecute. The President may choose to pardon the defendant or commute his sentence. The defendant may qualify for sentencing for providing authorities with substantial assistance or under the so-called "safety valve" provision available to low-level, nonviolent, first-time offenders. Over time, defendants, sentenced to mandatory terms of imprisonment for drug-related offenses, have challenged Congress's legislative authority to authorize them and the government's constitutional authority to enforcement. The challenges have met with scant success. Generally, courts have concluded that the provisions fall within congressional authority under the Commerce, Necessary and Proper, Treaty, and Territorial Clauses of the Constitution. By and large, courts have also found no impediment to imposition of mandatory minimum sentences under the Due Process, Equal Protection, or Cruel and Unusual Punishment Clauses, or the separation-of-powers doctrine. Proposals to amend drug-related mandatory minimum sentence provisions surfaced during the 114th Congress. In the 115th Congress, Senator Grassley introduced the successor to those proposals for himself and a bi-partisan list of co-sponsors as S. 1917, the Sentencing Reform and Corrections Act of 2017. Many of the same issues are addressed in H.R. 4261 introduced by Representative Scott of Virginia. This is an overview of the law from which those proposals spring. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource R45074: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R45074.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 148849

Author: Straub, Frank Title: Rescue, Response, and Resilience: A Critical Incident Review of the Orlando Public Safety Response to the Attack on the Pulse Nightclub Summary: On June 12, 2016, what began as an active shooter incident when a lone gunman entered the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Florida, and began shooting innocent club goers transitioned into a barricaded suspect with hostages incident and ended as the deadliest terrorist attack1 on American soil since September 11, 2001. By the time the incident was over, at least one of every three people in Pulse was either wounded or killed. One hundred two innocent people had been shot: 53 injured and 49 killed. The destruction that occurred on June 12 was the direct result of the shooter's actions. The decisions made and actions taken by the men and women of the Orlando Police Department (OPD) and Orlando's other law enforcement agencies embody the bravery, strength, and professionalism of our nation's law enforcement and public safety first responders as well as the strength of the Orlando community. As demonstrated by many other events-the Boston Marathon terrorist bombings in 2013; the coordinated terrorist attacks in Paris and in San Bernardino, California, in 2015; in Brussels in 2016; in Charleston, South Carolina, in 2016 and Newtown, Connecticut, in 2012 and throughout Europe in June 2017-persons and groups motivated by violent ideological, political, or individual factors continue to commit acts of mass public violence and terrorism. Instances of mass shootings increased in both frequency and lethality during the period from 2000 to 2013, and it is undeniable that communities across the United States will continue to be the targets of these events. According to a Washington Post article, there were 154 mass shootings in the first half of 2017, including the June 14, 2017, attack on Republican members of Congress. Still, our law enforcement officers and their public safety partners continue to put themselves in harm's way to protect the communities they serve. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Community Oriented Services, 2017. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0857-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Incident Management Shelf Number: 148852

Author: Police Foundation Title: Releasing Open Data on Hate Crimes: A Best Practices Guide for Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: Hate crimes are criminal offenses that are motivated to some extent by the offender's bias. They are different from traditional criminal offenses because they victimize entire groups rather than individuals. As a result, hate crimes tend to have a more severe and wide-reaching impact than traditional offenses, presenting distinct challenges for law enforcement agencies. In the words of Chief Will Johnson, Chair of the Human and Civil Rights Committee at the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP), "hate crimes and hate incidents are heinous acts that demand immediate attention, response, and resolution whenever possible." One challenge associated with hate crimes is that they are highly traumatic for both individuals and communities. Victims have little to no control over the characteristics that motivate hate crime, leaving them feeling vulnerable to further attacks, along with everyone who shares the targeted characteristics. Hate crime victims also exhibit greater degrees of anxiety, depression, stress, and anger compared to victims of other crimes. The high level of trauma associated with hate crimes may also be due to the fact that they tend to be more violent than other criminal offenses. According to a report from the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), 92% of all hate crimes were violent between 2007 and 2011. Experts have further noted that the violence associated with hate crimes can be extreme, with murder victims exhibiting signs of literal overkill. With respect to antidisability biases in particular, hate crimes "often involve extraordinary levels of sadism." Another challenge associated with hate crimes is escalation. In the absence of public condemnation for the bias underlying a hate crime, offenders may come to believe that others share and condone their prejudice. As a result, they may be emboldened to continue or escalate their actions. The targeted communities, meanwhile, may seek redress for the bias motivation on their own, leading to a cycle of retaliatory crimes. Law enforcement officials must therefore acknowledge the underlying bias in order to address and prevent hate crime in their jurisdictions. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/PF_Releasing-Open-Data-on-Hate-Crimes_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 148856

Author: Californians for Safety and Justice Title: Safe and Sound: Strategies to Save a Billion in Prison Costs and Build New Safety Solutions Summary: IN THE LAST SEVERAL YEARS, California has emerged from a long history of being a laggard on criminal justice reform to becoming a national stand out. After decades of prison building and an overcrowding crisis so severe that prison capacity exceeded 200%, a groundswell response-litigation, media attention, legislation, voter action and a grassroots advocacy movement-has put the state on a new path. Between 2006 and 2016, California has seen: A 25% drop in state prison incarceration. A 10% statewide average drop in county jail populations. A 64% drop in the number of people on state parole and a 22% drop in the number of felony filings in criminal courts annually. Today more than 1.5 million Californians are eligible to remove nonviolent felony convictions from their old conviction records-opening the door to new opportunities for stability and empowerment. Rehabilitation programs are becoming more available to people in the justice system to help stop the cycle of crime. Trauma recovery centers are expanding across the state-from just one five years ago to eleven centers today-providing crisis care and help for underserved survivors of violent crime. And, with the incarceration declines, hundreds of millions of dollars are finally being reallocated from bloated, costly prisons to community-based treatment and prevention. Despite this progress, the Golden State's incarceration rate is still so high that it remains a historic anomaly. California still spends more than $11 billion a year on state prisons. That's a 500% increase in prison spending since 1981. In fact, California spends as much today on prisons as every state in the United States combined spent on prisons in 1981 and it has increased annual prison spending at a rate that has significantly outpaced other states. When local crime response costs in California are factored in, such as the cost of county jails, that figure is nearly doubled from $11 billion to $20 billion annually. Details: Californians for Safety and Justice, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://safeandjust.org/wp-content/uploads/CSJSafeSound-Dec4-online_2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 148858

Author: Polaris Project Title: Human Trafficking in Illicit Massage Businesses Summary: Illicit massage businesses (IMBs) that front for commercial sex operations have been ubiquitous in the American landscape for decades, with an estimate of more than 9,000 operating today. Commonly called "massage parlors," these businesses dot the sides of highways and are tucked into suburban strip malls between fast food restaurants and dollar stores and behind darkened windows in storefronts in some of America's biggest cities. While some keep a low profile, many others blatantly advertise "Asian gals," or bear sexualized names like "Good Girl Spa." Anyone looking to purchase commercial sex is just a few clicks away from any number of review sites that offer extremely detailed information about both the businesses themselves and the individual women exploited within them. The sheer number of fake massage businesses, coupled with the impunity with which they operate, has over time fostered widespread - if tacit - cultural acceptance of the industry. The frequent wink, wink, nudge, nudge references to "happy endings," in popular culture is just one manifestation of perception that while commercial sex is illegal, in this context, it is essentially harmless. That perception is wrong. There may be women who choose to sell sex either along with or under the guise of massage therapy, but evidence suggests that many of the thousands of women1 engaging in commercial sex in IMBs or "massage parlors" are victims of human trafficking. To those women, the term "happy ending," with its faint whiff of fairy tale, is cruelly ironic. Most of them are immigrants, chasing a dream of financial stability in a faraway land, seeking not a prince but a steady job with decent wages. So they answer an ad for a massage therapist and discover, too late, that "massage" is a euphemism and that they are expected to provide services for which they will be paid some portion of the tips they earn, if they are lucky, or less, if they are not. They live in substandard conditions, work illegal hours "on call," and many feel they have no choice but to comply with the mandate to perform sex acts. They are told they will be deported by immigration, or their families will be hurt; that they owe the owner money and that if they leave, police will arrest them for prostitution. Every story is a little different but they all share a common pattern that combines fraud, threats and lies with poverty, fear and the potential for violence. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2018. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Full%20Report%20-%20Human%20Trafficking%20in%20Illicit%20Massage%20Businesses.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 148859

Author: den Heyer, Garth Title: An Assessment of Cost Reduction Strategies in a New Economy: Technical Report and Survey Monograph Summary: Many public sector agencies including the police were faced with the need to reduce costs as a result of the global financial crisis of 2007-2008. In an effort to obtain information about potential cost reducing strategies for U.S. agencies, researchers surveyed 51 international agencies on their various strategies employed to reduce costs or increase efficiency to maintain their level of service delivery and community policing. Numerous strategies had been adopted by the agencies, and those identified as most promising include (1) collaboration with other police agencies, (2) sharing of services with other police agencies, (3) reduction in the layers of management, (4) merging of specialty units, and (5) reduction in divisions or policing areas. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0850-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 148862

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Dark Side: Secret Origins of Evidence in US Criminal Cases Summary: Evidence suggests US authorities deliberately conceal the facts about how they found information in a criminal case and may be doing so regularly, Human Rights Watch said in a report released today. Withholding these facts to cover up investigative practices, including potentially illegal ones, harms defendants' rights and impedes justice for human rights violations. Details: New York: HRW, 2018. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us0118.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 148863

Author: St. George, Sarah Title: Assessing the Vulnerability in Targets of Lethal Domestic Extremism Summary: Domestic terrorism is a significant issue of concern and in recent years there has been a notable rise in deadly attacks committed by extremists. Extensive government resources have been allocated to prevent domestic terrorist attacks and to harden vulnerable targets. Scholars have conducted numerous studies on domestic terrorism and target selection. However, very little is known about target vulnerability and more specifically about the relationship between target vulnerability, victims and lethality. This dissertation fills this gap and examines the victims of lethal domestic extremist attacks and the situational context that surrounds these incidents. Eight separate measures of vulnerability are examined that are derived from Clarke and Newman (2006)'s EVIL DONE framework. This dissertation expands this framework by applying the framework to human targets and considering the victim and the situational context the victim was in at the time of the attack. The ideological motivation for each attack is examined to determine if there are differences in vulnerability based on motive (ideologically motivated homicides vs. non-ideologically motivated homicides) as well as the ideology of the suspect (right-wing vs. jihadist). Several factors relating to the victim and suspect are also examined. This project utilizes the Extremist Crimes Database (ECDB) and examines lethal incidents of domestic extremism that occurred between 1990-2014. This research makes several important contributions by filling a gap in terrorism literature and helps policymakers with target prioritization. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2017. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 18, 2018 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1949665158?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 148869

Author: Hunt, Priscillia Title: Breaking Down Barriers: Experiments into Policies That Might Incentivize Employers to Hire Ex-Offenders Summary: The rate of criminal punishment in the United States has had far-reaching economic consequences, in large part because people with criminal records are marginalized within the labor market. Given these negative economic implications, federal, state and local officials have developed a host of policies to encourage employers to hire ex-offenders, with varying degrees of success. To inform policies and programs aimed at improving employment rates for ex-offenders, we examined employer preferences regarding policy options targeted to incentivize hiring individuals with one nonviolent felony conviction. In our experiments, we found employers were 69 percent more likely to consider hiring an ex-offender if a hiring agency also provides a guaranteed replacement worker in the event the ex-offender was deemed unsuitable and 53 percent more likely to hire an ex-offender who can provide a certificate of validated positive previous work performance history. Having consistent transportation provided by a hiring agency increased the likelihood of being considered for hire by 33 percent. Employers also were found to be 30 percent more likely to consider an ex-offender for hire if the government increases the tax credit from 25 percent of the worker's wages (up to $2,500) to 40 percent (up to $5,000) - double the current maximum amount allowed by the Work Opportunity Tax Credit - and 24 percent more likely to hire an ex-offender if the government completed all tax-related paperwork. Key Findings Worker Replacement and Fee Discounts Increase Hiring Prospects for Ex-Offenders With a baseline policy of a discount on a staffing agency fee set at 25 percent of the hourly wage and post-conviction certification verifying adherence to company rules or code of safe practices, 4.3 out of 10 employers would consider hiring an ex-offender. With the same baseline policy and a guaranteed replacement worker program, in which an agency would send a replacement worker if the ex-offender is unsuitable, that number rises to 7.3 out of 10. Six in ten employers would advance a candidate with this professional and criminal background if the candidate used a staffing agency with a 50-percent discount instead of a 25-percent discount. Tax Credits Have a Similarly Positive Effect With a baseline policy of a tax credit for 25 percent of a worker's wages (up to $2,500) after a worker has put in 120 hours and a post-conviction certification verifying adherence to company rules or code of safe practices, 5.9 out of 10 employers would consider hiring an ex-offender. With the same baseline policy and a 40-percent tax credit (up to $5,000), the number rises to 7.7 employers out of 10. Seven in ten employers would advance the candidate if the government, rather than the employer, completed the relevant tax forms to receive the tax credit. Employer Access to Previous Performance Could Factor into Hiring With the same baseline policy as considered for tax credits and a certificate of validated work performance history, that number rises from 5.9 out of 10 employers to 8.1 out of 10. Employer Concerns in Hiring Ex-Offenders From a specific list provided in the survey, the top-cited concern was "any violent felony conviction," which was chosen as the most important issue by 53.3 percent of respondents and as the second most important issue by 24.5 percent of respondents. This may partially reflect concerns related to negligent hiring liability, but it may reflect other issues, as well. Another primary concern stated by employers was "skills to get the job done," which was ranked as the first or second most important issue to consider by 45.4 percent of respondents. Recommendations Staffing agencies and reentry or reintegration programs could increase the likelihood of employment for people with a criminal record if they guarantee prospective employers a replacement employee. State policymakers should consider expanding post-conviction certification programs. Across both the tax credit and staffing agency discount experiments, employers demonstrate a clear preference for wanting to know whether an ex-offender job candidate has a consistent work history and verifiable positive employment references versus simply knowing whether the person follows company codes of conduct. Tax agencies should consider reducing the paperwork that companies have to fill out for credits. Government agencies could also consider providing help to prepare and submit the forms. Ensuring reliable transportation to and from a job site for candidates with a criminal record increases the likelihood an employer will support hiring such individuals. As with reducing paperwork, the impact of this policy is more limited than many of our other tested policy features. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 28p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2142.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 148870

Author: Gross, Nathan Title: Review of Breath Alcohol Ignition Interlock Device Policies and Programs Summary: This report presents the results of a comprehensive examination of the history and effectiveness of BAIID devices and their implementation across the U.S. Along with a focused literature review, we consider the history, implementation, and outcomes of BAIID policies and programs. Using the information gathered, we identify the most effective administrative and judicial program elements for an evidenced-based BAIID program in Iowa. Our recommendations are based on peer-reviewed scientific literature, web resources, and interviews with subject matter experts. Using the information gathered, we identify the most effective administrative and judicial program elements for an evidenced-based BAIID program in Iowa. Our recommendations are based on peer-reviewed scientific literature, web resources, and interviews with subject matter experts Details: Iowa City: Human Factors and Vehicle Safety Research Program, University of Iowa, Public Policy Center, 2011. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://iowadot.gov/research/reports/Year/2011/fullreports/Review%20of%20Breath%20Alcohol%20Ignition%20Interlock%20Device%20Policies%20and%20Programs%202011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 148871

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: Prosecutor-Led Pretrial Diversion: Case Studies in Eleven Jurisdictions Summary: In response to tightening state budgets, combined with persistently large criminal caseloads and local jail populations, jurisdictions around the country have been seeking alternatives to traditional case processing. One such alternative is prosecutor-led diversion, which typically involves providing treatment or services in lieu of prosecution for low-level defendants. With funding from the National Institute of Justice, the primary focus of this study was to provide a national portrait of prosecutor-led diversion through case studies of the goals, history, policies, and practices of diversion programs implemented in 11 prosecutor's offices. In general, relatively large, high volume programs were selected for inclusion in the research, with ten of the 11 prosecutor's offices handling cases in large urban areas. The programs were also intentionally selected to provide for variation in program timing (pre- or postfiling); target population (e.g., misdemeanor, felony, or more specific types of charges); program intensity and duration; and other policies and practices. The case studies provided in this report were designed to produce a rich understanding of contemporary prosecutor-led pretrial diversion programs nationwide. The research involved three strategies: (1) intensive case studies of 15 diversion programs run by ten prosecutors' offices across the country; (2) focus groups with diversion participants in select sites; and (3) an examination of lessons learned from an eleventh site, the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office, which experienced a change of leadership and consequent revamping of diversion programs during a period overlapping with the timing of our study. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2017-11/pretrial_diversion_case_study_report_final_provrel.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Program Shelf Number: 148872

Author: Tallon, Jennifer A. Title: Creating Off-Ramps: A National Review of Police-Led Diversion Programs Summary: In recent years there has been growing interest in pretrial justice reform in the US, including the infusion of evidence-based practices into bail and release decisions, decriminalization of nonserious offenses, and the expansion of pretrial diversion programs for misdemeanants, drug-involved defendants, and mentally-ill defendants (Pretrial Justice Institute 2011). The use of early pretrial diversion is particular appealing as a response to misdemeanor crime, given the potential to conserve scarce resources and refocus attention on more serious cases, while also reducing the exposure of defendants facing low-level charges to the traditional justice system. Currently, pretrial diversion programs fall into two main categories: pre-booking ("police-led") diversion and post-booking diversion, typically led by prosecutors or courts (e.g., see Camiletti 2010). While less common than diversion at the post-booking prosecutorial stage, police-led diversion nonetheless represents an important development. There are several distinct advantages to police-led diversion programs. In particular, because these programs keep individuals out of court in the first place, they may be particularly beneficial to the system in terms of conserving resources and to the defendant in mitigating the collateral consequences of system involvement, including exposure to a conviction or incarceration. Police-led diversion programs in the United States typically fall into one of three categories: (1) diversion of mentally-ill defendants (i.e., Crisis Intervention Teams ("CIT") programs), (2) diversion of juveniles, or (3) adult diversion programs for first-time or low-level defendants. Previous research and evaluation work is mostly available for the CIT model and select programs focusing on low-level defendants. This report presents the results from a comprehensive descriptive study of police-led diversion in the United States, including programs targeting mentally-ill individuals, juveniles, and low-level or first-time adult defendants. The purpose of this study, funded by the Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) Office of the Department of Justice, is to produce a portrait of these programs, exploring why they were created, how they work, and how they vary. This study is not an impact evaluation; we did not test whether specific types of programs or one program in a particular site reduce collateral consequences, reduce recidivism, or achieve other quantifiable outcomes. The study proceeded in two phases. First, we identified common themes and critical issues influencing the development and implementation of police-led diversion programs and used this information to construct a national survey. The survey was sent to a representative sample of law enforcement agencies across the country. Second, we conducted site visits to eight agencies in seven states, including in-depth interviews with a wide range of professionals who work in or with the diversion program. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2016. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/Creating%20Off-Ramps%20A%20National%20Review%20of%20Police-Led%20Diversion%20Programs.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 148873

Author: Eck, John E. Title: Assessing Responses to Problems: Did It Work. An introduction for police problem-solvers. 2nd ed. Summary: The purpose of assessing problem-solving efforts is to help police managers make better decisions. Assessments answer two specific questions: Did the problem decline? If so, did the planned response cause this decline? Answering the first question helps decision-makers determine whether a problemsolving effort can be ended, and whether resources can be redeployed to other problems. Answering the second helps decision-makers determine whether the response should be used again to address other, similar problems. WHAT THIS GUIDE IS ABOUT This guide is meant to help the reader design evaluations that can answer these two questions. It was written for police officials and others who are responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of responses to problems. It assumes that the reader has a basic understanding of problem-oriented policing and the problemsolving process, including the SARA (Scanning, Analysis, Response, and Assessment) process. It is designed to be useful to readers who have no experience with evaluation and no background in evaluation and research methods. This guide also assumes that the reader has no outside assistance. Nevertheless, the reader should seek the advice and help of researchers with training and experience in evaluation, particularly if the problem being addressed is large and complex. An independent outside evaluator can be particularly useful if there is controversy over the usefulness of the response. Throughout, this guide refers to the importance of distinguishing between these two questions: Has the problem declined following the response? Did the response cause the decline? It is likely that answering the first question is more critical to you than answering the second. This guide complements the guides in the Problem-Specific Guides and Response Guides series of the Problem-Oriented Guides for Police. Each problem-specific guide describes responses to a specific problem and suggests ways of measuring the problem. Each response guide describes how and whether that response works in addressing various problem types. Though this guide is designed to work with these problemspecific and response guides, readers should be able to apply the principles of evaluation in any problem-solving project. Because this guide is an introduction to a complex subject, it omits much that would be found in an advanced text on evaluation.a Readers who wish to explore the topic of evaluation a Specifically excluded from this discussion are mentions of measurement theory, significance testing, and statistical estimation. A monograph of this length cannot describe those issues in enough detail for them to be useful to the reader. Some guidebooks address aspects of more than one phase of the problem-solving model. Details: Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Guide No. 74: Accessed January 19, 2016 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/PDFs/Assessing-Responses-to-Problems.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 148874

Author: Scott, Michael S. Title: Focused Deterrence of High-Risk Individuals Summary: A focused-deterrence approach to dealing with high-risk offenders is, relatively speaking, in the early phases of application and testing across the police profession, but the evidence of its effectiveness and fairness to date is promising. It builds on prior knowledge about responding effectively to repeat offenders, but it goes well beyond that knowledge mainly by harnessing the power of intensive support offered to individuals willing to stop their offending and accept the assistance and the power of deterrence through certain, severe, and swift punishment. Moreover, focused-deterrence harnesses state and community authority in persuading high-risk offenders that everyone's lives, their own included, are better out of a life of crime than in it. Two of the more unexpected aspects of focused deterrence, at least to its skeptics, are that (1) police and prosecutors are sometimes willing to forgo enforcement and assist known persistent offenders, and (2) persistent offenders can heed official warnings or willingly stop offending. Early FDIs have CONCLUSION demonstrated that police and prosecutors have been willing to sacrifice an arrest or a conviction in exchange for a cessation of further offending. In addition, at least some repeat offenders have grown weary of the criminal lifestyle with its constant risks of incarceration, injury, or death and are willing to stop offending if given the right mix of incentives. Focused deterrence challenges deeply held beliefs of police and prosecutors that persistent offenders are incapable of giving up a life of crime, and of persistent offenders that police and prosecutors desire only to make their lives miserable. Adopting a focused-deterrence approach requires a leap of faith on the part of all involved. But, as demonstrated by the several dozen jurisdictions across the country that have implemented FDIs, with proper attention to the important details of developing, implementing, and monitoring an FDI, such a leap can be well rewarded by less crime; fewer crime victims; safer communities; rehabilitated, socially productive ex-offenders; and enhanced perceived police legitimacy. Details: Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Response Guide Series no. 13: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/Responses/pdfs/SPI-Focused-Deterrence-POP-Guide.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148875

Author: Kupersmidt, Janis B. Title: Mentee Risk Status and Mentor Training as Predictors of Youth Outcomes Summary: Archival national data from a wide range of mentoring programs were examined to determine whether mentee risk status predicted match outcomes. In addition, archival national data from Big Brothers Big Sisters agencies accompanied by program practice self-assessments from a subset of agencies were examined to determine the relationship between program practices and outcomes for mentoring relationships, in general, as well as for mentoring relationships of special populations of youth (i.e., children with an incarcerated parent, youth in foster care). Mentees who were adolescents when first matched or with exposure to many risk factors such as exhibiting antisocial behavior problems or experiencing many stressful life experiences were less likely to have mentoring relationships that are effective and long lasting; however, mentoring program practices make a difference in match longevity, even with high-risk youth. Specifically, the sum total number of both benchmark program practices and standards described in the Elements of Effective Practice for Mentoring (EEPM; Third Edition) implemented by mentoring programs were associated with match length and long-term relationships; however, neither predicted premature match closure. These findings were true for matches in general, as well as for matches including youth in foster care. Notably, the Training Standard in the EEPM predicted match length of mentoring relationships, in general. In addition, children of incarcerated parents (COIP) have shorter mentoring relationships, and have lower grades, school attendance, and parental trust after one year of mentoring, compared to youth who are non-COIP. In addition, providing specialized mentor training on issues associated with mentoring of children of incarcerated parents was associated with longer and stronger matches and mentees having higher educational expectations. Mentees who were children of incarcerated parents (COIP) experienced benefits from mentoring programs that received additional funding specifically for serving COIP. Given the importance of having a set of standards of practice for the field of youth mentoring that define both research- and safety-based program practices, a model for the development of practice guidelines and recommendations for the youth mentoring field was adapted from the health care literature on the development of Clinical Practice Guidelines. This model includes replicable and transparent procedures that can be used to update the EEPM as well as create supplemental guidelines for special populations of mentees or mentors, or special mentoring intervention models or settings. Details: Final report to the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251380.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 148878

Author: Howe, Robin Title: Special Events - Police Staffing and Cost Recovery Summary: The Seattle Police Department (SPD) provides police staffing at many types of special events held in Seattle, including parades, protests, marathons and other athletic events, professional sports games, concerts, community festivals, and dignitary visits. In 2016, SPD spent 150,748 hours and $10.3 million in wages staffing 724 special events with sworn and non-sworn personnel. Event organizers can obtain police staffing in different ways, and some organizers are charged for a portion of the costs the City incurs when providing police staffing at events. For example, events held in parks, City-owned properties, or other public places that meet certain criteria require a City special event permit. Permitted events that are categorized as Free Speech, Mixed Free Speech, or Community are not charged for police staffing, but Commercial, Athletic, and Citywide events are charged a police services fee. For other types of events, SPD provides police staffing through a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) or a contract with the event organizer (i.e., reimbursable events). This audit assessed SPD's processes for staffing special events. We also reviewed elements of the new special event permit process implemented in 2016 in accordance with Ordinance 124860. This process is administered by the Special Event Office (SEO), which is managed by the Office of Film and Music (OFM) in the Office of Economic Development (OED). Further, we examined the City's cost recovery rates for different types of special events, including reimbursable events. We covered these reimbursable events in our audit because they are a significant component of SPD�s total special event workload, and we wanted to ensure our analysis of SPD hours and wages included all special events work and not only that for permitted events. The audit scope did not include evaluating the policing strategies or tactics SPD employs at special events. Details: Seattle, WA: Seattle Office of City Auditor, 2017. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CityAuditor/auditreports/SpecialEventsFinalReport121317.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Policing Shelf Number: 148882

Author: Alderson, Melissa Title: Review of Hate Crime Prevention, Response, and Reporting in Seattle: Phase 1 Report Summary: Background In response to a 2016 increase of reported hate crimes and hate incidents in Seattle, City Councilmember Lisa Herbold asked our office to audit the City of Seattle's (City) handling of hate crimes. We are completing this audit in two phases, with this first report focusing on how the Seattle Police Department uses hate crime data and the practices and processes the City follows to identify, respond to, and prevent hate crimes. The second phase report will address how the City can improve its use of hate crime data and will provide an analysis of the extent to which reported hate crimes have resulted in prosecution. What We Found The three departments involved in this audit - the Seattle Police Department (SPD), the Seattle Office for Civil Rights (SOCR), and Seattle Public Utilities (SPU), have taken steps to strengthen prevention, response, and reporting efforts of hate crimes in Seattle. SPD has a dedicated Bias Crimes Coordinator who conducts criminal investigations, creates detailed reports, participates in community outreach, and serves as a resource for SPD staff and the public. Hate crime data are available online in an interactive dashboard. Efforts such as these represent leading practices. However, we identified five areas in which the City could improve its hate crime efforts: 1. Changes in SPD reporting procedures would help ensure hate crimes are more appropriately recorded and investigated. Between 2012 and 2016, an annual average of 17,000 SPD general offense reports were given the bias category "unknown." This may have resulted in SPD under-counting hate crimes. In addition, we found four bias categories (age, parental status, marital status, and political ideology) were never added to SPD's records management system to accommodate the Malicious Harassment Seattle Municipal Code. In July 2017, SPD made changes to address these hate crime reporting issues. 2. SPD patrol officers would benefit from regular formal training and improved guidance on hate crimes. Although police officers in the State of Washington receive some hate crime training at the Basic Law Enforcement Academy, SPD does not provide any hate crime training to its officers as a refresher or to build on the Academy training. Training is crucial for police officers to accurately identify a hate crime and respond appropriately. 3. More sophisticated use of data could inform hate crime prevention efforts. Although SPD has used some data to focus its community outreach efforts, there are opportunities to apply more sophisticated data analysis to direct the City's hate crime prevention and response activities, such as analyzing community characteristics, incidents, victims, offenders, locations, and times. 4. Increased coordination among City departments would improve hate crime prevention and response efforts. The City of Seattle has three departments that can receive reports of hate crimes or noncriminal hate incidents: SPD, SOCR, and SPU. Improved coordination among these departments through the regular sharing of data and information could result in a more consistent and unified response for Seattle's residents and visitors. 5. Regional coordination of hate crime response efforts will promote efficiency and improved response efforts. Although many states around the country provide statewide information on hate crimes and convene multi-agency groups, we found that hate crime response and prevention efforts in Washington are typically handled within the boundaries of a city or county. Regional coordination could provide efficiency in training among law enforcement, and improved prevention efforts by the sharing of successful anti-hate strategies. Details: Seattle: Seattle Office of City Auditor, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CityAuditor/auditreports/Hate%20Crime%20Final%20092017v2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 148883

Author: Seattle (Washington). Office of City Auditor Title: The City of Seattle Could Reduce Violent Crime and Victimization by Strengthening Its Approach to Street Outreach Summary: The City of Seattle Could Reduce Violent Crime and Victimization by Strengthening its Approach to Street Outreach Street Outreach is currently a component of the Seattle Youth Violence Prevention Initiative (SYVPI). SYVPI contracts with the Metrocenter YMCA's Alive & Free program to provide Street Outreach for youth ages 12-17. Alive & Free sees its mission as "building meaningful and trusting relationships with youth involved with gangs, violence and the juvenile justice system in order to connect them to people and services that help reduce their risk factors." Recently, Alive & Free has worked to clarify its role, to document its procedures, and to begin to systematically capture data. Street Outreach has the potential to be a valuable component of a comprehensive violence reduction strategy for Seattle. However, research indicates that Street Outreach can be ineffective and may even cause harm when it is not deployed strategically and when it lacks certain key considerations. Therefore, we offer the following six recommendations to the City for strengthening its approach to Street Outreach: 1. Develop a more sophisticated focused approach for identifying Street Outreach clients to ensure that it is focused on those at highest risk for violence and victimization. 2. Re-evaluate the age criteria for Street Outreach and consider providing Street Outreach to those most at need, regardless of age. 3. Support and monitor continued efforts by the YMCA's Alive & Free Street Outreach program to improve its procedures, practices, and staff development. 4. Support efforts to strengthen relationships between Street Outreach and the Seattle Police Department including clarifying roles and responsibilities and providing integrated training. 5. Strengthen the ability of Street Outreach to connect their clients' families with services that promote the importance of family as a protective factor. 6. Support a rigorous evaluation of Street Outreach to ensure that the efforts are effective for reducing violent crime and victimization and do not unintentionally cause harm. Details: Seattle: Seattle office of City Auditor, 2015. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 19, 2018 at: https://www.seattle.gov/Documents/Departments/CityAuditor/auditreports/StreetOutreachFinalReport100615.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Services Shelf Number: 148884

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Evaluation of Illinois Multi-Jurisdictional Drug Task Forces Summary: Drug trafficking constitutes a major threat to public health and community well-being. Multi-jurisdictional drug task forces, comprised of law enforcement officers in one or more counties that agree to pool resources, were designed to combat drug distribution and trafficking. Researchers evaluated 19 drug task forces in Illinois using quantitative and qualitative methods. Quantitative methods included analyzing administrative data and state arrest records. Qualitative methods included focus groups with members of 18 task forces and surveys of both staff and policy board directors. The study revealed Illinois drug task forces made proportionately more drug arrests carrying more serious felony and manufacture/delivery charges than their local police counterparts. The study also showed the task forces fostered collaboration with stakeholders, maintained fidelity to critical elements of drug task forces, and garnered support from their policy boards. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/MEGTF_FINAL_REPORT_120517.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Shelf Number: 148887

Author: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority Title: Law Enforcement Information Sharing Task Force. EDiscovery Initiative Final Report Summary: The Law Enforcement Information Sharing Task Force (Task Force) reviewed the mission set forth in PA 99-0874 and determined that the imminent technological possibilities were a priority. Moreover, while PA 99-0874 highlights the importance of studying information sharing technologies and processes for the purpose of improving the criminal discovery process, the Task Force determined that the state's role in facilitating information sharing for public safety and criminal justice agencies must go beyond criminal discovery. Illinois must advance its efforts for using technology to improve multi-jurisdictional, crossboundary, information sharing between local and state public safety agencies and criminal justice agencies. The Task Force believes that the charge set forth by PA 99-0874 could serve as an effective use case for state and local governments to collaboratively initiate the development of a comprehensive statewide information sharing environment for the public safety and criminal justice domain. However, the Task Force also agreed that it did not have the resources and or capacities to fully examine this complex issue, which would include, at a minimum, a deeper analysis of the different information systems local jurisdictions use, how the state could promote more effective information sharing practices among local jurisdictions, and the real cost and benefits of implementation. As such, the Task Force offers this report as a preliminary analysis and set of recommendations to promote more effective and efficient state and local information sharing practices and systems. Details: Chicago: ICJIA, 2007. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/ICJIA_ILEITF_HB5613_Report_%20120117.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 148888

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Pretesting a Human Trafficking Screening Tool in the Child Welfare and Runaway and Homeless Youth Systems Summary: Despite the fact that youth involved in the child welfare (CW) and runaway and homeless youth (RHY) systems are particularly vulnerable to being trafficked, there is no consensus screening tool to identify trafficking experiences among such youth. In order to better serve youth trafficking victims, this study developed a Human Trafficking Screening Tool (HTST) and pretested it with 617 RHY- and CW-involved youth. This research established that the screening tool is accessible to youth and easy to administer, and that both the full-length tool and a shorter version were effective in identifying youth who are trafficking victims in RHY and CW systems, though additional research with more youth is needed. Methodology The tool was pretested with 617 youth, ages 12 to 24, across 14 RHY and CW settings in New York, Texas, and Wisconsin from March to November 2016. The survey captured their trafficking experiences as well as demographic characteristics and other life experiences related to trafficking (e.g., running away, drug abuse). The 19-item HTST was embedded in a longer Life Experiences Survey, along with a 6- item short-form version called the HTST-SF. The full HTST took approximately two minutes to complete, while the HTST-SF took less than a minute. Most youth completed the survey in an anonymous self-administered electronic form. A random 25 percent were administered the survey by a practitioner, who also recorded their own perspective on the youth's trafficking status. Key Findings Overall, the HTST (which measures both lifetime and past-year experiences) and the HTST-SF performed equally well at capturing trafficking experiences for most youth. Sampled youth were mostly 18 to 24 years old and in RHY-system settings. - HTST covered the key dimensions of youth's trafficking experiences, according to Urban Institute researchers, members of the HHS study team, and RHY and CW youth helping on the study's youth advisory council. - HTST could be implemented and understood in RHY and CW settings. Practitioners assessed the tool as easy to administer and youth's responses as truthful and understanding HTST questions. Further, youth's inclination to respond was not affected by whether the tool was self- or practitioner administered. - Responses to the HTST were correlated to known trafficking risk factors and outcomes, including running away from home, being kicked out of one's home, abusing prescription or over-the-counter drugs, trading sex for something of value on their own (i.e., without the presence of a third-party exploiter), being arrested, and seeking help. - The HTST correctly predicted trafficking victimization. For approximately 6 in 10 youth, the HTST correctly predicted youth to be trafficking victims according to administrating practitioners' beliefs and observations. Additionally, the HTST correctly predicted 8 in 10 times which youth were not trafficking victims, according to practitioners' beliefs and observations. - The short form of HTST performed equally well as the full version, with regard to all measures of validity. Since the HTST-SF took less than a minute to administer, it would appear preferable when time is an issue, unless practitioners are interested in capturing more specific dimensions of youth's trafficking experiences. Table 3 on page 21 shows the long form of the tool, and Figure 2 on page 30 lists the questions from the short form. Conclusion Responses to the 19-item HTST and 6-item HTST-SF were correlated with several known risk factors and outcomes associated with trafficking victimization, including running away from home, being kicked out by parents/guardians, exchanging sex on their own for something of value, abusing over-thecounter drugs, and seeking help. Further, both tools correctly identified trafficking victims 6 in 10 times and nonvictims 8 in 10 times, based on practitioners' assessments of youth's trafficking experiences. Given that practitioners also provided positive feedback on the tools, which took two minutes or less to administer, this study concludes that both the HTST and HTST-SF are accessible, effective tools for screening youth for human trafficking in CW and RHY settings. Given limited samples of certain subpopulations, we recommend additional testing of youth under age 18 and youth in CW settings, in addition to further validation work with a nationally representative sample of youth. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/93596/pretesting_tool_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 148890

Author: Hawkins, Rayanne Title: Using Pay for Success in Criminal Justice Projects: Lessons Learned from PFS Project Stakeholders, Policy Analysis, and Landscape Analysis Summary: Federal, state, and local jurisdictions across the country are recognizing pay for success (PFS) as a potential tool to tackle criminal justice issues in their communities. Early PFS projects were in criminal justice, and many places are already working on PFS efforts in justice-related areas, such as workforce development for system-involved people, opioid misuse treatment, and child welfare. Although PFS offers benefits like forging new partnerships and shifting service delivery toward outcomes, there are also challenges associated with a PFS project. However, based on the state of the field, our analysis of PFS legislation, and stakeholder experiences, PFS holds promise for the criminal justice field. This brief is intended to help criminal justice policymakers and practitioners understand the PFS model; its content is informed both by independent research and stakeholder interviews. We first describe the PFS model, its benefits, and its challenges. We then provide a set of lessons learned for criminal justice PFS efforts from a review of PFS legislation, active efforts, and practitioner experiences. Interviewees and other contributors are listed in the acknowledgments. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/94736/using-pay-for-success-in-criminal-justice-projects_1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 148891

Author: Sex Offender Registration Task Force (Illinois) Title: Sex Offenses and Sex Offender Registration Task Force: Final Report Summary: The Illinois Sex Offenses and Sex Offender Registration Task Force was established by the 99th General Assembly. Its mandate was to perform three functions before January 1, 2018: 1. Examine current offenses that require offenders to register as sex offenders, the current data and research regarding evidence-based practices, the conditions, restrictions, and outcomes for registered sex offenders, and the registration process. 2. Hold public hearings at the call of the co-chairpersons to receive testimony from the public. 3. Make recommendations to the General Assembly regarding legislative changes to more effectively classify sex offenders based on their level of risk of re-offending, better direct resources to monitor the most violent and high-risk offenders, and to ensure public safety. From December 2016 through December 2017, the Task Force and its diverse membership carried out these activities with administrative support from the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority. This report recapitulates and concludes its work. The report reviews sex offenses subject to registration in Illinois; discusses the statutory categories of sex offenders and sexual predator, and what state-level data shows about the sex offender population; offers a brief history of sex offender legislation and policy from a national and Illinois perspective; examines the state's infrastructure tasked with overseeing state and local sex offender management system; and provides the Task Force's findings and recommendations, which are outlined below in this Executive Summary. It is important to note that the Task Force examined the most current and scientifically rigorous research available on sex offender policies and practice and heard testimony from renowned experts in the field. Much of the research reviewed was collected and summarized on behalf of the U.S. Department of Justice, Sex Offender Sentencing, Monitoring, Apprehending, Registering, and Tracking Office's Sex Offender Management, Assessment, and Planning Initiative. Details: Springfield, IL: State of Illinois, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.org/assets/articles/SOTF_report_final_12292017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Offender Registration Shelf Number: 148892

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Assessment of the Eugene, Oregon Police Department: Findings and Recommendations Summary: In 2016, the City of Eugene contracted with the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) to conduct a review of the Eugene Police Department's (EPD's) work environment as it pertains to women and minorities (both sworn and civilian), particularly with respect to the agency's policies and practices regarding hiring, promotion, and assignment to special units. PERF was also tasked with assessing EPD's progress towards implementing recommendations made as the result of a 2005 review of the EPD by PERF and the International City/County Management Association (ICMA). This report presents PERF's findings and recommendations resulting from the study. This report also includes a discussion on incorporating the principles of internal procedural justice throughout EPD, which PERF believes can help improve the agency's overall workplace culture and environment. These principles include ensuring that all employees are treated with dignity, respect, and fairness, regardless of their gender, race, or sworn/civilian status. EPD is to be commended for requesting a review of this nature. EPD leaders have recognized that there are potential issues and perceptions regarding EPD's business practices, particularly with respect to treatment of women and people of color within the agency's ranks. The agency sought to bring in an independent, outside organization to conduct an unbiased review, with the goal of ensuring that EPD is providing a fair and equitable workplace for all its members. This report provides EPD with the information needed to help achieve this goal. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: https://www.eugene-or.gov/ArchiveCenter/ViewFile/Item/5067 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Equal Employment Opportunities Shelf Number: 148898

Author: Boyle, Rachel Title: She Shot Him Dead: The Criminalization of Women and the Struggle over Social Order in Chicago, 1871-1919 Summary: From 1871 to 1919, Chicago emerged as an epicenter of a struggle over social order as municipal officials and self-proclaimed reformers fought for the power to decide which people and what behavior should be designated as criminal. Studying the criminalization of women in Chicago reveals how contested categories of crime and gender changed over time and provides insight into broader battles over moral, political, and economic power in the United States. In the late nineteenth century, an intimate economy of public women fighting, drinking, and having sex for money profoundly shaped daily life in the streets, saloons, and brothels of Chicago. Municipal and moral reformers subsequently worked to control and convict public women in order to dismantle the power of the intimate economy. Into the twentieth century, police increasingly arrested women for killing their children, spouses, and lovers. Progressive Era reformers fought to control the cultural narratives that assigned criminal culpability to some women but not others. Ultimately, the Progressive Era alliance between white middle-class reformers and an emerging bureaucratic state advanced its own political and economic interests by undermining women's already limited claims to culturally acceptable feminine violence. Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago, 2017. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 20, 2018 at: http://ecommons.luc.edu/luc_diss/2582/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 148899

Author: Eagly, Ingrid Title: Criminal Justice in an Era of Mass Deportation: Reforms from California Summary: After a sustained period of hypercriminalization, the United States criminal justice system is undergoing reform. Congress has reduced federal sentencing for drug crimes, prison growth is slowing, and some states are even closing prisons. Low-level crimes have been removed from criminal law books, and attention is beginning to focus on long-neglected issues such as bail and criminal court fines. Still largely overlooked in this era of ambitious reform, however, is the treatment of immigrants in the criminal justice system. An unprecedented focus on immigration enforcement targeted at "felons, not families" has resulted in a separate system of punitive treatment reserved for noncitizens, which includes crimes of migration, longer periods of pretrial detention, harsher criminal sentences, and the almost certain collateral consequence of lifetime banishment from the United States. For examples of state-level solutions to this predicament, this Essay turns to a trio of bold criminal justice reforms from California that (1) require prosecutors to consider immigration penalties in plea bargaining; (2) change the state definition of "misdemeanor" from a maximum sentence of a year to 364 days; and (3) instruct law enforcement agencies to not hold immigrants for deportation purposes unless they are first convicted of serious crimes. Together, these new laws provide an important window into how state criminal justice systems could begin to address some of the unique concerns of noncitizen criminal defendants. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-53; Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper No. 2873925: Accessed January 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2873925 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 148901

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Regulating Guns in America: A Comprehensive Analysis of Gun Laws Nationwide Summary: This one-of-a-kind report on federal, state, and local gun laws is an invaluable resource for lawmakers, activists, and others seeking in-depth information on firearms regulation in a single publication. In addition to summarizing existing law and providing background information on gun policy, Regulating Guns in America offers common-sense, actionable legislative recommendations to prevent gun violence and save lives. Topics covered include: Background Checks & Access to Firearms; Gun Dealer Sales & Other Transfers; Gun Owner Responsibilities; Classes of Weapons; Consumer and Child Safety; Guns in Public Places; Investigating Gun Crimes; Local Authority to Regulate Firearms; Dangerous Trends in State Legislation; The Second Amendment Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2014. 282p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/regulating-guns-in-america-2014-edition/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 148907

Author: Armstrong, Jack Title: Crime Reduction Strategies of Florida Sheriff's Offices Related to Residential Burglaries Summary: In Florida, the law enforcement response to burglaries is estimated to cost $1.3 billion, yet little is understood about whether specific types of enforcement and investigation strategies have an impact on reducing the incidence of burglary. Using Cohen and Felson's concept of guardianship as part of routine activities theory as the foundation, the purpose of this quantitative cross-sectional study was to examine whether any or all crime reduction strategies (community policing, intelligence led policing, Compare Statistics policing, traditional policing, hot spot policing, and evidence based policing) when combined with urbanity, household income, the sworn officers per 1000 population are statistically associated with reductions in burglary rates. Data were collected from 64 of the 67 sheriff's offices in Florida through a researcher developed survey. Data were analyzed using multiple linear regression. Findings indicate that there is no statistical significance between type of crime reduction strategy and burglary rates. Median household income was the only covariate associated with residential burglaries with areas of higher incomes associated with lower burglary rates (p = .023). The positive social change implications stemming from this study include recommendations for law enforcement officials to examine how they are engaging in guardianship in less affluent communities and developing a measurement on how to evaluate crime reduction strategies that are more mutually exclusive with clearly defined outcomes. Implementation of these recommendations may reduce burglaries thereby promoting safer communities and mediating financial and emotional losses experienced by community members. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2017. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/4197/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 148908

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Keeping Illegal Guns Out of Dangerous Hands: America's Deadly Relinquishment Gap Summary: Americans overwhelmingly agree that it's common sense to prevent dangerous people from accessing deadly weapons-yet there's a dangerous gap in our laws that makes it easy for armed felons and violent criminals to illegally keep their guns after they're convicted. In our new report, Keeping Illegal Guns Out of Dangerous Hands: America's Deadly Relinquishment Gap, we researched relinquishment laws in all 50 states and identified a series of best practices lawmakers can adopt to save lives from gun violence and close this deadly loophole. An essential step to keeping Americans safe from gun violence is to ensure that armed individuals convicted of serious crimes simply turn in, sell, or otherwise rid themselves of their weapons after conviction. In California, law enforcement reported that in 2014 alone, more than 3,200 people illegally kept their guns after a new criminal conviction, many of whom went on to commit crimes with those guns. Relinquishment laws would help prevent this. California, which has the most progressive gun violence prevention laws in the nation, has acted to close this gap in one important way-the state has enacted a law that lays out clear, mandatory procedures for the relinquishment of guns by domestic abusers under a restraining order. Importantly, this law has teeth: it requires these abusers to provide receipts to a judge verifying that they sold or transferred their guns as required. But, the state hasn't extended this best practice to the criminal context, even for people convicted of domestic abuse crimes. Our research on gun relinquishment also revealed: States often rely on the honor system to manage the relinquishment process, trusting violent criminals and other prohibited people to voluntarily turn in their weapons. It costs taxpayers millions of dollars each year - $285 million in California alone-when prohibited people like violent felons are picked up on weapons charges and subsequently incarcerated, and many return to prison because they kept their guns illegally. Only five states provide any statutory process for disarming people prohibited from having guns-Connecticut, Hawaii, Massachusetts, New York, and Pennsylvania The firearm relinquishment gap puts Americans in all 50 states at grave risk. Keeping Illegal Guns Out of Dangerous Hands aims to address the challenge of relinquishment and to encourage lawmakers to establish best practices and mandatory procedures to stem the tide of illegal weapons in our communities. We hope this report will help provide a path to effective gun violence prevention for lawmakers, so fewer Americans fall victim to heartbreaking, preventable shootings. Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Keeping-Guns-Out-of-Dangerous-Hands.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 148909

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Investing in Intervention: The Critical Role of State-Level Support in Breaking the Cycle of Urban Gun Violence Summary: Tens of thousands of people are shot each year on America's streets. These shootings are concentrated in cities and disproportionately impact underserved populations-but relief is within reach. A small handful of states are supporting affordable, proven solutions to address this epidemic, saving lives and millions in taxpayer dollars. States can do so much more to address the alarming rates of gun violence in our cities. Read the full report to learn how Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New York are transforming communities with sustained investment in evidence-based violence reduction strategies. Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2017. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Investing-in-Intervention-12.19.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 148910

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Confronting the Inevitability Myth: How data-driven gun policies save lives from suicide Summary: Suicide affects a large and growing number of American families. But these tragedies are preventable. Most people who attempt suicide without a gun survive in both the short and long term-90% of survivors do not die by suicide. But those who reach for a gun rarely have a second chance. Though most people who attempt suicide are struggling with mental illness, suicide attempts are usually impulsive responses to acute crisis. People who reach for guns in these moments of crisis are unlikely to survive. Guns are used in only 5% of suicide attempts, but because guns are uniquely lethal, they are responsible for over 50% of suicide deaths. This is why states with immediate, unrestricted access to guns have much higher suicide rates. And it's why gun safety reform must be part of a comprehensive policy response. Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Confronting-The-Inevitability-Myth.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 148911

Author: Wilcox, Jessa Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations on the Use of Segregation in the Middlesex County Adult Correction Center Summary: In 2016 the "Isolated Confinement Restriction Act" passed both houses of the New Jersey Legislature. This bill would have restricted the use of segregation, otherwise referred to as restrictive housing or solitary confinement, in New Jersey prisons and jails by, among other things, prohibiting vulnerable populations from being placed into segregation and limiting lengths of stay in solitary confinement to 15 consecutive days or no more than 20 days total in a 60-day period. Although Governor Christie vetoed this bill, a diverse range of international and national bodies, advocates, federal and state policymakers, and corrections practitioners continue to call on prisons and jails to reform their use of segregation in New Jersey and across the nation. Whether citing the potentially devastating psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone in a cell the size of a parking space or the lack of conclusive evidence that segregation makes correctional facilities or communities safer, these voices agree that change and innovation are necessary. In 2015, with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Vera Institute of Justice partnered with the Middlesex County Office of Corrections and Youth Services to assist Middlesex County Adult Correction Center's (MCACC) efforts to reduce its use of segregation. Vera's assistance included conducting an assessment of MCACC's use of segregation and recommending ways to decrease this use. Key Reforms During the initiative, MCACC began instituting several remarkable reforms. Some of these have included: - The creation of a committee that meets weekly to review every person in segregation, with the goal of returning them to general population. As a result of the first meeting, roughly one quarter of the people in segregation were transferred to general population; - The creation of Precautionary Security Units (PSU) as an alternative, less-restrictive housing unit to administrative segregation. At a minimum, people in the PSU are able to spend six hours per day of congregate time out of their cells; and - The purchase of a new jail management system that will allow MCACC to conduct electronic, system-wide data collection, tracking, and analysis to, among other things, better understand its use of segregation and the impact of future reforms. Key Findings This report presents the findings of Vera's assessment, which come from a period prior to the enactment of some of these reforms but provide a useful baseline against which MCACC can measure the impact of recent and future changes. Vera's findings were limited by a lack of administrative data, but were based on meetings with MCACC staff, facility tours, a review of MCACC policies, and observations of various MCACC meetings and hearings related to segregation. During Vera's assessment and prior to reforms, MCACC's population in segregation remained fairly constant at around six percent of the population, or roughly 50-60 people. People in segregation were held in conditions of isolation and sensory deprivation. At the time of the assessment, people in the primary segregation unit, C Pod, spent a minimum of 23 hours a day in their cell with severely limited interaction with other people. Out-of-cell time consisted primarily of individual recreation in a small secure enclosure in the unit for one hour a day, five days a week. There was no opportunity to go outside or participate in congregate activity. Staff reported that segregation was used frequently as a sanction in the formal disciplinary process for low-level, non-violent infractions. Hearing officers reported that the most common infraction they adjudicated at the Disciplinary Board was "conduct which disrupts," and while administrative data was not available, officers reported that segregation was the primary sanction given at disciplinary hearings. Staff, however, did report use of on-the-spot corrections-such as verbal reprimands, loss of recreation privileges, and extra work duty-as a way to divert some low-level infractions from the formal disciplinary process. Some people placed in protective custody were housed in the restrictive conditions of C Pod. Incarcerated people in disciplinary segregation, administrative segregation, or protective custody could all be housed in C Pod. On March 26, 2016, 20 percent of the people in segregation were in protective custody in C Pod. While people were placed in protective custody to "provide protection to the inmate from injury or harm," conditions for these people were analogous to individuals in C Pod for administrative segregation. At the time of the assessment, a person's placement in protective custody was reviewed every 30 days. A few people had been in protective custody for years. There was a lack of therapeutic housing for people with mental health treatment needs who also required additional security. On February 15, 2016, a substantial proportion of people in segregation had mental health treatment needs. Many of these people were housed in C Pod. For people who were not cleared for C Pod by the mental health clinicians, MCACC placed them on administrative segregation status in the medical unit. These people would be placed on a "Low Visibility Psychiatric Watch," where they would receive one additional hour of out-of-cell time a day, but still no ability to recreate outdoors, congregate with other people, or receive programming. Key Recommendations Vera commends MCACC on the steps it has already taken to reform its use of restrictive housing and offers recommendations that will further its efforts to safely reduce that use. The full report details numerous specific recommendations, including: - Improve conditions of confinement in segregation by allowing opportunities for out-of-cell time and congregate activity, providing daily outdoor recreation time, and creating more opportunities for productive in-cell activities; - Limit the number of violations that are eligible for a disciplinary segregation sanction; - Ensure that all incarcerated people who are on protective custody status have similar privileges, out-of-cell time, and opportunities for safe congregate activity as people in general population; - Explore ways to make the medical unit more therapeutic, by allowing for more out-of cell time and congregate activity, while still ensuring greater observation, security, and access to mental health clinicians, and by considering the importance of the environment and physical plant of the medical unit, which can foster or hinder a therapeutic environment; - Provide staff with all necessary training to effectively communicate with incarcerated individuals and de-escalate situations; and - Use the new jail management system to track and share individual-level data and establish a set of performance indicators to assess the use of segregation. As MCACC continues to implement current and future reforms, Vera is confident that Warden Cranston and his staff will build on the remarkable changes already underway, continue to learn from the experiences of others in the field, and use the findings and recommendations in this report to facilitate continued reforms to the use of segregation. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/safe-alternatives-segregation-initiative-findings-recommendations/legacy_downloads/safe-alternatives-segregation-initiative-findings-recommendations-mcacc.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 149520

Author: Wilcox, Jessa Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations for the North Carolina Department of Public Safety Summary: In recent years, a diverse range of international and national bodies, advocates, federal and state policymakers, and corrections practitioners have called for prisons and jails to reform their use of segregation, also known as solitary confinement or restrictive housing. Whether citing the potentially devastating psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone in a cell the size of a parking space, the cost of operating such highly restrictive environments, or the lack of conclusive evidence that segregation makes correctional facilities or communities safer, these voices agree that change and innovation are necessary. In 2015, with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Vera Institute of Justice partnered with the North Carolina Department of Public Safety (DPS) to help DPS reduce its use of segregation. Vera's assistance included conducting an assessment of DPS's use of segregation and providing ways to decrease its use. Key Reforms During the initiative, DPS began instituting several remarkable reforms, including: - A prohibition on the use of segregation for youth under 18 years of age; - The establishment of Therapeutic Diversion Units as an alternative to restrictive housing for people with greater mental health treatment needs; - The creation of a Rehabilitative Diversion Unit to help transition people from segregation to regular population; and - Mandated staff training on communication and de-escalation tools, to help limit the use of restrictive housing. Key Findings This report presents the findings of Vera's assessment, which come from a period prior to the enactment of many of these reforms but provide a useful baseline against which DPS can measure the impact of recent and future changes. In conducting its assessment, Vera adopted a broad definition of "restrictive housing" to include any housing unit which satisfies two conditions: it (1) holds incarcerated people separately from regular population and (2) places greater restrictions on out-of-cell time, congregate activity, and access to programming than in regular population. Therefore, housing units such as Death Row, which separated people from regular population but did not place greater restrictions on them, were not included in our assessment. Modified Housing (MODH) units, however, were included since Vera observed a range of practices in various MODH units, including some units where people received only two hours of out-of-cell time per day. At the time of Vera's assessment, 44 of DPS's 56 prisons held people in restrictive housing. On June 30, 2015, 3,432 people-just over 9 percent of the prison population-were in some form of restrictive housing. Excluding people held in MODH from the count would give a restrictive housing population of 2,952 on that date, or 7.9 percent of the incarcerated population. Vera's findings not only touch on DPS's use of different types of restrictive housing, but also examine differences in its use between genders, age groups, racial and ethnic groups, and people with different levels of mental health treatment needs. People housed in almost all restrictive housing units were held in conditions of isolation and sensory deprivation. At the time of the assessment, DPS housed 7.9 percent of the prison population in restrictive housing units characterized by conditions of extreme isolation and sensory deprivation. People in these units spent a minimum of 23 hours a day in their cell with severely limited interaction with other people. Out-of-cell time consisted primarily of individual recreation in a small secure enclosure for one hour a day, five days a week. There was very little, if any, opportunity for programming or congregate activity. Disciplinary Segregation was used frequently as a sanction, even for low-level infractions. On June 30, 2015, almost 30 percent of the people in restrictive housing were there as a sanction for a disciplinary infraction. Disciplinary segregation was given as a sanction for 99 percent of incidents with a guilty finding, although for one-third of these incidents, the sentence was suspended and then lifted if the person remained infraction-free for 180 days. The top three infractions resulting in a disciplinary segregation sanction were "disobey an order," "profane language," and "unauthorized tobacco use." These three infractions accounted for 40 percent of all disciplinary segregation sanctions. Other types of restrictive housing were characterized by long stays. DPS had three different housing classifications for incarcerated people held in restrictive housing with an indeterminate length of stay: Intensive Control (ICON), Maximum Control (MCON), and High Security Maximum Control (HCON), with HCON being the most restrictive. On June 30, 2015, 37 percent of all people in restrictive housing were in any of these types of Control housing. Reasons for placement in Control housing ranged from repeatedly disruptive behavior to posing an imminent risk to the life or safety of others. The average length of stay in ICON was approximately nine months; it was twenty-one months for MCON, and almost five years for HCON. During the initiative, DPS enacted several reforms to Control housing, including the creation of a Rehabilitative Diversion Unit (RDU) designed to help people transition from Control to regular population through the provision of targeted behavioral programming and increasing privileges, congregate activity, and out-of-cell time. Certain groups were overrepresented in restrictive housing. Youth, young adults, people with mental health needs, and racial minorities were overrepresented in DPS's restrictive housing units. On June 30, 2015, 32 percent of youth (under 18 years of age) and 17 percent of young adults (18-25 years old) were in restrictive housing, compared to 8 percent of people 26 and older. Incarcerated people who required mental health treatment involving psychotropic medication and therapy, but who did not require placement in a designated mental health unit, made up 8 percent of the regular population but 14 percent of the population in disciplinary segregation and 24 percent of Control housing. Echoing the fact that racial and ethnic minorities are generally overrepresented throughout the criminal justice system in the United States, racial minorities were disproportionately exposed to restrictive housing. For example, while 35 percent of white incarcerated people had spent at least one night in restrictive housing during the year prior to Vera's assessment, this was true of 47 percent of black individuals and 50 percent of Native American incarcerated people. DPS released some people from segregation directly to the community. Releasing people directly from restrictive housing to the community can make an already difficult transition even more challenging. During the 12 months ending on June 30, 2015, DPS released 1,832 incarcerated people directly from restrictive housing to the community. Fortyfive percent of these people had spent over one month in segregation directly prior to being released; 15 percent had spent over six months. Key Recommendations Vera commends DPS on the steps it has already taken to reform its use of restrictive housing and offers recommendations that will further its efforts to safely reduce that use. The full report details numerous specific recommendations for DPS, including: - Reduce the number of disciplinary infractions eligible for segregation sanctions and reduce the maximum length of segregation sanctions; - Expand available alternative sanctions to disciplinary segregation, expand and track the current practice of pre-disciplinary counseling, and encourage other informal ways to resolve minor offenses; - Maintain and enhance beneficial programming, supports, and structured activities in regular population, to help prevent people from engaging in behaviors that may lead to their placement in restrictive housing; - Strengthen procedural safeguards around Control housing to ensure that it is truly used as a last resort, only when necessary, and for as short a time as possible, with a cap on the length of time permitted in Control; - Enact policies that prohibit people with serious, persistent mental illness from being placed in any form of restrictive housing that limits meaningful access to social interaction, environmental stimulation, and therapeutic programming; - Take individuals' release dates into account when using restrictive housing; use alternative disciplinary sanctions, or placement into housing units with both greater security and a structured reentry process, to ensure that people are not released directly from restrictive housing to the community; - Improve the conditions of confinement in all restrictive housing units to reduce the negative effects of segregation, including by increasing out-of-cell time and recreation, minimizing isolation and idleness, and providing opportunities for rehabilitative programming; and - Continue and expand the provision of staff training on de-escalation and communication skills, and expand trainings on mental decompensation and mental health needs. As the North Carolina Department of Public Safety continues implementation of current and future reforms, Vera is confident that the department will capitalize on its strengths, learn from the experience of others in the field, and use this report to facilitate continued reforms to the use of restrictive housing, in order to improve the lives of those who live and work in North Carolina's prisons and the broader community. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2016. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: https://ncdps.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/documents/files/Vera%20Safe%20Alternatives%20to%20Segregation%20Initiative%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 148916

Author: Teutsch, Steven M., ed. Title: Getting to Zero Alcohol-Impaired Driving Fatalities: A Comprehensive Approach to a Persistent Problem Summary: Alcohol-impaired driving remains the deadliest and costliest danger on U.S. roads today. Every day in the United States, 29 people die in an alcohol-impaired driving crash-one death every 49 minutes. After decades of progress, alcohol-impaired driving fatality rates plateaued and have increased for the past two years-making it a persistent public health and safety problem. Each alcohol-impaired driving crash represents a failure of the system. A coordinated, systematic, multi-level approach spanning multiple sectors is needed to accelerate change. With support from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine convened a committee to help identify promising strategies to reduce deaths caused by alcohol-impaired driving in the United States. The resulting report, Getting to Zero Alcohol-Impaired Driving Fatalities: A Comprehensive Approach to a Persistent Problem, highlights interventions and actions to reduce alcohol-impaired driving fatalities- including ways to improve important existing interventions-and presents ideas for reviving public and policymaker attention, thereby turning concern into decisive action to address this tragic and preventable problem. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2018. v.p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2018 at: http://www.nationalacademies.org/hmd/reports/2018/getting-to-zero-alcohol-impaired-driving-fatalities.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 148920

Author: Drug Policy Alliance Title: From Prohibition to Progress: A Status Report on Marijuana Legalization. What We Know About Marijuana Legalization in Eight States and Washington, D.C. Summary: On November 6, 2012, Colorado and Washington became the first two states - and first two places in the world - to legalize marijuana for adult use. Two years later Alaska, Oregon and Washington, D.C. followed suit. In 2016 voters in four additional states - California, Massachusetts, Maine and Nevada - also approved ballot measures legalizing marijuana. In January 2018, Vermont became the first state to legalize marijuana through a state legislature. More states are expected to legalize in the near future. Evidence shows that marijuana legalization is working so far. States are saving money and protecting the public by comprehensively regulating marijuana for adult use. This success has likely contributed to the historically high levels of public support for marijuana legalization in the U.S., which has steadily grown to an all-time high of 64%. The majority of Americans - including 51% of Republicans - now support marijuana legalization. Details: New York: Drug Policy Alliance, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2018 at: http://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/dpa_marijuana_legalization_report_v8_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 148922

Author: Kraft-Stolar, Tamar Title: From Protection to Punishment: Post-Conviction Barriers to Justice for Domestic Violence Survivor-Defendants in New York State Summary: Over the past 30 years, domestic violence has been increasingly recognized as a national epidemic. Although significant reforms are still needed, New York, along with many other states, has made important advances in the fight against domestic abuse. These advances, however, have stopped short of reforming the way the criminal justice system responds to survivors who engage in illegal acts to protect themselves from an abuser. Too often, the system responds to such women solely as perpetrators - not survivors - of violence, sending them to prison for long periods of time with little chance for early release. In the cruelest of ironies, these punishments are inflicted on survivors by the very system that should have helped protect them in the first place. As efforts to eliminate domestic violence move forward, it is critical that the experiences of survivordefendants2 are heard and respected, and that the challenges they face are not overlooked. To that end, this report aims to: (1) Explain the link between domestic violence and incarceration, and the reality that survivor-defendants are routinely sentenced to long prison terms; (2) Identify some of the many barriers to justice for survivor-defendants convicted of crimes directly related to the abuse they suffered; and (3) Offer recommendations for reforms that policymakers and practitioners can institute to begin to address the injustices confronting survivor-defendants. This report is based on research that the Avon Global Center for Women and Justice at Cornell Law School, the Women in Prison Project of the Correctional Association of New York, and students in the Cornell Law School International Human Rights Clinic conducted in New York State. This team: (1) Analyzed relevant statutes, case law, articles, reports, social science literature, and statistical and qualitative data relating to domestic violence and survivor-defendants in New York State; (2) Interviewed advocates, attorneys, scholars, a former parole board commissioner, and other experts nationally and within New York; (3) Conducted and analyzed interviews with domestic violence survivors who were convicted of a crime either involving the use of force against their abusers or under threat of harm from their abusers; and (4) Collaborated with researchers at Cornell University who polled 800 randomly selected New York State residents about their views on judicial discretion in sentencing survivordefendants as part of the 2010 Cornell University Empire State Survey. The names of all survivors featured in the report have been replaced with pseudonyms in order to protect their privacy. Details: Ithaca, NY: Avon Global Center for Women and Justice at Cornell Law School; and Women in Prison Project (Correctional Association of New York), 2011. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 26, 2018 at: http://scholarship.law.cornell.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=avon_clarke Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148927

Author: Meini, Bruno Title: Gasoline Drive-Offs Summary: This guide deals with "gas drive-offs"-a form of theft in which motorists intentionally drive away from a convenience store or gasoline service station without paying for gas they have pumped into their tanks. Gasoline Drive-Offs reviews factors that are correlated with an increased risk of this crime occurring, and then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local gas drive-off problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from research and police practice. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police: Guide No. 67: Accessed January 29, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p244-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 130308

Author: Quinet, Kenna Title: Missing Persons Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of missing persons and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local missing-persons problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. Police efforts to locate and return missing persons is but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to the reasons people go missing. This guide is limited to addressing the particular issues associated with missing persons. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2012. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 66: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/missing_persons.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Missing Persons Shelf Number: 130307

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Animal Cruelty Summary: The problem of animal cruelty includes many kinds of mistreatment, from temporarily failing to provide essential care to the malicious killing or repeated torturing of an animal. Every state defines animal cruelty differently, both in terms of the specific actions that are prohibited and the categories of animals that are protected. Animal Cruelty begins by describing the problem of animal cruelty and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local animal-cruelty problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2012. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 65: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p245-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 130306

Author: Shane, Jon M. Title: Abandoned Buildings and Lots Summary: Abandoned Buildings and Lots begins by describing the problem of abandoned buildings and vacant lots, factors that contribute to the problem, and who is responsible for the problem. It then presents a series of questions that will help you analyze the problem. Finally, it reviews several responses to the problem and what it is known from research, evaluation, and government practice. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2012. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 64: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p240-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Abandoned Buildings Shelf Number: 130305

Author: Petrossian, Gohar Title: Export of Stolen Vehicles Across Land Borders Summary: Each year a large number of cars and trucks are stolen for export in regions of the United States bordering Mexico. Most of these vehicles are simply driven across the border where they generally remain. By contrast, few stolen vehicles are reportedly exported across the border with Canada. This guide is therefore mostly concerned with the problem of vehicles stolen for export to Mexico, though it should also be useful to police dealing with the problems of exporting stolen vehicles across land borders elsewhere in the world. There is no reliable measure of vehicle thefts for export in the United States. These thefts are included in the police statistics of unrecovered vehicle thefts, a broad category that includes many other kinds of vehicle theft, such as vehicles stolen for the sale of their parts. This means that local police may underestimate the scale of theft for export in their jurisdiction. The lack of data also makes it difficult for local police to analyze and deal with the problem. This guide is primarily intended to help local police deal with theft for export, though it might also be of value to county or state agencies. It summarizes the factors that put local jurisdictions at risk of theft for export, and provides a method of estimating the size of their problem. It identifies information that police should collect when engaged in a problem-oriented project to reduce theft for export. Finally, it provides details on methods that have been developed to deal effectively with this problem. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2012. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; No. 63: Accessed January 30, 2018 at:https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p213-pub.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 131199

Author: Monk, Khadija Title: Street Robbery Summary: This guide addresses street robbery and reviews factors contributing to its occurrence. It then provides a series of questions to help you analyze your local street robbery problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. In this guide, a street robbery is defined as a crime with the following five characteristics: - the offender targets a victim; - the victim is a pedestrian and a stranger; - the offender attempts or completes a theft of cash or property; - the offender uses force or the threat of force against the victim; and - the offense occurs in a public or semipublic place, such as on a street, in an alley, in a parking garage, in a public park, on or near public transportation, or in a shared apartment hallway. Importantly, a street robbery need not involve a weapon, nor is it necessary that the offender injures the victim. Several subtypes of street robbery exist that vary in frequency depending on local circumstances. Among the better known are: - purse-snatching (referred to as "snatch theft" in this guide); - robbery of migrant laborers; - robbery at automated teller machines; - robbery of drunken bar patrons; robbery of students (e.g., middle- and high-school students and college students); and - robbery of passengers near public transportation systems. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community, Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2010. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 59: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p181-pub.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Mugging Shelf Number: 122473

Author: Sutton, Michael Title: Stolen Goods Markets Summary: This guide addresses the problem of stolen goods markets. The guide begins by describing the problem, then provides advice on how best to analyze local, national, or international stolen goods markets; reviews tactics that you can use to detect those involved in stealing, dealing, and using stolen goods; and suggests ways to assess the tactics' likely effectiveness in specific situations and locations. The ultimate aim of reducing stolen goods markets is to make it more difficult and risky for people to trade in stolen goods and thereby discourage stealing in the first place. Most burglars and other prolific thieves steal to raise money, and to do so they need to sell whatever they steal. To obtain money by stealing things, the prolific and relatively "successful" thief must routinely complete two objectives without getting caught. The first objective is to steal valuable items. The second objective is to sell or trade the stolen goods. Ultimately, the prolific thief's main aim is to acquire something else-often drugs or alcohol-with the money gained from selling the stolen goods. While police and prosecutors commonly think of this scenario as comprising two crimes-one being theft and the other receiving stolen goods-from the thieves' standpoint, they haven't completed the action until they've acquired what they ultimately desire. Understood this way, the theft is only the beginning of the crime, not the end of it. While other theft-related problem-oriented guides address thwarting the thief's first objective, this guide addresses the second objective. Those who knowingly buy stolen goods do not have recourse to legal remedies and so serious violence may be used as a means of criminal dispute resolution. Stolen goods markets are but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to property theft and illicit markets. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms stolen goods markets create, with a focus on ordinary consumer goods. Some specialty stolen goods markets, such as those dealing in firearms, cultural artifacts, art, or endangered species, have unique features calling for separate analyses and different responses. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2010. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 57: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/stolen_goods.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Burglaries Shelf Number: 119622

Author: Madensen, Tamara Title: Spectator Violence in Stadiums Summary: This guide addresses the problem of spectator violence in stadiums and other arena-type settings. It begins with a discussion of the factors that contribute to such incidents. It then presents a list of questions to help you analyze problems of spectator violence in your jurisdiction. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Spectator violence in stadiums is part of a larger set of problems related to misbehavior in sport and concert arenas. It is also related to issues of crowd control at other types of locations. However, this guide addresses only the particular harms that result from spectatorrelated conflicts occurring within and directly outside stadiums. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2008. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 54: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/spectator_violence.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 112405

Author: Johnson, Shane D. Title: Bicycle Theft Summary: This guide addresses bicycle theft, beginning by describing the problem and reviewing the factors that contribute to it. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local bicycle theft problem. Finally, it reviews responses to bicycle theft and describes the findings of evaluative research and operational policing. It will be apparent that despite the various responses being advocated or implemented, there are no systematic evaluations of what works to reduce bicycle theft. Addressing this is important for police practice, as the evidence base should inform decision-making regarding appropriate responses. However, we already know a lot, and this guide outlines how such knowledge (including a portfolio of responses) can usefully inform the crime reduction enterprise. In addition, it identifies what information you need to better understand your local problem and effectively evaluate responses implemented. This guide refers specifically to the unlawful taking of nonmotorized pedal cycles. Bicycle theft can be further categorized into theft of and theft from bicycles. Awareness of these categories is important for understanding your local problem. Each category covers different offenses demanding different responses. Theft of bicycles describes the theft of a cycle frame and its components. Theft from bicycles describes the theft of components and accessories such as lights, seats, and wheels. As bicycles are of composite construction, they are particularly vulnerable to component theft, especially regarding "quick release" features. Although this guide covers both forms of theft, unless otherwise stated, most of the research and practical examples focus on the prevention of theft of bicycles. This is simply because cyclists are more likely to report theft of bicycles to the police, largely to meet insurance requirements. Bicycle theft is but one aspect of the larger set of theft- and vehicle-related problems that the police must address. This guide, however, is limited to the particular harms bicycle theft causes Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2008. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 52: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/bicycle_theft.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Bicycle Theft Shelf Number: 112406

Author: Ross, Cody T. Title: The United States Police-Shooting Database: A Multi-Level Bayesian Analysis of Racial Bias in Police Shootings at the County-Level in the United States, 2011-2014 Summary: Several months ago, Kyle Wagner began an open source campaign to compile all records of police-involved shootings in the United States since 2011, in the U.S. Police-Shooting Database (USPSD). In this paper, we use a geographically resolved, multi-level Bayesian analysis of the initial data to investigate the extent of racial bias in the shooting of American civilians by police officers. We investigate county-specific relative risk outcomes as a function of the interaction of: 1) whether the suspect was armed or unarmed, and 2) the race/ethnicity of the suspect. As has been previously described for decades, we find evidence of significant bias in the killing of unarmed black Americans relative to unarmed white Americans. However, in contrast to previous work that relied on the FBI's Supplemental Homicide Reports, which were constructed from self-reported cases of police-involved homicide, we are able to provide and analyze a data set that is unbiased by the actions of the police whose behaviors we seek to understand. As such, this data should be of broad interest to researchers investigating the structural drivers of racial-bias in police-involved shootings. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2534673 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 148928

Author: Heinonen, Justin A. Title: Pedestrian Injuries and Fatalities Summary: Pedestrian-vehicle crashes are a major problem in the United States. In 2003, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration reported that approximately 4,700 pedestrians were killed and another 70,000 injured due to pedestrian-vehicle crashes. On average, a pedestrian is killed in a traffic collision every 113 minutes and injured every 8 minutes. The times and days pedestrians are most at risk of injury differ from those when they are most at risk of death. The majority of pedestrian injuries and fatalities happen to males between the ages of 25 and 44. Factors found to contribute to pedestrian injuries and fatalities include: pedestrian behavior, vehicle and driver factors, physical environment and special conditions (circumstances that accentuate one or more factors), such as bad weather and those individuals with limited mobility. In understanding the pedestrian-vehicle crash problem, a community must combine the general knowledge with specific facts describing local conditions. Carefully analyzing the problem helps in the design of an effective response strategy fitting the local community's specific needs. Once the problem is identified and understood, effective responses can then be developed to address pedestrian injuries and fatalities. In most cases, an effective strategy will involve implementing several different responses, including designating a special pedestrian safety task force within the agency, establishing hotspot-specific crackdowns on jaywalking, addressing pedestrian drinking behavior, increasing driver's perceptions of risk regarding pedestrian fatalities, installing crossing systems that include a pedestrian detection system, improving sidewalks and other pedestrian walkways, and improving safety for workers at higher risk of crashes. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2007. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series; No. 51: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/PedestrianInjuries.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Motor Vehicles Shelf Number: 110156

Author: Altizio, Alicia Title: Robbery of Convenience Stores Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of convenience store robbery and reviewing factors that increase its risk. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local convenience store robbery problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. Convenience store robbery is but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to robbery and to commercial establishments. Although all robbery types share some common features, convenience store robbery warrants special attention because convenience stores have special characteristics. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2007. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 49: Accessed January 30, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/convenience_store_robbery.pdfhttp://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/convenience_store_robbery.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 106537

Author: Weisel, Deborah Lamm Title: The Problem of Bank Robbery Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of bank robbery and reviewing the factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local bank robbery problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem of bank robbery as identified through research and police practice. Bank robbery is but one aspect of a larger set of problems related to robbery and to financial crimes involving banks. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms created by bank robbery. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2007. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 48: Accessed January 30,l 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/bank_robbery.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Bank Robbery Shelf Number: 106192

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Drive-By Shootings Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of drive-by shootings and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local drive-by shootings problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Drive-by shootings are but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to gang and gun violence. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms drive-by shootings cause. Details: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2007. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 47: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/drive_by_shootings.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Drive-By Shootings Shelf Number: 106539

Author: Guerette, Rob T. Title: Disorder at Day Laborer Sites Summary: Disorder at day laborer sites is but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to both public disorder and to illegal immigration. The literature on day laborers provides a general picture of the market for them, the conditions of day-labor work, the laborers themselves, their employers, the places where they assemble, and the link between day laborers and human smuggling. This guide will help law enforcement understand the factors that contribute to their local problem in order to frame analysis questions, identify valid effectiveness measures, determine important intervention points, and select an appropriate set of responses for their specific problem. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2007. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 44: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p122-pub.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Day Laborers Shelf Number: 106293

Author: Wortley, Richard Title: Child Pornography on the Internet Summary: The guide begins by describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the risks of Internet child pornography. It then identifies a series of questions that might assist you in analyzing your local Internet child pornography problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. The treatment of children as sexual objects has existed through the ages, and so too has the production of erotic literature and drawings involving children. However, pornography in the modern sense began with the invention of the camera in the early nineteenth century. Almost immediately, sexualized images involving children were produced, traded, and collected. Even so, child pornography remained a restricted activity through most of the twentieth century. Images were usually locally produced, of poor quality, expensive, and difficult to obtain. The relaxation of censorship standards in the 1960s led to an increase in the availability of child pornography, and, by 1977, some 250 child pornography magazines were circulating in the United States, many imported from Europe. Despite concern about the extent of child pornography, law enforcement agencies had considerable success in stemming the trafficking of these traditional hard-copy forms. However, the advent of the Internet in the 1980s dramatically changed the scale and nature of the child pornography problem, and has required new approaches to investigation and control. Internet child pornography is unlike most crimes local police departments handle. Local citizens may access child pornography images that were produced and/or stored in another city or on another continent. Alternatively, they may produce or distribute images that are downloaded by people thousands of miles away. An investigation that begins in one police district will almost certainly cross jurisdictional boundaries. Therefore, most of the major investigations of Internet child pornography have involved cooperation among jurisdictions, often at an international level. However, within this broader scheme, local police departments have a crucial role to play. By concentrating on components of the problem that occur within their local jurisdictions, they may uncover evidence that initiates a wider investigation. Alternatively, they may receive information from other jurisdictions about offenders in their districts. Because of the increasing use of computers in society, most police departments are likely to encounter Internet child pornography crimes. Therefore, it is important that all police departments develop strategies for dealing with the problem. Larger departments or districts may have their own dedicated Internet child pornography teams, but most smaller ones do not, and the responsibility for day-to-day investigations will fall to general-duties officers. It would be a mistake to underestimate the importance of local police in detecting and preventing Internet child pornography offenses. One study found that 56 percent of arrests for Internet child pornography crimes originated from non-specialized law enforcement agencies. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2006. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 41: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/ChildPorn.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 102306

Author: Elias, Bart Title: Security of Air Cargo Shipments, Operations, and Facilities Summary: U.S. policies and strategies for protecting air cargo have focused on two main perceived threats: the in-flight detonation of explosives concealed in an air cargo shipment and the hijacking of a large all-cargo aircraft for use as a weapon to attack a ground target such as a major population center, critical infrastructure, or a critical national security asset. Additionally, there is concern that chemical, biological, or radiological agents or devices that could be used in a mass-casualty attack in the United States might be smuggled as international air cargo. The October 2010 discovery of two explosive devices being prepared for loading on U.S.-bound all-cargo aircraft overseas prompted policy debate over air cargo security measures and spurred debate regarding targeted risk-based screening versus comprehensive 100% screening of all air cargo, including shipments that travel on all-cargo aircraft. In coordination with industry, Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) have been pilot testing a risk-based approach to vet air cargo shipments known as the Air Cargo Advance Screening (ACAS) system, with a particular emphasis on improving scrutiny of overseas shipments. In the 115th Congress, the Department of Homeland Security Authorization Act (H.R. 2825), as well as the Air Cargo Security Improvement Act of 2017 (H.R. 4176), would require the full deployment of ACAS for inbound international air cargo. With respect to protecting passenger airliners from explosives placed in cargo, policy debate focused on whether risk-based targeting strategies and methods such as ACAS should be used to identify shipments requiring additional scrutiny or whether all or most shipments should be subject to more intensive physical screening. While the air cargo industry and TSA argued for risk-based approaches, Congress mandated 100% screening of all cargo placed on passenger aircraft using approved methods in 2007. To meet this requirement, TSA established a voluntary Certified Cargo Screening Program (CCSP) that allows TSA-approved cargo screening, carried out by industry personnel, to take place at off-airport manufacturing sites, warehouses, distribution centers, and freight transfer facilities. This off-airport screening is coupled with strict chain-of-custody measures designed to maintain the integrity of screened cargo. To increase flexibility under CCSP, there has been recent interest in expanding the role of canine explosives detection teams to screen air cargo, and industry has advocated for the use of thirdparty canine teams, particularly at off-airport air cargo screening facilities. H.R. 2825 would direct TSA to develop standards for third-party canine explosives screening for air cargo. A number of other policies under consideration in Congress include  cooperative efforts with international partners and industry stakeholders;  the implementation challenges and effectiveness of risk-based targeting approaches like ACAS;  TSA oversight of the Certified Cargo Screening Program (CCSP);  the feasibility and challenges of using third-party canine teams for explosives screening; and  the costs and benefits of requiring blast-resistant cargo containers to protect aircraft from in-flight explosions in cargo holds. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: R45082: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.everycrsreport.com/files/20180124_R45082_c3e24271f57f6a77d1ea38f047a2dc1bb8c73e42.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 148931

Author: LaVigne, Nancy Title: Robbery of Pharmacies Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of pharmacy robbery and reviewing factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local pharmacy robbery problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. For the purposes of this guide, pharmacy robbery, which falls under the broader heading of pharmaceutical diversion, is defined as the theft by force-or threat of use of force- of prescription drugs for personal use or profit. This definition excludes theft, burglary, backdoor pharmacies, and illegal importation or distribution of prescription drugs. The related issue of prescription drug diversion is covered in a companion Problem-Oriented Policing guide, Prescription Drug Fraud and Misuse. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing, Center for Problem Oriented Policing, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police No. 73 : Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p315-pub.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Diversion Shelf Number: 148940

Author: Jenkins, Jeffrey Title: Checking on Checkpoints: An Assessment of U.S. Border Patrol Checkpoint Operations, Performance, and Impacts Summary: In 2011, the U.S. Border Patrol asked the National Center for Border Security and Immigration (BORDERS)1 to evaluate a 2009 review of the agency's traffic checkpoints. The review recommended that the Border Patrol take actions in four major areas: data integrity and quality, community impacts, performance models and measures and managerial tool development (GAO 2009, 78). BORDERS conducted a two-year study to examine and advise the Border Patrol on how to address the following GAO recommendations: Data integrity and quality a) Establish internal controls for management oversight of the accuracy, consistency, and completeness of checkpoint performance data. Community impacts b) Implement quality of life measures that have already been identified by the Border Patrol to evaluate the impact that checkpoints have on local communities. c) Use the information generated from the quality of life measures with other relevant factors to inform resource allocations and address identified impacts. Performance models and measures d) Establish milestones for determining the feasibility of a checkpoint performance model that would allow the Border Patrol to compare apprehensions and seizures to the level of illegal activity passing through the checkpoint undetected. Managerial tool development e) Require that the Border Patrol conduct traffic volume studies to guide the number and operation of inspection lanes at new permanent checkpoints, and document these requirements in checkpoint design guidelines and standards. f) Along with planning new or upgrading existing checkpoints, conduct a workforce needs assessment to determine the levels of staff and resources needed to address anticipated volumes of illegal activity around the checkpoint. Details: Tucson, AZ: University of Arizona, National Center for Border Security and Immigration, 2014. 69p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://borders.arizona.edu/cms/sites/default/files/checking-on-checkpoints_2014-09-09.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 148941

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Active Shooter Incidents in the United States from 2000-2016 Summary: This document contains a list of active shooter incidents in the United States that have been identified by the FBI from 2000 through the end of 2016. Details: Washington, DC: FBI, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/activeshooter_incidents_2001-2016.pdf/view Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 148945

Author: Braga, Anthony A. Title: The Impact of Body-Worn Cameras on Complaints Against Officers and Officer Use of Force Incident Reports: Preliminary Evaluation Findings Summary: SUMMARY - The Boston Police Department collaborated with Northeastern University to develop a randomized controlled trial of its pilot implementation of 100 body worn cameras on patrol officers in 5 police districts and plainclothes officers in the Youth Violence Strike Force. - The Northeastern research team randomly allocated 281 officers into treatment (camera wearers) and control groups from these assignments. The selected officers worked the day and first half shifts and were actively providing police services to Boston residents. - The randomization procedure generated treatment (140 officers) and control (141 officers) groups that were equivalent in terms of officer sex, race, age, years on the job, shift, assignment, prior complaints, and prior use of force reports. All treatment officers were trained on the body worn camera policy and the use of the technology. - At the commencement of the pilot program, 100 of the 140 officers trained on the use of body worn cameras were assigned to wear the cameras. Over the course of the one-year intervention period, 21 officers stopped wearing the cameras due to promotions, assignment changes, medical incapacitation, resignation, and retirement. A total of 121 of the 140 treatment officers wore cameras during the pilot program. - The preliminary findings of the randomized controlled trial suggest that the placement of body worn cameras on Boston Police officers may generate small benefits to the civility of police-citizen civilian encounters. Relative to control officers, treatment officers received fewer citizen complaints and generated fewer use of force reports. - Statistical analysis revealed that the impact of body worn cameras on complaints was small but statistically-significant at a less restrictive statistical threshold. The results suggest a reduction of one complaint per month for 140 treatment officers relative to 141 control officers. The analysis indicated body worn cameras generated a small reduction in officer use of force reports that was not statistically-significant, suggesting no meaningful difference between the treatment and control groups. - These preliminary results are not final and should be interpreted with caution. The evaluation team will continue to collect data and pursue supplemental analyses to ensure that these findings are robust to different tests and model specifications. The final report will present completed analyses of the impact of body worn cameras on citizen complaints and officer use of force reports as well as analyses of impacts on police proactivity, lawfulness of police enforcement actions, and police-community relations. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5086f19ce4b0ad16ff15598d/t/5a563546ec212d4f5bf29527/1515599174343/BPD+BWC+RCT+preliminary+impact+report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 148946

Author: Yokum, David Title: Evaluating the Effects of Police Body-Worn Cameras: A Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: Police officer body-worn cameras (BWCs) have been promoted as a technological mechanism that will improve policing and the perceived legitimacy of the police and legal institutions. While there is a national movement to deploy BWCs widely, evidence of their effectiveness is limited. To estimate the average effects of BWCs, we conducted a randomized controlled trial involving 2,224 Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) officers in Washington, DC. Our pre-analysis plan was publicly registered in advance. We compared officers randomly assigned to wear BWCs to officers in the control condition who did not wear BWCs. The primary outcomes of interest were documented uses of force and civilian complaints, although we also measure a variety of additional policing activities and judicial outcomes. We estimated very small average treatment effects on all measured outcomes, none of which rose to statistical significance. These results suggest that we should recalibrate our expectations of BWCs' ability to induce large-scale behavioral changes in policing, particularly in contexts similar to Washington, DC. Details: Washington, DC: The Lab @ DC, Office of the City Administrator, Executive Office of the Mayor, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: The DC Lab Working Paper: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://bwc.thelab.dc.gov/TheLabDC_MPD_BWC_Working_Paper_10.20.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 148947

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: An Overview of Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: This publication assesses the impact of mandatory minimum penalties on federal sentencing. It continues the Commission's work in this area by highlighting recent developments regarding the charging of offenses carrying a mandatory minimum penalty, and providing updated sentencing data regarding the use and impact of mandatory minimum penalties. This publication builds on the Commission's previous reports and publications-particularly, its 2011 Report to the Congress: Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System-and is intended to contribute to the continued examination of federal mandatory minimum penalties. It is the first in a series, with future publications focusing on mandatory minimum penalties for specific offense types. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2017. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170711_Mand-Min.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 148949

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Opioids: Treating and Illness, Ending a War Summary: More people died from opioid-related deaths in 2015 than in any previous year. This record number quadrupled the level of such deaths in 1999. Unlike the heroin and crack crises of the past, the current opioid emergency has disproportionately affected white Americans-poor and rural, but also middle class or affluent and suburban. This association has boosted support for preventative and treatment-based policy solutions. But the pace of the response has been slow, critical components of the solution-such as health insurance coverage expansion and improved access to medication-assisted treatment- face resistance, and there are growing efforts to revamp the failed and costly War on Drugs. This report examines the sources of the opioid crisis, surveys health and justice policy responses at the federal and state levels, and draws on lessons from past drug crises to provide guidance on how to proceed. The War on Drugs did not play a major role in ebbing past cycles of drug use, as revealed by extensive research and the reflections of police chiefs. In 2014, the National Research Council concluded: The best empirical evidence suggests that the successive iterations of the war on drugs- through a substantial public policy effort-are unlikely to have markedly or clearly reduced drug crime over the past three decades. Growing public awareness of the limited impact and devastating toll of the War on Drugs has encouraged many policymakers and criminal justice practitioners to begin its winding down. The number of people imprisoned nationwide for a drug offense skyrocketed from 24,000 in 1980 to a peak of 369,000 in 2007. It has since declined by nearly one-quarter, reaching approximately 287,000 people in the most recent count. The lessons from past drug crises and the evidence base supporting a public health approach can guide policymakers as they seek an end to the current opioid crisis. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Opioids-Treating-an-Illness-Ending-a-War.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148950

Author: Allen, Denise Smith Title: Keeping the Children: Nonviolent Women Offenders in Two Michigan Residential Programs Summary: Seventy-five percent of women offenders confined to prison, jails, or residential treatment programs are custodial parents of minor children at the time of their separation. Little is known, though, about how prosocial networks are used to address the effects of separation from children. Using Bui and Morash's conceptualization of the theory of gendered pathways, the purpose of this phenomenological study was to better understand, from the perspective of incarcerated women, the experience of using prosocial networks to cope with the effects of separation. Data were collected through interviews with 10 mothers from 2 residential treatment programs in Michigan. Interview data were inductively coded, then subjected to a thematic analysis procedure. A key finding of this study was that women experience remorse, embarrassment, helplessness, and a sense of failure with respect to providing adequate care for their children and rely on their mothers or other female family members as the primary prosocial influence. Findings also suggest that Child Protective Services (CPS) is viewed by participants as intrusive and outside the prosocial network, yet significant to family reunification and permanency planning for children. Implications for positive social change include recommendations to criminal justice policymakers and Child Protective Services to consider provisions for supportive services for gender-specific programs that build on the influence of other, prosocial, female family members and promote a clear pathway to permanency planning for families, particularly where minor children are involved. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2017. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4528&context=dissertations Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 148952

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Illinois State Advisory Committee Title: Hate Crime and Discrimination against Religious Institutions in Illinois Summary: In October of 2014, a 26-year-old white man stabbed a 79-year-old African-American woman four times in the back and neck with a five-inch steak knife at a grocery store in Homewood, Illinois. The assailant told police following his arrest that he had attacked this senior citizen as she went about the ordinary tasks of her daily life because she was black and an "easy target." The attacker was charged with attempted first-degree murder and a hate crime. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) defines a hate crime as "a traditional offense like murder, arson, or vandalism with an added element of bias."2 Congress has defined a hate crime as a criminal offense motivated in whole or in part by an offender's bias against a race, gender, gender identity, religion, disability, ethnic origin or sexual orientation. Hate crimes affect not only the specific victim, but also those who share his or her characteristics, creating a climate of fear and intimidation that negatively impacts the broader community. According to the White House, there has been an almost 50% increase in hate crimes and related charges and convictions by the U.S. Department of Justice during the past five years (2009-2013) as compared to the previous five years. Illinois has experienced a variety of hate crimes in recent months and years. According to the Illinois State Police (ISP) a total of 147 hate crimes were reported in 2013. Details: Chicago: Illinois Advisory Committee to the United State Commission on Civil Rights, 2015. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/06-03-15_HateCrimesStateAdvisory.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 148953

Author: Gans, Judith Title: The Border Patrol Checkpoint on Interstate 19 in Southern Arizona: A Case Study of Impacts on Local Real Estate Prices Summary: This report examines impacts of the Border Patrol checkpoint along Interstate 19 in southern Arizona on communities located between the checkpoint and the U.S. border. In particular, the report examines the consequences of the checkpoint for real estate prices in the communities of Tubac and Rio Rico, which are located just to the south of the Checkpoint. Details: Tucson: Udall Center for Studies in Public Policy The University of Arizona, 2012. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2018 at: http://www.bsi.arizona.edu/cms/sites/default/files/gans_2012b_0.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 148954

Author: Oregon Justice Resource Center Title: Youth and Measure 11 in Oregon: Impacts of Mandatory Minimums Summary: For more than twenty years, people convicted under Oregon's Measure 11 law have faced mandatory minimum sentences for serious crimes. Children as young as 15 can be charged under Measure 11 and prosecuted as adults. A new report, published by the Oregon Council on Civil Rights in collaboration with us, takes an in-depth look at the impact of Measure 11 on Oregon's young people and whether the law is out-of-step with legal and scientific developments of recent years. This report looks at Measure 11 and its impact on youth from a variety of perspectives for a thorough review. It includes: Brain Science - While research shows that young people's brains aren't fully developed until their mid-to-late 20s, Measure 11 allows children to be sentenced as though they had the culpability of adults. The report looks at how scientific understanding of development has grown and how the law should respond. Legal Developments - A series of US Supreme Court decisions has prompted an overhaul of youth sentencing laws in light of growing understanding of brain science. More than half of states have changed sentencing laws for youth to respond to the updated Supreme Court decisions, but not Oregon. Interviews with Youth - We spoke to young people who are currently serving sentences following Measure 11 convictions about their experiences in the criminal justice system, their backgrounds, what led up to their offenses and how much they understood during the legal process. Data Analysis - Analysis of data tracked since Measure 11 began in 1995 shows disproportionate impact on Oregon youth of color. Figures from 2012 reveal black youth were 26 times more likely to be indicted for a Measure 11 offense than their white counterparts. RECOMMENDATIONS - "Youth and Measure 11 in Oregon" recommends four reforms to address problems with Measure 11 and youth sentencing in Oregon: Remove all youth from automatic adult prosecution under Measure 11 and return Oregon to a "discretionary waiver" system." This would put much-needed discretion back in the hands of judges, in contrast with the current system that allows prosecutors sweeping authority to decide how to prosecute Oregon youth. This modest reform would still allow judges to levy severe sentences against serious child offenders, but would restore the court's ability to look at the mitigating circumstances particular to each case. More transparent data collection from prosecutors' offices and law enforcement. One critical problem with prosecutors' vast discretionary power is that: "[their] offices are mostly a black box with little transparency." 3 4 Police officers similarly share a key role as gatekeepers to the criminal justice system. To facilitate smart, data-driven policy-making, counties across the state should provide demographic data on youth referrals to prosecutors' offices. In addition, they should provide the public with more descriptive information about felony filings to adult court, updated annually. Give all young people the option of a "second-look hearing." Every young person should have the chance to prove to a judge that they can grow and change. The U.S. Supreme Court, relying on the most up-to-date cognitive science available, has said clearly that young people have a tremendous capacity for change and positive growth, regardless of the severity of their crimes. Measure 11 has stripped away the opportunity for young people to demonstrate this potential. A second-look hearing not only allows youth to prove their positive change in front of a judge, but also presents a clear incentive for good behavior and a start on the path toward rehabilitation while in custody. This commonsense approach also recognizes the reality that nearly all Measure 11 youth will, at some point, return to society. Addressing root causes. - Oregon should boost investment in safety net programs that decrease involvement with the criminal justice system. In addition, Oregon should expand access to job training and programs that foster non-violent problem solving so that young people can avoid harsh sentences in the first place. Along with preventative measures, stakeholders throughout the criminal justice system - including judges, prosecutors, public defenders and law enforcement - should be trained in trauma-informed care, cultural responsivity and brain development. Details: Portland: Oregon Justice Resource Center, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/524b5617e4b0b106ced5f067/t/5a6fbb95c830254f3376ef75/1517272032695/Youth+and+Measure+11+in+Oregon+Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 148955

Author: Cook County Gun Violence Task Force (GVTF) Title: Final Report: Findings and Recommendations Summary: The City of Chicago and Cook County are both engulfed in a crisis of gun violence and the availability of illegal guns in Chicago and Cook County has continued to fuel this crisis. In recent years, Chicago's homicide rate has hovered around 500 homicides per year. However, the city has already seen more than 700 homicides by late November - a reversal of the progress the city has made toward reducing gun violence during the past two decades. As the crisis and growing rate of gun violence in the City of Chicago and across Cook County has intensified, however, the issue has become better-documented every year. As a result, the GVTF was convened to examine the current gun violence crisis, its underlying causes, and assess various evidence-based programs, policies, and practices as potential solutions for combatting the continued growth of gun crimes and violence across Chicago and Cook County. In the past decade, over 50,000 African-American men were victims of firearm homicides in the United States. Despite the City of Chicago having a population that is as much as three times smaller, the Chicago Police Department recovers more guns than New York and Los Angeles combined, as well as also recording a greater number of shooting victims each year. In 2015, according to the Chicago Tribune, there were 2,900 shooting victims in the City of Chicago alone. During the same period, the city of New York and its police department reported having only 1,300 shooting victims-less than half of what Chicago recorded. Thus far, in 2016, there have been more than 3,900 people shot in the City of Chicago, and more than 700 people have been killed as a result of gun violence. Three quarters of the victims of shootings in Chicago are African-Americans. They are heavily concentrated in 10-20 high-crime areas on the city's South and West sides. A disturbing number of these victims are innocent children who get in the way when criminals target rivals. Homicides that result from gun violence account for only one half of an otherwise incomplete picture, however. Too often forgotten during discussions about firearm violence are the many non-fatal shootings that comprise the other half of the picture. Each year, approximately 900 individual victims of gun violence are treated at Stroger Hospital by the physicians of the Cook County Health and Hospital System. The cost to taxpayers for treatment can typically range between $35,000 and $50,000 per victim, or in cases of serious debilitating nonfatal injuries, the costs can total up to $250,000 for the first year and $200,000 each year thereafter. These local statistics paint a stark picture for the City of Chicago and Cook County. Nationally, we have seen instances of firearm violence draw increased attention in the wake of tragic recent events. Despite this increased attention, however, there has been limited action by the federal government, to take concrete steps toward addressing the increase in firearm violence and its surrounding issues. Frustration with congressional gridlock over efforts to combat gun violence, however, should not stop local government and law enforcement from doing what it can to reduce this growing problem. It is imperative that local stakeholders begin to recognize and acknowledge that there are ways to combat community violence and save lives that have little or nothing to do with either regulating firearms and enacting expensive, grand solutions-both of which have proven to be equally unrealistic and unsuccessful endeavors in spite of an escalating number of incidents of violence across the country. An important part of this recognition process is coming to understand that discussions surrounding violence, criminal justice reforms, and community economic development are not separate and unrelated issues. Instead, these issues are each a critical component of intrinsically interconnected problems that all stakeholders must begin to address through comprehensive and coordinated programs, policies, and practices that focus on proven evidence-based solutions. Successful implementation of comprehensive and coordinated proven evidence-based solutions will not be easy, nor will it take place over night. Doing so will require greater public attention, as well as some funding. More importantly, focusing the energies of everyone involved on the evidence-based programs, policies, and practices that have been proven to succeed in addressing all aspects of community violence and its underlying causes will take strong commitment, discipline, compromise, and an unrelenting dedication from all stakeholders. Ultimately, however, through the adoption and implementation of successful evidence-based policy programs and practices the number of firearm crimes and associated incidents of violence could be significantly reduced and prevented across the City of Chicago and Cook County Details: Chicago: GVTF, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://richardrboykin.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/The-Cook-County-Gun-Violence-Task-Force-Final-Report-2016-3.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 148965

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Medical Staffing Challenges Summary: The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is responsible for incarcerating federal inmates and is required to provide them with medically necessary healthcare. However, recruitment of medical professionals is one of the BOP's greatest challenges and staffing shortages limit inmate access to medical care, result in an increased need to send inmates outside the institution for medical care, and contribute to increases in medical costs. Additionally, medical staff shortages can impact prison safety and security. For example, according to an After-Action Report prepared after a riot at a BOP contract prison, the BOP noted that while low medical staffing levels alone were not the direct cause of the disturbance, they affected security and health services functions. As of September 2014, the BOP had 3,871 positions in its institutions' health services units to provide medical care to 171,868 inmates. Of those 3,871 positions, only 3,215 positions (83 percent) were filled. Although BOP policy states that the vacancy rate shall not exceed 10 percent during any 18-month period, we found that only 24 of 97 BOP institutions had a medical staffing rate of 90 percent or higher as of September 2014. Further, 12 BOP institutions were medically staffed at only 71 percent or below, which the BOP�s former Assistant Director for Health Services and Medical Director described as crisis level. Both civilian and uniformed staff hold these 3,215 filled healthcare positions. This includes 2,382 civil service employees and 833 commissioned officers of the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS), an agency of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, which provides public health services to underserved and vulnerable populations. The Department of Justice's Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to assess challenges the BOP faces in hiring medical professionals and its use of PHS officers as one method of addressing those challenges. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 16-02: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2016/e1602.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 148966

Author: Disability Rights Oregon Title: "Don't Look Around": A Window into Inhumane Conditions for Youth at NORCOR Summary: Oregon's child incarceration rate is one of the worst in the country. According to recent national studies, Oregon's youth mental health system ranks 41st in the nation,1 and our youth incarceration rate is the second highest in the nation. This alarmingly high rate of youth incarceration is fueled by the lack of more effective, community-based mental healthcare, crisis intervention, family supports, and residential or respite care. Not only do we incarcerate far too many youth, we confine them in unregulated detention centers that are empowered to use harmful, counterproductive, and long-ago disproven management strategies. There is no state or local agency charged with enforcing safe and humane conditions for youth in juvenile detention facilities. Juvenile detention facilities are unlicensed and unregulated, and are not held to any uniform standards of care that kids are entitled to receive while confined. This lack of oversight and accountability has allowed Northern Oregon Regional Correctional Facility (NORCOR) to neglect the basic mental health and social development needs of kids in custody. Youth detained at NORCOR are often isolated from human contact, prevented from reading, writing, or drawing, and subjected to harsh and purposeless rules such as prohibitions against "looking around" or asking what time it is. They are denied access to adequate education and separated from their families and communities for unnecessarily long periods. With appropriate resources, youth can address the behavior that led them to detention and become happy, healthy, members of our community. These kids should not be in jail; and they should not be in a jail that needlessly re-traumatizes them. As a result of our investigation of conditions for youth incarcerated at NORCOR, Disability Rights Oregon is calling for immediate implementation of the 2016 recommendation by the Oregon State Court Juvenile Justice Mental Health Task Force: that all child-serving systems commit to employing evidence-based, trauma-informed practices. We are also recommending that juvenile detention facilities be regulated and licensed, just like any other residential setting for people who may be vulnerable, to ensure that critical improvements are made to conditions and that allegations of mistreatment are addressed. Details: Portland, OR: Disability Rights Oregon, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://droregon.org/wp-content/uploads/REPORT-Dont-Look-Around-A-Window-into-Inhumane-Conditions-for-Youth-at-NORCOR-December-5-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 148967

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Federal Criminal Restitution: Most Debt Is Outstanding and Oversight of Collections Could Be Improved Summary: One of the goals of federal criminal restitution is to restore victims of federal crimes to the position they occupied before the crime was committed by providing compensation. Various entities within the federal government are involved in the process of requesting, ordering, and collecting restitution for crime victims, including DOJ and the judiciary. The Justice for All Reauthorization Act of 2016 includes a provision for GAO to review the federal criminal restitution process for fiscal years 2014 through 2016. This report addresses, among other things: (1) the extent to which information is available on restitution requested by DOJ and ordered by courts; (2) the amount of restitution debt DOJ collected and the amount that remains outstanding; and, (3) the extent to which DOJ has conducted oversight on the collection of restitution. GAO analyzed laws, policies and procedures as well as USSC data on restitution orders and DOJ data on restitution collected from fiscal years 2014 through 2016. GAO also selected a non-generalizable sample of six federal judicial districts based on restitution collections and spoke with USAO officials and federal probation officers. What GAO Recommends - GAO is making three recommendations. GAO is making one to the judiciary to determine why data on restitution orders are incomplete. GAO is making two recommendations to DOJ, including one to implement performance measures and goals for the collection of restitution. The judiciary and DOJ concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-203: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/689830.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Restitution Shelf Number: 148979

Author: Grimes, Mark Title: Reasons and Resolve to Cross the Line: A Post-Apprehension Survey of Unauthorized Immigrants along the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: To better understand the histories and motivations of immigrants who attempt to cross the U.S.-Mexico border without authorization, researchers with the National Center for Border Security and Immigration (BORDERS) interviewed 1,000 detainees in the U.S. Border Patrol Tucson Sector during the summer of 2012. Survey approach - The research team used a 38-question sur vey (Appendix A) administered by bilingual inter viewers to learn about the detainees' characteristics, their current and previous border crossing attempts, and their reasons for crossing. Overarching questions - To address the primar y goal of the study, all sur vey questions were related to two principal questions: (1) Do you think you will attempt to cross again in the next seven days? (2) Do you think you will return to the U.S. someday? Interview safeguards and assurances - To encourage truthful responses, the interviewers assured the individuals that their responses would remain anonymous, that the inter viewers did not work for the Border Patrol, that individual sur vey results would not be shared with the Border Patrol, that the individuals' answers would not influence legal or administrative outcomes, and that the individuals could skip any question or could conclude the interview at any point. Cross-check of data veracity - To cross-check the veracity of the data, responses to two questions-date of birth and number of previous apprehensions-were compared with fingerprint verified data from the Border Patrol. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS - What are the motivations for crossing? This study found that work and the existence of family in the United States are the primary motivations for individuals who attempt to enter the country without authorization. Which persons will attempt to reenter? According to this study, in general, detainees who are more likely to attempt to re-cross the border are those that: - have relatives or friends in the United States, - have a job in the United States, - have relatively more education than other detainees, - live in the United States (or consider the United States home), - are relatively familiar with crossing options and dangers, and/or - have made relatively more attempts at crossing. What are the effects of the consequences of apprehension? For individuals with motivations listed above, the consequences of apprehension do not seem to be a major deterrent. Details: Tucson: University of Arizona, National Center for Border Security and Immigration, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2, 2018 at: http://www.borders.arizona.edu/cms/sites/default/files/Post-Aprehension-Survey-REPORT%20may31-2013_0.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 148983

Author: Cordner, Gary Title: People with Mental Illness Summary: Problems associated with people with mental illness pose a significant challenge for modern policing. This guide begins by describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the challenges that police face in relation to the mentally ill. It then identifies a series of questions that might help you analyze your local policing problems associated with people with mental illness. Finally, it reviews responses to the problems and what we know about these from evaluative research and police practice. Police officers frequently encounter people with mental illness-approximately 5 percent of U.S. residents have a serious mental illness,� and 10 to 15 percent of jailed people have severe mental illness. An estimated 7 percent of police contacts in jurisdictions with 100,000 or more people involve the mentally ill. A three-city study found that 92 percent of patrol officers had at least one encounter with a mentally ill person in crisis in the previous month, and officers averaged six such encounters per month. The Lincoln (Nebraska) Police Department found that it handled over 1,500 mental health investigation cases in 2002, and that it spent more time on these cases than on injury traffic accidents, burglaries, or felony assaults.5 The New York City Police Department responds to about 150,000 "emotionally disturbed persons" calls per year. It is important to recognize at the outset that mental illness is not, in and of itself, a police problem. Obviously, it is a medical and social services problem. However, a number of the problems caused by or associated with people with mental illness often do become police problems. These include crimes, suicides, disorder, and a variety of calls for service. Moreover, the traditional police response to people with mental illness has often been ineffective, and sometimes tragic. Over the last decade, many police agencies have sought to improve their response to incidents involving people with mental illness, especially emergency mental health situations. These new developments, however, have been targeted almost exclusively at improved handling of individual incidents. Little attention has been devoted to developing or implementing a comprehensive and preventive approach to the issue. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing, 2006. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; Problem-Specific Guides Series; No. 40: Accessed February 5, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/PDFs/MentalIllness.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 102305

Author: Newman, Graeme R. Title: The Exploitation of Trafficked Women Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of exploiting women who have been trafficked into the United States, and the aspects of human trafficking that contribute to it. Throughout the guide, the word "trafficked" shall mean internationally trafficked, unless otherwise stated. Additionally, the guide's focus is on the final period in the process of trafficking at which women are further exploited by those into whose hands they are passed. This is the point at which human trafficking becomes a problem for local police and so the guide identifies a series of questions that can help analyze local problems related to trafficking. Finally, it reviews responses to the exploitation of trafficked women and examines what is known about the effectiveness of these responses from research and police practice. Concern about the exploitation of women who have been trafficked into the United States derives from the international issues of human trafficking and slavery. The characteristics of international human trafficking, including the profits, resemble those of the international drug trade. In the United States, until the passage of the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) in 2000, human trafficking was approached as an immigration problem, which meant that police viewed trafficking as a federal rather than a local responsibility. The TVPA clarified the definition of human trafficking-a particularly difficult problem, as will be seen below- and introduced a number of important protections for trafficked individuals (see Box 1). The TVPA defines two forms of severe human trafficking: a. "...sex trafficking in which a commercial sex act is induced by force, fraud, or coercion, or in which the person induced to perform such an act has not attained 18 years of age." b. "...the recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, or obtaining of a person for labor or services, through the use of force, fraud, or coercion for the purpose of subjection to involuntary servitude, peonage, debt bondage, or slavery." Because some 70 percent of internationally trafficked women end up in the sex trade, the effect of the TVPA is to define many such women as crime victims rather than criminals. Whether pressed into forced labor or prostitution, the exploitation of these individuals is continued upon entry into the United States, whether in the same hands of those who trafficked them, or whether passed on to others who profit from commercial sex or cheap, often forced, labor. The TVPA does not require that a trafficked person be actually transported anywhere; it simply requires that the victim's freedom be constrained by force, fraud or coercion. The focus of this guide, however, is on those women who are transported into the United States for the purposes of commercial sex or forced labor. Details: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Center for Problem-Oriented Policing 2006. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; Problem-Specific Guides Series; No. 38; Accessed February 5, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/ExploitTraffickedWomen.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 102303

Author: Arora, Ashna Title: Juvenile Crime and Anticipated Punishment Summary: Recent research suggests that the threat of harsh sanctions does not deter juvenile crime. This conclusion is based on the finding that criminal behavior decreases only marginally as individuals cross the age of criminal majority, the age at which they are transferred from the juvenile to the more punitive adult criminal justice system. Using a model of criminal capital accumulation, I show theoretically that these small reactions close to the age threshold mask larger responses away from, or in anticipation of, the age threshold. I exploit recent policy variation in the United States to show evidence consistent with this prediction - arrests of 13-16 year olds rise significantly for offenses associated with street gangs, including drug, homicide, robbery, theft, burglary and vandalism offenses, when the age of criminal majority is raised from seventeen to eighteen. In contrast, and consistent with previous work, I find that arrests of 17 year olds do not increase systematically in response. I provide suggestive evidence that this null effect is likely due to a simultaneous increase in under-reporting of crime by 17 year olds when the age of criminal majority is raised to eighteen. Last, I use a back-of-the-envelope calculation to show that for every 17 year old diverted from adult punishment, jurisdictions bore social costs on the order of $65,000 due to the corresponding increase in juvenile offending. In sum, this paper demonstrates that when criminal capital accumulates, juveniles may respond in anticipation of increases in criminal sanctions, and accounting for these anticipatory responses can overturn the conclusion that harsh sanctions do not deter juvenile crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3095312 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 148999

Author: Clegg, John Title: The Racial Politics of Mass Incarceration Summary: Dominant accounts of America's punitive turn assume that black elected officials and their constituents resisted higher levels of imprisonment and policing. We gather new data and find little support for this view. Panel regressions and an analysis of federally-mandated redistricting suggest that black elected officials had a punitive impact on imprisonment and policing. We corroborate this with public opinion and legislative data. Pooling 300,000 respondents to polls between 1955 and 2014, we find that blacks became substantially more punitive over this period, and were consistently more fearful of crime than whites. The punitive impact of black elected officials at the state and federal level was concentrated at the height of public punitiveness. In short, the racial politics of punishment are more complex than the conventional view allows. We find evidence that black elected officials and the black public were more likely than whites to support non-punitive policies, but conclude that they were constrained by the context in which they sought remedies from crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3025670 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 149001

Author: Fabusuyi, Tayo Title: Is Crime a Real Estate Problem? A Case Study of the Neighborhood of East Liberty, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Summary: This study documents an intervention designed and implemented using the tenets of community operational research (community OR) approach to address crime in East Liberty, a neighborhood in the East End of the City of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The intervention was implemented by a community development organization (CDO) with active engagement by the community. The multi-pronged strategy included real estate acquisition of crime hot spots, use of uniformed off-duty police, effective property management and a strengthening of the neighborhood's informal social controls. We used the community OR approach to examine both the processes and outcomes of the intervention. We found that the initiative was associated with a 49% reduction in residential crime in the neighborhood over the period 2008-2012, a trend that held steady till 2015 which represents the latest data analyzed for the present study. Evidence of the lasting impact of our strategy is that there has been little observed decay in the crime reduction even after off-duty police were withdrawn. We conclude that a community-oriented approach that addresses crime should emphasize strategies to improve and leverage the neighborhood's social cohesion and informal social controls for crime reduction to be sustainable. Similar interventions in the future may benefit from the study by conceptualizing and implementing community-engaged initiatives that are closely aligned to community OR principles. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Numeritics & Carnegie Mellon University, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3061018 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 149003

Author: Carson, E. Ann Title: Prisoners in 2016 Summary: Presents final counts of prisoners under the jurisdiction of state and federal correctional authorities at year-end 2016, including admissions, releases, noncitizen inmates, and inmates age 17 or younger. The report describes prisoner populations by jurisdiction, most serious offense, and demographic characteristics. Selected findings on prison capacity and prisoners held in private prisons, local jails, the U.S. military, and U.S. territories are also included. Findings are based on data from BJS's National Prisoner Statistics program, which collects data from state departments of correction and the Federal Bureau of Prisons. Highlights: The number of prisoners under state and federal jurisdiction at year-end 2016 (1,505,400) decreased by 21,200 (down more than 1%) from year-end 2015. The federal prison population decreased by 7,300 prisoners from 2015 to 2016 (down almost 4%), accounting for 34% of the total change in the U.S. prison population. State and federal prisons had jurisdiction over 1,458,200 persons sentenced to more than 1 year at year-end 2016. The number of females sentenced to more than 1 year in state or federal prison increased by 500 from 2015 to 2016. The imprisonment rate in the United States decreased 2%, from 459 prisoners per 100,000 U.S. residents of all ages in 2015 to 450 per 100,000 in 2016. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/p16.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 149004

Author: Fowler, Katherine A. Title: Surveillance for Violent Deaths -- National Violent Death Reporting System, 18 States, 2014 Summary: Problem/Condition: In 2014, approximately 59,000 persons died in the United States as a result of violence-related injuries. This report summarizes data from CDC's National Violent Death Reporting System (NVDRS) regarding violent deaths from 18 U.S. states for 2014. Results are reported by sex, age group, race/ethnicity, marital status, location of injury, method of injury, circumstances of injury, and other selected characteristics. Reporting Period Covered: 2014. Description of System: NVDRS collects data from participating states regarding violent deaths. Data are obtained from death certificates, coroner/medical examiner reports, law enforcement reports, and secondary sources (e.g., child fatality review team data, supplemental homicide reports, hospital data, and crime laboratory data). This report includes data from 18 states that collected statewide data for 2014 (Alaska, Colorado, Georgia, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Utah, Virginia, and Wisconsin). NVDRS collates documents for each death and links deaths that are related (e.g., multiple homicides, a homicide followed by a suicide, or multiple suicides) into a single incident. Results: For 2014, a total of 22,098 fatal incidents involving 22,618 deaths were captured by NVDRS in the 18 states included in this report. The majority of deaths were suicides (65.6%), followed by homicides (22.5%), deaths of undetermined intent (10.0%), deaths involving legal intervention (1.3%) (i.e., deaths caused by law enforcement and other persons with legal authority to use deadly force, excluding legal executions), and unintentional firearm deaths (<1%). The term "legal intervention" is a classification incorporated into the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) and does not denote the lawfulness or legality of the circumstances surrounding a death caused by law enforcement. Suicides occurred at higher rates among males, non-Hispanic American Indian/Alaska Natives (AI/AN), non-Hispanic whites, persons aged 45-54 years, and males aged ≥75 years. Suicides were preceded primarily by a mental health, intimate partner, substance abuse, or physical health problem or a crisis during the previous or upcoming 2 weeks. Homicide rates were higher among males and persons aged <1 year and 15-44 years; rates were highest among non-Hispanic black and AI/AN males. Homicides primarily were precipitated by arguments and interpersonal conflicts, occurrence in conjunction with another crime, or related to intimate partner violence (particularly for females). When the relationship between a homicide victim and a suspected perpetrator was known, it was most often either an acquaintance/ friend or an intimate partner. Legal intervention death rates were highest among males and persons aged 20-44 years; rates were highest among non-Hispanic black males and Hispanic males. Precipitating factors for the majority of legal intervention deaths were alleged criminal activity in progress, the victim reportedly using a weapon in the incident, a mental health or substance abuse problem, an argument or conflict, or a recent crisis. Deaths of undetermined intent occurred more frequently among males, particularly non-Hispanic black and AI/AN males, and persons aged 30-54 years. Substance abuse, mental health problems, physical health problems, and a recent crisis were the most common circumstances preceding deaths of undetermined intent. Unintentional firearm deaths were more frequent among males, non-Hispanic whites, and persons aged 10-24 years; these deaths most often occurred while the shooter was playing with a firearm and were most often precipitated by a person unintentionally pulling the trigger or mistakenly thinking the firearm was unloaded. Details: Atlanta: e Center for Surveillance, Epidemiology, and Laboratory Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Surveillance Summaries / Vol. 67 / No. 2: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/67/ss/pdfs/ss6702-H.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149005

Author: Rappaport, John Title: Criminal Justice, Inc. Summary: To what extent can criminal justice be privatized? In the past decade, major retailers nationwide have begun to employ a private, for-profit system to settle criminal disputes. This Article examines what their decisions reveal about our public system of criminal justice and the concerns of the agents who populate it, the victims who rely on it, and the suspects whose lives it alters. The private policing of commercial spaces is well known, as is private incarceration of convicted offenders. This Article is the first, however, to document how private industry has penetrated new parts of the criminal process, administering deterrent sanctions to resolve thousands of shoplifting allegations each year. Proponents of private justice claim that everyone wins. Critics (and the only court to opine so far) say it's blackmail. The Article takes a tentative middle ground: while "retail justice" is not the American ideal, it nonetheless may be preferable to public criminal justice, at least if certain conditions are met. This is because private justice subsists upon-and appears to mitigate-the severity of the public justice system. Indeed, cast in the light of public authorities' acquiescence, private justice can be seen as a novel form of decriminalization. Rather than cancel the private justice experiment, therefore, as one court is poised to do, the state should aim to foster optimal conditions for its success. The Article makes several recommendations to that end. Extending the central analysis, the Article then shows how the study of private justice leads to fresh perspectives on some important criminal justice issues. It suggests, for example, that the costs to crime victims of assisting the prosecution may be a feature of the system, not a bug, if they encourage victims to invest in efficient crime-deterring precautions. It also complicates legal academic models of police and prosecutorial behavior built on maximizing arrests and convictions. The Article concludes by identifying conditions that conduce to private criminal justice and speculating about the next frontiers. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, Chicago Unbound, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Coase-Sandor Working Paper Series in Law and Economics no. 818: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2508&context=law_and_economics Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 149006

Author: Koper, Christopher S. Title: The Impact of Policing and Other Criminal and Juvenile Justice Trends on Juvenile Violence in Large Cities, 1994-2000 Summary: This paper reports research that was conducted as part of the University of Pennsylvania's project on "Understanding the 'Whys' Behind Juvenile Crime Trends." The "Whys" project, which was funded by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention of the U.S. Department of Justice, was conducted to develop a better understanding of the downturn in juvenile crime that occurred in the 1990s and to use this knowledge to help practitioners and policymakers understand potential leading indicators of turning points in local juvenile crime trends. The main volume of the Whys report (which is available online at https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/248954.pdf and at www.whysproject.org) discusses juvenile violence trends from the 1980s through the early 2000s and assesses evidence on a wide variety of community, developmental, cultural, and policy factors that have been hypothesized as possible causes of juvenile crime trends during this period. (Primary contributors to the main Whys report include Jeffrey Roth (project director), Reagan Daly, Christopher Koper, James Lynch, Howard Snyder, Monica Robbers, and other staff of CSR Incorporated.) The study reported in this paper was conducted as a complement to Chapter 5 of the Whys report, which examines national trends and research on public policies and practices, including those in the criminal and juvenile justice systems, that may have affected juvenile violence during the 1990s. (Readers interested in this background material, which is not reviewed here, should consult Chapter 5 of the Whys report.) As an extension of that work, this paper presents original research examining whether and how changes in criminal and juvenile justice practices and policies affected juvenile violence in urban areas during the 1990s. As discussed in the Whys report, there has been relatively little research directly testing the effects of changes in criminal and juvenile justice practices on the crime drop of the 1990s. Much of the evidence on these matters is indirect. This is particularly true with respect to the drop in juvenile violence. To address this gap in our understanding of the juvenile crime drop, we directly examine whether selected changes in policing, adult incarceration, juvenile detention, and juvenile waivers to adult court reduced juvenile violence in a sample of large U.S. cities from 1994 to 2000, controlling for changes in a variety of community characteristics. In sum, we find indications that police resources and strategies helped to reduce juvenile violence during the 1990s, but we find little or no evidence of beneficial effects from adult incarceration, juvenile detention, or waivers of juveniles to adult court. Details: Report to the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention , 2011. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/f68c/54d6c45a27c2358f2a27e35c92894ce3f848.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 149007

Author: Hylton, Keith N. Title: Whom Should We Punish, and How? Rational Incentives and Criminal Justice Reform Summary: This essay sets out a comprehensive account of rational punishment theory and examines its implications for criminal law reform. Specifically, what offenses should be subjected to criminal punishment, and how should we punish? Should we use prison sentences or fines, and where should we use them? Should some conduct be left to a form of market punishment through private lawsuits? Should fines be used to fund the criminal justice system? The answers I offer address some of the most important public policy issues of the moment, such as mass incarceration and the use of fines to finance law enforcement. The framework of this paper is firmly grounded in rational deterrence policy, and yet points toward reforms that would soften or reduce the scope of criminal punishment. Details: Boston: Boston University, School of Law, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Boston Univ. School of Law, Law and Economics Research Paper No. 17-18: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://www.ssrn.com/abstract=2982371 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Reform Shelf Number: 149008

Author: Lasch, Christopher N. Title: Understanding "Sanctuary Cities" Summary: In the wake of Trump's election, a growing number of local jurisdictions around the country have sought to disentangle their criminal justice system from federal immigration enforcement initiatives. These localities have embraced a series of reforms that protect immigrants from deportation when they come into contact with the criminal justice system. In response, President Trump and his administration have labeled these jurisdictions "sanctuary cities" and promised to "end" them by cutting off federal funding. This Article is a collaborative project authored by law professors specializing in the intersection between immigration and criminal law. In it, we set forth the central features of the Trump administration's mass deportation plans and his recently-announced campaign to "crack down" on "sanctuary cities." We then outline the diverse ways in which localities have sought to protect their residents from deportation by refusing to participate in the Trump immigration agenda. Such initiatives include limiting compliance with immigration detainers, precluding participation in joint operations with the federal government, and preventing immigration agents from accessing local jails. Finally, we analyze the legal and policy justifications for sanctuary that local jurisdictions have advanced with increasing intensity since Trump's election. These insights have important implications for how sanctuary cities are understood and preserved in the age of Trump. As a complement to this Article, we have created a public online library of sanctuary policies that includes all the policies cited here and many more we considered in our research. Details: Forthcoming in 58 BOSTON COLLEGE LAW REVIEW (2018). 62p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 17-33 New England Law|Boston Research Paper No. 18-02: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3045527 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Shelf Number: 149009

Author: Disability Rights New York Title: Report and Recommendations Concerning Attica Correctional Facility's Residential Mental Health Unit Summary: Disability Rights New York (DRNY) is the designated federal Protection and Advocacy System for individuals with disabilities in New York State. DRNY has broad authority under federal and state law to monitor conditions and investigate allegations of abuse or neglect occurring in any public or private facility, including state prisons. DRNY monitored and investigated Attica Correctional Facility's Residential Mental Health Unit (RMHU), one of several residential mental health treatment units (RMHTU). The New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS) operates segregated disciplinary confinement units called Special Housing Units (SHU) and Long-Term Keeplock Units. Individuals diagnosed with serious mental illness must be removed from SHU or LongTerm Keeplock and placed into a RMHTU. The RMHTUs are jointly operated by DOCCS and the New York State Office of Mental Health (OMH). DRNY conducted a site visit and in-person interviews at Attica in August 2015, corresponded with incarcerated individuals from August 2015 through December 2016, reviewed security and mental health records and policies, and communicated with DOCCS and OMH executive staff. DRNY finds that DOCCS and OMH abused and neglected RMHU participants, and violated New York Correction Law provisions governing RMHTUs, collectively known as the SHU Exclusion Law. Specifically, DRNY finds DOCCS and OMH violated New York Correction Law - 2(21), 401(1), 401(2), and 401(6). 1. DOCCS and OMH neglected and abused RMHU participants by imposing cell shields in the RMHU without consideration of an individual's mental health condition and without clinical input by OMH, in violation of the SHU Exclusion Law. 2. DOCCS's regulations fail to require OMH clinical input and consideration of mental health status before issuing and when renewing cell shield orders, thereby violating the SHU Exclusion Law. 3. DOCCS's use of cell shields in the RMHU violates state regulations and due process by failing to justify implementation and continuation of cell shield orders. 4. DOCCS and OMH neglected and abused RMHU participants by failing to clinically assess their therapeutic needs prior to imposing programming restrictions, despite the requirement of the SHU Exclusion Law, and by failing to provide a safe environment. 5. DOCCS neglected RMHU participants and violated the SHU Exclusion Law by staffing the RMHU with SHU officers and other untrained staff. DOCCS continued to neglect individuals and violate the law by failing to correct the problem after notification by DRNY. 6. DOCCS and OMH neglected RMHU participants by providing "alternative therapy" cellside, including in some cases when participants are behind cell shields, thereby denying RMHU participants appropriate treatment. 7. DOCCS does not provide an adequate therapeutic setting for RMHU participants. DOCCS and OMH must take immediate action to ensure a therapeutic environment that is free from abuse and neglect. Details: Albany: Disability Rights New York, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2018 at: http://new.drny.org/docs/reports/attica-rmhu-report-9-12-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Attica Correctional Facility Shelf Number: 149012

Author: Joh, Elizabeth E. Title: The Undue Influence of Surveillance Technology Companies on Policing Summary: Conventional wisdom assumes that the police are in control of their investigative tools. But with surveillance technologies, this is not always the case. Increasingly, police departments are consumers of surveillance technologies that are created, sold, and controlled by private companies. These surveillance technology companies exercise an undue influence over the police today in ways that aren�t widely acknowledged, but that have enormous consequences for civil liberties and police oversight. Three seemingly unrelated examples -- stingray cellphone surveillance, body cameras, and big data software -- demonstrate varieties of this undue influence. These companies act out of private self-interest, but their decisions have considerable public impact. The harms of this private influence include the distortion of Fourth Amendment law, the undermining of accountability by design, and the erosion of transparency norms. This Essay demonstrates the increasing degree to which surveillance technology vendors can guide, shape, and limit policing in ways that are not widely recognized. Any vision of increased police accountability today cannot be complete without consideration of the role surveillance technology companies play. Details: Draft, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: N.Y.U. L. Review Online (2017 Forthcoming): Accessed February 7, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2924620 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149013

Author: Walsh, Vanessa Title: Misbehavior or Misdemeanor? A Report on the Utah's School to Prison Pipeline, Summary: The school to prison pipeline is a national trend where children are funneled out of public schools and into the juvenile and criminal justice systems. This trend is exacerbated by zero tolerance policies and criminalizing behavior that should be handled inside schools instead of resorting to law enforcement action. Students who are suspended, expelled, referred to law enforcement, or have a school related arrest are more likely to not finish high school than their peers. Within this pipeline are major issues that need to be addressed. There are unacceptably high racial disparities. We are suspending too many kids. Despite common belief, Utah is not doing any better than the nation at large. The U.S. Department of Education Civil Rights Data Collection (CRDC) has provided data on key education and civil rights issues in our nation's public schools since 1968. The following report uses this data to explore these areas and how they apply to Utah specifically. - Recent national data shows that students of color are disproportionately singled out for suspensions, expulsions, referrals to law enforcement as well as school-based arrests. - Utah is not immune to these trends. Although the total number of disciplinary actions in Utah is decreasing, disproportionality along racial demographics continue to exist, and in some cases, is getting worse. - In the 2013-2014 school year, almost 9% of black students, 8.5% of American - Indian students, and approximately 5% of Pacific Islander and Hispanic students received a suspension. In comparison, only slightly more than 2% of white students were suspended. - In the 2011-2012 school year, Hispanic students were 1.3 times more likely than white students to be expelled. This increased to 2.3 times more likely in 2013-2014. Asian students were less likely than white students to be expelled in 2011, but they were 3.3 times more likely to be expelled in the 2013-2014. - During the 2013-2014 school year, 1.5% of American Indian students and almost 1.2% of black students were referred to law enforcement. In comparison, less than one half of one percent (0.4%) of white students received this action - American Indian students were 6.2 times more likely than white classmates to be arrested at school in the 2011-2012 school year. That disparity increased to 8.8 times more likely in the 2013-2014 school year. Similarly, Pacific Islanders were 1.7 times more likely in 2011-2012 and 3.3 times more likely in 2013-2014. - American Indian student feel the brunt of school disciplinary actions in every category except in-school suspensions. Overall,10.3% of all American Indian students received some sort of school disciplinary action in the 2013-2014 school year. In comparison, 5.6% of all other students of color received an action, and 2.6% of the white student population received an action. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, S.J. Quinney College of Law, Public Policy Clinic, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2018 at: http://utahchildren.org/images/pdfs-doc/2017/Misbehavior_or_Misdemeanor_-_Report_on_Utahs_School_to_Prison_Pipeline.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 149016

Author: Hollway, John Title: Root Cause Analysis: A Tool to Promote Officer Safety and Reduce Officer Involved Shootings Over Time Summary: This Article proposes the use of Root Cause Analysis (RCA) as a tool for reducing or preventing officer-involved shootings (OIS). RCA is a method of problem solving designed to identify core underlying factors that contributed to generate an undesirable outcome, organizational accident, or adverse event. Once these core underlying causative factors have been identified, participants in the system can fashion remedies that will prevent future occurrences of similar undesirable outcomes. RCA is part of a prospective, non-blaming "systems approach" to preventing error in complex human systems that has been successfully used to reduce errors in aviation, healthcare, manufacturing, nuclear power, and other areas. RCA is not a substitute for current mechanisms for accountability and remediation (e.g., internal affairs, OIS administrative reviews, civil rights litigation, civilian review boards, etc.) Rather, RCA serves as a necessary complement to those retrospective mechanisms, providing a forward-looking form of event review focused on community and officer safety, seeking to prevent future undesired outcomes and gradually improving the safety of a system through targeted reforms over time. We describe the principles of RCA, its application to evaluate OIS, and explore the limitations of existing review mechanisms, and we provide an example of how RCA might function in reviewing an OIS. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Law School, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Faculty Scholarship. 1958: Accessed February 7, 2018 at: http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2960&context=faculty_scholarship Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Officer Involved Shootings Shelf Number: 149019

Author: Campaign for the Fair Sentencing of Youth Title: Righting Wrongs: The Five-Year Groundswell of State Bans on Life Without Parole for Children Summary: In just five years-from 2011 to 2016-the number of states that ban death-in-prison sentences for children has more than tripled. In 2011, only five states did not permit children to be sentenced to life without parole. Remarkably, between 2013 and 2016, three states per year have eliminated lifewithout-parole as a sentencing option for children. Seventeen states now ban the sentence. This rapid rate of change, with twelve states prohibiting the penalty in the last four years alone, represents a dramatic policy shift, and has been propelled in part by a growing understanding of children's unique capacity for positive change. Several decades of scientific research into the adolescent brain and behavioral development have explained what every parent and grandparent already know-that a child's neurological and decision-making capacity is not the same as those of an adult. Adolescents have a neurological proclivity for risk-taking, making them more susceptible to peer pressure and contributing to their failure to appreciate long-term consequences.2 At the same time, these developmental deficiencies mean that children's personalities are not as fixed as adults, making them predisposed to maturation and rehabilitation.3 In other words, children can and do change. In fact, research has found that most children grow out of their criminal behaviors by the time they reach adulthood. Drawing in part from the scientific research, as well as several recent U.S. Supreme Court cases ruling that life-without-parole sentences violate the U.S. Constitution for the overwhelming majority of children,5 there is growing momentum across state legislatures to reform criminal sentencing laws to prohibit children from being sentenced to life without parole and to ensure that children are given meaningful opportunities to be released based on demonstrated growth and positive change. This momentum has also been fueled by the examples set by formerly incarcerated individuals who were once convicted of serious crimes as children, but who are now free, contribute positively to their communities, and do not pose a risk to public safety. In addition to the rapid rate of change, legislation banning life without parole for children is notable for the geographic, political, and cultural diversity of states passing these reforms, as well as the bipartisan nature in which bills have passed, and the overwhelming support within state legislatures. Currently, Nevada, Utah, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota, Kansas, Kentucky, Iowa, Texas, West Virginia, Vermont, Alaska, Hawaii, Delaware, Connecticut, and Massachusetts all ban life without parole sentences for children. Additionally California, Florida, New York, New Jersey, and the District of Columbia ban life without parole for children in nearly all cases. It is also important to note that three additional states-Maine, New Mexico, and Rhode Island- have never imposed a life-without-parole sentence on a child. Several other states have not imposed the sentence on a child in the past five years, as states have moved away from this inappropriate sentence both in law and in practice. Details: Washington, DC: The Campaign, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://fairsentencingofyouth.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Righting-Wrongs-.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 149023

Author: Watts, Alexis Title: Closing the "Gap" Between Competency and Commitment in Minnesota: Ideas from National Standards and Practices in Other States Summary: In Minnesota, a "gap" exists in the justice system for defendants with mental illness. Defendants in criminal cases are found incompetent to stand trial, yet do not meet the higher standard for civil commitment. Commitment is the only way to receive competency restoration treatment, so individuals who do not meet the standard are unable to resolve their criminal cases or to receive treatment. The Robina Institute conducted research see how other states address incompetency. Below are the key findings from that research: 1. Minnesota's system, in which a determination of incompetency to stand trial is not a sufficient basis for the court to mandate some form of restoration to competency treatment, is unique. Most states employ a few basic strategies to treat defendants. A finding of incompetency may trigger: - Some form of commitment (often based on the incompetency finding and not on a separate commitment standard); - Court-ordered inpatient or outpatient treatment; and/or - Pre-trial release during which treatment is a condition of release. 2. States that have not found adequate treatment alternatives but require judges to order treatment often experience an overflow of mentally ill defendants waiting in limbo for a bed after treatment is ordered; many await treatment in jails. 3. Defendant rights are an important consideration in writing a law that closes the "gap." Minnesota's current system holds the individual rights of mentally ill defendants in high regard and does not simply confine them for being incompetent to stand trial as many other states do. 4. A handful of jurisdictions that have streamlined the commitment process or created other legal mechanisms to close the gap have also taken steps to ensure treatment for defendants in the least-restrictive setting. However, the "least restrictive setting" language loses meaning where no alternatives to inpatient treatment exist (similar to civil commitment in Minnesota, which can only be to a secure hospital setting). 5. In some states, "treatability" is a key consideration in determining the appropriate action upon a finding of incompetency. Untreatable defendants may face civil commitment or release but they are not offered treatment resources. 6. Thirty-one states operate formal and informal outpatient competency restoration treatment programs. Meanwhile, several different states have begun to utilize jail-based treatment to competency. However, such a program may not satisfy Minnesota's due process requirements. Solutions to address the competency gap in Minnesota should focus on several areas: - Consider whether to preserve the current legal standard for commitment, lower the standard for this type of commitment, and/or to design an alternative legal mechanism (such as pre-trial conditional release or a court order) for the purposes of competency treatment. Any proposal for change should take into account the capacity of the system and consideration of the state's commitment to the rights of defendants. - Work to develop less restrictive forms of treatment than exist in a maximum-security hospital. Community-based outpatient care may meet the needs of many low-to-medium risk defendants. - Ensure that the treatment delivered is high quality and truly addresses the competency needs of the criminal defendant. - Work to improve the mental health infrastructure in general to make it easier to access care before a crime can take place and to offer an alternative to defendants whose cases are dismissed but who still need treatment. Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/new-report-alexis-lee-watts-closing-%E2%80%9Cgap%E2%80%9D-between-competency-and-commitment-minnesota-%E2%80%8B Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Competence to Stand Trial Shelf Number: 149024

Author: Fabusuyi, Tayo Title: East Liberty Crime Data Analysis Summary: Within a span of five years, 2008 to 2012, overall crime in the residential area of East Liberty has decreased by 49%, and residential property prices have doubled. These developments occurred in an environment where the median income stagnated and actually declined in real terms and where there was minimal change in the racial composition of the neighborhood. This crime reduction is significantly greater than what occurred in the City of Pittsburgh during that period, and is also larger than that observed for comparable neighborhoods in close proximity to East Liberty. A series of questions prompted by these developments are what informed this study. Numeritics, a Pittsburgh-based consulting practice, was approached by the real estate arm of East Liberty Development Incorporated (ELDI), to examine the linkages between these developments and ELDI initiatives. Numeritics was tasked with providing plausible reasons that explain these developments; examining the degree to which ELDI was responsible for them and documenting the process by which these outcomes were achieved while providing some formalism on the process. ELDI staff who live in or around East Liberty came to the realization that crime is a real estate problem and therefore requires a real estate solution. In their experience, most of the criminal activity emanated from or around nuisance properties typically owned by slumlords, an observation buttressed by existing "hot spot" literature on crime that shows that 3% of addresses are responsible for 50% of all service calls to the police. This prompted the decision to embark on targeted acquisition of these properties at scale - a strategy reminiscent of the hot spot theory. Decisions on which properties to target came out of a combination of approaches. Using a "boots on the ground" approach, ELDI staffers became intimately involved in the neighborhood. They listened to complaints from neighbors, talked to the police and examined crime statistics. As a result of this process, East liberty "hot spots" were identified, most of which were either slumlord or abandoned properties. These properties were then targeted for acquisition by ELDI. In total, more than 200 units were purchased, representing 3% of the total rental housing units within the neighborhood. Post-acquisition, effective property managers were put in place to regulate the conduct of the properties and to function as place-owners. This strategy of property acquisition and management was strengthened by a number of complementary initiatives that helped to increase neighborhood cohesiveness. Beginning in 1997, ELDI has been highly conscious of involving neighborhood residents in the planning, decisionmaking and redevelopment process. These efforts allowed for the rebuilding of neighborhood cohesion and trust; what some call "collective efficacy"; the willingness of neighbors to intervene on behalf of the common good. This side effect in turn increases informal social controls; or neighbors looking out for each other, with the result being a positive effect on crime rates. Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Numeritics, 2013. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://helppgh.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Report_of_the_ELDI_Crime_Study.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 149026

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Undocumented Immigrants, U.S. Citizens, and Convicted Criminals in Arizona Summary: Using newly released detailed data on all prisoners who entered the Arizona state prison from January 1985 through June 2017, we are able to separate non-U.S. citizens by whether they are illegal or legal residents. This data do not rely on self-reporting by criminals. Undocumented immigrants are at least 142% more likely to be convicted of a crime than other Arizonans. They also tend to commit more serious crimes and serve 10.5% longer sentences, more likely to be classified as dangerous, and 45% more likely to be gang members than U.S. citizens. Yet, there are several reasons that these numbers are likely to underestimate the share of crime committed by undocumented immigrants. There are dramatic differences between in the criminal histories of convicts who are U.S. citizens and undocumented immigrants. Young convicts are especially likely to be undocumented immigrants. While undocumented immigrants from 15 to 35 years of age make up slightly over 2 percent of the Arizona population, they make up almost 8% of the prison population. Even after adjusting for the fact that young people commit crime at higher rates, young undocumented immigrants commit crime at twice the rate of young U.S. citizens. These undocumented immigrants also tend to commit more serious crimes. If undocumented immigrants committed crime nationally as they do in Arizona, in 2016 they would have been responsible for over 1,000 more murders, 5,200 rapes, 8,900 robberies, 25,300 aggravated assaults, and 26,900 burglaries. Details: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3099992 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149028

Author: Schlanger, Margo Title: The Constitutional Law of Incarceration, Reconfigured Summary: As American incarcerated populations grew starting in the 1970s, so too did court oversight of prisons. In the late 1980s, however, as incarceration continued to boom, federal court oversight shrank. This Article addresses the most central doctrinal limit on oversight of jails and prisons, the Supreme Court's restrictive reading of the constitutional provisions governing treatment of prisoners - the Cruel and Unusual Punishments Clause and the Due Process Clause, which regulate, respectively, post-conviction imprisonment and pretrial detention. The Court's interpretation of the Eighth Amendment's ban of cruel and unusual punishment, in particular, radically undermined prison officials' accountability for tragedies behind bars - allowing, even encouraging, them to avoid constitutional accountability. And lower courts compounded the error by importing that reading into Due Process doctrine as well. In 2015, in Kingsley v. Hendrickson, a jail use of force case, the Court relied on 1970s precedent, not subsequent case-law that had placed undue emphasis on the subjective culpability of prison and jail officials as the crucial source of constitutional concern. The Kingsley Court returned to a more appropriate objective analysis. In finding for the plaintiff, the Supreme Court unsettled the law far past Kingsley's direct factual setting of pretrial detention, expressly inviting post-conviction challenges to restrictive - and incoherent - Eighth Amendment caselaw. The Court rejected not only the defendants' position, but the logic that underlies 25 years of pro-government outcomes in prisoners' rights cases. But commentary and developing caselaw since Kingsley has not fully recognized its implications. I argue that both doctrinal logic and justice dictate that constitutional litigation should center on the experience of incarcerated prisoners, rather than the culpability of their keepers. The takeaway of my analysis is that the Constitution is best read to impose governmental liability for harm caused to prisoners - whether pretrial or post-conviction - by unreasonably dangerous conditions of confinement and unjustified uses of force. In this era of mass incarceration, our jails and prisons should not be shielded from accountability by legal standards that lack both doctrinal and normative warrant. Details: Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Law School, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Michigan Public Law Research Paper No. 535: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Papers.cfm?abstract_id=2920283 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 149037

Author: Appleman, Laura I. Title: Cashing in on Convicts: Privatization, Punishment, and the People Summary: For-profit prisons, jails, and alternative corrections present a disturbing commodification of the criminal justice system. Though part of a modern trend, privatized corrections has well-established roots traceable to slavery, Jim Crow, and current racially-based inequities. This monetizing of the physical incarceration and regulation of human bodies has had deleterious effects on offenders, communities, and the proper functioning of punishment in our society. Criminal justice privatization severs an essential link between the people and criminal punishment. When we remove the imposition of punishment from the people and delegate it to private actors, we sacrifice the core criminal justice values of expressive, restorative retribution, the voice and interests of the community, and systemic transparency and accountability. This Article shows what we lose when we allow private, for-profit entities to take on the traditional community function of imposing and regulating punishment. By banking on bondage, private prisons and jails remove the local community from criminal justice, and perpetuate the extreme inequities within the criminal system. Details: Salem, OR: Willamette University College of Law, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2989260 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 149038

Author: President's Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis Title: Report of the Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis Summary: Federal Funding and Programs 1. The Commission urges Congress and the Administration to block grant federal funding for opioid-related and SUD-related activities to the states, where the battle is happening every day. There are multiple federal agencies and multiple grants within those agencies that cause states a significant administrative burden from an application and reporting perspective. Creating uniform block grants would allow more resources to be spent on administering life-saving programs. This was a request to the Commission by nearly every Governor, regardless of party, across the country. 2. The Commission believes that ONDCP must establish a coordinated system for tracking all federally-funded initiatives, through support from HHS and DOJ. If we are to invest in combating this epidemic, we must invest in only those programs that achieve quantifiable goals and metrics. We are operating blindly today; ONDCP must establish a system of tracking and accountability. 3. To achieve accountability in federal programs, the Commission recommends that ONDCP review is a component of every federal program and that necessary funding is provided for implementation. Cooperation by federal agencies and the states must be mandated. Opioid Addiction Prevention 4. The Commission recommends that Department of Education (DOE) collaborate with states on student assessment programs such as Screening, Brief Intervention and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT). SBIRT is a program that uses a screening tool by trained staff to identify at-risk youth who may need treatment. This should be deployed for adolescents in middle school, high school and college levels. This is a significant prevention tool. 5. The Commission recommends the Administration fund and collaborate with private sector and non-profit partners to design and implement a wide-reaching, national multi-platform media campaign addressing the hazards of substance use, the danger of opioids, and stigma. A similar mass media/educational campaign was launched during the AIDs public health crisis. Prescribing Guidelines, Regulations, Education 6. The Commission recommends HHS, the Department of Labor (DOL), VA/DOD, FDA, and ONDCP work with stakeholders to develop model statutes, regulations, and policies that ensure informed patient consent prior to an opioid prescription for chronic pain. Patients need to understand the risks, benefits and alternatives to taking opioids. This is not the standard today. 7. The Commission recommends that HHS coordinate the development of a national curriculum and standard of care for opioid prescribers. An updated set of guidelines for prescription pain medications should be established by an expert committee composed of various specialty practices to supplement the CDC guideline that are specifically targeted to primary care physicians. 8. The Commission recommends that federal agencies work to collect participation data. Data on prescribing patterns should be matched with participation in continuing medical education data to determine program effectiveness and such analytics shared with clinicians and stakeholders such as state licensing boards. 9. The Commission recommends that the Administration develop a model training program to be disseminated to all levels of medical education (including all prescribers) on screening for substance use and mental health status to identify at risk patients. 10. The Commission recommends the Administration work with Congress to amend the Controlled Substances Act to allow the DEA to require that all prescribers desiring to be relicensed to prescribe opioids show participation in an approved continuing medical education program on opioid prescribing. 11. The Commission recommends that HHS, DOJ/DEA, ONDCP, and pharmacy associations train pharmacists on best practices to evaluate legitimacy of opioid prescriptions, and not penalize pharmacists for denying inappropriate prescriptions. Etc. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2017. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/whitehouse.gov/files/images/Final_Report_Draft_11-1-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 149039

Author: Sawyer, Wendy Title: The gender divide: tracking women's state prison growth Summary: The story of women's prison growth has been obscured by overly broad discussions of the "total" prison population for too long. This report sheds more light on women in the era of mass incarceration by tracking prison population trends since 1978 for all 50 states. The analysis identifies places where recent reforms appear to have had a disparate effect on women, and offers states recommendations to reverse mass incarceration for women alongside men. Across the country, we find a disturbing gender disparity in recent prison population trends. While recent reforms have reduced the total number of people in state prisons since 2009, almost all of the decrease has been among men. Looking deeper into the state-specific data, we can identify the states driving the disparity. In 35 states, women's population numbers have fared worse than men's, and in a few extraordinary states, women's prison populations have even grown enough to counteract reductions in the men's population. Too often, states undermine their commitment to criminal justice reform by ignoring women's incarceration. Women have become the fastest-growing segment of the incarcerated population, but despite recent interest in the alarming national trend, few people know what's happening in their own states. Examining these state trends is critical for making the state-level policy choices that will dictate the future of mass incarceration. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/women_overtime.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 149040

Author: Perker, Selen Siringil Title: Combating the Crisis: Using justice reform to address the drug epidemic among emerging adults Summary: For decades, the United States has experimented with a supply-focused, criminal justice-based model for addressing substance use disorders and related problems. The experiment has been a failure, having little or no positive impact; drugs now are easier to access, more potent and more deadly and more people are dying from drug addiction and drug use. Nationwide, annual rates of past-month illicit drug use and binge drinking have remained stubbornly high over the past decade. And in Massachusetts, opioid-related deaths have increased by 350% since 2000. Not only has it been ineffective, the criminal-justice-focused response to substance abuse has also produced profoundly discriminatory outcomes, widening racial and ethnic disparities in society. Such disparities are particularly evident for emerging adults, defined as individuals transitioning from childhood to adulthood from the age of 18 to 25. These individuals are both the most vulnerable to substance use disorders and the most adversely affected by such outcomes. As researchers, practitioners and policy-makers seek more effective ways to address substance use disorders in Massachusetts and across the country, a more focused study of the issue among emerging adults is critically important and timely. Details: New York, NY: Columbia University, The Justice Lab, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://justicelab.iserp.columbia.edu/img/FINAL_EAJBrief_CombattingtheCrisis_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149068

Author: Western, Bruce Title: Formerly-Incarcerated Parents and their Children Summary: The negative effects of incarceration on child well-being are often linked to the economic insecurity of formerly incarcerated parents. Researchers caution, however, that the effects of parental incarceration may be small in the presence of multiple partner fertility and other family complexity. Despite these claims, few studies directly observe either economic insecurity or the full extent of family complexity. We study parent-child relationships with a unique data set that includes detailed information about economic insecurity and family complexity among parents just released from prison. We find that stable private housing, more than income, is associated with close and regular contact between parents and children. Formerly-incarcerated parents are less likely to regularly see their children in contexts of multiple partner fertility and in the absence of supportive family relationships. Significant housing and family effects are estimated even after controlling for drug use and crime which are themselves negatively related to parental contact. The findings point to the constraints of material insecurity and family complexity on the social support provided by formerly incarcerated parents to their children. Details: Cambridge, MA: Department of Sociology, Harvard University, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/formerly-incarcerated_parents_and_their_children.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 149070

Author: Western, Bruce Title: Racial Inequality in Employment and Earnings after Incarceration Summary: This paper analyzes monthly employment and earnings in the year after incarceration with survey data from a sample of individuals just released from prison. More than in earlier research, the data provide detailed measurement of temporary and informal employment and richly describe the labor market disadvantages of formerly-incarcerated men and women. We find that half the sample is jobless in any given month and average earnings are well below the poverty level. Jointly modeling employment and earnings, blacks and Hispanics are estimated to have lower total earnings than whites even after accounting for health, human capital, and criminal involvement. Indeed, whites have worse health and higher rates of drug addiction so accounting for covariates increases the estimated race/ethnicity gap in earnings. A decomposition attributes most of the earnings gaps to racial and ethnic inequalities in employment. Qualitative interviews suggest that whites more than blacks and Hispanics find stable, high-paying jobs through friends and family. These findings synthesize several prior empirical results and underline the unusual disadvantage of African Americans at the nexus of the penal system and the labor market. Details: Cambridge, MA: Department of Sociology, Harvard University, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/racial_inequality_in_employment_and_earnings_after_incarceration.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 149071

Author: Simes, Jessica T. Title: Neighborhood Attainment After Prison Summary: Each year over 600,000 people leave prison and become residents of neighborhoods across the United States. Neighborhoods are spatial contexts to which people are socially connected, but imprisonment is fundamentally segregative. When this period of total institutionalization ends, people leaving prison have to forge new relationships to the labor market, with family and friends, the welfare system, the political system, as well as neighborhoods and communities. Due to challenges in observation and measurement, we do not fully understand how individuals establish relationships with place after prison. Combining census data and prison records with a longitudinal survey of people leaving prison and returning to the Greater Boston area, this paper examines mechanisms explaining the disparities in neighborhood attainment after a period of imprisonment. In the context of Greater Boston, black and Hispanic men and women leaving prison move into significantly more disadvantaged areas than their white counterparts, even after controlling for levels of pre-prison neighborhood disadvantage. Mitigating factors such as histories of employment and moving away from former neighborhoods improve neighborhood quality immediately after release from prison. Household dynamics are an important neighborhood sorting mechanism: living in concentrated disadvantage was more likely for those living in non-traditional households or group quarters. While 40 percent of respondents initially moved to only one of two neighborhoods in Boston, nearly 25 percent of respondents left prison and entered formal institutional settings, returned to prison, or lived in extreme social marginality throughout various locations in Greater Boston. Racial and ethnic differences in neighborhood sorting by household type- and the conditions of extreme marginality-are key mechanisms of neighborhood attainment during the precarious of period reentry. Details: Cambridge, MA: Department of Sociology, Harvard University, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/brucewestern/files/neighborhood_attainment_after_prison.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhood Attainment Shelf Number: 149072

Author: Schiraldi, Vincent Title: Less in More in New York: An Examination of the Impact of State Parole Violations on Prison and Jail Populations Summary: As state and city leaders agree that the jail complex on Rikers Island should be closed, efforts have increased at the state and city level to reduce the New York City jail population (New York City Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice 2017a; Cuomo 2018). The population of New York City's jails dipped below 9,000 recently for the first time in 35 years, even as crime in the city has continued to decline, allowing the City to announce the closure of one of Rikers Island's nine jails (New York City Office of the Mayor 2017; Schiraldi 2018). But as the number of persons incarcerated pretrial for misdemeanors, non-violent and violent felonies, as well as the city sentenced population, have declined by double-digits over the past four years, only one population in the jail has increased, also by double digits: persons held in city jails for state parole violations (New York City Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice 2017b; New York State Division of Criminal Justice Services 2018). This brief will examine this issue in greater detail, focusing primarily on the impact it is having on the New York City jail population at this critical time. We will conclude with recommendations to reduce unnecessary incarceration of persons on parole and to shrink the overall parole population by incentivizing good behavior on parole, referring whenever possible to other jurisdictions that have successfully enacted parole reforms. Details: New York: Columbia University, Justice Lab, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://justicelab.iserp.columbia.edu/img/Less_is_More_in_New_York_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Population Shelf Number: 149075

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Law Enforcement: DHS and DOJ Are Working to Enhance Responses to Incidents Involving Individuals with Mental Illness Summary: Law enforcement encounters with individuals with mental illness may require special training and skills and can sometimes involve volatile situations, risking tragic injuries or even death. The 21st Century Cures Act includes a provision for GAO to review the practices that federal first responders, tactical units, and corrections officers (for the purposes of this study, "law enforcement officers and agents") are trained to use in responding to incidents involving individuals with mental illness. This report addresses (1) challenges that federal law enforcement officers and agents face; (2) applicable training, policies, and guidance; and (3) existing leading practices, relevant tools, and efforts to leverage information. GAO selected the five DHS and five DOJ law enforcement components (e.g., Secret Service, Federal Bureau of Investigation) that represent the largest concentration of law enforcement officers within the two departments. GAO reviewed the training, policies, and guidance in place, as well as efforts to enhance them, and discussed these matters with knowledgeable officials. In addition, GAO held discussion groups with a nongeneralizable sample of law enforcement officers and agents, selected through component contacts, to discuss their perspectives. GAO also reviewed studies on law enforcement responses to individuals with mental illness to help identify leading practices and tools and interviewed stakeholders, selected through a structured process, to obtain their perspectives Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-229: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/689939.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 149085

Author: Wright, Alyssa Title: Police Interactions with Individuals with Developmental Disabilities: Use of Force, Training, and Implicit Bias Summary: How the police interact with minority communities has become a topic of concern and wide debate in American media today. Incidences of extreme use of force by police officers, especially concerning those that end in an unarmed civilian fatality, have been regarded with high levels of scrutiny about police training, standards, and everyday conduct. However, many of the cases that have appeared in the news as exceptionally appalling are those that involve individuals who have intellectual or developmental disabilities (I/DD). This report seeks to identify and analyze the various aspects of police interactions with people with intellectual and developmental disabilities in order to better serve and protect all parties involved. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2903331 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Developmental Disability Shelf Number: 149087

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nebraska Title: Profiting Off Lifelines: Nebraska County Jail Phone Systems Lead to High Costs and Unfair Trials Summary: Criminal justice policies in Nebraska and across the United States have created a system of mass incarceration which hurts our communities and disproportionately impacts low-income families and communities of color. Imprisonment is a brutal and costly response to crime that traumatizes incarcerated people and hurts families and communities. It should be the last option, not the first. Yet the U.S. incarcerates more people, in both absolute numbers and per capita, than any other nation in the world. For the last four decades, this country has relentlessly expanded the size of our criminal justice system, needlessly throwing away too many lives and wasting trillions of taxpayer dollars. Nebraska has a role to play in reducing America's addiction to incarceration and providing programs that help those accused or convicted of a crime to turn their lives around. Incarceration already falls disproportionately on the poor and on communities of color. While only one in ten Nebraskans is a person of color, five of ten pretrial detainees in Nebraska county jails are people of color. The burden also disproportionately affects parents of young children. Federal studies show that 60% of women in prison are mothers of a child under 18. The ACLU of Nebraska has received repeated complaints from families struggling financially to stay in touch with an incarcerated family member. We have also received multiple reports from attorneys who aren�t able to have a confidential phone call with their clients in jail. Over the summer of 2017, ACLU of Nebraska used open records requests to learn more about the cost of calls from behind bars. Our findings unveiled a statewide problem of county jails charging exorbitant rates arising from kickback agreements in which county officials grant private for-profit companies monopoly contracts in exchange for a cut of the profits. In contrast, the state Department of Correctional Services has banned all phone commissions and set a clear standard for county jails to follow. If you're not incarcerated, a call home to your family might cost a few cents a minute or just be bundled into your monthly package. But people detained in county jail are charged up to $19 for a 15-minute phone call. Because county jail detainees rarely or never have the chance to earn money behind bars, the financial burden of these unconscionably high rates falls entirely on their families. For-profit prison phone companies charge sky-high rates to incarcerated people and their families, making it too expensive for families to stay connected. The financial burden often falls on families of incarcerated people because prisoners cannot afford the outrageous charges. Poor people are grossly over-represented in the exploding prison population-national studies show that between 60 to 90% of prisoners are indigent and qualify for a public defender because they are poor. When a parent is incarcerated, that almost always means a major loss of household income, which exacerbates the family's financial circumstances. If the family doesn't have gas money for in-person visits or inflated phone rates, their financial hardship prevents prisoners and their families from communicating at all. Phone companies should not be able to profit off incarcerated people trying to be good parents or good family members. Steep prices mean many prisoners will not be able to call home as often as they would choose. This is no way to achieve our shared goal of public safety. At least 95% of people currently in prison will return to our communities after they complete their sentences. The average Nebraska prisoner will serve two to six years before being released home.[ Details: ACLU of Nebraska, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 149096

Author: Brooker, Claire M.B. Title: Yakima County, Washington Pretrial Justice System Improvements: Pre- and Post- Implementation Analysis Summary: This report compares the outcomes of Yakima County's pretrial justice system before and after policy makers implemented several system improvements in February 2016. These improvements were made as a result of local policy makers' effort to pursue legal and evidence-based pretrial practices that began before and continued throughout their participation in the Smart Pretrial Demonstration Initiative. Using Yakima County's pretrial justice system vision statement, which reflects the three main goals of the Smart Pretrial Demonstration Initiative, as a benchmark for success, the findings in this report suggest that the improvements made were successful. The post-implementation time period reflects a pretrial justice system that is fairer and is as safe and effective as compared to the pre-implementation time period. There are, however, some areas for further improvement. Overall, though, these analyses indicate that a jurisdiction can reduce pretrial detention and improve racial/ethnic equity by replacing high use of secured money bail with non-financial release conditions guided by actuarial-risk-based decision making, and do so with no harm to public safety or court appearance. Details: Rockville, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: https://justicesystempartners.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/2017-Yakima-Pretrial-Pre-Post-Implementation-Study-FINAL-111517.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149097

Author: Chermak, Steven Title: Police Consolidation: Engaging the News Media Summary: Police consolidation is a complex issue that can significantly impact the quality of life in and the security of a community. To help agencies better understand this process, Police Consolidation: Engaging the News Media explores how the news presents the topic of consolidation, along with its associated community interests, budgetary concerns, and potential outcomes. This resource guide also explores what sources news reporters use to construct consolidation stories and how reporters use these sources to convey what messages. Most important for public officials and policymakers considering consolidation in their own communities, this publication provides best practices based on interviews with representatives of agencies that sought consolidation and provides recommendations on how best to communicate through the media. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p292-pub.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: New Media Shelf Number: 149100

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Demographic Differences in Sentencing: An Update to the 2012 Booker Report Summary: For this report and in its prior two reports (see below), the Commission used multivariate regression analyses to explore the relationships between demographic factors, such as race and gender, and sentencing outcomes. These analyses were aimed at determining whether there were demographic differences in sentencing outcomes that were statistically significant, and whether those findings changed during the periods studied. The Commission once again updated its analysis by examining cases in which the offender was sentenced during the period following the 2012 report. This new time period, from October 1, 2011, to September 30, 2016, is referred to as the "Post-Report period" in this publication. Also, the Commission has collected data about an additional variable-violence in an offender's criminal history-that the Commission had previously noted was missing from its analysis but that might help explain some of the differences in sentencing noted in its work. This report presents the results observed from adding that new data to the Commission's analysis Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20171114_Demographics.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Sentencing Guidelines Shelf Number: 149101

Author: Hollis, Meghan E. Title: Staff Perceptions of Public Safety Consolidation: A Multi-Site Assessment Summary: Diminishing resources, particularly since the economic recession of 2008 and 2009, have made it difficult for communities to provide and maintain police and fire services. The overall costs for such services-$80 billion for police and $40 billion for fire in 2009 (U.S. Census Bureau, 2009)-plus the large proportion- typically about 80 percent-of expenses for police and fire personnel (Wilson et al., 2010; Shaitberger, 2003) have necessitated that communities look for new ways to make the greatest uses of their resources. One response to these difficulties has been to consolidate these services in a single agency. Michigan has pioneered many such consolidations. Its publicsafety departments sometimes serve as models for other communities moving toward consolidation. Understanding how such efforts have fared in Michigan can yield insights on how they might fare elsewhere. To that end, we surveyed public-safety personnel at three Michigan departments for their perspectives on consolidation. We begin by providing some background on consolidation, including its types. We then review the methods and results of our survey. Finally, we discuss our overall findings and their implications. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan state University, Program on Police Consolidation and Shared Services, 2014. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: http://policeconsolidation.msu.edu/sites/default/files/PSOSurveyReport_021114FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Consolidation Shelf Number: 149105

Author: Amendola, Karen L. Title: The Course of Domestic Abuse among Chicago's Elderly: Risk Factors, Protective Behaviors, and Police Intervention Summary: The growing body of elder abuse research reflects the increasing attention paid to this serious problem and emphasizes the need for effective prevention and intervention strategies. While past research has examined risk factors and protective behaviors associated with abuse, studies have generally not examined either the course of abuse over time or the effectiveness of different intervention strategies. Despite the fact that the police have increasingly become involved in matters of domestic abuse against the elderly, the impact of their involvement has not been assessed. This study examines if and how risk factors and protective behaviors affect the course of abuse over time, and the role of the police in intervening with elderly victims of domestic abuse and/or neglect. We also examine the prevalence rates for various types of abuse using a stratified sample of Chicago's elderly population. Our sample consisted of 1,795 elderly residents for whom we could identify victimization status. In-depth interviews were conducted with 328 elderly residents from three sample groups: 1) community non-victims (n = 159); 2) community victims (n = 121); and 3) a police sample consisting of elderly victims who had been visited by trained domestic violence/senior citizen victimization officers in the Chicago Police Department (n = 48). Participants in the three groups were current residents of the City Chicago, aged 60 and over. We conducted phone interviews using a survey instrument designed to assess victimization. The survey included questions about various characteristics and risk factors associated both with victims and perpetrators of abuse and/or neglect, specific types of abuse, and protective behaviors of victims. Victimization was examined twice over a 10-month period to evaluate the course of abuse over time. The efficacy of police intervention was also examined. Prevalence rates for our sample were similar to those found in other studies of elder abuse. In examining the course of abuse, we found that victims from the police sample were more likely to have at least one incident of subsequent abuse than were those from the community sample. However, for those in the police sample, the number of forms of abuse that occurred repeatedly (> 10 times) went down. In addition, those in the police sample were more likely to have engaged in protective behaviors or service seeking, than those in the community sample. These findings suggest that intervention by officers trained to deal with the elderly and/or domestic abuse victims can lead to increased engagement in protective behaviors and ultimately reductions in the number of frequently occurring forms of abuse. Implications for the law enforcement community's response to elder abuse victimization as well as limitations of the study are discussed. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2010. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/232623.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Abuse Shelf Number: 120559

Author: Hollis, Meghan E. Title: Homicide, Home Vacancies, and Population Change in Detroit Summary: The city of Detroit has maintained steady and high rates of violence over a long period of time. Forbes named Detroit the most dangerous city in the United States for the seventh year in a row in 2015 (Fisher, 2012; 2015). This report examines the relationship between population change, home vacancies, citizen perceptions, and homicide rates in Detroit. Population decline has led to important changes in Detroit. It is essential to understand how those changes have related to crime patterns as well as what the current resident perceptions of their environment are. The findings indicate that the population outmigration combined with the increasing volume of vacant homes is strongly related to the high violence rates and tries to explain why these high violence rates are concentrated in some census tracts. Summary results from the survey are discussed as well. Details: East Lansing: Michigan Applied Policy Research program, Institute for Public Policy and Social Research, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Informing the Debate: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: http://ippsr.msu.edu/sites/default/files/MAPPR/Homicide_Vacancies_PopChange.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 149107

Author: Hsu, Ko-Hsin Title: How are Street Drug Dealing Locations Selected? A Situational Analysis Summary: In Newark, NJ, drug dealing is common, but it is not evenly distributed in every part of the city. Between 2007 and 2009, most drug arrests were made on less than 20% of the streets. The dissertation seeks to explain how the locations for drug dealing are related to their surrounding situational features. It is hypothesized that these features produce criminal opportunities for drug dealing activities: lack of guardianship, accessibility, and crime generators. This dissertation focuses on drug arrests at the micro-level - street segments and intersections. Police arrest records from 2007 to 2009 provided by the Newark City Police Department are analyzed. A matched case-control design is used. Applying a threshold criterion of 5 or more arrests, 104 street segments and 31 intersections having frequent dealing activity per year in 2007 to 2009 are sampled to be the cases. Controls are individually matched with the cases, taking account of their distance from the cases, street length, and the intersecting thoroughfares. The sample size is 135 pairs. Situational data of local drug dealing settings are observed using Google Street View. Inter-rater reliability is assessed to affirm the quality of the data. McNemar's test is employed to examine the correlations between variables and the drug market. The dissertation also sets forth a conditional logistic regression model to analyze the causal relationships between variables and the drug market. Results show that drug dealing activity tends to occur on specific street segments characterized by abandoned buildings, bus stops, parking lots, vacant land, mailboxes, retail stores (near vacant lands), or the absence of a church. Drug dealing activity tends to occur on specific intersections characterized by parking lots, retail stores, and churches. The presence of a church as a crime generator to the occurrence of drug markets on intersections is one notable finding of this dissertation. The results signal that there are distinguishable situational factors affecting drug activity on streets and intersections, respectively. This dissertation demonstrates the feasibility of using Google Street View for future crime research. Policy implications are provided for making local drug markets more predictable and controllable to the police. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, 2014. 193p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://rucore.libraries.rutgers.edu/rutgers-lib/43986/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Markets Shelf Number: 149109

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Nebraska Title: Let Down and Locked Up: Nebraska Women in Prison Summary: Nebraska's criminal justice policies have created a system of mass incarceration. This hurts our communities and disproportionately impacts low income families and people of color. Existing conditions violate the Eighth Amendment's protection against cruel and unusual punishment and do not provide for meaningful transition back into our communities and our economy. The ACLU is leading the way to rethink and reform these policies and conditions though our campaign for Smart Justice to protect individual rights, reduce the taxpayer burden, and make our communities safer. This investigation looks at one component of the Nebraska prison system: women in state prison. Nationwide, the number of women in prison and jails is increasing. As the population of women in custody increases, the dynamic of accommodating this growing prison population is changing. This presents unique challenges for governments to house, rehabilitate, and transition women back to their communities. Women in the criminal justice system face different challenges than men and the population of female prisoners also have different needs which prison officials must accommodate. Increasing incarceration rates for women has a more profound effect on others outside the prison walls. A high percentage of women who are locked up are mothers, and most of these women are the primary caretakers of minor children. These children are especially susceptible to the negative impacts and burdens of incarceration. Existing "tough on crime" policies, particularly around punitive drug policies, have failed to achieve public safety while putting an unprecedented number of people behind bars and eroding constitutional rights. This system also erodes economic opportunity, family stability, and civic engagement during and after incarceration. In many instances, a criminal record becomes a life-long barrier to accessing basic human needs and ensuring individual and family stability. The Nebraska prison system is severely overcrowded and has been in a state of ongoing and varying degrees of crisis for the last several years. This system has triggered considerable focus and debate over all components of the criminal justice process, from appropriate penalties and the sorts of offenders entering the prison system to the conditions of the state's overcrowded prisons to meaningful re-entry opportunities for those who leave prison. This investigation looks at one component of the Nebraska prison system: women in state prison. Nationwide, the number of women in prison and jails is increasing. As the population of women in custody increases, the dynamic of accommodating this growing prison population is changing. This presents unique challenges for governments to house, rehabilitate, and transition women back to their communities. Women in the criminal justice system face different challenges than men and the population of female prisoners also have different needs which prison officials must accommodate. Increasing incarceration rates for women has a more profound effect on others outside the prison walls. A high percentage of women who are locked up are mothers, and most of these women are the primary caretakers of minor children. These children are especially susceptible to the negative impacts and burdens of incarceration. Details: Lincoln: ACLU of Nebraska, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://www.aclunebraska.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/women_in_prison_2017_10.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 149110

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: When Men Murder Women: An Analysis of 2011 Homicide Data - Females Murdered by Males in Single Victim/Single Offender Incidents Summary: Intimate partner violence against women is all too common and takes many forms. The most serious is homicide by an intimate partner. Guns can easily turn domestic violence into domestic homicide. One federal study on homicide among intimate partners found that female intimate partners are more likely to be murdered with a firearm than all other means combined, concluding that "the figures demonstrate the importance of reducing access to firearms in households affected by IPV [intimate partner violence]." Guns are also often used in non-fatal domestic violence. A study by Harvard School of Public Health researchers analyzed gun use at home and concluded that "hostile gun displays against family members may be more common than gun use in self-defense, and that hostile gun displays are often acts of domestic violence directed against women." The U.S. Department of Justice has found that women are far more likely to be the victims of violent crimes committed by intimate partners than men, especially when a weapon is involved. Moreover, women are much more likely to be victimized at home than in any other place. A woman must consider the risks of having a gun in her home, whether she is in a domestic violence situation or not. While two thirds of women who own guns acquired them "primarily for protection against crime," the results of a California analysis show that "purchasing a handgun provides no protection against homicide among women and is associated with an increase in their risk for intimate partner homicide." A 2003 study about the risks of firearms in the home found that females living with a gun in the home were nearly three times more likely to be murdered than females with no gun in the home. Finally, another study reports, women who were murdered were more likely, not less likely, to have purchased a handgun in the three years prior to their deaths, again invalidating the idea that a handgun has a protective effect against homicide. While this study does not focus solely on domestic violence homicide or guns, it provides a stark reminder that domestic violence and guns make a deadly combination. Firearms are rarely used to kill criminals or stop crimes.8 Instead, they are all too often used to inflict harm on the very people they were intended to protect. According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reports, in 2011 there were only 261 justifiable homicides committed by private citizens. Of these, only 31 involved women killing men. Of those, only 17 involved firearms, with 14 of the 17 involving handguns. While firearms are at times used by private citizens to kill criminals, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that the most common scenarios of lethal gun use in America in 2010, the most recent final data available, are suicide (19,392), homicide (11,078), or fatal unintentional injury (606). When Men Murder Women is an annual report prepared by the Violence Policy Center detailing the reality of homicides committed against females by single male offenders. The study analyzes the most recent Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2011. Once again, this is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2011 data on female homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest female victim/male offender homicide rates, and the first to rank the states by the rate of female homicides. Details: Washington, DC: Violence Policy Center, 2013. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/wmmw2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149112

Author: Anthony-North, Vedan Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations for the New York City Department of Correction Summary: In recent years, a diverse range of international and national organizations, advocates, policymakers, corrections practitioners, and the U.S. Department of Justice have called for prisons and jails to reform their use of segregation, also known as solitary confinement or restrictive housing. Whether citing the potentially devastating psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone in a cell the size of a parking space; the cost of operating such highly restrictive environments; or the lack of conclusive evidence that segregation makes correctional facilities safer, these voices agree that change and innovation are essential endeavors. Over the past few years, the New York City Department of Correction (the Department) has made it a priority to reduce the use of punitive segregation-one form of restrictive housing-in its jails, implementing a number of notable reforms that have helped the Department achieve major reductions. These existing efforts have laid the groundwork for further work. In 2015, with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, the Vera Institute of Justice partnered with the Department to assist the agency in its efforts to reduce its use of segregation. Through this partnership, Vera conducted an assessment of New York City's use of segregation in its jail facilities and recommends policy and practice changes to continue to reduce punitive segregation and reduce other types of restrictive housing. In addition to describing reforms to punitive segregation to date that demonstrate New York City's commitment to reform, this report presents the findings from Vera's assessment, and recommendations that offer the Department strategies to further its efforts to reduce reliance on segregation and explore other opportunities for reform. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, Center on Sentencing and Corrections, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/safe-alternatives-segregation-initiative-findings-recommendations/legacy_downloads/safe-alternatives-segregation-initiative-findings-recommendations-nycsas.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 149113

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: The Deported: Uprooted from the Country They Call Home Summary: Every day, people who call the United States home-including mothers, fathers, and spouses of US citizens; tax-paying employees; and respected community members-are arrested, locked up, and placed in a deportation system that rarely even considers their deep and longstanding ties to the United States before summarily removing them from the country. Under President Donald Trump, border-crossings and thus deportations at the border are down, but immigration arrests and deportations from the interior of the country have skyrocketed-showing the Trump administration's disregard for the rights of individuals who have built their lives and families in the United States. This report documents the human rights impact of Trump administration policies on immigrants, their families, and their communities. It analyzes US government data on immigration arrests and deportations showing how these policies have resulted in a dramatic increase in arrests and deportations of undocumented migrants who have no criminal records. And it details the experience of more than 40 immigrants who were deported to Mexico in 2017 despite having very strong family and other ties to the communities where they resided in the United States. Under international law, the US government is empowered to regulate migration but it must do so in keeping with its obligations to respect such basic rights as the right to family unity and due process, rights that are routinely violated within the US immigration and deportation system, which in most cases gives no weight to immigrants' ties to home and family. Human Rights Watch calls on Congress and the Trump administration to reform abusive immigration law and policy by ensuring immigrants facing deportation are offered a fair, individualized hearing in which the person's ties to US families and communities can be weighed against the government�s interest in deporting the person, and by creating a fair legalization program based on these same factors. Details: New York: HRW, 2017. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/201712us_deported_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 149116

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: The National Institute of Justice's Evaluation of Second Chance Act Adult Reentry Courts: Lessons Learned about Reentry Court Program Implementation and Sustainability Summary: This report presents final implementation findings based on three years of process evaluation site visits for the National Institute of Justice's (NIJ's) Evaluation of Second Chance Act Adult Reentry Courts (NESCAARC). The NESCAARC study was funded by NIJ in 2010 and includes a process evaluation, impact evaluation, and cost-effectiveness study of eight adult reentry courts, seven of which were funded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) in FY 2010 and one of which was funded in 2009 under the Second Chance Act (SCA) 2007 (Pub. L. 110-199). In this report, we describe the NESCAARC sites at the time of their final year of federal funding, highlighting the context in which the programs were operating and key modifications over time. In addition, we outline lessons learned in developing organizational partnerships needed to operate reentry courts, staffing considerations, selecting and recruiting the target population, designing and implementing program components, and coordinating service delivery for reentry court populations. The report also presents findings on sustainability strategies undertaken by the NESCAARC sites and highlights systems-level changes attributed to the grant. The primary data source for the current report is semi-structured interviews conducted during three rounds of site visits (2011-2014) with program staff and representatives from partnering agencies in seven reentry courts. Across the sites, interviews were held with all staff and organizational partners who were involved in the reentry court program; including program directors and coordinators, judges, court administrators, case managers, service providers (counselors, other line staff, and agency heads), data specialists or local evaluators, supervision officers (and supervisors), and, in some sites, defense attorneys and prosecutors. The interviews, conducted by the evaluation team in person during site visits, were approximately 1 hour each. Topics included program operations (e.g., screening, eligibility, and enrollment; program requirements and components delivered, including court hearings, drug testing, case management, supervision, services; responses to compliance and noncompliance), "treatment as usual" for reentering individuals in the jurisdictions, implementation challenges and solutions, lessons learned, and sustainability. Details: NPC Research; RTI International; Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251495.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 149118

Author: Police Reform Organizing Project Title: Changing the NYPD: A Progressive Blueprint for Sweeping Reform Summary: For the past twenty years, under the mayoralties of Rudy Giuliani and Michael Bloomberg, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) has increasingly engaged in various practices which are illegal and unconstitutional. These tactics are counterproductive, in that they decrease trust in and cooperation with the police, and have had an especially harmful impact on the city's most vulnerable and defenseless populations: African-American and Latino youth, LGBT persons, the homeless, mentally ill people, Muslims, street vendors, and sex workers. The NYPD's highly controversial stop-and-frisk policy and other aggressive policing tactics have engendered deep antagonism between the NYPD and many New Yorkers, as was clearly manifested in the results of the recent mayoral election. On August 12, 2013, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York found that the NYPD's stop-and-frisk practices are unconstitutional. In Floyd v. City of N.Y., the court held that the NYPD carried out these practices in an invasive and racially discriminatory manner in violation of the Fourth and Fourteenth Amendments of the U.S. Constitution. Noting that over eighty percent of the 4.4 million people the NYPD stopped and frisked between January 2004 and June 2012 were African-American or Latino, the court called for comprehensive reform of the NYPD's practices to protect the rights and liberties of all New Yorkers. The federal court ruling touched a nerve for communities across the city victimized by stop-and-frisk. The issue of the NYPD's harsh and aggressive policing tactics generally and stop-and-frisk specifically, became major focal points of the 2013 mayoral campaign. Mayor Bill de Blasio, along with other leading candidates in the Democratic Party's primaries, called for comprehensive reform of the NYPD's policies. On October 31, 2013, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals stayed the Floyd ruling and its accompanying reforms pending the City's appeal. During the mayoral election campaign, Bill de Blasio vowed to withdraw the City's appeal upon taking office. He followed through on that pledge on January 30th when he announced that the City had reached an accord with the plaintiffs in the suit. The landmark stop-and-frisk ruling and the accompanying public support for NYPD reform present an ideal opportunity for Mayor de Blasio and his new Police Commissioner William J. Bratton to implement a rights-based policing program that works in partnership with communities. This report is meant to serve as a resource to help guide the de Blasio/Bratton administration through the tricky waters of managing meaningful reforms in NYPD policing practices and policy. Part I highlights straightforward policy shifts that Mayor de Blasio and Police Commissioner Bratton can immediately implement with little political or bureaucratic risk or opposition. These reforms include disbanding the peddler squad that harasses street vendors, establishing community intervention teams that work with mental health professionals to respond to people in psychiatric crisis, eliminating police confiscation of condoms in someone's possession as evidence of prostitution, ending the practice of arresting homeless people for 'quality of life' offenses, and dismantling the NYPD's often illegal arrest of individuals on criminal trespassing charges in public housing and private apartment buildings enrolled in "Operation Clean Halls." Part II presents longer-term and expansive institutional reforms. The section details the need for a paradigm shift in NYPD policing, one that reorients the NYPD from punitive policing and an aggressively enforced, illegal quota system towards promoting public safety and working in partnership with communities. This part proposes community-oriented problem-solving measures that engage and collaborate with neighborhood leaders, residents, local service programs, community centers, and places of worship. Such an approach will also entail enhanced and multifaceted oversight of the NYPD that should bring together community groups, the recently-created Inspector General, the court monitor mandated by the Floyd decision, the City Council, and the Mayor's Office. Part III recommends reforms in what has been in recent years the toxic culture of the Department, reforms that will result in significant changes in practices, including strengthening the NYPD liaison office for LGBT communities, legalizing and regulating the sale and possession of small amounts of marijuana, ending the unwarranted surveillance of New York's Muslim communities, and ensuring robust protection of First Amendment rights for all New Yorkers. Details: New York: PROP; Walter Leitner International Human Rights Clinic; Leitner Center for International Law and Justice; Fordham University School of Law; 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2018 at: http://www.policereformorganizingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/A-Blueprint-for-NYPD-Reform.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 149120

Author: Dank, Meredith Title: Exploratory Research into the Intersection of Forced Marriage, Intimate Partner Violence, and Sexual Violence Summary: This exploratory study aimed to broaden the literature on forced marriage to examine forced marriage in the United States context. The study focused on the nature and scope of forced marriage in the context of the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, as well as the adequacy of service provider and criminal and civil justice system stakeholder responses to forced marriage. Based on 7,791 valid responses to an Urban Institute survey administered through Google Consumer Survey, we estimated a sample prevalence rate of forced marriage in the U.S. at 11.2%. We then conducted analyses of interviews with 24 people who experienced forced marriage or knew someone who did and 15 service providers and other stakeholders. Through this, we explored both the intersection between forced marriage and violence and abuse as well as services needed and received by those who have experience forced marriage. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251485.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Marriage Shelf Number: 149123

Author: Ponemon Institute Title: 2017 Cost of Cybercrime Study: Insights on the Security investment that Make a Difference Summary: With cyber attacks on the rise, successful breaches per company each year has risen more than 27 percent, from an average of 102 to 130. Ransomware attacks alone have doubled in frequency, from 13 percent to 27 percent, with incidents like WannaCry and Petya affecting thousands of targets and disrupting public services and large corporations across the world. One of the most significant data breaches in recent years has been the successful theft of 143 million customer records from Equifax- a consumer credit reporting agency-a cyber crime with devastating consequences due to the type of personally identifiable information stolen and knock-on effect on the credit markets. Information theft of this type remains the most expensive consequence of a cyber crime. Among the organizations we studied, information loss represents the largest cost component with a rise from 35 percent in 2015 to 43 percent in 2017. It is this threat landscape that demands organizations reexamine their investment priorities to keep pace with these more sophisticated and highly motivated attacks. To better understand the effectiveness of investment decisions, we analyzed nine security technologies across two dimensions: the percentage spending level between them and their value in terms of cost-savings to the business. The findings illustrate that many organizations may be spending too much on the wrong technologies. Five of the nine security technologies had a negative value gap where the percentage spending level is higher than the relative value to the business. Of the remaining four technologies, three had a significant positive value gap and one was in balance. So, while maintaining the status quo on advanced identity and access governance, the opportunity exists to evaluate potential over-spend in areas which have a negative value gap and rebalance these funds by investing in the breakthrough innovations which deliver positive value. Following on from the first Cost of Cyber Crime1 report launched in the United States eight years ago, this study, undertaken by the Ponemon Institute and jointly developed by Accenture, evaluated the responses of 2,182 interviews from 254 companies in seven countries-Australia, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, United Kingdom and the United States. We aimed to quantify the economic impact of cyber attacks and observe cost trends over time to offer some practical guidance on how organizations can stay ahead of growing cyber threats. Details: s.l.: Accenture, 2017. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: https://www.accenture.com/t20170926T072837Z__w__/us-en/_acnmedia/PDF-61/Accenture-2017-CostCyberCrimeStudy.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 149125

Author: Americans for Responsible Solutions Title: For the Record: NICS and Public Safety: Essential Improvements to the National Instant Criminal Background Check System Summary: Each year, more than 114,000 people are shot in the United States, 33,000 of them fatally. Worse yet, we know too many of these tragedies are preventable. The National Instant Criminal Background Check System, or NICS, helps keep guns out of the hands of dangerous people-one of the most effective ways of preventing deadly shootings. Improving the number and quality of records sent to NICS must be a top priority for lawmakers in every state in order to ensure the background check system is as thorough as possible. For the Record: NICS & Public Safety explores what NICS is, how it works, and why this system is so essential to safeguarding our communities. By examining existing gaps in federal law and recordreporting challenges at the state level, we can better understand how to strengthen this critical system. Background checks can and do stop the flow of guns to dangerous people, but NICS must be properly maintained and strengthened to maximize its lifesaving potential. Details: San Francisco: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/NICS-and-Public-Safety.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 149127

Author: Richards, Maryse Title: Interim Report for the Evaluation of a Cross-age Peer Mentoring Program for Youth in High Violence Chicago Communities Summary: The current cross-age peer mentoring program, Saving Lives, Inspiring Youth (S.L.I.Y.) was designed to improve resilience and reduce aggression and other behavioral problems for disadvantaged youth residing in low-income, high-violence communities. S.L.I.Y.'s 142 high school students have mentored 159 middle school students from the same communities. Begun three years ago, it has been implemented at a total of seven sites located in Chicago, persisting for about a year at each site, meeting once a week for an hour of mentoring and then an hour of debriefing. Each mentor is recruited, trained, supervised, and paid to ensure program fidelity. The overall goal of this study is to examine the impacts of the program through 4 waves of data collection. The program appears to promote positive effects for mentors, particularly for mentoring boys with male participants indicating reduced depression and anxiety, as well as reduced delinquent behavior and aggression. Females did not demonstrate similar reductions; however, more attendance among females predicted to a trend of increasing perceptions of support. Mentee results showed positive trends for both program attendance and for strength of mentoring relationship with more mentoring sessions predicting to a stronger mentoring relationship. Overall, strength of relationship by 9-12 months significantly predicted increased self-esteem and increased negative attitudes toward gangs and gang membership and trending toward decreased aggression. Boys who attended more sessions reported an increase in positive future expectations while girls with stronger mentoring relationships also reported significantly lower positive perceptions of gangs and gang membership. S.L.I.Y. Program - The current program, Saving Lives, Inspiring Youth (S.L.I.Y.) builds on the advantages of cross-age peer mentoring to improve resilience for disadvantaged youth residing in low income, high-violence communities. S.L.I.Y.'s high school students mentor middle school students from the same communities. Matched pairs of mentors and mentees meet weekly for hour-long sessions over the course of one year, engaging in activities S.L.I.Y. staff design to facilitate prosocial attitudes and behavior and to develop the mentoring relationship. Each mentoring session is followed by a debriefing session when mentors can discuss the mentoring sessions, get feedback on their work, discuss their personal lives, and receive support for their healthy aspirations. Cross-age peer mentoring refers to a sustained, long-term relationship in which an older peer guides a younger mentee's development of interpersonal skills and self-esteem, while creating a sense of connectedness and positive attitudes (Karcher, 2005). Older adolescent mentors from the same community as their mentees tend to be more available than adults and college students due to fewer responsibilities (Grossman, Chan, Schwartz, & Rhodes, 2012), and thus, may have enhanced impact (Karcher, 2005). Teen mentors from the same community reduce cultural barriers and create potentially sustainable positive social networks. Older peer mentors have been able to promote various psychosocial outcomes in mentees, ranging from school connectedness and achievement (Karcher, 2005; Karcher, Davis, & Powell, 2002; Westerman, 2002;Johnson, Simon, & Mun, 2014) to social competence and prosocial behavior (Karcher, 2005; Herrera, Kauh, Cooney, Grossman, & McMaken, 2008; Bowman & Myrick, 1987; Sheehan, DiCara, LeBailly, & Christoffel, 1999). The intervention is bidirectional in that mentors can improve their interpersonal skills, personal abilities, knowledge of child development, and leadership abilities (Herrera et al., 2008). The S.L.I.Y program, established in 2014, has served over 300 youth, including 142 mentors (38% males, mean age = 17) and 159 mentees (48% male; mean age = 12). It was implemented at a total of seven sites located in four low-income, high violence neighborhoods in Chicago. To ensure accessibility and sustainability, S.L.I.Y. programs were located at elementary and high schools, churches, and organizations offering after-school programs. Those enrolled in the mentor intervention group completed a 6-hour training program orienting them to the program and their role as a mentor. Mentors were offered payment comparable with Chicago's minimum wage for participation. The current S.L.I.Y. project is a modified version of the StandUp!HelpOut! (SUHO) program, in which disadvantaged African-American youth codesigned community action and leadership programs, including cross-age mentoring, and demonstrated that the "accumulation of care" between instructors, peers, and mentees contributed to the mentors' capacity for healthy relatedness in many ways (Bulanda & McCrea, 2012; http://empoweringcounselingprogram.weebly.com/) . The S.L.I.Y mentoring model also builds upon a previously-studied civic engagement curriculum (Richards, et al., 2016; https://riskandresiliencelab.weebly.com/dr-maryse-richards.html) designed to augment the selfconcept and agency of African American, middle school aged youth, as well as to promote their non-violent conflict resolution skills and ability to prosocially contribute to community issues. Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251379.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 149134

Author: Shively, Michael Title: Human Trafficking Organizations and Facilitators: A Detailed Profile and Interviews with Convicted Traffickers in the United States Summary: On January 1, 2012, Abt Associates began a study of individuals and organizations involved in perpetrating human trafficking. The project, supported by a grant from the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), was designed to advance knowledge of human trafficking operations and facilitation, and the motivations and decision-making processes of individual offenders. In addition to these substantive pursuits, the study explored the utility of data and records maintained by the United States Sentencing Commission (USSC) that are seldom used for research in the public realm, and are potentially valuable for studying individual offenders and criminal enterprises. The portion of the study was designed to fill key gaps in the literature that is based largely on information provided by victims and by expert practitioners in criminal justice, social service, and healthcare systems. While human trafficking investigators, survivors, and victim service providers are invaluable sources, there are limits to what they can observe about people who engage in trafficking, the organizations and alliances they form, and how they operate. The valuable but often anecdotal information provided by those directly affected by human trafficking and available for research does not necessarily produce comprehensive or systematic data about the full spectrum of the problem. Criminal justice policy and practice can benefit from a fuller understanding of the breadth and scope of human trafficking, the characteristics of the crimes currently identified as trafficking in the federal justice system, and facts about the people convicted under trafficking statutes. The key gaps in the literature include a lack of information about: (a) typologies and modalities of trafficking organizations derived from systematically collected data and evidence; (b) detailed descriptions of how organizations are structured to support trafficking operations, and how others facilitate their crimes (e.g., "fronts" provided by legitimate businesses, transportation, money laundering); (c) data on labor trafficking offenders, organizations, and facilitators; and (d) understanding motivations and decision making processes of traffickers, including offenders' perceptions of risks and rewards- particularly, how law enforcement efforts are perceived by individual human traffickers and responded to organizationally. In part, these gaps exist because there is limited access to comprehensive data that could be used by researchers interested in investigating such issues. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251171.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 149135

Author: Greenberg, Michael D. Title: Discount Justice: State Court Belt-Tightening in an Era of Fiscal Austerity Summary: In the years following the 2008 financial crisis, media accounts of state courthouse closures, judicial vacancies, and reductions in court services have become widespread. Continuing fiscal pressure on the states has led to corresponding pressure for court system retrenchment. Less clear is whether the adaptation of the courts to the new fiscal environment has led to more sustainable funding and operating models for state court systems. A series of related policy questions follows: How confident are we that state courts can continue to operate during periods of severe economic disruption? Did the adjustment of the courts to post-2008 fiscal conditions result in any basic change to access to justice or to the nature and quality of the services provided by the courts? And for the future, how can we ensure that state courts will retain their fundamental identity and purpose and continue to be available when we need them most? On January 12, 2015, the UCLA-RAND Center for Law and Public Policy held a conference in Santa Monica, California, to address these questions. Panelists at the event sought to examine the depth of the resourcing problem for state courts, discuss impact and collateral implications, and identify policy options and practical steps that could be taken to mitigate the challenges. Invited participants included judges, state court administrators, prominent members of the bar, and legal scholars. This report summarizes the panel discussions and major points made by the participants, as well as their responses during question-and-answer sessions with the conference audience. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/conf_proceedings/CF343.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 149137

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Internet Firearm Sales: ATF Enforcement Efforts and Outcomes of GAO Covert Testing Summary: The current federal legal framework governing buying and selling of firearms does not specifically address the use of the Internet to facilitate these transactions. Additionally, private transactions involving the mostcommon types of firearms between individuals who are not licensed to commercially sell weapons and who are residents of the same state, including transactions facilitated by the Internet, are generally not subject to federal background-check requirements. Congressional requesters asked that GAO assess the extent to which ATF is enforcing existing laws and investigate whether online private sellers sell firearms to people who are not allowed or eligible to possess a firearm. This report describes (1) techniques ATF uses to investigate and enforce generally applicable firearm laws in instances where the firearm or firearm component transaction is facilitated by the Internet and (2) results of GAO's undercover attempts to buy firearms on the Dark Web and Surface Web. GAO analyzed documents and interviewed officials to identify actions ATF has taken to prohibit illegal firearm transactions. GAO also attempted to purchase firearms from Dark Web and Surface Web marketplaces. The results of the testing are illustrative and nongeneralizable. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-24: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/688535.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 149138

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: An Analysis of the implementation of the 2014 Clemency Initiative Summary: On April 23, 2014, the Department of Justice announced an initiative to encourage qualified federal inmates to petition to have their sentences commuted by President Barack Obama. The stated intent of the initiative was to lower sentences for non-violent offenders who "likely would have received substantially lower sentences if convicted of the same offense" under the law then in effect. The Department of Justice (DOJ) announced six criteria that would entitle offenders to be prioritized for consideration for clemency. Over 24,000 offenders petitioned for clemency under the initiative, and the President commuted the sentences of 1,696 of those offenders. This report analyzes the sentence commutations granted under the initiative. It provides data concerning the offenders who received a sentence commutation under the initiative and the offenses for which they were incarcerated. It examines the extent of the sentence reductions resulting from the commutations and the conditions that the President placed on his commutations. It also provides an analysis of the extent to which these offenders appear to have met the announced criteria for the initiative. Finally, it provides an analysis of the number of offenders incarcerated at the time the initiative was announced who appear to have met the eligibility criteria for the initiative and the number of those offenders who received a sentence commutation. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170901_clemency.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Clemency Shelf Number: 149141

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: Estimating the Effects of Law Enforcement and Public Health Interventions Intended to Reduce Gun Violence in Baltimore Summary: Baltimore has long been plagued by high rates of homicides, with guns playing an important role. City and law enforcement officials in Baltimore have attributed much of the gun violence to the illegal drug economy and the availability of guns for criminal use. For many years, the most visible and direct approaches employed by the Baltimore Police Department (BPD) to curb gun violence have focused on enforcement of drug laws to reduce violent crime associated with the drug trade. In the most ambitious and resource-intensive efforts, the objective of law enforcement actions has been to "take down" or severely weaken organized groups selling illegal drugs through targeted arrests and prosecutions. Such efforts are intended to both remove violent criminals from communities and, ideally, deter violent crime. Most of these targeted drug law enforcement efforts have been placefocused, targeting "hot spots" for homicides and shootings. Within these hot spots, there is often some degree of targeting of individuals believed to be important drivers of gun violence, based on intelligence gathered, individuals' histories of criminal offending, and individuals' criminal associates. In the early 2000s, Baltimore City leadership encouraged aggressive enforcement of drug laws, resulting in the arrests of tens of thousands of individuals for drug possession and drug distribution. However, beginning mid-2007, the BPD shifted its focus to initiatives aimed at apprehending violent criminals and targeting illegal gun possession. We used data from January 1, 2003, through December 23, 2017, to estimate the effects of place-focused policing and prevention initiatives that were focused on criminal offending involving guns and/or drugs to estimate the effects of those interventions on homicides and nonfatal shootings. An overview of the specific interventions assessed in this study follows. Details: Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research; Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://www.jhsph.edu/research/centers-and-institutes/johns-hopkins-center-for-gun-policy-and-research/publications/JHSPH-Gun-Violence-in-Baltimore.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Related Violence Shelf Number: 149142

Author: Starger, Colin P. Title: Legitimacy, Authority, and the Right to Affordable Bail Summary: Bail reform is hot. Over the past two years, jurisdictions around the country have moved to limit or end money-bail practices that discriminate against the poor. While cheered by many, bail reform is vehemently opposed by the powerful bail-bond industry. In courts around the country, lawyers representing this industry have argued that reform is unnecessary and even unconstitutional. One particularly insidious argument advanced by bail-bond apologists is that a "wall of authority" supports the proposition that �bail is not excessive merely because the defendant is unable to pay it.� In other words, authority rejects the right to affordable bail. This Article critically examines this "wall of authority" and evaluates the true doctrinal standing of the right to affordable bail. After developing a novel rhetorical account of legitimacy in constitutional argument, the Article demonstrates that authority supporting the bail-bond position is illegitimate in two senses - it is formally invalid and normatively "out of bounds." The authority is formally invalid because it originates from a single implausible constitutional interpretation then echoed blindly in the name of following precedent. It is normatively inappropriate because it ignores Supreme Court doctrine that requires equal justice for indigents facing incarceration. Some walls are obstacles to freedom and justice. To liberate Eastern bloc societies oppressed by totalitarianism, President Reagan famously implored Mikhail Gorbachev to tear down the Berlin wall. The metaphorical "wall of authority" endorsed by the bail-bond industry also imperils liberty - so this Article tears it down with original rhetorical theory and robust doctrinal analysis. Details: Baltimore: University of Baltimore, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Baltimore School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2018-06: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3033018 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149143

Author: Leone, Peter Title: Prison Education: Maximizing the Potential for Employment and Successful Community Reintegration Summary: Re-entering society after incarceration presents a formidable set of challenges. In addition to reconnecting with family and community, successful transition after imprisonment requires a person not only to avoid criminal activity, but also to obtain and sustain employment-or continue along an education pathway. Those best able to navigate this process have developed skills and credentials while incarcerated that are valued by potential employers, training programs, and colleges. In fact, a substantial body of evidence indicates that formerly incarcerated individuals-sometimes referred to as returning citizens-who receive high-quality educational services and supports re-enter their communities, obtain jobs, and become contributing members of society. In Prison Education: Maximizing the Potential for Employment and Successful Community Reintegration, Professors Peter Leone and Pamela Wruble, examine the current landscape of correctional education in Maryland, current barriers to opportunity, and best practices from across the country. Maryland's Department of Public Safety and Correctional Services spent over $1 billion for prison operations in FY2016. At that time, the state's recidivism rate was 40.5%, suggesting that many of those released were unprepared for the transition back to the community. Yet, research shows that well-designed prison education programs have the potential to reduce recidivism, create safer communities, and provide financial benefits. Indeed, Leone and Wruble cite research showing that inmates who participated in a correctional education program had 43 percent lower odds of recidivating than those who did not. Moreover, these programs have returned between $12 and $75 in benefits to the state for each dollar spent. When formerly incarcerated individuals obtain jobs and remain crime free, we all benefit from safer communities, increased tax revenues, and decreased costs associated with crime and imprisonment. Leone and Wruble argue "the time is ripe for a renaissance in correctional education in our state, and high-quality, widely available correctional education is a proven and broadly supported resource to accomplish important criminal justice reform objectives." Specifically, they recommend the following steps: Attract and retain high-quality teachers and education support staff; Improve instructional technology and enable access to the internet for instructional and vocational purposes; Provide meaningful incentives including enhanced credits for inmates who learn new skills, earn certifications, and become more literate through prison education programs; and Improve access to the prison education programs by interested citizens, educators, and nonprofit agencies interested in the welfare of incarcerated people. Details: Baltimore: Abell Foundations, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Abell Foundation, Volume 30, no. 6: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: http://www.abell.org/sites/default/files/files/Abell%20Prison%20Education%20Report%2072517%20final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 149145

Author: Alabama Juvenile Justice Task Force Title: Final Report Summary: The Alabama Juvenile Justice Task Force on Monday delivered a set of policy recommendations to Governor Kay Ivey and other state leaders aimed at protecting public safety, holding youthful offenders accountable, controlling costs, and improving outcomes for youth, families, and communities. The recommendations are expected to form the foundation for statutory and budgetary changes that will be considered in the 2018 legislative session. he Legislature approved, and Governor Ivey on April 25 signed into law, a resolution sponsored by state Senator Cam Ward that created a bipartisan task force to examine how Alabama could improve its juvenile justice system. Alabama Chief Justice Lyn Stuart served on the Task Force, and state Senate President Pro-tem Del Marsh and state House Speaker Mac McCutcheon each appointed a member. The Task Force met six times to examine Alabama's juvenile justice system data, review input from hundreds of roundtable participants, and assess national research on effective ways to hold youth accountable while reducing their chances of reoffending. The Task Force also learned from states such as Georgia that have successfully expanded evidence-based services and improved public safety while diverting youth who commit lower-level offenses from deeper involvement in the criminal-justice system. The 20-member Task Force included state leaders from both parties and all three branches of state government representing a wide range of groups, including legislators, judges, district attorney, sheriff, educators, and others. The Task Force conducted months of data analysis, stakeholder outreach, and policy assessment before approving recommendations to: Keep youth who commit lower-level offenses from unnecessary involvement in the juvenile justice system through early interventions and swift, consistent responses; Protect public safety and more effectively allocate taxpayer dollars by focusing system resources on youth who pose the greatest risk to public safety; and Improve public safety outcomes through increased system accountability and reinvestment into evidence-based programs in local communities. Details: Mobile: Alabama Juvenile Justice Task Force, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at; http://lsa.state.al.us/PDF/Other/JJTF/JJTF-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 149146

Author: Malhotra, Anjana Title: Ironbound Underground: Wage Theft and Workplace Violations Among Day Laborers in Newark's East Ward Summary: Day laborers are workers who are employed on a day-by-day, temporary basis. Each morning, at informal hiring sites throughout the country known as "shape-up sites," day laborers and employers negotiate short-term employment arrangements in an "open-air market." For employers, these day labor markets provide easy access to a large pool of workers that they can hire when needed and release them when not. While there is limited official information on the nature and size of the day laborer workforce, the United States Government Accounting Office ("U.S. GAO") and the 2004 National Day Labor Survey indicate that the day laborer community consists of mostly males with limited English proficiency that have recently migrated to the United States. Government reports and national surveys indicate that on any given day there are approximately 117,600 to 260,000 day laborers looking for work in the United States. Day laborers work in many different industries, including manual labor, construction, landscaping, moving, and food services. Homeowners also frequently employ day laborers for simple maintenance and home improvement projects. In the State of New Jersey, day laborers are entitled to the same legal protections that apply to all workers, regardless of immigration status. However, both federal government reports and the New Jersey Governor's Blue Ribbon Advisory Panel on Immigrant Policy have found that day laborers are among the most economically vulnerable workers. Day laborers are exposed to workplace abuses because they are often unaware of their rights, fearful of complaining to authorities, have limited English proficiency, and work in high risk jobs. U.S. government reports have also found that due to inadequate data on day laborers, state and local government agencies responsible for enforcing workplace laws have failed to appropriately investigate workplace violations or enforce day laborers' workplace rights. This report attempts to fill this information gap by profiling for the first time, the large contingent of day laborers that congregate daily in the Ironbound section of Newark to look for work. Following intake, and know your rights sessions, the Immigrant Workers' Rights Clinic ("IWR Clinic") at Seton Hall University Law School's Center for Social Justice systematically investigated and analyzed the status of day laborers in the Ironbound section of Newark for this comprehensive report. Between February and April 2010, the IWR Clinic under supervision of Anjana Malhotra and Bryan Lonegan studied the problem by engaging directly with community leaders, government officials, police officers, business owners, national and local experts, and the day laborers themselves. The IWR Clinic observed and documented conditions at the Ironbound site where workers gather for work each morning on a daily basis, regularly attended several of the day laborers' weekly meetings and conducted a survey of approximately half of the workers at the Ironbound site. As a result of its investigation, the IWR Clinic found that the Ironbound Day Laborers Endure a Significant Level of Workplace Violations, Especially in Wage Theft; the Financial Loss to the Workers Due to Wage Theft is Substantial; Workers Have Limited Recourse to Obtain Unpaid Wages; and Working Conditions and the Transient Nature of the Ironbound Shape-Up Site is Dangerous. Details: Newark: Seton Hall University School of Law, 2010. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Seton Hall University School of Law 254274: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2413032 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Day Laborers Shelf Number: 149148

Author: Dahlberg, Robin L. Title: Locking Up Our Children: The Secure Detention of Massachusetts Youth After Arraignment and Before Adjudication Summary: The United States Constitution mandates that state juvenile justice systems treat similarly situated children equally, regardless of their race or national origin. Systems in which youth of color are overrepresented are often viewed as failing to adhere to this mandate. That perception not only undermines public confidence in the system's fairness but also impedes the system's ability to work with the families and children who need its help. For each of the last ten years, minority youth have accounted for approximately 20% of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts's juvenile population, but nearly 60% of the young people securely detained after arraignment and before adjudication, and 60% of those committed to the Commonwealth's Department of Youth Services (DYS) after an adjudication of delinquency. Although the federal Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act requires that the Commonwealth determine why youth of color are overrepresented and develop and implement a plan to reduce that overrepresentation, Massachusetts has done neither. In 2003, the Racial Justice Program of the National Legal Department of the American Civil Liberties Union and the American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts (collectively, the ACLU) published a report documenting the Commonwealth's failure to comply with its federal legal obligations. After the reports publication, the Commonwealth hired a Disproportionate Minority Contact Reduction Specialist to educate others about the overrepresentation of youth of color; increased the compensation of and training opportunities for attorneys who represent indigent youth; funded an alternative-to-detention pilot project in Dorchester to supervise children who would have been detained if such supervision had not been available; and began to work with the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI) of the Annie E. Casey Foundation to create alternatives to detention in Boston and Worcester. Although the number of youth detained and committed decreased, the extent to which youth of color are disproportionately confined did not. In 2007, minority youth were overrepresented in the Commonwealth's detention and correctional (treatment) facilities to the same extent that they had been in 1998. Efforts to determine the causes of the disproportionality have been stymied by a lack of data. Many local police departments do not maintain juvenile arrest statistics and those that do frequently do not disaggregate that data by race or ethnicity. The Massachusetts Juvenile Court only tracks the filing of delinquency complaints and youthful offender indictments and requests for jury trials. Although the Court contends that the Office of the Commissioner of Probation maintains relevant data, the Office has refused to make that data public. A bill introduced during each of the last 2 legislative sessions would have required government agencies involved in the juvenile justice system to collect and report data. It has yet to pass. In 2006, the ACLU began to examine various decision-making points within the juvenile justice system to determine whether we could identify the reasons for the overrepresentation of minority youth. Specifically, we looked at arrest and detention after arraignment but prior to a formal adjudication of delinquency. We selected arrest to determine whether the disproportionate confinement of youth of color resulted from the disproportionate arrest of youth of color. Some inner-city public schools with a significant number of minority students rely heavily on the juvenile justice system to address school disciplinary problems. In 2006, for example, 82% of the students enrolled in Springfield's public schools were youth of color. During the same year, a reported 40% of all juvenile arrests in that city were made by the police officers assigned to patrol the schools. A lack of reliable state-wide juvenile arrest data, however, ultimately forced us to abandon arrest. We chose detention because Massachusetts had one of the higher rates of secure pre-adjudication detention in the nation. In 2003, the most recent year for which nationwide data is available, the rate at which Massachusetts committed youth to DYS after an adjudication of delinquency was significantly below the national average. Yet the rate at which it detained youth prior to a determination of guilt or innocence was above the national average. Eight states committed youth at a lower rate than Massachusetts, but 33 states detained youth at a lower rate. In addition, available data indicated that Massachusetts' preadjudication detention practices were at odds with its own bail statute and national and international standards. The bail statute presumes that all youth charged with delinquent behavior shall remain in the custody of a parent or guardian prior to adjudication. It limits the use of secure detention to those youth who are at high risk of flight or have been deemed dangers to their community after an evidentiary hearing. National and international standards recommend that the use of secure detention be similarly limited. A large percentage of the children detained by Massachusetts, however, did not appear to be flight risks or dangerous. In 2006, for example, 45% of the 5438 youth detained had been charged with misdemeanors. There was no publicly available evidence that any of these children had histories of failing to appear or were the subject of "dangerousness" hearings. In fact, at least 80% of all detained youth were released into their communities once their cases were resolved. To examine detention practices, we obtained hundreds of documents on the demographics of detained youth from DYS, the state agency that administers or oversees the administration of all juvenile detention facilities. In addition, we interviewed over 100 state officials, justices, prosecutors, defense attorneys and advocates by telephone and in-person in 9 different locations throughout the Commonwealth. The Massachusetts Office of the Commissioner of Probation was the single state agency that refused to permit regional and local employees to speak to us. Details: New York: American Civil Liberties Union, ; Boston: American Civil Liberties Union of Massachusetts, 2008. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2018 at: https://aclum.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/reports-locking-up-our-children.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 110884

Author: Navarro, John Charles Title: A cross-sectional exploration of household financial reactions and homebuyer awareness of registered sex offenders in a rural, suburban, and urban county. Summary: As stigmatized persons, registered sex offenders betoken instability in communities. Depressed home sale values are associated with the presence of registered sex offenders even though the public is largely unaware of the presence of registered sex offenders. Using a spatial multilevel approach, the current study examines the role registered sex offenders influence sale values of homes sold in 2015 for three U.S. counties (rural, suburban, and urban) located in Illinois and Kentucky within the social disorganization framework. Homebuyers were surveyed to examine whether awareness of local registered sex offenders and the homebuyer's community type operate as moderators between home selling prices and the distance to the nearest registered sex offender. Registered sex offenders were not associated with home sale values after accounting for neighborhood characteristics. Urban homebuyers were most likely to be aware of local registered sex offenders. The homebuyers' proximity to the nearest registered sex offenders is not related to the awareness of nearby registered sex offenders. Non-urban and urban homebuyers who are aware tend to reside further from registered sex offenders and buy higher priced homes, whereas unaware homebuyers seemingly buy homes without the consideration of nearby registered sex offenders. The importance of neighborhood characteristics in a spatial multilevel framework and the effects of sex offender policies are highlighted. Details: Louisville, KY: University of Louisville, 2017. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 15, 2018 at: https://ir.library.louisville.edu/etd/2768/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Housing Shelf Number: 149159

Author: Navarro, John Charles Title: Location, Location, Location, The Impact Of Registered Sex Offenders On Home Sale Prices: A Case Study Of Mclean County, Illinois Summary: Borrowing from broken windows theory, this paper addresses the impact of sex offenders' residences on neighborhood's property values in McLean County, Illinois. Three data sets were combined to explore the relationship: the addresses of registered sex offenders (RSOs) in McLean County, Illinois, the location and property characteristics of homes sold in McLean County between December 2012 to December 2013, and variables from the 2010 U.S. Census. ArcGIS was utilized to create buffers up to 0.2 of a mile around a sold home to measure the concentration of RSOs and sexual predators (SPs) and to calculate the distance from the nearest RSO and SP. The results indicate that as RSO and SP concentration increased, home selling prices decreased by $6,586 for each RSO and $9,098 for each SP within the buffer. In regards of distance, RSOs and SPs negatively impacted home selling prices the closer they were to a home sale transaction. These findings inform the debate surrounding the requirements placed on sexual offender registration, community notification, and residency restrictions. Details: Normal, IL: Illinois State University, 2014. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 15, 2018 at: https://ir.library.illinoisstate.edu/etd/120/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 149160

Author: Lynch, Jennifer Title: Face Off: Law Enforcement Use of Face Recognition Technology Summary: Face recognition is poised to become one of the most pervasive surveillance technologies, and law enforcement's use of it is increasing rapidly. Today, law enforcement officers can use mobile devices to capture face recognition-ready photographs of people they stop on the street; surveillance cameras boast real-time face scanning and identification capabilities; and federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies have access to hundreds of millions of images of faces of law-abiding Americans. On the horizon, law enforcement would like to use face recognition with body-worn cameras, to identify people in the dark, to match a person to a police sketch, or even to construct an image of a person's face from a small sample of their DNA. However, the adoption of face recognition technologies like these is occurring without meaningful oversight, without proper accuracy testing of the systems as they are actually used in the field, and without the enactment of legal protections to prevent internal and external misuse. This has led to the development of unproven, inaccurate systems that will impinge on constitutional rights and disproportionately impact people of color. Without restrictive limits in place, it could be relatively easy for the government and private companies to build databases of images of the vast majority of people living in the United States and use those databases to identify and track people in real time as they move from place to place throughout their daily lives. As researchers at Georgetown posited in 2016, one out of two Americans is already in a face recognition database accessible to law enforcement. This white paper takes a broad look at the problems with law enforcement use of face recognition technology in the United States. Part 1 provides an overview of the key issues with face recognition, including accuracy, security, and impact on privacy and civil rights. Part 2 focuses on FBI's face recognition programs, because FBI not only manages the repository for most of the criminal data used by federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies across the United States, but also provides direct face recognition services to many of these agencies, and its systems exemplify the wider problems with face recognition. After considering these current issues, Part 3 looks ahead to potential future face recognition capabilities and concerns. Finally, Part 4 presents recommendations for policy makers on the limits and checks necessary to ensure that law enforcement use of face recognition respects civil liberties. Details: San Francisco: Electronic Frontier Foundation, 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://www.eff.org/wp/law-enforcement-use-face-recognition Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 149161

Author: Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) Title: The Projected Costs of Marijuana Legalization in Connecticut Summary: Much has been said about the revenue that marijuana legalization might bring to Connecticut. Few, however, discuss the costs of such a policy. Omitting costs is a critical oversight: no policy or business plan would be complete without discussing both sides of the balance sheet. Although a full cost accounting of marijuana legalization would be impossible at present, enough data exists to make rough-and-ready estimates of certain likely direct and short-term costs, such as: 1. Administrative and enforcement costs for regulators 2. Increased drugged-driving fatalities 3. Increased drugged-driving injuries 4. Increased property damage to vehicles related to drugged driving 5. Short-term health costs a. More emergency room visits for marijuana poisonings b. Injuries from marijuana-concentrate extraction lab explosions/fires 6. Increased rates of homelessness 7. Workplace costs a. Increased absenteeism b. More workplace accidents among full-time employees Initial approximations of these preliminary costs indicate that it is unlikely that revenues from legalization would ever exceed its costs. This report concludes that even a conservative cost estimate limited to only the issues above would cost Connecticut approximately $216 million in 2020, which would be the third year of legalization if the policy was implemented in 2018. (According to data from the Connecticut General Assembly's Office of Fiscal Analysis, the legalization program will only be fully operational in its third year of operation. ) Such costs exceed, by more than 90 percent, the maximum projected official revenue estimate of $113.6 million for the third year of the proposed legalization program. (These costs are almost 300 percent of the minimum revenue estimate of $54.4 million, but to be conservative, this report uses the maximum estimate. ) Further, even without considering such costs, the maximum projected revenue estimate would account for just one-half of one percent of the governor's proposed FY 2018�19 budget. Sch a conclusion is also consistent with well-established information about alcohol and tobacco, two legal drugs whose costs to society are at least 10 times the tax revenue their sale generates for the state. Details: Alexandria, VA: SAM, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://learnaboutsam.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/SAM-CT-Report-Costs-Marijuana2123.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 149162

Author: Barch, M. Title: Evaluation of the 2016 Truancy Prevention and Intervention Act: Initial Report Summary: The 2016 Washington State Legislature modified several of the state's compulsory school attendance laws, which require school-aged children to attend school and establish the steps that schools and courts take in response to unexcused absences. The act made a number of changes to those requirements, including mandating the use of community truancy boards (CTBs). The legislature directed WSIPP to evaluate the effectiveness of the 2016 act by January 2021. The final report will include the following: 1) descriptive analyses, 2) interrupted time series analyses (with a comparison group, where possible) and 3) meta-analysis. Descriptive analysis will be used to describe truancy prevention and intervention efforts by schools. A combination of descriptive and interrupted time series analyses will be used to describe changes in CTBs, truancy petition characteristics and outcomes, and student academic outcomes. The meta-analysis will review the evidence for truancy intervention programs. WSIPP identified three categories of data gaps that will limit the analysis, including the possible lack of:  historical data on truancy interventions and previously established CTBs;  prospective data on general school prevention efforts and some CTB characteristics; and  rigorous research on effective truancy prevention and intervention programs. Details: Olympia: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1678/Wsipp_Evaluation-of-the-2016-Truancy-Prevention-and-Intervention-Act-Initial-Report_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 149164

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Hawaii Title: As Much Justice As You Can Afford: Hawaii's Accused Face An Unequal Bail System Summary: Pretrial incarceration is one of the growing drivers of overcrowding in Hawai'i jails. While all community correctional centers are operating around double their design capacity, about 1,145 men and women, around half of those jailed in those correctional facilities, have not been convicted of any crime and are merely awaiting trial, many for misdemeanors and minor offenses. The primary reason for this indiscriminate jailing of people who should be presumed innocent until proven guilty is that they cannot afford the amount of bail set in their case. To better understand why so many in Hawai'i are being jailed pretrial, the ACLU of Hawai'i conducted an in-depth study of bail setting practices by reviewing online all cases filed in circuit court during the first semester of 2017. Our findings were unsurprising yet shocking. During that period of time, circuit courts in Hawai'i set money bail as a condition of release in 88 percent of cases with only 44 percent of people managing to eventually post the amount of bail set by the court. In other words, while only 12 percent of people were released on their own recognizance or supervised release, in the 88 percent of cases where money bail was used, the majority of people simply could not afford the amount of bail set by the court. With the average bail amount for a class C felony on Oahu being $20,000, it's understandable why most people can't afford it. Setting money bail at an unaffordable amount not only contravenes equal protection and due process rights but also permanently destroys the lives and livelihoods of thousands of families in Hawai'i with little to no benefit to society. Bail is supposed to be set based on a consideration of multiple factors, including flight risk, ability to pay, and danger to the community. Instead, in 91 percent of cases in Hawai'i, initial money bail simply mirrors the amount set by the police in the arrest warrant. And that amount is based solely only on the crime charged. Thus, initial money bail determinations are overwhelmingly being made without any individualized consideration of flight risk, ability to pay, or danger to the community, resulting in some of the longest lengths of pretrial detention in the country. The purpose of bail is not pretrial punishment. Bail is supposed to minimize the risk of flight and danger to society while preserving the defendant's constitutional rights. The bail setting process in Hawai'i, however, does not achieve any of these purposes. Instead, it regularly causes individuals to waive their constitutional rights simply to get out of jail. In fact, while cases where an individual could not afford bail constituted 49 percent of the cases reviewed, 69 percent of the arrestees who changed their pleas from innocent to guilty or no contest did so while held in jail, primarily because they could not afford bail. Like many other states, Hawai'i is in dire need of meaningful bail reform, particularly as it considers plans to relocate the Oahu Community Correctional Center. Any such reform must, at a minimum, result in prompt and individualized bail hearings with adequate procedural protections, in which the government bears the burden of showing that the defendant poses a flight risk or danger to the community and in which narrowly tailored and necessary conditions of release are set to address specific and credible risks. There are many ways of achieving these reforms and we call on the Judiciary, the Legislature, the Prosecutor's Office, and the Department of Public Safety to help us achieve such a constitutional pretrial system. Details: Honolulu: ACLU of Hawaii, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://acluhawaii.files.wordpress.com/2018/01/aclu-of-hawaii-bail-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149166

Author: Males, Mike Title: Crime in California Cities Remains Stable Through Justice Reform Era (2010-2017) Summary: This fact sheet from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice finds that, despite the implementation of large-scale criminal justice reforms, California's urban crime rates remained stable from 2010 through early 2016. The report uses recently released FBI crime data from the first six months of 2016 to compare rates of property and violent crime across cities and over time. The report finds that: Total urban crime fell 3 percent in the first half of 2016 compared to the first half of 2015. This decline was driven by a 4 percent reduction in property offenses and a 4 percent increase in reported violent crime. Following decades of decline, California's urban crime rate remained relatively stable between 2010 and 2016. Throughout this seven-year period, property crime declined by 1 percent and violent crime increased by 3 percent, yielding no net change in the total crime rate. Crime rates have remained low and stable through an era of criminal justice reform, including Public Safety Realignment in 2011 and Proposition 47 in 2014. One-year changes in the crime rate varied considerably across California's 69 largest cities. Overall, 28 cities reported increased total crime during this one year period, and 41 cities reported declines. From early 2015 to early 2016, 46 cities reported increased violent crime rates and 44 reported decreased property crime rates. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/crime_in_california_cities_remains_stable_through_justice_reform_era.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 149167

Author: Duriez, Stephanie A. Title: Mentoring Best Practices Research: Effectiveness of Juvenile Mentoring Programs on Recidivism Summary: On 09/01/2013, the Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) at the University of Cincinnati (UC) was awarded a Fiscal Year (FY) 2013 Mentoring Best Practices Research Category 2: New Mentoring Research and Evaluations grant from the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP). The grant funded a research study entitled "Effectiveness of Juvenile Offender Mentoring Programs on Recidivism." The project was funded for 3 years, and a one-year, no-cost extension continued the project through 08/31/2017. This study adds to the existing literature on mentoring justice involved youth by providing an outcome and process evaluation of mentoring agencies across both urban and rural counties in Ohio. This study assesses the effect of mentoring, as delivered by the programs in this study, on recidivism of youth on both probation and parole. Four research questions were examined: (1) Are the mentoring services studied here effective in reducing delinquent and criminal reoffending?; (2) Does the impact of these mentoring services differ based on youth characteristics (e.g., risk level)?; (3) Does the quality of the match between mentor and mentee impact youth outcomes?; and (4) Does the quality of the mentoring program lead to differing outcomes? The research team at CCJR used a mixed methods approach to answer the four questions-examination of secondary data, enrollment of youth receiving mentoring services and collection of corresponding data, and site visits to collect key details about the mentoring agencies involved in the project. To address the first and second research questions, researchers completed an outcome evaluation using a quasi-experimental design with two separate samples. First, the parole sample was comprised of either youth on parole that participated in mentoring services funded by a Second Chance Act (SCA) grant (Mentored group) or youth on parole that did not participate in mentoring services (Comparison group). The probation sample was comprised of youth on probation that participated in mentoring services (Mentored group) and youth on probation that did not receive mentoring services (Comparison group). To ensure like samples for the Mentored and Comparison groups in both samples, youth were matched on risk, race, gender, and age. The third research question was investigated through the administration of a survey to youth participating in mentoring while on probation. The survey was comprised of three tools designed to measure the quality of the relationship and overall youth satisfaction with their mentor and respective mentoring program. The tools are the Dual Role Relationship InventoryRevised (DRI-R), the Youth Mentoring Survey (YMS), and the Perceived Program Effectiveness (PPE) scale. Surveys were administered to youth approximately three months after they had been matched with their mentor. The fourth research question was addressed using a process evaluation approach. Mentoring agencies in the parole and probation samples were assessed using the EvidencedBased Correction Program Checklist - Mentoring (CPC-M), a tool developed for this research study. The CPC-M was used to measure program quality by thoroughly evaluating how closely the mentoring agencies met the research on effective mentoring practices as well as the principles of effective interventions. In the parole sites, phone interviews with key personnel were conducted using the CPC-M. In the probation sites, full site visits comprised of interviews with key program staff, mentors, and mentees, review of relevant mentoring program materials, and focus groups with mentors and mentees were conducted. The aim of the process evaluation was to better understand the mentoring programs and to evaluate the level of adherence to research on effective practices in mentoring. Using the CPC-M allowed the research team to quantify program quality to examine the potential impact on recidivism. Details: Cincinnati: Center for Criminal Justice Research University of Cincinnati, 2017. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251378.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 149169

Author: Hunt, Heather Title: Court Fines and Fees: Criminalizing Poverty in North Carolina Summary: In trial courts across North Carolina, poor criminal defendants are regularly and systematically billed for an array of fines and fees they can't afford. Fees are imposed at almost every step in the criminal justice process, starting before conviction and extending for months or years after sentencing. As we detail in our report, Court Fines and Fees: Criminalizing Poverty in North Carolina, defendants unable to pay these accumulating court costs risk triggering a cascade of draconian penalties: additional fees, revoked driver's licenses and jail time, often for offenses too minor to warrant incarceration in the first place. The result can be surreal and cruel. Defendants unable to pay their fees are sanctioned in ways that make it even harder for them to escape their criminal justice debt. For them, fines and fees constitute an ongoing poverty trap. One Orange County defendant who had previously been jailed for failure to pay court fees explained how she lives in fear of being incarcerated again. If that happens, her husband may have to quit his job to take care of their kids. Then, she frets, they will likely lose their home. "The whole thing leaves my family feeling hopeless," she said, "like we'll never get back on our feet." It feels like a cycle. "We'll never be able to pay and will always be burdened with these costs." It is "almost like a set-up, they know I won't be able to pay." This report is the first in a series of six to be issued by the North Carolina Poverty Research Fund exploring the criminal justice practices that work to criminalize poverty in our state. Through legal analysis, defendants' stories, court observations, and interviews with advocates, public defenders and judges, we show how criminal court fines and fees work in North Carolina to burden poor defendants, and their families and communities. We examine how fees raise troubling questions of constitutionality, cast doubt on the fairness of our courts and infringe on judicial independence. We scrutinize claims about the necessity and cost efficiency of fines and fees and look at the factors that drove their rise in the state. We conclude with simple, straightforward recommendations that can be easily adopted by the courts. Details: Chapel Hill: North Carolina Poverty Research Fund, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: http://www.ncpolicywatch.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Court-Fines-and-Fees-Criminalizing-Poverty-in-NC.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 149171

Author: Alabama Appleseed Title: Forfeiting Your Rights: How Alabama's Profit-Driven Civil Asset Forfeiture Scheme Undercuts Due Process and Property Rights Summary: The study examined 1,110 cases in 14 counties, representing 70% of the 1,591 civil asset forfeiture cases filed in Alabama in 2015. It found: - Courts awarded $2.2 million to law enforcement agencies in 827 disposed cases.. - In a quarter of the cases filed, criminal charges were not brought against the person whose property was seized, resulting in the forfeiture of more than $670,000. - The state won 84% of disposed cases against property owners not charged with crime. - In 55% percent of cases where criminal charges were filed, the charges were related to marijuana. In 18% of cases where criminal charges were filed, the charge was simple possession of marijuana and/or paraphernalia. - In 64% of cases where criminal charges were filed, the defendant was black (African Americans comprise 27 percent of state's population). - In half of the cases, the amount of cash was $1,372 or less. Details: Montgomery, AL: Alabama Appleseed, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 16, 2018 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ddgkj2e4HIVUB6o1p_Fp0hC8_w3lnlhC/view Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 149170

Author: West, Jeremy Title: Racial Bias in Police Investigations Summary: Endogenous selection into police encounters typically complicates evaluations of law enforcement discrimination. This study overcomes selection concerns by examining automobile crash investigations, for which officer dispatch is demonstrably exogenous to drivers' race. I find State Police officers issue significantly more traffic citations to drivers whose race differs from their own. This bias is evident for both moving and nonmoving violations, the latter indicating a preference for discriminatory leniency towards same-race individuals. I show this treatment is unmitigated by socioeconomic factors: officers cite other-race drivers more frequently regardless of their age, gender, vehicle value, or characteristics of the local community. Details: Santa Cruz, CA: University of California at Santa Cruz, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2018 at: https://people.ucsc.edu/~jwest1/articles/West_RacialBiasPolice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 149173

Author: Noray, Kadeem Title: The Causal Effect of Police Brutality on Local Crime: Evidence from Chicago Summary: sing recently digitized complaints made about Chicago police officers released by the Citizen's Police Data Project, I estimate the effect of police brutality on short-term local crime. My empirical strategy uses conditionally random variation in the timing and location of serious excessive force incidents within Chicago to identify the causal relationship between these incidents and local crime. I also explore how this relationship changes with proximity to where a brutality incident occurred, the race of the victim, and the race of the offending officer. I find that, within a month after a brutality incident occurred, the average incident is associated with a one percent decrease in citywide violent crime. Within a community where an incident occurred, however, there is a three percent increase in violent crime and a two percent increase in total crime. Expanding out to the district, the total crime effect disappears, and the violent crime effect diminishes to two percent but remains positive. I also find that if the victim of a brutality incident is black, the community-level effect on violent crime increased to four percent, the district-level effect on violent crime increased to seven percent, and property crime increased by six percent at the district-level. If the offending officer is white and the victim is black (a.k.a. if the incident is potentially racially charged), there is a ten percent increase in total crime and an 18 percent increase in property crime within a month after the incident, both at the community-level. Details: Bozeman, MT: Montana State University, 2017. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 19, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.montana.edu/xmlui/handle/1/13102 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 149174

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "Set up to Fail": The Impact of Offender-Funded Private Probation on the Poor Summary: Many US states allow private companies to supervise probation for minor offenses. People on probation pay fees to the private companies for supervision, and bear the costs of drug testing, document checks, community service, and other court-mandated conditions, which the same private probation companies often provide. "Set up to Fail" documents the impact of privatized probation systems in four US states: Florida, Kentucky, Missouri, and Tennessee, and finds that people living in poverty often face the greatest consequences of the private probation system, as they have to forego basic necessities, including food, transportation, and rent, to pay their fees and fines. When individuals are unable to pay, they face potential arrest, extended probation periods, and incarceration. Based on over 150 interviews, the report also documents numerous cases of human rights abuses associated with the private probation system and calls for greater government oversight and regulation of the industry. Authorities in Florida, Kentucky, Missouri, Tennessee, and other states where probationers face excruciating costs should reduce the burden of private probation fees and court costs on the poor, ensuring that they do not face further criminalization as a result of their inability to meet costs related to their probation. Details: New York: HRW, 2018. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/report/2018/02/20/set-fail/impact-offender-funded-private-probation-poor Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 149175

Author: Electronic Frontier Foundation Title: Patterns of Misconduct: FBI Intelligence Violations from 2001 - 2008 Summary: In a review of nearly 2,500 pages of documents released by the Federal Bureau of Investigation as a result of litigation under the Freedom of Information Act, EFF uncovered alarming trends in the Bureau's intelligence investigation practices. The documents consist of reports made by the FBI to the Intelligence Oversight Board of violations committed during intelligence investigations from 2001 to 2008. The documents suggest that FBI intelligence investigations have compromised the civil liberties of American citizens far more frequently, and to a greater extent, than was previously assumed. In particular, EFF's analysis provides new insight into: Number of Violations Committed by the FBI From 2001 to 2008, the FBI reported to the IOB approximately 800 violations of laws, Executive Orders, or other regulations governing intelligence investigations, although this number likely significantly under-represents the number of violations that actually occurred. From 2001 to 2008, the FBI investigated, at minimum, 7000 potential violations of laws, Executive Orders, or other regulations governing intelligence investigations. Based on the proportion of violations reported to the IOB and the FBI's own statements regarding the number of NSL violations that occurred, the actual number of violations that may have occurred from 2001 to 2008 could approach tens of thousands of possible violations of law, Executive Order, or other regulations governing intelligence investigations. Substantial Delays in the Intelligence Oversight Process From 2001 to 2008, both FBI and IOB oversight of intelligence activities was delayed and likely ineffectual; on average, 2.5 years elapsed between a violation's occurrence and its eventual reporting to the IOB. Type and Frequency of FBI Intelligence Violations From 2001 to 2008, of the nearly 800 violations reported to the IOB: over one-third involved FBI violation of rules governing internal oversight of intelligence investigations. nearly one-third involved FBI abuse, misuse, or careless use of the Bureau's National Security Letter authority. almost one-fifth involved an FBI violation of the Constitution, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act, or other laws governing criminal investigations or intelligence gathering activities. From 2001 to 2008, in nearly half of all NSL violations, third-parties to whom NSLs were issued - phone companies, internet service providers, financial institutions, and credit agencies -contributed in some way to the FBI's unauthorized receipt of personal information. From 2001 to 2008, the FBI engaged in a number of flagrant legal violations, including: submitting false or inaccurate declarations to courts. using improper evidence to obtain federal grand jury subpoenas. accessing password protected documents without a warrant. Details: San Francisco: EFF, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.eff.org/wp/patterns-misconduct-fbi-intelligence-violations Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 149176

Author: Mackey, Aaron Title: Unreliable Informants: IP Addresses, Digital Tips and Police Raids Summary: The digital revolution has given law enforcement more tools to help track and identify us than ever before. Yet as law enforcement increasingly relies on electronic evidence to investigate crimes, one of the most readily available tools, Internet Protocol addresses (IP addresses), have become increasingly misused and misunderstood by law enforcement and judges alike. Law enforcement too often overstates the reliability of IP address information in seeking warrants and other process (such as subpoenas), using metaphors that create a sense of certainty where it does not always exist. Additionally, courts often don't know what questions to ask about IP address information or how to evaluate its reliability. Although IP addresses can sometimes be reliable indicators of locations or individuals when combined with other information, such as ISP records, use of the IP address alone, without more, can too often result in dangerous, frightening, and resource-wasting police raids based on warrants issued without proper investigation. This risk is especially high when: (1) determining a suspect's physical location and (2) identifying an individual suspect responsible for a crime. This paper explains how law enforcement and courts can use IP addresses responsibly in criminal investigations and provides specific suggestions to assist each of them. The well-developed body of law around the reliability of anonymous informants provides a good model for cops and judges seeking to rely on IP addresses. In short, when police rely on information from anonymous informants to obtain a search warrant, they need to include details in their applications demonstrating both the 1) informant's reliability and similar context and 2) corroboration that the police have obtained. Details: San Francisco: Electronic Frontier Foundation, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at : https://www.eff.org/files/2016/09/22/2016.09.20_final_formatted_ip_address_white_paper_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 149177

Author: Cope, Sophia Title: Digital Privacy at the U.S. Border: Protecting the Data on Your Devices Summary: The U.S. government reported a five-fold increase in the number of electronic media searches at the border in a single year, from 4,764 in 2015 to 23,877 in 2016.1 Every one of those searches was a potential privacy violation. Our lives are minutely documented on the phones and laptops we carry. Our devices carry records of private conversations, family photos, medical documents, banking information, information about what websites we visit, and much more. Moreover, people in many professions, such as lawyers and journalists, have a heightened need to keep their electronic information confidential. How can travelers keep their digital data safe? The U.S. Constitution generally places strong limits on the government�s ability to pry into this information. At the U.S. border, however, those limits are not as strong, both legally and practically. As a matter of the law, some legal protections are weaker - a fact EFF is working to change. As a matter of practice, border agents may take a broad view of what they are permitted to do. Border agents may attempt to scrutinize the content stored or cached on your phones, laptops, and other portable electronic devices, including electronic communications, social media postings, and ecommerce activity. Moreover, agents may seek to examine your public social media postings by obtaining your social media identifiers or handles. As of this writing, the federal government is considering requiring disclosure from certain foreign visitors of social media login credentials, allowing access to private postings and "friend" lists. This guide (updating a previous guide from 2011) helps travelers understand their individual risks when crossing the U.S. border, provides an overview of the law around border search, and offers a brief technical overview to securing digital data. Details: San Francisco: Electronic Frontier Foundations, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.eff.org/files/2017/03/10/digital-privacy-border-2017-guide3.10.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Access Control Shelf Number: 149178

Author: American Bar Association Title: Criminalizing Poverty: Debtor's Prison in the 21st Century Summary: On June 20, 2016, a distinguished panel of experts discussed how fines, fees, and costs in our justice system are criminalizing poverty by burying people unable to pay under ever-growing mountains of debt and imposing on the poor more severe punishments for failure to pay. This free CLE webinar, Criminalizing Poverty: Debtor's Prison in the 21st Century, was presented by the American Bar Association Commission on Homelessness & Poverty, Section of State and Local Government Law, Criminal Justice Section, Section of Litigation Children's Rights Litigation Committee, and the Center for Professional Development. There are many different terms used interchangeably across the country - such as monetary sanctions, legal financial obligations (LFOs), and assessments (e.g., in Illinois) - to describe the different fines, fees, and costs associated with offenses and the courts. For the sake of simplicity, in this article, we will use the term "LFO" whenever possible to refer to such fines, fees, and costs. In the program on criminalizing poverty, Dr. Harris identified four systems of justice or "layers of legal debt" in which LFOs are imposed on people: traffic and misdemeanor, juvenile, felony, and federal. Then, within each of these layers of legal debt, there are types or "buckets" of LFOs. Dr. Harris has identified through her research the following buckets of LFOs: - Fines related to the offense. These fines range from an undefined amount (Delaware) to $500,000 (Kansas). Examples are a discretionary $1,000 drug conviction LFO for a first conviction and $2,000 for a second conviction (Washington). - Court-imposed user fees for processing. Examples are a mandatory $500 victim penalty assessment per felony (Washington), a $100 fee per felony (Washington), a $100 criminal cost fee (Indiana), a $193 felony docket fee (Kansas), and a $300 jury trial fee (Maine). - Surcharges for court and non-court-related costs. These are fees on top of the base charges, and they range from 0 to 83 percent. In Arizona, 10 percent of an 83 percent surcharge goes to a clean elections fund even though people with felony convictions paying this surcharge cannot vote; in Delaware, a 50 percent surcharge on fines goes to a transportation fund. - Collection costs and interest on unpaid balances. These directly create a two-tier system of justice by punishing those who are unable to pay with additional costs such as interest and penalties. Examples are 4.75 percent interest (Florida), 7 percent interest (Georgia), 12 percent interest (Washington), a 15 percent penalty on unpaid balances and a 30 percent collection fee (Illinois), and a 19 percent collection fee for delinquent payments and a $35 fee (Arizona). - Restitution for victim compensation. Restitution is the money owed to victims by offenders to compensate for the offender's actions. Details: Chicago: ABA, 2016. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/publications/litigation_committees/childrights/16-06-20-CE1606FSS-course-materials.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fees and Fines Shelf Number: 149179

Author: Alim, Frida Title: Spying on Students: School-Issued Devices and Students Privacy Summary: Students and their families are backed into a corner. As students across the United States are handed school-issued laptops and signed up for educational cloud services, the way the educational system treats the privacy of students is undergoing profound changes- often without their parents' notice or consent, and usually without a real choice to opt out of privacy-invading technology. Students are using technology in the classroom at an unprecedented rate. One-third of all K-12 students in U.S. schools use school-issued devices. Google Chromebooks account for about half of those machines. Across the U.S., more than 30 million students, teachers, and administrators use Google's G Suite for Education (formerly known as Google Apps for Education), and that number is rapidly growing. Student laptops and educational services are often available for a steeply reduced price, and are sometimes even free. However, they come with real costs and unresolved ethical questions. Throughout EFF's investigation over the past two years, we have found that educational technology services often collect far more information on kids than is necessary and store this information indefinitely. This privacy-implicating information goes beyond personally identifying information (PII) like name and date of birth, and can include browsing history, search terms, location data, contact lists, and behavioral information. Some programs upload this student data to the cloud automatically and by default. All of this often happens without the awareness or consent of students and their families. In short, technology providers are spying on students-and school districts, which often provide inadequate privacy policies or no privacy policy at all, are unwittingly helping them do it. Since 2015, EFF has been taking a closer look at whether and how educational technology (or "ed tech") companies are protecting students' privacy and their data. This paper presents what we have observed and learned about student privacy in the course of our investigation. We aim to more precisely define the problems and issues around student privacy as they affect real students and their families, and to give stakeholders - including parents, students, administrators, and teachers - concrete steps they can take to advocate for student privacy in their own communities Details: San Francisco: Electronic Frontier Foundation, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.eff.org/files/2017/04/13/student-privacy-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Privacy Shelf Number: 149180

Author: Bruel, Nick Title: Deadly Calls and Fatal Encounters: Analysis of U. S. law enforcement line of duty deaths when officers responded to dispatched calls for service and conducted enforcement (2010-2014) Summary: In 2015, the National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial Fund (NLEOMF) entered into a cooperative agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice COPS office to study officer line-of duty deaths. This report is a five-year study analyzing line-of-duty deaths in which a total of 684 cases were reviewed. Specifically, the analysis focused on cases that involved a dispatched call for service which required a police response and what information was made available to responding officers in the deadliest calls for service. Armed with this information, researchers were then tasked with determining if any commonalities existed that could be utilized as learning tools to prevent future deadly calls or fatal encounters. Some key findings from this report reveal that calls related to domestic disputes and domestic related incidents represented the highest number of fatal types of calls for service and were also the underlying cause of law enforcement fatalities for several other calls for service. In addition, researchers discovered that officers were slain with handguns in 71% of all cases studied and that in 45% of all the cases in which officers were responding to a dispatched call for service that ended in a fatality, the officers had been advised the suspect(s) might be armed, or had made prior threats. Based on the results of the analysis of these fatal incidents, it is clear that agencies must strive to improve the information sharing between dispatchers and all responding officers. Better information regarding the location and its call history, as well as any other details of the call, must be made readily available. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services; and National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial Fund, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: http://www.nleomf.org/assets/pdfs/officer-safety/Primary_Research_Final_11-0_updated_8_31_16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 149183

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: Public Safety Consolidation: A Multiple Case Study Assessment of Implementation and Outcome Summary: The provision of public safety services is among the largest tasks local governments undertake. In 2011, local governments in the United States spent $125.7 billion on police ($83.5 billion) and fire ($42.3 billion) protection, more than they spent on any other function but education (Barnett and Vidal 2013). Managing these services is a complex task. About 80 to 85 percent of police and fire budgets are personnel costs (Wilson, Rostker, and Fan 2010; Schaitberger 2003). Collective bargaining agreements, federal and state compensation and labor laws and safety regulations, local legislation concerning minimum staffing, and other restrictions can reduce flexibility in managing these workforces, and public safety employees have received public support for maintaining levels of staffing and service. Budget pressures have further complicated the efforts of public safety agencies to improve their efficiency and effectiveness. The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), for example, found that most police agencies had experienced budget cuts in the prior year, and 40 percent anticipated cuts in the coming one (2013). For many departments, these are ongoing challenges, dating at least to the Great Recession of 2008�09. Indeed, five years after the downturn, most municipal governments had not returned to their prior revenue and employment levels (House 2013). As cuts continue, many local governments have found that standard responses (e.g., reducing overtime, instituting special-service charges) have not been enough to reduce budgets. A traditional reluctance to cut public safety services has yielded to hiring freezes, layoffs, furloughs, or even disbanding of departments (COPS Office 2011; Melekian 2012; PERF 2010; Wilson, Dalton, et al. 2010). Many communities have also explored differing modes of service delivery. As indicated by growing numbers of media reports in recent years, more communities are seeking new ways to maintain public service delivery (Chermak, Scheer, and Wilson 2014). Among these have been greater sharing of services with other communities, contracting for services, and merging agencies, including consolidation of several agencies into a single, metropolitan-wide one. One approach, the focus of this report, has been to consolidate emergency medical services (EMS) and police and fire services within a single community into a public safety agency. Consolidation of police and fire services into a single agency can be traced to ancient Rome, where urban watchmen provided firefighting services at night and law enforcement services that the army was forbidden to provide by day (Morley and Hadley 2013). Consolidated public safety services were the norm in Great Britain, Germany, and Japan until World War II, when wartime nationalization forced the separation of fire and police services in Britain and Allied reconstruction separated them in Japan and Germany. In the United States, consolidation of police and fire services dates back at least a century. In 1911, the community of Grosse Pointe Shores, Michigan, merged its police and fire services to create what was perhaps the first public safety department in the United States (Matarese et al. 2007). Oakwood, Ohio, founded what appears to be the second such department in 1924 (City of Oakwood 2015). Sunnyvale, California, similarly consolidated a small professional police force and a volunteer fire force in 1950 (City of Sunnyvale 2005). Other public safety departments more than a half-century old include those in Butner, North Carolina; Oak Park, Michigan; and Beverly Hills, Michigan. Consolidation had a particular appeal in the 1950s among smaller communities seeking efficiency and cost effectiveness and to capitalize on existing volunteer safety programs (Ayres 1957). During the 1950s, consolidation tended to occur more in cities that had home-rule and city-manager forms of government. One cited reason for consolidation at the time was that while larger cities could achieve some efficiencies and forms of specialization in separate police and fire services, smaller agencies could not expect to achieve these. Hence, smaller agencies would turn to public safety consolidation to most easily achieve efficiencies. At the same time, smaller cities were more likely to have fewer crime and fire problems, possibly making them more suitable for public safety integration because of a smaller workload. The idea of public safety consolidation became somewhat controversial in the 1960s because of its implications for organized labor and staff training (Wall 1961). At that time, communities were integrating fire and safety services in order to offer fire services to fast-growing communities, to reduce work hours and personnel costs without losing services, and to provide both police and fire services to recently annexed areas that might not support separate police and fire services. At the same time, the International Association of Fire Fighters and the International Association of Fire Chiefs opposed such measures on the grounds that consolidating police and fire services would lead to inadequacies in both services. A survey of 369 cities with populations from 10,000 to 49,999 found city managers the most supportive of consolidation and fire chiefs the least supportive, with police chiefs more supportive than fire chiefs but less supportive than city managers (Bernitt 1962). Interest in consolidation intensified in the 1970s as citizens demanded more and better services without tax increases (Berenbaum 1977), just as they would in the first decade of the 21st century as state and local budgets faced their tightest budget restrictions in decades. Advocates for consolidation emphasized (1) developing a public safety culture rather than simply cross-training police and fire officers and (2) implementing consolidated operations that convert fire stations into public safety stations. They also sought to implement the model in medium-to-large cities while recognizing that the model might have particular appeal to smaller communities, particularly in rural areas seeking to maximize resources and provide as broad an array of services as possible (see Marenin and Copus 1991 on public safety consolidations in Alaska). An assessment of public safety consolidation in three North Carolina cities in the 1970s found advantages of more contact with the public, better response, better career opportunities, and cost effectiveness but disadvantages in dual supervision, conflicting opinions over flexibility, preferences among officers for police over fire duties, and perceptions that public safety promotion opportunities were limited (Lynch and Lord 1979). Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p328-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Consolidation Shelf Number: 149185

Author: Farester, Erika L. Title: Assessing Stress and Coping Among Federal Probation Officers Summary: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of organizational environmental stressors on burnout, commitment, job satisfaction, and self-perceived health among federal probation officers, while controlling for the mediating effects of coping factors and support. In addition, I explored the effects of leadership training and leadership behaviors of top level administrators on the same outcomes. Of the criminal justice professions, probation, especially federal probation, has received the least attention in the area of stress research. Much of the probation stress literature is dated and the nature of the offender and caseload numbers have changed, thereby making interpretations difficult. Although the literature discusses the role of direct supervisors on employee stress, the role of top-level leaders is rarely considered. Making decisions based on limited and dated research on probation officer stress can lead to risks for not only the officers, but society. High levels of officer stress can lead to health problems, burnout, and turnover, resulting in less experienced, overworked probation officers. Findings from this study confirmed some of the most common stressors noted in the literature for probation officer stress, including role load and role conflict. This study assessed the use of coping factors including emotion-focused, cognitive behavioral, and religion. Officers reported minimal use of such coping methods, however, the coping methods did impact stressors. The strongest finding from this study was the influence of a Chief United States Probation Officer's leadership behaviors, which was often the strongest predictor of working conditions and had a moderate role in the stress outcomes. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 236p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://knowledge.library.iup.edu/etd/1449/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Burnout Shelf Number: 149186

Author: California. Courts. Judicial Branch Title: Pretrial Detention Reform: Recommendations to the Chief Justice Summary: The Chief Justice established the Pretrial Detention Reform Workgroup on October 28, 2016, to provide recommendations on how courts may better identify ways to make release decisions that will treat people fairly, protect the public, and ensure court appearances. In establishing the Workgroup, the Chief Justice recognized the central role of the courts. The Chief Justice provided the following guiding principles for the Pretrial Detention Reform Workgroup:  Pretrial custody should not occur solely because a defendant cannot afford bail.  Public safety is a fundamental consideration in pretrial detention decisions.  Defendants should be released from pretrial custody as early as possible based on an assessment of the risk to public safety and the risk for failing to appear in court.  Mitigating the impacts of implicit bias on pretrial release decision-making should be considered.  Reform recommendations should consider court and justice system partner resources.  Nonfinancial release alternatives should be available.  Consistent and feasible practices for making pretrial release, detention, and supervision decisions should be established. During the course of its yearlong study, the Workgroup examined the complex issues involved in the current pretrial release and detention system. Members reviewed a wide variety of research and policy materials and heard presentations from state and national experts, justice system partner representatives, the commercial bail industry, state and local regulators, victim and civil rights advocacy organizations, California counties that have experience with pretrial services programs, and jurisdictions outside California that have undertaken pretrial reform efforts. At the conclusion of this process, the Workgroup determined that California's current pretrial release and detention system unnecessarily compromises victim and public safety because it bases a person's liberty on financial resources rather than the likelihood of future criminal behavior and exacerbates socioeconomic disparities and racial bias. Details: Sacramento: Judicial Council of California, 2017. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: http://www.courts.ca.gov/documents/PDRReport-20171023.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149188

Author: McDevitt, Jack Title: Police Technology Summary: This report on police officers' views about technology in their agencies revealed some interesting results. While the majority of respondents reported that each of the technologies being studied (in-car cameras, crime mapping, and Tasers) were being used in their agencies, the way they were being used varied greatly. While the vast majority of officers reported having in-car cameras in their agency, very few reported that they were used in any routine way. In the case of crime mapping, 99 percent of respondents reported that their agency used crime mapping and that the mapping was used most often to identify crime patterns. In the case of Tasers, about three-quarters of the respondents reported that their agency used Tasers, often by a limited number of officers, and the results show very strong support for Tasers among survey respondents. This short survey illustrates the National Police Research Platform's proficiency in drilling down into a particular topic. With online surveys of employees, the Platform provides the ability to understand not only whether a particular technology is being used, but also how and why it is being used. Future surveys can explore a wide range of technology application in policing. Details: Washington, DC: National police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2011. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/10815712/1298056376703/Technology+2007-1.pdf?token=mcLjAE5LFeDOjYFDZL1%2BQffhTkQ%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Mapping Shelf Number: 149195

Author: Cordner, Gary Title: Police Training Summary: Purpose This report from the National Police Research Platform summarizes responses from the first round of organizational surveys conducted in 2010 and early 2011, focusing on police training. Specifically, respondents were asked to rate the in-service/post-academy training they had received during their careers in regard to how well that training had prepared them to do their jobs as police officers. Additionally, supervisors were asked to rate the formal supervisory training they had received. Methods The Training Survey was administered in seven participating agencies located in seven different states - two small agencies (S1 and S2), one medium-size agency (M1), two large agencies (L1 and L2), and two very large agencies (VL1 and VL2). The survey was offered on-line to all sworn members of the agencies, except in the very large agencies, where it was offered to a random sample of sworn members. In total, 1,056 responses were received from sworn personnel. Of the respondents, 18% were women, 20% represented African American, Latino, or other minority groups, and 30% held the rank of sergeant or higher. The survey items reported here focus on respondents' assessments of the quality of the post-academy training that they have received. The survey did not attempt to measure the amount of in-service training received. States vary in how much annual training is required, and individual law enforcement agencies vary in how much in-service training they provide (or send officers through) over-and-above state requirements. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2012. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/21122609/1354243405133/Training+II-1.pdf?token=2gBStzDf4pQJmPR6W26gE%2FkydaI%3D Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 149196

Author: Smith, Jinkinson Title: Illegal Immigration and Violent Crime Rates in the United States, 2009-2014 Summary: The question of whether illegal immigration is positively related to crime rates in the United States has been heavily publicized since current U.S. president Donald Trump announced his candidacy for president in 2015. This study explores the relationship between changes in illegal immigration and changes in violent crime rates at the state level during the period from 2009 to 2014. Data came from the Pew Research Center and the FBI's Uniform Crime Reports. It is found that changes in the percent of a population made up of undocumented immigrants is not significantly correlated with changes in violent crime rates among U.S. states for which data on both parameters exist (n=13), consistent with previous research on this topic. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 2,1 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3120820 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149199

Author: Lovett, Nicholas Title: Do Greater Sanctions Deter Youth Crime? Evidence from a Regression Discontinuity Design Summary: Economic theory has long and unambiguously posited that greater severity of criminal sanctions will reduce crime through a deterrence channel, yet clear empirical evidence has proven somewhat elusive. We address this issue by using administrative data from California that covers the universe of adult and juvenile crime and allows us to generate regression discontinuity estimates of the deterrent effect of increased criminal sanctions at the age of majority. Estimates suggest that the greater severity imposed upon adolescents at the age of majority deters violent crime by 10-12%. Results are robust to both global parametric and local non-parametric techniques under multiple specifications. Additionally, we measure the change in criminal sanctions and estimate an elasticity of crime with respect to sanction intensity. The elasticity ranges from -0.145 to -0.174. We extend our results to demographic sub-populations and find female offenders are more responsive than their male counterparts. Similarly, white and Asian offenders appear quite responsive while Hispanic offenders are slightly less responsive, conversely black adolescents appear substantially less responsive to changes in the severity of criminal sanctions. Details: Whitewater, WI: University of Wisconsin at Whitewater, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: file:///C:/Users/pschultze/Downloads/SSRN-id3116414.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 149200

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Do the Ends Justify the Means? Policing and Rights Tradeoffs in New York City Summary: Policing has become an integral component of urban life. New models of proactive policing create a double-edged sword for communities with strong police presence. While the new policing creates conditions that may deter and prevent crime, close surveillance and frequent intrusive police-citizen contacts have strained police-community relations. The burdens of the new policing often fall on communities with high proportions of African American and Latino residents, yet the returns to crime control are small and the risks of intrusive, impersonal, aggressive non-productive interactions are high. As part of the proffered tradeoff, citizens are often asked to view and accept these invasive tactics as a necessary means to the ends of reduced crime and improved public safety. This paper examines the degree to which urban residents' show a willingness to engage in a "rights tradeoffs" and sacrifice their civil liberties to maintain public safety. Using a telephone phone survey of 960 New York City residents, we find little openness to rights tradeoffs tied to perceived neighborhood danger. However, respondents who see the police as legitimate and effective in producing safety are more likely to support such tradeoffs. The results suggest that trust in the police can give them wide berth to infringe on civil liberties in the interest of crime control, regardless of local crime conditions, the abrasiveness of police contact, and the extent and type of the intrusions on privacy and liberty. Details: New York: Columbia University School of Law, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-581 : Accessed February 21, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3122655 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 149201

Author: Kintz, Matthew W. Title: Smoke and Mirrors? Examining the Relationship between Medical Cannabis Dispensaries and Crime Summary: Medical cannabis dispensaries (MCDs) are storefront businesses that distribute cannabis to qualified patients for medical purposes. Opponents of MCDs have criticized policies in California and other states that allow for storefront distribution of the drug, which they allege attracts crime. Proponents, on the other hand, contend that regulated MCDs actually reduce crime in their communities. This study seeks to evaluate these competing claims by analyzing crime rates, MCD density, and other neighborhood characteristics across 189 census tracts in San Francisco using data for the year 2010. Reported crimes are collected from the San Francisco Police Department and classified into violent crimes (assault and robbery) and property crimes (arson, burglary, larceny-theft, vandalism, and motor vehicle theft). Location data for 26 MCDs and 43,688 reported crimes in San Francisco from the year 2010 are geocoded and aggregated into census tracts using GIS software. Regression models are used to test for the criminogenic effects of MCD density and three "exogenous sources of social disorganization": socioeconomic disadvantage, family disruption, and residential instability. Findings indicate a weak but statistically significant relationship between MCD density and crime. Stronger relationships are found between crime and the three categories of control variables drawn from social disorganization theory. These findings cast doubt on the claim that MCDs are magnets for criminal activity, but more research is needed to clarify this link. Details: Berkeley, CA: UC Berkeley, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: UC Berkeley Charlene Conrad Liebau Library Prize for Undergraduate Research: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: https://escholarship.org/uc/item/5hz9n172 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs and Crime Shelf Number: 149204

Author: Malhotra, Urvashi Title: The Great Shift: Analyzing the Effect of Public Safety Realignment on Crime in California between 2009-2013 Summary: In 2011, the United States Supreme Court mandated California to reduce its severely overcrowded prison population. In an effort known as Public Safety Realignment, Assembly Bills 109 and 117 shifted the responsibility to house individuals convicted of non-serious, nonviolent, and non-sex felony offenses from state prisons and parole to local jails and probation in each of the 58 California counties. Using a multivariate regression model controlling for county-specific population factors, this thesis examines the extent to which Public Safety Realignment has impacted crime in California, both at the state and county levels. Additionally, through in-depth interviews of county officials, examples of "best practices" for accommodating realigned prisoners while keeping crime low are determined. The results of this study indicate significant changes in both FBI Part I violent crimes (murder, forcible rape, robbery, and aggravated assault) and FBI Part I nonviolent property crimes (motor vehicle theft, larceny, arson, and burglary) in some counties, but not at the state-level. Based on the results of interviews of select county officials, counties that responded to Realignment by implementing or expanding evidence-based programs to prevent crime, target offenders' criminogenic tendencies, and improve re-entry outcomes were generally able to keep instances of both violent and nonviolent crime fairly stable. This study suggests that with the right practices and priorities, shifting the responsibility to house offenders from the state to the county level can be done without significantly compromising public safety, making California a role model for other states with overcrowded prison populations. Details: Berkeley, CA: UC Berkeley, 2016. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Berkeley The Charles H. Percy Undergraduate Grant for Public Affairs Research Papers: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8770r67k Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 149207

Author: Nguven, Trung Title: The Effectiveness of White-Collar Crime Enforcement: Evidence from the War on Terror Summary: This paper studies the deterrent e↵ect of criminal enforcement on white-collar criminal activities. Using the 9/11 terrorist attacks as a shock to the FBI's allocation of investigative resources and priorities, and variations in the Muslim population in the United States as a measure of geographic variations in the shock, I examine two questions: (1) Does the bureau's shift to counter-terrorism investigations after 9/11 lead to a reduction in the enforcement of laws targeting white-collar crime? (2) Does white-collar crime increase as a result of less oversight? Using a difference-in-differences estimation approach, I find that there is a significantly greater reduction in white-collar criminal cases referred by FBI field oces that shift their investigative focus away from white-collar crime to counter-terrorism. I also find that areas overseen by FBI field offices that shift their attention from white-collar crime to counter-terrorism experience a significantly greater increase in wire fraud, illegal insider trading activities, and fraud within financial institutions. Details: Stanford University, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://www.anderson.ucla.edu/Documents/areas/fac/accounting/working-papers/TrungNguyen_Stanford_JobMarketPaper.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 149214

Author: Dedel, Kelly Title: Juvenile Runaways Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of juvenile runaways and reviewing its risk factors. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local juvenile runaway problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Juveniles run away from home and from substitute care placements, such as foster care or group homes. Most juveniles decide to leave on their own or choose not to return when expected, but in some cases, their parents or guardians tell them to leave or do not allow them to return. The term "runaway" typically refers to juveniles who are absent from home or care without permission. The term "thrownaway" refers to juveniles who have been forced to leave their homes by a parent or guardian. Recognizing that the distinction between these statuses is blurred, this guide uses the term "runaway" to refer to both situations. The phrase "missing children" often includes runaway and thrownaway juveniles, along with juveniles who have been abducted by a non-custodial parent or stranger. This latter group of juveniles is not discussed in this guide. A runaway episode refers to an overnight stay away from home, except in the case of young children who can be in danger after a much shorter time. Runaways were once believed to be juveniles seeking adventure or rebelling against mainstream values and the authority of their parents; more recently, runaways have been regarded as victims of dysfunctional families, schools, and social service institutions. Estimating the number of juveniles who run away is difficult because researchers do not agree on the definition of running away; juveniles tend to hide their runaway status when talking to adult authority figures; and many runaways do not access services and, therefore, are not included in service utilization data. These difficulties notwithstanding, there were approximately 1.7 million juvenile runaway episodes in 1999. Only about one-third of these juveniles were actually missing, meaning that their parents or caretakers did not know where they were and were concerned about their absence. Only about one-fifth of all runaway episodes were reported to police. Some parents do not report runaway episodes to police because they know where their children are or because they do not think the police are needed to resolve the issue. Others do not report runaway episodes because they want to avoid police involvement or because they had a negative experience when reporting a previous runaway episode to police. Most runaways are older teenagers, ages 15 to 17, with only about one-quarter ages 14 and younger.[ Juveniles of different races run away at about the same rates and boys and girls run away in equal proportions. Although juveniles from all socioeconomic statuses run away, the majority are from working-class and lower-income homes, possibly because of the additional family stress created by a lack of income and resources. Blended families also experience additional stress, which may explain why juveniles living in these settings are also more likely to run away. Runaway rates are similar for juveniles in urban, suburban, and rural settings. Runaways have higher rates of depression, physical and sexual abuse, alcohol and drug problems, delinquency, school problems, and difficulties with peers than juveniles who do not run away. Many runaways have been exposed to high levels of violence, either as victims or as witnesses. Juveniles in substitute care (e.g., foster care, group homes) are more likely to run away than juveniles who live at home with a parent or guardian. The chances of juveniles in care running away are highest in the first few months after placement, and older juveniles are more likely to run away than younger juveniles. Juveniles who run away from substitute care are more likely to run away repeatedly than juveniles who run away from home. Although they are only a small proportion of the total number of runaways, those who run away from care consume a disproportionate amount of police time and effort. Those who run away from care also tend to stay away longer and travel farther away than those who run away from home. Police encounter runaways, whether reported missing or not, through a number of activities: while patrolling areas where runaways congregate, while investigating missing persons reports, or during criminal investigations in which juveniles were either perpetrators or victims. In 1999, 150,700 juveniles were arrested for running away, less than 10 percent of all runaways that year. Runaways are also arrested and charged with prostitution, curfew violations, truancy, and drug and alcohol offenses. Police have wide discretion in handling runaway cases depending on whether the children were reported missing, the level of parental or caretaker concern, and the seriousness of the risks the juveniles are believed to face. Very few runaways are homeless and living on the street. Most stay in relative safety at a friend or family members home. However, some runaways lack safe living arrangements and stay on the street, in the company of a predatory adult, or in another situation lacking responsible adult supervision. Police and policy makers are most concerned about this group of juveniles, commonly referred to as street kids, because of the potential for victimization and criminal activity. The problem of juvenile runaways is particularly complex because it suggests other social problems, such as family dysfunction and child abuse. As a result, police will be able to affect only a segment of the problem directly. Although many things can be done to address the underlying causes of the problem, police are primarily concerned about reducing the harm that comes to or is caused by runaways when they are absent from home or care. For example, some runaways are involved in criminal activity, either as victims or perpetrators; exploited by predatory adults; and engaged in risky behaviors such as drug use and unsafe sexual activity. Despite their interest in protecting childrens safety, police often assign a low priority to runaway cases for a number of reasons: Few jurisdictions have appropriate facilities for placement once runaways are taken into police custody. Processing paperwork and transporting juveniles consume significant amounts of time. Most police have competing demands from more serious public safety threats. Some police believe parents and substitute care providers want police to act as disciplinarians or security guards. Runaway cases can be frustrating when juveniles do not want to return or parents do not want the juveniles to return. Juveniles often run away again shortly after police return them home. Running away is a status offense; consequently, juveniles can be held in secure facilities only in limited situations. The Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974 made it illegal to hold status offenders in secure facilities. The Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (RHYA), reauthorized in 1992, created alternatives to the juvenile justice system by funding community-based organizations to provide services to runaways including outreach, counseling, shelters, aftercare, and referrals to social services. The RHYA also includes the Transitional Living Program, which provides services for homeless juveniles ages 16 to 21 to increase independent living skills. Unfortunately, the resources available to this population generally amount to a collection of loosely affiliated services and shelters of varied quality and quantity. As a result, police often have limited options for responding to runaways and ensuring their safety. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2006. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 37 Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/pop/e12051223.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Youth Shelf Number: 100593

Author: Chamberlain, Linda Title: Comprehensive Review of Interventions for Children Exposed to Domestic Violence Summary: Exposure to domestic violence, which can lead to significant health and developmental problems, is a common occurrence for many children. There is an ongoing need to develop and evaluate effective interventions for children exposed to domestic violence (CEDV) and disseminate information about best practices to domestic violence advocacy programs and other service providers. Futures Without Violence received funding from the Department of Health and Human Services, Administration on Children, Youth and Families, Expanding Services to Children and Youth Program to conduct a national scan of interventions for CEDV and create a web-based repository of information about interventions and related resources. A three-prong approach that combined literature reviews, searches of registries and publications on evidence-based practices, and direct inquiry with key informants was employed to identify interventions that span across the continuum of empirical, experiential and contextual evidence. A total of 23 interventions that serve children and families exposed to domestic violence met inclusion criteria. Four interventions, developed or modified specifically for CEDV, have been evaluated in randomized controlled trials with ethnically diverse study populations. Several other rigorously evaluated interventions for children and adolescents experiencing trauma including CEDV met inclusion criteria. A wide array of innovative and emerging interventions that can be offered in a variety of communitybased settings by different types of service providers, including domestic violence advocates, was also identified. Nearly all of the interventions have conducted some type of evaluation ranging from randomized controlled trials to pre- and post-test comparison studies. A key characteristic of interventions developed or modified for CEDV is that they work concurrently with non-battering parents and their children. Many interventions use multi-modal treatment approaches that combine psychoeducation and socio-emotional skills with other forms of therapy. Information about this broad array of interventions, which is supported by different types and levels of evidence, can help domestic violence advocates and other service providers to make evidence-informed decisions about program development for CEDV. Details: San Francisco: Futures Without Violence, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: http://promising.futureswithoutviolence.org/files/2012/01/Comprehensive-Review-of-Interventions-for-Children-Exposed-to-Domestic-Violence-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Children Exposed to Violence Shelf Number: 149220

Author: Lai, Annie Title: Crimmigration Resistance And The Case of Sanctuary City Defunding Summary: Transformations in the fields of immigration and criminal law have given rise to a cogent and vital body of literature examining the growing linkages between these two systems in recent years. In this article, we discern two broad strands of critique in the "crimmigration" literature. "Delineating" critiques seek to disrupt the conflation of immigration enforcement with crime control in the hopes of trying to reverse some of distorting, dignity-stripping effects of migrant criminalization. "Synthesizing" critiques, on the other hand, expand their gaze to probe some of the parallel logics, cultural values and environmental factors that may be driving practices in both systems. With this typology in mind, we explore resistance to the Trump Administration's attempts to withdraw funds from so-called "sanctuary" jurisdictions. We observe the limited extent to which delineation and synthesis critiques have been featured in litigation challenging the Administration's actions and sketch out a vision for more robust crimmigration resistance to sanctuary defunding. Additionally, we expand the framework by considering how delineation and synthesis critiques--and a spectrum of intermediate positions--might be understood as responses to a logical syllogism about crimmigration. Our case study leads us to ask whether jurisdictions confronted with the prospect of losing Department of Justice (DOJ) law enforcement grants may do better to reject those funding streams entirely. In concluding, we suggest that our framework might be productively applied to other contested issues at the intersection of immigration and criminal law. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, School of Law, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Irvine School of Law Research Paper No. 2018-04; Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper No. 3094952: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3094952## Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149222

Author: Trinkner, Rick Title: Expanding 'Appropriate' Police Behavior Beyond Procedural Justice: Bounded Authority &and Legal Legitimation Summary: This paper expands previous conceptualizations of appropriate police behavior beyond procedural justice. The focus of the current study is on the notion of bounded authority - i.e. respecting the limits of one's power. Work on legal socialization shows how citizens come to acquire three dimensions of values that determine how authorities ought to behave: (a) neutral, consistent and transparent decision-making; (b) interpersonal treatment that conveys respect, dignity and concern; and (c) respect for the limits of rightful authority. Using survey data from a nationally representative sample of US adults, we show that concerns over bounded authority, respectful treatment, and neutral decision-making combine to form a strong predictor of police and legal legitimacy. Legal legitimacy is also associated with greater compliance behavior, controlling for personal morality and perceived likelihood of sanctions. Our conclusions address some future directions of research, particularly in the extension of procedural justice theory. Details: Unpublished Paper, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2846659 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Socialization Shelf Number: 149226

Author: Matthew, Dayna Bowen Title: Un-burying the Lead: Public health tools are the key to beating the opioid epidemic Summary: On November 1st, the President's Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis, chaired by Governor Chris Christie, released its report and recommendations for fighting "the worst drug overdose epidemic in U.S. history." The Report repeatedly underscores the scope and urgency of the nation's opioid epidemic that is ravaging families and communities in all 50 states. It claims 175 lives daily. In addition to these deaths, other tragic and costly health consequences of this epidemic include unprecedented increases in the incidence and prevalence of addiction, increased hospitalizations and emergency room visits, and a dramatic increase in the number of babies born with neonatal abstinence syndrome. There is much in the Report to praise. For example, the Commission recommended that the president declare the opioid crisis a national public health emergency and the president adopted this recommendation. The declaration of a public health emergency will eventually allow states to apply for and Congress to fund long-term interventions to prevent and treat drug abuse. Moreover, the Commission's recommendations that emphasize treatment and harm reduction admirably include systemic changes that would have long-term impact, such as:  Development of new quality measures to incentivize early screening and treatment referrals;  Waiver of Institutions for Mental Diseases (IMD) exclusions within Medicaid to expand capacity for in-patient treatment;  Broad expansion of federal drug courts to divert individuals away from prison and into treatment programs; and  Insurer regulations and penalties for mental health parity violations. However, this report argues that it is the Commission's final six recommendations - buried in the back of the report--that offer the most far-reaching and promising opportunities for state and federal leaders to strike at the root causes of the opioid crisis. These final recommendations, listed on the left side of Table 1 below, signal that our government may be willing to seriously address the opioid crisis as the public health emergency that it is. They aim at changing the fundamental social and environmental conditions that are risk factors for the populations among which addiction and death rates are soaring. As such, they have the greatest potential for impact because they reach the broadest segments of the community where addictions flourish. But even they do not go far enough. These good ideas need to be accompanied by action steps to implement them with the immediacy that this crisis warrants. This report suggests the logical "next steps" that should accompany the Commission's recommendations. They are listed on the right side of Table 1 below. This report proceeds in three parts. It first calls attention to the Commission's final six recommendations. It argues that these proposals, which focus on reforming housing, employment, family, criminal justice and educational determinants of opioid addiction, are the most important. interventions of all. Second, this report places the current opioid epidemic into historic context; America has seen terrible spikes in opioid and other drug related deaths in this country during two prior periods. The public health lessons from earlier epidemics provide strong support for the Commission's final six recommendations, and counsel a comprehensive approach to the social and economic risk factors associated with opioid addiction. Finally, this report asserts that the Commission's recommendations will have limited impact unless they are implemented with immediate action steps to ensure, and even expand, their concrete impact. Therefore, for each one of the Commission's final six recommendations, this report proposes a related action step for housing9 and employment,10 community engagement, and criminal justice interventions12 that are essential to defeating the worsening opioid crisis in this country. Moreover, this section urges the Administration to reach back 50 years in America's self-proclaimed drug "war" and extend the public health framework it has now adopted toward opioid addiction to the victims of America's earlier opioid crisis, and to those who became addicted to successor drugs. These victims of America's earlier opioid crises tragically were subjected to a criminal justice rather than public health approach to their disease. This report argues it is not too late to correct that error, by applying the public health framework to all populations affected by the disease of addiction. In conclusion, this report outlines a comprehensive and equitable strategy that federal, state, and local governments, as well as affected communities can take to effectively address the social determinants of opioid addiction. Details: Washington, DC: USC-Brookings Schaeffer Initiative for Health Policy , 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/es_20180123_un-burying-the-lead-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149227

Author: New York University Center on the Administration of Criminal Law Title: Disrupting the Cycle: Reimagining the Prosecutor's Role in Reentry: A Guide to Best Practices Summary: The report provides concrete recommendations that prosecutors can implement in order to focus on reentry and target the risk of recidivism. The report proceeds in four parts: PART I focuses on reforms that prosecutors can implement at the "front end" of the process, including considering how prosecutorial discretion at various stages of a criminal case can impact defendants' risk of recidivism and affect their reentry process. This includes using discretion to make screening and charging decisions, considering diversion and other alternatives to incarceration, supporting pretrial release of defendants where appropriate, and considering the use of creative sentencing alternatives; PART II focuses on reforms that prosecutors can implement at the "back end" of the process to begin preparing for an incarcerated individual's eventual reentry to their community. This includes prerelease reentry planning, and removing barriers that interfere with their ability to reintegrate into their communities, such as obtaining identification and drivers' licenses, providing them opportunities to expunge their convictions and reduce fines that may burden them upon release, and collaborating with employers and community-based resources; PART III focuses on the prosecutor as office leader and highlights office-wide reforms that can shift office culture to include anti-recidivism concerns as part of a broader focus on public safety; and PART IV focuses on the prosecutor's role in the larger community and how he or she can use his or her power to engage a diverse group of stakeholders in outreach and education initiatives, including legislative reforms designed to target recidivism at the front and back ends of the justice system. Details: New York: NYU Center on the Administration of Criminal Law, 2017. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2018 at: http://www.law.nyu.edu/sites/default/files/upload_documents/CACL%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Reintegration Shelf Number: 149228

Author: Hickman, Kishon C., Sr. Title: From Behind the Lens: Police Officer Perceptions as Body-Worn Cameras are Introduced Into the New York City Police Department Summary: In 2014, the U.S. District Court ordered the New York City Police Department (NYPD) to test the use of body-worn cameras (BWCs) after finding that their stop, question, and frisk practices violated the rights of some minority New Yorkers. The ruling in Floyd v. City of New York (2013) mandated the recording of future interactions to determine if behavior would be influenced. A total of 54 volunteer officers wore a BWC for a 1-year period and were assigned to six precincts, all selected due to the high frequency of stop, question, and frisk reports prepared by patrol officers. This research examined patrol officer perceptions of the BWC from the lens of the NYPD's two-officer patrol car. The study revealed unique access to 54 volunteer officers and their non-camera-wearing patrol partners, as they recorded citizen interactions during this pilot period. Further, this study examined the extent officers were open to the adoption of BWCs, providing some of the first-ever evidence for or against claims of increased transparency, accountability and improvements in both officer and citizen behavior during encounters. The respondents' demographic data were analyzed to determine any relationship with particular viewpoints toward the BWC. The results suggest that patrol officers are in favor of the adoption of a BWC program, and that the BWC had little to no effect on their patrol partnerships. Results also suggest that officers felt comfortable wearing BWCs, and that regardless of their age, gender, years of police experience or years partnering, the existence of the BWC made for better police service in New York City. Details: Rochester, NY: St. John Fisher College, 2017. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 23, 2018 at: https://fisherpub.sjfc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1301&context=education_etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149230

Author: Ashley, Jessica Title: The commercial sexual exploitation of children and youth in Illinois Summary: The commercial sexual exploitation of children has received increased national attention in recent years. Government officials have shown growing concern for young people exploited for commercial sex. The victims are just as often U.S. citizens as they are foreign-born and secreted into the states. Due to the hidden nature of commercial sexual exploitation of children, it is difficult to study and quantify the problem. In the fall 2006, the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority was awarded a research grant by the U.S. Department of Justice Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency (OJJDP) to study the commercial sexual exploitation of children. OJJDP defines commercial sexual exploitation of children as a constellation of crimes of a sexual nature committed against youthful victims younger than 18 years old primarily or entirely for financial or other economic reasons. These crimes include, for example, trafficking for sexual purposes, prostitution, sex tourism, mail-order-bride trade and early marriage, pornography, stripping, and sexual performances. Three research methods were utilized in this study, including arrest statistics, focus groups with individuals who were prostituted as juveniles, and interviews with law enforcement officers. The overall goal of the research was to gain a better understanding of the commercial sexual exploitation of children and youth. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2008. 76o, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/publications/the-commercial-sexual-exploitation-of-children-and-youth-in-illinois Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 108125

Author: Sacca, Giacomo Title: Not just another piece of equipment: an analysis for police body-worn camera policy decisions Summary: In the United States, law enforcement agencies are rapidly deploying body-worn cameras (BWCs) to increase organizational transparency and foster positive community relations. Proponents of the technology see BWCs as a tool to ensure police legitimacy and eliminate abusive conduct. Preliminary evidence identifies several benefits of using BWCs, such as: reduced citizen complaints, increased cooperation, and lower civil liability. However, emerging evidence suggests that the devices may be achieving the intended goals but with unintended consequences. BWC use may inadvertently increase use of force incidents and reduce the time that the police spend on de-escalating a situation. This thesis employs qualitative research methodology to examine how BWCs affect the ambiguous nature of police decision-making, as well as the effects of BWC use on the public, thereby investigating solutions for the frayed police-public relationship. By analyzing current data available on BWCs, examining information on human decision-making including heuristics, and completing a comparative analysis of a similar police technology-the vehicle dashboard camera-the thesis finds that BWC use can have different and changing impacts on police behavior, suggesting that variables related to human factors alter the dynamics of BWC use. The thesis provides recommendations that cover independent agency BWC evaluations, organizational training, limits on discretionary officer recording, and the practical application of automated camera systems. Details: Monterey, California: Naval Postgraduate School, 2017. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 23, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/56797/17Dec_Sacca_Giacomo.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149231

Author: Reinert, Alex Title: Solitary Troubles Summary: Solitary confinement is one of the most severe forms of punishment that can be inflicted on human beings. In recent years, the use of extreme isolation in our prisons and jails has been questioned by correctional officials, medical experts, and reform advocates alike. Yet for nearly the entirety of American history, judicial regulation of the practice has been extremely limited. This Article explains why judges hesitate to question the use of solitary confinement, while also providing a path forward for greater scrutiny of the practice. Details: New York: Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law, Yeshiva University, 2018. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Cardozo Legal Studies Research Paper No. 536: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3126947 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 149235

Author: Savitsky, Douglas Title: The Problem with Plea Bargaining: Differential Subjective Decision Making as an Engine of Racial Disparity in the United States Prison System Summary: Over the last three decades, the rate of incarceration in the United States has risen at an unprecedented rate. This is true while the rate of criminal activity has dropped steadily. Further, while the rate of much criminal activity is equal across races, the rate of incarceration for Blacks has risen far faster than for whites. The United States now incarcerates more than 1 in 100 American adults. This make the United States the current world leader in both prison population size, and percentage of citizens in prison. While the reasons for this are numerous and complicated, the hypothesis of this project is that plea bargaining is a cause in fact for both high prison populations and the high levels of racial stratification in prisons. Plea bargaining has become ubiquitous as the primary method of criminal case disposition in the United States. Indeed, the vast majority of criminal convictions are obtained through a plea bargain. Plea bargaining lowers the transaction cost of criminal prosecutions which combines with political policies favoring large scale incarceration to drive up prison populations. Further, plea bargaining indirectly pits defendants against each other in a multiplayer Prisoner's Dilemma that induces defendants to take worse bargains than they otherwise might. Moreover, the decrease in transaction costs is generally larger for cases against poor defendants which correlates to a decrease in transaction costs for prosecuting Black defendants. Since prosecutors are interested in maximizing successful prosecutions and minimizing costs, they are encouraged to prosecute a disproportionate number of Black defendants. Additionally, a defendant negotiates based upon his subjective views of the criminal justice system and his expectation of conviction. He bases these views on objective reality as well as on social, cultural, and economic factors. This analysis leads African American defendants to bargain with a more pessimistic estimate of how they will fare as compared to white defendants, resulting in overall worse, bargains. Finally, a norm of plea bargaining as the accepted method of case disposition has emerged as an institution. This norm perpetuates the social factors that facilitated the disparate bargains in the first place. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2009. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://ecommons.cornell.edu/bitstream/handle/1813/13836/Savitsky,%20Douglas.pdf;jsessionid=F636366748E1F7BC32F271F1E51D3C6B?sequence=1 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 149236

Author: DellaPosta, Daniel Title: Wise Guys: Closure and Collaboration in the American Mafia Summary: How do organizations obtain access to valued resources without diluting the loyalties and identities of their members? Network analysts suggest focusing on the boundary-spanning activities of "brokers" who bridge gaps in social structure. In many contexts, however, brokers are viewed with suspicion and distrust rather than rewarded for their diversity of interests. This dissertation examines organizations in which the theoretical deck is seemingly stacked against brokerage and toward parochialism: American-Italian mafia families. Through an institutional analysis of the mafia organization, I trace how ethnic and organizational closure led marginalized actors to seek alternative paths to enrichment beyond the family-controlled networks and industries. Using a historical network data set, I document a division of network labor in which a small number of brokers-often, surprisingly, ethnic outsiders and lower-status criminals-bridged otherwise disconnected islands of criminal activity. More than coordination among elite criminals, it was entrepreneurial action by marginal and excluded actors-outsiders operating largely beyond the control of mafia organizations themselves-that generated the integrated and highly connected mafia network. This dissertation accounts for a striking historical paradox by showing how it was possible for the American Mafia to appear for all intents and purposes to be a well-organized national conspiracy even as the individual groups involved remained organizationally and geographically separate from one another. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2017. 161p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://ecommons.cornell.edu/bitstream/handle/1813/51672/DellaPosta_cornellgrad_0058F_10240.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 149262

Author: Zeng, Zhen Title: Jail Inmates in 2016 Summary: Presents data on inmates confined in local jails between 2000 and 2016, including population counts and incarceration rates, inmate demographic characteristics and conviction status, average daily population, rated capacity of local jails and percent of capacity occupied, and turnover rates by jurisdiction size. Findings are based on data from BJS's Annual Survey of Jails. Unlike prisons, jails are locally administered correctional facilities that typically house inmates with a sentence of 1 year or less; inmates pending arraignment; and individuals awaiting trial, conviction, or sentencing. Highlights: County and city jails held 740,700 inmates at midyear 2016, down from a peak of 785,500 inmates at midyear 2008. In 2016, jails reported 10.6 million admissions, continuing a general decline since 2008. The jail incarceration rate declined from a peak of 259 inmates per 100,000 U.S. residents at midyear 2007 to 229 per 100,000 at midyear 2016. At year-end 2016, non-Hispanic blacks (599 per 100,000 black residents) were incarcerated in jail at a rate 3.5 times that of non-Hispanic whites (171 per 100,000 white residents). The total rated capacity of county and city jails reached 915,400 beds at year-end 2016 Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 149263

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Federal Prisons: Information on Inmates with Serious Mental Illness and Strategies to Reduce Recidivism Summary: About two-thirds of inmates with a serious mental illness in the Department of Justice's (DOJ) Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) were incarcerated for four types of offenses-drug (23 percent), sex offenses (18 percent), weapons and explosives (17 percent), and robbery (8 percent)-as of May 27, 2017. GAO's analysis found that BOP inmates with serious mental illness were incarcerated for sex offenses, robbery, and homicide/aggravated assault at about twice the rate of inmates without serious mental illness, and were incarcerated for drug and immigration offenses at about half or less the rate of inmates without serious mental illness. GAO also analyzed available data on three selected states' inmate populations and the most common crimes committed by inmates with serious mental illness varied from state to state due to different law enforcement priorities, definitions of serious mental illness and methods of tracking categories of crime in their respective data systems. BOP does not track costs related to incarcerating or providing mental health care services to inmates with serious mental illness, but BOP and selected states generally track these costs for all inmates. BOP does not track costs for inmates with serious mental illness in part because it does not track costs for individual inmates due to resource restrictions and the administrative burden such tracking would require. BOP does track costs associated with mental health care services system-wide and by institution. System-wide, for fiscal year 2016, BOP spent about $72 million on psychology services, $5.6 million on psychotropic drugs and $4.1 million on mental health care in residential reentry centers. The six state departments of corrections each used different methods and provided GAO with estimates for different types of mental health care costs. For example, two states provided average per-inmate costs of incarceration for mental health treatment units where some inmates with serious mental illness are treated; however, these included costs for inmates without serious mental illness housed in those units. DOJ, Department of Health and Human Service's Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), and criminal justice and mental health experts have developed a framework to reduce recidivism among adults with mental illness. The framework calls for correctional agencies to assess individuals' recidivism risk and substance abuse and mental health needs and target treatment to those with the highest risk of reoffending. To help implement this framework, SAMHSA, in collaboration with DOJ and other experts, developed guidance for mental health, correctional, and community stakeholders on (1) assessing risk and clinical needs, (2) planning treatment in custody and upon reentry based on risks and needs, (3) identifying post-release services, and (4) coordinating with community-based providers to avoid gaps in care. BOP and the six states also identified strategies for reducing recidivism consistent with this guidance, such as memoranda of understanding between correctional and mental health agencies to coordinate care. Further, GAO's literature review found that programs that reduced recidivism among offenders with mental illness generally offered multiple support services, such as mental health and substance abuse treatment, case management, and housing assistance. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-182: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/690279.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prisons Shelf Number: 149264

Author: Thompson, Darla Jean Title: Circuits of Containment: Iron Collars, Incarceration and the Infrastructure of Slavery Summary: This dissertation documents the development of New Orleans and Louisiana from 1805-1861. I argue that iron collars emerged in the nineteenth century as technologies of torture, control, coercion, commodity production, and distribution. The use of iron collars by enslavers, in conjunction with chains, jails, the state penitentiary, and forced labor on municipal and state public works shows how technologies shaped enslaved peoples lives as they were captured, contained, and forced to be productive units of labor. By combining insights from scholarship in the fields of US slavery and technology, I argue that enslavers innovative uses of these technologies made the process of extracting labor from enslaved people more efficient and productive. By focusing on the punishing labor practices enslaved people endured in iron collars, jails, chain gangs, forced public works labor, and penitentiaries I show how the old and the new were used to "improve" enslaved people in order to keep them productive and profitable. In Chapter One, I examine the material experience of slaves wearing iron collars, including those with obstructions such as prongs, branches and bells. In Chapter Two, I examine the practices of incarceration in relationship to legislators' rhetoric about constructing a seamless economic circuit exploiting slave labor from plantation to prison factory in order to clothe an independent South. In Chapter Three, I examine how enslaved people who were either privately or publicly owned were used for to build and municipal and state infrastructure. State and city owned slaves, captured and jailed runaway slaves, and convicts from the state penitentiary labored to build roads, levees and clear rivers and bayous. Through these practices, enslaved people's lives embodied hard labor, blurring lines between enslavement and incarceration, as they were loaned, rented, borrowed, and bought, captured, and recaptured through spaces of punishment and labor in support of building and maintaining the infrastructure necessary for the production and distribution of commodities. Together, a range of technical practices were socially and economically shaped and produced through networks of people, objects, knowledge and ideology forming a socio-technical system for the control and containment of enslaved people as they struggled to be free. Details: Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, 2014. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://ecommons.cornell.edu/bitstream/handle/1813/36009/djt36.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Chain Gangs Shelf Number: 149265

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: Indigent Defense Reforms in Brooklyn, New York: An Analysis of Mandatory Case Caps and Attorney Workload Summary: In 2009, New York State's Chief Judge, Jonathan Lippman, spearheaded legislation requiring the establishment of case caps for indigent defense attorneys in New York City. Pursuant to this legislation, on March 9, 2010, the state's Chief Administrative Judge issued an administrative order setting case caps at 150 felony or 400 misdemeanor cases, or a proportionate combination, in each calendar year, while allowing these caps to represent an agency average for institutional indigent defense providers, rather than an exact cap for each individual attorney. The judicial branch then secured funding in its budget to support case caps for the Legal Aid Society, which represents indigent defendants across New York City, and for five other institutional providers that each represent defendants in one of the city's five boroughs. The state law allowed for phasing in case caps from April 2010 to April 2014, and state funding was phased in accordingly. By Fiscal Year 2015, the state funding for implementing case caps had increased to $55.6 million for the city's institutional providers, supplementing their base New York City budget of 157.9 million. In effect, in collaboration with state policymakers, Judge Lippman created a 35.2 percent funding increase for the institutional defense providers. Rationale for Mandatory Case Caps By implementing case caps and new state funding, Judge Lippman sought to alleviate the burden on New York City to fund indigent defense; reduce the caseloads of indigent defense attorneys; and produce related improvements in the fairness, quality, and effectiveness of indigent defense representation. Case caps in New York City could also serve as a model for other counties. Concerning the need for case caps, in a 2006 report, the Commission on the Future of Indigent Defense Representation concluded that the state does not adequately fund indigent defense representation in criminal matters and does not fulfill the state's constitutional and statutory obligations to protect the rights of the accused. More recently, a legal settlement of a class-action lawsuit reached in October 2014 required the state Office of Indigent Legal Services to set case caps and take other steps to support improved indigent defense representation in five other counties, Onondaga, Ontario, Schuyler, Suffolk, and Washington. At the request of the state's Unified Court System (UCS), the Center for Court Innovation collaborated with the UCS Office of Policy and Planning to conduct an exploratory study of case caps. The study was conducted over a three-month period from November 2014 through January 2015 and took the form of a case study of Brooklyn, where the two institutional providers are the Legal Aid Society and Brooklyn Defender Services (BDS). The research included analysis of caseload data and provider staffing levels from 2009 through 2014; a series of interviews and structured group discussions with stakeholders; and an online survey administered to 246 attorneys in the two provider agencies (representing an 87% response rate). Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2017-11/case_caps_nyc.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Caseload Management Shelf Number: 149270

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Dirty Dirt: The Corrupt Recycling of Contaminated Soil and Debris Summary: Since its inception more than four decades ago, the State Commission of Investigation has carried on a legacy of exposing and rooting out criminal intrusion into New Jersey's solid waste industry. Thanks to the Commission's findings and reform recommendations, and to the response of diligent legislators, policymakers and law enforcement authorities over the years, significant steps have been taken in an effort to eradicate organized crime and other unscrupulous elements from garbage hauling and related activity through background checks, licensing requirements and other forms of oversight and control. Despite this progress, the industry remains vulnerable to subversion because key elements of a related commercial enterprise - recycling - were never included in the A-901 licensing and regulatory framework. This glaring discrepancy, the largest of a number of loopholes in that framework, has enabled convicted felons and other unsavory operators to gain a foothold without routine detection. Masquerading as seemingly legitimate recyclers, they are able to evade any form of background vetting and licensure simply because no such requirements exist for those engaged in the business they purportedly conduct. Worse still, by exploiting this gap in oversight, they profit from a dangerous commerce in contaminated materials covertly dumped by the truckload into a chaos of inappropriate and unregulated venues that, as a consequence, have been rendered serious environmental and public-health threats. Details: Trenton: The Commission, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: http://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/SCIDirtFinal.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 149272

Author: Detention Watch Network Title: ICE Lies: Public Deception, Private Profit Summary: Since its creation, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)'s immigration enforcement actions have become increasingly capricious. This trend has deepened in the last year with the unapologetic arrests of victims of domestic violence, children in need of emergency medical care, activists who dared speak out, people seeking redress for wage theft, recipients of Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA), individuals erroneously entered into gang databases who were actually victims of gang violence, asylum seekers who arrive at the border with their children, and more. Fueled by anti-immigrant rhetoric coming from the highest levels of government, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers compound these arrests by engaging in blanket refusals to release immigrants from detention during the pendency of deportation proceedings8 and persisting in abusive treatment along the entire continuum of immigration enforcement. Current U.S. immigration policy is driven in large part by the criminalization, scapegoating and targeting of people of color, inflicting trauma on immigrant communities and our society at large. This report proposes that ICE's patterns of irresponsible governance-including fiscal mismanagement and opacity in detention operations-contribute to a failure of accountability for its ongoing rights violations. Addressing these good governance concerns would not address all the problems in the system, or even the worst of them, but would constitute a critical first step toward oversight that has been sorely lacking on the part of Congress and independent oversight bodies like the DHS Office of Inspector General. This report lays out three serious concerns about ICE's governance of the immigration detention system: 1) Misrepresentations of its so-called operational need for detention space; 2) Inflated detention cost estimates and willingness to prioritize the demands of prison contractors over responsible stewardship; and 3) Disregard for congressional oversight. Details: Chicago: National Immigrant Justice Center, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://www.detentionwatchnetwork.org/sites/default/files/reports/IceLies_NIJC_DWN.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149273

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Colorado Title: Justice Derailed: A case study of abusive and unconstitutional practices in Colorado city courts Summary: Colorado's municipal courts operate in the shadow of state law, with little meaningful statewide oversight or accountability. Without such oversight, Colorado municipal court judges function largely unchecked as they determine daily how their city will mete out justice. While some Colorado municipal judges are actively working to improve the quality and fairness of their courts, others run their courtroom like a fiefdom, trampling on the rights of criminal defendants-especially those living in poverty-with impunity. A multi-year investigation by the American Civil Liberties Union of Colorado (ACLU) has revealed that many municipal courts across the state persistently ignore constitutional and statutory standards. This paper documents some of these troubling and unlawful practices through a case study of one particular municipal court. The Alamosa Municipal Court, under the sole leadership of Judge Daniel Powell, stands out for the seriousness and frequency of its violations of criminal defendants' rights. Individuals who appear before Judge Powell-most of whom are poor and have been accused of committing minor law violations-often face jail or the threat of jail because of their poverty, are unlawfully denied appointed counsel, are forced to plead guilty without legal advice and without ever appearing in court, and endure disrespectful and patronizing treatment by the judge. As the practices described herein show clearly, justice in the Alamosa Municipal Court has two tiers-one for those who lack financial resources and one for those with means. Under Judge Powell's regime, impoverished defendants face the harshest penalties for conduct that is usually minor, non-violent and poses little or no risk to public safety. When sentencing these defendants, Judge Powell commonly imposes unreasonably high fines and fees; requires defendants to adhere to plainly unmeetable payment plans; charges significant additional monies for missed payments; subjects defendants to months or years of mandatory and highly disruptive court appearances under threat of arrest; and has them arrested and held in jail for days and sometimes weeks when they are unable to make full payments to the court. Defendants with means, on the other hand, often must appear in court only once to resolve their case and are able to pay their fines promptly and move on with their lives. This two-tiered system of injustice serves to criminalize and perpetuate poverty. The residents of Alamosa deserve better. The abuses occurring in Judge Powell's courtroom are shocking and egregious. Yet, it is important to understand that variations of these same abuses are also occurring in other municipal courts across Colorado. The story of the Alamosa Municipal Court is not just a story of one abusive city court-it is also the story of how lack of regulation and oversight of Colorado's municipal courts has cleared the path for violations of defendants' fundamental rights, an injustice that falls heavily on people in poverty. Details: Denver: ACLU of Colorado, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: https://aclu-co.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/JUSTICE-DERAILED-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 149274

Author: Subramanian, Ram Title: Divided Justice: Trends in Black and White Jail Incarceration, 1990-2013 Summary: The story of mass incarceration in the United States is a story about race. As incarceration rates soared in jails and prisons through the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s to reach historically unprecedented heights, the burdens of that growth did not fall equally on all communities. For black people in particular, the impact has been devastating, cutting a swath of destruction through the economic and social fabric of communities, ensuring the persistence of systemic inequality that undermines our country's bedrock values. Like all stories about race in America, however, the chronicle of incarceration's shifting path is a complicated one, and we are only just beginning to understand and reckon with it in full. This report sheds a bright new light on a key chapter of that story: the changing picture of race in America's local jails, the municipal and county facilities that hold, primarily, people who have been charged with offenses but have not yet been found guilty. Using the Vera Institute of Justice's (Vera) Incarceration Trends data tool, Vera staff analyzed jail incarceration trends by race nationally as well as by region and jurisdiction size. What we found is that black people continue to be vastly over-represented in the nation's jails, in every region of the country. This is despite declines in incarceration rates for black people in the past 10 years, most significantly in large urban and suburban areas. But this isn't the only story the data tells. In fact, a new headline is that white incarceration rates have increased, particularly in smaller jurisdictions. With the opioid crisis constantly in the news, it is tempting to assume that this epidemic, which has impacted white communities more so than others, explains the growth in jail incarceration for white people. And while it may be a contributing factor, we simply don't know the reasons underlying these trends. As this report notes, a number of understudied phenomena could be influencing the numbers. Is the misidentification of Latino people as white in some jurisdictions masking white incarceration trends? Are criminal justice reforms differently impacting jail incarceration rates for black and white people? Are jail capacity issues including the outsourcing of jail beds from one county to another- impacting racial trends in those areas? To answer these and other questions, researchers and policymakers will need more comprehensive data, because data about race and jails is incomplete, and its collection uneven across jurisdictions. Understanding the changing narrative about race in local justice systems -and how it varies from place to place - is a critical task not only for those who study the justice system and seek to improve it. It matters equally, or even more so, for those on the ground, inside and outside government, who care about equity, justice, and safety. The reasons for the differences in jail incarceration rates between white and black people are more likely because of the criminal justice policies and practices of particular localities. Community stakeholders need to ask how their local trends are measuring up, whether policy choices or practices may be contributing to racial disparities or changes in incarceration rates by race or ethnicity, and why. But to fully answer all of these questions goes beyond what current data can tell us. Further race data and analyses-including qualitative data to measure and understand the racial and ethnic impact of discretionary decision making along the criminal justice continuum-are needed to explain intergroup differences in jail incarceration trajectories. Because race and ethnicity play such a big role in the ways in which localities use their jails, overcoming these gaps in knowledge will be integral to criminal justice reform efforts aimed at reducing the overuse of jails and incarceration generally. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resosurce: accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/divided-justice-black-white-jail-incarceration/legacy_downloads/Divided-Justice-full-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 149284

Author: Jeanis, Michelle N. Title: Chronic Runaway Youth: A Gender-Based Analysis Summary: Runaway youth often face a multitude of negative experiences during their childhood, which often leads to trajectories of psychological disorder/distress, victimization, and offending. This propensity for negative life trajectories may be exacerbated by repetitive runaway behavior. Additionally, these negatives experiences may be further shaped by the gender of the youth, thus creating distinct gendered pathways to chronic runaway behavior, victimization, and offending. This study utilized a sample of youth runaways in the state of Florida (N=295) to build upon the classification/typology research on juvenile runaways by assessing the presence of latent groups of youth based on runaway frequency. In addition, this study utilized classical and modern criminology theories to influence the assessment of the relationship between known runaway risk factors and chronic runaway status. Group-based trajectory modeling was performed and two distinct groups of youth runaways were identified for both full and gender-exclusive models. Chronic runaway analyses indicated both unique and similar gender-based relationships between chronic runaway status and relevant risk factors, suggesting partial support for a gender specific theoretical perspective. Results provide additional insight into youth runaway behavior while also suggesting the need for further exploration of chronic runaway status within the youth runaway population. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2017. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/etd/6868/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Runaways Shelf Number: 149288

Author: MacDonald, John Title: An Analysis of Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Case Dispositions and Sentencing Outcomes for Criminal Cases Presented to and Processed by the Office of the San Francisco District Attorney Summary: In this project, we document and explore the sources of racial and ethnic disparities in outcomes for criminal cases that are presented to and prosecuted by the San Francisco District Attorney's Office (SFDA). We assess the degree to which racial and ethnic disparities in case outcomes are attributable to characteristics of the cases that are presented to the SFDA (e.g., seriousness of arrest charges and criminal history) in comparison to aspects of case processing that generate disparate impacts. We also explore the extent to which disparities remain after making statistical adjustments for case characteristics and specific case processing aspects, such as pre-trial detention. The study merges administrative data from the SFDA case management system, data on jail admission and release from the San Francisco Sheriff's Department, and statewide criminal history data from the California Department of Justice. Our principal conclusions are as follows: CONCLUSION #1: Racial and ethnic disparities in case disposition outcomes tend to disfavor African-Americans, Asians, and Hispanics relative to White suspects arrested in City and County of San Francisco. Figure ES1 displays average values for a select set of case disposition outcomes by race and ethnicity. The figure shows the percent of cases where charges are not filed, where the defendant is successfully diverted, where the defendant is released to another agency or where a motion to revoke probation is filed, where felony charges are filed after a felony arrest, where a felony arrest results in a felony conviction, and the percentage of cases that result in a prison sentence. Figure ES1 also displays the average sentence in months for cases that result in a new conviction. There are several notable patterns in these outcomes. First, Blacks fare poorly relative to Whites for each outcome. Black defendants are less likely to have their cases dropped or dismissed, less likely to be successfully diverted, more likely to be released to another agency or have a motion to revoke filed against them, and when convicted, receive the longest incarceration sentences and are the most likely to receive a prison sentence. Second, Asian and Hispanic defendants also fare poorly for several outcomes relative to White defendants. Asian suspects face a much lower likelihood that their case is dismissed and a higher likelihood of conviction. Broad disposition outcomes are similar for Hispanic and White defendants, though Hispanic defendants are slightly less likely to be successfully diverted and slightly more likely to receive a prison sentence. Details: San Francisco: San Francisco District Attorney's Office, 2017. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://sfdistrictattorney.org/sites/default/files/MacDonald_Raphael_December42017_FINALREPORT%20%28002%29.pdf?eType=EmailBlastContent&eId=0b80a2c4-8465-4af0-9860-63350bb9cb70 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 149290

Author: Nebraska. Office of Inspector General of Nebraska Child Welfare Title: Sexual Abuse of State Wards, Youths in Adoptive or Guardian Homes, & Youth in Residential Placement. Reported July 2013 - October 2016 Summary: Child sexual abuse remains a widespread problem in the United States. Recent estimates show that 1 in 10 children will be subject to sexual abuse involving sexual contact before the age of 18, either by an adult or another youth. Child sexual abuse is generally understood to include everything from child rape and molestation, sexual touching, and coercing or persuading a child to engage in any type of sexual act to exposure to pornography, voyeurism, and communicating in a sexual manner by phone or Internet. In an estimated 90 percent of cases, children are sexually abused by someone they know and trust. Between 2013 and 2016, there were 1,284 substantiated victims of child sexual abuse in Nebraska. While DHHS does not track how many of those victims were involved with the child welfare system, national research indicates that youth in this system are at higher risk of experiencing sexual abuse and exploitation than their peers in the general population. Exact numbers of child sexual abuse victims are difficult to calculate because many victims do not report sexual abuse or wait for long periods of time before disclosing. Available research indicates that false reporting of child sexual abuse is extremely rare - occurring in only 4 to 8 percent of cases. The impact of child sexual abuse can be lifelong - placing survivors at heightened risk for physical and mental health diagnoses, increasing the likelihood they will encounter academic problems and engage in risky behaviors, and even negatively impacting lifetime earnings. Findings and Recommendations of the OIG Investigation Through its investigation, the OIG identified cases of child sexual abuse of state wards, of youth in residential facilities, and of youth reaching permanency through the child welfare system. The OIG used these cases as a starting point in identifying systemic issues that hinder DHHS and the child welfare system's ability to appropriately prevent and respond to cases of child sexual abuse. Throughout the report, the OIG also makes recommendations to DHHS for system improvements, in addition to identifying action items for the child welfare system as a whole. Of the 18 recommendations made, DHHS has accepted 11. Recommendations and action items are detailed in each section of the report. The OIG has also added DHHS's response to each recommendation and action item. A full list can be found in Appendix A. Cases of Child Sexual Abuse The OIG identified 50 children who were victims of sexual abuse that had been substantiated by DHHS or the courts, or where the case was court pending. Substantiated cases are those where it has been determined sexual abuse occurred. Court pending sexual abuse cases are cases that have been investigated and enough evidence exists that sexual abuse occurred that a juvenile or criminal court action was filed. The outcome of such juvenile or criminal proceeding has not yet been determined. Twenty-seven victims were in state care at the time of their sexual abuse and 23 were sexually abused in an adoptive or guardian home in which the state had placed them. The 23 youth who were sexually abused in adoptive or guardian homes were no longer involved in the child welfare system when the abuse was reported, although for some the sexual abuse they experienced began before permanency was achieved. All of the sexual abuse allegations were reported to DHHS between July 2013 and October 2016. The OIG also identified, reviewed, and analyzed some sexual abuse allegations of children in state care that were listed as unfounded or were never investigated. Under Nebraska law, all reports of child abuse or neglect not classified as court substantiated, court pending, or agency substantiated are to be considered unfounded. Although these allegations were not substantiated, at times correctly, the cases nonetheless illustrated concerns about how the child welfare system was functioning. Seven of these cases are highlighted in the report. The OIG reviewed and gathered information on each case of sexual abuse to identify trends and systemic issues. Each case is summarized in the report. Details: Lincoln, NE: Inspector General's Office, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://oig.legislature.ne.gov/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/OIG-Summary-Report-Child-Sexual-Abuse-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149291

Author: Brock, Marieke Title: School Safety Policies and Programs Administered by the U.S. Federal Government: 1990-2016 Summary: The rise of school safety programs and policies administered by federal agencies can be traced to the early 1970s, a period in which youth crime and drug use became focal points in the public and congressional debates about criminal justice policy. The Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974 (JJDPA), for example, the national youth violence prevention law administered by the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), authorized programs to address these issues in schools. Two congressionally mandated reports (released in 1975 and 1978, respectively) found that school violence and disciplinary problems-including the use of drugs and alcohol and weapons carrying-were on the rise across the nation's school systems. The studies recommended further legislative action to stem the rising trends in school violence, vandalism, and disruptive behavior. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Research Division Library of Congress, 2017. 161. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251517.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149292

Author: Marriage and Religion Research Institute Title: Violence in Baltimore Social Science Resources for Journalists and Public Officials (Second Edition) Summary: On April 27, 2015 Maryland Governor Larry Hogan declared a state of emergency in response to the growing violence and unrest in Baltimore City. Freddie Gray's premature death sparked arson, looting, and mob aggression among Baltimore's citizens. The rest of America looked on in amazement as the Governor and Mayor searched for answers. But Baltimore's social woes are anything but extraordinary. Baltimore has the fifth highest murder rate and the seventh-highest violent crime rate in America, and criminal activity only seems to be worsening. Top-down reform has failed and will likely continue to fail until society (not just policymakers) promote intact married families, the strongest generator of educated youth, low delinquency, economic growth, and sexual mores. Major federal and state public policy outcomes all illustrate government's dependence on the intact family for the achievement of its stated policy goals. Government will likely continue to fail to achieve its goals if it (and other major institutions, including the media, schools, universities and even churches) continues to neglect the reality of this dependence. Details: s.l.: MARRI, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://marri.us/wp-content/uploads/publications/research_papers/EF15E09.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 149191

Author: Donaghey, Michael J. Title: Protecting Our Future: Developing a National School Security Standard Summary: This research examines the risk to schoolchildren posed by hostile intruders and the implementation of a national school security standard designed to mitigate this vulnerability and evaluates the utility of innovative perimeter security strategies modeled to reduce risk while preserving the requisite academic environment. This project originated after the mass murder of 20 defenseless first-graders and six heroic faculty members at the Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut. A methodological analysis of existing school security policy was utilized to define the problem, to evaluate the variance between school communities, and to construct plausible alternative strategies. This project sought to enhance the understanding of risk management, offer strategic insight to decision makers and key stakeholders, and provide meaningful options for future school security planners. The literature on this subject demonstrates that traditional school security guidance is provided to local school districts by an array of federal agencies. It is primarily focused on incidents of peer hostility and gang violence, and there has been marginal attention given to an attack perpetrated by an adult intruder that is unaffiliated with the targeted school. This type of violence is infrequent, but the extreme consequences evoke emotions similar to terrorist attacks in creating public fear, often leading to rash and reactive decisions. Many parents trust leaders in the academic community to care for their children and provide them a safe and secure environment. This expectation of protection has become a significant responsibility for school officials, and the establishment of a national school security standard, complete with guidelines and oversight, would help ease this burden and change the present school security narrative. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/38917/13Dec_Donaghey_Michael.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149293

Author: White House (President Obama) Title: Now is the time: the President's plan to protect our children and our communities by reducing gun violence Summary: Our nation has suffered too much at the hands of dangerous people who use guns to commit horrific acts of violence. As President Obama said following the Sandy Hook Elementary School tragedy, "We won't be able to stop every violent act, but if there is even one thing that we can do to prevent any of these events, we have a deep obligation, all of us, to try." Most gun owners are responsible and law-abiding, and they use their guns safely. The President strongly believes that the Second Amendment guarantees an individual right to bear arms. But to better protect our children and our communities from tragic mass shootings like those in Newtown, Aurora, Oak Creek, and Tucson, there are common-sense steps we can take right now. While no law or set of laws will end gun violence, it is clear that the American people want action. If even one child's life can be saved, then we need to act. Now is the time to do the right thing for our children, our communities, and the country we love. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2013. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/node/193271 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149294

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: A Census of Domestic Violence: Gun Homicides in Arizona Summary: On December 20, 2012, after months of escalating harassment and violent threats, Joseph Leroy Francis approached his ex-girlfriend Ashley Hicks in the parking lot of her apartment building in Tucson, Arizona. He grabbed her arm and asked to talk to her. When she resisted, he shot her seven times, killing her. Afterwards he drove to Ashley's parents home, told them he had killed their daughter, and then went home and shot himself. The incident was tragic, and it also might have been prevented, since there was ample evidence that Joseph posed a danger to Ashley. On August 17, 2012, four months before the murder, Joseph assaulted Ashley in a grocery store. That same day, she obtained an order of protection against him. The court that issued the order had the power to require Joseph to turn in his firearms�- but chose not to, even though it is well established that a gun in the hands of a batterer increases five-fold the risk of homicide for his partner. Fifteen states mandate that people subject to domestic violence protection orders turn in their firearms, but Arizona is not one of them. In the last months of Ashley's life, Joseph repeatedly violated the order of protection. He broke into her home by punching through a window. He threw a motorcycle helmet at her and smashed her phone after she called the police. He brandished a knife and threatened to kill her with it. He visited her workplace. Police received notification of the violations but Joseph was never charged. Ashley's story is devastating and, unfortunately, not unique. Domestic violence homicides in Arizona are, to a significant degree, a problem of gun violence. According to an Everytown for Gun Safety analysis of the last five years of FBI data, 62 percent of women killed by intimate partners in Arizona were shot to death. All told, the rate of intimate partner gun homicides in Arizona is 45 percent higher than the national average. To better assess the dynamics of domestic violence gun homicides in Arizona, Everytown collaborated with the Arizona Coalition to End Sexual and Domestic Violence (ACESDV) to closely examine intimate partner gun homicides in Arizona between 2009-2013. This research-the first and most comprehensive of its kind for the state-yielded the following findings: In total, Everytown identified 105 homicides in Arizona between 2009-2013 in which someone was murdered with a firearm by a current or former intimate partner. In 89 percent of the cases, the victim was a woman. Perpetrators also shot 32 other victims - neighbors, friends, family members, and children - killing 25 of them, 11 of whom were children. There were ample indications that the perpetrators posed a risk to their partners. One in seven shooters (13 percent) was prohibited from possessing firearms due to their criminal history or an active order of protection. Furthermore 41 percent of the shooters had a previous arrest or conviction or had been under an order of protection at one time. Offenders under an active order of protection were rarely required to turn in their firearms. A person under an active order of protection is prohibited from possessing firearms under federal law,11 but of the perpetrators identified in this census that were under an active order of protection, only one in six has been affirmatively required to turn in their firearms. The shootings occurred across the state but, controlling for population, the domestic violence gun homicide rate in Coconino, Mohave, and Yavapai counties is more than double that of the state as a whole. Firearms were used far more frequently to murder an intimate partner than to kill an abuser in self-defense. Out of 105 incidents, only one perpetrator claiming to have used the firearm in self-defense had that claim upheld by a court. In at least four additional incidents, the victim had purchased a gun for self-defense prior to the incident but was not able to use it or worse, had it used against them. The incidents documented in this report, and the data drawn from them, vividly illustrate that Arizona needs an improved approach to addressing the threat gun violence poses for victims of domestic violence. Details: New York: Everytown For Gun Safety, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://archive.azcentral.com/persistent/icimages/news/Everytown-AZDV%20Report_0504_vFINAL-web%20(4).pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 149295

Author: Minnesota Coalition for Common Sense Title: The Economic Cost of Gun Violence in Minnesota: A Business Case for Action Summary: The Economic Cost of Gun Violence in Minnesota: A Business Case for Action examines the enormous price-$764 million annually, in addition to the devastating human cost - Minnesotans pay as the state continues to grapple with this public health crisis. Research also shows that gun violence costs more than $50 million in lost business opportunity for the state each year. When cost estimates to the quality of life damage caused by gun violence are factored in, the total cost of gun violence in Minnesota rises to $2.2 billion annually. The report outlines several key steps Minnesota's legislators can take to address gun violence, including: Closing Background Check Loopholes: Minnesota currently does not require criminal background checks on all gun sales. This loophole lets felons, domestic abusers and the dangerously mentally ill purchase guns in Minnesota without a background check. Investing in the Community: Gun violence thrives in areas where environmental conditions - such as abandoned lots and unsafe public parks - leave communities feeling disempowered. By investing in programs that reclaim public space for community use and clean up abandoned properties in impacted areas, Minnesota can reduce violence while also creating social and economic opportunity for local communities. Supporting Community-Based Violence Intervention Programs: Proven community-based intervention strategies can effectively address gun violence in at-risk populations, including young men of color who live in underserved neighborhoods. By establishing programs that connect at-risk youth to badly needed social services and creating hospital-based intervention programs that use case managers to reduce the probability of violence by and against impacted individuals, Minnesota can achieve a substantial decline in violence. This comprehensive, quantifiable review of the hundreds of millions of dollars gun violence costs Minnesota's economy and business community each year reveals the scope of the problem and provides lawmakers with the essential legislative solutions they need to protect communities from needless tragedies and the unacceptable human and financial toll they exact on the state. Details: s.l.: Minnesota Coalition for Common Sense, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/The-Economic-Cost-of-Gun-Violence.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 149296

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: Pennsylvania Under the Gun: 5 Measures of Gun Violence in the Keystone State Summary: By some measures, the levels of gun violence and gun-related deaths in Pennsylvania are relatively average or moderate when compared with those of other states. Pennsylvania ranks right in the middle when it comes to the rate of overall gun deaths-coming in 30th among the 50 states-and by some metrics, it fares better than others-for example, in rates of gun-related suicides and accidental gun deaths. By other measures, however, Pennsylvania's experience with gun violence raises serious concerns, and gun deaths continue to take a terrible toll on the state. Between 2005 and 2014, 13,781 people in Pennsylvania were killed with a gun, more than two-and-a-half times the number of soldiers killed in combat in the Iraq and Afghanistan wars combined. Pennsylvania is also in the middle of the pack when it comes to another aspect of the gun debate: the strength of its gun laws. In 2015, the state received a "C" grade for the strength of its gun laws from the Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence. To be sure, Pennsylvania has enacted a number of strong laws that help keep guns out of the hands of those who pose an increased risk to community safety, such as requiring background checks for all handgun sales and requiring gun dealers to obtain a state license in addition to the license required under federal law. However, there is much more that must be done to strengthen laws in the Keystone State to reduce gun violence and fight gun-related crime, including requiring background checks for all sales of long guns and preventing domestic abusers from having easy access to guns. This issue brief explores five aspects of gun violence in Pennsylvania that are especially alarming, unusual, or above the national average: Pennsylvania's rate of gun homicides is among the highest in the nation, particularly in communities of color. Pennsylvania law enforcement officers are killed with guns at an exceptionally high rate. More Pennsylvanians are killed by gun violence than in car accidents annually. Pennsylvania is a top supplier of crime guns recovered in other states. Pennsylvania women are killed with guns wielded by intimate partners at a high rate. There are a number of bills currently before the Pennsylvania General Assembly that are designed to close some of the gaps in the state's gun laws. Many of the policies that these bills advance have broad popular support in the state. According to a 2016 poll, 88 percent of Pennsylvania voters support requiring background checks for all gun buyers. In addition, there are many opportunities for state and local leaders to take non-legislative action to address gun violence in Pennsylvania communities by strengthening the enforcement of current laws, enhancing oversight of the gun industry, improving data collection, and investing in community-based programs to address the underlying causes of violence. In light of the devastating effects of gun violence in many communities across the state, it is urgent that Pennsylvania's leaders take action to address this public health crisis. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/10070108/PAguns-brief1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149297

Author: Clark, John Title: Finishing the Job: Modernizing Maryland's Bail System Summary: This Abell Report, written by John Clark of the Pretrial Justice Institute, provides an overview of why bail reform is urgently needed in Maryland; explores the recent efforts to achieve reform in Baltimore, and highlights recent progress in other states using evidence-based risk assessments that yield a more just, effective, and cost-efficient pretrial system. What's wrong with the current system? It results in economic and racial disparities; It allows defendants who pose a risk to community safety but have access to money to buy their way out of jail, and It ignores evidence-based practices that have been effective in other jurisdictions. Other states, including Colorado and Kentucky, have implemented evidence-based reforms that could provide a model for Maryland. Indeed, over the past few years, two high-level state commissions have studied Maryland's bail system and recommended a series of reforms that would result in a major overhaul of that system. This report offers a path toward implementing the necessary changes and calls on local and state leaders to take action now. Details: Abell Foundation, 2016. 20p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://www.abell.org/sites/default/files/files/cja-pretrial616(1).pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149298

Author: Bilgel, Firat Title: State Gun Control Laws, Gun Prevalence and the Supply of Homicide Organ Donors Summary: The likelihood of being a potential deceased organ donor is higher for individuals who have been exposed to situations typically characterized by a severe head trauma or stroke that result in irreversible cessation of brain functions, known as brain-death. This paper assesses the causal effects of gun prevalence and the unintended consequences of enforcing stricter gun control laws on deceased organ donor supply using county data for the period 2009-2015. The findings show that stricter gun control laws reduce homicide and gun homicide rates and thereby reduce deceased organ donor supply. Taking into account the endogenous nature of gun prevalence, our results also indicate that more guns lead to less violence and thus a lower supply of organ donors from victims of homicide. Our results are robust to a number of measures of the strength of gun control laws, over-dispersion, excessive counts of zeros, spatial dependence and to the use of spurious outcome variables. Details: Bozeman, MT: Initiative for Regulation and Applied Economic Analysis, Department of Agricultural Economics and Economics, Montana State University, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3111071 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149299

Author: Newman, Benjamin J. Title: Mass Shootings and Public Support for Gun Control Summary: The recent spate of mass public shootings in the U.S. raises important questions about how these tragic events might impact mass opinion and public policy. Integrating research on focusing events, contextual effects, and perceived threat, we argue that residing near a mass shooting should increase support for gun control by making the threat of gun violence more salient. Drawing upon multiple data sources on mass public shootings paired with large-N survey data, we demonstrate that increased proximity to a mass shooting is associated with heightened public support for stricter gun control. Importantly, we show that this effect does not vary by partisanship but does vary as a function of salience-related event factors, such as repetition, magnitude, and recency. Critically, we replicate our core result using panel data. Together, our results suggest a process of context-driven policy feedback between existing gun laws, egregious gun violence, and demand for policy change. Details: Open Access Article, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2900212 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149300

Author: Mardeusz, Julia Title: An Intractable Issue? Gun Control in America, 1968-Present Summary: In my thesis, I investigate the factors that contribute to the seeming lack of federal legislative response to gun control to determine how and if there is a way forward to pass more effective gun laws on the federal level in the future. Chapter One explains three of the most substantive federal gun control policies: The Federal Gun Control Act of 1968, the Brady Law, which was signed into law in 1993, and the Federal Assault Weapons Ban of 1994. These three laws are instructive if one wishes to understand why federal gun control policy emerges from Congress without many of the provisions that the American public supports. Chapter Two identifies prominent interest groups on both the pro-gun-control and pro-gun-rights side of the debate and the factors behind their influence, or lack thereof, on gun control policy on the federal level. Chapter Two also explains certain theories in public policy that contribute to the difficulty of enacting strong gun control legislation on the federal level. Chapter Three examines public opinion polling and how it may be interpreted. Although the majority of the American public supports a considerable number of mild to moderate gun control measures, as public opinion polling can attest, this is often a silent majority. Chapter Three provides an in-depth explanation for why public opinion polling might not be reflective of who is the most concerned about the issue of gun control. Lastly, Chapter Four summarizes recent policy initiatives regarding gun control. In January 2016, President Obama announced an executive order that took some steps to combat gun violence, but this executive order has met with backlash from Congress. Chapter Four also details potential policy solutions that could work around the stasis seen in Congress on gun control. Details: Hartford, CT: Trinity College, 2016. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Senior Thesis: https://digitalrepository.trincoll.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1595&context=theses Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149301

Author: Spink, John Title: A Survey of Attitudes toward Product Counterfeiting, Related Law Enforcement Priority Setting, and Internet Medicines Purchasing Behaviors Summary: Overview of the Issue: Product Counterfeiting is growing in scope, scale, and threat. This threat includes counterfeit prescription medicines (e.g. rogue product from Canadian pharmacies is a major focus for Federal agencies based in Michigan, as well as State enforcement and prosecution efforts), medical devices (e.g. counterfeit Michigan branded ambulance gurneys), food ingredients (e.g. including Michigan concentrated Cherry juice), finished food products including fish (e.g. Michigan Whitefish), automobile parts, shampoo, perfume, consumer electronics, and even certifications themselves (e.g. Michigan's NSF International food equipment certifications). This research focuses on consumer products that may or may not be packaged, and does not cover digital copyright piracy, currency, identity or document fraud, or artwork fraud. In Michigan: Product counterfeiting impact in Michigan is similar to other States in many ways consistent with the demographics, the balance of population in dense cities or rural communities, and geography such as international land border with Canada. The national nuances are easy to aggregate but difficult to pinpoint. This study provides insight specifically on the population of Michigan. Relevant Research, Best Practices: State and Federal agencies have prioritized the fight against intellectual property rights infringement, and specifically, product counterfeiting of products that pose a public health threat such as counterfeit medicines sold over the internet. For example, the Protecting Intellectual Property Rights Act of 2008 created the Intellectual Property Enforcement Coordinator (IPEC), who reports through the US Office of Management and Budget to the Executive Branch of the US Government (IPEC, 2010a; 2010b). Other related activities include the Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011 and the Rogue Sites Legislation Bill in 2011. In the Rogue Sites bill, the Federal Government is considering legislation which would enable agencies to seize website domain names (URLs) that are clearly offering counterfeit product (e.g. "BuyFakeViagra.com") or that are intended to dupe unsuspecting consumers who would think they are at a legitimate brand website (e.g. "ViagraRewards.com"). Even foods are covered under the US Food Safety Modernization Act (FDA, 2011; 2012). This legislation will have impacts on resource allocation for State agencies. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Applied Public Policy Research Program , Institute for Public Policy and Social Research, 2013. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2018 at: http://ippsr.msu.edu/sites/default/files/MAPPR/Prod_Counterfeiting.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 149306

Author: Newman, Graeme R. Title: Bomb Threats in Schools Summary: The guide begins by describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the risk of bomb threats in schools. The guide then identifies a series of questions that might assist you in analyzing the local problem of bomb threats in schools. Finally, the guide reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. The scope of this guide is limited to bomb threats in schools, public or private, kindergarten through 12 th grade. Colleges and universities are excluded because they generally differ from schools. Their organization and administration differ; they have their own police within the university community; and many universities do not have a physically identifiable perimeter as schools do. In fact, college campuses have much more in common with other public service organizations, such as health services, entertainment venues and, to some extent, shopping malls. While there are a number of common responses to bomb threats that apply to almost any setting, the environment of schools is sufficiently different to warrant separate consideration. The feature that distinguishes a bomb threat from other kinds of assaults and threats is that it is primarily a furtive crime�� - or at least a crime that can be committed from a distance. Modern communications make it possible for offenders to communicate their threat without having to physically confront the targets at the time of the threat or even at the time of the assault. Many assaults or destructive acts in schools follow threats, or constitute threats in themselves. The reason why an offender might choose a bomb as the carrier of the threat over some other item or implement of destruction and injury (e.g., assault weapons, arson) is unknown, though the immediate, disruptive action it causes is surely part of the reason. Certain kinds of injury and damage may also be enhanced by a bombing, such as arson achieved through an explosive device. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2005. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series; Problem-Oriented Guides for Police No. 32: Accessed March 1, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/BombThreats.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Boom Threats Shelf Number: 96682

Author: Harocopos, Alex Title: Drug Dealing in Open-Air Markets Summary: Open-air markets represent the lowest level of the drug distribution network. Low-level markets need to be tackled effectively not only because of the risks posed to market participants, but also to reduce the harms that illicit drug use can inflict on the local community. This guide begins by describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the risks of drug dealing in open-air markets. The guide then identifies a series of questions that might assist you in analyzing your local open-air drug market problem. Finally, the guide reviews responses to the problem and what is known about these from evaluative research and police practice. As with any other type of commodity, illicit drugs are traded in a market where buyer and seller have to locate one another in order to conduct a transaction. There are two types of retail market systems: those that are person-specific, relying on social networks to communicate information about vendors, potential customers, their location and prices; and those that are place-specific. Open-air drug markets operate in geographically well-defined areas at identifiable times so buyers and sellers can locate one another with ease. A variety of drugs may be sold, most commonly to include: heroin, crack, cocaine, and marijuana. Open-air markets are also likely to be open markets. This means that there will be few barriers to access, and anyone who looks like a plausible buyer will be able to purchase drugs. An open market has advantages for both buyers and sellers. Buyers know where to go in order to find the drugs that they want and can weigh quality against price, and sellers are able to maximize customer access. However, the nature of open markets means that market participants are vulnerable both to police enforcement, and the dangers of buying from strangers-which may include rip-offs and robbery. Furthermore, if a buyer is dissatisfied with the transaction, there can rarely be any recompense as participants in illegal markets lack the usual means for resolving business conflicts. Especially in high value markets, this can lead to systemic violence�whereby force is the normal means by which disagreements are resolved. In response to the risks of law enforcement, open markets tend to transform into closed markets where sellers will only do business with buyers they know or with buyers for whom another trusted person will vouch. The degree to which markets are closed�the barriers of access put in the way of new buyers�will depend largely on the level of threat posed by the police. Intensive policing can quickly transform open markets into closed ones. Mobile communication technologies such as pagers and cell phones also aid this process. Although closed markets may exist alongside open markets, their method of operation is different and requires its own analysis and response, which will not be addressed in this guide. Dealing with open-air drug markets presents a considerable challenge for the police. Simply arresting market participants will have little impact in reducing the size of the market or the amount of drugs consumed. This is especially true of low-level markets where if one dealer is arrested, there are, more than likely, several others to take their place. Moreover, drug markets can be highly responsive to enforcement efforts but the form of that response is sometimes an adaptation that leads to unintended consequences, including displacement or increased revenue for dealers with fewer competitors. Drug dealing in open-air markets generates or contributes to a wide range of social disorder and drug-related crime in the surrounding community that can have a marked effect on the local residents' quality of life. Residents may feel a diminished sense of public safety as drug-related activity becomes more blatant and there is evidence that communal areas such as parks are often taken over by drug sellers and their customers, rendering them unusable to the local population. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2005. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police; no. 31: Accessed March 1, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/DrugMarkets.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Dealing Shelf Number: 96236

Author: RAND Corporation Title: The Science of Gun Policy: A Critical Synthesis of Research Evidence on the Effects of Gun Policies in the United States Summary: he RAND Corporation's Gun Policy in America initiative is a unique attempt to systematically and transparently assess available scientific evidence on the real effects of firearm laws and policies. Good gun policies require consideration of many factors, including the law and constitutional rights, the interests of various stakeholder groups, and information about the likely effects of different laws or policies on a range of outcomes. This report seeks to provide the third - objective information about what the scientific literature examining gun policy can tell us about the likely effects of laws. The study synthesizes the available scientific data on the effects of various firearm policies on firearm deaths, violent crime, the gun industry, participation in hunting and sport shooting, and other outcomes. By highlighting where scientific evidence is accumulating, the authors hope to build consensus around a shared set of facts that have been established through a transparent, nonpartisan, and impartial review process. In so doing, they also illuminate areas where more and better information could make important contributions to establishing fair and effective gun policies. Key Findings Despite Modest Scientific Evidence, the Data Support a Few Conclusions Of more than 100 combinations of policies and outcomes, surprisingly few have been the subject of methodologically rigorous investigation. Notably, research into four of the outcomes examined was essentially unavailable at the time of the review, with three of these four outcomes representing issues of particular concern to gun owners or gun industry stakeholders. Available evidence supports the conclusion that child-access prevention laws, or safe storage laws, reduce self-inflicted fatal or nonfatal firearm injuries among youth, as well as unintentional firearm injuries or deaths among children. There is moderate evidence that background checks reduce firearm suicides and firearm homicides, as well as limited evidence that these policies can reduce overall suicide and violent crime rates. There is moderate evidence that stand-your-ground laws may increase homicide rates and limited evidence that the laws increase firearm homicides in particular. There is moderate evidence that violent crime is reduced by laws prohibiting the purchase or possession of guns by individuals who have a history of involuntary commitment to a psychiatric facility. There is limited evidence these laws may reduce total suicides and firearm suicides. There is limited evidence that a minimum age of 21 for purchasing firearms may reduce firearm suicides among youth. Recommendations When considering adopting or refining child-access prevention laws, states should consider making it a felony to violate these laws; there is some evidence that felony laws may have the greatest effects on unintentional firearm deaths. States that currently do not require a background check investigating all types of mental health histories that lead to federal prohibitions on firearm purchase or possession should consider implementing robust mental illness checks, which appear to reduce rates of gun violence. To improve understanding of the real effects of gun policies, Congress should consider lifting current restrictions in appropriations legislation that limit research funding and access to data. In addition, the administration should invest in firearm research portfolios at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institutes of Health, and the National Institute of Justice at levels comparable to its current investment in other threats to public safety and health. To improve understanding of outcomes of critical concern to many in gun policy debates, the U.S. government and private research sponsors should support research examining the effects of gun laws on a wider set of outcomes, including crime, defensive gun use, hunting and sport shooting, officer-involved shootings, and the gun industry. To foster a more robust research program on gun policy, Congress should consider eliminating the restrictions it has imposed on the use of gun trace data for research purposes. Researchers, reviewers, academics, and science reporters should expect new analyses of the effects of gun policies to improve on earlier studies by persuasively addressing the methodological limitations of earlier studies, including problems with statistical power, model overfitting, covariate selection, and poorly calibrated standard errors, among others. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 413p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2000/RR2088/RAND_RR2088.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149308

Author: Morral, Andrew R. Title: The Magnitude and Sources of Disagreement Among Gun Policy Experts Summary: The effects of firearm policies have rarely been the subject of rigorous scientific evaluation in comparison with most other policies with similarly consequential effects on public safety, health, and the economy. Without strong scientific evidence of the effects of laws, policymakers and the public rely heavily on the expert judgments of advocates or social scientists. This makes gun policy experts' estimates of the true effects of policies an important influence on gun policy debates and decisions. In this report, RAND researchers describe the results of a survey in which gun policy experts estimated the likely effects of 15 gun-related policies on 12 societal outcomes. The researchers use these and other responses to establish the diversity of beliefs among gun policy experts about the true effects of gun laws, establish where experts are in more or less agreement on those effects, and evaluate whether differences in the policies favored by experts result from disagreements about the policies' true effects or disagreements in experts' policy objectives or values. The analysis suggests that experts on both sides of the gun policy debate share some objectives but disagree on which policies will achieve those objectives. Therefore, collecting more and stronger evidence about the true effects of policies is, the researchers believe, a necessary step toward building greater consensus. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2088z1.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149309

Author: Vomfell, Lara Title: Improving Crime Count Forecasts Using Twitter and Taxi Data Summary: Data from social media has created opportunities to understand how and why people move through their urban environment and how this relates to criminal activity. To aid resource allocation decisions in the scope of predictive policing, the paper proposes an approach to predict weekly crime counts. The novel approach captures spatial dependency of criminal activity through approximating human dynamics. It integrates point of interest data in the form of Foursquare venues with Twitter activity and taxi trip data, and introduces a set of approaches to create features from these data sources. Empirical results demonstrate the explanatory and predictive power of the novel features. Analysis of a six-month period of real-world crime data for the city of New York evidences that both temporal and static features are necessary to effectively account for human dynamics and predict crime counts accurately. Furthermore, results provide new evidence into the underlying mechanisms of crime and give implications for crime analysis and intervention. Details: Berlin: Humboldt University of Berlin - Institute for Statistics and Econometrics; Humboldt University of Berlin - Center for Applied Statistics and Economics (CASE), 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: IRTG 1792 Discussion Paper 2018-013: Accessed March 5, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3131517 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 149311

Author: Fussell, Elizabeth Title: The Threat of Deportation and Victimization of Latino Migrants: Wage Theft and Street Robbery Summary: Unauthorized Latino migrants' fear of deportation is widespread and causes many to avoid law enforcement authorities, making them especially vulnerable to victimization. While illegal status is generally associated with poorer labor market outcomes, this article examines two additional forms of victimization: robbery and wage theft. Using qualitative methods I investigate the mechanism that produced and factors that heightened Latino migrants' vulnerability to these crimes in New Orleans after Hurricane Katrina drew many workers there. Latino migrant laborers seeking work as day laborers or working in other types of unstable employment experienced heightened vulnerability to wage theft, while robbery was more randomly distributed. Latino migrants' fear of deportation, and perpetrators' use of that fear, facilitated these crimes. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2018 at: http://www.riskproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/2011.Fussell.ThreatofDeportationAndVictimizationofLatino.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Day Laborers Shelf Number: 149318

Author: Diliberti, Melissa Title: Crime, Violence, Discipline, and Safety in U.S. Public Schools: Findings From the School Survey on Crime and Safety: 2015-16 First Look Summary: This report presents findings on crime and violence in U.S. public schools,1 using data from the 2015-16 School Survey on Crime and Safety (SSOCS:2016). First administered in school year 1999-2000 and repeated in school years 2003-04, 2005-06, 2007-08, 2009- 10, and 2015-16, SSOCS provides information on school crime-related topics from the perspective of schools. Developed and managed by the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) within the Institute of Education Sciences of the U.S. Department of Education and supported by the National Institute of Justice of the U.S. Department of Justice, SSOCS asks public school principals about the prevalence of violent and serious violent crimes in their schools. Portions of this survey also focus on school security measures, disciplinary problems and actions, school security staff, the availability of mental health services in schools, and the programs and policies implemented to prevent and reduce crime in schools. SSOCS:2016 is based on a nationally representative stratified random sample of 3,553 U.S. public schools. Data collection began on February 22, 2016, when questionnaires were mailed to principals, and continued through July 5, 2016. A total of 2,092 public primary, middle, high, and combined schools provided complete questionnaires, yielding a response rate of approximately 63 percent once the responding schools were weighted to account for their original sampling probabilities. Per NCES Statistical Standards, a unit nonresponse bias analysis was performed due to the weighted response rate being less than 85 percent. The results suggest the characteristics of nonresponding schools differed significantly from those of responding schools. However, the unit nonresponse bias analysis also provided evidence that the nonresponse weighting adjustments used for SSOCS:2016 removed the observed nonresponse bias in characteristics known for both respondents and nonrespondents. This suggests that the weighting adjustments likely mitigated nonresponse bias in the SSOCS:2016 survey estimates, although some bias may remain after adjustment. For more information about the methodology and design of SSOCS, including how response rates were calculated and the details of the nonresponse bias analysis, please see Appendix B: Methodology and Technical Notes in this report. Because the purpose of this report is to introduce new NCES data through the presentation of tables containing descriptive information, only selected findings are presented below. These findings have been chosen to demonstrate the range of information available when using SSOCS:2016 data rather than to discuss all of the observed differences. For a more detailed description of the variables presented in the tables, please see Appendix C: Description of Variables in this report. The tables in this report contain totals and percentages generated from bivariate crosstabulation procedures. All of the results are weighted to represent the population of U.S. public schools. The comparisons drawn in the bulleted items below have been tested for statistical significance at the .05 level using Student's t statistic to ensure that the differences are larger than those that might be expected due to sampling variation. Adjustments for multiple comparisons were not included. Many of the variables examined are related to one another, and complex interactions and relationships have not been explored. Due to the large sample size, many differences (no matter how substantively minor) are statistically significant; thus, only differences of 5 percentage points or more between groups are mentioned in the findings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education, National Center for Education Statistics, 2017. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://nces.ed.gov/pubs2017/2017122.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149323

Author: DeJesus, Edward Title: New Funds for Work: Connecting Systems for Justice-Involved Young People Summary: Today many evidence-informed models exist to connect justice-involved young people with education, job training, and employment opportunities. Collaboration between juvenile-justice and workforcedevelopment agencies can ensure that young people have access to these opportunities. The quality of these linkages varies widely across jurisdictions, unfortunately, and years of recommendations have not significantly changed the equation. Recent federal legislation has created a more promising climate for collaboration between these systems. In 2014 Congress passed, and President Obama signed into law, the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). The first update to the primary federal law related to job training since 1998's Workforce Investment Act (WIA), the law was meant to increase alignment among WIOA programs, and with other related programs. The most significant change related to young people was a shift that increased the amount of youth service dollars local workforce development boards must spend on outof-school youth from 30 percent to 75 percent. This shift of the WIOA Youth program from a program directed mainly to in-school young people to disconnected youth created a new opportunity to direct services to young people facing a variety of barriers to employment. Meanwhile, the movement to reduce or eliminate youth detention, incarceration and racial injustice in the youth justice system has gotten stronger and stronger. Today, 48,043 young people are incarcerated or in some type of residential placement on any given day, a big reduction from the 107,493 kids incarcerated on any given day in 19996 . States have closed youth prisons and reduced the number of young people incarcerated. Advocates have established coalitions in key states to empower young people, families and the community to advocate for more prison closures and redirecting dollars back to building continuum of care in the community7 Both WIOA and the movement to close youth prisons are focused on improving outcomes for young people who are in-risk or at-risk - and both have a long way to go. Minority youth still comprise 69 percent of youth in residential placements according to the most recent OJJDP data, and both systems struggle to serve subpopulations such as LGBTQ youth and young people with disabilities. Both systems also have a lot to offer the other, yet in our practice the two systems rarely work together to achieve these shared outcomes. Workforce agencies struggle to reach or engage justice-involved young people, often focusing instead on young people who are easier to serve and staying away from the tougher kids, many of whom have had involvement with the justice system. Meanwhile, juvenile justice systems are often unaware that local workforce agencies have resources for their young people. Details: Harrisburg, PA: Youth Advocate Programs, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 8, 2018 at: http://www.yapinc.org/Portals/0/Documents/Fact%20Sheets/Connecting%20Systems.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Program Shelf Number: 149392

Author: Newton, Brent E. Title: Federal Alternative-to-Incarceration Court Programs Summary: During the three decades that it has been in existence, the United States Sentencing Commission (Commission) repeatedly has considered the important issue of when an alternative to incarceration is an appropriate sentence for certain federal defendants. The original 1987 Guidelines Manual provided for alternative sentencing options such as probation for certain low-level federal offenders, and the Commission thereafter amended the guidelines on several occasions to increase the availability of alternative sentences as sentencing options. Despite these amendments, the rate of alternative sentences imposed in cases governed by the sentencing guidelines has fallen steadily during the past three decades, including after United States v. Booker, and Gall v. United States, which increased federal judges' discretion to impose alternative sentences. In recent years, the Commission has prioritized the study of alternatives to incarceration as a sentencing option. Many federal district courts around the country, with the support of the Department of Justice (DOJ), have begun creating specialized court programs to increase the use of alternatives to incarceration for certain types of offenders, most commonly for those with substance use disorders. These programs have developed independently of policy decisions of both the Commission and the Judicial Conference of the United States. Commentators, including judges who have presided over these court programs, have urged the Commission to amend the Guidelines Manual to encourage such programs and provide the option of a downward departure to a non-incarceration sentence for defendants who successfully participate in them and who otherwise would face imprisonment based on their guideline sentencing ranges. As part of its recent priority concerning alternatives to incarceration, the Commission has studied these emerging court programs. The Commission's study has been qualitative rather than quantitative at this juncture because of a lack of available empirical data about the programs. In late 2016 and early 2017, Commission staff visited five districts with established programs, interviewed program judges and staff, and observed proceedings. On April 18, 2017, the Commission conducted a public hearing about such specialized federal court programs, at which the Commission received testimony from experts on state "drug courts" and other "problem-solving courts" as well as from federal district judges who have presided over three of the more established alternative-to-incarceration court programs. This publication summarizes the nature of these emerging federal alternative-to-incarceration court programs and will highlight several legal and social science issues relating to them. Part II defines key terms and concepts, discusses the history of alternative-to-incarceration court programs, which originated in the state courts nearly three decades ago, and then specifically describes the types of specialized federal court programs that have been created in recent years. Part III discusses legal issues related to the federal court programs, including how they fit within the legal framework created by the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (SRA) and modified by the Supreme Court in 2005 in Booker. Part IV identifies social science issues related to the programs, including issues related to the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of the federal court programs. Part V concludes by identifying several questions about the federal court programs that policymakers and courts should consider in deciding whether, and if so how, such programs should operate in the federal criminal justice system in the future. Those questions include: - How do the programs fit within the legal framework created by the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984, which continues to apply in significant ways after Booker? - Do the programs, when not governed by a uniform national policy, result in unwarranted sentencing disparities, including demographic disparities? Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2018. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 8, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20170928_alternatives.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149394

Author: Chapman, Jason E. Title: Quasi-Experimental Evaluation of Reentry Programs in Washington and Linn Counties Summary: Justice reinvestment is a data-driven approach to improve public safety, examine corrections and related criminal justice spending, manage and allocate criminal justice populations in a more costeffective manner, and reinvest savings in strategies that can hold offenders accountable, decrease recidivism, and strengthen neighborhoods. In 2010, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) launched the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI), with funding appropriated by the U.S. Congress in recognition of earlier successes of justice reinvestment efforts. JRI provides technical assistance to states and localities as they collect and analyze data on drivers of criminal justice populations, identify and implement changes to increase efficiencies, and measure the fiscal and public safety impacts of those changes. Oregon is one of several JRI-involved states. In Oregon, JRI-related activities were formalized in 2013 with the passage of HB 3194. Among other things, this bill established a grant program to strengthen local public safety capacity, which is overseen by the Oregon Criminal Justice Commission (CJC). In the 2015 legislative session, the Oregon legislature approved 38.7 million dollars for the CJC to grant to counties for JRI-related programs. The law includes a provision that 3% of these monies be used for rigorous evaluations of the JRI programs that each county adopted. The CJC has identified three promising areas to target for JRI program evaluation efforts; Reentry programs represent one of those three targeted areas. Thus far, although considerable research exists on Reentry programs, a clear set of evidence-based best practices has yet to emerge due to the diversity of Reentry programming features. Reentry programs are widely considered to be effective at reducing recidivism and prison usage. Ndrecka conducted a meta-analysis of Reentry programs nationwide. The study synthesized results from 53 independent evaluations of Reentry programs and revealed an overall effect size of .06, meaning that on average, these programs reduce recidivism by 6%. Moderator analyses indicated that Reentry programs are more effective when services begin while offenders are still incarcerated and continue through their release to the community, versus being limited to just pre- or post-prison release. Considering these findings, the CJC sought to determine the effectiveness of Reentry programs funded by Justice Reinvestment in Oregon, to inform future funding decisions and to further the body of criminal justice knowledge. Researchers at the Oregon Social Learning Center (OSLC) submitted a proposal and were selected to conduct this research on Reentry programs. Specifically, OSLC Investigators conducted a quasi-experimental study of the Reentry programs in Washington and Linn Counties. These counties were chosen by the CJC for evaluation because they implement similar Reentry services and because they directed their JRI dollars toward funding their Reentry programs. Further, and as described next, their services span pre- and post-prison release, consistent with evidence on "what works" from the above-mentioned meta-analysis. In general, Reentry programs are designed to facilitate an offender's release from prison and successful integration back into the community. Neither Washington nor Linn County have a fully detailed manual for their Reentry programs, but they were able to describe the components they generally provide. Of note, the program provided in each county is structured such that every offender receives a few key components, but some components are provided on an as-needed basis. - Services begin with an in-person "Reach-In" meeting with offenders prior to their release from prison: -- The Reach-In is a 30-60 minute in-person visit with the offender that happens after Community Corrections receives a prison release plan. The Reach-In tends to happen 90 days prior to prison release. -- During this Reach-In, a Reentry specialist employed by Community Corrections assesses each offender's needs and develops an individualized post-release case plan. -- A key goal of the Reach-In is to help alleviate the offender's anxiety about being released and about working with their Community Corrections officer post-release.- Other targets of the Reach-In may include planning for housing, basic needs, treatment needs, employment/education, transportation, or other needs the offender anticipates facing post-release. - Mentoring services are frequently provided to the offender, although there are slight differences across Washington and Linn Counties. - In Washington, all offenders are provided mentoring services. In Linn, all female offenders are provided mentoring, while male offenders are provided mentoring services whenever mentors are available. - Mentoring begins with one to four mentoring sessions occurring prior to prison release and generally continues for at least three months post-release. - Mentors are sometimes contracted directly by Community Corrections and are sometimes provided by community organizations, treatment providers, or volunteer groups. - The mentor communicates directly with the Community Corrections officer, either through individual communication or at weekly "staffing" meetings between the officer, treatment provider, and mentor. - A Community Corrections officer provides enhanced supervision post-release. Both Washington and Linn Counties incorporate a Motivational Interviewing approach into their supervision. They also develop holistic supervision plans that aim to identify an offender's goals, address barriers to these goals, and facilitate prosocial thinking. The officer may provide assistance with housing, basic needs, treatment needs, employment/education, transportation, or other needs that arise for the offender, in an effort to help the offender avoid re-engaging in criminal activity. - Offenders may receive a range of supportive services for several months following release from prison: -- When needed, offenders receive rapid access to comprehensive substance abuse and/or mental health treatment. Treatment providers meet regularly with the offender's Community Corrections officer to coordinate services. -- When needed, offenders receive access to short-term housing services, including sober living homes (i.e., group homes for people who are recovering from addiction). -- Offenders may receive assistance from an employment specialist who works directly with Community Corrections and is specialized in assisting offenders to find employment. A quasi-experimental study was conducted to evaluate the impact of the Reentry programs in Washington and Linn Counties. The primary outcome for this analysis was recidivism as defined in Oregon (i.e., arrest, conviction, or incarceration for a new crime within 3 years of prison release). Reentry services have been provided in Washington and Linn Counties since approximately 2007, but when JRI funding became available, Washington and Linn Counties decided to use the JRI funding to pay for the costs of their Reentry programs. Thus, although the JRI funding was not available until later, the data since 2007 could be included in the evaluation to help expand the number of years with eligible data (i.e., offenders who had 3 years post-release data). In addition, data prior to 2007 were utilized as a comparison window, or "baseline phase" that was the time period prior to the Counties' Reentry programs beginning. The CJC provided OSLC investigators with the recidivism data, and the current report summarizes the results of the Reentry program evaluation. Details: Eugene, OR: Oregon Social Learning Center, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://www.oslcdevelopments.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Quasi-Experimental-Evaluation-of-Reentry-Programs-in-Washington-and-Linn-Counties-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 149396

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Wolves in Sheep's Clothing: New Jersey's SPCAs 17 Years Later Summary: The State Commission of Investigation found that the organization responsible for enforcing New Jersey's animal cruelty laws was a dysfunctional mess. The New Jersey Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals denied many of the findings of the state report, which concluded the group was a haven for "gun-carrying wannabe cops" that failed in its mission to protect animals. The NJSPCA fired back at the the State Commission of Investigation, which wrote the report, accusing the commission of "cherry picking" facts and misrepresenting problems within the group, which is given police powers to investigate animal cruelty cases. The commission found 75 percent of cases handled by the NJSPCA had a response time that violated its own procedures, which require a written record of action taken within 24 hours. In one case, the commission found, it took more than a month for the group to respond to a complaint "involving two Yorkshire terrier puppies covered in motor oil and fleas." In another, it took 36 days for an officer to investigate a complaint that dogs were being left unfed or tied up outside an apartment "in obvious distress." Details: Trenton: The Commission, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/SPCA-FollowUpReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 149397

Author: Sanderson, Jessica Title: Effective Police Interactions with Youth: Training Evaluation Summary: In 2001, the Connecticut Juvenile Justice Advisory Committee (JJAC) published a study entitled A Reassessment of Minority Overrepresentation in Connecticut's Juvenile Justice System to examine the extent of disproportionate minority contact (DMC) in the state. DMC is a national term that refers to the problem of unequal treatment of White and minority juveniles in the juvenile justice system. The JJAC study focused on overrepresentation of minority youth in the system and disparate handling of minority youth at key decision points. To address study findings at the earliest police decision points, the JJAC created a task group, comprised of primarily police personnel, to look into issues that would affect police handling of juveniles prior to written police incident reports. A key issue that was identified by the task group was that many patrol officers, as opposed to youth officers, lack the knowledge they need to differentiate problematic adolescent behavior from typical adolescent behavior and the practical skills to de-escalate situations involving agitated or defiant youth. The task group further concluded that patrol officers should be taught to interact more effectively with all young people, regardless of their race or background, rather than simply focusing on diversity training. Details: Storrs, CT: Center for Applied Research in Human Development, University of Connecticut, 2008. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://www.ct.gov/opm/lib/opm/cjppd/cjjjyd/jjydpublications/police_eval_full_report_final_september_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 149399

Author: Council of Economic Advisors Title: The Cost of Malicious Cyber Activity to the U.S. Economy Summary: This report examines the substantial economic costs that malicious cyber activity imposes on the U.S. economy. Cyber threats are ever-evolving and may come from sophisticated adversaries. Due to common vulnerabilities, instances of security breaches occur across firms and in patterns that are difficult to anticipate. Importantly, cyberattacks and cyber theft impose externalities that may lead to rational underinvestment in cybersecurity by the private sectorrelative to the socially optimal level of investment. Firms in critical infrastructure sectors may generate especially large negative spillover effects to the wider economy. Insufficient data may impair cybersecurity efforts. Successful protection against cyber threats requires cooperation across firms and between private and public sectors. Overall: - We estimate that malicious cyber activity cost the U.S. economy between $57 billion and $109 billion in 2016. - Malicious cyber activity directed at private and public entities manifests as denial of service attacks, data and property destruction, business disruption (sometimes for the purpose of collecting ransoms) and theft of proprietary data, intellectual property, and sensitive financial and strategic information. - Damages from cyberattacks and cyber theft may spill over from the initial target to economically linked firms, thereby magnifying the damage to the economy. - Firms share common cyber vulnerabilities, causing cyber threats to be correlated across firms. The limited understanding of these common vulnerabilities impedes the development of the cyber insurance market. - Scarce data and insufficient information sharing impede cybersecurity efforts and slow down the development of the cyber insurance market. - Cybersecurity is a common good; lax cybersecurity imposes negative externalities on other economic entities and on private citizens. Failure to account for these negative externalities results in underinvestment in cybersecurity by the private sector relative to the socially optimal level of investment. - Cyberattacks against critical infrastructure sectors could be highly damaging to the U.S. economy. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/The-Cost-of-Malicious-Cyber-Activity-to-the-U.S.-Economy.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 149400

Author: Flower, Shawn M. Title: District of Columbia Custodial Population Study: Seeking Alignment between Evidence Based Practices and Jail Based Reentry Services Summary: The District of Columbia Custodial Population Study was commissioned by the District of Columbia Criminal Justice Coordinating Council (CJCC) pursuant to a request from the DC Council. The purpose of this project is to gain a better understanding of how justice involved individuals flow into and out of District of Columbia correctional facilities. Critical to this study is our ability to comprehensively describe the population of both District of Columbia Department of Corrections (DOC) and Federal Bureau of Prison (FBOP) inmates returning to the District of Columbia. Our goal is to understand their challenges, and to anticipate how best to serve these individuals to successfully return to the community. The study overall incorporates analysis of administrative data as well as discussions with key stakeholders - including public safety leadership, staff, and custodial service providers, as well as inmates and their families, in order to inform a comprehensive strategy to generate long-term successful outcomes. This report combines the efforts of the Justice Research and Statistics Association (JRSA) and The Moss Group, Inc. (TMG) to describe the custodial population including demographics, current offense, past offense history, and length of stay in the facility. JRSA conducted the quantitative analysis for this project, using data provided by the DOC, Pretrial Services Agency (PSA) and the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH). The study sample consisted of 8,840 individuals in custody or admitted to custody DOC from October 1, 2014 to September 30, 2015 (FY2015). We also conducted an analysis of a release cohort from the FBOP). The FBOP data consisted of 2,108 individuals with a release address to the District of Columbia in FY2015. The quantitative analysis is detailed in the first two chapters of this report. Chapter I Stock and Flow focuses on the custodial population analysis - or stock and flow - which comprehensively describes the flow of criminal justice involved individuals into and out of DOC in order to explain variations in custody populations. In addition to the Stock and Flow analysis, JRSA analyzed data provided by DBH to look at the circumstances and needs of individuals housed in DOC (Chapter II Services Analysis). The qualitative portion of the report was conducted by The Moss Group, Inc. TMG conducted focus groups and stakeholder interviews among inmates, DOC and other agency staff and community stakeholders; their findings are provided in Chapter III Service and Programs Interviews. Recommendations based on the overall findings of this study and informed by the literature review conclude this report. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association; The Moss Group, Inc., 2017. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://jrsa.org/pubs/reports/jrsa-dc-custodial-pop-study-9-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 149401

Author: Garcia, Nilda M. Title: The Dark Side of Social Media: The Case of the Mexican Drug War Summary: The rapid increase in the use of social media during the "war on drugs" in Mexico, especially in the first decades of the 21st century, has stimulated a growing research agenda in academia. To date, this scholarship has focused primarily on investigating the opportunities social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube offer to civilians as organizing mechanisms, to fill the informational vacuum left by the tightly self-censured mainstream media outlets, and as a tool for survival. Yet, in Mexico, the use of these platforms has taken a darker, more sinister turn. Research exploring the use of social media platforms has largely ignored the fact that these communication outlets also provide major opportunities for criminal organizations to engage in public relations strategies, ease their recruitment tactics, send threatening messages to government authorities, civilians, and to warn off potential rivals. With the intent to fill the theoretical and empirical vacuum, this dissertation answers: What is the effect of social media use on drug cartels survival capacity in Mexico? Is the use of social media empowering Mexican drug cartels? Details: Miami: University of Miami, 2017. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://scholarlyrepository.miami.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3011&context=oa_dissertations Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Organizations Shelf Number: 149402

Author: Straub, Frank Title: Advancing Charlotte: A Police Foundation Assessment of the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department Response to the September 2016 Demonstrations Summary: The September 20, 2016, officer-involved shooting of Keith Lamont Scott, and the subsequent demonstrations in Charlotte, took place within a milieu of similar events in cities across America. Protests in New York, Ferguson, North Charleston, Baltimore, Minneapolis, Baton Rouge, and Dallas demonstrated the increasing anger and frustration within communities of color and growing tension in community-police relations. In the most extreme instances, protestors destroyed property and engaged in acts of violence. While the demonstrations that took place nationally were in response to an officer(s) use of lethal force, each demonstration and the subsequent law enforcement response provides lessons learned for the involved jurisdictions, and the nation. Many of the underlying issues that precipitated the demonstrations are similar: a police officer(s) used lethal force in incidents involving individuals of color; previous officer-involved shooting incidents which remained unresolved in the eyes of the community; historical racial challenges; socioeconomic immobility; perceived accountability and transparency issues; and, fragile relationships between the police and communities of color. The protests ignited by the officer-involved shooting of Keith Lamont Scott, and similar events across the nation, "focused the collective attention [in Charlotte] on the stark racial, ethnic and economic divides that exist in ... [the] community but are rarely openly discussed." The issues and tension also created an opportunity that activists from outside the city leveraged to further their national agenda and to cause chaos in Charlotte. The influence and reach of social media fueled the embers of distrust and ignited the emotions of the community and the nation. The particular elements leading to racial violence have changed over the years. While race riots occur in the context of a convoluted mix of social, economic, and cultural factors, policing consistently remains a crucial piece of the equation. It would be overreaching to designate police action as the sole factor in race riots; nevertheless, the importance of the police in preventing and effectively responding when disorder occurs can hardly be overstated. The City of Charlotte requested that the Police Foundation conduct an independent review of the Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department's (CMPD) response to the demonstrations that occurred following the September 20, 2016 officer-involved shooting. While the Police Foundation assessment team heard from the community that the issues in Charlotte go far beyond those that are within the scope of this review, the city's request demonstrates their desire to learn from these events and to use this assessment, in part, to help the city heal and move forward in a constructive manner. To ensure a comprehensive review of the incident response, the Police Foundation assessment team conducted interviews with city government officials, CMPD command staff and officers, and community leaders and members. The team also conducted a review of incident documentation and other relevant materials, as well as policy analysis. Finally, the Police Foundation assessment team conducted research on national policing best practices, model policies and promising programs to include in the report. The City of Charlotte publicly released the draft report on September 19, 2017. Since the public release of the first draft, the Police Foundation assessment team met with Mayor Roberts and members of Charlotte City Council individually, met with the City Manager, attended and presented the report at a public City Council meeting, and made note of council members' comments and requests. The assessment team also held an in-person community listening session and three meetings--one in-person and two via conference calls--with the Community Stakeholder Group. This final document reflects the comments, requests, and feedback gathered during those meetings. The Police Foundation assessment team found that the CMPD acted appropriately overall and in accordance with their policies and procedures. However, the review identified areas where the CMPD could improve its policies, practices, and operations to strengthen the department's relationship with the community it serves, with the goal of preventing and improving its response to future instances of civil unrest, should they occur. The review also highlights the importance of collaboration and communication between the City of Charlotte administration, the City Manager, and the CMPD prior to critical incidents. The report is organized by "pillars" under which critical issues are discussed and recommendations provided: - Pillar 1: Policies, Protocols & Strategies; - Pillar 2: Training & De-Escalation; - Pillar 3: Equipment & Technology; - Pillar 4: Social Media & Communication; - Pillar 5: Transparency & Accountability; and - Pillar 6: Police-Community Relationships. Communities across the country, including Charlotte, are working to address the complex issues of race, intergenerational poverty, barriers to economic opportunity, disparities in the criminal justice system, and other long-standing challenges. The City of Charlotte's political and community leaders, City Manager and the CMPD are to be commended for their genuine interest in identifying collaborative and constructive steps to acknowledge the impact of the mix of social, economic, and cultural factors that contributed to the demonstrations as well as the CMPD's efforts to prevent and respond to civil unrest. The CMPD should also be commended for the work that they have done to bridge the gap with the Charlotte Community. Their Constructive Conversations Team program can serve as a national model for tangible programs that have the potential to improve police-community relationships, both in Charlotte and elsewhere. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2018. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Advancing-Charlotte-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Disorder Shelf Number: 149406

Author: Nemerov, Howard Title: Has Texas Experienced an Epidemic of Firearms-Related Deaths? Summary: In-depth examination of complete datasets from the FBI and Centers for Disease Control indicates that Texas has become safer over time: - When comparing Texas data and national trends, Texans have become safer. - While some data shows an increase in the number of certain firearms fatalities, after including Texas's exceptional population growth during the same time period, Texas still experienced significant declines in firearms fatality rates. - Suicides now account for nearly two-thirds of all firearms fatalities. - Non-firearms suicides have increased at an exceptional rate, a trend reflected in national data. Despite this trend, firearms-involved suicide rates declined faster in Texas. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3093716 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 149407

Author: Bogus, Carl T. Title: The Hard, Simple Truth about Gun Control Summary: Gun control can be extremely effective at significantly reducing homicides, suicides, and gun-related robberies, assaults, and injuries. There is substantial evidence supporting that conclusion. However, the simple, hard truth is that only one form of gun control has been shown to be effective - namely, anything that significantly reduces the number of handguns in general circulation. The implications of that argument are enormous. In 2008, the United States Supreme Court held that individuals have a constitutional right to have handguns in their homes, and therefore a system of regulation designed to reduce the number of handguns in American homes would be unconstitutional. Gun control advocates faced political obstacles before that ruling. Rather than acknowledge the simple, hard truth, they opted instead to advocate so-called common sense measures, even though there is little evidence suggesting modest measures are likely to be effective. That strategy led to Pyrrhic victories. The strategy was counterproductive for public opinion over the long run, and it may well have misled Supreme Court justices into believing that their Second Amendment decision had no adverse public health consequences. It is, therefore, important to be clear about the choice before us. The choice is not whether America will have effective gun control today. It can't. The choice is whether America will have effective gun control in the future. While public opinion, politics, and constitutional law currently bar the way, all three are malleable. The public, politicians, and judges can all be educated. That must begin, however, with telling the simple, hard truth about gun control. Details: Boston: Roger Williams University, School of Law, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Roger Williams Univ. Legal Studies Paper No. 178: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3067366 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149408

Author: Ramsey, Carolyn B. Title: Firearms in the Family Summary: This Article considers firearms prohibitions for domestic violence offenders, in light of recent Supreme Court decisions and the larger, national debate about gun control. Unlike other scholarship in the area, it confronts the costs of ratcheting up the scope and enforcement of such firearms bans and argues that the politicization of safety has come at the expense of a sound approach to gun control in the context of intimate-partner abuse. In doing so, it expands scholarly arguments against mandatory, one-size-fits-all criminal justice responses to domestic violence in a direction that other critics have been reluctant to go, perhaps because of a reflexive, cultural distaste for firearms. Both sides in the gun-control debate rely on starkly contrasting, gendered images: the helpless female victim in need of state protection, including strictly enforced gun laws, and the self-defending woman of the National Rifle Association's "Refuse to be a Victim" campaign. Neither of these images accurately describes the position of many domestic violence victims whose partners have guns, and neither image responds effectively to the heterogeneity of conduct leading to a protection order or a misdemeanor domestic violence conviction that triggers federal and state firearms bans. The emphasis the National Rifle Association and other pro-gun organizations place on a woman's right to carry a firearm in self-defense ignores the most common homicide risks women face, as well as structural inequalities that contribute to gender violence. Yet, significant problems afflict an uncritically anti-gun approach, too. First, gun-control advocates tend to ignore the reality of intimate-partner abuse-a reality in which some women fight back; some family livelihoods depend on jobs for which firearms are required; not all misdemeanants become murderers; and victims have valid reasons for wanting to keep their partners out of prison. Second, to the extent that proponents of strict gun regulation also exhibit distaste for racialized crime-control policies, they fail to acknowledge that zealously enforced gun laws aimed at preventing domestic violence would put more people-including more men and women from vulnerable communities of color-behind bars. The current framing of the argument for tougher firearms laws for abusers is derived from public health research on domestic violence that makes a reduction in intimate homicide rates its chief goal. Yet, since hundreds of thousands of domestic violence misdemeanants are thought to possess illegal guns, reformers should also consider the potential costs to victims and their families of a move to sweeping and rigorous enforcement. Changes in gun laws and their implementation in the context of intimate-partner abuse ought to cure over- and under-breadth problems; provide greater autonomy to abuse victims and protections for those who resist their batterers; reconsider the lack of an exemption to the misdemeanor ban for firearms required on-duty; and include a better mechanism for restoring gun rights to misdemeanants who have shown the capacity to avoid reoffending. Details: Boulder, CO: University of Colorado Law School, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Colorado Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 18-5: Accessed March 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3117096 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 149409

Author: Linder, Lindsey Title: A Growing population: The surge of women into Texas' criminal justice system Summary: Mass incarceration is both a racial and economic issue, but it is also a women's issue. The number of women in the U.S. prison system has grown by over 700% since 1980. This is significantly higher than the growth rate of the overall prison population, which has risen by around 500%. Texas has contributed greatly to this surge in incarcerated women, with one of the top 10 highest female incarceration rates in the country. Regarding growth over time, female incarceration in the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ, the state' corrections system) has increased 908% from 1980- 2016, compared to an increase in the male population of 396%. In other words, female incarceration in Texas has increased at more than twice the rate of male incarceration over the past 40 years. Alarmingly, a more recent spike in system-involved women has occurred as Texas has lowered its population in TDCJ, and Texas now incarcerates more women by sheer number than any other state. From 2009-2016, Texas reduced its men's prison population by 8,577 while back-filling its prisons with 554 women. As of 2016, women incarcerated in TDCJ numbered 12,508, representing 8.5% of the incarcerated population, up from 7.7% in 2009. Additionally, the number of women serving 10 years or more in Texas increased over 50% from 2005 to 2014. The rise in female incarceration is not exclusive to prisons. The number of women in Texas jails awaiting trial - totaling around 6,300 - has grown 48% since 2011, even as the number of female arrests in Texas has decreased 20% over that time period. Details: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2018 at: https://www.texascjc.org/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 149413

Author: Development Services Group Title: Interactions Between Youth and Law Enforcement: Literature Review Summary: Police-youth contact consists of any face-to-face interaction between a youth and one or more law enforcement officers, including sworn officers serving in municipal police departments; sheriff's departments; state police; and special jurisdiction agencies such as transit, park, and university police (Hyland, Langton, and Davis 2015). Contact can be youth-initiated or police-initiated and may occur in programmatic settings, such as police-led programs (e.g., police athletic leagues), or through day-today interactions in community and school settings (Hurst 2007; Goodrich, Anderson, and LaMotte 2014). Some interactions also occur when youths are victims of crime. As gatekeepers to the justice system, police-youth contact can result in informal solutions such as programs and services that divert youth away from system involvement, or arrest and further entry into the criminal and juvenile justice systems (Worden and Myers 2000; Brown, Novak, and Frank 2009; Goodrich, Anderson, and LaMotte 2014). Such decisions during contact with youth can shape the options available to other juvenile justice decision makers in the system (Liederbach 2007). Police-youth contact occurs often and is most frequent for youths between the ages of 18 and 24 (Eith and Durose 2011). Despite the importance and prevalence of such interactions, limited research has been dedicated to understanding the dynamics of encounters between police and youth (Brown and Benedict 2002; Thurau 2009). Though official police data provides useful context for understanding the prevalence of police-youth contact, the data does not provide information on police-youth interactions in terms of the nature of the incidents or how youth behaviors affect the actions of police officers, and vice versa (Skogan and Frydl 2004; Mastrofski, Snipes, and Supina 1996). Most research focuses on factors that influence the decisions made after juveniles have been arrested (Allen 2005) or youth attitudes toward police (Brick, Taylor, and Esbensen 2009; Flexon et al. 2016; Hagan, Shedd, and Payne 2005; Hardin 2004; Brunson and Weitzer 2009; Wu, Lake, and Cao 2015). While most researchers agree that age and race are factors that consistently influence youth attitudes toward police, there is also no consensus on other factors (e.g., gender, social class) that influence youth attitudes toward the police or when such factors begin to influence police-youth interactions (Brown and Benedict 2002). There has also been little research on how youth behaviors and decision-making influence police-youth contact (Brunson and Weitzer 2011), or on how officers' concerns for community safety and their own safety influence these interactions. This literature review will discuss the research relevant to interactions between police and youth. Topics in this review include the prevalence of police-youth interactions, factors that influence such interactions, the role of law enforcement in the juvenile justice system, and the outcome evidence of programs developed to help improve police-youth encounters. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2018 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/mpg/litreviews/Interactions-Youth-Law-Enforcement.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 149414

Author: Cervantes, Wendy Title: Our Children's Fear: Immigration Policy's Effects on Young Children Summary: This study from CLASP was motivated by widespread reports that children and families are being harmed by the Trump Administration's immigration policy priorities. We confirmed many of these reports after speaking with 150 early childhood educators and parents in six states-California, Georgia, Illinois, New Mexico, North Carolina, and Pennsylvania. Children of immigrants matter to America's future, so our public policies must be designed to ensure that all children are able to achieve their full potential. Without changing course, we as a nation will also pay a heavy price as our future prosperity will be largely determined by the extent to which our increasingly diverse U.S. child population is able to succeed. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 9, 2018 at: https://www.clasp.org/sites/default/files/publications/2018/03/2018_ourchildrensfears.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Children Shelf Number: 149419

Author: Sawyer, Wendy Title: Youth Confinement: The Whole Pie Summary: A map of juvenile justice in America would be daunting, covering 1,852 youth facilities of varying restrictiveness, not to mention thousands of youth held in adult prisons and jails. Youth Confinement: The Whole Pie offers a comprehensive view of this system, breaking down where and why justice-involved youth are locked up. On any given day, nearly 53,000 youth are held in facilities away from home as a result of juvenile or criminal justice involvement. Nearly one in ten is held in an adult jail or prison. Even for the youth held in juvenile "residential placement," the situation is grim; most of them are in similarly restrictive, correctional-style facilities. Thousands of youths are held before they've been found delinquent, many for non-violent, low-level offenses - even for behaviors that aren't criminal violations. This report provides an introductory snapshot of what happens when justice-involved youth are held by the state: where they are held, under what conditions, and for what offenses. It offers a starting point for people new to the issue to consider the ways that the problems of the criminal justice system are mirrored in the juvenile system: racial disparities, punitive conditions, pretrial detention, and over-criminalization. While acknowledging the philosophical, cultural, and procedural differences between the adult and juvenile justice systems, the report highlights these issues as areas ripe for reform for youth as well as adults Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/youth2018.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 149422

Author: Lucke, Roy E. Title: Illinois Secretary of State Breath Alcohol Ignition Interlock Device (BAIID): program evaluation and final report Summary: This report evaluates the effectiveness of the Illinois Breath Alcohol Ignition Interlock Device (BAIID) pilot program. This pilot program was initiated in June of 1994 and is still in effect. The primary focus of the study is the comparison of a control group (no interlock device) to a group who used the BAIID. Participants in the study were all multiple DUI offenders who have been granted limited driving relief through a Restricted Driving Permit (RDP) before potential reinstatement of full driving privileges. The report contains five chapters: - Chapter 1 introduces the report and provides some background information; - Chapter 2 contains a review of the literature; - Chapter 3 describes the Illinois BAIID program; - Chapter 4 contains the results of the evaluation; and - Chapter 5 summarizes recommendations arising from the evaluation. This report is based on two earlier documents. The first was completed by Etzkorn and Martin1 and was intended as a preliminary report on the effectiveness of the BAIID devices. Information in this report relating to the origins of the BAIID program and operations of the pilot program are based on that report. A discussion comparing findings of that preliminary evaluation and the current evaluation can be found in Chapter 4. A companion to this report was completed by Lucke, Wark, and Raub under the same contract that funded this study. Its purpose was to provide guidance to the Secretary of State on ending the pilot phase of the BAIID program, making the Illinois program compliant with federal guidelines, reviewing similar programs in other states, and providing options for the future of the Illinois BAIID program. The literature review from that report was updated for this study. Details: Evanston, IL: Northwestern University, Center for Public Safety, 2001. 2 vols. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/library/scp/pdf/232-Raub.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Ignition Interlocks Shelf Number: 149423

Author: Khaledi, Hamed Title: A Positive Economic Analysis of Firearm Control Laws Summary: We examine the antecedents and impacts of different firearm control laws. In one hand, the restriction level affects the rates of violent crime incidents, which we measure by the number of homicides per capita. On the other hand, the laws are affected and perhaps changed by the rules for making rules. Accordingly we investigate three situations: Private Places as IUGs, Public Places as IUGs and Gun Control Law as HEC Good. The first two are about the effects of gun control law on homicide rates and the third situation as well as the ICA section are about the factors that influence the gun control laws. At the end we combine the two sides into one extensive model. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2786343 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 149427

Author: Munasib, Abdul Title: Florida Stand Your Ground Law and Crime: Did It Make Floridians More Trigger Happy? Summary: This paper examines if the passage of the Stand your Ground Law in Florida had any impact on its violent crimes and gun-deaths. We use the Synthetic Control Method which allows us to mimic what the outcome would have been in the absence of the law. A comparison of the actual and the synthetic Florida shows that the law led to an increase in gun-deaths (with and without suicides) but had no significant impact on violent crimes. We also do not find evidence that the law has resulted in criminals substituting towards property crimes. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2315295 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Florida Stand Your Ground Law Shelf Number: 149428

Author: Muschert, Glenn W. Title: Media and Massacre: The Social Construction of the Columbine Story Summary: The Columbine shootings were a watershed event that threatened the moral foundation of society. The Columbine story was the media's response and coverage of this landmark crime. This study is a thematic content analysis of the mainstream U.S. news media coverage of the Columbine High School shootings of 1999. It is an empirical and rhetorical investigation of the cultural meaning of the discussion the Columbine event and reactions to it. The data are 728 articles from ABC, CNN, PBS, the Associated Press, New York Times, Time, and Newsweek, collected using an on-line database search, and were analyzed using inductive content analysis techniques. Chapter 1 presents a narrative of the development of the media's focus on the event, and a discussion of the Columbine media story as public moral discourse. Chapter 2 continues the narrative, focusing on the perpetrators, victims, and commentaries, and connects these discussions to theoretical debates in the sociology of culture. Chapter 4 reports the descriptive findings, including the volume and frequency of coverage. Nearly two-thirds of the coverage focused on reactions to the shootings, while only one-third covered the Columbine event. Chapter 5 examined the media's characterization of the perpetrators, and concluded of the two shooters, the media portrayed Eric Harris as more nefarious. An analysis of the sequencing of the media account of the event revealed that journalists broke with normal stylistic conventions when writing about the shootings, a phenomenon likely caused by the terroristic and racial elements of the shootings. Chapter 6 examined the media coverage of three of the victims. Those victims whose life histories or circumstances of death were more interesting received higher coverage. Also, victims whose stories were related to existing social movements received more coverage, as commentators framed their stories in terms of their causes. The media avoided covering the perpetrators in proximity to the victims, because the perpetrators heinous acts stripped them of their humanness. Details: Denver: University of Colorado, 2002. 276p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.users.miamioh.edu/muschegw/Muschert-Dissertation.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 149429

Author: Washburn, Maureen Title: Costs Rise Amid Falling Populations at California's Division of Juvenile Justice Summary: A fact sheet from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice finds that state spending at California's state youth correctional system, the Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ), continues to rise despite continued reductions in its youth population. For the 2018-19 fiscal year, the Governor's Budget proposes expanding DJJ to a larger population of young adults, accompanied by a budget increase of nearly $4 million. The fact sheet finds: State youth correctional facilities will cost taxpayers a record high of $317,771 per youth in FY 2017-18. Since 2011, DJJ has reported a 39% decrease in its population, resulting in facilities that are operating at just 37% of their design capacity. As a result, per capita costs at DJJ have climbed each year since FY 2012-13. The DJJ budget has increased for three consecutive years, despite a downward trend in population. The budget proposal to expand DJJ in FY 2018-19 would offset the division's years-long population declines and increase its budget to over $200 million. Counties reimburse a small share of DJJ costs and vary widely in their reliance on the system. The 19 counties with the highest DJJ commitment rates are 29 times more likely, on average, to place a young person at DJJ compared to the state's 20 lowest committing counties. The result is a lopsided fiscal burden: counties with low DJJ commitment rates, such as Santa Clara or San Diego, subsidize the cost of counties with higher rates. Details: Sacramento: Center for Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/costs_rise_amid_falling_populations_at_californias_division_of_juvenile_justice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 149432

Author: Scott, Michael S. Title: Drunk Driving Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of drunk driving and reviewing the factors that increase its risks. It then identifies a series of questions that can help analyze local drunk driving problems. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem of drunk driving and examines what is known about the effectiveness of these responses from research and police practice. Simply put, drunk driving is a police concern because alcohol increases the risk that drivers will get in traffic crashes and kill or injure themselves or others. Alcohol impairment is the primary factor in traffic fatalities. In the United States, where drunk driving is among the most common types of arrest made by police, the number of alcohol-related crash deaths is roughly the same as the number of homicides. In addition, vehicle crashes are the leading cause of death in young people ages 15 to 20; many of these are alcohol-related. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2006. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Series Guide No. 36: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/drunk-driving.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 100918

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Oregon Juvenile Justice System Recidivism Analysis: Recidivism Rates by Race, Ethnicity, and Gender December 2017 Summary: This report provides the second statewide analysis1 of youth recidivism using the newer adult definition found in ORS 423.557 as the guide . As described in the previous report, joint efforts by multiple stakeholders determined that the following definition of juvenile recidivism is most analogous to the adult ORS 423.557 measure: "For the purpose of this report, juvenile recidivism means the referral or adult arrest, adjudication or conviction, commitment to a Youth Correctional Facility or incarceration, community supervision, or other disposition of a person who has previously been adjudicated or convicted of a crime. The qualifying event must be for a new crime which occurs three years or less after the start of the disposition for the previous crime; or three years or less after the date the person was released from a Youth Correctional Facility." There are limitations with the current available data, as well as challenges due to the differences in terminology, processes, and population across the adult and juvenile justice systems. There are also differences in the data used in the adult report compared to this report. This analysis starts from all youth previously adjudicated, and includes arrest, juvenile referral, misdemeanor and felony conviction, misdemeanor and felony adjudication, and incarceration and other sentence type data in a single recidivism analysis. Using the above definition of recidivism, the July 2016 report examined recidivism rates for all youth released from a youth correctional facility or on probation, either at the state or county level, between July 2001 and June 2011. For the most recent year examined (youth released or placed on probation between July 2010 and June 2011), 51% were referred or arrested for a new crime within three years, 38% were adjudicated or convicted of a new felony or misdemeanor within three years, and 7% were incarcerated for a new crime within three years. In addition to the overall statewide numbers, the July 2016 report also presented recidivism rates separately for each of four different juvenile justice cohorts: youth placed on county probation, youth placed on OYA (Oregon Youth Authority) probation, youth placed on OYA parole, and DOC (Department of Corrections) youth released from OYA facilities. The current report uses the same data as the original report but shows the recidivism rates broken out by gender and by five major racial/ethnic groups (White, Hispanic, African American, Native American, and Asian). Figure 1 shows overall recidivism rates by race/ethnicity, aggregating across all years and juvenile justice cohorts. As shown in the figure, African American, Hispanic, and Native American youth all had higher recidivism rates than White youth. Figure 2 shows overall recidivism rates by gender, again aggregating across all years and all four juvenile justice cohorts. As shown in the figure, male youth had higher recidivism rates than female youth. Details: Eugene: The Commission, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.oregon.gov/cjc/SAC/Documents/JuvenileSystemRecidivismAnalysisDec2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Crime Shelf Number: 149439

Author: California. Office of the Attorney General Title: URSUS: Use of Force Incident Reporting Summary: URSUS, 2016 presents a summary overview of use of force and discharge of firearm incidents as defined in Government Code section 12525.2. Due to the narrow definition of this statute, the data contained in this report only represent incidents where use of force resulted in serious bodily injury or death or the discharge of a firearm. Caution should be used in making comparisons or generalizations with this data set as it does not contain the full spectrum of use of force incidents that occurred in California. - In 2016, there were 782 incidents that involved use of force resulting in serious bodily injury or death of a civilian or officer; or the discharge of a firearm. - Of the 782 incidents, 328 reported a discharge of a firearm. - Of the 782 incidents, 49.0 percent (383) occurred during a call for service, 17.8 percent (139) resulted from a vehicle/bike/pedestrian stop, and 16.2 percent (127) occurred while either a crime was in progress or while officers were investing suspicious persons or circumstances. - Of the 782 incidents, 75.7 percent (592) resulted in an arrest. (Tables 2A and 2B) - In 2016, 832 civilians were involved in incidents that involved the discharge of a firearm or use of force resulting in serious bodily injury or death. - Of the 832 civilians, 92.3 percent (768) were male, 6.0 percent (50) were female, and 1.7 percent (14) fled the scene and their gender was unknown. - Of the 832 civilians, 42.2 percent (351) were Hispanic, 30.0 percent (250) were white, and 19.6 percent (163) were black. - Of the 832 civilians, 30.9 percent (257) were hit by the discharge of a firearm, 16.7 (139) and 13.7 percent (114) received force by control hold/ takedown tactics and electronic control device deployment, respectively. - Of the 832 civilians, 63.8 percent (531) were injured, 15.6 percent (130) were not injured, and 18.9 percent (157) died. (Table 21) - Of the 832 civilians, 476 were perceived armed and 354 were confirmed armed. were involved in incidents that involved the discharge of a firearm or use of force resulting in serious bodily injury or death. - Of the 1,729 officers, 95.0 percent (1,642) were male and 5.0 percent (87) were female. - Of the 1,729 officers, 56.5 percent (977) were white, 31.7 percent (548) were Hispanic, 4.8 percent (83) were Asian/Pacific Islander, and 3.4 percent (59) were black. - Of the 1,729 officers, 43.7 percent (755) did not receive force, 24.2 percent (419) received force during physical contact with a civilian, and 9.8 percent (169) received force by the discharge of a firearm. - Of the 1,729 officers, 20.2 percent (349) were injured, 79.5 percent (1,374) were not injured, and 0.3 percent (6) died. - Of the 1,729 officers, 1,603 reported use of force to affect arrest/take into custody (1,209), to overcome resistance (381), or to prevent escape (13). Details: Sacramento: The Office, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-27/ca-ursus-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149440

Author: English, Kim Title: Summary: Report on the C.L.E.A.R. Act: Community Law Enforcement Action Reporting Act Pursuant to Senate Bill 2015-185 Summary: In 2015, the General Assembly passed Senate Bill 185, the Community Law Enforcement Action Reporting Act, or the CLEAR Act. The CLEAR Act mandates that the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ) annually analyze and report data provided by law enforcement agencies, the Judicial Department, and the adult Parole Board, to reflect decisions made at multiple points in the justice system process. The CLEAR Act requires that the data be analyzed by race/ethnicity and gender. This study presents information for calendar year 2016. Senate Bill 15-185 mandated DCJ to annually analyze and report these data disaggregated by offense type. In 2017, following the publication of the first CLEAR Act report, the findings from the statewide analysis were presented to the Colorado Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice. At the conclusion of the presentation, the Commission voted unanimously to request that the next analyses disaggregate the data by judicial district so that local stakeholders could examine if and where disparities exist, and develop strategies to address them. This report presents a summary of the findings by collapsing the offense categories into four broad groups: Drugs, Other, Property and Violent crimes. The details by offense type, and by judicial district, are presented in the corresponding web-based interactive dashboard available at: colorado.gov/dcj-ors/ors-SB185. These two reporting mechanisms-this report and the data dashboard-should be viewed together since only the report contains information regarding the data sets used in the report and in the dashboard, and because the analysis of the four broad categories of crime allows for summary discussion of patterns of events. Details: Denver: Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2017-SB15-185-Rpt.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 149441

Author: McCann, Ellen P. Title: The District's Youth Rehabilitation Act: An Analysis Summary: On December 22, 2016, Mayor Bowser requested that the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council (CJCC) conduct analysis on the District's Youth Rehabilitation Act (YRA). The specific questions to be examined include: how is the YRA applied; what is the recidivism rate of those who received it; and, what programming is available to those sentenced under YRA? In addition to the Mayor's research request, on the same day, Councilmember Allen requested that the CJCC address: how many times YRA was applied to felonies, and later resulted in a set aside; how many later committed another felony, particularly with a weapon or a crime of violence; and how are programs identified for these persons, and the details of their supervision. Responses to Councilmember Allen's requests were submitted February 1, 2017, and informed the analysis conducted herein. The research conducted in response to the Mayor's request examines all eligible offenses, cases, and offenders that were convicted in the DC Superior Court in 2010, 2011, and 2012. This timeframe was selected to offer at least two years after the completion of a term in order to gauge reoffending. Overview of the YRA According to the Youth Rehabilitation Amendment Act of 1985, persons convicted of, and sentenced for, an offense under the age of 221 are eligible for a set aside, or sealing, of conviction at the successful completion of their term, in addition to potentially different sentencing options. Those with a charge of murder, including murder that is part of an act of terrorism, are not eligible. When determining a sentence for a YRA-eligible offender, judges have the option to impose a sentence under the YRA based on the information already available, or, prior to imposing a sentence may order a "youth study" performed in order to aid in a determination about whether a YRA sentence is appropriate. It is intended to determine if the person is likely to be rehabilitated, and to give the offender the opportunity to have the conviction set aside at the conclusion of his term. Authority to formally set aside a conviction belongs to the sentencing judge; in the case of a person who is under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Parole Commission, the Commissioner may set aside the conviction sentenced under the YRA. YRA Analysis From 2010-2012, the DC Superior Court handled the disposition of 70,454 cases. Cases eligible for YRA sentencing represented 7% of the disposed cases during this period. How is the YRA applied? There were 5,166 cases that were eligible, and 3,960 persons who were eligible for a YRA sentence during the three-year period studied. In that time, 53% (2,726 of 5,166) of eligible cases were sentenced under YRA, and 60% (2,384 of 3,960) of eligible persons were sentenced under YRA. The offenders sentenced under YRA are convicted of similar offenses to those seen in the superset of all persons eligible for YRA in 2010-2012. Offenses that carried a mandatory minimum sentence were found for just 6.7% of all eligible offenders, and were less likely to be sentenced under YRA, particularly when there were multiple charges that carried a mandatory sentence. Of those eligible persons who had completed their sentence by April 1, 2017, nearly half (976 of 2,135) successfully had their conviction set aside. Younger persons with less of a criminal history (fewer past arrests and convictions and juvenile commitments) were more likely to be sentenced under YRA. Younger offenders with less of a criminal history who were female, as well as those with weapon offenses, were more likely to have their conviction set aside. In this analysis, weapon offenses include only those offenses of possessing a weapon or ammunition illegally. Also of note, persons convicted of felonies were conversely less likely to be set aside. What is the recidivism rate? Based upon the analysis, persons whose convictions were set aside were less likely to be re-arrested and/ or reconvicted than persons who were sentenced under the YRA but whose convictions were not successfully set aside. This held true when controlling for demographics, criminal history factors, and the offense that resulted in the YRA sentence. This highlights the need for more information, as the impact of interventions used during an offender's sentence is not accounted for, and may be instructive to further improve outcomes. When comparing similarly situated persons who were and were not sentenced under the YRA, there was no difference in reoffending from the point they were sentenced. The two groups had similar chances of being re-arrested or reconvicted over the next two years, demonstrating that the sentence itself does not act as a point at which behavior changes, but instead that the sentence merely sets the stage for a person to have the conviction set aside at the end of his or her term. What programming is available? The examination of programming revealed two main points. First, there are no programs targeted to the YRA population. Second, there are programs that a YRA offender might access, such as Court Services and Offender Supervision Agency's (CSOSA) Young Adult Program, Federal Bureau of Prison's (FBOP) standard programming, and the Department of Correction's (DOC) standard programming, but a YRA sentence is not a qualifying criteria for any of the existing programs. Findings and Considerations There is broad consensus that the propensity for youthful offenders to commit crimes desists once they reach their mid-20s. Across the United States, young adult offenders who are able to show an amenability to rehabilitation have been able to receive concessions such as conviction sealing and expungement if they do not reoffend. This is the case both nationwide and locally in the District of Columbia. Neurological development indicates that young people develop reasoning and maturity starting from adolescence, and are well-developed by eighteen years of age. A person can distinguish right from wrong by their mid-teens; however, persons cannot gauge risk, understand consequences fully, or delay gratification until well into their 20s, a phenomenon referred to as the "maturity gap." The age-crime curve supports biological conclusions in this sense, as persons who are criminally active tend to slow down or stop offending by their mid-20s. Young adult offender programs utilized across the United States vary widely, including Young Adult Courts, probation and parole programs, district attorney-led programs, community-based partnerships, hybrid partnerships, and prison-based programs. At the same time, in many jurisdictions there is legislation that directs either courts, government agencies, or both to address young adult offenders in ways distinct from those approaches taken with older adult offenders. Unfortunately, while there is a national consensus on the need to hone practices specific to the young adult offender population, research identifies best practices thus far for only two distinct groups: juveniles and adults. While programs that are known to be effective with other age groups may also be effective with young adult offenders, the evidence base simply has not caught up. After a full review of the findings, as well as the testimony from Councilmember Allen's Roundtable on Sentencing in the District of Columbia: Agency Roles and Responsibilities (February 9, 2017), and the relevant national literature, some opportunities emerged. The findings here show that it is possible to improve the utilization of YRA, be more effective in outcomes for young adult offenders and enhance public safety. This can be done through legislation, as well as through appropriate programming, both of which can help better inform decision-making and help better prepare the offender to successfully attain the set aside of his or her conviction at the end of term. Details: Washington, DC: Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2018 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-27/dc-yra-analysis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 149442

Author: Mueller, John Title: Public Opinion and Counterterrorism Policy Summary: lthough there are multiple reasons to have expected an erosion of concern about terrorism since 2001, poll data suggest that the fear of terrorism has shown little sign of waning in the United States. Special fear and anxiety have been stoked and maintained by the fact that Islamist terrorism seems to be part of a large and hostile conspiracy that is international in scope, and rather spooky in nature. Fear of such terrorism is more like that inspired by domestic communists during the Cold War than like that generated by domestic terrorism. Public opinion is the primary driver behind the extensive and excessive counterterrorism efforts undertaken since 9/11, and officials and elites are more nearly responding to public fear than creating it. Policymakers can do little, if anything, to reduce the fear of terrorism-if people want to be afraid, nothing will stop them. Moreover, because of the special formlessness, even spookiness, of terrorism's hostile foreign referent in this case, it may be exceptionally difficult to get people to believe that the threat has really been extinguished or at least that it is no longer particularly significant. However, this means that policymakers are, in an important sense, free to do their job right: they can expend money responsibly in a manner that best saves lives rather than in one that seeks to reduce unjustified, and perhaps unfathomable, fears. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/white-paper-public-opinion-counterterrorism-policy.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 149446

Author: Americans for Responsible Solutions Title: The Economic Cost of Gun Violence in Ohio: A Business Case for Action Summary: Ohio's business community is severely impacted by the negative economic consequences of gun violence. Shootings engender fear in the affected neighborhood that keeps potential customers away, forces businesses to relocate or limit their hours of operation, and decreases foreign and local tourism. In too many parts of the state, the number of shootings is moving in the wrong direction, trending toward violence and death. In 2016, the Cleveland area endured its deadliest year in more than a decade, with 139 gun homicides and more than 500 nonfatal shootings. Details: San Francisco: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2017. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 13, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/The-Economic-Cost-of-Gun-Violence-in-Ohio.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 149447

Author: Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Protecting the Parkland Generation: Strategies to Keep America's Kids Safe from Gun Violence Summary: Since 2000, more than 150,000 Americans were killed or injured by a gun before their 18th birthday. These children deserved to grow up and grow old, free to live and learn, and free from fear. But our nation failed them. As complicated as gun policy can often seem, there are some very simple truths that help explain this uniquely American phenomenon. There is simply no other high-income nation on earth that has let gunmakers and gun extremists write its gun safety laws. No other high-income nation on earth makes weapons of war available-immediately, with no questions asked-to un-vetted buyers intent on mass murder. No other high-income nation on earth has to routinely bury children gunned down in their classrooms and movie theaters and churches and parks. It doesn't have to be this way. It's been tempting for some people to turn away from the pain and shame of these tragedies, or to give in to the cynical lie that this violence can't be prevented. But not anymore. This year, America's young people are demanding change and building a movement for gun safety reform. We have watched in awe as young students emerged from bullet-ridden classrooms in Parkland, Florida, and exclaimed Never again. We have witnessed their courage and eloquence as they stood up on national television to US Senators and NRA celebrities, demanding action, answers, and accountability. This generation-the future leaders of our country-understands that gun violence is not inevitable. And they know that the Second Amendment is not under threat. We are. Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence presents this report as a tool for this new generation of activists. It provides data about the scope of the gun violence problem facing America's youth and offers concrete recommendations for evidence-based policies that save lives. Our goal is to support the Parkland students and the thousands of young people they have inspired, as well as the lawmakers who hear their call for action and want to work together to make a change. Despite the brutal pain that follows each tragic shooting in our country, the courage of our nation's youth shines a brighter light on our future. Details: San Francisco: Gifford's Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Protecting-Parkland-Generation_3.9.18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149448

Author: Gonzalez, Naihobe Title: Evaluation of Oakland Unite: Year 1 Strategy Report Summary: Funded by the Violence Prevention and Public Safety Act of 2014 (Measure Z), Oakland Unite invests in community-based violence prevention programs throughout the city with the goal of interrupting and preventing violence. The four-year evaluation of Oakland Unite includes annual agency-level snapshots, annual strategy-level reports, and a comprehensive evaluation of the impact of participation in Oakland Unite-funded programs on individual outcomes over a four-year period. This annual strategy-level report provides in-depth preliminary analyses of two sub-strategies: (1) adult life coaching, and (2) adult employment and education support services (EESS). The report also includes an analysis of the network of Oakland Unite grantees and considerations for practice and future research. The analysis sought to (1) describe the implementation of the Oakland Unite grant and services provided by agencies and (2) assess the impact of participation in adult life coaching and adult EESS on short-term arrest outcomes relative to a matched comparison group of Oakland residents who did not participate in Oakland Unite. Future strategy-level reports will include additional participant outcomes such as victimization, conviction, and educational attainment. Details: Oakland, CA: Mathematica Policy Research, 2017. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://oaklandunite.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Oakland-Unite-Strategy-Evaluation_Final-11172017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 149449

Author: Van Meer, James X. Title: Under the Gun: Gun Violence in America - Graphic Design as a Reactive Catalyst of Thought Summary: This final project and thesis describe gun violence in America through a statistical lens, emphasizing the implementation of graphic design to evoke a response from the audience. Advanced typography, grid design, vector theory and application, 3-D and environmental graphics, color theory, lighting design, and video have been employed in an attempt to bring the statistics to life and to engage audiences in sane conversation on a particularly volatile subject. There are often visceral opposing views when the subject of guns, especially handguns, is brought up in modern American society. Studies are cited that show gun violence data, the Second Amendment to the United States Constitution is bandied about, and arguments ensue of whether guns kill people or people kill people. One side portends that the problem is exaggerated because responsible gun owners do not contribute to the problem while the opposing side believes that gun violence is a serious public health threat, and the only safe gun is no gun at all. Growing up in a family that owned guns (both handguns and rifles), my view of American gun violence was neither pro nor con for the longest time. I was raised in what I consider to be a normal, middle-class suburban environment. My father was a bluecollar worker, my mother worked as a legal secretary until the onset of health issues, and I attended elementary, middle, and high school in Rockville, Maryland. I grew up seeing President Kennedy assassinated, his brother Robert Kennedy slain, and Martin Luther King and Malcolm X gunned down. Never one to be involved in politics, I didn't pay much attention to the gun violence taking place in the 60s-I didn't live in that circle, so why should I care? Then May 4, 1970 changed my view of guns. May 4th was a Monday, and it was the day that twenty-eight of the more than seventy Ohio National Guardsmen called to Kent State University fired their rifles and pistols into a crowd of student protesters, killing nine and injuring thirteen. The debate over cause and blame continues to this day, but one fact remains-a 13-second fusillade of bullets ruined lives and altered my belief system in ways I still have yet to fully comprehend. Gun violence has touched me personally as well. I have a long-time friend who was shot in his workplace during an armed robbery. My friend almost died, and he changed in ways I could not comprehend. I couldn't bring myself to imagine what he felt seeing the barrel of a handgun pointed at him, the searing hot pain of the shot, or the aftermath of a psyche cleaved by gun violence. I still can't fathom what he's been through. For years I bounced back and forth on both sides of the gun debate fence. After my parents had retired to the foothills of the Great Smoky Mountains in North Carolina, the family gun tradition continued. My dad owned a hunting rifle, a shotgun, and three pistols. Two of the guns were Christmas gifts from me-I walked into a gun store, filled out some forms, and walked out with the guns. Piece of cake. My dad's guns were used for hunting and for self-protection. My folks lived in the country where just about everyone owned a gun, and the only time I can recall a handgun being fired was when a large, wild cat had come too close to the house. When my parents passed away I had the task of clearing out their possessions. Of course, I came across the guns, and after selling the handguns at a local gun shop, I brought the hunting rifle and shotgun back to my home in Virginia, eventually selling them to a friend, an avid hunter. I didn't think about keeping any of my father's guns. I didn't want to have anything to do with them. And I still don't. They scare me because I know the destructive power that can be unleashed from them. It's that inherent destructive power and the toll that gun violence takes I am hoping to portray. My final project and thesis are an attempt to allow people to see the cold-hard facts of gun violence in America and let them ponder the effects that guns have on this country. Through the use of interpretive graphics, storytelling, and experiential methods, it is my intent to further the dialogue about guns and gun violence through a thoughtful perspective. Guns have the power to injure, the power to kill, the power to ruin lives. Does graphic design, as a catalyst for thought, have the power to alter views, or at the very least, lead to different perspectives? We'll never know unless we seed the conversation. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2017. 92p., 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://mars.gmu.edu/handle/1920/10710 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149450

Author: Beland, Louis-Philippe Title: The Effect of High School Shootings on Schools and Student Performance Summary: We analyze how fatal shootings in high schools affect schools and students using data from shooting databases, school report cards and the Common Core of Data. We examine schools' test scores, enrollment, number of teachers, graduation, attendance and suspension rates at schools that experienced a shooting, employing a difference-indifferences strategy that uses other high schools in the same district as the comparison group. Our findings suggest that homicidal shootings significantly decrease the enrollment of students in grade 9 and test scores in math and English standardized tests. Using student-level data from California, we confirm that shootings lower test results for students that remain enrolled. Details: Baton Rouge, LA: Department of Economics, Louisiana State University, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 2015-05: Accessed march 13, 2018 at: http://faculty.bus.lsu.edu/papers/pap15_05.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149451

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Reentry Court Research: Overview of Findings from the National Institute of Justice's Evaluation of Second Chance Act Adult Reentry Courts Summary: Specialized courts seeking to address the needs of formerly incarcerated individuals and reduce future criminal behavior differ in their approach and, as a result, in their effectiveness. Key processes setting the most successful of the seven Second Chance Act Adult Reentry Courts considered by this study apart from other sites include consistency and intensity of substance abuse treatment; wraparound services for criminogenic needs; intensive supervision; and increased use of judicial praise, sanctions, and incentives. The study had four principal goals: describe the reentry courts; determine program effectiveness at reducing recidivism and improving individual outcomes; determine net program costs and financial benefits; and contribute to the development of a "true" reentry court model. Results were mixed across sites. One site consistently demonstrated positive outcomes across measures. Two sites had neutral, trending toward positive, recidivism results. Two other sites had mixed results; two had consistently negative results. Cost findings were similarly mixed. Data sources included a process evaluation with stakeholder interviews, program observations, and participant focus groups; interviews with reentry court participants and a matched comparison group; a recidivism impact evaluation; and a cost-benefit evaluation. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Portland, OR: Northwest Professional Consortium (NPC Research) 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-02/reentry_courts_findings_overview_nij.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 149452

Author: Leone, Peter Title: Addressing the Unmet Educational Needs of Children and Youth in the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems. 2012 edition Summary: The Center for Juvenile Justice Reform at Georgetown University is pleased to release this second edition of "Addressing the Unmet Educational Needs of Children and Youth in the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems." Due to the popularity of the first edition, CJJR is re-releasing this publication with updated material. The updates include references to guides that the National Evaluation and Technical Assistance Center for the Education of Children and Youth Who Are Neglected, Delinquent, or At-Risk (NDTAC), which is housed at the American Institutes for Research, has developed to elaborate upon the principles this paper presents in section VII. The authors and CJJR have worked closely with NDTAC to launch this series of guides. Since the time this paper was originally released, two guides have been published: - "Providing Individually Tailored Academic and Behavioral Support Services for Youth in the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems" (2012) http:// www.neglected-delinquent.org/nd/docs/NDTAC_ PracticeGuide_IndividualSrvcs.pdf - "Improving Educational Outcomes for Youth in the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems Through Interagency Communication and Collaboration" (2011) http://www.neglected-delinquent.org/nd/docs/NDTAC_ PracticeGuide_InteragencyCommunication_2011.pdf These guides draw on both general research and on the experiences of the NDTAC authors to provide concrete strategies for adopting this paper's principles and practices and achieving the type of comprehensive education system the authors describe. Both of these guides are described in the epilogue. We will continue to provide updates to this paper as more NDTAC practice guides are published. I hope you find this updated paper and the associated practice guides valuable Details: Washington, DC: Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, Georgetown University. 2012. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://cjjr.georgetown.edu/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/EducationalNeedsofChildrenandYouth_May2010.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Agencies Shelf Number: 149453

Author: Griffin, Darrin J. Title: Werther Effect in Active Shooter Events Summary: If it bleeds it leads - this is an unfortunate but real mentality in the industry of news media. Reporting practices have led to what is perceived as sensationalism of negative events. The Werther effect establishes the connection between publicized suicide events and a spike in incidents of suicide that follow (see Kim et al., 2013). Given the established behavior of the Werther effect, investigations should seek to understand what impact, if any, media publicizing has on copycat behavior of other life-ending incidents. Recently, active shooter events have become heavily publicized in the media. This begets a logical question: Are there copycat active shooters that seem to be motivated by media? This study served to explore the possible presence of copycat phenomena of contemporary active shooters through media sensationalism. Through the analysis of shooters' written manifestos available through public record we examined references made within their writings to previous active shooters. This relational data was input into social network analysis software (i.e., UCINET) to construct a network visualization. Google Trend analytics were also used to explore whether media portrayals might be driving interest in past active shooters - especially Columbine and Virginia Tech (VT). Findings support the notion of an idolization effect in the context of active shooters with the focus being on the large shootings of the past. The need for journalist ethics in active shooting contexts is discussed. Details: Unpublished paper, 2014. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 13, 2018 at: http://djgriffin.people.ua.edu/uploads/6/3/6/5/63651523/submission_version_werther_effect_in_active_shooter_events_alabama_communication_conference__1_.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 149459

Author: Smith, Brenda L. Title: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design: A Federal Agency Active Shooter Study Summary: The purpose of this research is to explore the employees' perceptions of safety in light of recent active shooter incidents. The research design was quantitative, non-experimental survey's that collected data using a self-administered questionnaire surveys. The surveys were designed for collecting and analyzing data, measuring attitudes, and individual perceptions. Knowing the perceptions of employees regarding their safety on federally owned property in light of recent active school shooter incidents can be valuable when designing physical protection systems, policies and emergency plans to protect employees. However, no known safety perception studies that included active shooter incidents have been conducted to examine perceptions of employees. To address this gap in the literature, this particular study was conducted to specifically gain an understanding of employee's perceptions of safety and preparedness programs due to the exclusion of active shooter studies and the impact it has in a workplace environment. Data analysis resulted in the emergence of three major themes; how employees perceived their safety based on gender, location, and years of service. Overall, this study revealed perceptions of safety can be improved by communicating preparedness programs and policies. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2016. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1822215012/abstract/48EEDA4F2F934F00PQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 149460

Author: Betesh, Hannah Title: Internet Access for Pre-Release Job Search Training: Issue Brief - Early Lessons from LEAP Summary: Nov 02, 2016 Authors Hannah Betesh Key Findings: Given heightened Internet security restrictions in jails, jail-based American Job Centers (AJCs) had to be flexible to adapt their pre-release curricula for this environment. Planning for Internet installation soon after grant award was critical, given the inherent delays and complexity of establishing Internet access in previously unwired jail settings. Adequate budgeting for both equipment purchases and space upgrades was essential to support Internet installation and access in jails. Securing Internet access is a critical planning issue for the creation of a jail-based American Job Center (AJC). Community-based AJCs increasingly offer resources via the Internet, as the majority of job search activities and applications now occur online; however, correctional facilities often do not offer any Internet access for inmates due to security concerns. In jails where Internet access is available, it is generally for purposes unrelated to job search, such as legal research and distance learning, and in designated areas such as a law library or classroom. Arranging Internet access for the purpose of job search inside a jail-based AJC therefore represents a new and complex endeavor in the jail environment. This brief uses data from site visits to 8 of the 20 Linking to Employment Activities Pre-release (LEAP) sites to explore the role of Internet access in pre-release employment services as well as the resources, staffing, and infrastructure needed to establish Internet access for a jail-based AJC. Details: Princeton, NJ: Oakland, CA: Mathematica Policy Research and Social Policy Research Associates, 2016. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: https://www.mathematica-mpr.com/our-publications-and-findings/publications/internet-access-for-pre-release-job-search-training Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Services Shelf Number: 149461

Author: James, Nathan Title: School Resource Officers: Law Enforcement Officers in Schools Summary: Some policymakers have expressed renewed interest in school resource officers (SROs) as a result of the December 2012 mass shooting that occurred at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, CT. SROs are sworn law enforcement officers who are assigned to work in schools. For FY2014, the Administration requested $150 million in funding for a Comprehensive Schools Safety Program under the Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) program. The proposed program would provide funding for hiring school safety personnel, including SROs, civilian public safety personnel, school psychologists, social workers, and counselors. Funding would also be available for purchasing school safety equipment, developing and updating public safety plans, conducting threat assessments, and training crisis intervention teams. Data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics show that the number of full-time law enforcement officers employed by local police departments or sheriff's offices who were assigned to work as SROs increased between 1997 and 2003 before decreasing slightly in 2007 (the most recent year for which data are available). Data show that a greater proportion of high schools, schools in cities, and schools with enrollments of 1,000 or more report having SROs. Two federal grant programs promoted SRO programs: the COPS in Schools (CIS) program, which was funded until FY2005, and State Formula Grants under the Safe and Drug Free Schools and Communities Act (SDFSCA), which was funded until FY2009. The CIS program provided grants for hiring new, additional school resource officers to conduct community policing services in and around primary and secondary schools. Local educational agencies could use funds they received under the SDFSCA State Formula Grant program for, among other things, hiring and training school security personnel. The body of research on the effectiveness of SRO programs is limited, both in terms of the number of studies published and the methodological rigor of the studies conducted. The research that is available draws conflicting conclusions about whether SRO programs are effective at reducing school violence. Also, the research does not address whether SRO programs deter school shootings, one of the key reasons for renewed congressional interest in these programs. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Office, 2013. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R43126: Accessed march 14, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R43126.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149462

Author: Sabia, Joseph J. Title: Do Ban the Box Laws Increase Crime? Summary: Ban-the-box (BTB) laws, which prevent employers from asking prospective employees about their criminal histories at initial job screenings, have been adopted by 25 states and the District of Columbia. Using data from the National Incident-Based Reporting System, the Uniform Crime Reports, and the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997, this study is the first to estimate the effect of BTB laws on crime. We find some evidence that BTB laws are associated with an increase in property crime among working-age Hispanic men. This finding is consistent with employer-based statistical discrimination as well as potential moral hazard. A causal interpretation of our results is supported by placebo tests on policy leads and a lack of BTB-induced increases in crime for non-Hispanic whites and women. Finally, we find that BTB laws are associated with a reduction in property crime among older and white individuals, consistent with labor-labor substitution toward those with perceived lower probabilities of having criminal records (Doleac and Hansen 2017). Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 24381: Accessed March 14, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24381 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 149464

Author: Clark, Mika Title: Staffing Jail-Based American Job Centers. Issue Brief - Early Lessons from LEAP Summary: This issue brief series explores lessons from the planning phase of the Linking to Employment Activities Pre-release (LEAP) grants. Funded by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, LEAP pilots the creation of jail-based American Job Centers (AJCs) to support the successful reentry of participants and directly link them to community-based AJCs upon release. Key Findings - Grantees sought to hire staff with a combination of criminal justice experience, workforce development experience, group facilitation skills, and interpersonal skills, but found it difficult to find candidates who possessed all of these skills. - Lengthy background checks required to work in the jails, difficulty recruiting qualified candidates, and long, bureaucratic hiring processes contributed to staffing delays. - Engaging partners in the hiring process and being flexible with staffing plans helped mitigate hiring challenges. Details: Princeton, NJ: Oakland, CA: Mathematica Policy Research and Social Policy Research Associates, 2016. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2018 at: https://www.dol.gov/asp/evaluation/completed-studies/IB_MPR_SPR_LEAP_Staffing.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Services Shelf Number: 149466

Author: San Francisco Child Abuse Prevention Center Title: The Economics of Child Abuse: A Study of San Francisco Summary: "The Economics of Child Abuse: A Study of San Francisco" is a first-of-its-kind report quantifying the economic cost of child abuse to the San Francisco community. The report asses community risk factors that make families of the city vulnerable to abuse. It also discusses protective factors which keep families safe and strong. Key Findings -- Estimated lifetime cost per victim of child abuse in San Francisco is $400,533 - The total estimated costs associated with one year of substantiated cases of child abuse in San Francisco is $301.6 million. - Given significant under-reporting of child abuse, the total economic cost could be as high as $5.6 billion. - San Francisco has community risk factors that make its residents more susceptible to abuse, including: impact of economic instability and homelessness, emigration and immigration, low number of families and young children. - Strengthening protective factors - parental resilience, social connections, concrete support in times of need, knowledge of parenting, and social / emotional competence of children - is critical to preventing child abuse. Details: San Francisco: The Child Abuse Prevention Center, and the Haas School of Business at University of California, Berkeley, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 14, 2018 at: https://safeandsound.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/economicsofabuse_report_sfcapc1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 149468

Author: Cloud, David Title: The Enhanced Pre-Arraignment Screening Unit: mproving Health Services, Medical Triage, and Diversion Opportunities in Manhattan Central Booking Summary: New York City established Pre-Arraignment Medical Screening Units (PASUs) in all boroughs' central booking facilities, except Staten Island, as a result of a 1993 legal settlement requiring the city to establish a process for screening the health needs of people who are arrested, booked into police custody, and awaiting arraignment. Unfortunately, PASU protocols provide cursory assessments of people's health needs, lack the capacity to treat common, non-urgent ailments, and miss opportunities to advance jail diversion for people with behavioral health needs. In 2015, the Enhanced Pre-Arraignment Screening Unit (EPASU) pilot was launched in Manhattan Central Booking to address these limitations. This report describes empirical findings of a process evaluation of the EPASU conducted over an 18-month span. Researchers used mixed methods, drawing on analyses of administrative data, in-depth interviews, surveys, and focus groups with key stakeholders to assess the EPASU's implementation and whether it reached its principal goals. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/the-enhanced-pre-arraignment-screening-unit/legacy_downloads/Enhanced-Pre-Arraignment-Screening-Unit-full-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assessment of Offenders Shelf Number: 149472

Author: New York (City). Mayor's Leadership Team on School Climate and Discipline Title: Maintaining the Momentum: A Plan for Safety and Fairness in Schools. Phase Two Recommendations Summary: This report presents a series of recommendations that are intended to promote the Mayors vision of a strong, just and safe City in which all youth can learn and grow. They seek to improve the supports for students in schools with high rates of suspensions, arrests and summonses, as well as for those who are returning from out-of-school suspensions and secure detention. They also aim to ensure citywide adoption of best practices in positive climate, safety and to fortify the City's commitment to a disciplinary system that fairly balances proper intervention with prevention of educational disruption. They aim to diminish disparities in suspensions, arrests and summonses based on factors such as race and disability. These proposed changes build on promising practices from around the city and across the country to provide innovative responses to the most challenging issues in our City's schools. They also align with activities of other significant mayoral efforts, including the New York City Community Schools, the School Renewal Program, and UPKNYC (universal pre-kindergarten) and Equity and Excellence initiatives. Taken together, these efforts present a coordinated approach that incorporates structural changes, policy reforms and intensive supports to build safe and supportive communities in our schools. Details: New York: The Leadership Team, 2016. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/sclt/downloads/pdf/SCLT_Report_7-21-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149473

Author: Looney, Adam Title: Work and opportunity before and after incarceration Summary: The tax code provides subsidies for employers to hire ex-felons, to promote employment among low-income workers, and to encourage economic opportunity in distressed areas. These incentives are motivated to different degrees by a belief that economic opportunity facilitates successful reintegration of ex-felons and deters entry into crime. In this paper, we offer a more comprehensive view of the labor market opportunities of ex-prisoners in the U.S. by linking data from the entire prison population to earnings records over a sixteen year period. These data allow us to examine employment and earnings before and after release and, for younger prisoners, their family income and neighborhood in childhood. After release, only 55 percent of former prisoners have any earnings and those that do tend to earn less than the earnings of a full-time job at the minimum wage. However, their labor market struggles start earlier, with similarly high rates of joblessness prior to incarceration and with most prisoners growing up in deep poverty. For example, boys who were born into families in the bottom 10 percent of the income distribution (families earning about $14,000 per year) are about 20 times more likely to be in prison in their 30s, compared to boys born into families in the top 10 percent (families earning more than $143,000 per year). A disproportionate share grew up in neighborhoods where child poverty rates are high, most parents are unmarried, few men are employed, and where most residents are African American or American Indian. The combination of high rates of incarceration and low employment rates among exprisoners implies that roughly one third of all not-working 30-year-old men are either in prison, in jail, or are unemployed former prisoners. We discuss the implications of these findings for the design of policies intended to encourage employment and rehabilitation of individuals with a criminal record. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institution, 2018. 27p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2018 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/es_20180314_looneyincarceration_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 149474

Author: Agan, Amanda Title: The Minimum Wage, EITC, and Criminal Recidivism Summary: For recently released prisoners, the minimum wage and the availability of state Earned Income Tax Credits (EITCs) can influence both their ability to find employment and their potential legal wages relative to illegal sources of income, in turn affecting the probability they return to prison. Using administrative prison release records from nearly six million offenders released between 2000 and 2014, we use a difference-in-differences strategy to identify the effect of over two hundred state and federal minimum wage increases, as well as 21 state EITC programs, on recidivism. We find that the average minimum wage increase of 8% reduces the probability that men and women return to prison within 1 year by 2.8%. This implies that on average the wage effect, drawing at least some ex-offenders into the legal labor market, dominates any reduced employment in this population due to the minimum wage. These reductions in re-convictions are observed for the potentially revenue generating crime categories of property and drug crimes; prison reentry for violent crimes are unchanged, supporting our framing that minimum wages affect crime that serves as a source of income. The availability of state EITCs also reduces recidivism, but only for women. Given that state EITCs are predominantly available to custodial parents of minor children, this asymmetry is not surprising. Framed within a simple model where earnings from criminal endeavors serve as a reservation wage for ex-offenders, our results suggest that the wages of crime are on average higher than comparable opportunities for low-skilled labor in the legal labor market. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3097203 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 149475

Author: Ridolfi, Laura Title: Youth Prosecuted as Adults in California: Addressing Racial, Ethnic, and Geographic Disparities After the Repeal of Direct File Summary: The new report released by the W. Haywood Burns Institute (BI), the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice (CJCJ), and the National Center for Youth Law (NCYL) presents multi-year trends in direct file and judicial transfer hearings and offers recommendations for curbing historic racial, ethnic, and geographic disparities in the prosecution of youth as adults. The report finds: Reliance on transfer hearings and direct file varies substantially across California's 58 counties:From 2010 to 2016, nine California counties had no reported cases of direct file or transfer to adult criminal court, while Kings, Yuba, San Joaquin, Sutter, and Madera counties reported rates that were more than three times the state average. Youth of color are far more likely than White youth to be prosecuted in adult court:For every White youth transferred to adult criminal court or direct filed between 2010 and 2016, 3.9 Latino youth and 12.3 Black youth were subject to adult court prosecution. With the repeal of direct file, disparities in the prosecution of youth as adults are likely to persist. From 2006 to 2016, 47 percent of White youth were transferred to adult court through a transfer hearing compared to 73 percent of Black youth and 75 percent of Latino youth. Racial and ethnic disparities in the prosecution of youth as adults vary considerably across counties:In nearly all counties that prosecuted youth as adults between 2010 and 2016, Black and Latino youth were direct filed or transferred to adult court at higher rates, per capita, than White youth, but the size of this disparity gap differs across counties. For example, Black youth in Alameda County were 65 times more likely, per capita, to be direct filed or transferred to adult court than White youth. The passage of Proposition 57 brought an end to the inherently unjust practice of direct file, but the option to prosecute youth as adults remains. To combat continued disparities in the use of transfer hearings, the authors recommend training for judges, defenders, probation officers, and prosecutors; the development of comprehensive social histories that detail each youth's life circumstances; improvements in county data collection; and expanded opportunities for family and community involvement. Though training and monitoring are necessary to ensure that transfer hearings are implemented lawfully, California must end the prosecution of youth as adults to uphold community safety and extend rehabilitative opportunities to all justice-involved youth. Details: San Francisco: Center for Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2017 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 15, 2018 at; http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/youth_prosecuted_as_adults_in_california.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 149476

Author: Watts, Brad Title: Evaluability Assessment of the NAFI Youth and Police Initiative Training, Final Report Summary: This report details the results of an Evaluability Assessment of the Youth-Police Initiative (YPI) training program conducted by the Center for Human Services Research with support from the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. The purpose of this evaluability assessment (EA) was to gauge the YPI program's readiness for evaluation and provide recommendations and technical assistance to prepare for an outcomes-based evaluation. - A five-task EA model originally developed for criminal justice programs guided the project's research methodology. The five tasks are 1) study the program history, design, and operation; 2) watch the program in action; 3) determine the capacity for data collection; 4) assess the likelihood that the program will reach its goals and objectives; and 5) show why an evaluation will or will not help the program and its stakeholders. - The YPI program model brings together youth and police to provide training on how to interact with each other and resolve conflicts. The approach has much in common with literature on attitude toward police and police legitimacy and has some roots in conflict resolution theory. - The YPI program has evolved during a decade of operation from a police-training model to a youth-oriented approach. Program design and approach quickly evolved from a police-oriented training for recent academy graduates (after the first two rounds of implementation) to a youth-oriented program within a community-based setting. There has been some ongoing variation in the details of implementation, which could challenge efforts to evaluate the program. - The YPI program has demonstrated capacity to collect data directly from participants. Pre- and post-training surveys have been collected from youth and police participants, and the YPI program has engaged in a pilot of longer-term follow-up surveys during this study. - Past data collection has not always been consistent. The program has used varying data collection forms. As part of the study, new data collection forms utilizing fieldtested measures of attitude change have been created and implemented. - The original stated goals of the YPI program are broad and ambitious, but may be difficult to achieve. Research on similar programs suggests that it is possible to change the attitudes and behaviors of individuals, but difficult to alter community-level impacts such as outcomes related to community violence or overall rates of conflict between youth and police. - Observation of YPI program training sessions revealed that implementation mostly matches the program model. The sessions were small (14 youth, 9 officers), focused on developing youth presentation and leadership skills, and used hands-on scenarios and interactions to build relationships between police and youth over a short period of time. - YPI program data suggests that improvement in attitude has occurred amongst participating youth. Data from existing surveys was analyzed to determine if changes occurred in the desired or expected ways over time. The change in youth ratings suggests that it should be possible to measure attitude-based outcomes in a future evaluation. - Analysis of past data found no change in police attitudes. However, it should be noted that police officers generally gave the program good ratings for helping to build trust, developing positive relationships, and helping them to see youth in a more positive light. Evidence on attitude change amongst police officers participating in the YPI program was limited by the small number of surveys available. - YPI program staff and other stakeholders are interested in evaluation. The benefits of a future evaluation include continuous program improvement, the ability to provide robust evidence to interested communities and police departments, and the possibility of developing into an "evidence-based" program model. Major Recommendations - The program goals and logic model should be revised to reflect a focused set of attainable outcome goals. Many of the YPI program's original goals are ambitious but may be difficult to achieve. Suggested goals that are more tightly aligned with program activities include changing participants' attitudes, improving ability of participants to handle youth-police interactions, creating a positive training experience, reducing negative youth-police interactions, and reducing criminal involvement among youth participants. - New data collection forms and protocol should be implemented. During the study new forms were created and piloted with measures related to the suggested goals and outcomes. It is also recommended that the YPI program create and maintain a consistent database of all survey responses that will help support future evaluation efforts. - Outcomes should be measured over a longer period of time. In addition to new forms for pre/post training data collection, new draft follow-up questionnaires were also created to capture medium-to-long-term outcomes. It is recommended that these follow-up surveys be conducted with both youth and police participants approximately threemonths after the training sessions are completed. Additionally, future evaluation efforts could be aided by the collection of crime data reports on youth participants for a period of several months after program participation. Details: Albany, NY: CENTER FOR HUMAN SERVICES RESEARCH UNIVERSITY AT ALBANY STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK. 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251113.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Mentoring Shelf Number: 149478

Author: Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) Title: Lessons Learned from Marijuana Legalization in Four U.S. States and D.C. Summary: Colorado and Washington legalized marijuana in 2012, followed by Alaska and Oregon in 2014. The District of Columbia legalized cultivation and possession in 2014. Today's highly potent marijuana represents a growing and significant threat to public health and safety, a threat that is amplified by a new marijuana industry intent on profiting from heavy use. State laws allowing marijuana have, in direct contradiction to federal law, permitted this industry to flourish, influencing both policies and policy makers. While the consequences of these policies will not be known for decades, early indicators are troubling. This report, reviewed by prominent scientists and researchers, serves as an evidence-based guide to what we currently observe in various states. Details: Alexandria, VA: SAM, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 15, 2018 at: https://learnaboutsam.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/SAM-Digital-C-4.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 149479

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: In the Freezer: Abusive Conditions for Women and Children in US Immigration Holding Cells Summary: Migrant women and children detained along the US border with Mexico usually spend one to three nights, and sometimes longer, in frigid holding cells, sleeping on floors or concrete benches before immigration authorities transfer them to other detention facilities. These holding cells are so notorious for their uncomfortably low temperatures that migrants and border agents alike refer to them as hieleras ("freezers"). Women and children are usually not allowed to shower and often have no access to soap, meaning that they are not able to wash their hands with soap before and after eating or feeding infants, after using the toilet, and after changing diapers. Families are often separated while in immigration holding cells, a practice that harms women and children's mental well-being and may complicate their efforts to seek asylum. All immigration detainees have the right to be treated with dignity and humanity, and children, unaccompanied or with family members, are entitled to additional safeguards. Conditions in immigration holding cells do not meet these standards, and the shortcomings identified in this report in many respects match those that US courts have found to violate immigration authorities' obligations. To address these serious concerns, immigration holding cells should be used for very short periods of confinement only. Detention overnight in holding cells should be employed only when it is unavoidable, and never for children. Those who are held overnight should receive sleeping mats, blankets, hygiene materials, and access to showers. Temperatures in holding cells should be set at reasonable and comfortable levels. US immigration authorities should also avoid splitting up families. Instead, authorities should identify and implement alternatives to detention that keep families together. Details: New York; HRW, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/uscrd0218_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 149484

Author: Physicians for Human Rights Title: Neither Justice nor Treatment: Drug Courts in the United States Summary: There are more than 3,100 drug courts operating in the United States. But while the courts' proponents say they reduce recidivism for people with substance use disorders, critics say the system abuses due process, often mandates treatment for people who don't actually need it - people without drug dependence - and fails to provide quality care to many who do. Physicians for Human Rights (PHR) assessed the availability and quality of substance use disorder treatment through drug courts in three states - Florida, New Hampshire, and New York - and found major obstacles in all three states. Overall, PHR found that drug courts largely failed at providing treatment to those who truly needed it, and filled up limited treatment spaces with court-mandated patients who didn't always need the care. In many cases, court officials with no medical background mandated inappropriate treatment, or mandated treatment for people who didn't need it. In all cases, the functioning and mandate of the drug courts posed significant human rights concerns. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: http://physiciansforhumanrights.org/assets/misc/phr_drugcourts_report_singlepages.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 149487

Author: Henderson-Frakes, Jennifer Title: Structuring Employment-Based Services Within Jail Spaces and Schedules. Issue Brief - Early Lessons from LEAP Summary: Workforce development agencies must navigate jail spaces and inmate schedules to provide American Job Center (AJC) services effectively to inmates transitioning back to the community. The rules guiding the use of jail space and the scheduling of inmate activities can be complex and vary considerably based on each jail's structure, security level, reentry focus, and existing programming. This brief discusses how LEAP workforce development staff worked with jail administrators to gain access to jail space and their strategies for scheduling services inside the jail-based AJC. It relies on data gathered through site visits to eight LEAP sites during the planning period for LEAP, as well as tours of all 20 jail-based AJCs being implemented by grantees. Structuring Employment-Based Services Within Jail Spaces and Schedules Issue Brief-Early Lessons from LEAP Jennifer Henderson-Frakes, Social Policy Research Associates Key Findings - The particular facility or area within the facility where the jail-based AJC was located, along with its associated reentry focus and security level, significantly influenced the development of the AJC, the process for participants to access the space, and the negotiations around scheduling of AJC services. - Early onsite time with jail leadership and staff was critical for understanding space and scheduling parameters, assessing what was feasible, and making necessary adjustments. - Securing the buy-in of corrections officers was just as important as buy-in from jail administrative staff, given the considerable logistics involved with inmate movement and the complexity of daily jail schedules. Details: Princeton, NJ: Oakland, CA: Mathematica Policy Research and Social Policy Research Associates, 2016. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.dol.gov/asp/evaluation/completed-studies/IB_MPR_SPR_LEAP_JailSpace.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Services Shelf Number: 149490

Author: Cousino, Meghan Title: Exonerations in the United States Before 1989 Summary: The National Registry of Exonerations searches for, investigates, and reports every exoneration in the United States that we can find that occurred after the beginning of 1989. This year we have added stories and data about 369 earlier exonerations, from 1820 through 1988. We will continue to add such cases, but will not attempt to locate every possible exoneration from before 1989. Our pre-1989 database is different from the Registry itself in two important respects: (i) The list of cases is less complete and less representative of all exonerations in its time period than our list of 2,180 exonerations since 1989, and (ii) We have less information on exonerations before 1989. Both differences reflect the difficulty of studying cases that are more than 30 years old. Almost all the pre-1989 exonerations occurred in the twentieth century, most of them since 1950. Some of them are historically important cases that had substantial impacts on criminal justice policy, including the "Scottsboro Boys" exonerations (starting in 1937), and the exonerations of Clarence Gideon in 1963 and George Whitmore, Jr. in 1973. In many respects, the pre-1989 exonerations are similar to those that happened later. There are, however, several differences, including: - The pre-1989 exonerees we list were cleared more quickly than those who were exonerated later, 5.9 years after conviction on average, compared to 10.5 years. - More exonerations before 1989 were homicide cases-60% compared to 40% for those since 1989-mostly because of a large difference for homicides that resulted in death sentences, 21% to 6%. - Many fewer of the pre-1989 exonerations were for sexual assaults (8% vs. 26%), probably because DNA technology was not available to identify the true criminals, and more of the pre-1989 exonerations were for robberies (18% to 5%). - We know of no drug crime exonerations before 1989 and very few exonerations for child sex abuse, possibly because there were far fewer prosecutions for those crimes; on the other hand, there were more exonerations for forgery and counterfeiting. - Fewer exonerations before 1989 were for convictions known to be tainted by official misconduct, 34% compared to 52% for exonerations since 1989. Details: Irvine, CA: National Registry of Exonerations, University of California, Irvine, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Documents/ExonerationsBefore1989.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 149493

Author: National Registry of Exonerations Title: Exonerations in 2017 Summary: The National Registry of Exonerations has recorded 139 exonerations in 2017. In total, the National Registry of Exonerations has recorded 2,161 exonerations in the United States from 1989 through the end of 2017. - Ninety-eight of the exonerations in 2017 involved Violent Felonies, including 51 homicides, 16 child sex abuse convictions, and 13 sexual assaults of adults. Four of the homicide exonerees had been sentenced to death; - Sixteen exonerations in 2017 involved Drug Crimes; - Seventeen 2017 exonerations were based in whole or in part on DNA evidence; - Sixty-six exonerations were cases in which No Crime was actually committed; - Eighty-four cases included Misconduct by Government Officials; - Thirty-six exonerations were for convictions based on Guilty Pleas; - Thirty-seven cases involved Mistaken Eyewitness Identification; - Twenty-nine cases involved a False Confession; - Eighty-seven cases included Perjury or a False Accusation; and - Eighty exonerations in 2017 were the result of work by prosecutorial Conviction Integrity Units or Innocence Organizations, or both. In addition, in 2017, there were at least 96 individuals whose convictions were vacated and charges dismissed as part of group exonerations in Chicago, and 80 or more in Baltimore. Details: Irvine, CA: National Registry of Exonerations, University of California, Irvine, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: http://www.law.umich.edu/special/exoneration/Documents/ExonerationsIn2017.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 149494

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Can We Wait 75 Years to Cut the Prison Population in Half? Summary: While most states have downsized their prison populations in recent years, the pace of decarceration is insufficient to undo nearly four decades of unrelenting growth. The U.S. prison population grew by more than 600% between 1973 and 2009-from 200,000 people to 1.6 million. Tough-on-crime policies expanded the number of imprisoned people even while crime rates plunged to 40% below their levels in the 1990s. In recent years, policymakers and criminal justice professionals have implemented reforms to correct the punitive excesses of the past. By yearend 2016 the number of people held in U.S. prisons had declined by 6% since a 2009 peak, and crime rates have continued to decline. But the overall impact of reforms has been quite modest. With 1.5 million people in prison in 2016, the prison population remains larger than the total population of 11 states. If states and the federal government maintain their recent pace of decarceration, it will take 75 years-until 2093-to cut the U.S. prison population by 50%. Expediting the end of mass incarceration will require accelerating the end of the Drug War and scaling back sentences for serious crimes. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/can-wait-75-years-cut-prison-population-half/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 149495

Author: Crime and Justice Institute Title: Implementing Comprehensive Juvenile Justice System Improvement in Hawaii Summary: Hawaii's juvenile justice system needed to change. Three out of four youths released from the Hawaii Youth Correctional Facility (HYCF) were returning to the facility within three years. To those unfamiliar with juvenile justice research, this was surprising given the profile of youth at HYCF. With a high proportion of youth at HYCF for misdemeanor offenses and little prior history of court involvement, why were so many coming back into the system? Considering the cost of placing youth in this facility is almost $200,000 per bed per year, in-state leaders recognized the need for change. Probation admissions in Hawaii had been stable for the past seven years and there had been no major changes to the underlying offenses for which youth were placed on supervision. Yet, lengths of probation had risen 155 percent. Also concerning was that probation lengths were similar for misdemeanor and felony offenses, and the lengths varied drastically across circuits�the average length of probation in one circuit was 15.7 months, but was 26.6 months in another circuit. In 2013, Hawaii established a task force and enlisted the help of the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) and the Pew Charitable Trusts to reduce the out-of-home population, while protecting public safety, holding youth accountable and improving outcomes for youth in the juvenile justice system. That task force issued recommendations that served as the basis for Act 201, which the legislature passed and the governor signed into law in 2014. Details: Boston: CRJ, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2017/10/HI-Brief-v8-10-17-17_FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 149497

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Black Disparities in Youth Incarceration: African Americans 5X More Likely than Whites to be Held Summary: Black youth were more than five times as likely to be detained or committed compared to white youth, according to data from the Department of Justice collected in October 2015 and recently released. Racial and ethnic disparities have long-plagued juvenile justice systems nationwide, and the new data show the problem is increasing. In 2001, black youth were four times as likely as whites to be incarcerated. Juvenile facilities, including 1,800 residential treatment centers, detention centers, training schools, and juvenile jails and prisons held 48,043 youth as of October 2015. Forty-four percent of these youth were African American, despite the fact that African Americans comprise only 16 percent of all youth in the United States. African American youth are more likely to be in custody than white youth in every state but one, Hawaii. Between 2001 and 2015, overall juvenile placements fell by 54 percent. However, white youth placements have declined faster than black youth placements, resulting in a worsening of already significant racial disparity. Nationally, the youth rate of incarceration was 152 per 100,000. Black youth placement rate was 433 per 100,000, compared to a white youth placement rate of 86 per 100,000. Overall, the racial disparity between black and white youth in custody increased 22 percent since 2001. Racial disparities grew in 37 states and decreased in 13. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2017. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Black-Disparities-in-Youth-Incarceration.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African-Americans Shelf Number: 149498

Author: Henning, Kris Title: Perceptions Regarding Public Safety in Portland's King Neighborhood: Research Brief Summary: The Portland Police Bureau (PPB) is partnering with Portland State University (PSU) and neighborhood groups to develop new strategies for improving police-community relations and reducing crime. Our most recent initiative seeks to provide residents with greater voice in where PPB officers work in their neighborhood and what steps the City takes there to address public safety concerns. The King neighborhood in Northeast Portland was chosen as the starting point for this work following a recent gang related shooting at King School Park. Officers from North Precinct had already begun outreach to the community and they wanted additional input from the residents on how to best address public safety issues in the area. In October and November (2015) all known households in the King neighborhood were mailed a letter inviting the adult occupants to participate in an online survey. The survey covered three main topics: First, residents were asked to identify their top public safety concerns and locate these concerns on a map of the King neighborhood. Second, residents were asked whether they supported or opposed various actions the city might take in responding to these issues. A third set of questions were asked to establish baseline measurements for PPB's ongoing efforts to reduce the fear of crime and improve police-community relationships. This report provides the findings from the King survey. The results will be used by PPB and other agencies to develop tailored community safety initiatives for the neighborhood. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2016. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1008&context=cjpri_briefs Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 149501

Author: Stewart, Greg Title: Public Perceptions Regarding the Use of Force by Police in Portland, Oregon Summary: The primary mission of the Portland Police Bureau (PPB) and other law enforcement agencies is to enhance public safety through crime prevention activities and legal action with known suspects. In order to be successful in these efforts the police must be able to develop and maintain a positive working relationship with members of the public. Lacking this cooperation, crimes go unreported, witnesses fail to testify, citizens refuse to comply with police directives, and people may not participate in crime prevention efforts promoted by police. A key factor in developing and sustaining police-citizen partnerships is legitimacy: People are more willing to cooperate with the police when they believe that agencies and their personnel are trustworthy and fair when dealing with members of the public. Given this, law enforcement agencies need to be extremely sensitive to actions that negatively impact perceived legitimacy. Perhaps more than any other behavior, the use of force by police officers has the potential to decrease public trust. While most citizens recognize the occasional need for force, the overall frequency of force used by police and force that is perceived to be excessive are clearly of concern to the public. The current study sought to assess public perceptions regarding the frequency of force used by Portland police and determine whether these beliefs are consistent with officially recorded data on force used by officers in recent years. Key Findings - According to the Portland Police Bureau, incidents involving use of force by officers against citizens/suspects fell 59% between 2007 and 2011. - Over 60% of Portland residents surveyed believed that use of force by local police increased over the past five years. Less than 1% believed use of force incidents decreased commensurate with police data. - One-quarter of residents grossly overestimated the number of police involved shootings in 2011. - These findings suggest that law enforcement agencies need to be more proactive in communicating use of force data to the public. Efforts to increase public confidence in these data are also warranted. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2012. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.pdx.edu/cjpri/sites/www.pdx.edu.cjpri/files/Use_of_Force_Final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Officer-Involved Shootings Shelf Number: 149502

Author: Henning, Kris Title: Community Attitudes Regarding Public Safety in Portland's Parkrose Neighborhood Summary: The Portland Police Bureau (PPB) is partnering with Portland State University (PSU) and neighborhood groups to develop new strategies for improving public safety and police-community relations. The current initiative seeks to provide residents with greater voice in where police work in their neighborhood, what problems they address, and how they intervene. We also hope to provide residents, businesses, and community organizations with data they can use to leverage additional resources for improving public safety in their neighborhood. This report focuses on the Parkrose neighborhood. Parkrose is located in the Northeast section of Portland (i.e. North of Burnside Ave. and East of the Willamette River). PSU's Population Research Center estimates that there were 6,363 residents living in the neighborhood in 2010, a 5.5% increase from 2000. For additional information on the neighborhood, contact the Parkrose Neighborhood Association. In July 2016 all households in the Parkrose neighborhood were mailed a letter inviting the adult occupants to participate in an online survey. Additional invitations were delivered in-person by PPB officers and the link to the online survey was in several newsletters and community-oriented websites. The questionnaire asked residents to identify their primary public safety concerns, whether they supported or opposed various actions the city might take in responding to these problems, and for ideas on improving police-community relationships. Three hundred and forty-nine surveys were submitted and analyzed for this report. Key Findings - Social disorder (e.g., noise, squatters, trespassing, panhandlers, and prostitution) property crime, and drugs/alcohol were the top public safety concerns identified by Parkrose residents completing the online survey. - Respondents to the survey demonstrated a high degree of agreement regarding the areas within their neighborhood that have public safety concerns. This includes the corridors running east to west surrounding NE Sandy Blvd and NE Prescott St. - People from Parkrose who completed the survey feel considerably less safe walking alone in their neighborhood than the average city resident. Moreover, the majority of survey respondents reported that public safety in Parkrose had declined over the past 12 months. - The majority of respondents expressed confidence with the Portland Police and felt the Portland Police treat people in the neighborhood with respect. People felt this could continue to be strengthened through non-investigatory foot patrols, community meetings, and expanded police participation in community events. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2017. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2018 at: https://www.pdx.edu/criminology-criminal-justice/sites/www.pdx.edu.criminology-criminal-justice/files/PDF-Files/Research/PPB_PSU%20Public%20Safety%20Survey_Parkrose%202016_Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 149503

Author: National Conference of State Legislatures Title: Safe Harbor: State Efforts to Combat Child Trafficking Summary: Child trafficking crimes - actions that facilitate the commercial sexual exploitation or forced labor of youth - present difficult criminal justice and human services challenges for government officials. State legislators, through the deliberation and enactment of policy, are at the forefront of the current intergovernmental effort to identify and implement effective procedures to combat child traffickers and pursue justice for survivors. A recent trend in state child trafficking policy focuses on treating trafficked youth as survivors of trauma who should be provided rehabilitative services rather than as perpetrators of crimes they were forced to commit. Policies created for this purpose are a subset of child trafficking measures often referred to as safe harbor laws. This report identifies six themes in state safe harbor laws and provides policy alternatives within each theme. The six themes are: Collaboration and coordination of state entities and resources. Decriminalization and/or diversion for actions of trafficked youth. Funds for anti-trafficking efforts and survivor services. Provision of services for youth survivors. Increased penalties for traffickers of children. Training to recognize and respond to trafficking crimes and its victims Details: Washington, DC: NCSL, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: http://www.ncsl.org/Portals/1/Documents/cj/SafeHarbor_v06.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 149504

Author: Stewart, Greg Title: Community Attitudes Regarding Public Safety in Bend, Oregon Summary: Bend, Oregon is the largest city in Deschutes County and the seventh largest city in Oregon. Portland State University's Population Research Center estimates that Bend had a population of 83,500 residents in 2016. Both the city and county as a whole have seen considerable growth over the past 10 years. The city's residential population rose 8.8% from 2010 while the county increased by 12.0%. The Bend Police Department (BPD) provides the city with 24/7/365 police services. In May of 2017 the BPD employed 94 sworn officers and 28 civilian staff distributed across three major divisions: Patrol, Investigations, and Support. BPD's Five-Year-Strategic Plan (2015 to 2020) calls for the agency to address two specific goals with regard to the community: 1) building trust and confidence in the BPD, and 2) increasing engagement with Bend's businesses, organizations, and residents. These goals are core principles of community policing, an organizational philosophy that seeks to proactively address conditions that give rise to crime, disorder, and fear by building problem-solving partnerships with community members. In early 2017, Chief Jim Porter and the BPD partnered with Portland State University's Criminology & Criminal Justice Department to conduct a survey of Bend residents. The purpose of the survey was to provide feedback on the agency's recent performance in achieving the community oriented goals of the strategic plan and to provide direction for the coming years. Key Findings - Most respondents to this survey reported feeling safe in their neighborhood, in the nearest park and in Downtown Bend during the daytime. Perceptions of safety were considerably lower at night for Downtown Bend and for the nearest park. - BPD received high performance ratings for being available when needed, dealing with problems that concern the community, and for reducing crime. Lower ratings were given for reducing traffic crashes. - Respondents reported a high level of confidence and trust in the BPD and the vast majority said they are willingness to work with the BPD to address public safety problems. - Nearly all of the respondents contacted by the BPD (i.e. given a traffic ticket or warning, interviewed regarding a crime, etc.) reported that they had been treated with respect, that the officer(s) involved listened to them, showed concern, and explained his/her actions. - Traffic offenses, harassment, and trespassing were the most frequently cited public safety issues for the past 12 months. Looking forward, however, residents cited violent crime, property crime, and traffic offenses as the top priorities for the coming year. - The majority of respondents support additional police patrols for evening hours and CCTV cameras to address problems downtown Bend. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.pdx.edu/criminology-criminal-justice/sites/www.pdx.edu.criminology-criminal-justice/files/PDF-Files/Research/PSU%20Public%20Safety%20Survey_Bend_2017_FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 149505

Author: Delaware Criminal Justice Council. Statistical Analysis Center Title: Crime in Delaware 2012 - 2016: An Analysis of Serious Crime in Delaware Summary: Crime in Delaware is the official report of serious crime known to Delaware law enforcement agencies. This report provides information about 24 Violent, Serious Property, Drug/Narcotic and Other Property and Social offenses reported in Delaware's implementation of the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) operated by the State Bureau of Identification of the Delaware State Police. Data for the years 2012 through 2016 are included in this report. Also, as appropriate, data for the years 2005 through 2011 are included to illustrate long term trends. The report includes a summary of data on serious offenses, clearances, adult and juvenile arrests, and crimes against law enforcement officers at the state and county levels, followed by a detailed data section organized by state and county. Key Findings/Trends Overall, the occurrence of serious crime has decreased notably since 2012. The number of serious criminal offenses known to police in 2012 was 93,756 compared with 83,342 in 2016, a decrease of 11.1%. There was a small increase from 2015 to 2016 of .3%. Violent crime in the State decreased 15% from 2012 to 2016, continuing a long term decline in overall offenses. Homicides show a 5% increase from 2012 to 2016. The number of Homicides in 2016 (61) was lower than the high point in 2015 (66). From 2012 to 2016, New Castle County decreased by one, Sussex County increased by one and Kent County increased by three (roughly a 60% increase). Serious Property Offenses decreased 15% between 2012 and 2016. Burglary offenses decreased 33% but showed a 3% increase from 2015 to 2016. Drug/Narcotic Offenses increased 10% between 2012 and 2016. Actual drug offenses increased 23% while drug equipment-related offenses decreased 9%. Other Property and Social Offenses decreased more than 10% between 2012 and 2016. There has been a decline from 2012 to 2015 with an increase from 2015 to 2016. Two of the most frequently reported crimes-Assault offenses and Destruction, Damage, and Vandalism of Property offenses-showed distinct downward trends from 2012 to 2016. From 2015 to 2016, Destruction, Damage and Vandalism showed a recent increase from 2015. Based on 2016 data, offenses in all crime categories were cleared by law enforcement officers at rates comparable to or better than the rates from 2012 through 2016. Overall, 52.7% of offenses in 2016 were cleared by the end of the calendar year. Violent crime against law enforcement officers decreased by 7% between 2012 and 2016. No officers were killed in 2016, but 19% of the 414 assault-related offenses committed against officers resulted in injuries, which is a five year high. Details: Dover: Delaware Criminal Justice Council, 2017. 217p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://sac.delaware.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/64/2017/04/Crime-in-Delaware-2012-2016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics (Delaware) Shelf Number: 149509

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects Evidence-Based Practices: Prosocial Behavior Change Techniques Summary: This report is one in a series from the Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice Assistance FY 2011 Second Chance Act (SCA) Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDPs). This report explores the use of communication techniques and sanctions and incentives to support and reinforce positive behavior change; cognitive behavioral interventions; and evidence-based, manualized program curricula by the seven grantees who implemented adult reentry programs under the SCA. Although these specific evidence-based practices were not required by the SCA grant program at the time the seven AORDP sites were funded, they are widely recognized as critical to recidivism reduction and reentry success. Findings are based on information collected in 2014 through field-based, semi-structured interviews and interim telephone interviews with AORDP staff and organizational partners, as well as a Web-based survey administered in spring 2014 to key reentry stakeholders in each site. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International; Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 19, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251444.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Interventions Shelf Number: 149513

Author: McKenna, Joseph M. Title: Examining the Use of Full-Time Police in Schools: How Roles and Training may Impact Responses to Misconduct Summary: The use of full-time police in schools has expanded considerably since their first entry in the 1950s. There is also a growing perception that the presence of police officers, coupled with arguably overly-punitive discipline practices, have resulted in negative outcomes for students. Arguably, the inherent role conflict (of enforcer and protector) that is ever-present in policing is further exacerbated in the school environment due to the conflicting cultures of law enforcement and education. The purpose of this study is to thoroughly examine how the roles and training of school-based officers impact their responses to student misconduct. Data was collected via an online survey distributed to a non-probability sample of commissioned law enforcement officers currently working in Texas schools. Follow-up qualitative interviews were also conducted with a sample of officers who completed the online survey. Data collected was used to assess the various roles officers have in the school setting, the training they received to support these roles, and their responses to student misconduct. This examination sheds light on the impact officers are having on school discipline in one state. Findings contribute to the national discussion of the so-called school-to-prison pipeline which refers to how school discipline may lead to formal criminal justice involvement. Details: Texas State University, 2016. 387p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/6414/MCKENNA-DISSERTATION-2016.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officer Training Shelf Number: 149514

Author: Brown, Kylei Title: Developing Performance Metrics for Drug Enforcement: Evaluating the Efficacy of the MJTF Teams Using a Tiered and Priority Scoring System, a Continuation Study Summary: This report observes twenty-two funded MJTF teams, along with two non-funded teams, to specifically look at the drug-related arrests made by the teams from fiscal year 2014 through fiscal year 2016. The drug categories reported include heroin, prescription opiates, methamphetamine, cocaine, marijuana, prescription stimulants, prescription depressants, and synthetic drugs. The report also aims to prioritize drug arrests based on the estimated harm each specific drug could inflict. The data covered in this summary looks at the number of arrests made by the MJTF teams, rather than the arrest scores. From 2014 to 2015, there was a 3% decrease in the number of heroin arrests and there was a 13% increase in heroin arrests from 2015 to 2016. Prescription opiate arrests decreased 23% from 2014 to 2015 and decreased 51% from 2015 to 2016. Methamphetamine arrests decreased by 23% from 2014 to 2015 and increased 33% from 2015 to 2016. Fiscal year 2014 to 2015 saw a 16% decrease in cocaine arrests and an 11% decrease from 2015 to 2016. Marijuana arrests decreased 27% from 2014 to 2015 and increased by 1% from 2015 to 2016. Prescription stimulant arrests increased during both time periods; 12% from 2014 to 2015 and 43% from 2015 to 2016. From 2014 to 2015, there was a 9% increase in prescription depressants accompanied by a 28% decrease from 2015 to 2016. Lastly, there was a 69% decrease from 2014 to 2015 and a 19% decrease from 2015 to 2016 in synthetic drug arrests. More information about these statistics can be found in tables four and five in the report. Details: East Lansing: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC_MJTF-July2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 149511

Author: Starbird, Kate Title: Examining the Alternative Media Ecosystem through the Production of Alternative Narratives of Mass Shooting Events on Twitter Summary: This research explores the alternative media ecosystem through a Twitter lens. Over a ten-month period, we collected tweets related to alternative narratives-e.g. conspiracy theories-of mass shooting events. We utilized tweeted URLs to generate a domain network, connecting domains shared by the same user, then conducted qualitative analysis to understand the nature of different domains and how they connect to each other. Our findings demonstrate how alternative news sites propagate and shape alternative narratives, while mainstream media deny them. We explain how political leanings of alternative news sites do not align well with a U.S. left-right spectrum, but instead feature an antiglobalist (vs. globalist) orientation where U.S. Alt-Right sites look similar to U.S. Alt-Left sites. Our findings describe a subsection of the emerging alternative media ecosystem and provide insight in how websites that promote conspiracy theories and pseudo-science may function to conduct underlying political agendas. Details: Tacoma: University of Washington, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://faculty.washington.edu/kstarbi/Alt_Narratives_ICWSM17-CameraReady.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Shootings Shelf Number: 149515

Author: Tennessee Bureau of Investigation Title: Firearm Violence in Tennessee: 2013-2016 Summary: This report will analyze a four-year crime trend regarding firearm offenses reported to the Tennessee Incident Based Reporting System (TIBRS) by Tennessee law enforcement agencies, colleges and universities. Information obtained from TIBRS has been verified by reporting agencies for accuracy. This report will illustrate specific information for violent crimes, such as Crimes Against Persons using firearms. For the purpose of this study, the weapon type listed as a Firearm in TIBRS will be considered for this report. TIBRS defines Firearms as weapons that fire a shot by force of an explosion, i.e. Handguns, Rifles, Shotguns, Flare Guns, etc. Other weapons, such as Knife/Cutting Instruments, Poison, Explosives, and Fire/Incendiary devices are excluded. Details: Nashville: The Bureau, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.tn.gov/content/dam/tn/tbi/documents/tibrs/Firearm%20Report-2013-2016_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 149516

Author: Salt, Jim Title: Delaware Shootings 2016: An Overview of Incidents, Suspects, and Victims Summary: The following report is the sixth in a series examining criminal, non-accidental shooting incidents in Delaware that resulted in the injury or death of another person. This report focuses on multiple characteristics of shooting incidents that occurred in 2016, victims injured as a result, and suspects involved. The shooting incident-related data included in this report were obtained from Delaware's Criminal Justice Information System (CJIS). Complaint records filed by law enforcement agencies were downloaded from CJIS for 2016 then filtered, reviewed, and triangulated against a database of information from media and law enforcement agency websites to identify incidents where a criminal, non-accidental discharge of a firearm resulted in the death or injury of one or more victims. Once all incidents had been identified, suspect and victim demographic information and arrest histories were downloaded and matched with incident information. Analyses were then conducted to examine characteristics of shooting incidents, victims, and suspects. Key Findings Incidents, Victims, and Suspects In 2016, there were 230 criminal, non-accidental shooting incidents in Delaware that resulted in the injury or death of 261 individuals. This was the second highest number of shootings since the SAC initiated its statewide report in 2011. Forty-two victims died as a result of their wounds in 42 incidents and 219 victims had non-fatal injuries. Five victims died during incidents related to an intimate relationship. The number of incidents where a bystander or unintended person was struck (15) was similar to the two prior years. More than 360 individuals were suspected of involvement in the shooting incidents, with 131 suspects identified by name. As of August 2017, arrests had been made in 31% of all shooting incidents and 40% of homicide incidents. Most incidents (81.3%) occurred in New Castle County. The City of Wilmington was the location for 128 incidents (55.7% of the state total, 68.5% of the county total). Kent County accounted for 29 incidents (12.6%), the second highest during the SAC�s reporting effort, but a 40% decrease from 2015. Sussex County experienced 14 (6.1%) incidents, an increase of 40% compared to 2015. Maps of shooting incidents for these geographic areas are located in Shooting Incidents in Delaware: Mapping Supplement for the 2015 and 2016 Statewide Reports, located on the SAC's website (https://sac.delaware.gov/crime/ ). A supplemental report provides a closer look at juvenile shooting victims. Details: Dover: Delaware Criminal Justice Council, Statistical Analysis Center, 2017. 28p., supp. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://sac.delaware.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/64/2017/04/2016-Statewide-Shooting-Report-final-111517.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149517

Author: Wishner, Jane B. Title: Connecting Criminal Justice-Involved People with Medicaid Coverage and Services. Innovative Strategies from Arizona Summary: This brief describes six strategies used in Arizona to connect justice-involved people with Medicaid coverage and health care services following incarceration. The strategies include automating data-sharing arrangements between justice agencies and the state Medicaid agency, automatically re-enrolling people who are about to be released in their previous Medicaid plan, and co-locating enrollment assistance and behavioral health services at probation and parole offices. These strategies in combination represent an innovative model that could be replicated in other jurisdictions. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97036/connecting_criminal_justice-involved_people_with_medicaid_coverage_and_services_innovative_strategies_from_arizona.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 149519

Author: Janetta, Jesse Title: Strategies for Connecting Justice-Involved Population to Health Coverage and Care Summary: Over the past decade, states across the country have implemented innovative strategies to connect justice-involved people to Medicaid coverage and connect them to care so they can better manage their physical and behavioral health care needs. This national policy guide provides a road map for state and local justice and health care officials and other stakeholders who want to increase coverage and improve health outcomes for justice-involved people, enhance public safety, reduce recidivism, and more efficiently use public resources. The guide presents a menu of practical strategies aimed at 1. efficiently enrolling justice-involved people into Medicaid and other health coverage, 2. helping justice-involved people who have returned to the community obtain coordinated physical and behavioral health care that meets this population�s distinctive needs, and 3. supporting efforts to increase enrollment and the provision of appropriate coordinated care. To underscore the feasibility of these approaches and allow for peer-learning opportunities, this guide emphasizes strategies and tools that are either already in use or under development by states and localities. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97041/strategies_for_connecting_justice-involved_populations_to_health_coverage_and_care.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 149521

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: Measuring Progress in Connecting Criminal Justice to Health: A How-to Guide to Performance Management for Practitioners Summary: This guide provides performance management strategies for practitioner agencies to measure the performance of initiatives to enroll people in Medicaid upon release from incarceration and connect them with health care services in the community. The guide details the steps for performance management and outlines potential performance metrics specific to Medicaid enrollment, prescription continuity, and connection with community-based care. These performance measurement strategies are illustrated in two case studies, one representing a state and Medicaid-led effort, the other representing a local and corrections-led effort Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97031/measuring_progress_in_connecting_criminal_justice_to_health.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 149522

Author: Lynch, Mathew Title: Arches Transformative Mentoring Program: An Implementation and Impact Evaluation in New York City Summary: The Arches Transformative Mentoring program (Arches) advances New York City's commitment to maintain public safety through community-based programming that supports personal development as a mechanism to avoid future criminal activity. Through a combination of credible messenger mentoring and an evidence-based curriculum, Arches reduces one-year felony reconviction by over two-thirds and reduces two-year felony reconviction by over half. These findings demonstrate the promise of combining an evidence-based curriculum and credible messenger mentoring to achieve recidivism reduction. This evaluation report reflects the findings of a qualitative and impact evaluation of Arches, a group mentoring program serving young adult probation clients ages 16 to 24. Arches uses an evidence-based interactive journaling curriculum centered on cognitive behavioral principles, delivered by mentors with backgrounds similar to those of their mentees, known as "credible messengers," direct service professionals with backgrounds similar to the populations they serve, often including prior criminal justice system involvement. Launched in 2012 as part of the NYC Young Men's Initiative (YMI) and with private funding from Bloomberg Philanthropies and oversight from the Mayor's Office for Economic Opportunity (NYC Opportunity), Arches is managed by the NYC Department of Probation (DOP) and currently operates with City funding at 13 sites across the five boroughs. The evaluation was conducted using a matched comparison group to assess the impact of Arches on participant outcomes, including recidivism reduction; to explore participant and staff experiences in and attitudes toward the program; to identify practices associated with successful programmatic operation and positive outcomes; and to develop recommendations for program enhancement. The evaluation finds that Arches participants are significantly less likely to be reconvicted of a crime. Relative to their peers, felony reconviction rates among Arches participants are 69 percent lower 12 months after beginning probation and 57 percent lower 24 months after beginning probation. This impact is driven largely by reductions among participants under age 18. The evaluation also indicates the program helps participants achieve improvement in self-perception and relationships with others. Pre- and post-assessment show gains in key attitudinal and behavioral indicators, including emotion regulation and future orientation. Qualitative findings show that participants report very close and supportive relationships with mentors, attributed to mentors' status as credible messengers, their 24/7 availability for one-on-one mentoring, and a "family atmosphere" within the program. The report presents several recommendations to enhance the Arches program model and capitalize on its success, including better tailoring the content of the curriculum to reflect the lived experience of the participant population, increasing the frequency and length of programming to support participant engagement, and introducing wraparound and aftercare services. The report highlights the potential for expanded collaboration across Arches providers to improve knowledge sharing and adoption of best practices, as well as enhanced partnerships between Arches providers and other young adult programming to supplement service delivery and grow community awareness of the program. The report also calls for expanded mentor supports, including opportunities for full-time employment and advanced training. This evaluation confirms that Arches is an impactful program with demonstrated ability to reduce participant recidivism and great promise to produce sustainable attitudinal and behavioral change for justice system-involved young adults. New York City has already formalized its commitment to Arches through the new allocation of City funding to sustain the program following the completion of Bloomberg Philanthropies grant funding. Additionally, as part of the Mayor's Action Plan for Neighborhood Safety, the Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice has launched the Next STEPS program, a modified version of Arches targeted to serve young adults at risk of justice-system involvement who reside in select high-crime New York City Housing Authority developments Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/96601/arches_transformative_mentoring_program.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Programs Shelf Number: 149523

Author: Courser, Matthew Title: Assessing the Impact of parental Characteristics, Parental Attitudes, and Parental Engagement on Mentoring Relationship Outcomes: Final Report Summary: In October 2013, the Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation (PIRE), in partnership with Big Brothers Big Sisters of Kentuckiana (BBBS‐KY), was funded under OJJDP Award 2013‐JU‐FX‐ 0010 to assess the impact of three types of parent/guardian factors-parent‐child dynamics, family dynamics, and parent/guardian involvement in mentoring matches‐‐influenced match length, the strength of relationships between volunteer mentors and youth, and youth outcomes. The project utilized an intervention‐only pre‐post design in which the BBBS community‐based and site‐based programs were the intervention. Quantitative and qualitative data were collected from youth, mentors, and parent‐guardians in the BBBS‐KY program at match and 12‐months after match. These data were complemented by school record data from 16 area school districts and from data from the BBBS‐KY AIM database. We found that parental‐youth relationship dynamics and parenting styles had a direct impact on youth attitudes toward risky behaviors. For youth in site‐based matches, these factors also were related to academic performance, unexcused school absences, and school suspensions. We also found that while parent/guardian involvement in match relationships influences strength of relationship ratings, it does not appear to influence youth/program outcomes directly. However, relationships between parents/guardians and volunteers influence both the strength of mentoring relationships developed and two key youth outcomes- attitudes toward risky behaviors and academic performance. Details: Louisville, KY: Pacific Institute for Research and Evaluation, 2017. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251114.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 149525

Author: Montgomery County Council Title: Roadway Solicitation Task Force Report Summary: A number of residents and businesses have raised public safety concerns about roadway soliciting on Montgomery County roads. At many intersections throughout the County, individuals can be found selling goods, panhandling or soliciting for charity from the medians. Frequently, individuals who are soliciting step off the median and into the road to collect money, putting themselves and motorists at risk. Also, when panhandling is prevalent in an area, it conveys a feeling of disorder in the community, and can lead people to believe that the community is not caring adequately for its vulnerable populations. Concern has also been expressed that because Montgomery County is one of the few jurisdictions in the metropolitan area without restrictions on roadway soliciting, it is becoming a magnet for panhandlers. Business owners in downtown Wheaton, who are trying to burnish their city�s image as a safe place to work, shop and live, have expressed concern that panhandling is a major contributor to the negative perception of crime there. They worry that people will shun the central business district as an undesirable and unsafe place to shop and dine thereby undermining the ability of the small businesses community to thrive in what is already a compromised economy. Because of these concerns, the Wheaton Urban District Advisory Committee (WUDAC) sent a letter to the County Executive in July 2009, expressing concern about panhandling and asked him to convene a task force to explore the best course of action for discouraging roadside solicitation in the County. In October, 2009, the County Executive appointed a Roadside Solicitation Task Force comprised of residents, business owners, State and County legislators, and non-profit and union leaders to address the issue, and to also determine how the County might best provide assistance to panhandlers who are truly homeless or in need of services. Details: Bethesda, MD: The Council, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://montgomerycivic.org/files/Roadway_Solicitation_Task_Force_Report_Final_Nov2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149526

Author: Levitt, Matthew Title: Defeating Ideologically Inspired Violent Extremism: A Strategy to Build Strong Communities and Protect the U.S. Homeland Summary: he United States should adopt a strategy to prevent and counter violent extremism (P/CVE) within the United States that empowers communities on the frontlines of defense against homegrown violent extremism and builds trusting partnerships with and within local communities to reduce terrorist recruitment. In this transition paper for the new administration, a bipartisan Washington Institute study group details a P/CVE policy centered on countering the full range of Islamist and other extremist ideologies that pose security threats to the homeland. Preventing and countering violent extremism is not a soft alternative to counterterrorism, but an essential toolkit to complement law enforcement's ongoing efforts to prevent violence. Communities are our first line of defense against violent extremism, so empowering and incentivizing them to become more active in the P/CVE space is in the local and national interest. This bipartisan study group report offers a set of guiding principles for the Donald J. Trump administration to achieve these goals. Details: Washington, DC: The Washington Institute for Near East Policy, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Transition 2017: Policy Notes for the Trump Administration: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: http://www.washingtoninstitute.org/uploads/Documents/pubs/Transition2017-CVE-6.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-terrorism Shelf Number: 149529

Author: Johnson, Odis, Jr. Title: Race, Gender, and the Contexts of Unarmed Fatal Interactions with Police Summary: In the post-Ferguson era, public opinion remains divided about the ways that race and gender intersect in relation to law enforcement's use of lethal force. Addressing this tension within research, we explored race-gender differences in the likelihood of being killed while unarmed. More specifically, we identified 1762 fatal interactions with police that occurred over a 20 month time period, and merged them with the nationally representative Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics survey, Uniform Crime Reports data, and census characteristics. Using hierarchical linear models, we find the odds that black Americans will be killed by police when unarmed are nearly 7 to 1-more than double the odds found in research to date-and due primarily to the unarmed status of black women. Details: St. Louis, MO: Washington University in St. Louis, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://cpb-us-west-2-juc1ugur1qwqqqo4.stackpathdns.com/sites.wustl.edu/dist/b/1205/files/2018/02/Race-Gender-and-Unarmed-1y6zo9a.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149534

Author: Cross, Brittany Title: Mental Health Courts Effectiveness in Reducing Recidivism and Improving Clinical Outcomes: A Meta-Analysis Summary: Mental health courts have recently emerged with goals to reduce recidivism and improve clinical outcomes for people with serious mental illness in the criminal justice system. The present study is a review of mental health court literature assessing their effectiveness in reducing recidivism and improving clinical outcomes for participants using meta-analytic techniques. A total of 20 studies that included sufficient information to compute the standardized mean difference effect size, focused on adult populations, and were within the United States were included in the analysis. Only experimental and quasi-experimental research designs were obtained. Using Cohen's (1988) guidelines, mental health courts were found to have a small effect on reducing recidivism (0.32, p<.05) and a non-significant effect for improving clinical outcomes for participants. Several moderator analyses were conducted and indicated that the nature of the control group (whether they were a treatment as usual or participants who "opted-out") was found to be significant between groups (Q=22.33, p<.001) as a possible moderating effect. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2011. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed march 20, 2018 at: http://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4247&context=etd Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 149536

Author: Mamayek, Chae M. Title: Examining the Relationship between Weather and Homicide Summary: Despite broad interest in the relationship between weather and crime, few studies have been crime-specific and evaluated the relationship between weather and homicide. The present study draws from existing literature and examines the relationship between weather and homicide. A unique and rich data set of homicides known to the police in Newark, New Jersey is employed in answering the following research questions: (1) Is weather an important situational covariate in the occurrence of homicide, (2) given that a homicide occurs, is weather an important situational covariate of homicide once it is disaggregated by location (i.e. outdoor and indoor), and (3) is there a relationship between the number of homicide incidents and temperature? Results suggest that overall weather is not an important situational covariate as to whether or not a homicide occurs, where it occurs, or the number of incidents that occur. The theoretical, methodological, and policy implications are discussed. Details: East Lansing: Michigan State University, 2013. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://d.lib.msu.edu/etd/1698 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Climate Shelf Number: 149538

Author: Traffic Injury Research Foundation Title: Impaired Driving Priorities: A Criminal Justice Perspective Summary: The U.S. Federal "Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users," commonly referred to as "SAFETEA-LU" governs federal transportation surface spending and encompasses a broad range of critical transportation issues, including road safety. Impaired driving is a key focus of the safety aspect of this bill. Initiatives in this area are essential in reducing deaths and injuries. The pending re-authorization of this bill, expected to occur in 2010, has become the focus of much debate, lobbying, and negotiation, as agencies with a vested interest in impaired driving are engaged in the process of determining what safety priorities and activities should be included in and supported by the bill. In light of the challenging financial climate in the U.S., it is imperative that the bill contain a strategic emphasis on those policies, programs, and initiatives that will have the greatest impact. It is critical that government officials consider the views of experienced practitioners who work on the frontlines of the DWI system everyday as part of the re-authorization discussions. The Working Group on DWI System Improvements, a coalition of 14 criminal justice organizations, has developed a list of top recommendations for offender-based initiatives that are needed to reduce the impaired driving problem. Recommendation #1: Improve the quality and quantity of data and data collection to support research initiatives and decision-making. Good quality data are essential to understanding the magnitude, characteristics, and trends of the impaired driving problem. It is needed to both guide and drive the research process and to set priorities. Gaps in available data impede decision-making and the development of impaired driving policies, sanctions, and interventions. These gaps must be identified and addressed to achieve new gains in reducing the problem. Overcoming such limitations can enable researchers and practitioners to identify priorities that require further research, and increase understanding of the dynamics of the problem in order to pinpoint ways to increase the effectiveness of strategies to address it. Recommendation #2: Discover answers to key research questions. Key research questions require answers to improve understanding of the scope of the DWI offender problem, particularly in relation to special sub-populations of the problem. Answers will support the development of effective and targeted intervention strategies and guide the application of these interventions in both urban and rural jurisdictions. This research is needed not only to ensure that funding is commensurate with the magnitude of the problem and the ability of practitioners to address it, but also to ensure that programs are cost beneficial. Recommendation #3: Expand programs that work and discontinue those that do not. An important strategy to increase effectiveness in reducing impaired driving is to identify and encourage the implementation of programs and strategies that research has shown to be effective and to discontinue programs and strategies that have not demonstrated positive results. Jurisdictions must invest resources in initiatives that maximize benefits and improve outcomes. Jurisdictions cannot afford to waste scarce resources on programs and strategies that have little or no impact. Failing to evaluate programs can result in the superfluous spending of resources that fails to achieve positive gains, and ongoing investment in programs that do not produce results. Recommendation #4: Establish effective practices and principles for the implementation and delivery of impaired driving strategies. To achieve the benefits and effectiveness shown through research, practices that work are needed to guide program implementation and delivery. Programs often fail as a result of inappropriate or inadequate resource allocation, a lack of training among practitioners, poor communication and coordination across agencies, and unmanageable workloads. In order to improve the way that programs and interventions are implemented, practitioners need more information regarding guiding principles and effective practices. This can save practitioners considerable time, energy and resources. Recommendation #5: Enhance training and education for practitioners regarding effective impaired driving strategies. The proven benefits associated with various interventions, programs, and policies reported in research studies will not be realized unless the research is translated into practice. Too often, practitioners are not aware of the findings from evaluation research or the benefits of various programs and interventions; even in those cases where they are aware of the program/intervention and its benefits they are often uncertain about the details regarding its implementation and delivery. There is, therefore, a need for training to ensure that effective programs/interventions are adopted and delivered appropriately. Recommendation #6: Increase funding to support agency personnel. Successful implementation of interventions and/or programs requires an increase in personnel to support such initiatives. At the same time, staff needs proper training and education so they can adequately meet the demands of their respective roles in relation to implementation. Without sufficient staff or resources to handle increasing responsibilities and workloads it is unlikely that the implementation of the intervention or program will deliver improved outcomes. Too often, personnel are taken for granted when they make some of the greatest contributions to the system. Personnel who deal with insufficient resources, inadequate training, and immense caseloads often suffer "burnout" which contributes to high rates of staff turnover. Recommendation #7: Make DWI a priority across the justice system. Significant progress in reducing impaired driving has stalled. While reductions in traffic fatalities in general have occurred, there has been little significant change regarding alcoholrelated fatalities. At the same time, funding allocated to address this issue has stagnated. This has important implications for agencies within the criminal justice field. Resources have diminished but caseloads and workloads have not. Accordingly, efforts must re-direct the attention of politicians, policymakers, and administrators towards the importance of impaired driving as a pressing social problem in need of continued funding due to the immense costs that this problem has for the justice system. Impaired driving needs to be moved up the list of priorities for the public, politicians, and agencies. Recommendation #8: Enhance measures of system effectiveness. To increase the reliability and validity of findings and develop more accurate determinations of "success", a consistent working definition of recidivism must be created. However, recidivism should not be the sole measure of success. Other potential indicators include the successful completion of treatment, family stability, employment, drinking behavior, reductions in impaired driving crashes and fatalities, improved physical health, educational achievements, and reduced reliance on community resources. Agencies and practitioners should also be consistent in the application of any measures used to determine whether reductions in impaired driving are achieved. Recommendation #9: Improve communication and cooperation across all levels of the system. Across the justice system and agencies, communication and cooperation are necessary components for effectively addressing the impaired driving problem. As a result of the silo mentality, agencies are often unaware of how their policies and practices contribute to successful or failed outcomes at other levels of the system. By working beyond agency borders, practitioners can form partnerships that can lead to increased funding, improved training, and new/improved strategies and approaches for addressing the impaired driving problem.Recommendation #10: Make screening and treatment available at all phases of the system. The treatment of DWI offenders for assessed alcohol use disorders is a critical element in reducing recidivism. There is a growing recognition that appropriate treatment is a necessary component of the DWI system. Treatment is designed to lessen and prevent negative consequences associated with substance abuse (e.g., impaired driving) and to provide support to the offender during relapses. Given the limited resources that are available for and the extensive costs associated with treatment, offenders who do not need or will not benefit from treatment should be screened out. Conclusions The ten recommendations contained in this report have been identified by justice professionals as essential to reducing impaired driving among drunk driving offenders in the future. These recommendations are designed to improve the availability and quality of research, to improve the ability of practitioners to put research into practice through the efficient and effective delivery of programs, and to develop new initiatives that will improve the DWI system as a whole. Increases in dialogue, education and training, and the formation of collaborative partnerships are common themes throughout each of the sections in this report. Researchers, practitioners, and policymakers have a joint responsibility to work together in an effort to reduce the occurrence of impaired driving-related injuries, fatalities, and social costs. The pending re-authorization of the U.S. Federal "Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users," in 2010, is an opportunity for practitioners and policymakers to push for the inclusion of impaired driving as a priority issue. Details: Ottawa: TIRF, 2009. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/DWI_2008_Impaired_Driving_Priorities_web.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 118606

Author: Mackin, Juliette R. Title: St. Mary's County Juvenile Drug Court Outcome and Cost Evaluation Summary: St. Mary's County Juvenile Drug Court (JDC) was formed in 2003 in response to the increase in youth abuse of alcohol, marijuana, and cocaine and juvenile arrests involving drug charges. The program admitted its first participant in February 2004 and since that time has served over 100 participants. The JDC program has four phases that can be completed by participants in a period as short as 12 months. For the 80 drug court participants included in this study who had since exited the program, either successfully or unsuccessfully, the average number of days in the program was 341 (approximately 11 months). Graduates spent an average of 358 days in the program (almost 12 months), whereas non-graduates spent an average of 310 days in the program (approximately 10 months). Throughout the program, participants attend drug court hearings evaluating their progress, supervision meetings with a case manager, and group and individual counseling sessions. Their family members are also included in the program and offered services as needed. The program requires that the youth submit to drug testing, attend school or another educational or occupational activity, and complete a community project. The JDC uses incentives and sanctions to encourage positive behaviors. Youth must have been abstinent for a minimum of 120 consecutive days and complete all program requirements, including restitution, to graduate; at which time the youth is eligible to expunge the case from his/her court records. Three key policy questions of interest to program practitioners, researchers, and policymakers about drug courts were addressed in this study. 1. Does the JDC Reduce Substance Abuse Among Program Participants? YES: JDC participants showed reductions in drug use following entrance into the program 2. Does the JDC Program Reduce Recidivism in the Juvenile Justice System? YES: JDC participants had a decreased re-arrest rate from 75% at pre-JDC to 52% postJDC admission 2. Does the JDC Program Reduce Recidivism in the Juvenile Justice System? YES: JDC participants had a decreased re-arrest rate from 75% at pre-JDC to 52% postJDC admission 3. Does the JDC Result in Savings of Taxpayer Dollars? YES: Outcome costs for JDC participants showed substantive savings, when factored against the comparison group. Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed arch 20, 2018 at: https://ndcrc.org/resource/st-marys-county-juvenile-drug-court-outcome-and-cost-evaluation/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 118419

Author: Patel, Deepali M. Title: Violence and Mental Health: Opportunities for Prevention and Early Detection. Proceedings of a Workshop Summary: On February 26-27, 2014, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine's Forum on Global Violence Prevention convened a workshop titled Mental Health and Violence: Opportunities for Prevention and Early Intervention. The workshop brought together advocates and experts in public health and mental health, anthropology, biomedical science, criminal justice, global health and development, and neuroscience to examine experience, evidence, and practice at the intersection of mental health and violence. Participants explored how violence impacts mental health and how mental health influences violence and discussed approaches to improve research and practice in both domains. The workshop rapporteurs have prepared this proceedings as a factual summation of the session discussions at the workshop. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2018. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: http://www.nationalacademies.org/hmd/Reports/2018/violence-and-mental-health-proceedings.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 149544

Author: DeVeaux, Mika'il Title: Fitting-in: How Formerly Incarcerated New York City Black Men Define Success Post-Prison Summary: The problem of community reintegration emerged following the rise of the US prison population, which began in in the 1970s, disproportionately affecting US-born African American men. In this qualitative study, the researcher examined the perceptions of 17 formerly incarcerated New York City African American men to understand how they defined post-prison success after having been in the community at least three years in the wake of the era of mass (hyper) incarceration. During the study, the researcher employed a constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz, 2006) approach using data from semi-structured interviews to identify factors that enabled these African American men to make the social and psychological adjustments needed to get on with their lives post-release. Success, as defined by the men in the study, meant fitting-in to their home communities as if they had never been in prison. The findings of this study demonstrate that success is a construct inclusive of material, social, and psychological components. A number of themes emerged from the data that respondents attached importance to that the researcher linked to each component of success and subsequently related to the fitting-in process. The eligibility requirements for this study, which limited participation to men who had been out of prison at least three years, restricted generalizability of the results and suggest that length of time since release likely influenced definitions of success. This dissertation concludes proposing research to examine potentially influencing issues related to time upon definitions of success, post-prison achievements, and the psychological effects of the incarceration experience and its relationship to African American men's post-prison experiences. These findings can enhance social work practice with justice-involved African American men, enable social workers to better understand this population, and encourage the development of additional methods to address the psychological challenges related to post-prison adjustment likely to contribute to their well-being. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2017. 243p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://academicworks.cuny.edu/gc_etds/1822/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African American Men Shelf Number: 149548

Author: Nobles, James Title: Guardian ad Litem Program. 2018 evaluation report Summary: Each year, thousands of children in Minnesota are involved in court cases related to abuse, neglect, custody, and other matters. In some of these cases, the courts appoint a guardian ad litem to help ensure the child�s needs are not overlooked during the court process. Guardians ad litem assess a child�s situation and make recommendations to the court about a child�s best interests. Federal and state law outline requirements for guardian ad litem appointments. For example, the courts must appoint guardians to juvenile court cases that involve alleged child abuse, neglect, or abandonment. 1 The courts must also appoint guardians ad litem to family court cases involving custody or parenting time when the court has reason to believe the child is a victim of abuse or neglect. 2 The Legislature created the Guardian ad Litem (GAL) Board in 2010 to administer the GAL Program. The Board must hire a program administrator to carry out the Program�s operations. State law directs guardians ad litem to perform some of the same activities as other court professionals whose roles guardians are prohibited from fulfilling. State law provides relatively broad guidance about the activities guardians ad litem must perform. These activities include reviewing relevant documents and interviewing parents and caregivers. Further, guardians ad litem must make recommendations about the best interests of the child. In custody, divorce, and legal separation cases to which they are appointed, guardians ad litem must also advise the court about custody and parenting time. These activities are similar to those of some other court professionals whose role guardians ad litem are prohibited from performing on cases to which they are assigned. For example, court rules prohibit a person from acting as a guardian ad litem and custody evaluator on the same case. Yet, like a guardian ad litem, custody evaluators are to investigate, report, and make recommendations regarding custody and parenting time, including an evaluation of the child�s best interests. This lack of clarity can leave families unsure of the guardian ad litem�s role and makes it difficult for managers to ensure guardians work within the scope of their role. We recommend the Legislature clarify the role of guardians ad litem, particularly in family court. Without clear work standards, it was difficult to determine if the variation we encountered in guardian ad litem work was appropriate. Statutory guidance is broad, and the GAL Board has created few standards to guide guardian ad litem work. For example, the Board has not established criteria guardians should consider when making recommendations or standards for how often guardians ad litem should meet with children. Details: St. Paul, Minnesota: Minnesota Office of the Legislative Auditor, 2018. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://www.auditor.leg.state.mn.us/ped/pedrep/galprogram.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Advocacy Shelf Number: 149549

Author: O'Brien, Matthew Title: The Fiscal Burden of Illegal immigration on United States Taxpayers (2017) Summary: A continually growing population of illegal aliens, along with the federal government's inefective eforts to secure our borders, present signifcant national security and public safety threats to the United States. Tey also have a severely negative impact on the nation's taxpayers at the local, state, and national levels. Illegal immigration costs Americans billions of dollars each year. Illegal aliens are net consumers of taxpayer-funded services and the limited taxes paid by some segments of the illegal alien population are, in no way, significant enough to offset the growing financial burdens imposed on U.S. taxpayers by massive numbers of uninvited guests. Political and judicial efforts to accord illegal aliens the same government benefits available to U.S. citizens (e.g., the Supreme Court's holding in Plyler v. Doe guaranteeing illegal alien children a free public education, at taxpayer expense) have increasingly stressed federal, state and local budgets - to the detriment of Americans, particularly the poor, elderly, and disabled. Te impact on public school systems1 and criminal justice institutions has been particularly harsh. And the situation has been greatly exacerbated by government refusal to implement measures aimed at deterring, detecting and prosecuting illegal aliens who commit fraud to obtain benefits and/or to avoid deportation following a criminal conviction. Tis study examines the fiscal impact of illegal aliens as reflected in both federal and state budgets. It does not address the question of whether unchecked mass migration is a net boon to the United States. Most studies that extol the many benefits that allegedly accrue from illegal immigration suffer from a number of key problems: - Unreasonable assumptions about who is an illegal alien. Most relevant data sets don't clearly distinguish who is an illegal alien and who isn't. Studies that wish to portray illegal immigration in a favorable light frequently rely on narrow definition of "illegal alien" to skew data in their favor. - Failure to examine whether the same, or even more significant, benefits would be achieved by flling vacant jobs, at market wages, with American employees. - Refusal to acknowledge that there are many activities which create profit but remain illegal because of their negative effects on society as a whole. Te exploitation of illegal alien labor to increase the profits of unscrupulous employers falls squarely into this category. - A deceptive and inappropriate focus on the amount of taxes remitted by illegal aliens, rather than the taxes actually paid by illegal aliens. Te American system of taxation returns a signifcant portion of monies paid by people earning low incomes. As a result, most illegal aliens receive a refund of all tax payments along with additional net income from the federal government, in the form of tax credits. - Erroneous claims that illegal aliens subsidize federal benefit programs through un-refunded tax payments remitted by illegal aliens who are unable collect a return. Most illegal aliens are able to file a tax return using an Individual Tax Identification Number (ITIN). In addition, neither the states or the federal government have any data indicating how much of the pool of unclaimed tax refunds is attributable to illegal aliens versus deceased taxpayers, foreign investors, etc. Even in the absence of any complex studies, basic mathematics make it self-evident that illegal aliens are a drain on the U.S. economy. For example, in its report Te Sinking Lifeboat: Uncontrolled Immigration and the U.S. Health Care System in 2009, FAIR found that, in some hospitals, as many as two-thirds of total operating costs are attributable to uncompensated care for illegal aliens.3 If those costs are being borne by American taxpayers, rather than the illegal aliens who received medical treatment, then those illegal aliens are consuming more services than they pay for, and the costs of providing those services are never recouped. Tat makes them a net drain on the economy. A careful examination of the federal budget shows an annual outlay of approximately $46 billion for expenses related to illegal immigration. A review of state budgets indicates even greater local costs, estimated at $89 billion annually. This means that the overall costs attributable to illegal aliens totals an annual bill of $135 billion. Tat equates to over $8,000 per illegal alien and dependent, per year. Some illegal aliens do pay certain taxes. However, employers usually hire illegal aliens to obtain cheap labor at wages well below the market rate for a given area. Many of those employers pay illegal aliens "under-the-table" and do not deduct payroll taxes. Due to their lack of immigration status, illegal aliens are unlikely to report their income to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). Therefore, state and local governments, as well as the federal government, are not collecting enough taxes from illegal aliens to cover the costs of the services they consume. We estimate that illegal aliens actually pay just under $19 billion in combined state, local, and federal taxes. Tat means that the United States recoups only about 14 percent of the amount expended annually on illegal aliens. If the same jobs held by illegal aliens were fled by legal workers, at the prevailing market wage, it may safely be presumed that federal, state and local governments would receive higher tax payments. FAIR firmly believes that the costs of illegal immigration (and massive legal immigration) significantly outweigh any perceived benefit. Accordingly, this study focuses only on calculating the overall costs of illegal immigration. Details: Washington, DC: Federation for American Immigration Reform, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://fairus.org/sites/default/files/2017-09/Fiscal-Burden-of-Illegal-Immigration-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 149551

Author: Wasserman, Howard M. Title: Police Misconduct, Video Recording, and Procedural Barriers to Rights Enforcement Summary: The story of police reform and of "policing the police" has become the story of video and video evidence, and "record everything to know the truth" has become the singular mantra. Video, both police-created and citizen-created, has become the singular tool for ensuring police accountability, reforming law enforcement, and enforcing the rights of victims of police misconduct. This Article explores procedural problems surrounding the use of video recording and video evidence to counter police misconduct, hold individual officers and governments accountable, and reform departmental policies, regulations, and practices. It considers four issues: 1) the mistaken belief that video can "speak for itself" and the procedural and evidentiary problems flowing from that mistaken belief; 2) the evidentiary advantages video provides police and prosecutors; 3) procedural limits on efforts to enforce a First Amendment right to record, such as qualified immunity and standing; and 4) the effects of video on government decisions to pursue criminal charges against police officers and to settle civil-rights suits alleging police misconduct. Details: Miami: Florida International University, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Florida International University Legal Studies Research Paper No. 17-48: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3086092 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149554

Author: Farina, Egidio Title: Politics and crime in black and white Summary: Does the race of a politician have an impact on the incidence of crime? I answer this question by focusing on large US cities, where active participation in the political life of the African-American candidates has undergone a strong upsurge since 1965. In order to deal with the endogeneity of black candidates to city characteristics, a regression discontinuity is used, exploiting the multi-racial elections decided by a narrow margin of victory. The results show that the number of motor vehicles stolen increases considerably the year after the election of an African-American candidate. I investigate, as a possible channel of influence, how police employment responds to the election of a black mayor, finding a negative effect the year after the electoral race. Details: Sussex, UK: University of Sussex, Economics Department, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series No. 02-2017: Accessed March 23, 2018 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/sus/susewp/0217.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Car Theft Shelf Number: 149556

Author: Lauritsen, Janel L. Title: Modernizing Crime Statistics. Report 2: New Systems for Measuring Crime Summary: To derive statistics about crime - to estimate its levels and trends, assess its costs to and impacts on society, and inform law enforcement approaches to prevent it - a conceptual framework for defining and thinking about crime is virtually a prerequisite. Developing and maintaining such a framework is no easy task, because the mechanics of crime are ever evolving and shifting: tied to shifts and development in technology, society, and legislation. Interest in understanding crime surged in the 1920s, which proved to be a pivotal decade for the collection of nationwide crime statistics. Now established as a permanent agency, the Census Bureau commissioned the drafting of a manual for preparing crime statistics-intended for use by the police, corrections departments, and courts alike. The new manual sought to solve a perennial problem by suggesting a standard taxonomy of crime. Shortly after the Census Bureau issued its manual, the International Association of Chiefs of Police in convention adopted a resolution to create a Committee on Uniform Crime Records - to begin the process of describing what a national system of data on crimes known to the police might look like. Report 1 performed a comprehensive reassessment of what is meant by crime in U.S. crime statistics and recommends a new classification of crime to organize measurement efforts. This second report examines methodological and implementation issues and presents a conceptual blueprint for modernizing crime statistics.- Details: Washington, DC: National Academies press, 2018. 257p. Prepublication copy. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/25035/modernizing-crime-statistics-report-2-new-systems-for-measuring-crime Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 149558

Author: Lauritsen, Janel L. Title: Modernizing Crime Statistics Report 1: Defining and Classifying Crime Summary: To derive statistics about crime - to estimate its levels and trends, assess its costs to and impacts on society, and inform law enforcement approaches to prevent it - a conceptual framework for defining and thinking about crime is virtually a prerequisite. Developing and maintaining such a framework is no easy task, because the mechanics of crime are ever evolving and shifting: tied to shifts and development in technology, society, and legislation. Interest in understanding crime surged in the 1920s, which proved to be a pivotal decade for the collection of nationwide crime statistics. Now established as a permanent agency, the Census Bureau commissioned the drafting of a manual for preparing crime statistics-intended for use by the police, corrections departments, and courts alike. The new manual sought to solve a perennial problem by suggesting a standard taxonomy of crime. Shortly after the Census Bureau issued its manual, the International Association of Chiefs of Police in convention adopted a resolution to create a Committee on Uniform Crime Records - to begin the process of describing what a national system of data on crimes known to the police might look like. The key distinction between the rigorous classification proposed in this report and the "classifications" that have come before in U.S. crime statistics is that it is intended to partition the entirety of behaviors that could be considered criminal offenses into mutually exclusive categories. Modernizing Crime Statistics: Report 1: Defining and Classifying Crime assesses and makes recommendations for the development of a modern set of crime measures in the United States and the best means for obtaining them. This first report develops a new classification of crime by weighing various perspectives on how crime should be defined and organized with the needs and demands of the full array of crime data users and stakeholders. Details: Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. 2016. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/23492/modernizing-crime-statistics-report-1-defining-and-classifying-crime Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Classification Shelf Number: 149559

Author: Padilla, Kathleen Title: Stress and Maladaptive Coping Among Police Officers Summary: The relationship between stress and policing has long been established in literature. What is less clear, however, is what departments are doing to help officers deal with the stress that comes with the job. Looking at a small Southwestern police agency and using a modified version of Speilberger's (1981) Police Stress Survey, the present study sought to examine stressors inherent to policing, as well as to identify departmental services that may be in place to help officers alleviate those stressors and whether or not police officers would choose to take part in the services that may be offered. The findings suggest that a shift in stress in policing is occurring with operational stressors being reported at higher levels than organizational stressors, contrary to previous research. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/170591/content/Padilla_asu_0010N_15916.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Occupational Stress Shelf Number: 149560

Author: Chetty, Raj Title: Race and Economic Opportunity in the United States: An Intergenerational Perspective Summary: We study the sources of racial and ethnic disparities in income using de-identified longitudinal data covering nearly the entire U.S. population from 1989-2015. We document three sets of results. First, the intergenerational persistence of disparities varies substantially across racial groups. For example, Hispanic Americans are moving up significantly in the income distribution across generations because they have relatively high rates of intergenerational income mobility. In contrast, black Americans have substantially lower rates of upward mobility and higher rates of downward mobility than whites, leading to large income disparities that persist across generations. Conditional on parent income, the black-white income gap is driven entirely by large differences in wages and employment rates between black and white men; there are no such differences between black and white women. Second, differences in family characteristics such as parental marital status, education, and wealth explain very little of the black-white income gap conditional on parent income. Differences in ability also do not explain the patterns of intergenerational mobility we document. Third, the black-white gap persists even among boys who grow up in the same neighborhood. Controlling for parental income, black boys have lower incomes in adulthood than white boys in 99% of Census tracts. Both black and white boys have better outcomes in low-poverty areas, but black-white gaps are larger on average for boys who grow up in such neighborhoods. The few areas in which black-white gaps are relatively small tend to be low-poverty neighborhoods with low levels of racial bias among whites and high rates of father presence among blacks. Black males who move to such neighborhoods earlier in childhood earn more and are less likely to be incarcerated. However, fewer than 5% of black children grow up in such environments. These findings suggest that reducing the black-white income gap will require efforts whose impacts cross neighborhood and class lines and increase upward mobility specifically for black men. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/hendren/files/race_paper.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 149569

Author: Anthony-North, Vedan Title: Corrections-Based Responses to the Opioid Epidemic: Lessons from New York State's Overdose Education and Naloxone Distribution Program Summary: As the opioid crisis has swept the nation, more and more states are equipping their first responders and police officers with naloxone, an overdose antidote that reverses opioid overdoses and can be administered by bystanders with minimal training. This report details the efforts of New York State to implement an overdose education and naloxone distribution (OEND) program to one particularly vulnerable population-people who have been recently released from incarceration in state prison. The report assesses the results of New York State's efforts, and offers insights for other correctional systems seeking to implement OEND programs. Ensuring that naloxone is available where there is the greatest chance for an overdose requires more focused attention on distribution to populations that have increased risk of overdose mortality. Given the heightened risk of overdose death upon release from incarceration, it is essential that jurisdictions make a broader commitment to ensuring that people who are incarcerated have naloxone on hand when they return to the community. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/corrections-responses-to-opioid-epidemic-new-york-state/legacy_downloads/corrections-responses-to-opioid-epidemic-new-york-state.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149570

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Destined to Fail: How Florida Jails Deprive Children of Schooling Summary: Florida prosecutes more children in the adult criminal justice system than any other state, and as a consequence, hundreds of children are held in adult county jails every year. In the majority of cases, the decision to prosecute a child as an adult is made by the prosecutor, without judicial review or an individual assessment of the child's potential for rehabilitation. As a result, children as young as 12 have been incarcerated with adults. Many have not been found guilty, but are merely waiting for their cases to be adjudicated. While imprisoned, children still have rights under state and federal law to access education - a critical factor in their future. And with good reason: The further they fall behind, the less likely they are to become productive members of society. Unfortunately, children in adult jails are being denied these rights as Florida's jails and school districts are not living up to their legal obligations. The educational services they provide to children held in adult jails are, in most cases, seriously deficient. For some children, the services are virtually nonexistent. Adult jails are simply not intended or equipped to house children. For this review, which began in 2016, the Southern Poverty Law Center submitted public records requests to school districts across the state, spoke with public defenders and advocates, examined data from the U.S. Department of Education Civil Rights Data Collection, and interviewed children who are or have been held in county jails in Florida. The findings are troubling: Many small jails (facilities holding fewer than 20 children in 2015-16) offer only GED courses to children, eliminating the opportunity for a child to pursue a high school diploma while awaiting trial. Some children receive only two to three hours per week of instruction in these small county jails. When they return to their neighborhood schools, they often do not receive credit for their studies, including the GED work. In large jails (facilities holding 20 to 130 children in 2015-16), children often receive educational services geared toward a high school diploma - though they don't all receive the legally required 300 minutes of instruction per day that is necessary for a total of 180 instruction days per year. At many small jails, students with disabilities receive limited - if any - educational services that are required by law because of their disabilities. At large jails, students' existing Individualized Education Programs (IEPs), which outline the services that a student with disabilities should receive, are sometimes altered - and even effectively closed out - leaving them without the services they deserve under the law. At many large and small jails, students with IEPs between the ages of 18 and 22 must be proactive and ask for the education services to which they are entitled. Consequently, they often do not receive them. Because county jails are not designed to accommodate children, there are multiple barriers that limit access to education. Small jails, in particular, do not have housing units for children, much less a space for classes. In such instances, children may be held in solitary confinement, which has been likened to torture. Lacking access to materials and teachers, children in solitary may simply receive worksheets that don't count toward school credit and without any writing instruments to complete them. Large jails, on the other hand, may have cell blocks for youth and space for classes, but these arrangements pose problems as well. Youth units, for example, are often for boys. As a result, girls under 18 are routinely held in solitary confinement or in medical or mental health segregation wings, which are not equipped for providing education. And as in small jails, children held in solitary confinement at large jails - whether for housing or discipline - are often left out of educational programming or provided with worksheets. In some counties, students are marked absent from the jail's classes for each day they are held in confinement. The solution to these problems is simple: Children don't belong in adult jails. Details: Montgomery, AL: SPLC, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/cr_ctaa_report_2018_web_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 149572

Author: Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR) Title: Sanctuary Policies Across the U.S. Summary: Cooperation between federal, state, and local governments is the cornerstone of effective immigration enforcement. State and local law enforcement officers are often the last line of defense against criminal aliens, and are far more likely to encounter illegal aliens during routine job activities than are federal agents. As such, the ability of state and local law enforcement and other government officials to freely cooperate and communicate with federal immigration authorities is not just important - but essential - to the enforcement of our immigration laws. Nonetheless, law enforcement agencies, local governments, and even states across the country are proactively enacting policies and practices to restrict or all together prohibit cooperation with federal immigration authorities. Commonly referred to as "sanctuary policies," such ordinances, directives, and practices undermine enforcement of U.S. immigration law by impeding state and local officials, including law enforcement officers, from asking individuals about their immigration status, reporting them to the federal government, or otherwise cooperating with or assisting federal immigration officials. While many of these policies and practices are written, they may be unwritten as well, sometimes making them difficult to discover or verify. Most of the sanctuary policies and practices instituted since FAIR first issued its list of sanctuary jurisdictions in 2013 fall into the "anti-detainer" category. These generally refer to directives that inhibit or restrict the ability of state and local law enforcement to hold criminal aliens for U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Some anti-detainer policies even go so far as to prohibit state and local law enforcement from simply notifying ICE that they are about to release a criminal alien back onto the streets or from otherwise assisting federal authorities. Sadly, most anti-detainer policies are put in place by the law enforcement agencies themselves, bullied by the illegal alien lobby into believing they must follow the open borders agenda or risk being sued. While some of the sanctuary policies noted in this report were enacted decades ago - such as the ones in New York City, Los Angeles, and San Francisco - the vast majority have been instituted since President Obama took office in 2009. Of the 300 jurisdictions cited in this report: 239 jurisdictions have sanctuary policies or practices instituted by law enforcement agencies; 23 jurisdictions have sanctuary resolutions; 15 jurisdictions have sanctuary laws or ordinances, including statewide laws in California, Connecticut, and Oregon; 5 jurisdictions have sanctuary executive orders; and 18 jurisdictions either have multiple forms of sanctuary policies or practices in place, or have a policy or practice that simply fit no other classification. Some of these policies or practices were very easy to discover and label. Others required a bit more digging to locate. As such, FAIR used a wide-variety of sources when compiling this list of jurisdictions and evidence. This included primary sources such as the actual resolutions, ordinances, and policy directives, as well as secondary sources such as the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's Declined Detainer Outcome Report obtained by the Center for Immigration Studies, various academic or congressional reports, and even media coverage. FAIR has found that jurisdictions often justify their sanctuary policies by claiming that illegal aliens will be more likely to report crimes to law enforcement without fear of deportation. However, FAIR knows of no evidence demonstrating that sanctuary policies lead to increased crime reporting among illegal immigrant communities, and law enforcement officers already have the discretion to grant immunity to witnesses and victims of crime. Sanctuary jurisdictions also often lament that immigration is a "federal issue" and therefore they do not have a responsibility to cooperate with federal officials. This argument is belied by the fact that illegal immigration costs state and local governments roughly $84 billion annually - a significant majority of the estimated $113 billion annual price tag of illegal immigration on U.S. taxpayers. As such, the cost of illegal immigration in terms of government services, education, healthcare, crime, and impact on the labor market are far greater than any benefit that may accrue from a perceived increase in cooperation between illegal alien communities and law enforcement. Our comprehensive (but by no means exhaustive) list of sanctuary jurisdictions appears below. It includes jurisdictions with laws, resolutions, policies, or practices that obstruct cooperation with federal immigration authorities or assistance with federal immigration detainers. FAIR ceased conducting research activities for this report in November 2016; changes have already been made to the policies and practices in some jurisdictions, while additional sanctuary policies and practices have been instituted in others and will be added in the next edition. Indeed, dozens of city and county officials have doubled-down on their jurisdiction's sanctuary policy in the days and weeks following the 2016 election. Details: Washington, DC: FAIR, 2017. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: http://www.fairus.org/sites/default/files/2017-08/Sanctuary_Policies_Across_America_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149573

Author: Collins, Megan Title: Assessment of the Collaborative Reform Initiative in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department. A Catalyst for Change Summary: The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) at the U.S. Department of Justice launched the Collaborative Reform Initiative for Technical Assistance for Technical Assistance (CRI-TA) in 2012 with the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) as the first site. Under CRI-TA, law enforcement agencies facing significant issues that may impact public trust undergo a comprehensive assessment, are provided with recommendations on how to address those issues, and receive technical assistance to implement such recommendations. Over two years have passed since LVMPD's final CRITA report was published in May of 2014 and formal oversight was complete. The COPS Office granted the Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) at Community Resources for Justice an award to assess the extent to which the reforms that were borne of CRI-TA have had an impact and have been sustained since the formal partnership ended. This report reflects the findings of a nine-month assessment of LVMPD which examined existing data from LVMPD and collected input from 74 individuals within the Department representing a range of ranks and perspectives. In sum, we found that the CRI-TA has been an important catalyst for meaningful and sustained change at the LVMPD. The message and priorities of Collaborative Reform have permeated the entire Department, as the over 70 members of the Department with whom we spoke were generally supportive of the reforms and the work that was done under CRI-TA. Use of force was a key component of the CRI-TA in Las Vegas and the overall sentiment was that the culture of LVMPD related to use of force has evolved positively since the beginning of the CRI-TA process. In addition, the Department has made positive progress in the level of transparency around officer involved shootings. It is also clear that LVMPD is continuing to make genuine and authentic efforts to engage, communicate, and develop personal relationships with a vast cross-section of the community. While some of the changes were underway prior to CRI-TA, CRI-TA provided additional support and motivation to build upon and strengthen such changes. The LVMPD is focused on being a learning organization. They learn from experience and strive continuously to improve. Once the formal monitoring phase of CRI-TA was completed, the Department not only remained committed to the changes, they continued to further advance the work that was started under CRI-TA. Based on our review of materials, content, and interviews, all provided by LVMPD, it is evident that the Department has been committed to proactively and continuously improving, while supporting officers' and community perspectives., We believe that CRI-TA has been a vehicle for organizational transformation, which does not happen overnight and any change in the culture of a police department takes time. Indeed, LVMPD had embarked on a path of reform in 2010 and the Department's participation in Collaborative Reform starting in 2012 further advanced and strengthened their efforts. Specific key findings are: 1. The Department has made notable and sustained efforts to make progress toward verbal and tactical de-escalation. 2. The Department has made impressive progress toward increased transparency and increased information sharing around officer involved shootings (OIS) and use of force (UOF). 3. The Department has continued to make efforts to engage with the community in authentic ways. 4. The number of OIS has declined notably since the start of CRI-TA (a 36 percent reduction from 25 OIS in 2010 to 16 in 2015). However, study of OIS data over the past two decades demonstrates little long term change in the annual average number of OIS, despite year-to-year variation. 5. There has been no discernable impact on the number of officer injuries. However, the share of injured officers seeking hospital treatment has increased in recent years. The reasons for this increase are unclear as it could be the result of more serious injuries or changes in how injuries and hospital treatment are documented. 6. Strong leadership on the part of the Sheriff, both Sheriff Lombardo and Sheriff Gillespie, has been a critical factor in making many of the positive changes possible. 7. Because Department leadership has worked to ensure that individuals at all levels of LVMPD feel commitment and a sense of ownership, there are high hopes for sustainability. 8. Because the Department has instituted sophisticated systems of review related to OIS that can trigger changes in policy, training, and operations, there are high hopes for sustainability. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community-Oriented Services, 2017. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0834-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 149576

Author: Morin, Rich Title: Behind the Badge: Amid protests and calls for reform, how police view their jobs, key issues and recent fatal encounters between blacks and police Summary: Police work has always been hard. Today police say it is even harder. In a new Pew Research Center national survey conducted by the National Police Research Platform, majorities of police officers say that recent high-profile fatal encounters between black citizens and police officers have made their jobs riskier, aggravated tensions between police and blacks, and left many officers reluctant to fully carry out some of their duties. The wide-ranging survey, one of the largest ever conducted with a nationally representative sample of police, draws on the attitudes and experiences of nearly 8,000 policemen and women from departments with at least 100 officers. It comes at a crisis point in America's relationship with the men and women who enforce its laws, precipitated by a series of deaths of black Americans during encounters with the police that have energized a vigorous national debate over police conduct and methods. Within America's police and sheriff's departments, the survey finds that the ramifications of these deadly encounters have been less visible than the public protests, but no less profound. Three-quarters say the incidents have increased tensions between police and blacks in their communities. About as many (72%) say officers in their department are now less willing to stop and question suspicious persons. Overall, more than eight-in-ten (86%) say police work is harder today as a result of these high-profile incidents. At the same time that black Americans are dying in encounters with police, the number of fatal attacks on officers has grown in recent years. About nine-in-ten officers (93%) say their colleagues worry more about their personal safety - a level of concern recorded even before a total of eight officers died in separate ambush-style attacks in Dallas and Baton Rouge last July. The survey also finds that officers remain deeply skeptical of the protests that have followed deadly encounters between police and black citizens. Two-thirds of officers (68%) say the demonstrations are motivated to a great extent by anti-police bias; only 10% in a separate question say protesters are similarly motivated by a genuine desire to hold police accountable for their actions. Some two-thirds characterize the fatal encounters that prompted the demonstrations as isolated incidents and not signs of broader problems between police and the black community - a view that stands in sharp contrast with the assessment of the general public. In a separate Pew Research Center survey of U.S. adults, 60% say these incidents are symptoms of a deeper problem. A look inside the nation's police departments reveals that most officers are satisfied with their department as a place to work and remain strongly committed to making their agency successful. Still, about half (53%) question whether their department's disciplinary procedures are fair, and seven-in-ten (72%) say that poorly performing officers are not held accountable. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2017. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://assets.pewresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/3/2017/01/06171402/Police-Report_FINAL_web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149577

Author: Markopoulos, Jr., William P. Title: Perceived Influence of the Ferguson Effect On Law Enforcement Officer Turnover Intentions Summary: Law enforcement officer turnover lacks the support of empirical research (Monk-Turner, O'Leary, & Sumter, 2010; Wareham, Smith, & Lambert, 2013), despite being costly in terms of both human and monetary capital (Pe�a, 2013; Reaves, 2012; Wilson & Sheer, 2013). What literature is available describes factors such as job dissatisfaction and monetary issues as reasons to leave an agency (Cyprian, 2009; Hubbard, 2008; McIntyre, 1990). A new phenomenon, known as the "Ferguson Effect" has been examined in terms of community involvement (Nix & Wolfe, 2016; Wolfe & Nix, 2016) and violent crime rates (Rosenfeld, 2015), but there is no research that looks at the Ferguson Effect's relationship to law enforcement officer turnover. This non-experimental, cross-sectional, descriptive design study adds to the body of knowledge for law enforcement turnover and includes four research objectives. Findings of the study include five Ferguson Effect variables that were directly related to law enforcement officer motivation and proactive work efforts were significant. Turnover intentions among respondents did not rise to a level that would indicate an overall desire to leave their agency. There was a weak relationship between the Ferguson Effect and turnover intentions with the population studied. Additional research should be conducted using a population of less senior law enforcement officers, particularly line officers, to determine if different turnover intentions exist. Details: Hattiesburg, Mississippi: University of Southern Mississippi, 2017. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://aquila.usm.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2469&context=dissertations Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149578

Author: Copple, James E. Title: Break the Cycle: Methamphetamine and Community Oriented Policing in Indian Country Summary: Methamphetamine has a disproportionate negative effect on tribal communities. Its use among American Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians is nearly double that of Whites, Hispanics, Asians, and African Americans. Meth was identified by 74 percent of Indian country law enforcement agencies as their greatest drug threat. In response to this compelling need, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) awarded its Tribal Methamphetamine Initiative (Tribal Meth) grants to 40 tribes and selected Strategic Applications International (SAI) to provide grantees with training and technical assistance (T/TA). SAI conducted site assessments to determine technical assistance needs and emerging best practices in Indian country and then brought grantees and partners together at a strategic-action planning event, titled "Break the Cycle: Community Oriented Policing Approaches to Addressing Methamphetamine in Indian Country." In addition, SAI worked with eight Tribal Meth fellows, who provided insight and expertise. The fellows brought to the project a wealth of experience as emerging leaders in their law enforcement or treatment and prevention agencies. Fellows were encouraged to think broadly and connect their work to each other's disciplines. Unique challenges facing law enforcement in Indian country Indian country faces unique challenges not found in other states and non-Indian communities. Tribal law enforcement's challenges include patrol responsibility for a vast and disconnected geography; legislation that limits criminal jurisdiction on reservations; lack of funding; low officer-to-population ratios; and lack of "professionalized" tribal law enforcement, including adequate retention policies (such as retirement plans, health benefits, and employment protections), training opportunities, succession planning, and leadership stability. Compounding these barriers is continuing and historical trauma, a cumulative emotional and psychological wounding throughout that not only is lifelong but also extends across generations. The devastating consequence is a breakdown in cultural bonds between elders and children and among generations. Without a foundation of culture and tradition, programs to address substance abuse, prevention, and treatment will be less effective Interagency collaboration is a challenge for most law enforcement agencies. This is particularly true in Indian country because of its unique jurisdictional challenges. Without widespread collaboration, anti-substance abuse efforts in Indian country have limited success. Law enforcement efforts benefit from a community-policing approach that builds on trust, leadership, and interagency collaboration. Collaboration should exist between tribal agencies and across jurisdictions and include both neighboring county and state agencies, particularly law enforcement agencies. Recommendations This guide for tribal law enforcement and community stakeholders reflects the priorities and key information resulting from SAI's on-site assessments conducted with each tribe; input from the eight Tribal Meth fellows; technical assistance provided to each of the grantees; and the ideas, discussions, and data that emerged from the strategic-planning summit. The guide addresses the importance and value of tradition and culture in community ownership, prevention, and treatment; identifies innovations and best practices specific to meth production, distribution, and use in Indian country; and provides a series of recommendations for law enforcement and other key stakeholders. The following recommendations, which also appear at the end of their associated chapters, are categorized according to how tribal law enforcement can use them: Strengthening tribal law enforcement systems - Strengthen existing tribal law enforcement agencies. - Ensure the chief of police has autonomy over operations to create law enforcement leadership stability. - Use a workload-based formula to develop the police department's budget. - Create a separate authority for "charging functions" versus "deciding functions." - Establish professional benefits for tribal law enforcement officers similar to those of their counterparts at the U.S. Department of the Interior's Bureau of Indian Affairs and their nontribal counterparts. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p349-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 149580

Author: Steidley, Trent Title: Movement, Malefactions, and Munitions: Determinants and Effects of Concealed Carry Laws in the United States Summary: Concealed Carry Weapons (CCW) laws regulate the issuing of licenses for legal concealed firearm carrying in a state. In 1980, only four states had "shall-issue" CCW laws which broadly allowed people to receive CCW licenses, but by 2010 thirty-eight states had "shall-issue" laws. While scholars have debated the efficacy of CCW laws to reduce violent crime rates, little attention has been given to why these laws become prolific. At the same time, few have explored how CCW laws matter for outcomes other than violent crime. Using original legal research on CCW laws in all fifty states this dissertation explores both the political and criminological determinates of CCW laws and how these laws have affected handgun demand over time. In the first part of this dissertation, I draw on social movement theories to explore the political and social movement determinants of CCW laws and advance knowledge about how social movements can create policy change. Social movement organizations (SMOs) often target policies to influence changes in society. But policy changes may actually be the result of public opinion, political opportunities or other factors; creating a spurious relationship between SMO activity and such outcomes. Interestingly, the power of the National Rifle Association (NRA) is often assumed but seldom tested. Using the case of CCW laws this dissertation assesses NRA influence on state-level firearm policy outcomes. Using event-history analyses I find the NRA does influence CCW laws, but its effect is mediated by public opinion, political ideologies, competitive elections, and political opportunities The second part of this dissertation draws on criminological theories to explore how CCW laws are a potential state response to crime rather than an effort to prevent or control crime. Previous research on firearm policies suggests that states regularly implement policies that restrict gun rights in order to provide better collective security for citizens. However, CCW laws represent a departure from collective security as they endorse qualified citizens to carry firearms and use lethal force on their volition to prevent crime. Drawing on Garland's (2001) arguments for "the new criminologies of everyday life," I argue that CCW laws are a state effort to regulate firearm carrying as a form of self-help for crime protection that is still regulated by the states. Following that argument, I anticipate that states with higher crime rates and lower capacities for law enforcement should be more likely to enact CCW laws. Results from event-history analyses indicate support for this argument. In the third part of this dissertation, I explore how CCW laws have impacted handgun demand at the state-level from 1999 to 2013. Using the number background checks conducted pursuant to a handgun sale as a proxy for handgun demand, I conduct interrupted time-series analyses using CCW law changes in Colorado, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, New Mexico, Ohio, and Wisconsin. Results indicate downward trajectories of handgun demand are reversed once a CCW law is adopted. While CCW laws increase handgun demand over time in every state except Minnesota, the immediate effect on handgun demand is more mixed. Some states experience a spike in handgun demand immediately after a law is adopted, but others do not. The final chapter the dissertation offers concluding remarks regarding research on gun laws in the United States and how these studies contribute to that literature Details: Columbus, OH: Ohio State University, 2016. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=osu1466007307&disposition=inline Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 149581

Author: Eguienta, Ophelie Title: Twenty-First Century Police Brutality against African Americans: The Case of Ferguson, Missouri, and the "Black Lives Matter" Movement Summary: African American history is riddled with violence, as early as Africans' very arrival on the continent as slaves. Their fight for freedom became a fight for equality after the Emancipation Proclamation in 1863, as the southern states passed segregation laws and racial discrimination, although not institutionalized, remained pervasive in the North. Resulted a century of social, economic, and political inequalities for black people in the entire country, punctuated by lynching, and white supremacist attacks carried in impunity. As the Civil Rights Movement rose in the 1950s, marches and demonstrations for racial equality were met by a virulent opposition, leading to the murders of many civil rights activists and the assassinations of leaders Malcolm X and Martin Luther King Jr. Yet, the 1964 Civil Rights Act and the 1965 Voting Rights Act were passed and effectively made segregation and any other form of racial discrimination illegal. Since then, a variety of policies has been implemented to decrease the opportunity gap between black and white Americans, and, with the election of Barack Obama in 2008, a substantial part of the population has come to believe that racism mostly is an issue of the past, and that equality for African Americans has finally been reached. However for some scholars, this colorblindness has led to another form of blindness about racism, which only has deepened racial inequalities as policies instituted to decrease them have been reduced or abandoned. Yet as the death of an unarmed black young man by a police officer spurred massive protests in the small Missouri city of Ferguson in 2014, the debate on racism in America started again through the notion of a systemic racist police brutality. Police brutality is a societal issue that has been the subject of many studies, by academics but also former officers, who have tried to understand its origins, its extent, its perpetuation, its repercussions on society, and how society reacts to it. Research on racially biased police brutality has also been prolific, especially during the second-half of the twentieth century, as some instances sparked demonstrations and even riots. However, secondary sources are still scarce on the events that followed Michael Brown's death - and thus on the Black Lives Matter movement - since they only happened a few years ago, and at the time, nothing indicated that the protest movement would be lasting and would reach such a scale. I chose to research this issue because even though I have never considered myself to be ignorant of racism and police brutality anywhere in the world, I was deeply shocked by the events that occurred in Ferguson, Mo, in 2014. I remember reading different online newspapers regularly, Le Monde and Le Nouvel Obs for the French ones, the BBC and The Guardian for the British ones, and The New York Times and The Washington Post for the American ones. Indeed, I heard about what had happened through social media at first, and was hoping to have had a distorted version of the facts, as it often happens; and then I was anxious to get different perspectives (namely from other countries), in order not to have too biased sources and try and balance the flow of information available. I closely followed the events for months, and watched the Black Lives Matter movement rise, with astonishment, wonder and fascination. I witnessed demonstrations and protests being organized, support coming from the entire country and the entire world, but also saw the opposition to this tsunami of indignation increase, with various movements such as All Lives Matter, White Lives Matter and Blue Lives Matter. Thus, in order to fully understand the importance and the scale of racist police brutality and the protests that ensued, I decided to make them my research project this year. This thesis explores the factors that led Michael Brown's death to spark a string of nation-wide protests: the context of tensions between police officers and black people, the disproportionate rate at which black people are killed by officers, and the lack of repercussions when these deaths are questionable. It also focuses on the stakes and the impact of the Ferguson protests on society, studying the Black Lives Matter movement - its origins, the novelty in its goal and actions, etc. - as well as the other movements that emerged first on social media to oppose it. This research will help analyze how divided the American population is and how such divisions can be accounted for. In order to assess the relationship between African Americans and the police, it was essential to rely on the multiplicity of secondary sources on African American history, and on police brutality in the United States; the vast number of studies available allowed for a balanced overview. However secondary sources are lacking on the events at the core of the research, namely the anti-police brutality protests that started in 2014. Indeed, because these events are recent, it is complex for scholars to analyze the scope of the BLM movement and the shift in media representation of such events, while they are still occurring. On the other hand, primary sources are abundant: every black and mainstream news outlet covered the protests at length, as did individual people via social media - sharing accounts, pictures and videos of the events as well as their reactions to them, and various organizations issued reports on the situation (and a number of organizations were even created as a result). These sources were confronted and taken with a necessary step back to determine any possible bias. Following the increased news coverage of police killings of black people, many opinion polls have been conducted, which helps establish how divided the American population is on the question of police behavior, but also on the role of the government in this matter. To conduct this research, I relied on secondary sources when establishing the historical context of today's African Americans' place in society, and a mix of primary and secondary sources when studying the racial inequalities that persist, the debate over a postracial society, and the relationship between police officers and black people - i.e. the lack of black people in the police force and its consequences, racial bias, distrust, etc. On the other hand, primary sources were almost exclusively used when dealing with what happened at Ferguson in 2014, and with the BLM movement. Indeed, news articles from various outlets and a few social networks allowed to analyze the social and political repercussions of the protests. The relation between mainstream news and the opinion of most of the population - as they influence each other - was analyzed, especially since the influence that the protests had on the news is relatively unusual. Moreover, a detailed research of the significance of social media in the BLM movement was conducted: given the importance social media have in everyday life nowadays, it seemed relevant to analyze the presence of BLM on Twitter - which is at the origin of the movement - and Facebook - the most used social medium among Americans. Some of the few available secondary sources on the topic have been of great help for this part. The research on Twitter --a social media platform that played an important role in the protests - provided significant pieces of information on this social medium which requires payment to give access to some of its user data. As there were no statistics or data available on the matter, and since Facebook's search engine did not allow for a filtered search, I created a database categorizing the thousands of Facebook groups and pages which concerned Black/All/White/Blue Lives Matter, according to a few criteria (number of people, frequency of posts, etc.). This database enabled a comparative study of these movements on Facebook, and allowed me to articulate theories about their importance. However, this research has limitations, as some more detailed indications could have helped paint a more precise picture: very little information is obtainable about closed groups and there are hidden groups only visible to members; some pieces of information are extremely difficult to retrieve (especially for a single person with a limited amount of time), such as the date of creation of the group/page, the number of active members out of the total amount, and the periods when people joined a group or liked a page. Thus, in order to address the issue of police brutality against African Americans in the twenty-first century, this work will start with a brief presentation of the place occupied by the black community in society through a selection of key events in history and their impact on today's society; the second part will be an overview of police brutality, zooming in on brutality against black people; third, the circumstances of Michael Brown' death and the aftermath will be under scrutiny, from the protests, their representation in the news, and their consequences, to the change of this representation in the media; finally, the BLM ALM WLM and BlueLM movements will be analyzed, alongside the role that social media played in these movements. Details: Toulouse: University of Toulouse II Jean Jaures, 2017. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: http://dante.univ-tlse2.fr/4122/1/Eguienta_Oph%C3%A9lieM22017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 149587

Author: Worwood, Erin B. Title: Evaluation of the Homeless Outreach Service Team (HOST) Program Summary: According to the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, 610,042 people were homeless in the United States on a single night in January 2013 (HUD 2013). In Utah, state officials estimate that 15,093 individuals were homeless in January 2013, a 9.5 percent decrease from the previous year (Wrathall et al. 2013). When individuals experiencing homelessness lack the resources to gain adequate housing and key behavioral and support systems, they occupy public places that often create conflict with other community members. Communities may perceive homeless individuals to be a threat to community safety or a disruption to the functioning of businesses and public spaces. As a result, many communities have turned to their local law enforcement agencies and criminal justice systems to address these issues (NCH and NLCHP 2006). Law enforcement policies typically respond to such problems by restricting where homeless individuals can congregate and issuing citations for misdemeanor offenses and infractions that are specific to their status as homeless (e.g., public intoxication, urination in public, open container, trespassing, jaywalking) (American Bar Association 2006; U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness 2012; NCH and NLCHP 2006). The homeless gain entry into the criminal justice system when they are cited for misdemeanor offenses or infractions, fail to appear in court, or are booked into the jail on a court-ordered warrant (J. Baxter, pers. comm., September 10, 2012). Unfortunately, reliance on the criminal justice system as a means of managing homeless populations places an expensive burden on a system that is not equipped to address the underlying issues contributing to homelessness (Roman and Travis 2004). Salt Lake City's Homeless Outreach Service Team (HOST) program was developed in April 2011 as a collaborative effort between law enforcement and homeless service providers to disrupt this cycle and address the underlying issues of homelessness (M. Ross, pers. comm., October 2, 2012). The original purpose of the HOST program was to bring Salt Lake City police officers and community outreach workers together to identify homeless individuals who frequently panhandle or engage in other types of public nuisance activities in downtown Salt Lake City and to connect them to community resources. The main objectives of this program were to (1) encourage police to make referrals to services rather than issue citations to the homeless and (2) decrease the prevalence of panhandling by encouraging the public to give money to homeless service providers rather than directly to panhandlers. In 2012, the Salt Lake City (Utah) Police Department (SLCPD) received an award from the U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) to expand the HOST program. The goals of the COPS Office HOST award were to fund a public awareness campaign, coordinate strategic planning efforts, and recruit and train formerly homeless individuals as volunteers to assist with outreach efforts. Salt Lake City has contracted with the Utah Criminal Justice Center (UCJC) to examine the impact of the award on services offered and the perceptions, roles, and responsibilities of personnel and key stakeholders involved with the HOST program. This report covers the three primary components of the HOST program: donations to homeless service providers, the homeless support group, and collaborative street outreach. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0814-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 149588

Author: Salt Lake City Police Department Title: Salt Lake City Police Department Homeless Outreach Service Team (HOST) Program Overview Summary: The Salt Lake City Police Department created the Homeless Outreach Service Team (HOST) Program in 2012 to work with community partners to help end homelessness in Salt Lake City. The team was created with the assistance of a Community Policing Development award from the U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office). In 2012, the HOST team consisted of one sergeant who conducted regular street outreach, drafted initial program strategies, launched public awareness efforts, and worked to develop and enhance relationships with the homeless service providers. Since that time, the program has grown to include two additional officers and a downtown police resource center across the street from the homeless shelter. In addition, the police department is launching a first-of-its-kind pilot project to hire eight police social workers who will work alongside the HOST officers to end homelessness in Salt Lake City. The police social workers will provide individual case management and fill the gaps in service that have been identified in the current outreach program. While the HOST team believes it has made important progress over the last four years, it still has a lot of work to do to help end homelessness in Salt Lake City. The team will continue to develop new outreach strategies and hopes the information in the document is a helpful resource for other police agencies, service providers, or cities looking to create homeless outreach programs. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0816-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-social Behavior Shelf Number: 149589

Author: Omoni, Femi Title: The Reframing of Black America: The Portrayal of African Americans in American Television Crime Dramas Summary: Crime dramas are one of the most popular genres in film and television history. For over 100 years, American audiences have watched depictions of the conflicts that occur between cops and bad guys, and sometimes between cops and cops, or bad guys and bad guys. In the early days of film, the most common role of police officers was that of the bumbling fool who was there to serve as a laughingstock for the audience, and to serve as both a set-up and a punchline for the protagonist. But what happened when people were asked to take onscreen police officers more seriously? And what happens when lines between worlds fictionalized and real begin to blur? This research explores the evolution of the police drama from the series that invented the genre in the 1950s to the one that deconstructed and revolutionized it in the 21st century, and it particularly looks at the roles that race and racism played in the changing nature of this genre. It examines how African Americans are represented in crime dramas and looks at the way that these television shows replicate or challenge stereotypes that suffuse American media and popular culture. Sometimes the shows acted as a mirror to reflect the broad national view. At others, they were intended to serve as a gadfly to instigate change. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2017. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed march 27, 2018 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/handle/10161/14072 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African Americas Shelf Number: 149590

Author: Celestin, Bradley D. Title: Lay evaluations of police and civilian use of force Summary: The current study derived psychological scale values of specific police and civilian forceful actions in a dyadic context. Participants were presented with vignettes describing actions committed by a police officer and civilian, and were asked to rate their morality and forcefulness. We used Bayesian analysis to model these ratings as functions of estimated scale values of the actions and individual participant characteristics, such as beliefs about police legitimacy. Results revealed a large separation between the scale values of non-physical, less-lethal, and lethal actions that differs from the standard, rank-ordered categories that are commonly used by law enforcement agencies. The severity of non-physical and lethal actions was differentiated, both individually and categorically, but perceived severity of actions across all three canonical less-lethal categories clustered tightly together. The perceived morality of officer force depended on the level of force used by the civilian, and vice versa, and interacted with participant attitudes toward police, revealing a contrast between participants with low relative to high legitimacy beliefs. Use of lethal force by an officer was rated as excessive, even when the civilian also used lethal force, by all participants except those with the strongest police legitimacy beliefs. Less normative lethal officer actions were perceived as more morally than forcefully severe, and this pattern was reversed for more normative less-lethal actions. These findings reveal a disconnect between lay force evaluations and formal law enforcement policies, and have implications for understanding and ameliorating conflict between police and citizens that arises when evaluating police and civilian use-of-force. Details: Bloomington, IN: Indiana University, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://osf.io/ym5au Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149591

Author: Hall, Marquenta Sands Title: Functionality of School Resource Officer Arrests in Schools: Influencing factors and circumstances Summary: School resource officer programs, characterized as a major crime control model and violence prevention program have earned the designation as an effective prevention strategy to mitigate against student misconduct and violations of the law. This study explored school resource officers' perceptions of how arrests decisions influenced order within middle and high schools. The purpose of the study was to determine if a relationship existed between factors, circumstances, and the arrest decisions in middle and high schools. It was assumed the officers' decision to arrest or not arrest were dependent upon factors and circumstances that were interconnected to the functionality of maintaining social order within the school setting. The structural-functionalism theory offered a comprehensive approach to explore the relationship between the social structure of schools, functions of school resource officers and the impact of their arrests decisions in creating balance and stability in the school environment. For this study, the dependent variable was the arrest decisions of school resource officers and the independent variables were factors, circumstances and years of experience. The study hypothesized a correlation between the dependent variable (arrests decisions) and the independent variables, which were collapsed into three facets - factors, circumstances and years of experience. Although, it was presumed years of experience would influence arrests decisions, logistic regression analysis revealed it did not influence the arrest decision as much as the facet factors. The study further revealed females were more likely to arrest than males and more students were arrested at the high school level than at the middle school level. Academic achievement and criminal records were considered at the middle school level with little consideration in high school. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2015. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1755643157.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149599

Author: Taylor, Ashley Lauren Title: From Dennis-the-Menace to Billy-the-Kid: The Evolving Social Construction of Juvenile Offenders in the United States From 1899-2007 Summary: Few studies have historically assessed the surges and troughs of public perception regarding juvenile offenders across over a century of legislative and social change. Furthermore, a minority of juvenile crime investigations have holistically examined the interplay between changing demographic conditions (notably, economic stability, racial composition and crime rates) with its accompanying ideological shifts. Through a theoretical emphasis on social constructionism and moral panic theory, this dissertation illuminates the cyclical nature of juvenile justice reform and illustrates that panics regarding juvenile offenders are more closely related to fears regarding the maintenance of power and the insecurity that comes with historical change than with an authentic threat of juvenile crime. Over 9,000 records in The New York Times, Congressional record, and Supreme Court decisions were coded and analyzed to reveal three chronological partitions of the social construction of youthful offenders: (1) the 1890s-1930s during which the most destabilizing force to those in positions of power revolved squarely around urbanization, industrialization, and the waves of immigration from Eastern and Southern Europe; (2) the 1930s-1970s during which faith in juvenile offender rehabilitation was replaced with punitive policies stressing deterrence and an increased focus on the "problem" of racial minorities; (3) the 1970s-present which demonstrates the declining discussion of race in print media and legislative debates even as its effects in sentencing and prosecution grow in strength. This dissertation illuminates the ways in which insecurity and panic breed violence and expounds upon that notion to specify that how the violence manifests itself, whether through punitive policies or interpersonal crime, depends on the resources available and the historically-situated social norms. Over time, however, the explicit racial hostility in rhetoric and policy has been replaced with an evasion the recognition that race undoubtedly affects both juvenile justice policies as well as their implementation. In order to combat the inevitable instability that accompanies historical change, a resurgence of dialogue acknowledging the connection between race and juvenile justice is urged. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University, 2010. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2018 at: https://dukespace.lib.duke.edu/dspace/handle/10161/2420 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Historical Study Shelf Number: 149594

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: Virginia Under the Gun: 4 Measures of Gun Violence and Gun Crime in Virginia Summary: In some respects, gun violence in Virginia is typical of that in much of the nation. For example, Virginia ranked 28th of the 50 states for the overall rate of gun deaths from 2004 to 2013-right in the middle of the states. On the other hand, Virginia has been the scene of some of the most horrific, high-profile acts of gun violence in recent memory: the massacre at Virginia Tech in 2007 and the on-air execution of reporter Alison Parker and cameraman Adam Ward in August 2015. In fact, in the eight and a half years since the mass shooting at Virginia Tech, approximately 7,173 Virginians have died by gunfire. These appalling incidents; Virginia's proximity to the nation's capital; and the fact that the National Rifle Association, or NRA, is headquartered in Virginia have made the commonwealth a national bellwether for the debate over gun laws. In recent years, the gun issue has been vigorously contested in political races across the state. For example, during the 2013 statewide elections, the NRA and two gun violence prevention groups-Americans for Responsible Solutions, a group founded by former Rep. Gabrielle Giffords (D-AZ), and Independence USA, a political action committee created by former New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg (I)-collectively spent close to $4 million attempting to influence the outcome. That year, all three of the winning candidates for statewide office-Gov. Terry McAuliffe (D), Lt. Gov. Ralph Northam (D), and Attorney General Mark Herring (D)-took strong positions in favor of strengthening gun laws, opposed the NRA, and explicitly campaigned on their support for common-sense gun laws. Despite the success that gun violence prevention groups enjoyed in the 2013 elections, efforts to strengthen gun laws in the state legislature have remained stalled. The Virginia legislature even failed to act on legislation to keep guns out of the hands of domestic abusers-a law that passed with broad bipartisan support in a number of other states-despite its successful passage in the state Senate in 2014 after a 29-6 vote. With elections for all seats in the state General Assembly and Senate scheduled for November 3, 2015, the issue of gun violence is once again on the minds of many Virginia voters. Gov. McAuliffe has continued to focus on this issue, recently announcing six new executive actions to address gun violence in the state, including creating a joint task force to prosecute gun crimes, implementing a crime gun tipline, and providing training for judges and prosecutors to encourage domestic abusers to surrender firearms. Gov. McAuliffe has also pledged to continue pushing the state legislature to enact common-sense gun laws in the upcoming legislative session. This issue brief provides additional context about what is at stake as Virginia voters consider which leaders they want to represent them in Richmond. It discusses four aspects of gun violence and gun-related crime in Virginia that are exceptional, unique, or above the national average: More Virginians are killed annually by gunfire than in car accidents. Virginia is one of the top exporters of crime guns. Women are killed with guns by intimate partners at a high rate in Virginia. Virginia has been disproportionately affected by mass shootings. The 2007 Virginia Tech massacre remains the deadliest mass shooting in American history. In its wake, then-Gov. Tim Kaine (D) acted to ensure that more mental health records were accessible to the gun background check system-after the gap led directly to the Virginia Tech shooting. Since then, the rate at which Virginia submits mental health records has grown substantially, and the state now ranks third in the nation: To date, 224,079 records have been submitted to the background check system. Yet efforts to continue building on that progress and strengthen Virginia's laws and policies to address gun violence have been largely stymied by the state legislature. With 86 percent of Virginians supportive of legislation that would require background checks for all gun sales, the issue of gun violence prevention is certainly on many voters' minds as they head to the polls. 1. More Virginians are killed annually by gunfire than in car accidents For decades, more Americans have been killed annually in motor vehicle accidents than by gunfire. In response to the tens of thousands of car accident deaths every year, elected officials, policymakers, and the car industry have taken a number of steps to improve motor vehicle safety, including gathering and analyzing car death data, enhancing car design, implementing better technology, and improving road safety. As a result of this comprehensive approach to this public safety issue, the number of deaths from car accidents across the country has significantly declined. While there were 40,965 car accident deaths nationwide in 1999, that number dropped to 33,804 by 2013, a 17 percent decrease. Virginia has followed a similar trend: From 1999 to 2013, car accident deaths in the state declined 15 percent. By contrast, few national resources have been devoted to understanding gun violence and developing a comprehensive, evidence-based approach to reducing gun deaths. The NRA has effectively blocked public health research into gun deaths through limiting amendments to annual appropriations bills for the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, or CDC, and the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and many legislative bodies have lacked the political will to strengthen gun laws. During the same period that U.S. deaths due to car accidents were declining, deaths by gunfire were rising: While there were 28,874 gun deaths nationwide in 1999, that number increased to 33,636 by 2013, a 16 percent increase. As a result of the disparate approaches to these two serious public health issues, the gap between gun-related and vehicle-related deaths has shrunk significantly in recent years. While the number of U.S. motor vehicle accident deaths was 42 percent higher than gun-related deaths in 1999, this difference had decreased to less than 0.5 percent by 2013. A number of studies have concluded that these lines will cross sometime this year, when gun deaths outpace deaths due to car accidents. A 2014 report by Generation Progress and the Center for American Progress projected that 2015 will also be the year that guns become the leading cause of death of young people in the United States. Virginia is one of 17 states, along with the District of Columbia, where these lines have already crossed. In 2009, guns accounted for the deaths of more Virginians than car accidents for the first time. In 2013, the most recent year for which data are available, gun deaths were 17 percent higher than car accident deaths. If current trends continue, the number of gun deaths in Virginia will be 24 percent higher than the number of car accident deaths by the end of the next assembly's term in 2017 and 31 percent higher by the end of the next Senate's term in 2019. VAguns-brief-webfig1 2. Virginia is one of the top exporters of crime guns When a gun is recovered at a crime scene, one of the first challenges for investigators is determining from where the gun came. Restrictions on record keeping for gun purchases that are codified in federal law limit this inquiry to determining where the gun was first sold at retail and the identity of the first retail purchaser. To answer these questions, local law enforcement turns to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, or ATF, which can trace guns from manufacturer through the first point of sale. Part of the tracing process involves identifying whether a gun crossed state lines before being used in a crime. A significant number of crime guns do move from state to state: From 2012 to 2014, 29 percent of guns recovered in crimes and traced were first purchased at retail in another state. Virginia is one of the top source states for guns recovered in crimes in other states. Due in part to the state's weak gun laws and the rise of Interstate 95 as a popular corridor for gun traffickers, Virginia exports a substantial number of crime guns. From 2012 to 2014, Virginia had the nation's ninth highest rate of crime guns exported to other states, with a rate 61 percent higher than the national average. Moreover, with more than 7,700 firearms purchased in Virginia and later recovered at crime scenes in other states, the state ranked third in terms of the absolute number of crime gun exports. Only Georgia and Texas exported a higher number of crime guns-9,134 and 8,103, respectively. VAguns-brief-webfig2 The movement of guns across state lines from states with weaker gun laws, such as Virginia, undermines other states' efforts to enact strong gun laws and curb gun violence. From 2012 to 2014, 60 percent of crime guns traced back to Virginia were either recovered in the District of Columbia or in one of the 10 states with the strongest gun laws, according to a ranking of state gun laws provided by the Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence. An analysis of crime guns recovered in New York City in 2011 revealed that 90 percent came from out of state, with more crime guns coming from Virginia than from any other state. 3. Women are killed with guns by intimate partners at a high rate in Virginia American women face unique challenges when it comes to gun violence. Studies show that while they are killed less frequently than men, they are much more likely to be murdered by someone they know. In the majority of these cases, the aggressor is an intimate partner. According to information from the FBI, 34 percent of women murdered in the United States from 2004 to 2013 were killed by an intimate partner; 55 percent of those murders were committed with a firearm. The risk of intimate partner gun homicides against women is even higher in Virginia. From 2004 to 2013, 37 percent of female murder victims in Virginia were killed by an intimate partner, and approximately 60 percent of those murders were carried out with a firearm. The state's rate of intimate partner gun homicides of women during this period was 21 percent higher than the national average. Additionally, Virginia ranks 16th worst in the nation for the rate of intimate partner gun murders of women. Many perpetrators of intimate partner homicide in Virginia have a history of domestic violence. A recent study by the Educational Fund to Stop Gun Violence found that more than one-third of perpetrators of intimate partner homicides in the state in 2014 had a history of violence or threats against the victim and that of those perpetrators, 74 percent used a gun to commit the murder. VAguns-brief-webfig3 4. Virginia has been disproportionately affected by mass shootings The FBI defines mass shootings as incidents in which four or more victims are killed with a firearm. While they constitute a small portion of overall gun violence in the United States, mass shootings receive the bulk of the media's attention and tend to have a profound impact on the population. Moreover, research from the Harvard School of Public Health shows that the rate of mass shootings in the United States has tripled since 2011. Virginia ranks ninth among all of the states for the highest rate of victims killed in mass shootings. This is driven in large part by the Virginia Tech massacre, in which 32 people were murdered-the worst mass shooting in American history to date. Virginia has also experienced a number of family-related mass shootings that contribute to this ranking. These include a 2014 incident in Culpeper, Virginia, in which a man fatally shot his wife and three daughters before taking his own life. In a 2011 case, a man involved in a custody dispute fatally shot his two children, their mother, and another man before killing himself. When considering the raw number of victims of fatal mass shootings, Virginia ranks fourth highest overall, with 56 people killed in these incidents from 2006 to October 2015. Overall, 1 in every 20 victims of fatal mass shootings in the United States from 2006 to 2015 were killed in Virginia. Conclusion Over the next four years, an estimated 3,540 people will be killed with guns in Virginia if current trends continue. Gun violence is an urgent public health issue that demands attention and action from the state's leadership. There is much more that can be done to both strengthen Virginia's laws to prevent gun deaths and reduce the illegal flow of guns across state lines into other communities being ravaged by gun violence. Upon beginning their term in January 2016, the newly elected members of the next Virginia legislature should take up legislation that would address key weaknesses in the state's gun laws, including requiring universal background checks, prohibiting domestic abusers and stalkers from buying and possessing guns, and ensuring surrender of guns by all prohibited individuals. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: https://www.americanprogress.org/issues/guns-crime/reports/2015/10/27/124132/virginia-under-the-gun/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 149602

Author: Smith, Brian T. Title: Ethics on the Fly: Toward a Drone-Specific Code of Conduct for Law Enforcement Summary: This thesis examines the issue of law enforcement's use of unmanned aerial systems (UAS) from an ethical perspective. It describes ethics as rules governing individual conduct that are functionally specific, relating to the role one plays in society. The role police play in U.S. communities and the ethical frameworks they use to guide their conduct have a great impact in defining the relationship between the people and their government in the American context, colored as it is by the social contract and the idea, enshrined in the Declaration of Independence, that the legitimacy of any government is derived from the consent of the governed.[1] Empowered to enforce the laws by which society has corporately agreed to be governed, police have a unique ethical relationship to the law. For an action to be ethical for police to take, it must first be legal. The law is a necessary deontological reference point for officers and agencies in defining right and wrong conduct. Unfortunately, in the current environment, legislation governing UAS use by police agencies is lacking. This circumstance creates a referential void for law enforcement executives seeking to put drone technology to use in service of the public. From a homeland security perspective, public safety stands to be greatly enhanced by the fielding of these versatile platforms. UAS will allow law enforcement agencies without manned aviation units to realize gains in situational awareness, crime scene investigation, accident investigation, search and rescue operations, warrant service, and tactical operations. At issue is how to put the technology to use in these legitimate public safety missions in a way that adequately addresses the privacy and other concerns that accompany any discussion about domestic drone use by government. It is imperative that these issues be considered if public support for law enforcement UAS deployment is to be secured.[2] Yet, at present, the discussion about the ethics of UAS employment for law enforcement purposes is nearly absent from the literature. This research seeks to help fill that void. The primary research question posed by this thesis is whether a prevailing ethical framework exists to govern the use of UAS for domestic law enforcement functions. This thesis concluded that no such consensus exists. Indeed, this research found no single set of ethical guidelines is available to which all American police agencies subscribe. Rather, state and local law enforcement in the United States is fragmented, which results in a lack of standardization regarding ethical norms. With over 18,000 law enforcement agencies nationwide,[3] law enforcement in the United States is far from a unitary project. Whether by accident or by design, this circumstance allows agencies to be responsive to local and regional concerns with regard to the ethics of policing. As a secondary research question, this thesis considers what ethical frameworks might be applied to this problem through an examination of the emerging literature. A hybrid research methodology using elements of the case study method, as well as a policy analysis section, are used in developing this thesis. Using the case study method, it examines evidence of ethical frameworks currently in use by domestic law enforcement agencies. The evidence considered is largely documentary and considered against the ethical standards society expects of law enforcement. Once described, a comparative policy analysis is performed to identify any overlapping areas of concern that appear to be held in common. This study identified seven common dimensions of ethical concern regarding UAS employment: Engagement Accountability Transparency Privacy Legality Use of Force Safety This thesis recommends that agencies currently using or preparing to use UAS for law enforcement missions address these dimensions in a drone-specific code of conduct, both to guide decision making for officers in the field and to inform the public regarding the uses and limitations of these increasingly capable public safety tools. Further, this thesis recommends the code of conduct be made available for public review and that it be considered a living document that is expected to change over time. Public opinion is not static; society's expectations are subject to refinement over time. It is in this light, possessing a capacity for change, that the code of conduct should be understood when considering drones and their place alongside other tools employed in law enforcement missions. Of the more than 18,000 law enforcement agencies in the United States,[4] only 20 agencies have a certificate of waiver authorization (COA) with the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to operate drones.[5] Accordingly, very little experience exists from which to draw regarding what acceptable and unacceptable conduct looks like in law enforcement's use of drones. UAS use by police is just one facet of an ever-broadening debate in this country about the costs of security in the modern world. The debate about police use of drones is a debate about the future of policing. Law enforcement agencies are uniquely positioned at this moment to lead that conversation, demonstrating that drone technology can contribute to this nation's collective security in a way consistent with American principles and that maintains the consent of the governed. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2016. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=792232 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Code of Conduct Shelf Number: 149603

Author: Cassell, Paul G. Title: What Caused the 2016 Homicide Spike? An Empirical Examination of the 'ACLU Effect' and the Role of Stop and Frisks in Preventing Gun Violence Summary: Homicides increased dramatically in Chicago in 2016. In 2015, 480 Chicago residents were killed. The next year, 754 were killed-274 more homicide victims, tragically producing an extraordinary 58% increase in a single year. This article attempts to unravel what happened. This article provides empirical evidence that the reduction in stop and frisks by the Chicago Police Department beginning around December 2015 was responsible for the homicide spike that started immediately thereafter. The sharp decline in the number of stop and frisks is a strong candidate for the causal factor, particularly since the timing of the homicide spike so perfectly coincides with the spike. Regression analysis of the homicide spike and related shooting crimes identifies the stop and frisk variable as the likely cause. The results are highly statistically significant and robust over a large number of alternative specifications. And a qualitative review for possible "omitted variables" in the regression equations fails to identify any other plausible candidates that fit the data as well as the decline in stop and frisks. Our regression equations permit quantification of the costs of the decline in stop and frisks. Because of fewer stop and frisks in 2016, it appears that (conservatively calculating) approximately 239 additional victims were killed and 1129 additional shootings occurred in that year alone. And these tremendous costs are not evenly distributed, but rather are concentrated among Chicago's African-American and Hispanic communities. The most likely explanation for the fall in stop and frisks that appears to have triggered the homicide spike is a consent decree entered into by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) with the Chicago Police Department (CPD). Accordingly, modifications to that consent decree may be appropriate. More broadly, these findings shed important light on the on-going national debate about stop and frisk policies. The fact that America's "Second City" suffered so badly from a decline in stop and frisks suggests that the arguably contrary experience in New York City may be an anomaly. The costs of crime - and particularly gun crimes - are too significant to avoid considering every possible measure for reducing the toll. The evidence gathered here suggests that stop and frisk policies may be truly lifesaving measures that have to be considered as part of any effective law enforcement response to gun violence. Details: Salt Lake City: University of Utah, S.J. Quinney College of Law, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3145287 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149607

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Keeping Kids and Parents Together: A Healthier Approach to Sentencing in Tennessee Summary: More than 800,000 parents are incarcerated across the US - a common practice that tears families apart, hurts children, and harms the health of entire communities. In this report, we evaluate the health and equity impacts of Tennessee House Bill 0825 and Senate Bill 0919. If passed, these bills would expand the ability to set community-based sentences for parents. Community-based sentencing is a healthier and fiscally responsible alternative. The benefits of allowing incarcerated parents to stay with or have more contact with their children are tremendous. Parents are more likely to succeed at treatment for substance use disorders and less likely to return to prison. By staying connected with their parents, children have the opportunity to experience healthy development and attachment, which contributes to good mental health and fewer behavioral issues. Community-based sentencing also decreases costs to prisons and jails and keeps parents connected to the workforce. Youth of color are more likely to experience their parent getting locked up. As a result of the racial inequities in the criminal legal system in the US, Black children are nine times more likely and Latino/a children are three times more likely than White children to have a parent in prison. Kids with incarcerated parents are at risk of facing a variety of physical, mental, and behavioral health issues throughout the rest of their lives as a direct result of separation from their parent due to incarceration. In fact, this type of child-parent separation is classified as a specific type of trauma: an adverse childhood experience (ACE). Across Tennessee, about 19,198 children are separated from a parent due to incarceration. In Tennessee, about 1 of every 10 children has had an incarcerated parent. Mothers and grandmothers bear the burden at home. When a father is incarcerated, his children's mother remains as the primary caregiver 90% of the time. When a mother is incarcerated, her children are often displaced from their homes and frequently placed in the care of their grandmother. In both of these situations, mothers and grandmothers face the additional financial burden and emotional toll of a single parent home. Incarceration is harmful to individual and community health. Prison and jail environments are not conducive to family visits. In addition, most mothers and fathers in state and federal prisons are held over 100 miles from their homes, creating significant barriers for kids to visit their parents. Incarcerated parents who aren't able to maintain a connection with their children are more likely to experience depression, anxiety, and hopelessness, be re-incarcerated, and lose parental rights. In communities targeted by mass incarceration, the loss of working adults and parents to jails and prisons fuels the cycle of poverty without reducing crime or increasing public safety. Alternative sentencing holds parents accountable and keeps families together. Research shows that community-based sentencing creates a supportive environment where parents can heal and be held accountable for the consequences of their conviction - while staying with or near their kids. These sentencing alternatives can also properly address substance use, mental health issues, and homelessness, instead of criminalizing behaviors that merit public health interventions. These community-based alternatives do not have to be residential, but they do have to be funded external to the criminal legal system. This report highlights Tennessee programs that could serve parents sentenced to community alternatives under this proposed legislation. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/HIP_PrimaryCare-TN-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149611

Author: Human Impact Partners Title: Keeping Kids and Parents Together: A Healthier Approach to Sentencing in Louisiana Summary: More than 800,000 parents are incarcerated across the US - a common practice that tears families apart, hurts children, and harms the health of entire communities. In this report, we evaluate the health and equity impacts of Primary Caretaker legislation in the state of Louisiana. If passed, this legislation would expand the ability to set community-based sentences for parents. Community-based sentencing is a healthier and fiscally responsible alternative. The benefits of allowing incarcerated parents to stay with or have more contact with their children are tremendous. Parents are more likely to succeed at treatment for substance use disorders and less likely to return to prison. By staying connected with their parents, children have the opportunity to experience healthy development and attachment, which contributes to good mental health and fewer behavioral issues. Community-based sentencing also decreases costs to prisons and jails and keeps parents connected to the workforce. Youth of color are more likely to experience their parent getting locked up. As a result of the racial inequities in the criminal legal system in the US, Black children are nine times more likely and Latinx children are three times more likely than White children to have a parent in prison. Kids with incarcerated parents are at risk of facing a variety of physical, mental, and behavioral health issues throughout the rest of their lives as a direct result of separation from their parent due to incarceration. In fact, this type of child-parent separation is classified as a specific type of trauma: an adverse childhood experience (ACE). Across Louisiana, about 1 in every 12 kids has experienced separation from a parent due to incarceration. Reducing the harm from incarcerating parents is doable in Louisiana. In 2016, about 2,650 parents who are currently incarcerated would have been eligible for this alternative sentencing in Louisiana - potentially keeping them together with their kids while still being held accountable for their actions. In Louisiana, about 1 of every 12 children has had an incarcerated parent. Mothers and grandmothers bear the burden at home. When a father is incarcerated, his children's mother remains as the primary caretaker 90% of the time. When a mother is incarcerated, her children are often displaced from their homes and frequently placed in the care of their grandmother. In both of these situations, mothers and grandmothers face the additional financial burden and emotional toll of a single parent home. Incarceration is harmful to individual and community health. Prison and jail environments are not conducive to family visits. In addition, most mothers and fathers in state and federal prisons are held over 100 miles from their homes, creating significant barriers for kids to visit their parents. Incarcerated parents who aren't able to maintain a connection with their children are more likely to experience depression, anxiety, and hopelessness, be re-incarcerated, and lose parental rights. In communities targeted by mass incarceration, the loss of working adults and parents to jails and prisons fuels the cycle of poverty without reducing crime or increasing public safety. Alternative sentencing holds parents accountable and keeps families together. Research shows that community-based sentencing creates a supportive environment where parents can heal and be held accountable for the consequences of their conviction - while staying with their kids. These sentencing alternatives can also properly address substance use, mental health issues, and homelessness, instead of criminalizing behaviors that merit public health interventions. This report highlights Louisiana programs that could serve parents sentenced to community alternatives under this proposed legislation. Details: Oakland, CA: Human Impact Partners, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://humanimpact.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/HIP_LAcaretakers_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149612

Author: Robey, Jason P. Title: New York City Department of Probation Probation Officer Survey Report Summary: The Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice (Robina) created this survey specifically for the New York City Department of Probation (DOP). The survey was designed for probation officers and questions asked about their experiences and opinions. The survey covered numerous topics, including: Executive Policies and Procedures (EPAPs), sanctions, incentives, restorative principles, and violations of probation (VOPs). With the help of the Department of Probation, the online survey link was distributed by email to all 240 line probation officers in the five boroughs of New York City: Brooklyn, Bronx, Manhattan, Queens, and Staten Island. In total we received 167 complete responses, which is a response rate of 70%. As a result of its wide scope, this survey only speaks to the practice of the department generally. There are undoubtedly marked differences across the department in supervision practices, protocols, experiences, beliefs, and opinions. However, the data and results in Chart 1 provide a useful descriptive overview of the 167 officers' experiences, beliefs, and opinions regarding probation supervision in New York City. Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota Law School, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/new-york-city-department-probation-probation-officer-survey-report Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Job Satisfaction Shelf Number: 149614

Author: Ruhland, Ebony Title: New York City Department of Probation Qualitative Report of Practice and Philosophy of New York City Probation Officers Summary: The Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice conducted a series of interviews with probation officers, supervisors, branch chiefs, and assistant commissioners in the New York City Department of Probation. These interviews focused on the policies, practices, and philosophies of the officers, particularly as they relate to the violations and revocations process. This report focuses on the general supervision practice and philosophy of the Department. The analyses of these interviews involved both an internal thematic analysis and then an in-depth analysis of the topics that emerged. The first section focuses on differences between the boroughs. There were not many mentioned; the Department is made up of five boroughs but they function as one police department. The next section concerns the most extensive topic discussed by the officers which was the use of violations only as a last resort. This is the main topic of the this report because there were several varied viewpoints and perspectives on what it meant to use violations as a last resort and how the officers got to that point. The third section contains a discussion regarding alternatives to incarceration, as these are an important means of imposing violation sanctions. The final section focuses on the violations process and working relationships among probation, courts, and the attorneys. By providing an in-depth look into the practices and philosophies of department staff this interview analysis provides insight into both the strengths of the Department and potential areas for improvement. Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota School of Law, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 29, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/new-report-new-york-city-department-probation-qualitative-report-practice-and Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 149615

Author: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) Title: Arrests 2016: Law Enforcement Response to Crime in the San Diego Region Summary: The Criminal Justice Research Division of the San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) functions as the Clearinghouse for regional criminal justice information. On an annual basis, the Division prepares a report on local criminal justice agencies' response to crime in the region, as measured by arrest statistics. Because arrest statistics include information regarding whether the suspect is an adult or juvenile, and include a greater variety of crime types than are reported in regional crime reports (e.g., alcohol/drugrelated offenses), this information provides an added dimension for understanding the nature of crime and another measure that can be used in justice system planning. This CJ Bulletin includes regional arrest rates per 1,000 for both the adult and juvenile population, as well as numbers of arrests by offense type. In addition, 42 supplemental tables, which include statistics for individual jurisdictions, are presented. Some points to remember when interpreting these numbers include the following: - Similar to how the FBI counts reported crimes, the offense or charge attributed to an arrest reflects only the most serious out of potentially multiple violations included in the arrest. - Arrests are documented by the location at which the arrest occurred and cannot be assumed to have any relationship to the location of the crime incident or the residence of the alleged offender. - Arrest and crime rates and numbers should not be compared to one another. One reason is that the two events may occur in two entirely different periods of time, with an arrest made months or even years after the related crime was reported. - For youth, even though contact with law enforcement is made and an arrest report is taken, diversion to a community-based or other type of program or release to a parent or guardian may occur as an alternative to juvenile justice system processing. - The data presented here were provided by the California Department of Justice through a public records request. While these are official numbers reported to and by the State, it is important to note they may vary from other sources that could be available. Highlights - The arrest rates in San Diego County for both adults and juveniles were at ten-year lows in 2016, with a 23 percent drop for adults and a 66 percent drop for juveniles since 2007 (page 4). - In 2015, the year following the passage of Proposition 47 (Prop 47), which reduced certain property- and drug-related offenses from felonies to misdemeanors, the felony arrest rate decreased 28 percent and the misdemeanor arrest rate increased 11 percent. In 2016, the felony arrest rate decreased slightly from 2015 (-2%), but interestingly, the misdemeanor arrest rate declined also, and to a greater degree (-4%) (page 4). - San Diego County had the second highest adult and juvenile arrest rates of the five largest California counties in 2016, following only San Bernardino (page 5). - In 2016, 226 adult arrests and 15 juvenile arrests were made per day on average in the San Diego region (page 6). - Since 2007, the proportion of all adult arrests that were alcohol/drug-related decreased from around half (51%) to about two in five (41%). Over the same time, the proportion of property arrests that were at the felony-level decreased (from 73% to 45%), as did those in the alcohol/drug category (from 17% to 8%) (pages 7 and 8) Details: San Diego: SANDAG, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: http://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_4478_23326.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 149616

Author: Columbia University. Justice Lab Title: Too big to succeed: The impact of the growth of community corrections and what should be done about it Summary: The recent sentencing of Philadelphia rap artist Meek Mill to two to four years in prison for probation violations committed a decade after his original offense has brought the subject of America's expansive community supervision apparatus and its contribution to mass incarceration into the public spotlight (NBC News 2017; Jay-Z 2017). Founded as either an up-front diversion from incarceration (probation) or a back-end release valve to prison crowding (parole), community corrections in America has grown far beyond what its founders could have imagined with a profound, unintended impact on incarceration. With nearly five million adults under community corrections supervision in America (more than double the number in prison and jail), probation and parole have become a substantial contributor to our nation's mass incarceration dilemma as well as a deprivation of liberty in their own right (Kaeble and Bonczar 2016; Kaeble and Glaze 2016). The almost fourfold expansion of community corrections since 1980 without a concomitant increase in resources has strained many of the nation's thousands of community supervision departments, rendering some of them too big to succeed, often unnecessarily depriving clients of their liberty without improving public safety (Bureau of Justice Statistics 1995; Kaeble and Bonczar 2016; Pew Center on the States 2009; Klingele 2013; Doherty 2016). This paper offers a way out of "mass supervision." Authored by leading representatives of our nation's community corrections field, our conclusion is that the number of people on probation and parole nationally can be cut in half over the next decade and returns to incarceration curbed, with savings focused on providing services for those remaining under supervision. This would reduce unnecessary incarceration and supervision, increase the system's legitimacy, and enhance public safety by allowing probation, parole and community programming to be focused on those more in need of supervision and support. Details: New York: The Justice Lab, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2018 at: http://justicelab.iserp.columbia.edu/img/Too_Big_to_Succeed_Report_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149617

Author: Blumauer, Christine Title: Advancing Bail Reform in Maryland: Progress and Possibilities Summary: This report was prepared for the Baltimore City and Prince George's County branches of the NAACP. In 2017, the Maryland Court of Appeals enacted a change in court procedure. The new court rule has substantially changed how the bail system operates in Maryland. This analysis points out (1) a drop of 21% of defendants assigned bail at initial hearings; (2) an increase in defendants held without bail before trial and released on their own recognizance; (3) an increase in the use of unsecured bail; and (4) that those assigned to bail since the change have had bail amounts that are on average 70% lower than in 2015. Less people are being jailed pretrial because they are too poor to pay bail. The for-profit bail industry, which has noted significant profit drops, has criticized the rule change and urged that the traditional bail system be reinstated. This report argues that rather than return the bail system as it was Maryland, policymakers should continue to build upon the successes of the rule change by strengthening alternatives to bail and pretrial detention. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2018 at: http://wws.princeton.edu/sites/default/files/content/Advancing_Bail_Reform_In_Maryland_2018-Feb27_Digital.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149622

Author: Thomson, Chelsea Title: Investing Justice Resources to Address Community Needs: Lessons Learned from Colorado's Work and Gain Education and Employment Skills (WAGEES) Program Summary: In this report, we highlight Colorado's Work and Gain Education and Employment Skills (WAGEES) program, which represents one of the first partnerships between a state department of corrections and local community organizations to support community-driven public safety investment. The report describes the WAGEES program and shares lessons learned for other states interested in exploring a community-based public safety investment strategy. Qualitative interviews with stakeholders suggest that directing resources to community-based organizations can strengthen efforts to support people returning home from prison. With more than half of states already taking steps in the last decade to reduce the number of people under correctional control, WAGEES is a strong example for how funds saved can be reinvested beyond the traditional criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/investing-justice-resources-address-community-needs/view/full_report Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Educational Programs Shelf Number: 149623

Author: Goldstein, Jared A. Title: The Klan's Constitution Summary: For 150 years, the Ku Klux Klan has engaged in a campaign of violence and terror to maintain white rule. A central aspect of the Klan that has received little attention is that, from the time it was created in 1866 until today, the Klan has defined its mission as a defense of the Constitution. This article examines what the Constitution has meant to the Klan and what it means for American constitutional culture that the nation�s most notorious hate group has defined its mission in constitutional terms. As this article shows, the Klan has consistently been guided by the conviction that the United States is fundamentally a white nation, that the nation's founders were dedicated to white rule, and that the Constitution should be understood as the source of white power. The Klan has long used its expressed dedication to the Constitution to justify violence as necessary to defend the nation and what it believes to be the true meaning of the Constitution. The history of the Klan illustrates the recurring ways that political movements use constitutional rhetoric to advance narrow conceptions of American identity. The Klan has risen to prominence whenever whites have believed that their dominant status is threatened. Over the course of its existence, the Klan has succeeded in recruiting thousands of members by portraying threats to white power as attacks on the nation itself. Mobilizing to defend white power, Klan members have naturally rallied around the Constitution, which Americans have long understood to embody the nation�s fundamental values. To those who think of the United States as a white nation, defending the Constitution means defending whiteness. Details: Bristol, RI: Roger Williams University, School of Law, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Roger Williams Univ. Legal Studies Paper No. 179: Accessed April 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3130161 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 149647

Author: Owen, Barbara Title: Critical Issues Impacting Women in the Justice System: A Literature Review Summary: Passed in 2003, the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) serves as the framework for collecting descriptive data, improving policy and practice, and developing standards surrounding sexual violence in all correctional facilities. Over a decade later, practitioners and researchers alike acknowledge that implementing the Act should recognize that gender differences between female and male inmates require specific attention to female facilities. The 2012 Report of Review Panel on Prison Rape confirms the distinctive needs of female facilities in preventing sexual victimization with this statement: The Panel is aware of the paucity of resources that are available to female correctional facilities when it comes to serving the particular needs of female offenders. The Panel encourages additional research into ways of creating healthy female prisons based on data that show the relationship between institutional practices (e.g., policies on touching between inmates) and the incidence of sexual victimization. The Panel also encourages the development of training tools especially tailored to helping staff who work in female facilities in addressing such issues as maintaining proper professional boundaries and creating an environment free of verbal harassment (Mazza, 2012, p. 60). This summary literature review is but one step in the development of these training tools. In the following, we review the literature relevant to the study of violence and safety in women's prison. We begin with the demographic and background characteristics of female offenders. The pathways model is then described, which emphasizes the life experiences of women that contribute to criminal behavior. This review will then describe the subcultural elements of women's prisons that influence vulnerabilities, victimization, and violence. The types and prevalence of violence in women's prisons, particularly sexual assault, are also summarized. A summary of the National Inmate Survey, a PREA-mandated data collection that measures inmate self-reports is provided. This review then provides a summary of recent research by the authors that examines the context of gendered violence and safety in women's correctional facilities and results from a project that sought to validate an instrument intended to measure women's perceptions of safety and violence. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Corrections, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 2, 2018 at: https://nicic.gov/sites/default/files/033010.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 149651

Author: Beckett, Katherine Title: The Assessment and Consequences of Legal Financial Obligations in Washington State: Research Report Summary: This study explores the assessment and consequences of Legal Financial Obligations (LFOs) in Washington State. For the purposes of this study, LFOs include the fees, fines and restitution orders assessed by judges at the time of criminal conviction. Persons assessed LFOs for offenses committed after July 1, 2000 may remain under the court's jurisdiction "until the [financial] obligation is completely satisfied, regardless of the statutory maximum for the crime." It is important to note that other financial obligations may result from an arrest and/or criminal conviction, including jail booking and operations fees, Department of Corrections fees, and collection fees. This report focuses solely on the LFOs assessed by Washington State Superior Courts, and addresses three main research topics. Part I describes the nature of the fees and fines typically assessed, and identifies the case, defendant, and county-level factors that predict variation in the assessment of LFOs. Part II assesses how LFOs affect the lives of those who possess them, and, in particular, how legal debt affects the re-entry process. The concluding section considers whether the assessment of LFOs is consistent with legislative intent and other important policy goals, including the promotion of reintegration and the reduction of recidivism. The study draws primarily on two main data sources to address these topics. First, data pertaining to 3,366 Washington State Superior Court cases sentenced in the first two months of 2004 were analyzed to quantitatively assess the nature of the LFOs imposed by the courts. Insofar as these records include all Washington State Superior Court cases sentenced in this time period, the results of the quantitative analysis pertain to the state as a whole. The study also draws upon interviews with fifty Washington State residents who were assessed LFOs in at least one of four selected Washington State counties, as well as interviews with Department of Corrections (DOC) personnel, county clerks, defense attorneys, and others with particular expertise regarding LFOs. These interviews provide important information about collection processes and the consequences of LFOs for the reintegration process. However, because these interviews were conducted in four counties, the results may not capture dynamics across the state as a whole. The results of the study indicate that the assessment of LFOs is characterized by a high degree of variability that cannot be attributed solely to the seriousness of the offense or the offender. The dollar value of assessed fees and fines varies a great deal, from a low of $500 to a high of $21,110 per felony conviction. If restitution is included, the maximum LFO assessed for a single felony conviction was $256,257. A very small percentage of these debts had been collected three years post-sentencing. As a result of high rates of non-payment and the accrual of interest, the legal debt of most of those sentenced in 2004 had grown rather than shrunk by 2007. The analysis of court records also indicates that defendant, case and county characteristics significantly influence LFO assessment even after the seriousness of the offense and offender are taken into account. Specifically, convictions involving Hispanic defendants are associated with significantly higher fees and fines than those involving white defendants, even after controlling for relevant legal factors. Drug convictions are associated with significantly higher fees and fines than convictions involving violent offense charges. Convictions that result from a trial rather than a guilty plea are also associated with significantly higher fees and fines. Finally, cases involving male defendants are assessed higher fees and fines than cases involving female defendants. The assessment of LFOs also varies by jurisdiction. That is, even among cases involving identical charges and defendants with similar offense histories, there is significant county-level variation in the assessment of fees and fines. Counties characterized by smaller populations, higher drug arrest and violent crime rates, and/or comparatively small proportions of their budgets devoted to law and justice assess significantly higher fees and fines. The evidence thus indicates that defendants with similar criminal histories and charges may accrue very different amounts of legal debt depending upon where they are convicted. In addition, the interview and survey data indicate that LFOs are an important barrier to the reintegration process. Like people living with a criminal conviction across the United States, many of those interviewed for this study reported living on quite limited incomes; over half of those interviewed have incomes that fall under federal poverty guidelines. Most of those interviewed were also parents and were financially supporting minor children at the time of the interview. As a result, many fell behind on their LFOs, which continued to grow as the result of the accrual of interest. Their legal debt not only potentially limits their income, but their credit ratings as well, which in turn limits their ability to secure stable housing. Some respondents also reported that the threat of lost wages and garnishment created an incentive for them to avoid work. Given evidence that employment, adequate income and stable housing reduce recidivism among persons with criminal histories, it is quite possible that by reducing income and employment, and rendering the search for stable housing more difficult, LFOs encourage repeat offending. The long term nature of the legal debt also prevents many with LFOs from applying to have their criminal record sealed, which in turn perpetuates their economic disadvantage. Some respondents were so overwhelmed by their legal debt that they ceased making payments altogether. In some of these cases, warrants were issued for failure to pay. The issuance of an arrest warrant has many adverse consequences. Persons with warrants stemming from violation of a felony sentence are considered "fleeing felons", and thus are ineligible for federal benefits including Temporary Assistance for Needy Families, Social Security Insurance (SSI), public or federally assisted housing, and food stamps. In addition, respondents in two of the four counties in which interviews were conducted reported being arrested and re-incarcerated as a result of their failure to make regular LFO payments. The threat of criminal justice intervention created an incentive for those who had not made regular LFO payments to hide from the authorities, but nonetheless made it difficult for those same persons to disentangle themselves from the criminal justice system. In short, the interview findings suggest that LFOs exacerbate the many difficulties associated with the re-entry process. Even without legal debt, research indicates that people living with a criminal conviction have a difficult time securing stable housing and employment as a result of their criminal record. Our interview data indicate that LFOs added to these difficulties by: reducing income and worsening credit ratings, both of which make it more difficult to secure stable housing; hindering efforts to obtain employment, education and occupational training; reducing eligibility for federal benefits; creating incentives to avoid work and/or hide from the authorities; ensnaring some in the criminal justice system; and making it more difficult to secure a certificate of discharge, which in turn prevents people from restoring their civil rights and applying to seal one's criminal record. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Minority and Justice Commission, 2008. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2018 at: http://media.spokesman.com/documents/2009/05/study_LFOimpact.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 149656

Author: Eggers, Amy Title: Drug Courts' Effects on Criminal Offending for Juveniles and Adults Summary: Drug court actors (i.e., prosecutors, defense attorneys, and judges) use the legal and moral authority of the court to monitor drug-involved offenders' abstinence from drug use via frequent drug testing and compliance with individualized drug treatment programs. In essence, drug courts integrate drug treatment and testing into criminal justice case processing. Drug court participants who successfully complete program requirements either have the charges against them dismissed or are sentenced to probation instead of incarceration. Noncompliant drug court participants, however, are typically incarcerated. Thus, drug courts simultaneously provide drug abusing offenders with drug treatment and hold them accountable for their behavior. The process of a prototypical drug court begins shortly after an arrest when drug-involved offenders who appear to be eligible for drug court participation are identified and screened for program eligibility. Arrestees deemed eligible are offered entry into the drug court with an agreement that the charges against them will be reduced or dismissed upon successful program completion. Arrestees who agree to enter the drug court become drug court 'clients' (NADCP 1997; Mitchell 2011). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Dept. of Justice, Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime Prevention Research Review, no. 11: Accessed April 3, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p263-pub.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 149657

Author: Evans, William N. Title: How the Reformulation of OxyContin Ignited the Heroin Epidemic Summary: We examine the recent rise in heroin poisoning deaths and attribute the increase to the reformulation of OxyContin, an extended-release painkiller that was at the center of the rise in opioid abuse. Prior to the reformulation, recreational users could easily crush the drug to create a powder that could be snorted or liquefied and injected. This allowed users to circumvent the extended-release mechanism and gain access to a high dose of the drug all at once. Without notice, an abuse-deterrent version of OxyContin replaced the old formulation in early August, 2010 making it difficult to abuse the drug in this way. In the first part of the paper, we use national time series data at the monthly and quarterly level and long-standing techniques from the macro literature to date regime changes. These results show that OxyContin use and deaths stop rising and/or decline in August 2010 while heroin use and deaths begin to climb the following month. We then use the pre-reform specifics of heroin markets and OxyContin use to break states up into areas with high and low substitution possibilities. The shift to heroin would be easier and more pronounced in areas with greater access to heroin or areas with a greater use of opioids in the pre-reform period. Using monthly data on mortality rates at the state level for heroin and opioid deaths, we find that high substitution states had a much larger increase in heroin death rates. However, nationally, the reformulation generated no change in total heroin and opioids mortality, though we do find that areas with less access to heroin see slight reductions in combined heroin and opioids mortality. This suggests that the FDA's push for more abuse-deterrent formulations of other opioids might have limited impact when there are readily-available alternatives and emphasizes the importance of considering consumers' equilibrium responses to interventions that affect the full price of opioids. Details: Notre Dame, IN: Department of Economics, University of Notre Dame, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2018 at: https://www3.nd.edu/~elieber/research/ELP.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 149658

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: Attacks on Federal Government 2001 - 2013: Threat Assessment Considerations Summary: Ensuring the continuous operation of government and the safety of the personnel and citizens who enter government facilities on a daily basis is an essential part of securing our homeland. To enhance prevention efforts in this area, the U.S. Secret Service National Threat Assessment Center studied 43 attacks targeting federal government facilities and officials that occurred between 2001 and 2013 in the United States. These attacks bear an unfortunate resemblance to incidents of violence we see occurring in schools, colleges and universities, workplaces, and other public venues across the country. For example, most of the attacks were committed by lone actors, involved the use of firearms, and ended without law enforcement intervention. Further, although the offenders directed their attacks toward federal sites and officials, at times, the indiscriminant nature of their violence affected individuals who happened to be conducting business at government sites, attending government functions, or working in buildings shared with government personnel. This report builds on existing best practices that the U.S. Secret Service has established in the field of threat assessment by offering considerations for investigations, security practices, and other types of mitigation strategies to reduce the risk of incidents of targeted violence. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Service, 2015. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=788758 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 149667

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: Exploring the Effect of Stressors in Threat Assessment Investigations: A Case Study on Bart Allen Ross Summary: A threat assessment investigation may be initiated when someone comes to the attention of law enforcement for engaging in threatening or concerning behavior. Identifying stressors that have caused or could potentially cause significant negative pressure on the individual is a key part of this type of investigation. The findings of a recent study by the U.S. Secret Service that examined attacks on federal government targets highlights the importance of assessing the impact of stressors on the person's decision to engage in targeted violence. The study found that over 90% of the offenders experienced stressful events prior to carrying out their attacks. Further, over three-quarters of the offenders experienced at least one stressor in the year prior to their attacks, and over two-thirds within the six months prior. These stressors occurred in personal, health, professional, and legal contexts and covered a range of issues, from minor losses to major adverse changes. Some of the stressors identified were related to conflicts in relationships, health problems, financial hardships, work or school-related problems, arrests or convictions, and civil filings by or against the perpetrators. Using examples from the case of Bart Allen Ross, this document offers some considerations in assessing the role of stressors in conducting threat assessment investigations. Ross fatally shot U.S. District Judge Joan Lefkow's husband and mother in February 2005. A case summary of Ross' life also follows. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Service, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=788761 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 149668

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: Using a Systems Approach for Threat Assessment Investigations: A Case Study on Jared Lee Loughner Summary: When someone comes to the attention of law enforcement for engaging in threatening or concerning behavior, a threat assessment investigation may be initiated to assess the individual's risk for engaging in targeted violence. When conducting a comprehensive assessment of the risk a person may pose, it is essential to gather detailed information from multiple sources to enhance your understanding of the individual's life circumstances and why the individual engaged in the behavior that brought him or her to the attention of law enforcement. This investigative process is supported through the use of a systems approach, which serves as a vital tool for law enforcement to uncover information that may prevent an act of violence from occurring. Using examples from the case of Jared Lee Loughner, who opened fire at a 'Congress on Your Corner' event in January 2011, this document offers some key considerations in applying a systems approach to threat assessment investigations and management. A case summary about Loughner's life also follows Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Service, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=788759 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Shootings Shelf Number: 149670

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: The Congressional Shooter: A Behavioral Review of James Hodgkinson Summary: On June 14, 2017, at 7:09 a.m., James Thomas Hodgkinson, 66, fired at least 70 rounds from a 9mm pistol and an SKS 7.62mm rifle at Republican Congressmen, their staffers, and others practicing at Eugene Simpson Stadium Park in Alexandria, VA for the Congressional Baseball Game for Charity. Five people were wounded during the attack, including the House Majority Whip and two U.S. Capitol Police special agents who were part of his security detail. Hodgkinson was shot by responding officers and later died of his injuries. Approximately three months prior to the attack, Hodgkinson told his wife that he was going to Washington, DC to work on reforming tax brackets. He drove from Belleville, IL to Alexandria, VA, where he was living out of his van prior to the attack. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Services, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.secretservice.gov/data/protection/ntac/Hodgkinson.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149671

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: investigating Ideologically Inspired Violent Extremists: Local Partners Are An Asset. A Case Study of Abdulhakim Mujahid Muhammad Summary: The U.S. Secret Service conducts threat assessment investigations on individuals who come to attention for having a threatening or concerning interest in Secret Service protected interests (e.g., the White House, the Inauguration). A routine part of the investigative process is working within local communities to gather additional information that enhances the assessment of the risk these individuals may pose. Federal investigations into ideologically motivated violent extremists, who are at risk for engaging in targeted violence, can also be enhanced by gathering such community-level information from those who have knowledge about these individuals. These efforts involve working with local law enforcement and other public safety partners to learn more about those under investigation, as well as interviewing others who are familiar with these individuals. Using examples from the case of Abdulhakim Mujahid Muhammad, this document shares some of the information local agencies and individuals had about his behavior prior to the incident. Muhammad opened fire on two uniformed service members outside the Army-Navy Career Center in Little Rock, AR, in June 2009. A case summary of Muhammad's life also follows. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Service, 2015. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.secretservice.gov/data/protection/ntac/Abdulhakim_Muhammad_Using_Local_Assets.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 149672

Author: National Threat Assessment Center Title: Mass Attacks in Public Spaces - 2017 Summary: Between January and December 2017, 28 incidents of mass attacks, during which three or more persons were harmed, were carried out in public places within the United States (see map for locations). These acts violated the safety of the places we work, learn, shop, relax, and otherwise conduct our day-to-day lives. The resulting loss of 147 lives and injury to nearly 700 others had a devastating impact on our nation as a whole. As the uncertainty they caused continues to ripple through our communities, those charged with ensuring public safety strive to identify methods to prevent these types of attacks. To aid in these efforts, the U.S. Secret Service National Threat Assessment Center (NTAC) examined these 28 incidents, to identify key themes for enhancing threat assessment and investigative practices. Regardless of whether these attacks were acts of workplace violence, domestic violence, school-based violence, or terrorism, similar themes were observed in the backgrounds of the perpetrators, including:  Nearly half were motivated by a personal grievance related to a workplace, domestic, or other issue.  Over half had histories of criminal charges, mental health symptoms, and/or illicit substance use or abuse.  All had at least one significant stressor within the last five years, and over half had indications of financial instability in that timeframe.  Over three-quarters made concerning communications and/or elicited concern from others prior to carrying out their attacks. On average, those who did elicit concern caused more harm than those who did not. These findings, and others in this report, support existing best practices that the U.S. Secret Service has established in the field of threat assessment. They highlight the importance of gathering information on a person's background, behaviors, and situational factors; corroborating the information from multiple sources; assessing the risk the individual poses for violence; and identifying intervention points to mitigate that risk. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Secret Service, 2017. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.secretservice.gov/data/protection/ntac/USSS_NTAC-Mass_Attacks_in_Public_Spaces-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 149673

Author: Singer, Jeffrey A. Title: Abuse-Deterrent Opioids and the Law of Unintended Consequences Summary: The United States has seen a surge in deaths from overdoses of opioids, including both prescription drugs and illegal opioids such as heroin. Nonmedical users and abusers often obtain prescription opioids diverted from the legal to the illegal market. In the hope of reducing opioid use, abuse, and overdoses, policymakers have focused on developing and promoting tamper-resistant or abuse-deterrent formulations (ADFs) that render diverted opioids unusable if individuals attempt to use them for nonmedical (i.e., recreational) purposes. Although the benefits of ADFs seem to be nonexistent, these formulations have led to real harms. ADFs have encouraged users to switch to more dangerous opioids, including illegal heroin. In at least one instance, the reformulation of a prescription opioid led to a human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) outbreak. Along the way, ADFs unnecessarily increase drug prices, imposing unnecessary costs on health insurance purchasers, taxpayers, and particularly patients suffering from chronic pain. Like the federal government's promotion of abuse-deterrent alcohol a century ago, these efforts are producing unintended consequences, such as making legal pain relief unaffordable for many patients and possibly increasing morbidity and mortality. Government at all levels should stop promoting ADF opioids. Congress should end or limit the ability of pharmaceutical manufacturers to impose higher costs on pain patients by using ADFs to "evergreen" their opioid patents (evergreening is a practice by which pharmaceutical manufacturers extend or renew the patent protection before the current patent expires by tweaking the formula slightly or repurposing the product). The FDA should end its policy of encouraging ADF opioids and particularly its goal of eliminating non-ADF opioids. Lawmakers should abandon efforts to require consumers to purchase coverage for costlier ADF opioids and should instead allow insurers to steer medical users of these products toward cheaper, non-ADF generic formulations. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 832: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/abuse-deterrent-opioids-law-unintended-consequences Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149664

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: More Imprisonment Does Not Reduce State Drug Problems: Data show no relationship between prison terms and drug misuse Summary: Nearly 300,000 people are held in state and federal prisons in the United States for drug-law violations, up from less than 25,000 in 1980.1 These offenders served more time than in the past: Those who left state prisons in 2009 had been behind bars an average of 2.2 years, a 36 percent increase over 1990,2 while prison terms for federal drug offenders jumped 153 percent between 1988 and 2012, from about two to roughly five years.3 As the U.S. confronts a growing epidemic of opioid misuse, policymakers and public health officials need a clear understanding of whether, how, and to what degree imprisonment for drug offenses affects the nature and extent of the nation's drug problems. To explore this question, The Pew Charitable Trusts examined publicly available 2014 data from federal and state law enforcement, corrections, and health agencies.4 The analysis found no statistically significant relationship between state drug imprisonment rates and three indicators of state drug problems: self-reported drug use, drug overdose deaths, and drug arrests. The findings-which Pew sent to the President's Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis in a letter dated June 19, 2017-reinforce a large body of prior research that cast doubt on the theory that stiffer prison terms deter drug misuse, distribution, and other drug-law violations. The evidence strongly suggests that policymakers should pursue alternative strategies that research shows work better and cost less. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2018/03/pspp_more_imprisonment_does_not_reduce_state_drug_problems.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149676

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: Actions Needed to Strengthen Performance Management and Planning for Expansion of DHS's Visa Security Program Summary: The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) manages the Visa Security Program (VSP), which provides an additional layer of review to the visa adjudication process; however, VSP agents are not consistently providing required training to consular officers. ICE implemented the Pre-Adjudicated Threat Recognition and Intelligence Operations Team (PATRIOT) in fiscal year 2014. PATRIOT screens 100 percent of nonimmigrant visa applications at VSP posts against U.S. databases, and U.S.-based analysts manually vet applications with potential matches to derogatory information. VSP agents at post then make recommendations to Department of State (State) consular officers on whether to refuse a visa. In fiscal year 2016, VSP screened over 2.1 million visa applications, and recommended over 8,000 visa refusals. In addition, VSP agents and VSP-funded locally employed staff dedicated approximately 43 percent of their work hours in fiscal year 2016 to non-VSP activities-such as assisting ICE investigations not directly related to visas. ICE increased the percentage of VSP posts providing quarterly training from 30 percent in fiscal year 2014 to 79 percent in fiscal year 2016. However, some trainings are not targeted to the specific post and do not address identified threats to the visa process, as required. Ensuring that VSP agents provide required training would help ensure consular officers have information that could assist them in adjudicating visas. ICE developed objectives and performance measures for VSP, but its measures are not outcome-based and limit the agency's ability to assess the effectiveness of VSP. As of fiscal year 2017, none of VSP's 19 established performance measures are outcome-based. For example, ICE measures its activities, such as number of visa refusals VSP agents recommended, rather than the outcomes of those recommendations. ICE officials stated that measuring VSP's outcomes is difficult due to the qualitative nature of the program's benefits; however, solely tracking activities, such as number of recommended refusals, does not allow ICE to evaluate VSP's effectiveness. Developing and implementing outcome-based performance measures, consistent with best practices for performance management, would help ICE determine whether VSP is achieving its objectives. ICE evaluated options for VSP expansion but its site selection process did not incorporate PATRIOT data or options for remote operations that, for example, use U.S.-based VSP agents. ICE has previously utilized PATRIOT to gather data to estimate program capacity, but ICE officials stated that they do not use PATRIOT to collect data on the potential number of ineligible visa applicants and workload for posts under consideration for VSP expansion. By incorporating PATRIOT data on posts under consideration into its site selection process, ICE could more effectively manage human capital and other resources. Further, ICE has implemented remote VSP operations in some posts, but does not consider such approaches during its annual site selection process. ICE documentation stated that ICE could successfully screen and vet applicants remotely through VSP, however the officials' preferred approach is to deploy agents to posts overseas. Incorporating remote options for VSP operations could help identify opportunities to further expand VSP and better utilize resources. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-314: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/690865.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 149678

Author: Abt Associates Title: Environmental Scan of Family Justice Centers Summary: On January 1, 2015, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), with support from the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW), awarded a grant to Abt Associates Inc., in partnership with Alliance for HOPE International (hereafter referred to as the Alliance). Grant funds were used to conduct an environmental scan of current Family Justice Centers (FJCs) across the United States as part of a multi-phase effort to develop a formal evaluation plan to measure the effectiveness of FJCs and similar multi-agency colocated collaboratives. The goal of this project was to identify a complete picture of the national FJC landscape, the services FJCs provide, the communities they serve, and the infrastructure available to support evaluation efforts. The scan was designed to answer the following two questions, which will drive future evaluation efforts: (1) What do FJCs look like and how do they vary? and (2) Can they support formal evaluation efforts? Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2018. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251561.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 149688

Author: Jaros, David Title: Criminal Doctrines of Faith Summary: Decisions like Miranda v. Arizona helped popularize a conception of the courts as a protector of criminal defendants and a bulwark against overly aggressive law enforcement. But from arrest through trial, the Court has fashioned criminal constitutional procedure with a deep and abiding faith in the motivations of criminal justice system actors. Even decisions that vindicate individual constitutional rights at the expense of police and prosecutorial power are shaped by the Court's fundamental trust in those same actors. They establish, in essence, "Criminal Doctrines of Faith." Criminal Doctrines of Faith pervade each stage of the criminal process - from cases that govern the pursuit of suspects and searches of homes to the disclosure of exculpatory evidence and the defendant's capacity to waive a jury trial. This faith in law enforcement takes several forms. Some decisions reflect a simple faith in police and prosecutors' character, while others, a faith in the institutions in which they work or in the courts' ability to identify and deter misconduct. Recent high-profile prosecutions of police officers have highlighted and raised new questions about how much criminal procedure should rest on faith. In such cases, trusted government actors, both police and prosecutors, have attacked the integrity of a criminal process ostensibly designed to control their own behavior. Using the trials of the Baltimore police officers charged in the death of Freddie Gray as a lens, this Article highlights how the Supreme Court's faith in police and prosecutors raises profound questions about the strength of these doctrines, the importance of more skeptical and diverse viewpoints on courts, and the viability of court-led regulation of law enforcement actors. Details: Baltimore: University of Baltimore School of Law, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Baltimore School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper: Accessed April 4, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3126451 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defendants Shelf Number: 149689

Author: Wood, J. Luke Title: Get Out! Black Male Suspensions in California Public Schools Summary: This report is a joint publication of the Black Minds Project (an initiative of the Community College Equity Assessment Lab (CCEAL) at San Diego State University (SDSU) and the Black Male Institute at the University of California, Los-Angeles (UCLA). In this report, we present analyses of publicly available statewide data on the suspension of Black males in California's public schools. Some of the key results highlighted in this report include the following: - The statewide suspension rate for Black males is 3.6 times greater than that of the statewide rate for all students. Specifi cally, while 3.6% of all students were suspended in 2016-2017, the suspension rate for Black boys and young men was 12.8%. - Since 2011-2012, the suspension rates of Black males in California has declined from 17.8% to 12.8%. - The highest suspension disparity by grade level occurs in early childhood education (Grades K through 3) where Black boys are 5.6 times more likely to be suspended than the state average. - Black male students who are classified as "foster youth" are suspended at noticeably high rates, at 27.4%. Across all analyses, Black males who were foster youth in seventh and eighth grade represented the subgroup that had the highest percentage of Black male suspensions, at 41.0%. - The highest total suspensions occurred in large urban counties, such as Los Angeles County, Sacramento County, San Bernardino County, Riverside County, and Contra Costa County. In fact, these five counties alone account for 61% of Black male suspensions. - The highest suspension rates for Black males occur in rural counties that have smaller Black male enrollments. In 2016-2017, Glenn County led the state in Black male suspensions at 42.9%. - Other Counties with high suspension rates included Amador County, Colusa County, Del Norte County, and Tehama County. San Joaquin county has especially high suspension patterns. In the past 5 years, they have reported suspension rates at 20% or above. Four counties have reported similarly high suspension patterns across the past 4 of 5 years, they include: Modoc County, Butte County, Merced County, and Yuba County. - A number of districts have large numbers of Black boys and young men who were suspended at least once. Some of these districts included Sacramento City Unified (n = 887), Los Angeles Unified (n = 849), Elk Grove Unified (n = 745), Fresno Unified (n = 729) and Oakland Unified (n = 711). - There are 10 school districts in the state with suspension rates above 30%. Of these, the highest suspension rates are reported at Bayshore Elementary (San Mateo County, at 50%), Oroville Union High (Butte County, at 45.2%), and the California School for the Deaf-Fremont (Alameda County, at 43.8%). - There are 88 school districts in the state of California that have suspension rates for Black males that are below the state average. These schools vary in size, urbanicity, and region. Details: San Diego, CA: Community College Equity Assessment Lab and the UCLA Black Male Institute, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: http://blackmaleinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/GET-OUT-Black-Male-Suspensions-in-California-Public-Schools_lo.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 149695

Author: Grawert, Ames C. Title: Criminal Justice One Year Into the Trump Administration Summary: In his Inaugural Address on Jan. 20, 2017, President Donald Trump pledged to stem the tide of what he called "American carnage."1 The administration carried out that plan with sweeping changes to long-standing Justice Department policies, covering everything from marijuana to private prisons. Some of those changes were explored in a previous Brennan Center report, Criminal Justice in President Trump's First 100 Days.2 Now, at the end of the president's first year in office, this analysis examines the administration's actions to date and their consequences. It first documents significant changes in federal criminal justice policy implemented over the last year. It then describes what impact can be seen to date. Finally, it indicates what to expect moving forward. All told, President Trump and Attorney General Jeff Sessions have already left a significant mark on the Justice Department. They have used short memoranda or subtle changes in enforcement strategy to quietly undo much of President Barack Obama's criminal justice reform legacy. In its place, they have built a more draconian vision of law enforcement, centered around immigration. While many of these changes occurred without drawing public scrutiny, consequences have already begun to materialize in areas such as immigration enforcement. Over the next three years, these shifts could cause the federal prison population to begin increasing again, reversing what small progress had been made to reduce federal over-incarceration. Further, the administration's words and deeds on criminal justice could disrupt bipartisan efforts to build a fairer, more effective justice system at the state and local levels. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Criminal_Justice_One_Year_Into_the_Trump_Administration_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 149696

Author: Eisen, Lauren-Brooke Title: Criminal Justice: An Election Agenda for Candidates, Activists, and Legislators Summary: This report sets forth an affirmative agenda to end mass incarceration in America. The task requires efforts from both federal and state lawmakers. Today, criminal justice reform stands on a knife's edge. After decades of rising incarceration and ever more obvious consequences, a powerful bipartisan movement has emerged. It recognizes that harsh prison policies are not needed to keep our country safe. Now that extraordinary bipartisan consensus is challenged by the Trump administration, through inflammatory rhetoric and unwise action. Only an affirmative move to continue reform can keep the progress going. The United States has less than five percent of the world's population, but nearly one quarter of its prisoners. About 2.1 million people are incarcerated in this country, the vast majority in state and local facilities. Mass incarceration contributes significantly to the poverty rate. It is inequitable, placing a disproportionate burden on communities of color. It is wildly expensive, in some cases costing more to keep an 18-year-old in prison than it would to send him to Harvard. Our criminal justice system costs $270 billion annually, yet does not produce commensurate public safety benefits. Research conclusively shows that high levels of imprisonment are simply not necessary to protect communities. About four out of every ten prisoners are incarcerated with little public safety justification. In fact, 27 states have reduced both imprisonment and crime in the last decade. A group of over 200 police chiefs, prosecutors, and sheriffs has formed, whose founding principles state: "We do not believe that public safety is served by a return to tactics that are overly punitive without strong purpose . . . we cannot incarcerate our way to safety." In cities, states, and at the federal level, Republicans and Democrats have joined this effort. They recognize that today's public safety challenges demand new and innovative politics rooted in science and based on what works. The opioid epidemic, mass shootings, and cyber-crime all require modern responses that do not repeat mistakes of the past. Crime is no longer a wedge issue, and voters desire reform. A 2017 poll from the Charles Koch Institute reveals that 81 percent of Trump voters consider criminal justice reform important. Another, from Republican pollster Robert Blizzard, finds that 87 percent of Americans agree that nonviolent offenders should be sanctioned with alternatives to incarceration. And according to a 2017 ACLU poll, 71 percent of Americans support reducing the prison population - including 50 percent of Trump voters. But the politician with the loudest megaphone has chosen a different, destructive approach. Donald Trump, and his Attorney General Jeff Sessions, falsely insist there is a national crime wave, portraying a country besieged by crime, drugs, and terrorism - "American carnage," as he called it in his inaugural address. But, crime in the United States remains at historic lows. While violent crime and murder did increase in 2015 and 2016, new data show crime and violence declining again in 2017. The national murder rate is approximately half of what it was at its 1991 peak. Those who seek to use fear of crime for electoral gain are not just wrong on the statistics; they are also wrong on the politics. Now, to continue the progress that has been made, it is up to candidates running for office to boldly advance policy solutions backed by facts, not fear. This report offers reforms that would keep crime low, while significantly reducing incarceration. Most solutions can be enacted through federal or state legislation. While most of the prison population is under control of state officials, federal policy matters too. The federal government's prison population is larger than that of any state. Further, Washington defines the national political conversation on criminal justice reform. And although states vary somewhat in their approach to criminal justice, they struggle with similar challenges. The state solutions in this report are broadly written as "models" that can be adapted. Steps to take include: Eliminating Financial Incentives for Incarceration Enacting Sentencing Reform Passing Sensible Marijuana Reform Improving Law Enforcement Responding to the Opioid Crisis Reducing Female Incarceration Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Solutions 2018: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/Criminal_Justice_An_Election_Agenda_for_Candidates_Activists_and_Legislators%20.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 149699

Author: Corman, Hope Title: Age Gradient in Female Crime: Welfare Reform as a Turning Point Summary: This study explores how a major public policy change-the implementation of welfare reform in the U.S. in the 1990s-shaped the age gradient in female crime. We used FBI arrest data to investigate the age-patterning of the effects of welfare reform on women's arrests for property crime, the type of crime women are most likely to commit and that welfare reform has been shown to affect. We found that women's property crime arrest rates declined over the age span; that welfare reform led to an overall reduction in adult women's property crime arrests of about 4%, with the strongest effects for women ages 25-29 and in their 40s; that the effects were slightly stronger in states with stricter work incentives; and that the effects were much stronger in states with high criminal justice expenditures and staffing. The key contributions of this study are the focus on a broad and relevant policy-based "turning point" (change in circumstances that can lead people to launch or desist from criminal careers), addressing the general question of how a turning point shapes age gradients in criminal behavior, and the focus on women in the context of the age patterning of crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24464: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24464 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 149704

Author: Skogan, Wesley G. Title: Stop-and-Frisk and Trust in Police in Chicago Summary: This working paper examines some of the consequences of stop and frisk as a law enforcement strategy. This is important because stop and frisk has become the crime-prevention strategy of choice in American policing. It is seen as increasing the perception among potential offenders that they face a high risk of being apprehended if they commit a crime or are carrying contraband, and thus reduces offending. This working paper examines some of the possible collateral consequences of turning to an aggressive stop and frisk style of policing. One is that - from the point of view of the citizens involved - these stops may seem unwarranted. Even in crime hot spots most people, most of the time, are just going about their daily lives, and the ability of the police to accurately select suitably hot people from among them is very limited. Another collateral consequence is that stops may be unfairly distributed. A risk is that their apparent race, age, social class and gender may provide the principal flags by which officers identify hot people for investigation. Third, the collateral damage of a stop and frisk crime prevention strategy may include undermining the legitimacy of the police, and perhaps that of the state. All of these potential consequences of stop and frisk are examined using a new survey that probed for reports of encounters with the Chicago police. Details: Chicago: Northwestern Institute for Policy Research, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series; WP-16-08: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://www.ipr.northwestern.edu/publications/docs/workingpapers/2016/WP-16-08.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 149705

Author: Gans-Morse, Jordan Title: Reducing Bureaucratic Corruption: Interdisciplinary Perspectives on What Works Summary: This article offers the first comprehensive review of the interdisciplinary state of knowledge regarding anti-corruption policies, with a particular focus on reducing corruption among civil servants. Drawing on the work of economists, political scientists, sociologists, and anthropologists, we examine seven categories of anti-corruption strategies: (1) rewards and penalties; (2) monitoring; (3) restructuring bureaucracies; (4) screening and recruiting; (5) anti-corruption agencies; (6) educational campaigns; and (7) international agreements. Notably, rigorous empirical evaluation is lacking for the majority of commonly prescribed anti-corruption strategies. Nevertheless, we find growing evidence of the effectiveness of anti-corruption audits and e-governance. In addition, adequate civil service wages seem to be a necessary but insufficient condition for control of corruption. An emerging skepticism regarding the effectiveness of anti-corruption agencies also is apparent in the literature. We conclude with broader lessons drawn from our review, such as the recognition that when corruption is a systemic problem, it cannot be treated in the long-term with individual-level solutions. Details: Chicago: Northwestern Institute for Policy Research, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper Series: WP-17-20: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2930520 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Corruption Shelf Number: 149706

Author: Maryland. Office of the Public Defender Title: Bail Reviewed: Report of the Court Observation Project Summary: Whether someone accused of a crime is detained pending trial is among the most critical factors in the outcome of the case and the person's well-being. Pretrial detention impacts the ability to work, care for one's family, and maintain housing - regardless of what ultimately happens in the case. The pretrial status of an accused can also impact the ultimate result in their case. Most criminal cases do not go to trial, and what pleas are offered by the prosecutor and accepted by the defendant are heavily weighted by whether the person is currently in jail. The need to get out of jail and return home is a powerful incentive to accept a plea, regardless of the fairness of the offer and sometimes even the person's culpability. Despite the incredible importance of this phase of the proceedings, the general public knows very little about the pretrial process. Unlike criminal trials, pretrial hearings are rarely covered by the media, portrayed in entertainment, or taught in schools. The Pretrial Court Observation Project was designed to educate community members about the pretrial process, while helping gather important data at the critical time of the recent implementation of a Maryland Court Rule change. This report documents the observations and findings of sixty-four volunteers who observed bail review hearings in Baltimore City, Baltimore County, Frederick County, Howard County and Montgomery County. While their observations show clear progress, particularly with the decreased use of money bail, they also identified areas of concern, including the overuse of holding people without bail. The concerns that were identified have identifiable solutions. Among those were the need for a validated assessment tool and the availability of a sufficient range of pretrial services which are needed to ensure pretrial determinations are consistent, fair, and minimize the extent to which presumptively innocent individuals are jailed. The recommendations in this report come from the Community Court Watch observers and are based on their assessments of what is needed to make pretrial a more fair process: - Recommendation 1: Provide judges with resources that encourage release while helping to ensure defendants return to court. - Recommendation 2: Provide judges with tools that measure risk. - Recommendation 3: Educate judges, commissioners and the community. - Recommendation 4: Accused individuals should be present for their bail review hearing. Details: Baltimore: Office of the Public Defender, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://www.opd.state.md.us/Portals/0/Downloads/articles/Bail%20Reviewed.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149711

Author: New York Civil Liberties Union Title: Presumed Innocent for a Price: The Impact of Cash Bail Across Eight New York Counties Summary: Across New York State tens of thousands of New Yorkers are held in city and county jails, not because they have been convicted of a crime, but because they cannot afford to pay for their release while awaiting trial. The harms of unaffordable cash bail are unequivocal: people lose their jobs, homes and families while detained. People also forfeit their rights to trial when pleading guilty in exchange for release. Yet little has been known about how many people across the state have been locked up because they did not have the means to pay bail, about the charges they faced or how long they were kept in jail. To better understand the impact of bail practices in New York, in 2015 the New York Civil Liberties Union sent Freedom of Information Law requests to a sample of eight small, medium and large counties across the state asking for five years of data. The information we received offers a stark glimpse into what New Yorkers have had to endure. IN JUST EIGHT OF THE STATE'S 62 COUNTIES ALONE, WE FOUND THAT BETWEEN 2010 AND 2014: - more than 90,000 New Yorkers spent a day or longer in custody on bail; - more than 45,000 were held for a week or longer; - black pretrial detainees were twice as likely as white pretrial detainees to spend at least one night in custody on bail; - more than 35,000 New Yorkers spent at least one night in custody on a bail of $1,000 or less, and more than 21,000 on $500 or less; - 60 percent of people held on bail had only a misdemeanor or violation as their most serious charge; - more than 5,000 New Yorkers were held on bail charged only with violations; and - petit larceny and misdemeanor criminal possession of a controlled substance were the most common charges, and the most serious charges against a fifth of all pretrial detainees. Details: New York: NYCLU, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://www.nyclu.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/bailreport_20180313_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149712

Author: Witmer-Rich, Jonathan Title: Cuyahoga County Bail Task Force: Report and Recommendations Summary: All Cuyahoga County courts should transition from a bail system based on bond schedules, which vary widely from one court to the next, to a centralized, consistent, and comprehensive system of pretrial services initiated immediately after arrest. For most minor offenses, the presumption should be release on personal recognizance. Money bail should not be used to simply detain defendants. Rather than relying on bond schedules, courts should assess each defendant's risk of non-appearance and danger to the community using a uniform risk assessment tool. If money bail is considered, courts should evaluate each defendant's risk of non-appearance and ability to pay, and then tailor money bail accordingly. A more robust and early evaluation of each defendant, using particularized information from a single, uniform database about a defendant's criminal history and pending cases, as well as a risk assessment tool, would give judges better information upon which to make pretrial release decisions. Prompt centralized bail hearings before a judge, with defense counsel present, for all defendants in common pleas and municipal courts throughout the county would facilitate early and improved access to pretrial processes and services designed to reduce the risk of nonappearance and danger to the community. This system would lessen collateral consequences for the accused, such as loss of employment or housing while waiting in jail, and result in significant cost savings to government by reducing unnecessary detention. Details: Cleveland, OH: The Task Force, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://university.pretrial.org/HigherLogic/System/DownloadDocumentFile.ashx?DocumentFileKey=1a9e6280-dcf9-cf0e-3fe6-554af1258d29&forceDialog=0 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149713

Author: Bryan, Isaac Title: The Price for Freedom: Bail in the City of L.A.: A Million Dollar Hoods Report Summary: he Million Dollar Hoods research team found that between 2012 and 2016, the Los Angeles Police Department levied $19,386,418,544 in money bail on persons arrested by the LAPD. The cost does not reflect changes later made by judges to bail assessments, arrests made by any other police departments in the Los Angeles area, nor what was actually paid. Of the $19.3 billion in money bail set, $13,508,414,069 was neither paid nor waived through an administrative procedure, and 70% of the amount levied was not paid during LAPD booking proceedings, which left 223,366 people in LAPD custody prior to arraignment between 2012 and 2016. According to the report, "� the money bail system is a multi-billion dollar toll that demands tens of millions of dollars annually in cash and assets from some of L.A.'s most economically vulnerable persons, families, and communities. For those who pay bail bond agents, that money is never returned and additional fees apply. But most people do not pay money bail. Among them, many individuals as well as their families and communities are simply too poor to pay the price for freedom." Details: Los Angeles: Million Dollar Hoods, 2017. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://milliondollarhoods.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/MDH_Bail-Report_Dec-4-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149718

Author: Huh, Kil Title: Jails: Inadvertent Health Care Providers. How county correctional facilities are playing a role in the safety net Summary: Every year, millions of people are booked into U.S. jails. During 2015, the latest year for which data are available, there were 10.9 million admissions to these correctional facilities, which hold individuals who are awaiting trial or serving short sentences. The government running the jail-usually a county-has a constitutional mandate to provide people booked into these facilities with necessary health care. Counties designing a jail health care program targeted to meet the needs of their incarcerated population have the opportunity to improve the health of people in jail and the broader community, spend public dollars more effectively, and, in some cases, reduce recidivism. Yet little is known about how jails administer their health care programs and whether these programs further county public health and safety goals. Research is limited on how counties organize their jail health care services, what care they make available and when, and how they ensure they receive value for their investment in health care. Despite growing awareness of the connection between community services for recently released individuals-especially those with mental illness or substance use disorders, collectively known as behavioral health disorders-and a reduction in recidivism, information about how to achieve this result is scarce. In an effort to give counties tools to improve delivery of services to an underserved population with high needs, The Pew Charitable Trusts, with the assistance of Community Oriented Correctional Health Services, reviewed 81 requests for proposals (RFPs) for contracted jail health care services and conducted in-depth case studies of three jurisdictions. (See the methodology for more detail.) This research revealed wide variation in the ways that counties arrange to provide health care in their jails and the information they supply to help vendors craft bids. Additionally, despite growing recognition of the health needs of those currently and formerly in jail, our analysis found varying approaches to whether and how jails prepare individuals to manage their health once released. The research found that: - Many jails contract with vendors to provide health care. In New York state, for example, 84 percent use vendors to provide at least some health care services. The arrangements that counties make with providers vary; for example, one vendor may be responsible for all services, or a county can use multiple vendors across types of health care services such as mental health and dentistry. Payment models can also vary: While some counties share financial risk for costly medical care with the contractor, others have their vendors assume all risk through a negotiated per-inmate, per-day rate. - The portion of a jail's budget spent on health care can vary widely by county. For instance, in Virginia, jails spend anywhere from 2.5 to 33 percent of their budgets on health care. - Although most jails conduct bookings 24 hours a day, many do not have medical or nursing staff on site to screen incoming individuals at all times. This can lead to delays in identifying and treating acute, possibly lifethreatening health problems, and missed opportunities to divert people with behavioral health disorders into treatment settings rather than jail. Jails with an average daily population (ADP) under 500 are less likely to offer round-the-clock clinical services than are larger ones, a situation probably driven by resource constraints. - Most of the RFPs that were examined look to national accrediting bodies such as the American Correctional Association and the National Commission on Correctional Health Care to guide how the jail offers health care services. Yet few RFPs laid out performance requirements and financial penalties or incentives that would hold contractors accountable for meeting service requirements. Details: New York: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2018/01/sfh_jails_inadvertent_health_care_providers.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 149724

Author: U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) Title: Cartels and Gangs in Chicago Summary: Chicago has a long history of organized crime and is home to numerous street gangs that use the illegal drug trade to build their criminal enterprises. Although the murder rate in Chicago has declined significantly since the 1990s, recent instances of gang-related homicides have placed Chicago's crime situation in the national spotlight. Compounding Chicago's crime problem is a steady supply of drugs from Mexican drug cartels, most notably the Sinaloa Cartel. Illicit drugs flow from Mexico to Chicago via a loosely associated network of profit-driven intermediaries, with Chicago street gangs serving as the primary distributors at the street level. The profits earned through drug trafficking increase the staying power of both street gangs and drug trafficking organizations (DTOs), thereby influencing levels of violent crime in both the United States and Mexico. Of particular concern is the trafficking and distribution of heroin, which has increased significantly in recent years and caused significant harm to communities in Chicago and throughout the United States. This report provides background on the gang-related crime situation in Chicago and offers insight on the nexus between Mexican DTOs and Chicago street gangs. Details: Washington, DC: DEA, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: DEA-CHI-DIR-013-17: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: https://www.dea.gov/docs/DIR-013-17%20Cartel%20and%20Gangs%20in%20Chicago%20-%20Unclassified.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Cartels Shelf Number: 149727

Author: White, Elise Title: Navigating Force and Choice: Experiences in the New York City Sex Trade and the Criminal Justice System's Response Summary: This study is a departure from the standard treatments of prostitution and sex trafficking, which tend to focus on discrete sub-populations or the specific experiences of a few subjects. In more than 300 in-depth interviews with adults involved in New York City's multifaceted sex trade-conducted by our team of researchers, many with their own experiences in the sex trade-participants described a murky and mutable continuum between involvement due to force and choice. Nearly half of participants met the federal definition for sex trafficking, the majority because they first traded sex before the age of 18. A similar number of participants reported having worked with or for a third party who connected them to customers, often characterizing these relationships as mutually beneficial. Most drew explicit connections between their involvement in the sex trade and poverty, housing instability, substance use, family trauma, or health issues. Rather than clear-cut cases of exclusively force or choice, this study finds that economic exigencies and systemic constraints are the primary drivers of adult involvement in New York City's sex trade. The study also examines a unique criminal justice response-New York City's Human Trafficking Intervention Courts-developed to mitigate some of the harm trafficking victims experience in the criminal justice system. Legal and social service practitioners praised the courts' responsiveness to defendants' high rates of trauma and their commitment to helping defendants avoid criminal records, largely through alternative social service mandates. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-03/nyc_sex_trade.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 149730

Author: DuPey, Bridget Title: Access Denied: Colorado Law Enforcement Refuses Public Access to Records of Police Misconduct Summary: Despite the Colorado state law permitting discretionary release of law enforcement investigation files of alleged police misconduct under the Colorado Criminal Justice Records Act (CCJRA), most jurisdictions routinely deny public records requests for such files. Although the Colorado Supreme Court has mandated that law enforcement records custodians perform a balancing test on a case-by-case basis to decide whether to release these files, custodians generally deny all requests for files irrespective of the nature of alleged misconduct or the outcome of the investigation. This report details the independent research study conducted as a student-faculty collaboration at the University of Denver Sturm College of Law to assess the willingness of law enforcement agencies to release internal affairs files. The study includes two "waves" of requests. The first wave of the study sought logs of internal affairs files during the 2015 and 2016 calendar years from various law enforcement agencies across Colorado. The second wave sought specific internal affairs files from those agencies that provided a sufficient list or log during the first wave of requests, as well as requests for a few additional targeted files of particular public interest. The researchers were ultimately unable to obtain a single complete internal affairs file from any jurisdiction included in the study. The vast majority of agencies denied outright the request or failed to respond. Furthermore, the two isolated jurisdictions that offered to process the request assessed cost-prohibitive fees for processing. Despite state open records laws explicitly intended to promote public transparency and accountability among government actors, this study illustrates that Coloradans remain largely in the dark with regard to allegations and investigations of police misconduct. Indeed, most law enforcement agencies are categorically unwilling to allow public access to internal affairs files. To achieve the intent behind state open records law, the Colorado General Assembly should amend the CCJRA to require public release upon request of completed internal affairs investigations, a policy in line with at least a dozen other states. Details: Denver, CO: University of Denver - Sturm College of Law, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: U Denver Legal Studies Research Paper No. 18-05: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3136011 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 149731

Author: Thomas, Jeree Title: Youth transfer: The Importance of Individualized Factor Review Summary: This brief discusses the importance of weighing individual factors when judges and prosecutors consider the transfer of youth to the adult system, as well as recent state-level reforms addressing youth transfer. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://campaignforyouthjustice.org/images/20180314_CFYJ_Youth_Transfer_Brief.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Age of Responsibility Shelf Number: 149732

Author: DeMill, Chantel Title: Latinos and the Idaho Criminal Justice System: 2005-2014 Summary: The Idaho Latino community represents a diverse collection of nationalities ranging from Mexican to Columbian and Puerto Rican, different nationalities that have come together to form a vibrant and thriving community. The Latino community is one of many ethnic stakeholders in Idaho's criminal justice system - as residents, victims and offenders. National statistics paint a bleak picture with high rates of racial disparity in both victimization and representation in the nation's jails and prisons. The Sentencing Project found that Latino men face a 1 in 6 chance of lifetime likelihood of imprisonment; white men face a 1 in 17 chance1 - This report intends to explore the interaction of Latinos with the unique landscape of Idaho and its criminal justice system. Highlights - Latinos account for a growing percentage of Idaho's population; as of the 2010 Census 11% of Idaho's population were Latino. - Latino youths account for 18% of the state's total juvenile population. - The Latino population is very youthful; the average age being 14.5 years younger than non‐Latinos. - Latinos are victims of crime at much lower rates than non‐Latinos (23.5 per 1,000 for Latinos and 33.8 for non‐Latinos). However, Latinos are generally victims of more severe crimes than are non‐Latinos. - Victimization rates for both Latinos and non‐Latinos are decreasing (‐41% and ‐36%). - Latino females report victimization at slightly higher rates than Latino males (24.19 and 22.24 per 1,000). - Latinos are arrested at higher rates than non‐Latinos (21.97 and 17.86 per 1,000). - Latinos are arrested for more severe crimes overall. - Between 2005 and 2014, there was a 55% decrease in arrests for violent offenses among Latinos. - Latinos are incarcerated for 62 days longer on average than are other racial/ethnic groups. - Latino rates of juvenile commitments and probation are decreasing. - Although Latinos are arrested at higher rates and have longer lengths of stay in prison, it is unknown if this is a symptom of a biased system. Since IIBRS data only records the ethnicity of arrestees and not offenders, it is unknown if the higher arrest rate for Latinos is disproportionate to their offense rates. In addition, since court data does not track the defendants ethnicity, it is unknown if Latinos are more likely than non‐ Latinos to receive more severe sentences which could explain their longer prison stays. Details: Meridian, ID: Idaho Statistical Analysis Center, 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://isp.idaho.gov/pgr/inc/documents/LatinoReportCompletedFinal11-3-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Latinos Shelf Number: 149736

Author: Elkins, Alexander B. Title: Battle of the Corner: Urban Policing and Rioting in the United States, 1943-1971 Summary: Battle of the Corner: Urban Policing and Rioting in the United States, 1943-1971 provides a national history of police reform and police-citizen conflicts in marginalized urban neighborhoods in the three decades after World War II. Examining more than a dozen cities, the dissertation shows how big-city police brass and downtown-friendly municipal elites in the late 1940s and 1950s attempted to professionalize urban law enforcement and regulate rank-and-file discretion through Police-Community Relations programs and novel stop-and-frisk preventive patrol schemes. These efforts ultimately failed to produce diligent yet impartial street policing. Beginning in the late 1950s, and increasing in severity and frequency until the early 1960s, young black and Latino working-class urban residents surrounded, taunted, and attacked police officers making routine arrests. These crowd rescues garnered national attention and prepared the ground for the urban rebellions of 1964 to 1968, many of which began with a controversial police incident on a crowded street corner. While telling a national story, Battle of the Corner provides deeper local context for postwar changes to street policing through detailed case studies highlighting the various stakeholders in reform efforts. In the 1950s and 1960s, African-American activists, block clubs, residents, and politicians pressured police for effective but fair and accountable tactical policing to check rising criminal violence and street disorder in neighborhoods increasingly blighted by urban renewal. Rank-and-file police unions fought civilian review boards and used new collective bargaining rights to stage job actions to obtain higher wages. They also obtained "bill of rights" contract provisions to shield members from misconduct investigations. Police management took advantage of newly-available federal and local resources after the riots to reorganize their departments into top-down bureaucratic organizations capable of conducting stop-and-frisk on a more systematic scale. By the early 1970s, a rising generation of urban black politicians confronted skyrocketing rates of criminal violence, armed militants intent on waging war on the police, and a politically-empowered rank-and-file angry and combative over the more intense threats and pressures they faced on the job. Battle of the Corner breaks ground in telling a national story of policing that juxtaposes elite decision-making and street confrontations and that analyzes a wide range of actors who held a stake in securing order and justice in urban neighborhoods. In chronicling how urban police departments emerged from the profound institutional crisis of the 1960s with greater power, resources, and authority, Battle of the Corner provides a history and a frame for understanding policing controversies today. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2017. 606p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://digital.library.temple.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p245801coll10/id/481958/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 149738

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: K-12 Education: Discipline Disparities for Black Students, Boys, and Students with Disabilities Summary: Black students, boys, and students with disabilities were disproportionately disciplined (e.g., suspensions and expulsions) in K-12 public schools, according to GAO's analysis of Department of Education (Education) national civil rights data for school year 2013-14, the most recent available. These disparities were widespread and persisted regardless of the type of disciplinary action, level of school poverty, or type of public school attended. For example, Black students accounted for 15.5 percent of all public school students, but represented about 39 percent of students suspended from school-an overrepresentation of about 23 percentage points. Officials GAO interviewed in all five school districts in the five states GAO visited reported various challenges with addressing student behavior, and said they were considering new approaches to school discipline. They described a range of issues, some complex-such as the effects of poverty and mental health issues. For example, officials in four school districts described a growing trend of behavioral challenges related to mental health and trauma. While there is no one-size-fits-all solution for the issues that influence student behavior, officials from all five school districts GAO visited were implementing alternatives to disciplinary actions that remove children from the classroom, such as initiatives that promote positive behavioral expectations for students. Education and the Department of Justice (Justice) documented several actions taken to identify and address school discipline issues. For example, both agencies investigated cases alleging discrimination. Further, to help identify persistent disparities among the nation's schools, Education collects comprehensive data on school discipline every other year through its Civil Rights Data Collection effort. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-258: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/690828.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 149739

Author: Zambiasi, Diego Title: The Pot Rush: Is Legalized Marijuana a Positive Local Amenity? Summary: This paper examines the amenity value of legalized marijuana by analyzing the impact of marijuana legalization on migration to Colorado. Colorado is the pioneering state in this area having legalized medical marijuana in 2000 and recreational marijuana in 2012. We test whether potential migrants to Colorado view legalized marijuana as a positive or negative local amenity. We use the synthetic control methodology to examine in- and outmigration to/from Colorado versus migration to/from counterfactual versions of Colorado that have not legalized marijuana. We find strong evidence that potential migrants view legalized marijuana as a positive amenity with in-migration significantly higher in Colorado compared with synthetic- Colorado after the writing of the Ogden memo in 2009 that effectively allowed state laws already in place to be activated, and additionally after marijuana was legalized in 2013 for recreational use. When we employ permutation methods to assess the statistical likelihood of our results given our sample, we find that Colorado is a clear and significant outlier. We find no evidence for changes in out-migration from Colorado suggesting that marijuana legalization did not change the equilibrium for individuals already living in the state. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 11392: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11392.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 149744

Author: Payne, Allison Ann Title: Creating and Sustaining a Positive and Communal School Climate: Contemporary Research, Present Obstacles, and Future Directions Summary: Although school-related deaths, violent victimizations, and overall school crime have declined over the past two decades, crime and victimization in schools are still a cause for concern (Robers et al., 2015). As attention to school safety has increased over the past two decades, research has highlighted a variety of school-related factors shown to influence school disorder. Among these is school climate, the importance of which has been recognized for over a century (Perry, 1908; Dewey, 1916). Interest in school climate continues to grow, particularly as recent federal initiatives reflect increased recognition of the importance of school climate for positive youth development (U.S. Department of Education, 2010, 2014). School climate has a clear impact on all members of the school community. Students in schools with a positive and communal climate demonstrate stronger academic achievement and engagement, better socio-emotional health, and lower levels of absenteeism, truancy, dropping out, and victimization (Cohen and Geier, 2010; Payne et al., 2003). They also display lower levels of substance use and aggression, are subjected to fewer suspensions and expulsions, and engage in fewer deviant and criminal acts (Payne, 2008; Thapa et al., 2013). Additionally, teachers in a school with a positive and communal climate experience higher levels of efficacy, morale, and satisfaction, and lower levels of absenteeism, turnover, and victimization (Cohen and Geier, 2010; Gottfredson et al., 2005; NSCC, 2007; Payne et al. 2003). It is clear that this type of school climate has great influence on the safety and success of a school and the behavioral and academic outcomes of its students. Unfortunately, the benefits resulting from a positive and communal school climate have not been translated into effective educational practices. This "translation gap" - the gap between school climate research and policy - stems from several problems. One is the lack of an agreed-upon definition of school climate (NSCC, 2007). Researchers define school climate in countless ways and continue to debate the key components of a positive and communal school climate. While many focus on the relationships among school community members and the commonality of the school's goals, norms, and values, there is no consensus on a universal definition. Without a clear definition that fully articulates exactly what constitutes school climate, school leaders are left without a roadmap for school climate improvement, and the translation gap continues to widen. A second matter that contributes to the gap between research and policy stems from this lack of a universal definition. Because there is disagreement on what constitutes school climate, there is also disagreement on how it can best be assessed. This has led states, districts, and schools to use tools that have not been tested for reliability and validity or have come up short in this area, and that do not capture the comprehensive nature of school climate, either in terms of components or in terms of school community members (Cohen, 2013). It is imperative that school climate is assessed using reliable and valid instruments that capture all elements of school climate and recognize the voices of all school members. Results from such an assessment can provide useful and accurate data to inform the school improvement process. Another area that has not been fully explored is the process that links school climate to its beneficial outcomes. Some have proposed that a positive and communal school climate leads to a greater sense of belonging, which, in turn, leads to more prosocial behaviors: Schools with such climates meet the needs of both teachers and students, who therefore become more attached to other school community members, more committed to the school's mission and goals, and more likely to internalize school norms and rules (Payne, 2008). This process is key for schools because students who are well integrated are not only more likely to have a positive learning experience but are also less likely to engage in deviance and crime. Although research has begun to document the relationship between positive and communal school climates and school bonding, more work is needed. Understanding the mechanisms that underlie this relationship is vital as school leaders work to develop successful school improvement plans. A lack of school climate leadership also plays a role in the gap between school climate research and policy. Having strong and defined leadership roles at the state, district, and school levels is integral for school climate policies and practices to be effectively developed and implemented (NSCC, 2007). In addition, many school climate improvement efforts are generally isolated within a narrower focus, such as student health or school safety, rather than holistically implemented into larger school-wide changes that include a focus on accountability, school community norms and beliefs, and other dimensions of school climate (NSCC, 2007). It is abundantly clear that creating and sustaining a positive and communal school climate would lead to beneficial improvements in students' academic and behavioral success. By engaging in a school climate improvement process, education leaders at the state, district, and school levels can increase the safety and success of all members of the school community. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250209.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 149755

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives Controls over Weapons, Munitions, and Explosives Summary: Objectives -- The objectives of this audit were to evaluate: (1) the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives' (ATF) controls over weapons, munitions, and explosives; (2) ATF compliance with policies governing weapons, munitions, and explosives; and (3) the accuracy of ATF's weapons, munitions, and explosives inventories. The audit covers ATF's weapons and munitions inventories, including firearms, Tasers, ammunition, chemical agents, diversionary devices, and explosives, as well as seized weapons, ammunition, and explosives inventories from fiscal years (FY) 2014 through 2017. To accomplish our objectives, we interviewed ATF personnel, evaluated ATF's policies regarding property management, firearms, ammunition, explosives, and diversionary devices. We also reviewed documentation related to firearms that were reported as lost or stolen during the scope of our audit to determine whether ATF took appropriate action. Finally, we assessed compliance with ATF policy and conducted physical inventories at 16 ATF locations. Results in Brief -- We found that ATF generally has strong physical controls over ATF-owned firearms and explosives. We also found that ATF has strong inventory controls over its firearms. However, we identified deficiencies related to munitions tracking, the accuracy of ATF's munitions inventories, and compliance with munitions and explosives policy. We also identified areas where ATF's policies should be strengthened to improve the safeguarding and accountability of ATF-owned and seized weapons and munitions. Recommendations Our report contains 10 recommendations to improve ATF's controls over its ammunition, explosives, less lethal munitions, as well as its seized weapons and ammunition. ATF's response to the draft report appears in Appendix 2 and our analysis of the response, as well as a summary of actions necessary to close the recommendations, appears in Appendix 3 of this report. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 18-21: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/a1821.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Weapons Shelf Number: 149756

Author: Breul, Nick Title: Making It Safer: A Study of Law Enforcement Fatalities Between 2010-2016 Summary: In 2015, the National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial Fund (NLEOMF) was supported by the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS), U.S. Department of Justice to study line-of-duty deaths and provide immediate and life-saving information and to improve officer safety in the future. Through that continuing agreement, the NLEOMF research team has completed additional analysis and study of 2015 and 2016 line-of-duty deaths and added the new data to the analysis completed in the "Deadly Calls and Fatal Encounters" report issued in July 2016. Although the scope of the original project was generally defined as line-of-duty deaths with an emphasis on deaths where the use of seatbelts or body armor may have played a factor, the designer of this project intentionally built-in flexibility to allow for the identification of specific trends that could possibly affect officer safety. This pre-planning and built-in report flexibility became crucial in 2016 when the United States experienced one of the worst years in our nation's history for ambush attacks on police officers. The brutal attacks peaked during a 10-day period in July when five Dallas, Texas, police officers and three Baton Rouge, Louisiana, officers were ambushed and killed. Per NLEOMF data, 2016 experienced a 53-percent increase in firearms-related fatalities over the previous year. NLEOMF researchers continually adjusted and refined their research to meet these changing conditions to provide accurate and timely officer safety information to the field. Additionally, through this report, researchers identified other emerging patterns that required further research and analysis, including the rash of ambush attacks on police officers while seated in their patrol vehicles and a disconcerting trend of preventable Police-on-Police deaths that occurred during training. When these emerging trends were identified and confirmed through further analysis, NLEOMF staff immediately developed easy-to-understand and actionable info-graphs which were distributed to law enforcement agencies nationwide. Throughout the past year, numerous infographics on timely and important topics, such as response to domestic violence attacks, rifle attacks on police, ambush attacks and police assassinations, were distributed throughout NLEOMF's law enforcement and stakeholder network and social media outlets to dispense this life-saving information as quickly as possible. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0858-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assault on Police Shelf Number: 149757

Author: National Council on Disability Title: Not on the Radar: Sexual Assault of College Students with Disabilities Summary: Sexual assault can be devastating to victims and cause long term physical, psychological, and emotional effects, including depression, post-traumatic stress, thoughts of suicide, flashbacks, and sleep disorders. The issue of sexual assault on college campuses has received increased attention since the 2007 publication of the federally funded College Sexual Assault study, which found that 19 percent of female undergraduates were victims of sexual assault during their time in college. Another recent federally funded study surveyed 23,000 students across nine colleges and universities and found that the prevalence of sexual assault averaged 21 percent for females across the schools. Neither of these studies included disability status as a demographic and, as such, no data was gathered on the prevalence of sexual assault on students with disabilities. However, a recent large-scale study on campus sexual assault by the Association of American Universities revealed that college students with disabilities were victims of sexual violence at higher rates than students without disabilities - 31.6 percent of undergraduate females with disabilities reported nonconsensual sexual contact involving physical force or incapacitation, compared to 18.4 percent of undergraduate females without a disability. This means one out of every three undergraduate students with a disability was a victim of sexual violence on campus. As campuses across the United States work to prevent assaults, educate students on assault prevention, and provide supports for survivors, little is known about how colleges address the accessibility needs of students with disabilities who have suffered a sexual assault, or about the inclusivity of college programs, services, and policies to victims of assault with disabilities. This study set out to investigate the current state of campus sexual assault programs and policies and uncovered multiple barriers to students with disabilities, from reporting crime to receiving needed assistance afterward. The report includes recommendations for Congress, federal agencies, and colleges to improve reporting requirements, training, and policies and procedures to better serve students with disabilities who have experienced sexual assault on campus. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://ncd.gov/sites/default/files/NCD_Not_on_the_Radar_Accessible_01292018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 149758

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Danger in the Land of Enchantment: Investigating online gun sales in New Mexico Summary: In October 2016, a violent felon from Deming tried to buy a gun. He had recently served time in prison for three felonies related to a domestic violence incident: armed with a revolver, he choked his fiancee, told her he would break her neck, and tried to force her into the trunk of her car.1 His felony convictions made it illegal for him to buy or possess firearms - but now he was online and actively shopping for a Glock handgun. If he had tried to buy one at a licensed dealer, where background checks are legally required, his felony convictions would have blocked the sale. Instead, he turned to online ads - where, because of a loophole in the law in New Mexico, gun sales can be arranged with no background check required. Policymakers have long recognized that it's dangerous for people with a felony conviction, a history of domestic abuse, or serious mental illness to have guns.2 People with such records, like the man described above, are legally prohibited from buying or possessing guns. That's why licensed gun dealers - Walmart, Dick's Sporting Goods, or any of the hundreds of local gun stores across New Mexico - are legally required to contact the background check system to run a check on every buyer. When someone who is not allowed to have a gun attempts to make a purchase, the background check blocks the sale. But there's a problem with this system. In New Mexico, because of a dangerous loophole in the law - referred to as the background check loophole - background checks are not required when guns are sold by individuals who are not licensed dealers.3 These sales are called "unlicensed" gun sales, and they aren't just taking place between friends or neighbors - they're taking place on the internet. Websites like Armslist.com, the "Craigslist for guns," provide a platform for unlicensed gun sales to be arranged online, between strangers. Because of the background check loophole, criminals can turn to these online unlicensed sales to arm themselves illegally, no background check required, no questions asked. To understand how often criminals in New Mexico take advantage of the background check loophole to buy guns in unlicensed online sales, Everytown investigators (1) examined the size of the state's unlicensed online sale market, and (2) posted for-sale ads online, tracking how many responses were from New Mexicans prohibited by law from buying or possessing firearms. Details: New York: Everytown for Gun Safety, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://everytownresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/EGS-031-NewMexico_5a_020817.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 149787

Author: Matrix Consulting Group Title: Phase 2 Study of the Community Corrections Division: Orange County, Florida Summary: The objective of this study was to evaluate the management, staffing and operations of various alternatives to incarceration programs operating in Orange County's Department of Corrections' Community Corrections Division. The Phase 1 project examined to Home Confinement Program. In this phase of the study the project team examined the other programs in the Division, namely: - Pre-Trial Release - Pre-Trial Division - Alternative Community Service Program - County Probation - Work Release Program - Central Intake Specific objectives of the Phase 2 study of the Community Corrections Division, then, included the following: 1. Evaluate statutes and administrative orders pertinent to the programs. 2. Review of the organizational structures, program policies and procedures, staff authority and supervisory oversight to determine program effectiveness. 3. Conduct a survey of other corrections alternatives' programs in operation in Florida and elsewhere around the country to compare operational and programmatic features which could be utilized in Orange County. 4. Analyze and assess staffing levels and caseloads of the programs. 5. Assess and analyze the programs' use of technology and its effectiveness as well as opportunities to enhance the technology in use. 6. Evaluate the feasibility of privatizing the programs. 7. Analysis of the potential of discontinuing the programs and the impacts of such closure on the criminal justice system within Orange County. The review also included examining electronic monitoring with other Community Corrections Division programs. Details: Mountain View, CA: Matrix, 2013. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://www.matrixcg.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Orange-County-Phase-2-FR.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 149788

Author: Matrix Consulting Group Title: Report on the Staffing Study: Hennepin County, Minnesota Summary: The Matrix Consulting Group was retained by Hennepin County to conduct a Staffing Study of the Sheriff's Office. This final report presents the results of the study. This study, which began in the summer of 2015, was primarily designed to provide an assessment of the staffing needs of the Sheriff's Office. However, the operations management issues were also evaluated where they have the potential to impact staffing and the efficiency and effectiveness of operations and services. Details: Mountain View, CA: Matrix, 2015. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2018 at: https://www.matrixcg.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/HCSO-Final-Report-11-23-15.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Sheriff Officers Shelf Number: 149789

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Operational Strategies to Build Police-Community Trust and Reduce Crime in Minority Communities: The Minneapolis Cedar-Riverside Exploratory Policing Study Summary: The Police Executive Research Forum (PERF), the U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), and the Minneapolis Police Department (MPD) designed, implemented, and evaluated a three-anda-half-year project that took place in the Cedar-Riverside area of Minneapolis that explored a new approach to policing in minority communities. The project's approach is built on the foundational concepts of procedural justice and legitimacy. The Cedar-Riverside neighborhood provided a unique laboratory for testing the approach in a challenging, real-world setting. Cedar-Riverside has the largest population of East African (primarily Somali) immigrants in the United States, largely resulting from the influx of refugees entering the U.S. in the 1990s. Many residents still speak their native language and follow traditional culture and customs from their homeland. Furthermore, residents' perceptions of government and particularly the police have been tainted by the corruption and abuse these refugees witnessed or experienced in their native Somalia and other countries. Fear and misunderstanding between East African residents and the criminal justice system in Minneapolis (especially the police) have been and continue to be major challenges. The objective of this project was to test the idea that crime prevention and enforcement efforts of police departments are strengthened when the police actively strive to improve their relationship with the community by using every interaction as an opportunity to demonstrate civil, unbiased, fair, and respectful policing. Given the diversity and unique challenges of Cedar-Riverside, it is believed that if the concepts of procedural justice and legitimacy can be successfully implemented there, they can be applied in a broad range of other communities throughout the United States. Initially conceived as a police-community project only, it became apparent early on that to fully implement and test the principles of procedural justice and legitimacy, other elements of the Minneapolis justice system would need to be included as well. MPD's partners in this effort included not only the Cedar-Riverside community, but also the Minneapolis City Attorney's Office, Hennepin County Attorney's Office, and Hennepin County Department of Community Corrections and Rehabilitation (probation). In addition, BJA and PERF brought in two nationally-recognized consultants to advise on the project: Dr. George Kelling, co-author of the "Broken Windows" model and renowned police researcher, and Dr. Tom Tyler, Professor of Law and Psychology at Yale Law School and a leading advocate for applying the principles of procedural justice to policing. This collaborative team designed, implemented, and evaluated evidence-based crime reduction tactics in the Cedar-Riverside area, resulting in a system-wide prototype that we believe can be replicated in other areas Details: Washington, DC; PERF, 2017. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/MinneapolisCedarRiverside.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Policing Shelf Number: 149790

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: New National Commitment Required:: The Changing Nature of Crime And Criminal Investigations Summary: To say that computers, communication systems, and other technologies are changing the policing profession is a vast understatement. In recent years, much of PERF's research and policy development work has focused on the impact of new technologies on crime analysis and police use of force. We have also studied new devices such as body-worn cameras and, most recently, the revolution that is occurring in 911 and emergency communications. For this report, we stepped back and assessed the impact of computers and other technologies on the nature of crime itself, and on how technology is changing investigations. As part of our Critical Issues in Policing series, PERF assembled nearly 200 experts in criminal investigations, technology, and police operations and management to explore these issues during a day-long conference in Washington, D.C. We learned about new types of computer-related crimes, and also about criminals' use of technology to commit many old types of crime. For law enforcement agencies to keep up in this new environment, their approaches to criminal investigations must change. Relying on physical evidence and witness statements is no longer sufficient in many cases. Investigators need to know how to access and secure data from mobile devices, social media, Fitbits and other devices that store computerized data, and the so-called "dark web." The reality is that the science of criminal investigations is changing rapidly, and many law enforcement agencies are not prepared for the changes that are taking place. This report is a wake-up call for the policing profession. If we are to be successful in combating crime in the 21st century, agencies must have the training, tools, and skilled personnel to understand the changing nature of crime and to be resourceful in investigating new types of crime. Details: Washington, DC; PERF, 2018. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/ChangingNatureofCrime.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 149791

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The Revolution in Emergency Communications Summary: The field of emergency communications is about to enter a period of dramatic change and transformation. Nearly 50 years after the first 911 call was made in the United States, calltaking and dispatching have become, in a way, the forgotten member of the public safety family. The 911 system is so familiar to us that most people don't even think about it, until an emergency happens. Yet 911 remains a vital part of everyday crime-fighting, as well as the management of major events and the response to natural disasters. PERF decided to conduct a Critical Issues in Policing project on emergency communications because the world of emergency communications is about to undergo an upheaval, as a result of two new technologies: Next Generation 911 systems and the FirstNet wireless broadband network for police and other first responders. The implementation of NG911 and FirstNet will augment traditional mission-critical Land Mobile Radio (LMR) narrowband voice systems. This report explores NG911 and FirstNet and their impact on police agencies and the emergency communications centers that support the police. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series, 2017: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/EmergencyCommunications.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: 911 Calls Shelf Number: 149792

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The Unprecedented Opioid Epidemic: As Overdoses Become a Leading Cause of Death, Police, Sheriffs, and Health Agencies Must Step Up Their Response Summary: Consider the following pieces of information: - In Philadelphia, 35 people died of heroin overdoses in less than a week last December. - In New York City, fatal drug overdoses, which numbered 1,374 in 2016, are four times more common than homicides. The police are moving mountains to analyze overdose cases quickly, in order to stop the fatalities when an extremely powerful batch of heroin or fentanyl hits the streets. - In Louisville, Kentucky, police had 52 overdose calls over a 32-hour period last February. On average, police save someone's live with naloxone about twice a day, and one person dies from an overdose every day. - In Cabell County, West Virginia, officials reported 26 drug overdoses in a five-hour period, due to a batch of heroin containing fentanyl. The county reported the highest overdose death rate in the state, with 132 deaths among a population of less than 100,000. - In Ohio, the state with the most overdose deaths, an average of 11 people died every 24 hours in 2016, and coroners report that the numbers for 2017 are even higher. In Akron, 16 drug dealers have been sentenced to long prison terms because their product was linked to fatal overdoses, but the police chief doesn't think those prosecutions have "sent a message" to other dealers or slowed down the heroin trafficking. - In Cook County, Illinois, where Chicago and some of its suburbs are located, fentanyl took hold with a vengeance in 2016, causing more than 560 fatal overdoses. When Chicago's opioid overdoses are laid out on a map of the city, it correlates closely with the locations of shootings, prompting one police official to note that "our violent crime problem is our drug problem." - In New Jersey, crime labs have backlogs, but they find a way to turn heroin analyses around in a matter of hours if fatalities are involved. - In Baltimore, where 694 people suffered fatal overdoses in 2016, the Health Department is very concerned about the high likelihood that prescription opioid pills will lead to more cases of heroin addiction. So it is taking action. The Health Department is asking doctors to provide a prescription for naloxone along with every prescription they write for opioid pain pills. The idea is that doctors will think twice about prescribing oxycodone if they have to tell their patients, "Here's a prescription for your shoulder pain. And this other prescription is in case you end up having a heroin overdose." These are a few of the stories that you will find in the report you are holding. This is PERF's third major report about the epidemic of overdoses by persons addicted to opioid drugs. In 2014 and again in 2016, we held national conferences and released reports about the crisis, focusing on what local police and other agencies were doing to reduce the carnage. This new report summarizes what we learned at a third national PERF conference, held at the New York City Police Department's headquarters in April 2017. The reason PERF continues to focus on the opioids crisis is that despite the groundbreaking work that police and other agencies are doing, the epidemic is continuing to worsen. The latest numbers, released by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in August 2017, are horrible. Drug overdose deaths in 2016 totaled 64,070, a 21-percent increase over the year before. And approximately three-fourths of all drug overdose deaths are caused by opioid drugs. Let's put those numbers in context: - The 64,070 drug fatalities in 2016 outnumber the 35,092 motor vehicle fatalities in 2015. - Drug fatalities in 2016 outnumber American fatalities in the entire course of the Vietnam War, which totaled 58,200. - Drug fatalities in 2016 outnumber AIDS-related deaths in the worst year of the HIV epidemic, when 50,628 people died in 1995. - Drug fatalities in 2016 outnumber the peak year of homicides in the United States, when 24,703 people were murdered in 1991. - Drug fatalities in 2016 outnumber suicides, which have been increasing for nearly 30 years and which totaled 44,193 in 2015. Furthermore, the new CDC statistics confirm what police chiefs have been telling us-Fentanyl is driving the sharp increases in opioid-related fatalities. CDC identified 15,466 fatalities in 2016 resulting from heroin overdoses, but 20,145 fatalities caused by fentanyl or other synthetic opioids. So it is clear that police and other criminal justice agencies, along with public health departments, drug treatment and social service providers, elected officials, and others, must step up their efforts to prevent new cases of opioid addiction, while helping addicted persons through the long and difficult process of getting free of opioid drugs. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2017. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/opioids2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149796

Author: Matrix Consulting Group Title: Police Department Comprehensive Workload Study: Kauai County, Hawaii Summary: In October, 2016 the Matrix Consulting Group began the project to conduct a Police Department Comprehensive Workload Study for Kauai County. This document is the final report of the project team's work that includes an analysis of department staffing and organizational structure and key operational elements that notably impact staffing levels. The Matrix Consulting Group is a management consulting group established in 2002 that focuses entirely on public sector analytical services and specializes in public safety services. These services include staffing studies, organizational structure evaluations, operational efficiency and effectiveness reviews, patrol deployment alternatives and organizational culture evaluations. The Matrix Consulting Group has provided analytical services to public safety agencies for over 30 years and has conducted over 250 individual studies of law enforcement services. The Police Department desired a staffing analysis to serve as the foundation for police services in Kauai County. However, the efficiency and effectiveness of Police Department operations was also evaluated, identifying many improvement opportunities relating to service delivery, organization and staffing as summarized in the following specific study objectives: - Understand, document and analyze all workloads and service levels as well as the resources needed to handle these workloads in every function. - Compare current and alternative approaches to staffing, deployment and utilization of personnel - Ensure that community expectations are addressed and met by obtaining their input during this process. - Develop a defensible fact based analysis of resource needs. - Evaluate the choices that the Department has in meeting resource commitments. - Provide the tools necessary for Department and County personnel to evaluate needs as conditions change. The County and the Police Department undertook this important step to identify resource requirements, operational efficiencies, management and customer services goals are met. Details: Mountain View, CA: Matrix, 2017. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: https://www.matrixcg.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Kauai-Police-Staffing-Report-6-15.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 149799

Author: Matrix Consulting Group Title: Police Department Workload / Staffing Study: Kansas City, Missouri Summary: n January 2017 the Matrix Consulting Group began the project to conduct a Police Department Workload / Staffing Study for the Kansas City Police Department (KCPD). This document is the report of the project team�s work that includes an analysis of department staffing and organizational structure and key operational elements that notably impact staffing levels. 1. Study Scope of Work Government organizations should periodically review the services that they deliver in order to identify resource requirements, operational efficiencies, management and that customer services goals are met. Public safety operations are not exempt from this need. While the major focus of this study was the staffing needs of the Kansas City Police Department, it is impossible to completely divorce this from the management of these resources. As a result, the scope of this project was comprehensive and included the following: � Staffing allocations and deployments in each Police Department function; � The Police Department�s organizational structure; � The management systems used to control operations and ensure that Department and community goals are met; This assessment is intended to be a blueprint for the choices that the Police Board and the Department have to be more effective in its service to the community and to strengthen key internal processes Details: Mountain View, CA: Matrix, 2017. 298p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: https://www.matrixcg.net/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Kansas-City-MO-Police-Report-5-26-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 149800

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Illicit Opioids: While Greater Attention Given to Combating Synthetic Opioids, Agencies Need to Better Assess their Efforts Summary: What GAO Found Federal agencies collaborate with foreign governments, such as China, Mexico, and Canada, as well as with international organizations, to limit the production of illicit synthetic opioids. They do this by enhancing investigations, sharing information on emerging trends, helping to expand the regulation of illicit substances, and building capacity to thwart the distribution of illicit drugs. Federal agencies have ongoing efforts to limit the domestic availability of and enhance their response to illicit synthetic opioids. For example, federal efforts include treating overdose death scenes as crime scenes where officers collect evidence to investigate and identify the drug source. Federal agencies have also documented specific strategies to combat illicit opioids. However, only one of the five strategies we reviewed included outcome, or results-oriented measures-largely due to agency perceptions that designing such measures posed challenges. The Government Performance and Results Act Modernization Act of 2010 directs agencies to develop goals, as well as performance indicators. Without specific outcome-oriented performance measures, federal agencies will not be able to truly assess whether their respective investments and efforts are helping them to limit the availability of and better respond to the synthetic opioid threat. We also found that while federal law enforcement agencies are increasingly coordinating with the public health sector to share overdose information, both sectors reported ongoing data sharing obstacles and related challenges with the timeliness, accuracy, and accessibility of overdose data. Standards for Internal Control in the Federal Government states that information for decision-making should be appropriate, current, complete, accurate, accessible, and provided on a timely basis. Embarking on a concerted effort, led by the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), to examine and address data related concerns will enhance agencies' efforts continue to understand and respond to the opioid epidemic. Federal agencies have adapted to the opioid epidemic by, among other things, expanding prevention programs and treatment options. For example, agencies have increased engagement with medical professionals about the implications of prescribing practices to help reduce opioid abuse, and provided additional resources to states and localities to expand the distribution and use of overdose reversal and treatment options. Why GAO Did This Study Increased illicit use of synthetic (manmade) opioids has contributed to drug-related overdose deaths. Synthetic opioids like fentanyl-a substance 100 times stronger than morphine- accounted for more than 19,000 of the nearly 64,000 overdose deaths in 2016, the most recent year for which federal data are available. GAO was asked to review U.S. agency efforts to combat illicit synthetic opioids. This report examines how U.S. agencies (1) work with international partners to limit production of illicit synthetic opioids; (2) work domestically to limit the availability of and enhance their response to these drugs and how agencies can improve their effectiveness; (3) measure performance in their documented opioid response strategies; and (4) have adapted their approaches to prevention and treatment. GAO reviewed documents that described agencies' international coordination efforts, domestic opioid reduction strategies and prevention and treatment approaches, and interviewed international and federal agency officials engaged in drug control policy. GAO also interviewed state and local law enforcement and public health officials in seven states, selected in part for their high rates of overdose deaths. What GAO Recommends GAO is making six recommendations, including that agencies develop performance metrics. DHS agreed, ONDCP did not state whether they agreed or disagreed, and DOJ did not agree with GAO's recommendations. GAO continues to believe that these recommendations remain valid. Details: Washington, DC; GAO, 2018. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-205: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/690972.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 149801

Author: Love, Hannah Title: Comparing Narratives of Justice: How Survivors, Criminal Justice Stakeholders, and Service Providers Perceive Justice in Human Trafficking Cases Summary: This brief draws from 100 interviews with criminal justice actors and victim service providers and 80 interviews with survivors of human trafficking to understand how respondents define justice in human trafficking cases. To date, little has been known about how police officers, prosecutors, and other system actors perceive their work on human trafficking cases and how their perceptions either fit with or diverge from those of survivors. Findings reveal that while criminal justice actors and survivors agree on how the criminal justice system can be improved, they differ in their understandings of justice, with system actors placing a much higher emphasis on prosecution and punitive approaches than survivors. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97346/comparing_narratives_of_justice_2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 149810

Author: Peck, Sarah Herman Title: Immigration Consequences of Criminal Activity Summary: Congress's power to create rules governing the admission of non-U.S. nationals (aliens) has long been viewed as plenary. In the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), as amended, Congress has specified grounds for the exclusion or removal of aliens, including on account of criminal activity. Some criminal offenses, when committed by an alien who is present in the United States, may render that alien subject to removal from the country. And certain criminal offenses may preclude an alien outside the United States from being either admitted into the country or permitted to reenter following an initial departure. Further, criminal conduct may disqualify an alien from certain forms of relief from removal or prevent the alien from becoming a U.S. citizen. In some cases, the INA directly identifies particular offenses that carry immigration consequences; in other cases, federal immigration law provides that a general category of crimes, such as "crimes involving moral turpitude" or an offense defined by the INA as an "aggravated felony," may render an alien ineligible for certain benefits and privileges under immigration law. The INA distinguishes between the treatment of aliens who have been lawfully admitted into the United States and those who are either seeking admission into the country or are physically present in the country without having been lawfully admitted. Aliens who have been lawfully admitted into the country may be removed if they engage in conduct that renders them deportable, whereas aliens who have not been legally admitted into the United States-including both aliens seeking initial entry into the United States as well as those who are physically present in the country but were never lawfully admitted-may be excluded or removed from the country if they have engaged in conduct rendering them inadmissible. Although the INA designates certain criminal activities and categories of criminal activities as grounds for inadmissibility or deportation, the respective grounds are not identical. Moreover, a conviction for a designated crime is not always required for an alien to be disqualified on criminal grounds from admission into the United States. But for nearly all criminal grounds for deportation, a "conviction" (as defined by the INA) for the underlying offense is necessary. Additionally, although certain criminal conduct may disqualify an alien from various immigration-related benefits or forms of relief, the scope of disqualifying conduct varies depending on the particular benefit or form of relief at issue. This report identifies the major criminal grounds that may bar an alien from being admitted into the United States or render an alien within the country removable. The report also discusses additional immigration consequences of criminal activity, including those that make an alien ineligible for certain relief from removal, including cancellation of removal, voluntary departure, withholding of removal, and asylum. The report also addresses the criminal grounds that render an alien ineligible to adjust to lawful permanent resident (LPR) status, as well as those grounds barring LPRs from naturalizing as U.S. citizens. The report also discusses the scope of several general criminal categories referenced by the INA, including "crimes involving moral turpitude," "aggravated felonies," and "crimes of violence. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: R45151: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R45151.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 149839

Author: Clark, John Title: Enhancing Pretrial Justice in Cuyahoga County: Results From a Jail Population Analysis and Judicial Feedback Summary: To assist in its ongoing examination of the bail system in Cuyahoga County, the Cuyahoga County Court of Common Pleas, in coordination with the American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio, asked the Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) to review elements of the Cuyahoga County pretrial justice system. PJI examined case filing trend data, analyzed data from a snapshot of persons released on a particular date from four facilities-the Cuyahoga County Jail plus three municipal jails-and solicited feedback from the Court of Common Pleas and municipal court benches regarding needed enhancements to the bail system. This report presents the findings from that effort. Here is a summary of the major findings and recommendations. Trend Data - Despite significant declines in the number of reported violent and property crimes in Cuyahoga County, and even larger declines in the number of criminal cases filed in both the municipal courts and the Court of Common Pleas, there has not been a commensurate reduction in the number of jail bookings or average daily populations. - The Cuyahoga County Jail has been operating, on average, at over 100% capacity in four out of the past five years. Jail Population Analysis - There were significant differences in the demographic characteristics, particularly regarding race, of those released from the three municipal jails on the date of the snapshot, June 1, 2017, compared to those released from the Cuyahoga County Jail. - Twenty-five percent of the felony pretrial population in the Cuyahoga County Jail sample remained detained throughout the pretrial period, with an average length of stay in pretrial detention of 104 days. Of the 75% who were released, whether by financial or non-financial means, the average length of stay was 17 days. - Thirty-eight percent of the Cuyahoga County jail population that was released on personal bond spent more than one week in pretrial detention before that release. - Twenty-eight percent of those with a bond of $5,000 or less never posted it and remained detained throughout the pretrial period. - There was a correlation between seriousness of charge and bond type and bond amounts in the Cuyahoga County Jail sample. Those charged with Felony 1 and 2 offenses were much more likely to get a secured money bond than those charged with Felony 4 and 5 offenses, and, of those receiving a secured bond, much more likely to receive a higher bond. Judicial Feedback PJI invited all Municipal and Common Pleas judges to participate in a voluntary questionnaire consisting of nine questions to identify areas of potential judicial education, stakeholder engagement, and process improvements. Here is a summary of the results: - Thirty-three judges completed the questionnaire. - Over 75% of the judges felt informed about the strengths and weaknesses of the bail system in their jurisdiction, and about ways that it might be improved. - 82% of the judges felt there is value in the Criminal Justice Committee examining the pretrial process in Cuyahoga County and its municipalities. - 79% felt it is important to provide judicial-specific education to understand possible ways to improve the bail system in the areas of actuarial risk assessment (87%) and research-informed risk management strategies (87%). - 13% felt uncertainty about the use of actuarial risk assessment tools with some concern that they may cause additional issues. - 84% of the respondents were "somewhat familiar with" to "not familiar with at all" the use of supervision matrices, while only 15% of the judges were "very familiar with" the uses of supervision matrices. Recommendations 1. Conduct a training on the fundamentals of pretrial justice for the judges of the Court of Common Pleas and of the municipal courts. 2. Conduct a one-to-two day summit of the judiciary in Cuyahoga County to identify a clear vision statement pertaining to pretrial practices within the county. 3. Pilot test 2-4 projects in both the Municipal and Common Pleas Court introducing research and evidenced-based practices in pretrial improvements. 4. Actively and consistently communicate the plans, progress, and outcomes of the pilot sites to the entire judiciary, as well as other key stakeholders, such as prosecutors, defenders, law enforcement, victim advocates, and the community at large. 5. Based on the results of the pilot sites, plan and implement an expansion of new practices system-wide. Details: Rockville, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Cuyahoga-County-Jail-Population-Analysis-Report-PJI-2017_final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149840

Author: Burdeen, Cherise Fanno Title: Jail Population Management: Elected County Officials' Guide to Pretrial Services Summary: With shrinking budgets and growing jail populations, counties across the nation are facing tough decisions on how to control county criminal justice costs while minimizing the effects on public safety. According to national data, local governments spend more on criminal justice than state governments or the federal government. Since 1982, the direct expenditure on criminal justice by local governments has grown from almost $21 billion to over $109 billion by 2006. Rising Jail Populations and the Impact on County Budgets. There has been a signifi cant rise in jail populations since 1990, in spite of a signifi cant decrease in the reported crime rates during the same period. The National Crime Victimization Survey, conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics, reports that from 1994-2005, violent crime rates have declined, reaching in 2005 their lowest level ever recorded. Compare this against Chart One. The increase in jail population has come with great cost to counties. Overall, counties have seen more than a 500 percent increase in jail spending since 1982. In 2006, voters struck down an unprecedented majority of proposed county jail construction projects. Who is Really in Jail? Despite the public perception that jails are full of dangerous, hardened, or incorrigible criminals placed there as punishment for their crimes, national data on county jails present a different picture. County jails primarily house pretrial defendants (Chart Two). According to national data, two-thirds of jail inmates are in an un-convicted status, up from just over half in 1996. Overall, data show that of all the un-convicted inmates in jail on any given day, almost 35% have been charged with violent offenses, 22% with property offenses, 23% with drug charges, and 20% with public-order charges. For most communities, those arrested have been arrested before, and a very small number of arrestees are making up a large majority of the arrests. In. Lincoln, Nebraska, police reported that the list of individuals arrested 200 times or more had tripled in a six-year period. An analysis done in late 2007 in Athens-Clarke County, Georgia, showed that most of the male jail inmates were on their tenth stay in jail, and one was on his 112th. A majority of counties are spending significant resources on a small number of individuals. Dealing more effectively with those individuals during the pretrial stage of the system can translate into substantial cost savings. Actions to address this can start as early as the initial court appearance. The court has several options when faced with bail setting, based solely on what the county provides via financial and/or non-financial release. Details: Washington, DC: National Association of Counties, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: http://www.naco.org/sites/default/files/documents/Jail%20Population%20Management%20Guide.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 117108

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Bureau of Prisons: Methods for Cost Estimation Largely Reflect Best Practices, but Quantifying Risks Would Enhance Decision Making Summary: Why GAO Did This Study Highlights Accountability Integrity Reliability November 2009 BUREAU OF PRISONS Methods for Cost Estimation Largely Reflect Best Practices, but Quantifying Risks Would Enhance Highlights of GAO-10-94, a report to Decision Making congressional committees The Department of Justice's (DOJ) Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) is responsible for the custody and care of about 209,000 federal inmates-a population which has grown by 44 percent over the last decade. In fiscal years 2008 and 2009, the President requested additional funding for BOP because costs for key operations were at risk of exceeding appropriated funding levels. GAO was congressionally directed to examine (1) how BOP estimates costs when developing its annual budget request to DOJ; (2) the extent to which BOP's methods for estimating costs follow established best practices; and (3) the extent to which BOP's costs for key operations exceeded requested funding levels identified in the President's budget in recent years, and how this has affected BOP's ability to manage its growing inmate population. In conducting our work, GAO analyzed BOP budget documents, interviewed BOP and DOJ officials, and compared BOP's cost estimation documentation to criteria in GAO's Cost Estimating and Assessment Guide. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that BOP (1) conduct an uncertainty analysis quantifying the extent to which its operational costs could vary due to changes in key cost assumptions and submit the results, along with budget documentation, to DOJ; and (2) improve documentation of calculations used to estimate its costs. BOP agreed with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/new.items/d1094.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 117109

Author: Friedman, Sara Ann Title: Who Is There To Help Us? How the System Fails Sexually Exploited Girls in the United States Examples from Four American Cities Summary: This report signals an Amber Alert for American girls, (under 18 years of age) who, in large numbers, are being prostituted in their own back yards-and back alleys-yet are uncounted, unseen and denied the resources becoming available to girls brought illegally into this country from abroad. Its main purpose is to increase public awareness about the true nature of girls in prostitution, to understand that they are victims, and to press for reform on their behalf, especially in the areas of prevention and services that will assist them to exit "the life" as it is called. The report is primarily a qualitative investigation based on interviews with girls themselves, children's advocates, service providers, law enforcement officials and others, in primarily four cities - New York, Atlanta, Minneapolis, and San Francisco. Little hard data is available. Details: Brooklyn, NY: ECPAT-USA, 2005. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/594970e91b631b3571be12e2/t/5977b5ded7bdce9b3785afab/1501017567091/WHO-IS-THERE-TO-HELP-US-How-the-System-Fails-Sexually-Exploited-Girls-in-the-United-States-Examples-from-Four-American-Cities-.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 117113

Author: Hart, Bill Title: Confidence and Caution: Arizonans' Trust in the Police Summary: National surveys, as well as an Arizona poll commissioned for this report, indicate that most Americans do trust police. But a closer examination of the relationship between police and public finds it to be remarkably complex, resting as it does on a fundamental ambivalence that both sides bring to it. Police, on one hand, are sworn to "serve and protect" the public, but in doing so regularly must discipline and compel some of them. The public, on the other hand, must obey officers and rely on them; but many also acknowledge that they sometimes resent and even fear the police. This report addresses the issue of trust in police in three ways: reviewing national and Arizona-focused research literature; analyzing the results of 10 focus groups across the state; and providing the findings of a random-sample opinion poll of all Arizona adults. Details: Phoenix: Morrison Institute for Public Policy, School of Public Affairs, College of Public Programs, Arizona State University, 2007. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2018 at: https://morrisoninstitute.asu.edu/sites/default/files/content/products/ConfAndCaution-AzTrustInPolice.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 117091

Author: Langton, Lynn Title: Aviation Units in Large Law Enforcement Agencies, 2007 Summary: During 2007, about 1 in 5 large law enforcement agencies had a specialized aviation unit operating at least one fixedwing plane or helicopter. These 201 aviation units, located in departments of 100 or more sworn officers, employed about 3,400 persons, operated almost 900 aircraft in 46 states and the District of Columbia, and logged an estimated 363,000 flight hours. The units performed functions ranging from general operations, such as engaging in pursuits and responding to calls for service, to more specialized operations, such as homeland security, emergency medical services (EMS), special weapons and tactics (SWAT), and firefighting missions. This report is based on data from the 2007 Census of Law Enforcement Aviation Units (CLEAU), which collected information on the characteristics, expenditures, equipment, personnel, functions, and training and safety requirements of aviation units found in law enforcement agencies with 100 or more sworn officers. The CLEAU is the first nationwide study to examine the nature and extent of airborne law enforcement. Major findings from the 2007 Census of Law Enforcement Aviation Units include- - Aviation units from large departments provided aerial law enforcement coverage in 46 states and the District of Columbia. - A greater percentage of units had helicopters (88%) than planes (50%). In absolute numbers, units operated more than twice the number of helicopters (604) than planes (295). - Aviation units spent an estimated total of $300 million in 2007 on aircraft purchases, leasing and financing, and maintenance and fuel. - About two-thirds (68%) of aviation unit aircraft were acquired through outright purchase, and about a fourth (24%) were secured through a government surplus program. Approximately half of the aircraft in operation were at least 20 years old. - Aviation units logged a median of 1,100 flight hours per unit in 2007. State police units had the greatest median number of hours per unit (2,000). - In 2007, 92% of aviation units engaged in vehicle pursuits. Almost 90% of units performed counternarcotics missions, and about 80% conducted counterterrorism missions. Nearly 70% of units engaged in firefighting activities. Fewer units reported using aircraft for SWAT member insertions (36%), emergency medical response (26%), and prisoner transport (22%) (figure 1). - About half of aviation units required new pilot candidates to have law enforcement experience. Over 60% required that they hold prior pilot ratings. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, 2009. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/aullea07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Surveillance Shelf Number: 117089

Author: Arkow, Phil Title: A Link Across the Lifespan: Animal Abuse as a Marker for Traumatic Experiences in Child Abuse, Domestic Violence and Elder Abuse Summary: Until relatively recently, health and social services professionals, researchers, policymakers, and the general public considered animal cruelty as a stand-alone issue, important to animals' well-being but of only marginal significance to individual and community health and safety. This marginalization, based upon cultural themes that animals are merely property, that animal abuse is a normal occurrence among children and adolescents, and that human welfare priorities supersede animals' interests, is somewhat ironic. Other themes deeply embedded in Western philosophy express concern that children who abuse animals may grow up to exhibit escalating and dangerous interpersonal violence and antisocial behaviors. Meanwhile, the child protection movement originated in the animal protection field: the first child abuse cases were prosecuted by societies for the prevention of cruelty to animals and many humane societies had dual roles in child and animal protection for many decades. This paradigm is rapidly shifting today as recent programs, policy, public awareness and research resoundingly redefine animal cruelty and its various manifestations - abuse, neglect, animal hoarding, and animal fighting - as a form of family and community violence. Animal abuse is not only a crime in itself but also often serves as a bellwether, a marker and a predictor of child maltreatment, domestic violence and elder abuse. Details: Shakopee, MN: Academy on Violence and Abuse, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2018 at: http://nationallinkcoalition.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/AVA-Link-Across-the-Lifespan.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 149845

Author: Lancia, Amanda Title: Policing and the Dirty Underbelly: Understanding Narratives of Police Deviance on Social Media Platforms Summary: Policing organizations have been quick to adopt the use of social media as a community policing and investigative tool. However, the user-generated content on social media platforms can pose a risk to police legitimacy, police accountability, and their role as the 'authorized knowers'. This thesis explores how social media problematizes the social problems game and how social media challenges the police as the 'authorized knowers'. Through the analysis of two case studies - #myNYPD campaign and the Walter Scott shooting - it was found that social media users can use social media platforms to construct claims against and challenge police in the social problems game through the circulation of user-generated content. It was discovered that images and videos play a significant role in the social problems game, and the challenging of the police. The authority that the police have with traditional media differs from the relationship they have with social media. This is because social media becomes much more difficult to control, especially with the interpretive flexibility of images and video. It was found that police still engage in counter-claims making activities through traditional media outlets to counteract claims made online, but that social media also provides a new platform for counter-claims making activities. Details: Waterloo, ON: Wilfrid Laurier University, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 18, 2018 at: http://scholars.wlu.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2987&context=etd Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 149848

Author: Farr, Patrick Title: Queer Victims: Reports of Violence by LGBTQI Survivors Result in Violent Assaults by Police Summary: Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer and intersex (LGBTQI) people are often victimized by law enforcement and these victimizations often are related to victimizations of domestic violence and hate violence. Because reporting a victimization to the police leads to contact with police, a part of the research question involved herein looked at whether or not reporting a victimization to the police also increases the rate of police violence. Through secondary data analysis, this study investigated the correlation between reporting domestic violence and hate violence to the police, and subsequent victimizations by the police in the form of police violence. Additionally, through secondary data analysis, this study investigated whether or not this correlation is stronger with transgender women and people of color. All data analyzed in this study was collected in Tucson, Arizona through the Wingspan Anti-Violence Project (WAVP). All data was analyzed with the permission of the data owner, the National Coalition of AntiViolence Programs (NCAVP) (see Appendix IV), and with IRB approval from the Arizona State University Office of Research Integrity and Assurance (see Appendix III). The findings demonstrated a positive correlation between the rate of LGBTQI people reporting violent crimes to the police and the rate of police violence against LGBTQI survivors of domestic violence and hate violence. The results further demonstrated the rate of police violence associated with reporting domestic violence or hate violence is greatest for transgender women and people of color. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/172746/content/Farr_asu_0010N_16187.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 149849

Author: Jacobs, James B. Title: The Potential and Limitations of Universal Background Checking for Gun Purchasers Summary: Current federal law defies logic in requiring that only purchasers who buy from federally licensed sellers be subject to background checking. Thus, universal background checking is frequently proposed as the best and most important form of "sensible gun control". Upon closer inspection, however, universal background checking would be harder to implement and enforce than proponents recognize. Moreover, the likely payoff in reduction of gun homicides, crimes and suicides would be less than what is often assumed. This Article closely examines universal background checking in theory and practice, including the Manchin-Toomey Amendment which Congress rejected in 2013 but which continues to be reintroduced. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: New York University Public Law and Legal Theory Working Papers; accessed April 19, 2018 at: http://lsr.nellco.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1590&context=nyu_plltwp Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 149851

Author: Yeh, Brian T. Title: Legal Authorities Under the Controlled Substances Act to Combat the Opioid Crisis Summary: According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the annual number of drug overdose deaths involving prescription opioids (such as hydrocodone, oxycodone, and methadone) and illicit opioids (such as heroin and non-pharmaceutical fentanyl) has more than quadrupled since 1999. A November 2017 report issued by the President's Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis also observed that "[t]he crisis in opioid overdose deaths has reached epidemic proportions in the United States ... and currently exceeds all other drug-related deaths or traffic fatalities." How the current opioid epidemic happened, and who may be responsible for fueling it, are complicated questions, though reports suggest that several parties likely played contributing roles, including pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors, doctors, health insurance companies, rogue pharmacies, and drug dealers and addicts. Many federal departments and agencies are involved in efforts to combat opioid abuse and addiction, including a law enforcement agency within the U.S. Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), which is the focus of this report. The primary federal law governing the manufacture, distribution, and use of prescription and illicit opioids is the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), a statute that the DEA is principally responsible for administering and enforcing. The CSA and DEA regulations promulgated thereunder establish a framework through which the federal government regulates the manufacture, distribution, importation, exportation, and use of certain substances which have the potential for abuse or psychological or physical dependence, including opioids. Congress enacted the CSA in 1970 to facilitate the availability of controlled substances for authorized medical, scientific, research, and industrial purposes, while also preventing these substances from being diverted out of legitimate channels for illegal purposes such as drug abuse and drug trafficking activities. The CSA aims to protect the public's health and safety from dangers posed by highly addictive or dangerous controlled substances that are diverted into the illicit market, while also ensuring that patients have access to pharmaceutical controlled substances for legitimate medical purposes such as the treatment of pain. This report describes the current federal legal regime governing opioids and other controlled substances under the CSA and its implementing regulations, including (1) the classification of various plants, drugs, and chemicals into one of five schedules based on the substance's medical use, potential for abuse, and safety or dependence liability; (2) who must register with the DEA in order to receive authorization to handle the substances (such as drug manufacturers, wholesale distributors, doctors, hospitals, pharmacies, and scientific researchers); (3) what obligations registrants must satisfy in order to maintain a valid registration (such as keeping records of drug inventories and transactions, submitting reports to the DEA, and providing security measures to safeguard controlled substances); and (4) the DEA's administrative, civil, and criminal authorities for enforcing regulatory compliance with the CSA (such as suspending or revoking a registrant's legal authority to handle controlled substances if the DEA Administrator finds that the registrant has "committed such acts as would render his registration ... inconsistent with the public interest."). The report then examines DEA initiatives and actions taken, pursuant to its legal authorities under the CSA, which specifically target the abuse of opioids. The report concludes by discussing selected opioid-related legislative proposals in the 115th Congress that would amend the CSA. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R45164.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Policy Shelf Number: 149853

Author: Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) Title: Working Paper on Projected Costs of Marijuana Legalization in Illinois Summary: Potential revenue resulting from the legalization of marijuana is often discussed as a remedy for lagging state budgets. Indeed, 24/7 Wall St. reports "marijuana sales could add to state coffers an estimated $566 million in excise tax revenue per year," which is in the middle of the low ($350M) and high ($700M) projections estimated by pro-marijuana groups like the Marijuana Policy Project. This report finds that legalization in Illinois, however, would cost at least $670 million, outweighing the projected tax revenue. To justify legalization, proponents often cite high criminal justice costs, often not recognizing that in 2016 Illinois decriminalized possession of small amounts of marijuana. Additionally, the issue of legalization is often confused with the matter of medical marijuana, claiming the drug is necessary to aid those in need of medication. Supporters of the commercialization of marijuana often fail to acknowledge the costs resulting from marijuana use, including, but not limited to, drugged driving crashes and increased workplace absenteeism. Catalyst members have partnered with SAM to create this study in an attempt to publish valuable data in regard to the costs of the commercialization of marijuana. While we believe that this study has viable financial information about the monetary costs related to Illinois, we also feel that there are experiences far more significant than quantitative cost data. It is crucial to examine this cost study as one element of a larger view on the issue of marijuana in Illinois - an issue that touches individuals, families, and communities. Much has been said about the revenues that marijuana legalization might bring to Illinois. Few, however, discuss the costs of such a policy. Omitting costs is a critical oversight: no policy or business plan would be complete without discussing both sides of the balance sheet. It is also important to note that this study uses similar methods as previous studies by SAM estimating costs in Rhode Island and Connecticut. Although a full cost accounting of marijuana legalization would be impossible at present, enough data exists to make rough-and-ready estimates of certain likely direct and short-term costs, such as: 1. Administrative and enforcement costs for regulators 2. Increased drugged driving fatalities 3. Increased serious injuries from drugged driving crashes 4. Increased Property Damage to Vehicles from Drugged Driving 5. Short-term health costs a. More emergency room visits for marijuana poisonings b. Injuries from marijuana concentrate extraction lab explosions/fires 6. Increased rates of homelessness 7. Workplace costs/costs to employers: a. Increased absenteeism b. More workplace accidents Initial approximations even of these few costs indicate that it is unlikely that revenues from legalization would ever exceed its costs. This report concludes that even conservative cost estimates of only the issues above would cost Illinois approximately $670.5 million in 2020. Details: Alexandria, VA: SAM, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: http://healthyillinois.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/ILLINOIS-REPORT_419.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 149855

Author: Williams, Morgan C., Jr. Title: Gun Violence in Black and White: Evidence from Policy Reform in Missouri Summary: The role of state-level background check requirements for private firearm sales in reducing gun violence remains controversial in both the empirical literature and gun control policy debate. On August 28, 2007 the Missouri General Assembly repealed an 86 year-old "permit-to-purchase" (PTP) law requiring that handgun purchasers possess a permit, and subsequently undergo a background check, for all sales. The vast racial disparities in firearm homicide within Missouri raises important questions concerning the disproportionate impact of the repeal on Black communities throughout the state. Using generalized synthetic control estimation, this paper finds that the PTP repeal led to a modest increase in county-level gun ownership in addition to substantial evidence of increased firearm homicide in the early years of the 2007-2013 post-repeal period. In particular, state-level effects suggests that overall Black firearm homicide increases on average by an additional five deaths per 100,000 while the same rates for Black victims ages 15-24 rise by 29 deaths per 100,000. County-level estimates also show considerable increases in firearm homicide in Black communities within the more urban regions of the state. Treatment effect estimates for state-level Black firearm homicide translate into approximately an additional 260 deaths attributable to the change in the law over the 2007-2013 period. Details: New York: CUNY Graduate Center, Department of Economics, 2018. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: http://morganwilliamsjr.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/WilliamsJr_Morgan_WP_April_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 149856

Author: Butts, Jeffrey A. Title: Recidivism Reconsidered: Preserving the Community Justice Mission of Community Corrections Summary: Recid iv ism is not a robust measu re of effectiveness for communit y corrections agencies. When used as the sole measure of effectiveness, recidivism misleads policymakers and the public, encourages inappropriate comparisons of dissimilar populations, and focuses policy on negative rather than positive outcomes. Policymakers who focus on recidivism as evidence of justice effectiveness are confusing a complex, bureaucratic indicator of system decision-mak ing w ith a simple measure of individual behavior and rehabilitation. Recidivism is at least in part a gauge of police activ it y and enforcement emphasis and, because of differential policing practices in minority communities, using recidivism as a key measurement may disadvantage communities of color. Relying on recidivism defines the mission of community corrections in law enforcement terms, relieving agencies of their responsibility for other outcomes such as employment, education, and housing. In the following discussion, we describe the logical and practical problems that arise when recidivism is used as the principal outcome measure for community corrections agencies. We recognize that recidivism will always be a feature of justice policy and practice. Recidivism offers a simple and familiar outcome measure for judging the effectiveness of justice interventions. Pointing out the logical flaws of recidivism will not diminish its salience for audiences disinclined to question its utility. Our purpose in this discussion is not to end the use of recidivism as a justice system measure but to illustrate its limits and to encourage the development and use of more suitable measures - namely, positive outcomes related to the complex process of criminal desistance. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/wiener/programs/pcj/files/recidivism_reconsidered.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149858

Author: Perry, David Title: The Ruderman White Paper On Media Coverage of Law Enforcement Use of Force and Disability: A Media Study (2013-2015) and Overview Summary: Disabled individuals make up a third to half of all people killed by law enforcement officers. Disabled individuals make up the majority of those killed in use-of-force cases that attract widespread attention. This is true both for cases deemed illegal or against policy and for those in which officers are ultimately fully exonerated. The media is ignoring the disability component of these stories, or, worse, is telling them in ways that intensify stigma and ableism. When we leave disability out of the conversation or only consider it as an individual medical problem, we miss the ways in which disability intersects with other factors that often lead to police violence. Conversely, when we include disability at the intersection of parallel social issues, we come to understand the issues better, and new solutions emerge. Contents Disability intersects with other factors such as race, class, gender, and sexuality, to magnify degrees of marginalization and increase the risk of violence. When the media ignores or mishandles a major factor, as we contend they generally do with disability, it becomes harder to effect change. This white paper focuses on the three years of media coverage of police violence and disability since the death of a young man with Down syndrome, named Ethan Saylor, in January 2013. After reviewing media coverage of eight selected cases of police violence against individuals with disabilities, the paper reveals the following patterns in the overall data: - Disability goes unmentioned or is listed as an attribute without context. - An impairment is used to evoke pity or sympathy for the victim. - A medical condition or "mental illness" is used to blame victims for their deaths. - In rare instances, we have identified thoughtful examinations of disability from within its social context that reveal the intersecting forces that lead to dangerous use-of-force incidents. Such stories point the way to better models for policing in the future. We conclude by proposing best practices for reporting on disability and police violence. Details: Boston: Ruderman Family Foundation, 2016. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: http://rudermanfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/MediaStudy-PoliceDisability_final-final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disabled Persons Shelf Number: 149860

Author: Perry, David Title: Critical Factors in Police Use-of-Force Decisions Summary: This study investigated law enforcement officers' perceptions of the legal, normative, and practical considerations that are implicit in their decisions when faced with using physical force. Law enforcement officers observe and protect fundamental human rights. A significant problem, however, is that physical force is sometimes misused, impacting public confidence in police services. The study was framed by Durkheim's conflict theory and Beirie's concepts of police corporate culture and social control. It used a grounded theory method and predeveloped case scenarios presented to 2 male focus groups of 7 and 6 participants respectively, and 2 female focus groups of 5 and 7 participants, who were police officers in Canada, to explore for gender differences in response strategies, decisions to use force, and arguments for their decisions, following the model set forth by Waddington (2009). Additionally, data were also collected through 12 individual semistructured interviews. Open, axial, and selective manual coding was used in the data analysis. The data collection and analysis for this study resulted in the development of, the paradigm of safety, a theory that reflects how female officers' useof-force decisions differ from the decisions of their male colleagues. These decision factors, when incorporated into their response strategies, reflect the timing and need for using force. This study promotes positive social change by providing information that will inform police policies and training practices. This information will enable police administrators and legislators to enhance workplace safety for their officers that are more consistent with democratic rights and freedoms for citizens by reducing use-of-force in conflict circumstances Details: Minneapolis, MN: Walden University, 2015. 249p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 20, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=2269&context=dissertations Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Police Decision Making Shelf Number: 149864

Author: Citizen Action of New York Title: Restoring Justice in Buffalo Public Schools: Safe and Supportive Quality Education for All Summary: In June 2010, Jawaan Daniels, a freshman at Lafayette High School in Buffalo, New York, was shot and killed at a bus stop near his school, after having been suspended from school for insubordination while roaming the halls. Jawaan's untimely passing brought attention to the zero tolerance, punitive nature of Buffalo Public School's (BPS) discipline policies, which for many years exacerbated the School-to-Prison Pipeline in Buffalo. Under these policies, many students, especially students of color, were suspended and expelled out of school for minor, non-violent infractions. The Buffalo community deserved and demanded better. Outraged by this situation, Citizen Action of Western New York and Alliance for Quality Education (AQE) launched a Solutions, Not Suspensions campaign, and have led the fight to improve BPS ever since. Over the next five years, Citizen Action and AQE, in partnership with Advancement Project, galvanized a community to action through organizing, door knocking, rallies, protests, policy drafting, and community education. In April 2013, these efforts resulted in BPS adopting a new Code of Conduct, one of the most progressive in the country, replacing punitive zero tolerance with positive interventions and responses. And while BPS still has a long way to go, the data shows these policies have helped BPS achieve significant progress in just the last two years. In the 2014-2015 school year, improvements in the discipline rates continue, showing the commitment of BPS and the continued success of the Citizen Action and AQE accountability model. Restoring Justice captures Citizen Action's, AQE's, and Advancement Project's efforts so that our story can serve as an example for others. In this report, we share background regarding the city of Buffalo and its schools, and then provide a brief national overview of the School-to-Prison Pipeline. We follow with a timeline of the Solutions, Not Suspensions campaign, and an overview of the changes that made Buffalo's Code of Conduct one of the best in the country. We end by looking at the data, showing how far we have come, how far we have left to go, and our plan to make the situation even better. We hope our story motivates, inspires, and challenges others who are working to end the School-to-Prison Pipeline, by showing how a local grassroots group can lead the way to change and create a more just democracy for all. Details: Albany: Citizen Action of New York, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2018 at: http://www.aqeny.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/07/Buffalo-Report-Restoring-Justice-FINAL-WEB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 1498967

Author: Luminosity, Inc. Title: Pretrial Case Processing in Maine : A Study of System Efficiency & Effectiveness Summary: The Corrections Alternatives Advisory Committee (CAAC) was created by the Maine Legislature in the spring of 2005 to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the state's corrections system and to better manage costs. The objectives of the committee were to increase systemwide efficiencies, enhance state and county coordination, and effectively manage defendants/offenders risk and needs. A portion of the committee's responsibility was to examine the local criminal justice system which is considered the "front end" of the larger criminal justice system. An examination of the "front end" of the system, specifically the pretrial stage (including arrest through case disposition) and how cases are processed in the system was the focus of this study. This in-depth study included an examination of the critical stages of pretrial case processing in all 16 counties in Maine, as well as the policies and practices of the key participants involved. The assessment was completed by conducting extensive research, onsite visits, interviews with nearly 250 key stakeholders, and observations of the critical stages of pretrial case processing. The results of the study led to findings and recommendations for improvements related to system efficiencies, system effectiveness, and risk management of pretrial defendants. Great care was taken to ensure that the recommendations were consistent with maintaining judicial system integrity, protecting the presumption of innocence, and ensuring the highest level of protection to our communities. The report begins with an overview of Maine's pretrial case processing system, including the identification of seven critical stages and eight key system participants. Details: St. Petersburg, FL: Luminosity, 2006. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2018 at: http://digitalmaine.com/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1031&context=doc_docs Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 149868

Author: Anyon, Yolanda Title: Taking Restorative Practices School-wide: Insights from Three Schools in Denver Summary: Through interviews and focus groups with staff members at three Denver schools that have successfully implemented restorative practices (RP), four essential strategies for taking this approach school-wide were identified: strong principal vision and commitment to RP; explicit efforts to generate staff buy-in to this conflict resolution approach; continuous and intensive professional development opportunities; and, the allocation of school funds for a full-time coordinator of RP at the site. Additional approaches that supported school-wide implementation of RP are described in the full report. Principal Vision & Commitment Taking restorative practices school-wide was possible because administrators held the following beliefs: - Exclusionary discipline practices, such as expulsion and suspension, generally fail to change student behavior. - Students' time in class is a key factor in determining their educational success. - Proactively teaching students social, emotional, and conflict resolution skills improves their behavior and promotes their academic achievement. - Standing by the philosophy of restorative practices when faced with resistance to change is worth the effort. Staff Buy-In Widespread buy-in to restorative practices among stakeholders was generated using the following strategies: - Involving teachers, service providers, and community members in development of policies and protocols that guide the delivery of restorative practices and their integration into discipline processes. - Soliciting regular feedback from staff throughout the implementation process. - When hiring new staff, including teachers, assess their support for the restorative practices philosophy. Professional Development Capacity to implement restorative practices throughout the school was supported by: - Initial commitment of substantial professional development time to new discipline policies and protocols, restorative practices, and allied relationship-building approaches. - Availability of "booster sessions" for revisiting discipline processes and restorative practices. - Allocation of additional resources for individualized coaching among staff members who have difficulty aligning their practices with a restorative philosophy. Full-Time RP Coordinator To sustain all the other essential strategies for success, schools had to dedicate funding for a person with the following responsibilities: - Develop positive relationships with students, teachers and families. - Facilitate formal conferences and mediations. - Monitor student agreements to repair harm caused. - Provide coaching and training to other staff members Details: Denver, CO: Denver School-Based Restorative Practices Partnership, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2018 at: https://www.du.edu/socialwork/media/documents/taking_restorative_practices_school-wide.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 149869

Author: Advancement Project Title: Police in Schools Are Not the Answer to School Shootings Summary: Today, we are reissuing Police in Schools are Not the Answer to the Newtown Shootings, an issue brief that our organizations released in the wake of the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in 2012. At the time, many of the responses to the shooting focused on placing more police officers and more guns in schools. Research and the experiences of countless students, teachers, and parents have taught us that while these proposals may create the appearance of safety, the actual effects wreak havoc on school culture and fuel the school-to-prison pipeline. After Newtown, we urged lawmakers at the local, state, and national level to resist policies that would turn even more schools into hostile environments where students, especially Black and Brown students, are more likely to be arrested, harassed, and assaulted by police. Five years later, in the wake of the tragic Parkland shooting, we have yet again seen calls to militarize and weaponize our schools, despite no evidence that these policies will protect our students. Our position remains the same: proposals that increase the presence of police, guns, and other law enforcement approaches to school safety should not be the response to school shootings. This foreword includes new evidence and experiences that demonstrate why police do not belong in schools. Police do not contribute to positive, nurturing learning environments for students. The increased presence of police officers in schools across the country discipline has been linked to increases in school-based arrests for minor misbehaviors and negative impacts on school climate. In the last five years, the evidence against placing police in schools has only grown. National School Survey on Crime and Safety data show that having a School Resource Officer at a school on at least a weekly basis increases the number of students who will be involved in the justice system. Arrest rates for disorderly conduct and low-level assault substantially increase when police are assigned to schools. The evidence does not suggest that police are the best way to improve school safety; rather, increasing their numbers comes at an unacceptable cost in the form of the criminalization and overincarceration of students. Although students of color do not misbehave more than white students, they are disproportionately policed in schools: nationally, Black and Latinx youth made up over 58% of school-based arrests while representing only 40% of public school enrollment and Black and Brown students were more likely to attend schools that employed school resource officers (SROs), but not school counselors. Black students were more than twice as likely to be referred to law enforcement or arrested at school as their white peers. Research shows that police officers perceive Black youth differently than they do white youth, and this bias, not any actual difference in behavior, leads to the over-criminalization of students of color. Police see Black children as less "childlike" than their White peers and overestimate the age and culpability of Black children accused of an offense more than they do for white children accused of an offense. Details: Los Angeles: Advancement Project, 2013. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 20, 2018 at: https://advancementproject.org/resources/police-schools-not-answer-school-shootings/ Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Shootings Shelf Number: 149870

Author: Armstrong, Andrea Title: The Impact of 300 Years of Jail Conditions. The New Orleans Prosperity Index: Tricentennial Edition, March 2018 Summary: New Orleans has jailed people for almost as long as the city has existed. Beginning from the first incarnation of Orleans Parish Prison in 1721 by Jean-Baptiste de Bienville at Jackson Square to its current iteration under federal court supervision near the criminal courthouse at Tulane Avenue and Broad Street, the jail has imposed inhumane conditions on the people detained there. But the conditions in the jail not only affect those detained, but our community as well. Modern accounts of Orleans Parish Prison (OPP), recently renamed the Orleans Justice Center, have focused on the impact of Hurricane Katrina in 2005 and its aftermath, with little attention to centuries of detention that came before. This article links the current conditions in the jail to the jail's historical role in New Orleans to explore the extent to which detention in the New Orleans jail has contributed to racial inequality in New Orleans today. A historical account of the jail is important to understand the centuries of inhumane conditions imposed overwhelmingly on African American members of our community. Written accounts from the 1800s to present describe dangerous, unsanitary, and torturous conditions for Orleans parish detainees. As recently as 2013, Federal District Court Judge Lance Africk described the conditions in the jail as "an indelible stain on the community." These dehumanizing conditions are disproportionately imposed on African Americans. Local, state, and federal legislative reforms of criminal justice policies have focused on the drivers and outputs of incarceration, but have largely ignored the conditions of confinement themselves. In so doing, these reform efforts ignore the devastating and lifelong effects on detained individuals and our community. This essay concludes by highlighting the importance of community engagement in improving conditions at the jail. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law Legal Studies Research Paper Series 2018-05: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3152415 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 149875

Author: Scarborough, William Title: A Tale of Diversity, Disparity, and Discrimination: The State of Racial Justice for Asian American Chicagoans Summary: Relatively little attention has been directed to documenting the experiences of racial discrimination and inequities for Asian Americans in Chicago. Not only does this group make up a much smaller share of the city's population than whites, blacks, and Latinxs, but stereotypes about Asian Americans as the "model minority" often frame this group as high-achievers unaffected by racial discrimination and inequity. The harmful and pernicious effects of discrimination against Asian Americans are therefore often overlooked. Even in cases where the challenges facing Asian Americans are recognized, little support is offered due to harmful presumptions that Asian Americans (even 2nd, 3rd, or 4th generation Americans of Asian origin) are not "truly" American, what scholars refer to as the "forever foreigner" stereotype. The data in this report illustrate the diverse and often divergent experiences of Asian Chicagoans who have to navigate the complexity and contradiction of model minority and forever foreigner stereotypes. Asian Americans are both imagined as hard working and high achieving, and at the same time are often treated as permanent outsiders. Complexity and contradiction are a defining feature of the Asian American experience. In this report, we examine the state of racial justice for Asian Americans in Chicago. Our analysis revealed three primary findings: First, the diversity of Asian Americans in Chicago is one defining characteristic of this group. Originating from over 15 different countries, Asian American ethnic groups in Chicago have vastly different economic and educational outcomes. As a result, many social indicators reported here have bimodal distributions with Asian American Chicagoans having widely ranging and divergent outcomes. For example, while some Asian American national origin groups have among the highest levels of college attainment in Chicago, others have the highest rate of individuals with less than a high school degree. Second, the opportunities and life experiences of Asian American Chicagoans are greatly affected by racial inequity. Residential segregation between Asian Americans and other racial groups is high. Asian Americans also experience significant racial wage gaps and have higher unemployment and lower median household income than whites. Third, our report shows that Asian Americans often must work harder to achieve the same benefits as whites. They are held to higher standards in loan applications, receive lower returns on their education, and are less likely to be found in management positions than similarly situated whites. These themes are interwoven throughout the report, which contains four sections focusing on different social domains. Details: Chicago: Institute for Research on Race & Public Policy, University of Illinois at Chicago, 2018. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: http://stateofracialjusticechicago.com/a-tale-of-diversity-disparity-and-discrimination-the-state-of-racial-justice-for-asian-american-chicagoans/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asian Americans Shelf Number: 149877

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Immigration Detention: Opportunities Exist to Improve Cost Estimates Summary: Why GAO Did This Study In fiscal year 2017, ICE operated on a budget of nearly $3 billion to manage the U.S. immigration detention system, which houses foreign nationals whose immigration cases are pending or who have been ordered removed from the country. In recent years, ICE has consistently had to reprogram and transfer millions of dollars into, out of, and within its account used to fund its detention system. The explanatory statement accompanying the DHS Appropriations Act, 2017, includes a provision for GAO to review ICE's methodologies for determining detention resource requirements. This report examines (1) how ICE formulates its budget request for detention resources, (2) how ICE develops bed rates and determines ADP for use in its budget process, and (3) to what extent ICE's methods for estimating detention costs follow best practices. GAO analyzed ICE's budget documents, including CBJs, for fiscal years 2014 to 2018, examined ICE's models for projecting ADP and bed rates, and evaluated ICE's cost estimating process against best practices. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that the Director of ICE: (1) document and implement its review process to ensure accuracy in its budget documents; (2) assess ICE's adult bed rate methodology; (3) update ICE's adult bed rate methodology; (4) document the methodology and rationale behind the ADP projection used in budget requests; and (5) take steps to ensure that ICE's detention cost estimate more fully addresses best practices. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-343: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/691330.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 149880

Author: Lee, YongJei Title: Comparing Measures of the Concentration of Crime at Places and Times Summary: Since place-based crime has been studied, scholars have employed a variety of ways to describe the concentration of crime at places. Most usefully, they sometimes provide a full distribution of crime across street segments, or among addresses, or other small geographic areas of interest. This is feasible if the researcher is showing the distribution of crime at places throughout one or two larger areas, such as a city. In such circumstances, a few tables or graphs will be sufficient. But once researchers started looking at spatial areas numbering in the hundreds and thousands, like street segments, then describing the internal distribution of crime within each becomes cumbersome. We need summary measures of crime concentration. The mean, median, and mode are not appropriate for this task: the first two because of the highly skewed nature of crime distributions, and while the mode is better, it does not provide enough information. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2017. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?112656072933697::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:154558 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 149887

Author: Schweitzer Smith,, Myrinda Title: Reinventing Juvenile Justice: Examining the Effectiveness of the Targeted RECLAIM Initiative Summary: The juvenile justice system has had a place in America since the late 19th century. While the goal has always been to reform wayward youth, the system has implemented various strategies over the years. During a growing movement in the 80s to "get tough" on crime, the country relied heavily on state run institutions and experienced a steady rise in the number of incarcerated youth. Ohio was no exception to this "get tough" movement, with thousands of youth in the custody of the Ohio Department of Youth Services (DYS) by the mid-90s. Ohio's response to the mass incarceration of youth ultimately led to a unique large-scale reform movement. This movement included initiatives that ranged from providing incentives to local courts to serve youth locally, creating and implementing a standardized risk assessment tool, and providing evidence-based services for youth. Among these reform initiatives, was Targeted RECLAIM; the focus of this study. The goal of Targeted RECLAIM was to further reduce admissions to DYS by providing juveniles with evidence-based services in their local community as alternatives to incarceration. Targeted RECLAIM initially targeted the six largest counties in Ohio, but since expanded to now include 15 counties across the state of Ohio. This study examined whether Targeted RECLAIM has been successful in reducing commitments to DYS and ultimately diverting youth from state institutions. The data revealed that Targeted RECLAIM appeared to have an effect on the number of youth committed to DYS and moreover, that youth could be effectively diverted without compromising public safety. The study also determined that the diverted youth were not simply being placed in a CCF or waived to the adult system as a way to undermine the goal of Targeted RECLAIM. Finally, conclusions were drawn so that the results might inform juvenile justice systems on how to work towards ending the problem of mass incarceration. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2016. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: http://cech.uc.edu/content/dam/cech/programs/criminaljustice/Docs/Dissertations/schweiml.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 149888

Author: Chouhy, Cecilia Title: Collective Efficacy and Community Crime Rates: A Cross-National Test of Rival Models Summary: The burgeoning number of community-level studies of crime has helped to highlight the importance of contextual effects when understanding differences in crime across communities. Inspired by the Chicago School of social disorganization, communities and crime scholars have focused on disentangling the community characteristics that make them more or less able to control crime. In this context, collective efficacy theory-first articulated in 1997 by Robert Sampson, Stephen Raudenbush, and Felton Earls-has emerged as the most prominent community-level explanation of differential crime rates across geographical units. However, research on the construct of collective efficacy has two main limitations. First, tests of this perspective rarely include measures of rival community-level explanations of crime, particularly perspectives that incorporate cultural features as key elements of their formulations. Thus, the level of legal cynicism (Kirk & Papachristos, 2011) and the endorsement of violence as a way to solve problems within the community (Anderson, 1999; Stewart & Simons, 2010) have been shown to explain variations in crime across communities. Little is known, however, about whether these factors retain their explanatory power in models that also consider collective efficacy or whether collective efficacy remains associated with crime when these cultural conditions are taken into consideration. Second, tests of collective efficacy theory have been conducted primarily on data drawn from communities located in the United States and other advanced Western nations. Accordingly, it is unclear whether collective efficacy theory-as well as other macro-level perspectives-are general theories or whether their explanatory power is specific to the United States and similar nations, the structure of their communities, and the particularity of their crime problem (Sampson, 2006). In this context, using data from the Latin American Population Survey (LAPOP) from 2012 and 2014 collected in 472 communities in five South American countries, this dissertation aims to make a contribution by addressing these two gaps in the communities and crime literature. Specifically, the research strategy involves providing a test of collective efficacy theory and competing community-level theories of crime in five South American Nations With some caveats, the results revealed that collective efficacy theory is generalizable to the South American context. In this sample, collective efficacy operated as a protective factor against crime across these communities. Further, alternative theories of crime-legal cynicism and subculture of violence-were shown to provide important insights into the sources of varying victimization rates across communities. This study advances the area of communities and crime in three ways. First, it reveals the capacity of collective efficacy theory to account for variations in victimization rates in South America-that is, beyond the context of Western industrialized nations. Second, it demonstrates the value of incorporating cultural elements into the study of communities and crime. In this regard, the findings suggest that cultural and control perspectives can be successfully integrated into a more comprehensive understanding of crime. Third, by setting forth an alternative operationalization of collective efficacy, it helps to illuminate the complex relationship between structural characteristics, the different dimensions of collective efficacy, and victimization rates. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2016. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:116959 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 149889

Author: Lund, Nelson Title: Fourth Circuit Shootout: 'Assault Weapons' and the Second Amendment Summary: Severe restrictions on so-called assault weapons and large-capacity magazines have long been an important agenda item for organized proponents of gun control. For just as long, gun rights activists have accused their opponents of a kind of bait and switch. The main targets of these restrictions have been rifles that look like M16s, AK-47s, and other military rifles, but operate differently. Since 1934, civilians have been required to undergo a costly and burdensome federal licensing process in order to possess fully automatic weapons, commonly referred to as machineguns. Such weapons, which include military rifles, are now rare and expensive because the federal government froze the civilian supply in 1986. The rifles at which more recent laws are aimed, such as the AR-15 and AR-10, have a superficial resemblance to military weapons but use a semi-automatic operating system like those found in many ordinary hunting guns, as well as in a very large proportion of modern handguns. These semi-automatics are now called "modern sporting rifles" by their defenders, who hope to discourage the public from being fooled into mistaking them for machineguns. The debate about this issue assumed national prominence in 1994, when Congress enacted a statute that restricted the sale of semi-automatic rifles with a military appearance and all magazines that can hold more than ten rounds of ammunition. Although the statute contained a grandfather clause exempting weapons already in civilian hands, it provoked a firestorm of criticism, and the Democratic Party promptly lost control of both Houses of Congress for the first time in four decades. When the law expired by operation of a sunset provision ten years later, President Bush advocated its renewal. The Republican Congress ignored him, and the Democrats failed to revive the measure after they regained control of Congress and the presidency in 2009. Evidently regarding such legislation as politically toxic, neither party has enacted a major gun control law at the national level for almost a quarter of a century. Several states, however, have enacted laws that are modeled on the 1994 federal statute. Maryland's version was recently upheld by the Fourth Circuit, sitting en banc, in Kolbe v. Hogan. This decision offers a useful lens through which to view the landmark decision in District of Columbia v. Heller, which recognized a constitutional right to keep a handgun at home for self defense. In Kolbe, the majority concluded that the Second Amendment has no bearing on the Maryland statute. The dissent went almost to the opposite extreme by arguing that the statute should be subjected to strict scrutiny. Both the majority and the dissent went to great lengths to argue that their opposing conclusions were dictated by Justice Scalia's Heller opinion, and both of them are demonstrably wrong about that. Taken as a whole, the Heller opinion is exquisitely equivocal about issues like the ones raised in Kolbe. The large doctrinal space left open by Heller is inevitably being filled according to the policy views of judges on the lower courts. Those views are no doubt influenced to some extent by judges' opinions about the desirability of the gun control regulations they review. In a distinct and more important sense, the approach of the judges is determined by their views about the value of the Second Amendment and the right it secures. Heller contains a lot of rhetoric supporting those, like the Kolbe dissenters, who place a high value on Second Amendment rights. But that rhetoric is undermined by a series of pro-regulation dicta in the opinion. The Supreme Court has declined to back its rhetoric up with any decisions actually rejecting the dismissive approach adopted by the Kolbe majority and many other courts. Justice Thomas, joined by Justice Scalia and now by Justice Gorsuch, has strongly objected to the Court's passive acceptance of such decisions, but there is no sign yet that the Court is prepared to recognize any Second Amendment rights beyond the narrow holding in Heller. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University School of Law, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Legal Studies Research Paper No. LS 17-13: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3029650 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 149890

Author: Gowdy, E. Ann Title: Impact of Monetary Sanctions on Impoverished Criminal Defendants, Their Family, and the Community Summary: Impoverished criminal defendants can experience issues of a societal nature, which can impede their ability to meet basic living needs. They face challenges in their daily lives due to poverty, employment, housing, racial discrimination, and the stigma of being labeled a criminal. Using a real-life point of view of impoverished criminal offenders, the impact of monetary sentencing laws, statutes, and policy can be better understood. The purpose of this qualitative research study was to explain the impact of courtimposed monetary sanctions on indigent defendants, their family, and the community of Athens/Clarke County (ACC). Additionally, this research provides a description of the current practices and patterns of monetary sanctions before, during, and after the economic recession of 2008 for the Western Judicial Circuit (WJC) Superior Court. The two research questions this study sought to answer were: (a) Were there different practices and patterns of monetary sanctions before, during, and after the economic recession, which occurred from December 1, 2007, through June 30, 2009, in the WJC? and (b) What is the impact of fines, fees, and additional expenses on impoverished criminal defendants, their family, and the community? The multiple case study design used court records and data collected during 33 face-to-face interviews. The findings indicated that the practices of imposed monetary sanctions before, during, and after the economic recession of 2008 were essentially the same for probation fees and bond amounts. Small differences existed in the number of defendants who received monetary sanctions and in the amounts. For the entire court records sample of 300 cases, 73% of defendants were given a monthly probation supervision fee as well as court fees. Further, 34% of the defendants were imposed a fine, while only 17% of defendants were ordered restitution. The findings were used to draw three conclusions: (a) even small monetary sanctions result in undue hardship; (b) impoverished defendants rely on family and friends to pay court-ordered monetary sanctions, along with additional fees and expenses from incarceration and probation; and (c) there is confusion surrounding defendants understanding of monetary sanctions. Implications for social work and recommendations for future research were presented. Details: Athens, GA: University of Georgia, 2011. 221p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 25, 2018 at: https://getd.libs.uga.edu/pdfs/gowdy_elizabeth_a_201112_phd.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defendants Shelf Number: 149891

Author: Arnold, Lindsay S. Title: Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol and Marijuana: Beliefs and Behaviors, United States, 2013-2015 Summary: The purpose of this study was to provide estimates of the prevalence of self-reported use and driving under the influence of alcohol and marijuana, and related perceptions and beliefs among drivers 18 and older in the United States, and to present an analysis of changes in these behaviors between 2013 and 2015. The data analyzed were collected via nationally-representative surveys administered during this period. From 2013-2015, an estimated 14.0 percent of drivers drove with a BAC close to or over the legal limit in the past year, and 4.6 percent drove within an hour of using marijuana. Drivers are divided with regard to their perceptions of the effect of using marijuana an hour prior to driving on one�s risk of causing a crash: 58.3 percent believe this risk is increased, 6.2 percent believe it is not affected, 3.6 percent believe it is decreased, and 31.8 percent indicated that they do not know how using marijuana an hour before driving affects crash risk. Drivers who reported using marijuana, and those who reported driving within an hour of use in the past year were less likely to believe that using marijuana increases crash risk, and more likely to believe that such use does not affect or decreases crash risk. Awareness of per se DUI laws for marijuana was low: in states that did have a per se law, only 48.5 percent were aware of it; in states without a per se law, 44.7 percent indicated incorrectly that their state had such a law. Irrespective of whether their state actually had a per se law for marijuana, more than half of all drivers reported that they did not know whether or not their state had such a law. Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/TSCIDUIBeliefsAndBehaviors_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 149895

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: NYCHA Is Still Failing to Remove Dangerous Criminals from Public Housing Summary: The New York City Housing Authority ("NYCHA") continues to allow criminals - including gang members, drug traffickers, and violent offenders - to reside in public housing. Despite a mandate to protect its 400,000 lawful tenants, NYCHA has failed to take meaningful steps, or to exercise the legal remedies already available, to remove dangerous offenders from public housing apartments. In December 2015, the New York City Department of Investigation ("DOI") issued a Report that highlighted the failure of the New York City Police Department ("NYPD") to comply with an internal NYPD Patrol Guide procedure known as "Cases For Legal Action," and a similar 1996 Memorandum of Understanding ("MOU") with NYCHA, both of which require NYPD to report to NYCHA arrests of NYCHA residents for certain violent or other serious crimes. The purpose of these policies is to enable NYCHA, the largest landlord in New York City, to undertake its critical obligation to maintain safety and security at public housing developments by staying apprised of criminal activity, removing criminal offenders when needed to protect public safety, and addressing physical security vulnerabilities. Additionally, the Report demonstrated that even when made aware of resident arrests, NYCHA often failed to take steps to remove criminal offenders from public housing and protect the overwhelming majority of law-abiding residents. The 2015 Report highlighted failures in the following areas: - NYPD had not fully upheld its commitment to share information with NYCHA about resident arrests on NYCHA grounds, in violation of both the MOU, and NYPD's Cases For Legal Action policy promulgated as Patrol Guide #214-07. - NYCHA was failing to use available tools, including a procedure known as "Permanent Exclusion," to ensure that criminal offenders who threatened their neighbors' safety or peaceful tenancy were removed from public housing. Through Permanent Exclusion, NYCHA may exercise its discretion to remove an individual criminal offender from public housing, and thus avoid eviction of the entire household. DOI found that NYCHA's enforcement of Permanent Exclusion was essentially toothless, thus frequently allowing criminal offenders to remain in or return to NYCHA housing without consequences. - DOI identified key flaws in NYCHA's systems to monitor and enforce Permanent Exclusion, including severe understaffing of investigative and legal staff, and inadequate safety equipment and protocols for field investigators. In the 2015 Report, DOI made nine Policy and Procedure Recommendations for improvement, which both NYPD and NYCHA accepted and agreed to implement. DOI has now conducted a follow-up investigation to check whether meaningful progress has been made to address the vulnerabilities highlighted in the 2015 Report and to make additional recommendations to ensure the safety of NYCHA tenants. Details: New York: New York City Department of Investigation, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/doi/reports/pdf/2017/2017-03-28-NYCHAMOUreport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Traffickers Shelf Number: 149899

Author: Tefft, Brian C. Title: Prevalence of Marijuana Involvement in Fatal Crashes: Washington, 2010-2014 Summary: The purpose of this study was to quantify the prevalence of marijuana involvement in fatal crashes in the state of Washington in years 2010 � 2014 and to investigate whether the prevalence changed after Washington Initiative 502, which legalized recreational use of marijuana for adults aged 21 years and older and also created a new per se limit for driving under the influence of marijuana, took effect on 6 December 2012. The data examined were obtained from the Washington Traffic Safety Commission and comprised a census of all motor vehicle crashes that occurred on public roads in the state of Washington and resulted in a death within 30 days. This study examined the presence and concentration of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (hereafter THC), the main psychoactive chemical in marijuana, in the blood toxicological test results of drivers involved in fatal crashes. THC presence and concentration in the subset of drivers whose blood was not tested or whose test results were unavailable were estimated using the method of multiple imputation. The imputation method explicitly accounted for changes implemented during the study period in the cutoff levels used in the state laboratory for detection of THC. Statewide, 3,031 drivers were involved in fatal crashes in years 2010 � 2014. Overall, considering both the actual blood toxicology test results and imputed results, an estimated 303 drivers�10.0% of all drivers involved in fatal crashes in Washington between 2010 and 2014�had detectable THC in their blood at or shortly after the time of the crash. Of all THC-positive drivers involved in fatal crashes, an estimated 34.0% had neither alcohol nor other drugs in their blood, 39.0% had detectable alcohol in addition to THC, 16.5% had other drugs in addition to THC, and 10.5% had had both alcohol and other drugs in addition to THC in their blood. From 2010 through 2013, the estimated number and proportion of drivers involved in fatal crashes who had a detectable concentration of THC in their blood ranged from a low of 48 (7.9%) to a high of 53 (8.5%); the number and proportion both approximately doubled from 49 (8.3%) in 2013 to 106 (17.0%) in 2014. Analysis of trends over time before and after Initiative 502 took effect indicated that the proportion of drivers positive for THC was generally flat before and immediately after Initiative 502 took effect, but began increasing significantly at a rate of 9.7 percentage points per year approximately 9 months after Initiative 502 took effect. It was not clear whether this increasing trend was attributable to Initiative 502 or to other factors that were beyond the scope of the study. THC levels in blood fall rapidly shortly after cannabis consumption, thus, it is possible that some surviving drivers in fatal crashes may have had a detectable concentration of THC in their blood at the time of the crash but that their THC levels had fallen below the minimum detectable level by the time a blood sample was drawn. Also, results of this study do not indicate that drivers with detectable THC in their blood at the time of the crash were necessarily impaired by THC or that they were at-fault for the crash; the data available cannot be used to assess whether a given driver was actually impaired, and examination of fault in individual crashes was beyond the scope of this study. Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/PrevalenceOfMarijuanaInvolvement.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 149915

Author: Pape, Edward Allen, Jr. Title: Intersect Policing: Bringing CompStat to the Field Level to Reduce the Fear and Incidence of Crime Summary: CompStat is a computerized crime tracking system that was introduced by the New York City Police Department in 1994 and has been adopted by police departments around the world. The CompStat process acts as an accountability system that calls for commanding officers to reduce the fear and incidence of crime. While the nationwide reduction in crime over the past two decades may be partially attributed to CompStat, the system has also created tension in many police organizations. In addition, it currently fails to involve line members of the organization, those who actually perform the work, in the crime reduction process. In many departments, CompStat has morphed into a bureaucratic monster, creating a culture of fear that has damaged morale and diminished its effectiveness. The purpose of this research was to develop a real-time operating system, using CompStat as a strategic tool, to accomplish the purpose of law enforcement by including the knowledge and experiences from all sworn officers and others with a stake in reducing crime. As the Commanding Officer of Detectives assigned to West Valley Area of the Los Angeles Police Department, I instituted a system, which I termed Intersect Policing, which is coined from Frans Johansson's book (2004), The Medici Effect. This report describes the development and results achieved through the use of Intersect Policing. This work required the use of others' research including performance management, principles of behavior, organizational change, systems, core values, human capability, mental processing ability, mythologies, culture, communication, networking, and organizational learning. Key elements were based on the CompStat model of performance management, Macdonald et al. (2006) Systems Leadership Theory and Johansson's Medici Effect. The study encompassed two years during which the West Valley Area exceeded the average reduction in crime of the entire LAPD, which has continued as of this writing. Although based on a single case, the evidence strongly suggests that Intersect Policing can assist police departments to achieve the purpose of law enforcement, reduce the fear and incidence of crime, change mythologies and culture, and improve morale. Creating an Intersection where all stakeholders in the crime reduction process can communicate and exchange ideas enables police departments to achieve the purpose of law enforcement. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California, 2012. 407p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: http://digitallibrary.usc.edu/cdm/ref/collection/p15799coll3/id/96435 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Compstat Shelf Number: 149921

Author: Kaeble, Danielle Title: Probation and Parole in the United States, 2016 Summary: Presents national data on adult offenders under community supervision on probation or parole in 2016, including trends in the overall community supervision population and annual changes in probation and parole populations. Appendix tables include jurisdiction-level data on population counts; types of entries to and exits from probation and parole; and offenders by sex, race, Hispanic origin, most serious offense type, and status of supervision. Findings are based on data from BJS's 2016 Annual Probation Survey and Annual Parole Survey. Highlights: At year-end 2016, an estimated 4,537,100 adults were under community supervision (probation or parole), down 49,800 offenders (down 1.1%) from January 1, 2016. Approximately 1 in 55 adults in the United States were under community supervision at year-end 2016. The adult probation population declined by 1.4% from January 1, 2016, to December 1, 2016, falling by 52,500 (to 3,673,100). Probation exits increased from 2,043,200 in 2015 to 2,071,400 in 2016. Exits from parole decreased from an estimated 463,700 in 2015 to 456,000 in 2016. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/ppus16.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 149922

Author: Kaeble, Danielle Title: Correctional Populations In The United States, 2016 Summary: Presents statistics on persons supervised by U.S. adult correctional systems at year-end 2016, including persons supervised in the community on probation or parole and those incarcerated in state or federal prison or local jail. The report describes the size and change in the total correctional population during 2016. Appendix tables provide statistics on other correctional populations and jurisdiction-level estimates of the total correctional population by correctional status for selected years. Highlights: In 2016, the number of persons supervised by U.S. adult correctional systems dropped for the ninth consecutive year. From 2007 to 2016, the portion of the adult population under supervision of U.S. correctional systems decreased by 18%, from 3,210 to 2,640 per 100,000 adult residents. The percentage of adults supervised by the U.S. correctional system was lower in 2016 than at any time since 1993. The incarceration rate has declined since 2009 and is currently at its lowest rate since 1996. On December 31, 2016, an estimated 6,613,500 persons were supervised by U.S. adult correctional systems, about 62,700 fewer persons than on January 1, 2016 Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cpus16.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 119923

Author: Timpf, Mark L. Title: Police Reforms: identifying the potential adverse impacts and challenges to law enforcement agencies Summary: his thesis examines the issue of police reform and considers whether a causal connection exists between the reforms being implemented by law enforcement agencies and the issue of police disengagement or de-policing. The two most salient reforms, the Final Report of the President's Task Force on 21st Century Policing and the Police Executive Research Forum's Guiding Principles on the Use of Force, are currently in the process of being adopted and implemented in many law enforcement agencies, which is a process that will take many months if not years to complete. To provide some insight into how these reforms will affect these agencies, three case studies examined police departments currently under federal supervision from either the Department of Justice or the federal court to determine how they impacted officer activity. These studies considered the reform process along with the individual reforms adopted in each agency and examined the levels of officer activity to determine how they were impacted by these reforms. These results were then examined in the context of current research and officer surveys to assist in interpreting the reported declines in officer activity. These findings have possible implications for law enforcement agencies that adopt the reforms in the Final Report and Guiding Principles. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Post Graduate School, 2017. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/56823/17Dec_Timpf_Mark.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Agencies Shelf Number: 149924

Author: Flanders, Chad Title: Police Use of Deadly Force: State Statutes 30 Years after Garner Summary: The recent rash of police shootings has raised troubling questions about when, if ever, police are justified in using deadly force against a suspect. Some police shootings may simply represent wanton violence. But others may present close cases. How do we decide when a police officer can not only use force, but shoot at a suspect - even shoot to kill? When is a police killing a justifiable homicide, and when is it just a homicide? One place to start in drawing the line between justified and unjustified uses of deadly force is the Supreme Court's 1985 opinion in Tennessee v. Garner. Reading the majority opinion in Garner is a bracing experience. Justice White's extended discussion of the common law standard of police use of force makes clear on many levels that he did not merely want to replace the common law rule: he wanted to bury it. That police could use any amount of force, including deadly force, to "seize" a fleeing felon - the common law rule which at issue in Garner - was not only constitutionally infirm, it made little sense as a policy matter. As powerful as the Garner decision was, it also was an importantly limited one. Garner was a case involving a suit under Section 1983, the federal civil rights statute. In deciding such a suit, the Court has to announce what the constitutional rule is - and so in Garner's lawsuit, the Court had to say what amount of force counted as "reasonable" under the Fourth Amendment. But deciding the constitutional standard for Garner's civil rights suit didn't disturb what the standard had to be for state criminal law prosecutions. States still have the authority to dictate under what circumstances police could justifiably use deadly force, and so avoid punishment under state law. Many states did change their laws after Garner, so compelling was Garner's reasoning. This essay updates the count of states who still hang on to the common law rule in their statutes, thirty years after Garner and by the same token, records the number of states who have changed their laws. The structure of our essay is as follows: after a recapitulation of Garner - including a discussion of the ambiguity of what is ultimately its holding (Part I) - we turn to our updated count of states that still retain the common law rule (Part II). Part III explains why, contrary to the belief of many, the decision in Garner did not require states to abandon the common law rule. Part IV looks at the most recent legislative efforts to reform the use of police force statute in Missouri. Details: St. Louis, MO: Saint Louis University - School of Law, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Saint Louis U. Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2016-1: Accessed April 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2725926 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149930

Author: Calero, Samantha Title: The Ruderman White Paper On The Problematization and Criminalization of Children and Young Adults with Non-Apparent Disabilities Summary: Unlike people with visible or apparent disabilities, people with non-apparent disabilities often don't receive the accommodations guaranteed to them under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Due to the "invisible" nature of disabilities like autism, Crohn's disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dyslexia, or any number of mental illnesses, some behaviors that are a direct result of these disabilities are often seen in school contexts as laziness, inattention, disrespect or defiance. Instead of receiving legally due accommodations for their disabilities, students with non-apparent disabilities are disproportionately labelled problem students. In combination with zero tolerance policies at schools, these students are suspended at disproportionately high rates and ultimately criminalized. The result of this systemic discrimination is that over half of our incarcerated population has a mental illness and another 19-31% have a non-apparent disability, like cognitive or learning disabilities. Our jail and prison systems are effectively warehouses for people with non-apparent disabilities. This problematization and criminalization starts very young-even in preschool. Focus and Findings We examine in detail the disproportionate impact that the School-to-Prison Pipeline, and the Foster-Care-to-Prison Pipeline have on children and youth with non-apparent disabilities. While the effects of these Pipelines are well-known in regards to other minorities, we have found that people with disabilities are over-represented in all the minority groups traditionally impacted by this type of systemic discrimination. These findings suggest that the intersection between disability, in this case specifically non-apparent disability, is a significant factor in systemic discrimination. We also examined the role of trauma in the development of non-apparent disabilities. Trauma-survivors are more likely to develop mental illness and about 35% of them develop learning disabilities. This means that children who have Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) are more likely to be caught up in the School-to-Prison Pipeline. And given that children are very often placed in foster care because of abuse or neglect, these findings about trauma also indicate some of the underlying causes in the Foster-Care-to-Prison Pipeline. To better illustrate the impact of this systemic injustice on individuals, we collected personal statements and vignettes from persons impacted by this discrimination. One contributor's words about these systems that work against our youth captured the injustice of it all very incisively: "... you feel like you're being punished when you haven't committed any crime." Conclusion This systemic violation of the rights of people with non-disabilities, not only impacts the individuals funneled into the to-Prison Pipelines, but disrupts and harms communities by having the stress and discrimination and incarceration burdening and separating families. The long-term consequences of incarceration are devastating given the high recidivism rate (almost 50%) and the lack of supports in place to re-integrate people, especially people with non-apparent disabilities, back into the community. Finally, this system of discrimination also hurts the wider community and tax payers given that it costs more than $140,000 a year to incarcerate a young person, and only about $10,000 to educate them. Therefore every one of us is impacted by this injustice in our communities and we must put an end to it. Disrupting the to-Prison Pipelines with more sensible school discipline policies, greater awareness raising, more support for trauma-survivors, more wide-spread testing for non-apparent disabilities, better supports and education of teachers and school resource officers are among the first steps we can and must take now. Details: Boston: Ruderman Family Foundation, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: http://rudermanfoundation.org/white_papers/criminalization-of-children-with-non-apparent-disabilities/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 149863

Author: Heyman, Miriam Title: Ruderman White Paper on Mental Health and Suicide of First Responders Summary: A white paper commissioned by the Foundation has revealed that first responders (policemen and firefighters) are more likely to die by suicide than in the line of duty. In 2017, there were at least 103 firefighter suicides and 140 police officer suicides. In contrast, 93 firefighters and 129 police officers died in the line of duty. Suicide is a result of mental illness, including depression and PTSD, which stems from constant exposure to death and destruction. The white paper study, the Ruderman White Paper on Mental Health and Suicide of First Responders, examines a number of factors contributing to mental health issues among first responders and what leads to their elevated rate of suicide. One study included in the white paper found that on average, police officers witness 188 'critical incidents' during their careers. This exposure to trauma can lead to several forms of mental illness. For example, PTSD and depression rates among firefighters and police officers have been found to be as much as 5 times higher than the rates within the civilian population, which causes these first responders to commit suicide at a considerably higher rate (firefighters: 18/100,000; police officers: 17/100,000; general population 13/100,000). Even when suicide does not occur, untreated mental illness can lead to poor physical health and impaired decision-making. In addition, the Firefighter Behavioral Health Alliance (FBHA) estimates that approximately 40% of firefighter suicides are reported. If these estimates are accurate, the actual number of 2017 suicides would be approximately equal to 257, which is more than twice the number of firefighters who died in the line of duty. "First responders are heroes who run towards danger every day in order to save the lives of others. They are also human beings, and their work exerts a toll on their mental health," said Jay Ruderman, President of the Ruderman Family Foundation. "It is our obligation to support them in every way possible - to make sure that they feel welcome and able to access life-saving mental health care. This white paper should serve as a critical call to action to all who care about our heroes in red and blue." The white paper also goes on to lay out several barriers that prevent first responders from accessing necessary mental health services to help them cope with trauma. Experts describe the shame and stigma surrounding mental health within professions that prioritize bravery and toughness, and the public remains largely unaware of these issues, since the vast majority of first responder suicides are not covered by the mainstream media. Additionally, of the 18,000 law enforcement agencies across the United States, approximately 3-5% have suicide prevention training programs. Details: Boston: Ruderman Family Foundations, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: http://rudermanfoundation.org/white_papers/police-officers-and-firefighters-are-more-likely-to-die-by-suicide-than-in-line-of-duty/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: First Responders Shelf Number: 149934

Author: Jacobs, James B. Title: Why Ban "Assault Weapons"? Summary: Banning assault weapons would not achieve anything because, even assuming there is a satisfactory definition, they are functionally identical to most other semi-automatic firearms. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 15-24: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2632677 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 149942

Author: Jacobs, James B. Title: Universal Background Checking - New York State's SAFE Act Summary: In the wake of the December 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre, Governor Andrew Cuomo promised to give New York State the toughest gun controls in the nation. Toward that end, the January 2013 SAFE ACT provided a comprehensive set of gun control initiatives. Universal firearm and ammunition background checking is one of, if not the most, prominent of these initiatives. Every firearms and ammunition seller must initiate a background check for their purchasers; the aim is to keep dangerous and irresponsible people disarmed. This Article explains how universal background checking works in NYS, the implementation and enforcement challenges it faces, and its likely effectiveness in reducing firearms homicide, crime and suicide. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: NYU School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 16-21: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2797456 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 149943

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: Lessons from San Diego's Border Wall: The limits to using walls for migration, drug trafficking challenges Summary: The prototypes for President Trump's proposed border wall are currently sitting just outside San Diego, California, an area that serves as a perfect example of how limited walls, fences, and barriers can be when dealing with migration and drug trafficking challenges. As designated by Customs and Border Protection, the San Diego sector covers 60 miles of the westernmost U.S.-Mexico border, and 46 of them are already fenced off. Here, fence-building has revealed a new set of border challenges that a wall can't fix. The San Diego sector shows that: - Fences or walls can reduce migration in urban areas, but make no difference in rural areas. In densely populated border areas, border-crossers can quickly mix in to the population. But nearly all densely populated sections of the U.S.-Mexico border have long since been walled off. In rural areas, where crossers must travel miles of terrain, having to climb a wall first is not much of a deterrent. A wall would be a waste of scarce budget resources. - People who seek protected status aren't deterred by walls. Some asylum-seekers even climbed existing fence at the prototype site while construction was occurring. In San Diego, they include growing numbers of Central American children and families. Last year in the sector, arrivals included thousands of Haitians who journeyed from Brazil, many of whom now live in Tijuana. The presence or absence of a fence made no difference in their decision to seek out U.S. authorities to petition for protection. - Fences are irrelevant to drug flows. Of all nine border sectors, San Diego leads in seizures of heroin, methamphetamine, cocaine, and probably fentanyl. Authorities find the vast majority of these drugs at legal border crossings-not in the spaces between where walls would be built. Interdicting more drugs at the border would require generous investment in modern, well-staffed ports of entry-but instead, the Trump administration is asking Congress to pay for a wall. - The border doesn't need a wall. It needs better-equipped ports of entry, investigative capacity, technology, and far more ability to deal with humanitarian flows. In its current form, the 2018 Homeland Security Appropriations bill is pursuing a wrong and wasteful approach. The experience of San Diego makes that clear. Details: Washington, DC: WOLA, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.wola.org/analysis/wola-report-lessons-san-diegos-border-wall/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 149951

Author: Hansen, Benjamin Title: Early Evidence on Recreational Marijuana Legalization and Traffic Fatalities Summary: Over the last few years, marijuana has become legally available for recreational use to roughly a quarter of Americans. Policy makers have long expressed concerns about the substantial external costs of alcohol, and similar costs could come with the liberalization of marijuana policy. Indeed, the fraction of fatal accidents in which at least one driver tested positive for THC has increased nationwide by an average of 10 percent from 2013 to 2016. For Colorado and Washington, both of which legalized marijuana in 2014, these increases were 92 percent and 28 percent, respectively. However, identifying a causal effect is difficult due to the presence of significant confounding factors. We test for a causal effect of marijuana legalization on traffic fatalities in Colorado and Washington with a synthetic control approach using records on fatal traffic accidents from 2000-2016. We find the synthetic control groups saw similar changes in marijuana-related, alcohol-related and overall traffic fatality rates despite not legalizing recreational marijuana. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 24417: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24417 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 149954

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of New Jersey Title: A Vision to End Mass Incarceration in New Jersey Summary: THE United States and New Jersey face a mass incarceration crisis. Between 1970 and 2010, the number of people incarcerated in the United States grew by 700 percent. As a result, the United States now incarcerates almost 25 percent of the world's prisoners while having only five percent of the world's population. Although New Jersey has seen a recent decline in its incarcerated population, close to 35,000 people are still housed in its prisons and jails. In fact, despite the recent decline, the size of New Jersey's prison population increased by 278 percent between 1975 and 2015. The sheer number and proportion of incarcerated people is a major problem. But New Jersey also suffers from other problems that plague the criminal justice system across the nation: the erosion of due process protections, deplorable conditions of confinement, and the overrepresentation of people of color in arrests and imprisonment. Details: Newark, NJ: ACLU of New Jersey, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.aclu-nj.org/files/5915/1318/4660/2017_12_13_mass_incarceration_vision.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 149955

Author: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety Title: Prevalence of Self-Reported Aggressive Driving Behavior: United States, 2014 Summary: The purpose of this study was to provide estimates of the prevalence of aggressive driving behaviors. The data analyzed were collected via a nationally-representative online survey of 2,705 licensed drivers aged 16 and older conducted in the United States in 2014. Background Nearly 2 in 3 U.S. drivers believe that aggressive driving is a bigger problem today than three years ago, while nine out of ten believe aggressive drivers are a serious threat to their personal safety (AAAFTS, 2015) Objective To provide estimates of the prevalence of aggressive driving behaviors Methods Survey conducted in the United States in 2014, a sample of 2,705 U.S. licensed drivers age 16 and older who reported having driven at least once in the past 30 days, weighted to reflect the U.S. population Subset of questions from AAA Foundation's Traffic Safety Culture Index Key Findings 78% of U.S. drivers reported having engaged in at least one aggressive driving behavior at least once in the past year Most common behaviors: Purposefully tailgating another vehicle (50.8%) Yelling at another driver (46.6%) Honking their horn "to show annoyance or anger" (44.5%) One-third of all respondents said that they had made an angry gesture at another driver One in four drivers reported that they had purposely tried to block another driver from changing lanes 11.9% of drivers said they had cut off another vehicle on purpose A small proportion of drivers admitted to engaging in behaviors beyond the scope of general aggressive driving and which may be considered road rage: 3.7% reported that they had exited their vehicle to confront another driver 2.8% reported that they had bumped or rammed another vehicle on purpose Male drivers were more likely than female drivers to report each of the aggressive driving behaviors examined Drivers may underreport engaging in aggressive driving behaviors due to their negative social connotation, and thus the true prevalence may be higher than the estimates reported Details: Washington, DC: The Foundation, 2016. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Prevalence-of-Aggressive-Drivig-2014.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Driving Shelf Number: 149956

Author: Banta-Green, Caleb Title: Cannabis Use Among Drivers Suspected of Driving Under the Influence or Involved in Collisions: Analysis of Washington State Patrol Data Summary: The objectives of this study were to examine drivers involved in collisions and/or arrested for suspected driving under the influence (DUI), thereby documenting: the trends in THC involvement over time and in relation to the legalization of cannabis; the prevalence of THC alone and in combination with other potentially intoxicating drugs; the estimated time to blood draw under real world conditions; and the relationship between estimated time to blood draw and the level of THC detected. Background In November 2012 Washington voters passed Initiative-502 (I-502), legalizing retail cannabis sales and recreational cannabis use for adults 21 years and older. As with alcohol, the law provides two options for prosecuting suspected impaired drivers: demonstrating impairment through detailed observation notes, field test results, witness observations, or Drug Recognition Expert assessments; and determining the suspect�s blood level for the drug is above the legal �per se� limit I-502 established a per se level of 5ng/mL of active delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol (hereafter THC) in blood for cannabis-impaired driving THC is a psychoactive compound in cannabis Objective The objectives of this study were to examine drivers involved in collisions and/or arrested for suspected driving under the influence (DUI), who were investigated by the Washington State Patrol (WSP) and for which blood evidence was collected in order to: describe the trends in THC involvement over time and in relation to the passage of I-502; to describe the prevalence of THC alone and in combination with alcohol and other potentially intoxicating drugs; and to describe the estimated time to blood draw under real world conditions, and examine the relationship between estimated time to blood draw and the level of THC detected Methods A variety of methods, including: semi-structured interviews with law enforcement, prosecutors, and toxicology laboratory staff; document review to determine DUI arrests, law enforcement staffing and training overtime; data linking from WSP�s toxicology laboratory, dispatch, and officer activity log; as well as longitudinal analyses conducted to examine trends from 2005-2014 for the presence and level of THC Key Findings Law enforcement staffing and training The overall number of WSP troopers assigned to traffic enforcement was relatively unchanged from 2009-2014, but there was an increase in the number of patrol officers with specialized training in Advanced Roadside Impaired Driving Enforcement Trends in THC-involved driving Between 2005 and 2014, the proportion of WSP DUI and collision cases tested by toxicology that were positive for THC, excluding those positive for alcohol, increased significantly, from 20 percent to 30 percent. Among these cases, the prevalence of THC continued to grow after passage of I-502 in 2012, but at a significantly slower pace The median blood level of THC increased significantly from 4.0ng/mL in 2005 to 5.6ng/mL in 2014 Prevalence of THC in collisions and suspected DUIs Among drivers for whom blood evidence was submitted following a collision, 11 percent were positive for THC in conjunction with another potentially impairing substance (alcohol or other drugs). An additional 4 percent were positive for THC only. The majority (53%) of collision involved drivers were under the influence of alcohol at a level of 0.08 g/dL or higher, and 7 percent met or exceeded the per se level of THC, 5ng/mL Among drivers arrested for suspected DUI in the absence of a collision, 11 percent were positive for THC in conjunction with another potentially impairing substance. An additional 26 percent tested positive for THC only. Non-collision-involved drivers arrested for DUI were most commonly under the influence of alcohol at 0.08 g/dL or above (30%). Among these drivers, 20 percent had a THC level of 5ng/mL or above Estimated time to blood draw The median estimated time to blood draw for THC-positive drivers (among collisions and noncollisions) was 139 minutes The proportion of those with an estimated time to blood draw of less than 2 hours who had a THC blood level greater than or equal to 5ng/mL was 26 percent compared to 10 percent for those with an estimated time to blood draw of 2 hours or more Conclusions These findings indicate that THC-involved driving is relatively common, appears to be increasing and is likely underestimated given the generally protracted time until a blood specimen is obtained. Evaluating the impact of protracted time until blood testing is complicated by the lack of available standardized law enforcement data on the time of testing Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2016. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: http://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/CannabisUseAmongDriversInWashington.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 149957

Author: Oregon State Police. Drug Enforcement Section Title: A Baseline Evaluation of Cannabis Enforcement Priorities in Oregon Summary: Oregon has had a state-authorized medical cannabis system since 1998, and in November 2014, Oregon voters approved the Control, Regulation, and Taxation of Marijuana and Industrial Hemp Act, commonly known as Measure 91 to legally commercialize non-medical retail cannabis in the state. The Drug Enforcement Section at the Oregon State Police created this report to survey currently available data in an effort to evaluate state compliance with the federal guidance for enforcement priorities, issued by former Federal Department of Justice Deputy Attorney General James M. Cole, on -  Preventing the distribution of marijuana to minors;  Preventing revenue from the sale of marijuana from going to criminal enterprises, gangs, and cartels;  Preventing the diversion of marijuana from states where it is legal under state law in some from to other states;  Preventing state-authorized marijuana activity from being used as a cover or pretext for the trafficking of other illegal drugs or other illegal activity;  Preventing violence and the use of firearms in the cultivation and distribution of marijuana;  Preventing drugged driving and the exacerbation of other adverse public health consequences associated with marijuana use;  Preventing the growing of marijuana on public lands and the attendant public safety and environmental dangers posed by marijuana production on public lands; and  Preventing marijuana possession or use on federal property. To this end, this report examines Oregon's compliance on mitigating these threats and analyzes areas of concern specifically related to these enforcement priorities. Details: Salem: Oregon State Police, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 30, 2018 at; https://mass-cannabis-control.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/A-Baseline-Evaluation-of-Cannabis-Enforcement-Priorities-in-Oregon_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Enforcement Policies Shelf Number: 149963

Author: Harbinson, Erin Title: Is Corrections "Collar" Blind?: Examining the Predictive Validity of a Risk/Needs Assessment Tool on White-Collar Offenders Summary: Risk/needs assessment tools are essential to implementing supervision and interventions that reduce recidivism in correctional populations (Bonta, 2002). A substantial amount of research exists supporting the use of risk, need, and responsivity principles to reduce recidivism among correctional populations (Smith et al., 2009). However research thus far has not examined whether or how these principles or risk/needs assessment generalize to white-collar offenders (Gendreau et al., 1996). The primary goal of this dissertation is to validate a risk/needs assessment instrument, the Administrative Office of the United States Courts (AOUSC)'s Post Conviction Risk Assessment (PCRA), on a sample of white-collar offenders. To accomplish this goal, a sample of 31,306 white-collar offenders who started supervision under the AOUSC between October 2006 and October 2014 were used to examine the validity of the PCRA in predicting revocation. Results from binary logistic regression identified that PCRA risk levels create statistically significant groups that are associated with a white-collar offender's likelihood of being revoked while on supervision. Results from analyzing the predictive validity of the overall PCRA risk score with revocation supported the use of the PCRA as a strong predictor, showing that white-collar offenders are more likely to be revoked as their scores on the PCRA increase. Additionally, binary logistic regression identified both similarities and differences in significant items from the PCRA for white-collar offenders compared to other types of offenders, suggesting that there may be some unique aspects of risk for white-collar offenders. However, when white-collar offender specific scoring was generated for the PCRA, there were no significant improvements in prediction of revocation within the sample. The results of this study demonstrate that white-collar offenders share similar criminogenic needs to "street" offenders, but sometimes they manifest differently. The study concludes by discussing the overall contributions of this research to the fields of corrections and white-collar crime, and suggests future areas of research. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2017. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 30, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:153797#abstract-files Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 149965

Author: Thielo, Angela J. Title: Redemption in an Era of Penal Harm: Moving Beyond Offender Exclusion Summary: For nearly forty years, the United States was in the grips of punitive thinking and mired in an era of mass imprisonment. The hallmarks of this paradigm were the embrace of policies and practices that systematically excluded convicted offenders from full participation in civic, social, and economic life. In recent years, however, it appears that American corrections has experienced a historic transformation that involves efforts to foster offender inclusion in society. Thus, policymakers are increasingly questioning the use of mass imprisonment and are embracing a campaign to downsize American prisons. Similarly, they are advocating for reentry services for released offenders and calling for reductions in the collateral consequences that attach to a criminal conviction. Punitive rhetoric seems in decline, replaced by discussion of the importance of offender rehabilitation and, ultimately, redemption. This dissertation is an attempt to explore these developments. Specifically, based on a 2017 national, opt-in Internet survey of 1,000 respondents, the study investigates the extent to which the American public rejects the exclusion of offenders and supports their inclusion. In this regard, public support of four aspects of offender inclusion was assessed: the (1) rehabilitation, (2) reentry, (3) reintegration, and (4) redemption of individuals with criminal records. The results reveal that support for offender inclusion is extensive. First, regardless of how it is measured, support for rehabilitation is strong. Americans see rehabilitation as a central goal of prisons, support treatment programs, and favor the new innovation of problem-solving specialty courts. This embrace of treatment is long-standing and must be considered a core American cultural belief or what Alexis de Tocqueville called a "habit of the heart." Second, the respondents endorsed the concept of prisoner reentry programs, supporting the delivery of an array of supportive services to inmates released to the community. Third, the sample members recognized that collateral consequences could be barriers to offender reintegration, stating that such legal restrictions should be disclosed to criminal defendants, reviewed regularly by legislators, and eliminated if not shown to prevent criminal conduct. The respondents favored voting rights for ex-offenders but were divided on access to jury duty. Support for ban-the-box statutes was high. The subjects were split on the policy of the expungement of records, apparently trying to balance concerns of public safety with concerns over offenders being allowed to resume a prosocial life. It appears that the extent to which citizens permit record expungement is conditioned by how long offenders have been crime free and the dangerousness of the crime committed. Fourth, the public manifested a realistic assessment of the extent to which offenders are capable of leaving a life in crime. Still, about four in five supported rehabilitation ceremonies that would declare ex-offenders "rehabilitated" and the granting of official "certificates of rehabilitation" that could be used when seeking employment, licenses, and other social goods. Taken together, these findings reveal that the American public possesses a "sensibility" (to use Michael Tonry's term) that is far more inclusionary than exclusionary. Although not necessarily demanding a transformation of correctional policy, it is clear that the citizenry is open to a range of progressive policy initiatives that seek to foster offender redemption in this era of penal harm. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2017. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 30, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?210335119405562::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:148896 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 149966

Author: Ulvi, Kun Title: The Use of Geographic Information Systems by Law Enforcement Agencies and Its Impact on Police Performance Summary: Do we know whether the use of geographic information systems (GIS) in law enforcement agencies increases police performance? This study examines the impact of GIS use to police performance outcomes in cities and counties of the U.S. between 2000 and 2007. Current research uses computerized mapping conceptualization to operationalize its measurement. Second, the police performance methodological context is used to measure the organizational impact of GIS. Finally, a new theoretical framework, information technology capacity that combines organizational, environmental and managerial factors to explain IT applications, is used to encompass most relevant dimensions of the subject matter. Findings indicate that the use of GIS in police agencies increased sharply between 2003 and 2007. Additionally, the contribution of GIS use on police performance was found to be statistically significant, but in the opposite direction. Overall, results of the present study indicate significant links between crime rate (DV) and independent variables (IV) in law enforcement agencies. IVs are having a professional form of government andfull time specialized crime analysis personnel, police strength, the use of GIS, population, being located in the Northeast and West regions, poverty, having encouraged SARA type projects and a community policing unit. Details: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2014. 435p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 30, 2018 at: https://scholarscompass.vcu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4400&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 149967

Author: Knox, George W. Title: The Problem of Gangs and Security Threat Groups (STG's) in American Prisons Today: Recent Research Findings From the 2004 Prison Gang Survey Summary: This is a study of gangs and security threat groups (STG's) in American prisons today. The purpose here is to add to the growing body of literature about gangs behind bars. The National Gang Crime Research Center (NGCRC) has made a number of contributions in this area dating back over a decade. While the last decade has witnessed a steady increase in certain of these problems, the present research reports only modest increases overall in the scope of the gang problem, but that new and potentially more explosive problems are emerging inside this arena. The current findings, representing data collected during the first half of 2004, certainly suggest that the problem has not been abated. Indeed there are some new dangerous trends documented here for the first time. Although correctional officials feel there are some effective strategies to win this war, these measures are not being widely implemented. Meanwhile, gangs are exploiting weaknesses in the correctional system, including abusing legislative provisions intended to protect religious rights. Correctional staff polled indicated problems in their awareness of legal developments, and identified education as an ongoing need; and, three years after 911, the recruitment of gang members into terror networks remains a issue. What can be done? What must be done? This article will present an overview of gang demographics, including gender and religious affiliation - a survey of violence - procedures, programs, etc. Finally, it will conclude with recommendations drawn from the survey data. Details: Peotone, IL: National Gang Crime Research Center, 2005. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://www.ngcrc.com/corr2006.html Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 149971

Author: Muller, Karsten Title: Making America Hate Again? Twitter and Hate Crime Under Trump Summary: Social media has come under increasing scrutiny for reinforcing people's pre-existing viewpoints which, it is argued, can create information "echo chambers". We investigate whether such reinforcement motivates real-life action, with a focus on hate crimes in the United States. We show that the rise in anti-Muslim hate crimes in the US since Donald Trump's presidential campaign has been concentrated in counties with high Twitter usage. Consistent with a role for social media, Trump's Tweets on Islam-related topics are highly correlated with anti-Muslim hate crime after, but not before the start of his presidential campaign, and are uncorrelated with other types of hate crimes. These patterns stand out in historical comparison: counties with many Twitter users today did not consistently experience more anti-Muslim hate crimes during previous presidencies. Details: Coventry, UK: University of Warwick, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3149103 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 149972

Author: Love, Hannah Title: Justice in Their Own Words Perceptions and Experiences of (In)Justice among Human Trafficking Survivors Summary: Survivors of interpersonal violence face many challenges when interacting with the criminal justice system, including the fear of being disbelieved, concerns about safety and retaliation, and a distrust in the system's ability to adequately respond to their cases. Although past studies have documented the challenges survivors of sexual and intimate partner violence face when interacting with the justice system, few have focused on survivors of human trafficking-a population that often experiences misconceptions regarding their victimization, stigma due to perceived involvement with illegal behavior, xenophobia, and criminalization. Without survivors' perspectives, little is known about how criminal justice actors can address these challenges and improve their interactions with human trafficking survivors. The Bending Towards Justice: Perceptions of Justice among Human Trafficking Survivors study is the first to ask survivors of human trafficking how they perceive their interactions with the justice system and how they define justice in their own terms. Drawing from qualitative interviews with 80 survivors of sex and labor trafficking and 100 human trafficking stakeholders in eight diverse metropolitan locations across the country, this brief documents survivors' difficulties achieving justice through traditional criminal justice means and provides their recommendations for how justice system responses to trafficking can be improved. It reveals that most survivors do not endorse traditional forms of retributive justice, such as incarceration, and instead prefer preventative remedies outside the formal criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97351/justice_in_their_own_words_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 149977

Author: Yu, Lilly Title: Alternative Forms of Justice for Human Trafficking Survivors: Considering Procedural, Restorative, and Transitional Justice Summary: Alternative forms of justice show promise for human trafficking survivors, who often do not find resolution (such as conviction and incarceration for their traffickers) through the traditional criminal justice system. The Bending Towards Justice: Perceptions of Justice among Human Trafficking Survivors study is the first to ask survivors of human trafficking whether nonpunitive forms of justice would complement or compensate existing remedies. Drawing from qualitative interviews with 80 survivors of sex and labor trafficking, this brief documents survivors' experiences with and perceptions of alternative practices, including procedural, restorative, and transitional justice. While all survivors have extensive experience with procedural justice practices, only some survivors have experienced restorative and transitional justice practices. Those who had not experienced restorative and transitional justice found them desirable and promising. Service provider and criminal justice stakeholders may help survivors achieve justice for their victimization experiences by incorporating these alternative forms of justice in their practices. A key finding from the Bending Towards Justice study is human trafficking survivors' difficulty in achieving justice through the traditional criminal justice process. Various factors, including challenges survivors face participating in criminal cases against their traffickers and the inability of retributive justice outcomes, primarily the conviction and incarceration of a trafficker, impede justice for all survivors (Love et al. 2018b). As a result, practitioners, policymakers, and survivor advocates are rethinking how survivors of human trafficking can achieve justice for their experiences. Several alternative forms of justice have been shown to be viable additions or alternatives to traditional criminal justice. Three models show promise when applied to human trafficking cases: (1) procedural justice, (2) restorative justice, and (3) transitional justice. - Procedural justice models argue that the process by which justice is achieved is more important than the outcome of a case. More specifically, theories of procedural justice maintain that survivors' perceptions of justice are influenced by opportunities to be involved in the decisions made in service provision and criminal justice processes and the opportunities to participate in both by having a voice and expressing their side of the story (Thibaut and Walker 1975; Tyler 1988, 1990). An overarching element of procedural justice, therefore, is the respectful treatment of survivors as they pursue services for themselves and/or criminal justice outcomes for their traffickers. - Restorative justice models argue that criminal justice outcomes, including convictions and imprisonment, are not always the best response to crimes against a person (Bolivar 2013; Mika et al. 2004). In the case of human trafficking, nonpunitive, survivor-defined responses, including an acknowledgment of wrongdoing or an apology from traffickers, survivor confrontation of their traffickers, and the payment of reparations might significantly affect perceptions of justice. - Transitional justice models argue that larger community efforts to respond to crimes by acknowledging the harms that have occurred and preventing them from occurring again are most likely to promote peace, provide a sense of justice, and result in longer-term impacts (David and Yuk-Ping 2005; Teitel 2003; van Zyl 1999; Waldorf 2006). Transitional justice for human trafficking survivors primarily focuses on reforms to institutions and policies and educational and memorial initiatives, such as human trafficking awareness campaigns and speaking with policymakers regarding human trafficking-related legislation. While research on the effects of alternative forms of justice has largely been limited to people who are accused of crimes, these models could improve survivor perceptions of justice and reform traditional responses to human trafficking. In response, this brief explores how procedural, restorative, and transitional justice can lead to justice for survivors of human trafficking and complement or compensate for traditional justice system remedies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97341/alternative_forms_of_justice_for_human_trafficking_survivors_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 149978

Author: Roncone, Erik S. Title: Dynamics of Prison Gang Affiliation and Violence: The Heartless Felons and the Down the Way Boys---a Social Learning Study Summary: Prison violence in general and specifically violence associated with prison gangs has been a top concern for prison administrators and one that has been at the forefront of correctional research. This study examines a Midwestern state's department of corrections that has witnessed instances of violence within their prisons rise sharply in recent years--including a 74% increase in inmate disturbances from 2009 through 2010 (Department of Rehabilitation and Corrections [DRC], 2011b). Much of this violence can be attributed to the street and prison gangs that comprise the department's many security threat groups. Of these security threat groups, the Heartless Felons, have emerged to be a formidable presence, and in doing so have contributed greatly to the spike in disturbances and other violent incidents. Using logistic regression, negative binomial regression, crosstabulation with chi-square statistic, and descriptive statistics--instances of prison violence amongst the Heartless Felon membership was analyzed along demographic variables. The relation between specific neighborhood affiliations, ties to that neighborhood, and specific prior street gang membership was examined as hypothesized correlates to increased prison violence among Heartless Felon members. The results did not indicate a significant relationship between Heartless Felon prison gang membership and prior membership in specific street gangs. Links between this prison gang and ties to the neighborhood under study in relation to incidents of prison violence were also not found to be significant. However, several significant predictors of prison violence associated with the Heartless Felon prison gang were found and are discussed in detail. Implications to correctional policy and suggestions for further research are also discussed. Details: Minneapolis, MN: Capella University, 2014. 163p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Available at the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 150028

Author: United States Conference of Mayors Title: Community Conversations and Other Efforts to Strengthen Police-Community Relations In 49 Cities Summary: Following tragic shootings in Baton Rouge, Falcon Heights, and Dallas that rocked the nation, on July 13 in the White House, President Obama had a four-hour conversation with mayors, law enforcement officials, the faith community, civil rights leaders and activists about ways to keep people safe, build community trust, and ensure justice for all Americans. For nearly four hours they discussed: - Ways that all sides of our communities - activists, police, local officials - can work together to protect both the peace and first amendment rights at protests. - How we can effectively police neighborhoods ravaged by violence, improve law enforcement hiring practices, and make sure we're not asking our police to do too much. - How, when tragedies do occur, we can act in a way that honors all members of our communities. President Obama is encouraging all Americans - no matter who they are or where they live - to do whatever they can to foster these conversations and find solutions for their communities. He asked The U.S. Conference of Mayors and the National League of Cities to help make these conversations occur - in 100 cities in 30 days. Our organizations agreed to do this and have been working with the White House to encourage mayors and other local officials to convene community conversations on race relations, justice, policing and equality. The response has been overwhelming. One hundred and five cities have told our two organizations that community conversations and other activities have occurred and/or are planned. This report is a compilation of the information on these activities that mayors in 49 cities in 30 states have sent to the Conference. It demonstrates that mayors took the President's challenge seriously and that many important efforts are underway in our cities. Details: Washington, DC: United States Conference of Mayors, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: https://bloximages.chicago2.vip.townnews.com/nwitimes.com/content/tncms/assets/v3/editorial/5/2c/52c4ddd2-39d8-5605-b2a7-b0d0db50f98c/57ab5c69b6ad2.pdf.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 150029

Author: Smith, Carter F. Title: Perceptions of Gang Investigators Regarding Presence of Military-Trained Gang Members Summary: Roughly 80% of all crimes in the United States are committed by members of criminal gangs (NGIC, 2009). FBI researchers surveyed state and local law enforcement agencies and estimated there were one million gang members in the U.S. (NGIC, 2009). Some gang members enlist in the military as an alternative to incarceration, and others join the military to recruit members into their gang, obtain access to weapons, and learn how to respond to hostile gunfire (NGIC). The increase in the number of military-trained gang members created a level of danger most law enforcement officials are not prepared to combat (NGIC). The threat increases because all MTGMs were or will be discharged from the military at some point, either due to inappropriate activity or because their commitment to military service was satisfied. The problem addressed in this quantitative study is an assessment of the presence of MTGMs in civilian communities. The number of crimes committed by these gang members has increased significantly since 2002. In 2006, investigators with Army CID found a 265% increase in reported gang-related incidents and investigations from 2005 to 2006 (CID, 2006). The 2009 Gang Threat Assessment yielded similar results, with a twofold increase since the 2006 report.There has been little research on the presence of MTGMs and fewer studies have examined factors that impact investigator's perceptions of the presence of MTGM populations. This study may fill some of the gaps. Details: Prescott Valley, AZ: Northcentral University, 2010. 192p. Source: Dissertation. Available from the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 150034

Author: Durnan, Julia Title: State-Led Juvenile Justice Systems Improvement: Implementation Progress and Early Outcomes Summary: Since 2013, seven states have engaged in the evidence-based Comprehensive Strategy for Juvenile Justice Systems Improvement Initiative to make comprehensive changes to their juvenile justice system through legislation. Through this initiative, states also receive implementation assistance to maximize the impact and sustainability of enacted changes. As a result, over half the states have closed secure facilities, choosing instead to fund community alternatives to out-of-home placement. Other state results include decreased court referrals, reductions in youth on probation, and thousands of cases diverted from placement. While legislation and implementation priorities have differed across states, each state identified its own path to improving outcomes for youth and their communities through enhanced training and stakeholder engagement to effectively implement change. This brief summarizes improvement strategies across states, highlighting common themes and reporting early outcomes of the initiative. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/98321/state-led_juvenile_justice_systems_improvement_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150035

Author: Yen, Connie Sue Title: Horse-Stealing and Man-Hanging: an Examination of Vigilantism in the Missouri Ozarks Summary: The purpose of this thesis is to determine what factors did or did not have an impact on the formation of the Slickers, the Regulators, and the Sons of Honor, three vigilante organizations that formed in the Missouri Ozarks during the nineteenth century. Primary source documents indicate that vigilante organizations formed in Missouri, and throughout the United States, for a variety of reasons. This study disproves the theory that vigilante violence in the Missouri Ozarks was based on any social or political struggle between an old or new order. This study contributes to our understanding of Ozarks history, as well as the history of Missouri and the study of vigilante violence in the United States. Details: Springfield, MO: Missouri State University, 2015. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: https://bearworks.missouristate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=2175&context=theses Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Horse Stealing Shelf Number: 150041

Author: Grondel, Darrin T. Title: Driver Toxicology Testing and the Involvement of Marijuana in Fatal Crashes, 2010-2014: A Descriptive Study Summary: The Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) contains significant limitations in analyzing drug positive drivers involved in fatal crashes. Most notable to Washington, this data does not offer a cannabinoid code set that distinguishes between delta-9-THC and the metabolite, carboxy-THC. The levels of drugs present in blood are also not recorded in the FARS system, although they are provided in toxicology reports. In response to this limitation, Washington FARS Analysts, in collaboration with the State Toxicologist, manually abstracted cannabinoid drug results for deceased and surviving drivers involved in fatal crashes when toxicology analysis was performed. This report is a description of this newly compiled data. The following is a summary of key observations gleaned from this more detailed fatal crash information with a focus on cannabinoid-positive drivers:  From 2010-2014 there were 3,027 drivers involved in fatal crashes, of which 1,773 (58.6 percent) were tested for both alcohol and drugs with known results. Of the 1,773 drivers analyzed 1,061 (59.8 percent) were positive for alcohol and/or drugs.  In 2014, 84.3 percent of drivers positive for cannabinoids were positive for THC, compared to only 44.4 percent of cannabinoid-positive drivers in 2010. In 2014, among the 75 drivers involved in fatal crashes positive for THC, approximately half (38) exceeded the 5 ng/ml THC per se limit.  The frequency of drivers in fatal crashes that tested positive for THC, alone or in combination with alcohol or other drugs, was highest in 2014 (75 drivers) compared to the previous four-year average (36 drivers). The frequency of drivers with alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 and no other drugs was lowest in 2014 (51 drivers) compared to the previous four-year average (98 drivers).  From the 1,061 drivers who tested positive for alcohol and/or drugs, mutually exclusive driver categories were established. This report focuses on a subset of these driver comparison groups (547 total drivers): o Only THC (56, 5.3 percent) o Only carboxy-THC (37, 3.5 percent) o THC and alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 (83, 7.8 percent) o THC, alcohol greater than/equal to BAC. 08, and drugs (18, 1.7 percent) o THC and other drugs (39, 3.7 percent) o Only alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 (314, 29.6 percent)  Among drivers in fatal crashes that tested positive for only THC or only carboxy-THC, the largest proportion are ages 16-25. This age group also had the highest proportion of drivers with alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08. Of drivers that tested positive for the combination of THC and alcohol greater than/equal to BAC 0.08, 39.8 percent were ages 16-25.  Similar to drivers with only alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08, drivers with the combination of THC and alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 were involved in fatal crashes that occurred most frequently on the weekends. Drivers with only THC were involved in fatal crashes that occurred equally between weekends (48.2 percent) and weekdays (51.8 percent).  Drivers with alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08, alone or in combination with other drugs, were involved in fatal crashes that occurred most often during the nighttime hours (6 p.m. � 5 a.m.). Drivers with only THC or only carboxy-THC were involved in fatal crashes that occurred most often during the daytime hours, similar to drivers with no drugs or alcohol.  Drivers with only alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 were involved in fatal crashes that occurred most frequently on rural roads (58.6 percent), whereas the majority of drivers with only THC were involved in fatal crashes that occurred most frequently on urban roads (58.9 percent).  Drivers with alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08, alone or in combination with other drugs, were most frequently the only unit (no other vehicles or non-motorists) involved in the fatal crash. In contrast, over 70 percent of drivers with only THC or only carboxy-THC were involved in multiple unit fatal crashes, similar to the frequency of drivers with no drugs or alcohol.  Drivers involved in fatal crashes with no drugs or alcohol and drivers with only carboxy-THC had the highest frequency of no reported crash contributing circumstances (approximately 44 percent). Among drivers with only THC, 28.6 percent had no other crash contributing circumstances reported, compared to 17.5 percent of drivers with only alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08.  The most frequently reported driver error among drivers in fatal crashes with only THC was lane deviation (12.5 percent), followed by overcorrecting (8.9 percent).  More than half of drivers with only alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 involved in fatal crashes were speeding. Over 60 percent of drivers with alcohol greater than/equal to BAC .08 and THC combined were speeding. The observations described in this report are insufficient for determining the link between THC and crash risk. The full limitations of this information as it is presented in this report are detailed in the following section. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Traffic Safety Commission, 2016. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://wtsc.wa.gov/wp-content/uploads/dlm_uploads/2015/10/Driver-Toxicology-Testing-and-the-Involvement-of-Marijuana-in-Fatal-Crashes_REVFeb2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150044

Author: Grondel, Darrin T. Title: Marijuana Use, Alcohol Use, and Driving in Washington State: Emerging Issues With Poly-Drug Use on Washington Roadways Summary: This report provides select updated fatal crash information originally presented in Washington Traffic Safety Commission's report Driver Toxicology Testing and the Involvement of Marijuana in Fatal Crashes, 2010-20141 (October 2015). Since that report was published, poly-drug drivers involved in fatal crashes have increased significantly and is described more thoroughly in the present report. For the first time, this report also includes compilations of analyses of Washington's Roadside Self-Report Marijuana Survey, and questions from the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance and Healthy Youth Surveys. The following is a summary of key observations from these various data sources. - Driver impairment due to alcohol and/or drugs is the number one contributing factor in Washington fatal crashes and is involved in nearly half of all traffic fatalities. Poly-drug drivers (combinations of alcohol and drugs or multiple drugs) is now the most common type of impairment among drivers in fatal crashes. - Among drivers involved in fatal crashes 2008-2016 who were blood tested for intoxicants, 61 percent were positive for alcohol and/or drugs. - Among drivers in fatal crashes 2008-2016 that tested positive for alcohol or drugs, 44 percent tested positive for two or more substances (poly-drug drivers). The most common substance in poly-drug drivers is alcohol, followed by THC. Alcohol and THC combined is the most common poly-drug combination. - Although research-based estimates of the risks posed by THC have varied greatly, all studies included in this report agree that combining alcohol and THC will only further inflate the level of impairment and crash risk. The deadly consequences of combining these two impairing substances and driving are already apparent in Washington fatal crash data. - For the first time in 2012, poly-drug drivers became the most prevalent type of impaired drivers involved in fatal crashes. Since 2012, the number of poly-drug drivers involved in fatal crashes have increased an average of 15 percent every year. - By 2016, the number of poly-drug drivers were more than double the number of alcohol-only drivers and five times higher than the number of THC-only drivers involved in fatal crashes. - According to the biological results of Washington's Roadside Survey, nearly one in five daytime drivers may be under the influence of marijuana, up from less than one in 10 drivers prior to the implementation of marijuana retail sales. - According to Washington's Roadside Self-Report Marijuana Survey: o 39.1 percent of drivers who have used marijuana in the previous year admit to driving within three hours of marijuana use. This is similar to the results from Washington's Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance Survey (33.5 percent). o More than half (53 percent) of drivers ages 15-20 believe marijuana use made their driving better. This is a significantly higher rate than drivers ages 21-25 (13.7 percent) and drivers ages 26-35 (17.4 percent). o Among drivers who have used marijuana in the past year, only 36.6 percent believe that it is very likely or likely that marijuana impairs a person's ability to drive safely if used within two hours of driving, compared to 77 percent of drivers who have not used marijuana in the previous year. o 53.5 percent of drivers who have used marijuana in the past year believe it is very likely or likely to be arrested for impaired driving after using marijuana within two hours of driving, versus 70.2 percent of drivers who have not used marijuana in the previous year. - According to Washington's Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance Survey, drivers who admit to driving within three hours of marijuana use in the previous year are also more likely to: o Drive after having perhaps too much to drink (14.5 percent). o Not always wear a seatbelt (15.2 percent). o Binge drink (45.1 percent). - According to Washington's Healthy Youth Survey: o One in four 12th graders, one in six 10th graders, and one in ten 8th graders report riding in a vehicle with a driver who had been using marijuana. o Slightly more than 16 percent of 12th graders and 9 percent of 10th graders who have used marijuana admitted to, at least once, driving a vehicle within three hours of using marijuana. - From 2008-2016, 76 drivers ages 16-18 involved in fatal crashes tested positive for alcohol and/or drugs. One in four of these young drivers were positive for multiple substances (polydrug drivers). - While driving under the influence of alcohol remains a significant issue, the interplay of drugged driving must be equally considered if we are ever to reach our goal of zero fatalities and serious injuries on Washington roadways. This complex issue will require government, non-profit, corporate, and community response to reverse a rapidly increasing trend. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington Traffic Safety Commission, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://wtsc.wa.gov/wp-content/uploads/dlm_uploads/2018/04/Marijuana-and-Alcohol-Involvement-in-Fatal-Crashes-in-WA_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150045

Author: Chrusciel, Margaret M. Title: Untangling the Interconnected Relationships between Alcohol Use, Employment, and Offending Summary: Both substance use and employment are correlates of crime that are heavily examined by criminological research. Efforts to explore these connections have produced two rich bodies of literature that provide insight into the nuances of the relationship between substance use and offending and the relationship between employment and crime. Research shows that while substance use increases subsequent criminal behavior, employment seems to reduce offending. Given the strong positive association between substance use and crime and the inverse effect of employment on offending, it is possible that drug use and employment interact in their impact on crime. In addition to potential moderation, the relationship between drug use, employment, and crime may be explained by mediation mechanisms. Thus, the current study uses data from the 1997 National Longitudinal Survey of Youth (NLSY97) to examine the possibility of moderation and/or mediation between substance use and employment in their impact on offending. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2017. 187p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://scholarcommons.sc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://scholar.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=5261&context=etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol and Crime Shelf Number: 150051

Author: Clark, John Title: Upgrading North Carolina's Bail System: A Balances Approach to Pretrial Justice Using Legal and Evidence-Based Practices Summary: This report focuses on helping North Carolina officials work toward a balanced approach to achieving the three goals of the pretrial release decision-making process: to provide reasonable assurance of the safety of the community; to provide reasonable assurance of appearance in court; and to maximize pretrial release. It does so by focusing on legal and evidence-based practices-ones that fully comport with the law and that are driven by research. The use of such practices has been fully endorsed by all the key justice system stakeholder groups, including: the Conference of Chief Justices; the Conference of State Court Administrators; the International Association of Chiefs of Police; the National Sheriffs' Association; the Association of Prosecuting Attorneys; the National Legal Aid and Defenders Association; the National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers; the National Association of Counties; and the American Bar Association. And the use of such practices has been shown to produce excellent results. Except for very promising work being done in Mecklenburg County, legal and evidence-based pretrial justice practices are not in place in North Carolina. Magistrates and judges in the state place significant emphasis on an antiquated tool-bond guidelines-which several federal courts around the country have recently called unconstitutional. Courts also rely heavily on a release option-the secured bond-that was established in the 19th Century to address a problem that was unique to that time; the ability of a criminal defendant to flee into the vast wilderness of America's growing frontier and simply disappear, never to face prosecution. And only 40 of the state's 100 counties are served by pretrial services programs that can provide supervision of defendants released by the court with conditions of pretrial release. Many of these programs have very limited supervision capacity. The model for legal and evidence-based pretrial release practices in North Carolina includes the use of an empirically-derived pretrial risk assessment tool, the development of a decision matrix that would help magistrates and judges make pretrial release decisions, the implementation of risk management strategies aimed at matching risk levels with the most appropriate level of support or supervision, the expanded use of citation releases by law enforcement, the very early involvement of the prosecutor and defense, and the initiation of automatic bond reviews for in-custody misdemeanor defendants. Implementing such a model of legal and evidence-based practices in North Carolina would be greatly facilitated by changes in the state's laws. Current North Carolina law does not expressly provide for a right to actual pretrial release-it is crafted only in terms of setting or not setting conditions-nor does it articulate a procedure for preventive detention of high risk defendants. A right merely to have conditions set, coupled with the statutory provisions discussing those conditions as well as no decent process for risk-based detention, naturally moves North Carolina magistrates and judges toward using secured money conditions to address risk for both court appearance and public safety, and toward attempting to use unattainable money conditions to detain defendants posing extremely high pretrial risk. In addition, although the statute speaks of pretrial risk, it makes determinations of who is entitled to having release conditions set based primarily on charge as a proxy for risk, and subtly points judicial officials toward using the money condition to address risk. The better practice would be to set forth a right to release for all except extremely high-risk defendants (or defendants who are not as risky but who also face extremely serious charges, or both), provide for a lawful and transparent detention provision based on risk to allow pretrial detention with no conditions, and then create mechanisms so that persons released pretrial are released immediately. Details: Gaithersburg, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2016. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://nccalj.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Upgrading-NCs-Bail-System-PJI-2016-003.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150052

Author: Illinois Mental Health Opportunities for Youth Division Task Force Title: Stemming the Tide: Diverting Youth With Mental Health Conditions from the Illinois Juvenile Justice System Summary: All young people deserve the resources and support needed to secure both physical and mental health. But unfortunately, in Illinois youth are being thrust into our criminal justice system without regard to their mental health needs. While the overall number of youth who are jailed or incarcerated in Illinois has declined over the last few years, those living with mental health conditions are still entering the criminal justice system at higher rates. Of the thousands of youth arrests and admissions to local jails in Illinois each year, approximately 70 percent meet diagnostic criteria for having a mental health condition, and at least 20 percent live with a serious mental health condition. In 2017, the General Assembly created the Illinois Mental Health Opportunities for Youth Diversion Task Force-including experts from the Shriver Center-to develop an action plan for implementing new or expanded diversion programs aimed at youth living with mental health conditions. The Task Force's new report, Stemming the Tide, lays out a roadmap to build a better system in Illinois and help kids get the support they need. This requires a shift toward community-based mental health services, not only to improve outcomes for our youth but so Illinois can focus greater attention on violent offenders and improve public safety. With these improvements, youth with mental health conditions can get on the road to recovery that helps prevent further contact with the justice system and return to school, work, and family. Details: Chicago: NAMI, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: http://povertylaw.org/files/docs/stemming-the-tide-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Shelf Number: 150054

Author: King County Heroin and Prescription Opiate Addiction Task Force Final Report and Recommendations Title: Heroin and Prescription Opiate Addiction Task Force: Final Report and Recommendations Summary: Heroin and opioid use are at crisis levels in King County. In 2015, 229 individuals died from heroin and prescription opioid overdose in King County alone. To confront this crisis, in March 2016, King County Executive Dow Constantine, Seattle Mayor Ed Murray, Renton Mayor Denis Law and Auburn Mayor Nancy Backus convened the Heroin and Prescription Opiate Addiction Task Force. The Task Force, co-chaired by the King County Department of Community and Human Services and Public Health - Seattle & King County, was charged with developing both short and long-term strategies to prevent opioid use disorder, prevent overdose, and improve access to treatment and other supportive services for individuals experiencing opioid use disorder. The Heroin and Prescription Opiate Addiction Task Force met over a six month period from March to September 2016 to review 1) current local, state and federal initiatives and activities related to prevention, treatment and health services for individuals experiencing opioid use disorder; 2) promising strategies being developed and implemented in other communities; and 3) evidence-based practice in the areas of prevention, treatment and health services. The Task Force strived to avoid redundancy with other related activities and to leverage existing partnerships and activities where appropriate. Additionally, the Task Force applied an equity and social justice lens to the work to ensure that recommendations do not exacerbate, but rather lessen, inequities experienced by communities of color as a direct result of the "War on Drugs." This report provides a summary of the group's recommendations to both prevent opioid addiction and improve opioid use disorder outcomes in King County. Details: Seattle: The Task Force, 2016. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.kingcounty.gov/~/media/depts/community-human-services/behavioral-health/documents/herointf/Final-Heroin-Opiate-Addiction-Task-_Force-Report.ashx Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150055

Author: Mitchell, Matthew Title: The Pros of Privately-Housed Cons: New Evidence on the Cost Savings of Private Prisons Summary: Three-fifths of all U.S. states contract with private corporations to house a portion of their state prisoners. A host of studies have analyzed the cost of incarceration in many of these prisons. This study takes a broader approach. It compares state per-prisoner department of corrections budgets across 46 states. Accounting for a number of cost factors, significant perprisoner savings were found in states that house a portion of their prisoners privately. All other factors being equal, states such as New Mexico with forty-five percent of their prisoners in private custody spent about $9,660 less per-prisoner in 2001 than non-privatized states. Given New Mexico's prison population of 5,300 this is an annual savings of $51 million. Forty-five percent privatization is expected to reduce the typical department of corrections budget by about one-third. The paper begins with a short history of the privatization movement and a discussion of the motivation to privatize. Details: Tijeras, NM: Rio Grande Foundations, 2003. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.heartland.org/_template-assets/documents/publications/12247.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 150057

Author: Chan, Jason Title: The Digital Sin City: An Empirical Study of Craigslist's Impact on Prostitution Trends Summary: The Internet facilitates information flow between sex workers and buyers, making it easier to set up paid sexual transactions online. Despite the illegality of selling sexual services online, Section 230 of Communications Decency Act shields websites from liability for unlawful postings by third parties. Consequently, websites such as Craigslist have become a haven for prostitution-related ads. With prostitution-related sites still in operation, it is imperative to understand the link between these sites and prostitution trends. Specifically, in this paper, we quantify the economic impact of Craigslist�s entry on prostitution incidence, and identify potential pathways in which the website affects the sex industry. Using a national panel data set for 1,796 U.S. counties from 1999 to 2008, our analyses suggest that entry of Craigslist to a county leads to a 17.58 percent increase in prostitution cases. In addition, the analyses reveal that a majority of prostitution activity on Craigslist are induced by organized vice groups, in addition to voluntary participation by smaller set of independent providers. Further, we find site entry has a stronger impact in counties with a past history of prostitution and produces spillover effects in neighboring locations that are not directly served by Craigslist. Sex workers providing niche sexual services are found to increase with site entry. In addition, we learn that site entry leads to an increase in transactions of existing workers and also attracts new workers to the market. We find that the increase in prostitution arrests does not catch up with the growth in prostitution trends brought in by Craigslist. Finally, we find complementarity effects between erotic and casual sex ads in leading to the increase of prostitution. Our results contribute broadly to the emerging literature on the societal challenges associated with online intermediaries and Internet penetration, and serve to provide guidelines for policy makers in regulating the sex industry in the Internet era. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3057722 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 150061

Author: Milgram, Anne Title: Integrated Health Care and Criminal Justice Data - Viewing the Intersection of Public Safety, Public Health, and Public Policy Through a New Lens: Lessons from Camden, New Jersey Summary: At the intersection of public safety and public health lies the potential to view crime prevention through a new lens: the lens provided by analyzing integrated data from the many agencies that serve vulnerable populations. This study involved the integration of health care and criminal justice data for people who cycle in and out of hospitals and police precincts in Camden, New Jersey. Working pursuant to a grant from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, researchers from the Camden Coalition of Healthcare Providers (the Coalition) integrated existing data sets to break down traditional information silos, identifying and analyzing the experiences of people who showed an extreme number of contacts with both systems. By analyzing these cross-sector data, Coalition researchers found that a small number of Camden residents have an enormous and disproportionate impact on the health care and criminal justice sectors, neither of which is designed to address the underlying problems they face: housing instability, inconsistent or insufficient income, trauma, inadequate nutrition, lack of supportive social networks, But the study's potential impact goes well beyond the identification of a population that frequently cycles through the health care and criminal justice systems. Cross-sector data offer a more holistic view of the challenges these individuals face, telling a different story than the one we typically hear - a story with far-reaching public policy implications. When we overlay data to view the trajectories of lives through consecutive cross-sector contacts, we begin to see that crime most often happens after, and not before, contacts with hospitals and other government agencies. During these earlier encounters, we could find potential markers that would allow us to identify individuals at risk of future criminal justice involvement. In large part because agencies are not sharing data in the collaborative ways needed to gain a holistic understanding of individuals, opportunities to intervene earlier in their trajectories are lost. Most interventions to prevent recidivism currently occur during the community corrections and re-entry phases, well after a crime has happened and the individual's case has ended. The study suggests that we should shift from a mindset of reacting to immediate health and crime crises as distinct events to focusing on holistic approaches that result in better individual outcomes, increased public safety, and reduced system costs. The holistic view provided by integrated data will allow researchers, policymakers, and practitioners to design earlier interventions to prevent crime and the avoidable use of jails and emergency departments. The Coalition's researchers plan to design and test such interventions in the next phase of this study. This paper is organized in two parts. Part I sets out the Camden study's key findings from the analysis of integrated hospital and police data: - A small percentage of arrestees account for a disproportionate share of total arrests. - There is a relationship between high use of hospital emergency departments (EDs) and frequent arrests. - A small subset of 226 individuals had extreme numbers of contacts with both hospital EDs and police. Part II outlines the potential impact of integrated data analysis on public safety, public health, and public policy: - Cross-sector data that look beyond the criminal justice system, including data on health, housing, employment, and other socio-economic characteristics, provide a holistic view of individuals and their contacts with multiple systems over time. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/wiener/programs/pcj/files/integrated_healthcare_criminaljustice_data.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 150062

Author: Gamblin, Marlysa D. Title: Mass Incarceration: A Major Cause of Hunger Summary: Mass incarceration has far-reaching effects in the United States. It poses a significant barrier to ending U.S. hunger and poverty by 2030-a goal the United States adopted in 2015. But the connection is not always obvious. This paper explains how mass incarceration increases hunger. In a study by the National Institutes of Health, 91 percent of returning citizens reported being food insecure. Many face difficulty securing a place to work and live after being released. In addition, 75 percent of returning citizens report that it is "extremely difficult" or "impossible" to find a job post-incarceration. Even once formerly incarcerated people manage to find jobs, they suffer a permanent reduction in their lifetime earning potential, by nearly $180,000. This explains why 1 in 4 households headed by a returning citizen lives in deep poverty. In addition, incarceration frequently leads to hardships for their families. According to one study, almost 70 percent of households reported having difficulty meeting basic needs, such as food and housing, when a family member was incarcerated. Details: Washington, DC: Bread for the World, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: http://www.bread.org/sites/default/files/downloads/briefing-paper-mass-incarceration-february-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Hunger Shelf Number: 150063

Author: Cunningham, Scott Title: Craigslist's Effect on Violence Against Women Summary: Female prostitution is both illegal in most American cities and extremely dangerous, as prostitutes face risks of violence from the environment and clients. Previous studies suggest that prostitution has the highest homicide rate of any female intensive occupation in the United States by several orders of magnitude. Policies that can efficiently minimize these hazards are therefore of prima facie importance. Between 2002 and 2010, Craigslist provided an �erotic services� section on its front page which was used almost exclusively by prostitutes to advertise illegal sex services. The company opened this service in different cities at different points in time. We use a differences-in-differences strategy to identify its causal effect on female safety and find that Craigslist erotic services reduced the female homicide rate by 17.4 percent. We also find modest evidence that erotic services reduced female rape offenses. Our analysis suggests that this reduction in female violence was the result of street prostitutes moving indoors and matching more efficiently with safer clients. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: http://scunning.com/craigslist70.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Craigslist Shelf Number: 150065

Author: Vafa, Yasmin Title: Beyond the Walls: A Look at Girls in D.C.'s Juvenile Justice System Summary: Both nationally and in the District of Columbia, boys have made up a vast majority of the juvenile justice population. Consequently, research, best practices, system reform efforts, and policies have been primarily based on the male population. In the past two decades, overall rates of youth involvement in the juvenile justice system have declined, yet the share of girls arrested, petitioned to court, placed on probation, and placed out of home has steadily increased. Due in part to a historical inattention to the unique drivers for girls into the juvenile justice system and the specific needs of justice-involved girls, jurisdictions around the country are seeing an increase in the rates of girls' involvement in the juvenile justice system. Over the past decade, Washington, D.C. (D.C.) has seen a significant increase in the share of girls in its juvenile justice system. This brief serves as a starting point to understand what is causing girls' increased contact with D.C.'s juvenile justice system, to highlight distinctions between girls' and boys' involvement in D.C.'s juvenile justice system, and to identify information gaps that must be addressed in order to reduce the number of system-involved girls and ensure that those girls who are already involved are receiving appropriate services and interventions. The data portion of this brief highlights four main findings that were consistent across data from the law enforcement and juvenile justice agencies in D.C. The main findings that will be explored in detail in the sections to follow are: - Girls today make up a larger portion of system-involved youth than in previous years. - Over time, the proportion of 13 to 15-year-old girls entering the juvenile justice system has grown at the greatest rate. - Eighty-six percent of arrests of girls in D.C. are for non-violent, non-weapons related offenses. - In D.C., Black girls are significantly overrepresented in the juvenile justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Rights4Girls; Juvenile Justice Initiative, Georgetown Law, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: http://www.law.georgetown.edu/academics/academic-programs/clinical-programs/our-clinics/JJC/new-projects/upload/beyond-the-walls.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 150066

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Serial Murder: Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives for Investigators Summary: The topic of serial murder occupies a unique niche within the criminal justice community. In addition to the significant investigative challenges they bring to law enforcement, serial murder cases attract an over-abundance of attention from the media, mental health experts, academia, and the general public. While there has been signifi cant, independent work conducted by a variety of experts to identify and analyze the many issues related to serial murder, there have been few efforts to reach a consensus between law enforcement and other experts, regarding these matters. In an effort to bridge the gap between the many views of issues related to serial murder, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) hosted a multi-disciplinary Symposium in San Antonio, Texas, on August 29, 2005 through September 2, 2005. The goal of the Symposium was to bring together a group of respected experts on serial murder from a variety of fields and specialties, to identify the commonalities of knowledge regarding serial murder. A total of 135 subject matter experts attended the five-day event. These individuals included law enforcement officials who have successfully investigated and apprehended serial killers; mental health, academic, and other experts who have studied serial killers and shared their expertise through education and publication; officers of the court, who have judged, prosecuted, and defended serial killers; and members of the media, who inform and educate the public when serial killers strike. The attendees also reflected the international nature of the serial murder problem, as there were attendees from ten different countries on five continents. The agenda encompassed a variety of topics related to serial murder including common myths, definitions, typologies, pathology and causality, forensics, the role of the media, prosecution issues, investigative task force organization, and major case management issues. Each day included panel discussions, case presentations, and discussion groups addressing a range of topics related to serial murder. This monograph is a culmination of the input and discussion of the attendees on the major issues related to serial murder. The contents are based upon the notes taken during the presentations, panel discussions, and break-out group sessions. The goal in publishing this monograph is to outline the consensus views from a variety of disciplines on the causality, motivations, and characteristics of serial murderers, which will enable the criminal justice community to generate a more effective response in the identification, investigation, and adjudication of these cases. Details: Washington, DC; FBI, 2008. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/stats-services-publications-serial-murder-serial-murder-july-2008-pdf/view Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 150067

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Active Shooter Incidents in the United States in 2016 and 2017 Summary: The FBI has designated 50 shootings in 2016 and 2017 as active shooter incidents. Twenty incidents occurred in 2016, while 30 incidents occurred in 2017. As with past FBI active shooter-related publications, this report does not encompass all gun-related situations. Rather, it focuses on a specific type of shooting situation. The FBI defines an active shooter as one or more individuals actively engaged in killing or attempting to kill people in a populated area. Implicit in this definition is the shooter's use of one or more firearms. The active aspect of the definition inherently implies that both law enforcement personnel and citizens have the potential to affect the outcome of the event based upon their responses to the situation. This report supplements two previous publications: A Study of Active Shooter Incidents in the United States Between 2000 and 20132 and Active Shooter Incidents in the United States in 2014 and 2015.3 The methodology articulated in the 2000-2013 study was applied to the 2016 and 2017 incidents to ensure consistency. Excluded from this report are gang- and drug-related shootings and gun-related incidents that appeared not to have put other people in peril (e.g., the accidental discharge of a firearm in a bar). Analysts relied on official law enforcement investigative reports (when available), FBI holdings, and publicly available resources when gathering data for this report. Though limited in scope, this report was undertaken to provide clarity and data of value to federal, state, tribal, and campus law enforcement as well as other first responders, corporations, educators, and the general public as they seek to neutralize threats posed by active shooters and save lives during such incidents. Details: Washington, DC: FBI, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/active-shooter-incidents-us-2016-2017.pdf/view Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 150072

Author: rights4girls Title: Survivor Protection: Reducing the Risk of Trauma to Child Sexual trafficking Victims Summary: Domestic child sex trafficking is a persistent problem in the United States. Under federal law, child sex trafficking occurs any time a minor under the age of eighteen is induced to perform a commercial sex act. Historically, domestic victims have received gravely insufficient protection and support due to a lack of awareness about domestic trafficking and the hidden nature of this crime. When information about human trafficking first gained traction in the United States, it was commonly believed that sex trafficking victims in the U.S. were primarily foreign nationals. However, according to the U.S. Department of Justice, from January 2008 to June 2010, eighty-three percent of confirmed sex trafficking victims identified in the United States were U.S. citizens, and approximately fifty-four percent were minors under the age of eighteen. Despite these children being subjected to violence, manipulation, and torture, the public still viewed victims of domestic child sex trafficking as criminals willingly engaged in prostitution, rather than as victims of violence and exploitation. In recent years, advocates have been working to shift both the law and public perception to ensure that survivors of domestic child sex trafficking are understood to be victims of gender-based violence5 and child abuse, rather than seen as "child prostitutes." Congress has played a significant role in working to advance greater protections for victims of domestic sex trafficking and increasing public awareness about the plight of American victims, and particularly, U.S. born children. Between 2013 and 2015, Congress passed a number of federal laws aimed at protecting domestic victims and assisting them in accessing many of the services and resources available to other victims of trafficking and sexual violence. Although the federal law has long been clear that child sex trafficking should be viewed as a severe form of trafficking in persons, victims of child sex trafficking are still denied the full scope of protections afforded to other victims of violence, and specifically child abuse, including protections that prevent re-traumatizing children who cooperate as victim witnesses in criminal prosecutions. This paper will provide an overview of the legal justifications for extending existing protections for child abuse victim witnesses to domestic child sex trafficking victim witnesses, and highlight various states that have passed legislation to this effect. Although this paper focuses on the use of Closed Circuit Television as a protection mechanism, we also identify other methods that can and should be utilized to protect child victim witnesses in human trafficking cases. The scope and landscape of protections for survivors of child sex trafficking is broad, but ensuring protections during human trafficking prosecutions is an area that has received little attention outside of victim advocacy spaces. The goal of this paper is to describe the legal framework that justifies extending courtroom protections that are offered to other victim witnesses to survivors of child sex trafficking testifying in criminal prosecutions. We encourage all systems officials working with this population, including judges, legislators, prosecutors, defense attorneys, and victim advocates to use the information provided to ensure that victims of child sex trafficking are afforded necessary protections, services, and support during trial. In doing so, the strength and success of prosecutions may improve. Most importantly, prioritizing the psychological, emotional, and physical protection of victim witnesses will bring us one step closer to achieving justice on behalf of survivors. Details: Washington, DC: rights4girls, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://rights4girls.org/wp-content/uploads/r4g/2018/01/Survivor-Protection.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protections Shelf Number: 150071

Author: Agan, Amanda Title: Is Your lawyer a Lemon? Incentives and Selection in the Public Provision of Criminal Defense Summary: Governments in the U.S. must offer free legal services to low-income people accused of crimes. These services are frequently provided by assigned counsel, who handle cases for indigent defendants on a contract basis. Court-assigned attorneys generally garner worse case outcomes than privately retained attorneys. Using detailed court records from one large jurisdiction in Texas, we find that the disparities in outcomes are primarily attributable to case characteristics and within-attorney differences across cases in which they are assigned versus retained. The selection of low-quality lawyers into assigned counsel and endogenous matching in the private market contribute less to the disparities. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working paper 24579: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24579.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 150074

Author: Silber, Rebecca Title: A Question of Compassion: Medical Parole in New York State Summary: Compassionate release laws enable incarcerated people who are elderly, seriously ill, incapacitated-or some combination thereof-to obtain parole in order to receive treatment in a community setting and in the company of loved ones. In recent years, the number of older adults in U.S. prisons has soared, even as the overall prison population has declined. With them, the elderly bring increasingly demanding health and end-of-life care needs. However, prisons make insufficient use of these laws and policies. The result? Too many people end up dying in prison, at great human cost and great cost to taxpayers. In this report, Vera outlines a case study of medical parole in New York State and makes practical recommendations that can guide New York-and other states across the country-in making full use of their compassionate release laws. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/medical-parole-new-york-state/legacy_downloads/a-question-of-compassion-full-report_180501_154111.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Compassionate Release Shelf Number: 150085

Author: Davis, Elizabeth Title: Capital Punishment, 2016 Summary: This report includes data on persons under sentence of death, persons executed, and the status of the death penalty at the state and federal level. Data on prisoners under sentence of death were obtained from the department of corrections in each jurisdiction that authorized the death penalty on December 31, 2016. Information on the status of death penalty statutes was obtained from the office of the Attorney General in each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, and the federal government. At year-end 2016, 34 states and the federal government authorized the death penalty. Two of these states (New York and Wyoming) did not have any prisoners under sentence of death at year-end. Each jurisdiction determines the offenses for which the death penalty can be imposed (appendix tables 1 and 2). Once a person has been convicted of a capital offense, a separate sentencing hearing is held. During the sentencing hearing, a jury will consider aggravating and mitigating factors as defined by state law. Before a person can be sentenced to death, a jury must find that at least one aggravating factor is present and that mitigating factors don't outweigh the aggravating factor(s). Methods of execution are defined by statute and vary by jurisdiction. In 2016, all 34 states with a death penalty statute authorized lethal injection as a method of execution (appendix table 3). In addition to lethal injection, 15 states authorized an alternative method of execution: electrocution (8 states), lethal gas (3), hanging (3), firing squad (2), and nitrogen hypoxia (1). In states that authorized multiple methods of execution, the condemned prisoner usually selected the method. Five states (Arizona, Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Utah) stipulated which method must be used depending on the date of either the offense or sentencing. New Hampshire authorized hanging only if lethal injection could not be given. Four states authorized alternative methods if lethal injection is ruled to be unconstitutional: Delaware authorized hanging; Oklahoma authorized electrocution, firing squad, or nitrogen hypoxia; Utah authorized firing squad; and Wyoming authorized lethal gas. Federal prisoners are executed by lethal injection, pursuant to 28 CFR Part 26. For offenses prosecuted under the federal Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act of 1994, the law of the state in which the conviction took place determines the method used (18 U.S.C. 3596). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cp16sb.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 150076

Author: Juvenile Justice Initiative Title: Detention of Juveniles in Illinois: Recommendations to Right-Size Detention through Reforms and Fiscal Incentives to Develop Community-Based Alternatives. Summary: Juvenile Detention is jail for kids. Research consistently reveals that even short stays in a juvenile detention facility has negative outcomes, including behavioral heath impacts and education disruptions. The studies also consistently reveal that detention actually increases repeat offending. Yet, state dollars support and encourage the use of detention, by subsidizing detention staff. There is no state plan or fiscal investment to encourage the use of alternatives to detention, despite better outcomes for fewer dollars. Despite the lack of state encouragement, several of the larger counties incorporated policies and practices to reduce reliance on costly out-of-home detention. The results are highly encouraging - lower costs with better outcome and more public safety. It is time for Illinois to encourage all counties with a detention center to make similar shifts by encouraging the development of fiscal incentives for alternatives to detention, thereby reducing the reliance on juvenile detention and making it a last resort. This report examines the current use of juvenile detention across Illinois, reviews research on the impact from detention of juveniles, and reports on the current state fiscal, oversight and administrative involvement in juvenile detention. The report examines best practices in Illinois and across the nation. Finally, this report includes a series of recommendations to "right-size" juvenile detention in Illinois. Details: Evanston, ILL: The Initiative, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://jjustice.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/JJI-Detention-Report-April-25-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 140077

Author: Losen, Daniel J. Title: Suspended Education in Massachusetts: Using Days of Lost Instruction Summary: Missed instruction can have a devastating impact on educational outcomes. Scholars have found that missing three or more days of school in the fourth grade predicts a reduction in reading achievement by one full grade level on the National Assessment of Educational Progress (Ginsburg, Jordan, & Chang, 2014). Of course, some reasons for missed instruction are beyond the control of schools and districts: some students miss school due to mental or physical illness or injury, and transportation problems sometimes are to blame. These external reasons for missed instruction contribute a great deal to chronic absenteeism, but they are difficult for schools to address because they are not caused directly by a school policy or practice. One major reason for missed instruction that schools can directly influence is the decision school administrators make to suspend students, as well as the length of suspensions. In 2015-16, students in Massachusetts missed an estimated 156,793 days of school, or approximately 16 days per every 100 enrolled students, all due to suspension. School policy and practice varies widely in Massachusetts, but because the majority of schools use suspension as a measure of last resort, most parents don't realize the massive amount of instruction time children lose due to disciplinary removal in some schools and districts. Discipline reform efforts have been built around extensive research that has tracked individual students over many years, which shows that suspensions are among the leading predictor of failing to graduate high school and involvement in the juvenile justice system. (Fabelo et al., 2011). In fact, leading scholars estimate that suspensions can lower graduation rates by six to 14 percentage points, depending on the state (Balfanz, Byrnes, & Fox, 2015; Marchbanks et al., 2015; Rumberger & Losen, 2016). This is critically important given that after controlling for race, poverty, students' prior behavior, and 80 other variables, the factors schools control are powerful predictors of whether suspensions are used frequently or rarely (Fabelo et al., 2011). Another leading predictor of disparities in suspension rates was found to be the school principals' attitudes toward school discipline. (Skiba et al., 2014). Specifically, after controlling for demographic differences in enrollment, in response to a statewide survey, principals of schools that embraced harsh discipline as a needed punitive response and blamed parents and children for problematic behavior had higher suspension rates and lower achievement scores than those principals that framed their discipline approach as part of their school's educational mission, to help ensure that students learned appropriate behavior, rather than a punitive response. As this report will demonstrate, numerous schools in the Commonwealth regularly remove a high number of students, culminating in large amount of lost instruction time. Furthermore, the impact of discipline has more to do with the conditions of learning than of safety, as most missed instruction is the result of suspensions for minor behaviors that do not involve violence, drugs, or criminal activity. Details: Los Angeles, Center for Civil Rights Remedies, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://schottfoundation.org/report/suspended-education-massachusetts Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Attendance Shelf Number: 150078

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: The Economic Cost of Gun Violence in New Jersey: A Business Case for Action Summary: In recent years, New Jersey has experienced an average of 280 gun-related homicides, 184 gun-related suicides, 764 non-fatal interpersonal shootings, and 599 unintentional shootings per year. New Jersey has the sixth-lowest number of gun deaths per capita among the states. Nevertheless, gun violence in the state exacts a high physical, emotional, and financial toll on families and communities. We often hear about the heartbreak and physical pain these shootings cause, but there is another aspect of the gun violence epidemic that doesn't receive as much attention: the overwhelming financial cost. TALLYING THE NUMBERS The 2,014 shootings that occur each year in New Jersey are a serious drain on the state's economy. Based on the expenses we can directly measure, including healthcare costs ($93 million per year), law enforcement and criminal justice expenses ($131 million per year), costs to employers ($8 million per year), and lost income ($918 million per year), the initial price tag of gun violence in New Jersey is over $1.2 billion per year. Much of this tab is picked up by the public. Up to 85% of gunshot victims, for example, are either uninsured or on some form of publicly funded insurance. Additionally, law enforcement efforts are funded entirely by taxpayer dollars. As a result, gun violence costs New Jersey taxpayers approximately $273 million each year. Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Cost-of-Gun-Violence-in-New-Jersey_Full-Report_4.20.18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 150079

Author: Liu, John C. Title: The Suspension Spike: Changing the Discipline Culture in NYC's Middle Schools Summary: Research findings have established that a middle school pattern of even mild behavioral issues, either alone, or in conjunction with several other factors including absenteeism and academic performance in English and Mathematics, is an early warning that a student may be on the path to potentially dropping out of school. The Department of Education's current disciplinary approach, rooted in "zero-tolerance" philosophy, relies heavily on punitive measures, including suspensions, as a response to a wide array of behaviors. In the 2011- 2012 school year, more than 18,000 suspensions were meted out to students in grades 6 through 8 attending standalone middle schools. Yet, lengthy and repeated suspensions for disruptive behavior such as speaking disrespectfully to a teacher or fellow student result in lost learning days, contribute to students' feelings of alienation from school, and perhaps most importantly, do little or nothing to address the root causes of the behavior. Moreover, there are significant racial, ethnic, and other disparities in suspension rates. Maintaining a calm, respectful, and secure school climate is critical to the success of New York City's approximately 210,000 middle school students. Middle school is the last chance to "catch up" on both the academic and social-emotional skills needed to be successful in high school. Accordingly, concerns about improving New York City's middle school grades are well-deserved. Despite the myriad studies and good intentions, however, the middle school years have not received the same sustained focus and resources as educational reforms targeted at younger children. In particular, the interplay between school climate and behavioral issues and its relationship to academic achievement merits greater attention at a time when graduating from high school and pursuing post-secondary educational attainment is more important than ever. Violent, disruptive behavior that compromises the safe and supportive learning environment that all students deserve is not acceptable. The proposals in this report identify a range of positive approaches to promoting a safe and considerate learning environment for middle school students, teachers, and administrators that recognize the social-emotional and behavioral issues of this age group, particularly for students most at risk of eventually dropping out. A pilot program to introduce a whole-school climate change program based on the principles of restorative justice offers new tools for addressing and repairing the harm created by behavioral issues. Increasing the availability of school counselors and social workers would provide critical front-line support for struggling students. To advance these recommendations, system-wide changes should be made to the Department of Education's Discipline Code, the oversight of School Safety Agents, and the collection of data on suspensions and arrests. Details: New York: New York City Comptroller, 2013. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://comptroller.nyc.gov/wp-content/uploads/documents/NYC_MiddleSchools_Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 150080

Author: Doerner, John Title: Cuyahoga County, Ohio: Booking Process & Pretrial Services: Final Report Summary: The Cuyahoga County Prosecutor's Office contracted with the National Center for State Courts (NCSC) to study how the members of the criminal justice system can work together to improve the speed, efficiency, effectiveness, and fairness of the County's pretrial process. The NCSC also procured the services of the Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) for additional support. The study focused on understanding the current pretrial practices in the County and planning for a Central Booking Facility in the Cuyahoga County Jail that could, if necessary, operate on a 24 hour, 7 day per week basis and encompass all appropriate processes from the arrestee's arrival at the jail to a judicial decision regarding either pretrial detention or release. This report addresses current pretrial decision-making procedures and various aspects of developing the central booking facility, including location and space planning within the existing County Jail structure; sequencing and target time-frames for processes and programs; and the next steps toward implementing central booking. A Project Steering Committee, made up of a broad cross-section of criminal justice system stakeholder agencies1 , provided general oversight for this project. Project Overview The primary urban center and county seat of Cuyahoga County, Ohio is the City of Cleveland. In addition to the City of Cleveland, the metropolitan area includes many suburban municipalities. The Court of Common Pleas is the general jurisdiction court which is responsible for hearing all felony criminal cases; the thirteen municipal courts2 have responsibility for hearing all misdemeanor cases and conducting probable cause/initial bond hearings for all felony cases arising within their respective jurisdictions. The focus of this project was to assess the feasibility of establishing a central booking operation while improving the process by which arrestees are booked in the Cuyahoga County and City of Cleveland (City) jails and release or detain decisions are made in the courts. Details: Denver, CO: National Center for State Courts, 2015. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://prosecutor.cuyahogacounty.us/pdf_prosecutor/en-US/Cuyahoga%20Central%20Booking%20-%20Final%20Report%20Dec%202015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Pretrial Arraignment Shelf Number: 150083

Author: SPARK Reproductive Justice Now Title: Giving Birth Behind Bars: A Guide to Achieving Reproductive Justice for Incarcerated Women Summary: Giving Birth Behind Bars: A Guide to Achieving Reproductive Justice for Incarcerated Women is composed of three sections, each highlighting the tools and materials that we have employed over the last three years for our popular education and organizing campaign to end shackling of incarcerated pregnant women in jails and prisons. While this resource is not exhaustive, it provides our allies, members, communities and elected officials with the most thorough assessment, to date, of the practice of shackling pregnant women in Georgia prisons and jails. Section One provides a broad overview of the intersection between reproductive justice and prisons. This section includes a reproductive justice analysis of the prison industrial complex, information on women in Georgia prisons, a powerful story from a formerly incarcerated woman empowered through her experience and information about our community centered public policy analysis program, Legislate THIS! Section Two consists of information designed to offer healthcare providers with a broad overview of what they can do to ensure that women are able to labor, birth and recover without the burden of restraints. In addition, this section provides a list of medical organizations that oppose the practice of shackling pregnant inmates during labor, delivery and recovery and additional relevant materials. Section Three provides a collection of material about the national anti-shackling movement. The publication includes information on states with anti-shackling laws and some of the practical popular education resources SPARK has developed including anti-shackling talking points, a petition, a sample letter to legislators, resource list, and other organizing materials and relevant information. Details: Atlanta: SPARK, 2011. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2018 at: http://www.sparkrj.org/website/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/Giving-Birth-Behind-Bars-Guide.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 150092

Author: Labriola, Melissa Title: Evaluation of the Cook County Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Enhancement Program: Findings and Recommendations Summary: Many states, including Illinois, are grappling with overwhelming misdemeanor caseloads, placing significant resource burdens on courts, prosecutors, and defense agencies (see, e.g., Greenberg and Cherney 2017; Schauffler et al. 2016). Responding to these caseload pressures, as well as to growing national interest in reducing the adverse collateral consequences of a conviction for defendants while addressing their underlying treatment needs, prosecutors are increasingly turning to pretrial diversion (e.g., see George et al. 2015; Labriola et al. 2017). Defendants who complete diversion requirements generally have their cases dismissed without further adjudication. The current study evaluates a diversion program for misdemeanor defendants, implemented by the Cook County State's Attorney's Office (SAO), which has jurisdiction over criminal cases in Chicago, Illinois and its surrounding suburbs. The Cook County SAO is the second largest prosecutorial office in the nation and the largest in Illinois, handling about 250,000 cases per year, including more than 150,000 misdemeanors. With funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, the SAO sought to expand a preexisting misdemeanor diversion program to geographic areas within the county where the program was not yet available. The current study evaluates both the original diversion model and the enhancement. Misdemeanor Diversion in Cook County The Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Program (MDPP) was initiated in 2012 by the Cook County State's Attorney's Office. Given available funding, the program was implemented for defendants who, based on the location of their arrest, had their preliminary hearing within two of six geographically-defined branch courts within Chicago (Branch 23 and Branch 29) and two of five suburban district courts (respectively in Skokie and Bridgeview). Besides the geographic location of the arrest and preliminary hearing, diversion eligibility also required the defendant to be charged with a nonviolent misdemeanor; not to have any prior violent conviction within the past ten years; and not to have a pending case in any court at the time that the current case was filed. As a practical matter, based upon case-by-case discretion applied by the assistant state's attorney, diversion participants tended to be first ime defendants (no prior convictions of any kind). In addition, the most commonly seen charges were retail theft, marijuana possession, and trespass. Enrolled program participants were required to attend two sessions at a community-based services agency located conveniently to the participant's home or work. In a special "veterans" track, program participants who were military veterans attended one of their two sessions at the John Marshall Law School Veteran's Legal Support Center and Clinic and the second session at the Jesse Brown Veterans Medical Center. Attendance at both required sessions led to dismissal of the current criminal charges. Implemented in 2015 with Bureau of Justice Assistance funding, the Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Enhanced Program (MDPEP) expanded misdemeanor diversion to two additional preliminary hearing courts: Sixth Municipal District (Markham) and Chicago's Branch 34 courthouses. In addition, the expanded diversion model integrated the use of a brief validated risk-need assessment tool, the Criminal Court Assessment Tool (C-CAT), to aid with programming. Specifically, based on whether a defendant was classified by the CCAT as low, moderate, or high risk, the defendant would be routed to one of three alternative diversion tracks: (1) two case management appointments (low risk); (2) two appointments plus at least ten hours of community service (moderate risk); or (3) two appointments plus ten hours of cognitive-behavioral treatment for criminal thinking, using the nationally known Thinking for a Change (T4C) model (high risk). The goals of the enhanced program model were to reduce subsequent criminal behavior; reduce costs to the system; and minimize the collateral consequences resulting from convictions for low-level, non-violent offenses. These same goals were also shared by the original diversion model. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 7, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-03/cook_county_deferred_eval.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Caseloads Shelf Number: 150093

Author: Kolb, Abigail Faye Title: In or Out?: The Impact of Discursive and Behavioural Performance on Identity Construction among Chicanas in Gangs Summary: Despite the growing interest in female gang membership, there is a gap in the literature regarding the continual identity shifts that occur throughout Chicana female gang association, affiliation, and, especially during the disengagement process. This study seeks to understand the ways in which formerly gang-affiliated Chicanas negotiate their experiences and interactions and how these are implicated in their understanding of their own subjectivity. The research was conducted through twenty-four unstructured interviews with formerly gang-affiliated Chicanas involved with a prominent gang prevention/intervention organization in the Boyle Heights neighbourhood of East Los Angeles, and through observations conducted within the organization and within the neighbourhood. The results demonstrate that identity is in a constant state of flux. The homegirls in this study were able to describe the ways in which their subjectivities have been (co)constructed in ways that were temporally and spatially relevant and how their interactions with the social environment, their communities, families, and their homeboys and homegirls were also implicated. Homegirls explained how their identities changed through different periods in their lives. From "doing gang" in their hoods and among their homeboys and homegirls, to performing gender and sexuality in prison, and then (re)constructing their raced, classed, and gendered identities as they negotiated the process of disengaging from the gang, participants demonstrated how their experiences and interactions played a role in their worldviews, the ways in which they understood their own subjectivities, and how these perceptions inform(ed) their decisions, both past and present. Many of the findings support the extant literature describing the role of discursive and behavioral expression(s) in the (co)construction of identity, on an individual level and for "others." Specifically, marginalized girls/women are subject to engaging in social practices in order to avoid rejection within their social milieu. The findings reveal that while gang-affiliated Chicanas do experience multiple forms of marginalization like many gang-affiliated girls/women, they have the added dimension of socio-cultural positioning. In other words, these women must actively negotiate the traditions, values, and expectations of two cultures: Mexican and American-a process that leads to a Chola identity and subculture. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2015. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/15290 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 150097

Author: Eagly, Ingrid Title: Lexipol: The Privatization of Police Policymaking Summary: This Article is the first to identify and analyze the growing practice of privatized police policymaking. In it, we present our findings from public records requests that reveal the central role played by a limited liability corporation - Lexipol LLC - in the creation of internal regulations for law enforcement agencies across the United States. Lexipol was founded in 2003 to provide standardized policies and training for law enforcement. Today, more than 3,000 public safety agencies in thirty-five states contract with Lexipol to author the policies that guide their officers on crucial topics such as when to use deadly force, how to avoid engaging in racial profiling, and whether to enforce federal immigration laws. In California, where Lexipol was founded, as many as 95% of law enforcement agencies now rely on Lexipol's policy manual. Lexipol offers a valuable service, particularly for smaller law enforcement agencies that are without the resources to draft and update policies on their own. However, reliance on this private entity to establish standards for public policing also raises several concerns arising from its for-profit business model, focus on liability risk management, and lack of transparency or democratic participation. We therefore offer several recommendations that address these concerns while also recognizing and building upon Lexipol's successes. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles, 2018. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 18-09; Criminal Justice, Borders and Citizenship Research Paper No. 3142035: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3142035 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 150099

Author: Ward, Cynthia V. Title: Fair Process and Sexual Misconduct on Campus Summary: Pressured by directives from the Obama Administration's Department of Education, colleges and universities across the country scrambled to revamp their processes of adjudicating sexual assault on campus. Critics of the new campus sexual misconduct codes charge that the rules are now unfairly biased against those charged with offenses. Two recent developments - the election of Donald Trump, and the arrival of the #MeToo movement - have substantially shifted the political and social ground upon which the new sex misconduct codes were created. Pressed now from advocates of due process, schools must give careful thought to the question of what fairness means in the context of adjudicating sexual misconduct in the campus setting. In deciding their response, colleges and universities should not reflexively defend misconduct codes which were themselves hastily assembled in response to controversial mandates from the government. Instead, they should acknowledge that sanctions imposed on offenders in these cases operate as punishment, and look to the Criminal Law - the law of individual punishment - as a model for mediating the competing claims of justice which fight for dominance in these cases. Campus sexual assault adjudications are not criminal trials, and criminal procedure cannot be wholly imported into such adjudications. But campus proceedings should be motivated by the core principles - of Harm, Proportionality, and Parsimony - which have produced our social system of punishment. College sexual misconduct codes lack a coherent set of principles upon which to ground the structure of sexual assault adjudications; such principles do ground the criminal process and should serve as a model for other forms of institutional punishment. Details: Williamsburg, VA: William and Mary Law School, 2018. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3160207 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crimes Shelf Number: 150101

Author: Fields, Shawn E. Title: Stop and Frisk in a Concealed Carry World Summary: This Article confronts the growing tension between increasingly permissive concealed carry firearms legislation and police authority to conduct investigative stops and protective frisks under Terry v. Ohio. For decades, courts upheld stops based on nothing more than an officer's observation of public gun possession, on the assumption that anyone carrying a gun in public was doing so unlawfully. That assumption requires reexamination. All fifty states and the District of Columbia authorize their citizens to carry concealed weapons in public, and forty-two states impose little or no conditions on the exercise of this privilege. As a result, officers and courts can no longer reasonably assume that "public gun possession" equals "criminal activity." Courts and scholars have begun addressing discrete aspects of this dilemma, and this Article makes four contributions to the existing literature. First, it corrects the oft-repeated misconception that the Supreme Court's recent Second Amendment jurisprudence has altered the Fourth Amendment's reasonable suspicion standard. Second, it articulates the need for a "gun possession plus" reasonable suspicion standard to initiate a Terry stop for a suspected firearms violation. Third, it defends the right of officers to conduct automatic frisks of suspects after a lawfully-initiated stop when firearms are present, in recognition of the inherent and unique dangerousness of these weapons. Fourth, it justifies this adaptation of "reasonable suspicion" with reference to traditional risk-assessment tort principles, including the Hand Formula. In doing so, the Article seeks a balanced and defensible approach to assessing law enforcement interactions with lawfully-armed civilians in the age of concealed carry. Details: San Diego: University of San Diego, School of law, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper No. 18-339: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3156692 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 150102

Author: Lovett, Nicholas Title: Can Police Presence Deter Crime Overnight? Evidence From Rare Homicides Across America Summary: I empirically evaluate the effect of increased policing intensity on criminal offending by using a novel natural experiment in conjunction with detailed, high-frequency, criminal incident data. I leverage the occurrence of homicides in police jurisdictions where homicides are a very rare occurrence as a quasi-random shock to policing intensity as law enforcement seeks to assuage the concerns of a public unaccustomed to homicide. I then evaluate the patterns of criminal offending before, and in the immediate aftermath of, a rare homicide using both a regression discontinuity in time design and an event study. I find substantial declines in criminal offending, and reveal distinct declines in violent, drug and total crimes with reductions as large as 8.1% for violent crime and 24.5% for drug crime. Results are highly significant and robust to a wide range of specifications, estimation techniques and sample refinements. This paper contributes by separating deterrence effects from incapacitation effects, revealing the time evolution of reductions in crime, and evaluating the ability of police to deter crime through increases in police manpower via the intensive margin alone. I also contribute by documenting drug offender rationality in response to an elevated police presence and shed light on criminal offending and policing in communities outside large urban centers. Details: Whitewater, WI: University of Wisconsin at Whitewater, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3160909 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 150103

Author: Resnik, Judith Title: Who Pays? Fines, Fees, Bail, and the Cost of Courts Summary: In the last decades, growing numbers of people have sought to use courts, government budgets have declined, new technologies have emerged, arrest and detention rates have risen, and arguments have been leveled that private resolutions are preferable to public adjudication. Lawsuits challenge the legality of fee structures, money bail, and the imposition of fines. States have chartered task forces to propose changes, and new research has identified the effects of the current system on low-income communities and on people of color. The costs imposed through fees, surcharges, fines, and bail affect the ability of plaintiffs and defendants to seek justice and to be treated justly. This volume, prepared for the 21st Annual Arthur Liman Center Colloquium, explores the mechanisms for financing court systems and the economic challenges faced by judiciaries and by litigants. We address how constitutional democracies can meet their obligations to make justice accessible to disputants and to make fair treatment visible to the public. Our goals are to understand the dimensions of the problems, the inter-relationships among civil, criminal, and administrative processes, and the opportunities for generating the political will to bring about reform. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, Law School, 2018. 222p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3165674 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150105

Author: Gollwitzer, Anton Title: The Role of Age in Plea Bargain Decision Making Summary: Research has elucidated that defendants in criminal cases behave differently depending on their age. How age specifically affects plea bargain behavior, however, has only been sparsely investigated. In four studies, we observed that age influences whether lay individuals' plea bargain decision making is concordant (i.e., accept plea bargains if guilty and opt for trial if innocent) or discordant (i.e., accept a plea bargain if innocent and opt for a trial if guilty) in 'mock' criminal scenarios. In line with emerging adults' (18-28 years old) increased just-world beliefs and illusions of transparency, Study 1 provided indirect evidence that emerging adults' plea bargain decision making is more concordant than mature adults (29-40). Study 2, however, found that this effect is dependent on the defendant's likelihood of conviction. Studies 3 and 4 emulated Studies 1 and 2, however, they examined how parents of differently aged children advise their children regarding plea bargains decision making. Parents of younger children (8-11 years old) advised their child similarly to how they themselves would act. Parents of adolescents (12-18), on the other hand, adopted an entirely concordant approach, advising their adolescent child to behave according to their child's culpability. Overall, we find that individuals' approach to plea bargain decision making depends on their age group (or the age group of their children), culpability, and probability of conviction. Details: New haven, CT: Yale University, School of Law, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3149960 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 150111

Author: Ulmer, Jeffery Todd Title: Federal Sentencing of Hispanic Defendants in Changing Immigrant Destinations Summary: Scholars have found evidence of disparities in criminal punishment disadvantaging Hispanic defendants, especially Hispanic non-citizens. Research has also shown that federal punishment disparity between Hispanic and white defendants varies according to federal district court contexts. Recent scholarship has drawn distinctions between traditional Hispanic immigrant destinations and new or emerging immigrant destinations, and depicted the reception of Hispanic immigrants in new immigrant destinations as less welcoming and supportive than in traditional destinations. We examine whether federal courts in different Hispanic immigrant destination types exhibit differing levels of Hispanic citizen and non-citizen sentencing disadvantage circa 2000, and then circa 2010. We find that traditional destinations exhibit little or no Hispanic vs. non-Hispanic disparity. But Hispanic non-citizens especially received longer sentences in new destinations and in non-immigrant destinations, both circa 2000 and 2010. By contrast, the emerging immigrant destinations of 2010-2012 did not sentence Hispanic citizens and non-citizens significantly differently from traditional destinations. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3148059 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Courts Shelf Number: 150109

Author: Billings, Stephen B. Title: Hanging Out With the Usual Suspects: Neighborhood Peer Effects and Recidivism Summary: Social interactions within neighborhoods, schools and detention facilities are important determinants of criminal behavior. However, little is known about the degree to which neighborhood peers affect successful community re-entry following incarceration. This paper measures the influence of pre-incarceration social networks on recidivism by exploiting the fact that peers may be locked up when a prisoner returns home. Using detailed arrest and incarceration data that includes residential addresses for offenders, we find consistent and robust evidence that a former inmate is less likely to reoffend if more of his peers are held captive while he reintegrates into society. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3144020 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 150110

Author: Oliver, Ashley Title: Employment Barriers and Attitude to Employment for Male Ex-offenders Summary: Working is a central aspect of life, as employment is a means of survival and it allows for both social interaction and self-determination. One group in particular has historically struggled to obtain employment, namely ex-offenders. Despite the large number of unemployed ex-offenders, counseling psychology has not paid much attention to the specific vocational needs for this particular population. This study describes the difficulties that male ex-offenders have when trying to obtain employment. Specifically, the relationship between perceived barriers to employment and job search attitudes are examined in an adult male non-violent and violent offender population. The participants included 150 English-speaking adult males with a criminal record, aged 18 and older, and who were currently unemployed. Results supported that there is a relationship between their perceived barriers to employment and job search attitude. Results also supported a relationship between type of offense committed (violent vs. non-violent), total number of criminal convictions, and highest level of education completed and their Barriers to Employment Success overall score and Job Search Attitude overall score, with the most significant relationship being between highest level of education and one's overall barriers to employment. Results suggest that vocational programs should take more of a holistic approach, and incorporate interventions that are targeted at improving offenders' attitudes, such as motivational interviewing, because it may help decrease their employment concerns and perceived employment barriers, and improve their attitudes. Details: Cleveland,: Cleveland State University, 2017. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=csu1503315587714708&disposition=inline Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 150112

Author: Escutia, Xochitl Title: Body-Worn Cameras, Procedural Justice, and Police Legitimacy Summary: As technology advances, law enforcement agencies continue to implement new strategies to effectively control crime and preserve social order. Over the past two years, several key events have shifted public concerns from crime control to police-community relations. In an effort to improve these relations and increase police legitimacy, many police agencies have recently implemented body-worn cameras. These devices have several presumed advantages, including the enhancement of procedural justice practices. Research on procedural justice links the quality of treatment and quality of officer decision-making to police legitimacy and higher levels of citizen satisfaction. Thus, this study analyzes how the application of body-worn cameras affects perceptions of procedural justice and citizen satisfaction. Using data collected from community member surveys, results show that fair officer treatment towards community members and impartial officer decision-making practices positively impact police interactions. Such practices combined with body-worn cameras can increase citizen satisfaction. Details: Long Beach, CA: California State University, Long Beach, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1853862268.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 150113

Author: Fischer, Aaron J. Title: Suicides in San Diego County Jail: A System Failing People with Mental Illness Summary: San Diego County faces a crisis in its jail system. It has the highest reported number of suicides in a California jail system over several years - more than 30 suicide deaths since 2010. The inmate suicide rate has been many times higher than the rate in similarly sized county jails in California, the State prison system, and jails nationally. This is a crisis demanding meaningful action. While the County reported just one inmate suicide in 2017, which is a welcome decrease compared to previous years, the system remains deeply challenged. The incidence of inmate suicide attempts and serious self-harm remains extremely high - a rate of approximately two (2) per week. The frequency of suicide attempts indicates that the County must improve its treatment of people with mental health needs. Recognition that San Diego County has a problem with suicides and other deaths at the jail is not new. There has been a steady drumbeat of calls to action, from the County's grand juries, the media, and people who have been incarcerated at the jail and their loved ones. As the designated protection and advocacy system charged with protecting the rights of people with disabilities in California, Disability Rights California (DRC) opened an investigation into conditions at the San Diego County jails in 2015. We conducted tours of the County's jail facilities, and completed extensive interviews with Sheriff's Department leadership, jail staff, and jail inmates. We have reviewed thousands of pages of relevant policies and procedures, Sheriff's Department records, and individual inmate records. Our investigation focuses on four interconnected aspects of San Diego's County jail and mental health systems. We provide specific Recommendations regarding each. Over-Incarceration of People with Mental Health Needs. First, we found that there is an extremely high number of jail inmates with significant mental health treatment needs. The County's mental health care system, both inside and outside of the jail, has long operated in a way that leads to the dangerous, costly, and counter-productive over-incarceration of people with mental health-related disabilities. This includes a historical failure to provide sufficient community-based mental health services and supports that help individuals with mental health needs to thrive and avoid entanglement with the criminal justice system and incarceration. There is an urgent need for a better approach. We found that the County's recently developed Mental Health Services Act Plan and related initiatives - including increased community based-services and diversion/reentry efforts - provide a reason for optimism. Of course, the County's efforts will be judged on outcomes in the months and years ahead. Deficiencies in Suicide Prevention. Second, our two subject matter experts, who reviewed inmate suicide cases as well as relevant policies, identified significant deficiencies in the County's suicide prevention practices. These experts, Karen Higgins, M.D., and Robert Canning, Ph.D., CCHP, have considerable expertise in suicide prevention and mental health treatment in detention facilities. They have completed a detailed written report (Appendix A), which identifies twenty-four (24) Key Deficiencies in the County's system and provides forty-six (46) Recommendations to address those deficiencies. While we are convinced that the Sheriff's Department has begun to take the issue of suicide prevention seriously, there remain many aspects of the system's treatment of people at risk of suicide that require urgent action. Failure to Provide Adequate Mental Health Treatment. Third, we found that the County's jail system subjects inmates with mental health needs to a grave risk of psychological and other harms by failing to provide adequate mental health treatment. Making matters worse, the County subjects inmates to dangerous solitary confinement conditions that take an enormous toll on individuals' mental health and well-being. A substantial number of the suicides in San Diego County's jails have occurred in designated segregation units and other units with solitary confinement conditions. Even with committed jail leadership and staff efforts to reduce solitary confinement and improve conditions, insufficient staffing and lack of other critical resources have caused these problems to persist. Lack of Meaningful, Independent Oversight. Fourth, we found that the existing systems of jail oversight have failed. The time has come for the County to create an independent and professional oversight entity to monitor jail conditions, suicide prevention and mental health treatment practices, and other jail operations. A truly effective independent oversight entity, building on the models developed in Los Angeles County, Santa Clara County, Sonoma County, and other jurisdictions across the country, would enhance the County's efforts to address its historical challenges in its jails, help to achieve and solidify system improvements, and strengthen the trust of the community through greater transparency. We have found that the County's jails have the great advantage of committed mental health staff and a number of strong leaders within the Sheriff's Department. They will need sustained investment and support from the County - along with true transparency and accountability - to achieve a durable solution to the inmate suicide crisis, the deficiencies in mental health treatment inside the jail, and the over-incarceration of people with mental health needs. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2018. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/SDsuicideReport.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 150114

Author: Veale, Frances R.B. Title: African American male offenders experiences of successful parole/post-release completion Summary: A qualitative research study was conducted to explore the factors that affect African American male offenders� ability to resist crime and complete parole/post-release supervision. The effects of recidivism and parole violation continuously add to the ever-growing prison population within the United States. In this study, social and personal factors were analyzed. Specifically, the researcher interviewed six former African American felony male offenders who had resisted crime and completed parole supervision successfully. The results revealed that African American men have the ability to resist crime and complete parole supervision. Based on the results, social and personal factors such as employment, education, support, social networking, individual characteristics, and programs, along with other factors all aid in the process. Explicitly, employment status, level of education, targeted support, vouching, behavior change, and programs designed to rehabilitate, in addition to social ties play a significant part in how the offenders progress through the process of resisting crime and completing parole supervision. These and other areas for future research are recommended. Implications of the research study�s findings and future research directions are also presented. The results presented in this research study may facilitate improvement in understanding how offenders reintegrate back into society; desist from crime, especially African America men who account for the largest race and gender currently incarcerated in the United States� prison system. Details: Iowa City: University of Iowa, 2015. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: http://ir.uiowa.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6274&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 150117

Author: Dennison, Christopher R. Title: Educational Mobility and Crime Throughout the Life Course Summary: A central question in criminology is the degree to which adult transitions are sources of stability or change throughout the life course. Transitions in the form of marriage and employment are said to represent turning points for those most prone for a life course of persistent offending, as such experiences 'knife off' a criminal past. Few studies, however, have considered college completion as an adult transition capable of redirecting one's criminal trajectory. Moreover, research largely assumes that any attainment represents a positive turning point, but whether transitions like educational attainment really are positive depends on how these resources compare to prior generations, such as those of one's parents. The study of social mobility broadens our understanding of socioeconomic attainments by encompassing continuity and change within the life course, as certain achievements may be indicative of stability while others may represent a change - either positive or negative. For instance, obtaining a high school diploma may symbolize a positive turning point for those who grew up in poverty, while similar achievements for those from a higher social class may reflect a loss in social status if it is not followed by further educational attainment. Drawing on theories of social mobility, strain, and relative deprivation, I analyze the relationship between educational mobility and crime using data from The National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent to Adult Health (Add Health). First, I examine the relationship between educational mobility (i.e., one's own achieved education in relation to parents' attainment) and various types of crime (i.e., instrumental crime, violent crime, and illegal drug use). Next, I investigate how gender and race/ethnicity moderate the association between educational mobility and crime. Finally, I assess the concern of selection into educational mobility pathways via propensity score analyses, with the purpose of accounting for the confounding bias that may explain the alleged educational mobility and crime association. Results show that upward and downward intergenerational mobility are associated with decreases and increases in instrumental crime, violent crime, and illegal drug use, respectively. Effects are slightly attenuated in size after controlling for occupational and familial transitions in adulthood, as well as financial stressors and social psychological measures. Moreover, downward educational mobility is associated with greater increases in crime for females compared to males, and upward mobility results in greater reductions in crime for blacks and native-born Hispanics. Finally, results show that overall patterns of intergenerational mobility are robust when incorporating a series of propensity score techniques that account for confounding bias. In total, this dissertation contributes to the long speculated socioeconomic status and crime connection by integrating social mobility and education into criminological research as meaningful sources of change in the life course. Details: Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University, 2017. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:bgsu149891240784971 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Education and Crime Shelf Number: 150118

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: America's Youth Under Fire: The Devastating Impact of Gun Violence on Young People Summary: On February 14, 2018, 14 students and three staff members were murdered at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida, by a single shooter armed with an assault rifle. This horrific massacre galvanized the nation's attention to the issue of gun violence, particularly as it affects young people in this country. However, the scope of gun violence as it affects America's youth is much vaster than this most recent mass shooting. Gunfire has officially overtaken car accidents as one of the leading killers of young people in the United States. As of publication time, since the beginning of 2018, 820 teens ages 12 to 17 have been killed or injured with a gun. As mass shootings become more common and more deadly, a staggering 57 percent of teenagers now fear a school shooting. The epidemic of gun violence against America's youth is more than just a disturbing data point. For each bullet fired, there are multiple stories of lives changed forever. When he was just 6 years old, Missouri State Rep. Bruce Franks Jr. saw his brother shot in front of their neighbor's home. Nevada activist Mariam El-Haj witnessed the shooting of her mother by her estranged father, who then turned the gun on Mariam. Oregon youth mentor Jes Phillip's siblings have all had close calls-she has three younger sisters who were present at the Reynolds High School shooting in Troutdale, Oregon, and two bullets landed next to her brother's bed when they came through her family's apartment wall during a neighborhood shooting. Nineteen- year-old student Eli Saldana, a member of the Native American community living in Chicago, was shot on his walk home from work. These stories of gun violence are all too common among young Americans. The United States' gun violence epidemic disproportionately ravages young people, particularly young people of color. In short, gun violence is shattering a generation. Young people are not simply victims of gun violence in this country, they are among the leading voices calling for change to the nation's weak gun laws and deadly gun culture. Organizers of the Black Lives Matter movement; survivors of the Parkland shooting; youth organizers working in cities hardest hit by gun violence, such as Chicago, Baltimore, and St. Louis, have all lent their voices to an increasingly loud call to action. These young people do not just want to reform gun laws-they are also demanding that the issue of gun violence be examined as part of a complex and intersectional web of issues that also include community disinvestment, criminal justice reform, and policing. They are advocating not only for solutions to make schools safer from mass shootings but also for holistic and intersectional solutions that will help make all communities safer. This report breaks down how gun violence is affecting young people, and how young activists are rising to build an intersectional movement working for solutions. It examines the specific impact of gun violence on young people and considers both how young people as a collective are disproportionately affected and how different communities of young people share different aspects of the burden of this violence. This report also highlights examples of young people leading the advocacy efforts around this issue and discusses a number of policy solutions that are crucial to reducing gun violence, reforming the criminal justice system, improving police-community relations, and encouraging reinvestment in impacted communities. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress; Generation Progress, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: http://genprogress.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/03163735/2018-YouthUnderFire-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 150119

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: The Moral Hazard of Lifesaving Innovations: Naloxone Access, Opioid Abuse, and Crime Summary: The United States is experiencing an epidemic of opioid abuse. In response, many states have increased access to naloxone, a drug that can save lives when administered during an overdose. However, naloxone access may unintentionally increase opioid abuse through two channels: (1) reducing the risk of death per use, thereby making riskier opioid use more appealing, and (2) saving the lives of active drug users, who survive to continue abusing opioids. By increasing the number of opioid abusers who need to fund their drug purchases, naloxone access laws may also increase theft. We exploit the staggered timing of naloxone access laws to estimate the total effects of these laws.We find that broadening naloxone access led to more opioid-related emergency room visits and more opioid-related theft, with no reduction in opioid-related mortality. These effects are driven by urban areas and vary by region. We find the most detrimental effects in the Midwest, including a 14% increase in opioid-related mortality in that region. We also find suggestive evidence that broadening naloxone access increased the use of fentanyl, a particularly potent opioid. While naloxone has great potential as a harm-reduction strategy, our analysis is consistent with the hypothesis that broadening access to naloxone encourages riskier behaviors with respect to opioid abuse. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 77p. Source: Internet Resource; IZA Discussion Paper No. 11489: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3170278 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150120

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Who Gets Murdered When Someone Uses a Gun? Summary: The second paper in a series about murder and guns. This paper reviews the different data sources used to compile murder numbers and develops a profile of the 'average' murder victim where the murder is committed with the use of a gun. The paper also looks at data discrepancies between medical and law enforcement data. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3171134 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150122

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Where are all the Guns? Summary: A detailed analysis of background check data correlated with gun-violence rates and gun laws for all 50 states. Paper shows that gun-violence rates may correlate more positively with gun ownership rates than with the strength of gun regulations. Paper also covers relevant bibliography. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3167983 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150124

Author: Ruan, Nantiya Title: Too High a Price: What Criminalizing Homelessness Costs Colorado Summary: Like most of America, Colorado faces a homeless epidemic. Amidst a stark rise in housing costs and equally sharp drop in available affordable housing, Colorado's cities struggle to address the overwhelming needs of its homeless residents. While professing a dedication to eliminating homelessness through homeless and poverty services, state actors continue to write, pass, and enforce local ordinances that criminalize life-sustaining behaviors. Laws that criminalize panhandling, begging, camping, sitting or lying in public, and vagrancy target and disproportionately impact residents that are homeless for activities they must perform in the course of daily living. This Report examines how laws criminalizing homeless people for being homeless have become widespread in Colorado. Through a comprehensive analysis of the enforcement of anti-homeless laws, this Report also examines the cost-economic and social-anti-homeless laws impose upon all Colorado citizens. In the process of examining trends across branches of government and across the state, we found similarities between the constitutional challenges to anti-homeless laws and other discriminatory legal frameworks that criminalized people for their identities or statuses. Ordinances punishing people without homes for behaviors necessary to their daily lived existence will soon become another chapter in a shameful history of invalidated laws, such as Anti-Okie Laws, Jim Crow Laws, "Ugly Laws," and Sundown Laws. Federal courts have begun to recognize the dubious constitutionality of anti-homeless laws, and, in turn, municipalities like Denver and Boulder have begun re-examining how they enforce anti-homeless ordinances. But the data still reveal a trend: a startling high number of ordinances enforced at an alarming rate which comes with a high price tag for Colorado. To analyze statewide trends, we identified 76 cities in Colorado based on population and geographic diversity, which represent roughly 70% of the state's population. We surveyed these 76 municipal codes and identified numerous anti-homeless ordinances that target those without homes, such as: sitting, sleeping, lying, or storing belongings in public prohibitions; restrictions on begging or panhandling; camping bans; loitering and vagrancy prohibitions; and trespass, park closure, and sanitation laws. Based on this research, we have come to following conclusions: - Colorado's 76 largest cities have 351 anti-homeless ordinances; - Cities criminalize homelessness in a variety of ways; - Adopted ordinances inspire similar ordinances in other municipalities; and - Ordinances lack clarity and obstruct government transparency and accountability From the 76 surveyed cities, we selected 23 cities for more in-depth research using Open Records Requests to examine how anti-homeless ordinances are enforced. We found: - Cities issue citations to homeless residents at a staggering rate. For example, 30% of all citations that Grand Junction issued are pursuant to an anti-homeless ordinance. Fort Collins issues citations to homeless individuals at the rate of two citations per homeless resident per year. Colorado Springs has doubled the rate at which they enforce anti-homeless ordinances between 2010 and 2014. - Many cities aggressively target homeless residents for panhandling and for trespassing. Fewer than half of the cities surveyed have restrictions on begging or panhandling, yet Denver arrested nearly 300 homeless individuals in 2014 for panhandling. Between 2013 and 2014, Denver issued over 2,000 trespass citations to homeless individuals. This represents more than half of all trespass citations in the city even though homeless residents are only 0.05% of the population. - Some cities use camping bans to target homeless residents. Boulder stands out in issuing camping ban citations by issuing 1,767 between 2010 and 2014-as compared with Denver, which issued fifteen in the same time frame, or Durango, which issued zero. Boulder issued camping ban citations at a rate of two citations per homeless resident. Eighty-seven percent of Boulder's camping citations were issued to homeless residents. - Several cities fail to track how anti-homeless citations are enforced against individuals who are homeless-this includes Durango, Pueblo, Colorado Springs, and Aurora. Because most cities also do not track "move on" orders, the data provided by the cities do not address how these widely used policing tactics impact homeless residents' lives. - Cities do not provide sufficient services for their homeless populations. For example, Fort Collins provides 118 shelter beds for over 400 homeless residents. On its best night, Boulder provides 280 beds for 440 homeless residents. Some cities, like Grand Junction, have limited services and publicize their attempts to deter people who are homeless from coming to their city. A major contribution of Too High A Price is that it comprehensively analyzes the cost of anti-homeless ordinances by calculating the cost of policing, adjudication, and incarceration. By studying the enforcement of five anti-homeless ordinances in Denver, we found that in 2014 alone, Denver spent nearly three-quarters of a million dollars ($750,000.00) enforcing these ordinances. We estimate that just six Colorado cities spent a minimum of five million dollars ($5,000,000.00) enforcing fourteen anti-homeless ordinances over a five-year period. For reasons discussed in the report, this number is significantly under-inclusive. Reducing or eliminating anti-homeless ordinances would achieve governmental goals of reducing ineffective spending; expanding efficient homelessness services and prevention; and reducing collateral consequences and implicit social costs associated with criminalizing homelessness. Too High A Price also includes seven separate City Spotlight Reports that takes a deeper dive into the criminalization of homelessness in the cities of Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Durango, Fort Collins, Grand Junction, and Pueblo. With these case studies, this Report also shows that judicial action alone is not enough to stop the unconstitutional criminalization of homeless people. Despite recent court decisions invalidating panhandling ordinances as unconstitutional, Colorado cities enforce other more facially-neutral ordinances in a way that disparately impacts homeless people. Because so many cities have such ordinances, the Colorado state legislature must step in and enact legislation that establishes affirmative rights for homeless individuals at the state level. The Right to Rest Act, Colorado House Bill HB-16-1191, introduced by Representatives Salazar and Melton in February 2016, will help combat the disparate impact of these ordinances in Colorado's communities. Details: Denver: University of Denver Sturm College of Law, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3169929 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 150125

Author: Ruan, Nantiya Title: Too High a Price 2: Move on to Where? Summary: Over two years have passed since the University of Denver Sturm College of Law's Homeless Advocacy Policy Project released its report, Too High a Price, detailing the tremendous expenditures Colorado cities make in an effort to criminalize homelessness. As Colorado housing costs continue to skyrocket, its homeless epidemic has grown as well. Unfortunately, state actors continue to write, pass, and enforce ordinances that criminalize some of our most basic, life-sustaining activities. Laws such as camping, sitting or lying in public, begging, and loitering disproportionately target behaviors associated with homelessness, leaving one of the state's most vulnerable populations living in fear. As a follow-up to Too High a Price, this Report details the increased efforts to criminalize homelessness in the state of Colorado. Through an examination of three of Colorado's most prominent cities, Denver, Boulder, and Colorado Springs, this Report highlights the stark rise in enforcement of anti-homeless laws, and the disproportionate and inhumane impact they have on the day-to-day lives of people experiencing homelessness. In the process of examining Colorado's ever-increasing criminalization of homelessness, we found that law enforcement frequently issues "move-on" orders to remove visible poverty from its city streets. A move-on order, also referred to as a police "street check," is a law enforcement technique used to further enforce certain ordinances, including camping bans. In lieu of issuing a citation or making an arrest, officers are directed to instruct homeless individuals, upon contact, to pack up their belongings and "move on" to somewhere else. At first glance, these move-on orders may seem like a viable alternative to outright issuing citations. However, with the extreme decline in affordable housing and the lack of emergency shelter space to accommodate Colorado's growing homeless population, these move-on orders leave homeless people with nowhere to go. Instead, they are merely pushed from one place to the next. To analyze the trends of criminalization of homelessness, we utilized Open Records Requests to obtain data detailing the enforcement of anti-homeless laws in Colorado Springs, Denver, and Boulder. This data revealed that Colorado cities have increased enforcement more than we anticipated. Furthermore, we researched the adverse effects move-on orders have on homeless populations. Based on this research and data, we came to the following conclusions: - The overall number of anti-homelessness ordinances has increased. Between Denver, Colorado Springs, and Boulder, there are at least thirty-seven ordinances that criminalize behaviors associated with people experiencing homelessness. Since Too High a Price was first released, Colorado Springs has added one new anti-homeless ordinance and Denver Law students found four additional ordinances in Denver. - Colorado Springs and Boulder have increased the number of citations issued under camping bans. In 2017, Boulder issued 376 citations under its camping ban ordinance. Of those 376 citations, an incredible 81.9% were issued to homeless individuals. Additionally, Colorado Springs increased its enforcement of its two camping bans by a staggering 545% over the span of three years. - Denver's use of move-on orders has skyrocketed at an alarming rate. In 2016 alone, Denver law enforcement made contact with over 5,000 people in move-on encounters. Denver police increased its contact with homeless individuals through the use of street checks by 475% in the span of three years. - The number of emergency shelter beds cannot accommodate Colorado's homeless population. In all three cities we surveyed, none provide enough beds to meet the needs of its homeless populations. In Colorado Springs, the number of year-round shelter space can only accommodate 38% of El Paso County's homeless population. Boulder has even fewer resources, with only enough beds for roughly 25% of its homeless population. Denver doesn't fare better, with the 2017 Point-in-Time count indicating that on a given night, nearly 1,000 homeless people sleep on the streets. - Move-on orders have overwhelming collateral consequences on homeless populations. The use of move-on orders has grave consequences on people experiencing homeless, including: pushing people to dangerous areas, pushing people farther away from vital resources, and causing adverse health effects. As homeless people are forced into the shadows, extremely harmful consequences usually follow. Beyond the lack of shelter space and affordable housing, and how criminalization makes homelessness harder to escape, the larger issue is this: why are we so uncomfortable with facing homelessness? Our parks are for everyone. Our streets are for public use. Our free speech rights allow for all citizens to ask for what they may need. We should not view visible poverty as something to be avoided at all costs-especially if that cost results in further degradation and ostracism. Despite some city officials acknowledging that issuing citations does nothing to solve the homeless crisis, our research reveals that city actors continue to criminalize homelessness. This Report concludes by offering suggested changes for Colorado cities moving forward. First, only through stopping the criminalization efforts will we begin to alleviate the vicious cycle of homelessness in Colorado. Colorado cities should repeal camping bans that merely criminalize the human necessity to sleep and rest, provide new resources to homeless populations such as twenty-four-hour restrooms, and invest in education efforts that promote the dignity of people in poverty. Trying to make homelessness invisible does nothing more than make homelessness inevitable. Details: Denver: University of Denver Sturm College of Law, Homeless Advocacy Policy Project, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: U Denver Legal Studies Research Paper No. 18-14: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3174780 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 150126

Author: Durante, Katherine A. Title: The Effects of Jurisdictional Context on Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Prison Admissions Summary: African Americans and Latinos are overrepresented in U.S. prisons, yet few studies examine macro-level predictors of imprisonment inequality beyond criminal arrests. The pivotal role of interstate jurisdictional context has been largely overlooked. This dissertation expands upon macro-level studies of Black-White and Latino-White disparities in prison admissions and sentence length by investigating under-examined contextual factors, including racial/ethnic threat, socioeconomic inequality, and the political and legal climate, that may impact sentencing outcomes. I use ordinary least squares and hierarchical linear modeling regression techniques to analyze data from the National Corrections Reporting Program, appended to other county- and state-level data sources, to disentangle the effects of contextual factors. My findings suggest that higher levels of criminal arrests do not fully explain why Blacks and Latinos are overrepresented in U.S. prisons, especially for drug crimes. Still, several of my hypotheses were not supported by the data. Counter to my hypotheses, a large presence of minorities in a county inversely predicts admissions inequality and severity of punishment. Likewise, a heavy conservative presence is associated with less inequality in prison admissions, while having relatively no effect on sentence length. Socioeconomic inequality predicts inequality in prison admissions, but not sentencing severity. Overall, the findings of this study delineate a complex relationship between race, ethnicity, crime, and location, and provide a more nuanced sociological understanding of the role county-level context plays in predicting unequal punishment outcomes for Blacks, Latinos, and Whites Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2017. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:154021#abstract-files Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 150127

Author: Oliver, Pamela Title: Trends in Wisconsin Imprisonment 2000-2014: Net Growth by Offense Group and Admission Types Summary: This report examines the mix of offenses and admission types for prison admissions, prison releases, and numbers in prison 2000-2014. Wisconsin imprisonment rates declined slightly after the mid-2000s, but have risen since 2014. A detailed investigation of patterns of movement into and out of prison by offense and admission type (new sentence vs. revocation) shows that the decline after 2007 was small and the seeds of the rebound after 2012 in incarceration were present in the earlier trends. A steep decline in prison admissions for drug sentences and a decline in prison admissions for revocations after 2007 masked continuing slow rises in imprisonment from new commitments for other offenses, especially rape and murder. After 2012, a rise in revocations across offense groups and a rise in new commitments for drug offenses and several other categories of offenses led to a rise in the total imprisonment rate. The patterns by offense and admission type suggest that changes in violent crime rates and in sentence lengths within offense category play relatively little role in these trends. Total imprisonment trends are products of complex processes affecting different groups differently. Policy recommendations emphasize the drug war, sex offenders, and revocations for technical violations as the areas having the largest numerical impact on trends in imprisonment in Wisconsin. An appendix gives additional details about offenses and admission types. The report itself includes seven color graphs which show trends in imprisonment by offense and category of admission and the appendix includes another 22 color graphs that show the trends for each offense and the offense trends by admission type. The graphs attached to the report are printed two to a page. Alternate files include a separate copy of just the graphs printed one to a page for improved legibility, a copy of the text with no graphs and a shorter version without the appendix. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/f69vy Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 150129

Author: Novisky, Meghan A. Title: Aging in Prison as a Collateral Consequence of Mass Incarceration Summary: The United States has been characterized by an era of mass incarceration since the 1970's. With decades of research now in place, it is clear that in addition to the financial costs of housing so many men and women behind bars, incarceration carries with it a multitude of collateral consequences. These consequences are extensive and include the reproduction of racial and social class inequalities, weakened neighborhoods and families, and diminished social standing and health. One area that is particularly important yet underdeveloped in the literature involves understanding how incarceration is impacting a new and growing population of prisoners: the elderly. Older prisoners are now the fastest growing age group within our prison system and they are at risk for a variety of negative health outcomes, accelerated aging, and premature mortality. Given the dearth of empirical attention in the literature regarding this class of prisoners, the focus of my dissertation was to address what it means to age within environments (prisons) that are inherently depriving, status stripping, and coercive. To answer this question, I collected original quantitative and qualitative data from interviews with 279 older, incarcerated men who were housed across three varying security level state correctional institutions. These data allowed me to concentrate on three different but related components of aging for prisoners: overall health, chronic disease management, and end-of-life planning. Results show that deprivation was an important predictor of health outcomes and end-of-life planning preferences among this sample of older prisoners. Additionally, cultural health capital was central to prisoners' abilities to manage their chronic health conditions, providing further evidence of the stratifying nature of the incarceration experience. This dissertation contributes to a growing body of research by highlighting the barriers of aging in prison are yet another collateral consequence of mass incarceration. Details: Kent, OH: Kent State University, 2016. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: accessed May 9, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=kent1470057807&disposition=inline Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 150134

Author: Gihleb, Rania Title: The Effects of Mandatory Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs on Foster Care Admissions Summary: The opioid epidemic is a national public health emergency. As the number of fatal overdoses and drug abuse skyrockets, children of opioid-dependent parents are at increased risk of being neglected, abused or orphaned. While some studies have examined the effects of policies introduced by states to restrict prescription drug supply on drug abuse, there is no study analyzing their effects on children. This paper estimates the effect of must-access prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) on child removals. To identify the effects of the programs on foster care caseloads, we exploit the variation across states in the timing of adoption of must-access PDMPs using an event-study approach as well as standard difference-in-difference models. Consistent with previous evidence examining the effects of PDMPs on drug abuse, we find that operational PDMP did not have any significant effects on foster care caseloads. However, the introduction of mandatory provisions reduced child removals by 10%. Exploring the reasons of removals, we show that these effects are driven by the reductions in cases of child neglect. There is also evidence of significant reductions in removal cases associated with child physical abuse. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. 29p. Source: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11470: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11470.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 150137

Author: Frankham, Emma Title: Victim or Villain? Racial/ethnic differences in the portrayal of individuals with mental illness killed by police Summary: Using an intersectional approach toward race/ethnicity and mental illness, this paper examines racial/ethnic differences in how 301 individuals with mental illness killed by police during 2015 and 2016 were portrayed in news reports. Content analysis indicates that frames that portray individuals as being victims of mental illness are most common in news reports about Whites, while African-Americans are most likely to be portrayed as victims of police actions. Graphic content is much more prevalent in news reports about African-Americans, serving as a visceral reminder of the actions of police.Hispanics are most likely to be portrayed as 'villains' through discussions of substance use, criminal records, and expressions of support for police. Implications of the findings are discussed in the context of theory on the attribution of personal responsibility and the portrayal of 'victims' and 'villains' crime news, as well as research on the portrayal of individuals with mental illness and racial/ethnic minorities in crime news. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/v8fbx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 150138

Author: Frankham, Emma Title: Culpability Without Power: Nonprofit Narratives Relating to Calling Police in a Mental Health Crisis Summary: While police are often the first responders to mental health crises, little is known about the advice available to people regarding the decision to call police. The author analyzes advice published by thirty-six mental health advocacy organizations. An overarching theme is what the author terms `culpability without power': those who initiate police contact are framed as being culpable for the actions of police, despite also being portrayed as powerless in these situations. Further, the advice provided varies dependent on whether a nonprofit has a contractual relationship with state government(s) in the provision of police mental health training. Details: Working paper, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/3s8kq/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: First Responders Shelf Number: 150139

Author: Frankham, Emma Title: How Were Encounters Initiated That Resulted in the Fatal Shooting of Civilians by Police? Summary: This paper examines police-public encounters that resulted in the fatal shooting of civilians during 2015 and 2016. Data published by The Washington Post is merged with data collected by the author regarding how encounters were initiated. Descriptive analysis and basic statistical analysis is performed and the results indicate that how police contact was initiated varies by race/ethnicity, age, sex, mental health status, and whether (or how) the individual killed by police was armed with a weapon. The implications of the results for understanding police use of force are discussed. This paper recommends that databases on civilian fatalities include information on how contact was initiated. Without this crucial information, understandings of police use of force are incomplete. Details: Working paper, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/jsg5h/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 150140

Author: Birkeland, Jane Title: Extremist Use of Social Media: Balancing Privacy and National Cybersecurity Summary: Social media is used by extremists, terrorists, activists, and ordinary people. The complexity of tackling extremist use of social media lies in balancing the privacy of civilians and US national security interests. Currently, there is a lack of comprehensive policy across industry and government to effectively manage extremist usage-providing a unique dilemma in dealing with extremist use patterns for online recruiting and communication efforts, while maintaining privacy and security for ordinary citizens. We have sought to propose solutions to this dilemma through research of the following aspects of social media usage: - Recruitment and communication efforts between extremists and citizens - Private industry's efforts to balance between online security and privacy - Existing constitutional rights, government policies, and organizations relevant to addressing extremist use of social media - Civil society's role in keeping the government accountable for citizen rights in relation to cybersecurity-related policies Through our research, we found an overall lack of coordination and communication between industry and government, which creates grey areas in current policy and law. The following recommendations have been made to effectively address extremist use of social media: - Civil Society Interaction o Sponsor ad-campaigns that seek to raise awareness of extremist contact via social media and how to approach and report such situations o Begin the education of children and young adults, focusing on internet safety and online extremism o Create an official summit that includes industry and civil society to enhance cybersecurity discourse. - Industry Interaction o Take into account what industry has already implemented when creating new policy o Maintain that the removal of extremist accounts stays in the hands of industry o Allow the legal collection of necessary information by the government and law enforcement if the person(s) in question present a clear and present danger In this report, we will outline extremist use patterns of social media and explore the balance of civilian privacy with national security. We will then address existing government responses to extremist use patterns and end with civil society's role in keeping government accountable to the people it serves. We will lastly demonstrate that the afore summarized recommendations are the best way to effectively address extremist use patterns of social media for fundraising and communication efforts. Details: Seattle: Henry M. Jackson School of International Studies, University of Washington, 2017. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Task Force Report 2017: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://jsis.washington.edu/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Task-Force-B-Report_2017_Beyer.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrime Shelf Number: 150141

Author: McCoy, Evelyn Title: Delivering Justice for Human Trafficking Survivors: Implications for Practice Summary: System actors, including criminal justice stakeholders and social and legal services providers, face challenges in understanding, identifying, and responding to human trafficking cases and survivors' needs. At the same time, survivors of human trafficking often experience misconceptions regarding their victimization, stigma due to perceived involvement with illegal behavior, xenophobia, and criminalization. To date, few studies have documented these challenges for both survivors and system actors, as well as how survivors and system actors conceptualize "justice." This brief is intended for practitioners, including social and legal service providers, law enforcement officials and leadership, prosecutors, judges, and advocates to learn about the study's major findings and how they can inform their daily work with survivors. In addition to findings, this brief includes recommendations made by survivors and stakeholders to improve survivors' experience with service provision and the criminal justice system at several decision points, including arrest, investigation, and prosecution. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/97356/delivering_justice_for_human_trafficking_survivors.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 150142

Author: Doran, Selina Evelyn Margaret Title: News media constructions and policy implications of school shootings in the United States Summary: This thesis focuses on 'school shootings' in the United States. Examined here are the news media constructions and public reactions to such incidents, as they pertain to scholarly conceptualisations of fear, moral panics and vulnerability; as well policy responses relating to emergency management in educational institutions and gun-related legislative proposals and actions. Current literature in the field defines 'school shootings' as a particular type of 'spree' or 'mass' killing, involving the murder or attempted murder of students and staff at an education institution. This phenomenon is most prolific in the United States. Two case studies were selected from a list of possible incidents based on their high profile news media coverage, policy impact and infamous natures. The examples used are the school shootings at Columbine High School, Colorado (1999) and Virginia Polytechnic University, Virginia (2007); although the developments provoked by the 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School, Connecticut shooting are noted throughout. The objectives of the research are: exploring the effect of my two case studies on reshaping or entrenching current moral panic and fear debates; whether the two shootings have transformed emergency management and communication practices; the role that fear plays in the concealed carry on campus movement which arose after the Virginia Tech incident; surmising about which gun-related legislative actions are possible in future. Employed here is a theoretical framework pertaining to moral panics, fear of crime risk management, and framing of news media and policy. My methodological approach was qualitative in nature. A total of 14 interviews were conducted with experts in gun violence prevention, and emergency management and communication. Ethnographic research was carried out in the form of participant observations at a school safety symposium and a gun reform activism event. Content and critical discourse analyses were employed to assess 728 news media articles, 286 letters to the editor, comments from 32 YouTube videos, 14 policy documents and 10 public opinion polls. My original contribution to knowledge is the examination of policies that have not received much scholarly attention to date: emergency management plans, training, operation and communications to deal with the possibility of a school shooting incident occurring; the 'concealed carry on campus' movement, where students lobby to carry firearms in higher education institutions as a way to negate potential threats. Relatively uncharted territory in fear of crime research was embarked upon with an examination of YouTube comments relating to: concerns about attending school; insecurities about the ability of law enforcement to offer protection in a school shooting scenario. To offer a predictive angle to the research, the current public sentiments, framing strategies being utilised by interest groups, and Supreme Court rulings shaping the future of gun reform were debated. Further avenues for school shooting research are provided. Details: Glasgow: University of Glasgow, 2014. 295p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: http://theses.gla.ac.uk/5298/1/2014doranphd.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 150145

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Incidence of Identified Sex Trafficking Victims in Arizona: 2015 and 2016 Summary: A prevalence estimate is the proportion of sex trafficking cases in a population at a specific time whereas an incidence is the number of confirmed sex trafficking cases in a population during a given time period. This report is about the development of a static (fixed) incidence number not an incidence rate which would require knowing the size of the population that isn�t impacted by sex trafficking. The purpose of this study is to create a community driven incidence number of sex trafficking victims upon which the Arizona anti-sex trafficking community can build response services. This incidence number was developed by active participation from 36 Arizona-based organization to be used as a benchmark to track changes over time in Arizona. The purpose of this report is to establish a number of minor and adult sex trafficking victims served in Arizona during 2015 and 2016. The number of identified sex trafficked minors (under age 18) in Arizona for 2015 and 2016 was 560. The number of identified sex trafficked adults (over age 18) in Arizona for 2015 and 2016 was 1,777. To spread these numbers over time, a child sex trafficking victim is identified in Arizona nearly every single day, and two adult victims of sex trafficking are identified each day in Arizona. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://ncjtc-static.fvtc.edu/Resources/RS00005663.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 150148

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: Exploring the Impact of the Super Bowl on Sex Trafficking 2015 Summary: The purpose of this two-year study was to develop new knowledge about the true impact of the Super Bowl on sex trafficking by exploring ad volume, trends and movement of ads along with the scope and volume of demand associated with the event. In years past, media reports have speculated that the Super Bowl was one of the most prominent national events where sex trafficking occurs; however, researchers have yet to substantiate these statements. While there is no empirical evidence that the Super Bowl causes an increase in sex trafficking compared to other days and events throughout the year, there was a noticeable increase in those activities intended to locate victims from both law enforcement and service provision organizations. Awareness efforts leading up to the Super Bowl included numerous news stories about sex trafficking, as well as training for hotels, airport staff, and other tourism focused groups. Elected officials joined activists, student groups and members of the community to increase the overall public knowledge about the issue of sex trafficking, with media coverage in print, radio and billboards across the Greater Phoenix Metropolitan Area. Building upon previous research on demand for commercial sex conducted by the Arizona State University Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, the authors sought to quantify the net effect of the Super Bowl on local, regional and national sex trafficking in an empirical fashion, using source data provided by a leading internet based adult services website and data collected using the website. This study is the second half of a two-year study that was initiated before, during and after the Super Bowl in 2014, with the goal of comparing ad and demand volume in the 2015 Super Bowl host city with the 2014 host city. Additionally, a related research objective was to apply these findings to create a baseline of working knowledge regarding ad volume, demand and trends in the city that will host the next Super Bowl in 2016. Both the 2014 and 2015 studies included two parts that helped to draw a picture of the sex buying/selling market. The first part provided a baseline measurement of regional sex trafficking trends in Northern New Jersey/ New York and Phoenix, Arizona by measuring ad volume for the average number of ads posted for the ten days prior to and including Super Bowl Sunday, as well as using a validated tool to flag high risk trafficking ads. In the second part, researchers explored demand by placing decoy sex ads online and measuring the response. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://socialwork.asu.edu/sites/default/files/%5Bterm%3Aname%5D/%5Bnode%3Acreate%3Acustom%3AYm%5D/exploring-the-imact-of-the-super-bowl-on-sex-trafficking-2015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitution Shelf Number: 150149

Author: Roe-Sepowitz, Dominique Title: A Six-year Analysis of Sex Traffickers of Minors: Exploring Characteristics and Sex Trafficking Patterns Summary: Introduction Sex trafficking is a pervasive national problem in the United States. Media reports indicate that sex trafficking occurs in both rural and urban areas with victims who are children and adults, of any gender, race, and sexual orientation. Sex trafficking, defined by the Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000, is the recruitment, harboring, transportation, provision, obtaining, patronizing, or soliciting of a person for the purpose of a commercial sex act. For persons over the age of 18, the TVPA (2000) requires the demonstration that force, fraud, or coercion was used by the sex trafficker(s) to be considered a sex trafficking victim. Persons under the age of 18 (minors) are not required to demonstrate force, fraud, or coercion related to the commercial sex act to be considered a victim of sex trafficking. Due to the covert nature of sex trafficking activities, creating reliable statistics on prevalence, frequency, geography, and particulars of sex trafficking have been difficult to develop (Clawson, Layne, & Small, 2006). Over the past decade, the Federal Bureau of Investigations has reported that they have assisted in the arrest of more than 2,000 human traffickers of both sex and labor trafficking (Human Trafficking/Involuntary Servitude, 2016) but sex trafficker-focused research primarily has relied on small convenience samples with limited ability to compare across time. This study uses a systematic search method to determine the incidence of arrests for sex trafficking of a minor in the United States from 2010 to 2015. Research and Methods This report uses data collected through a structured online search that produced a six-year picture of the arrests in the United States of the specific charge of sex traffickers of minors from 2010 to 2015. The findings from this report include individual and case details including characteristics of the sex traffickers (age, gender, race, professions, and gang involvement), details about how they recruited and victimized their minor victims, and information about their case resolution. A web-based information dashboard was developed to visualize the six-year data and to allow for visual comparisons by state and over time. Findings The research team identified 1,416 persons arrested for sex trafficking of a minor in the United States from 2010 to 2015. Details: Phoenix: University of Arizona, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://socialwork.asu.edu/sites/default/files/ASU-Sex-Traffickers-of-Minors-Six-Year-Study-Full-Report-April-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 150150

Author: McCluskey, John D. Title: Assessing the Effects of Body-Worn Cameras on Procedural Justice in the Los Angeles Police Department Summary: This paper explores variations in procedural justice delivered in face to face encounters with citizens before and after the implementation of body worn cameras (BWC). The paper draws on recent advances in the measurement of procedural justice using systematic social observation of police in field settings in the Los Angeles Police Department. Data collected on 555 policecitizen encounters are examined in bivariate and multivariate models exploring the primary hypothesis that BWC affects procedural justice delivered by police directly and indirectly. Results indicate that significant increases in procedural justice during police-citizen encounters were directly attributable to BWC�s effect on police behavior as well as indirect effects on citizen disrespect and other variables. The implications for policy include explicit measurement and monitoring of procedural justice or elements such as officer discourtesy in departments adopting BWC. Further research questions such as more detailed examination of citizens' behavior changes under BWC are also considered in the context of the findings. Details: Department of Criminal Justice, Rochester Institute of Technology Justice & Security Strategies, Inc., 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: http://bwctta.com/sites/default/files/Files/Resources/1%20Procedural%20Justice%20CRIM%20%2010%2017%202017.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 150151

Author: Rice, Heather Marie Title: Neighborhood Disorganization, Social Support, Substance Use and Functioning Amongst Adolescents: An Analysis of the Ohio Behavioral Health Juvenile Justice Initiative Summary: Juvenile delinquency is a serious public health concern that places adolescents at risk for poor academic performance, violence, aggression and teen pregnancy. Approximately 70% of juveniles in the United States legal system also struggle with some form of mental health or substance abuse disorder and most juvenile courts are ill-equipped to manage these adolescent's complex needs. Diversion programs provide an alternative to the formal court processing and redirect offenders through programming, supervision and intensive family therapy. The purpose of this study was to develop a path model examining the relationships and identifying whether neighborhood disorganization, social support, substance use and depressive symptoms were predictors of functioning in a sample of adolescents involved in the juvenile justice system. The study also determined whether social support mediated the relationship between neighborhood disorganization and functioning and neighborhood disorganization and substance use. This project is guided by Bronfenbrenner�s Ecological Transactional Theory of Human Behavior and focuses on key factors nested within the microsystem (functioning, substance use), mesosystem (social support) and exosystem (neighborhood disorganization). This descriptive correlational study is a secondary analysis of the Ohio Behavioral Health Juvenile Justice Initiative (BHJJ), a diversion program for 10-18 year old delinquents with mental health issues and behavioral problems. The subsample (n=408) was comprised of Ohio youth who completed the Youth Information Questionnaire (YIQ) at intake between 2006-2007. The sample was primarily white, male with a mean age of 15 years old. Measures included: Substance-Use Survey-Revised (ever trying tobacco, alcohol or marijuana), Youth Information Questionnaire (social support), Ohio Youth Problem, Functioning and Satisfaction Scale (functional capacity), Trauma Symptom Checklist for Children (depressive symptoms) and neighborhood disorganization (levels of neighborhood disorder at the zip code level). Parental social support was the strongest predictor of functioning followed by race, age and ever-trying marijuana. Parental and peer social support were not found to be mediators between neighborhood disorganization and functioning and neighborhood disorganization and substance use. Nurses have a unique opportunity to provide comprehensive assessments that identify these youth early, provide health education and evidence-based interventions that encourage parental engagement and social support. Details: Cleveland, OH: Case Western Reserve University, 2017. 177p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 150152

Author: Patterson, Colin Vincent Title: NYPD Application of Stop, Question, and Frisk: Effects on Citizens Attitudes towards the Police and Police Community Relations Summary: Between 2004 and 2012, the New York City Police Department conducted more than 4.4 million stop, question, and frisks on predominately Black and Hispanic males. The purpose of this quantitative, multiple regression correlational study was to examine the effect of Stop, Question, and Frisk on citizens attitudes towards the police of citizens of New York City who resided in high crime neighborhoods. This study measured the effects of Stop, Question, and Frisk in the dimensions of cooperation, specific trust, and general attitudes toward the police. This study was completed by conducting an anonymous online survey consisting of 52 questions in English, delivered by Survey Monkey Targeted Audience Collector to 110 participants, both male and female 18 years of age or older. To address the research questions, linear regressions were used to explore the relationships between race, trust, and cooperation. The results of the regression for research question one on trust was statistically significant, suggesting that there was a difference in the level of trust with police between Black or Hispanic and Other races. The regression for research question two on cooperation was not statistically significant, suggesting that there was not a difference in the level of cooperation with police between Black or Hispanic and other races. The results of the study indicate that the participants' reason for not trusting the police, was due to the perceived disrespect they felt was portrayed towards them by police officers they had interacted with. However, although they did not trust the police they were willing to cooperate with the police. Lack of trust between the police and the citizens they serve may negatively impact police community relations. The results may be different in a time-lag longitudinal study. More research is needed to determine if racial disparity in the level of trust in the police exists while simultaneously examining the level of cooperation among a similar population sample in other high crime communities across the United States of America. Details: San Diego, California: Northcentral University, 2017. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1973128645?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitiimacy Shelf Number: 150154

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Report of The Sentencing Project to the United Nations Special Rapporteur on Contemporary Forms of Racism, Racial Discrimination, Xenophobia, and Related Intolerance Regarding Racial Disparities in the United States Criminal Justice System Summary: The United States criminal justice system is the largest in the world. At yearend 2015, over 6.7 million individuals1) were under some form of correctional control in the United States, including 2.2 million incarcerated in federal, state, or local prisons and jails.2) The U.S. is a world leader in its rate of incarceration, dwarfing the rate of nearly every other nation.3) Such broad statistics mask the racial disparity that pervades the U.S. criminal justice system, and for African Americans in particular. African Americans are more likely than white Americans to be arrested; once arrested, they are more likely to be convicted; and once convicted, and they are more likely to experience lengthy prison sentences. African-American adults are 5.9 times as likely to be incarcerated than whites and Hispanics are 3.1 times as likely.4) As of 2001, one of every three black boys born in that year could expect to go to prison in his lifetime, as could one of every six Latinos-compared to one of every seventeen white boys.5) Racial and ethnic disparities among women are less substantial than among men but remain prevalent.6) The source of such disparities is deeper and more systemic than explicit racial discrimination. The United States in effect operates two distinct criminal justice systems: one for wealthy people and another for poor people and people of color. The wealthy can access a vigorous adversary system replete with constitutional protections for defendants. Yet the experiences of poor and minority defendants within the criminal justice system often differ substantially from that model due to a number of factors, each of which contributes to the over-representation of such individuals in the system. As former Georgetown Law Professor David Cole states in his book No Equal Justice, These double standards are not, of course, explicit; on the face of it, the criminal law is color-blind and class-blind. But in a sense, this only makes the problem worse. The rhetoric of the criminal justice system sends the message that our society carefully protects everyone's constitutional rights, but in practice the rules assure that law enforcement prerogatives will generally prevail over the rights of minorities and the poor. By affording criminal suspects substantial constitutional rights in theory, the Supreme Court validates the results of the criminal justice system as fair. That formal fairness obscures the systemic concerns that ought to be raised by the fact that the prison population is overwhelmingly poor and disproportionately black.7) By creating and perpetuating policies that allow such racial disparities to exist in its criminal justice system, the United States is in violation of its obligations under Article 2 and Article 26 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights to ensure that all its residents-regardless of race-are treated equally under the law. The Sentencing Project notes that the United Nations Special Rapporteur is working to consult with U.S. civil society organizations on contemporary forms of racism, racial discrimination, and related intolerance. We welcome this opportunity to provide the UN Special Rapporteur with an accurate assessment of racial disparity in the U.S. criminal justice system. This report chronicles the racial disparity that permeates every stage of the United States criminal justice system, from arrest to trial to sentencing to post prison experiences. In particular, the report highlights research findings that address rates of racial disparity and their underlying causes throughout the criminal justice system. The report concludes by offering recommendations on ways that federal, state, and local officials in the United States can work to eliminate racial disparity in the criminal justice system and uphold its obligations under the Covenant. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/un-report-on-racial-disparities/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 150156

Author: Hinton, Elizabeth Title: An Unjust Burden The Disparate Treatment of Black Americans in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The evidence for racial disparities in the criminal justice system is well documented. The disproportionate racial impact of certain laws and policies, as well as biased decision making by justice system actors, leads to higher rates of arrest and incarceration in low-income communities of color. However, there is no evidence that these widely disproportionate rates of criminal justice contact and incarceration are making us safer. This brief presents an overview of the ways in which America's history of racism and oppression continues to manifest in the criminal justice system, and a summary of research demonstrating how the system perpetuates the disparate treatment of black people. The evidence presented here helps account for the hugely disproportionate impact of mass incarceration on millions of black people, their families, and their communities. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Vera Evidence Brief: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/for-the-record-unjust-burden/legacy_downloads/for-the-record-unjust-burden-racial-disparities.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 150157

Author: White, Elise Title: Changing the Frame: Practitioner Knowledge, Perceptions, and Practice in New York City's Young Adult Courts Summary: With funding from the New York Community Trust, the Center for Court Innovation sought to change standard approaches and resultant poor outcomes by creating age-appropriate programming for criminal defendants up to age 24 across the city. By expanding services and court mechanisms already in place for 16- and 17-year-olds, the Center developed short-term alternative-to-incarceration programs for young adults (age caps varied across boroughs).1 Services included short-term counseling; developmentally-appropriate community service; educational and vocational services; substance abuse treatment, mental health and trauma counseling; and cognitive behavioral therapy sessions. Through a variety of programs, the Center worked with courtroom practitioners to make use of alternative, age-appropriate interventions in lieu of incarceration, criminal convictions, fines, or other sanctions. Methodology The study included two components: - Sentencing Practices Survey: A 42-item online survey was administered to courtroom practitioners across three boroughs with active young adult court programs (Brooklyn, the Bronx, and Manhattan) to identify current practices, attitudes, and knowledge among general practitioners. The link was distributed by supervising attorneys at each agency to their staffs, reaching an estimated 1202 practitioners, 194 of whom participated, for a response rate of 16%. Note that 727 of these were 18B attorneys reached via use of a listserv, only 9 of whom participated. The response rate for the remainder of the sample was 39%. - Practitioner Interviews: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with ten legal practitioners across four agencies centrally involved in Brooklyn's Young Adult Court (the most active of the young adult court parts) to obtain a clear understanding of its mechanics and evolving attitudes regarding appropriate court responses to young adults. The Young Adult Court Model The implementation of the young adult court model differs by borough. The Brooklyn Young Adult Court represents the most extensive implementation of the model, and is consequently featured in this report as a case study. Launched in 2012, the first iteration of the young adult court in Brooklyn was the Adolescent Diversion Program (ADP). As described earlier, through this initiative, specialized courtrooms were established in each borough for the cases of 16- and 17-year-olds. Specially-trained judges with an expanded array of dispositional options available to them presided over the ADP court calendars. The goal of the court was two-fold: (1) to connect teenage defendants with services that might enable them to avoid future criminal justice system contact and (2) to avoid the legal and collateral consequences associated with criminal prosecution. In 2014, practitioners embarked on a second iteration: expanding to include 18- to 24-yearolds in Red Hook and Brownsville, two neighborhoods where the Center runs operating projects with the capacity to support programming for defendants. Finally, in 2015 the Center, in partnership with the Kings County District Attorney's Office, received funding through the U.S. Department of Justice Smart Prosecution Initiative. In 2016, practitioners created the third iteration of the initiative, further expanding the court to include the cases for all 16- to 24-year-olds charged with misdemeanors in Brooklyn.2 Findings Interview Findings in Brooklyn Interview findings suggest that practitioners in Brooklyn generally feel that the specialized court is functioning well, with several key factors driving that success: 1. Strong judicial leadership; 2. A mandatory referral process, facilitated by the Office of Court Administration, in which all age-eligible cases not resolved at arraignment are automatically routed to the young adult court (rather than allowing defendants to opt out); 3. Training in topics relevant to the adolescent and young adult target population, provided to all interested providers by the Center for Court Innovation; and 4. Prosecutorial buy-in and collaboration. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-03/changing_frame_nyc_young_adult_courts.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 150159

Author: Linder, Lindsey Title: An Unsupported Population: The Treatment of Women in Texas' Criminal Justice System Summary: In 2014, the Texas Criminal Justice Coalition sent surveys to 1,600 women incarcerated in the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (TDCJ).1 Over 430 women completed the survey, which included questions about prior victimization, substance abuse, mental health issues, motherhood, and services and safety within TDCJ. While we provided preliminary findings to legislators and the public, we are now excited to offer more insight from the brave system-involved women who shared their experiences with us. We partnered with Dr. Andrea Button of Midwestern State University to analyze the survey responses and identify themes among those responses. The most common pre-incarceration themes show that life for many of these women included poverty (in childhood and while as an adult), substance abuse, domestic violence, and sexual assault - all drivers into incarceration. Histories of trauma and attempts to selfmedicate due to trauma were common themes. Another prominent theme was limited family communication options within TDCJ. Many respondents also reported having a sense of dread about reentering the community with a criminal record and without employment. Concerns about recidivism were common, as was a sense of learned helplessness. As this likely constitutes the largest-ever survey of women incarcerated in Texas, these results are illuminating and they deserve the attention of agency staff, corrections system practitioners, and policy-makers. It should be acknowledged that there are shortcomings in our survey methodology, particularly with regards to sharing the voices of transgender women. Surveys were sent only to women's prison facilities, failing to account for transgender women who may be incarcerated in men's prison facilities or transgender men who may be incarcerated in women's prison facilities. The Texas Criminal Justice Coalition is hoping to release a separate report, including survey data, that will focus on the challenges LGBTQ people face in Texas' criminal justice system, including the experiences of transgender women. Details: Austin, TX: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://www.texascjc.org/sites/default/files/publications/TCJC-Womens-Part-2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 150160

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: Illicit Activities at Hotels Used by the Department of Homeless Services To Provide Shelter to Homeless Families with Children Summary: In early 2017 the Department of Investigation (DOI) began examining the Department of Homeless Services' (DHS) commercial hotel procurement process in connection to a complaint of illicit activities occurring at the Bronx Days Inn, a commercial hotel used by DHS to house homeless families with children. DOI's inquiry subsequently extended to the Bronx Super 8 Hotel because it is operated by the same entity as the Bronx Days Inn and is also used by DHS to house homeless families with children. During the period examined, DOI found homeless families with children to have shared the same hotel facilities as prostitution enterprises at the Bronx Days Inn and at the Bronx Super 8 Hotel. Such proximity to criminal enterprises introduces risks to an already vulnerable population, including violence associated with prostitution enterprises, and the recruitment of DHS clients into the same criminal enterprises. In the course of the investigation, DOI also examined and found that DHS did not consider criminal activity or other indicators of possible criminality at prospective hotels prior to placing families with children at the hotels. DOI recognizes that the temporary use of commercial hotel rooms is integral to DHS' strategy to end cluster sites1 and increase the number of contracted shelters, but DHS must develop and use indicators of potential criminality in its placement decisions to ensure families with children are housed safely. DOI recommends DHS enhance its hotel selection process to identify those prospective hotels that may harbor illegal and dangerous activities and implement a strategy to mitigate the risks associated with illegal and dangerous activities, including having DHS clients occupy the entire hotel when possible to lower the risk of exposure to illegal and dangerous activities, as has been done in the case of the two Bronx hotels. DHS has reviewed and accepted DOI's specific recommendations, set forth at the end of this Report. DOI notes DHS' ongoing cooperation in this matter and believes that these steps by DHS, when implemented, will significantly reduce the risks noted in this Report. As with all accepted agency recommendations, DOI will conduct a follow-up review of implementation. Details: New York: The Department, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/doi/reports/pdf/2018/Jan/01CommercialHotels010418wrpt_UL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 150161

Author: Trammell, Rebecca Title: Mutual Respect, Conflict and Conflict Resolution in Prisons: A Response to the Commission on Safety and Abuse in America's Prison Report Summary: Summary of Findings - 45% of inmates sampled experienced some form of non-sexual violence in prison. Inmates have assaulted 33% of the staff members interviewed for this study. - 4.1% of inmates sampled were involved in some type of sexual assault while incarcerated. - Disrespectful behavior was identified as a major cause of violence in these facilities. - Violence between inmates and between inmates and staff is more likely to happen at the Lincoln Correctional Center, the Nebraska State Penitentiary and the Tecumseh State Correctional Institute. - Fights or assaults are more likely to be reported in the Nebraska Correctional Center for Woman than any other prison. - Inmates at the Lincoln Correctional Center, the Nebraska State Penitentiary, and the Nebraska Correctional Center for Women who stated that they were members of a street gang before entering prison were statistically more likely to report fighting with another inmate. Inmates from the Nebraska State Penitentiary and the Tecumseh State Correctional Institute who claimed to be a member of a prison gang were statistically more likely to claim that they fought another inmate. Only the inmates from the Tecumseh State Correctional Institute who claimed to be members of a prison gang were more likely to state that they assaulted a staff member. - Inmates who were sentenced for a violent offense were more likely to report fighting inmates in three facilities: Omaha Correctional Center, the Nebraska Correctional Center for Women, and the Nebraska State Penitentiary. Violent offenders at the Tecumseh State Correctional Institute were more likely to admit to assaulting a staff member. - Inmates and staff members blame both inmates and staff, to varying degrees, for conflict and violence in these facilities. Details: Omaha, NE: The University of Nebraska at Omaha The School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2012. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 11, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/trammell_2012_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Conflict Resolution Shelf Number: 140163

Author: Bird, Mia Title: Realignment and Recidivism in California Summary: California has experienced significant changes in its criminal justice landscape since the 2011 implementation of public safety realignment-which shifted the management of lower-level offenders from the state prison and parole system to county jail and probation systems. The prison population has dropped dramatically, and though jail populations rose, overall incarceration levels have declined. One goal of realignment was to reduce California's persistently high recidivism rates. Using data from 12 counties representative of the state, this report examines rearrest and reconviction rates after release from custody for two groups of offenders affected by realignment: those on post-release community supervision (PRCS) and those sentenced under section 1170(h) of the California Penal Code. Overall, we find realignment had modest effects on recidivism, with considerable variation across offender groups and counties. Specifically: Individuals on PRCS have somewhat higher recidivism than similar individuals released before realignment. PRCS offenders are released from state prison after serving time for certain lower-level felonies and receive supervision by county probation agencies. In the two years following realignment, we find that 71.9 percent of these individuals were rearrested (2.6 percentage points higher than before realignment), and 56.4 percent were reconvicted (2.4 points higher). Realignment did not have a consistent effect on recidivism for individuals sentenced under 1170(h). These offenders are sentenced for a specific set of lower-level felonies and, under realignment, serve time in county jail rather than state prison. In the two years following realignment, we find that 74.5 percent of these individuals were rearrested (2.3 percentage points higher than their pre-realignment counterparts) and 54.9 percent were reconvicted (2.0 points lower). Offenders who received straight sentences have the same or lower rates of recidivism. Realignment created two types of 1170(h) offenders: those who receive both jail time and probation supervision (known as a "split" sentence) and those who receive jail time with no supervision (known as a "straight" sentence). The group serving "straight" sentences had the best outcomes: the same two-year rearrest rates and lower two-year reconviction rates (by 3.0 percentage points). Those who received "split" sentences had higher rates of rearrest (by 7.8 points) but lower rates of reconviction (by 3.4 points) compared with similar individuals before realignment. The effects of realignment on recidivism vary substantially across counties. For example, overall we find reconviction rates were higher for those on PRCS after realignment, but in fact nine counties saw lower rates of reconviction-indicating that the overall finding is driven by a small number of counties. County variation in recidivism outcomes is likely linked to demographic, economic, and geographic differences, as well as the range of county capacity and experiences providing evidence-based interventions before realignment. However, some of this variation may be due to different intervention strategies, creating the potential for counties to learn from each other over time. Notably, offenders who received a jail term and no supervision stand out as having better outcomes on all measures of recidivism, when compared with similar individuals released before realignment. This finding suggests we need to carefully consider the complex relationship between supervision and recidivism. While it could simply be easier to detect reoffending when an individual is under supervision, the requirements of supervision could also create more opportunities for non-criminal violations. With a longer follow-up window and more recent data, the relationship between supervision and recidivism, as well as the overall effects of realignment, may change as counties build capacity and experience with evidence-based practices. Policymakers, practitioners, and researchers must continue to work together to develop the data and expertise necessary to understand the impacts of California's corrections reforms and to identify effective strategies to reduce recidivism. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 12, 2018 at: http://www.ppic.org/publication/realignment-and-recidivism-in-california/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 150170

Author: Alrabe, Khaled Title: Lifelines: Supporting Human Trafficking Survivors in the San Francisco Bay Area Summary: THIS REPORT PROVIDES the findings of a study of human trafficking in the San Francisco Bay Area. The primary objective of the study was to document the challenges law enforcement, service providers, and prosecutors face in (1) identifying, investigating, and prosecuting sex and labor trafficking cases, and (2) providing trafficking survivors with adequate services, protection, and shelter. California is a major locus of human trafficking-defined as recruiting, smuggling, transporting, harboring, buying, or selling of a person for exploitation1 -largely because of its international border, demand for cheap labor, criminal gangs, and a relatively thriving economy. In 2015, the National Human Trafficking Resource Center reported that its hotline had received more reports of sex and labor trafficking from California than from any other state. In addition, the thirteen areas identified by the FBI as having the highest incidence of sex trafficking domestically, three are in California: San Francisco, San Diego, and Los Angeles. The Bay Area is home to a number of human trafficking task forces and coalitions that vary in terms of focus, structure, leadership, and geographic interest. Some task forces, such as the San Jose Police Human Trafficking Task Force and the Santa Clara County Sheriff's Task Force, focus on coordination within law enforcement in the pursuit of traffickers. Other coalitions, such as the South Bay Coalition to End Human Trafficking, work to improve services and to strengthen local capacity to identify and assist trafficking survivors. Most counties have a human trafficking task force or other collaborative mechanism that include representatives from law enforcement, service providers, and local government. These organizations include the San Francisco Collaborative Against Human Trafficking, Contra Costa Alliance to End Abuse, Marin County Coalition to End Human Trafficking, and Alameda County HEAT Watch. Many of these organizations are led by local governing bodies, such as the Mayor's office or the Attorney General's office. Details: Berkeley, CA: Human Rights Center, UC Berkeley School of Law, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://www.law.berkeley.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Bay_Area_Trafficking_Report_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 150177

Author: Human Rights Center, UC Berkeley School of Law. Title: Building Trust: Perspectives on a Victim-Centered Approach to Human Trafficking Investigations in Los Angeles County Summary: THIS REPORT PROVIDES THE FINDINGS of a study of the Human Trafficking Bureau (Bureau) of the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department, which is a member of the Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force (Task Force). The primary objective of the study was to document the strengths and challenges the Bureau and other members of the Task Force encountered as they apply a victim-centered approach to investigations of human trafficking cases in their first year of operations (November 2015 to December 2016). Such an approach prioritizes the needs of victims and works to minimize re-traumatization. Established in September 2015 through a grant from the U.S. Department of Justice, the Task Force is a multi-agency partnership between federal, state, and local law enforcement and social service agencies mandated to "prosecute traffickers and buyers who target them, and provide services designed to restore the victims to lives free from the trauma bonds they've been forced to endure." The Bureau, which had been established earlier by Los Angeles Country Sheriff Jim McDonnell, was assigned to lead the Task Force in combatting human trafficking-defined as the recruiting, smuggling, transporting, harboring, buying, or selling a person for exploitation-in the county. From the onset, the Bureau and the Task Force embraced a novel approach to human trafficking investigations by physically co-locating investigators, prosecutors, and representatives of service provider organizations in the Bureau's headquarters in Monterey Park. Using an open-floor plan, the Bureau houses representatives from the Task Force, including the Coalition to Abolish Slavery and Trafficking (CAST); the FBI; District Attorney's Office; Los Angeles County Probation Department; Department of Children and Family Services; and Department of Homeland Security. The Bureau maintains an investigative unit called the Detective Information Research Center (DIRC), which provides backup research for investigators. The Bureau also maintains a separate unit called the Sexual Assault Felony Enforcement Team (SAFE), which conducts cyber investigations of crimes against children (ICAC), including child pornography, sextortion, enticement, and crimes committed by California State sex registrants. The Bureau's human trafficking teams have access to a "soft room" for interviewing and offering services to trafficking victims. While the Task Force is mandated to investigate both labor and sex trafficking cases, the vast majority of cases during the first year of its operations have involved sex trafficking. The Bureau has a three-pronged approach to sex trafficking. The first is to identify and locate victims. Once victims are located, service providers are brought in to provide a range of services from medical care to housing. The second prong is to arrest traffickers and gather evidence for prosecutions. And the third is to staunch demand in the sex trade by targeting buyers, or "johns." Using semi-structured questionnaires, researchers at the Human Rights Center, in partnership with Berkeley Law's International Human Rights Law Clinic, interviewed 45 key informants, including investigators, researchers, service providers, and prosecutors directly located in the Bureau or connected to it. Researchers also reviewed seven case files representative of various sex trafficking cases the Bureau had investigated during the first six months of 2016 and observed two sting operations directed at buyers and traffickers in Los Angeles County. All key informant interviews were transcribed and coded. In all, more than 35 codes were developed and tagged, resulting in 412 pages of coded data. The codes included a range of topics, including reluctance of victims to cooperate with law enforcement, shelter and long-term housing, challenges of investigating labor trafficking, the hidden nature of the crime, relations between investigators and prosecutors, proving the elements of the crime of human trafficking, criminalization vs. decriminalization of prostitution, and inter-agency co-location and cooperation. Since the Bureau has investigated only a few cases of labor trafficking, the report's primary focus is on sex trafficking cases. Details: Berkeley, CA: The Center, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://www.law.berkeley.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/LA_report_2017_Nov20release.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 150178

Author: Webster, Daniel W. Title: Effects of Missouri's Repeal of Its Handgun Purchaser Licensing Law on Homicides Summary: In the United States, homicide is a leading cause of death for young males and a major cause of racial disparities in life expectancy for men. There is intense debate and little rigorous research on the effects of firearm sales regulation on homicides. This study estimates the impact of Missouri's 2007 repeal of its permit-to-purchase (PTP) handgun law on states' homicide rates and controls for changes in poverty, unemployment, crime, incarceration, policing levels, and other policies that could potentially affect homicides. Using death certificate data available through 2010, the repeal of Missouri's PTP law was associated with an increase in annual increase in firearm homicides rates of 1.09 per 100,000 (+23%), but was unrelated to changes in non-firearm homicide rates. Using Uniform Crime Reporting data from police through 2012, the law's repeal was associated with increased annual murders rates of 0.93 per 100,000 (+16%). These estimated effects translate to increases of between 55 and 63 homicides per year in Missouri. Details: Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2013. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://www.jhsph.edu/research/centers-and-institutes/johns-hopkins-center-for-gun-policy-and-research/_pdfs/effects-of-missouris-repeal-of-its-handgun-purchaser-licensing-law-on-homicides.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 150179

Author: Bechtel, Kristin Title: Adherence to the Risk, Need and Fidelity Principles: Examining the Impact of Dosage in Correctional Programming Summary: Every single day in the United States, correctional agencies release individuals back into the community. Depending on the state, many of these individuals may be placed in halfway houses as a mechanism for transitioning the offender back into the community. There is no set model for halfway houses, and even within the same state or operated by the same provider, the programs and services, if available, will vary. Perhaps the only requirement that all halfway houses share focuses on public safety and adopting efforts to monitor and enforce community supervision conditions. Despite this common thread, the costs for treatment and programming are often limited and allocations for effective programming and interventions can be a challenge for community supervision. The current study examined the impact of dosage, use of modeling and role playing, application of core correctional practices, and targeting of criminogenic needs on a sample of 3281 Pennsylvania parolees who were directed to halfway houses following their release from prison. While this sample is unique and this group of offenders experienced high rates of recidivism, a few findings emerged that offers empirical support for dosage and criminogenic needs. In particular, adopting three to nine months of programming and targeting the strongest dynamic predictors (e.g., antisocial attitudes, antisocial peers, and antisocial personality) produced the greatest impact on recidivism. This study also offered insight into the common targets of community programming and supervision (e.g., employment, education, substance abuse) that are relevant stabilizing factors for offenders, but collectively were unable to produce the reductions in recidivism that were likely hoped for. The implications for the current research may offer more lessons learned for practitioners and policy makers about what practices to avoid rather than adopt, or more ideally, what efforts should take priority in order to improve offender outcomes. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2016. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1470044131 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 150180

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Bad Trip: Debunking the TSA's 'Behavior Detection' Program Summary: Documents obtained by the ACLU through a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit concerning the TSA's behavior detection program reinforce that the program utilizes unscientific techniques and creates an unacceptable risk of racial and religious profiling. Independent experts and government auditors have long criticized the behavior detection program as flawed and wasteful-the program cost at least $1.5 billion through 2015. The TSA's own documents and materials in its files now vindicate those criticisms. The documents show the evolution of the behavior detection program and make clear the extent to which it is a program of surveillance of unsuspecting travelers based on unreliable indicators. "Behavior detection officers," some of them dressed in plain clothes, scrutinize travelers at airports for over 90 behaviors that the TSA associates with stress, fear, or deception, looking for what the TSA calls signs of "mal-intent." The reliability of these so-called indicators is not supported by the scientific studies in the TSA files. The behavior detection officers may then engage travelers in "casual conversation" that is actually an effort to probe the basis for any purported signs of deception. When the officers think they perceive those behaviors, they follow the travelers, subject them to additional screening, and at times bring in law enforcement officers who can investigate them further. The TSA has repeatedly claimed that the behavior detection program is grounded in valid science, but the records that the ACLU obtained show that the TSA has in its possession a significant body of research that contradicts those claims. The records include numerous academic studies and articles that directly undermine the premise of the program: the notion that TSA officers can identify threats to aviation security with some reliability based on specific behaviors in an airport setting. In fact, the scientific literature in the TSA's own files reinforces that deception detection is inherently unreliable, and that many of the behaviors the TSA is apparently relying on are actually useless in detecting deception. The documents further show that the TSA either overstated the scientific validity of behavior detection techniques in communications with members of Congress and government auditors, or did not disclose information that discredited the program's scientific validity. The documents also include materials that range from culturally insensitive to racially and religiously biased and sexist. We do not know whether and to what extent the TSA relied on some of these materials in implementing its behavior detection program, but the materials do not provide credible support for its validity. Finally, previously undisclosed internal investigative materials shed more light on, and substantiate already public allegations of, racial and religious profiling by behavior detection officers at specific airports-Newark, Miami, Chicago, and Honolulu. The TSA should-indeed, must-screen passengers for weapons or other items that could threaten aviation security, but documents in its own files make clear that its behavior detection program does not further that mission. Congress should discontinue funding the TSA's behavior detection program, and the TSA should implement a rigorous anti-discrimination training program for its workforce. Details: New York: ACLU, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/dem17-tsa_detection_report-v02.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Airline Passengers Shelf Number: 150182

Author: Bradford, John Hamilton Title: The Surprising Link Between Education and Fatal Police Shooting Rates in the U.S., 2013-2016 Summary: This study analyzes county-level fatal police shooting rates from 2013 to 2016. Lasso regression, elastic net regression, cross-validated stepwise selection, all-subsets regression, partial least squares regression, as well as relative importance analysis are used to assess the best predictive models. The most surprising and robust finding is that standardized test scores for English/Language Arts (ELA) are negatively associated with rates of fatal police shootings across multiple geographical levels of aggregation, net of crime and other socioeconomic controls. The findings suggest that deadly encounters between civilians and police officers are more likely to occur in impoverished regions with high rates of violent crime, more police per capita, and low average verbal ability. In addition, fatal police shootings rates tend to be lower in more segregated areas with larger Black populations and higher in areas with larger Hispanic populations. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/p93x4/download?format=pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Black Lives Matter Shelf Number: 150183

Author: Radosevich, Robyn M. Title: Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design and Crime Rates in Apartment Settings Summary: This comparative study has employed qualitative and quantitative methods to examine the implications of the Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) theory. Due to signifieant inconsistencies in prior research, the effectiveness of CPTED in reducing crime rates was examined. Research analysis has examined the elements of CPTED present at three sample apartment complexes located in a large western city and determined if the apartment settings with physical elements consistent with CPTED experienced lower crime rates. Observational qualitative data and quantitative crime rates were applied in a comparative analysis. Details: Denver: Regis University, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: https://epublications.regis.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1256&context=theses Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 150185

Author: Meredith, Marc Title: Discretionary Disenfranchisement: The Case of Legal Financial Obligations Summary: Appellate courts generally dismiss objections about tying legal financial obligations (LFOs) to the right to vote, at least in part because of the limited, anecdotal evidence available about the nature of LFO assessment and payback. We undertake a massive data collection effort to detail the type, burden, and disparate impact of criminal debt for a representative, statewide samples in Alabama. The median amount of LFOs assessed to discharged felons in Alabama across all of their criminal convictions is $3,956, more than half of which stems from court fees. People utilizing a public defender and blacks are about 15 and 9 percentage points (p.p) more likely to have an outstanding LFO balance, respectively, than people utilizing a private attorney and non-blacks. Consequentially, blacks are about 26 p.p. more likely than non-blacks to have their voting rights restoration applications denied because of outstanding LFOs. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2018 at: https://www.sas.upenn.edu/~marcmere/workingpapers/DiscretionaryLFOs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Debt Shelf Number: 150188

Author: Walker, Hannah L. Title: Mobilized by Injustice: Criminal Justice Contact, Political Participation and Race Summary: This dissertation asks the following questions: Under what conditions are individuals mobilized by experiences with the criminal justice system and under what conditions are individuals demobilized? How do these impacts differ among whites, Blacks and Latinos? While existing literature sends the message that all types of contact with the system leads to political withdrawal, I argue that understanding the criminal justice system as systemically unjust can mobilize people to action. A sense of systemic injustice is the belief that negative experiences with the system are a result of unfair targeting by criminal justice policy due to group affiliation. Race conditions the paths by which individuals arrive at a sense of injustice, where whites understand negative experiences through the lens of class and Blacks and Latinos leverage race-based narratives. Drawing on five survey datasets I find support for the claim that when efficacy remains intact, a sense of injustice that arises from criminal justice experiences catalyzes political action. Fifty-nine in-depth interviews illustrate the process politicization resulting from contact across racial subgroups. Importantly, this dissertation expands on the racialized nature of law enforcement through a focus on Latinos, increasingly targeted for reasons related to immigration. Details: Seattle: University of Washington, 2016. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 15, 2018 at: https://digital.lib.washington.edu/researchworks/bitstream/handle/1773/36816/Walker_washington_0250E_16171.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 150189

Author: Daniels, Flozell, Jr. Title: From Bondage to Bail Bonds: Putting a Price on Freedom in New Orleans Summary: Bail in Louisiana was once a system that enforced a constitutional right to be free after arrest and before a determination of guilt or innocence. Over time, it has been transformed into a money bail system in which that freedom is conditioned on the ability to pay money up front. What was originally designed as a right to pretrial freedom has become a means of control and extracting money from people who are arrested, and jailing those who cannot pay. The money bail system takes $6.4 million from New Orleans families each year, with over $1 million going to the court, $227,000 to each of three other agencies (the sheriff, district attorney, and public defender offices), and $4.7 million to commercial bail bond companies.1 For those whose families cannot afford to pay the price of pretrial freedom, the non-financial costs are even greater. Many poor and low income people stay in jail until their cases are resolved, regardless of the seriousness of the charges or the likely outcome of the case. In fact, most arrests and detention do not lead to a conviction with a sentence of incarceration; most plead guilty and are sentenced to probation or to the time they've already served before conviction. As a result, the only incarceration most people end up serving is the pretrial detention they suffer because of the requirement that they pay to gain their freedom, despite being legally innocent. Once their cases are resolved, most are released. The length of this money-based detention can be devastating. Those who cannot afford to pay bail stay in jail nearly four months while facing a felony charge and nearly one month for a municipal or state misdemeanor charge until their case is resolved. Even those who were able to pay bail were jailed an average of 11 days for a felony and three days for a misdemeanor before being freed. More than 500 people were in jail on any given day in 2015 for no other reason than that they could not afford to pay cash or purchase a bail bond. There are also enormous costs to the city's taxpayers, who pay more than $6 million each year to subsidize the cost of unnecessarily jailing these 500 people. People who are arrested in New Orleans are often poor-85 percent are too poor to hire a lawyer. They are also disproportionately black; black people are arrested at two and a half times the rate of white people. Fully 84 percent of the $6.3 million paid in money bail is paid by black people. Worse yet, black people are less likely to be able to pay the price set for their freedom; average income for black households is $25,324 while for white households it is $67,884.9 Consequently, most of the people in the jail-87 percent-are black. The money bail system intrinsically harms those least able to afford it, whether by extracting scarce dollars or jailing those with insufficient dollars to pay. Black people, whether subject to implicit biases or by virtue of being economically disadvantaged, suffer the greatest harm. New Orleans has led all U.S. cities in jailing its people. Why does a majorityblack city pursue policies and practices that lead to the jailing of black people at starkly higher rates than people of other races? Why does this city-300 years old, half of that post-emancipation-continue to exact the heavy human toll of conditioning freedom on the ability to pay the price set? One place to look for answers is in the historical practices of exploitation of people of color, driven or sanctioned by the state, that trade on the fiction of black dangerousness and criminality to extract revenue and exert control. This essay examines the extent to which money bail in New Orleans is a descendant of slavery and subsequent practices of racial exploitation. It describes bail and related practices across the city's 300-year history, identifying echoes in the present-day regime of money bail. It then explains the processes and costs of modern money bail. Finally, it presents some ways in which the city has been moving to a less harmful criminal legal system and offers models from jurisdictions that have rejected money-based detention as inconsistent with the core principle of innocent until proven guilty. Details: New Orleans: The Data Center, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/gnocdc/reports/Daniels_bondage_to_bail_bonds.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 150194

Author: East, Chloe N. Title: The Labor Market Effects of Immigration Enforcement Summary: This paper examines the effects of reducing the supply of low-skilled immigrant workers on the labor market outcomes of domestic workers. We use temporal and geographic variation in the introduction of Secure Communities (SC), a county-based immigration enforcement policy, combined with data over 2005-2014 from the American Community Survey to estimate a difference-in-difference model with geographic and time fixed effects. We find evidence that SC had a negative impact on the employment of low-skilled noncitizen workers, who are likely to be directly affected by the policy. Importantly, we also find that SC negatively impacted the employment of citizens working in middle to high-skill occupations. This is the first paper to provide quasi- experimental evidence on the labor market effects of immigration enforcement policies on citizens across the occupational skill distribution, which is of paramount importance given the current immigration policy debates. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11486: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11486.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 150195

Author: Oudekerk, Barbara A. Title: Building a National Data Collection on Victim Service Providers: A Pilot Test Summary: This report describes the development of the National Census of Victim Service Providers (NCVSP), including the development of the national roster of entities potentially serving victims, the NCVSP data collection instrument, and the implementation and results of a pilot study conducted with 725 entities from the national roster. Results examine the feasibility of obtaining high response rates from different types of victim service providers (VSPs), experimental tests of different procedures for collecting data from VSPs, and the quality and nature of substantive information generated from the NCVSP instrument. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/251524.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 150240

Author: Vars, Fredrick E. Title: Slipping Through the Cracks? The Impact of Reporting Mental Health Records to the National Firearm Background Check System Summary: Both sides of the contentious debate over firearm regulation agree that some people with mental illness should be prohibited from purchasing firearms. This consensus exists despite limited empirical support. Such support will be essential to courts deciding the prohibition's constitutionality. We assess the impact on homicide and suicide of states reporting mental health records to the national firearm background check system. Using panel data and a difference-in-differences methodology, we find that upon adding mental health records to the national system, states experienced a 3.3-4.3% decrease in firearm-related suicides with no evidence of substitution to non-firearm suicides. Our findings suggest that mental health restrictions on gun sales do effectively reduce suicide but not homicide. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Alabama Legal Studies Research Paper No. 3127786: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3127786 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Background Checks Shelf Number: 150244

Author: Kalinowski, Jesse Title: Endogenous Driving Behavior in Veil of Darkness Tests for Racial Profiling Summary: : Several prominent applications of the Veil of Darkness (VOD) test, where solar variation is used to identify racial profiling in traffic stops, have found reverse discrimination in cities widely purported to disproportionately target minorities. We develop a theoretical model of traffic enforcement and demonstrate that the VOD test for racial profiling cannot distinguish between discrimination and reverse discrimination. In our model, this problem arises because motorists rationally alter their driving behavior when faced with discriminatory policing. For groups that face discrimination, our model implies that motorists who previously did not speed choose to speed in darkness, when demography cannot be observed, thus creating the possibility that the share of stopped minority motorists increases in darkness. We develop a follow-up test for identifying the direction of differential treatment by examining the speed distribution of motorists across daylight and darkness. Using data on traffic stops in Massachusetts made by State and Local Police, we reject the VOD test for equal treatment and demonstrate that driving speeds of stopped AfricanAmericans are higher in darkness consistent with discrimination. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Papers 2017-017, Human Capital and Economic Opportunity Working Group, 2017: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: https://www.albany.edu/economics/doc/seminar-files/Kalinowski_Ross_Ross_2017_driving-veil-darkness.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 149683

Author: Stone, Rebecca Title: Intimate Partner Violence in Michigan: An Analysis of Michigan Incident Crime Reports (MICR) for 2014 and 2015 Summary: This report details patterns of intimate partner violence (IPV) victimization and offending by using the 2014 and 2015 Michigan Incident Crime Reports (MICR). Defining intimate partner violence as physical, sexual, or psychological harm committed by current or former intimate partners or spouses, this report examines characteristics of victims, offenders, their relationships, and offense characteristics. Key results can be summarized as follows:  Between 2014 and 2015 there were 85,636 IPV offenses reported by Michigan law enforcement agencies, affecting 87,904 victims.  The frequency of IPV offenses was relatively stable between 2014 and 2015, with the exception of intimidation offenses, which increased by 9% from 2014 to 2015.  Across all IPV incidents, current dating relationships between victims and offenders were the most prevalent (45%), followed by current spouses (22%), and former dating relationships (17%). Former relationships were more prevalent among intimidation offenses.  The most common structure for an IPV incident was a lone female victim and a lone male offender.  Victims and offenders tended to be between 25-34 years old, with the exception of sexual IPV victims, who were most commonly under 18 years old.  African American females experienced the highest IPV victimization rates, at a rate of just under 200 per 10,000. The next highest victimization rate was for white females, at just under 50 per 10,000.  About 40% of IPV offenses resulted in an arrest, with physical IPV offenses having the highest likelihood of arrest, and intimidation offenses the lowest.  Offenses between spouses were the most likely to result in an arrest, with offenses among dating relationships and former relationships significantly less likely to result in an arrest.  IPV victimizations were more common in jurisdictions with higher levels of socioeconomic deprivation and income inequality, sexual IPV victimizations were more common in rural areas. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, School of Criminal Justice, Michigan State University, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2018 at: http://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-IPV-Victimization-Report-Sept2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150245

Author: Thomas, Holly A. Title: No Chance to Make it Right: Life Without Parole for Juvenile Offenders in Mississippi Summary: Since 1994, the State of Mississippi has allowed juvenile offenders to be sentenced to life without parole. In Mississippi, children as young as thirteen may receive such a sentence. The NAACP Legal Defense & Educational Fund, Inc. (LDF) has identified 25 young men serving a sentence of life without parole in Mississippi. In preparing this report, LDF reviewed their court files and interviewed two-thirds of the young men, attorneys, family members, relatives, community members, judges, and prosecutors. The young people in Mississippi who are sentenced to life without parole are struggling in many different ways to cope with the finality of their sentence. Some remain hopeful that one day someone will examine their case and give them a chance. Others struggle with the finality of the sentence they have received. Details: New York: The NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, Inc. (LDF), 2008. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: http://www.naacpldf.org/files/publications/No_Chance_to_Make_it_Right.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 150246

Author: Bier, David J. Title: Extreme Vetting of Immigrants: Estimating Terrorism Vetting Failures Summary: President Donald Trump has promised to implement "extreme vetting" of immigrants and foreign travelers, asserting that widespread vetting failures had allowed many terrorists to enter the United States. This policy analysis provides the first estimate of the number of terrorism vetting failures, both before and after the vetting enhancements implemented in response to the September 11, 2001, attacks. Vetting failures are rare and have become much rarer since 9/11. A terrorism vetting failure occurs when a foreigner is granted entry to the United States who had terrorist associations or sympathies and who later committed a terrorism offense including support for terrorist groups abroad. This analysis defines vetting failure broadly to include individuals who had privately held extremist views before entry. Moreover, unless evidence exists to the contrary, it assumes that anyone who entered the United States legally either as an adult or older teenager, and who was charged with a terrorism offense within a decade of entry, entered as a result of a vetting failure, even without any evidence that he or she was radicalized prior to entry. By this definition, only 13 people - 2 percent of the 531 individuals convicted of terrorism offenses or killed while committing an offense since 9/11 - entered due to a vetting failure in the post-9/11 security system. There were 52 vetting failures in the 15 years leading up to 9/11, four times as many as in the 15 years since the attacks. From 2002 to 2016, the vetting system failed and permitted the entry of 1 radicalized terrorist for every 29 million visa or status approvals. This rate was 84 percent lower than during the 15-year period leading up to the 9/11 attacks. Only 1 of the 13 post-9/11 vetting failures resulted in a deadly attack in the United States. Thus, the rate for deadly terrorists was 1 for every 379 million visa or status approvals from 2002 through 2016. During this same period, the chance of an American being killed in an attack committed by a terrorist who entered as a result of a vetting failure was 1 in 328 million per year. The risk from vetting failures was 99.5 percent lower during this period than during the 15-year period from 1987 to 2001. The evidence indicates that the U.S. vetting system is already "extreme" enough to handle the challenge of foreign terrorist infiltration. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Analysis No. 838: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa-838.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 150249

Author: Bartels, Lorana Title: Swift, Certain and Fair: Does Project HOPE Provide a Therapeutic Paradigm for Managing Offenders? Summary: This book presents a detailed analysis of Hawaii's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) program. Developed by Judge Steven Alm in Hawaii in 2004, this model of 'swift, certain and fair' justice has been widely adopted across the United States. The book argues that although HOPE has principally been viewed in terms of its deterrent impact, it is in fact best understood through the lens of therapeutic jurisprudence and solution-focused courts, especially drug courts. Bartels presents a detailed overview of HOPE's operation, as well as a critical assessment of the evaluation findings of HOPE and other programs based on this model. Crucially, the book draws on observational research to demonstrate that much of the commentary on HOPE has been based on misunderstandings about the program, and Bartels ultimately provides much-needed in-depth analysis of critiques of the HOPE model. A rigorous study which concludes by identifying key issues for jurisdictions considering implementing the model and areas for future research, this book will be of special interest to scholars of criminal justice, recidivism and drug-related issues. Details: Cham, Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan, 2017.237p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3125644 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 150250

Author: Blair, Lesli Title: Community Gardens and Crime: Exploring the Roles of Criminal Opportunity and Informal Social Control Summary: Community gardens may bring people together in a way that could help to control crime. The bringing together of community members via an organization, such as a community garden, has been shown to build social capital and informal social control (Bursik & Grasmick, 1993; Morenoff et al., 2001; Sampson, 2012). Alternatively, the building of a community garden where once there was likely a vacant lot may help control crime by lowering criminal opportunity. A garden is an improvement in image and territoriality over a vacant lot, and the presence of gardeners may serve as guardians or a type of place manager. The present exploratory study analyzes several case study community gardens in comparison to similar �open-air� spaces (i.e., vacant lots, parking lots, parks/green spaces, and playgrounds) in terms of crime and measures of criminal opportunity and informal social control. The results help pave the way for a new line of research that explores theories of criminal opportunity and informal social control. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2014. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 17, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=ucin1413542267&disposition=inline Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 150254

Author: Eiler, Brian A. Title: The Behavioral Dynamics of Shooter Bias in Virtual Reality: The Role of Race, Armed Status, and Distance on Threat Perception and Shooting Dynamics Summary: There are clear racial disparities in police violence such that being Black puts one at a higher risk of being killed by police (Mapping Police Violence, 2016). One hypothesized mechanism for this disparity is "shooter bias", which refers to the tendency to shoot unarmed Black men more often, and armed Black men more quickly, than Whites in a shoot/no-shoot task (Correll, Hudson, Guillermo, & Ma, 2014). The current project addressed four potential influences on threat perception and shooting decision-making (biological complexity, implicit racial bias, armed status, and distance). A novel, yet simple, bias awareness feedback method as a potential intervention to reduce discriminatory shooting was also tested. Participants viewed a series of Black and White, armed and unarmed avatars at various distance locations in two experiments. In Exp. 1, participants judged each avatar in terms of threat level while in Exp. 2, participants made shooting decisions, both in virtual reality using a hand held controller. Feedback was given on the shoot/no-shoot task between two trial blocks. Heart rate was measured via the Empatica E4 and implicit bias was measured via a mouse-tracking version of the IAT using the MouseTracker Software. Participants demonstrated stronger associations for stereotype congruent pairings of race and armed status and had higher heart rate during incongruent trial blocks of the IAT. In Exp. 1, results revealed main effects of distance, race, and armed status (no interaction effects) such that armed avatars and closer distances produced the highest threat ratings. White avatars were perceived as more threatening than Black avatars. In Exp. 2, results revealed that participants performed more accurately for White targets than Black targets and held the trigger down for longer (and were more variable) when the target was Black. These trigger pull dynamics were also related to dynamic measures of implicit bias. Finally, performance feedback, resulted in improved performance (i.e., correct shoot/no-shoot decisions). Moreover, participant post-feedback trigger pull dynamics were no longer associated with implicit bias. The results of the pre-experimental testing demonstrated that participant heart rate increased (i.e., higher arousal/stress) during stereotype incongruent trials, illustrating the potential link between arousal and implicit bias. Exp. 1 demonstrated that threat perception was related to armed status and distance. However, participants rated Whites avatars as more threatening than Black avatars, indicating that threat perception can be influenced by social desirability concerns (i.e., aversive racism. The results of Exp. 2, however, were largely consistent with the hypothesis that Black avatars would produce biased shooting performance and shooting dynamics compared to White avatars. The results of Exp. 2, also validated the modified VR paradigm for measuring shoot/no-shoot decision making and the more nuanced dynamical measures of shooter bias employed (i.e., trigger dynamics). Furthermore, results implicated trigger pull dynamics as the underlying link between implicit bias and shooting decision making. Importantly, the results of Exp. 2 also demonstrated that racial differences in shooting behavior may be altered by a simple bias awareness feedback intervention that disrupts the association between race and weapons. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2017. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: May 17, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1511798377909988 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 150255

Author: Smith, Carter F. Title: Street Gangs, Terrorists and Outlaw Bikers: Examining the community threat of organized crime groups with military trained members. Summary: Communities everywhere have experienced the negative effects of street gangs, domestic terrorists, and outlaw motorcycle gangs. The presence of these criminals increases the threat of violence to the community. When they have military training, the threat increases significantly. The problem addressed in this study was the growing presence of military-trained gang members in civilian communities. The purpose of the study was to determine the perceived presence of military-trained gang members in jails and community corrections and to examine whether there was a relationship between the perceptions of sheriff�s deputies regarding that presence and a number of variables. Details: Conference paper, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/299457022_Street_Gangs_Terrorists_and_Outlaw_Bikers_Examining_the_community_threat_of_organized_crime_groups_with_military_trained_members Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 150260

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Policing America's Children: Police Contact and Consequences Among Teens in Fragile Families Summary: Recent high-profile incidents of police violence and misconduct have brought widespread attention to long-standing tensions between police departments and the communities they serve. Policy shifts over the past 20 years have led to the broad adoption of "proactive" policing, which emphasizes active engagement of citizens at low levels of suspicion. Police use investigative stops, citations, and arrests to detect and disrupt low-level disorder or other circumstances interpreted as indicia that crime is afoot. However, these encounters rarely uncover illegal activity, and in many cities are characterized by stark racial disparities. Such encounters threaten the health and wellbeing of individuals and communities targeted. Due largely to data constraints, little is known about the experiences of youth stopped by the police, and the current national picture of policing and its implications for youth is unclear. I use new data from the Fragile Families and Child Wellbeing Survey (FFCWS) to measure the extent, nature, and health implications of police contact among a cohort of contemporary urban teenagers. I find that FFCWS teens have extensive police exposure: more than 75% report a police officer stationed at their school, and more than 25% report personal experience with the police. This contact is racially disparate, and often severe. Observed racial disparities in both a binary indicator of stop experience and a measure of police intrusion are robust to controls for adolescent behavior and their peer context. Further, I find that adolescents' experiences with the police are significantly associated with multiple indicators of adverse mental health, suggesting that police contact has the potential to drive or exacerbate health disparities among urban teens. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Center for Research on Child Wellbeing, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Working Papers wp18-02-ff: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/pri/crcwel/wp18-02-ff.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Fragile Families Shelf Number: 150262

Author: Rosenbaum, Dennis P. Title: Measuring Police Organizations and their "Life Course": The National Police Research Platform Summary: The National Police Research Platform has developed and field tested a new methodology for studying police organizations in the 21st century. This methodology uses online surveys of agency employees; surveys that can be repeated annually with a large and diverse sample of agencies. The primary goals of this initiative are to (1) create a vehicle (the Platform) that will continuously advance our knowledge of police organizations and practices, thus strengthening the science of policing; and (2) provide regular and timely feedback to police agencies and policy makers that will help move the policing profession in the direction of evidence-based "learning organizations." The principal strength of the Platform is its capacity to (a) generate detailed data on police organizations that are not routinely available from Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) and other mail surveys, (b) generate data on how police organizations change over time, and (c) create this information for a larger and more diverse sample of agencies than is routinely available for analysis. If the scope of the platform is developed to its full potential, police in organizations around the nation will be able to track and assess their own changes in a framework that allows meaningful comparison with other similar agencies. This can be the basis for police organizations making well-informed decisions about how to deal with a wide range of organizational issues. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, 2011. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Overview: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.nationallawenforcementplatform.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Measuring-Police-Organizations-full-report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 150263

Author: Maryland. Heroin and Opioid Emergency Task Force Title: Heroin and Opioid Emergency Task Force: Final Report Summary: On February 24, 2015, Governor Hogan issued Executive Order 01.01.2015.12, which created the Heroin and Opioid Emergency Task Force. The Task Force is composed of 11 members with expertise in addiction treatment, law enforcement, education, and prevention. Lieutenant Governor Boyd K. Rutherford served as the Chair. The Task Force was charged with advising and assisting Governor Hogan in establishing a coordinated statewide and multi-jurisdictional effort to prevent, treat, and significantly reduce heroin and opioid abuse. Specifically, Governor Hogan ordered the Task Force to provide recommendations for policy, regulations, or legislation to improve access to high quality heroin and opioid addiction treatment and recovery services. In addition, the Task Force was asked to provide recommendations to improve federal, State, and local law enforcement and public health coordination. It also had to provide recommendations to increase public awareness and reduce stigma associated with addiction while equipping parents and educators with tools to prevent youth and adolescent use of heroin and opioids. Lastly, the Task Force was asked to recommend alternatives to incarceration for nonviolent offenders whose crimes are driven primarily by their drug addiction. This Final Report, in conjunction with the August 2015 Interim Report, completes all of the Task Force�s duties. It is divided into seven major sections: Military Department Counterdrug Program Strategy; A Step Toward Treatment on Demand; Task Force Final Recommendations; Recently Approved Resource Allocations; Update on Maryland Medication Assisted Treatment Reentry Programs; Update on Interim Report Preliminary Recommendations; and Update on Interim Report Resource Allocations. In the Military Department Counterdrug Strategy section, the report provides general background on the Maryland National Guard Counterdrug Program, which primarily focuses on providing law enforcement agencies with military-unique criminal analysis capabilities. In addition, the Guard�s Civil Operations program will enhance partnerships with community-based coalitions that share a common goal to deter and prevent the illicit abuse of controlled substances. In the A Step Toward Treatment on Demand section, the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, local hospitals, skilled nursing and rehabilitation centers, and law enforcement will be brought together to develop a pilot program that establishes a full continuum of substance use disorder services in a target area, including leveraging excess capacity in various health care facilities to provide additional care, residence, and treatment for individuals with heroin and opioid use disorders. The Task Force Final Recommendations section details 33 recommendations. Eight recommendations relate to expanding access to treatment; five relate to enhancing quality of care; two relate to boosting overdose prevention efforts; six relate to escalating law enforcement options; six relate to reentry and alternatives to incarceration; four relate to promoting education tools for youth; parents, and school officials; and two relate to improving State support services. Details: Annapolis: Governor's Office, 2015. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://governor.maryland.gov/ltgovernor/wp-content/uploads/sites/2/2015/12/Heroin-Opioid-Emergency-Task-Force-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150264

Author: U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) Title: (U) United States: Areas of Influence of Major Mexican Transnational Criminal Organizations Summary: (U) Overview (U) Mexican transnational criminal organizations (TCOs) pose the greatest criminal drug threat to the United States; no other group is currently positioned to challenge them. These Mexican poly-drug organizations traffic heroin, methamphetamine, cocaine, and marijuana throughout the United States, using established transportation routes and distribution networks. They control drug trafficking across the Southwest Border and are moving to expand their share, particularly in the heroin and methamphetamine markets. (U) Background (U) These maps reflect data from the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Force (OCDETF) Consolidated Priority Organization Target (CPOT) program to depict the areas of influence in the United States for major Mexican cartels (see Figure 1). A review of Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) information on Mexican CPOTs as of May 2015, identified the following cartels that operate cells within the United States: the Sinaloa Cartel, Gulf Cartel, Juarez Cartel, Knights Templar (Los Caballeros Templarios or LCT), Beltran-Leyva Organization (BLO), Jalisco New Generation Cartel (Cartel Jalisco Nueva Generacion or CJNG), Los Zetas, and Las Moicas. The pie charts seen on the maps show the percentage of cases attributed to specific Mexican cartels in an individual DEA office area of responsibility. Details: Washington, DC: DEA, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.dea.gov/docs/dir06515.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 150265

Author: Malatras, Jim Title: By the Numbers: Opioid Deaths Continue to Surge in New York State Summary: The opioid epidemic continues to ravage the nation. The sad fact is no matter the region of the country, there are people struggling with opioid addiction. Not only is every region touched, no group - rich or poor, rural or urban, black or white, men or women - is immune from the epidemic's devastating effects. But, as we will describe below, some groups are disproportionately affected. In April 2017, the Rockefeller Institute of Government released a report finding a 71 percent increase in drug deaths in New York State (NYS) from 2010-15. In later reports and using online interactive maps to track drug overdoses and deaths, we found that use of deadly drugs, like heroin and fentany, were rapidly growing. For example, using provisional New York State Department of Health data, we found a 54 percent increase in heroin deaths and a 50 percent increase in emergency room visits due to heroin overdoses, and a 45 percent increase in the use of life-saving overdose medication, like Naloxone, in one year alone (2014-15). Policymakers across the nation have grappled with how to address the epidemic. The solutions have varied from the president of the United States declaring the problem a national public health emergency to once unthinkable solutions in many communities, like safe injection sites. But given all the policies implemented and funding provided to battle the opioid epidemic, could the tide be turning? Recent reports suggest that some county officials are forecasting a decrease in the number of drug deaths in the coming months. It is too early to tell if that is a larger trend. Given this potential change, using the most recent Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data from 2016, we have updated our findings from April 2017 and found that opioid deaths continue to mount. In fact, from 2015 to 2016, New York saw the single greatest annual increase in drug-related deaths in six years. Details: Albany, NY: Rockefeller Institute of Government, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 18, 2018 at: http://rockinst.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/2018-03-21-By-The-Numbers-Opioid-Deaths.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150266

Author: Owen, Jenni Title: Instead of Suspension: Alternative Strategies for Effective School Discipline Summary: During the 2013-14 school year, North Carolina students missed more than 650,000 school days due to suspension. Nationally, more than 3.8 million students, about nine percent of the school-age population, are suspended annually. Although suspension is one of the most widely used school discipline techniques, school officials and education experts increasingly criticize suspension and its negative effects on both suspended students and schools as a whole. Fortunately, alternatives exist that can improve student behavior, maintain school safety, and enhance academic achievement. This report describes 11 effective approaches to student misconduct that minimize exclusion of children from school. Many of these approaches are already used in North Carolina schools; others are used in communities around the country. Many have been rigorously studied and shown to have positive results. Given the strong system of local control of education in North Carolina, individual school boards and administrators have tremendous power to facilitate changes in the approach to school discipline in their districts. With leadership from the top, school discipline can change from a system of punishment to a system of student development. Well-chosen alternatives to suspension can simultaneously diminish the negative outcomes of harmful discipline policies, boost student achievement, reduce student misconduct, and maintain safe and orderly schools. The approaches described in this report fall into three categories. First are programs that seek to improve the culture within an entire school. They rely on professional development to allow all staff to work together to implement positive behavioral interventions and instructional strategies to replace more punitive measures. The bestknown and most thoroughly researched of these programs are Positive Behavioral Interventions and Support (PBIS) and Safe and Responsive Schools (SRS). Second are programs that teach individual professionals better skills in behavior management and student discipline. These include research-based programs, such as My Teaching Partner, that target teachers, training them in adolescent development and effective student-teacher interactions. Other programs focus on School Resource Officers, likewise training them in adolescent development and conflict resolution. Yet another program, Objective Threat Assessment, teaches school administrators to better assess purported threats in order to avoid suspending students who do not pose real safety risks. Third are approaches that change the response of schools to misbehavior by individual students. These approaches either replace school suspension with another type of response to misconduct or offer alternative activities to students during times of suspension. Most aim to help students avoid future misconduct, and some rely on community partners. Examples are Restorative Justice, Substance Abuse Treatment, Community Service, Community-School Partnerships, and Alternative Schools. The final strategy highlighted in this report, Policies Reducing the Use of Suspension as a Discipline Tool, can complement any of the above approaches. With leadership from the local board of education, often in collaboration with community groups, school districts can rethink the appropriateness of school suspension as the default response to misconduct. Approaches taken by several large metropolitan school districts are described herein. Details: Durham, NC: Duke Center for Child and Family Policy and Duke Law School, 2015. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://law.duke.edu/childedlaw/schooldiscipline/downloads/instead_of_suspension.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 150272

Author: Stovall, Yolanda Jordan Title: Students' Participation in an Alternative to Suspension Program at a Midwest High School Summary: Black and Hispanic students in the United States are suspended at a higher rate and lag behind White students academically. This project study examined student achievement and behavior in an alternative to suspension (ATS) program at a Midwest U.S. high school. The purpose of this mixed methods, concurrent embedded strategy study was to determine if participation in the ATS program decreased disciplinary referrals and improved student performance. This study was guided by social control theory, which suggests that when students are disengaged in the school environment, student/teacher and peer relationships are damaged and students turn toward delinquent behavior. The study sample included 22 students who were referred to the program in 2012-2013, 12 of whom attended the ATS program and 10 (the control) who did not. Quantitative data were analyzed through inferential analysis, and qualitative data were analyzed for emerging themes. The quantitative results showed no significant relationships between student participation in the ATS program, the number of referrals received, and academic performance, and no significant difference in referrals by ethnicity. The qualitative analysis showed six themes describing the program's structural aspects: program structure, goals and vision, parental involvement, staff support, student gains in behavioral and social skills, and collaborative elements. A curriculum plan was created to proactively support 9th graders as they enter high school. These results and the curriculum plan promote positive social change by informing school personnel of the benefits of being proactive in addressing student achievement and discipline through support programs and other interventions, increasing the graduation rate and reducing the current school-to-prison pipeline. Details: Minneapolis, MN : Walden University, 2017. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 19, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4428&context=dissertations Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Misconduct Shelf Number: 150273

Author: Stephens, Cody D. Title: Minding the Gap: Case Study of a Police Organization and Attempted Innovation Summary: This dissertation explored how police administrators in one large U.S. police agency introduced an innovation that attempted to tighten organizational loose coupling by democratizing information and establishing an accountability process, and how the 'rank and file' reacted to the organizational change attempts. Using police officers' perceptions and voices this dissertation examined how one agency tried to penetrate police culture and practice with strategies designed to override some of the closely held organizational tenets. Leadership and organizational justice theories framed the exploration. The findings of this organizational study may suggest implications and considerations for other law enforcement agencies attempting change of this kind, especially for agencies seeking to increase accountability. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2016. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 19, 2018 at: https://indigo.uic.edu/bitstream/handle/10027/21547/Stephens_Cody.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 159274

Author: Traylor, Latosha Lynn-Marie Title: The Social Organization of Motherhood and Mothering for Formerly Incarcerated Black Women Summary: This qualitative study focused on the significance of motherhood on the post-incarceration experiences of women with stigmatized social identities, as they relate to their socially prescribed gender roles as women, mothers, and partners or wives. It builds on existing research that demonstrates the disproportionate effects of mass incarceration on Black women, which, while important, has not adequately addressed the consequences of incarceration on them, in relation to their role as mother. The methodology involved a combination of semi-structured interviews and participant-observation with formerly incarcerated Black women to explore how motherhood as a social identity and mothering as a set of actualized practices becomes obscured by their involvement in illegal activities and subsequent incarceration. The findings indicate that the organization of motherhood and mothering for this group of women involved managing the tension between their lived experiences and normative ideals of the maternal role; managing the effects of a criminalized identity that overshadows the performance of tasks associated with the role of mother; and navigating an arduous reintegration process while attempting to remaining in compliance with systems of oversight that tended to exacerbate the long reach of punishment and disconnect them from the maternal role and mothering process. In sum, the findings illuminated the interactions between structures of oversight by the criminal justice system, drug treatment facilities, the child welfare system, and prisoner reentry programs with micro-level practices in the women�s daily lives, which include maintaining sobriety, securing employment and housing, and child-rearing as female offenders, Black women, and mothers, especially while engaged in the reintegration process following a period of incarceration. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2014. 392p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 19, 2018 at: https://indigo.uic.edu/handle/10027/18896 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African-American Women Shelf Number: 150276

Author: Lugalia-Hollon, Ryan L. Title: Breaking the Habit: Lessons from a High-Incarceration Neighborhood Summary: This dissertation decodes some of the unanswered questions about the ascent and persistence of concentrated incarceration, augmenting current theories of how the phenomenon is made, and remade, over time. At the core of this study is an awareness that crime levels are not purely responsible for local incarceration rates and that within places of concentrated incarceration, human trajectories are routinely shaped by conditions and events that are outside the control of individual actors. Whereas existing studies of concentrated incarceration describe it as the result of a generic cycle of disadvantage, crime, and imprisonment, I offer a qualitative examination of how local incarceration rates unfold in the context of specific policy logics and institutional actions. Through this examination, I argue that concentrated incarceration's historical staying power results from a series of entrenched policy-neighborhood interactions that emerge due to structural deficiencies within the labor market and public safety system, as well as other vital urban domains. Furthermore, I demonstrate that these policy-neighborhood interactions produce what Ruth Wilson Gilmore calls the 'availability of carceral objects,' whereby prison re-population is ensured through severely constricted routes for human development and punitive stakes for those who cannot access those routes. It is through this punitive alchemy that neighborhood subjects are transformed into objects in the Illinois prison system, so that loved ones and neighbors become little more than managerial units in the eyes of the prison. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2015. 254p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: accessed May 19, 2018 at: https://indigo.uic.edu/handle/10027/19562 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 150277

Author: Laskorunsky, Julia A. Title: Kansas Prisoner Review Board: Parole and Post-Release Supervision and Revocation Technical Assistance Report Summary: In February 2017, the Kansas Prisoner Review Board ("Board") answered a Request for Proposals (RFP) for technical assistance from the Robina Institute on Criminal Law and Criminal Justice ("Institute"). The Board requested assistance with improving its parole and post-release supervision revocation process in two main areas. First, the Board sought to reduce the number of offenders who are revoked each year by identifying those requiring revocation due to the seriousness of their violation. Second, it sought to streamline the processing time between initial and final revocation to reduce the amount of time revoked offenders spend incarcerated. This report provides an account of the technical assistance request, a description of the research findings, and a summary of procedural and policy recommendations for the Board's consideration. The overall project is designed to address a broad set of issues targeting multiple dimensions associated with the decision to revoke post-release supervision. First, Institute staff interviewed Board members and parole agency staff to develop an understanding of the revocation process and to help explain how Board members decide to revoke post-release supervision. Second, online survey data were collected from 87 parole officers focusing on their supervision practices, particularly those related to the decision to recommend post-release supervision revocation. Third, Institute staff reviewed available administrative data, agency reports, and policy and practice manuals providing a statistical snapshot of the revocation process in the state. What follows summarizes the results of these combined efforts, supplemented by a series of recommendations Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, University of Minnesota Law School, 2018. 40p. Source: internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/kansas-prisoner-review-board-parole-and-post-release-supervision-and-revocation Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Supervision Shelf Number: 150278

Author: Cohen, Alma Title: Judicial Politics and Sentencing Decisions Summary: This paper investigates whether judge political affiliation contributes to racial and gender disparities in sentencing using data on over 500,000 federal defendants linked to sentencing judge. Exploiting random case assignment, we find that Republican-appointed judges sentence black defendants to 3.0 more months than similar non-blacks and female defendants to 2.0 fewer months than similar males compared to Democratic-appointed judges, 65 percent of the baseline racial sentence gap and 17 percent of the baseline gender sentence gap, respectively. These differences cannot be explained by other judge characteristics and grow substantially larger when judges are granted more discretion. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24615: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24615.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 150279

Author: Hurst, Tamara Elizabeth Title: Childhood Emotional Maltreatment and the Prevention of the Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: A Mixed Methods Study Summary: Commercial sexual exploitation of children (CSEC) is a form of child abuse that involves the sexual use of a child under the age of 18, for an exchange of tangible or intangible goods. This study investigated the influence of childhood emotional maltreatment (CEM) as one area of the complicated issue of childhood vulnerability to recruitment into CSEC, with the goal of informing prevention efforts. CEM has undergone limited investigation with domestic samples of CSEC survivors thus, this study filled a distinct need in this body of empirical research. Using a mixed methods design, the study drew participants from multiple sampling techniques from across four geographic areas in the United States. All participants were adult, female CSEC survivors (N = 40), who were contacted through multiple avenues. Data were collected concurrently utilizing two multiple-choice instruments, the Vulnerability to CSEC Survey developed by the author, and the well-known Childhood Trauma Questionnaire, along with individual semi-structured interviews. Four exploratory research questions guided this study which explored: (i) the social demographics of the survivors/participants, (ii) their resulting influences on vulnerability to CSEC, (iii) experiences with childhood maltreatment, and (iv) themes related to CSEC prevention. Demographically, the sample was predominantly Black/African-American (62.5%, n = 25) or White/Caucasian (30.0%, n = 12), with an average age of 41.35 (SD = 10.08). These women entered sexually exploitive relationships at the median age of 13.13 (SD = 3.35). Main results were: (i) noted chronological age differentiations describing varying pathways into CSEC with younger victims more likely exploited by their families and adolescent/teens more likely exploited by their boyfriends, (ii) internalized racism noted within the African-American participants that seemed to increase vulnerability to CSEC, (iii) noted severe to extreme levels of multiple forms of child maltreatment including emotional abuse/neglect in 97.5% of the sample, and (iv) a lack of outreach/attention/understanding of these women by proximate helping professionals including law enforcement, teachers, and physicians, among others. Implications for social workers and other helping professionals, and as well as strategies for prevention, including education, training and policy recommendations are discussed. Details: Athens, GA: University of Georgia, 2013. 192p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: May 21, 2018 at: https://getd.libs.uga.edu/pdfs/hurst_tamara_e_201312_phd.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 150316

Author: Sartain, Lauren Title: Suspending Chicago's Students Differences in Discipline Practices across Schools Summary: School districts across the country, including the Chicago Public Schools (CPS), are implementing policies aimed at reducing suspensions. The district has initiated a number of reforms over the past six years to bring about changes in schools' disciplinary practices with the goal of reducing the use of suspensions, as well as disparities in suspension rates by students' race, gender, and disability status. This report shows that a subset of schools drive high suspension rates, and these schools serve concentrations of extremely disadvantaged students. The first report in this series showed that out-of-school suspension (OSS) and arrest rates have been going down since 2009-10 in Chicago's schools, but that racial and gender disparities remain large. African American students are about three times more likely to be suspended than Latino students, and more than four times more likely to be suspended than white or Asian students. Boys are much more likely to be suspended than girls of the same race/ ethnicity. This report looks more closely at differences in the suspension and arrests rates based on students' background characteristics. It also shows differences in the use of suspensions across schools in Chicago and the degree to which schools' use of suspensions is related to the learning climate of the school and student achievement. Identifying the schools that use exclusionary discipline practices at extremely high rates can help districts target supports and interventions to the schools that need them the most, rather than relying on a district-wide, one-size-fits-all approach. Key Findings Students with the most vulnerable backgrounds are much more likely to be suspended than students without those risk factors. Almost a third of the high school students who were at some point victims of abuse or neglect were suspended in the 2013-14 school year. Over a quarter of the high school students from the poorest neighborhoods and over a quarter of students with the lowest incoming achievement were suspended during the year. The students that come to school the furthest behind also are the most likely to miss instructional time due to a suspension. At the same time, differences in the suspension rates for students with different risk factors, such as poverty and low achievement, do not explain most of the large racial and gender disparities in suspension rates. While African American students are more likely to face these problems, these background factors do not explain most of the differences in suspension rates by race. There are large disparities in suspension rates by race and by gender, even among students who have none of these risk factors. The biggest driver of racial disparities in suspension rates comes from differences in which schools students of different races/ethnicities attend. Racial disparities in suspensions could exist for multiple reasons. There could be differences in suspension rates among students who attend the same school, or students of different races could attend schools with very different suspension rates. We see evidence for both of these in Chicago's schools, although it is school differences in suspension rates that drive most of the racial disparities. Suspension rates are twice as high, on average, at the schools attended by African American students than the schools attended by Latino students, and the average suspension rates at the schools attended by Latino students are more than twice as high as the average suspension rates at the schools that white and Asian students attend. Because residential segregation leads schools in Chicago to be very segregated by race, differences in suspension rates across schools lead to differences in suspension rates by race. Differences in suspension rates among subgroups of students within schools also exist, although they are modest relative to the differences in average suspension rates across schools. The largest difference occurs for African American boys, who are suspended at much higher rates than other students in the same school. At schools that are racially/ethnically diverse, suspension rates of African American boys are 11-12 percentage points higher than their school average. At the same time, Latina, white, and Asian girls are suspended at lower rates than their school classmates, with average suspension rates that are 3-5 percentage points below other students at their schools. Details: Chicago: The University of Chicago Consortium on Chicago School Research (UChicago CCSR), 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://consortium.uchicago.edu/sites/default/files/publications/Suspending%20Chicagos%20Students.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150317

Author: Stevens, W. David Title: Discipline Practices in Chicago Schools: Trends in the Use of Suspensions and Arrests Summary: The Chicago Public Schools (CPS) have initiated a number of reforms to reduce the use of exclusionary practices that remove students from the classroom, like suspensions. This report, the first in a series on discipline practices in CPS, provides an overview of the use of suspensions and arrests in Chicago schools and the degree to which practices have changed from 2008-09 to 2013-14. Districts and policymakers across the United States are in the midst of a fundamental shift in how they approach school discipline. During the 1980s and 1990s, schools increasingly enacted discipline policies that mandated the use of suspensions, expulsions, and police arrests for student misconduct. In recent years, the general public, policymakers, and school administrators, from the federal level down, have strongly questioned this approach. Critics highlight the growing number of schools with very high suspension rates, as well as inequities in suspension rates by race, gender, family income, special education status, and sexual orientation. They point out that students who are suspended or expelled are more likely to struggle academically and drop out of school. There is evidence that students who attend schools with zero-tolerance approaches to discipline are also likely to experience negative school environments. As a result, national and local policymakers have called on schools to reduce the use of exclusionary disciplinary practices-those that remove students from the classroom (see box Definitions of Key Terms on p.8 for a description of various discipline practices we highlight in this report). Key Findings Out-of-school suspensions have been declining in CPS, but are still given frequently, especially at the (ISS). In-school suspensions are given more frequently to African American students than students of other racial/ethnic groups and the use of in-school suspensions have been increasing over time. ISS rates nearly doubled for African American high schools students between 2008-09 and 2013-14, but remained the same for other student groups. In-school suspensions are rare outside of the high schools; 4 percent of middle grades students received an ISS in the 2013-14 school year. Some schools may be using in-school suspensions in instances where they previously used out-of-school suspensions, or shortening the length of out-of-school suspensions while also giving students a day or two of ISS. In-school suspensions tend to be shorter than out-of-school suspensions and they allow for the possibility that students could receive an intervention or support while serving the suspension. Yet, they still result in a loss of instructional time for students. Suspension rates are strongly related to students' prior test scores, their race, and their gender. African American students are much more likely to be suspended than students of other races/ethnicities. Suspension rates are particularly high for African American boys in high school. About a third of African American boys in high school (33 percent) received an OSS in 2013-14. In comparison, 13 percent of Latino boys in high school and 6 percent of white/Asian high school boys received an OSS in 2013-14. African American girls also have high OSS rates in high school, at 23 percent in 2013-14. This compares to high school OSS rates of 6 percent for Latina girls and 2 percent for white /Asian girls. ISS rates are also much higher for African American students than for Latino or white/Asian students. Suspension rates are also high for students with disabilities and for students who begin the school year with test scores that are below average. OSS rates for students with identified disabilities were 24 percent at the high school level and 16 percent in middle grades in the 2013-14 school year. Among students with low test scores (scores in the bottom quartile in the prior school year), suspension rates are also very high: 27 percent received an OSS at the high school level and 17 percent received an OSS at the middle school level in the 2013-14 year. Thus, students who start the year with the weakest academic skills are more likely than other students to receive a suspension that removes them from classroom instruction. Most suspensions in high schools result from acts of student defiance-where students refuse to comply with adults' demands. At the high school level, about 60 percent of out-of-school suspensions and almost all in-school suspensions result from defiance of school staff, disruptive behaviors, and school rule violations. While administrators we interviewed recognized fights as a primary concern in their schools, 27 percent of out-of-school and 7 percent of in-school suspensions in high school are for physical conflict or threats to safety, meaning most suspensions result from conflicts that involve no physical harm. In the middle grades, conflicts between students and acts of defiance toward teachers account for most out-of-school suspensions, at about equal rates. Arrests for incidents at school are uncommon, though African American high school boys are more likely to be arrested than other students. In the 2011-12 school year (the most recent year for which we have Chicago Police Department data), 1.8 percent of high school students and 1.1 percent of middle grades students were arrested for incidents occurring at school. Arrest rates were twice as high among African American boys as for the district as a whole-3.6 percent of African American high school boys enrolled in CPS were arrested for at-school incidents in the 2011-12 school year, which is about 1-in-28 students. In comparison, 1.6 percent of Latino boys and 2 percent of African American girls and fewer than 1 percent of white/Asian students or Latina girls in high school were arrested for at-school events. Students are arrested more often for incidents that occur outside of school than for incidents at school. Over 4 percent of CPS high school students were arrested in the 2011-12 school year for incidents occurring outside of school. Combining arrests inside of school and outside of school, 6 percent of CPS students were arrested in the 2011-12 school year. Schools tend only to involve police in incidents for which the SCC requires police notification. Incidents for which police notification is optional but not required high school level. In 2013-14, about 1-in-7 high school students (16 percent) received an out-of-school suspension (OSS). This number is down from the highest point in the 2009-10 school year when about 1-in-4 high school students (24 percent) received an OSS. Since 2009-10, OSS rates in high schools have declined each year. At the middle grades level (grades 6-8), OSS rates were unchanged, at around 13-14 percent from 2008-09 to 2012-13, but they dropped in the 2013-14 school year to 10 percent. The average length of suspensions has also been declining over time, with the largest drop occurring in the 2012-13 school year. This drop coincided with changes to the CPS Student Code of Conduct (SCC) which explicitly constrained the use of long suspensions. The decline in high school OSS rates has been accompanied by a doubling of in-school suspension rates among African American high school students. In the 2013-14 school year, 15 percent of high school students received at least one in-school suspension solicit police notification only 22 percent of the time. Even when an infraction is serious enough to require police notification, schools only notify police 43 percent of the time. When they occur, infractions that involve drugs or weapons are most likely to result in a police notification. That is, about one out of every three incidents that involve drugs or weapons at a school result in police involvement. However, drug and weapons infractions represent a small portion of the discipline infractions at schools, so they are not the source of most arrests. Physical altercations, or physical fights among students, are the source of most police involvement at schools. Arrest rates for both in-school and out-of-school incidents have declined over time for CPS students. The declines in arrest rates have been driven by declining arrest rates for African American boys, who have consistently been much more likely to be arrested than other students. Both out-of-school arrests and in-school arrests of CPS students declined after 2009-10, up until 2011-12. At the same time that OSS rates and arrests have declined, students and teachers are reporting that they feel safer at school. At the high school level, student perceptions of safety and teacher perceptions of order have been improving since the 2008-09 school year; this is also the period during which OSS rates declined in high schools. At the middle grades level, there have been only marginal improvements in students' feelings of safety at school. However, there was a more marked improvement in the 2013-14 school year, which was the first year that OSS rates declined in the middle grades. This research suggests three major areas of focus if the district is to reduce the use of exclusionary disciplinary practices in Chicago schools: 1. High schools. Students are suspended at all grade levels, but very high suspension rates in high schools account for 56 percent of out-of-school suspensions districtwide. If the district is to reduce the use of suspensions and disciplinary disparities substantially, it will require changes in high school practices. Efforts aimed at lower grades will do little to reduce the overall use of exclusionary practices in CPS, unless there are concurrent changes in high schools. 2. Disparities in suspensions for African American students, especially for African American boys, and for students with low incoming achievement. While students of all races are occasionally suspended, suspension rates are much higher for African American students, and especially high for boys. Students with low incoming test scores are also at high risk for being suspended. The fact that high suspension rates persist for certain groups of students, despite policy efforts aimed at reducing the use of exclusionary practices, suggests a need for better support around reducing exclusionary practices in schools and classrooms that serve student groups with a higher likelihood of being suspended. 3. Prevention and de-escalation of conflict, especially between students and teachers. Most suspensions and arrests at school are a result of conflict between students and teachers-such as disobedience and defiance-or conflicts among students, especially in high schools. This suggests a need for increased training for teachers and school staff to prevent and de-escalate conflict, as well as to develop students' social-emotional skills, particularly at schools with high suspension rates. Details: Chicago: The University of Chicago Consortium on Chicago School Research (UChicago CCSR). 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: https://consortium.uchicago.edu/sites/default/files/publications/Discipline%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150318

Author: Glensor, Ronald W. Title: The Problem of Cruising Summary: This guide begins by describing the problem of cruising, and reviewing factors that contribute to it. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local cruising problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. You should note that while both cruising and street racing involve vehicles, some primary differences exist between them. Cruising is a pastime largely confined to downtown areas; sanctioned cruising can also provide an economic boost to the community. For example, northern Nevada's weeklong "Hot August Nights" event generated $132 million for the cities of Reno and Sparks, with more than 800,000 people attending (RRC Associates 2003). Conversely, street racing is typically an underground affair, causing many related problems. The simplest definition of cruising is "unnecessary repetitive driving." Attempts to legally define cruising have been more difficult, however, as people have successfully challenged anti-cruising ordinances in court on constitutional grounds. Since at least the 1950s, people have cruised for a variety of reasons: to show off their own car, to see other people's cars, to find racing competitors, to impress members of the opposite sex, and to socialize.2 Reinvigorated and glamorized by popular films such as American Graffiti, cruising remains an enormously popular rite of passage for many young people.3 Today's cruisers drive a variety of vehicles: classic cars, pickup trucks, mini-trucks, muscle cars, lowriders (whose chassis narrowly clear the ground), and even motorcycles. Cruisers are particularly prevalent on Friday and Saturday nights, and they can number in the thousands. Among the most common cruisers are the owners of classic, restored and custom cars, who most often view the activity as an opportunity to showcase their automobiles. Among the most common cruisers are the owners of classic, restored and custom cars, who most often view the activity as an opportunity to showcase their automobiles. Credit: Nattalie Hoch But cruising is not purely harmless fun. It creates problems for the police, nonparticipating motorists, some businesses, and the community at large. Among them are conflicts between cruisers (including gang-related violence), littering, noise (from vehicle engines, screeching tires, car stereos, and exuberant fans), traffic congestion (including obstruction of emergency vehicles), traffic crashes, and vandalism and unintentional property damage. While cruising creates business for some merchants, it impedes business for others. In some jurisdictions, cruisers have divided up along racial, ethnic, and subcultural lines: blacks, Hispanics, punkers and heavy metal groups, the cowboy/western set, and so forth. Sometimes these divisions lead to group conflicts and violence, causing injury to participants and innocent bystanders and heightening fear in the wider community. In some jurisdictions, cruising has taken on a "rock concert" environment in which disorder, violence, and police enforcement are integral to the experience, and even expected and desired by the participants. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services: 2004. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 29: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/cruising.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 95751

Author: Newman, Graeme R. Title: Identity Theft Summary: This guide addresses identity theft, describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the risks of it. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. The term identity fraud is sometimes used to include the whole range of identity theft related crimes (Economic Crime Institute 2003). Identity theft is a new crime, facilitated through established, underlying crimes such as forgery, counterfeiting, check and credit card fraud, computer fraud, impersonation, pickpocketing, and even terrorism. It became a federal crime in the United States in 1998, with the passage of the Identity Theft Assumption and Deterrence Act.1 This act identifies offenders as anyone who ...knowingly transfers or uses, without lawful authority, any name or number that may be used, alone or in conjunction with any other information, to identify a specific individual with the intent to commit, or to aid or abet, any unlawful activity that constitutes a violation of Federal law, or that constitutes a felony under any applicable State or local law. A significant feature of identity theft is the offender's repeated victimization of a single person. This may include repeatedly using a stolen credit card, taking over a card account, or using stolen personal information to open new accounts. A victimization survey conducted by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) found that 16 percent of victims whose credit cards were misused said the people responsible had also tried to "take over" the accounts by doing such things as changing the billing address or adding themselves to the card as an authorized user (Federal Trade Commission 2003a).[Full Text] Congressional hearings on identity theft in the 1990s revealed that police generally did not regard those whose identities had been stolen as the true victims, since the credit card companies took the financial loss. In addition, the companies typically did not report their losses to local police (or to anyone else, for that matter). Studies also showed that victims rarely reported the loss or theft of a card to the police, since they believed that the card company would cover the loss. However, because the repeated use of a victim's identity caused serious disruption and emotional damage, more victims began to report the offense. It is likely that your initial exposure to identity theft will be the request of a victim for a police report about the incident. Credit-reporting agencies now require that victims do so as part of the an "identity theft affidavit." that the victim submit a police report. Until recently, victims had a hard time getting such reports from the police. However, in response to growing media coverage and congressional testimony concerning identity theft, the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) adopted a resolution in 2000 urging all police departments to provide incident reports and other assistance to identity theft victims. It is also possible that people you have stopped or questioned have given you a fake ID-or a legitimate ID acquired with a false or forged document. - WHEREAS, reports of identity theft to local law enforcement agencies are often handled with the response 'please contact your credit card company,' and often no official report is created or maintained, causing great difficulty in accounting for and tracing these crimes, and leaving the public with the impression their local police department does not care... RESOLVED, that the International Association of Chiefs of Police calls upon all law enforcement agencies in the United States to take more positive actions in recording all incidents of identity theft and referring the victims to the Federal Trade Commission..." (International Association of Chiefs of Police 2000). It is difficult, though not impossible, for local police to influence some important factors that contribute to identity theft. These concern the ways that businesses and government agencies manage clients' personal information (for example, the procedures your motor vehicle department uses to authenticate driver's license applications); and the policies and practices of financial institutions in dealing with fraud (for example, the ease with which they provide applicants with credit cards and convenience checks). That said, this guide will help you determine what you can do to prevent identity theft and help victims in your jurisdiction. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services. 2--4. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 25: Accessed May 21, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/Identity_Theft.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Credit Card Theft Shelf Number: 94153

Author: Wartell, Julie Title: Prescription Drug Fraud and Misuse. 2nd edition Summary: This guide describes the problem of prescription drug fraud and misuse and reviews some of the factors that increase their risks. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice, For the purposes of this guide, prescription drug fraud, which falls under the broader heading of pharmaceutical diversion, is defined as the illegal acquisition of prescription drugs for personal use or profit. This definition excludes theft, burglary, backdoor pharmacies, and illegal importation or distribution of prescription drugs. This guide also discusses common forms of prescription drug diversion, as not all cases of diversion are fraudulent. For example, sharing medication and taking medication without permission are not acts categorized as fraudulent yet still warrant police attention. The related issue of prescription misuse and addiction is also covered, as many offenders become addicted and begin more widespread use through illegally obtaining prescription drugs from family and friends. "Backdoor pharmacies" are businesses not licensed/authorized to distribute pharmaceutical drugs. Prescription drug fraud and misuse is but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to the unlawful use of controlled substances. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms created by prescription fraud and misuse. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Specific Guides Series Problem-Oriented Guides for Police, no. 24: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p257-pub.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 130303

Author: Newman, Graeme R. Title: Check and Card Fraud Summary: This guide describes the problem of check and card fraud, and reviews factors that increase the risks of it. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. The guide covers fraud involving (1) all types of checks and (2) plastic cards, including debit, charge, credit, and "smart" cards. Each can involve a different payment method . While there are some obvious differences between check and card fraud, the limitations and opportunities for fraud and its prevention and control by local police are similar enough to warrant addressing them together. Furthermore, some cards (e.g., debit cards) are used and processed in a similar way to checks, and electronic checks are processed in a similar way to cards, so that the traditional distinction between cards and checks is fast eroding. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2003. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 21: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/check_and_card_fraud.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Check Fraud Shelf Number: 91477

Author: Ferreira, Leonardo Nogueira Title: Do police reduce "crime"? An analysis through social disorder data Summary: There is extensive literature that attempts to relate increased policing to the reduction of crime. The main difficulty is to isolate the causal effects of police presence on crime due to the clear endogeneity problem, since areas with higher crime rates tend to receive more police. However, in 2012, New York City experienced a completely exogenous raise in policing near some Jewish institutions after the occurrence of a terrorist attack in a Jewish school in Toulouse, in France. Using data from social disorder, we assessed whether the impact of increased policing was significant in regions that received more protection. Among the seven categories of incidents analyzed, drinking, noise and blocked driveways showed statistically significant reduction. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Mary 23, 2018 at: https://lacer.lacea.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/53151/lacea2015_police_reduce_crime.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 150326

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Effects of Problem-Oriented Policing on Crime and Disorder Summary: We conducted a systematic review to examine the effectiveness of problem-oriented policing (POP) in reducing crime and disorder. Eligible studies had to meet three criteria: (1) the SARA model was used; (2) a comparison group was included; (3) at least one crime or disorder outcome was reported. Units of analysis could be places or people. After an exhaustive search strategy that identified over 5,500 articles and reports, we found only 10 studies that met our main inclusion criteria. This result is particularly surprising given the strong support that has been voiced for POP by both scholars and practitioners. Using meta-analytic techniques, we find an overall modest but statistically significant impact of POP on crime and disorder. We also report on our analysis of pre/post comparison studies. While these studies are less methodologically rigorous, they are more numerous, and our search identified 45 studies that met our other criteria, but did not have a comparison group. Results of these studies indicate an overwhelmingly positive impact of POP. Overall, our results suggest problem-oriented policing has a modest impact on reducing crime and disorder, but we urge caution in interpreting these findings, because of the small number of eligible studies we located in our main analysis, and the diverse group of problems and responses these studies included. Details: Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime Prevention Research Review No. 4: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p196-pub.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 150327

Author: Weisburd, David Title: The Effects of Problem-Oriented Policing on Crime and Disorder Summary: Problem-oriented policing (POP) was developed in 1979 in response to the criticism that policing was too 'means'-focused, and had neglected the 'goals' of crime prevention and control, and community problems. Its core premise is that 'problems,' rather than calls for service or individual incidents, should be the focus of police analysis. This concept had a tremendous impact on American policing and is now widely implemented in the US and other countries. The classic implementation of POP follows the 'SARA' model of problem-solving (Scanning, Analysis, Response, Assessment). Review findings This review examined 10 rigorous evaluations of POP programs following the SARA model, carried out in the US and the UK. The studies covered a wide range of problems from school victimization to vandalism and drug markets. Overall, the analysis showed that POP has a modest but significant impact on reducing various types of crime and disorder. Interventions focusing on 'problem persons' rather than 'problem places' seemed to have a bigger effect on crime reduction. Cautious optimism about POP A further review of 45 less rigorous studies (which did not include any comparisons to areas not subject to POP) indicated overwhelming support for these interventions. When comparison groups were included, programs still provided benefits but on a smaller scale. Nonetheless, caution is urged in interpreting all of these beneficial effects. Although the programs followed the same model in responding to problems, it was not always consistently implemented, and the types of problems and specific responses employed in the areas studied varied greatly. Across such a small number of studies, then, it is difficult to draw any firm conclusions. It is surprising that so little rigorous research has been carried out on such a popular policing tactic. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaboration, 2008. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2008:14 : Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://campbellcollaboration.org/images/meeting/1045_R.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 150328

Author: Garcia-Hallett, Janet Title: The Navigation of Motherhood for African America, West Indian, and Hispanic Women in Reentry Summary: Though women are less likely than men to be incarcerated and are disproportionately outnumbered in United States jails and prisons (Guerino et al., 2011; Minton, 2013), women in state facilities are more likely to report being parents (Glaze & Maruschak, 2008; Mumola, 2000) and most plan to rekindle maternal relationships with their children upon their release (Barnes & Stringer, 2014; Hairston, 1991). Research demonstrates that women face substantial burdens during their reentry into the community, but reentry burdens may be more challenging to women of color who stand at the intersection of sexism and racism (Brown, 2010; Roberts, 1993). Ethnic differences among Black women are overlooked, however, as existing knowledge of women's experiences is often constructed along a Black/White dichotomy. Furthermore, selfconceptions as mothers, social expectations of mothers, and attempts to mother may place additional burdens on formerly incarcerated women with children. Yet, motherhood is still understood as a motivating factor in women's lives post-incarceration (Brown & Bloom, 2009; Hayes, 2009). This study investigates how formerly incarcerated women navigate motherhood and how this process influences mothers' reintegration after their release from imprisonment. The research draws on 37 in-depth, semi-structured interviews with formerly incarcerated mothers. These women's narratives focus on the role that maternal desires, decisions and behaviors play across various aspects of life post-incarceration: parenting, employment and finances, living arrangements, custody of children, as well as recovery from histories of addiction. This study utilized a comparative sampling strategy to unpack the experiences of groups viewed collectively as ―minorities‖ and to examine similarities and differences among African American, West Indian and Hispanic formerly incarcerated mothers. There is also a comparative feature across varying degrees of contact with children (both minor and adult children) - specifically, mothers living with their children, mothers not living with their children but remaining in contact, and mothers without contact. This study not only examines post-incarceration reintegration for formerly incarcerated mothers but it captures the intersectionality of criminal status, gender, and race/ethnicity. Furthermore, its comparative features go beyond common racial-ethnic labels and classifications of mother-child relationships in understanding the role of navigating motherhood in women's reintegration after incarceration. Details: Newark, NJ: Rutgers University, School of Criminal Justice, 2017. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://rucore.libraries.rutgers.edu/rutgers-lib/54125/PDF/1/play/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 150333

Author: New York Immigration Coalition Title: Swept Up in the Sweep: The Impact of Gang Allegations on Immigrant New Yorkers Summary: T he United States is no stranger to the use of expansive profiling and discriminatory policing when facing real or perceived threats to national security. Whether it was the casting of Japanese Americans as traitors during World War II, civil rights leaders as radical threats to the country during the civil rights movement, Americans Muslims as national security threats after September 11th, or young black and brown men as criminals through stop-andfrisk policing-the use of fear and stereotypes to justify discriminatory tactics has repeatedly come at the expense of individuals' constitutional and civil rights. The end result? The dehumanizing of people of color, destabilizing of community structures, chilling of constitutionally protected speech and activity, and ultimately the mass incarceration and deportation of entire communities. The Trump administration has consistently sought to cast immigrants as threats to the economic and national security of the United States. And thus, MS-13, a gang born in the United States and grown in Central America, has become a favorite foil for President Donald Trump, as well as for Attorney General Jeff Sessions and White House Chief of Staff John Kelly. The Trump administration has taken a specific narrative course to elevate the status of MS-13 to a household name, responsible for invading armies of Central American migrants who are using supposed loopholes in immigration law to sow terror in the quiet American suburbs of Long Island. The problem is that the threat of MS-13 is purposely exaggerated to manipulate support for unfettered immigration enforcement in the name of gang-policing, without addressing the effectiveness of such policies or their devastating consequences-the large-scale detention and deportation of Latinx individuals. All empirical evidence shows that MS-13 on Long Island lacks basic organization and coordination. And while MS-13 is undoubtedly violent, the gang is not, by far, responsible for the majority of crimes committed on Long Island or, more broadly, in New York. The Trump administration has created and exploited public fear of MS-13 to further the Administration's own anti-immigrant agenda. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) "Operation Matador" (Matador) launched in 2017 as part of "Operation Community Shield" specifically seeks to "target violent gang members and their associates." The most troubling aspect of Matador is that it leads to increased local law enforcement collaboration with ICE. This collaboration exponentially increases the devastating impacts of discriminatory policing by compounding it with immigration enforcement. Allegations of MS-13 affiliation or membership are routinely made by immigration officers, often without credible evidence or the possibility for an individual to challenge the designation. Schools, local police departments, and federal law enforcement agencies all communicate in secrecy and trap Central American migrants in a growing and obscure web of enforcement. By broadly casting immigrant Latin youth as gang members to be targeted for incarceration and deportation, even the outward pretense of basic rights and due process is pushed to the side. Gang policing, like unconstitutional stop-and-frisk policies, has disproportionately impacted black and brown men. Notoriously flawed and unregulated, gang databases have minimal inclusion criteria. Simply living in a building or even a neighborhood where there are gang members, wearing certain colors or articles of clothing, or speaking to people law enforcement believe to be gang members can lead to inclusion in a gang database. Often individuals do not know they have been listed in such a database, and no mechanism exists to challenge inclusion. Similar vague criteria, such as the apparel an individual wears or a drawing made in a notebook, are used to label Latinx youth and young men as gang affiliated and then to subsequently justify their arrest, detention and deportation. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) does not need to make any showing of gang affiliation to initiate removal proceedings-being undocumented alone is a sufficient basis. Law enforcement agencies have every incentive to target suspected gang affiliates for deportation when they do not have evidence to make a criminal arrest. Further, since immigration proceedings are not subject to the same evidentiary standards as are required in the criminal context, immigration enforcement takes advantage of these lax standards and introduces allegations of gang involvement with little or no evidence. For those swept up by these overbroad allegations, the effect could be the denial of immigration benefits for which they are otherwise eligible, the denial of immigration bond, and ultimately deportation. To better understand how the Trump administration has used the pretext of gang enforcement to further its anti-immigrant policies, the New York Immigration Coalition (NYIC) and the City University of New York (CUNY) School of Law's Immigrant and Non-Citizen Rights Clinic (INRC) embarked on a survey (LE Interactions Survey) of legal service providers, community-based organizations, and community members in the New York City metro area, including Long Island, detailing how various immigration agencies have gone beyond the publicized gang sweeps and are in fact using gang allegations broadly in the immigration removal and adjudications process. Details: New York: The Coalition, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: http://www.thenyic.org/userfiles/file/SweptUp_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 150337

Author: Council of Economic Advisors Title: Returns on Investments in Recidivism-reducing Programs Summary: Crime imposes a significant burden on Americans' well-being and tax-financed resources. These costs are amplified by a cycle of crime that results in re-arrest rates for released American prisoners in excess of 50 percent. Rigorous and evidence-based prison reforms are proposed to break the crime cycle, thereby reducing future crime and lowering incarceration expenditures by facilitating more successful re-entry to the workforce upon prison release. In this policy brief, CEA reviews the evidence on the underlying factors that determine the value of such prison programs and provides estimates on their rates of return. There are numerous programs that have been tried in one form or another over many decades. We do not aim to cover the entire scope of prison reform programs but focus instead on three main categories: programs that address mental health, substance abuse, or education and that are delivered inside correctional facilities. 2 We find that there is great variation in the effectiveness across programs such that reallocation of budgets from poorly to well performing programs may both lower spending and improve results. In addition, CEA finds evidence that certain individual programs can reduce crime as well as reduce spending by lowering long-run incarceration costs. Programs that save at least one dollar in crime and incarceration costs for every dollar spent are deemed cost effective. More specifically, with a focus on rigorous studies of the programs that have been previously implemented, CEA finds that, on average, programs that address the prisoner's mental health or substance abuse problems may reduce the cost of crime by about $0.92 to $3.31 per taxpayer dollar spent on prison reform and long-run incarceration costs by $0.55 to $1.96, for a total return of $1.47 to $5.27 per taxpayer dollar. Despite these positive returns, there are many programs-such as those in which the primary focus is education-for which the evidence base is inconsistent and rates of return more uncertain. Given this uncertainty, CEA estimates by how much rates of recidivism would have to be reduced in order for the programs to break even given their costs. We calculate that educational programming needs only to achieve a modest impact on recidivism rates (about a 2 percent reduction) in order to be cost effective. Overall, increased investment in better evidence is needed to guide future investments into programs to reduce recidivism. Many programs, even if they are found to be cost effective may have small sample sizes or unique characteristics that may be difficult to replicate or scale up, and some studies with high-quality research designs are too dated to provide needed insight. Carefully designed, broad-based national programs that target a wide variety of offenders in conjunction with carefully designed empirical evaluations would improve the ability of policymakers to allocate criminal justice funds to achieve the greatest possible social benefits. Details: Washington, DC: The Council, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Returns-on-Investments-in-Recidivism-Reducing-Programs.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 150338

Author: Digard, Leon Title: Rethinking Restrictive Housing: Lessons from Five U.S. Jail and Prison Systems Summary: After decades of misuse and overuse, the tide appears to be turning on the role of solitary confinement in U.S. jails and prisons. In recent years, this practice-also known as restrictive housing or segregation-has been the subject of increased scrutiny from researchers, advocates, policymakers, media, and the government agencies responsible for people who are incarcerated. In restrictive housing, a person is held in a cell, typically 22 to 24 hours a day, with minimal human interaction or sensory stimuli. Since the 1980s, the rise in its use has mirrored the exponential rise of incarceration. Originally intended to manage people who committed violence within jails and prisons, restrictive housing has become a common tool for responding to all levels of rule violations, from minor to serious; managing challenging populations; and housing people considered vulnerable, especially those living with mental illness. Also reflecting incarceration trends, evidence suggests that in a substantial number of jurisdictions, younger people, people of color, and those living with mental illness are held in restrictive housing at higher rates. In light of this information and growing evidence that restrictive housing may harm people without improving safety in facilities, a number of departments of corrections are taking steps to reduce their reliance on this type of housing. The effects of being held in restrictive housing can be significant. An extensive body of research in psychiatry, neuroscience, epidemiology, and anthropology spanning more than 150 years has documented the potential detrimental effects of restrictive housing on the health and well-being of incarcerated people. This evidence confirms what is perhaps understood intuitively: the practice can result in physical and psychological damage whose negative repercussions can persist well after release, making the transition to life in a prison's general population or in the community considerably more difficult. Social isolation, sensory deprivation, and enforced idleness are a toxic combination that can result in psychiatric symptoms, including anxiety, depression, anger, difficulties with impulse control, paranoia, visual and auditory hallucinations, cognitive disturbances, obsessive thoughts, hypersensitivity to stimuli, posttraumatic stress disorder, self-harm, suicide, and psychosis. At an institutional level, restrictive housing is extremely resourceintensive, although research provides no conclusive evidence that it makes facilities or communities safer. Attention has also turned toward the impact restrictive housing has on staff. Studies have demonstrated that corrections officers working in general-population units face stressors that can negatively affect their mental and physical health and family relationships. Researchers have recently started to explore whether working in the unique conditions found in restrictive-housing units is associated with depression, stress, or trauma-or with other markers of safety and well-being, such as injury and sick leave. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed may 23, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/rethinking-restrictive-housing/legacy_downloads/rethinking-restrictive-housing-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 150339

Author: Laske, Katharina Title: Do Fines Deter Unethical Behavior? The Effect of Systematically Varying the Size and Probability of Punishment Summary: Unethical behavior is widespread, with large economic consequences. Understand- ing how to deter it is important. In experiments in which participants can lie to achieve an economic advantage, we systematically vary the fine and probability associated with being audited. In all our experiments, lying decreases with the size of the fine. For probabilities, the results are mixed: when participants decide only once, and deterrence parameters are presented in isolation, lying behavior is insensitive to changes in detection probabilities. However, when individuals can compare different detection probabilities, or when they experience the same probability level over time in a repeated setting, lying decreases with higher detection probabilities. In all settings, changes in the magnitude of fines are more effective than equivalent changes in expected earnings obtained by altering the probability of punishment. We organize previous findings in light of our results and propose policy interventions aimed at deterring unethical behavior. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3157387 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fines Shelf Number: 150342

Author: Vovak, Heather Title: Examining the Relationship between Crime Rates and Clearance Rates Using Dual Trajectory Analysis Summary: Police agencies dedicate large amounts of resources, and place a great deal of importance, on criminal investigations and solving crimes. However, very stable clearance rates over time in the U.S., coupled with highly fluctuating crime rates begs the question of whether there is actually a relationship between these efforts and crime rates. Specifically, if police improve their ability to solve crimes, does this have any effect on crime rates over time? A deterrence relationship might indicate that an increase in clearance rates leads to a decrease in crime rates. However, while some prior research indicates evidence of a deterrent effect when examining the relationship between crime rates and clearance rates, other research using various methods has found that crime and clearance rates move in the same direction, or have found no clear relationship between crime and clearance rates. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University, 2016. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed may 24, 2018 at: http://digilib.gmu.edu/handle/1920/10536 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Clearance Rates Shelf Number: 150357

Author: New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board Title: A Mutated Rule: Lack of Enforcement in the Face of Persistent Chokehold Incidents in New York City Summary: For more than 20 years, the NYPD Patrol Guide has prohibited the use of chokeholds, relying on a Police Department rule that unequivocally forbids any pressure to the neck, throat or windpipe that may inhibit breathing. This rule was plainly intended to prohibit all chokeholds. As defined, chokeholds, though not illegal, are unambiguously prohibited by Department policy. This report reveals that officers have continued to perform chokeholds and, based on the complaints the CCRB received from the public, the use of chokeholds appears to be increasing despite the Patrol Guide prohibition. It also reveals that this crystal clear prohibition has been degraded over the course of the last decade. Put simply, during the last decade, the NYPD disciplinary decisions in NYPD administrative trials of chokehold allegations failed to enforce the clear mandate of the Patrol Guide chokehold rule. In response to these decisions which failed to hold offending officers accountable, the CCRB and NYPD Department Advocate's Office failed to charge officers with chokehold violations pursuant to the mandate of the Patrol Guide chokehold rule. In essence, in their respective charging decisions, the CCRB and the Department Advocate redefined a "chokehold" to require force to the neck during which an officer actually and substantially interfered with a complainant's breathing rather than "pressure" to the neck which "may" interfere with breathing. In this respect the chokehold rule "mutated" to adapt to the NYPD disciplinary process, rather than the disciplinary process following the NYPD rule. This pragmatic redefinition of the rule in response to the NYPD's systematic refusal to impose discipline in all but the most severe chokehold cases, evolved into an unwritten, much less protective definition: actual and sustained interference with breathing was substituted for the Patrol Guide's clear and unequivocal prohibition of any pressure to the neck which "may" inhibit breathing. In essence, inadequate disciplinary practices transplanted the heart of the chokehold rule during a period in which, as the number of chokehold complaints suggests, chokehold incidents were increasing. The NYPD's blanket prohibition of chokeholds should be restored and uniformly enforced. Details: New York: The Civilian Complaint Review Board, 2014. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: Lack of Enforcement in the Face of Persistent Chokehold Incidents in New York City Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Chokeholds Shelf Number: 150359

Author: New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board Title: Crossing the Threshold: An Evaluation of Civilian Complaints of Improper Entries and Searches by the NYPD from January 2010 to October 2015 Summary: Police search and seizure-especially of homes-represents one of the most invasive forms of intrusion of individual liberty. When conducted without proper constitutional authority, home searches are one of the most serious violations of privacy and, consequently, types of police misconduct that engender anger at and distrust of police authority. Entries are fraught with a range of potential dangers to both civilians and officers. Many officers enter homes early in the morning when occupants are sleeping, in a state of undress, and engaged in the private routines in preparation for the day ahead-often leaving residents and their children frightened, confused, and angry. Police officers find themselves in chaotic and potentially dangerous situations, with an unknown number of occupants in the home and limited knowledge of what they will encounter. Even when done lawfully, police entries are forceful, aggressive and surprising, intended to apprehend suspects and seize evidence of a crime. Data compiled by CCRB indicates that most officers in the New York Police Department (the "NYPD" or "Department") enter homes to respond to crimes-in-progress, to render aid to residents, or pursuant to valid search or arrest warrants. Yet the cost of loss of confidence in the presumption of lawful conduct as a result of the cohort of improper entries and searches far outweighs their modest prevalence. Not only are core civil liberties violated, but the necessary constructive relationship between community members and the police is degraded. The community's tolerance for law enforcement activity and compliance with the law rises and falls upon its sense of police legitimacy and authority. Where officers fail to act in accordance with the law requiring procedural and substantive warrant requirements, civilians lose trust and confidence in the police. A lack of procedural justice contributes to a perception that police ignore the law's constraints. To understand the nature and scope of civilian complaints regarding police search and seizure at premises, the CCRB conducted a study of over five and a half years of fully investigated complaints. The CCRB is the largest police oversight agency in the nation and is empowered to receive, investigate, make findings and recommend action upon complaints by New Yorkers alleging misconduct by NYPD officers. See NYC Charter 440(c)(1). To further this mission, CCRB issues monthly, biannual, and special statistical and qualitative reports analyzing trends and recurring issues arising from the many thousands of civilian complaints it receives. These reports act as a barometer of police-civilian encounters in a number of ways, including the police practices that civilians find most troubling. In its role as an independent investigator of misconduct allegations, CCRB is uniquely positioned to identify the circumstances that generate civilian complaints, to assess whether officer conduct is improper, and to offer recommendations to redress misconduct. Details: New York: The Complaint Review Board, 2015. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/ccrb/downloads/pdf/policy_pdf/issue_based/20160219_entry-search-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Complaints Shelf Number: 150360

Author: New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board Title: Price, Prejudice and Policing: An Evaluation of LGBTQ-Related Complaints from January 2010 through December 2015 Summary: In June of 1969, the New York City Police Department�s (NYPD) Public Morals Squad raided the Stonewall Inn nightclub in order to enforce laws that criminalized being lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and gender non-conforming. The protests and riots that followed initiated a long journey to reform the laws and societal mindset that marginalized lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer or questioning (LGBTQ) identities. 1 Despite recent legal gains ranging from overturned sodomy laws to legalized same-sex marriage, some in the New York City LGBTQ community argue that LGBTQ individuals have endured discrimination often imposed by institutions positioned to protect them.2 Forty years after the Stonewall riots, City Council Speaker Christine Quinn and Police Commissioner Raymond Kelly announced the formation of the LGBT Advisory Committee to the NYPD. Comprised of LGBTQ advocates and community stakeholders, the LGBT Advisory Committee worked with NYPD officials to develop recommendations that would ensure that members of service would treat the LGBTQ citizens they encountered with dignity and respect.3 In 2012, the NYPD adopted some of the LGBT Advisory Committee�s recommendations, which required, amongst other things, that police officers address individuals according to their gender identity, refer to individuals by their preferred pronouns, refrain from profiling individuals simply because of their gender expression or sexual orientation, and stop searching individuals in order to make gender determinations. Some LGBTQ advocates and stakeholders argue that, despite these Patrol Guide changes, NYPD members continue to profile and unfairly police LGBTQ individuals, particularly transwomen of color and homeless LGBTQ youth.4 For many years, the CCRB did not rigorously monitor police misconduct in the LGBTQ community. Previously, there was a lack of capacity to monitor allegations of misconduct related specifically to the LGBTQ community. Only recently, in December 2015, did the CCRB add an option for complainants and/or victims to voluntarily disclose their sexual orientation or gender identity when filing a complaint. For gender identity, complainants can choose between male, female, transman (FTM), transwoman (MTF), or not described. There is also space provided for transgender individuals who would like to indicate a preferred name if it is different than the name provided on their identification. For sexual orientation, complainants can choose between heterosexual or straight, gay or lesbian, bisexual, or other. While these options are not exhaustive, expanding categories of gender identity and sexual orientation beyond binary classifications can enhance tracking allegations of misconduct within the LGBTQ community. Additionally, in 2015, the CCRB increased efforts to work with communities that feel the Agency has been unresponsive. In recognizing the specific policing challenges that members of the LGBTQ community face, the CCRB�s Outreach team expanded its reach to LGBTQ organizations in 2015, and in the same year, the CCRB hosted an event entitled �Let�s Talk About It� which was a candid conversation between the CCRB leadership and members of LGBTQ advocacy groups. Therefore, the CCRB has taken recent steps to address allegations of police misconduct in the LGBTQ community. On June 15, 2016, the CCRB hosted a symposium entitled, �The Rainbow Crossing: Police Accountability and the LGBTQ Community� at the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender Community Center in New York City. With four panels on Policy, Law Enforcement, Grassroots, and a Debrief session, this well-attended event produced a number of civiliangenerated recommendations for improving LGBTQ community and police relations, including that: 1) local precincts make CCRB flyers visible and readily apparent, 2) the CCRB investigate allegations of sexual misconduct by members of the NYPD against civilians, 3) the Patrol Guide include a section specifically prohibiting sexual misconduct by members of service against civilians, 4) training on implicit bias be included within the NYPD�s LGBTQ-specific training, 5) the NYPD training include particular attention to appropriate member of service responses to complaints of intimate partner violence within the LGBTQ community, 6) the NYPD and the CCRB capture and make available more data specifically on the LGBTQ community and issues related to police encounters, and 7) oversight bodies accept anonymous complaints in order to address LGBTQ complainants� fear of retaliation and/or outing. It is against this backdrop that the CCRB presents the first quantitative and qualitative assessment performed by a police oversight agency in the United States, analyzing data regarding allegations of misconduct in the LGBTQ community. Using CCRB data from 2010 through 2015, this report has five goals: 1) to analyze complaint data regarding the New York City LGBTQ-community; 2) to assess characteristics of allegations regarding police misconduct; 3) to identify subgroups that may have a heightened risk of being subjected to police misconduct; 4) to delineate if NYPD efforts to address policing practices disproportionately impact LGBTQ individuals; and 5) to make recommendations to the Department and the CCRB based on these data assessments and findings. The scope of investigation includes 466 complaints filed from 2010 through 2015 wherein members of the public reported experiencing police misconduct that involved discrimination or harassment based on sexual orientation, gender identity and/or gender expression. These complaints include either a) a CCRB allegation related to misconduct involving sexual orientation, or b) the use of slurs specific to sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression. The 466 complaints filed from 2010 through 2015 included 1,959 allegations in total. Nine hundred and fifty allegations were fully investigated and resulted in 74 substantiated allegations of police misconduct, while 559 were unsubstantiated, 196 exonerated, and 121 unfounded. Examination of all LGBTQ-related complaints revealed overarching patterns that suggest some members of the LGBTQ community may experience misconduct due to their sexual orientation or gender expression. Many of the LGBTQ-related complaints examined specifically involved the use of slurs specific to sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression that fall under CCRB�s Offensive Language or Discourtesy jurisdictions. The presence of audio, rather than or in addition to, video is particularly important for verifying whether or not misconduct actually occurred. Of the substantiated allegations that contained independent verification, those that included audio were able to provide a more definitive account of the incident in question. Among the CCRB�s key statistical findings in this study:  Between 2010 and 2015, the CCRB received 466 distinct complaints (with 1,959 allegations) related to or from members of the LGBTQ community. These complaints include either a) an allegation related to misconduct involving sexual orientation, or b) the use of slurs specific to sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression. Textbased queries were used to identify complaints related to the use of slurs specific to sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression, or a MOS disregarding of complainant's preferred gender pronoun and/or name.  Out of the total 466 LGBTQ-related complaints examined from 2010 through 2015, 192 were fully investigated. These 192 fully investigated complaints included 950 allegations. The CCRB unsubstantiated 559 (59%) allegations, out of which discourtesy and offensive language allegations were most numerous � both types of allegations are difficult to prove without independent verification. The CCRB exonerated 196 (21%) allegations, while 121 (13%) allegations were unfounded. The CCRB substantiated 74 (8%) allegations of misconduct.  Public space was the most common location for alleged police misconduct. An LGBTQrelated complaint was most likely to be filed after an encounter that occurred on the street/highway, with 57% of all complaints originating from this location.  Similar to overall CCRB complaint data, Black people and Hispanics composed a disproportionate number of victims and alleged victims in LGBTQ-related complaints. When data on victims or alleged victims with unknown ethnicity is removed, 49% are Black, 34% Hispanic, 16% White, 1% Asian and less than 1% American Indian.5  Prior to December 2015, CCRB complaint forms included a gender identification question that used a binary gender categorization. From 2010 through 2015, 64% of victims or alleged victims within the complaints examined identified as male, while 19% identified as female. Sixteen percent of victims provided no gender information which could have been due to a variety of factors. When data on victims or alleged victims with unknown gender is removed, then the gender split is 77% who identified as male, and 23% who identified as female.6  Members of service at the rank of police officer at the time of incident accounted for 72% of the subject officers in the LGBTQ-related allegations under examination. Subject officers had an average of nine years on the force at the time of incident.  The distribution of complaints by borough is similar to overall CCRB trends. Brooklyn accounted for a third of the LGBTQ-related complaints examined (33%), followed by 31% from Manhattan, 20% from the Bronx, 13% from Queens, and 3% from Staten Island.  For the period under examination, a greater number of complaints were generated in some precincts known to have visible LGBTQ populations.7 Precinct 6 encompasses the West Village and experienced the highest number of LGBTQ-related complaints between 2010 and 2015 (22 complaints). Precincts 73, 75 and 77, all located in Brooklyn, also generated a high number of complaints (17 complaints per precinct from 2010 through 2015), similar to CCRB complaint data overall.  Video evidence continues to aid CCRB investigations. However, the presence of audio is important to prove the conclusiveness of allegations related to the use of LGBTQ-related slurs. To address LGBTQ-related complaints of police misconduct, a summary of the CCRB's recommendations follow: 1. Recommendation: The Department�s expansion of its body-worn camera program in 2016 should place a great emphasis on audio as well as video recordings. Independent verification can be critical to meeting a preponderance of the evidence standard used in CCRB determinations. Video has been especially instrumental in corroborating allegations of misconduct or exonerating the subject officer for using an appropriate response. However, not all video is equal when analyzing LGBTQ-related complaints, many of which involve the use of a slur. In several of these cases, capturing what is said via audio can be just as important, if not more important, than video. Therefore, video with audio capacity can be a useful tool to determine whether or not misconduct actually occurred. Specifically, the CCRB recommends that a) officers activate body-worn cameras early (before contact if possible) to allow for any buffer time to pass well in advance of any civilian interaction whenever possible, b) body-worn cameras be placed on an officer�s body to ensure that all audio recordings are properly captured, and c) that a minimum volume should be standardized for audio. 2. Recommendation: The Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG), along with expert advisers, should conduct audits of the Department to ensure that the changes in the Patrol Guide regarding the treatment of transgender individuals are being properly and consistently implemented. In 2012, the NYPD became one of the first police departments in the United States to make changes to its Patrol Guide to include clearly defined procedures for interacting with transgender and gender non-conforming individuals. Without an assessment on implementation, there is no way to verify if the widely praised changes have been adopted in practice. Independent appraisals should assess officers� awareness of Patrol Guide changes on an individual level, and reviews at the precinctlevel would ensure that procedures have been followed with respect to how transgender individuals are processed, housed, and treated. 3. Recommendation: The Department should increase the LGBT Liaison Unit�s capacity to engage both the community and police officers. LGBTQ outreach is needed to increase trust within the community, as well as to raise the awareness of correct procedures when interacting with members of the LGBTQ community. We understand the need for the unit to be directed to work on other topics as needed by the Department, and recommend that the NYPD LGBT Liaison Unit be more autonomous so that it can focuses more on the needs and concerns of LGBTQ individuals. This would allow the Department to have a consistent presence within the LGBTQ community. It also allows for more opportunities to conduct cultural competency trainings and refresher courses for police officers who may not have attended the Police Academy in recent years, or who may have been promoted before the 2012 Patrol Guide changes took effect. 4. Recommendation: The CCRB should continue to expand its investigative and outreach capacity to better serve the LGBTQ community. In 2015, the CCRB began specialized training for investigative staff in order to assist recognition of characteristics often associated with LGBTQ-related complaints. Investigators who are equipped with the skills to more readily detect patterns where subject officers profile individuals due to their actual or perceived LGBTQ status can more accurately classify police misconduct related to sexual orientation, gender identity or gender expression. In addition to recognizing patterns and courses of conduct where members of service are concerned, training should also include best practices in how to interact with individuals who have been victimized due to their sexual orientation or gender identity. Therefore, it is recommended that the CCRB continue to regularly provide this training. Additionally, the CCRB will continue to further its outreach efforts in the LGBTQ community. Details: New York: The Complaint Review Board, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/ccrb/downloads/pdf/policy_pdf/issue_based/20160630_lgbtq-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 150361

Author: New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board Title: Tasers: An Evaluation of Taser-Related Complaints from January 2014 Through December 2015 Summary: Across the United States, conducted energy devices, commonly known as "Tasers," are increasingly becoming a policing tool. 1 The New York City Police Department ("NYPD") has historically distributed Tasers on a limited basis, but as of early 2016, hundreds of new Tasers have been issued throughout the Department. As a result, the Civilian Complaint Review Board ("CCRB") can now begin to monitor the NYPD's Taser practices, including how officers are trained, the relevant contents of the NYPD Patrol Guide, and the patterns of police Taser conduct drawn from CCRB complaint data. When used properly, the Taser can be an effective weapon. Some reports on past experiences in New York City and across the country suggest that Tasers may pose health concerns and may be vulnerable to overuse. There has been limited discussion of the NYPD's guidance on when to use the weapon. Until 2015, few NYPD officers carried Tasers, and those who did were either senior officers or part of specialized commands. The NYPD has adopted and is implementing practices for Taser use. This issue brief seeks to share two years of CCRB complaint data, current NYPD guidance and practices as a baseline for tracking Taser use as it relates to CCRB complaints. The scope of the Report includes how Tasers are being used by the NYPD in Taser-related CCRB complaints from 2014 through 2015. Part I of the issue brief provides a short overview of the Taser, including its history, gradual adoption by the NYPD, and the NYPD's Taser policies and trainings. 2 Part II summarizes CCRB complaint data on Taser-related complaints from 2014 and 2015. Part III outlines current NYPD Guidance and identifies best practices. Part IV highlights next steps important for tracking and monitoring Taser use among NYPD officers. Details: New York: The Civilian Complaint Board, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/ccrb/downloads/pdf/policy_pdf/issue_based/20161023_taser-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 150362

Author: New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board Title: Worth a Thousand Words: Examining Officer Interference in Civilian Recordings of Police Summary: Today, the New York City Civilian Complaint Review Board (CCRB), the nation's largest independent police oversight entity, released a new report revealing insights into officer interference with civilian recordings of police interactions. The report, - Worth a Thousand Words: Examining Officer Interference with Civilian Recordings of Police,‖ reviews complaints filed against members of the New York City Police Department (NYPD), and is among the first analyses in the country of this type of misconduct. - Technology has greatly increased civilians' ability to record and share video of police encounters-as is their First Amendment right. This has increased transparency and debate about safe and fair policing. As these recordings become more prevalent, our police force must be prepared for the profound ways that video will shape police practices,‖ said CCRB Chair Maya D. Wiley. -This report is a step in that direction. It shows how New York City Police Department officers have interfered with civilian recordings of police activity and provides important recommendations for Patrol Guide revisions and improved officer training to help officers better understand and respect this First Amendment right. The report is a quantitative and qualitative analysis of three years of CCRB complaints in which civilians reported that officers had interfered with their ability to record police activity. Over this period, 257 complaints-less than two percent of the 15,006 CCRB complaints closed over three years-included allegations of officer interference with civilian recordings. These 257 complaints included 347 allegations that directly addressed officer interference with civilian recordings of police activity. That interference included verbal interference like directing civilians to stop recording; physical interference like knocking a recording device out of a civilian's hands; blocking recordings like physically obstructing a civilian's camera view of a scene; and intimidation like threatening to arrest or detain a civilian for recording an interaction. Verbal interference accounted for 24 percent of these complaints, while physical interference accounted for 46 percent of the complaints. Thirty percent of these complaints included allegations of both verbal and physical interference. In issuing its dispositions on allegations of recording interference during the past three years, the CCRB found in: - Twenty-eight percent of the allegations that the misconduct occurred (substantiated); - Forty-two percent of the allegations that not enough evidence was available to determine whether misconduct occurred (unsubstantiated); - Eleven percent of the allegations that the conduct occurred but was lawful (exonerated); and - Six percent of the allegations that the misconduct did not occur (unfounded). CCRB Executive Director Jonathan Darche said, -Interference in civilians' recordings of police activity impedes the Board's ability to make fact-based determinations about alleged misconduct and is a disservice to all involved in an investigation-officers and civilians alike. More video from more sources improves the Board's ability to determine if an allegation of misconduct happened, didn't happen, or happened but was lawful under the circumstances. In addition to urging the NYPD to more fully engage with community organizations on this issue, the Board recommends adding a new section to the NYPD Patrol Guide with more comprehensive language that better outlines the obligations of officers and civilians. This guidance should do the following: - State that members of the public are permitted to record officer activity in public and private settings, provided that the recording party has a legal right to be present; - More clearly define what constitutes -interference with a civilian's right to record and explain what types of prohibited conduct hinder a civilian's ability to record; - Reiterate that civilians are not permitted to record if doing so interferes with police activity or jeopardizes the safety of officers or members of the public; - Instruct officers to redirect recording civilians, when necessary, to a position that will not interfere with police activity, rather than tell civilians to stop recording; and - Emphasize that members of service are, under most circumstances, not permitted to search or seize recording devices without a warrant and are prohibited from ever deleting recordings or destroying or damaging the devices themselves. This report underscores a need for members of the public to be aware of their First Amendment right to record police activity, which is only limited by a specific set of conditions. At the same time, analysis of police interference highlights the need for clearer guidance for NYPD officers on how they respond to civilian recordings of interactions so that police respect civilians' First Amendment liberties while ensuring the safety of the officers and civilians involved in an interaction. Details: New York: The Complaint Review Board, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 24, 2018 at: http://www1.nyc.gov/assets/ccrb/downloads/pdf/20172806_report_recordinginterference.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Citizen Complaints Shelf Number: 150363

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Emerging Technology Trends and Their Impact on Criminal Justice Summary: Key Findings The criminal-justice arena faces an abundance of information technology opportunities. However, important barriers, including a lack of business cases; a lack of implementation plans and procedures; and a lack of security, privacy, and civil-rights protections, hinder its ability to take advantage of those opportunities. Agencies need to develop business cases and common processes for implementing new technologies. Research is needed to improve sharing of criminal-justice technology among practitioners and researchers. To prevent misuse of new technologies, security, privacy, and civil-rights protections need to be incorporated into common processes for implementing those technologies. Materials need to be developed to educate the public about emerging criminal-justice technologies. Research is needed on changing organizational cultures to better support field-wide information-sharing and safeguarding. The technologies and practices with the most potential for improving both public safety and community relations need to be identified. Unintended consequences of new technologies must be assessed. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_briefs/RB9996.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Big Data Shelf Number: 150364

Author: Dawson, Justin C. Title: Strategies to Mitigate the Impact of Electronic Communication and Electronic Devices on the Right to a Fair Trial Summary: he proliferation of electronic communication and electronic devices throughout modern society presents new challenges to the judicial system in protecting the right to a fair trial. Electronic communication, including texts, emails, blogs, social network posts, and other information accessed through the Internet, provides opportunities to expose confidential witnesses or informants, intimidate witnesses and victims from testifying, and bias jurors. Electronic devices can be used to record an image of a witness, identify that witness and expose him or her on the Internet, or communicate with a juror in an attempt to influence the outcome of a case. Jurors may also compromise their own independence by using electronic devices to access or share information about trial proceedings before the case is resolved. Court practices to protect the right to a fair trial have not kept pace with rapidly evolving electronic communication and devices, and traditional approaches to identify and protect against witness intimidation and to preserve juror impartiality are likely insufficient in the face of their near universal use, which facilitates access to information about nearly anything and anyone. On behalf of the National Institute of Justice, the Priority Criminal Justice Needs Initiative convened a panel, including judges, lawyers, educators, and other experts, to identify ways that electronic communication can impact the right to a fair trial and to recommend strategies to protect witnesses from intimidation and jurors from compromising their independence. The panel proceedings and recommendations are presented in this report. Key Findings Judges Should Have Authority to Use Their Own Discretion to Find Solutions for Their Courtrooms Legislation may help mitigate some of the problems introduced by electronic communication, but judges need discretion in their own courtrooms. Judges and attorneys need flexibility in engaging with jurors, who are used to communicating electronically throughout the day but must be limited during trial proceedings. Electronic Device Bans in the Courtroom Are Viewed as Effective in Mitigating Witness Intimidation However, jury sequestration to minimize or eliminate misconduct with electronic communication is considered to be generally impractical and counterproductive. More Public Education Would Clarify the Importance of Due Process and How Electronic and Social Media Communication May Violate the Constitutional Rights of Defendants and Other Parties to a Case Continuing education is also needed for the judiciary and court practitioners on evolving modes of electronic communication. Recommendations Undertake fundamental research on how the exploding volume of electronic data could affect the protection of rights. Develop methods to better assess the effect on the judicial process of jurors' "outside research" during trials. Identify approaches both to limit juror use of mobile devices to do "outside research" during trials and to educate jurors on this issue. Develop methods to monitor juror and defendant social media activity, given concerns about the use of social media to influence judicial processes. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2155.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Internet Shelf Number: 150365

Author: Hunt, Priscillia Title: Can an Informative Letter Reduce Gun Crime and Be Cost-Effective? A Study of Los Angeles Summary: In 2007, the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office implemented a pilot study of a gun letter intervention to deter straw purchases and other illegal transfers of firearms, and to increase reporting of lost or stolen firearms. The intervention involved sending a letter to handgun purchasers during their ten-day waiting periods between purchase and taking possession of the firearm, which advised the purchaser that the new weapon was registered to them and that failure to properly record any transfer or loss of the weapon with California's Department of Justice could result in the owners' liability for any future misuse of the gun. A pilot randomized controlled trial of the letter program was conducted in two neighborhoods of the city of Los Angeles from May 2007 to September 2008. Five years after the pilot study, the letter program was fully implemented citywide from January 1, 2013, through September 1, 2015. Letters were sent to all handgun purchasers residing in city of Los Angeles zip codes during the ten-day waiting period. Our study expanded on the pilot study, using two statistical approaches to assess the effect on firearm violence. This report evaluates the effect of the letters sent by the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office on city-level rates of homicide, robbery, and aggravated assault with a firearm and conducts a cost-benefit assessment of this letter program. Key Findings Effects on Prevention We were unable to detect a reliable citywide effect for the letter program on homicides, robberies, or aggravated assaults with a firearm. While a statistical analysis would not have been able to identify the prevention of one or two crimes at a citywide level regardless of the true effects, it is also unclear whether the letter program can prevent any firearm violence. One limitation of our methodology is that people could have transferred guns to individuals who committed gun crimes outside of Los Angeles, thus contaminating our control group. Costs The cost of the program was approximately $1.13 to $1.85 per letter, or $145 to $428 per day. Considering the cost of the program relative to the societal benefits of preventing victimization, if the program prevents one homicide, one aggravated assault, or two robberies, then the program achieves a net benefit to society. Statistical Approaches For the short-term, time-series model, results suggest an immediate decline in firearms robberies after implementation of the letter program, but no such changes in aggravated assaults or homicides with a firearm. Using the long-term, time-series model, results suggest no statistically significant effect on firearms robberies, but a statistically significant decrease of homicide with a handgun and aggravated assault with a firearm. Because results are so highly sensitive to model specification, they are not robust enough to draw conclusions. Similarly, a comparative case study approach was also used but did not identify a good enough statistical control group for Los Angeles to reliably analyze the effect of the letter. Recommendations Attorney's Offices should consider the trade-off between the relatively low cost of the letter intervention and yet relatively limited effect on city-level gun crime. A better approach than analyzing aggregate, city-level data might be to conduct tests that are more sensitive to the effect of the letter intervention, such as an analysis based on gun-level data or a test for whether there are differences by subgroups based on characteristics of the gun purchase. Another possible approach might be to study the data over a longer period with a long follow-up for testing the effects on crime, because it takes time for a gun to be used and to be recovered. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1934.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 150366

Author: Davenport, Aaron C. Title: An Evaluation of the Department of Defense's Excess Property Program: Summary: The Defense Logistics Agency's (DLA's) Law Enforcement Support Office (LESO) provides excess Department of Defense property � everything from desks to rifles to airplanes � to local, state, tribal, and federal law enforcement agencies (LEAs) across the United States. Because of the sensitive nature of some of the material transferred to LEAs, LESO has been the subject of congressional, Government Accountability Office, and public scrutiny for almost two decades. Recent events � including the 2014 Ferguson, Missouri, protests � increased interest in the program. Opponents of the program argued that LESO was at least partially responsible for what they perceived to be an increased militarization of the police, while proponents believed that this program not only made police and citizens safer but exemplified good stewardship of taxpayer dollars. The 2017 National Defense Authorization Act required an evaluation of the LESO program, which provides thousands of LEAs with millions of dollars of excess property annually. The authors of this report find that LESO manages an efficient program that effectively reuses excess property, benefits the law enforcement community, responds diligently to oversight, and is faithful to congressional intent. However, these efforts are unlikely to resolve perceptions that the program contributes to the militarization of police. Defining what is or is not appropriate militarization of police forces and addressing concerns of how the excess property is employed and its effect on community policing is beyond the authority of DLA. This report presents three optional paths ahead. Key Findings Amount and value of transfers In fiscal years (FYs) 2015 to 2017, over 2.2 million uncontrolled items (e.g., tools, office furniture) worth nearly $1.2 billion, and over 3,000 controlled items (e.g., drones, aircraft) worth nearly $775 million, were transferred to 2,790 state and local LEAs, 174 federal LEAs, and 22 tribal LEAs. LEAs requisition more uncontrolled property than controlled property. Types of items transferred From hand warmers to laptops to rifles, over 7,000 unique types of items were transferred to LEAs through the LESO program in FYs 2015 to 2017. The authors found no clear relationship between LEA size and equipment acquisitions, though nearly two-thirds of mine-resistant ambush protected vehicles were acquired by LEAs with fewer than 100 sworn officers. Suspensions and terminations During FYs 2014 to 2016, there were 268 LEA suspensions and 24 LEA terminations from the program; the most frequent reasons were missing weapons, lack of compliance, and protracted issues regarding missing weapons. DoD repurchase of "excess" equipment Without access to all of DoD's purchasing data across all DoD components over the five-year period, a full analysis is not possible. Program perceptions LEA representatives generally endorse the program, citing the ability to obtain assets they might not be able to afford otherwise. Surveys using RAND's American Life Panel revealed that 48 percent of respondents were unaware of programs providing LEAs with excess military equipment and that 46 percent were in favor of limiting the equipment provided in some way. Recommendations Maintain the status quo: We find that the LESO program is professionally managed, with some recurring issues, but overall there is appropriate attention to managing to congressional intent. Modify program emphasis and distribution of controlled equipment: Maintain the status quo with a few modifications, such as removing the emphasis on drug, border, and terrorism missions and ensuring that LESO is not the first provider of potentially controversial and high-visibility controlled equipment � though this would put a financial burden on smaller, less-resourced LEAs. Shift responsibility for controlled equipment to another organization: Move distribution approval and oversight responsibility from DLA to another organization � most likely the Department of Justice, which is better positioned to assess the impact of the program on policing. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2464.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Equipment Shelf Number: 150367

Author: Romanosky, Sasha Title: Law Enforcement Cyber Center: Final Technical Report Summary: Cybercrime and cyber threats place many demands on law enforcement agencies, ranging from investigating cyber incidents to securing their own information systems. In addition, law enforcement agencies are required to collect and handle the constantly increasing volume of digital evidence. The Bureau of Justice Assistance established the Law Enforcement Cyber Center (LECC) in October 2014 to help state and local law enforcement better combat cybercrime. The LECC, which completed in September 2017, was tasked to serve as an online portal and a clearinghouse of information, directing users to existing resources developed and managed by subject-matter experts, professional organizations, and government agencies. The LECC was managed by a consortium of organizations led by the RAND Corporation as the main grantee. Partner organizations in the LECC team were the International Association of Chiefs of Police and the Police Executive Research Forum. Although doing so was not formally part of the LECC grant, the project team also collaborated with the National White Collar Crime Center, a nonprofit organization. This technical report provides an account of LECC activities since its inception in October 2014 to its completion in September 2017. Key Findings The LECC Met Its Objectives and Completed All Its Planned Tasks The LECC project team set up the LECC website, identified training and training needs for various stakeholders, contributed to better links among crime units, enhanced prevention education, and developed technical assistance materials for relevant audiences. The project team also organized the LECC Justice Executive Cyber Roundtable, which provided a unique forum to bring together police chiefs, prosecutors, and judges to address the fight against cybercrime. The Metrics Employed by the Project Team Demonstrated the Usefulness of the Type of Services Provided by the LECC As the LECC web traffic data demonstrate, the content provided on the LECC website was successful in attracting traffic to the website. The volume of traffic visiting the website grew over time, suggesting that it is possible to attract new users as well as retain existing visitors by providing a continuously updated set of relevant information. The presentation of the LECC and its website at various meetings, fora, and conferences received interest and enthusiasm, indicating a perceived need for such a resource among various stakeholders. The LECC's resources were also designed to foster greater links among crime units; for example, the LECC team compiled a list of regional capabilities relevant for combatting cybercrime, such as forensics labs or training facilities. The LECC team developed a report on the implementation of the Utah Model of cybercrime prevention, summarizing lessons and best practices from the implementation of a new cybercrime unit in Utah. Recommendation Future endeavors to assist state and local law enforcement and prosecutors with cybercrime prevention, investigation, and prosecution should continue to broker the exchange of knowledge within and across law enforcement stakeholder groups. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2300/RR2320/RAND_RR2320.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 150370

Author: Sacco, Lisa N. Title: Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs Summary: In the midst of national concern over the opioid epidemic, federal and state officials are paying greater attention to the manner in which opioids are prescribed. Nearly all prescription drugs involved in overdoses are originally prescribed by a physician (rather than, for example, being stolen from pharmacies). Thus, attention has been directed toward better understanding how opioids are being prescribed and preventing the diversion of prescription drugs after the prescriptions are dispensed. Prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) maintain statewide electronic databases of prescriptions dispensed for controlled substances (i.e., prescription drugs with a potential for abuse that are subject to stricter government regulation). Information collected by PDMPs may be used to educate and inform prescribers, pharmacists, and the public; identify or prevent drug abuse and diversion; facilitate the identification of prescription drug-addicted individuals and enable intervention and treatment; outline drug use and abuse trends to inform public health initiatives; or educate individuals about prescription drug use, abuse, diversion, and PDMPs themselves. As of February 2018, 50 states, the District of Columbia, and two territories (Guam and Puerto Rico) had operational PDMPs within their borders. How PDMPs are organized and operated varies among states. Each state determines which agency houses the PDMP; which controlled substances must be reported; which types of dispensers (e.g., pharmacies) are required to submit data; how often data are collected; who may access information in the PDMP database (e.g., prescribers, dispensers, or law enforcement); the circumstances under which the information may (or must) be accessed; and what enforcement mechanisms are in place for noncompliance. PDMP costs may vary widely, with startup costs that can range as high as $450,000 to over $1.5 million and annual operating costs ranging from $125,000 to nearly $1.0 million. States finance PDMPs using monies from a variety of sources including the state general fund, prescriber and pharmacy licensing fees, state controlled substance registration fees, health insurers' fees, directsupport organizations, state grants, and/or federal grants. The federal government supports state PDMPs through programs at the Departments of Justice (DOJ) and Health and Human Services (HHS). Since FY2002, DOJ has administered the Harold Rogers Prescription Drug Monitoring Program, and in FY2017, DOJ incorporated this grant program into the new Comprehensive Opioid Abuse Program. HHS programs include National All Schedules Prescription Electronic Reporting (NASPER), State Demonstration Grants for Comprehensive Opioid Abuse Response, Opioid Prevention in States grants, State Targeted Response to the Opioid Crisis Grants, and various pilots and initiatives under the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC). Of note, NASPER last received appropriations (of $2.0 million) in FY2010. State PDMPs vary with respect to whether or how information contained in the database is shared with other states. Federal policymakers have repeatedly emphasized the importance of enhancing interstate information sharing and the interoperability of state PDMPs. In 2011, the Obama Administration included efforts to increase interstate data sharing in its action plan to counter prescription drug abuse. In 2017, a presidential commission recommended, among other things, that the Trump Administration support legislation to require DOJ to fund a "data-sharing hub" and require states receiving federal grant funds to share PDMP data. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: R42593: Accessed May 25, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R42593.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150372

Author: Snell, Clete Title: Fort Bend County Community Supervision and Corrections Special Sanctions Court Program: Evaluation Report Summary: Introduction Special Sanctions Court is an innovative program that provides a high degree of direct involvement by the judge to ensure that felony probationers are meeting all requirements of their probation sentences. High or medium risk offenders are referred to this program. The judge in Sanctions Court can increase sanctions for non-compliance such as increased supervision, fines, and community service. Likewise, the judge can reduce the same sanctions. Methods This evaluation of the Sanctions Court Program included multiple strategies to determine whether the program was achieving its goals. Observations were made of Sanctions Court sessions, interviews were conducted of Sanctions Court staff, and interviews were conducted of Sanctions Court clients. Also, this study compared Sanctions Court participants to a group of offenders sentenced to felony probation before the program was instituted in August, 2004. The comparison group is comprised of all Fort Bend felony probationers from July 2002 to July 2004. Comparisons between these two groups were made to determine whether Sanctions Court participants achieved greater success on probation. Details: Houston, TX: University of Houston, 2007. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://static.texastribune.org/media/documents/SANCTIONS_COURT_FINAL_REPORT.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150378

Author: Virginia Criminal Sentencing Commission Title: Immediate Sanction Probation Pilot Program Evaluation Summary: The Hawaii Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) program was established in 2004 with the goal of enhancing public safety and improving compliance with the rules and conditions of probation among offenders being supervised in the community. HOPE targets higher risk probationers and requires that each violation of the conditions of supervision is met with a swift and certain, but mild, sanction. A rigorous evaluation of HOPE completed in 2009 found a significant reduction in technical violations (such as drug use and missed appointments), lower recidivism rates, fewer probation revocations, and reduced use of prison beds among HOPE participants compared to similar offenders supervised on regular probation. Interest in Hawaii's swift-and-certain sanctions model spread. As of July 2015, there were swift-and-certain sanctions programs operating in at least 29 states across the country. The 2010 General Assembly passed legislation which established the basic parameters for swift-and-certain sanctions programs in Virginia (19.2-303.5). In May 2012, the General Assembly adopted budget language to extend the provisions of 19.2-303.5 and to authorize the creation of up to four Immediate Sanction Probation Programs (Item 50 of Chapter 3 of the 2012 Acts of Assembly, Special Session I). This provision charged the Virginia Criminal Sentencing Commission with selecting the pilot sites, developing guidelines and procedures for the program, administering program activities, and evaluating the results. As no additional funding was appropriated for this purpose, the pilot project was implemented within existing agency budgets and local resources. The General Assembly has since extended the sunset date to July 1, 2017, which enabled the pilot sites to continue the program until the 2017 General Assembly has reviewed the Commission's evaluation and determined whether to continue the program in the future. Since the 2009 HOPE evaluation, a number of programs based on the HOPE model have been evaluated. Results of these studies have been mixed. A longer term evaluation of HOPE completed in 2016, as well as evaluations in Washington State, Arkansas, Michigan, and Kentucky found that the HOPE approach yielded positive results, such as lower recidivism rates and reduced use of incarceration. However, a recent large-scale evaluation of a four-site replication of the HOPE model, funded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), did not produce similar results. According to this evaluation, there were no statistically significant differences, overall, between the HOPE and probation-as-usual groups in the likelihood of arrest, new conviction, or probation revocation. Similarly, an evaluation of a Delaware program based on the HOPE model found that the program was not successful in reducing substance use or new crimes among probationers. The Commission designed Virginia's Immediate Sanction Probation Program based on the parameters established by the General Assembly's statutory and budgetary language and the key elements of the swift-and-certain sanctions model pioneered in Hawaii. Implementing Virginia's program with as much fidelity as possible to the swift-and-certain sanctions model provided the best opportunity to determine if the positive results observed in HOPE and other programs would emerge in Virginia. Thus, the Immediate Sanction Program targets offenders who are at risk for recidivating or failing probation. Working with the Secretary of Public Safety and Homeland Security and the Department of Corrections, the Commission identified four pilot sites (Henrico County, the City of Lynchburg, City of Harrisonburg/Rockingham County, and Arlington County), which became operational between November 2012 and January 2014. The Commission developed policies and procedures to provide a framework for the program, including eligibility criteria and a mechanism for expedited hearings for program violations. In each site, Commission staff organized and participated in multiple meetings to facilitate and support local implementation of the program. As of October 1, 2016, 288 probationers across the four pilot sites had been placed into the Immediate Sanction Probation Program. In order to allow for a sufficient follow-up period to track participants for recidivism, the 200 eligible participants who were placed into the program before July 1, 2015, were selected for the evaluation cohort. The majority (76%) were at medium to high risk of recidivating and all had a history of technical violations prior to program placement. Low risk probationers were only placed in the program after committing at least three violations while on regular supervision, indicating a higher risk for revocation. More than 80% of participants violated at least once after program placement, committing an average of 2.7 violations each. The most common violation during program participation was drug use. As of October 1, 2016, 39% of the evaluation cohort had completed the program. Nearly all of the program completers had been violation-free for 12 months, the measure established by the Commission for "successful completion." Judges allowed seven participants who had not reached the 12-month violation-free mark to complete the program, due to individual circumstances of these participants. The Commission used standards established in the 2016 evaluation of the BJA/NIJ-funded HOPE replication project to measure the swiftness and certainty of sanctions imposed during Virginia's pilot program. For swiftness, pilot sites were assessed based on the percentage of violations heard by the court within three days. Approximately half (47%) of program violations in Virginia's pilot sites were heard by the court within the three-day window. This is below the minimum of 60% established by the evaluators of the HOPE replication project. Regarding the certainty of sanctions, Immediate Sanction judges responded to violations by imposing a jail sanction for 100% of the violations brought to court, per the program's design. Judges utilized jail sanctions as envisioned by the Commission, with more than 94% of sanctions falling within the recommended range. Nearly 93% of the jail sanctions imposed were at or below the maximum sanction of 19 days used by evaluators of the HOPE replication project. The Commission tracked the evaluation cohort for one year following placement into the Immediate Sanction Program. At the one-year mark, 9.7% of the participants in the evaluation cohort had been arrested for a new felony. Only 6.2% had a new felony conviction based on an offense committed during the follow-up period. Participants whose primary drug of use was opiates (including heroin) recidivated at a higher rate than other participants. For the evaluation, the Commission developed a quasi-experimental design, often used in evaluations of criminal justice programs. Quasi-experimental designs identify a comparison group that is as similar as possible to the program or treatment group in terms of baseline (pre-intervention) characteristics. To reduce the risk of bias (i.e., the possibility that participants are systematically different from nonparticipants), the Commission used commonly accepted statistical techniques to create a valid comparison group. Constructing the comparison group for this evaluation was a two-stage process. In the first stage, the Commission identified jurisdictions that were similar to the pilot sites across a number of community-level characteristics, such as crime rates, demographics, and judicial practices in sanctioning technical probation violators. In the second stage, the Commission developed a pool of potential comparison offenders from within the selected comparison jurisdictions. Using tightly controlled matching procedures, the final sample included 63 participants in the evaluation cohort matched to 63 comparison probationers, for a total of 126 subjects. Participants for whom no matched comparison probationer could be found were not included in the subsequent analyses. At one year from program placement or, in the case of the comparison group, one year from the date the probationer would have become eligible for placement, 7.9% of the 63 participants in the matched sample had been rearrested for a felony offense versus 22.2% of the comparison group. Thus, Immediate Sanction participants were less likely than comparison probationers to be rearrested for a felony during the one-year follow-up. Immediate Sanction participants were also less likely than comparison probationers to be reconvicted of a felony following the arrest (6.3% for participants versus 17.5% for the comparison group). The Commission conducted survival analysis, which measures the time until a recidivist event occurs, to determine if these differences were statistically significant. The results of the survival analysis are mixed. This analysis revealed that Immediate Sanction participants were less likely to be rearrested for a felony over time than those in the comparison group and were free of felony arrests for a longer period of time. When controlling for relevant factors, including street time (i.e., the time that the individual was not in jail serving sanctions, etc., and, thus, was in the community with the opportunity to recidivate), this finding remained statistically significant (p<.05). However, when examining the time until rearrest for an offense that resulted in a felony conviction, the differences between participants and the comparison group were not statistically significant after controlling for other factors. Due to the small sample size and relatively low occurrence of recidivism, the results of the Commission's analyses are not generalizable to the population. Details: Richmond: VCSC, 2016. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: http://www.vcsc.virginia.gov/Immediate%20Sanction%20Probation%20Pilot%20Program%20Evaluation%20-%20Final%2012-20-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150381

Author: Bucklen, Kristofer Bret Title: The Impact of Returning Technical Parole Violators to Prison: A Deterrent, Null, or Criminogenic Effect Summary: As a result of the significant U.S. prison population build-up over the past several decades, a large number of inmates are now being released from prison and returned to the community. One mechanism for facilitating this transition to the community is for inmates to be conditionally released under parole supervision. Once on parole, a parolee is subject to certain rules and conditions that, if violated, can result in a return to prison, even if not a criminal act. These types of non-criminal parole violations are typically referred to as Technical Parole Violations (TPVs). Many states return a large number of TPVs to prison each year, and TPVs contribute significantly to the prison population in many states. However, there is virtually no existing research examining what impact returning TPVs to imprisonment has on their subsequent rates of re-offending. While a large body of literature examining the overall impact of incarceration on recidivism has mostly concluded that imprisonment has a null or even slightly criminogenic effect, this overall finding is not necessarily generalizable to all sub-populations within the prison population. Strong theoretical cases can be made each way, for the impact on recidivism of incarcerating TPVs. This dissertation examines the impact on recidivism of sanctioning TPVs to imprisonment versus an alternative sanction, and also examines the dose-response impact on recidivism of varying lengths of stay in prison for a TPV, using a large sample of TPVs in one state (Pennsylvania). The bulk of the evidence supports the conclusion that recidivism rates are mostly lowered by using incarceration in response to first TPV violations. However, the evidence also suggests that the specific mechanism for lowering recidivism rates among incarcerated TPVs is largely attributable to aging and exposure time rather than to deterrence. The findings on the dose-response impact of differential lengths of stay in prison for TPVs who are sanctioned to imprisonment are more mixed. Generally the evidence suggests somewhat lowered recidivism rates attributable to longer lengths of stay in prison for a TPV violation, yet the effect sizes are generally smaller and in some cases statistically insignificant. It again appears that the particular mechanism for reduced recidivism rates associated with longer lengths of stay in prison is associated with aging and exposure time rather than with traditionally formulated deterrence mechanisms. A few contingencies of these findings are noted. First, the effect of imprisonment on recidivism among TPVs is likely highly contingent upon the swiftness, certainty, and perceived fairness of sanctioning, yet measures of these factors were not available for this study. Second, this dissertation only focuses on the first TPV violation instance after release from prison, and also is mostly limited to higher risk TPVs. Third, lower overall recidivism rates for TPVs sanctioned to imprisonment, and sanctioned for longer periods of time in prison, were influenced heavily by lower re-incarceration rates, whereas re-arrest rates did not significantly differ in any of the models. Since re-incarceration rates not only include new criminal activity but also new technical violations, it is unclear whether imprisonment for a first TPV reduces serious criminal behavior or rather mostly reduces additional technical violations and minor crimes. Future research must address these contingencies. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2014. 248p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://drum.lib.umd.edu/handle/1903/16422 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150380

Author: Gonzales Rose, Jasmine B. Title: Racial Character Evidence in Police Killing Cases Summary: The United States is facing a twofold crisis: police killings of people of color and unaccountability for these killings in the criminal justice system. In many instances, the officers' use of deadly force is captured on video and often appears clearly unjustified, but grand and petit juries still fail to indict and convict, leaving many baffled. This Article provides an explanation for these failures: juror reliance on "racial character evidence." Too often, jurors consider race as evidence in criminal trials, particularly in police killing cases where the victim was a person of color. Instead of focusing on admissible evidence, jurors rely on race to determine the defendant's innocence, the victim's propensity for violence, and the witnesses' credibility. This Article delineates the ways in which juror racial bias is utilized to take on evidentiary value at trial and constructs evidence law solutions to increase racial equality in the courtroom. Details: Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh School of Law, 2018. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: ; U. of Pittsburgh Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2018-13. Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3183408: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 150382

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: 2018 Update on Prisoner Recidivism: A 9-Year Follow-up Period (2005-2014) Summary: This report examines the recidivism patterns of former prisoners during a 9-year follow-up period. The report provides data on the number and types of crimes prisoners commit after release, by offender characteristics, commitment offense, whether the arrest was within or outside the state of release, and whether released prisoners had no subsequent arrests during the follow-up period. It also shows how recidivism and desistance patterns change when using longer or shorter follow-up periods, including cumulative and annual arrest percentages, year of first arrest following release from prison, and the total number of arrests of released prisoners. Findings are based on data from BJS's Recidivism Study of State Prisoners Released in 2005 data collection, which tracked a sample of former prisoners from 30 states for 9 years following release in 2005. Source data are from prisoner records reported by state departments of corrections to BJS's National Corrections Reporting Program and national criminal history records from the FBI's Interstate Identification Index and state criminal history repositories via the International Justice and Public Safety Network. Highlights: The 401,288 state prisoners released in 2005 had 1,994,000 arrests during the 9-year period, an average of 5 arrests per released prisoner. Sixty percent of these arrests occurred during years 4 through 9. An estimated 68% of released prisoners were arrested within 3 years, 79% within 6 years, and 83% within 9 years. Eighty-two percent of prisoners arrested during the 9-year period were arrested within the first 3 years. Almost half (47%) of prisoners who did not have an arrest within 3 years of release were arrested during years 4 through 9. Forty-four percent of released prisoners were arrested during the first year following release, while 24% were arrested during year-9. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/18upr9yfup0514.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150384

Author: Zalman, Marvin Title: The Anti-Blackstonians Summary: The writings of four authors - Daniel Epps, Larry Laudan (writing alone and with Ronald J. Allen) and Paul G. Casell - related to the Blackstone principle or the Blackstone ratio are analyzed and criticized herein. Their writings are labeled anti-Blackstonian because in my view view their programs would (1) seriously weaken defendants' rights, (2) not reduce wrongful convictions, and (3) not enhance public safety. This critique is written from the context of the innocence movement, analyses of criminologists related to the Blackstone ratio, and a deeply flawed criminal justice system Details: Detroit: Wayne State University, 2018. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3145185 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Innocence Movement Shelf Number: 150386

Author: Cao, Lan Title: Made in America: Race, Trade, and Prison Labor Summary: Justified on redemptive and rehabilitative grounds, prison industries in the United States, built on the backs of prisoners, are thriving. Prisoners laboring, often for little or no pay, to produce goods and services for the government or for private entities, is not a new phenomenon. But the United States has been incarcerating at a globally unprecedented rate, estimated at five times higher than most countries in the world. The enormous scale of incarceration in the United States is made even more troubling by the overrepresentation of persons of color in the prison system. It is hardly surprising that as federal and state prison industries have grown, so have prison industries that rely on prison labor for private sector profit, and that such labor is primarily performed by minorities, particularly African Americans. Critics have rightly warned about the moral hazards incurred when profit and punishment go hand in hand with publicly run prisons providing cheap labor for private companies. But the moral failures of the prison system, intertwined with the disturbing history of race, are conveniently masked in the euphemism of rehabilitation and redemption. In a new, Orwellian twist, the prison industry has also managed to hitch itself to the populist, anti-international trade wave that has reinvigorated economic nationalism. Add "Buy American" and "Made in the USA" to the purported benefits of prison labor for yet another layer of rhetorical flourish. Thus, in addition to rehabilitating prisoners and preparing them for life after prison, hiring American workers and bringing jobs back to the United States are now providing further justifications for the exploitation of prison labor and the proliferation of prison industries. "Insourcing" which relies on inmate labor can be an even cheaper alternative to outsourcing which relies on Third World labor. Companies seeking to preserve savings from low-cost overseas labor can turn to prison labor because employing prisoners does not require compliance with minimum wage or other safety and environmental regulations. Recasting prison industries as the patriotic return of American manufacturing jobs from overseas may be one of the most troubling euphemisms deployed by proponents of prison labor. The substitution of low-wage foreign workers laboring in unsafe working conditions for U.S. prisoners working for low or no pay is a cynical channeling of the rising awareness of the plight of domestic American workers in the age of globalization. Prisoners make cheese for Whole Foods, underwear for Victoria Secret as well as service call centers for financial institutions. Prison-made products and services are increasingly sold not only to state agencies, but also on the open market in the United States and even exported abroad. Even as the United States berates China about its use of forced prison labor or its exports of products made by convicts, the United States, with its own burgeoning inmate pool, has ironically engaged in similar practices. While U.S. laws ban imports of prison labor goods, there is no parallel statutory provision prohibiting U.S. exports of such goods. Moreover, the historical intersection of race and incarceration in the United States, with the post-Civil War development of convict leasing and chain gangs as modes of prison labor, raises the troubling prospect of pervasive racial bias. This systemic bias, combined with the requirement that all prisoners must work, render U.S. prison labor programs morally suspect in ways not so remote from China's use of political dissidents in reeducation camps. The first part of this Article provides a general overview of the prison labor industrial complex and examines the relationship between big business and prison labor in both state and federal systems. It also focuses on the volatile and controversial outsourcing dynamics in the ongoing trade debate. Next, the Article explores the structural complexity intrinsic in prison labor because it embodies both economic and rehabilitative objectives and thus does not fit neatly into the conventional categories of market or non-market work, creating conceptual difficulties in both analysis and proposed solutions. As a result, prison workers are not deemed employees and thus not eligible for the minimum wage afforded other workers. This Article also provides the necessary historical background, particularly the racial dimensions at the root of state and private exploitation of prison labor, arguing that race and incarceration in the United States cannot be separated. The legal and economic ambiguity of prison labor allows the exploitation of racial disparities in the prison system to continue. The last part of the Article examines the wildly inconsistent case law that addresses the application of the Federal Labor Standards Act ("FLSA") and argues that the profit-making, economic character of prison work makes it a market activity that entitles prison workers to the minimum wage mandate of the FLSA. The proposal here is intended as a modest first step towards prison labor reform. It is grounded in pragmatism and incrementalism and is not meant to address all the intricacies intrinsic in this historical tragedy and deeply entrenched system of racial and social control. Rather, it is a plausible proposal that, if implemented, would be an important first step towards reform. Legally recognizing prison workers' right to minimum wage will accomplish a significant immediate change, and will bring prison labor into heightened scrutiny enabling a national conversation about broader reform. Details: Orange, CA: Chapman University, The Dale E. Fowler School of Law, 2018. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3136654 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Labor Shelf Number: 150387

Author: Gruber, Aya Title: Equal Protection Under the Carceral State Summary: McCleskey v. Kemp, the case that upheld the death penalty despite undeniable evidence of its racially disparate impact, is indelibly marked by Justice William Brennan's phrase, "a fear of too much justice." The popular interpretation of this phrase is that the Supreme Court harbored what I call a "disparity-claim fear," dreading a future docket of racial discrimination claims and erecting an impossibly high bar for proving an equal protection violation. A related interpretation is that the majority had a "color-consciousness fear" of remedying discrimination through raceremedial policies. This Essay argues that the primary anxiety exhibited by the McCleskey majority was a "leniency fear" of death penalty abolition. Opinion author Justice Lewis Powell made clear his view that execution was the appropriate punishment for McCleskey's crime and expressed worry that McCleskey's victory would open the door to challenges of criminal sentences more generally. Understanding that the Court's primary political sensitivity was to state penal authority, not racial hierarchy, complicates the progressive sentiment that McCleskey's call-to-action is securing equality of punishment. Derrick Bell's "interest convergence" theory predicts that even conservatives with an aversion to robust equal protection law will accept racial-disparity evidence when in the service of crime-control values. Indeed, Justice Powell may have been more sanguine about McCleskey's discrimination claim had mandatory capital punishment been an option. This Essay cautions that, outside of the death penalty context, courts and lawmakers can address perceived punishment disparities through "level-up" remedies, such as mandatory minimum sentences or abolishing diversion (which is said to favor white defendants). It analyzes examples of convergence between antidiscrimination and prosecutorial interests, including mandatory sentencing guidelines, aggressive domestic violence policing and prosecution, and the movement to abolish Stand-Your-Ground laws. Details: Boulder, CO: University of Colorado Law School, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3179707 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 150388

Author: Kleck, Gary Title: How the Hemenway Surveys Distorted Estimates of Defensive Gun Use Frequency Summary: David Hemenway and his colleagues have claimed that two national surveys that they conducted indicated there were few defensive gun uses (DGUs) in the U.S., and that the number of gun crimes committed with firearms greatly is far larger than the number of DGUs. This paper explains how these authors produced extreme underestimates of DGU frequency and gross overstatements of the number of gun crimes. Underestimating DGUs was accomplished by (1) using an eccentric and biased wording of the DGU question, (2) using a trap question that misled Rs with a DGU into thinking they had already reported the DGU, (3) employing a long recall period that increased memory loss, and the (4) selecting a biased sample that systematically underrepresented people likely to have a DGU. Overstating the number of gun crimes was accomplished by (1) mischaracterizing incidents falling into a largely meaningless "hostile display" category as gun crimes, when the authors' own evidence indicated that most of the "victims" of these displays did not regard them as a part of gun crime, and (2) ignoring the far more sophisticated National Crime Victimization Survey estimates of gun crime. Details: Tallahassee, FL: College of Criminology and Criminal Justice, Florida State University, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3134859 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150403

Author: Heilman, Brian Title: Masculine Norms and Violence: Making the Connections Summary: Male identity and masculine norms are undeniably linked with violence, with men and boys disproportionately likely both to perpetrate violent crimes and to die by homicide and suicide. While biology may play a role in shaping a tendency toward certain forms of violence, the "nature" of men and boys is not the sole predictor of their violent behaviors or experiences. Rather, boys and men are often raised, socialized, and/or encouraged to be violent, depending on their social surroundings and life conditions. Why is it that men and boys are disproportionately likely to perpetrate so many forms of violence, as well as to suffer certain forms of violence? To add a new dimension to the complex answer, this report explores "masculine norms" - messages, stereotypes, and social instructions related to manhood that supersede and interact with being born male or identifying as a man - as crucial factors driving men's violence. It combines a review of academic and grey literature with program evidence and input from expert reviewers across several fields of violence prevention, making the connections between harmful masculine norms and eight forms of violent behavior: - Intimate partner violence - Physical violence against children (by parents or caregivers) - Child sexual abuse and exploitation - Bullying - Homicide and other violent crime - Non-partner sexual violence - Suicide - Conflict and war This report is not intended to be an exhaustive review of the evidence. Rather, it is an introductory-level analysis of key research findings on the links between harmful masculine norms and violent behaviors, as well as a contribution to an ongoing conversation on how to disassociate masculine norms from violence. While this report focuses on how violence is often generated as part of male socialization, it also seeks to present examples and research on men and boys' resistance to harmful masculine norms and violence. Details: Washington, DC: Promundo-US, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: https://promundoglobal.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/Masculine-Norms-and-Violence-Making-the-Connection-20180424.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 150406

Author: Minnesota Department of Health Title: Patterns of Opioid Prescribing in Minnesota: 2012 and 2015 Summary: Opioids are a class of drugs that include prescription opioid medications for pain relief - such as oxycodone (OxyContin), hydrocodone (Vicodin), codeine, morphine, and fentanyl- as well as illicitly produced drugs like heroin and fentanyl-related substances (also called fentanyl analogs). While prescription opioids play a role in the management of some types of severe acute, cancer-related and end-of-life pain, increased opioid use since 1990, including for chronic pain unrelated to cancer, has resulted in sharply rising opioid addiction and overdoses, as well as increased healthcare utilization and costs. Recent Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) guidelines point out the limitations of the evidence base in support of opioid therapy for pain, recommend non-opioid therapy for chronic pain, and emphasize the risks associated with opioid therapy. In Minnesota, opioids-both prescription and illicit-were responsible for 336 overdose deaths in 2015, more than a six-fold increase since 2000. In 2016, opioid use accounted for 395 overdose deaths in Minnesota-a one-year increase of nearly 18 percent. Forty-nine percent of the opioid overdose deaths in Minnesota in 2016 were from prescription opioids. In addition to overdose deaths, opioids play a causal role in other deaths, including automobile accidents. As Minnesota, like other states, struggles with the economic, community and individual impacts of the opioid epidemic, this issue brief looks to bring new empirical evidence specific to Minnesota to discussions about the shape of the problem, contributing factors, and options for addressing them. This issue brief focuses on opioid prescription patterns among Minnesotans with private or public insurance coverage in 2012 and 2015. We explore opioid prescription trends by payer, patients' diagnoses preceding a prescription opioid fill, number of prescribers, and patients' geographic location. The results may offer insights to policy makers and payers about opportunities Key Findings: - Overall rates of opioid prescribing declined in Minnesota from 2012 to 2015, but the morphine milligram equivalents (MME) per prescription increased. - Medicare and Medicaid, where eligibility is determined by age, disability status, and/or income, covered approximately one-third of Minnesotans with general health coverage and accounted for two-thirds of opioid prescriptions filled in 2015. - Nearly one in three Minnesotans with an opioid prescription in 2015 had multiple prescribers. - In both 2012 and 2015, 6 in 10 opioid prescriptions were filled within 15 days of the patient's last medical visit; however, 1 in 10 opioid prescriptions were filled without a medical visit in the past 90 days, suggesting closer patient-prescriber communication or opioid oversight may be needed in some cases. - Prescription opioid use varied across counties. In some counties, prescription opioid use in 2015 was over times the statewide average of 523 MME per resident. to reduce unnecessary use and overuse of prescription opioids. They may also help identify additional analytic questions and contribute to assessments of the impact of policy changes currently debated by the Minnesota Legislature. Details: St. Paul, MN: The Department, 2018. 15p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2018 at: http://www.health.state.mn.us/divs/hpsc/hep/publications/opioidbrief20185.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addition Shelf Number: 150407

Author: Hussemann, Jeanette Title: Bending Towards Justice: Perceptions of Justice among Human Trafficking Survivors Summary: This study addresses gaps in knowledge about how survivors and stakeholders perceive justice in cases of human trafficking and the potential of alternative models of justice, including procedural, restorative, and transitional justice, to enhance survivors' experiences and the outcomes of their trafficking cases. Most survivors did not endorse traditional forms of retributive justice for their traffickers, such as incarceration, and instead felt justice could be best achieved through prevention. Survivors' perceptions of justice for themselves included the ability to move on from the trafficking experience and find autonomy and empowerment through achieving self-defined goals. Survivors and stakeholders both expressed concern with the justice system's ability to help survivors achieve their desired outcomes; however, survivors and social service providers did find promise in alternative forms of justice to achieve individualized goals. This study relies on semistructured interview data collected with 80 survivors and 100 social service and criminal justice stakeholders across eight diverse sites in the United States. Findings offer the most comprehensive understanding of survivor experiences with social service providers and criminal justice stakeholders and criminal justice processes to date. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251631.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 150410

Author: Bird, Mia Title: Evaluating the Effects of Realignment Practices on Recidivism Outcomes Summary: In 2011, California enacted Public Safety Realignment, a historic policy reform that resulted in dramatic reductions to the state prison population. Realignment shifted responsibility and authority over lower-level felons from the state prison and parole system to county jail and probation systems. From our current vantage point, it is clear that the changes brought by realignment paved the way for a series of subsequent reforms. 1 Together, these reforms reflect two key features of the state's changing approach to criminal justice policy. First, the state has altered system incentives and rules to reduce its overall reliance on incarceration. Second, the state has increased the emphasis on the use of evidence-based interventions to reduce crime and criminal justice involvement. Despite the emphasis on data-driven policy and practice, dedicated resources to support data collection, evaluation, or research have not been provided. In the case of realignment, this is particularly problematic given that data capturing individuals moving through state and county criminal justice systems are kept in separate systems. Evaluating the effects of realignment or identifying effective recidivism-reduction interventions would not be possible without finding a way to collect and integrate data from these disparate systems. In 2013, PPIC initiated the Multi-County Study (MCS), a data collection effort aimed at producing an integrated dataset to address these gaps. NIJ provided support for our first phase of analytic work drawing on the MCS dataset. The planned work would focus on the following research questions: (1) What was the impact of realignment on recidivism statewide? (2) How did the effects of realignment vary across counties? (3) How have service and sanction interventions affected recidivism outcomes? Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251627.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 150412

Author: Cross, Theodore Title: Forensic Evidence and Criminal Justice Outcomes in a Statewide Sample of Sexual Assault Cases Summary: Sexual assault is a heinous crime that as much as a quarter of women nationally experience in their lifetime. Not only do victims suffer the terror and degradation of the assault, but they are further at risk of injury and a range of difficulties with mental health and functioning. Survivors are also at risk of re-victimization from informal and professional responses that question their credibility and in effect blame them for the assault. Only a small proportion of sexual assaults are prosecuted; only a subset of assaults are reported to police, only a portion of those cases reported to police result in arrest, and only small percentage of those arrested are ultimately prosecuted. When prosecution does ensue, enormous demands are placed on victims; they must testify in court about the traumatic events of the crime and face assaults on their credibility both in and outside the courtroom. In this difficult context, investigative methods that increase evidence against assailants while decreasing the burden on victims are especially important, and advances in the technology and expertise of collecting and analyzing injury and forensic evidence offer promise. Victims undergo difficult forensic medical examinations with the hope of contributing evidence that can help bring assailants to justice. The research community has a responsibility to develop a better understanding of how this information is used and actually relates to criminal justice actions. This study explores the role of injury evidence and forensic evidence in sexual assault cases using data from medical providers, crime laboratories and police. The study: - Examines the frequency of injury and biological evidence in sexual assault cases; - Identifies case factors associated with the presence of injury and biological evidence; - Analyzes how often biological evidence is processed prior to versus after arrest; - Explores how injury and biological evidence as well as other factors are related to arrest; and - Examines results for key comparisons thought to be salient for forensic evidence: Sexual Assault Nurse Examiners vs. other medical examiners; strangers vs. known suspects; child victims vs. adults and adolescents. Details: Urbana-Champaign, IL: University of Illinois Urbana Champaign, 2014. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248254.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 150411

Author: Phillips, Whitney Title: The Oxygen of Amplification: Better Practices for Reporting on Extremists, Antagonists, and Manipulators Online Summary: We live in a time where new forms of power are emerging, where social and digital media are being leveraged to reconfigure the information landscape. This new domain requires journalists to take what they know about abuses of power and media manipulation in traditional information ecosystems and apply that knowledge to networked actors, such as white nationalist networks online. These actors create new journalistic stumbling blocks that transcend attempts to manipulate reporters solely to spin a beneficial narrative - which reporters are trained to decode - and instead represent a larger effort focused on spreading hateful ideology and other false and misleading narratives, with news coverage itself harnessed to fuel hate, confusion, and discord. The choices reporters and editors make about what to cover and how to cover it play a key part in regulating the amount of oxygen supplied to the falsehoods, antagonisms, and manipulations that threaten to overrun the contemporary media ecosystem�and, simultaneously, threaten to undermine democratic discourse more broadly. This context demands that journalists and the newsrooms that support them examine with greater scrutiny how these actors and movements endeavor to subvert journalism norms, practices, and objectives. More importantly, journalists, editors, and publishers must determine how the journalistic rule set must be strengthened and fortified against this newest form of journalistic manipulation - in some cases through the rigorous upholding of long-standing journalistic principles, and in others, by recognizing which practices and structural limitations make reporters particularly vulnerable to manipulation. With a particular focus on coverage of internet trolls, conspiracy theories, and networks of white nationalists during and after the 2016 US presidential election, this report explores these issues through the perspectives of those who must navigate this territory every day: the journalists themselves. The report's three parts incorporate interviews with 50 individuals with intimate knowledge of the contemporary news media. Fifty-six percent of these respondents are women, 30% are people of color, and 26% are natural-born citizens of countries outside the United States, with additional insights gleaned from the scores of the more informal discussions the author - a frequent expert commentator on stories about internet trolling - has had with reporters since 2010. While each part may be read on its own, each informs and is informed by the others. Details: New York: Data & Society, 2018. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://datasociety.net/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/FULLREPORT_Oxygen_of_Amplification_DS.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 150414

Author: Gray, Abigail Title: Discipline in Context: Suspension, Climate, and PBIS in the School District of Philadelphia Summary: The report details a two-year exploratory, mixed-methods research study on the disciplinary practices and climate of schools serving K-8 students in the School District of Philadelphia (SDP). Findings reveal that SDP schools are making efforts to reduce suspensions and improve climate, but critical barriers to these efforts include resource limitations and philosophical misalignments between teachers and school leaders. The study identified three profiles among SDP schools serving K-8 students based on information about disciplinary practices and climate, and found that these profiles are predictive of suspension and academic outcomes. Students attending schools with collaborative climates and less punitive approaches to discipline have lower risk of being suspended and better academic outcomes. The report offers a series of recommendations for strengthening the implementation of climate initiatives, including Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS), in challenging urban settings. Details: Philadelphia: Consortium for Policy Research in Education, University of Pennsylvania, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: CPRE Research Reports: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1107&context=cpre_researchreports Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Interventions Shelf Number: 150418

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Addressing Emerging Trends to Support the Future of Criminal Justice: Findings of the Criminal Justice Technology Forecasting Group Summary: The Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) has established the Criminal Justice Technology Forecasting Group (CJTFG), an expert advisory panel that includes both practitioners and researchers to deliberate on the effects that major technology and social trends could have on criminal justice in the next three to five years and identify potential responses. This report captures the results from the CJTFG's meetings and initiatives. It presents the emerging trends and highlights of the group's discussion about them. It then presents the results of analyses to assess connections between the trends, leading to recognizing the crosscutting themes that those connections represent. In addition, the report presents analyses to generate a set of recommended ways to address the trends that the full group reviewed and approved. The CJTFG covered a wide range in topics in its deliberations, identifying close to two dozen trends contributing to six overarching themes along with their potential impacts. The group, with the assistance of the RAND Corporation, BJA, and the Institute for Intergovernmental Research, has identified more than a dozen ways ahead in response and sponsored initiatives in direct support of four of these ways ahead. Key Findings A Lack of Business Cases, Implementation Processes, and Security, Privacy, and Civil Rights Knowledge Hamper IT Opportunities Few know how to use and acquire many of the new technologies efficiently and effectively. Few know about the security, privacy, and civil rights protections needed to employ them safely. Business Cases and Processes for Technologies Are Lacking Business processes for operationalizing new technologies are lacking. Big Data and Analytics Are Emerging The emergence of analytics, big data, and situational awareness displays, devices, and data streams offers substantial opportunities, barriers, and risks for the criminal justice community. Security, Privacy, and Civil Rights See Challenges from New Technologies Cybersecurity protections and investigations are increasingly needed. Emerging surveillance technologies require new legal foundations. Increasing commercial pressures on unbreakable encryption might be hampering criminal investigations. The Field Needs to Get to Criminal Justice Community-Wide Integration Information must be integrated and shared, and digital evidence must be managed on a massive scale, if the field is to systematically benefit from new technologies. Safety and Community Relations Need Research and Development to Improve Agencies are facing pressures to adopt community-based models of law enforcement while pressure also mounts to crack down on violence and terrorism. Accountability, body-worn cameras, and improved less-lethal weapons are needed. New Technologies Bring New Challenges Implementing new technology, such as touch and rapid DNA and remote weapon detection, could have serious and unintended consequences but also major and unanticipated benefits. Recommendations Develop common business cases and process templates for operationalizing new technologies. Conduct research to improve how criminal justice technology information is made available to both practitioners and researchers. Integrate security, privacy, and civil rights protections into the common business processes for adapting new technologies. Educate the public on how criminal justice technologies work or (do not work) in the real world. Collect data on the going-dark problem of investigators being unable to access devices with strong encryption. Research how to change organizational cultures to support information-sharing and safeguarding. Develop regional and shared-services models for information-sharing capabilities. Identify practices and technologies that can both reduce crime and improve community relations. Explore exchanges with international partners on how to use cameras for investigative and accountability purposes. Develop new immobilization and restraint devices to provide alternatives to lethal uses of force. Assess the potential of remote weapon-detection capabilities. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1987.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Computers Shelf Number: 150419

Author: New Jersey Parents' Caucus Title: The Solitary Confinement of Youth with Mental Health Disabilities in New Jersey's Adult Prison System Summary: Being housed in solitary confinement has become conducive to the deterioration of my mental health. The things I have witnessed would shock and disgust many people. I have witnessed things like guards depriving inmates of their meals, mentally ill inmates throwing feces and other bodily fluids on each other, and officers spraying mace on inmates and letting them soak in the chemicals. All of these events and many more have in some way traumatized me and has led to me having many panic attacks and mental health issues. Indeed, there is a need for some kind of segregation for those who break the rules of the prison; however, when solitary confinement becomes so harsh and focuses solely on punishing individuals, any possibility of correction and rehabilitation to an inmate's behavior becomes impossible; consequently, the conditions become counterproductive. -DM, 20, NJSP. It is shocking and unacceptable that youth like DM, a New Jersey Youth Caucus Member, have spent over 1,000 days in solitary confinement while in an adult prison in New Jersey. As DM described, solitary confinement is harmful and traumatic. It is defined by isolation in a cell for up to 24 hours a day, as well as deprivation of social interaction, property, and often educational materials. In 2015, the U.S. Department of Justice under the Obama Administration began looking into the use of solitary confinement and the harmful psychological effects on inmates in prisons across the country. In an op-ed for the Washington Post, former President Obama wrote: Research suggests that solitary confinement has the potential to lead to devastating, lasting psychological consequences. It has been linked to depression, alienation, withdrawal, a reduced ability to interact with others and the potential for violent behavior. Some studies indicate that it can worsen existing mental illnesses and even trigger new ones. Those who do make it out often have trouble holding down jobs, reuniting with family, and becoming productive members of society. Imagine having served your time and then being unable to hand change over to a customer or look your wife in the eye or hug your children. As a result of the Department of Justice's review of solitary confinement, President Obama announced a ban on its use for youth in the federal prison system. In August 2015, the New Jersey Legislature passed and Governor Christie signed the Comprehensive Juvenile Justice Reform Bill S. 2003/A. 4299. This legislation eliminated the use of solitary confinement as a disciplinary measure in juvenile facilities and detention centers, as well as limited the time that solitary confinement could be imposed for reasons other than punishment, such as safety concerns. Unfortunately, these limitations on solitary confinement do not apply to youth in the adult prison system. As a result, the needs, stories, and trauma associated with youth placed in solitary confinement in adult prisons remain untold, unaddressed, and, ultimately, forgotten. In 2016, Governor Christie vetoed S. 51, legislation that would have dramatically reformed solitary confinement in New Jersey dictating that isolated confinement should only be used when necessary, and should not be used against vulnerable populations or under conditions or for time periods that foster psychological trauma, psychiatric disorders, or serious, long-term damage to an isolated person's brain. Christie's statement accompanying his veto of S. 51, which would have allowed solitary confinement only as a last resort, repeated his administration's claim that solitary confinement does not exist in our state, despite overwhelming evidence that it is used routinely, including as a form of discipline. In January 2018, Assemblywoman Nancy Pinkin and 19 other co-sponsors reintroduced the solitary reform bill, A. 314. As part of the New Jersey Youth Justice Initiative (NJYJI), we at the New Jersey Parents' Caucus have gathered comprehensive state data from the New Jersey Department of Corrections (NJ DOC) on 556 children tried, sentenced, and incarcerated in the adult prison system. The data largely covers the period of 2007-2016, though some information gathered dates back to 2003. In addition to the data retrieved from the NJ DOC, we have received qualitative data from a subset of the same population (163 youth) by means of a survey assessment provided to incarcerated youth and their parents, caregivers, and family members. Ninety-five youth answered questions about their experience in solitary confinement. Dr. Colby Valentine, Ph.D. analyzed NJYJI data, which includes self-reported questionnaires from ninety-two youth waived to the adult prison system, to understand the relationship between mental health and solitary confinement for youth in New Jersey prisons. Her analysis confirms that solitary confinement negatively affects the mental health of youth in New Jersey�s adult prisons, adding to prior research that states that prolonged isolation may cause or exacerbate mental health problems in adult inmate populations. It is the position of the New Jersey Parents' Caucus, Inc. (NJPC) and its membership that the State must ban the imposition and use of solitary confinement or restricted housing units - another term for solitary confinement - which were found in either administrative segregation or the Management Control Unit, a form of solitary confinement used at administrators' discretion on youth in adult jails and prisons. Solitary confinement imposes further violence, harm, and psychological damage on youth before they return to their communities. If these youth return home without adequate mental health and rehabilitative care, it negates their ability to become productive members of our society. Their stories and their needs must be addressed through legislation to end this cruel, but unfortunately, common, practice on youth in the adult criminal justice system. Details: Elizabeth, NJ: The Caucus, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2018 at: http://newjerseyparentscaucus.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/NJPCSolitaryConfinementBriefFINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 150421

Author: Urban Justice Center. Corrections Accountability Project Title: The Prison Industrial Complex: Mapping Private Sector Players Summary: This report exposes over 3,100 corporations across twelve sectors that profit from the devastating mass incarceration of our nation's marginalized communities. It aggregates critical information about these corporations to help advocates, litigators, journalists, investors, and the public fight the commercialization of justice. Details: New York: Urban Justice Center, 2018. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58e127cb1b10e31ed45b20f4/t/5ade0281f950b7ab293c86a6/1524499083424/The+Prison+Industrial+Complex+-+Mapping+Private+Sector+Players+%28April+2018%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 150426

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. New York Advisory Committee Title: The Civil Rights Implications of "Broken Windows" Policing in NYC and General NYPD Accountability to the Public Summary: The New York Advisory Committee (Committee) submits this report, "The Civil Rights Implications of "Broken Windows" Policing in NYC and General NYPD Accountability to the Public," as part of its responsibility to advise the Commission on Civil Rights issues within New York State. Beginning in Fall 2016, the Committee set out to review the effects of New York Police Department (the "NYPD") low level offense enforcement practices on individuals of color, with a particular emphasis on youth, as well as the accountability structures and oversight mechanisms governing the NYPD. The Committee held two days of public briefings on these issues in New York City on March 20 and March 21, 2017. Testimony was provided to the Committee by 27 persons on 11 panels. The presenters were academics, government officials and advocates with particular expertise on the matters covered by this report. The Committee also held interviews with senior leadership of the NYPD on February 13, February 15 and December 19, 2017 to garner the NYPD's perspective. This report summarizes important information from the presenters' testimony, written submissions, publicly available information, and interviews with senior leadership of the NYPD. The report provides recommendations based on the information received. The Advisory Committee trusts the Commission and the public will find the material in this report informative. Details: Washington, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2018. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2018/03-22-NYSAC.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 150428

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Indiana Advisory Committee Title: Civil Rights and the School-to-Prison Pipeline in Indiana Summary: The Indiana Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights submits this report regarding the civil rights impact of school discipline and juvenile justice policies in the state, which may lead to high rates of juvenile incarceration in what has become known as the "school to prison pipeline." The committee submits this report as part of its responsibility to study and report on civil rights issues in the state of Indiana. The contents of this report are primarily based on testimony the Committee heard during a web-based hearing on January 20, 2016 and an in-person hearing on February 17, 2015 in Indianapolis, IN. This report details civil rights concerns raised by panelists with respect to school discipline disparities, particularly for students of color, throughout the state of Indiana. It discusses the roles of implicit biases, economic disparities, and exclusionary school discipline policies in funneling students of color into the school-to-prison pipeline. From these findings, the Committee offers to the Commission recommendations for addressing this problem of national importance. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/Civil-Rights%20and-the-School-to-Prison-Pipeline-in%20Indiana.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 150431

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Ohio Advisory Committee Title: Human Trafficking and Civil Rights in Ohio Summary: The Ohio Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights submits this report regarding human trafficking in Ohio, and its impact on communities targeted because of their race, color, age, sex, religion, national origin, or disability. The Committee submits this report as part of its responsibility to study and report on civil rights issues in the state of Ohio. The contents of this report are primarily based on testimony the Committee heard during two public hearings held in Toledo, OH on June 5 & 6, 2013. This report was approved by a majority vote of the Committee for publication and submission to the Commission on February 27, 2017. This report details civil rights concerns relating to the incidence of and response to human trafficking in the State of Ohio. Primary concerns include: the continued perception or treatment of trafficking victims as criminals; insufficient mental health supports to address the psychological impact of trauma associated with trafficking; insufficient or incomplete data collection; insufficient legal protection for children involved in sex trafficking; and a lack of public awareness and cooperation between law enforcement and community groups to most effectively identify victims and connect them with the appropriate support services. From these findings, the Committee offers to the Commission recommendations for addressing this problem of national importance. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2017. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/06-15-Human-Trafficking-and-Civil-Rights-Ohio.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Sex Trafficking Shelf Number: 150432

Author: Tuttle, Cody Title: Snapping Back: Food Stamp Bans and Criminal Recidivism Summary: I estimate the effect of access to Food Stamps on criminal recidivism. In 1996, a federal welfare reform imposed a lifetime ban from Food Stamps on convicted drug felons. Florida modified this ban, restricting it to drug traffickers who commit their offense on or after August 23, 1996. I exploit this sharp cutoff in a regression discontinuity design and find that the ban increases recidivism among drug traffickers. The increase is driven by financially motivated crimes, suggesting that the cut in benefits causes ex-convicts to return to crime to make up for the lost transfer income. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2845435 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Food Stamps Shelf Number: 150434

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Minnesota Advisory Committee Title: Civil Rights and Policing Practices in Minnesota Summary: A number of recent public incidents involving police use of force have brought concerns regarding racial disparities in policing to the forefront of national conversation. On November 15, 2015, Jamar Clark, a black man, was shot and killed by Minneapolis police officers after allegedly resisting arrest. Less than seven months later, on July 6, 2016, Philando Castile, who is also black, was fatally shot by a Minnesota police officer during a traffic stop. Jeronimo Yanez, the officer who shot Castile, was acquitted by a jury for the criminal charges, including second-degree manslaughter, brought against him, while no charges were ever filed in Clark's death. These incidents attracted considerable media attention and sparked protests both in Minnesota and nationwide. At one of these local protests, a white supremacist opened fire on the protestors, wounding five people and further exacerbating tensions between law enforcement and the community. In the most recent incident, which is still under investigation, a Somali-American Minneapolis police officer shot and killed a white woman who had called for 911 assistance. Responding to the challenges of contemporary policing illuminated by the public's response to high-profile incidents, on October 31, 2016, the Minnesota Advisory Committee (Committee) to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) voted to study civil rights concerns regarding policing throughout the state of Minnesota. The contents of this report are based on panel discussions held by the Committee on March 21, 2017 in Minneapolis, Minnesota. These discussions focused primarily on developing strategies for building positive, trusting relationships between law enforcement and the communities they serve. Several prominent themes arose from these discussions: 1. Improving interactions between law enforcement and communities of color requires building trust on both sides of the police-civilian divide. 2. Collecting and maintaining thorough and accurate data on police department practices - including hiring practices, officer demographics, and interactions between police and citizens - increases transparency and helps foster trusting relationships between communities of color and law enforcement. 3. New technology has drastically changed policing practices, but there is considerable debate among law enforcement and the community over whether these changes have been positive or negative. 4. Community policing practices can assist officers in proactively identifying and addressing public safety challenges before the need for criminal enforcement arises, thereby reducing instances of tense and potentially violent encounters between law enforcement and the community. 5. As the role of law enforcement in society continues to expand, it is more important than ever that police officers receive extensive, consistent training in skills ranging from crisis intervention to cultural sensitivity. 6. The mental and physical health of police officers is an often overlooked factor in developing positive relationships between law enforcement and the community. Although police officers are 2.4 times more likely to die from suicide than from homicide, many officers are reluctant to seek psychological assistance due to the stigma associated with mental illness within police culture. This reluctance is particularly troubling given that research indicates that officers who suffer from untreated emotional trauma are more likely to engage in use of force. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2018. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2018/03-22-MN-Civil-Rights.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 150435

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Maine Advisory Committee Title: Human Trafficking in Maine Summary: Human trafficking - the coercion of human beings for the purpose of involuntary labor, sexual exploitation, or both - is a growing problem in Maine. President Obama has called human trafficking modern day slavery, declaring that the United States "must end this most serious, ongoing criminal civil rights violation." The Maine Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Maine SAC or Committee) started examining the issue of human trafficking in 2011 and convened a briefing in April 2012. The Committee heard from law enforcement officials, prosecutors, legislators, and advocates. Survivors of human trafficking also participated, putting a human face on the problem. The briefing shined a light on the fact that Maine did not have a stand-alone dedicated human trafficking law. Committee members questioned the panelists about the absence of this legislation and encouraged panelists to consider legislative actions to help address the human trafficking in Maine. Subsequent to the briefing, the Maine legislature enacted several provisions aimed at protecting victims and increasing penalties for violators. Specifically, in 2013, the Maine legislature passed LD 1159, an Act to Address Human Trafficking, Sex Trafficking, and Prostitution. The statute broadened the definition of "human trafficking offense," and established "sex trafficking" and "aggravated sex trafficking" as crimes. The Maine legislature later signed LD 1730, An Act to Assist Victims of Human Trafficking, into law. The statute has two main effects: first, it provides an affirmative defense for victims of trafficking who are charged with prostitution, and second, it adds an additional fine for those convicted of aggravated sex trafficking. The Maine SAC convened a second briefing on human trafficking in June 2014 to learn about the impact of the new trafficking laws and to find out what still needs to be done to address human trafficking in Maine. The Committee invited additional law enforcement officials, prosecutors, legislators, advocates, and survivors of human trafficking to update the Committee. In issuing this report, the Committee commends the state for the progress it has made in addressing human trafficking. Nonetheless, the Committee finds that more needs to done to help victims and survivors of trafficking, especially with regards to criminal liability of victims and assistance for victims. Regarding criminal liability, the Committee learned that two new laws are needed: a vacatur statute and a safe harbor law. A vacatur law allows courts to vacate the offenses committed by victims during the course of their being trafficked. An ideal vacatur statute would allow courts to vacate any prostitution, drug possession, or other criminal conviction, provided that the act in question was committed by a victim of human trafficking during the course of being trafficked. To this end, the Maine SAC recommends that the Maine legislature enact a vacatur law. The Maine legislature should also enact a safe harbor law that is designed to prevent minors who are victims of human trafficking from being charged with crimes committed during the period they were trafficked. Existing safe harbor laws vary significantly among the states. Thus, the Maine SAC recommends that the Maine legislature enact the safe harbor law. The Committee also recommends that the U.S. Department of Justice draft a model safe harbor law that may be introduced in state legislatures. Finally, one of the most critical components of a proper response to human trafficking is the provision of adequate services for trafficking victims. Services are so key, in fact, that Maine prosecutors have ranked them more important in fighting human trafficking than a dedicated human trafficking statute itself. Traffickers make great efforts to ensure that their victims are isolated and totally dependent on them not only for the material essentials of life, but also for any sort of stability or feeling of normalcy. The Committee learned that trafficking victims are often arrested as a way to ensure that they have shelter, food, and safety. In order to adequately address human trafficking, the state needs both to create and fund programs that provide services to human trafficking victims. An ideal system of victim assistance services in Maine would address the fundamental needs of trafficking victims, including living assistance, educational services, and working with federal agencies on immigration and citizenship services. These services would receive sufficient funding to adequately serve the growing number of individuals in Maine identified as victims of both sex and labor trafficking. Finally, while this report focuses its findings and recommendations on the issue of sex trafficking, both briefings included testimony from advocates working on the issue of labor trafficking. Some estimate that labor trafficking constitutes almost one-third of the total human trafficking market. Labor trafficking in Maine occurs in several industries, including construction, manufacturing, agriculture, and logging. The Committee discredited the myth that labor trafficking involves exclusively undocumented workers. There are cases throughout New England - in construction, domestic help, and restaurants - where trafficked individuals are documented immigrants or U.S. citizens. We hope that Maine will consider adopting a standalone labor trafficking statute similar to the sex trafficking statute it recently enacted. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2016. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/Human-Trafficking-in-Maine.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 150436

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Wisconsin Advisory Committee Title: Hate Crime and Civil Rights in Wisconsin Summary: The Wisconsin Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights submits this report regarding hate crimes in Wisconsin, and their impact on communities targeted because of their race, color, age, religion, or disability. The Committee submits this report as part of its responsibility to study and report on civil rights issues in the state of Wisconsin. The contents of this report are primarily based on testimony the Committee heard during two public hearings; one held in Madison, WI on September 12, 2013; the other held in Milwaukee, WI on August 29, 2016. This report details civil rights concerns relating to the incidence of and response to hate crime in the state. Primary concerns included victim underreporting; a lack of trust and collaboration between communities and law enforcement which may result in unequal protection of the law; respect for First Amendment rights to free speech; and the high burden of proof necessary to successfully prosecute bias-motivated crimes. From these findings, the Committee offers to the Commission recommendations for addressing this problem of national importance. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 2017. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/08-17-Wisconsin-hate-crimes.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 150437

Author: Harvard Law School. Criminal Justice Policy Program Title: California Pretrial Reform: The Next Step in Realignment Summary: The 2011 Public Safety Realignment Act (Realignment) is "the most significant criminal justice legislation passed in three decades in California." With the goal of dramatically reducing California's state-prison population, Assembly Bill 109 provided counties with funding and responsibility over local jail populations and ensured that low-level offenders would not be transferred from county jail to state prisons. When signing AB 109, Governor Jerry Brown addressed the crisis in the state�s criminal justice system: "For too long, the state's prison system has been a revolving door for lower-level offenders... Cycling these offenders through state prisons wastes money, aggravates crowded conditions, thwarts rehabilitation, and impedes local law enforcement supervision." By shifting the responsibility for non-serious, non-violent, and nonsex offenders from the state prisons to counties, the legislation created an opportunity for local governments to implement local solutions to address the crisis of overcrowding and recidivism. To accommodate the influx of inmates from state prisons to county jails many counties are considering building new jails. Other counties are seeking to reduce jail populations and maintain public safety by expanding alternatives to incarceration such as probation, pretrial, and mental health services. The most promising approach to lowering jail populations and protecting public safety is to reform pretrial decision-making statewide through comprehensive legislation. Reforming California's pretrial justice system is the next step in Realignment. In 2015, 63% of jail beds in California were filled by people awaiting either trial or sentencing. According to the Public Policy Institute of California, 58.5% of those booked on misdemeanor or felony charges are detained pretrial. This high rate of pretrial detention is the product of a cash-based system of bail. Even though a judge has determined that they are safe to return to their community, many people remain in jail only because they cannot afford bail. Statewide action is necessary to eliminate or minimize secured money bonds and move toward a pretrial system that avoids unnecessary detention, addresses wealth and race-based disparities, and allows for individualized, evidence-based pretrial decisions. FIVE REASONS WHY REFORM IS NEEDED 1. Reforming California's money bail system advances the goals of Public Safety Realignment. 2. Money bail is an ineffective tool to achieve community safety and to assure appearance at trial. 3. Detaining people pretrial on the basis of wealth is unconstitutional under the Equal Protection and Due Process clauses of the Fourteenth Amendment. 4. The negative consequences of pretrial detention disproportionately affect communities of color and low-income people. 5 Pretrial services that assess risk, provide court reminders, and conduct community monitoring cost less money than bail, are more effective at achieving pretrial release goals, and have worked in many jurisdictions across California and the United States. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://cjpp.law.harvard.edu/assets/CA-Pretrial-Reform-The-Next-Step-in-Realignment.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150438

Author: Skogan, Wesley G. Title: Police and the Community Summary: One Platform survey was developed to gauge the origins and depth of support for community policing. In addition to their own views, this includes officer�s perceptions of management support for this approach and the extent to which they think their peers in the department support community policing. Working as they do in seemingly hierarchical (but in fact highly decentralized organizations) the extent to which officers' "hearts and minds" are committed to community policing can play a role in the quality - and even the longevity - of neighborhood-oriented programs. The Survey The survey was conducted in 11 cities, and more than 1,230 officers participated. Survey content was drawn from extensive research in the field by Platform researchers and others, though some items were newly constructed. Some communities involved were prosperous and racially homogeneous, while others were home to diverse populations and large pockets of poverty. The city in this study with the worst problem had a 2009 violent crime rate that was 16 times that of our safest city. The agencies ranged from fewer than 50 total employees to those with several thousand officers. Most respondents were working on the front line: 70 percent held the rank of police officer, and 85 percent of those surveyed held field rather than back-office assignments. Half were under age 40, 17 percent were women, and racial minorities made up 37 percent of those responding. Response rates for the survey ranged from 12 percent to 97 percent; they were highest in smaller agencies, and over all averaged 48 percent. We do not identify particular agencies in this report, but instead focus on general trends and lessons for practice. Details: s.l.: National Police Research Platform, 2011. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/11089086/1299437173320/Police+and+the+Community.pdf?token=SjONJDm0hnjA9hdgzszSm3Eyc4Y%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 150440

Author: McCarty, William P. Title: Police Stress, Burnout, and Health Summary: Prior research suggests that policing is one of the most stressful occupations. This high level of stress is due to a variety of factors that characterize the policing profession. First, policing is a dangerous job in which officers can encounter violent criminals or use deadly force during the course of their daily work. Second, the bureaucratic nature of police organizations often represents a source of stress and dissatisfaction among officers. Finally, prior research has often looked at the important role of peer support and trust among fellow officers and supervisors in mitigating stress and burnout in police work. Support from within the organization may take on a greater level of salience in the realm of policing, because officers depend on fellow officers to ensure their lives and safety. Stress and burnout can have deleterious consequences. For the individual officer, stress and burnout can ultimately lead to illness, mood changes, alcohol use, and sleep disturbances in the short-term and perhaps even to cardiovascular disease and psychological disorders in the longterm. Heightened levels of stress and burnout can also affect relationships with family and friends, and hurt officers' overall quality of life. For the organization, research has revealed that elevated levels of stress and associated burnout can increase citizen complaints and lead to rapid employee turnover. Given the implications of stress and burnout for individual officers, as well as the organization and citizens they serve, a priority of the National Police Research Platform was to measure these concepts. To this end, a 55-question survey was developed to measure stress, burnout, health, stressors, and demographic information among law enforcement officers across multiple agencies of varying sizes. Details: s.l.: National Police Research Platform, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/10444483/1296183365827/Stress+Burnout++and+Health+FINAL.pdf?token=dKinFfk2jVQqsq67L%2BErIICwLPs%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Occupational Safety and Health Shelf Number: 150441

Author: Mastrofski, Stephen D. Title: Receptivity to Police Innovation: A Tale of Two Cities Summary: Innovation is widely thought to be the key to success in police departments, yet police are often conceived as traditional and resistant to the changes that innovation requires. Recent decades have witnessed much interest among police leaders and policy makers in various innovations, ranging from new applications of information technology (intelligence-led policing) to administrative changes (affirmative action) to strategic changes (Compstat and community policing). Despite a number of studies of the impact of such recent innovations, there have been very few investigations of the receptivity of police to innovation. Who is most and least receptive to innovation? What kind of environment for innovation do police departments provide? Which innovations are most and least welcome? In sum, what is the environment for innovation in American municipal police organizations? This Platform Project report describes a preliminary effort to test some popular views about the orientation of the police to innovation. It compares the responses of police officers in two large municipal police agencies, considering how the police feel about their organization's environment to support innovation and about their department's orientation to specific innovations. Below are some propositions that were evaluated by comparing these two police agencies. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/10444481/1296183364910/Receptivity+to+Police+Innovation+A+Tale+of+Two+Cities++FINAL.pdf?token=SeJS91HYZyK7nsfsRL3UNZl4t1o%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Intelligence-Led Policing Shelf Number: 150442

Author: Wheeler, Andrew Title: Modeling the Spatial patterns of Intra-Day Crime Trends Summary: Several prior studies have found that despite theoretical expectations otherwise, facilities (such as on-premise alcohol outlets) have consistent effects on crime regardless of time of the day (Bernasco et al., 2017; Haberman & Ratcliffe, 2015). We explain these results by failure to account for the regular background wave of crime, which results from ubiquitous patterns of human routine activities. Using eight years of data on assaults and robberies in Seattle (WA), we demonstrate the regularity of the within-day crime wave for all areas of the city. Then using models to predict when a crime will most likely occur, we demonstrate how schools and on-premise alcohol outlets cause bumps in the background wave at particular times of the day, such as when school dismisses. But those bumps dissipate quite rapidly in space, and are relatively small compared to the amplitude of the regular background wave of crime. Although facilities have theoretical times in which they should have a greater influence on crime patterns, they are situated within a community of other human activity uses, making it difficult to uniquely identify their effects separately from other aspects of the built environment. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3136030 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 150443

Author: Stashko, Allison Title: Do Police Maximize Arrests or Minimize Crime? Evidence from Racial Profiling in U.S. Cities Summary: It is difficult to know if racial discrepancies in police stop and search data are caused by racial bias or statistical discrimination. In part, this is due to uncertainty over the benchmark of unbiased police behavior: do officers aim to maximize arrests or to minimize crime? In this paper, I compare models of the two police objectives to data from U.S. cities. Empirical evidence is consistent with a model of arrest maximization and inconsistent with a model of crime minimization. These findings support the validity of existing tests for racial bias that rely on the assumption that police maximize arrests. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3132046 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 150444

Author: Alderden, Megan A. Title: The Diversification of Police Departments Summary: In the last few decades there has been a particular emphasis on diversifying the police workforce. Much of these efforts have resulted in a significant increase in proportion of police officers that are female or racial and ethnic minorities. In 1987, females accounted for almost 8 percent of police officers while racial and ethnic minorities accounted for nearly 15 percent of police officers. By 2003, these figures had increased to 11 percent and 24 percent, respectively. Large agencies in particular have been successful in recruiting both female and racial and ethnic minorities; police agencies that serve one million or more residents reported in 2003 that 17 percent of their workforce was female and almost 40 percent were racial or ethnic minorities (Hickman & Reaves, 2006). Although these data clearly indicate an increase in both female and racial and ethnic minority officers, little attention has been paid to understanding how diversification impacts the police agency workplace. The justification for increasing diversity in personnel has focused on both workplace performance as well as the workplace atmosphere. Higher levels of workplace performance and satisfaction within organizations arise when diversification is sought as a way to truly incorporate different employee viewpoints, experiences, and cultures. Using Ely and Thomas's (2001) theoretical constructs on diversification perspectives, we developed several survey questions to assess officer perceptions of their workplace. Ely and Thomas found that an agency�s diversification perspective - that is, why they sought to diversify their workforce - influenced workplace performance and satisfaction among employees. Specifically, the discrimination and fairness perspective, which entails agency administrators diversifying their workforce to make things equal and to make up for past discrimination, was associated with more negative workplace experiences and workgroup performance. The access and legitimacy perspective, which entails agencies diversifying as a way to enter new communities or to legitimize their work with the existing communities they serve, was associated with both negative and positive workplace experiences and performance. The integration and learning perspective, which involves agencies diversifying because administrators believe it is needed to change organizations and their external relationships, encourage agency innovation, and facilitate organizational learning, was associated with positive workplace performance and employee satisfaction. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2018 at: https://www.nationallawenforcementplatform.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/TheDiversificationofPoliceDepartmentsFINAL2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Diversity Shelf Number: 150446

Author: Fridell, Lori Title: The Longitudinal Study of First Line Supervisors Summary: A distinguishing feature of the Platform Project is that it will follow law enforcement personnel over time to understand their 'life course.' Law enforcement first-line supervisors are one of the populations we are studying because they are key to an agency's performance. Despite their importance, first-line police supervisors have been under-researched, and in many departments they have not received the support and professional development that is needed to promote the highest quality supervision. The Platform will produce data about supervisors and supervision to supplement a sparse literature. A key benefit of longitudinal data collection will be the production of information about first-line supervisors' life course. When officers are promoted to a supervisory rank, they embark upon a new phase of their career requiring a transition to a different role, and as with any job, police supervisors adjust to the requirements of the job over time as they 'learn the ropes' and then mature in the position. Platform researchers will explore how police supervisors develop, determine what influences that development, and discern what the consequences are for performance Details: Washington, DC: National Police Research Platform, National Institute of Justice, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/10683668/1297371363233/Longitudinal+Supervisor+Study.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 150447

Author: Rosenbaum, Dennis P. Title: Community-based Indicators of Police Performance: Introducing the Platform's Public Satisfaction Survey Summary: The National Police Research Platform is seeking to advance knowledge of policing by looking both inside and outside of police agencies. The external question addressed by the Platform is, "How well are departments performing during their encounters with the public?" Hence, we are field testing alternative community survey methods as tools to evaluate the quality of policing on the streets. Public satisfaction surveys have been developed by the Platform team to achieve several goals. First, there is a need for validated measures of police-civilian encounters that can be used as standardized benchmarks or indicators of organizational excellence at the local, regional and national levels. Second, these methods are designed to generate timely feedback regarding police performance that can be used by local agencies to assist them in building smarter, evidence-based learning organizations. Third, these methods will address the growing public demand to have a voice in government services. Creating a visible mechanism for community input will go a long way toward building trust, transparency, and legitimacy. Police organizations that have strong community support understand the need to meet public expectations. In the 21st century, community stakeholders expect the police to reduce crime and be fair and sensitive to the needs of persons they encounter. The public and policy makers also expect better systems of accountability for police behavior. Finally, in today's economic environment, police executives are seeking "smarter" and more efficient methods of policing, relying on better evidence to achieve organization goals and garner public support for police initiatives. To achieve these goals police executives will need to be responsive to a new "information imperative" and work with researchers to "measure what matters" to their constituents. To achieve organizational effectiveness in crime reduction, Compstatlike systems have been adopted to measure police performance in assigned areas using traditional crime indicators such as arrests, crime incidents, clearances and calls for service. To achieve the newer goal of fairness and equity in police performance, however, experts have argued that data systems will need to incorporate new measures of the quality of police activity. Furthermore, in separate surveys of employees as part of the National Police Research Platform, eight out of 10 police officers reported that their agency is "more interested in measuring the amount of activity by officers (e.g. number of tickets or arrests) than the quality of their work." Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, National Police Research Platform, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: http://static1.1.sqspcdn.com/static/f/733761/11089087/1299437174827/Public+Satisfaction.pdf?token=i2OZS7uynBF8WFqFCl2191rK3LA%3D Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 150448

Author: Kern County Probation Department Title: Day Reporting Center (DRC) Evaluation Study Summary: In response to the increasing need for evidence-based programs (EBP) to treat offenders, the Kern County Probation Department teamed with BI Incorporated (BI) in September 2010 for the development of a Day Reporting Center (DRC). BI was founded in 1978 and provides a number of services including DRC's, a variety of compliance technologies, and other services aimed towards reducing recidivism. BI currently provides services and products for more than 1,000 agencies nationwide. DRC�s provide evidence-based services, programs, and increased supervision in order to reduce participant's criminogenic needs. The initial agreement provided a six-month program to 50 participants at any given time. In October 2011, the CCP approved funding for the BI agreement to serve 100 participants at any given time. On November 6, 2013, the CCP showed its further commitment to evidence-based treatment by expanding the program once again to serve 200 participants. Details: Bakersfield, CA: Kern County Probation Department, 2013. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: http://kernprobation.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/10/DRC-Study-WEB.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150449

Author: American Youth Policy Center Title: Leveraging the Every Student Succeeds Act to Improve Outcomes for Youth in Juvenile Justice Facilities. Summary: The Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) aims to "provide all children significant opportunity to receive a fair, equitable, and high-quality education, and to close educational achievement gaps." What does that mean for students educated in juvenile justice facilities? The brief provides state and local policymakers and education and juvenile justice leaders with information about how they can use the accountability requirements under ESSA to improve the quality of education and postsecondary and workforce success for youth in juvenile justice facilities. The brief was informed by a 50-state scan conducted by AYPF to better understand the current system structure and accountability of education in juvenile justice facilities. Details: Washington, DC: AYPC, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 3, 2018 at: http://www.aypf.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Leveraging-ESSA-to-Improve-Outcomes-for-Youth-in-Juvenile-Justice-Facilities.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 150456

Author: King, William R. Title: Opening the Black Box of NIBIN: A Descriptive Process and Outcome Evaluation of the Use of NIBIN and Its Effects on Criminal Investigations, Final Report Summary: This report outlines the methods and findings from a study of the National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN) that was funded by the National Institute of Justice (Grant # 2010-DN-BX-0001). This report begins with a brief description of ballistics imaging and the history and operation of NIBIN. Next, the research methodology and data sources are described. Finally, the findings and recommendations resulting from this study are presented. The study is based on data from four sources. NIBIN usage data (inputs and hits) for all NIBIN sites, detailed hit files from 19 NIBIN sites, survey data from crime labs and firearms sections within crime labs, and information derived from visits to 10 NIBIN sites including details on 65 criminal investigations that involved a NIBIN hit. The data reveal considerable variation in the local implementation of NIBIN and significant time delays in identifying hits. Generally, NIBIN hit reports do not aid investigators, in part because of delays in identifying hits. Although NIBIN has tremendous potential as a tactical and strategic tool, it is rarely used for strategic purposes. Despite these issues, the research team still identified a number of NBIN sites that use NIBIN effectively. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2013. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243875.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Ballistics Shelf Number: 150457

Author: Johnson, Kelly Dedel Title: Financial Crimes Against the Elderly Summary: This guide addresses the problem of financial crimes against the elderly. It begins by describing the problem and reviewing risk factors. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and describes the conditions under which they are most effective. Financial crimes against the elderly fall under two general categories: fraud committed by strangers, and financial exploitation by relatives and caregivers. These categories sometimes overlap in terms of target selection and the means used to commit the crime. However, the differences in the offender-victim relationships suggest different methods for analyzing and responding to the problem. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2003. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Problem-Specific Guides Series No. 20: Accessed June 4, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/crimes_against_elderly.pdf Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Protection Shelf Number: 91478

Author: Krinitsky, Nora C. Title: The Politics of Crime Control: Race, Policing, and Reform in Twentieth-Century Chicago Summary: "The Politics of Crime Control: Race, Policing, and Reform in Twentieth-Century Chicago" is a political history of urban policing that examines the integral role of crime control in the governance of modern American cities. It does so through a case study of policing and reform in Chicago from the interwar decades through the post-World War II years, a period that saw massive changes including African American migration, immigration, industrialization, and labor unrest. Crime control served as the central political proxy through which city leaders, reformers, and law enforcement officers attempted to achieve urban order, and in so doing, constructed modern social and racial hierarchies. These officials and reformers contributed to the construction of the coercive state, a state apparatus that prioritized social order as the primary mode through which to express state legitimacy and exercise state power. In the context of early twentieth- century Chicago, coercive state strategies worked in tandem with Progressive reformers and anti-crime activists to establish and reinforce spatial boundaries and to reify and redefine social hierarchies. Local police discretion represented the primary coercive state tool for addressing urban disorder, as well as one of the most intransigent and opaque modes of state power, especially in the service of defining and reinforcing racial hierarchy. The immediate, discretionary interactions between police and city residents served as one of the primary sites of racial formation in these decades, and elicited investigation, critique, and proposals for reform from myriad urban communities, other state institutions, and municipal reform organizations. Policing, therefore, represented the very intersection of coercive state power, municipal politics, racialization, and efforts for reform. Details: Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, 2017. 409p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/handle/2027.42/138491 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 150460

Author: Weisel, Deborah Lamm Title: Burglary of Single-Family Houses Summary: This guide addresses the problem of burglary of single-family houses. It begins by describing the problem and reviewing risk factors. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem, and what is known about them from evaluative research and police practice. Reported U.S. burglaries have dropped dramatically in recent years, declining 32 percent since 1990. This drop is variably attributed to a robust economy, increased use of security devices, and cocaine users' tendency to commit robbery rather than burglary. With an estimated 1.4 million residential burglaries in 1999, the total number of reported burglaries is at its lowest since 1966.2 However, many residential burglaries-perhaps up to 50 percent�go unreported. Despite the large decline in reported burglaries, burglary remains the second most common serious crime in the United States (just behind larceny-theft), accounting for 18 percent of all serious crime. Burglary accounts for about 13 percent of all recorded crime in the United Kingdom. The burglary clearance rate has remained consistently low, with an average of 14 percent in the United States and 23 percent in Britain. Rural agencies typically clear a slightly higher percentage of burglaries. The clearance rate for burglary is lower than that for any other serious offense. Indeed, most burglary investigations-about 65 percent�do not produce any information or evidence about the crime, making burglaries difficult to solve. Burglary causes substantial financial loss-since most property is never recovered-and serious psychological harm to the victims. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2002. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Series No. 18: Accessed June 4, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/Burglary_of_Single-Family_Houses.pdf Year: 2002 Country: United States Keywords: Burglar Alarms Shelf Number: 86833

Author: Barnes-Proby, Dionne Title: Bridge to Opportunities: How One Probation Agency Developed a Program Designed to Connect Probationers to High-Wage Jobs Summary: This report is one component of a larger RAND project aimed at addressing income inequalities faced by workers with criminal records. Given the labor market challenges faced by people with criminal convictions, it can be challenging for probation agencies to help their clients find jobs, let alone earn living wages. This report summarizes findings from a descriptive case study of one program focused on the construction industry intended to improve the earning potential of individuals on probation in Sacramento County, California. Using a qualitative approach, the authors provide an understanding of how the program evolved; describe how program activities are delivered; identify implementation barriers and facilitators; and provide an overview of the program's successes and shortcomings as perceived by key stakeholders, including probation agents, construction companies, and probationers. Key Findings Seven facilitators were identified that aid program development and continued operation. The program develops and leverages relationships with service providers and local employers to ensure that probationers have access to a full range of support. The program has established and maintains a positive reputation with prospective employers to ensure ongoing job opportunities. Highly skilled instructors and dedicated staff allow for customized instruction and readily available support. Supplies and ancillary support are provided for probationers, who might not be able to afford the necessary materials. Program champions are used to help recruit, retain, and inspire students. Those in charge of recruitment and enrollment target probationers who are willing to invest in the program. It is crucial to select a "felon-friendly" career field that levels the playing field for probationers. A few program barriers were also identified. Some probationers are unable to commit up to nine months to an unpaid program. Juggling competing demands might impact program participation and subsequent job retention. Limited transportation options make it difficult for probationers to attend classes. Issues with driver's licenses limit job opportunities for probationers. Substance use drives down recruitment and retention rates. Recommendations Explore funding opportunities to support a subsidy or stipend for program participation. This work incentive model has proven to be effective at improving retention. Improve coordination between the probation officers and program staff to minimize student absenteeism. Develop a retention program that includes follow-up with probationers during the program and after job placement. Identify and address reasons for discontinued participation. Increase shuttle pick-up locations to include some remote options. Offer additional alternative modes of transportation (e.g., taxi service). Supportive services like transportation are critical to program engagement and completion. Identify funding sources and support services to assist probationers with addressing their driver's license issues. This may include collaborating with the Department of Motor Vehicles to identify a way to address the needs of probationers while still attending to the reason for the suspension or revocation in the first place. Consider partnering with a drug treatment program to provide onsite services to prospective and current program participants to address issues with substance use. While these services are available in the community, having an onsite provider might encourage participation by eliminating the logistical barrier. Details: Santa Monica: RAND, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2179.html?utm_source=WhatCountsEmail&utm_medium=NPA:1974:4813:Jun%204,%202018%2011:45:23%20AM%20PDT&utm_campaign=NPA:1974:4813:Jun%204,%202018%2011:45:23%20AM%20PDT Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 150464

Author: Scott, Michael S. Title: Clandestine Methamphetamine Labs. 2nd edition Summary: This guide addresses the problem of clandestine methamphetamine labs. U.S. state and local police report that methamphetamine trafficking and abuse has become their most pressing illegal drug problem in recent years, surpassing even crack cocaine. Although offenders manufacture a variety of illicit drugs in clandestine labs [e.g., amphetamines, MDMA (ecstasy), methcathinone, PCP, LSD, and fentanyl], methamphetamine accounts for 80 to 90 percent of the clandestine labs' total drug production. Many of the responses to methamphetamine labs also may be appropriate to other types of drug labs. This guide does not provide technical details on all the aspects of clandestine methamphetamine labs. Rather, it provides a general overview of the problem and of responses to it. It begins by describing the problem and reviewing factors that increase the risks of it. It then identifies a series of questions to help you analyze your local problem. Finally, it reviews responses to the problem and what is known about them from evaluative research and practice. Clandestine methamphetamine labs are but one aspect of the larger set of problems related to illegal drug manufacturing, trafficking, abuse, and associated crime, and a coherent strategy, whether at the international, national, regional, state, or local level, should address all aspects of these problems. This guide is limited to addressing the particular harms created by clandestine methamphetamine labs. Related problems not directly addressed in this guide include: - violent offenses (such as domestic violence and child abuse) committed by drug users, and property offenses to get money to buy drugs or the chemicals to produce them - sale and distribution of drugs manufactured in clandestine drug labs - abuse of drugs manufactured in clandestine drug labs - marijuana grow houses - rave parties. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2006. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Problem-Oriented Guides for Police Series Problem-Specific Guide Series No. 16: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: http://www.popcenter.org/problems/pdfs/Clandestine_Drug_Labs.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 86016

Author: Spencer, Patricia Title: 2014 Las Vegas Sex Trafficking Case Study Summary: This study is the result of a unique collaboration between the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD) and the Arizona State University Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research (ASU STIR) to analyze sex trafficking cases developed in Las Vegas, Nevada. The purpose of the study is to explore the efforts of law enforcement in identifying and investigating incidents of sex trafficking in Las Vegas and to identify trends and patterns that might inform future research or practice. This study was approved by the leadership of the LVMPD and the Arizona State University Institutional Review Board. Cases were included in this study if there was an identified victim of sex trafficking contacted by LVMPD officers and if this contact resulted in a criminal investigation into the circumstances of their alleged trafficking. All sex trafficking reports that articulated the criminal elements of prostitution and included an identified sex trafficking victim as investigated by the LVMPD in 2014 were included in this report. In 2014 there were 190 victims of sex trafficking identified in 159 separate sex trafficking cases developed by the LVMPD. The data reviewed for this study were collected from both paper and electronic files at the LVMPD, coded and entered into an online database for analysis by the ASU STIR research team. Details: Phoenix: Arizona State University, Office of Sex Trafficking Intervention Research, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://www.mccaininstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/las-vegas-sex-trafficking-report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 150473

Author: Guelbart, Michelle Title: No Vacancy for Child Sex Traffickers Impact Report Summary: Child sex trafficking is a problem across the United States. Children as young as 12 and 13 are integrated into the sex industry and are bought and sold alongside adults. While the hospitality industry is not responsible for the exploitation, it does have an important role to play in helping to stop it. Thirteen years ago ECPAT-USA set out to engage the United States travel and tourism industry in protecting children from sex trafficking. This report shows the results of that effort. An evaluation study conducted by the NYU Wagner Graduate School of Public Service has collected data demonstrating the results of this work. We now know that half of all hotels in the U.S. have training about how to prevent and disrupt child sex trafficking and at least 35% of those have ECPAT-USA training. Additionally, most hotel properties received training from their parent companies, which reinforces the efficacy of partnering with hospitality brands to reach properties on the ground level. This impact report described has four sections. The first is a discussion about why and how ECPATUSA works with the hospitality industry. The second section is a description of the resources and tools that are now available to the hospitality industry throughout the United States. These have been made possible because of the industry's willingness to invest resources into creating and disseminating them. The third section is a description of the extent and impact of training now available to the hospitality industry in the U.S. The fourth and final section contains recommendations for how to continue and expand the success that has been achieved. Details: Brooklyn, NY: ECPAT-USA, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/594970e91b631b3571be12e2/t/59c9b6bfb07869cc5d792b8c/1506391761747/NoVacany_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 150474

Author: Logan, Barry K. Title: An Evaluation of Data from Drivers Arrested for Driving Under the Influence in Relation to Per se Limits for Cannabis Summary: While the exact relationship between cannabis use and increased risk for crash involvement remains unclear, cognitive and psychomotor effects of cannabis use in the period immediately after use can impact vehicle control and judgment and present some risk for deterioration in driving performance. Background Cannabis is in the spotlight in the United States due to increased acceptance of its medical and recreational use One of the major concerns shared by both opponents and proponents of greater access to cannabis is its impact on driver performance and traffic safety; both sides recognize that the cognitive and psychomotor effects of cannabis use in the period immediately after use can impact vehicle control and judgment and present some risk for deterioration in driving performance These concerns have led to a strong desire among lawmakers and traffic safety advocates to consider laws that criminalize cannabis-involved driving including laws that set a quantitative threshold for concentration of delta-9- tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the active component of cannabis, in a person's blood. This threshold would constitute an offense per se in an effort to discourage cannabis-impaired driving. Objective The objective of this study was to determine whether data from drivers arrested for suspected driving under the influence (DUI) supported any particular quantitative threshold for a per se law for THC. Methods Data from two sources were evaluated: 602 drivers arrested for DUI in which only THC was present, along with a sample of 349 drug-free controls, in which full records of the subjects' performance in the Drug Recognition Expert (DRE) exam were available. The DRE exam is an assessment of physiological standards and performance on psychophysical tests, including the Standardized Field Sobriety Test (SFST) battery; and 4,799 drivers arrested for DUI who tested positive for one or more cannabinoids (THC, hydroxy-THC, and carboxy-THC), and for which demographic information and comprehensive toxicology testing results were available. Key Findings Compared to drug free controls, the DRE arrestees indicated poorer performance in the psychophysical tests (walk-and-turn, one-leg-stand, and finger-to-nose tests) Indicators of red, bloodshot and watery eyes, eyelid tremor, lack of convergence, and rebound dilation all showed significantly greater incidence in the cannabis-positive subjects Analysis of the same data was conducted considering whether indicators of impairment differed between subjects with blood THC concentrations above or below 5 ng/mL, the threshold for per se driving under the influence of cannabis adopted in Colorado, Washington, and Montana. The finger-to-nose test was the only indicator for which performance differed according to whether subjects were in the higher (≥5 ng/mL), or lower (<5 ng/mL) THC group. The number of misses on the finger-to-nose test was greater in the higher THC group. Analyses of alternative threshold THC concentrations from 1-10 ng/mL did not identify a threshold level of the THC concentration such that, if used as per se limit, would provide an acceptable level of agreement with the SFST. Among all cannabis-positive drivers arrested for DUI, 70 percent had THC concentrations below 5ng/mL The majority of cannabis-positive drivers arrested for DUI also tested positive for alcohol and/or other drugs; only 23 percent were positive only for cannabinoids. Conclusions All of the candidate THC concentration thresholds examined would have misclassified a substantial number of driver as impaired who did not demonstrate impairment on the SFST, and would have misclassified a substantial number of drivers as unimpaired who did demonstrate impairment on the SFST Based on this analysis, a quantitative threshold for per se laws for THC following cannabis use cannot be scientifically supported. Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/EvaluationOfDriversInRelationToPerSeReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150476

Author: New York State. Office of the State Comptroller Title: Noise in New York City Neighborhoods: Assessing Risk in Urban Noise Management Summary: Every day, New York City's eight million residents face a mix of urban noise-street traffic, construction, emergency vehicles, buses, subways and air traffic are just a few examples-which, at best, poses an annoyance and, at worst, impacts quality of life. Leading authorities such as the World Health Organization and the Environmental Protection Agency have documented the harmful effects of noise exposure on health and well-being. Despite an overhaul of New York City's Noise Code-which took effect in 2007, and established more stringent regulations for construction sites, nightclubs, and other sources of noise disturbances-noise complaints made to the City's 311 Customer Service Center (311) are on the rise. In 2010, New Yorkers made 200,018 complaints about noise. In 2015, that number had risen to 384,118. In total, during those six years, New York City residents made 1.6 million noise complaints via 311, in expectation that their government would help address a problem that significantly impacts their quality of life. In February 2016, the Office of the New York State Comptroller (OSC) launched a public opinion survey to solicit information on noise in New York City neighborhoods to gain insight on the issue at the grassroots level and to serve as a risk assessment tool to inform our audit process. To disseminate the survey to New York City residents, OSC conducted outreach to New York City's 59 Community Districts - through emails, letters, phone calls, and presentations at public meetings-and to community media. The online Noise Survey, available in English as well as Spanish, Chinese, and Russian, drew responses from more than 4,000 people. The survey results in this report are a simple summary of the raw data and are not generalizable as presented here, but they do reflect the depth of concern and the range of issues associated with urban noise in New York City. To develop the survey questionnaire, we analyzed trends in six years of 311 noise complaint data, and interviewed New York City agency officials regarding noise management. We also reviewed available New York City agency data, regulations and statutes on noise management. We looked at other questionnaires and results of noise surveys conducted by other entities, and reviewed studies conducted by academic and policy researchers seeking to identify the effects of noise as well as potential mitigating solutions. See Appendix A for a discussion of the methods used in this report. Details: Albany: Office of the New York State Comptroller, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://www.osc.state.ny.us/reports/health/noise-in-nyc.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods Shelf Number: 150477

Author: Philadelphia. Mayor's Task Force to Combat the Opioid Epidemic in Philadelphia Title: Final Report & Recommendations Summary: This report describes a public health crisis in Philadelphia caused by prescription and illicit opioids, and characterized by high and increasing rates of opioid use disorder and overdose death, as well as their devastating personal, family, and societal consequences.. The Mayor's Task Force to Combat the Opioid Epidemic considered the causes of this crisis and its potential solutions. The recommendations in this report were guided by the following eight principles: 1. Prioritize intervening at the earliest possible time. 2. Recognize the diversity of the city and the varied populations affected by the epidemic, including race, ethnicity, gender, age, sexual orientation, pregnancy, and parenting status. 3. Ensure that the voice of lived experience is included. 4. Support recommendations with data. 5. Find a balance between actionable recommendations and aspirational recommendations. 6. Speak to all organizations and entities that could contribute to solutions, rather than just the mayor or City government. 7. Consider return on investment and maximize the impact of resources expended. 8. Be subject to continuous, ongoing, and frequent evaluation and monitoring with quantitative metrics. Details: Philadelphia: The Task Force, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://dbhids.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/OTF_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 150478

Author: Alvarez, Ada Title: Clinical Programs Evaluation - Phase 1 Summary: I was hired by the Nebraska Department of Correctional Services (NCDS), Research Division, to conduct internal analysis of the programs offered at NDCS. This report uses various research methods to measure the progress and effectiveness of clinical programs offered by NDCS. The process includes three phases. The first consists of evaluating qualitative data. Inmates and staff were interviewed to obtain a holistic perspective of the clinical programs. Phase Two will incorporate quality assurance and data collection. Lastly, Phase Three will be quantitative analyses where I will use statistical modeling to assess effectiveness of clinical programs. Over a six-month period I evaluated the following programs: Violence Reduction Program (VRP), iHeLP (Inpatient Sex Offender Program), oHeLP (Outpatient Sex Offender Program), and Residential Treatment Community (RTC). Throughout this evaluation process I gathered information about topics such as the housing unit, educational level of inmates, intensity of program, training for staff, progress assessment for inmates, and parole readiness. This report encompasses the voice of inmates, clinical staff, and administration on the current status of the clinical programs and aims to identify why the programs are in their current situation and what their goals are. The key recommendations presented in this report include improving the environment for the inpatient programs, decreasing programming waitlist for screening and entering programs, implement strategies to overcome educational barriers, and addressing communication gaps within the behavioral health team. Details: Lincoln: Nebraska Department of Corrections, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/2016_clinical_programs_evaluation-phase_1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 150479

Author: Levin, Marc Title: Open Roads and Overflowing Jails: Addressing High Rates of Rural Pretrial Incarceration Summary: The axiom that a person is considered innocent of a criminal act until he or she has been proven guilty is a bedrock principle of the American criminal justice system. Yet in many jurisdictions, it appears to have been forgotten. The pretrial population of defendants has significantly increased-particularly in rural areas of the country. Jails in smaller jurisdictions are responsible for an outsized share of jail population growth. Indeed, from 1970 to 2014, jail populations grew by almost sevenfold in small counties but only threefold in large counties. This paper explores why this growth may have occurred and makes numerous recommendations to reduce pretrial populations, particularly in rural America. The first place to start is by reducing the number of offenses carrying the potential for arrest and jail time-the overcriminalization of our society must be reversed. The next step is to restore our historical commitment to individual liberty and the presumption of innocence by following these five guiding principles of pretrial justice policy: - There should be a presumption of pretrial release without conditions or cash bond, grounded in the American maxim that people are innocent until proven guilty. - Conditions of release, if any, should be the least restrictive to ensure public safety and appearance at trial. - Courts-after due process-should have the authority to deny bail in the most serious cases involving highly dangerous defendants after determining that a compelling government interest exists and there are no possible conditions under which the defendant could be released that would reasonably protect public safety and ensure re-appearance. - The burden should be on the state to prove the need for conditions of release or denial of bond in an adversarial proceeding where the accused is present. - Individual judicial consideration should be required for each accused. For a host of reasons, ranging from limited resources to dispersed populations, addressing pretrial incarceration in rural areas is a particularly complex undertaking. Also, there are many moving parts to implementing changes in a deliberate manner that produce sustainable results without unintended consequences. Ultimately, as rural communities across the country take many different paths to addressing the meteoric rise in rural pretrial incarceration over the last few decades, they must not lose sight of the destination: a constitutional system that produces greater public safety with less collateral damage. Key Points - Both the Constitution and Supreme Court precedent demand that pretrial liberty be the norm, and that detention is to be a "carefully limited exception." In practice, this has not been the case. - While prison populations have fallen recently, the nation's jail populations have steadily increased-particularly pretrial detainees. Rural areas, not urbanized ones, are responsible for a disproportionate amount of this growth. - Potential causes for increasing rural pretrial jail populations include a lack of presumption of pretrial release, economic incentives to build unnecessary jail capacity, and rising drug abuse. - Possible solutions for rising pretrial populations include reducing jailable offenses, expanding police diversion, use of validated risk-assessments at intake, and revising state bail laws. Details: Austin: Texas Public Policy Foundation, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://www.texaspolicy.com/library/doclib/2018-04-RR-Rural-Pretrial-Incarceration-CEJ-Levin-Haugen-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150480

Author: Logan, Wayne A. Title: Policing Police Access to Criminal Justice Data Summary: Daily, it seems, media outlets remind us that we live in an information-based society. This is certainly true of police on street patrol, who more than ever before rely on, and enjoy ready access to, information when doing their work. Information in aggregated form, for instance, is used to create algorithms for "hot spot" policing that targets specific areas. Information concerning individuals, however, must somehow be tied to them if it is to be useful. An arrest warrant in a database, for example, lies inert until an officer associates it with an individual; so too does information regarding suspected gang affiliation and the mass of other information contained in databases. With databases expanding exponentially by the day, and police engaging in what has come to be known as database policing, in search of "hits," personal identity has assumed unprecedented importance. This article addresses these developments. Unlike prior scholarship, which has focused mainly on the collection and use of information regarding individuals, the article examines the intermediate step of database policing: the means by which police access database information. For police, the benefits of such access are as broad as the expanse of databases on which they have come to rely, which is very broad indeed. Databases today include not only arrest warrants, most often for minor offenses, which police can use for evidentiary "fishing expeditions" when conducting searches incident to arrest. They also include records of prior stops, arrests, and convictions, which often reflect racially biased policing practices that are reified when relied upon by police. Databases even contain personally sensitive information that, while not incriminating, can be embarrassing for individuals who are detained. By conceiving of personal identity itself as evidentiary fruit worthy of constitutional regulation the article fills a major gap in policing scholarship, addressing a matter that will only grow in importance as police increasingly rely on databases that are rapidly proliferating in number and kind. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: FSU College of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 878: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3165150 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Big Data Policing Shelf Number: 150481

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. New York Advisory Committee Title: The Solitary Confinement of Youth in New York: A Civil Rights Violation Summary: On July 10, 2014, the New York Advisory Committee held a briefing on New York's use of solitary confinement (or extreme isolation, as it is sometimes termed) of youth inmates. The expert presenters included representatives from various state and city agencies and institutions in the State of New York as well as advocates and former inmates. The Committee examined the extent of the use of solitary confinement of youth in the State of New York and the City of New York, and, in particular, the disproportionate assignment of racial minorities to solitary confinement. At the briefing, the presenters discussed (a) the history of solitary confinement within the United States, (b) the conditions of solitary confinement in New York jails, (c) the mental, physical and developmental effects of solitary confinement on youth in New York jails, (d) the primary legal protections related to solitary confinement of youth inmates and (e) the pending legislative, judicial and executive efforts to eliminate or limit the solitary confinement of youth. In addition to the briefing, on June 25, 2014, the Committee conducted an on-site review of Rikers Island Correctional Facility (Rikers). This allowed the Committee to examine the conditions in punitive segregation units at Rikers and to speak with (i) prison officials, (ii) representatives of the New York City Department of Correction (NYC DOC) and the New York City Board of Correction (NYC BOC), and (iii) youth at Rikers who officials selected to speak with the Committee. Lastly, the Committee held a preparatory consultation on July 24, 2014 with experts in various states concerning the implementation of the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA). The Committee consulted with Elissa Rumsey, Compliance Monitoring Coordinator for PREA at the U.S. Department of Justice's (DOJ) Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention; Teresa Abreu, Acting Executive Director for the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Juvenile Detention Center; Michael Dempsey, Executive Director of the Indiana Department of Correction's Division of Youth Services; Rick Angelozzi, Superintendent of both Columbia River Correctional Institution and South Fork Forrest Camp within the Oregon Department of Corrections; and Jason Effman, PREA Coordinator for the New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision (DOCCS). Based on this record, including the documents referenced herein, the Committee offers 10 findings and makes 7 primary recommendations and 31 total recommendations-found in Chapter 4 of this report-and recommends that the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights call on the Department of Justice and other appropriate federal officials and agencies to use their authority to implement the Committee's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC:The Commission, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/NY-SAC-Solitary-Confinement-Report-without-Cover.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 150482

Author: Winters, Brandon R. Title: The hotel industry's role in combatting sex trafficking Summary: Human trafficking is a global concern that victimizes countless individuals worldwide. The hotel industry, which traffickers often exploit, is in a unique position to assist in the prevention of sex trafficking; therefore, it plays a vital role in the overall fight against human trafficking. This thesis applies policy analysis and exploratory research to understand how and to what degree the U.S.-based hotel industry can affect efforts to combat sex trafficking. The results indicate that hotels take a proactive, zero-tolerance stance on human trafficking. Efforts consist primarily of training employees how to identify and report suspected trafficking activities; adopting corporate anti-human trafficking policies; developing key partnerships with non-governmental organizations and government agencies; and supporting programs that help recovering victims gain employment opportunities. Recommendations to improve future efforts include mandating awareness training for all hotel and motel properties, increasing transparency of efforts through annual reporting, and introducing an incentive-based reporting program for the hospitality industry. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/56849/17Dec_Winters_Brandon.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Hotel Security Shelf Number: 150483

Author: Maroney, Thomas T. Title: Recidivism Measurement and Sanction Effectiveness in Youth Diversion Programs Summary: With the rapid growth of juvenile offender diversion programs, which use many nontraditional sanctions, the effectiveness of sanction combinations in juvenile diversion programs and in each individual program needs to be evaluated. Those making sanctioning decisions currently do so based on intuition rather than using an evidence- or theory-based approach. Considerable research has examined the relationship between offender risk factors and recidivism (who is more likely to reoffend?) and between offender risk factors and sanctions (who is more likely to receive what sanctions?), but little is known about the relationship between sanctions and recidivism (which sanctions best reduce recidivism and for whom?). Furthermore, recidivism studies vary drastically in how they measure or quantify recidivism. This variability of approach makes comparing studies difficult and provides a less-than-complete picture of recidivism in general. The present study used data from one specific youth diversion program to test certain hypotheses of sanctioning by developing and testing a model for assigning sanction combinations to certain offenders on the basis of their individual characteristics. The study first developed measurement models for Offender Risk Propensity, Multiplicity of Sanctions, and Recidivism using structural equation modeling (SEM). Then predictive models were developed to test specific relationships. Understanding the effectiveness of certain sanction packages on certain offenders can form the basis for effective sanctioning in youth diversion programs. This study sought to answer three research questions: What is the best way to measure recidivism? Does completion of a restorative justice program reduce recidivism? Which sanctions, if any, reduce recidivism for specific offender types? To answer the first question: a iv multi-indicator latent construct of recidivism did a very good job of measuring variation in recidivism. Multiple indicators analyzed simultaneously produced a robust tool that can be used in other recidivism studies and help to reduce comparability issues between studies. The recidivism construct, when tested as a function of completion of the restorative justice program, was seen to produce a significant model having an overall good fit with the data. Thus to answer the second research question: offenders' completion status for the restorative justice program was shown to be a significant predictor of the latent construct of recidivism at the 0.05 level (two-tailed), with those who failed to complete (or chose not to participate) having higher recidivism than did those who completed the program. To answer the third research question: the assignment of specific sanctions (both those suggested by research and theory and those traditionally assigned by this and similar programs) on the entire data set (and on various subsets) of this study have no statistically significant impact on recidivism at the 0.05 level (two-tailed). The findings suggest many policy implications. Consistency is all but nonexistent in recidivism measurements in the academic literature and in program review studies. A multi-indicator latent construct of recidivism, such as the one proposed and proven effective in this study, provides a more complete picture than simply conceptualizing recidivism by one dummy variable. This recidivism model can be used as the endogenous variable to evaluate programs and their practices and could reduce the problem of study comparability. This could lead to a better understanding of program characteristics and their impact on offender success. This study also found that completion of the Neighborhood Restorative Justice Program was a significant predictor of recidivism, yet none of the eleven most commonly assigned v sanctions were seen to have a significant impact on recidivism for any subgroup. Proponents of restorative justice argue that it is the programs' characteristics and not their specific activities that make the programs successful. Reintegrative Shaming Theory and Labeling Theory support this claim and suggest the best approach to address youth criminal behavior is to admonish the act and not the actor, have the offender and community agree on a plan to make the community whole after that criminal act, and prevent repeated interaction with the formal criminal justice system which encourages the youth to see themself as a deviant and engage in further deviant behavior. These characteristics should be further examined and widely employed if confirmed. Details: Orlando: University of Central Florida, 2012. 262p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: http://stars.library.ucf.edu/etd/2476/ Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 150485

Author: Sens, Courtney Janell Title: Comparative Evaluation of the Roseville Police Department Juvenile Diversion Program Summary: This project compares the Roseville Police Department (RPD) Juvenile Diversion Program against the principles of effective correctional intervention. Additionally, the project examined recidivism rates among program participants. Research on diversion provides inconsistent and widely varied findings as a result of the individuality of programming. Principles of effective intervention are evidence based principles that when implemented together have been proven to reduce recidivism. The three core principles are risk, need, and responsivity (RNR). The principles were used as a comparison tool to determine how many were being implemented by the RPD program. Interview responses from Roseville Police officers were used to assist in the comparison. The findings from the comparison show that RPD currently only adheres to 3 of the 15 current principles of effective intervention, with one additional principle from an earlier work. The core RNR principles were not being adhered to by the RPD program. There were 129 youth cited to the RPD diversion program from November 2011 to December 2012. The results of the descriptive analysis of the recidivism rates provided that only 19.4% of the youth recidivated within one year. Of the youth who recidivated, 60% committed more serious offenses. The researcher provided that in order to improve level of adherence to the RNR principles, RPD should implement three suggestions: have program staff attend STICS training, utilize a risk/needs assessment instrument, and create and maintain a program manual. Details: Sacramento: California State University, Sacramento, 2014. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: http://csus-dspace.calstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/122190/Full%20Project%20with%20Template%2012%20pt%20font%20FINAL%20REVISIONS%20copy%20for%20pdf.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150488

Author: OMNI Institute Title: Statewide Evaluation of Juvenile Diversion Programming: Literature Review Summary: In the first quarter of 2010, OMNI Institute began work on the development of a statewide evaluation of juvenile diversion grant programs funded by the Colorado Division of Criminal Justice. The evaluation was implemented in August of 2011. The overarching aim of the statewide evaluation is to allow providers, state agencies, and other stakeholders to make more informed decisions and improve the provision of services. The evaluation activities are intended to yield meaningful improvements in: assessment and subsequent referral of youth to appropriate services; evaluation capacity of grantees; and amount and utility of data and findings available to assess program quality, program outcomes, and statewide impact on juvenile crime and recidivism. Prior to the development of the statewide evaluation plan, there was a need to develop a comprehensive overview of juvenile diversion approaches and best practices nationwide. To achieve this goal, OMNI conducted a literature review of academic journals and government publications to gain a better understanding on a national level of how diversion programs tend to operate, best practices related to diversion, and accepted standards for evaluating diversion programs. The intent of this literature review is to explore and organize the most current and useful scholarly and government research to inform Colorado�s local juvenile diversion practices. As such, since the initial literature review was disseminated in January 2011, it has continued to be updated with the most recent and relevant research. Over one hundred recently published articles were collected, summarized, and synthesized into the review. The review begins with an overview of the history of diversion and how it fits into the larger criminal justice system. Other topics include best practices and recent trends in diversion, the characteristics of youth in diversion programs, additional needs of youth that may not be met in current diversion programming, and an overview of some key screening and assessment tools. The final section examines a subset of the literature covering the best practices and challenges involved in evaluating juvenile diversion programs. The literature review includes examination of programs and practices from across the United States and encompasses diversion that occurs preadjudication, post-adjudication, as well as adjunct to probation. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/oajja/Publications_Reports/JuvenileDiversionLiteratureReview2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150489

Author: Blanco, Melissa Title: How Effective Are Virginia's Juvenile Division Programs? A Quantitative and Qualitative Assessment for the Virginia State Crime Commission Summary: Virginia has a vested interest in promoting state and local policies that prevent and reduce juvenile delinquency. In particular, policies should be aimed at rehabilitating juvenile offenders with the goal of decreasing recidivism rates across the Commonwealth. One possible way to accomplish lower recidivism rates is through the use of diversion programs. Diversion programs offer alternatives to the traditional forms of secure detention, such as treatment programs, restorative justice services, and community service opportunities. These programs can be mandated by a judge, or they can be assigned in lieu of the juvenile undergoing court proceedings. This study will focus on the diversion programs assigned by Intake Officers before the juvenile enters the traditional criminal justice system. The Virginia State Crime Commission has been directed by the General Assembly of Virginia to conduct a comprehensive, two-year study of Virginia's juvenile justice system. One element of this study calls for an examination of juvenile diversion programs across the state, their impact on rates of recidivism, and their cost-effectiveness. In accordance with this mandate, the Center for Public Policy Research at The College of William & Mary has conducted a survey of juvenile Intake Officers across the Commonwealth (including Parole and Probation Officers who complete intake duties), the purpose of which was to understand how diversion is implemented in each Court Services Unit (CSU), which diversion programs appear to be most effective at reducing recidivism, and why some programs seem to be more effective than others. The scope of this project covers the entire Commonwealth of Virginia, which includes 35 CSUs. The CSUs perform intake, investigations, probation, and parole services for juveniles, and each CSU has anywhere between 3 and 24 Intake Officers and as many or more programs offering diversion services for juveniles. The largest component of this study consists of the formulation and distribution of a web-based survey of Intake Officers, which was anonymous to ensure the reception of candid responses. The survey was formulated to serve four key purposes. The first purpose of the survey was to identify the procedure followed by Intake Officers for deciding which juveniles to divert and to what program he or she should be diverted. The second purpose of the survey is to ascertain which programs or which types of programs Intake Officers feel are most effective. The third purpose is to determine if Intake Officers have any method for assessing the progress of the juvenile after he or she has begun participating in his or her assigned diversion program. Finally, the fourth purpose of the survey is to identify any impediments to the juvenile's successful completion of the diversion program. The twenty-question survey was distributed in November 2007 to 177 Intake Officers across the Commonwealth in 30 of 35 CSUs. Responses were collected from 51 of those individuals(28%), representing 15 of the 30 CSUs included in the sample. A mixture of rural and urban CSUs is represented across the disparate regions of the state. A significant limitation, however, is the lack of representation from two large urban areas of the state, Richmond and Norfolk. More than half of Intake Officers surveyed believe that juveniles should be allowed to be diverted more than once, depending on the circumstances. However, 4 of the 14 CSUs (28.6%) represented have policies that prohibit this, and respondents from five other CSUs (35.7%) presented conflicting interpretations of their CSU's policy. Only about one third of respondents utilize some type of standard assessment at intake for making decisions about diversion for a juvenile. Discretion of Intake Officers appears to be an important element in the diversion process with respect to the determination of whether diversion is appropriate for a juvenile, whether it is permissible for a second offense, and in consideration of the type of offense and any mitigating circumstances. Most Intake Officers take a wide range of factors into consideration when deciding whether to divert a juvenile rather than send him or her through court proceedings. Eighty percent or more consider the number and type of prior offenses in the juvenile's record, the juvenile's current offense, the age of the juvenile, the recommendation of the arresting officer, the type of diversion programs available in the CSU, and the juvenile's family or home situation. Similarly, Intake Officers also consider a number of different factors when deciding which program to divert a juvenile to, citing everything from the juvenile's current offense, to the personality or demeanor of the juvenile, to the availability of transportation for the juvenile to and from the program site. It is clear from the responses received for these two questions that the discretion of the Intake Officers plays a major role in determining whether juveniles are diverted and to what program. Intake Officers were also asked if their CSU implements a family-centered approach to diversion, and most (88%) indicated that they do. Many of the Intake Officers provided comments suggesting that parents are strongly encouraged to take part in at least some part of the diversion and that more ways in which parents could become involved in the diversion process would be welcome in their CSU. Most Intake Officers (78%) indicated that their CSU does perform some kind of assessment of the juvenile's progress after he or she has begun participating in a diversion program. There is a wide spread of responses concerning how often CSUs perform this assessment, ranging from every other week to sporadically, with none doing so everyday. A majority of CSUs continue to assess the juvenile's progress until the juvenile has completed the diversion program requirements. Many CSUs perform their assessment of the juvenile's progress by contacting the juvenile's family, contacting the program director, or meeting the juvenile in-person. Very few do so by observing the juvenile's participation through in-person visits to the diversion program site. Forty percent of Intake Officers reported that their CSU assesses the effectiveness of the diversion programs they utilize, while another 40% said their CSU did not assess diversion program effectiveness. However, these results are potentially misleading. Further analysis reveals that Intake Officers from the same CSU often differed in their answer to this question. Of the eleven CSUs represented, Intake Officers from six of them gave conflicting answers. It appears that Intake Officers may not be aware of their CSU's policy on assessing effectiveness, a situation which should be addressed. The vast majority of Intake Officers' responses indicate that a lack of cooperation from the family (73.2%) and from the juvenile (65.9%) stands in the way of successful diversion outcomes. Furthermore, many of the responses cited too little funding provided by the state (48.8%), too few diversion programs offered in the CSU (46.3%), and an insufficient range of diversion program types (41.5%). Finally, a small number (4.9%) said lack of transportation posed an obstacle to successful diversion. Intake Officers expressed a desire for increased funding for diversion programs, particularly to increase diversion staff and expand the number and type of diversion programs offered in each CSU. They also expressed a desire for uniform criteria for diversion eligibility, as current policy differs from CSU to CSU. For example, a juvenile in one CSU may be eligible for a diversion opportunity, while a juvenile with a similar criminal history may be ineligible for a diversion opportunity in another CSU. After completing this study and reviewing the results, several recommendations for reforming the methods of diversion in Virginia's juvenile justice system became apparent. First, we recommend that the state provide CSUs with resources to collect data on juveniles who have been diverted and the outcomes of the programs to which juveniles are diverted. Second, we recommend that CSUs improve the clarity and uniformity of their diversion policy. Third, we recommend the implementation of a standardized intake assessment with statewide criteria. Results of the survey are valuable and instructive for understanding diversion implementation and its effectiveness in Virginia, but the conclusions do present some limitations. First, only perceived effectiveness was assessed through the perspectives of Intake Officers given that actual data on diverted juveniles was not available to us at the time of this study. Second, less than half of the 35 CSUs in the Commonwealth were represented; ideally we would have achieved representation from all. Third, the narrow definition of recidivism as "re-conviction" may lead to over-stating the effectiveness of diversion programs. Finally, the difficulty in obtaining figures for the costs of diversion program implementation in light of their disparate funding sources precluded a cost-effectiveness analysis within the three-month time constraint for this research endeavor. The Intake Officer Survey has laid the groundwork for future work that could provide additional evidence on how effective diversion programs are at reducing recidivism rates. Specifically, two bodies of work are needed: (1) a quantitative analysis of Virginia's Department of Juvenile Justice data, which would compare recidivism rates between juveniles who were diverted before being adjudicated with juveniles who entered the traditional criminal justice system; and (2) an assessment on how cost-effective diversion programs are in comparison to the traditional adjudication process. Details: Williamsburg, VA : Thomas Jefferson Program in Public Policy, The College of William & Mary, 2007. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://www.wm.edu/as/publicpolicy/documents/prs/crime.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150490

Author: Niedzwiecki, Emily Title: Massachusetts Juvenile Diversion Assessment Study Summary: On behalf of the Massachusetts Juvenile Justice Advisory Committee (JJAC), in collaboration with the Executive Office of Public Safety and Security (EOPSS), ICF International (ICF) conducted an assessment of District Attorneys' (DAs') offices' pretrial juvenile diversion practices across the Commonwealth. Findings from this assessment are intended to provide a snapshot of DAs' juvenile diversion practices in Massachusetts and make recommendations regarding the enhancement and wider use of promising diversion practices. The purpose of the assessment is also to provide DAs, their staff, and other juvenile justice stakeholders with a better understanding of the state of practice in order to make informed decisions regarding their diversion programs. Methodology In order to gain a better understanding of DAs' pretrial juvenile diversion practices, this assessment included three primary tasks: (1) Background Review, (2) Literature Review, and (3) Key Informant Interviews. This assessment is largely descriptive in nature and is meant to provide an initial look at DA-based pretrial juvenile diversion in Massachusetts. To inform the development of the interview protocol and reduce burden on interview participants, researchers first conducted a background review of public data sources to collect information on jurisdictional characteristics (e.g., population demographics, youth demographics), crime statistics, juvenile court statistics, school statistics, youth initiatives, and existing diversion programming within the community. In conjunction with the background review, the research team conducted a literature review that addressed juvenile justice trends in the United States, juvenile diversion philosophies, model diversion programs and strategies, and background information on juvenile justice in Massachusetts. Finally, the research team conducted semi-structured telephone interviews with staff within each of the 11 DAs' offices who were most knowledgeable regarding juvenile diversion programs and practices within their office. The interviews were designed to collect detailed information on diversion programs and practices, including: key program elements (e.g., target population, eligibility criteria, and decision-making and referral protocols); services provided as part of the diversion program; perceived challenges and limitations; and offices' data collection practices. Over a two-month period, the research team conducted interviews with 14 participants, representing all 11 DAs' offices, which generally included DAs, Assistant District Attorneys (ADAs), diversion program staff, juvenile unit staff and attorneys, and other special programs staff. Details: Fairfax, VA: ICF International, 2015. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58ea378e414fb5fae5ba06c7/t/593709d2197aeac077e3f2f9/1496779220634/MADiversion_FinalReport_2015+01+14-FINAL.PDF Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150491

Author: Huskey Associates Title: Ramsey County, MN Juvenile Justice Redesign: Final Report Summary: The Ramsey County Community Corrections Department (RCCCD) retained Huskey & Associates, Chicago, IL, after a national search to assist the Department in developing its 10 Year Plan (Plan) for the delivery of juvenile services, particularly to identify the options for the Boys Totem Town (BTT) and the Juvenile Detention Center (JDC). This Plan addresses the needs of the youth and families within the juvenile justice system, and it was developed with input from the Commissioners, County Manager, Finance Director, Judiciary, County Attorney, Public Defender, Law Enforcement, parents, youth, community members, Elders, community providers, and Probation, BTT, and JDC staff. In fact, more than 20 focus group interviews were conducted including more than 140 individuals. Others were invited but could not participate due to scheduling conflicts. This objective and inclusive process confirmed that Ramsey County should continue to operate the Boys Totem Town, and at the same time, modify and expand its service continuum to better meet the needs of the youth, families and community. The Current Service Continuum was developed during an era when more confinement was considered desirable for youthful offenders. However, the County's stakeholders realize that it can no longer confine non-violent youth than is needed. System change is critical to more effectively meet the needs of youth and families and to control the costs to the community and to the County. Ramsey County is commended for its accomplishments to date in detention reform through the efforts of the Annie E. Casey Foundation's JDAI Initiative. In fact, Ramsey County is considered one of the nation's Leading Sites by the Annie E. Casey Foundation. This stakeholder-driven Plan intends to build on these achievements. It will recommend additional, supportive ideas that are based on objective, quantitative research and on inclusive, qualitative input from those many individuals who will either operate the Plan directly or influence the operation of the Plan. I. Methodology This project addresses three major issues faced by the RCCCD:  Reduced populations in its institutions due to juvenile justice reform  Aging, and deteriorating facilities (BTT and JDC) under the RCCCD's responsibility  High per diem costs at the Juvenile Detention Center and Boys Totem Town These issues create the urgent need to evaluate the current service continuum and recommend a New Service Continuum that ensures a lower rate of reoffending while containing costs. Some of the research questions posed in this project were: 1. Does Ramsey County have the right number and type of community-based supervision options and beds to serve its juvenile justice populations? If not, what is the right number and type of options that would be more effective? 2. Are the options within the current service continuum effective at reducing the rate of reoffending? If not, what is a more effective service continuum at reducing the rate of return and which reduces unnecessary incarceration? 3. Does the current Boys Totem Town address the needs of the youth housed in it? If not, what should be improved? 4. Should the County continue to operate a Boys Totem Town in the future? 5. Building on the previous architectural analyses of facilities, what are two options for the delivery of the Department's facilities that address renovation, new construction, standalone or co-location, or regionalized services and present the advantages and disadvantages of each option? What are the preliminary space needs of these facility options and their estimated costs? What criteria should guide site placement? 6. What are the components of the new service continuum and what supporting data is presented to build the business case for this new service continuum? Trends Analysis: These research questions were answered through an objective, analytical process involving extensive data gathering and analysis of data from every aspect of the juvenile justice system and of the Department's Juvenile Probation, Boys Totem Town and Juvenile Detention Center. Characteristic Profile of Youth: Gathered and analyzed the risk and needs of the youth housed in the Boys Totem Town to 1) provide an understanding of who is housed at the BTT so that program services can better meet their needs and 2) document the number of youth who might be eligible for less restrictive options. Facility Assessment: Conducted facility assessments of 23 functional components of the operations at the Boys Totem Town and the Juvenile Detention Center, evaluated the facilities against Minnesota Standards, American Correctional Associational Standards and national best practices. Gap Analysis: Extensive input was gathered and synthesized from more than 20 focus groups including more than 140 individuals to identify gaps throughout the juvenile justice system and in the communities that foster crime. These individuals represented County Board of Commissioners, County Manager, Finance Director and staff, law enforcement officials, County Attorney, Public Defender, Judiciary, Probation Division, BTT staff, JDC staff, community treatment providers, community-based organizations, faith-based organizations, parents, youth, community members, and Elders. Best Practices: Research was conducted on evidence-based and promising programs rated by national organizations. They were selected because they are culturally relevant to the ethnic and racial characteristics of the youth served by the Department. Finally, these program options are eligible for federal funding which defray some of the costs to the Department and the County. Details: Chicago: Huskey & Associates, 2013. 5 volumes Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://www.ramseycounty.us/your-government/projects-initiatives/hennepin-ramsey-juvenile-treatment-program/documents-board-action Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Centers Shelf Number: 150492

Author: Letourneau, Elizabeth J. Title: Juvenile Registration and Notification Policy Effects: A Multistate Evaluation Project Summary: The goals of this project were to evaluate the impact of juvenile sex offender registration and notification policies on first-time sexual offenses (general deterrence), sexual and violent recidivism offenses (specific deterrence), and juvenile case processing including case dismissals, diversions and plea bargains. The report evaluates the general deterrent effects of six states' juvenile registration policies: Oregon, Maryland, Idaho, South Carolina, Utah and Virginia. In no case was any state's policy associated with a general deterrent effect. Findings related to the remaining goals are not yet available but the researchers continue to pursue the remaining goals of this project. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251494.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 150493

Author: Crowe, Sara Title: Human Trafficking on Temporary Work Visas: A Data Analysis 2015-2017 Summary: Over the course of this year, hundreds of thousands of laborers from around the world will be invited to our shores as guest workers. They will come in search of economic opportunity, or for a summer job and an adventure. As the debate over immigration rages on, these men and women will pick our fruits and vegetables, mow our lawns, care for our children and clean our homes. They will be here legally, as guests of the United States government, under temporary work visa programs that have existed for decades and grown steadily over that time. Many of these men and women will become victims of human trafficking. A study by Polaris based on data from the National Human Trafficking Hotline identified some 8001 individual victims of human trafficking from January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2017 who were here and working under temporary work visas. Overall, nearly half of the victims of labor trafficking reported to the National Hotline during this period whose immigration status was identified were foreign nationals holding legal visas. Human trafficking is notoriously underreported, meaning that the individuals whose cases were reported likely represents only a very small fraction of the number of actual victims. Regardless, even the number that we know about is shocking and unacceptable within the context of this population. Human trafficking flourishes in the gaps between legitimate systems, the spaces where law enforcement doesn't quite sync up with government and where social services fall just a little bit short. Undocumented immigrants are always extremely vulnerable to traffickers, who can unlawfully use threats of deportation and imprisonment to coerce and control. Guest workers, at least in theory, enjoy key additional protections around their recruitment and working conditions that are embedded in regulations and designed to minimize risk of exploitation. Clearly, that system is badly broken. The dysfunction is due in part to the patchwork nature of regulation and a lack of reliable, timely and adequately resourced enforcement of what regulatory structures do exist. But it is also the result of baking into the system one of the most powerful weapons for traffickers to control victims - the threat of deportation. The vast majority of these temporary visas are "tied," to the employer. If the worker leaves the job, he or she is immediately deportable. In this report, Polaris details how human traffickers are using workers under H-2A, H-2B and other popular temporary work visas as their personal ATM machines and along the way, making legitimate businesses, consumers and the U.S. government complicit in the $150 billion business of global human trafficking. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Polaris%20Temporary%20Work%20Visa%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 150494

Author: Weiss, Giudi Title: The Fourth Wave: Juvenile Justice Reforms for the Twenty-First Century Summary: Over the past decade or more, virtually every state in the union has taken steps to create a juvenile justice system that is not just tough on crime but smart on crime-fair and just practices that protect communities and help all kids become responsible adults. The systems now taking shape embrace the best ideas from earlier waves of reform-society's responsibility to its youth, the need to create safe communities-and put them in a new framework: a scientific understanding of child and adolescent development, the tools to evaluate what works and what doesn't, and the determination to put our scarce taxpayer dollars where the evidence is" (p. 9). This report discusses how the fourth wave of reform will influence the juvenile justice system. Sections following an executive summary include: introduction; a brief history of juvenile justice�the "discovery" of childhood, enter the child savers, a second wave of reform, the third wave of backlash, the consequences, and the fourth wave; reducing incarceration and its harms; treating kids as kids, not as adults; diverting youths from the system; ensuring equal treatment and due process; balancing youth development, personal accountability, and public safety; and into the future. Details: New York: National Campaign to Reform State Juvenile Justice Systems, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: http://modelsforchange.net/publications/530 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Alternatives Shelf Number: 150495

Author: Eisen, Lauren-Brooke Title: Charging Inmates Perpetuates Mass Incarceration Summary: The American criminal justice system is replete with fees that attempt to shift costs from the government to those accused and convicted of breaking the law. Courts impose monetary sanctions on a "substantial majority of the millions of U.S. residents convicted of felony and misdemeanor crimes each year." Every aspect of the criminal justice process has become ripe for charging a fee. In fact, an estimated 10 million people owe more than $50 billion in debt resulting from their involvement in the criminal justice system. In the last few decades, additional fees have proliferated, such as charges for police transport, case filing, felony surcharges, electronic monitoring, drug testing, and sex offender registration. Unlike fines, whose purpose is to punish, and restitution, which is intended to compensate victims of crimes for their loss, user fees are intended to raise revenue. The Justice Department's March 2015 report on practices in Ferguson, Mo. highlights the over-reliance on court fines as a primary source of revenue for the jurisdiction. The New York Times noted that the report found that "internal emails show city officials pushing for more tickets and fines." Fees and debts are increasing partially because the criminal justice system has grown bigger. With 2.2 million people behind bars, courts - and all the relevant agencies - have expanded as well. Since the 1970s, incarceration in the U.S. has risen steeply, dwarfing the incarceration rate of any other nation on Earth. The U.S. added about 1.1 million incarcerated people, almost doubling the nation's incarcerated population, in the past 20 years. The fiscal costs of corrections are high - more than $80 billion annually - about equivalent to the budget of the federal Department of Education.6 A recent report by the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities finds that corrections is currently the third-largest category of spending in most states, behind education and health care. In fact, somewhat disconcertingly, 11 states spent more of their general funds on corrections than on higher education in 2013. Fees already on the books have increased. And, these fees are extending into state and local corrections. As a result of these runaway costs, counties and states continue to struggle with ways to increase revenue to pay for exorbitant incarceration bills. In 2010, the mean annual state corrections expenditure per inmate was $28,323, although a quarter of states spent $40,175 or more. Not surprisingly, departments of corrections and jails are increasingly authorized to charge inmates for the cost of their imprisonment. Although this policy is alarming, less widely understood but equally troubling is the reality that these incarceration fees perpetuate our nation's addiction to incarceration. This policy brief exposes how the widespread nature of charging fees to those who are incarcerated connects to the larger problem of mass incarceration in this country. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice at New York University School of Law, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/blog/Charging_Inmates_Mass_Incarceration.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 150496

Author: OMNI Institute Title: Statewide Evaluation of the DCJ Juvenile Diversion Program Summary: Created by Colorado state statute and administered by the Division of Criminal Justice, the Juvenile Diversion program is intended to divert youth from penetrating further into the juvenile justice system. While diversion can occur at multiple stages of the juvenile justice system and be offered to youth with varying levels of offense, DCJ primarily funds services for youth who are pre-file or pre-adjudicated and who have committed a district level offense. In order to better understand the services and outcomes of the State funded Juvenile Diversion program, the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Council through DCJ contracted with OMNI Institute in 2010 to develop and implement a statewide evaluation of its 19 funded juvenile diversion programs. The overarching aim of the statewide evaluation is to allow providers, state agencies, and other stakeholders to make more informed decisions and improve the provision of services. In any evaluation, replication is critical for a program to be confident in the findings, conclusions and recommendations. As such, this report revisited the questions that were preliminarily addressed in the 2013 report1 including data from July 2011 through June 2013. The evaluation comprises examination of 19 different programs, each offering a unique set of services that are further tailored to each youth within the program. The evaluation design encompasses multiple measures and data sources to address four key question areas: 1. Who is served by diversion? 2. What services are provided? 3. Are programs/services effective? 4. What youth and program factors are associated with (reduced) recidivism? Multiple measures and data sources were utilized to ensure a comprehensive understanding of: the population served, the services and programming provided, short-term outcomes, and recidivism; and the relationships among these variables. The figure below provides a visual representation of the core data elements in the fashion of a logic model. Complex multi-level models were employed to examine relationships among services, short-term outcomes, and recidivism while statistically controlling for variability in services and youth characteristics across programs. Finally, in order to better assess the impact of diversion on youth, data were split into two cohorts to reflect the group of youth that exited diversion by the end of January 2013 (and were included in the previous report) and Cohort II encompassing all youth that exited diversion between February 2013 and June 2014. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, 2014. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/oajja/Publications_Reports/2014DCJJuvenileDiversionFinalReport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150497

Author: Warner, Chelsey R. Title: Juvenile Diversion Programs: high-Risk Youth and Their Effect on Offense Targeting Summary: One of the largest problems that plague the juvenile justice system today is how to better handle juvenile crime without causing the juvenile to revert back to that behavior, but still helping them understand and acknowledge the crime they have committed. The state of Minnesota has created juvenile diversion programs as an attempt to aid in that endeavor. These programs however are under researched. The goal of this article is to shed some light on what those programs look like and how some counties programs vary from other programs on other counties; specifically focusing on the variation between offense-targeting for high-risk youth. This study uses county level data collected from the Minnesota Department of Public Safety and the American Community Survey to answer the following question: Do programs with more high-risk youth target more severe crimes? Findings suggest that there is a significant correlation between highrisk youth and diversion programs which target more severe crimes. Details: Bemidji, MN: Bemidji State University, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://www.bemidjistate.edu/academics/departments/political-science/wp-content/uploads/sites/40/2015/05/warner-thesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150498

Author: Link, Nathan Wong Title: Paid Your Debt to Society? Legal Financial Obligations and their Effects on Former Prisoners Summary: Within the last decade, scholars and practitioners alike have noted a surge in the use of legal financial obligations (LFOs) in criminal justice processing. These include fines, fees, and costs that are applied to defendants' cases from "upstream" agencies such as police departments to "downstream" agencies including jails, prisons, probation and parole agencies, and treatment centers. Legal financial obligations can be large, and the result is that outstanding balances often accumulate into unwieldy amounts of criminal justice debt. Recently, a small handful of qualitative studies have shown that these LFOs and debts can have adverse impacts on returning prisoners and their families, including increased stress, strained family relationships, worsened depression, and longer periods spent under criminal justice surveillance for those too poor to pay off outstanding balances. In addition, some of this work suggests that these financial obligations can increase the likelihood of returning to crime. This dissertation expands on the major contributions of these recent qualitative works by addressing the lack of quantitative research in this area. Toward this end, longitudinal data from the Returning Home Study (n = 740) and structural equation modeling (SEM) techniques are used to test whether LFOs and debt indeed have adverse impacts on key outcomes of interest in reentry research, including family relationships, depression, justice involvement/entanglement, and recidivism. Findings reveal partial support for past research and theory. Legal financial obligations do not appear to have impacts on depression, family conflict, and several measures of recidivism on average. However, outstanding debt owed to community supervision agencies (i.e., probation/parole/mandatory community supervision) significantly increases the likelihood of remaining under supervision, which, in turn, increases the likelihood of returning to prison. Implications for decision-making bodies from state legislatures to corrections agencies are discussed. Details: Philadelphia: Temple University, 2017. 192p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1952046335?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines and Fees Shelf Number: 150499

Author: Rempel, Michael Title: Understanding Risk and Needs in Misdemeanor Populations: A Case Study in New York City Summary: Nationally, even after more than a decade of gradually declining caseloads, an estimated 18.1 million criminal cases were arraigned in 2015. Of these, four in five cases were misdemeanors or other lesser offenses (Schauffler et al. 2016). Despite the low-level nature of most criminal behavior, many defendants have serious needs for treatment and services that, if left unmet, can lead to a revolving door of more low-level arrests and re-arrests. For instance, among New York City misdemeanor defendants studied as part of the current research, 40% were rearrested over a six-month period of time, the vast majority for future misdemeanor offenses. In short, most defendants in our sample did not pose a serious threat to public safety, but nonetheless posed a sizable risk of continued low-level misconduct. If the criminal justice system were refashioned to replace jail and other traditional sanctions with services and treatment for misdemeanor defendants, what kinds of services would be necessary? Unfortunately, too little is known about the drivers of misdemeanor offending, with much of the existing risk-needs literature focused on more serious felony populations. Through a case study in New York City, the current research examines the prevalence of clinical and criminogenic needs in a misdemeanor population. Findings are intended to lay the groundwork for the development of interventions and diversion strategies that are both effective in reducing recidivism and legally proportionate for misdemeanor case resolution. Research Methodology Data were collected from 964 individuals charged with a misdemeanor or lesser offense in one of three New York City diversion programs: (1) Bronx Community Solutions, which serves more than 8,000 diverted misdemeanor defendants per year in the centralized Bronx Criminal Court; (2) the Midtown Community Court, which processes more than 6,000 low- level misdemeanor defendants per year who are arrested in Midtown Manhattan; and (3) the Red Hook Community Justice Center, which processes from 3,000 to 4,000 misdemeanor defendants per year who are arrested in three police precincts in southwest Brooklyn. Study participants were either approached by researchers shortly after their cases were disposed or in the holding areas prior to their arraignment. Participation was voluntary. The interview questionnaire consisted of 183 items covering 16 domains: criminal history, employment, education, housing/neighborhood, peer associations, impulsivity, intimate relationships, finances and money, mental health, substance abuse, family relationships, trauma, violent victimization, criminal thinking, legal cynicism, and social support/leisure time. We obtained official criminal history and six-month re-arrest data for 888 (92%) of the original sample of 964 individuals. Summary scales and need flags were constructed using standard statistical methods, yielding simple findings regarding the prevalence of various treatment needs without having to sift through responses to every interview question separately. Both the interview questionnaire and plan for analyzing the data were explicitly influenced by an interest in testing the Risk-Need-Responsivity model in a misdemeanor population (see especially, Andrews and Bonta 2010; Bonta and Andrews 2007). This model is a widely studied theory of criminal offending that links an individual's likelihood of recidivism to prior criminal history and seven specific "criminogenic" needs, known collectively as the "Central Eight" risk/need factors: 1. Criminal History 2. Antisocial Temperament/Impulsivity 3. Criminal Thinking/Antisocial Beliefs 4. Criminal Peer Networks 5. Education/Employment Deficits 6. Family/Relationship Problems 7. Substance Abuse 8. Lack of Prosocial Leisure Activities Only the first factor, history of criminal behavior, is static in that it cannot be reversed or improved. The other seven factors are dynamic, meaning that they are amenable, in varying degrees, to change and therefore may be responsive to evidence-based treatment. By addressing specific dynamic factors through treatment or social service interventions, recidivism can be reduced. To date, empirical tests of the Risk- Need-Responsivity model tend to focus primarily on more serious offender groups (e.g., felony offenders or individuals in residential treatment or community supervision settings) rather than on the low-level misdemeanor defendants whose cases fill the courts in New York City and other jurisdictions across the country (Natapoff, 2012). Accordingly, we sought to test the applicability of the Risk-Need-Responsivity model to a misdemeanor population. We also hypothesized that factors outside of the Central Eight, such as mental health, housing instability, and untreated trauma symptoms, might also play a role in an individual's likelihood of recidivism. Study Limitations Notably, some differences exist between the misdemeanor population interviewed as part of the current study and the general New York City misdemeanor population. One difference relates to the distribution of specific charges, since the Midtown Community Court does not process misdemeanor cases arrested on charges deemed particularly serious, such as misdemeanor assault, and neither the Bronx nor Midtown programs serve domestic violence cases. Another difference has to do with the above-average likelihood that first-time misdemeanor defendants will have their cases dismissed outright in all three study sites (and hence be omitted from our sample) rather than diverted to services. Our study sample still includes some first-time defendants, but they are clearly underrepresented and the sample is thus best generalized to other high-risk misdemeanor populations, as opposed to New York City misdemeanor defendants as a whole. The risk-need profile and assessment instruments developed from this initial study were later validated on a more representative misdemeanor and felony defendant population (see Picard-Fritsche, Rempel, Kerodal, and Adler 2018). Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/document/2018/Misdemeanor_Populations_Risks_Needs.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 150500

Author: Stewart, Melody J. Title: An Outcomes Study of Juvenile Diversion Programs on Non-Serious Delinquent and Status Offenders Summary: This study uses a retrospective cohort design to explore the impact of juvenile diversion programs on non-serious delinquent and status offenders. The study examines the influence of demographic characteristics, legal factors, and diversion program components, on short term program outcomes for two juvenile Community Diversion Programs in Cuyahoga County, Ohio. The data for this study are from a non-random sample of juveniles (N = 533) who were referred to one of the two programs between January 1, 2002 and December 31, 2004 as a result of having been charged with committing a delinquent act or status offense. The short term outcomes examined were program completion, recidivism, and offense escalation. The examination period was for one year from the date of program hearing with a one year follow up for those youth who completed the program or had their case dismissed. Using the perspectives of restorative justice and reintegrative shaming as theoretical guides, this study examines the relationship between diversion programmatic components and outcomes, hypothesizing that the amount of exposure to reintegrative program components would be positively associated with program completion and negatively associated with recidivism and offense escalation. The results of the study did not support the hypotheses. Although one Community Diversion Program utilized significantly more reintegrative components than the other program utilized, there were no significant differences in program outcomes between the two diversion programs. Regression analyses also failed to show any significant interactions between reintegrative program components and outcomes. Findings did reveal significant interactions between educational components and therapeutic components on program outcomes. Additionally, the study examined whether the diversion programs impact status offenders differently from delinquent offenders and whether any demographic and/or legal factors influence program outcomes. No differences in impact were found between the two categories of offenders. However, demographic and legal factors were found to interact with program outcomes. The study suggests that future research on juvenile diversion program components and program outcomes would help to inform decision making with regard to program operations and also serve to help assess the programs overall effectiveness. Details: Cleveland, OH: Case Western Reserve University, 2008. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/ap/10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:case1215365411 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150501

Author: Levy-Lavelle, Pat Title: Driving on Empty: Payment Plan Reforms Don't Fix Virginia's Court Debt Crisis Summary: In February 2017, the Supreme Court of Virginia implemented significant changes to rules governing payment plans for court debt motivated, in part, by helping people restore their driver's licenses. These changes were later enacted by the Virginia General Assembly. Nearly a year later, one shocking statistic remains essentially unchanged: roughly one in six licensed drivers in Virginia still has their drivers license suspended at least in part due to unpaid court debt. "As of December 2017, nearly one million Virginians had driver's licenses suspended at least in part due to court debt (974,349), and nearly two-thirds of those (638,003) were suspended solely for that reason." To see why, we reviewed payment plan policies used by 116 general district courts (GDCs) across Virginia. Our review indicates that, even following significant reforms, payment plan policies in place across Virginia are not designed to take into account people's individual financial circumstances, resulting in unrealistic and unaffordable payment plans that often lead to default. Many GDC policies do not mention ability to pay, and many others look at ability to pay only as an exception. Of the 116 policies we examined, not one gives any indication of how it evaluates ability to pay, and correspondingly, the inability to pay. In addition, many courts have no community service provisions (or very restrictive community service provisions), charge arbitrarily high down payments to enter plans, fail to mention the statutory right to seek modification of plans, or restrict access to subsequent payment plans for indebted Virginians who default. The reality is that many court debtors are indigent or otherwise lack the ability to pay. For them, policies that assume they can pay are effectively useless because they provide no escape from the crushing penalties that defaulting debtors face. These penalties can include revocation of probation or re-imposition of a suspended sentence; intercept of tax refunds; civil collections (with a 17% surcharge); accrued interest; and driver's license suspension, among others. License suspension can, and often does, lead to incarceration for driving on a suspended license. In fact, from 2011- 2015, driving-while-license-suspended charges, based on failure to pay alone, led to the sentencing of approximately 1.74 million jail days-which is an average of more than 348,000 jail days each year. It appears that these reforms have done little, if anything, to stem the breathtaking current of Virginians losing their licenses. As of December 2017, nearly one million Virginians had driver's licenses suspended at least in part due to court debt (974,349), and nearly two-thirds of those (638,003) were suspended solely for that reason. In a recent one-year period (November 2016- October 2017), an average of 835 new court debt suspensions surged each and every day into the system. Indeed, focusing on the first four months of data (July 2017-October 2017) since the implementation of Va. Code � 19.2-354.1, the figure was an average of 954 suspensions per day. That pace, when annualized, represents over 348,000 suspensions for default on court debt per year. Driver's license suspension for unpaid court debt is a blunt instrument. Under Virginia law, the hammer descends automatically whenever a person defaults on court debt, regardless of the reason for such default. Courts effectively assume-without any process or inquiry whatsoever- that individuals are in contempt for failing to pay money that, in reality, they don't have. Indeed, anyone a few days late or a few dollars short is pushed into suspension. A September 2017 report by the Supreme Court of Virginia acknowledges that "[d]efendants unable to make substantial or meaningful payments constitute the population most likely to undergo license suspension for the failure to pay fines and costs." Additionally, and ultimately, driver's license suspension for unpaid court debt is counterproductive and debilitating. It makes it even less likely that courts will ever be able to collect unpaid court debt by impairing the employment and earnings prospects of suspended drivers. For the same reason, it hurts Virginia families struggling to make ends meet. It also distracts Virginia from a larger (and badly needed) discussion about how to sustainably fund our court systems. Thus, even as further changes can be made to payment plan policies across the state, Virginia's law stripping driver's licenses of people who default on court debt needs to be repealed. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Legal Aid Justice Center, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://www.justice4all.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Driving-on-Empty-Payment-Plan-Analysis-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 150502

Author: VanDenBerg, Abby Title: Does Parole Make a Difference? The Effect of Community Supervision on Post-Discharge Recidivism Summary: This dissertation examines post-discharge outcomes among ex-prisoners in Nebraska. Specifically, it assesses whether a lower proportion of people who finished their sentence while on parole were re-incarcerated, relative to inmates who discharged from prison. It also considers whether the total amount of time inmates spend in the community during their sentences impacts their chances of future re-incarceration. Although a number of scholars have studied the relationship between parole and recidivism rates, this study is one of the first to examine this relationship by using propensity score matching. Findings indicate that a lower proportion of men who discharged from the community were returned to prison, relative to men who finished their sentences behind bars. Furthermore, men who served six months or more on parole had lower odds of reincarceration than men who served less, or no, time on parole. With regard to females, however, neither discharging from parole, nor the total amount of time spent in the community, affected re-incarceration outcomes Details: Omaha: University of Nebraska, 2013. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/vandenberg_dissertation_pdf_1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 150503

Author: Harrington, Michael P. Title: Examining the Construct of Prison Adjustment Summary: Prior research examining how inmates adjust to their prison environment has utilized a variety of measures to quantify individual adjustment. The most often used measure has been the prison misconduct report. This research introduces a new construct to further understand prison adjustment. Utilizing a sample of inmates from the Midwestern State Department of Corrections, this research examines prison isolation as a measure of maladjustment. Results include the use of misconduct reports to further understand the use of isolation. Policy implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. Details: Omaha: University of Nebraska, 2012. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/harrington_2012_1.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Adjustment Shelf Number: 150504

Author: Chenault, Scott Title: An Ethnographic Examination of Correctional Officer Culture in a Midwestern sTate Summary: Over the years volumes of research have been conducted in the field of corrections. However, relatively little of this research focuses on correctional officers, and virtually none focuses on correctional officer culture. I address this gap in the research by conducting an ethnography of correctional officers in a Midwestern state. My use of ethnographic methods allowed me to observe correctional officer culture first hand. Specifically I examine the dominant values and beliefs of correctional officer culture, the process of acculturation new recruits experience, and the impact that acculturation has on individuals who become correctional officers. Details: Omaha: University of Nebraska, 2010. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/chenault_2010_2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 150505

Author: Pettid, Sharon Rues Title: Nebraska Department of Correctional Services Culture Study Summary: BACKGROUND: To improve the culture of NDCS among staff and to increase transparency overall, NDCS took the proactive initiative to commission a department-wide, in-depth culture study. The results of this study are available to interested parties and to the public and will be used to diagnose and correct identified challenges at NDCS. The goal is to shift the culture at NDCS to provide better services in alignment with the mission of the organization. COMMUNICATION AND LEADERSHIP Employees perceive a fear of retaliation, lack of respect, and inconsistent application of principles. Principle: The leadership of NDCS must demonstrate they value all agency staff. Progress:  Staff input solicited by Director Frakes on NDCS culture resulted in 80+ responses  Commissioned independent, department-wide, in-depth Culture Study  Instituted Employee Positive Impact Councils at each facility to facilitate open communication  Laid out employee expectations including: o Everyone must be treated with respect at all times o Retaliation will not be tolerated o Behave ethically in all decisions and actions o Treat inmates with respect, even when they do not show respect Details: Lincoln: Nebraska Department of Corrections, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2018 at: https://nebraskalegislature.gov/pdf/reports/committee/select_special/lr34_2015/lr34_appendixC-04a.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 150506

Author: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy Title: High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas Program Report to Congress Summary: Pursuant to the requirements of Section 707 of the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) Reauthorization Act of 1998, as amended by Section 301 of the ONDCP Reauthorization Act of 2006, P.L. 109-469, ONDCP is providing Congress with this report on the High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas (HIDTAs). In order to present a national overview and individual HIDTA focus, this report provides background information and addresses three Congressional reporting requirements in one cohesive and coordinated document. This document is divided into an Executive Summary, Strategic Objectives, and five primary sections: 1. HIDTA Program Background Information The HIDTA program provides assistance to Federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies operating in areas determined to be critical drug trafficking regions of the Nation. There are currently 28 regional HIDTAs which include approximately 16 percent of all counties in the United States and 60 percent of the population. HIDTA-designated counties are located in 45 states plus Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the District of Columbia. Through the HIDTA program, representatives of Federal, state, local, and tribal agencies in each HIDTA region coordinate and collaborate to address the specific drug threats of that region. 2. National HIDTA Program Evaluation This report provides Congress with an evaluation of HIDTA performance. ONDCP has established two goals for the HIDTA program which address program effectiveness, program efficiency, and program management. These goals also reflect the continued refinement of the process ONDCP has developed to manage and measure HIDTA performance. The first goal is to reduce drug availability by assisting Federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies participating in HIDTAs to dismantle and disrupt drug trafficking organizations. The second goal is to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of HIDTA initiatives. In order to report on their achievement of these goals, each HIDTA is required to provide the following four documents pertaining to its geographical area, on which its performance evaluation is based: 1) Threat Assessment; 2) Strategy; 3) Initiative Budget Proposals; and 4) Annual Report. 3. Assessment of Law Enforcement Intelligence Sharing in the HIDTA Program This report outlines the formal processes of the HIDTA program to assess law enforcement intelligence and information sharing, and highlights the formal evaluation and review process of the HIDTA program, including policy and budget guidance; FY 2009 funding levels for intelligence; processes for sharing Federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement information; and the measures needed to achieve effective sharing of information. The HIDTA program has 57 operational intelligence and information sharing initiatives. Each HIDTA capitalizes on the combined resources of the Federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement communities. The HIDTAs prepare and review threat assessments and apply the appropriate law enforcement response to combat illegal drug activity in our Nation. 4. Assessment of Drug Enforcement Task Forces in HIDTAs Regardless of the method of funding task forces (e.g., HIDTA, Justice Action Grant (JAG)/Byrne-sponsored), the 28 HIDTAs provide a coordination umbrella for Federal, state, local, and tribal drug law enforcement efforts; foster a strategy-driven systemic approach to integrate and synchronize efforts; facilitate efficiency, effectiveness, and cooperation among and between various agencies; and focus on outcomes and impacts. Using both formal and informal methods of coordination among drug enforcement task forces, the HIDTAs act as neutral centers to manage, deconflict, analyze, and report on drug enforcement activities in their respective regions. 5. Individual HIDTA Reports To address the specific reporting requirements, an analysis of each HIDTA is included in this report. These reports are succinct descriptions of the individual HIDTAs and their responses to the Congressional report requirements. For more comprehensive information on an individual HIDTA's performance in addressing specific drug threats, ONDCP can provide, upon request, that HIDTA's Annual Report, Strategy, or Threat Assessment. Details: Washington, DC: ONDCP, 2010. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://obamawhitehouse.archives.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/hidta_2011.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 150507

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: FBI's Ten Most Wanted Fugitives 60th Anniversary: 1950-2010 Summary: For sixty years, the FBI has sought the public's assistance in a special way through one of our most effective and longest running publicity programs - the "Ten Most Wanted Fugitives" list. In 1949, reporter James Donovan asked the FBI to identify the "toughest guys" we were investigating at the time. We provided him with photos of ten dangerous fugitives, which he then published on the front page of The Washington Daily News. The "Top Ten" list was extremely popular at the time and several fugitives were captured as a result. During the following year, the FBI formalized its "Ten Most Wanted Fugitives" publicity program, which, since 1950, has led to the location of more than 460 of our nation's most dangerous criminals. Through the publication of fugitive information in various outlets, beginning with newspapers and magazines, to now using the Internet, television, social media, and digital billboards across the country, the FBI continues to seek public assistance in locating wanted fugitives. We recognize the unique ability of the news media to cast a wider net within communities here and abroad. The FBI can send agents to visit a thousand homes to find a witness, but the media can visit a million homes in an instant. The FBI tracks every possible lead in its search for dangerous fugitives, but we could not have been as successful without citizens reporting tips to us and to our law enforcement partners. The FBI's "Top Ten" program celebrates not only an FBI success story, but emphasizes the need for citizen cooperation in the fight against crime. The "Ten Most Wanted Fugitives" program tracks the evolution of the crime problem in America. While the list began with bank robbers and murder suspects fleeing state jurisdiction, it has evolved into a search for major organized crime figures, serial killers, domestic and international terrorists, cyber criminals, and white collar criminals. During this last decade, the list has illustrated the international scope of crime, as well as the importance of strong global partnerships in the search for terrorists, sexual predators, human traffickers, and other violent criminals who pose a signifi cant danger to all. Details: Washington, DC: FBI, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/stats-services-publications-ten-most-wanted-fugitives-60th-anniversary-1950-2010-ten-most-wanted-fugitives-60th-anniversary-1950-2010-pdf/view Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminals Shelf Number: 150508

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the United States Marshals Service's Apprehension of Violent Fugitives Summary: The Presidential Threat Protection Act of 2000 directed the creation of fugitive apprehension task forces and encouraged the Department of Justice (Department) to focus on apprehending violent federal and state fugitives. In fiscal year (FY) 2001, the Department changed its strategic plan and shifted the focus of its fugitive apprehension efforts from all federal fugitives to violent federal and violent state fugitives. The United States Marshals Service (USMS), the federal government's primary agency for apprehending fugitives, is principally responsible for carrying out the Department's strategy. To apprehend fugitives of all types, Deputy Marshals in the 94 federal judicial districts (district) work individually or as members of warrant squads, district fugitive task forces, or Regional Fugitive Task Forces (RTF). The Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated this review to evaluate the performance of the USMS in apprehending violent fugitives. To evaluate the USMS's performance, we analyzed trends in fugitive apprehensions using data from the USMS's Warrant Information Network (WIN) from FY 2001 to 2004. We also compared the number of violent fugitives apprehended to the amount of time (measured in staff years) that USMS personnel spent on fugitive investigations. In addition, to examine the effectiveness of the RTFs, we compared the number of violent fugitive apprehensions in the 15 districts included in the 5 existing RTFs to the number of violent apprehensions in the other 79 districts. We also surveyed all of the USMS district offices about their violent fugitive apprehension efforts. The performance of the USMS in apprehending violent fugitives improved from FY 2001 to FY 2004. During that period, the USMS increased the number of violent fugitives it apprehended by 51 percent. We also found that the USMS became more efficient in apprehending violent fugitives. The number of violent fugitives apprehended per staff year increased from 18 violent fugitives in FY 2002 to 21 violent fugitives in FY 2004. We concluded that the USMS's performance improved primarily because the USMS increased the staff time dedicated to violent fugitive investigations by 21 percent and because the five RTFs created by the USMS were more efficient and effective at apprehending fugitives. Despite its improved performance, the USMS was unable to reduce the number of violent federal fugitives at large. From FY 2001 through FY 2004, the number of violent federal fugitives who remained at large increased by 3 percent to 14,419 fugitives. The Deputy Marshals we interviewed said that the number of violent federal fugitives sought by the USMS increased because the increased number of federal task forces throughout the country generated more federal fugitives. We found that the USMS also investigated more federal fugitives referred from other federal agencies, and that state and local law enforcement agencies requested more assistance from the USMS in apprehending fugitives. Although the increase in the number of violent federal fugitives is not fully within the USMS's control, we identified three factors within the USMS's control that, if addressed, would improve its effectiveness at apprehending violent federal fugitives. The factors are that (1) not all districts assigned violent federal fugitive investigations to the RTFs and other task forces; (2) the USMS did not fully change its focus from apprehending all federal fugitives to apprehending violent federal and state fugitives; and (3) most USMS districts did not enter data regarding their state fugitives in WIN when the investigations were opened so that the USMS could more effectively focus its resources on apprehending violent fugitives. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the Inspector General, 2005. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/USMS/e0508/final.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 150509

Author: Hockenberry, Sarah Title: Juvenile Court Statistics: 2015 Summary: Juvenile Court Statistics 2015 draws on data from the National Juvenile Court Data Archive (Archive) to profile 884,900 delinquency cases and 100,000 petitioned status offense cases handled in 2015 by U.S. courts with juvenile jurisdiction. The report also tracks trends in delinquency and petitioned status cases between 2005 and 2015. The data used in this report were contributed to the Archive by nearly 2,500 courts with jurisdiction over 86% of the juvenile population in 2015. Details: Pittsburgh: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2018. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: http://www.ncjj.org/pdf/jcsreports/jcs2015report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 150514

Author: U.S. General Accounting Office Title: Federal Fugitive Apprehension: Agencies Taking Action to Improve Coordination and Cooperation Summary: Pursuant to a congressional request, GAO reviewed the Department of Justice's 1988 federal fugitive apprehension policy, focusing on interagency coordination problems and agencies' efforts to address those problems. GAO found that: (1) officials from all federal agencies involved in fugitive apprehension stated that they did not have extensive interagency coordination problems, overlapping or duplicate efforts, or jurisdictional disputes; (2) none of the agencies had empirical data on the 727 fugitives who were wanted by more than one agency; (3) interagency coordination problems could jeopardize fugitive apprehension efforts, endanger law enforcement officials and the general public, and waste limited law enforcement resources; (4) some interagency coordination problems such as the Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI) and the U.S. Marshals Service's (USMS) failure to participate in each other's fugitive task forces, disagreements over responsibility for prison escapes involving possible conspiracy charges, and agencies' failure to cooperate with the apprehension of other countries' fugitives adversely affected the effectiveness of federal fugitive apprehension efforts; (5) FBI and USMS have taken actions to deal with interagency problems to improve coordination and eliminate duplication; and (6) Justice established the Office of Investigative Agency Policies to resolve coordination problems, ensure efficiencies in overlapping efforts, and determine whether fugitive responsibilities are properly aligned among agencies. Details: Washington, DC; GAO, 1995. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/230/221160.pdf Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 64182

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office on Women's Health Title: Final Report: Opioid Use, Misuse, and Overdose in Women Summary: This report was developed as part of an initiative of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Office on Women's Health (OWH) to examine prevention, treatment, and recovery issues for women who misuse opioids, have opioid use disorders (OUDs), and/or overdose on opioids. Since this work began in March 2015, OWH developed a White Paper: Opioid Use, Misuse, and Overdose in Women (https://www.womenshealth.gov/files/documents/white-paper-opioid-508.pdf) and convened a national meeting in September 2016 and a Region I (New England) meeting in October 2016 to discuss these critical issues. Opioids, both illegal (e.g., heroin, illicitly manufactured synthetic opioids) and legal (e.g., oxycodone, hydrocodone) are drugs that reduce the body's perception of pain. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed., DSM-5) defines opioid use disorder as a problematic pattern of opioid use leading to significant impairment or distress. Opioid use disorder is increasing at alarming rates for both men and women in the United States. While the epidemic is being addressed at many different levels, much still needs to be done. The prevalence of prescription opioid and heroin use among women is substantial. Between 1999 and 2015, the rate of deaths from prescription opioid overdoses increased 471 percent among women, compared to an increase of 218 percent among men, and heroin deaths among women increased at more than twice the rate than among men. Most alarmingly, there has been a startling increase in the rates of synthetic opioid-related deaths; these deaths increased 850 percent in women between 1999 and 2015. At the same time, the differences between how opioid misuse and use disorder impact women and men are often not well understood. Even in areas where differences between the sexes are apparent, such as women appearing to progress more quickly to addiction than men, very little is understood about why those differences occur. This Report highlights the key background and findings from the white paper, provides a summary of the September 2016 national meeting, and concludes with a section focused on findings and takeaways from both the national and regional meetings. Details: Washington, DC: The Office of Women's Health, 2017. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: https://www.womenshealth.gov/files/documents/final-report-opioid-508.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150515

Author: Davis, Marissa Title: Reforming Youth Diversion in the District of Columbia Summary: The District of Columbia has demonstrated progress in reducing the number of arrests, prosecutions, and commitments of youth in recent years. However, recent reports suggest that the District still has a comparatively high youth arrest rate. The personal and financial costs of arrest are potentially great. It is estimated that the initial processing costs for youth system involvement in Washington, DC approximate $1,700 per young person. Furthermore, due to recent budget cutbacks, the two sole community-based programs currently receiving diverted youth (Access Youth and Time Dollar Youth Court) risk potentially fatal cuts within the next year. These closures may increase the likelihood that more youth will be charged and prosecuted for low-level offenses rather than diverted in the early stages of processing. Seventy-five percent of arrests and 52% of prosecutions are for non-violent, non-weapon offenses, suggesting there may be opportunity to serve these youth in community-based services while holding them accountable. While the DC juvenile justice system has built a network of community-based service providers for youth committed to DYRS, what is referred to as the "deep end" of the juvenile justice system, there is potential to use a similar approach much earlier in the process to divert youth from further court involvement and detention, as well as improve youth outcomes. This project's main research questions are:  For Fiscal Year 2015, how can DC increase diversion services to prevent unnecessary youth system involvement?  How can DC unite different stakeholders to reduce formal youth system involvement? Findings Finding #1: Compared with diversion, extensive justice system penetration increases the likelihood of youth to commit future crimes.  Empirical studies indicate a negative effect from justice system processing compared with early diversion.  For low-risk youth, diversion options are effective at reducing recidivism and aligned with a developmental approach to youth justice. Finding #2: For low-risk youth, financial benefits of diversion significantly exceed program costs.  Compared with the costs of protracted system involvement, diversion programs have been proven to generate savings  DC has promoted positive youth outcomes while generating cost savings with diversion programs like Access Youth. Finding #3: There is no DC-wide strategy for addressing the broad flow of youth touching the justice system.  A lack of centralized coordination and strategy can lead to communication impasses with significant consequences. Finding #4: The complexity of the justice system presents challenges to government agency coordination.  There is a lack of common goals to reverse trends of justice system penetration for low-risk youth.  The process for youth court-involvement is complicated and multi-jurisdictional.  It is difficult to access the necessary data to initiate evaluations of overall system performance and youth outcomes. Finding #5: Focused mayoral initiatives can improve multi-agency performance around common issues affecting young people.  Cities across the United States have experienced structuring mayoral initiatives that include concrete goals, defined outputs, and designated individuals responsible for implementation.  Management consultants often roll out organizational reforms through "performance pilots." Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Kennedy School, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 7, 2018 at: http://www.njjn.org/uploads/digital-library/Reforming-Youth-Diversion-in-DC-5.2.14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150518

Author: DeAngelo, Gregory Title: Peers or Police? Detection and Sanctions in the Provision of Public Goods Summary: Sanctions are a common method to discourage free-riding in the provision of public goods. However, we can usually only sanction those who are detected performing the bad act of free-riding. There has been considerable research on the type of sanctions imposed, but this research almost always automatically detects everyone's actions and broadcasts them to the group. This is akin to assuming that a group always has a police force or motivated peer reporting to detect and announce the actions of bad actors. However, in many situations bad acts go undetected and unknown to others. We use a lab experiment to compare public good contribution decisions in an environment where we relax the assumption that detection is automated. The common result that sanctions and the likelihood of detection share an inverse relationship continues to be found in our results. However, free-riders are unwilling to pay for detection when sanctioning is conducted at the group level, because a criminal does not want to fund the police who will catch his bad acts. But, when detection is conducted among peers, free-riders are willing to pay to detect other individuals that free-ride. Details: Bonn: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11540: Accessed June 8, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11540.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Sanctions Shelf Number: 150519

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice of Justice Assistance FY 2011 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects: Final Report Summary: The cross-site evaluation of the Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDP) was a seven-site designed to 1) describe the implementation and sustainability of each AORDP project through a process evaluation, 2) determine the per capita program costs of each AORDP project through a cost study, and 3) determine the effectiveness of the programs through a multicomponent outcome study assessing the extent to which recidivism reductions were achieved in each site and program participation was associated with increased access to services and improvements in self-reported outcomes in several reentry domains across sites.  The process evaluation found that grantees selected program interventions and services matched to the unique needs of their respective target populations, delivering a comprehensive mix of services. Numerous systems-level improvements were attributed to SCA funding, and prospects for sustaining at least some portions of the AORDP projects were promising in most sites.  The cost study documented that the seven AORDP sites accessed a total of $37.7 million in federal and local resources and that case management comprised the sites' main spending priority (44% of program expenditures). Across the sites, the average per participant cost was $6,778.  The prospective outcome study found that AORDP enrollment clearly increased access to services, with the greatest impact found for pre- as opposed to post-release services. However, the treatment group did not appear to have better rearrest or other reentry outcomes than the comparison group, although they had more positive trajectories over time for housing independence and employment.  The site-specific recidivism analyses generally found null treatment effects for rearrest and reincarceration, with some scattered effects found - both positive and negative. No clear pattern of consistent positive effects were found in any site. Similarly, no site had consistently negative effects. The findings suggest that program developers should look for opportunities to provide long-term, post-release supports that are informed by reassessment results, as most grantees had relatively short post-release service periods and few participants received post-release services. In addition, policymakers must promote realistic expectations for incremental improvements among individuals reentering from jail and prison. Finally, researchers should examine multiple outcomes (beyond recidivism) consistent with reentry success, and explore service dosage (i.e., intensity of services delivered) in addition to service profiles (i.e., whether individuals received a particular type of service) to arrive at a better understanding of how the duration, intensity, sequencing and combination of services and programming contributes to reentry outcomes. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International; Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 512p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251703.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 150522

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Virginia Title: Silent Injustice: Solitary Confinement in Virginia Summary: This report describes observed and reported conditions in the Virginia prison system. The intention of this report is to highlight and clarify issues to be considered by state legislators and policy makers, the Vera Institute of Justice and others reviewing the Virginia prison system. This report discusses the negative impacts of solitary confinement as practiced in Virginia, the systemic difficulties prisoners have in escaping it and returning to the general population, and the State�s failure to exclude individuals with serious mental health problems from solitary confinement despite the existing law and science establishing the especially damaging impacts of isolation on this vulnerable group of people. Moreover, this report explains that there may be solitary conditions of which we are simply unaware. There are no laws governing the way solitary confinement is used in the Virginia prison system, nor any laws that require correctional officials to collect and report data on how it is used. Without such requirements, it is difficult to gather information and accurately assess the status of solitary confinement in the state. We hope that this report sheds light on this broken system, and that it will motivate the Virginia Department of Corrections (VDOC), political leaders and the public to demand and provide better conditions for incarcerated people currently serving time in solitary. Details: Richmond: ACLU of Virginia, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2018 at: https://acluva.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/aclu-va_solitary_confinement_report_2018_single-paged_-_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 150524

Author: Weber, Josh Title: Transforming Juvenile Justice Systems to Improve Public Safety and Youth Outcomes Summary: Juvenile justice systems have undoubtedly made extraordinary improvements over the past two decades-incarceration rates have been cut in half nationwide; juvenile arrest rates remain at historical lows; and, in alignment with what research shows works to improve outcomes for youth, the majority of states have adopted data-driven tools and evidence-based programming. But other measures tell a more complex story: in spite of recent gains, most juvenile justice systems are still not operating as effectively as possible. For youth under system supervision, recidivism rates remain unacceptably high. Rearrest rates for youth on probation are 50 percent or greater in many states, while two-thirds of incarcerated youth are rearrested within two years of release.5 Few juvenile justice systems are able to systematically measure other outcomes for youth, such as education and employment success, and those that are able to do so often find disappointing results. Additionally, resources invested in community supervision and services have not consistently produced the desired measurable improvements in youth outcomes, particularly for youth of color, who continue to experience persistent disparities and worse outcomes compared to their white peers. There is a fundamental reason why many jurisdictions have struggled to reduce recidivism rates-an insufficient focus on what should be the core mission of the juvenile justice system: protecting public safety. Nationwide, a disproportionate amount of law enforcement, probation, court, and corrections staff time and resources are spent on youth who do not pose a public safety risk. At the same time, for those youth who do pose a public safety risk, courts and supervision agencies have not fully oriented their structure, operations, and funding around what research and developmental science have proved can reduce reoffending. Policymakers and system leaders have exacerbated this insufficient focus on public safety by failing to hold juvenile justice systems accountable for reducing recidivism rates and using data to guide system decisions and funding. Expanded adoption of and improved adherence to research-based policies and practices or other operational tweaks are not sufficient to address these challenges. Juvenile justice systems need to reconsider foundational questions regarding who is supervised and served by the system; how those youth are supervised and served; and to what extent agencies and individuals are held accountable for system performance. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Juvenile Justice Reform, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2018 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Transforming-Juvenile-Justice-Systems.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 150526

Author: Bird, Mia Title: The Impact of Proposition 47 on Crime and Recidivism Summary: Passed by voters in November 2014, Proposition 47 brought broad and significant changes to California's criminal justice system. Undertaken in the wake of public safety realignment in 2011, Proposition 47 reduced the penalties for certain lower-level drug and property offenses and represented a further step in prioritizing prison and jail space for higher-level offenders. The policy has sparked continued debate around two key questions: Did Proposition 47 increase crime? We find no evidence that violent crime increased as a result of Proposition 47. While California saw an uptick in the violent crime rate from 2014 to 2016, this trend appears to have preceded the reform and is due in large part to unrelated changes in crime reporting after 2014. We find some evidence that Proposition 47 affected property crime. Statewide, property crime increased after 2014. While the reform had no apparent impact on burglaries or auto thefts, it may have contributed to a rise in larceny thefts, which increased by roughly 9 percent (about 135 more thefts per 100,000 residents) compared to other states. Crime data show that thefts from motor vehicles account for about three-quarters of this increase. Despite recent upticks, California's crime rates remain comparable to the low rates observed in the 1960s-even with the dramatic reductions in incarceration ushered in by recent criminal justice reforms. Did Proposition 47 reduce recidivism? Recidivism rates decreased due to Proposition 47. Using data from 12 California counties, we find that among individuals released after serving sentences for Proposition 47 offenses, the two-year rearrest rate was 70.8 percent, 1.8 percentage points lower than for similar individuals released before the reform. The two-year reconviction rate for individuals released under Proposition 47 was 46.0 percent, 3.1 percentage points lower than their pre-reform counterparts. These overall declines were driven by substantial reductions in recidivism rates for Proposition 47 offenses. Rearrest and reconviction rates for these offenses were 10.3 and 11.3 percentage points lower, respectively, than for similar individuals before the reform. Our findings suggest that the measure reduced both arrests by law enforcement and convictions resulting from prosecutions by district attorneys. However, we are not able to separate the reform's effects on reoffending from its effects on the practices of criminal justice agencies. Proposition 47 redirected the savings from reduced incarceration to treatment interventions, with the goal of reducing recidivism. While it is too early to know if this shift in funding has affected recidivism rates, in the coming years the state and counties will be better able to assess the impact of increased interventions and to identify promising strategies. As California continues to pursue criminal justice reforms, understanding the effects of Proposition 47 and local treatment programs will be essential to achieving further reductions in recidivism and maintaining public safety. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2018 at: http://www.ppic.org/wp-content/uploads/r_0618mbr.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150527

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: The Effects of Aging on Recidivism Among Federal Offenders Summary: The United States Sentencing Commission1 began studying recidivism shortly after the enactment of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 ("SRA"), and has issued several recent publications examining recidivism rates among federal offenders released in 2005. The Commission's first report in this series, Recidivism Among Federal Offenders: A Comprehensive Overview ("Recidivism Overview Report"), was released in March 2016 and discussed this research project in greater detail. As noted in the previous reports in this series, recidivism information is central to three of the primary purposes of punishment described in the SRA-specific deterrence, incapacitation, and rehabilitation-all of which focus on prevention of future crimes through correctional intervention. Information about recidivism is also relevant to the Commission's obligation to formulate sentencing policy that "reflect[s], to the extent practicable, advancements in knowledge of human behavior as it relates to the sentencing process." Considerations of recidivism by federal offenders were also central to the Commission's initial work in developing the Guidelines Manual's criminal history provisions as well as its ongoing work. The Commission's current recidivism research substantially expands on the scope of previous Commission recidivism projects. In addition to a different set of offenders-U.S. citizen federal offenders released in 2005-the current study group (25,431 offenders) is much larger than those in previous Commission studies. A larger study group allows for data analysis across many different subgroups of federal offenders, including those sentenced under different provisions in the guidelines. This report is the fourth in this series and focuses on the relationship between age at release and recidivism. This report examines the impact of the aging process on federal offender recidivism and, once age is accounted for, the impact of other offense and offender characteristics. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2017/20171207_Recidivism-Age.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Age and Crime Shelf Number: 150530

Author: Olson, David E. Title: Driver's of the Sentenced Population: Probation Analysis Summary: Key Findings: The number of convicted felons sentenced to probation in Illinois spiked during the late 1980s through 2002, reaching 35,000 felony probation sentences in 2002 and accounting for over one-half of all sentences imposed on convicted felons. As with felons sentenced to prison, much of this growth in felony probation sentences during the 1990s was fueled by increases in the number of Class 4 felony sentences. � Overall, the proportion of convicted felons sentenced to prison decreased between the mid-1990s and 2010, a pattern consistent across all felony classes (Class 1, 2, 3, and 4 felonies). The decreased use of probation for Class 1 and 2 felonies appeared to be primarily due to an increasing proportion of these crimes now being non-probationable (i.e., mandatory prison sentences), while the decreased use of probation for Class 3 and 4 felonies does not appear to be due to an increase in the number of these offenses being non-probationable. � As a result of these changes, from the mid-1990s through the mid-2000s, an increasing proportion of felony probationers in Illinois were convicted of Class 4 felonies, the least serious of the felony offenses in Illinois, and a decreasing proportion of probationers were convicted of a Class 2 felony. � Between 1993 and 2011, an increasing proportion of felony probationers in Illinois were accounted for by females, whites, Hispanics, and older probationers. � The majority of felons discharged from probation were successfully terminated from supervision throughout the period examined. The proportion of felons discharged from probation as a result of a revocation of probation for either a technical violation or a new offense remained stable, and relatively low (at or below 10 percent statewide), throughout the time period examined. � Success on probation can mean less reliance on prison, but failure on probation can result in commitment to the Illinois Department of Corrections. Individuals who had their probation revoked or were reconvicted of a new crime while on probation accounted for roughly 15 percent of all those sentenced to prison, a proportion that remained relatively stable through the time period examined. Details: Springfield, IL: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Briefing: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://ecommons.luc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1008&context=criminaljustice_facpubs Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150531

Author: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council Title: A Cost-Benefit Tool for Illinois Criminal Justice Policymakers Summary: In recent years, criminal justice research, including rigorous evaluation of existing programs and policies, has established that recidivism can be reduced through targeted interventions that address the drivers of a person's criminal behavior. These drivers are identified through risk and needs assessment and can be changed with proper programming and services. Programs that reduce the risk that individuals released from prison will commit additional crimes create measureable outcomes in terms of less victimization, lower government costs, and other economic benefits. The critical question for policymakers is: Do the benefits of a program outweigh the costs? Cost-benefit analysis (CBA) answers that question by quantifying and weighing both costs and benefits to determine programs that will produce a sufficient return to warrant the investment of tax dollars. For this report, the Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council (SPAC) used the Illinois Results First cost-benefit model which includes a database of 52 programs in the criminal justice sector that have successfully reduced recidivism over time in a variety of states. SPAC chose nine Illinois programs that are consistent with the programs in the database and for which cost data was available. The model incorporates Illinois-specific system costs incurred by state and local governments, crime trend and recidivism data, and victimization costs established by national research, including the costs to victims of medical expenses, property damage and losses, and lost wages. SPAC's model compares the money spent on programs with the social value of the outcomes produced by that spending to produce a "Consumer Reports" style guide that allows policymakers to do an apples-to-apples comparison of these nine programs. In sum, Illinois can get a better return on investment for taxpayers' dollars by focusing resources on programs with the most benefits and focusing cuts on those with the least benefits. The outcome measure used in the model is a reduction in recidivism. This report is intended to be solely descriptive of the expected outcomes of investing in evidence-based programs that are implemented with fidelity to the evaluated programs and are subject to evaluation. SPAC does not make recommendations, oppose, or support specific policy proposals. SPAC is a statutorily created, independent commission of criminal justice stakeholders that reports to all three branches of government. SPAC is mandated to provide system-wide fiscal impact analysis and provide research and analysis to support implementation of evidence-based practices. Cost-benefit analysis is one tool SPAC is using to weigh alternatives and potential outcomes as measured by lower recidivism rates. This is not a recommendation for specific programs but an informative report to facilitate planning and budgeting. Details: Springfield: SPAC, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/Illinois_Results_First_Consumer_Reports_072016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 150532

Author: Cook County Sheriff Title: An Examination of Admissions, Discharges and the Population of the Cook County Jail, 2012 Summary: The Cook County Department of Corrections (i.e., the Cook County Jail) is operated by the Cook County Sheriff's Office, led by Sheriff Thomas Dart. In county fiscal year 2012, the Cook County Department of Corrections operating budget was $226 million, with roughly 89 percent of the budget going towards the salaries/benefits of more than 3,800 staff who work within the jail. This research bulletin provides a detailed examination of admissions to, and exits from, the jail in 2012. In addition, trends in the jail's average daily population (ADP) is also examined, along with analyses that describe the reasons for the fluctuations in the population on a month-to-month basis as well as over the past few years. Situated on 96 acres on Chicago's southwest side, the Cook County Jail is one of the largest single site county jails in the United States based on both its daily population as well as its rated capacity. Based on 2011 data collected by the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Statistics, the Cook County Jail housed a total of 9,658 inmates on June 30, 2011, just ahead of the 9,614 inmates detained in the second largest single site facility in the country, the Harris County Jail in Houston, TX (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2012). Although the jail systems in New York and Los Angeles have more inmates- 12,283 and 14,193 on June 30, 2011, respectively-these jail systems are in multiple sites across their respective jurisdictions.  The average daily population & admissions to the Cook County Jail increased 6% between 2011 and 2012, the first annual increase in 6 years (p. 1 & 3).  Without the expansion of Electronic Monitoring for pre-trial supervision, the jail's average daily population in 2012 would have likely exceeded 10,000, and may have resulted in the U.S. Department of Justice seeking federal court intervention (p. 3).  The characteristics of those admitted to the Cook County Jail in 2012 continued to consist primarily of African-American males between the ages of 21 and 30, from Chicago's south and west sides (p.4).  The current charges against those admitted to the Cook County Jail were distributed across all crime categories, with violent crimes accounting for 29% of all admissions, followed by drug-law violations (26%), property offenses (18%), and driving-related offenses, including DUI (15%), Almost one out of every 8 (12%) individuals admitted to the jail were charged with domestic battery.  Although only 29% of those admitted to the jail were currently charged with a violent crime, roughly 82% of those in the jail on any given day had one or more prior arrest for a violent crime (p. 5).  A small proportion (21%) of all individuals admitted to the jail between 2007 and 2012 accounted for 50% of the 501,000 jail admissions during that period (p. 6).  The length of stay in the jail for those discharged in 2012 continued to increase compared to previous years, translating into higher average daily jail populations (page 7) Details: Chicago: Cook County Sheriff's Office, 2013. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/8c09/6ff195a8369f87e4908500457376c4ce9f95.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jail Inmates Shelf Number: 150533

Author: Civic Federation Title: The Impact of Cook County Bond Court on the Jail Population: A Call for Increased Public Data and Analysis Summary: Across the political spectrum in the United States, there is a growing consensus that too many people are locked up in jail because they do not have the money required for release. Unlike prisons, jails mainly hold individuals who have been arrested and charged with crimes but are not yet tried or convicted. The presumption of innocence-as well as the human, social and financial costs of incarceration-requires that only people who represent a public safety or flight risk should be detained. Under a money bail system, dangerous defendants with access to cash can be released while poor, non-violent defendants remain in jail. A person's detention-or release-should not depend on the ability to pay cash bail. This report examines recent efforts to reduce the number of detainees in Cook County Jail by reforming practices in and around bond court. While many factors affect the size of the jail population, bond court judges play an important role because their decisions help determine whether defendants will be released or held in jail while awaiting trial. In September 2013 the Illinois Supreme Court intervened in an unprecedented way to oversee changes in the bond court operations of Cook County Circuit Court. Between August 2013 and August 2017, the general jail population declined by about 30% from about 10,200 to approximately 7,100. Since the high court's move, the share of defendants ordered to be released without having to pay money upfront increased from approximately 13% to 47% through May 2017. Although these figures appear to show a markedly favorable trend, the unfortunate truth is that they raise more questions than they answer. Due to a lack of public information, it is unclear how much of the decline in the jail population through August 2017 was tied to a reduction in low-level arrests and charges or to changes in bond court practices. It is not known whether there has been any change in the share of released defendants who fail to appear in court or commit new crimes. These kinds of questions are particularly relevant now because of major policy changes that cannot be evaluated without adequate data. In July 2017, the Chief Judge Timothy Evans of the Cook County Circuit Court issued an order that is intended to prevent judges from setting unaffordable money bail amounts. The order took effect on September 18, 2017 for felony cases and is scheduled to apply to misdemeanors as of January 1, 2018. The Chief Judge has said that the share of bond orders requiring upfront cash payment plummeted since the new policy was implemented. According to Sheriff Tom Dart, the jail population dropped by almost 900 in the first month and a half after the order, bringing the total decline since August 2013 to about 39%. The statistical results of the order will be fully reviewed after a year by the Chief Judge's Office, but it remains to be seen whether the evaluation will be made available to the public. Up to this point, the offices of the Chief Judge and Sheriff have closely controlled data about bond court and the jail. The Civic Federation is concerned that such tight control opens public officials to criticism for using data selectively, and not to measure policy effectiveness. This data should instead be viewed as a public resource and released to the maximum extent possible. Cook County should follow the example of other jurisdictions, including New York City, Harris County, Texas and Washington, D.C., in more fully disclosing criminal justice data. This will enable the public to hold government officials accountable and have more informed discussions about criminal justice and the effective use of taxpayer resources. Details: Chicago: Civic Federation, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://www.civicfed.org/sites/default/files/report_publicsafety2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 150534

Author: Smith, Allison G. Title: How Radicalization to Terrorism Occurs in the United States: What Research Sponsored by the National Institute of Justice Tells Us Summary: Since its founding in 2012, the National Institute of Justice's Domestic Radicalization to Terrorism program has sponsored research on how radicalization to terrorism occurs in the United States in order to support prevention and intervention efforts. These projects have taken a variety of approaches to examining the process of radicalization to terrorism, but in spite of this there is substantial overlap in their findings, which collectively provide evidence of the importance of several facilitators of radicalization and the need to take into account how this process unfolds within individuals over time. At the individual level, the radicalization process often involves embracing a terrorist belief system or narrative that identifies particular others or groups as "enemies" and justifies engaging in violence against them. Individuals may also begin to identify themselves as terrorists, as well as to engage in activities that highlight their commitments to their new beliefs, identities, and/or others who hold them. It is, however, important to note that while these beliefs and behaviors may facilitate the movement to terrorism, this outcome is not inevitable. Those close to these individuals may become aware of the changes that their friends and family members are undergoing and attempt to address them or seek help from others who can. An important implication of this is that trusted information and resources need to be available to assist in this effort. Another is that prevention and intervention efforts may benefit from addressing beliefs that justify violence and helping individuals to develop identities in which these beliefs are not central. NIJ-sponsored research also highlights the social nature of radicalization to terrorism and the roles that connections with terrorists (online and/or offline) and group dynamics may play in this process. As individuals' relationships with others who support terrorism become stronger, they may begin separating themselves from those who do not share these beliefs, thus becoming increasingly isolated from people who might challenge their views. This suggests that dramatic changes in the people with whom an individual associates, or increasing insularity among existing groups of friends, may be causes for concern. It also suggests that intervention efforts may need to take into account both the individuals and those with whom they interact, as well as potentially facilitate establishing or re-establishing their relationships with nonextremists. Finally, there is evidence that events in the larger community and societal contexts may also facilitate radicalization to terrorism. For example, individuals may experience real or perceived grievances - both personal and political - that may help to fuel their movement toward terrorism. Further, in some cases, specific triggering events associated with these grievances may accelerate this movement. Thus, understanding these grievances and triggering events, as well as helping individuals to develop constructive ways to address them, may be important components of programs developed to prevent and intervene in the radicalization process. In addition to identifying several common facilitators of radicalization to terrorism, the research sponsored by NIJ provides empirical evidence that individuals' processes of radicalization to terrorism may vary by the extremist ideologies and narratives they embrace, the time periods in which they radicalize, the groups or movements they join (or do not join, in the case of lone actors), and/ or their individual characteristics and experiences. Thus, while community members and practitioners can benefit from the types of evidence-based guidance provided by this research, it will continue to remain important that they take into consideration the specific characteristics and experiences of the individuals about whom they are concerned. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/250171.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 150535

Author: Didwania, Stephanie Holmes Title: The Immediate Consequences of Pretrial Detention: Evidence from Federal Criminal Cases Summary: This paper presents evidence of the effects of pretrial detention status on criminal case outcomes in federal criminal cases. Using data spanning 71 federal district courts, I find that pretrial release reduces a defendant's sentence length by around 67 percent and increases the probability that a defendant will receive a sentence below the recommended sentencing range. Pretrial release also reduces the probability that a defendant will receive at least the mandatory minimum sentence-when one is charged-but does not affect the probability that the defendant will face a mandatory minimum sentence. To address the identification problem inherent in using pretrial detention status as an explanatory variable, I exploit variation in magistrate judges' propensities to release defendants pending trial. This setting allows magistrate judge leniency to serve as an instrumental variable for pretrial release. This paper also presents suggestive evidence that pretrial release affects case outcomes through two channels: first, by giving defendants the opportunity to present mitigating evidence at sentencing and, second, by making it easier for defendants to earn a sentencing reduction by providing assistance to the government. Details: Chicago: American Bar Association, 2018. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2809818. Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150536

Author: Sykes, Brian L. Title: Cost savings to Cook County when arrested persons access their right to legal defense within 24 hours Summary: The rapid rise in incarceration throughout the United States since 1980 has increased the fiscal cost to cities, counties, and states. Between 1985 and 2009, state expenditures on corrections rose by 700% to more than $47 billion (James et al. 2012). Illinois, for example, spent 5.2% of its general fund on state corrections in 2007 (PEW 2008). The rise in the penal population is due to a host of changes in the criminal justice system - longer sentences, increasing inequality in surveillance, and growth in punishment for non-violent offenses (Pettit 2012; Alexander 2010; Western 2006). These policy shifts have converged to increase the fiscal cost of incarceration for municipalities as well. The recent economic downturn, however, has caused legislators to reexamine expenditures and to devise methods that will reduce expenses, thereby filling budget deficits associated with increased unemployment, lower tax revenue, and growth in government spending. In 2011, Chicago was projected to have a 2014 budget deficit of $790 million, which has subsequently been reduced to $339 million through various "governmental reforms" (City of Chicago 2014, p. 1). The cost of corrections is an additional area of reform where local and state governments can rein in spending. This report outlines one method Cook County can use to reduce expenditures and conserve resources. If all Cook County inmates had access to legal representation within the first 24 hours after arrest in police stations, their jail stays would be significantly shorter, and the County would save between $12.7 and $43.9 million annually. Details: Chicago: First Defense Legal Aid, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://www.first-defense.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/Cost-savings-report4.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 150540

Author: Moser, Benjamin Title: Improving Mental Health Services and Outcomes for All: The D.C. Department of Behavioral Health and the Justice System Summary: The objectives of this review were to: 1. Review and assess the Department of Behavioral Health's interactions with the D.C. criminal justice system and justice-involved people. 2. Produce a report with a series of findings and recommendations in the areas related to criminal justice and behavioral health, including possible legislative, policy, and/or regulatory changes. The Council for Court Excellence (CCE) conducted its review from October 2016 to February 2018. The scope of CCE's review was limited to reviewing and assessing the interactions of the Department of Behavioral Health (DBH) with the D.C. criminal justice system, the services DBH provides to justice-involved and/or forensic consumers, and the systems it has in place to support those interactions and services. In the District of Columbia, where one in eight adults has a criminal record and one in 22 is under some form of correctional control, justice-involved people are inextricably intertwined with the larger community and can be affected by policy decisions seemingly unrelated to their involvement in the criminal justice system. CCE has found that policy changes that adversely affect individuals with no history of justice-involvement are likely to have even more serious consequences for those who do. Therefore, certain aspects of the Department's work not traditionally considered forensic or otherwise related to the criminal justice system fell necessarily within the scope of CCE's review. For instance, DBH's general billing practices and medical necessity criteria repeatedly surfaced during CCE's assessment of the services provided to justice-involved consumers and were thus included in the review. Throughout this report, CCE uses the terms forensic consumer and justice-involved consumer. These two terms are not mutually exclusive. While all forensic consumers are justice-involved consumers, not all justice-involved consumers are forensic. In defining the scope of this report, CCE applied DBH's definition a forensic consumer: An individual with active criminal justice and/or court involvement where DBH has some obligation to provide a service, whether one time, intermittent, or long term. The involvement can range from a simple competency screening through inpatient hospitalization at Saint Elizabeths [Hospital], to community oversight and supervision [by DBH]. By statute, in the District of Columbia, both forensic[ally] and civil[ly] commitment[ed individuals] are committed to DBH for direct care, monitoring, and/or oversight. Both sets of consumers receive their direct services, monitoring, and/or oversight of community services by [DBH's] Clinical Services Administration. For the purposes of this report, CCE broadly defines justice-involved consumer as an individual with active involvement in the criminal justice system, including, but not limited to, individuals who are incarcerated or criminally institutionalized (e.g., at Saint Elizabeths Hospital), under the care of law enforcement (e.g., under arrest), or on community supervision, such as parole or probation. The Department of Behavioral Health�s (DBH) mission is "to develop, manage and oversee a public behavioral health system for adults, children and youth and their families that is consumer driven, community-based, culturally competent and supports prevention, resiliency and recovery and the overall wellbeing of the District of Columbia." Among the populations that DBH serves are adults with behavioral health disorders who commit, or are accused of committing, a criminal offense. In October 2016, the Office of the District of Columbia Auditor (ODCA) engaged the Council for Court Excellence (CCE) to conduct a review of, and make recommendations for improving, the effectiveness of DBH's interactions with the criminal justice system and the services it provides to justice-involved behavioral health consumers. To carry out the ODCA contract, CCE staff worked with over two dozen project advisory committee members. To educate itself on the issues, the project team interviewed senior management and staff at DBH and its Division of Forensic Services (DFS) and relevant individuals at Saint Elizabeths Hospital (SEH), D.C.'s public psychiatric facility; other governmental agencies; the D.C Superior Court; and community mental health providers in the District. The project team also conducted focus groups of DBH consumers and others; obtained input through online surveys; toured Saint Elizabeths Hospital and other key sites; spent thousands of hours reviewing documents and data (both internal and external to DBH); reviewed academic publications and other literature in the field; and interviewed experts, including leading academics and former and current senior officials at mental health forensic departments in other jurisdictions. Based on its review, CCE has identified several areas where DBH should make improvements. Many of CCE's recommendations are systemic and institutional in nature and, if implemented, would improve outcomes for not only justice-involved consumers but DBH's other consumers as well. The areas for improvement span the continuums of the behavioral health (prevention, treatment, and recovery for both mental health and substance use disorders) and criminal justice systems (before, during, and after incarceration). In several of these areas, DBH recently has made or is in the process of making improvements. The effectiveness of these efforts, however, is inherently limited so long as the behavioral health system for justice-involved consumers in the District (a) has structural deficiencies; (b) lacks a clear vision and coordinated strategies for delivering forensic and other related services; (c) lacks adequate infrastructure to support effective forensic service delivery; (d) is not fully staffed with forensically trained specialists; and (e) lacks effective communitybased alternatives to incarceration, high utilization of the psychiatric emergency system, and psychiatric hospitalization. A broad cross-section of stakeholders, including some that traditionally have held sharply diverging viewpoints, supports the findings and recommendations in this report. Some of the recommendations are sweeping, and implementing them will require cooperation among, and substantial efforts and investments by, DBH, the Executive Office of the Mayor (EOM), the D.C. Council, and other government agencies, both local and federal. Moreover, in implementing CCE's recommendations, these entities would benefit from significant input from the courts, community stakeholders and service providers, and, most important, justice-involved behavioral health consumers themselves. The human and economic costs of failing to make needed improvements are substantial. Among the many problems persons with behavioral disorders face is a revolving door of incarceration, treatment, relapse or decompensation, and re-incarceration, often for minor, non-dangerous offenses. This revolving door not only imposes enormous and unnecessary burdens and costs on the District government, its court system, and ultimately its taxpayers but also tragically results in preventable human misery. Details: Washington, DC: Office of the District of Columbia Auditor, 2018. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: http://www.courtexcellence.org/uploads/publications/ODCA_Report_Audit_of_DBH_2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Services Shelf Number: 150541

Author: Texas A and M University School of Law Immigration Rights Clinic Title: "I was treated like an animal": Abuses Against African Detainees at the West Texas Detention Facility Summary: This report is prepared on behalf of approximately 80 African immigrants who were held in the custody of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) at the West Texas Detention Facility (WTDF) in Sierra Blanca, Texas, from approximately February 23, 2018, to March 2, 2018. The WTDF is a large detention facility currently operated under a federal government contract with LaSalle Corrections, a private prison company. The report documents serious allegations of human rights abuses based on interviews conducted by the Refugee and Immigrant Center for Education and Legal Services (RAICES), the Texas A&M University School of Law Immigrant Rights Clinic, and the University of Texas School of Law Immigration Clinic with 30 African detainees on March 13 and 14, 2018 Details: Galveston, TX: The Clinic, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2018 at: https://law.utexas.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2018/03/2018-03-IC-WTDF-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African Immigrants Shelf Number: 150544

Author: Kang-Brown, Jacob Title: The New Dynamics of Mass Incarceration Summary: The rise of mass incarceration, spanning the 1970s to the early 2000s, was characterized by continuous, unified growth in both prison and jail populations across states and counties. In contrast, the past decade has given rise to what is widely recognized as an era of reform, with prison admission rates declining by 24 percent since 2006 and jail admissions rates down 25 percent since 2008. The national declines, however, mask the new dynamics of mass incarceration. The growth that characterized mass incarceration's rise has fractured into four dynamics that vary from state to state and county to county. Contemporary decarceration exists alongside continuous growth, stagnation, and jurisdictional shifts between prisons and jails, akin to a shell game. This report provides a first-in-kind look at the state of incarceration by moving beyond the convention of using state prison populations, illuminating both where meaningful change has happened and where true reform has remained elusive. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed June 15, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/the-new-dynamics-of-mass-incarceration/legacy_downloads/the-new-dynamics-of-mass-incarceration-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 150555

Author: Rumpf, Cesraea Title: Seeing the State: Women, Incarceration, and Social Marginality Summary: Based on in-depth, semi-structured qualitative and photo-elicitation interviews with 36 formerly incarcerated women, this dissertation answers three central research questions: (1) How does the state structure women's post-incarceration experiences? (2) How do these post-incarceration experiences relate to women's experiences of criminalization and incarceration? (3) How do women respond to criminalization, incarceration, and post-incarceration? By centering women's standpoint, I draw upon poststructuralist theories of the state to show how women experienced governance across multiple sites. I first examine the violence and dehumanization women experienced in their encounters with the criminal legal system and how the state labeled women as "criminals" and "addicts." After imprisonment, women encountered what I term a post-incarceration moral order in which they had to continuously perform their "rehabilitated," "moral," and "clean" identities under high levels of surveillance. State and non-state actors offered religion and recovery, specifically the 12-Step logic, as mechanisms for women to use to demonstrate their personal transformations, and recovery homes, drug treatment programs, and religious groups ultimately extended the discourses around "criminal" and "rehabilitated" identities that women experienced while incarcerated. Women contrasted their present selves with their past selves in ways that showed how personal transformation was an embodied process of moving from a failed femininity to a rehabilitated femininity. I show how women experienced the post-incarceration moral order as both constraining and enabling, as well as the strategies they used to navigate the order. I discuss women's resistance of the order's individualistic focus by highlighting moments of collectivity and critique, what I term cracks in the moral order. Women realized that personal transformation alone was not the answer to the problems they faced and that there was a need for broader social change. My research indicates a need for fundamental changes to the criminal legal system that go beyond reforming the conditions of imprisonment and easing the barriers people face post-incarceration. Specifically, I argue for the need for more types of drug treatment, rather than the dominance of the 12-Step approach; the need to decriminalize drugs; and the value of abolitionist projects that link personal and social transformation. Details: Chicago: Loyola University, 2014. 389p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 15, 2018 at: https://ecommons.luc.edu/luc_diss/1301/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 150562

Author: Alsan, Marcella Title: Fear and the Safety Net: Evidence from Secure Communities Summary: This paper explores the impact of fear on the incomplete take-up of safety net programs in the United States. We exploit changes in deportation fear due to the roll-out and intensity of Secure Communities (SC), an immigration enforcement program that empowers the federal government to check the immigration status of anyone arrested by local police, leading to the forcible removal of approximately 380,000 immigrants. We estimate the spillover effect of SC on the take-up of federal means-tested programs by Hispanic citizens. Though not at personal risk of deportation, Hispanic citizens may fear their participation could expose non-citizens in their network to immigration authorities. We find significant declines in SNAP and ACA enrollment, particularly among mixed-citizenship status households and in areas where deportation fear is highest. The response is muted for Hispanic households residing in sanctuary cities. Our results are most consistent with network effects that perpetuate fear rather than lack of benefit information or stigma. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 24731: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24731.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 150563

Author: Feigenberg, Benjamin Title: Racial Divisions and Criminal Justice: Evidence from Southern State Courts Summary: The US criminal justice system is exceptionally punitive. We test whether racial heterogeneity is one cause, exploiting cross-jurisdiction variation in criminal justice practices in four Southern states. We estimate the causal effect of jurisdiction on initial charge outcome, validating our estimates using a quasi-experimental research design based on defendants that are charged in multiple jurisdictions. Consistent with a simple model of ingroup bias in electorate preferences, the relationship between local punitiveness and the black share of defendants follows an inverted U-shape. Heterogeneous jurisdictions are more punitive for both black and white defendants. By contrast, punishment norms are unrelated to local crime rates. Simulation results suggest that adopting the punishment norms of homogeneous jurisdictions would decrease the share of charges leading to an incarceration sentence and the black-white gap in this share by 16-19% Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24726: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24726.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 150564

Author: Carns, Teresa Title: Alaska Felony Sentencing Patterns: 2012 - 2013 Summary: The Alaska Judicial Council (AJC) has published reports documenting the lengths and characteristics of Alaska sentences since 1973. The current study was undertaken in response to major revisions to Alaska's presumptive sentencing laws in 2005 and 2006, and the passage of time since the publication of Council's last major sentencing report in 2004. This report is also intended provide information for the work of the legislatively-created Alaska Criminal Justice Commission. The commission, which is currently scheduled to sunset in July 2017, was created to make recommendations for improving criminal sentencing practices and criminal justice practices, including rehabilitation and restitution." Selected Findings of this Report - In 2005, the Alaska Legislature adopted a new sentencing system with presumptive ranges instead of a single specified presumptive term. It included first offender B and C felony offenses in the presumptive ranges. In 2006, it revised the presumptive ranges for sexual offenses to increase penalties significantly. - During the same period, the legislature substantially increased the number and types of offenses classified as felonies and increased the severity of a number of existing felonies, making many more offenders potentially subject to felony penalties or to higher penalties within the felony sentencing ranges. - Only 5% of offenders were convicted of the most serious (Unclassified and Class A) offenses. All Unclassified and Class A offenders were sentenced to time to serve. - Most offenders (80%) were convicted of the least serious (Class C) offenses. - Most (71%) offenders were convicted of non-violent offenses (Property, Driving, Drugs, Other). - Most offenders (79%) had some active time to serve. Sixty-one percent of offenders were sentenced to probation, usually in conjunction with time to serve. - The type of offenses varied substantially by location within the state. Rural areas had higher percentages (41% combined) of violent and sexual offenses. Southcentral (the MatSu Valley and the Kenai Peninsula, excluding Anchorage) and Southeast (Juneau, Sitka and Ketchikan) had larger percentages of drug cases. Southcentral and Fairbanks courts had the highest percentages of driving cases. - Nearly one-quarter (22%) of the offenders had no prior convictions of any sort. About 67% of the offenders had no prior felony. - Half (51%) of the more serious (Class A) offenders convicted of non-sexual offenses had active sentences (time imposed, minus time suspended, equaled active time to serve) below the legislatively-determined presumptive ranges, because of mitigating factors agreed on by the defendant and attorneys and approved by the judge. - Most Sexual offenders had active sentences within the presumptive ranges set by the legislature. - Within each Class of offense, violent offenses received longer active sentences, on average, than non-violent offenses. - Within each Class of offense, offenders with prior felony convictions received longer active sentences, on average, than did offenders with no prior felony convictions. - The report also reviewed the relationship of active sentence length (time imposed, minus time suspended, equaled net active time to serve) and type of probation to a variety of factors. These factors included demographic characteristics of offenders, seriousness of the offense, location of the sentencing court, manner of conviction (plea or trial), and case processing factors like the type of attorney representing an offender, and the filing of a presentence report in the case. - All other factors being equal, a multivariate analysis showed that in isolated instances some minority offenders and some men were likely to receive longer (or in one case, shorter) sentences than comparable offenders convicted of the same offenses. These differences were not systemic, but should receive continued attention. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Judicial Council, 2016. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: http://www.ajc.state.ak.us/sites/default/files/reports/research/final_draft_alaska_sentencing_patterns_2012_-_2013.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Felony Offenders Shelf Number: 150565

Author: Kiyabu, Richard Title: Hawai'i's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE): An Implementation Analysis Summary: The goal of this project is to identify the process of how Hawai'i's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement (HOPE) was implemented, and to understand that process using the a network approach model, the key strategies of which are aligning perspectives and managing interaction costs. HOPE's induction was a result of the coordination efforts of service-delivery, supervisory, and administrative level professionals who worked within the existing statutory framework to establish new procedures for the handling of probationers. In 2004, the Honorable Steven S. Alm of Hawai'i's First Circuit Court, implemented a new style of probation in an attempt to change the problem of violations and recidivism among Hawai'i's probationers. The existing style of Probation As Usual (PAU) had a poor record of individuals making it to their probation appointments on time, staying off of drugs, and refraining from criminality upon being released. In PAU, probationers repeatedly violated the terms of their probation for extended periods of time without consequences due to court dates deferred up to a year. In theory, individuals that experience immediate consequences were less likely to repeat offenses. Judge Alm incorporated this theory by creating a modified system of monitoring and sentencing probationers named HOPE. Individuals admitted into HOPE are more closely monitored than probationers in PAU. Initially, participants are randomly drug tested up to six times a month. As they demonstrate their ability to comply with the terms of probation, the frequency of random drug testing is decreased. When the terms of HOPE are violated, probationers are quickly apprehended and given expedited hearings that typically result in small sanctions of two or three days in jail, depending on the number of their previous violations. In as little as three months, the new system of probation has shown significant improvements in offender compliance with their terms of probation. At three months HOPE reduces the rate of missed appointments and failed drug tests by 75 percent, with the reduction peaking at 95 percent (Research and Statistics Office, Department of the Attorney General, State of Hawaii, 2009). Findings of the effectiveness of HOPE have been verified through independent research (Hawken & Kleiman, 2009). Since HOPE was introduced, it has gathered national attention and other states have started similar programs and more are in planning. In our research we conducted interviews of key figures regarding HOPE's implementation. From the information gained from these interviews, as well as from available literature, we were able to compile a timeline of the process of how HOPE was implemented. Existing survey data conducted about the attitudes of the professionals involved in HOPE, its impact on their workload and perceived job effectiveness, and overall impression of the program were utilized to highlight areas deserving attention and assess the level of perspective alignment and management of interaction costs achieved. Using the network approach to examine the implementation of HOPE shows multiple examples of actions taken to align perspectives and manage interaction costs, and this is reflected in the surveys of the involved professionals. Our conclusion is that using the strategies of the network approach were successful in achieving buy-in from the necessary actors in the program, and that those strategies should be employed in future implementations. The survey data is used to identify some areas that could receive additional improvements in the perspectives of professionals that are involved with the program, and suggestions are provided for how that might be accomplished. Details: Manoa: University of Hawaii at Manoa, Public Administration Program, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: http://www.scfcenter.org/resources/Research/201005%20HOPE%20Implementation%20Analysis.pdf Year: 2010150566 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 0

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: The HOPE Probation Strategy and Fidelity to It: A Summary. A Comprehensive Summary of the HOPE Probation Strategy and a Brief Overview of a Variety of HOPE-Like Strategies Elsewhere in the United States Summary: In 2014, the Institute for Behavior and Health, Inc. (IBH) received a grant from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation for a one-year project to accomplish two objectives: 1) complete a comprehensive examination of HOPE Probation in Honolulu, Hawaii and, 2) briefly examine the fidelity to HOPE of the existent HOPE-like strategies that have proliferated within the criminal justice system across the United States. Two resulting separate reports, The State of the Art of HOPE Probation and HOPE-Like Probation and Parole: 2015 Survey Summary, directly correspond to these objectives. The first report, The State of the Art of HOPE Probation, defines the essential elements of the HOPE strategy and additional recommended, but not essential, elements that enhance HOPE and ensure its success. It describes appropriate sanctions used for non-compliance, the circumstances under which offenders are referred to treatment and to drug court, and when probation is revoked. Additionally, it describes in detail how HOPE Probation has evolved over 10 years of innovation and practice in Honolulu. Useful tools for practitioners interested in implementing the HOPE strategy in their jurisdictions include a needs assessment worksheet that corresponds to the Essential Elements and Recommended Elements of HOPE as well as a HOPE procedures checklist outlining specific issues that require strategic planning to successfully implement HOPE. Lastly, it includes open letters to judges, probation officers, law enforcement and treatment professionals from these respective leaders in Honolulu about their roles in successfully implementing the HOPE strategy. The second report, HOPE-Like Probation and Parole: 2015 Survey Summary, describes findings from an online survey of practitioners (i.e., judges, probation/parole officers, and coordinators) representing strategies that are similar to or directly based on HOPE Probation. This document is the final project summary report. It reviews the core components of the HOPE strategy, the findings of survey research conducted on HOPE-like sites and provides recommendations for further actions, including future extensions of HOPE. This report is intended to provide only a cursory review of the HOPE strategy; for an in-depth description, readers are referred to The State of the Art of HOPE Probation. Details: Rockville, MD: Institute for Behavior and Health,, 2015. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/575830e0b09f958d96b6e4df/t/5759aa83859fd0f1d9825558/1465494149226/The_HOPE_Probation_Strategy_and_Fidelity_to_It.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 150567

Author: Kritzer, Herbert M. Title: Polarized Justice? Changing Patterns of Decision-Making in the Federal Courts Summary: This article examines the question of whether there has been a pattern of increasing partisan polarization in decisions by federal judges. After an initial section briefly discussing the general issue of partisan polarization in American politics, the analysis draws on several extant data sources to present evidence of concerning polarization for each of the three levels of the federal courts. That analysis shows increasing, and quite significant, polarization in the behavior of the justices of the Supreme Court, although that is not true for decisions dealing with economics issues and regulation. Much of the change reflects who presidents have been appointing to the Court. For the Court of Appeals and the federal district courts, there is also evidence of increasing differentiation between appointees of the two parties� presidents. Given the more routine nature of cases below the Supreme Court, the gaps and the change at the lower levels are much less. Again, the nature of the changes varies with the types of cases and those changes significantly reflect who is being appointed to the courts. Details: Minneapolis, MNL University of Minnesota Law School, 2018. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Minnesota Law School, Working Papers, May 5, 2018 Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3187627 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Courts Shelf Number: 150568

Author: Kubas, Andrew Title: Does the 24/7 Sobriety Program Positively Influence Driver Behaviors in North Dakota Summary: The 24/7 Sobriety Program is an intervention strategy mandating that impaired driving offenders remain sober as a condition of bond or pre-trial release. The goal is to monitor the most at-risk offenders in North Dakota and require that these individuals remain sober in order to keep roadways safe from hazardous drivers. As a component of the program, offenders are required to submit to twice-a-day blood alcohol concentration tests, ankle bracelet monitoring, drug patches, or urinalysis as a monitoring technique. If a program participant fails to remain sober, the individual is sent directly to jail. In 2013, House Bill 1302 - which mandated longer enrollment periods for repeat DUI offenders - went into effect. This project seeks to understand four areas: if before-and-after deterrent effects arise upon program enrollment; if House Bill 1302 had a stronger deterrent effect on program participants; if some factors contribute to recidivism more than others; and, if program enrollees outperform a control group of other impaired drivers not subjected to the intervention. Results show that participants significantly improve crash and citation metrics after enrolling in the program. Longer sentencing periods have stronger deterrent effects on DUI-related citations. Individuals participating in the program more than once have higher odds of relapsing into impaired driving behavior. Additional treatment for these individuals may be appropriate as they likely represent the portion of the North Dakota driver population which has issues with alcohol abuse and self-control. Nonetheless, compared to a control group of DUI offenders, those enrolled in the 24/7 Sobriety Program are significantly less likely to recidivate: the 24/7 Sobriety Program reduces DUI-related recidivism by 29.7%, 34.2%, and 39.5% in the 60 days, 365 days, and 730 days following an impaired driving-related citation. Details: Fargo, ND: Upper Great Plains Transportation Institute, North Dakota State University, 2017. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Department Publication No. 296: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://www.ugpti.org/resources/reports/downloads/dp-296.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 150569

Author: Kubas, Andrew Title: The Effects of Legislatively-Mandated Sobriety on First-Time and Repeat DUI Offenders in North Dakota Summary: The 24/7 Sobriety Program is an intervention strategy mandating that impaired driving offenders remain sober as a condition of bond or pre-trial release. The goal is to monitor the most at-risk offenders in North Dakota and require that these individuals remain sober in order to keep roadways safe from hazardous drivers. As a component of the program, offenders are required to submit to twice-a-day blood alcohol concentration tests, ankle bracelet monitoring, drug patches, or urinalysis as a monitoring technique. If a program participant fails to remain sober, the individual is sent directly to jail. In 2013, House Bill 1302 - which mandated longer enrollment periods for repeat DUI offenders - went into effect. This project seeks to understand if the passing of this legislation altered behavioral performance of participants in the program. It also addresses potential deterrent effects stemming from the program. Results show that participants significantly improve crash and citation metrics after enrolling in the program. Longer sentencing periods appear to have stronger deterrent effects. Individuals who participate in the program multiple times have an above-average likelihood of relapsing into negative behavior. These individuals typically perform positively when enrolled in the program, but recidivate shortly after completing program mandates. Other programs may be more appropriate for these individuals as they represent the North Dakota driver population which likely has issues with alcohol abuse and self-control. Details: Fargo, ND: Upper Great Plains Transportation Institute, North Dakota State University, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: Department Publication No. 290 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 150570

Author: Kubas, Andrew Title: Assessment of the 24/7 Sobriety Program in North Dakota: Participant Behavior During Enrollment Summary: The 24/7 Sobriety Program is an intervention strategy mandating that repeat impaired driving offenders remain sober as a condition of bond or pre-trial release. The goal is to monitor the most dangerous offenders in North Dakota and require that these individuals remain sober in order to keep roadways safe from hazardous drivers. As a component of the program, offenders are required to submit to twice-a-day blood alcohol concentration tests, ankle bracelet monitoring, drug patches, urinalysis, or a combination of techniques. If a program participant fails to remain sober, the individual is sent directly to jail. During the most recent legislative biennium, the North Dakota legislature passed House Bill 1302, a resolution mandating that repeat offenders participate in the program for 12 months. This new legislation went into effect on August 1, 2013. This project seeks to understand if the 24/7 Sobriety Program has a positive deterrent effect on repeat impaired driving offenders. Results show that drivers significantly improve traffic metrics after enrolling in the program. The program appears to have more of a deterrent effect on women than on men. The mandatory 12-month enrollment period has a stronger deterrent effect than did prior sentences which were generally left to judicial discretion. Nonetheless, for a group of high-risk offenders - those who likely abuse alcohol and have issues with self-control - the program was found to have little positive effect on non-DUI convictions and crash patterns. Details: Fargo, ND: Upper Great Plains Transportation Institute, North Dakota State University, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: UGPTI Department Publication No. 279: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://www.ugpti.org/pubs/pdf/DP279.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 150571

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: State of the Art of HOPE Probation Summary: Are you interested in preventing victimization and crime, helping offenders and their families, and saving taxpayers millions of dollars in prison costs? Now there is an answer: HOPE Probation. HOPE Probation was conceived and established first in Honolulu as Hawaii's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement; however, the HOPE strategy is widely applicable to community corrections populations across the country. From its start in 2004, with research from the Hawaii Attorney General's Office showing dramatic reductions in positive drug tests and missed probation officer appointments, there has been considerable interest in the HOPE strategy across the country. Following the release of results in 2009 from a randomized control trial of Honolulu's HOPE Probation showing dramatically improved outcomes among HOPE probationers compared to offenders on standard probation, new strategies based on HOPE began rapidly spreading across the United States. Additionally, many jurisdictions have sought assistance and guidance in establishing their own HOPE-like supervision strategies in various areas of community corrections (i.e., pretrial, parole, and juvenile justice agencies). To-date there has not been a comprehensive description of the HOPE Probation strategy. This document meets that need. It defines the essential elements of the HOPE strategy and defines additional recommended, but not essential, elements that enhance HOPE and ensure its success. This report also describes in detail how the originating HOPE Probation strategy has evolved over 10 years of innovation and practice in Honolulu, Hawaii. The experience from Honolulu's HOPE Probation provides an example for how other jurisdictions implementing HOPE can adjust and adapt to changing needs and make improvements to their own HOPE strategy over time. This report is written for a broad audience of criminal justice professionals including representatives from the judiciary, probation supervisors and officers, prosecutors, public defenders, defense attorneys, law enforcement (e.g., police, sheriffs, marshals), and substance abuse treatment providers � all of whom play important roles in the successful implementation of HOPE. It can also be a valuable resource for legislators and other policymakers who are considering changes to criminal justice systems. Details: Rockville, MD: Institute for Behavior and Health, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: http://www.courts.state.hi.us/docs/news_and_reports_docs/State_of_%20the_Art_of_HOPE_Probation.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 150572

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: HOPE-Like Probation and Parole: 2015 Survey Summary Summary: The HOPE strategy was established in 2004 in Honolulu as Hawaii's Opportunity Probation with Enforcement. After a randomized control trial showed dramatically improved outcomes for HOPE probationers compared to offenders on standard probation, new probation strategies based on HOPE spread rapidly across the United States. Additionally, many jurisdictions established HOPE-like supervision strategies in other areas of criminal justice (i.e., pretrial, parole, prison and juvenile justice agencies). In 2014, the 10thanniversary of HOPE Probation in Honolulu, the Laura and John Arnold Foundation provided a grant to the Institute for Behavior and Health, Inc. (IBH) to work collaboratively with Judge Steven S. Alm, the originator of the HOPE strategy, Probation Section Administrator, Cheryl Inouye, and other court staff from the First Circuit Court in Honolulu to develop a comprehensive description of the HOPE strategy. The resulting report, State of the Art of HOPE Probation, defines the Essential Elements of HOPE and identifies additional Recommended Elements that enhance HOPE and ensure its success. The report also describes how the original HOPE Probation strategy has evolved through 10 years of innovation and practice. In addition to documenting the current state of the art of HOPE Probation in Honolulu, IBH also attempted to identify and contact as many as possible of the courts and probation and parole offices that have implemented the HOPE strategy across the country. Judges and other knowledgeable officials in these sites were invited to participate in a national survey studying the extent to which these HOPE-like community corrections strategies are similar to the strategy now operating in Honolulu. This report summarizes the results of an online survey conducted in spring 2015 of 56 sites in 20 states that have implemented HOPE-like strategies. The focus is on whether sites have incorporated Essential Elements and Recommended Elements of HOPE into their operations. Following a brief description of the survey methodology, results are presented for the 16 Essential Elements and 3 Recommended Elements identified in the State of the Art of HOPE Probation. Details: Rockville, MD: Institute for Behavior and Health,, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/575830e0b09f958d96b6e4df/t/5759ab5a60b5e92468e2fafc/1465494363589/HOPE-Like_Probation_%26_Parole_2015_Survey_Summary.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 150573

Author: Sobol, Neil L. Title: Charging the Poor: Criminal Justice Debt and Modern-Day Debtors' Prisons Summary: Debtors' prisons should no longer exist. While imprisonment for debt was common in colonial times in the United States, subsequent constitutional provisions, legislation, and court rulings all called for the abolition of incarcerating individuals to collect debt. Despite these prohibitions, individuals who are unable to pay debts are now regularly incarcerated, and the vast majority of them are indigent. In 2015, at least ten lawsuits were filed against municipalities for incarcerating individuals in modern-day debtors' prisons. Criminal justice debt is the primary source for this imprisonment. Criminal justice debt includes fines, restitution charges, court costs, and fees. Monetary charges exist at all stages of the criminal justice system from pre-conviction to parole. They include a wide variety of items, such as fees for electronic monitoring, probation, and room and board. Forty-three states even charge fees for an indigent's "free" public defender. With expanding incarceration rates and contracting state budgets, monetary sanctions have continued to escalate. Additionally, many states and localities are now outsourcing prison, probation, monitoring, and collection services to private companies, who add additional fees and charges to the criminal justice debt burden of defendants. The impact of criminal justice debt is especially severe on the poor and minorities as they are frequently assessed "poverty penalties" for interest, late fees, installment plans, and collection. Often they have to decide between paying criminal justice debt and buying family necessities. The deaths of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Eric Garner in New York, and Freddie Gray in Baltimore have prompted renewed calls for investigation of the adverse treatment of the poor and minorities in the criminal justice system. The fear of arrest, incarceration, and unfair treatment for those owing criminal justice debt creates distrust in the system. In February 2015, a class action complaint was filed against the City of Ferguson asserting that the city's jails had become a "modern debtors' prison scheme" that had "devastated the City's poor, trapping them for years in a cycle of increased fees, debts, extortion, and cruel jailings." Moreover, the Department of Justice's report on the Ferguson Police Department presents a scathing indictment of a system apparently more concerned with revenue collection than justice. Unfortunately, as illustrated by recent lawsuits and investigations alleging debtors' prisons in Alabama, Colorado, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Hampshire, Ohio, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, and Washington, the abuses are not limited to Ferguson, Missouri. The same concerns that led to the historical restrictions on debtors' prisons have risen again with the growth of modern-day debtors' prisons. Similar to the prisons in London during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries that were criticized for using a privatized system that charged inmates for all services, including room and board, the current justice system improperly charges the poor. It is now time to revisit these concerns and implement effective restrictions to reduce the incidence of debtors' prisons. To remedy these concerns, my Article proposes eliminating egregious sanctions, providing courts flexibility to base fines on earning levels, and establishing procedures to enforce restrictions against incarcerating those who are truly unable to pay their criminal justice debt. Details: College Station, TX: Texas A&M University School of Law, 2016. 56p. Source: Texas A&M University School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 16-09: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2704029 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Debt Shelf Number: 150574

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Report regarding grave rights violations implicated in family immigration detention at the Karnes County Detention Center Summary: The Karnes County Residential Center (Karnes), located in Karnes City, Texas, is an immigration detention center, which currently holds 535 mothers and children, almost all of whom are asylum-seekers from Central American countries. Karnes is the newest of three immigration detention centers in the U.S. detaining women and their children-the other two are in Artesia, New Mexico, and Leesport, Pennsylvania. Both the Artesia and Karnes facilities opened during the summer of 2014. The government has plans to expand family detention further with the opening of a 2400-bed family detention center in Dilley, Texas in November 2014. These detention centers represent the first effort at widespread immigration detention of families since 2009 when the government shut down family detention at the problem-ridden T. Don Hutto Detention Center in Taylor, Texas. The situation at the Karnes facility demonstrates that family detention is a colossal mistake, which implicates numerous human rights violations under international law and civil rights violations under domestic law. At Karnes, the government detains women and their children needlessly, even when they pose no danger or flight risk that cannot be addressed through measures such as release on bond. Families remain detained even after they pass an initial screening interview demonstrating that they have viable asylum claims. They can remain detained for months, pending their asylum proceedings in Immigration Court. Detention drastically reduces these families' ability to obtain and access counsel and effectively present their asylum claims. In addition, the Karnes detention center is a secure facility, meaning detained women and their children cannot leave. Moreover, the facility has many characteristics of criminal detention, such as regular body counts. Karnes detains children as young as three months old, and despite housing over 200 children, the facility is not licensed as a residential home for children. Facility staff is not trained in childcare or the special needs of asylum-seekers. Adequate mental and physical health services are not available. International human rights bodies have already condemned the detention of asylumseeking families in the United States. Yet, despite growing documentation of abuses and harsh conditions, and despite international and domestic laws that forbid or limit the detention of asylum-seekers and children, the government obstinately insists on expanding family detention. This report describes the process by which women and children came to be detained at the Karnes facility, and some of the challenges they face with respect to detention and the ability to pursue their asylum cases. The report then summarizes the relevant international and domestic protections that relate to the detention of asylum-seekers and immigrant children at Karnes. Finally, this report sets forth the numerous ways in which family detention at Karnes violates international and domestic human rights and civil rights protections for the women and children held behind bars. Details: Austin, TX: University of Texas School of Law, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2018 at: https://law.utexas.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2015/04/2014-10-IC-IACHR_Karnes_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 150575

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: The Public Safety Threat of Drugged Driving Summary: Drug-using drivers often use multiple drugs, including alcohol, in combination. Ample evidence shows that drunk-driving behaviors have dramatically declined over the past few decades, but recent research indicates the prevalence of drug use among drivers is increasing. To further complicate the issue, combining alcohol and drugs produces more pronounced impairment. The overlap of alcohol and drug use has important enforcement and policy implications. Law enforcement officers may correctly suspect drivers of being impaired by more than alcohol, but without drug testing, drivers with low blood alcohol levels who have also used drugs may go unprosecuted and their drug use remain unaddressed. This drugged-driving fact sheet has been written for DWI (driving while intoxicated) and Drug Court practitioners. It reviews the basic facts about drugged driving and the implementation and enforcement of drugged-driving laws. The fact sheet discusses current information about drug testing technology. It highlights opportunities for public education and discusses the importance of amending highway safety practices and laws to empower law enforcement and the courts when dealing with drugged drivers. Although alcohol is a drug, for the purposes of this fact sheet, drugs will refer to all intoxicants not including alcohol. DWI Courts address traffic-related cases which may include both alcohol- and drug-impaired driving, whereas Drug Courts deal more generally with a variety of drug- and alcohol-related cases. Details: Alexandria, VA: National Association of Drug Court Professionals, 2014. 16p. Source: Internet Resource:Need to Know Factsheet: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: http://www.allrise.org/sites/default/files/2014/Drugged%20Driving.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150580

Author: Arnold, Lindsay S. Title: Advancing Drugged Driving Data at the State Level: Synthesis of Barriers and Expert Panel Recommendations Summary: The objective of this project is to identify and recommend strategies for improving statelevel data on the nature and extent of drugged driving in the United States by addressing the most significant barriers that impede state efforts to collect and compile such data. According to National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA, 2012b) Traffic Records Program Advisory Assessment, states need accurate and reliable traffic records data to understand traffic safety problems, and to select and evaluate countermeasures to address the problems and ultimately improve traffic safety. Inadequate state data on drugged drivers limits understanding the extent and nature of the drugged driving problem, communicating it to the public, and measuring how it changes over time and in response to efforts to reduce it. (Berning & Smither, 2014; NHTSA, 2012a, MMUCC Guideline Model Minimum Uniform Crash Criteria Fourth Edition DOT HS 811 631; National Transportation Safety Board, 2012a, Reaching Zero: Actions to Eliminate Substance-Impaired Driving Forum Summary.) While drugged driving is receiving increasing national attention, especially as a result of state legalization of marijuana for medical or recreational use, most state data on drugged driving in its current form is of limited use for measuring and tracking drugged driving incidents, evaluating the effects of changing laws regarding drug use and driving, or improving our knowledge about drug use and driving impairment. In addition to the limitations of existing data, the relationship between the presence and levels of drugs in a driver's body and their impairment or crash risk is further complicated by the number of potentially impairing drugs, the complexity of drug metabolism compared to that of alcohol, the variability of effects on individuals, and individuals using more than one drug or combining alcohol and drug use. Unlike with alcohol, drug concentrations do not necessarily relate to impairment, and drugs may be detectable after impairment has subsided. Threshold concentrations for drugs, similar to the 0.08 blood alcohol concentration (BAC), have not been agreed upon, and may not be feasible. (Government Accountability Office, 2015) Drugged driving is commonly defined as driving under the influence of or impaired by drugs other than alcohol. Some states define drugged driving as drug-positive driving, though the drugs included vary by state. For the purpose of this effort, "drugged driving" refers generally to driving with any detectable amount of illegal or potentially impairing amounts of prescription or over-the counter medications in one's system, which includes driving while impaired by any of these drugs. "Drug-impaired driving" describes driving while impaired by a drug or drugs other than or in addition to alcohol, as differentiated from drugged driving, which includes drivers whose impairment is unknown (e.g., roadside survey subjects). Drugged driving data of interest include data on the prevalence of drugged and drug-impaired driving, drug-impaired driving citation and adjudication data, and toxicology data for drivers arrested for driving under the influence of alcohol and/or other drugs and/or involved in serious injury and fatal crashes. The focus of this project is on improving the quality of data related to drugged and drugimpaired driving. Efforts to enforce drugged driving laws generally, and barriers to such efforts, are outside the scope of this project. Improving our understanding of drug use and driving impairment, while important to combating drug-impaired driving and in need of additional research, is also outside the scope of this project. The improved data that would result from implementation of the recommendations in this report, however, should help guide drugged driving enforcement efforts and improve our understanding of drug presence/levels and crash risk. Issues not specific to collection of data on the presence and levels of drugs in drivers, e.g., funding of law enforcement generally, are clearly relevant to improving data on drugged driving and are important to this project, but are not the focus of this project and thus are only briefly mentioned and not discussed at length. Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2016. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/AdvancingDruggedDrivingData.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150585

Author: Love, Hannah Title: Transforming Closed Youth Prisons: Repurposing Facilities to Meet Community Needs Summary: States and localities across the United States are increasingly shifting away from incarceration and embracing more rehabilitative, community-based alternatives for justice-involved youth. Between 1999 and 2015, the number of youth detained or placed out of home declined by more than half, leading to hundreds of facility closures. Upon closure,taxpayers are often left funding the maintenance and upkeep of unused facility land while community members and other stakeholders grapple with what to do with these spaces. The vacant facilities bring a range of public health and safety concerns to communities and can be physical reminders of the harmful impact of incarceration. And, if left vacant and unchanged, youth facilities are susceptible to being reopened as correctional facilities, missing the opportunity to contribute to positive local development and meet demonstrated social needs. This brief examines how former youth prisons can be used for new, economically viable purposes outside the field of corrections and highlights innovative examples of repurposing efforts in six communities. Drawing from qualitative interviews with stakeholders involved in repurposing efforts, it provides an overview of lessons learned and key considerations for transforming former youth prisons into sustainable economic developments designed to benefit communities. In this brief, "youth prisons" includes both correctional facilities where youth are placed after disposition and detention centers where youth are held while they await trial. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/98628/transforming_closed_youth_prisons.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Alternatives Shelf Number: 150586

Author: Hultgren, Brittney A. Title: Understanding the Decision to Ride with an Impaired Driver Summary: Limited attention has been directed toward reducing passengers riding with drinking drivers (RWDD). Passengers make up 15 percent of all alcohol-related vehicle fatalities, indicating a significant gap in prevention research. This gap may be due to the paucity of research examining determinants of RWDD. This dissertation is composed of three empirical papers that examined different predictors of RWDD. Paper 1 used a dual process behavioral decision-making approach to examine RWDD. Paper 1 results suggest that examining decision-making processes related to both RWDD and viable safe alternatives of RWDD may predict RWDD more comprehensively. Further, all psychosocial variables related to RWDD and alternatives were found to be significantly correlated with all decision-making constructs, indicating they all may be useful targets for change in intervention efforts, especially those with the highest correlations: attitudes, peer injunctive norms, image prototypes, and self-efficacy to use alternatives. Results from Paper 2 support the hypotheses that parent-student communication of RWDD risks are associated with both decreased risky orientations and increased protective orientations. This supports that Parent Based Interventions (PBIs) may be useful for reducing RWDD behavior. However, parent-student communication must occur in a manner that students remember and are responsive. Results from Paper 2 also suggest that parents may be most likely to communicate about the risks of RWDD if they think their spouse and other parents like them have similar conversations with their student. PBIs may be most effective if delivered to both parents or in groups of parents. Paper 3 examined the association between substance use and riding with an alcohol and/or drug impaired driver (RADID) using an event-level design. Results for Paper 3 indicate that probability of RADID increases for students who, on average, engage in polysubstance use. Probability of RADID also increased as the number of substances used in one occasion increased. Further, students with average substance use, were more likely to RADID on nights when 3 or more substances were used. Lastly, results from Paper 3 suggest that using marijuana alone or using alcohol combined with other substances (e.g., tobacco, ADHD medications) increases the likelihood of RADID compared to alcohol use alone. Future work should test efficacy of PBIs, ecological momentary interventions, and efforts combining different intervention delivery methods to reduce RWDD and RADID. Details: Philadelphia: Pennsylvania State University, 2017. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/14414 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Use Shelf Number: 150588

Author: Curry, Tim Title: District of Columbia: An Assessment of Access To and Quality of Juvenile Defense Counsel Summary: Released on June 7, 2018, the District of Columbia Assessment is based on interviews, observation, and research conducted by a team of expert investigators who analyzed DC's Family Court and juvenile defense systems throughout 2017. In many respects, the District of Columbia is an example for other jurisdictions across the country to follow as to best practices in juvenile defense. But even in a system as well-funded and functional as DC's there are challenges in structure and quality that need improvement. This Assessment outlines the investigative team's findings and provides Core Recommendations for improving DC's juvenile defense systems, along with implementation strategies specific stakeholder groups can undertake in order to address shortcomings. Among the 14 Core Recommendations are: Increasing organizational, monitoring, and leadership capabilities of the CJA Juvenile Panel, which provides representation to the largest percentage of youth in DC's delinquency court; Strengthen post-disposition defense practice; Establish a comprehensive juvenile defense data collection system; Eliminate the indiscriminate shackling of children in DC courts; Require system accountability to reduce racial and ethnic bias and disparities; and Increase confidentiality protections. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2018. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/DC-Assessment-Report-Final-lo-res.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 150517

Author: Bergeron, Insiyah Mohammad Title: Delinking Economic Development and Mass Incarceration: imagining new futures for rural communities Summary: Until recently, prisons were considered an economic development strategy particularly in rural communities struggling with the loss of manufacturing jobs. However, many studies have shown that prisons often have weak linkages to the host community, and sometimes have negligible or even negative impacts on rural economies. A combination of factors including changing sentencing laws, inadequate conditions in older facilities, fiscal conservatism, and increasing reliance on community based alternatives to incarceration are now leading to prison closures all around the country. In this changing context, this thesis explores: (i) What are the real and perceived impacts of prison closures on local economies in small rural counties?; and (ii) Where communities are redeveloping old prisons to boost their economies, how are local needs, politics, and project constraints (related to design and finance) shaping the transformation of these sites? By focusing on two cases where former prisons are being reused for community and economic development, this thesis explores how rural communities might transition to new ways of employing people and generating wealth after a local prison closes. Details: Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Urban Studies and Planning, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: https://dspace.mit.edu/handle/1721.1/111260 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Development Shelf Number: 150591

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Cost and Benefits Of Body-Worn Camera Deployments Summary: Many new technologies are changing the business of policing in America. Cybercrime and computer-assisted crime are changing the very nature of crime and criminal investigations. Police are starting to deploy new technologies for receiving video and other digital information through 911 systems, and are learning how to manage and use all that incoming data. Meanwhile, FirstNet is bringing a new level of sophistication to how police can transmit digital data to officers in the field. Computer-assisted crime analysis is helping identify crime patterns so police can prevent the next crime from happening. Social media platforms like Twitter are changing how police share information, and how they obtain critically important information. In the midst of all of these technologies, some of which are quite complex and technical, we have an important new technology that anyone can understand: body-worn cameras (BWCs). These simple video cameras are little more than a rugged version of the camera in your smartphone. And yet these devices have the potential to transform policing for the better, by creating video records of the incidents that officers encounter, and how they respond to those incidents. While the technology of BWCs is easy to understand � they're simply video cameras - the deployment of BWCs raises a number of important questions that must be addressed, such as the extent to which BWCs change or "civilize" the behavior of police officers and members of the public, and whether or not any changes lead to reduced police use-of-force and fewer complaints against police officers. Another important question is whether BWCs can help police agencies build better relationships with the communities they serve by promoting organizational transparency and accountability. While the potential of BWCs to improve policing for the better is appealing to many law enforcement executives, an important concern are the financial costs of sustaining a BWC program. Beyond the up-front costs of purchasing cameras are significant back-end costs, especially those associated with maintaining, storing, and sharing the large amount of video data that BWCs produce. It is important that police leaders have a clear understanding of how these costs compare to the anticipated benefits of deploying BWCs. The PERF research described in this report was designed to answer some of these questions about BWCs. With generous support from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, we conducted one of the largest and most comprehensive surveys to date of law enforcement agencies regarding their deployments of body-worn cameras. This survey, which obtained data from a representative sample of police agencies nationwide, revealed a number of important findings: - Our survey found that more than one-third of American law enforcement agencies have already deployed BWCs to some or all of their officers, and another 50% currently have plans to do so. - We found that a large majority of departments with BWCs are happy with them. More than 85% of them would recommend them to other police agencies. - There is variation in how widely agencies have deploy BWCs within the department. More than 40 percent of agencies reported that they have given BWCs to all sworn officers, but some agencies have made only partial deployments. For example, three agencies that PERF studied more closely had only equipped a fraction of their police force with BWCs: 10 percent of officers in Phoenix; 30 percent of officers in Dallas; and 44 percent in Mesa, AZ. - We found that for most agencies, the cost of BWCs are quite low - approximately $5,000 a year or less. (However, the costs are low because most police departments either have a small number of officers, or they are only partially deploying BWCs to some, not all, of their officers. BWC costs run into millions of dollars in large agencies.) - Importantly, we found that the most important reason given for adopting BWCs, by over nine in 10 agencies, was to promote accountability, transparency, and legitimacy. This objective, which demonstrates a strong desire among agencies to build trust and foster relationships with their communities, is laudable. To determine if they are meeting this goal, and to ensure that their practices are consistent with the expectations and values of the community, we recommend that agencies conduct regular surveys with their community to measure satisfaction with police services in their neighborhoods. Finally, we tried to assess whether BWCs might reduce the number of civil lawsuits against police departments. In theory, the presence of cameras may cause officers and community members or suspects to behave better, and in some cases, people have been known to threaten lawsuits but change their mind when they find out there is video of the incident. BWC footage in some cases can quickly resolve what would otherwise be a "he said, she said" disagreement. However, we were unable to obtain enough data to make strong conclusions about whether BWCs reduce lawsuits. With few exceptions, most cities simply do not record information about the number of lawsuits filed against them, the nature of the complaints, the outcomes, and related data. We were able to obtain lawsuit data from three cities - Dallas, Phoenix, and Mesa, AZ - and we made some limited findings based on that information. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2018. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/BWCCostBenefit.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 150592

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: The Police Response to Homelessness Summary: In many ways, the nature of homelessness has not changed much in 25 years. It just seems to have become more severe. What has changed is how police and sheriffs' departments see the issue of homelessness, and how they respond to it. Twenty-five years ago, in 1993, PERF conducted a large, nationally representative survey on policing and homelessness. The survey was sent to chief executives of 650 medium-size or large police agencies, and the response rate was 80 percent. Back then, 69 percent of respondents reported that the homeless individuals in their jurisdiction were viewed "predominantly as a police problem." Nearly two-thirds said that homeless individuals in their jurisdictions had mental health issues. And the percentages struggling with alcohol abuse (88 percent) and drug abuse (59 percent) were very high. Those numbers could be even higher today. In January 2018, 72 percent of PERF members who replied to a questionnaire said that homelessness in their communities had increased in recent years; only 13 percent said it had declined. And more than half of the respondents reported increases in mental illness and substance abuse among the homeless population. While the nature of homelessness has not changed very much, there has been a sea change in how law enforcement agencies respond to it. Approximately 250 law enforcement leaders, local government officials, researchers, and other subject matter experts convened in Long Beach, CA on January 24, 2018 for a day-long PERF conference on homelessness. They told us that they have learned that making arrests is not an effective response. Rather, today's police and sheriffs' departments see their role as taking leadership and finding innovative solutions, which often involve multi-faceted activities with social service agencies, other government departments, and other partners. Today, many law enforcement agencies are implementing direct outreach to homeless individuals, building partnerships with a wide range of service providers, and encouraging their officers and deputies to be resourceful and to show compassion for homeless persons. So while there may be questions about who "owns" the problem of homelessness, the fact is that police departments across the country are stepping up. (Police and sheriff's departments tend to be on the leading edge of social problems, because they respond to calls 24 hours every day.) And the focus is on problem-solving and innovation. This report showcases many of the promising practices that were discussed at PERF's conference in Long Beach. Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: http://www.policeforum.org/assets/PoliceResponsetoHomelessness.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 150593

Author: Calderon, Laura Title: Organized Crime and Violence in Baja California Sur Summary: During the last decade, Mexico has witnessed elevated levels of violence, reaching a total of almost 300,000 victims of intentional homicide from 2000 to 2017. Violence, however, is now affecting areas that it did not reach before, turning vacation paradises into hotly contested areas of control for organized crime groups in recent years. Such has been the case of Manzanillo, Cancun, Acapulco, and most recently, the case of Baja California Sur cities, Los Cabos and La Paz, as the state's homicide levels increased by almost 300% in 2017. Details: San Diego: Justice in Mexico, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource; Working Paper Series, 15(2): Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://justiceinmexico.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/180216_CALDERON-WP-BCS_v1.1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 150595

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Code Red: The Fatal Consequences of Dangerously Substandard Medical Care in Immigration Detention Summary: On the morning that Jose Azurdia died, an officer at the Adelanto Detention Facility in California told a nurse Mr. Azurdia was ill and vomiting. The nurse told him "she did not want to see Azurdia because she did not want to get sick." This began a series of unconscionable delays in getting Mr. Azurdia care for what turned out to be a fatal heart attack. Thongchay Saengsiri suffered from the symptoms of congestive heart failure for most of the 15 months he was detained at the LaSalle Detention Facility in Lousiana, including fainting, swelling, anemia, coughing, and shortness of breath. Instead of properly diagnosing and treating these classic symptoms, a nurse recommended he increase his fluid intake, which likely increased his risk of heart failure. Rafael Barcenas Padilla died from bronchopneumonia after a delay in transferring him to the hospital from the Otero County Processing Center in New Mexico, where nurses recorded his dangerous low oxygen levels over the course of three days that should have prompted immediate hospitalization. More people died in immigration detention in fiscal year 2017 than any year since 2009, and the most recent detailed information we have about immigration detention deaths shows that they are still linked to dangerously inadequate medical care. This report, a joint effort of four organizations that have long worked to advance the rights of detained immigrants, analyzes publicly-released government investigations known as Detainee Death Reviews of 15 deaths in immigration detention from December 2015 to April 2017, which represent all but one of the deaths reported during that period. At least two independent physicians with expertise in correctional health separately reviewed each file for us and concluded that substandard medical care contributed or led to eight of the 15 deaths, including the deaths of Mr. Azurdia, Mr. Saengsiri, and Mr. Barcenas. In all but one of the 15 deaths we analyzed for this report, our experts found evidence of subpar and dangerous practices including unreasonable delays, poor practitioner and nursing care, and botched emergency response. In line with cases we have previously documented, one of the 15 cases involved the suicide of a person with a psychosocial disability who was inappropriately placed in isolation. As we have noted in previous analyses of Detainee Death Reviews, the reviews do not constitute a representative sample of detainee healthcare outcomes but the fact that the same types of healthcare and oversight failures are present in so many of them point to larger, systemic deficits in immmigration detention facility health care. The lapses occur in both publicly and privately run facilities, and are not being addressed by existing oversight and monitoring systems. As detailed below, we believe these deficits warrant immediate attention and action by Congress, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), and state and local governments that have authority over the facilities. The past 25 years have seen an unrelenting expansion of ICE's network of immigration jails in the United States. In 1994, on any given day approximately 6,800 people were held in immigration custody in civil detention awaiting action on their deportation cases. That number steadily increased over the years, hovering between 28,000 and 34,000 for most of the past decade. After a spike over the past two years beginning under the Obama administration, detention numbers are now at highs previously unimaginable. In fiscal year 2017, ICE held a daily average of nearly 40,500 people. The Trump administration has asked Congress to allocate US$2.8 billion for Fiscal Year 2019 to lock up a daily average of 52,000 immigrants in immigration detention facilities, a record number representing nearly 30 percent expansion over the previous year. Despite President Trump's repeated statements painting immigrants as dangerous, the vast majority of the detained population-71 percent as of the first month of fiscal year 2018-were mandatorily detained with no individualized consideration of whether they posed a risk or should be detained. ICE itself classified 51 percent of the detained population in that month, the last for which we have data, as posing "no threat." Along with new growth in immigration detention, the Trump administration has requested less money for Department of Homeland Security (DHS) oversight of detention to assure that conditions of confinement are safe, indicating that it plans to abandon basic standards developed over the past decade intended to protect the health, safety, and human rights of those held in immigration detention centers. These proposals would place more human beings than ever before into an abusive and wasteful system that already suffers from substandard medical care. Since March 2010, ICE has reported a total of 74 deaths in immigration detention, completing and at least partially releasing death reviews in 52 of them (death reviews were either not completed or have not been released in the remaining 22 cases). Medical experts-including the independent physicians who analyzed 33 of the reviews and government-contracted subject matter experts who recorded their conclusions directly in other detainee death reviews-have determined that medical care lapses contributed or led to 23 deaths in 19 different detention facilities since March 2010. However, most of the Detainee Death Reviews we have examined since 2010 include evidence of dangerous and subpar medical care practices. ICE, the agency with authority over the United States' sprawling system of immigration detention centers, has proven unable or unwilling to provide adequately for the health and safety of those it detains. Oversight and accountability mechanisms have too often failed, and the current administration's proposal to weaken existing standards will further endanger lives. This is the third report in which our organizations have found that significant numbers of the deaths in detention are linked to inadequate medical care in detention. In light of these consistent findings and the continuing rapid expansion of immigration detention, Congress should immediately act to curtail the abuses by: pressing ICE to decrease rather than expand detention; demanding robust health, safety, and human rights standards for all types of immigration detention facilities; and monitoring and engaging in strong oversight through frequent information requests, hearings, and investigations. States and localities have a role to play as well by declining to contract with detention facilities in their jurisdictions, and creating state and local monitoring programs to expose abuse in detention and provide accountability. Details: New YorK: HRW, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us0618_web2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 150601

Author: Petrosky, Emiko Title: Racial and Ethnic Differences in Homicides of Adult Women and the Role of Intimate Partner Violence - United States, 2003-2014 Summary: Summary What is already known about this topic? Homicide is one of the leading causes of death for women aged ≤44 years, and rates vary by race/ethnicity. Nearly half of female victims are killed by a current or former male intimate partner. What is added by this report? Homicides occur in women of all ages and among all races/ethnicities, but young, racial/ethnic minority women are disproportionately affected. Over half of female homicides for which circumstances were known were related to intimate partner violence (IPV). Arguments and jealousy were common precipitating circumstances among IPV-related homicides. One in 10 victims of IPV-related homicide were reported to have experienced violence in the month preceding their deaths. What are the implications for public health practice? Racial/ethnic differences in female homicide underscore the importance of targeting intervention efforts to populations at risk and the conditions that increase the risk for violence. IPV lethality risk assessments might be useful tools for first responders to identify women at risk for future violence and connect them with life-saving safety planning and services. Teaching young persons safe and healthy relationship skills as well as how to recognize situations or behaviors that might become violent are effective IPV primary prevention measures. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2017;66:741�746: Accessed June 6, 20, 2018 at: https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/pdfs/mm6628a1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Disparities Shelf Number: 150602

Author: Mannings, Jaime Title: Individual Factors Motivating People to Join Organized Violent Movements Summary: A guerilla-style opponent is one of the toughest missions conventional military forces will ever face. Political violence is difficult to stop in any country. These conflicts last years, sometimes decades. This is the case in Colombia, where the government has been fighting Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias de Colombia Ejrcito del Pueblo (FARC-EP) since 1965; in Peru, where the government has been fighting Sendero Luminoso since 1980; and in Mexico, where the government has been trying to defeat the Ejrcito Zapatista de Liberacin Nacional since 1994. Why are these movements so difficult to quell? Is it because of the governments' inability to design suitable defeat mechanisms? Is there failure to understand what motivates people to join an organized violent movement (OVM)? This study addresses this problem by focusing on identifying the individual motivational factors causing people to join an OVM using a qualitative multiple-case study comparative analysis. This investigation analyzes a plethora of literature placing special emphasis on documented interviews of former combatants to extrapolate the true reason why they chose to fight. Details: Fort Leavenworth, KS: US Army Command and General Staff College, 2017. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/1038778.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Extremists Shelf Number: 150603

Author: Rodriguez, Joseph Title: The Effect of the Fugitive Safe Surrender Program on Violent Crime Summary: In light of the Ferguson Report, many have called for a return to community oriented policing. To that end, one tactic suggested is a reduction in the number of outstanding bench warrants and attached fees and fines levied by municipalities on residents. In order to accomplish this many communities have recently enacted warrant amnesty programs that aim to reduce the number of outstanding bench warrants for people charged with lesser crimes and misdemeanors. St. Louis has led this effort, designating over 200,000 warrants as eligible for amnesty in late 2014. During this time St. Louis experienced a marked increase in violent crime, leading some to view amnesty programs as drivers of higher crime rates. In order to evaluate this claim more rigorously, this study looked at an earlier nationwide program aimed at reducing the number of outstanding warrants in communities. The Fugitive Safe Surrender Program was administered by the US Marshals in a number of cities across the nation. Using city level panel data from 2005-2014, this paper utilizes a fixed effects specification to study the relationship between the Fugitive Safe Surrender Program and violent crime rates in the 108 most populous cities of the United States. The results suggest that there is no positive correlation between the program and violent crime rates. Furthermore, the analysis suggests the presence of a small negative correlation between the number of individual process by the FSS program and violent crime rates in the calendar year in which the program was administered. The results demonstrate a need for further research as more cities have adopted warrant amnesty programs similar to the FSS program. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/handle/10822/1040862 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Amnesty Shelf Number: 150607

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Incarcerated Women and Girls, 1980-2016 Summary: Over the past quarter century, there has been a profound change in the involvement of women within the criminal justice system. This is the result of more expansive law enforcement efforts, stiffer drug sentencing laws, and post-conviction barriers to reentry that uniquely affect women. The female prison population stands nearly eight times higher than in 1980. More than 60% of women in state prisons have a child under the age of 18. Between 1980 and 2016, the number of incarcerated women increased by more than 700%, rising from a total of 26,378 in 1980 to 213,722 in 2016. Though many more men are in prison than women, the rate of growth for female imprisonment has been twice as high as that of men since 1980. There are 1.2 million women under the supervision of the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Fact Sheet: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Incarcerated-Women-and-Girls-1980-2016.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 150611

Author: Williams, Jarred Anthony Title: A Quantitative Analysis of Prison Closures: 2006-2013 Summary: Imprisonment rates in the United States have been increasing considerably for over three decades - quintupling between 1972 and 2010. The growth of the imprisoned population was soon followed by a surge of correctional facility construction, with more than 1000 prisons built in the last 75 years - Texas alone built 120 facilities between 1980 and 2000. Prisons have closed periodically over time, however, starting in 2007, states started closing prisons at an accelerated rate. This thesis has two primary objectives. The first is to chart the timing, pace and pattern of prison closures. To accomplish this, a unique dataset of all closed correctional facilities since 1995 was constructed. The second objective is to use fixed-effects regression to estimate the effect of closures on the overall imprisonment rate, prison admissions and prison releases. The results indicate that the reductions of prison beds are concentrated primarily in the South and Midwest, while the reduction of prison facilities are concentrated in just four states. Further, the predictive models indicate that prison closures are hastening releases, even when controlling for functionalist and conflict indicators that are primarily used to account for changes in prison populations. Details: Pullman: Washington State University, 2015. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: http://www.dissertations.wsu.edu/Thesis/Fall2015/J_Williams_010116.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 150612

Author: Albanese, Rachel Ehrlich Title: Confined Without Cause: The Constitutional Right to Prompt Probable Cause Determinations for Youth Summary: It is well-established U.S. Supreme Court precedent that adults must receive a probable cause determination within 48 hours of arrest, but states do not uniformly apply that 48-hour rule to youth. Confined Without Cause: The Constitutional Right to Prompt Probable Cause Determinations for Youth discusses the harms caused when young people are held in detention and presents the argument that children must, at a minimum, receive a probable cause determination within 48 hours. Indeed, the issue brief argues, children's unique considerations under the Constitution may demand immediate probable cause determinations. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2018 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Confined-Without-Cause.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 150616

Author: Anyon, Yolanda Title: Spotlight on Success: Changing the Culture of Discipline in Denver Public Schools Summary: This mixed methods study draws on district discipline data, interviews, and focus groups to identify characteristics of DPS schools who met the district's discipline goals of a 0-3% suspension rate for their student population overall and for Black students in particular during the 2014-2015 school year. Quantitative Findings Statistical analyses comparing schools who met the district's discipline goals to those who did not revealed that low-suspending schools had the following features: - More racially and economically integrated - Fewer serious discipline incidents (type 2-6) reported by school staff - Greater use of Restorative Practices in response to discipline incidents - Less frequent use of in- and out-of-school suspension among disciplined students Qualitative Findings Principals and school staff from a subset of low-suspending schools reported the following common strategies, conditions, and district resources were used to meet the district's discipline goals: Positive Behavior and School Culture Systems - Relationship Building - Behavioral Recognitions and Rewards - Social-Emotional Skill Building - Restorative Practices Inclusive Policies and Protocols for Responding to Misbehavior - Start with Classroom-Based Interventions - Connect Misbehaving Students to Support Services - Use Punitive and Exclusionary Discipline Practices as a Last Resort Supportive Implementation Conditions - Robust School-Based Student and Family Services - Professional Learning, Training and Coaching - Strategic Hiring for Culture Fit Awareness of Racial Inequalities and Bias - Strengthen Staff Members Knowledge about Racial Disparities - Prioritize Relationship Building with Black Families and Students District Supports - Policy & Intervention Consultations with Discipline Coordinators - Professional Development Units on Restorative Practices and Equity Details: Denver: University of Denver (DU) Graduate School of Social Work (GSSW) and the Office of Social-Emotional Learning at Denver Public Schools (DPS), 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/3022172/Spotlight-on-Success-Changing-the-Culture-of.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150622

Author: Steinberg, Matthew P. Title: The Academic and Behavioral Consequences of Discipline Policy Reform: Evidence from Philadelphia Summary: The School District of Philadelphia (SDP) made dramatic changes to its code of conduct in 2012-2013, prohibiting the use of out-of-school suspensions for low-level conduct offenses-such as profanity and failure to follow classroom rules-and reduced the length of suspensions for more serious infractions. This report addresses four questions: Did Philadelphia's discipline policy reform reduce the use of out-of-school suspensions? Was the policy reform associated with changes in suspensions, achievement, and school attendance for students who were suspended prior to the reform? Was the policy reform associated with changes in achievement and school attendance for peers who were not suspended prior to the reform? Was the policy reform associated with a change in racial disproportionality? Key Findings: Changes in district policy resulted in an initial reduction in the number of low-level conduct suspensions, but the decrease did not persist. Notably, most schools did not comply with the policy change prohibiting such suspensions. Previously suspended students were less likely to be suspended after the policy change. Peers who did not receive a conduct suspension prior to the change experienced worse outcomes in schools that didn't (or couldn't) comply with the policy change prohibiting conduct suspensions. Revising the district's code of conduct was associated with an increase in racial disproportionality at the district level. Details: Washington, DC: Thomas B. Fordham Institute, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: http://edex.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/publication/pdfs/%2812.05%29%20The%20Academic%20and%20Behavioral%20Consequences%20of%20Discipline%20Policy%20Reform%20Evidence%20from%20Philadelphia.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150623

Author: Silver, James Title: A Study of the Pre-Attack Behaviors of Active Shooters in the United States Between 2000 and 2013 Summary: In 2017 there were 30 separate active shootings in the United States, the largest number ever recorded by the FBI during a one-year period. With so many attacks occurring, it can become easy to believe that nothing can stop an active shooter determined to commit violence. "The offender just snapped" and "There's no way that anyone could have seen this coming" are common reactions that can fuel a collective sense of a "new normal," one punctuated by a sense of hopelessness and helplessness. Faced with so many tragedies, society routinely wrestles with a fundamental question: can anything be done to prevent attacks on our loved ones, our children, our schools, our churches, concerts, and communities? There is cause for hope because there is something that can be done. In the weeks and months before an attack, many active shooters engage in behaviors that may signal impending violence. While some of these behaviors are intentionally concealed, others are observable and - if recognized and reported - may lead to a disruption prior to an attack. Unfortunately, well-meaning bystanders (often friends and family members of the active shooter) may struggle to appropriately categorize the observed behavior as malevolent. They may even resist taking action to report for fear of erroneously labeling a friend or family member as a potential killer. Once reported to law enforcement, those in authority may also struggle to decide how best to assess and intervene, particularly if no crime has yet been committed. By articulating the concrete, observable pre-attack behaviors of many active shooters, the FBI hopes to make these warning signs more visible and easily identifiable. This information is intended to be used not only by law enforcement officials, mental health care practitioners, and threat assessment professionals, but also by parents, friends, teachers, employers and anyone who suspects that a person is moving towards violence. In 2014, the FBI published a report titled A Study of Active Shooter Incidents in the United States Between 2000 and 2013. One hundred and sixty active shooter incidents in the United States occurring between 2000 and 2013 were included in the sample. In this first report, the FBI focused on the circumstances of the active shooting events (e.g., location, duration, and resolution) but did not attempt to identify the motive driving the offender, nor did it highlight observable pre-attack behaviors demonstrated by the offender. The 2014 report will be referred to as the "Phase I" study. The present study ("Phase II") is the natural second phase of that initiative, moving from an examination of the parameters of the shooting events to assessing the pre-attack behaviors of the shooters themselves. This second phase, then, turns from the vitally important inquiry of "what happened during and after the shooting" to the pressing questions of "how do the active shooters behave before the attack?" and, if it can be determined, "why did they attack?" The FBI's objective here was to examine specific behaviors that may precede an attack and which might be useful in identifying, assessing, and managing those who may be on a pathway to deadly violence. Details: Washington, DC; U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/pre-attack-behaviors-of-active-shooters-in-us-2000-2013.pdf/view Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooters Shelf Number: 150624

Author: Anderson, Kaitlin P. Title: Do School Discipline Policies Treat Students Fairly? A Second Look at School Discipline Rate Disparities Summary: Since the early 1990s, many schools have adopted zero tolerance policies in response to fears of violence. This approach removes students from school for violations ranging from serious offenses like violent behavior to less serious offenses such as dress code violations or truancy (Losen & Skiba, 2010; Skiba, 2014; Skiba & Peterson, 1999;). While it may be necessary, in extreme cases, to remove a student from campus, many fear this movement has gone too far. Zero tolerance policies and exclusionary discipline such as expulsions and suspensions are associated with lower academic achievement (Beck & Muschkin, 2012; Raffaele-Mendez, 2003; Raffaele-Mendez, Knoff, & Ferror, 2002; Skiba & Rausch, 2004), school dropout (American Academy of Pediatrics, 2013; American Psychological Association, 2008; Ekstrom, Goertz, Pollack, & Rock, 1986), and involvement in the juvenile justice system (American Academy of Pediatrics, 2013; Balfanz, Spiridakis, Neild, & Legters, 2003; Fabelo et al., 2011; Nicholson-Crotty, Birchmeier, & Valentine, 2009). One particularly troubling by-product of the increased use of exclusionary discipline is the growing evidence that such disciplinary practices are employed disproportionately for students from marginalized groups. Numerous researchers have documented differences in suspension rates between White students and students of color (Anyon et al., 2014; Losen, Hodson, Keith, Morrison, & Belway, 2015; Losen & Skiba, 2010; Sartain et al., 2015; Skiba et al., 2014; Skiba, Michael, Nardo, & Peterson, 2002; Skiba et al., 2011; Welch & Payne, 2010). In this study, we contribute to this growing base of evidence by assessing the extent to which Black students in Arkansas, over the past several years, have received more severe consequences than White students - despite being cited for similar infractions. This analysis makes a unique contribution both by controlling for the specific infractions leading to the disciplinary consequences (relatively few studies in the existing literature connect infractions to consequences) and by using days of suspension as the consequence measure rather than simply the likelihood of being suspended. While it is certainly helpful to know if Black students are more likely - all else equal - to receive exclusionary discipline, it is also important that we are aware of any disparities in the severity of the consequences given. In the next section, we set the context for our study by presenting the evidence from the literature on racial disparities in student discipline in two categories of studies. First, we discuss national studies that have generally relied on school-level data and provided only an overview of the consequences levied on students of different races. Because these studies are unable to connect consequences with the associated infraction referral, many questions are left unanswered. We then consider a second set of studies that have investigated the student and school characteristics associated with racial disparities in discipline within particular states or districts. Details: Little Rock: University of Arkansas, Department of Education Reform (EDRE), 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: EDRE Working Paper 2015-11 : Accessed June 21, 2018 at: http://www.uaedreform.org/downloads/2017/04/do-school-discipline-policies-treat-students-fairly-a-second-look-at-school-discipline-rate-disparities.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150625

Author: New Jersey. Commission of Investigation Title: Corrupt Commerce: Heroin, Thievery and the Underground Trade in Stolen Goods Summary: In two years, he burned through an $800,000 inheritance, lost his home and allowed his family business to die. Desperate and broke, he found a lucrative new way to fund the heroin addiction that consumed his fortune and his life: stolen metal. He tore wire and copper pipe from buildings. He heaved manhole covers from the streets, ripped storm drains from parking lots, pulled heavy metal pins from construction barriers. Then, in an old sedan weighed down nearly to the pavement, he routinely took his haul to a booming scrap yard linked to organized crime in Hillsborough, Somerset County. There, the owner and employees readily bought the stolen metal for cash, no questions asked, not a word to the police. A hundred miles to the south, a young woman hit upon her own way to remedy the dopesickness that dictated her daily rhythms. She led a crew that shoplifted more than $100,000 in goods from major retail chains, then returned the items for gifts cards in the amount of the stolen merchandise. She sold those cards for 50 cents on the dollar to willing businesses across South Jersey. Again, no questions asked, no alert about suspicious behavior. The State Commission of Investigation has found that these circumstances are emblematic of a corrupt and enduring commerce in New Jersey's lightly regulated and often lawless world of scrap yards, pawn shops, cash-for-gold outlets and secondhand goods operations. Driven largely by the heroin and opioid epidemic, this shadowy underground economy is being exploited for profit across the state by convicted felons and elements of organized crime. In business after business, Commission investigators identified owners and employees with extensive criminal histories, including convictions for fraud, burglary, receiving stolen property, assault, firearms violations, narcotics distribution and racketeering. The SCI found evidence of drug-dealing directly from the counter at one shop, the illegal sale of handguns at another and links to a mob-related loansharking scheme at a third. At those locations and others, investigators found that owners and employees regularly accepted stolen goods, from jewelry to power tools, and in some cases directed customers to steal in-demand items likely to maximize profits upon resale. Collectively, the Commission estimates, the businesses have bought and sold tens of millions of dollars in stolen goods in recent years. This thriving marketplace, operating with little oversight or accountability, incentivizes theft and promotes destructive acts against both public and private infrastructure, putting residents in jeopardy. The widespread plundering of copper wiring and heavy-duty backup batteries from cell phone towers undermines cellular service during power outages. The theft of wire that transmits signals along train tracks delays commuters, requires costly repairs and strains an already overtaxed transit system. The removal of electricity-conducting wire from utility substations compromises the power grid. Little is off limits. Scrap hunters have ripped the risers from bleachers at schools, made off with aluminum street lamps from highways and stolen bronze vases from graves. The enormous costs of the illicit bargain between thieves and unscrupulous owners are borne by all New Jerseyans: the ratepayers who see higher bills for cell service and electricity; the consumers who pay more for goods at retail stores; the taxpayers ultimately responsible for replacing infrastructure that has vanished in the night. By providing an easy route for drug addicts and opportunists to cash in on stolen metal and merchandise, these enterprises have helped spawn an endless cycle of theft, one that law enforcement cannot keep pace with, much less end, without a muscular response from the State. The Commission carried out this investigation in keeping with its 50-year-old statutory mandate to identify and expose corruption, to highlight government laxity and gaps in oversight, to determine the effectiveness of New Jersey's laws and to inform the Governor, the Legislature, the Attorney General and the public about the influence and intrusion of organized crime. In particular, the findings set forth in this report build upon groundbreaking investigative work dating back nearly a decade when the SCI became one of the first agencies of government to identify the burgeoning opioid and heroin epidemic. Over the course of this inquiry, SCI investigators issued scores of subpoenas, analyzed banking records and conducted more than 100 interviews with law enforcement officers, metal recyclers, state and municipal officials, representatives of the telecommunications and retail industries, and the owners and employees of outfits engaged in suspect or illegal behavior. Just as significantly, the SCI interviewed those with the clearest view of interactions with these businesses: the addicts and former addicts who carried out thefts for drug money. SCI agents also conducted surveillance at suspect establishments and, in cooperation with police departments and confidential sources, participated in sting operations at scrap yards and secondhand goods stores. In those cases, items purchased by the Commission or lawfully obtained from utilities, phone companies and retail stores were sold to owners or employees with the fictive understanding the items had been stolen. The inquiry found that state and municipal regulations governing these businesses are scattershot, inadequate and unevenly enforced. The State licenses traditional pawn shops, which provide collateral-based loans, while municipalities license cash-for-gold shops, secondhand goods stores and scrap yards. Ordinances vary widely in strength and effectiveness from municipality to municipality. Laws governing some aspects of the businesses have proven to be window dressing, too minimal in scope and so erratically enforced they have failed to deter the prodigious flow of stolen goods. Equally troubling, SCI investigators found that many owners regularly flout the few rules that apply to them with little or no consequence. In some towns, the Commission found, law enforcement officials were unaware their governing bodies had passed ordinances giving police the means to crack down on the businesses - a breakdown in communication and coordination that has sapped accountability. The Commission is mindful that pawn outlets, secondhand goods stores and scrap metal recyclers contribute to the tax base in their communities and provide services helpful to the public. Local scrap yards are building blocks in the international commerce of recycled metal. In addition, not all owners and employees operate flagrantly outside the bounds of decency and the law. But in the absence of meaningful oversight, far too many of these operations have been subverted by criminal activity. The Commission recommends the State take the lead in licensing and regulating these industries. As the Legislature in recent decades has moved to root out organized crime from New Jersey's trash-hauling companies and casinos, so, too, should the State ban mob associates and those with extensive criminal records from trades that remain obvious and attractive pathways for the disposal of stolen property. Further, the Commission recommends requiring owners and employees to record all transactions in an online database accessible by law enforcement. Two such databases are already in use in neighboring states and in a minority of New Jersey municipalities, allowing investigators to more efficiently track sales, identify trends, find stolen merchandise and hold dishonest owners and employees accountable. Details: Trenton: The Commission, 2018. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://www.nj.gov/sci/pdf/Stolen%20Goods%20Report%20Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Trade Shelf Number: 150626

Author: Shakeel, M. Danish Title: Does Private Islamic Schooling Promote Terrorism? An Analysis of the Educational Background of Successful American Homegrown Terrorists Summary: Some commentators argue that private religious schools are less likely to inculcate the attributes of good citizenship than traditional public schools, specifically proposing that private Islamic schools are relatively more likely to produce individuals sympathetic to terrorism. This study offers a preliminary examination of the question by studying the educational backgrounds of Western educated terrorists. While data are limited, in accord with prior work findings indicate the vast majority of both Islamic and reactionary terrorists attended traditional public schools and had no religious education; hence findings suggest that early religious training and identification may actually encourage prosocial behavior. Details: Little Rock, AR: University of Arkansas - Department of Education Reform, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: EDRE Working Paper No. 2017-20: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3068968 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Homegrown Terrorists Shelf Number: 150629

Author: Valentine, Erin Jacobs Title: Implementing the Next Generation of Parole Supervision: Findings from the Changing Attitudes and Motivation in Parolees Pilot Study Summary: One strategy for addressing persistently high recidivism rates among individuals leaving prison is to incorporate interventions into the parole supervision process. This paper presents findings from the Changing Attitudes and Motivation in Parolees (CHAMPS) study, which examined the implementation of a pilot of one parole-based intervention, known as the Next Generation of Parole Supervision (NG), in three sites: Dallas, Denver, and Des Moines. NG is intended to improve parolee outcomes by enhancing parole officers' knowledge and the strategies they use during their regular supervision meetings with parolees. The study uses a range of qualitative and quantitative data, including assessments of the knowledge and skills of parole officers who were trained in NG and a second group of officers who represented business-as-usual supervision, to assess the implementation of NG. Results from the study show that, while there was some variation across sites, parole officers in the CHAMPS sites generally already knew many of the concepts that were part of NG, and changes to officers' supervision practices were limited. Only in Dallas did NG-trained parole officers exhibit practices that were substantially different from those observed among untrained officers, perhaps because the Dallas parole agency's supervision culture and parole officer training started out least aligned with NG, allowing more room for change. The results in Dallas also suggest that coaching may be important to successfully implementing an intervention that involves changing parole officers' skills and practices. While NG-trained parole officers exhibited small changes in their supervision practices early in the study period, there were more noticeable changes once coaching was introduced. However, despite coaching for the entire study period in Des Moines and Denver, little change was observed there, suggesting that the presence of a coach is not sufficient to lead to change. Overall, this study shows that parole officers are amenable to training and coaching to help them improve their supervision practices, but that consistent implementation can be challenging. Details: New York: MDRC, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2018 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/CHAMPS_full%20report_FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Management Shelf Number: 150630

Author: Flanders, Will Title: More Graduates, Less Criminals? The Economic Impacts of the Milwaukee Parental Choice Program Summary: Although an abundance of research indicates that private schooling can benefit individual children through higher test scores, the effects on society are less clear. We monetize and forecast the social impacts of the Milwaukee Parental Choice Program (MPCP) in the United States. We use existing literature on the impacts of the MPCP on criminal activity and graduation rates. Between 2016 and 2035, students who use a voucher in the MPCP will generate additional economic benefits of $473 million associated with higher graduation rates, and $26 million associated with fewer felonies and misdemeanors, relative to their traditional public school peers. Details: Little Rock: University of Arkansas Department of Education Reform, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: EDRE Working Paper No. 2017-05: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2911282 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 150632

Author: Anderson, Kaitlin P. Title: Understanding a Vicious Cycle: Do Out-of-School Suspensions Impact Student Test Scores? Summary: A vast body of research has proven the correlation between exclusionary discipline (out-of-school suspensions and expulsions) and student outcomes such as lower test scores, dropout, grade retention, and involvement in the juvenile justice system, but there is no consensus on the causal impacts of exclusionary discipline. This study uses six years of de-identified demographic, achievement, and disciplinary data from all K-12 public schools in Arkansas to estimate the causal relationship. We conduct dynamic panel data models incorporating student fixed effects using Anderson-Hsiao (1981) estimation. We find, counter-intuitively, a null to positive impact of out-of-school suspensions on test scores. Therefore, while policymakers may have other reasons to limit exclusionary discipline, we should not expect academic gains to follow. Details: Little Rock: University of Arkansas, Department of Education Reform, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: EDRE Working Paper 2017-09: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2944346 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: School Discipline Shelf Number: 150633

Author: Anderson, Kaitlin P. Title: Discipline Disproportionalities in Schools: The Relationship between Student Characteristics and School Disciplinary Outcomes Summary: According to a 2014 report from the US Department of Education's Office for Civil Rights, black students represent only 15% of students across the nation, but 35% of students suspended once are black, 44% of students suspended more than once are black, and 36% of expelled students are black. These disparate disciplinary aggregate outcomes, while troubling, do not provide as much information as policymakers need. In this study, we exploit three years of student-level discipline data from Arkansas to assess the extent to which black students or other minority students were more likely to receive certain types of punishments, even for the same infraction. In previous studies utilizing the same dataset, we find that, consistent with the recent reports on this topic, black students were punished more frequently; furthermore, we find that black students received slightly longer punishments than their white peers in the same school. The current study utilizes multinomial logit to assess the extent to which student demographics predict consequence type, even after controlling for infraction-level information and district characteristics. Black students, males, and low-income students (eligible for free- and reduced- lunch) were more likely to receive certain types of exclusionary consequences such as out-of-school suspension, expulsion, and referrals to Alternative Learning Environments relative to in-school-suspension. Details: Little Rock: University of Arkansas, Department of Education Reform, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: EDRE Working Paper 2015-08: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2693141 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150634

Author: Anderson, Kaitlin P. Title: Disparate Use of Exclusionary Discipline: Evidence on Inequities in School Discipline from a U.S. State Summary: There is much discussion in the United States about exclusionary discipline (suspensions and expulsions) in schools. According to a 2014 report from the US Department of Education's Office for Civil Rights, Black students represent 15% of students, but 44% of students suspended more than once, and 36% of expelled students. This analysis uses seven years of individual infraction-level data from public schools in Arkansas. We examine whether disproportionalities exist within schools, or are instead, a function of the type of school attended. We find that marginalized students are more likely to receive exclusionary discipline, even after controlling for the nature and number of disciplinary referrals, but that most of the differences occur across schools rather than within schools. Details: Little Rock: University of Arkansas - Department of Education Reform, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2838464 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 150635

Author: James, Nathan Title: Recent Violent Crime Trends in the United States Summary: Media accounts of increasing violent crime rates, especially homicides, in some cities raise broad concerns about decreasing levels of public safety. This report provides an analysis of changes in violent crime since 1960, with a focus on changes from 2014 to 2016 in violent crime and homicide rates in the 48 largest cities in the United States for which violent crime and homicide data were submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Uniform Crime Reporting Program. The results of the analysis suggest the following: - At the national level, violent crime and homicide rates increased from 2014 to 2015 and again from 2015 to 2016, but both rates remain near historical lows. - Violent crime and homicide rates for the 48 largest cities in the United States with available data generally followed national-level trends, with some exceptions. For example, violent crime rates in cities of 500,000-999,999 people and 250,000-499,999 people decreased from 2014 to 2015, and the homicide rate in small cities of 50,000-99,999 people decreased from 2015 to 2016. - Some of the largest cities in the United States saw increases in violent crime rates, homicide rates, or both from 2014 to 2015 and/or 2015 to 2016. For some of these cities, violent crime or homicide rates were the highest they have been in the past 20 years. - Recent increases in violent crime and homicide in large cities have received a great deal of attention, but in smaller communities violent crime and homicide rates also increased from 2014 to 2015 and again from 2015 to 2016, although not as much as in the largest cities. The "Ferguson effect" is one of the more widely discussed, and controversial, explanations for the recent increases in violent crime. It refers to the assertion that crime has increased recently because police are avoiding proactive policing tactics out of fear of repercussions for the use of aggressive tactics. There is a small but growing body of literature on the Ferguson effect, and the evidence is mixed. For example, recent research conducted by a Johns Hopkins University sociologist found some evidence of a post-Ferguson decrease in arrests and a post-Ferguson increase in crime in Baltimore. However, the research did not reveal a causal link between the decreasing arrests and increasing crime. Additionally, studies of the Ferguson effect have generally focused on a single state or specific cities, which make the results of these studies nongeneralizable to other jurisdictions. Policymakers might consider various options to assist cities that have seen an increase in violent crime and homicide rates. These include providing additional assistance to local governments through existing grant programs such as the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant, Byrne Criminal Justice Innovation, and Community Oriented Policing Services' hiring programs; authorizing and appropriating funding for a new grant program that would provide assistance to local governments to implement evidence-based violent crime prevention programs; or providing additional resources to allow the Department of Justice to expand its National Public Safety Partnership. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: R45236: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R45236.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150636

Author: Fell, James C. Title: Advancing Drugged Driving Data at the State Level: State-by-State Assessment Summary: There is an urgent need for better data on the drugged driving situation at both the state and national levels as this affects our understanding of the extent of the drugged driving problem and how it is changing over time, of ways of communicating the risks to the general public, and of measuring the effectiveness of efforts to reduce it. In order to address this need for better data, in 2015 the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety conducted a synthesis of scientific literature on barriers that impede state efforts to collect and compile drugged driving data, and existing recommendations aimed at addressing the identified barriers. An expert panel of law enforcement officials, toxicologists and other traffic safety professionals then used that information to formulate recommendations to improve drugged driving data at the state level (Arnold & Scopatz, 2016). Some of the recommendations in that report were at the national level such as authorizing federal funds for roadside surveys and developing national model specifications for oral fluid drug test devices. Twelve recommendations were at the state level to improve drugged driving data, and are addressed in this report. Methodology Based upon legal research and responses to a survey, state laws, policies, and practices were assessed to determine whether and to what degree they align with recommendations aimed at improving drugged driving data. Results State laws, policies, and practices vary across states and substantial progress is still needed. While most law enforcement officers (LEOs) have been trained in the Standardized Field Sobriety Tests, very few have been trained in the "Drugs That Impair Driving" curriculum and the "Advanced Roadside Impaired Driving Enforcement" (ARIDE) course, which is critical. The SFST training was developed for detecting alcohol impairment while the other two courses are for detecting impairment by drugs other than alcohol. At the time of the review, 15 states reported they authorize the collection and testing of oral fluid for alcohol and/or other drugs, and 10 states reported having pilot testing programs. Most states authorize the testing of drivers fatally injured in crashes and surviving drivers only when there is probable cause. Most states also reported they have improved the implementation and utilization of the Drug Evaluation and Classification program. The majority of states do not expressly authorize electronic warrants which reduce delays in collecting specimens from drivers arrested for DUI. Finally, 41 states reported that LEOs report observed behavioral impairment among surviving drivers in fatal crashes. Details: Washington, DC: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety, 2018. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 22, 2018 at: http://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/NORC-FINAL-REPORT_State-Recommendations-to-Improve-Data-on-Drugged-Drivi....pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150639

Author: Miner, Michael Title: Evaluation of the Implementation of the Sex Offender Treatment Intervention and Progress Scale (SOTIPS) Summary: This 5-year study is set within the evolving field of sex offender risk assessment - where research is moving beyond prediction based on static, unchanging risk factors to predictive tools that assess and identify risk and risk factors that serve as targets for therapeutic and supervision interventions. These dynamic risk factors form the basis of a number of recently developed tools, including the one tested here, the Sex Offender Treatment Intervention and Progress Scale (SOTIPS). This study has two parts: (1) a quantitative assessment of the psychometric properties, structure, and predictive validity of SOTIPS and (2) a formative evaluation of the implementation of SOTIPS in two geographically disparate major metropolitan areas - Maricopa County (Phoenix and its surrounding suburbs) and New York City (NYC). This study was designed to follow sex offenders on probation over time to assess recidivism and the predictive accuracy of SOTIPS. Actual data collection (date of first SOTIPS assessment thru date of last criminal record check) spanned 33.4 months (median = 34.3; SD = 8.8, range of 2-50 months). Probation officers in Maricopa County and NYC completed SOTIPS at three time points: at intake (the start of probation), 6 months after intake, and 12 months after intake, and the Static-99R once - at the start of probation. The Static-99R is the most widely-used actuarial risk assessment tool for sex offenders. Data were collected on offenders' residence and employment stability, terminations or transfers of probation, attendance at sex offender specific treatment, and contacts between offenders and probation officers. Criminal record checks were run in the last year of the five year study - mid-Year 5. The results indicated that SOTIPS is a promising instrument for assessing dynamic risk factors in sex offenders on probation. It demonstrated good internal consistency and inter-rater reliability and significant incremental validity when combined with Static-99R. The addition of SOTIPS scores at baseline, 6-months and 12 months added information to the actuarial risk tool, Static99R, and improved its predictive accuracy. The last SOTIPS, administered 12 months after the start of probation, was a better predictor of reoffending than the first SOTIPS, administered at the start of probation. This suggests that the best strategy would be to administer SOTIPS at regular intervals during supervision or treatment. If that is not possible, administering SOTIPS closer to release would result in better prediction. The data were less clear about the factor structure of SOTIPS. There appeared to be some variance in the factor structure of SOTIPS over time and across the two study sites. We used four methods to select the number of factors included in the exploratory factor analyses, which resulted in slightly different results. Given that no single method has been shown to be consistently superior, looking for convergence amongst a number of methods is the recommended process. We did not find convergence across methods. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, Program in Human Sexuality, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251747.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Probationers Shelf Number: 150642

Author: Grawert, Ames C. Title: Crime in 2017: Final Analysis Summary: In this final analysis of crime rates in 2017, the Brennan Center finds an overall decline in rates of violent crime, murder, and overall crime in the 30 largest American cities, though homicide rates in some cities remain above 2015 levels. The data reported here refine an initial report released in September, Crime in 2017: A Preliminary Analysis, which concluded by noting that "these findings directly undercut any claim that the nation is experiencing a crime wave." A December update reached the same conclusion, showing rates of crime, violent crime, and homicide all declining.= Updated Tables 1 and 2 show conclusions similar to the Brennan Center's September and December reports, with slightly different percentages: - The overall crime rate in the 30 largest cities in 2017 declined slightly from the previous year, falling by 2.1 percent to remain at historic lows. - The violent crime rate declined as well, falling by 1 percent from 2016, essentially remaining stable. Violent crime remains near the bottom of the nation's 30-year downward trend. - The 2017 murder rate in the 30 largest cities declined by 3.4 percent year-over-year. Large decreases in Chicago and Houston, as well as small decreases in other cities, contributed to this decline. The murder rate in Chicago, which increased significantly in 2015 and 2016,�declined by 12.3 percent in 2017, but remains more than 60 percent above 2014 levels. The murder rate in Houston fell by nearly 17 percent. New York City's murder rate also declined again, to 3.4 killings per 100,000 people. - Some cities saw their murder rates rise in 2017, such as Baltimore (7.8 percent) and Philadelphia (13.1 percent). These increases suggest a need to better understand how and why murder is increasing in some cities. While Las Vegas saw its murder rate rise significantly, by 23.5 percent, this was due to the mass shooting at Mandalay Bay on Oct. 1, 2017. Details: Washington, DC: Brennan Center for Justice, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/analysis/Crime_in_2017_A_Final_Analysis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150643

Author: Correctional Association of New York Title: Prison Within Prison: Voices of Women Held in Isolated Confinement in New York Summary: Prison Within Prison, Voices of Women Held In Isolated Confinement in New York is a collection of oral and visual observations from 20 women about their experiences being held in isolated confinement in New York's women's prisons and Rikers Island. They are advocates and leaders on a range of issues in the movement to end the negative impact of mass incarceration and mass criminalization on women. All, except for one, are graduates of ReConnect, the Correctional Association of New York's leadership development program for formerly incarcerated women. All are members of the Coalition for Women Prisoners, a statewide body coordinated by the Correctional Association that fights for the rights of women impacted by incarceration. Through coalition-based advocacy, the women interviewed for this project have advocated to reduce mandatory-minimum prison sentences for drug possession; increase protections for incarcerated parents and parents in residential drug treatment with children in foster care; prohibit the shackling of incarcerated pregnant women; secure state health department oversight of HIV and Hepatitis C care in New York prisons; and continue to fight for alternative sentencing for domestic violence survivors who commit crimes directly related to their abuse. All desire to lend their voice and action to ending the overuse of isolated confinement in New York prisons and jails by educating the public about the impact that isolation has on women. Details: New York: The Association, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.correctionalassociation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/4REV-REP-CA-WOMEN-SC-PROJECT-LAYOUT-SPREADS-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 150644

Author: Clayton, Gina Title: Because She's Powerful: The Political Isolation and Resistance of Women with Incarcerated Loved Ones Summary: Is mass incarceration the largest barrier to gender justice today? In the current age of mass incarceration, at least 1 in 4 women has an incarcerated loved one. Women are being incarcerated more frequently today than ever before. Women's lives are defined and confined by criminal justice control. Given that incarceration's harm radiates from inside prison walls to well beyond them, a large number of women are directly suffering the consequences. This report asks and answers the question, what is mass incarceration doing to millions of women who have loved ones behind bars? Our research concludes that mass incarceration is (1) a direct cause of significant to extreme psychological distress and trauma, and (2) a serious obstacle to the financial health and economic agency of women with incarcerated loved ones. This report concludes by positing a new analysis: that the sum total effect of the social condition of women with incarcerated loved ones is most accurately described by what we call "political isolation." Despite these startling impacts, few critical analyses of either the incarceration system or gendered oppression in the United States are informed by the experiences of women with incarcerated loved ones. The insufficiency of data and analysis on women and incarceration has left a significant gap in our understanding of obstacles to gender equity facing women today. Moreover, without a complete view of the direct harm incarceration causes to large groups of historically marginalized people - be they women or communities Black and Brown - our analysis of mass incarceration's root causes and ability to identify solutions remains incomplete. Details: Los Angeles and Oakland, CA: Essie Justice Group, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.becauseshespowerful.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Essie-Justice-Group_Because-Shes-Powerful-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 150646

Author: American Bar Association. Death Penalty Due Process Review Project Title: Potential Cost-Savings of a Severe Mental Illness Exclusion from the Death Penalty: An Analysis of Tennessee Data Summary: The American Bar Association's Death Penalty Due Process Review Project has released a study titled "Potential Cost-Savings of a Severe Mental Illness Exclusion from the Death Penalty: An Analysis of Tennessee Data," which presents a preliminary cost estimate for Tennessee if it enacted a severe mental illness exemption for the death penalty. In 2006, the ABA called for all jurisdictions that continue to use the death penalty to enact an exclusion so that defendants who had a severe mental illness at the time of committing the crime would not be eligible for the death penalty. The Death Penalty Due Process Review Project has written extensively about the legal and ethical justifications for this policy and supported reform efforts. In considering the appropriateness of this reform, many policymakers have also cited the increased costs to states and localities of seeking and imposing capital punishment and sought information about the potential cost savings of a severe mental illness exemption. To that end, analysts almost unanimously agree that the death penalty is significantly more expensive than cases where prosecutors seek a life sentence. No researchers, however, have yet undergone an empirical study on this topic or conclusively quantified the fiscal impact of a severe mental illness exclusion. While the analysis is limited in its scope and data set, it presents the first reasonable estimation of how much money a state like Tennessee could save if it enacts such a policy - approximately $1.4 to $1.9 million a year. This report also offers a model methodology for others to apply to their states to better assess the public policy effects of a severe mental illness exclusion to the death penalty. Details: Chicago: ABA, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2018 at: https://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/administrative/crsj/deathpenalty/2018-smi-cost-analysis-w-tn-data.authcheckdam.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 150681

Author: Landgrave, Michelangelo Title: Incarcerated Immigrants in 2016: Their Numbers, Demographics, and Countries of Origin Summary: Since taking office, President Donald Trump has expanded interior immigration enforcement and made it easier for states and local governments to apprehend and detain illegal immigrants. His actions are often based on the widespread perception that illegal immigrants are a significant and disproportionate source of crime in the United States. This brief uses American Community Survey data from the U.S. Census Bureau to analyze incarcerated immigrants according to their citizenship and legal status for 2016. The data show that all immigrants-legal and illegal-are less likely to be incarcerated than native-born Americans relative to their shares of the population. By themselves, illegal immigrants are less likely to be incarcerated than native-born Americans. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Immigration Research and Policy Brief, No. 7: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/irpb7.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 150684

Author: Landgrave, Michelangelo Title: Criminal Immigrants: Their Numbers, Demographics, and Countries of Origin Summary: In his first week in office, President Donald Trump issued an executive order directing the Department of Homeland Security to deport most illegal immigrants who come in contact with law enforcement. His order is based on the widespread perception that illegal immigrants are a significant source of crime in the United States. This brief uses American Community Survey data to analyze incarcerated immigrants according to their citizenship and legal status. All immigrants are less likely to be incarcerated than natives relative to their shares of the population. Even illegal immigrants are less likely to be incarcerated than native-born Americans. BACKGROUND Estimates of the total criminal noncitizen population vary widely, from about 820,000 according to the Migration Policy Institute to 1.9 million according to Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), but rarely is the number of those incarcerated estimated. Empirical studies of immigrant criminality generally find that immigrants do not increase local crime rates and are less likely to cause crime than their native-born peers, and that natives are more likely to be incarcerated than immigrants. There are two broad strands of this literature. The first is an area approach that analyzes how immigrants affect crime in locations where they settle, finding a general decrease in crime rates. The second broad strand of research examines immigrant institutionalization rates and uniformly finds that that native-born Americans are more likely to be incarcerated than immigrants as a percentage of their population. Illegal immigrant incarceration rates are not well studied, although one investigation estimated that 4.6 percent of Texas inmates are illegal immigrants while illegal immigrants comprise 6.3 percent of that state's total population. The best research on illegal immigrant crime exploits a natural experiment to see how the removal of illegal immigrants from an area through the Secure Communities (SCOMM) program affects local crime rates. SCOMM was an interior immigration enforcement program started in 2008 that checked the fingerprints of local and state arrestees against federal immigration databases. If ICE suspected the arrestee of being an illegal immigrant, then ICE would issue a detainer to hold the arrestee until ICE could pick them up. The Obama administration ended SCOMM in 2014, but the Trump administration reactivated it. If illegal immigrants were more crime prone than natives, the crime rates in those local areas that were first enrolled in the program should have seen crime decline relative to areas that were not. As it turned out, SCOMM had no significant effect on local crime rates, which means that illegal immigrants were not more crime prone than natives. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2017. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Immigration Research and Policy Brief, No. 1: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/immigration_brief-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 150697

Author: Nowrasteh, Alex Title: Criminal Immigrants in Texas: Illegal Immigrant Conviction and Arrest Rates for Homicide, Sexual Assault, Larceny, and Other Crimes Summary: President Donald Trump signed an executive order directing the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to deport most illegal immigrants who encounter law enforcement, and Attorney General Jeff Sessions is attempting to withhold federal funds from local police departments that do not cooperate with DHS in that effort. Underlying both actions is the belief that illegal immigrants are a significant source of crime. This brief uses Texas Department of Public Safety data to measure the conviction and arrest rates of illegal immigrants by crime. In Texas in 2015, the criminal conviction and arrest rates for immigrants were well below those of native-born Americans. Moreover, the conviction and arrest rates for illegal immigrants were lower than those for native-born Americans. This result holds for most crimes. BACKGROUND The vast majority of research finds that immigrants do not increase local crime rates and that they are less likely to cause crime and less likely to be incarcerated than their native-born peers. There is less research on illegal immigrant criminality, but what research there is shows that illegal immigrants have lower incarceration rates nationwide and in the state of Texas relative to native-born Americans, although they have the same rates of re-arrest in Los Angeles County. Consistent with those findings, immigration enforcement programs targeting illegal immigrant criminals have no effect on local crime rates, which indicates that they are about as crime prone as other residents. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Immigration Research and Policy Brief, no. 4: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/irpb-4-update.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 150698

Author: Society for Human Resource Management Title: Workers with Criminal Records: A Survey by the Society for Human Resource Management and the Charles Koch Institute Summary: The number of Americans with a criminal history is on the rise, and nearly one-third of the adult working-age population has a record. A new nationwide study commissioned by the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM) and the Charles Koch Institute (CKI) finds that, while these Americans do face additional scrutiny during the hiring process, many employees, managers, and Human Resources (HR) professionals, are open to working with and hiring people with criminal histories. At a time when unemployment nears a record low, many employers are finding that they need to consider new sources of workers. For many organizations, individuals with criminal records can be a good source of untapped talent. SHRM and CKI have begun investigating the attitudes and opinions of managers, non-managers, and HR professionals towards this policy. Every organization must decide if and how it will approach hiring workers with criminal records. In many cases, these important conversations have not yet taken place. Employers who choose to pursue this talent source need to understand how to manage both real and perceived risks of this hiring practice and must communicate their policies and practices to their employees. HR professionals have an opportunity to create a dialog among decision-makers within their organization. Details: Alexandria, VA: SHRM, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://www.shrm.org/hr-today/trends-and-forecasting/research-and-surveys/Documents/SHRM-CKI%20Workers%20with%20Criminal%20Records%20Issue%20Brief%202018-05-17.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 150699

Author: Cramer, Lindsey Title: The Justice Reinvestment Initiative: Experiences from the Local Sites Summary: State and local leaders across the country are striving to improve public safety and maximize return on corrections investments. To support this work, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) began funding technical assistance providers and state and local jurisdictions to engage in the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) in 2010. JRI convenes justice system stakeholders and policy leaders to devise datadriven approaches to criminal justice reform, with the goal of generating cost savings that can be reinvested in high-performing public safety strategies. To date, 24 states and 17 localities have engaged in JRI, and the Urban Institute has been collecting data on and monitoring the progress of each of these sites. This brief summarizes interim findings from an assessment of the progress and activities of the 17 local sites identified in figure 1 on the following page. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2014. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Justice policy Center Brief: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/49801/413283-The-Justice-Reinvestment-Initiative-Experiences-from-the-Local-Sites.PDF Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 150702

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: An Assessment of United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement's Fugitive Operations Teams Summary: To bring integrity to the immigration process, in February 2002, the legacy Immigration and Naturalization Service established the National Fugitive Operations Program under the auspices of the Office of Detention and Removal Operations. When the Department of Homeland Security was formed in March 2003, the office became a part of United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement. The purpose of the National Fugitive Operations Program is to identify, locate, apprehend, and remove fugitive aliens from the United States. Fugitive aliens are individuals who have unexecuted final orders of removal from the Executive Office for Immigration Review. The orders require the aliens to be removed from this country. The ultimate goal of the program is to eliminate the backlog of fugitive aliens. As of August 2006, the Office of Detention and Removal Operations estimated there were 623,292 fugitive aliens in the United States. Since 2003, the office allocated more than $204 million to deploy 52 Fugitive Operations Teams. As of October 2006, 50 teams are operational and apprehending fugitive aliens in various cities nationwide. Following are the results of our review: - Fugitive alien apprehensions reported by the Office of Detention and Removal Operations did not accurately reflect the teams' activities; - The fugitive alien backlog increased despite the teams' efforts; - The teams' effectiveness was hampered by insufficient detention capacity, limitations of an immigration database, and inadequate working space; - The removal rate of fugitive aliens apprehended by the teams could not be determined; - The teams performed duties unrelated to fugitive operations, contrary to Office of Detention and Removal Operations policy; - Despite hiring obstacles, progress has been made in staffing the teams; - The teams have effective partnerships with federal, state, and local agencies; and - The teams have basic law enforcement training. We are making seven recommendations to the Assistant Secretary for United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement to address our concerns. The Office of Detention and Removal Operations concurs with all seven recommendations and has taken steps to address them. Details: Washington, DC: The Office of the Inspector General, 2007. 69p. Source: Internet Resource; OIG-07-34: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/assets/Mgmt/OIG_07-34_Mar07.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 150704

Author: Irving, Gideon Title: Immigrant Internment: An Investigation of Record High Immigration Detentions in the Contemporary United States Summary: This paper investigates why the United States is currently detaining immigrants at record high levels. It profiles the cultural, business, and political influences that affect immigration detention policy. The history, current laws, and politics that dictate the immigration detention system are examined, with special emphasis on current law enforcement partnerships between Immigration and Customs Enforcement and local law enforcement agencies. This project also deconstructs who qualifies as a "criminal alien" and the due process protections that exist for non-citizens who are detained. Eleven original policy recommendations for immigration detention are included near the conclusion. Details: Boulder, CO: University of Colorado, Boulder, 2013. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 26, 2018 at: https://scholar.colorado.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1737&context=honr_theses Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 150706

Author: Worster, William Thomas Title: Deporting Dreamers as a Crime Against Humanity Summary: Much has been written about the Dreamers and their moral claim to a right to remain in the US, but what has not explored is whether their removal from the US might implicate international law, and, specifically, whether it would constitute a crime against humanity. On its face, it seems to be an outrageous claim: that deporting non-citizens from a state would be a criminal act. International law protects a state's ability to remove unlawfully present aliens. This is not in debate. The argument is, however, far more narrow. Specifically, the forcible, arbitrary deportation of Dreamers with an intent to permanently remove them from their residence that is protected under international law would be criminal. This article will first consider the current law on the crime against humanity of deportation. The crime, which has a considerable pedigree, prohibits individuals from pursuing deportation of persons in certain situations. Among the key considerations is that the crime does not only apply to the forcible removal of citizens, but also to non-citizens in some circumstances. The distinction is whether the person is lawfully present in the state and that the removal is unlawful. As befitting an international crime, both of these standards are measured by international law, not domestic law. The article then considers the case of the Dreamers. While it is true that they do not have US nationality or other authorized status, and thus a right to remain in the US under domestic law, they do have strong enough ties to consider the US their "own country", a wider concept that nationality. Once an individual has an "own country", he or she may not be arbitrarily removed from than state under international human rights law, unless the removal can be justified as non-discriminatory, necessary and proportionate to the risk to society. Further, under international human rights law, permissible cases of removal are very few. The removal of a non-criminal minor from the US with a long-standing home there cannot be justified as necessary and proportionate. Provided that the possible future removal was by force, in pursuit of a policy as such, committed with intent, and that the removals were widespread and systematic, then the removal would be a crime against humanity. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3180654 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 150711

Author: Hunt, Pricillia Title: High on Crime? Exploring the Effects of Marijuana Dispensary Laws on Crime in California Counties Summary: Regulated marijuana markets are more common today than outright prohibitions across the U.S. states. Advocates for policies that would legalize marijuana recreational markets frequently argue that such laws will eliminate crime associated with the black markets, which many argue is the only link between marijuana use and crime. Law enforcement, however, has consistently argued that marijuana medical dispensaries (regulated retail sale and a common method of medical marijuana distribution), create crime in neighborhoods with these store-fronts. This study offers new insight into the question by exploiting newly collected longitudinal data on local marijuana ordinances within California and thoroughly examining the extent to which counties that permit dispensaries experience changes in violent, property and marijuana use crimes using difference-in-difference methods.The results suggest no relationship between county laws that legally permit dispensaries and reported violent crime. We find a negative and significant relationship between dispensary allowances and property crime rates, although event studies indicate these effects may be a result of pre-existing trends. These results are consistent with some recent studies suggesting that dispensaries help reduce crime by reducing vacant buildings and putting more security in these areas. We also find a positive association between dispensary allowances and DUI arrests, suggesting marijuana use increases in conjunction with impaired driving in counties that adopt these ordinances, but these results are also not corroborated by an event study analysis. Details: Bonn: Institute of labor Economics (IZA), 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11567: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3193321 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 150713

Author: Casanova-Powell, Tara Title: Evaluation of State Ignition Interlock Programs: Interlock Use Analyses From 28 States, 2006-2011 Summary: In 2010, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and NHTSA began collaborating on a project to evaluate ignition interlock programs in selected States. The purpose of the evaluation was to provide information and best practices to States for ignition interlock programs. The project was managed by the Governor's Highway Safety Association and conducted by the Preusser Research Group. Research was conducted to determine the following: - How States can increase interlock use among DWI offenders who are required or eligible to install one. - Which changes in ignition interlock programs led to increases in ignition interlock use. - Identify the key features of ignition interlock programs. - Which key program features were related to higher ignition interlock use rates. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, & Atlanta: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2015. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 812 145: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: http://www.trb.org/Main/Blurbs/172626.aspx Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 150715

Author: Broward County Aviation Department Title: Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood International Airport: Active Shooter Incident and Post-Event Response January 6, 2017 After-Action Report Summary: On January 6, 2017, a lone gunman intentionally discharged a firearm at the Fort Lauderdale-Hollywood International Airport (FLL) killing five and wounding six innocent bystanders. Approximately 90 minutes after the initial incident, speculation of additional firearms discharged in other areas within FLL caused panic and led to a chaotic selfevacuation of persons throughout the airport. On behalf of the Broward County Aviation Department (BCAD), the purpose of this report is to describe the response to those events, constructively evaluate and assess strategic and tactical operations, and identify issues and challenges specific to this event. This AAR was developed in accordance with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program (HSEEP). Pursuant to HSEEP, identifying relevant and accepted response objectives and capabilities is the first step in the review process to allow analysis of outcomes through a framework of specific action items derived from the National Preparedness Goal. Details: Dania Beach, FL: The Aviation Department, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: http://www.broward.org/Airport/Advisories/Documents/Afteractionreportfll.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooters Shelf Number: 150716

Author: Stockton, Paul N. Title: Security from Within: Independent Review of the Washington Navy Yard Shooting Summary: Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel established the DoD Independent Review of the Washington Navy Yard Shooting "to identify and recommend actions that address gaps or deficiencies in DoD programs, policies, and procedures regarding security at DoD installations and the granting and renewing of security clearances for DoD employees and contractor personnel." The Secretary specified that the review's "primary objective is to determine whether there are weaknesses in DoD programs, policies, or procedures regarding physical security at DoD installations and the security clearance and reinvestigation process that can be strengthened to prevent a similar tragedy in the future." Mindful that the catalyst for this Independent Review was the Washington Navy Yard shooting of September 16, 2013, we focused on the factors that permitted the gunman - a Navy contract worker with a history of troubling behavior - to gain routine access to the guarded site where he shot his victims. This shooting was, at its core, an incident of workplace violence perpetrated by an individual who had been investigated, adjudicated and credentialed to be exactly where he was on that morning. Aaron Alexis's armed presence in Building 197 at the Navy Yard did not require him to breach any physical barriers, because he had already been granted permission to enter. In accordance with the Terms of Reference for the Independent Review, we considered all relevant aspects of this incident, including the physical security measures in place at the Navy Yard's entry gates. We did not focus our efforts on the issues related to "gates, guns and guards," however, because they have been comprehensively addressed by other investigations and panels. Separately, the response by law enforcement authorities to this "active shooter" situation is the subject of a thorough review by the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and is therefore a matter that is outside the scope of our review. On the other hand, the Alexis case drew us to many issues related to mental health diagnosis and treatment, and we address these in some detail. While our review focuses on security measures that might have prevented the September 16 shooting, we also identify underlying flaws in security policies, programs and procedures that put DoD personnel and installations at risk to a broad range of insider threats. Wherever possible, we identify the specific legal or regulatory provisions that need to be either adopted or enforced to bring about the necessary policy improvements. We also specify whether the Secretary of Defense already has sufficient authority to direct the implementation of our recommendations - or whether changes in law, Executive Orders or interagency agreements will be necessary to go forward. To keep the report brief, we focused its text on our recommendations and supporting analysis. Details of our findings (both those specific to Alexis and also our broader analysis of security policies and programs) can be found in the report's appendices and endnotes. SECTION ONE: Cut the number of DoD employees and contractors holding Secret clearances, and adopt a "just in time" clearance system more tightly linked to need to know. Since 9/11, the number of clearances annually approved by DoD has tripled, and continues to grow. This growth magnifies the challenge of investigating clearance seekers, judging their applications, and periodically reviewing them after they are approved. A deeper problem helps fuel this growth: DoD fails to adequately apply the mandate that the Department grant clearances only those who require them (i.e., those whose positions and responsibilities give them a "need to know" classified information). We recommend that the Secretary Defense use his authority to direct a DoD-wide review to determine which positions actually require cleared personnel. As a starting point, DoD should seek to make a 10 percent cut in the number of positions that require access to material classified as Secret. DoD should also adopt a "just in time" clearance system that gets the Department back into compliance with need to know, and concentrates our resources on vetting and monitoring a smaller cleared population. In addition, we recommend measures by which the Defense Security Service can provide stricter oversight of Defense contractors. SECTION TWO: Use more and better data to investigate clearance seekers. DoD and the Office of Personnel Management (which investigates clearance applicants for DoD) should use additional sources of data, especially social media, financial data, and more detailed criminal records. DoD should collaborate with the Director of National Intelligence to establish standards for the use of these additional data, and fully comply with requirements to protect privacy and civil liberties. SECTION THREE: Implement "continuous evaluation" as part of DoD's personnel security program. Individuals with Secret clearances are subject to periodic reinvestigations (every 10 years at present, and every five years starting in 2016). As seen in the case of Aaron Alexis, the current system does not provide the opportunity to discover dangerous behavior between evaluations. The system also wastes resources; all cleared individuals get the same periodic reinvestigation, regardless of the risks they present. DoD should adopt a continuous evaluation system that provides for automated reviews of cleared personnel, and focuses follow-up investigations on those who trigger "red flags" under that system. DoD must apply Fair Information Practice Principles to continuous evaluation, including the need to regularly review whether these practices are actually protecting privacy and civil liberties as intended. Details: Washington, DC: Secretary of Defense Independent Review, 22013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/library/within.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 150717

Author: Virginia Tech Review Panel Title: Mass Shootings at Virginia Tech: Report of the Review Panel Summary: The report entitled Mass Shootings at Virginia Tech was released in August 2007, four months after the tragic events at Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University ("Virginia Tech"). On April 16, 2007, a student opened fire in two related incidents on campus that left 32 students and faculty dead and 17 injured, before turning a gun on himself. Three days later, Virginia Governor Tim Kaine commissioned a panel of subject matter experts to conduct an independent and thorough review of the events leading up to the shootings; the handling of the incidents by public safety officials, emergency services providers, and the university; and, the services provided to families, survivors, caregivers, and the community in the aftermath. The Virginia Tech Review Panel reviewed the life and mental health history of the gunman; federal and state laws concerning the privacy of health and education records; the perpetrator's purchase of guns and relevant gun control issues; the shootings and the responses of Virginia Tech leadership, the actions of law enforcement officers, and the work of emergency responders; emergency medical care at Virginia Tech and in cooperating hospitals; the work of the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner of Virginia; and, the services provided for surviving victims and those injured, the families of the victims, members of the university community, and caregivers. After conducting more than 200 interviews and reviewing thousands of pages of records and relevant documents, the report's authors made more than 70 recommendations directed to colleges, universities, mental health providers, law enforcement officials, emergency service providers, law makers, and other public officials were made. They include: Virginia's mental health laws are flawed and services for mental health users are inadequate. Lack of sufficient resources results in gaps in the mental health system including short term crisis stabilization and comprehensive outpatient services. There is widespread confusion about what federal and state privacy laws allow. Also, the federal laws governing records of health care provided in educational settings are not entirely compatible with those governing other health records. Virginia is one of only 22 states that report any information about mental health to a federal database used to conduct background checks on would-be gun purchasers. Some Virginia colleges and universities are uncertain about what they are permitted to do regarding the possession of firearms on campus. State systems for rapidly deploying trained professional staff to help families get information, crisis intervention, and referrals to a wide range of resources did not work. In order to advance public safety and meet public needs, Virginia's colleges and universities need to work together as a coordinated system of state-supported institutions. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Tech Review Panel, 2007. 260. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at:http://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/Mass-Shootings-at-Virginia-Tech.pdf/ Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 150718

Author: System Planning Corporation, TriData Division Title: Mass Shootings at Virginia Tech: Addendum to the Report of the Review Panel Summary: On April 16, 2007, Virginia Tech experienced one of the most horrific events in American university history - a double homicide followed by a mass shooting that left 32 students and faculty killed, with many others injured, and many more scarred psychologically. Families of the slain and injured as well as the university community have suffered terribly. Immediately after the incident Virginia Governor Timothy M. Kaine created a blue ribbon Review Panel, referred to as the Virginia Tech Review Panel, which consisted of nine members selected for their expertise in the areas that were to be investigated. The Review Panel�s mission was to assess the events leading to the shooting and how the incident was handled by the university and public safety agencies. Mental health services and privacy laws were examined as well. The Review Panel was to make recommendations that would help college campuses prevent or mitigate such incidents in the future. The Report of the Review Panel was presented to the Governor in late August 2007. It is referred to as the "Report" in this Addendum. SCOPE OF THIS REPORT: ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS In the two years since the Review Panel's report was published, additional information has been placed in the public record, including Seung Hui Cho's case file from the Cook Counseling Center and a recent report from the Commonwealth's Inspector General concerning the Cook Counseling Center's handling of Cho's records. Briefings to the victims' families by police and Virginia Tech officials provided additional details of the events In light of the new information presented to the families, and other information they found in the April 16 archive, several family members requested that additions and corrections be made to the Report. Some families had personal knowledge of the events that were not previously shared. Some families requested new interpretations of certain findings or revisions to some of the Review Panel's recommendations in light of the new information. Virginia Tech officials also submitted comments requesting some corrections. Governor Kaine asked the victims' families and Virginia Tech to submit any corrections or additions they thought important by the end of August, 2009. The time was extended into September after discovery of Cho's missing Cook Counseling Center records. This Addendum responds to the comments and questions received from the families and Virginia Tech by correcting facts in the original report, including the timeline, and by adding additional information about the events leading to the incidents, the response to the incidents, and the aftermath of April 16. The Addendum also includes corrections to names and titles of people cited in the Report or the list of interviewees. The Addendum does not address opinions or value judgments that were raised, but provides some additional background information that might help address the concerns raised. Details: Arlington, VA: System Planning Corporation, 2009. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://scholar.lib.vt.edu/prevail/docs/April16ReportRev20091204.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 150720

Author: Ausdemore, Steve E. Title: Eliminating the Lost Time Interval of Law Enforcement to Active Shooter Events in Schools Summary: The Newtown Connecticut school attack at the Sandy Hook elementary school on December 14, 2012, was another example of the tragedy of mass murder. When a targeted attack occurs, the victims must await the arrival of law enforcement personnel to address the threat and stop the loss; this "lost time interval" results in extending the duration of a targeted attack until police can resist an attacker. In the absence of onsite personnel trained to resist an attacker, such as a school resource officer, students and staff are at the mercy of an attacker. This thesis asked the question: Can existing resources be leveraged to increase available capacities in actively resisting an active shooter in a targeted school attack to eliminate or reduce the lost time interval of law enforcement during an attack on an American school especially in low resource areas, such as rural and/or isolated communities. Case studies were completed to identify opportunities to reduce the loss incurred in these attacks with an emphasis on reducing the duration of an incident when prevention measures had failed. The value of collaboration and necessity to leverage resources in the public safety sector is well researched and critical resources with the capacity to operate in an offensive posture are available through planning and preparedness. Relationships can be developed between different domains and disciplines within a community to create a multidisciplinary environment of safety with the capacity to prevent or reduce loss through violence. Through these relationships, a culture can be created that combines strategies and tactics for prevention, as well as a response to these tragedies. A culture of security can replace vulnerability and result in a greater level of confidence in the ability to keep this nation's schools safer. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2015. 363p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/1010082.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 150721

Author: Graves, Susan M. Title: Early warning: a strategy to prevent injuries and loss of life during active shooter attacks on K-12 schools Summary: Active shooter attacks occur quickly. Schools have to take immediate action to protect students and staff. Public address systems do not adequately warn everyone at the first sign of danger. This thesis asks to what extent the school "fire alarm system" can be a model for a "lockdown notification system" for emergencies involving violence. The research reviews the history, mechanics, and regulations of fire alarm systems, and uses that information to design a conceptual lockdown notification system. A tool to evaluate school warning system technologies was also developed. Six case studies reviewed schools or districts that use a lockdown warning system modeled after the fire alarm system. The thesis concluded the school evaluation tool is useful for identifying strengths and weaknesses of school warning systems. The tool showed that reliability is a strength of the conceptual lockdown notification system because it is aligned with National Fire Protection Association codes. The lockdown notification system has the potential to solve the problem of early warning. The research recommends school decision-makers use this new tool to evaluate and select communication and warning system technologies. It recommends a pilot project to test the implementation of the conceptual lockdown notification system in schools. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2018. 240p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 27, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/58303/18Mar_Graves_Susan.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 150722

Author: Countermeasures Assessment and Security Experts Title: Tools and Strategies for Eliminating Assault Against Transit Operators, Volume 1: Research Overview Summary: Assaults against transit workers and operators are a significant concern in the transit industry. It is an unfortunate and all too frequent workplace occurrence that year after year transit employees in the United States have been killed or injured as the result of violent aggression by system users. Transit agencies as employers have a legal and ethical obligation to promote a work environment free from threats and violence. In addition, the agency can face economic loss as the result of violence due to lost work time, damaged employee morale and productivity, increased employee compensation payments, medical expenses, and possible lawsuits and liability costs. In addition to causing injuries and increased levels of stress for the operators and potential injury, assaults cause fear and a perception of lack of safety for the public, transit passengers, and transit workers. Recent legislative activity surrounding this issue reinforces that managing operator assault risk is a priority for transit agencies around the country. Countermeasures Assessment and Security Experts, LLC (CASE), and Transportation Resource Associates, Inc. (TRA), conducted research with the end goal of developing a practical toolbox for transit agencies to prevent or mitigate assaults against transit operators with "customizable templates" for assessing and reporting assaults, situational measures and technologies, and "executable" activities or countermeasures that can be taken to address this important safety and security issue. The research approach contained four major elements: (1) a focused review of existing literature; (2) analysis of the workplace violence doctrine, policy, and procedures; (3) establishment of a foundation for the development of customizable, scalable, issue-specific risk analysis instruments at both the micro (driver/operator) and macro (route- or system-based) levels; and (4) development of a structured and viable risk management capability that can perform both "what if" and "trade-off" decision-making for transit owners. There are two major deliverables of the research: (1) a comprehensive and detailed listing of potential countermeasures and strategies available to prevent or mitigate assaults against transit operators and (2) a practical operator assault risk management toolbox that includes the - Vulnerability self-assessment tool that allows an agency to assess the specific strengths and weaknesses of its operator assault posture, - Route-based risk calculator that produces scores identifying assault risk across the system that is also usable to evaluate risk on a route-based level, Route-comparison summary table which brings together vulnerability and risk information in an easy-to-interpret format, and - Detailed step-by-step examples of usage of the tools in TCRP Research Report 193: Tools and Strategies for Eliminating Assaults Against Transit Operators, Volume 2: User Guide. The deliverables also include this research overview that documents the entire research effort and outlines the research results. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2018. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: RCRP Research Report 913: Accessed June 28, 2018 at: http://www.trb.org/Main/Blurbs/177582.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 150723

Author: Countermeasures Assessment and Security Experts Title: Tools and Strategies for Eliminating Assault Against Transit Operators, Volume 2: User Guide Summary: Tools and Strategies for Eliminating Assaults Against Transit Operators, Volume 2: User Guide provides potential countermeasures and strategies to prevent or mitigate assaults against transit operators. The User Guide includes an operator assault risk management toolbox developed to support transit agencies in their efforts to prevent, mitigate, and respond to assaults against operators. The User Guide also provides transit agencies with guidance in the use and deployment of the vulnerability self-assessment tool and the route-based risk calculator and includes supportive checklists, guidelines, and methodologies. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2018. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: TCRP Research Report 193: Accessed June 28, 2018 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/25114/tools-and-strategies-for-eliminating-assaults-against-transit-operators-volume-2-user-guide Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 150724

Author: Price, Mary Title: Everywhere and Nowhere: Compassionate Release in the States Summary: "Everywhere and Nowhere: Compassionate Release in the States," is a comprehensive, state-by-state report on the early-release programs available to prisoners struggling with certain extraordinary circumstances, such as a terminal or age-related illness. The report takes a deep dive into the regulations and requirements of these programs in each state, including the varying categories of release, eligibility criteria, and reporting. The analysis also reveals a troubling number of barriers faced by prisoners and their families when applying for early release. The report is accompanied by a comparison chart, 21 recommendations for policymakers, and 51 individual state memos. Details: Washington, DC: Families Against Mandatory Minimums (FAMM), 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2018 at: https://famm.org/wp-content/uploads/Exec-Summary-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Compassionate Release Shelf Number: 150734

Author: Louisiana Department of Public Safety and Corrections Title: Louisiana's Justice Reinvestment Reform First Annual Performance Report Summary: In June 2017, the Louisiana Legislature passed, and Governor John Bel Edwards signed into law, a package of ten Justice Reinvestment bills. Prior to the passage of the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) legislation, Louisiana was leading the nation in imprisonment, with a rate nearly double the national average. The state was also sending people to prison for nonviolent offenses at 1.5 to 3 times the rate of other Southern states with similar crime rates. The policy choices that led to this situation were costing the state nearly $700 million annually on corrections, but one in three inmates released from prison returned there within three years. Following lessons learned from successful criminal justice reform efforts in other Southern states as well as the best available research, Louisiana developed a comprehensive, data-driven and bipartisan plan designed to steer people convicted of less serious crimes away from prison, strengthen alternatives to incarceration, reduce prison terms for those who can be safely supervised in the community, and remove barriers to successful reentry. This is the Executive Summary for the first annual report to the Legislature from the Department of Public Safety & Corrections (DPS&C) and the Louisiana Commission on Law Enforcement (LCLE) on results stemming from the Justice Reinvestment legislation. Additional data and information about implementation and reinvestment are included in the full report. Details: Baton Rouge: LA:The Department, 2018.. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 29, 2018 at: http://gov.louisiana.gov/assets/docs/JRI/LA_JRI_Annual_Report_FINAL.PDF Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarcerations Shelf Number: 150742

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Missouri Advisory Committee Title: The Impact of Community/Police Interactions on Individual Civil Rights in Missouri Summary: A number of recent public incidents involving police use of force have brought concerns regarding racial disparities in policing to the forefront of national conversation. One such incident was the August 2014 killing of Mr. Michael Brown by Officer Darren Wilson in the St. Louis suburb of Ferguson, Missouri. Mr. Brown's death garnered considerable attention from the public and the media and revealed underlying tensions between the Ferguson community and its police force. Responding to the challenges of contemporary policing illuminated by the public's response to this incident, the Missouri Advisory Committee (Committee) to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) voted unanimously in November 2014 to study civil rights concerns regarding policing throughout the state of Missouri. The Committee, cognizant of the many local and federal agencies investigating these events decided to wait to commence its investigation. The Committee held panel discussions on February 23, 2015 in St. Louis, Missouri and on August 20, 2015 in Kansas City, Missouri. These discussions focused largely on the impact of relationships between law enforcement and communities on individual civil rights, particularly disparities in the use of force on the basis of race or color. Several prominent themes arose from these discussions: 1. Many people of color continue to live in racially segregated communities throughout Missouri, which shapes interactions and contributes to mistrust between police and communities of color. 2. Limited data on use of force by law enforcement makes it difficult to make empirical conclusions about racial disparities in policing. 3. The presence of racial biases, both explicit and implicit, can drive increased community contact with law enforcement and result in more fatal outcomes for people of color. These biases can manifest in a particularly dangerous form for black boys and young black men. Due to expanding responsibilities and limited resources for anti-bias and cultural competency training, many police departments may be ill-equipped to manage the effects of these racial biases. 4. The use of police departments as revenue-generating entities may have harmful, racially disparate effects, particularly in areas with large numbers of small, fragmented municipalities, such as across the St. Louis region. 5. Accountability from law enforcement agencies for the harm inflicted by officers is crucial to strengthening relationships with communities. This accountability may be undermined in several ways, for example: a "Code of Silence" among law enforcement officers; a lack of standardization of departmental policies across agencies; limited responsiveness to citizen complaints of officer misconduct, including a frequent failure to investigate and revoke certification from officers who have engaged in misconduct; and the use of grand juries in prosecuting cases involving law enforcement officers. 6. A focus on community policing and diversity in hiring practices was identified as an avenue for law enforcement agencies to begin repairing their relationships with communities. In response to these concerns, the Committee offers the following recommendations to the Commission: 1. The U.S. Commission on Civil Rights should issue a formal request to the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) to: A. Assess the feasibility of issuing minimum national licensure requirements, including demonstrated cultural competency, for law enforcement officers and departmental leaders serving in all city, county, and statewide capacities. B. Maintain a national database of discipline records so that officers disciplined in one state cannot transfer to another state for work. C. Assess the DOJ's ability to establish a governing body to handle police misconduct cases when state and local systems fail. The state agency responsible for this in Missouri was reported to be too underfunded to be effective. D. Examine the use of grand juries for investigating and indicting police-involved fatalities, then define and report to the public best practices for prosecuting deaths at the hands of police, including both the possibilities of appointing independent prosecutors and pursuing accountability beyond criminal liability. 2. The Commission should issue a formal recommendation to the U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) urging them to: A. Require law enforcement agencies to report more comprehensive data on police use of force and officer-involved shootings-including non-lethal use of force, disaggregated by race. Such data is critical to better understanding potential disparities in police conduct, as well as the impact on affected communities. B. Create standardized definitions of all actions that fall on the use of force continuum and disseminate these to local agencies in order to ensure consistent data collection. C. Consider offering financial and/or technical support to ensure smaller, local agencies with limited resources can keep up with data collection. 3. The Commission should issue a formal request to the U.S. Department of Justice, Civil Rights Division to: A. Conduct a comprehensive investigation into the civil rights consequences of local law enforcement agencies owning military-grade equipment, including (1) which agencies are receiving or purchasing this military-grade equipment, (2) which communities it is being used in, and (3) what racially disparate effects may exist in its use. B. Investigate the allegations laid out in this report to the effect that "hot spot" policing practices may threaten civil liberties and thereby contribute to a climate of mistrust. C. Investigate the extent to which law enforcement departments may unconsciously favor "hot spot" policing methods over community policing because �hot spot� policing produces more visible and immediate results. 4. The Commission should issue a formal recommendation to the Department of Justice, Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) to include the provision that new law enforcement hires made using COPS Hiring Program grant funds must demonstrate proficiency in cultural competency prior to being employed. The importance of cultural competency in implementing community policing initiatives was underscored throughout testimony provided to the Committee. Therefore, if a stated goal of the COPS Hiring Program is to increase community policing capacity in local agencies, the officers involved in community initiatives must be adequately prepared. 5. The Commission should issue a formal recommendation urging the United States Congress to pursue legislation that would decouple law enforcement agencies from municipal revenue generation, similar to Missouri Senate Bill 5, which caps the amount of general operating revenue that can be collected from traffic fees, and other collateral fees that result, such as warrant fines and fees. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2016. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 30, 2018 at: http://www.usccr.gov/pubs/MOPoliceRelationsReport_Publish.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 150745

Author: Smith, Gwen Chisholm Title: Legal Implications of Video Surveillance on Transit Systems Summary: TRB's Transit Cooperative Research Program (TCRP) Legal Research Digest 52: Legal Implications of Video Surveillance on Transit Systems explores the use of video surveilance systems on buses, trains, and stations. The widespread use of such video surveillance systems has generated numerous legal issues, such as a system's ability to utilize video to discipline union and non-union employees, safety issues associated with such use, public access to such video, and retention policies regarding video, among others. This digest explores federal and state laws to address these issues, along with the current practices employed by transit agencies to comply with those laws. Details: Washington, DC: Transit Cooperative Research Program, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Legal Research Digest 52: Accessed June 30, 2018 at: https://www.nap.edu/download/25055 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Privacy Shelf Number: 1500747

Author: Shull, Kristina Karin Title: "Nobody Wants These People": Reagan's Immigration Crisis and America's First Private Prisons Summary: In 2013, the United States detained approximately 400,000 people in immigration custody in a network of 250 local, federal, and private jails across the country as they awaited deportation or release, at a cost of over $1.7 billion. This dissertation situates the rise of the current U.S. immigration detention system in the early 1980s within the broader context of Ronald Reagan's Cold War foreign policies and growing public xenophobia after the Vietnam War. When President Reagan entered office, he sought new ways to curtail a perceived "mass immigration emergency" caused by an increasing flow of Cubans, Haitians, and Central Americans to the United States. As the American public continued to express "compassion fatigue" towards new migrant populations, the Reagan Administration established a new security state that included the building of immigrant detention centers throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, and Guantanamo Bay, Cuba; the interdiction of migrants on the high seas; heightened border security under the "War on Drugs"; and the first uses of private prison contracting. This work traces the narratives surrounding these new enforcement measures by using Reagan Administration files, media portrayals of migrant groups, and evidence of community and public support for and against the practice of immigration detention in order to demonstrate how an ongoing fear of future mass migrations continued to justify more permanent structures of immigration detention--trends that persist to the current day. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, 2014. 240p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: https://escholarship.org/uc/item/4v54x9hp Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 150751

Author: Levin, Benjamin Title: The Consensus Myth in Criminal Justice Reform Summary: It has become popular to identify a "bipartisan consensus" on criminal justice reform, but how deep is that consensus, actually? This Article argues that the purported consensus is largely illusory. Despite shared reformist vocabulary, the consensus rests on distinct critiques that identify different flaws and justify distinct policy solutions. The underlying disagreements transcend traditional left/right political divides and speak to deeper disputes about the state and the role of criminal law in society. The Article offers a typology of the two prevailing, but fundamentally distinct, critiques of the system: (1) the quantitative approach (what I call the "over" frame); and (2) the qualitative approach (what I call the "mass" frame). The "over" frame grows from a belief that criminal law has an important and legitimate function, but that the law�s operations have exceeded that function. This critique assumes that there are optimal rates of incarceration and criminalization, but the current criminal system is sub-optimal in that it has criminalized too much and incarcerated too many. In contrast, the "mass" frame focuses on the criminal system as a socio-cultural phenomenon. This reformist frame indicates that the issue is not a mere miscalculation; rather, reforms should address how the system marginalizes populations and exacerbates both power imbalances and distributional inequities. To show how these frames differ, this Article applies the "over" and the �mass� critique, in turn, to the maligned phenomena of mass incarceration and overcriminalization. The existing literature on mass incarceration and overcriminalization displays an elision between these two frames. Some scholars and reformers have adopted one frame exclusively, while others use the two interchangeably. No matter how much scholars and critics bemoan the troubles of mass incarceration and overcriminalization, it is hard to believe that they can achieve meaningful reform if they are talking about fundamentally different problems. While many reformers may adopt an "over" frame in an effort to attract a broader range of support or appeal to politicians, "over" policy proposals do not reach deeper "mass" concerns. Ultimately, then, this Article argues that a pragmatic turn to the "over" frame may have significant costs in legitimating deeper structural flaws and failing to address distributional issues of race, class, and power at the heart of the "mass� critique". Details: Boulder, CO: University of Colorado, School of Law, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Colorado Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 18-17: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3135053 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 150752

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: U.S. Customs and Border Protection: Progress in Recruiting, Hiring, and Retaining Law Enforcement Personnel Summary: CBP is responsible for securing U.S. borders and employs nearly 45,000 law enforcement officers across its three operational components at and between U.S. ports of entry, in the air and maritime environment, and at certain overseas locations. In recent years, CBP has not attained target staffing levels for its law enforcement positions, citing high attrition rates in some locations, a protracted hiring process, and competition from other law enforcement agencies. GAO was asked to review CBP's efforts to recruit, hire, and retain law enforcement personnel. This report examines CBP's efforts to (1) recruit qualified law enforcement officers, (2) more efficiently hire law enforcement applicants, and (3) retain law enforcement officers. GAO analyzed CBP data on recruitment, hiring, and retention from FY 2013 through 2017, as well as selected data for the first two quarters of FY 2018. GAO also reviewed CBP strategies and the recent contract it awarded to augment its recruiting and hiring activities and interviewed officials from CBP and three other selected law enforcement agencies. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that CBP systematically collect and analyze data on departing law enforcement officers and use this information to inform retention efforts. DHS concurred with this recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 2, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/692832.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Guards Shelf Number: 150755

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Opioid Prescribing in Illinois: Examining Prescription Drug Monitoring Program Data Summary: Almost three times as many opioids are prescribed in the United States today as compared to 1999. Health care practitioners wrote 259 million prescriptions for opioid pain medication in 2012, which is enough to provide a full bottle of pills for almost every adult in the country. An estimated one in five patients with pain symptoms who go to their doctor's office receive an opioid prescription. In a 2015 national survey, 13 percent of adults who report taking prescription opioids also reported misuse (defined as non-medical use). Of those, 41 percent obtained opioids for free from friends or relatives. Illinois opioid prescribing is relatively low compared to other states. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Illinois ranked 41st out of 50 states and District of Columbia on opioid prescription totals. However, prescription rates vary greatly by county, city, and medical practitioner. This article describes Illinois opioid prescription practices using Illinois Prescription Monitoring Program (ILPMP) data, focusing on trends and prescribing variations by county. A review of available research on the association between opioid prescribing, opioid misuse, and opioid use disorders also is summarized. Policy and practice implications also are included. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/PMP_Article_050918.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150756

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Focused Deterrence: Policing Strategy to Combat Gun Violence Summary: Homicide rates dropped both nationally and in Illinois from 2000 to 2014. However, since then the nation has seen a recent uptick in homicide, with rates increasing from 4.4 per 100,000 residents in 2014 to 5.3 per 100,000 residents in 2016. In Illinois, the homicide rate increased from 5.3 per 100,000 residents in 2014 to 8.2 per 100,000 residents in 2016. Homicides involving a firearm in Cook County appear to be a major contribution to this trend. In 2016, Chicago had 688 firearm-related homicides compared to 76 that were unrelated to firearms, representing an increase of 61-percent and 31-percent from the year before, respectively. The cause of the sharp increase in Chicago gun violence is still unclear. Removing Cook County, Illinois had a small 9-percent decrease in firearm-related homicides from 2015 to 2016, though the proportion of all assault-related deaths that involved a firearm was substantial at 64 percent. This article provides an overview of one strategy to reduce such gun violence - focused deterrence. Focused deterrence strategies attempt to maximize law enforcement efforts by strategically and directly applying interventions and social service resources to individuals at high risk for recidivism. Focused deterrence offers these targeted individuals two choices: (1) continue to engage in the problematic behavior and risk enhanced prosecution or other available legal options, also referred to as "lever pulling," or (2) disengage from problematic behavior and receive connection and increased access to any needed social services, such as employment or mental health services, and other resources. By responding with the most severe penalties, these interventions deter potential offenders from committing the same crimes and interrupting the cycle of retaliation commonly seen in gang crime. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Focused_deterrence_PDF_062218.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 150757

Author: U.S. Fire Administration Title: Mitigation of Occupational Violence to Firefighters and EMS Responders Summary: Purpose and aims: Violence is a major occupational challenge confronting the field of Emergency Medical Services (EMS). Firefighters and EMS responders are increasingly called upon to meet community demands for service. As a result, firefighters and EMS responders are often expected to respond to incidents where they can be exposed to violence. Violence against EMS responders has been recognized as an occupational hazard since the early 1970s, and recent incidents are evidence that the problem has not been abated. A review of the literature from academic and industry trade journals shows an increase in attention to the issue over the years. However, there is limited understanding of risk factors and preventive measures. The literature provides insight into the characteristics of violence perpetrators, EMS responder risk factors, and best practices. Much of the available information on these factors is contradictory, or not rooted in evidence-based assessment. The purpose of this report is to document the causes and risk factors of violence and mitigation opportunities to reduce and prevent violence to EMS responders. Relevance: This literature review provides an assessment of existing literature and publicly available information on the issue of violence against firefighters and EMS responders. Methods: This literature review was innovative, in that it included both peer-reviewed and industry publications. While special attention was paid to scientific and peer-reviewed literature that provided quantification of the issue, industry publications provided a more intimate glance into the realities facing EMS personnel who are experiencing violence in the line of duty. This method also revealed to us other findings on the topic of violence in EMS, such as the lapse in time between the first industry publication and the first academic publication regarding violence in the prehospital setting - a finding which would have gone undetected had industry publications not been included in this review. This novel approach created a deeper understanding of the issue. Results: A critical analysis of the literature led to the identification of nine key themes: historical and contextual grounding, evolution of the definition of violence, characteristics of patients/perpetrators of violence, estimates of violence, EMS responder risk factors, psychosocial impact, under-reporting, best practices, and inventory of best practices and intervention opportunities. Conclusions: Predicting risk factors associated with violence are difficult to confirm due to the contradictory nature of study findings. Variation in study design, lack of a standardized definition of violence, and under-reporting all contribute to the limited understanding of the issue of violence against EMS responders. However, alarming information regarding the psychological impact from experiencing violence was uncovered. The results of this review thus warrant the need for more rigorous scientific research focused on gathering nationally representative data to better describe the issue of violence to EMS providers. Once gaps in the literature have been addressed, targeted interventions can be developed and organizational, educational and policy reform can be implemented to better protect the safety and well-being of the EMS community. Details: Emmitsburg, MD: FEMA, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2018 at: https://www.usfa.fema.gov/downloads/pdf/publications/mitigation_of_occupational_violence.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: First Responders Shelf Number: 150769

Author: University of South Florida. Center for Urban Transportation Research Title: Examination of Passenger Assaults On Bus Transit Systems Summary: This research provides a status report on the state of the industry and current conditions under which Florida public transportation systems are operating, and the type, severity, and prevalence of passenger assaults on these systems. The project team will review the time of day assaults are most prevalent; type of services on which they occur most frequently (i.e., paratransit, fixed-route, commuter/express route; and location (i.e., on board, transfer locations, bus stops). The goals of this research effort are to: 1. Identify the prevalence of assaults on bus transit passengers. 2. Identify the time of day within which the assaults are occurring 3. Identify the locations where assaults are occurring (i.e., on board, transfer stations, bus stops) 4. Identify any other environmental factors which may contribute to an increased occurrence of assaults 5. Identify any mitigation measures transit agencies have employed to reduce the incidence rate of these assaults 6. Identify any mitigation measures that may not be currently utilized by Florida's public transportation agencies that may be deemed relevant and successful in curtailing assaults on transit passengers. Details: Tampa: National Center for Transit Research Center for Urban Transportation Research University of South Florida, 2015. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2018 at: https://www.floridatsn.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Passenger-Assaults-FINAL.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 150770

Author: Mendel, Richard Title: Transforming Juvenile Probation: A Vision for Getting It Right Summary: The Annie E. Casey Foundation presents its vision for transforming juvenile probation into a focused intervention that promotes personal growth, positive behavior change and long-term success for youth who pose significant risks for serious offending. Nearly a half-million young people are given some form of probation annually and it serves as a critical gatekeeper to determine whether young people are placed in residential institutions. Probation plays a significant role in perpetuating the vast overrepresentation of African-American, Latino and other youth of color in our nation's justice systems. This report delivers the evidence and rationale for two interdependent approaches. First, it calls for reducing the size of the probation population dramatically by diverting far more youth from the juvenile justice system to community resources. Second, it seeks to transforming probation into a more effective intervention for the much smaller population of youth who will remain on probation officer's caseloads. It describes necessary elements of reform, such as building relationships; embracing families and community organizations; motivating youth through incentives and opportunities; and setting clear and meaningful outcome goals for probation itself. Details: Baltimore: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2018 at: http://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/aecf-transformingjuvenileprobation-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 150771

Author: U.S. Department of Transportation. Federal Transit Administration Title: Preventing and Mitigating Transit Worker Assaults in the Bus and Rail Transit Industry Summary: On October 28th and 29th, 2014, the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Administrator tasked the Transit Advisory Committee for Safety (TRACS) with developing recommendations for FTA on the elements that should comprise a Safety Management System (SMS) approach to preventing and mitigating transit worker assaults. Representatives from state and local transportation agencies, labor unions, research organizations, and national transportation associations worked together to create recommendations for FTA to prevent assaults against transit workers. These recommendations address each aspect of the SMS approach, including policy, risk management, safety promotion, and safety assurance. This report begins by introducing the issue of transit worker assaults and describing the SMS approach and its connections to this report. It then presents TRACS' recommendations regarding protective infrastructure, training, public education, support for transit workers, enforcement, and data collection. Each section includes an introduction, a description of recommendations, and a table analyzing the benefits and costs of each risk control strategy. The recommendations in each section focus on FTA developing and publicizing best practice risk control strategies for transit agencies to prevent assaults. Best practices discussed in this report include: - Installing protective barriers, video surveillance, automatic vehicle location (AVL) systems, and overt or covert alarms on bus and rail transit vehicles; - Training safety‐sensitive employees about how to de‐escalate potentially violent situations, the important of reporting assaults, and the standard agency response to reports of assault; - Educating the public about reporting assaults by conducting public awareness campaigns, providing resources and incentives for passengers to report assaults, and meeting with passengers to discuss strategies for preventing assaults; - Providing support for transit workers by offering psychological support and post‐ incident counseling, responding to every report of assault or other serious incident, and involving transit workers in safety committees; - Enforcing transit agency policy by posting passenger codes of conduct, suspending service for assailants, posting police officers on transit vehicles and property in high‐risk areas, providing legal support for transit workers who file complaints, and collaborating with other agencies and organizations to develop social safety plans and advocate for changes in state and local legislation to better address assaults against transit employees; and - Collecting data regarding the number, location, times, and types of assaults as well as the number, type, and implementation times of each risk control strategy to enable the evaluation of the effectiveness of each strategy and the overall SMS in preventing transit worker assaults. TRACS does not expect every transit agency to adopt every best practice outlined in this report. Rather, transit agencies should conduct cost‐benefit analyses to determine the best combination of risk control strategies to adopt initially and then phase in others as possible. In some instances, however, TRACS feels FTA should take a stronger role in implementing change. For example, TRACS recommends that FTA establish a committee to develop national design standards for physical barriers on new buses. TRACS also recommends that FTA develop minimum training requirements for transit agencies regarding transit worker assaults. In other cases, TRACS recommends that FTA conduct further research. These recommendations include: - conducting further research on protective infrastructure for situations in which the transit workers must leave the bus or rail transit vehicle; - partnering with a transit agency to pilot a program in which the transit agency collaborates with the transit workers' primary care physicians to let them know that the transit workers' occupations involve workplace violence, enabling the physicians to review the transit workers' occupational stress during annual check‐ups; - sponsoring research through the Transit Cooperative Research Program (TCRP) on ways to mitigate the psychological impacts of assault on transit workers; - developing a pilot study to test the viability of collaborating across agencies to suspend transit service for assailants; and - examining the potential negative impacts of suspending service for transit‐dependent assailants. Together, the recommendations in this report represent a comprehensive review of the strategies available to FTA and transit agencies to minimize and prevent assaults against transit workers. By following these recommendations, FTA can promote transit agencies' use of the SMS approach to address the serious problem of assault, thereby providing more safe working conditions for transit workers across the country. Details: Washington, DC: TRACS, 2015. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Transit Advisory Committee for Safety (TRACS): 14‐01 Report: Accessed July 5, 2018 at: https://www.transit.dot.gov/sites/fta.dot.gov/files/Final_TRACS_Assaults_Report_14-01_07_06_15_pdf_rv6.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 150773

Author: Sullivan, Riley Title: The Fiscal Impact of the Opioid Epidemic in the New England States Summary: The rise in the abuse of-and addiction to-opioids and the rapid increase in the number of fatal overdoses in recent years have made the opioid epidemic a priority for local, state, and federal policymakers. Understanding the epidemic's direct fiscal impact is key to acknowledging its scope and magnitude. While opioid abuse has many direct and indirect fiscal costs, few studies quantify them. This report assembles available data on the impact of opioid epidemic on criminal justice, treatment, and related health expenditures in the New England states. The research finds that state governments in the region spend a higher percentage on total opioid-related costs and more per capita than the national averages. Across the region, treating opioid-use disorder-on both an emergency and a long-term basis-accounts for the majority of the costs. Estimates for medical treatment expenditures associated with opioid abuse reach as high as $340 million annually in Massachusetts alone. While providing new insight the author acknowledges that the costs considered in this policy report are incomplete. It's plausible that the opioid epidemic's impact on state revenues is also significant and could affect regional fiscal health. For example, individuals incarcerated for drug crimes or in residential treatment programs are not earning wages. Evidence also suggests that non-institutionalized individuals abusing opioids are more likely out of work than employed, likewise resulting in lost revenue (Krueger 2017). The author plans to conduct further research on opioid abuse's impact on employment and labor force participation, which should contribute to a fuller understanding of the epidemic's fiscal cost to the region. However, beyond the fiscal cost is the toll opioid abuse has taken on individuals, families, and communities. The costs analyzed in this report are just a small part of the greater damage inflicted across the region and the country. Details: Boston: New England Public Policy Center; Federal Reserve Bank of Boston: 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report 18-1: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: https://www.bostonfed.org/publications/new-england-public-policy-center-policy-report/2018/the-fiscal-impact-of-the-opioid-epidemic-in-the-new-england-states.aspx#collapse2 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 150778

Author: Peterson, Bryce Title: Inmate-, Incident-, And Facility-Level Factors Associated With Escapes From Custody And Violent Outcomes Summary: Introduction: Preventing escapes from custody is a critical function of prisons, jails, and the individuals who run these correctional facilities. Escapes are a popular topic in the news, among lawmakers, and in public discourse. Much of this interest stems from the widespread notion that escapees pose a serious threat to public safety, as well to the safety of correctional staff and law enforcement officers tasked with preventing and apprehending them. However, despite the importance of preventing escapes and minimizing violence, there has been very little empirical research on these issues in the past several decades. Extant research has also been limited in terms of its depth, breadth, and methodological rigor. Thus, the current dissertation seeks to address the following research questions: 1. What jail-level factors are related to escape-proneness? 2. What prison-level factors are related to escape-proneness? 3. What inmate-level characteristics are associated with escape behavior? 4. How often and at what point does violence occur during escapes? 5. What facility-level factors influence the likelihood of an escape being violent? 6. What incident-level variables influence the likelihood of an escape being violent? 7. What characteristics of the escapee influence the likelihood of an escape being violent? Methods: To address these research questions, this study explores the degree to which facility-, incident-, and inmate-level factors are associated with two overall outcomes: 1) escapes from custody and 2) violent escape outcomes. To accomplish this, a series of analyses were conducted using several different sources of data. Specifically, the first two analyses used data from the 2011 Annual Survey of Jails (n=366) to examine how jail-level variables impact the number of escapes and attempted escapes from jails, and from the 2005 Census of State and Federal Adult Correctional Facilities (n=1821) to examine how prison-level variables impact the number of escapes and the number of walkaways from prisons. The third analysis used the 2008 and 2009 iterations of the National Corrections Reporting Program (n=7,300) to test whether relevant inmate-level characteristics were associated with the likelihood of an individual being an escapee. The final set of analyses examined the degree to which facility-, inmate-, and inmate-level factors were able to predict four violent escape outcomes: violence at the breakout, in the community, during recapture, and overall. These analyses used data from the Correctional Incident Database, 2009 (n=610). Findings: Several jail-level variables--including rated capacity, ethnic heterogeneity, percent noncitizens, and privately operated--were significantly associated with the number of escapes and escape attempts from jails. There were also many prison-level variables associated with the number of escapes and the number of walkaways from a facility, including measures related to the facilities' administration and management (e.g., rated capacity, percent capacity, inmate-staff ratio, inmates from other authorities, court order, secure perimeter, security level, region), inmate populations (e.g., percent male, percent noncitizens), and treatment and programming options (e.g., percent on work assignment, percent on work release, alcohol or drug treatment, inmates permitted to leave). At the individual-level, information about inmates' demographics (e.g., age, sex, race), criminal histories (e.g., prior time in prison and jail, prior escape), and current sentence (offense type and counts, sentence length, percent of sentence served) were associated with individual escape behavior. Finally, findings indicate that violence is, overall, a relatively rare outcome in escape incidents, though when it does occur it is precipitated by certain situational factors. Incident-level factors were the best indicators of violence, including whether the escape occurred in secure custody, the location of the incident, and the start time of the escape. The classification of the facilities was also associated with violence (i.e., escapees from higher security prisons and jails were more likely to use violence than escapees from minimum security facilities). Inmate-level factors were the least important for understanding when an escape would result in a violent outcome, though some of the findings indicate that young, male escapees, who were in custody for a violent offense and had a history of escaping, were more likely to use violence during their escapes than other escapees. Discussion and Implications: These findings demonstrated that opportunity- and place-based theories of criminal behavior, such as the situational crime prevention and routine activities frameworks, are most useful for understanding when escapes are likely to occur and when they are likely to result in violence. For example, higher security prison facilities had fewer escapes than lower security prisons, but prisons that permitted inmates to leave the facility (e.g., to study, participate in a rehabilitative program, or work) had a greater number of walkaways. At the individual level, inmates who were on community release were much more likely to have been escapees than those who were not on community release. Finally, inmates who escaped during transport were more likely to use violence than those who escaped under other circumstances. Based on these findings, this dissertation provided several recommendations for policy and practice. For example, it was recommended that correctional administrators adopt strategies for preventing escapes that are rooted in the situational crime prevention framework. These might include modifying the environment and enhancing certain types of security features, but could also include providing counseling to inmates, allowing more home visits and furloughs, offering more programming in the prison, and protecting inmates when their safety is threatened. It was also recommended that administrators identify and implement best practices for situations in which violence is most likely to occur, such as during inmate transport. Finally, given that most escapes are nonviolent and relatively minor incidents, it was recommended that administrators consider expanding their practice of punishing escapees internally rather than charging them with a new crime that could potentially add years to their sentence. Conclusion: Though there are several substantive and methodological limitations to the current dissertation, this research contributes to the literature by: analyzing the impact of a range of facility-, incident-, and inmate-level factors on escapes from custody and violence; examining a broader range of escapes from across the country; using more recent data and more rigorous analyses; clarifying some of the contradicting and confusing findings from previous studies; and providing a thorough analysis of the amount, scope, and predictors of violence escape outcomes. Details: New York: Graduate Center, City University of New York, 2015. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 9, 2018 at: https://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1605&context=gc_etds Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 150783

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Immigrant Crime Fighters: How the U Visa Program Makes US Communities Safer Summary: The Trump administration has painted undocumented immigrants in the US as criminals and a threat to public safety. Little has been said about the many undocumented immigrants who have taken great risks to help law enforcement investigate and prosecute crimes. Immigrant Crime Fighters highlights just a few examples of immigrants who have bravely stepped forward to ensure serial rapists, robbers, and violent criminals are brought to justice, despite risks to themselves. The report focuses on recipients of the U visa, which exists to ensure that otherwise undocumented immigrants who assist in the investigation or prosecution of serious crimes are protected from deportation. Without it, perpetrators can target undocumented victims without fear that they will go to police. The report draws heavily on interviews with law enforcement officials from five states, who consistently emphasized that the U visa is essential to ensuring that everyone in the community can safely report crimes. They see the visa as a critical tool in ensuring broader public safety. The U visa, created with strong bipartisan support as part of the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) in 2000, is up for renewal in 2018. Congress should protect and expand these immigration protections and work to eliminate the multi-year backlog of victims awaiting consideration of their applications. Details: New York: HRW, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 9, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us0718_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 150786

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Mandatory Minimum Penalties for Firearms Offenses in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: This publication is the third in the Commission's series on mandatory minimum penalties. Using fiscal year 2016 data, this publication includes analyses of the two statutes carrying a firearms mandatory minimum penalty, 18 U.S.C. � 924(c) (relating to using or possessing firearms in furtherance of drug trafficking or crimes of violence) and the Armed Career Criminal Act, 18 U.S.C. � 924(e), as well as the impact of those provisions on the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) population. Where appropriate, the publication highlights changes and trends since the Commission's 2011 Mandatory Minimum Report. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2018/20180315_Firearms-Mand-Min.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 150793

Author: Ghertner, Robin Title: The Opioid Crisis and Economic Opportunity: Geographic and Economic Trends Summary: This study examines relationships between indicators of economic opportunity and the prevalence of prescription opioids and substance use in the United States. Overall, areas with lower economic opportunity are disproportionately affected by the opioid crisis. However, the extent of that relationship varies regionally. (1) The prevalence of drug overdose deaths and opioid prescriptions has risen unevenly across the county, with rural areas more heavily affected. Specific geographic areas, such as Appalachia, parts of the West and the Midwest, and New England, have seen higher prevalence than other areas. (2) Poverty, unemployment rates, and the employment-to-population ratio are highly correlated with the prevalence of prescription opioids and with substance use measures. On average, counties with worse economic prospects are more likely to have higher rates of opioid prescriptions, opioid-related hospitalizations, and drug overdose deaths. (3) Some high-poverty regions of the country were relatively isolated from the opioid epidemic, as shown by our substance use measures, as of 2016 Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Research: ASPE Research Brief: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/259261/ASPEEconomicOpportunityOpioidCrisis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 150798

Author: Marshall, John Title: Political Information Cycles: When Do Voters Sanction Incumbent Parties for High Homicide Rates? Summary: I argue that voter news consumption tracks electoral cycles, and thus electoral accountability is often shaped by noisy performance indicators revealed before elections- when news consumption is greatest. Examining local homicides prior to Mexican municipal elections, I test this theory�s central implications using three sources of plausibly exogenous variation. First, I show that voters indeed consume more news and are better informed before local elections. Second, pre-election homicide spikes substantially decrease the incumbent party's re-election prospects. This sanctioning is limited to mayors controlling local police forces, and does not reflect longer-term homicide rates. Third, the punishment of pre-election homicide shocks increases with access to local broadcast media stations. Such political information cycles appear to be driven by poorly-informed Bayesian voters demanding more information during election campaigns, rather than naive responses to exogenous adverse events. By highlighting the importance of when voters consume news, these findings can help explain variation in the media�s persuasive powers and the mixed evidence that information supports electoral accountability. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://scholar.harvard.edu/files/jmarshall/files/political_info_cycles_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Rates Shelf Number: 150800

Author: Hurve, Karolina Title: Combating unlawful influence in sports: A closer look at harassment, threats, violence, and corruption Summary: This study addresses harassment, threats, violence, and corruption in organised football, ice hockey, basketball, and bandy. The study focuses specifically on unlawful influence, i.e. events where the victim perceives that the purpose was to influence them when exercising their profession. It is a qualitative study that primarily addresses men's sports at the professional level. The study also includes a review of victimisation of sports journalists, sports photographers, and supporter police in connection to their sports-related professional activities. Furthermore, there is an explorative section included in the study that examines whether offences of a more system-threatening nature exist in organised sports. The study is based on 106 interviews with individuals from the above mentioned professions, and others with relevant knowledge and experience. A majority of the respondents have recounted their own experiences of victimisation, primarily regarding harassment and threats. Respondents who have not been victimised themselves have contributed with the knowledge and experience they have obtained through work. In addition, 86 acts from the Swedish Police Authority, the Swedish Economic Crime Authority, and the Swedish Tax Agency have been reviewed. Interviews and reviews of acts have also been complemented with observations from five matches at the men's professional level. Participant observations have been conducted for all sports that are included in the study. Four seminars have been conducted with a reference group comprising participants from all sports studied, TU (Tidningsutgivarna - the Swedish Media Publishers Association), the Swedish Police Authority, and the Swedish Sports Confederation. Details: Stockholm: Swedish National Council for Crime Prevention (Bra), 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Bra report 2018:5: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www.bra.se/download/18.7c546b5f1628bc786c9eb8/1524037864813/2018_5_Combating_unlawful_influence_in_sports.pdf Full Swedish version is available at: https://www.bra.se/download/18.10aae67f160e3eba6292f21a/1520862981729/2018_5_Att_motverka_otillaten_paverkan_inom_idrotten.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Sports Corruption Shelf Number: 150801

Author: Goodwin, Alexandra Title: Police Brutality Bonds: How Wall Street Profits from Police Violence Summary: As the costs of police misconduct rise, cities and counties across the United States are going into debt to pay for it. Often this debt is in the form of bond borrowing. When cities or counties issue bonds to pay these costs, banks and other firms collect fees for the services they provide, and investors collect interest. The use of bonds to pay for settlements and judgments greatly increases the burden of policing costs on taxpayers, while producing a profit for banks and investors. Using bonds to pay for settlements or judgments can nearly double the costs of the original settlement. All of this is paid for by taxpayers. We call the bonds used to cover police related settlement and judgment costs "police brutality bonds", because they quite literally allow banks and wealthy investors to profit from police violence. This is a transfer of wealth from communities-especially over-policed communities of color-to Wall Street and wealthy investors. The companies profiting from police brutality bonds include well known institutions like Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs, and Bank of America, as well as smaller regional banks and other firms. In our research into the use of police brutality bonds, we found that cities and counties across the United States issue bonds to pay for police brutality settlements and judgments. The cities range from giant metropolises such as Los Angeles to smaller cities like Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Our report includes details on police brutality bonds in twelve cities and counties, including five in-depth case studies: Chicago, Los Angeles, Milwaukee, Cleveland, and Lake County, Indiana. Details: s.l.: Action Center on Race & The Economy, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58d8a1bb3a041137d463d64f/t/5b330815562fa7d3babc1fd4/1530071089421/Police+Brutality+Bonds+-+Jun+2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 150805

Author: Wilson, David B. Title: Effects of Correctional Boot Camps on Offending Summary: Background: Correctional boot camps were first opened in United States adult correctional systems in 1983. Since that time they have rapidly grown, first within adult systems and later in juvenile corrections, primarily within the United States. In the typical boot camp, participants are required to follow a rigorous daily schedule of activities including drill and ceremony and physical training, similar to that of a military boot-camp. Punishment for misbehavior is immediate and swift and usually involves some type of physical activity like push-ups. Boot-camps differ substantially in the amount of focus given to the physical training and hard labor aspects of the program versus therapeutic programming such as academic education, drug treatment or cognitive skills. Objectives: To synthesize the extant empirical evidence on the effects of boot-camps and boot camp like programs on the criminal behavior (e.g., postrelease arrest, conviction, or reinstitutionalization) of convicted adult and juvenile offenders. Search Strategy: Numerous electronic databases were searched for both published an unpublished studies. The keywords used were: boot camp(s), intensive incarceration, and shock incarceration. We also contacted U.S and non-U.S. researchers working in this area requesting assistance in locating additional studies. The final search of these sources was completed in early December of 2003. Selection Criteria: The eligibility criteria were (a) that the study evaluated a correctional boot camp, shock incarceration, or intensive incarceration program; (b) that the study included a comparison group that received either probation or incarceration in an alternative facility; (c) that the study participants were exclusively under the supervision of the criminal or juvenile justice system; and (d) that the study reported a post-program measure of criminal behavior, such as arrest or conviction. Data Collection and Analysis: The coding protocol captured aspects of the research design, including methodological quality, the boot-camp program, the comparison group condition, the participant offenders, the outcome measures and the direction and magnitude of the observed effects. All studies were coded by two independent coders and all coding differences were resolved by Drs. MacKenzie or Wilson. Outcome effects were coded using the odds-ratio and meta-analysis was performed using the random effects model. Main Results: Thirty-two unique research studies met our inclusion criteria. These studies reported the results from 43 independent boot-camp/comparison samples. The random effects mean odds-ratio for any form of recidivism was 1.02, indicating that the likelihood that boot camp participants recidivating was roughly equal to the likelihood of comparison participants recidivating. This overall finding was robust to the selection of the outcome measure and length of follow-up. Methodological features were only weakly related to outcome among these studies and did not explain the null findings. The overall effect for juvenile boot camps was slightly lower than for adult boot camps. Moderator analysis showed that studies evaluating boot-camp programs with a strong treatment focus had a larger mean odds-ratio than studies evaluating boot camps with a weak treatment focus. Conclusions: Although the overall effect appears to be that of �no difference,� some studies found that boot camp participants did better than the comparison, while others found that comparison samples did better. However, all of these studies had the common element of a militaristic boot camp program for offenders. The current evidence suggests that this common and defining feature of a boot-camp is not effective in reducing post boot-camp offending. Details: Oslo: Campbell Collaborative, 2008. 45 p. Source: Internet Resource: Campbell Systematic Reviews 2005:6: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://campbellcollaboration.org/media/k2/attachments/Wilson_Bootcamps_review.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Boot Camps Shelf Number: 150808

Author: Rappaport, Aaron J. Title: The Institutional Design of Punishment Summary: For the past 40 years, policymakers have engaged in a debate over which institution should wield the principal power over punishment. Should courts and parole boards have the dominant role at sentencing, or should that power be left to legislatures and sentencing commissions? These debates are typically couched in policy terms, yet they also raise deeply philosophical questions, most notably: What is the morally justified sentencing system? Perhaps surprisingly, criminal theorists have almost uniformly ignored this normative question, and that neglect has degraded the quality of the on-going institutional debates. This paper seeks to address that shortcoming by exploring the moral ramifications of design choices in the sentencing field. In particular, the paper identifies the institutional structure best suited for promoting utilitarianism, a widely-accepted moral theory of punishment. Drawing insights from cognitive science and institutional analysis, the paper concludes that a properly structured sentencing commission is the institution best able to satisfy the moral theory's demands. Beyond this policy prescription, the paper has a broader goal:To start a conversation about the link between moral theory and institutional design, and to encourage policymakers to explore more fully the premises of their own institutional choices in the criminal justice field. Details: Hastings, CA: University of California Hastings College of the Law, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Hastings Research Paper No. 295: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3196537 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Moral Theory of Punishment Shelf Number: 150815

Author: Holihen, Katie Title: Park Ridge's Success Story on Going Beyond Crisis Intervention Team Training: Building Whole-Community Responses to Mental Health Summary: As community-based mental health services go unfunded or lack sufficient resources, the safety net for people with mental illness has been essentially eliminated. At the community level, emergency rooms and law enforcement have become the new front doors to what remains of our mental health system, operating as the first point of contact for people in crisis or with chronic mental illness. As such, there is a pressing need for education and collaboration between these parties, as well as with the larger community. Specifically, in regards to law enforcement, agencies need to examine how to best manage officers' increasingly frequent contact with individuals with mental illness, including how to interact with them in a safe and compassionate way. Lack of training can quickly lead to the misinterpretation of intent of individuals in crisis, which, as seen in several high-profile officer-involved shootings across the country, could be the difference between life and death. Make no mistake, law enforcement as a profession has advanced considerably in its response to calls for service involving people with mental illness, in part because of the implementation of specialized police responses (SPR),1 which fall primarily into two categories: (1) the Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) Model, which was founded by the University of Memphis and was first implemented in Memphis, Tennessee,2 and (2) law enforcement and mental health co-responder teams, which was pioneered in Los Angeles County, California. As a cornerstone program for improving responses to people in crisis, the CIT Model, also known as the Memphis Model, and its affiliated training have been implemented in hundreds of police jurisdictions nationwide. Developed in the late 1980s, the CIT Model works to improve both officer and community safety by providing officers with relevant training and to reduce reliance on the criminal justice system by building stronger links within the mental health system. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 11, 2018 at : https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0856-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 150818

Author: Walcker, Allison Title: Examining the differences of "life" between adults and juveniles incarcerated in Nebraska's Correctional Systems Summary: For the 2009 Supreme Court schedule, Justices agreed to take up sentencing for young (juvenile) offenders, considering whether the reasoning that led it to strike down the death penalty for juvenile offenders four years ago should apply to sentences of life without the possibility of parole. The court accepted two cases on the issue, both from Florida and neither involved a killing. In Sullivan v. Florid,. Sullivan was sentenced to life without parole for sexually assaulting an elderly woman when he was 13. In Graham v. Florida, T. Graham received the same sentence for participating in a home invasion when he was 17 while on probation. Both cases were argued on November 9, 2009.This attention has caught the eye of state legislatures and advocacy groups centered on fairness in sentencing laws. The principal focus of this research was the examination of data regarding Nebraska's incarcerated life population, both adult and juvenile, in regard to previous national studies. This paper examines whether sentencing disparity exists among adult and juvenile offenders serving life sentences and life without parole sentences. Do juveniles serving harsher punishments today because of current criminal justice policies and laws? Second, the paper investigates whether racial disparity exists among adult and juvenile offenders serving these type of sentences, with minorities (specifically blacks) receiving harsher punishments. The following variables appear to be the most relevant and will be considered here: 1) offense(s), 2) age at admission, 3) sentence length (months/years), 4) criminal history (any prior convictions in Nebraska), and 5) race. Once the data was collected, it was compared and contrasted to previous national studies, such as Amnesty International & Human Rights Watch and The Sentencing Project. Details: Lincoln: Nebraska Wesleyan University, 2010. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 11, 2018 at: https://corrections.nebraska.gov/sites/default/files/files/46/allison_walcker_12-2010_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 150827

Author: Mukherjee, Anita Title: Impacts of Private Prison Contracting on Inmate Time Served and Recidivism Summary: I contribute new evidence on the impacts of private prison contracting by exploiting staggered prison capacity shocks in Mississippi between 1996 and 2004. I find that private prison inmates serve up to 90 additional days, which equals 7 percent of the average time served. The mechanism for this delayed release appears linked to the widespread use of conduct violations in private prisons. Despite the additional days served, I find no evidence that private prison inmates recidivate less. I nest both results in a theoretical model based on the typical private prison contract that pays a diem for each occupied bed. Details: Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin, School of Business, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2523238 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 150831

Author: Motivans, Mark Title: Federal Prosecution of Human-Trafficking Cases, 2015 Summary: Presents national data on human-trafficking cases in the federal criminal justice system. Human-trafficking offenses include peonage, slavery, forced labor, or sex trafficking; production of child pornography; and transportation for illegal sex activity. The report details persons investigated by federal law enforcement and referred to U.S. attorneys for human-trafficking offenses, and cases prosecuted, adjudicated, and sentenced in U.S. district court, including the disposition of human-trafficking matters concluded, reasons matters were declined for prosecution, demographic characteristics of suspects charged with human-trafficking offenses, and key case outcomes, such as conviction rates and prison sentence lengths. Findings are based on data from BJS's Federal Justice Statistics Program, with source data provided by the Executive Office for U.S. Attorneys and the Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts. Highlights: In fiscal year 2015, 1,923 suspects were referred to U.S. attorneys with human trafficking as the lead charge-39% for peonage, slavery, forced labor, or sex trafficking; 32% for production of child pornography; and 29% for transportation for illegal sex activity. In 2015, the FBI (52%) and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (19%) referred the most human-trafficking suspects to U.S. attorneys. Nearly 6 in 10 (59%) human-trafficking suspects referred to U.S. attorneys in 2015 were prosecuted in U.S. district courts. In 2015, more than 9 in 10 (93%) human-trafficking defendants were convicted. Nearly all (99%) of the 769 convicted human-trafficking defendants in 2015 received a prison sentence. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/fphtc15.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 150834

Author: Children and Family Futures Title: Family Drug Court Literature Review Summary: The FDC Annotated Bibliography includes a thorough list of the most recent research available on the family drug court model, cost savings, evaluation and child welfare outcomes, treatment and child welfare outcomes, innovative approached, and judicial perspectives. Details: Lake Forest, CA: Children and Family Futures, 2016. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 12, 2018 at: http://www.cffutures.org/files/FDC_LitReview-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 150843

Author: National Sheriffs' Association Title: Cross-Deputization in Indian Country Summary: Jurisdiction in Indian country has long been complicated by multifaceted tribal, state, and federal laws, policies, and court decisions, making it difficult for law enforcement to effectively address many types of criminal offenses. Whether the victim and perpetrator belonged to a tribe, where the crime took place, and other circumstances must be considered before any action can be taken. But recent changes in tribal, federal, and state law have enabled tribal law enforcement to enforce a broader array of state and federal crimes by cross-commissioning and cross-deputizing their officers. This report - based on the work of the National Sheriffs' Association, which assembled a cross-deputization advisory panel - examines the jurisdictional and legal limits of cross-deputization and how it has been implemented in various law enforcement agencies in Indian country. It also describes some of the most promising practices and provides sample documents and agreements. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p363-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 150869

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Enhancing School Safety Using a Threat Assessment Model: An Operational Guide for Preventing Targeted School Violence Summary: The tragic events of the February 14, 2018 shooting at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida, and the May 18, 2018 shooting at Santa Fe High School in Santa Fe, Texas, demonstrated the ongoing need to provide leadership in preventing future school attacks. As such, the U.S. Secret Service, along with many of our partners, have redoubled our efforts and are poised to continue enhancing school safety. As part of these efforts, the U.S. Secret Service National Threat Assessment Center (NTAC) created an operational guide that provides actionable steps that schools can take to develop comprehensive targeted violence prevention plans for conducting threat assessments in schools. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security, National Threat Assessment Center, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2018 at: https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/18_0711_USSS_NTAC-Enhancing-School-Safety-Guide.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 150876

Author: Currie, Janet Title: Violence while in Utero: The Impact of Assaults During Pregnancy on Birth Outcomes Summary: ausal evidence of the effects of violent crime on its victims is sparse. Yet such evidence is needed to determine the social cost of crime and to evaluate the cost-effectiveness of policy interventions in the justice system. This study presents new evidence on the effects of violent crime on pregnancy and infant health outcomes, using unique linked administrative data from New York City. We merge birth records with maternal residential addresses to the locations of reported crimes, and focus on mothers who lived in a home where an assault was reported during their pregnancies. We compare these mothers to women who lived in a home with an assault that took place shortly after the birth. We find that assaults in the 3rd trimester significantly increase rates of very low birth weight (less than 1,500 grams) and very pre-term (less than 34 weeks gestation) births, possibly through a higher likelihood of induced labor. We show that our results are robust to multiple choices of control groups and to using maternal fixed effects models. We calculate that these impacts translate into a social cost per assault during pregnancy of $41,771, and a total annual cost of over $4.25 billion when scaled by the national victimization rate. As infant health is a strong predictor of life-long well-being, and women of lower socioeconomic status are more likely to be victims of domestic abuse than their more advantaged counterparts, our results suggest that in utero subjection to violent crime is an important new channel for intergenerational transmission of inequality. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series no. 24802: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24802 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 150881

Author: Prieger, James E. Title: Tax Evasion and Illicit Cigarettes in California. Part I - Survey Evidence on Current Behavior Summary: Data from a novel online survey of 5,000 English-speaking adult cigarette smokers in California in advance of a recent increase in the state's cigarette excise tax indicate that slightly more than one-quarter of that population engaged in some legal tax-avoiding behavior in the previous month, while nearly one-fifth illegally evaded taxes. (The two behaviors overlapped substantially.) Candor-inducing indirect questioning via the item count technique substantially increased those figures. Smokers who roll their own cigarettes, e-cigarette users, younger smokers, and those with more income and education are all more likely to engage in at least some of the suspect market behaviors examined. There is a much lower incidence of counterfeit product and sales of single cigarettes. This suggests that the tax increase may lead to significant amounts of adaptive behavior by smokers that will tend to reduce the intended health benefits of that policy change. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3181586 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 150885

Author: DeFeo, Michael Title: Organizing the Federal Enforcement Effort against Illicit Traffic in Tobacco Products: An Agenda for a New Administration Summary: The illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP) is substantial and growing. The federal government does not now have adequate capacity to control that traffic; other urgent priorities have compelled the responsible agency to substantially abandon enforcement efforts. Since the economic motivation for ITTP is high and unlikely to decrease under any currently probable scenario, the volume of ITTP is likely to grow. The resources required to bring any illicit market under control are roughly proportional to the size of the market. Thus, current neglect increases the future difficulty of the problem. The incoming administration will have the opportunity to bring the illicit tobacco market under better control, thus contributing to the prevention of smoking-related harm while also reducing tax losses at the federal, state and local levels. Several options for improving the effectiveness of enforcement and compliance exist, some with minimal budgetary implications. However,some of them involve reassignment of responsibilities among federal agencies, in particular the transfer of criminal enforcement power over tobacco from the Justice Department's Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (BATFE), whose current policies lead it to neglect ITTP, to the Treasury Department's Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (ATTTB). Such a reorganization would involve substantial administrative effort and might encounter substantial resistance. The tobacco industry should offer all feasible support to the most effective and efficient option for improved control. The industry's self-interest in supporting increased control of ITTP should be publicly acknowledged, balanced by the fact that reducing ITTP is also in the public interest for reasons of tax, health and criminal policy. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: http://www.illicittobaccoinfo.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/Organizing-the-Federal-Enforcement-Effort-Against-Illicit-Traffic-in-Tobacco-Products-An-Agenda-for-a-New-Administration.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Markets Shelf Number: 150886

Author: Prieger, James E. Title: Tax Evasion and Illicit Cigarettes in California. Part II - Smokers' Intended Responses to a Tax Increase Summary: We examine recent survey data from California to investigate smokers' intended responses to an increase in cigarette excise taxes rates, including tax avoidance and the economic crimes of tax evasion and illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP). We estimate how tax avoidance, tax evasion, and ITTP might change in response to a recent tax increase. We examine how such intended behaviors vary across demographic groups and how they are related to factors pertaining to the cost of engaging in ITTP. Half of smokers intend to act in ways that undermine, at least partially, the public health rationale for raising tobacco taxes. On the other hand, 73.5% intend to reduce their nicotine use or substitute the use of less harmful delivery systems for cigarette smoking. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3181617 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 150887

Author: Aziani, Alberto Title: Empty Discarded Pack Data and the Prevalence of Illicit Trade in Cigarettes Summary: Illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP) is big business in the United States and creates many harms including reduced tax revenues; damages to the economic interests of legitimate actors; funding for organized-crime and terrorist groups; negative effects of participation in illicit markets, such as violence and incarceration; and reduced effectiveness of smoking-reduction policies, leading to increased damage to health. To improve data availability for study in this area, we describe and make available a large, novel set of data from empty discarded pack (EDP) studies. In EDP studies, teams of researchers collect all cigarette packs discarded (either in trash receptacles or as litter) in the public spaces of selected neighborhoods. Packs are examined for the absence of local tax stamps, signs of non-authentic packaging or stamps, and other indications of potential tax evasion or counterfeit product. We describe the data and analyze the prevalence of ITTP. Data from 23 collections in 10 U.S. cities from 2010 to 2014 are available, yielding 106,500 observations (by far the largest dataset of its kind available for academic study). Each observation includes dozens of variables covering the brand, location to the ZIP code level, tax status, counterfeit status, and other information about the pack. There is significant evidence of tax avoidance (up to 74% of packs in New York City). In some markets there is also a significant amount of illicit trade (up to over half the market in New York City), which includes bootlegging, counterfeits, cigarettes produced for illicit-market sales, and cigarettes without any tax stamps. These data will be highly useful for research in illicit markets and organized crime. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2906015 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 150888

Author: Kulick, Jonathan Title: Targeted Enforcement against Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products Summary: Illicit trade in tobacco is a substantial and growing problem in the U.S., causing loss of tax revenue, damage to public health, and threats to public safety. Decisions about enforcement against ITTP involve tradeoffs among competing objectives. Good policy design can improve the terms of those tradeoffs but cannot eliminate them. We examine questions about the allocation of enforcement resources against ITTP, and its distribution across activities, individuals, and organizations: in particular, whether and how to differentially target ITTP that involves violence or support for terrorism. We consider the problem of developing effective strategies for enforcement, applying both lessons from experience with markets for illicit drugs and theoretical insights about enforcement targeting and dynamic concentration. We show that targeted enforcement and focused deterrence are more efficient than unfocused enforcement, and that � when other policy changes increase the potential rewards to illicit activity - enforcement resources applied earlier (before illicit markets have grown) will have greater impact than enforcement resources applied later (and therefore to larger markets). We discuss additional considerations, ranging from real-world complications left out of the simple models to examination of how insights from behavioral law and economics may modify conclusions based on a theory of deterrence designed for homo economicus. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2883415 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 150889

Author: DeFeo, Michael Title: Combating the Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products in California and at the National Level through Track and Trace (T&T) Mechanisms Summary: Track and trace (T&T) of tobacco products concerns recording and monitoring the physical locations through which the goods travel in the distribution channel. T&T systems for tobacco are intended mainly to combat tax evasion and illicit diversion of goods. This study examines current T&T systems in use, particularly in California, and compares the capabilities of state and federally administered T&T systems. State T&T systems can help fight some forms of illicit trade, depending on how extensive the tracking is, but are of little apparent use against several common forms of ITTP such as interstate trafficking. A federal T&T system would have some advantages over state systems, but might be less efficient and cost effective than a system of distributed record keeping by industry entities coupled with audit and enforcement access by federal authorities. We conclude that T&T for the U.S. tobacco market does not appear to be justified to increase federal excise revenues, and its potential value in combating interstate smuggling would depend on creating the capacity to put its capabilities to practical use at the state level. Details: Los Angeles: BOTEC Analysis, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3140073 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 150890

Author: Center for Death Penalty Litigation Title: On Trial for Their Lives: The Hidden Costs of Wrongful Capital Prosecutions in North Carolina Summary: Prosecutors and lawmakers insist that the death penalty is necessary to punish "the worst of the worst," in cases where evidence of the defendant's guilt is overwhelming and the circumstances of the crime are more heinous than most. Yet, the reality is that the death penalty in North Carolina is used indiscriminately and with little regard for the strength of the evidence. While police and prosecutors may not intend to convict the innocent, they often face enormous pressure to solve and prosecute crimes. In that environment, they rely on the threat of the death penalty to solicit information and confessions from suspects, or to pressure suspects to accept plea bargains. The frequency with which state officials use the death penalty in this manner makes it inevitable that innocent people get caught up in the capital punishment system. For the first time in North Carolina, the Center for Death Penalty Litigation (CDPL) has conducted a study of cases in which people were accused of capital murder but never convicted, which we refer to in this report as wrongful capital prosecutions. We wanted to explore why people were prosecuted capitally when the state did not have enough evidence to convict, as well as determine the harm caused by such cases. This group of people has been largely ignored, even as North Carolina has seen several high-profile exonerations of death row inmates. There is no registry that tracks the cases of those wrongly charged with capital murder, and no group that advocates for them. We know of no other study in the United States that has asked these questions or tracked this group. We pored over case files, court records and news reports, contacted attorneys, and interviewed the accused to find cases during the period from 1989 to 2015 in which a person was charged with capital murder and was eventually acquitted or had all charges related to the crimes dismissed. We identified 56 cases in which the state abused its power in seeking a death sentence, because prosecutors did not have enough evidence to prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the defendant was guilty. This means that over the past 26 years, an average of two people each year have been targeted for the death penalty even though there was very little evidence of guilt, let alone evidence that they were worthy of the state's harshest punishment. The database of cases presented in this report is reliable but not comprehensive, because there is no centralized tracking of such cases. Doubtless, there are cases we did not find. Our research uncovered the same types of errors and misconduct in these cases that have been uncovered in cases where innocents were convicted and sent to death row. We found cases in which state actors hid exculpatory evidence, relied on junk science, and pressured witnesses to implicate suspects. In several cases, there was no physical evidence and charges were based solely on the testimony of highly unreliable witnesses, such as jail inmates, co-defendants who were given lighter sentences in return for cooperation, and paid informants. Reliance on such witnesses was a factor in more than 60 percent of the cases we studied. The state incarcerated these people, who were never convicted of any crime, for an average of two years each. All told, the 56 defendants spent a total of more than 112 years in jail. Gregory Chapman in Duplin County served the longest jail term: nearly seven years. Those who are indicted on capital charges and later cleared are not eligible for compensation, even though many of them spend years in jail, lose their jobs, and are bankrupted by legal expenses. In addition to leaving many in financial ruin, the state does not even do these exonorees the favor of clearing their criminal histories. They must request a court order to expunge their criminal records, an expensive and lengthy process. Those who were already living at the margins of society often struggled to find jobs, and some fell into homelessness after they were released from jail. Details: Durham, NC: he Center for Death Penalty Litigation, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: http://www.cdpl.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/INTERACTIVE-CDPL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 150893

Author: Doleac, Jennifer L. Title: Strategies to Productively Reincorporate the Formerly-Incarcerated into Communities: A Review of the Literature Summary: Two-thirds of those released from prison in the United States will be re-arrested within three years, creating an incarceration cycle that is detrimental to individuals, families, and communities. There is tremendous public interest in ending this cycle, and public policies can help or hinder the reintegration of those released from jail and prison. This review summarizes the rigorous evidence on the effectiveness of programs that aim to improve the reintegration and rehabilitation of the formerly-incarcerated. While there is a need for much more research on this topic, the existing evidence provides some useful guidance for decision-makers. The importance of evaluating existing and new strategies is also discussed. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11646: Accessed July 18, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11646.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 150901

Author: Fletcher, Jason M. Title: Estimating Causal Effects of Alcohol Access and Use on a Broad Set of Risky Behaviors: Regression Discontinuity Evidence Summary: A growing body of evidence suggests large increases in criminal behavior and mortality coinciding with a young adult's 21st birthday, when alcohol consumption becomes legal. The policy implications from these findings have focused on the need to reduce drinking among young people, potentially by enforcing stricter alcohol controls. However, mortality and arrests are relatively infrequent outcomes and relatively less is known about the intermediate and more prevalent consequences of legal access to alcohol at age 21. This paper uses the Add Health data combined with a regression discontinuity approach to examine the effects of alcohol access on sexual behavior, drunk driving, violence, and other outcomes. The results suggest relatively large effects that appear concentrated in men. The sample also allows some suggestive policy implications on whether changing the minimum drinking age may reduce these consequences Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11643: Accessed July 18, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11643.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 150904

Author: Amuedo-Dorantes, Catalina Title: Refugee Admissions and Public Safety: Are Refugee Settlement Areas More Prone to Crime? Summary: According to United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the number of refugees worldwide rose to 21.3 million in 2015. Yet, resistance to the welcoming of refugees appears to have grown. The possibility that refugees may commit acts of terrorism or engage in criminal behavior has served as fuel for the Trump Administration's position in 2017. Is there any basis for these fears? We exploit the variation in the geographic and temporal distribution of refugees across U.S. counties to ascertain if there is a link between refugee settlements and local crime rates or terrorist events in the United States. We fail to find any statistically significant evidence of such a connection. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 11612: Accessed July 18, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11612.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 150905

Author: Arnold, David Title: Racial Bias in Bail Decisions Summary: This paper develops a new test for identifying racial bias in the context of bail decisions - a high-stakes setting with large disparities between white and black defendants. We motivate our analysis using Becker's model of racial bias, which predicts that rates of pre-trial misconduct will be identical for marginal white and marginal black defendants if bail judges are racially unbiased. In contrast, marginal white defendants will have higher rates of misconduct than marginal black defendants if bail judges are racially biased, whether that bias is driven by racial animus, inaccurate racial stereotypes, or any other form of bias. To test the model, we use the release tendencies of quasi-randomly assigned bail judges to identify the relevant race-specific misconduct rates. Estimates from Miami and Philadelphia show that bail judges are racially biased against black defendants, with substantially more racial bias among both inexperienced and part-time judges. We find suggestive evidence that this racial bias is driven by bail judges relying on inaccurate stereotypes that exaggerate the relative danger of releasing black defendants. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2018 at: https://www.princeton.edu/~wdobbie/files/racialbias.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 150906

Author: University of Washington. Law, Societies, and Justice Program Title: Guilty but Innocent: Juveniles in Jail in Washington State Summary: Under current Washington State law, it is possible to prosecute juveniles as adults through a process called declination. This report asks the following research questions: What is the size and demographic composition of the population of youth in adult jails in Washington State?; How did they come to be placed in adult jails?; What are the consequences of youth spending time in adult jails? Details: Seattle: The Law, Societies, and Justice Program, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 20-18 at: https://lsj.washington.edu/research/undergraduate/guilty-innocent-juveniles-jail-washington-state Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Jails Shelf Number: 150908

Author: Arab American Institute Foundation Title: Underreported, Under Threat: Hate Crime in the United States and the Targeting of Arab Americans Summary: Underreported, Under Threat: Hate Crime in the United States and the Targeting of Arab Americans consists of three parts. Part One provides important context to the nature of targeted violence against Arab Americans. Part Two features a compelling selection of case studies that demonstrate the nature of anti-Arab hate crime, the harms inflicted on individuals and communities, and the limitations of existing laws, policies, and their irregular enforcement to address those harms. Part Three retraces the history of hate crime reporting and data collection within the context of targeted violence against Arab Americans, and features analysis into anti-Arab hate crime data published at the state and federal level between 1991 and 2016. Details: Washington, DC: The Institute, 2018. 320p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 25, 2018 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/aai/pages/14141/attachments/original/1532368728/Report_Final.pdf?1532368728 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 150911

Author: Arab American Institute Foundation Title: Rating the Response: Hate Crime Legislation, Reporting, and Data Collection in the United States Summary: RHCR-_Cover.pngating the Response: Hate Crime Legislation, Reporting, and Data Collection in the United States provides a clearinghouse for hate crime-related information pertaining to every state and the District of Columbia. You can use this resource to learn about the relevant legislative and regulatory commitments to address hate crime within your state. To get a better sense of where your state stands, we have developed a rating system to rank and compare states, while identifying weaknesses in their overall response to hate crime. We have also provided information that will be addressed in our forthcoming report, Underreported, Under Threat: Hate Crime in the United States and the Targeting of Arab Americans, 1991-2016, which is slated for release soon. You can expect to learn more about the history of anti-Arab bigotry and its effects on the Arab American experience, in addition to the broader hate crime reporting and data collection system. Underreported / Under Threat also features a selection of narrative vignettes that detail specific accounts of anti-Arab hate crime. Together, Rating the Response and Underreported, Under Threat provide valuable information for policy makers, advocates, and community members alike. They also underscore the need for an improved response to hate crime in communities nationwide. Details: Washington, DC: The Institute, 2018. 238p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2018 at: http://www.aaiusa.org/rating_the_response_hate_crime_legislation_reporting_and_data_collection_in_the_united_states Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 150917

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Florida Title: Unequal Treatment: Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Miami-Dade Criminal Justice Summary: Analyzing data on all adult criminal defendants from 2010 to 2015, we examined individual and neighborhood racial and ethnic disparities across multiple decision points within Miami-Dade County's criminal justice system: arrest, bond and pretrial detention, charging and disposition, and sentencing. In our new report, Unequal Treatment: Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Miami-Dade Criminal Justice, our analysis uncovered racial and ethnic disparities at each of these decision points. We also found disparities at every decision point that, regardless of ethnicity, result in disadvantages for Black defendants and neighborhoods while resulting in advantages for White defendants and neighborhoods. This report demonstrates that race and ethnicity shape Miami-Dade County's criminal justice system. Race and ethnicity shape a person's involvement in the criminal justice system and in the system's outcomes. Details: Miami: ACLU of Florida, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2018 at: https://www.aclufl.org/sites/default/files/6440miamidadedisparities20180715spreads.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 150919

Author: Polaris Project Title: On-Ramps, Intersections, and Exit Routes: A Roadmap for Systems and Industries to Prevent and Disrupt Human Trafficking Summary: Harold D'Souza hardly seemed like an obvious candidate for a five-figure bank loan. He had only just arrived from India, with a wife, two young boys, and a job offer that turned out to be fraudulent. Yet somehow, with just a few signatures on a few dotted lines, Harold walked out the door of a bank with what would have been a small fortune had he been allowed to access it. Of course, he wasn't. Every dime of that money went to the man who actually arranged for the loan - the trafficker. This was the same man who brought Harold to the United States with the promise of a high-paying professional job and instead forced him to work in a restaurant and live in a virtual prison of debt and desperation. Exactly how the trafficker managed to secure a loan of tens of thousands of dollars in the name of a newly arrived migrant worker with no verifiable source of income remains a mystery to Harold. Clearly though, it was not dumb luck. The trafficker knew exactly how to work within and around a highly regulated and legitimate industry - banking - to maximize the profit he made on Harold and his family. It was all part of his business plan. The man whose lies and manipulations robbed Harold of his freedom was not unique to his field. A successful trafficker, like any successful entrepreneur, begins with a business plan built on a platform of established business models and best practices. Over time, that plan is chiseled to perfection as the trafficker learns new skills and tests out innovative new ways to monetize the exploitation of human beings. As with any enterprise, the business plan of a human trafficking venture is not built in a vacuum but rather exists within an ecosystem or matrix, depending on and intersecting with a range of legitimate industries and systems - cultural, governmental, environmental. Examples are abundant. Traffickers use banks to store their earnings and buses to move their victims around; hotel rooms are integral to the operations of some sex traffickers, social media is a vital recruitment trawling ground for others. This report takes a magnifying glass to such private-sector intersections. The details matter. The more that is known about the business plans of human trafficking, the more possible it becomes to prevent and disrupt the crime and help survivors find freedom. The insights here are gleaned from those in a position to understand the nuances of each business intersection point - the survivors who lived the experience. They are not definitive scientific conclusions but rather valuable baseline narratives that can spark further exploration and collaboration from other sectors. Each set of insights is followed by detailed recommendations for turning them into action, industry by industry. Like the insights and information that precede them, these recommendations are also not intended to be definitive. They are a beginning; an invitation. What we have learned is only as valuable as the partners who join us in making the recommendations a reality - and by offering more of their own. This report builds upon Polaris's 2017 report, The Typology of Modern Slavery, which analyzed data, gleaned from nearly 10 years of operating the National Human Trafficking Hotline, to show that human trafficking in the United States consists of 25 distinct business models. For each, the Typology report illuminated the basic operational plan - the demographics of both victims and traffickers, and how victims are recruited and controlled. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project, 2018. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 27, 2018 at: https://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/A%20Roadmap%20for%20Systems%20and%20Industries%20to%20Prevent%20and%20Disrupt%20Human%20Trafficking.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Debt Bondage Shelf Number: 150930

Author: Miller, Laura L. Title: Air Force Sexual Assault Situations, Settings, and Offender Behaviors Summary: To assist Air Force efforts to prevent and respond to sexual assault, this report focuses on providing a better understanding of sexual assaults committed by airmen, including suspect characteristics and behaviors, the suspect's relationship to the victim, victim characteristics, the settings and circumstances of sexual assaults, and behavior and justifications following sexual assaults. To do so, the researchers analyzed investigation and court-martial records from closed cases of convicted and other alleged Air Force sexual assault offenders. The cases included offenders who took advantage of norms of group socializing with alcohol, trust in fellow airmen, and responsible drinking and driving to create situations that facilitate sexual assault. Some victims and suspects were confused about whether certain behaviors constitute sexual assault, such as first attempts to initiate sexual activities with dates or friends, unwanted acts that followed consensual sexual behavior, or actions of highly intoxicated individuals. Notably, although far less common, reported offenders who sexually assaulted their spouses had typically also harmed others, tended to have behavioral and emotional problems, and had previously caught the attention of Air Force authorities. After a sexual assault, offenders may apologize and attempt to persuade the victim or others to forgive them and not report them to authorities. This report concludes by describing how these sexual assault data complement other sources and by providing recommendations related to the themes identified in this analysis. The Case Analysis of Reported Sexual Assault Perpetration by Airmen Highlighted Several Key Themes That Have Implications for Air Force Policies and Programs Victims and suspects showed some confusion about whether certain incidents constituted sexual assault and should thus be reported. Examples include sexual assault that occurs after consensual sexual activities have begun or when previous sexual activities were consensual. Although uncommon, reported offenders who sexually assaulted a spouse or intimate partner were noteworthy for often showing histories of violence or other problematic behaviors. Some offenders later offer apologies or denials or make other attempts to persuade others not to report a sexual assault. Norms of group socializing with alcohol often played a role in perpetration. Some offenders take advantage of those who trust that they can safely get drunk with fellow airmen and share rides or sleeping space afterward to avoid drunk driving. Many offenders were themselves intoxicated at the time of the sexual assault. Sexual assaults by airmen outside the continental United States also typically involved alcohol. The Observed Patterns of Behavior Are Not Unique to Airmen Although offenders who are airmen may take advantage of situations and settings particular to the Air Force, elements of military culture, or their position within the organization, their general patterns of behavior also appear within the literature on sexual assault in other military organizations and, more broadly, in civilian society. Recommendations Develop a strategy for scrutinizing airmen engaged in significant interpersonal conflict and physical aggression to determine when the persistence of such behaviors should lead to removal from service rather than continued counseling or treatment. Address specific types of activities that precede sexual assaults. For example, sponsor fun alternatives to excessive drinking for celebrations more likely to involve alcohol, such as 21st birthdays, New Year's Eve, and Saint Patrick's Day. In sexual assault prevention training, address misconceptions and confusion about what constitutes sexual assault, helping airmen to apply such concepts as "consent" and "harm" to a range of scenarios, including sexual assault within relationships. Also in training, discuss appropriate victim and bystander responses for addressing an offender following an incident and include scenarios in which the offender promises to change, begs for help or forgiveness, blames their behavior on alcohol, or asks to resolve the situation without reporting. Victims should understand that available resources can help them think through these situations. Furthermore, it is important to emphasize the responsibility of bystanders to report an incident and that sexual assault is not an issue they should try to resolve on their own. Coordinate training and information campaigns across key stakeholders such that each references the link between sexual assault, alcohol misuse, and intimate-partner violence. Portray alcohol consumption as not only a risk factor for victimization but also one for perpetration and failed bystander intervention. Also, Air Force Sexual Assault Prevention and Response program metrics should include statistics on intimate-partner sexual assault. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR1589.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Date Rape Shelf Number: 150933

Author: Miron, Jeffrey A. Title: The Budgetary Effects of Ending Drug Prohibition Summary: I n the past several years, the national movement to end drug prohibition has accelerated. Nine states and Washington, DC, have legalized recreational marijuana, with at least three more states (Connecticut, Michigan, and Ohio) likely to vote on legalization by the end of 2018. Dozens of others have decriminalized the substance or permitted it for medicinal use. Moreover, amid the nation's ongoing opioid crisis, some advocates and politicians are calling to decriminalize drugs more broadly and rethink our approach to drug enforcement. Drug legalization affects various social outcomes. In the debate over marijuana legalization, academics and the media tend to focus on how legalization affects public health and criminal justice outcomes. But policymakers and scholars should also consider the fiscal effects of drug liberalization. Legalization can reduce government spending, which saves resources for other uses, and it generates tax revenue that transfers income from drug producers and consumers to public coffers. Drawing on the most recent available data, this bulletin estimates the fiscal windfall that would be achieved through drug legalization. All told, drug legalization could generate up to $106.7 billion in annual budgetary gains for federal, state, and local governments. Those gains would come from two primary sources: decreases in drug enforcement spending and increases in tax revenue. This bulletin estimates that state and local governments spend $29 billion on drug prohibition annually, while the federal government spends an additional $18 billion. Meanwhile, full drug legalization would yield $19 billion in state and local tax revenue and $39 billion in federal tax revenue. In addition, this bulletin briefly examines the budgetary effects of state marijuana legalizations that have already taken place in Colorado, Oregon, and Washington. This study finds that, so far, legalization in those states has generated more tax revenue than previously forecast but generated essentially no reductions in criminal justice expenditure. The bulletin offers possible explanations for those findings. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Tax & Budget Bulletin, No. 83: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/tbb-83.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 150936

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Using Social Media and Social Network Analysis in Law Enforcement. Creating a Research Agenda, Including Business Cases, Protections, and Technology Needs Summary: In April 2017, the National Institute of Justice convened an expert panel to identify high-priority needs for law enforcement's use of social media and social network analysis. The panel characterized business cases for employing social media and social network analysis in law enforcement, including monitoring for short-term safety threats in postings; identifying those at high risk of involvement in violence, either acutely or chronically; and investigating specific crimes and organized crime networks. The panel also specified a core case not to do: monitoring of First Amendment-protected activity for vague purposes. The panel next specified a framework for providing computer security, privacy, and civil rights protections when employing these types of analysis. The framework includes data protections for ensuring legal backings and information security; analytic protections for ensuring protection of findings, legal backing, and equitable justice outcomes; and protections on enforcement actions to ensure consistent and equitable actions and outcomes. Finally, the panel identified and prioritized needs for innovation related to social media and social network analysis. The first part of the resulting innovation agenda concerns developing policies and strategies, including best practices for transparency and collaborative decisionmaking with communities, as well as model policies. The second part is technical development, starting with assessing current tools and how they might be better tailored to law enforcement. The third part concerns law enforcement-specific training, starting with assessing gaps in current training. Training on legal issues is a short-term priority. The final part is creation of a help desk to help law enforcement agencies navigate requests to social media companies and interpret the resulting data. Key Findings - Business cases for social media and social network analysis The panel discussed five core business cases for employing social media and social network analysis in law enforcement: monitoring for activity indicating short-term safety threats in postings, and communicating responses as needed; identifying those at high risk for involvement in violence; actively monitoring the high-risk to see whether violence may be imminent; investigating organized crime networks; and investigating specific crimes. The panel also discussed one core case not to do: monitoring First Amendment-protected activity for vague or unspecified purposes. Core security, privacy, and civil rights protections Data protections relate primarily to documenting procedures and policies, and having protections for, data searches and collections. Analysis protections provide a common set of policies and procedures needed for the deployment and use of analytic tools drawing on social media and other personal communications data. Action protections ensure both that policing practices are not distorted and that both enforcement and social service actions are employed consistently and equitably. An innovation agenda for social media analysis and social network analysis in law enforcement The first part of the expert panel's innovation agenda is to support working with communities to develop policies and strategies for using social media and social network analysis. The second part is technical research on law enforcement-specific social media and social network analysis. The third part is supporting law enforcement-specific training on social media and social network analysis. The final part is creation of a help desk to help law enforcement agencies navigate requests to social media companies. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2301.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Internet Shelf Number: 150934

Author: Saunders, Jessica Title: Leveraging Research and Philanthropy to Reduce Crime and Violence in the Mississippi Delta Summary: This research project explored how foundations approach funding public safety projects, focusing on two counties (Phillips County, Arkansas, and Coahoma County, Mississippi) in the Mississippi Delta. We conducted a needs assessment of the affected communities, identified and reviewed evidence-based strategies for addressing community problems, and provided a roadmap for developing a comprehensive public safety strategy for these counties. The project began with interviews with representatives of peer philanthropic foundations to learn how these foundations approach community public safety, make funding decisions, and measure their impact; in addition, interviewers gathered advice on working as a newcomer to public safety projects. We also conducted a needs assessment of the priority counties to understand specific crime problems and their causes and correlates. We conducted multiple site visits, dozens of interviews, and two focus groups in each community and reviewed available crime data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and local police departments. Next, we searched the research literature to identify a variety of evidence-based approaches to reducing crime, violence, and its causes and correlates that match the needs identified in the Mississippi Delta. The project concluded with the development of a framework for how to think through the various options for selecting and implementing community-level violence prevention and intervention. Key Findings Strategic Planning, Building a Community Coalition Are Essential A strategic plan that includes knowledge sharing with other funders and community representatives is essential. Residents, community stakeholders, and government officials cited inadequate family and community support; a lack of economic opportunities; government failures; and failing schools, outmigration, and urban decay as contributing to crime. Dozens of research-based programs and strategies address the problems faced in the Mississippi Delta. In general, programs that reduce crime and violence rely on strong partnerships with law enforcement and other government entities. Approaches to prevent crime have more diverse partnerships. Building a community coalition is the first step in a successful crime prevention initiative. Recommendations Create a local coalition or steering committee. A foundation or other funder cannot simply apply funds to a standalone program, even if it is evidence-based, and expect to produce long term community-level changes in crime and violence. It requires a coordinated effort that must rely heavily on community involvement to succeed. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2457.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 150938

Author: Canady, Maurice Title: To Protect and Educate: The School Summary: This Report, To Protect and Educate: The School Resource Officer and the Prevention of Violence in Schools, addresses recent criticism of policies by public school officials to fashion campus safety plans around interagency partnerships, not the least of which involve the use of law enforcement personnel known as school resource officers (SRO). This aspect of education law, now commonly known as "school safety law," has been the subject of considerable and thoughtful development over the last thirty years. However, recent criticism has called into question the fairness and effectiveness of this type of interagency collaboration in the school context. By focusing on child welfare reform, student rights, victim's rights, and liability, the Report corrects misimpressions about the purpose and use of school resource officers as an integral part of school safety teams, primarily by documenting the success of public educators maintaining a safe campus climate using the team approach. The goal of the Report is to provide uncluttered reference points for school policymakers as they conduct needs-assessments in response to legitimate, local safety incidents. The arguments set forth by the critical commentary muddle policymaking, suffering from an inherently superficial and flawed methodology. Therefore, the focus of this Report is to more accurately explain school resource officers and the role they play in supporting educational objectives. School resource officers experience a distinctive and welcomed role in the campus community and enjoy an effective relationship with the school officials with whom they serve. The main points addressed are straightforward: - Educators are succeeding in maintaining a safe campus climate; - Local interagency partners are all in on the goal of balancing campus safety alongside student rights and the rights of victims; - Attacks against the school resource officer are superficial and polemical; and - SROs are effective in reducing campus disruptions while enhancing feelings of school safety by educators, parents, and students. The emphasis herein is pragmatic: public educators are too purposeful and committed to child welfare to confuse juvenile justice with the education mission. Therefore, campus safety policies are dependent on and interactive with the education mission. The collaborative approach to campus safety is a proven means to fulfill the statutory and constitutional duty to maintain a safe and effective learning environment. The language of the Report is evidentiary: it presents the history of community-oriented, collaborative reform as a context for seeing its school-based component as a successful model, tailored to preserve the educational climate while looking after the needs of all students. The interagency model is not itself a substantive policy. Rather, it combines core competencies logically and proactively, enhancing both assessments and decision-making. Seen in this way, the effective use of the school resource officer is an object lesson in the public school context: merging information and resources to eliminate disruptions, reduce victimization, increase school attendance, and improve the learning environment. This school safety law model does not foster a "school-to-jail pipeline." Interagency teamwork does not divest any participating agency of functions and duties given by law that enable its specific mission. Nor does it foster aggrandizement of the authority of other agencies. This criticism of school resource officers reflects a fundamental misunderstanding of comprehensive interagency reform. The "school-to-jail pipeline" rhetoric is also misled as to juvenile law and victims' rights, giving insufficient weight to the truth that as the gravity of a campus incident increases, the authority of collaborating agencies to exercise discretion decreases sharply. Therefore, future discussions of school safety policy reform should proceed along two predictable, but separate branches of inquiry. The first branch looks at the degree to which the campus team applies the interventions, remedies, and consequences required by law for serious misconduct on campus. This is a ministerial duty of the highest order. Should this branch fail to hold its weight, then the campus safety enterprise collapses for lack of sincerity, commitment, and goodwill. The second branch looks to the firm science of child-welfare reform law: how well the team collaborates to produce outcomes that balance the duty to preserve the campus from disruptive forces while nurturing and protecting youth who are compelled to attend school. The welfare of children compelled to attend public schools is not compromised by school resource officers, but is at-risk without them. Details: Hoover, AL: National Association of School Resource Officers, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://nasro.org/cms/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/NASRO-To-Protect-and-Educate-nosecurity.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 150941

Author: Esberg, Jane Title: Explaining Misperceptions of Crime Summary: Promoting public safety is a central mandate of government. But despite decades of dramatic improvements, most Americans believe crime is rising - a mysterious pattern that may pervert the criminal justice policymaking process. Why do Americans think crime is worsening? We test four plausible explanations: survey mismeasurement, extrapolation from local conditions, lack of exposure to facts and partisan cues. Cross-referencing over a decade of crime records with geolocated polling data and original survey experiments, we show individuals readily update beliefs when presented with accurate crime statistics, but this effect is attenuated when statistics are embedded in a typical crime news article, and confidence in perceptions is diminished when a copartisan elite undermines social statistics. We conclude Americans misperceive crime because of the frequency and manner with which they encounter relevant statistics. Our results suggest widespread misperceptions are likely to persist barring foundational changes in Americans' information consumption habits, or elite assistance. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://scholar.princeton.edu/sites/default/files/jmummolo/files/esberg_mummolo_ms_share.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Media and Crime Shelf Number: 150943

Author: Bezin, Emeline Title: Crime, Broken Families, and Punishment Summary: We develop a two-period overlapping generations model in which both the structure of the family and the decision to commit crime are endogenous and a culture of honesty is transmitted intergenerationally by families and peers. Having a father at home might be crucial to prevent susceptible boys from becoming criminals, as this facilitates the transmission of the honesty trait against criminal behavior. By "destroying" bi-parental families and putting fathers in prison, we show that more intense crime repression can backfire because it increases the possibility that criminals' sons become criminals themselves. Consistent with sociological disorganization theories of crime, the model also explains the emergence and persistence of urban ghettos characterized by a large proportion of broken families and high crime rates. This is because for children who come from these broken families, negative community experiences (peer effects) further encourage their criminal participation. Finally, we discuss the efficiency of location and family policies on long-term crime rates. Details: unpublished paper, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: unpublished paper: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3200773 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Families Shelf Number: 150944

Author: Fernandez, Fabian Luis Title: Hands Up: A Systematized Review of Policing Sex Workers in the U.S. Summary: This work lays the foundation for a study of criminalization and its effects on the health of street-based sex workers in the U.S. seeking to: 1) conduct a systematized review of sources from across the country settling on seventeen that describe experiences of harassment, false arrests, theft, physical abuse, sexual assault, HIV criminalization, survival tactics, reporting practices, and positive relations with law enforcement and 2.) compare the U.S. literature to international research, reflecting on the ways that public health researchers remain complicit in sustaining these harmful institutions by failing to consider diversity, the criminalized context of sex work, the links between policing and health, and the importance of collaboration. Through a radical framework of health and human rights I propose centering the experiences of street-based sex workers in a moment when the U.S. is renegotiating its relationship with law enforcement. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2016. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Public Health Thesis: Accessed july 30, 2018 at: https://elischolar.library.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1084&context=ysphtdl Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 150969

Author: Rushin, Stephen Title: Police Disciplinary Appeals Summary: This Article argues that police disciplinary appeals serve as an underappreciated barrier to officer accountability and organizational reform. Scholars and experts generally agree that rigorous enforcement of internal regulations within a police department promotes constitutional policing by deterring future misconduct and removing unfit officers from the streets. In recent years, though, a troubling pattern has emerged. Because of internal appeals procedures, police departments must often rehire or significantly reduce disciplinary sanctions against officers that have engaged in serious misconduct. But little legal research has comprehensively examined the appeals process available to officers facing disciplinary sanctions. By drawing on a dataset of 656 police union contracts, this Article empirically analyzes the disciplinary appeals process utilized in many of the largest American police departments. It shows that the vast majority of these departments give police officers the ability to appeal disciplinary sanctions through multiple levels of appellate review. At the end of this process, the majority of departments allow officers to appeal disciplinary sanctions to an arbitrator selected, in part, by the local police union or the aggrieved officer. Most jurisdictions give these arbitrators expansive authority to reconsider virtually all factual and legal decisions related to the disciplinary matter. And police departments frequently ban members of the public from watching or participating in these appellate hearings. While each of these appellate procedures may be individually defensible, they combine in many police departments to create a formidable barrier to officer accountability. This Article concludes by arguing that the law should vest appellate authority in police disciplinary cases in democratically accountable actors. It also offers additional substantive steps that municipalities could take to ensure officers have adequate procedural protections from arbitrary punishment, while recognizing the important community interest in police accountability. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 31, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3134718 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 150976

Author: Sabot Consulting Title: Sacramento County Sheriff's Department Correctional Services. Americans with Disabilities Act Assessment (ADA) Summary: Sabot Consulting was retained by the Sacramento County Sheriff's Office to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of their Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) programs, policies, procedures, practices, forms, and architectural access for disabled inmates in their two Sacramento County detention facilities. At the outset, we would like to commend the Sacramento County Sheriff, Undersheriff, the Chief Deputy, Correctional Services, the executive management staff, rank and file officers, support staff and contractors for their welcoming, transparent, candid, and cooperative interactions with our experts. We recognize that we added significantly more work to and took valuable time away from these consummate professionals during our time on this project, but because of the unfettered access, cooperation, and transparency of the Chief of Correctional Services and his staff, we were able to complete a far more detailed review in less time than that which could have been accomplished otherwise. As a result, Sabot Consulting is pleased to provide this independent comprehensive evaluation of the Sacramento County Sheriff's Department (SCSD) detention facilities ADA program and the architectural accessibility of the two detention facilities for inmates with disabilities. The facilities include, the Sacramento Main Jail (MJ) located at 651 I Street in downtown Sacramento and the Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center (RCCC) located at 12500 Bruceville Road, about 10 minutes south of Elk Grove. The MJ houses nearly all the County's pretrial population, and a number of federal pretrial prisoners. RCCC primarily houses overflow pretrial detainees, those inmates who are "post-trial" and have been sentenced to serve jail time in a County facility, and Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detainees. This comprehensive assessment included a field review performed from August 10, 2016 through September 16, 2016, as well as a review and analysis of all relevant existing policies, procedures, forms, logs, training records, processes and practices implemented by both the Sacramento County Sheriff and the Sacramento County Correctional Health Services (CHS). An architectural accessibility survey was also conducted from October 17, 2016 through October 18, 2016, to identify accessibility barriers for mobility impaired inmates as defined by the 1991 Americans with Disabilities Act Standards for Accessible Design (Revised July 1, 1994), and the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) including the 2010 amendments to the Americans with Disabilities Act Standards (ADAS). As part of the field review, team members from Sabot Consulting (Assessment Team) conducted interviews of a large number of staff members assigned to the SCSD detention facilities, CHS, Jail Psychiatric Services (JPS), and Elk Grove Unified School District (EGUSD), as well as a large number of selected and randomly chosen inmates incarcerated at the two SCSD detention facilities. The specific scope of the review was to conduct a comprehensive assessment of the SCSD detention facilities and programs with respect to access by inmates with disabilities. The assessment consisted of a full review of policies, procedures and practices, which include but was not limited to: - All policies, procedures and practices regarding inmates with disabilities; - All policies, procedures and practices regarding the classification and/or housing of inmates with disabilities; - All policies, procedures and practices regarding inmates requiring Health Care Appliances (HCAs)/Assistive Devices (ADs)/Durable Medical Equipment (DME); - All policies, procedures and practices regarding out-of-cell time as they relate to disabled inmates as well as all other inmates incarcerated within the SCSD detention facilities; - All policies, procedures and practices regarding the provision or access to programs, services and activities offered at the SCSD detention facilities, i.e., the MJ and RCCC, to inmates (including those with physical, intellectual, and mental health disabilities), including but not limited to; those currently assigned to work assignments, formally organized programs, services or activities; - All policies, procedures and practices regarding staff training; - With respect to addressing the needs of inmates with disabilities; - All policies, procedures and practices regarding the identification and tracking of inmates with disabilities; and - All policies, procedures and practices regarding the grievance process as it relates to inmates with disabilities, including but not limited to requests for accommodations (e.g., disability-related accommodation requests and allegations of discrimination). The Assessment Team's approach was to observe all processes and practices at the SCSD detention facilities that impact (or may impact) disabled inmates. This included:  Intake and Booking Process;  Classification Process;  Health Care Services (including Disability Identification);  HCA/AD/DME;  Housing Units;  Orientation;  Library Services;  Religious Services/Activities;  Telecommunications;  Academic Education;  Work Assignments;  Vocational Assignments;  Transportation;  Inmate Release Process;  Application of Reasonable Accommodations;  Work Order Requests;  Training;  Out-of-Cell Time;  Infraction Process (and other due process events);  Grievances;  Tracking System;  All buildings to which inmates had access including the ingress and egress of those buildings and the facility paths of travel utilized by inmates. In addition, the Assessment Team interviewed staff throughout the SCSD detention facilities directly involved in the processes and practices listed above including a minimum of one staff member assigned to each respective housing unit or pod area. The Assessment Team also interviewed approximately 179 inmates with representatives selected from each respective housing unit area. Inmates selected and interviewed included those with identified or possible/potential disabilities as well as individuals who were randomly chosen. In most cases, between two to four inmates were selected from every housing unit or separate dorm or pod area. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act as well as the United States Constitution protect the rights of individuals with disabilities including those housed in correctional facilities. Details: Folsom, CA: Sabot Consulting, 2016. 488p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-5%5D_Exhibit_E-Sabot_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 150992

Author: Austin, James Title: Evaluation of the Sacramento County Jail Inmate Classification and T-SEP Systems Summary: Dr. James Austin was asked to assess the Sacramento County Jail inmate classification system and the T-SEP (or Total Separation) housing system. The larger inmate classification system is used to house prisoners within the jail's general population. Inmates are typically scored on a number of objective factors that are related to the current charges/offenses, prior criminal record, escape history, prior institutional conduct, demographic (age and gender), and several stability factors (education, residency, employment). Inmates assigned to the T-SEP status are so assigned based on other security factors that are intended to identify and house inmates who pose a significant and on-going threat to other inmates, staff and perhaps themselves. There are two dominant jail classification systems that are operational within the U.S. One is referred to as the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) Objective Jail Classification system (OJC). It is based on the NIC prison classification system, which is the dominant inmate classification system in the U.S. All but two state prison systems have a version of the NIC objective prison classification system. The NIC Objective Jail Classification is an additive point system that is used for both initial and reclassification purposes. A system of over-rides is used to depart from the scored system. Because the NIC system was developed by NIC, there is no cost to the agency to implement it. A correctional agency is also able to customize the factor's weights, scale, and over-ride factors. Versions can also be developed for male and female inmates based on validation results. The other jail classification system was designed by the Northpointe company and is known as the decision-tree model. While using many of the same factors found in the NIC system, the format for scoring an inmate is much different. As the name implies, rather than using an additive point format, the Northpointe system uses a decision-tree format. The important difference is all the scoring items are not used in each assessment. Rather, only those items needed for each security level are sequentially applied. The early version of the Northpointe system had no reclassification component. Finally, because the system is owned by Northpointe, the user is not allowed to make any changes or customize the instrument. Also, no models have been developed specifically adapted for female inmates. Part of the inmate classification and housing system is what is referred to as the T-SEP (or Total Separation) housing unit where inmates are confined to single cells for extensive periods of time. At the time that study was initiated on January 11, 2017, there were approximately 172 inmates assigned to TSEP at the Main Jail out of 3,948 inmates (or about 4%). Significantly, by the end of April 2017 the T-SEP population had declined to 120. There is a much smaller T-SEP unit at the Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center (RCCC) which houses about 15-16 T-SEP male inmates at any given time The concept of "T-SEP" is unique to Sacramento County. In other jail and prison systems, inmates who are classified as highly disruptive, a threat to other inmates or staff are typically assigned to the status of "administrative segregation". In this status, they are separated from the general population and receive limited access to recreation, showers, services, visits and other aspects afforded other inmates. The remainder of this report summarizes the evaluation results of these two separate, but closely related classification and housing systems. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-6%5D_Exhibit_F-Austin_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administration Segregation Shelf Number: 150993

Author: Hayes, Lindsay M. Title: Report on Suicide Prevention Practices Within the Sacramento County Jail System Summary: he following is a summary of the observations, findings, and recommendations of Lindsay M. Hayes following an assessment of suicide prevention practices within the Sacramento County Jail System operated by the Sacramento County Sheriff's Department in Sacramento, California. Although the Sacramento County Jail System has had a relatively low rate of suicide during the past several years (see below), in light of a 2015 investigative report by Disability Rights California into the mental health treatment of inmates with disabilities in the Sacramento County Jail System, the County Counsel's Office for Sacramento County requested this writer's services to independently assess current suicide prevention practices, as well as offer any appropriate recommendations to the revision of suicide prevention policies and procedures. In conducting the assessment, this writer met with and/or interviewed numerous correctional, medical, and mental health officials and staff from the Sacramento County Sheriff's Department (SCSD), Correctional Health Services (CHS), and Jail Psychiatric Services (JPS); reviewed numerous policies and procedures related to suicide prevention, screening/assessment protocols, and training materials; reviewed various medical charts, incident reports, and available investigative reviews of three (3) inmate suicides between 2014 and 2016, as well as a serious suicide attempt in October 2016; reviewed various medical charts of inmates on suicide precautions during the on-site assessment; and toured both the Sacramento County Main Jail and Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center (RCCC). The on-site assessment was conducted on September 19 thru September 23, 2016. As of November 3, 2016, the Sacramento County Main Jail had a yearly average daily population of 2,083 inmates, whereas the Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center averaged 1,822 inmates. Combined, the two jail facilities held approximately 3,905 inmates, making the Sacramento County Jail System one of the largest in California and among the 15th largest county jail systems in the United States. As shown by Table 1, the Sacramento County Jail System had three (3) inmate suicides during the 6-year period of 2011 through November 2016, all occurring at the Main Jail. Based upon the average daily population during this same time period, the suicide rate within the Sacramento County Jail System was 12.3 deaths per 100,000 inmates -- a rate that is substantially lower than that of county jails of varying size throughout the United States. The suicide rate at the Main Jail during this time period was 23.8 deaths per 100,000 inmates (also a very low suicide rate), whereas the Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center did not have any suicides during this 6-year time period, but sustained a very serious suicide attempt in October 2016. Details: Mansfield, MA: Lindsay M. Hayes, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-4%5D_Exhibit_D-Hayes_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Disabled Inmates Shelf Number: 150994

Author: Disability Rights California, Investigations Unit Title: Report on Inspection of the Sacramento County Jail (Conducted April 13-14, 2015) Summary: Disability Rights California (DRC) is the state and federally designated protection and advocacy agency charged with protecting the rights of people with disabilities in California. DRC has the authority to inspect and monitor conditions in any facility that holds people with disabilities. Pursuant to this authority, DRC is conducting inspections of conditions in six county correctional facilities in 2015. One of these April 13 and 14, 2015. We appreciate that Sheriff Department staff were helpful and cooperative during our inspection. We observed many positive practices and programs. Booking was efficient, with a private screening area and procedures to expedite intake for prisoners with acute medical or mental health needs. Health and mental health staff were engaged and followed up immediately on our concerns about individual prisoners. The Main Jail has mental health staff available 24 hours per day, 7 days per week due to the inpatient unit. The Main Jail and the non-dorm areas in Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center are of a podular design, with two tiers of cells opening on to a central dayroom. Custody staff was aware of an accessible route that avoided the stairs between the booking area in which buses unload in the Main Jail, and had also monitored compliance with lower bunk orders in Rio Cosumnes epartment has a strong emphasis on education and re-entry that is apparent from its website. However, we also found evidence of the following violations of the rights of prisoners with disabilities: (a) Undue and excessive isolation and solitary confinement; (b) Inadequate mental health care; and (c) Denial of rights under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Pursuant to our authority under 42 U.S.C. �10805(a)(1) and 29 U.S.C. � 794(f)(3) and as a result of this initial inspection, we find there is probable cause to conclude that prisoners with disabilities are subjected to abuse and/or neglect in the Sacramento County Jail. We are opening an investigation into the treatment of prisoners with disabilities and will be requesting additional documents and information. We are also interested in meeting with you to discuss these findings and the next steps in our investigation. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2015. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-1%5D_Exhibit_A-DRC_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administration Segregation Shelf Number: 150996

Author: Vail, Eldon Title: Sacramento County Jail. Mentally Ill Prisoners and the Use of Segregation: Recommendations for Policy, Practice and Resources Summary: The use of segregation in the Sacramento County Jails is dramatically out of step with emerging national standards and practices and with what the research tells us about the dangers of segregation regarding placing mentally ill inmates in segregated housing. The SCSD jails make no provision to exclude the mentally ill from segregation despite the mounting evidence that this population is particularly vulnerable to serious risk of significant harm from such placement. The SCSD overuses segregation both for the mentally ill and the non-mentally ill. Because of the lack of sufficient out of cell time and programming opportunities, conditions in the jails for segregated inmates are very stark and unlikely to meet constitutional standards. Jail Psychiatric Services (JPS) provide mental health services in the SCSD jails. While JPS staff are dedicated and hard working, the authorized staffing levels are so meager that little treatment of the incarcerated mentally ill actually takes place. Services are primarily limited to medication management and crisis intervention. There is a near total lack of individual or group therapy, elements that in my experience as a correctional administrator over a state prison system are critical for the care of this vulnerable population. The level of custody staffing for both jails is startlingly and dangerously low for even their current operation and as a result they operate in a state of near perpetual emergency. Absent a significant reduction in the population of the jail, there is no way they could achieve compliance with the applicable standards for managing the mentally ill and segregated inmates with their current staffing levels. There must be a sizable increase in both mental health and custody staffing to properly provide treatment to the mentally ill and avoid what would likely be successful litigation should this matter go before the Federal court. The jail is in need of an updated Housing Plan. Currently, inmates with different custody levels and mental health needs are housed in units or pods that are not clearly defined by these important factors. It is possible that some of the recommended increases in custody staffing (included later in this report) could be reduced with a Housing Plan that houses maximum inmates with maximum inmates, medium with medium, etc. in the same pods or units. The same is true for levels of mental health acuity. Not all mentally ill inmates require maximum custody or restrictive housing. Some can do quite well in medium or minimum custody treatment units. It is recommended that the jail's classification system be reviewed and updated as part of establishing an improved Housing Plan. A complete list of recommendations is at the end of this report. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-2%5D_Exhibit_B-Vail_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 150997

Author: Gage, Bruce C. Title: Evaluation of Mental Health Services: Sacramento County Jails Summary: The average census at the Main Jail (MJ) for fiscal year 2015 - 2016 (through March 2016) was 2131. The average census at the Rio Consumnes Correctional Center (RCCC) for fiscal year 2015 - 2016 (through March 2016) was 1913.78. RCCC staff reported that for the year 2015 the average census was 2018, 208 of which were women. Women are housed at both the MJ and RCCC. Jail leadership reported there are typically about 250 women at the MJ and 150 at RCCC (there were 173 women at RCCC the day I visited). About 300-400 inmates are ICE or US Marshall detainees. There are between 50,000 and 60,000 annual bookings at the jails. There are male general population mental health residential units referred to as Outpatient Psychiatry (OPP) at both RCCC and the MJ. There is no dedicated mental health residential housing for women. There is a unit within the jail that is certified for Lantermann-Petris-Short (LPS) commitments that serves both men and women. Almost all custody supervision is indirect supervision. Even in dormitory settings, custody is generally in a secure station and is on the living units only for hourly checks and other required functions. The MJ is a large, traditional urban jail. It is generally set up in two-tiered pods with a day room having large glass fronts and keyed entry. Typically, two pods share what is referred to as an indoor recreation area. Above and behind this area with a view into the pods is the control station, typically housing one or two custody staff. Programming space and interview rooms are very limited at the MJ. RCCC serves primarily those who are sentenced, though the number of pretrial detainees has increased and is now about 500. RCCC has a much longer average length of stay than the MJ but I was unable to get clearly accurate statistics. It is divided into numerous smaller units. Programming space and interview rooms are generally much more available at this facility. Many of these units have classrooms (high security) or portables and a recreation hall (low security) available to them. The exception is the medium custody areas which have no dedicated classroom space and provide even less activities than in the high security areas; they house primarily short stay, pretrial males. Most areas have large yards associated with them. Most areas also have day rooms with the exception of the women�s maximum area, Ramona, which has no dayroom. Other than those housed in Ramona, inmates eat at a common dining area. Work and program participation are much more emphasized at this facility; most inmates have been sentenced, especially the women, AB 109 has resulted in a substantial increase in length of stay for many inmates. RCCC custody staff reported that there are about 245 AB 109 inmates at that facility with an average length of stay over six years. Inmates at RCCC generally report much more extensive access to yards and day rooms than at the MJ. In higher custody settings such as CBF, inmates report getting out to the yard about three hours per week and into the day room about three hours per day. Those in disciplinary housing on SBF get much less time out. Details: Sacramento: Disability Rights California, 2016. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2018 at: https://www.disabilityrightsca.org/system/files/file-attachments/%5B001-3%5D_Exhibit_C-Gage_Report_2018-07-31.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 150998

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: NYPD and NYCHA's Roles in Controlling Violent and Narcotics Crime By Removing Criminal Offenders from Public Housing Summary: In 1996, NYPD and NYCHA entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), through which NYPD agreed to provide NYCHA with all arrest and complaint reports concerning criminal activity taking place at NYCHA developments, or committed by NYCHA residents. The purpose of the MOU is to enable NYCHA, the largest landlord in New York City, to undertake its critical obligation to maintain safety and security at public housing developments by monitoring criminal activity at public housing developments, evicting criminal offenders where needed to protect public safety, and addressing physical security vulnerabilities highlighted in these reports. After several incidents in which crimes were committed on NYCHA property by known felons, the New York City Department of Investigation (DOI) conducted a proactive investigation to determine NYPD's compliance with the 1996 MOU. This led to a further investigation of NYCHA's efforts to evict or exclude individuals and families whose criminal activities pose a threat to their neighbors. DOI's investigation revealed several key failures by both NYPD and NYCHA: 1) NYPD is out of compliance with the MOU because it does not provide NYCHA with NYPD complaint reports concerning NYCHA properties. 2) NYPD is also violating the MOU by failing to share with NYCHA reports of arrests of nonresidents on NYCHA property. 3) Pursuant to Patrol Guide procedure known as "Cases For Legal Action" (CFLA), NYPD is required to report to NYCHA all arrests of NYCHA residents on NYCHA property for certain enumerated serious violent and drug crimes. However, NYPD's actual compliance with this internal procedure in a sample one-month period was only 67%. As a result, NYCHA loses opportunities to address dangerous conditions by evicting or excluding residents who have committed violent crimes. 4) NYCHA, in turn, fails to take sufficient action to ensure that criminal offenders who pose a danger to their neighbors are removed from public housing. Specifically, NYCHA has a weak enforcement record of terminating tenancies based on criminal activity by public housing leaseholders or unauthorized occupants (dubbed "non-desirability" cases). 5) Longstanding NYCHA procedure known as "Permanent Exclusion" allows NYCHA to exercise discretion concerning NYPD Cases For Legal Action referrals. Specifically, although NYCHA has legal authority to evict the entire household of a criminal offender who presents a danger to neighbors' safety or peaceful tenancy, instead NYCHA may and frequently does opt for the less severe sanction of Permanent Exclusion of only the individual offender from the apartment, thus allowing possibly innocent household members to remain in public housing. DOI's investigation revealed that NYCHA's enforcement of Permanent Exclusion is essentially toothless, such that criminal offenders are allowed to return to NYCHA housing without consequences. 6) DOI further identified numerous critical flaws in NYCHA's systems and resources for enforcing Permanent Exclusion, including severe understaffing, inadequate safety equipment and protocols, an ineffective bureaucratic case management approach, and lack of coordination with law enforcement entities that could assist with meaningful enforcement of Permanent Exclusion, including by arresting excluded occupants subject to open warrants or Trespass Notices that prohibit their presence on NYCHA premises. Details: New York: NYC Department of Investigation, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 2, 2018 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/doi/reports/pdf/2015/2015-12-08-Pr41nycha_nypd_mou.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime and Housing Shelf Number: 151006

Author: Braun, Michael Title: Police Discretion and Racial Disparity in Organized Retail Theft Arrests: Evidence from Texas Summary: When definitions of two distinct criminal offenses overlap, power to decide which definition to apply to an arrest devolves to local law enforcement agencies. This discretion can lead to unequal treatment and denial of due process, especially when disadvantaged populations are arrested for nonviolent property crimes. We present a Bayesian analysis of arrests under a vaguely worded statutory scheme for retail theft in Texas, in which a shoplifter who is guilty of property theft is also guilty of organized retail theft. Using arrest data from the Texas Department of Public Safety, we find wide variation across law enforcement agencies in initial charging categories, with black and Hispanic arrestees being charged for the more serious crime more than white arrestees. The racial discrepancy is greater for agencies serving cities with higher per-capita income. These results highlight consequences of ambiguous provisions of criminal codes, and suggest a method for identifying agencies whose policies may have disparate impact across racial and ethnic groups. Details: Dallas: Southern Methodist University, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: SMU Cox School of Business Research Paper No. 18: 3Accessed August 3, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2959076 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Discretion Shelf Number: 151014

Author: National Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers Title: The Trial Penalty: The Sixth Amendment Right to Trial on the Verge of Extinction and How To Save It Summary: A grand jury presentation can consist entirely of information that would be inadmissible at trial. A prosecutor may knowingly use illegally-obtained evidence to obtain an indictment, and if she has evidence in her possession that substantially exculpates the target, she may withhold it from the grand jury. The presentation need only establish probable cause to believe the target committed the crime. If 11 of the 23 grand jurors are unconvinced that even that low threshold has been met, an indictment can still be obtained. And of course it's all ex parte, so no one is even there to question the prosecutor's presentation. What accounts for all this? Why do our Supreme Court decisions and federal rules establish a charging process that guarantees that imperfect, ill-advised criminal charges can make it through if the prosecutor presses them? The answer is simple: because of trials. Those imperfect, ill-advised charges will come out in the wash when they are subjected to the cleansing effects of a criminal trial in open court. Indeed, when prosecutors know that such charges will go to trial, where they must be proved beyond a reasonable doubt to the satisfaction of a unanimous jury based on admissible evidence that is subject to vigorous challenge by defense counsel to whom exculpatory evidence must be disclosed, they are not likely to bring them in the first place. This report is a major contribution to the discussion of one of the most important issues in criminal justice today: the vanishing trial. Once the centerpiece of our criminal justice ecosystem, the trial is now spotted so infrequently that if we don't do something to bring it back, we will need to rethink many other features of our system that contribute to fair and just results only when trials occur in meaningful numbers. The first task in solving a problem is identifying its causes, and this report nails that step. Mandatory minimum sentencing provisions have played an important role in reducing our trial rate from more than 20% thirty years ago to 3% today. Instead of using those blunt instruments for their intended purpose - to impose harsher punishments on a select group of the most culpable defendants - the Department of Justice got in the habit long ago of using them broadly to strong-arm guilty pleas, and to punish those who have the temerity to exercise their right to trial. The Sentencing Guidelines also play an important role, providing excessively harsh sentencing ranges that frame plea discussions when mandatory sentences do not. Finally, the report correctly finds that federal sentencing judges are complicit as well. In too many cases, excessive trial penalties are the result of judges having internalized a cultural norm that when defendants "roll the dice" by "demanding" a trial, they either win big or lose big. The same judges who will go along with a plea bargain that compromises a severe Guidelines range are too reticent to stray very far from the sentencing range after trial. The report's principles and recommendations will stimulate some much-needed discussion. Today's excessive trial penalties, it concludes, undermine the integrity of our criminal justice system. Putting the government to its proof is a constitutional right, enshrined in the Sixth Amendment; no one should be required to gamble with years and often decades of their liberty to exercise it. The report properly raises the "innocence problem," that is, the fact that prosecutors have become so empowered to enlarge the delta between the sentencing outcome if the defendant pleads guilty and the outcome if he goes to trial and loses that even innocent defendants now plead guilty. But there's an even larger hypocrisy problem. Our Constitution claims to protect the guilty as well, affording them a presumption of innocence and protecting them from punishment unless the government can prove them guilty beyond a reasonable doubt. A system characterized by extravagant trial penalties produces guilty pleas in cases where the government cannot satisfy that burden, hollowing out those protections and producing effects no less pernicious than innocents pleading guilty. The report's recommendations range from the sweeping (ban those mandatory minimums) to the technical (eliminate the motion requirement for the third "acceptance" point), and include suggested modifications to the "relevant conduct" principle at the heart of the Guidelines, pre-plea disclosure requirements, "second looks" at lengthy sentences, and judicial oversight of plea discussions. A particularly attractive recommendation would require judges sentencing a defendant who went to trial to pay greater attention to the sentences imposed on co-defendants who pled guilty; few things place today's excessive trial penalty in sharper relief. There is no such thing as a perfect criminal justice system. But a healthy one is constantly introspective, never complacent, always searching for injustices within and determined to address them. The sentencing reform movement a generation ago disempowered judges and empowered prosecutors. Federal prosecutors have used that power to make the trial penalty too severe, and the dramatic diminution in the federal trial rate is the result. Our system is too opaque and too severe, and everyone in it - judges, prosecutors, and defense attorneys - is losing the edge that trials once gave them. Most important of all, a system without a critical mass of trials cannot deliver on our constitutional promises. Here�s hoping that this report will help us correct this problem before it is too late. Details: Washington, DC: NACDL, 2018. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2018 at: https://www.nacdl.org/trialpenaltyreport/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Trial Shelf Number: 151015

Author: Houston-Kolnik, Jaclyn Title: Victim Service Delivery: Illinois Providers' Perspectives on Victim Service Barriers and Agency Capacity Summary: In June 2016, ICJIA researchers conducted a statewide study to better understand crime victim needs, identify service gaps, and measure the capacity of Illinois victim service providers. The study was initiated to inform ICJIA's strategic plan to establish victim service funding priorities for use of S.T.O.P. Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) and Victim of Crime Act (VOCA) funds. The larger project included a literature review, an analysis of administrative data, and surveys of and discussions with victims and their family members, victim service providers, and criminal justice practitioners. This report focuses on one aspect of the statewide study: surveys and focus groups with victim service providers about service delivery and capacity. Victim service providers representing different regions of the state discussed their experiences providing services that respond to victims' needs. They discussed the importance of being able to serve victims holistically and reported encountering barriers to resources, service availability, and capacity. Awareness of both victimization and victim services was identified as a barrier to service delivery. For victims of a crime, public awareness campaigns that address what victimization is and provide information about resources are particularly important to facilitate access. However, providers also suggested that awareness efforts, in addition to the general public, should target groups that may play a role in connecting victims to services. Additionally, training for providers and community members should incorporate best practices on disclosure responses and helpseeking in victim-centered, trauma-informed ways that can create an environment of support and safety for victims. While providers saw awareness-raising as a priority, in an effort to improve victim selfidentification and first responder education, they emphasized the need to first restore and rebuild capacity within their agencies and in social services around the state to holistically meet victims' needs. Without more staff, flexible funding, or consistent referral networks, agencies are struggling to provide quality services to all victims who seek help. With these constraints, providers are finding it difficult to coordinate with other agencies in the area to access services that address complex needs, such as therapy or legal assistance. Providers have had to make the difficult decision to triage, thereby prioritizing victims in crisis and limiting their ability to provide longer term services. In addition, administrative tasks, such as data collection and reporting, place a burden on agency staff. Staff who provide direct services often also are responsible for data collection and entry. Providers discussed how these practices impacted service quality and victim engagement in services. Funding practices and restrictions also limited the types of services that agencies were able to provide and, as a result, who they were able to serve. In particular, providers discussed how fragmented and restricted funding made it challenging for service providers to address the complex, multifaceted experience and impacts of victimization. When services are fragmented victims must seek services from multiple providers to meet their needs. Despite barriers to service access and provision, providers were resilient and strategized around how to use limited resources to reach the most victims possible. Providers found collaboration to be a good approach to addressing awareness and delivery issues. Having a presence in the community also may help the community be more knowledgeable about victimization and decrease victimization-related stigma in certain communities. Victim service providers expressed hope for the future of victims services, that agency capacity would be restored, allowing them to expand their services to reach even more victims and to provide additional services. Providers spoke consistently about the importance of prevention work and how more flexible funding could enable them to resume past prevention work or to expand the scope of their work to include prevention. They also had a strong desire to seek out new settings that might be appropriate for victim services and to incorporate the use of new strategies into their program design to reach victims unlikely to seek out or access services due to barriers. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Illinois_Victim_Service_Delivery_Capacity_020618.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 151016

Author: Fu, Ning Title: The Effects of a Criminal Record on Employment, Welfare Participation, and Health: A Model of Long-run Behaviors and Outcomes when Lagged Variables are Missing Non-Randomly Summary: We study the collateral consequences of women's criminal records on their future employment, welfare participation, and health outcomes. We jointly estimate dynamic structural equations for life-cycle behaviors (employment, school enrollment, and welfare receipt), criminal offenses, and general and mental health outcomes using a cohort of disadvantaged women surveyed at five non-uniform intervals over fourteen years. The detailed survey questions allow us to construct annual behavioral histories so that we can explain contemporaneous behaviors by time-varying policy variables as well as uniformly-lagged past behaviors. However, because the wording of survey questions may differ by responses to preceding questions, individual behaviors may be missing non-randomly in some years. We address the endogeneity of important lagged determinants by modeling observed behaviors over time, conditional on being observed/known, as well as the probability of their missingness. Both the behaviors and the missingness, which is defined partially by the variation in wording at each wave and partially by a woman's chosen behaviors, are functions of her endogenous histories of behaviors and outcomes, exogenous characteristics, permanent and time-varying correlated unobserved heterogeneity, and random shocks. The econometric approach allows us to uncover direct causal impacts of criminal record on health, as well as the indirect effects on health through employment, education, and welfare receipt. We use the estimated dynamic model to simulate behaviors and health trajectories based on different criminal record histories and policy scenarios. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: August 3, 2018 at: https://kelley.iu.edu/doc/bloomington/faculty-research/departments/business-economics-public-policy/Donna%20Gilleskie%20Paper.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 151018

Author: Lattimore, Pamela K. Title: Evaluation of the Honest Opportunity Probation With Enforcement Demonstration Field Experiment (HOPE DFE): Final Report Summary: Purpose: The multi-site evaluation of the Honest Opportunity Probation with Enforcement Demonstration Field Experiment (HOPE DFE) was a four-site, randomized controlled trial replicating a Hawaii probation program widely touted as successful in reducing drug use, violations, and reincarceration. HOPE is based on "swift, certain, and fair" principles-beginning with a warning hearing from a judge and requiring strict adherance to supervision requirements, including random drug testing, with all violations followed by hearings and jail sanctions; treatment is for those who repeatedly fail random tests. Grants and technical assistance were provided to the sites (Saline County, Arkansas; Essex County, Massachusetts; Clackamas County, Oregon; Tarrant County, Texas) by the Bureau of Justice Assistance to facilitate implementation. The evaluation documented implementation and fidelity; tested outcomes, primarily recidivism; and estimated costs. Research Subjects: 1,504 HOPE-eligible individuals were randomly assigned to HOPE or to probation as usual (PAU) between August 2012 and September 2014. Most were male (81%), white (69%), and high risk (55%). On average, they were 31 years at study enrollment, with 7 prior arrests and 3.5 prior convictions. Subject characteristics varied across the sites. For example, study participants were younger at first arrest in Texas than Massachusetts (19 versus 27 years) and had more prior convictions in Massachusetts than in Arkansas and Texas (6 versus about 2). Methods: The evaluation team established procedures with each site for identifying HOPE-eligible probationers and implementing random assignment. Data collection included site visits and document review for the process evaluation, as well as analysis of fidelity data. For the outcome and cost evaluation, administrative data were collected from local and state agencies and three waves of interviews were conducted with study participants. Oral swab drug tests were administered during the second and third interviews for individuals in the community and who consented. A substudy was conducted that enlisted randomly selected subjects in a telephone component that asked subjects to call in weekly and answer a short set of questions to assess whether attitudinal changes occurred over the course of HOPE participation. Results: Implementation fidelity was good to excellent in the DFE sites, showing adherance to guidelines for warning and violation hearings, random drug testing, and responses to violations. Of the eleven metrics measured, the sites had the greatest difficulty bringing a violator to a violation hearing within 3 days of the violation, although three-quarters did have a hearing within 1 week. Overall, cooperation, prior experience with HOPE-like programs, and organizational linkages between probation and the court. Challenges in some sites included resource constraints-even with grant funding-and conflict with existing probation culture. HOPE probationers were more likely to have a violation and had more violations than PAU probationers, including more than twice as many drug-related violations accompanying the more than five-fold increase in drug testing for HOPE versus PAU probationers. HOPE probationers were less likely to miss a probation officer visit, to fail to pay their fees and fines , and to be violated for a new charge ; but were more likely to have a violation for failing to appear for court . Most sanctions for HOPE probationers were jail days; HOPE probationers were more likely to go to jail , to go more often ), and to serve more days total than PAU probationers. there was strong buy-in to the HOPE concept and implementation was facilitated by existing agency The HOPE model included treatment referral after repeated failed tests and HOPE participants were three times more likely to go to residential treatment . HOPE probationers were also referred to treatment more quickly (overall and in three sites). Drug tests conducted in conjunction with follow-up interviews showed fewer positives for HOPE than PAU probationers. Recidivism outcomes were similar for the HOPE and PAU groups: 40% of HOPE versus 44% of PAU had a new arrest; 25% of HOPE versus 22% of PAU had a revocation; 49% of HOPE versus 50% of PAU had an arrest or revocation; and 28% of HOPE versus 26% of PAU had a new conviction. There was some variation in rates across sites, but the general conclusions of no differences hold with two exceptions: (1) HOPE probationers were more likely to be revoked in two sites (PAU revocation rates in those sites were about 10%.); and (2) HOPE probationers were more likely to have a new conviction in one site. Lognormal survival models of time to recidivism events confirm the bivariate findings, but revealed one additional finding-HOPE probationers had longer times to revocation in one site. Cost analyses estimated costs of intake, warning hearings, staffing meetings, office visits, drug tests, violation hearnings, arrests, state and county corrections, and residential treatment. Six-month median costs were significantly higher for HOPE than PAU overall and in four sites and mean costs were higher overall and in three sites. Twelve-month median and mean costs were significantly higher overall and in three sites. Twenty-four-month median and mean costs were significantly higher overall and in one site. Cost differences were driven by treatment and incarceration costs. Conclusions: Four sites that differed in organizational structures and populations successfully implemented HOPE programs-holding probationers accountable to their conditions of supervision and reducing drug use. Overall, HOPE did not reduce recidivism, as measured by arrest, revocation, and new conviction. More jail days, more residential treatment, and similar (or higher) recidivism resulted in higher (although not always significantly higher) costs for HOPE compared with PAU. PAU context is important as sites consider whether to implement HOPE or similar programs based on "swift, certain, and fair" principles. PAU revocation rates were low (9% and 13%) in two sites- suggesting limited ability to reduce revocations and that sites with low PAU revocation rates should consider whether to implement procedures to mitigate any potential increases in revocations that would accompany the increased surveillance of HOPE. In at least two sites, revocation could yield only short prison stays (90 days)-suggesting limited opportunities for "prison bed savings" even if revocations were lower with HOPE and a smaller incentive for individuals to comply. PAU was based at least somewhat on Risk-Needs-Response principles in at least two sites-suggesting an additional consideration with respect to the integration of HOPE with PAU. In addition, in one site, probation could use short jail stays on their authority (and did for PAU cases)-suggesting that a HOPE judge was not necessary to enforce conditions. Thus, the similar outcomes may hinge on the "compared to what" aspect of any evalution-in that findings suggest that HOPE worked as well as but not better than PAU. However, given the consistency of findings across four sites that differed in the administration of PAU, there is little to support a conclusion that HOPE or HOPE-like programs will produce substantial improvements over PAU when implemented widely. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2018. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 3, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251758.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151019

Author: Bhuller, Manudeep Title: Incarceration Spillovers in Criminal and Family Networks Summary: Using quasi-random assignment of criminal cases to judges, we estimate large incarceration spillovers in criminal and brother networks. When a defendant is sent to prison, there are 51 and 32 percentage point reductions in the probability his criminal network members and younger brothers will be charged with a crime, respectively, over the ensuing four years. Correlational evidence misleadingly finds small positive effects. These spillovers are of first order importance for policy, as the network reductions in future crimes committed are larger than the direct effect on the incarcerated defendant. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24878: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24878.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Families Shelf Number: 151021

Author: Hobbs, Anne Title: The Lancaster County Juvenile Reentry Project: Final Report Summary: In order to establish a best practice model for juveniles reentering the community, Lancaster County brought multiple agencies together in 2012 and began to develop a systematic juvenile reentry approach, which became known as the "Reentry Project." By January 2013, Lancaster County had contracted with multiple agencies to ensure this new approach was used when youth were returning to the community. From January 1 to December 31, 2013, 119 youth were served under the Lancaster County Reentry Project. Of these, 40 (33.6%) were young women who were returning from YRTC - Geneva and 79 (66.4%) were young men returning from YRTC - Kearney. The majority were youth of color (55.7%), which is consistent with research that demonstrates minority overrepresentation in detention facilities in Nebraska. Youth were a little older than 16 and a half when they entered the Reentry Program. All of the youth served under this grant had experienced a placement outside of their homes prior to being involved in this project. On average, youth were 12.7 years of age when they were placed outside the home. On average, youth in this sample were placed out of their homes 8.8 times prior to their involvement in the Reentry Project, including stays at YRTC. This does not include the number of times they were placed back with their families or went on run. UNO's Juvenile Justice Institute was hired to evaluate the success of the program. To examine overall effectiveness of the Reentry Project, the stakeholder agreed to measure revocations (youth sent back to the facility after having been released and served under the program) and recidivism (new law violations filed after participating in the program). During CY2013, a total of 71 youth were released from a YRTC and reentered Lancaster County. A youth was considered revoked when he or she had parole revoked after leaving YRTC and was referred under this grant. Of the 71 youth released in 2013, 9 youth, or 12.7%, were subsequently revoked. However, this should be interpreted with caution as some youth were returned to the facility (recommitted) and then not revoked. (recommitted) and then not revoked. Another important aspect of successful reentry is refraining from new law violations. This was examined by searching a released youth's name in JUSTICE to see if the County Attorney had filed charges on any new law violation. Of the 71 youth released in 2013, 18.3% had a subsequent legal charge filed by the County Attorney, while 81.7% (58 youth) had not had a subsequent new filing. These early results should be interpreted as preliminary, as a relatively small number of youth were served by the different interventions and the interventions overlapped. In the final evaluation, the Juvenile Justice Institute will use a comparison group of youth who did not receive any of the reentry services. Details: Omaha, NE: Juvenile Justice Institute University of Nebraska Omaha , 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: https://www.unomaha.edu/college-of-public-affairs-and-community-service/juvenile-justice-institute/_files/documents/reentry-report-march-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 151025

Author: Hobbs, Anne Title: The Lancaster County Juvenile Reentry Project: Follow-up Report Summary: In 2011, Lancaster County received a planning grant under the Second Chance Act administered by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention. Using these funds, a team of stakeholders examined the limited reentry services available to juveniles who return to Lancaster County after a stay in a Nebraska Youth Rehabilitation and Treatment Center (YRTC). The following year, Lancaster County officials brought together multiple agencies to develop a systematic juvenile reentry approach, which subsequently became known as the Lancaster County Juvenile Reentry Project. From January 1, 2013 to June 30, 2015, a total of 126 youth were served under the Reentry Project. Of these, 45 (35.7%) were young women who were returning from YRTC-Geneva and 81 (64.3%) were young men returning from YRTC-Kearney. The majority were youth of color (62.7%), which is consistent with research that demonstrates minority overrepresentation in detention facilities in Nebraska. On average, youth were a little older than 16 when they entered the Reentry Program. The University of Nebraska Omaha's Juvenile Justice Institute (JJI) was hired to evaluate the success of the program. To examine the overall effectiveness of the Reentry Project, the stakeholders agreed to measure revocations (youth sent back to the facility after having been released and served under the program) and recidivism (new law violations filed after participating in the program). In order to determine whether the Reentry Project had an impact on the youth served, JJI used a comparison group of 150 youth who returned to Lancaster County between 2007 and 2012. Because the Reentry Project had not yet been established, those youth did not receive any of the reentry services. (A description of the control group can be found in the Appendix). We first examined all reentry services compared to the control group. Overall, the Reentry Project was very effective for youth when all of the various program elements were taken into account. This supports Antchuler and Bilchek's (2014) theory that reentry programs are most effective when they contain six functions, or components, operating in concert with one another. We then tested Antchuler and Bilchek's (2014) theory and compared the separate components of the Reentry Project (education specialist, mentoring, public defender, family support, aggression replacement therapy) to see if a specific program had a significant impact on reducing recidivism after reentry. Age was the most consistently significant characteristic that influenced whether additional charges would be filed. That is, the older the youth, the more likely he or she was to have subsequent charges filed. Awareness of this should allow programs in Lancaster County to devote extra attention to older youth returning to the community, and to examine particular factors that may be influencing this outcome. Details: Omaha, NE: Juvenile Justice Institute, University of Nebraska, Omaha, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: https://digitalcommons.unomaha.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1000&context=jjireports Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 151027

Author: Thompson, Naomi Title: Recognise, Report, Resolve: Everyday Hatred against Gypsy, Roma and Traveller communities Summary: Gypsy, Roma and Travellers are among the most disenfranchised and discriminated against in society. Racist language, prejudicial images and stereotyped portrayals of Gypsy, Roma and Travellers endorse the principle of prejudice and may suggest that racist attitudes to others are acceptable. Stereotypes are an invention, a pretence, they divide people into groups, based on certain perceived characteristics, and they are propagating prejudice against my people. The work that GATE Hertfordshires/ Report Racism GRT are doing to record hate crime and discrimination against Gypsy, Roma and Traveller (GRT) communities is highly important. We already know that my people face significant barriers in engaging with systems and services. Statistics consistently show extremely low levels of school retention and attainment, and a lack of progression into higher education for young people from GRT communities. In terms of health outcomes, GRT individuals have a lower life expectancy than the general population, and higher rates of physical and mental health problems throughout their adult lives. This report on the data gathered by GATEHertfordshire through the Report Racism GRT website sheds light on some of the everyday challenges that people from GRT communities face that inevitably impact on their wider lives including engagement with education, health and other services, and their mental and physical health. The report finds that GRT individuals face everyday discrimination and hatred. This occurs in their engagement with public and private services, in the streets and even at their homes. A significant amount of hate speech is also directed at them online, with threats of serious violence levelled against them on a daily basis. GRT communities are deliberately targeted for such hate both online and offline, and it is a pervasive reality of their lives. Through this report, GATE Hertfordshire in conjunction with Goldsmiths, University of London, highlight the extent of the problem and the response needed is clear. Public and private services, the media, politicians, online social networking platforms, and those regulating communication via all these organisations and individuals, must urgently act to speak out against the hatred and discrimination faced by GRT individuals and communities, and refrain from perpetuating it. Details: London: Goldsmiths, University of London, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: https://www.travellerstimes.org.uk/sites/default/files/inline-files/Recognise-Report-Resolve.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 151030

Author: Moore, Sara Title: Analysis of the Nebraska Intake Risk Assessment Instrument Summary: Under current Nebraska law, a youth in Nebraska should be placed in a secure detention facility for only two reasons: (1) "immediate and urgent necessity for the protection of such juvenile or the person or property of another or (2) if it appears that such juvenile is likely to flee the jurisdiction of the court" (Rev. Stat. � 43-251.01(5)). In the State of Nebraska, the Office of Juvenile Probation Administration screens youth using the Nebraska Juvenile Intake Screening Risk Assessment prior to making a determination whether to detain the youth. The assessment is referred to in this report as the Risk Assessment Instrument (RAI) (Office of Probation Administration, 2013). The Office of Probation contracted with the University of Nebraska Omaha"s Juvenile Justice Institute to assess whether the RAI effectively predicts which youth pose a threat to the community (will commit a new law violation) or fail to attend their scheduled court date (flee the court"s jurisdiction). Data was provided by the Office of Probation Administration and included juvenile intakes for whom a Risk Assessment Instrument was completed between September 1, 2013 and August 31, 2014. Prior to assessing how well the score predicted whether a juvenile would break the law or fail to appear in court, we examined the consistency with which intake officers relied on the tool. That is, we studied whether intake officers rely on the scores or cut points when making their recommendations and ultimate decisions on whether or not to detain a youth. Between September 1, 2013 and August 31, 2014, the Probation Administration completed the RAI on 1,845 juveniles. Of these, 1,191 were subsequently detained (66%) while 621 youth were released (34%). Intake officers appear to have a higher level of confidence in the tool, and rely on it more consistently, when youth score in the highest point range. Of the total 384 that scored for secure detention, the intake officer was confident in the RAI recommendation 93.5% of the time. For youth that score below a 12, overall, intake officers rely on the RAI score only 55% of the time. Generally, youth were scheduled to appear in court within 40 days of the intake. We were not able to determine court dates in a handful of cases, but of the 569 juveniles with a scheduled court hearing, only 38 youth (6.7%) failed to appear at the next court hearing associated with the intake. This analysis indicates that when a youth is released, the youth is very likely to appear in court. The majority of youth who are released are also not incurring new legal violations: 91.1% (N=566) had no new law violation prior to the next scheduled court hearing. Of the 8.4% (N=52) that had a new law violation, new charges included fairly minor adolescent behaviors, such as running away. In a handful of cases, the youth was charged with a more serious offense, like assault or multiple new law violations. The report that follows includes an in-depth analysis of youth who completed the RAI in 2013- 2014. While it appears that the tool is accurately predicting which youth pose an immediate or urgent risk for new law violations or not appearing for court; the 45% override rate impacts our overall findings, as it impacts which youth would have been released. Details: Omaha, NE: University of Nebraska, Juvenile Justice Institute, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2018 at: https://digitalcommons.unomaha.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=jjireports Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Intake Screening Shelf Number: 151031

Author: Smith, Allison G. Title: Risk Factors and Indicators Associated With Radicalization to Terrorism in the United States: What Research Sponsored by the National Institute of Justice Tells Us Summary: Since its creation in 2012, the National Institute of Justice's Domestic Radicalization to Terrorism program has sponsored research to support community members and practitioners in (1) identifying individuals who are radicalizing to terrorism and (2) developing prevention and intervention efforts. To do so, it has funded top social and behavioral science researchers from around the world to examine risk factors, protective factors, and indicators associated with radicalization to terrorism in the United States. These research teams have studied a wide range of groups and individuals who support and commit ideologically motivated terrorism to further political, social, or religious goals, including Islamist terrorists but also those associated with anti-government, anti-capitalist, nativist, and other political and social terrorist movements (often referred to as "religious," "left-wing," "right-wing," and "single-issue" terrorism in the literature). Although many of these projects are ongoing, important findings regarding the potential risk factors and indicators associated with individuals engaging - or attempting to engage - in terrorism have begun to emerge. This paper begins by providing a brief background on risk factors and indicators, how they were identified in NIJ-sponsored research, and some general limitations that need to be considered when interpreting the results of these analyses. It then presents findings based on four NIJ-sponsored projects and some of the possible implications of these findings for prevention and intervention efforts. Next, it compares these findings with the risk factors and indicators included in three existing risk assessment instruments and methods that have been developed to assess the likelihood that individuals will engage in illegal extremist activity, terrorism, or violence in general. Finally, it concludes by providing an overview of the findings and discussing next steps. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/251789.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 151035

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Deputy Attorney General Title: Report of the Attorney General's Cyber Digital Task Force Summary: In February 2018, the Attorney General established a Cyber-Digital Task Force within the Department and directed the Task Force to answer two basic, foundational questions: How is the Department responding to cyber threats? And how can federal law enforcement more efectively accomplish its mission in this important and rapidly evolving area? Tis report addresses the frst question. It begins by focusing on one of the most pressing cyber-enabled threats our Nation faces: the threat posed by malign foreign infuence operations. Chapter 1 explains what foreign infuence operations are, and how hostile foreign actors have used these operations to target our Nation's democratic processes, including our elections. Tis chapter concludes by describing the Department's protective efforts with respect to the upcoming 2018 midterm elections, and announces a new Department policy-grounded in our longstanding principles of political neutrality, adherence to the rule of law, and safeguarding the public trust-that governs the disclosure of foreign infuence operations. Chapters 2 and 3 discuss other cyber-enabled threats our Nation faces, particularly those connected with cybercrimes. Tese chapters describe the resources the Department is deploying to confront those threats, and how our eforts further the rule of law in this country and around the world. Chapter 4 focuses on a critical aspect of the Department's mission, in which the Federal Bureau of Investigation plays a lead role: responding to cyber incidents. Chapter 5 then turns the lens inward, focusing on the Department's eforts to recruit and train our own personnel on cyber matters. Finally, the report concludes in Chapter 6 with thoughts and observations about certain priority policy matters, and charts a path for the Task Force�s future work. Over the next few months, the Department will build upon this initial report's fndings, and will provide recommendations to the Attorney General for how the Department can even more efciently manage the growing global cyber challenge. Details: Washington, DC; office of the Deputy Attorney General, 2018. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 7, 2018 at: https://www.justice.gov/ag/page/file/1076696/download Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 151039

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: Train Wrecks and Track Attacks: An Analysis of Attempts by Terrorists and Other Extremists to Derail Trains or Disrupt Rail Transportation Summary: Attempts to sabotage rails and deliberately derail passenger trains have a long history in conventional and guerrilla warfare as well as during some particularly bitter labor disputes in the past. Since the 1970s, political fanatics have become a major adversary. Terrorists have sought to derail trains to achieve high-casualty events, while anarchists and issue oriented extremists have attacked rails to attract attention to their causes and impose economic damage. In the following report, we examine the more than a thousand attempts to derail trains and to attack rail infrastructure to discern overall patterns and trends. We then look at four subsets of attacks in greater detail: those by India's Maoist guerrillas; those by separatist insurgents in Thailand; those by various jihadist groups worldwide; and those by an assemblage of anarchists, environmental and similar cause-oriented extremists in Europe. How do these adversaries compare in terms of tactics, success rates, lethality, and other factors? Do their different objectives and circumstances affect their actions? Perhaps most important, is there evidence that they become more effective and lethal over time? Details: San Jose, CA: San Jose State University, Mineta Transportation Institute, 2018. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Project 1794: Accessed August 7, 2018 at: http://transweb.sjsu.edu/sites/default/files/1794_Jenkins_Train-Wrecks-Train-Attacks.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bombings Shelf Number: 151041

Author: Fagan, Jeffrey Title: Police, Race, and the Production of Capital Homicides Summary: Racial disparities in capital punishment have been well documented for decades. Over 50 studies have shown that Black defendants more likely than their white counterparts to be charged with capital-eligible crimes, to be convicted and sentenced to death. Racial disparities in charging and sentencing in capital-eligible homicides are the largest for the small number of cases where black defendants murder white victims compared to within-race killings, or where whites murder black or other ethnic minority victims. These patterns are robust to rich controls for non-racial characteristics and state sentencing guidelines. This article backs up the research on racial disparities to an earlier stage of capital case processing: the production of capital-eligible cases beginning with the identification of potential defendants by the police. It seeks to trace these sentencing disparities to examining earlier stages in the processing of homicides. Using data from the FBI's Supplementary Homicide Reports, we examine every homicide reported between 1976 and 2009, and find that homicides with white victims are significantly more likely to be "cleared" by the arrest of a suspect than are homicides with minority victims. We estimate a series of hierarchical regressions to show that a substantial portion of this disparity is explained by social and demographic characteristics of the county in which homicides take place. Most notably, counties with large concentrations of minority residents have lower clearance rates than do predominantly white counties; however, county characteristics do not fully explain the observed race-of-victim disparities. Our findings raise equal protection concerns, paving the way for further research into the production of capital homicides and the administration of the death penalty. Details: Working paper, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-593; Accessed August 7, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3202470 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 151043

Author: Strach, Patricia Title: How a Rural Community Addresses the Opioid Crisis Summary: In rural communities like upstate New York's Sullivan County, where the bus runs twice a week and cab fare is expensive, people who need substance abuse treatment often have a hard time getting to it. A few years ago, one public official in the county wanted to show state officials how vital transportation is to addressing access, especially in a county the size of Rhode Island. She started by inviting them to Sullivan County. Instead of meeting in a conference room, she took them for a drive. "I tried to really give them a visual," she said. "They were shocked that it took an hour to get from one end of the county to the other, and that's just straight." It's clear that America has an opioid problem. In conversations with people on the frontlines of the epidemic, however, it is not so clear that lawmakers in Albany or Washington, D.C. understand the realities of the crisis - like the challenges of accessing services in remote rural communities. This disconnect between the communities fighting opioids on a day-to-day basis and lawmakers devising solutions in the state's Capitol weakens the response to the opioid crisis. How can we expect state and federal officials to craft relevant solutions to a problem we don�t fully understand? In an effort to bridge this disconnect between local communities and lawmakers, the Rockefeller Institute of Government is conducting an in-depth study of the opioid crisis in Sullivan County, a rural community located 100 miles northwest of New York City. Readers will follow the project as it happens - what we call "research in real-time." By talking to community members, public officials, medical experts, and activists, we seek a better understanding of the causes and effects of the opioid epidemic not just in Sullivan County, but in similar communities across the country. In short, we ask: - What does the opioid problem look like in a small, rural community? - How has the community responded? - What do people on the ground need from government to address it? In essence, this project looks at how government works by examining its response to a public health crisis. How do different levels of government - state, federal, and local - work together to address the situation? Are the policy solutions really addressing needs on the ground? How are governmental agencies and departments working or not working together in response? Our work combines aggregate data analysis with on-the-ground research in affected communities to provide insight into what the opioid problem looks like, how communities respond, and what kinds of policies have the best chances of making a difference. Details: Albany, NY: Nelson A. Rockefeller Institute of Government, 2018 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Stories from Sullivan, Vol. 1: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: http://rockinst.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/6-26-18-Stories-from-Sullivan-Web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 151048

Author: Flores, Prijenett S. Title: An Analysis of Drug Treatment Courts in New York State Summary: The United States continues to struggle with its ever-growing drug problem. In 2016, drug overdose deaths claimed the lives of more than 64,000 Americans alone, with no sign of subsiding. Of these, nearly 66 percent of drug overdose deaths involved an illicit or prescription opioid, which is five times higher than the number of opioid overdose deaths in 1999. In New York, the numbers are staggering. A recent report from the Rockefeller Institute of Government found a 121 percent increase in the State's number of opioid deaths, from 1,760 in 2010 total deaths to 3,894 in 2016. As the crisis escalates, federal, state, and local policymakers continue to search for solutions. One area which has enjoyed significant bi-partisan support has been the use of drug courts. For example, in August 2017, former Speaker of the House, Newt Gingrich, and Van Jones, president of the national advocacy organization #cut50, joined forces to argue that drug treatment courts offer a "life-saving alternative" for people with substance abuse disorders. The unlikely duo went on to explain how drug courts can leverage the criminal justice system to achieve results. "Instead of jailing people with serious drug problems only to watch them fall back into the throes of their addiction immediately upon release, drug courts are an alternative to incarceration that use the leverage of the courts to connect people with long-term treatment and supportive programming." In this report we examine the effectiveness of existing drug treatment courts and whether they are equipped to handle the opioid problem, specifically by keeping participants from relapsing and committing future drug-related crimes. In addition to summarizing the origins and effectiveness of drug treatment courts throughout the United States, we conduct an in-depth examination of drug courts in New York State's Third Judicial District, which spans much of the Capital Region. We chose the Third Judicial district due to its close proximity and access to participants, as well as the geographic diversity of the district, which includes both vast rural counties and urban centers. Moreover, in places like Columbia and Albany Counties, local law enforcement have successfully experimented with alternatives to drug court including community-based, harm reduction interventions. In order to measure the potential effectiveness of certain elements of the program, and assess alternatives, we attempted to collect statistical data on the total number of referrals, participants, and graduates of each court; their ethnic, racial, and gender composition; as well as recidivism and retention rates. However, our request for data was rejected by the Unified Court System's Office of Policy and Planning, alongside our request to interview drug court coordinators. While a Freedom of Information Law Request is pending with the Office of Court Administration, the analysis that follows is based primarily on our interviews with public defenders, district attorneys, former drug court participants, treatment providers, and other members of the community who have direct or indirect experience working with drug treatment courts. From the comprehensive interview and national survey data, we recommend solutions that, if brought to scale, could make drug courts more effective, especially in New York State. Details: Albany, NY: Nelson A. Rockefeller Institute of Government, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: http://rockinst.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/5-23-18-Drug-Court-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151049

Author: Engel, Len Title: Data-Driven Solutions to Improve Florida's Criminal Justice System Summary: The Florida State Senate contracted with the Crime and Justice Institute in 2017 to build on the Institute�s previous work analyzing trends in the state's prison population by further examining the state's criminal justice system, assess other states� policies and make recommendations to alleviate strains on the system. In February 2018, CJI released its findings and recommendations for data-driven policy and legislative changes in its report Data-Driven Solutions to Improve Florida's Criminal Justice System. The analysis found that Florida is sending fewer people to prison than in years past, but those who do end up there are serving longer sentences, including those convicted of low-level, nonviolent offenses. That situation has led to a relatively stagnant prison population of about 100,000 - the third-largest in the United States - which costs taxpayers $2.3 billion annually. The prison population and the financial burden are on track to begin increasing again in 2021. To safely reduce the prison population and alleviate dangerous overcrowding, CJI recommends a series of data-driven sentencing reforms, expanding alternatives to incarceration, and implementing policies and practices shown to reduce recidivism. States like Texas, Georgia, Utah, and Mississippi have demonstrated that by adopting these types of reforms, it's possible to reduce incarceration without increasing crime. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed august 8, 2018 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2018/01/FINAL_Data-Driven-Solutions-to-Improve-Floridas-Criminal-Justice-System.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151053

Author: Finn, Julie Title: Fall River Youth Gang Community Assessment Summary: Fall River is the tenth largest city in Massachusetts, with a population less diverse than that of Massachusetts as a whole. Fall River lags behind the State in most measures of economic health, educational attainment, and residential stability. Service needs, as measured by enrollment in public assistance programs and unemployment, are generally higher in Fall River, as is the teen parent rate. Admissions for substance abuse treatment and unintentional opioid overdose death are much higher than average for the State. Fall River's law enforcement data presents some challenges. The gang database used by the Fall River Police Department (FRPD) does not permit data to be extracted in a way that permits analysis. FRPD uses an objective definition to identify gang members and controls who can add new records to the gang database. It is unclear if identified gang members are reviewed and purged from the database on a regular basis. Analysis revealed a total of 31 gangs and 431 gang members in the database - 29% of whom fell within the Shannon targeted age range. Gang crime varies, but is primarily focused on narcotics and firearms. As a proxy for tracking gang crime, the Shannon initiative tracks aggravated assaults, incidents, and arrests, which have declined over the study period. Fall River school data indicate higher rates of need on many measures. The percent of students indicated as high need is nearly 60% higher than the state as a whole. Fall River students also have poorer school attendance, lower 4-year graduation rates, and higher dropout rates than Massachusetts students as a whole. Fall River students were far more likely to be disciplined, and when they were disciplined, they were more likely to serve an out-of-school suspension. As part of the assessment, researchers conducted focus groups with teachers, school resource officers, youth, and staff from youth-serving agencies. While the different groups had varying perspectives on many aspects surrounding youth and gang violence, there were several areas of congruence. School resource officers and teachers disagreed on some of the reasons that youth join gangs, but both groups felt that a lack of social-emotional skills contributed to gang involvement. One element consistent across focus groups was the belief that Fall River youth are becoming involved in gangs at a younger age. Focus groups were also in agreement that more resources/services are needed in the city to decrease youth and gang violence. Results of a survey conducted as part of the community assessment revealed that a majority of respondents (who do not reflect a representative sample of the community) do not feel safer in their community than they did two years ago. The most common reasons cited for these feelings were an increase in drug dealing, burglary or robbery, and gang activity. Fall River has several long-standing non-law enforcement initiatives to address gang violence. In 1997, before the Shannon grant began, a school-based group called the Peaceful Coalition was formed to address gang and youth violence in Durfee High School. The Fall River Shannon Initiative began in 2006 and has gone through a number of changes, the principle of which being changes to the location and function of the youth outreach program. Finally, Fall River also participates in the Safe and Successful Youth Initiative, funded by the Massachusetts Executive Office of Health and Human Services to target 'proven risk' males involved in violence. The Fall River Shannon Initiative offers a full complement of services to youth identified as at risk for gang activity through an objective (but not validated) assessment instrument. Through Shannon, youth are offered case management services, mentoring, educational and vocational programming, employment assistance, and recreational opportunities. Community mobilization activities including National Night Out and the Peace By Piece summit are provided. The city maintains a youth violence partnership, which produces a newsletter, coordinates events, updates a website and social media, and hosts School Community Partnership meetings. Law enforcement also participates in the Shannon grant, sharing intelligence and information, collecting data, offering mentoring for individual's being released from jail, and engaging youth in programming when possible. Gaps and challenges identified include sustaining engagement of youth and families Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2018/05/Shannon-Fall-River-Community-Assessment-Report_20170829-final_public.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 151054

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security and Immigration: Initial Executive Order Actions and Resource Implications Summary: In January and March 2017, the President issued a series of executive orders related to border security and immigration. The orders direct federal agencies to take a broad range of actions with potential resource implications. For example, Executive Order 13767 instructs DHS to construct a wall or other physical barriers along the U.S. southern border and to hire an additional 5,000 U.S. Border Patrol agents. Executive Order 13768 instructs federal agencies, including DHS and DOJ, to ensure that U.S immigration law is enforced against all removable individuals and directs ICE to hire an additional 10,000 immigration officers. Executive Order 13780 directs agencies to develop a uniform baseline for screening and vetting standards and procedures; and established nationality-based entry restrictions with respect to visa travelers for a 90-day period, and refugees for 120 days. GAO was asked to review agencies' implementation of the executive orders and related spending. This report addresses (1) actions DHS, DOJ, and State have taken, or plan to take, to implement provisions of the executive orders; and (2) resources to implement provisions of the executive orders, particularly funds DHS, DOJ, and State have obligated, expended, or shifted. GAO reviewed agency planning, tracking, and guidance documents related to the orders, as well as budget requests, appropriations acts, and internal budget information. GAO also interviewed agency officials regarding actions and budgetary costs associated with implementing the orders. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-470: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/692410.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 151057

Author: Hlass, Laila L. Title: Deportation By Any Means Necessary: How Immigration Officials are Labeling Immigrant Youth as Gang Members Summary: This report details findings from a national survey of legal practitioners concerning the increased use of gang allegations against young immigrants as a means of driving up deportation numbers, at the encouragement of the Trump administration. The report suggests emerging best practices for immigration attorneys to employ in both fighting against unfounded gang allegations and working to mitigate the impact of prior gang involvement. Details: San Francisco: Immigrant Legal Resource Center, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://www.ilrc.org/sites/default/files/resources/deport_by_any_means_nec-20180521.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 151058

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Private Prisons in the United States Summary: Private prisons in the United States incarcerated 128,063 people in 2016, representing 8.5% of the total state and federal prison population. Since 2000, the number of people housed in private prisons has increased 47%. States show significant variation in their use of private correctional facilities. For example, New Mexico incarcerates over 40% of its prison population in private facilities, while 23 states do not employ any for-profit prisons. Data compiled by the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) and interviews with corrections officials find that in 2016, 27 states and the federal government incarcerated people in private facilities run by corporations including GEO Group, Core Civic (formerly Corrections Corporation of America), and Management and Training Corporation. According to BJS data, 19 of the states with private prison contracts incarcerate more than 500 people in for-profit prisons. Texas, the first state to adopt private prisons in 1985, incarcerated the largest number of people under state jurisdiction, 13,692. Since 2000, the number of people in private prisons has increased 47%, compared to an overall rise in the prison population of 9%. In six states, the private prison population has more than doubled during this period. The federal prison system experienced a 120% increase in use of private prisons since 2000, reaching 34,159 people in private facilities in 2016. Among the immigrant detention population, 26,249 people - 73% of the detained population - were confined in privately run facilities in 2017. The private immigrant population grew 442% since 2002. The private prison population reached its peak in 2012 with 137,220 people. The population then declined for three years before increasing again in 2016. At the federal level, a 2016 Obama Administration policy shift to reduce reliance and ultimately phase out private prison contracts was reversed by Attorney General Jeff Sessions in February 2017. The reversal took place despite significant declines in the federal prison population and a scathing report by the Justice Department's Office of the Inspector General that found federally contracted prisons had more safety and security incidents than public prisons. Currently, the federal Bureau of Prisons maintains the nation's highest number of people managed under private prison custody. Changes in policy at the Department of Justice in 2017 that are likely to increase sentence length and expand prosecutions for drug and immigration offenses may contribute to the expansion of private facility contracting. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 8, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/08/Private-Prisons-in-the-United-States.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Prisons Shelf Number: 151062

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: The Effects of Changing Felony Theft Thresholds: Summary: Since 2000, at least 37 states have raised their felony theft thresholds, or the value of stolen money or goods above which prosecutors may charge theft offenses as felonies, rather than misdemeanors. Felony offenses typically carry a penalty of at least a year in state prison, while misdemeanors generally result in probation or less than a year in a locally run jail. Lawmakers have made these changes to prioritize costly prison space for more serious offenders and ensure that value-based penalties take inflation into account. A felony theft threshold of $1,000 established in 1985, for example, is equivalent to more than twice that much in 2015 dollars. Critics have warned that these higher cutoff points might embolden offenders and cause property crime, particularly larceny, to rise. To determine whether their concerns have proved to be true, The Pew Charitable Trusts examined crime trends in the 30 states that raised their felony theft thresholds between 2000 and 2012, a period that allows analysis of each jurisdiction from three years before to three years after the policy change. Pew also compared trends in states that raised their thresholds during this period with those that did not. This chartbook, which updates and reinforces an analysis published in 2016, illustrates three important conclusions: - Raising the felony theft threshold has no impact on overall property crime or larceny rates. - States that increased their thresholds reported roughly the same average decrease in crime as the 20 states that did not change their theft laws. - The amount of a state's felony theft threshold-whether it is $500, $1,000, $2,000, or more - is not correlated with its property crime and larceny rates. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2018 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/~/media/assets/2017/04/pspp_the_effects_of_changing_felony_theft_thresholds.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Felonies Shelf Number: 151085

Author: Matthews, Miriam Title: Needs of Male Sexual Assault Victims in the U.S. Armed Forces Summary: In the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016, Congress included a requirement to improve prevention of and response to sexual assaults in which the victim is a male member of the U.S. armed forces. To support this effort, RAND researchers reviewed previous research on male sexual assault and specifically considered research on male sexual assault in the U.S. military. The researchers also conducted interviews with individuals who provide support services to U.S. military personnel and with civilian experts who study male sexual assault or provide services to male victims. This report details the study's findings. Although research considering the needs of and services for male sexual assault victims is more limited than research addressing female victims of sexual assault, the available research provides initial information on the prevalence, characteristics, consequences, and public perceptions of male sexual assault. This literature - along with the results of interviews that addressed needs of male sexual assault victims, reporting and help-seeking among victims, and knowledge and perceptions about such assaults - suggests potential avenues for the U.S. Department of Defense to pursue to better address the needs of male sexual assault victims in the U.S. military. These avenues include improvements to reporting procedures, counseling services, outreach, and education and training of service providers and service members. Key Findings - Review of Published Research - Researchers recently estimated that 1.7 percent of civilian men have experienced an attempted or completed rape in their lifetime. Research estimates suggest that 2.2 percent of U.S. active-duty men have experienced a sexual assault in their lifetime, and 1.8 percent have experienced a sexual assault since joining the military. Many male sexual assault victims experience symptoms of depression, anxiety, nightmares, flashbacks, self-blame, low self-esteem, or problems with anger control following the assault. Estimates suggest that only 15 percent of military male sexual assault victims file a report, which appears to be consistent with levels of civilian reporting. Interviews with Military Service Providers and Civilian Experts Interviewees emphasized the mental health care needs of sexual assault victims. Several service providers believed that additional male-specific mental health services are needed in the military system. Most service providers believed that individuals in their profession were either somewhat informed or well informed about sexual assault against men in the military. However, few chaplains believed that those in the chaplaincy were prepared to assist male victims. Interviewees discussed multiple barriers to reporting among male sexual assault victims. For example, some male victims do not classify what happened to them as a "sexual assault." Other barriers included shame and embarrassment, a belief that nothing would be done, concerns regarding privacy, and concerns regarding harm to a military unit. Some service providers indicated that service members maintain beliefs in false rape myths regarding male sexual assault, even after receiving sexual assault prevention training. Recommendations - Better educate military service providers on how to provide gender-responsive support to male sexual assault victims. Promote male victim reporting by ensuring that reporting is safe and confidential. Change outreach to better address the needs and concerns of male sexual assault victims. When educating servicemembers on sexual assault prevention and response, use an engaging format that includes information on the characteristics of male sexual assault. Educate commanders on how to respond to male sexual assault and how to interact with male victims. Consider development and evaluation of additional counseling services that address the mental health care needs of male sexual assault victims in the military. Support additional research that addresses the effects of training, outreach, and services addressing male sexual assault. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2167.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Male Rape Shelf Number: 151095

Author: Ligor, Douglas C. Title: Neither Deportation nor Amnesty An Alternative for the Immigration Debate Building a Bridge Across the Deportation-Amnesty Divide Summary: This Perspective examines the current debate surrounding the issue of individuals present in the United States without lawful immigration status. Approximately 11 million individuals living in the United States lack the immigration documentation to legally reside in the country and accept employment. This Perspective relies on the proposition that the primary obstacle to an immigration modus vivendi is an unnecessary, damaging adherence by two contending sides to all-or-nothing solutions (either full deportation or amnesty). The "rule-of-law" side insists on the deportation of anyone unlawfully present in the United States. The "humanitarian" side insists that most individuals unlawfully present should be eligible to remain permanently under some form of amnesty. This Perspective proposes that minor changes in existing immigration law, specifically in the statute known as "Cancellation of Removal," offer a compromise solution for millions of individuals. This option would avert the necessity for either side to abandon their principles, or to cross the Rubicon-like barrier that full-scale comprehensive legislation currently represents. In doing so, it is possible that both the "rule of law" and "humanitarian" sides might forge a pragmatic political, legal, and policy compromise that could serve both positions and provide a potential solution to address this extremely difficult societal question. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND< 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/perspectives/PE279.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Amnesty Shelf Number: 151096

Author: Hunt, Pricillia Title: Incentivizing Employers to Hire Ex-Offenders What Policies Are Most Effective? Summary: An estimated 64.6 million Americans (25 percent of the population) have a criminal record; of those, 19.8 million have at least one felony criminal conviction. Evidence indicates that ex-offenders have substantially lower probabilities of being hired than members of other disadvantaged groups - such as welfare recipients, high school dropouts, unemployed people, and those with "spotty" work histories - who do not have a criminal record. When ex-offenders experience poor economic outcomes, they are more likely to engage in criminal activity, which further affects their job and earnings growth and the standard of living for their families, friends, and wider community. Key Findings - In our experiment, 59 out of 100 employers filling an entry-level job would consider hiring someone who has one nonviolent felony conviction with the incentive of the baseline tax credit. Adding a post-conviction certificate verifying work performance history increases that number by 37 percent, to 81 out of 100 employers. Increasing the baseline tax credit to 40 percent of a worker's wage (up to $5,000) increases that number by 30 percent, to 77 out of 100 employers. With a baseline staffing agency discount fee program, 43 out of 100 employers filling an entry-level position would consider hiring someone who has one nonviolent felony conviction. Adding a guaranteed replacement worker program increases that number by 69 percent, to 73 out of 100 employers. Doubling the baseline staffing agency fee discount increases that number by 39 percent, to 60 out of 100 employers. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 9, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_briefs/RB10003.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 151097

Author: Bui, Becky Title: Driving Under the Influence of Drugs and Alcohol: A Report Pursuant to House Bill 17-1315 Summary: "Driving Under the Influence of Drugs and Alcohol, A Report Pursuant to House Bill 17-1315," tracks Colorado DUI offenses in 2016 from arrest through final court outcome, and also examines data from probation. In 2017, the Colorado legislature passed HB 17-1315 directing the Colorado Division of Criminal Justice within the Department of Public Safety to analyze the types of DUI offenses being committed by offenders and issue an annual report. This is the first annual report issued pursuant to that legislation. The data has a one-year lag in order to allow enough time to follow most cases from their initial filing through final court disposition. Analysts with the Division of Criminal Justice Office of Research and Statistics reviewed more than 27,000 case filings with at least one DUI charge and nearly 100,000 total charges associated with these cases in order to examine data such as: Offender demographics - Toxicology results, including type of impairing substance and amount detected in the breath and/or blood stream - Time elapsed from traffic stop to biological sample Charges, final dispositions, and associated traffic charges - Whether the incident resulted in fatalities or injuries. The publication also provides an overview of Colorado's laws, enforcement and detection methods, court processes, and challenges in regards to data. For example, it's important to note that drug-related impairment is likely under-represented in the data compared to alcohol. This is due to the fact that alcohol is faster, easier and cheaper to screen for than other drugs. Once alcohol is detected, agencies have enough evidence to reliably achieve a conviction. Therefore, agencies have not consistently spent the additional money and time to request blood testing for substances beyond alcohol. Details: Denver: Colorado Division of Criminal Justice, 2018. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2018 at: http://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2018-DUI_HB17-1315.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 151106

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: Punishment That Doesn't Fit the Crime: Stories of People Living on the Margins Summary: This report examines stories of marginalized individuals in relation to criminal justice systems over the course of their lives-in being stopped, searched, arrested, fined, jailed or incarcerated for low level offenses. These stories unmask the cumulative impact that criminal justice involvement, coupled with economic and racial inequalities, has on the life trajectories, happiness, and quality of life of marginalized individuals, their families and communities. Through these stories, the static and ineffective roles of many system actors became clear. Our jails and prisons have become the sole response to a myriad of system failures, including miscarriages in mental health treatment, racial and economic inequality, education, child and family welfare support, community infrastructure, housing and employment opportunities. A complex web of interrelated social failures and ills cannot be effectively cured by simply increasing the reach of police, sanctions, criminal courts, jails, and prisons over the lives of American citizens. As inequalities in the justice system are invisible, cumulative, inter-generational, and deeply concentrated in a small fraction of the population, the experiences of this population are traditionally left out of public discourse on criminal justice. In order to foster more democratic communities by continually challenging dominant narratives, we present these lived experiences as a way to rethink our common histories and public policy in light of each other's stories. Details: Chicago: John Howard Association of Illinois, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: http://www.thejha.org/sites/default/files/JHA%20Report%20Punishment%20That%20Doesn%27t%20Fit%20the%20Crime%20Stories%20of%20People%20Living%20on%20the%20Margins%20Part%201.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Disadvantaged Persons Shelf Number: 151114

Author: Menart, Renee Title: An Opportunity for Reinvestment: California State Juvenile Justice Funding in Five Bay Area Counties Summary: A new report from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice examines how California's counties use millions in state funding provided by the Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act (JJCPA) and the Youthful Offender Block Grant (YOBG) intended to serve justice-involved youth within their communities. The report investigates statewide funding trends as well as local trends among five Bay Area counties (Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin, San Francisco, San Mateo), which receive a significant share of these funds and provide broader insight. The report finds that JJCPA and YOBG program implementation is out of step with juvenile justice trends and best practices. Amid California's consistent declines in youth crime and confinement, counties continue to invest heavily in detention-based services at nearly-vacant local facilities rather than community-based programs. Counties would benefit from the inclusion of community stakeholders in planning and implementing their funding priorities to meet the diverse needs of youth and communities most affected by the justice system. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/california_state_juvenile_justice_funding_in_five_bay_area_counties.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 151115

Author: Rose, Felicity Title: An Examination of Florida's Prison Population Trends Summary: In 2016, the Florida Legislature appropriated funding for "a comprehensive review of Florida's criminal justice system, including but not limited to criminal law and procedure, law enforcement, prosecution and defense of criminal offenses, the judicial and courts system, sentencing, and corrections." This report aims to provide a comprehensive overview of trends in Florida�s criminal justice system over the last decade, and illuminate those trends with data from across the system. After 30 years of growth, the last decade has seen Florida's prison population plateau and its community supervision population decline. Two competing trends have led to the stabilized prison population: a decline in prison admissions, driven by major reductions in crime rates, arrests, and criminal prosecutions, balanced out by longer sentences for those who are sent to prison. This report explores how Florida sentencing and release policies have shaped these competing trends, and looks beneath the statewide numbers at cases that defy these trends. Key findings include: - Florida's imprisonment rate is 23 percent higher than the national average, and 10th overall in the nation. - In the last decade, Florida's violent and property crime rates and drug arrests have all dropped approximately 30 percent, although the total crime rate remains 15 percent higher than the national average. - Prison admissions declined 28 percent in the last decade, driven by the declines in crime as well as declining revocations from supervision after Florida Department of Corrections (FDC) policy shifts in how violations are addressed. - In the same period, average sentence length increased 22 percent, balancing out the admissions decline and leading to a mostly stable prison population. - Trends in admissions and prison population vary widely across the state. In general, southern and eastern Florida counties send people to prison at a lower rate than northern, central, and western counties. - Due to mandatory minimum sentences, sentence enhancements, and statutory time served requirements, prisoners in Florida serve significantly longer periods in prison than in other states, including for nonviolent crimes. - Long sentences and few release options are the main driving force of the growth of the elderly population in Florida's prisons. - Most offenders leave prison with little or no post-prison release supervision. Due to the time constraints of this project, as well as unavailability of data, there is still a great deal about the Florida criminal justice system that is unknown. Development of or access to further information on court processes and sentences, violations and revocations, problemsolving courts, and community supervision are needed to better understand the system. Details: Boston: Crime and Justice Institute, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 13, 2018 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/MonitorDocs/Reports/pdf/17-CRJ.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 151119

Author: Ajimotokin, Sandra Title: The Effects of Unemployment on Crime Rates in the U.S. Summary: This paper aims to analyze the relationship between unemployment and crime rate. Using data from 2013 acquired from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (used for violent crime rate data) and from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (used for unemployment data), the effect of unemployment rate on violent crime is estimated. In addition to unemployment rate, GDP per capita, high school graduation rates, police officers per 100,000 inhabitants, as well as poverty rates also are accounted for. Two equations are present, one which estimates the variable�s impacts on violent crime, and another for their impacts on property crime. In both the simple and multiple regression models for estimated the enumerated variables' impacts on crime rate, the results were that there were positive effects of these variables on the crime rate. From this, it can be concluded that there is a positive correlation between both violent and property crime, not only with unemployment rate, but also with GDP per capita, high school graduation rates, police officers per 100,000 inhabitants, and poverty rate. Details: Unpublished paper, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: https://smartech.gatech.edu/bitstream/handle/1853/53294/theeffectsofunemploymentoncimerates.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 151123

Author: Davis, Daniel Ryan Title: The Charisma of Crack Cocaine: The Impact of Crack on Black America, 1984-2010 Summary: Crack cocaine has negatively impacted the African American community in a multitude of ways. African Americans, particularly in the inner cities of the United States, have experienced alarmingly high rates of imprisonment, violence, child neglect, and HIV/AIDS transmission due to their involvement with crack cocaine. Scholars have scarcely isolated individual issues related to African Americans and crack for analysis, and these minimal examinations have not captured the full scope of this problem. Due to the interconnectedness of many factors regarding this epidemic, an all-encompassing multifaceted examination is required to properly identify the severity of African American's involvement with crack cocaine. This dissertation serves as the first scholarly endeavor to synthesize a wide range of issues regarding this matter, while contextualizing this reality within the scope of African Americans over century long relationship with cocaine. The utilization of this approach effectively places the crack epidemic within the contexts of history and larger society. This method allows a focused examination of the crack epidemic within the scope of interconnected variables including: family, foreign relations, the global economy, deindustrialization, poverty, racism, law, unemployment, politics, film, psychology, music and hip hop culture. This dissertation highlights the long ignored intersections of these variables which combined to create the devastating crack epidemic within inner city Black America. As a result of this broad discussion, scholars and activists are equipped with the information necessary to take educated, efficient, and solution based action. Details: East Lansing: Michigan State University, 2012. 262p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation; accessed August 14, 2018 at: https://d.lib.msu.edu/etd/685 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 151125

Author: Johnson, Joseph D. Title: From the streets to street worker : transitions and transformations in and out of crime Summary: This study examines the criminal desistance processes of the One Vision One Life (OVOL) street gang workers (N = 45) and the role that OVOL violence prevention work and/or any other factors play in this process. Through an ethnographic research design utilizing multiple methodologies, the purpose of this study was then to understand the street gang workers past personal and criminal experiences, the challenges they face upon their violence prevention employment with OVOL, and the strategies that they adopt to successfully or unsuccessfully desist from crime. The findings reveal that while OVOL employment is an opportunity for legitimate work, the general reality for street workers is that this type of work is not only dangerous but that the organization also lacks a level of structure, resources, and training for its employees. Therefore, desistance through OVOL employment and work is declared by only a small subsample of the street workers who participated in this study, and these street workers specifically express that the OVOL Director offered them employment and work at the rightpoint-in-time in their lives-thus serving as a sort of intervention for them. The majority of the street workers then contend that it was their personal agency or will to give up crime, and, coupled with and compounded by OVOL employment and work, that they made a personal commitment to the desistance process. Details: East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University, 2012. 281p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 14, 2018 at: https://d.lib.msu.edu/etd/1455/datastream/OBJ/view Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 151126

Author: Harman, Jennifer J. Title: A Study of Homelessness in Seven Colorado Jails Summary: "A Study of Homelessness in Seven Colorado Jails" surveyed 507 inmates in jails in Arapahoe County, the City and County of Denver, El Paso County, Larimer County, Mesa County, and Pueblo County. The sites were chosen because they represent a good cross-section of jurisdictions in Colorado that experience the impacts of homeless populations. The Division of Criminal Justice commissioned Eris Enterprises to conduct the study to provide data that may help answer questions being raised by law enforcement, legislators and community members in relation to a reported increase in the homeless population in major Colorado jails and in Colorado in general. The study examined the prevalence of risk factors associated with homelessness, the types and number of crimes committed, home state origin, why non-native inmates moved to Colorado, and what services inmates need to transition out of jail. In particular, the study sought to provide insight on one frequently posed question: is Colorado seeing an increase in homeless people moving to Colorado for legal marijuana and then committing crimes? SUMMARY OF RESULTS The study found that the majority of homeless who ended up in Colorado jails moved here prior to legalization of marijuana, and most moved here to escape a problem or be with family. More than one third of the homeless who moved to Colorado after legalization in 2012 reported legal marijuana as a reason that drew them to Colorado. However, only two individuals selected legal marjiuana as the only factor that drew them to Colorado. The study also found that homeless inmates reported higher rates of mental illness and were charged with significantly fewer violent crimes but significantly more drug and trespassing crimes than non-homeless inmates. Details: Denver: ColoradoDivision of Criminal Justice, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2018 at:; https://cdpsdocs.state.co.us/ors/docs/reports/2018_Jail_Homelessness_Study.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 151128

Author: Deiana, Claudio Title: The US Opioid Epidemic: Prescription Opioids, Labour Market Conditions and Crime Summary: In response to the recent opioid crisis, US states have implemented several policies to reduce the dispensing of opioids and contain drug mortality. We analyse the effectiveness of these laws and their unintended fallouts on labour participation and crime at the local level. Using multiple data sources and a difference-in-difference set-up, we show that the laws targeting the supply for opioids yield larger reductions in prescribed drugs compared to the demand-side policies, particularly in the absence of cross-bordering effects. We observe an improvement in labour market participation and higher crime rates following the enforcement of some of the policies considered. Details: Munich: Munich Personal RePEc Archive, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 85712: Accessed August 14, 2018 at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/85712/1/MPRA_paper_85712.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs and Crime Shelf Number: 151130

Author: Jenkins, Brian Michael Title: The Challenge of Protecting Transit and Passenger Rail: Understanding How Security Works Against Terrorism Summary: Terrorists see transit and passenger rail as an attractive target. Designed for public convenience, trains and stations offer terrorists easy access to crowds of people in confined environments where there are minimal security risks and attacks can cause high casualties. This report examines the unique attributes of the terrorist threat, how security measures against terrorism have evolved over the years, and their overall effectiveness. Does security work? Empirical evidence is hard to come by. Terrorist incidents are statistically rare and random, making it difficult to discern effects. The fact that terrorists focus most of their attacks on targets with little or no security suggests that security influences their choice of targets. Increased security does not reduce terrorism overall, but appears to push terrorists toward softer targets. These indirect effects are visible only over long periods of time. Public surface transportation poses unique challenges. It is not easy to increase security without causing inconvenience, unreasonably slowing travel times, adding significant costs, and creating vulnerable queues of people waiting to pass through security checkpoints. This has compelled rail operators to explore other options: enlisting passengers and staff in alerting authorities to suspicious objects or behavior, random passenger screening, designing new stations to facilitate surveillance and reduce potential casualties from explosions or fire, and ensuring rapid intervention. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, 2017. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: MTI Report 12-74: Accessed August 14, 2018 at: https://transweb.sjsu.edu/sites/default/files/1130-how-transit-and-passenger-rail-security-protect-against-terrorism.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Public Transportation Shelf Number: 151131

Author: Ferrell, Christopher E. Title: Neighborhood Crime and Transit Station Access Mode Choice - Phase III of Neighborhood Crime and Travel Behavior Summary: This report provides the findings from the third phase of a three-part study about the influences of neighborhood crimes on travel mode choice. While previous phases found evidence that high levels of neighborhood crime discourage people from choosing to walk, bicycle and ride transit, consistent with the authors� hypothesis, they also produced counterintuitive findings suggesting that in some cases, high crime neighborhoods encourage transit ridership at the expense of driving-the opposite of what common sense would suggest. Phase 3 tested possible explanations for these counter-intuitive findings with a series of methodological improvements. These improvements were: - Improvement 1: Used the Bay Area Rapid Transit (BART) system's 2008 Station Profile Survey travel data set to replace the Bay Area Travel Survey (BATS) 2000 data used in previous phases. - Improvement 2: Separated drop-off and drive-alone modes in logit models. - Improvement 3: Variables at the corridor level replaced previous variables at the transportation analysis zone (TAZ) level. - Improvement 4: Average parcel size (APS) variable replaced the intersection density measure of urban design. - Improvement 5: Used nested logit modeling techniques. These yielded strong evidence supporting the hypothesis that high-crime neighborhoods encourage driving, and they generated none of the counter-intuitive findings from previous phases. Details: San Jose, CA: Mineta Transportation Institute, 2015. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: MTI Report 12-45: Accessed August 14, 2018 at: http://scholarworks.sjsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1197&context=mti_publications Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 151132

Author: Project South Title: Inside Atlanta's immigrant Cages: A Report on the Conditions of the Atlanta City Detention Center Summary: Inside Atlanta's Immigrant Cages focuses on the conditions of the Atlanta City Detention Center. This report is an update to one created in 2012 titled Prisoners of Profit by the ACLU of Georgia, and a companion to a report created in 2017 titled Imprisoned Justice: Inside Two Georgia Immigrant Detention Centers focused on the Stewart and Irwin County Detention Centers. On June 20, 2018, Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms announced that the Atlanta City Detention Center would temporarily stop accepting new detained immigrants from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. During the press conference following the decision, Mayor Bottoms added the caveat that Georgia's other detention centers offer "less than desirable conditions with no access, quite often, to the resources that we offer in the City of Atlanta." However as of October 2017, the Atlanta City Detention Center housed over 200 detained immigrants. These detained immigrants were subject to countless violations of international human rights and detention standards, ICE's Performance-Based National Detention Standards, and the Atlanta Department of Corrections' own operating policies. As revealed by countless personal reports from the victims of the facility's abuse, the Atlanta City Detention Center is, in fact, no model for compliance with standards, humane treatment of immigrants, or respect for human dignity. This report provides a harrowing account of the conditions at the Atlanta City Detention Center, compiled from interviews conducted with detained immigrants and the attorneys who represent them, communication with previously detained immigrants and their families, and first-hand experience from an in-person inspection of the facility. The stories of dozens of detained immigrants shed light on countless violations of their civil and human rights which are yet to be resolved, despite the city's public posture as a "welcoming city" that is fighting against the Trump's anti-immigrant platform. In this report, readers will find stories of officials confiscating the essential, personal medication of detained immigrants; bands of inmates undergoing hunger strikes to protest inedible food; officers baselessly punishing detained immigrants with solitary confinement; and corrections administrators denying immigrants of faith the most basic needs to practice their religion. These detained immigrants are denied adequate access to legal services and information, refused their fundamental due process rights, and limited from phone access by both high costs and administrative policy. Details: Atlanta: Project South, 2018. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2018 at: https://projectsouth.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/InsideATL_Imm_Cages_92_DIG.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 151134

Author: Penn State Law Center for Immigrants' Rights Title: Imprisoned Justice: Inside Two Georgia Immigrant Detention Centers Summary: Project South and the Penn State Law Center for Immigrants' Rights Clinic (on its behalf) have released a report titled "Imprisoned Justice: Inside Two Georgia Immigration Detention Centers." The report is focused on the Stewart Detention Center and the Irwin County Detention Center and is based on interviews with scores of detained immigrants as well as immigration attorneys, tours of both facilities, and review of contracts and other relevant documents. The investigation was completed over the course of one year. Stewart and Irwin had previously been identified in national reports as among the worst in the country. "As the accounts in the report demonstrate, little has changed at Stewart and Irwin. Life at these facilities for detained immigrants is still a living nightmare," said Azadeh Shahshahani. "It is high time for Stewart and Irwin to be shut down." As detailed in the report, the conditions in these detention facilities are deplorable and include: threats of force-feeding for participation in hunger strikes, sexual abuse, lack of clean drinking water, lack of adequate access to legal materials or attorneys, and labor for just $1 per day. Additionally, detained immigrants report they are served rotten and spoiled food with occasional foreign particles inside. Further, detained immigrants at both facilities lack adequate medical care and mental health services are minimal. Some detained immigrants also complained of not receiving dietary accommodations for religious beliefs and practices or health concerns. The use of solitary is also rampant. Several detained immigrants reported being put in segregation for expressing suicidal thoughts or as retaliation for complaining about detention conditions. As described by one detained immigrant at Stewart who suffers from mental health issues: "Segregation is like hell. It is total isolation." Details: Atlanta: Project South, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2018 at: https://projectsouth.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Imprisoned_Justice_Report-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 151137

Author: Schildkraut, Jaclyn V. Title: Can Mass Shootings be Stopped? Summary: The mass shooting at Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado, happened nearly two decades ago, yet it remains etched in the national consciousness. Columbine spurred a national debate - from personal safety to the security of schools, workplaces, and other locations and to broader considerations of guns and mental illness. To this day, communities still are grappling to find solutions to the complex and multifaceted nature of mass shootings. Exacerbating this already complex issue is the prevalence of social media and neverending wall-to-wall media coverage. Mass shootings, and those that are particularly lethal, are amplified by the news cycle, making them appear more commonplace when they are, in fact, statistically rare. Despite their episodic and highly sensational nature, however, not all mass shootings garner the same attention by the media. Those shootings that are the most lethal may receive more coverage, while those events that are perceived as more "routine" by the media may not even be covered at all. As a result of the intense and often unbalanced media coverage of mass shootings, members of the public may hold disproportional attitudes about the events themselves. Certain shootings, for example, may be perceived as indicators of a broader social problem, while others are considered to be isolated events. Still, the collective phenomenon of mass shootings has been found to produce a host of outcomes for the public, including fear of crime, a potential moral panic, and the general belief that these events are more prevalent than their actual occurrence. Like the public, policymakers also have struggled with how to respond to mass shootings. Most policies center on either further restricting or expanding rights related to gun ownership and carrying, with a lesser emphasis on mental health protocols, regulating violent media, or policies related to security practices. More often than not, in the immediate aftermath of a mass shooting, a flurry of bills are introduced, but few, if any, are ever enacted into legislation.4 Further compounding the issue is that the new laws that are passed, or even those that have been on the books for decades, often are not enforced, leading them to be ineffective at preventing the next mass shooting. Details: Albany: Rockefeller Institute of Government, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: http://rockinst.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/5-22-18-Mass-Shootings-Brief.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 151138

Author: Penn State Law Center for Immigrants' Rights Title: To File or Not to File a Notice to Appear: Improving the Government's Use of Prosecutorial Discretion Summary: Prosecutorial discretion in the immigration context involves Department of Homeland Security (DHS) officers deciding whether or not to enforce the immigration laws to their full extent against specific noncitizens who might otherwise be subject to immigration enforcement, detention, and/or deportation. Through numerous policy memoranda, DHS has urged its officers to exercise favorable prosecutorial discretion (i.e., refrain from taking enforcement action) in appropriate cases. DHS has additionally mandated that its officers exercise prosecutorial discretion favorably as much and as early in a case as possible for both humanitarian purposes and for achieving cost-effective and focused law enforcement. This report focuses on decisions to issue, cancel, or file a Notice to Appear (NTA), a form of prosecutorial discretion that has not yet been given the attention it deserves. An NTA is not a mere piece of paper but is the key that initiates removal proceedings against a noncitizen. The earliest stages of the removal process involve the most discretion-for example, decisions on whether to apprehend and detain noncitizens, issue NTAs, and to initiate removal proceedings. DHS's exercise of prosecutorial discretion in the process of issuing and filing NTAs plays an important role in meeting the agency's enforcement goals: by deciding early on not to issue or file an NTA to a noncitizen who should be deemed a low priority for immigration enforcement, DHS may choose not to initiate removal proceedings against someone who has many positive equities, such as being the parent of U.S. citizen children or having deep roots in the United States, and may allocate its limited resources to enforcing the law against noncitizens who merit a prioritized enforcement response, such as dangerous felons. This report argues that DHS should consistently consider prosecutorial discretion possibilities and should increase its use of favorable prosecutorial discretion in the issuance and filing of NTAs in appropriate cases. To study the rate and circumstances around which DHS exercises prosecutorial discretion during the NTA process, the authors circulated a survey requesting attorneys and advocates to share specific examples of cases involving the issuance and filing of NTAs and to identify related trends; filed Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests and requests for specific information pertaining to NTAs with various DHS units; and interviewed attorneys, advocates, and scholars about their individual experiences with NTA issuance and/or efforts to obtain related data from the agency. Details: University Park, PA: Penn State Law School, 2013. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://pennstatelaw.psu.edu/sites/default/files/documents/pdfs/NTAReportFinal.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 151139

Author: Rantala, Ramona R. Title: Sexual Victimization Reported by Adult Correctional Authorities, 2012-15 Summary: Presents data on allegations and substantiated incidents of inmate-on-inmate and staff-on-inmate sexual victimization reported to correctional authorities in prisons, jails, and other adult correctional facilities for each year from 2012 through 2015. Sexual victimization includes nonconsensual sexual acts, abusive sexual contact, staff sexual misconduct, and inmate or staff sexual harassment. Companion tables in the Survey of Sexual Victimization in Adult Correctional Facilities 2012-15 - Statistical Tables will include counts of sexual victimization reported by the Federal Bureau of Prisons, state prison systems, and large jail jurisdictions. Data are from BJS's Survey of Sexual Victimization (SSV, formerly the Survey of Sexual Violence), which has annually collected official records on inmate sexual victimization since 2004. Highlights: Correctional administrators reported 24,661 allegations of sexual victimization in 2015, nearly triple the number recorded in 2011 (8,768). The increase in allegations of sexual victimization from 2011 to 2015 coincided with the release in 2012 of the National Standards to Prevent, Detect, and Respond to Prison Rape. In 2015, an estimated 1,473 allegations were substantiated (determined to have occurred), up 63% from the 902 substantiated in 2011. Fifty-eight percent of substantiated incidents of sexual victimization in 2015 were perpetrated by inmates, while 42% were perpetrated by staff members. The number of allegations in prisons increased from 6,660 in 2011 to 18,666 in 2015 (up 180%). During the 3-year aggregated period of 2013-15, there were an estimated 15,875 allegations of inmate-on-inmate sexual harassment, of which 2,426 (16%) were substantiated based on completed investigations. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/svraca1215.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 151147

Author: Kleiman, Mark A.R. Title: Countervailing Effects: What the FDA Would Have to Know to Evaluate Tobacco Regulations Summary: The Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act [P.L. 111-31] gives the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) the authority to regulate tobacco products, including placing restrictions on product composition, sale, and distribution. A complete accounting of the costs and benefits of any tobacco regulation includes harms from possible illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP): costs of enforcement, violence, incarceration, etc. Indeed, the law instructs the FDA to take into account the "countervailing effects" of regulation on public health, "such as the creation of a significant demand for contraband or other tobacco products that do not meet the requirements." While the law's narrow focus on public health may limit the scope of an inquiry by the FDA compared to a full benefit-cost analysis, aspects of ITTP such as violence and incarceration have substantial health impacts. Illicit markets in drugs such as cocaine, heroin, and methamphetamine, not to mention the grand experiment of alcohol Prohibition in the early 20th century, illustrate the substantial risks of unwanted side effects of drug prohibition. But taxes, product limitations, access restrictions, and narrowly defined product bans constitute "lesser prohibitions," and are subject to the same kind (if not degree) of risks. All tobacco policy-making should therefore consider ITTP. This article sets forth a research agenda for the FDA to consider in order to estimate the effects of contemplated tobacco-product regulation and ITTP. We argue that, to carry out fully its legislative mandate, the FDA would have to determine the current size and impact of ITTP, analyze how these may be expected to change under new regulations, and look for inter-dependencies among tobacco-product markets that may complicate single-product regulation. A more challenging element of the research agenda would be to develop a better theoretical groundwork for the prediction of the emergence, size, and side effects of illicit markets. Details: Malibu, CA: Pepperdine University, 2015. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://digitalcommons.pepperdine.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=sppworkingpapers Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 151148

Author: Lindquist, Christine Title: The Experiences of Families during a Father's Incarceration: Descriptive Findings from Baseline Data Collection for the Multi-site Family Study on Incarceration, Parenting and Partnering Summary: The United States has the highest incarceration rate and the most people incarcerated in the world (International Centre for Prison Studies, 2012). Over half of the 2.3 million individuals in U.S. jails and prisons are parents, and in 2006 an estimated 7,476,500 children had a parent who was incarcerated or under correctional supervision (Glaze, 2010; Glaze & Maruschak, 2008). Many fathers in prison are in committed intimate or coparenting relationships, and their incarceration can affect their families both during and after the sentence is served. This report describes the experiences of 1,482 incarcerated fathers and their intimate or coparenting partners. It is based on survey data collected for the impact evaluation of the Multi-site Family Study on Incarceration, Parenting and Partnering (MFS-IP), which includes in-depth, longitudinal interviews in five states (Indiana, Ohio, Minnesota, New Jersey, and New York). Although this report uses data collected for the MFS-IP evaluation, the results presented here are not findings about the impact of MFS-IP programming. Rather, the data are used to generate descriptive information on salient characteristics for a large sample of couples separated by incarceration. Because the study sample is based on a selection of competitively selected Office of Family Assistance grantees, it cannot be considered as nationally representative of the prison population as a whole nor of the prison populations in the five selected states. Nevertheless, it provides the most detailed, descriptive portrait to date of incarcerated men who are in intimate or coparenting relationships during their incarceration, and their partners. The study sample of incarcerated men and their female partners was asked about their work and family lives prior to incarceration; their health and well-being during the fathers' incarcerations; and their expectations for reentry, including reunification with each other and their child or children. Survey questions addressed relationship quality, parenting and coparenting, family contact, and the well-being of children and mothers during the fathers' incarcerations. Detailed information about a single "focal child" for each father was obtained. One key contribution of this report is that responses reflect the dual perspectives of both men and their partners during incarceration. Findings from subsequent interview waves at 9, 18, and (for a subset of sites) 34 months after this baseline interview will provide information on later experiences, including reentry, family reunification, and factors associated with reductions in criminal behavior. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families/Office of Family Assistance, 2015. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/system/files/pdf/137556/MFS-IP%20BaselineReport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 151152

Author: Janhuba, Radek Title: Criminals on the Field: A Study of College Football Summary: Economists have found mixed evidence on what happens when the number of police increases. On the one hand, more law enforcers means a higher probability of detecting a crime, which is known as the monitoring effect. On the other hand, criminals incorporate the increase into their decision-making process and thus may commit fewer crimes, constituting the deterrence effect. This study analyzes the effects of an increase in the number of on-field college football officials, taking players as potential criminals and officials as law enforcers. Analyzing a novel play by play dataset from two seasons of college football, we report evidence of a monitoring effect being present in the overall dataset. This effect is mainly driven by offensive penalties which are called in the area of jurisdiction of the added official. Decomposition of the effect provides evidence of the presence of the deterrence effect in cases of penalties with severe punishment or those committed by teams with moderate to high ability, suggesting that teams are able to strategically adapt their behavior following the addition of an official. Details: Prague: Charles University in Prague - CERGE-EI (Center for Economic Research and Graduate Education - Economics Institute), 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: CERGE-EI Working Paper Series No. 610: accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3084348 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 151154

Author: Eagly, Ingrid Title: Detaining Families: A Study of Asylum Adjudication in Family Detention Summary: The United States currently detains more protection-seeking families than any nation in the world. Since 2001, parents and their children have been held at various times in five different detention facilities in New Mexico, Texas, and Pennsylvania, as they seek asylum in the United States. The number of detention beds reserved exclusively for families has ballooned since the first facility opened in 2001. Between 2001 and 2016, capacity reserved exclusively for detaining families increased by an astronomical 3,400 percent. Yet, despite this growth in detention, little is known about how these families fare in the immigration court process and what barriers they face in pursuing their asylum claims. This information is particularly important as government officials and policymakers weigh the use and potential expansion of family detention. This report presents findings from the first empirical analysis of asylum adjudication in family detention. Drawing on government data from over 18,000 immigration court proceedings initiated between fiscal years 2001 and 2016, this report documents how families detained in the United States' family detention centers proceeded through the court process. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 16, 2018 at: https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/detaining_families_a_study_of_asylum_adjudication_in_family_detention_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 0

Author: Brooks-Hay, Oona Title: Evaluation of the Rape Crisis Scotland National Advocacy Project: Final Report Summary: This is the final report detailing findings from the evaluation of Rape Crisis Scotland's National Advocacy Project (NAP). It draws upon data gathered since the launch of the NAP in February 2016 to the end of August 2017. Findings are presented in three main sections: key national stakeholder perspectives; survivor data and perspectives; and practitioner perspectives. Key themes and learning points from the evaluation findings and recommendations for future policy and practice are then identified. A shorter executive summary of this report has also been made available for use as a policy and practice briefing. Details: Edinburgh: Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.sccjr.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/RCSNAP-Evaluation-Final-Report_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 151159

Author: Houston (Texas). Commission Against Gun Violence Title: Commission Against Gun Violence Proposed Recommendations Summary: Mayor Sylvester Turner established the Commission Against Gun Violence on May 23, 2018 following the tragedies in Parkland, Florida and Santa Fe, Texas, and in recognition of the wider gun violence epidemic tearing across our nation. The Mayor charged the Commission with submitting an initial set of recommendations for review prior to the school year beginning, no later than August 1, 2018. This first set of recommendations was to focus, primarily, on school safety issues. The proposals contained within this document are in accordance with that charge and follow substantial research conducted by the various sub-committees, as well as public testimony and comment. The Chair divided the Commission into seven sub-committees: School Safety; Students SubCommittee; Community Safety; Firearms Safety and Access; Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault; Community-Based Prevention, Intervention, and Reintegration; and, Gun Violence as a Public Health Issue. These sub-committees cross-coordinated to gather, review, and submit initial recommendations in the following areas: 1. School Safety 2. Firearms Safety and Access 3. Community Safety 4. Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault The recommendations offered here, for the most part, address primary and secondary prevention of gun violence in schools. Many of these recommendations are, however, relevant across the entire community and extend beyond the classroom. Details: Houston: The Commission, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2018 at: http://www.houstontx.gov/mayor/gun-violence-commission-recommendations.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 151162

Author: U.S. Senate. Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations. Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Title: Oversight of the care of unaccompanied alien children Summary: Since 2015, the Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations has conducted extensive oversight of federal government programs designed to care for children who enter the United States without a parent or legal guardian and ensure they are not trafficked or abused. Although the Department of Health and Human Services ("HHS") and Department of Homeland Security ("DHS") have taken incremental steps toward improving the care of these children-called unaccompanied alien children ("UACs") under federal law-they still do not take sufficient responsibility for guarding their safety and ensuring they appear at their immigration court proceedings. Most significantly, no agency claims any legal responsibility for the children's well-being once HHS places them with sponsors-including sponsors who are not their parents or legal guardians-and no agency makes any effort to ensure UACs placed with sponsors appear at their immigration court proceedings. And while DHS and HHS recently completed a Joint Concept of Operations ("JCO")-some 17 months after it was due-the JCO only addresses current policy and fails to address any of the recommendations for improving the UAC system offered by the Subcommittee or the Government Accountability Office ("GAO"). Thus the JCO is largely a recitation of the status quo, and does little to offer hope that federal agencies are working effectively to improve UAC safety and ensure that the immigration system is functioning properly. HHS, DHS, and the Department of Justice ("DOJ") have taken some modest steps in the right direction, but major deficiencies persist that leave the children at significant risk for trafficking and abuse and undermine our immigration system. This report documents the Subcommittee's findings over the past two and a half years since its initial hearing and report on UACs. Details: Washington, DC: The Subcommittee, 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2018 at: https://www.hsgac.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/2018-08-15%20PSI%20STAFF%20REPORT%20-%20Oversight%20of%20the%20Care%20of%20UACs.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 151165

Author: Weber, Bryan S. Title: The Economics of Crime Summary: Essay 1: "Can Safe Ride Program Reduce Urban Crime?" This paper evaluates the influence of a safe ride program at a public university on neighborhood crime in a major urban area. Using an hours of the week panel, the program's operation is associated with an approximate 14 percent reduction in crime. The program being open appears to have roughly similar influence in reducing violent and non-violent crime. Moreover, increases in rides (the intensity of the program) are also associated with reductions in crime. Such increases in program intensity are also associated with notably greater reductions in crime occurring on weekends. The cost of the safe ride program suggests it is a relatively efficient means of reducing crime. Essay 2: "University Provided Transit and Urban Crime." This paper uniquely examines the influence of a new university bus service on urban crime. It concentrates on the interaction between the new bus service and a long-standing safe ride program. The new bus service reduces the number of students using the safe ride program and such substitution raises the well-known concern that a fixed transit route may concentrate victims and criminals increasing crime along the new bus routes. Despite this concern, a series of difference-in-difference estimates demonstrate that the bus service reduces crime in the entire university neighborhood and that this reduction is actually largest along the new bus routes. Essay 3: "Modeling Adversary Decisions and Strategic Response." This work uses a sequential game of conflict between a government and a terrorist organization to analyze the strategic choices between large extreme and large conventional threats. Some of these extreme options: chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear attacks (CBRN), are both terrifying and highly improbable. Conversely, conventional attacks using firearms or explosives, are comparatively more likely but less destructive. Rather than leaving the game as a theoretical exercise, we calibrate the model to real data from global terror attacks, and forecast anticipated casualties when an informed adversary prepares a large attack against an uninformed government. Details: Milwaukee: University of Wisconsin Milwaukee, 2015. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 17, 2018 at: https://dc.uwm.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2030&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Bus Routes Shelf Number: 151166

Author: Minor, Dylan Title: Criminal Background and Job Performance Summary: Job applicants with criminal records are much less likely than others to obtain legitimate employment. Recent efforts to address this problem include campaigns to persuade employers to hire ex-offenders voluntarily and legislation such as Ban the Box laws. The success of any remedial strategy depends on whether employer concerns are founded on an accurate view of how ex-offenders behave on the job if hired. Little empirical evidence now exists to answer this question. This paper attempts to fill this gap by examining firm-level hiring practices and worker-level performance outcomes. Our data indicate that individuals with criminal records have a much longer tenure and are less likely to quit their jobs voluntarily than other workers. Some results, however, differ by job: customer service employees with a criminal record may be no more likely than others to leave for reasons of misconduct, but sales employees are. By examining psychometric data, we find evidence that bad outcomes for sales people with records may be driven by job rather than employee characteristics. We find some evidence that psychometric testing might provide a substitute for the use of criminal records, but that it would not in our own sample. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2851951 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 151167

Author: Wong, Amanda Title: Texas Custodial Death Report: Police, jail, and prison deaths 2005-2015 Summary: From 2005 to 2015, Texas executed 195 people for capital crimes. Every time the state executes a condemned person media cover the execution extensively. Accounts include details about the person's last meal, final words, and number of minutes between the administration of the lethal injection and death. Also from 2005 to 2015, a reported 6,913 people died in the custody of law enforcement and other state officials in Texas. These deaths occurred in local jail cells, in the backs of police cars, and on prison sidewalks. More than 1,900 of the people who died (28%) had not been convicted of, or in many cases, even charged with a crime. Despite recent growing interest in counting and reporting on custodial and police-involved deaths, most of the nearly 7,000 people who died have never had their stories told, and aggregate data regarding the manner and locations of their deaths have not been widely available. Unlike state-sanctioned executions, which occur on a set schedule and venue and are painstakingly documented, these extra-judicial deaths in custody are diffuse. They occur at every point and phase of our criminal justice system, in a manner that remains largely untracked and unexamined. This is where the Texas Justice Initiative (TJI) seeks to make an impact. TJI, a project of the Institute for Urban Policy Research and Analysis at the University of Texas at Austin, launched an online interactive database at www.TexasJusticeInitiative.org of custodial deaths reported in Texas from 2005 through 2015. The database's filtering options allow visitors to approach the data with their own questions, such as the extent to which black people are overrepresented in deaths in police interactions, or how causes of death vary by type of jail. The website is a starting point and tool for anyone interested in learning more about or contributing to the conversations around some of the most pressing problems of our times: the human toll and disparate impacts of mass incarceration and policing. TJI's goals are to bring attention to the hundreds of people who die yearly in Texas's criminal justice system; to provide a resource for researchers, policymakers, and community members to interrogate the system which results in so many casualties; and ultimately to reduce the number of deaths. In the next phase of this project, we will gather additional information on these deaths and the lives of the people who died from news reports and other public sources, family members, and loved ones. We welcome feedback, comments, and collaboration. Details: Austin: Texas Justice Initiative, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2018 at: https://austinbcc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/deaths-in-custody.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 151203

Author: University of Texas School of Law. Human Rights Clinic Title: Reckless Indifference: Deadly Heat in Texas Prisons Summary: The extreme, suffocating heat in Texas prisons that has claimed the lives of at least fourteen inmates since 2007 does not seem to have an end in sight as both Texas and the United States federal government have failed to take action. Since the publication of its report "Deadly Heat In Texas Prisons" in April 2014, the Human Rights Clinic at the University of Texas School of Law (:Clinic") visited Texas Department of Criminal Justice ("TDCJ") prison facilities and conducted interviews with inmates and inmates' spouses. Its findings support those of the April report regarding the TDCJ's failure to implement preventative and reactive heat reduction measures. This report highlights the Clinic's new discoveries regarding extreme heat conditions in TDCJ facilities, the treatment of heat-sensitive individuals, and the failed grievance system employed by the TDCJ. This report also assess the extreme heat issue within its international context, and sets forth additional recommendations regarding action the TDCJ, Texas, and the United States federal government must take in order to remedy the conditions within its prisons. Inmates and guards at TDCJ prisons are regularly subjected to extremely high temperatures and humidity levels resulting from Texas summertime conditions and the lack of air conditioning and adequate ventilation in TDCJ facilities. The Clinic has uncovered evidence that the TDCJ is well aware of the extreme heat issues in its prisons, but refuses to act on this awareness and take appropriate measures to protect its inmates and guards. Remedial measures which the TDCJ has taken or proposed to address heat risks are either ignored or improperly implemented - and regardless remain inadequate to sufficiently address the issue. The TDCJ also fails to provide effective medical care for its inmates. Many inmates are particularly susceptible to heat injury due to prior medical conditions, certain medications, or old age. The TDCJ neither monitors these inmates nor provides them with adequate living conditions to prevent suffering and death during the summer months. Indeed, all fourteen inmates who have died since 2007 under the care of the TDCJ suffered from pre-existing medical conditions exacerbated by the heat, and thirteen suffered from medical conditions necessitating medication that heightened their sensitivity to heat. Five of the deceased spent less than a single week in custody before succumbing to the dangerously high temperatures in Texas facilities. All inmates whose body temperatures were measured at their time of death had body temperatures between 105�F and 109�F (40.6�C and 42.8�C). Even where the TDCJ has issued specific standards to protect heat-sensitive inmates, such as in work or recreation areas, the TDCJ fails to actually implement these standards. These failures are not limited solely to the care provided to heat-sensitive individuals - rather, the TDCJ's healthcare system fails even healthy inmates. Inmates report that access to the clinic is difficult, and that their requests to visit the clinic are frequently ignored by guards. When treatment is given, it is often slow and ineffective. Obtaining TDCJ healthcare is also prohibitively expensive for many inmates, who may avoid receiving medical treatment to save money. Accordingly, the health of everyone is affected. The TDCJ's grievance procedures are unresponsive to complaints of inhumane living conditions and suffering from extreme heat. The lack of effective grievance procedures, along with both the threat of and actual retaliation, leads many inmates to avoid filing any grievances whatsoever. Those who do file grievances are discouraged by boiler-plate responses that rarely recognize the existence of inhumane treatment and seldom provide a remedy. In some circumstances, inmates who file grievances experience retaliation by TDCJ staff. Retaliation typically includes the confiscation or damage of personal property and restricted access to areas with slightly more ventilation or cooling equipment. The TDCJ and the state of Texas have turned a blind eye to these issues and thus stand in clear defiance of constitutional and human rights standards. To make matters worse, the conditions detailed in this report violate numerous international standards that are binding on the United States. Thus, although the United States federal government is aware of the inhumane treatment of inmates in Texas prisons, is internationally accountable for the suffering of TDCJ inmates, and has an international duty to protect inmates' rights affected by extreme heat issues, it has failed to do so. In particular, the ongoing suffering of the TDCJ's inmate population and the deaths that have verifiably resulted from heat-related illnesses are clear violations of inmates' international right to not be subjected to cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment. The TDCJ�s demonstrated lack of care for its over 150,000 inmates' medical needs also violates numerous domestic and international standards, most notably the human right to health, and further demonstrates the United States's violation of international standards protecting inmates' rights. The current state of the TDCJ's grievance procedures similarly does not comply with numerous international standards, all of which require a prompt, impartial, and effective remedy for the inhumane treatment of prisoners. Without immediate reforms, coupled with monitoring of the procedures and retaliation; the unresponsive, discouraging, and frustrating TDCJ grievance procedures will continue to violate these standards. However, pleas from inmates, international human rights bodies including the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights and the United Nations Committee Against Torture, and civil However, pleas from inmates, international human rights bodies including the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights and the United Nations Committee Against Torture, and civil society have not received any substantive response. This neglects the federal government's historical role of monitoring prison conditions and developing prison standards in partnership with the states. This is a responsibility the federal government has taken up to great effect in Texas history, leading to significant reforms in the past. It is also a role the federal government currently plays in other states, most notably Louisiana. Indeed, this is the very purpose of the Special Litigation Section of the Department of Justice Civil Rights Division. Details: Austin: University Of Texas School of Law, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2018 at: https://law.utexas.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2015/04/2015-HRC-USA-Reckless-Indifference-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 151227

Author: Torres, Jose Alexis Title: Public Housing: Examining the Impact of Banishment and Community Policing Summary: Public housing authorities (PHAs) have enforced banishment since the late 1980s by granting police the authority to ban non-residents from public housing neighborhoods and arresting them for trespassing upon violating the ban. PHAs justify banishment by stating that issuing bans and arrests for trespassing aid in crime prevention by removing non-residents who may commit criminal acts if left unguarded. Nonetheless, there has been no scientific evidence to suggest that banishment works to reduce crime. Similarly, the role community policing can play in enforcing banishment is unclear and scarce research has considered the effects of banishment on racial and ethnic minorities at neighborhood and individual levels. To address these issues this three-part study examined the enforcement of banishment on Kings Housing Authority (KHA; Southeast, US) public housing property from 2004-2012. Collectively these studies address the following overarching research questions: Does banishment reduce crime in public housing neighborhoods? Does banishment disproportionately target racial and ethnic public housing neighborhoods? Does banishment prevent banned individuals from re-offending in public housing? Does banishment disproportionately ban racial and ethnic individuals? What are the residential perceptions of banishment and its effectiveness? How does race and ethnicity affect perceptions of banishment and its effectiveness? Results suggest that banishment is better at reducing property crime than violent crime, though the reductions are modest at best. Increases in bans predicted decreases in drug arrests the following year and predicted that drug offenders can be deterred. Despite these crime control benefits results also suggested that the enforcement of banishment comes at a cost. First, a significant amount of banned individuals are not deterred. Second, while trespass enforcement is used in communities other than public housing, the issuing of bans is concentrated only within public housing communities and bans are predominantly issued to African-American males. Finally, results found that residents are not likely to find them effective if they think they are policing too much or policing too little. Future directions and implications are discussed given the dynamic between the crime control benefits of banishment and its social consequences. Details: Blacksburg: Virginia Tech University, 2016. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 21, 2018 at: https://vtechworks.lib.vt.edu/handle/10919/71703 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 151228

Author: Qin, Xiaoxing Title: Investigating the Impacts of Bus Transit on Street and Off-Street Robberies Summary: The relationship between crime and public transit has long been investigated by criminologists, but findings do not always reach a consensus. Reasons are various, among which the types of offense and public transit are of importance. For instance, robbery is a common example in these studies, but usually its relationships with rail and bus transit systems are not consistent, as there are differences between them in terms of structure, functionality, time schedule, and others. Furthermore, street and off-street robberies may have dissimilar responses to public transit, since the former is inclined to be opportunistic while the latter tends to be targeted, which lead to different preferences of location and time. However, statistical models used in these studies do not take into account both spatial and temporal variations. Rooted on routine activities approach, this study utilizes exploratory (spatial) data analysis to compare and contrast street and off-street robberies in order to discover how they may be influenced variously by bus transit from both spatial and temporal perspectives. More importantly, this research incorporates spatial and temporal factors in multilevel models with the purpose of understanding how these factors can interact with each other and together have effects on robbery. Results reveal not only similarity but also inconsistency between street and off-street robberies with respect to their responses to bus transit: both of them concentrate in the surrounding areas of bus transit; yet, street robbery has a considerably higher possibility to occur when bus transit is not in service on weekends, while off-street robbery has a bit more likelihood to occur when bus transit is in operation on weekdays. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2013. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ETD_SUBID:4955 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Bus Transit Shelf Number: 151229

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Criminal Alien Statistics: Information on Incarcerations, Arrests, Convictions, Costs, and Removals Summary: As of 2014, DHS estimated the total alien-a person who is not a citizen or national of the United States- population in the United States was about 27.1 million. Members of the alien population that have been arrested and convicted of crimes in the United States are referred to as criminal aliens. The costs associated with incarcerating criminal aliens are borne by the federal government, states, and localities. GAO was asked to update its March 2011 report on criminal alien statistics. This report addresses, among other things, the (1) number and nationality of incarcerated criminal aliens, (2) number of criminal alien arrests and convictions, (3) estimated costs associated with incarcerating criminal aliens, and (4) experiences of criminal aliens after incarceration in federal prison. GAO analyzed the most recent data available on criminal aliens, generally from fiscal years 2010 through 2016. Specifically, GAO analyzed data for criminal aliens incarcerated in federal prisons from fiscal years 2011 through 2016, and this group is the federal criminal alien population studied for this report. GAO also analyzed data for certain criminal aliens incarcerated in state prisons and local jails that received SCAAP funding from fiscal years 2010 through 2015, and this group is referred to as the state and local study population reviewed for this report. SCAAP data represents a portion of all criminal aliens incarcerated in state prisons and local jails. GAO used SCAAP data because there are no reliable data available on all criminal aliens incarcerated in every U.S. state prison and local jail. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-433: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/693162.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 151230

Author: Elliott, Vivian Title: Lessons to Advance Community Policing: Final Report for 2014 Microgrant Sites Summary: COPS Office Microgrant Initiative to support law enforcement in implementing innovative community policing projects. This program aims to provide small-grant seed funding (up to $100,000) to state, local, and tribal law enforcement to develop and test programs and strategies in a real-world setting and to help spur innovation within law enforcement agencies and across the profession. While these microgrant projects are smaller than other federally funded grant programs, they offer the benefit and flexibility of allowing law enforcement agencies to implement innovative initiatives that they would otherwise not have the resources to undertake. In 2014, the Microgrant Initiative sought to fund new projects under four major categories: (1) Building trust with communities of color; (2) Implementing cutting-edge strategies to reduce violence; (3) Countering violent extremism; and (4) Protecting vulnerable populations. The following 10 awards were funded: -- City of Chicago, Illinois - The Gang School Safety Team Program -- City of Los Angeles, California - The Leveraging Innovative Solutions to Enhance Neighborhoods Program -- City of Park Ridge, Illinois - Beyond CIT: Building Community Responses to People with Mental Health Problems -- City of Reno, Nevada - The 360 Blueprint Program -- Colorado Springs (Colorado) Police Department - The Assisting Elders Program -- El Paso County (Texas) Sheriff's Department - Teens and Police Service Academy -- North Las Vegas (Nevada) Police Department - Making North Las Vegas a Better Place to Live Initiative -- Seattle, Washington Police Foundation Seattle - Neighborhood Policing Plan Project -- Texas Department of Public Safety - Interdiction for the Protection of Children -- University of Wisconsin at Madison - The First 45 Days Initiative To assist agencies in capturing and documenting promising practices resulting from their microgrant projects, the COPS Office created the role of microgrant coordinator and provided funding to CNA to fill that role. CNA maintained regular contact with the microgrant sites to capture lessons learned and successes from their projects and to assist, as needed, with the implementation of their projects through technical assistance and guidance. These promising practices are captured and shared in this report. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0848-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 151231

Author: Tsuruoka, Sonia Title: Arlington, TX: A Community Policing Story; A Guide for Law Enforcement and Community Screenings Summary: This guide is designed as a tool for law enforcement and community groups to facilitate screenings and discussions of the 28-minute Not In Our Town film Arlington, TX: A Community Policing Story. Produced in collaboration with the COPS Office, the film follows the Arlington Police Department as it navigates its own series of tragedies: a gang-related death and officer-involved shooting death of two teens and the deaths of five officers ambushed in the neighboring city of Dallas, Texas. Discussion of these tragedies provides law enforcement leaders, criminal justice practitioners, academic researchers, and community advocates around the country with an opportunity to challenge and subsequently reimagine the landscape of the criminal justice system. This guide provides discussion questions and tips for organizing internal law enforcement agency and community screenings, information about procedural justice and legitimacy, and supplemental resources. Used together, the film and guide can help agencies work together with personnel and community members to initiate conversations about trust building, procedural justice, and institutional legitimacy in order to improve relationships between police and the communities they serve. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/ric.php?page=detail&id=COPS-P367 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 151232

Author: Stephens, Darrel W. Title: Civilian Oversight of the Police in Major Cities Summary: Since the 1950s, when civilian oversight was first implemented in some American police departments, its use has grown and a variety of new forms have developed. Established to improve community relations, enhance transparency and increase accountability, all of these programs have the ultimate goal of improving the quality of local policing and thereby increasing public safety. To develop a better understanding of oversight programs in their various forms, how they have evolved over time, and the challenges to implementing them, the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) collaborated with the Major Cities Chiefs Association (MCCA) to conduct a survey of MCCA member agencies. This publication discusses the results of that survey and the outcome of the round table held to discuss it. In doing so, it provides an overview of civilian oversight in major city police agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0861-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civilian Oversight Shelf Number: 151233

Author: Tsuruoka, Sonia Title: Camden's Turn: A Story of Police Reform in Progress A guide for law enforcement and community screenings Summary: The film Camden's Turn: A Story of Police Reform in Progress, which runs for 28 minutes, details Chief J. Scott Thomson's efforts to reverse the longstanding notoriety of Camden, New Jersey, as the most dangerous city in the United States. As the sixth leader in five years to preside over the Camden Police Department, Thomson was determined to provide a solution, rather than a temporary fix, to the broken status quo. However, following a period of economic downturn, the Camden Police Department-confronted with skyrocketing rates of violent crime, the proliferation of open-air drug markets, and swiftly deteriorating community relationships- was disbanded in 2013 in favor of a county-wide police department. Chief Thomson, emboldened by community support and his appetite for reform, was sworn in as police chief of the new Camden County Police Department, which evolved into a national model for communityoriented policing. Central to Thomson's approach was his advocacy for the slow but seismic shift from a warrior to a guardian mentality, a fundamental departure from the traditional metrics of success that defined policing for decades. The Camden County Police Department has increasingly embodied, both in statement and in practice, a newfound departmental culture of engagement, rather than enforcement, grounded in building relationships between law enforcement and the marginalized communities the department is sworn to serve. Today, its forward-thinking strategies-including updated training in de-escalation and reinvestment in foot patrols-continue to positively impact public safety outcomes in Camden. The film Camden's Turn: A Story of Police Reform in Progress provides a narrative for change, particularly given heightened attention to the fraught and frequently explosive relationship between law enforcement and communities of color. Chief Thompson demonstrates not only the possibility but also the unmistakable necessity of practicing the core elements of community-oriented policing: community partnerships, organizational transformation, and problem solving. Given the impact of this paradigmatic shift on public safety outcomes, including reduced violence and use of force complaints, Camden County Police Department and its continuing successes underscore that "the solution to our problems in our most challenged communities does not lie in a pistol or a pair of handcuffs," as Thomson states in the film. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p366-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 151234

Author: Spence, Deborah Title: Improving Law Enforcement Resilience: Lessons and Recommendations Summary: Since 2011, the COPS Office and the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) have raised awareness, increased knowledge, and promoted practices that support the safety and well-being of law enforcement officers through the Officer Safety and Wellness (OSW) Group. In October 2016, the OSW Group brought law enforcement practitioners and subject matter experts together to discuss promising practices for supporting officer resilience. Resilience-the ability not only to recover emotionally from traumatic events but to withstand day-to-day work-related stress-is critical to the physical and psychological health of all law enforcement officers. In addition to summarizing the group's discussions at the October meeting, this report contains case studies of the emotional impact of mass casualty events on first responders in Dallas, Texas; Orlando, Florida; and San Bernardino, California. The report also provides recommendations for preparing officers for traumatic events and strategies for supporting overall resilience through physical and emotional health. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p362-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disasters Shelf Number: 151235

Author: Papachristos, Andrew Title: Policing the Connected World: Using Social Network Analysis in Police-Community Partnerships Summary: Law enforcement agencies are increasingly using social network analysis (SNA) to understand the organization of gangs and other criminal networks, to identify their relationships, and to analyze data that can be used to focus crime prevention efforts. This report details the implementation of a SNA program developed by the COPS Office in partnership with Yale University. Created as part of a violence prevention initiative in New Haven, Connecticut, the Project Longevity SNA program emphasizes the value of community collaboration when gathering critical information such as the location and membership of these groups. Noting that transparency and community involvement in data collection encourage community support, the report also describes the benefits of focused deterrence activities, thereby reducing arrests and increasing efficiency. In addition to a detailed introduction to SNA and the ways it can be adapted to community and law enforcement needs, this report provides examples of SNA strategies used in other cities and practical guidelines for implementation. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0859-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 151236

Author: Armstrong, Andrea Title: No Prisoner Left Behind: Enhancing Public Transparency of Penal Institutions Summary: Prisoners suffer life-long debilitating effects of their incarceration, making them a subordinated class of people for life. This article examines how prison conditions facilitate subordination and concludes that enhancing transparency is the first step towards equality. Anti-subordination efforts led to enhanced transparency in schools, a similar but not identical institution. This article argues that federal school transparency measures provide a rudimentary and balanced framework for enhancing prison transparency. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law, 2014. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law Research Paper No. 2014-11: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2324387 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Conditions Shelf Number: 151238

Author: Armstrong, Andrea Title: Slavery Revisited in Penal Plantation Labor Summary: The Thirteenth Amendment prohibits slavery and involuntary servitude, but contains an exception for convicted prisoners. Scholars who have interrogated the prisoner-labor exception have wrongly concluded that prisoners may constitutionally be subjected to slavery (not just involuntary servitude). Courts have simply construed prisoners' labor complaints as involuntary servitude, failing to distinguish between the two concepts. Similarly, the public has failed to discuss the types of labor we expect from the incarcerated. The lack of attention to prison-created slavery is particularly problematic in the current economy. States, facing increasing budget deficits, are turning to inmate labor to produce additional revenue, or at a minimum, offset the cost of imprisonment. Based both upon the text and history of the Thirteenth Amendment, this article argues that prisoners may only be subjected to conditions approximating involuntary servitude. When a prisoner experiences "social death," i.e. the chattelizing of a person through the ritual or symbolic social degradation and exclusion, the prisoner is subjected to constitutionally prohibited conditions approximating slavery. In addition, the imposition of slavery on prisoners constitutes "cruel and unusual punishment" under the Eighth Amendment. The article applies these concepts to the history and operation of a modern-day penal plantation, Louisiana State Penitentiary. Last, the article concludes that a broader public discussion of the re-creation of slavery behind prison walls can lead to other positive outcomes, including enhanced legitimacy of the criminal justice system. Details: New Orleans: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola University New Orleans College of Law Research Paper No. 2012-06: Accessed August 22, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2034915 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Inmate Labor Shelf Number: 151239

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Establishing and Sustaining Law Enforcement-Researcher Partnerships: Guide for Law Enforcement Leaders Summary: Law enforcement leaders are increasingly recognizing the benefits of applying research findings in their work. As more researchers direct their efforts toward producing practical knowledge about effective police policies and practices, law enforcement agencies are better able to use that information to maximize their capacity to protect the public and bring lawbreakers to justice. In this era of shrinking budgets, research that points to what works best can help law enforcement leaders do more with less. Evidence-based policing (EBP) is an approach to testing and validating all facets of policing that encourages law enforcement agencies to develop their policy and program guidelines based on knowledge of best practices, and to carefully define and monitor outcomes that are achieved through their actions. Policymakers, funders and even community members have come to expect publicly-funded agencies to demonstrate that their policies and practices are proven to be costeffective. EBP is not an all-or-nothing approach that results in discarding "failed" programs, but rather a way for law enforcement agencies to continuously refine and update their policies and practices. By working with researchers, police departments can contribute to the continuing development of evidence-based policies, programs and practices. Since law enforcement personnel are trained in investigative techniques, they have a natural appreciation for well-done research, i.e., research efforts that ask meaningful questions, assemble relevant evidence, and make a convincing case for recommended actions. Police departments that have implemented community and problem-oriented policing are familiar with the problem-solving process that is the foundation of action research: problem identification and analysis, response development and implementation, ongoing monitoring and refinement, and impact assessment. Many police staff members find that they can become critical consumers of research, able to discern which studies or findings are valid and understand how best to apply them in their own agencies. This guide outlines ways that law enforcement leaders can move from being consumers of research to working with researchers to generate useful knowledge about what works in their own agencies and for policing in general. The guidelines in this document are grounded in the experience of a number of law enforcement agencies that have already partnered with researchers to continuously improve police performance. Many of these agencies have been able to use the results of research on the effectiveness of their policies and practices to successfully advocate for needed resources or policy changes. A few have contributed significantly to the general body of knowledge about what works best in policing. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2018? 32p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 23, 2018 at: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/documents/pdfs/EstablishingSustaingLawEnforcement-ResearchPartnershipsGuideforLELeaders.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 151242

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Establishing and Sustaining Law Enforcement-Researcher Partnerships: Guide for Researchers Summary: Researchers who want to contribute to a better understanding of policing are increasingly finding that many police departments welcome them as essential collaborators in clarifying issues to be addressed and improving knowledge about what works in law enforcement. In fact, the National Research Council of the National Academies notes that "policing stands in first place among all criminal justice agencies in the use of the tools of social science, including surveys, sophisticated statistical analysis and mapping, systematic observation, quasiexperiments, and randomized controlled trials." Although it may seem at times that police and researchers speak different languages, in fact they share key values and priorities. Researchers and law enforcement professionals both pursue knowledge through systematic investigation of the facts and careful assembly of evidence. Police are trained to observe situations, assess conditions and formulate theories based on evidence, skills that are very much akin to the data collection and hypothesis-testing abilities that researchers bring to research situations. Given this fundamental compatibility, action research, in which researchers actively partner with practitioners to solve problems, is a particularly appropriate law enforcement research strategy. Although some police agencies are wary of research results that could be used to diminish their credibility or to justify decreases in funding, police want to be innovative and successful. Studies of police organizational culture have found that officers at all levels strongly prefer an achievement work culture, in which "employees share a commitment to the attainment of departmental goals" and are encouraged to learn new things. Researchers partnering with law enforcement agencies can help reinforce this achievement culture by enhancing police knowledge of factors contributing to their effectiveness and helping them become critical consumers of research findings. Even more important, researchers can help police reach a deeper understanding of local crime problems that can lead to enhanced police capacities to prevent and respond to crime. Police personnel who participate with researchers in data collection and analysis and program design are often better able and more willing to implement the findings and recommendations offered by their research partners. As a result, researchers working collaboratively with law enforcement agencies are frequently able to see the effects that their findings have on police policies, procedures and programs. By partnering with police agencies, researchers can experience the satisfaction of seeing that their work is making a difference in police effectiveness and community safety. Researchers are increasingly finding that action research can withstand peer review, advance careers, and enhance professional reputations. With its emphasis on encouraging the collaborative efforts of many participants, action research produces information from diverse sources that can yield a richer understanding of the issues being studied. Although publication of research articles is not the primary goal of local action research efforts, many applied researchers routinely develop articles for peer-reviewed journals. Navigating the real-world complexities of law enforcement organizations can be challenging, but researchers are finding that it can also be energizing and inspiring. By testing researchers' assumptions and customary approaches to knowledge-building, police partners can foster researchers' creativity, insight and flexibility. Instead of being perceived as critics who focus only on mistakes, researchers working in partnership with police can help law enforcement agencies document and celebrate their successes while also enabling them to learn from missteps and refine their strategies. By developing trusting and mutually respectful relationships with law enforcement agencies, researchers can cultivate future research opportunities that will not only support their professional advancement but also contribute significantly to building knowledge about what works in law enforcement. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/documents/pdfs/EstablishingSustaingLawEnforcement-ResearchPartnershipsGuideforResearchers.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 151241

Author: Equal Justice Initiative Title: Lynching in America: Targeting Black Veterans Summary: As America prepares to celebrate the valor, bravery, and courage of the men and women who have fought and risked their lives for this country, the history of racial terrorism and violence endured by thousands of African American veterans remains unacknowledged. EJI's new report, Lynching in America: Targeting Black Veterans, documents the culture of targeted physical violence and social humiliation that black veterans were forced to confront during the late 19th and early 20th centuries, despite their hopes of achieving racial equality through the patriotic commitment of military service. The end of the Civil War ushered in a new era of racial terror lynchings and violence directed at black people in America that was designed to sustain a system of white supremacy and hierarchy, one whose brutal repercussions have not been fully acknowledged in this country. No one was more at risk of experiencing targeted violence than black veterans who had proven their valor and courage as soldiers during the Civil War, World War I, and World War II. Military service sparked dreams of racial equality for generations of African Americans, but rather than welcomed home and honored for their service, many black veterans were targeted for mistreatment, violence, and murder during the lynching era due to their race and military experience. Between the end of Reconstruction and the years following World War II, the experience of military service for African Americans often inflamed an attitude of defiant resistance to the status quo that could prove deadly in a society where racial subordination was violently enforced. All throughout the American South, parts of the Midwest, and the Northeast, dozens of black veterans died at the hands of mobs and persons acting under the color of official authority; many survived near-lynchings; and thousands suffered severe assaults and social humiliation. "The disproportionate abuse and assaults against black veterans have never been fully acknowledged. This report highlights the particular challenges endured by black veterans in the hope that our nation can better confront the legacy of this violence and terror," EJI Director Bryan Stevenson said. "No community is more deserving of recognition and acknowledgment than those black men and women veterans who bravely risked their lives to defend this country's freedom, only to have their own freedom denied and threatened because of racial bigotry." Lynching in America: Targeting Black Veterans builds upon the comprehensive seminal report on the era of racial terror lynchings and violence that EJI published last year. Documenting over 4000 lynchings of African Americans throughout the South between 1877 and 1950, the 2015 report, Lynching in America: Confronting the Legacy of Racial Terror, explored the ways in which racial terrorism profoundly shaped the nation's demographics and reinforced a myth of racial inferiority and a legacy of racial inequality that is readily apparent in our criminal justice system today. Research on mass violence, trauma, and transitional justice underscores the urgent need to engage in public conversations about racial history that begin a process of truth and reconciliation in this country. Documenting the atrocities of lynching and targeted racial violence is vital to understanding the incongruity of our country's professed ideals of freedom and democracy while tolerating ongoing violence against people of color within our own borders Details: Montgomery, AL: EJI, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: https://eji.org/sites/default/files/lynching-in-america-targeting-black-veterans-web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 151243

Author: Equal Justice Initiative Title: Lynching in America: Confronting the Legacy of Racial Terror Summary: Lynching in America: Confronting the Legacy of Racial Terror documents EJI's multi-year investigation into lynching in twelve Southern states during the period between Reconstruction and World War II. EJI researchers documented 4075 racial terror lynchings of African Americans in Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Virginia between 1877 and 1950 - at least 800 more lynchings of black people in these states than previously reported in the most comprehensive work done on lynching to date. In 2017, EJI supplemented this research by documenting racial terror lynchings in other states, and found these acts of violence were most common in eight states: Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Maryland, Missouri, Ohio, Oklahoma, and West Virginia. Lynching in America makes the case that lynching of African Americans was terrorism, a widely supported phenomenon used to enforce racial subordination and segregation. Lynchings were violent and public events that traumatized black people throughout the country and were largely tolerated by state and federal officials. This was not "frontier justice" carried out by a few marginalized vigilantes or extremists. Instead, many African Americans who were never accused of any crime were tortured and murdered in front of picnicking spectators (including elected officials and prominent citizens) for bumping into a white person, or wearing their military uniforms after World War I, or not using the appropriate title when addressing a white person. People who participated in lynchings were celebrated and acted with impunity. The report explores the ways in which lynching profoundly impacted race relations in this country and shaped the contemporary geographic, political, social, and economic conditions of African Americans. Most importantly, lynching reinforced a narrative of racial difference and a legacy of racial inequality that is readily apparent in our criminal justice system today. Mass incarceration, racially biased capital punishment, excessive sentencing, disproportionate sentencing of racial minorities, and police abuse of people of color reveal problems in American society that were shaped by the terror era. Details: Montgomery, AL: EJI, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: https://lynchinginamerica.eji.org/report/ Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: African American, Crimes Against Shelf Number: 151244

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Intelligence-led Community Policing, Community Prosecution, and Community Partnerships Summary: In September 2010, the U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) awarded funding to the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) to assess an innovative approach to public safety developed by the Rockland County, New York, District Attorney's Office (RCDAO) and explore its implementation in other jurisdictions in partnership with local criminal justice agencies and the community. Rockland County's innovative approach, known as Intelligence-Led Community Policing, Community Prosecution, and Community Partnerships (IL3CP), synthesizes the philosophies of community policing, intelligence-led policing, and community prosecution into a single model that connects the criminal justice system and the community through seamless communication and partnerships. The IACP worked with police departments and prosecutors' offices in Mesa, Arizona; Newport News, Virginia; and Saint Paul, Minnesota over a 12-month period to implement and assess the IL3CP model in each city. Given the preliminary nature of these implementations, efforts were targeted to particular high crime areas in each city, as opposed to the jurisdiction-wide approach used in Rockland County. Overwhelmingly, police and prosecutors praised the model for its ability to improve communication, collaboration, and cooperation between their respective offices. Initial implementation of the model in the pilot jurisdictions resulted in the increased reporting of crime. However, crime rates began to decline at the end of the assessment period. While these declines fall short of formal evaluation, they are encouraging. Based on the results of this project, the IACP believes the IL3CP model can be described as a promising model of policing that has the potential to benefit both law enforcement and prosecutorial agencies. Although the concepts of the model are not new, the synthesis of their individual components into a comprehensive approach to public safety is innovative. As a result of their initial projects, all three pilot jurisdictions expanded IL3CP projects beyond the initially targeted high crime areas to other communities within their cities that were experiencing similar problems, a testament to their satisfaction with the model. The IACP and the originators of this program in Rockland County believe that IL3CP represents a viable and highly adaptable approach that uniquely combines three approaches, each based on their own sound principles and track records, into a single approach that addresses modern day complexities of public safety. Given the complexity of the IL3CP approach, its short implementation time, and limited resources, any attempt to convey IL3CP as "definitive scientific success" would be clearly premature. There is substantial evidence, however, that IL3CP has promise and can be used to foster improvements in collaboration both across criminal justice agencies and with the community. This document is offered as an overview and a preliminary assessment of the IL3CP approach to crime and public safety. Our preliminary assessment and suggestions for implementing the model are offered in the hope that it encourages other law enforcement agencies to consider adapting the IL3CP approach to their jurisdictions and that more extensive and robust assessments can follow. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services. 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at; https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p322-pub.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 140839

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Breaking the Silence on Law on Law Enforcement Suicides. IACP National Symposium on Law Enforcement Officer Suicide and Mental Health. Summary: According to statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), data from Law Enforcement Officers Killed and Assaulted (LEOKA), and survey results from the 2012 National Study on Police Suicides, law enforcement officer deaths by suicide were twice as high as compared to traffic accidents and felonious assaults during 2012. This sobering data indicates that some law enforcement officers suffer from mental health issues and suicidal ideation and behavior, and too many officers are dying from it. Moreover, it suggests that mental health and well-being is integral to the continuum of officer safety and wellness and critical to preventing officer suicide. Yet, what resources can executives and leaders invest in to support officer mental wellness? While executives provide resources to ensure officer safety and physical fitness standards are met, such as through firearms training and physical fitness programs, what should executives be doing to ensure officers' mental health and wellness? Law enforcement officers are exposed to daily events that threaten their lives and expose them to heinous atrocities. They witness cruel acts to the innocent more frequently than those in other professions. Because of this, officers deserve the best mental health and wellness support that can be provided. Mental health providers, specifically trained and experienced in providing services to law enforcement, should be available in order to provide specialty service throughout an officer's career, from the academy through retirement. The reality is that the law enforcement profession has long perpetuated a stigma attached to mental health that prevents both officers from seeking the necessary treatment and leaders from providing it. Now is the time to remove that stigma and to openly address the reality of officer mental health issues and suicide prevention. Now is the time when law enforcement leaders must identify and deploy the most effective strategies to protect and enhance the mental health and fitness of officers. To address this critical issue, the International Association of Chiefs of Police, in partnership with the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, hosted "Breaking the Silence: A National Symposium on Law Enforcement Officer Suicide and Mental Health" in July 2013. Participants at the symposium worked together to develop a national strategy built on the following four cornerstones to address officer mental wellness and suicide prevention: (1) culture change; (2) early warning and prevention protocols; (3) training; and (4) event response protocols. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p281-pub.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Stress Shelf Number: 132599

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Citation in Lieu of Arrest: Examining Law Enforcement�s Use of Citation Across the United States Summary: In 2014, the IACP, with support from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, began to study how police departments approach the use of citation in lieu of arrest, with a goal to provide the law enforcement community and other criminal justice stakeholders with a reference point for information about citation practices across America. The project included three components: Nationwide Survey. The IACP worked with an independent research organization to conduct a national survey of law enforcement agencies in order to determine their level of citation use, assess their perspectives on the practice, and identify data sets for further research in the area. Literature Review. The IACP also undertook a comprehensive review of academic literature surrounding citation use dating back 40 years. This literature review provided the IACP with information about the historical use of and legal authority for issuing citations, as well as some jurisdiction-specific data about its impact on the criminal justice system. The literature review also identified gaps in the research on how the use of citation, when compared to arrest, affects law enforcement efficiency and effectiveness, criminal justice system costs, individual case outcomes, and public safety. Focus Group Discussions. In order to assess current law enforcement attitudes about the use of citation, the IACP held a series of focus groups to document perspectives, concerns, and opinions. Approximately 40 law enforcement professionals, representing a diverse cross-section of agencies and officer ranks, participated in four focus group discussions held at the IACP Headquarters in Alexandria, Virginia, and at the IACP Annual Conference in Orlando, Florida, throughout 2014 and 2015. The focus groups considered how departments view the link between citation and pretrial release policies and practices, how they use data to make citation decisions and evaluate citation use outcomes, and how they leverage existing diversion programs to provide support to those cited. Their perspectives and concerns are included throughout this report. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2016. 32p. Source: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/documents/pdfs/IACP%20Citation%20Final%20Report%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Citations Shelf Number: 138669

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Law Enforcement's Leadership Role in the Advancement of Promising Practices in Juvenile Justice. Executive Officer Survey Findings Summary: The IACP in partnership with the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation has established a multiyear initiative entitled "Law Enforcement�s Leadership Role in the Advancement of Promising Practices in Juvenile Justice." The goal of this project is to increase the leadership role of state and local law enforcement executives to effectively address systemic juvenile justice issues as well as improve local responses to juvenile offenders. The initiative focuses on the potential for police leaders to have a stronger role in juvenile justice system issues and is providing information and training to the field of law enforcement, accelerating progress towards more successful outcomes for youth, families, and communities. A research survey of law enforcement leaders was conducted to assess the current state of attitudes, knowledge and practices regarding how law enforcement agencies deal with juvenile offenders and collaborate with juvenile justice system partners. The IACP initiated this survey, in collaboration with Hollander, Cohen & McBride Marketing Research (HCM), in order to gather a statistically reliable, national scope of information on police perceptions and practices relative to the juvenile justice system and response to juvenile offenders. The information collected is important for several reasons: 1. It serves as a research foundation for all future research and policy efforts of the IACP in collaboration with the MacArthur Foundation and will inform the efforts of other MacArthur grantees as well. 2. It provides a platform for the design and focus of the 2013 IACP/MacArthur Foundation National Summit on Law Enforcement Leadership in Juvenile Justice and the subsequent development of an IACP Juvenile Justice Leadership Institute (planned for 2014). 3. It is a benchmark document, reflecting current thinking and actions by police leaders that will allow IACP to measure the impact of its work with the MacArthur Foundation to enhance law enforcement's leadership role in juvenile justice system policy and innovative response to juvenile offenders. 4. It supplies up-to-date information reflecting the opinions and actions of law enforcement leaders to a broad spectrum of juvenile justice and criminal justice professionals. In the survey, respondents were asked whether they believe that law enforcement leaders have a significant role to play in the juvenile justice system. A large majority (79%) either strongly agreed or agreed that they should play a significant role, however the survey results showed a large gap between the role law enforcement leaders believe they should have and the role they actually play. Only about one in five said that they or others in their department exercise a significant role in their community's juvenile justice system. A vast majority of survey respondents also reported that they support a separate justice system for juveniles. However few are confident that the current system improves public safety or promotes rehabilitation. These findings and the information contained in this survey report show law enforcement leadership in support of and involved with the juvenile justice system. The IACP/MacArthur Foundation initiative is working to reduce the gaps between the promise of the juvenile justice system to help youth at a stage when the trajectory of their life might be changed, and the reality of how the system works in practice. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: http://www.theiacp.org/Portals/0/documents/pdfs/IACPJJExecutiveOfficerSurveyFindings.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Reform Shelf Number: 132297

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Safeguarding Children of Arrested Parents Summary: On June 12, 2013, Deputy Attorney General of the United States James M. Cole delivered remarks at the White House where he announced that "the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP), with funding support from the Department of Justice (DOJ) is developing a model protocol and training on protecting the physical and emotional well-being of children when their parents are arrested." The IACP project announced by the Deputy Attorney General is part of an overarching White House Domestic Policy Council justice initiative focused on reducing trauma experienced by children who have parents in prison or jail. This is a broad-based undertaking given the myriad of situations in which parental arrest, incarceration, or both can have a negative impact on a child's physical, mental, social, and emotional well-being. Parental incarceration is now recognized as among the "adverse childhood experiences" that increase a child's risk of negative outcomes in adulthood, including alcoholism; depression; illegal drug use; domestic violence and other criminal behavior; health-related problems; and suicide, among others. Minimizing the trauma experienced by children at the time of their parent's arrest has the potential to lessen this risk, improving outcomes in the short and long-run. On September 10, 2013, the Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs' Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) awarded supplemental funding to IACP to engage its National Law Enforcement Policy Center in the development of a Model Policy and Concepts and Issues Paper that would assist law enforcement agencies in developing measures to safeguard children when a parent is arrested. Instrumental to this process was the use of a focus group composed of federal, state, local, and tribal practitioners with expertise in child welfare, law enforcement, children's mental health, and children with incarcerated parents. In addition, the IACP will develop training to assist agencies with implementing the policy The resulting Model Policy is incorporated in and forms the basis for issues and topics examined in the Concepts and Issues Paper. The Model Policy should be used as a template for agencies to develop and/or customize an internal policy, which should also reflect the input and coordination of partner organizations in order to incorporate their resources and capabilities. The intent of the Concepts and Issues Paper is twofold. First, it is intended to provide greater insight for readers of the Model Policy concerning the rationale underlying the policy positions and directives. Second, it is intended to provide an understanding of the most promising practices that have been identified and that will form the basis for development of law enforcement training modules addressing issues involving children of arrested parents. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. National Institute of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 23, 2018 at:; https://www.bja.gov/publications/iacp-safeguardingchildren.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 133471

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: National Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) Study: A National Assessment of Critical Trends and Issues from 2009 to 2013 Summary: Prior research tells us Special Weapons and Tactics (SWAT) approaches vary across all of the state, local and tribal law enforcement agencies in the United States (U.S.), of which there are more than 17,000. In particular, SWAT staffing levels, composition, policies, training, and deployment can fluctuate noticeably when looking at major, midsize, and smaller agencies. Looking at SWAT operations from a policy perspective (refer to the NTOA Tactical Response and Operations Standard at http://ntoa. org/swat-standard/ or the IACP Model Policy on SWAT or Use of Force at http://www.iacp.org/ model-policy) we also know there are substantial variations in the components that go into a SWAT or special operations unit, including, but not limited to, tactical, canine, conflict resolution, and medical response. The compositions of SWAT units vary as well, from functions staffed exclusively by fulltime personnel, to those operated by part-time personnel, and those which use both full- and parttime personnel. SWAT is often included in a broader special operations division (SOD) in many major county and city departments. There is also variation in the jurisdictional reach of SWAT, with some designed as city- or county-specific, while others may serve multiple cities within a specified region. Lastly, local SWAT teams often work in partnership with federal SWAT or special operations units, further complicating how SWAT activity statistics are collected, analyzed, and reported. Over the past several decades, the National Tactical Officers Association (NTOA) has worked diligently to create and support the implementation of best practice policies into SWAT operations across the U.S. Performance standards have been developed, as well as guidelines for minimum training, model policies, and learning validation, measuring officer comprehension and retention of policy details. Due to the complexity of the issue and a need from the law enforcement field, the NTOA contracted the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) to conduct a national research study assessing critical trends and issues related to SWAT in the United States from 2009 through 2013. To avoid any unintended bias, the IACP engaged the services of the National Opinion Research Center (NORC) at the University of Chicago to provide data analysis. Through the development and implementation of the national survey, the NTOA has collected information from 254 law enforcement agencies regarding teams composed of specially selected, trained, and equipped personnel who are activated and, if necessary, deployed to resolve high-risk incidents. Many individuals have a reasonable interest in understanding SWAT practices more fully, particularly citizens, the media, community organizations, and governing bodies. Generally, these individuals rarely get a chance to hear firsthand from either SWAT members or those involved in a SWAT action, which could help them better understand the complexities of SWAT deployments. This report reveals the results of the research studies and looks into the composition of SWAT teams, protocols, practices, training procedures, community relations, deployment decisions, outcomes, and incident reporting. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2018 at: http://www.theiacp.org/portals/0/documents/pdfs/IACPNTOANationalSWATStudyReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Special Operations Shelf Number: 138797

Author: Morton, Robert J. Title: Serial Murder: Pathways for Investigations Summary: Serial murder cases present numerous challenges and obstacles to law enforcement personnel who have the responsibility of investigating these complex cases. These cases involve multiple victims; the series may span days, months or even years; they can involve several jurisdictions; the motive involved may not be easily discerned; offender behaviors may not be consistent among all the cases; and there may be no obvious relationship between the offenders and the victims. Serial murder cases are also very rare and most law enforcement investigators do not have the same level of experience in investigating serial murder as they do with other types of crimes. Additionally, the majority of serial murder cases involve offenders who kill for sexual reasons. The crime scene dynamics in sexually motivated murders can appear very different from those of other violent crimes. The physical and particularly the sexual interactions committed by offenders against victims are unusual, tend to appear bizarre, and can be difficult to interpret (Morton & Hilts, 2008). Details: Quantico, VA: National Center for the Analysis of Violent Crime, 2014. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed august 23, 2018 at: https://www.fbi.gov/file-repository/serialmurder-pathwaysforinvestigations.pdf/view Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 151246

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Making Prevention a Reality: identifying Assessing, and Managing the Threat of Targeted Attacks Summary: Traditional law enforcement techniques historically have focused on the apprehension and prosecution of violent offenders 'after' violent crimes are committed. When police are given information that someone may potentially commit a crime or become violent in the future, their responsibilities, authorities, and available investigative tools are suddenly less clear. This guide is about threat assessment and management, or stated another way, 'how law enforcement officers and others may identify, assess, and manage the risk of future, planned violence'. This task is a complex and nuanced one. Published research about intended violence and its perpetrators, along with knowledge and experience derived from previous cases, are applied to the facts and circumstances of each case. In other words, there is a lot to think about. The FBI Behavioral Analysis Unit (BAU) held a symposium in mid-2015, bringing together academic researchers, mental health experts, and law enforcement practitioners of threat assessment to discuss the active shooter phenomenon. Specifically, symposium participants focused on prevention strategies with regard to this crime problem. By far the most valuable prevention strategy identified was the threat assessment and management team. The good news is that every organization and community has the potential to stand up or access such a team. The intent of this publication is, therefore, to provide desperately needed guidance on making this a reality for every community based upon a consensus of recommendations in an evolving field. Recommendations are offered about this process in very practical terms. It is not intended as an academic textbook but rather as a hands-on guide for novice and experienced threat assessment practitioners alike. Details: Washington, DC: FBI, 2017. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 23, 2018 At: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=804728 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooters Shelf Number: 151247

Author: National Lawyers Guild. Parole Preparation Project Title: New York State Parole Board: Failures in Staffing and Performance Summary: There are nearly 22,000 people serving indeterminate sentences in New York State prisons. Every year, 12,000 of these individuals appear before the Board of Parole in an attempt to secure their freedom. Due to the Board's punitive policies and practices, and their susceptibility to political influence, the large majority of parole-eligible people are denied release. However, thanks to the tireless work of advocates and formerly incarcerated leaders, preliminary statistical evidence shows a marginal improvement in release rates since September 2017, when new parole regulations were implemented and new Commissioners joined the Board. While we are encouraged by these developments and what they may bring, the Board of Parole is now facing staffing issues of catastrophic proportions, and continues to engage in unlawful, unethical and harmful behavior, despite repeated admonishments by the New York State judiciary and legislature. Although the Executive Law that governs parole permits 19 Commissioners to serve on the Board, as of May 2018, only 12 Commissioners were seated. Such severe understaffing has led to myriad procedural problems, over-worked Commissioners, higher caseloads, shorter parole interviews, and less time for individualized evaluations of parole applicant files. These realities have led to devastating consequences for people in prison and their loved ones. Understaffing has also led to a significant increase in two-person parole panels, a practice that in August 2017 Parole Board Chairperson Stanford relayed would no longer be used. Additionally, parole interviews are being postponed for no discernible or statutorily authorized reason. Compounding these issues of understaffing, two long-serving Commissioners, W. William Smith and Marc Coppola who frequently engage in racist, unlawful and repugnant behavior, remain on the Board. The Governor can and should dismiss these Commissioners immediately and replace them with qualified candidates who better reflect the identities and experiences of people in prison. Commissioner Smith, in violation of the Executive Law, almost unilaterally denies parole to people convicted of violent crimes despite their demonstrated rehabilitation and low risk to public safety. Additionally, people in prison have reported numerous instances where Commissioner Smith lost his temper, slammed his hands down on the table or mocked the interviewee. Commissioner Smith also has deep political ties to the New York State Senate. He has donated nearly $20,000 to the very Senators responsible for confirming his appointments to the Board. Commissioner Coppola's record is equally abhorrent. During interviews, Commissioner Coppola is often unprepared and absent, asking questions that have already been answered or referencing facts from case files of other parole applicants. He also fails to consider the achievements of applicants, their advancing age, or their youth at the time of conviction, all factors required by the law. We are calling on Governor Cuomo to dismiss Commissioners Smith and Coppola, end two-person panels and needless postponements, and fill the vacancies on the Board with candidates from a broad range of professional backgrounds who believe strongly in the principles of rehabilitation, mercy, and redemption. The lives of thousands of incarcerated people depend on it Details: New York: Parole Preparation Project; Release Aging People in Prison Campaign, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2018 at: http://rappcampaign.com/wp-content/uploads/NYS-Parole-Board-August-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 151253

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: State Prisons and the Delivery of Hospital Care: How states set up and finance off-site care for incarcerated individuals Summary: Delivering adequate medical care to the more than 1 million adults in state prisons is a growing challenge for states, in part because of the high costs and complex logistics required to hospitalize people who are incarcerated. While most care for incarcerated individuals is delivered on-site, some of them periodically need to be hospitalized for acute or specialized care. As is true generally, this treatment is expensive because of the labor-intensive and sophisticated services provided. And hospitalizing someone who is in prison brings added expenses, such as providing secure transportation to and from the hospital and guarding the patient round-the-clock. State officials nationwide are under increasing pressure to contain hospitalization costs while also ensuring the constitutional right to "reasonably adequate" care. Hospitalization expenses are already a significant portion of correctional health care spending and are likely to grow if prison trends continue. The average age of those behind bars is rising, and the health needs of these individuals-like older people outside of prison-are more extensive than those of younger cohorts, including more hospitalizations. State officials are also noting an increase in the amount of care required for all adults entering correctional facilities. Looming over these considerations is the future direction of national health care policy, especially the role of Medicaid, the federal-state program for low-income individuals. With these challenges in mind, The Pew Charitable Trusts explored hospital care for people incarcerated in state prisons, tapping data from two nationwide surveys conducted by Pew and the Vera Institute of Justice and from interviews with more than 75 state officials. This first-of-its-kind analysis of hospital care for this patient population is part of a broader examination by Pew of correctional health care in the United States. This report will discuss the ways states arrange and pay for hospital care for their incarcerated population and how such care supplements on-site prison health services. Its findings include: - Off-site care costs are a significant part of correctional health budgets. For example, Virginia spent 27 percent of its prison health care budget on off-site hospital care in 2015, while New York spent 23 percent. - The health care delivery model that state prisons use to provide on-site services informs decisions they must make regarding hospitalization arrangements, including who holds authority to send someone off-site, how the care is coordinated and reviewed, and which entity pays the bill. - The federal Affordable Care Act (ACA) offers state policymakers who elect to expand their Medicaid programs' eligibility a way to reduce inpatient hospital spending. - Though incarcerated individuals always will need to be treated at hospitals for certain conditions or tests, some states have promising practices to avert some off-site care, saving money and mitigating public safety risks. The report's discussion of state approaches to providing care to incarcerated individuals is designed to help the officials involved in setting hospitalization policy-lawmakers, prison and hospital medical staff and administrators, correctional officers, and sometimes private contractors-better manage costs while working toward or maintaining a high-performing prison health care system. Details: Philadelphia: Pew Charitable Trusts, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2018 at: http://www.pewtrusts.org/-/media/assets/2018/07/prisons-and-hospital-care_report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Care Shelf Number: 151260

Author: Florida. Senate. Committee on Criminal Justice Title: Examine Technological Advances and Other Issues in Electronic Monitoring or Probationers Summary: Electronic monitoring by location tracking devices can be used as an aid in supervising pre-trial releasees and sentenced offenders who are not incarcerated. In Florida, electronic monitoring is primarily used by the Department of Corrections (department) to provide an extra measure of security for high-risk offenders - particularly sex offenders - who are under some form of community supervision. In recent years there have been calls to reduce corrections costs by replacing all or part of a term of incarceration of low-risk offenders with less expensive community supervision that includes electronic monitoring. In addition to reducing costs, some believe that use of electronic monitoring in lieu of the last part of a period of incarceration would support successful reentry into the community by providing for a period of supervision before release from custody. This report describes the current and historical use of electronic monitoring in the state correctional system and examines the potential for cost savings through increasing its use. The description of technology and support systems also illustrates the capabilities and limitations of using electronic monitoring to enhance public safety. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Senate, 2011. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Interim Report 2012-117: Accessed August 24, 2018 at: https://www.flsenate.gov/PublishedContent/Session/2012/InterimReports/CJ1172012-117cj1.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151256

Author: Evans, William N. Title: Guns and Violence: The Enduring Impact of Crack Cocaine Markets on Young Black Males Summary: Crack cocaine markets were associated with substantial increases in violence in the U.S. during the 1980s and 1990s. Using cross-city variation in the emergence of these markets, we show that the resulting violence has important long-term implications for understanding current levels of murder rates by age, sex and race. We estimate that the murder rate of young black males doubled soon after crack's entrance into a city, and that these rates were still 70 percent higher 17 years after crack's arrival. We document the role of increased gun possession as a mechanism for this increase. Following previous work, we show that the fraction of suicides by firearms is a good proxy for gun availability and that this variable among young black males follows a similar trajectory to murder rates. Access to guns by young black males explains their elevated murder rates today compared to older cohorts. The long run effects of this increase in violence are large. We attribute nearly eight percent of the murders in 2000 to the long-run effects of the emergence of crack markets. Elevated murder rates for younger black males continue through to today and can explain approximately one tenth of the gap in life expectancy between black and white males. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 24819: Accessed August 24, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24819.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crack Cocaine Shelf Number: 151261

Author: Louisiana Center for Children's Rights Title: Keep Children Out of Orleans Parish Prison: Speedy, Safe, and Cost-Effective Prison Reform in New Orleans, Louisiana Summary: New Orleans can act now to stop young people from being raped, beaten, and even killed. We can do it while saving money. We can do it legally and constitutionally, while enhancing public safety and reducing long-term recidivism. We just have to commit to holding youth accountable in age-appropriate settings. When we detain youth prior to trial, we should hold them in a facility that is designed to keep them safe - not at the Orleans Parish Prison (OPP), New Orleans' adult pretrial jail. OPP is no place for children. OPP is under a federal consent decree - a binding ruling that imposes federal judicial oversight. As part of the consent decree, the Orleans Parish Sheriff and the federal government have agreed that the conditions at OPP are unconstitutionally cruel. One expert told a federal judge that the facility is probably the worst large jail in the country. But, at any given moment, at least thirty children younger than 18 - 33 of them on August 28, 2015, according to data collected by the Louisiana Center for Children's Rights - are locked up at the notoriously dangerous prison, awaiting trial. It's not safe; it's not legal; it�s not fair; and the costs of attempting to fix the problems for children in OPP are prohibitively expensive. Details: New Orleans: The Center, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: https://www.laccr.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Keep-Children-Out-of-OPP.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 151262

Author: Bartley, Wm. Alan Title: The Role of Gun Supply in 1980s and 1900s Youth Violence Summary: Youth violence, particularly among young black males, particularly in urban areas, increased radically in the late 1980s and early 1990s and then began to fall. One explanation for this has been the expansion of crack markets in the 1980s; to the degree that increased gun access among young black males was believed to play a role, the implicit assumption was there was a demand shock in gun markets. Using a novel data set of handgun prices for 1980-2000, combined with ATF data on US rearm production quantities, we document that in fact the prices for cheaper "entry-level" guns fell in this period, suggesting a positive supply shock for the bottom end of the market. We argue that in substantial part this was due to a major reduction in the resources and activities of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF) in the 1980s. This allowed substantially greater freedom among licensed gun dealers, a pattern which was reversed in the early 1990s (changes in manufacturing also appear to have played a role in the initial expansion). We document that the positive supply shock increased the availability of guns to criminally active youth and led to higher rates of gun access for young black men, particularly for 25 ACP, 380 ACP and 9mm autoloaders. The increase and decrease in gun violence among young black men can be matched to changes along this causal chain. Details: Lexington, KY: Transylvania University, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Conference Paper: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: www.aeaweb.org Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 151263

Author: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council Title: Illinois Results First: The High Cost of Recidivism Summary: This brief updates the Sentencing Policy Advisory Council's (SPAC�s) 2015 High Cost of Recidivism report. Similar to regular updating of financial reports on economic activity or investments, this criminal justice update incorporates new trends and improved methodology to provide a more accurate and current picture of the high costs of recidivism in Illinois. The brief below describes the key findings and costs, how those costs accumulate over time, and how evidence-based policies and practices can help reduce recidivism such that the benefits outweigh the costs. - In 2016, 38,477 people were convicted of felonies and 33,074 were convicted of misdemeanors in Illinois. - Only 11% of the 71,551 total convictions were of individuals with no prior arrests. Roughly 96% of the people admitted to prison eventually return to the community. - Forty-three percent of those released from prison each year recidivate within three years of release and 17% will recidivate within one year of release. - Thirty-five percent of those sentenced to probation for felony offenses each year recidivate within three years of sentencing, and 17% will recidivate within one year. - Thirty-seven percent of those sentenced to probation for misdemeanor offenses each year recidivate within three years of sentencing, and 19% will recidivate within one year. - The average cost associated with one recidivism event is $151,662. Given current recidivism trends, over the next 5 years recidivism will cost Illinois over $13 billion. Details: Springfield: SPAC, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/Illinois_Result_First-The_High_Cost_of_Recidivism_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 151264

Author: Devitt Westley, Christine Title: Examining the recidivism of firearm offenders using state criminal history and mortality data Summary: The scourge of gun violence in our streets, schools, places of worship, workplaces, and entertainment venues around the nation has created a sense of urgency to find prevention and intervention strategies. Research is scarce, however, in part due to decades-long Congressional limits on federal funding to support U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention research on firearm-related topics (Sofer, 2017). This study was conducted to demonstrate the usefulness of state criminal history records for examining recidivism of specific criminal justice populations, in this case, gun offenders. Besides gathering information on repeat offending through criminal history and prison records, Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) researchers obtained state death records of deceased individuals in the study sample. These records provided detail on the cause and manner of death not available in criminal justice administrative data. Together, these findings offer relevant insights into first-time firearm-involved arrestees, their recidivism patterns and mortality rates, and inform policy and practice on the issue of guns and violence. Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Firearm_study_report_073118.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 151265

Author: Mummolo, Jonathan Title: Militarization fails to enhance public safety or reduce crime by may harm police reputation Summary: The increasingly visible presence of heavily armed police units in American communities has stoked widespread concern over the militarization of local law enforcement. Advocates claim militarized policing protects officers and deters violent crime, while critics allege these tactics are targeted at racial minorities and erode trust in law enforcement. Using a rare geocoded census of SWAT team deployments from Maryland, I show that militarized police units are more often deployed in communities with large shares of African American residents, even after controlling for local crime rates. Further, using nationwide panel data on local police militarization, I demonstrate that militarized policing fails to enhance officer safety or reduce local crime. Finally, using survey experiments-one of which includes a large over-sample of African American respondents-I show that seeing militarized police in news reports may diminish police reputation in the mass public. In the case of militarized policing, the results suggest that the often-cited trade-off between public safety and civil liberties is a false choice. Details: Online article, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/early/2018/08/14/1805161115.full.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Militarized Police Shelf Number: 151266

Author: Police Foundation Title: Opinions of Officers of the Chicago Police Department on the Upcoming Consent Decree: A Report to the State of Illinois Office of the Attorney General Summary: In August 2017, Illinois Attorney General Lisa Madigan filed a lawsuit against the City of Chicago, based on a year-long civil rights investigation conducted by the United States Department of Justice (DOJ), into the practices of the Chicago Police Department (CPD). The DOJ investigation and public report detailed the following key areas of reform necessary for CPD:  Improve CPD's accountability system to identify police misconduct and hold officers accountable for their actions.  Make community policing a core philosophy that is infused throughout the department's policing strategies and tactics by ensuring that supervision, training, promotions and accountability systems incentivize and support officers who engage in community policing.  Improve officer supervision in the field by creating policies that hold supervisors accountable for guiding officer behavior and reporting misconduct.  Improve the quality and quantity of officer training, particularly pre-service Academy training, the Field Training Officer (FTO) program, and in-service training.  Improve officer assistance and support by creating an overarching operational plan that includes robust counseling programs, comprehensive training, functioning equipment, and other tools to ensure officers are successful and healthy-physically, mentally and emotionally-and overcome officers' concerns that using officer wellness services will negatively impact their career.  Improve data management systems and quality of data used by the Independent Police Review Authority (IPRA) or Civilian Office of Police Accountability (COPA) so misconduct investigations can be tracked and analyzed.  Increase transparency by publicly reporting use of force and misconduct complaints and settlements of officer misconduct lawsuits.  Update use of force policies and improve officer training, reporting, and accountability systems when force is used. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://chicagopoliceconsentdecree.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Opinions-of-Officers-of-the-Chicago-Police-Department-on-the-Upcoming-Consent-Decree-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 151267

Author: Teoh, Eric R. Title: State alcohol ignition interlock laws and fatal crashes Summary: Background: Alcohol-impaired driving results in thousands of deaths annually. Alcohol ignition interlocks require a negative breath test to start a vehicle�s engine, and 45 states have mandated some form of interlock law for drivers convicted of driving while intoxicated (DWI). Methods: Differences in three interlock laws were evaluated by comparing alcohol-impaired passenger vehicle drivers involved in fatal crashes between 2001-2014 in the United States across state and time. State/time differences unrelated to interlock laws were controlled for by fitting a Poisson model. The exposure measure was the number of passenger vehicle drivers in fatal crashes that did not involve impaired drivers. Laws requiring interlocks for drivers convicted of DWI covered: repeat offenders, repeat offenders and high-BAC offenders, all offenders, or none. Results: The number of states with all-offender interlock laws during the study period went from three in 2001 to 22 in 2014, and the number of states with any of the three laws increased from 19 to 45. All-offender laws were associated with 16% fewer drivers with 0.08+ BAC involved in fatal crashes, compared with no law. Repeat-offender laws were associated with a nonsignificant 3% reduction in impaired drivers, compared with no law. Repeat and high-BAC laws were associated with an 8% reduction in impaired drivers in fatal crashes, compared with no law. Conclusion: Laws mandating alcohol ignition interlocks, especially those covering all offenders, are an effective impaired driving countermeasure that reduces the number of impaired drivers in fatal crashes. Details: Arlington, VA: Insurance institute for Highway Safety, 20108. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://www.iihs.org/frontend/iihs/documents/masterfiledocs.ashx?id=2156 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 151268

Author: Justice, Joel M. Title: Active shooters: is law enforcement ready for a Mumbai style attack? Summary: Between April 16, 2007, and December 14, 2012, the United States has seen 25 mass shootings, seven of which occurred in 2012. A report by United States Department of Homeland Security, in 2009, suggested that the United States will be the target of a terrorist act that could cause a high number of casualties. The November 26, 2008, attack on Mumbai is a transparent example of how determined terrorists, trained to die fighting, can bring a large metropolitan city to its knees. It is entirely probable that Mumbai-type attacks could occur in the United States. Since the local law enforcement respond to attacks in progress, any active shooter event would be handled by the local jurisdiction. Many law enforcement agencies have begun to incorporate tactical plans to respond to Mumbai-type terrorist attacks. This thesis focused on police preparedness of select large metropolitan law enforcement agencies for potential Mumbai-type terrorist attacks. A comparative analysis of these police agencies was conducted, which showed that the frequency of training was found to be varying and inadequate by these agencies. A similar concern was that none of the agencies had equipped all the police officers with rifles, which were deemed critical to engage well-equipped active shooters. It is the conclusion of the thesis that gaps in preparedness exist and law enforcement organizations have room for improvement. It was also concluded that agencies need to enhance communication capability between neighboring jurisdictions and focus on triage of the victims during the early stages of attacks when medical personnel would be unable to approach. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2013. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: http://www.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a589604.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooters Shelf Number: 151270

Author: Pierce, Sarah Title: U.S. Immigration Policy Under Trump: Deep Changes and Lasting Impacts Summary: U.S. immigration policy has undergone a sea change since the inauguration of Donald Trump in January 2017. Although his public statements have largely focused on a few major objectives toward which he has made only limited headway-such as building a wall along the entirety of the U.S.-Mexico border-the administration has taken other steps to redefine U.S. immigration policies that are less visible but no less important. This report examines the wide range of changes the Trump administration has set in motion, from enhanced enforcement measures and new application vetting requirements, to cuts in refugee admissions and the scaling back of temporary protections for some noncitizens. Despite the attention Trump has dedicated to immigration matters, this analysis finds that the fragmented nature of the U.S. political system has made it difficult for his administration to pursue some of its most ambitious aims. Congress has thus far shown little inclination to pass major immigration legislation, and the courts have halted or slowed key initiatives, including early iterations of the travel ban and the separation of families as part of a "zero-tolerance" border policy. States and localities have also taken divergent approaches to local law enforcement cooperation with federal immigration authorities, with some passing laws to curtail coordination and others to facilitate it. Still, through incremental changes and presidential discretion, the administration may in the long term be able to significantly redefine who comes to the country and who is removed from it. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 27, 2018 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/us-immigration-policy-trump-deep-changes-impacts Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 151272

Author: Acierno, Ronald Title: National Elder Mistreatment Survey: 5 year follow-up of victims and matched non-victims Summary: 1. PURPOSE The purpose of the completed project was to follow the first National Elder Mistreatment Study, which provided prevalence estimates, with a second study of a subset of the same participants to measure the effects of elder abuse in terms of (1) health and mental health outcomes and (2) criminal justice system participation and satisfaction, as well as to specify additional predictors of these effects. 2. SUBJECTS Data were collected from 774 older adults 8 years following their participation in Wave I of the NEMS. This represented the results of contacting every locatable participant who reported psychological, physical, or sexual (but not financial) abuse at Wave I (achieved subsample n = 183 of the original 753 Wave I victims) and a comparison sample of 591 randomly selected Wave I non-victims from the remaining 2,149 working phone numbers of the original 5024 non-victims (at Wave I). As mentioned, financial abuse classification at Wave I was not used to identify the victim subgroup prior to sampling, however retrospective analysis indicated that the two aforementioned sampling groups (every working phone number of Wave I victims of psychological, physical, and sexual abuse AND every working phone number of the 2,149 comparison Wave I participants) accounted for all but 7 financial abuse victims identified as such at Wave I (i.e., no other financial abuse victims at Wave I could have possibly been re-contacted). The cooperation rate (upon contact), for Wave I victims of psychological, physical, or sexual abuse was 66%; the cooperation rate of comparison Wave I participants was 57%. (Note: we had originally proposed to conduct propensity matching once the sample of Wave I victims was re-contacted, however by conserving funds during this first phase, we were able to expand from propensity matching to random selection of a much larger group of over 2,149, for a final derived sample of 774. This does not preclude future analysis using propensity matching). Overall, 183 (23.6%) participants reported experiencing either emotional (n = 163, 21.1%), physical (n = 18, 2.3%), sexual (n = 3, 0.4%), or neglectful (n = 2, 0.3%) mistreatment since turning 60 years (ie, elder abuse since age 60) at Wave I, indicating that our oversampling of mistreatment cases from Wave I was successful. We used 'any mistreatment since age 60 at Wave I' to classify adults as elder abuse victims or non-victims, rather than 'past year mistreatment at Wave I' because this sampling frame occurred 8 years following the original Wave, and the distinction between 'past year' and 'any since age 60' was largely irrelevant. Instead, the relevant comparisons were between elder abuse victims at Wave I (not just recent victims) and non-victims at Wave I in terms of current, past year outcomes. Demographic information, overall, and in terms of Wave I mistreatment status are given in Table 1. Married individuals were significantly more likely to report having experienced mistreatment at Wave I, as were those reporting experiencing prior trauma, poor health at Wave I, low income, that they needed help with DLTs, and low social support at Wave II. Details: Charleston: Medical University of South Carolina, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252029.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 151277

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: A National Shame: The Trump Administration's Separation and Detention of Migrant Families Summary: The zero tolerance policy's most visible outcome was the mass separation of asylum-seeking parents and children. The Trump administration's ham-fisted effort to implement the policy affected over 2,575 families in about 50 days. The nation was convulsed by images of tearful children, the chain-link cages used to hold them at Border Patrol's temporary processing center in Texas, tent cities, pediatricians reporting on the conditions in "tender age" detention centers for toddlers, as well as a leaked recording of young children crying inconsolably for their parents. Family separations at the border have stopped for now, but may be replaced by something just as severe: long-term incarceration of families awaiting adjudication of their asylum claims. Meanwhile, effective, cheaper alternatives exist and have worked in the past yet the Trump administration has curtailed their use. WOLA's third and final report in this border series will discuss U.S. authorities' severe disregard for human rights, and for migrants' humanity and dignity, before, during, and in the chaotic aftermath of the 50 days during which family separation was official policy. Detailed media reporting and research along the border, including our own during a June visit to Arizona, made visible the callousness, cruelty, and incompetence with which the administration separated thousands of children from their parents. We witnessed a clear and indelible departure from long-held U.S. values. But even as we seek to draw lessons and avoid repetition, the path to reunification for hundreds of families remains unclear. While U.S. authorities are no longer separating families at the border as a policy, this report outlines the ramifications of mass family detention in place of family separation. The wave of family separations resulted directly from the zero-tolerance policy, because when parents are charged with a criminal offense (in this case "improper entry" at the border), held pending trial, or serving time in prison, they cannot be detained with their children. After release from the criminal justice system, most families persisted in seeking asylum in the United States, although hundreds of parents desisted from their claims and were deported back to Central America believing that this would be the fastest way to be reunited with their children. The Trump administration has sought the ability to keep entire families in immigration detention while they await decisions on their asylum cases. So far, that cannot happen: current jurisprudence, by way of the 1997 Flores Settlement setting "the best interest of the child" as the standard, prohibits holding children in detention for more than 20 days, even with their parents. Flores, which continues to be upheld in U.S. courts, serves as the strongest existing safeguard against widespread family detention. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America (WOLA), 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://www.wola.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/National-Shame-Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 151278

Author: Isacson, Adam Title: "Come Back Later": Challenges for Asylum Seekers Waiting at Ports of Entry Summary: At the height of the Trump's "zero tolerance" immigration policy at the U.S.-Mexico border, Trump administration officials have justified the US's disgraceful detention and deportation policies under the pretext that these families and individuals are passing the border 'illegally,' that is, between ports of entry. Rightly so, the media has focused primarily on the consequences of detention, namely family-separation and the inhumane conditions in detention centers. Less scrutiny has been given to the inefficient and technically illegal practices occurring at ports of entry across the border. Officials at Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have been on the offensive in delaying and preventing the processing of families seeking to petition for asylum. Ranging from leaving families out in the sun and heat for days as they wait to enter the U.S. to misinforming migrants on their rights to come onto US land and request asylum, CBP actions at ports of entry are escalating in severity and are threatening, if not already violating, various human rights laws. The distinction between those migrants entering the country 'fairly and legally' through the ports and those 'sneaking in' between the ports is a misguided comparison. Most migrants do not have the autonomy to choose the exact location in which they will attempt to enter the United States. Obstacles varying from coyotes to gruesome conditions of gang and criminal violence throughout Mexico make it such that passing through a port of entry is not always an obvious or feasible choice for people fleeing. Based on the intensive documentary research efforts of our border security and migration team throughout the past seven years, supplemented by a four-day visit to southern Arizona from June 19 to June 22, this report will detail the challenges for asylum seekers arriving at ports of entry and lay out recommendations for a more humane and efficient approach to securing the US border and confronting the humanitarian crisis emerging from Central America and Mexico. This report is the second segment in a three-part series that is comprised of the following topics: an overview of the zero tolerance policy that the Trump administration launched in April 2018 and its effects; a look at the dire situation of asylum-seekers at land ports of entry along the border; and, a recounting of the resulting separation of parents and children, and potential mass detention that may follow. Details: Washington, DC: Washington Office on Latin America (WOLA), 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://www.wola.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Ports-of-Entry-Report_PDFvers-3.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 151279

Author: Arya, Neelum Title: Getting to Zero: A 50-State Study of Strategies to Remove Youth from Adult Jails Summary: This report is the product of the Jail Removal Project at UCLA School of Law. The Project was aimed at preventing the short- and long-term adverse health and developmental consequences of youth contact with an adult jail environment by identifying strategies that allow youth to bypass jails. With adult jail populations increasingly being asked to house state prisoners, and the populations within juvenile detention facilities shrinking, now is the time to reassess the way youth are incarcerated in America. This report provides the first-ever analysis of three nationwide datasets, the Bureau of Justice Statistics' Census of Jails and Annual Survey of Jails, and the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention's Census of Juvenile Residential Placements; summarizes the major legal developments applicable to youth housed in adult jails; and provides specific examples from jurisdictions across the country which have made substantial progress toward removing youth from adult jails. After analyzing the available national data sets through a state and county lens, a picture emerges of the precise policy changes that need to be made to remove youth from adult jails across the country. In the sections that follow, a clear path to removing all youth from adult jails is provided using specific examples from jurisdictions across the country. Part I: Incarcerating Youth in America describes the characteristics of youth incarcerated in adult jails, the facility characteristics of the adult jails in which they are housed, and the legal basis for why youth end up in adult jails. This Part also examines the availability and suitability of juvenile residential placements as viable alternatives. Part II: Legal Liabilities for Housing Youth in Adult Jails explains why jails are dangerous places for youth and an unnecessary management headache for jail administrators, high- lighting areas where jails are particularly vulnerable to lawsuits. This Part also provides a brief description of the legal standards applicable to youth housed in adult facilities. Part III: Strategies for Removing Youth from Adult Facilities describes the most significant strategies to decrease the number of youth exposed to dangerous adult jail environments. Removing youth from adult jails will require a state-by-state, county-by-county, and jail-by- jail approach. Part IV: Policy Recommendations provides a concise list of specific recommendations for policymakers, jailors, juvenile detention administrators, public defenders, and advocates to assist in Getting to Zero. Finally, additional resources are available online in a comprehensive Appendix. The website www.GettingToZero.us provides additional information relevant to this study including links to the references cited; a methodology section which provides a comprehensive description of the methods employed in the study; and copies of state legislative or regulatory language and county policies which may be useful in implementing a process to remove youth from a jail in other jurisdictions. Details: Los Angeles, CA: UCLA School of Law, Criminal Justice Reform Clinic, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1LLSF8uBlrcqDaFW3ZKo_k3xpk_DTmItV/view Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 151283

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Concealed Carry Permit Holders Across the United States: 2018 Summary: Despite the expectations of many after the 2016 elections, the number of concealed handgun permits has increased for the second year in a row. In 2018, the number of concealed handgun permits soared to now over 17.25 million - a 273% increase since 2007. 7.14% of American adults have permits. Unlike surveys that may be affected by people's unwillingness to answer some personal questions, concealed handgun permit data is the only really "hard data" that we have on gun ownership across the United States. Still, an even larger number of people carry because in 14 states people don't need a permit to carry in all or virtually all those states. Permits for women and blacks are increasing much faster than they are for men and whites. There are also significant differences in not only the number of permits issued but also who gets them when politicians have discretion in granting them. We also provide evidence on how incredibly law-abiding permit holders are. Details: s.l.: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2018. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3233904 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 151285

Author: Feierman, Jessica Title: The Price of Justice: The High Cost of "Free" Counsel for Youth in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: Despite being eligible to have court-appointed attorneys at no cost, indigent juvenile defendants and their families are often charged for "free" counsel, a report from the Juvenile Law Center finds. Funded by the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, the report, The Price of Justice: The High Cost of 'Free' Counsel for Youth in the Juvenile Justice System, found that forty states have laws that permit or even require courts to charge for public defenders. The fees push families - who can be held in contempt of court, receive a civil judgment, or receive liens against their properties if they can't pay into debt, forces youth deeper into the justice system, and jeopardizes the constitutionality of juvenile court proceedings. Youth of color, who are more likely than white youth to be criminalized for the same behavior and are overrepresented in the criminal justice system, are disproportionately affected, with no benefit to public safety or their rehabilitation. The policies that best ensure constitutional juvenile proceedings and an effective justice system, the report concludes, require the elimination of costs and fees for court-appointed counsel or public defenders. Details: Washington, DC: Juvenile Law Center, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://debtorsprison.jlc.org/documents/JLC-Debtors-Paying-for-Justice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Debt Shelf Number: 151287

Author: Finklea, Kristin Title: MS-13 in the United States and Federal Law Enforcement Efforts Summary: The Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13) is a violent criminal gang operating both in the United States and abroad-namely Central America. MS-13 was formed on the streets of Los Angeles, CA, in the 1980s by refugees who were fleeing civil conflict in El Salvador. It became a transnational gang as MS-13 members who were deported from the United States to Central America helped establish gang ties and spread U.S. gang culture abroad. In the United States, MS-13's structure largely consists of loosely organized cells, or "cliques," that each control specific territory. While some have suggested that the size of MS-13 has grown in the United States, since at least 2005 law enforcement officials have consistently cited its membership to be around 10,000. Domestically, MS-13 has been involved in local crimes including extortion, drug distribution, prostitution, robbery, and murder, as well as transnational illicit activity such as drug trafficking and human smuggling and trafficking. The gang is known for its particularly violent criminality, which has been demonstrated in a reported uptick in violent homicides attributed to MS-13 in certain locales. Countering gang crime has often been the purview of state and local law enforcement. However, given that gang activity is not constrained by jurisdictional boundaries, and that local law enforcement agencies may not have the capacity to investigate complex gang crimes, federal law enforcement has had a long-standing interest in countering gangs, including MS-13. One element in determining the appropriate federal policy responses to tackle threats posed by MS-13 may be to have a clear conceptualization of the gang. Researchers and criminal justice system authorities have primarily described MS-13 as a criminal gang or a transnational criminal organization (TCO)�concepts that have some overlap in structure, motivation, and criminality. Whether MS-13 demonstrates elements that are uniquely gang or TCO may help inform the federal policy response to its illegal activities. Another challenge in countering the danger posed by MS-13 is understanding the scope of the threat. Key questions focus on the validity of existing estimates and whether the gang is growing in number or in territory. Thus, policymakers may question how officials define and determine gang membership. While there is no centralized database to track gang membership, a number of agencies maintain datasets that contain gang-related information. Policymakers may also question how this information is shared and utilized. Oversight bodies such as the Department of Justice's Office of the Inspector General (DOJ OIG) and the Government Accountability Office (GAO) have recommended means by which federal law enforcement could enhance its enforcement efforts against violent criminal gangs such as MS-13, and policymakers may take interest in whether some of these recommendations are still relevant. There is also a current debate about the relationship between gangs such as MS-13 and unaccompanied alien children (UAC) arriving in the United States. Some have suggested that MS-13's presence in Central America could continue to drive unauthorized migration into the United States by those seeking to escape the gang and its violence. There are also concerns that MS-13 may exploit the U.S. Southwest border by bringing young gang members from Central America to the United States as UAC or may recruit some of the vulnerable UAC to join the gang's ranks once in the United States. Policymakers may seek more data from officials in order to understand the nuances of these potential relationships between MS-13 and UAC. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: R45292: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://www.everycrsreport.com/files/20180820_R45292_1c29c6db14bfc2a9cc7025e4e34356cef9b4a3f5.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 151298

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Capitalizing on Mass Incarceration: U.S. Growth in Private Prisons Summary: The War on Drugs and harsher sentencing policies, including mandatory minimum sentences, fueled a rapid expansion in the nation's prison population beginning in the 1980s. The resulting burden on the public sector led to the modern emergence of for-profit private prisons in many states and at the federal level. Table of Contents: Overview; Trends in Privatization; Challenges of Private Prisons; Private Contractors and their Expanding Reach Recommendations; Appendix: State Profiles in Prison Privatization Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/capitalizing-on-mass-incarceration-u-s-growth-in-private-prisons/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 151302

Author: Bernhardt, Mindy O'Hara Title: A Qualitative Look at Relationships and Social Support Within Criminogenic Envrionments Summary: Social Support is both a risk or protective factor when determining a person's likelihood of committing criminal acts. Traditionally viewed, it is beneficial in people's lives. However, depending on whether the source or provider of support is a criminal or a non-offender it can have either a positive or negative impact on the recipient's life. This study attempted to ascertain the effect of an additional related concept - the "message" or content of support - when measuring crime outcomes related to social support. Since people in criminogenic environments are subject to competing cultural demands that sometimes overlap (see e.g., Anderson, 1999), it has been postulated that even adherents to mainstream value systems in these environments might present a criminogenic message, while criminals might present a non-criminogenic message. In addition, such environments may engender specific forms of social support not employed in other environments. To determine the extent to which the content of messaging matters apart from the source, I engaged in semi-structured interviews with active offenders, asking them about their perceptions of social support from conforming and non-conforming others and what messages they believed were conveyed. They were also asked about their own intent regarding the messaging and the social support they provided to others. Based on these interviews, it was determined that the message presented could be different than the corresponding identity of the provider of social support, and that these could result in differential effects on attitudes toward offending. In the future, the social support message and the identity of the social support provider should be viewed as separate concepts and measured and analyzed apart to determine their individual effects on future offending and desistance. Details: Atlanta: Georgia State University, 2018. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 20, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.gsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1013&context=cj_diss Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Social Capital Shelf Number: 150303

Author: McVey, Catherine C. Title: Modernizing Parole Statutes: Guidance from Evidence-Based Practice Summary: Nearly one million people are released or supervised under conditions established by state paroling authorities each year. The appointed members of those paroling authorities determine whether and when individuals are released from prison, how they are supervised post-release, and the punishment (including reincarceration) they may face for violating the conditions of their supervision. The power over an individual's liberty exercised by paroling authorities is vast, in some respects as much as sitting felony sentencing judges, more in some jurisdictions. How paroling authorities carry out their responsibilities matters to those sentenced, their families and their victims at the individual case level, as well as in the aggregate through the collective impact these decisions have on the key goals of managing criminal justice system costs, reducing recidivism and increasing public safety. Research has grown on what works relative to evidence-based practice. Paroling authorities are increasingly working to apply this research to the policies and tools driving the parole release and supervision function. Their efforts have been supported and nurtured by such organizations as the National Institute of Corrections (NIC), the National Parole Resource Center (NPRC), the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), and The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center. Although states have made considerable progress in incorporating evidence-based practices in parole board decision making, many paroling authorities still operate under state laws that have not been amended in decades. Paroling authorities often find their new practices require that the statutory requirements need to be modernized, either because they directly conflict with evidence-based practices, or they do not support efforts to ensure parole decisions and supervision practices are rooted in what the research says works. This paper offers broadly crafted recommendations for legislation to serve as a starting place for those states and paroling authorities interested in modernizing parole laws around three core areas: the parole decisionmaking process, the terms and conditions of supervision post-release, and the administration of the paroling authority itself. The proposals are designed to support the continuing transition of paroling authorities to effective, evidence-based organizations. In several instances, sound or best practices formed the basis of the recommendations in this paper, drawing from published works and advocacy efforts undertaken by organizations committed to parole reform (see Appendix A: Key Resources for Releasing Authorities). Details: Minneapolis: Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/modernizing-parole-statutes-guidance-evidence-based-practice Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 151305

Author: National Juvenile Defender Center Title: Access Denied: A National Snapshot of States' Failure to Protect Children's Right to Counsel Summary: Based on statutory analysis and interviews with juvenile defenders in every state , the Snapshot exposes gaps in procedural protections for children - gaps that perpetuate the over-criminalization of youth, racial and economic disparities, and the fracturing of families and communities. The Snapshot explores five fundamental barriers to access to counsel for children: Eligibility procedures that prevent appointment of a publicly funded attorney; fees charged to children for what should be a free public defender; appointment that happens too late in the process for children to receive strong representation; permissive waiver of counsel; and the stripping of young people's right to an attorney after sentencing. Released on the 50th anniversary of the landmark Supreme Court decision In re Gault, the Snapshot proposes achievable solutions to ensure access to justice for young people. Access Denied Key Findings: Children in the United States Are Not Guaranteed Lawyers: Only 11 states provide every child accused of an offense with a lawyer, regardless of financial status. Children Do Not Get Attorneys Until It Is Too Late: No state guarantees lawyers for every child during interrogation, and only one state requires it under limited circumstances. Children Must Pay for Their Constitutional Right to Counsel: Thirty-six states allow children to be charged fees for a "free" lawyer. Children's Rights Are Not Safeguarded by the States: Forty-three states allow children to waive their right to a lawyer without first consulting with a lawyer. Children's Access to Counsel Ends Too Early: Only 11 states provide for meaningful access to a lawyer after sentencing, while every state keeps children under its authority during this time. Details: Washington, DC: NJDC, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2018 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/Snapshot-Final_single-4.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 151306

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: How a Botched Study Fooled the World About the U.S. Share of Mass Public Shootings: U.S. Rate is Lower than Global Average Summary: A paper on mass public shootings by Adam Lankford (2016) has received massive national and international media attention, getting coverage in the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, plus hundreds of other news outlets spanning at least 35 different countries. Lankford's claim was that over the 47 years from 1966 to 2012, an enormous amount of the world�s mass public shooters -- 31% -- occurred in the United States. Lankford attributed this to America's gun ownership. Lankford claims to have "complete" data on such shooters in 171 countries. However, because he has neither identified the cases nor their location nor even a complete description on how he put the cases together, it is impossible to replicate his findings. It is particularly important that Lankford share his data because of the extreme difficulty in finding mass shooting cases in remote parts of the world going back to 1966. Lack of media coverage could easily lead to under-counting of foreign mass shootings, which would falsely lead to the conclusion that the U.S. has such a large share. Lankford's study reported that from 1966 to 2012, there were 90 public mass shooters in the United States and 202 in the rest of world. We find that Lankford�s data represent a gross undercount of foreign attacks. Our list contains 1,448 attacks and at least 3,081 shooters outside the United States over just the last 15 years of the period that Lankford examined. We find at least fifteen times more mass public shooters than Lankford in less than a third the number of years. Even when we use coding choices that are most charitable to Lankford, his 31 percent estimate of the US's share of world mass public shooters is cut by over 95 percent. By our count, the US makes up less than 1.43% of the mass public shooters, 2.11% of their murders, and 2.88% of their attacks. All these are much less than the US�s 4.6% share of the world population. Attacks in the US are not only less frequent than in other countries, they are also much less deadly on average. Given the massive U.S. and international media attention Lankford's work has received, and given the considerable impact his research has had on the debate, it is critical that this issue be resolved. His unwillingness to provide even the most basic information to other researchers raises real concerns about Lankford's motives. Details: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3238736 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 151317

Author: Holbrook, Donald Title: What Types of Media Do Terrorists Collect? An Analysis of Religious, Political, and Ideological Publications Found in Terrorism Investigations in the UK Summary: This Research Paper presents results from the study of media usage by convicted terrorists in the UK. The purpose is to shed light on the nature of the media environment in which individuals convicted of participation in terrorist plots operated in the weeks and months prior to their arrest. The Paper concentrates on those media publications that convey religious, political, or other ideological sentiments and describes the analytical tools developed to dissect this material. The Research Paper is directed towards practitioners, scholars and students interested in the sources of influence that help shape the perspectives of those planning to carry out terrorist attacks. The Research Paper is also intended to facilitate further comparative research within this field of study. Details: The Hague: The International Centre for Counter-Terrorism, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: ICCT Research Paper no. 11: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://icct.nl/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/ICCT-Holbrook-What-Types-of-Media-Do-Terrorists-Collect-Sept-2017-2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Media Shelf Number: 151318

Author: Herz, Denise Title: Los Angeles County Probation Workgroup: Report Summary: Pursuant to a September 15, 2015 motion by Supervisors Sheila Kuehl and Hilda L. Solis, the Board instructed the Interim Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Probation Department to review The Los Angeles County Juvenile Probation Outcomes Study and establish an interagency workgroup comprised of various entities in order to build on the report's findings, create a mechanism to implement the report recommendations and ensure continued systems improvement and monitoring of youth outcomes. The goals of this interagency workgroup (hereafter referred to as the "Probation Workgroup") are to support the Los Angeles County and the Probation Department in its ongoing development and implementation of best practices in juvenile justice. Specifically, this group is expected to produce key documents to help:  maximize service integration;  strengthen coordination between County Departments and community-based service providers;  ensure a data-driven, transparent and accountable juvenile justice system; and  improve information sharing within Probation and across County Departments. The Board motion directed Dr. Denise C. Herz, Ph.D. and Kristine Chan, MSW, from California State University Los Angeles School of Criminal Justice & Criminalistics to lead this effort. Following the passage of the motion, the Probation Workgroup was established in November 2015 and met monthly either as a full group or as an Ad Hoc Working Committee through January 2017 to address the six tasks. The Workgroup was comprised of 71 participants with a range of expertise and experiences necessary to generate direct guidance on how Los Angeles County Probation can become more efficient and effective in delivering services to youth. Specifically, the membership included seven young people and three parents with different backgrounds and diversity in their Probation experiences. They were engaged through monthly contacts and transportation was coordinated to these meetings when they are able and willing to attend. Over the past year, the Probation Workgroup approached each task with the intent to produce "building blocks" for Probation and other entities involved in juvenile justice. In particular, these documents offer a substantive starting point for building a better infrastructure and delivery system for juvenile justice practice in Los Angeles County. It holds as a primary assumption that preventing and effectively responding to delinquency when it occurs is a shared responsibility across a variety of stakeholders. Thus, better delinquency prevention and intervention requires the commitment of time and resources by the Board of Supervisors, the Probation Department, other County agencies, community-based organizations, schools, advocacy groups and many others. The Probation Department alone will not be able to effectively reduce delinquency and improve the overall well-being of youth and their families without partnerships with all entities who play a role in the wellness in communities. It is our hope the documents contained within this report facilitate and support that relationship. Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: http://www.juvenilejusticeresearch.com/sites/default/files/2017-05/Probation%20Workgroup%20Report%203-3-17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151322

Author: Brantingham, P. Jeffrey Title: GRYD Intervention Incident Response and Gang Crime 2-17 Evaluation Report Summary: As part of GRYD's violence interruption efforts, GRYD Intervention Incident Response (IR) is designed to address gang violence both by responding to incidents when they occur and by engaging in ongoing proactive peacemaking efforts within the community (see Figure 3 for an overview of GRYD IR). GRYD's protocol involves coordination and communication between the GRYD Office, GRYD IR Providers, and the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD). These partners, referred to as the "Triangle Partners", work together in a relational triangle to reduce the potential for retaliation following an incident and to support victims and families impacted by violence. The Triangle Partners:  Gather and share information about incidents;  Deploy and provide community response (e.g., diffusion of rumors, crowd control);  Provide referrals to services (e.g., connection to GRYD services, victim assistance);  Negotiate peace treaties/ceasefire agreements; and,  Engage in proactive peacemaking activities and events (e.g., monitor hot-spots, conduct impact sessions). This protocol combines the oversight and community organizing principles of the GRYD Office (through GRYD Regional Program Coordinators-RPCs), the assessment and implementation of intervention strategies based on community knowledge (through Community Intervention Workers-CIWs), and the investigative and targeted suppression strategies of law enforcement. The interaction among these entities affirms the roles and boundaries of each, while adding flexibility to each entity's response to incidents as they collectively work to reduce gang violence. The GRYD Intervention Incident Response Protocol GRYD RPCs and CIWs are on call 24/7 to respond to violent incidents that occur in and around GRYD Zones. Each GRYD RPC has designated GRYD Zones which they oversee and where they have developed relationships with the GRYD Prevention and Intervention Providers and law enforcement officers in each Zone. GRYD RPCs act as a conduit among and between law enforcement and Intervention Providers to ensure that accurate information is gathered and disseminated to both partners. When a violent incident occurs, (typically these are homicides, shootings, or stabbings) and GRYD is notified, GRYD's initial response (within 24 hours of the incident) may vary based on the characteristics of the incident and the potential level of impact on the community. At initial response, GRYD may (1) respond to an incident via phone/or email, and/or (2) deploy to an incident location, such as an active crime scene, hospital, or place in the community. The level of response, or actions taken in response to an incident, depends on the assessment of the partners. The types of responses may include:  GRYD RPC Follows Up on the Incident (No CIW Action): GRYD RPC makes phone calls to follow up with LAPD about incidents, but limited information prevents further action from the GRYD RPC and CIW.  GRYD RPC Makes Phone Calls to Gather Information (No CIW Action): GRYD RPC makes phone calls and emails to gather information. CIW may be notified but no action will be taken (i.e., CIW actions are unable to mitigate post-incident dynamics).  GRYD RPC and CIW Takes Action: Both GRYD RPCs and CIWs take some type of action (e.g., GRYD RPC makes phone calls to gather information and deploys to the scene; CIW deploys to the scene and connects the victim to victim assistance services). Deployment to the scene or other places in the community may occur for one or more of the following reasons: for homicides, high profile incidents, information gathering, management requests, or areas where there is spike in crime or tension between particular gangs. While the initial response occurs within the first 24 hours of an incident, additional actions may also be taken in the days and weeks that follow as new information is gathered. These additional post-incident follow-up actions may be taken to direct community engagement efforts towards neighborhoods impacted by violence, to link victims and their families to services, and to provide mediation between gangs if possible. In addition to responding when incidents occur, CIWs also spend a significant amount of time in communities through proactive peacemaking efforts. These efforts aim to reduce violence in communities by conducting or participating in activities related to violence interruption. Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles; et al., 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://www.lagryd.org/sites/default/files/reports/GRYD%20IR%20and%20Gang%20Crime%20Report_2017_FINALv2_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Interventions Shelf Number: 151323

Author: Herz, Denise Title: Los Angeles County Juvenile Probation Outcomes Study Part II Summary: In 2008, juvenile halls and camps fell under federal oversight by the U.S. Department of Justice due to inadequate protection from harm and failed to provide adequate suicide prevention and mental health care. In the last Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between the Los Angeles County Probation Department and the U.S. Department of Justice, Probation was obligated to "support a longitudinal study and develop baseline data tracking systems to assist in the evaluation of systemic outcomes for youth" (see Paragraph 73, #6 External Partnership of this MOA document). This study fulfills this requirement by collecting data for youth cohorts exiting suitable placement and camp in 2015 and comparing results to those reported for the 2011 cohorts in The Los Angeles County Probation Outcomes Study Part I. The purpose of the comparison is to evaluate outcomes for youth within the context of the systems change Probation has been and continues to implement. Moving in this direction improves the ability to assess Probation efforts to improve services and outcomes. In addition to replicating the 2015 study, the current study includes interviews with a sample of youth, their families, and supervising Deputy Probation Officers. The report and executive summary provides an overview of the results and offers recommendations to improve the effectiveness of juvenile justice in Los Angeles County Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: http://www.juvenilejusticeresearch.com/sites/default/files/2017-08/POS%20Part%20ll%20Report%205-10-2017%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 151324

Author: Herz, Denise Title: Probation Developmental Disabilities Study Summary: n December 2010, Public Counsel and its partners reached a settlement agreement in the case of I.T. v. Los Angeles County with Los Angeles County to reform conditions for youth with developmental disabilities in the juvenile halls, in group homes, and in the family homes under Probation's supervision. The agreement called for Public Counsel and Disability Rights California to monitor implementation of reform efforts for three years following the development of policies and procedures, and training to Probation staff on those policies and procedures. Monitoring activities began in November 2011 and continued through July 2015. The overall goals of the settlement agreement are to ensure that youth with developmental disabilities in the juvenile halls will be immediately and effectively identified; will not be detained longer than others because of the lack of available, appropriate community placements; and will be provided with appropriate services and effective supports to successfully transition back to the community and avoid recidivism and violence. Study Overview At the beginning of the settlement agreement, Public Counsel and Disability Rights California monitored its implementation by visiting the halls and community placements, observations, interviews with key staff, and reviewing data and documents provided by Probation. Public Counsel eventually received funding from the Keck Foundation to conduct a more formal assessment of the work by researchers at California State University Los Angeles. This study had two interrelated tracks: (1) to utilize Probation data collected as part of the settlement agreement, and (2) to conduct meeting observations, interviews, and reviews of documents related to the settlement agreement. Details: Los Angeles, California State University, Los Angeles, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: http://www.juvenilejusticeresearch.com/sites/default/files/2016-12/Probation%20DD%20Report%20FINAL%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Developmental Disabilities Shelf Number: 151325

Author: Herz, Denise Title: Camp Kilpatrick AWARE Program Evaluation Study Summary: This study represents an important development in the evolution of the Los Angeles Probation Department. Over the past 10 years, the Department has faced several issues and problems in the camps (Newell & Leap, 2013). While the Department has previously focused on compliance to mandates directed at these problems, this study marks an important advancement in Probation's approach to reform. Rather than taking a reactionary approach to a problem, Probation is driving practice with discussions of "what works" in order to benefit the long-term success of Probation youth, their families, and their communities. The primary hypothesis tested in this study was whether AWARE youth would have better outcomes than Non-AWARE youth. Data were retrieved from the Probation Case Management System (PCMS) for 112 youth who arrived at Camp Kilpatrick and participated in the AWARE Program between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2011. A matched group of 112 youth (based on age, race, and risk score at arrival to camp) entering other camps during this time were identified as a Non-AWARE comparison group. In addition to PCMS data, data were extracted from case files for 35 youth (31% of 112) drawn from each of these groups for a total of 70 youth. Both the PCMS data and the case file data provided substantial insight into the experiences of AWARE and Non-AWARE youth 1 year prior to the arrest/petition that led to their placements in Camp Kilpatrick or a different camp (Time 1), at the time of the arrest/petition leading to their placements (Time 2); during their camp placements (Time 3); upon exit from their camp placements (Time 4); and 1 year after exit from camp or when the case terminated-whichever came first (Time 5). Details: Los Angeles, CA: California State University, Los Angeles, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: http://www.juvenilejusticeresearch.com/sites/default/files/2016-12/AWARE%20Evaluation%20Report%20FINAL%20Revise%201-9-15.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 151326

Author: Bier, David J. Title: U.S. Citizens Targeted by ICE: U.S. Citizens Targeted by Immigration and Customs Enforcement in Texas Summary: Texas law SB 4 imposes jail time on local police who fail to detain anyone whom federal Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) requests. Data from Travis County, Texas, show that ICE targets large numbers of U.S. citizens. From October 2005 to August 2017, 814 targets of ICE detainers in Travis County-3.3 percent of all requests-claimed U.S. citizenship and presented officers with a Social Security number (SSN). ICE subsequently canceled or declined to execute about a quarter of those detainer requests. Based on statements from ICE officials, the best explanation for not executing these detainers is that ICE targeted at least 228 U.S. citizens in the county before canceling or declining to execute those detainers. SB 4 will likely increase the detention of U.S. citizens for supposed violations of immigration law by preventing local police from releasing them. Applying the rate of wrongful detainers in Travis County to all detainers in the state of Texas from 2006 to 2017 implies that ICE wrongfully placed detainers on at least 3,506 U.S. citizens statewide. Other evidence shows that ICE regularly releases U.S. citizens after it executes a detainer, meaning that the true number of U.S. citizens initially targeted is likely even higher than that estimate. The fact that ICE often discovers its own mistakes only mitigates the harm inflicted on U.S. citizens wrongfully detained under the suspicion that they are illegal immigrants-and does not protect these jurisdictions from lawsuits under SB 4. Local law enforcement in Texas needs the flexibility to sort through these citizenship claims without the threat of jail time imposed by SB 4. Details: Washington, CA: CATO Institute, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/irpb-8.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 151327

Author: Valasik, Matthew A. Title: Summary: While violence across the United States has declined dramatically over the past two decades, gang-related crimes remain at unacceptably high rates, especially within the city of Los Angeles, America's gang capital. Gang-related crimes generally involve groups of individuals and have a strong territorial component, lending themselves to geographically targeted interventions. A strategy that has charmed law enforcement agencies with its ability to take advantage of both the social and spatial features of a gang is the civil gang injunction (CGI). Essentially, a CGI is a tailored restraining order against a gang, prohibiting its members from engaging in specific nuisance behaviors within a demarcated geographical region, termed a "safety-zone." Evaluations suggest that CGIs are effective at reducing serious crime and residents' fears; yet, CGIs remain a time-consuming and costly strategy with an unstudied mechanism for why they work. Do CGIs influence how gang members associate and where they hangout? And, more importantly, how do CGIs contribute to changes in gang violence? Using the framework of routine activities theory, this dissertation focuses on the relationship between CGIs, gang members' patterns of association and lethal violence. To address these questions I utilize two unique datasets: homicide case files and field identification (FI) cards gathered from the Hollenbeck Community Policing Area of the Los Angeles Police Department. My first chapter utilizes social network and spatial analyses to investigate the patterns of association among enjoined gang members at the individual- and group-level. I examine both the characteristics of enjoined gangs' social networks, ascertaining their influence in disrupting social ties, as well as examining the geographic characteristics of FIs to discern if enjoined gangs have changed the spatial patterns of their associations. My second chapter looks at both the homicide trends over the last decade and the disparities between non-gang and gang homicides, both enjoined and non-enjoined, to consider how CGIs influence the characteristics of violence. Lastly, in my third chapter I construct a turf-based spatial typology of gang homicide to investigate the impact that CGIs have on the mobility patterns of participants involved in gang-related homicides. If CGIs influence gangs' spatial patterns of association by discouraging members from congregating in public, then a CGI in theory shifts members' activity and travel patterns, suggesting that gang homicides involving enjoined gang members would experience a different mobility pattern than gang homicides involving only non-enjoined gang members. Results from this dissertation indicate that CGIs are able to influence the patterns of association of individual gang members, particularly in the short-run. Conversely, at the group level, enjoined gangs do not always respond as predicted by the rational of a CGI, with a gang's social network either being disrupted, with members' social ties losing connectedness, or a gang's social network converges, with members' social ties increasing in connectedness. It also appears that while CGIs are able to dislodge enjoined members from their gang's hangouts, a CGI actually constrains the overall mobility of enjoined gang members, reducing the likelihood that enjoined gang members are venturing outside of their gang's claimed turf. In relation to influencing the overall patterns of gang violence, the findings suggest that CGIs could be shifting enjoined gang homicides away from the street and into less public spaces, along with involving fewer suspects and victims. Results also indicate that the presence of CGIs in Hollenbeck has impacted the mobility patterns of participants who are involved in a gang homicide. Specifically, an increase in internal gang homicides and a reduction in predatory gang homicides were observed in the data. These findings are consistent with earlier results indicating that the mobility of an enjoined gang member is restricted by the presence of a CGI. Overall, the goal of this dissertation is to provide both scholars and criminal justice professionals with a better understanding of CGIs, and ascertain if they are an appropriate strategy to disrupt a gang's patterns of association and diminish their opportunities to participate in violent acts. Details: Irvine, CA: University of California at Irvine, 2014. 286p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2018 at: https://escholarship.org/content/qt2065d17s/qt2065d17s.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Gang Injunctions Shelf Number: 151329

Author: Kraus, Molly Title: CalGRIP 15-17: Final Evaluation Report Summary: The City of Los Angeles Mayor's Office of Gang Reduction and Youth Development (GRYD) oversees a multi-pronged Comprehensive Strategy that includes the gang prevention, gang intervention, and violence interruption activities which are the subject of this report. GRYD implemented a number of significant changes during the first year of the grant period including an updated mission statement which reflects the intention that individual, family, and community level change will over time impact gang membership and violence. In addition, service areas were expanded and shifted in order to provide more substantial coverage based on community needs. Evaluation efforts have also shifted to an integrated data and practice feedback loop in order to identify areas of success and opportunities for improvement in services. Overall, it appears that GRYD programming is meeting the specific goals and objective outlines for each components on a number of fronts. The key findings for each intervention for the January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017 reporting period are presented below. GRYD Gang Prevention GRYD Prevention Services are intended to serve youth (ages 10-15) at high risk of gang joining and their families. It is important to note that youth in this category are not yet gang involved though they may exhibit some gang-related behaviors. In order to be found eligible for services, the Youth Services Eligibility Tool (YSET) is administered; youth determined to be high risk must meet or exceed preestablished thresholds on four or more of the attitudinal and behavioral scales included. YSET Eligible youth who enroll in Secondary Prevention receive a structured cycle of services broken into phases and completed over approximately six months. As clients progress through the program, YSET retests are conducted and other reassessment data collection is completed every 6 months at the end of each service cycle. A total 395 clients and their families were served during the reporting period. The primary goal for GRYD Prevention Services is to increase protective factors against gang joining among youth at high risk for gang membership by reducing risk factors related to gang membership, modifying behaviors such as those related to school performance and behavior at school or those that lead to arrests. Key findings included:  GRYD Service Providers were successful in identifying and enrolling YSET eligible youth (82% of those found eligible from 2015 - 2017) into Secondary Prevention programming.  Clients and their families were provided a large number of activities (12,578) and spent a substantial number of hours with both client and family during Individual Meetings (1,631 hrs.), Family Meetings (2,755 hrs.), and Group Activities (7,186 hrs.).  At Cycle 1 reassessment, nearly all youth remained enrolled in school (98%); additionally, fewer youth had received disciplinary actions and fewer youth had been arrested while receiving services than in the months leading up to enrolling in GRYD programming.  After 6 months, 51% of clients saw their level of risk according reduce far enough that they were no longer YSET eligible.  Comparison of changes in YSET scale scores from YSET-I to YSET-R saw decreases (positive change) in nearly every measure and statistically significant reductions were observed in the areas of Antisocial Tendencies, Critical Life Events, Impulsive Risk Taking, Weak Parental Supervision, and Negative Peer Influence. In eight of the nine scales, clients who exited successfully from programming saw greater decreases than those who did not. Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Los%20Angeles%20CalGRIP%20REDACTED.PDF Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 151331

Author: California Juvenile Justice Data Working Group Title: Rebuilding California's Juvenile Justice Data System: Recommendations to Improve Data Collection, Performance Measures and Outcomes for California Youth Summary: Increasingly across the nation, state and local juvenile justice systems are expanding data collection capacity to support effective and evidence-based practices and to promote positive outcomes for justice-involved youth. Respected national organizations-like the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention and the Council of State Governments-have joined with leaders in philanthropy to advance technology and new outcome measures in juvenile justice. Several factors help to explain this growth of interest in data-driven approaches to juvenile justice, including:  The need for evidence to guide the adoption of practices that are safe, effective and unbiased;  The need to control justice system costs and the corresponding need to identify cost-effective alternatives to incarceration;  An expanding national body of research on adolescent development that is changing federal and state juvenile justice laws and practices, and the corresponding need to use data and evaluation to adapt programs and practices accordingly; and  Recognition that the fundamental purpose of the juvenile justice system is rehabilitation and that, in order to measure rehabilitation, juvenile justice systems must have adequate capacity to monitor youth outcomes. Regrettably, California has allowed its juvenile data systems to fall into a pattern of longterm decline. The technology supporting the state's main juvenile justice data bank is antiquated and cannot be upgraded. There is no state-level capacity to track recidivism or other important outcomes for justice system youth. California's state-level juvenile justice data banks are split between different agencies and are not integrated by design with county-level data systems. An overarching problem is that California has not made a significant state investment in modernizing its juvenile justice data capacity for more than two decades. While state data systems in other child-serving realms-like education and child welfare-have benefitted from major state investment and upgrades to meet contemporary needs, this has not been the case for a California juvenile justice system that processes more than 100,000 children as arrest, supervision or confinement cases each year. In 2014, the California Legislature established this Juvenile Justice Data Working Group to address these concerns. This Final Report to the Legislature provides an analysis of the pertinent issues and needs and offers recommendations to improve California's juvenile justice data capacity, and correspondingly, to improve outcomes for justice-involved youth. Details: San Francisco: JDWG, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/JJDWG%20Report%20FINAL%201-11-16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Data Shelf Number: 151334

Author: Potter, Sharyn J. Title: Adaptation and Evaluation of Video Games to Reduce Sexual Violence on Campus Summary: During the fall of 2014, Prevention Innovations Research Center Directors, Sharyn Potter and Jane Stapleton, were awarded funding from the National Institute of Justice to develop a video game that could teach college students how to identify and intervene in situations where sexual violence is occurring or has the potential to occur. Over the course of 11 months, and with the help of undergraduate students from a variety of majors, two video games were conceptualized: (1) an adventure game and (2) a multiplayer trivia game to act as a precursor to the adventure game. Prototypes for the two games were then designed and tested between Fall 2015 and Fall 2017. During this period, approximately 738 undergraduate participants were involved in various aspects of the game testing, including providing focus group feedback and participating in a pilot study consisting of a pretest, posttest, and follow-up survey. Student input was invaluable to the success of the game prototypes. With participants' help, we concluded that gameplay shows promise as an effective way to introduce the concept of bystander intervention and increase bystander attitudes and efficacy in situations of sexual and relationship violence and stalking for first-year college students. Details: Durham: Prevention Innovations Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251937.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bystander Intervention Shelf Number: 151335

Author: Anderson, Annika Yvette Title: The Impact of Socio-Demographic Characteristics and Cognitive Transformation on Desistance from High Risk Behaviors Summary: According to social control theorists, high-risk adolescents who find stable jobs and spouses may be less likely to engage in future criminal behaviors. Although there are several socio-demographic variables that are likely to predict desistance, social support (or the lack thereof) and individual efforts are also instrumental in the desistance process. There is a growing awareness among scholars that life course criminology has largely ignored the role of human agency and the choices people make about whether or not to desist from crime. Yet, only a few studies have examined the effect of social-psychological variables or individual-level identity changes on desistance. This study explores the conduits and barriers to identity transformation and successful desistance for a sample of high-risk adolescents transitioning into adulthood in the United States. I use multivariate analyses of data drawn from the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1997-2011 (rounds 1-15), to answer several research questions: 1) Who among high-risk youth are most likely to undergo a cognitive transformation? 2) Who is most likely to desist? 3) What impact does cognitive transformation have on chances of desistance? 4) What are the similar/different factors relevant for race-ethnic groups in the cognitive transformation and desistance process?This study investigates the impact of both social bonds and an individual's cognitive change between 1997 and 2000 on criminality in 2000 and 2001. My findings show that Hispanic respondents who envisioned better futures for themselves had decreased chances of a future arrest compared to those whose future expectations did not change or worsened. I also found that there may be racial differences in the identity change and desistance process because black respondents were less likely than Hispanic respondents to envision positive future changes. This research adds a social psychological perspective to the desistance literature and is necessary in light of the high arrest/incarceration rates (especially among blacks) and the subsequent large population of formerly incarcerated people in the United States. Details: Pullman: Washington State University, 2015. 151p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: https://research.wsulibs.wsu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/6186/Anderson_wsu_0251E_11490.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 151337

Author: Garmisa, Sarah Title: CalGRIP Final Local Evaluation Report Summary: The City of Oakland has allocated its CalGRIP funds to support implementation and operations of the Oakland Ceasefire (Ceasefire) strategy within the Oakland Unite (OU) network of violence prevention programs and services. Ceasefire is a data-driven violence-reduction strategy grounded in a coordinated partnership between law enforcement, social services, and community partners. The theory upon which Ceasefire is grounded posits that the majority of shootings and homicides involve only a small subset of individuals and gang members that are actively involved in criminal activity at any point in time. Oakland's Police Department data reflect that of the approximately 53 groups/gangs in Oakland with a history of criminal activity, only 4-7 are actively involved in violence at any one time. The Ceasefire collaboration- between community members and faith partners, law enforcement agencies, and Oakland Unite, a unit in the City of Oakland's Human Services Department-aims to reduce gun-related violence by targeting only the most active individuals and/or groups at the highest risk of gun violence. The overarching vision of Ceasefire is to sustain a significant, citywide reduction in gun-related violence, and Ceasefire partners have articulated three goals to achieve this vision: Table 1: Oakland Ceasefire Project Goals Goal 1 Build a tightly coordinated regional network of law enforcement partners focused on gangs and individuals actively engaging in gun violence. Goal 2 Improve outcomes for young men at highest risk of violence. Goal 3 Increase community engagement in Ceasefire within communities most affected by violence. Oakland's Ceasefire model is based on the nationally-recognized, evidence-based Boston Ceasefire strategy for reducing group and gang violence. The Boston Ceasefire model began in 1996, after the observation that a small group of individuals contributed to a large portion of the city's gun-related violence. Through identification of those individuals most likely to be involved in gun-related violence and subsequent direct communication with them, the Boston model sent the message to gangs and groups that the larger community, including law enforcement and community-based partners, would no longer tolerate gun violence. The Ceasefire model strives to engage identified individuals in social services such as case management, employment opportunities, and housing assistance to support them in addressing their holistic needs and, therefore, reduce their risk of involvement in gun-related violence. Details: Oakland: Resource Development Associates, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 4, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Oakland%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 151338

Author: Horwitz, Jill Title: The Problem of Data Quality in Analyses of Opioid Regulation: The Case of Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs Summary: States, which have the primary legal role in regulating the prescribing and dispensing of prescription medications, have created Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs (PDMP) to try to reduce inappropriate prescribing, dispensing, and related harm. Research assessing whether these interventions are effective has produced inconclusive and contradictory results. Here we examine whether different data sources may have contributed to the varying results. Specifically, we: 1) identify the decisions inherent in creating such a dataset; 2) discuss the public data sources used by researchers in previous work; 3) develop and apply a detailed research protocol to create a novel PDMP law dataset; and 4) to illustrate potential consequences of data choice, apply various data sources to analyze the relationship between PDMP laws and prescribing and dispensing of opioids among disabled Medicare beneficiaries. We find that our dates differ from those in existing datasets, sometimes by many years. The regression analyses generated a twofold difference in point estimates, as well as different signed estimates, depending on the data used. We conclude that the lack of transparency about data assembly in existing datasets, differences among dates by source, and the regression results raise concerns for PDMP researchers and policymakers. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 24947: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24947.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Opioids Shelf Number: 151341

Author: Dave, Dhaval M. Title: Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs, Opioid Abuse, and Crime Summary: The past two decades have witnessed a substantial increase in opioid use and abuse in the United States. In response to this opioid epidemic, prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) have been implemented in virtually all states. These programs collect, monitor, and analyze prescription opioid data with the goal of preventing the abuse and diversion of controlled substances. A growing literature has found that voluntary PDMPs, which do not require doctors to access PDMPs before prescribing controlled substances, have had little effect on opioid use and misuse. However, PDMPs that do mandate access have been found to be effective in reducing opioid misuse and other related health outcomes. In this paper we study the broader impact of voluntary and mandatory-access PDMPs on crime, and in the process inform the causal link between prescription opioid abuse and crime. Using information on offenses known to law enforcement and arrests from the Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), combined with a difference-in-differences empirical strategy, we find that voluntary PDMPs did not significantly affect crime whereas mandatory-access PDMPs have reduced crime by approximately 3.5%. Reductions in crime are largely associated with violent crimes, particularly homicide and assault. Also, we find evidence that young adults experienced the largest decrease in crime, which is consistent with prior work that also finds relatively larger declines in prescription opioid abuse for this group. Overall, these results provide additional evidence that prescription drug monitoring programs are an effective social policy tool to mitigate the negative consequences of opioid misuse, and more broadly indicate that opioid policies can have important spillover effects into other non-health related domains such as crime. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No, 24975: Accessed September 4, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w24975.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs and Crime Shelf Number: 151342

Author: Wambeam, Rodney Title: Telling the Story of Opioid Use in Wyoming Summary: The State Epidemiological and Outcomes Workgroup (SEOW) strives to provide public health stakeholders with data to inform decisions and policies. It is imperative to investigate the unique version of the opioid crisis that is happening in the state of Wyoming and respond with data-driven decisions, as well as targeted strategies and solutions for prevention and treatment. Historically opioids have been used as painkillers, but they also have great potential for misuse. Opioids are a class of drugs that include the illegal drug heroin, and legally available pain relievers by prescription such as oxycodone (OxyContin), hydrocodone (Vicodin), codeine, morphine, and many others. Not all of the data presented in this report is specifically for prescription opioids. Some of the data, such as the hospital data, includes all opioids, both prescription and illicit. Some of the data represents Schedule II drugs, which the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) classifies as drugs that have an accepted medical use, but also have an elevated potential for abuse and addiction (e.g., oxycodone, diazepam). Data from the Wyoming surveys ask about "prescription drugs" more generally, which would include other prescriptions such as depressants (Valium, Xanax, etc.) and stimulants (Adderall and Ritalin, etc.). Several opioid data sources, currently available in Wyoming, can assist with tracking opioid misuse and abuse across the state. Evaluators at the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) have presented the results of the data inventory throughout this report organized by opioid-related indicators, with key findings and general notes about the data source listed. Additionally, descriptive information about and external links to each data source are catalogued in the appendix. National data are presented here, as well as state and some local level data. When possible, the state data are compared to the national data. The multiple indicators throughout this report address both consumption rates and related consequences of opioid use and abuse. Self-reported nonmedical use of prescription drugs stems from both national and state surveys administered to adults and youth. In addition, poisoning deaths and opioid drug-related poisonings provide further insight into the consequences that may result from opioid use and abuse. Finally, we also examine the amount of opioids dispensed/prescribed in the state through the Automation of Reports and Consolidated Orders System (ARCOS) data, the Wyoming Prescription Drug Monitoring Program (PDMP) data, and recently released opioid prescribing data. However, it should be noted that these measures are not a direct correlate of opioid use or abuse, as there are legitimate medical uses for opioids. According to data from the National Survey of Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), Wyoming is generally below the national average in prescription drug misuse among individuals ages 12 and up. In Wyoming, prescription drug misuse is most common among young adults ages 18- 25, though rates are decreasing both among this age group and school-age students. Of young adults that report misusing prescription opioids, most deny use in the previous month. Among school-age children, some counties exceed the state average for prescription drug misuse among students in middle school (i.e., Campbell, Fremont, Natrona, Platte, and Washakie) and high school (i.e., Campbell, Carbon, Fremont, Goshen, Hot Springs, Park, Teton, Uinta, and Weston). Wyoming has a stabilizing rate of poisonings deaths due to opioids while the nation continues to increase. Carbon County reports the highest rate of opioid-related inpatient discharges. Though Wyoming is below the national average for prescription drug misuse, Wyoming generally exceeds the national average in opioid prescribing rates. Alternatively, Wyoming is below the national average in morphine milligram equivalent doses distributed per capita, though this gap is closing. Finally, two counties in Wyoming fill more prescriptions than people residing in that county (Uinta and Hot Springs), and one county prescribes more opioids than people in that county (Uinta). However, the Wyoming State Hospital, which provides quality active treatment for a variety of mental disorders, is located in Uinta County, which could explain the higher number of prescriptions fills. Schedule II prescription drug fills slightly decreased from 2014 to 2015. Details: Laramie, WY: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/wysac/reports/View/6665 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 151403

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Review of Arizona Revised Statutes Containing A Felony Criminal Penalty Summary: As part of the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission's (ACJC) work as required by A.R.S. �41-2405, Section A, the Commission is to: - Monitor the progress and implementation of new and continuing criminal justice legislation; - Analyze criminal justice programs created by the legislature in the preceding two years; and, - Analyze the effectiveness of the criminal code, with a discussion of any problems and recommendations for revision if deemed necessary At the direction of the Commission, ACJC's Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) along with program staff undertook a review of those Arizona Revised Statutes that contained a felony criminal penalty to determine the frequency of statute charges at the time of arrest across five-year, ten-year, and 15-year periods. Staff reviewed an extract of the Arizona Computerized Criminal History (ACCH) repository, maintained at the Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS), to capture arrest charging frequency across Arizona Revised Statute criminal codes. The Arizona Criminal Justice Commission hopes that this report outlining those Arizona Revised Statutes that contain a felony criminal penalty and their use over the past 15 years will spark a dialogue by Arizona's legislators and policy makers about the increasingly complex landscape that has been created for Arizona citizens and law enforcement to navigate regarding illegal activities. Possible activities that could occur include:  Convening of stakeholder groups that deal with specific issue areas to review existing statutes that contain felony penalties to determine if they are still applicable and necessary  Review by the legislature to determine if penalties contained in one statute are duplicative of penalties contained in another (for example is A.R.S. �5-115A2, Bribe of Racing Personnel is a class 4 felony and has not been charged in the past 15 years, but A.R.S. �13-2309, Bribery of Participants in Professional or Amateur Games, Sports, Horse Races, Dog Races, Contests is also a class 4 felony and is regularly being charged)  Action by the legislature to repeal statutes that are determined to be duplicative or have not been utilized after a specific period of time has elapsed Details: Phoenix: The Commission, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/sites/default/files/pubs/Criminal_Code_Review_Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 151404

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Enhanced Drug and Gang Enforcement (EDGE) Report: 2017 Summary: Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) �41-2405(A)11 requires the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission to submit to the Governor, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives an annual report on law enforcement activities funded by the Drug and Gang Enforcement Account (Account) or the Criminal Justice Enhancement Fund (CJEF) as they relate to illicit drugs and drug-related gang activity. This annual report requirement was established in 1990. The Drug and Gang Enforcement Account, established in 1987 by A.R.S. �41-2402, is used to enhance efforts to deter, investigate, prosecute, adjudicate and punish drug offenders. Funds in the Drug and Gang Enforcement Account are from the following sources: 1) Federal monies made available to states by grants under the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant Program; 2) Mandatory fines collected for felony drug offense convictions as authorized by A.R.S., Title 13, Chapter 34; 3) Appropriations to the account by the Legislature; and 4) Local cash match funds furnished by grantees. In 1987, the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission (ACJC) developed and implemented a Statewide Enhanced Drug Enforcement Strategy, as required to qualify for federal formula grant assistance monies for drug control. The strategy was designed to be compatible with the statutory requirements that created the Drug and Gang Enforcement Account. The current four-year strategy was developed in 2016 and is the framework within which the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission allots and distributes all monies in the account. A formal application system and extensive open meeting process are utilized by the Arizona Criminal Justice Commission for awarding grant funds from the account. The Criminal Justice Enhancement Fund (CJEF) was established by A.R.S. �41-2401. This statute details those entities that shall receive monies from the CJEF by percentage amounts and the purposes for utilization of the monies. This report provides summary information on projects receiving funds from the Drug and Gang Enforcement Account and on projects funded by the Criminal Justice Enhancement Fund during FY 2017 (July 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017), relating to drug activity or drug-related street gang activity. Many other valuable and productive drug and gang enforcement and prevention activities are conducted throughout the state funded entirely by federal, state, local and county authorities, without enhancement monies and are therefore not reported to ACJC. Details: Phoenix: The Commission, 2017. 213p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.azcjc.gov/sites/default/files/pubs/EDGE_FY_2017_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 151405

Author: Harrison, Linda Title: Community Corrections in Colorado: Program Outcomes and Recidivism: Terminations January 2014-December 2016 Summary: Colorado community corrections is a system of 35 halfway houses and programs across the state that provide both diversion from prison for offenders and a transition to the community for offenders leaving prison. Services are designed to promote productive reintegration of offenders back into the community. This report focuses on client outcomes, in terms of discharge status and recidivism rates for each of the five community corrections modalities, including regular residential, therapeutic community, nonresidential, residential dual-diagnosis treatment, and intensive residential treatment, between January 2014 and December 2016. Information on offender characteristics, service needs assessment and treatment information, and termination reason (successful completion, new crime, escape/walk-away, and technical violation) was extracted from the Community Corrections Information and Billing (CCIB) system maintained by the Office of Community Corrections in the Division of Criminal Justice. Rates of recidivism occurring within one year and two years post-discharge are also presented. These data were obtained from the Colorado Judicial Branch's information management system (ICON), which contains information concerning new misdemeanor and felony filings in county or district court. Information regarding filings in Denver County Court were not available and so were excluded from this analysis. Only cases successfully discharged and with the necessary "at risk" time were included in the recidivism analyses. Thus, recidivism data were limited to clients discharged in calendar years 2014 and 2015. Details: Denver: Division of Criminal Justice Colorado Department of Public Safety, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-28/co-commcorrectionsApr2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151406

Author: Gatens, Alysson Title: Responding to Individuals Experiencing Mental Health Crisis: Police-Involved Programs Summary: As many as 10 percent of police contacts involve individuals with mental health conditions. A growing number of police and sheriff's departments have implemented specialized responses to mental health crisis incidents, including crisis intervention teams. Research indicates departments offering specialized responses show greater officer knowledge of mental health conditions and more positive police attitudes toward individuals with mental health conditions. This article examines specialized mental health responses with an emphasis on practices in Illinois and offers implications for future research and practice. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/sac-digest/vol-28/il-polinvprogrms.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 151407

Author: McCann, Ellen P. Title: Juvenile Recidivism: A 2015 Cohort Analysis Summary: In the fall and winter of 2016, members of the Criminal Justice Coordinating Council's Juvenile Justice Committee (JJC) determined it was important to measure the impact of juvenile justice system interventions through a recidivism study. Members of the JJC's Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative Data Committee worked with CJCC's Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) to develop an initial research plan. This plan was presented to the CJCC Principals on February 16, 2017. After this meeting, the research question became: "Do juvenile justice system interventions succeed in reducing youth risk to public safety?" The purpose of the analysis was to better understand the characteristics of youth with multiple intakes, violations, or unsuccessful case dispositions; identify programming and practices that support successful case disposition; identify challenges, opportunities and/or gaps in current interventions; and eventually measure youth success. In order to answer this question, the SAC and JDAI Data Committee further refined the question to reflect national standards and local sentiment, seeking to determine new offending by those known to the system. This was defined to include those completing a diversion program, a term of probation, or a term of commitment during calendar year 2015. Reoffending was measured by the occurrence of new arrests, new case filings, and new findings of delinquency or criminal convictions for an offense that occurred in the year following the completion of the intervention. This baseline analysis is intended to lay the groundwork for future analyses, with hopes to include longer follow-up periods, more detailed information about risk assessments, interventions, education, employment and environment, and youth outcome data to include pro-social measures of success. During the course of conducting this analysis, the CJCC Principals also raised the importance of knowing which programs are most effective in reducing recidivism; and they expressed interest in understanding the outcomes for youth who are dismissed, found not-guilty, and have consent decrees, and understanding better the impact of special education on system involvement. Determining which programs are comparatively most effective will also require additional and more complicated analysis of youth who are sent to one program over another, or are more deeply entrenched in the system. This baseline will serve as a prelude to addressing these additional questions. The current analysis aims to answer some of these questions, while others must be discussed and prioritized to determine the next steps to best inform the work of our juvenile justice system partners. The research will examine the following: - When a youth is arrested for an offense that happened in the first year after he or she finished diversion, probation, or commitment; - When a youth has a case filed in court for an offense that happened in the first year after he or she finished diversion, probation, or commitment; and - When a youth is found guilty or delinquent for an offense that happened in the first year after he or she finished diversion, probation, or commitment. Details: Washington, DC: Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://cjcc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/cjcc/publication/attachments/Juvenile%20Recidivism%20Study.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 151408

Author: Arizona Criminal Justice Commission, Statistical Analysis Center Title: Arizona Youth Survey: Selected Trends, 2008-2016 Summary: The Arizona Youth Survey (AYS) is cross-sectional in nature and does not track individual responses over time, in order to protect the anonymity of student respondents. It is designed to provide an accurate, representative snapshot of Arizona�s 8th, 10th, and 12th grade students at the time of the survey administration. As such, these trends provide an overview of response variation across survey administrations. Such responses can provide beneficial insight into the scope of substance use, problem behaviors, and contextual factors among Arizona youth, in turn shedding light on potential areas of focus for programmatic and prevention efforts. Details: Phoenix: The Commission, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://azcjc.gov/sites/default/files/pubs/2016_AYS_Trends.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 151409

Author: Robinson, Charlea S.L. Title: An Analysis of Human Trafficking in the District of Columbia: 2016 Summary: Human trafficking involves the exploitation of a person typically through force, fraud, or coercion for such purposes as forced labor, involuntary servitude, or commercial sex. Human trafficking is described as a multi-billion dollar, modern-day slavery industry that imprisons more than 20 million people worldwide, regardless of age, gender, race, or nationality. Human trafficking can take place in rural, suburban, and urban areas, and its victims are often individuals who are already vulnerable-such as missing and runaway youth or persons dealing with substance abuse addictions. Traffickers may recruit victims through social media or other means and develop what victims may perceive to be caring or intimate relationships. Traffickers may also lure victims into work or commercial sex with false promises of love, a good job, or a stable life, then ultimately force victims to remain in the trafficking situation through various means, such as physical and sexual abuse; threatening to harm the victim's family; or for foreign nationals, withholding their immigration documents. Traffickers may be family members, intimate partners, acquaintances, or strangers, and they may run the human trafficking operation on their own or be a member of a criminal network. The impact of human trafficking on victims, may include but is not limited to, anxiety, fear, trauma, depression, as well as post-traumatic stress disorder and even suicide. Human trafficking is a violation of the most basic human rights. To help combat human trafficking in the District of Columbia, the DC Council passed the Prohibition of Human Trafficking Amendment Act of 2010, which includes a provision that a report on human trafficking in the District of Columbia be completed at least every 3 years. In 2017, the CJCC was formally enlisted to prepare the report. The goal of this initial report is to establish a baseline and provide context for human trafficking activity in the District of Columbia during calendar year (CY) 2016 by addressing the following questions: 1. What is the nature of human trafficking in the District, including how victims are recruited and the extent to which there is movement within and outside of the District? 2. How many human trafficking investigations, arrests, prosecutions, and convictions occurred? 3. What is the demographic information of offenders and victims of human trafficking? A description of the methodology used to conduct the analysis is included in Appendix I. This report provides information on incidents of human trafficking that have been identified by or reported to law enforcement, prosecutors, and service providers. Based on a review of human trafficking literature, as well as interviews with law enforcement officials and service providers in the District, it is difficult to determine the full extent to which human trafficking is occurring due to multiple factors including, but not limited to, human trafficking is an under-reported crime; human trafficking is often a hidden crime and difficult to detect; data are specific to a particular agency or program and may be duplicative across agencies and programs since victims may receive services from various organizations; agencies and organizations may define human trafficking differently; and agencies' records management systems may not capture a human trafficking offense if it was discovered later in the investigation or if the offender was ultimately charged with a different but related crime, such as sexual abuse. 5 As a result of the foregoing, the information in this report cannot be used to estimate the prevalence of human trafficking in the District. However, the information can be used to understand the nature of the human trafficking offenses that have been detected and the demographic traits of the offenders and victims who have been identified. Details: Washington, DC: District of Columbia, Statistical Analysis Center, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://cjcc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/cjcc/page_content/attachments/An%20Analysis%20of%20Human%20Trafficking%20in%20the%20District%20of%20Columbia%20%282016%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 151410

Author: Massachusetts. Executive Office of Public Safety and Security Title: Electronic Control Weapons in Massachusetts: 2016 Summary: This report examines data prepared by Massachusetts law enforcement agencies with approved electronic control weapons (ECW) training programs for the period January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Approved agencies are required to complete and submit semi-annual ECW reports on information related to: 1) the number of sworn officers serving the agency; 2) the number of ECW trained officers serving the agency; 3) the number of ECWs owned by the agency; 4) the number of total incidents that occurred during the reporting period; 5) general details about each incident (e.g., warnings, deployments, submissions, etc.); and 6) demographic information about the subject. Details: Boston: The Executive Office of Public Safety and Security, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://www.mass.gov/files/documents/2018/03/15/2016_ECW_Annual_Report_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Non-Lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 151411

Author: Reamey, Random Title: Value of Stolen Property Reported in Alaska, 1985-2016 Summary: This fact sheet presents data on the value of stolen property reported by Alaska law enforcement agencies, and obtained from the Alaska Department of Public Safety's annual report Crime in Alaska for the years 1985 through 2016. Crime in Alaska represents the State of Alaska's contribution to the Federal Bureau of Investigation's national Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) program. The UCR program collects data from law enforcement agencies across the United States. Stolen property. We looked at data, including reports of stolen property and their estimated value (as reported by law enforcement) over a 31-year period, from 1985-2016. The value of stolen property, in US dollars, was adjusted for inflation to the year 2016 using the Anchorage consumer price index (CPI). The CPI data reported here was obtained from the Alaska Department of Labor and Workforce Development's Research and Analysis Division. the total estimated value of stolen property in Alaska from 1985 to 2016 for offenses reported to police. Overall, the 31-year trend reveals that the total value of stolen property in Alaska was relatively static with a trough beginning in 2008 and rising in 2014. In 1985, the total value of stolen property was $55,819,549. It then rose to its highest value in 1990 ($61,651,724) and afterwards decreased to its lowest value of ($22,227,846), which was recorded in 2011. In 2016, the total value of stolen property was $48,014,191. The average value of stolen property over the period was $45,152,001. Details: Anchorage: Alaska Justice Information Center, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.alaska.edu/bitstream/handle/11122/8115/ajic.18-01.stolen-value-1985-2016.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Stolen Goods Shelf Number: 151412

Author: Payne, Troy C. Title: Alaska State Troopers B Detachment Patrol Staffing Study and Description of Dispatched Police Incidents Summary: This purpose of this study is to provide a workload-based staffing model for police patrol in B Detachment of the Alaska State Troopers. Based on the hour-of-day pattern of obligated Troopers - the number of Troopers who are busy at any given time - the optimal staffing model for the Mat-Su West Post and Palmer Post is one that provides a base level of at least five Troopers available to service citizen-initiated incidents per shift on two 12-hour shifts, 0600-1800 and 1800-0600, plus a third 12-hour shift from 1300-0100 to handle peak demand with three Troopers. This three 12-hour shift schedule provides 8 Troopers during peak times, which is sufficient staffing to handle the median call volume for years 2013-2015 and meet a target of 60% obligated time, while also not overstaffing low-demand times. The Glennallen Post requires an additional two Troopers per shift. After including leave and shift-relief, B Detachment requires 54 Troopers assigned to routine patrol. In addition, eight Sergeants, two Lieutenants, and one Captain are needed. For the past several years, B Detachment has staffed an additional Crime Suppression Unit with three Troopers and one Sergeant. One Trooper and one Sergeant are assigned to Judicial Services. This brings the total recommended B Detachment compliment to 58 Troopers, 10 Sergeants, two Lieutenants, and one Captain: a total of 71 sworn staff. This is an increase of 26 sworn staff, or 57.8% of the August 2017 sworn staff of 45 (35 Troopers, seven Sergeants, two Lieutenants, and one Captain). Implementing this increase in sworn staff requires a multiyear, sustained effort to both retain existing Troopers and recruit new Troopers. This study also sought to describe the pattern of police incidents in B Detachment. Over the study period, from 2009 through 2015, Alaska State Troopers and Alaska Wildlife Troopers responded to an average of 48,000 incidents per year. Incidents peak between 1400 hours and 2200 hours Thursday through Saturday. While incident counts have stayed stable over the study period, the number of Trooper-hours spent on incidents has increased 14.7%. This increase is not uniform across incident types, with increases of Trooper-hours spent on follow-up investigations, assist public incidents, and court order service/violation. Trooper-hours spent on property crime also increased sharply in 2015, particularly burglary and vehicle theft. Trooper-hours spent on disorder, violence, and motor vehicle collisions were flat. Time spent on traffic stops has declined, which is confirmation of the staffing analysis finding that B Detachment Troopers are over-utilized. As non-discretionary incidents have increased, discretionary incidents have decreased. Details: Anchorage: University of Alaska Anchorage, Justice Center, 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://scholarworks.alaska.edu/bitstream/handle/11122/8204/1801.01.ast-detachment-b-staffing.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 151413

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Bookings and case dispositions: Violent, property, and drug crimes in Santa Fe County, New Mexico Summary: The NMSAC completed a study funded by the Drug Policy Alliance. The purpose of the study was to track court case outcomes of individuals booked into a New Mexico county detention center. It includes those whose most serious offenses involved a violent crime, property crime, or drug offense. An important component of the study was to examine drug-related bookings and court case outcomes by drug type. We found over half of the cases were dismissed. Further, court disposition was associated with personal and case characteristics. However, this varied by offense type. This report summarizes those findings. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2018/bookings-and-case-dispositions-violent,-property,-and-drug-crimes-in-santa-fe-county,-new-mexico.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Disposition Shelf Number: 151415

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: Smart, Safe, and Fair: Strategies to Prevent Youth Violence, Heal Victims of Crime, and Reduce Racial inequality Summary: The justice system treats youth charged with violent offenses in ways that are unnecessarily expensive, ineffective and unjust. Although the research is clear that many youth convicted of a violent crime are best treated in a community-based setting, our default response to youth violence is still confinement. In Smart, Safe, and Fair, the Justice Policy Institute (JPI) and the National Center for Victims of Crime (NCVC) spoke with members of the victims' community to further examine the barriers to treating youth involved in violent crime in the community, and to gauge their support for these proposed reforms. The crime victims we spoke with were consistent in their support for a change from a status quo they see as costly, ineffective, and damaging to youth and their families-all while failing to meet the needs of crime victims themselves. Instead, they expressed a belief that there should be no categorical bar on serving more young people involved in violent crime in the community, particularly because youth engaged in violence are overwhelmingly victims themselves, and should receive appropriate services. Details: Washington, DC: The Institute, 2018. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/Smart_Safe_and_Fair_9_5_18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151417

Author: Lawrence, Daniel S. Title: Community Views of Milwaukee's Police Body-Worn Camera Program: Results from Three Waves of Community Surveys Summary: The Milwaukee Police Department's body-worn camera (BWC) program began in October 2015 as a response to strained police relations in the city's communities of color that were exacerbated by several highly public police shootings of black men in Milwaukee and across the country. The Urban Institute surveyed Milwaukee community members in April 2016, September 2017, and July 2018 about their attitudes toward the police department and its BWC program, as part of a rigorous, independent evaluation. This brief uses community survey data to examine how strongly community members from various racial and demographic groups believe MPD officers were respectful, as well as the role BWCs played in building community relations and holding officers accountable. Survey findings indicate that public knowledge of the BWC program grew substantially each year and most community members held positive views of the program and the Milwaukee Police Department. Yet these views varied over the years and by key demographic characteristics. Here are some key takeaways: Awareness of the BWC program among survey respondents increased as more officers were equipped with cameras. Across all demographic groups, awareness that MPD officers were equipped with BWCs grew steadily from wave one to wave three. This is a necessary step for improving perceptions of transparency. By and large, people in Milwaukee held positive opinions about the police department and its BWC program. Most community members believed MPD officers "frequently" or "almost always" treat people with dignity and respect. A large majority of community members held high opinions about the potential for BWCs to improve police-community relationships and keep officers accountable for their behaviors. Fewer black respondents across all three survey waves viewed MPD officers as respectful or believed BWCs could improve police-community relations and officer accountability. This is consistent with national surveys, which have found that black community members are less optimistic than their white counterparts that BWCs can reduce racial tensions or increase trust in the police. Policy recommendations Police departments must continue to revise their policies and fine-tune their BWC programs to maximize transparency and accountability and broaden public support, particularly among communities of color. Departments with BWCs should consider these policy recommendations to achieve those goals: Departments should standardize, expedite, and publicly disseminate their process for releasing body-worn camera footage. In most localities, the public can request and access BWC footage through an open records request. But this process is often delayed when the police department or district attorney is using the footage for an ongoing investigation. The need to protect an investigation must be carefully weighed against releasing footage within a reasonable time frame. The process of releasing footage must be consistent in all cases. Transparency and accountability will be compromised if the public believes departments are quicker to release footage that justifies officers' behaviors than footage that depicts police misconduct. It is essential that departments formalize and carefully follow their policy for releasing BWC footage. Departments should clearly communicate their use of BWCs and the footage they produce. Departments must describe their process of and policy for reviewing footage to investigate police misconduct and substantiate or refute complaints from community members. They should also assess and communicate to the public whether BWCs have helped promote civility and professionalism during community interactions. By proactively describing the many uses of body-worn camera footage, departments can create a more complete picture of how BWCs affect police practices, further promoting transparency and accountability. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/98922/mpd_bwc_community_attitudes_brief_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 151418

Author: Schrantz, Dennis Title: Decarceration Strategies: How 5 States Achieved Substantial Prison Population Reductions Summary: From 1980 until its peak in 2009, the total federal and state prison population of the United States climbed from about 330,000 to more than 1.6 million - a nearly 400% increase - while the total general population of the country grew by only 36%, and the crime rate fell by 42%. The catalyst of this prison expansion was policy changes that prioritized "getting tough" on crime. The national prison population began a gradual descent after 2009, lessening by nearly 113,000 (6%) from 2009 through 2016. Several factors contributed to this decline: ongoing decreases in crime rates leading to fewer felony convictions; scaling back "war on drugs" policies; increased interest in evidence-based approaches to sentencing and reentry; and growing concerns about the fiscal cost of corrections and its impact on other state priorities. The state of California alone was responsible for 36% of the overall population decline, a function of a 2011 U.S. Supreme Court ruling declaring its overcrowded prison system to be unconstitutional and subsequent legislative responses to reduce the use of state incarceration. Despite the decline, the overall pace of change is quite modest. A recent analysis documents that at the rate of change from 2009 to 2016 it will take 75 years to reduce the prison population by half. And while 42 states have experienced declines from their peak prison populations, 20 of these declines are less than 5%, while 8 states are still experiencing rising populations. To aid policymakers and criminal justice officials in achieving substantial prison population reductions, this report examines the experience of five states - Connecticut, Michigan, Mississippi, Rhode Island, and South Carolina - that have achieved prison population reductions of 14-25%. This produced a cumulative total of 23,646 fewer people in prison with no adverse effects on public safety. (While a handful of other states have also experienced significant population reductions - including California, New York, and New Jersey - these have been examined in other publications, and so are not addressed here. The five states highlighted in this report are geographically and politically diverse and have all enacted a range of shifts in policy and practice to produce these outcomes. All five were engaged in the Justice Reinvestment Initiative process, spearheaded by the Pew Charitable Trusts and the Council on State Governments, which was designed to work with stakeholders to respond to the driving forces of prison expansion in each state and to develop strategies for change in policy and practice. This report seeks to inform stakeholders in other states of the range of policy options available to them for significantly reducing their prison population. While we provide some assessment of the political environment which contributed to these changes, we do not go into great detail in this area since stakeholders will need to make their own determinations of strategy based on the particularities of their state. We note, though, that the leaders of reform varied among states, and emerged among governors, legislators, criminal justice officials, and advocacy organizations, often benefiting from media coverage and editorial support. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/decarceration-strategies-5-states-achieved-substantial-prison-population-reductions/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 151419

Author: Marshall, Hollianne Title: CalGRIP '15-'17 Local Evaluation Fresno Final Report Summary: Due to the high level of gang activity and violent crime in the city of Fresno, CA, the Mayor's Gang Prevention initiative began in 2006. Throughout the initiative several programs and projects were created to assist in gang intervention, providing services to high risk individuals and engaging in large scale community outreach. The California Gang Reduction Intervention and Prevention initiative provides funding to these programs and projects in an effort to increase the impact of outreach in particularly high-risk communities. This program evaluation looks at 8 different intervention programs that were created out of the Gang Prevention Initiative in Fresno. Program measures and program outcomes were monitored throughout the 3-year grant period from 2015-2017. Crime data were collected from the Fresno Police Department as well as the California Attorney General's office. Feedback from participants and community members were also collected. Overall, the programs are operating successfully and achieving desired goals and outcomes. - Violent crime in the intervened areas is on the decline, although gang-related homicide continues to rise. - Throughout the last decade of these programs violent crime in the city of Fresno has fallen, but in recent years continues to increase again. - - 27% change in violent crime incidents in the outreach areas. - - 30% change in calls for service in outreach areas between 2015-2017. - + 37 % change in gang-related homicide in the city of Fresno from 2015-2017. - - 41% change in felony arrests in the intervened communities. These programs, grounded in evidence-based practice, are doing valuable community outreach; responses from participants as well as community members continue to show the support and impact these programs are making in Fresno. Recommendations include additional tracking measures for participants in the programs, as well as a look toward future funding to expand the outreach even further. Details: Sacramento: California State University, Fresno, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Fresno%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 151421

Author: Wong, Anna Title: Unlocking Opportunity: How Race, Ethnicity and Place Affect the Use of Institutional Placements in California Summary: Every night in California, nearly 4,000 youth lay their heads to sleep out of their homes, out of their community and away from their families as the result of a court ordered placement. Youth of color comprise the vast majority of these youth (88 percent). Nearly three-quarters were committed to an institutional placement for a non-violent offense, and one in five was committed for a technical violation. In short, most youth who are placed out of home do not pose a public safety threat. Research indicates that youth who spend time in institutional placements experience diminished life outcomes. Institutional placement itself can impede positive adolescent development in key spheres of life including with family, with peers, and in school. Incarcerated youth experience higher rates of trauma - both before incarceration and as a result of trauma incurred during incarceration. Once released, many youth struggle to adjust to life with their family and community. A number of states report that youth who spent time in secure facilities recidivate at double the rate of youth who do not. Three years after release, youth who have been incarcerated in California's most punitive, restrictive and dangerous institutions, Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) facilities, have a 74 percent chance of being re-arrested and a 54 percent chance of being re-convicted. The high rate of re-arrest and re-conviction is a reflection of the uphill battle youth face due to the trauma of incarceration, separation from family, lack of effective treatment inside facilities, and insufficient support and opportunity upon release. Youth who have been incarcerated are approximately 40 percent less likely to graduate high school than their peers. Disparities in educational outcomes limit economic mobility for formerly incarcerated youth. Time spent incarcerated reduces a youth's overall work time by 25-30 percent over the next decade. According to one estimate, state and local governments nationwide could lose between $8 and $21 billion annually due to lost future earnings, lost tax revenue and other ripple effects from youth incarceration. Even if we discount the impact of incarceration on youth, their communities and society, it is expensive to incarcerate youth. Across the nation, states spend an average of $407 per day to incarcerate youth.California spends more than the national average, around $740 a day, and $270,000 annually, to house youth in DJJ facilities. Conversely, it costs around $75 per day to fund a community-based program with individualized, wraparound services for a "high-risk" youth - which is often a more effective form of rehabilitation. The harms of institutional placement are felt most profoundly by youth of color. At every decision making point in the justice system in California, youth of color bear the brunt of more restrictive options. In other words, the relative likelihood of system involvement for youth of color increases at each stage of the youth justice system, accumulating most at the point of institutional placement. Additionally, these disparities are widening over time. As Figure 1 illustrates, Black youth were 5.4 times more likely to be placed out of home or on EM than White youth in 2006, but 7.5 times more likely in 2015. Latino youth were 2.2 times more likely to be placed out of home or on EM than White youth in 2006, but 2.5 times more likely in 2015. Over the past decade, a significant reduction in serious youth crime coupled with major reforms that reduced commitments to DJJ resulted in a 79 percent decline. While these reductions are noteworthy, the proportion of youth committed to DJJ facilities was and remains a small proportion of all court ordered dispositions for youth. DJJ commitments comprised two percent of all juvenile court dispositions in 2003, and less than one percent in 2015. Given that 99 percent of youth in California receive dispositions other than DJJ, we must learn more about these dispositions, particularly those that result in other forms of institutional placement. Institutional placements vary greatly, regardless of their official classification according to DOJ. While this report does not delve into the details of these placements at the county level, future research should examine the type and quality of the facilities, treatment options, and their overall environments. In our pursuit of reforms limiting the use of institutional placement, it is important to consider two notions at once. We urge counties to work towards keeping all youth in their communities with access to culturally relevant, positive outlets for education and personal growth. Counties must invest resources into and develop meaningful partnerships with community based organizations that work with youth. In the interim, local, less restrictive therapeutic institutional alternatives to DJJ are a better option than DJJ. This report is a first step towards better understanding the use of institutional placements for youth in California. We focus on understanding how race, ethnicity and geography all play a role in the outcomes that youth experience. Details: Oakland, CA: Burns Institute, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://www.burnsinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Unlocking-Opportunity.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 151424

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: Futures Denied: Why California Should Not Prosecute 14- and 15-year-olds as Adults Summary: After decades of handling youth 15 and younger in its rehabilitation-focused juvenile justice system, in 1995 California discarded its longstanding approach and adopted a new law allowing 14- and 15-year-olds to be tried in adult criminal court. In present day California, a young teenager in criminal court is treated in every way just like an adult: the same procedures, laws, and sentences-including adult prison-are applied with virtually no exception. When a young person is tried as an adult, it means he or she is denied the full services and treatment of the juvenile system. The decision to try a young person as an adult is undeniably a decision to give up on that youth. This dramatic change in policy was not based on research on effective methods to deal with youth who commit crimes; it did not rely on advances in the neuroscience of adolescent development and receptivity to rehabilitation; nor did it take into account studies conclusively showing that youth treated in the juvenile system are less likely to commit new crimes than those tried as adults. That research did not exist at the time the law was changed. The 1995 law was the product of a "tough on crime" period of racialized fear- mongering and false predictions of increased crime and the rise of "super-predator" youth. In the years since, more than 1,500 14- and 15-year-olds have faced transfer to the adult system. The law predominantly affects youth of color, with Black youth more than 11 times more likely, and Latino youth nearly five times as likely as white youth to face prosecution in adult court. In addition to the radical difference in how individual young people are treated, prosecuting 14- and 15-year-olds in adult court has weakened, not enhanced, public safety. Decades of research now concludes that youth prosecuted in adult court are more likely to recidivate than youth treated in the juvenile justice system. This paper explores the impact of sending youth who are in middle school or early high school to the adult criminal justice system. It gives a brief overview of the past two decades of research on what makes young people act the way they do and the effect of being tried in the juvenile versus adult justice system. It provides perspective from juvenile Prosecuting 14- and 15-year-olds in adult court has weakened, not enhanced, public safety. California is at a crossroads: its legislature now has the data and research to show that the 1995 law was a bad decision for both individual youth and public safety. A bill, SB 1391, is pending in the legislature. It provides California the opportunity to correct course. If enacted, this bill will ensure that 14- and 15-year-olds receive age-appropriate treatment and services needed for a healthy transition to adulthood, and that public safety is enhanced, not weakened. Details: New York: HRW; Oakland, CA: Burns Institute, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://www.burnsinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Futures-Denied.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 151425

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: South Carolina Reduced Theft Penalties While Safely Cutting Prison Population Summary: In 2010, South Carolina enacted comprehensive sentencing reforms that included a provision to increase the state's felony theft threshold-the dollar value of stolen money or goods above which prosecutors may charge a person with a felony rather than a misdemeanor-and revise penalties for certain property crimes. The state is one of 37 that changed their theft thresholds between 2000 and 2016. Felony offenses are typically punishable by a year or more in state prison, while misdemeanors can result in up to a year in a local jail, so South Carolina's changes have the effect of prioritizing costly prison space for those convicted of more serious offenses. The new policy also represents an acknowledgment by lawmakers that inflation raises the value of stolen goods and therefore has an impact on the penalties imposed. For example, in a state with a $500 threshold, stealing a bicycle worth $250 in 1985 would have led to a misdemeanor charge, but today, because of inflation, that same bicycle would be worth $5752 and stealing it would result in a felony charge, potential prison time, and the diminished employment and housing prospects, occupational licensing restrictions, and other consequences that can accompany a felony conviction. In April 2017, The Pew Charitable Trusts published a study of 30 states that had raised their felony theft thresholds between 2000 and 2012 and found that the reforms did not interrupt downward trends in property crime or larceny rates. These states reported roughly the same average decrease in crime as the 20 states that had not changed their theft laws, and threshold amounts were not correlated with property crime or larceny rates. Now, Pew has undertaken an analysis of South Carolina's change in an effort to expand on the national study by examining a broader range of outcomes, including the relationships among higher dollar thresholds, crime, and the value of stolen goods. The evaluation reinforced the earlier findings, determining that since the 2010 law was implemented-even as South Carolina has sent fewer people to prison for theft offenses, and for shorter terms-the state's property crime rate has continued to fall. Pew also found that the value of items stolen did not change, alleviating concerns that a higher threshold would lead not only to more theft but also to targeted theft of more expensive goods. This brief delves into the findings of this research and demonstrates how South Carolina's results provide further evidence that states can increase their felony theft thresholds without compromising public safety. Details: Pew Charitable Trusts: 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at:https://www.pewtrusts.org/en/research-and-analysis/issue-briefs/2018/04/south-carolina-reduced-theft-penalties-while-safely-cutting-prison-population Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Sentencing Reform Shelf Number: 151439

Author: Everytown for Gun Safety Title: Fatal Gaps: How the Virginia Tech Shooting Prompted Changes in State and Mental Health Records Reporting Summary: In 2007, 32 people were shot and killed and 17 others were wounded at Virginia Tech. The shooter was prohibited from possessing firearms due to a court judgment that he was a danger to himself and others, but his records were never submitted to the FBI�s National Instant Criminal Background Check System ("NICS"). As a result, he was able to pass several background checks to purchase the guns he used in the shooting. In the wake of this mass shooting, lawmakers took action to close the fatal gaps in state mental health records reporting that undermine the background check system and threaten the safety of Americans. This report documents ten years of progress, examines its key drivers, and underscores the vital importance of state and federal laws that govern and support mental health records reporting. Key findings include: -In the past 10 years, 35 states have improved records reporting by passing new reporting laws, 16 states have improved existing laws, and 29 states have accessed federal funding. -As a result, mental health records submitted by states have increased by nine times and gun sale denials have increased by 11 times. -States with mental health reporting laws submitted more than twice as many records per capita as states without these laws. -The states with the highest submission rates per capita had reporting laws and had received federal funding. Notwithstanding this progress, it is likely that hundreds of thousands of prohibiting mental health records are missing from the background check system, potentially enabling prohibited people to purchase firearms illegally. To close these fatal gaps, the seven states that do not have mental health reporting laws should pass and implement strong laws. All 50 states need laws that require prompt submission of all prohibiting records and federal funding to support the submission process. States should regularly audit their submission processes to ensure no records are falling through the cracks. Details: Everytown for Gun Safety; Atlanta, GA, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2018 at: https://everytownresearch.org/reports/fatal-gaps-mental-health-records/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 151436

Author: Cerulli, Giovanni Title: The Economic Determinants of Crime: an Approach through Responsiveness Scores Summary: Criminality has always been part of human social interactions, shaping the way peoples have constructed states and legislation. As social order became a greater concern for the public authorities, interest in investigating incentives pushing individuals towards engaging in illegal activities has become a central issue of the political agenda. Building on the existing literature, this paper proposes to focus on a few primary determinants of crime, whose e ect is in- vestigated using a Responsiveness Scores (RS) approach performed over 50 US states during the period 2000-2012. The RS approach allows us to account for unit heterogeneous response to each single determinant, thus paving the way to a more in-depth analysis of the relation between crime and its drivers. We attempt to overcome the limitations posed by standard regression methods, which assume a single coecient for all determinants, thus contributing to the literature in the field with stronger evidence on determinants' e ects and the geographical patterns of responsiveness scores. Details: Boston College Working Paper in Economics, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/boc/bocoec/948.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Shelf Number: 151468

Author: Bashir, Asli Title: Parole Revocation in Connecticut: Opportunities to Reduce Incarceration Summary: After reviewing the relevant constitutional, statutory, and regulatory standards, observing preliminary and final revocation hearings, interviewing parolees, and surveying procedures and developments in other jurisdictions, CJC identified multiple areas of concern in the parole revocation process in Connecticut. Hearing Observations CJC observed 49 parole revocation hearings in Connecticut during the month of November 2015. After those observations, CJC reported the following findings at a January 2016 meeting at the state Capitol: BOPP�s hearing examiners made a finding of a violation in 100 percent of the cases CJC observed in November 2015. BOPP�s hearing examiners recommended that parole be revoked in 100 percent of observed cases. The BOPP panel revoked parole and imposed a prison sanction in 100 percent of the observed hearings, despite the panel�s broad power to reject a hearing examiner�s recommendation and reinstate parole. No parolee appeared with appointed counsel, even though a number of parolees seemed to qualify for state-provided counsel under the federal constitutional standard. At least 94 percent of observed parolees had previously waived their right to have a preliminary hearing within 14 business days of re-incarceration. These same parolees were routinely incarcerated for at least three months awaiting their final revocation hearings. The standard procedure at final revocation hearings made it difficult for parolees to adequately contest disputed facts or to present mitigating evidence. As a result, BOPP decisions were often made based on intuited credibility determinations rather than verified facts, and parolees were unable to properly present mitigation arguments in favor of a reduced sanction or reinstatement. Details: Connecticut: Samuels Jacobs Criminal Justice Clinic, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://law.yale.edu/system/files/area/clinic/document/cjc_parole_revocation_report.final.9.21.17.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Board of Pardons and Parole Shelf Number: 151441

Author: Cuddy, Joshua Title: Young Adults and Community Supervision: The Need for Developmentally Appropriate Approach to Probation Summary: While community supervision (probation) is widely accepted to be an effective strategy for diverting people from prison and offering rehabilitative programming, the truth is that young adults placed on adult probation for felony offenses are far more likely to be revoked and sent to prison than older adults. Young adults are less likely than older adults to have remained on probation for the full term by the two-year point, and the majority of cases terminated by the two-year point were due to revocation rather than successful completion. In fact, only 18 percent of 17- to 21-year-olds successfully completed and were terminated from felony probation in FY 2017. The rate was slightly better for 22-to 25-year-olds, with 41 percent successfully completing and being terminated from probation, compared to 60 percent of felony probationers over age 25. Sadly, nearly 7,400 young men and women had their probation revoked in FY 2017, with 7,000 young people committed to prison or jail. Traditional probation practices are not effective with 17-to 25-year-olds on felony probation. Courts continue to discount important developmental factors when setting probation conditions. This is heartbreaking when one considers the missed opportunities to alter the course for a generation of young adults who might otherwise have moved beyond criminal justice system involvement and led productive lives. New approaches are critical, as people aged 17-25 are disproportionately represented in the criminal justice system overall, both in Texas and nationally. At a national level, young adults aged 18-25 make up less than 10 percent of the total population but represent approximately 29 percent of all arrests, 26 percent of people on probation, and 21 percent of all people admitted into adult prison. Young people of color, more so than any other age group, are disproportionately involved in the justice system. Nationally, for every white man sentenced to prison in 2012, there were six African American men and three Hispanic/Latino men imprisoned. Similarly, for every white man aged 18 to 19 sent to prison, nine African American men and three Hispanic/Latino men of the same age were imprisoned. Upon release from prison, young adults are significantly more likely to be re-arrested and/or return to prison compared to other age groups, a factor that underscores the essential role that community supervision can play in keeping young adults out of prison. Incarceration fundamentally derails a young adult's transition into adulthood, and it diminishes the likelihood of finishing school, establishing a career, and starting a family. Probation can be an effective tool for rehabilitation, and it is the primary means by which felony defendants are diverted from prison in Texas. According to data from the Harris County Community Supervision and Corrections Department, adults who successfully completed a term of probation were less likely (regardless of risk level) to be re-arrested within 16 months of release than those with the same risk level who were sentenced to state jail. The same results are seen at the juvenile level, where youth who successfully complete community supervision in the juvenile system are 21 percent less likely to be re-arrested within a year than those who are incarcerated. Also importantly, community supervision is significantly less expensive than incarceration. At the adult level, community supervision costs the state $1.78 per person per day as opposed to $51.72 for incarceration in state jail. At the juvenile level, basic supervision cost $5.93 per youth per day as opposed to $37.62 for placement in a post-adjudication residential program or $441.92 for placement in a state residential facility. The benefits of community supervision - both in public safety and taxpayer savings - are only realized when the completion rates improve for all demographics, especially young adults on felony probation. The purpose of this report is to highlight evidence-based practices that improve outcomes, strengthening public safety and changing the life trajectory of young adults who might otherwise spend years in prison. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://www.texascjc.org/node/8645/download/4681e2359b4d1e06f47d3cbe79e99940 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 151442

Author: Salas, Mario Title: Driven by Dollars: a State-by-State Analysis of Driver's License Suspension Laws for Failure to Pay Court Debt Summary: Across the country, millions of people have lost their licenses simply because they are too poor to pay, effectively depriving them of reliable, lawful transportation necessary to get to and from work, take children to school, keep medical appointments, care for ill or disabled family members, or, paradoxically, to meet their financial obligations to the courts. State laws suspending or revoking driver's licenses to punish failure to pay court costs and fines are ubiquitous, despite the growing consensus that this kind of policy is unfair and counterproductive. Forty-three states and the District of Columbia use driver's license suspension to coerce payment of government debts arising out of traffic or criminal convictions. Most state statutes contain no safeguards to distinguish between people who intentionally refuse to pay and those who default due to poverty, punishing both groups equally harshly as if they were equally blameworthy. License-for-payment systems punish people-not for any crime or traffic violation, but for unpaid debts. Typically, when a state court finds a person guilty of a crime or traffic violation, it orders the person to pay a fine or other penalty along with other administrative court costs and fees. If the person does not pay on time, the court or motor vehicle agency can-and in some states, must-punish the person by suspending his or her driver's license until the person pays in full or makes other payment arrangements with the court. By cutting people off from jobs, license-for-payment systems create a self-defeating vicious cycle. A state suspends the license even though a person cannot afford to pay, which then makes the person less likely to pay once he or she cannot drive legally to work. The person now faces an unenviable choice: drive illegally and risk further punishment (including incarceration in some states), or stay home and forgo the needs of his or her family. In this way, license-for-payment systems create conditions akin to modern-day debtor's prisons. Despite their widespread use, license-for-payment systems are increasingly drawing critical scrutiny from motor vehicle safety professionals, anti-poverty and civil rights advocates, and policymakers. New state-based advocacy campaigns across the country have produced reforms by way of the courts, legislatures, and executive agencies. To provide national context for these efforts, we analyzed license-for-payment systems in all 50 states and the District of Columbia to generate conclusions about the prevalence and uses of license-for-payment. Our key findings include: - 43 states (and D.C.) suspend driver's licenses because of unpaid court debt;6 - Only four states require an ability-to-pay or "willfulness" determination before a license can be suspended for nonpayment; - 19 states-almost 40% of the nation-have laws imposing mandatory suspension upon nonpayment of court debt; and, - Virtually all states that suspend for unpaid court debt do so indefinitely, with rules that prevent reinstatement until payment is satisfied. All over the country, people are struggling to earn a livelihood and meet the needs of their families while their licenses remain indefinitely suspended because of court debt they cannot pay. At a time of historic income and wealth inequality, states should urgently reexamine whether the policy's immense costs to individuals, communities, and states overwhelm its benefits. At a minimum, license-for-payment states should review their policies to ensure their systems provide due process, with adequate safeguards in place to make certain no person is punished because of poverty. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Legal Aid Justice Center, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://www.justice4all.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/Driven-by-Dollars.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Court Debt Shelf Number: 151445

Author: Clemens, William Title: Criminal Justice System Involvement and Young Adults' Health: the Role of Child Economic Disadvantage, Adolescent Health and Lifestyle Risks and Stress Summary: Criminal justice system involvement, including arrest and incarceration, may be associated with poorer physical and mental health, but it is important to prospectively account for earlier economic disadvantage and lifestyle factors. We examined associations between criminal justice system involvement and self-reported physical and depressive symptoms while controlling for childhood poverty and adolescent health and lifestyle risks. We tested stress as a mechanism underlying these associations. Based on longitudinal data from the Toledo Adolescent Relationships Study (TARS) (n= 990), adolescent health risks and childhood economic disadvantage explained the association between criminal justice system involvement and self-reported physical health in young adulthood. Yet, incarceration was associated significantly with depression. Analyses supported stress as a mediating influence on the association between incarceration and depression. This study provided a more nuanced understanding of incarceration and health by accounting for several key factors and testing stress as a mechanism underlying the association. Details: Ohio: The Center for Family and Demographic Research, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 8, 2018 at: https://www.bgsu.edu/content/dam/BGSU/college-of-arts-and-sciences/center-for-family-and-demographic-research/documents/working-papers/2018/WP-2018-01-Clemens-Criminal-Justice-System-Involvement-and-Young-Adults.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Depression Shelf Number: 151450

Author: Bier, David J. Title: Drones on the Border: Efficacy and Privacy Implications Summary: In response to President Donald Trump�s call for a border wall, some members of Congress have instead offered a "virtual wall"-ocean-to-ocean border surveillance with technology, especially unmanned aircraft known as drones. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) already operates a fleet of nine unmanned aircraft. Although drones have been widely used in foreign battlefields, they have failed to help CBP apprehend illegal border crossers and seize drugs. Drones have led to only 0.5 percent of apprehensions at a cost of $32,000 per arrest. At the same time, drones undermine Americans' privacy. Their surveillance records the daily lives of Americans living along the border, and because CBP regularly uses its drones to support the operations of other federal agencies as well as state and local police, its drones allow for government surveillance nationwide with minimal oversight and without warrants. CBP should wind down its drone program and, in the meantime, establish more robust privacy protections. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2018 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/immigration-research-policy-brief/drones-border-efficacy-privacy-implications Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Control Shelf Number: 151453

Author: Marques, Paul R. Title: Examination of the Feasibility of Alcohol Interlocks for Motorcycles Summary: This report reviews information on alcohol ignition interlocks to help determine whether they can serve as an appropriate DUI countermeasure when installed on motorcycles operated by offenders convicted of driving under the influence of alcohol. While most licensed motorcycle operators can also drive a regular passenger vehicle, there are some riders that either do not own cars or that prefer to ride a motorcycle at least some of the time during their interlock stipulated period. The report also summarizes findings uncovered in the process of trying to understand and disentangle issues of perceived liability, technical barriers, statutory or legislative barriers, and other factors related to motorcycle interlock usage. The number of motorcyclist fatalities from 2002 to 2011 increased from 3,270 to 4,612, and peaked at 5,312 in 2008 (NHTSA, 2013b). A large portion of fatal motorcycle crashes are associated with alcohol impairment. In 2010 some 28 percent of motorcycle riders involved in fatal crashes were alcohol impaired with blood alcohol concentrations (BACs) of .08 grams per deciliter or higher. In 2011 this increased to 30 percent of motorcycle riders with BACs of .08 grams per deciliter or higher in fatal crashes. The role of alcohol in fatal motorcycle crashes is greater than for any other vehicle type. This has resulted in an increased focus upon reducing impaired motorcycle operation. In recent years, alcohol ignition interlock devices have been used to curb impaired operation of passenger vehicles. It may be that these devices could be usefully extended to help reduce impaired riding, as well. Today, the average efficacy of interlock programs -estimated from a dozen studies and pertaining only to the period while the interlock is installed on the vehicle - has been estimated as a 64-percent reduction of DUI recidivism (Willis, Lybrand, & Bellamy, 2004; Marques, 2009; Elder et al., 2011). All the evidence bearing on efficacy and effectiveness of interlocks as a DUI countermeasure, and nearly all of the installations have been on 4-wheeled passenger vehicles or light trucks. Motorcycle interlocks are relatively uncommon and have never been subjected to an efficacy evaluation. The apparent potential of ignition interlocks to reduce impaired riding suggested the need for an independent study to understand the feasibility of alcohol ignition interlocks for motorcycles. However, as of June 2010, the majority of manufacturers and installation-only service providers did not install their interlock devices on motorcycles, and/or interpret State regulations as disallowing motorcycle installation. On the other hand, at least two of the major manufacturers will allow their devices to be installed at service centers if staff members there are familiar with motorcycle wiring. Those companies that do permit installation require some form of liability waiver signed by the motorcycle operator. There are States with laws and policies that prohibit the installation of interlocks on motorcycles, and other States that permit or even require companies to install interlocks on motorcycles. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2017. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2018 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov/sites/nhtsa.dot.gov/files/documents/812423_motorcycleinterlocks.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 151454

Author: Gettinger, Dan Title: Drones at Home Summary: Drones are no longer a novelty item among law enforcement and public safety departments. The same small unmanned aircraft systems that have been popular among hobbyists and commercial users are now sought after by a growing number of agencies throughout the United States. Our research suggests that at least 347 state and local police, sheriff, fire, and emergency units have acquired drones in the past several years. More acquisitions took place in 2016 than in the previous years combined, and the pace of acquisitions shows no signs of slowing down. In a survey of open source literature and public records, we have assembled the most comprehensive, publicly-available account of law enforcement and public safety departments that are reported to have acquired drones. Key Takeaways At least 347 state and local police, sheriff, fire, and emergency units in the U.S. have acquired drones. Local law enforcement departments lead public safety drone acquisitions. Consumer drones are more common among public safety units than specialized professional drones. Details: New York: Center for the Study of Drone, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 9, 2018 at: http://dronecenter.bard.edu/drones-at-home/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drones Shelf Number: 151460

Author: You, Jin Title: Registering Dangerous Strangers: Psychology and Justice in the Politics of the Sex Offender Registry Summary: My dissertation addresses the phenomenon of stranger danger to children and tries to answer the question of how the category of sex offender has been produced to become the primary target in contemporary sex crime control. I examine the period from the 1960s through the 1990s, the period beginning with the rising awareness of child abuse and criminal and psychiatric patient rights challenges to preventive confinement and ending with institutionalizing the regime of sex offender risk management. I attend particularly to psychological techniques that were designed and used to produce sex offender categories, by focusing on three interconnected dimensions: first, the formation of a new discipline of forensic psychology in the crime control area; second, the methods of knowledge production about sex offenders; and third, the institutional aspects of crime control centered on repeat stranger offenders. This dissertation examines the shaping of risk as a value-laden cultural product, involving the identification of risks to be managed, the selection of risk factors, and the decisions of "acceptable" levels of risk. In engaging in conversation about ongoing policy issues, my work intends to go beyond the opposition between civil rights and public safety to understand how the politics of crime control came to center on the dangerous stranger, a center around which the two political values of rights and safety have collided and been negotiated. I provide a genealogy of actuarial risk management and situate its origins in relation to the civil rights revolution. By examining the shift from psychiatric dangerousness prediction to psychological risk management, I argue that the risk management regime is an outgrowth of psychologists' attempts to accommodate civil rights claims in a broader context where socio-cultural tensions over the changing family values have zeroed in on stranger danger. While psychologists initially promoted actuarial justice as a rational method of balancing conflicting social values, its implementation was dictated by institutional demands for efficiency in regulating an increasing number of sex offenders. Risk management technologies led to the mutual reproduction of crime data and criminal populations at risk of reoffense, which contributed to the expansion of populations under criminal supervision. Details: Blacksburg, VA: Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 2013. 224p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://vtechworks.lib.vt.edu/bitstream/handle/10919/54556/You_J_D_2014.pdf;sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 151497

Author: California. Board of State and Community Corrections Title: California Gang Reduction Intervention and Prevention Program. 2014 Report to the Fiscal Committees of the Legislature Summary: The California Gang Reduction Intervention and Prevention program began in 2007 when Governor Schwarzenegger created the Governor's Office of Youth Violence Policy (OGYVP). The CalGRIP program was initiated to help communities support strategies to reduce gang and youth violence. The program was first administered by the OGYVP and later transferred to the California Emergency Management Agency (CalEMA), which is now the California Office of Emergency Services. At its onset CalGRIP provided anti-gang funding to many state departments including: job training, education and intervention programs through the CalEMA, and the Employment Development Department; the Corrections Standards Authority (now the Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC)) to spend $1.1 million on anti-gang programs; and $7 million for the California Highway Patrol to help local jurisdictions combat gang violence. In July 2012, as a result of AB 1464 (Chapter 21, Statutes of 2012), the BSCC acquired sole administrative responsibility for the program. The administrative responsibility of the $9.2 million annual grant program came to BSCC along with an increased level of accountability. Under the BSCC the CalGRIP allocation is based upon an applicant's ability to demonstrate that funding is used to implement proven evidence-based prevention, intervention and suppression programs. With the signing of Assembly Bill 109 (Chapter 15, Statutes of 2011), the Legislature and the Governor enacted Public Safety Realignment with an understanding that California must reinvest in its criminal justice resources to support community-based corrections programs that focus on evidence-based practices that will improve public safety. In conjunction with AB 109, the Governor signed Senate Bill 92 (Chapter 26, Statutes of 2011), which established the BSCC, effective July 1, 2012, to provide statewide leadership, coordination, and technical assistance to effectively manage California's adult and juvenile criminal justice populations. As part of the creation of the BSCC, several grant programs, including the CalGRIP, were consolidated, and administrative responsibility was transferred from other agencies to the BSCC. This responsibility also requires the BSCC to submit a report and evaluation of the CalGRIP program to the fiscal committees of the Legislature not later than April 1, 2014. The use of evidence-based strategies represents a significant shift throughout the criminal justice field that places an emphasis on achieving measurable outcomes while ensuring that the services that are provided and the resources that are used are effective. As a condition of funding recipients are now required to evaluate programs and report on outcomes. The new funding strategy, with its focus on proven programs, aligns this program with BSCC's mandate for implementing certain provisions of AB 526 (Chapter 850, Statutes of 2012 (Dickinson)). AB 526 requires the BSCC to: -- Move toward consolidating the grant application processes for delinquency, intervention and prevention funds for grant programs with similar program purpose, -- Incentivize comprehensive regional partnerships, and -- By January 1, 2014, develop funding allocation policies that ensure that within three years no less than 70 percent of funding for "gang and youth violence suppression, intervention, and prevention programs and strategies is used in programs that utilize promising and proven evidence-based principles and practices." In early 2013, the BSCC established a Gang Issues Standing Committee (Committee) and tasked the Committee with, among other things, providing policy recommendations to address the BSCC's requirements under AB 526. In November 2013 the 13-member BSCC Board (Board) adopted the Committee-recommended funding allocation policies that directed BSCC staff to clearly define what is meant by evidence-based programs, practices and strategies, and to identify the grant funding streams that will be included when determining the 70 percent threshold. The Board's approval of Committee-recommended policy also set the course for the BSCC to explore incentives that encourage regional collaborative partnerships. Regional collaborations were a significant component of previous CalGRIP awards and the BSCC will continue to emphasize these partnerships moving forward. BSCC field representatives are in the process of becoming certified by the University of Cincinnati to assess evidence-based strategies. Ultimately, trained BSCC staff will be able to help locals direct funding to programs and practices that will best reduce gang activity while ensuring that state funds are used effectively. According to a July 2013 BSCC survey of stakeholders, gang issues continue to be a public safety priority across California. Consequently, demand for CalGRIP funding remains strong. In the most recent grant cycle, 49 cities submitted proposals in request for nearly $20 million to implement antigang programs. On January 1, 2014 the BSCC began to distribute the current round of funding to the 20 cities whose proposals were deemed most likely to produce positive results. Pursuant to Budget Bill Item 5227-101-0214 (SB 92, Chapter 36, Statutes of 2011), the CalGRIP Program appropriates $9.2 million each year from the State Restitution fund with the following six provisions: 1. (a) $1 million grant annually to the City of Los Angeles;(b) $8.2 million competitive grants to all other cities 2. All grantees must provide a dollar for dollar match 3. The BSCC must submit a report and evaluation to the Legislature no later than April 2014 4. The grants shall be competitive to cities; no grant shall exceed $500,000; at least two grants shall be awarded to cities with populations of less than 200,000; preference shall be given to regional approaches 5. Grants require collaboration with local Juvenile Justice Coordinating Councils, and each grantee must establish an Advisory Council with specified representation to help prioritize the use of the funds 6. A minimum of 20 percent of the funds received by grantees shall be distributed to community-based organizations. Currently there are two active cycles of CalGRIP funding, each a two-year cycle, ending on December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 respectively. The BSCC is administering a total of $18.5 million in grant funds to 34 cities. Each city is required to provide a local match, which means as of January 1, 2014 more than $37 million in CalGRIP-initiated anti-gang programs are underway in California. The clerical burden of administering funding, both on the BSCC and applicants, is formidable. In March 2014 the BSCC Board approved changing CalGRIP to a 3-year grant cycle in order to ease the administrative burden, provide for greater project sustainability and, more importantly, because longer grant cycles are the cornerstone of effective evidence-based program implementation. It becomes effective for grant awards that run from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017 Details: Sacramento: Board of State and Community Corrections, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/CalGRIP_Rpt_FINAL_-_4.17.14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 151499

Author: United States Institute of Peace Title: Beyond the Homeland: Protecting America from Extremism in Fragile States Summary: Since the tragic attacks of September 11, 2001, law enforcement has stopped many terrorists from entering the United States, and U.S. armed forces have eliminated large numbers of terrorists overseas. Seventeen years later, the threat has evolved. Violent extremism has spread across a wide arc of instability stretching through fragile states in the Middle East, the Horn of Africa, and the Sahel. These groups are present in 19 out of 45 countries in these regions and have held and governed territory in 10 of them. The United States has responded by conducting combat operations in 5 of the 45 countries and providing security assistance to 39 of them. But to stop extremists from spreading further and roll back their gains, we need a new strategy, one that focuses on the incubators of extremism: fragile states. Congress has charged this Task Force to devise such a strategy. We confront a different strategic environment than on 9/11. The Middle East, the Horn of Africa, and the Sahel have become increasingly fragile. Extremists' strategies have evolved, and their focus is now on establishing a new political order. Meanwhile, America's rivals have seized on this disorder to grow their power and influence, preying on the weakness of state fragility. As a result, the threat that extremism in fragile states poses to the United States has also changed. The dangers of extremism now extend beyond our homeland. Violent extremism dulls America's ability to compete on the world stage. It undermines U.S. regional influence and the open, rules-based international order by fueling chaos that destabilizes neighboring countries, weakens U.S. allies, and triggers further crises, such as the unprecedented wave of refugees. As long as extremism fuels instability, the United States cannot compete effectively against strategic rivals such as China, Russia, and Iran. Nor can the United States confront extremism without addressing the ways our rivals exploit and contribute to this threat. The time has come for a new U.S. strategy. We need not only to defeat individual terrorists but also to mitigate the conditions that enable extremist ideologies to take root, spread, and thrive. Going forward, the priority for U.S. policy should be to strengthen fragile states - to help them build resilience against the alarming growth of violent extremism within their own societies. This interim report assesses the threat posed by extremism in fragile states, analyzes the conditions that fuel extremism, proposes a new set of strategic objectives for U.S. policy, and examines what we know about how to achieve these objectives. The Task Force will issue a final report in early 2019 to propose a comprehensive strategy for reducing extremism in fragile states Details: Washington, DC: USIP, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Interim Report of the Task Force on extremism in Fragile States: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://www.usip.org/sites/default/files/Taskforce-Extremism-Fragile-States-Interim-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 151500

Author: Villazor, Rose Cuison Title: Sanctuary Networks Summary: Resistance to the Trump administration's immigration enforcement policies in the form of sanctuary has increased and spread. In addition to the traditional types of sanctuary such as "sanctuary cities" and churches, the past year has witnessed the proliferation of novel sites of sanctuary - workplaces, school districts, universities, corporations, private homes, and social media - that collectively seek to protect vulnerable immigrants against immigration enforcement. To date, however, legal scholarship on sanctuary has focused almost exclusively on states and municipalities that limit participation with federal immigration authorities. Accordingly, doctrinal and theoretical discussion has centered on sanctuary's constitutional dimensions, solely focused on Tenth Amendment and federalism concerns. This narrow framing is myopic. It fails to capture the varied legal and policy issues that surround the innovative and evolving concept of sanctuary today. This Article is the first to comprehensively describe and theorize both conventional and emerging types of sanctuary. Adopting network governance theories developed by political theorists, this Article coins the term "sanctuary network" to argue that current public and private examples of sanctuary are best understood as part of a broader system of legal resistance characterized by a decentralized and distributed set of actors. By reframing sanctuary in this way, this Article makes three points. First, doctrinally, this framework forces a rethinking of the legal issues that animate these sanctuaries. Our recasting moves the sanctuary debate beyond federalism and draws attention to several underappreciated common law, statutory, and constitutional sources that support these variegated claims. Second, as a normative claim, this Article argues that when operating as a networked sanctuary, public and private actors are more effectively able to instantiate an alternative set of norms to challenge the federal government's enforcement scheme. Finally, as a prescriptive matter, this Article concludes that sanctuary networks are desirable because they democratize our national debate over immigration policy, allowing multiple institutions and individuals to calibrate immigration enforcement. Ultimately, this new way of understanding modern day sanctuary networks encourages novel methods of legal resistance. Details: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3038943, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Santa Clara Univ. Legal Studies Research Paper, No. 2017-14: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3038943 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Enforcement Shelf Number: 151502

Author: Gulasekaram, Pratheepan Title: State Anti-Sanctuary and Immigration Localism Summary: A new front in the war against sanctuary cities has emerged. Until recently, the fight against sanctuary cities has largely focused on the federal government's efforts to defund states like California and cities like Chicago and New York for resisting federal immigration enforcement. Thus far, in this federal anti-sanctuary campaign, localities have mainly prevailed on federalism grounds, based in the Tenth Amendment's anti-commandeering and anti-coercion doctrines. In the past year, however, the battle lines have shifted with the proliferation of state level laws that similarly seek to punish sanctuary cities. States across the country are directly mandating local participation and courts thus far have upheld those state policies. These laws, like Texas' SB 4, prohibit local sanctuary policies and impose severe punishments on the cities and officials that support them. This new state vs. local terrain creates doctrinal, political and normative implications for the future of local government resistance to immigration enforcement, which have thus far been under-theorized in immigration law scholarship. This Article seeks to change that. This Article is the first to focus on this emerging wave of state anti-sanctuary laws. In so doing, it makes four contributions. First, descriptively, the Article documents the upsurge of anti-sanctuary laws that have appeared across the United States, and explains how they differ from prior state enforcement efforts. Second, doctrinally, it argues that the passage of these laws nudges sanctuary cities to unchartered legal territory in immigration law - localism. Under conventional localism principles, state anti-sanctuary laws are in a position to more fully quash local sanctuary policies and effectively conscript local officials into federal immigration enforcement. However, as the Article's third point contends, the draconian structure of state anti-sanctuary laws provides a unique context in which to advance what we call immigration localist claims and protect three distinct interests that concern local governments - structural integrity, accountability and local democracy. Fourth, as a normative matter, the Article contends that immigration localism provides a more accurate descriptive and theoretical account of how current immigration enforcement operates and promotes community engagement on immigration enforcement. Specifically, the reorientation towards localism accounts for the powerful role that cities play in immigration enforcement and decenters the federal government's dominant role in immigration enforcement. To be sure, this Article recognizes that casting our theoretical gaze towards local discretion may end up emboldening the most exclusionary impulses of localities and supporting local anti-sanctuary policies. In the long run, however, local discretion in immigration enforcement is likely to better serve the interests of noncitizens and citizens alike. Details: Available at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3141293, 2018. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Santa Clara Univ. Legal Studies Research Paper: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3141293 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Enforcement Shelf Number: 151503

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Re-Examining the Zero-Tolerance Approach to Deporting Aggravated Felons: Restoring Discretionary Waivers and Developing New Tools Summary: In this essay, I argue that immigration judges should regain discretion over deportation cases involving lawful permanent resident immigrants who have committed aggravated felonies - discretion that was eliminated in 1996. Congress's failure to address the issue of reinstating immigration court discretion is a missed opportunity to act consistently with changing political attitudes toward law enforcement and notions of proportionality. Addressing these issues would invite a conversation about the effect of criminal deportations on the prospective deportee, who may in fact be well on the road to rehabilitation. The effect on the community also would become relevant, as we focus on the role that the person has played in the family, in the neighborhood, and at work. By reinstating discretion to give such individuals a second chance, the positive benefits that such individuals bring to the community would be as salient to the conversation as would whatever perceived gain there might be from their removal. Providing discretionary relief to a long-term, lawful permanent resident who has committed an aggravated felony may actually make sense for the individual as well as for the community. In making this argument, I urge several considerations. I compare the current approach to what existed in the past as well as what other countries do in similar situations. I consider recent philosophical trends in the criminal justice arena that are relevant, as well as the views of prosecutors and immigration judges. What becomes evident is that deporting long-time, lawful permanent residents raises serious issues of whether the punishment fits the crime. I argue that without providing these lawful residents with an opportunity to plead for a second chance, this approach punishes them in a manner that is disproportional to their wrongdoing. In fact, triple punishment is imposed: criminal punishment (often in the form of incarceration), removal (sometimes to a country where the deportee has few ties), and banishment from return because the person is barred from readmission permanently. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco - School of Law, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2014-02: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2374079 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Deportation Shelf Number: 151504

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Contemplating a Rebellious Approach to Representing Unaccompanied Immigrant Children in a Deportation Defense Clinic Summary: In response to the surge of unaccompanied immigrant children at the border in the summer of 2014, I expanded my pro bono work with students and started a law school deportation defense clinic. With the hard work of a full-time immigration attorney and a paralegal, the Clinic has attracted three to four students each semester (including summers) who receive three to six units of credit. Within a few months, the Clinic accepted dozens of cases that were transferred to northern California from detention facilities across the country. The pressure to accept such a large number of cases so quickly came from funding sources and from other legal services providers who were having difficulties managing their own caseloads. The clients uniformly suffer from trauma as well as cultural challenges. In the meantime, with Jerry Lopez's vision of rebellious lawyering in mind, I have been committed to practicing law and running the clinic in a collaborative fashion. As this work under pressure has unfolded, we have failed to be perfect. Triage often forces us to shortcut the type of collaboration that is needed to focus on the detailed needs of individual clients or develop allied relationships and institutional partnerships. Yet some remarkable things have been accomplished. The Clinic's staff, students, and I strive to not, as Lopez put it, "be overwhelmed by the daily detail of work" or get frustrated over the "lack of fully developed theoretical help," and try to pursue a rebellious vision of lawyering amidst the high case volume and multiple client needs. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco - School of Law, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2017-03: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2894058 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Deportation Shelf Number: 151505

Author: Schragger, Richard Title: The Attack on American Cities Summary: American cities are under attack. The last few years have witnessed an explosion of preemptive legislation challenging and overriding municipal ordinances across a wide-range of policy areas. City-state conflicts over the municipal minimum wage, LGBT anti-discrimination, and sanctuary city laws have garnered the most attention, but these conflicts are representative of a larger trend toward state aggrandizement. These legal challenges to municipal regulation have been accompanied by an increasingly shrill anti-city politics, emanating from both state and federal officials. This Article describes this politics by way of assessing the nature of - and reasons for - the hostility to city lawmaking. It argues that anti-urbanism is a long-standing and enduring feature of American federalism and seeks to understand how a constitutional system overtly dedicated to the principles of devolution can be so hostile to the exercise of municipal power. The Article also provides a current accounting of state preemptive legislation and assesses the cities' potential legal and political defenses. It concludes that without a significant rethinking of state-based federalism the American city is likely to remain vulnerable. Details: Charlottesville: University of Virginia School of Law, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 2017-46: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3026142 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Federalizm Shelf Number: 151506

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Focused Deterrence: A Policing Strategy to Combat Gun Violence Summary: Gun violence continues to be a major criminal justice and public health issue. This article provides an overview of one strategy to reduce gun violence�focused deterrence. The strategy has been employed in many major U.S. cities, including in Illinois in Chicago, Peoria, and Rockford. Overall research on focused deterrence strategies has found statistically significant reductions in violent crime. Details: Illinois Criminal Justice Authority, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/articles/focused-deterrence-a-policing-strategy-to-combat-gun-violence Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Focused Deterrence Shelf Number: 151491

Author: Mayer, Christopher Title: The Intersection of Homelessness and the Criminal Justice System Summary: This article offers an overview of state and national homelessness including prevalence and causes of homelessness, criminal justice system contacts with the homeless, and recommendations to address homelessness with a focus on justice-involved populations. Details: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/articles/the-intersection-of-homelessness-and-the-criminal-justice-system Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Intervention Shelf Number: 151490

Author: Gleicher, Lily Title: The Cost of Justice: The Impact of Criminal Justice Financial Obligations on Individuals and Families Summary: Monetary penalties, such as court costs, fees, and fines, are common sanctions levied by the criminal justice system. While these sanctions are used to offset court operations' costs, the financial burden disproportionately impacts those from lower socioeconomic levels and minority communities. This article summarizes survey findings gleaned from a population of justice-involved individuals to gain insight into the impacts of court costs, fees, and fines on individuals and families in Illinois. Most respondents reported receiving no explanation of their financial obligations, made less than $15,000, and had to forgo basic needs to pay legal debts. Details: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at http://www.icjia.state.il.us/articles/the-cost-of-justice-the-impact-of-criminal-justice-financial-obligations-on-individuals-and-families Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 151489

Author: Harbinson, Erin Title: Parole Exits and Revocation Knowledge System (PERKS) Project: Georgia State Board of Pardons and Paroles Summary: In 2017, the Georgia State Board of Pardons and Paroles (the Board) responded to a request for proposals by the Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice (the Robina Institute) with a research project focused on reviewing and improving its management of parole violations. The Board sought specific assistance on how they could incorporate evidence-based practices to inform its decision-making protocol. During FY 2015, the Board revoked 2,655 parolees of which only 8% were for technical violations, however, only 10% or 261 of those revocations occurred via a final hearing (Watts et al., 2017). The remaining cases �waived�, admitting to their violation behavior (Watts et al., 2017). Within this context, the Board sought a review of its revocation process and the best practices used in other states alongside other pertinent research to identify opportunities for reducing re-incarcerations and increasing successful parole completions. This report presents the findings of the Parole Exits and Revocation Knowledge System (PERKS) Project. What follows includes, but is not limited to, a consideration of the following: a) a review of existing practices of states that are using structured revocation decision-making models, b) an assessment of enhanced risk, need, and responsivity tools to consider what personal and social capital or crime desistance variables would improve post-prison decision making by the Board, and c) a summary of suggested modifications of relevant policies and procedures. It is important to begin by noting that the Robina Institute partnered with the Board and a PERKS Project steering committee to accomplish the project�s overall goals. The steering committee included representatives from the agencies impacting the revocation process, namely, from the Board and the Department of Community Supervision (DCS). Details: Minnesota, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/parole-exits-and-revocation-knowledge-system-perks-project-georgia-state-board-pardons Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Policies Shelf Number: 151487

Author: Ash, Elliott Title: Local Public Finance and Discriminatory Policing: Evidence from Traffic Stops in Missouri Summary: This paper provides evidence of racial variation in local governments' traffic enforcement responses to budget stress using data from policing agencies in the state of Missouri for the years 2001 through 2014. Like previous studies, we find that local budget stress is associated with higher citation rates. In addition, we find that there is an increase in traffic-stop arrests. However, we find that these effects are concentrated among white (rather than black or Hispanic) drivers. This statistical difference is robust to the inclusion of a range of covariates for traffic stops and to the inclusion of local population features interacted with year. These results are consistent with a model where traffic police selectively target higher-income drivers to compensate for budget stress. Also consistent with this view, we find that the racial difference in citation and arrest rates is highest where the white-to-black income ratio is highest. Details: Columbia Public Law Research Paper, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3192562 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 151485

Author: Crusto, Mitchell Title: Right to Life: Interest-Convergence Policing Summary: In the United States, police officers fatally shoot over a thousand people every year. Yet, those officers are seldom prosecuted for, and rarely found guilty of, unjustified use of lethal force. This Article contends that the lack of prosecutions results mainly from leading United States Supreme Court decisions that establish the criminal liability standard for police use of lethal force. It also contends that this standard discourages investigation of such incidents, which diminishes the quality of policing. Using empiricism and normative principles, this Article seeks to re-direct the doctrinal approach for assessing the legality of police use of lethal force in non-custodial situations. Through a case study, it analyzes how some police officers used lethal force in an unjustified manner and (nearly) got away with murder. It concludes that a constitutional right to life principle requires the lowering of the criminal liability standard for assessing police shootings and recommends the mandating of federal investigations of all such incidents. Finally, it proposes federal legislation regulating the investigation and prosecution of police officers' use of lethal force and provides the constitutional basis for this proposal. Details: New Orleans: University of Loyola, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3207886 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 151483

Author: Hyland, Shelley Title: Full-Time Employees in Law Enforcement Agencies, 1997-2016 Summary: Presents counts of full-time employees in general-purpose law enforcement agencies for 2016, with comparisons to prior years. General-purpose law enforcement agencies include municipal, county, and regional police departments; most sheriffs' offices; and primary state and highway patrol agencies. Results are shown by type of law enforcement agency and by sworn status. Rates of full-time sworn officers per 1,000 U.S. residents are also presented. Highlights: The average number of full-time sworn officers per 1,000 U.S. residents decreased from 2.42 in 1997 to 2.17 in 2016 (down 11%). From 1997 to 2016, the number of full-time sworn officers in general-purpose law enforcement agencies increased by about 52,000 (up 8%). The number of full-time employees in general-purpose law enforcement agencies increased by about 174,000 (up 20%) from 1997 to 2016. Among local police departments, the number of full-time sworn officers increased by about 48,000 (up 11%) from 1997 to 2016. From 1997 to 2016, the number of full-time civilians in general-purpose agencies increased by about 121,000 (up 53%). The number of full-time civilians in sheriffs� offices increased by 110%, or about 98,000. Details: Department of Justice, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=6366 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Full-time Employees Shelf Number: 151482

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Black Homicide Victimization in the United States Summary: The devastation homicide inflicts on black teens and adults is a national crisis, yet it is all too often ignored outside of affected communities. This study examines the problem of black homicide victimization at the state level by analyzing unpublished Supplementary Homicide Report (SHR) data for black homicide victimization submitted to the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). The information used for this report is for the year 2015 and is the most recent data available. This is the first analysis of the 2015 data on black homicide victims to offer breakdowns of cases in the 10 states with the highest black homicide victimization rates and the first to rank the states by the rate of black homicide victims. It is important to note that the SHR data used in this report comes from law enforcement reporting at the local level. While there are coding guidelines followed by the law enforcement agencies, the amount of information submitted to the SHR system, and the interpretation that results in the information submitted (for example, gang involvement) will vary from agency to agency. While this study utilizes the best and most recent data available, it is limited by the quantity and degree of detail in the information submitted. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://vpc.org/studies/blackhomicide18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Victimization Shelf Number: 151457

Author: Hoekstra, Mark Title: The Effect of Own-Gender Juries on Conviction Rates Summary: This paper examines the extent to which criminal conviction rates are affected by the similarity in gender of the defendant and jury. To identify effects, we exploit random variation in both the assignment to jury pools and the ordering of potential jurors. We do so using detailed administrative data on the juror selection process and trial proceedings for two large counties in Florida. Results indicate that own-gender juries result in significantly lower conviction rates on drug charges, though we find no evidence of effects for other charges. Estimates indicate that a one standard deviation increase in expected own-gender jurors (~10 percentage points) results in an 18 percentage point reduction in conviction rates on drug charges, which is highly significant even after adjusting for multiple comparisons. This results in a 13 percentage point decline in the likelihood of being sentenced to at least some jail time. These findings highlight how drawing an opposite-gender jury can impose significant costs on defendants, and demonstrate that own-gender bias can occur even in settings where the importance of being impartial is actively pressed on participants. Details: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://www.nber.org/papers/w25013 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Conviction Rates Shelf Number: 151480

Author: Violence Policy Center Title: Hispanic Victims of Lethal Firearms Violence in the United States Summary: Key Findings - The homicide victimization rate for Hispanics in the United States is more than twice as high as the homicide victimization rate for whites. The Hispanic homicide victimization rate in 2010 was 5.73 per 100,000. In comparison, the homicide victimization rate for whites was 2.52 per 100,000 (p. 4). - Homicide is the second leading cause of death for Hispanics ages 15 to 24 (p. 5). - More than 38,000 Hispanics were killed by guns between 1999 and 2010. During this period, 26,349 Hispanics died in gun homicides, 10,314 died in gun suicides, and 747 died in unintentional shootings (p. 4). - Most Hispanic murder victims are killed with guns. Guns are used in more than two-thirds of the homicides where the victims are Hispanic (p. 5). The latest data shows that for homicides where the victim was Hispanic and a gun was used, 78 percent of these shootings involved a handgun (p. 10). - Hispanic victims are more likely to be killed by a stranger than the national average. The latest data from 2011 shows that when the victim-to-offender relationship could be identified, 39 percent of Hispanic victims were killed by a stranger. Nationwide, 25 percent of all homicide victims were killed by strangers (p. 11). - A large percentage of Hispanic homicide victims are young. The most recent available data shows 41 percent of Hispanic homicide victims in 2011 were age 24 and younger. In comparison, 40 percent of black homicide victims and 22 percent of white homicide victims were age 24 and younger (p. 12). - As a result of the limitations in current data collection, the total number of Hispanic victims is almost certainly higher than the reported numbers suggest. Government agencies often report data on race but not on ethnic origin. Recognizing the changing demographic landscape in the United States, it is clear that fully documenting such victimization is a crucial first step toward preventing it. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: http://www.vpc.org/studies/hispanic.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 151456

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Southwest Border Security: CBP Is Evaluating Designs and Locations for Border Barriers but Is Proceeding Without Key Information Summary: In January 2017, the President issued Executive Order 13767, which directs the Secretary of Homeland Security to immediately plan, design, and construct a wall or other physical barriers along the southwest border. CBP's fiscal year 2018 appropriation provided funding for barrier planning and design, but limited use of funds for primary barrier construction to previously deployed fencing designs. GAO was asked to review DHS's efforts to deploy barriers along the southwest border. This report examines (1) how CBP evaluated potential designs for barriers, (2) DHS�s process for identifying and assessing locations for future deployments of barriers, and (3) how DHS is managing the acquisition of the Border Wall System Program, among other things. GAO analyzed planning documents; interviewed DHS, CBP, and Border Patrol officials; and conducted a site visit to San Diego to observe CBP�s testing of barrier prototypes. This is a public version of a sensitive report that GAO issued in June 2018. Information that DHS deemed sensitive has been omitted. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that DHS analyze the costs associated with future barrier segments and include that analysis in future planning, and document plans for the planned secondary barrier replacement in the San Diego sector. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-614: Accessed September 13, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/693488.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 151509

Author: Katz, Charles M. Title: Compton, California, Gang Assessment Summary: The primary purpose of this assessment was to examine the scope and nature of the gang problem in Compton, California, to assess the community's capacity for responding to gang problems and to offer recommendations for responses. The study started in May 2016 and ended in June 2017. The authors collaborated with local key stakeholders throughout the process. The results of this gang assessment are based on the following data sources: census data, police and school expert survey data, police data, recently booked arrestee survey data, and key stakeholder interview data. A brief review of the most significant findings from the report are provided below. Key Finding Number 1: Gangs Are Prevalent and Deeply Embedded in the City. All key stakeholders agreed that gangs are present and deeply embedded in the city and have been since the 1970s. Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department (LASD) Operation Safe Streets (OSS) gang experts reported the presence of 37 gangs and 3,790 gang members in Compton, and Compton Unified School District Police Department (CUSDPD) police experts reported 22 gangs and 106 gang members attending the four district high schools. Data obtained from field interview (FI) cards suggested that there are 1,467 gang members residing in Compton (Exhibit 15) and 30 gangs with at least 12 members. Key Finding Number 2: Gang Members Are More Concentrated in Some Communities. Than in Others Police data indicated that six blocks in Compton have a particularly high concentration of gang members. These include two census blocks in the central west part of the city and four in the eastern part of the city. Key Finding Number 3: Gang Members Are Disproportionately Responsible for Crime. Police data suggested that while only about 4 percent of all crime in Compton involved gang members, gang members were disproportionately involved in serious crime such as gun-involved offenses, violent crime, and felony crime (Exhibit 18). For example, between 2011 and 2015, about 80 percent of shootings (Exhibit 19) and homicides (Exhibit 21) involved a gang member. We also found through the analysis of interview and gang intelligence data that 50 percent of all recently booked arrestees were gang-involved. Our analysis also showed that neighborhood levels of violence were largely related to the number of gang members residing in a block, even after controlling for neighborhood structural factors. The only exception was that social familial disadvantage was significantly related to nongang gun incidents, and foreign-born/low education was significantly related to gang gun incidents. We found that each additional gang member in a neighborhood was associated with a 2.7 percent increase in the number of gang homicides, a 4.5 percent increase in nongang gun incidents, a 5.5 percent increase in gang gun incidents, a 3.1 percent increase in nongang shootings, and a 3.8 percent increase in the number of gang-related shootings (Exhibit 9). Key Finding Number 4: A Relatively Small Number of Gangs Are Disproportionately Involved in Violence. Our analysis of police data showed that some gangs were consistently involved in violence. When we examined the shootings, for instance, we found that 20 gangs were disproportionately connected to shooting incidents. Key Finding Number 5: A Relatively Small Number of Individuals Are Disproportionately Associated With Violence. Social Network Analysis (SNA) of police data showed that 14,505 suspects, victims, and witnesses were involved in 6,858 violent crime incidents over the study period. Among these 14,505 people, we identified the 50 individuals with the highest "betweenness centrality." Betweenness centrality refers to the strategic position held by a person from which he or she can act as a facilitator for indirect connections throughout the network. This works effectively to keep the entire network connected. Such individuals may be less directly tied to other individuals but are positioned to hold a great deal of power and influence throughout the network. Many of these individuals were involved in multiple violent crimes as either suspects, victims, or witnesses and bridged different groups of people who formed a social network of violence in Compton. Key Finding Number 6: Lack of Resources and Leadership to Respond to Gangs. Two major themes emerged regarding Compton's capacity to respond to its gang problem: lack of resources and lack of leadership. Compton is one of the most financially distressed cities in the state, and financial resources are limited. The lack of financial resources has necessarily resulted in limited ability to address problems strategically or proactively to prevent problems. The city's efforts to respond to gangs also has been impeded by a lack of city leadership. Stakeholders reported that corruption impeded collaboration between organizations and that the "revolving door" of city managers has hindered the implementation of strategic planning efforts to address gangs and violence. Details: Phoenix, AZ: National Gang Center, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/320335944_Compton_California_Gang_Assessment Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 151512

Author: Amnesty International Title: In the Line of Fire: Human Rights and the US Gun Violence Crisis Summary: One woman has lost all of her four children to gun violence in Chicago. Ronnie, a 33-year-old aspiring music producer, was shot in the head while sitting in a parked car on the West Side of Chicago on 26 January 2013. On a television talk show a few weeks earlier, he had explained that he was a former gang member who had been in and out of jail, but was now mentoring young rappers, trying to keep them away from gang life. Jerome, aged 23, was shot and killed while using a payphone outside the Cabrini-Green public housing complex on 26 July 2000. Three months earlier, on 27 April, his 15-year-old sister, LaToya, had been standing in the lobby of a Cabrini Green public housing complex when she was shot and killed by a 13-year-old boy. Five years before that, on 28 November 1995, 18-year-old Carlos was shot twice in the head by a classmate just blocks from their school, Jones Metropolitan High, in Chicago's South Loop. Gun violence in the USA is a human rights crisis. In 2016, an average of 106 individuals died per day from firearm related deaths. Per capita, this is significantly higher than in other industrialized countries. In fact, the USA has both the highest absolute and highest per capita rates of gun ownership in the world, yet the USA does not sufficiently restrict access to firearms to those most at risk of abusing them. There is no uniform system to track firearm owners. The USA has not taken effective steps to implement violence reduction, prevention or protection measures where gun violence persists and has not adequately addressed firearm violence as a public health issue, failing to invest in research on the impact of firearms in the USA to inform effective policy solutions. The right to live free from violence, discrimination and fear has been superseded by a sense of entitlement to own a practically unlimited array of deadly weapons, without sufficient regulations on their acquisition, possession and use. In the face of clear evidence of persistent firearm violence, high rates of gun ownership, and ease of access to firearms by individuals likely to misuse them, the USA is failing to meet its obligation to protect and promote human rights pursuant to international law. Amnesty International's report is a critical assessment of existing data and research related to the scope of gun violence in the USA, and an analysis of US laws and policies - where they exist - governing the acquisition, possession and use of firearms by private individuals, in the context of international human rights laws and standards. In this report, Amnesty International defines the term "gun violence" broadly, encompassing interpersonal and community-wide violence using firearms; implicit threats of violence that firearms represent in certain circumstances; misuse of firearms in the home; and acts of self-harm by firearms, including accidents and suicide. Amnesty International provides a clear set of recommendations, developed under the human rights framework in the context of firearms violence, that the USA must adopt to address this crisis. The sheer volume of people killed or injured each year in the USA by gun violence is staggering. In 2016, 38,658 died by gun violence. Of these deaths, 22,938 were suicides and 14,415 were homicides (an added 495 deaths were unintentional, 300 were of an undetermined intent and 510 were legal interventions). More than 116,000 additional people suffered nonfatal firearm injuries. Gun violence in the USA affects people nationwide whether they live in a city, suburb, or rural community, but often in dissimilar and disparate ways. Firearm homicides disproportionately impact communities of color and data suggests that the rate of gun homicides has increased in recent years. Moreover, the failure of the USA to implement laws and/or address existing gaps in protection in current policies leave marginalized groups such as children, and those impacted by domestic violence (largely women) at risk of exposure to firearm violence. The use of firearms by private individuals to inflict injury or death on others often dominates the discussion on gun violence. However, access to firearms for individuals who may present a risk of harm to themselves or others and the lack of restrictions on personal possession of firearms by those at recognizable risk of self-harm needs to be acknowledged and is critical to addressing the full spectrum of firearm-related deaths. The impact of firearm violence extends far beyond the numbers of those injured and killed. While mass shootings garner public attention and international concern, the relentless reality of gunfire in homes, schools, businesses and on the streets of the USA, and the long-lasting trauma and impact of gun violence on victims, survivors, families and communities, rarely does. Details: London: AI, 2018. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2018 at: https://www.amnesty.nl/content/uploads/2018/09/Gun-Report-Full_9.pdf?x26848 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 151513

Author: Arina, Gertseva Title: Girls on Probation: Challenges and Outcomes Summary: Although girls account for nearly 30% of arrests in the United States each year, the stereotypical juvenile delinquent for the general public and practitioners working with youth is indisputably a young male. As a result, research, policy measures, and probation programming within the juvenile justice system have traditionally focused on delinquent boys and rarely considered girls and their problems. Although girls are still outnumbered by boys in the juvenile justice system, national data show that over the past two decades their share has increased at every stage of the justice process from arrest to adjudication. For example, at the national level girls made up 23% of youth sentenced to probation in 2015, in comparison to only 15% in 1985. For adjudicated girls, the likelihood of being placed on formal probation also increased from 60% in 1985 to 67% in 2013. If we add to that an increase (from 20% to 23% between 1985 and 2013) in the number of girls receiving probation in cases that were handled informally (e.g. cases that were not petitioned to the court), we will see that for the last two decades probation, in one form or the other, serves as the primary type of female juvenile treatment used by the juvenile justice system. This trend raises concerns regarding the ability of a traditionally male-oriented probation system, which has limited programming services for girls, to address the gender specific needs of girls in a developmentally appropriate manner. While probation-involved boys and girls share many of the same challenges and risks, some issues are particularly unique to the girls. One of the realities girls involved with probation face is a higher exposure to violence either as victims or witnesses. For example, looking specifically at the problem of victimization, it is evident that girls under probation supervision in Washington State are much more likely to witness violence at home or in the community and to be victims of violence across a number of categories, including physical abuse, sexual abuse, and child neglect than their male counterparts as well as the general youth population of girls. Aside from violence, probation-involved girls are disproportionally affected by a wide range of other adverse life circumstances such as dysfunctional family environment, interpersonal problems, and conflict. These life circumstances, although pertinent to both genders, are particularly stressful for girls because girls have been socialized from a young age to value interpersonal relations and emotional exchanges. When faced with relational and other adversities, girls tend to experience lasting negative consequences for their health and well-being because of the ways they tend to cope with stressful events. Research in the area of gender, stress, and emotions finds that girls, when coping with various stressors, are more likely than boys to generate strong self-directed emotions (e.g., depression, anxiety, shame, and guilt) that can lead to a variety of self-destructive behaviors (e.g., self-medication, running away from home, self-mutilating, suicide, and substance abuse). In contrast, boys, in response to stress, are more likely to generate outward-directed emotions (e.g., anger and hostility) that lead to outburst behaviors directed toward others. All these factors are more likely to cause more severe health-related effects in girls than boys. For example, girls are more likely than boys to suffer from mental health disorders (e.g., depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress syndrome, psychotic disorders, borderline personality disorders, and eating disorders) and substance use disorders, and many suffer from both substance use disorders and mental illness. Despite this high prevalence, mental health needs of girls often go unrecognized and untreated. Consequently, many girls who enter the juvenile justice system pose practical challenges to probation departments. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Center for Court Research, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2018 at: https://www.courts.wa.gov/subsite/wsccr/docs/GirlsonProbation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 151519

Author: Crino, Rosario Title: Marginal Deterrence at Work Summary: We test the rational economic model of marginal deterrence of law enforcement --- i.e., the need for graduating the penalty to the severity of the crime. We use a unique data set, which combines individual-level data on sentence length for a representative sample of US inmates with proxies for maximum punishment and monitoring costs across US states over 50 years. We show that the penalty is increasing in the level of the offense. Consistent with the marginal deterrence framework, we also document that a decrease in maximum penalty or an increase in monitoring cost are associated with longer sentences and higher monitoring rates. We also provide evidence that the effects of maximum penalty and monitoring cost are stronger in states where income inequality is higher. Finally, we show that steeper sanctions are associated with less harmful crimes. Overall, these findings favor the marginal deterrence framework over the maximal penalty principle and other competing theories of justice. Details: Munich: Munich Society for the Promotion of Economic Research - CESifo GmbH, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: CESifo Working Paper No. 6665: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.cesifo-group.de/DocDL/cesifo1_wp6665.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 151539

Author: Claypool, Rick Title: Corporate Impunity: "Tough on Crime" Trump Is Weak on Corporate Crime and Wrongdoing Summary: Americans may be divided on many issues, but not on favoring tough enforcement of regulations and laws. Americans are virtually united in support for regulatory enforcement. Polling shows Americans favoring tough regulatory enforcement by an 87-12 margin. Democrats (89), Republicans (85), Independents (87) all agree, as do Americans from all parts of the country: Northeast (86), Midwest (88), South (88), West (84). In focus groups, Americans connect proper and fair enforcement of the rules to concerns about a rigged political and economic system. They favor enforcement to ensure that everyone has a fair shot in society. They want assurances that weak regulatory enforcement does not enable corporations and the rich to play by a different set of rules - with everyday people held to account, but the powerful able to disregard the rules because they know they won't be enforced against them. These views are durable, and withstand counter-messaging. Indeed, Americans express overwhelming support for stronger regulatory enforcement. Americans� overwhelming support for tough law-and-order against corporate wrongdoers reflects three interconnected understandings. First, basic standards of justice require that the rules be enforced equally against powerful corporations as they are against vulnerable individuals. Americans of all political stripes perceive that the system is rigged, creating both a crisis of political legitimacy and a pervasive sense of injustice. Second, justice requires that wrongdoers be punished - and corporate violators, who can inflict damage on a scale vastly greater than street criminals, must be punished commensurate with the scale of the harms they impose. Americans of all income brackets, for example, expressed strong support for prosecuting and seeking jail terms for high-level Wall Street executives in connection with the 2008 financial crash. Third, strong enforcement is needed to ensure compliance with the laws and regulations that protect American's quality of life, from clean air safeguards to protections against predatory lenders. Indeed, corporations are the ultimate rational actors. If the chances of being prosecuted for lawbreaking drop and the penalties when caught are slight, we should expect a surge in corporate wrongdoing. That means more workers needlessly injured and killed on the job. It means more consumers ripped off by predatory lenders. It means more preventable contaminated food outbreaks and more avoidable asthma attacks from illegal air pollution. It means more dangerous products on the market, more ripped-off investors, more discrimination on the job. It also means a greatly increased chance of corporate catastrophes, on the scale of the BP Gulf oil disaster and the 2008 financial crash, both of which can be traced directly to regulatory enforcement failures. Americans' views may be clear on the matter of regulatory enforcement, but equally clear is that the Trump administration has a precisely contrary orientation. Officials throughout the administration have made clear that they believe their job is to serve and assist corporations, not hold them accountable. Trump regulators routinely refer to the companies and industries they regulate or oversee as "customers" or "constituents," and explain that they believe regulatory enforcement should be a last resort. At their most aggressive, they make the case for "light touch" regulation. Details: Washington, DC: Public Citizen, 2018. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.citizen.org/sites/default/files/corporate-enforcement-public-citizen-report-july-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Business Crime Shelf Number: 151540

Author: Hlass, Laila L. Title: The School to Deportation Pipeline Summary: The United States immigration regime has a long and sordid history of explicit racism, including limiting citizenship to free whites, excluding Chinese immigrants, deporting massive numbers of Mexican immigrants and U.S. citizens of Mexican ancestry, and implementing a national quotas system preferencing Western Europeans. More subtle bias has seeped into the system through the convergence of the criminal and immigration law regimes. Immigration enforcement has seen a rise in mass immigrant detention and deportation, bolstered by provocative language casting immigrants as undeserving undesirables: criminals, gang members, and terrorists. Immigrant children, particularly black and Latino boys, are increasingly finding themselves in the crosshairs of a punitive immigration system, over-policing within schools, and law enforcement, all of which can be compounded by racial biases and a lack of special protections for youth in the immigration regime. The confluence of these systems results in a trajectory that has been referred to as "the school to deportation pipeline. Gang allegations in immigration proceedings are an emerging practice in this trajectory. Using non-uniform and broad guidelines, law enforcement, school officials, and immigration agents may label immigrant youth as gang-affiliated based on youths' clothes, friends, or even where they live. These allegations serve as the basis to detain, deny bond, deny immigration benefits, and deport youth in growing numbers. This Article posits that gang allegations are a natural outgrowth of the convergence of the criminal and immigration schemes, serving as a means to preserve racial inequality. This Article further suggests excluding the consideration of gang allegations from immigration adjudications because their use undermines fundamental fairness. Finally, this Article proposes a three-pronged approach to counter the use of gang allegations, including initiatives to interrupt bias, take youthfulness into account, and increase access to counsel in immigration proceedings. Details: New Orleans: Tulane University Law School, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Tulane Public Law Research Paper No. 18-1: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3132754 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 151541

Author: Carter, Madeline M. Title: Milwaukee County, Wisconsin, Early Intervention Strategy: A Case Study in Evidence-Based Diversionary Practices Summary: In one of Milwaukee County�s JRI activities, it developed an early intervention strategy that offers the opportunity for some defendants, under appropriate circumstances, to participate in one of several early interventions that offer support and encourage prosocial attitudes and behaviors. These efforts are intended to reform criminal behaviors while minimizing the potential negative consequences of involvement in the criminal justice system, such as social stigma, exposure to higher risk offenders, and loss of prosocial supports (such as family, employment, educational activities, and mental health services). In March 2007, the District Attorney�s Office worked in collaboration with the Public Defender�s Office to identify suitable defendants for diversion and deferred prosecution. Approximately 117 defendants annually were provided the opportunity to avoid traditional case processing, criminal charges, and prosecution. Under a diversion program, the district attorney withholds filing charges, and the individual agrees to complete certain terms of a diversion agreement. If the diversion program is satisfactorily completed, the district attorney does not file charges. If the agreement is not satisfactorily completed, formal prosecution proceeds. Under deferred prosecution, charges are brought, but if the defendant completes a rehabilitation program, the charges are either dismissed or reduced. Over a 26-month period, approximately 1,100 individuals have participated in these programs, with the vast majority completing them. 2 tables and appended program policies and procedures Details: S.L., 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: http://cepp.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/Milwaukee-JRI-Case-Study-Final-06.30.16.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: BJA Grant Shelf Number: 151542

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: From Ferguson to Palestine: Disrupting Race-Based Policing Summary: Since Michael Brown's killing, "Ferguson" has become the battle cry of embattled black communities targeted by over-policing and activists protesting racist policing. The battle cry has been all too important, unfortunately, as more than a dozen other police on black shootings occurred over the next several months. The story has become all too familiar. A traffic stop or a call about someone acting out. The target might answer respectfully, blandly, or with some attitude. He or she might sprint to escape, sit still, or glance away with attitude. Whatever the trigger, the cop's violent reaction can end with another unarmed black man or woman shot in the head. This article is based on an understanding that police in many parts of the country often are guilty of abusing their authority in a racist manner. The over-policing of African American communities in many respects can be traced to the "broken windows" model of policing. The model focuses on the importance of disorder (e.g. broken windows) in generating and sustaining more serious crime. The problem is that this approach has evolved into a zero-tolerance mentality in the cop-on-the-street, manifested in constant harassment of young black males. Another problem is Urban Shield, a controversial law enforcement training and weapons expo held in Alameda County every year, where companies that make military-style weaponry market their products to local police and fire departments. Urban Shield is coordinated by the Urban Areas Security Initiative, a key program in the extreme militarization of police departments seen in Ferguson, Baltimore, and many other black communities nationwide. In short, Urban Shield also inculcates law enforcement officials with a hard core enforcement mentality. Broken windows policing and Urban Shield represent disruptions in how police work is done. Disruption (a term we may be more familiar with in the technology world) literally uproots and changes how we think, behave, do business, learn and go about our day-to-day. The question for us today is whether we can offer disruptive alternatives to policing that offer real public safety in a manner that is not racist. Black Lives Matter and others are working on disruptive alternatives to create true community policing that is about public safety for all. Their rebellious method of organizing recognizes that meaningful, lasting change can only come about through collaboration with allies with common goals and experiences. Working with the labor movement, immigrant rights groups, Latino and Asian American organizations, and pro-Palestinian leaders represents a strong foundation for collective change. What are the disruptive approaches that will result? More civilian monitoring of the police? Training civilians to be first responders? Better training of police officers in de-escalation techniques? Better integration of police forces? Or something much more innovative and unconventional that is yet to be described? Details: California, 2016. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2763939 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 151532

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Entering the Trump Ice Age: Contextualizing the New Immigration Enforcement Regime Summary: During the early stages of the Trump ICE age, we seem to be witnessing and experiencing an unparalleled era of immigration enforcement. But is it unparalleled? Didn't we label Barack Obama the "Deporter-in-Chief?" Wasn't it George Bush who used the authority of the Patriot Act to round up nonimmigrants from Muslim and Arab countries and didn't his ICE commonly engage in armed raids a factories and other worksites? Aren't there strong parallels that can be drawn between Trump enforcement plans and actions and those of other eras? What about the fear and hysteria that seems to really be happening in immigrant communities? Is the fear unparalleled? Why is there so much fear? Is the fear justified? Why do things seem different, in spite of rigorous immigration enforcement that has occurred even in recent years? This article begins with a comparison of what the Trump administration has done in terms of immigration enforcement with the enforcement efforts of other administrations. For example, I compare (1) the attempted Muslim travel bans with post-9/11 efforts by George W. Bush and Iranian student roundups by Jimmy Carter, (2) the Border Wall proposal with the Fence Act of 2006 and Operation Gatekeeper in 1994, (3) restarting Secure Communities (fingerprint sharing program) with Obama's enforcement program of the same name, (4) expanding INA S 287(g) agreements with Bush efforts under the same statute, (5) the threat of raids by an ICE deportation army with Bush gun-toting raids, (6) extreme vetting of immigrants and refugees with what already existed under Bush and Obama, (7) threatening to cut off federal funds to sanctuary cities with the prosecution of sanctuary workers in the 1980s, (8) prioritizing "criminal" immigrants with Obama's similar prioritization, and (9) expedited removal in the interior with Bush and Obama expedited removals along the border. Then I turn to the fear and hysteria in immigrant communities that has spread throughout the country. I ask why that fear has occurred and whether the fear has a reasonable basis. I close with a personal reflection on the parallels I have seen and experienced since I began practicing immigration law as a legal services attorney in 1975 and contemplate why enforcement and the resulting fear are different today. Details: California, 2017. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3032662 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Enforcement Shelf Number: 151533

Author: Perlin, Michael Title: "She's Nobody's Child - The Law Can't Touch her at All": Seeking to Bring Dignity to Legal Proceedings Involving Juveniles Summary: Inquiries into a range of issues involving juveniles in the psychiatric hospitalization and criminal trial process reveal that, regularly, juveniles are subject to shame and humiliation in all aspects of the legal system that relate to arrest, trial, conviction, and institutionalization, shame and humiliation that are often exacerbated in cases involving racial minorities and those who are economically impoverished. We contextualize them into the juvenile justice system, and look specifically at how this is reflected in the case law. We then consider these findings through the filters of therapeutic jurisprudence and international human rights laws, concluding that these approaches best remediate the current state of affairs and infuse this system with badly‐needed dignity. Details: New York, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/fcre.12324 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 151529

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Thinking Broadly About Immigration Reform by Addressing Root Causes Summary: The United States is caught up in hysteria, media-induced fear, and misinformation over undocumented immigration. We have militarized the border through "Operation Gatekeeper" pushing border crossers into treacherous terrain, resulting in thousands of unnecessary deaths since the 1990s. We have engaged in Gestapo-type raids of businesses, homes, and neighborhoods, sometimes separating children from their parents. We have arrested and deported lawful permanent resident immigrants who have resided in the United States most of their lives. We have rounded up workers in restaurant sweeps. We have prosecuted human rights volunteers in the Arizona desert who provided food, water, and emergency medical care to the undocumented. We have encouraged private vigilantes to enforce a twisted sense of national security that results in armed ranchers pointing loaded assault weapons at teenage girls and the murder of a nine year old and her father in their living room. Anti-immigrant ordinances and laws fomented by resentment over undocumented workers have been proposed and enacted in states and towns across the country, causing great division in those communities. In the process, we have harmed countless innocent families, wasted billions of dollars, and lost valuable time that would be better spent working to integrate newcomers into our society. In this book chapter, Professor Hing argues that the time has come to think beyond enforcement only approaches - to think creatively. We need to re-think employer sanctions and the harsh consequences of ICE raids that are conducted under the auspices of such laws. We need to think about expanding visa categories that reflect the needs of the regional and global economies in which we are engaged. We must recognize that solving the so-called undocumented immigration challenge only will come with an open-minded approach that recognizes the need to begin helping build the economy and infrastructure of our neighbors to the south. Details: California, 2011. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1811022 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Employer Sanctions Shelf Number: 151531

Author: Hong, Kari E. Title: How to End "Illegal Immigration" Summary: Since President Trump has taken office, it is clearer than ever that there are two ways to end "illegal immigration." The first route - started by President Obama and ratcheted up by President Trump with relentless cruelty - is an actual effort to deport millions and exclude millions more. The second is to legalize those without status who have been, are, and will continue to contribute to America's families, communities, and future. This essay argues that the latter choice, restoring the paths to legalization that once were part of our nation's laws, is the only realistic way forward to restore common sense to immigration law. This choice will stop excessive, wasteful, and expensive enforcement measures and invest in people who are making current and future contributions to families, work places, and communities. Developing legal solutions, however, will not come until it is recognized how the term "illegal immigration" originated in popular culture and influenced immigration law with distortions over who merits protection and who does not. Part I then examines the operation of existing immigration law, surveys the origins and misuse of the term "illegal immigrant," and offers that the term "pre-legal immigrant" is the more accurate descriptor of how people are given legal status. Once the false presumption of criminality in the term "illegal immigrant" is exposed, Part II ends with a call to restore needed paths to legalization, which benefit immigrant communities, the citizen family members and employers who rely on their contributions, and the U.S. economy as a whole. Once presumptions are replaced with facts, paths to common sense reform are found for both the short and long term. Details: Massachusetts, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3175484 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 151544

Author: Wiebe, Virgil Title: Immigration Federalism in Minnesota: What Does Sanctuary Mean in Practice? Summary: In March 2016, the University of St. Thomas Law Journal gathered scholars from around the country to discuss whether Sanctuary can make communities secure. Our symposium title, "Can Sanctuary Keep Communities Secure?" played on two contrasting approaches to immigration - the notion of Sanctuary, which often stands in tension with legal authority, and Secure Communities, a controversial immigration enforcement program of the Obama Administration designed (but perhaps not implemented as designed) to deport dangerous immigrants. The conception of this paper arose from the desire to open the symposium by framing issues in the context of Minnesota. I asked the question "What is Sanctuary?" and sought answers from the on-the-ground reality of Minnesota's immigrant communities. The paper answers the question at six levels in the state of Minnesota: (1) the home, (2) houses of worship, (3) educational institutions, (4) cities (and other sub-state authorities such as counties), (5) the state, and (6) national/federal level. "Sanctuary" inherently suggests the need for safety and security, and begs other questions, namely, who needs security and sanctuary, who makes up our community and "homeland" and who gets to speak about and build the legal protections that make up a tapestry of safety. At each level, at least one specific policy/legal issue is addressed (e.g. separation ordinances in the city section, driver�s licenses at the state level, and responses to federal enforcement actions) to show how dynamics have played out in Minnesota. I address the dynamics of immigration federalism in Minnesota to assess the state of sanctuary in the land of ten thousand lakes, by identifying institutional and societal actors: the community, the federal government, the state government, regional authorities (most notably sheriffs), city governments, and civil society groups. How individuals inhabit and exercise power within these institutions matters. I conclude that Minnesota is a state of reluctant welcome, and that the forces arrayed for and against immigrants (particularly those of unauthorized status) are in an unsteady balance, with pro-immigrant forces gaining some ground in recent years. The elections of November 2016 at both the state and national levels may mark another shift toward law and order and away from the grace of Sanctuary. Details: S.L., 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://ir.stthomas.edu/ustlj/vol13/iss3/6/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Shelf Number: 151545

Author: Lee, Jennifer J. Title: Redefining the Legality of Undocumented Work Summary: Undocumented workers face a new harsh reality under the Trump administration. Federal laws' prohibition of undocumented work has facilitated exploitation because workers fear being brought to the attention of immigration authorities. The current administration's aggressive stance towards worksite enforcement will only exacerbate abuses against undocumented workers, such as wage theft, dangerous working conditions, or human trafficking. Given the current climate, this article explores how states and localities can resist the federal prohibition by legalizing undocumented work. We live in times of resistance, with "sanctuary cities" that refuse to cooperate with federal immigration enforcement. Seizing on this moment, state and local resistance can offer more immediate accountability for addressing the plight of undocumented workers while disrupting the ways in which the federal immigration framework defines the illegality of undocumented work. To start, this article reviews how the incongruence between the lived experiences of undocumented workers and the federal immigration framework creates an underclass of workers. Next, it develops a typology of state and local resistance measures that recognize, protect, or promote undocumented work and considers whether these measures can succeed given concerns about federalism and governmental retaliation. This article concludes by discussing why state and local resistance is worthwhile. Beyond the palpable benefits of addressing exploitation, state and local resistance can help undocumented workers overcome exclusion by increasing their sense of belonging. Community members too benefit from the strengthening of workers' rights and the contributions to the local economy. At the same time, such resistance changes social norms and provides a powerful critique of the federal prohibition on undocumented work. Ultimately, this article is the first to examine how state and local resistance focused on undocumented work can lend itself to building social movements that promote immigrant inclusion by redefining the legality of undocumented work. Details: California, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3040872 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Workers Shelf Number: 151546

Author: Avila, Krsna Title: The Rise of the Sanctuary: Getting Local Officers Out of the Business of Deportations in the Trump Era Summary: Juxtaposed against the Statue of Liberty's promise of refuge to "the huddled masses, yearning to breathe free" lies another reality: immigration policy in the United States has long been fraught with racial tension and dictated by an uneasy fear of "the other." From the Chinese Exclusion Act and the Mexican Bracero program of the past to the Muslim ban and elimination of Temporary Protected Status of the present, history has shown that the work of immigrant justice and racial justice are inextricably linked. Since the first week of the Trump administration, the federal government has launched a racist and mean-spirited attack on immigrants and those who support and welcome them, all in the aim of satisfying Trump's steadfast campaign promise to "deport them all" as a way to "make America great again." With a budget of over $18 billion - more than all other federal law enforcement agencies combined - the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) detention and deportation machine is vast and dangerous. But it also relies heavily on the voluntary assistance of local governments, particularly local law enforcement agencies, to remove individuals from the families and livelihoods they have built in the U.S. Localities have no legal authority to enforce immigration laws and no legal obligation to assist DHS with its immigration enforcement actions. Yet local assistance with federal immigration work continues across the country. Three out of every four counties will voluntarily detain individuals at the request of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Threats and attempts to deny federal grants to "sanctuary jurisdictions" - loosely identified as those who enact policies limiting involvement of their local law enforcement agencies in immigration enforcement - have been key strategies in Trump's anti-immigrant agenda. From executive order pronouncements and Department of Justice (DOJ) policy decisions to near weekly public speeches invoking threats against and denunciations of sanctuary policies, the administration has sought to force localities to help carry out its increased deportation efforts, pushing local agencies to prioritize federal immigration enforcement over their own community concerns - and seeking to punish those who rightfully refuse to be involved. However, efforts to thwart sanctuary policies have failed in a number of ways. During 2017, local policies limiting involvement with ICE expanded in spite of, and sometimes because of, the hateful anti-immigrant rhetoric and policy changes in the Trump Administration. Over 400 counties now have stronger limitations on engaging in immigration enforcement than they did a year ago. Under pressure from community members and advocates, cities, counties, and states across the country enacted new laws and policies disengaging with federal immigration enforcement in a variety of manners, from restricting ICE access within their jails to refusing to honor ICE detainers, which are requests to detain someone for apprehension by ICE - a detention that federal courts continue to find unconstitutional. Federal courts have also ruled against other unconstitutional overreaches by the federal government, issuing new rulings on the strict limits of local authority in immigration enforcement and preventing the administration from stripping federal funding to sanctuary jurisdictions. In 2018, strengthening and expanding local sanctuary policies will be crucial to resisting the anti-immigrant Trump agenda. Though we recognize that sanctuary policies alone are not sufficient to prevent deportations, we hope that their adoption continues and increases over the Trump administration's second year. The Immigrant Legal Resource Center (ILRC) will continue our work to support and advise local advocates and city, county, and state government bodies across the country to fight back against unjust detention and deportations and to protect immigrant rights. Details: Immigrant Legal Resource Center, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.ilrc.org/sites/default/files/resources/rise_of_sanctuary-lg-20180201.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Department of Homeland Security Shelf Number: 151528

Author: University of Illinois at Chicago. Institute for Policy and Civic Engagement Title: Consent Decree Community Engagement Summary: As part of the effort to draft a consent decree on police reform that meets the needs of Chicago's residents, the Illinois Attorney General's Office solicited input from the community through 14 community roundtables held in neighborhoods across the City; small group conversations with diverse communities; paper and online feedback forms available at ChicagoPoliceConsentDecree.org; and an email address and telephone hotline dedicated to police reform. To assist with this effort, the Attorney General's Office invited the Institute for Policy and Civic Engagement (IPCE) at the University of Illinois at Chicago to develop the plan for and lead the community roundtables and present a summary report of key findings and themes from those conversations and other sources of input. This report summarizes the ideas, concerns and experiences community members shared via the community roundtables, small group conversations, feedback forms and emails. In doing so, this report also provides a voice for those who participated and responded to the Attorney General�s Office's request for input. Details: Chicago: IPCE, 2018. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: http://chicagopoliceconsentdecree.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/IPCE-Community-Engagement-Report_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Consent Decree Shelf Number: 151551

Author: Advancement Project Title: We Came to Learn: A Call to Action for Police-Free Schools Summary: Safety does not exist when Black and Brown young people are forced to interact with a system of policing that views them as a threat and not as students. For many Black and Brown youth, the presence of police in their schools disrupts their learning environments. There is a culture clash that exists between law enforcement and the learning environment: police enforce criminal laws, while schools are supposed to nurture students. This report addresses the stark reality that police in schools is an issue of American racial disparity that requires deep structural change. We will explore the question of why police are in schools at all and conclude that police are incongruent with the educational environment we envision for our children. First, this report examines the advent of policing practices in America's public schools and their historical roots in suppressing Black and Latino student movement and the criminalization of Black childhood. We discuss the documented harms of school policing, including the disparate impact that policing has on students of color, students with disabilities, and students who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer/questioning, intersex, and asexual (LQBTQIA). The report centers the voices of young people from around the country who describe the everyday indignities that they experience at the hands of school police. It also, for the first time, catalogues known assaults of young people by school police officers. The report shines a spotlight on three particular cases where young people were assaulted by school police and how their communities responded. These case studies - in Oakland, CA, in Philadelphia, PA, and in Spring Valley, SC, serve as models in the fight to end school policing. The report chronicles how Black and Brown youth have used organizing and advocacy to advance a vision of school safety that is not reliant on policing. This report then documents the school policing model and discusses how school police became institutionalized in America's public education system through funding and policy at both the federal and local level. This report exposes the broad lack of accountability that school police benefit from. By illustrating how different school police operations are structured and function, this report provides readers with a clearer understanding of how pervasive and negative the impact on educational outcomes for students of color truly is. Finally, the report calls for the removal of police from schools and envisions schools where Black and Brown students are afforded the presumption of childhood that they deserve. Policing in our schools must be supplanted by divesting from militarization and investing in community-building strategies that not only improve the quality of safety for students of color, but the quality of their educational experience. Details: Oakland, CA: Advancement Project, 2018. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: http://advancementproject.org/wp-content/uploads/WCTLweb/index.html#page=1 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police in Schools Shelf Number: 151552

Author: National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University Title: Childhood Poisoning: Safeguarding Young Children from Addictive Substances Summary: As a result of America's current addiction epidemic, babies and pre-school age children are being accidentally exposed at unacceptably high rates to toxic, addictive substances including nicotine, alcohol, caffeine, prescription drugs, marijuana and illicit drugs. Fortunately, there are steps parents, health care professionals, policymakers, industry and researchers can take to prevent such occurrences and protect children from the potentially life-threatening effects of these substances. METHODS This report summarizes the available research on the nature, extent, and consequences of young children's exposure to a range of addictive substances based on data collected by the American Association of Poison Control Centers (AAPCC), as well as other research reports and data sources. It explains why and how such exposures occur, and what the barriers are to preventing them. Finally, it provides a comprehensive approach to addressing the problem of childhood exposures and poisonings. RESULTS In 2016 alone, there were more than 30,500 reports to poison control centers of young children exposed to addictive substances. The number of children aged five and younger who have been exposed to the toxic effects of nicotine, alcohol, caffeine, marijuana, certain opioids and methamphetamine have increased over the past decade, as have the number of children who experience serious consequences from these events. Additional key findings include: Exposures to marijuana increased by 148 percent over a seven-year period. Exposures to prescription opioid pain relievers increased 93 percent each year over a nine-year period, corresponding to the opioid epidemic's progression. Calls to poison control centers about e-cigarettes increased more than 1,400 percent in just three years. The number of young children exposed to alcoholic beverages has increased every year since 2012. RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS This report offers concrete recommendations for parents and other caregivers, health care professionals, policymakers, industry and researchers to ensure that the growing availability of addictive products is met with an effective response that will protect the youngest victims of substance use and addiction Details: New York: The Center, 2018. 154p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: https://www.centeronaddiction.org/addiction-research/reports/childhood-poisoning-safeguarding-young-children-addictive-substances Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 151555

Author: Kelley-Baker, Tara Title: The Feasibility of Voluntary Ignition Interlocks as a Prevention Strategy for Young Drivers Summary: Young drivers in the United States are at greater risk for alcohol-related crash deaths than any other age group of drivers in the general population. Though efforts have been made to reduce drinking and driving among young drivers (especially teens), there has been only limited progress. One innovative possibility that has not yet been tried for most young drivers is the implementation of a voluntary alcohol ignition interlock program as a preventative approach. The objective of this study was to examine the feasibility of a voluntary ignition interlock program for young drivers as a prevention measure. Feasibility here implies the acceptability of ignition interlocks to parents and their teenage and young adult children and the extent to which ignition interlock providers are willing to accommodate this at-risk population. This study involved free-flowing discussions conducted in 2010 with a select number of ignition interlock manufacturers and service providers, insurance companies, and representatives of community groups. Additionally, informal meetings were held with a select number of parents, teens and young adults to gain their input on the development of such a program. Finally, ignition interlock recorder data (which included voluntary and involuntary users age16 to 26 years o ld) were examined, and an independently conducted web survey with parents of voluntary users and voluntary users themselves was administered and analyzed. The information was used to help assess the extent to which ignition interlock venders, insurance companies, and community groups may be willing to become involved in a voluntary program, what is needed to recruit participants (teenagers, young adults and their parents) into such a program and, ultimately, the feasibility and acceptability of a voluntary ignition interlock program for young drivers. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration., 2017. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: (Report No. DOT HS 812 425): Accessed September 17, 2018 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov/sites/nhtsa.dot.gov/files/documents/812425-the-feasibility-of-ignition-interlocks-as-a-prevention-strategies-for-young-drivers.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol-Impaired Driving Shelf Number: 151559

Author: Neener, Michael C. Title: Assessing the Cannabis Legalization Debate: Lessons Learned from the Colorado and Washington Experiment Summary: Cannabis is illegal as far as federal law is concerned; yet recent trends in the United States indicate it is moving toward more widespread legalization. While both sides of the legalization debate pose valid arguments, it has been difficult to assess aspects of these arguments in the past. Now that Colorado and Washington have fully legalized cannabis, what does data demonstrate to support or rebut these arguments and what problems have sporadic legalization led to in the drug control space? This thesis examines regulatory, financial, and criminal data in Colorado and Washington to identify advantages and disadvantages of legalizing cannabis. Findings indicate commercialization of legal cannabis creates a sizeable economic stimulus due to demand satisfaction and displacement of drug trafficking organizations for supply. Crime levels increased as compared to national averages while drug arrest rates remained stable, which could be influenced by other factors. Overall, as a result of disparate national policy, Colorado and Washington have become source states for cannabis distribution as findings indicate spillage of legal cannabis into black markets nationally. This thesis recommends rescheduling cannabis in the Controlled Substances Act to further research the drug while increasing state civil asset forfeiture options in prohibitionist states to facilitate criminal enforcement Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2016. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: https://nps.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/discovery/fulldisplay?docid=alma991005398419103791&context=L&vid=01NPS_INST:01NPS&lang=en&search_scope=MyInst_and_CI&adaptor=Local%20Search%20Engine&tab=Everything&query=any,contains,assessing%20the%20cannabis%20legalization%20debate Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Legislation Shelf Number: 151561

Author: Hunter, Sarah B. Title: Local Evaluation Report for Los Angeles County's Mentally Ill Offender Crime Reduction (MIOCR) Program Summary: Recidivism is common among individuals who have been incarcerated in Los Angeles County, and the risks increase for those who suffer from mental health disorders and other health care conditions. To reduce the risk of recidivism and improve outcomes for individuals suffering from mental health disorders who are returning to the community after incarceration, California issues Mentally Ill Offender Crime Reduction [MIOCR] program grants to communities to address the unique needs of these individuals. In 2015, Los Angeles County was awarded a three-year grant to provide jail in-reach and reentry services to individuals experiencing tri-morbid conditions (i.e., physical health, mental health, and substance use disorders) who were preparing for reentry into the community. This report represents the evaluation of Los Angeles County's MIOCR grant program. Ninety-eight individuals were enrolled into one of the three different community reentry service pathways: (1) assistance for individuals with mental illness who can live independently in the community with additional support, (2) supportive housing coupled with intensive case management, or (3) residential substance use treatment. On average, participants who completed the one-year program maintained or improved their reported mental health and substance use status. Program graduates also demonstrated improvements in health care insurance status, benefit establishment, and housing stability. Data on criminal justice involvement show fewer convictions in the post-enrollment period than in the pre-enrollment period. However, 60 percent of program participants dropped out of the program before the one-year mark, and follow-up surveys with program dropouts were not conducted. Key Findings Results of Los Angeles County's Mentally Ill Offender Crime Reduction program Los Angeles County was successful in its goal to recruit 90 participants into the program: 98 participants were enrolled during the grant period. Program retention rates for the one-year program were modest: 30 participants completed the program and 45 dropped out. Twenty-three participants had not reached the one-year program mark at the time of grant end date. On average, participants who completed the one-year program maintained or improved their reported mental health and substance use status; demonstrated improvements in health care insurance status, benefit establishment, and housing stability; and had fewer convictions in the post-enrollment period than in the pre-enrollment period. Data on criminal justice involvement show fewer convictions in the post-enrollment period than in the pre-enrollment period. However, 60 percent of program participants dropped out of the program before the one-year mark, and follow-up surveys with program dropouts were not conducted. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2411.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 151563

Author: Pierson, Emma Title: Fast Threshold Tests for Detecting Discrimination Summary: Threshold tests have recently been proposed as a robust method for detecting bias in lending, hiring, and policing decisions. For example, in the case of credit extensions, these tests aim to estimate the bar for granting loans to white and minority applicants, with a higher inferred threshold for minorities indicative of discrimination. This technique, however, requires fitting a Bayesian latent variable model for which inference is often computationally challenging. Here we develop a method for fitting threshold tests that is more than 75 times faster than the existing approach, reducing computation from hours to minutes. We demonstrate this technique by analyzing 2.7 million police stops of pedestrians in New York City between 2008 and 2012. To achieve these performance gains, we introduce and analyze a flexible family of probability distributions on the interval [0, 1]-which we call discriminant distributions-that is computationally efficient to work with. These discriminant distributions may aid inference in a variety of applications beyond threshold tests. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford University, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed September 18, 2018 at: https://5harad.com/papers/fasttt.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 151566

Author: Baumgartner, Frank R. Title: Driving while Black (and male, and young, and...): Evidence of disparities at the margin and the intersection Summary: A police officer must make a quick judgment about whether to search a vehicle following a routine traffic stop. Similarly, officers must decide whether to carry out an arrest if the conducted search is successful. Informing profiles of whom to investigate, the psychology literature on perceptions of risk tells us that those perceived more threatening will face greater suspicion, and accordingly a greater likelihood of search and arrest. In the context of policing, the intersection of age, gender, and race are easily visible cues that officers may use, and indeed we know that young men of color are more likely to observe adverse police outcomes than older white women. When assessing whether disparities exist across intersectional identity groups in search and arrest decisions, common estimation strategies fall prey to the problem of infra-marginality: absent systematic disparities, the rates at which minority and white drivers are searched and arrested might still be different if the groups have different risk distributions. To avoid these pitfalls, we rely on a hierarchical Bayesian latent thresholds model developed by Simoiu, Corbett-Davies, and Goel 2017 and on a covariate-balancing matching algorithm developed by Imai and Ratkovic (2014). Using these techniques, this paper identifies important disparities in the accuracy of police inference about criminal suspicion, the rates at which drivers are subjected to fruitless and unwarranted search, and who is arrested even after being discovered with contraband of various amounts. Details: Paper prepared for presentation at the annual meeting of the American Political Science Association, Boston, MA, August 30-September 2, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2018 at: https://www.unc.edu/~fbaum/papers/BaumgartnerEtAl_APSA2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Decision Making Shelf Number: 151567

Author: Loughran, Thomas Title: A Longitudinal Investigation of Trauma Exposure, Retraumatization, and PostTraumatic Stress of Justice-Involved Adolescents Summary: BACKGROUND. The strong link between trauma exposure and delinquency is a recurring research finding (Dierkhising et al., 2013). Justice-involved adolescents experience disproportionately high rates of trauma exposure with some studies reporting trauma exposure among justice-involved adolescents at a rate that is two to three times higher than that of the general population (Baglivio et al., 2014; Grevstad, 2010). Despite concerted attention to the issue of trauma exposure among justice-involved adolescents, critical questions remain regarding trauma exposure and the development of trauma-related psychological distress among justiceinvolved adolescents. OBJECTIVES. Based on the extensive levels of trauma exposure and the need to provide effective trauma-informed services to justice-involved youth, the purpose of this study was to provide greater understanding of trauma exposure, retraumatization, and trauma-related psychological distress among justice-involved adolescents. METHODS. The evolution of exposure to violence and psychological distress among adolescents were examined using a sample 1,354 male and female youths who completed a baseline assessment and 10 follow-up interviews over a seven-year period as part of the Pathways to Desistence study. After examining descriptive and bivariate analyses, latent class analysis was utilized to analytically identify a taxonomy based on adolescents' patterns of exposure to violence as well as to explore the association between the analytically-identified exposure to violence patterns and various psychological symptoms. Additionally, latent growth models were analyzed examining: (a) changes in exposure to violence over time, (b) changes in psychological distress over time, (c) the contemporaneous, parallel processes of changes in exposure to violence and psychological distress over time, and (d) differences in the evolution of violence exposure and psychological distress across sex and race/ethnicity. RESULTS. Examining exposure to violence connections to various types of psychological symptoms, the strongest associations were found between exposure to violence and depression, hostility, paranoid ideation, and psychotic symptoms. Associations between the level and trajectories of exposure to violence and psychological distress remained consistent over the study period. On average, both exposure to violence and psychological distress among this sample of justice-involved youth slightly decreased over time. While these findings show a general decrease in exposure to violence and psychological distress in over time, they do not support the notion that exposure to violence and psychological distress improves or worsens similarly for all justice-involved youth. For example, findings indicated justice-involved Caucasian and Hispanic youth experienced a significant decrease in exposure to violence that was not experienced by African American youth. IMPLICATIONS. Future research is critically needed to investigate the effectiveness of trauma-informed care modalities in reducing trauma-related psychological distress for justice-involved youth. Additionally, research is needed on the effectiveness of treatment modalities targeting various facets of psychological distress common among justice-involved youth such as trauma-related anger. Practitioners treating justice-involved youth who have witnessed and/or experienced violence should take care not to mislabel anger, hostility, and aggression as symptoms of Oppositional Defiant Disorder or Conduct Disorder as they may be trauma-related symptoms indicative of Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252015.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 151570

Author: U.S. Office of National Drug Control Policy Title: Cocaine smuggling in 2006 Summary: This booklet summarizes cocaine smuggling into the US in 2006, providing graphs that estimate the cocaine flow and distribution across different smuggling routes. It also discusses various departure points and provides an illustrated map highlighting the percentages of cocaine flow originating from different locations. Other sections cover methods of trafficking and the production of coca. A map included identified the major 2006 coca regions. The booklet concludes with graphs describing cocaine interdiction and ports of entry into the United States. Details: Washington, DC; UNODC, 2007. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 19, 2018 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=483834 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 109263

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Racial Profiling in Louisiana: Unconstitutional and Counterproductive Summary: Racial profiling - the unconstitutional practice of law enforcement targeting individuals due to the color of their skin - remains an egregious and common form of discrimination and continues to taint the legitimacy of policing in the United States. It is both pervasive and hard to prove. Stopping an individual merely for "driving while black" violates the U.S. and Louisiana constitutions, but few cases have been brought in state or federal courts in Louisiana to challenge racially discriminatory policing. Racial profiling is also problematic from a public safety perspective because it undercuts effective police work by damaging trust in law enforcement. Racial profiling is likely a major driver of Louisiana's high incarceration rate. Although Oklahoma has now surpassed Louisiana as the world's No. 1 incarcerator, Louisiana remains a close second. By expanding the pool of people who come under police surveillance, racial profiling leads police to refer a disproportionate number of people of color for criminal prosecution, often for low-level crimes such as drug possession. Police officers' disproportionate focus on people of color means that they are disproportionately ticketed, arrested, prosecuted, and ultimately imprisoned. In 2016, for instance, black adults comprised only 30.6% of Louisiana's adult population but 53.7% of adults who were arrested and 67.5% of adults in prison. Overall, black adults are 4.3 times as likely as white adults to be serving a felony prison sentence in Louisiana. The SPLC has found large racial disparities in arrest rates across the state that would be difficult to explain by different rates of crime commission alone. For example, in 2016, black people were 2.9 times as likely as white people to be arrested for marijuana possession in Louisiana, despite evidence that black people and white people use marijuana at similar rates. The disparities are much greater in some areas: A black person was six times as likely as a white person to be arrested by the Baton Rouge Police Department (BRPD) for marijuana possession in 2016. Gretna, previously labeled the "arrest capital of the United States" for its sky-high arrest rate, continues to target black people disproportionately for arrests: In 2016, black people comprised two-thirds of people arrested in Gretna but only one-third of the city's population.15 And 67% of the arrests of black people in Gretna were for the nonviolent offenses of drug possession (not sale), drunkenness, disorderly conduct, and other offenses that the FBI does not track due to their relatively minor nature. The death of Alton Sterling, a 37-year-old black man, at the hands of two white BRPD officers on July 5, 2016 highlighted decades-long tensions in Louisiana's capital over police treatment of Louisianans of color, especially African Americans. From the department's crackdown on civil rights marchers in the 1960s, to its illegal searches and arrests in the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina (which raised alarm bells among out-of-state police officers dispatched to the city to assist with public safety), to its militarized response to the protests over Alton Sterling's death,20 the BRPD has consistently over-policed the city's black community and violated the First Amendment rights of people who speak out against police brutality. If the BRPD ever hopes to resolve these longstanding tensions and earn the trust and respect of the city's black residents, who comprise a majority of its population, combatting racial profiling will be an essential first step. Notwithstanding the well-known harms of racial profiling in Baton Rouge and across the state, both for over-policed communities and for public safety more generally, a surprising number of Louisiana police departments do not have policies to address it. The SPLC's investigation revealed that more than a third of the state's law enforcement agencies lack any policy on racial profiling. And the policies that do exist usually fail to explain clearly to officers what racial profiling is and what conduct is prohibited. While the much-needed sentencing reforms Louisiana began implementing in 2017 are projected to reduce the state's prison population by 10% over the next 10 years, resulting in savings of $262 million, none of the reforms focus on the disproportionate policing of Louisianans of color. Eliminating racial profiling must be a priority if Louisiana wants to shed its status as one of the world's most prolific incarcerators. To address these harms, Louisiana law enforcement agencies must adopt and enforce effective policies against racial profiling and take other steps to ensure constitutional policing. For their parts, the Legislature and the Louisiana Commission on Law Enforcement and Administration of Criminal Justice should institute a host of reforms to curb this unconstitutional and counterproductive practice. Details: Montgomery, AL: SPLC, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/leg_special_report_racial_final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While Black Shelf Number: 151597

Author: Coalition to End Money Bond Title: Shifting Sands: An Investigation into the First Year of Bond Reform in Cook County Summary: The stated purpose for the use of money bond in the criminal legal system is to secure an accused person's future presence in court after their release. For decades, it has instead resulted in the pretrial incarceration of thousands of people across Cook County who are presumed innocent under the law. In effect, money bond has provided a way around the constitutional protections guaranteed to all accused people in the United States: the government cannot take away a person's freedom without proving their incarceration is necessary and providing them with sufficient due process. Ultimately, the unchecked use of money bond to incarcerate people pretrial contributes to mass incarceration and racial disparities in the criminal legal system. In July 2017, Cook County sought to become a national leader in righting the injustices caused by money bond that target impoverished individuals and communities of color. The Chief Judge of Cook County, Timothy Evans, issued General Order 18.8A (Order), instructing judges in Cook County to follow existing state and federal laws requiring transparent pretrial release, to use money bond only when necessary, and when money bonds are used to set them only at amounts a person can afford to pay. In February 2018, the Coalition to End Money Bond released "Monitoring Cook County�s Central Bond Court: A Community Courtwatching Initiative," a report analyzing the initial impact of General Order 18.8A at Central Bond Court. Because there was no other method for collecting bond court data, dozens of volunteers recorded the outcomes of bond hearings each day for a month before and after the Order went into effect, demonstrating the need for full implementation of the Order and ongoing data collection and publication by the court system. This new report from the Coalition to End Money Bond updates the earlier report by reassessing the impact of General Order 18.8A nearly one year after its passage. In particular, new data shows that judges' adherence to the Order is worsening with time and that more than 2,700 people are presently incarcerated in Cook County Jail solely because they are unable to pay money bonds. Details: Chicago: The Coalition, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://www.chicagobond.org/reports/ShiftingSands.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 151598

Author: Cozzens, Quinn Title: A Way Out: Abolishing Death By Incarceration in Pennsylvania. Summary: Philadelphia County has 2,694 people serving life without parole sentences (LWOP), which is more than any other county in the United States and far more than any other country in the world, according to a new data analysis released today by the Abolitionist Law Center. A Way Out: Abolishing Death By Incarceration in Pennsylvania found Pennsylvania has 5,346 people serving LWOP, making the state a national leader in the use of the punishment; only Florida, with twice the population, has more people serving LWOP. State Representative Jason Dawkins and State Senator Sharif Street have filed legislation that would allow parole eligibility for all lifers after 15 years of incarceration. The report refers to life without parole as "Death by Incarceration" (DBI). Key findings include: Most of the people serving DBI were convicted and sentenced when they were 25 or younger, a period of life when brain development and maturation remains ongoing, according to recent neuroscientific research. More than 70 percent of those serving DBI are over 40 and nearly half (2,377 people) are over 50. The practice continues even though research shows that criminal activity drops significantly after age 40 and despite the fact that locking up a person over 55 is two to three times more expensive. Black Pennsylvanians are serving DBI at a rate more than 18 times higher than that of their white counterparts. Out of Philadelphia's 2,694 people serving DBI, 84 percent are Black. In Allegheny County, 13 percent of the county's residents are Black, but constitute 76 percent of those serving DBI sentences (409 out of 541 people). "This report presents a definitive portrait of a punishment that is archaic, cruel, unjustified, and indefensible," said Bret Grote, Legal Director of the Abolitionist Law Center and co-author of the report. "Death by incarceration sentences do not keep the public safer. The human and economic costs are staggering and growing by the year, as thousands of aging, rehabilitated men and women are locked away needlessly. Fortunately, there is also a rapidly growing movement determined to make parole eligibility for all lifers a reality." In all cases involving defendants 18 years of age or older, Pennsylvania law does not allow for individualized consideration of a defendant's circumstances; instead it mandates automatic DBI sentences to many who never actually killed or intended to kill anyone. As the report states, DBI is "a failed policy predicated upon the fallacy that the trajectory of a person�s life - including their capacity for rehabilitation, transformation, and redemption - can be accurately predicted at the time of sentencing." Avis Lee is an example of a person serving a DBI sentence because none of the particulars of her case were taken into consideration at sentencing - and may have made a difference. Ms. Lee has served 38 years of a DBI sentence due to a robbery committed by her brother that tragically went wrong and someone lost his life. Ms. Lee was only 18 years old and had been told by her brother to serve as a look out during a robbery. Ms. Lee had turned to drugs and alcohol after a childhood riddled with sexual abuse, violence, poverty, and the death of her mother. After the shooting, she flagged down a bus and told the driver a man was injured. For more than 25 years, she has had no disciplinary infractions in prison. Earlier this year, the Pennsylvania Superior Court agreed to hear her claim that her mandatory life sentence was disproportionate because of her youth. There is hope for Ms. Lee, though not many others. The Philadelphia DA's Office is considering reviewing certain cases of excessive sentences, including mandatory life without parole sentences, and will pursue a lesser sentence when legally viable. The trend toward electing reform-oriented, less punitive district attorneys across the country could lead to similar efforts at sentence review being implemented in DA offices on a national scale. Details: Pittsburgh: Abolitionist Law Center, 2018. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: http://abolitionistlawcenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/ALC_AWayOut_27August_Full1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Life Sentences Shelf Number: 151599

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of Gender Equity in the Department's Law Enforcement Components Summary: The U.S. Department of Justice (Department, DOJ) Office of the Inspector General (OIG) initiated this review after receiving several complaints from various sources, including Senator Charles E. Grassley and DOJ employees, expressing concerns about gender discrimination and harassment in the Department's law enforcement components. OIG assessed overall gender equity, based on both gender diversity in the workforce and employees' perceptions of gender equity and discrimination in the four law enforcement components. It is the Department's policy to provide, ensure, and promote equal opportunity for all employees on the basis of merit. In Human Resources Order DOJ 1200.1, the Department directs every component to take actions to eliminate any policy, practice, or procedure that results in discrimination on the basis of a variety of demographics, including gender. Additionally, DOJ developed the Attorney General's Diversity Management Plan in 2010 to improve diversity among its employees, including the law enforcement staff. The leadership of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF); Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA); Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI); and U.S. Marshal's Service (USMS) told us that a diverse workforce, which includes diversity in gender, is important to their mission. The Office of the Inspector General assessed gender equity in the four law enforcement components from fiscal year (FY) 2011 through FY 2016. We analyzed component workforce demographics and sex-based discrimination complaints, including sexual harassment, and conducted a climate assessment to gauge employees� perceptions about whether all staff have the same career opportunities regardless of gender. As part of our review, we conducted 133 individual interviews as well as 57 focus groups with a total of 228 participants. Additionally, we interviewed the heads of each of the four components to gain their perspectives on the issues related to gender equity. We also deployed an anonymous online survey to all staff members of the four law enforcement components and received 8,140 survey responses, a 15 percent response rate of the total population. Out of the 8,140 responses, 34.4 percent were women, 50.8 percent were men, and 1.5 percent chose "other" or did not select a gender. Details: Washington, DC: DOJ, 2018. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/e1803.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Equal Opportunities Employment Shelf Number: 151600

Author: Redgrave, Harvey Title: Examining the case for justice devolution Summary: What is meant by 'justice devolution'? Why is it needed and what difference will it actually make to people's lives? In a world of rising demand and shrinking budgets, justice devolution is firmly on the agenda and there is growing interest in and support for the idea of a more localised justice system. Harvey Redgrave's report for the think tank GovernUp argues that it no longer makes sense for government to continue tinkering around the edges, attempting top-down reform of individual criminal justice agencies from above. Instead, local leaders should be empowered to join up services from the bottom up - in order to deal with the root cause of crime - rather than managing its consequences and to ensure services can be built around the needs of victims. Details: London: Crest Advisory, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: http://crestadvisory.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/governup-harvey-redgrave-justice-devolution-report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 151603

Author: Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: The Truth About Kids and Guns Summary: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) National Center for Injury Prevention and Control attempts to collect information and details surrounding these deaths and other injury related deaths - where did they happen? What was the cause? Who was the victim? The truths revealed by this data should give us pause - but also hope. The majority of all child and teen gun deaths happen in a home; it's even more for our youngest children. So although improved legislation is critical to keeping guns out of the hands of dangerous people, it is not the entire answer. When it comes to kids, the danger is rarely outside their own homes, or the homes of their family and friends. That means we don't need to wait for Congress or anyone else to start reducing the toll guns take on our children. The "Truth About Kids & Guns" report catalogues this deadly impact, providing the most recent data available from leading credible sources, such as the CDC, to show where, how and why these deaths and injuries occur. Details: Washington, DC: The Brady Center, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://www.bradycampaign.org/sites/default/files/Kids-and-Guns-Report%202016_final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 151601

Author: Dean, Jennifer Lynne Title: Resources Matter: The Role of Social Capital and Collective Efficacy in Mediating Gun Violence Summary: This study explains how community activists make use of available social capital and collective efficacy while attempting to mediate gun violence. It specifically focuses on twelve in-depth interviews of activists' perspectives, processes and rationales to alleviate community gun violence, based on informal social control models. Findings suggest activists must establish trust and respect with youth they work with before mediation begins, which is established through similar life experiences or backgrounds. Once a strong bond is established with youth, activists identified five core processes to reduce violence: 1) improve the mindset, 2) provide life skills, 3) assist youth as their liaison between networks, 4) expose and provide tools to other opportunities such as college or jobs, and 5) activists challenge system policy that they feel contributes to Chicago's gun violence. Details: Tampa: University of South Florida, 2014. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://scholarcommons.usf.edu/etd/5006/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Efficacy Shelf Number: 150602

Author: Strategic Applications International Title: Below Ten: Combating Drugs, Guns, and Human Trafficking at the U.S. Southwest Border Summary: The Below Ten project focused on three cities located on or below Interstate 10 - (1) Nogales, Arizona; (2) Pharr, Texas; and (3) San Diego, California - and their efforts to respond to a wide range of problems related to guns, drugs, and human trafficking. A key component of the project was the series of summits held to develop stakeholder-led plans to respond to the wide range of humanitarian, commercial, and enforcement issues. This publication describes the outcomes of these summits, which brought community members together with local, state, federal, and tribal law enforcement; public health providers; social services; and other groups to identify problems, challenges, and solutions. It also provides detailed information on the approach adopted by each community and the activities that have been sustained since the project ended. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p369-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 151604

Author: Brake, Deborah L. Title: Back to Basics: Excavating the Sex Discrimination Roots of Campus Sexual Assault Summary: It takes some explaining to use the occasion of a symposium honoring the legacy of Pat Summitt, one of the most successful college basketball coaches of all time, to publish an article addressing Title IX's application to campus sexual assault. Neither the coach's record nor the top-shelf program she ran for so many decades calls this topic immediately to mind. And yet, as I reflect on the challenges ahead for Title IX and the continuing struggle for sex equality in higher education, including in university athletic programs, I am struck by how interconnected women's leadership is to a broader set of issues of gender and power, including the sexual objectification and harassment of women. As if we needed a culturally explosive reminder to shock feminism out of a state of apathy, the linkages between gender, power, and leadership were on full display in the bitterly divisive presidential election between Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton. Social practices that objectify and subordinate women, and their consequences for women's access to leadership, figured prominently throughout the campaign. This article explores the connections between sexual assault, harassment, objectification, and the challenges facing women in leadership against the backdrop of Title IX. It argues that Title IX's application to sexual harassment, including sexual assault, is an essential part of the law's broader agenda of opening the paths to leadership on an equal basis. More particularly, it seeks to ground the Title IX administrative framework that has emerged for addressing campus sexual assault in the statutory prohibition of sex-based discrimination. Without such a reckoning, the Title IX obligations on universities enforced during the Obama Administration are vulnerable to unilateral rollback by the new Trump Administration. This article begins the project of strengthening the sex discrimination roots of the Title IX framework for campus sexual assault and calls for further work linking the particular obligations the U.S. Department of Education's Office for Civil Rights (OCR) has imposed on educational institutions to the statutory mandate against sex discrimination. Part I sketches some linkages between liberal feminism's goal of expanding women's access to leadership and the dominance feminist agenda of resisting the sexual subordination of women. It argues that these two strands of feminist legal theory are not alternatives to each other, but are complementary and mutually reinforcing in their shared goal of dislodging the social practices that keep women from power. Ironically, perhaps, the gender inequality that sits at the root of sexual assault as a social practice has been lost in the weeds of the controversies surrounding the specific procedures institutions are required to use in responding to sexual assault complaints. Part II details the gender-blind narratives that are ascendant in the discourse surrounding campus sexual assault and argues that they function to obscure the gendered reality, and the gender inequality, of campus sexual assault. Part III explains the Title IX framework that courts and the OCR have developed for handling sexual assault. It traces the evolution of this legal framework from the statute's broad, general ban on sex-based discrimination in education programs receiving federal funds to the more particular obligations now placed on educational institutions to follow specific practices in addressing campus sexual assault allegations. Although OCR has acted consistently with the role of an enforcing agency by filling in the gaps of Title IX's broad anti-discrimination mandate, I argue that neither the courts nor the agency has fully explained, in a persuasive way, how the emerging Title IX framework is connected to the statute's ban on sex-based discrimination. Part IV begins the work of grounding the specific obligations placed on educational institutions in the statute's discrimination ban. Sexual assault is a social practice rooted in, and reinforcing of, gender inequality. It is not merely the gender of the typical perpetrator and victim (although sexual assault is overwhelmingly a practice engaged in by men and experienced by women and gender minorities, including LGBTQ persons), but the gender inequality in sexual relations on campus that situates sexual assault as a sexually subordinating practice. Most importantly for the legitimacy of the Title IX framework, institutional cultures and institutions' own practices in responding to sexual assault contribute to the campus cultures that reinforce and facilitate sexual assault as a sexually subordinating practice. Institutional responses to sexual assault, and not just sexual assault itself, are deeply gendered and embedded in gender inequality. The very rape myths and peer norms that underlie sexual assault as a social practice also find purchase in the common responses that excuse and minimize sexual assault when it occurs. Without the kinds of specific obligations the Title IX framework places on institutions for handling sexual assault charges, gender scripts and rape myths would have full rein to undermine complainants' credibility and mitigate empathy for their experiences of harm. This article seeks to begin a conversation about whether and how the specific obligations on universities for responding to sexual assault are grounded in the statute's mandate for ending sex-based discrimination on campus. That work remains vital if Title IX is to fulfill its promise of dislodging the gender practices that block women's pathways to power and leadership. Details: Pittsburgh, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2018 at: https://trace.tennessee.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1101&context=rgsj Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 151582

Author: Taylor, Mac Title: Improving In-Prison Rehabilitation Programs Summary: In this report, we (1) provide background information on the state�s in-prison rehabilitation programs (including their intended goals), (2) outline key program principles for maximizing reductions in recidivism, (3) identify key shortcomings in the state's rehabilitation programs, and (4) make recommendations to improve how the state provides in-prison rehabilitation programs Details: Sacramento: California Legislative Analyst's Office, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2018 at: https://lao.ca.gov/reports/2017/3720/In-Prison-Rehabilitation-120617.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 151648

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: More Sneezing, Less Crime? Seasonal Allergies, Transitory Costs and the Market for Offenses Summary: The neoclassical economic model of crime envisions crime as a gamble undertaken by a rational individual who is weighing the costs and benefits of offending at the margin. A large literature estimates the sensitivity of crime to policy inputs that shift the cost of offending such as police and prisons. In this paper, we point out that participants in the market for offenses also respond to transitory changes in situational factors and that these are in constant flux. We consider the responsiveness of crime to a pervasive and common health shock which we argue shifts costs and benefits for offenders and victims: seasonal allergies. Leveraging daily variation in city-specific pollen counts, we present novel evidence that violent crime declines in U.S. cities on days in which the local pollen count is unusually high and that these effects are driven by residential violence. While past literature suggests that property crimes have more instrumental motives, require planning, and hence are particularly sensitive to permanent changes in the cost and benefits of crime, we find evidence that violence may be especially sensitive to situational factors. Details: Working paper, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3234415 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Allergies Shelf Number: 151654

Author: James, Nathan Title: Risk and Needs Assessment in the Federal Prison System Summary: The number of people incarcerated in federal prisons increased dramatically over the past three decades. While the number of inmates in the federal prison system has decreased since FY2013, the federal prison population remains substantially larger than it was three decades ago. Concerns about both the economic and social consequences of the country's reliance on incarceration have led to calls for reforms to the nation's criminal justice system, including improving the federal prison system's ability to rehabilitate incarcerated offenders by better assessing their risk for recidivism and addressing their criminogenic needs. "Criminogenic needs," are factors that contribute to criminal behavior that can be changed and/or addressed through interventions. There have been legislative proposals to implement a risk and needs assessment system in federal prisons. The system would be used to place inmates in appropriate rehabilitative programs. Under the proposed system some inmates would be eligible for earned time credits for completing rehabilitative programs that reduce their risk of recidivism. Such credits would allow inmates to be placed on prerelease custody earlier. The proposed system would exclude inmates convicted of certain offenses from being eligible for earned time credits. Risk and needs assessment instruments typically consist of a series of items used to collect data on offender behaviors and attitudes that research indicates are related to the risk of recidivism. Generally, inmates are classified as being at a high, moderate, or low risk of recidivism. Assessment instruments are comprised of static and dynamic risk factors. Static risk factors do not change (e.g., age at first arrest or gender), while dynamic risk factors can either change on their own or be changed through an intervention (e.g., current age, education level, or employment status). In general, research suggests that the most commonly used assessment instruments can, with a moderate level of accuracy, predict who is at risk for violent recidivism. It also suggests that of the most commonly used risk assessments none distinguishes itself from the others when it comes to predictive validity. The Risk-Needs-Responsivity (RNR) model has become the dominant paradigm in risk and needs assessment. The risk principle states that convicted offenders need to be placed in programs that are commensurate with their risk level; in other words, provide more intensive treatment and services to high-risk offenders while low-risk offenders should receive minimal or even no intervention. The need principle states that effective treatment should also focus on addressing the criminogenic needs that contribute to criminal behavior. The responsivity principle states that rehabilitative programming should be delivered in a style and mode that is consistent with the ability and learning style of the offender. There are several issues policymakers might contemplate should Congress choose to consider legislation to implement a risk and needs assessment system in federal prisons, including the following: - Is there the potential for bias in the use of risk and needs assessment? - Should certain inmates be ineligible for earned time credits? - Should prison programming focus on inmates at high risk of recidivism? - Should risk assessment be incorporated into sentencing? - Should there be a decreased focus on long prison sentences? Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Congressional Research Service, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: R44087: Accessed September 24, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R44087.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 151658

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Addressing 21st Century Drug Issues: Law Enforcement�s Leadership Role Summary: To respond to this continuing problem in our communities, IACP convened a National Drug Symposium in early 2015. Representatives from state, local, and tribal law enforcement; the federal government; the scientific community; and nonprofit organizations met at IACP headquarters to discuss the broad spectrum of contemporary drug issues. Participants discussed the issue of addiction, its effect on communities, and law enforcement's unique role in responding to addicted individuals. This report summarizes that discussion and highlights the findings from the symposium. Details: Arlington, VA: IACP, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 24, 2018 at: https://www.nationalpublicsafetypartnership.org/clearinghouse/Content/ResourceDocuments/IACP%20Addressing21stCenturyDrugIssues.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148897

Author: Smith, Hillel R. Title: Expedited Removal of Aliens: Legal Framework Summary: The federal government has broad authority over the admission of non-U.S. nationals (aliens) seeking to enter the United States. The Supreme Court has repeatedly held that the government may exclude such aliens without affording them the due process protections that traditionally apply to persons physically present in the United States. Instead, aliens seeking entry are entitled only to those procedural protections that Congress has expressly authorized. Consistent with this broad authority, Congress established an expedited removal process for certain aliens who have arrived in the United States without permission. In general, aliens whom immigration authorities seek to remove from the United States may challenge that determination in administrative proceedings with attendant statutory rights to counsel, evidentiary requirements, and appeal. Under the streamlined expedited removal process created by the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 and codified in Section 235(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), however, certain aliens deemed inadmissible by an immigration officer may be removed from the United States without further administrative hearings or review. INA Section 235(b)(1) applies only to certain aliens who are inadmissible into the United States because they either lack valid entry documents or have attempted to procure their admission through fraud or misrepresentation. The statute generally permits the government to summarily remove those aliens if they are arriving in the United States. The statute also authorizes, but does not require, the government to apply this procedure to aliens who are inadmissible on the same grounds if they have been physically present in the country for less than two years. As a matter of practice, however, immigration authorities have applied expedited removal in more limited fashion than potentially authorized by statute-in general, the process is applied strictly to (1) arriving aliens apprehended at a designated port of entry; (2) aliens who arrived in the United States by sea without being admitted or paroled into the country by immigration authorities, and who have been physically present in the United States for less than two years; or (3) aliens who are found in the United States within 100 miles of the border within 14 days of entering the country, who have not been admitted or paroled into the United States by immigration authorities. Nevertheless, expedited removal accounts for a substantial portion of the alien removals each year. And in January 2017, President Trump issued an executive order directing the Department of Homeland Security to expand expedited removal within the broader framework of INA Section 235(b)(1). The agency has yet to promulgate regulations implementing this directive. In some circumstances, however, an alien subject to expedited removal may be entitled to certain procedural protections before he may be removed from the United States. For example, an alien who expresses a fear of persecution may obtain administrative review of his claim, and if his fear is determined credible the alien will be placed in formal removal proceedings where he can pursue asylum and related protections. Additionally, an alien may seek administrative review of a claim that he is a U.S. citizen, lawful permanent resident, admitted refugee, or asylee. Unaccompanied alien children also are statutorily exempted from expedited removal. Given the streamlined nature of expedited removal and the broad discretion afforded to immigration officers to implement that process, challenges have been raised contesting the procedure�s constitutionality. In particular, some have argued that the procedure violates aliens' due process rights because aliens placed in expedited removal do not have the opportunity to seek counsel or contest their removal before a judge or other arbiter. Reviewing courts have largely dismissed such challenges for lack of jurisdiction, or, in the alternative, rejected the claims on the grounds that aliens seeking entry into the United States generally do not have constitutional due process protections. But such cases have concerned aliens arriving at the U.S. border or designated ports of entry, and such aliens may be entitled to lesser constitutional protections than aliens located within the United States. Expanding the expedited removal process to aliens located within the interior could compel courts to tackle questions involving the relationship between the federal government's broad power over the entry and removal of aliens and the due process rights of aliens located within the United States. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: R45314: Accessed September 25, 2018 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R45314.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 151661

Author: National Association of Social Workers Title: The Color of Youth Transferred to the Adult Criminal Justice System: Policy and Practice Recommendations Summary: n the United States, the vestiges of slavery are embedded in the criminal justice system and codified in the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution: Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their jurisdiction. Individuals who have been convicted of criminal offenses in the United States may be treated and punished as enslaved people under the Constitution. In the United States, in every state, youth under age 18 are eligible to be transferred from juvenile court to adult court. In adult court, these youth receive public criminal records, get locked behind bars in adult jails, and receive lengthy sentences in facilities that were not made to take their social or brain development into account. Upon conviction in the criminal justice system, they become eligible to be treated and punished as enslaved people. Advocates seeking to understand and reduce disproportionate representation of black youth in the adult criminal justice system must start by looking through the lens of the Thirteenth Amendment. Despite significant declines in juvenile arrest rates and the total number of youth being sent to adult court, adult jails, and adult prisons, juvenile court judges are transferring black youth to adult courts at some of the highest percentages in thirty years of data collection. Black youth are approximately 14% of the total youth population, but 47.3% of the youth who are transferred to adult court by juvenile court judges who believe the youth cannot benefit from the services of their court. Black youth are 53.1% of youth transferred for person offenses despite the fact that black and white youth make up an equal percentage of youth charged with person offenses, 40.1% and 40.5% respectively, in 2015. Researchers, system stakeholders, and advocates have reported on the disproportionate representation of black youth at nearly every contact point in the juvenile justice system. Some research indicates that even when accounting for the type of offense, black youth are more likely to be sent to adult prison and receive longer sentences. Although stakeholders acknowledge these findings, they are rarely contextualized beyond the justice system. In this brief, the Campaign for Youth Justice (CFYJ) and the National Association of Social Workers (NASW) outline how black youth end up at the front door of adult courts through three state case studies of Oregon, Florida, and Missouri. We dive into the historical context of racial terror inflicted on black communities that has shaped the foundation of systemic policies, practices, and procedures that compound disproportionality. From this context, we highlight what advocates and local and state officials are doing to overcome the impact of historic and ongoing racism. Finally, we make recommendations for what social workers and advocates can do to redress racial disproportionality in black youth transferred to adult court through clinical practice and policy advocacy. Details: New York: NASW, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Social Justice Brief: Accessed September 25, 2018 at: http://cfyj.org/images/pdf/Social_Justice_Brief_Youth_Transfers.Revised_copy_09-18-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 151663

Author: Delgado, Rolando A. Title: An Ideal Use of Force Model For Law Enforcement: An Assessment of the Austin Police Department Summary: Generally speaking, a law enforcement agency's objective consists of protecting life and property, at the same time providing excellent public service to its community. Among other things, police administrators must provide its officers with the best use-of-force policies and practices to achieve an agency's objective. The first purpose is to establish a practical ideal type model to assess use-of-force policies and practices in law enforcement. Second, using a case study method, current use-of-force policies and practices at the Austin Police Department will be examined. Finally, the project will provide recommendations for improving use-of-force policies and practices at the Austin Police Department. A review of the literature identified three key elements of effective guidelines, extensive training in all force options, and a thorough review of use-of-force incidents. Methodology: The elements of effective use-of-force policies and practices identified in the literature are used to construct the conceptual framework. This framework is used to create a practical ideal type model assessment tool for use-of-force policies and practices.The assessment tool is used to evaluate the Austin Police Department's use-of-force policies and practices. A case study method comprising structured interviews, direct observation, and document analysis is used to carry out the assessment. Findings: Overall, the Austin Police Department's use-of-force policies and practices are consistent with the practical ideal type model developed through the literature, meeting best practices standards. Use-of-force policies and practices could be improved, however, by incorporating training practices to decrease officer and subject injuries, further research the use-of-force training model in place to evaluate its effectiveness, implement a system of use-of-force reporting that is more comprehensive, and strengthen its early warning system. Details: Austin, TX: Texas State University, 2011. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://digital.library.txstate.edu/handle/10877/3472 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Non-lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 151691

Author: Bazelon, Lara Title: Ending Innocence Denying Summary: Prosecutors, the most powerful actors in the criminal justice system, also have the most difficult job: they must be "ministers of justice." A prosecutor's core mission is to vindicate the truth, rather than strive to "win" by accumulating a track record of convictions. When evidence comes to light suggesting that a wrongful conviction has occurred, a prosecutor's ethical obligation requires admitting to a terrible mistake and working to undo it. Many conscientious prosecutors accept this responsibility and confess to their errors. But too many do not. They insist, in the face of overwhelming evidence to the contrary, that wrongfully convicted people are in fact guilty. These prosecutors actively work to delay justice. Some are so committed to adhering to the original mistake that they fail to prosecute the actual perpetrators. Much has been written about how to change the culture that leads to prosecutors' reflexive doubling-down on wrongful convictions: public shaming in judicial opinions, more rigorous ethical training in law school and on the job, and sharper oversight by state bars. These measures are necessary, but they are insufficient. To curtail innocence-denying, the narrative must change about what it means to be a "good prosecutor," historically defined as a tough-on- crime fighter whose overriding goal is to obtain and preserve convictions. This mindset pits a prosecutor's self-interest in getting and preserving guilty verdicts against his or her ethical obligations, which require confessing error and reversing course where credible evidence of innocence exists. The explosion of interest in wrongful conviction cases, narrated as true crime stories in podcasts, documentaries, and other media, has begun to erode the power of traditional narrative. The public is now better informed about the ethical obligations of prosecutors and the consequences of violating these obligations. This, in turn, has led to important, to the election of reform-minded candidates who defeated innocence-denying incumbents by running on progressive platforms, including a commitment to revisiting wrongful conviction cases. In this article, I argue that these "good prosecutor" stories can be woven into a coherent and compelling meta-narrative that can help put an end to innocence denying. When the new exoneration narrative becomes predominant, prosecutors who embrace their ethical obligations and correct miscarriages of justice will have everything to gain because the voters will see them as courageous and just. Innocence deniers by contrast, will be rendered unelectable. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco School of Law, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: University of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2018-11: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3235834 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: False Imprisonment Shelf Number: 151692

Author: Fealk, Rebecca Title: Drug Sentencing in Arizona: A Prescription for Failure Summary: Across the nation, there is growing awareness of the increased use of opioids, and a related rise in the spread of blood-borne disease, accidental overdoses, and deaths. From Indiana to Alaska, state officials have implemented emergency ordinances to address this devastating epidemic. With an increasing number of people (particularly white, middle-/upper-class people) affected by this crisis, the rhetoric of those in power has moved away from portraying addiction as a moral failure to be criminalized, to recognizing it as a disease that should be treated. This shift has allowed for minor changes in a handful of communities around the U.S. Yet in Arizona and at the federal level, policies overwhelmingly have remained mired in the outdated and ineffective "tough-on-crime" approach to address drug use. This is despite multiple studies that show incarceration does not reduce addiction nor does it increase public safety. In Arizona's largest county, for instance, drug-related activities are the No. 2 reason for arrest, and represent the majority of all charges filed. Yet once there, less than two percent of people with significant substance abuse histories receive addiction treatment. The dismal result is that Arizona has the fifth highest incarceration rate in the country, and a recidivism rate of 50 percent. AFSC has worked for over 20 years in Arizona to reform the criminal justice system. These efforts have been hampered by the fact that the state does not collect any aggregate data on how criminal sentencing laws are actually being applied. There was no way to know how many people were arrested or sentenced under a given criminal law, what sentence they received, or how much it cost. The result: Our report "Drug Sentencing in Arizona: A Prescription for Failure" offers a first-of-its-kind data analysis that takes a critical look at drug-sentencing laws and how they are applied at all stages of the criminal justice system. The results demonstrate the ineffectiveness of Arizona's "hardline" approach to drug offenses and shine a light on glaring disparities in how the state treats people of color: Of the 10 most charged offenses in Maricopa County (Phoenix) in 2015, eight were drug-related. And all were for possession, use, or paraphernalia, not for sales or trafficking offenses. Drug crimes make up the largest category of offense for which people are incarcerated in the Arizona state prison system, with more than one-fifth being in for drugs as their highest charge. One-third of women are incarcerated solely for drugs. African Americans are more likely to go to prison for a drug offense (even possession) and receive sentences that are 24 percent longer than white people convicted of drug crimes. The state spends over half a million dollars per day to incarcerate people whose most serious charge is a drug offense. Our new report shows that Arizona needs a more effective, equitable, and humane approach to dealing with drug addiction. Details: Tucson: American Friends Service Committee -- Arizona, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://afscarizona.files.wordpress.com/2017/07/drug-sentencing-in-arizona-prescription-for-failure.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 141693

Author: Simich, Laura Title: Questioning Bias: Validating A Bias Crime Victim Assessment Tool In California And New Jersey, Summary Overview Summary: Hate crime victimization is significantly under-reported both by victims and by law enforcement agencies in the United States (Berk et al., 2003; Herek et al., 1999, Levin & McDevitt, 1993; 2002; McPhail, 2002; Perry, 2001; Perry, 2002; Shively, 2005, Shively et al., 2014; Shively & Mulford, 2007). In the absence of better ways to support victims and to identify and respond to hate crime victimization, hate crimes may go unrecognized and unpunished, particularly among certain at-risk groups. The purpose of this two-year study (2016-2017) was to investigate experiences of hate incidents, crimes and factors affecting underreporting among youth and adults in LGBT, Hispanic, Black, Muslim communities in New Jersey and Los Angeles. Based on the research findings, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) has developed an assessment tool to improve the identification of hate crime victimization, the Bias Crime Assessment Tool (BCAT), which aims to better reflect victims' experiences, increase confidence in the reporting process, increase the ability of these groups to identify hate crime victimization and help to record more accurate data. Accompanied by Guidelines for users, the BCAT is intended for law enforcement, schools and community groups who wish to increase the likelihood that victims will feel encouraged to report, and to help authorities respond to hate incidents and crimes in a meaningful way. This summary uses the terms bias crime and hate crime interchangeably. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252010.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 151694

Author: Legewie, Joscha Title: Aggressive Policing and the Educational Performance of Minority Youth Summary: An increasing number of minority youth are confronted with the criminal justice system. But how does the expansion of police presence in poor urban communities affect educational outcomes? Previous research points at multiple mechanisms with opposing effects. This article presents the first causal evidence of the impact of aggressive policing on the educational performance of minority youth. Under Operation Impact, the New York Police Department (NYPD) saturated high crime areas with additional police officers with the mission to engage in aggressive, order maintenance policing. To estimate the effect, we use administrative data from about 250,000 adolescents aged 9 to 15 and a Difference-in-Difference approach based on variation in the timing of police surges across neighborhoods. We find that exposure to police surges significantly reduced test scores for African-American boys, consistent with their greater exposure to policing. The size of the effect increases with age but there is no discernible effect for African-American girls and Hispanic students. Aggressive policing can thus lower the educational performance of African-American youth. These findings provide evidence that the consequences of policing extend into key domains of social life, with implications for the educational trajectories of minority youth and social inequality more broadly. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-603: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3251940 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Policing Shelf Number: 151695

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Reducing Officer Injuries: Final Report Summary: This 12-month national study of 18 law enforcement agencies sought to examine and quantify the spectrum of injuries sustained by officers. The results documented nearly 1,300 reported injuries, nearly 6,000 missed work days, and nearly $2 million in estimated overtime costs. Examples of key findings include: Officers with less than five years of service were most likely to sustain injuries Officers wearing seatbelts during a crash missed an average of five fewer days compared with officers not wearing seatbelts Officers trained in arrest procedures, tactics, and use of force sustained less severe injuries. Details: Arlington, VA: IACP, 2012. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://www.theiacp.org/sites/default/files/2018-07/IACP_ROI_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Police Injuries Shelf Number: 135715

Author: Miller, Eric J. Title: Reasonably Radical: Terry's Attack on Race-Based Policing Summary: In this article celebrating the 50th anniversary of Terry v. Ohio, I argue that the criminal justice system is not an integrated system, but a fragmented one. One way it is fragmented, the Terry Court recognizes, is between crime control and public-order policing. Crime control has high-judicial visibility, allowing illegally-gained evidence to be excluded at trial. Public-order policing has low-judicial visibility. What happens on the street stays on the street, and rarely makes it to the courtroom. Read this way, Terry tells lawyers something uncomfortable. In a fragmented criminal justice system, there are some forms of police misconduct that the Court, and the exclusionary rule, just cannot remedy. Doing social activism through law is not enough. The Fourth Amendment lacks the resources to protect us from race-based policing. For the most part, the race-based criticism of Terry focuses, understandably enough, on the Court's failure to engage with a race-conscious approach to the problems of race-based policing. Many of these critiques are urgent and important. However, in an attempt to place the blame for subsequent doctrinal novelties at the feet of the Terry Court, they generally embargo and explain away the Court's explicit discussion of race-based policing and the Court's references-express and implied-to the recently published Challenge of Crime in a Free Society. To reclaim a sense of Terry's powerful engagement with race and reasonableness, I want to separate out Terry from its progeny and suggest that the Court was engaged in a conversation with the 1967 President's Commission Report, The Challenge of Crime in a Free Society. I begin by discussing the President's Commission's radical critique of race-based policing and its even more radical recommendations for reform: recommendations that have largely been ignored and unfulfilled. I then explain how Terry's approach to stop and frisk responds to race-based harassment by, not only adopting, but rendering more stringent, the President Commission's recommendations on the use of stops and frisks. I suggest that Terry's precise, rule-like approach to stop-and-frisk policing precludes its use as a device for low-level racial harassment and limits its use to investigating crimes of violence. This precision enabled the Court to tackle head-on a problem identified by both the Terry Court and the Report: the central place occupied by physical displays of police authority - often called "command presence" - to dominate racial minorities. I conclude by suggesting that critics, frustrated at the way the reasonable suspicion standard has been co-opted by a pro-police agenda, miss the Court's central regulatory claims. Three claims are particularly important: (1) that there is not one criminal justice system, but many overlapping systems; (2) that the police conduct is highly visible in minority communities; but (3) that same conduct is low visibility in the courts that are supposed to regulate their behavior. Constitutional litigation is thus a limited resource against the sort of low-visibility policing that remains separate from the process of criminal prosecution and so incapable of judicial oversight. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola Law School, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola Law School, Los Angeles Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2018-31: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3238801 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Bias Shelf Number: 151698

Author: Miller, Eric J. Title: Police Encounters with Race and Gender Summary: Many on-the-street interactions (which in Fourth Amendment jargon are often called "encounters") are not subject to Fourth Amendment regulation. Encounters outside the Fourth Amendment vary from the non- or minimally intrusive, such as exchanges of pleasantries or mutually useful information, up to the very intrusive, such as asking for identification, following an individual for an extended period of time, or questioning them. Encounters are one of the most common ways in which the public interact with the police. But the police have no right to insist that the public participate in these encounters. The public need not accede to government officials' demands that they comply or cooperate with the police willy-nilly. Instead, the individual may challenge a police officer to provide reasons that demonstrate that law enforcement's request to participate in an encounter is reasonable and grounded in law. The public thus get to participate in policing by contesting its lawful limits. Where those limits are reached, the government official must recognize the right of the citizen to decline to participate. But even where the official has the legal authority to demand compliance with her instructions, she must still treat the individual with respect, as someone with the sort of political standing that entitles her to have reasons that justify government interference with her person or property. In practice, the police often do not recognize the public's power to challenge the police enforcement of the law on the street. Worse, even when the police may be inclined to recognize the power to challenge the police, that recognition is often distributed along race, gender, and class lines. There are two predictable consequences. Fearing retaliation, some people (the poor, women, and minorities) will simply not challenge the police, and may even cooperate with them though they would rather not. Others will challenge the police, but the police may not recognize their right to challenge, and may respond with physical or legal sanctions, including force. To the extent the police do not recognize the right to challenge, the police deny these individuals political and legal standing as full members of the community. In this way, the police often deny political and legal standing to distinctive groups within the community based on raced and gendered grounds. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola Law School, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Loyola Law School, Los Angeles Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2015-38: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2705590 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gender Bias Shelf Number: 151699

Author: Bales, Susan Nall Title: Talking Juvenile Justice Reform Summary: At this writing, there is enormous momentum both nationally and within specifc states toward criminal and juvenile justice reform. High-profle treatment of youth by police and within detention facilities during the past year in particular seems to be focusing the public's attention on the need for reforms, and on the unequal and disproportionately harsh treatment of youth of color within the system. This public attention creates great opportunity for advocates to advance laws and policies mandating more developmentally appropriate treatment of court-involved youth, and to prioritize prevention, rehabilitation, and alternatives to detention. Te recommended narrative that we describe has been tested to determine its ability to advance this wide array of reform measures. Thus, it can be shared by many groups advocating for related but distinct policy changes. Rather than trying to capture the public's attention with dozens of different stories, this narrative puts forward a story structure that can "lift all boats" and map on to multiple policy solutions. It charts a course through the dominant patterns of reasoning employed by the public, identifies the major challenges for communicators, and recommends how communications may be redirected to improve public understanding. In order to sustain the current momentum, and make the most of the favorable climate for reform, advocates need to use new framing strategies that overcome Americans� "black-box" understandings of both the juvenile and criminal justice system. FrameWorks' research strongly suggests that a new narrative that deepens appreciation and understanding of the foundations for healthy child and adolescent development, and of the failings of the current system to provide those foundations, is within our reach. We urge communicators to expand their explanatory messaging so that ordinary people are able to understand the systemic analysis that experts take for granted. By making use of the reframes and metaphors described in this memo, they can help the public to recognize how the current system fails our young people, and how structural reforms can offer them justice, and a path to a more hopeful future. Details: Washington, DC: FrameWorks Institute, 2015. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at: https://frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/adolescence_youth/Talking%20Juvenile%20Justice%20Reform%20Final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Administration Shelf Number: 151700

Author: U.S. Fire Administration Title: Attacking the Violent Crime of Arson: A Report on America�s Fire Investigation Units Summary: "How's a little fire, Scarecrow?" queried the Wicked Witch of the West before hurling a fireball at the frightened straw man in The Wizard of Oz. Using fire as a weapon is not just the stuff of movies, but a real-life ocurrence in communities across the United States. Commonly, the crime of arson is motivated by spite and revenge. Perpetrators strike with fire at buildings where people live, work, or socialize--causing injury, property loss, and death. Civilians and firefighters alike die in arson fires every year. Thirty years ago, arson captured media attention because so-called arson-for-profit rings were burning down decaying urban neighborhoods that had ceased to be profitable, and then rebuilding them at a substantial profit. Other high-profile cases involved arsonists who were connected to gangs and drug lords, and who set fires to intimidate their rivals or as retribution for deals gone bad. Some of the most publicized cases occurred in the cities of New York, Boston, Houston, Los Angeles, Miami, Baltimore, and others. There even were situations where neighborhood vigilantes, who were frustrated with crime and run-down buildings, took it upon themselves to torch structures to rid the neighborhood of vagrants, prostitutes, and drug dealers. Insurance companies were perceived as the main victims from intentional fires. As a crime committed against property, the economics of arson played center stage to the less well-defined statistics on injuries and deaths. Since arson fires do, on average, cause proportionately higher losses than fires from other causes, insurance companies committed many resources toward investigation and control. From establishing tip reward programs, training accelerant detection canines (ADC�s), supporting arson reporting immunity legislation, and establishing the property insurance loss register (PILR), the insurance industry was a strong partner at that time. There is a dichotomy between arson as a property crime and arson as a crime against people, and that lies at the heart of today's challenges with cases of arson. As a crime, arson's long-standing definition as the willful and malicious burning of property does not do justice to the fact that today arson is usually a personal crime that is directed intentionally against specific victims. It is time for arson to be dealt with as a violent crime against persons, not just a crime against property. Today, spite and revenge dominate as the motives in intentional property fires, especially where there are casualties. Revenge-minded arsonists torch nightclubs, occupied residences, hotels, and other settings where their intended victims, and often other innocent people, are injured and killed. First responders get injured or die battling these blazes and trying to save others. Even though a portion of incendiary fires are motivated by other reasons (e.g., excitement, economic relief, peer pressure, a cry for help, and so forth) most set fires happen because someone wanted to inflict harm on another person using fire as the weapon of choice. Fire investigation units from The U.S. Fire Administration�s (USFA's) project indicated that spite and revenge were the most common motives behind incendiary fires. Among project sites from the past 5 years, spite and revenge ranked as the highest leading motives, when investigation units were queried about prevailing motives. Criminal fires are the second leading cause of residential fires, and the number-one cause of non-residential structure fires. When firesetters employ accelerants to spread fire rapidly, or when they use multiple fire sets, the scene becomes even more dangerous. Responding personnel face high risks, sometimes paying with their lives. Over a 10-year period, from 1994 through 2003, there were 88 firefighter deaths in connection with incendiary and suspicious fires -- almost 9 percent of all firefighter on-duty deaths. That arson is a violent crime is apparent. Funding that adequately supports investigations, training, and prosecution is essential. The USFA supported State and local arson control units for 16 years, working to improve coordination among fire, police, and the court system and to build stronger fire investigation units. The Fire and Arson Investigation Technical Assistance Program served 143 State and local fire investigation units. It concentrated on facilitating multiagency cooperation and information sharing as well as clarifying operational roles. This report compiles the best practices and common problems of fire protection and criminal justice agencies in identifying, investigating, prosecuting, and preventing arson. Trends, current challenges, and best practices are discussed. The first part of the report, Section 1 provides national data on arson, information that shows why the crime of arson needs the sustained attention of State and local elected, appointed, and public safety officials. Section 2 of this report describes USFA's technical assistance program and identifies the participating jurisdictions. Best practices are highlighted in Section 3, and in the last section, Section 4, a unique data management and intelligence-sharing project in Tennessee is showcased as a solution for the future. Details: Washington, DC: Fire Administration, 2004. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 26, 2018 at https://www.hsdl.org/?search=&searchfield=&all=crime+of+arson&collection=documents&submitted=Search Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Arson Shelf Number: 151701

Author: Dion, Robin Title: Trauma-Informed Approaches for Programs Serving Fathers in Re-Entry: A Review of the Literature and Environmental Scan Summary: A large proportion of incarcerated persons in the U.S. are low-income men of color who are fathers. Evidence is growing that many such men have experienced trauma early in life, and that experiencing trauma may complicate their efforts to reconnect with and support their families after incarceration. This report explores trauma in the reentry population and how responsible fatherhood programs, including those funded by the Office of Family Assistance (OFA) in the Administration for Children and Families, can take a trauma-informed approach to the services they offer. OFA provided support for fathers in 2015 through two funding streams that are part of the Healthy Marriage and Responsible Fatherhood (HMRF) discretionary grant program. OFA awarded grants to community-based organizations for services specifically tailored to the needs of fathers in the process of transitioning from incarceration to their families and communities, known as the Responsible Fatherhood Opportunities for Re-entry and Mobility (ReFORM) programs. OFA also awarded grants for programs that serve fathers without regard to incarceration status or history, known as the New Pathways for Fathers and Families (NPFF) programs, or more generally responsible fatherhood programs. Research suggests that many responsible fatherhood program participants have incarceration histories (Dion et al. forthcoming). Programs in both funding streams tend to focus on low-income fathers, and are required to offer services to promote responsible parenting, economic stability, and healthy marriage and relationship skills. Legislative authorization for HMRF programs was provided by the Claims Resolution Act of 2010. Primary research questions 1. What does the research literature suggest about the types and prevalence of traumatic experiences among fathers returning from incarceration? What are the potential consequences of these traumas for fathers' parenting, economic stability, and relationships? 2. What are the elements of a trauma-informed approach, and what can we learn from programs that are implementing such an approach with fathers returning from incarceration? 3. What evidence-based trauma-specific services are available to reentering fathers, and to what extent are they appropriate for men returning to the community after incarceration? Purpose The purpose of this report is to document what is known about trauma among fathers reentering from incarceration, how fatherhood programs can foster healing and avoid exacerbating or re-traumatizing participants, and resources that may be available to help fatherhood programs become trauma-informed. Details: Washington, DC: Mathematica Policy Research, 2018 53p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report # 2018-69: Accessed September 27, 2018 at: https://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/pact_rf_tic_lit_review_final_508.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 151711

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: The situation of boys and adult girls and adolescents in the criminal justice system justice for s in the United States (La situacion de nibos y ninas y adolescentes en el sistema penal de justicia para adultos en Estados Unidos) Summary: 1. As a result of its visits and the information received, the IACHR observes that a significant number of children and adolescents are treated as adults in the United States criminal justice system, in violation of their fundamental right to special protection and to be judged by a specialized juvenile justice system. This situation is the main object of this Report. The IACHR also observed that the phenomenon of treating adults to children and adolescents in conflict with the criminal law as adults is part of a national pattern of lack of protection and promotion of rights of children, mainly due to an absence of a definition uniform of the concept "child" before the law that allows to protect the rights fundamentals of people under 18 years of age. 2. The United States played an important role in the promotion and establishment of a specialized approach to juvenile justice within its criminal justice system justice, with the aim of rehabilitating, instead of simply punishing, young people who are convicted of a crime. The first division of justice Juvenile was created in the United States, in the state of Illinois, in 1899; and in the After 25 years, all other states, except for 2, followed that example and established similar systems of juvenile justice courts. However, the Commission notes with great concern that in the decade 1980 this began to change. By the year 1990, many states of the United States United States approved regressive changes in their legislations and policies, with regarding children and adolescents in contact with the criminal law. The Details and ways of implementing these changes were diverse, but the general tendency was the refusal to access the systems of rehabilitation and juvenile justice, and consequently, the processing compulsory education of young people in the most punitive justice systems Adults. 3. The Commission notes with concern that, as a result of laws States that require or allow young people in conflict with the law be judged as adults, an estimated 200,000 children and adolescents in conflict with the law are tried annually before criminal courts to adults. The IACHR knows that most of the states of the United States maintains laws, policies and practices that allow for the deprivation of freedom to children in adult establishments. The Commission notes with concern the lack of information and data about children and adolescents in contact with the criminal law. 4. According to the information received by the Commission, there are three ways main factors by which children and adolescents enter the system of criminal justice for adults in the United States, based on legislation particular of each state. First, by means of laws that grant jurisdiction to the courts for adults to try people under 18 years. Second, through laws that allow cases of children they are transferred from the juvenile penal system to the adult criminal system. In third, as a result of hybrid sentencing laws that operate between jurisdictions of adult systems and juvenile systems, as well as other provisions with similar effects, such as the laws that establish that "once adults, they are always adults". 5. According to the information received by the Commission, the rights of the children and adolescents accused of committing crimes in the United States are duly protected at each stage of the process, which in turn negative consequences for those who are transferred and sentenced in the system for adults. In particular, the IACHR has received information on: absence of quality legal advice; the possibility that young people they can renounce their right to legal representation; the fact that the young people spend long periods of time waiting for the outcome of their cases; and the possibility that many young people end up in the adult system as a result of agreements negotiating the penalty, without understanding fully the consequences of such agreements. 6. In light of the information received and examined, the IACHR notes that -under the Current status of legislation in the United States regarding children and adolescents in conflict with the criminal justice system - certain laws, Policies and practices have a disproportionate and discriminatory impact on certain groups, which results in excessive representation of the members of these groups in the criminal justice system. This is the case of children and adolescents who are tried in the criminal justice system for adults and confined in adult detention centers. According to information received by the Commission, these disparities increase each time more in the criminal justice system, beginning with arrest and referral to the juvenile system, continuing with the transfer to adult courts, and ending with a conviction issued by adult courts, as well as with confinement in adult prisons. 7. States are not legally obliged to separate young people from adults, within the facilities of deprivation of liberty for adults. While the federal juvenile justice law, that is, the Juvenile Justice Law and Prevention of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act, JJDPA, for its acronym in English), in its revised text of 2002, establishes the separation between young people and adults as one of their basic requirements custody, its provisions do not apply to children and adolescents who they are in the adult system. This has serious implications for children and adolescents; among them, according to the information reported by several systems of prisons and large prisons, more than 10% of children, girls and adolescents has been subjected to solitary confinement, while smaller facilities have reported that 100% of children are keeps in isolation. In addition, no federal or state legislation in The United States prohibits the isolation of young people in facilities for Adults; Only a few states have references in their legislation Express about the use of solitary isolation Multiple studies in the United States have shown that prisons and Prisons for adults are harmful to children, as these facilities are designed for adults and are not equipped to keep children safe from the high risks of abuse and harm that they face within them. These risks include: young people who are found in adult establishments are five times more likely to suffer sexual abuse or rape, compared to those found in juvenile facilities 12; young people deprived of liberty in establishments for adults are also twice as likely as be physically assaulted by corrections personnel; they have one 50% greater chance of being attacked with a weapon13; and they have a high probability of witnessing, or even being the target, of violence committed by other persons deprived of liberty. 9. This report will examine the areas in which United States legislation fails to protect the rights of children in the justice system penal. In this context, the IACHR will analyze the provisions of the United States applicable to children and adolescents, in light of the international obligations of the state to protect and guarantee the rights of children and adolescents in conflict with the criminal law, particularly the right to be treated as children. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 158p. English versions is available at: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/Children-USA.pdf Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2018 at: http://www.oas.org/es/cidh/informes/pdfs/NNA-USA.pdf - English version: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/Children-USA.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 151728

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of the Surgeon General Title: Facing Addiction in America: The Surgeon General's Spotlight on Opioids Summary: Historically, opioids have been used as pain relievers. However, opioid misuse presents serious risks, including overdose and opioid use disorder. The use of illegal opioids such as heroin-a highly addictive drug that has no accepted medical use in the United States-and the misuse of prescription opioid pain relievers can have serious negative health effects. Fentanyl is a synthetic opioid medication that is used for severe pain management and is considerably more potent than heroin. Sometimes, prescription fentanyl is diverted for illicit purposes. But fentanyl and pharmacologically similar synthetic opioids are also illicitly manufactured and smuggled into the United States. PREVALENCE OF OPIOID MISUSE AND OPIOID USE DISORDER - Based on data from SAMHSA's National Survey on Drug Use and Health, in 2017, 11.1 million people aged 12 and older had misused prescription pain relievers in the past year. Repeated use of opioids greatly increases the risk of developing an opioid use disorder. In 2017, about 1.7 million people aged 12 and older had a prescription pain reliever use disorder in the past year. In 2017, 953,000 people received treatment for the misuse of opioid pain relievers. Heroin use is also a concern. In 2017, about 886,000 people aged 12 or older reported having used heroin in the past year. During that same time period, about 652,000 people aged 12 or These illicitly made synthetic opioids are driving the rapid increase in opioid overdose deaths in recent years. Illicitly made fentanyl and other pharmacologically similar opioids are often mixed with illicit substances such as heroin. They can also be made into counterfeit prescription opioids or sedatives and sold on the street. In 2017, about 1.7 million people aged 12 and older had a prescription pain reliever use disorder in the past year. In 2017, 953,000 people received treatment for the misuse of opioid pain relievers. Heroin use is also a concern. In 2017, about 886,000 people aged 12 or older reported having used heroin in the past year. During that same time period, about 652,000 people aged 12 or older were estimated to have a heroin use disorder. Specialty treatment is defined as receiving treatment at a substance use rehabilitation facility (inpatient or outpatient), hospital (inpatient services only), and/or mental health center. Only 54.9 percent of those aged 12 and older with heroin use disorder received treatment for illicit drug use at a specialty treatment facility. Details: Washington, DC: HHS, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2018 at: https://addiction.surgeongeneral.gov/sites/default/files/Spotlight-on-Opioids_09192018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 151729

Author: King, Ryan S. Title: Aging Behind Bars: "Three Strikes" Seven Years Later Summary: Amidst a perceived escalating crime rate and in the wake of the highly publicized murders of two young girls, in March of 1994 Governor Pete Wilson signed into law California's "Three Strikes and You're Out" legislation. The law, as asserted by its staunchest supporters, was designed to isolate and punish the most serious, habitual offenders. By doing so, proponents suggested that resources targeted at the apprehension and conviction of only the most consistent repeat offenders would reap exponential benefits in crime control. As of May 31, 2001, more than 50,000 offenders had been admitted to prison under the law - 6,721 for "three strikes" offenses and an additional 43,800 under the law's "second strike" provision. This analysis focuses on the impact of the "three strikes" law in California because that state stands alone in the breadth of its policy. Nationally half the states have passed some form of "three strikes" legislation, but only a handful have convicted more than a hundred individuals using the statute. As of mid-1998, only California (40,511), Georgia (942), South Carolina (825), Nevada (304), Washington (121) and Florida (116) had been using the "three strikes" legislation to any significant extent. In this analysis, we find that the "three strikes" legislation is already having a significant impact upon the demographics of the California prison population. Recent reports of a stabilization in the California prison population have led "three strikes" proponents to assert that the forecasts of prison overcrowding attributable to the severe nature of the sentences have been greatly overestimated. However, our analysis of California prison data shows that the impact of "three strikes" may be far more subtle than can be seen simply looking at aggregate population numbers. In fact, "three strikes" has contributed to a rapid aging of the California prison system in just the seven-year period since it was instituted. This has exposed the inherent flaws in a law that funnels a growing share of resources to an aging population whose crime production was already on the decline. Our twenty-five year projections show that by 2026, an estimated 30,000 "three-strikes" prisoners will be serving sentences of twenty-five years to life. This aging population will place an extraordinary burden upon the resources of the California penal system, particularly given the increased expense of housing older inmates. Details: Washington, DC: Sentencing Project, 2001. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/scans/sp/inc_aging.pdf Year: 2001 Country: United States Keywords: Aged Offenders Shelf Number: 151731

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office for Victims of Crime Title: Promising Victim-Related Practices in Probation and Parole - A Compendium of Promising Practices Summary: Annually, about 2 million people are injured as a result of violent crime (Bureau of Justice Statistics, 1993). In 1992, 23 percent of households in the United States were victimized by a crime of violence or theft (Rand, 1993). In 1992, crime victims lost 17.6 billion in direct costs including losses from property theft or damage, cash losses, medical expenses, and amount of pay lost because of injury or activities related to the crime (Klaus, 1994). While these statistics are alarming, mere numbers alone cannot fully capture the devastating effects of crime and violence on its victims. Crime is intrusive. It creates a pervasive fear and mistrust. It holds people captive in their homes and negatively affects their overall quality of life - physically, psychologically, and economically. Then, to compound the trauma many victims experience, they often are further victimized by a criminal justice system that continues to be ill equipped to meet or is indifferent to their needs. Significant strides have been made over the last two decades in addressing victims' rights and needs; however, the quest to instill victim rights and services as commonplace and routine practices - in all components of the criminal justice system in all jurisdictions - is a goal that has not yet been realized. The challenge is daunting. Yet, there is hope. More and more community corrections agencies are stepping up to the plate and are responding to crime victims in their communities and across the nation by implementing promising victim-related practices within their jurisdictions. Many of these ground breaking agencies and their victim-related practices will be highlighted, in varying degrees, throughout this compendium. Appendix I lists agency contact and resource lists according to chapter topics. The importance of establishing a continuum of victims' services will be discussed in this chapter, and the role of probation and parole in serving crime victims will be briefly examined. Specifically, this chapter informs the reader about the following: - Differences in the way offenders and victims are treated in the criminal justice system. - Ten core elements that should form the foundation of a comprehensive corrections-based victim services program. - The primary purpose of this document. Details: Washington, DC: OVC, 2009. v.p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2018 at: https://www.ovc.gov/publications/infores/probparole/welcome.html Year: 1999 Country: United States Keywords: Parolees Shelf Number: 151732

Author: St. Giles Trust Title: An Evaluation of St. Giles Trust's Peer to the Future Project Summary: This report evaluates the Peer to the Future (PttF) programme, a pilot project operated at Her Majesty's Prison Leeds (HMP Leeds) by St Giles Trust West Yorkshire (St Giles) between February 2014 and March 2015. The project was funded by the Cabinet Office's Rehabilitation Social Action Fund (RSAF), and the evaluation was carried out by The Social Innovation Partnership (TSIP). SGT is committed to turning around the lives of offenders, both inside and outside prison. The multiplier effect is an important feature of this work: ex-offenders are recruited to provide advice to their peers, bringing simultaneous benefits to both groups. Peer advisors have lived and breathed what their clients are experiencing and, with professional training, they can engage them on equal terms as effective agents of change. The Peer to the Future (PttF) programme introduced to West Yorkshire, the SGT model of combining the use of Peer Advisors with delivering a "through the gates" service. As an organisation that strives to be thoughtful and to consider different sources of evidence, the mixed method evaluation contained in these pages offers much food for thought. More could be added to strengthen the quantitative side of the PttF evaluation though this was restricted for now by difficulty accessing certain data. There is however plenty within the existing evidence that can be used and acted upon for other programmes. Programme and participation The PttF programme was designed to reduce the likelihood of prison leavers re-offending by meeting both their physical needs (housing and access to health and benefits services) and emotional needs (positive support networks and internal narratives) as they transition back into the community. The programme provided a (minimum) 10-week comprehensive support package to offenders, starting four weeks prior to release. A peer advisor in custody worked with the client until the day of their release when they were met at the gate by a peer advisor in the community, who continued to help them settle back into society. During the project pilot, a total of 203 clients received support from a total of 43 peer advisors. Peer advisors largely nominated themselves to work with clients in prison or the community and were then assessed by SGT for their suitability. Clients were recruited in prison through advertising and personal connections, and underwent a needs assessment to inform a plan that the peer advisors could then help them to put into action. Partner organisations to the PttF project included Advice UK, Skills for Justice, Voluntary Action Leeds (VAL), Shine and Stonham (part of the Home Group). This report evaluates the PttF programme using a mixed method realist approach, which rests on three evaluation elements: 1. Internal monitoring data of hard outcomes tracked by SGT in the areas of accommodation, health and education, training and employment 2. Interviews and focus groups conducted by TSIP with clients, peer advisors and SGT staff 3. Matched comparison or longitudinal study through externally provided data on arrests, charges and sentences At the time of writing, the third element had not yet been completed as critical data from West Yorkshire police (WYP) and the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) could not be obtained. This data may become available, allowing for a more comprehensive data analysis in future. The Multi-Dimensional Change Management toolkit (MDCM) was introduced to monitor softer outcomes; however, it was taken up too late to gather sufficient data and contribute to the findings. Using this tool in future will allow SGT to report quantitatively on changes in attitudes and emotions, possibly capturing a greater nuance in the distance travelled by clients. Details: London: St. Giles Trust, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.stgilestrust.org.uk/misc/Evaluation%20into%20peer-led%20resettlement%20support%20in%20Leeds%20full%20report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 151747

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "You Miss So Much When You're Gone": The Lasting Harm of Jailing Mothers Before Trial in Oklahoma Summary: Each day in the US, mothers accused of crimes are arrested and separated from their children for days, weeks, months, a year or more awaiting the disposition of their cases. Many remain in jail because they cannot afford to pay money bail. Based on more than 160 interviews, this joint report by Human Rights Watch and the American Civil Liberties Union documents the harms suffered by women with minor children coming in and out of pretrial detention in Oklahoma jails. Oklahoma incarcerates more women per capita than any other US state. "You Miss So Much When You're Gone" finds that even short stays behind bars can have a lasting impact on mothers and their children. Jailed mothers often feel acute pressure to plead guilty so that they can return home to their children. Jails, which are intended for relatively short periods of custody, are not equipped to facilitate meaningful visitation and communication between parents and their children. While jailed, mothers face obstacles when trying to participate in legal proceedings affecting their children. Once released, many formerly jailed mothers face steep fines and fees that further destabilize their lives and the prospect of regaining or maintaining child custody. Human Rights Watch and the ACLU urge Oklahoma and other states to require the consideration of a defendant's caretaker status in bail and sentencing proceedings, expand alternatives to incarceration, facilitate the involvement of incarcerated parents in their children's lives and proceedings related to child custody, and substantially curb the imposition of fees and costs. Details: New York: HRW, 2018. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us0918_web_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 151775

Author: Feehs, Kyleigh E. Title: 2017 Federal Human Trafficking Report Summary: Human trafficking is an economically motivated crime where traffickers compel people to work or to engage in commercial sex acts. U.S. federal law criminalizes the trafficker's exploitive conduct and provides protections for victims. An effective public justice system is an essential part of a victim-centered and trauma-informed approach to handling trafficking cases. The Human Trafficking Institute reviewed every criminal and civil human trafficking case in the federal court system in 2017 and compiled the Federal Human Trafficking Report, which provides data regarding the cases within the justice system. The Report's findings are not a prevalence estimate of trafficking in the United States, but instead serve as an objective summary of what the federal system has done to address human trafficking. The Report does not capture data from state prosecutions, state civil suits, or unreported human trafficking cases. In 2017, there were 783 active criminal and civil human trafficking cases involving 1,930 defendants that were working their way through the federal court system. 88.8% of active human trafficking cases were criminal matters and 11.2% were civil suits. The 695 active criminal human trafficking cases included 6,036 individual federal charges against 1,474 defendants. The government initiated 230 new criminal human trafficking cases in 2017; 216 were sex trafficking cases and 14 were labor trafficking cases. Details: McLean, VA: Human Trafficking Institute, 2018. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.traffickingmatters.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2017-Federal-Human-Trafficking-Report_hi-res.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 151776

Author: Anderson, Monica Title: A Majority of Teens Have Experienced Some Form of Cyberbullying Summary: Name-calling and rumor-spreading have long been an unpleasant and challenging aspect of adolescent life. But the proliferation of smartphones and the rise of social media has transformed where, when and how bullying takes place. A new Pew Research Center survey finds that 59% of U.S. teens have personally experienced at least one of six types of abusive online behaviors. The most common type of harassment youth encounter online is name-calling. Some 42% of teens say they have been called offensive names online or via their cellphone. Additionally, about a third (32%) of teens say someone has spread false rumors about them on the internet, while smaller shares have had someone other than a parent constantly ask where they are, who they're with or what they're doing (21%) or have been the target of physical threats online (16%). While texting and digital messaging are a central way teens build and maintain relationships, this level of connectivity may lead to potentially troubling and non-consensual exchanges. One-quarter of teens say they have been sent explicit images they didn't ask for, while 7% say someone has shared explicit images of them without their consent. These experiences are particularly concerning to parents. Fully 57% of parents of teens say they worry about their teen receiving or sending explicit images, including about one-quarter who say this worries them a lot, according to a separate Center survey of parents. The vast majority of teens (90% in this case) believe online harassment is a problem that affects people their age, and 63% say this is a major problem. But majorities of young people think key groups, such as teachers, social media companies and politicians are failing at tackling this issue. By contrast, teens have a more positive assessment of the way parents are addressing cyberbullying. These are some of the key findings from the Center's surveys of 743 teens and 1,058 parents living in the U.S. conducted March 7 to April 10, 2018. Throughout the report, "teens" refers to those ages 13 to 17, and "parents of teens" are those who are the parent or guardian of someone in that age range. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: http://www.pewinternet.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/9/2018/09/PI_2018.09.27_teens-and-cyberbullying_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 151778

Author: Karamagi, Christine Title: Repairing the Road to Redemption in California Summary: In recent years, California has taken important steps to reduce its prison population and invest in a wide range of new safety priorities. Reforms such as Public Safety Realignment (AB 109), Proposition 47, and Proposition 57 have put the state on a new path to shared safety that emphasizes treatment and rehabilitation over long prison sentences that do not prevent crime or help victims heal and recover. Yet for the nearly one in five Californians (an estimated 8 million people) still living with an old criminal conviction, their past involvement with the criminal justice system has hidden but long-lasting effects. Californians with convictions face over 4,800 laws that impose harmful collateral consequences long after successful completion of a sentence, most of which have no foundation in public safety and serve no purpose other than to make it harder for people to rebuild their lives. Importantly, most people living with a conviction have completed their sentence and lived crime free for years or even decades. Most have been convicted of misdemeanor or low-level felony offenses, and the vast majority have never served time in prison. To address this crisis, Californians for Safety and Justice (CSJ) convened a group of leading experts to develop a first-of-its-kind study on the impact of collateral consequences and the opportunity to advance solutions that will eliminate barriers to success and offer real second chances to millions of Californians. Based on the experiences of people living with criminal records and the challenges they face in overcoming those convictions, this groundbreaking research highlights the most pernicious roadblocks, the long-term effects on individuals, families, and communities and recommendations to increase legal remedies and remove unnecessary restrictions. The impacts of a criminal conviction and barriers to success The collateral consequences of convictions are wide ranging and far reaching, including the loss of civil rights, parental rights, public benefits, employment opportunities, housing eligibility, and the freedom to live and work without restriction. Convictions can prevent someone from serving in the military, working in hundreds of regulated industries or becoming a government employee or contractor. An old conviction can prevent someone from adopting or fostering a grandchild, driving a car or even accessing victims' services. For immigrant Californians, a conviction can also lead to deportation, even if the conviction is for a low-level crime and the person is not a risk to public safety. Details: San Francisco: Californians for Safety and Justice. 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://safeandjust.org/wp-content/uploads/CSJ_SecondChances.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 151780

Author: Braithwaite, Erika Title: Mass incarceration or massive failure? Unintended impacts on population health and health inequalities Summary: The United States holds 5% of the world's population but 25% of the global carceral population. Mass incarceration has touched millions of people and their families, and yet we are only beginning to conceive imprisonment as a social determinant of health that has the potential to exacerbate health inequalities. To date, a wealth of research shows that prisoners suffer from poor health prior to, during and after their confinement. However scholars are becoming interested in the consequences of mass incarceration on society. The overall aim of my thesis was to explore how the rapid rise in incarceration rates and the sentencing reforms have impacted families and communities at large. First I reviewed the literature on the origins of mass incarceration by exploring the sentencing reforms that began in the 1970's and changes in crime rates. I then described how mass incarceration has contributed to racial disparities in health and the extant research on the unintended health consequences on families and communities. In the first manuscript I investigated how the children reported having an incarcerated parent during their teenage years fare in adulthood. Specifically I used propensity score matching to examine how parental incarceration can impact trajectories of substance misuse and mental health in young adulthood. Of particular interest was the potential effect measure modification of parental incarceration by gender. I found that parental incarceration increases hard drug abuse among young men, but has no effect on binge drinking, cannabis use or mental health. Next, I extended the scope of analysis to the state level. There are important methodological challenges to exploring incarceration and health because the two are highly endogenous. By capitalizing on variations in sentencing reforms across states to address issues of unmeasured confounding, I used instrumental variable analysis to estimate the effect of state level incarceration rates on four mortality outcomes: HIV, suicide, homicide and all-cause mortality. I was again interested in investigating how incarceration rates may differentially affect men and women, and also blacks and whites. Results demonstrated that increases in state level incarceration rates created racial disparities in homicide rates. One of the most significant drivers of the increase in federal incarceration rates is mandatory minimum legislation. Harsh sentencing of drug offenders was intended to reduce the use, sale and manufacture of illicit drugs, and yet no study to date has evaluated whether mandatory drug minimums resulted in a decline in drug related mortality. I used an interrupted time series design to evaluate whether the Anti-Drug Abuse Act implemented in 1986 successfully reduced drug-related mortality. Despite its hypothesized goal, the Anti-Drug Abuse had no impact on the national rate of drug-related mortality. Findings from my thesis highlight the important public health consequences of mass incarceration. Years of previous research show that incarceration is concentrated among poor black men, and that incarceration is detrimental to health and economic trajectories. My results builds on this research by underscoring that effects can spill onto others. The use of rigorous study designs and methods drawn from econometrics represent a necessary step forward for evaluating social policies and social determinants of health. Efforts to offset the consequences of mass incarceration should take into consideration the protection of Americans while minimizing associated harms. Details: Montreal: McGill University, 2016. 146p. Source: Internet Reshttp://digitool.library.mcgill.ca/webclient/StreamGate?folder_id=0&dvs=1538589359933~435ource: Dissertation: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 151781

Author: Wolfe, Debra Schilling Title: Human Trafficking Prevalence and Child Welfare Risk Factors Among Homeless Youth Summary: The Field Center completed a three-city study as part of a larger initiative by Covenant House International to research human trafficking among homeless youth encompassing nearly 1,000 young people across 13 cities. The Field Center interviewed a total of 270 homeless youth, 100 in Philadelphia, 100 in Phoenix, and 70 in Washington, DC, to learn about the prevalence of human trafficking, and the history of child maltreatment, out of home placement, and protective factors among those who were sex trafficked or engaged in the sex trade to survive. Of those interviewed, 20% were victims of human trafficking, including 17% who were victims of sex trafficking and 6% who were victims of labor trafficking. Fourteen percent engaged in "survival sex" to meet their basic needs. A total of 36% of those interviewed reported engaging in a commercial sex act at some point in their lives. Two out of three homeless females reported being solicited for paid sex. For all genders, 22% of those homeless youth who were approached for paid sex had this happen on their very first night of being homeless. Transgender youth were particularly vulnerable, with 90% of transgender youth reporting being offered money for sex. For youth who reported that they were victims of sex trafficking, 95% had a history of child maltreatment. While 59% report telling someone that they were abused, only 36% of them report that the person they told took some action on their behalf. Among those who were maltreated, the highest percentage of youth reported being sexually abused (49%), followed by physical abuse (33%). A total of 41% of those who were sex trafficked had at least one out-of-home placement at some point in their lives, and many experienced frequent moves. Over 50% did not have a place to live at some point prior to their 18th birthday, and 88% of youth who experienced commercial sex lived in at least one place without a biological parent. Sixty three percent reported involvement with the child welfare system. LGBTQ youth appear to have experienced a higher level of sex trafficking, comprising 39% of those who reported being trafficked, though they represented only 15% of the total interviewed. Transgender youth are particularly vulnerable, with 60% of those surveyed reporting sex trafficking. Although the sample size is too small to generalize, it points to increased risk for these young people. For those who were sex trafficked, when asked what could have helped prevent them from being in this situation, the most frequent response was having supportive parents or family members. Youth who lacked a caring adult in their lives were more likely to be victims of sex trafficking. Education was also distinguished in the data. Victims of sex trafficking were 72% more likely to have dropped out of high school than the full sample of homeless youth. Of those who reported being sex trafficked, only 22% had a high school diploma and 11% had attended some college. A full 67% had not graduated from high school, compared to 41% of the total sample. Thus, graduating from high school appears to be a protective factor. Details: Pennsylvania, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://fieldcenteratpenn.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/6230-R10-Field-Center-Full-Report-Web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At Risk Youth Shelf Number: 151645

Author: Amnesty International Title: USA: Darkness Visible in the Sunshine State: The Death Penalty in Florida Summary: Florida promotes itself as a destination for tourists and a hub for regional and international trade. It is less well-known as a diehard proponent of a cruel policy discarded by much of the world. This Amnesty International report aims to shine a light on this dark side of The Sunshine State. Florida has the second largest death row in the USA, and is ranked fourth among the states in the number of executions carried out since 1976 when the US Supreme Court approved new capital laws. At a time where other states have been rethinking the death penalty, Florida shows few signs of joining them. Since 2010, Virginia and Oklahoma, the states now in second and third position on this execution table, have carried out 29 executions between them. Florida has conducted 28. And in the 10 years to the end of 2017, Florida sent more people to death row than Texas, Virginia, Oklahoma, Missouri and Georgia (fifth and sixth in the execution ranking) combined. In January 2016 Florida�s legislators were presented with a golden opportunity to rethink their state�s attachment to the death penalty. In Hurst v. Florida, the US Supreme Court found Florida�s capital sentencing statute unconstitutional because it gave juries only an advisory role in death sentencing, which was incompatible with the Court�s 2002 Ring v. Arizona decision that the Constitution requires juries rather than judges to make the factual findings necessary to sentence a defendant to death. The legislature responded, not with any serious assessment of capital justice, but by quickly revising the statute to allow death sentencing to resume. The legislature's first revision, promoted by Florida�s county prosecutorial community, was found unconstitutional by the Florida Supreme Court for not requiring jury unanimity on death sentencing. The law was revised again to remedy this fault. A few months before Hurst, in June 2015, US Supreme Court Justice Stephen Breyer, joined by Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, had argued that the time had come for the Court to revisit the constitutionality of the death penalty in the USA, given the evidence of error and arbitrariness in its application. They pointed out that the death penalty�s constitutionality hinges on it being limited to the so-called "worst of the worst", that is "those who commit a narrow category of the most serious crimes and whose extreme culpability makes them the most deserving of execution" (emphasis added). They argued that it was not being so limited - pointing to race, geography and other factors as improper influences on capital outcomes. Florida ticked all the boxes of flaws highlighted by the Justices. In May 2016, Justices Breyer and Ginsburg pushed again, this time in the case of a prisoner who was 18 at the time of the crime, had an IQ of 74, and was sentenced to death in a jurisdiction in Louisiana that accounted for a disproportionate number of death sentences. Given the ban on the execution of people with intellectual disability and those under 18 at the time of the crime, this death sentence was clearly pushing up against what had been categorically unconstitutional for more than a decade. The case begged the question - can a borderline intellectually disabled teenager really be among the "worst of the worst"? This report brings this same question to Florida�s use of the death penalty against young adults and individuals with mental or intellectual disabilities. In 2016, over 10% of prisoners on Florida�s death row had been sent there for crimes committed when they were 18, 19 or 20 years old. Some of them, and others from older age brackets, had mental disabilities or possible intellectual disability. However, this report first addresses how the Florida Supreme Court has made Hurst only partially retroactive. Executions of those deemed not to be entitled to Hurst relief began in August 2017. That same month, Florida Supreme Court Justice Barbara Pariente reiterated her view that Hurst should have "full retroactivity" and that anything less simply added "another layer of arbitrariness" to what US Supreme Court Justices Breyer and Ginsburg had described about the death penalty in the USA not being reserved for the "worst of the worst". She was in the minority, however. Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2018 at: https://www.amnesty.org/en/documents/amr51/8959/2018/en/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 151525

Author: Cramer, Lindsey Title: Parent-Child Visiting Practices in Prisons and Jails: A Synthesis of Research and Practice Summary: Relationships between children and their parents are the foundation on which children learn how to form and sustain healthy relationships. Disrupting those relationships - by losing a parent to incarceration, for example - can have long-term effects on children and may lead to antisocial behavior, poor school performance, and physical and mental health problems. Recent estimates show that 2.7 million US children have a parent who is incarcerated, and more than 5 million children - 7 percent of all US children - have had a parent in prison or jail at some point. African American children and children from economically disadvantaged families are more likely to experience parental incarceration. To mitigate the risks of parental incarceration for children, some correctional agencies offer parent-child visits in prisons or jails. There are several types of parent-child visits, but many experts believe contact visits, where the child and parent can physically interact, are the most helpful in safeguarding against risk and forging stronger bonds between parents and children. Although some evidence suggests visiting practices can lessen the trauma associated with parental incarceration, the full effects of visiting remain understudied. Our goal was to help inform researchers and practitioners about what is known about visiting practices, describe key components of visiting practices, and offer recommendations for practice and research. Recommendations for practice We identified several recommendations for facilitating parent-child visits. Although more visiting opportunities are needed in correctional facilities, we must also improve how visits are executed. Facilities should offer more opportunities for parent-child visits, especially contact visits. Because parent-child visiting can result in positive outcomes, experts we interviewed cited the need to offer contact visits more frequently in jails and prisons and to make these visits accessible to more parents. Programs should offer more support to children and caregivers. The support offered to children and caregivers before, during, and after visits is incomplete. Experts urged programs to offer more therapeutic support for family members and material support, such as transportation assistance and child care. Listen to incarcerated parents and their families about their needs and what services they find helpful. Programs should consider interviewing family members and tailoring their services accordingly. But experts noted that visits can be improved by providing professional health or psychological resources during visits. Practitioners and correctional agencies should provide ongoing staff training. Correctional staff members should be trained to appropriately communicate and engage with incarcerated parents, their children, and the children's caregivers. Program staff members should also be trained to interact with children in an age-appropriate manner. Practitioners and correctional agencies should understand how families function and work with families experiencing trauma and stress. Staff members should be trained in alternative interventions. All families are different and experience different levels of dysfunction, so programs should understand that visits may not always be the best intervention for families. Practitioners should engage with research and evidence to inform the continuous quality improvement of parent-child visits. This can be done by reading the literature on parent-child visits and through program evaluations or assessments. Additionally, programs should always be improving data collection and evaluation efforts to better document outcomes. Recommendations for research We also proposed the following research goals to expand the knowledge base on parent-child visiting practices in prisons and jails. Research the prevalence of and variance in visiting practices. The field would benefit from a clearer working definition of parent-child visits, including the components that make up a visit. Future research should assess parent-child visiting practices in all 50 states to document the prevalence of different visiting methods. Examine features of parent-child visits and evaluate their impacts. Studies on visiting practices are small and relatively unrelated, and few empirical studies identify the features that make visits effective. More research is needed on different visiting approaches' effects on parent and child outcomes before carrying out interventions. Generate new knowledge to show the measurable impact of parental incarceration on children's development, school achievement, and adult success. Factors such as the child's age and gender, the quality of the parent-child relationship before incarceration, the presence of a supportive caregiver, and the stability and quality of the child's support network play a role in how incarceration affects children. More research is needed to account for these and other influential factors that may exacerbate separation effects or buffer children from stress associated with parental incarceration. Develop additional measures and improve data collection. Because data collection is difficult, more evaluation studies are needed to build the evidence base. The field would also benefit from developing additional measurements, such as an observational tool to measure the quality of parent-child interactions. Strengthen relationships between practitioners and researchers. Securing practitioner and correctional staff buy-in will help researchers design effective studies that produce useful information for the field. Research findings should be disseminated more broadly and strategically to policymakers and practitioners. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/89601/parent-child_visiting_practices_in_prisons_and_jails_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 151824

Author: Couloute, Lucius Title: Nowhere to Go: Homelessness among formerly incarcerated people Summary: It's hard to imagine building a successful life without a place to call home, but this basic necessity is often out of reach for formerly incarcerated people. Barriers to employment, combined with explicit discrimination, have created a little-discussed housing crisis. In this report, we provide the first estimate of homelessness among the 5 million formerly incarcerated people living in the United States, finding that formerly incarcerated people are almost 10 times more likely to be homeless than the general public. We break down this data by race, gender, age and other demographics; we also show how many formerly incarcerated people are forced to live in places like hotels or motels, just one step from homelessness itself. Details: Northampton MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/housing.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 151825

Author: Couloute, Lucius Title: Out of Prison & Out of Work: Unemployment among formerly incarcerated people Summary: Formerly incarcerated people need stable jobs for the same reasons as everyone else: to support themselves and their loved ones, pursue life goals, and strengthen their communities. But how many formerly incarcerated people are able to find work? Answering this fundamental question has historically been difficult, because the necessary national data weren�t available � that is, until now. Using a nationally representative dataset, we provide the first ever estimate of unemployment among the 5 million formerly incarcerated people living in the United States. Our analysis shows that formerly incarcerated people are unemployed at a rate of over 27% � higher than the total U.S. unemployment rate during any historical period, including the Great Depression. Our estimate of the unemployment rate establishes that formerly incarcerated people want to work, but face structural barriers to securing employment, particularly within the period immediately following release. For those who are Black or Hispanic � especially women � status as �formerly incarcerated� reduces their employment chances even more. This perpetual labor market punishment creates a counterproductive system of release and poverty, hurting everyone involved: employers, the taxpayers, and certainly formerly incarcerated people looking to break the cycle. Fortunately, as the recommendations presented in this report illustrate, there are policy solutions available that would create safer and more equitable communities by addressing unemployment among formerly incarcerated people. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/outofwork.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 151826

Author: Olsen, Robin Title: Collecting and Using Data for Prosecutorial Decisionmaking: Findings from 2018 National Survey of State Prosecutors' Offices Summary: Prosecutorial data collection, data use, and data-driven decisionmaking are subjects of emerging interest among prosecutors, other criminal justice stakeholders, advocates, and policymakers. How much data are prosecutors collecting? How are they using data (if at all), and how has that helped decisionmaking? What resources and infrastructure do prosecutors use, and what barriers prevent effective uses of data? In early 2018, the Urban Institute surveyed prosecutors' offices across the country to seek answers to these questions. Elected prosecutors and staff members responded from 158 offices representing jurisdictions of all sizes, from sparsely populated rural parts of the country to urban areas with more than a million residents. Data can help prosecutors manage their offices efficiently and measure progress toward goals. Data can also help increase transparency about prosecutorial decisionmaking, the constraints prosecutors navigate, and how their decisions link to broader justice and public safety outcomes (Frederick and Stemen 2012 a, 2012b). Urban's survey asked respondents about seven foundational measures of prosecutorial case flow: the volume of cases coming into an office, the number of charges (at arrest and final charges), and what happens to the case (whether it is declined, dismissed, resolved by guilty plea, or resolved by trial). Survey results reveal that many prosecutors have an interest in collecting and using data and that many offices are using data to inform critical operational and case decisions. But barriers often stand in the way of widespread and systematic incorporation of data in prosecutorial decisionmaking. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99044/collecting_and_using_data_for_prosecutorial_decisionmaking.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 152829

Author: Landeo, Claudia M. Title: Ordered Leniency: An Experimental Study of Law Enforcement with Self-Reporting Summary: This paper reports the results of an experiment designed to assess the ability of an enforcement agency to detect and deter harmful short-term activities committed by groups of injurers. With ordered-leniency policies, early cooperators receive reduced sanctions. We replicate the strategic environment described by Landeo and Spier (2018). In theory, the optimal ordered-leniency policy depends on the refinement criterion applied in case of multiplicity of equilibria. Our findings are as follows. First, we provide empirical evidence of a "race-to-the-courthouse" effect of ordered leniency: Mild and Strong Leniency induce the injurers to self-report promptly. These findings suggest that the injurers' behaviors are aligned with the risk-dominance refinement. Second, Mild and Strong Leniency significantly increase the likelihood of detection of harmful activities. This fundamental finding is explained by the high self-reporting rates under ordered-leniency policies. Third, as a result of the increase in the detection rates, the averages fines are significantly higher under Mild and Strong Leniency. As expected when the risk-dominance refinement is applied, Mild Leniency exhibits the highest average fine. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 25094: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3250945 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Misconduct Shelf Number: 152833

Author: Meissner, Doris Title: The U.S. Asylum System in Crisis: Charting a Way Forward Summary: Each year, the U.S. asylum system offers protection to thousands of persecuted individuals. Yet the system has reached a crisis point, the result of a confluence of factors that have led to a major backlog of cases, with many applicants waiting years for a decision. This slowdown both harms those eligible for protection and invites abuse, with some claims filed to secure the right to remain and work legally in the United States while awaiting long-off adjudication. Amid rising numbers of asylum claims, the Trump administration has taken a number of actions to narrow access to humanitarian protection in the United States. These include largely eliminating gang and domestic violence as grounds for asylum and introducing a "zero-tolerance" approach to border enforcement that entails prosecuting all first-time border crossers, including adult asylum seekers, for illegal entry. This report takes a step back to examine the factors that have brought the U.S. asylum system to this crisis point - from regional migration dynamics that are changing the profile of migrants arriving at the U.S.-Mexico border, to inefficiencies in affirmative and defensive asylum processes. Based on this analysis and lessons learned from the mid-1990s reform of the asylum system, the authors propose common-sense steps that can be implemented now to get the system back on track. This multi-pronged approach includes measures to help make asylum workflows more strategic and effective, resolve cases in a timely fashion, deter abuses, and strengthen cooperation with neighboring countries to better manage humanitarian flows through the region. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/us-asylum-system-crisis-charting-way-forward Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 152834

Author: Sierra-Arevalo, Michael Title: American Policing and the Danger Imperative Summary: Despite the fact that policing is growing safer in the United States, the danger associated with police work continues to structure departmental training and police behavior. This article describes how police are socialized into a cultural frame conceptualized as the danger imperative - the preoccupation with violence and the provision of officer safety - and the unintended, deadly consequences of their perception through it. Using nearly 1000 hours of participant observation and 94 interviews across three urban police departments, the author demonstrates that officers are formally and informally socialized into this frame, and learn both policy-sanctioned and policy-deviant behaviors to protect themselves from violence. However, policy-deviant behavior such as not wearing a seatbelt when driving, though justified as necessary to allow officers to defend themselves from violence, places officers at grave risk of injury and death in high-speed car crashes. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, Faculty of Arts & Sciences, Department of Sociology, Students; Institution for Social and Policy Studies, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2864104 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Policies Shelf Number: 152837

Author: U.S. Senate. Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Title: Combating the Opioid Epidemic: Intercepting Illicit Opioids at Ports of Entry Summary: U. S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) plays a vital role in interdicting illicit narcotics before they can enter the United States. This role is particularly important given the rise of the opioid epidemic and the increasing use of fentanyl, which is overwhelmingly produced outside the United States. At the request of Ranking Member Claire McCaskill, the Democratic staff of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs examined the efforts of CBP officers to interdict illicit opioids entering the United States. The investigation found that CBP Officers at ports of entry (Port Officers) play a key role in stopping opioids and that CBP has significant shortages of Port Officers that may be compromising efforts to seize additional opioids before they can reach U.S. communities. Currently, CBP collects data and statistics on opioid seizures made by its two primary law enforcement components, the Office of Field Operations, which controls operations at ports of entry, and Border Patrol, which maintains security between ports of entry. This report summarizes and analyzes data relating to the number and amount of opioid seizures at ports of entry over the last five years. Key findings include: - The vast majority of all opioids interdicted by CBP are seized at ports of entry. Between 2013 and 2017, approximately 25,405 pounds, or 88% of all opioids seized by CBP, were seized at ports of entry. Ports of entry located along the southern border are most active as those seizures accounted for 75% of all opioids seized at ports of entry during the same five year period. - Fentanyl seizures are rapidly increasing, and most occur at ports of entry. In a single year, the amount of fentanyl seized by CBP more than doubled, from 564 pounds in 2016 to 1,370 pounds in 2017. 85% of all CBP fentanyl seizures took place at ports of entry. - Large shipments of fentanyl entering the United States are seized at the ports of entry on the southern border, while a greater number of small shipments are interdicted in the international mail. Officers at ports of entry on the southern border seized 75% of the total poundage of fentanyl seized across all ports of entry between 2016 and 2017. Port Officers at international mail facilities had more than five times as many fentanyl seizures at mail facilities as Port Officers at land ports of entry. - Both mail and express carrier fentanyl seizures have increased over the past two years. When fentanyl is delivered through the international mail, a greater number of small shipments are sent through the U.S. Postal Service and larger amounts are shipped though express carriers like UPS, DHL, and Fed Ex. Although CBP depends on package data provided by express shippers in order to target packages likely to contain opioids and contraband, this information can be incomplete. While CBP has the authority to issue fines to compel shippers to provide complete data, express shippers have successfully negotiated $26 million in such penalties between 2014 and 2016 down to just $4 million. - Staffing shortages at ports of entry may be compromising interdiction efforts. Ports of entry across the United States have 4,000 Port Officers less than the number needed to staff all ports of entry. Ports of entry in the San Diego and Tucson areas, which together accounted for 57% of all opioid seizures by Port Officers between 2016 and 2017, have required CBP to assign temporary staff details to fulfill staffing needs at those locations. The practice of temporary details has become so systemic over the past two fiscal years that CBP has named it "Operation Overflow." - The opioid epidemic places disproportionate demands on Port Officers relative to other border security law enforcement officers. In its proposed FY 2019 budget, the Administration proposes to dramatically increase staffing at Border Patrol and Immigration and Customs Enforcement, but add no additional officers at ports of entry. This prioritization of other border security enforcement components over Office of Field Operations ignores the important role that Port Officers play in stemming the opioid crisis. Port Officers are, in the majority of cases, the last line of defense in preventing illicit opioids from entering the United States. To help stem the opioid crisis, increasing resources and staffing at ports of entry is critical. On February 15, 2018, Ranking Member McCaskill introduced The Border and Port Security Act, a bill that would authorize CBP to hire an additional 500 Port Officers each year until they meet the goals calculated in their workload staffing model. This legislation is a critical step in providing ports of entry with the resources they need to stop opioids before they can reach communities across the United States. Details: Washington, DC: The Committee, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://www.hsgac.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/Combating%20the%20Opioid%20Epidemic%20-%20Intercepting%20Illicit%20Opioids%20at%20Ports%20of%20Entry%20-%20Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 152839

Author: d'Este, Rocco Title: Breaking the Crystal Meth Economy: The Effects of Over the Counter Medicine Restrictions on Drug-Related Crime in the United States Summary: What is the impact of illegal drug use on crime? Research on this question has been hindered by the lack of a major exogenous 'lever' affecting drug consumption. I use the mid-2000's U.S. crackdown on the Over-the-Counter (OTC) sale of pseudoephedrine-based medications to investigate the effect of crystal methamphetamine on crime. The domestic and localized nature of crystal meth production, performed synthesizing pseudoephedrine, enabled OTC restrictions to disrupt the clandestine economy built around the drug. To guide the empirical exercise, I model the choices of a heavy meth consumer at the margins of crime. I combine a rational addiction framework a la Becker-Murphy (1988) with Becker's model of crime (1968). The positive price shock induced by the reform deters drug abuse, but discourages drug-motivated crime only for 'sufficiently' high prices. Several quasi-experimental designs, performed on a newly assembled DEA-FBI panel of U.S. counties, lend support to the model's predictions. Crime fell by approximately 10 percent in areas adopting the policy. OTC restrictions cut heavy drug abuse, reducing acquisitive crimes undertaken to sustain the habit (economic channel), and violent crimes committed under the influence of the drug (psychological channel). Crucially, the analysis allows to parse out violence associated with illegal drug trafficking (systemic channel), from violence committed 'under the influence'. A calculation based on the evidence of the paper, which consistently points to a 30-35 percent decline in meth usage, provides boundaries for the drug-crime elasticity in the range of 0.1 to 0.4. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: http://www.eief.it/files/2016/01/02-jmp_deste.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 152840

Author: Ferraro, Vincent A. Title: Crime in the new destinations: the effect of changing patterns of immigrant settlement on traditional and biased crime Summary: In recent years the link between immigration and crime has received renewed interest in academic research and public and political discourse, with the former tending to find little empirical support and the latter continuing to espouse a firm connection. Recent years have also witnessed the expansion of immigration to new destinations far from traditional ports of entry and settlement. Whether the lack of a connection between immigration and crime in traditional areas holds within new destinations warrants sociological attention. Moreover, as immigrants increasingly settle outside of traditional receiving areas, given the negative context of reception, the potential for victimization is an important issue. This research seeks to provide a broader account of the nature of immigration and crime by examining the potential effects within new settlement destinations and incorporating the issue of immigrant victimization. Competing hypotheses regarding traditional crime, drawn from social disorganization theory and the community resource perspective, are tested within a large sample of cities and towns (n=1,252) and a sub-sample of new destinations (n=573). With respect to victimization, expectations on the occurrence of anti-immigrant hate crime are drawn from group threat theory and tested within a sample of 423 places, and a sub-sample of 173 new destinations. For each, longitudinal data are analyzed for the effect of change over time. Results of the analyses for traditional crime offer stronger support for the community resource perspective and suggest that the lack of a criminogenic effect of immigrant concentration in traditional areas is present in nontraditional ones as well. Results of the analyses for victimization lend limited support to group threat theory, with the surprising finding of a buffering effect of immigrant population growth on hate crime victimization. Analyses call attention to the importance of changing patterns of immigrant settlement. Particularly with regard to victimization, results suggest the need for further analysis to elucidate the unexpected finding of a buffering effect, and perhaps a refinement of group threat theory. Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2011. 267p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://repository.library.northeastern.edu/files/neu:1895/fulltext.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 152842

Author: Pereira, Juan Ignacio Title: Do Large Scale Industrial Investments Reduce Crime Rates in U.S. Counties? Summary: This paper examines whether economic opportunities in local areas has an impact on crime rates. The analysis in this paper will look at employment shocks at the county level. The research design in this paper is modeled after the Greenstone and Moretti paper, 'Bidding for Industrial Plants: Does Winning a 'Million Dollar Plant' Increase Welfare?", where counties that have won the bid for industrial plants are the treatment group and the runner up counties that lost the bid by a narrow margin are the comparison group. The main findings are that Total Drug Selling and Manufacturing decline in treatment versus comparison counties. In addition, this effect seems to be bolstered by a decrease in Drug Selling and Manufacturing of Opium, Cocaine and their derivates. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://www.bcu.gub.uy/Comunicaciones/Jornadas%20de%20Economa/PEREIRA_JUAN_2017_4848.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drugs and Crime Shelf Number: 152843

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Department's Clemency Initiative Summary: Department of Justice (DOJ) Inspector General Michael E. Horowitz announced today the release of a report assessing the DOJ's clemency process and handling of pardons since fiscal year 2014, with a focus on the implementation and management of the Clemency Initiative (Initiative). The Initiative, which operated from April 2014 to January 20, 2017, encouraged federal inmates who would not pose a threat to public safety to petition to have their sentences commuted, or reduced, by the President. This report from the DOJ Office of the Inspector General (OIG) concludes that although the DOJ did not effectively plan, implement, or manage the Initiative at the outset, subsequent actions by DOJ leadership enabled the DOJ to substantially fulfill the mandate of the Initiative in making over 13,000 recommendations on commutation petitions by the end of President Obama's Administration. As described in today's report, the shortcomings we identified in the initial planning and early implementation of the Initiative hindered the processing of clemency petitions. These shortcomings included: - DOJ leadership did not sufficiently involve the DOJ Office of the Pardon Attorney (OPA), which was responsible for the day-to-day management of the Initiative, in planning the Initiative, and it did not provide the necessary resources to that office once the Initiative began. - DOJ did not effectively implement a survey of federal inmates that was intended to help identify potentially meritorious clemency petitioners. As a result, attorneys working on the Initiative received numerous survey responses and petitions from inmates who clearly did not meet the Initiative's criteria, which delayed the consideration of potentially meritorious petitions. - DOJ experienced challenges working with external stakeholders, particularly volunteer attorneys who were to provide assistance in identifying appropriate clemency petitions for the Initiative. For example, these attorneys were unable to obtain pre-sentence investigation reports from the U.S. Courts for almost a year, which hampered their work. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation and Inspections Division 18-04 : Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/e1804.pdf#page=1 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Clemency Shelf Number: 152845

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Audit Division Title: Audit of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Residential Reentry Center Contracts Awarded to Reynolds & Associates, Inc., Washington, D.C. Summary: Objective - The Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) awarded three contracts valued at nearly $18 million to Reynolds & Associates, Inc. (Reynolds), to provide residential reentry services from 2011 to 2021 for female offenders at its Fairview facility in Washington, D.C. The objective of this audit was to assess the BOP's contract administration, as well as Reynolds' performance and compliance with requirements applicable to these residential reentry center (RRC) contracts. Results in Brief - The audit found that the BOP needs to strengthen its process to ensure price analysis documents show that the contract prices were fair and reasonable, did not adequately plan for the most recent firm-fixed-price (FFP) contract, and could improve its monitoring of Reynolds' compliance with the RRC requirements. While Reynolds met a number of important RRC requirements, it did not keep records required to support all paid services, and its Fairview facility experienced staffing challenges that contributed to repeated BOP-identified deficiencies. Lastly, we identified that Reynolds did not consistently track or collect subsistence payments from RRC residents. We believe that the BOP needs to strengthen RRC contract award procedures and oversight and Reynolds must improve how it documents its performance of many core RRC functions. Recommendations Our report includes 16 recommendations to the BOP to improve its RRC contract awarding and monitoring procedures, particularly with regard to Reynolds' Fairview RRC. We requested a response to our draft audit report from the BOP and Reynolds, which can be found respectively in Appendices 2 and 3. Our analysis of those responses is included in Appendix 4. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division 18-30: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/a1830.pdf#page=1 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Prisons Shelf Number: 152946

Author: Gonzalez, Naihobe Title: 2016 - 2017 Oakland Unite Agency Report Summary: This 2016-2017 agency report describes the agencies that make up the Oakland Unite network, summarizing information about the participants they serve, how they serve them, and the successes and challenges they face. This report does not examine participant outcomes, which are the focus of other reports; the box below provides a summary of the recent impact evaluation of two sub-strategies. The agency report is based on analyses of administrative data, site visits, grantee interviews, and document reviews. This executive summary characterizes high-level trends across the Oakland Unite agencies, and in the chapters that follow we provide details for each specific agency. Oakland Unite agencies serve people who experience violence, contact with the police, and disconnection from education. A central goal of Oakland Unite is to target services to people in Oakland at the highest risk of involvement in violence and/or violent victimization under various sub-strategies. As a result, "high risk" can be defined a number of ways, including by self-reported involvement in dangerous activities such as gun use, police records of arrests or reported victimization, or school records indicating disengagement and behavioral challenges. Among adult-serving agencies in the employment and education support services, life coaching, street outreach, and shooting response sub-strategies, the vast majority of participants report having been shot or seriously injured, being at immediate risk of violence, or both. In line with the populations they target, many of the participants in Oakland Unite agencies have been arrested by the Oakland Police Department before enrollment in the programs, have reported a violent crime or assault to the Oakland Police Department before enrollment, or both. Participants in youth-serving agencies face barriers to educational success, including high rates of suspension and chronic absences from school. The Oakland Unite network provides light-touch assistance for individuals in crisis, and a subset of participants receive more intensive services. In the Oakland Unite model, sub-strategies provide different but complementary services to participants. These services can be provided individually, in groups, or in large public event formats and range from light touch to intensive. Although the fact that there are many agencies providing different services makes them difficult to compare along a single metric, the diverse set of services provides multiple opportunities for participants to get the support they need. Oakland Unite agencies serve participants together with other agencies in the network. Many participants receive services from multiple Oakland Unite agencies. Collaboration between agencies can occur within and across sub-strategies. High levels of collaboration were observed for the life coaching, commercially sexually exploited children, street outreach, and shooting response sub-strategies. Housing is a frequent challenge for Oakland Unite agencies. Most agencies report that the high cost of living in the East Bay, particularly the high cost of housing, is a challenge. According to staff, participants feel strained to afford their housing in Oakland and are often forced to move or face homelessness. Residential location can affect program eligibility and access to services and employment opportunities, and high residential mobility makes it difficult for participants to stay involved in programs. High cost of living also contributes to agency staff turnover, as staff report that their salaries are too low to afford housing in Oakland. Some Oakland Unite agencies provide housing services for participants, including temporary shelter, relocation services, or connections to longer-term situations. Oakland Unite agencies allocate significant shares of their budgets to financial transfers for participants. Agencies promoting work readiness and training offer participants opportunities for subsidized work experience. Life coaching agencies provide financial incentives for participants to achieve predetermined goals. Other agencies provide direct supports to participants by covering the cost of relocation. Staff report that these supports are critical to helping participants get by financially as well as to motivating them to participate and progress through the programs. Building strong relationships with participants with complex needs is a key strategy highlighted by staff, but staff turnover is a challenge. Agency staff report that many Oakland Unite participants struggle with experiences of trauma, mental health needs, and substance abuse. Leaders of most agencies reported that a key factor in providing services to this population is hiring staff with the right combination of professional training and personal experience who are able to build authentic and lasting relationships with participants. However, most agencies find recruiting skilled staff with backgrounds similar to their participants to be difficult and staff turnover due to burnout and low pay to be a challenge. Details: Oakland, 2018. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: http://oaklandunite.org/blog/oakland-unite-agency-report-2016-2017/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Rates Shelf Number: 151527

Author: Barrett, Kimberly L. Title: Assessing the Relationship Between Hotspots of Lead and Hotspots of Crime Summary: Abstract Numerous medical and environmental toxicology studies have established a link between lead (Pb) exposure, crime, and delinquency. In human environments, lead pollution- like crime- is unequally distributed, creating lead hot spots. In spite of this, studies of crime hotspots have routinely focused on traditional sociological predictors of crime, leaving environmental predictors of crime like lead and other neurotoxins relatively unaddressed. This study attends to this gap in the literature by asking a very straightforward research question: Is there a relationship between hotspots of lead and hotspots of crime? Furthermore, what is the nature and extent of this relationship? Lastly, is the distribution of lead across communities relative to race, class, and/or ethnicity? To explore these issues, a series of thirteen research hypotheses are derived based on findings from previous lead and crime studies. To test these research hypotheses, data was collected from the city of Chicago�s Community Areas (n = 77) in Cook County, Illinois. Information from a range of secondary sources including the U.S. Census, Environmental Protection Agency, Chicago Police Department, and City of Chicago are merged and analyzed. Cross sectional and longitudinal assessments are conducted, and results from a series of negative binomial regressions, fixed effects negative binomial regressions, and correlations are presented. Findings suggest the association between lead and crime appeared particularly robust with respect to rates of violent index crime, but less so for rates of property index crime. Contrary to what prior research suggests, the association between lead and crime appears stronger for rates of arrests for adult index crimes than rates of arrests for juvenile index crime arrests. This study concludes by discussing theory and policy implications alongside recommendations for future study. Details: Florida, 2013. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://scholarcommons.usf.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=5632&context=etd Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 151534

Author: McCulloch, Liz Title: The Children's Inquiry: How Effectively are the UK's Cannabis Policies Safeguarding Young People? Summary: Introduction In The Children�s Inquiry, Volteface examines how effectively the UK�s cannabis policies are safeguarding young people from harm to their well-being and life chances. This is explored through considering the practical consequences of cannabis policies on young people�s access to cannabis and the type of cannabis they are accessing, the impact this can have on their mental health and the support available to them, their interaction with the criminal justice system as users and dealers of cannabis, and who they and their families can turn to for information and guidance on cannabis. Key Findings Access to cannabis, cannabis potency and mental health: A national poll commissioned by Volteface reveals that young people perceive cannabis to be easier to purchase than alcohol. Cannabis can be easier to obtain than alcohol because - as an illegal drug - there are no age restrictions on its purchasing and it is commonly distributed through peer networks. The rise of social media platforms, such as Snapchat and Instagram, has also facilitated easy access for young people. A 2018 study revealed that nearly all of the cannabis available to buy on the black market is of a high potency variety. This is concerning as evidence indicates that early use of high potency cannabis can have a detrimental effect on mental well-being. In line with this, statistics show that hospital presentations for cannabis-related mental health problems have increased for young people and, for some conditions, at a higher rate than adults. Volteface�s poll identified that one-third of 16 and 17-year-olds who had tried cannabis felt that using cannabis had made them feel worried or down. In contrast, Freedom of Information (FOI) requests have revealed that there has been a small decline in young people with cannabis-related mental health problems presenting at Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS). Although anecdotal reports suggest that young people are facing barriers to accessing these services, there is the possibility that they are presenting but that their condition is not being recorded. This knowledge gap restricts the extent to which local agencies such as CAMHS can adequately support young people and plan preventative measures. Cannabis and the criminal justice system While fewer young people and adults are being criminalised for the possession and cultivation of cannabis, Volteface�s research reveals that young people are increasingly being criminalised for offences involved in the supply of cannabis, while fewer adults are being criminalised for this. Figures obtained through FOI requests show that prosecutions of adults for the offences of possession with intent to supply and supplying cannabis are falling, but the same decrease cannot be seen for young people. In fact, the number of young people being prosecuted - and then convicted - of these offences is increasing. This is significant and concerning. Within the context of cuts to policing and a deprioritisation of supply by police on the ground, a decline in the use of Stop and Search and an emphasis in recent years on policies of youth diversion, the criminalisation of young people should be decreasing. Volteface's research suggests that young people are increasingly dealing cannabis in the UK today, either being groomed by adults (with explicit or implicit coercion present) to do so on their behalf, or selling or giving it to their peers 'socially'. This could explain why they are increasingly being criminalised for supply offences. The decline in adult prosecutions for the offences of possession with intent to supply and supplying cannabis and the increase in more young people being prosecuted for these offences could indicate that more young people are being exploited by adults to deal cannabis on their behalf. Cuts to young people�s services offering support and intervention, a lack of opportunities, a desire for money and social status, as well as social media easily connecting young people with dealers, have been proposed as reasons that make young people increasingly vulnerable to becoming cannabis dealers. Education and public awareness The Children's Inquiry argues that education and awareness around cannabis is not being prioritised. This is a by-product of a lack of direction from the Government. Its draft Relationship and Sex Education guidance falls short of encouraging schools to provide an effective, evidence-based intervention around drugs. Inadequate training provided to teachers and educational staff around drugs also leaves the door wide open to poor practice where such education is delivered. In the absence of good quality drugs education in schools, parents and guardians are not adequately equipped to educate their children on cannabis. Volteface�s research reveals that the vast majority of local authorities in England and Wales have not run any campaigns or initiatives to ensure that parents are informed about the risks associated with cannabis in the past 10 years. Parents are often directed to FRANK, a Government-funded drug education website, but this does not contain any information about cannabis potency, despite well-evidenced concerns regarding its effects on young people�s well-being. Additionally, no public health body in the UK has a system in place to monitor the potency of cannabis. Conclusion Volteface�s findings paint a worrying picture of the effect of current cannabis policies on young people in the UK today. They are not being effectively safeguarded from the risk of potential harm to their well-being or life chances and multiple failings are compounding this risk. Details: United Kingdom, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: http://volteface.me/app/uploads/2018/09/The-Childrens-Inquiry-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 151535

Author: Rose, Jasmine B. Gonzales Title: Racial Character Evidence in Police Killing Cases Summary: Abstract The United States is facing a twofold crisis: police killings of people of color and unaccountability for these killings in the criminal justice system. In many instances, the officers� use of deadly force is captured on video and often appears clearly unjustified, but grand and petit juries still fail to indict and convict, leaving many baffled. This Article provides an explanation for these failures: juror reliance on "racial character evidence." Too often, jurors consider race as evidence in criminal trials, particularly in police killing cases where the victim was a person of color. Instead of focusing on admissible evidence, jurors rely on race to determine the defendant's innocence, the victim's propensity for violence, and the witnesses' credibility. This Article delineates the ways in which juror racial bias is utilized to take on evidentiary value at trial and constructs evidence law solutions to increase racial equality in the courtroom. Details: Pittsburgh, 2018. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: http://wisconsinlawreview.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Rose-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence Shelf Number: 152850

Author: Hong, Kari E. Title: Weaponizing Misery: The Twenty-Year Attack on Asylum Summary: The Trump Administration is attacking asylum seekers - both in words and in deeds. In Attorney General Sessions's speech against "dirty immigration lawyers", for whom he blames for the rampant "fraud and abuse" in the system, the Attorney General highlighted policy initiatives undertaken by the Trump Administration to deter, delay, and deny asylum applicants who are seeking protections. This Article identifies the Trump administration's new policies and practices and criticizes those that impose irrational or unnecessary burdens on asylum seekers. More salient, however, is that the Trump Administration's attack on asylum is not a break from past practices. To the contrary, for over 20 years, the preceding three administrations have imposed significant burdens on asylum seekers, because they either caved to irrational political pressures or lacked the political will to protect those who need more. Change is needed and concrete policy reforms exist. But the precondition to reform is the recognition that many newly-arriving immigrants who are poor and persecuted, ironically, are the unique guardians of the American values that our country holds dear. Those who gave up everything for freedom, anti-corruption principles, or a refusal to abet a repressive regime hold and transmit the core democratic principles our country needs to thrive. Through policy initiatives that have been weaponizing misery, we have been deterring and denying legitimate asylum claims. We continue to do so at the detriment of our own country's future. Details: Boston, MA: Boston College, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://law.lclark.edu/live/files/26747-lcb222article7hongpdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Shelf Number: 151547

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Native Disparities in Youth Incarceration Summary: Native youth were three times as likely to be incarcerated as white youth, according to data collected in October 2015 by the Department of Justice and recently released. The disparity has increased since 2001 when Native youth were roughly two - and a -half times as likely to be detained or committed to juvenile facilities. Details: Washington, DC, 2017. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Native-Disparities-in-Youth-Incarceration.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Native American Shelf Number: 151477

Author: Wood, Ed Title: Weakest in the Nation: Colorado's DUID Laws are the Weakest in the Nation; Why and How to Fix that Summary: Executive Summary Two facets of the Driving Under the Influence of Drugs (DUID) problem are of concern. First, DUID drivers kill and maim innocent victims. Second, DUID victims often fail to see the same kind of justice that is delivered to drunk driving victims because laws designed to deal with alcohol impairment do not work well for drug impairment. Driving Under the Influence (DUI) is not just about alcohol, and DUID is not just about marijuana. Whereas in years past, alcohol was the only impairing substance commonly found in drivers, today�s forensic laboratories report that polydrug impairment is more common than impairment by either alcohol alone or marijuana alone. Although alcohol and marijuana are the most commonly found drugs in drivers involved in fatal crashes, they are very frequently found in combination, often with narcotics, depressants, stimulants, and other drugs. Public knowledge about drunk driving is widespread but frequently wrong. Knowledge about drugged driving is far less common and even more commonly wrong. The public in general fails to understand the DUI arrest process and the difference between DUI and DUI per se. Until the last few years, driving has become increasingly safer. The average person will be involved in a fatal crash only about once every 85 lifetimes. So when drivers are warned that an activity like drinking alcohol, using drugs or texting and driving can increase the risk of a fatal crash, drivers can and do ignore such warnings. And they usually get away with it. This explains why so many messages to avoid drunk, drugged or distracted driving are ineffective. Marijuana-impaired driving is of particular concern not because of its inherent danger, but because of its increasing prevalence and a commonly held false belief that stoned driving is not dangerous. Marijuana-impaired driving is less deadly than drunk driving, just as a .22 caliber bullet is less deadly than a .45 caliber bullet. But all four can and do kill. Blood tests or breath tests have been used successfully to assess alcohol impairment for decades. But alcohol is the only drug for which there is a strong correlation between impairment and blood or breath concentrations. For marijuana�s impairing delta 9- tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), virtually all scientific research has demonstrated that even though higher doses of THC impair more than lower doses of THC, there is absolutely no correlation between THC impairment and blood levels of THC. Individuals can develop a tolerance to some of the impairing effects of drugs, including alcohol, marijuana and opioids. But tolerance to some of a drug's impairing effects does not make the individual tolerant to all impairing effects. Addicts and other heavy users of drugs can be just as impaired as novice users. Colorado�s DUID laws are considered the weakest in the nation for several reasons: 1. The 5 nanogram per milliliter permissible inference level for marijuana�s THC ensures that most THC-impaired drivers who test below 5 ng/ml will not be convicted of DUI. 2. The 5 ng/ml permissible inference level does not guarantee that THC-impaired drivers who test above 5 ng/ml will be convicted of DUI. 3. Colorado relies upon a very stringent statutory definition of DUI that is difficult to prove in court: "the person is substantially incapable" of safe driving. 4. Colorado has a lower offense of Driving While Ability Impaired (DWAI): "affects the person to the slightest degree� similar to the statutory DUI definition of some other states. But although vehicular homicide due to DUI is a Class 3 felony, vehicular homicide due to DWAI is not even a misdemeanor. 5. Colorado tests a minority of DUI suspects and drivers involved in fatal crashes for drug presence. Therefore, the prevalence of drug impaired driving is not well understood. 6. Colorado provides a statutory presumption of innocence for drivers testing below a Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of 0.05, which fails to recognize that a non-impairing dose of alcohol combined with a non-impairing dose of THC can impair a driver. The following statutory changes are recommended to improve Colorado�s DUID laws: Transformative changes 1. Change the THC permissible inference law to a Tandem per se law. 2. Require evidentiary drug testing of any driver who tests positive for drugs on a preliminary drug test; and evidentiary drug testing of all drivers involved in fatal crashes. 3. Implement oral fluid testing: roadside non-quantitative preliminary oral fluid testing if the officer has reasonable grounds to believe that the driver may be impaired by drugs; evidentiary laboratory oral fluid testing as an alternative to blood testing to prove the presence of an impairing substance. Improvements 1. Redefine DUI for drugs similar to Vermont�s recent definition. 2. Establish zero tolerance for all psychotropic drugs in drivers under the age of 21. 3. Reclassify penalties and misdemeanors to criminalize vehicular homicide or assault due to DWAI; make vehicular homicide or assault due to careless driving a felony. 4. Impose the same requirements and sanctions for drug testing that currently apply to alcohol testing. 5. Eliminate the statutory presumption of innocence for a BAC below .05 if psychotropic drugs in addition to alcohol are present. 6. Enhance penalties for polydrug impairment. 7. Eliminate alcohol sanctions for drug impairment convictions. 8. Implement electronic warrants to reduce delays in taking blood samples. 9. Adopt National Safety Council forensic testing recommendations. 10. Include officer-collected evidence from the scene of arrest in the Division of Criminal Justice reports. The above recommendations are offered as a menu, not as a package, since the effects of some recommendations overlap. Details: Colorado, 2018. 170p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: http://www.duidvictimvoices.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Weakest-in-the-Nation.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 151476

Author: Bell, Brian Title: Why Does Education Reduce Crime? Summary: Abstract Prior research shows reduced criminality to be a beneficial consequence of education policies that raise the school leaving age. This paper studies how crime reductions occurred in a sequence of state-level dropout age reforms enacted between 1980 and 2010 in the United States. These reforms changed the shape of crime-age profiles, reflecting both a temporary incapacitation effect and a more sustained, longer run crime reducing effect. In contrast to the previous research looking at earlier US education reforms, crime reduction does not arise solely as a result of education improvements, and so the observed longer run effect is interpreted as dynamic incapacitation. Additional evidence based on longitudinal data combined with an education reform from a different setting in Australia corroborates the finding of dynamic incapacitation underpinning education policy-induced crime reduction. Details: London, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2018 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/cep/cepdps/dp1566.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 151488

Author: Langman, Peter Title: Five Misconceptions About School Shootings Summary: School shootings are the subject of debate in the media and in communities across the United States, and there is much discussion about prevention and the root causes of such attacks. But what does research say about these tragic events and their perpetrators? Do all shooters fit a specific profile? And what meaningful steps can schools and communities take to reduce the likelihood of these events? In concise, clear language, this research brief, produced by the WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, describes and refutes five common misconceptions about school shootings and suggests an evidence-based strategy to reduce the probability of attacks. The authors conclude that schools and communities are better served when presented with a balanced perspective informed by the wealth of available research about perpetrators, their varying motivations, and pre-attack behaviors. Details: San Francisco: WestEd, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: https://www.wested.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/JPRC-Five-Misconceptions-Brief.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 152854

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General, Evaluation and Inspections Division Title: Review of the Federal Bureau of Prisons' Management of Its Female Inmate Population Summary: As of September 2016, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) incarcerated 10,567 sentenced female inmates, representing 7 percent of the total BOP sentenced inmate population of 146,084. Though female inmates compose a small percentage of the nationwide incarcerated population, correctional officials have recognized that in some areas female and male inmates have different needs and BOP has adopted gender-responsive programs and policies that account for these needs. As a continuation of prior U.S. Department of Justice Office of the Inspector General (OIG) reviews examining BOP�s management of certain subpopulations of inmates, including aging inmates and inmates with mental illness in restrictive housing, OIG initiated this review of BOP's management of female inmates, specifically BOP�s efforts and capacity to ensure that BOP-wide policies, programs, and decisions adequately address the distinctive needs of women. Our decision to initiate this review was also informed by members of Congress and public interest groups recently raising concerns about what they consider to be deficiencies in BOP�s current management of female inmates. Results in Brief We concluded that BOP has not been strategic in its management of female inmates. We determined that BOP needs to take additional steps at the Central Office level to ensure that female inmate needs are met at the institution level. Our review identified instances in which BOP�s programming and policy has not fully considered the needs of female inmates, which has made it difficult for inmates to access certain key programs and supplies. Further, while BOP is adhering to federal regulations and BOP policies requiring that only female Correctional Officers conduct strip searches of female inmates, BOP's method for ensuring compliance with these requirements assigns staff inefficiently. Finally, we found that BOP's conversion of Federal Correctional Institution (FCI) Danbury to house male inmates negatively affected certain female inmates who had been housed there. BOP�s Approach to Managing Female Inmates Has Not Been Strategic, Resulting in Weaknesses in Its Ability to Meet Their Specific Needs We found that during the period of our review BOP could not ensure that its institutions adhered to policies pertaining to female inmates because BOP had only recently taken steps to formalize a process for verifying compliance. As of April 2018, BOP was drafting planning documents that it believes will enhance its ability to perform internal oversight of these policies in BOP's pregnancy programs between fiscal year (FY) 2012 and FY 2016. Further, we confirmed that these programs had additional capacity to include more pregnant inmates during this period. We believe that participation is low because BOP inmates and staff lack awareness of these programs. We also determined that BOP staff may apply eligibility criteria more restrictively than intended by BOP headquarters officials and that BOP lacks data to assess inmate interest and participation in its pregnancy programs. In visits to several BOP institutions housing female inmates, we found that the distribution methods for feminine hygiene products provided to inmates varied by institution and did not always ensure that inmates had access to a sufficient quantity of products to meet their needs. BOP issued new guidance in August 2017 to standardize the range of products available free of charge. However, BOP still lacks a method to ensure sufficient access because the guidance did not address how products should be distributed to inmates. BOP�s Lack of Gender-specific Posts Results in Inefficiencies at Female Institutions We found that BOP's practice of assigning Correctional Officers to posts solely by seniority has resulted in male Correctional Officers being assigned to posts at which staff must regularly conduct searches of female inmates. Because the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 and BOP policy prohibit cross-gender searches of female inmates, female Correctional Officers must leave other assigned posts to conduct these searches, leading to an inefficient use of Correctional Officer resources. Both female and male institution staff suggested that a small number of posts in female institutions, particularly some of the posts in the Special Housing Unit (SHU)-a unit used to separate inmates from the general population for protective or disciplinary purposes�and the visiting room, be reserved for female staff to ensure that they can conduct inmate searches without disrupting other operations. We agree that BOP should implement this or another approach to ensure the availability of female staff at locations in female institutions where inmate searches are common. BOP�s Decision to Convert Federal Correctional Institution Danbury to a Male Institution Negatively Affected Female Inmates Transferred to Metropolitan Detention Center Brooklyn As a case study, we also examined BOP's 2013 decision to convert FCI Danbury from a female institution to a male institution as part of a larger plan to increase bed space for low security female and male inmates throughout BOP institutions. Although concerns were raised that the conversion would cause female inmates to be incarcerated farther from home, we found that, while 19 percent of U.S. citizen inmates were transferred farther from their homes, the overwhelming majority were transferred closer to their homes. The conversion resulted in 366 low security sentenced female inmates serving a portion of their sentences in Metropolitan Detention Center (MDC) Brooklyn, a detention center intended for short-term confinement. The National Association of Women Judges found that the conditions of confinement at MDC Brooklyn amounted to a violation of the American Bar Association Standards on Treatment of Prisoners, as well as the United Nations Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners. When we visited MDC Brooklyn, we found that BOP offered female inmates no access to outdoor space, less natural light, and fewer programming opportunities than what would otherwise be available to female inmates at BOP facilities designed to house sentenced inmates in long-term confinement. In addition, a separate OIG criminal investigation determined that, during the time that sentenced female inmates were assigned to MDC Brooklyn, multiple custody staff sexually assaulted female inmates, resulting in the convictions of two Lieutenants and a Correctional Officer. In December 2016, after reversing its decision not to house female inmates at FCI Danbury, BOP opened a new low security institution for female inmates at FCI Danbury. However, because FCI Danbury was constructed without a SHU, we found that managing female inmates who needed to be placed in a SHU disrupted institution operations because BOP had to transfer these inmates to Federal Detention Center Philadelphia for SHU placement. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/e1805.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Institutions Shelf Number: 152855

Author: Armstrong, Mary I. Title: Citrus Helping Adolescents Negatively Impacted by Commercial Sexual Exploitation (CHANCE) Pilot Study: Progress Report Summary: CHANCE is a treatment program in Miami-Dade County for youth identified as victims of human trafficking that provides a comprehensive continuum of services designed to address trauma, improve youth functioning and well- being, and reintegrate affected youth into a normalized family and community setting. USF/CFS is conducting a program evaluation and longitudinal outcome study of youth served by the CHANCE program to assess the effectiveness of these services for this population. Areas of investigation include child and youth functioning at home, in school and in the community, as well areas specific to this population including traumatic exposure and symptoms. Details: Tampa: Louis de la Parte Florida Mental Health Institute. University of South Florida, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2018 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9c11/3a5c9ebb5b47f3845e31f35ceb846a08cfcd.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 152859

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: Management Alert - Issues Requiring Action at the Adelanto ICE Processing Center in Adelanto, California Summary: During our May 2018 unannounced inspection of the Adelanto ICE Processing Center in Adelanto, California, we identified a number of serious issues that violate ICE's 2011 Performance-Based National Detention Standards and pose significant health and safety risks at the facility. Specifically, we are concerned about the following: x Nooses in Detainee Cells x Improper and Overly Restrictive Segregation x Untimely and Inadequate Detainee Medical Care ICE must ensure the Adelanto Center complies with detention standards to establish an environment that protects the safety, rights, and health of detainees. Mitigation and resolution of these issues require ICE's immediate attention and increased engagement with the center and its operations. ICE Response ICE concurred with the recommendation and is implementing corrective actions to ensure the Adelanto ICE Processing Center meets required detention standards. ICE reported that it will complete a full inspection of the Adelanto facility and a Special Assessment Review to ensure concerns identified in this report are fully inspected and addressed. We consider the one recommendation resolved and open. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-18-86: Accessed October 9, 2018 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2018-10/OIG-18-86-Sep18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 152887

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of the Inspector General. Audit Division Title: Audit of the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, Office of Justice Programs, and Office on Violence Against Women Grants Awarded to the Blackfeet Tribe, Browning, Montana Summary: Objectives -- The Department of Justice (DOJ) Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office), Office of Justice Programs (OJP), and the Office on Violence Against Women (OVW) awarded the Blackfeet Tribe seven grants totaling $4,364,219. The objectives of this audit were to: (1) evaluate the grantee's design and implementation of its crime victim assistance programs; (2) determine whether costs claimed under the grants were allowable, supported, and in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, guidelines, and terms and conditions of the grants; and (3) to determine whether the grantee demonstrated adequate progress towards achieving the program goals and objectives. -- Results in Brief We concluded that the Blackfeet Tribe did not adequately manage DOJ grant awards. We found significant non-compliance and deficiencies in most of the areas we reviewed, including the failure to demonstrate achieving the grants' stated goals and objectives for six of the seven awards. We also highlight potential areas of improvement for the Blackfeet Tribe's Domestic Violence (DV) Program's victim assistance program. Further, the Blackfeet Tribe: (1) did not document all performance measures; (2) did not comply with all special conditions; (3) charged unallowable personnel and overtime costs, travel, equipment, supplies, contract, and other direct costs; (4) did not adequately document personnel costs, travel, equipment, supply, contract, and other direct cost transactions; and (5) overdrew grant funds on one award. As a result of our review, we identified nearly $1.9 million in dollar-related findings. Recommendations Our report contains 10 recommendations applicable to all 3 granting agencies, 12 specifically to the COPS Office, 20 to OJP, and 14 to OVW. We requested responses to our draft audit report from the Blackfeet Tribe, COPS Office, OJP, and OVW, which can be found in Appendices 3 through 6, respectively. Our analysis of those responses is included in Appendix 7. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2018. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Audit Division GR-60-18-008 : Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2018/g6018008.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Native Americans Shelf Number: 152889

Author: Groff, Elizabeth Title: Micro-Level Policing for Preventing Near Repeat Residential Burglary Summary: One of the biggest challenges in policing is anticipating where and when crime will occur in order to efficiently deploy police resources. Near repeat victimization is a known crime pattern that can inform police intervention and deployment strategies. It occurs when targets that are near an original target of crime are victimized soon after. The near repeat pattern for burglary can be used to inform the testing of different intervention strategies to prevent additional burglaries. Methodology Researchers worked with the Baltimore County Police Department and the City of Redlands (CA) Police Department to conduct a randomized controlled field trial (RCT) in each jurisdiction. The RCT was designed to test whether providing timely crime prevention information to neighbors of a residential burglary victim could interrupt the near repeat pattern for an area. The study targeted the delivery of crime prevention to the micro level space-time window of significant risk rather than to an entire neighborhood. The crime prevention strategies used were community driven and the communities were surveyed on their perception of the police intervention strategy. The study required the use of custom designed software to randomly allocate high risk burglary zones to either a treatment or control group. The software is open source and available to departments interested in implementing a near repeat crime intervention strategy. Findings Analyses between treatment and control zones in the study sites found little difference between the two groups on residential burglary outcome. It appears the quick intervention of the agencies was not sufficient to reduce follow on burglary. In general, however, the amount of follow on burglary in the treatment areas was lower than in the control areas. However, the count was low, so our ability to identify statistical differences was reduced. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2018. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/1.-2012-IJ-CX-0039-TECHNICAL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 152891

Author: Swaner, Rachel Title: What Do Defendants Really Think? Procedural Justice and Legitimacy in the Criminal Justice System Summary: In the last decade, reformers have sought to strengthen the legitimacy of the United States criminal justice system by embracing the concept of procedural justice. They key elements of procedural justice include: - Respect Relevant agency actors (e.g., police officers, judges, attorneys, corrections officers, etc.) treat those with whom they interact with respect and dignity. - Neutrality Criminal justice decision-making processes are unbiased. - Understanding People understand the process, their rights, case outcomes, what is required to comply with any order or sentence, and the rules governing appropriate behavior when interacting with justice agencies. - Voice People have an opportunity to voice their questions and concerns and tell their side of the story. - Helpfulness Criminal justice actors have an interest in the needs and personal situation of those they interact with. This study examines how those who go through multiple components of the justice system (e.g., arrest, adjudication, incarceration) perceive procedural justice across sectors. With funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance at the U.S. Department of Justice, the Center for Court Innovation conducted a mixed-method study to provide a research-informed foundation for interventions and policies to increase perceptions of procedural justice and overall fairness across the criminal justice system. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-09/what_do_defendants_really_think.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defendants Shelf Number: 152895

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: 10 Things Law Enforcement Executives Can Do To Positively Impact Homicide Investigation Outcomes Summary: Homicides are challenging events for communities and they are often complex from an investigative standpoint. Although the crime may be clear-cut, the multifaceted issues surrounding it (public perception of safety and police effectiveness, witness cooperation, media and political pressures, etc.) can be daunting to a police agency and, in particular, the executive. Careers are often made or broken by a chief's response to and management of homicides. One of the standard benchmarks of police effectiveness is the homicide closure rate, which is a critically important figure that demands attention at the highest level of law enforcement leadership. However, focusing on the homicide closure rate alone can offer a limited perspective on public safety and police performance overall. In this report, executives are encouraged to consider additional activities and measures to supplement the closure rate in evaluating and improving performance in a homicide unit. Further, this shift should be made with community involvement to increase its understanding of how units and agencies function. This report does not suggest that introducing additional measures of performance and safety will be accepted immediately nor that case closure rates are less deserving of attention; rather, the process of looking more holistically at homicide investigation outcomes must start now and develop in partnership with others - to improve perception, understanding, and overall effectiveness. This begins with the executive making improved homicide investigation outcomes (including closure rates) a priority and being willing to implement change. This report offers a starting point for executives and highlights 10 recommendations that will help executives support homicide investigations, investigators, and the communities they serve. A critical step in this process is for an executive to connect his/her commanders, supervisors, and investigators with the tools and resources they need to be successful. While this report focuses on the administrative environment necessary to support successful homicide investigative outcomes, a companion guide - Homicide Process Mapping: Best Practices for Increasing Homicide Clearances, which was made possible with funding from the U.S. Department of Justice's Office of Justice Programs� Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and available through the Institute for Intergovernmental Research (IIR) - details effective investigative practices. Both components - administration and investigation - are essential for effectively impacting homicide investigation outcomes. Details: Alexandria, VA : International Association of Chiefs of Police, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://www.nationalpublicsafetypartnership.org/Documents/10%20Things%20Law%20Enforcement%20Executives%20Can%20Do%20to%20Positively%20Impact%20Homicide%20Investigation%20Outcomes.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 131631

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Tracking Sex Offenders with Electronic Monitoring Technology: Implications and Practical Uses for Law Enforcement Summary: Over the past decade, legislation has increased the use of electronic monitoring technology as an added measure to prevent future and repeat sex offenses by convicted offenders. In 2006, 22 states passed legislation requiring or authorizing the use of Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technology to track sex offenders. At least six states (Colorado, Florida, Missouri, Ohio, Oklahoma, and Wisconsin) have enacted laws requiring lifetime electronic monitoring for certain sex offenders. The federal Adam Walsh Child Protection and Safety Act (2006) includes language to support pilot programs to outfit registered sex offenders with electronic monitoring tools. The goal of this legislation is to reduce recidivism, absconding, noncompliance, and violations of conditions of supervision by promoting sex offender accountability and increasing public safety. With electronic monitoring emerging as a common tool used to supervise sex offenders, the law enforcement community should be aware of the uses, capabilities, and disadvantages of this technology. This document will - define electronic monitoring technology and its uses - discuss law enforcement involvement with electronic monitoring technology - provide examples of electronic monitoring technology - outline the benefits and concerns of electronic monitoring technology and - highlight key considerations for the law enforcement community. This document focuses specifically on GPS monitoring systems, as these are the most common type of electronic monitoring technology used for supervising sex offenders. Details: Arlington, DC: IACP, 2008. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2018 at: https://www.theiacp.org/sites/default/files/2018-08/TrackingOffenders.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 137647

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Taking a Stand: Reducing Gun Violence in Our Communities Summary: Nearly 30,000 American lives are lost to gun violence each year - a number far higher than in any other developed country. Since 1963, more Americans died by gunfire than perished in combat in the whole of the 20th century. The impact goes far beyond the dead and injured. Gun violence reaches across borders and jurisdictions and compromises the safety of everyone along the way. No other industrialized country suffers as many gun fatalities and injuries as the United States. And no community or person in America is immune. Law enforcement understands and embraces its leadership role in combating gun violence. When Federal Bureau of Investigation data for 2006 showed gun violence rates rising for the second year in a row with many Midwest cities leading the trend, the International Association of Chiefs of Police (IACP) convened law enforcement leaders and others concerned with gun violence from around the Midwest in Chicago in April 2007 at the Great Lakes Summit on Gun Violence, with support from the Joyce Foundation. Attendees reviewed the research, listened to experts, shared information and worked hand in hand to draft recommendations. This report comes from a regional group, but addresses a national problem, and it demands national attention. Details: Arlington, VA: IACP, 2007. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed october 10, 2018 at: https://www.theiacp.org/sites/default/files/2018-08/ACF1875.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 139042

Author: Jensen, Elise Title: Consistency During the Court Process: The San Francisco Public Defender's Checklist Project Pilot Study Summary: Research has shown that checklists improve consistency and reduce the likelihood that critical steps are overlooked in technical fields such as aeronautics and medicine. The current study explores whether similar tools might promote the consistency and quality of legal representation among often overburdened and under-resourced public defense attorneys. With funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, the San Francisco Public Defender's Office piloted ten checklists, providing attorneys with guidelines and process reminders across critical points as cases make their way through the system (e.g, initial client meetings, pre-trial motions and hearings, bail motions, and eyewitness interviews). The following themes emerged from the evaluation: Overall, participating attorneys liked the idea of checklists and believed they increased their own confidence and consistency of treatment between clients. Attorneys found only a few of the checklists useful to them and generally held the extra work the lists created to be more burdensome than beneficial. Abbreviated and online tools might be more useful to their daily work, many of the attorneys suggested; they further recommended that the lists could prove valuable to less experienced support staff, such as paralegals, investigators, or legal interns. Attorneys stressed the importance of tailoring checklists to the needs of the local jurisdiction. The final checklists created by the San Francisco Public Defender's Office are public domain and can be requested here. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-07/consistencyduringthecourtprocess.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Courts Shelf Number: 152899

Author: Weaver, Michael Title: Protesting and Policing Boundaries: The Role of Protest in Changing Ethnic Boundaries During the Civil Rights Movement Summary: How are ethnic boundaries altered in the wake of challenges to ethnic hierarchy? While ethnic boundaries may evolve in the longterm, I argue that in moments of rupture boundaries can change quickly. Mass incarceration and police stop-and-frisk policies evidence the fact that the security apparatus of the state can institutionalize racial and ethnic boundaries through the threat of and use of violence. In this paper, I examine how the 1966 Campaign by the Chicago Freedom Movement by Martin Luther King, Jr. and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference altered the police behavior towards, and thus the racial boundary of, the black community in American cities. I use unique data, collected in 1966, on the details of nearly 20000 police-citizen interactions in Chicago, Boston, and DC. In the midst of this data collection, the SCLC began housing demonstrations in Chicago. I exploit this coincidence to test whether the protests led the policing of black communities and the application of state power at the racial boundary, to intensify or abate. By showing how the police responded to protest against the racial status quo, this paper furthers understanding of the intersection of race and criminal law. More generally, this paper employs a strong research design and unique data on ethnic practices at the micro-level to show that the content of ethnic boundaries change quickly during social upheaval. Details: New Haven, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2451371 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 152886

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects: Implementation Challenges and Lessons Learned Summary: This brief is one in a series from the Cross-Site Evaluation of the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) FY 2011 Second Chance Act (SCA) Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects (AORDP). This report describes the implementation challenges and successes among seven grantees who implemented adult reentry programs using SCA funding. Findings are based on information collected through semi-structured interviews with AORDP staff and organizational partners during early 2014, as well as through a Web-based survey administered in spring 2014 to key reentry stakeholders in each site. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/249188.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offender Reentry Shelf Number: 152883

Author: Fontaine, Jocelyn Title: 'We Carry Guns to Stay Safe": Perspectives on Guns and Gun Violence from Young Adults Living in Chicago's West and South Sides Summary: Homicide is the leading cause of death for black boys and men ages 15 to 34 in Chicago (Jones et al. 2013). The number of shooting victims in Chicago - 3,475 in 2017 alone - is staggering. In 2017, Chicago tallied more homicides than New York and Los Angeles combined. The easy availability of guns in Chicago is understood to contribute to the city�s high levels of gun violence (City of Chicago 2017). From January 1 to July 20, 2018, Chicago police recovered more than 5,100 illegal guns. Certain neighborhoods in Chicago have been plagued by gun violence for decades (Papachristos 2013). Chicago�s homicides and shootings are most prevalent in communities that are socially and physically isolated, have high rates of poverty and unemployment, and lack community resources. In Chicago, these communities are concentrated on the West and South Sides. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99091/we_carry_guns_to_stay_safe.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 152881

Author: Podkul, Jennifer Title: Death by a Thousand Cuts: The Trump Administration's Systematic Assault on the Protection of Unaccompanied Children Summary: INTRODUCTION Since its first days, the Trump Administration has sought to limit protections for some of the most vulnerable migrants seeking protection in this country - unaccompanied immigrant and refugee children. These protections, which were carefully crafted over nearly 15 years through bipartisan dialogue and collaboration in Congress, are grounded in basic child welfare principles. These procedural protections recognize that a child who has taken a life - threatening journey of hundreds, if not thousands, of miles - without a parent or legal guardian - is uniquely at-risk and should be treated in ways that help promote fundamental fairness in helping the child access the U.S. immigration system to ensure that we do not return a child to the often life-threatening harm they have fled. Immediately after taking office in January 2017, President Trump, through a series of executive orders and published immigration priorities, categorized unaccompanied children in need of protection as opportunistic, and laws designed to give these children a fair opportunity to have their stories heard by our legal system as "loopholes." Since issuing these executive orders, the White House has also consistently supported legislative efforts that would undermine procedural protections for these children - as provided for by the Homeland Security Act of 2002, the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008 (TVPRA), and the Flores Settlement Agreement - and limit children's access to a fair judicial process. Congress has so far not rolled back important legislative protections. Not finding legislative success, the Administration has instead turned to using its authority to implement policy changes that are dramatically undermining children's ability to access our legal system. On a surface level, these changes appear to make only small adjustments to existing procedures. But taken as a whole, they represent a systematic assault on the ability of children to access the U.S. immigration system and assert claims for protection for which they may qualify under law. Based on the Administration's own public statements and leaked drafts of forthcoming documents, the attacks on this vulnerable population will continue. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 11, 2018 at: https://supportkind.org/media/death-by-a-thousand-cuts-the-trump-administrations-systematic-assault-on-the-protection-of-unaccompanied-children/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 152877

Author: Rivera, Laura Title: No End in Sight: Why Migrants Give Up on Their U.S. Immigration Cases Summary: When the Trump administration began separating children from their families at the U.S.-Mexico border, it exposed the horrific conditions within the nation's immigrant detention centers: people locked in cages, sleeping on floors and denied their basic humanity. But harsh detention conditions are nothing new. Every day, thousands of people are locked away in these detention centers - essentially prisons - as they pursue their immigration cases and the hope of a new life in the United States. Many have fled violence and bodily harm in their home countries. But all too often, detained immigrants, particularly in the Deep South, give up on their cases because their conditions of confinement are too crushing to bear. As this report demonstrates, these prisons and immigration courts are part of a system seemingly designed to make immigrants give up. They face courts - many without counse - where relief is not only a long shot but may be a virtual impossibility as some judges deny asylum at rates nearing 100 percent. And, in the meantime, they may be held on civil immigration charges for months, even years, before their cases are resolved. It's a situation that leaves them feeling as if there's no end in sight to their oppression. "In jail, you get your sentence and you know when you are free, but detention is endless," said one man who was detained for more than 800 days. Belief in the immigration courts also fades for the detained as their cases - and their confinement - drag on. "I have no trust that there will be justice in my case," one detained immigrant said. The goal of the system seemed clear through his eyes: "[The judges'] work is to deny everything. This journey [to the United States] was about saving my life. Three or six months in detention, I can take, but one-and-a-half years in detention is too unjust." At the Stewart Detention Center in Georgia, where many of the people sharing their stories for this report were held, 93.8 percent of detained immigrants were deported or gave up on their cases and left the country. At the LaSalle ICE Processing Center in Louisiana, the rate was 93.5 percent. Both rates far exceed the national average of 67.5 percent - evidence of how immigrants detained in the Deep South face especially long odds in a system already stacked against them. The stories and findings presented in this report reflect more than a year of work by the Southern Poverty Law Center's Southeast Immigrant Freedom Initiative (SIFI), a project launched in 2017 to ensure detained immigrants have access to pro bono counsel. Though President Trump has greatly exacerbated the situation, the issues encountered by immigrants and the advocates who try to assist them are not solely the result of one president who has relentlessly demonized immigrants. They are the result of a detention and deportation machine built by decades of increasingly harsh immigration policy. This punitive approach to immigration policy effectively mirrors the failed "War on Drugs" that propelled the United States to become the world's leader in incarceration. Details: Montgomery, AL: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 12, 2018 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/leg_ijp_no_end_in_sight_2018_final_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 152905

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Reforming Restrictive Housing: The 2018 ASCA-Liman Nationwide Survey of Time-in-Cell Summary: This Report is the fourth in a series of research projects co-authored by the Association of State Correctional Administrators (ASCA) and the Arthur Liman Center at Yale Law School. These monographs provide nationwide data on "restrictive housing," defined in this Report as separating prisoners from the general population and holding them in their cells for an average of 22 hours or more per day for 15 continuous days or more. This practice is often termed "solitary confinement." Reforming Restrictive Housing documents the changes underway as prison administrators aim to limit the use of segregation and find alternatives to the isolation of restrictive housing. In 2013, the first report of the series, Administrative Segregation, Degrees of Isolation, and Incarceration, analyzed the restrictive housing policies of 47 jurisdictions. The 2013 Report found that the criteria for placement in isolation were broad. Getting into segregation was relatively easy, but few policies addressed release. In contrast, in 2018, directors around the country reported narrowing the bases for placement in restrictive housing, increasing oversight, and limiting time spent in isolation. In some places, behaviors that once put people into restrictive housing - from "horse play" to possession of small amounts of marijuana - no longer do. And for those people in restrictive housing, efforts are reportedly underway in some jurisdictions to create more out-of-cell time and more group-based activities. Since 2013, ASCA and the Liman Center have conducted national surveys of the number of people in restrictive housing. The 2015 report, Time-in-Cell, estimated that 80,000 to 100,000 prisoners were in segregation across the country. The 2016 report, Aiming to Reduce Time-in-Cell, identified almost 68,000 people held in isolation. For the 2017-2018 data collection, ASCA-Liman sent surveys to the 50 states, the Federal Bureau of Prisons (FBOP), the District of Columbia, and four jail systems in large metropolitan areas. The 43 prison systems that provided data on prisoners in restrictive housing held 80.6% of the U.S. prison population. They reported that 49,197 individuals - 4.5% of the people in their custody - were in restrictive housing. Across all the reporting jurisdictions, the median percentage of the population held in restrictive housing was 4.2%; the average was 4.6%. The percentage of prisoners in restrictive housing ranged from 0.05% to 19%. Extrapolating from these numbers to the systems not reporting, we estimate that some 61,000 individuals were in isolation in prisons in the fall of 2017. Thirty jurisdictions reported when they began to track how long people had been in restrictive housing. Some jurisdictions began tracking this information as recently as 2017. Within the responding jurisdictions, most people were held in segregation for a year or less. Twenty-five jurisdictions counted more than 3,500 individuals who were held for more than three years. Almost 2,000 of those individuals had been there for more than six years. The 2017-2018 survey also gathered information about gender, race and ethnicity, and age. Men were much more likely than women to be in solitary confinement. Black prisoners comprised a greater percentage of the restrictive housing population than they did the total custodial population. The reverse was true for White prisoners. Likewise, in the jurisdictions reporting on ethnicity, Hispanic male prisoners represented a greater percentage of the restrictive housing population than they did the total custodial population. Prisoners between the ages of 18 and 36 were more likely to be segregated than were older individuals. Reforming Restrictive Housing also documents the many and varying definitions of "serious mental illness." Using each jurisdiction's own definition, we learned that more than 4,000 people with serious mental illness are in restrictive housing. Other sub-populations counted were pregnant prisoners and transgender individuals. Responses indicated a total of 613 pregnant prisoners, none of whom were in restrictive housing. Prison systems reported incarcerating roughly 2,500 transgender individuals, of whom about 150 were reported to be in segregation. In addition to the prison systems responding, the jail systems in Los Angeles County and Philadelphia provided restrictive housing data. In these two systems, the restrictive housing population ranged from 3.6% to 6.2 % of the total jail population. Both jurisdictions described revising their restrictive housing policies, including by limiting its use for people with serious mental illness. One of the jail systems explained that, given the turnover in some jail populations, the administrators faced challenges in avoiding direct release from restrictive housing into the community. The 2018 Report tracks the impact of the 2016 American Correctional Association's (ACA) Restrictive Housing Performance Based Standards. Thirty-six prison systems reported reviewing their policies since the release of the ACA Standards. More than half had implemented one or more reforms to align with the ACA. Those Standards reflect the national consensus to limit the use of restrictive housing for pregnant women, juveniles, and seriously mentally ill individuals, as well as not to use a person's gender identity as the sole basis for segregation. In this Report and the related 2018 ASCA-Liman monograph, Efforts in Four Jurisdictions to Make Changes, the directors of the prison systems in Colorado, Idaho, Ohio, and North Dakota detail how they were limiting and, in Colorado, abolishing holding people in cells 22 hours or more for 15 days or more. These individual accounts reflect the broader trend of policy changes. This Report puts the data collected from the 2017-2018 survey in the context of national and international actions regulating the use of restrictive housing. Correctional systems around the country are engaging in targeted efforts to reform their practices of isolating prisoners. Examples of such efforts are contained in the Vera Institute of Justice's 2018 monograph, Rethinking Restrictive Housing. In other instances, reforms have come from state legislatures. Some statutes now place limits on the length of time individuals can be held in segregation, require reviews of placement decisions, and ban the use of isolation for juveniles and other sub-populations. Litigation has also resulted in decisions that highlight the harms of restrictive housing and, in some cases, prohibit its use. Parallel efforts and mandates can be found outside the United States - from implementation of the Nelson Mandela Rules to litigation and reform through policy changes. The ASCA-Liman surveys provide a longitudinal database to enable evidence-based analysis of the practice of holding people in isolation. This Report compares the responses of the 40 prison systems that answered the ASCA-Liman surveys in both 2015 and 2017. In those 40 systems, we learned about 56,000 people in restrictive housing in 2015. The number of prisoners reported to be in restrictive housing decreased by almost 9,500 to 47,000 people in 2017. The percentage of individuals in isolation decreased from 5.0% to 4.4%. The changes are not uniform. In more than two dozen states, the numbers of people in restrictive housing decreased. In 11 states, the numbers went up. What accounts for the changing numbers is unclear. Variables include new policies and practices, litigation, legislation, fluctuations in the overall prison population, and staffing patterns. For example, in 20 of the 29 jurisdictions in which restrictive housing numbers declined, so too did the total prison population. In two of the 11 jurisdictions that had an increase in restrictive housing numbers, the total prison population increased as well. The amount of time spent in restrictive housing is of increasing concern. Not all correctional systems track length of confinement. Nineteen jurisdictions reported that they began tracking in 2013 or thereafter. In 31 jurisdictions responding to questions about length of time in both 2015 and 2017, the number of individuals in restrictive housing for three months or less increased. The number of people in isolation for longer than three months decreased. The decreases were greatest for time periods longer than six months. Correctional administrations' efforts to reduce the numbers of people in restrictive housing are part of a larger picture in which legislatures, courts, and other institutions are seeking to limit holding people in cells 22 hours or more for 15 days or more. These endeavors reflect the national and international consensus that restrictive housing imposes grave harms on individuals confined, on staff, and on the communities to which prisoners return. Once solitary confinement was seen as a solution to a problem. Now prison officials around the United States are finding ways to solve the problem of restrictive housing Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, School of Law, 2018. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2018 at: https://assets.documentcloud.org/documents/4999225/ASCA-Liman-2018-Restrictive-Housing-Revised-Sept.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 152906

Author: Association of State Correctional Administrators Title: Working to Limit Restrictive Housing: Efforts in Four Jurisdictions to Make Changes Summary: This monograph provides excerpts from the ASCA-Liman Report, Reforming Restrictive Housing: The 2018 ASCA-Liman Nationwide Survey of Time-in-Cell. That Report is the fourth in a series of ASCA-Liman research projects focused on restrictive housing - or what is popularly known as "solitary confinement" - defined in this Report as placement of an individual in a cell for 22 hours or more on average for fifteen days or more. Over the course of the past several years, ASCA and the Liman Center have asked each of the correctional departments in the fifty states, the Federal Bureau of Prisons, and a few jail systems to answer survey questions and provide policies to understand the use of restrictive housing. Our goal is to enable longitudinal, evidence-based assessments of the use of restrictive housing by providing a composite picture at particular intervals. As detailed in the Report, we gathered information about the numbers and demographics of people held in restrictive housing. We asked questions about sex/gender, race and ethnicity, and age. We also sought to learn about the subpopulations of the seriously mentally ill, pregnant prisoners, and transgender individuals. In addition, the ASCA-Liman survey included requests for information on the length of time that people spent in restrictive housing and about whether, how, and why policies governing restrictive housing were changing. Forty-three jurisdictions provided information in response to the 2017-2018 survey on the numbers of people in restrictive housing. According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, those 43 jurisdictions housed about 80.5% of the total prison population. The 43 jurisdictions reported a total of 49,197 prisoners in restrictive housing, which was 4.5% of the prisoners confined across this set. Correctional directors around the country also reported that they were making changes to reduce and, in some instances, to abolish holding people in cell for 22 hours or more on average for fifteen days or more. Below, we provide first-hand accounts by correctional leaders describing their efforts to make major changes in the use of restrictive housing in Colorado, Idaho, North Dakota, and Ohio. These prison administrators explain the ways in which they have revised policies, the challenges that they have faced, and the impact of their efforts. Details: New Haven, CT: The Liman Center for Public Interest Law at Yale Law School, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2018 at: https://law.yale.edu/system/files/documents/pdf/Liman/asca_liman_2018_workingtolimit.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 152911

Author: Retail Industry Leaders Association (RILA) Title: Crime and Wal-Mart -- "Is Wal-Mart Safe?" An Analysis of Official Police Incidents at Wal-Mart Stores Summary: One of the most important issues raised by citizen groups and local communities in the growing public debate about Wal-Mart is whether or not a relationship exists between Wal-Mart stores and crime. In the last few years, anecdotal news accounts of crimes at Wal-Mart stores or parking lots, coupled with statements made by law enforcement, have raised a public concern that Wal-Mart stores may be, as one court has described it, a "magnet for crime" (See Appendix B). The following study, titled "Is Wal-Mart Safe?," is the first nationally available study to evaluate this important issue. The first phase of this study analyzes police incident reports (calls for service) associated with 551 Wal-Mart stores and provides an estimate of both the average rate of reported total incidents per store and reported "serious or violent" incidents per store (See Appendix A). This study is also the first available report that compares and contrasts the average rate of reported police incidents at "high incident" Wal-Mart stores with the average rate of reported police incidents at nearby Target stores. The study further estimates the cost to taxpayers and local communities associated with policing Wal-Mart stores. Finally, our estimate of what it would cost for Wal-Mart to adopt roving security patrols at all stores is provided. Among the critical findings of the "Is Wal-Mart Safe?" study: ƒ Wal-Mart stores experience a significant number of police incidents. In 2004, police received 148, 331 calls for service for the 551 Wal-Mart stores analyzed; ƒ The average number of reported incidents per store for the 551 stores analyzed was 269; ƒ The Wal-Mart stores in our sample that reported the most incidents in 2004 experienced higher average rates of reported police incidents than nearby Target stores; ƒ Based on the average rate of reported incidents for the 551 Wal-Mart stores analyzed in this study, we estimate that in 2004 police may have received almost 1 million calls for service at Wal-Mart stores or parking lots - or 2 reported police incidents per minute in 2004; ƒ Nationally, Wal-Mart stores cost local taxpayers an estimated $77 million in increased policing costs in 2004; ƒ Wal-Mart could implement roving security patrols at all stores nationwide at an estimated cost of 4 cents per monthly customer visit. Each of the 551 police reports used in the "Is Wal-Mart Safe?" study is available for download and review at WalMartCrimeReport.com. Details: Arlington, VA: RILA, 2006. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 12, 2018 at: https://losspreventionmedia.com/wp-content/uploads/Crime_Wal_Mart.pdf Year: 2006 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Security Shelf Number: 152916

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Recidivism Among Federal Offenders Receiving Retroactive Sentence Reductions: The 2011 Fair Sentencing Act Guideline Amendment Summary: The Fair Sentencing Act of 20101 ("FSA") reduced the statutory penalties for crack cocaine offenses in two ways. First, it increased the drug quantity thresholds required to trigger the statutory mandatory minimum terms of imprisonment for manufacturing or trafficking crack cocaine. Second, it eliminated the statutory mandatory minimum penalty for possession of crack cocaine. In the FSA, Congress directed the United States Sentencing Commission (the "Commission") to amend the federal sentencing guidelines to incorporate the reduced statutory penalty structure for crack cocaine offenses effective November 1, 2010. Congress did not make the FSA statutory penalty reductions retroactive, but the Commission did give retroactive effect to the FSA guideline amendment (the "FSA Guideline Amendment") as of November 1, 2011.2 Following that action, 7,748 crack cocaine offenders have received an estimated average sentence reduction of 30 months, lowering their sentence from an average of 153 months to 123 months of imprisonment. In 2015, as required by the FSA, the Commission submitted a report to Congress assessing the impact of the FSA on the federal criminal justice system (the "2015 FSA Report"). The Commission noted in that report that its earlier research had found that a previous population of crack cocaine offenders released early as a result of retroactive application of a guideline amendment did not show a statistically significant increase in the likelihood of recidivating, but it was too soon to assess the recidivism of crack cocaine offenders released early through retroactive application of the FSA Guideline Amendment. In the 2015 FSA Report, the Commission further stated its intent to separately study the effect of retroactive application of the FSA Guideline Amendment on recidivism. This publication provides that analysis: Finding: The Commission finds no difference between the recidivism rates for offenders who were released early due to retroactive application of the FSA Guideline Amendment and offenders who had served their full sentences before the FSA Guideline Amendment reduction retroactively took effect. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2018/20180328_Recidivism_FSA-Retroactivity.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Offenders Shelf Number: 152918

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: The Criminal History of Federal Offenders Summary: The number and nature of a federal offender's prior convictions are important considerations in deciding a federal sentence. Congress codified this approach with the passage of the Sentencing Reform Act of 1984 (SRA). In addition to requiring federal courts to consider the history and characteristics of the defendant as a factor to consider in imposing a sentence, the SRA contains numerous provisions directing the United States Sentencing Commission (the "Commission") to account for an offender's criminal history in establishing the federal sentencing guidelines. Accordingly, Chapter Four of the Guidelines Manual provides detailed criminal history calculations to be used in determining an offender's sentencing guidelines range. While the Commission has collected the criminal history points and Criminal History Category (CHC) as determined under the guidelines, it has not collected complete information on the number of convictions or the types of offenses in the criminal histories of federal offenders until now. The Commission is now able to utilize recent technological improvements to expand the scope of information it collects on an offender's criminal history and provide a more complete assessment of the criminal history of federal offenders. For the first time, this report provides complete information on the number of convictions and types of offenses in the criminal histories of federal offenders sentenced in a fiscal year. In completing this report, the Commission collected additional details about the criminal histories for 61,946 of the 67,742 federal offenders sentenced in fiscal year 2016 for whom complete documentation was submitted to the Commission. These prior offenses were grouped into 35 broad categories for analytical purposes, and then collapsed further into 18 categories for reporting purposes. The report provides analyses of these offenders' criminal histories by the type of federal offense they committed. The report also provides information on the types of offenses these offenders committed, the points assigned to those convictions under the federal sentencing guidelines, and the types of offenses that did not receive points. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2018/20180517_criminal-history.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Shelf Number: 152917

Author: Alabama Appleseed Title: Under Pressure: How fines and fees hurt people, undermine public safety, and drive Alabama's racial wealth divide Summary: We surveyed 980 Alabamians from 41 counties about their experience with court debt, including 879 people who owed money themselves and 101 people who were paying debt for others. Of the people who owed money themselves, we found: More than eight in ten gave up necessities like rent, food, medical bills, car payments, and child support, in order to pay down their court debt. Almost four in ten admitted to having committed at least one crime to pay of their court debt. One in five people whose only previous offenses were traffic violations admitted to committing more serious offenses, including felonies, to pay off their traffic tickets. The most common offense committed to pay off court debt was selling drugs, followed by stealing and sex work. Survey respondents also admitted to passing bad checks, gambling, robbery, selling food stamps, and selling stolen items. 44% used payday or title loans to cover court debt. Almost two-thirds received money or food assistance from a faith-based charity or church that they would not have had to request if they weren't paying court debt. Almost seven in ten were at some point declared indigent by a court, and by almost every measure, indigent survey-takers were treated more harshly than their non-indigent peers. They were more likely to have been turned down for or kicked out of diversion programs for financial reasons, more likely to have their debt increased, be threatened with jail, or actually be jailed for non-payment of court debt. Almost half of the people who took our survey did not think they would ever be able to pay what they owe. The 101 people who took our survey who were paying debt for other people (usually family members) were more likely to be middle-aged African-American women than to belong to any other demographic group. While others their age were saving money for retirement, helping their children with college or other expenses, paying down mortgages, or taking vacations, these African-American women were disproportionately burdened with paying court debt for their families. Details: Birmingham: Alabama Appleseed, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: http://www.alabamaappleseed.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/AA1240-FinesandFees-10-10-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Debt Shelf Number: 152919

Author: Nunn, Ryan Title: A Dozen Facts about immigration Summary: The United States has been shaped by successive waves of immigration from the arrival of the first colonists through the present day. Immigration has wide-ranging impacts on society and culture, and its economic effects are no less substantial. By changing population levels and population growth, immigration augments both supply and demand in the economy. Immigrants are more likely to work (and to be working-age); they also tend to hold different occupations and educational degrees than natives. By the second generation (the native-born children of immigrants), though, the economic outcomes of immigrant communities exhibit striking convergence toward those of native communities. This document provides a set of economic facts about the role of immigration in the U.S. economy. It updates a document from The Hamilton Project on the same subject (Greenstone and Looney 2010), while introducing additional data and research. We describe the patterns of recent immigration (levels, legal status, country of origin, and U.S. state of residence), the characteristics of immigrants (education, occupations, and employment), and the effects of immigration on the economy (economic output, wages, innovation, fiscal resources, and crime). In 2017 immigrants made up nearly 14 percent of the U.S. population, a sharp increase from historically low rates of the 1960s and 1970s, but a level commonly reached in the 19th century. Given native-born Americans' relatively low birth rates, immigrants and their children now provide essentially all the net prime-age population growth in the United States. These basic facts suggest that immigrants are taking on a larger role in the U.S. economy. This role is not precisely the same as that of native-born Americans: immigrants tend to work in different jobs with different skill levels. However, despite the size of the foreign-born population, immigrants tend to have relatively small impacts on the wages of native-born workers. At the same time, immigrants generally have positive impacts on both government finances and the innovation that leads to productivity growth. Immigration policy is often hotly debated for a variety of reasons that have little to do with a careful assessment of the evidence. We at The Hamilton Project put forward this set of facts to help provide an evidence base for policy discussions that is derived from data and research. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, Brookings Institution, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/ImmigrationFacts_Web_1008_540pm.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 152927

Author: Higginbothan, Sharon R. Title: A New Ethical Model for The Analysis of Care for Refugee Women Who Experience Female Genital Cutting Summary: The United States is rapidly becoming a location for refugee women who are migrating from countries that embrace different and distinctive practices. One such practice is Female Genital Cutting/ mutilation (FGC/m). FGC is a medical procedure that alters the natural structure and functioning of the female body. It is also a cultural tradition and custom. Until recently, worldwide studies estimated that approximately 80 to 140 million women have undergone FGC and that 228,000 of those women live in the U.S. However, the estimate of women and girls in the U.S. living with or at risk from FGC has grown from an estimated 228,000 to 513,000. Globally, FGC has raised justifiable concerns, particularly when the procedure is performed without consent. As female refugees migrate from FGC/m communities to a nonFGC/m reality, women not only bring their customs, beliefs, and values - they bring their health care needs. FGC is associated with alleged health consequences. A major challenge, then, for health care in the U.S. is how to provide care for this group of women whose native ethos is counter-cultural to the practices in the United States. When exploring FGC through a medical lens, FGC is considered an immoral practice that will result in harm and the need for healthcare. Conversely, however, when FGC is observed through the lens of respect for cultural diversity, it is not merely a negative construct, rather, it is a traditional cultural practice embraced by women who choose. The right for individuals to participate in their culture is a human right. Since FGC is a surgical intervention, care is needed for women who choose. FGC is relatively novel and unfamiliar in the United States. In that way, to provide care is realized through the Georgetown and the Global bioethics frameworks from which FGC is ethically examined. An investigation through the lens of FGC garners what is needed to construct a specific model of care. Therefore, the title of this dissertation was changed from "Female Genital Cutting: What Should Care Be For Refugee Women Experiencing Female Genital Cutting," to "A New Model for the Ethical Analysis of Care for Women Who Experience Female Genital Cutting." Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University, 2015. 332p. Source: International Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://dsc.duq.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1079&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Female Genital Mutilation Shelf Number: 152929

Author: White, Elise Title: Up and Out: Toward an Evidence-Based Response to Misdemeanors Summary: If not jail, then what? Jurisdictions across the country continue to grapple with this question, particularly in response to low-level criminal offending. In the absence of meaningful, legally-proportionate alternatives, many jurisdictions default to the use of short-term incarceration, which brings with it significant financial cost as well as negative outcomes for individuals and communities. Up & Out offers an alternative. It is a brief, non-custodial intervention designed for defendants with misdemeanor cases - i.e., a defendant population with serious treatment needs that cannot be sentenced to intensive long-term interventions (e.g., drug treatment) for reasons of proportionality. The Up & Out project unfolded in two phases. Phase 1 began with the creation and validation of a risk-needs assessment for defendants with misdemeanor cases in New York City, designed to determine key criminogenic needs of the misdemeanor target population (Picard-Fritsche et al. 2018). Based on preliminary Phase 1 findings, Phase 2 involved developing the Up & Out curriculum; piloting the brief intervention in two New York City sites; and conducting a process and impact evaluation of the pilot. The current report summarizes findings from Phase 2. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/document/2018/upout_misdemeanors.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 152931

Author: Picard-Fritsche, Sarah Title: Risk Assessment and Misdemeanor Validation in Cook County, Illinois A Validation of the Criminal Court Assessment Tool Summary: The Cook County State's Attorney's Office (SAO) is the second largest prosecutorial office in the nation and the largest in the state of Illinois. Over 100,000 misdemeanor cases are filed in the county each year, overwhelming jails, lower criminal courts, and pre-trial services agencies. However, since 2012, the SAO has routed more than 2,000 misdemeanor cases to its Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Program (MDPP), which is available to defendants whose cases are processed in select branch or district courts located throughout Cook County. Participating defendants agree to complete community or social service mandates in exchange for having their charges dismissed and, upon successful completion, the conviction expunged from their records. In 2014, the Alternative Prosecution Unit of the SAO applied for and received funding from the Bureau of Justice Assistance's Smart Prosecution Initiative to expand the Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Program to include two additional courts, the Markham courthouse in the suburban 6th district and the 34th Branch court on the northeast side of Chicago. While serving the same misdemeanor target population, the expanded model, which became known as the Misdemeanor Deferred Prosecution Enhancement Program (MDPEP), was modified to include the use of a risk-need assessment tool that would support the referral of MDPEP participants to appropriate levels of supervision and treatment. By comparison, the older diversion model, implemented in other courts in 2012, did not employ an evidence-based recidivism risk-needs assessment and referred all participants to one of two intervention tracks. After considering several risk-need assessment tools, MDPEP project staff adopted the Criminal Court Assessment Tool (C-CAT), a relatively brief 30-item tool that was originally developed in 2014 on a sample of 964 defendants appearing in misdemeanor diversion programs in New York City. The C-CAT is uniquely suited to the MDPEP population, as it is explicitly designed to be brief enough to be utilized in high-volume court settings; to be accurate for a purely misdemeanor population; and to assist practitioners in identifying treatable needs that are either directly linked to recidivism or relevant for successful correctional intervention. A copy of the C-CAT adopted by Cook County is included in Appendix A of this report. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2018-06/cook_county_ccat_validation.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Court Shelf Number: 152932

Author: Berman, Greg Title: Toward Misdemeanor Justice: Lessons from New York City Summary: How do we reconcile the call in some quarters for more low-level enforcement with a desire to reduce the impact of the criminal justice system, particularly on communities of color? This article from the Boston University Law Review by Center for Court Innovation Director Greg Berman and Director of Policy and Research Julian Adler seeks to articulate a new approach to misdemeanor justice that reconciles the maintenance of public safety with the urgent need to reduce unnecessary incarceration. The authors explore five critical dimensions: (1) moving some low-level charges from the criminal to the civil system; (2) increasing the use of arrest diversion programs; (3) promoting supervised release in lieu of bail and pretrial detention; (4) promoting alternatives to incarceration with an eye toward eliminating short-term jail sentences; and (5) advancing the principles of procedural justice. Taken together, these reforms add up to a significant re-thinking of the standard approach to misdemeanor crime. "If they are broadly implemented in good faith," the authors write, "they will be an important step toward the creation of a more fair and humane justice system." Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2018. 17p. (Boston University Law Review article) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2018 at: http://www.bu.edu/bulawreview/files/2018/06/BERMAN-ADLER.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Reform Shelf Number: 152933

Author: Lattimore, Pamela Title: Desistance from Crime over the Life Course: Final Summary Report Summary: PURPOSE: The Desistance from Crime over the Life Course study focused on 479 men and women from South Carolina who were enrolled as participants in a multi-site reentry program evaluation shortly before prison release in 2004-2005. The study goals were to (1) update information on current status across multiple domains, including housing, employment, and substance use; (2) collect additional recidivism data to examine long-term offending patterns; and (3) acquire information about factors individuals associated with decisions to desist from further criminal activity. RESEARCH SUBJECTS: Between 2004 and 2005, 345 men, 79 boys, and 55 women incarcerated in South Carolina were interviewed about 30 days before release from prison/juvenile detention for inclusion in the multi-site evaluation of the Serious and Violent Offender Reentry Initiative (SVORI). The male subjects (men and boys) were about 27 years and the female subjects were about 30 years of age at the time of release. The men were most likely to be black (63%) while the women were equally likely to be black or white (46%). The women were less likely than the men to report having been employed during the 6 months prior to their original incarceration but were more likely to report having a high school diploma or equivalent. Overall, the participants had extensive criminal histories and about 33% reported having received drug treatment prior to the interview. METHODS: Arrest records through December 31, 2015 were obtained from the South Carolina Law Enforcement Division for all 479 subjects. The interview instrument included modules from the original SVORI interviews, new modules focused on factors linked to emerging theories of desisting behavior, and a life event calendar captured details of their experiences between their original release from prison and the interview. Interviews were conducted between 9/10/2016 and 3/3/2017 with 208 individuals (174 men and 34 women). Quantitative analyses included (1) descriptive analyses of interview data to identify the current status of individuals; (2) lognormal survival, negative binomial, and logistic recidivism analyses; and (3) qualitative analyses of responses related to the factors associated with criminal persistence and desistance. RESULTS: Recidivism, measured as at least one new arrest, was experienced by 90% of the sample. On average, individuals had about 7 arrests (with an average of 11 charges) after their SVORI incarceration. Majorities of the sample had at least one post-SVORI charge for a person, property, and public order/order offense, while 49% had at least one new drug charge. Results from sequential lognormal survival models predicting time to first arrest, second arrest, and so forth following the original release show those older at release had, on average, longer times to rearrest following the first arrest, while property priors were associated with shorter times. Consistent with previous findings, those with more prior arrests had shorter times to subsequent arrests and those who were older at first arrest had longer times to subsequent arrests. Negative binomial model results show that having completed high school at the time of the SVORI-related release predicted fewer post-SVORI arrests, while being younger at first arrest and having more priors predicted more post-SVORI arrests. Interview results suggest that individuals were somewhat less likely to be working in 2016-2017 than they were immediately following their SVORI release 10 years or so prior. They were also more likely to report drug use and having engaged in criminal behavior over this much more extensive period than during the 3-15 months following the original release. A similar percentage (18%) was incarcerated at the time of the 2016-2017 interview as was incarcerated during original follow-up interviews. Qualitative findings were consistent with other recent research on desistance. Common reasons stated for not committing crimes included incarceration having a deterrent effect, consideration for children and family, changes in the way individuals think about and perceive crime, a change in lifestyle, employment, religion, and sobriety. Conversely, events that were more likely to encourage criminal involvement included financial or employment issues, drugs and alcohol use, stressful events including the death of a family member, and antisocial peers. CONCLUSIONS: Most of the 479 subjects had been arrested at least once following their participation in the SVORI evaluation, with little variation in arrest patterns between the male and female participants. Criminal history indicators were the strongest predictors of recidivism, while completing 12th grade was the only non-criminal factor consistently significant in the analyses with those with more education doing better. The qualitative analyses provide support for recent work examining the factors associated with desistance that suggests identity transformation may be necessary (if not sufficient) to facilitate movement away from criminal behavior. The quantitative findings with respect to education also provide support for this work as education is a traditional pathway to new opportunities.The findings point to the need for additional work to identify interventions that may facilitate desisting behavior through individual transformation as opposed to interventions that address specific needs. The research is limited by several factors. First, the subjects were individuals recruited for a prisoner reentry program evaluation in 2004-2005 in South Carolina; results may not be generalizable to other populations (or even to a more general South Carolina prisoner population). The interview findings are further limited to the roughly 50% of the original sample who were located and interviewed. Although analyses comparing these respondents to non-respondents using the original SVORI data revealed no significant differences between the two groups, there is always a possibility that those who were located and consented to a new interview differ from those who were not on unobservable measures. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2018 at:; https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252080.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 152936

Author: Marchbanks, Miner P., III Title: Assessing the Role of School Discipline in Disproportionate Minority Contact with the Juvenile Justice System: Final Technical Report Summary: The purpose of this project was to assess the predictors of school discipline contact and the consequences of this contact on educational and juvenile justice outcomes of racially and ethnically diverse students. Further, this project examines the predictors of moving through the various stages of juvenile justice system. Last, the analyses look at the relationship between school strictness and various outcomes of great importance including school achievement and juvenile justice contact. Across analyses, the impact of race was considered. The research conducted here is a more complex and in-depth continuation of an investigation began by the Public Policy Research Institute (PPRI) at Texas A&M University (TAMU). PPRI subsequently received funding under the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention's (OJJDP) 2012 Field Initiated Research and Evaluation Program to more closely examine the school discipline policies and the juvenile justice process across ethnic minority groups. A series of studies using a variety of advance statistical methods establish strong evidence of racial bias in school discipline contact, severity of punishment, poor educational outcomes, and justice system referrals across various types of schools and communities. We utilize quantitative methods ranging from structural equation models, an ordered probit with Heckman selection, clustered standard errors, to generalized linear models to highlight findings consistent with the "school-to-prison pipeline" model. The key measures of racial composition of school, teacher diversity, student-teacher racial/ethnic incongruence, and proportion of students receiving free or reduced lunch, were used as controls to investigate the prevalence of harsh discipline, poor educational outcomes, and justice system referrals across harsh/lenient schools and rural-urban communities. This report summarizes key findings from 14 manuscripts, including articles/book chapters. Many are published or in the process of being published in refereed journals. Dependent variables are at the case, student and school level. At the student level, these include encountering the school disciplinary system, juvenile justice referrals, standardized test failure and severity of punishment. At the school/campus level, outcomes include grade retention rate, dropout rate, and juvenile justice referral rate. In measuring cases where students enter the juvenile justice system, we use three dependent variables including referral to prosecutor, prosecutorial action, and case outcome. The results of this study will help advance the field on a theoretically grounded and statistically rigorous model for understanding school the racial lines of the "school-to-prison pipeline". Details: College Station, TX: Public Policy Research Institute, Texas A&M University, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252059.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 152937

Author: Vincent, Gina M. Title: Risk Assessment And Behavioral Health Screening (RABS): Project Final Technical Report Summary: The Risk Assessment and Behavioral Health Screening (RABS) project was a pre-post, quasi-experimental study of the impact of implementation of a valid risk-needs assessment, behavioral health screening, and risk-need-responsivity (RNR) approach to case management intended to reduce risk while also addressing behavioral health needs. Juvenile justice agencies in Arkansas and Rhode Island were selected to participate following a competitive application process. Four juvenile probation departments in Arkansas and all of juvenile probation in Rhode Island implemented a comprehensive screening/ assessment and case management protocol using the Structured Assessment of Violence Risk in Youth (SAVRY; Borum, Bartel, & Forth, 2006), the Massachusetts Youth Screening Instrument-Second Version (MAYSI-2; Grisso & Barnum, 2000, 2006), and the CRAFFT. Results indicated that the ostensible impact of implementing the protocol varied by site and depended on the point in the process at which the SAVRY was conducted. In Rhode Island, risk was strongly related to the number of services and rates of placements youth received, which at first glance may indicate case planning approaches followed the risk principle. However, these positive correlations appeared to be due to youth having problems in the community, resulting in referrals to more treatment-related placements, rather than strategic case management decisions at the front end. In Arkansas, there were significant limitations with the administration of the instruments, in three sites. The one site that followed its assessment policy significantly cut recidivism in half and increased the rates of youth being informally rather than formally processed. The presence of potential mental health concerns and receipt of mental health treatment had no association with reduced recidivism in either state even though mental health treatments were the most commonly used services across the board. Policy implications are discussed with a particular emphasis on the need for risk assessments to be conducted pre-disposition for all youth and with strong supervisory oversight in order to improve outcomes. Details: Worcester, MA: University of Massachusetts Medical School, Department of Psychiatry, 2018. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/251912.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Shelf Number: 152938

Author: Kilgore, James Title: No More Shackles: Why We Must End the Use of Electronic Monitors for People on Parole Summary: It is common knowledge that mass incarceration has led to a dramatic increase in the number of people locked up in prisons and jails. A less well-known fact is that mass incarceration has been accompanied by an equally enormous growth in the number of people under state supervision in the form of parole, probation or supervised release. From 1980 to 2015, the number of individuals on probation rose from 1.1 million to 4.3 million. The ranks of those on parole, the focus of this report, grew from 220,400 to 826,100. Not only did the number of individuals on parole rise, but the conditions of supervision became much more stringent. Though regulations and practice vary from state to state, typical parole conditions now include regular drug testing, a ban on associating with individuals with a criminal record, and an extensive set of fees and fines. Two dozen conditions are the norm but some individuals in Wisconsin have reported more than 70 conditions on their parole regime. As Brian Fischer, former commissioner of the New York State Department of Corrections and Community Supervision, put it, "Most of us could not live under the rules of parole because there are too many of them." Moreover, the role of parole officers has shifted from providing support to policing behavior. This change led to a dramatic expansion of the number of individuals who "violated" a rule of their supervision and were then sent back to prison. In 1980 only 17% of those returned to prison had violated parole. By 1999, parole violations accounted for more than a third of prison admissions. In 2017, in Arkansas, 38% of the entire state prison population was locked up for parole violations. Moreover, in many states more than half of these were "technical violations," actions that did not involve criminal activity but often involved something as simple as missing a scheduled meeting with a parole officer or failing to report a change of address. A 2017 survey of 42 state prison systems found 61,250 people in prison for technical violations. To make matters worse, many conditions seemed purposeless or even destructive to a person wanting to succeed in the community after incarceration. For example, some individuals were banned from accessing the Internet or owning a computer, even if their offense did not involve technology. In Alabama, Pursuant to Code � 15-22-29, the Parole Board must include in conditions of parole that a person must "abandon evil associates and ways." The regulation fails to define what qualifies as evil. Details: Center for Media Justice and Urbana-Champaign Independent Media Center, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2018 at: https://centerformediajustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/NoMoreShackles_ParoleReport_UPDATED.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 152961

Author: Awad, Jasmine Title: Is It Enough? the Implementation of PREA's Youthful Inmate Standard Summary: This September marks the 15th Anniversary of the Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA), a federal law enacted to address the problem of sexual assault and rape in U.S. detention centers, jails, lock ups, and prisons. Regulations for the law specifically address one of the most vulnerable populations in adult jails and prisons: youth under age 18. PREA's Youthful Inmate Standard was developed to create a minimum standard that protects youth in adult facilities from being raped or sexually assaulted by requiring that youth are held in housing where they are sight and sound separated from adults. The standard also requires supervision when youth are outside of housing units with incarcerated adults. The challenges associated with keeping youth sight and sound separated under the standard has helped contribute to a growing number of state legislatures passing bills to create a presumption or a requirement that youth under 18 are held in juvenile placements even when they are prosecuted as adults. However, for the youth who remain in adult facilities, there are ongoing limitations associated with implementation of the law. In light of the 15th Anniversary of PREA, the Campaign for Youth Justice (CFYJ) reviewed over 800 audits of adult correctional facilities to identify how the facilities are complying with the Youthful Inmate Standard. The key findings of that review, will be released in a forthcoming brief entitled Is It Enough: The Implementation of PREA's Youthful Inmate Standard. These findings include the following: Most states do not collect or publish PREA audits for local jails, which is where most youth tried as adults are likely to be held. Only 81 adult facilities with publicly available PREA audits previously held, currently hold, or have the capacity to hold youth in the future. Of the 81, only 6 exceeded the PREA Youthful Inmate Standard. Out of the audits reviewed, the two facilities that did not meet the Youthful Inmate Standard were two jails in Texas where 17-year-olds are still automatically treated as adults in the criminal justice system. The adult facilities that exceeded the Youthful Inmate Standard most often held youth under 18 in separate units or separate buildings from adults. After examining the PREA audits, CFYJ found that generally even facilities that exceeded the Youthful Inmate Standard were providing basic necessities that could be better provided in a juvenile facility where youth would have greater access to educational and vocational programs. Compliance with the Youthful Inmate Standard, is costly for many states, especially as states struggle to retain qualified correctional officers to staff these facilities. As a result, a growing number of states and localities are finding alternatives to adult facilities for youth. The number of youth in adult jails on any given night has declined by over 50 percent from 2000 to 2016 according to data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics. While PREA's Youthful Inmate Standard was a step in the right direction, when it comes to providing youth what they need to develop into productive adults, it's not nearly enough. For many young people who remain in adult jails, compliance with the standard has resulted in prolonged solitary confinement, and continued threats to their physical safety. To ensure safety and rehabilitation, youth should not be held in places that were not designed or programmed with them in mind. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for youth Justice, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2018 at: http://www.campaignforyouthjustice.org/images/nationalreports/Issue_Brief___Is_It_Enough__The_Implementation_of_PREAs_Youthful_Inmate_Standard_FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Inmates Shelf Number: 152962

Author: Virginia State Crime Commission Title: The Use of Home Electronic Incarceration in Virginia Summary: The Crime Commission formulated its findings with respect to the use of home electronic incarceration based on data obtained from a survey, conducted in conjunction with the Department of Criminal Justice Services, of regional jail administrators and sheriffs and information provided by House Appropriations Committee Staff and the Department of Corrections. Based on this information, the Commission was able determine the extent to which home electronic incarceration is utilized in the Commonwealth for local as well as state responsible offenders; to compare the cost of home electronic incarceration for local responsible offenders to the cost of traditional confinement in jail; and to review the cost associated with home electronic incarceration for state responsible offenders. In addition, the Commission carefully analyzed a recent Attorney General's opinion which concluded that, under the current statute, inmates assigned to home electronic incarceration are not eligible to receive good time credit. With input from Virginia sheriffs and regional jail administrators, the Commission ultimately, recommended that the Code of Virginia be amended to allow good time credit to be awarded to inmates assigned to home electronic incarceration programs. Details: Richmond: The Commission, 1998. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: House Document No. 66: Accessed October 16, 2018 at: https://rga.lis.virginia.gov/Published/1998/HD66/PDF Year: 1998 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 152975

Author: Jeanetta, Jesse Title: Lessons from the Front-End Diversion from Deschutes County, Oregon, and Summit County, Ohio Summary: Local jails admit nearly 11 million people every year, a number that has nearly doubled since 1978 (Subramanian, Henrichson, and Kang-Brown 2015). Jurisdictions across the country are thinking creatively about reducing their jail populations and offering community-based alternatives to incarceration in response to a multitude of factors such as state and county budgetary cuts, jail overcrowding, the emergence of evidence-based practices for intervention and recovery, overburdened courts, and research on the cost effectiveness of alternatives to incarceration. Front-end diversion efforts-occurring at initial contact with law enforcement-can prevent overuse of jail custody and the negative impacts that accrue from pretrial detention and acquiring or adding to a criminal record (Dobbie et al. 2016; Lowenkamp et al. 2013). This case study, part of a series highlighting work supported by the Safety and Justice Challenge Innovation Fund, examines the experiences of Deschutes County, Oregon, and Summit County, Ohio, as they implemented front-end diversion interventions. Deschutes County designed and implemented a precharge program for people suspected of possession of a controlled substance, and Summit County issued summonses in lieu of a custodial arrest for people facing nonviolent, low-level felony charges. This case study draws upon regular communication between the Urban Institute and Deschutes County and Summit County over the 15-month Innovation Fund implementation period from January 2017 to March 2018. It is also based on program observation, review of program materials, and analysis of eight semi-structured interviews with 14 stakeholders working on the diversion initiative in Summit County and seven semi-structured interviews with 12 stakeholders in Deschutes County. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/lessons-front-end-diversion-deschutes-county-oregon-and-summit-county-ohio Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 152989

Author: McCoy, Evelyn Title: Implementing Alternatives to Incarceration for Women in Rural Communities: Lessons Learned from Campbell County, Tennessee Summary: Justice reform conversations tend to focus on issues in larger urban areas and on men, who represent the great majority of people involved in the justice system. However, small and rural communities across the country are wrestling with how to reduce overuse of the justice system, including local jail incarceration, and the many thousands of women that are arrested, detained pretrial, sentenced, and incarcerated. This case study, part of a series highlighting work supported by the Safety and Justice Challenge Innovation Fund, examines how Campbell County, a rural community in Tennessee, designed and launched the Women In Need Diversion (WIND) program to address the particular needs of women in jail. Jail populations in the United States have grown nearly fivefold since the 1980s despite a steady decline in overall crime rates (Friedman, Grawert, and Cullen 2017; The Sentencing Project 2018). In 2015, local jails admitted nearly 11 million people and held an estimated 721,400 people in confinement on average (Minton and Zeng 2016). Counties of fewer than 250,000 people have driven jail growth despite lower crime rates than in urban areas (Friedman, Grawert, and Cullen 2017; Kang-Brown and Subramanian 2017). Rural areas of between 10,000 and 50,000 people now have the highest rates of pretrial detention, increasing 436 percent from 1970 to 2013. Many factors may explain rural jail growth, including limited alternatives to incarceration, rising pretrial detention rates, and increasing financial incentives to contract out jail beds (Kang-Brown and Subramanian 2017). Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99168/alternatives_for_incarcerated_women_1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 152988

Author: Duane, Marina Title: Pretrial Strategy for Handling Intimate Partner Violence Cases: An Innovation Fund Case Study from Buncombe County, North Carolina Summary: Criminal justice system actors tasked with responding to violence between intimate partners are grappling with how to effectively secure victims' safety while ensuring that those who use violence are held accountable and put on a path to change their abusive behavior. One example of where those two goals can be difficult to balance is releasing aggressors when at least one incident of intimate partner violence (IPV) has already been reported. While some intimate relationships are abusive from the start, many others are violent in different ways or become subtly more violent over time, making it difficult to predict when victims are in danger. Pretrial supervision agencies are well positioned to manage or mitigate such risks by monitoring some aggressors in the community. Buncombe County, North Carolina, was one of the first counties in the country to develop and pilot a specialized pretrial protocol for such supervision. This case study, part of a series highlighting work supported by the Safety and Justice Challenge Innovation Fund, highlights Buncombe County's experience implementing the protocol, examines the early outcomes and implementation challenges, builds upon the scant research in the United States about the effective pretrial supervision of IPV cases, and charts a course for other localities that seek to institute an effective coordinated response. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/pretrial-strategy-handling-intimate-partner-violence-cases Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 152987

Author: McClure, David Title: Insights from Early State Efforts to Address the Opioid Crisis: Opioid Policymaking Insights and Experiences from the First Seven States Participating in the National Governors Association's Prescription Drug Abuse Reduction Policy Academy Summary: In recent years, the precipitous rise in opioid overdose fatalities in the United States has led to the widely held view that the problem has reached the level of a crisis or epidemic. However, the opioid problem has been simmering for many years, and state policymakers have been working to address this issue long before it prompted widespread public recognition. Looking back at the early opioid-related policy efforts in several states-when options were more resource-constrained-reveals valuable reflection points for lawmakers continuing to address the problem. This brief summarizes common insights and experiences of state policymakers working to address opioid issues, collected in 2015 from the first seven states to participate in the National Governors Association's Prescription Drug Abuse Reduction Policy Academy. This brief is intended to provide a retrospective on states' efforts to curb opioid misuse from 2012 through 2015. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99032/insights_from_early_state_efforts_to_address_the_opioid_crisis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 152986

Author: Hansen, Benjamin Title: The Grass is Greener on the Other Side: How Extensive is the Interstate Trafficking of Recreational Marijuana? Summary: Marijuana is partially prohibited: though banned federally, it will soon be available to almost 1 in 4 U.S. adults under state statutes. A chief concern among policy makers is marijuana trafficking from states with legal markets elsewhere. We measure trafficking with a natural experiment. Oregon opened recreationally licensed stores on October 1, 2015, next to Washington where stores had been legally selling recreational marijuana since July, 2014. Using administrative data covering the universe of recreational market sales, we find Washington retailers along the Oregon border experienced a 41 percent decline in sales immediately following Oregon's market opening. In counties that are the closest crossing point for the majority of the neighboring population, the estimated decrease grows to 58 percent, and is the largest for the biggest transactions. We also test if these inter-state spill-overs led to health externalities by studying traffic accidents in Oregon from 2011-2015. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w23762 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 152984

Author: Kids in Need of Defense (KIND) Title: Targeting Families: How ICE Enforcement Against Parents and Family Members Endangers Children Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY With immigration policy at the forefront of national debates, harsh rhetoric has transformed into even crueler realities for the most vulnerable of migrants-children who come alone to the U.S. fleeing grave violence in their home countries. Amid a pronounced shift in immigrant enforcement priorities, the U.S. government in June 2017 began targeting the parents and relatives of unaccompanied immigrant children for deportation and potential prosecution. Announced as an effort to disrupt smuggling networks and protect children, this targeted initiative has instead endangered and re-traumatized children by separating them from loved ones who have stepped forward to care for them as they await proceedings to hear their claims for protection. This report explains how U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) has exploited the process for reuniting children with their families to conduct enforcement against undocumented parents and family members-the vast majority of whom have not been charged with smuggling crimes. The report describes the ways in which the disruption of reunification efforts and the separation of families undermines fundamental rights, traumatizes children, and limits access to due process. By stoking fear in communities and destabilizing families, ICE's enforcement initiative against parents and other sponsors greatly diminishes, not advances, the protection of children, and places children at risk of trafficking or other harm. The preservation and reunification of families is a cornerstone of domestic and international law, and child welfare practice. Family unity provides important protective benefits to unaccompanied children, many of whom have escaped extreme violence and abuse. Rather than targeting the loved ones on whom these children rely for support, the government should instead prioritize the best interests of children in enforcement decisions and work to ensure children are provided a full and fair opportunity to access legal protections. Details: Washington, DC: KIND, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2018 at: https://supportkind.org/resources/targeting-families/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Immigrants Shelf Number: 152876

Author: Alden, Andrea Lisa Title: (Dis)articulating Morality and Myth: An Ideological History of the Insanity Defense Summary: Both law and medicine are interpretive practices, and both systems have historically worked in tandem, however ineffectively or tumultuously. The law is, by social mandate, imagined as a "fixed" system of social control, made up of rules and procedures grounded in a reality that is independent of language; although we know that law is both revised and interpreted every day in courtroom practice, to imagine the law, the system that keeps bad people behind bars and good people safe, as indeterminate or, worse, fallible, produces social anxieties that upend our cultural assumptions about fairness that predate our judicial system. This imaginary stability, then, is ultimately what prevents the legal system from evolving in consonance with developments in the mental health professions, as inadequate as that discursive system may be for describing and categorizing the infinite possibilities of mental illness, specifically where it is relevant to the commission of a crime. Ultimately, the insanity plea raises the specter of the endless interpretability of the law and mental illness and, therefore, the frailty of the justice system, which makes each insanity defense trial emblematic of larger social anxieties about social control, fairness, and susceptibility to mental illness or the actions of mentally ill people. Details: Tempe, AZ: Arizona State University, 2014. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/135097/content/Alden_asu_0010E_13952.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Insanity Defense Shelf Number: 153034

Author: Rad, Abdul N. Title: Police Institutions and Police Abuse: Evidence from the US Summary: What can explain variation in police abuse across America's largest enforcement agencies? This question is salient given the media attention and the investigations conducted by the US Department of Justice finding problems of accountability and transparency in America's policing apparatus. Situating itself on the intersection between public-sector union, special interest group, American politics, and criminology literature, this thesis argues that police union mechanisms, specifically police protections, can explain variation in police abuse. The study employs an originally constructed index of police protections comprised of police union contract and Law Enforcement Officer Bill of Rights (LEOBR) provisions. First, I find a positive and significant relationship between police abuse and police protections. Second, while local-level ideology has no influence on the ability of unions to create police protections, state-level ideology vis-a-vis state labour laws hinder the ability of unions to create police protections. Finally, to address alternative explanations for continued abuse, I present a paired, qualitative case study of Chicago, IL, and Dallas, TX. I demonstrate the importance of labour histories and minority law enforcement unions for creating better policing outcomes. Details: Oxford, UK:; University of Oxford, 2018. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/327406035_Police_Institutions_and_Police_Abuse_Evidence_from_the_US Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Abuse Shelf Number: 153035

Author: Brown, Anneliese Title: Supervised Visitation and Exchange: Keeping Survivors of Domestic Violence and Their Children Safe: A Step-by-Step Guide Summary: Ending an intimate relationship, particularly when children are involved, is difficult. When the relationship has been affected by domestic violence, risks to the safety of the adult victim and the children compound the difficulties. Despite the risks involved in granting violent parents contact with their children, some courts and legislatures are reluctant to deny parents, even those with a history of violence, such access. Supervised visitation and exchange centers can play a critical role in reducing the risk that many victims and their children face when leaving an abusive relationship and attempting to safely navigate custody. Creating services that truly mitigate those risks involves a great deal of planning. This guide, written by experts from Vera/s Center on Victimization and Safety, outlines steps to help along this path. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/supervised-visitation-and-exchange/legacy_downloads/Supervised-Visitation-and-Exchange-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Custody Shelf Number: 153039

Author: Hojat, Mahsa Title: Gang Members' Experiences of Childhood Care and Gang Involvement Summary: This phenomenological study offers an in-depth exploration of eight former gang members' experiences with caregivers, significant adults, and other gang members and how those relationships affected decisions to join gangs. New findings emerged about the effect of relationships and exposure to trauma and violence on one�s sense of self and self-deficit formation. These findings present clinical as well as policy opportunities for gang prevention, intervention, and rehabilitation. The seven major findings in this study include: 1. Family relationships impact gang membership. 2. Gangs attract people in search of self-object need fulfillment. 3. Feelings of rejection and social alienation lead to searching for this fulfillment from other avenues, including gangs. 4. Exposure to violence leads gang members to perpetuate violence. 5. Unresolved trauma increases the appeal of gangs as a means of coping. 6. Some gang members cope by disconnecting from emotions and acting out internal states. 7. The presence of limited positive relationships with significant adults, although helpful, is not enough to provide needed missing self-object functions that can decrease vulnerability to gang involvement. Details: Chicago: Institute for Clinical Social Work, 2016. 302p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.icsw.edu/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Mahsa-Hojat-Dissertation-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Adversity Shelf Number: 153040

Author: Major Cities Chiefs Association Title: Violent Crime Reduction Operations Guide Summary: Although a great deal of discussion centers on the issue of whether crime is increasing or decreasing in the United States, such a discussion never reveals the full story. When it comes to crime, no one just lives in the "United States"; everyone lives in a specific city, in a specific neighborhood. How violent crime is felt in communities, and how the policing executive is challenged to respond to it, is a much more nuanced story than crime numbers themselves would indicate. It is important for the accountable law enforcement executive to recognize that he or she is not alone in dealing with the thorny problem of violent crime. Violent crime has many components and there are many tools and partners available to help respond to it, including research institutions, peers, technology systems, government and non-government partners, and federal resources. All jurisdictions, however, have their own unique set of challenges, stakeholders, and resources. Consequently, there is no singular or static solution to violent crime. The Violent Crime Reduction Operations Guide outlines actions and activities that are relatable agency to agency and that have contributed to successful crime-fighting strategies throughout the country. Although the literature concerning violent crime is not sparse, this Guide complements existing conversations and offers a unique "for the field, by the field" perspective that combines best practices and research to assist all law enforcement executives in assessing their overall capacity and answering the question, "Where do we go from here?" Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/violent-crime-reduction-operations-guide.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 153045

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Gun Policy Remains Divisive, But Several Proposals Still Draw Bipartisan Support More prioritize controlling gun ownership than protecting gun rights Summary: The partisan divide that for years has defined public opinion about the nation's gun policies remains firmly in place. Yet there continue to be several specific policy proposals that draw broad support from both Republicans and Democrats. Overwhelming majorities of Republicans and Republican-leaning independents and Democrats and Democratic leaners (89% each) say mentally ill people should be barred from buying guns. Nearly as many in both parties (86% of Democrats, 83% of Republicans) favor barring gun purchases by people on federal watch lists. And sizable majorities also favor making private gun sales and sales at gun shows subject to background checks (91% of Democrats, 79% of Republicans). Yet there is a 30-percentage-point difference between Democrats and Republicans in support for an assault weapons ban (81% of Democrats, 50% of Republicans) and even wider gaps on two other proposals: arming teachers and school officials in elementary and high schools and allowing people to carry concealed weapons in more places. Large majorities of Republicans and Republican-leaning independents favor both of these proposals (69% arming school officials, 68% expanded concealed carry), compared with only about a quarter of Democrats and Democratic leaners (22% arming school officials, 26% expanded concealed carry). Opinions on these and other gun policy proposals have changed little in the year since Pew Research Center conducted a major study of guns in the U.S. (See "America�s Complex Relationship with Guns.") Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: http://www.people-press.org/2018/10/18/gun-policy-remains-divisive-but-several-proposals-still-draw-bipartisan-support/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 153046

Author: Bird, Kisha Title: Unjustice: overcoming Trump's Rollbacks on Youth Justice Summary: The Trump Administration's youth justice abuses and rollbacks merit a new term: Unjustice. We define Unjustice as a return to past policies and behaviors that deemed some members of society unworthy of fair, equal treatment under the law. It's a horrific reminder of the power and authority unjustly wielded against communities of color by law enforcement. It's unraveling criminal justice reform progress in many states and communities. This brief provides an analysis of selected United States Department of Justice policies and actions that have negative implications on youth and young adults of color. We consider the decision-making points that can affect young people of color and focus on the following "unjustice" areas: Promising police reform strategies under threat; Reversing progress in strategic prosecutorial choices; and Criminalizing youth culture and youth of color. The brief also offers youth, community advocates, and policymakers with an anti-incarceration framework that can be used to combat harmful law-and-order policies; and a set of initial civic engagement actions to take. Advocates and policymakers must be intentional about pushing for actionable changes within the current system while at the same time working to abolish racially biased policies and reconstructing a new vision of justice for youth. CLASP believes policy strategies that envision supports for work, education, health, and mental health are critical for dismantling structural barriers that push youth of color out of school and into detention and incarceration. We must examine state and local level investments and policies can prevent youth of color from entering the juvenile or criminal justice system in the first place and how policies can better support youth during and after detention, placement, and/or incarceration. We are at an important moment with an opportunity for change. These times call us to rebuild a vision created with youth in the pursuit of safety, well-being, and economic and racial justice. Details: Washington, DC: CLASP, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.clasp.org/sites/default/files/publications/2018/10/2018.10.10_unjustice.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice Shelf Number: 153049

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Addressing Opioid Use Disorders in Corrections: A Survey of Illinois Jails Summary: Even with substantial efforts at the state and local levels, opioid overdoses in Illinois continue to rise. Many in jails and prisons suffer from opioid use disorders and some receive treatment. Upon release, the risk of overdose is enhanced due to reduced tolerance. This article presents findings from a survey of 36 Illinois jail administrators on the use of medication-assisted treatment for detainees with opioid use disorders, naloxone distribution to reduce post-release overdose, and policies to ensure safe withdrawal from opioids and other drugs. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Addressing_Opioid_Use_Disorders_in_Corrections_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153051

Author: Russo, Megan Title: Developing Data Dashboards to Drive Criminal Justice Decisions: An Innovation Fund Case Study from Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and San Francisco, California Summary: Jurisdictions across the country are seeking ways to better understand their justice-involved populations and guide their decisions with data. This case study examines the experiences of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania and the City and County of San Francisco, California in integrating real-time data across criminal justice decision points and other non-justice systems to inform decision-making. With the increased interest in using dashboards across the country, practitioners interested in implementing similar efforts can take several lessons from Allegheny County and the City and County of San Francisco's experiences, including the importance of collaboration and continuous communication throughout the process, building a strong analytic capacity and ongoing relationship with IT, and the importance of automated, real-time data Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99171/developing_data_dashboards_to_drive_criminal_justice_decisions_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Data Shelf Number: 153055

Author: Tasca, Melinda Title: Examining Race and Gender Disparities in Restrictive Housing Placements Summary: Placement into restrictive housing is a controversial practice experienced by some inmates during incarceration. Nevertheless, little is known about who is placed in restrictive housing and under what conditions. Although this correctional management tool is used to isolate inmates who pose a risk to the operation and security of an institution, assessments underlying placement decisions are often racialized and gendered. Coupled with the seclusion of prisons from public scrutiny and the wide discretion afforded to prison officials, there are ample opportunities for extralegal factors to influence treatment. In an effort to generate a broader understanding of racial and gender disparities in conditions of confinement, this study-supported through NIJ's W.E.B. DuBois Research Fellowship Program- examined restrictive housing placement decisions. Using administrative records on all inmates released from prison in one large state between 2011 and 2014 (N = 33,143), this study assessed racial and ethnic disparities in men and women's: 1) placements into any segregation; 2) placements into particular types of segregation (i.e. administrative segregation, disciplinary and mental health segregation); 3) the length of time spent there; and 4) the reasons provided for these placements. Descriptive, bivariate, and multivariate analyses were estimated to assess these relationships. Given that multiple housing placements were recorded for each inmate (N = 124,942), multilevel modeling procedures were used (i.e. hierarchical logistic regression, hierarchical negative binomial regression). Overall, results indicated significant racial and ethnic disparities in restrictive housing placements among men and women, net of legally- and administratively-relevant factors and other inmate characteristics. To be sure, Native American men were more likely than Whites to experience placements into any segregation, disciplinary segregation, and administrative segregation (ad-seg). Latinos and Black men had lower odds of placement into any segregation and also disciplinary segregation relative to Whites. At the same time, Native American men and Latinos spent more days in any segregation and ad-seg when placed there compared to Whites. Latinos in disciplinary segregation also experienced longer placements, while Blacks' disciplinary segregation placements were shorter than Whites. For women, racial disparities were observed in placements into ad-seg and mental health segregation. Native American, Latina, and Black women had increased odds of placement into administrative segregation relative to their White counterparts. Latinas were less likely than Whites to experience placement into mental health segregation. Routine operations (e.g., custody reclassification, lateral transfers, inmate population adjustments) was the most commonly cited reason for restrictive housing placements across race/ethnicity and sex. This project informs research and policy alike. First, this study extends empirical knowledge on disparities in criminal justice decision-making to the correctional setting. Second, this project responded directly to calls for research regarding the use of segregation and whether it is applied fairly. Our work offers insight into the experiences of diverse and understudied groups, particularly Native Americans. And finally, this work can be useful for correctional departments when navigating and implementing decisions and practices pertaining to restrictive housing. Details: Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 22, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252062.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 153056

Author: Davis, Elizabeth Title: Contacts Between Police and the Public, 2015 Summary: Presents data on the nature and frequency of contact between police and U.S. residents age 16 or older, including demographic characteristics of residents, the reason for and outcomes of the contact, police threats or use of nonfatal force, and residents' perceptions of police behavior during the contact. Highlights: The portion of U.S. residents age 16 or older who had contact with the police in the preceding 12 months declined from 26% in 2011 to 21% in 2015, a drop of more than 9 million people (from 62.9 million to 53.5 million). The number of persons experiencing police-initiated contact fell by 8 million (down 23%), the number of persons who initiated contact with the police fell by 6 million (down 19%), and the number experiencing contact from traffic accidents did not change significantly. Whites (23%) were more likely than blacks (20%) or Hispanics (17%) to have contact with police. Police were equally likely to initiate contact with blacks and whites (11% each) but were less likely to initiate contact with Hispanics (9%). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 23, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cpp15.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 153058

Author: Delaney, Ruth Title: Reimagining Prison Summary: This document-unlike anything we have ever produced at the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera)-is about the possibility of radical change. It asserts a dramatic reconsideration of the most severe criminal sanction we have: incarceration. It articulates a view that is sure to be alien to many. Yet we need not accept as a given the way we do things now, and we encourage you to envision a different path. Indeed, our vision has concrete reference points. It is in the hope, daring, and promise of a small unit for young adults in a Connecticut maximum security facility. It is inspired by what we learned studying and visiting prisons in Germany, where the very conditions and operations of that entire system are defined by a commitment to uphold human dignity-a commitment born of that country's coming to terms with the Holocaust. And it is rooted in our own obligation-now physically exhibited in a museum and memorial in Montgomery, Alabama-to acknowledge and atone for our brutal history of dehumanization and racial oppression and to understand how it has shaped what we do today in our justice system. Our mission is to link these things and suggest a path forward that is as much about reconciliation as it is about criminal justice reform. In October of last year, John, a young adult in Cheshire Correctional Institution- where most people spend 22 hours a day in their cells-was accepted into a new small housing unit. Though the unit is within the same facility, John was handcuffed and shackled and placed in a prison van, subjected to strip searches, and given a medical assessment. In transit, John spent time in a kind of purgatorial interstitial space, waiting in what he described as "a full cage from top to bottom, something like on the show Lockup or Hard Time." But once inside the new unit, John entered a different world. The corrections officers greeted him and shook his hand. They asked him and the other young men in the unit serious questions about their goals and expressed genuine interest in their thoughts, feelings, and plans. In a letter to his family, John described this place as "not a regular prison environment [but] an open, caring, hopeful environment." He began to develop relationships both with older men who act as mentors in the unit and corrections officers, with whom he played chess, talked, and reflected on visits with his family. Each day, John attends group discussions with other young men and older mentors, he participates in town hall meetings where everyone gathers to talk about and resolve issues, and he joins programs that teach him about conflict resolution and money management. He spends the majority of his days outside his cell-attending programs, moving freely around the unit, and playing basketball in the outside courtyard. John, like all the men in the unit, is learning about responsibility and actively working to become a better person for himself and society. John's prison experience spans two possible futures for America's prison systems: the continuation of the punitive, retributive, and dehumanizing routines of the past; and the possibility of a reimagined future built on a wholly different set of foundational principles, designed to promote safety and success. The new unit John found himself in-called T.R.U.E., an acronym that stands for Truthfulness (to oneself and others), Respectfulness (toward the community), Understanding (ourselves and what brought us here), and Elevating (into success)-is a groundbreaking model in which we and our partners in Connecticut reimagine incarceration for young men aged 18 to 25. It was inspired by a visit to a young adult facility in Germany, where corrections officials from Connecticut were first exposed to what could be, not just what had always been. It represents a hopeful possibility for change in the way America handles incarceration. According to one of its participants, "the T.R.U.E. program is dedicated to the reclamation of moral integrity," inherent in which "is the recognition of the dignity of all prisoners in general." Unfortunately, while T.R.U.E. has inspired several other similar efforts, at the moment its goals and practices are shared by only a tiny fraction of prisons in America. At the vast majority of the facilities in the massive network of prisons across the country, people spend endless days in cells; they are marched to and from their limited activities; and their names and identities are lost, replaced with numbers, uniforms, and a stultifying idleness and isolation that impede cognition and fundamentally alters social-psychological processes. And for those who work behind the walls, the daily existence can hardly be described as enviable. It is telling that in American prisons, staff count down the years to retirement using the same language as those they are paid to keep locked up. In prison, everyone is serving a sentence. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/reimagining-prison-print-report/legacy_downloads/Reimagining-Prison_FINAL3_digital.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 153068

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Effects of the Timing and Dosage of Correctional Programming on Recidivism Summary: This study examined the effects of program timing and duration on recidivism outcomes among 1,879 offenders released from Minnesota prisons in 2005. The point at which prisoners entered programming did not have a significant effect on recidivism. Earlier involvement in interventions, however, significantly increased programming dosage, which was, in turn, associated with better recidivism outcomes. Significant findings were observed for the point at which prisoners exited programming, particularly in relation to the overall length of their imprisonment. In general, recidivism was significantly lower when prisoners exited programming closer to their release from prison. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/The%20Impact%20of%20Timing%20and%20Dosage%20on%20Recidivism_tcm1089-317090.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 153071

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Effects of Prison Labor on Institutional Misconduct, Post-Prison Employment and Recidivism Summary: We used a retrospective quasi-experimental design to assess the impact of prison labor on institutional misconduct, post-prison employment, and recidivism among 6,144 offenders released from Minnesota prisons between 2007 and 2011. In addition to using multiple measures of prison labor participation, we relied on propensity score matching to minimize observable selection bias. Participation in prison labor significantly improved post-prison employment outcomes, but it yielded mixed results for prison misconduct and had little overall impact on recidivism. When we examined the extent to which prisoners participated in prison labor, the best outcomes were observed for those who spent a greater proportion of their overall confinement time working a job in prison. As the percentage of prison time spent working increased, we found significant improvements in prison misconduct, post-prison employment, and several measures of recidivism. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/Effects%20of%20Prison%20Labor%20on%20Institutional%20Misconduct%2C%20Post-Prison%20Employment%20and%20Recidivism_tcm1089-320173.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 153072

Author: Shlafer, Rebecca J. Title: Parents in Prison and their Minor Children: Comparisons between State and National Estimates Summary: To estimate the number of parents among state prisoners in Minnesota, inmates (N = 2,242) completed a brief survey. More than two-thirds reported having minor children. More women than men reported being a parent; over half reported living with their children before arrest. In a multivariate model, parent gender, residing with children pre-incarceration, and child age predicted interest in parenting programming. The current study yielded a higher prevalence of parental incarceration than national and other state estimates. Findings underscore the importance of documenting the prevalence of parents in prison, and identifying programs and policies to address their needs. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/Parents%20in%20Prison%20and%20their%20Minor%20Children_Comparisons%20between%20State%20and%20National%20Estimates-2018_tcm1089-325644.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 153073

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: Minnesota Circles of Support and Accountability (MnCoSA) at 50: Updated Results from a Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: This study evaluates the effectiveness of Minnesota Circles of Support and Accountability (MnCOSA), a sex offender reentry program implemented by the Minnesota Department of Corrections in 2008. Using a randomized controlled trial, this evaluation compares recidivism and cost-benefit outcomes among sex offenders in the MnCOSA (N = 50) and control groups (N = 50). The results suggest MnCOSA significantly reduced sexual recidivism, lowering the risk of rearrest for a new sex offense by 88 percent. In addition, MnCOSA significantly decreased all four measures of general recidivism, with reductions ranging in size from 49 to 57 percent. As a result of the reduction in recidivism, findings from the cost-benefit analysis reveal the program has generated an estimated $2 million in costs avoided to the state, resulting in a benefit of $40,923 per participant. For every dollar spent on MnCOSA, the program has yielded an estimated benefit of $3.73. Although difficult to implement, the CoSA model is a cost-effective intervention for sex offenders that could also be applied to other correctional populations with a high risk of violent recidivism. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/2018%20MnCOSA%20Outcome%20Evaluation_tcm1089-326700.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 153074

Author: McNeeley, Susan M. Title: Does Neighborhood Context Moderate the Relationship between Criminal Propensity and Recidivism? Summary: This study examines whether the relationship between individual-level risk and recidivism varies according to ecological context, measured at the census tract level. It is hypothesized that high-risk offenders - as measured by MnSTARR 2.0 and LSI-R - will have elevated risk of recidivism when living in disadvantaged neighborhoods, and lower risk of recidivism when living in affluent neighborhoods. These hypotheses are tested with hierarchical logistic models predicting rearrest and revocation for a technical violation among a sample of approximately 3,000 offenders released from Minnesota state prisons in 2009. Rearrest was positively related to neighborhood disadvantage and negatively related to neighborhood affluence, while revocation was positively related to neighborhood urbanism. Further, neighborhood disadvantage moderated the association between LSI-R and rearrest; however, this interaction was not in the hypothesized direction. The results contradict prior literature examining similar relationships at the county level. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/NeighborhoodModeration-Full_tcm1089-341787.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Disadvantaged Neighborhoods Shelf Number: 153075

Author: McNeeley, Susan M. Title: A Long-Term Follow-Up Evaluation of the Minnesota High Risk Revocation Reduction Re-Entry Program Summary: This study examines the effectiveness of the High Risk Revocation Reduction (HRRR) program, a reentry program designed to reduce recidivism among offenders released from Minnesota state prisons. Adult male release violators were randomly assigned to a treatment group that received supplemental case planning and access to community service and programs, or to a control group that received standard case management. Survival analysis was used to examine rearrest, reconviction, reincarceration for a new offense, and supervised release revocation. The results of Cox regression models showed that participation in HRRR significantly reduced the risk of rearrest but had no effect on the other measures of recidivism. The results provide limited support for the program, although its effectiveness appeared to decline during the second phase of implementation. HRRR also reduced costs; however, the estimated benefits were not robust across all sensitivity analyses. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/2018%20HRRR%20Outcome%20Evaluation_tcm1089-341786.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Offender Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 153076

Author: Clark, Valerie Title: The Effects of Restrictive Housing on Recidivism Summary: The isolation of certain inmates for the protection of others or themselves is sometimes required for the sake of safety and institutional order. However, many observers have argued that restrictive housing is a form of torture, and may leave inmates at a greater risk of reoffending in the future. This study examined (a) the extent to which a cohort of released state prisoners were held in restrictive housing during their confinements, (b) whether or not they were released to the community directly from restrictive housing, and (c) whether or not these factors significantly impacted the likelihood of three types of recidivism. The results revealed that time spent in restrictive housing increased the risk of supervision revocations up to two years after release, but did not significantly increase the likelihood of rearrest or reconviction. Thus, rule-breaking behaviors appear to continue into the community, but not necessarily continued criminal offending. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/Effects%20of%20Restrictive%20Housing%20on%20Recidivism_tcm1089-320093.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 153077

Author: Oliva, Jennifer D. Title: Prescription Drug Policing: The Right to Protected Health Information Privacy Pre- and Post-Carpenter Summary: This article operates at the intersection of privacy law, Fourth Amendment doctrine, and public health realities triggered by the United States drug overdose epidemic. Reputable reporting sources, public health scholars, and pundits frequently frame the ongoing American overdose crisis as a prescription drug overdose problem attributable to the overprescribing of opioid analgesics. The problem with this narrative is that it runs counter to the current epidemiological data, which indicate that the majority of American overdose deaths are now a result of illicit drug use and not prescription drug abuse. The prescription-centric frame has nonetheless sparked the rapid rise of law enforcement and regulatory surveillance of prescribers and patients in the form of state prescription drug monitoring program (PDMP) databases. State PDMPs, which maintain and analyze significant data concerning every dispensed prescription, collect a stunning amount of patient protected health information (PHI). To put things in context, Americans filled 4,063,166,658 prescriptions at retail pharmacies in 2017 alone. PDMPs are largely criminal and regulatory law enforcement tools dressed up in public health promoting rhetoric. Under the guise of rogue prescriber, pill mill, and doctor shopper crack downs, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has made it a routine practice to self-issue administrative subpoenas to conduct warrantless, dragnet-style sweeps of the swarms of sensitive protected health data stored in state PDMP databases. This widespread law enforcement prescribing surveillance tactic, which reveals highly personal health information, including, among other things, patients' contraceptive histories, gender transition decisions, and HIV diagnoses, raises serious constitutional privacy concerns. The Supreme Court's recent Fourth Amendment decision, Carpenter v. United States, however, may limit law enforcement's ability to continue to access droves of electronically-stored patient prescribing-related PHI in the custody of a state regulatory agency without a court order supported by probable cause. The Court's decision in Carpenter already has been heralded as "a landmark privacy case," which this article uniquely applies to prescription drug monitoring and law enforcement surveillance tactics provoked by the U.S. overdose crisis and its dominant narrative. Carpenter and the Fourth Amendment doctrines central to its holding motivate this article and animate its two core contentions. First, this article maintains that pertinent pre-Carpenter precedent requires the DEA to obtain a Fourth Amendment warrant in order to conduct sweeps of state PDMP databases searching patient protected health information. It then posits that courts are even more likely to rule that warrantless DEA searches of sensitive and frequently revealing health care data run afoul of the Fourth Amendment in the post-Carpenter world. Simply stated, PDMP protected health information is entitled to Fourth Amendment warrant protection. Details: Morgantown, WV: West Virginia University College of Law, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: WVU College of Law Research Paper No. 2018-005: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3225000 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153078

Author: Thompson, Isidro Title: Predicting Criminal Desistance Among Adult Males Between the Ages of 25 and 30 Years Old Summary: The purpose of the current study was to determine if criminal desistance could be predicted using data generated by the Oregon Department of Corrections (ODOC) related to prison programming, offender demographics, and certain other static and protective risk factors. The theoretical framework for this study centered on age-crime distribution, informal social control, and personal agency. Archived data from a sample size of 2,641 male subjects released from the ODOC between 2008 and 2010 who were between the ages of 25 and 30 years old was used in a forward stepwise regression analysis to determine the effect of selected variables on desistance. Regression analysis indicated significant results at the alpha level >.05 for prior revocations, prior ODOC incarcerations, race, crime severity, substance abuse need, number of custody cycles, disciplinary reports, length of incarceration, person-to-person crimes, earned time awarded, and release age. The study supported the hypothesis that desistance could be predicted using available offender information contained in the ODOC databases, and suggestions for future mixed method research to add context to the results of this study were presented. Lastly, suggestions for the application of the study's findings related to prison programming and community corrections were offered. Details: Fort Lauderdale, FL: Nova Southeastern University, 2016. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation Proposal: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://www.oregon.gov/doc/RESRCH/docs/Predicitng%20Criminal%20Desistance_Dissertation_DOC.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 153079

Author: National Employment Law Project Title: Winning Wage Justice: An Advocate's Guide to State and City Policies to Fight Wage Theft Summary: By any measure, wage theft in America is threatening to become a defining trend of the 21st century labor market. In the past year alone, workers recovered tens of millions of dollars in unpaid wages from their employers in a range of industries. For example, Staples paid $42 million in illegally underpaid wages to its assistant store managers, New Jersey truck delivery drivers received $2 million in an unpaid overtime settlement, Walmart settled an unpaid wages case for $35 million in Washington State, and New York car wash workers received $3.5 million in unpaid overtime. Behind these high-profile cases sits a growing body of research that documents a broad and worsening wage theft crisis in America. In a landmark 2009 study, Broken Laws, Unprotected Workers, researchers surveyed more than 4,000 workers in low-wage industries in Chicago, Los Angeles, and New York, and found that 26 percent had been paid less than the minimum wage in the preceding week, and 76 percent had either been underpaid or not paid at all for their overtime hours. Dozens of studies by organizers and advocates in specific industries have uncovered similar rates of wage-related violations (as well as related health and safety, workers compensation, and right-to-organize violations). And in audits of employers in 1999 and 2000, the US Department of Labor (USDOL) found high rates of minimum wage, overtime and other violations across the country, including in 50 percent of Pittsburgh restaurants, 74 percent of Georgia day care centers, 50 percent of St. Louis nursing homes, 38 percent of Reno hotels and motels, and 47 percent of adult family homes in Seattle, to name just a few. Wage theft is not incidental, aberrant or rare, committed by a few rogue employers at the periphery of the labor market. It takes place in industries that span the economy- including retail, restaurants and grocery stores; caregiver industries such as home health care and domestic work; blue collar industries such as manufacturing, construction and wholesalers; building services such as janitorial and security; and personal services such as dry cleaning and laundry, car washes, and beauty and nail salons. Immigrants, women and people of color are particularly hard hit, although all workers are at risk of the many forms of wage theft: being paid less than the minimum wage, working off the clock without pay, getting less than time and a half for overtime hours, having tips stolen, and seeing illegal deductions taken out of paychecks. Minimum wage and overtime laws are the anchors of the employment relationship in the United States. They are the central vehicle by which public policy guarantees fundamental protections for workers. If we cede these most basic laws to rampant evasion and violation, we are effectively setting the clock back to the early 1900s, before the enactment of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), when the lack of any wage floor resulted in terrible working conditions. The wage theft crisis has many roots. Repercussions for violating the law are often not strong enough to dissuade employers, and declining resources and ineffective strategies by government enforcement agencies mean that employers have little fear of getting caught. Inadequate protections for workers who want to make claims of wage theft result in high rates of retaliation. And new forms of work and production, including outsourcing to subcontractors and misclassifying workers as independent contractors, have created confusion and allowed employers to move growing numbers of workers outside the reach of the law. The case for fighting wage theft is first and foremost about fairness and justice-but it is also about economics. There is the significant cost to workers and their families, which in one week alone is estimated to be $56.4 million in New York, Chicago and Los Angeles combined. There is the cost to taxpayers in lost revenues when employers fail to pay payroll taxes. There is the cost to our local economies, with fewer dollars circulating to local businesses, stunting economic recovery. And there is the cost to growth and opportunity as generations of workers are trapped in sub-minimum wage jobs. Every day, millions of responsible, profitable employers in this country comply with minimum wage and overtime laws. When we allow their unscrupulous competitors to undercut them on labor costs, we are starting a race to the bottom that will reverberate throughout the entire labor market in a cascading loss of good jobs. Everyone has a stake in this issue. Fighting wage theft is not about adding new burdens onto law-abiding employers. It is about smarter enforcement of laws that are already on the books, closing gaping loopholes and enacting stronger enforcement tools. In this guide, our goal is to support and build upon the surging grassroots energy around wage theft campaigns in cities and states across the country. Advocates are using high-profile street protests and new organizing strategies to target unscrupulous employers. They are mounting multi-year campaigns to update legal protections and set up new enforcement mechanisms. And they are pushing the issue of wage theft onto the airwaves, educating the public and lawmakers alike about the scale of the problem and how to fight it. In the process, they are creating strong, enduring coalitions of worker centers, unions, legal services groups, policy think tanks, and other low-wage worker advocates. By providing our allies a concrete menu of innovative policies to strengthen enforcement of minimum wage and overtime laws-as well as strategic guidance on identifying which policies make sense in a given community-our hope is that we help turn the tide and shift the American workplace from wage theft to wage justice. Details: New York: The Project, 2011. 136p. Source: Initernet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://s27147.pcdn.co/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/WinningWageJustice2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153081

Author: Ramon, Cristobal Title: Police, Jails, and Immigrants: How Do Immigrants and the Immigration Enforcement System Interact with Local Law Enforcement? Summary: In recent years, one contentious component of the immigration debate has been that of so-called sanctuary cities, which are municipalities, or local law enforcement jurisdictions that have adopted policies that limit their cooperation with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and other federal immigration authorities due to concerns that this cooperation limits their ability to provide public safety in immigrant communities. Critics of sanctuary cities, including the Trump administration, have countered that sanctuary city policies prevent ICE from detaining and deporting criminal non-citizens who present a threat to communities. This debate has placed the roles and responsibilities of state and local law enforcement agencies center-stage in the immigration debate. However, two misconceptions about these agencies' operations and their interaction with the immigration enforcement system persist in the debate. First, many participants in the sanctuary cities debate fail to recognize the complexity of overlapping law enforcement agency jurisdictions in many areas, where different agencies may adopt conflicting policies regarding cooperation with immigration enforcement. Second, a particular focus on whether or not a law enforcement agency honors ICE requests to keep individuals in custody until they can be transferred to ICE, known as "detainers," often conflates the roles of local police forces that conduct local arrests and counties, which generally operate local jails and detention facilities. Simply labeling a geographic area as a "sanctuary city" misrepresents these realities. The actual operation of local law enforcement agencies and their work with immigration enforcement agencies is more complex and nuanced than is often reported in the public debate. A review of the local law enforcement agencies in Atlanta, Austin, Charlotte, Denver, and Los Angeles shows that: 1. The term "local law enforcement" in these areas involves a range of law enforcement agencies that operate in multilateral territorial jurisdictions established by their respective state's constitution. 2. The city and local police departments in Los Angeles and Charlotte have or had sanctuary policies while their sheriff's departments actively worked with ICE, showing that "sanctuary jurisdictions" can consist of local authorities with conflicting policies. 3. The sheriff's offices in these areas operate their jails and respond to ICE requests rather than officers who work for the city's local police departments. Although these examples represent a small sample of the local law enforcement jurisdictions in the United States, they show the importance of using a fact-based understanding of local enforcement to develop a more robust debate-and effective policies-on the role that local law enforcement officers play in enforcing the nation's immigration laws. Details: Washington, DC: Bipartisan Policy Center, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://bipartisanpolicy.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/BPC-Immigration-Local-Law-Enforcement.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 153082

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Unaccompanied Children: Agency Efforts to Reunify Children Separated from Parents at the Border Summary: On April 6, 2018, the Attorney General issued a memorandum on criminal prosecutions of immigration offenses, which, according to HHS officials, resulted in a considerable increase in the number of minor children whom DHS separated from their parents after attempting to cross the U.S. border illegally. On June 20, 2018, the President issued an executive order directing that alien families generally be detained together, and on June 26, 2018, a federal judge ordered the government to reunify separated families. DHS is responsible for the apprehension of individuals at the border, including families, and the transfer of UAC to HHS. HHS is responsible for coordinating the placement and care of UAC. GAO was asked to examine processes for tracking and reunifying separated families. This report discusses DHS and HHS (1) planning efforts related to the Attorney General's April 2018 memo, (2) systems for indicating children were separated from parents, and (3) actions to reunify families in response to the June 2018 court order. GAO reviewed agency policies and procedures, filings in the relevant court case as of August 23, 2018, and interviewed DHS and HHS officials. GAO also visited four ORR shelters in July 2018 to interview staff responsible for the separated children. What GAO Recommends GAO is not making recommendations. GAO previously recommended that DHS and HHS improve their process for transferring UAC from DHS to HHS custody. DHS and HHS provided technical comments that were incorporated, as appropriate. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-163: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/694963.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 153083

Author: Bipartisan Policy Center Title: Child Migration by the Numbers Summary: The rapid increase in the number of children apprehended at the U.S.-Mexico border this year has generated a great deal of attention and controversy. In particular, attention has been focused on children that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) classifies as "unaccompanied alien children" (UAC). In fiscal year (FY) 2013, 82 percent of the 47,000 apprehended children aged zero to 17 fell into this category. The number of UAC apprehended doubled between FY 2009 and FY 2013 and is on pace to nearly double again by the end of FY 2014. As DHS applies it, the term "unaccompanied" does not describe a child/'s travel conditions, but the way the child is processed. In order for an apprehended child not to be classified as unaccompanied, a parent or guardian must prove their relationship to the child. DHS used to extend custody to close family members like adult siblings and grandparents, but shifted to a stricter interpretation in May 2006. Even if the parent/guardian relationship is proven, children who are detained separately from their parents are still classified as unaccompanied. For example, parents who are charged as criminal aliens must be housed in detention facilities where children cannot legally be placed, and a lack of bed space can prevent parents and children from being housed in the same facility. Publicly available data do not reveal how many children are separated from parents, guardians, or family members during DHS processing. Details: Washington, DC: The Policy Center, 2014. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: http://bipartisanpolicy.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/default/files/BPC%20Immigration%20Task%20Force%20-%20Child%20Migration%20by%20the%20Numbers%20June%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 153084

Author: Kids in Need of Defense (KIND) Title: Improving the Protection and Fair Treatment of Unaccompanied Children Summary: Unaccompanied children continue to come to the United States from Central America in significant and rising numbers due to continued violence and danger in their home countries, much of it perpetrated by gangs, narco-traffickers, and other criminal groups. Child arrivals from El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala - collectively known as the Northern Triangle of Central America - began to increase noticeably from previous years in October 2011 and rose significantly each year from that time forward, to a historic peak in 2014. Since 2014, more than 160,000 unaccompanied children have arrived seeking protection in the United States. Although fewer children came in Fiscal Year 2015 due to increased interdiction and deportation of unaccompanied children by Mexico with support from the United States, the numbers began to rise again in August 2015. The number of children seeking protection in the United States in 2016 will be higher than 2015, and will be close to 2014 arrivals. This large flow of children from Central America seeking protection in the United States is not surprising. The root causes of these children's flight have not been resolved. They face unprecedented violence in their home countries. El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala are among the top five most violent countries in the world due to gang and other organized criminal violence. El Salvador recently unseated Honduras as the most murderous country in the Western Hemisphere and is facing violence not seen since the end of its civil war. El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras rank first, third, and seventh, respectively, for rates of female homicides globally. The governments of these countries are unable or unwilling to control this pervasive violence. KIND regularly receives referrals of children in need of attorneys to represent them in immigration court who have endured horrific abuse; KIND has seen a rise in young children, both boys and girls, who have been raped or sexually assaulted, often more than once. Others have been abducted, witnessed family members murdered, or been threatened themselves with murder. The UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) found in 2014 that 58 percent of the unaccompanied children interviewed for its report Children on the Run would have valid claims to international protection, meriting further evaluation of their cases because their primary motivation for coming to the United States was to escape violence in their home countries. The United States is not alone in receiving high numbers of vulnerable children. Since 2008, Mexico, Belize, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and Panama have seen the number of asylum applications from citizens fleeing the Northern Triangle grow nearly 13 times the number in 2008. Just as in other refugee situations around the world, Central Americans typically flee to countries where they have familial or other connections. Not only are thousands of unaccompanied children traveling on their own, but high numbers of young mothers are also migrating with their young children in search of protection. Details: Washington, DC, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://supportkind.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/KIND-Protection-and-Fair-Treatment-Report_September-2016-FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 152873

Author: Rathod, Jayesh Title: Distilling Americans: The Legacy of Prohibition on U.S. Immigration Law Summary: Since the early twentieth century, federal immigration law has targeted noncitizens believed to engage in excessive alcohol consumption by prohibiting their entry or limiting their ability to obtain citizenship and other benefits. The first specific mention of alcohol-related behavior appeared in the Immigration Act of 1917, which called for the exclusion of "persons with chronic alcoholism" seeking to enter the United States. Several decades later, the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952 specified that any noncitizen who "is or was . . . a habitual drunkard" was per se lacking in good moral character, and hence ineligible for naturalization. Although the "chronic alcoholism" provision was eventually removed from the grounds of exclusion, the habitual drunkard clause remains part of the statute, vexing both scholars and practitioners, and casting a shadow over many different forms of relief. This Article uncovers the complex history of the habitual drunkard clause and similar alcohol-related norms in U.S. immigration law. In so doing, the Article explores a more transcendent question: how do we explain the preoccupation with non-citizen drunkenness in U.S. immigration law and in the immigration system at large? To guide both inquiries, the Article describes changing perceptions of alcohol use in U.S. history, from colonial times, to the Prohibition Era, to the present. To accompany this historical overview, the Article describes the legal regulation of drunkenness and alcohol-related behavior, uncovering its muddled normative foundations. The Article argues that different iterations of alcohol-related regulation since the nation's founding - including, most notably, the Prohibition Era - have operated as forms of social, economic, and/or political control over non-citizens. Indeed, a complex set of factors has fueled these laws, including entrenched fears and stereotypes about immigrants, the desire to advance particular values and a vision of society, race - and class-based animus, and the simple preservation of power. These subterranean concerns continue to nourish narratives about immigrant alcohol use and its resulting ills - narratives that have captured the public consciousness, but are often untethered from empirical reality. Having detailed the history and complexity of alcohol-related norms in U.S. immigration law, the Article examines the present-day utility of the habitual drunkard clause, a provision that has endured for more than six decades. The Article urges the elimination of the clause in light of contemporary understandings of alcohol use and complementary provisions in immigration law that screen for alcohol dependence and related conduct. This legislative fix, while important, is an initial step in curbing the broader legacy of Prohibition, which persists today in the exercise of discretion in immigration enforcement, adjudication in immigration courts, and in recurring legislative proposals targeting immigrant alcohol use. Details: Washington, DC: American University Washington College of Law, 2014. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2396061 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 152868

Author: Flamini, Alessandro Title: Illegal Drugs and Public Corruption: Crack Based Evidence from California Summary: Do illegal drugs foster public corruption? To estimate the causal effect of drugs on public corruption in California, we adopt the synthetic control method and exploit the fact that crack cocaine markets emerged asynchronously across the United States. We focus on California because crack arrived here in 1981, before reaching any other state. Our results show that public corruption more than tripled in California in the first three years following the arrival of crack cocaine. We argue that this resulted from the particular characteristics of illegal drugs: a large trade-off between profits and law enforcement, due to a cheap technology and rigid demand. Such a trade-off fosters a convergence of interests between criminals and corrupted public officials resulting in a positive causal impact of illegal drugs on corruption. Details: California: USC Dornsife Institute for Economic Thinking, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3241814 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corruption Shelf Number: 152867

Author: Bazzi, Samuel Title: Deterring Illegal Entry: Migrant Sanctions and Recidivism in Border Apprehensions Summary: In this paper, we use administrative records from the U.S. Border Patrol to examine how penalizing illegal border crossing affects recidivism in the apprehension of undocumented migrants at the U.S.-Mexico border. Over 2008 to 2012, the Border Patrol rolled out a Consequence Delivery System, which increased the fraction of apprehended border crossers subject to administrative or criminal sanctions from 15 percent to 85 percent. By matching fingerprints across apprehension records, we detect if a migrant apprehended by the Border Patrol is subject to penalties and if he is re-apprehended at a later date. Exploiting day-to-day variation in the capacity of the Border Patrol to levy sanctions during the rollout phase, we estimate strong effects of penalties on the likelihood that an apprehended migrant re-attempts illegal entry and is recaptured. Exposure to (milder) administrative penalties reduces the 3-month and 18-month re-apprehension rates for male Mexican nationals by 6.6 and 4.6 percentage points, off of baseline rates of 22.6 percent and 24.2 percent; exposure to the full set of penalties reduces these re-apprehension rates by 8.1 and 6.1 percentage points. The estimated magnitudes imply that the rollout of the CDS can account for 28 to 44 percent of the reduction in re-apprehension rates over 2008 to 2012. Further results suggest that our estimated impacts of sanctions on recidivism in apprehensions may understate the impact of sanctions on recidivism in attempted illegal entry. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 24, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25100 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 152866

Author: Lozano-Vazquez,Alberto Title: The Merida Initiative: Perceptions, Interests and Security Cooperation in the Mexico-U.S. Relationship (2006-2012) Summary: This dissertation asserts that bilateral cooperation can be possible when specific perceptions and identities -socially constructed- converge between two states, creating subsequently rational incentives to cooperate strategically. Both states can derive domestic and international benefits from mutual cooperation materialized through a specific bilateral policy. However, the evaluation of such cooperative program requires, as another stage of analysis, different analytical tools based on materialist and constructivist criteria opening then the possibility to find successes and failures simultaneously in the same bilateral policy. Taking the Merida Initiative as a case study of security cooperation, this research engages in the analysis of the Mexico-U.S. relationship from 2006 to 2012, finding some theoretical and political lessons about bilateral cooperation and regional security affairs. Details: Miami: University of Miami, 2016. 625p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 26, 2018 at: https://scholarlyrepository.miami.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=&httpsredir=1&article=2782&context=oa_dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Cartels Shelf Number: 153100

Author: Beety, Valena Elizabeth Title: Wrongful Convictions and The National Academy of Sciences: From Forensics to Eyewitness Identification Summary: In creating a test to admit eyewitness identifications, the Supreme Court in Manson v. Brathwaite held as its most important value the reliability of this evidence. Thirty-five years later, hundreds of tests, research projects, and papers have shown exactly how unreliable the Court's admissibility test is. The Supreme Court has failed to live up to its own standard. The National Academy of Sciences new Report, Identifying the Culprit: Assessing Eyewitness Identification, may be the needed impetus to change the nationally governing standard. The Report takes readers above and beyond the current Manson test. Indeed, Identifying the Culprit predicts a national impact on our executive, judicial, and legislative branches. Five years from today, the U.S. Supreme Court may use these findings to completely overhaul the admission of eyewitness testimony in the courtroom. This piece provides a brief sketch of a prior NAS Report, Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward, and the impact it has had on all branches of government. The growing influence and reforms of the field of forensic science then lead into questions of the reliability of eyewitness evidence. The role of innocence cases ultimately culminates in a discussion of Identifying the Culprit: Assessing Eyewitness Identification and the impact of these connected Reports. Details: West Virginia: Tennessee Law Review, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed at: October 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2686774 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Courtroom Shelf Number: 153129

Author: Beety, Valena Elizabeth Title: Risk and Execution: The Local Impact of Capital Cases on Mississippi Counties Summary: Mississippi codified the death penalty because people thought a death sentence was a fair punishment for the most heinous of crimes. And, as predicted by behavioral economics, people were willing to sacrifice their own material well-being - in other words, willing to pay - to punish wrongdoers. But the death penalty is not fair. Regardless of whether the death penalty is a just punishment, the financial toll that this policy places on citizens and counties is unfair. Because citizens have continually paid the costs of punishment, the costs have slowly disappeared from sight and knowledge in correlation to their growth. As the cost of a death penalty trial rises through subsequent appeals, counties must levy additional taxes to pay trial expenses, instead of using these taxes to pay for paving roads or repairing bridges. Few officials discuss the financial burden and consequences of the death penalty. This Article seeks to remedy that silence. Details: West Virginia University: WVU Law Research Paper, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2236256 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Cases Shelf Number: 153128

Author: Humane Society International Title: U.S. Market for Giraffe Parts Uncovered Summary: The tallest animal in the world is in big trouble. In early 2018, the Humane Society of the United States conducted an investigation to determine the commercial availability of giraffe parts and products for sale in the U.S. Investigators found giraffe parts for sale from coast to coast at more than 52 U.S. locations and visited 21 of them. Broadly, here is what HSUS investigators found: FINDINGS: - Western boots made from giraffe leather and specialty knives/knife products made from giraffe bone were the most commonly found giraffe products. - Other giraffe products included giraffe taxidermy "trophies;" giraffe hide pillows and rugs; giraffe skin bible covers and furniture; and giraffe bones and bone carvings. - Some sellers falsely portrayed giraffes as dangerous, telling investigators that giraffes must be killed in defense of villages in Africa. These sellers said that the parts they sell are only a byproduct of this defensive killing. - Some sellers of giraffe parts and products have criminal records for serious animal-related crimes, including the trafficking of rhino horn. - American trophy hunters supply the U.S. market with giraffe trophies and parts, including skins and bones. Details: Humane Society of the United States, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at: http://www.hsi.org/assets/pdfs/giraffe-report-HSI-HSUS-082318.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illicit Wildlife Trade Shelf Number: 153126

Author: Bessler, John D Title: The Abolitionist Movement Comes of Age: From Capital Punishment as a Lawful Sanction to a Peremptory, International Law Norm Barring Executions Summary: The anti-death penalty movement is rooted in the Enlightenment, dating back to the publication of the Italian philosopher Cesare Beccaria's treatise, Dei delitti e delle pene (1764). That book, later translated into English as An Essay on Crimes and Punishments (1767), has inspired anti-death penalty advocacy for more than 250 years. This Article traces the development of the abolitionist movement since Beccaria's time. In particular, it highlights how the debate over capital punishment has shifted from one focused primarily on the severity of monarchical punishments, to deterrence, to one framed by the concept of universal human rights, including the right to life, human dignity, and the right to be free from torture and cruel and inhuman punishments. The Article describes the humble origins of the anti-death penalty movement and it discusses how that movement, which has seen many successes and setbacks, is now an international campaign led by multiple NGOs and scores of anti-death penalty activists. After looking at the history of the movement and where it has already been, the Article examines where the anti-death penalty movement is likely heading in the years to come. It concludes that, in light of the immutable characteristics of death sentences and executions, the death penalty should be classified under the rubric of torture. While capital punishment was once universally accepted as a lawful sanction, the majority of the world's nations no longer permit executions. The Article explores the cruel, inhuman, and torturous characteristics of the death penalty, and it encourages 21st-century opponents of capital punishment to continue their struggle to abolish the punishment of death. Details: University of Baltimore, 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at:https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3159207 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 153124

Author: Makar, Zina Title: Displacing Due Process Summary: Pre-trial detention is a major driver of mass incarceration in the United States. While over 11 million people are admitted to jails annually, only a small portion - approximately 570,000 - are given long-term prison sentences. Seventy percent of jail inmates are pre-trial detainees who were denied bail or given a bail that they could not afford. Although the unconvicted are legally innocent, millions face unnecessary incarceration and languish in jail. How is this possible? This Article maintains that the overwhelming rate of "front-end" mass incarceration persists because of the lack of procedural protections at preventative detention hearings. This systemic failing has reduced a vital stage of criminal procedure - where one's liberty interest is at stake - to a perfunctory formality. As a result, too many defendants are unnecessarily detained while other defendants plead guilty just to escape the punishment of pre-trial incarceration. Addressing this problem will require the criminal justice system to re-conceptualize its "spectrum of process." This Article argues that procedural protections have been unjustly reserved for the trial stage based on an unrealistic assumption that a trial will be guaranteed � a phenomenon this Article labels "procedural displacement." In a pre-trial system dominated by plea bargaining, displacing meaningful process until trial strips defendants of fundamental procedural protections and effectively deprives millions of their liberty. This Article explores the historical justification for procedural displacement and assesses the viability of prospective procedural displacement given the current dynamic of the justice system. This Article argues that prospective procedural displacement should be rejected and sets forth the solutions for state and local governments to adopt. Details: University of Baltimore, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at: https://via.library.depaul.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=4055&context=law-review Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Procedure Shelf Number: 153123

Author: Irby, Olivia Title: Strike More, Spend Less?: The Correlation between Opinions on Race Specific Government Spending and Feelings towards Police Use of Force Summary: With the foundation of past research on the relationship between indicators of racial prejudice, police use of force and attitudes towards it, I use the General Social Survey (2016) to examine the relationship between feelings on government spending on the Black community and approval of police officers striking an adult male citizen under different circumstances. Using feelings towards government spending on the Black community as an independent variable enables me to interpret the coded and implicit anti-Black sentiments within police practices and approval towards them further. After analyzing a sample of 704 respondents, I found that those who believe that the government is spending too much on the Black community are more likely to approve of a police officer striking an adult male citizen under various circumstances. However, the results of the bivariate correlation and multivariate regression consistently demonstrate that the race of the respondent had the largest effect on respondent's approval of police officers striking citizens, with white respondents being more likely to approve of officers striking citizens under more conditions. These results are consistent with critical race theory, group threat theory and past research; it is pivotal in understanding how color-blind racism effects the extent to which police are held accountable for their actions. Details: New York: Skidmore College, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2018 at: https://creativematter.skidmore.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1009&context=socio_stu_stu_schol Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Relations Shelf Number: 153122

Author: Ohio Task Force on Community-Police Relations Title: Final Report Summary: The Ohio Task Force on Community-Police Relations was formed by Governor John Kasich on December 12, 2014, to address the fractured relationships that exist between some communities and the police dedicated to serving them. The Task Force was formed after the tragic deaths of Tamir Rice in Cleveland and John Crawford III in Beavercreek. The deaths of these two Ohioans along with a number of other events from across the country served as the impetus for the creation of the Task Force. These events collectively, and the protests and public reaction that followed, also serve as a reminder of the difficult past that many people, have experienced with law enforcement. While these events from across the country are not indicative of the overwhelming majority of outstanding law enforcement professionals, they demonstrate the need for all of us to work together in order to move forward. The charge of the Task Force was threefold: 1. To explore the cause of fractured relationships that exist between some law enforcement and the communities they serve; 2. To examine strategies to strengthen trust between communities and law enforcement in order to resolve the underlying causes of friction; 3. To provide the Governor with a report including recommendations about best practices available to communities. The overarching goal of the work of this Task Force is to ensure the safety and security of Ohio's citizens. This basic tenet applies equally to the dedicated men and women of law enforcement as well as every citizen of this state. Communities are best able to thrive when their residents feel safe. One of the most effective ways to ensure that communities are safe is for law enforcement and citizens to work together to solve and prevent problems. There are ample examples of this type of collaborative effort in many communities across this state. While the Task Force was formed in response to several tragic events in our state, it would be irresponsible to paint all law enforcement officers in a negative light. This state is overwhelmingly served by outstanding law enforcement officers who put their lives on the line every day to ensure our safety. They deal daily with difficult and dangerous situations and are in many instances the best part of a person's worst day. It takes a special person to be a good law enforcement officer. One goal of this report is to provide support to officers in order to enhance tools, training and the understanding they need and deserve to keep them and their fellow citizens safe, and to aid in enhancing their relationships with the communities they serve. At the end of each day, we want our law enforcement officers and the public to be able to go home to their families. It is also important to listen to the concerns of our citizens, and to be informed by their collective experiences. Input for the development of this report comes from Ohio citizens and experts in the field. The public was asked to provide input in a variety of ways. A listening tour consisting of four public forums was held at the following venues: Cleveland State University; Central State University; University of Toledo and the University of Cincinnati. A public website was created to allow citizens to provide comments. Additionally, the hashtag #beheardohio was created in order to allow the public to participate through social media. Details: Columbus: The Task Force, 2015. 629p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 29, 2018 at: https://publicsafety.ohio.gov/otfcpr/links/ohtfcpr_final_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 135787

Author: Levy-Pounds, Nekima Title: Par for the Course?: Exploring the Impacts of Incarceration and Marginalization on Poor Black Men in the U.S. Summary: For the last three decades, an incarceration crisis has been brewing in America. Alarmingly, the United States holds just five percent of the world's population, but 25 percent of the world's prisoners. According to recent estimates, more than 2.3 million adults are currently incarcerated in U.S. prisons, jails, or detention centers. Additionally, roughly 7.3 million adults are under some form of correctional supervision or control. The U.S. prison population began ballooning to unsustainable levels in the mid-1980s, largely as a result of Congress' decision to wage the "war on drugs." Media reports, detailing increased rates of violence, drug-related crime, purported gang turf wars over crack-cocaine distribution channels, and growing public concern about the "surging" use of illicit drugs in the U.S., particularly in poor, inner-city communities, prompted this "war". Despite evidence that African-American and white individuals use drugs at roughly even rates, the media overwhelmingly [mis]portrayed young black males as most heavily involved in the drug-related crimes. The stereotyping of African American men as violent drug dealers persisted and without a doubt had an impact on Congress' decision to wage the war on drugs, resulting in harsh punishments for the violation of federal drug laws. Draconian sentencing laws that comprised the war on drugs, mandated lengthy prison terms for those involved in or connected to drug trafficking rings. Additionally, numerous states followed the lead of the federal government by enacting punitive drug laws that mirrored federal statutes. This resulted in the implementation of harsh mandatory minimum sentences and sentencing guidelines that led to the incarceration of scores of low-level, nonviolent persons for extended periods of time. Notably, these lengthy prison terms were coupled with a decreased level of discretion by federal sentencing judges to reduce excessively long sentences in cases that warranted such a reduced recourse. Instead, federal prosecutors were given the unfettered power to base charging decisions upon the level of "substantial assistance" that a defendant could supply. Details: Minnesota: University of St. Thomas School of Law, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2018 at: file:///C:/Users/AuthUser/Downloads/NekimaLevyPoundsParforthe.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Dealers Shelf Number: 153143

Author: Governing Institute Title: Confronting a Crisis: A Practical Guide for Policymakers to Mitigate the Opioid Epidemic Summary: Ninety-one Americans die every day from opioid overdoses. Victims come from all walks of life: a 19-year-old mother of two from Panama City, Fla., a 28-year-old Army sergeant from upstate New York, a 49-year-old juvenile court mediator from Arizona. For some, addiction started in their youth. For others, it began after an injury or surgery when a doctor prescribed opioids for pain. Opioids, a class of drugs that includes everything from prescription medications, like oxycodone, morphine, tramadol and fentanyl, to illegal drugs like heroin, have led to a public health crisis. The addictive nature of opioids and overprescribing are fueling the epidemic. In the last 15 years, the number of opioids prescribed and sold in the U.S. has quadrupled, even though the amount of pain Americans report is the same. Opioids were involved in more than 33,000 deaths in 2015, but the crisis continues to grow. Drug overdose deaths have significantly increased in Massachusetts, Florida, New York, North Carolina, West Virginia and more than a dozen other states. The opioid epidemic is a public health crisis that is tearing families apart and ruining lives. It also puts an incredible burden on government, including law enforcement agencies, justice departments and the foster care system, as children are orphaned or removed from parents and caretakers struggling with addiction. Though some states are taking significant steps to address the problem, they face continuing challenges in preventing future overdoses and addictions. Some experts contend there isn't nearly enough state or federal funding to combat the epidemic. Others say there are so many stakeholders involved that it's difficult to know where to begin to coordinate efforts. However, collaboration among state and local leaders, public health experts, health care providers, insurers and others is critical. There isn't one off-the-shelf solution to curb the epidemic, but policymakers are taking action to address the crisis and save lives. This handbook will detail those efforts and outline other steps policymakers can take to help mitigate the opioid crisis. Details: California: Governing Institute, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2018 at: file:///C:/Users/AuthUser/Downloads/GOV17_HANDBOOK_BCBS_V.PDF Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug-Related Deaths Shelf Number: 153137

Author: Ryo, Emily Title: Legal Attitudes of Immigrant Detainees Summary: A substantial body of research shows that people's legal attitudes can have wide-ranging behavioral consequences. In this paper, I use original survey data to examine long-term immigrant detainees' legal attitudes. I find that the majority of detainees express a felt obligation to obey the law, and do so at a significantly higher rate than other U.S. sample populations. I also find that the detainees' perceived obligation to obey U.S. immigration authorities is significantly related to their evaluations of procedural justice, as measured by their assessments of fair treatment while in detention. This finding remains robust controlling for a variety of instrumental and detainee background factors, including the detainees' experiences with the legal system and legal authorities in their countries of origin. Finally, I find that vicarious procedural justice evaluations based on detainees� assessments of how others are treated are as important to detainees� perceived obligation to obey U.S. immigration authorities as their personal experiences of fair or unfair treatment. I discuss the broader implications of these findings and their contributions to research on procedural justice and legal compliance, and research on legal attitudes of noncitizens. Details: USC Law Legal Studies Paper, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 1, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2925337 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 153134

Author: Cramer, Lindsey Title: Evaluation Report on New York City's Advocate, Intervene, Mentor Program Summary: This report presents the findings of an implementation and outcome evaluation of the Advocate, Intervene, Mentor (AIM) program, a court-mandated juvenile alternative-to-placement program serving probation clients ages 13 to 18 years with high criminogenic risk. The evaluation finds that AIM successfully helps participants avoid out-of-home placement and reduce recidivism, as well as pursue and achieve individualized goals to help reduce their risk of reoffending. Launched in July 2012 by the New York City Department of Probation (DOP) as a component of the New York City Young Men's Initiative (YMI) and with oversight from the Mayor's Office for Economic Opportunity (NYC Opportunity), AIM seeks to reduce the use of costly out-of-home placement and to enhance community safety by increasing resiliency and reducing criminogenic risk factors for adolescents on probation. The program uses a one-on-one mentoring model with a paid advocate-mentor available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Advocate-mentors are credible messengers, defined as individuals who are respected in the communities served, typically coming from the same neighborhood and backgrounds as the participants. Advocate-mentors work to improve participants' criminal justice and personal outcomes through the co-creation of individualized service plans designed to transform attitudes and behaviors that have led to delinquent activity. The Urban Institute conducted the implementation and outcome evaluation, and collected data from September 2016 through March 2017. The evaluation documented AIM program operations, described participant outcomes and stakeholders' experiences with the program, identified best practices, and developed recommendations to address program challenges. The evaluation drew upon qualitative and quantitative data, including focus groups and interviews with participants and alumni, participants' caregivers, program staff, DOP staff, and Family Court actors and other stakeholders; review of program materials and participant case files; and analysis of program administrative data and criminal justice data, conducted in partnership with DOP. The Urban Institute found the following: - Over 90 percent of participants avoided felony rearrest within 12 months of enrollment-far exceeding the program target of 60 percent. - Over two-thirds of AIM participants completed the program without an out-of-home placement. When excluding out-of-home placements due to technical violations of probation conditions (for reasons other than rearrests or risk to public safety), this figure rises to over 80 percent. - Fewer than 10 percent of participants received a felony adjudication in Family Court (equivalent to being convicted in the adult context) and only 3 percent received a felony conviction in Criminal Court. While based on only a small number of youth participating in the program, these results indicate that AIM is a promising strategy to improve outcomes of justice-involved youth. Implementation findings indicate that participants, alumni, caregivers, program staff, and other stakeholders all had positive feelings about their experience with the AIM program. Participants value their one-on-one interactions with mentors, and caregivers value the program's family team meetings and mentors' responsiveness to participant needs. The report also identified challenges related to the program's enrollment criteria and process, the absence of formal aftercare services, and stakeholder communication and coordination at various stages throughout the program cycle. Based on these findings, the report presents recommendations to address identified challenges, including enabling provider input on enrollment decisions, expanding in-program services and establishing formalized alumni services following the completion of mandated enrollment, enhancing communication across stakeholders, and improving programmatic performance reporting. These findings and recommendations highlight valuable opportunities for enhancements to the AIM program model. NYC Opportunity and YMI will partner with DOP, AIM providers, and other stakeholders to carefully consider the programmatic recommendations presented in this report, with the goal of strengthening the AIM model and juvenile justice services more broadly. At the time of publication, the City is embarking upon multiple cross-cutting justice system reform efforts. Raise the Age legislation will significantly expand the number of youth eligible for juvenile justice services such as AIM, as 16 and 17 year olds transition to Family Court in 2018 and 2019, respectively. Given the demonstrated promise of AIM in serving the needs of youth with high criminogenic risk, the program is well positioned to support the success of Raise the Age reforms. Simultaneously, the City is moving forward with plans to replace the Rikers Island complex with borough-based facilities, a strategy that includes ongoing and significant reductions to the population of detained and sentenced individuals held in City custody. This evaluation builds evidence about what works in alternatives-to-placement programming for juveniles, and these findings can inform the development and implementation of alternative-to-incarceration programming necessary to fulfill the City's commitment to close Rikers. Finally, this evaluation follows after the Urban Institute's and NYC Opportunity's evaluation of the DOP Arches Transformative Mentoring program, which established credible messenger mentoring as an evidence-based approach with positive impact on young adult justice system outcomes. These findings contribute to that body of knowledge and can support the growing national momentum toward credible messenger approaches to human service provision for justice-involved populations and beyond Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Nov. 2, 2018 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/opportunity/pdf/evidence/AIM_Final_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 153144

Author: Harvell, Samantha Title: Bridging Research and Practice in Juvenile Probation: Rethinking Strategies to Promote Long-term Change Summary: Over the past several decades, the knowledge base on how to improve public safety and outcomes for youth has expanded substantially, yet probation officers that work with these young people lack guidance on how this research can inform their work. This report offers practical tips for frontline juvenile probation officers to align their practice with research on successful strategies for reducing recidivism and improving outcomes for youth, their families, and the communities in which they live. The report describes five core practice areas-screening, assessment, and structured decision-making; case planning; matching services and promoting positive youth development; structuring supervision to promote long-term behavior change; and incentivizing success and implementing graduated responses. For each area, the report highlights relevant research findings, identifies core focus areas for bridging research and practice, and offers concrete strategies for probation officers and agencies to hold youth accountable, prevent future delinquency, and promote healthy development. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99223/bridging_research_and_practice_in_juvenile_probation_2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 153145

Author: Curci, Federico Title: Flight from Urban Blight: Lead Poisoning, Crime and Suburbanization Summary: In the post World War II period most of the US cities experienced large movements of population from the city centers to the suburbs. In this paper we provide causal evidence that this process of suburbanization can be explained by the rise of violent crime in the city centers. We do so by proposing a new instrument to exogenously predict violent crime that uses as time variation the national levels of lead poisoning in the US, while as cross-sectional variation a proxy for soil quality which explains the fate of lead in soil and its subsequent bioavailability. Using data for 300 U.S. city centers, results show that the increase in violent crimes from the level of 1960 to their maximum in 1991 decreased the proportion of people living in city centers by 13 percentage points. This increase in crime moved almost 40 million people to the suburbs. As a result of suburbanization, we find that people living in city centers in U.S. are more likely to be blacks, consistent with the "white flight" process. We then show that this suburbanization phenomenon had aggregate effects on the city. Exploiting a spatial equilibrium model we show that this is due to the externality that violent crime had on productivity, amenities and city land spread. Details: Barcelona, Spain: Institut d'Economia de Barcelona, 2018. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://editorialexpress.com/cgi-bin/conference/download.cgi?db_name=SAEe2017&paper_id=460 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gentrification Shelf Number: 153120

Author: Gochenour, Zachary Title: Coyotes: The Industrial Organization of Human Smuggling Summary: Human smuggling is a criminal enterprise where immigrants pay smugglers to help them cross borders and forge immigration documents. Over the past few decades, this enterprise has become dominated by large criminal organizations, who have displaced independent smugglers. I argue that changes in U.S. immigration enforcement policy is responsible for the change in market structure. As in any market, changes in costs can affect how producers organize. Under strict border enforcement, large criminal firms have a comparative advantage over small firms. Since 2001, U.S. border patrol agents have doubled, increasing the cost of border crossing and attracting organized criminal involvement. I compare this situation to the market for human smuggling in the 1980s and to legitimate firms engaged in similar business in the pre-restriction era. Details: Virginia: George Mason University, Department of Economics, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2630787 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 153119

Author: TRAC Title: Counties Where ICE Arrests Concentrate Summary: More than a quarter (28 percent) of recent Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) arrests of immigrants living and working in communities across America took place in just ten counties in the United States, along with their immediate surrounding locales. Fully half of all such arrests by ICE occurred in just 24 counties out of the nearly 3,200 counties across the country. These arrests took place during the eight-month period from October 2017 through May 2018. Details: New York: Newhouse School of Public Communications and the Whitman School of Management at Syracuse University, 2018. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/reports/533/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 153117

Author: Vera Institute of Justice Title: Bias Crime Assessment: A Tool and Guidelines for Law Enforcement and Concerned Communities Summary: ABOUT THESE GUIDELINES The Bias Crime Assessment Tool (BCAT) and Guidelines aim to improve reporting of hate incidents and crimes. Informed by research, this tool is intended to be used in a wide range of settings by schools, law enforcement, victim assistance specialists, community and civil rights advocates, health care providers or social service agency staff who may be responsible for identifying and responding to victims of hate. The BCAT has two parts: Part 1 is short and meant for quick assessments; Part 2 is more in-depth. UNDERSTANDING BIAS (OR HATE) CRIME People often use the terms hate crime or bias crime interchangeably and we will do so here. Hate crimes are any criminal offenses motivated by bias, hostility, or prejudice against a protected class. Protected classes under federal law are disability, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, national origin, race, color, religion, sexual orientation, and in some states, political affiliation. The kinds of legally protected classes vary from state to state. Depending on jurisdiction a crime may or may not be considered a hate crime. Hate incidents do not involve criminal behavior. For example, it is not criminal to yell racial slurs. This and other types of bias-motivated behavior is offensive and may provide important evidence of bias motivation in subsequent criminal cases. Thus, hate incidents are an important part of the hate crime landscape to be identified and responded to as a serious matter. All hate crimes involve bias-incidents, but not all bias incidents constitute a hate crime. The key factor related to identifying hate-based crimes or incidents is differential selection of a victim. Bias has to be a factor - in whole or in part, depending on jurisdiction - in determining who the target of a crime is. Bias is not necessarily the source of a conflict, but it may escalate the conflict. It may be that the victim of a hate incident does not actually have the characteristic assumed by the perpetrator - that is, it could be mistaken identity - but such an offense is still motivated by hate and should be identified as a hate incident or crime. Motivation is rarely clear-cut when people are victimized. As we know, it is common for a hate crime incident to have a bias motivation, such as anti-Latino sentiment, and a non-bias motivation, such as monetary gain; a case like this is often referred to as having "mixed motives." It is also common for a bias motivation against a legally protected class to be mixed with bias against extralegal characteristics such as social class, age or immigration status. For example, a worker who is perceived to be an immigrant may be targeted and robbed when walking or riding a bicycle home from work. Other crimes such as wage theft and labor trafficking may also overlap with bias crimes. Evidence of selection based on race, gender or other protected categories is sufficient to identify a bias crime even when other motivations or factors are present. Details: Washington, DC: National Criminal Justice Reference Service, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252011.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 153115

Author: Simich, Laura Title: Questioning Bias: Validating a Bias Crime Victim Assessment Tool in California and New Jersey, Summary Overview Summary: Hate crime victimization is significantly under-reported both by victims and by law enforcement agencies in the United States (Berk et al., 2003; Herek et al., 1999, Levin & McDevitt, 1993; 2002; McPhail, 2002; Perry, 2001; Perry, 2002; Shively, 2005, Shively et al., 2014; Shively & Mulford, 2007). In the absence of better ways to support victims and to identify and respond to hate crime victimization, hate crimes may go unrecognized and unpunished, particularly among certain at-risk groups. The purpose of this two-year study (2016-2017) was to investigate experiences of hate incidents, crimes and factors affecting underreporting among youth and adults in LGBT, Hispanic, Black, Muslim communities in New Jersey and Los Angeles. Based on the research findings, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) has developed an assessment tool to improve the identification of hate crime victimization, the Bias Crime Assessment Tool (BCAT), which aims to better reflect victims' experiences, increase confidence in the reporting process, increase the ability of these groups to identify hate crime victimization and help to record more accurate data. Accompanied by Guidelines for users, the BCAT is intended for law enforcement, schools and community groups who wish to increase the likelihood that victims will feel encouraged to report, and to help authorities respond to hate incidents and crimes in a meaningful way. This summary uses the terms bias crime and hate crime interchangeably. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice and the National Criminal Justice Reference Service, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252010.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crime Shelf Number: 153114

Author: Dawson, Laura Title: Law Enforcement Perceptions of Sex Trafficking in West Texas: A Grounded Theory Investigation Summary: Abraham Lincoln took the first step on the road to the abolition of slavery in the United States in 1863 with the signing of the Emancipation Proclamation. The ratification of the 13th amendment to the Constitution of the United States officially ended slavery in the United States and its territories. Yet, one can hardly read a newspaper without encountering reports of slavery or forcible prostitution. This study lays a foundation for the complications in dealing with the issue of human trafficking through the lens of the law enforcement agents who will likely come into contact with victims of human trafficking. This grounded theory study examined the intersection of law enforcement attitudes and access to treatment for victims of human trafficking. This study was conducted using qualitative research methods in order to attain an in-depth understanding of local law enforcement officers' perceptions of human trafficking in the West Texas region. Grounded theory methodology was chosen due to the lack of research in the professional counseling literature on the research topic. Results of the research indicated that law enforcement officers perceive human trafficking and prostitution in similar terms. When asked about victim factors, law enforcement officers used terms such as, "mentally weak," "addicted," "brainwashed," and "mental deficits" to describe women susceptible to human trafficking. Officers did not believe that the average girl would be a target, but rather there was something already deficient in a women or girls who are trafficked. Analysis of the data resulted in five themes: (1) perception of choice, (2) interaction of law and law enforcement, (3) controlling organized crime, (4) hopelessness, and (5) police mentality. Additionally, officers overall indicated that they were not affected by human trafficking and were able to compartmentalize their jobs, however, law enforcement has suicide and interpersonal violence rates that are greater than those in the general population. Recommendations for further research include a longitudinal study of law enforcement perceptions of human trafficking beginning in the academy, a replication of this study with other emergency personnel, and increased multicultural inclusion in future studies. Details: Lubbock: Texas Tech University, 2014. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2018 at: https://ttu-ir.tdl.org/handle/2346/58668 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 153236

Author: Ruther, Matthew Howard Title: Spatial Analysis of Metropolitan Area Homicide Rates and their Relationship to Immigrant Growth and Concentration, 1970-2000 Summary: This paper examines the effect of metropolitan area immigrant concentration on the metropolitan area homicide rate over a three decade period. A fixed effect panel model is used to correct for unobserved heterogeneity between areas and the spatial clustering of homicide deaths is explicitly incorporated into the model structure. Results from the analysis suggest that the effect of immigration on homicide is time-invariant, and that increased immigration has had a protective effect against homicide in recent decades. The observed spatial clustering of homicide deaths appears to be the consequence of the geographic clustering of unobserved variables, and the spatially-adjusted model is similar to the non-spatial model in both coefficient magnitude and statistical inference. Details: Philadelphia: Population Studies Center University of Pennsylvania, 2011. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://www.pop.upenn.edu/sites/www.pop.upenn.edu/files/Ruther2011JobMarketPaper.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 153278

Author: Painter-Davis, Noah Title: Immigration Effects on Violent Crime in Context of the Geographic Diversification of the Latino Population Summary: In response to the tremendous growth of the Latino and Latino immigrant populations over the past thirty years, there has been an increase in both studies that examine the effects of immigration on crime or that incorporate Latinos into tests of the relationship between structural disadvantage and racial/ethnic disparities in crime. Despite the contributions of these studies, research in these areas has yet to fully investigate how these relationships may be shaped by the recent geographic diversification of Latino populations to emerging destinations, locales with little or no history of immigration. Rather, these lines of research have largely focused on established Latino destinations, communities with legacies of immigration and "contexts of reception" that are arguably more favorable for Latinos and Latino immigrants. This study examines relationships between race/ethnicity, social structure, and violence amid the geographic diversification of Latino populations to emerging destinations. Two key objectives are addressed. The primary objective of this dissertation is to examine how the link between immigration and crime is contextualized by immigrant destination types and the race/ethnicity of offenders. Specifically, I examine (a) if the effects of immigration on crime differ depending on whether the movement of Latino immigrants is into established as compared to emerging immigrant communities and (b) whether immigration's effects vary by the race/ethnicity of the offender (White, Black, Latino). The secondary objective of the study is to advance racial invariance research, which argues that the structural sources of crime are similar across racial groups, by assessing the hypothesis separately in both established and emerging immigrant destinations. Specifically, using samples of established and emerging destinations, I examine whether there are racial/ethnic differences in the way that structural disadvantage and indicators of social disorganization (i.e. residential instability, racial/ethnic heterogeneity, population density) impact group rates of violence. To address these issues my study draws on a strong theoretical and empirical framework. Theoretically, my study merges theories of immigration and crime (also race and crime) with sociological perspectives that link social change to racial/ethnic stratification. Empirically, I address the above objectives using race/ethnicity-specific (e.g. White, Black, Latino) arrest data on violent crime from the National Incident Based Reporting System (NIBRS) and the crime reporting programs of California, New York, and Texas linked with census place structural characteristics from the 2000 census. I examine the effects of structural factors on crime at the census place-level with a full set of census places (N=528) and with samples of both established (N=297) and emerging destinations (N=117). I use two measures of crime, an expressive violence index (sum of assaults and homicides) which captures violence that typically arises out of disputes, and robbery, a form of violence that is financially motivated. Seemingly Unrelated Regression is used to compare the effects of structural factors on violence across racial/ethnic groups. Two important findings emerge from the immigration analyses. First, in general, immigration has small or trivial effects on violence and this pattern holds across most comparisons, including most destination and race/ethnicity specific models. Second, despite the general pattern of immigration having small or trivial effects, the immigration-crime link is contextualized to some extent by immigrant destination type and by race/ethnicity. The most notable contextualization is moderate to strong crime-generating effects of immigration on Black robbery and Latino robbery in emerging destinations. These findings suggest that when examining the effect immigration has on crime it is important to account for both the immigrant destination type and the race/ethnicity of the offender. There are two key findings from the racial invariance analyses. First, for the full set of communities, structural disadvantage is associated with higher rates of violence for each racial/ethnic group, but the effects are significantly stronger for some groups compared to others. Second, conclusions regarding racial invariance vary somewhat depending on the destination type under study. In both established and emerging destinations, structural disadvantage is associated with higher rates of violence for Whites, Blacks, and Latinos. However, there are more differences (i.e. a greater number of statistically significant differences) in the way structural disadvantage impacts groups in established destinations than in emerging destinations. In established destinations, the effects of disadvantage are more likely to vary across groups, having stronger effects on one group compared to another (e.g. disadvantage has stronger effects on Blacks than Whites). In emerging destinations, the magnitude of the effects of disadvantage are more likely to be statistically similar across groups. Because there are more differences in the effects of structural disadvantage on violence in established destinations, there is less support for the racial invariance hypothesis in established destinations than in emerging destinations. All in all, my dissertation finds that the geographic diversification of immigrant populations to emerging destinations has important implications for the links between immigration and crime and between structural disadvantage and racial/ethnic disparities in crime, with immigrant destination types shaping how these structural factors impact crime. Details: University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2013. 228p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/8740 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Geographic Analysis Shelf Number: 153279

Author: Stringer, Scott M. Title: Safe and Supportive Schools: A Plan to Improve School Climate and Safety in NYC Summary: At a time when the nation is deeply embroiled in concerns around school safety, it is not surprising that many strategies for creating safe school environments are under renewed consideration - everything from providing more mental health services to students, to expanded school lockdown drills, to extreme responses calling for arming teachers with guns. The horrific school shooting in Parkland, Florida served as a catalyst to this debate, forcing communities across the country to consider how best to safeguard their students. It is an important and overdue conversation - and one that New York City should seize as an opportunity to re-evaluate its own approach to creating safe and supportive school environments. To help guide the discussion, this report by the Office of the Comptroller Scott M. Stringer presents a review of current data related to school safety in New York City, and from that data draws a series of holistic recommendations on how to make City schools healthier and more secure.[i] It is based on the premise that "school safety," as a goal, extends beyond protecting children from external threats, and must include universal school-based mental health services, anti-bullying programs, and school disciplinary systems that students and teachers alike perceive as fair, not only in the rules they establish, but also in how equitably those rules are applied to different students and situations. Unfortunately, progress in improving the climate of New York City schools has been uneven. When surveyed, students disclose the fact that bullying remains common in schools, and has climbed in recent years. Additionally, despite the significant long-term impacts on students' academic outcomes, suspensions, issuing summonses, and even arrests continue to be used frequently in schools. These punishments continue to fall disproportionately on students of color. At the same time, while some schools are adopting less punitive, more restorative approaches to conflict resolution and behavioral challenges, without a system-wide, strategic implementation plan to support student mental health in schools and professional development of all school staff in trauma-informed crisis prevention and de-escalation, many schools are poorly equipped to significantly improve school climate. Research indicates that arrest or court involvement involving students doubles the likelihood that a student will not complete high school. Similarly, suspension from school increases the likelihood that a student will drop out by more than 12 percent. The higher risk of drop out due to arrests and suspensions translates to significant costs, including lost tax revenues and additional social spending to taxpayers. And yet, despite recent improvements, such extreme responses are still common for students in New York City. Specific findings of this report include: In the 2017 student survey, 82 percent of students in grades 6-12 said that their peers harass, bully, or intimidate others in school, compared with 65 percent of students in 2012. In 2017, over 17 percent of students in grades 6-12, disagreed or strongly disagreed that they felt safe in hallways, bathrooms, locker rooms, or the cafeteria of the school. Likewise, 23 percent of students in the same age groups disagreed or strongly disagreed that they felt safe in the vicinity of the school. In 2017, 17 percent of students surveyed feel that there is no adult in the school in whom they can confide. Despite supporting policies to reduce suspensions, the most recent data shows that suspensions increased in City schools by more than 20 percent in the first half of the 2017-18 school year compared with the same time period the year before. Black students are suspended at more than three times the rate of white students. Of the 612 schools reporting the most violent incidents in the 2016-17 school year, 218 (36 percent) have no full-time social worker on staff. Of those that do have a social worker on staff, caseloads average over 700 students - well above the minimum recommended level of one social worker for every 250 general education students. School Safety Agents and NYPD officers issued over 2,000 arrests or summonses in schools in the 2016-17 school year for charges including marijuana possession and disorderly conduct. In newly released data on law enforcement activity in the City's schools, during the first quarter of 2018, there were 606 summonses and arrests, down from 689 in the same time period in 2017. In the 2016-17 school year, students were handcuffed in over 1,800 incidents, including children as young as five years old. More than 90 percent of students handcuffed were Black or Latinx. Similarly, 90 percent of all arrests or summonses involved Black or Latinx students. These trends underscore the urgency to apply new strategies to the long-running challenge of system-wide school safety and discipline reform. Without investments in school-based mental health, fostering student social and emotional growth, and clear accountability measures for school climate improvement, too many students will be left to feel that schools are not doing enough to keep them safe and to provide the healthy environment necessary for building strong communities and advancing academic progress. To address these issues, the Comptroller's Office recommends that the City and the Department of Education: Expand small social emotional learning advisories in all schools. Students who have a trusted group of peers and at least one adult to confide in have greater academic outcomes as well as more positive social attitudes and behaviors. Offering a daily or weekly advisory period within the school-day schedule, complete with a structured curriculum and teachers who are supported in implementing it, provides a framework to support and encourage students as they navigate social challenges. Many smaller schools already offer an advisory program and understand the benefits of a small group dynamic. To scale the advisory program to all schools, the DOE should begin by surveying schools to learn how many offer an advisory program within the school day. Additionally, the DOE should mandate that all middle and high schools have advisories in place and ensure schools have access to adequate curriculum supports and professional development. Expand the Ranks of Social Workers and Guidance Counselors in Our Schools. In most cases, in-school behavior incidents are best dealt with by professionals who are trained in the appropriate responses to emotional or behavioral crises. Yet many schools do not have even a single social worker on staff to respond to school incidents in a trauma-informed way. The City should invest in social workers, ensure they have dedicated time and space in schools to work with students, and ensure school management has the capacity to help them succeed. Add More Clarity to the Role of School Safety Agents. School Safety Agents (SSAs) are well-equipped to protect students from threats that may exist outside a school building, and to maintain secure school buildings and property. However, their training cannot prepare them - and they should not be expected - to police student behavior or manage mental health crises. In some cases, school administrations rely on Safety Agents or NYPD officers to respond to in-school incidents. In other cases, SSAs may interact with students in a way that is at cross purposes to a school culture based on trust and mutual respect. When Safety Agents interactions with students hinder a supportive school climate, other efforts to build trust within a school are minimized. This misalignment of resources has high economic costs to the City, as well as long-term social costs for children who end up diverted into the criminal justice system as a result of policing in schools. The City should update the Memorandum of Understanding that governs DOE's relationship with NYPD to clearly outline the appropriate SSA interventions for specific student misconduct scenarios. Fund a Comprehensive Mental Health Support Continuum. Nationwide, approximately two-thirds of youth with a mental health disorder go untreated. In New York City, with the launch of the ThriveNYC mental health initiative, more supports have become available in schools. However, to address mental health challenges for students - especially in schools with the highest incidents of suspensions and arrests - more targeted interventions and direct services for students are needed. The City should fund a continuum of mental health supports for the highest-need schools including hospital-based mental health partnerships, mobile response teams, and school-based mental health care. Establish and Oversee System-Wide Trauma-Informed Schools. Students impacted by trauma are present in every school in the City, particularly when that trauma is linked to the chronic stresses of poverty. Because trauma can severely disrupt a student's academic potential, schools need to support educators in taking a trauma-informed approach to students, through recognizing the signs in children and understanding how to positively respond to their academic and social-emotional behaviors. Classroom discipline that is trauma-informed is consistent, non-violent, and respectful. The Positive Learning Collaborative, an innovative pilot launched in 20 New York City Schools in partnership with the United Federation of Teachers, provides in-depth training to teachers in therapeutic crisis intervention, and supports school-wide bullying prevention and gender-inclusive schools. The City should create a system-wide trauma-informed approach at all City schools. Expand Baseline Funding for Restorative Practices. Restorative practices, an alternative to exclusionary discipline, emphasize empathy, personal responsibility, and restoring community in the conflict resolution process. Examples from around the nation show that the approach has been highly effective in improving school climate and reducing suspensions. But transitioning to restorative practices requires investment in school-based consulting on implementation and capacity-building, and centralized program supports and evaluation. The City should adopt and sustain funding for restorative justice initiatives for a minimum three-year implementation period, and expand the initiative's reach to more schools. School climate is a bedrock education issue. Without cultivating safe and supportive schools for students and teachers alike, other initiatives aimed at improving academic outcomes will not be maximized. Details: New York: New York City Comptroller, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://comptroller.nyc.gov/wp-content/uploads/documents/School-Climate.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 153288

Author: Bjerk, David Title: What Can DNA Exonerations Tell Us about Racial Differences in Wrongful Conviction Rates? Summary: We examine the extent to which DNA exonerations can reveal whether wrongful conviction rates differ across races. We show that under a wide-range of assumptions regarding possible explicit or implicit racial biases in the DNA exoneration process (including no bias), our results suggest the wrongful conviction rate for rape is substantially and significantly higher among black convicts than white convicts. By contrast, we show that only if one believes that the DNA exoneration process very strongly favors innocent members of one race over the other could one conclude that there exist significant racial differences in wrongful conviction rates for murder. Details: Bonn: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper Series, No. 11837: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11837.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 153333

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Building and Sustaining an Officer Wellness Program: Lessons from the San Diego Police Department Summary: Law enforcement agencies around the country are recognizing the importance of monitoring and tending to employees' physical and mental health and wellness. This publication discusses the establishment and operation of a dedicated unit at the San Diego Police Department with the goal of promoting a department-wide culture of wellness. Working toward this goal will also help the department better serve its community. The Police Executive Research Forum, working with the SDPD under a cooperative agreement from the COPS Office, identified lessons learned and recommendations that will help guide other local agencies that may be interested in setting up similar programs. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0864-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 153334

Author: Copple, Colleen K. Title: Risk Management in Law Enforcement Discussions on identifying and mitigating risk for officers, departments, and the public Summary: In the course of executing their duties, law enforcement agencies are vulnerable to costly lawsuits by officers and community members for claims of misconduct, harm, or violation of rights - lawsuits that can undermine not only the financial security of the agencies but also the well-being of the officers and the public they serve. To help law enforcement identify and minimize these risks, the COPS Office and Strategic Applications International (SAI) convened a forum that included representatives of labor unions, local government, law enforcement agencies, and the community. This report, which details the discussions of that forum, covers all aspects of this critical subject, including departmental leadership's role, recruitment policies, and police-community relations. Readers will also find tools for sharing risk management and a description of the roles and responsibilities of government, risk managers, insurers, unions, and the community in this effort. The appendices provide a summary of the forum's recommendations and a list of resources for risk management. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Service2, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0865-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 153335

Author: Center for Cyber and Homeland Security Title: Into the Gray Zone: The Private Sector and Active Defense Against Cyber Threats Summary: OVER THE PAST SEVERAL DECADES, the private sector in the United States has embraced the computer revolution and the growth of the Internet, and migrated its business activities and operations into an information technology environment. This transition to the online domain has provided tremendous benefits to the private sector, enabling business efficiencies, lowering transaction costs, establishing new products and markets, enhancing internal collaboration, and improving the ability of companies to measure and assess their performance. But as the online domain has developed over the past several decades, new risks have accompanied these benefits; companies have become increasingly vulnerable to the theft of online intellectual property or customer data and the disruption of business operations. These cyber risks and dependencies have grown in recent years due to the activities of hostile state and non-state actors in cyberspace, who have attacked private sector entities for both political and economic reasons. Companies have enhanced their defenses, and the federal government has placed a higher priority on assisting the private sector, but such measures are not commensurate with the nature of the cyber threat today. This paper examines a set of capabilities that can help to address this gap, collectively defined under the term active defense: Active defense is a term that captures a spectrum of proactive cybersecurity measures that fall between traditional passive defense and offense. These activities fall into two general categories, the first covering technical interactions between a defender and an attacker. The second category of active defense includes those operations that enable defenders to collect intelligence on threat actors and indicators on the Internet, as well as other policy tools (e.g. sanctions, indictments, trade remedies) that can modify the behavior of malicious actors. The term active defense is not synonymous with "hacking back" and the two should not be used interchangeably. The policy discussion on active defense measures in recent years has largely fallen into one of two camps: those who believe that active defense activities are appropriately prohibited under current U.S. law, and those who believe that more active tools should be available to the private sector. What has been missing is a more nuanced discussion of this issue: What measures fall within the scope of active defense, and what are the benefits and risks of each? What measures may be appropriate to use by certain actors, and under what circumstances? What is the role of the federal government in developing a framework and set of norms that can inform such action? And how should policy and law be updated to support private sector active defense in a way that is consistent with both our values and interests, and that can evolve as new technologies are developed? In other words, how do we move beyond the current policy stalemate of inaction vs. hacking back, and develop appropriate and risk-driven policies for active defense? This paper attempts to go "into the gray zone" and answer these questions. It proposes a normative framework for operationalizing active defense and puts forward a set of policy recommendations that support the implementation of such a framework. The initial sections of the report provide background and context to this discussion. It begins with a very brief overview of current cyber threats to the private sector, and what is being done by private entities and government agencies to counter these threats. This discussion of the threat is followed by an articulation of U.S. interests in cyberspace and an explanation of the strategic context of active defense, in particular its relation to the issue of cyber deterrence. The next section of the report provides a historical perspective on the evolution of the term "active defense," initially in a general national security context and later with respect to cybersecurity. These historical definitions inform the report's own definition.The report then discusses the upper and lower boundaries of active defense and examines the spectrum of activities that fall within it, including honeypots, beacons, and sink-holing malicious traffic. It makes clear that certain types of high-risk active defense activity by the private sector should be impermissible due to risks of collateral damage and privacy-related concerns, but pushes for greater clarity on whether and how the private sector can utilize lower-risk active defense measures. Next, the paper provides additional policy context to the issue of active defense, examining the impact of current U.S. laws (e.g. the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act), assessing the policy impact of evolving technologies such as cloud computing and the Internet of Things, and outlining the nascent international framework for active defense. The final sections of the report lay out the proposed framework for active defense by the private sector. The core of this framework is the spectrum of active defense measures defined earlier in the report, embedded within a broader set of policy, legal, technical, and governance-related considerations, which provision-making both within companies and between the government and the private sector on active defense. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Cyber and Homeland Security, 2016. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2018 at: https://cchs.gwu.edu/sites/g/files/zaxdzs2371/f/downloads/CCHS-ActiveDefenseReportFINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Security Shelf Number: 153348

Author: Bauer, Erin L. Title: Evaluation of the New York City Justice Corps: Final Outcome Report Summary: In 2008, New York City launched an ambitious community-based program that was intended to not only improve outcomes for young adults with justice involvement, but also to benefit their communities. The New York City Justice Corps (NYCJC) offered a 6-month program of employment-related services in two communities. The program succeeded in recruiting participants who were appropriate for the Justice Corps, but the program experienced challenges in retaining the participants. Although the Justice Corps fell short on achieving desired educational outcomes, the program improved employment-related outcomes for program participants; however, the program had no effect on criminal justice outcomes. The communities in which the participants were located appeared to have appreciated and benefited from the program; also, the participants expressed satisfaction with the program and appeared to have benefited substantially from their program participation. Although the Justice Corps successfully expanded the capacity of one of the local social service agencies to serve justice involved young adults, the other agency decided to discontinue its services focused exclusively on this population. Details: Rockville, MD: Westat, 2014. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2018 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/opportunity/pdf/Westat-Justice-Corps-Evaulation.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 153349

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Understanding Guns and Gun Violence Summary: This paper analyzes the type, brand, caliber and manufacturing date of more than 9,000 guns connected to suicide, homicide and theft in multiple jurisdictions throughout the United States. The paper finds that gun violence is not a function of the number of privately-owned guns per se, but of the ownership and availability of handguns. The paper further argues that regulatory policies which are based on understanding the provenance of individual guns cannot be utilized for more than one-third of all crime guns, given their age and lack of serialization. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 7, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3251032 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 153356

Author: Kreit, Alex Title: Safe Injection Sites and the Federal 'Crack House' Statute Summary: Efforts to start a safe injection site are currently underway in at least 13 cities and states. Four cities - New York, Philadelphia, San Francisco, and Seattle - have gone so far as to announce plans to open an injection site. There is just one small problem. They appear to violate the federal "crack house" statute, which makes it a crime to maintain a drug involved premises. The Department of Justice has not yet taken a formal position on safe injection sites. But in a New York Times editorial, Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein threatened that "cities and states should expect the Department of Justice to meet the opening of any injection site with swift and aggressive action." Surprisingly, this looming conflict has gone almost entirely overlooked by legal academics. Meanwhile, the public debate has assumed that the status of safe injection sites under federal law is clear. In this article, I argue that assumption is wrong. Despite the crack house statute, an obscure provision of the federal Controlled Substances Act (CSA) might allow states and localities to establish government-run safe injection sites. Buried in the CSA is a statute that immunizes state and local officials who violate federal drug laws in the course of "the enforcement of any law or municipal ordinance relating to controlled substances." This provision was almost surely intended to protect state and local police officers who possess and distribute drugs in connection with undercover operations. But, I argue, the text of the immunity provision and the little caselaw that exists interpreting it suggests it could shield government-run safe injection sites from federal interference. Details: Columbus: Ohio State University, Michael E. Moritz College of Law, Drug Enforcement and Policy Center, 2018. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Ohio State Public Law Working Paper No. 464: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3254495 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Policy Shelf Number: 153357

Author: Parole Preparation Project Title: New York State Parole Board: Failures in Staffing and Performance Summary: There are nearly 22,000 people serving indeterminate sentences in New York State prisons. Every year, 12,000 of these individuals appear before the Board of Parole in an attempt to secure their freedom. Due to the Board's punitive policies and practices, and their susceptibility to political influence, the large majority of parole-eligible people are denied release. However, thanks to the tireless work of advocates and formerly incarcerated leaders, preliminary statistical evidence shows a marginal improvement in release rates since September 2017, when new parole regulations were implemented and new Commissioners joined the Board. While we are encouraged by these developments and what they may bring, the Board of Parole is now facing staffing issues of catastrophic proportions, and continues to engage in unlawful, unethical and harmful behavior, despite repeated admonishments by the New York State judiciary and legislature. Although the Executive Law that governs parole permits 19 Commissioners to serve on the Board, as of May 2018, only 12 Commissioners were seated. Such severe understaffing has led to myriad procedural problems, over-worked Commissioners, higher caseloads, shorter parole interviews, and less time for individualized evaluations of parole applicant files. These realities have led to devastating consequences for people in prison and their loved ones. Understaffing has also led to a significant increase in two-person parole panels, a practice that in August 2017 Parole Board Chairperson Stanford relayed would no longer be used. Additionally, parole interviews are being postponed for no discernible or statutorily authorized reason. Compounding these issues of understaffing, two long-serving Commissioners, W. William Smith and Marc Coppola who frequently engage in racist, unlawful and repugnant behavior, remain on the Board. The Governor can and should dismiss these Commissioners immediately and replace them with qualified candidates who better reflect the identities and experiences of people in prison. Commissioner Smith, in violation of the Executive Law, almost unilaterally denies parole to people convicted of violent crimes despite their demonstrated rehabilitation and low risk to public safety. Additionally, people in prison have reported numerous instances where Commissioner Smith lost his temper, slammed his hands down on the table or mocked the interviewee. Commissioner Smith also has deep political ties to the New York State Senate. He has donated nearly $20,000 to the very Senators responsible for confirming his appointments to the Board. Commissioner Coppola's record is equally abhorrent. During interviews, Commissioner Coppola is often unprepared and absent, asking questions that have already been answered or referencing facts from case files of other parole applicants. He also fails to consider the achievements of applicants, their advancing age, or their youth at the time of conviction, all factors required by the law. We are calling on Governor Cuomo to dismiss Commissioners Smith and Coppola, end two-person panels and needless postponements, and fill the vacancies on the Board with candidates from a broad range of professional backgrounds who believe strongly in the principles of rehabilitation, mercy, and redemption. The lives of thousands of incarcerated people depend on it Details: New York: The Authors, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: http://rappcampaign.com/wp-content/uploads/AAA-Parole-Board-Report-Final-3.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 153360

Author: Dumont, Robyn Title: 2017 Court Access and Fairness Survey Report Summary: This report summarizes the findings from the 2017 Maine Court Access and Fairness Survey, which asked survey participants to respond to a series of court "access" and "fairness" question. The survey was conducted in March 2017 by the Maine Statistical Analysis Center and was completed by 1,039 participants, all of who were visitors to various courthouses across the State of Maine. The survey results summarized in this report are part of ongoing efforts by the Maine Judicial Branch (MJB) to be responsive to the government and the public. Findings from this research were positive, reflecting court users' belief that courts are both accessible and fair. The majority of court users agreed or strongly agreed with survey statements affirming that courts are accessible (83%) and likewise agreed or strongly agreed with statement s affirming that they are fair (78%). Details: Portland: Maine Statistical Analysis Center, 2018. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://cpb-us-w2.wpmucdn.com/wpsites.maine.edu/dist/2/115/files/2018/05/2017_Court_Access_and_Fairness_Survey_Report-1tpod2e.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 153284

Author: Schiavone, Ann Title: K-9 Catch-22: The Impossible Dilemma of Using Police Dogs in Apprehension of Suspects Summary: In the past several years, the city of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania has seen two canine police dogs (K-9s) killed in the line of duty, Rocco in January 2014, and Aren in January of 2016. Both were killed by stab wounds while attempting to apprehend suspects. The man who killed Rocco received significant jail for stabbing and killing the dog, while the man who killed Aren was fatally shot as a direct result of his actions toward the canine. While Rocco was vocally celebrated in the community, and sympathy primarily focused on the canine, the deaths of Aren and the suspect who killed him, Brian Kelley, Jr., led to a very different response. In the aftermath of the 2016 incident, there was significant vocal outcry from a variety of advocates (for both humans and animals) concerning the injustice of using K-9 officers to apprehend suspects and calling for a ban on such practices. Certainly, Pittsburgh's experiences are not unique, although they present a vivid backdrop for the discussion of whether K-9s should be used for apprehension of suspects and under what circumstances. This paper explores the legal and ethical questions surrounding the use of police dogs, specifically in the realm of apprehending suspects where a violent interaction between human and canine is inevitable. The Fourth Amendment allows the use of canine force against persons if "reasonable" under the totality of the circumstances, based on the officer's observations. However, that totality of circumstances does not take into account the very real and very reasonable fear response induced in humans by an animal attack, that in some cases compels the suspect to defend themselves and thus places the suspect at risk for further violence, and the police dog at risk for injury or death. Further, while any suspect may be compelled to resist or defend itself against a police dog, the historical usage of police dogs against African Americans, coupled with the deployment of police dogs more frequently in minority communities may tend to put African Americans at greater risk in this K-9 catch-22. Ultimately, the paper considers the question of whether, in light of human behavioral fear response to animal attacks coupled with examples of implicit racial bias, using police dogs in apprehension is ever truly "reasonable." Details: Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University School of Law, 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3267314 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Animal rights Shelf Number: 153344

Author: Community Crime Prevention Associates Title: California Gang Reduction, Intervention and Prevention (CalGRIP) Grant Program: Final Local Evaluation Report Summary: The City of San Jose Mayor's Gang Prevention Task Force (MGPTF) applied for State of California CalGRIP funding to transition the Pilot Hospital-Based Intervention Program in partnership with Santa Clara Valley Medical Center (SCCVMC) Trauma Center to a fully staffed and fully operated Evidenced-Based Hospital-Linked Intervention Program. In particular, CalGRIP funding provided the capacity to accomplish the following goals: Approach and enroll more eligible patients while in the hospital Trauma Center with expanded hours; and Provide for more intensive and comprehensive evidenced-informed follow-up case management intervention services upon discharge from the hospital. Results and Findings The established Hospital-Based Intervention Project, Trauma to Triumph Program, hereafter referred to as T2T, has achieved the CalGRIP funding goals and related results, in particular: - The T2T Program was successful in expanding the hours and number of clients serviced from the Pilot Program phase. The T2T program expanded to provide weekly five day coverage, and night and weekend coverage, on an as needed basis. - In addition to providing funding for the San Jose MGPTF to increase its program intervention staffing dedicated to Trauma to Triumph (T2T - the new program name), CalGRIP funding also allowed SCCVMC to request and leverage new funding from the Santa Clara County Supervisors to expand hospital staff for the T2T program. Supervisor Cindy Chavez, a supporter of the program, was successful in gathering Board of Supervisor support to add funding to the county budget in the amount of $500,000 to support hospital staff positions of Program Coordinator, and Social Workers for the T2T program. - The T2T Program was successful in expanding the service capacity of the "pilot program" from enrolling and serving 32 clients to a total of 178 unduplicated youth/young adults who were injured through individual, group assault and/or gang-related violence during the three year funding cycle. - The duplicated number of clients serviced for the three years was a total of 227 clients which included the number of continuation of clients from one program year to the next. This duplication client count represented 91% of the service goal of 250 clients served over the three years. - The T2T Program established a program of comprehensive follow-up case management intervention, support, and health and human services to program participants upon discharge from the hospital to help them stabilize their lives, and reduce the likelihood of repeat victimization. The T2T new program case management intervention services included a full range of types of assistance including: (1) Intake/Referrals from SCCVMC: Assessment of client for program enrollment and level of risk, (2) Hospital/Bedside Visitation, (3) Phone Contacts and response to need for services, (4) 1-1 Coaching and Counseling, (5) Home Visitation(s), (6) Personal Basic Needs: Food, Cloth, Hygiene, etc. Application Assistance, (7) Victim Witness Assistance (Application, Processing, Joint Visits), (8) School Reentry/Appointments, (9) Education Assistance (GED Prep, Community College Admission), (10) Employment Assistance, (11) Pro-social Recreational Activity, and (12) Other needed assistance. - The total number of duplicated Service Benchmarks (Short Term Service Outcomes) achieved for 2016 was 1137, and for 2017 the total was 1256. The Top Five Service Benchmarks were achieved in response to the following:: - Does client have stable housing this month? - Has client stayed free of violence-re-injury and retaliation? - Is client willing and able to assume normal routine (reduced trauma affects) - Was client employed at the end of the month? - Did you assist clients with any other matter? - These Top Five Service Benchmarks in particular, are vital service outcomes toward stabilizing an individual after a traumatic event, getting them to assume a new healthy routine, and provide client with hands-on assistance to access service, resources, and employment that they require to move their life forward. Other Service Benchmarks that were not in the "Top Five," but may also have been vital to clients when addressed were: Received injury follow-up medical care, Received Victims of Crime financial assistance, and other forms of financial/subsistence assistance. The T2T Program follow-up case management intervention services served 227 clients with the following additional details: The total number of Client Service Sessions for the three year project period was 8,345. The three year CalGRIP Funding cost was $1,095,767, which calculates to an average Client Service Session cost of $131.00. The total number of Client Service Hours for the three year project period was 6,588, which calculates to an average cost per service hour for the three year period of $166. While this is only an average calculation of costs (Individual clients costs were not calculated and most likely varied considerable), the cost effectiveness of the T2T Program was reasonable, particularly because of high risk and "difficult to service" target population. Outcome evaluation measures of the ultimate effectiveness of the project, especially whether the project changed the clients' violent-prone lifestyle toward engagement in a pro-social, violent free lifestyle indicated positive results with regard to the low recidivism rate of 4 patients (0.022) out of the 178 unduplicated clients referred by SCCVMC who were re-injured resulting from violence and a low rate of 1.7% recidivism rate with regard to re-arrests. Participants and staff survey responses indicated their attitudes had changed significantly due to the services and care received from the program: - A high percentage--84% average over two years-- felt that their lives had improved due to the services received; - 76% valued their lives more; - 75% indicated that disturbing memories of their trauma had decreased; - 75% felt that they were doing the best possible or really well in their lives; - 89% felt more hopeful about their future with new possibilities; - The outcome data also indicated that 75% of those in school, job training or work were being more successful in their efforts there. The City of San Jose Mayor's Gang Prevention Task Force has also been successful in assuring the continuation of the T2T Program at near the same capacity as funded by (1) CalGRIP by allocating funding for the T2T Program to continue the program beyond the CalGRIP funding cycle, and (2) securing additional funding for two years from the California Office of Emergency Services for the T2T Program. Details: Sacramento: Board of State and Community Corrections, 2018. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/San%20Jose%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Programs Shelf Number: 153362

Author: National Sheriffs' Association Title: Animal Cruelty as a Gateway Crime Summary: Animal abuse has long been linked with other forms of antisocial behaviors and criminal violence. It is estimated that animal abusers are five times more likely to commit violent crimes against people, four times more likely to commit property crimes, and three times more likely to have a record for drug or disorderly conduct offenses. This project was designed to build the capacity of all participating law enforcement agencies to recognize that animal cruelty crimes can serve as precursors to more violent crimes, as a co-occurring crime to other types of offenses, and as an interrelated crime to other offenses such as domestic violence and elder abuse. Armed with this knowledge, law enforcement officers (both those assigned to patrol and investigative duties) can take steps both to solve current crimes and to prevent future crimes from occurring. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0867-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 153365

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Immigration Sanctuary Policies: Constitutional and Representative of Good Policing and Good Public Policy Summary: Sanctuary ordinances or policies that constrain local authorities from assisting in federal immigration enforcement do not receive the same political and media attention as anti-immigrant laws enacted by states and local governments. In the political struggle over the rights of undocumented immigrants in the United States, the greater media and political focus on anti-immigrant measures, such as Arizona�s S.B. 1070 and similar policies in cities like Hazleton, Pennsylvania, and Farmers Branch, Texas, is understandable. With much less fanfare, the legality of sanctuary policies also has been challenged. In this article I review the case law that specifically has involved the constitutionality of sanctuary policies and the relevant principles of preemption and states' rights. That process necessarily forces some comparison with the legal challenges over anti-immigrant local and state laws. In my view, while the principles of federalism represented in the Supreme Court's approach to the Tenth Amendment and preemption drive a stake in the heart of sub-federal anti-immigrant laws, those same principles guide us to the conclusion that sanctuary policies are on safe footing. Understanding why sanctuary policies are constitutional is important to the raging debate over immigration. Seemingly on a daily basis, anti-immigrant measures are proposed or enacted by state and local governments. In contrast, some jurisdictions that regard gaining the trust of immigrant communities as a necessity for public safety or who view themselves as immigrant friendly choose an approach that de-emphasizes the immigration status of those encountered in the course of police work. Additionally, the proliferation of litigation challenging the constitutionality of anti-immigrant ordinances raises the question of whether one set of sub-federal immigration-related approaches (sanctuary policies) can be constitutional, while a different set (anti-immigrant legislation) is not. To put it bluntly, can those in the immigrant rights community that promote sanctuary ordinances and attack anti-immigrant proposals have it both ways constitutionally? I conclude that in the immigration field, the concept of preemption is an appropriate check on overzealous sub-federal enforcement efforts that directly affect immigration regulation, while the Tenth Amendment is a check on federal intrusion on a local jurisdiction's attempt to be more protective of individual rights when the locality has a legitimate nonimmigration-related purpose, such as public safety. The discussion on the legality of sanctuary policies will reveal that the reserved police powers and local economic decisions under principles of federalism play a major part in the analysis. For that reason, a deeper understanding of the rationale for sanctuary policies is critical. We will find that in jurisdictions with sanctuary policies, local policy makers and law enforcement officials have made thoughtful and deliberate public safety decisions, taking great pains to do the right thing for the entire community. Those decisions are critical to principles of inclusion in our ever-growing diverse communities. For that reason, the sanctuary framework is good public policy - especially in contrast to the anti-immigrant examples of Arizona's S.B. 1070 or Hazleton, Pennsylvania. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco school of Law, 2012. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2012-03: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1969604 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Customs Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 153366

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Beyond DACA - Defying Employer Sanctions Through Civil Disobedience Summary: The fact that DACA recipients - and essentially all Dreamers - have become part of the conscience of the country and a critical part of the economy is illustrated by the strong support for them exhibited by major businesses in the United States. Dozens of CEOs from companies like Microsoft, Amazon, Netflix, AT&T, Wells Fargo, Google, and Facebook urged the president to preserve the program. After the Trump Administration announced the rescission of the DACA program on September 5, 2017, even more companies denounced the action and called on Congress to pass the Dream Act before the DACA termination date of March 5, 2018. Although the statements of support for DACA recipients and Dreamers, and calls for passage of the Dream Act are important, are employers willing to do more? In this draft essay, I challenge employers to engage in civil disobedience and to continue to hire Dreamers even after their employment authorization expires. I review the notion of corporate civil disobedience, and explain why such action in this context would be a bold statement and can prove vital to bringing about a permanent, fair outcome for Dreamers. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco School of Law, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2018-02: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3089461 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Disobedience Shelf Number: 153367

Author: Reed, Jack K. Title: Impacts of Marijuana Legalization in Colorado. A Report Pursuant to Senate Bill 13-283 Summary: In 2013, following the passage of Amendment 64 which allows for the retail sale and possession of marijuana, the Colorado General Assembly enacted Senate Bill 13‐283. This bill mandated that the Division of Criminal Justice in the Department of Public Safety conduct a study of the impacts of Amendment 64, particularly as these relate to law enforcement activities. This report seeks to establish and present the baseline measures for the metrics specified in S.B. 13‐283 (C.R.S. 24‐33.4‐516.) The information presented here should be interpreted with caution. The majority of the data should be considered baseline and preliminary, in large part because data sources vary considerably in terms of what exists historically. Consequently, it is difficult to draw conclusions about the potential effects of marijuana legalization and commercialization on public safety, public health, or youth outcomes, and this may always be the case due to the lack of historical data. Furthermore, the measurement of available data elements can be affected by very context of marijuana legalization. For example, the decreasing social stigma regarding marijuana use could lead individuals to be more likely to report use on surveys and also to health workers in emergency departments and poison control centers, making marijuana use appear to increase when perhaps it has not. Finally, law enforcement officials and prosecuting attorneys continue to struggle with enforcement of the complex and sometimes conflicting marijuana laws that remain. In sum, then, the lack of pre‐commercialization data, the decreasing social stigma, and challenges to law enforcement combine to make it difficult to translate these preliminary findings into definitive statements of outcomes. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Department of Public Safety Division of Criminal Justice, 2018. 266p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2018 at: http://fileserver.idpc.net/library/Impacts-of-Marijuana-Legalization-in-Colorado.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153389

Author: Coalition to End Money Bond Title: Monitoring Cook County's Central Bond Court: A Community Courtwatching Initiative Summary: On any given day, thousands of people in Cook County, Illinois, and hundreds of thousands more across the country, are incarcerated not because of a criminal conviction, but because they cannot afford to pay their monetary bond. Some of those people have been incarcerated for months or even years due to their poverty. Over the past several years, people impacted by incarceration have joined with community organizations and advocates in order to push for reform of the pretrial system in Illinois. As a result of this advocacy, the money bond system in Illinois has recently undergone several promising reforms. One of those reforms was General Order 18.8A, through which the Chief Judge of Cook County ordered that all monetary bonds be affordable, and that no one be incarcerated solely because they cannot pay a bond. General Order 18.8A was heralded by some advocates as a possible "turning point" in the fight to end unjust pretrial incarceration in Cook County. Coordinated by the Coalition to End Money Bond, more than 70 volunteers observed Central Bond Court between August and October of 2017 to collect data on bond court proceedings, record the decision-making process of judges, and track case dispositions of thousands of people accused of crimes. The data shows that while the recent reforms have led to some improvements in how judges issue bonds, many of the historical injustices of the money bond system persist. For reasons discussed in this report, these problems will likely persist unless Illinois abolishes secured monetary bond in its entirety. Money bond results in the unfair incarceration of legally innocent people. Every person whose case is pending is legally innocent. People who are in the pretrial phase are supposed to be presumed innocent until proven guilty and should enjoy the legal privileges associated with innocence. In many cases, however, the court requires these people to pay large sums of money just to be free before trial, and those who cannot pay are jailed as if they had already been convicted. Incarceration has a profound impact on the person in jail, their family and friends, and their larger community. Even brief periods of incarceration can lead to the loss of jobs, housing, and custody of one's children. In addition, pretrial incarceration affects legal outcomes by causing increased conviction rates and longer sentences. All of these negative consequences have a disproportionate impact on Black and Latino people, who generally receive higher bonds, have less access to pretrial diversion programs, and are less likely to be able to post a monetary bond than white people. Recent bail reforms in Cook County were long overdue and need evaluation. Many individuals and groups are fighting for changes to the pretrial justice system. Reform efforts include advocacy and support by community groups for people facing unaffordable bail, legislative action at the state level, and changes in internal prosecutor's office policies. Limited access to court and jail data, however, have made it difficult to track the scope of the problems related to money bond and measure the impact of these reforms. The data collected through the courtwatching effort discussed in this report suggests that some positive changes have occurred. As a result of General Order 18.8A, the rate of pretrial release has almost doubled, while the use of monetary bond has dropped by half. Judges in bond court are asking for and receiving more information from accused people about their ability to pay bond. Even with these improvements, however, many people are still receiving unaffordable bonds and facing indefinite pretrial incarceration as a result. Furthermore, substantial differences in the outcomes among the six Central Bond Court judges raise concerns about fairness and consistency for all accused people. Courtwatching data shows that additional oversight is required to ensure proper implementation of General Order 18.8A, and further changes will be required to truly end the unjust pretrial incarceration of legally innocent people. Recommendations for Fairer Outcomes Based on the observations of courtwatchers, the following policy recommendations should be implemented: 1. End the use of secured money bond in Illinois. 2. Stop unfairly funding the courts through bond money. 3. Improve access to Central Bond Court and jail data. 4. Facilitate attendance at future court dates with reminders and other supports. 5. Train judges and other court personnel on detention hearings and pretrial release procedures. 6. Ensure fair ordering and timing of bond court proceedings. 7. Improve Pretrial Services. Details: Chicago: The Coalition, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: http://www.chicagoappleseed.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Courtwatching-Report_Coalition-to-End-Money-Bond_FINAL_2-25-18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 153405

Author: Equal Justice Initiative Title: All Children Are Children: Challenging Abusive Punishment of Juveniles Summary: EJI's work with children is focused on providing legal assistance to juveniles condemned to die in prison; challenging the placement of youth in adult jails and prisons, where they face an elevated risk of assault and sexual violence; and challenging the prosecution of very young children as adults. In the last several years, EJI has won several reforms that aid children caught in the American criminal justice system. As this report outlines, more work remains. EJI currently is seeking to end the adult prosecution of any child under age 14; to end the placement of any juvenile under age 18 in an adult jail or prison; and to abolish life imprisonment without parole and other excessive sentences imposed on children. Details: Montgomery, AL: EJI, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: https://eji.org/sites/default/files/AllChildrenAreChildren-2017-sm2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfer Shelf Number: 153406

Author: Shah, Mubarak Title: Studying the Impact of Video Analytics for Pre, Live and Post Event Analysis on Outcomes of Criminal Justice Summary: This project aimed to develop and study the effect of computer analytics for public space surveillance camera systems. Videos from surveillance cameras have the ability to not only aid in post-event investigations but also to improve intervention in live criminal incidents by flagging them as they occur. However, when left unmonitored or poorly integrated into police departments, surveillance cameras often become useless. Currently, the number of surveillance cameras in the U.S. is increasing rapidly, with human monitoring capability unable to keep pace. In this project, we developed computer vision analytics for large surveillance camera networks and installed them into a Public Safety Visual Analytics Workstation (PSVAW) operating at the Orlando, Florida police department (OPD). In this report, we cover the tasks in four areas performed during the two and a half years (January 2016 - June 2018). First, we have developed and tested algorithms at the University of Central Florida's Center for Research in Computer Vision (CRCV) and Columbia University's Digital Video and Multimedia (DVMM) Lab. Algorithms related to (1) action and event detection in videos, (2) video anomaly detection, (3) video summarization, (4) object and attribute retrieval, and (5) hashing for efficient information retrieval. Second, we developed a computer vision system GUI that incorporates a set of computer vision modules for the Public Safety Visual Analytics Workstation. Specifically, four computer vision modules were integrated into the system including anomaly detection, face attribute prediction, body attribute prediction, and action detection. Third, we have transferred equipment necessary purchased to employ the PSVAW to the Orlando Police Department. Fourth, we report the current status of the field placement collaboration in the Orlando Police Department. The final report is comprised of five sections. Descriptions of the underlying logic for the developed computer vision algorithms and the results of their evaluations against standard computer vision science criteria are reported in section 1. The Public Safety Visual Analytics workstation components and GUI interface is described in section 2. Descriptions of the PSVAW related equipment transferred to the Orlando Police Department are provided in section 3. The field placement is discussed in section 4 and presentations and publications associated with the grant are listed in section 5. Details: Orlando, FL: Center for Research in Computer Vision, University of Central Florida, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252266.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Public Safety Shelf Number: 153408

Author: Muller-Ravett, Sara Title: After Foster Care and Juvenile Justice: A Preview of the Youth Villages Transitional Living Evaluation Summary: Each year in the United States, over 25,000 young people "age out" of the foster care system upon reaching adulthood, usually at the age of 18. Even larger numbers of young people enter foster care as teenagers but exit the system before reaching the age of 18. They may have entered foster care because they were abused or neglected, they did not have a living parent or relative to care for them, they were habitually truant from school, or for other reasons. The juvenile justice system, which is responsible for minors who have committed offenses that would be considered crimes in the adult criminal justice system, is also far-reaching. According to the latest estimates, nearly 100,000 young people leave juvenile justice facilities each year. Overlap between the foster care and juvenile justice systems is common, as young people who come from unstable or abusive family environments, poverty, and other harmful situations are at increased risk of entering both systems. Many young people leaving the foster care or juvenile justice system have a difficult time making a successful transition to adulthood and independent living. Compared with others their age, they have relatively low levels of educational attainment and employment, and they are more likely to experience poverty and housing instability. Policymakers and practitioners are searching for ways to improve these outcomes. However, while a number of programs have been designed to help youth who were formerly in foster care or the juvenile justice system, or both, little rigorous evidence exists to identify which services are effective and for whom. The evaluation of the Youth Villages Transitional Living program that is described in this brief is designed to help fill this knowledge gap. Youth Villages, a nonprofit service organization for troubled children and their families, operates the Transitional Living program in seven states, including Tennessee, where the evaluation is taking place. The program provides intensive case management, support, and cognitive-behavioral therapy services to young people who are making the transition from state custody to independent adult living. The evaluation will examine the difference that the Transitional Living program makes for this population - or its impacts on a range of outcomes, including education, employment, mental health, and financial security. It is intended to provide important information for policymakers and practitioners who are interested in improving the lives of these vulnerable young people. The evaluation is using a random assignment design, which is generally considered the most rigorous method of evaluating large-scale social service programs, as described in more detail later in this brief. MDRC, a nonprofit, nonpartisan education and social policy research organization, is conducting the evaluation, along with Mark Courtney from the University of Chicago. The study is funded by the Edna McConnell Clark Foundation and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Tennessee's Department of Children's Services, which provides some of the funding for the Transitional Living program and is responsible for both the foster care and juvenile justice systems in the state, is a partner in the evaluation. Details: New York: MDRC, 2012. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/After%20Foster%20Care.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Foster Care Shelf Number: 153410

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Expanding the Vote: Two Decades of Felony Disenfranchisement Reforms Summary: More than 6 million citizens will be ineligible to vote in the midterm elections in November 2018 because of a felony conviction. Nearly 4.7 million of them are not incarcerated but live in one of 34 states that prohibit voting by people on probation, parole, or who have completed their sentence. Racial disparities in the criminal justice system also translate into higher rates of disenfranchisement in communities of color, resulting in one of every thirteen African American adults being ineligible to vote. Despite these stark statistics, in recent years significant reforms in felony disenfranchisement policies have been achieved at the state level. Since 1997, 23 states have amended their felony disenfranchisement policies in an effort to reduce their restrictiveness and expand voter eligibility. These reforms include: Seven states either repealed or amended lifetime disenfranchisement laws Six states expanded voting rights to some or all persons under community supervision Seventeen states eased the restoration process for persons seeking to have their right to vote restored after completing sentence These policy changes represent national momentum for reform of restrictive voting rights laws. As a result of the reforms achieved during the period from 1997-2018, an estimated 1.4 million people have regained the right to vote. This report provides a state by state accounting of the changes to voting rights for people with felony convictions and measures its impact. These changes have come about through various mechanisms, including legislative reform, executive action, and a ballot initiative. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/expanding-vote-two-decades-felony-disenfranchisement-reforms/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 153414

Author: Skemer, Melanie Title: Striving for independence: Two-year impact findings from the Youth Villages transitional living evaluation Summary: Young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody often experience poor outcomes across a number of domains, on average, relative to their peers. While government funding for services targeting these groups of young people has increased in recent years, research on the effectiveness of such services is limited, and few of the programs that have been rigorously tested have been found to improve outcomes. The Youth Villages Transitional Living Evaluation is testing whether the Transitional Living program, operated by the social service organization Youth Villages, makes a difference in the lives of young men and women with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody. The program, which was renamed "YVLifeSet" in April 2015, is intended to help these young people make a successful transition to adulthood by providing intensive, individualized, and clinically focused case management, support, and counseling. The evaluation uses a rigorous random assignment design and is set in Tennessee, where Youth Villages operates its largest Transitional Living program. From October 2010 to October 2012, more than 1,300 young people were assigned, at random, to either a program group, which was offered the Transitional Living program's services, or to a control group, which was not offered those services. Using survey and administrative data, the evaluation team measured outcomes for both groups over time to assess whether Transitional Living services led to better outcomes for the program group compared with the control group's outcomes. This is the third major report in the evaluation. The first report provides a detailed description of the Transitional Living program model and assesses its implementation. The second report assesses whether the program improved key outcomes during the first year after young people were enrolled in the study. That report relies largely on survey data to analyze the program's impacts in the six domains that it was designed to affect: education; employment and earnings; housing stability and economic well-being; social support; health and safety; and criminal involvement. This third report uses administrative data to assess the program's impacts in three of the original six domains - education; employment and earnings; and criminal involvement - during the second year after study enrollment. Taken together, the one- and two-year results show that participation in the Transitional Living program had modest, positive impacts on a broad range of outcomes. The program boosted earnings, increased housing stability and economic well-being, and improved some outcomes related to health and safety. However, it did not improve outcomes in the areas of education, social support, or criminal involvement. These results indicate that the Transitional Living program can improve multiple outcomes for young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody, a notable finding given how few other programs that serve these populations have been shown to have an effect. As a next step, Youth Villages aims to build on the areas where the program has already been successful by testing modifications to the YVLifeSet model; the hope is that such modifications will further improve young people's outcomes, particularly in domains where the program has not yet produced positive impacts. Details: New York: MDRC, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2018 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/YV_2016_FR.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 153415

Author: Hess, Cynthia Title: Dreams Deferred: A Survey on the Impact of Intimate Partner Violence on Survivors' Education, Careers, and Economic Security Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV)-in which one person seeks to control another through psychological, sexual, financial, and/or physical abuse-has long-lasting health, educational, and economic consequences for survivors. Previous research indicates that IPV has substantial economic costs for both survivors and society; one recent study, for example, estimates the lifetime costs of IPV-including the costs of related health problems, lost productivity, and criminal justice costs-at $103,767 for women and $23,414 for men. In addition to these direct costs, survivors experience other effects from IPV that can harm them financially and make it difficult to build economic security, such as lost educational opportunities, diminished ability to work, and loss of control over the choice and timing of childbearing. Understanding the multiple effects of abuse and how they interrelate and shape survivors' ongoing opportunities is critical to developing programs and policies that increase safety and economic security. This report examines the educational, career, and economic effects of intimate partner violence by presenting findings from a survey of 164 survivors developed by the Institute for Women's Policy Research (IWPR) and administered at transitional housing programs, shelters, and other domestic violence programs in 11 states and the District of Columbia. Though not representative of all survivors, the survey explores the self-reported effects of abuse on survivors in the sample and the resources they find most helpful in addressing the economic effects of intimate partner violence. Nearly all respondents to the survey were women, and 71 percent were between the ages of 25 and 44 (with an average age of 38). Most respondents said they have experienced multiple forms of abuse, and the majority (56 percent) have experienced abuse from more than one partner, often beginning at a young age. Eighty-nine percent are parents; 55 percent have children aged four or younger. The survey reveals how the economic dimensions of abuse permeate survivors' lives, creating a complex set of needs that make it difficult to exit abusive relationships and move forward in recovery. Seventy-three percent of respondents said they had stayed with an abusive partner longer than they wanted or returned to them for economic reasons. Many of those surveyed, however, expressed optimism that with the right resources, they will flourish and thrive. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Women's Policy Research, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://iwpr.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/C474_IWPR-Report-Dreams-Deferred.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 153416

Author: Grommon, Eric Title: Process Evaluation of the IRAS-PAT Pilot Program Implementation. Report to the Indiana Office of Court Services Summary: In 2014, the Indiana Supreme Court Committee to Study Evidence-Based Pretrial Release was tasked with the development and implementation of a pilot project to assess the feasibility, efficacy, economics and methodologies of establishing an evidence-based system for pretrial release decisions in Indiana (Supreme Court Cause No. 94S00-1312-MS-909 and No. 94S00-1412-MS-757). The committee partnered with the National Institute of Corrections (NIC) to develop the pilot project. In spring 2016, the Indiana Office of Court Services (IOCS), in collaboration with the Evidence Based Decision Making policy team (EBDM), entered into agreements with select courts to participate in a pilot program of the Indiana Risk Assessment System - Pretrial Assessment Tool. The pretrial period occurs after arrest and before a disposition has been determined by the court. One of the critical decisions made during this period is whether a defendant should be released back into the community or remain detained in jail pending trial. This decision is multifaceted; should the court decide to release a defendant to the community, the terms and conditions of bail must also be set. One of the main factors used to inform these decisions is the risk of failure-to-appear (FTA) in court. Generally speaking, bail systems are used to offset the risk of defendants failing to appear. In this system, defendants can secure a release from jail pending trial if they are able to meet the bail amount set by the court. Posting money or property is thought to assure that defendants will stand trial as these financial means would be returned if defendants attend court appearances or forfeited if defendants fail to appear. Release or detain decisions are important for a number of reasons. First, these decisions must be consistent with the constitutional rights of defendants. Due process, equal protection, safety from the imposition of excessive bail, and the presumption of innocence are all key considerations that must be taken into account by the court. Second, decisions are being assessed in relation to emerging pretrial practice standards. The American Bar Association (2007) and National Association of Pretrial Service Agencies (2004) have specified a set of benchmarks consistent with Bail Reform Act of 1984 and best practices to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of pretrial efforts. Third, pretrial decisions have significant downstream justice system consequences. Defendants who are detained prior to court disposition are more likely to plead guilty, receive prison sentences, and be incarcerated for longer periods of time than defendants who were released to the community (Heaton et al., 2017; Lowenkamp et al., 2013b; Reaves, 2013). These front-end system decisions impose substantial system costs to state and local governments as well as direct or intangible costs to defendants and their families. In 2010, Indiana adopted the Indiana Risk Assessment System (IRAS), a suite of five separate instruments, created by researchers at the University of Cincinnati, which are designed to be used at specific points in the criminal justice process to identify an offender's risk of a FTA or re-offend and, for some instruments also identify criminogenic needs. One of these instruments, the IRAS Pretrial Assessment Tool (IRAS-PAT) is intended for use during the pretrial period. It was designed to be short but also contain measures that are predictive of both a defendant's FTA and risk of violating pretrial supervision with a new offense. Exhibit 1 shows the items captured from the IRAS-PAT. In keeping with the idea of brevity, the IRAS-PAT consists of seven risk items in three dimensions (criminal history, employment and residential stability, and drug use). Only trained staff can administer the IRAS-PAT which requires a brief face-to-face interview (approximately 10 minutes) with arrestees and follow-up verification of information by pretrial supervision staff. Details: Indianapolis: Center for Criminal Justice Research, Indiana University, Indiana University Public PolicyInstitute, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://www.in.gov/publicdefender/files/IRAS-PAT_Report_Pr1%20(3).pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 153463

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Drug Enforcement Administration Title: 2018 National Drug Threat Assessment Summary: The 2018 National Drug Threat Assessment (NDTA)1 is a comprehensive strategic assessment of the threat posed to the United States by domestic and international drug trafficking and the abuse of illicit drugs. The report combines federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement reporting; public health data; open source reporting; and intelligence from other government agencies to determine which substances and criminal organizations represent the greatest threat to the United States. Illicit drugs, as well as the transnational and domestic criminal organizations who traffic them, continue to represent significant threats to public health, law enforcement, and national security in the United States. Drug poisoning deaths are the leading cause of injury death in the United States; they are currently at their highest ever recorded level and, every year since 2011, have outnumbered deaths by firearms, motor vehicle crashes, suicide, and homicide. In 2016, approximately 174 people died every day from drug poisoning (see Figure 1). The opioid threat (controlled prescription drugs, synthetic opioids, and heroin) has reached epidemic levels and currently shows no signs of abating, affecting large portions of the United States. Meanwhile, as the ongoing opioid crisis justly receives national attention, the methamphetamine threat remains prevalent; the cocaine threat has rebounded; new psychoactive substances (NPS) are still challenging; and the domestic marijuana situation continues to evolve. Controlled Prescription Drugs (CPDs): CPDs are still responsible for the most drug-involved overdose deaths and are the second most commonly abused substance in the United States. As CPD abuse has increased significantly, traffickers are now disguising other opioids as CPDs in attempts to gain access to new users. Most individuals who report misuse of prescription pain relievers cite physical pain as the most common reason for abuse; these misused pain relievers are most frequently obtained from a friend or relative. Heroin: Heroin use and availability continue to increase in the United States. The occurrence of heroin mixed with fentanyl is also increasing. Mexico remains the primary source of heroin available in the United States according to all available sources of intelligence, including law enforcement investigations and scientific data. Further, significant increases in opium poppy cultivation and heroin production in Mexico allow Mexican TCOs to supply high-purity, low-cost heroin, even as U.S. demand has continued to increase. Fentanyl and Other Synthetic Opioids: Illicit fentanyl and other synthetic opioids - primarily sourced from China and Mexico - are now the most lethal category of opioids used in the United States. Traffickers- wittingly or unwittingly- are increasingly selling fentanyl to users without mixing it with any other controlled substances and are also increasingly selling fentanyl in the form of counterfeit prescription pills. Fentanyl suppliers will continue to experiment with new fentanyl-related substances and adjust supplies in attempts to circumvent new regulations imposed by the United States, China, and Mexico. Cocaine: Cocaine availability and use in the United States have rebounded, in large part due to the significant increases in coca cultivation and cocaine production in Colombia. As a result, past-year cocaine initiates and cocaine-involved overdose deaths are exceeding 2007 benchmark levels. Simultaneously, the increasing presence of fentanyl in the cocaine supply, likely related to the ongoing opioid crisis, is exacerbating the re-merging cocaine threat. Methamphetamine: Methamphetamine remains prevalent and widely available, with most of the methamphetamine available in the United States being produced in Mexico and smuggled across the Southwest Border (SWB). Domestic production occurs at much lower levels than in Mexico, and seizures of domestic methamphetamine laboratories have declined steadily for many years. Marijuana: Marijuana remains the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. The overall landscape continues to evolve; although still illegal under Federal law, more states have passed legislation regarding the possession, use, and cultivation of marijuana and its associated products. Although seizure amounts coming across the SWB have decreased in recent years, Mexico remains the most significant foreign source for marijuana available in the United States. Domestic marijuana production continues to increase, as does the availability and production of marijuana-related products. New Psychoactive Substances (NPS): The number of new NPS continues to increase worldwide, but remains a limited threat in the United States compared to other widely available illicit drugs. China remains the primary source for the synthetic cannabinoids and synthetic cathinones that are trafficked into the United States. The availability and popularity of specific NPS in the United States continues to change every year, as traffickers experiment with new and unregulated substances. Mexican Transnational Criminal Organizations (TCOs): Mexican TCOs remain the greatest criminal drug threat to the United States; no other group is currently positioned to challenge them. The Sinaloa Cartel maintains the most expansive footprint in the United States, while Cartel Jalisco Nueva Generacion's (CJNG) domestic presence has significantly expanded in the past few years. Although 2017 drug-related murders in Mexico surpassed previous levels of violence, U.S.-based Mexican TCO members generally refrain from extending inter-cartel conflicts domestically. Colombian TCOs: Colombian TCOs' majority control over the production and supply of cocaine to Mexican TCOs allows Colombian TCOs to maintain an indirect influence on U.S. drug markets. Smaller Colombian TCOs still directly supply wholesale quantities of cocaine and heroin to Northeast and East Coast drug markets. Dominican TCOs: Dominican TCOs dominate the mid-level distribution of cocaine and white powder heroin in major drug markets throughout the Northeast, and predominate at the highest levels of the heroin and fentanyl trade in certain areas of the region. They also engage in some street-level sales. Dominican TCOs work in collaboration with foreign suppliers to have cocaine and heroin shipped directly to the continental United States and its territories from Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela, and the Dominican Republic. Family members and friends of Dominican nationality or American citizens of Dominican descent comprise the majority of Dominican TCOs, insulating them from outside threats. Asian TCOs: Asian TCOs specialize in international money laundering by transferring funds to and from China and Hong Kong through the use of front companies and other money laundering methods. Asian TCOs continue to operate indoor marijuana grow houses in states with legal personal-use marijuana laws and also remain the 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, commonly known as Ecstasy) source of supply in U.S. markets by trafficking MDMA from clandestine laboratories in Canada into the United States. Gangs: National and neighborhood-based street gangs and prison gangs continue to dominate the market for the street-sales and distribution of illicit drugs in their respective territories throughout the country. Struggle for control of these lucrative drug trafficking territories continues to be the largest factor fueling the street-gang violence facing local communities. Meanwhile, some street gangs are working in conjunction with rival gangs in order to increase their drug revenues, while individual members of assorted street gangs have profited by forming relationships with friends and family associated with Mexican cartels. Illicit Finance: TCOs' primary methods for laundering illicit proceeds have largely remained the same over the past several years. However, the amount of bulk cash seized has been steadily decreasing. This is a possible indication of TCOs' increasing reliance on innovative money laundering methods. Virtual currencies, such as Bitcoin, are becoming increasingly mainstream and offer traffickers a relatively secure method for moving illicit proceeds around the world with much less risk compared to traditional methods. Details: Washington, DC: DEA, 2018. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://www.dea.gov/sites/default/files/2018-11/DIR-032-18%202018%20NDTA%20final%20low%20resolution.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153464

Author: Palmore, Christopher Title: The Social Context of Crime: Self-Control, Alcohol Use, and Dispute-Related Violence Summary: This dissertation examines the social context of criminal behavior. Despite the need for research that examines when criminal behavior is more or less likely, theoretical perspectives accounting for the social context of crime remain underdeveloped. I approached this issue using three separate papers to examine distinct issues in the literature. I wrote each chapter as a stand-alone study using the language from each body of literature. Chapter 1 examines whether opportunity influences the relationship between low self-control and crime. Gottfredson and Hirschi's (1990) general theory of crime argues that low self-control is the primary individual-level cause of crime and research has consistently shown that low self-control is one of the strongest predictors of individual participation in crime. Most scholars have interpreted the theory as predicting that the supply of criminal opportunities and an offender's low self-control interact to produce crime. From this perspective, the effects of low self-control are contingent on the amount of available opportunities for crime. However, Gottfredson and Hirschi have since argued against this view and contend that opportunity for crime should have little effect on individuals with low self-control. I contribute to this debate by using a design that controls for selection into criminal opportunities, as well as all time-stable individual differences that could affect both opportunity and crime. Using routine activities as a measure of opportunity, I find that increases in opportunity were significantly related to violent and property crime. This relationship did not vary across levels of self-control for property crime but did vary across self-control for violent crime. The effect of opportunity was strongest for individuals with higher levels of self-control. Chapter 2 examines an area that has received an enormous amount of attention: alcohol use and crime. Research consistently finds a strong association between alcohol use and offending. However, alcohol use does not lead to crime every time it is consumed, or for every person who consumes it. Chapter 2 examines the role of routine activities in the relationship between alcohol use and crime. I examine the mediating and moderating effects of routine activities in the alcohol-crime relationship. The results suggest that alcohol use plays a strong role in both violent and nonviolent offending, and this effect is especially prominent when opportunity for crime is highest. The evidence suggests that the social context of alcohol use provides opportunity for crime and amplifies the effects of alcohol use for violent and property crime. Chapter 3 makes use of incident-level data in order to determine which situational factors contribute to the escalation of violence. This study is based in impression management theory and examines whether disputes are more likely to be violent if one of the participants is intoxicated, whether the relationship between the participants plays a role in the outcome of a dispute, and whether weapons contribute to the escalation of violence. The findings suggest that alcohol use, by either actor in a dispute, significantly contributes to a violent outcome. Disputes are especially likely to turn violent when both disputants have been drinking. Relationship status also played a role in disputes becoming violent as disputes that involve acquaintances and intimate partners were somewhat more likely to become violent than those with strangers. The presence of firearms played a significant role in the escalation of violence. When both parties had a firearm, disputes were least likely to escalate. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2018. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/17759 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 153468

Author: Gladfelter, Andrew S. Title: Fish Out of Water: Developing a Theory of Person-place Mismatch and Victimization Summary: Moving can bring both positive and negative outcomes. One of the negative outcomes of moving is an increased risk of criminal victimization. This dissertation uses the concept of hysteresis (person-place mismatch) to explain how, in three stages, victimization risk might increase: (1) for some people, moving may contribute to a real or perceived inability to fit in a new neighborhood, (2) this lack of fit may affect how individuals behave in the new environment, and (3) these behavioral adaptations may influence victimization risk. Hysteresis is measured across two domains: extrinsic or objective mismatch, such as being black in a white neighborhood, and intrinsic or subjective mismatch, such as a feeling of not belonging or not being able to make friends. Additionally, two forms of behavior are examined: (1) protective behaviors, such as locking doors, avoiding certain areas, and other constrained behavioral adaptations, and (2) maladaptive behaviors, such as drinking, substance use, and offending. Finally, victimization is measured in terms of violent crime, property crime, and bias-related experiences. Three studies are conducted to examine patterns across four different samples. Study 1 is an analysis of a randomized housing voucher experiment that attempted to relocate residents from impoverished, inner-city housing projects to more affluent neighborhoods. The study consists of two samples - adults and youth. Study 2 examines the proposed model of hysteresis in a sample of college students at Penn State, with particular emphasis on property victimization. Study 3 assesses the relevance of the model to hate crimes and bias activity at Penn State. All three studies use structural equation modeling to test whether hysteresis and behavior mediate the relationship between residential mobility and victimization. Overall, results support the idea that movers may experience hysteresis, that hysteresis may be correlated with behavioral adaptations, and that behavior may be correlated with victimization risk. However, results across studies suggest a more complex pattern in that hysteresis and its effects depend on the types of respondents, types of moves, types of neighborhood conditions, and types of outcomes being measured. Future research should strive to employ longitudinal designs to address temporal ordering and causality. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2016. 329p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/12545 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 153469

Author: Mongan, Philip Title: Rampage School Shootings: A Content Analysis of Media and Scholarly Accounts of Perpetration Factors Associated with the Phenomenon Summary: When school shootings occur in primary or secondary schools they draw a massive amount of media attention. Frequently, after the shooting stops, the media begins to prognosticate about the factors that led to the occurrence of the tragedy. However, there is a dearth of research examining those factors that are perpetuated by the media, as well as the factors that are most discussed in scholarly publications. Therefore, the aim of this research project was to explore the perpetration factors that have been perpetuated by the media, and compare those to the perpetration factors that are most frequently discussed by researchers. The study posed three research questions, which explored the factors that were most discussed, the differences between print news sources and journal articles in regard to the factors they discussed, and the possible changes of factors through time. The exploration of these research questions was based in social constructionist thought, as the theory provided a framework for exploring how the findings may impact subsequent prevention of the phenomenon. The study found that there were numerous factors discussed by the media and researchers, which broke down into school factors, cultural factors, individual factors, biological facts, and family factors. Through triangulation of available data the study also found that there were differences between the perpetration factors as they are discussed by the print news and scholars, as well as differences in discussion of factors through time. These differences indicate that prevention efforts may be hindered due to a faulty understanding of rampage school shootings, which is being perpetuated by the media. The findings also indicate several areas for future research to focus on, such as: exploration of other media formats, examining the constructs proposed by the research project, and exploring the methods that individuals involved with prevention determine the threat level of individuals who are viewed as posing a risk. Details: Lexington: University of Kentucky, 2013. 269p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://uknowledge.uky.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1004&context=csw_etds Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 153467

Author: Harris, Casey T. Title: A Longitudinal Assessment of the Macro-Level Relationship between Recent immigration and White, Black, and Hispanic Violent Crime, 1990-2000 Summary: It has been nearly a century since Edwin Sutherland (1927) noted that both popular sentiment and existing policy presupposed greater criminality among the foreign born than the native population. Though scholars following in Sutherland's footsteps have continued to explore the immigration-crime link as newer waves of immigrants enter the United States, this issue remains arguably the most important substantive, political, and theoretical question facing sociology and criminology today. Unfortunately, there remain a number of persistent gaps in the empirical literature and a careful review of this research shows it to be (1) scarce and limited in scope, (2) widely varied in terms of the unit of analysis and measure of immigration, (3) focused on victimization (particularly homicide), (4) geographically limited, (5) cross-sectional, (6) focused on total (not race/ethnic-specific) crime, and (7) inconsistent in concluding whether immigration is associated with crime. Moreover, theorizing on the expected relationship between immigration and crime is under-developed and prominent theoretical frameworks suggest that immigration may be positively, negatively, or unassociated with crime, as well as operate uniquely at particular points in time or for specific race/ethnic groups. Using census-place level arrest data from California, New York, and Texas paired with corresponding U.S. Census Bureau data, the current study builds off of prior research and addresses several of these shortcomings in important ways. First, this project explores the immigration-violence relationship in 1990 and 2000 to assess whether the association between immigration and violent crime has changed over time. This approach marks a substantial advance in immigration-crime research by utilizing census-place panel data and fixed-effects (change score) methods to construct stronger causal models for exploring whether immigration is related to violence and, if so, whether this association has changed over time. Second, using race-ethnic disaggregated arrest data that include Hispanics, this project examines whether immigration impacts black, white, and Hispanic violence in unique ways. Because Hispanic arrest data are scarce, particularly prior to the year 2000, this project advances current research by utilizing census-place level arrest data (rather than victimization) that include this key group in order to compare the relationship between immigration and violent arrests for blacks, whites, and Hispanics over the 1990-2000 period. Results from seemingly unrelated regression (SUR) cross-sectional, change-score, and "changing effects" models indicate that (1) immigrant concentration is associated with increased violent crime rates for whites, blacks, and Hispanics in 1990, (2) the relationship is particularly strong for blacks, (3) the association between immigration and violence is, for the most part, null in 2000, (4) the lack of relationship between immigration and violence is racially invariant in 2000, and (5) the attenuation of the relationship between recent immigration and violence represents a statistically significant change between 1990 and 2000 only for blacks. Supplemental analyses suggest that these findings are reasonably robust and not contingent upon outliers or influential cases, specific sub-sets of the sample (e.g., large or small units or units from specific states), or the specification/operationalization of immigration at the macro-level. Politically, immigration has been both a crucial component of America's growth and a periodic source of conflict since at least the early 1800s; in recent years it has become one of the most contentious issues on the nation's political agenda. The current study is timely in addressing a crucial political issue - whether recent immigration flows are associated with violence and whether this association has been stable over time and across race/ethnic groups Substantively, immigration dovetails with key themes in sociology, including stratification, social problems, social control, and social change. Social scientists are faced with the task of trying to understand the impact of immigration on our society and on the immigrants themselves, including how immigration may drive social change in communities. The current study suggests that immigration impacts violent crime in communities differently at specific points in time and across race/ethnic groups. Future research would do well to further explore this complex relationship and consider whether immigration policy aimed at reducing social problems like crime may be temporally conditioned and affect whites, blacks, and Hispanics in distinctive ways. Details: State College: Pennsylvania State University, 2011. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 14, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/1137 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 153470

Author: Wolak, Janis Title: Sextortion: Findings from a survey of 1,631 Victims Summary: THE SURVEY AND SURVEY GOALS -- Thorn and the Crimes against Children Research Center of the University of New Hampshire conducted an online survey of persons ages 18 to 25 who have been targets of threats to expose sexual images, or "sextortion" (n=1631). Respondents were recruited mainly through ads on Facebook and asked to complete anonymous surveys if they had been targets of sextortion. Our goal was to inform strategies to reduce these incidents by: - Educating the public and practitioners about sextortion; - Improving mechanisms for reporting to websites, apps and other technology programs that are being used for sextortion; promoting reporting to technology companies by targets of sextortion and increasing effective responses to such reports; - Equipping technology companies with more knowledge and information about how their platforms are being used in sextortion so they can create preventive strategies to combat the problem; and - Encouraging help-seeking by targets of sextortion and providing them with resources. Details about how the survey was conducted can be found at the end of this report. SUMMARY OF KEY FINDINGS -- Sextortion is defined as threats to expose a sexual image in order to make a person do something or for other reasons, such as revenge or humiliation. Persons who completed the online survey are referred to as "respondents" and those who threatened them as "perpetrators." The respondents in our sample were primarily female (83%) and teenagers (ages 18 and 19); about 40% were in their early 20s. The sextortion episodes they reported were diverse, but incidents broadly fell into two groups: a) In the wake of face-to-face romantic or sexual relationships during which sexual images were taken or shared, an aggrieved partner threatened to disseminate images either to force reconciliation or to embarrass or humiliate the respondent. b) A perpetrator who met a respondent online used a sexual image obtained from the respondent or some other source to demand more images or sexual interactions. There was notable diversity in these episodes, however. Some respondents were male; demands were not always sexual in nature; and some perpetrators used elaborate deceptions to acquire images and threaten respondents. Details: Durham, NH: Crimes Aaainst Children Research Center, University of New Hampshire, 2016. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://www.wearethorn.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Sextortion-Report-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Online Victimization Shelf Number: 153478

Author: Travis, Jeremy Title: Families Left Behind: The Hidden Costs of Incarceration and Reentry Summary: With incarceration rates in America at record high levels, the criminal justice system now touches the lives of millions of children each year. The imprisonment of nearly three quarters of a million parents disrupts parent-child relationships, alters the networks of familial support, and places new burdens on governmental services such as schools, foster care, adoption agencies, and youth-serving organizations. Few studies have explored the impact of parental incarceration on young children or identified the needs that arise from such circumstances. Little attention has focused on how communities, social service agencies, health care providers, and the criminal justice system can work collaboratively to better meet the needs of the families left behind. This policy brief is intended to help focus attention on the hidden costs of our criminal justice policies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2005. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/50461/310882-Families-Left-Behind.PDF Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Prisoners Shelf Number: 153479

Author: Janetta, Jesse Title: Strategies for Reducing Criminal and Juvenile Justice Involvement Summary: The future prosperity of the Great Lakes states depends in large part on the productivity and well-being of young people. Crime, victimization, and justice system responses greatly affect the life prospects of the most vulnerable Great Lakes youth, restricting their access to ladders of opportunity. In too many Great Lakes cities, racial and economic segregation separate vulnerable and low-income people from opportunity and expose them to high levels of toxic stress and crime. Concentrated poverty and disparities in health, employment, and education create conditions that contribute to both victimization and offending. Law enforcement and other justice interventions are likewise concentrated in areas of high crime and general disadvantage. This cycle leads to high levels of involvement with the criminal justice system among young people, which can have lasting negative consequences for their development. Moreover, estimates using the Social Genome Model suggest that simply acquiring a criminal record as a teenager depresses lifetime family incomes (Blumenthal, Martin, and Poethig 2016). Structural inequities can lead to justice involvement and justice involvement can lead to or exacerbate these inequities. This brief begins by drawing from research evidence to describe how crime and justice involvement affect youth development and opportunity. Then, it discusses the specific crime and justice intervention context in the Great Lakes states. The brief concludes by presenting an array of promising and proven policies and practices that have the potential to deliver safety while reducing juvenile justice and criminal justice involvement and their negative impact on youth. Details: Washington, DC: Urban institute, 2017. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Building Ladders of Opportunity for Young People in the Great Lakes States: Brief 4: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/94516/strategies-for-reducing-criminal-and-juvenile-justice-involvement.pdf_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 153480

Author: Thomson Reuters Foundation Title: A Call to Action: Ending 'Sextortion' in the Digital Age Summary: Throughout the world, those in power extort vulnerable women and girls by demanding sex, rather than money. "Sextortion" is a pervasive yet under-reported form of corruption involving sexual exploitation: judges demanding sex in exchange for visas or favorable custody decisions, landlords threatening to evict tenants unless they have sex with them, supervisors making job security contingent on sex, and principals conditioning student graduation on sex. Today the crime has become digital and cyber-sextortion is rapidly on the rise. In 2015, the Thomson Reuters Foundation, in collaboration with the International Association of Women Judges (IAWJ), launched a guide: "Combating Sextortion: A Comparative Study of Laws to Prosecute Corruption Involving Sexual Exploitation." The study outlined laws and practices relating to the crime in nine jurisdictions, spanning six continents. This new report was borne out of that research, and takes a more specific look at the United States and at how sextortion has evolved. Despite increasing recognition from law enforcement agencies that sextortion exists and that it is indeed on the rise - the United States lacks adequate legal solutions to ensure justice for victims. This leaves women and young girls vulnerable at the hands of those willing to abuse their power, and�increasingly - online predators. "A Call to Action: Ending 'Sextortion' in the Digital Age" shines a spotlight on the growing threat of sextortion, and highlights how easy it is to infiltrate computers to record and steal sexual imagery. The report calls for public education to help prevent sextortion and provides concrete examples of revisions to existing criminal statutes in order to combat this rapidly developing crime. Details: London: Thomson Reuters Foundations, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: http://www.trust.org/contentAsset/raw-data/f3b8d35c-27bf-4ba7-9251-abc07d588347/file Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 153482

Author: Dennison, TaShanda Title: Attitudinal Trends in Support for Police Use of Force Before and After Ferguson Summary: Since the 2014 death of an unarmed black teenager, Michael Brown by a white Ferguson police officer, there has been a string of similar incidents that have occurred in a relatively short period of time. These high profile incidents of police officers using questionable amounts of force have shaken public trust in law enforcement. Studies have shown that public confidence in law enforcement often erodes drastically following heavily publicized, controversial media reports of police misconduct (Tuch and Weitzer 1997; Weitzer 2002). The current levels of public outrage in response to allegations of police brutality have surpassed the levels of outrage that followed similar, highly publicized incidents in previous decades (Lawrence 2000; Weitzer 2015). Scholar suggest that recent events, may have a longer-term impact than those in previous decades (Lawrence 2000; Weitzer 2002). This study seeks to extend the current literature on citizens' interpretations of police violence and how, if at all it is impacted by highly-publicized incident of police misconduct. Specifically, the current research uses a national sample to compare citizens' endorsement of police use of force before and after the 2014 death of Michael Brown. Overall, the results from a series of logistic regression analyses found that public attitudes toward police use of force are multifaceted and are shaped by a variety of individual and contextual level variables. Race/ethnicity was determined to be the strongest predictor of citizens' endorsement for police violence. It was also revealed that attitudinal support varies depending on the situational-context surrounding police/citizen interactions. Details: Orlando: University of Central Florida, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: http://etd.fcla.edu/CF/CFE0006992/Dennison_Thesis_Final_Draft.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ferguson Effect Shelf Number: 153484

Author: Brickley, Taylor Title: Perception of Police in Public Housing Communities Summary: Research on the relationship between police and citizens consistently finds that attitudes toward police (ATP) are least positive among black citizens in areas of concentrated disadvantage. While much of the research in this area focuses specifically on ATP among young black males in low-income communities because they have the most contact with police, there has been relatively little research that has included older and/or female residents. Additionally, research has yet to examine ATP in racial and economic enclaves that may have different social and environmental characteristics than the surrounding community. This study utilizes in-depth interviews with 60 residents of two public housing communities in Columbia, South Carolina to examine ATP and, once formed, how ATP is further shaped and maintained in these communities. The findings are consistent with the procedural justice model in that the police-citizen interaction process is an important factor in shaping citizens' ATP and perceptions of police legitimacy. However, unlike the procedural justice model of police-citizen interaction, residents' global perceptions of policing played a significant role in their interactions with individual officers. Residents also distinguished between two different types of police legitimacy. The broader definition relates to whether police are perceived as a legitimate law enforcement entity, while the more narrow definition of legitimacy relates to whether police are perceived as a viable means of dealing with problems in the community. Residents' age, whether they were involved in criminal activity, and relationship with others in the community were also found to influence the ATP development process. These findings suggest that community context and differences among residents are important factors regarding how ATP is developed and should be considered by law enforcement officers when interacting with the public. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2014. 211p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://scholarcommons.sc.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4057&context=etd Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhoods and Crime Shelf Number: 153485

Author: Williams, Ryan Kendall Title: Disaggregating Delinquency Trends in Arrests and Self-Reported Illegal Behavior Summary: Recent claims that juvenile delinquency is declining and that there is no juvenile crime wave have rely heavily on official reports of juvenile arrests for serious offenses such as aggravated assault and murder. While the study of these types of offenses is certainly important, the majority of juvenile offending is of a much less serious nature. I propose that a more complete picture of juvenile offending trends should incorporate a more broad range of juvenile behaviors including a substantial focus on minor offending. The Uniform Crime Reports are virtually the only source of official information on long-term trends in officially recorded juvenile crime in the United States. Perhaps the most important advantage of these data, in terms of this project, is the ability to compare arrest rates of juveniles over approximately the last 40 years. Although arrest data have been used to study trends in violent offending, they also provide longitudinal information on more minor offending such as runaway, curfew violations, drunkenness and vandalism. In comparison, self-reports of delinquent behavior have been underutilized in the study of national crime trends due to a lack of nationally representative samples as well as a focus on more minor offending. Since it is important to study crime trends with as many methods as possible, this study will also examine estimates of time trends in self-reported offending based on the Monitoring the future Survey, an annual national survey of high school seniors. Like the UCR the MTF survey measures range of serious offending, but its main strength lies in its measurement of minor offending including many forms of drug use, truancy, and traffic tickets. Second, the MTF survey offers the advantage of covering offenses that are knowingly committed by juveniles, whether or not they are detected by victims or reported to authorities. Findings from this study indicate that 1) self-report data show that longitudinal trends in both juvenile arrest rates and self-reports of delinquent behavior vary considerably by offense type; 2) an even greater amount of variation exists in trends for arrest rates than for rates of self-reported delinquency; 3) trend patterns for individual offenses vary across self-report and official data, with the exception of assault and arson; 4) trends for serious offenses such as assault and robbery show a moderate amount of similarity over the last 37 years; 5) trends for minor offenses have shown very disparate patterns over the last 37 years. Details: State College, PA: Pennsylvania State University, 2003. 179p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/5214 Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest Rates Shelf Number: 153487

Author: Mumford, Megan Title: The Economics of Private Prisons Summary: In the two decades following 1980, the United States incarceration rate more than tripled. State officials carrying out stricter criminal justice measures faced increasingly crowded facilities and some turned to private companies to build or run their prisons. Recently, private prisons have become the focus of considerable attention as scandals resulted in major prison closings (e.g., Walnut Grove in Mississippi) and the Bureau of Prisons decided in August to phase out federal use of private prisons. This economic analysis explores the growth of private prisons and provides an economic framework for evaluating them. The correctional system aims to protect the public by deterring crime and removing and rehabilitating those who commit it. Traditionally, the government has funded and operated correctional facilities, but some states and the federal government have chosen to contract with private companies, potentially saving money or increasing quality. There are several avenues through which private companies could in principle save costs relative to the public sector, including through operational innovations. Whether they do so in practice is a difficult question to test directly, however. Private prisons are unique in that, by contract, the types of prisoners that they are willing to accept are limited. This leads to challenges when trying to determine their effectiveness: prisons that do not accept unhealthy inmates or those serving sentences for violent offenses should not be directly compared to those that do because of the differences in costs required to serve different prison populations. In addition, there may be differences in the effectiveness of public and private systems in promoting rehabilitation and minimizing recidivism. These differences may arise due to the incentives provided in private prison contracts, which pay on the basis of the number of beds utilized and typically contain no incentives to produce desirable outcomes such as low recidivism rates. The 2016 Nobel prize-winner in Economics, Oliver Hart, and coauthors explained that prison contracts tend to induce the wrong incentives by focusing on specific tasks such as accreditation requirements and hours of staff training rather than outcomes, and noted the failure of most contracts to address excessive use of force and quality of personnel in particular. Details: Washington, DC: Hamilton Project, Brookings Institute, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: http://www.hamiltonproject.org/papers/the_economics_of_private_prisons Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Analysis Shelf Number: 153490

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Law Enforcement: Few Individuals Denied Firearms Purchases Are Prosecuted and ATF Should Assess Use of Warning Notices in Lieu of Prosecutions Summary: In 2017, approximately 25.6 million firearm-related background checks were processed through NICS, and about 181,000 of the attempted purchases at the federal and state levels combined were denied because the individual was prohibited from possessing a firearm under federal or state law. Individuals who certify that they are not prohibited from purchasing or receiving a firearm and are subsequently determined to be prohibited could be subject to investigation, and if prosecuted, a fine, imprisonment, or both. GAO was asked to examine firearms denials. This report (1) describes the extent to which federal and selected state law enforcement agencies investigate and prosecute firearms denial cases; (2) examines related challenges faced by these agencies; and (3) describes the circumstances that lead to investigations and prosecutions. GAO reviewed laws and regulations; analyzed federal and state data from 2011 through 2017; and interviewed officials from ATF headquarters, 6 of 25 ATF field divisions (the 6 that investigated the most cases), and the 13 states that process all NICS checks within their state. Results from state interviews are not generalizable but provide insights on state practices. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that ATF assess the extent to which ATF field divisions use warning notifications as an enforcement tool, which would inform whether changes to policy are needed. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-18-440: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/694290.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm-Related Background Checks Shelf Number: 153491

Author: Renaud, Jorge Antonio Title: Eight Keys to Mercy: How to shorten excessive prison sentencing Summary: After decades of explosive growth, prison populations have mostly flattened. Much of that is due to lawmakers lessening penalties for drug possession or low-level property offenses. While a welcome start, a bolder approach is necessary to truly begin to make a dent in the numbers of individuals who have served and will serve decades behind bars. This approach will take political courage from legislators, judges, and the executive branch of state governments. Approximately 200,000 individuals are in state prisons serving natural life or "virtual" life sentences. And as of year's end 2015, one in every six individuals in a state prison had been there at least for 10 years. These are not merely statistics. These are people, sentenced to unimaginably long sentences in ways that do little to advance justice, provide deterrence, or offer solace to survivors of violence. The damage done to these individuals because of the time they must do in prison cells - as well as to their families and their communities - is incalculable. People should not spend decades in prison without a meaningful chance of release. There exist vastly underused strategies that policy makers can employ to halt, and meaningfully reverse, our over-reliance on incarceration. We present eight of those strategies. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/longsentences.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 153492

Author: Levy-Pounds, Nekima Title: Going Up in Smoke: The Impacts of the Drug War on Young Black Men Summary: This paper seeks to shed light on the impacts of drug war policies and marijuana suppression efforts on African American men, and to explore recent changes within the law that may affect this segment of the population. Although discourse regarding the war on drugs is becoming more prevalent, it is important for policy makers, law enforcement, and scholars to recognize the unique circumstances that African American men face in light of the historical discrimination and oppression they have experienced, and to craft narrowly tailored solutions to address the myriad issues they encounter. Unless deliberate action is taken to address these concerns, these men will continue to be systematically excluded from mainstream society, and are at grave risk of cycling in-and-out of the revolving doors of the criminal justice system. Details: Minnesota: University of St. Thomas School of Law, 2014. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: U of St. Thomas (Minnesota) Legal Studies Research Paper No. 14-14: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2412343 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 153497

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Illegal Marijuana: Opportunities Exist to Improve Oversight of State and Local Eradication Efforts Summary: Marijuana is generally illegal under federal law. Nonetheless, an increasing number of states have legalized medical or recreational marijuana under state law. However, in these states, some marijuana-related activity may still be illegal under state law. Since 1981, DEA's DCE/SP has provided financial support to participating state and local agencies for their efforts to eradicate illegal marijuana. GAO was asked to review DEA's DCE/SP. This report examines (1) DCE/SP funding and expenditures in recent years, (2) how DEA ensures that participating agencies expend funds in accordance with program requirements, and (3) how DEA uses performance assessment to help manage DCE/SP. GAO analyzed DCE/SP guidance, and expenditure and performance information from 2015 through fiscal year 2017, and evaluated DEA's oversight and performance management efforts against internal control standards. GAO also interviewed officials from DEA, the U.S. Forest Service, and participating agencies in six states, which GAO selected to include varying levels of DCE/SP funding and numbers of marijuana grow sites eradicated in recent years. What GAO Recommends-- GAO is making four recommendations, including that DEA develop a plan to ensure the collection of consistent documentation of expenditures, clarify its guidance for reporting program activities, document all of its program goals, and develop performance measures. DEA concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2018. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-9: Accessed November 16, 2018 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/695541.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 153500

Author: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition Title: Out of Sight: LGBTQ Youth and Adults in Texas'Juvenile Systems Summary: The report, Out of Sight: LGBTQ Youth and Adults in Texas' Justice Systems, explores how the Lone Star State often fails to adequately address the needs of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) Texans, and instead frequently moves them into the youth and adult criminal justice systems at higher rates than people in the non-LGBTQ community. Furthermore, TCJC's report finds that Black and Latinx LGBTQ individuals are disproportionately represented in the justice system. Released during LGBT History Month, the report offers lawmakers and local communities critical recommendations that will help improve outcomes for LGBTQ youth and adults, while urging that resources must be better spent addressing the needs of vulnerable and marginalized populations. Nationally, between 13 and 15 percent of youth who enter the justice system identify as LGBTQ, with roughly 300,000 LGBTQ youth arrested each year. Of the seven million youth that reside in Texas, 158,500 (2 percent) identify as LGBTQ, including 13,800 transgender youth. "For many LGBTQ youth, the combination of family rejection, mental health conditions, and substance use leaves them with few options for shelter, support, and safety," said Ryan Carlino, the report author. �As LGBTQ youth shuffle between homes, foster care, shelters, and the streets, they are increasingly more likely to come into contact with law enforcement - a situation that is only exacerbated by the lack of access to appropriate mental health and substance use support.' Unaddressed trauma experienced during childhood may carry forward into adulthood. Often, LGBTQ adults in Texas experience mental health conditions at double the rate of the general population, while also having fewer supports from family and the community. When combined, these factors, contribute to higher rates of incarceration among LGBTQ people. Details: Austin, TX: The Coalition, 2018. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2018 at: https://www.texascjc.org/youth-justice Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 153503

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Violent Crime and the Economic Crisis: Police Chiefs Face a New Challenge: PART II Summary: PERF first became aware in the summer of 2008 that the national economic crisis was beginning to have a negative impact on police budgets. PERF was able to take a quick snapshot of the dimensions of the problem in July 2008, by including several questions about the economy in a previously planned survey of police agencies. That survey showed that 39 percent of responding agencies had already experienced a decrease in their operating budgets. In December 2008, PERF followed up with a new survey focusing entirely on how the economic recession was affecting police department budgets and on whether local police were noticing increases in crime or changes in crime patterns that they believed could be attributed to the economy. The new survey showed that the situation was deteriorating rapidly; 63 percent of the responding police agencies said they were preparing plans for an overall cut in their total funding for the next fiscal year. And in a large majority of cases, the police officials indicated that they were not merely making contingency plans for budget cuts "just in case"; of those who said they are planning cuts, 88 percent said they have already been told to expect cuts by their mayor, city council, or other governing authority. On average, the responding agencies said they are planning a cut of 6.24 percent in their overall funding level. PERF President John Timoney, chief of police in Miami, noted that the fact that local police agencies were being cut was a startling indication of how seriously municipal budgets were being hurt. "Police departments usually are among the last agencies to be cut when the economy turns bad, because elected officials see public safety as a top priority and try to find other places to cut," Chief Timoney said. "The fact that most police departments currently are being asked to make cuts is an indication of how badly this recession is affecting local tax bases." Details: Washington, DC: PERF, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Critical Issues in Policing Series: Accessed November 19, 2018 at: https://www.policeforum.org/assets/docs/Critical_Issues_Series/violent%20crime%20and%20the%20economic%20crisis%20part%20ii%202009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 153509

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Law Enforcement's Leadership Role in Juvenile Justice Reform: Actionable Recommendations for Practice & Policy Summary: There are many opportunities and a continued need for law enforcement to engage in a multi-dimensional, proactive approach to young people. The National Summit on Law Enforcement Leadership in Juvenile Justice was designed to support law enforcement agencies nationwide in becoming more effective leaders in juvenile justice reform. Bringing together a diverse group of 90 law enforcement executives and other juvenile justice system stakeholders, the International Association of Chiefs of Police convened the summit in Arlington, Virginia in September 2013 with support from the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation. The multidisciplinary summit had two primary goals: - To support law enforcement executives in developing the tools and understanding they need to make preventing and addressing juvenile crime a priority in their agencies while working with youth in effective and developmentally appropriate ways. - To enable law enforcement leaders to take a more active role as change agents in their communities, working in collaboration with partners to bring their perspectives to policymakers at the local, state, and national levels. Summit participants met for a day and a half to discuss how best to advance these priorities. The deliberations centered on the need for law enforcement to be "smart on crime" and keep communities safe by effectively addressing both the smaller proportion of youth who commit the most serious offenses, or are at highest risk of reoffending, and those youth who commit relatively minor offenses or might only rarely come into contact with the justice system. The summit participants developed the 33 recommendations, grouped into eight topic areas, that are outlined in this report for practices and policies that advance a more constructive role for law enforcement when engaging with a broad range of juvenile offenders and at-risk youth. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2018 at: https://www.theiacp.org/sites/default/files/2018-07/JuvenileJusticeSummitReport.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 132982

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Children and Adolescents in the United States' Adult Criminal Justice System Summary: 1. As a result of its visits and of the information it received, the IACHR observes that a significant number of children are being consistently treated as adults in the U.S. criminal justice system, in violation of their basic right to special protection and to be tried in a specialized juvenile system1. This issue is the main focus of this report. The IACHR has also observed that this phenomenon of child criminal defendants being treated as adults is part of a broader nationwide pattern in the United States of failure to protect and promote the rights of children, and failure to uniformly define "child" under the law in order to protect the fundamental human rights persons under the age of 18. 2. The United States has played an important role in promoting and establishing a specialized approach to youth within the criminal justice system, with the aim of rehabilitating, rather than simply punishing, youth who are convicted of a crime. The world's first juvenile court division was created in the U.S. state of Illinois in 1899, and within 25 years all but two of the states had followed suit and established similar juvenile court systems. However, the Commission notes with grave concern that in the 1980s, this began to change. By the year 1990, many states across the U.S. had passed highly regressive changes to their legislation and policy with regard to youth involved in the justice system. The changes varied in the details of their implementation, but the broad theme was the denial of access to rehabilitative juvenile justice systems, and consequent mandatory processing of juveniles in the more punitive adult systems. 3. The Commission notes with grave concern that according to the information it received, as a result of state laws requiring or allowing youth in conflict with the law to be tried as adults, an estimated 200,000 children and adolescents in conflict with the law are tried in adult criminal courts each year in the United States. The IACHR is aware that the majority of U.S. states still have laws, policies, and practices in place that enable them to incarcerate children in adult facilities. The Commission is also gravely concerned about the lack of data available regarding children in contact with the adult criminal system. 4. According to information received by the Commission, there are three main ways in which children and adolescents enter the adult criminal justice system in the United States, based on the particular legislation of each state. First, by way of laws that grant jurisdiction to the adult criminal courts for persons under 18 years of age. Second, through laws that allow for a child's case to be transferred from the juvenile system to the adult system. Third, as a result of hybrid sentencing laws that operate between the jurisdictions of the adult and juvenile systems, as well as other provisions with similar effect, such as "once an adult, always an adult" laws. 5. According to the information received by the Commission, the rights of children and adolescents who are charged with committing crimes in the U.S. are not duly protected at each stage of the proceedings, which in turn, has further negative consequences for those who are transferred and sentenced in the adult system. In particular, the IACHR has received information regarding: the absence of quality legal counsel; the possibility that youth can waive their right to legal representation; the fact that youth undergo long periods of time awaiting the disposition of their cases; and the possibility that many youth end up in the adult system as a result of plea agreements, without fully comprehending the consequences of such agreements. 6. In light of the information it received and examined, the IACHR finds that under the current state of the law in the U.S. related to children in contact with the criminal justice system, certain laws, policies, and practices have a disproportionate and discriminatory impact on certain groups, resulting in the over-representation of members of such groups in the criminal justice system. This is the case for children who are tried in the adult criminal justice system and confined in adult detention facilities. According to information received by the Commission, these disparities increase with each step further into the criminal justice system, beginning with arrest and referral to the juvenile system, through transfer to adult courts, to sentencing and confinement in adult correctional facilities. 7. States are not legally required to separate youth from adults in adult facilities. While the federal law for juvenile justice, i.e., the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDPA) as reauthorized in 2002, does establish the separation of youth from adults as one of its core custody-related requirements, its provisions do not apply to children and adolescents in the adult system. This has very detrimental and grave impacts on children and adolescents, among them, according to information reported by several large jails and prisons systems, more than 10% of the children housed there are subjected to solitary confinement, while smaller facilities have reported that 100% of the children they hold are in isolation. Furthermore, no federal or state legislation in the United States prohibits solitary confinement of youth held in adult facilities; only a few states expressly refer to the use of isolation in their statutes. 8. Multiple studies in the United States have shown that adult jails and prisons are detrimental for children, as these facilities are designed for adults and are not equipped to keep children safe from the elevated risks of abuse and harm that they face inside them. Some of these include: youth are five times more likely to suffer sexual abuse or rape in an adult facility as compared to those held in juvenile facilities. Youth incarcerated in adult facilities are also twice as likely to be physically abused by correctional staff, have a 50% higher chance of being attacked with a weapon, and have a high probability of witnessing or being the target of violence committed by other prisoners. 9. This report will examine the situations in which U.S. law fails to protect the rights of children in the criminal justice system. In this context, the IACHR will analyze provisions in U.S. legislation that apply to children, in light of the State's international obligations to protect and guarantee the human rights of children and adolescents before the criminal law, particularly the right to be treated as children. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/Children-USA.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Transfers Shelf Number: 153513

Author: Centennial Institute at Colorado Christian University Title: Economic and Social Costs of Legalized Marijuana Summary: The Centennial Institute at Colorado Christian University commissioned this study to better understand the economic and social costs of legalized marijuana. While much has been written about the tax revenue and total sales generated from commercial marijuana, there has been little research to understand how Coloradans are paying to mitigate the consequences of commercial marijuana. No matter where you stand in the marijuana legalization debate, having more information is critical to making the best decisions for the future of Colorado and our nation. This report is an important first step in giving researchers and policymakers a sense of the breadth of costs associated with commercial marijuana. Furthermore, it�s clear from the report that much more information is needed to fully understand the social costs associated with commercial marijuana. The bad news is that the costs associated with commercial marijuana are only going to go up as the long-term health consequences have not been fully determined. Like tobacco, commercial marijuana is likely to have health consequences that we won�t be able to determine for decades. Those costs are not configured in this report. This report is fair in presenting the economic benefits of commercial marijuana to Colorado including reporting tax revenue, jobs, and overall sales. It is contrasted with the economic and social costs of commercial marijuana, which took a very cautious approach in determining costs. Bottom line, the economic and social costs in this report are intentionally low and the comprehensive costs are likely much higher. Here are the important findings from this report: For every dollar gained in tax revenue, Coloradans spent approximately $4.50 to mitigate the effects of legalization - Costs related to the healthcare system and from high school drop-outs are the largest cost contributors - While people who attended college and use marijuana has grown since legalization, marijuana use remains more prevalent in the population with less education - Research shows a connection between marijuana use and the use of alcohol and other substances - Calls to Poison Control related to marijuana increased dramatically since legalization of medical marijuana and legalization of recreational marijuana - About 15 people are severely burned as a result of marijuana use per year - People who use marijuana more frequently tend to be less physically active, and a sedentary or inactive lifestyle is associated with increased medical costs - Adult marijuana users generally have lower educational attainment than non-users - Research does suggest that long-term marijuana use may lead to reduced cognitive ability, particularly in people who begin using it before they turn 18 - Yearly cost-estimates for marijuana users: $2,200 for heavy users, $1,250 for moderate users, $650 for light users - 69% of marijuana users say they have driven under the influence of marijuana at least once, and 27% admit to driving under the influence on a daily basis - The estimated costs of DUIs for people who tested positive for marijuana only in 2016 approaches $25 million - The marijuana industry used enough electricity to power 32,355 homes in 2016 - In 2016, the marijuana industry was responsible for approximately 393,053 pounds of CO2 emissions - Marijuana packaging yielded over 18.78 million pieces of plastic - The researchers felt strongly that Colorado needs to have an important conversation about the presence of THC in fatal car crashes and suicide and they included these numbers in the report without attaching a monitory value to the loss of life. They pointed out that these are preventable deaths and if we're serious about stopping THC-related car crashes and suicides, we need to explore these issues further. Details: Lakewood, CO: The Institute, 2018. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: http://cdn-centennial.pressidium.com/centennial/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Economic-and-Social-Costs-of-Legalized-Marijuana-CO.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Marijuana Legalization Shelf Number: 153514

Author: Center for Popular Democracy Title: A Practical Guide to Combatting Wage Theft: Lessons from the Field Summary: Wage theft - any instance of an employer failing to pay their employees the wages owed for work performed - continues to plague communities across the country. Every year unscrupulous employers steal billions of dollars from workers. Practices of wage theft include: - Paying less than the minimum wage - Failing to pay required overtime - Paying less than the promised wage - Misclassifying an employee as an independent contractor to avoid providing workers compensation, unemployment insurance, or an hourly wage - Deducting the cost of required uniforms or tools from paychecks - Failing to provide paid sick leave where required by law - Requiring uncompensated work "off the clock" The pervasiveness of wage theft, and its financial impact on workers, communities, businesses and local economies, is well documented. For example, a study by the National Employment Law Project (NELP) of nearly 4,500 low-wage workers in three major U.S. cities (New York City, Chicago and Los Angeles) found that: - Over two-thirds of low-wage workers had experienced wage theft in the previous work-week - Employers stole more than $56 million in workers' wages every week, which translates to nearly $3 billion in total annual wage theft If these findings are generalizable to the rest of the population, the Economic Policy Institute estimates that wage theft costs America's low-wage workers more than $50 billion each year. For many workers in the US, wage theft is the rule, not the exception. For low-wage workers especially, stolen wages mean that families struggle to pay the rent, put food on the table, buy school supplies for their children, or pay for needed medications. Workers and their families are not the only victims of wage theft, however. Employers who steal wages wield an unfair economic advantage over businesses that follow the law. They also rob the community of significant tax revenue. For example, it has been estimated that wage theft costs New York State as much as $427 million dollars in tax revenue each year. Wage theft is by definition unlawful, but legal remedies are often costly, time-consuming, and insufficient to deter employers from violating the law. Even when workers manage to win an unpaid wage case against their employers, they are often unable to collect the money due to inadequate enforcement. In California, more than $282 million was awarded for unpaid wages between 2008 and 2011, but only $42 million was ever collected from employers and distributed to victims of wage theft. The reality is that many employers commit wage theft with impunity. Increasing the consequences of wage theft for employers, improving the remedies available to workers, and strengthening wage theft enforcement tools are core strategies to realizing economic justice and respecting workers' dignity. Over the last decade, workers, advocates, and community leaders have developed a variety of strategies to combat wage theft in cities and states across the country. Campaigns have organized direct actions against employers and industries, fought for stronger legal protections at the state and local level, and advocated to improve enforcement of existing laws. Successful legislative campaigns have included, among other improvements: - Stricter penalties for violations - Stronger protections from employer retaliation - Increased funding for enforcement In spite of gains made around the country, however, wage theft remains rampant. Especially in this political moment, strong enforcement is critical to fighting the Trump administration's efforts to erode worker rights and protections. Details: New York: The Center, 2017. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://populardemocracy.org/sites/default/files/WTHandbook-web_output%20%281%29.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153517

Author: Hallett, Nicole Title: Workers on the Brink: Low-Wage Employment in Buffalo and Erie County Summary: In 2017, Professor Hallett, winner of a public research fellowship from Open Buffalo and PPG, conducted a survey of 213 workers in Buffalo to learn more about the challenges they are facing. The survey found that local low-wage workers experience high rates of legal violations. In all, 58.9% of low-wage workers reported at least one wage and hour violation, and 56% reported at least one potential health and safety violation. In particular, among low-wage workers participating in the survey: - 16% reported making below the applicable federal or state minimum wage; - 35% reported not being paid overtime in violation of federal or state law; - 16% reported working off the clock without being paid; - 27% reported that they had failed to receive their pay on time; - 24% of low-wage workers making tips reported that their employer had taken some of their tips in violation of federal or state law; - 33.3% of low-wage workers who reported handling dangerous materials or operating dangerous equipment as part of their jobs reported that their employer did not provide adequate safety or protective gear; and 26.7% reported not being properly trained to avoid accident or injury; - 21.6% of low-wage workers who complained about their pay or working conditions to their employer reported being retaliated against. The survey revealed clear differences based on gender, race/ethnicity, and citizenship status. Women, members of racial and ethnic minorities, and non-citizens reported higher violation rates in response to most questions. The report's recommendations include: -- The City of Buffalo and Erie County should: - pass wage theft ordinances that penalizes employers who do not pay their workers. - pass laws that require employers to provide paid sick leave. - refrain from doing business with companies that have bad health and safety records. - The Buffalo Police Department and the Erie County District Attorney's Office should treat wage theft as a crime. - Buffalo should raise its living wage rate to $15 per hour. - Erie County should pass a living wage law, requiring companies that do business with the County to pay a living wage of $15 per hour. Details: Buffalo, NY: Partnership for the Public Good; Open Buffalo, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Report: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://ppgbuffalo.org/files/documents/poverty_low_wage_work_income_inequality/workers_on_the_brink__low_wage_employment_in_buffalo_and_erie_county_4112018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153518

Author: Hernandez, Cynthia S. Title: Wage Theft: An Economic Drain on Florida. How Millions of Dollars are Stolen from Florida's Workforce Summary: This is the second in a series of reports monitoring the growing problem of wage theft in Florida. Using previously unanalyzed data from the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division and separate data from various community organizations, this report shows evidence of a widespread problem across a broad spectrum of industries in Florida. The industries especially impacted are those commonly thought of as the core of Florida's economy-tourism, retail trade, and construction. Moreover, it appears more likely to affect those workers who can least afford it. Workers who receive low wages seem to be more likely to have their wages stolen by employers and as demonstrated in this report this is a large number of people. But, even this data does not account for the full magnitude of the problem, as an unknown number of cases go unreported. Indeed, as data on wage theft accumulates, the more it becomes clear how widespread wage theft is in the state of Florida and throughout the state's industries. Wage theft is defined as workers not receiving wages that they are legally owed. It occurs in different forms including unpaid overtime, not being paid at least the minimum wage, working during meal breaks, misclassification of employees as independent contractors, forcing employees to work off the clock, altering time cards or pay stubs, illegally deducting money from employees' pay checks, paying employees late, or simply not paying employees at all. Unfortunately, many employers know they can get away with wage theft and have little fear of sanction. Enforcement mechanisms are weak, due to lack of dedicated enforcement capacity at the state level, limited capacity of local branches of the Federal Department of Labor, and the gaps in U.S. labor laws that leave many employees unprotected. The data from this report reveal that: - Over $28 million of unpaid wages have been recovered by the U.S. Department of Labor Wage and Hour Division in Florida, Miami-Dade's Wage Theft Ordinance and community groups throughout Florida. - The primary pillars of Florida's economy are undermined by widespread theft of employees' wages. Florida's key industries have the highest numbers of reported wage violations- tourism, retail trade and construction. - An average of 3,036 wage violations per year are reported to the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division in Florida (DOL-WHD). - In spite of ample evidence of widespread wage theft among low income workers, as of December 2011, the Florida Attorney General had not brought one single civil action to enforce the state's minimum wage law enacted in 2004. - Since the full implementation of the Miami-Dade County Wage Theft Ordinance in September 2010, the Miami-Dade County's Small Business Development agency has recovered nearly $400,000 in unpaid wages for 313 workers who unlawfully had their wages withheld from them. - Out of the six counties we analyzed, the largest number of cases were in Miami-Dade County followed by Hillsborough, Broward, Pinellas, Palm Beach and Orange counties in that order. Overall, the data suggest that the primary pillars of Florida's economy are undermined by widespread theft of employees' wages. Florida's key industries have the highest numbers of reported wage violations-tourism, retail trade and construction. Tourism, represented by Accommodation and Food Services in official data, has been a core focus of Florida's economy for nearly a century and it has the highest frequency of reported wage violations. Retail trade has been a growing generator of employment in Florida for decades. Jobs in both tourism and retail tend to pay relatively low wages. Thus, when there is theft from wages that are already relatively low, employees and their families are likely to suffer even more severely. The third industry plagued by wage theft, construction, does offer higher average wages than either tourism or retail trade, but the averages conceal considerable variation. While wages in the construction industry are higher on average than tourism or retail trade, much construction work is done through subcontracting with often only verbal agreements between a subcontractor and employees; and wages are often paid in cash. Under these conditions, it is relatively easy and common for subcontractors to not pay employees the wages they are due. The wage theft stories collected by community based organizations offer a glimpse into the impact of wage theft on individual employees. They demonstrate the unscrupulous competitive advantage that some employers gain by ignoring the law and causing suffering most often among those who can least afford it. When we consider that many employees who lose wages to wage theft earn at or near minimum wage with no benefits like health insurance we can imagine that the loss of even a small amount of earnings imposes real hardship. In the six most populous Florida counties, the Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division recovered wages just under $16 million dollars. The average amount of recovered wages is $651 per employee who made a claim, more than a full week's work for someone earning $15 an hour, and more than two weeks work for someone earning the minimum wage. This average is a significant amount of money for an individual employee to lose over the course of a year. But, any loss of legitimately earned wages is a significant financial loss and a violation not only of the law but also of the social contract between employee and employer that is fundamental to a market economy. This analysis of wage theft cases also raises the question of whether a county and state economy can be healthy and grow while tolerating an unjust business model that avoids contributing to tax revenues. The employers who fail to follow the laws concerning their employees create an unfair business environment that penalizes those who do follow the law. Maintaining a level playing field for businesses is critical to maintaining a competitive business environment and to economic growth. The dishonest business model of practicing wage theft puts law abiding employers at a competitive disadvantage and undermines Florida's efforts to attract business. This report reveals that through the efforts of the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division, Miami-Dade County's Wage Theft Ordinance, and community organizations throughout Florida, millions of dollars of unpaid wages have been recovered. Yet, all indicators are that much more can be done by simply enforcing existing wage and hour laws and by creating a statewide process that address the problem, since Florida has no state equivalent to a Department of Labor to investigate wage and hour complaints and does not have staff to enforce its minimum wage law. The evidence accumulating of a spreading illegal and ultimately an anti-business practice raises serious questions for a state economy and local economies hoping to attract businesses and employees to grow. Details: Miami, FL: Research Institute on Social and Economic Policy, Center for Labor Research and Studies, Florida International University, 2012. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://www.reimaginerpe.org/files/Wage-Theft_How-Millions-of-Dollars-are-Stolen-from-Floridas-Workforce_final.docx1_.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153519

Author: Wintemute, Garen Title: Background Checks for Firearm Transfers: Assessment and Recommendations Summary: Firearm-related criminal violence remains an important threat to the nation's health and safety. To help prevent firearm violence, federal statute prohibits felons, those convicted of domestic violence misdemeanors, and certain others from acquiring or possessing firearms. Persons who acquire firearms from licensed gun dealers and pawnbrokers must provide identification and undergo a background check to verify that they are not prohibited persons. A permanent record is kept, in case the firearm is later used in a crime. But perhaps 40% of all firearm acquisitions, and at least 80% of those made with criminal intent, are made from private parties. No identification need be shown; no background check is conducted; no record is kept. Identifying prohibited persons through background checks and denying their firearm acquisitions has been shown to reduce their risk of committing new firearm-related or violent crimes by approximately 25%. Policies that require all firearm transfers to be routed through licensed retailers, so that background checks are completed and records are kept, are in effect in six states. Their feasibility is proved. At gun shows in states where such policies are in effect, direct private-party firearm transfers rarely occur. Comprehensive background check policies have been shown to disrupt firearm trafficking and to yield more accurate, up-to-date firearm tracing information for law enforcement. The impact of state-level policies, however, is blunted by firearm trafficking from states where such policies are not in effect. Recommendations The United States should adopt a comprehensive background check policy- one that requires all firearm transfers (with certain exceptions) to include a background check on the person acquiring the firearm and the retention of a permanent record. This would establish a simple, single, equitable structure for retail commerce in firearms. Two pitfalls should be avoided. First, the policy should not be limited to transfers at gun shows (an approach known as closing the "gun show loophole"). Gun shows account for only a small proportion of private-party firearm transfers, and most crime-involved firearms acquired at gun shows are acquired from licensed retailers. Second, the policy should not exempt holders of concealed weapon permits and other firearm-related licenses. A small but important fraction of such individuals are in fact prohibited persons. Few policy proposals on any subject have such broad public support. In January 2013, 88.8% of the population overall, 84.3% of firearm owners, and 73.7% of members of the National Rifle Association supported background checks for all firearm transfers. Details: Davis, CA: Violence Prevention Research Program, University of California, Davis, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://www.ucdmc.ucdavis.edu/vprp/CBC%20White%20Paper%20Final%20Report%20022013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 153520

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Securing a Safer Future: How Incentives for Gun Safety Technology Can Stop Shootings Summary: Every year, 125,000 Americans are victims of gun violence. Too many kids-about 4.6 million of them -live in homes where firearms are kept unlocked and loaded. Too often, poorly secured guns lead to unintentional deaths, teen suicides, homicides with stolen guns, and even mass shootings. Yet despite the gravity of America's gun violence epidemic, technological innovation has largely focused on making guns more lethal, not safer. In our new report, Securing a Safer Future: How Incentives for Gun Safety Technology Can Stop Shootings, we explore how technological innovation can-and should-be used to improve firearm security and save lives. This report represents an entire year of research and analysis by Giffords Law Center's legal and policy experts. What we found gave us cause for hope. Legislative incentives targeting both companies and consumers can help bring a wide range of gun safety products to market. The benefits of allowing gun owners to secure their firearms using safety technology, also called "smart gun" or "personalized gun" technology, include: Protecting children from unintentional shootings: American toddlers are involved in unintentional shootings about once a week. Safety technology, including personalized guns, safes, and trigger locks, can help prevent these tragedies by ensuring children can't access and fire guns. Stopping teen suicides: Guns are used in nearly half of all teen suicides. Gun safety technology could save many of these lives by preventing teens from using firearms to take their own lives in moments of crisis. Research shows that 90% of people who survive a suicide attempt don�t attempt suicide again. Preventing assaults with stolen guns: Around half a million guns are stolen each year, and 10-15% of these guns are later used in crimes. Firearms that could only be fired by their owners or other authorized users could not be used in an immediate assault or other crime by the thief. Eventually, this technology could lead to reductions in gun theft and trafficking. Start-ups have already designed guns and locking devices that use technology like fingerprint scanners to prevent unauthorized users from accessing weapons. The potential to save lives is enormous, and consumer interest in personalized guns is high-despite bullying and boycotting on the behalf of gun manufacturers. In Securing a Safer Future, we present an overview of what gun safety technology is, how it can save lives, and what it will take for us to realize its full potential. Our report explores: The current state of gun safety technology: Reliable technology to secure firearms from unauthorized access already exists. One biometric trigger lock is already being sold, and other developers are making progress toward incorporating cutting-edge versions of this technology into handguns, safes, holsters, and trigger guards. Where gun safety technology is heading: Despite a funding gap created by gun lobby opposition and a lack of private and government funding, many innovators are seeking to improve on existing technology and guide industry-transforming ideas for safer firearms from the drawing board to the marketplace. Consumer preferences: Demand for gun safety technology is strong: up to 7 in 10 American gun owners are open to buying a "childproof" personalized gun as their next handgun purchase. Incentives to create access to safer firearms: The right incentives will encourage the development and sale of personalized guns and accessories by leveraging market forces and responding to developers' needs. The incentives outlined in this report are designed to guide the way for lawmakers who have the courage to fight for the technological advancements that can prevent tragedies and save thousands of lives. We hope this report will provide a roadmap for lawmakers, activists, and others interested in exploring the lifesaving potential of gun safety technology. Details: San Francisco: The Center, 2018. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Securing-a-Safer-Future-Giffords-Law-Center-6.13.18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Design Against Crime Shelf Number: 153521

Author: Amaya, Jessica Title: California Gun Laws: A Model For The Rest Of the Nation? Summary: The highly publicized mass shootings that have taken place over the past three years have brought about the issue of gun control at the federal level as well as the state level. In 2011, Gabrielle Gifford, former congresswoman, was a victim of a shooting in Tucson, Arizona. A year later on July 20, 2012, James Holmes opened fire on a group of people inside a movie theater in Aurora, Colorado, killing twelve and injuring fifty. Five months later, December 20, 2012, Adam Lanza went to Sandy Hook Elementary School in Connecticut and killed twenty children and seven adults. The shootings at Sandy Hook Elementary School took the entire nation by surprise due to the sheer brutality and the loss of innocent lives. These events pushed gun control to the forefront of politician's agendas. President Obama responded by signing twenty three executive orders to address gun violence in the United States. California politicians believed the shootings that happened in Connecticut, Colorado and Arizona could happen in their state as well, so they made it their mission to combat gun violence with legislation. California has led the charge against gun violence by having the most comprehensive gun laws in the United States. California has implemented background checks on all firearm purchase, a ten day waiting period, firearm registration, assault weapons ban as well as a certified list of safe handguns. There were seventeen different gun control measures that were introduced in the 2012-2013 legislative session, with ten that were signed into law. Gun control measures that have been passed over the last 25 years were intended to help keep firearms out of the hands of criminals, reduce violent crimes such as homicide, suicide, assaults, and unintended fatalities as well as prevent accidents. Certain California legislative measures regarding gun control are not accomplishing their goals of reducing violent crime and saving lives, rather they are placing an undue burden on the citizens and their Second Amendment rights. When a difficult problem arises in society, there are certain steps legislators can take to address the issue. The first step is problem identification. The second step is to find the cause of the problem, then find various to correct the issue. The last step is to find alternative solutions and then implement the best plan. To understand if gun control is working in California, this paper will first look at violent crimes perpetrated by criminals through the use of firearms. After thorough examination of the problem, the paper will then analyze the causes of violent crimes and then analyze current federal legislation and California legislation that creates a framework for how firearms are regulated today. With an understanding the problem California faces with violent crime and the solutions that are in place; this paper will then examine how the Second Amendment plays a role in shaping the gun control debate, through various court cases. Policy proposals will then be given after thorough analysis of acquired research materials. Details: Rocklin, CA: William Jessup University, 2014. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: http://my.jessup.edu/publicpolicy/wp-content/uploads/sites/39/2014/05/Amaya_Sen-Sem.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 153522

Author: Benner, Elizabeth Jamell Title: Firearms Trafficking to Chicago: Connections and Implications Summary: The initial purpose of this study was to determine which counties contributed the most to the firearms trafficking route between Mississippi and Chicago, Illinois, and to understand which socio-demographic features may differentiate those counties from their lesser-trafficking counterparts. In order to address any firearms trafficking route, law enforcement agencies must understand the underlying causes and enabling factors. Initial studies of Mississippi counties showed trends of median household income, poverty, and racial disparities. These trends were compared with high-trafficking counties in Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin in order to see if socio-demographic factors associated with firearms trafficking are state-specific or may be reflected across the country. While population size did not appear to be connected to firearms trafficking in Mississippi, the three northern states' counties of interest appeared to be located around cities, so population was considered for each of the four states. The results of this study identify high-trafficking counties of interest in Mississippi, Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin and indicate that (a) high poverty rates appear to be associated with firearms trafficking in each of the four states (b) Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin counties of interest are centrally located around urban areas, (c) there appears to be a trend of high racial disparity with high firearms trafficking only in Mississippi; and (d) high median household income appears to be connected in Wisconsin, with low median household income likely connected in Mississippi, and no obvious trends in Illinois and Indiana. Details: Oxford, MS: Center for Intelligence and Security Studies, The University of Mississippi, 2018. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 20, 2018 at: http://thesis.honors.olemiss.edu/1071/1/EBenner%20Thesis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Trafficking Shelf Number: 153523

Author: Cook, Philip J. Title: Underground Gun Markets Summary: This paper provides an economic analysis of underground gun markets drawing on interviews with gang members, gun dealers, professional thieves, prostitutes, police, public school security guards and teens in the city of Chicago, complemented by results from government surveys of recent arrestees in 22 cities plus administrative data for suicides, homicides, robberies, arrests and confiscated crime guns. We find evidence of considerable frictions in the underground market for guns in Chicago. We argue that these frictions are due primarily to the fact that the underground gun market is both illegal and "thin" -- the number of buyers, sellers and total transactions is small and relevant information is scarce. Gangs can help overcome these market frictions, but the gang's economic interests cause gang leaders to limit supply primarily to gang members, and even then transactions are usually loans or rentals with strings attached. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2005. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 11737: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w11737.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 153524

Author: New York State. Department of Health Title: Assessment of the Potential Impact of Regulated Marijuana in New York State Summary: Charge -- In his January 2018 budget address, Governor Andrew M. Cuomo called for an assessment of the possible impact of regulating marijuana in New York State (NYS). The Governor directed NYS agencies to evaluate the health, public safety, and economic impact of legalizing marijuana. The experience of legalized marijuana in surrounding states was identified as an important issue to consider in the impact assessment. Review Process -- Pursuant to the Governor's charge, a thorough review was conducted of the health, criminal justice and public safety, economic, and educational impacts of a regulated marijuana program in NYS. The assessment included an examination of the implications of marijuana legalization that has recently occurred in surrounding jurisdictions. This is particularly important because the status quo in NYS is changing as the State shares borders with some jurisdictions that have legalized marijuana and some that are likely to legalize soon. This impact assessment involved a public health approach to examining the benefits and risks associated with legalizing marijuana in NYS as compared to maintaining the status quo. In developing the impact assessment, an extensive analysis of peer-reviewed literature was conducted, and information was obtained from jurisdictions that have legalized marijuana. In addition, experts in State agencies were consulted, including the Department of Health (DOH), the Office of Mental Health, the Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Services, the NYS Police, the Office of Children and Family Services, the Department of I Vaporizing is the process of heating dried marijuana to a temperature just below its combustion point of 392�F. Vaporizers, devices used to use marijuana this way, consist of a heating source and a delivery system. II Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is the primary psychoactive component in marijuana which binds to the cannabinoid receptors primarily in the brain. Taxation and Finance, and the Department of Transportation. Notably, some issues associated with regulating marijuana have been studied more thoroughly than others. In addition, relevant stakeholders with differing viewpoints have weighed in on the potential impact of legalizing marijuana. To ensure a comprehensive assessment, data from a variety of sources were acquired. Given the variety of sources utilized and the breadth of information contained in this report, some areas of potential impact contain discordant findings or viewpoints. Details: Albany: The Department, 2018. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://www.health.ny.gov/regulations/regulated_marijuana/docs/marijuana_legalization_impact_assessment.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 153525

Author: Temple University Beasley School of Law Title: Shortchanged: How Wage Theft Harms Pennsylvania's Workers and Economy Summary: This report unmasks a shocking, but exceedingly common problem facing low-wage workers in Pennsylvania. Wage theft, the illegal non-payment or under payment of wages, is a pervasive problem hurting hundreds of thousands of low-wage workers across the state each week. Wage theft is not insignificant or uncommon. It occurs across a broad range of industries, including construction workers, fast food workers, caregivers for children and the elderly, factory workers, restaurant staff, cashiers, and office clerks. Its victims include men and women of every race and nationality. It affects both U.S. citizens and undocumented immigrants. Yet the problem of wage theft is generally hidden or unknown. Previously, there were no available data on the extent of wage theft throughout Pennsylvania. This report seeks to fill that void by studying the prevalence of the problem across the Commonwealth. Details: Philadelphia: Social Justice Lawyering Clinic at the Stephen and Sandra Shell Center for Social Justice at Temple University Beasley School of Law, 2015. 55p. Source: https://www2.law.temple.edu/csj/files/wagetheft-report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153526

Author: Bernhardt, Annette Title: Broken Laws, Unprotected Workers: Violations of Employment and Labor Laws in America's Cities Summary: This report exposes a world of work in which the core protections that many Americans take for granted-the right to be paid at least the minimum wage, the right to be paid for overtime hours, the right to take meal breaks, access to workers' compensation when injured, and the right to advocate for better working conditions-are failing significant numbers of workers. The sheer breadth of the problem, spanning key industries in the economy, as well as its profound impact on workers, entailing significant economic hardship, demands urgent attention. In 2008, we conducted a landmark survey of 4,387 workers in low-wage industries in the three largest U.S. cities-Chicago, Los Angeles, and New York City. We used an innovative, rigorous methodology that allowed us to reach vulnerable workers who are often missed in standard surveys, such as unauthorized immigrants and those paid in cash. Our goal was to obtain accurate and statistically representative estimates of the prevalence of workplace violations. All findings are adjusted to be representative of front-line workers (i.e. excluding managers, professional or technical workers) in low-wage industries in the three cities-a population of about 1.64 million workers, or 15 percent of the combined workforce of Chicago, Los Angeles and New York. Details: Chicago: Center for Urban Economic Development; University of Illinois at Chicago; New York: National Employment Law Project; Los Angeles: National Employment Law Project, 2009. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://www.labor.ucla.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/BrokenLawsReport2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 153527

Author: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Title: Monitoring Health Concerns Related to Marijuana in Colorado: 2016 Summary: The state's Retail Marijuana Public Health Advisory Committee has released its second set of findings from the committee's review of the scientific literature currently available on the health effects of marijuana use. The report, "Monitoring Health Concerns Related to Marijuana in Colorado: 2016," also provides survey data about marijuana use in Colorado and data from hospitals and the poison center on potential marijuana-related health effects. Senate Bill 13-283 requires the committee to monitor the emerging science and medical information about marijuana use and report its findings. "Just as with tobacco and alcohol, continued monitoring of marijuana use and potential health effects help guide our work to protect the health of Colorado's citizens," said Dr. Larry Wolk, executive director and chief medical officer at the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment. "We want to base policy decisions and educational campaigns on sound science." The report recommends continued monitoring of several trends, including: About 6 percent of pregnant women choose to use marijuana while pregnant. This percentage is higher among those with unintended pregnancies as well as younger mothers or those with less education. Using marijuana during pregnancy is associated with negative effects on exposed children, including decreased cognitive function and ability to maintain attention on task. Effects may not appear until adolescence. At least 14,000 children in Colorado are at risk of accidentally eating marijuana products that are not safely stored, and at least 16,000 are at risk of being exposed to secondhand marijuana smoke in the home. The committee found strong evidence such accidental exposures can lead to significant clinical effects that, in some cases, require hospitalization. More than 5 percent of high school students use marijuana daily or nearly daily. This has been the case since at least 2005. The report finds weekly marijuana use by adolescents is associated with impaired learning, memory, math and reading, for as long as 28 days after last use. Weekly use also is associated with failure to graduate from high school. In addition, adolescent marijuana users are more likely to develop cannabis use disorder or be addicted to alcohol, tobacco or illicit drugs in adulthood. In Colorado, one in four adults ages 18-25 reported past-month marijuana use and one in eight use daily or nearly daily. These numbers have been consistent since marijuana's legalization. There are indications that policy and education efforts about the potential health effects of marijuana are working. For example, marijuana exposure calls to the Rocky Mountain Poison and Drug Center have decreased since 2015. This includes calls about accidental exposures in children under 9 years old. In addition, the overall rate of marijuana-related emergency department visits dropped 27 percent from 2014 to 2015. (2016 data is not available yet.) The report also cited these trends: Past-month marijuana use among adults and adolescents has not changed since legalization either in terms of the number of people using or the frequency of use. Based on the most comprehensive data available, past-month marijuana use among Colorado adolescents is nearly identical to the national average. Daily or near-daily use of marijuana among adults in Colorado is much lower than daily or near-daily use of alcohol or tobacco. Based on its findings, the committee also recommends continuing to use survey, poison center and hospital data to monitor trends in marijuana use and health effects; state support of research to fill important gaps in public health knowledge; and continued public education about the potential risks of marijuana use. Details: Denver: The Department, 2017. 304p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B0tmPQ67k3NVQlFnY3VzZGVmdFk/view Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153528

Author: National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) Title: The Use of Social Media by United States Extremists Summary: Emerging communication technologies, and social media platforms in particular, play an increasingly important role in the radicalization and mobilization processes of violent and non-violent extremists (Archetti, 2015; Cohen et al., 2014; Farwell, 2014; Klausen, 2015). However, the extent to which extremists utilize social media, and whether it influences terrorist outcomes, is still not well understood (Conway, 2017). This research brief expands the current knowledge base by leveraging newly collected data on the social media activities of 479 extremists in the PIRUS dataset who radicalized between 2005 and 2016. This includes descriptive analyses of the frequency of social media usage among U.S. extremists, the types of social media platforms used, the differences in the rates of social media use by ideology and group membership, the purposes of social media use, and the impact of social media on foreign fighter travel and domestic terrorism plots. Details: College Park, MD: University of Maryland, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://www.start.umd.edu/pubs/START_PIRUS_UseOfSocialMediaByUSExtremists_ResearchBrief_July2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 153342

Author: International Alliance for Responsible Drinking Title: Combating Harmful Drinking: 2017 Progress Report and Five-Year Summary of Actions Summary: Each of the five Commitments is measured and evaluated by a series of key performance indicators (KPIs) which we initially developed with advice from Accenture Strategy. The KPIs have evolved over the five years to improve clarity and to reflect better the data acquisition process. Details: Washington, DC: International Alliance for Responsible Drinking, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: http://www.iard.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Producers-Commitments-FULL-REPORT.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Binge Drinking Shelf Number: 153341

Author: TRAC Title: Detention of Criminal Aliens: What Has Congress Bought? Summary: Over the last five years, Congress poured $24 billion dollars into the Department of Homeland Security's Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), upping the overall funding for this agency by 67 percent. The largest as well as the fastest growing segment of these appropriated dollars went to ICE's Detention and Removal Operations (DRO) office whose budget more than doubled (increasing 104 percent). Under the law, the DRO is charged with finding, detaining and removing non-citizens who do not have a legal basis for continuing to reside in this country. To determine what these greatly expanded funding levels accomplished the Transactional Records Access Clearinghouse (TRAC) has analyzed hundreds of thousands of ICE records about every detainee held by the government for the period from FY 2005 through the first quarter of FY 2010. The analysis had two goals. The first was to determine the actual policies that were followed from FY 2005 to 2009, mostly under President Bush. The second was to see what if any changes have occurred since last May when ICE's new head, John T. Morton, took over the reins of the agency. This report is the second in a series on ICE enforcement policies. A previous report examined detention transfer practices. By contrast, this report focuses on the changing composition of detainees. A third TRAC report will examine the role of detention on the ICE goal of deporting and removing aliens from this country. Details: Syracuse, New York: Transnational Records Access Clearinghouse (TRAC) Reports, 2010. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/reports/224/ Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Immigrants Shelf Number: 153339

Author: TRAC Title: Profiling Who ICE Detains - Few Committed Any Crime Summary: As of June 30, 2018 Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) held 44,435 individuals in custody. Individuals were being held in 217 detention facilities located in 180 U.S. counties spread across 43 states and 3 territories. The number of ICE detainees was up from 39,082 persons ICE held in custody at the end of FY 2015. Case by case records on each of these 44,435 individuals held in ICE custody were recently obtained by the Transactional Records Access Clearinghouse (TRAC) at Syracuse University. These data provide a detailed snapshot of ICE custody practices. Highlights from this latest data are summarized below. Details: Syracuse University, New York: Transnational Records Access Clearinghouse, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/reports/530/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 153338

Author: TRAC Title: Where Are Immigrants with Immigration Court Cases Being Detained? Summary: Nearly two out of every three immigrants who have been detained during Immigration Court proceedings during the Bush, Obama, and Trump administrations were housed in just twenty-five counties out of the over three thousand counties in this country. This and other findings emerge from TRAC's newly expanded online tool which provides Immigration Court details based on the immigrant's address recorded in court records. Among these top 25 counties, Texas tops the list with 200,719 detainees in total who were housed across 6 counties, followed by California with 165,367 detainees who have been held at facilities in 4 counties. Together these 10 counties in just two states accounted for three out of every 10 detained immigrants since FY 2001. These counts include only immigrants who were detained until the court proceedings on their case ended, and excludes detainees who were originally detained but then subsequently released. Details: Syracuse, New York: Transnational Records Access Clearinghouse, 2018. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: http://trac.syr.edu/immigration/reports/504/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 153529

Author: Parsons, Jim Title: The Role of Indigent Defense for Defendants with Mental Health Disorders Summary: The incarceration of people with mental health disorders represents a significant public health crisis. People with mental health needs are over-represented in the justice system and in 2009 alone there were an estimated 2 million bookings of individuals with mental health disorders into our nations jails, equivalent to approximately 18 percent of all admissions (Steadman et al., 2009). Furthermore, people with mental health disorders experience worse outcomes when they come into contact with the justice system than those without psychiatric conditions; they are more likely to be held in pre-trial detention, spend longer periods in jails and prison, and experience higher rates of suicide and abuse in custody (Almquist & Dodd, 2009; Barr, 1999; Kim et al., 2015; Massaro, 2004; Watson et al., 2001). Theorizing that untreated mental illness is at the root of criminal justice involvement for many people, courts are increasingly accounting for defendants mental health needs as part of sentencing and detention decisions (Redlich et al., 2006; Thompson et al., 2008). As defendants' primary advocates, indigent defense attorneys are an essential component of this treatment-led response. However, public defenders typically have no clinical training and limited supports to meet the extra-legal needs of their clients. Yet, they are routinely called upon to determine: if clients pose a risk to the safety of themselves or others; which of their clients would benefit from treatment; the extent to which defendants with mental health disorders are equipped to make decisions that are in their own best interests; competency-related issues; and the appropriate balance between individual autonomy and treatment needs. While some indigent defense offices employ social workers or staff with clinical training to assess client needs and advise attorneys on defense strategies, there are far more public defenders that do not have access to these resources. While millions of people with mental illness are arrested every year, there is very little information available on the challenges inherent in representing this population or the training and support needs of public defenders. This project addresses the dearth of social science research on this subject by examining the needs of defendants with mental health disorders and the specific challenges that attorneys face when representing these individuals. Specifically, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) and Policy Research Associates Inc. (PRA) used multiple methods to assess the dual perspective of defendants and defenders concerning: 1) the link between mental health and justice involvement; 2) perceptions of the attorney-client relationship and satisfaction with case outcomes; 3) the needs of defendants with mental health disorders; and 4) how a client's mental health impacts defenders' strategy. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Justice Programs, Department of Justice, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 21, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251952.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Courtroom Actors Shelf Number: 153337

Author: Dee, Thomas Title: Vanished Classmates: The Effects of Local Immigration Enforcement on Student Enrollment Summary: Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is the federal law-enforcement agency with primary responsibility for enforcing immigration laws within the U.S. However, for over a decade, ICE has formed partnerships that also allow local police to enforce immigration law (i.e., identifying and arresting undocumented residents). Prior studies, using survey data with self-reported immigrant and citizenship status, provide mixed evidence on the demographic impact of these controversial partnerships. This study presents new evidence based on the public-school enrollment of Hispanic students. We find that local ICE partnerships reduce the number of Hispanic students by nearly 10 percent within 2 years. We estimate that the local ICE partnerships enacted before 2012 displaced over 300,000 Hispanic students. These effects appear to be concentrated among elementary-school students. We find no corresponding effects on the enrollment of non-Hispanic students. We also find no evidence that ICE partnerships reduced pupil-teacher ratios or the percent of students eligible for the National School Lunch Program (NSLP). Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25080 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Displacement Shelf Number: 153108

Author: Shelp, Frank E Title: Problem Gambling among Drug and DUI Court Clients in GA Summary: Research has demonstrated that PG is associated with participation in criminal acts (McCorkle, 2002; Meyer & Stadler, 1999), involvement in the criminal justice system (NORC, 1999), and substance and alcohol abuse (Petry, Stinson, & Grant, 2005). The current study assessed the prevalence and correlates of PG within a population in which these risk factors are compounded: Adults mandated to participate in drug and DUI courts due to criminal activity fueled by substance abuse. Limited resources devoted to the prevention and treatment of PG highlight the need to increase efforts to identify high risk populations which can be targeted for interventions, thus limiting potential harm and costs associated with PG. This study assessed PG among over 600 clients from 18 different Drug and DUI courts in GA, which collectively serve all types of GA counties (urban, urbanizing, suburban, rural growth, and rural decline). Furthermore, the sample was diverse in age, gender and ethnicity. Thus, the sample should be fairly representative of all Georgia drug/DUI court clients. Details: Atlanta, GA: Georgia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Disabilities, 2010?. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: http://www2.gsu.edu/~psyjge/Fact/Drug_Court_04_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 153107

Author: Hess, Cynthia Title: Dreams Deferred: A Survey on the Impact of Intimate Partner Violence on Survivors' Education, Careers, and Economic Security Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) - in which one person seeks to control another through psychological, sexual, financial, and/or physical abuse - has long-lasting health, educational, and economic consequences for survivors. Previous research indicates that IPV has substantial economic costs for both survivors and society; one recent study, for example, estimates the lifetime costs of IPV - including the costs of related health problems, lost productivity, and criminal justice costs - at $103,767 for women and $23,414 for men. In addition to these direct costs, survivors experience other effects from IPV that can harm them financially and make it difficult to build economic security, such as lost educational opportunities, diminished ability to work, and loss of control over the choice and timing of childbearing. Understanding the multiple effects of abuse and how they interrelate and shape survivors' ongoing opportunities is critical to developing programs and policies that increase safety and economic security. This report examines the educational, career, and economic effects of intimate partner violence by presenting findings from a survey of 164 survivors developed by the Institute for Women's Policy Research (IWPR) and administered at transitional housing programs, shelters, and other domestic violence programs in 11 states and the District of Columbia. Though not representative of all survivors, the survey explores the self-reported effects of abuse on survivors in the sample and the resources they find most helpful in addressing the economic effects of intimate partner violence. Nearly all respondents to the survey were women, and 71 percent were between the ages of 25 and 44 (with an average age of 38). Most respondents said they have experienced multiple forms of abuse, and the majority (56 percent) have experienced abuse from more than one partner, often beginning at a young age. Eighty-nine percent are parents; 55 percent have children aged four or younger. The survey reveals how the economic dimensions of abuse permeate survivors' lives, creating a complex set of needs that make it difficult to exit abusive relationships and move forward in recovery. Seventy-three percent of respondents said they had stayed with an abusive partner longer than they wanted or returned to them for economic reasons. Many of those surveyed, however, expressed optimism that with the right resources, they will flourish and thrive. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Women's Policy Research, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://iwpr.org/publications/dreams-deferred-domestic-violence-survey-2018/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse Shelf Number: 153106

Author: Ramos, Christal Title: Evidence-Based Interventions for Adolescent Opioid Use Disorder: What Might Work for High-Risk Ohio Counties? Summary: Opioid use disorder (OUD) is a serious national crisis and often originates with substance use in adolescence. A considerable body of research exists on effective interventions for preventing, screening for, and treating adolescent OUD. However, use of evidence-based treatment is very low among adolescents. In addition, little up-to-date, objective, outcome-relevant information is available to guide communities and families on preventing and treating adolescent OUD. Our policy partners at the Addiction Policy Forum (APF) have been supporting the efforts of Franklin, Pickaway and Warren counties in Ohio to develop county-specific plans to address OUD in their adolescent populations - a critical policy and practice need expressed by stakeholders in those communities. To provide information on evidence-based strategies to inform the development of these plans, we systematically reviewed literature and other resources to identify promising interventions aimed to prevent, intervene early (such as screening and referral), and treat adolescent OUD. This report includes information on the interventions identified through our review, as well as additional resources and considerations for Ohio counties on the potential implementation of these interventions. We hope this information will help counties across the United States make decisions about how to prevent and treat adolescent OUD. This report was funded by the William T. Grant Foundation. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/98990/evidence-based_interventions_for_adolescent_opioid_use_disorder.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescent Shelf Number: 153024

Author: Parsons, Chelsea Title: The Risks of Unsecured Guns in Oregon Summary: On December 11, 2012, tragedy struck the Clackamas Town Center outside Portland, Oregon. Jacob Tyler Roberts carried a semi-automatic rifle and multiple ammunition magazines into the mall, walked to a food court full of holiday shoppers, and opened fire. During this 22-minute rampage, Roberts fired 17 shots total, killing two people and severely injuring another before taking his own life. Roberts stole the gun he used to commit this attack from a friend just hours before the shooting. Yet despite the fact that he left a firearm unlocked and accessible to anyone in his house, Roberts' friend did not break any federal or state laws. Oregon, like many other states, does not require guns to be locked or securely stored when not in use. Furthermore, state law does not mandate that gun owners report theft of their firearms. Since the Clackamas Town Center shooting, advocates for responsible gun ownership - including relatives of two of the victims - have called for Oregon to adopt safe storage legislation in order to help prevent against theft and other types of unauthorized access to guns. Furthermore, the National Rifle Association (NRA) recommends that guns be stored in a way that makes them inaccessible to unauthorized users. Following simple safety procedures - such as storing guns with a trigger lock on or in a secure safe - makes guns less likely to be stolen or handled by an unauthorized user, including children. Such measures protect gun owners from gun theft and help to reduce the risks of unintentional shootings - including those involving children - and youth suicides at home. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://www.americanprogress.org/issues/guns-crime/reports/2018/10/03/458972/risks-unsecured-guns-oregon/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 153023

Author: McClure, Dave Title: Rethinking the Opioid Crisis: Using Seven Pay for Success Principles to Better Understand and Address the Crisis Summary: Decision-makers recognize the opioid crisis is a difficult policy challenge. But why the opioid crisis is so difficult and how to overcome those difficulties are not as clearly recognized, leading even the best efforts to address the crisis to risk spending limited public resources on potentially ineffective or even counterproductive efforts. To mitigate these risks, adopting the perspective of pay for success (PFS) facilitates the application of sound public policy and administration principles in a manner that can help decision-makers clarify challenges and implement more effective solutions to the opioid crisis. Decision-makers can use these principles to enhance new or existing efforts to address the opioid crisis, regardless of whether the PFS financing mechanism is used to fund those efforts. The insights presented in this brief are the result of a community of practice composed of public officials, practitioners, experts, and other stakeholders, which provided a platform to interpret the opioid crisis through a PFS perspective. This brief is not a guide for implementing PFS projects to address the opioid crisis but rather a summary of public policy insights about the opioid crisis that arise from applying a PFS perspective to the issues. The first part of this brief explains why the opioid crisis is such a difficult public policy challenge and provides examples of efforts that did not fully consider these difficulties. The second part describes how seven principles underlying the PFS model can help decision-makers overcome these challenges in their new or existing efforts to address the opioid crisis. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2018 at: https://payforsuccess.org/resource/rethinking-opioid-crisis-using-seven-pay-success-principles-better-understand-and-address Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Opioid Crisis Shelf Number: 153530

Author: Duncan Footman, Louisa Title: Dropping the Flag: Female Gang Members Deciding to Leave Summary: Gangs are social groups bound together with the purpose of committing acts of criminality. Violent crime tied to gangs continues to rise in the United States, as does gang membership. Female participation in gangs has been historically understudied whereas the experience of male members has been the focus of gang research since its origin. With the rise of feminist scholarship in the 1970s came awareness of not only the existence but also the expanding rate of female participation in crime. Scholarship on female gang membership has risen over the past 3 decades yet much of what is known focuses on reasons that female members join gangs. Information about why and how female members decide to leave gangs is vital to public safety and human services. A qualitative study using the descriptive phenomenology model was conducted at a gang intervention program in a major U.S. city. Open-ended interviews were done with 8 women recruited through purposive and snowball sampling techniques. Relational cultural theory and the age-graded theory of social control were studied and utilized for research design and in analyzing the data. The research participants provided thorough descriptions of negative experiences (e.g., losses, traumas) that led them to desist from gang activity and eventually seek help building their lives as individuals apart from gangs. Following these losses, the participants worked hard to rebuild their lives both individually and with the assistance of interventions and connections gained through the program. Similarities were found between what was helpful to each participant in affecting changes and desistance from gang membership, including the development of a new reward system and the development of new frameworks for looking at the world, relating to others, and self-understanding. Details: Ann Arbor, MI: ProQuest, 2016. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1767752338?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 153532

Author: Powell, Amanda Title: Bringing Gault Home: An Assessment of Access to and Quality of Juvenile Defense Council Summary: The Court outlined the vital role of counsel for children: "to cope with problems of law, to make skilled inquiry into the facts, to insist upon regularity of the proceedings, and to ascertain whether (the child) has a defense and to prepare and submit it.:" In short, the Court found that children need "the guiding hand of counsel at every step in the proceedings against (them).� But, to this day, "though every state has a basic structure to provide attorneys for children, few states or territories adequately satisfy access to counsel for young people." This Assessment of access to counsel and quality of representation for Arizona's youth is part of a nationwide effort to provide comprehensive information about defense counsel in delinquency proceedings. Over the last two decades, the National Juvenile Defender Center (NJDC) has evaluated juvenile defense delivery systems in 24 states. The purpose of a state assessment is to provide policymakers, legislators, defense leadership, and other stakeholders with a comprehensive understanding of children's access to counsel in the state; to identify structural and systemic barriers that impede effective representation of children; to highlight best practices where found; and to make recommendations that will serve as a guide for improving juvenile defender services for children in the state. Among the most pressing needs relayed to assessment investigators in Arizona was the need for specialized representation for children. In response to investigators' questions about what could improve juvenile defense, one juvenile defender responded: "What I would like to see, what we don't have, is a specialization. While other states have juvenile specialization, Arizona does not. Arizona has specialization for family law, bankruptcy, and other obscure areas of the law, but not juvenile delinquency. I would like to pursue that if it ever came about." Just as courts have long recognized that children are different from adults and deserve special protections when facing the prospect of prosecution, the legal profession has come to recognize that juvenile defense is a highly specialized area of practice. In many places across the country, "juvenile defense specialization" means there are systems in place to encourage and support attorneys to devote their practice exclusively to the representation of children facing delinquency or criminal prosecution. Where practicable, this is the gold standard. But, even where exclusive practice is not possible, juvenile defense should be recognized as an area of legal practice requiring expertise. As in the defense of an adult, a juvenile defender is charged with presenting the voice of the client and representing their stated interests throughout the case. In order to fulfill this role, a juvenile defender must understand child and adolescent development, be able to evaluate a client's maturity and competency, and be able to communicate effectively not only with young clients, but also with parents and guardians without compromising their ethical duties to the child. Juvenile defenders must become versed in the specialized arguments critical to effective representation in the unique stages of juvenile court, and be informed as to the complexities that arise in mental health and special education settings and how they might impact the course of a delinquency case. Juvenile defenders must also inform the client of all collateral consequences of a delinquency adjudication, and be knowledgeable of community based programs for young people. Although some defenders in Arizona have been able to exclusively practice in juvenile delinquency court, many divide their time between juvenile and adult criminal dockets, or between juvenile delinquency and dependency dockets. Another area of concern is the need for statewide standards of representation of children facing delinquency prosecution. Juvenile defenders in a few jurisdictions reported that they or their offices informally or formally aspire to adhere to the National Juvenile Defense Standards or American Bar Association (ABA) Standards of representing youth in delinquency proceedings, but that there are no statewide standards in place. Many stakeholders - including defenders and judges -mentioned to investigators that Arizona Juvenile Court Rule 40.1 ("Duties and Responsibilities of Appointed Counsel and Guardians Ad Litem") sets forth the ethical and practical duties, as well as minimum training requirements, for attorneys and guardians ad litem who are appointed to represent children in dependency cases. Some suggested the rule should be expanded to include delinquency representation; others explained to investigators the need for a separate, similar rule to codify and clarify the unique role of the juvenile delinquency defender. This Assessment revealed that Arizona has no statutorily required or recommended training guidelines or standards for attorneys representing youth in delinquency proceedings. While investigators found that funds exist for juvenile defender training in some areas of the state, most stakeholders and defenders relayed that more specialized training is needed so that juvenile defenders can better advocate for their clients. In addition to juvenile defenders, many county attorneys and jurists admitted to being "self-taught" in the intricacies of juvenile court, and most believed that juvenile-specific training for all stakeholders would improve the system dramatically. Arizona is a large state geographically, but with only 15 counties, a transformation of the defense system for children is well within reach. With a renewed commitment to implementing the full panoply of rights established by Gault, including the right to the ardent representation by counsel for children, Arizona can realize the guarantees of justice and fairness for its youth. In the state that incubated the Supreme Court's declaration of youth rights in Gault, every young person facing the legal system should be defended by an attorney who thoroughly prepares their defense, aggressively investigates their case, and advocates for their expressed interests through regular motions practice and use of experts. Arizona youth should experience the full protections of due process any time they touch the legal system. The legacy of Gault demands it. Details: Washington, DC: National Juvenile Defender Center, 2018. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: http://njdc.info/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/Arizona-Assessment-NJDC.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arizona Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 153533

Author: Koenig, Christoph Title: Impulse Purchases, Gun Ownership and Homicides: Evidence from a Firearm Demand Shock Summary: Do firearm purchase delay laws reduce aggregate homicide levels? Using quasi-experimental evidence from a 6-month countrywide gun demand shock starting in late 2012, we show that U.S. states with legislation preventing immediate handgun purchases experienced smaller increases in handgun sales. Our findings are hard to reconcile with entirely rational consumers, but suggest that gun buyers behave time-inconsistently. In a second step, we demonstrate that states with purchase delays also witnessed 3% lower homicide rates during the same period compared to states allowing instant handgun access. We report suggestive evidence that lower handgun sales primarily reduced impulsive assaults and domestic violence. Details: Tilberg, NETH: Tilburg Law and Economics Center (TILEC), Tilburg University, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: TILEC Discussion Paper No. 2018-036; Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3272156## Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 153536

Author: Koenig, Christoph Title: Dynamics in Gun Ownership and Crime - Evidence from the Aftermath of Sandy Hook Summary: Gun rights activists in the United States frequently argue that the right to bear arms, as guaranteed by the Second Amendment, can help deter crime. Advocates of gun control usually respond that firearm prevalence contributes positively to violent crime rates. In this paper, we provide quasi-experimental evidence that a positive and unexpected gun demand shock led to an increase in murder rates after the mass shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School and the resulting gun control debate in December 2012. In states where purchases were delayed due to mandatory waiting periods and bureaucratic hurdles in issuing a gun permit, firearm sales exhibited weaker increases than in states without any such delays. We show that this finding is hard to reconcile with standard economic theory, but is in line with findings from behavioral economics. States that saw more gun sales then experienced significantly higher murder rates in the months following the demand shock, as murders increased by 6-15% over the course of a year. Details: Bristol, UK: Department of Economics University of Bristol, 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper 18 / 694: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: http://www.efm.bris.ac.uk/economics/working_papers/pdffiles/dp18694.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 153537

Author: Duggan, Mark Title: More Guns, More Crime Summary: This paper examines the relationship between gun ownership and crime. Previous research has suffered from a lack of reliable data on gun ownership. I exploit a unique data set to reliably estimate annual gun ownership rates at both the state and the county level during the past two decades. My findings demonstrate that changes in gun ownership are significantly positively related to changes in the homicide rate, with this relationship driven entirely by the impact of gun ownership on murders in which a gun is used. The effect of gun ownership on all other crime categories is much less marked. Recent reductions in the fraction of households owning a gun can explain at least one-third of the differential decline in gun homicides relative to non-gun homicides since 1993. I also use this data to examine the impact of Carrying Concealed Weapons legislation on crime, and reject the hypothesis that these laws led to increases in gun ownership or reductions in criminal activity. Details: Cambridge, MA: national Bureau of Economic Research, 2000. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 7967: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w7967 Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Carrying Concealed Weapons Shelf Number: 153538

Author: Briddell, Laine O'Neill Title: Rurality and Crime: Identifying and Explaining Rural/Urban Differences Summary: Rural crime is relatively understudied in criminology. Though most research finds that urban places have the highest crime rates and rural areas the lowest, little attention has been given to specifying this relationship. This neglect is particularly conspicuous in research on communities and crime. Although this approach, with its attention to community characteristics, would be particularly useful for understanding differences in crime rates of rural and urban places, research in this field has been limited almost exclusively to urban areas. This dissertation offers an initial step towards remedying this lack of attention to rural crime by using national data to examine differences in rural and urban crime rates. I identify variation in crime rates across a full range of rural and urban counties in order to clarify which aspects of rurality are most strongly associated with lower crime rates. I also explore theoretical explanations for the differences in crime rates, focusing on social disorganization theory. If levels of social disorganization differ in rural and urban places, this may account for the differences in their crime rates. In addition, social disorganization theory is often put forth as a general theory, yet has been tested primarily in urban areas. The myriad differences between rural and urban places may contribute to differences in the effects of disorganization on crime rates. To test this, I combine county-level data from several sources, including the Uniform Crime Reports, U.S. Census, County Business Patterns survey, and Religious Congregations and Membership Study. I find that controlling for structural antecedents of disorganization and measures of community social organization reduces differences between rural and urban crime rates; more urban counties generally suffer from higher levels of disorganization which partially explains their higher crime rates. I also find that the effects of measures of social disorganization differ in rural and urban places; in general, they are better predictors of urban crime. This is particularly evident for poverty, which is positively associated with crime rates in urban counties, but in rural areas, is negatively associated with property crime and is not associated with violent crime. Overall, these results support the extension of social disorganization theory to rural counties, but suggest the need to adapt the theory to better predict crime across all locations. Details: State College: Pennsylvania State University, 2009. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/3811 Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 153841

Author: Pelli, Priscilla Alexandra Title: Background Checks and Firearm Registration: How Regulatory Policies Can Affect the Gun Market Summary: Vast literature exists documenting the history of gun control legislation and recent firearm export, import and firearm manufacture information, but lack of current research exists evaluating the impact of implementing gun-restrictive policies. By utilizing quantitative analytical methods, this paper studies in-depth the effectiveness of expanded background checks in regulating the firearm market and further understanding public behavior when these regulatory policies are expanded or put in place. This research evaluates the relationship between expanded background checks, and differing outcomes of interest, while controlling for various demographic factors including race, employment status, partisan composition (gubernatorial political party in power) and number of simple assaults (without a weapon). By running fixed effects models, this analysis found that an expanded background check was associated with a 1,095 increase in registered machine guns per 100,000 inhabitants (p-value = .817), as well as, a 12.55 decrease in aggravated assaults with a weapon per 100,000 inhabitants (p value = .001) and a 104.9873 decrease in the number of federal firearm licensees (p-value = 0.516). This paper contributes greatly to the current field of research by addressing timely issues relevant to the public health and safety of American communities nationwide, through a framework that models the effects of restrictive firearm legislation on people's behavior to register (or theoretically purchase) violent weapons. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/1040800/Pelli_georgetown_0076M_13226.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 153843

Author: Konrad, Robin Title: Behind the Curtain: Secrecy and the Death Penalty in the United States Summary: The Death Penalty Information Center has released a major new report, Behind the Curtain: Secrecy and the Death Penalty in the United States, examining the scope and consequences of secrecy in the application of the death penalty in the United States. The report, released on November 20, 2018, tells the story of the expansion of execution secrecy and the questionable practices that states have attempted to keep from public view. It details how, in their efforts to obtain execution drugs, states have used secrecy laws to conceal evidence that they have broken state and federal laws, deliberately induced contract breaches, lied to or misled legitimate drug suppliers, contracted with shady international suppliers and questionable domestic pharmacies, and swapped drugs with each other without proper storage and transport controls. As a result, an increasing number of executions have been botched: in 2017, more than 60% of executions carried out with midazolam produced eyewitness accounts of the execution going amiss. The report also describes how secrecy laws have undermined the reliability and legitimacy of court proceedings in which prisoners have challenged state execution practices as violating the Constitution's ban on cruel or unusual punishments. "State officials have suppressed information that could prove prisoners' claims while simultaneously arguing those claims should be rejected because they are unproven," the report explains. "Over and over again, states have violated the law in the name of carrying out the law," DPIC Executive Director Robert Dunham said. "And when the public has uncovered information the states have tried to conceal, it has exposed an ever-expanding scope of misconduct and incompetence. 'Trust me, I�m the Government,' is not an acceptable justification for execution secrecy." Details: Washington, DC: Death Penalty Information Center, 2018. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://deathpenaltyinfo.org/files/pdf/SecrecyReport.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 153844

Author: Hollway, John Title: Legal Optimism: Restoring Trust in the Criminal Justice System Through Procedural Justice, Positive Psychology and Just Culture Event Reviews Summary: Like any complex, dynamic system, the American criminal justice system makes mistakes. Unfortunately, criminal justice organizations lack a systematic process enabling them to learn from cases of error. Ignoring or minimizing errors erodes organizational legitimacy and contributes to a downward spiral of legal cynicism that increases violent crime. This paper describes the application of positive psychology and procedural justice to restore legal optimism � confidence and trust that the criminal justice system will respond in a just fashion to criminal activity � through Just Culture Event Reviews ( JCERs), non-blaming multi-stakeholder reviews of cases where the system has erred. JCERs identify contributing factors to error and generate corrective actions designed to prevent those errors in the future, while accurately allocating systemic, organizational and individual accountability to protect communities and criminal justice professionals. JCERs offer the potential to enhance the legitimacy of participating organizations, generating increased engagement and affiliation with the criminal justice system from community members and criminal justice professionals. Infusing JCERs with specific positive psychological interventions designed to inspire trust, innovation and empathy can optimize their outcomes, creating a newfound legal optimism that has the potential to reduce crime over time. Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2018. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 26, 2018 at: https://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1155&context=mapp_capstone Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Cynicism Shelf Number: 153845

Author: Jarjoura, G. Roger Title: Evaluation of the Mentoring Enhancement Demonstration Program: Technical Report Summary: Introduction -- In 2012, OJJDP launched a demonstration field experiment, the Mentoring Enhancement Demonstration Program (MEDP) and Evaluation to examine: (1) the use of an "advocacy" role for mentors; and (2) the use of a teaching/information provision role for mentors. The overall goal of MEDP was to develop program models that specified what advocacy and teaching look like in practice and to understand whether encouraging the general practice of advocacy and teaching could improve youth outcomes. The American Institutes for Research (AIR) conducted a rigorous process and outcome evaluation of programs funded by OJJDP in 2012. The evaluation was designed to rigorously assess the effectiveness of programs that agreed to develop and implement enhanced practices incorporating advocacy or teaching roles for mentors, including providing focused prematch and ongoing training to mentors, and providing ongoing support to help mentors carry out the targeted roles. The Mentoring Enhancement Demonstration Program MEDP grantees comprised collaboratives that would offer coordinated implementation of the same set of program enhancements in three or four separate established and qualified mentoring programs located within the same regional area. The MEDP collaboratives varied widely in their geographical locations, their size and experience in mentoring, and the structure of their mentoring programs. The types and structures of mentoring programs also varied across, and sometimes within, collaboratives. All the collaboratives proposed enhancements in the way they would train mentors for their roles, and in the way they would provide ongoing support to the mentors and in some cases, the matches. The evaluation of MEDP was designed to: (1) provide rigorous evidence about whether the enhancements improved youth outcomes and reduced risk for delinquency, and (2) describe the practice models and program characteristics associated with these improvements. This combined outcome and implementation analysis was guided by a theory of change. The MEDP Evaluation -- Based on recent research and theory in mentoring as well as the broader field of youth development, the theory of change posited that mentors exposed to enhanced training and support should be more likely to engage in the types of behaviors encouraged through the initiative, and through these behaviors promote more positive, longer-lasting relationships with their mentees, which should, in turn, promote stronger positive outcomes for youth. The implementation evaluation focused on understanding how different the proposed enhancements were from the existing (i.e., the business-as-usual) program practices and whether these differences were big enough to lead us to expect that they might result in differences in match and youth outcomes. We also examined the extent to which the enhanced program practices were delivered as intended. Finally, we wanted to understand what it took for the programs to implement their planned programmatic enhancements. The impact evaluation was designed to understand whether the programmatic enhancements had an impact on the intermediate and distal youth outcomes. We were also interested in understanding - based on the theory of change-what processes led to these outcomes, and whether mentor experiences could be shaped by exposure to the enhanced program practices. Sources of data for the evaluation included program documents, mentor training rosters, notes from site visits, notes from staff focus groups, surveys of staff, and baseline and follow-up surveys of youth, parents, and mentors. Throughout the initiative, the research team took a collaborative approach to working with the program staff who supported data collection activities, to increase their capacity to participate in the evaluation and to ensure data quality. Details: American Institutes for Research, 2018. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252167.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Programs Shelf Number: 153846

Author: National Center for Missing and Exploited Children Title: 2017 AMBER Alert Report: Analysis of AMBER Alert Cases in 2017 Summary: From Jan. 1, 2017, to Dec. 31, 2017, 195 AMBER Alerts were issued in the U.S. involving 263 children. At the time the AMBER Alert cases were intaked at NCMEC, there were 128 FAs, 50 NFAs, 10 LIMs and seven ERUs. Fourteen cases were later determined to be hoaxes, and 14 cases were later determined to be unfounded. Of the 195 AMBER Alerts issued from Jan. 1, 2017, to Dec. 31, 2017, 193 cases resulted in a recovery, 39 of which were successfully recovered as a direct result of an AMBER Alert being issued. As of Feb. 26, 2018, when statistics for this report were finalized, for the AMBER Alerts issued in 2017, two children remained actively missing and six children were located deceased. Details: Washington, DC: The Center, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/252164.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Amber Alert Shelf Number: 0

Author: Yale Law School, Global Health Justice Partnership Title: Diversion from Justice; A Rights-Based Analysis of Local Summary: The past decade has seen a national rise in the promotion and establishment of "diversion" programs as alternatives to traditional criminal justice system pathways and processes. While the landscape of diversionary programming is rapidly evolving and dramatically varied, most programs are united by a rhetorical aim to move individuals who commit lower-level offenses away from incarceration and re-penalization and towards "rehabilitative" services. Most recently, this "divert and rehabilitate" logic has been applied to prostitution-related criminal charges, leading to the proliferation of what we aggregately refer to in this Working Paper as "prostitution diversion programs," or PDPs. While progressive at face value, PDPs lack the evidence base and public accountability mechanisms to support their claims of doing good in the lives of people selling sex. In many cases, PDPs simultaneously position the sellers of sex as "victims," but in fact embed their treatment in the criminal justice systems, thus seamlessly collapsing of all sex work into a sorely misguided trafficking frame while retaining coercive control of people in the sex sector. At the same time, the PDP approach avoids the harder and more important inquiries into why buying and selling sex ought to be criminal at all (absent other crimes), and why and if courts are appropriate bodies for assessing service needs and compelling therapeutic treatments. Diversion from Justice: A Rights-Based Analysis of Local "Prostitution Diversion Programs" and their Impacts on People in the Sex Sector in the United States, by the Global Health Justice Partnership of the Yale Law School and School of Public Health, in cooperation with the Sex Workers Project of the Urban Justice Center-NYC, takes as its starting point a skepticism of criminal justice system involvement in the management and provision of social services, particularly when the communities forced into its gates � in this case, those engaged in the sex sector or presumed to be - are deeply marginalized and disempowered by the same state touting its beneficence. Our distrust is also linked to an overarching concern that the criminal law has shown little evidence of positive impact in the lives of sex workers, and that genuine progress in criminal justice reform is not possible without the complete decriminalization of sex work and associated activities. Prostitution diversion programs present numerous challenges, both for sex workers stuck in the web of the criminal justice system and for researchers seeking to understand their implications in a systematic way. This Working Paper represents one of the most thorough attempts to date to make an account of the hyper-local, opaque, and poorly understood national trend toward prostitution diversion through building a provisional taxonomy for categorization as well as a justice-informed framework for evaluation. The report is structured as follows: - The Introduction (Section I) to this Working Paper situates PDPs in their broader political and social contexts, briefly outlining their historical evolution and beginning to trouble the ideological foundations upon which contemporary programs are laid. The Introduction makes clear the need for the present report: while the number of PDPs - and therefore the reach of the criminal justice system - continues to expand, there is an alarming dearth of information on their actual impacts on the health, rights, and dignity of defendant/participants. - Section II of the report assembles a national mapping and taxonomic scheme of PDPs operating at the time of primary research in 2016, systematically categorizing the different practices, frameworks, and structures that comprise municipal PDPs across the U.S. This section sequentially lays out how PDPs operate on a logistical level, from program development and entry, to participation and service requirements, to exit processes. This cataloging of programmatic elements throws into sharp relief the ways in which the term "PDP" masks what is actually an enormous diversity of very local, jurisdiction-driven processes that share little overlap in their operations. The lack of standardization and highly context-specific arrangements make these programs difficult to monitor, and therefore difficult to hold accountable with regards to potential injustices or harms to rights - or even to their own stated goals. - Section III of the report proposes a rubric by which PDPs can be evaluated against their own goals, as well as against basic tenants of social justice that most purport to uphold. Our analytical review of PDPs and criminal legal provision of social services reveals that these programs often fail to uphold the human rights and dignity of defendant/participants given their intrinsically coercive design and implementation; that they do not consistently provide available, accessible, acceptable, and quality health and social services to sex workers, nor do they have the intentions and resources to meet the structural needs of sex workers; that they adjudicate in ad hoc and unreviewable ways that further entrench sex workers in court and criminal justice systems; and that they are not implemented in ways that are transparent, sustainable, and accountable to those most affected. To highlight some of the most egregious examples, we encountered programs that sought to monitor and control personal relationships, both intimate and familial, of defendant/participants; one where defendant/participants were required to perform unpaid labor (sell beer in sports stadiums) in exchange for the social service (in this case, housing); and another in which the PDP-affiliated service organization disguised their fundamentalist and religiously-charged rescue model in rhetoric of "freeing" women, but the materials make clear that freedom is defined by the organization's understanding of the life God wanted for them. - Finally, Section IV of the report offers concluding remarks and a set of recommendations for PDP reform, emphasizing the need for sustained research into localized practices, as well as internal reviews of each program with an eye towards radically minimizing the scope of criminal justice involvement. While the major inconsistencies across PDPs in the U.S. muddies any attempt at evaluating PDPs as a family of interventions, their shared positioning (as structural alternatives) within the criminal justice system triggers alarms regarding court overreach and compromised rights and well-being of sex workers, underscoring the need to shift power towards community-based and - led systems of accessing services. This Working Paper, with its national scoping and analysis, should be read in conjunction with another similarly framed GHJP/SWP report entitled Un-Meetable Promises: Rhetoric and Reality in New York City's Human Trafficking Intervention Courts, on the prostitution "diversion" courts in New York City known as "Human Trafficking Intervention Courts" (HTICs). Many of the analyses and concerns raised in the national survey are echoed and expanded in our analysis of practices in a single city setting. This complementary report can be found on the Yale GHJP website at: https://law.yale.edu/ghjp Details: New Haven, CT: Yale Law School and Yale School of Public Health, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://law.yale.edu/system/files/area/center/ghjp/documents/diversion_from_justice_pdp_report_ghjp_2018rev.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 153848

Author: Smith, Doug Title: A Failure in the Fourth Degree: Reforming the State Jail Felony System in Texas Summary: The Texas Criminal Justice Coalition (TCJC), a nonpartisan advocacy organization focused on building coalitions and advancing solutions to end mass incarceration in Texas, released the second report in its "One Size FAILS All" report series. The report, A Failure in the Fourth Degree: Reforming the State Jail Felony System in Texas, demonstrates through data and personal interviews with 140 incarcerated individuals the defective nature of Texas' state jail system, and it puts forth actionable policy recommendations for consideration by the 2019 Texas Legislature. Texas' state jail system, which went into effect in 1994, was originally intended to serve as an alternative to the state's prison system - emphasizing rehabilitative programming for low-level felonies, including drug and nonviolent property offenses, rather than lengthy incarceration. The vision was never realized, and instead Texas sends nearly 17,000 people to state jail facilities each year for offenses as minor as possession of less than a gram of a controlled substance (the equivalent of a sugar packet). They receive little programming and are released to the exact same circumstance from which they came, resulting in the highest re-arrest rate of any population leaving Texas' correctional institutions. "We�ve talked to district attorneys, judges, probation officers, and formerly incarcerated people, and there is a universal agreement that it's time to reform the jail system in Texas," said Doug Smith, TCJC Senior Policy Analyst and the report's author. "The most important thing we can do is divert people charged with low-level offenses from jail and connect them with recovery supports as soon as possible instead of having them cycle in and out of the system." People in state jails typically have high rates of substance use and mental illness, and low education and employment levels; in fact, with an average seventh-grade education level, people in state jails are the most poorly educated of any population in the state's corrections system. Previous legislative efforts have sought to improve Texas' state jail system, including time credits to incentivize participation in the limited programming available, and mandatory probation for first-time drug offenses. But stronger steps must be taken. TCJC is calling on legislators and local leaders to support: - A public health response to behavioral health issues that are too often driving people into the justice system, specifically through pre-arrest diversion that helps people access treatment in the community; - Changes in pretrial practices to prevent lengthy terms of detention that can lead to harsher terms, and to eliminate racial disparities in justice system involvement; - Improvements in the state's probation system that will reduce revocations and accommodate people with prior offenses; - Funding for a legislatively approved pilot program intended to improve employment prospects among people leaving state jails; and - Strengthened pre- and post-release reentry supports for people reentering the community. These recommendations will help address the myriad challenges facing people who continue to cycle through state jails, at great expense to families, communities, and taxpayers. "I spent over ten years collectively behind bars, nearly always for state jail felonies like drug offenses, and always while I was being sexually trafficked," said Allison Franklin, TCJC Peer Policy Fellow. "Not once did someone identify the danger I was in. The correlation between trauma and substance abuse cannot and must not be ignored. Nor must that of mental health and substance dependence." Other key findings from "A Failure in the Fourth Degree": - Texas has the third-lowest ratio of substance use disorder providers in the country. Low-income people must wait more than two weeks for intensive residential treatment, four weeks for outpatient treatment, and almost five weeks for Medication-Assisted Treatment. Not surprisingly, people with drug use problems are far more likely to be arrested than receive treatment in Texas. Over the past five years, nearly every category of serious and violent offense has declined significantly, whereas drug possession cases have increased nearly 25 percent. - There were 45,016 arrests in Texas for possession of a controlled substance (less than one gram, Penalty Groups 1 and 2) between May 2017 and April 2018. - 63 percent of people released from state jail are rearrested within three years of release, compared to 46 percent of people released from prison. - In TCJC's interviews of people in state jails, 43 percent of males and 50 percent of females had been previously diagnosed with mental illness, and 43 percent of males and 53 percent of females had been previously diagnosed with a substance use disorder. - Of the women interviewed by TCJC, 55 percent were incarcerated in state jail as a result of a probation violation, with many pointing to the burdensome costs of probation. - After one year, Harris County's Responsive Interventions for Change (RIC) court docket sent 600 fewer people to state jail and dismissed 1,412 more drug possession cases in 2017 than in 2016. Details: Austin: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: One Size Fails All Report Series: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://texascjc.org/one-size-fails-all Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 153849

Author: Stuckemann, Elena Title: Deadly Gun Violence: A Critical Discourse Analysis of Possible Ideological Influences on the Framing of a Mass Shooting Summary: Statistics show that the number of mass shootings and involved fatalities have drastically increased over the last five years. The framing of these attacks in the mass media has a substantial impact on the public opinion on the causes of shootings, possible prevention methods and gun control in general. Following study aims to uncover potential ideological influences of political tendencies of liberal and conservative newspapers on the media coverage of the most recent mass shooting in the Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida. A qualitative content analysis with a general structural analysis of 39 articles from the liberal newspaper The New York Times and the conservative newspaper The Washington Times and a more detailed Critical Discourse Analysis of the frames of blame, prevention methods and gun control were conducted. Findings show that The Washington Times'media coverage on blame attributions and prevention methods mainly included frames of mental health. The focus in The New York Times' coverage is clearly on gun issues and the demand for gun restrictions. The topic gun control is positively framed by The New York Times. The Washington Times, however, framed gun control in connection with conspiracy theories and thus portrayed it in a more negative light. The findings prove an influence of the newspapers' political tendencies and ideologies on the media coverage of the Florida mass shooting. Details: Jonkoping, Sweden: Jonkoping University, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://oatd.org/oatd/record?record=oai%5C:DiVA.org%5C:hj-40627 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 153851

Author: Weigend, Eugenio Title: Weak Gun Laws and Public Safety Concerns in the State of Missouri Summary: Weak gun laws have been directly tied to higher rates of gun violence, and Missouri has some of the weakest in the country. According to an analysis by the Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, the strength of Missouri's gun laws ranks second to last in the United States. The state has further weakened its gun laws in recent years by passing dangerous bills, such as one that repealed a law requiring a permit to purchase a firearm. And during the 2018 legislative session, state legislators pushed for yet another gun bill that would allow more individuals to carry firearms in Missouri's public spaces. Such weakening of laws has had a detrimental effect on community safety. A person is killed with a firearm every 10 hours in Missouri, making gun violence an urgent public health priority. In this issue brief, the authors address four aspects of gun violence and gun-related crimes in Missouri that are alarming or above the national average: Missouri's rate of gun homicides, particularly in urban settings and communities of color, is among the highest in the nation. Women in Missouri are killed with guns by intimate partners at high numbers. Children in Missouri die from gun violence at rates that are among the highest in the nation. Gun theft is a substantial problem in Missouri. Given Missouri's alarming gun violence statistics, it is important for state elected officials to reject proposals that would further weaken its gun laws, as well as to consider stronger policies to reduce the already high levels of gun violence in the state. After addressing the above four aspects of the state's gun violence, this issue brief provides steps, both legislative and executive, to reduce gun violence in Missouri. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 27, 2018 at: https://cdn.americanprogress.org/content/uploads/2018/10/26073410/MissouriGuns-brief.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Policy Shelf Number: 153853

Author: Police Executive Research Forum Title: Promising Strategies for Strengthening Homicide Investigations Findings and Recommendations from the Bureau of Justice Assistance's Homicide Investigations Enhancement Training and Technical Assistance Project Summary: One of the most important roles of local police agencies is to investigate incidents that involve the loss of a human life due to violence. Thorough investigations of homicides are critical for ensuring that perpetrators are identified and apprehended, for bringing justice to victims and their families, and for protecting the safety of the community. In 2014, the Police Executive Research Forum (PERF) was selected by the U.S. Justice Department's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) to implement the Homicide Investigations Enhancement Training & Technical Assistance Project. As part of this project, PERF has conducted comprehensive assessments of the homicide investigation policies and practices in five police departments: the Baltimore Police Department, the Cleveland Division of Police, the Houston Police Department, the Miami Police Department, and the Pittsburgh Bureau of Police. The project sites were chosen based on criteria that included: a recent rise in homicide rates, homicide clearance rates that were decreasing and/or were below the national average, and a commitment of the police departments' leaders to improving homicide investigation procedures. This publication documents the findings and recommendations that emerged from the site assessments, as well as from a conference that was held by PERF and BJA on January 31, 2017, that brought together officials from the five sites and experts in the field of homicide investigations. The recommendations included in this publication, which are based on research regarding promising investigative practices, reflect many of the common challenges faced by the project sites and other agencies across the country. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance; Police Executive Research Forum, 2018. 156p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: https://www.bja.gov/Publications/promising-strategies-for-strengthening-homicide-investigations.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Intelligence Shelf Number: 153884

Author: Lee, Sou Title: Asian Gangs in the United States: A Meta-Synthesis Summary: The purpose of this study is to gain a holistic understanding of the Asian gang phenomenon through the application of a meta-synthesis, which is seldom utilized within the criminal justice and criminology discipline. Noblit and Hare's (1988) seven step guidelines for synthesizing qualitative research informed this methodology. Through this process, 15 studies were selected for synthesis. The synthesis of these studies not only identified prevalent themes across the sample, but also provided the basis for creating overarching metaphors that captured the collective experience of Asian gang members. Through the interpretive ordering of these metaphors, a line of synthesis argument was developed in which three major inferences about the Asian gang experience were made. First, regardless of ethnic and geographic differences, the experiences of Asian gangs and their members are similar. Second, although extant literature has applied different theories to explain gang membership for individual ethnic gangs (e.g. Chinese, Vietnamese), this synthesis revealed that the dominant theory for explaining the onset and persistence of Asian gangs is Vigil's (1988) multiple marginality theory. Finally, in comparison to the broader literature, Asian gangs are more similar than they are different to non-Asian gangs because of their overlap in values. Details: Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, 2016. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 28, 2018 at: https://opensiuc.lib.siu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=2889&context=theses Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Asian Gangs Shelf Number: 153897

Author: U.S. White House Title: National Cyber Strategy of the United States of America Summary: America's prosperity and security depend on how we respond to the opportunities and challenges in cyberspace. Critical infrastructure, national defense, and the daily lives of Americans rely on computer-driven and interconnected information technologies. As all facets of American life have become more dependent on a secure cyberspace, new vulnerabilities have been revealed and new threats continue to emerge. Building on the National Security Strategy and the Administration's progress over its first 18 months, the National Cyber Strategy outlines how the United States will ensure the American people continue to reap the benefits of a secure cyberspace that reflects our principles, protects our security, and promotes our prosperity. Details: Washington, DC: The White House, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/National-Cyber-Strategy.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 153898

Author: Albright, Jennifer R. Title: Family Reconciliation through Remedial Detention: The Becca Bill's Unintended Consequences Summary: Twenty years ago, in response to a young runaway's tragic murder, Washington made sweeping changes to its laws, giving parents and the Juvenile Courts increased latitude over managing the state's at-risk youth. Through subsequent revisions to the laws, loopholes in state and federal law, and problematic implementation, the Becca bill has allowed for the secure detention of youth for status offenses since its inception. In King County, the state's largest detention facility, Becca youth have traditionally been completely sight and sound separated. However, due to increased pressure on county budgets, King County recently made a policy change allowing the co-mingling of Becca youth, who have committed no criminal offense, with more seriously delinquent offender youth. This study takes advantage of the pre- and post-housing change to compare the outcomes of Becca youth who are housed separately from and those that are co-mingled with offender youth.The outcomes that were explored were subsequent referrals for prosecution, subsequent secure bookings, and ultimately contact with the adult criminal justice system. Outcomes suggest that there is no increased harm to the Becca youth that are co-mingled with more serious offender youth. Outcomes also suggest some harmful effects of detaining non-offender youth for any reason which confirms a growing body of research documenting the myriad harms wrought by even short periods of secure detention.The State of Washington and King County have a choice in detaining Becca youth. They could be offered alternatives programs, or deferred from the system altogether which may ultimately decrease harm. However, this study suggests that housing decisions to separate or co-mingling have little effect on poor justice system outcomes. Details: Pullman, WA: Washington State University, 2014. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://research.libraries.wsu.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/2376/5182/Albright_wsu_0251E_11161.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 153902

Author: Stinson, Philip M. Title: Police Crime: A Newsmaking Criminology Study of Sworn Law Enforcement Officers Arrested, 2005-2007 Summary: This study, conceptualized as newsmaking criminology, is an exploration of police crime in the United States, as measured by arrests of sworn law enforcement officers with general powers of arrest employed by non-federal law enforcement agencies. Data were collected from published news reports primarily using the Google News search engine. This analysis includes data on 2,119 cases involving 1,746 sworn law enforcement officers employed by 1,047 state and local (nonfederal) law enforcement agencies representing all 50 states and the District of Columbia who were arrested for committing one or more criminal offenses during the period of January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2007. The findings of this study show that police crime occurs in non-metropolitan, urban, suburban, and rural communities, and affects officers employed by primary state police agencies, sheriff's departments, county police departments, municipal police departments, and special police departments (e.g., university/college police departments, park police departments, etc.). It involves officers at all ages and years of service levels (from entry level rookies to those officers in the sunset of their careers, and at all periods in between), at all ranks within law enforcement agencies, off duty and on duty, and against victims known and unknown to the arrested officers, and against victims of all ages. Both the typology of police crime and Ross' taxonomy of police crime provide useful conceptualizations to examine and reliably predict factors relating to arrests of sworn law enforcement officers. Police crime is multidimensional and involves crimes against the citizenry, internal crimes against the organization, official capacity and individual capacity crime, economically-motivated crime, violent crime, sex-related crime, drug-related crime, and alcohol-related crime. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2009. 547p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://knowledge.library.iup.edu/etd/709/ Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Media and Crime Shelf Number: 153903

Author: Conley, Mark A. Title: Motivational Influences on the American Gun Rights Debate Summary: For almost forty years gun ownership and the motivational underpinnings of why guns are valued has received little attention in psychology. The gun rights debate is an unresolved salient item that has been on the national agenda for decades, and national polls provide evidence for a slow and steady voter realignment over this issue. Motivation science tools that explain value creation, regulatory focus and regulatory fit, help to explain the salience and importance of gun rights for millions of Americans. Three field experiments, with replications and extensions, demonstrated motivational fit between the prevention orientation (marked by vigilant concern for threats) and gun ownership. This research remained agnostic regarding the legal and moral components of the gun rights debate. Instead, these experiments demonstrate the malleability of gun value as a function of fundamental motivations. This applied political psychology research made two basic contributions to regulatory fit theory. First, these field experiments found fit effects between motivational inductions and distinct field environments. Also, by incorporating a pure control condition into these regulatory fit experiments, this research pinned down that literal dollar value of motivationally relevant objects is intensified by fit (as opposed to decreased by non-fit). Details: New York: Columbia University, 2018. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916/D8FR1D00 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 153904

Author: Azrael, Deborah Title: The Stock and Flow of US Firearms: Results from the 2015 National Firearms Survey Summary: We estimate that, as of 2015, there were approximately 270 million guns in the US civilian gun stock, an increase of approximately 70 million guns since the mid 1990's. Over that time, the fraction of the gun stock that is handguns - most often bought for self-protection - has grown (to over 40%), as has the fraction of gun owners who own both handguns and long guns (to over 75%). While the fraction of US adults who report owning guns has declined only modestly, from 25% in 1994 to 22% in 2015, current gun owners are likely to own more guns (the mean number of guns has increased from 4 to 5). Despite the increase in the average number of guns, the median gun owner owns only two guns, while the 8% of all gun owners who own 10 or more guns account for 39% of the gun stock. With respect to firearm transfers, we estimate that approximately 70 million firearms changed hands within the past five years, the large majority of which were purchased, more so in the past two years (86%) than more distally (79% 2-5 years ago; 61% more than 5 years ago). Across all three time periods, the most commonly acquired firearm was a handgun. Guns not only move into, but also out of the hands of US gun owners. Five percent (5%) of gun owners in our sample reported having disposed of a gun within the past 5 years, most often (35%) through a sale to family or friends. Another 2.5% of our sample reported having had a gun stolen within the past 5 years, accounting for an estimated 400,000 guns per year. Details: Boston, MA: Harvard Injury Control Research Center, Harvard School of Public Health, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2018 at: https://gunculture2point0.files.wordpress.com/2016/10/harvard-gun-study-stock-and-flow-2015-nfs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Ownership Shelf Number: 153905

Author: Kilmer, Beau Title: Considering Heroin-Assisted Treatment and Supervised Drug Consumption Sites in the United States Summary: Current levels of opioid-related morbidity and mortality in the United States are staggering. Data for 2017 indicate that there were more than 47,000 opioid-involved overdose deaths, and one in eight adults now reports having had a family member or close friend die from opioids. Increasing the availability and reducing the costs of approved medications for those with an opioid use disorder (OUD) is imperative; however, jurisdictions addressing OUDs and overdose may wish to consider additional interventions. Two interventions that are implemented in some other countries but not in the United States are heroin-assisted treatment (HAT; sometimes referred to as supervised injectable heroin treatment) and supervised consumption sites (SCSs; sometimes referred to as overdose prevention sites). Given the severity of the opioid crisis, there is urgency to evaluate tools that might reduce its impact and save lives. In this mixed-methods report, the authors assess evidence on and arguments made about HAT and SCSs and examine some of the issues associated with implementing them in the United States. Key Findings -- Evidence from randomized controlled trials of HAT in Canada and Europe indicates that supervised injectable HAT - with optional oral methadone - can offer benefits over oral methadone alone for treating OUD among individuals who have tried traditional treatment modalities, including methadone, multiple times but are still injecting heroin. Although heroin cannot be prescribed in the United States because it is a Schedule I drug, it would be legal to conduct a human research trial on HAT. The literature on treating OUD with hydromorphone (e.g., Dilaudid) is less extensive than the literature on HAT; however, the existing results are encouraging. Hydromorphone trials in the United States would face fewer barriers than HAT trials. The scientific evidence about the effectiveness of SCSs is limited in quality and the number of locations evaluated. Many SCSs have been around for 15 to 30 years. Persistence does not imply effectiveness, but it seems unlikely that these SCSs - which were initially controversial in many places - would have such longevity if they had serious adverse consequences for their clients or communities. For drug consumption that is supervised, SCSs reduce the risk of a fatal overdose, disease transmission, and harms associated with unhygienic drug use practices; however, there is uncertainty about the size of the population-level effects of SCSs. There are significant legal issues surrounding the implementation of SCSs in the United States.. Both HAT and SCSs, as currently implemented, serve only a small share of people who use heroin. It is important to have a sense of potential scale limitations and costs when discussing HAT and SCSs. It might be constructive to view HAT and SCSs as exemplars of broader strategies, not as the only option within their class. Recommendations -- Given (1) the increased mortality associated with fentanyl, (2) the fact that some people who use heroin may not respond well to existing medications for OUD, (3) HAT's successful implementation abroad, and (4) questions concerning whether the success would carry over to the United States, HAT trials should be conducted in some of the U.S. jurisdictions that already provide a spectrum of social services and good accessibility to medication treatments for OUD. Conducting trials with HAT and hydromorphone are not mutually exclusive, and it may make sense to include both in the same study, as was done in Canada. Assessing the impact of injectable hydromorphone via clinical trials (with or without a HAT arm) would inform future regulatory decisions about using it as a medication treatment for OUD. Some researchers and advocates believe that, during an emergency like the present opioid crisis, the absence of a large downside risk for an intervention that has strong face validity (e.g., SCSs) may be sufficient for some decisionmakers to proceed, rather than waiting for further evidence. Nevertheless, if attempts to implement SCSs in the United States are successful, a strong research component should be incorporated into these efforts. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 6, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2693.html?utm_source=WhatCountsEmail&utm_medium=Drug%20Policy%20Research%20Center%20(DPRC)+AEM:%20%20Email%20Address%20NOT%20LIKE%20DOTMIL&utm_campaign=AEM:363632650 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153920

Author: Jack, Shane P.D. Title: Surveillance for Violent Deaths-- National Violent Death Reporting System, 27 States, 2015 Summary: Problem/Condition: In 2015, approximately 62,000 persons died in the United States as a result of violence-related injuries. This report summarizes data from CDC's National Violent Death Reporting System (NVDRS) regarding violent deaths from 27 U.S. states for 2015. Results are reported by sex, age group, race/ethnicity, location of injury, method of injury, circumstances of injury, and other selected characteristics. Reporting Period: 2015. Description of System: NVDRS collects data regarding violent deaths obtained from death certificates, coroner/medical examiner reports, law enforcement reports, and secondary sources (e.g., child fatality review team data, supplemental homicide reports, hospital data, and crime laboratory data). This report includes data from 27 states that collected statewide data for 2015 (Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Hawaii, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, and Wisconsin). NVDRS collates documents for each death and links deaths that are related (e.g., multiple homicides, a homicide followed by a suicide, or multiple suicides) into a single incident. Results: For 2015, NVDRS captured 30,628 fatal incidents involving 31,415 deaths in the 27 states included in this report. The majority (65.1%) of deaths were suicides, followed by homicides (23.5%), deaths of undetermined intent (9.5%), legal intervention deaths (1.3%) (i.e., deaths caused by law enforcement and other persons with legal authority to use deadly force, excluding legal executions), and unintentional firearm deaths (<1.0%). (The term "legal intervention" is a classification incorporated into the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision [ICD-10] and does not denote the lawfulness or legality of the circumstances surrounding a death caused by law enforcement.) Demographic patterns varied by manner of death. Suicide rates were highest among males, non-Hispanic American Indian/Alaska Natives, non-Hispanic whites, adults aged 45-54 years, and men aged ≥75 years. The most common method of injury was a firearm. Suicides often were preceded by a mental health, intimate partner, substance abuse, or physical health problem, or a crisis during the previous or upcoming 2 weeks. Homicide rates were higher among males and persons aged <1 year and 20-34 years. Among males, non-Hispanic blacks accounted for the majority of homicides and had the highest rate of any racial/ethnic group. Homicides primarily involved a firearm, were precipitated by arguments and interpersonal conflicts, were related to intimate partner violence (particularly for females), or occurred in conjunction with another crime. When the relationship between a homicide victim and a suspected perpetrator was known, an acquaintance/friend or an intimate partner frequently was involved. Legal intervention death rates were highest among males and persons aged 20-54 years; rates among non-Hispanic black males were approximately double the rates of those among non-Hispanic white males. Precipitating circumstances for legal intervention deaths most frequently were an alleged criminal activity in progress, the victim reportedly using a weapon in the incident, a mental health or substance abuse problem (other than alcohol abuse), an argument or conflict, or a recent crisis (during the previous or upcoming 2 weeks). Unintentional firearm deaths were more frequent among males, non-Hispanic whites, and persons aged 10�24 years; these deaths most often occurred while the shooter was playing with a firearm and most often were precipitated by a person unintentionally pulling the trigger or mistakenly thinking the firearm was unloaded. Deaths of undetermined intent were more frequent among males, particularly non-Hispanic black and American Indian/Alaska Native males, and persons aged 30�54 years. Substance abuse, mental health problems, physical health problems, and a recent crisis were the most common circumstances preceding deaths of undetermined intent. In 2015, approximately 3,000 current or former military personnel died by suicide. The majority of these decedents were male, non-Hispanic white, and aged 45-74 years. Most suicides among military personnel involved a firearm and were precipitated by mental health, physical health, and intimate partner problems, as well as a recent crisis. Interpretation: This report provides a detailed summary of data from NVDRS for 2015. The results indicate that deaths resulting from self-inflicted or interpersonal violence most frequently affect males and certain age groups and minority populations. Mental health problems, intimate partner problems, interpersonal conflicts, and general life stressors were primary precipitating events for multiple types of violent deaths, including suicides among current or former military personnel. Public Health Action: NVDRS data are used to monitor the occurrence of violence-related fatal injuries and assist public health authorities in the development, implementation, and evaluation of programs and policies to reduce and prevent violent deaths. For example, Virginia VDRS data are used to help identify suicide risk factors among active duty service members, Oregon VDRS suicide data are used to coordinate information and activities across community agencies that support veterans and active duty service members, and Arizona VDRS data are used to develop recommendations for primary care providers who deliver care to veterans. The continued development and expansion of NVDRS to include all 50 states, U.S. territories, and the District of Columbia are essential to public health efforts to reduce deaths due to violence. Details: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Surveillance Summaries / Vol. 67 / No. 11: Accessed December 6, 2018 at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6181254/pdf/ss6711a1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Deaths Shelf Number: 153921

Author: Valentine, Erin Jacobs Title: Making Their Way. Summary Report on the Youth Villages Transitional Living Evaluation Summary: Young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody experience poor outcomes across a number of domains, on average, relative to their peers. While government funding for services targeting these young people has increased in recent years, research on the effectiveness of such services is limited, and few of the programs that have been rigorously tested have been found to improve outcomes. The Youth Villages Transitional Living Evaluation tested whether the Transitional Living program, operated by the social service organization Youth Villages, makes a difference in the lives of young people with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody. The program, which was renamed "YVLifeSet" in April 2015, is intended to help young people make a successful transition to adulthood by providing intensive, individualized, and clinically focused case management, support, and counseling. The evaluation used a rigorous random assignment design and is set in Tennessee, where Youth Villages, which is committed to building evidence that could help improve its effectiveness, operates its largest Transitional Living program. Researchers worked with the program, which did not have the resources to enroll all the young people in need of its services, to randomly assign more than 1,300 eligible young people to either a program group, which was offered the Transitional Living program services, or to a control group that was not offered those services. Using survey and administrative data, the evaluation team measured outcomes for both groups over time to assess whether Transitional Living services led to better outcomes for the program group compared with the control group's outcomes. This report, which draws from earlier reports, summarizes the main findings from the evaluation. The Transitional Living program was well implemented, and a substantial portion of program group members received services at the expected dosage. The program group also received substantially more services than the control group. In the first year of follow-up, the program improved outcomes in three of the six domains that it was designed to affect. It boosted earnings, increased housing stability and economic well-being, and improved some outcomes related to health and safety. However, the program did not improve outcomes in the areas of education, social support, or criminal involvement. Longer-term data were only available to assess two-year impacts in three of the original six domains: education, employment and earnings, and criminal involvement. During the second year of follow-up, Transitional Living did not increase young people's average earnings, but it did have a modest, positive effect at some earnings levels and it led to modest increases in employment and earnings over the full two-year study period. Statistically significant impacts in the education and criminal involvement domains did not emerge in Year 2, spurring Youth Villages' ongoing efforts to strengthen its program offerings in these areas. These results indicate that the Transitional Living program can improve some short-term outcomes for young adults with histories of foster care or juvenile justice custody, a notable finding given the paucity of documented positive effects for programs that serve these populations. It will be critically important to build on these initial successes to help secure the future life outcomes of participants. Details: New York: MDRC, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 6, 2018 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/Youth_Villages_Short_Report_2018_final_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 153922

Author: Ryo, Emily Title: The Landscape of immigration Detention in the United States Summary: On any given day, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) detains tens of thousands of individuals who are accused of violating U.S. immigration laws. ICE currently relies on a complex network of jails and jail-like facilities to confine these individuals. The average daily population of immigrant detainees has increased more than five-fold in the past two decades. At the same time, immigration detention facilities have faced numerous civil and human rights violation complaints, including allegations of substandard medical care, sexual and physical abuse, and exploitative labor practices. Yet, the current administration has sought to further expand immigration detention. To assess the full implications of these expansion efforts, it is critical for policymakers and the public to understand fundamental aspects of the current U.S. detention system. This report presents findings from an empirical analysis of immigration detention across the United States. We analyze government and other data on all individuals who were detained by ICE during fiscal year 2015, the latest fiscal year for which the federal government has released comprehensive data of this kind on immigration detention. Our analysis offers a detailed look at whom ICE detained, where they were confined, and the outcomes of their detention. We find that ICE relied on over 630 sites scattered throughout the United States to detain individuals, often moving them from one facility to another. Our analysis reveals that individuals detained by ICE were commonly held in privately operated and remotely located facilities, far away from basic community support structures and legal advocacy networks. The main findings presented in this report include: A majority of detainees were men, from Mexico or Central America, and many detainees were juveniles. About 79 percent of the detainees were men. The population as a whole was relatively young, with the average age of 28 (mean and median). Over 59,000 detainees-about 17 percent-were under the age of 18. Mexican nationals by themselves made up about 43 percent of the detainee population, and individuals from the Northern Triangle region of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras made up about 46 percent of the detainee population. ICE used one or more facilities in every state, with Texas and California having the highest number of facilities and detainees. Every state in the United States had at least one facility that ICE used to detain individuals in fiscal year 2015. The top five states in terms of the number of facilities used by ICE in fiscal year 2015 were Texas, California, Florida, New York, and Arizona. The top five states in terms of the detainee population were Texas, California, Arizona, Louisiana, and New Mexico. Detention in privately operated facilities and in remotely located facilities was common. Many detainees were confined in more than one facility during their detention stay. About 67 percent of all detainees were confined at least once in privately operated facilities. About 64 percent of detainees were confined at least once in a facility located outside of a major urban area. About 48 percent, 26 percent, and 22 percent of detainees were confined at least once in a facility that was located more than 60 miles, 90 miles, and 120 miles away, respectively, from the nearest nonprofit immigration attorney who practiced removal defense. A majority of adult detainees experienced inter-facility transfers involving movements across different cities, states, or federal judicial circuits. Many adults were transferred between facilities during their detention, leading to confinement in multiple locations. About 60 percent of adults who were detained in fiscal year 2015 experienced at least one inter-facility transfer during their detention. Of those adults who were transferred, about 86 percent experienced at least one intercity transfer, 37 percent experienced at least one interstate transfer, and 29 percent experienced at least one transfer across different federal judicial circuits. Detention length was significantly longer in privately operated facilities and in remotely located facilities. Among 261,020 adults who were released from detention during fiscal year 2015, the average detention length (mean) was about 38 days. More than 87,000 of these adults were detained longer than 30 days. Confinement in privately operated facilities and facilities located outside of major urban areas, respectively, was associated with significantly longer detention. The number of grievances was significantly higher in privately operated facilities and in remotely located facilities. In fiscal year 2015, the ICE Enforcement and Removal Operations' Detention Reporting and Information Line (DRIL) received over 48,800 detention-facility related grievances from detainees and community members. The most common type of grievances involved access to legal counsel and basic immigration case information. Privately operated facilities and facilities located outside of major urban areas were associated with higher numbers of grievances. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2018 at: http://americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/the_landscape_of_immigration_detention_in_the_united_states.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 153923

Author: Lofstrom, Magnus Title: New Insights into California Arrests: Trends, Disparities, and County Differences Summary: Crime, policing, and community relations are the subject of heated debate in California and nationwide. Decisions made by local law enforcement are often at the heart of the controversy. Though California's criminal laws are determined by the state�s legislature and voters, local agencies and officers have broad discretion over enforcement, especially when it comes to lower-level offenses. To inform the broader conversation about policing and community relations, this report describes trends in arrests-the very first step in the criminal justice process-in California between 1980 and 2016. We find: The arrest rate in California has dropped 58 percent since a peak in 1989. The arrest rate reached a low of 3,428 per 100,000 residents in 2016. About three-fourths of this decline is due to sharp drops in misdemeanor arrests, especially for traffic and alcohol-related offenses. Felony arrest rates for property and drug offenses also fell substantially. Arrest rates declined across racial/ethnic, age, and gender groups. Arrested individuals tend to be nonwhite, younger, and male. In 2016, 41 percent of all arrests were of Latinos, 36 percent were of whites, and 16 percent were of African Americans. Individuals ages 18�39 accounted for two-thirds of arrests, and men accounted for three-quarters. African Americans were highly over-represented: African Americans made up 6 percent of the state's population but 16 percent of arrests in 2016, while Latinos represented 39 percent of the population and 41 percent of arrests. Racial disparities have narrowed over time. But the disparity between African Americans and whites remains substantial. In 2016, the arrest rate among African Americans was three times that of whites, compared to 3.6 times as large in the early '90s. The arrest rate among Latinos was 1.1 times higher than the white arrest rate in 2016, compared to 1.8 times as large in the early '90s. Overall declines in arrests are driven primarily by plummeting arrest rates for juveniles and young adults. From 1980 to 2016, the arrest rate among those 17 or younger dropped by 84 percent, while the arrest rate among those ages 18-24 declined by 63 percent. Women now account for nearly a quarter of all arrests. This is up from 14 percent in the early 1980s. Arrest rates for violent offenses have increased among women between 1980 and 2016: felony violent arrest rates declined 37 percent for men but increased 62 percent for women, while misdemeanor assault and battery arrest rates declined 25 percent for men but increased 67 percent for women. Counties with the lowest arrest rates tend to be large and urban, while counties with the highest arrest rates tend to be smaller and rural. There is notable county variation in the demographics of those arrested. However, nearly all counties see a large disparity between African Americans and whites: of the 49 counties examined, the African American arrest rate is at least double the white arrest rate in 45 counties, at least three times greater in 33 counties, at least four times greater in 21 counties, and at least five times greater in 13 counties. Future PPIC research will explore possible contributing factors to these trends and regional differences-which may be affected by crime rates, demographics, poverty, fiscal conditions, jail capacity, law enforcement staffing and policing, and criminal justice reforms. In addition, we will examine local law enforcement discretion regarding the decision to cite and release individuals following arrest or to book them into jail. As the state continues its efforts to monitor police interactions with the public, this research provides a critical, fact-based foundation to frame constructive and solutions-oriented discussions regarding local law enforcement decisions and their implications for equity and public safety. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2018. 22p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://www.ppic.org/publication/new-insights-into-california-arrests-trends-disparities-and-county-difference/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 153932

Author: Hedegaard, Holly Title: Drug Overdose Deaths in the United States, 1999-2017 Summary: Key findings -- Data from the National Vital Statistics System, Mortality -- In 2017, there were 70,237 drug overdose deaths in the United States. The age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths in 2017 (21.7 per 100,000) was 9.6% higher than the rate in 2016 (19.8). Adults aged 25-34, 35-44, and 45-54 had higher rates of drug overdose deaths in 2017 than those aged 15-24, 55-64, and 65 and over. West Virginia (57.8 per 100,000), Ohio (46.3), Pennsylvania (44.3), and the District of Columbia (44.0) had the highest age-adjusted drug overdose death rates in 2017. The age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths involving synthetic opioids other than methadone (drugs such as fentanyl, fentanyl analogs, and tramadol) increased by 45% between 2016 and 2017, from 6.2 to 9.0 per 100,000. Deaths from drug overdose continue to be a public health burden in the United States. This report uses the most recent final mortality data from the National Vital Statistics System (NVSS) to update trends in drug overdose deaths, describe demographic and geographic patterns, and identify shifts in the types of drugs involved. Details: Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: NCHS Data Brief, No. 329: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/db329-h.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153940

Author: Sanchez, Gabriella Title: Border Crossing: Human Smuggling Operations in the Southwest Summary: Following the implementation of federal immigration control measures in the 1990s, Arizona became the main point of entry for undocumented immigrants along the US border with Mexico in the early 2000s. Since then, reports have blamed human smuggling facilitators for the increase of undocumented immigration into the state and the apparent development of violent practices targeting the undocumented. However, little is known about the organization of the groups who work at facilitating the transit of undocumented immigrants along the US Mexico Border. Based on interviews and narratives present in legal files of smuggling cases prosecuted in Phoenix, Arizona, the present study provides an analysis of local human smuggling operations. It argues that far from being under the control of organized crime, smuggling is an income generating strategy of the poor that generates financial opportunities for community members in financial distress. The study, raises questions over smuggling's perceptions as violent and instead identifies smuggling-related violence as a reflection of the structural violence carried out by the state against immigrant communities through policing, surveillance and the consistent and systematic exercise of race-based policies. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2011. 260p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/56811/content/Sanchez_asu_0010E_10745.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 153945

Author: Everton, Sean F. Title: Tracking, Destabilizing and Disrupting Dark Networks with Social Networks Analysis Summary: This guide introduces how to use social network analysis to develop strategies for tracking and disrupting dark networks (i.e., criminal, terrorist networks). While much of its focus is on social network analysis, it is more than a methodological handbook. It includes a strategic emphasis as well. It is one thing to learn how to estimate basic social network analysis metrics. It is quite another to learn how to place such metrics within a larger strategic framework. That is why this introduction begins by briefly outlining how we understand social network analysis�s strategic role for destabilizing and disrupting networks. (It is a topic that we turn to in more detail in the final chapter.) After this outline, it turns to the unique challenges that dark networks pose for analysts, including those employing social network analysis. It concludes with an overview of what is to come in the following chapters. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2008. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/handle/10945/34415 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Dark Networks Shelf Number: 153946

Author: Ibanez, Michelle Title: Virtual Red Light Districts: Detecting Cover Networks and Sex Trafficking Circuits in the U.S. Summary: The United States is the second leading destination country for sex trafficking in the world. Increased effort to understand patterns of sex trafficking within the U.S. is imperative to combatting this issue. Covert networks are increasingly using information and communication technologies (ICTs) to extend their operations. Due to the increase in sex trafficking network activity online, there is a need for systematic research and methods especially in terms of technology facilitated sex trafficking. This study examined how publicly available information can be used to uncover covert networks and sex trafficking patterns in the United States through the study of dark networks from a socio-technical perspective. The intent was to observe the types of data available in online escort advertisements and to identify ways to exploit data into meaningful information that can be used to disrupt this activity. Network analysis methods were applied to sex trafficking activity in online environments to identify sex trafficking trends within the U.S. Content analysis was used to identify important data fields in online escort advertisement that presented virtual indicators of sex trafficking. This data was further exploited using social network analysis (SNA) methods to identify provider networks and movement trends. Methods are presented to identify potential victims, provider networks, and domestic movement trends. Covert networks are continuously balancing security risk with operational necessity to communicate to external audiences. By using the Internet as a communication channel it becomes a lens to observe this activity. Consistency of findings with known trafficking trends demonstrated the effectiveness of the method to uncover covert networks and circuits within the U.S Details: Manoa, HI: University of Hawaii at Manoa, 2015. 348p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 7, 2018 at: https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED566421 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 153947

Author: Justice Center, The Council of State Governments Title: Behavioral Health Justice Reinvestment in Oregon Summary: Without access to effective community-based health care for substance addictions and mental illnesses, too many Oregonians wind up in crisis and then in emergency rooms or jail, leading to high costs and poor health and public safety outcomes. Oregon�s state and county leaders are now working together to expand community-based resources that the health and justice systems can use to improve health outcomes and reduce recidivism for people who have these behavioral health conditions and are often in contact with the criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: The Council of State Governments, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/jr/oregon/publications/behavioral-health-justice-reinvestment-in-oregon-overview/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Health Shelf Number: 153893

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: Using the Sequential Intercept Model to Guide Local Reform: An Innovative Fund Case Study Summary: The Sequential Intercept Model (SIM) provides a framework for addressing the interface between the criminal justice system and mental health system by assessing available community resources, determining service gaps, identifying opportunities to divert people from needless involvement in the criminal justice system, and implementing reforms at six distinct justice decision points, or "intercepts." This case study examines how three communities used SIM to advance justice reform efforts, including their planning processes and objectives. The study also explores stakeholder reflections on the process and lessons learned, including the importance of neutral facilitators, a diverse and representative group involved in the mapping process, and preparation and education around the SIM. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at:https://www.urban.org/research/publication/using-sequential-intercept-model-guide-local-reform Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative Treatment Shelf Number: 153892

Author: Hyland, Shelley Title: Body-Worn Cameras in Law Enforcement Agencies, 2016 Summary: Presents data on body-worn camera (BWCs) use and non-use in general-purpose law enforcement agencies for 2016. Data from agencies with BWCs include number acquired, deployment, policy coverage, access to footage, and obstacles to use. For agencies without BWCs, data include alternate types of recording devices, primary reasons for not obtaining BWCs, and consideration of BWCs in the next 12 months. Highlights: - In 2016, 47 percent of general-purpose law enforcement agencies in the United States had acquired body-worn cameras (BWCs). - The main reasons (about 80 percent each) that local police and sheriffs' offices had acquired BWCs were to improve officer safety, increase evidence quality, reduce civilian complaints, and reduce agency liability. - Among agencies that had acquired BWCs, 60 percent of local police departments and 49 percent of sheriffs' offices had fully deployed their BWCs. - About 86 percent of general-purpose law enforcement agencies that had acquired BWCs had a formal BWC policy. Details: Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/bwclea16.pdf Year: 208 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 153890

Author: Craigie, Terry-Ann Title: Father Reentry and Child Outcomes Summary: More than 2.7 million children have an incarcerated parent, and many more have experienced a parent's incarceration at some point. Research finds that parental incarceration negatively affects children's physical, mental, and emotional health. One might presume that child outcomes improve when a parent returns from incarceration, but the evidence shows that reentry can be difficult for parents and their children. Research to date provides little information about effects on children when fathers return home from prison or jail, especially whether children's behavioral problems persist when the father returns. To help fill this gap, this brief explores children's behaviors when a father is incarcerated and when he is released. We seek to understand whether the negative child outcomes from parental incarceration persist even after parents return home. Using data on families living in several large cities, we also examine these differences by gender and race and ethnicity. Incarceration rates vary greatly by race, with black men almost six times more likely to be imprisoned than white men. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/father-reentry-and-child-outcomes Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Mental Health Shelf Number: 153889

Author: McElmurry, Sara Title: Balancing Priorities: Immigration, National Security, and Public Safety Summary: In response to 9/11 and other threats since, the US government has done a great deal to improve immigration and border processes to boost national security. Yet effectively addressing evolving threats depends on the government's ability to balance the country's immigration, national security, and public safety priorities. Current immigration policies and systems play an important role in protecting citizens. Federal immigration agencies are a central component of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). Working in collaboration with federal intelligence agencies and local law enforcement at home and foreign governments abroad, the immigration system has become much more sophisticated and effective since DHS was created in 2001. Apprehensions of unauthorized immigrants along the border are at the lowest levels seen in decades. Screenings used to vet visitors, immigrants, and refugees have increased in complexity and efficacy. Programs that remove criminals from the country now increasingly prioritize enforcement resources to address public safety and security threats. Still, more can be done. Updating immigration laws and policies would allow the immigration system to more effectively respond to security threats while sustaining the economic, cultural, and social benefits of immigration. The United States can build on existing immigration enforcement and control measures to strengthen national security through several changes: - Develop comprehensive, consistent metrics to (1) measure the effectiveness of immigration and enforcement efforts, (2) better allocate resources at the border and beyond, and (3) inform the public and policymakers on the state of border security. - Complete a connected entry and exit system to track and deter visa overstayers and disrupt the international travel of dangerous individuals. - Foster greater cooperation between local law enforcement and federal immigration officials to more effectively remove high-risk individuals from the US interior while building trust with immigrant communities. - Screen unauthorized immigrants living in the United States via a mechanism for documentation, allowing immigration enforcement officials to focus limited resources on individuals of concern. - Update and expand legal immigration visas to redirect illegal immigration flows to vetted channels while meeting economic and humanitarian priorities. Immigration reforms alone cannot address all the security threats facing the country. Much relies on defense, intelligence, and law enforcement apparatuses. However, the United States should develop practical immigration and border changes that can improve upon the existing security measures while recognizing other important national interests in economic security and meeting its humanitarian obligations. Details: Chicago, IL: The Chicago Council on Global Affairs, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 9, 2018 at: https://www.thechicagocouncil.org/publication/balancing-priorities-immigration-national-security-and-public-safety Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 153948

Author: Haessler, Katherine Title: Foreclosures, Ownership and Crime: A Mixed Methods Case Study Summary: This dissertation examined whether or not foreclosed properties belonging to a large real-estate holding financial institution, termed Big Bank (BB), have a different structural or property crime environment than other foreclosed properties, termed Non-Big Bank (NBB). A convergent design case study method was employed. The case study utilized content analysis, ordinary least squares regressions, t-tests and chi square tables to understand the data. The study found statistically significant differences in crime and structural variables between properties of these two ownership groupings. Property crime in BB properties was 24% more likely than in NBB foreclosed properties. BB properties were also more likely to have a higher co-location with vacant properties, i.e., registered vacant building maintenance licensed (VBML) properties. Furthermore, BB properties also exhibited structural characteristics common to rental properties - e.g., higher bedroom, bathroom and total room counts - even though the homes from both groups are similarly sized, sited on similarly sized lots, from the same neighborhoods and similarly priced. A cluster analysis on the foreclosure data for Cincinnati, Ohio revealed that foreclosures intensely cluster within portions of the city. This clustering activity identified the potential for significant spatial bias to contaminate research results stemming from the modifiable areal unit problem (MAUP). To assess the degree to which foreclosure data may become skewed through boundary selection, the same foreclosure data were aggregated to a block group and tract level, and population data were downloaded at the block group and tract level. Two ordinary least squares (OLS) regressions were performed, one at the tract and one at the block level. The OLS results reported a change in statistical significance (from 0.006 to 0.318) and an adjusted R-square (from 0% to 2%) from the tract to block level, respectively. These changes occurred using the same data, and were a product solely of selecting two different geographic units (U.S. Census 2010 tracts and blocks) for analysis. These findings indicate the importance of considering spatiality and boundary selection in research with foreclosures, which can intensely cluster. This research contributes to policy considerations by indicating that treating foreclosures equally is inappropriate as foreclosures do not have an equal impact on their surrounding environment. The findings suggest that limited resources for treating foreclosures would best be allocated to those areas where concentrated foreclosures occur and those properties that are classed BB. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, 2015. 658p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 10, 2018 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/pg_10?0::NO:10:P10_ACCESSION_NUM:ucin1445609057 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Design Against Crime Shelf Number: 153952

Author: Duggan, Mark Title: The Effect of Gun Shows on Gun-Related Deaths: Evidence from California and Texas Summary: Thousands of gun shows take place in the U.S. each year. Gun control advocates argue that because sales at gun shows are much less regulated than other sales, such shows make it easier for potential criminals to obtain a gun. Similarly, one might be concerned that gun shows would exacerbate suicide rates by providing individuals considering suicide with a more lethal means of ending their lives. On the other hand, proponents argue that gun shows are innocuous since potential criminals can acquire guns quite easily through other black market sales or theft. In this paper, we use data from Gun and Knife Show Calendar combined with vital statistics data to examine the effect of gun shows. We find no evidence that gun shows lead to substantial increases in either gun homicides or suicides. In addition, tighter regulation of gun shows does not appear to reduce the number of firearms-related deaths. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2008. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; Working Paper 14371: Accessed December 10, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w14371 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 153953

Author: Feldmeyer, Ben Title: Race/Ethnicity, Social Structure, and Violence: Summary: It is widely recognized that poverty, disadvantage, and other structural conditions shape racial/ethnic patterns of violence. However, ecological research on race/ethnicity and violence has been limited almost exclusively to black-white comparisons and has overlooked Hispanics and other race/ethnic groups. Additionally, studies on race/ethnicity, social structure, and violence have been limited in that they (1) continue to debate whether the structural sources of violence are "racially invariant" (similar), (2) have focused on the effects of disadvantage while often overlooking how segregation, immigration, and other structural factors influence violence across race/ethnic groups, and (3) have faced methodological limitations that may have biased prior findings about racial/ethnic differences in violence and the structural predictors of violence. In light of its recent population growth and the paucity of research in the area, the primary objective of this project is to expand ecological research on race/ethnicity and violence by examining the structural sources of Hispanic violence - both alone and compared to whites and blacks. Three key questions about the relationship between race/ethnicity, social structure, and violence are addressed. First, this project tests the racial invariance hypothesis, which argues that the structural sources of violence are similar across race/ethnicity. Specifically, I examine whether the structural predictors of violence and especially the effects of disadvantage on violence are the same for whites, blacks, and Hispanics, and also whether support for the racial invariance argument depends on how invariance is defined (Chapter 2). Second, moving beyond the effects of disadvantage, this project examines whether racial/ethnic isolation influences black and Hispanic violence and whether the effects of segregation on violence are similar/invariant across race/ethnicity (Chapter 3). Third, focusing specifically on Hispanics, I examine whether immigration influences Hispanic violence and whether immigration disorganizes or stabilizes Hispanic communities. To address these questions, I use arrest data on violent crime and measures of social structure for whites, blacks, and Hispanics for more than 200 census places across California and New York during the 1999 to 2001 period. Data on white, black, and Hispanic violent crime are drawn from the California Arrest Data (CAL) and the New York State Arrest Data (NYSAD). Race/ethnicity-specific measures of social structure are drawn from 2000 U.S. Census data for each race/ethnic group at the census place-level. Seemingly Unrelated Regression techniques are used to compare the structural sources of violence across race/ethnic groups, and structural equation models are used to identify the total, direct, and indirect effects of immigration on Hispanic violence rates. Findings from Chapter 2 provide mixed support for racial invariance arguments and indicate that disadvantage contributes to violence for whites, blacks, and Hispanics. However, the effects of particular structural predictors and the magnitudes of structural effects on violence vary widely across race/ethnicity. Thus, the racial invariance hypothesis is not supported when using narrowly-defined interpretations and receives modest support when using the broadest possible definitions of "invariance." Chapter 3, which examines the effects of racial/ethnic segregation on black and Hispanic violence, also provides mixed evidence for the racial invariance hypothesis and reveals that being residentially isolated (from whites and from all other race/ethnic groups) contributes to Hispanic violence and black homicide but appears to reduce black Violent Index rates. Additionally, findings suggest that segregation effects on violence for both blacks and Hispanics are mediated by concentrated disadvantage. Chapter 4 relies on social disorganization theory and community resource arguments drawn from the social capital perspective to examine the effects of immigration on Hispanic violence. The findings from this chapter suggest that immigration has little direct effect on Hispanic violence. However, immigration appears to have multiple, offsetting indirect effects on Hispanic violence that work through social disorganization and community resource/social capital measures. The combination of these direct and indirect effects shows that immigration has little total effect on Hispanic violence. Chapter 5 concludes by discussing important implications of this project for research and theory on the ecology of crime and the relationship between race/ethnicity, social structure, and violence. Details: State College: Pennsylvania State University, 2007. 178p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 10, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/677 Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Ethnic Minorities Shelf Number: 153955

Author: Clark, Valerie Title: Correlates and Consequences of Offending and Victimization: An Analysis of Intimate Partner Violence Among Adolescents Summary: This project examined adolescent victims of intimate partner violence (IPV) in order to identify the correlates and consequences of abuse by a romantic partner. Using research and theory from studies of general violence and IPV, this dissertation researched the following five questions: (1) Are early violent offending and violent victimization (non-partner-related) risk factors for IPV victimization? (2) Does the relationship between IPV and other deviant behaviors persist after controlling for early behaviors?; (3) Do peer network characteristics influence these relationships?; (4) Do these relationships vary for male and female adolescents?; and (5) Does the relationship between IPV victimization, general violence, and other deviant behaviors vary depending on whether one or both individuals in the relationship were victimized? Prior research on adolescent IPV suffers from three conceptual and methodological limitations: the lack of longitudinal research, samples limited to female victims, and the absence of peer network influence in models. To address these problems, this research used data from three waves of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health), a large nationally representative sample of adolescents. Additionally, this study included peer network data, which allowed this research to incorporate peer network characteristics measured directly from the respondent's peers. Part of this research used data from Add Health's secure romantic partnership network data. In these data, respondents who nominated one another as romantic partners were linked, which allowed this study to identify couples in which (a) neither of the individuals reported IPV victimization, (b) one of the individuals reported IPV victimization, and (c) both of the individuals reported IPV victimization. The purpose of making these distinctions was to approximate Johnson‟s (2008) typology of IPV. This is the first study on the correlates and consequences of adolescent IPV to distinguish between IPV victimization that was experienced by only one or both individuals within a couple. A larger goal of this research was to integrate research on general violent victimization and IPV victimization. These two types of victimizations are usually examined separately. Some scholars have argued that IPV victimization is distinct from general violent victimization in terms of origins, correlates, and theoretical explanations. Other scholars have argued that all violence is essentially the same, and IPV research should not be separate from that of research on general violence. This research hypothesized that IPV victimization is both similar to and distinct from general violence; it depends on the type of IPV victimization (i.e., whether the partner violence was mutual or one-sided). This distinction may determine how similar and different IPV is to general violence. The results of this research reveal five major findings. First, both prior violent offending and violent victimization increased the odds of IPV victimization; both engaging in past violence and being a victim of past violence (non-partner-related) increase the risk of IPV victimization. Second, even after controlling for prior instances of deviant behavior, IPV victimization was associated with an increase in short-term deviant behaviors, including violent offending, violent victimization, delinquency, and drug use. However, the size of this relationship is smaller than previously thought, and IPV victimization does not increase all of these behaviors at the same rate for all victims. Adolescents who previously engaged in violent offending, who previously were victims of general violence, and who previously engaged in delinquency actually report fewer of these same subsequent behaviors on average compared to individuals who have not engaged in these behaviors previously. The third major finding was that peer network characteristics did not appear to play a role in IPV victimization, either in predicting victimization or predicting behaviors associated with victimization. However, the measures of peer delinquency used in this study were limited, and further studies of this relationship are necessary. The fourth major finding was that there were some gender differences in causes and correlates of IPV victimization, but not as many differences as some scholars might expect. For example, prior violent offending was a stronger predictor of IPV victimization for males than for females. Prior violent victimization was a stronger predictor of subsequent violent offending and violent victimization for females than for males. Overall, males and females did not differ significantly in many predictors or correlates of IPV victimization. One possible reason for the high proportion of similarities between males and females is the measure of IPV victimization used in this study. This study's measure of IPV victimization likely captured many less-serious instances of IPV victimization, for which males and females likely have similar rates. The final major finding of this study was that there appear to be multiple types of IPV victimization among adolescents, and these multiple types of IPV have different predictors and correlates. Thus, researchers of adolescent and adult IPV should not assume that all instances of IPV are similar. This study has major implications for theory and research on IPV, as well as policy regarding adolescent IPV. One major implication from this research is that some types of IPV victimization appear to be similar to more general forms of violent victimization. Also, theories that are generally used to explain violent victimization may also be applicable to some types of IPV. Finally, when dealing with adolescent IPV victimization, intervention efforts should vary based on whether the violence is perpetrated by both individuals within the relationship or only one of the individuals. Details: State College: Pennsylvania State University, 2010. 239p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 10, 2018 at: https://etda.libraries.psu.edu/files/final_submissions/6385 Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 153956

Author: Leutert, Stephanie Title: Asylum Processing tne Waitlists at the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: "For more than two years, CBP has implemented "metering" procedures for asylum seekers in multiple ports of entry across the U.S.-Mexico border. However, over the past six months, these practices have become institutionalized and have been extended across the entire southern border. Currently, CBP officers are stationed at the international dividing line between the United States and Mexico at all ports of entry and provide a similar message" there is currently no processing capacity"-to arriving asylum seekers. Instead, each port of entry coordinates with Mexican officials to accept a certain number of asylum seekers every day. These shifts in CBP procedures have left lines of asylum seekers waiting in almost every major Mexican border city. Yet while CBP officers have standardized their practices, there is no set process for asylum seekers on the Mexican side of the border. While almost all border cities now have a "list" that functions as a virtual line for asylum seekers-for example, the infamous "notebook" in Tijuana-the list management and logistics vary significantly by city. For example, the actual list managers have ranged from Grupo Beta (the Mexican government agency in charge of humanitarian assistance for migrants) to civil society organizations to municipal governments, and the processing steps may entail providing asylum seekers with bracelets or taking their photos after they arrive to the U.S.-Mexico border. There are also a range of practices and dynamics in Mexican border cities that block asylum seekers from accessing U.S. ports of entry. In Reynosa, Tamaulipas, Mexican migration officials stationed near the international bridges have stopped all asylum seekers from crossing during the past three months. In Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas and Piedras Negras, Coahuila, Central Americans cannot access the international border bridges without temporary transit permits. In Matamoros, Tamaulipas there are allegations of asylum seekers having to pay a fee in order to get on the waiting list, and in Tijuana, Baja California asylum seekers currently face a three month wait time in order to make their claim. This report provides a snapshot of the asylum processing system at the U.S.-Mexico border, with particular attention to asylum seekers waiting in Mexico. The report compiles fieldwork carried out in eight cities along the U.S.-Mexico border in November 2018. It draws on in-person and phone interviews with government officials, law enforcement officers, representatives from civil society organizations, journalists, and members of the public on both sides of the border. The report also relies on observations carried out at ports of entry and neighboring areas, and draws from government and legal documents, and news articles to detail current asylum processing dynamics." Details: Austin, TX: Robert Strauss Center, Center for U.S.-Mexican Studies, Migration Policy Centre, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 11, 2018 at: https://www.strausscenter.org/images/MSI/AsylumReport_MSI.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 153958

Author: Mock, Lynne Title: Illinois Integrated Protocol Initiative Training Evaluation Report 2015-2017 Summary: Domestic violence is almost ubiquitous in Illinois. Illinois law enforcement agencies reported 118,160 domestic-related crimes in 2016 (Illinois State Police, 2017). The Illinois Family Violence Coordinating Council (IFVCC) has received several federal grants to improve prosecution rates, use of orders of protection, and public safety. IFVCC developed and provided training for police and other criminal justice practitioners to improve knowledge about domestic violence and apply this knowledge to support evidence-based approaches to prosecution. Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) researchers worked with IFVCC Program Director and Evaluation Working Group members to develop evaluation tools for the Council's training protocols and mini-tool kits. Training evaluations from law enforcement, probation officers, emergency services personnel, and 911 telecommunicators were collected and analyzed to determine their confidence levels in processing these cases, perceptions of the trainer and the training, beliefs in supervisory and collegial support for using evidence-based arrest and prosecution approaches, and retention of key information imparted during the training immediately afterwards. Overall, training participants provided positive feedback about the quality of training provided. Most participants reported a significant increase in confidence after the training and positively rated the training and trainers. While some were uncertain about the relevance of the training to their work, most rated the training as applicable. Participants showed significant increases in knowledge in most pre- and post-assessments. A 70-percent correct response rate was set as the minimum score required to demonstrate adequate knowledge of the material from the training sessions. More than half of the domestic violence training for law enforcement and emergency medical services staff participants met this standard, at 58 percent and 53 percent, respectively. Almost half of the probation personnel participants met this standard, at 47 percent. Policy implications explored continuing these trainings and setting specific goals for them. In addition, it would be important to monitor the fidelity of the training provided to insure an increase in investigations, orders of protections and evidence-based arrests. And, work is needed beyond the in-class training and into the workplace, where supervisors can show support for the use of the evidence-based practices and adopt them as standard operating procedure in their departments. Expanding the training modality to online webinar formats with technical assistance outreach would allow more training participation with cost savings in travel and training locations. Future research could involve an evaluation of the predictive reliability of the evaluation tools to show the extent to which new knowledge was adopted and useful in evidence-based prosecutions. Also, a study comparing standard practice to evidence-based prosecutions stemming from IFVCC training protocols and mini-toolkits would measure the effectiveness of the tools to support domestic violence arrest and prosecution. Details: Chicago: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Dec. 11, 2018 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/pdf/IFVCC/IIPI_Training_Evaluation_Report_IFVCC_101818.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 153960

Author: Kalimer, Matthew Title: Art, Crime and the Image of the City Summary: This dissertation explores the symbolic structure of the metropolis, probing how neutral spaces may be imbued with meaning to become places, and tracing the processes through which the image of the city can come to be - and carry real consequences. The centrality of the image of the city to a broad array of urban research is established by injecting the question of image into two different research areas: crime and real estate in Washington, DC and the spatial structure of grassroots visual art production in Boston, Massachusetts. By pursuing such widely diverging areas of research, I seek to show the essential linkage between art and crime as they related to the image of the city and general urban processes of definition, distinction, and change. And yet, the research pursued here offers a mixed appraisal of strategies that pin urban prospects to image and image manipulation, from the great crime decline of the past two decades to the rise of the creative economy and application of urban branding campaigns. Across the analyses, I highlight tension between expectations of change and the essentially conservative forces of image. Far from rebranding the city, culture is shown to play a key role in locking in inequalities, undermining revitalization efforts, and generally explaining the reproduction and persistence of place over time, following the logic of the "looking glass neighborhood." Thus, culture is not nearly the tool to revalorize, relabel, and transform place so well depicted in studies nor do the buzz of cultural events shape markets and communities as effectively in "off-center" cities. Place is not fixed for good, and can be "re-accomplished," albeit through decades-long demographic, cultural, and political processes. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard University, 2013. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed Dec. 12, 2018 at: https://dash.harvard.edu/bitstream/handle/1/11744462/Kaliner_gsas.harvard_0084L_11306.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Art and Crime Shelf Number: 154010

Author: Pelletier, Elizabeth Title: Assessing the Impact of Idaho's Parole Reforms Summary: Idaho enacted comprehensive criminal justice reform legislation (S.B. 1357) in 2014, aimed at improving parole outcomes and safely controlling prison population growth by increasing timely release for people convicted of nonviolent offenses. Our analysis finds that Idaho has met its goal of increasing timely release for people convicted of nonviolent offenses and this has corresponded with reductions in prison time served. While the parole grant rate has been stable, parole guidelines have increased transparency in release decisions. These reforms have also maintained public safety, with returns to prison and felony reconvictions similar before and after the reforms. Idaho�s prison population is on the rise once again and this brief also offers policy options that Idaho could consider to build on the impact of these reforms and safely avoid further prison population growth. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/assessing-impact-idahos-parole-reforms Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 154013

Author: Sakala, Leah Title: Public Investment in Community-Driven Safety Initiatives: Landscape Study and Key Considerations Summary: This study documents the range of approaches that states, localities, and neighborhoods are pursuing to direct public resources to community-driven public safety solutions that fall outside the traditional justice system. This allows for targeted interventions that meet priorities that communities grappling with the realities of mass incarceration identify for themselves. Our research found three primary funding strategies for these community initiatives: the reinvestment of savings from criminal justice reform, the generation of new resource streams, and the shifting of resources away from corrections and law enforcement. Key considerations for jurisdictions considering similar approaches include: supporting community-led priority-setting, investing sufficient resources in organizations with strong community connections, building sustainable funding streams, making use of an entity to serve as intermediary, and documenting and communicating results. To continue to advance community-driven public safety initiatives, stakeholders identified the need for additional messaging and public opinion work, investment in grassroots leadership, and research and policy development support. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2018 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/public-investment-community-driven-safety-initiatives Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Driven Shelf Number: 154014

Author: Gottfredson, Denise C. Title: Reducing Gang Violence: A Randomized Trial of Functional Family Therapy Summary: During the past quarter century adolescent street gangs, once primarily a phenomenon of a few major metropolitan areas, have spread rapidly throughout the United States. In its most recent survey, the National Youth Gang Center estimated that there were 30,700 gangs with 850,000 members located in over 3,100 jurisdictions throughout the country. Gangs were found in 85 percent of larger cities, 50 percent of suburban counties, 32 percent of smaller cities, and 15 percent of rural counties. The number of gangs, gang members, and gang-related homicides are on the rise when compared to the previous 5-year average and the problem of street gangs now reaches into all corners of American society (Egley, et al., 2014). Gang members are involved at a higher level than non-gang members in virtually all forms of criminal behavior including violent crime, property crime, drug use, drug sales, and gun crime (Thornberry et al., 2003). The impact of gang membership has also been linked to the recent upswing in homicide and violent crime in cities such as Philadelphia, the site of this study, and Chicago (DEA, 2015; University of Chicago Crime Lab, 2017). Gang membership also has a host of negative consequences that disrupt the normal course of development. These consequences include reduced school commitment and educational attainment, becoming a teen parent, experiencing unemployment, commitment to negative peers, and anger identity (Krohn et al., 2011; Melde and Esbensen, 2011; 2013; Pyrooz, 2014). Although adolescents are typically only gang members for 1 or 2 years, the negative impact of their exposure to the gang lasts into adulthood. During their late twenties and early thirties, gang members evidence increased economic hardship and family problems, poorer physical and mental health, substance abuse and continued involvement in crime including elevated rates of incarceration (Gilman, Hill, Hawkins, 2014; Krohn, et al., 2011). Similarly, gang membership is significantly related to the perpetration of child maltreatment against the next generation (Augustyn, Thornberry, and Krohn, 2014). Given the prevalence of gangs and their negative impact both on public safety and the behavior and development of gang members (Pyrooz, Turanivic, Decker, and Wu, 2016; Thornberry, Krohn, Lizotte, Smith, and Tobin, 2003), it is important to develop effective programs to prevent gang membership and to reduce the impact of gangs on the adolescents who do join them. However, in this area where effective programs are strongly needed, they are least available. While there are evidence-based programs (EBPs) for a variety of other problem behaviors, there are currently no known gang programs that meet rigorous standards of demonstrated effectiveness such as those promulgated by the Blueprints for Healthy Youth Development(blueprintsprograms.com). The purpose of this study was to produce knowledge about how to prevent at-risk youth from joining gangs and reduce delinquency among active gang members. The study evaluated a modification of Functional Family Therapy, a model program from the Blueprints for Healthy Youth Development initiative, to assess its effectiveness for reducing gang membership and delinquency in a gang-involved population. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Justice, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 16, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251754.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154016

Author: Cruz, Pamela Lizette Title: Alone and Vulnerable: Unaccompanied Minors in the United States and Mexico Summary: Unaccompanied alien child (UAC) is a U.S. legal term for a child who does not have lawful immigration status in the United States; is under the age of 18; and who lacks an available parent or legal guardian to provide care or physical custody. In Mexico, such children are known as a Nina, Nino, o Adolescente Migrante (NNA) No Accompa�ado. The increase in unaccompanied minors in both countries has garnered much attention in recent years, but it is not a new phenomenon and is part of a global trend. Lately, however, both Mexico and the U.S. have come under severe criticism for the detention and treatment of these unaccompanied minors. This report provides an overview on unaccompanied minors arriving to Mexico and the United States and discusses the main reasons why these children and adolescents flee their home countries, their perilous journeys, the conditions of their detention, and the treatment they experience in detention centers�including alleged abuse, inhumane conditions, and denial of their basic rights. It also argues that both countries need a child-centric approach to better understand and address the needs of these minors to ensure their best interests and well-being. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University's Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/research-document/382e8fca/bi-report-100918-mex-immigrantchildren.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seeker Shelf Number: 153878

Author: Harris, Katharine Neill Title: The Drug Overdose Epidemic: Not Just about Opioids Summary: The rise in opioid-related overdose deaths in the last two decades is widely regarded as an epidemic that originated with the overprescribing of prescription pain relievers in the late 1990s. But a research study published in the September issue of Science suggests that the opioid overdose crisis is actually part of a larger trend that started 40 years ago. In the study, researchers mapped drug overdose deaths in the U.S. from 1979 through 2016. The authors analyzed data from the National Vital Statistics System on 599,255 deaths in which the main cause of death was listed as accidental drug poisoning. The authors found that drug overdose fatalities have been increasing dramatically since 1979, stating that "this exponentially increasing mortality rate has tracked along a remarkably smooth trajectory for at least 38 years," suggesting that "the current wave of opioid overdose deaths may just be the latest manifestation of a more fundamental longer term process." Within this broad trend of steady growth, there is significant variation in terms of the specific drugs involved and the populations most affected by drug overdose deaths. Currently, the population most at risk for cocaine overdose is aging black males living in urban counties, while methamphetamine-related deaths skew toward white and rural male populations. For opioid-related deaths, age is a defining feature of variation in risk patterns. Deaths involving heroin and synthetic opioids are higher for people between the ages of 20 and 40, especially white males living in urban counties. In contrast, prescription opioid deaths are higher among those 40 to 60 years old, especially white females living in rural counties. Nearly every region of the country, except for the northern Midwest, has been a "hot spot" for drug overdose deaths in the last few years. Despite some limitations, this analysis provides strong evidence for the existence of a protracted drug epidemic that requires both immediate and long-term interventions. The finding that the relatively recent increase in opioid-specific overdoses may be a particularly intense manifestation of a more persistent problem implies that a major feature of the government response to opioid-involved overdoses - restricting the supply of prescription painkillers - does little to stem the overall uptick in drug-related fatalities. The fact that the increase in overdose deaths has remained constant despite varying trends for specific drugs also suggests that factors often thought to drive the overdose epidemic, such as a rise in drug use or an overabundant drug supply, are not sufficient explanations. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University's Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/dc464f15/bi-brief-110118-drug-overdoseepidemic.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cocaine Shelf Number: 153877

Author: Uchida, Craig D. Title: The RASOR's Edge: Focused Deterrence in Cambridge, Everett, and Somerville Summary: The Smart Policing Initiative (SPI) is a national program funded by the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA). SPI is based on a combination of three components: evidence-based, data-driven, and problem oriented policing. For three Massachusetts police agencies -- Cambridge, Everett, and Somerville � this translated into a focused deterrence initiative. The purpose of focused deterrence is to discourage criminal behavior by maintaining direct communication and contact with chronic offenders. Law enforcement personnel engage these individuals to inform them about their negative impact on the community and then provide alternative approaches and innovative efforts to combat the social harm they cause. To further cultivate relationships with the offenders, social service agencies provide community resources to match the prevention efforts by law enforcement. However, if the offender fails to comply with the prevention efforts made on his or her behalf, law enforcement has the authority to administer punitive sanctions. Led by the Cambridge Police Department, the three agencies established RASOR (pronounced razor) - Regional Analytics for the Safety of Our Residents. Details: Cambridge, MA: Justice and Security Strategies, Inc., 2016. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://www.strategiesforpolicinginnovation.com/sites/default/files/JSS%20Cambridge%20SPI%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cambridge Police Department Shelf Number: 153875

Author: Crime and Justice Institute Title: Oklahoma's 2018 Criminal Justice Policy Solutions: Data-Driven Policies for Better Public Safety Summary: On April 26, 2018, Oklahoma Governor Mary Fallin (R) signed into law seven criminal justice measures that will reverse Oklahoma�s steep and unsustainable prison growth trends while enhancing public safety, reducing recidivism, and keeping families together. This data-driven policy package was the result of nearly two years of bipartisan policy development and advocacy driven by the Oklahoma Justice Reform Task Force. The effort was supported by the Justice Reinvestment Initiative, a partnership between Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice�s Bureau of Justice Assistance. The Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) provided technical assistance to the Task Force, including data analysis and policy development facilitation. This process resulted in a policy package projected to avert 67 percent of the anticipated growth in Oklahoma�s prison population over the next decade, avoiding the need for 4,800 additional prison beds. By changing course, Oklahoma will save over a billion dollars of spending on new prisons and instead invest in treatment and rehabilitation proven to reduce recidivism and protect public safety. Details: Boston, MA: Crime and Justice Institute, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2018/10/CJI_Oklahoma%E2%80%99_2018_Criminal-_Justice_Policy_Solutions_UPDATED-20181009.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 153869

Author: McNeeley, Susan M. Title: The Effect of Neighborhood Context on Recidivism: Differences Based on Gender, Race, and Post-Release Housing Type Summary: Several studies show that recidivism is influenced by the context of neighborhoods in which offenders live after leaving prison. However, the research on this topic is mixed, with many studies finding inconsistent or null neighborhood effects. This study attempts to address this inconsistency by examining whether neighborhoods affect recidivism differently based upon offenders' housing situation or personal characteristics (i.e., gender, race). The results of the multilevel logistic regression analyses show that neighborhood characteristics were significantly related to rearrest among minority offenders but not White offenders, and among offenders living in private residential housing but not those living in community-based facilities. These results help to explain the mixed findings in the literature and highlight the complexity of the relationship between neighborhood context and recidivism. Details: St. Paul, MN: Department of Corrections, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/EffectOfNeighborhoodContextOnRecidivism-FullReport_tcm1089-299794.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Neighborhood Characteristics Shelf Number: 153871

Author: Anderson, D. Mark Title: Child Access Prevention Laws and Juvenile Firearm-Related Homicides Summary: Debate over safe-storage gun regulations has captured public attention in the aftermath of several high-profile shootings committed by minors. Whether these laws actually decrease youth gun violence, however, is an unanswered question. Using data from the FBI's Supplementary Homicide Reports for the period 1985-2013, this study is the first to estimate the relationship between child access prevention (CAP) laws and firearm-related homicides committed by juveniles. Our results suggest that CAP laws are associated with a 19 percent reduction in juvenile firearm-related homicides. The estimated effect is stronger among whites than blacks and is driven by states enforcing the strictest safe -storage standard. We find no evidence that CAP laws are associated with firearm-related homicides committed by adults or with non-firearm-related homicides committed by juveniles, suggesting that the observed relationship between CAP laws and juvenile firearm-related homicides is causal. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11898.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Access Prevention Shelf Number: 153868

Author: Jetter, Michael Title: The Effect of Media Coverage on Mass Shootings Summary: Can media coverage of shooters encourage future mass shootings? We explore the link between the day-to-day prime time television news coverage of shootings on ABC World News Tonight and subsequent mass shootings in the US from January 1, 2013 to June 23, 2016. To circumvent latent endogeneity concerns, we employ an instrumental variable strategy: worldwide disaster deaths provide an exogenous variation that systematically crowds out shooting-related coverage. Our findings consistently suggest a positive and statistically significant effect of coverage on the number of subsequent shootings, lasting for 4-10 days. At its mean, news coverage is suggested to cause approximately three mass shootings in the following week, which would explain 55 percent of all mass shootings in our sample. Results are qualitatively consistent when using (i) additional keywords to capture shooting-related news coverage, (ii) alternative definitions of mass shootings, (iii) the number of injured or killed people as the dependent variable, and (iv) an alternative, longer data source for mass shootings from 2006-2016. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11900.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Contagion Hypothesis Shelf Number: 153866

Author: Levin, Brian Title: Hate Crimes Rise in the U.S. Cities and Counties in Time of Division and Foreign Interference Summary: Hate crimes reported to police in America�s ten largest cities rose 12.5 percent in 2017. The increase was the fourth consecutive annual rise in a row and the highest total in over a decade according to an analysis by the Center for the Study of Hate and Extremism at California State University, San Bernardino. In contrast to the increase in hate crime in the ten largest cities last year, crime in general dropped slightly across the nation in the first half of 2017, with preliminary FBI figures showing a 0.8 percent decrease in violent crime and a 2.9 percent decrease in property crime. The 2017 ten city total of 1,038 hate crimes also marked the first time in more than a decade that the combined number of official reports have exceeded one thousand. In a larger sample of over three dozen large local agencies, the study found a near identical increase of 12 percent last year. The five largest cities reported a more moderate rise of 8.2 percent because of declines in New York and Chicago - cities that posted double digit percentage increases the year before. Partial year 2018 data, available for only some jurisdictions including New York, Chicago, Seattle, and Nassau County, NY also show notable declines, while Washington DC is up. Of the larger sample of American cities surveyed, those reporting the highest number of hate crimes last year were: New York at 339, down two percent; Los Angeles, 254, up 10.8 percent; Phoenix, 230, up 33 percent; Washington, D.C., 179, up 67 percent and Boston with 140, down almost two percent. The cities reporting the lowest number of hate crimes were Miami with none and Honolulu with one. The cities with the highest per capita number of reports, often a sign of superior reporting practices and response include Eugene, OR; Cincinnati, OH, Washington, DC, and Boston, MA. Along with the usual variables possibly impacting intergroup relations such as demographic changes, underlying communal stressors and catalytic events was another previously unknown one that recently emerged. Russian operatives engaged in an orchestrated manipulation of social media which they ramped up late in 2016, the majority of which revolved around dividing the nation along racial lines. Examples of these web postings as well as data from New York 339 -2%; Philadelphia 40 +91%; Dallas 14 +27%; Houston 11 +38%; Chicago 61 -14%; San Antonio 4 -60%; Phoenix 230 +33%; San Jose 44 +133%; Los Angeles 254 +11%; San Diego 41 +17%; the relevant time period are presented later in this report. The ramp up of Russian web activity during the election cycle coincided with a dramatic spike in hate crimes nationally which corresponded to the worst fourth quarter in eight years and the worst November ever. The late year 2016 increases were so great that for some cities, like New York and Chicago, large year over year increases for the first three quarters of 2017 evaporated into declines once full year data was tabulated and compared with the previous year. Details: San Bernardino, CA: Center for the Study of Hate and Extremism, 2018. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://www.ochumanrelations.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/2018-Hate-Report-CSU-San-Bernardino.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 153860

Author: Cowger, Sela Title: Double Punishment: Philadelphia's Practice of Charging Parents for their Child's Incarceration Costs Summary: Justice Lab�s report on Philadelphia�s practice of charging parents for the costs of incarcerating their child was released in November 2016. The report was produced by a team of students who had begun their research in January of that year. The team has worked in collaboration with the Philadelphia Department of Human Services, the Kenney Administration, and the Pennsylvania Department of Human Services. A City Council hearing, sponsored by Councilman Kenyatta Johnson, was held on March 3, 2017. Justice Lab student Wes Stevenson and our client the Youth Sentencing and Reentry Project testified. That same day, the Philadelphia Department of Human Services announced that it would end the practice. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Justice Lab, 2016. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed at December 17, 2018 at: https://www2.law.temple.edu/csj/cms/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Double-Punishment.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Incarceration Shelf Number: 153858

Author: Joki, Paige Title: The Cost of Buying Freedom: Strategies for Cash Bail Reform and Eliminating Systemic Injustices Summary: Justice Lab students John Farrell, Paige Joki, and Adorah Nworah have authored The Cost of Buying Freedom: Strategies for Cash Bail Reform and Eliminating Systemic Injustice, on behalf of Redeemed PA, a community organization advocating for criminal justice reform. This report outlines the dangers of the cash bail system to Pennsylvania communities and justice systems, as well as the enormous burden it places on the state. It also lays out achievable methods of reform, including immediate steps that Philadelphia can take to end cash bail today. Working in conjunction with Redeemed PA, Justice Lab students researched Pennsylvania law, Philadelphia practices, comparative jurisdictions, and gathered community input to capture the failures of the cash bail system, the racial and economic inequality it perpetuates in Philadelphia, its failure to keep our communities safe, and the fact that Philadelphia can stop this practice today. Cash bail forces thousands of people into jails where they lose jobs, opportunity, and family support. Cash bail does not make our communities safer. Instead, it makes freedom available only to those who can buy it. More effective, less expensive alternatives are available. This report details how Philadelphia can act immediately to end cash bail, save taxpayer dollars, aid public safety, and move thousands of lives forward. Details: Philadelphia, PA: Justice Lab, Stephen and Sandra Sheller Center for Social Justice at Temple University Beasley School of Law, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://www2.law.temple.edu/csj/publication/cost-buying-freedom/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Reform Shelf Number: 153857

Author: Bielen, Samantha Title: Racial Bias and In-Group Bias in Judicial Decisions: Evidence from Virtual Reality Courtrooms Summary: We shot videos of criminal trials using 3D Virtual Reality (VR) technology, prosecuted by actual prosecutors and defended by actual defense attorneys in an actual courtroom. This is the first paper that utilizes VR technology in a non-computer animated setting, which allows us to replace white defendants in the courtroom with individuals who have Middle Eastern or North African descent in a real-life environment. We alter only the race of the defendants in these trials, holding all activity in the courtroom constant (http://proficient.ninja/splitscreen/). Law students, economics students and practicing lawyers are randomly assigned to watch with VR headsets, from the view point of the judge, the trials that differed only in defendants� skin color. Background information obtained from the evaluators allowed us to identify their cultural heritage. Evaluators made decisions on guilt/innocence in these burglary and assault cases, as well as prison sentence length and fine in accordance with the guidelines provided by the relevant law. There is suggestive evidence of negative in-group bias in conviction decisions where evaluators are harsher against defendants of their own race. There is, however, significant overall racial bias in conviction decisions against minorities. In the sentencing phase, we find in-group favoritism in prison times and fines, driven by white evaluators. This translates into overall racial bias against minority defendants in prison sentences and fines. We find only scant evidence that the concerns of the evaluators about terrorism, about immigration, or their trust in the judiciary or the police have an impact on their judicial decisions, suggesting that the source of the bias may be deep-rooted. Merging a small sample of judges and prosecutors with the sample of lawyers provides very similar results as those obtained from the analysis of lawyers. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25355?utm_campaign=ntwh&utm_medium=email&utm_source=ntwg23 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Conviction Decisions Shelf Number: 154041

Author: Attanasi, Giuseppe Title: Embezzlement and Guilt Aversion Summary: Psychological game theory can contribute to renew the analysis of unethical behavior by providing insights on the nature of the moral costs of dishonesty. We investigate the moral costs of embezzlement in situations where donors need intermediaries to transfer their donations to recipients and where donations can be embezzled before they reach the recipients. We design a novel three-player Embezzlement Mini-Game to study whether intermediaries in the laboratory suffer from guilt aversion and whether guilt aversion affects the decision to embezzle. We show that the proportion of guilt-averse intermediaries is the same irrespective of the direction of guilt and guilt aversion reduces embezzlement. Structural estimates indicate no difference in the effect of guilt aversion toward the donor and toward the recipient on intermediaries� behavior. This is striking as embezzlement affects the earnings of the recipient but not those of the donor. It shows that guilt aversion matters even when decisions have no direct monetary consequences. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 17, 2018 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp11956.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Dishonesty Shelf Number: 154040

Author: Advancement Project Title: Democracy Disappeared: How Florida Silences the Black Vote through Felony Disenfranchisement Summary: Democracy Disappeared: How Florida Silences the Black Vote through Felony Disenfranchisement provides an unprecedented analysis of Black neighborhoods and Florida�s historic problem of felony disenfranchisement. In a neighborhood-level analysis, this report published by Advancement Project's national office, shows that Florida�s formerly incarcerated residents overwhelmingly return to Black neighborhoods that have disparate levels of income, employment, education and child poverty compared to the rest of the state. The analysis shows a relationship between the number of Returning Citizens permanently disenfranchised under current Florida law and poor socio-economic conditions in a neighborhood. Through the stories of Returning Citizens and data, Democracy Disappeared shows how challenging circumstances are when people return home. It also maps how those neighborhoods are harmed by the state�s denial of voting rights to 1.6 million people with prior felony convictions. Details: Florida: Advancement Project, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://advancementproject.org/democracydisappeared/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Neighborhoods Shelf Number: 154033

Author: Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Title: K-12 School Security: A Guide for Preventing and Protecting Against Gun Violence Summary: The National Protection and Programs Directorate (NPPD) released the K-12 School Security: A Guide for Preventing and Protecting against Gun Violence (2nd ed., 2018) that provides preventive and protective measures to address the threat of gun violence in schools. The Guide is delivered in two parts: the first portion is a PDF with general security best practices and considerations in narrative format; while the second portion is a Microsoft Excel-based security survey. Together, these documents outline action-oriented security practices and options for consideration based on the results of the individual school�s responses to the survey. While the primary audience for the Guide is the K-12 community, institutions of higher education or pre-K schools may also benefit from the information presented. Details: Washington, DC, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/K12-School-Security-Guide-2nd-Edition-508.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Action-Oriented Security Practices Shelf Number: 154028

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Fact Sheet: Trends in U.S. Corrections Summary: The United States is the world's leader in incarceration with 2.2 million people currently in the nation's prisons or jails - a 500% increase over the last forty years. Changes in sentencing law and policy, not changes in crime rates, explain most of this increase. These trends have resulted in prison overcrowding and fiscal burdens on states to accommodate a rapidly expanding penal system, despite increasing evidence that large-scale incarceration is not an effective means of achieving public safety. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2013. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.cfgnh.org/Portals/0/Uploads/Documents/Articles/nh%20healthystart/inc_Trends_in_Corrections_Fact_sheet.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 154027

Author: Russo, Joe Title: Building a High-Quality Correctional Workforce: Identifying Challenges and Needs Summary: The U.S. corrections sector is a critical component of the criminal justice system, charged with managing offenders and defendants confined in prison or jails, as well as those released into the community on probation and parole. Correctional staff, both within institutions and in the community, must protect the public from individuals accused or convicted of crimes, some of whom are dangerous. However, staff must also prepare those under correctional control for successful, law-abiding lives in the community and support these individuals through the reentry process. The larger public safety mission, therefore, is accomplished not only by separating and monitoring these individuals but also through interpersonal contact, positive relationships, and support of the behavioral change process toward a crime-free life. It is thus critically important for the corrections sector to develop a high-quality workforce. This report presents the results of an expert panel discussion focused on identifying and prioritizing ways to address workforce concerns in the corrections sector. Panelists identified needs related to recruitment, selection, onboarding, retention, leadership development, and misconduct that, if addressed, would help to build a high-quality workforce. Details: Santa Monica, CA: Rand Corporation, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2386.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Officers Shelf Number: 154023

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Corrections' Contraband Effort is Sound; Cell Phone Penalties and Warden Consistency are Needed Summary: Florida compares favorably to other states in its efforts to control contraband in prisons, using narcotic canine teams, contraband sweeps, visitor and officer pat searches, and metal detectors at all prisons. While random drug tests show that Florida has a relatively low rate of inmate drug use, other types of contraband, notably cell phones, are a growing problem. Cell phones are considered to be contraband under Department of Corrections� policy due to their potential use by inmates to arrange escapes and orchestrate crime inside and outside prison. The Legislature may wish to revise the law so that persons that provide and use contraband cell phones can be prosecuted. The department�s ability to control contraband also would be enhanced by improving its computer system that tracks contraband incidents, providing additional training to prison employees, and developing a statewide policy to guide wardens in sanctioning visitors who bring contraband on prison property. Details: Tallahassee, FL: Florida Legislature, 2008. 8p Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/Summary.aspx?reportNum=08-20 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 154025

Author: Brinker, Stephanie Title: The Internist's Role in the Firearm Public Health Crisis Summary: Approximately 96 people are killed every day in the United States with a firearm. Firearm related death is the third leading cause of death for children and adolescents and the 13th leading overall cause of death. The majority of firearm deaths are suicides followed by homicides and unintentional injury. Firearm related death and injury cost an estimated 42 billion dollars per year in medical costs and lost wages. This presents a public health crisis and merits a physician response. Internists have a role in better understanding firearm violence through research, identifying patients at risk of firearm violence, counseling patients on firearm violence with a specific focus on reducing lethal means in suicide and providing patients with practical knowledge on firearm safety. Finally, internists have a potential role providing evidence-based information to inform public policy on firearms. Details: Texas: University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://utswmed-ir.tdl.org/handle/2152.5/4790?show=full Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Violence Shelf Number: 154024

Author: Yarmosky, Alena Title: The Impact of Early Representation: An Analysis of the San Francisco Public Defender's Pre-Trial Release Unit Summary: In October 2017, the San Francisco Public Defender�s Office piloted the Pre-Trial Release Unit (PRU) to enhance access to pre-arraignment legal representation for indigent arrestees. Using data provided by the Office, this study finds the pilot program doubled the likelihood of release at arraignment � from 14 percent to 28 percent � for arrestees who received arrest-responsive interventions from the PRU. The intervention is projected to save approximately 11,200 jail bed-days per year at an annual cost of approximately $335,000. Furthermore, the PRU�s efforts to advocate for the dismissal of parole holds reduced pre-trial incarceration by 44%, or an average of 9.5 days, among eligible parolees who were held in custody for violation of their parole orders. Details: California: California Policy Lab, 2018. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.capolicylab.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/Policy-Brief-Early-Representation-Alena-Yarmosky.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arrest-Response Intervention Shelf Number: 154023

Author: Mills, Linda Title: An In-Depth Examination of Batterer Intervention and Alternative Treatment Approaches for Domestic Violence Offenders Summary: The criminal justice system is the most important response to domestic violence (DV) in the United States (US). Every state currently criminalizes DV and most courts rely on Batterer Intervention Programs (BIPs) as their primary form of treatment to address this crime and minimize future incidents of violence among intimate partners and/or family members (Crockett et al., 2015). This study addresses one of the most significant developments in the system's response to DV - the 2,500 or so BIPs to which hundreds of thousands of convicted offenders are mandated to treatment each year by US judges (Boal & Mankowski, 2014). BIPs claim that their focus is on changing sexist attitudes and related behaviors and holding offenders accountable for their crimes. Rigorous studies of BIPs have shown high attrition rates (Aaron & Beaulaurier, 2017; Babcock, Green, & Robie, 2004; Price & Rosenbaum, 2009; Jewell & Wormith, 2010), little evidence of attitudinal and behavioral change (Gondolf, 2000; Jackson et al. 2003), and inconsistent contact with victims (Mills, Grauwiler, & Pezold, 2006; Price & Rosenbaum, 2009). Despite this growing acknowledgement and acceptance that BIPs are minimally effective, our study is the first to use a rigorous research design (a randomized controlled trial) complemented by an in-depth qualitative study in examining the effectiveness of an alternative treatment approach using restorative justice (RJ). In an attempt to address the shortcomings of BIP treatment programs, a number of states now allow alternative approaches, aside from the standard BIP, for DV crimes (Barocas, Emery, & Mills, 2016). These alternatives include restorative justice and conjoint or couples treatments. Some states require that these alternative programs be offered after a period of BIP treatment (e.g., Utah); other states allow these alternative options to be offered instead of BIP treatment (e.g., Arizona). This National Institute of Justice (NIJ)-funded study was designed to provide an in-depth examination of BIP and an alternative treatment approach using RJ for DV offenders. The study design provides an in-depth content analysis to complement a National Science Foundation (NSF)-funded randomized controlled trial (RCT) in Salt Lake City, Utah that uses an intention to treat method of analysis to determine which treatment program has the lowest arrest outcomes: a traditional BIP or a BIP plus RJ approach called Circles of Peace (CP). Utah requires a minimum of 16 weeks of treatment for domestic violence offenders mandated to treatment. BIP, a 16-week group-based treatment approach for offenders only, is largely didactic (as opposed to interactive) and focuses on changing sexist attitudes for the purpose of altering the behavior of offenders. BIP plus CP provides 12 weeks of offender-only group sessions (with RJ principles infused throughout), encouraging offenders to focus on behavioral and attitudinal change. Following the initial 12 group sessions, offenders participate in four weeks of individual circles with a willing victim or a victim advocate (if the victim does not want to participate), family members or other support people, and trained community volunteers. The NSF study is a two-part study; this NIJ study builds on Part II. Part I of the NSF study compared BIP only and BIP plus CP for all DV cases (intimate partner and family violence). Part II of the NSF study and the NIJ study focused on intimate partner violence cases only. Using a variety of data collection methods, this NIJ study offers critical findings that go beyond what the NSF quantitative study can provide (results from Part II of the NSF study are still pending). Interviews with offenders and victims over multiple points in time, video-recordings and observations of treatment sessions, and a case record review allowed the researchers to test emerging theories that BIP plus CP may be a viable alternative to treatment, while ensuring that safety concerns are addressed when using this approach. Details: NYC: New York University, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252265.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative Approaches Shelf Number: 154067

Author: Sloan, Carly Will Title: The Effect of Risk Assessment Scores on Judicial Behavior and Defendant Outcomes Summary: The use of risk assessment scores as a means of decreasing pretrial detention for low-risk, primarily poor defendants is increasing rapidly across the United States. Despite this, there is little evidence on how risk assessment scores alter criminal outcomes. Using administrative data from a large county in Texas, we estimate the effect of a risk assessment score policy on judge bond decisions, defendant pretrial detention, and pretrial recidivism. We identify effects by exploiting a large, sudden policy change using a regression discontinuity design. This approach effectively compares defendants booked just before and after the policy change. Results show that adopting a risk assessment score leads to increased release on non-financial bond and decreased pretrial detention. These results appear to be driven by poor defendants. We also find risk assessment scores did not increase violent pretrial recidivism, however there is some suggestive evidence of small increases in non-violent pretrial recidivism. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/iza/izadps/dp11948.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154069

Author: Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School Public Safety Commission Title: Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School Public Safety Commission Initial Report Summary: Commission Responsibilities and Scope of Report The MSDHSPSA specified a number of specific considerations and topics that the Commission should address in its initial report to the Governor, Speaker of the House and Senate President. The following is a summary of the tasks as assigned by law. - Produce a timeline of the incident, incident response and all relevant events preceding the incident. - Review interactions between the perpetrator and governmental entities such as schools, law enforcement agencies, courts and social service agencies. - Identify failures to adequately communicate or coordinate regarding indicators of risk or possible threats and whether failures contributed to an inability to prevent deaths and injuries - Analyze incident response by local law enforcement agencies and school resource officers, including a review of existing policies and procedures for active assailant incidents at Marjory Stoneman Douglas. - Evaluate whether the incident response complied with the existing policies and procedures and how those existing policies and procedures compare to national best practices. -Evaluate whether failures in the policies and procedures, or execution of them, contributed to an inability to prevent deaths and injuries. - Provide recommendations for improvements for law enforcement and school resource officer response. - Provide recommendation for a ratio of school resource officers per school by school type along with a methodology for determining ratio, which must include school location, student population and school design. - Provide recommendations for improving communication and coordination of agencies that have knowledge of indicators of risk or possible threats of mass violence. - Provide recommendations for effectively using available state/local tools and resources for enhancing communication and coordination related to indicators of risk or possible threats. During the Commission's first meeting on April 24, 2018, the requirements of the law were discussed and grouped into specific topic areas. The Commission voted on a list of topic areas to be included in the initial report. They are as follows: - History of K-12 active assailant events - Nikolas Cruz background and timeline - Marjory Stoneman Douglas physical structure and security - Active assailant response- Broward schools and school board - Active assailant response Broward sheriff's office on campus response - Active assailant response- law enforcement officer response by Broward Sheriff's Office, Coral Springs Police Department and incident command response. - Other topics: social media, Florida mental health system, baker act, privacy laws and threat assessment and management. During the course of the Commission's investigation and subsequent Commission meetings, other topics were addressed and these topic areas were slightly modified and reorganized as presented in this report. Because of the urgency of this issue, the Commission's initial report was completed within a relatively short time-frame in relation to the shooting at Marjory Stoneman Douglas. In many other similar incidents, such as Columbine High School and Sandy Hook Elementary shootings, post incident reports and evaluations were completed several years following the events. As a result, several ancillary investigations into the Marjory Stoneman Douglas massacre or parts of the incident were also in the process of being conducted at the same time the Commission was conducting its investigation. This Commission attempted to coordinate with the entities conducting the other investigations so as not to duplicate or interfere with the other investigations, but some of the final reports were not available to the Commission for the purposes of compiling this report. There were also several active legal cases regarding the incident, which impeded obtaining some relevant testimony, documents and other investigative materials. During the Commission's subsequent years, portions of this report may be amended to take into account new information not available at the time this report was prepared. Details: Florida: Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School Public Safety Commission, 2018. 407p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 18, 2018 at: http://www.fdle.state.fl.us/MSDHS/Meetings/2018/December-Meeting-Documents/Marjory-Stoneman-Douglas-High-School-Public-Draft1.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Shelf Number: 154071

Author: Schiraldi, Vincent Title: The Pennsylvania Community Corrections Story Summary: The sentencing of Philadelphia rap artist Meek Mill to imprisonment for probation violations committed a decade after his original offense has focused attention on probation and parole practices nationally and in Pennsylvania (NBC News 2017; Jay-Z 2017). Unfortunately, Pennsylvania serves as a good example of how high rates of probation and parole can go hand-in-hand with, and contribute to, high incarceration rates. Pennsylvania has the highest incarceration rate in the Northeast, coupled with the third highest percentage of its citizens on probation and parole in the country. According to the Council of State Governments Justice Center (2017), Pennsylvania�s incarceration rate increased by 16 percent from 2005 to 2014, compared to New York's and New Jersey's which have declined by 18 percent and 24 percent, respectively. While one out of every 53 adults is supervised by probation and parole nationally, in Pennsylvania, one out of every 34 adults is under community supervision, a rate 36 percent higher than the national average (Kaeble and Bonczar 2016). Only Georgia and Idaho have higher rates of community supervision than Pennsylvania. It is important to put these supervision rates into international context. As U.S. community supervision rates are five to ten times the rate of European countries (Phelps and Curry 2017), Pennsylvania supervises its citizens at one of the highest rates in the Western world. While Pennsylvania's rate of probation supervision is 19 percent higher than the national average (1,814 vs. 1,522 per 100,000 adults) (Kaeble and Bonczar 2016), its parole supervision rates truly stand out. Pennsylvania has both the highest number (112,351) and rate (1,109 per 100,000 adults) of parole supervision in the U.S. Pennsylvanians are more than three times as likely to be under parole supervision as are adults in the rest of the U.S. (the average rate for U.S. states is 350 per 100,000 adults, see figure 1). About as many people reside in Pennsylvania (12,784,227) as in the states of Alabama, Mississippi and South Carolina combined (12,813,145), yet there are more than five times as many people on parole in Pennsylvania as in those three deep South states (21,583 people were on parole in AL, MI and SC in 2015). Furthermore, while probation and parole populations are declining nationally, they are growing in Pennsylvania (Kaeble and Bonczar 2016). In 2015, community supervision in Pennsylvania grew by 5.3 percent adding 14,900 individuals to the 281,000 people already under supervision, for a total supervised population of 296,000, almost the population of the city of Pittsburgh (303,625). One out of every 22 adults in Philadelphia is under supervision, more than twice the national rate (PA Board of Probation and Parole 2015a; PA Board of Probation and Parole 2015b; US Census Bureau n.d.). The 5.3 percent growth of community supervision in Pennsylvania in 2015 represented the sixth fastest community supervision growth rate in the U.S that year. Meanwhile, the number of people on community supervision nationally declined by 77,200 (-1.5 percent) in 2015. Perhaps not surprisingly, a 2017 report by the Council of State Governments Justice Center found that nearly one-third of Pennsylvania's prison beds are occupied by people who have violated conditions of probation or parole, costing the state $420 million a year. While 28 percent of admissions to prison in the United States in 2014 were the result of a parole (or conditional release) violation, 45 percent of prison admissions in Pennsylvania were the result of parole violations. Details: New York City: Columbia University Justice Lab, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: http://justicelab.iserp.columbia.edu/img/PACommunityCorrections4.19.18finalv3.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 154022

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Growing Partisan Differences in Views of the FBI; Stark Divide over ICE Summary: A new survey of public attitudes toward federal agencies finds that partisan differences in views of the FBI have increased markedly over the past year. And Americans' opinions about Immigration and Customs Enforcement are deeply polarized: 72 percent of Republicans view ICE favorably, while an identical share of Democrats view it unfavorably. Republicans' views of FBI turn far less positive Overall public views of the FBI remain positive: 65 percent have a favorable opinion of the FBI, while 26 percent view it unfavorably. But since early 2017, the share of Republicans and Republican-leaning independents with a positive view of the bureau has fallen 16 percentage points, from 65 percent to 49 percent. Today, Republicans are divided in their views of the FBI (49 percent favorable, 44 percent unfavorable). In January 2017, shortly before President Donald Trump took office, positive views of the FBI among Republicans outnumbered negative opinions by about three-to-one (65 percent to 21 percent). Democrats� views of the FBI have changed little over this period: 77 percent of Democrats and Democratic leaners view the agency favorably, compared with 76 percent early last year. Public views several federal agencies favorably; opinions of ICE are divided. The national survey by Pew Research Center, conducted July 11-15 among 1,007 adults, finds that six-in-ten or more view several federal agencies favorably: the National Park Service (83 percent favorable), the Census Bureau (69 percent), the FBI (65 percent), the CIA (61 percent) and the Department of Health and Human Services (60 percent). However, views of ICE are evenly divided. About as many Americans view Immigration and Customs Enforcement favorably (44 percent) as unfavorably (47 percent). Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2018 at: http://www.people-press.org/2018/07/24/growing-partisan-differences-in-views-of-the-fbi-stark-divide-over-ice/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Democrats Shelf Number: 154072

Author: McKee, Erin Title: Crimmigration in Oregon: Protecting the Rights of Noncitizen Defendants Summary: Several studies show that immigrants in the United States commit crimes at lower rates than native-born citizens and rates of violent crime in metropolitan areas fall as the immigrant population rises. Despite this, the specter of the "criminal alien" continues to haunt the popular imagination, aided by lurid media coverage highlighting the few cases of serious or violent crimes committed by immigrants. The Trump administration has greatly expanded the groups of people targeted for removal from the U.S., while severely limiting legal immigration. Enforcement actions are taking place against a broad group of noncitizens, including those who have committed only minor crimes or even no crimes at all. WHAT IS CRIMMIGRATION? Crimmigration broadly refers to the criminalization of migration, increased immigration detention and use of private prisons, the prison-to-deportation pipeline, and a deportation process described by one immigration judge as "what amount to death penalty cases heard in traffic court settings." Viewed narrowly, crimmigration refers to the immediate and long-term immigration consequences of criminal convictions. WHAT CAN OREGON DO TO PROTECT NONCITIZEN OREGONIANS AND THEIR FAMILIES? Crimmigration Report Infographic What Oregon Legislators Can Do.jpg We have developed a report as a resource for legislators and others that provides analysis of the legal steps that can be taken that will help to protect noncitizen Oregonians and their families. Click here to read the report. Legislators can: 1. Create Pre-Plea Diversion. Allow qualified defendants to enter pre-trial diversion or deferred adjudication without a guilty or no-contest plea. 2. Allow prior convictions to fit current law. Oregon has already reduced maximum sentences for Class A misdemeanors from 365 days to 364 and should allow this to apply retroactively. 3. Define the prosecutor's duty. Require prosecutors to consider avoiding adverse immigration consequences in plea negotiations. 4. Improve the effectiveness of the court's admonishment. Warn every defendant much earlier in the legal process that if they are a noncitizen that a conviction may have serious immigration consequences so they have time to seek appropriate help. 5. Prohibit disclosure of immigration status in court. No one should be forced to disclose their immigration status in court because it creates unnecessary risk of immigration enforcement and discrimination. 6. Define defense counsel's duty. Require defense counsel to ensure clients understand potential outcomes of their cases and the immigration consequences so they can make the best decisions for themselves and their families. 7. Expand post-conviction relief. Allow defendants to apply for relief within a reasonable period of discovering they received bad advice about the immigration consequences of a plea or conviction. Oregon can also: Crimmigration Report Infographic What Else Oregon Can Do.jpg 1. Uphold the "sanctuary state" law. State and local employees should be reminded of their duty to uphold the law by not using public resources to detect or apprehend people whose only violation is being present in the U.S. contrary to federal immigration law and should receive training about this. Law enforcement leaders and prosecutors should investigate violations of the "sanctuary state" law and prosecute offenders for official misconduct. Information about violations and training employees have received should be public. 2. End "broken windows" policing targeting low-level offenders. Stop bringing people to the courts for minor offenses where they become vulnerable to aggressive ICE enforcement. 3. Limit information sharing. Law enforcement agencies, prosecutors' offices, probation offices, and others should create policies that make it clear to staff where contacting ICE would go beyond the scope of their duties and punish violations. 4. End local jail contracts with ICE. Oregon�s jails should immediately stop contracting with ICE to detain noncitizens so that counties no longer profit from deportation. Details: Portland, Oregon: Oregon Justice Resource Center, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: January 9, 2019 at: https://ojrc.info/crimmigration-in-oregon/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Policing Shelf Number: 154021

Author: Bloom, Robert M. Title: What Jurors Should Know about Informants: The Need for Expert Testimony Summary: With the advent of DNA exonerations, the data would indicate that many individuals have been wrongly convicted. In looking at the causes of the exonerations, nearly 20 percent have involved testimony by accomplices and jailhouse informants. The questionable credibility of these individuals has long been recognized by courts and legislatures. Reforms in this area include, enhanced jury instructions, pre-trial credibility hearings, and corroboration before the testimony can be introduced. This article argues the efficacy of expert testimony to further assist jurors in measuring the credibility of these witnesses. Although the use of experts has largely been disfavored by courts, there has been a gradual movement to use experts for eyewitness identifications, the major cause of exonerations. The article proposes a similar movement for informant testimony. Details: Boston, MA: Boston College Law School, 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3288636 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: DNA Exonerations Shelf Number: 154059

Author: Brown Jr., Sammy L. Title: A Badge of Slavery: How Private Prisons are Unconstitutional Under the Thirteenth Amendment Summary: This paper argues that prisoners held in private penal institutions may successfully challenge the constitutionality of private prisons under the Thirteenth Amendment. To prove a Thirteenth Amendment claim against private prisons, a plaintiff must first demonstrate that: 1) private prisons are not included in the crime exception and 2) that private prisons are equivalent to slavery, involuntary servitude or a �badge of slavery.� Furthermore, this paper promotes a two-part test, which seeks to aid potential plaintiffs and courts in articulating what constitutes a �badge of slavery.� The �Badge of Slavery� test analyzes whether: 1) The controlling party had extensive control over the subjected party; and 2) whether the subjected party profits from that control. Lastly, this paper puts forth a hypothetical to further demonstrate how the badge of slavery test can be used to illustrate the unconstitutionality of private prisons. Details: Oxford, Mississippi: University of Mississippi School of Law, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3253206 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Badge of Slavery Shelf Number: 154054

Author: Hartnack, Julie Worthington Title: Colorado Department of Corrections Reentry Systems Mapping Project: Policy Landscape Summary Summary: This policy landscape summary report, conducted under the Colorado Department of Corrections (CDOC) Reentry Systems Mapping project, provides an overview of policies in Colorado that shape adult reentry services and how those policies are implemented across the network of service providers. The report describes the landscape of reentry services as they exist today, including those services that were enhanced under recent legislative reforms, as well as the services that existed prior to those reforms. The second phase of the Colorado Reentry Systems Mapping project will include a descriptive analysis that builds on this policy landscape by presenting patterns in reentry service delivery across the state. Together, the two phases of the Colorado Reentry Systems Mapping project will provide CDOC with documentation on current reentry services as they plan for future program changes and improvements. Details: Denver, CO: Colorado Evaluation and Action Lab at the University of Denver, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: https://www.mathematica-mpr.com/our-publications-and-findings/publications/colorado-department-of-corrections-reentry-systems-mapping-project-policy-landscape-summary Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Reentry Services Shelf Number: 154053

Author: Resource Development Associates Title: City of Oxnard CalGRIP Final Local Evaluation Report Summary: Executive Summary Project Purpose The Triple R Project is a community-based gang prevention and intervention program that dedicates collective community resources to services that embrace the City of Oxnard�s gang-involved, gang-exposed, and gang-affiliated youth ages 15-24 and their families. Rooted in evidence-based and promising practices in youth development and violence prevention, the Triple R project was funded through a three year California Gang Reduction, Intervention, and Prevention (CalGRIP) Program grant (2015-2017) for $439,700 per year or $1.3M total. The grant was managed by the City of Oxnard Office of Youth Safety (OYS) in partnership with a contracted community-based partner, Interface Children and Family Services (ICFS). Triple R- which stands for Recover, Repair, Restore - aims to restore hope and create a safe and respectful environment for youth at risk of initial or recurring gang involvement. Through the implementation of case management, Moral Reconation Therapy (MRT), healing circles, and trainings with appropriate community-based providers, the project focuses on achieving individual behavioral changes and increasing the community's awareness of trauma-informed care. Thus, the anticipated results of the project are a personal transformation of the youth served rather than a citywide reduction in crime. Local Need for This Project City of Oxnard Police sources estimate that there are approximately 2,400 gang members in Oxnard. According to the Ventura County Juvenile Justice Plan, published in April of 2017, there is a continued need for supportive services and resources for families and gang involved youth throughout Ventura County. Given that the Triple R Project focuses on cultivating pro-social behavior and creating access to supportive services for youth and their families, this program is meeting a current need as identified by community members. The Triple R Project builds on the city's past successes and lessons learned in addressing gang violence by providing a trauma-informed, evidence-based, and culturally responsive approach to personal transformation to meet youth where they are. The Triple R Project targets gang-involved, gang-affiliated, and gang-exposed youth and young adults ages 15-24 and their families. Rather than try to reach young people who are perceived to be "at-risk," the Triple R Project casts a wide net among partner agencies, schools, and other programs to identify individuals who are "at-promise" - in other words, those who are motivated to make positive changes in their lives, and who express a commitment to embark upon a journey of transformation. "At-promise" youth can also be defined as resilient youth. Resilient youth possess positive motivating traits, such as a positive self-regard, high self-esteem, optimism, motivation, and an internal locus of control. Additionally, resilient youth are found to have a greater opportunity for success when the number or quality of protective factors increase and the number of risk factors decrease. Details: Oakland, CA: 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 9, 2019 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Oxnard%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: California Gang Reduction Shelf Number: 154052

Author: Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force Title: Governor's Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force Report. Building a Comprehensive State Response Summary: Human trafficking is a form of modern day slavery where people profit from the control and exploitation of others. It is a pervasive crime that touches every region of the state with its destructive acts of injustice, devastating the lives of those impacted in Ohio's cities, suburbs and rural communities. To respond, Ohio Governor John R. Kasich launched a state-level anti-human trafficking response that has resulted in the coordinated and proactive measures that exist in Ohio today. In 2012, Governor Kasich signed Executive Order 2012-06K creating the Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force. In doing so, he charged state agencies to coordinate a state-level response to implement informed, strategic and effective policies addressing both the gaps and opportunities within Ohio's systems to identify and serve victims of human trafficking. Since 2012, the U.S. Department of State's 3P framework to prevent trafficking, protect victims and prosecute offenders has guided Ohio's strategy to build a foundation for a comprehensive response model. The Task Force has implemented policies to support the sustainability of Ohio's anti-trafficking initiatives and programs, supported local partnerships by providing continued training and technical support, and obtained federal dollars to implement anti-trafficking projects in Ohio. The following report outlines the 2017-2018 Task Force priorities and the steps the state has taken to accomplish them. Details: Ohio: Human Trafficking Task Force, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2019 at: https://humantrafficking.ohio.gov/OhioHumanTraffickingTaskForceReport0119.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 154097

Author: Rorie, Melissa L. Title: Regulation of the Gaming Industry Across Time and Place Summary: Gambling has proliferated in America since the late 1970s, when only two U.S. jurisdictions had legalized casino gaming and only a few states had lotteries. Today, 48 of the 50 states have legalized gaming in some form; only Hawaii and Utah continue to completely prohibit it. Furthermore, in addition to casinos and lotteries, there are many new forms of gambling available (e.g., esports, electronic games such as keno or slots, online poker) that continue to challenge those responsible for ensuring gambling helps the public more than it harms the public. Yet, very little research exists that illuminates how regulatory agencies respond to violations by gaming licensees. In this brief, I examine how the state and its agents manage balancing the social benefits and social costs associated with gaming legalization. Specifically, the current research uses the gambling industries in Las Vegas, NV and Atlantic City, NJ and explores how gaming regulators help legitimize the industry (to reap the economic benefits of consumption) while also ensuring that consumers and their citizens are protected. I begin with an overview of the costs/benefits involved with gambling legalization as well as the industry characteristics of Las Vegas and Atlantic City. I then explain the methods used to examine regulatory responses to violations by gaming licensees in both jurisdictions, followed by the results of the research study. The research brief concludes with a discussion of the broader implications of the research for regulatory agencies, other stakeholders, and other researchers interested in the study of gambling regulation. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/Gaming-Regulation-final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Atlantic City Shelf Number: 154127

Author: Public Performance Partners, Inc. Title: Montgomery County Bail Practices Review Summary: Summary Reading the evolving news of lawsuits and consent decrees related to bail practices in other jurisdictions, the Montgomery County Commission recognized the need to better understand bail practices in their own county, what risks the county and its courts were exposed to, and what they could do to get ahead of the curve on this important constitutional imperative. Led by Commissioner Dan Foley, the county assembled a bail review committee of diverse stakeholders across the court system, and engaged Public Performance Partners (P3) to analyze county court data, research best practices, document current practices by interviewing each municipal court in the county, and to lead and document discussions with the committee. P3 also hosted Cleveland Municipal Court Administrative & Presiding Judge Ronald Adrine and facilitated a site visit to Lucas County, Ohio to hear first-hand from bail reform leaders across the state. Like most county court systems, Montgomery County had recently consolidated disparate bail schedules in use throughout the county's municipal courts. The common pleas court also operates a pretrial services department, whereby approximately 27 percent of the county's pretrial population (felony and violent misdemeanors only) were interviewed and assessed with the ORAS-PT tool, for the development of a bond recommendation, leaving over 70 percent of the county pretrial population without a risk assessment or recommendation. When P3 interviewed municipal and common pleas judges throughout the county, we found the courts generally felt their bail schedules and related practices were effective in protecting the public safety and ensuring appearance, while protecting the constitutional rights of the accused. P3 discovered a different narrative occurring in the data. P3 analyzed case records with associated jail data going back more than three and a half years to the beginning of 2014, and found that more than one in three court cases would experience at least one failure to appear and 27 percent would experience recidivism while out on bail. The numbers were even worse for the municipal courts, which had no formal pretrial bond recommendation support outside of those accused of violent misdemeanors. Further, the county was detaining 220 pretrial defendants in the jail due to inability to pay; almost 25 percent of its capacity just months prior to implementation of the T-CAP program, which will likely return upwards of 250+ Felony 5 offenders to Montgomery County Jail. Facing similar issues, but with the added complication of a federal consent decree governing their jail population, Lucas County officials recognized the need to expand their common pleas pretrial services� mandate to provide bond recommendations for all defendants of all municipal courts as a regional shared service, using a validated risk assessment tool and a preference for release on recognizance or with supervision. Just a year into their reform of bail practices, Lucas County had cut failure to appear by a third and recidivism in half, while significantly reducing pretrial jail days. Considering our data analysis, and emerging trends and best practices across the state and the country, P3 advised the commission to fund the expansion of the common pleas court�s pretrial services division to the entire felony and misdemeanor pretrial population across all county municipal courts. To achieve the kind of success Lucas County had already experienced, P3 recommended the formation of a Council of Government (CoG) structure that would allow all participating courts and pretrial officials a vote on the governance, and a method of funding a consolidated pretrial services team as a regional shared service. P3 also recommended moving away from the interview-based ORAS-PT risk assessment tool, in favor of a more statistically validated risk assessment tool with the potential for automation that would efficiently scale the expansion of risk assessments and bond recommendations. Details: Montgomery County, OH: Public Performance Partners, Inc., 2018. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 10, 2019 at: http://www.publicperformancepartners.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/Montgomery-County-Bail-Practices-Review-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154124

Author: Love, Margaret Title: Reducing Barriers to Reintegration: Fair Chance and Expungement Reforms in 2018 Summary: Executive Summary In 2018, 30 states and the District of Columbia produced 56 separate laws aimed at reducing barriers faced by people with criminal records in the workplace, at the ballot box, and elsewhere. Many of these new laws enacted more than one type of reform. This prolific legislative "fair chance" track record, the high point of a sixyear trend, reflects the lively on-going national conversation about how best to promote rehabilitation and reintegration of people with a criminal record. As in past years, approaches to restoring rights varied widely from state to state, both with respect to the type of relief, as well as the specifics of who is eligible, how relief is delivered, and the effect of relief. Despite a growing consensus about the need for policy change to alleviate collateral consequences, little empirical research has been done to establish best practices, or what works best to promote reintegration. The most promising legislative development recognizes the key role occupational licensing plays in the process of reintegration, and it was this area that showed the greatest uniformity of approach. Of the 14 states that enacted laws regulating licensing in 2018, nine (added to 4 in 2017) adopted a similar comprehensive framework to improve access to occupational licenses for people with a criminal record, limiting the kinds of records that may be considered, establishing clear criteria for administrative decisions, and making agency procedures more transparent and accountable. The most consequential single new law was a Florida ballot initiative to restore the franchise to 1.5 million people with a felony conviction, which captured headlines across the country when it passed with nearly 65 percent of voters in favor. Voting rights were also restored for parolees, by statute in Louisiana and by executive order in New York. The largest number of new laws - 27 statutes in 19 states - expanded access to sealing or expungement, by extending eligibility to additional categories of offenses and persons, by reducing waiting periods, or by simplifying procedures. A significant number of states addressed record clearing for non-conviction records (including diversions), for marijuana or other decriminalized offenses, for juveniles, and for human trafficking victims. For the first time, the disadvantages of a separate petition-based relief system were incorporated into legislative discussions. Four states established automated or systemic record-sealing mechanisms aimed at eliminating a "second chance gap" which occurs when a separate civil action must be filed. Pennsylvania's "clean slate" law is the most ambitious experiment in automation to date. Other states sought to incorporate relief directly into the criminal case, avoiding the Pennsylvania law's technological challenges. Three additional states acted to prohibit public employers from inquiring about criminal history during the initial stages of the hiring process, Washington by statute, and Michigan and Kansas by executive order. Washington extended the prohibition to private employers as well. A total of 33 states and the District of Columbia now have so-called "ban-the-box" laws, and 11 states extend the ban to private employers. Four states expanded eligibility for judicial certificates of relief. Colorado's "order of collateral relief" is now the most extensive certificate law in the nation, available for almost all crimes as early as sentencing, and effective to bar consideration of conviction in public employment and licensing. Arizona, California, and North Carolina made more modest changes to facilitate access to this judicial "forgiving" relief. The District of Columbia established a clemency board to recommend to the President applications for pardon and commutation by D.C. Code offenders. Governors in California and New York used their pardon power to spare dozens of non-citizens from deportation, and California also streamlined its pardon process and made it more transparent. Moving in the other direction, Nebraska authorized sealing of pardoned convictions, and Maine made both pardon applications and pardon grants confidential. The legal landscape at the end of 2018 suggests that states are experimenting with a more nuanced blending of philosophical approaches to dealing with the collateral consequences of arrest and conviction. These approaches include forgiving people's past crimes (through pardon or judicial dispensation), forgetting them (through record-sealing or expungement), or forgoing creating a record in the first place (through diversionary dispositions). While sealing and expungement remain the most popular forms of remedy, there seems to be both popular and institutional resistance to limiting what the public may see respecting the record of serious offenses, and a growing preference for more transparent restoration mechanisms that limit what the public may do with such a record, along with standards to guide administrative decisionmaking. Details: New York, NY: Collateral Consequences Resource Center, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: http://ccresourcecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Fair-chance-and-expungement-reforms-in-2018-CCRC-Jan-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 154132

Author: Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. Title: Maine Human Trafficking Needs Assessment Summary: Purpose of This Report "Prevalence" is simply the proportion of a population who have a specific characteristic in a given time period. Assessing the prevalence of a community problem and the needs of people who have experienced that problem is challenging when the problem itself is hidden, its definition is subject to interpretation and its treatment touches multiple service systems. That is the challenge encountered with human trafficking. Whether labor or sex trafficking, victims are unlikely to identify themselves, and generally do so only when they encounter problems with law enforcement or are accessing services. Even then, many do not recognize that they are victims or fear the reprisals that may result from admitting victimization. On the other hand, law enforcement and service providers have varying definitions and protocols for using the label "victim," and those definitions often become blurred across the multiple interactions with the person accessing services and the person who is controlling, coercing or manipulating his or her actions. Concerned citizens in Maine are attempting to determine the extent to which human trafficking does exist and the extent to which the available services are meeting the needs posed by this specific population. This report discusses the challenges associated with measuring the prevalence of human trafficking, which overlaps with the complication of defining and identifying victims and perpetrators. The report also provides examples of how Maine could estimate rates of commercial sexual activity and exploitation to provide a more accurate picture of prevalence. Identifying prevalence informs program development and planning, and ensures that providers will be more likely to reduce future exploitation. Therefore, the report also synthesizes the current service landscape in Maine, outlining what is available to meet victims' needs, and what is missing. The work will ultimately better equip providers with the information and resources needed to support potential and known victims. In January 2015, Hornby Zeller Associates, Inc. (HZA) received a contract from the Maine Coalition Against Sexual Assault (MECASA) to conduct a needs assessment with the following objectives: 1. To provide a snapshot of the prevalence of trafficking and exploitation across diverse geographic and issue-related areas of the state, as determined by law enforcement and direct service providers working with impacted and at-risk populations. 2. To determine the impact of trafficking exploitation on State systems as well as the effect on citizens and families. 3. To determine strengths and gaps in capacity of Maine's service providers and law enforcement agencies to respond to trafficking and exploitation. 4. To recommend action steps to highlight strengths and address needs in the coming years. Following the Methodology this report consists of the following sections: Understanding Human Trafficking, Maine's Human Trafficking Landscape, Prevalence of Sex Trafficking in Maine, Maine's Response to Human Trafficking, Service Gaps and Needs, and Recommendations. Details: South Portland, Maine: 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: http://www.mainesten.org/uploads/4/4/3/6/44365787/hza_me_htna_final_for_print_01062015.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Sex Shelf Number: 154122

Author: Leete, Travis Title: Overview of Pretrial Services and Bail in Texas Summary: PRETRIAL SERVICES & BAIL OVERVIEW Distinguishable from bail or bond, �pretrial services� is a term used to describe a larger process that may encompass assessments of arrestees, recommendations regarding release in light of such assessments, and supervision of individuals released on bond. Undergirding pretrial services in the United States are six well established legal principles, including: (1) the presumption of innocence, (2) the right to counsel, (3) the right against self-incrimination, (4) the right to due process of law, (5) the right to equal protection under the law, and (5) the right against bail that is excessive. Still, today there is little uniformity with respect to how each of Texas� 254 counties administers or governs pretrial services within its jurisdiction and the statutory landscape is sparse and provides little direction. Counties choosing to provide pretrial services may develop and implement their own programs within certain guidelines set forth in statute. The fundamental precept �innocent until proven guilty� is a hallmark of justice in the United States, and it is a principal value that correlates to the right against excessive bail. With very few exceptions, until a person is convicted and properly sentenced, he or she cannot be imprisoned for an extended period of time. Bail reflects this ideal insofar as it provides a mechanism through which a person may be released from custody, while simultaneously providing assurance that he or she will return to court when required. So important is the right against excessive bail that it is enumerated in the Eight Amendment of the United States Constitution, which reads: �Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted." Pragmatically speaking, bail also serves an important function by helping to keep county jail populations at bay. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Criminal Justice Coalition, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://www.texascjc.org/system/files/publications/Overview%20of%20Pretrial%20Services%20Bail%20in%20TX%20%28Mar%202012%29.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154121

Author: Austin, James Title: Florida Multi-County Pretrial Risk Assessment Study Summary: Background Evidence-based practices requires the use of validated criteria to assess the risks that pretrial defendants pose of being rearrested on new charges while their cases are pending and of failing to appear (FTA) in court. Florida Statute 903.046 (2) lists the criteria that judicial officers are to take into consideration in making pretrial release decisions. Those criteria include: the nature and circumstances of the offense; the weight of the evidence; the defendant's family ties, length of time in the community; employment history; financial resources; mental conditions; prior criminal history; prior history of appearance in court; current status on pretrial release, probation, and parole; and the "nature and probability of danger which the defendant's release poses to the community." The statute does not provide any guidance on what weight to assign each of these criterion in assessing a defendant's risk of danger to the community and nonappearance in court. But research has clearly demonstrated that it is possible to sort defendants into categories that accurately reflect the risks they pose to the safety of the community and to appearance in court. During 2011, six Florida counties participated in a project to develop a multi-county pretrial risk assessment instrument. The six counties are: Alachua, Manatee, Osceola, Palm Beach, Pinellas, and Volusia. The purpose of the instrument is to support pretrial decision making as outlined in state statute. Details: Gaithersburg, MD: Pretrial Justice Institute, 2012. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://university.pretrial.org/viewdocument/florida-multi-county Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 154120

Author: Pattison, Deborah Title: Safeguarding Against Fraud, Waste, and Abuse: Whistleblower Protections and Tips Hotlines in Special-Purpose and Local Governments Summary: Savvy and opportunistic fraudsters increasingly target smaller governmental organizations. Insufficient transparency and disjointed accountability over controls nurture the hidden nature of occupational fraud and allow wrongdoing to escalate during decades of routine operations. Criminal sentencings confirm local government and education officials misusing their positions and placing their own interests above those of their communities. Both primary case studies - a municipal crime in the City of Dixon, Illinois and corruption inside Roslyn, New York's Union Free School District - illustrate how embezzling more than $65 million remained undetected over thirty years until tip disclosure. The extension of unmerited trust created insufficient segregation of duties among employees and low monitoring left public resources vulnerable to fraud, waste, abuse, and corruption. The project holds ternary importance for risk management since one-third of small entities experience fraud, traditional external auditing identifies fraud in less than five percent of instances, and receiving anonymous tips through reporting hotlines improves detection by up to 20% and reduces losses (ACFE, 2016). The project examined stakeholder speak-up strategies including whistleblower protections and tips hotline (WP&TH) initiatives to understand how organizational context, willful blindness, information access, and citizen engagement affect local government�s focus on fraud detection and remediation. Case studies show WP&TH initiatives to be financially and operationally superior in identifying risk and promoting transparency in small local governments. Third-party, 24/7 call centers and anonymous, two-way dialog web/text are underutilized tools for recognizing fraud precursors and stopping them before they aggregate, escalate, or become institutional norm. Details: New York, NY: Utica College, 2017. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://pqdtopen.proquest.com/doc/1985001622.html?FMT=ABS Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse of Authority Shelf Number: 154134

Author: Drug Policy Alliance Title: An Overdose Death is Not a Murder: Why Drug-Induced Homicide Laws are Counterproductive and Inhumane Summary: The country is in the middle of a tragic increase in drug overdose deaths. Countless lives have been lost - each one leaving an irreparable rift in the hearts and lives of their families and friends. These tragedies are best honored by implementing evidence-based solutions that help individuals, families, and communities heal and that prevent additional avoidable deaths. This report examines one strategy that the evidence suggests is intensifying, rather than helping, the problem and calls for leaders to turn towards proven measures to address the increasing rates of overdose deaths. In the 1980s, at the height of the draconian war on drugs, the federal government and a host of states passed "drug-induced homicide" laws intended to punish people who sold drugs that led to accidental overdose deaths with sentences equivalent to those for manslaughter and murder. For the first 15-20 years, these laws were rarely used by police or prosecutors, but steadily increasing rates of drug overdose deaths across the country have led the law enforcement community to revive them. Currently, 20 states - Delaware, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New Hampshire, New Jersey, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming - have drug-induced homicide laws on the books. A number of other states, while without specific drug-induced homicide statutes, still charge the offense of drug delivery resulting in death under various felony-murder, depraved heart, or involuntary or voluntary manslaughter laws. These laws and prosecutions have proliferated despite the absence of any evidence of their effectiveness in reducing drug use or sales or preventing overdose deaths. In fact, as this report illustrates, these efforts exacerbate the very problem they seek to remediate by discouraging people who use drugs from seeking help and assistance. Although data are unavailable on the number of people being prosecuted under these laws, media mentions of drug-induced homicide prosecutions have increased substantially over the last six years. In 2011, there were 363 news articles about individuals being charged with or prosecuted for drug-induced homicide, increasing over 300 percent to 1,178 in 2016. Based on press mentions, use of drug-induced homicide laws varies widely from state to state. Since 2011, midwestern states Wisconsin, Ohio, Illinois, and Minnesota have been the most aggressive in prosecuting drug-induced homicides, with northeastern states Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and New York and southern states Louisiana, North Carolina, and Tennessee rapidly expanding their use of these laws. Further signaling a return to failed drug war tactics, in 2017 alone, elected officials in at least 13 states - Connecticut, Idaho, Illinois, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia - introduced bills to create new drug-induced homicide offenses or strengthen existing drug-induced homicide laws. Prosecutors and legislators who champion renewed drug-induced homicide enforcement couch the use of this punitive measure, either naively or disingenuously, as necessary to curb increasing rates of drug overdose deaths. But there is not a shred of evidence that these laws are effective at reducing overdose fatalities. In fact, death tolls continue to climb across the country, even in the states and counties most aggressively prosecuting drug-induced homicide cases. As just one example, despite ten full-time police officers investigating 53 potential drug-induced homicide cases in Hamilton County, Ohio in 2015, the county still recorded 100 more opioid-related overdose deaths in 2016 than in 2015. This should be unsurprising. Though the stated rationale of prosecutors and legislators throughout the country is that harsh penalties like those associated with drug-induced homicide laws will deter drug selling, and, as a result, will reduce drug use and related harms like overdose, we have heard this story before. Drug war proponents have been repeating the deterrence mantra for over 40 years, and yet drugs are cheaper, stronger, and more widely available than at any other time in US history. Supply follows demand, so the supply chain for illegal substances is not eliminated because a single seller is incarcerated, whether for drug-induced homicide or otherwise. Rather, the only effect of imprisoning a drug seller is to open the market for another one. Research consistently shows that neither increased arrests nor increased severity of criminal punishment for drug law violations results in less use (demand) or sales (supply). In other words, punitive sentences for drug offenses have no deterrent effect. Unfortunately, the only behavior that is deterred by drug-induced homicide prosecutions is the seeking of life-saving medical assistance. Increasing, and wholly preventable, overdose fatalities are an expected by-product of drug-induced homicide law enforcement. The most common reason people cite for not calling 911 in the event of an overdose is fear of police involvement. Recognizing this barrier, 40 states and the District of Columbia have passed "911 Good Samaritan" laws, which provide, in varying degrees, limited criminal immunity for drug-related offenses for those who seek medical assistance for an overdose victim. This public health approach to problematic drug use, however, is rendered useless by enforcement of drug-induced homicide laws. People positioned to save lives are unlikely to call 911 if they fear being charged with murder or manslaughter. Jennifer Marie Johnson called 911 when her husband overdosed after she gave him methadone; she is currently serving six years in Minnesota prison for drug-induced homicide. Erik Scott Brown received an enhanced sentence of 23 years in federal prison partly because he failed to call 911 after a friend, whom he had supplied with one tenth of a gram of heroin, fatally overdosed. According to his testimony, the reason he did not call 911 was because drugs were present at the scene. Prosecutors - by their own admissions - want to make "examples" of these types of cases. But elevating punishments for drug-induced homicide charges has a chilling effect on seeking medical assistance and, as a result, leads to more, not fewer, avoidable overdose fatalities. This is especially true when police and prosecutors widely abuse their discretion in investigating and prosecuting drug-induced homicide cases. The vast majority of charges are sought against those in the best positions to seek medical assistance for overdose victims - family, friends, acquaintances, and people who sell small amounts of drugs, often to support their own drug addiction. Despite police and prosecutor promises to go after upper echelon drug manufacturers and distributors, that rarely happens. Out of the 32 drug-induced homicide prosecutions identified by the New Jersey Law Journal in the early 2000s, 25 involved prosecution of friends of the decedent who did not sell drugs in any significant manner. After analyzing the 100 most recent cases of drug-induced homicide in southeastern Wisconsin (as of February 2017), Wisconsin's Fox6 reported that nearly 90 percent of those charged were friends or relatives of the person who died, or the lowest people in the drug supply chain, who were often selling to support their own substance use disorder. A Chicago Tribune review of drug-induced homicide cases between 2011 and 2014 in various Illinois counties showed that the defendant was typically the last person who was with the person who overdosed. Law enforcement must be held accountable for this appalling misuse of discretion; particularly when it discourages the seeking of medical care and wastes resources that could otherwise be spent on interventions that have actually been proven successful at reducing overdose deaths. Unchecked police and prosecutorial discretion in drug-induced homicide cases is particularly ominous given the severity of sentences and the racist history of drug war enforcement. Although rates of drug use and selling are comparable across racial lines, black and Latino people are far more likely to be stopped, searched, arrested, prosecuted, convicted and incarcerated for drug law violations than are white people. When, in response to the overdose crisis, Maine Governor Paul Le Page states that "black dealers" and "guys with the name D-Money, Smoothie, Shifty" are the root of the problem by bringing drugs from places like Brooklyn into his rural state, he lays it bare. Most elected officials and prosecutors advocating a punishment-oriented approach to a public health crisis are more careful with their language than Le Page - targeting "pushers" and "those people" - but the implication is the same. Enforcement of drug war policies has historically targeted black and Latino communities, and drug-induced homicide prosecutions appear to follow this pattern. While comprehensive data are not available, the district attorney of one predominantly white suburban county in Illinois with a black population of only 1.6 percent has charged four black men from Chicago with drug-induced homicide (making up 35 percent of the total prosecutions), and one prosecutor in Minnesota appears to have charged predominately black people with drug-induced homicide. Though we cannot draw any conclusions from these sparse facts, if law enforcement utilizes drug-induced homicide like it has other tools of the drug war, we can reasonably expect that the result will be future cases like James Linder's, a black man from Chicago who is serving 28 years in federal prison after being sentenced by an all-white jury in rural Illinois. Unfortunately, the harms of a highly punitive response to drug use and sales expand far beyond the effects of the actual punishment. Indeed, criminalizing people who sell and use drugs, through means like drug-induced homicide charges, amplifies the risk of fatal overdoses and diseases by increasing stigma and marginalization and driving people away from needed medical care, treatment, and harm reduction services. On the other hand, proven strategies are available to reduce the harms associated with drug misuse, treat dependence and addiction, improve immediate overdose responses, enhance public safety, and prevent fatalities. These strategies include expanding access to the life-saving medicine naloxone and training in how to administer it; enacting and implementing legal protections that encourage people to call for medical help for overdose victims; training people how to prevent, recognize, and respond to an overdose; increasing access to opioid agonist treatment such as methadone and buprenorphine, and to other effective, non-coercive drug treatments; authorizing drug checking and safe consumption sites; and improving research on promising drug treatments. Each of these strategies has evidence to support its effectiveness. Drug-induced homicide laws have none. They have not proven successful at either reducing overdose deaths or curtailing the use or sale of illegal drugs. And yet, ironically, prosecutors and legislators wield this punitive sword with impunity. They are not required to show results in support of their faulty rationale, and they are not held accountable for utterly wasted resources. We simply cannot let our elected officials off the hook that easily anymore. Not when it could be your child, friend or, simply, fellow human being, who dies from a drug overdose or is locked up for murder due to our elected officials' failures to embrace proven, life-saving public health interventions in favor of wasteful, destructive punishments. Details: Washington, DC: Drug Policy Alliance, 2017. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://www.drugpolicy.org/sites/default/files/dpa_drug_induced_homicide_report_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: 911 Good Samaritan Laws Shelf Number: 154109

Author: Kandel, William A. Title: The Trump Administration's "Zero Tolerance" Immigration Enforcement Policy Summary: For the last several years, Central American migrant families have arrived at the U.S.-Mexico border in relatively large numbers, many seeking asylum. While some request asylum at U.S. ports of entry, others do so after entering the United States "without inspection" (i.e., illegally) between U.S. ports of entry. On May 7, 2018, the Department of Justice (DOJ) implemented a zero tolerance policy toward illegal border crossing both to discourage illegal migration into the United States and to reduce the burden of processing asylum claims that Administration officials contend are often fraudulent. Under the zero tolerance policy, DOJ prosecutes all adult aliens apprehended crossing the border illegally, with no exception for asylum seekers or those with minor children. DOJ's policy represents a change in the level of enforcement for an existing statute rather than a change in statute or regulation. Prior Administrations prosecuted illegal border crossings relatively infrequently. Criminally prosecuting adults for illegal border crossing requires detaining them in federal criminal facilities where children are not permitted. While DOJ and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) have broad statutory authority to detain adult aliens, children must be detained according to guidelines established in the Flores Settlement Agreement (FSA), the Homeland Security Act of 2002, and the Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008. A 2015 judicial ruling held that children remain in family immigration detention for no more than 20 days. If parents cannot be released with them, children are treated as unaccompanied alien children and transferred to the Department of Health and Human Services' (HHS's) Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) for care and custody. The widely publicized family separations are a consequence of the Trump Administration's 100 percent prosecution policy, not the result of any family separation policy. Since that policy was implemented, up to 3,000 children may have been separated from their parents. Following mostly critical public reaction, President Trump ordered DHS to maintain custody of alien families during the pendency of any criminal trial or immigration proceedings. DHS Customs and Border Protection (CBP) subsequently stopped referring most illegal border crossers to DOJ for criminal prosecution. A federal judge then mandated that all separated children be promptly reunited with their families. Another rejected DOJ's request to modify the FSA to extend the 20-day child detention guideline. DHS has since reverted to some prior immigration enforcement policies. Family unit apprehensions, which increased from just over 11,000 in FY2012 to 68,560 in the first nine months of FY2018, are occurring within relatively low historical levels of total alien apprehensions. The national origin of recently apprehended aliens and families has shifted from mostly Mexican to mostly Central American. Administration officials and immigration enforcement advocates argue that measures like the zero tolerance policy are necessary to discourage migrants from coming to the United States and submitting fraudulent asylum requests. They maintain that alien family separation resulting from the prosecution of illegal border crossers mirrors that occurring under the U.S. criminal justice system policy where adults with custody of minor children are charged with a crime and held in jail, effectively separating them from their children. Immigrant advocates contend that migrant families are fleeing legitimate threats from countries with exceptionally high rates of gang violence, and that family separations resulting from the zero tolerance policy are cruel and violate fundamental human rights - such as the ability to request asylum. They maintain that the zero tolerance policy was hastily implemented and lacked planning for family reunification following criminal prosecutions. Some observers question the Trump Administration's capacity to marshal sufficient resources to prosecute all illegal border crossers without additional resources. Others criticize the family separation policy in light of less expensive alternatives to detention. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018, 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R45266.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 154108

Author: Freskos, Brian Title: Gun Theft from Legal Owners is on the Rise, Quietly Fueling Violent Crime Across America Summary: American gun owners, preoccupied with self-defense, are inadvertently arming the very criminals they fear. Hundreds of thousands of firearms stolen from the homes and vehicles of legal owners are flowing each year into underground markets, and the numbers are rising. Those weapons often end up in the hands of people prohibited from possessing guns. Many are later used to injure and kill. A yearlong investigation by The Trace and more than a dozen NBC TV stations identified more than 23,000 stolen firearms recovered by police between 2010 and 2016 � the vast majority connected with crimes. That tally, based on an analysis of police records from hundreds of jurisdictions, includes more than 1,500 carjackings and kidnappings, armed robberies at stores and banks, sexual assaults and murders, and other violent acts committed in cities from coast to coast. Details: New York, NY: The Trace, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: https://www.thetrace.org/features/stolen-guns-violent-crime-america/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 154105

Author: Richie, Beth Title: The Crisis of Criminalization: A Call for a Comprehensive Philanthropic Response Summary: Executive Summary This report is an urgent call for a comprehensive philanthropic response to the growing crisis of criminalization. Over the past decade mass incarceration - the reality that over 2.2 million people are locked up in the nation�s prisons and jails, and 60% are people of color � has emerged as a central social justice issue of our time. Advocates, organizers, and philanthropic partners have confronted this crisis by working to reduce both racial disparities and the overall population of incarcerated people, and to mitigate the collateral consequences of criminal convictions. While these interventions remain critical, mass incarceration represents the tip of a much larger iceberg � the growing crisis of criminalization. Over 10 million arrests take place annually across the country. Four million people are currently on probation, parole or otherwise under the control of the criminal legal system without being incarcerated. These daunting statistics reflect a growing crisis in the United States � not of increasing violent crime, but of an ever-expanding web of criminalization. Beyond passage of criminal laws, criminalization represents a broader social and political process by which society determines which actions or behaviors � and by who - will be punished by the state. Increasingly, surveillance, policing, arrest, and criminal punishment have become the default response to drug use and addiction, poverty, mental illness, youthful behavior and school discipline, and countless other social problems, real and imagined. Criminalization is seeping into virtually every aspect of society and every institution, including schools, hospitals, social services, public and private housing, and child welfare, dramatically increasing the number of people caught in the web of the criminal legal system, often with devastating consequences beyond the walls of a jail or prison cell. Collectively, we have invested far less attention and resources in interrupting the process of criminalization - which drives mass incarceration - and on the broader impacts of criminalization beyond incarceration. The crisis of criminalization is dramatically intensifying in the current political climate. Criminalization is increasingly being used as both a mechanism and justification for mass detention and deportation of immigrants. And policymakers at all levels are pursuing increased policing and harsher punishment of drug offenses, poverty, reproductive autonomy, and of trans and gender nonconforming people. This report calls on philanthropy � including those who are not traditional criminal justice funders - to seize this moment to challenge criminalization as a default response to social problems. Criminalization - of individuals and entire communities - is increasingly impeding progress in virtually every field of philanthropic investment: racial and economic justice, civil liberties and human rights, women�s and LGBTQ equality, education and youth leadership, reproductive justice, and public health. But it is a process in which we can � and must � intervene to build safe, healthy, and thriving communities. Groups across the country are working to interrupt criminalization through grassroots organizing, policy advocacy, legal and legislative challenges. Current interventions include decriminalization, breaking the school and foster care to prison pipelines, police and bail reform, and pre-arrest diversion programs, among others. Communities are also exploring and elaborating responses to violence and harm that don�t implicate criminal punishment. And advocates are increasingly working toward diversion of resources away from systems of policing and punishment into programs that meet community needs such as housing, health care, treatment, employment, and education. However, the vast majority of groups working to confront the crisis of criminalization have access to very few resources for this work, in a climate where both need and obstacles are exponentially increasing. An immediate, concerted, comprehensive, sustained, cross-sector, collaborative philanthropic response to the growing crisis of criminalization is urgently needed - to more effectively tackle mass incarceration, to stop the spread of surveillance and punishment, and to meet the challenges of the current political climate. Such a response requires an injection of resources into organizations currently working to challenge criminalization on the front end � including those working to develop alternate responses to violence and to redirect social resources to meeting basic needs. It also requires targeted investment in fields where criminalization is rapidly expanding, such as immigrant, gender, sexual and reproductive justice, and LGBTQ rights. While there is no �one-size-fits-all� approach to challenging criminalization, there are a number of key principles and strategies that should guide our response outlined throughout this report. Ultimately, confronting the crisis of criminalization is an essential element of strategies to promote social, racial, gender, sexual, and economic justice. And perhaps most importantly, by confronting the crisis of criminalization, we will ultimately create the communities, human relationships, and world we want to see. Details: New York, NY: The Barnard Center for Research on Women, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 11, 2019 at: http://bcrw.barnard.edu/wp-content/nfs/reports/NFS9-Challenging-Criminalization-Funding-Perspectives.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Barnard Center for Research on Women Shelf Number: 154102

Author: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO) Title: Southwest Border Security: Border Patrol is Deploying Surveillance Technologies but Needs to Improve Data Quality and Assess Effectiveness Summary: What GAO Found The U.S. Border Patrol, within the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), has made progress deploying surveillance technology along the southwest U.S. border under its 2011 Arizona Technology Plan (ATP) and 2014 Southwest Border Technology Plan. The ATP called for deployment of a mix of radars, sensors, and cameras in Arizona; the 2014 plan expanded these deployments to the rest of the southwest border. As of October 2017, Border Patrol had completed the planned deployment of select technologies to Arizona, Texas, California, and New Mexico. For example, in Arizona, Border Patrol deployed all planned Remote Video Surveillance Systems (RVSS) and Mobile Surveillance Capability (MSC) systems, and 15 of 53 planned Integrated Fixed Tower (IFT) systems. Border Patrol also deployed all planned MSC systems to Texas, California, and New Mexico and completed contract negotiations to deploy RVSS to Texas. These technology programs have experienced delays, but are currently on track against revised program schedules and cost baselines. To plan for future technology deployments, Border Patrol reports it will use its Requirements Management Process (RMP)��a process designed to facilitate planning by, among other things, identifying capability gaps and collecting agents' feedback��and other initiatives. Border Patrol is currently developing written guidance for the RMP to ensure station officials understand their roles and responsibilities in the process. Border Patrol agents collect and report data on asset assists, which are instances in which technologies or other assets (such as canine teams) contributed to an apprehension or seizure; however, Border Patrol has not provided sufficient guidance to ensure the accuracy and reliability of that data. For example, agents incorrectly attributed some apprehensions or seizures to certain technologies rather than others. Stations in the Rio Grande Valley sector recorded assists from IFTs in about 500 instances from June through December 2016; however, this sector does not have IFTs. Data integrity and quality checks are the responsibility of individual sectors, but Border Patrol has provided limited guidance on how to ensure data quality. Without sufficient guidance to ensure the quality of asset assist data, Border Patrol is limited in its ability to determine the mission benefits of its surveillance technologies and use information on benefits to inform resource allocation decisions. Why GAO Did This Study The southwest border has long been vulnerable to cross-border illegal activity. In fiscal year 2016, Border Patrol apprehended over 409,000 illegal entrants. Border Patrol has employed a variety of land-based surveillance technologies to assist in securing the border. GAO has reported regularly on CBP's progress and challenges deploying surveillance technologies. GAO was asked to review CBP's use of surveillance technology. This report examines (1) the deployment status of surveillance technology programs and the extent to which CBP has developed plans for future technology deployments and (2) what data are available on the contributions of deployed technologies to CBP's border security efforts and the extent to which CBP has assessed technology performance. GAO analyzed technology program documents; interviewed CBP and Border Patrol officials; and conducted site visits to Arizona and south Texas to observe the operation of various land-based technologies. We selected these locations because CBP has deployed or has plans to deploy a mix of technologies there, among other factors. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that Border Patrol issue guidance to improve the quality and usability of its asset assist information. DHS concurred with GAO's recommendation. Details: Washington, DC: 2017. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/690/688666.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arizona Technology Plan Shelf Number: 154099

Author: National Reentry Resource Center Title: Strengthening Correctional Culture: Eight Ways Correctional Leaders can Support their Staff to Reduce Recidivism Summary: INTRODUCTION Every organization struggles with change. Fostering a culture that supports change in a corrections organization can be particularly challenging. Staff require strong leadership, structure, and clear policies and practices that help them succeed at their jobs. When any one of those factors changes, it is not unusual to see reactions ranging from mild anxiety to rigid resistance. Historically, corrections staff have had a straightforward mandate: to protect the safety and security of people who are incarcerated. But today, reducing recidivism is a core focus for corrections leaders, and as a result, corrections staff are also expected to help prepare people to return to their communities after incarceration. This objective often translates to a new way of doing business across state corrections systems, but more significantly, it impacts the directives given to managers and front-line staff who are now also tasked with implementing approaches and practices that have been shown to reduce recidivism. Details: New York, NY: 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/nrrc/publications/strengthening-correctional-culture-eight-ways-corrections-leaders-can-support-their-staff-to-reduce-recidivism/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 154093

Author: DiFiore, Hon. Janet Title: New York State's Opioid Intervention Court Summary: A National Crisis On July 31, 2017, the President�s Commission on Combating Drug Addiction and the Opioid Crisis issued a preliminary report describing the severity of the opioidaddiction crisis gripping communities across America. - Approximately 142 Americans are dying every day from opioid abuse, a death toll equal to September 11th every three weeks. - Drug overdoses now kill more people every year than gun homicides and car crashes combined. - The number of drug overdoses in the United States has quadrupled since 1999. - In 2015 nearly two-thirds of all drug overdoses were caused by opioids, especially heroin, fentanyl, Percocet, and OxyContin. A new report from the Police Executive Research Forum, an independent research organization that focuses on �critical issues in policing,� puts those numbers in context, noting that more Americans died from drug overdoses in 2016 (64,070) than lost their lives during the entirety of the Vietnam War (58,200). New York�s Response: A First-of-Its-Kind Court The Opioid Intervention Court - the first of its kind in the nation - began operating on May 1, 2017, in Buffalo, Erie County, an area hard hit by opioid addiction and overdose deaths. The new court is unique in that it relies on immediate intervention and treatment of individuals at high risk of opioid overdose. Within 24 hours of arrest, defendants are linked to medication-assisted treatment, followed by up to 90 days of intensive daily court monitoring. In the Opioid Intervention Court, treatment is prioritized and criminal prosecution held in abeyance - thus flipping the usual legal process in order to save lives. Over the last several years, local judges, law enforcement, and public-health officials grew very concerned about the sharp increase in opioid-overdose deaths in Buffalo and Erie County. According to statistics provided by the Erie County Department of Health, opioid-overdose deaths jumped from 127 in 2014 to 296 in 2016. In a single week in 2016, three defendants in the Buffalo City Court died from opioid overdoses, driving home the need for a different approach when dealing with defendants suffering from opioid-use disorders. Judges and court staff in Buffalo and Erie County took the lead in reaching out to local stakeholders to develop a new court model to address the unique needs of opioid-addicted defendants. The Buffalo City Court was well positioned to take the lead on this issue because of its sophisticated and successful judicial-diversion and drug-treatment programs, and the extensive community partnerships developed under the COURTS program (Court Outreach Unit: Referral and Treatment Services). Started in 1994 by City Court Chief Judge Thomas Amodeo, COURTS integrates social-service professionals into the arrest-and-arraignment process so that judges can make informed decisions, linking defendants to the best available treatment options based on expert screening and referral recommendations. With the support of the court system�s grants and contracts office, the Buffalo proposal was submitted to the Department of Justice�s Bureau of Justice Assistance, which awarded a $300,000 grant for piloting a specialized opioid court for defendants at high risk of opioid overdose. The grant supports immediate, targeted, and intensive drugtreatment services provided by physicians and case workers from the University of Buffalo�s Family Medicine Addiction Clinic. A key to the program is the participation of physicians who administer medication-assistance treatment to severely addicted persons, which involves using certain medications, such as methadone, naltrexone, and buprenorphine, known to be effective in blocking the euphoric highs of opioids, stabilizing brain chemistry, and relieving psychological cravings. Experienced caseworkers provide behavioral therapy and counseling, enforce curfews, perform wellness checks, and transport patients to court. Details: New York: 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.ncsc.org/~/media/Microsites/Files/Trends%202018/New-York-Opioid-Intervention-Courts.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Buffalo City Court Shelf Number: 154090

Author: Peace, Michelle Title: Characterization and Abuse of Electronic Cigarettes: The Efficacy of "Personal Vaporizers" as an Illicit Drug Delivery System Summary: Statement of Problem Electronic cigarettes (e-cigarettes or e-cigs), known as "personal vaporizers" (PV) by avid users or electronic nicotine delivery systems (ENDS) by industry, have experienced a significant increase in popularity for those seeking an alternative to smoking traditional tobacco products. These products are comprised of a battery-powered atomizer and a cartridge filled with a pharmaceutical (nicotine), flavorings, and water dissolved in glycerol products. E-cigarette are manufactured in a variety of options: from off-the-shelf non-customizable devices to customizable, including self-wrapping of the element, homemade wicks, self-preparation of the e-cigarette liquid formulation (e-liquids), cups to hold plant material, dripping vs wicking, and wattage adjustors to administer the desired drug. The lack of enforced regulation prior to May 2016 has resulted in easy accesses to e-cigarettes and has shepherded their nefarious uses. The use of the e-cigarettes as an illicit drug delivery device is touted on websites, forums, blogs, and videos describing how best to use them for specific illicit drugs such as tetrahydrocannabinol, methamphetamine, fentanyl, and heroin. These sites explain at length the benefits of "vaping" illicit drugs as it can conceivably be done in public without attracting notice. While some individuals and communities have begun to legislate where users can vape, vaping is not just acceptable, it is considered �cool� by many and often has the added benefit of no odor. Analyzing paraphernalia for drug usage uses straightforward methodology established in controlled substance laboratories nationwide. E-cigarettes were largely uncharacterized at the beginning of this research. In forensic science laboratories, little is known or understood about their construction, let alone how they are used to deliver illicit drugs. From a general toxicological perspective, little is documented regarding the delivery of nicotine, particularly as a function of power, for e-cigarettes. Even less is known regarding the adulteration of e-cigarettes and how the e-cigarettes are used or modified to optimize the delivery of an adulterant and/or alternative drug. Problems can arise with using electronic cigarettes to deliver illicit drugs. According the vaping community, the dosing can be increased by turning up the wattage/voltage on the device. This method to increase dosage alone, or combined with increasing the volume of the "puff", could easily lead to overdoses. Increasing temperatures could lead to pyrolysis products which can potentially be used as biomarkers that could identify the use of e-cigarettes in biological tissues and which may have unknown biological effects. Drug forums are providing cautionary tales to users, however, these are overshadowed by the clear benefits these devices bring to drug users. Few peer-reviewed published manuscripts in the literature describe, define, and/or illustrate the use of e-cigarettes. The overarching purpose for this study was to characterize the use and efficacy of electronic cigarettes to deliver pharmaceutical products. E-cigarettes were functionally described, methods were developed to analyze the pharmaceutical products (e-liquids and aerosol), truth in advertising was described for commercially available products, adulterations to the products were assessed, and potential biomarkers were evaluated. Details: Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251788.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154091

Author: Edson, Timothy Title: Electronic Control Weapons in Massachusetts: Trends in Growth 2010-2014 Summary: During 2014, the number of Electronic Control Weapon (ECW) incidents increased from 949 to 980, an increase of 3.3%. This marked the smallest rate of growth since yearend 2010. Growth in the number of ECW incidents peaked in 2011 with an increase of 89.5% (246 incidents). Since 2011, the growth in ECW usage slowed to 61.4% at yearend 2012, and 12.8% at yearend 2013 (percentage point drops of 48.6% and 9.5%, respectively). This growth in ECW incidents can be partly attributed to an increase in the number of ECW approved agencies, i.e., law enforcement agencies in Massachusetts with EOPSS approved ECW training programs, ECW trained officers, and ECW devices owned by ECW approved agencies (Table 1). Details: Boston, MA: Massachusetts Executive Office of Safety and Security, 2015. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.mass.gov/files/2017-08/rpad-electronic-control-weapons-2010-to-2014.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Control Weapons Shelf Number: 154089

Author: Hartstein, Barry A. Title: Update on Criminal Background Checks: Impact of EEOC v. Freeman and Ongoing Challenges in a Continuously Changing Legal Environment Summary: The latest chapter in the ongoing saga of employment-related criminal background checks in the United States has been written, and one of the authors had some particularly strong words for the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. On February 20, 2015, in Equal Employment Opportunity Commission v. Freeman, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit affirmed summary judgment in favor of the employer in a case involving a challenge to the employer's use of criminal background and credit history checks in the hiring process. The EEOC had alleged that the criminal checks had a disparate impact on African American and male applicants, and that the credit checks had a disparate impact on African American job applicants. In a unanimous decision by a three judge panel, the Fourth Circuit affirmed the lower court's decision, which stemmed from the exclusion of the EEOC's expert reports, noting the "district court found a 'mind-boggling' number of errors and unexplained discrepancies." A separate concurring opinion was written to address what one judge referred to as "disappointing litigation conduct" by the EEOC, including continued reliance on an expert whose testimony was "fatally flawed in multiple respects," who previously had been used by the EEOC despite a "record of slipshod work, faulty analysis, and statistical sleight of hand." The concurring opinion further cautioned: "The EEOC must be constantly vigilant that it does not abuse the power conferred upon it by Congress, as its 'significant resources, authority, and discretion' will affect all 'those outside parties they investigate or sue' - The Commission's conduct in this case suggests that its exercise of vigilance has been lacking. It would serve the agency well in the future to reconsider how it might better discharge the responsibilities delegated to it or face the consequences for failing to do so." While the Fourth Circuit's decision in EEOC v. Freeman offers some comfort to employers, the bottom line is that this is a constantly evolving area of the law, and an employer's reliance on criminal history records in the hiring or employment process continues to present significant risk, especially for employers with high attrition for hourly workers. This is aptly illustrated by two additional large-scale lawsuits filed by the EEOC on June 11, 2013, which are being vigorously litigated and most likely will continue in litigation throughout 2015. Aside from Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) issues, employers also continue to face additional legal hurdles based on various legislative developments at the state and even the local level (e.g., Seattle, Washington, and San Francisco, California), such as "ban the box" restrictions and related limits on the use of criminal history in hiring and employment decisions. Employers also have been battling against a massive surge in class action litigation under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) based on gathering criminal history through third-party consumer reporting agencies when conducting background checks on applicants and/or employees. This Insight provides important takeaways for employers regarding this evolving area of the law, and to put those takeaways in context, highlights key portions of the EEOC's Criminal History Guidance; reviews in detail the Freeman case and lessons learned based on EEOC systemic charges and litigation that challenge an employer's use of criminal history in the employment process; summarizes the EEOC's additional pending litigation on the topic; and reviews another key federal appellate court decision discussing criminal history. Details: San Francisco, CA: Littler Mendelson, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.littler.com/update-criminal-background-checks-impact-eeoc-v-freeman-and-ongoing-challenges-continuously-changing Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 154088

Author: Kajstura, Aleks Title: Women's Mass Incarceration: The Whole Pie 2018 Summary: With growing public attention to the problem of mass incarceration, people want to know about women's experience with incarceration. How many women are held in prisons, jails, and other correctional facilities in the United States? And why are they there? How is their experience different from men's? While these are important questions, finding those answers requires not only disentangling the country�s decentralized and overlapping criminal justice systems, but also unearthing the frustratingly hard to find and often altogether missing data on gender. This report provides a detailed view of the 219,000 women incarcerated in the United States, and how they fit into the even broader picture of correctional control. This 2018 update to our inaugural Women's Whole Pie report pulls together data from a number of government agencies and calculates the breakdown of women held by each correctional system by specific offense. The report, produced in collaboration with the ACLU's Campaign for Smart Justice, answers the questions of why and where women are locked up. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/pie2018women.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Campaign for Smart Justice Shelf Number: 154084

Author: Couloute, Lucius Title: Getting Back on Course: Educational Exclusion and Attainment Among Formerly Incarcerated People Summary: Throughout their lives, people who serve time in prison are held back from educational opportunities, making it nearly impossible to earn the credentials they need to succeed after release. Using data from the National Former Prisoner Survey, this report reveals that formerly incarcerated people are often relegated to the lowest rungs of the educational ladder; more than half hold only a high school diploma or GED, and a quarter hold no credential at all. While incarcerated, and even after release from prison, we find that people rarely get the chance to make up for the educational opportunities from which they�ve been excluded � opportunities that impact their chances of reentry success. Education is especially critical for people seeking employment after release from prison. Building on our previous research, which revealed a staggering 27% unemployment rate among formerly incarcerated people, we find that those with low levels of formal education face even higher unemployment rates. In particular, formerly incarcerated people without a high school credential report extreme unemployment rates, and the outlook is particularly bleak for people of color. These alarming results call for immediate transformations of our educational and criminal justice systems. To that end, we conclude with a series of fundamental policy recommendations necessary to reduce current inequalities faced by criminalized people across the United States. Details: Amherst, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/nrrc/publications/getting-back-on-course-educational-exclusion-and-attainment-among-formerly-incarcerated-people/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 154080

Author: Dean, Olivia Title: Prescription Drug Abuse among Older Adults Summary: Prescription drug abuse is a major public health concern. However, few efforts to address the problem focus on older adults, whose unique characteristics may demand different or more nuanced solutions. This Insight on the Issues analyzes the prevalence of prescription drug misuse among older adults and examines age-related difference in the prevalence of misuse for various types of prescription drugs: painkillers, tranquilizers, stimulants, and sedatives. We find that while prescription drug misuse is higher among younger ages, there are several challenges associated with defining and diagnosing prescription drug misuse and abuse in older adults. As a result, many older adults who misuse prescription drugs likely do not know and do not get treatment. The report discusses various implications and recommendations for policy and practice, including raising awareness among the general public and family caregivers about the potential for and consequences of prescription drug abuse among older adults. Details: Washington, DC: AARP Public Policy Institute, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2019 at: https://www.aarp.org/ppi/info-2017/prescription-drug-abuse-among-older-adults.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154074

Author: Sullivan, Tami P. Title: Guidelines for Successful Researcher-Practitioner Partnerships in the Criminal Justice System, Findings from the Researcher-Practitioner Partnerships Study (RPPS) Summary: Research has the greatest potential to impact change in practice and policy when (a) it is conducted in collaboration with practitioners rather than conducted by academic researchers alone, and (b) its findings are clearly communicated to the people who influence policy and practice in a useful, easy‐to‐read format (Block, Engel, Naureckas, & Riordan, 1999; Mouradian, Mechanic, & Williams, 2001). The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) has devoted a great deal of effort to promoting research collaborations with practitioners in the criminal justice (CJ) system. As a result, there have been many successful partnerships. However, the lessons about what contributed to those and similar successful partnerships between researchers and practitioners have not been documented, synthesized, and shared in a way that could inform the development of successful partnerships in the future. Therefore, the goal of this study was to improve our understanding of successful research collaborations between those working within and outside of the CJ system so that these "lessons learned" can be shared to promote the creation of new partnerships and enhance existing ones. To accomplish these goals, we conducted the Researcher‐Practitioner Partnerships Study (RPPS) as a two‐part study: Part One: Individual interviews and focus groups were conducted with practitioners and researchers in the United States and Canada who self‐identified as having at least one past or current "successful" research partnership (though many also had past unsuccessful partnerships). The purpose was to learn from them what they believe made their partnerships successful. Each person was asked to describe the highlights and lowlights of their collaboration(s). Practitioners, as defined by the NIJ for the purpose of this study, were CJ system employees (including administrators of CJ state administrative agencies, SAAs) and those who provide services to CJ system clients. Researchers were those who conducted research but were not employed within the CJ system. Participants were 55 women and 17 men, with 4 to 40 years of experience, employed in a range of settings, including urban, suburban, and rural localities, and including family violence and sexual assault programs, private practice, SAAs such as departments of corrections and local county courts, independent research institutes, and colleges/universities. Forty‐nine people participated in individual interviews. Twenty‐three people participated in 5 focus groups convened at professional conferences. Part Two. A web‐based survey of CJ system SAAs aimed to (a) determine each state�s infrastructure and general experiences regarding research in the CJ system and (b) document lessons learned from past or current successful collaborations with a researcher not employed within the CJ system. This report focuses exclusively on the findings from Part One of RPPS, the interviews and focus groups. Findings from Part Two, the web‐based survey of CJ system SAAs, can be found in "The Role of State Administrative Agencies in Advancing Criminal Justice Research: Findings from the Researcher‐Practitioner Partnerships Study." The recommendations in this report come directly from our study of researchers and CJ system practitioners. The recommendations are based on specific examples of how RPPS participants collaborated successfully, overcame obstacles to collaborate successfully, or are suggestions for overcoming obstacles based on their experiences. Recommendations cover topics that span the spectrum of collaborating, such as identifying reasons to collaborate, establishing and maintaining a collaboration, and disseminating the findings of a collaborative project. Examples include: - Suggestions for identifying a collaborator. - Characteristics of a good collaborator. - Suggestions for managing the startup process. - Considerations for a formal written agreement. - Facilitators of successful collaboration. - Barriers to successful collaboration. - Disseminating findings. Findings from the RPPS are important to helping new and experienced researchers and practitioners work together on a research project. Knowledge about what makes a collaboration successful can help in all phases of the collaborative process. More effective research partnerships are likely to lead to more meaningful results, which have stronger effects on practice, service, and policy; save time and money; and ultimately contribute to improving advocacy and support for victims and reducing crime and recidivism. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243918.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Academic Researcher Shelf Number: 154150

Author: Steinfield, Nathaniel Inglis Title: Illinois Results First: Supplement on Adult Criminal Justice Summary: The Pew-MacArthur Results First Initiative works with Illinois and other jurisdictions to implement an innovative cost-benefit analysis approach to aid state policy decision making. Illinois� Results First Technical Assistance team has provided invaluable expertise and support in developing this model. Our appreciation also is due to the Washington State Institute for Public Policy for developing the cost-benefit model. This supplement accompanies the Illinois Results First project and benefits from the insights and expertise of the Research and Analysis Unit of the Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, which provided critical feedback during the drafting process, and the research and fiscal staff at the Illinois Department of Corrections, which provided the data. In February, 2017 the Budgeting for Results Commission adopted a resolution to encourage the Governor�s Office of Management and Budget (GOMB) to adopt and implement the Results First benefit-cost model developed by the Pew-MacArthur Results First Initiative. In April, 2017 GOMB signed a letter of intent with Pew-MacArthur to utilize the Results First model in the BFR process, at no cost to the State of Illinois. For the first time, the Results First model combined with the State Program Assessment Rating Tool (SPART), Illinois has established and is utilizing the capability to evaluate and compare the value of programs within and across results areas. For further information please visit the Budgeting for Results tab at the GOMB website Budget.Illinois.gov. Details: Springfield, Illinois: Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/spac/pdf/The_High_Cost_of_Recidivism_Supplement_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Shelf Number: 154157

Author: United States Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: 2017 Internet Crime Report Summary: Beginning in 2015, the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) forwarded multiple complaints to the FBI�s Houston Field Office regarding fraudulent offers of investment opportunities by perpetrators who impersonated U.S. bank officials and financial consultants over the Internet and telephone. Victims in various countries, including the U.S., were deceived into believing they would receive millions of dollars from joint ventures with certain U.S. banks if they paid up-front fees - ranging from tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands of dollars - to participate. According to court documents, victims lost more than $7 million collectively in this scam. The complaints submitted by victims to the IC3 helped investigators uncover this elaborate international advance fee and money laundering scheme, and in February of this year, six individuals were federally charged in Houston in connection with the scam. The IC3, which has received more than 4 million victim complaints from 2000 through 2017, routinely analyzes complaints like these and disseminates data to the appropriate law enforcement agencies at all levels for possible investigation. The IC3 also works to identify general trends related to current and emerging Internet-facilitated crimes, and it publicizes those findings through periodic alerts and an annual report. And today, the IC3 is releasing its latest annual publication - the 2017 Internet Crime Report - which reveals that the center received more than 300,000 complaints last year with reported losses of more than $1.4 billion. Details: Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.fbi.gov/news/stories/2017-internet-crime-report-released-050718 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Complaint Shelf Number: 154147

Author: Dupuy, Danielle Title: Policing the Houseless 2.0: Arrests by the LAPD (2012-2017) Summary: On October 10, 2017, the Million Dollar Hoods research team released, "Policing the Houseless," which documented the trends and disparities in LAPD arrests of houseless persons between 2011 and 2016. After its release, we received several requests for additional analyses of LAPD data. In particular, community members wanted to know the 2017 arrest trends and the types of charges leading LAPD arrests of houseless persons. Using LAPD arrest data for January 1, 2012 to June 30, 2017, this report documents that LAPD arrests of houseless persons continued to climb during the first six months of 2017 and that just five charge categories accounted for the majority of houseless arrests. Details: Los Angeles, CA: Million Dollar Hoods, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://bunchecenter.ucla.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/82/2017/12/Policing-the-House-2.0.FINAL_.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 154143

Author: Weedmaps Title: Cannabis Concentrates: Overview and Policy Recommendations Summary: Issue: As state and local governments seek to regulate the cannabis industry, several common misconceptions have led to policy makers either banning or placing undue restrictions on the means and methods of making cannabis concentrates and extracts. Policy Recommendations: Allow for cannabis processing utilizing long-existing safety standards from other industries: With proper health and safety standards, techniques used to process cannabis concentrates are fundamentally safe. Volatile solvent techniques have been utilized to make household items like perfume, vanilla extract, and decaffeinated coffee for generations. Allow the sale of cannabis concentrates to reduce size of illegal markets: Failure to permit and allow for cannabis processing, including with the use volatile solvents, will drive a massive underground market. Demand for cannabis concentrates is very high and will continue to grow. Limits in regulated cannabis concentrate supply can cause legal prices to skyrocket while illegal markets can find alternative sources more fluidly. A wide variety of products and processing methods should be allowed: Many cannabis products and processing methods exist in the cannabis market today. With the growth of the cannabis industry, there have been many advances in product processing techniques. Allowing for innovative products and processing techniques to enter the market not only promotes the responsible growth of the cannabis industry but also is helpful with the development of safer and more consistently dosed products. Laws and regulations should be reasonably tailored and flexible: The legal cannabis market is still in its early stages of development and continues to evolve rapidly. Particularly in cannabis processing, where new products and technology are emerging. Accordingly, policy should allow new technologies to enter and enable regulators to adjust density and operation of cannabis businesses to quickly respond to spikes in illegal market usage Details: Irvine, California: 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://wmpolicy.com/white-papers/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 154163

Author: Weedmaps Title: Dispelling the "Gateway" Theory: What Science Says about Marijuana and Drug Addiction Summary: Opponents of legalized medical or recreational marijuana will often refer to marijuana as a �gateway drug� that leads to use and abuse of harder substances. Anti-marijuana advocates have often argued that considering the nation�s opioid epidemic, it would be irresponsible to further normalize marijuana because it would lead to more opioid use. Neither of these claims is supported by any actual scientific evidence. To the contrary, years of scientific evidence suggests that marijuana is not a gateway drug and recent studies demonstrate that marijuana can be an effective tool for addressing opioid addiction. This paper attempts to highlight just a small portion of the science and findings dispelling the gateway drug myth. Details: Irvine, California: 2017. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://wmpolicy.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/11Dispelling-the-Gateway-Theory.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 154164

Author: Weedmaps Title: Dispelling Myths: The Facts about Marijuana Regulation Summary: Opponents of medical and adult-use cannabis laws often make bold claims about the negative impact marijuana will have on individuals and communities. Examples of these claims include arguments that marijuana is a "gateway drug," that legalization will double traffic fatalities, or that cannabis use results in increased levels of drug abuse and addiction. Establishing effective marijuana laws and regulations is a complicated process, made more difficult when elected leaders and voters lack accurate information. The following paper addresses potential sources of misinformation using the growing body of research that has emerged since the passage of state-level cannabis laws. Through a review of government publications, academic articles, third party studies, and other resources, this paper examines the five most common arguments against marijuana legalization to separate MYTH from FACT. Details: Irvine, CA: Author, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://wmpolicy.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/11MJ-Myth-v-Fact.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Laws Shelf Number: 154165

Author: Weedmaps Title: Minimizing the Illegal Market for Marijuana Summary: Adult-use and medical cannabis legalization in the United States has served to reduce the size of illegal markets in legalized jurisdictions. However, despite these reductions, a very sizeable illegal market for cannabis continues to thrive in every legalized jurisdiction and undermines the benefits which legalized cannabis offers. Illegal markets for cannabis rob state and local government of tax dollars while continuing to drive up policing and incarceration costs as unregulated market participants amass large volumes of unbanked revenue. Additionally, there is ample evidence in cities throughout North America that when illegal markets exceed low levels, policing efforts consistently fail to remedy the situation (see, e.g. San Jose, Santa Ana, Detroit, Toronto). The primary driver of cannabis illegal markets is the combination of: (i) policies which overly restrict the availability and ease of purchasing cannabis through legal channels, (ii) high effective tax rates and compliance costs on legal cannabis and (iii) insufficient quantity and quality of legal cannabis for sale in a market. As elected officials, regulators and voters move towards more defined legalization on a state and local level, it is critical that cannabis policy reforms be designed with a goal of reducing illegal markets. Details: Irvine, California: 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://wmpolicy.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Minimizing-the-Illegal-Marijuana-Market-Ext-Dist-10-15-18.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 154166

Author: Forman, Benjamin Title: Revisiting Correctional Expenditure Trends in Massachusetts Summary: Last May, MassINC released Getting Tough on Spending, a detailed study of correctional budget trends between FY 2011, an apex for the state�s incarcerated population, and FY 2016, the most recent fiscal year for which final expenditure data were available. With policymakers debating wide-ranging changes to the state�s criminal justice system, the report provided a timely look at the structure of correctional budgets. Now that comprehensive criminal justice reform legislation is law and agencies have been tasked with implementing sweeping change, it is even more critical that we have a common understanding of how resources are allocated. Details: Boston, MA: MassInc., 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://massinc.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Revisiting-Correctional-Expenditure-Trends-in-Massachusetts.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Budget Shelf Number: 154199

Author: Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Title: Department of Homeland Security Northern Border Strategy Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The international border between the United States and Canada separates two friendly nations with a long history of social, cultural, and economic ties. United States and Canadian economic and security interests rest on the facilitation of safe, secure, and efficient flow of cross-border traffic and securing the border against threats. Security and facilitation of trade and travel are not competing goals, but rather are mutually reinforcing. To preserve and uphold U.S. economic security and prosperity, and secure our border, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) must facilitate lawful trade and travel, reduce security risks and vulnerabilities, and promote cross-border resiliency and collaborative partnerships. In 2017, DHS conducted an assessment of Northern Border security and concluded that while the Northern Border remains an area of limited threat in comparison to the U.S. Southern Border, safeguarding and securing the Northern Border presents unique challenges. The most common threat to U.S. public safety along the Northern Border continues to be the bi-directional flow of illicit drugs. Transnational criminal organizations (TCOs) are also active along the border and they continually adapt their drug production, smuggling methods, and routes to avoid detection by U.S. and Canadian law enforcement. Potential terror threats are primarily from homegrown violent extremists in Canada who are not included in the U.S. Government's consolidated terrorist watch list and could therefore enter the United States legally at Northern Border ports of entry (POEs) without suspicion. This Strategy establishes a clear vision and discrete actions that will collectively improve DHS�s efforts to safeguard the Northern Border against terrorist and criminal threats, facilitate the flow of lawful cross-border trade and travel, and strengthen crossborder community resilience. It aligns with the requirements of the Northern Border Security Review Act. The Strategy and its companion Implementation Plan will improve the Department�s ability to identify capability gaps and evaluate measures to address them, allowing DHS to improve management oversight and optimize taxpayer resources. The Strategy articulates three main goals with key objectives identified under each goal. GOAL 1: Enhance Border Security Operations - Objective 1 - Exchange timely and actionable information and intelligence on cross-border terrorism and illicit activities with federal, state, local, tribal, and international partners. - Objective 2 - Improve coordination, integration, and analysis across domestic and international domain surveillance and information-sharing systems. - Objective 3 - Use intelligence, risk assessments, and capability gap assessments to inform placement of surveillance and detection assets and resources. - Objective 4 - Promote and improve integrated operations to identify, interdict, investigate, and disrupt terrorist and other illicit cross-border activities. - Objective 5 - Use public and private-sector outreach to deter adversaries from exploiting the Northern Border to harm the United States. GOAL 2: Facilitate and Safeguard Lawful Trade and Travel - Objective 1 - Enhance cross-border collaboration, capability improvements, and continued partner engagement to safeguard and secure transportation networks. - Objective 2 - Promote the utilization of Trusted Traveler and prescreening programs and continue to develop and enhance inspection and screening capabilities, processes, and technologies to enable rapid processing of travelers. - Objective 3 - Continuously improve cargo and trade facilitation and enforcement policies, processes, and technologies to enable a fair and competitive trade environment. - Objective 4 � Enhance Northern Border capacity and efficiencies through infrastructure, resource, personnel, and capability improvements to meet mission requirements. GOAL 3: Promote Cross-border Resilience - Objective 1 - Enhance cross-border, multi-sectoral emergency communication to facilitate effective response and recovery operations. - Objective 2 - Support and enhance cross-border response and recovery capabilities with and between federal, state, local, tribal, and Canadian partners through mutual aid agreements, cooperative planning, and multi-sectoral exercises. - Objective 3 - Protect and enhance the security and resilience of critical infrastructure through improved threat and risk awareness, vulnerability reduction, and hazard mitigation. Details: Department of Homeland Security, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.dhs.gov/publication/northern-border-strategy Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Assessment Shelf Number: 154198

Author: Pretrial Justice Institute (PJI) Title: Forging New Traditions in Pretrial Excellence: Allegheny County Pretrial Services (PA) Increases Pretrial Fairness and Safety Summary: This updated case study looks at the beginnings of Allegheny County Pretrial Services (PA) and its journey to become a nationally recognized and innovative pretrial services program. Details: Rockville, MD: 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 2014 at: https://www.pretrial.org/essential-report/forging-new-traditions-in-pretrial-excellence-allegheny-county-pretrial-services-pa-increases-pretrial-fairness-and-safety/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Allegheny County Shelf Number: 154196

Author: Cooke, Brice Title: Using Behavioral Science to Improve Criminal Justice Outcomes: Preventing Failures to Appear in Court Summary: Executive Summary In 2014, nearly 41% of the approximately 320,000 cases from tickets issued to people for low-level offenses in New York City (NYC) had recipients who did not appear in court or resolve their summons by mail. This represents approximately 130,000 missed court dates for these offenses. Regardless of the offense severity (summonses are issued for offenses ranging from things like littering on the street or sidewalk to drinking in public), failure to appear in court automatically results in the issuance of an arrest warrant. Because warrants are costly and burdensome for both the criminal justice system and recipients, the NYC Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice - in partnership with the New York City Police Department and New York State Unified Court System Office of Court Administration - asked ideas42 and the University of Chicago Crime Lab to design and implement inexpensive, scalable solutions to reduce the failure to appear (FTA) rate. We tackled this problem using a two-sided approach. First, we redesigned the NYC summons form to make the most relevant information stand out, making it easier for people to respond appropriately. In the new form, important information about one's court date and location is moved to the top, the negative consequence of failing to act is boldly displayed, and clear language encourages recipients to show up to court or plead by mail. Second, we created text message reminders. We identified behavioral barriers leading many to miss their court dates: people forget, they have mistaken beliefs about how often other people skip court, they see a mismatch between minor offenses and the obligation to appear in court, and they overweigh the immediate hassles of attending court and ignore the downstream consequences. We then designed different reminders targeted at helping recipients overcome these barriers. From March 2016 to September 2017 we implemented and evaluated our interventions, and showed that both have significant and positive effects on appearance rates. We found that behavioral redesign of the form reduced FTA by 13%. This form has already been scaled system-wide to all criminal court summonses, and, based on 2014 figures, translates to preventing roughly 17,000 arrest warrants per year. Using a randomized controlled trial, we found that the most effective reminder messaging reduced FTA by 26% relative to receiving no messages. Looking 30 days after the court date, the most effective messaging reduced open warrants by 32% relative to receiving no messages. This stems from both reducing FTA on the scheduled court date as well as court appearances after the FTA to clear the resulting warrant. These results are in addition to the gains already realized from the summons form redesign. The most effective messaging combined information on the consequences of not showing up to court, what to expect at court, and plan-making elements. Details: New York, NY: ideas42, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.courthousenews.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/crim-just-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Barriers Shelf Number: 154229

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: MS-13 Summary: Introduction Since its founding on the streets of Los Angeles three decades ago, La Mara Salvatrucha, commonly referred to as MS-13, has spread across the Americas and has seeded members in countries as distant as France, Egypt and Australia. It has grown, too, in the public imagination. The gang�s documented atrocities and penchant for butchery stoke fears and headlines. In October, the Justice Department declared MS-13 a graver threat than any other transnational crime group, including the cartels that have flooded the United States with cheap, potent heroin, contributing to an unprecedented spike in overdose deaths. This report, in keeping with the State Commission of Investigation�s mandate to examine organized crime in all its forms and to report on matters of public safety, offers an assessment of the gang�s scope in New Jersey and its impact on residents. The findings are drawn from interviews with federal, state, county and municipal law enforcement officials, as well as from public documents, intelligence and indictments. The Commission also participated in law enforcement gang summits across the state. The examination found that MS-13 remains a persistent threat in New Jersey, preying primarily on immigrant communities through extortion of businesses, robbery and street-level drug sales. The gang�s ceaseless thirst to command respect through fear, its ideology of advancing in rank by means of violence and its rivalry with other groups, chiefly the 18th Street gang, mean that murder is always just a spark away. Moreover, the Commission found that a decade-long effort by MS-13 leaders in El Salvador to exert greater control over U.S.-based cliques, or sets, has fully taken root. Once disorganized and semi-autonomous, particularly on the East Coast, these cliques now take orders from El Salvador, seek permission from El Salvador for killings and pay tribute by wiring cash to leaders in the Central American nation. Cooperation among cliques also has flowered within the United States. The Commission found evidence that members of different cliques share weapons, shelter suspects and order up assassins for sanctioned hits. New Jersey has played no small role in this movement, with prominent leaders from Long Branch and Hudson County directing operations along the East Coast. One of those leaders, arrested earlier this year and now awaiting trial in Nassau County, N.Y., had been working to build a more robust drug-distribution network and had personally signed off on planned killings in Maryland and New Jersey, prosecutors allege. The other leader, deported and jailed in El Salvador, used a smuggled cell phone to order that a North Bergen restaurant be shot up because the owner had stopped paying for �protection.� That same leader sanctioned the 2015 execution of a suspected rival gang member in West New York. At the same time, law enforcement officials told the Commission that visible MS-13 activity in New Jersey has waned considerably in the past three years, the result of aggressive prosecutions at the state and federal levels and a close partnership with Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Dozens of MS-13 members now sit in prison for crimes that include racketeering, conspiracy and murder. In several communities, law enforcement officials said MS-13, despite its outsized reputation, is less of a concern than other nationally recognized gangs, such as the Bloods and the Crips, and violent neighborhood-based gangs composed mainly of teens. It is a fraught proposition for any investigative agency to declare that a criminal group has been subdued, and the Commission does not do so here. Just as La Cosa Nostra replenishes its ranks, MS-13 continues to recruit new members in our schools and on our streets, whether through enticements, a sense of family or coercion. In addition, some who were members of MS-13 in their native countries cross illegally into the United States, establishing ties with cliques here. Authorities suspect, too, that immigrant communities, fearful of cooperation with police because of the risk of retaliation or deportation, continue to be quietly victimized. Law enforcement estimates that more than 700 MS-13 members are scattered throughout the State, from Union City to Morristown, Trenton to Red Bank, Lindenwold to Lakewood. While an integrated, proactive policing strategy appears to have muted the gang�s more violent activities, no one in law enforcement believes the threat has been eradicated. In the following pages, the Commission outlines the gang�s origins, expansion, structure and activities. The report also highlights approaches law enforcement officials have used to tamp down violence and to prevent vulnerable teens from bolstering MS-13�s ranks. Details: Trenton, New Jersey: State of New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.state.nj.us/sci/pdf/MS-13report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: 18th Street Gang Shelf Number: 154190

Author: New Jersey Commission of Investigation Title: Gaming the System II: Abuses in the Used-Car Industry Summary: SUMMARY In 2015, the Commission examined conditions in the used-car industry and found serious flaws and discrepancies in the regulation and oversight of hundreds of dealers licensed in group settings known as multi-dealer locations, or MDLs. Focused primarily on New Jersey�s largest MDL complex � the New Jersey Dealers Auto Mall in Bridgeton, Cumberland County � the investigation revealed that while NJDAM operated under a veneer of apparent legitimacy, it was, in reality, a sham enterprise that enabled rampant dealer abuses ranging from consumer and bank fraud to tax evasion and money laundering. Under the MDL business model, a landlord leases space and provides other services to individuals or entities who are tenants � at least on paper � giving them an apparent base of operations within New Jersey and allowing them to meet the minimum requirements for obtaining used-car dealer licenses from the State. In fact, a large number of such dealers actually are based elsewhere, with many conducting business from locations out-of-state � mainly in New York � where stricter licensing rules make it difficult, if not impossible, for them to qualify for certified dealer credentials. During that inquiry, the Commission found that dealers who rented cubicles at NJDAM and similar entities were able to profit from an assortment of questionable and unscrupulous activities at the expense of taxpayers, consumers and legitimate commercial interests, and that much of this occurred because MDLs exist and function beyond the reach of basic rules governing licensure and oversight of car dealers in New Jersey. Despite the best efforts of line personnel at the state Motor Vehicle Commission (MVC) to scrutinize these dealers and enforce official regulations, the SCI found that meaningful oversight routinely was thwarted by MVC managers. In numerous instances, their actions, and in some cases, inaction, coincided with outside influence on behalf of NJDAM in the form of aggressive legal maneuvering and behind-the-scenes pressure from a prominent Trenton lobbyist � the former Director of MVC�s precursor, the New Jersey Division of Motor Vehicles. Favored treatment allowed MDLs and their tenant-dealers to be exempt from certain inspections and audits that are standard for other types of vehicle dealerships in New Jersey. For instance, the complexes were permitted to flagrantly misrepresent compliance with the MVC�s requirement that dealers be present at their licensed locations and be open for customers a minimum of 20 hours per week. Ignoring this basic requirement essentially became standard operating procedure at one particular complex after the MVC agreed to recognize the landlord NJDAM�s clerical personnel as �employees� of each of its more than 300 rent-paying tenant-dealers. To its credit, the MVC took steps during and soon after completion of the initial SCI investigation to address some of the most blatant regulatory weaknesses and resultant abuses detailed in the report. That effort had barely gotten off the ground, however, when a counteroffensive to undo the reforms was launched in the New Jersey Legislature. A lobbyist pressing for the bill was the same individual criticized in the SCI�s 2015 report for meddling in agency matters on behalf of NJDAM. The pending legislation would effectively legitimize nearly all of what the Commission found to be wrong in this corner of the used-car industry. This fact, along with credible allegations that extensive dealer abuses endured at these complexes absent comprehensive oversight as recommended by the SCI, prompted a follow-up inquiry into the continuing proliferation of MDLs in New Jersey. Commission investigators discovered that not only has the MDL business grown significantly over the past three years � there are now more than 100 additional tenant-dealers statewide than in 2015 � but that these sites remain a base camp for deceitful and, in some cases, unlawful activity. Once again, the Commission found dozens of instances in which consumers were ripped off after spending thousands of dollars for vehicles that in some instances turned out to be thinly disguised piles of junk. Aside from being unfit for the road, some were downright dangerous, such as the Ford Explorer SUV so thoroughly corroded that the buyer�s elderly mother narrowly escaped injury when she attempted to board the vehicle via a rusted step-rail that fell away. Other types of unscrupulous activity persisting at these sites include schemes by tenant-dealers to evade sales tax, to commit insurance fraud and to sell access to dealer credentials to unlicensed individuals. The Commission also learned of a pattern of abuse by some MDL-based dealers to circumvent inspection requirements for certain salvage vehicles � potentially putting cars too damaged to repair back on the road. Indeed, this practice has been so rampant that it recently prompted regulators in New York State to stop accepting salvage titles from New Jersey in order to protect unsuspecting consumers. Meanwhile, notwithstanding progress made by the MVC to address some regulatory gaps, the agency simultaneously has undermined that improvement by continuing to allow tenant-dealers to circumvent certain rules, including the requirement that dealers be present during posted business hours. The agency also lacks written guidelines for handling disciplinary action against used-car dealers who violate rules and regulations, relying instead on informal judgment calls by staff. Those decisions vary widely and can result in inconsistent penalties for violations, according to a detailed SCI review of MVC records. The Commission realizes that the MVC is responsible for overseeing a vast portfolio of entities, including but not limited to used-car dealers, and that it must do so with finite resources. It is also important to note that not all of the tenant-dealers housed at the various MDLs across New Jersey are involved in nefarious activity. Nonetheless, as the findings of this follow-up inquiry amply demonstrate, failure to enact any meaningful supervision of MDLs means that dishonest dealers will continue to victimize consumers and that other illicit activity at these complexes will continue with impunity. Given the SCI�s persistent findings, it may be that the only way to eradicate the myriad problems associated with the absentee tenant-dealers who use these sham complexes as a subterfuge is to eliminate the MDL system altogether. Short of that, the Legislature and the MVC need to impose authentic oversight and genuine consequences for those who violate statutory and regulatory rules to the public detriment. At the very least, the State should adopt more stringent requirements or those seeking to both obtain and retain retail used-car dealer licenses to deter abuse and ensure the presence of legitimate commercial enterprises. Finally, the Legislature should enact stronger protections for consumers who seek to buy used cars. The State of Massachusetts, for example, requires dealers to make repairs or to give buyers a refund if the vehicle in question fails to pass inspection within a week from date of purchase. The Bay State extends these protections to vehicle purchases costing a minimum of $700 and with an odometer reading of up to 125,000 miles � far more expansive than the limits covered under existing New Jersey law. Details: Trenton, New Jersey: State of New Jersey Commission of Investigation, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.state.nj.us/sci/pdf/CarAbusesSCIReport.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bank Fraud Shelf Number: 154189

Author: Face to Face Knox Title: To What End?: Assessing the Impact of the Knox County Jail's Ban on In-Person Visits Summary: Since April 2014, the Knox County Sheriff's Office has banned in-person visits at all county jail facilities. In the place of in-person visits, the Sheriff promoted a new "video visitation" system, requiring jail visitors to interact with residents through a video kiosk located inside the facility. Friends and family could also contact residents through a remote video call, but they could do so at the cost of $5.95 (now $5.99) per visit, assuming they had the necessary technology. When the ban was initiated, the Sheriff's Office gave the following reasons for eliminating in-person visits: - Decreased visitation traffic�requires less staff - No contraband entering jail - Easier on visitors (dress codes, searches, etc.) - No travel to visits (for remote video calls) - Lessens impact on children - Benefits to disabled persons and elderly who cannot visit in person - Lessens chances for violence - The cost is $5.95 (in 2014), "less than two gallons of gasoline" The Sheriff did not present evidence at the time to explain the sudden shift in policy. Even three years later, when Face To Face Knox asked for empirical evidence to support these claims, the Sheriff's Office simply claimed that its policy was "innovative," suggesting no further evaluation was necessary. Because the Sheriff's Office refused to provide data, Face To Face Knox conducted an open records request, seeking answers to the following questions: - How many inmate-on-inmate assaults were recorded at the Knox County Detention Facility in the three years prior to the ban, and how many have were recorded in the time since the ban? - How many inmate-on-staff assaults were recorded at the Knox County Detention Facility in the three years prior to the ban, and how many have were recorded in the time since the ban? - How many possession of contraband cases were assessed at the Knox County Detention Facility in the three years prior to the ban, and how many were assessed in the time since the ban? - How many disciplinary infractions were assessed at the Knox County Detention Facility in the three years prior to the ban, and how many were assessed in the time since the ban? One explanation--both then and now--was conspicuously absent: the video call system makes money for the County, while in-person visits do not. Under the County's current contract with Securus Technologies, the County takes a 50% "commission" on every remote video call, which goes into the County's general revenue fund. Because Securus pays the full cost of installing and operating the system, there is no need for the county to charge an extra fee. Face To Face Knox requested invoices to determine exactly how much revenue the county generated from commissions on the video calls. Over more than three years, Knox County has taken nearly $70,000 from individuals trying to stay in touch with their friends and loved ones. The results are clear: The ban on in-person visits makes the jail more dangerous, does nothing to stop the flow of contraband, and strips money from the pockets of families. It's time to end the ban and give visitors the option to see their friends and loved ones face to face. Details: Knoxville, Tennessee: 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.prisonlegalnews.org/media/publications/To_What_End_Assessing_the_Impact_of_the_Know_County_Jails_Ban_on_In-Person_Visits.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: County Jail Shelf Number: 154188

Author: Lievano, Maura Title: The Effect of Redeploying Police Officers from Plain Clothes Special Assignment to Uniformed Beat Patrols on Street Crime Summary: Executive Summary We evaluate the effect on reported daily criminal incidents of a sizable reallocation of police officers from plain clothes special-task force assignments to uniformed foot patrol. On September 1st, 2017, the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) re-assigned 69 officers (roughly 3.5 percent of sworn officers in the department) to various foot patrol assignments across the city's ten police districts. We use microlevel data on criminal incidents to generate daily counts of crime by broad category for the ten most frequently reported offenses (accounting for over 90 percent of incidents reported to the police) for the 120-day period surrounding the September 1st policy change. We conduct an event study analysis to test for a discrete change in the daily level of criminal incidents coinciding in time with the reallocation of police officers. We document discrete and statistically significant declines in the daily number of larceny thefts and assaults reported to the police coinciding with the increase in the number of officers assigned to foot beats. We show that the observed declines are not evident for comparable time periods in earlier years. The decline in larceny theft is geographically broad-based across police districts within the city while the decline in assaults is concentrated in a few districts. We do not observe larger crime declines (either in absolute terms or proportional to pre-change crime levels) in districts that experienced greater increases in foot-beat assignments. Details: Berkeley, California: California Policy Lab, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.capolicylab.org/sfpd-foot-patrols/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Beat Patrol Shelf Number: 154184

Author: FWD Title: Every Second: The Impact of the Incarceration Crisis on America's Families Summary: Executive Summary On any given day, there are more than 1.5 million people behind bars in state or federal prisons in the United States. Admissions to local jails have exceeded 10 million each year for at least the past 20 years. These figures are staggering, but the long reach of incarceration extends well beyond the jail and prison walls to the families on the other side. New research from FWD.us and Cornell University shows that approximately one in two adults (approximately 113 million people) has had an immediate family member incarcerated for at least one night in jail or prison. One in seven adults has had an immediate family member incarcerated for at least one year, and one in 34 adults has had an immediate family member spend 10 years or longer in prison. Today, an estimated 6.5 million people have an immediate family member currently incarcerated in jail or prison (1 in 38). The negative effects that individuals experience after being incarcerated are well documented, but much less is known about the incredible direct and indirect harms and challenges that families face when a loved one has been taken away. This report examines this important but understudied aspect of mass incarceration and provides new estimates on the prevalence of family incarceration for parents, siblings, spouses, and children. The findings reinforce the need to significantly reduce incarceration and support the families that are left behind. Despite limited recent declines in the jail and prison population, an unprecedented number of people continue to be impacted by incarceration and the collateral consequences of that experience which can last a lifetime. Research has shown that even short periods of incarceration can be devastating to people�s lives and additional punishments such as fines and fees, restrictions on employment and housing, and the loss of basic human rights limit opportunities for success long after individuals have completed their sentences. Our study shows that incarceration impacts people from all walks of life � for example, rates of family incarceration are similar for Republicans and Democrats � but the impact is unevenly borne by communities of color and families who are low-income. Black people are 50 percent more likely than white people to have had a family member incarcerated, and three times more likely to have had a family member incarcerated for one year or longer. People earning less than $25,000 per year are 61 percent more likely than people earning more than $100,000 to have had a family member incarcerated, and three times more likely to have had a family member incarcerated for one year or longer. The remainder of this report examines the prevalence of family incarceration for different demographic groups and communities, the impact of incarceration on family outcomes, and the policies that exacerbate the harmful effects of having a loved one incarcerated. The findings show just how pervasive and entrenched incarceration has become in America, and the results should convince decision-makers and the public to take a hard look at the policies that drive incarceration and the opportunities to strengthen families rather than tear them apart. Details: New York, NY: 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://everysecond.fwd.us/downloads/EverySecond.fwd.us.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Communities of Color Shelf Number: 154183

Author: Bensman, Todd Title: Terrorist Infiltration Threat at the Southwest Border: The National Security Gap in America's Immigration Enforcement Debate Summary: Introduction On June 24, 2016 - during the waning days of President Barack Obama's administration - Department of Homeland Security Secretary Jeh Johnson sent a three-page memorandum to 10 top law enforcement chiefs responsible for border security. The subject line referenced a terrorism threat at the nation's land borders that had been scarcely acknowledged by the Obama administration during its previous seven years. So far, it also has evaded much mention in national debate over Trump administration immigration policy. The subject line read: "Cross-Border Movement of Special Interest Aliens". What followed were orders, unusual in the sense that they demanded the "immediate attention" of the nation's most senior immigration and border security leaders to counter such an obscure terrorism threat. Secretary Johnson ordered that they form a "multi-DHS Component SIA Joint Action Group" and produce a "consolidated action plan" to take on this newly important threat. He was referring to the smuggling of migrants from Muslim-majority countries, often across the southern land border - a category of smuggled persons likely already known to memo recipients as special interest aliens, or SIAs. Secretary Johnson provided few clues for the apparent urgency, except to state: "As we all appreciate, SIAs may consist of those who are potential national security threats to our homeland. Thus, the need for continued vigilance in this particular area." Elsewhere, the secretary cited "the increased global movement of SIAs." The unpublicized copy of the memo, obtained by CIS, outlined plan objectives. Intelligence collection and analysis, Secretary Johnson wrote, would drive efforts to "counter the threats posed by the smuggling of SIAs." Coordinated investigations would "bring down organizations involved in the smuggling of SIAs into and within the United States." Border and port of entry operations capacities would "help us identify and interdict SIAs of national security concern who attempt to enter the United States" and "evaluate our border and port of entry security posture to ensure our resources are appropriately aligned to address trends in the migration of SIAs." Secretary Johnson saw a need to educate the general public about what was about to happen. Public affairs staffs would craft messaging that the new program would "protect the United States and our partners against this potential threat." However, no known Public Affairs Office education about SIA immigration materialized as Secretary Johnson and most of his agency heads were swept out of office some months later by the election of Republican President Donald Trump. Whatever reputed threat about which the Obama administration wanted to inform the public near its end remains narrowly known. So, too, are whatever operations developed from the secretary's 2016 directive. Perhaps notably, the cross-border migration of people from Muslim-majority nations, as a trending terror threat, has gone missing during contentious national debates over President Trump's border security policies and wall. Most discourse has been confined to Spanish-speaking border entrants rather than on those who speak Arabic, Pashtun, and Urdu. So what is an SIA and why, in 2016, did this "potential national security threat" require the urgent coordinated attention of agencies, with not much word about it since? This Backgrounder provides a factual basis necessary for anyone inclined to add the prospect of terrorism border infiltration, via SIA smuggling, to the nation's ongoing discourse about securing borders. It provides a definition of SIAs and a history of how homeland security authorities have addressed the issue since 9/11. Since SIA immigration traffic is the only kind with a distinct and recognized terrorism threat nexus, its apparent sidelining from the national debate presents a particular puzzlement. No illegal border crosser has committed a terrorist attack on U.S. soil, to date. A Somali asylum-seeker who crossed the Mexican border to California in 2011 did allegedly commit an ISIS-inspired attack in Canada, wounding five people in 2017, and numerous SIAs with terrorism connections reportedly have been apprehended at the southern border, to include individuals said to be linked to designated terrorist organizations in Somalia, Sri Lanka, Lebanon, and Bangladesh. But while most SIAs likely have no terrorism connectivity, the purpose of this Backgrounder is not to assess the perceived degree of any actual terrorist infiltration threat. The purpose, rather, is to establish a less disputable basis for discourse and action by either Republicans or Democrats through a homeland security lens: That SIA smuggling networks provide the capability for terrorist travelers to reach the border, and also that legislation-driven strategy requires U.S. agencies to tend to the issue regardless. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16 at: https://cis.org/Report/Terrorist-Infiltration-Threat-Southwest-Border Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aliens Shelf Number: 154182

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Human Trafficking: State and USAID Should Improve Their Monitoring of International Counter-Trafficking Projects Summary: What GAO Found The Departments of State (State), Labor (DOL), and the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) - through agreements with implementing partners-managed 120 international counter-trafficking in person projects during fiscal year 2017. GAO reviewed a selection of 54 counter-trafficking projects (37 State, 3 DOL, and 14 USAID), and found that DOL and USAID had fully documented their monitoring activities, while State had not. All three agencies used similar tools to monitor the performance of their projects, such as monitoring plans, performance indicators and targets, progress reports, and site visits. GAO found, however, that State did not fully document its monitoring activities for 16 of its 37 projects (43 percent). GAO found that State did not have the monitoring plans or complete progress reports for one-third of its projects and often lacked targets for performance indicators in its final progress reports. State officials said they had not required targets for each performance indicator for the projects GAO reviewed, or had not set targets due to limited resources in prior years. State has taken steps to improve its monitoring efforts, including issuing a November 2017 policy that requires targets to be set for each performance indicator and developing an automated data system that would require targets to be recorded. However, because the pilot data system allows targets to be recorded as "to be determined" and does not have controls to ensure entry of actual targets, it is uncertain whether performance targets will be regularly recorded. Without full documentation of monitoring activities and established performance targets, State has limited ability to assess project performance, including project efficiency or effectiveness. GAO reviewed the reliability of project performance information for 5 of the 54 counter-trafficking projects (2 State, 1 DOL, and 2 USAID) and found that State and USAID used inconsistent and incomplete performance information, while DOL used consistent and complete information. For example, some quarterly indicator results in State and USAID progress reports were inconsistent with annual total results, and narrative explanations for significant deviations from performance targets were sometimes not present in quarterly reports. According to agency officials, performance information from these projects is regularly used not only for direct project oversight but also for internal and external reporting, program decisions, and lessons learned. GAO found that State's and USAID's processes lack sufficient controls to ensure the reliability of project performance information, but did not find inadequate controls in DOL's process. For example, neither State nor USAID consistently used automated checks on indicator results to ensure consistency and completeness of performance indicator result calculations. In contrast, DOL used automated checks as part of its process. Without implementing controls to ensure that performance information is consistent and complete, State and USAID officials cannot fully or accurately understand what projects are, or are not, achieving, and how their efforts might be improved. Why GAO Did This Study Human trafficking is a pervasive problem throughout the world. Victims are often held against their will in slave-like conditions. The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017 includes a provision for GAO to report on the programs conducted by specific agencies, including State, DOL, and USAID, that address trafficking in persons. Among other objectives, this report (1) identifies the recent projects in international counter-trafficking in persons that key U.S. agencies have awarded to implementing partners; and, for selected projects, assesses the extent to which key agencies have (2) documented their monitoring activities and (3) ensured the reliability of project performance information. GAO reviewed State, DOL, and USAID project documents and interviewed agency officials. GAO reviewed monitoring documents for 54 of the 57 projects that were active from the beginning of fiscal year 2016 through the end of fiscal year 2017. Of these 54 projects, GAO selected a nongeneralizable sample of 5 projects, based primarily on largest total award amounts, for review of the reliability of project performance information. What GAO Recommends GAO is making four recommendations to State and one recommendation to USAID, including that both agencies establish additional controls to improve the consistency and completeness of project performance information, and that State maintain monitoring activity documentation and establish targets for each performance indicator. State and USAID concur with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, 2018. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-19-77 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-trafficking Shelf Number: 154178

Author: Strategic Applications International Title: Officers' Physical and Mental Health and Safety Summary: Abstract The OSW Group's April 2018 meeting expanded on previous discussions of ways to support officers' emotional health and organizational wellness. This meeting focused particularly on line-of-duty deaths in felonious assaults as well as in accidents, mental health and suicide, and crisis hotlines and other programs. Families, community members, and others can contribute to the important work that is needed in this area by supporting officer safety and wellness, participating in conversations and programming, and working to reduce the negative stigma surrounding mental health issues. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0862-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Hotline Shelf Number: 154175

Author: Miller, Ted R. Title: The Cost and Consequences of Sexual Violence in California Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This report is intended to examine the overall impact and consequences of sexual violence on California�s economy, local communities, and the health and general well-being of its population. It provides the first systematic estimate of the cost of sexual violence in California, using well established economic methodologies and based on available data on the occurrence of sexual violence in 2011-2013. Based on these analyses, the conservative estimate is that the tangible costs of sexual violence in California, including medical and mental health care, prevention, investigation, sanctioning, treatment, and victim services, totaled over $9 billion in 2012. When intangible costs, such as lost quality of life and lost work productivity, are included, the total costs increase to $140 billion. This translates to an average of $3,700 for each resident of California per year. At least $2.9 billion, or two percent of total costs, come from tangible local and state government spending and federal funding allocated to California. Importantly, almost $117 billion of the estimated costs come from the work and quality of life losses experienced by victims and their families. Research has shown that programs that address the root causes of sexual violence, by modifying risk factors and/or enhancing protective factors, can prevent sexual violence perpetration (DeGue et al., 2014). Prevention programs would lead to substantial cost savings: every prevented rape of an adult could save up to $163,800, and every prevented rape or sexual assault of a child could save up to $227,700. Preventing future incidents of sexual violence, while maintaining and improving services, would reduce costs to victims, governments and society. Details: Sacramento, California: California Coalition Against Sexual Assault, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.calcasa.org/svcostreport/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: California Shelf Number: 154172

Author: Holbrook, Natalie Title: Ending Perpetual Punishment: The Case for Commutations for People in Michigan Prisons Summary: Life and long indeterminate sentences In these pages you�ll read the stories of 10 individuals sentenced to serve life or long, indeterminate prison sentences - what we call �virtual life� sentences - in Michigan. Why are we highlighting these stories? Because they don�t often get heard. At AFSC, we�re fortunate to have the opportunity to work closely with people who have served - or are serving - life or long-term prison sentences. These are people who are often forgotten about once they�re sent to prison, but they are also living proof that healing and personal transformation are possible - that people convicted of serious offenses can return and live as vital parts of our free-world community. Details: Philadelphia, PA: American Friends Service Committee, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.afsc.org/sites/default/files/documents/AFSCReport_EndingPerpetualPunishment.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Indeterminate Sentencing Shelf Number: 154171

Author: State of Alaska Epidemiology Title: Firearm Injuries in Alaska, 2009-2015 Summary: Introduction The rate of firearm injury mortality in Alaska has consistently been higher than the national rate since at least 1999. In Alaska, firearm injuries are monitored using three surveillance systems, the Alaska Firearm Injury Report Surveillance System (AKFIRSS), the Alaska Trauma Registry (ATR), and the Alaska Violent Death Reporting System (AKVDRS). This Bulletin provides an update on firearm injuries in Alaska. Details: Anchorage, Alaska: Department of Health and Social Services, 2017. 1p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://epibulletins.dhss.alaska.gov/Document/Display?DocumentId=1949 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 154227

Author: Cruz-Rivera, Luis Jose Title: Preventing Contraband Cellular Phone Use in Prisons: A Technical Response to NTIA Summary: Overview From correctional facilities within the United States (U.S) and throughout the world to homeland defense and scenarios taking place on battlefields, illicit cellular phone use and unauthorized mobile data systems access is impacting mission safety at many levels. As evidenced by recent congressional activities and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration's (NTIA) Notice of Inquiry (NOI) regarding technical solutions to detect and prevent illegal use of cellular phones in correctional facilities, this problem is a growing threat to the security of our nation and its citizens. Too often, solution are designed to control threats, such as the growing cellular contraband problem and other major safety concerns, focus on the technology component , and fails to consider the appropriate combination of skills, processes, and technologies to enable a comprehensive solution. In the case of contraband of cell phone use within correctional facilities, the solution lays in the architecture, addressing and combating the root cause of the problem. The effective use of technology can combine intelligence gathering with analysis to support the security mission. Effective operating scenario knowledge, decision-making capabilities, and goal attainment need to ultimately control and deny this contraband issue. Commercial off the shelf (COTS) standalone systems do not offer a complete and satisfactory solution to the contraband cell phone challenge detailed in the NTIA request. Consideration of unified operational requirements, concepts of operations and functional requirements must be applied to the selection of available systems or development of an effective system of systems appropriate to address the mission space. This facilitates the deployment of an intelligent architecture for centralized and regional environments alike with a comprehensive affordable solution. The commercial market space has recognized this disparity and as the NTIA NOI identifies several point solutions or technologies have been developed within the current regulatory environment to address the known cellular contraband issues. For the purposes of this paper these solutions fall into two general categories - active radio-frequency (RF) systems and passive RF systems. While there are hybrid scenarios (a solution using both active and passive RF), this document will focus only on the solutions that fall into the active RF category and the passive RF category; hybrid solutions are excluded from this analysis. Furthermore, this document intends to elucidate a comprehensive approach for managing the operational data needs of several layers of the U.S. Government and other key stakeholders affected by illicit use of cellular phones in prisons. This document will discuss the two solution types and provide details regarding several technology and deployment considerations to address the architecture of the solution. Figure 1 depicts the two mission areas in which all of the possible solutions fall - contraband-based solutions and intelligence-based solutions. The contraband-based solution addresses the short-term need for denial by jamming or detection and monitoring for manual control. The intelligence-based solution provides varying capabilities of C3I (Command, Control, Communications, and Intelligence) interface and allows stakeholder operations to address criminal or other activities of interest within stakeholder jurisdictions. This capability can bridge other additional security needs to the solution, thus enabling the correctional community to utilize data sharing with law enforcement and judicial stakeholders to maintain a holistic view of criminal network communications and contraband management activities within the target locations. The level of metadata attainable in these transactions provides a large data-mining capability, which can interface with other operating scenario data sources and provide a new appreciation for connection networks. Within the scope considered by NTIA, solutions to this problem will serve the following primary stakeholders: - Prisons and correctional institutions that want the technology to solve the problem - Commercial operators who have paid millions and in some cases billions of dollars for spectrum and equipment and do not want their coverage of valid users impacted - The general public who wants a solution to stop the criminal activities but without impact to their use of devices on the outside of the correctional institution location Other stakeholders include: - State and local law enforcement agencies requiring increased insight and awareness of activities linked with illicit communications - Department of Homeland Security (DHS) data fusion centers, Department of Justice (DOJ), National Institute of Justice (NIJ), Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and other law enforcement (LE) entities - Government and industry associations responsible for overseeing the use of spectrum and wireless technology that want a solution that can operate within the boundaries of the law and regulations The opportunity to solve this problem using technology addresses a broad market segment, which also needs to coexist with other security efforts and data-sharing initiatives among the stakeholders. Strategic acquisition and integration work will be critical to deploying a given solution in order to avoid reengineering of design due to technology fluctuations, obsolescence, and total cost of ownership. If a rigorous solution development process is not followed, correctional institutions run the risk of committing and expending unnecessary resources and funds resulting to system implementation defects, technical capability gaps, and system suitability inadequacies within a constantly changing wireless environment. Details: Fairfax, VA: ManTech International Corporation, 2010. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.ntia.doc.gov/files/ntia/mantech_response_to_ntia_inquiry_v1.01.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 154226

Author: National Juvenile Justice Network Title: Supporting Immigrant Youth Caught in the Crosshairs of the Justice System Summary: Executive Summary Out of the estimated 11.1 million noncitizen immigrants living in America today, approximately one million are children under 18 years old. Many of these youth have come to this country fleeing violence and oppression, carry complex emotional burdens from trauma, and face basic language barriers. As national anti-immigrant rhetoric has escalated to the point of associating immigrants with animals and infestation and equating immigrant youth with gang members, these youthful immigrants have often become caught in the crosshairs of the justice system. Rather than being supported to develop into successful adults, immigrant youth are more often being targeted for arrest, detention, and deportation. As immigrant youth engage with the school and youth justice systems in this country, it is incumbent upon us to treat these youth - as we aspire to treat all youth in the United States - equitably, with dignity, and in a way that supports positive youth development and the rehabilitative goals of the youth justice system. Supporting immigrant youth has become increasingly more difficult, however, as federal, state, and local jurisdictions have adopted laws and policies that are threatening to immigrant youth and their families and fail to humanely support them. These include policies that promote local cooperation with federal immigration authorities, facilitate the deportation of immigrant youth and families, fail to protect the confidentiality of young people's school and justice records, increase harm to immigrant youth involved in the justice system, and fail to provide trauma informed, culturally and linguistically competent services for immigrant youth. While some of these policies negatively impact all youth, they can have profound consequences for immigrant youth, including higher risk of detention and the possibility of deportation. All these policies further serve to traumatize and instill fear in immigrant youth, impeding their ability to follow through on the services that will lead them on the path to positive youth development. Recommendations NJJN makes the following recommendations to support policies that uplift all families and further best practices for positive youth development for all youth, regardless of immigration status. 1) Do not entangle local and state law enforcement, youth justice, and school officials with federal immigration enforcement and encourage laws and policies that support immigrant youth. 2) Do not use gang databases and, where used, do not share them with federal authorities. 3) Safeguard students with policies that prohibit federal immigration authorities from entering schools, require warrants or other court documents to review student records, and discourage the use of school resource officers for the handling routine disciplinary matters. 4) Protect the confidentiality of all youth in the justice system, including immigrant youth. 5) Avoid detaining youth, including immigrant youth. 6) Use an immigration lens when reviewing current and proposed youth justice policies. Consider the possibility that children and/or adults that care for them may be immigrants and take actions that support their healthy development, rather than further traumatizing or harming them. 7) Ensure youth in the juvenile justice system have access to defense counsel that understand the immigration consequences of juvenile justice system involvement and, where necessary, access to immigration attorneys. Details: Washington, DC: 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.njjn.org/our-work/supporting-immigrant-youth-caught-in-the-crosshairs-of-the-justice-system Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 154225

Author: Carter, William A. Title: Low-Hanging Fruit: Evidence-Based Solutions to the Digital Evidence Challenge Summary: Executive Summary The growth of digital technologies and the rise of mobile computing over the past decade have created new opportunities and new challenges for law enforcement. On one hand, the proliferation of digital communications, digital storage devices, and ubiquitous connectivity has made more information available than ever before on the movements, conversations, and behavior of people. On the other hand, rapidly changing technologies, shifts in terms of who controls the data, adoption of sophisticated anonymity and obfuscation tools, and jurisdictional uncertainty create new and critical challenges for the detection, surveillance, and attribution of criminal activity. In fact, survey findings indicate that law enforcement officials across federal, state, and local entities encounter difficulties in effectively accessing, analyzing, and utilizing digital evidence in over one-third of their cases that involve digital evidence - a problem that is likely to grow over time absent national attention to this problem. The purpose of this report is to focus attention on a range of too-often neglected challenges and opportunities faced by law enforcement as they seek to access and use digital evidence in their cases. Recently, most of the discussions have focused on encryption: to what extent, and in what circumstances, if any, should one be compelled to facilitate access to encrypted communications or otherwise inaccessible devices? But the obstacles posed by encryption are just one aspect of the challenge in accessing digital evidence, albeit an important one. In many investigations, a range of data is potentially accessible to law enforcement pursuant to lawful means. For a variety of reasons, however, law enforcement officials often face significant obstacles in being able to access, decipher, or otherwise use that data, even when they have the legal authority to do so. Our survey of federal, state, and local law enforcement officials suggests that challenges in accessing data from service providers - much of which is not encrypted - is the biggest problem that they currently face in terms of their ability to use digital evidence in their cases. Specifically, the inability to effectively identify which service providers have access to relevant data was ranked as the number-one obstacle in being able to effectively use digital evidence in particular cases. Difficulties in obtaining sought-after data from these providers was ranked as a close second. These challenges ranked significantly higher than any other challenges - including challenges associated with accessing data from devices or interpreting the data that has been obtained. This is an issue that has received relatively little attention and resources, and certainly not enough compared to the need. The sole federal entity with an explicit mission to facilitate more efficient cooperation between law enforcement and industry - the National Domestic Communications Assistance Center (NDCAC) - has a budget of $11.4 million, spread among several different programs designed to distribute knowledge about service providers policies and products, develop and share technical tools, and train law enforcement on new services and technologies, among other initiatives. Another important digital evidence training center - the National Computer Forensic Institute, run by the Secret Service - has to fight each year for adequate appropriations. This year it was awarded $18.9 million, enough for it to train approximately 1,200 students. If fully funded, it could train over 3,000 students per year. An array of federal and state training centers, crime labs, and other efforts have been developed to help fill the gaps, but they are able to fill only a fraction of the need. Meanwhile, there is no central entity responsible for monitoring these efforts, taking stock of the demand, and filling the gaps. Nor is there any central entity responsible for the range of other, related policy concerns that have emerged and will undoubtedly continue to do so. The good news is that these are problems that can be solved, or at the very least much better managed than they are now. This will require a national commitment, adequate resourcing, and a shift in policy. The costs are moderate and the payoffs likely large. To fill these needs, this report calls for a new National Digital Evidence Policy, to be spearheaded by a National Digital Evidence Office that will have the responsibility for overseeing and coordinating the many efforts to fill the gaps. This office should, among other things, work with federal, state, and local law enforcement to track trends and challenges, and work with the other existing entities and individuals focused on these issues to improve law enforcement access to digital evidence, consistent with civil liberties. It should, for example, facilitate improved cooperation with service providers and help disseminate knowledge and analytical tools that can assist law enforcement in deciphering data that has been disclosed. And it should promote greater transparency about the nation's digital evidence policies and programs, ensure that new initiatives are being conducted in a manner consistent with privacy and civil liberties, and make recommendations with respect to new legal authorities and policy changes that are needed or being pursued. The report further calls for the authorization and adequate resourcing of NDCAC or an equivalent entity to serve as a training and technical support center within this new office. Building on NDCAC's current mission, this support center would conduct and develop both in-person and online trainings; collect and disseminate knowledge about provider policies and products; educate law enforcement about how to submit lawful and appropriately tailored requests for data; develop and maintain technical tools for analyzing lawfully obtained digital evidence; and disseminate these tools to appropriately trained law enforcement personnel around the country. Put simply, the current model - pursuant to which each and every office is largely expected to develop and maintain its own expertise - is not sustainable. Even with an extraordinary increase in funding and training, it is not practical or possible for every one of the thousands of federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies across the country to have, within their own department, adequate access to all of the resources and expertise needed. In fact, more than half of those surveyed stated that they lacked sufficient internal resources to handle digital evidence - a problem that is likely to grow as more and more information becomes digitalized. It is possible, however, to effectively train agents and other relevant officials as to when expert advice or technical assistance is needed and where to go to seek it - so long as the training and expert assistance is widely available. In support of these efforts, the report also calls for the creation of an expert advisory board, comprised of experts from law enforcement, industry, and members of civil society, to advise the National Digital Evidence Office in a consultative role. This will facilitate better policies with broad multi-stakeholder support, foster the kinds of conversations and interactions needed to build trust (if not agreement) between parties, ensure a full range of perspectives are considered, and provide a venue for providers and other outside voices to raise concerns and/or push for policy changes. Importantly, any workable solution will require renewed efforts by both law enforcement and the private companies that manage and hold data of interest. This report thus calls on tech companies that manage, store, and have access to data to do more as well. Specifically, the tech companies should commit to maintaining up-to-date law enforcement guidance, and better educating law enforcement on how their systems work and the kinds of data available, so as to avoid situations in which law enforcement has to guess what to ask for. This will in turn facilitate the submission of better and more tailored data requests from law enforcement, thereby eliminating a major source of concern on both sides of the process. The report further calls on providers to maintain, and, if applicable, develop, online mechanisms through which law enforcement can make lawful requests for data; to commit to fast response times for emergency requests; and to ensure that there is a human being for law enforcement to speak with in the event of emergency. Providers should also commit to continued transparency about the nature and volume of requests, to challenge what they perceive to be overbroad or unlawful demands for data that they might receive, and to report trends of concern to the National Digital Evidence Office, via input to the expert advisory board or otherwise. None of this is meant to replace the excellent work already underway in parts of the Department of Justice, across federal and district attorneys' offices, at federal and state crime labs, and in various other centers of excellence around the country. Nor is it meant to displace the efforts already underway by providers that have developed online portals to facilitate law enforcement access, make guides available to law enforcement, provide trainings, and engage in transparency reporting regarding law enforcement requests for data. But both survey results and interviews suggest that there is more to be done. A National Digital Evidence Office would build on, elevate the prominence of, and ensure adequate resourcing for the successful initiatives already underway, and also help to ensure that training and technical assistance is provided not just to those that already receive it, but across the many federal, state, and local offices where the need arises. Continued and increased engagement by tech companies would help ensure that law enforcement knows where to go to request particular data, the range of data available, and how to appropriately tailor their requests. Moreover, there is a clear need for best practices and industry standards that new entrants to the market and smaller-scale providers can adopt as well. Some of these steps will take longer to achieve. It will, no doubt, take some time and effort to authorize and set up a new National Digital Evidence Office. But there are a number of steps that can and should be taken immediately. The Department of Justice can and should set up an internal national digital evidence coordinating body to fill the important policy and oversight needs. Congress can and should adequately resource NDCAC to serve the training and technical roles that already fall within its mission. The many excellent training centers that already exist should also be fully funded and should expand their mission to reach a wider set of students and address a wider set of issues. Providers can and should also take voluntary steps to better facilitate access and tailored requests, consistent with the law and the need to protect privacy and civil liberties. The remainder of the report draws on survey results and a broad range of interviews to provide a detailed accounting and analysis of the four key areas of this report's focus: resource constraints, training programs, cooperation with service providers, and related legal and policy issues. Part II provides a detailed set of recommendations; part III provides conclusions. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and International Studies, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.csis.org/analysis/low-hanging-fruit-evidence-based-solutions-digital-evidence-challenge Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 154224

Author: Rabuy, Bernadette Title: Prisons of Poverty: Uncovering the Pre-Incarceration Incomes of the Imprisoned Summary: Correctional experts of all political persuasions have long understood that releasing incarcerated people to the streets without job training, an education, or money is the perfect formula for recidivism and re-incarceration. While the fact that people released from prison have difficulties finding employment is well-documented, there is much less information on the role that poverty and opportunity play in who ends up behind bars in the first place. Using an underutilized data set from the Bureau of Justice Statistics, this report provides hard numbers on the low incomes of incarcerated men and women from before they were locked up. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/income.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 154223

Author: Pew Research Center Title: Shifting Public Views on Legal Immigration into the U.S.: Many Unaware that Most Immigrants in the U.S. are Here Illegally Summary: While there has been considerable attention on illegal immigration into the U.S. recently, opinions about legal immigration have undergone a long-term change. Support for increasing the level of legal immigration has risen, while the share saying legal immigration should decrease has fallen. The survey by Pew Research Center, conducted June 5-12 among 2,002 adults, finds that 38% say legal immigration into the United States should be kept at its present level, while 32% say it should be increased and 24% say it should be decreased. Since 2001, the share of Americans who favor increased legal immigration into the U.S. has risen 22 percentage points (from 10% to 32%), while the share who support a decrease has declined 29 points (from 53% to 24%). The shift is mostly driven by changing views among Democrats. The share of Democrats and Democratic-leaning independents who say legal immigration into the U.S. should be increased has doubled since 2006, from 20% to 40%. Growing share of Democrats support increased legal immigration into the U.S.Republicans' views also have changed, though more modestly. The share of Republicans and Republican leaners who say legal immigration should be decreased has fallen 10 percentage points since 2006, from 43% to 33%. Still, about twice as many Republicans (33%) as Democrats (16%) support cutting legal immigration into the U.S. The new survey, which was largely conducted before the crisis at the U.S.-Mexico border involving immigrant children being separated from their parents, finds deep and persistent partisan divisions in a number of attitudes toward immigrants, as well as widespread misperceptions among the public overall about the share of the immigrant population in the U.S. that is in this country illegally. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: http://www.people-press.org/2018/06/28/shifting-public-views-on-legal-immigration-into-the-u-s/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 154221

Author: Peters, Mark G. Title: An Investigation of NYPD's New Force Reporting System Summary: The ability to accurately track and report on officer‐involved force incidents is critical to effectively managing a police department and maintaining the public's trust in law enforcement. In October 2015, however, the New York City Department of Investigation's (DOI) Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG‐NYPD) determined that the New York City Police Department (NYPD or the Department) was unable to identify and track such incidents. Among DOI's 15 recommendations to NYPD was the need for a separate, uniform use‐of‐force reporting form that allows NYPD to capture and track all officer uses of force and injuries that occur in the course of a police encounter. NYPD agreed in its response to the 2015 Report that such a tracking system was necessary and stated its plan to build one. In June 2016, the Department replaced its existing use‐of‐force policies, Patrol Guide Series 212, with a new set of use‐of‐force procedures, Patrol Guide Series 221. A new form - the Threat, Resistance, and Injury Worksheet (T.R.I.)�was introduced to NYPD system‐wide as the foundation of the new force‐reporting protocols. NYPD designed the new form to record certain uses of force by and against police officers as well as any injuries occurring during the course of a police action or while an individual is in police custody. Considering the importance of the new T.R.I. use‐of‐force reporting system, DOI investigated NYPD's compliance with the new policy, focusing on whether officers were completing T.R.I. forms when they used reportable force during an arrest. Following the examination of over 30,000 pages of NYPD documents and interviews with both the NYPD bureau overseeing the T.R.I. program and precinct supervisors responsible for executing the program in the field, DOI arrived at the following findings: - Despite a Weak Start in 2016, NYPD was Largely in Compliance in 2017 with Respect to Certain T.R.I. Metrics. NYPD arrest reports contain drop-down boxes in which officers can select "Yes/No" on whether they used force; a "Yes" would require the officer to also complete a T.R.I. During September - November 2016, officers failed to complete a T.R.I. in 36.2% of cases in which they had reported "Force Used: Yes" on an arrest report. A sample of nine precincts between May � July 2017, however, showed notable improvement; officers failed to complete T.R.I.s in only 10% of such cases. - Continuing Problems with T.R.I. Compliance: T.R.I.s Not Always Completed When Documents Signal That Reportable Force Was Used. DOI identified arrest reports with a resisting arrest charge in which the arresting officer selected "Force Used: No" on the arrest report drop-down box but the narrative suggests that the officer may have used force. DOI also identified Medical Treatment of Prisoner forms in which the officer's narrative description strongly suggests or clearly indicates that the officer used force on a member of the public, yet no T.R.I. was completed. NYPD does not have sufficient controls in place to identify these other uses of force - which are indeed harder to detect � and to ensure that T.R.I.s are completed when required. Such cases would not be captured in an audit that focuses solely on arrest reports where officers say "Force Used: Yes" in a drop-down box. However, because force used is not formally documented in these instances, the completion of T.R.I. forms is even more important. - Continuing Problems with Force Reporting on Arrest Reports. In at least 30% of the arrest reports with resisting arrest charges in the 2016 study period (and 55.9% in a 2017 sample), officers stated that "No" force was used but still filed a T.R.I. affirming that the officer indeed used reportable force during the incident. This means that officers are underreporting force on arrest reports and, as a result, certain statistics in NYPD's recent Annual Use‐of‐Force Report do not accurately reflect the universe of force incidents. - Supervisory Failures in the T.R.I. Program. In addition to broader, technological solutions that are helping NYPD achieve better force reporting, supervisors play a vital role in ensuring T.R.I. compliance. DOI identified several supervisory failures in the T.R.I. program that NYPD must address. These include the failure to record T.R.I. information in command logs, to complete required steps when investigating a force incident, and to submit quarterly T.R.I. reports to the NYPD First Deputy Commissioner, as indicated in Patrol Guide Series 221. - Continued Concerns in the Field. Candid interviews with NYPD precinct commanders revealed the growing need for deadlines on T.R.I. forms (currently there are none), additional training for officers, a narrative section on the T.R.I. forms where officers can further document the incident (currently there is none), and a more effective hotline for supervisors to call when T.R.I. questions emerge. - Opportunities for More Detailed and More Transparent Reporting. Enhancing accountability and public trust requires that NYPD publish accurate and useful data on officer use of force. While NYPD's recent Annual Use‐of‐Force report provides useful base‐line data on general uses of force, the report does not satisfy all legal reporting requirements. NYPD can do more to ensure that the public has a fuller understanding of force incidents involving police officers. Comprehensive force reporting will ultimately bolster NYPD's efforts at community engagement by providing reliable and relevant data that will better inform the public discussion about officer use of force. Details: New York City, NY: Department of Investigation, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/doi/press-releases/2018/feb/08Use_of_Force_Report_020618.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 154213

Author: Sui, Daniel Title: The Deep Web and the Darknet: A Look Inside the Internet's Massive Black Box Summary: Abstract Many believe a Google search can identify most of the information available on the Internet on a given subject. But there is an entire online world � a massive one � beyond the reach of Google or any other search engine. Policymakers should take a cue from prosecutors � who just convicted one of its criminal masterminds � and start giving it some attention. The scale of the Internet�s underworld is immense. The number of non-indexed web sites, known as the Deep Web, is estimated to be 400 to 500 times larger than the surface web of indexed, searchable web sites. And the Deep Web is where the dark side of the Internet flourishes. While there are plenty of law-abiding citizens and well-intentioned individuals (such as journalists, political dissidents, and whistleblowers) who conduct their online activities below the surface, the part of the Deep Web known as the Darknet has become a haven for regulatory evasion, crime, and threats to national security. This policy brief outlines what the Deep Web and Darknet are, how they are accessed, and why we should care about them. For policymakers, the continuing growth of the Deep Web in general and the accelerated expansion of the Darknet in particular pose new policy challenges. The response to these challenges may have profound implications for civil liberties, national security, and the global economy at large. Details: Washington, DC: Wilson Center, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://www.wilsoncenter.org/publication/the-deep-web-and-the-darknet Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 154209

Author: Swerin, Danielle Title: Sexual Violence in Idaho: 2009-2015 Summary: Introduction Sexual violence is a significant concern in the United States. Nationally, nearly 1 in 5 women and 1 in 59 men have been raped in their lifetime. Results from the Idaho Crime Victimization Survey indicate that 202 per 1,000 residents have been sexually assaulted in their lifetime; based on current population estimates, this equates to more than 330,000 Idaho residents. The purpose of this report is to inform the criminal justice community and other interested parties about the prevalence, characteristics, and response to sexual violence in Idaho. Information discussed throughout this report reflects reported sexual violence in Idaho from 2009 through 2015. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 16, 2019 at: https://healthandwelfare.idaho.gov/Portals/0/Health/Sexual%20Violence%20Prevention/Sexual%20Violence%20Report%202016.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Shelf Number: 154206

Author: Peaslee, Liliokanaio Title: Testing the Impact of Mentor Training and Peer Support on the Quality of Mentor-Mentee Relationships and Outcomes for At-Risk Youth Summary: Abstract National trends point to the increased popularity of mentor programs to enhance protective factors and decrease poor life outcomes for at-risk youth. Generally, substantial empirical evidence confirms improved outcomes for at-risk youth involved in mentoring programs; however, there is limited empirical evidence linking mentor training and programmatic support to the strength of mentoring relationships and youth outcomes. This evaluation investigates the impact of Enhanced Mentor Training and Peer Support for mentors on the quality of mentor-mentee relationships and mentee outcomes. Research was conducted in conjunction with an affiliate of Big Brothers Big Sisters of America in Harrisonburg, Virginia, an established mentoring program that has consistently surpassed national standards in all areas of quality metrics. A total of 459 matches were enrolled in the three-year study. We utilized a between-subject experimental design, with three, randomly assigned intervention groups: a) Enhanced Mentor Training b) Peer Support, and c) an Interaction Intervention. The report concludes with recommendations from an implementation analysis and an outcome evaluation to inform the work of mentoring researchers and practitioners. Details: Harrisonburg, VA: James Madison University, 2015. 214p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/248719.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154248

Author: Matrix Global Advisors, LLC Title: Health Care Costs from Opioid Abuse: A State-by-State Analysis Summary: The Centers for Disease Control has called prescription painkiller abuse an epidemic. U.S. health care costs attributable to the abuse of prescription painkillers (otherwise known as opioids) totaled an estimated $25 billion in 2007. Given the substantial differences among states in the level of opioid abuse, population size, and the cost of health care services, state-level cost estimates of the impact of opioid abuse are important for understanding and addressing the epidemic. Furthermore, given that many effective strategies for tackling this epidemic may be locally devised and implemented, state-specific estimates are essential for policymakers. The analysis presented here offers the first such estimates. Details: Washington, DC: Matrix Global Advisors, LLC, 2015. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://drugfree.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/Matrix_OpioidAbuse_040415.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154162

Author: U.S. Congress. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions. Minority Staff Title: The Economic Cost of the Opioid Epidemic in Washington State Summary: The cost and breadth of the opioid epidemic across the country continues to grow; the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recently found the epidemic is only getting worse as the number of opioid-related overdoses continue to rise. This report adapts the methodology employed by a November 2017 report by the Council of Economic Advisors (CEA), which found that previous analyses of the economic cost of opioids significantly underestimate the total costs of the epidemic. CEA found that in 2015, the economic cost of the opioid crisis nationwide was over $500 billion - as much as six times larger than previous estimates. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Congress, Senate, HELP Committee, 2017. 1p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.help.senate.gov/imo/media/doc/Economic%20Cost%20of%20the%20Opioid%20Epidemic%20in%20Washington%20State.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Congressional Report Shelf Number: 154167

Author: Weissman, Marsha Title: Does Keeping Youth Close to Home Really Matter? A Case Study Summary: Background In 2012, with authorization from the Governor and New York State legislature, New York City took jurisdiction over children adjudicated delinquent (JDs) and ordered into placement by the court. Known as the Close to Home initiative (C2H), when youth from New York City are placed, it is now in small facilities near their home communities. C2H also expanded community-based, non-residential alternative to placement resources and required that the city's Probation Department utilize a risk-based system for making recommendations to the court. By keeping youth "close to home," it was theorized, they would remain connected to their families, their schools, and positive community activities, rather than being disconnected by placement in youth prisons distant from their homes. By 2016, New York City no longer had any JD-adjudicated youth in state Office of Children and Family Services (OCFS) facilities. The 182 youth who were placed out-of-home were placed into small (6 to 18 bed) C2H facilities in or near the city. In addition, the overall placements of youth dramatically declined following the implementation of C2H. Between 2012 and 2016, overall placements of JDs decreased by 68 percent. Through interviews with stakeholders involved in the planning, implementation and advocacy for C2H, and analysis of C2H and other juvenile justice outcome data from city and state sources, this case study documents the impact of the Close to Home initiative. It examines what Close to Home and other city juvenile justice reforms that preceded it represent within the larger context of juvenile justice reforms - at the national, state and city level. Details: Syracuse, NY: Columbia University Justice Lab, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: http://justicelab.iserp.columbia.edu/img/forum_handout_final_3.12.18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 154204

Author: Kuang, D. Title: Crime Topic Modeling Summary: Abstract The classification of crime into discrete categories entails a massive loss of information. Crimes emerge out of a complex mix of behaviors and situations, yet most of these details cannot be captured by singular crime type labels. This information loss impacts our ability to not only understand the causes of crime, but also how to develop optimal crime prevention strategies. We apply machine learning methods to short narrative text descriptions accompanying crime records with the goal of discovering ecologically more meaningful latent crime classes. We term these latent classes 'crime topics' in reference to text-based topic modeling methods that produce them. We use topic distributions to measure clustering among formally recognized crime types. Crime topics replicate broad distinctions between violent and property crime, but also reveal nuances linked to target characteristics, situational conditions and the tools and methods of attack. Formal crime types are not discrete in topic space. Rather, crime types are distributed across a range of crime topics. Similarly, individual crime topics are distributed across a range of formal crime types. Key ecological groups include identity theft, shoplifting, burglary and theft, car crimes and vandalism, criminal threats and confidence crimes, and violent crimes. Though not a replacement for formal legal crime classifications, crime topics provide a unique window into the heterogeneous causal processes underlying crime. Details: Los Angelos, California: UCLA, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17. 2019 at: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s40163-017-0074-0 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Classification Shelf Number: 154207

Author: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. Office of Research Title: 2016 Juvenile Justice Outcome Evaluation Report: Examination of Youth Released from the Division of Juvenile Justice in Fiscal Year 2011-12 Summary: Executive Summary As a division of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR), the Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) provides education and treatment to California�s most serious and violent youthful offenders and juveniles sex offenders with the most intense treatment needs. Today in California, most juvenile offenders are committed to county‐level facilities in their home communities where they can be closer to their families and community‐based treatment services that are vital to rehabilitation. As such, DJJ�s population has diminished in size and has become more serious with respect to their offense histories. Currently, DJJ�s population represents less than one percent of the estimated 86,823 youth arrested in California each year. The CDCR 2016 Juvenile Justice Outcome Evaluation Report presents the rate of recidivism of youth discharged from DJJ during Fiscal Year (FY) 2011‐12. This report employs multiple recidivism measures including rates for a return to DJJ, a return to the Division of Adult Institutions (DAI), or a return to either DJJ or DAI (i.e., any state‐level correctional institution) for a three‐year follow‐up period. Recidivism is also measured by tracking arrests and convictions (in California only) of the release cohort for the three‐ year follow‐up period. In FY 2011‐12, a total of 675 youth were released from DJJ and tracked for three years following the date of their release. As shown in Figure A, 37.3 percent of the release cohort (252 youth) were returned to state‐level incarceration (returned to DJJ or returned to DAI, combined) within three years of their release. The three‐year return to DJJ rate is 13.8 percent (93 youth) and the three‐ year return to DAI rate is 30.5 percent (206 youth). Of the 675 youth released in FY 2011‐12, 74.2 percent (501 youth) were arrested and 53.8 percent (363 youth) were convicted. In 2007, Senate Bill (SB) 81 was passed and continued the fundamental shift of keeping lower‐level juvenile offenders close to home so they could be near local treatment services and receive support from their families and the community at large. Only youth whose most recent sustained offense was listed under the Welfare and Institutions Code (W&IC) 707(b), violent offenses, or an offense listed in Penal Code (PC) 290.008, sex offenses, (henceforth, �707(b)/290�) are eligible for commitment to DJJ. In addition, this legislation required that remaining non‐707(b) offenders be returned to the county of commitment upon release for community supervision, rather than DJJ parole. Due to the fundamental shift in the types of youth eligible for commitment to DJJ with the passage of SB 81, this report provides rates for the 619 released 707(b)/290 youth, as well as the 56 released non‐707(b)/290 youth. The rates for the 619 released 707(b)/290 youth were higher across all five measures of recidivism than non‐ 707(b)/290 youth. In addition to the overall rates, rates for the five measures of recidivism by youth demographics (e.g. race, gender, and age) and youth characteristics (e.g. commitment offense category, commitment offense and juvenile offender type) are also provided in this report. As discussed in the following sections, this report employs a different methodology than previous reports, therefore, the rates of recidivism presented in this report may be used as a baseline rate for future analyses conducted by the Department, however, direct comparisons between the rates presented in this report and previous reports cannot be made. In keeping with the CDCR�s goal of developing a comprehensive system of program evaluation, these recidivism rates may be used to monitor DJJ�s population over time, investigate the relationship between youth�s risk to recidivate, and to evaluate the effectiveness of DJJ programs, policies, and procedures. This report employs a different methodology than previous analyses of DJJ youth. While direct comparisons between past reports and the rates in this report should not be made, the recidivism rates presented in the following sections of this report may serve as baseline rates for future analyses conducted by the CDCR and in order to monitor changes in youth�s risk to recidivate over time. In February 2016, the class‐action lawsuit known as Farrell v Kernan was terminated after DJJ fully implemented sweeping reforms to the juvenile system. Among the many reforms was the implementation of the Integrated Behavior Treatment Model (IBTM), a comprehensive approach to assessing, understanding, and treating youth. The IBTM is intended to reduce institutional violence and the risk of future criminal behavior by working with youth to prioritize and achieve goals for successful community living. The DJJ adopted the IBTM as the foundation for developing and implementing the education, mental health, and treatment model for committed youth. The IBTM provides collaborative services and evidence‐based interventions and programs that develop youths� skills for success. The data presented in this report pre‐dates some of the important reforms that took place near the conclusion of the lawsuit; therefore, more time is needed to fully understand the long‐term impacts of DJJ programs on recidivism. Details: Sacramento, California: California Department of Corrections, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.cdcr.ca.gov/Juvenile_Justice/docs/2016-Division-of-Juvenile-Justice-Outcome-Evaluation-Report-2-21-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: California Shelf Number: 154202

Author: Bryan, Isaac Title: Race, Community, and the Recent Disparities in Cannabis Enforcement by the LAPD Summary: Between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2016, the Los Angeles Police Department made 7,600 arrests involving a cannabis-related offense. In 68 percent of those arrests, a cannabis-related offense was the only charge. Even though cannabis usage is relatively even across racial groups, there were clear disparities in these cannabis-based arrests. These disparities cost African Americans and South Central Los Angeles residents the most. Using LAPD arrest data, this report shows that African Americans and South Central residents collectively spent years in LAPD detention and paid millions for cannabis-related arrests between 2012 and 2016. They did so even as California headed toward statewide legalization in 2018. Details: Los Angeles, California: Million Dollar Hoods, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: http://milliondollarhoods.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/MDH-Cannabis-Report-March-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African American Shelf Number: 154161

Author: Hernandez, Kelly Lytle Title: Access to Freedom: Caged L.A. Summary: A Portrait of Los Angeles County, the report by the SSRC�s Measure of America program, provides an overview of well-being and equity across Los Angeles County. In particular, the project uses the American Human Development (HD) Index to score and map how LA County communities are faring across �a range of critical issues, including health, education, living standards, environmental justice, housing, homelessness, violence, and inequality.� As a measure of how �ordinary people are doing,� the report aims to serve advocates and policymakers working to �increase well-being for all county residents and narrow the gaps between groups.� However, key measures of well-being and equity in Los Angeles County that are not included in the report are those related to policing and incarceration. Since the 1960s, mass incarceration has emerged as a common feature of urban life and has functioned as an impediment to racial equity across the United States. As legal scholar Michelle Alexander describes it, mass incarceration is the �New Jim Crow,� the institutional basis for a new caste system that disproportionately impacts Blacks, Latinx, and impoverished urban communities. This is especially true in Los Angeles County, which operates the largest jail system in the United States. On any given night, more than 17,000 people are arrested and caged across the region�s jails, detention centers, and one penal farm. The size of the Los Angeles County Jail system is sustained by significant public investments. In fact, public safety, namely policing and incarceration, is the single-largest net expense for both the City and County of Los Angeles. Los Angeles County allocates 42 percent of its net spending to public protection. Similarly, the City of Los Angeles commits 56 percent of the City budget to public safety. Together, the City and the County spend nearly $5.5 billion annually on public safety. In other words, local authorities have made policing and incarceration their top priorities for public investment, making the inequities of the New Jim Crow central to any measure of life and well-being in Los Angeles and key to any effort to �narrow the gaps between groups� across the region. Details: Los Angeles, California: Million Dollar Hoods, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: http://milliondollarhoods.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/SSRC-FInal-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: A Portrait of Los Angeles County Shelf Number: 154160

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Progress and Challenges in the Management of Immigration Courts and Alternatives to Detention Summary: What GAO Found In June 2017, GAO reported that the Executive Office for Immigration Review's (EOIR) immigration court case backlog - cases pending from previous years still open at the start of a new fiscal year - more than doubled from fiscal years 2006 through 2015 (see figure), primarily due to declining cases completed per year. GAO also reported in June 2017 that EOIR could take several actions to address management challenges related to hiring, workforce planning, and technology utilization, among other things. For example, EOIR did not have efficient practices for hiring immigration judges. EOIR data showed that on average from February 2014 through August 2016, EOIR took more than 21 months to hire a judge. GAO also found that EOIR was not aware of the factors most affecting the length of its hiring process. GAO recommended that EOIR assess its hiring process to identify efficiency opportunities. As of January 2018, EOIR had made progress in increasing its number of judges but remained below its fiscal year 2017 authorized level. To better ensure that it accurately and completely identifies opportunities for efficiency, EOIR needs to assess its hiring process. In November 2014, GAO reported that the number of aliens who participated in U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) Alternatives to Detention (ATD) program increased from 32,065 in fiscal year 2011 to 40,864 in fiscal year 2013. GAO also found that the average daily cost of the program - $10.55 - was significantly less than the average daily cost of detention - $158 - in fiscal year 2013. Additionally, ICE established two performance measures to assess the ATD program's effectiveness, but limitations in data collection hindered ICE's ability to assess program performance. GAO recommended that ICE collect and report on additional court appearance data to improve ATD program performance assessment, and ICE implemented the recommendation. Why GAO Did This Study The Department of Justice's EOIR is responsible for conducting immigration court proceedings, appellate reviews, and administrative hearings to fairly, expeditiously, and uniformly administer and interpret U.S. immigration laws. The Department of Homeland Security's ICE manages the U.S. immigration detention system, which houses foreign nationals, including families, whose immigration cases are pending or who have been ordered removed from the country. ICE implemented the ATD program in 2004 to be a cost-effective alternative to detention that uses case management and electronic monitoring. This statement addresses (1) EOIR's caseload, including the backlog, and how EOIR manages immigration court operations, including hiring, workforce planning, and technology use; and (2) participation in and the cost of the ATD program and the extent to which ICE has measured the performance of the ATD program. This statement is based on two reports and a testimony GAO issued from November 2014 through April 2018, as well as actions agencies have taken, as of September 2018, to address resulting recommendations. For the previous reports and testimony, GAO analyzed EOIR and ICE data, reviewed documentation, and interviewed officials. What GAO Recommends GAO previously made recommendations to EOIR to improve its hiring process, among other things, and to ICE to improve ATD performance assessment. EOIR and ICE generally agreed and implemented or reported actions planned to address the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/products/GAO-18-701T Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aliens Shelf Number: 154246

Author: Myrstol, Brad A. Title: An Innovative Response to an Intractable Problem: Using Village Public Safety Officers to Enhance the Criminal Justice Response to Violence Committed Against Alaska Native and American Indian Women in Alaska's Tribal Communities Summary: Executive Summary The principal goal of this project was to empirically document and evaluate the impact Alaska�s village public safety officer (VPSO) program has on the investigation and prosecution of those who commit acts of sexual and domestic violence against Alaska Native and American Indian women in Alaska�s tribal communities. To accomplish this goal, detailed case record reviews were performed on 683 sexual assault and sexual abuse of a minor cases and 982 domestic violence cases that were closed by the Alaska State Troopers C-Detachment between January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2011. Results show that the men and women who constitute Alaska�s VPSO program play a central role in the criminal justice response to incidents of sexual assault, sexual abuse, and domestic violence committed in Alaska�s tribal communities. This study documents the many ways that VPSOs not only serve as a �force multiplier� for Troopers by serving as first responders and assisting with investigations. VPSOs also serve victims and their communities by providing crucial post-incidents supports and services in the aftermath of sexual assault, sexual abuse, and domestic violence incidents. This study finds that VPSOs (and other paraprofessional police) enhance the criminal justice response to incidents of sexual violence by increasing the probability that such cases, once reported, will be referred for prosecution, accepted for prosecution, and ultimately result in conviction. These are tangible, positive outcomes that directly benefit victims, their families and their communities, and evidence that the participation of VPSOs increases the likelihood that the perpetrators of these crimes will be held accountable for their conduct. However, the multivariate analyses conducted show that the contributions made by VPSOs and other paraprofessional police are not uniform across case type. More specifically, this study finds that a paraprofessional police response significantly enhances the criminal justice response to sexual abuse of a minor cases but not sexual assault cases, once other explanatory factors (for example, the quality of evidence collected) are accounted for. While this study�s multivariate analyses were constrained by relatively small sample sizes for sexual assault and sexual abuse of a minor cases, respectively, the findings suggest that the �VPSO effect� (or, more generally, the �paraprofessional police effect�) on the criminal justice response to violence committed against Alaska Native/American Indian females in Alaska�s tribal communities may be �age graded� and limited. That is to say, our results suggest that there is something about the nature of sexual abuse of a minor incidents and their investigation that makes VPSO and other paraprofessional police involvement more tangible and impactful on key case processing outcomes. That VPSO and other paraprofessional police involvement and participation would have differential effects according to case type (and, by definition, victim age) was an unanticipated finding for which we do not have a ready explanation. This study also shows that VPSOs are intensely involved in the response to, and investigation of domestic violence incidents. However, because referral, acceptance, and conviction rates are so high for crimes of domestic violence, we did not detect any VPSO-specific effect on these outcomes. While there is no evidence that VPSOs hinder domestic violence investigations in any way, neither did we find any evidence that VPSO participation in their investigation enhances the criminal justice response to these crimes. Details: Anchorage, Alaska: University of Alaska, 2018. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 17, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251890.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alaska Shelf Number: 154244

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Preventing or Fomenting: A Contribution to the Lott - Donohue Debate Summary: Abstract This paper contains a discussion about the debate between John Donohue and John Lott regarding the relationship between right-to-carry (RTC) licensing and crime rates. It covers the most important publications of both scholars and reviews the assumptions which guided their work, as well as the findings and conclusions of each. The paper also examines the use and value of regression methodologies in developing each thesis and concludes with suggestions for a different perspective on the part of gun-violence scholarship. Details: S.L., 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3138902 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 154240

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Why Does Everyone Hate John Lott? Summary: Abstract This paper explores the reaction to John Lott's research on gun violence from the appearance of initial, scholarly criticisms to more recent attacks by gun-control advocates. My paper argues that much of the criticism of Lott's work derives not from substantive differences in scholarly approaches to the problem, but is a failure of gun-control researchers and advocates to acknowledge and study the basic shift in gun-owning culture from hunting to self-defense; a shift that Lott both explains and exploits in his research and public pursuits. The book also relies on an original national survey which for the first time lets respondents explain why they now own and/or carry a self-defense gun. Details: S.L., 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3189744 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Shelf Number: 154239

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: How Do Americans Want To Regulate Guns?: A National Survey Examining Gun Laws on Both Sides Summary: Abstract This national survey, based on 1,557 responses, is the first survey ever published which tries to determine the degree of support for legal initiatives on guns that reflect strategies of both the gun-rights and the gun-control communities. It compares the degree of support for public policies that align with advocacy efforts of both groups, and lets respondents express how they feel about both gun-rights and gun-control initiatives regardless of whether or not they own guns. Details: S.L., 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3193645 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 154238

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Gun-Violence Data: Can We Believe it or Not? Summary: Abstract Current public health research on gun violence refers to its epidemiology; i.e., understanding where, when and how gun violence events take place. There is also a subset of this research which predates most of the epidemiological approaches to the problem that attempts to analyze the costs of gun injuries and gun deaths. This paper will deal with the data used to study gun-violence epidemiology. It should also be pointed out that public health research on gun violence is not an abstract affair; it is conducted in the hopes that such research will provide "an action agenda for academic public health around the firearm injury crisis." The purpose of this paper is to determine the extent to which the data currently used to formulate arguments which advance this �action agenda� are sufficient to help define and drive such an agenda forward. Details: S.L., 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3180628 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Injury Shelf Number: 154237

Author: State of Rhode Island Title: Report of the Special Legislative Commission to Study and Assess the Use of Solitary Confinement at the Rhode Island ACI Summary: INTRODUCTION Solitary confinement, generally defined as a form of imprisonment in which an inmate is removed from the general inmate population and isolated from any human contact, with the exception of members of prison staff, for 22�24 hours a day, has recently been the focus of a world-wide human rights' campaign. In 2014, the United Nations' Committee Against Torture issued a report that called upon the United States to make substantial reforms regarding the use of Solitary Confinement in our Nation�s prisons. In recent years, numerous states have examined the issue and made reforms, some legislative, in their jurisdictions. Critics of the use of Solitary Confinement cite to a number of factors that they argue should mandate reform including the impact on prisoners� mental and physical health, the dehumanizing nature of the practice and its lack of effectiveness as a disciplinary or rehabilitative tool. Alternatively, prison officials and other professionals within the prison system note the legitimate correctional goals of solitary confinement including protecting the safety of all prisoners, deterring violent and disruptive behaviors, disciplining serious offenders and the protection of the isolated prisoner from self-harm and/or other inmates. Details: Providence, Rhode Island: Special Legislative Commission, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: http://www.rilin.state.ri.us/Reports/Solitary%20final%20report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Committee Against Torture Shelf Number: 154236

Author: Skorup, Jarrett Title: Civil Forfeiture in Michigan: A Review and Recommendations for Reform Summary: Introduction The Constitution of the United States says that a state may not �deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.� But all over the country law enforcement agencies are using the practice of civil forfeiture to seize money and property from people who will never be convicted of a crime, and in many cases, never even charged with a crime. This is a particularly big problem in Michigan, where forfeiture laws have been rated as among the worst in the nation. Civil forfeiture enables the government to take ownership of private property by claiming that the property was involved in illegal activity. Unlike criminal forfeiture proceedings, however, civil forfeiture does not require the owner of the property to be convicted of a crime in order for assets to be transferred to the government. Civil forfeiture also employs a lower standard of proof for prosecutors to establish guilt, making it easier for the government to demonstrate that the property was �guilty� and eligible to be forfeited to the state. Further, local police agencies in Michigan directly benefit from civil forfeiture, as they typically retain the proceeds from forfeited property. This arrangement creates an incentive for law enforcement to seize property, because they can use the revenue to pad their budgets � a scheme dubbed "policing for profit." Some police departments may even become dependent on this revenue. There are several options policymakers should consider to improve Michigan�s civil forfeiture laws and protect the rights of individuals: (1) Eliminate civil forfeiture and only allow criminal forfeiture. This would mean that the government could seize and take possession of property only in criminal proceedings and would require a criminal conviction of an individual before property can be forfeited; (2) Increase transparency reporting requirements for property that is forfeited under current forfeiture laws; (3) Reduce �policing for profit� by redirecting proceeds from forfeited property away from local police agencies. Details: Midland, MI: Mackinac Center, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://www.mackinac.org/forfeiture Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Forfeiture Shelf Number: 154234

Author: Weisser, Michael Title: Is Gun Violence an Example of American Exceptionalism? Summary: Abstract This paper examines the data used for cross-national comparisons of fatal gun violence and argues that a more valid comparison is to analyze gun-violence rates not against overall population, but against the size of the civilian-owned gun arsenal in each country. Utilizing this latter method, the U.S. rate of fatal gun violence is no greater than the average for all wealthy countries, raising the possibility that gun-control strategies based on population rates rather than gun-ownership rates may need to be rethought. Details: S.L., 2018. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3158214 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cross-National Comparison Shelf Number: 154233

Author: Eren, Ozkan Title: Juvenile Punishment, High School Graduation and Adult Crime: Evidence from Idiosyncratic Judge Harshness Summary: This paper contributes to the debate on the impact of juvenile punishment on adult criminal recidivism and high school completion. We link the universe of case files of those who were convicted of a crime as a juvenile between 1996 and 2012 in a southern U.S. state to the public school administrative records and to adult criminal records. The detail of the data allows us to utilize information on the exact types of crimes committed, as well as the type and duration of punishment imposed, both as a juvenile and as an adult. We exploit random assignment of cases to judges and use idiosyncratic judge stringency in imprisonment to estimate the causal effect of incarceration on adult crime and on high school completion. Incarceration has a detrimental impact on high school completion for earlier cohorts, but it has no impact on later cohorts, arguably because of the school reform implemented in the state in the late 1990s. We find that incarceration as a juvenile has no impact on future violent crime, but it lowers the propensity to commit property crime. Juvenile incarceration increases the propensity of being convicted for a drug offense in adulthood, but this effect is largely driven by time spent in prison as a juvenile. Specifically, juvenile incarceration has no statistically significant impact on adult drug offenses if time spent in prison is less than the median, but longer incarceration increases adult drug conviction, arguably because longer prison stays intensify emotional stress, leading to drug use. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w23573 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Conviction Shelf Number: 154232

Author: Ristroph, Alice Title: Farewell to the Felonry Summary: Bastard. Idiot. Imbecile. Pauper. Felon. These terms, medieval in origin, have served as formal legal designations and also the brands of substantial social stigma. As legal designations, the terms marked persons for different sorts of membership in a political community. The rights and privileges of these persons could be restricted or denied altogether. Today, most of these terms have been abandoned as labels for official classifications. But the terms felon and felony remain central to American criminal law, even after other developed democracies have formally abolished the felon/felony category. "Felony" has connotations of extreme wickedness and an especially severe crime, but the official legal meaning of felony is a pure legal construct: any crime punishable by more than a year in prison. So many and such disparate crimes are now felonies that there is no unifying principle to justify the classification. And yet, the designation of a crime as a felony, or of a person as a felon, still carries great significance. Even beyond the well-documented "collateral" consequences of a felony conviction, the classification of persons as felons is central to the mechanics of mass incarceration and to inequality both in and out of the criminal justice system. American law provides the felonry - the group of persons convicted of felonies - a form of subordinate political membership that contrasts with the rights and privileges of the full-fledged citizenry. The felon should go the way of the bastard, into the dustbins of legal history. If that outcome seems unlikely, it is worth asking why a category long known to be incoherent should be so difficult to remove from the law. This Article examines felony in order to scrutinize more broadly the conceptual structure of criminal law. Criminal laws, and even their most common critiques and arguments for reform, often appeal to the same naturalistic understanding of crime and punishment that gives felon its social meaning. When we imagine crime as a natural, pre-legal wrong and the criminal as intrinsically deserving of suffering, we displace responsibility for the law's burdens from the community that enacts the law and the officials that enforce it. To bid farewell to the felonry could be a first step toward reclaiming responsibility for our criminal law. Details: Brooklyn, NY: Brooklyn Law School, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: http://harvardcrcl.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Ristroph.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Classification Shelf Number: 154259

Author: Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Assaults on CBP and ICE Law Enforcement Officers Summary: We determined that, from fiscal years 2010 to 2017, the number of assaults against CBP law enforcement officers decreased from 1,089 to 856. During the same time period, assaults of ICE law enforcement officers remained the same at 48. However, the data does not show a clear trend over that time period and the number of assaults varied widely from year to year. Our analysis also shows that, for a number of reasons, the data is unreliable and does not accurately reflect whether assaults have increased or decreased. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, Office of Inspector General, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/reports/2018/assaults-cbp-and-ice-law-enforcement-officers/oig-18-76-sep18 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Prevention Shelf Number: 154267

Author: Barkow, Rachel E. Title: Life Without Parole and the Hope for Real Sentencing Reform Summary: Abstract In this chapter for a book that asks whether life without the possibility of parole (LWOP) is the new death penalty, I will explore some reasons why it is unlikely LWOP will experience the same procedural and substantive oversight that now exists for the death penalty. The chapter begins by highlighting the problem of defining LWOP in a way that will lead to meaningful reforms. If the concern with LWOP sentences is, as the Supreme Court recently suggested in Graham, that they eliminate the realistic hope of release, then other sentences � such as natural life sentences where parole is just as unlikely as executive clemency of an LWOP sentence or long term-of-years sentences � would seem to be equivalent. But once one recognizes that these other sentences are comparable, problems of administrability and line-drawing pose enormous obstacles to both judicial and legislative reform efforts. The next hurdle is the puzzling question of how one should limit LWOP, assuming one can define it. Although some reformers would favor outright abolition, that is exceedingly unlikely given current Supreme Court attitudes about punishment review and American politics more generally. Thus, the question becomes who should be eligible for LWOP and which categories of offenses and offenders will create enough public sympathy to generate favorable judicial decisions or legislative reform efforts. Outside of juveniles, the pool of candidates is shallow. After addressing these substantive questions of scope, the chapter turns to the likelihood of procedural reforms and explains why LWOP sentences are unlikely to get the same procedural protections as capital cases. The sheer number of such cases is the largest obstacle, but the line-drawing problems are also likely to deter courts and legislators. The Chapter also discusses an additional significant political obstacle to LWOP reform: the capital abolition movement itself. Anti-death penalty advocates have incentives to prevent LWOP from becoming the "new death penalty" in order to abolish the "old death penalty" and keep it from coming back. The success of abolition campaigns against capital punishment have depended heavily on the existence of LWOP, and it is unlikely that most abolitionists will join the battle to reform LWOP unless and until the death penalty is off the table as an option � and with no risk of return. Finally, the Chapter concludes with a note of caution about focusing too much on what makes LWOP a unique punishment � the path paved by the Court's "death is different" jurisprudence � as opposed to emphasizing the troublesome aspects it shares with other sentences. While a majority of the Supreme Court seems to view the extinction of hope as the main problem with LWOP, that concern is in many ways a distraction. The bigger problem with LWOP is that in too many cases it is a disproportionate punishment relative to the offense or the offender. But a concern with disproportionate sentencing is hardly limited to LWOP sentences. Any term of years or sentence with or without parole can be disproportionate under the Eighth Amendment. The Court created a �death is different� jurisprudence to avoid facing the hard question of disproportionality outside the capital context. It appears to be on the road to doing the same thing with LWOP. That may be the easier path for the Court�s docket and judicial management more generally, but it falls short of fulfilling the Constitution�s mandate. Details: New York, NY: New York University School of Law, 2011. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1848069 Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Cases Shelf Number: 154265

Author: McCue, Corrie Title: Ownership of Images: The Prevalence of Revenge Porn Across a University Population Summary: Abstract Since the Internet was first established in the late 1960s it has become significantly easier to gain access to. Email, bulletin board systems, and Internet gaming came to be in the 1970s. Internet pornography soon followed and access has continued to increase. A new trend in pornography includes interactive pornographic websites, which offers users the ability to upload and share pornographic materials. This ability allows individuals to not only post their own photos or videos, but also the photos and videos of others who may, or may not, have consented to such distribution. Nonconsensual pornography also referred to as "revenge porn," "cyber rape," or "involuntary porn," concerns the creation, acquisition and/or distribution of sexually graphic images or movies of individuals without their consent to the distribution. Simply, it is the nonconsensual distribution of consensually or nonconsensually created pornography. This exploratory research hopes to better understand the prevalence and effects of revenge porn amongst college students through a convenience sample of 167 criminal justice students at Bridgewater State University. Specifically this study asks, how prevalent is revenge porn among university students? What is the relationship between social media presence and revenge porn victimization? And what are the demographic characteristics of criminal justice students who post revenge porn online? Details: Bridgewater, MA: Bridgewater State University, 2016. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 18, 2019 at: https://vc.bridgew.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1041&context=theses Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: College Students Shelf Number: 154263

Author: Hutchinson, Darren Lenard Title: Who Locked Us Up?: Examining the Social Meaning of Black Punitiveness Summary: Mass incarceration has received extensive analysis in scholarly and political debates. Beginning in the 1970s, states and the federal government adopted tougher sentencing and police practices that responded to rising punitive sentiment among the general public. Many scholars have argued that U.S. criminal law and enforcement subordinate people of color by denying them political, social, and economic well-being. The harmful and disparate racial impact of U.S. crime policy mirrors historical patterns that emerged during slavery, Reconstruction, and Jim Crow. In his Pulitzer Prize-winning book Locking Up Our Own: Crime and Punishment in Black America, James Forman, Jr. demonstrates that many blacks supported aggressive anticrime policies that gave rise to mass incarceration. On the surface, this observation potentially complicates arguments that conceive of U.S. criminal law and enforcement as manifestations of white supremacist political power. Forman's failure to provide a comprehensive analysis of the racist dimensions of punitive sentiment makes his research subject to such an interpretation. A deeper analysis, however, reconciles Forman's research with anti-racist accounts of U.S. crime policy. In particular, social psychology literature on implicit bias, social dominance orientation, and right-wing authoritarianism provides a helpful context for situating black punitive sentiment within anti-subordination criminal law theory. These psychological concepts could link punitiveness among blacks with out-group favoritism and in-group stigma that derive from structural inequality and anti-black social stigma. The social psychology of punitive sentiment, resilience of white supremacy, and conservative political ideology will likely present substantial barriers to the merciful approach to criminality that Forman proposes. Details: Gainesville, Florida: University of Florida, Levin College of Law, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.yalelawjournal.org/review/who-locked-us-up Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Crime Policies Shelf Number: 154257

Author: Robinson, Mary-Jo Title: Rank and File: Reflections on Emerging Issues in Law Enforcement Summary: Abstract In August 2017, 40 rank-and-file officers met for a roundtable to discuss their roles in implementing their agencies' community policing policies and operations. The officers came from departments across the country and explored a wide range of issues from the viewpoint of those who work on the ground. The meeting provided insights and recommendations for ways in which officers, law enforcement leaders, and communities can work together to reduce crime - in particular illegal immigration, drug trafficking, and violent crime. They also discussed the need to support officer morale, safety, and wellness and explored emerging issues such as the growing opioid epidemic, providing forthright assessments of the current state of policing. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0868-pub.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 154260

Author: Garringer, Michael Title: Examining Youth Mentoring Services Across America: Findings from the 2016 National Mentoring Program Survey Summary: In 2016, MENTOR and its affiliates led the largest data collection effort in almost 20 years to examine the prevalence and practices of youth mentoring programs across America. The effort had had three major goals: Better understand the structure, services, and challenges of mentoring programs so that MENTOR and its affiliates could provide them with appropriate professional development, training, and technical assistance Identify who programs are serving and the groups of adults that are stepping up to mentor youth in programs so that we might boost mentor recruitment and ensure that youth with the most needs are being served adequately Provide MENTOR with a baseline understanding of the field that we can monitor for trends and use to inform a growth strategy In the end, the national survey captured information on: - 1,271 mentoring agencies and 1,451 distinct mentoring programs - 413,237 youth served by 193,823 mentors and supported by 10,804 staff members - The services, practices, settings, goals, challenges, and financial resources of these programs Who Provides Mentoring? 79% of youth mentoring agencies are nonprofits, 9% are K12 schools or districts, 3% are government agencies, 3% are higher education institutions, and the remaining 6% are religious institutions, for-profits, healthcare facilities, and others. MENTOR�S influence on programming - 36% of mentoring agencies received technical assistance or training from a MENTOR affiliate - 21% received assistance from MENTOR�s national office - 7.5% received assistance through the National Mentoring Resource Center (operated by MENTOR) - 50% of agencies use the Elements of Effective Practice for Mentoring in their work. Agencies using the Elements ran programs that were: - More likely to require longer match commitments - Have longer average match length (20 months for Elements users vs. 16 for those that did not), as well as a shorter waitlist of youth waiting for a match - Less likely to have challenges around mentor training, program design, fundraising, developing partnerships, and providing staff development - Less likely to offer no training to mentors and more likely to offer more than 3 hours of pre-match training What Do Mentoring Programs Look Like in Practice? - Mentoring pairs or groups are most likely to meet weekly for a total of 2-3 hours a month - 78% of all matches met their minimum length expectation, but - About one-third of programs struggle to get half of their matches to their minimum duration, which research tells us limits the impact of programs and may even harm youth with a negative experience Program Reach (% of youth served) - 34% of youth are served by a One-to-One model - 35% by a Group model - 12% by Blends of One-to-One and Group - 7% by Cross-Age Peer models - 3% by E-mentoring programs - 9% by other models The average program has grown in size and diversified in its goals over the last 20 years - The average program serves 285 youth, a dramatic increase compared to prior surveys - Today, only 44% of programs reported that "providing a caring adult relationship" was a top 4 goal of their program (100% said this in a 1999 survey, 77% did in 2011). This highlights a major shift in the field towards using mentoring in targeted ways and expecting mentoring to produce meaningful outcomes beyond just the personal value of the relationship itself. Other common program goals include: - Life and social skills (54% of all programs) - General youth development (51%) - Academic enrichment (36%) - Career exploration (26%) - Leadership development (20%) - College access (17%) How are Mentoring Programs Funded and Staffed? Program staffing has remained stable over time, but is much more reliant on volunteers - The average program has 7.45 FTE on staff, but only 4.1 are paid employees - 3.35 FTE are volunteer staff (two decades ago, the average program only had 1.6 volunteer staff members) - 59% of programs have fewer than 3 staff members, which can lead to issues with meeting the demand and sustainability Details: Boston, MA: The National Mentoring Partnership, 2017. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.mentoring.org/new-site/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Mentor-Survey-Report_FINAL_small.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154256

Author: Aiken, Joshua Title: Era of Mass Incarceration: Why State Officials Should Fight Jail Growth Summary: One out of every three people behind bars is being held in a local jail, yet jails get almost none of the attention that prisons do. Jails are ostensibly locally controlled, but the people held there are generally accused of violating state law, and all too often state policymakers (and state reform advocates) ignore jails. In terms of raw numbers state prison reform is the larger prize, but embracing the myth that jails are only a local matter undermines current and future state-level reforms. Jails may be locally controlled, but jail practices reflect state priorities and change state-wide outcomes. The 11 million people who go to jail each year are there generally for brief, but life-altering, periods of time. Most are released in days or hours after their arrest, but others are held for months or more, often because they are too poor to make bail. Only about a third of the 720,000 people in jails on a given day have been convicted and are serving short sentences, typically under a year and most often for misdemeanors. Jail policy is therefore in large part about how people - who are legally innocent, until proven guilty - are treated and about how policymakers think our criminal justice system should respond to low-level offenses. As this report will explain, jails impact our entire criminal justice system and millions of lives every year. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/jailsovertime.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154252

Author: Simpson, Hillela Title: Collateral Consequences of Juvenile Court Involvement: An Opportunity for Partnership Summary: The consequences of juvenile court involvement are often numerous and far-reaching and can prevent young people from fulfilling their educational, social, and professional potential. Youth left to overcome these obstacles on their own face significant barriers. Partnerships between civil legal aid attorneys and juvenile defenders offer opportunities to pool expertise and give youth facing collateral consequences essential legal representation Details: Chicago, Illinois: Sargent Shriver National Center on Poverty Law, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 2, 2019 at: http://povertylaw.org/clearinghouse/articles/juvenile Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154251

Author: Carey, Paula M. Title: Report on the 2017 Access and Fairness Survey: Massachusetts Trial Court Summary: Executive Summary The Massachusetts Trial Court has implemented the Access and Fairness Survey to measure its progress towards ensuring access to justice for all court users and improving the court user experience. First implemented in 2009, the Access and Fairness Survey was conducted in May 2017, at 25 courthouses across the state. This report presents and compares the results of the 2009 and 2017 surveys. Access and fairness are key components to the delivery of justice with dignity and speed. The Trial Court's commitment to guiding and coordinating resources to broaden access to justice for litigants and other court users is well documented. Under the Access to Justice Initiative, formed in 2009, significant progress has been made in the areas of attorney access, self-representation, language access, disability assistance, and self-help information. The results of the Access and Fairness Survey show that the Trial Court's efforts to ensure access and justice to all court users and improve the court user experience have met with success; the results also show areas where more progress is needed. Among the key areas of success: - Court user ratings on access to justice measures increased from 2009 to 2017. Across lower-volume courthouses, the overall access score increased from 85.5% to 89.5% (4.0 percentage points). In high-volume courthouses, the access score rose 5.8 percentage points, from 79.7% to 84.5%. - Overall fairness scores also increased. In lower volume courthouses, the total fairness score increased by 4.3 percentage points, from 82.8% to 87.1%. - In lower volume courts, the proportion of court users giving the Trial Court's website a positive rating increased by 14.4 percentage points from 49.5% to 63.9%. - The percentage of court users reporting that reasonable efforts had been made to remove language and physical barriers in the courthouse increased by as much as 11.4 percentage points from 2009 to 2017. - The percentage of visitors and court users reporting that their court business was completed within a reasonable amount of time increased by 11.0 percentage points in high-volume courthouses. - Overall, 83.6% of court users rated their experience as satisfactory. Among the key areas in need of further attention or study: - Users of high volume courts consistently rated the courts lower on access and fairness than users of lower volume courts. - Disparities exist in the court user experiences of Whites and racial/ethnic minorities, both in areas of access and fairness. Access and Fairness The Massachusetts Trial Court has implemented the Access and Fairness Survey to measure its progress towards ensuring access to justice for all court users and improving the court user experience. The survey, developed by the National Center for State Courts (NCSC), solicits ratings of court users on "the court�s accessibility and its treatment of customers in terms of fairness, equality, and respect." First implemented in 2009, the Access and Fairness Survey was conducted in May 2017, at 25 courthouses across the state. The Trial Court�s commitment to guiding and coordinating resources to broaden access to justice for litigants and other court users is well documented. Under the Access to Justice Initiative, formed in 2009, significant progress has been made in the areas of attorney access, self-representation, language access, disability assistance, and self-help information. Recently, the National Center for Access to Justice ranked Massachusetts 2nd in the nation for its work in the area of access to justice. Most recently, "access to justice and the court user experience" was identified in the Trial Court's Strategic Plan 2.0 as one of ten high-level strategies for setting Trial Court priorities and focusing initiatives. This report presents the findings of the 2017 current survey and compares them to the results of the 2009 survey. Section I reviews the implementation of the survey, including the data collection strategy. Section II describes survey participants or court users. Section III presents the survey findings on access and fairness and compares them to the 2009 findings. Finally, Section IV explores the correlates or components of a "satisfactory" court experience. Details: Massachusetts, 2017. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.mass.gov/files/documents/2018/01/22/FINAL%20Access%20and%20Fairness%2020180118.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Access and Fairness Survey Shelf Number: 154323

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections Title: Managing Mental Illness in Prison Task Force Summary: Executive Summary The 2004 DOC Managing Mental Illness in Prison (MMIP) Task Force has prepared a report that identifies issues of concern in DOC�s mental health system, additional findings, and offers numerous recommendations to reflect a comprehensive approach to mental health treatment programming. This includes change in systems, procedures, policy and rules to work more effectively with DOC�s population inmates with mental illness. Primary Recommendation: This Summary examines the overarching recommendation to structure the DOC Mental Health service delivery model to meet the needs of inmates with mental illness, rather than being driven by facilities or infrastructure. The MMIP Task Force reviewed the September 2004 Governor�s Mental Health Task Force report and has aligned with their recommendation, �the Department of Corrections, OMHAS, the PSRB, and representatives of local law enforcement and mental health authorities must evaluate the possibility of creating a single forensic mental health facility to house and provide integrated services to individuals who cannot safely be treated in community settings." This recommendation is consistent with the service delivery model the Task Force proposed in this report. Other recommendations in this Task Force report relate to: - Inmate housing assignments - Increased availability for Mental Health services - Improved internal communications - Intake mental health assessments - Oregon Medicaid eligibility - Improved systems through automation - DOC staff training relative to mental health services - Change in policy and rules - Bazelon Center model law strategies - Recruitment and retention of health professionals - Clinical, cultural and gender competence - Suicide prevention Details: Salem, Oregon: Oregon Department of Corrections, 2004. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: http://library.state.or.us/repository/2009/200904161437064/index.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 154316

Author: Jones, G.B. Title: Towards a Strategic Approach to Special Events Management in the Post-9/11 World Summary: ABSTRACT This thesis reviews background related to counterterrorism and law enforcement planning for major special events and it identifies some of the strategic issues that have emerged in special events management since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. It focuses on the subjective and objective components of the systems currently used by DHS and the FBI to categorize and resource special events, and it evaluates whether the current approach to major event planning is sufficient for contemporary counterterrorism challenges. The thesis considers how changes in the present system may improve interagency counterterrorism preparedness. Finally, it applies risk management principles to the interagency special event planning process to determine if these principles are useful for developing a rational, politically defensible, and fiscally responsible approach to federal resource allocation for major special events. Details: Monterey, California: Naval Postgraduate School, 2005. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://apps.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a439225.pdf Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 154290

Author: Dhungana, Karla Title: Risk Factors of Gang Membership: A Study of Community, School, Family, Peer and Individual Level Predictors Among Three South Florida Counties Summary: ABSTRACT Recent studies have shown that the influence of gang membership is a more detrimental predictor of delinquency than the association with delinquent peers alone. A recent survey reported the existence of at least 1,500 gangs and over 65,000 gang members in Florida (FDLE, 2007). Furthermore, statistics also reveal that Florida currently has the most rapidly growing gang population in comparison to all other states. This study examines and compares the predictors of gang membership in three South Florida counties with the highest gang membership rates, Broward, Miami-Dade and Palm Beach, by evaluating risk factors at the community, family, school, peer and individual level. Using the Florida Substance Abuse Survey Data, the study seeks to examine the risk factors predictive of gang memberships that are present in the three counties, how the exposures to multiple risk factors increase the odds of gang memberships and how they compare in exposure to risk factors. Logistic regressions are employed to identify significant predictors of gang membership net of the effects of race and gender. Implications for policy and gang intervention programs are discussed. Details: Tallahassee, Florida: Florida State University, 2009. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/254671218_Risk_Factors_of_Gang_Membership_A_Study_of_Community_School_Family_Peer_and_Individual_Level_Predictors_Among_Three_South_Florida_Counties Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Shelf Number: 154283

Author: City of San Jose Title: Downtown Parking Garages Security Assessment Report Summary: The purpose of this memorandum is to transmit to the Downtown Parking Board the Parking Garage Security Assessment Report conducted by the Department of Transportation and the Police Department. The issue of parking garage security and the level of inappropriate and illegal activity has received considerable attention over the past year. The City Council established the Downtown Working Group as an advisory body to guide the revision of policies and practices in the Downtown as a way to enhance the business and entertainment environment, and mitigate the negative impacts of inappropriate behavior, particularly late at night. An important element of the environment is the current situation and condition in the City�s parking garages. The major elements of the Parking Garage Security Assessment include: - A review of the background issues and environment that are contributing to parking garage security concerns and issues - An evaluation of the current and alternative security and patrol resources and service models, including recommendations related to the best and most efficient mix security services - Review of incident reports, and other reporting systems on inappropriate and illegal activity - Benchmarking with comparable parking facilities and jurisdictions - An assessment of each parking garage in terms of the physical and operational characteristics to determine what types of facility and operational improvements would likely produce an improved safety environment. The major conclusions of the report include: - Enhanced private security and public security services, including full time oversight, will provide the most cost effective security program. - The installation of additional lighting and security devices, such as cameras and rollup gates, can create a safer and more secure environment, and assist security patrols. - Parking policy and operational changes should be designed to support a more secure environment and reduce undesirable activities in the garages. The report includes a number of specific recommendations in the three areas listed above; security services, lighting and security devices, and policy changes. Implementing the recommendations for security services, lighting and security devices will have a significant impact on the Parking Fund. In light of the severity and degree of the security issues described in the report, staff feels compelled to recommend implementing most, if not all, of the measures identified in the report. The major challenge we face is providing the resources necessary to provide safe and clean facilities now, and at the same time, be in a position to meet the future parking needs of the Downtown. The policy recommendations in the report provide a way to fund current needs, improve security, and continue to set aside funds for future development. The policy recommendations ($5 rate after 10pm) have previously been considered by the Board, but not in light of the detailed analysis of the security issues raised in the report. Staff urges the Board to either approve the policy recommendations, or find an alternate way of funding parking needs and programs. Details: San Jose, California: City of San Jose, 2007. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: http://sjredevelopment.org/Parking/PMP%20Update%20-%20Downtown%20Parking%20Garage%20Security%20Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Department of Transportation Shelf Number: 154276

Author: Solomon, Danyelle Title: The Negative Consequences of Entangling Local Policing and Immigration Enforcement Summary: Law enforcement personnel across the nation today are facing complex challenges. Whether it is through interacting with individuals who have mental health or substance abuse issues, dealing with gun crimes, or responding to domestic violence, officers must address difficult realities on a daily basis. In the midst of heightened racial and ethnic tensions, they must tackle these challenges with constrained resources, including limited training, inadequate and outdated police equipment, enormous technological and data gaps, uneven recruitment, and reduced support services for officers. But on top of law enforcement officers' primary mission of keeping their communities safe, President Donald Trump has consistently called for the creation of a "deportation force" to maximize the number of immigrants removed from the country and has proposed a range of efforts that would supercharge the role of state and local law enforcement agencies, or LEAs, in federal immigration enforcement. From signaling plans to aggressively promote the 287(g) program around the country to withholding federal grants from so-called sanctuary jurisdictions, the Trump administration has made clear that it aims to enlist state and local law enforcement in its civil immigration enforcement efforts through both inducement and coercion. State and local elected officials and LEAs are now, or soon will be, faced with a choice: whether and how to assume a greater role in enforcing federal immigration laws. As this issue brief illustrates, exercising that role could lead to significant financial burdens, increased litigation, and diminished public trust - all at the expense of public safety and the general welfare of all members of U.S. communities. Details: Washington, DC: Center for American Progress, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://www.americanprogress.org/issues/immigration/reports/2017/03/21/428776/negative-consequences-entangling-local-policing-immigration-enforcement/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: 287(g) Shelf Number: 154337

Author: Lockwood, Stephen Title: Guide for Emergency Transportation Operations Summary: This sixth volume of NCHRP Report 525: Surface Transportation Security is designed to assist transportation agencies in adopting the National Incident Management System (NIMS). The objective of Volume 6: Guide for Emergency Transportation Operations is to support the development of a formal program for the improved management of traffic incidents, natural disasters, security events, and other emergencies on the highway system. This report outlines a coordinated, performance-oriented, all-hazard approach called �Emergency Transportation Operations.� Details: Washington, DC: Transportation Research Board, 2005. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/13857/guide-for-emergency-transportation-operations Year: 2005 Country: United States Keywords: Emergency Transportation Shelf Number: 154340

Author: Baggio, Michele Title: Sex, Drugs, and Baby Booms: Can Behavior Overcome Biology? Summary: Abstract We study the behavioral changes due to marijuana consumption on fertility and its key mechanisms, as opposed to physiological changes. We can employ several large proprietary data sets, including the 1997 National Longitudinal Survey of Youth, Nielsen Retail Scanner database, as well as the Vital Statistics Natality files and apply a differences-in-differences approach by exploiting the timing of the introduction of medical marijuana laws among states. We first replicate the earlier literature by showing that marijuana use increases after the passage of medical marijuana laws. Our novel results reveal that birth rates increased after the passage of a law corresponding to increased frequency of sexual intercourse, decreased purchase of condoms and suggestive evidence on decreased condom use during sex. More sex and less contraceptive use may be attributed to behavioral responses such as increased attention to the immediate hedonic effects of sexual contact, delayed discounting and ignoring costs associated with risky sex. These findings are consistent with a large observational literature linking marijuana use with increased sexual activity and multiple partners. Our findings are robust to a broad set of tests. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/nbr/nberwo/25208.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Change Shelf Number: 154335

Author: National Research Council Title: Figures from the NRC Report: The Growth of Incarceration in the United States: Exploring Causes and Consequences Summary: Powerpoint presentation outlining the Growth of Incarceration in the United States - Exploring Causes and Consequences Details: Washington, DC: The National Academies Press, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2019 at: http://www.nationalacademies.org/nasem/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prison Shelf Number: 154328

Author: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice Title: Justice Reinvestment Report Summary: Executive Summary Over the last two decades, Utah has maintained an imprisonment rate below the national average while achieving significant reductions in the state crime rate. However, Utah's prison population grew by 18 percent in the last decade and, absent reform, it is projected to grow an additional 37 percent in the next 20 years, requiring an additional 2,700 prison beds. Utah taxpayers spent $269 million on corrections in 2013. The impending relocation of the state prison at Draper is projected to cost state taxpayers more than $1 billion, with half of this cost tied to inmate growth alone. The high cost of prison expansion coupled with Utah�s high recidivism rate � almost half of the inmates (46 percent) released from state prisons return within three years � have provoked larger questions about whether Utah is achieving the best public safety return on corrections spending. In his 2014 State of the State address, Governor Gary Herbert called for a "full review of our current system to develop a plan to reduce recidivism, maximize offenders' success in becoming law-abiding citizens, and provide judges with the tools they need to accomplish these goals." He noted that the �prison gates through which people re-enter society must be a permanent exit, and not just a revolving door.� Following the governor's address, state leaders from all branches of government joined together to request technical assistance from the Public Safety Performance Project of The Pew Charitable Trusts and the U.S. Department of Justice as part of the Justice Reinvestment Initiative. Governor Herbert, Chief Justice Matthew Durrant, Senate President Wayne Niederhauser, House Speaker Becky Lockhart, and Attorney General Sean Reyes tasked the Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice with "develop(ing) a package of data-driven policy recommendations that will reduce recidivism and safely control the growth in the state prison population." Beginning in April 2014, CCJJ analyzed the state's criminal justice system, which included an in-depth review of sentencing and corrections data. Chief among CCJJ�s findings was recognition that Utah is regarded, in several ways, as a national leader in corrections, maintaining a relatively low imprisonment rate and focusing the majority of prison beds on serious and violent offenders. However, in the last decade, Utah's prison population has grown six times faster than the national average and the state has used an increasing number of prison beds for nonviolent offenders and technical revocations. Additionally, the length of time offenders remain behind bars has increased for all offense types, including drug and property offenses as well as probation revocations. Meanwhile, rates of success on probation and parole have declined in the last decade and revocations from supervision now constitute two-thirds of all prison admissions. Based on this analysis of state corrections and criminal justice data, CCJJ developed a comprehensive set of evidence-based policy recommendations to reduce recidivism, hold offenders accountable, and control the state�s prison growth. If adopted, these recommendations are projected to reduce prison growth by 2,551 inmates over the next 20 years and would avert $542 million in corrections spending. CCJJ recommends reinvesting a portion of these savings into programs and practices proven to reduce recidivism and cut crime. Details: Salt Lake City, Utah: Utah Commission on Criminal and Juvenile Justice, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2019 at: https://dsamh.utah.gov/pdf/Justice_Reinvestment_Report_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 154319

Author: Cruz, Pamela Lizette Title: Customs and Border Protection Abuses at Ports of Entry Along the U.S.-Mexico Border Summary: INTRODUCTION With over 60,000 employees, Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is one of the largest federal law enforcement organizations in the world and the largest in the United States. CBP is entrusted with protecting the U.S. border by combating terrorism and transnational crime, advancing border security and management, and facilitating lawful and legitimate trade and travel. While still a relatively young agency - it was created in 2003 - CBP has experienced unprecedented organizational growth in both its Office of Field Operations and Border Patrol. But not all is well with CBP. Details: Houston, Texas: Rice University's Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2019 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/files/11253/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse Shelf Number: 154321

Author: RAND Corporation Title: Key Findings from RAND Health's Research on Opioid Policy Summary: Confronting the Dynamics of Opioid Misuse The Opioid Epidemic is a moving target. Individuals may start using opioids for medical or recreational purposes. The risk of dependence increases when opioids are used with other drugs, when opioids are prescribed at higher doses or for longer time frames than medically appropriate, or when opioids are used recreationally. There will always be some patients who legitimately benefit from opioids, and as long as those patients continue to receive opioids, there will always be a new supply of legitimate opioid users who are potentially at risk for misuse. Opioid dependence increases the risk of multiple harms, including health problems, car accidents, and overdoses (both fatal and nonfatal). This policy brief highlights key findings from RAND research on opioid-related issues across a spectrum of policy areas including prevention, treatment, quality of care, and supply. Details: Santa Monica, California: Rand Corporation, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_briefs/RB10000/RB10018/RAND_RB10018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154322

Author: Foxen, Emlyn Title: Report on Incarcerated Parents in Oregon: Prison Nurseries and Community-Based Alternatives, Problematic Foster Care Laws, and Parenting Programs for Incarcerated Fathers Summary: Abstract This paper discusses three key policy areas regarding incarcerated mothers and fathers in Oregon: prison nurseries and community-based residential parenting programs; foster care laws; and parenting programs for incarcerated fathers. After reviewing background and best practices associated with policy implementation in each area, this paper explores ways in which policymakers, stakeholders and advocates might address each policy area in Oregon, and suggests the formation of a legislative task force to address these issues. Details: Portland, OR: Oregon Advocacy Commissions, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 22, 2019 at: https://www.oregon.gov/women/pdfs/OCFW%20Incarcerated%20Parents%20Report2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Alternatives Shelf Number: 154317

Author: McCarthy, Shane Title: The relationship between university background check laws for firearm sales and rates of violent crime at the state level Summary: The high rate of gun violence in the United States compared to other industrialized nations has spurred policymakers to evaluate the efficacy of various gun violence reduction policies. One major policy that has gained traction, but on which there is limited research, is the expansion of background check requirements for firearm sales beyond those conducted by federally licensed dealers to cover all private sales between individuals. This paper examines the extent to which the adoption of universal background check requirements is related to the rate of violent crime at the state level and incorporates data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics, the Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, and the FBI uniform Crime Reporting database. In my overall sample, I find no relationship between background check laws and the rate of violent crime. However, I do find that, in high poverty states, the presence of a universal background check law is negatively associated with the rate of violent crime. There is no such relationship in low poverty states. The latter two findings in particular introduce new evidence into the debate over gun violence prevention policies. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed January 23, 2019 at: https://repository.library.georgetown.edu/bitstream/handle/10822/1043958/McCarthy_georgetown_0076M_13603.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 154379

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: Police Use of Force: An Examination of Modern Policing Practices Summary: The relationship between law enforcement and many communities in the U.S. is fraught and challenging, particularly for those who experience violent crimes coupled with intensive police presence and surveillance. A number of recent developments suggest a renewed commitment to resolving this issue. For the first time in decades, the country has witnessed ubiquitous and sustained protests by young people, communities of color, and other impacted populations in cities all across the country. Further, in hope of fostering better community-police relationships, many law enforcement and city officials around the country have started implementing reform strategies to allay communities' concerns about actual or perceived unfair and unequal policing. Reform advocates often acknowledge the positive steps that some jurisdictions are undertaking, but reported cases of excessive force remain a national concern. Furthermore, the Bill of Rights of the U.S. Constitution guarantees the fundamental rights of both law enforcement and the communities they serve, whose rights are protected under the Fourth, Eighth, and Fourteenth Amendments. While allegations that some police force is excessive, unjustified, and discriminatory continue and proliferate, current data regarding police use of force is insufficient to determine if instances are occurring more frequently. The public continues to hear competing narratives by law enforcement and community members, and the hard reality is that available national and local data is flawed and inadequate. A central contributing factor is the absence of mandatory federal reporting and standardized reporting guidelines. Former FBI Director James Comey stated that: Not long after riots broke out in Ferguson [in 2014], I asked my staff to tell me how many people shot by police were African-American in this country. I wanted to see trends. I wanted to see information. They couldn't give it to me, and it wasn't their fault. Demographic data regarding officer-involved shootings is not consistently reported to us . . . [b]ecause reporting is voluntary, our data is incomplete and therefore, in the aggregate, unreliable. Until recently, data on officer-involved shootings were extremely rare; moreover, the data that are available is most frequently compiled by grassroots organizations, nonprofits, or media sources.5 Data are not only lacking regarding fatal police shootings, but data regarding all use of force are scant and incomplete: Data on lower level uses of force, which happen more frequently than officer-involved shootings, are virtually non-existent. This is due, in part, to the fact that most police precincts don't explicitly collect data on use of force, and in part, to the fact that even when the data is hidden in plain view within police narrative accounts of interactions with civilians, it is exceedingly difficult to extract. Without accurate data on police use of force, allegations by community members and actions by law enforcement not only sow distrust among communities and the police, making policing more dangerous, but also jeopardize public safety. Research consistently shows that positive relationships between community members and law enforcement are essential for safer communities. Citizens are more likely to aid in crime reduction and partner with police if they believe that law enforcement are engaging in equitable treatment and are impartial towards all. Communities are calling for greater transparency and accountability on the part of the police. Similarly, law enforcement officials are calling for better data on current practices, and instituting policies aimed at reducing bias and improving community relationships. All citizens in every community in this country live subject to police enforcement practices, and therefore benefit from effective, constitutionally sound police practices. Against this backdrop, the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) investigated rates of police use of force; questioned whether rates and instantiations of that use of force violate the civil rights of persons of color, persons with disabilities, LGBT communities, and low-income persons; and evaluated promising or proven policies and practices worth replicating to minimize unnecessary use of force and the perception and reality of discrimination in police use of force. The Commission held a briefing on April 20, 2015, on police practices and the use of deadly force in the U.S. The panels consisted of community leaders and police reform advocates, law enforcement and court officials, scholars, and legal experts. These experts convened to discuss the longstanding and emergent causes of the recent police-involved fatal shootings of people of color and other disadvantaged populations. Since 2015, several of the Commission's state advisory committees have also investigated police practices, and testimony and findings from their briefings are incorporated throughout the report. No single solution stands out as an immediate fix to the complex problem of police unauthorized use of force. After examining the literature and data available regarding police use of force in Chapters 1-3, the Commission highlights the following findings and recommendations, discussed in full in Chapter 4: Highlighted Findings: Police officers have the difficult and admirable job of providing crucial services to the communities they protect and serve. Their job sometimes puts them in harm's way and may require the use of force. Accordingly, police officers must operate with the highest standards of professionalism and accountability. Every community resident should be able to live, work, and travel confident in an expectation that interactions with police officers will be fair, operate consistent with constitutional norms, and be guided by public safety free from bias or discrimination. Unfortunately, today, too many communities are not confident in that expectation and do not trust fair police-community interactions. Communities have demanded reforms to foster better community-police relations and to prevent unjustified and excessive police uses of force. Accurate and comprehensive data regarding police uses of force is generally not available to police departments or the American public. No comprehensive national database exists that captures rates of police use of force. The best available evidence reflects high rates of use of force nationally, and increased likelihood of police use of force against people of color, people with disabilities, LGBT people, people with mental health concerns, people with low incomes, and those at the intersections of these groups. Lack of training and lack of funding for training leave officers and the public at risk. Critical training areas include tactical training, de-escalation techniques, understanding cultural differences and anti-bias mechanisms, as well as strategies for encounters with individuals with physical and mental disabilities. Repeated and highly publicized incidents of police use of force against persons of color and people with disabilities, combined with a lack of accurate data, lack of transparency about policies and practices in place governing use of force, and lack of accountability for noncompliance foster a perception that police use of force in communities of color and the disability community is unchecked, unlawful, and unsafe. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 230p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Report: Accessed January 23, 2019 at: https://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2018/11-15-Police-Force.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 154381

Author: Michigan Department of Health and Human Services. Injury and Violence Prevention Section Title: Injury and Violence in Michigan: Michigan's Core Violence and Injury Prevention Program Burden Report Summary: Injuries are a substantial public health concern nationally and in Michigan. Injuries alone accounted for 58,420 hospitalizations in 2015 in the state, and Michigan has averaged 6,196 injury-related deaths between 2006 and 2015 each year. This means that on an average day over this decade, 160 people were hospitalized, and 17 people died in Michigan from an injury. Injuries are a leading cause of death and disability. An estimated 1.4 million people in Michigan live with a disability. The estimated years of potential life lost (YPLL) before the age of 80 in Michigan in 2015 was 126,954, just for unintentional injuries. An additional 47,588 YPLL are estimated for suicide, and 27,052 YPLL for homicide. Besides the physical and emotional trauma that families endure, injuries come with a great financial cost. Lifetime medical and work-loss costs for unintentional and intentional injuries combined were estimated at more than 7.5 billion dollars for Michigan in 2014. Injuries are the leading cause of death for Michigan residents between the ages of 1 to 49 years of age (2015). Across different age groups, the leading injury-related causes of death are: - Sleep-related deaths for infants under the age of 1 - Homicide for children between the ages of 1 and 4 - Motor vehicle crashes for people between the ages of 5 and 24 - Poisoning for people between the ages of 25 to 54 - Suicide for 55 to 64-year-olds - Falls for people age 65 and over Every year injuries contribute to new numbers of people living with a disability. Injuries kill more Americans in the first half of life (1- 44 years old) than any other cause, including cancer, HIV or the flu. This report describes the extent to which the leading types of injury occur in Michigan on a statewide scale. Further analysis is encouraged to explore where the burden of injury and death may be higher for people by race, ethnicity, sex, gender identity, age, and geography, by type of injury, where data is available. The purpose of this report is to highlight morbidity and mortality in Michigan related to four core injury and violence focus areas: - Traumatic brain injuries (TBI) - Motor vehicle crashes (MVC) - Child abuse and neglect (CAN) - Intimate partner/sexual violence (IP/SV) The report also seeks to highlight the impact of five other leading types of injury and violence in Michigan by age group: - Falls - Unintentional suffocations - Homicides - Suicides - Poisonings Details: Lansing: The Department, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 23, 2019 at: https://www.michigan.gov/documents/mdhhs/Injury_Violence_Michigan_Burden_Report_643869_7.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 154382

Author: U.S. Federal Commission on School Safety Title: Final Report of the Federal Commission on School Safety Summary: The efforts of the Federal Commission on School Safety have been guided by the need to promote state and local solutions to school violence. To that end, the Commission conducted field visits, listening sessions, and meetings with hundreds of Americans all across the country. The input of these individuals-state and local policymakers, administrators, principals and teachers, law enforcement and healthcare professionals, students and their families-was critical in identifying best practices and the recommendations contained in this Report. As set forth in the pages that follow, the work of the Commission falls into three broad categories: a) Prevent-preventing school violence; b Protect and Mitigate-protecting students and teachers and mitigating the effects of violence; and c) Respond and Recover-responding to and recovering from attacks. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://www2.ed.gov/documents/school-safety/school-safety-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: School Bullying Shelf Number: 154383

Author: Pittendrigh, Nadya Title: Biopolitics and the Supermax: Controlled and Uncontrolled Rhetoric Surrounding Tamms Prison Summary: Biopolitics and the Supermax: Controlled and Uncontrolled Rhetoric Surrounding Tamms Prison, presents a study of the material/rhetorical origins of Tamms Closed-Maximum Security prison in Illinois, and the activism that mobilized against it. As a supermax prison, Tamms was dedicated entirely to indefinite solitary confinement. Having been built to house the so-called "worst of the worst," it was meant to function as a "prison inside the prison" in Illinois, to serve as added punishment for those who committed crimes while incarcerated. As critics pointed out, however, the prison was not strictly used for this purpose: many Tamms prisoners had no previous disciplinary tickets; there was no due process for being sent, and there was no way of earning one's way out; and many who were sent to Tamms suffered from severe mental illness, and/or deteriorated psychologically in the context of prolonged social isolation. For these reasons, the prison was dogged by protest from its inception in 1998, until it was closed in 2013. This dissertation's rhetorical-ethnographic study of the prison and its activism grew out of participant-observation with a group that originally mobilized in order to exchange letters with the supermax prisoners. The group soon broadened the scope of its project: families of prisoners, former prisoners, lawyers, community members, and legislators organized to push for reform of the prison. These efforts eventually contributed to closing the prison altogether. In tracing the potency of rhetoric on both sides of the issue, the dissertation highlights non-deliberative rhetoric, such as the body rhetoric of supermax prisoners themselves, many of whom engaged in extreme acts of self-mutilation at Tamms. The dissertation also argues that the affective, artistic activism involved in the campaign opened a space in which advantageous forces might coalesce. Rather than drawing a stark line between deliberative and non-deliberative activist rhetoric, the dissertation posits a third rhetorical category, namely, creating a space in which uncontrolled forces could contribute to desirable outcomes. Similarly, the dissertation also treats the incoherence of state officials who supported the prison as organic, and therefore open to the emergence of unlooked-for coalitions and avenues of change. Details: Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2016. 234p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 23, 2019 at: https://indigo.uic.edu/handle/10027/20934 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 154384

Author: Urban Indian Health Institute Title: Murdered and Indigenous women and girls: A snapshot of data from 71 urban cities in the United States. Summary: Nationwide, the voices of Indigenous people have united to raise awareness of missing and murdered Indigenous woman and girls (MMIWG). Though awareness of the crisis is growing, data on the realities of this violence is scarce. The National Crime Information Center reports that, in 2016, there were 5,712 reports of missing American Indian and Alaska Native women and girls, though the US Department of Justice's federal missing persons database, NamUs, only logged 116 cases. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention has reported that murder is the third-leading cause of death among American Indian and Alaska Native women and that rates of violence on reservations can be up to ten times higher than the national average. However, no research has been done on rates of such violence among American Indian and Alaska Native women living in urban areas despite the fact that approximately 71% of American Indian and Alaska Natives live in urban areas. To fill this gap, in 2017, Urban Indian Health Institute (UIHI), a tribal epidemiology center, began a study aimed at assessing the number and dynamics of cases of missing and murdered American Indian and Alaska Native women and girls in cities across the United States. This study sought to assess why obtaining data on this violence is so difficult, how law enforcement agencies are tracking and responding to these cases, and how media is reporting on them. The study's intention is to provide a comprehensive snapshot of the MMIWG crisis in urban American Indian and Alaska Native communities and the institutional practices that allow them to disappear not once, but three times-in life, in the media, and in the data. Details: Seattle: The Institute, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: http://www.uihi.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Missing-and-Murdered-Indigenous-Women-and-Girls-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: American Indians Shelf Number: 154390

Author: Bell, Monica C. Title: Police Reform and the Dismantling of Legal Estrangement Summary: In police reform circles, many scholars and policymakers diagnose the frayed relationship between police forces and the communities they serve as a problem of illegitimacy, or the idea that people lack confidence in the police and thus are unlikely to comply or cooperate with them. The core proposal emanating from this illegitimacy diagnosis is procedural justice, a concept that emphasizes police officers' obligation to treat people with dignity and respect, behave in a neutral, non-biased way, exhibit an intention to help, and give them voice to express themselves and their needs, largely in the context of police stops. This Essay argues that legitimacy theory offers an incomplete diagnosis of the policing crisis, and thus de-emphasizes deeper structural, group-centered approaches to the problem of policing. The existing police regulatory regime encourages large swaths of American society to see themselves as existing within the law's aegis but outside its protection. This Essay critiques the reliance of police decision makers on a simplified version of legitimacy and procedural justice theory. It aims to expand the predominant understanding of police mistrust among African Americans and the poor, proposing that legal estrangement offers a better lens through which scholars and policymakers can understand and respond to the current problems of policing. Legal estrangement is a theory of detachment and eventual alienation from the law's enforcers, and it reflects the intuition among many people in poor communities of color that the law operates to exclude them from society. Building on the concepts of legal cynicism and anomie in sociology, the concept of legal estrangement provides a way of understanding the deep concerns that motivate today's police reform movement and points toward structural approaches to reforming policing. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, 2017. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Faculty Scholarship Series: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: https://digitalcommons.law.yale.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6141&context=fss_papers Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 154398

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Murder and Extremism in the United States in 2018 Summary: Each year, ADL's Center on Extremism (COE) tracks murders perpetrated by all types of extremists. The 2018 Murder & Extremism report provides key insights into the crimes, including motivations behind these violent attacks. 2018 was a particularly active year for right-wing extremist murders: Every single extremist killing - from Pittsburgh to Parkland - had a link to right-wing extremism. Among this report's key findings: Every year adherents of a variety of extreme causes kill people in the United States; ADL's COE tracks these murders. In 2018, domestic extremists killed at least 50 people in the U.S., a sharp increase from the 37 extremist-related murders documented in 2017, though still lower than the totals for 2015 (70) and 2016 (72). The 50 deaths make 2018 the fourth-deadliest year on record for domestic extremist-related killings since 1970. The extremist-related murders in 2018 were overwhelmingly linked to right-wing extremists. Every one of the perpetrators had ties to at least one right-wing extremist movement, although one had recently switched to supporting Islamist extremism. White supremacists were responsible for the great majority of the killings, which is typically the case. Deadly shooting sprees were a major factor in the high death toll. Five of the 17 incidents involved shooting sprees that caused 38 deaths and injured 33 people. The perpetrator of one of 2018's deadly shooting sprees, at a yoga studio in Tallahassee, was connected to the misogynistic incel/manosphere movement. In the wake of this attack and a similarly-motivated killing spree in Toronto, Canada, ADL's COE now tracks such incidents as extremist-related killings and has updated its database to include an earlier incel-linked incident, Elliot Rodger's 2014 shooting spree. Firearms remain the weapon of choice for extremists who kill. Guns were responsible for 42 of the 50 deaths in 2018, followed by blades or edged weapons. Details: New York: ADL, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: https://www.adl.org/media/12480/download Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 154397

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: Opioids: Treating an Illness, Ending a War Summary: More people died from opioid-related deaths in 2015 than in any previous year. This record number quadrupled the level of such deaths in 1999. Unlike the heroin and crack crises of the past, the current opioid emergency has disproportionately affected white Americans-poor and rural, but also middle class or affluent and suburban. This association has boosted support for preventative and treatment-based policy solutions. But the pace of the response has been slow, critical components of the solution-such as health insurance coverage expansion and improved access to medication-assisted treatment-face resistance, and there are growing efforts to revamp the failed and costly War on Drugs. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/publications/opioids-treating-illness-ending-war/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154399

Author: Geller, Amanda Title: Police Contact and Mental Health Summary: Although an effective police presence is widely regarded as critical to public safety, less is known about the effects of police practices on mental health and community well-being. Adolescents and young adults in specific neighborhoods of urban areas are likely to experience assertive contemporary police practices. This study goes beyond research on policing effects on legal socialization to assess the effects of police contact on the mental health of those stopped by the police. We collected and analyzed data in a two wave survey of young men in New York City (N=717) clustered in the neighborhoods with the highest rates of involuntary person-police contact. We focus on two indicia of mental health, anxiety and post-traumatic stress disorder, and assess their association with two dimensions of experience with the police: the quantity and intensity of police contact. Panel regression models indicate that, controlling for past police contact and mental health, recent police contact � specifically the extent of police intrusion in a recent "critical" stop - is associated with increased levels of anxiety symptoms, and both quantity and intensity of recent stop experience are significantly associated with increased PTSD symptoms. Additional analyses suggest that particular types of intrusion respondents experience may be a stronger determinant of subsequent health than the quantity of stops reported. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2017. Source: Internet Resource: Columbia Public Law Research Paper No. 14-571: Accessed January 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3096076 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Legal Socialization Shelf Number: 154403

Author: Jacome, Elisa Title: The Effect of Immigration Enforcement on Crime Reporting: Evidence from the Priority Enforcement Program Summary: Weak trust between immigrants and law enforcement may undermine law enforcement agencies' ability to keep communities safe. This paper documents that an immigrant's willingness to report crime is affected by immigration enforcement policies. I analyze the Priority Enforcement Program (PEP), which was launched by the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agency in 2015. Under PEP, ICE focused enforcement efforts on immigrants convicted of serious crimes and shifted resources away from immigration-related offenses, thereby lowering the cost to immigrants of reporting crime to the police. I use incident-level data from the Dallas Police Department that include the name and ethnicity of all complainants to show that the number of incidents reported by Hispanic individuals increased by 10 percent after the launch of PEP. The results of this study suggest that reducing immigration enforcement of individuals who do not pose a threat to public safety can potentially be one way to enhance trust between immigrant communities and the police. Details: Princeton, NJ: Department of Economics; Princeton University, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3263086 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reporting Shelf Number: 154405

Author: Ristroph, Alice Title: The Constitution of Police Violence Summary: Police force is again under scrutiny in the United States. Several recent killings of black men by police officers have prompted an array of reform proposals, most of which seem to assume that these recent killings were not (or should not be) authorized and legal. Our constitutional doctrine suggests otherwise. From the 1960s to the present, federal courts have persistently endorsed a very expansive police authority to make seizures - to stop persons, to arrest them, and to use force if the arrestee resists. This Article reveals the full scope of this seizure authority. Of particular importance are the concepts of resistance and compliance. Demands for compliance with officers, and a condemnation of resistance that authorizes police to meet resistance with violence, run throughout constitutional doctrine. Ostensibly race-neutral, the duty of compliance has in fact been distributed along racial lines, and may be contrasted with a privilege of resistance (also race-specific) elsewhere protected in American law. Tracing resistance and compliance helps reveal the ways in which the law distributes risks of violence, and it may help inspire proposals to reduce and redistribute those risks. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Seton Hall Public Law Research Paper: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2847300 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Fourth Amendment Shelf Number: 154406

Author: National Juvenile Defender Center Title: Juvenile Defense Policy and Practice Career Resource Guide Summary: NDJC has created this electronic guide to raise the profile of juvenile-specific defense as a career. It is intended for law students interested in pursuing juvenile defense as a career and includes information for on coursework and externships that will help strengthen a candidate's application in the juvenile defense field; resources to guide in the search for juvenile defense jobs, fellowships, and funding opportunities; and a list of offices around the country that provide employment and internship opportunities specific to juvenile defense. Details: Washington, DC: The Author, 2019. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://njdc.info/juvenile-defense-policy-and-practice-resource-guide-2018-2019-2/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 154407

Author: Esthappan, Sino Title: Juvenile Probation Transformation: Applying the Approach in Lucas County, OH, and Pierce County, WA Summary: Probation is the most commonly used disposition in juvenile court: nearly 63 percent of cases adjudicated delinquent in 2014 resulted in probation. Juvenile probation dispositions are rising; between 1984 and 2014, the use of probation for youth adjudicated delinquent increased by over 5 percent. Yet, the literature on what works in juvenile probation practice remains relatively scant. The limited existing literature suggests that the standard approach to juvenile probation is ill-equipped to meet the growing needs of justice-involved youth. Studies find high rates of recidivism among justice-involved youth (Bonta et al. 2008; Latessa, Listwan, and Koetzle 2014; Robinson et al. 2012). Researchers and practitioners have found various components of juvenile probation ineffective, including the overuse of probation violation orders, which often result in out-of-home placements. Youth on probation receive from 5 to more than 30 conditions with which they must comply during the supervision period (National Juvenile Defender Center 2016). Studies have identified gaps in how youth interpret and understand probation conditions. One study in Washington State found that youth recalled approximately one-third of conditions imposed on them (Peralta et al. 2012). Research on adolescent brain development enhances what we know about how these conditions are followed; neural networks in the brain responsible for self-regulation and reward motivation do not fully develop until after age 24, which makes youth more likely to engage in risky behaviors and defy rules (Cauffman, Steinberg, and Piquero 2005; Spear 2010; Steinberg 2010). Thus, many youths are not inclined to follow the rules and requirements imposed on them while on probation. Further, studies show that probation violations, and specifically technical violations, have grown substantially in recent decades (Gies, Cohen, and Villarruel 2009; Moeller 2011), with 17 percent of admissions to youth residential placement facilities in 2013 for technical violations (Hockenberry 2016). This pattern is pronounced for youth of color, who represented 70 percent of those committed to a residential facility for a probation violation in 2015 (Sickmund et al. 2018), and who already are disproportionately represented at each decision point in the juvenile justice system (Hockenberry and Puzzanchera 2017). While modest, the literature on effective probation practice provides some useful lessons. Studies show that therapeutic and skills-building programs such as cognitive behavioral therapy and strengths-based mentoring, especially when coming from credible messengers (Lynch et al. 2018), show promise for improving juvenile justice outcomes (DuBois et al. 2002 Landenberger and Lipsey 2006). As one example, a study of the alternative to incarceration Youth Advocate Programs (YAP) found that among 3,523 youth ages 11 to 18 across multiple YAP sites, 86 percent were not arrested during their participation in the program, and 93 percent remained in the community at the time of program completion (Evans and Delgado 2014). Additionally, interventions that target risk factors may help ensure that probation only reaches the youth who need it most and strengthen case management services for those youth (Bonta and Andrews 2007; Lowenkamp and Latessa 2004). Still, a gap remains between the evidence on what works in delinquency prevention and juvenile probation and what is happening on the ground. Implementation science studies focusing on juvenile justice indicate that-because of deficits in such areas as organizational capacity, system stakeholder buy-in, and funding-juvenile justice professionals may lack the tools to translate research into practice (Love and Harvell 2016). Recognizing the gap between research and practice, the Annie E. Casey Foundation (the Foundation) started the Probation Transformation Initiative in 2014, which aims to develop an effective, developmentally appropriate, and unified theory of change in probation practice. Additionally, the approach is intended to help probation departments reduce and sharpen the focus of their target population, address racial and ethnic equity and inclusion (REEI), and forge partnerships with families and their communities. The initiative builds on the Foundation's prior juvenile justice reform efforts with the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI), which aims to reduce the number of youth in pretrial detention, and the Foundation's expansion of JDAI into the "deep end" of the juvenile justice system to reduce the number of youth in out-of-home placements. The Foundation has contracted with the Urban Institute (Urban) and Mathematica Policy Research (Mathematica) since 2014 to conduct a formative evaluation of the deep end work. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute; Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, Inc., 2019. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99608/juvenile_probation_transformation.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154453

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. New Mexico Advisory Committee Title: Elder Abuse in New Mexico Summary: This report by the New Mexico Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights examines the issue of elder abuse in New Mexico. To produce this report, the Committee reviewed data from a variety of sources and heard testimony at a public meeting. The Committee defines elder abuse as a civil rights issue because elders are targeted for abuse or affected by the issues discussed herein specifically because of their age status. While there have been a number of legislative efforts that provide enhanced protections for elders, significant gaps exist in those protections. The Committee identified five dynamics that increase the risk of abuse for elders: - Widespread impacts of poverty and lack of affordable services available to elders and their caregivers; - Underreporting of abuse or suspicion of abuse by caretakers, providers, and elders themselves; - Structural weaknesses in the healthcare system that allow abuse to go undetected; - Lack of enforcement of existing laws and regulations designed to protect elders; and - A variety of forms of financial exploitation through which individuals prey upon elders and steal or appropriate valuable financial and property resources. The Committee provides the following recommendations to the Commission in order to improve protections for elders: - More attention needs to be paid to ensure that elders have sufficient resources to support wellbeing as they age. This will require conversations about and concrete action to address elder poverty and health disparities; - State and federal agencies need to bolster requirements for reporting and surveillance (data tracking) of cases of elder abuse; - Opportunities for mediation involving family members and other interested stakeholders should be created in cases where there is a concern about an elder's capacity to control their finances; - Additional mechanisms are needed to deter individuals from engaging in elder abuse; - Increased transparency is required concerning the process of determining the need for court-appointed individuals or agencies to control the decisions and assets of elders; - Existing legislation and regulations should be reviewed to determine if they are sufficient to protect the rights of elders; - Statutes that protect elders from financial exploitation should be bolstered or enacted; - In cases of alleged financial exploitation, a presumption of undue influence should be established, which would shift the burden of proof to alleged perpetrators of abuse once certain elements are met; - Better tracking systems are needed to document elder financial abuse; - Court costs, attorney's fees, and double or triple damages should be available in cases of willful coercion in relation to elder financial exploitation; - Judgments specifically related to elder financial abuse should be tracked and registered; - The maximum number of judgments related to elder financial abuse should be enforced and collected; and - States should be required to take the actions recommended herein in order to receive federal funding. Details: Washington, DC: The Author, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 28, 2019 at: https://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2018/09-27-NM-Elder-Abuse.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Elder Abuse Shelf Number: 154456

Author: Riner, Richard Wylie Title: Race, Class, and Procedural Justice During Traffic Stops Summary: This is a study of public perception of face to face encounters with the police during the most common type of police contact, the traffic stop. Using the latest iteration of the Police-Public Contact Survey, (ICPSR 34276), this study examines the public's perception interactions of law enforcement, the effect of enforcement action in the form of a citation, officer behaviors, and citizen behaviors on the reported perception of the traffic stop. Perception of the face to face encounter with law enforcement is measured using survey responses to items regarding their encounter with police. Details: Dallas: University of Texas at Dallas, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: http://libtreasures.utdallas.edu/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10735.1/5451/ETD-5608-7449.09.pdf?sequence=6 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police-Citizen Interactions Shelf Number: 154464

Author: Hoffman, Karen Title: Live Stop: A Law of Unintended Consequences Summary: What is Live Stop? The Live Stop law instructs police officers to immobilize drivers' cars for certain traffic violations including driving without a license, with a suspended or revoked license, and driving with expired or no registration. The law applies only to Philadelphia. Other counties may adopt the law by local ordinance, however, most have not done so. The law instructs that cars should be towed for these violations only as a last resort if the cars pose a threat to public safety. Yet this is often not the case because the Philadelphia Police Department's interpretation of the law goes beyond the state law�s requirements by towing first. As this report will demonstrate, this has a disproportionate impact on undocumented immigrants in Philadelphia. Details: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Temple University Beasley School of Law, 2016. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www2.law.temple.edu/csj/publication/live-stop-law-unintended-consequences/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Driving with a Revoked License Shelf Number: 154313

Author: Laisne, Mathilde Title: Detention of Alleged Probation and Parole Violators in Orleans Parish Prison Summary: Executive Summary As states have moved to reduce their prison populations, attention has turned toward the role that jails play in driving mass incarceration. In New Orleans, the high local detention rate and associated costs have prompted a review of local detention practices. Among the largest groups of people detained in the city's jail, the Orleans Parish Prison (OPP), are probationers and parolees accused of violating one or more conditions of their supervision. In 2012, this group represented roughly 19 percent of OPP's population, was disproportionately young black males, and cost the city more than $8.8 million. This policy report discusses an analysis conducted by the Vera Institute of Justice's New Orleans Office (Vera), in collaboration with the state Division of Probation and Parole, to measure the use of detention for people suspected of probation and parole violations in OPP in 2012; identify circumstances when detention might not be used appropriately; and recommend practice changes to safely reduce detention of this group and the related costs. Vera concluded that detention of alleged probation and parole violators appears to be overused for four main groups of supervisees in New Orleans: - people who, after adjudication of their alleged violations of probation or parole, are released to the community or receive non- or low-incarceration sentences; - people detained for alleged technical violations, such as failure to report to the supervising officer, combined with failure to pay supervision fees; - people arrested for new felony charges who are detained without adequate consideration of their circumstances, such as the nature of the new charges or the risk the supervisee poses to public safety; and - people in all circumstances who are detained for lengthy periods. Based on this analysis, Vera recommends the following practice changes in New Orleans, and for consideration elsewhere: - reduce initial use of detention by maximizing the use of administrative sanctions to respond to technical violations and by revising internal policies at the local probation and parole office to guide officers in their discretionary use of detention; - avoid the prolonged detention of supervisees by routinely reviewing the detention status of alleged violators; - coordinate roles among system actors to develop common procedures for requesting or declining initial detention when appropriate for probationers with new felony charges and for the parole board's involvement in detention decisions for parolees; - make proceedings for probation cases more effective, by establishing a standard time frame for the period between arrest and disposition of violations in all cases in which detention is deemed necessary; and - ensure that data regarding the use of detention for alleged probation and parole violators is accurately and thoroughly collected, shared, monitored, and analyzed. Details: New York, NY: Vera Institute of Justice, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: https://www.vera.org/publications/detention-of-alleged-probation-and-parole-violators-in-orleans-parish-prison Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: City Jail Shelf Number: 134315

Author: Alabama Appleseed Title: Alabama's War on Marijuana: Assessing the Fiscal and Human Toll of Criminalization Summary: Kiasha Hughes dreamed of becoming a medical assistant. Now, she works an overnight shift at a chicken plant to support her children. Nick Gibson was on track to graduate from the University of Alabama. Now, he works at a fast-food restaurant. Wesley Shelton spent 15 months in jail and ended up with a felony conviction - for having $10 worth of marijuana. Like thousands of others, they're casualties of Alabama's war on marijuana - a war the state ferociously wages with draconian laws that criminalize otherwise law-abiding people for possessing a substance that's legal for recreational or medicinal use in states where more than half of all Americans live. In Alabama, a person caught with only a few grams of marijuana can face incarceration and thousands of dollars in fines and court costs. They can lose their driver's license and have difficulty finding a job or getting financial aid for college. This war on marijuana is one whose often life-altering consequences fall most heavily on black people - a population still living in the shadow of Jim Crow. Alabama's laws are not only overly harsh, they also place enormous discretion in the hands of law enforcement, creating an uneven system of justice and leaving plenty of room for abuse. This year in Etowah County, for example, law enforcement officials charged a man with drug trafficking after adding the total weight of marijuana-infused butter to the few grams of marijuana he possessed, so they could reach the 2.2-pound threshold for a trafficking charge. Marijuana prohibition also has tremendous economic and public safety costs. The state is simply shooting itself in the pocketbook, wasting valuable taxpayer dollars and adding a tremendous burden to the courts and public safety resources. This report is the first to analyze data on marijuana-related arrests in Alabama, broken down by race, age, gender and location. It includes a thorough fiscal analysis of the state's enforcement costs. It also exposes how the administrative burden of enforcing marijuana laws leaves vital state agencies without the resources necessary to quickly test evidence related to violent crimes with serious public safety implications, such as sexual assault. The study finds that in Alabama: - The overwhelming majority of people arrested for marijuana offenses from 2012 to 2016 - 89 percent - were arrested for possession. In 2016, 92 percent of all people arrested for marijuana offenses were arrested for possession. - Alabama spent an estimated $22 million enforcing the prohibition against marijuana possession in 2016 - enough to fund 191 additional preschool classrooms, 571 more K-12 teachers or 628 more Alabama Department of Corrections officers. - Black people were approximately four times as likely as white people to be arrested for marijuana possession (both misdemeanors and felonies) in 2016 - and five times as likely to be arrested for felony possession. These racial disparities exist despite robust evidence that white and black people use marijuana at roughly the same rate. - In at least seven law enforcement jurisdictions, black people were 10 or more times as likely as white people to be arrested for marijuana possession. - In 2016, police made more arrests for marijuana possession (2,351) than for robbery, for which they made 1,314 arrests - despite the fact that there were 4,557 reported robberies that year. - The enforcement of marijuana possession laws creates a crippling backlog at the state agency tasked with analyzing forensic evidence in all criminal cases, including violent crimes. As of March 31, 2018, the Alabama Department of Forensic Sciences had about 10,000 pending marijuana cases, creating a nine-month waiting period for analyses of drug samples. At the same time, the department had a backlog of 1,121 biology/DNA cases, including about 550 "crimes against persons" cases such as homicide, sexual assault and robbery. While Alabama continues to criminalize people who use marijuana either recreationally or medicinally, an increasing number of states have come to treat marijuana like alcohol and tobacco. Nine states and the District of Columbia now allow recreational use. The early evidence strongly suggests that this approach benefits public safety and the criminal justice system. In those states, arrests for marijuana possession have been virtually eliminated, freeing up officers to focus on crimes of violence. Drunken-driving arrests are down as well. And, there's no evidence of a spike in crime or increased marijuana use among youth. These states have also enjoyed a corresponding fiscal and economic windfall. Across the country, thousands of jobs are being created where marijuana has been legalized. Three of the states where it has been legal the longest - Colorado, Washington and Oregon - have thus far collected a total of $1.3 billion in new revenue. And, as the human toll discussed throughout this report falls disproportionately on black people, legalization offers an opportunity to begin to address the disproportionate harms that Alabama's criminal justice system causes to its African-American population. It's time for Alabama to join an increasing number of states in taking a commonsense, fiscally responsible approach to marijuana policy. Details: Montgomery, Alabama: Alabama Appleseed Center for Law and Justice, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: https://lawprofessors.typepad.com/marijuana_law/2018/10/alabamas-war-on-marijuana-assessing-the-fiscal-and-human-toll-of-criminalization.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 154308

Author: Mathematica Policy Research Title: The Potential for Wastewater Testing for Rapid Assessment of Opioid Abuse Summary: Abstract Municipal wastewater testing provides an opportunity to rapidly assess trends in opioid use and, accordingly, to evaluate initiatives to curb abuse. Despite detection limits and some complexities in deriving per capita use estimates, wastewater testing offers more comprehensive, objective, timely, and cost-effective measures of drug use than are available from self-reported surveys, overdose statistics, and drug-related crime data. Fully harnessing the potential of sewage epidemiological research will require the coordinated input of researchers, technicians, and policymakers to develop best practices for implementation. In conjunction with traditional data sources, wastewater testing provides an efficient means to identify areas with the greatest need for intervention, and programs with the greatest promise to reduce illicit drug use. Details: Princeton, New Jersey: Mathematica Policy Research, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2019 at: https://www.mathematica-mpr.com/our-publications-and-findings/publications/the-potential-of-wastewater-testing-for-rapid-assessment-of-opioid-abuse-research-brief Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154309

Author: Herinckx, Heidi Title: Clark County Mentally Ill Re-arrest Prevention (MIRAP) Program Summary: This study examined rearrest and linkage to mental health services among 368 misdemeanants with severe and persistent mental illness who were served by the Clark County Mental Health Court (MHC). This court, established in April 2000, is based on the concepts of therapeutic jurisprudence. This study addressed the following questions about the effectiveness of the Clark County MHC: Did MHC clients receive more comprehensive mental health services? Did the MHC successfully reduce recidivism? Were there any client or program characteristics associated with recidivism? A secondary analysis of use of mental health services and jail data for the MHC clients enrolled from April 2000 through April 2003 was conducted. The authors used a 12-month pre-post comparison design to determine whether MHC participants experienced reduced rearrest rates for new offenses, reduced probation violations, and increased mental health services 12 months postenrollment in the MHC compared with 12 months preenrollment. The overall crime rate for MHC participants was reduced 4.0 times one year postenrollment in the MHC compared with one year preenrollment. One year postenrollment, 54 percent of participants had no arrests, and probation violations were reduced by 62 percent. The most significant factor in determining the success of MHC participants was graduation status from the MHC, with graduates 3.7 times less likely to reoffend compared with nongraduates. The Clark County MHC successfully reduced rearrest rates for new criminal offenses and probation violations and provided the mental health support services to stabilize mental health consumers in the community. (From Research Gate) Details: Portland, OR: Research Institute for Human Services, Portland State University, 2003. 59p. Source: Available from the Rutgers Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2003 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Court Shelf Number: 154336

Author: National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine Title: Support for forensic science research : improving the scientific role of the National Institute of Justice Summary: Reliable and valid forensic science analytic techniques are critical to a credible, fair, and evidence-based criminal justice system. There is widespread agreement that the scientific foundation of some currently available forensic science methods needs strengthening and that additional, more efficient techniques are urgently needed. These needs can only be met through sustained research programs explicitly designed to ensure and improve the reliability and validity of current methods and to foster the development and use of new and better techniques. This task is challenging due to the broad nature of the field. Concerns have been raised repeatedly about the ability of the criminal justice system to collect and analyze evidence efficiently and to be fair in its verdicts. Although significant progress has been made in some forensic science disciplines, the forensic science community still faces many challenges. Federal leadership, particularly in regard to research and the scientific validation of forensic science methods, is needed to help meet the pressing issues facing state and local jurisdictions. This report reviews the progress made by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to advance forensic science research since the 2009 report, Strengthening Forensic Science in the United States: A Path Forward and the 2010 report, Strengthening the National Institute of Justice. Support for Forensic Science Research examines the ways in which NIJ develops its forensic science research priorities and communicates those priorities as well as its findings to the scientific and forensic practitioner communities in order to determine the impact of NIJ forensic science research programs and how that impact can be enhanced. Details: Washington, DC: National Academies Press, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 1, 2019 at: https://www.nap.edu/catalog/21772/support-for-forensic-science-research-improving-the-scientific-role-of Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 150965

Author: Malik, Arjun Title: Philadelphia Bail Watch Report : Findings and Recommendations based on 611 Bail Hearings Summary: What is Philadelphia Bail Watch? Philadelphia Bail Watch is a volunteer court watch initiative that invites members of the public to observe preliminary arraignment hearings - the first stage of a criminal case in Philadelphia � in order to learn about the process and provide their perceptions of what they witness. By collecting and sharing the public's perceptions of Philadelphia's preliminary arraignment process, the Philadelphia Bail Fund and Pennsylvanians for Modern Courts seek to monitor the current process and advocate for improvements in Philadelphia's preliminary arraignment process. Why focus on preliminary arraignment? Preliminary arraignment is a pivotal step in the criminal justice process. It determines whether and under what conditions a person charged with a crime will be released pretrial. The decisions made during a preliminary arraignment hearing have an outsized impact on case outcomes, people's wellbeing, and overall criminal justice costs. Despite recent changes to the Philadelphia District Attorney's approach to bail recommendations, cash bail continues to be set regularly. If a person cannot afford to post bail, as many cannot, she is incarcerated pretrial despite her presumed innocence. What has Philadelphia Bail Watch done? In the nearly six months since Philadelphia Bail Watch was launched, over 76 members of the public have volunteered their time to visit the Criminal Justice Center in downtown Philadelphia to observe bail hearings and provide their comments on what they witnessed. In total, volunteers have observed 611 hearings between April 19, 2018 and August 31, 2018. In 50.1% of these hearings, people were issued cash bail in amounts ranging from $300 to $750,000. Details: Philadelphia: Philadelphia Bail Fund; Pennsylvanians for Modern Courts, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/591a4fd51b10e32fb50fbc73/t/5bc60034a4222f8cd2231c54/1539702839376/Philly+Bail+Report_Finalv2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154467

Author: Shineman, Victoria Title: Restoring Rights, Restoring Trust: Evidence that Reversing Felon Disenfranchisement Penalties Increases Both Trust and Cooperation with Government Summary: Felon disenfranchisement laws restrict the voting rights of more than 6 million US Citizens. Beyond the effects on voter turnout and electoral outcomes, how do these laws affect individual-level attitudes and behaviors? This study implements two field experiments embedded within panel surveys conducted before and after statewide elections in Ohio and Virginia. The survey population is composed of US citizens with felony convictions who were once disenfranchised, but are now either eligible to vote, or to have their voting rights restored. Experimental treatments provide varying assistance with the restoration of voting rights and voter registration. Treated subjects report stronger trust in government and the criminal justice system, and an increased willingness to cooperate with law enforcement. The results suggest that reversing disenfranchisement causes newly enfranchised citizens to increase their pro-democratic attitudes and behaviors - all of which are predictors of reduced crime and recidivism. Details: Pittsburgh: Department of Political Science University of Pittsburgh, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://poseidon01.ssrn.com/delivery.php?ID=842027003008098066121126093067006110050040086012039063125105084023101103100089126126100002120123037033111096087127007067113081021011055076033018097071102099003125007028082062115124074098009086090121026031090111080080007101069074112098013086081103089092&EXT=pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Felon Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 154468

Author: Liu, Patrick Title: The Economics of Bail and Pretrial Detention Summary: Two thirds of the jail population and one quarter of the total incarcerated population consist of pretrial detainees. These shares have risen over time, fueling questions about the impacts of pretrial detention and the system of monetary bail that largely governs it. New research indicates that pretrial detention has a substantially negative economic impact on individuals, disrupting their labor market activities and causing increased recidivism. In addition to summarizing this research, we characterize key trends in pretrial detention and the bail system: increasing use of monetary bail, increasing time from arrest to adjudication, and rising median bail requirements, all of which have occurred across major offense categories. We conclude by discussing costs and benefits of monetary bail and the bail bonds industry. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, The Hamilton Project, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/BailFineReform_EA_121818_6PM.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154474

Author: Williams, Heather J. Title: Trends in the Draw of Americans to Foreign Terrorist Organizations from 9/11 to Today Summary: This report seeks to better understand why the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) has been more successful than its predecessor organization, al Qaeda, in recruiting individuals within the United States. The authors consider whether the demographic profile of individuals drawn to foreign terrorist organizations (FTOs) has changed over time or whether new groups are more successful appealing to the same segment of the population. They take an expansive approach, analyzing all known cases of U.S. citizens or persons within the United States connected to a FTO with Islamist orientation since September 11, 2001, and use consistent criteria for inclusion and exclusion to identify individuals meeting this definition, and coding multiple demographic variables. They then conduct a quantitative analysis of the entire population, as well as the population broken down by group and by role (i.e., foreign fighters, homegrown violent extremists, etc.). Their findings reveal that the number of U.S. recruits drawn to al Qaeda and its affiliate groups has declined precipitously, commensurate with the ascent of ISIL, and that the average terrorist recruited by ISIL is not only younger and less educated but more likely to be African American/black or Caucasian/white and a U.S.-born citizen. Historically, terrorist recruits were more likely immigrants of Middle Eastern descent. These findings are relevant to U.S. defense, intelligence, and law enforcement officials, as well as to civilian academic and policymaking audiences, who may be unaware of this altered demographic profile, a perception that could bias counterterrorism policy and efforts. Key Findings -- Terrorist Recruits in the Present Day The historic stereotype of a Muslim, Arab, immigrant male as the most vulnerable to extremism is not representative of many terrorist recruits today. Recruits are more likely to be Caucasian/white or African American/black, and to have been born in the United States. Recruits are more likely to be younger and less educated. Recruits are more likely to have converted to Islam as part of their radicalization process. Although they are still primarily male, recruits are increasingly likely to be female. Perhaps most important, recruits are at present more likely to be drawn to or influenced by ISIL rather than al Qaeda or its affiliates during their process of radicalization and journey to terrorism. Recommendations A more thorough inquiry into this topic would benefit from the cooperation of law enforcement, and particularly the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), which may be aware of additional cases that should be included and may have additional information regarding recruits' conversion to Islam, educational background, and past criminal history. A research project done in collaboration with law enforcement could also gauge whether some of the increases or decreases in arrests could reflect a change in the posture or priorities of law enforcement. A more precise inquiry into how FTOs inspire terrorist actions would also consider the date when an individual began radicalizing, or at least when a law enforcement investigation was opened; ideally, it would probe the sequencing of the radicalization process of individuals in fine biographical detail. Incorporating these dates and data points would better reflect events that inspired an individual to conduct a terrorist act. Research efforts should consider whether to include the entire population of domestic terrorists inside the United States (e.g., individuals connected to white supremacists, sovereign citizens, militant environmentalists, revolutionary organizations, etc.). Doing so would require careful attention to definitions and coding criteria, as there is no universally set definition of terrorism. Focusing more on the motivation of actors - and resisting the temptation to label an attack as terrorism simply because the individual involved may have been Muslim or had a Middle Eastern background - could help us better understand, and therefore combat, the threat of terrorism in the United States. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2545.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Al Qaida Shelf Number: 154476

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: Protecting the Next Generation: Strategies to Keep America's Kids Safe from Gun Violence Summary: The courageous young survivors of the horrific school shooting in Parkland, Florida, have collectively raised their voices and declared that it is time for action-they are calling for gun safety laws proven to save lives from this uniquely American epidemic. No child-in any community-should live in fear of a shooting at their school or in their community. No child should live with the memory of their classmates' deaths. There are simple steps we can take to protect our kids and our communities from gun violence. KIDS AND FIREARMS KEY NUMBERS US children and teens are 17 times more likely to die from gun violence than their peers in other high-income countries. Studies show at least 40% of children in high-violence urban areas have witnessed a shooting. Nearly 60% of high schoolers report concerns about a potential mass shooting in their school or community. Since 1998, nearly 200,000 minors have been shot-a staggering toll-and another 187,000 have experienced a shooting in their schools. Among 14-17 year-olds, 17% have been exposed to gun violence. Shootings Cause Lasting Trauma - Children who survive shootings develop post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety, and fearfulness, and can experience long-term decreases in academic achievement. One study found a 6% decrease in 9th-grade enrollment at schools that had experienced a deadly shooting. Violence Interferes with Education - Two-thirds of school districts now require schools to conduct active-shooter drills, with kids as young as two participating. These drills, and other costly security measures, can divert funds and time that are needed for education and create a culture of anxiety. Details: San Francisco: The Authors, 2018. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 4, 2019 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Giffords-Law-Center-Protecting-the-Next-Generation-7.19.18.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Policy Shelf Number: 154483

Author: Watkins, Katherine E. Title: Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol. Could California Do More to Prevent It? Summary: While the rate of alcohol-related traffic fatalities declined nationally over the past two decades, California's rate began to rise again in 2011. This Perspective considers whether California could do more to reduce driving under the influence (DUI) and other threats to public health and safety imposed by repeat DUI offenders. California's current approach to addressing DUIs largely focuses on reducing the probability that individuals drive while impaired. In this Perspective, we argue that future approaches will also need to better target the problem drinking that underlies impaired driving and other negative outcomes. We consider strategies currently in use statewide and in some California counties, as well as in other states. Many options are discussed, including ignition interlock devices, DUI courts, the 24/7 Sobriety program, and substance use treatment, including pharmacotherapy, for those with an alcohol use disorder. At this point, there is insufficient evidence about which types of programs work best for which individuals. Research is needed to assess the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of these new strategies for addressing repeat DUI offenders. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Perspective: Accessed February 5, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/perspectives/PE162.html?utm_source=WhatCountsEmail&utm_medium=Drug%20Policy%20Research%20Center%20(DPRC)+AEM:%20%20Email%20Address%20NOT%20LIKE%20DOTMIL&utm_campaign=AEM:846313335 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 154484

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Oakland Stakeholder Perspectives of Homicide and Shooting Scene Response Summary: This report explores how stakeholders involved in homicide and shooting scenes in Oakland, California perceive their interactions with law enforcement and community partners. This study draws on interviews with shooting survivors, family members of homicide victims, Oakland Police Department officers, and community service providers and partner staff. It found that survivors and family members desired interactions with law enforcement officers and community partners that aligned with procedural justice principles, but they did not always perceive that they received it. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99612/oakland_stakeholder_perspectives_of_homicide_and_shooting_scene_response_3.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Scenes Shelf Number: 154503

Author: Janetta, Jesse Title: Responding to Homicide and Shooting Scenes: A Review of Procedural Justice Practice in the US Summary: This report summarizes findings from a national review of practice regarding police interactions with the community at shooting and homicide scenes. Based on interviews and focus groups with police personnel and community partners representing nine jurisdictions across the nation, this review concludes that procedurally just conduct at shooting scenes requires departments to establish a uniform vision of community engagement, build capacity and training infrastructure to ground procedural justice concepts and practices in the department, and forge authentic partnerships with community leaders and community-based agencies before, during, and after such events. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99613/responding_to_homicide_and_shooting_scenes_a_review_of_procedural_justice_practice_in_the_us_2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Scenes Shelf Number: 154504

Author: Jannetta, Jesse Title: Procedural Justice in Homicide and Shooting Scene Response: Executive Summary Summary: This document summarizes findings from the literature review, practice review, and interviews conducted in Oakland by the Urban Institute (Urban) and the Urban Peace Institute (UPI) under the "Oakland Procedural Justice Principles for Police Officers" cooperative agreement with the City of Oakland. The work under this cooperative agreement is intended to inform Oakland's efforts to improve policies and practices related to the police department's management, response, and activities at shooting and homicide scenes, and to develop and implement procedural justice and related trainings for proactive and investigative police units. This document draws upon and synthesizes findings presented in more detail in documents devoted to the literature, practice review, and interviews conducted by our team. It presents findings on common issues, promising practices, and possible operational approaches to improving responses to shooting and homicide scenes in Oakland, organized by the four components of procedural justice. It then presents guiding principles for efforts to improve responses to homicide and shooting scenes using a procedural justice framework. Police play a critical role in reducing community violence, but their legitimacy can be undermined by a lack of community trust, particularly in high crime communities where intervention is needed most. Mistrust of law enforcement is especially acute among young men of color, especially those living in neighborhoods afflicted by crime and disorder associated with gang activity (Kennedy 2009; Liberman and Fontaine 2015). The absence of trust reduces the public's willingness to report crime, engage with law enforcement on crime control efforts, and abide by the law, since trust is a fundamental component of police legitimacy (Bradford et al. 2014; Tyler and Jackson 2014; Resig and Lloyd 2009; Sunshine and Tyler 2003). Because the investigative process relies heavily on key witnesses from the community, it is important that detectives engage in practices that are geared at maintaining legitimacy and cultivating trust. Procedural justice provides an operational framework for building police legitimacy and repairing relationships in communities affected by gun violence. Findings from a broad array of studies find a statistically significant relationship between procedural justice and police legitimacy, and that procedural justice carries greater weight than other variables (Hinds and Murphy 2007; Murphy 2005; Tyler 2003; Tyler and Fagan 2008). There is less evidence that shows that officers can deliberately create more legitimacy by being procedurally just. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99611/procedural_justice_in_homicide_and_shooting_scene_response_executive_summary_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Scenes Shelf Number: 154505

Author: Krieger, Kathleen Title: Evaluation of Domestic Victims of Human Trafficking Demonstration Projects: Final Report from the Second Cohort of Projects Summary: This report documents the experiences of the second cohort of three cooperative agreement awardees that implemented the Domestic Victims of Human Trafficking (DVHT) demonstration projects from October 2015 through September 2017 in Billings, Montana; North Dakota and Clay County, Minnesota; and Multnomah County, Oregon to improve services to domestic victims of human trafficking in their communities. Domestic human trafficking involves forced labor and sexual exploitation of United States citizens and lawful permanent residents including men and women; and children, youth, and adults. To improve services for domestic victims of human trafficking, the Family and Youth Services Bureau (FYSB) within the Administration for Children and Families (ACF) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, awarded three cooperative agreements in 2014 to implement demonstration projects. FYSB awarded three additional cooperative agreements in 2015. The intent of the demonstration program was to build, expand, and sustain organizational and community capacity to deliver trauma-informed, culturally relevant services for domestic victims of human trafficking through a coordinated system of agency services and partnerships with community-based organizations and allied professionals. This publication is the second report from the cross-site process evaluation of ACF's DVHT demonstration program. The evaluation is overseen by ACF's Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation (OPRE), in collaboration with FYSB, and conducted by RTI International. The report presents evaluation findings pertaining to how projects expanded community capacity to identify and respond to domestic trafficking victims; the characteristics and experiences of survivors served by the projects; how projects provided comprehensive victim services; and the cost of case management. The report includes a summary of overall lessons learned and considerations for future programs. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 2018. 182p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2018-102: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/dvhtcohort2finalrpt_508b.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 154509

Author: McDonnell, Karen A. Title: An Evaluation of the National Domestic Violence Hotline and and loveisrespect. A report from the Accomplishments of the Domestic Violence Hotline, Online Connections, and Text Project Summary: Hotlines and help lines for victims/survivors of domestic violence (DV) are an integral approach for providing intervention and prevention services; however, the evaluation of these programs is nascent. The National Domestic Violence Hotline (The Hotline) and loveisrespect (LIR; the help line targeted towards young people) provide information and assistance to adult and youth victims/survivors of domestic or dating violence, their friends and families, service providers, and others, including batterers/abusers. They do this via 24-hour, national, toll-free, and confidential telephone hotlines, online chat, text messaging services, and websites. Highly-trained advocates provide crisis intervention and emotional support; information about national, state, and community resources; and nationwide referrals to services to those who contact The Hotline and LIR ("contactors"). Details: Washington, DC: Administration for Children & Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2018-117: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/advhocat_frd_report_to_opre_111918_508_compliant.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 154510

Author: Langman, Peter Title: A Comparison of Averted and Completed School Attacks from the Police Foundation Averted School Violence Database Summary: IN 2014, the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) provided funding to the Police Foundation to initiate the Averted School Violence (ASV) project. Through this project, the Police Foundation developed a database (Police Foundation 2018) to collect, analyze, and publish (in an online library [Police Foundation 2018b]) incidents of averted and completed acts of school violence that have occurred since the attack on Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado, on April 20, 1999. The data are drawn from the public domain as well as from law enforcement, school officials, and others entering reports into the database. The database is intended to serve as a resource to law enforcement, schools, mental health professionals, and others involved in preventing school violence by sharing ways in which other school attacks across the country have been identified and prevented. In this report, 51 completed and 51 averted incidents of school violence, drawn from the ASV database, were analyzed to help further our understanding of averted and completed school attacks. The report also seeks to provide important lessons about how school violence can be prevented. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/ASV-Comparison-of-Averted-and-Completed-School-Attacks_Final-Report-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Averted School Violence Shelf Number: 154514

Author: Daniels, Jeffrey A. Title: A Preliminary Report on the Police Foundation's Averted School Violence Database Summary: In 2014, the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) and the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) provided funding to the Police Foundation to initiate the Averted School Violence (ASV) project. Through this project, the Police Foundation developed a database (Police Foundation 2018) to collect, analyze, and publish (in an online library [Police Foundation 2018b]) incidents of averted and completed acts of school violence that have occurred since the attack on Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado, on April 20, 1999. The data are drawn from the public domain as well as from law enforcement, school officials, and others entering reports into the database. The database is intended to serve as a resource to law enforcement, school, mental health professionals, and others involved in preventing school violence by sharing ways in which other school attacks across the country have been identified and prevented. In this report, 51 averted incidents of school violence, a sample drawn from the Averted School Violence (ASV) database, were analyzed to help further our understanding of averted school attacks. The ASV project defines an incident of averted school violence as a violent attack planned with or without the use of a firearm that was prevented either before or after the potential perpetrator arrived on school grounds but before any injury or loss of life occurred. The 51 averted attacks do not constitute every incident of school violence that has occurred in the United States since April 20, 1999, nor do they constitute a representative sample. Rather, averted attacks (those that were identified from open sources) were selected based on the amount of information available in open sources and with an effort made to find reports in a wide range of states. Information collected on each averted school violence consisted of the following categories as displayed in the database: - Basic information (about the person submitting the report) - School information (about school security procedures, size, education level, etc.) „ Event information (about the planned attack and its discovery) - Suspect information (about the plotter's behavioral history, background, warning signs exhibited, etc.) - Documentation (lessons learned from the planned attack and recommendations on how to prevent future planned attacks of a similar nature) Because the majority of the data came from open sources, it was not always possible to gather data for all the information categories presented in the database. Thus, in some areas, the data cannot be assumed to be complete. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/ASV-Preliminary-Report-on-Averted-School-Violence-Database_Final-Report-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Averted School Violence Shelf Number: 154515

Author: Immigrant Defense Project Title: The Courthouse Trap: How ICE Operations Impacted New York's Courts in 2018 Summary: In 2018, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) substantially expanded arrest and surveillance operations in New York's courts, continuing a disturbing trend that began with the inauguration of President Donald Trump. ICE operations increased not only in absolute number but grew in brutality and geographic scope. Agents, disguised in plainclothes, used intrusive surveillance and violent force to execute arrests. They also reached into many new areas of the state, conducting arrests in several upstate counties that were previously untouched. And ICE agents pursued New Yorkers in a broader range of courts-conducting operations in civil and criminal courts and in courts designed to be rehabilitative instead of punitive. All of these changes underline ICE's increasing reliance on the state's court system as a place to trap and detain immigrant New Yorkers. Details: New York: The Author, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://www.immigrantdefenseproject.org/wp-content/uploads/TheCourthouseTrap.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 154534

Author: Williams, Jarred Anthony Title: The Wisconsin Community Corrections Story Summary: Increasing scholarship and advocacy points to probation and parole (collectively known as "community corrections") as a contributor, rather than an alternative, to mass incarceration (Executive Session on Community Corrections 2017; Columbia University Justice Lab 2018; Columbia University Justice Lab 2017). Rules that individuals under supervision must abide by are extensive, often unclear and can be arbitrarily enforced (Corbett 2015; Doherty 2016), contributing to the high numbers of people incarcerated in state prisons and local jails for technical violations of those rules (Phelps 2018). Fines and fees add a burden to people under community corrections supervision and can drive a wedge between probation and parole officers (known as "agents" in Wisconsin) and people under supervision, turning community supervision agents into collection agents (Martin, Smith and Still 2017). Furthermore, as the number of people under community supervision has swelled over the past several decades, funding has not kept pace, creating massive caseloads and inadequate resources to assist in community integration (Pew Public Safety Performance Project 2018; Columbia University Justice Lab 2018). Wisconsin serves as a good example of a place where parole and probation supervision are contributing to a prison population that is highly racially disparate and growing. The number of people under parole supervision in Wisconsin exceeds the national average, and lengths of stay on parole are estimated at nearly twice (1.7 times) the national average (Justice Lab analysis of Kaeble 2018, Appendix Table 5). Failure rates under supervision in Wisconsin are also higher than average for other states, both nationally and in the Great Lakes Region (Alper 2016; Herberman and Bonczar 2014, Appendix Table 7). Nationally, Black people are disproportionately supervised and disproportionately reincarcerated for supervision violations (Horowitz and Utada 2018; Jannetta et al. 2014). Wisconsin rates of supervision and reincarceration for Black people are also higher than these already-inflated national numbers (Herberman and Bonczar 2014, Appendix Table 7). Ironically, then, these community-based mechanisms, which originated as alternatives to incarceration, are actually contributing to its rise in Wisconsin and elsewhere in the United States at the very time when the foundations of mass incarceration have been rejected by many on both sides of the aisle. The good news is that states around the country have begun to safely and effectively reduce their rates of both supervision and revocation, as well as return to prison for violations. In this report, we will examine the state of community corrections in Wisconsin, concluding with recommendations for reducing the scope and negative impact of parole and probation supervision. Details: New York: Columbia University, Justice Lab, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://justicelab.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/content/Wisconsin%20Community%20Corrections%20Story%20final%20online%20copy.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154535

Author: Harris, Alexes Title: Monetary Sanctions in the Criminal Justice System: A review of law and policy in California, Georgia, Illinois, Minnesota, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Texas, and Washington Summary: Introduction -- Monetary sanctions have always been part of the U.S. criminal justice system. Today they are receiving new attention, as recent social, political, and legal developments have raised questions about how they affect poverty, racial and socioeconomic inequality, and the fair and efficient administration of justice. This summary report draws on evidence culled from reviews of statutes and case law in nine states to draw attention to the policies and practices that govern the imposition, enforcement, and implications of legal financial obligations. Context -- Over forty years ago, the U.S. Supreme Court affirmed equal protection under the law for criminal defendants unable to pay their legal financial obligations and prohibited the use of imprisonment for unpaid legal financial obligations. In recent years, and after four decades of unprecedented growth in the criminal justice system, there is rising interest in the topic of legal financial obligations. Following the police killing of Michael Brown, Jr. in Ferguson, Missouri, the U.S. Department of Justice undertook an investigation of the Ferguson Police Department and concluded that "Ferguson law enforcement efforts are focused on generating revenue." At the state level, The Ferguson Commission Report drew attention to the pervasiveness of legal financial obligations in and around St. Louis County, Missouri, and how they work as an exploitative municipal revenue source and a force of unequal justice. Related scholarship has identified legal financial obligations as a key feature of the contemporary criminal justice system.Conceptualized variably as a dimension of punishment, an opportunity for restorative justice, and a source of revenue, legal financial obligations both widen the net of, and intensify the entanglements with, the criminal justice system. In the spring of 2016, the Department of Justice issued an historic "Dear Colleague" letter regarding the enforcement of criminal justice fines and fees. Affirming the rights of due process and equal protection, the letter outlined a set of principles to "help judicial actors protect individuals' rights and avoid unnecessary harm." Key Findings The United States lacks a single coherent set of laws, policies, or principles governing the imposition and enforcement of legal financial obligations. Much like other aspects of the criminal justice system, the policies and practices governing legal financial obligations are set by federal, state, and local governing and administrative bodies. Even the terminology used to describe legal financial obligations varies across jurisdictions. Throughout this report, we use the term "legal financial obligations" to refer to fines, restitution, fees, costs, and surcharges imposed on individuals who come into contact with the criminal justice system. Our review of legal statutes and case law in nine states including California, Georgia, Illinois, Minnesota, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Texas, and Washington generates the following insights: - Legal financial obligations are routinely imposed for misdemeanor and felony criminal justice involvement. - Unpaid legal financial obligations can trigger additional sanctions that vary in scope and severity; for example: - Relatively small fines assessed for minor offenses may result in large total financial obligations due to the accumulation of fees, costs, and surcharges. - Unpaid legal financial obligations can grow over time as interest and other payment penalties accrue. - Unpaid legal financial obligations can have non-justice related consequences including the suspension of, or inability to renew, a driver's license. - Unpaid legal financial obligations can extend supervision and trigger other forms of criminal justice involvement, including incarceration. - State statutes stipulate the imposition and enforcement of legal financial obligations. - Several key aspects of the imposition and enforcement of legal financial obligations vary across states and within them, including: - The legal frameworks guiding the imposition of legal financial obligations. - The types of legal financial obligations including fines, restitution, fees, costs, and surcharges. - The laws governing enforcement and collection strategies, including the role of private collection agencies and private correctional supervision. - Legal financial obligations create a range of stakeholders, which vary by state. These agencies, funds, and purposes are the recipients of the fines, fees, and other costs collected by the courts. - There are active legal challenges to the laws and practices governing legal financial obligations. Details: Report to the Laura and john Arnold Foundation, 2017. 213p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: http://www.monetarysanctions.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Monetary-Sanctions-Legal-Review-Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 154536

Author: Hing, Bill Ong Title: Deporter-in-Chief: Obama v. Trump Summary: President Barack Obama was dubbed "Deporter-in-Chief" by immigrant rights advocates for good reason. During his eight years in office, his administration formally removed more than three million noncitizens, compared to two million during George W. Bush's tenure and about 900,000 under the Bill Clinton administration. At the time he left office, Obama was definitely the reigning Deportation Champion. Enter Donald Trump. Given the immigration enforcement exploits of President Trump and his administration, Obama's clutch on the title of "Deporter-in-Chief" is in serious jeopardy. In spite of court actions constraining Trump's travel ban and Congress's hesitance to fund the construction of a border wall or a deportation army, Trump's enforcement henchmen have initiated a frightening deportation campaign with resources that were already in place. Interior enforcement is up, and his threat to local law enforcement officials to take away federal funds if they refuse to cooperate is working. Between his tweeting and the unleashing of mean-spirited Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents, noncitizens in the country are scared as hell. Trump is easily on his way to yanking the deportation champ moniker away from Obama. A central focus of this book is on an important segment of Obama's removal priority at the border that helped him earn the Deporter-in-Chief title�the apprehension, detention, and removal prioritization of women and children fleeing violence in Central America. In my view, those efforts were reprehensible and cast a dark shadow on Obama's legacy, even though he took some remarkably courageous steps on behalf of immigrants as well. He deserves credit for DACA, however, Obama's policy on women and children fleeing Central America has visited great and unnecessary hardship and trauma on migrants victimized by violence. I was moved to develop this project because the story needs to be told about what in my view is a tragic mistake in so-called immigration enforcement-a mistake that began at the hands of President Barak Obama. While much of the migrant rights community�s attention understandably has been focused nationally on the escalation of immigration enforcement under Donald Trump and internationally on the serious refugee crises like those involving Syrians and the Rohingya, our own humanitarian crisis in this hemisphere has been grossly mishandled starting long before President Trump took office. While the project began as an effort to shed light on the dark side of Barack Obama's immigration legacy, the evolution to a more comparative work given Donald Trump's no-holds-barred harsh immigration enforcement strategies was necessary. His full court attack on immigrants-from Mexicans, to Muslims and those who would be regarded as "low priority" by Obama-has been constant. There is no denying that immigrants and their advocates are constantly on call under Trump. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco - School of Law, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Univ. of San Francisco Law Research Paper No. 2019-03: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3254680 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Barack Obama Shelf Number: 154538

Author: Green, Daryl Darwin Title: Exploring Police Active Shooter Preparedness in Michigan: A Grounded Study of Police Preparedness to Active Shooter Incidents, Developing a Normative Model Summary: On September 22, 2013, at a memorial for people killed in a September 16, 2013 active shooter incident, President Barack Obama stated that the United States "can't accept" the killing of 12 people at Washington's Navy Yard as "inevitable" and that the shooting should "lead to some sort of transformation" (Merica, 2013). Active shooter incidents remain a constant societal concern that are deserving of continued academic research. The following grounded theory study examined the active shooter incident preparedness systems of police agencies in three Michigan counties. The principal investigator observed the strategic and tactical objectives of police agencies relative to active shooter preparedness systems, including police collaborations, tactics, training, technology, and written documentation. The project analyzed the consistency of police agency strategic and tactical objectives in comparison with interviews, written documentation, and observations of scenario-based active shooter incident training. An exploratory model was chosen primarily because of the inadequate levels of empirical research and the need to produce a normative understanding of police active shooter incident preparedness. The study's methodology used an analysis of interviews, police training, and written documentation relating to technology, equipment, mutual aid agreements, and memorandums of understanding, policies, and procedures. The study found that police active shooter incident preparedness is based on police-centric perspectives that engage limited levels of collaboration, strategic objectives, written documentation, threat assessment protocols, and related citizen training. The study created a prescriptive model for police active shooter preparedness termed the holistic model. This research project will assist public administrators with leading comprehensive guidelines to increase police active shooter incident preparedness and collaborations. Details: Kalamazoo: Western Michigan University, 2013. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://scholarworks.wmich.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1207&context=dissertations Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 154543

Author: Warwick, James P. Title: A Comprehensive Study of Police Preparedness and Training for Effectively Responding to and Stopping Active Shooters in the U.S. Summary: Active shootings are an unfortunate part of society that negatively impacts Americans emotionally, financially, and physically. Mass killings have prompted police agencies to evaluate training and response tactics for stopping active shooters. Empirical research on training and preparing police officers how to respond to and to stop active shooters is non-existent. This study sought to measure the Federal Bureau of Investigation National Academy (FBINA) graduates' perceptions of training practices used to prepare police officers to effectively respond to and stop active shooters in the United States. The FBINA graduates for this study represented police agencies in Delaware, Maryland, and eastern Pennsylvania. This quantitative research study used a pre-established survey instrument to collect data from participants. The survey instrument was modified with permission. A five-point Likert scale was used to measure the perceptions of the participants. Results indicated that some police agencies are not mandating its officers to participate in active shooter training and/or practical scenario-based training annually. Many of the respondent agencies have existing active shooter plans and/or policies. Most respondent agencies have radio communications interoperability with bordering jurisdictions, while slightly over half participate in intra and interagency active shooter training. Many of the participants indicated they were issued tactical response equipment. This study has provided a picture of what police agencies in Delaware, Maryland, and eastern Pennsylvania are doing to prepare its officers to for active shooting events. Details: Wilmington, DE: Wilmington University, 2015. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1747115410/abstract/6B7C1C69381447EBPQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooter Incidents Shelf Number: 154544

Author: Song, Lin Title: Preliminary Recidivism Rates: The Twin Rivers Sex Offender Treatment Program (Revised) Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This study is a preliminary estimate of the recidivism rates of sex offenders who have completed the Sex Offender Treatment Program (SOTP) at the Washington State Department of Corrections' Twin Rivers Corrections Center. Estimated recidivism rates of these offenders are compared with the rates of a group of released sex offenders who did not receive sex offender treatment during incarceration. Recidivism is defined as a re-arrest for a felony offense, and is grouped into one of three categories: sex offense, violent offense, and non-violent offense. In order to be selected for the treatment program, sex offenders must meet the following four requirements: - Voluntary participation - An I.Q. of 80 or above - Admission of guilt - At least one year remaining in prison Because of these requirements, there may be significant differences between the treatment group and the comparison group that result from the selection process and are unrelated to the effects of the SOTP. Details: S.L., 1994. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1167/Wsipp_Preliminary-Recidivism-Rates-The-Twin-Rivers-Sex-Offender-Treatment-Program-Revised_Full-Report.pdf Year: 1994 Country: United States Keywords: Department of Corrections Shelf Number: 154294

Author: Song, Lin Title: Washington State Sex Offenders: Overview of Recidivism Studies Summary: Introduction Some convicted offenders reoffend after they return to the community - this reoffense behavior is known as recidivism. The percentage of offenders who reoffend within a specified time period is described as the recidivism rate. State policymakers have expressed interest in knowing the recidivism rates of Washington State sex offenders. Information on these rates can guide policy decisions on issues such as sentence length, terms of supervision, and treatment options. In 1990, the legislature directed the Washington State Institute for Public Policy to study the effectiveness of the Special Sex Offender Sentencing Alternative (SSOSA). Legislators wanted to know if this treatment option - which allows judges to order community treatment for eligible sex offenders - compromised public safety. In 1991, the Institute reported on sex offenders who received or were statutorily eligible for SSOSA from January 1985 through June 1986. The report concluded that SSOSA is an effective sentencing alternative for eligible sex offenders because: - The community is at no greater risk, - Criminal justice professionals and treatment providers support the alternative, and - Costs to state government are presumed to be lower. Following this research, legislators inquired about the recidivism patterns of sex offenders who are not eligible for SSOSA - rapists and repeat child molesters - and requested more information on the effectiveness of treatment. Details: Olympia, Washington: Washington State Institution for Public Policy, 1995. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: https://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1188/Wsipp_Washington-State-Sex-Offenders-Overview-of-Recidivism-Studies_Full-Report.pdf Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 154295

Author: Egurbide, Jose Title: Neighborhood Justice Program: What have We Learned?: Year-One Analysis of a Restorative Justice Movement Inside the Los Angeles Criminal Justice System Summary: The City Attorney is leading an effort in Los Angeles to compel our criminal justice system - from judges, law enforcement, prosecutors, and probation, to the community stakeholders who experience the effects of crime daily - to examine how each can individually and collectively respond to the dilemma caused by the interacting forces of poverty, quality of life crime and an overburdened justice system. Last year we launched the Neighborhood Justice Program (NJP) as one potential resolution to this paradigm. This report is a one-year analysis of NJP detailing: - The programmatic structure of NJP as it was formulated with the support of The California Endowment, the County's Dispute Resolution Program and the Department of Justice; - Our first-year goals and achievements; - A brief description of participants and their outcomes; - The impacts this new restorative justice strategy has upon the criminal justice system; and - Policy recommendations that will enhance NJP and support its expansion throughout criminal justice administration in Los Angeles. Details: Los Angeles, California: City of Los Angeles, 2016. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: http://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/documents/NJPFirstYearAnalysis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Community Shelf Number: 154299

Author: City of Salinas Title: City of Salinas: California Gang Reduction, Intervention and Prevention (CalGRIP) Grant Program: Final Local Evaluation Report Summary: The City of Salinas implemented five prevention and intervention projects for at-risk and drug- or crime-involved youth and young adults under its CalGRIP program from 2015 through 2017. They range from a Saturday Teen Night Program held at local recreation centers to provide a safe and nurturing space for at-risk teens to a peer intervention program based in a hospital trauma center to serve the victims of violent crime. These projects and their impact on youth, families, and the community are summarized in this report. Details: City of Salinas, California: 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Salinas%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Teens Shelf Number: 154300

Author: City of Seaside Title: California Gang Reduction, Intervention and Prevention (CalGRIP) Grant Program: Final Local Evaluation Report Summary: The Seaside Youth Resource Center, a one-stop resource center for at-risk youth and their families, was established in 2015 with support from a CalGRIP grant to the City of Seaside. During the past three years, this support has enabled community-based organizations and county agencies to expand and strengthen a robust variety of prevention and intervention services for the same population. These services and their impact on youth, families, and the community are summarized in this report. Details: Seaside, California: City of Seaside, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: http://www.bscc.ca.gov/downloads/Seaside%20CalGRIP%20Final%20Evaluation%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Teens Shelf Number: 154301

Author: USA Swimming Safe Sport Title: Safe Sport Handbook Summary: INTRODUCTION There are a lot of great reasons to swim � at any level. As a life‐long activity, people often swim to have fun and spend time with friends. Swimming also encourages a healthy lifestyle and builds self‐confidence. Swimmers even benefit from the sport out of the water. They learn goal‐setting, teamwork and time management skills. Unfortunately, sports, including swimming, can also be a high‐risk environment for misconduct, including physical and sexual abuse. All forms of misconduct are intolerable and in direct conflict with the values of USA Swimming. Misconduct may damage an athlete�s psychological well‐being. Athletes who have been mistreated experience social embarrassment, emotional turmoil, psychological scars, loss of self‐esteem and negative impacts on their relationships with family, friends and the sport. Misconduct often hurts an athlete�s competitive performance and may cause him or her to drop out of our sport entirely. USA Swimming is committed to fostering a fun, healthy and safe sport environment for all its members. We all must recognize that the safety of swimmers lies with all those involved in the sport and is not the sole responsibility of any one person at the club, LSC, or national level. HOW TO USE THIS HANDBOOK We all have a role to play in creating a healthy setting for our sport. The USA Swimming Safe Sport Program raises awareness about misconduct in our sport, promotes open dialogue, and provides training and resources. When we work as a team, we can build a plan to make swimming safe - for everyone. USA Swimming members should use the policies, guidelines, best practices, strategies and tools included in this handbook to implement Safe Sport practices at the local level. Together, we can create a safe environment for all members to enjoy the sport of swimming. Details: S.L., 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2019 at: http://www.metroswimming.org/safety/Safe-Sport-Handbook-FINAL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Athletes Shelf Number: 154287

Author: Auburn University Title: Athletic Team Travel Summary: PURPOSE Auburn University is dedicated to providing a practical and effective policy for managing the risks associated with team travel of Intercollegiate Athletics. This policy known as the Athletic Team Travel Safety Program is designed to promote safety and protect against injuries and financial losses but allow flexibility to the Auburn University Athletic Department. Details: Auburn, Alabama: Auburn University, 2008. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2019 at: http://www.aum.edu/docs/default-source/default-document-library/12-15-passenger-van-policy.pdf?sfvrsn=0 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Alabama Shelf Number: 154288

Author: Worden, Robert E. Title: Reflections on Compstat in the Community Era of Policing Summary: CompStat is an administrative innovation designed to hold mid-level police commanders accountable for achieving crime-reduction results. Introduced as part of the "reengineering" of the New York City Police Department (NYPD) in the mid-1990s, CompStat has been widely emulated by police agencies across the United States and around the world. CompStat has also been adopted by other types of public agencies and by city mayors and even state governors; Robert Behn calls it, more generically, "PerformanceStat." In theory, CompStat can be an organizational mechanism that serves first to direct attention to important police outcomes and second to stimulate the formulation and implementation of tactical and strategic operations that are directed toward those outcomes. It appears to have been successful in the NYPD in terms of crime reduction, though no rigorous evaluation has been conducted. No agency is like the NYPD, however, and in order to reap the benefits of CompStat, care must be taken to adapt the structure and process of CompStat to the distinct settings of individual police agencies while remaining true to the fundamental tenets of CompStat. But research shows that as popular as CompStat has become in police circles, it is one thing to have an administrative structure that resembles CompStat and quite another to have a structure that stimulates innovative, data-driven problem solving by operational commanders. Realizing the potential of CompStat in different agency settings is a challenge. Moreover, the further evolution of CompStat in the community era of policing confronts challenges both in harnessing its organizational power to the range of outcomes for which the public holds police responsible and in applying CompStat-like principles and mechanisms to the implementation of community policing. We consider these challenges in this paper. We draw on the literature and also our observations and interviews in several police departments in the course of conducting research or providing technical assistance. We have, in the course of our work as research partners, observed CompStat meetings in several agencies ranging in size from about 500 to 1,500 sworn officers in addition to the NYPD. We have also assisted two smaller agencies (with about 150 sworn officers) in upstate New York in establishing CompStat mechanisms and evaluating their processes through their first year of operation, and we conducted a process evaluation of a third agency's CompStat mechanism. Details: New York City, NY: Vera Institute of Justice, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/327101050_Reflections_on_CompStat_in_the_Community_Era_of_Policing Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 154375

Author: O'Rourke, Simon Title: Operating at the Speed of Challenge: Adaptive C2 as a New Paradigm for Police Command and Control at Critical Incidents Summary: "Failure is not an option" is a title chosen by Gene Kranz for his 2000 book detailing his time as the Flight Director in NASA's Mission Control Centre. It could just as easily describe community and government expectations of the police during a significant law enforcement event. Policing agencies use a variety of terminology to describe such incidents. To simplify, this paper will use the term 'critical incident' to cover the range of incidents for which some form of police command and control (C2) framework is likely to be required. A critical incident is defined as, "Any incident where the effectiveness of the police response is likely to have a significant impact on the confidence of the victim, their family and/or the community" (Metropolitan Police, 2016, p. 2). This definition clearly encapsulates the importance of the police relationship with the community and how pivotal trust is to that relationship. How police are perceived to have performed during high profile incidents, where there are clear community expectations will have significant long term impacts. It is therefore incumbent upon police organizations to ensure that the commanders they deploy to a critical incident are the right people, capable of performing at highest levels. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Kennedy School, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2019 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/research-initiatives/crisisleadership/files/ORourke_Leonard_OperatingAtTheSpeedOfChallenge_web20180611.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Command and Control Shelf Number: 154369

Author: Major County Sheriffs of America Title: Sheriffs Addressing the Mental Health Crisis in the Community and in the Jails Summary: Law enforcement has increasingly become the primary point of contact for individuals living with mental illness, and the presence of these individuals in jail and prison populations has grown to crisis proportions. This report - developed by the Major County Sheriffs of America (MCSA) in partnership with the National Commission on Correctional Health Care (NCCHC) - identifies innovative practices that have proven successful in reducing the arrest and incarceration of individuals living with mental illness in jurisdictions across the country. The programs have shown promise in several areas: diverting those who live with mental illness away from the criminal justice system, supporting individuals in the court system, identifying and treating those who have been incarcerated, and helping individuals successfully re-enter their communities after discharge. The report includes case studies of seven jurisdictions and resources developed by law enforcement executives and experts in the field. Details: Washington, DC: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2019. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0869-pub.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 154550

Author: National Reentry Resource Center Title: Self-Assessment for Employment-Focused Reentry Programs: Measuring Fidelity to the Integrated Reentry and Employment Strategies (IRES) Framework Summary: Finding employment is a critical part of successful reentry for the millions of people returning to communities after incarceration, but it's not the only part. Appropriately addressing criminogenic risk and needs as well as the soft and hard skills necessary for the workplace are also key in reducing recidivism and improving long-term job retention in this population. Employment-focused reentry programs are often uniquely positioned to administer these services. This self-assessment from the National Reentry Resource Center helps programs gauge their capacity to provide integrated reentry and employment interventions, including work readiness, to people with varying risks and needs. The tool helps reentry practitioners identify opportunities to build the capacity of their programming and services, which, in turn, can better prepare participants for employment and decrease their likelihood of returning to incarceration. The self-assessment should be used in conjunction with the Integrated Reentry and Employment Strategies: Reducing Recidivism and Promoting Job Readiness (IRES) white paper, a resource released in 2013 that helps policymakers, practitioners, and system administrators ensure resources are being used effectively to improve employment outcomes for people who have been incarcerated or are on probation or parole. Details: New York: The Author, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Self-Assessment-for-Employment-Focused-Reentry-Programs.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 154552

Author: Rizzo, Christie J. Title: Partner Violence Prevention For Middle-School Boys: A Dyadic Web-Based Intervention Study (Project STRONG) Summary: The purpose of this project was to develop and refine a web-based intervention that reduces the risk of dating violence among middle-school aged males. The final intervention (STRONG), used by parents and adolescents together, is based on the empirical literature linking emotion regulation deficits to violent behavior as well as studies showing that parental involvement is crucial to offset dating violence risk. STRONG is also based on content delivered in efficacious, face-to-face interventions for relationship risk reduction among teens (K23MH086328; R01NR011906). In Phase I, STRONG was developed through consultation with an Expert Panel and iterative focus group meetings with a community advisory panel comprised of middle school boys and their parents. In Phase 2, STRONG was tested in a small randomized trial to assess feasibility and acceptability (Aim 1) and detect preliminary betweengroup effect sizes (Aim 2) to support a future large randomized efficacy trial of the program. Details: Boston: Department of Applied Psychology Northeastern University, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252517.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 154553

Author: Kulick, Jonathan Title: Empty Discarded Pack Data and the Prevalence of Illicit Trade in Cigarettes Summary: Illicit trade in tobacco products (ITTP) creates many harms including reduced tax revenues; damages to the economic interests of legitimate actors; funding for organized-crime and terrorist groups; negative effects of participation in illicit markets, such as violence and incarceration; and reduced effectiveness of smoking-reduction policies, leading to increased damage to health. To study the prevalence of tax avoidance and ITTP, we analyze a large, novel set of data from empty discarded pack (EDP) studies. In EDP studies, teams of researchers collect all cigarette packs discarded in publicly accessible spaces of selected neighborhoods. Packs are examined for the absence of local tax stamps, signs of non-authentic packaging or stamps, and other indications of potential tax evasion or counterfeit product. We describe the data and analyze the prevalence of ITTP in three California metropolitan areas. Data from 2011 to 2015 are available, yielding 32,000 observations. Each observation includes dozens of variables covering the brand, location to the ZIP code level, tax status, counterfeit status, and other information about the pack. There is modest evidence of tax avoidance (up to 19.8% of packs in San Diego) and illicit trade (no more than 10% in Los Angeles, 17% in San Francisco, or 20% in San Diego under the broadest assumptions), which includes bootlegging, counterfeits, cigarettes produced for illicit-market sales, and cigarettes without any tax stamps. California increased its excise tax on cigarettes by $2 per pack (to $2.87) on April 1, 2017; these data will inform future studies of the effect of this increase on ITTP. In our econometric investigation, we explore the determinants of ITTP. Prices in other states matter a lot: A dollar increase per hour of driving time in the price differential with other states is associated with a 36 to 49 percentage point higher probability that tax was not paid for a pack. Tax avoidance also rises with the proximity of licensed cigarette retailers (at least where they are most common). Other parts of the variation in ITTP are due to the differing demographic makeup of the areas. Income, at least in some ranges, was found to have a negative impact on tax avoidance. The fraction of the population that is Black has a negative effect on tax avoidance, compared to the omitted race/ethnicity category of Whites. The median age of the area has an inverted U-shaped impact on avoidance. Details: Los Angeles: Botec Analysis, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3320922 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 154593

Author: Nevada Advisory Commission on the Administration of Justice Title: Nevada Advisory Commission on the Administration of Justice - Justice Reinvestment Initiative. Final report Summary: Over the past decade Nevada's prison population has grown significantly, resulting in higher spending on prisons and fewer resources available for recidivism reduction measures. Since 2009, Nevada's prison population has grown by seven percent, and the state's female prison population has grown at four times the pace of the overall prison population. The state currently has an imprisonment rate that is 15 percent higher than the national average. Over the same period Nevada's crime rate has fluctuated, with violent crime climbing from a 10-year low in 2011 to 2015 before experiencing a major drop in 2017. The state has the third highest murder rate and the third highest robbery rate in the nation. While many states across the nation have seen significant declines in both crime rates and prison populations, Nevada has not. Moreover, the growing population of people with behavioral health problems continues to challenge the system. Nearly 30 percent of the state's inmate population require treatment or medication for a mental health need. Growing prison costs have burdened taxpayers while gaps remain in treatment and interventions that reduce recidivism, increase public safety, and address critical behavioral health challenges. Nevada is spending over $347 million on corrections in fiscal year 2019, which has crowded out the state's ability to fund treatment and services. The prison population is projected to continue to grow, and by 2028, will increase by 1,197 beds. Fifteen percent of this overall growth will be driven by an increase in the female prison population, which is projected to grow by 14 percent over the next 10 years. The projected prison population growth is estimated to cost the state an additional $770 million in capital expenditures to build or lease new prisons and added operating costs over 10 years. In May 2018, state leaders from all three branches of government joined to request technical assistance through the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI). As part of the JRI effort, state leaders charged the Advisory Commission on the Administration of Justice (ACAJ) with conducting a review of the state's criminal justice system and "us[ing] criminological research and [Nevada's] own criminal justice data to inform and motivate the development of comprehensive crime- and recidivism-reduction strategies, while shifting resources toward more cost-effective public safety strategies." Beginning in July 2018 and extending through the end of the calendar year, the ACAJ analyzed the state's sentencing, corrections, and community supervision data, and reviewed the latest research on reducing recidivism and improving public safety. The ACAJ found that, in Nevada: - Sixty-six percent of people admitted to prison in 2017 were sentenced for nonviolent crimes and four out of 10 offenders had no prior felony convictions. - Thirty-nine percent of prison admissions were the result of revocations of individuals on probation and parole supervision. Analysis of violation reports revealed that 34 percent of these violators were returned to prison for technical violations of supervision, meaning they failed to comply with a condition of supervision such as failing a drug test or not going to treatment. - The amount of time individuals spend incarcerated has increased 20 percent since 2008, and recidivism rates have increased for nearly all offense types. - The number of women admitted to prison increased 39 percent between 2008 and 2017 and the female imprisonment rate per 100,000 is now 43 percent higher than the national average. - The number of people admitted to prison with an identified mental health need has increased 35 percent over the last decade and the number of women entering prison with a mental health need has grown by 47 percent. Based on this data analysis and the directive from state leadership, the ACAJ developed a comprehensive package of 25 policy recommendations supported by a majority of ACAJ members. The recommendations are specifically designed to improve public safety by holding offenders accountable, reducing recidivism, and increasing the resources available to combat the state's behavioral health crisis. These policies, if signed into law, would avert 89 percent of the projected prison population growth, and ultimately reduce the projected 2028 prison population by more than 1,000 beds, averting $640 million in additional prison costs over the next 10 years. The money that would have been spent on new prison beds can be redirected to effective policies and practices that reduce recidivism and increase public safety including interventions to address a growing population with behavioral health needs. Details: Carson City: The Author, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.leg.state.nv.us/App/InterimCommittee/REL/Document/13671 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 154594

Author: Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Title: Monitoring Health Concerns Related to Marijuana in Colorado: 2018. Summary Summary: When Colorado became one of the first two states in the nation to legalize retail marijuana, the Colorado Legislature mandated that the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) study the potential public health effects of marijuana use. This website and the 2018 report summary below present information on marijuana use patterns, potential health effects and the most recent scientific findings associated with marijuana use. This information is the product of the Retail Marijuana Public Health Advisory Committee and is presented as the bi-annual report to the Colorado State Board of Health, the Colorado Department of Revenue and the Colorado General Assembly pursuant to 25-1.5-110, C.R.S. Details: Denver: The Author, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1cyaRNiT7fUVD2VMb91ma5bLMuvtc9jZy/view Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154595

Author: Trudeau, James Title: Bullying and Violence on the School Bus: A Mixed-Methods Assessment of Behavioral Management Strategies Summary: Numerous high-profile events involving student victimization on school buses in the past few years have raised critical questions regarding the safety of school-based transportation for children, the efforts taken by school districts to protect students on buses, and the most effective transportation-based behavioral management strategies for reducing misconduct. To address these questions, RTI International, in partnership with the National Association for Pupil Transportation (NAPT) conducted a mixed-methods study with three core project phases. In Phase I, a national web-based survey was administered to district-level transportation officials throughout the United States to assess the perceived prevalence of seven forms of misconduct on school buses; identify the variety and prevalence of behavioral management strategies used to address misconduct; and describe strategies that are believed to be effective for reducing student misbehavior. In Phase II, semi-structured telephone interviews were conducted with thirty-nine transportation officials to understand the challenges of transportation-based behavioral management and to elaborate on strategies used to help create safe and positive school bus environments. Interviews were also used to identify data-driven approaches for tracking student disciplinary referrals, assess the perceived effectiveness of specific approaches, and to conduct evaluability assessments of participating districts to determine whether a future evaluation of behavioral management strategies is feasible. In Phase III, results were analyzed to draw conclusions about the nature of student misconduct on school buses and the approaches being used to address it, in addition to developing key milestones for future research projects pertaining to school bus safety. Research Questions - The study has six key research questions: - RQ1: What is the perceived nature and extent of behavioral problems on school buses and what types of districts have higher levels of perceived misconduct? - RQ2: What are commonly used behavioral management strategies for school buses and does strategy use vary across different types of districts? - RQ3: What strategies do transportation officials perceive to be the most effective for reducing misconduct, and are these perceptions contingent on the makeup of the district (e.g. district size)? - RQ4: How do districts assess the effectiveness of behavioral management strategies they implement? - RQ5: To what extent are necessary protocols being met in transportation departments to allow for a scientific evaluation of one or more behavioral management strategies for school buses? - RQ6: What are key challenges faced by transportation officials in establishing safe and positive school bus environments? Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2018. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252516.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 154596

Author: Oakford, Patrick Title: Investing in Futures: Economic and Fiscal Benefits of Postsecondary Education in Prison Summary: Efforts to build robust postsecondary education programs in prison have accelerated in recent years, with support from a broad range of groups from correctional officers to college administrators. This report describes how lifting the current ban on awarding Pell Grants to incarcerated people would benefit workers, employers, and states. Specifically, it analyzes the potential employment and earnings impact of postsecondary education programs in prison; identifies the millions of job openings annually that require the skills a person in prison could acquire through postsecondary education; and estimates the money states would save through lower recidivism rates these postsecondary education programs would yield. Federal policymakers should right a past wrong by restoring eligibility for Pell Grants to all qualified incarcerated people, thus making the projections in this report-of improved lives, a stronger workforce, and state fiscal savings-a reality. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/investing-in-futures-education-in-prison/legacy_downloads/investing-in-futures.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 154599

Author: Cerqueira, Daniel R.C. Title: A Panel-Based Proxy for Gun Prevalence in the US Summary: There is a consensus that the proportion of suicides committed with a firearm is the best proxy for gun ownership prevalence. Cerqueira et al. (2108) exploit the socioeconomic characteristics of suicide victims in order to develop a new and more refined proxy. It is based on the fixed effects of the victim's place of residence estimated from a discrete choice model for the likelihood of committing suicide with gun. We empirically assess this new indicator using gun ownership data from the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) and suicide registers of the US National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) from 1995 through 2004. We demonstrate that this new gun proxy provides significant gains in correlation with the percentage of households with firearms. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25530: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25530.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 154600

Author: Jefferis, Eric Title: Research on Offender Decision-Making Utilizing Geo-Narratives: Final Report Summary: Like many American cities, Akron witnessed a steady decline across and within its different neighborhoods as a result of the steep downturn in the national economy that led to the foreclosures crisis in 2008. This increase in urban decay resulted in a complex and dynamic landscape that contains geographies of vulnerability, including crime attractors. Although the link between urban blight and crime is commonly perceived by both citizens and police, and although it has been described by other academics (Dalton, Gradeck and Mercaldo 2008, Lee and Wilson 2013); it has traditionally been hard to quantify from the perspective of individuals' perceptions, including ex-offenders and neighborhood residents. Capturing all relevant factors that contribute to crime is important to decision makers who want to apply principles informed by the Environmental Criminology, Social Disorganization, Broken Windows, and CPTED theories. In addition to traditional data, such as crime locations and 911 call-out data, other variables of interest include vacant properties, high grass, overgrown bushes, graffiti, and neighborhood disrepair. However, vitally important spatial data, that of crime-geography experience and perception are often ignored because of the difficulty in data collection and analysis. Yet the need to develop translational methods to include these "insights" is compelling -- to know which streets and buildings are important to criminals, both the where and why, might provide vital for neighborhood crime reduction planning. This project sought to address this data deficiency for several neighborhoods of Akron, Ohio, while also providing a methodological frame suitable for implementation by other police departments for a range of different city sizes. The project aimed to answer the following research questions: - To what degree is there spatial consistency in neighborhood "crime" insight maps created by ex-offenders match with existing crime and 911 call-out data hotspots? How do these perceptions fit with non-offenders and neighborhood police officers? - Do these neighborhood "crime" insight maps reveal environmental signatures that can be translated to other Akron neighborhoods in order to explain and predict crime patterns? Details: Kent, OH: Kent State University, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252133.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Hotspots Shelf Number: 154603

Author: Grant, Billie-Jo Title: A Case Study of K-12 School Employee Sexual Misconduct: Lessons Learned from Title IX Policy Implementation Summary: An estimated 10% of K�12 students will experience sexual misconduct by a school employee by the time they graduate from high school. Such misconduct can result in lifelong consequences for students including negative physical, psychological, and academic outcomes. To prevent incidents from occurring, school districts are tasked with complying with Title IX, a federal law that provides guidelines for prevention efforts and responses to school employee sexual misconduct in K-12 schools. Key elements of Title IX guidance include requirements for 1) comprehensive policies and procedures, 2) prevention efforts, 3) training for staff, students, and parents, 4) timely reporting, 5) thorough and coordinated investigations, and 6) effective response. Taken together, these six elements are intended to reduce the risk of school employee sexual misconduct and eliminate mismanagement of cases when misconduct does occur. The purpose of this study is to examine Title IX policy implementation in school districts that experienced a case of school employee sexual misconduct in 2014. After experiencing incidents of school employee sexual misconduct school district participants in this study reported reformulation of some policies and procedures to address gaps highlighted by the incidents and improvements in awareness, communication, and district leadership. Although participants reported improvements, a lack of understanding and various challenges and fears continued to affect school district policy development and implementation in spite of Title IX requirements. Districts in this study lacked one or more of the key elements of Title IX; the study identified gaps in policies with regard to 1) having comprehensive policies and procedures, 2) providing trainings for staff, students, and parents, and 3) properly responding to and investigating cases. Participants reported various challenges that affected their implementation of the key elements of Title IX, including district budget limitations, low parent engagement, fear of the consequences of reporting, and poor responses by criminal justice and child welfare agencies. To prevent or respond effectively to incidents, participants recommend that districts 1) be proactive, 2) develop clear and comprehensive policies and procedures, 3) improve communication about policies and procedures, 4) offer annual in-person staff, student, and parent trainings, 5) have clear guidance for reporting procedures, 6) develop protocols and checklists, 7) establish accountability measures, 8) have strong leaders communicate and enforce policies and procedures, and 9) develop collaborative relationships with criminal justice and child welfare agencies. Researchers recommend that school districts review their policy and implementation efforts to determine if they are compliant with the key elements of Title IX guidance. Researchers also recommend that the federal and state departments of education establish accountability measures to track policy implementation and ensure school districts comply with Title IX guidance and provide high-quality low-cost training options. Further examination of prevalence data, victim and offender characteristics, effects on victims and school communities, criminal justice responses, and the effectiveness of prevention efforts are also recommended. Details: Charlottesville, VA: Magnolia Consulting, 2017. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://magnoliaconsulting.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Full-Report-Department-of-Justice-School-Employee-Sexual-Misconduct-Case-Study.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protection Shelf Number: 154604

Author: Congressional Research Service Title: Bribery, Kickbacks, and Self-Dealing: An Overview of Honest Services Fraud and Issues for Congress Summary: As the trials of Sheldon Silver and Dean Skelos illustrate, corruption among high-profile public officials continues to be a concern in the United States. Likewise, recent examples abound of powerful executives in the private sector abusing positions of trust for personal gain. Faced with this reality, Congress has shown consistent interest in policing public- and private sector corruption, enacting a number of criminal provisions aimed at holding corrupt officials accountable for their actions under federal law. However, one of federal prosecutors' most potent existing tools for combating such corruption-18 U.S.C. SS 1346, which defines the crimes of mail and wire fraud as including so-called "honest services" fraud-has been a source of contention between the courts and Congress for years. 18 U.S.C. SS 1346 defines the term "scheme or artifice to defraud," as used in the general statutes prohibiting use of the mails or wires to commit fraud, to include a scheme or artifice to deprive another of the intangible right of honest services. Congress enacted this provision in the late 1980s in response to the U.S. Supreme Court's holding in McNally v. United States that the mail fraud statute was limited in scope to only the protection of tangible property rights. The McNally decision was grounded in concerns that a broader construction of the statute could leave its outer boundaries ambiguous and unjustifiably involve the federal government in setting standards for good government at the local level. Nevertheless, Section 1346 abrogates McNally's holding, codifying the understanding of some of the lower federal courts that the mail and wire fraud statutes extend to conduct that deprives a person or group of the right to have another act in accordance with some externally imposed duty or obligation, regardless of whether the victim so deprived has suffered or would suffer a pecuniary harm. Recognizing that this lower court understanding in fact evinced considerable disarray as to the kinds of schemes that would qualify as honest services fraud, however, the Supreme Court subsequently read a limiting principle into Section 1346 in Skilling v. United States in order to avoid invalidating the statute as unconstitutionally vague. After Skilling, mail and wire fraud prosecutions under an honest services theory may extend only to those who, in violation of a fiduciary duty, participate in bribery or kickback schemes. Notably, the Skilling decision withdrew from the reach of Section 1346 a significant category of cases that had been prosecuted as honest services fraud up to that point: cases involving more general financial self-dealing or conflicts of interest, where no bribes or kickbacks are given. Congress has considered legislation on more than one occasion that would reinstate the self-dealing category of honest services fraud rejected in Skilling, though the law remains unchanged as of this writing. The conversation between the Court and Congress regarding the scope of honest services fraud and its culmination in Skilling have presented more questions that lower courts have been tasked with answering, including the source of the requisite fiduciary duty and the conduct that qualifies as bribery or kickbacks. Courts have looked to a variety of sources to give content to the fiduciary duty requirement, including federal, state, and common law. Likewise, in fleshing out the contours of the bribery or kickbacks called for in Skilling, lower courts have relied on anti-bribery and anti-kickback provisions found in federal statutes. In the recent case of McDonnell v. United States, the Supreme Court limited the reach of one of those statutes�18 U.S.C. SS 201, which makes it a crime to offer or solicit anything of value to influence an "official act"-by construing the term "official act" narrowly. Nevertheless, alternate routes appear to be available to prosecute bribery schemes involving conduct that may be beyond the scope of McDonnell. Should Congress seek to alter the scope of honest services fraud, it will likely need to be attuned to the concerns that federal courts interpreting 18 U.S.C. SS 1346 have voiced over the years. Chief among these have been the concerns that�as written-the statute has the potential to sweep too broadly and regulate ethically dubious conduct of state and local officials in a way that conflicts with the Constitution. Details: Washington, DC: CRS, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: CRS R45479: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R45479.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bribery Shelf Number: 154605

Author: Lund, Nelson Title: The Constitutionality of Immigration Sanctuaries and Anti-Sanctuaries: Originalism, Current Doctrine, and a Second-Best Alternative Summary: The Supreme Court's immigration jurisprudence is fundamentally misguided, in the sense that it has little basis in the original meaning of the Constitution. In this essay, I will explain why I think so, and what the Court might do to ameliorate the effects of its past mistakes without overruling a raft of settled precedents. Part I analyzes the text of the Constitution, which offers a reasonably clear allocation of authority over immigration between the state and federal governments. The Foreign Commerce Clause empowers Congress to limit the entry of aliens onto American soil, and the Naturalization Clause authorizes Congress to set uniform criteria for admission to American citizenship. Nothing on the face of the Constitution permits Congress to displace the states' residual authority over aliens, which includes the power to exclude or expel unsuitable persons from their own territory. Part II reviews early debates in Congress about the scope and nature of federal power over immigration. There were important disagreements, some of which resemble today's policy debates, but Congress generally refrained from going much beyond what the text of the Constitution pretty clearly authorizes. Part III traces the evolution of Supreme Court doctrine. The Court began by rooting federal immigration authority primarily in the Foreign Commerce Clause, where it belongs, but then misinterpreted that Clause. In the late nineteenth century, the Justices made a dramatic and largely unexplained shift to a non-textual theory under which broad federal authority over immigration and aliens is treated as an inherent aspect of American sovereignty. Part IV shows that this doctrinal shift may not have had much practical significance. In non-immigration contexts, the Court eventually interpreted the Commerce Clause itself in a way that gave Congress practically the same far-reaching authority that the inherent power theory bestows in the immigration field. Thus, even if the Court had stuck with the Foreign Commerce Clause as the primary source of federal authority over immigration, the result would likely have been much the same as what the Court has mistakenly put in its place. Part V assumes that the Court is very unlikely to reconsider the well-established inherent power theory. In recent decades, however, the Justices have been experimenting with doctrinal devices designed to put some limits on the almost unlimited Commerce Clause authority that previous cases had mistakenly conferred on Congress. The paper concludes with two examples showing how these limiting doctrines can and should be used to resolve recent controversies in which some states have desired to pursue policy objectives to which federal officials object. Details: Fairfax, VA: Antonin Scalia Law School, George Mason University, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Legal Studies Research Paper No. LS 18-37: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3302818 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 154606

Author: Hockenberry, Sarah Title: Juvenile Residential Facility Census, 2016: Selected Findings Summary: OJJDP's biennial Juvenile Residential Facility Census collects data on how juvenile facilities operate and the services they provide. Data from the 2016 census indicate that the number of youth in residential placement continues to decline, a trend that has lasted nearly two decades. In 2016, more youth were held in county, city, or municipally operated facilities on the census date than were held in state-operated facilities. Facility crowding affected a relatively small proportion of youth in custody. Most responding facilities routinely evaluated all youth for suicide risk, education needs, substance abuse, and mental health needs. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/251785.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 154017

Author: Moran, Kevin Title: Desisting in Prison: Myth and the Council for Unity Model Summary: This dissertation is a qualitative examination of aspects of the desistance process among incarcerated men in both prison and jail. Data collection for this project occurred in and around the correctional version of the Council For Unity program, which is also examined in this write up. The premise of this project is that a minority of men do desist whilst incarcerated and thus the research presented here analyzes how prisoners act towards their attempts to desist from crime in terms of the meaning this process has for them, their interaction with others during this process, and the interpretative progression by which meanings of self, other, and environment are handled and modified with the goal of becoming crime free, both behind and beyond bars. Data collection for this project consisted of eighteen months of ethnographic observation of the Council For Unity program sessions held at a local jail as well as an unstructured survey administered to twenty five program participants at a maximum security facility. The findings are as follows. Data from the unstructured surveys suggests that prisoners conceive of and orientate towards prison spaces and their occupants in the manner of an ecology, in which certain places - entrapment niches - forestall desistance, whereas others - enabling niches - promote and sustain desistance. Findings from ethnographic observation suggest that program participants, jail inmates, in discussing their attempts to desist, frequently evoked the role of "the streets" or streetlife in this process, both as a seductive force as well as an undertow associated with drowning or submersion. Further findings that an orientation towards the streetlife can be challenged by three categories of events: the recognition of time as a diminishing force, the impact negative emotional events and the potency of disillusionment with criminal peers. This project also examined a series of generative exchanges within the program space. Findings here suggest that program participants are partially primed towards generative behavior and thought, although the ability to forward self as a deterrent is tempered by the need to maintain continuity of self in the change process. Details: New York: City University of New York, 2017. 198p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 15, 2018 at: https://academicworks.cuny.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3209&context=gc_etds Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 154611

Author: Caucutt, Elizabeth Title: Is Marriage for White People? Incarceration, Unemployment, and the Racial Marriage Divide Summary: The black-white differences in marriages in the US are striking. While 83% of white women between ages 25 and 54 were ever married in 2006, only 56% of black women were: a gap of 27 percentage points. Wilson (1987) suggests that the lack of marriageable black men due to incarceration and unemployment is responsible for low marriage rates among the black population. In this paper, we take a dynamic look at the Wilson Hypothesis. We argue that the current incarceration policies and labor market prospects make black men riskier spouses than white men. They are not only more likely to be, but also to become, unemployed or incarcerated than their white counterparts. We develop an equilibrium search model of marriage, divorce and labor supply that takes into account the transitions between employment, unemployment and prison for individuals by race, education, and gender. We estimate model parameters to be consistent with key statistics of the US economy. We then investigate how much of the racial divide in marriage is due to differences in the riskiness of potential spouses. We find that differences in incarceration and employment dynamics between black and white men can account for half of the existing black-white marriage gap in the data Details: London: Centre for Economy Policy Research, 2018. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper DP13275: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13275 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Offenders Shelf Number: 154614

Author: John Howard Association of Illinois Title: JHA 2018 Special Report on Fox Valley Adult Transition Center and Reentry Summary: Key Findings: - Women at Illinois' only female Adult Transition Center (ATC) were not provided the same benefits and supports as men, which was both unfair and to their detriment. - Residents of work release centers must agree to cover their healthcare costs for placement, many of these women would be Medicaid eligible based on income yet were not enrolled unless they were pregnant or within 3 months of release. While some healthcare services are provided without cost by community providers, concerningly, other healthcare expenses incurred by women at Fox Valley presented serious financial hardships. In contrast, men at work release centers operated by Safer Foundation in Chicago were enrolled in public assistance. IDOC should immediately revisit outdated policy and practices regarding Medicaid education and enrollment to prevent further harms to people leaving custody. - Women at Fox Valley reported they felt unsafe without access to cell phones while working in the community. Meanwhile, men at work release centers had use of cell phones. JHA recommended women have use of cell phones and continues to recommend that other outdated policies relating to use of technology also be revisited. Administrators report that women should be able to use cell phones on or before February 1, 2019. - Individuals housed at work release centers reported that they were not able to obtain an Illinois state ID without paying fees, despite a law that went into effect at the beginning of 2018 that waives fees for returning citizens. While technically ATC residents are still incarcerated, they face the same challenges the change to the law sought to address. IDOC should provide ATC residents with the same assistance and documents that waive fees to ensure a state ID can be secured. - People eligible for sentencing credits were not receiving them due to systemic inefficiencies including lack of program availability and timely implementation by IDOC of legislatively expanded discretionary credits. JHA continues to call for prompt action to implement sentencing credit and maximize use. - Current information about opportunities and limitations of all custodial facilities and programming systemwide should be made readily available; IDOC could better use resources and positively impact the women in custody by being more strategic in matching people to work, education, or other programming within the system. - Fox Valley could benefit from increased communication and dialogue with the community organizations and members that are interested in supporting women leaving prison, as this could lead to enhanced opportunities for the women. Details: Chicago: The Author, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: http://www.thejha.org/sites/default/files/JHA%20Fox%20Valley%20Report%202018.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 154618

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Drug Control: DOD Should Improve Its Oversight of the National Guard Counterdrug Program Summary: Why GAO Did This Study -- Since 1989, DOD has received billions of dollars to fund the National Guard's participation in a counterdrug program focused on domestic drug interdiction activities. DOD received $261 million for this program in fiscal year 2018. This program provides military support to assist state, local, and tribal law enforcement organizations with counterdrug activities and operates in 54 states and territories across the United States. Senate Report 115-125 included a provision for GAO to evaluate the National Guard counterdrug program. This report (1) evaluates the extent to which DOD has strategy and implementing guidance for the National Guard counterdrug program, and (2) assesses DOD's processes to approve states� counterdrug plans and distribute funding to the program, among other things. GAO reviewed DOD's counterdrug strategy and guidance; DOD funding and personnel data; and its processes to distribute funding. What GAO Recommends -- GAO is making a total of five recommendations, including, among others, that DOD issue a strategic framework that addresses current drug threats, the National Guard issue guidance with detailed procedures on how states should administer the program, DOD assess the revised process for approving state plans, and the National Guard incorporate DOD's strategic counter-narcotics priorities into its funding distribution process. DOD concurred with GAO's recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2019. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-27: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/696597.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Narcotics Shelf Number: 154626

Author: Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School Public Safety Commission Title: Initial Report Summary: School safety in Florida needs to be improved. We can do more and we can do a better job of ensuring the safety of students and staff on K-12 school campuses. Not all school security changes or enhancements have financial costs, and some only require the will of decision-makers to effect change and hold people responsible for implementing best practices. Safety and security accountability is lacking in schools, and that accountability is paramount for effective change if we expect a different result in the future than what occurred at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School (MSDHS) on February 14, 2018. Accountability starts at the top of every organization, and all leaders have an obligation to ensure not only that the law is followed, but that effective policies and best practices are implemented. Even after the MSDHS shooting and the implementation of new Florida law requiring certain safety measures, there remains non-compliance and a lack of urgency to enact basic safety principles in Florida's K-12 schools. All stakeholders-school districts, law enforcement, mental health providers, city and county governments, funding entities, etc. - should embrace the opportunity to change and make Florida schools the safest in the nation. There must be a sense of urgency-and there is not, across-the-board-in enhancing school safety. At its core, basic, effective school safety begins with prevention. Prevention strategies not only focus on target hardening, but include early intervention when youth demonstrate indicators that should be immediately and appropriately assessed and addressed. However, equally important are harm mitigation aspects of school safety, which can be divided into a few key components: identifying the threat at the earliest possible moment; notifying others of the threat; implementing an effective response by those vulnerable to the threat; and stopping the threat as soon as possible. These harm mitigation concepts should be immediately implemented across all Florida K-12 schools. There are more complex, proactive components to school safety that will help prevent violence from occurring, but once an attack has commenced, the focus must be on immediately mitigating the harm, and these basic concepts, as set forth in this report's recommendations, are essential to that goal. Details: Tallahassee: Florida Department of Law Enforcement, 2019. 458p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: http://www.fdle.state.fl.us/MSDHS/CommissionReport.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 154628

Author: Wilson, Jeremy M. Title: A Multi-Site Assessment of Police Consolidation: Final Summary Overview Summary: The United States is unique for its number of police agencies: nearly 18,000, including more than 12,000 local law enforcement agencies and more than 3,000 county sheriff's offices. Given this high number of agencies, scholars and policymakers have suggested for nearly a century that consolidation of agencies could yield efficiencies in the delivery of law enforcement services, as well as help to reduce corruption, improve services, and reduce crime. Consolidation has become increasingly common in some places (e.g., Los Angeles County, California, since the 1950s) and times (e.g., following the "Great Recession" of 2008 and early 2009). Yet there has been little systematic evidence on consolidation and its effects. Research on police consolidation has been scant, outdated, and limited to few settings. Much of it has been done by consultants seeking to bolster the case for municipalities seeking to undertake consolidation. The limited rigorous research on the topic has yielded mixed findings. To develop practical resources for policymakers and practitioners, we used a multi-method approach to examine the implementation and effectiveness of three models of police consolidation: merger of agencies, regionalization under which two or more agencies join to provide services in a broader area, and contracting by municipalities with other organizations for police services. Specifically, we conducted field visits, surveys of residents and police officers, and analysis of crime data in four communities that had consolidated their police services. These were - Compton, California, a city of 95,000 residents, which since 2001 had contracted with the Los Angeles County Sheriff for police services - Lakes Area, Minnesota, a police jurisdiction with 9,000 residents, formed by the 2004 merger of the police departments in the neighboring cities of Chisago and Lindstrom - Pontiac, Michigan, a city of 60,000 residents, which since 2011 has contracted with the Oakland County Sheriff for police services - York Area, Pennsylvania, a police jurisdiction of 60,000 residents, initially formed by the 2000 regionalization of police services in Windsor and York Townships, and which provides contract police services to several neighboring boroughs. We selected these communities because of their variety in size, model of consolidation, region of the country, and rates of crime, because their chiefs promised (and provided) support for the project, and because their consolidations were recent enough that institutional knowledge about the process and administrative data prior to the consolidation still existed and yet the consolidation was old enough that adequate post-consolidation data exist. To date, we have drafted four articles for academic journals based on this research. These include one article on the effects of consolidation on community crime, one article on attitudes of residents toward consolidation, and two articles on attitudes of police personnel toward consolidation. We review each of these below. Details: West Lansing: Michigan State University School of Criminal Justice, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252503.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Agencies Shelf Number: 154636

Author: Wagner, Peter Title: State of Phone Justice: Local jails, state prisons and private phone providers Summary: At a time when the cost of a typical phone call is approaching zero, people behind bars in the U.S. are often forced to pay astronomical rates to call their loved ones or lawyers. Why? Because phone companies bait prisons and jails into charging high phone rates in exchange for a share of the revenue. The good news is that, in the last decade, we've made this industry considerably fairer: The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) capped the cost of out-of-state phone calls from both prisons and jails at about 21 cents a minute; The FCC capped many of the abusive fees that providers used to extract extra profits from consumers; and Most state prison systems lowered their rates even further and also lowered rates for in-state calls. However, the vast majority of our progress has been in state-run prisons. In county- and city-run jails - where predatory contracts get little attention - instate phone calls can still cost $1 per minute, or more. Moreover, phone providers continue to extract additional profits by charging consumers hidden fees and are taking aggressive steps to limit competition in the industry. These high rates and fees can be disastrous for people incarcerated in local jails. Local jails are very different from state prisons: On a given day, 3 out of 4 people held in jails under local authority have not even been convicted, much less sentenced. The vast majority are being held pretrial, and many will remain behind bars unless they can make bail. Charging pretrial defendants high prices for phone calls punishes people who are legally innocent, drives up costs for their appointed counsel, and makes it harder for them to contact family members and others who might help them post bail or build their defense. It also puts them at risk of losing their jobs, housing, and custody of their children while they are in jail awaiting trial. Details: Northampton, MA: Prison Policy Initiative, 2019. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/phones/state_of_phone_justice.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Prison Policies and Procedures Shelf Number: 154638

Author: Morgan, Rachel E. Title: Criminal Victimization, 2017 Summary: This report resents national data on criminal victimization reported and not reported to police in 2017 and the annual change in criminal victimization from 2016. The report examines personal crimes (rape or sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, simple assault, and personal larceny) and property crimes (household burglary, motor vehicle theft, and theft). It also includes data on domestic violence, intimate partner violence, injury to victims, and weapon use. Data are from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), which collects information from a nationally representative sample of U.S. households on nonfatal crimes, reported and not reported to the police, against persons age 12 or older. Highlights: The rate of robbery victimization increased from 1.7 per 1,000 persons in 2016 to 2.3 in 2017. The portion of persons age 12 or older who were victims of violent crime increased from 0.98% in 2015 to 1.14% in 2017. From 2015 to 2017, the percentage of persons who were victims of violent crime increased among males, whites, those ages 25 to 34, those age 50 and over, and those who had never been married. From 2016 to 2017, the rate of overall property crime declined from 118.6 victimizations per 1,000 households to 108.4, while the burglary rate fell from 23.7 to 20.6. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/cv17.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 154646

Author: Rhodes, William Title: Event- and Offender-Based Recidivism Methodology Using the National Corrections Reporting Program Summary: This report presents a new methodology using National Corrections Reporting Program (NCRP) data to produce return-to-prison recidivism estimates. This offender-based methodology uses longitudinal data to estimate recidivism and produces estimates of offenders released over long periods rather than specific release cohorts. Though each type of recidivism methodology is suited to answer different criminal justice questions, scholars formerly relied on the event-based approach alone. This report discusses how to produce offender-based recidivism estimates and the circumstances in which offender-based estimates are more appropriate, based on the type of policy or research question. Details: Cambridge, MA: Abt Associates, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accesssed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250749.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 154647

Author: Zhang, Sheldon Title: Labor Trafficking in North Carolina: A Statewide Survey Using Multistage Sampling Summary: The primary goal of this study is to produce reliable estimates of the prevalence of labor trafficking victimization among farmworkers in North Carolina. An innovative sampling method that relies on a combination of geographical aggregation of census blocks and consideration of official agricultural statistics to identify concentration of agricultural activities was developed and used. Over 400 migrant farmworkers participated in interviews, the goal of which was to identify potential trafficking cases as well as indicators that trafficking may be occurring. The results reveal that about one-quarter of the sample experienced some type of employment abuse; nearly 18% reporting incidents that could rise to the level of labor trafficking and 22% reporting lesser forms of labor abuse and exploitation. Given an estimated annual average of 61,455 migrant farmworkers in NC over the 3-year data collection period, over 17,000 migrant farmworkers in NC each year may have experienced some form of labor exploitation in their lifetime, with nearly 11,000 experiencing labor trafficking and over 13,000 experiencing other forms of abuse and exploitation. The most common type of abuse was a form of intimidation, threats, and fear (13%), followed by fraud and deception (12%) and exploitative labor practices (12%). The least common type of abuse was restrictions on physical or communicative freedom (7%). Being undocumented was the strongest predictor of experiencing labor abuse. The implications of these findings and recommendations for future research are discussed. Details: Report to the U. S. Department of Justice, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252521.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Farmworkers Shelf Number: 154648

Author: Moore, Andrew Title: National Crime Victimization Survey Historical Trends Project, 1973‐2014 Summary: The National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) Historical Trends (NHT) project integrates cross‐sectional concatenated data from the historical National Crime Survey (NCS) and the contemporary NCVS into a series of NHT data files covering the entire lifespan of the survey from 1973 to 2014. This technical report describes the linking methodology and considerations that went into integrating the NCS and NCVS for the NHT master data files, extract files, and initial statistical tables. The end of this report briefly describes the other components of the project and information on where these products can be found. Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2019. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250655.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 154649

Author: Kurlychek, Megan Title: Impact of Criminal Record Sealing on State and National Estimates of Offenders and Their Offending Careers Summary: This report examines the extent to which statistical estimates of offender populations, criminal careers, and recidivism rates are impacted by the sealing of criminal records. The paper focuses on New York state, which has some of the nation's most extensive record-sealing policies. The report highlights the need to understand state-specific criminal history recording and reporting practices when calculating national estimates of offending patterns and performing cross-jurisdictional comparisons. Data are from BJS's Adult Criminal Trajectories of Juvenile Offenders Project, which tracked the criminal history patterns of persons arrested at age 16 or 17 in New York in 2001 for a 10-year period. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250561.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 154650

Author: Martin, Kimberly Title: Violent Victimization Known to Law Enforcement in the Bakken Oil-Producing Region of Montana and North Dakota, 2006-2012 Summary: The authors of this report compared patterns of violent victimization in the Bakken oil-producing region to those in surrounding counties outside of the Bakken region. This report focuses on trends in violent crime from 2006 to 2012, a period during which regions of Montana and North Dakota that contain parts of the Bakken shale formation experienced relatively rapid growth in oil and gas production, an influx of new residents to work in oil sector�related jobs, and according to reports from the area, a corresponding increase in calls for service to local law enforcement. The information in this report comes from Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS)-sponsored analysis of data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI's) National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS). From 2006 to 2012, the rate of violent victimization known to law enforcement in the Bakken oil-producing region of Montana and North Dakota increased, particularly the rate of aggravated assault, which increased 70%. There was no similar increase in rates of violent crime in the counties surrounding the Bakken oil region. Rates of male and female violent victimization in the Bakken region increased during this period, with the increase being higher for males (up 31%) than females (up 18%). Details: Research Triangle Park, NC: RTI International, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/252619.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Aggravated Assaults Shelf Number: 154651

Author: Kim, KiDeuk Title: National Pretrial Reporting Program, Final Report Summary: BJS funded the National Pretrial Reporting Program (NPRP) from 1988 to 1994 to collect data on the pretrial release of felony defendants. In 1994, the collection was extended to compile more criminal justice case processing information through the State Court Processing Statistics (SCPS) series. SCPS was halted in 2009 due to concerns about cost and representativeness. This report presents the findings of a feasibility study funded to collect aggregate-level pretrial data. The report addresses the significant challenges for collecting pretrial data, including multiple agencies handling pretrial defendants, the inability of case management systems to produce summary data, and the lack of data from some jurisdictions. Findings are based on data collected through the NPRP 2012. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/bjs/grants/250751.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154652

Author: Harrell, Erika Title: Victims of Identity Theft, 2016 Summary: Presents data on the prevalence and nature of identity theft against persons age 16 or older in 2016, including how victims discovered the crime; financial losses and other consequences; reporting the incident to credit card companies, credit bureaus, and police; the level of distress experienced by victims; lifetime prevalence rates of identity theft; and preventive action taken to reduce the risk of identity theft. Highlights: In 2016, 10% of persons age 16 or older had been victims of identity theft during the prior 12 months. For 85% of identity-theft victims, the most recent incident involved the misuse or attempted misuse of only one type of existing account, such as a credit card or bank account. One percent of persons age 16 or older had experienced the opening of a new account or misuse of personal information apart from misuse of an existing credit card or bank account or other existing account. An estimated 12% of identity-theft victims had out-of-pocket losses of $1 or more; 88% either had no out-of-pocket losses or had losses of less than $1. More than half (55%) of identity-theft victims who resolved associated financial or credit problems did so in one day or less. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/vit16.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 154654

Author: Richardson, Rashida Title: Dirty Data, Bad Predictions: How Civil Rights Violations Impact Police Data, Predictive Policing Systems, and Justice Summary: Law enforcement agencies are increasingly using algorithmic predictive policing systems to forecast criminal activity and allocate police resources. Yet in numerous jurisdictions, these systems are built on data produced within the context of flawed, racially fraught and sometimes unlawful practices ('dirty policing'). This can include systemic data manipulation, falsifying police reports, unlawful use of force, planted evidence, and unconstitutional searches. These policing practices shape the environment and the methodology by which data is created, which leads to inaccuracies, skews, and forms of systemic bias embedded in the data ('dirty data'). Predictive policing systems informed by such data cannot escape the legacy of unlawful or biased policing practices that they are built on. Nor do claims by predictive policing vendors that these systems provide greater objectivity, transparency, or accountability hold up. While some systems offer the ability to see the algorithms used and even occasionally access to the data itself, there is no evidence to suggest that vendors independently or adequately assess the impact that unlawful and bias policing practices have on their systems, or otherwise assess how broader societal biases may affect their systems. In our research, we examine the implications of using dirty data with predictive policing, and look at jurisdictions that (1) have utilized predictive policing systems and (2) have done so while under government commission investigations or federal court monitored settlements, consent decrees, or memoranda of agreement stemming from corrupt, racially biased, or otherwise illegal policing practices. In particular, we examine the link between unlawful and biased police practices and the data used to train or implement these systems across thirteen case studies. We highlight three of these: (1) Chicago, an example of where dirty data was ingested directly into the city's predictive system; (2) New Orleans, an example where the extensive evidence of dirty policing practices suggests an extremely high risk that dirty data was or will be used in any predictive policing application, and (3) Maricopa County where despite extensive evidence of dirty policing practices, lack of transparency and public accountability surrounding predictive policing inhibits the public from assessing the risks of dirty data within such systems. The implications of these findings have widespread ramifications for predictive policing writ large. Deploying predictive policing systems in jurisdictions with extensive histories of unlawful police practices presents elevated risks that dirty data will lead to flawed, biased, and unlawful predictions which in turn risk perpetuating additional harm via feedback loops throughout the criminal justice system. Thus, for any jurisdiction where police have been found to engage in such practices, the use of predictive policing in any context must be treated with skepticism and mechanisms for the public to examine and reject such systems are imperative. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3333423 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 154662

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Military Courts: DOD Should Assess the Tradeoffs Associated With Expanding Public Access to and Information About Terrorism Trials Summary: Why GAO Did This Study -- DOD is in the pre-trial phase of the military commissions' proceedings it is conducting to try the alleged perpetrators of terrorist attacks on the USS Cole and September 11, 2001. The Military Commissions Act of 2009 specifies that proceedings shall be publicly held unless the judge makes findings that justify a closed session, such as national security concerns. The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2018 included a provision for GAO to study the feasibility and advisability of expanding access to commissions' proceedings that are open to the public. This report describes (1) how DOD currently facilitates public access to proceedings; (2) challenges the public faces in gaining access to or obtaining information on proceedings; and (3) what is known about potential options to address public access challenges, including any related tradeoffs. GAO analyzed relevant laws and guidance; conducted a non-generalizable survey that received responses from 248 victims of terrorist attacks and their family members; collected data from DOD's website to analyze timeliness of court document postings; and interviewed relevant DOD officials and other government and non-government stakeholders. What GAO Recommends -- GAO recommends that DOD identify and analyze the risks associated with potential options for expanding public access to proceedings, and develop a strategy, as appropriate, for how it will meet its public access goals with the expected increase in public interest. DOD concurred with the recommendation. Details: Washington, DC; GAO, 2019. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-283: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/696840.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Military Courts Shelf Number: 154663

Author: Riger, Stephanie Title: Domestic Violence Outcome Measures Project Summary: The Domestic Violence Outcome Project had a two-fold purpose: first, to identify the long-term outcomes and needs of those who receive services from domestic violence agencies, and second, to establish procedures for on-going evaluation within agencies. Working closely with 15 agencies that are members of the Chicago Metropolitan Battered Women's Network, the researchers developed a survey to evaluate services and identify client needs. The services evaluated included court advocacy (e.g., assistance from an advocate in obtaining an order of protection), legal services (assistance from a licensed attorney with divorce or other court proceedings), emergency shelter, and counseling. Development of the survey benefited greatly from extensive feedback from service providers and clients and from previous evaluation research. The Chicago Metropolitan Battered Women's Network and the participating agencies administered the survey, which had both an on-line and paper option. Agency staff recruited participants, maintained contact with them over about 6 months, and then had them complete the survey. Here we present findings from analysis of data provided by 450 participants. We also include a discussion of the challenges encountered in sustaining ongoing evaluation in agencies. One of the key findings of this report is that emergency safety needs (i.e., emergency shelter and getting an order of protection) are no longer the most prominent issues of concern for participants. Fewer than 5% of the sample reported currently needing shelter and fewer than 10% reported needing help getting an order of protection. In contrast, counseling/therapy is now the primary need reported by about 46% of participants. In addition, about a quarter of participants reported a need for help with those things that enable one to sustain a stable and independent household, which is critical to maintaining safety: economic assistance, either in the form of emergency cash, help with credit history, financial planning/literacy, food/clothing, health care, or work. Also, a sizeable minority of participants reported needs (both new and continuing from when they initially sought services) regarding divorce, child support, and visitation. These legal issues are likely to be related to the one outstanding safety concern reported by a substantial minority of survivors, managing contact with the abuser. Few differences among reported needs existed by race/ethnicity, parenting status, or level of socioeconomic resources. This report begins with a brief introduction to how the project came about and a description of our research methods. Next we present the current needs reported by participants and consider whether there are differences in needs among participants by race/ethnicity, education and income resources, and whether or not they have children. We then examine the relationship of past services to current needs and satisfaction with past services. After that, we consider outcomes of receiving services (e.g., "As a result of receiving services, I feel safe from violence in my home"). Finally, we describe difficulties encountered in sustaining ongoing evaluation in agencies, such as high staff turnover rates and the need for a program coordinator to maintain staff motivation. We conclude with a summary of the findings. Details: Chicago: Loyola University Chicago Center for Urban Research and Learning (CURL), 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/51e86261e4b00dfa7317c09b/t/57e9cd03ff7c500c07addea0/1474940169358/Final+DV+Outcome+Report+9+21+16+-+Final+revisions.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 154666

Author: Millenky, Megan Title: Focusing on Girls' Futures: Results from the Evaluation of Pace Center for Girls Summary: PACE Center for Girls is a Florida-based organization that provides academic and social services to girls of middle school and high school age. Girls who attend PACE have a specific set of characteristics that put them at risk of involvement with the juvenile justice system and other negative outcomes. PACE seeks to reduce the likelihood of negative outcomes tied to this profile and instead foster academic engagement, positive youth development, and healthy relationships. Such factors can help improve girls� academic outcomes, prevent their future involvement with the justice system, and lead to long-term well-being and success. PACE operates daily, year-round; on a typical day, girls attend academic classes and receive additional support such as individual counseling, academic advising, and referrals to other services. Throughout its delivery of these services, PACE uses principles of gender-responsive programming - that is, treatment approaches designed for girls and women. The current report focuses mainly on the impact and cost analyses for the PACE evaluation. (Implementation research findings, released in an earlier report, found that PACE consistently implemented its program model and incorporated gender-responsive programming across its centers.) The impact analysis employed a random assignment design: Girls who applied to and were deemed eligible for PACE (using the program's existing screening processes) enrolled in the study and were assigned at random either to a program group, whose members were offered PACE services, or to a control group, whose members received appropriate referrals to other services in the community. From August 2013 to November 2015, 1,125 girls enrolled in the study across 14 PACE centers. Using survey and administrative data, the research team measured differences between the program and control groups on short-term outcomes. Differences that emerge between the two groups on these outcomes can be attributed to the PACE program. Key Findings - The program group received more academic and social services - and received them more often from a professional source - than the control group. - Over a one-year period, PACE increased school enrollment and attendance for the girls it served, compared with the control group. Girls in the program group were also more likely to be "on track" academically than those in the control group. - Girls in both the program and control groups appeared goal-oriented and hopeful about their futures and reported relatively low levels of risky behavior one year after study enrollment. Rates of formal involvement in the juvenile justice system during the 18 months after study enrollment were similar for the program and control groups. - The cost of PACE's holistic package of services is, on average, $10,400 more than the cost of the services received by control group members through academic and social services provided in the community. The additional cost is largely driven by PACE�s extensive social services; the cost of academic services is similar to those of Florida public schools. The findings on academic outcomes are promising. Further follow-up research would be necessary to see whether PACE affects longer-term academic and delinquency outcomes and to complete a full benefit-cost analysis. Details: New York: MDRC, 2019. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/PACE_Final_Report_2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154668

Author: Washburn, Maureen Title: Unmet Promises: Continued Violence and Neglect in California's Division of Juvenile Justice Summary: California's state youth correctional system, the Division of Juvenile Justice (DJJ), is violent, isolated, and lacks accountability. Fights and riots are a part of daily life and create a culture of fear. DJJ's violent conditions are concealed by an absence of state oversight and the facilities' long distances from youths' families and communities. For decades, DJJ, and the agencies that preceded it, cycled through numerous controversies. Despite frequent attempts at reform, the state system has continued to subject generations of California youth to inhumane conditions and lasting trauma. In early 2016, DJJ was released from a 12-year lawsuit that had resulted from the discovery of abuse and grievous conditions in the facilities. Despite assurances that the state was entering a new era of rehabilitative treatment, in the three years since court monitoring ended, DJJ has returned to its historical state of poor conditions, a punitive staff culture, and inescapable violence. The state system has reached a crossroads. With more than 1,000 authorized staff and four aging facilities, all serving a youth population of just over 600, DJJ's cost per youth now exceeds $300,000 per year (CDCR, 2018; DOF, 2018; DOF, 2018a). In total, California spends $200 million each year to preserve an antiquated system that is operating at less than 40 percent of its capacity (CDCR, 2017; 2017a; 2017b; 2017c; 2018; DOF, 2018a). Californians must reckon with spending levels that are not supported by outcomes while considering DJJ's devastating effects on youth health and well-being. No amount of reform can reverse the failures of a correctional model predicated on prison-like facilities that are isolated from communities. Yet with a record-low youth population and claims by DJJ that they have corrected past harms, the public has turned its attention away from the troubled state institutions. This report aims to examine life in DJJ, from staffing to safety to reentry. Too often, the story of youth confinement is told by those who operate institutions. We have highlighted the experiences of young people who know firsthand the challenges of navigating the system and are grappling with everyday life on the outside (See Methods section). Their insight forms the basis of our conclusions, namely that DJJ leaves youth traumatized, disconnected, and poorly prepared for life after release. Today, as it has for more than 100 years, the state system is failing youth, their families, and their communities, and is neglecting its most basic obligation: to rehabilitate young people and keep them safe. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2019. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 19, 2019 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/unmet_promises_continued_violence_and_neglect_in_california_division_of_juvenile_justice.pdf?utm_content=&utm_source=VerticalResponse&utm_medium=Email&utm_term=new%20report&utm_campaign=New%20Report%20Finds%20Dangerous%20Conditions%20at%20CA%20Division%20of%20Juvenile%20Justice Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 154669

Author: Gorman-Smith, Deborah Title: Residents and Clients' Perceptions of Safety and CeaseFire Impact on Neighborhood Crime and Violence Summary: The purpose of this study was to address questions related to the impact of CeaseFire activities on participants and neighborhood residents living in four target police beats in the Woodlawn and North Lawndale Chicago neighborhoods. Specifically, the study was designed to evaluate the process through which CeaseFire outreach and violent interruption activities might relate to changes in gun-related violence, including the behavior and decision-making of high-risk individuals living in these neighborhoods. In addition, questions regarding perceived neighborhood safety, norms regarding the use of violence, and non-participating residents' knowledge of CeaseFire activities were evaluated. Interviews were conducted with 75 individuals living in the four targeted police beats. Forty high-risk individuals (20 CeaseFire clients/5 in each beat and 20 high-risk individuals who were not CeaseFire clients/5 in each beat) and thirty-five neighborhood residents (18 parent residents with children under 18 years old and 17 elderly residents) were interviewed. Consistent across all of the interviews conducted with CeaseFire participants were individual reports of decreased involvement in crime and violence, with change in behavior attributed to mentoring, primarily around opportunities for employment. Participants also highlighted CeaseFire workers' ability to mediate conflict within the neighborhood, pointing to workers' unique skill to get high-risk residents to listen and respect their message because they had credibility. High-risk participants reported they were more likely to respond and listen to CeaseFire workers because the workers had lived a similar life, "the things I did, they did". Important, there was a striking gap in knowledge about CeaseFire and CeaseFire activities between the residents and high-risk participants. Nearly all (n=38) of the high-risk participants, including those who had not been directly involved with CeaseFire workers or activities, were aware of CeaseFire, describing CeaseFire's mobilization activities such as rallies, vigils, and distribution of violence prevention material. In contrast, only 34% or approximately one-third of neighborhood residents were familiar with CeaseFire and even fewer residents had personal experiences with CeaseFire staff or community activities. Across both communities, CeaseFire's lack of visibility was a common theme among neighborhood residents and a small number of high-risk non-client participants. Residents were not able to recall or identify any community mobilization efforts or other activities that had a specific violence prevention message. For neighborhood residents, despite a consistent theme of negative experiences and attitudes toward law enforcement, policing was seen as one of the few viable responses to violence in the neighborhood. Residents described changes in crime, safety, and violence as solely attributed to fluctuations in the presence and attitudes of law enforcement. All study participants, high-risk individuals and neighborhood residents, reported youth between the ages of 11 and 17 as the primary perpetrators of violent crime in their neighborhood. When questioned about precipitating factors, both high-risk participants and neighborhood residents pointed to incidents involving social media messages, conflict over women, and territorial conflicts over illegal drug markets and gang cliques as the major precipitants of violence. High-risk participants, both clients and non-clients, said conflicts are often settled by fighting, flashing guns, and shooting. Both high-risk participants and neighborhood residents' responses to violence typically involved isolating themselves to their block or home, limiting travel routes through their neighborhood, reliance on police presence, and for high-risk participants, connecting with CeaseFire violence interrupters and outreach workers as a resource to address neighborhood violence. Participants' suggestions for community-based solutions included parenting programs, job training, mentoring, and access to programming for youth that will get them off of the street. High-risk participants recommended mentoring and other programs that would provide opportunities for youth to stay off the street as a means to reduce or keep violence stable. The CeaseFire model outlines three components to reduce violence within communities: 1) detect and interrupt violent conflicts, 2) identify and treat the highest risk, and 3) mobilize the community to change norms. While these and other data suggest that CeaseFire appears to be effective in implementing the first component of the model, at least in these two communities, they have not been effective in community mobilization efforts. CeaseFire workers appear to be able to identify those at highest risk for involvement in serious violence. Workers cite constrained resources as an obstacle to engaging many of the high-risk youth identified. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago, School of Social Service Administration, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: http://cureviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/ceasefire-qualitative-evaluation-9-14.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: CeaseFire Shelf Number: 154673

Author: Minhee, Christine Title: The Cure for America's Opioid Crisis? End the War on Drugs Summary: The War on Drugs. What began as a battle waged on morals has in fact created multiple public health crises, and no recent phenomenon illustrates this in more macabre detail than America's opioid disaster. Last year alone amassed a higher death toll than the totality of American military casualties in the Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan wars combined. With this wave of mortalities came an accompanying tidal crash of parens patriae lawsuits filed by states, counties, and cities on the theory that jurisdictions are entitled to recompense for the costs of addiction ostensibly created by Big Pharma. To those attuned to the failures of the Iron Law of Prohibition, this litigation-fueled blame game functions merely as a Band-Aid over a deeply infected wound. This Article synthesizes empirical economic impact data to paint a clearer picture of the role that drug prohibition has played in the devastation of American communities, exposes parens patriae litigation as a misguided attempt at retribution rather than deterrence, and calls for the legal and political decriminalization of opiates. We reveal that America's fear of decriminalization has at its root the "chemical hook" fallacy-a holdover from Nancy Reagan-era drug policy that has been debunked by far less wealthy countries like Switzerland and Portugal, whose economies have already benefited from discarding the War on Drugs as an irrational and expensive approach to public health. We argue that the legal and political acceptance of addiction as a public health issue-not the view that addiction is a moral failure to scourge-is the only rational, fiscally responsible option left to a country that badly needs both a prophylactic against future waves of heavy opioid casualties, and restored faith in its own criminal justice system. Details: Seattle: University of Washington School of Law, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Washington School of Law Research Paper No. 2018-11: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3245489 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154675

Author: Horn, Brady P. Title: Substance Use Disorder Treatment Centers and Property Values Summary: Substance use disorders (SUDs) are a major social concern in the United States and other developed countries. There is an extensive economic literature estimating the social costs associated with SUDs in terms of healthcare, labor market outcomes, crime, traffic accidents, and so forth. However, beyond anecdotal claims that SUD treatment centers (SUDTCs), settings in which patients receive care for their SUDs, have a negative effect on property values, there is scant empirical work on this question. In this paper, we investigate the effect of SUDTCs on residential property values using data from Seattle, Washington, and SUDTC location, entry, and exit information. To mitigate bias from the potential endogeneity of SUDTC location choices, we apply a spatial differences-in-differences (SDD) model, which uses property and SUDTC location to construct treatment and comparison groups. Our findings suggest that SUDTCs endogenously locate in lower value areas, and na�ve models imply that the entry of an SUDTC leads to a 3.4% to 4.6% reduction in property values. When an SDD model is applied, we find no evidence that SUDTCs affect property values. Overall, our findings suggest anecdotal claims that SUDTCs reduce property values are potentially overstated. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working paper no. 25427: Accessed February 20, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25427 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: NIMBY Shelf Number: 154677

Author: Lerman, Amy E. Title: Officer Health and Wellness: Results from the California Correctional Officer Survey Summary: In just four decades, the size of the U.S. state prison population grew by more than 700 percent. By 2008, the number of incarcerated individuals in the United States hit an all-time high, with 1 in 100 adults in either prison or jail and fully 1 in every 31 American adults under some form of correctional jurisdiction (including incarceration, probation, and parole). Researchers have noted these patterns and trends with alarm. Yet while expansive studies have been conducted on correctional systems in the United States, most of this work begins and ends with a focus on the incarcerated. Much of the early literature either ignores correctional personnel altogether, or paints an overly simplistic picture. While interest in those who work inside American prisons has begun to grow, we still know surprisingly little about what happens to correctional personnel as a function of spending a career inside the prison system. Like the number of people incarcerated, the ranks of people employed by the U.S. criminal justice system have increased substantially. As of 2003, almost 13 percent of all public employees (and a larger percentage in 15 states and the District of Columbia) worked in the criminal justice sector. Corrections alone accounts for more than 63 percent of state criminal justice employees, with police protection and judicial/legal employees accounting for the other 14 and 22 percent, respectively. In recent years, the correctional system has employed more people than General Motors, Ford, and Wal-Mart combined. On the front lines of the prison system, correctional officers, perhaps more than anyone else, directly affect the practice of incarceration in the way that they perform their jobs. Because of this, correctional programs and policies can have little chance of success without their overall health. This is particularly important when considering the mission of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) and its goals of promoting public safety through a professional staff, as well as a constructive correctional and rehabilitation environment. Understanding that correctional work can negatively impact the well-being of both inmates and correctional officers, the California Correctional Peace Officers Association (CCPOA), the CCPOA Benefit Trust Fund (BTF), and the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) have joined forces with researchers at the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) to address the issues of law enforcement health and wellness. As a starting point, Dr. Amy E. Lerman and her team at UCB developed the California Correctional Officer Survey (CCOS). The CCOS is a large-scale effort to gather individual-level information on the thoughts, attitudes, and experiences of criminal justice personnel. The CCOS was first conducted in 2006, and the instrument was then expanded and replicated from March to May of 2017. The most recent survey includes a sample of 8,334 officers and other sworn staff, providing a vast cross-section of officers across all of California's correctional institutions and parole offices. This report summarizes the results of the CCOS across a set of broad but related categories: mental and physical wellness; exposure to violence; attitudes towards rehabilitation and punishment; job training and management; work-life balance; and training and support. Details: Berkeley: University of California, Berkeley, 2017. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://gspp.berkeley.edu/assets/uploads/research/pdf/executive_summary_08142018.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Officers Shelf Number: 154678

Author: Acker, Julia Title: Mass Incarceration Threatens Health Equity in America Summary: With approximately 2.2 million U.S. adults and youth behind bars, the United States incarcerates many more persons-both in absolute numbers and as a percentage of the population-than any other nation in the world. Mass incarceration disproportionately impacts lower-income communities, communities of color, and persons with disabilities, creating a barrier to achieving health equity. People who are incarcerated face greater chances for chronic health conditions, both while confined and long after their release. Incarceration exposes people to a wide range of conditions, such as poor sanitation and ventilation and solitary confinement, that are detrimental to long-term physical and mental health. After release, previously incarcerated individuals often face higher mortality rates and experience limited opportunities for gainful employment, stable housing, education, and other conditions needed for good health. Mass incarceration's reach extends far beyond the jail cell, impacting not only those behind bars, but their families, their communities, and the entire nation. Almost 10 million children have experienced having one or both parents incarcerated at some point in their lives - impacting their health and future opportunities. Within communities, mass incarceration disrupts social and family networks and economic development while across the country it consumes large portions of government budgets with negligible impact on crime rates. Produced in partnership with the University of California, San Francisco, this report examines the links between mass incarceration and health equity. Through pairing data with examples of successful approaches, this report shows how mass incarceration negatively impacts everyone's health and well-being and also suggests solutions for reducing both incarceration and crime rates and increasing opportunities for all. Details: Princeton, NJ: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://www.rwjf.org/en/library/research/2019/01/mass-incarceration-threatens-health-equity-in-america.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Health Inequities Shelf Number: 154679

Author: Root and Rebound Title: Tribal Reentry Advocacy Guide:A Roadmap for Increasing Access to Justice and Opportunity for Tribal Members with Criminal Records through Collaboration and Partnership Summary: Native Americans are disproportionately affected by the criminal justice system, but often live in rural communities farthest from "access to justice" resources and reentry legal services. After meeting Judge Abby, Chief Justice of the Yurok Tribal Court, the tribal court for the largest surviving Tribe in California, and learning about her incredible approach to restorative justice and wellness in her court, Root & Rebound realized we shared a vision of justice that believes in human dignity and restoration, and together we set out to build something that could make reentry legal advocates accessible to tribal members with records across the state. Together we built the Tribal Reentry Advocacy Project, in which Root & Rebound partners with tribal and rural community groups and leaders to ensure that our holistic and mobile reentry legal support is accessible to all. Details: Oakland, CA: The Author, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/52f9700ee4b0eea0230aeb19/t/5c59cc4a971a1864182a2f67/1549388881675/2019_Tribal+Reentry+Advocacy+Guide.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 154680

Author: Circo, Giovanni Title: Detroit Ceasefire: Final Evaluation Report Summary: Detroit Ceasefire has been a cornerstone of Detroit's violence reduction strategies. Ceasefire involves a focused deterrence model aimed at gang- and group- related violence. It involves direct communication of a deterrence message to high-risk individuals and groups, targeted enforcement and response to violent incidents, outreach and services, community partnerships and youth prevention. Detroit Ceasefire was initially developed and implemented in two East side precincts (5th and 9th). As the Ceasefire team developed expertise in the model, associated project management capacity, shared understanding and training in the model, and initial signs of success, Ceasefire expanded to West side precincts (6th, 8th, 12th) and more recently to the 4th and 7th precincts. This report describes the planning, development, initial implementation, and full implementation of Ceasefire and places the initiative in the context of national trends. This is followed by evaluation results at both the community and individual levels. Key findings include: - Detroit has experienced a significant decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings since the implementation of Ceasefire in 2013 and particularly since 2015 when Ceasefire received the support of a project management team and associated capacity building that strengthened implementation of the Ceasefire focused deterrence model. - These trends are particularly impressive when contrasted with national trends in violent crime and with trends in other large Midwestern cities. - The evaluation employed a state-of-the-art "synthetic control" design that compares trends in the Ceasefire precincts with comparable parts of the city that have not participated in Ceasefire. For the original east side Ceasefire precincts, we estimate an overall 13-14 percent decline in fatal and non-fatal shootings. For the specific age group of 15-24, the primary target for Ceasefire, the decline was 22 percent. - The trends in the West side precincts are more difficult to interpret. Simply observing the trends suggest declines following the implementation of Ceasefire. Yet, when using the synthetic controls we do not find evidence of declines. We suggest continued monitoring of the West side precincts to provide a longer implementation and observation period (as well as assessment of trends in the more recent 4th and 7th Ceasefire precincts). - Although Ceasefire clients had a very similar time until re-arrest as a matched comparison group of probationers and parolees, the Ceasefire clients had 23 percent fewer overall arrests and 23 percent fewer arrests for a violent offense. Ceasefire clients did have more arrests for weapons offenses but this may reflect increased scrutiny and surveillance of Ceasefire clients, particularly when they or their associates are involved in violence. Details: East Lansing: Michigan Justice Statistics Center, Michigan State University, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2019 at: https://cj.msu.edu/assets/MJSC-Detroit_Ceasefire_-Final_Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ceasefire Shelf Number: 154684

Author: Ouss, Aurelie Title: Is Police Behavior Getting Worse? The Importance of Data Selection in Evaluating the Police Summary: Public concern about harmful policing is surging. Governments are paying historic amounts for law enforcement liability. Has police behavior changed? Or is society responding differently? Traditional data sources struggle with this question. Common metrics such as lawsuits and payouts conflate the prevalence and severity of policing harms with the responses of legal actors such as lawyers, judges, and juries. We overcome this problem using a new data source: liability insurance claims. Our dataset contains 23 years of claims against roughly 350 law enforcement agencies that contract with a single insurer. We find that while lawsuits and payouts have trended upwards over the past decade, insurance claims have declined. We generate and test multiple explanatory hypotheses. We conclude that, in our sample, police behavior is not getting worse; rather, public responses to policing harms are intensifying. Data selection, our analysis shows, strongly influences results in policing research. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Chicago Coase-Sandor Institute for Law & Economics Research Paper No. 865; U of Chicago, Public Law Working Paper No. 693: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3325382 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Behavior Shelf Number: 154686

Author: Brinkman, Jeffrey Title: Not in My Backyard? Not so Fast. The Effect of Marijuana Legalization on Neighborhood Crime Summary: This paper studies the effects of marijuana legalization on neighborhood crime using unique geospatial data from Denver, Colorado. We construct a highly local panel data set that includes changes in the location of marijuana dispensaries and changes in neighborhood crime. To account for endogenous retail dispensary locations, we use a novel identification strategy that exploits exogenous changes in demand across different locations. The change in geographic demand arises from the increased importance of access to external markets caused by a change in state and local policy. The results imply that retail dispensaries lead to reduced crime in the neighborhoods where they are located. Reductions in crime are highly localized, with no evidence of benefits for adjacent neighborhoods. The spatial extent of these effects are consistent with a policing or security response, and analysis of detailed crime categories provides indirect evidence that the reduction in crime arises from a disruption of illicit markets. Details: Philadelphia: Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, 2017. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 17-19: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://philadelphiafed.org/-/media/research-and-data/publications/working-papers/2017/wp17-19.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 154689

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Correlates of Substance Use Preferences and Prison Revocations Summary: The NMSAC received funding from the Bureau of Justice Statistics to complete this study, which has two objectives. First, it examines the correlates of substance use by substance type. Second, it explores whether substance use type, particularly opioid use, influences revocation of community supervision. The findings from this study indicate that the risk factors associated with substance use vary by substance type. Only two variables-a history of substance use and parolee status-were associated with increased odds of substance use regardless of the substance type. The odds of testing positive for specific substances differed by specific demographic characteristics, social capital, stability, current offense, and criminal history. These results indicate there may be different risk and protective factors associated with the choice of substance. The findings also indicate that the odds of returning to prison are highest for those who use stimulants, with or without opioids, holding all other factors constant. Other variables, such as current offense, supervision level, and violation history were associated with revocations, as were demographic variables including gender and race. This report summarizes these findings. Details: Albuquerque: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, New Mexico Institute For Social Research, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2018/correlates-of-substance-use-preferences-and-prison-revocations.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Opioid Abuse Shelf Number: 154693

Author: Denman, Kristine Title: Substance Use among New Mexico Probationers and Parolees Summary: Studies suggest that substance use is more prevalent among those under correctional supervision relative to the general population (DeLisi, Vaughn, Salas-Wright, and Jennings, 2015; Fearn et al., 2016). Substance use, including use of illegal substances and alcohol, can undermine supervision success. For example, a previous New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center (NMSAC) study of parole violators (Denman et al., 2010) found 84% of parolees had an identified substance abuse problem. Further, among parolees with one or more technical violations, the most common type of violation was drug-related. These violations include a failed drug test or law enforcement discovery of use, possession, or distribution of controlled substances. Although we know many probationers and parolees in New Mexico use substances, we know little about the types of substances they use. In recent years, the New Mexico Corrections Department (NMCD) has reported a number of incidents involving smuggling and attempted smuggling of the prescription opioid Suboxone into facilities (see, e.g., Albuquerque Journal October 20, 2014; NMCD, January 26, 2015). This suggests that opioid use may be common among parolees. We expect that the probation population would be similar to parolees regarding substance use. However, we are unaware of any recently published reports that describe the types of substances used by those under community supervision or the characteristics of the individuals who use them. This study addresses these gaps in our knowledge about substance use among probationers and parolees in New Mexico. Given the attention currently focused on the opioid crisis, the study places special emphasis on opioid use among probationers and parolees. However, while opioids are the leading cause of overdose death in New Mexico, other drugs also present cause for concern. For instance, the number of people who have overdosed on methamphetamines has recently increased. In 2008, there were 23 overdose deaths attributed to methamphetamines. By 2014, that number had increased nearly fivefold, to 111. Despite indications that methamphetamine use is a problem in New Mexico (see, e.g., USDOJ, National Department of Drug Intelligence, 2011), it has not garnered the same kind of attention as opioid abuse. Similarly, the percentage of New Mexico youth who report using cocaine is nearly twice that of youth in the United States (10.3% vs. 5.5%) (New Mexico Youth Risk and Resiliency Survey, 2013). It it is important, therefore, to assess other types of substance use Details: New Mexico: New Mexico Statistical Analysis Center, New Mexico Institute for Social Research, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: http://isr.unm.edu/reports/2018/substance-use-among-new-mexico-probationers-and-parolees.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Parole Violators Shelf Number: 154694

Author: Neusteter, S. Rebecca Title: Every Three Seconds: Unlocking Police Data on Arrests Summary: More than 10 million arrests are made each year in the United States. Although arrest is an important tool in some situations, its overuse can have many detrimental effects. These include, but are not limited to, mass incarceration, diminished public health and economic prosperity, racial inequities, and unwieldy levels of bureaucratic work for officers. The widespread use of arrests also damages already fractured trust between police and many of the communities they serve. Given these impacts, arrests should be monitored carefully and applied sparingly. Alternatives to arrest need to be explored and implemented. However, this space has seen little innovation to date, largely because the data needed to drive and inform change is inaccessible. To help unlock this important knowledge, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) developed Arrest Trends. This tool provides answers to fundamental questions about American policing by organizing publicly available datasets into one easy-to-use data platform where users can access, customize, and analyze decades of policing data that previously had been disparately located and difficult to interpret. Users can explore trends in arrests, arrest demographics, clearance rates, victimizations, and data reported at both the local and national levels to understand how these vary by time, location, and offense type. Arrest Trends aims to empower diverse stakeholders such as community advocates, police practitioners, and policymakers to explore and better understand police enforcement. The most important aspects of Arrest Trends are the actionable findings that can be quickly generated and visualized. These findings will create an understanding of, and drive needed improvements to, police enforcement in America. Initial analyses of Arrest Trends' data paint a striking picture, showing that despite recent reductions, the use of arrest is still staggeringly high. The tool reveals that, although arrest volumes have dropped by more than 25 percent since 2006, an arrest is made every three seconds. Fewer than 5 percent of these are for serious violent crimes. Instead, the bulk of police work is in response to incidents that are not criminal in nature and the majority of arrests involve non-serious offenses like "drug abuse violations"-arrests for which increased more than 170 percent between 1980 and 2016-disorderly conduct, and a nondescript low-level offense category known as "all other non-traffic offenses." Collectively, these offenses make up more than 80 percent of all arrests. Further, these heavily arrested non-serious offenses disproportionately impact people of color. The data shows that arrests are applied with geographic disparity as well, concentrating most prominently in metropolitan-and particularly suburban-areas. The enforcement of overwhelmingly low-level offenses may challenge police-community relationships-which are often already frayed-impairing police effectiveness and public safety as a whole. When people do not trust the police, they may be less likely to report crimes or assist in investigations. Indeed, Arrest Trends shows us that fewer than 40 percent of victims report their experiences to the police, and fewer than 25 percent of offenses known to the police are then cleared (meaning that they are solved by arrest). Collectively, the data presented in Arrest Trends, and the findings in this report, challenge the notion that America's reliance on enforcement is a necessary component to achieving oft-stated public safety goals-or indeed, a means of achieving justice or equity. The launch of Arrest Trends marks Vera's most recent effort to reduce the criminal justice system's footprint-by unlocking key policing data and, in doing so, elevating the narrative of over-reliance on arrests and the need for viable alternatives. In this report, readers will find information about the need for greater access to policing data, an overview of the Arrest Trends tool as well as several initial findings gleaned from it, and future directions for this work. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://www.vera.org/publication_downloads/arrest-trends-every-three-seconds-landing/arrest-trends-every-three-seconds.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 154721

Author: New York City Comptroller Title: Regulating and Taxing Marijuana: The Fiscal impact on NYC Summary: The New York City Comptroller's Office estimated certain of the fiscal impacts that could be expected if marijuana use in New York City was legalized and the production and sale of it was regulated and taxed. The Comptroller's Office estimates that such regulation and taxation would have a positive direct fiscal impact of roughly $431 million annually through increased revenues and cost savings. The Comptroller's Office did not attempt to quantify the costs of incarceration, which are largely borne by the state, or other secondary fiscal impacts of legalization, such as the positive or negative effects on public health spending. Moreover, the Comptroller's Office did not attempt to quantify the broader economic impacts of legalization, including the costs of lost time, work, and other opportunities currently imposed on those arrested. Details: New York: The Author, 2013. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://comptroller.nyc.gov/wp-content/uploads/documents/NYC_RegulateMarijReport.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 154722

Author: Stringer, Scott M. Title: The Public Cost of Private Bail: A Proposal to Ban Bail Bonds in NYC Summary: A basic principle of the American justice system is that all people are innocent until proven guilty, and that defendants should not be unnecessarily punished or detained before a finding of guilt. However, the bail system in New York City subjects tens of thousands of people each year to punitive personal and financial costs prior to conviction (or exoneration). In general, after a person is arrested and charged with a crime in New York City, they appear in court and face a judge, who decides whether to release the accused, set bail, or hold the person in custody. In many cases, judges in New York City release the defendant on a simple promise to appear for their next court date. However, when a judge decides to impose money bail conditions, the defendant is likely to spend at least some time in jail - often for the sole reason that they do not have the money needed to post bail immediately and must raise it from friends and family, or must navigate the slow, inefficient commercial bail system. At a time when the City is focused on reducing the jail population in order to close the correctional facilities on Rikers Island, ending a system that results in the unnecessary, unproductive, and expensive detention of people prior to a conviction must be prioritized. In his 2018 State of the State address, Governor Andrew Cuomo endorsed eliminating money bail for all persons charged with a misdemeanor or non-violent felony, while in April 2017 the Independent Commission on New York City Criminal Justice and Incarceration Reform - led by former Chief Judge Jonathan Lippman - recommended prohibiting money bail entirely. These long-term visions are commendable and would end a system that conditions New Yorkers' freedom on their financial capacity. Moving toward this long-term goal should be a high priority for both New York City and New York State. However, achieving this vision will require substantial planning and new funding to ensure that the partial or full elimination of bail does not unintentionally result in a larger pretrial jail population. Without viable alternatives to bail, such as supervised release programs, more defendants, rather than less, could face time in jail as they await the conclusion of their case. As New York moves toward a more equitable criminal justice system, in the near term the City should immediately address one of the most costly and punitive aspects of the justice system: commercial bail bonds. The reliance on exploitative and expensive commercial bail bonds, which have played a growing role in the city's bail system, has been one of the most prominent drivers of inequities in the system. With that goal in mind, this report from New York City Comptroller Scott M. Stringer documents the role that money bail plays in New York City's criminal justice system and calls for the immediate elimination of commercial bail bonds. The growing role of commercial bonds in the City's bail system has not been previously well understood. Details: New York: New York City Comptroller, Bureau of Policy and Research, 2018. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://comptroller.nyc.gov/wp-content/uploads/documents/The_Public_Cost_of_Private_Bail.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Bonds Shelf Number: 154723

Author: New Mexico. Legislative Finance Committee Title: Review of the New Mexico Corrections Department: Status of Programs to Reduce Recidivism and Oversight of Medical Services Summary: A nationwide movement for criminal justice reform has seen significant declines in prison populations across the U.S. in recent years, though at the same time, New Mexico prisons have continued to grow. From 2009 to 2016, the total U.S. prison population decreased by 7 percent while the total New Mexico prison population increased by 14 percent. In FY18, the state allocated $297.3 million in general fund dollars to the New Mexico Corrections Department (NMCD) to house 7,325 inmates and supervise 19,552 probationers and parolees. Ninety-five percent of these inmates eventually return to the community, and so it is essential to prepare offenders for reentry in order to improve public safety and reduce costly recidivism (the return to prison) of offenders. Since a 2012 LFC program evaluation of corrections, NMCD has implemented best practices in several areas including using validated risk-needs assessments for all inmates, developing an inventory of evidence-based recidivism reduction programs with the Pew-MacArthur Results First Initiative, and reducing the number of costly release eligible inmates by half. However, the recidivism rate in New Mexico is increasing, rising to 50 percent in FY18, an 11 percent increase since FY10. Every extra percentage point of recidivism costs the state $1.5 million per year for incarceration alone. Parole revocations for technical violations related to drug use contribute half of the recidivism rate. Approximately one-third of prisoners admitted to NMCD are due to failed drug tests and missed appointments. It costs the state over $40 million per year to house these revoked parolees in prison versus community supervision, and there is little evidence that this improves public safety or addresses root causes of crime. LFC analysis found that 67 percent of parolees violate conditions at least once, 75 percent of which are for failed drug tests and missed appointments. In total, 43 percent of parolees are revoked and sent back to prison after an average of 2.7 violations over 372 days. The average time revoked parolees spend in prison is 333 days, at a cost of $30 thousand per offender compared to remaining on supervision. NMCD changed medical providers from Corizon to Centurion for healthcare, Boswell for pharmacy, and MHM for women's behavioral healthcare in early 2016, though still faces difficulties recruiting and retaining qualified staff to provide and oversee health services. Performance measures in the contracts comprehensively cover treatment rates but do not show whether conditions are being adequately managed or cured. The state has strong medical and geriatric parole statutes and policies that go underutilized, causing inmates who would be better served outside prison walls to remain incarcerated. Moving forward, NMCD could improve on their success at implementing best practices by beginning to track how the needs of offenders are connected with services, and evaluating the implementation and outcomes of recidivism reduction programs to ensure they are working as intended. Details: Sante Fe, NM: The Department, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Report #18-09: Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://www.nmlegis.gov/Entity/LFC/Documents/Program_Evaluation_Reports/Corrections%20Department%20-%20Status%20of%20Programs%20to%20Reduce%20Recidivism%20and%20Oversight%20of%20Medical%20Services.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 154726

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: ICE Does Not Fully Use Contracting Tools to Hold Detention Facility Contractors Accountable for Failing to Meet Performance Standards Summary: Although ICE employs a multilayered system to manage and oversee detention contracts, ICE does not adequately hold detention facility contractors accountable for not meeting performance standards. ICE fails to consistently include its quality assurance surveillance plan (QASP) in facility contracts. The QASP provides tools for ensuring facilities meet performance standards. Only 28 out of 106 contracts we reviewed contained the QASP. Because the QASP contains the only documented instructions for preparing a Contract Discrepancy Report and recommending financial penalties, there is confusion about whether ICE can issue Contract Discrepancy Reports and impose financial consequences absent a QASP. Between October 1, 2015, and June 30, 2018, ICE imposed financial penalties on only two occasions, despite documenting thousands of instances of the facilities� failures to comply with detention standards. Instead of holding facilities accountable through financial penalties, ICE issued waivers to facilities with deficient conditions, seeking to exempt them from complying with certain standards. However, ICE has no formal policies and procedures to govern the waiver process, has allowed officials without clear authority to grant waivers, and does not ensure key stakeholders have access to approved waivers. Further, the organizational placement and over-extension of contracting officer's representatives impede monitoring of facility contracts. Finally, ICE does not adequately share information about ICE detention contracts with key officials. Details: Washington, DC: OIG, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-19-18 : Accessed February 22, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-02/OIG-19-18-Jan19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Detention Facilities Shelf Number: 154727

Author: Satterberg, Dan Title: Prosecution that Earns Community Trust Summary: We could think of this as the protest era. From the #MeToo movement to NFL players taking a knee, our country faces a period of serious upheaval. Marginalized people protest the oppression they experience on a daily basis. And these protests get the full attention of criminal prosecutors, because they go right to the heart of criminal justice and public safety. In some communities, when police arrive at a scene of violence, they encounter witnesses who choose not to help. Police often find people at the crime scene who feel that the police and courts have never treated them fairly, so in protest, they refuse to help solve serious violent crimes in their community, even when they hold valuable evidence. An individual who has been treated unfairly by the criminal justice system may choose to boycott that system by refusing to tell police who murdered their best friend. This sometimes leads to street justice, a different and often violent kind of retribution that only creates more victims of violence. This is called the "no snitch" rule. A more profound protest, we cannot imagine. This boycott of the criminal justice system takes other forms, including countless victims of domestic violence and sexual assault who choose not to report the crimes they suffer. These underreported crimes are a silent protest by the most vulnerable members of our society who do not believe that involving police, prosecutors, or courts will improve their situation. Women who face domestic abuse may fear the spotlight that reporting will place on their precarious situations, including the possibility of reprisal within their own neighborhoods. The boycott also extends to immigrant communities. Crime victims with unclear citizenship status may fear that asking for help from authorities will lead those same authorities to scrutinize their right to live in this country. Taken together, these boycotts amount to a public safety disaster. And they point to the greatest challenge for every District Attorney in America: to earn and keep the trust of the communities where crime has the greatest impact. In this essay, we aim to provide some fresh thinking that an elected prosecutor can use to apply justice outside the courtroom, working together with local community groups to create alternative forms of justice. We advocate for an expanded role of the prosecutor that reaches both upstream and downstream from the prosecutor's traditional role as courtroom adversary. Prosecutors who engage the community outside the criminal courtroom can help trust grow, step by step. The first step is to demonstrate that prosecutors can listen to our critics. When people in the community speak truth to power, the job of the powerful is to stop and listen. Another step prosecutors can take to earn public trust is to make concrete their commitment to treat crime victims with dignity and compassion. That means informing and including victims in the decisions that affect them. But the prosecutor's duties go beyond respectful treatment of victims; prosecutors also must inform and include the entire community as they create more effective accountability measures for low-level crimes and juvenile misconduct. Public safety is something that prosecutors must co-produce with their communities. It is not something they can simply deliver to the public. Details: New York, NY: John Jay College of Criminal Justice, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://thecrimereport.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/IIP-Community_Trust-paper.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Attorney Shelf Number: 154347

Author: Singer, Jeffrey A. Title: Harm Reduction: Shifting from a War on Drugs to a War on Drug-Related Deaths Summary: he U.S. government's current strategy of trying to restrict the supply of opioids for nonmedical uses is not working. While government efforts to reduce the supply of opioids for nonmedical use have reduced the volume of both legally manufactured prescription opioids and opioid prescriptions, deaths from opioid overdoses are nevertheless accelerating. Research shows the increase is due in part to substitution of illegal heroin for now harder-to-get prescription opioids. Attempting to reduce overdose deaths by doubling down on this approach will not produce better results. Policymakers can reduce overdose deaths and other harms stemming from nonmedical use of opioids and other dangerous drugs by switching to a policy of "harm reduction" strategies. Harm reduction has a success record that prohibition cannot match. It involves a range of public health options. These strategies would include medication-assisted treatment, needle-exchange programs, safe injection sites, heroin-assisted treatment, deregulation of naloxone, and the decriminalization of marijuana. Though critics have dismissed these strategies as surrendering to addiction, jurisdictions that have attempted them have found they significantly reduce overdose deaths, the spread of infectious diseases, and even the nonmedical use of dangerous drugs. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/harm-reduction-shifting-war-drugs-war-drug-related-deaths Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 154348

Author: Braga, Anthony Title: The Benefits of Body-Worn Cameras: New Findings from a Randomized Controlled Trial at the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department Summary: Many community stakeholders and criminal justice leaders have suggested placing body-worn cameras (BWCs) on police officers improves the civility of police-citizen encounters and enhances citizen perceptions of police transparency and legitimacy. In response, many police departments have adopted this technology to improve the quality of policing in their communities. However, the existing evaluation evidence on the intended and unintended consequences of outfitting police officers with BWCs is still developing. This study reports the findings of a randomized controlled trial (RCT) involving more than 400 police officers in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department (LVMPD). We find that BWC-wearing officers generated significantly fewer complaints and use of force reports relative to control officers without cameras. BWCwearing officers also made more arrests and issued more citations than their nonBWC-wearing controls. In addition, our cost-benefit analysis revealed that savings from reduced complaints against officers, and the reduced time required to resolve such complaints, resulted in substantial cost savings for the police department. Considering that LVMPD had already introduced reforms regarding use of force through a Collaborative Reform Initiative prior to implementing body worn cameras, these findings suggest that body worn cameras can have compelling effects without increasing costs. Details: Arlington, VA: CNA Analysis and Solutions, 2017. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/251416.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 154350

Author: Wilson, David B. Title: Police Initiated Diversion for Youth to Prevent Future Delinquent Behavior: A Systematic Review Protocol Summary: The problem, condition or issue Misbehavior is a normal part of adolescence and that misbehavior sometimes crosses the line from disruptive or problematic to delinquent. Nationally representative surveys of youth in the United States have indicated that minor delinquent behavior is normative, particularly for boys (Elliott et al., 1983). The normative nature of minor delinquent behavior raises the question of how police should respond to minor delinquent behavior in a way that is corrective, but also avoids involving the youth in the criminal justice system beyond what will be effective in reducing future misbehavior. Stated differently, what is the right level of response to minor delinquent acts? Overly punitive responses may have the unintended consequence of increasing the likelihood of future delinquency; overly lenient responses may fail to serve as a corrective for the misbehavior. Police diversion schemes are a collection of strategies police can apply as an alternative to formal processing of youth. Police initiated diversion schemes aim to reduce reoffending by steering youth away from deeper penetration into the criminal justice system and by providing an alternative intervention that can help youth address psychosocial or other needs that contribute to their problem behavior. Diversion as an option is popular among law enforcement officers, as it provides an option between ignoring youth engaged in minor wrongdoing and formally arresting such youth. Diversion has the potential to reduce reoffending by limiting the exposure of low-risk youth to potentially harmful deviant peers within the criminal justice system. Furthermore, diversion may reduce criminal justice system costs, freeing these resources for higher risk youth. However, some commentators (Ray and Childs, 2015; Mears et al., 2016) have noted diversion may widen the population of youth under the surveillance of the criminal justice system if youth are subsequently punished for failing to meet the terms of their diversion. Consequently, diversion may inadvertently increase youth reoffending. The uncertain potential for diversion to produce both benefits and harms and law enforcement's sustained use of diversion underscores the importance of comprehensively reviewing the effectiveness of these interventions. Details: Olso, Norway: Campbell Collaboration, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://campbellcollaboration.org/library/police-initiated-diversion-to-prevent-future-delinquent-behaviour.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative Interventions Shelf Number: 154366

Author: Stringer, Scott M. Title: The Demographics of Detention: Immigration Enforcement in NYC Under Trump Summary: New York is home to 3.3 million immigrants from over 150 countries who contribute to the city in countless ways. Across every industry, immigrants power our local economy, collectively contributing $100 billion in earnings each year, while also helping to shape and define our city's thriving culture. In short, New York City would cease to be New York without the richness and diversity that immigrants bring every day to our schools, our businesses, our neighborhoods, our cultural institutions and broader civic life. Despite these contributions, many immigrants in New York City are today living on a knife edge, afraid to leave their homes and communities, worried that one day they will be detained by U.S. immigration enforcement officials and not make it home to their families. These concerns are the painful reality for many of our city's immigrants. And yet, federal agencies have too often failed to provide the public with comprehensive data about the scope of immigration enforcement actions in New York City. This report from New York City Comptroller Scott M. Stringer seeks to provide a more complete assessment of the impact of immigration enforcement in New York City by analyzing data from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and immigration court cases. The data clearly show that immigration enforcement actions have increased under the Trump Administration. Specifically: Deportations by ICE officers in New York City increased by 150 percent between the final year of the Obama Administration (Fiscal Year (FY) 2016) and the first full fiscal year of the Trump Administration (FY 2018). Deportations of individuals with no criminal convictions rose even more, going from 313 to 1,144, or 265.5 percent-the largest increase of any ICE field office in the country. Administrative arrests (an arrest made for a civil violation of immigration law) by ICE officers in New York City rose by 88.2 percent, going from 1,847 arrests in FY 2016 to 3,476 in FY 2018, the third-highest increase of all ICE field offices. This increase reversed a precipitous decline in arrests by ICE officers in New York City during the last few years of the Obama Administration. ICE detainer requests (defined as a request made by ICE to local law enforcement agencies to hold an immigrant in custody longer than the person would otherwise be held so that ICE can gain custody of the immigrant) sent to entities located in New York City have risen significantly during the Trump Administration. Specifically, detainer requests have increased to an average of 312 per month, reaching a high of 522 requests in April 2018, after averaging about 50 per month during the final year of the Obama Administration. Immigration court records indicate that the number of new deportation cases involving an immigrant living in New York City grew to an all-time high in FY 2018 of over 19,750 cases-over 30 percent higher than in FY 2016. Chinese immigrants make up the largest nationality of New York City immigrants with immigration court proceedings, with over 10,000 immigration cases (21 percent of cases) begun since FY 2016. Immigrants from India comprise roughly ten percent of all cases, while immigrants from Ecuador account for about 7 percent of cases and immigrants from Bangladesh for about 8 percent of cases. Some detained immigrants may have the ability to obtain release by posting a bond to immigration court. Between FY 2014 and FY 2017, the median bond amount set by immigration judges in New York City was $7,500, which is 50 percent higher than median bail set in felony cases in criminal court in the city. During the first half of FY 2018, the latest data available, bond amounts ranged from $1,500 to $100,000, remaining prohibitive for many immigrants who are detained. Based on these findings, the report makes a number of recommendations for state and local policymakers in order to better support and protect immigrant New Yorkers. These recommendations include: The City should work toward ensuring universal representation for individuals in immigration court by expanding funding for legal services and ending its carve-out that restricts access to City-funded legal services for certain low-income immigrants. The City should continue to support the operation of the New York Immigrant Freedom Fund-a project of Brooklyn Community Bail Fund in collaboration with community-based organizations and legal service providers-to help pay bond for those detained during immigration proceedings. The State should act to restrict immigration enforcement operations in and around New York courthouses by enacting the Protect Our Courts Act. As the Trump Administration's crackdown on immigrants continues, New York City and State will need to closely monitor any new federal policies and respond appropriately. As an initial matter, however, these three actions will help provide relief to New York City immigrants at risk of being swept up in the Trump Administration's draconian immigration enforcement activities. Details: New York: New York City Comptroller, Bureau of Policy and Research, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://comptroller.nyc.gov/wp-content/uploads/documents/Demographics_of_Detention_022019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 154732

Author: Klinger, Amy Title: Violent Threats and Incidents in Schools: An Analysis of the 2017-2018 School Year Summary: On February 14, 2018, the shooting at Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland Florida became the spark that once again ignited a national conversation about violence in schools. Amid the political agendas, recriminations, activism, and just plain fear, a critical element has been overlooked - the need to move beyond speculation and anecdotes about school safety to a data-based analysis of the threats and incidents of violence that have occurred in K-12 United States schools during the past academic year. This report provides insights and a critical analysis of the 2017-2018 school year. The Educator's School Safety Network (ESSN), a national non-profit school safety organization, has compiled the most current information on threats and incidents of violence in America's schools to examine the frequency, scope, and severity of the problem. In the 2017-2018 school year, more than 3,659 threats and incidents of violence occurred in American K-12 schools. Perhaps the most concerning figures are the significant increases in threats and incidents from school year to school year. There were at least 3,380 threats recorded in the 2017-2018 school year, a 62% increase from 2,085 threats in the 2016-2017 school year. Details: s.l.: Educator's School Safety Network, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55674542e4b074aad07152ba/t/5b685da703ce64d6290738f5/1533566404851/www.eSchoolSafety.org_Violent+threats+and+incidents+in+schools+report+2017-2018.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Shootings Shelf Number: 154733

Author: Miron, Jeffrey A. Title: Overdosing on Regulation: How Government Caused the Opioid Epidemic Summary: Opioid overdose deaths have risen dramatically in the United States over the past two decades. The standard explanation blames expanded prescribing and advertising of opioids beginning in the 1990s. This "more prescribing, more deaths" explanation has spurred increased legal restrictions on opioid prescribing. Federal and state governments have enacted a variety of policies to curtail prescribing and doctor shopping, and the federal government has raided pain management facilities deemed to be over-prescribing. Supporters believe these policies reduce the supply of prescription opioids and thereby decrease overdose deaths. We find little support for this view. We instead suggest that the opioid epidemic has resulted from too many restrictions on prescribing, not too few. Rather than decreasing opioid overdose deaths, restrictions push users from prescription opioids toward diverted or illicit opioids, which increases the risk of overdose because consumers cannot easily assess drug potency or quality in underground markets. The implication of this "more restrictions, more deaths" explanation is that the United States should scale back restrictions on opioid prescribing, perhaps to the point of legalization. Details: Washington, DC: Cato Institute, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: POLICY ANALYSIS NO. 864: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://object.cato.org/sites/cato.org/files/pubs/pdf/pa_864.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Overdoses Shelf Number: 154734

Author: McCann, Ellen P. Title: Ten-Year Estimate of Justice-Involved Individuals in the District of Columbia Summary: Nationwide, an estimated 20% of persons living in the United States have had brushes with the criminal justice system. According to the Brennan Center, by mid-year 2015, at least 70 million Americans - in a country of 321 million - had a record in the FBI's Interstate Identification Index (III), showing they had been arrested and fingerprinted at some point. The Brennan Center notes that more people in the US are in III than there are military veterans, and there are as many persons in the US with a 4-year degree as persons with a record in the III. Brame, Turner, Paternoster, and Bushway (2012) estimated that nearly 1 in 3 people in the US will be arrested by age 23. There are various estimates of the number of justice-involved individuals residing in the District of Columbia (DC). In 2007, the Washington Post3 printed an estimate of 60,000. Since that time, another calculation estimated 67,000 persons with a criminal conviction were residing in the District. This updated estimate included persons "with a criminal record," but the term �"criminal record" was not defined, in which case it is uncertain who was included in this estimate. Cognato, Raderstrong, and Sager (2015) reasoned that if 29% of persons in the US have a record of some sort, and 41% of cases in DC have a conviction, the estimate is made by taking the DC population in 2012 (552,871), and assuming that 29% have a record (29% of 552,871 = 160,333). The assumption is made that 41% of those with a record would have a conviction (41% of 160,333 = 66,500). These are very broad terms, and although they do offer more detailed information than the original 60,000 estimate, they do not rely on District-specific information - a very important consideration in such a unique city, where from 2008 to 2016, the adult population increased by 14.2% and total population increased by 12.4%. Purpose -- Because continued questions have arisen regarding the number of individuals living in DC who are "justice-involved," this white paper is intended to better inform justice system stakeholders and the community as they develop policies, strategies, interventions, and services to help improve outcomes for justice-involved persons in DC. Having an up-to-date estimate of the number of persons involved in the justice system allows stakeholders to tailor their programs and services with a greater degree of specificity. Details: Washington, DC: Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://cjcc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/cjcc/publication/attachments/Ten-Year%20Estimate%20of%20Justice-Involved%20Individuals.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Justice-Involved Youth Shelf Number: 154735

Author: Sill, Kaitlyn Title: Runaway Youth as Status Offenders Summary: Youth who run away are at increased risk of victimization, involvement in risky sexual activity, substance abuse, and delinquency; therefore, widespread agreement exists that running away should be prevented. When running away is habitual, the justice system may become involved. This brief outlines how the justice system in the District of Columbia intervenes with runaway youth, from how youth become eligible for judicial intervention through case disposition. Next, this brief reviews best practices and identifies models for providing services to runaway and at‐risk youth. Specifically, best practices suggest that the judicial system is not an appropriate avenue for intervention because of the detrimental consequences associated with justice system involvement; rather, young people and their families should be provided intensive individual and family services to address the root causes of running away. Finally, the brief provides an overview of the services the District offers runaway youth outside of the justice system consistent with these recommended practices. Details: Washington, DC: Criminal Justice Coordinating Council, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Volume 3, Issue 1: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://cjcc.dc.gov/sites/default/files/dc/sites/cjcc/page_content/attachments/CJCC%20Research%20Brief%20-%20Runaway%20Youth%20as%20Status%20Offenders%20%28December%202018%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 154736

Author: New Mexico Sentencing Commission Title: Santa Fe Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion (LEAD): An Analysis of the Pilot Phase Outcomes Summary: In April 2014, Santa Fe implemented a three-year pilot of the Law Enforcement Assisted Diversion (LEAD) program. LEAD is a public safety program in which police officers exercise discretionary authority to divert individuals to community-based health services instead of arrest, jail and prosecution. The individuals eligible for diversion are ones suspected of low level, non-violent crime driven by unmet behavioral health needs. Santa Fe replicated and adapted the Seattle LEAD model, which involves close coordination between public safety and public health systems and is grounded in a harm reduction philosophy. The New Mexico Sentencing Commission (NMSC) was selected to evaluate the pilot phase of the LEAD program. This report outlines the methodology and results of that evaluation. Summary -- - LEAD clients had a statistically significant decrease in the number of arrests (new charges and warrants) six months post-referral. - On average, this decrease did not hold beyond six months post-referral. However, clients with high levels of case management participation had fewer post-referral arrests for new charges. - LEAD clients had no violent charges post-referral. - LEAD clients' time to any rearrest post-referral (new charges or a warrant) was over a month longer than the comparison group. - Clients were detained for significantly fewer days than the comparison group both pre-referral and post-referral. - LEAD participation was significantly related to a lower number of post-referral detention days after controlling for key variables (i.e., exposure time, prior criminal history, prior days detained). - Follow-up clients reported reductions in use of heroin, improved quality of life and gains in obtaining permanent housing. - The average annual cost including both program and criminal justice costs for a LEAD client was $7,541 per client per year. - The cost savings of LEAD over system "as usual" was $1,558 per client per year, a savings of 17%. Details: Santa Fe: The Commission, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://nmsc.unm.edu/reports/2018/the-santa-fe-law-enforcement-assisted-diversion.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 154737

Author: Reclaim Chicago Title: Exercising Full Powers: Recommendation to Kim Foxx on Addressing Systemic Racism in the Cook County Criminal Justice System Summary: In 2016, Cook County State's Attorney Kim Foxx was elected in a landslide victory that was widely seen as a referendum on Cook County's criminal justice system. Voters rejected the "tough on crime" stance of Anita Alvarez as well as her cover-up of the police murder of Laquan McDonald. Voters chose, instead, a candidate who ran on a platform of holding police accountable and reversing some of the policies that led to massive increases in the number of African American and Latinx people incarcerated in Cook County. Changing practices in such a large criminal justice system is a big order. The People's Lobby and Reclaim Chicago - which organized a significant portion of Kim Foxx's electoral operation - have been working with Chicago Appleseed to report regularly on Foxx's progress to reduce incarceration. The following is a report on the first nine months of 2018 data released by the State's Attorney's Office. It includes key recommendations for how Foxx can strengthen her decarceration efforts and be a leader in rolling back the failed policies of over-policing and mass incarceration. In this report we evaluate the performance of Foxx's State's Attorney Office on four major criteria we believe are vital to the advancement of criminal justice reform and overturning decades of systematic racism in the Cook County court system. We look at the role of felony charging by the prosecutor's office and highlight limited successes in a context of rising felony charging by Foxx's office. How people are charged within the criminal justice system has far reaching consequences not just for sentencing, but also for people's ability to avoid pre-trial detention. We analyze how wealth and class effect pre-trial detention in light of recent reforms by Chief Judge Evans and attempts by Foxx to find alternatives to incarceration. This type of research and evaluation is only possible with regular, detailed access to data from the court system, so we evaluate Foxx's efforts at transparency in a court system renowned for antiquated and incomplete record keeping. The most recent data release also provides a clearer window into how gun crimes are charged and adjudicated. The data suggest that a "war on guns" is now adding to the "war on drugs" with equally disastrous results. Details: Chicago: Authors, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: http://www.uupmi.org/uploads/1/1/2/1/112170071/2019-report-kim-foxx_forweb.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 154739

Author: Ouss, Aurelie Title: Evaluating the Impacts of Eliminating Prosecutorial Requests for Cash Bail Summary: Recent criminal justice reform efforts have focused on electing progressive prosecutors to implement change, such as the reduction of cash bail as a requirement for pretrial release. However, critics worry that removing cash bail will decrease account- ability and increase failure-to-appear in court. We test this by looking at the effects of the No-Cash-Bail reform policy initiated by Philadelphia's recently elected District Attorney, Larry Krasner. Under this policy, the DA's office stopped requesting cash bail for defendants charged with a large variety of different offenses, both misdemeanor and felony. This policy led to an immediate 23% increase (12 percentage points) in the fraction of eligible defendants released with no monetary or other conditions (ROR), and a 22% (5 percentage points) decrease in the fraction of defendants who spent at least one night in jail, but no detectable difference for longer jail stays. The main effect of this policy was therefore to reduce the use of collateral to incentivize court appearance. In spite of this large decrease in the fraction of defendants having monetary incentives to show up to court, we detect no change in failure-to-appear in court or in recidivism, suggesting that reductions in the use of monetary bail can be made without significant adverse consequences. These results also demonstrate the role of prosecutors in determining outcomes over which they have no direct authority, such as setting bail. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Legal Studies Research Paper No. LS 19-08: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3335138 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154741

Author: Eren, Ozkan Title: The Effect of Grade Retention on Adult Crime: Evidence from a Test-Based Promotion Policy Summary: This paper presents the first analysis in the literature of the effect of test-based grade retention on adult criminal convictions. We exploit math and English test cutoffs for promotion to ninth grade in Louisiana using administrative data on all public K-12 students combined with administrative data on all criminal convictions in the state. Our preferred models use the promotion discontinuity as an instrument for grade retention, and we find that being retained in eighth grade has large long-run effects on the likelihood of being convicted of a crime by age 25 and on the number of criminal convictions by age 25. Effects are largest for violent crimes: the likelihood of being convicted increases by 1.05 percentage points, or 58.44%, when students are retained in eighth grade. Our data allow an examination of mechanisms, and we show that the effects are likely driven by declines in high school peer quality, lowered non-cognitive skill acquisition, and a reduction in educational attainment. However, we find little effect on juvenile crime, which suggests the effects on adult criminal engagement are driven by worse job market prospects and non-cognitive skills that stem from lower educational investments by students. Using the method proposed by Angrist and Rokkanen (2015), we also estimate effects of grade retention away from the promotion cutoff and show that our results are generalizable to a larger group of low-performing students. Our estimates indicate that test- based promotion cutoffs lead to large private and social costs in terms of higher levels of long-run criminal convictions that are important to consider in the development and use of these policies. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25384: Accessed February 25, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25384 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Economics of Education Shelf Number: 154770

Author: National Law Center on Homelessness & Poverty Title: Alone Without A Home: A National Review of State Laws Affecting Unaccompanied Youth Summary: This report provides a state-by-state review of laws in 13 key issue areas that affect the lives of unaccompanied youth experiencing homelessness. Topics include status offenses, emancipation statutes, health care access, consent and confidentiality statutes, and juvenile justice system statutes. It also offers an overview of the range of approaches taken by jurisdictions and the relative prevalence of these approaches and includes detailed indexes where advocates can find the relevant laws in their state or jurisdiction. Importantly, the report also provides recommendations for policy changes in each of the 13 issue areas, with a view towards strengthening the supports available to unaccompanied youth. Details: Washington, DC: The Author, 2019. 422p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://nlchp.org//wp-content/uploads/2019/02/AWAH-report_2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 154775

Author: Dalve, Kimberly Title: Project Reset: An Evaluation of a Pre-Arraignment Diversion Program in New York City Summary: Project Reset seeks to provide a more proportionate and meaningful response to low-level offending by offering individuals with no prior arrests the opportunity to avoid prosecution and the collateral consequences of involvement with the criminal justice system. Rather than appearing in court, participants complete two sessions of alternative programming. The district attorney's office declines to prosecute the cases of successful participants whose arrest records are then sealed, leaving no criminal court record. This report evaluates the program pilot, available at the time to 16- and 17-year-olds arrested across Manhattan (the program has since expanded to cover all ages in the borough with further expansions in New York City to follow). Study results point to positive program impacts overall, including reductions in recidivism, improved case outcomes, and positive perceptions among participants. Participants had fewer new arrests and new convictions and spent longer periods without experiencing a new arrest. Nearly all of the participants completed the programming. Participants reported that the program provided them with an opportunity to reflect on their actions surrounding their arrest with nearly all of them saying they would recommend the program to others. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2019. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/document/2019/projectreset_eval_2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 154778

Author: Durso, Rachel Marie Title: "Shackles and Chains?" Three Essays on the Determinants and Consequences of U.S. Mass Imprisonment in the Twenty-First Century Summary: In the past forty years, the United States has engaged in a punishment system reliant on mass incarceration. Although legislative policies and crime control initiatives that increased imprisonments were established during a period of high crime rates, America has continued to incarcerate at a high rate even as crime rates have declined. Scholars have attempted to explain what accounts for U.S. exceptionalism when it comes to imprisonments and find that a combination of factors including partisanship, race, sentencing severity, and inequality may account for this incarceration (Alexander 2012; Greenberg and West 2001; Keen and Jacobs 2009; Tonry 1999). Scholars have also examined the consequences of locking up so many people such as the effects on state budgets, families, unemployment, citizenship and inequality (Alexander 2012; Behrens, Uggen and Manza 2004; Clear 2009; Wacquant 2001; Western 2006). This dissertation consists of three associated essays that analyze both the determinants and consequences of mass incarceration. In my first essay I examine state spending on corrections. Corrections expenditures have become one of the fastest growing budget items for most states in the past forty years. Yet, few studies focus on the social and political factors tied to these spending increases. This paper uses a panel analysis to examine the determinants of corrections expenditures from 2000 through 2010. Three main relationships are tested: racial threat, partisanship, and death row populations. Even when crime rates and economic factors such as unemployment, median household income, and union strength are held constant, the results show that racial threat and death row inmate populations are associated with increasing corrections expenditures. The findings suggest that large or increasing African American populations continue to be a reliable predictor of criminal justice system expansions, especially in the South. Additionally, the pronounced effect of death row populations on spending increases may call into question whether capital punishment remains a fiscally sustainable punishment option for states. The second essay examines determinants of variation in private prison populations. Since the prison boom has resulted in increased corrections expenditures that tax state budgets, many states have turned to privatization as a potential cost savings measure. The literature also suggests that privatization may be affected by partisanship. Conservative politicians tend to support neoliberal fiscal policies that encourage privatization of government services as well as tough on crime policies that have contributed to the growth the private prison industry. Modern-day private prisons share many similarities with historic convict leasing practices, which suggest that the presence of minority populations may affect a state's privatization practices, particularly in Southern states. To try to understand the underlying social arrangements that may account for shifts in the private prison population, I conduct a state-level panel analysis from 2000-2012 that measures the effects of racial threat, partisanship, and economic variables on the size of private prison populations. Results indicate that Republican strength and African American populations in the South are associated with increases in privatized prison populations. For my third essay, I examine county-level determinants of prison admissions in Florida. As in previous chapters, I approach this analysis from the perspective of partisanship and racial threat. Using a pooled-time series analysis, I find that African American presence and Republican strength account for increases in prison admissions over a ten year period between 2001 and 2010. Additionally, I examine the effects of drug courts on admission rates. Prior research suggests that drug courts decrease prison populations by diverting drug offenders from the criminal justice system and offering them rehabilitation opportunities. These offenders tend to have lower rates of recidivism when compared to drug offenders who serve a standard prison sentence (Peters and Murrin 2002). As expected, the presence of a drug court within a county has a negative effect on prison admissions Details: Columbus: Ohio State University, 2014. 183p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 27, 2019 at: https://etd.ohiolink.edu/!etd.send_file?accession=osu1405703457&disposition=inline Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Corrections Shelf Number: 154781

Author: Congressional Research Service Title: Immigration: U.S. Asylum Policy Summary: Asylum is a complex area of immigration law and policy. While much of the recent debate surrounding asylum has focused on efforts by the Trump Administration to address asylum seekers arriving at the U.S. southern border, U.S. asylum policies have long been a subject of discussion. The Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) of 1952, as originally enacted, did not contain any language on asylum. Asylum provisions were added and then revised by a series of subsequent laws. Currently, the INA provides for the granting of asylum to an alien who applies for such relief in accordance with applicable requirements and is determined to be a refugee. The INA defines a refugee, in general, as a person who is outside his or her country of nationality and is unable or unwilling to return to that country because of persecution or a well-founded fear of persecution on account of race, religion, nationality, membership in a particular social group, or political opinion. Under current law and regulations, aliens who are in the United States or who arrive in the United States, regardless of immigration status, may apply for asylum (with exceptions). An asylum application is affirmative if an alien who is physically present in the United States (and is not in removal proceedings) submits an application to the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS's) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). An asylum application is defensive when the applicant is in standard removal proceedings with the Department of Justice's (DOJ's) Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) and requests asylum as a defense against removal. An asylum applicant may receive employment authorization 180 days after the application filing date. Special asylum provisions apply to aliens who are subject to a streamlined removal process known as expedited removal. To be considered for asylum, these aliens must first be determined by a USCIS asylum officer to have a credible fear of persecution. Under the INA, credible fear of persecution means that "there is a significant possibility, taking into account the credibility of the statements made by the alien in support of the alien's claim and such other facts as are known to the officer, that the alien could establish eligibility for asylum." Individuals determined to have a credible fear may apply for asylum during standard removal proceedings. Asylum may be granted by USCIS or EOIR. There are no numerical limitations on asylum grants. If an alien is granted asylum, his or her spouse and children may also be granted asylum, as dependents. A grant of asylum does not expire, but it may be terminated under certain circumstances. After one year of physical presence in the United States as asylees, an alien and his or her spouse and children may be granted lawful permanent resident status, subject to certain requirements. The Trump Administration has taken a variety of steps that would limit eligibility for asylum. As of the date of this report, legal challenges to these actions are ongoing. For its part, the 115th Congress considered asylum-related legislation, which generally would have tightened the asylum system. Several bills contained provisions that, among other things, would have amended INA provisions on termination of asylum, credible fear of persecution, frivolous asylum applications, and the definition of a refugee. Key policy considerations about asylum include the asylum application backlog, the grounds for granting asylum, the credible fear of persecution threshold, frivolous asylum applications, employment authorization, variation in immigration judges' asylum decisions, and safe third country agreements Details: Washington, DC: CRS, 2019. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: R45539: Accessed February 28, 2019 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R45539.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 154787

Author: Crifasi, Cassandra K. Title: Policies to Reduce Gun Violence in Illinois: Research, Policy Analysis, and Recommendations Summary: Compared to many other states, Illinois has relatively strong firearm laws. Nonetheless, there are several ways in which Illinois could further strengthen its laws to reduce the diversion of guns for criminal use and gun violence. This report is comprised of three main section. First, it provides an overview of current law in Illinois related to standards and processes for obtaining a Firearm Owner Identification (FOID) license, background checks, drug and alcohol related prohibitions, domestic violence prohibitions, extreme risk protection orders, and concealed carry of firearms. Second, we review existing evidence on the effectiveness of firearm-related laws including the impacts of purchaser licensing to reduce diversion and homicide, domestic violence restraining orders and intimate partner violence, discretion in issuing concealed carry licenses, extending prohibitions to individuals with multiple alcohol-related convictions, and local community-based interventions to reduce gun violence. Third, we conclude the report by offering ten evidence-based recommendations to reduce gun violence in Illinois: 1. State and local law enforcement should vigorously implement and enforce new state laws establishing Extreme Risk Protection Orders to remove firearms from dangerous situations and state regulation of firearms sellers. 2. Modify the current firearm purchase license (i.e., FOID) system to require an in-person application, fingerprinting, and a duration of 5 years. 3. If, after issuance of a FOID card, individuals are identified as prohibited and fail to surrender their FOID and/or firearms upon notice of revocation, law enforcement should dispossess these prohibited individuals of their firearms. 4. Require private firearm sellers to verify the validity of the FOID card prior to transferring a firearm by attaching a criminal penalty for noncompliance. 5. During a private sale, require State Police to conduct a background check while verifying the validity of the FOID card to ensure the purchaser has not become prohibited since issuance. 6. Modify existing domestic violence-related firearm prohibitions to last the length of the order or 2 years, whichever is longer. 7. Extend firearm prohibition to individuals convicted of multiple alcohol-related offenses, like the standard for concealed carry licensing. 8. Provide law enforcement discretion to deny concealed carry licenses to those who law enforcement identify as legal but dangerous. 9. Ban the sale and possession of new assault weapons and require current owners of assault weapons to register their weapons with the state police. Ban the possession of LCMs. 10. Provide funding to support evidence-based local-level strategies to reduce gun violence such as focused deterrence and interventions with high-risk individuals that involve outreach, conflict mediation, and behavioral interventions proven to reduce violence. Details: Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://americanhealth.jhu.edu/article/policies-reduce-gun-violence-illinois-research-policy-analysis-and-recommendations Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Shelf Number: 154343

Author: Puzzanchera, Charles Title: Juveniles on Formal Probation, 2012 Summary: Highlights This bulletin summarizes findings from the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention's (OJJDP) Census of Juveniles on Probation, which is based on a 1-day count of youth under formal probation supervision in the United States. - An estimated 247,050 youth were under formal probation supervision on October 24, 2012. - More than three of every four (77%) probationers in 2012 were male and two-thirds (67%) were age 16 or older. - Non-Hispanic white youth accounted for the majority (44%) of those on probation, followed by non-Hispanic black youth (32%) and Hispanic youth (20%). Combined, American Indian/Alaskan Native, Asian/Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander, and multi-racial youth accounted for about 4% of those on probation. - More than one-third (37%) were on probation as the result of a property offense; theft (12%) and burglary (11%) were the most common property offenses for which youth were on probation. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Juvenile Justice, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: http://www.ncjj.org/Publication/Juveniles-on-Formal-Probation-2012.aspx Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youths Shelf Number: 154231

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Freezing Out Justice: How Immigration Arrests at Courthouses are Undermining the Justice System Summary: Approximately 22 percent of police officers surveyed reported that immigrants were less likely in 2017 than in 2016 to be willing to make police reports; 21 percent said immigrant crime survivors were less likely to help in investigations when police arrived at the scene of a crime; 20 percent reported that they were less likely to help in post-crime scene investigations; and 18 percent said immigrant crime survivors were less willing to work with prosecutors. Sixty-seven percent reported an impact on police ability to protect crime survivors generally and 64 percent reported an adverse impact on officer safety. More than 50 percent of police surveyed said domestic violence, human trafficking, sexual assault crimes are now harder to investigate because immigrant crime survivors are afraid to seek assistance. Fifty-four percent of judges participating in this survey reported that court cases were interrupted due to an immigrant crime survivor's fear of coming to court. Similarly, prosecutors surveyed reported that crimes including domestic violence, sexual assault and human trafficking were harder to investigate and prosecute because immigrant crime survivors feared immigration consequences if they came forward. SURVEY DETAILS 232 law enforcement officers in 24 states 103 judges in 25 states 50 prosecutors in 19 states 389 survivor advocates and legal service providers in 50 states Law enforcement officers, judges, prosecutors and advocates around the country are calling on ICE and CBP to stay away from courthouses so the justice system is accessible to everyone. Courts can't operate fairly or effectively when people don�t feel safe coming forward. When the federal government insists on conducting immigration arrests in courthouses, it is harder for prosecutors, police, public defenders, and judges to do their job. This tactic, by instilling fear and essentially excluding noncitizens and their relatives from the courts, threatens constitutional rights, like equal protection and due process, as well as the safety of the broader community. Details: New York, New York: American Civil Liberties Union, 2018. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://www.aclu.org/sites/default/files/field_document/rep18-icecourthouse-combined-rel01.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Customs and Border Patrol Shelf Number: 154764

Author: New York University School of Law, Policing Project Title: Report to the NYPD Summarizing Public Feedback on its Proposed Body-Worn Camera Policy Summary: In the coming months, the New York Police Department (NYPD) will launch a 1,000-camera pilot body-worn camera program, as required by the federal district court in the Floyd v. City of New York stop-and-frisk litigation. To ensure that its program responds to the interests and concerns of the communities it serves, the NYPD asked the Policing Project to assist the department in soliciting public input regarding its proposed body-worn camera policy. This report summarizes the public feedback received. Beginning on June 29, 2016, the Policing Project posted the NYPD's proposed policy online, along with a brief policy fact sheet highlighting its main points. Individuals and organizations were invited to share their feedback in one of two ways: by taking a brief questionnaire, or by submitting more detailed written comments. All of the materials - which were translated into seven languages in addition to English - were available at www.nypdbodycameras.org. The comment period ran for 40 days, concluding on August 7. The Policing Project received just over 30,000 questionnaire responses - 25,126 of which were from individuals who identified themselves as living, working, or attending school in New York. (We did not include in our analysis the nearly 5,000 responses we received from individuals who presumably were from outside of New York City.) We also received 50 sets of written comments from individuals and organizations. We describe at length below the feedback we received, but in summary: - Body-Worn Camera Program: Respondents overwhelmingly were in favor of body-worn cameras, and expressed the hope that use of the cameras would improve police-community relations, enhance officer and public safety, and improve the conduct of both officers and members of the public during police-citizen encounters. - Activation: Respondents generally were of the view that officers should be required to record a greater number of interactions than currently is called for in the NYPD's draft policy. Nearly two-thirds of respondents said that officers should be required to record all interactions with members of the public, and just over eighty percent favored recording whenever an officer approaches someone as part of the investigation of criminal activity. - Notification: A large majority of respondents said that officers should be required to notify people when cameras are recording, both in public and when entering a private residence. However, most of these respondents supported delaying that notification until officers felt it was safe to provide it. - Officer Review: More than two thirds of respondents said that officers should not be permitted to review their own body-camera footage until they have filled out a report describing the incidents - particularly when an officer is involved in a use of force. Throughout the report we use "Floyd litigation" to refer to three related cases - Floyd v. City of New York, Ligon v. City of New York, and Davis v. City of New York. The latter two cases challenged the NYPD's criminal trespass enforcement practices in New York City Public Housing as well as buildings enrolled in the Trespass Affidavit Program (TAP). - Public Access: Respondents urged the NYPD to establish a clear and streamlined process by which the subject of a body-worn camera recording could ask to see the footage. Respondents also favored releasing body-worn camera footage of high-profile incidents involving officers and members of the public either immediately, or after an internal investigation is complete. As we explain in the next section of the report, the solicitation of public comment on police department policies is in its infancy in the United States. The process described here - which occurred over a very short period of time, in the country's largest city - could not have been accomplished without substantial efforts by the NYPD, the plaintiffs' lawyers in the Floyd litigation, and numerous public officials and community groups. These efforts were entirely commendable, and resulted in substantial input from tens of thousands of New Yorkers. Details: New York: Policing Project, New York University School of Law, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/59ce7edfb0786914ba448d82/1506705121578/Report+to+the+NYPD+Summarizing+Public+Feedback+on+BWC+Policy.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 154767

Author: Policing Project Title: Achieving Sound Policing: The Promise and Challenges of Cost-Benefit Analysis of Public Safety Summary: Introduction The last few years have seen notable - perhaps historically unprecedented - turmoil around policing. Events in Ferguson, Missouri following the death of Michael Brown raised sharp concern about the militarization of the police. Other police shootings have spawned protests, movements such as Black Lives Matter, and calls to re-examine the use of force. Disclosures about police use of various surveillance technologies - from drones to domain awareness systems - have prompted calls for oversight boards and privacy assessments. Litigation around stop-and-frisk in major metropolitan areas brought societal awareness of the practice, and engendered sharp debate. All of this has had its predictable backlash. Black Lives Matter was met with Blue Lives Matter. Police officials warned of a "Ferguson effect" in which police officers under sharp scrutiny engage in "de-policing." The new Attorney General of the United States ordered a review of existing DOJ efforts around policing reform, and made clear his view that to curb gun violence what is needed is more policing and less scrutiny of the police. This may, on its face, seem like a classic political struggle. Debates about police and policing raise, in the minds of many, a tension between safety and security, on the one hand, and civil liberties on the other. They also point to fissures between those who want aggressive policing, and those who feel over-policed�typically poor communities, communities of color, and other marginalized groups. (Notably, these communities are also the ones in which crime is often most of a problem.) However, it also could be a problem of research. Standing squarely in the way of sound reform, is the fact that much of the debate that is occurring over policing is happening in a state of relative lack of information, and in the absence of good and reliable science. We spend over one hundred million dollars a year on public safety in this country (much more if counter-terrorism measures are included), and we know far too little about what works. Much of what we know, or think we know, is anecdotal, based on a few data points and without robust assessment. To be sure, there are committed academics working hard on some of these problems - we discuss some of their work below - but they are too few, and there is no clearly - directed project to find answers. Elsewhere in government, on matters that often are far less grave than public safety - we employ some form of cost-benefit analysis to assess our policies and practices. Cost-benefit analysis is a valuable tool because it asks for a comprehensive assessment of all the relevant costs and benefits of a policy, including alternatives. Yet, as a 2014 report from the Vera Institute for Justice pointed out, CBA is not widely used in the criminal justice field. With generous funding from the Laura and John Arnold Foundation, and working in concert with the Police Foundation, the Policing Project has engaged in a two-phase project to invigorate the use of cost-benefit analysis around policing. Phase I involved bringing together talented academics from a variety of fields and disciplines to discuss the challenges of using CBA to assess policing practices. In Phase II, teams of academics will work with policing agencies to do preliminary CBAs around specific policing practices. This is the report of the first phase of our work. Details: New York, New York: Policing Project, New York University School of Law, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/5a81fc3f24a6944a11d916fe/1518468200792/Policing+Project_Achieving+Sound+Policing+2.9.2018.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 154766

Author: Williams, Jenny Title: Can Electronic Monitoring Reduce Reoffending? Summary: This research evaluates the impact of electronic monitoring as an alternative to prison on reoffending. Leveraging plausibly exogenous variation in sentencing outcomes generated by quasi- random assignment of judges, we find electronic monitoring reduces reoffending within 24 months by 16 percentage points compared to serving a prison sentence. For offenders who are less than 30, the reduction is 43 percentage points, with sizeable and significant reductions in reoffending persisting for 8 years. Our calculations suggest that criminal justice costs are reduced by around $30,000 for each eligible offender who serves their sentence under electronic monitoring rather than in prison. Details: Bonn, Germany: IZA Institute of Labor Economics, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://www.iza.org/publications/dp/12122/can-electronic-monitoring-reduce-reoffending Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 154763

Author: Schiraldi, Vincent Title: Less is More in New York: An Examination of the Impact of State Parole Violations on Prison and Jail Populations Summary: As the number of people in New York's state prisons and local jails, including Rikers Island, has been declining, one population is on the rise � persons incarcerated for state parole violations. This, even as city and state leaders agree that the Rikers Island should close and that more attention should be paid to the parole violation issue. This research brief examines this issue in greater detail, focusing on its impact on New York City's jail population at this critical time. It concludes with recommendations to reduce unnecessary incarceration of persons on parole as well as to shrink the overall parole population and focus parole supervision and supports on those who need it the most. Details: New York, New York: Columbia University Justice Lab, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916/D8RZ0Q06 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Based Corrections Shelf Number: 154760

Author: Passel, Jeffrey S. Title: U.S. Unauthorized Immigrant Total Dips to Lowest Level in a Decade Summary: The number of unauthorized immigrants in the U.S. fell to its lowest level in more than a decade, according to new Pew Research Center estimates based on 2016 government data. The decline is due almost entirely to a sharp decrease in the number of Mexicans entering the country without authorization. But the Mexican border remains a pathway for entry by growing numbers of unauthorized immigrants from El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras. Because of them, Central America was the only birth region accounting for more U.S. unauthorized immigrants in 2016 than in 2007. There were 10.7 million unauthorized immigrants living in the U.S. in 2016, down from a peak of 12.2 million in 2007, according to the new estimates. The total is the lowest since 2004. It is tied to a decline of 1.5 million people in the number of Mexican unauthorized immigrants from 2007 to 2016. Nevertheless, Mexico remains the country of origin for 5.4 million unauthorized immigrants, or roughly half of the U.S. total. Details: Washington, DC: Pew Research Center, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: http://www.pewhispanic.org/2018/11/27/u-s-unauthorized-immigrant-total-dips-to-lowest-level-in-a-decade/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aliens Shelf Number: 154759

Author: Collateral Consequences Resource Center Title: Second Chance Reforms in 2017: Roundup of New Expungement and Restoration Laws Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - In 2017, 23 states enacted laws aimed at reducing barriers faced by people with criminal records in the workplace and elsewhere. Some of these laws significantly expanded the availability of relief, while others involved relatively minor changes to existing laws. - Most of the new laws involved either restrictions on public access to records or limits on employer inquiries into criminal history. A few states enacted administratively enforceable standards for consideration of criminal history in employment and licensing. - Important new record-sealing schemes were enacted in Illinois, Montana and New York, and nine other states either relaxed eligibility requirements or otherwise supplemented their existing sealing or expungement authorities to make relief more broadly available at an earlier date. Of these nine, the most ambitious reforms were enacted by Nevada, which was one of several states that created a presumption in favor of relief for eligible persons. - Seven states enacted substantial revisions to their juvenile expungement and sealing laws in 2017, some of which require courts to order relief automatically after a brief waiting period. - Ten states enacted state-wide "ban-the-box" laws limiting inquiries into criminal records by public employers at preliminary stages of the hiring process. California, Connecticut and Vermont extended these limits to private employers as well. - In California and Nevada, restrictions on application-stage inquiries are part of a broader nondiscrimination scheme that prohibits consideration of certain kinds of criminal records, and establishes standards for individualized determinations in all other cases. Both states provide additional procedural protections. - While reforms are moving at a fast pace, there is no consensus about the most effective way to avoid or mitigate the adverse effects of a criminal record, and very little relevant empirical research. Details: S.L., 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: http://ccresourcecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Second-Chance-Reforms-in-2017-CCRC-Dec-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Ban-the-Box Shelf Number: 154758

Author: American Civil Liberties Union Title: Racism in the Rear View Mirror: Illinois Traffic Stop Data 2015-2017 Summary: INTRODUCTION Illinois law enforcement agencies are required to document data on traffic stops, pursuant to the Illinois Traffic and Pedestrian Stop Statistical Study Act ("the Study Act"). This data collection includes the driver's race, why the driver was stopped, whether a search was conducted, whether contraband was found, and the outcome of the stop (e.g., a citation). More than 900 law enforcement agencies across the state collect and report data, and the Illinois Department of Transportation ("IDOT") makes it publicly available annually. For further background on the statutory requirements and legislative history of the Study Act, see the Appendix. This data provides insight into the effectiveness and consequences of certain law enforcement tactics; gives agencies an opportunity to evaluate their own departments; and allows law enforcement leaders to compare themselves to other agencies across the state. This report is a resource for government officials and the public: It calls attention to racial disparities in traffic stops and searches from 2015 to 2017, and provides recommendations to improve public trust in law enforcement. In those three years, Illinois law enforcement officers made nearly 6.5 million traffic stops and performed more than 283,000 searches. The results of these stops and searches shed light on whether officers were fairly enforcing traffic laws. The data shows that law enforcement officers throughout the state of Illinois continue to stop Black and Latinx drivers at rates beyond their representation in the driving population and continue to perform searches of Black and Latinx drivers at higher rates than white drivers. In short, biased policing continues to be a problem in Illinois. This report is enhanced by the work of data scientists and engineers who created a website with interactive, visual representations of data for every law enforcement agency in Illinois that reported data in 2017. To further explore this data, please visit illinoistrafficstops.com. As a result of these findings, our key recommendation is that the Study Act be made permanent. The Study Act is currently scheduled to end in 2019 and the ACLU calls on Illinois legislators to recognize the ongoing value in providing transparent, easily accessible data to the public and law enforcement agencies. Details: Chicago, IL: American Civil Liberties Union, 2019. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-il.org/en/publications/racism-rear-view-mirror Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Biased Policing Shelf Number: 154755

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Diverting Low-Risk Offenders from Florida Prisons Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY In 2018, Florida had 143 prison facilities, including 50 major institutions housing 96,253 inmates. Florida's inmate population is the third largest state prison population in the United States. The Florida Department of Corrections' total budget for Fiscal Year 2017-18 was $2.4 billion, with the estimated cost to house an inmate at $59.57 per day, or $21,743 annually. Over the past 8 years, both admissions to prison and prison population have decreased. However, Florida continues to have the 10th highest incarceration rate in the United States at 500 per 100,000. There are multiple points at which offenders can be diverted from the path between arrest and prison, and Florida currently uses many of these diversion programs. Diversion programs include pretrial intervention, plea bargaining, problem-solving courts, and probation. Probation and plea bargaining are the most utilized types of diversion in Florida. Our analysis finds that there are additional lowerrisk offenders who could be diverted from prison, which could likely result in reduced recidivism and long-term cost savings. As such, the Legislature may want to consider various options for diverting additional offenders from prison. This review answers five questions: - How are offenders sentenced in Florida? - What factors influence Florida�s incarceration rate? - How does prison diversion occur in Florida? - Are there low-risk offenders who could be diverted from prison? - What options exist for diverting low-risk offenders from prison? Details: Tallahassee. Florida: The Florida Legislature, Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/summary.aspx?reportnum=19-01 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Rate Shelf Number: 154754

Author: Anderson, James M. Title: Holistic Representation: An Innovative Approach to Defending Poor Clients can Reduce Incarceration and Save Taxpayer Dollars - Without Harm to Public Safety Summary: Key findings: - Over a ten-year study period, holistic representation in the Bronx prevented more than 1 million days of incarceration. - Holistic defense reduced the likelihood of a prison sentence by 16 percent - and actual prison -sentence length by 24 percent. - Holistic representation of clients saved taxpayers an estimated $160 million in inmate housing costs alone. - Despite higher pre- and post-trial release rates, ten years after case resolution, defendants who received holistic representation committed no more crime than those who were incarcerated for longer periods. - Holistic defense can significantly reduce incarceration and save taxpayer dollars - without harming public safety. Details: Santa Monica, Carlifornia: RAND Corporation, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_briefs/RB10050.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Defense Attorney Shelf Number: 154753

Author: Department of Health and Human Services, U.S. Title: Separated Children Placed in Office of Refugee Resettlement Care Summary: WHY WE DID THIS STUDY In the Spring of 2018, the Department of Justice and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) implemented a "zero-tolerance policy" for certain immigration offenses. As a result, DHS separated large numbers of alien families, with adults being held in Federal detention while their children were transferred to the care of the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). On June 26, 2018, in a class action lawsuit, Ms. L v. U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), a Federal District Court ordered the Federal Government to identify and reunify separated families who met certain criteria. Given the potential impact of these actions on vulnerable children and ORR operations, the Office of Inspector General (OIG) conducted this review to determine the number and status of separated children (i.e., children separated from their parent or legal guardian by DHS) who have entered ORR care, including but not limited to the subset of separated children covered by Ms. L v. ICE. HOW WE DID THIS STUDY We analyzed HHS internal data and reviewed court filings and other public documents. We also conducted multiple interviews with HHS senior leadership, agency officials, and staff. WHAT WE FOUND In the summer of 2017, prior to the formal announcement of the zero-tolerance policy, ORR staff observed a steep increase in the number of separated children referred to ORR care. Officials estimated that ORR received and released thousands of separated children prior to the June 26, 2018, court order that required ORR to identify and reunify certain separated children. HHS has thus far identified 2,737 separated children who were in ORR's care as of June 26, 2018, and whose parents meet the Ms. L v. ICE class definition. Additionally, from July 1 through November 7, 2018, ORR received at least 118 children identified by DHS as separated. However, DHS provided ORR with limited information about the reasons for these separations, which may impede ORR's ability to determine appropriate placements. WHAT WE CONCLUDE HHS faced significant challenges in identifying separated children, including the lack of an existing, integrated data system to track separated families across HHS and DHS and the complexity of determining which children should be considered separated. Owing to these and other difficulties, additional children of Ms. L v. ICE class members were still being identified more than five months after the original court order to do so. Further, it is not yet clear whether recent changes to ORR's systems and processes are sufficient to ensure consistent and accurate data about separated children, and the lack of detail in information received from DHS continues to pose challenges. OIG encourages continued efforts to improve communication, transparency, and accountability for the identification, care, and placement of separated children. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Service, Office of Inspector General, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: https://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-BL-18-00511.asp Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Aliens Shelf Number: 154752

Author: Thompson, Darrel Title: No More Double Punishments: Lifting the Ban on SNAP and TANF for People with Prior Felony Drug Convictions Summary: Introduction Individuals with prior felony convictions, incarcerated or not, often face "collateral consequences," which are significant barriers imposed in addition to their sentences that can range from being denied employment to losing voting rights. Some states subject people with a drug-related felony conviction to restrictions or complete bans on food assistance under SNAP (Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, formerly food stamps), cash assistance through TANF (Temporary Assistance for Needy Families), or both. This practice began in 1996 under the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act (PRWORA). The act imposes a lifetime ban on SNAP and TANF for those with a previous drug felony conviction, whether they have completed their time in jail or prison or received a lighter sentence due to the nonviolent and/or low-level nature of the offense. States, however, can opt to remove or modify the ban. And all states except three and the District of Columbia have either modified or removed the ban for at least one program, recognizing that it is not an effective crime deterrent, fails to address substance use disorders, and impedes reconnecting formerly incarcerated people to their families and communities. Successful reentry into society from the criminal justice system requires access to basic needs such as food, healthcare, and housing as well as employment and training services. Some individuals may also need childcare and/or mental health and substance use disorder treatment. Denying access to basic needs programs such as SNAP and TANF makes it harder for returning citizens to get back on their feet. And such exclusions are especially punitive for communities of color. Over the last four decades, the War on Drugs has engendered uneven enforcement of drug laws and targeting of low-income communities of color, resulting in the conviction and incarceration of disproportionate numbers of Black and Latino people, especially Black men. According to the Sentencing Project, one in three Black males born in 2001 will be imprisoned at some point in their lives, compared to one in six Latino men and one in 17 White men. When considering educational attainment, young men of color, especially Black men, without a high school diploma are most at risk of incarceration. In 2010, for instance, nearly one-third of Black males ages 25 to 29 who dropped out of high school were incarcerated or institutionalized. For women, incarceration rates have risen exponentially in recent years. While fewer women than men are incarcerated, the number of women in prison "has been increasing at twice the rate of growth for men since 1980." Women, too, are more likely than men to be convicted of a drug offense: Twenty-five percent of incarcerated women were convicted of a drug offense in 2016, compared to 14 percent of men, according to the Sentencing Project. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Law and Social Policy, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 3, 2019 at: https://www.clasp.org/sites/default/files/publications/2019/01/2019_%20nomoredoublepunishments.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Felony Convictions Shelf Number: 154751

Author: Foley, Kimberly Title: Reducing Recidivism and Increasing Opportunity: Benefits and Costs of the RecycleForce Enhanced Transitional Jobs Program Summary: RecycleForce, a social enterprise that provides electronic recycling services in Indianapolis, was one of seven sites that received funding and was evaluated as part of the Enhanced Transitional Jobs Demonstration (ETJD), sponsored by the Employment and Training Administration in the U.S. Department of Labor. RecycleForce provided subsidized jobs at a recycling plant to formerly incarcerated men and women. In addition to placing participants in jobs where they learned work skills in the recycling business, the program provided them with case management, peer mentorships, job development (outreach to employers), and assistance with issues related to child support orders and arrears. This brief provides analysis of the financial benefits and costs of RecycleForce's ETJD program. The overall benefits to society from RecycleForce - from reduced recidivism and increased employment - outweighed program costs by about $2,200 per person. The benefit-cost ratio for the program from society's perspective was 1.20; that is, for every dollar invested in RecycleForce, $1.20 was generated. Participants benefited from increased earnings, while potential victims of crime benefited from reduced victimization. From the government's perspective, the benefits of the program did not outweigh the cost of operating the program. However, there may have been additional benefits that were not quantified as part of this analysis. Details: Alexandria, VA: MEF Associates, 2018. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 4, 2019 at: https://mefassociates.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/ETJD_STED_Benefit_Cost_Brief_508.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 154797

Author: U.S. National Institute of Justice Title: Topical Working Group on the Use of Administrative Segregation in the U.S. Summary: This topical working group meeting brought together stakeholders from a variety of research, practice and policy settings to allow the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to assess the current state of knowledge in the use of administrative segregation in corrections institutions and to guide the development of a strategic and comprehensive research agenda on this policy. Panels provided current information from both researcher and practitioner perspectives on topics related to segregation, and breakout sessions allowed further discussion and ideas among attendees. Opening Remarks Nancy Rodriguez, Director, NIJ Thanks to the organizers for bringing together so many leaders from various sectors on the issue of administrative segregation (also known as restrictive housing or solitary confinement). I also want to acknowledge the presence of federal partners from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), including Assistant Attorney General Karol Mason; Denise O�Donnell, Director of the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA); Charles Samuels, Director of the Federal Bureau of Prisons; Jim Cosby, Director of the National Institute of Corrections; and Vanita Gupta, Principal Deputy Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division. We need the broad expertise of the corrections officials, researchers, and other stakeholders present here at this critical juncture, when administrative segregation has been pushed to the national spotlight, notably by President Obama's recent request to review the use of solitary confinement. At the state and local levels, officials are seeking alternatives to administrative segregation and ways to improve inmate conditions while maintaining safety. However, a robust evidence base derived from rigorous methods is lacking. There is little data on how widespread the practice is, how and when it is used, and its long-term effects on inmates. We need research, especially on the most vulnerable subpopulations of inmates, correlates associated with segregation, the impact on inmates as well as staff, metrics of successful reentry into the general prison population, and the role of institutional culture. We have an obligation to be thoughtful and thorough when addressing this issue because of its real-life consequences for both inmates and staff. NIJ is taking several steps to create a strategic research agenda on administrative segregation: - Convening of this meeting to enhance NIJ�s understanding of segregation, identify alternatives, and gather input from participants about the most crucial gaps in research. A meeting summary will be made available on NIJ's Web site. - Commissioning of white papers to address how segregation is used, the conditions of confinement, and legal factors as well as the general effects of segregation on mental health, inmate misconduct, and institutional environment and the effects of prolonged segregation. These papers will be publicly available at the end of 2015 and throughout early next year. Details: Washington, DC: NIJ, 2015. 190p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/252490.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 154800

Author: Giovanni, Thomas Title: Gideon at 50: Three Reforms to Revive the Right to Counsel Summary: n 1963, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Gideon v. Wainwright that criminal defendants have a constitutional right to counsel, even when they cannot afford one. But 50 years later, Gideon's promise remains unrealized. Despite radical changes to our criminal justice system over the last half century, state and federal governments have not committed the funding necessary for public defenders to keep pace with the rising flood of criminal cases. Many public defenders lack the staff, time, training, and resources to investigate each case adequately or prepare a robust legal defense. Often, they end up spending only minutes per case due to overwhelming and unrealistic caseloads. As a result, they are simply unable to provide clients with their constitutional right to counsel, effectively making Gideon an unfunded mandate at a time when public defenders are needed most. Today, we live in an era of mass incarceration. The United States leads the world in number of people in prison. After 40 years of the War on Drugs and "tough on crime" policies, there are currently 2.3 million people behind bars - disproportionately people of color. Nearly half the people in state prison are there for nonviolent crimes, and almost half the people in federal prison are there for drug crimes. According to the American Bar Association (ABA), researchers estimate that anywhere from 60 to 90 percent of criminal defendants need publicly-funded attorneys, depending on the jurisdiction. Yet most public defenders are unable to meet this demand due, in part, to the deluge of low-level charges and misdemeanor cases. To make matters worse, prosecutors often bring charges against defendants that are far higher than warranted by the facts of the case, and defenders often do not have time or resources to assertively negotiate with prosecutors in plea discussions. Defendants are then left to accept unfair plea deals rather than risk trials that may leave them behind bars for even longer. As this broken process repeats itself in case after case, the systemic result is harsher outcomes for defendants and more people tangled in our costly criminal justice system. The routine denial of effective legal representation for poor defendants, coupled with the over-criminalization of petty offenses, feed our mass incarceration problem at great social and economic costs. Reports estimate that taxpayers spend $79 billion a year on corrections nationwide, with an average of $31,286 per state prisoner. Surely, there are better ways to spend this money - on higher education, infrastructure, job creation, or targeted crime prevention programs. Fortunately, fixes to our criminal defense system are not out of reach. Federal, state, and local governments can implement reforms to help reduce unnecessary incarceration and restore the right to counsel for poor people. This paper examines how Gideon's unfunded mandate impacts public defenders and our criminal justice system and identifies three common-sense solutions to move the country toward a more functional and fair system of public defense: Determine which petty offenses can be safely reclassified into non-jailable civil infractions, or legalized. Federal and state governments should analyze their criminal statutes and determine which petty offenses can be reclassified or removed without negatively affecting public safety. Reclassification of these offenses would greatly reduce demands on public defenders, law enforcement, prosecutors, courts, jails, and corrections staff and redirect resources toward public safety priorities. Increase funding for public defense from likely and unlikely sources. States should increase funding to public defender offices so that it is proportional to the offices� caseloads. The federal government should also increase grant funding for state and local public defense, especially by encouraging more funding through the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant Program (Byrne-JAG), a grant program designed to provide broad federal support to state and local criminal justice systems. Additionally, private law firms can mobilize their pro bono resources by sending a rotation of associates to work in public defender offices. These associates can assist clients while gaining valuable trial and litigation skills. Increase effectiveness of public defense by funding regular trainings for attorneys and adding social workers. States should sponsor rigorous and systematic trainings for public defenders to improve legal representation in the face of high caseloads. States should also fund social workers in public defender offices to help clients reintegrate into their communities so that they do not reoffend. Ending the cycle of recidivism reduces the demands on public defenders and the rest of the criminal justice system. Details: New York: Brennan Center for Justice, 2013. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 4, 2019 at: http://www.brennancenter.org/publication/gideon-50-three-reforms-revive-right-counsel#scribd Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Gideon v. Wainwright Shelf Number: 128353

Author: U.S. Task Force on Extremism in Fragile States Title: Preventing Extremism in Fragile States: A New Approach Summary: Despite our success protecting America's homeland, extremism is spreading. Since 9/11, the number of terrorist attacks worldwide per year has increased five-fold. As long as this continues, the United States will remain vulnerable to terrorism while extremism contributes to chaos, conflict, and coercion that drains U.S. resources, weakens our allies, and provides openings for our competitors. We need a new strategy to prevent extremism in fragile states. If we can mitigate the underlying conditions that allow extremism to emerge and spread in these states, the United States will be closer to breaking out of the costly cycle of perpetual crisis response, pushing back against the growing threat of extremism, and positioning itself effectively for strategic engagement with its competitors. Recent successes in the fight against the Islamic State makes this a unique opportunity to focus on prevention. We must move from defeating terrorists, to preventing extremism. Established in response to a request from the U.S. Congress in 2017, the Task Force on Extremism in Fragile States has developed a new strategy that represents the insightful and bipartisan foreign policy thinking of fifteen leading former policymakers, legislators, and other experts on how to empower fragile states to resist extremism on their own. Executive Summary -- We need a new strategy to prevent the spread of extremism, which threatens our homeland, our strategic interests, and our values. Our current focus on counterterrorism is necessary, but neither sufficient nor cost-effective. Congress has charged this Task Force with developing a new approach, one that will get ahead of the problem. We need a new strategy because, despite our success protecting the homeland, terrorism is spreading. Worldwide, annual terrorist attacks have increased five-fold since 2001. The number of self-professed Salafi-jihadist fighters has more than tripled and they are now present in nineteen countries in the Sahel, the Horn of Africa, and the Near East. We need a new strategy because the costs of our current approach are unsustainable. Over the last eighteen years, ten thousand Americans have lost their lives and fifty thousand have been wounded fighting this threat, at an estimated cost of $5.9 trillion to U.S. taxpayers. We need a new strategy because terrorism is not the only threat we face. Terrorism is a symptom, but extremism - an ideology calling for the imposition of a totalitarian order intent on destroying free societies like ours-is the disease. Extremism both preys on fragile states and contributes to chaos, conflict, and coercion that kills innocents, drains U.S. resources, forecloses future market opportunities, weakens our allies, and provides openings for our competitors. To reduce our expenditure of blood and treasure, protect against future threats, and preserve American leadership and values in contested parts of the world, we must not only respond to terrorism but also strive to prevent extremism from taking root in the first place. This does not mean seeking to stop all violence or to rebuild nations in vulnerable regions of the world. Instead, it means recognizing that even modest preventive investments-if they are strategic, coordinated, and well-timed-can reduce the risk that extremists will exploit fragile states. The objective of a preventive approach should be to strengthen societies that are vulnerable to extremism so they can become self-reliant, better able to resist this scourge, and protect their hard-earned economic and security gains. This imperative for prevention is not new. Back in 2004, the 9/11 Commission argued that counter-terrorism and homeland security must be coupled with "a preventive strategy that is as much, or more, political as it is military." That call has not been answered. And so the threat continues to rise, the costs mount, and the need for a preventive strategy grows more compelling. Progress has undoubtedly been made since 9/11. The U.S. government has a better understanding of what works. There is bipartisan agreement in Congress that a new approach is needed. However, the United States cannot-nor should it-carry this burden alone. U.S. leadership is needed to catalyze international donors to support preventing extremism. And the international community-both donor countries and multilateral organizations, such as the World Bank-are increasingly willing to engage these problems with us, including through the Global Coalition to Defeat the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria. But challenges persist. There is still insufficient prioritization, coordination, or agreement on what to do, both within the U.S. government and across the international community. Our Task Force offers three recommendations to build on emerging opportunities and overcome persistent hurdles to preventing extremism effectively. First, there must be a new effort to unite around a joint strategy aimed at preventing the underlying causes of extremism. The United States should adopt a shared framework for strategic prevention that recognizes that extremism is a political and ideological problem. The framework should also identify building partnerships with leaders, civil society, and private sector actors in fragile states who are committed to governing accountability as the best approach to preventing extremism. Extremists' attempts to, in the Middle East and Africa, establish an absolutist state ruled by a rigid, twisted, and false interpretation of Islam resonate only in societies where the existing state has failed its people. The antidote to extremist ideology, therefore, must be political. But inclusive institutions, accountable governments, and civic participation cannot be imposed from the outside. What the United States can do is identify, encourage, and build partnerships with leaders in fragile states including nationally and locally, in government and civil society with women, youth, and the private sector who are committed to rebuilding trust in their states and societies. However, bitter experience teaches that where such leaders are lacking, the United States stands little chance of furthering its long-term interests. In such cases, it must seek to seize opportunities where possible and always mitigate the risk that its engagement, or that of other actors, could do more harm than good. Second, to ensure that agencies have the resources, processes, and authorities they need to operationalize this shared framework, the Congress and the Executive Branch should launch a Strategic Prevention Initiative to align all U.S. policy instruments, from bilateral assistance to diplomatic engagement, in support of prevention. The Initiative should set out the roles and responsibilities of each department for undertaking prevention. Its principal objective should be to promote long-term coordination between agencies in fragile states. It should grant policymakers new authorities to implement a preventive strategy. In particular, because local conditions and needs differ widely, it is important that U.S. diplomats and development professionals on the ground in fragile states be given direct responsibility, flexibility, and funding to experiment with and develop effective and tailored solutions. However, the United States neither can nor should prevent extremism by itself. It is not the only country with a vested interest in doing so and can build more effective partnerships with fragile states if other countries cooperate. Thus, our Task Force calls on the United States to establish a Partnership Development Fund, a new international platform for donors and the private sector to pool their resources and coordinate their activities in support of prevention. This would ensure that the work being done by the United States as part of the Strategic Prevention Initiative is matched by other international donors working jointly toward the same goals. It would create a mechanism for other countries to share the burden and incentivize an enterprise-driven approach. A single, unified source of assistance might also entice fragile states that would otherwise look elsewhere for help. A preventive strategy will not stop every terrorist attack. It will take time to produce results. It will require us to recognize the limits of our influence and work hard to leverage our resources more effectively. And it is not something that we can implement alone-our international partners should do their fair share. But it offers our best hope. Neither open-ended military operations, nor indefinite foreign assistance, nor retrenchment offers a better alternative. Through targeted, evidence-based, strategic investments where the risks are the highest, our interests the greatest, and our partners the most willing, prevention provides a cost-effective means to slow, contain, and eventually roll back the spread of extremism. The United States needs to enable fragile states and societies to take the lead in averting future extremist threats. If we succeed, our children and grandchildren will live in a more peaceful world. Details: Washington, DC: USIP, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2019 at: https://www.usip.org/publications/2019/02/preventing-extremism-fragile-states-new-approach Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 154816

Author: California. Department of Justice Title: The California Department of Justice's Review of Immigration Detention in California Summary: California is one of the first states to examine the daily operations of detention facilities housing civil immigration detainees. After public reports of distressing conditions and several deaths in detention facilities surfaced with little to no transparency, the California Legislature enacted Assembly Bill 103 (AB 103) in June 2017. Under AB 103's 10-year mandate, the California Department of Justice is charged with reviewing and reporting back to the Legislature, the Governor, and the public about the conditions of confinement, including how those conditions impact due process, and the circumstances around apprehension and transfer of detainees in public and privately operated locked detention facilities housing immigration detainees in California. In preparation of this report, the California Department of Justice (Cal DOJ) consulted with dozens of experts, visited all ten public and private detention facilities in California, and engaged in comprehensive reviews of three of the ten facilities, including the juvenile detention facility housing children in immigration proceedings. This review allows California to understand issues related to health, welfare, and other conditions in immigration facilities in the state-including local publicly operated facilities. The report is intended to provide transparency to the public regarding those conditions. It includes a written summary of findings that detail the difficulties immigration detainees face while in detention such as significant restrictions on liberty, language barriers, limited access to medical and mental health care, minimal contact with family and friends, and numerous barriers to securing legal representation or the evidence and other support they need. This initial report is the first important step towards ensuring that civil immigration detainees are afforded critical health, safety, and due process protections through their conditions of confinement in California. Details: Sacramento: The Department, 2019. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2019 at: https://oag.ca.gov/sites/all/files/agweb/pdfs/publications/immigration-detention-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Immigrants Shelf Number: 154821

Author: Weissman, Marsha Title: Moving Beyond Youth Prisons: Lessons from New York City's Implementation of Close to Home Summary: In the mid-1990s, New York's youth prison system reflected the dominant paradigm across the country - a heavy reliance on incarceration for young people caught up in the juvenile justice system. During this time, roughly 3,800 youth convicted of crimes annually were sent to large facilities, operated either by the New York State Office of Children and Family Services (OCFS) or by private providers contracted by OCFS. These facilities were largely located in upstate New York, far from youths' homes and communities, particularly for youth from New York City (Sickmund et al. 2017; New York State (NYS) Office of the State Comptroller 2001). Upon returning home from these placements, youth often felt disconnected, resulting in poor outcomes. A 2009 study indicated that by age 28, 71 percent of boys released from New York State's juvenile placement system spent some time in an adult jail or prison (Coleman, Do Han Kim & Therese 2009). Fast forward twenty years, and things in New York looked dramatically different. By 2016, New York City no longer sent any youth from its Family Court to state-operated youth prisons. Today, only around 100 New York City youth are placed from Family Court into any kind of residential facility, about a dozen of whom are in a locked facility.3 Not only are there dramatically fewer youth in residential placements, but those who do get placed now go to smaller, more home-like settings that attend to public safety without mirroring the punitive, correctional approaches embodied by previous youth prisons. This case study outlines what happened in the intervening years to achieve these remarkable results. By sharing New York City's story, we offer a roadmap for other jurisdictions looking to realign their juvenile justice systems, adapting the lessons learned about what worked and what did not to meet their specific circumstances. Close to Home (C2H), the initiative that transferred the care and custody of all New York City youth adjudicated as juvenile delinquents from the State to the City, was embedded in a set of reforms that involved policing, detention, and developments in science and evidence-based interventions. While the astronomical costs of the system played an important role, the commitment by key stakeholders to create a developmentally appropriate system without sacrificing public safety and adhering to a shared set of principles and values were key to the system's transformation. This case study describes the development of the Close to Home (C2H) initiative, beginning with a review of what the system looked like before its creation, through the planning and implementation phases of this transformation. It reviews the challenges faced, particularly during C2H's initial implementation, how these were addressed, and the ongoing efforts to adapt the initiative to new and evolving circumstances. Finally, it shares data showing outcomes to date and highlights the role of key stakeholders, including elected officials, policymakers, advocates, and directly-impacted communities that combined to make the C2H reform successful. Details: New York: Columbia University, Justice Lab, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2019 at: https://justicelab.columbia.edu/sites/default/files/content/Moving%20Beyond%20Youth%20Prisons%20-%20C2H_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Close to Home Initiative Shelf Number: 154832

Author: Monnat, Shannon M. Title: The Contributions of Socioeconomic and Opioid Supply Factors to Geographic Variation in U.S. Drug Mortality Rates Summary: Over the past two decades deaths from opioids and other drugs have grown to be a major U.S. population health problem, but the magnitude of the crisis varies across the U.S., and explanations for widespread geographic variation in the severity of the drug crisis are limited. An emerging debate is whether geographic differences in drug mortality rates are driven mostly by opioid supply factors or socioeconomic distress. To explore this topic, I examined relationships between county-level non-Hispanic white drug mortality rates for 2000-02 and 2014-16 and several socioeconomic and opioid supply measures across the urban-rural continuum and within different rural labor markets. Net of county demographic composition, average non-Hispanic white drug mortality rates are highest and increased the most in large metro counties. In 2014-16, the most rural counties had an average of 6.2 fewer deaths per 100,000 population than large metro counties. Economic distress, family distress, persistent population loss, and opioid supply factors (exposure to prescription opioids and fentanyl) are all associated with significantly higher drug mortality rates. However, the magnitude of associations varies across the urban-rural continuum and across different types of rural labor markets. In rural counties, economic distress appears to be a stronger predictor than opioid supply measures of drug mortality rates, but in urban counties, opioid supply factors are more strongly associated with drug mortality rates than is economic distress. Ultimately, the highest drug mortality rates are disproportionately concentrated in economically distressed mining and service sector dependent counties with high exposure to prescription opioids and fentanyl. Details: New York: Institute for New Economic Thinking, 2019. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper No. 74: Accessed March 6, 2019 at: https://www.ineteconomics.org/uploads/papers/Monnat-WP-87.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Overdoses Shelf Number: 154833

Author: National Center for Youth Law Title: The Flores Settlement Agreement and Unaccompanied Children in Federal Custody Summary: This briefing document is focused on issues relating to unaccompanied children in federal immigration custody. The Flores Settlement Agreement also applies to accompanied children in federal custody, who are not discussed in this document. Assertions contained within this document are based on Flores counsel's conversations with numerous detained children, potential sponsors, and children's immigration attorneys over the past few years. Featured quotes are taken from statements by detained children and potential sponsors completed by Flores counsel over the past year. Details: Oakland, CA: The Center, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 7, 2019 at: https://youthlaw.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Flores-Congressional-Briefing.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Detained Children Shelf Number: 154835

Author: Dierkhising, Carly Title: Commercially Sexually Exploited Girls and Young Women Involved in Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice in Los Angeles County: An Exploration and Evaluation of Placement Experiences and Services Received Summary: This report presents the results of a first-of-its-kind study about specialized services and placements for commercially sexually exploited children and youth (CSEC/Y) in Los Angeles County. In Los Angeles County, and across the nation, despite increased attention to the issue of CSEC/Y, and the development of programming to serve the population, there has been little research demonstrating the most effective placements and services for CSE and at-risk children and youth. This dearth in research limits our understanding and implementation of evidence-based practices and programs to support this population of young people. Stemming from Los Angeles County's efforts over the past eight years to better understand, identify, and serve CSE children and youth through multidisciplinary collaborations, this research explores the impact of different types of specialized services and placements for children and youth who have experienced CSE on their safety, well-being, and stability by hearing from youth in their own words and through an analysis of administrative data. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles, 2018. 128p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 7, 2019 at: https://youthlaw.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/CSEC-Research-Report_Placement-Exp-Svcs-Recd__NCYL_Cal-State.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 154836

Author: Peck, Sarah Herman Title: The "Flores Settlement" and Alien Families Apprehended at the U.S. Border: Frequently Asked Questions Summary: Reports of alien minors being separated from their parents at the U.S. border have raised questions about the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS's) authority to detain alien families together pending the aliens' removal proceedings, which may include consideration of claims for asylum and other forms of relief from removal. The Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) authorizes-and in some case requires-DHS to detain aliens pending removal proceedings. However, neither the INA nor other federal laws specifically address when or whether alien family members must be detained together. DHS's options regarding the detention or release of alien families are significantly restricted by a binding settlement agreement from a case in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California now called Flores v. Sessions. The "Flores Settlement" establishes a policy favoring the release of alien minors, including accompanied alien minors, and requires that those alien minors who are not released from government custody be transferred within a brief period to non-secure, state-licensed facilities. DHS indicates that few such facilities exist that can house adults and children together. Accordingly, under the Flores Settlement and current circumstances, DHS asserts that it generally cannot detain alien children and their parents together for more than brief periods. Following an executive order President Trump issued that addressed alien family separation, the Department of Justice filed a motion to modify the Flores Settlement to allow for the detention of alien families in unlicensed facilities for longer periods. The district court overseeing the settlement rejected that motion, much as it has rejected similar motions to modify the settlement filed by the government in recent years. (The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit has affirmed the earlier rulings but has not yet reviewed the most recent ruling.) In its most recent motion, the government has argued, among other things, that a preliminary injunction entered in a separate litigation, Ms. L v. ICE, which generally requires the government to reunite separated alien families and refrain from separating families going forward, supports a modification of the Flores Settlement to allow indefinite detention of alien minors alongside their parents. On a separate track, DHS and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) have announced that they intend to seek termination of the Flores Settlement through the promulgation of new regulations that, according to the agencies, would adopt the substantive terms of the agreement with certain modifications. Significantly, the proposed regulations would allow DHS to detain families together until immigration proceedings were completed by creating an alternative federal licensing scheme for family residential centers. That federal scheme would impose facility standards that purport to mimic the standards set forth in the Flores Settlement, which calls for the exclusive use of state-licensed facilities for the detention of minors. A legal dispute seems likely to arise over whether the proposed regulations adequately implement the Flores Settlement, including whether the regulations are consistent with the agreement's general policy favoring the release of minors from immigration custody. Congress, for its part, could largely override the Flores Settlement legislatively, although constitutional considerations relating to the rights of aliens in immigration custody may inform the permissible scope and effect of such legislation. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2018. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: R45297: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/homesec/R45297.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Detained Children Shelf Number: 154839

Author: Ackerman-Brimberg, M. Title: Los Angeles Law Enforcement First Responder Protocol for Commercially Sexually Exploited Children What We�ve Learned: A Four Year Look, Summary: Piloted in 2014 with support and technical assistance from the National Center for Youth Law, the Los Angeles County Law Enforcement First Responder Protocol (FRP), created an expedited, collaborative, and trauma-informed response for children and youth identified as commercially sexually exploited. This new report describes the first four years of implementation of the FRP and provides valuable insights into the backgrounds and experiences of the young people identified through the FRP, the impact of services provided, and important lessons learned. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law; Los Angeles: Los Angeles County Probation Department, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: https://youthlaw.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/FRP-4-year-review-190226.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 154841

Author: Gould-Worth, Alix Title: LEAP Issue Brief Compendium: Delivering Workforce Services to Justice-Involved Job Seekers Before and After Release Summary: This compendium presents a summary of findings from the planning and implementation phases of the Linking to Employment Activities Pre-Release (LEAP) pilots, and includes 10 issue briefs organized around key themes that emerged during the evaluation of LEAP. The LEAP pilots are intended to break the cycle of recidivism by linking participants to the workforce system early--while still in jail--and then immediately upon reentry into the community. To accomplish this goal, corrections and workforce development agencies partnered to establish American Job Centers (AJCs) within jails and then connect participants to community-based AJC's upon release. This innovative venture required overcoming many challenges inherent to providing services within a jail environment, including the short average length of jail stays, often unpredictable timing of release, and other logistical challenges such as limited internet access. These pilots provided workforce and corrections partners with the opportunity to troubleshoot these challenges, identify promising practices, and develop strategies to sustain the jail-based AJC services beyond the life of the DOL grant. This compendium draws on information gathered from the first round of 20 LEAP grantees. Five of the briefs describe grantees' experiences during the early planning period while five describe experiences during implementation. The briefs will provide useful information to DOL as well as the broader workforce development and corrections communities in their efforts to help justice-involved job seekers transition to life outside jail. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research, 2018. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: https://www.mathematica-mpr.com/our-publications-and-findings/publications/leap-issue-brief-compendium-delivering-workforce-services-to-justice-involved-job-seekers-before Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 154843

Author: Katovich, Scout Title: More than a Nuisance: The Outsized Consequences of New York's Nuisance ordinances Summary: Local laws across the state of New York make the eviction of tenants a consequence of police responses to their homes. These laws, known as nuisance ordinances, are often intended to promote public safety and hold landlords accountable. In practice, these laws punish tenants who require police assistance in their homes and attach disproportionately grave consequences to minor transgressions. As this report demonstrates, nuisance ordinances harm New York communities. In particular, because these laws are often enforced based on police response to properties, they tend to compound the harms associated with police interactions. Data obtained by the New York Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU) and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) suggest that these laws are predominantly enforced in neighborhoods where more people of color and poor people live. They often threaten harsh punishments, including the loss of one's home, for minor violations that otherwise would result in a relatively modest fine. They also harm domestic violence survivors and individuals in need of emergency medical assistance. Municipalities in New York should repeal or amend nuisance ordinances to avoid these adverse effects. Details: New York: New York Civil Liberties Union, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 7, 2019 at: https://www.nyclu.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/nyclu_nuisancereport_20180809.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 154844

Author: Stolper, Harold Title: The Enduring Discriminatory Practice of Stop and Frisk: An Analysis of Stop-and-Frisk Policing in NYC Summary: During the 2013 NYC Mayoral primary, candidate Bill de Blasio ran a popular campaign ad featuring his son Dante promising that his father, if elected, would "end a stop-and-frisk era that unfairly targets poor people of color." The number of stop-and-frisks by the NYPD plunged from a high of 685,000 in 2011 to only 10,861 in 2017. They have continued to decline under Mayor de Blasio's tenure, though the initial and largest drop occurred prior to his election. The dramatic drop in recorded stop-and-frisks is great news. Unfortunately, the remaining stops still amount to roughly 30 per day, and NYPD audits have found that officers fail to record them up to 73 percent of the time. Nearly 76 percent of people subjected to a recorded stop were innocent (neither arrested nor issued a summons), according to the most recent detailed data for 2016. While that figure is down from a high of 88 percent in 2011, it still means that three out of every four people that have experienced the trauma of a stop-and-frisk have done nothing wrong. More importantly, racial disparities remain dramatic: 90 percent of people stopped in 2016 were people of color. And that's just for stops that do get recorded. The NYPD has also received 1,536 complaints of racial profiling since tracking began in 2015. So while the "stop-and-frisk era" may be over, the targeting of black and Latinx New Yorkers remains standard practice. As a result of a 2013 U.S. District Court decision that found NYPD stop-and-frisk tactics to be unconstitutional, the NYPD is required to produce detailed data for all stops-including the suspected offense and race of the individual according to the officer, among other information.1 We look at the most recent data to explore what is happening across police precincts in New York City. Building on our previous report that documented racial disparities in fare evasion arrests across Brooklyn subway stations, we also looked at how stop-and-frisk is applied in the vicinity of subway stations in order to paint a picture of how police activity affects commutes for people of color. More than 94 percent of all stops occurred within a half kilometer of a subway station. Details: New York: Community Service Society, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 7, 2019 at: http://lghttp.58547.nexcesscdn.net/803F44A/images/nycss/images/uploads/Stop_and_Frisk_4_16_18_%281%29.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 154845

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Mandatory Minimum Penalties for Identity Theft Offenses in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: This publication is the fifth in the Commission's series on mandatory minimum penalties. In 2017, the Commission published its Overview of Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System (2017 Overview Publication) and subsequently issued three publications providing detailed analyses of the application of mandatory minimum penalties to specific offense types- drugs in October 2017; firearms in March 2018; and the use of recidivist enhancements for drug traffickers under 21 U.S.C. SS 851 in July 2018. These publications build on the Commission's 2011 Report to the Congress: Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System (2011 Mandatory Minimum Report), which provided detailed historical analyses of the evolution of federal mandatory minimum penalties, scientific literature on the topic, and extensive analysis of the Commission's own data, public comment, and expert testimony. These publications highlight recent trends in the charging of offenses carrying mandatory minimum penalties and provide updated sentencing data demonstrating the impact of those penalties. This publication focuses on the application of mandatory minimum penalties specific to identity theft offenses. As used in this publication, the term "identity theft offenses" refers to the offenses established at 18 U.S.C. � 1028 (general identity theft) and 18 U.S.C. � 1028A (aggravated identity theft), as well as any other offense sentenced under the fraud guideline, �2B1.1, that received the 2-level enhancement for identity theft conduct. Only the aggravated identity theft statute, 18 U.S.C. � 1028A, carries a mandatory minimum penalty. Other identity theft offenses do not carry a mandatory minimum penalty. Identity theft offenses represent a small portion of the federal caseload, and section 1028A cases represent a small portion of all cases involving a mandatory minimum penalty. However, section 1028A convictions have increased both as a number and as a percentage of cases involving a mandatory minimum penalty since the Commission began collecting data on these offenses. Using fiscal year 2016 data, this publication includes analyses of 18 U.S.C. � 1028A, which provides for a two-year mandatory minimum penalty, as compared to identity theft offenses that do not carry mandatory minimum penalties, as well as the impact of these offenses on the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) population. Where appropriate, the publication highlights changes and trends since the Commission's 2011 Mandatory Minimum Report. Details: Washington, DC: The Commission, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2019 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2018/20180924_ID-Theft-Mand-Min.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Sentencing Guidelines Shelf Number: 154846

Author: Stolper, Harold Title: When the Police Ignore the Law: Racialized Policing at Turnstile Summary: Low-income New Yorkers of color don't need to see a spreadsheet of fare evasion arrests to understand a basic reality for subway commuters: the NYPD disproportionately targets low-income, black and brown communities for fare evasion enforcement (among other low-level, non-violent offenses)-especially young black men. But politicians often do need to see such disparities documented in clear terms. Which is what happened in New York City in January of this year, after research documented disproportionately high subway fare evasion arrest rates in lower-income, predominantly black communities of Brooklyn. Following this analysis, the New York City Council passed Local Law 47 requiring the NYPD to report detailed quarterly information on their subway fare evasion enforcement actions citywide, with the first reporting deadline on January 30, 2018. The NYPD failed to publicly report any data on January 30th, and then missed the deadlines for the next two quarters. In response, the City Council Member who sponsored the legislation (Rory Lancman - Queens) and the Community Service Society filed a lawsuit to force the NYPD to fully comply with Local Law 47. The intent of the law was to provide public transparency of fare evasion enforcement decisions, a necessary step towards holding the NYPD accountable for a history of racialized transit policing that has served as a cornerstone of broken windows policing since the 1990s. Targeting residents in poor communities of color for arrest at the subway turnstile-literally the gateway to economic opportunity in New York City-is a very simple recipe for the widespread criminalization of poverty and economic disenfranchisement of minority communities. Details: New York: Community Service Society, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 8, 2019 at: http://lghttp.58547.nexcesscdn.net/803F44A/images/nycss/images/uploads/pubs/Fare_Evasion_Data_web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Fare Evasion Shelf Number: 154880

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Export Controls: State and Commerce Should Share Watch List Information If Proposed Rules to Transfer Firearms Are Finalized Summary: The U.S. government implements an export control system to manage risks associated with exporting sensitive items while facilitating legitimate trade. State currently controls the export of most firearms, artillery, and ammunition. Regulatory changes proposed by State and Commerce would transfer this responsibility for many of these items to Commerce, which implements export controls under different legal and regulatory authorities. The proposed changes are part of a larger export control reform effort since 2010 to transfer control of less sensitive items from State to Commerce. GAO was asked to review the proposed changes to export controls of firearms, artillery, and ammunition. This report assesses (1) the volume and value of commercial export license applications State reviewed for these items in fiscal years 2013-2017, (2) how certain export controls differ between State and Commerce, and (3) what is known about the resource implications for State and Commerce due to the proposed transfer. GAO reviewed the proposed rules and related laws and regulations; analyzed data and documents related to licensing, end-use monitoring, and staff resources; and interviewed agency officials. What GAO Recommends GAO recommends that if the proposed regulatory changes become final, State and Commerce develop a process for sharing State's internal watch list with Commerce to enhance oversight of firearms, artillery, and ammunition exports. State and Commerce agreed with GAO's recommendations Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-307: Accessed march 8, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/697202.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Arms Trade Shelf Number: 154881

Author: Bell, Zenobia Title: Implicit Bias and Juvenile Justice: a Review of the Literature Summary: It has long been established that there are racial disparities in the juvenile justice system. Indeed the U.S. Congress created the Disproportionate Minority Contact (DMC) mandate requiring states to address racial disproportionality in the juvenile justice system. However, scholars have not come to a consensus about the causes of these racial disparities within the juvenile justice system. Some scholars argue that disparities in the system are caused by differences in crime rates by race. Other scholars cite overt racism, institutional racism, and bias within other systems as causal factors. Increasingly, leaders in the field are looking at the "implicit biases" or "unconscious attitudes" of decision makers in the juvenile justice system as a possible cause for these disparities. This paper reviews the literature investigating implicit bias within the juvenile justice system, focusing on five domains of decision-makers: judges, law enforcement officers, indigent juvenile defenders, prosecutors, and probation officers. Research addressed in this review suggests that unconscious, biased attitudes are at play among police officers, probation officers, and judges within the juvenile justice system (Graham and Lowery 2004, Rachlinski et al. 2009, Correll et al. 2002). Studies also suggest that age and race interact with implicit biases in a way that may amplify consequences for youth in the juvenile justice system (Rattan et al. 2012). Scholarly work regarding implicit biases or among indigent juvenile defenders and prosecutors is sparse. Finally, this paper reviews the literature relevant to "de-biasing" techniques designed to mitigate implicit bias within the juvenile justice system; and synthesizes ongoing debates about the effectiveness of such techniques. Details: Oakland, CA: National Center for Youth Law, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2019 at: https://youthlaw.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Implicit-Bias-Juvenile-Justice-Lit-Review-for-ncyl-web3.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 154884

Author: Bellotti, Jeanne Title: Developing American Job Centers in Jails: Implementation of the Linking to Employment Activities Pre-Release (LEAP) Grants Summary: To help individuals successfully reenter society after time in jail, the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) awarded $10 million in grants to 20 local workforce development boards (LWDBs) in June 2015 for the Linking to Employment Activities Pre-Release (LEAP) initiative. Central to the LEAP initiative was creating jail-based American Job Centers (AJCs) with direct linkages to community-based AJCs. A complex array of factors including jail and local community characteristics influenced the development and operations of jail-based AJCs as well as the experiences and outcomes of participants. The overarching goals were to increase participants' work readiness at the time of release, increase employment after release, and reduce recidivism; additional goals for the pilot initiative included demonstrating that corrections and workforce agencies could effectively collaborate to provide pre-release services, generate lessons learned around promising strategies and common challenges that could inform future efforts; and identify ways for grantees to sustain the jail-based AJCs when the DOL-funded grant ended. The grants covered 9 months of planning and 15 months of service delivery, with many grantees receiving up to a one-year no-cost extension to finish spending down remaining grant resources. Grantees were geographically diverse, located in 13 states across 5 DOL regions, and involved a total of 22 county jails. In September 2015, DOL's Chief Evaluation Office contracted with Mathematica Policy Research and Social Policy Research Associates to conduct a 36- month evaluation of the Employment and Training Administration's Linking to Employment Activities Pre-Release (LEAP) grants. The evaluation examined the early-start up and implementation of 20 LEAP pilots, which created jail-based American Job Centers (AJCs) to support the successful reentry of participants and directly link them to community-based AJCs upon release. Through site visits, phone interviews, focus groups, and the grantees' quarterly performance reports, the evaluation examined the LEAP pilots� approaches to providing services before and after incarceration at all 20 sites. Beyond this report, the evaluation also produced: - A series of 5 early-planning issue briefs that explore lessons from the planning phase (first 9 months) of the LEAP grants. - A series of 5 implementation issue briefs that explore lessons from the operation (last 15 months) of the grants. - A compendium that presents a summary of findings from both the planning and implementation phases of the LEAP pilots, and includes the 10 issue briefs, organized around key themes. These reports are available online at: https://www.dol.gov/asp/evaluation/CompletedS tudies.htm. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica policy Research, 2018. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2019 at: https://www.dol.gov/asp/evaluation/completed-studies/LEAP-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Services Shelf Number: 154887

Author: Walker, Samuel Title: Twenty Years of DOJ "Pattern or Practice" Investigations of Local Police: Achievements, Limitations, and Questions Summary: Introduction The advent of the Trump administration, in the view of many observers, probably spells the end of the Justice Department's "pattern or practice" program of investigating local law enforcement agencies for alleged violations of the constitutional rights of local residents. Both President Donald Trump and the new Attorney General Jeff Sessions have spoken critically of the program, and also of the widespread public criticisms of police abuse since the tragic events in Ferguson, Missouri, in August 2014. The end of the pattern or practice program is an appropriate occasion for an assessment of the work of the Special Litigation Section of the Civil Rights Division. The Civil Rights Division in January 2017 issued its own report on its efforts since 1994. The program was an unprecedented event in the history of American policing. Never before has the federal government intervened in local policing to the extent the pattern and practice program has. And never has it required such extensive reforms in matters of routine policing for the purpose of reducing if not ending officer misconduct and racial and ethnic bias. A number of questions about the DOJ pattern or practice program have already been raised in the media and by academic studies. Has the program effectively reduced police misconduct? Has it done so in a cost-effective manner? Are the specific reforms chosen by the Special Litigation Section the best means of achieving systemic police reform? Has the program had stimulated reforms in other departments by posing a threat of investigation if they fail to institute necessary reforms? Have the reforms been sustained once a consent decree is ended? Has the program intruded in matters that are best left to local authorities? Are there alternative means of achieving systemic police reform in seriously troubled law enforcement agencies? (The Justice Department has answered this question, in part, by creating within the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, the Collaborative Reform process, which involves a voluntary and non- litigation approach to police reform.) We have at best only partial answers to some of these questions, and some of the questions have not been addressed at all. Additionally, many of the discussions that have occurred have framed particular issues in narrow terms, failing to take into account the full context of the issue under discussion. This paper undertakes a broad assessment of the Justice Department's "pattern or practice" program. It identifies the major achievements of the program and its limitations, and discusses the major questions that need to be addressed by scholars, police officials, news media, and policy makers. The paper argues that the program has made a significant contribution to the achievement of professional, bias-free and constitutional policing. Particularly important, the program has illuminated several important aspects of the challenge of systemic organizational reform in policing, involving issues that are relevant to all public bureaucracies. At the same time, the program has had some significant limitations. There has been some backsliding in some departments. Most important, the question of whether the reforms in question are sustained over the long term remains unanswered at this time. Details: Omaha, Nebraska, United States: University of Nebraska at Omaha, 2017. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: https://samuelwalker.net/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/DOJ-PP-Program-Feb24.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Division Shelf Number: 154746

Author: Harmon, Rachel Title: Proactive Policing and the Legacy of Terry Summary: Abstract This essay explores the critical relationship between Terry v. Ohio and contemporary proactive policing strategies. Unlike most Supreme Court cases, which portray policing only in the form of criminal investigation, in Terry's portrayal, officers roam urban streets and intervene to solve problems as they emerge. Yet, we argue, even as Terry provided a more realistic picture of traditional patrol policing, it also made possible the forms of policing that now supplement and even displace that model. Contemporary proactive policing strategies often utilize stops and frisks programmatically to prevent crime rather than uncover or respond to it. The Terry Court recognized that constitutional law could not fully regulate traditional policing on urban streets. We argue that the doctrine is even less useful for managing the new world of policing that Terry has wrought. Though some scholars have suggested that proactive stops and frisks are inevitably unconstitutional, we maintain that some proactive strategies can satisfy current Fourth Amendment and Equal Protection standards. Nevertheless, since those doctrines do not adequately consider the aggregate and distributional harms proactive policing imposes or the trade-offs between those harms and proactive policing's ability to deter crime, the widespread use of stops and frisks, even when constitutional, can impose unjustifiable costs on individuals and communities. Thus, states and localities need to contend with whether and when to use proactive policing strategies. Although constitutional doctrine cannot adequately govern proactive policing, we find that constitutional litigation can nevertheless help states and localities respond to proactive policing by prompting data collection and reform, by improving public debate, and by encouraging statutory changes that facilitate political assessment of these strategies. Details: Charlottesville, Virginia: University of Virginia, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3050541 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Shelf Number: 154745

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in New Mexico Summary: Background At a time when many states have lowered prison populations and seen crime rates fall, New Mexico�s prison population is projected to increase 16 percent by FY2028 unless action is taken to curb the growth. The state also had the highest property crime rate and the second-highest violent crime rate in the country as of 2016. In the summer of 2018, Governor Susana Martinez, Chief Justice Judith K. Nakamura, Senate President Pro Tempore Mary Kay Papen, Speaker of the House Brian Egolf, Senate Minority Floor Leader Stuart Ingle, and House Minority Floor Leader Nate Gentry requested support from the U.S. Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and The Pew Charitable Trusts (Pew) to explore a Justice Reinvestment approach to address these challenges. As public-private partners in the federal Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI), BJA and Pew approved New Mexico state leaders' request and asked The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center to provide intensive technical assistance. CSG Justice Center staff will help collect and analyze data and develop appropriate policy options to help contain corrections spending and reinvest in strategies that can reduce recidivism, improve responses to behavioral health challenges, and increase public safety. Under the direction of New Mexico's Justice Reinvestment Working Group, CSG Justice Center staff will conduct a comprehensive analysis of data collected from various relevant state agencies and departments. CSG Justice Center staff will also convene focus groups and lead interviews with key stakeholders in New Mexico�s criminal justice system. Based on the findings from these extensive quantitative and qualitative analyses, CSG Justice Center staff, in collaboration with the working group, will develop policy options that are designed to increase public safety, reduce recidivism, and contain the cost of corrections in the state. This overview highlights some recent criminal justice trends in New Mexico. The working group will explore these issues, and many others, in greater depth in the coming months. Details: Austin, Texas, United States: The Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/JR-in-NM-Overview.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 154744

Author: Ghosal, Vivek Title: The Rise and (Potential) Fall of U.S. Cartel Enforcement Summary: Abstract Government enforcement against collusion, now viewed by the Supreme Court as the "supreme evil" in antitrust, has gone through various phases of enforcement in the U.S. There have been periods in which cartels have been able to collude more or less effectively given various institutional tools at the disposal of the government. By analyzing enforcement and prosecutions data over a long time horizon 1969-2016, this article examines the attributes of cartel enforcement over time and the changing use of tools to assist with detection and punishment. We provide a comprehensive description of critical cartel enforcement events and institutional developments from 1890 to the present. Our examination of the data includes a detailed descriptive analysis which tends to reveal three broad phases of U.S. cartel enforcement and prosecutions. The most recent data indicate a marked decline in the number of prosecutions, but sharp increase in per capita penalties. We also conduct regression-based estimation of the potential quantitative impact of the key institutional innovations to foster detection and prosecutions. Base on the raw data as well as our estimation, we comment on the potential factors that may be driving lower prosecutions in the more recent years. Finally, we briefly compare some key data between U.S. and European Commission cartel prosecutions to examine potential dynamic interlinkages. Details: Gainesville, Florida: University of Florida, Levin College of Law, 2018. 31 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3162867 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Antitrust Shelf Number: 154743

Author: Florida. Legislature. Office of Program Policy Analysis & Government Accountability Title: Sex Offender Registration and Monitoring Triennial Review - 2018 Summary: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Beginning in the early nineties, both federal and Florida law have facilitated oversight of sexual offenders and predators living in Florida communities. Several entities have a role in monitoring sex offenders in Florida, including the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE), Florida Department of Corrections (FDC), Department of Highway Safety and Motor Vehicles (DHSMV), and local law enforcement. The agencies' various activities include monitoring, registering, verifying, and providing information about sex offenders. FDLE's sex offender registry lists more than 73,000 offenders and predators, of which, just over 28,000 reside in Florida communities. Since 2005, when the Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability (OPPAGA) was first statutorily required to review the registry, the number of registered sexual predators and sex offenders in Florida communities has grown by 53%. Sheriffs' offices monitor all registered sex offenders and are meeting statutory requirements, adopting various strategies to fulfill them. Additionally, FDC supervises offenders sentenced to community supervision and those who have been conditionally released from prison. Also, some sex offenders are conditionally released into the community from the Sexually Violent Predator Program's Florida Civil Commitment Center. Some sex offenders are required to participate in specialized treatment as a term of their community supervision. OPPAGA's review found a wide range of treatment costs as well as cost variability by both provider and geographic area. To help ensure reasonable rates and set standards for treatment quality, FDC entered into contractual agreements with treatment providers throughout its four regions to provide sex offender treatment services. However, many sex offender treatment providers do not operate under the parameters of a contract and are not monitored for quality assurance. Sex offenders in Florida may face barriers to housing including residence restrictions, unwelcoming property managers, lack of affordable housing, and issues with employment and income. Transient offenders continue to present monitoring challenges. While the overall percentage of registered sex offenders living in Florida communities with a transient address is small (6%), some counties have higher than average rates. In addition, barriers to housing have contributed to sex offender enclave communities. Enclaves include apartment complexes, rooming houses, trailer parks, and motels that were established expressly for, or are willing to rent to, sex offenders. There are local variations in emergency shelter access for sex offenders, with most communities designating a specific shelter or area of a shelter for sex offenders. In addition, some communities have ordinances that require sex offenders to self-disclose their registration status at shelters. In support of this project, OPPAGA conducted fieldwork in Hendry, Lee, Miami-Dade, and Palm Beach counties, including - meeting with FDC, Community Corrections probation officers, and staff; - meeting with sheriff's office staff and accompanying officers on address verifications to multiple sex offender residences; - visiting the Pelican Lake Community, a sex offender enclave near Pahokee in Palm Beach County that is run by Matthew 25 Ministries and houses 125 sex offenders; - facilitating a focus group attended by 31 individuals required to register as offenders and predators; and - attending a meeting of the Palm Beach County Re-Entry Taskforce's Sex Offender Subcommittee. Details: Tallahassee, Florida, United States: Florida Legislature, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2019 at: http://www.oppaga.state.fl.us/summary.aspx?reportnum=18-08 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Registered Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 154742

Author: Farrell, Amy Title: Capturing Human Trafficking Victimization Through Crime Reporting Summary: Human trafficking is a complex global phenomenon that has only recently come to the attention of law enforcement, policy makers and social service providers in the United States. While there have been significant advances in the identification and investigation of human trafficking, provision of assistance to victims, and the utilization of various legal remedies, there are still substantial challenges in addressing the crime of human trafficking. One major issue in the field is the lack of accurate data around the number of victims of human trafficking. Data that truly represent the number of victims and their needs is the foundation in which law enforcement, service providers, and others are able to allocate resources in a manner that is appropriate to address the crime and its victims. In 2008, the William Wilberforce Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act authorized the Federal Bureau of Investigation to begin collecting offense and arrest data about human trafficking as part of the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) program. In 2013, the UCR program began collecting information in the Summary Reporting System and the National Incident-Based Reporting System to capture two Part I offenses: Human Trafficking/Commercial Sex Acts and Human Trafficking/Involuntary Servitude (FBI, 2015). The addition of human trafficking offense categories in the UCR program is a significant step towards improving our understanding of the scope of the issue. However, there are many reasons to be concerned that human trafficking offenses known to the police and reported through the UCR underreport the extent to which human trafficking is occurring in local communities. This study explores how local law enforcement agencies classify human trafficking cases that they identify through their internal records management and external crime reporting programs in three United States communities. The research team examined over 600 human trafficking investigations and interviewed law enforcement and crime reporting personnel in each study site to understand how human trafficking cases are identified and reported by the police. Interviews with victim service providers and non-law enforcement agencies in each study community about how they identify and report human trafficking victimizations also helped the research team understand the sources of information about human trafficking incidents that exist outside of law enforcement data. Finally, utilizing Multiple System Estimation (MSE) procedures that compare information about identified human trafficking victims who exist in the data systems of multiple providers in the study communities, the research team identified how frequently human trafficking victims are identified across multiple administrative data systems in a community. MSE procedures were employed to develop an estimate of the number of sex and labor trafficking victims in each study community as a mechanism to gauge the degree to which law enforcement data on human trafficking offenses represent the population of human trafficking victims in a community. The following major findings emerged from the research project.  Accurate data collection relies on the identification of human trafficking victims. In the sites studied, law enforcement personnel struggled to identify human trafficking cases. Based on interviews with law enforcement, one of the key challenges in identification is the challenge of disentangling human trafficking victimization from other offenses such as prostitution. Identification of human trafficking victimization in some cases did not arise until much later in the criminal justice process.  The identification of labor trafficking victims was particularly difficult, and in some cases non-existent for both law enforcement and service providers.  When human trafficking cases are identified and investigated by law enforcement they are often not classified on incident reports as human trafficking offenses. Human trafficking incidents are still mainly recorded as different offense types within internal records management systems, sometimes because offense codes for human trafficking do not exist in records management systems or on incident reports. Outside of specialized investigators, officers have less knowledge of the existence or proper use of human trafficking offense codes.  Specialized investigators expressed hesitation about using human trafficking offense codes, holding human trafficking offenses to a high standard. In some cases, investigators would only code incidents as human trafficking offenses if a perpetrator was arrested and charged by the District Attorney with a human trafficking crime.  For those few incidents that get classified as human trafficking offenses within local law enforcement systems, some offenses do not end up being reported to state crime reporting programs due to the failure or delay of state crime reporting programs to create classifications or reporting structures for human trafficking offenses.  In addition to the identification struggles faced by law enforcement, service providers and non-law enforcement organizations in the sites studied faced challenges identifying and classifying human trafficking victims. Even though most service providers have the structure to integrate identification protocols in the needs assessments they are already conducting, many providers do not have standardized assessment protocols for human trafficking victim identification. The majority do not assess for labor trafficking at all.  For service providers that did identify human trafficking victims, record keeping related to victimization and other relevant information proved difficult for providers due to data systems that did not capture human trafficking as a form of victimization. To compensate for the inadequate data systems, some entered human trafficking under another type of victimization or unofficially kept track in a makeshift spreadsheet, making it difficult to report on the number of trafficking victims they served.  Only a fraction of the estimated human trafficking victimization in local communities is captured in either law enforcement and service provider data. Findings from the MSE in the Northeastern and Western study sites indicate for the Northeastern site study, a total of 290 individuals were identified by law enforcement or other service provider records in 2016, and the resulting estimates typically range from 650 to 1,000. This would imply that 29% to 45% of the estimated minor sex trafficking victimization population is captured by either law enforcement or other community service providers studied. For the Western site study, a total of 345 individuals were identified by law enforcement and service provider data, and the resulting estimates typically range from 2,000 to 2,400. This would imply that 14% to 18% of the total estimated human trafficking victimization population is captured by either police or other community service providers studied.  Law enforcement records alone captured an even smaller proportion of the estimated human trafficking victims in each study community (4%-6% of estimated victims captured in police records in the Northeastern site and 2.5%-3% of estimated victims captured in the police records in the Western site).  Given the issues around identification and reporting of human trafficking, it is likely that the UCR program undercounts both the human trafficking victims who are identified by local law enforcement due to offense reporting problems and undercounts human trafficking victims who exist in local communities but remain unidentified. Details: Report to the National Institute of Justice, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252520.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 154888

Author: Carafano, James Jay Title: An Agenda for American Immigration Reform Summary: To address immigration and border security in a manner that keeps America free, safe, and prosperous, Congress must take a step-by-step approach to the full range of issues: Reject amnesty and open borders; secure our southern border; end "catch and release;" combat transnational criminal networks, fraud, humanitarian abuses, and human trafficking; restore the integrity of immigration enforcement; and sustain productive regional engagement. Our flawed immigration system cannot be fixed without adoption and implementation of these initiatives. Legal immigration reform should include transitioning to a merit-based system, ending practices like birthright citizenship, and promoting patriotic assimilation. Moreover, legal immigration, border security, and enforcement reforms should stand alone and advance on their own merits, not bundled into a comprehensive package. Details: Washington, DC: The Heritage Foundation, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Special Report No. 210: Accessed march 11, 2019 at: https://www.heritage.org/sites/default/files/2019-02/SR210_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 154889

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Jackson County Adult Treatment Court: Kansas City and Independence, Missouri: 4-Track Model Outcome and Cost Evaluation Report Summary: The Jackson County Adult Treatment Court (JCATC) Program began in October 1993. Jackson County encompasses a large urbanized area and consists of a major metropolitan community, Kansas City, with a number of suburban communities, including Independence, Missouri. Court dockets, including adult treatment court, are held in both communities. Services for treatment court participants are offered in both of these communities as well as at other sites around the county. The treatment court program has been fortunate to have a treatment court commissioner who has a long tenure with the program, providing leadership and continuity as the program has expanded and changed to reflect new research and needs in the community. As part of a statewide initiative in July 2012, the Jackson County adult treatment court and veterans treatment court began using the Risk and Needs Triage (RANT�), a scientifically validated screening tool developed by the Treatment Research Institute (TRI), to screen participants at entry into the program. In October 2014, the program began using the RANT to place participants into quadrants based on prognostic risk and criminogenic need with the objective to use resources more efficiently by targeting the specific risks and needs of the participants. As of January 2018 there were 580 participants with RANT scores, 248 participants in Quadrant 1 (Q1) high-risk/high-need, 46 participants in Quadrant 2 (Q2) lowrisk/high-need, 172 in Quadrant 3 (Q3) high-risk/low-need and 114 in Quadrant 4 (Q4) low-risk/low-need. In October 2014, the Office of State Courts Administrator (OSCA) in Missouri, in partnership with NPC Research, received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance, to perform process, outcome and cost evaluations of two drug courts operating in Missouri using the 4-track model, one of which is the JCATC. Detailed process and outcome evaluations were conducted to determine the effectiveness and any efficiency gained by separating participants into separate tracks how best to replicate the practices. A cost-benefit analysis was conducted to determine what resources are needed to operate alternative tracks, any cost efficiencies in delivering services according to participant risk/need level and any savings due to improved outcomes. Specifically, the evaluation was designed to address the following study questions: 1. Did the program tailor the treatment court requirements and services to each of the four quadrants? That is, did the program provide services differently in each of the four tracks? 2. Did graduation rates differ before and after 4-track implementation? 3. Did placing participants into the four tracks according to assessed risk and need result in reduced recidivism including rearrests and reincarceration compared to traditional drug court and compared to individuals who were eligible for the treatment court but who did not participate? 4. What are the costs of program participation after implementing the 4-track model? 5. Were there any cost savings or offsets due to improved participant outcomes after 4-track implementation? NPC selected a sample of treatment court participants at two time points: 1) Participants before the implementation of the 4-track model, and 2) Participants after the four tracks were implemented. Comparison groups of individuals eligible for treatment court but who did not participate in the program were selected at both time points (pre and post 4-track implementation). All individuals in the four sample groups were followed through administrative datasets for up to 4 years post program entry. Outcomes examined included graduation rates, rearrests and associated charges, and time incarcerated after program entry. The cost approach used by NPC Research is called Transactional and Institutional Cost Analysis (TICA). The TICA approach views an individual's interaction with publicly funded agencies as a set of transactions in which the individual utilizes resources contributed from multiple agencies. In order to maximize the study's benefit to policymakers, a "cost-to-taxpayer" approach was used for this evaluation. The central core of the cost-to-taxpayer approach in calculating benefits (avoided costs) for drug courts specifically is the fact that untreated substance abuse will cost tax dollar-funded systems money that could be avoided or diminished if substance abuse were treated. The TICA approach also looks at publicly funded costs as "opportunity resources." That is, resources that are not spent on a particular transaction (e.g., time in jail) are available to be used in other contexts or for other individuals. Details: Portland, OR: NPR Research, 2018. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 11, 2019 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/JCATC-Outcome-and-Cost-Evaluation-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost Analysis Shelf Number: 154891

Author: Sherman, Susan Title: Safe Drug Consumption Spaces: A Strategy for Baltimore City Summary: In the United States, the opioid epidemic is one of the most pressing public health crises of our time. In 2015, overdose fatalities surpassed those of gun homicides for the first time; drug overdoses accounted for 52,404 deaths, 63% of which involved an opioid. The overdose death rate involving opioids has more than quadrupled since 1999, largely attributable to the rise of prescribed and synthetic opioids and subsequent non-medical use. With 259 million prescriptions annually, current opioid availability in the legal market is such that there is enough supply for every American adult have 75 pills. Many Americans whose first exposure to opioids is through these prescriptions later move to illegal drugs to sustain their use. As persons develop tolerance to the effects of prescription opioids, they require greater amounts or stronger medications to avoid painful withdrawal symptoms. High costs of diverted prescription medications and drug tolerance may drive persons to inject illicit drugs, such as heroin. Further, physicians are experienced increase pressure not to rescue or cut people off of opioids, many patients look to illicit means to obtain opioids or heroin. At the same time, the explosion of cheap and increasingly available synthetic opioids such as fentanyl has increased the magnitude of overdose risk. Fentanyl, increasingly prevalent in the U.S. setting, is 50-100 times more potent than heroin or morphine. Fentanyl is a profitable addition to the drug trade because it is cheaper to make and more potent than prescription opioids, heroin, and cocaine. For every overdose death, thousands more experience nonfatal overdose, problematic addiction, morbidities such as endocarditis and soft tissue infections (e.g., abscesses), and are at risk for infectious diseases such as HIV and hepatitis C virus (HCV). These negative health outcomes often occur in the context of unsterilized injection environments. These problems are exacerbated because people who inject drugs (PWID) are less likely to access medical, mental health and social services. Further, illicit drug use, particularly via injection in unsafe drug spaces (e.g., public bathrooms, parks, abandoned housings -"abadominiums") exacerbates the potential for fatal overdose as well as HIV and HCV transmission. Empirical evidence has demonstrated the short-comings of the U.S. war on drugs, underscoring the need for innovative approaches to address substance use disorders and related consequences. In addition to fueling some of the highest rates of incarceration worldwide, drug war supply-side strategies such as drug raids and crackdowns have had minimal, short-lasting impact and may lead to the displacement of drug activity zones. Furthermore, research has found that war on drugs' policing strategies are associated with increases in HIV transmission risk. Given the unprecedented effects of the opioid epidemic, there has never been a more critical time to implement innovative and humane public health approaches to address problematic drug use. In response to these unprecedented rates of overdose deaths, enduring morbidities associated with drug use, and the failed war on drugs, there has been increased interest in the U.S. in innovative and effective interventions aimed to reduce harm to people who use drugs and the broader community. This has led to many discussions about the establishment of safe consumption spaces (SCSs) throughout the U.S. Roughly 97 SCSs exist in 66 cities in 11 countries. Details: Baltimore, MD: Abell Foundation, 2017. Summary; Full Report. Source: Internet Resource: Vol. 29(2): Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.abell.org/publications/safe-consumption-spaces-strategy-baltimore Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154895

Author: Larson, Sharon Title: Supervised Consumption Facilities -- Review of the Evidence Summary: The intent of this document is to: - Describe literature related to supervised consumption facilities as harm-reduction strategies in addressing overdose deaths, infections and community harms from heroin and other opioid use. - Apply estimates of outcomes from other communities to the City of Philadelphia's data, where data are available, to approximate the possible impact of a supervised consumption facility located where deaths from overdose have been most likely to occur. Background on the current crisis in opioid use and overdose deaths is reviewed in order to establish a context, at the national and local level, followed by a review of studies on the impacts on harm reduction from safe use consumption settings. The report then replicates models used to estimate the potential financial and health impacts of a supervised consumption facility in Philadelphia, in comparison to Baltimore and San Francisco, two cities whose officials are currently considering the implementation of a supervised consumption facility or facilities. The limitations on interpretation from these modeling approaches are discussed, and recommendations for metrics to be used in evaluation if the City determines to implement a supervised consumption facility are presented. Supervised consumption facilities (SCFs) around the world have reduced overdose deaths within their service areas[2]. These facilities generally are staffed with health professionals available to educate and respond to overdoses promptly. Moreover, a safe and clean facility that makes sterile injection equipment readily available leads to less transmission of blood-borne infections and fewer soft tissue injuries. Perhaps most importantly, these facilities can make other types of health care available and serve as a conduit for substance abuse treatment services. The impact from the opioid crisis has had a profound effect on communities, neighborhoods and families. To date, no evidence has been found that SCFs increase (or decrease) crime, but there is evidence of a reduction in overdose deaths, injections done in public, blood-borne disease infections, discarded injection equipment, and perceived neighborhood disorder, as well as potential cost savings in health services. In the models, we find the infection-related impact associated with a hypothetical SCF in Philadelphia would be: - between 1 and 18 averted cases of HIV infections annually; and - between 15 and 213 averted cases of hepatitis C infections annually. Given the complexity of estimating the potential impact on deaths from drug overdose, we apply two different models from the literature. In the first one, using data from the Philadelphia Department of Public Health, we estimate that overdose deaths could be reduced by a range between 27 and 48 each year. In the second model, we estimate the potential of averted deaths from drug overdose to be between 24 and 76 annually. We also replicate the models used to estimate the financial impact of a hypothetical SCF in Philadelphia and find the following: - Reduced costs related to hospitalization for skin and soft tissue infections (SSTI) are estimated to be between $1,512,356 and $1,868,205 per year. - We estimate the total value of overdose deaths averted is between $12,462,213 and $74,773,276 annually. - Our estimates for the impact on health care costs annually are: o a reduction of $123,776 from ambulance costs, o $280,683 savings from a reduction in hospital emergency department utilization, and o $247,971 savings from reduced hospitalizations. Evidence suggests that SCFs reach and are accepted by their target populations (e.g., marginalized street users, those at high risk of infectious disease or overdose). We conclude in this report that SCFs may be a viable strategy to reduce the harms of opioids on hard-to-reach populations and the communities in which they live. Details: Wynnewood, PA: Main Line Health Center for Population Health Research at Lankenau Institute for Medical Research, 2017. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://dbhids.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/01/OTF_LarsonS_PHLReportOnSCF_Dec2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154896

Author: Project Inform Title: Safer Consumption Spaces in the United States: Uniting for a National Movement Summary: On September 27 and 28, 2016, Project Inform convened a 2-day think tank in Baltimore, MD entitled, "Safer Consumption Spaces in the United States: Uniting for a National Movement". The meeting brought together a group of 50 harm reductionists, epidemiologists, lawyers, policy experts and people who use drugs to share experiences and discuss strategies for moving forward to bring safer consumption spaces (SCS) to the U.S. At the time the think tank was conceived, there was significant movement towards opening SCS/ SIFs in several U.S. cities and towns. Ithaca, NY included SCS in their report, "The Ithaca Plan: A Public Health and Safety Approach to Drugs and Drug Policy" as an important component of their response to the opioid crisis. Similarly, the Seattle and King County formed the "Yes to SCS" coalition, a group of people who use drugs, lawyers, medical providers, businesses, and other stakeholders to push the SCS agenda in their city. From there, a task force was formed and they published the "Heroin and Prescription Opiate Addiction Task Force: Final Report and Recommendations" which called for the opening of at least two SCS (called "Community Health Engagement Locations" or "CHELS") in their community. The Harm Reduction Coalition released a report entitled "Alternatives to Public Injecting." New York City embarked on a campaign-SIF NYC-to build a coalition of public health service providers and criminal justice reform advocates to call on the city to implement SCS to address problems related to substance use. In addition to these formal approaches, a number of other cities were at various stages of development in their respective SCS advocacy. The first day of the meeting consisted of discussions and presentations by people who use drugs (PWUD), advocates, researchers and other stakeholders to ground the think tank in some central themes: Beginning with a panel discussion from people who use (or used) drugs, a review of a currently operating underground SCS, the importance of including racial justice, and closing with a review of current efforts on the part of 7 cities to bring SCS to their respective communities. On the second day of the meeting, the group began with a discussion of bringing in new and diverse allies beyond the traditional harm reduction, medical and social service providers. Small groups were divided into breakout groups to discuss the following: 1) Keeping SCS Led by People Who Use Drugs 2) Program Strategies 3) Funding Strategies 4) Tools for Organizing 5) State/Local Advocacy 6) Federal Advocacy Strategies The meeting closed where we began: Discussing our values in the SCS movement to ensure that we make them happen on our own terms. Details: San Francisco: The Author, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2019 at: https://www.projectinform.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/SCS-Think-Tank-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154897

Author: Cox, Scott L. Title: Living Shakespeare at the Lansing Correctional Facility, Kansas: Rehabilitation and Re-creation in Action Summary: Living Shakespeare is an all-male, all-inmate theatre program offered under the auspices of Arts in Prison at the Lansing Correctional Facility in Lansing, Kansas. It was founded by Scott L. Cox in September 2011 and has produced four full-length productions of Shakespearean plays to date. The program, inspired by Shakespeare Behind Bars at the Luther Luckett Correctional Center in LaGrange, Kentucky, operates under the belief that participation in a Shakespeare-based theatrical production program offers the inmates opportunities to develop skills necessary to their successful reintegration to society. This dissertation explores the first three years of the Living Shakespeare program with the aim of determining whether the program aids in the prison's stated goal: rehabilitation. The dissertation includes a brief historical account of the development of prison theatre, focusing on the use of Classical and Shakespearean drama with incarcerated populations, culminating in a case study of Shakespeare Behind Bars. The primary case study, which makes up the bulk of this dissertation, is of Living Shakespeare and its ensemble members. The author frames the study as Practice-as-Research (PAR), an approach to performance studies which values performance and theatrical practice as a valid research model. Knowledge is ascertained not solely through an account of the practice but by applying the methodology of ethnography. Observations of the process, field notes, conversations with the participants, questionnaires and interviews all figure into a qualitative analysis of the Living Shakespeare program. The author aims to demonstrate that a Shakespeare-centered theatre process provides the prisoners with the means of attaining twelve specific goals related to rehabilitation and offers rare opportunities for transcendence. Details: Lawrence, KS: University of Kansas, 2016. 316p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://kuscholarworks.ku.edu/handle/1808/21835 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 154899

Author: Gardner, Amanda Title: Prison Arts Resource Project: An Annotated Bibliography Summary: The Prison Arts Resource Project (PARP) is an annotated bibliography of evidence-based studies evaluating the impact of arts programs in U.S. correctional settings. Each of the 48 entries includes information about the arts program as well as the study research goals, methods and a summary of findings. Adult offender and juvenile offender programs are identified. While not an exhaustive list, this collection of annotated impact studies represent publicly available evidence that can be accessed by individuals and organizations seeking to develop their own evaluation or research, or who are seeking evidence of impact for the purposes of program development and policy improvement. Details: Washington, DC: National Endowment for the Arts, 2014. 57p. Updated 2018) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.arts.gov/sites/default/files/Research-Art-Works-Oregon-rev.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 154900

Author: Jarvis, John Title: Mass Victimization: Promising Avenues for Prevention Summary: Traditionally, law enforcement's role in mass victimization incidents has been more reactive than proactive, and federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies have developed tactics, training, and policies designed to ensure a swift, effective response capability. The need to develop efforts to assist in preventing such incidents is now recognized, and it is hoped that this document can highlight the benefits of pursuing preventative courses of action. If any specific or general strategies could contribute to preventing another tragedy like what happened in Charleston, South Carolina in June of 2015; Newtown, Connecticut in December, 2012; or Aurora, Colorado in July, 2012, then this effort will have been worthwhile. Unfortunately, a predictive model for preventing all future mass victimization incidents cannot be provided-- all situations and individuals involved pose complex and variable environmental factors and contextual details to consider. Therefore, any promising avenues for prevention must include specific considerations to be made and questions to be answered. Each community and jurisdiction throughout the country is likely to be different, and the viability of any given preventative strategy must be determined locally. As such, this document is focused on identifying strategies that contribute to preventing, not predicting, incidents of targeted violence that result in mass casualty events. In order to achieve this end, perhaps an appropriate course of analysis is to examine these incidents through a common lens of threat assessment. Typically, the term 'threat assessment' in this context is used to 'describe the set of investigative and operational techniques that can be used by law enforcement professionals to identify, assess, and manage the risks of targeted violence and its potential perpetrators'. Of course, one of the critical issues is separating those who 'make' idle threats from those who 'pose' legitimate threats. Managing this distinction and responding appropriately may be a significant cultural shift for some law enforcement agencies. That is, participating in a threat assessment team and taking proactive steps to prevent violent incidents departs significantly from a reactive strategy that does not generally mobilize until the threat has been realized. Creating relationships with the community so that individuals feel more comfortable reporting concerns to law enforcement or some other authority is perhaps the single most important step toward effective prevention. Details: Washington DC: Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.hsdhttps://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=793568l.org/?abstract&did=793568 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Homicides Shelf Number: 154903

Author: Disley, Emma Title: Development of a framework to estimate the cost of opioid dependence Summary: Opioid dependence imposes a range of costs on individuals, families, communities and society, and understanding these costs is important to inform policy and decision making in this area, especially when budgets for services to address challenges such as substance misuse are under pressure. This report sets out the findings of a targeted review of the harms of opioid dependence, and an assessment of existing estimates of the costs of opioid dependence. A proposed framework for developing new, more comprehensive estimates of the costs of opioid dependence is outlined. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2013. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 12, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR406.html Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154910

Author: Stein, Bradley D. Title: Policies to Support a Better Treatment for Heroin and Prescription Opioid Abuse Unlike Methadone, Buprenorphine Can Be Taken at Home, but Greater Access is Key Summary: Abuse of heroin and prescription opiates (such as oxycodone and hydrocodone) has spiked in the past decade, with an estimated 2 million people having used in the past year. Although methadone clinics offer effective treatment, only a fraction of those trying to quit opiates enter a clinic's doors. Unlike methadone, the prescription drug buprenorphine can be taken outside a methadone clinic, which greatly increases treatment options for people unable or unwilling to receive a daily dose of methadone at a clinic. However, access to buprenorphine is somewhat limited; the only physicians who can prescribe it are those who complete an approved course or have board certifications in addiction medicine or addiction psychiatry and receive a special U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration number indicating that they are waivered from the special registration requirements in the Controlled Substances Act. In addition, the number of patients they can treat is restricted because of concerns that buprenorphine would be diverted to illicit use. Policymakers are examining ways to improve access, including increasing the number of patients a waivered physician can treat and allowing nonphysicians who receive waivers to prescribe it as well. Key Findings Access to buprenorphine increased dramatically in 2006, when physicians who were permitted (waivered) to prescribe the drug were allowed to prescribe it for 100 patients at a time rather than 30. Waivered physicians are more plentiful in states where Medicaid or another state-provided benefit covers buprenorphine treatment and in states with specific guidance on both the use of buprenorphine and the distribution of clinical guidelines for buprenorphine treatment. While some policies opened the door to greater access, others may limit utilization once patients have started treatment. For example, requiring patients to attend drug counseling, charging copayments, and requiring prior authorization for a prescription may have the effect of decreasing or limiting use of buprenorphine. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_briefs/RB9871.html Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154916

Author: Hunt, Pricillia Title: The Costs of Implementing Collaborative Care for Opioid and Alcohol Use Disorders in Primary Care Summary: The National Institutes of Health provided a grant to the RAND Corporation to identify the costs associated with implementation of a collaborative care treatment program for opioid and alcohol use disorders. Between 2012 and 2016, RAND studied the implementation of the substance use motivation and medication integrated treatment (SUMMIT) program in a multi-site large urban federally qualified health center (FQHC) in Los Angeles County. This report describes the costs of the program, separating the resources spent by the FQHC and the external facilitators of the SUMMIT program. The findings of this study are based on a bottom-up, activity-based costing approach to determine the staff time spent (labor costs) on the program and any minor equipment expenses. Rather than simply log all the labor and equipment costs incurred for the study, we provide the costs that another facility of this size might expect to incur. We include costs that take into account the lessons learned about how many people with particular job roles should participate in meetings, trainings, and other activities. Therefore, although the focus of this study is one larger health center in Los Angeles County, we believe other large treatment facilities and health clinics may find the results of interest as well. Key Findings Over a 3.5-year period, the total one-time, start-up cost to prepare for organizational readiness and ongoing maintenance costs to deliver treatment using collaborative care was $185,491 for primary care resources and an estimated $178,821 for external facilitation. Using the rate of 114,000 patients seen per year for this primary care clinic, the estimated cost for primary care resources was $0.46 per patient seen. In terms of time spent by primary care professionals, this study provides breakdowns of the number of meetings, length of time, and the attendees by job type. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2049.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 154926

Author: Maksabedian Hernandez, Ervant J. Title: Increasing Access to Medication-Assisted Treatment for Opioid Use Disorders: Estimating Costs, Supply, and the Effects of Insurance Expansions Summary: Drug overdose deaths in America exceeded 50,000 in 2015, claiming more lives annually than gun violence and motor vehicle accidents. Of these, more than 63% of overdose deaths were due to opioids. Medication-assisted treatment is regarded as the most effective form of treatment for those struggling with an opioid use disorder. However, medication costs and insurance coverage remain identified barriers to treatment. My dissertation measures access to buprenorphine, the fastest growing form of medication-assisted treatment, and the effects of demand side interventions aiming to tackle the opioid problem in America. While some supply side interventions have mixed effectiveness or unintended consequences potentially exacerbating the problem, demand side interventions may be more effective in reducing overall demand for opioids and opioid-related deaths. Insurance expansions, such as the federal insurance parity law of 2008 or the 2014 Medicaid expansions associated with the Affordable Care Act, could have increased access to treatment. The three main insights from this dissertation are: 1) who pays for the medication matters when considering the average cost of buprenorphine maintenance treatment. Patients with public insurance have lower buprenorphine costs compared to those paying with cash-only or with commercial insurance. 2) The federal parity law for substance use disorders (MHPAEA) did not increase access to medication-assisted treatment for opioid use disorders. 3) Out-of-pocket costs for prescription opioids have decreased dramatically while costs for buprenorphine have not declined at similar pace, thus complicating access for those with an opioid use disorder. Efforts by Congress to push commercial insurers to expand coverage for addiction services have not led to lower costs for opioid treatment, unlike the experience among those with public insurance. Policymakers need to look for other ways to get commercial insurers to lower costs, particularly if further health care reform leads to a reduction in Medicaid funding and enrollment. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2017. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 12, 2019: https://www.rand.org/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD404.html Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cost of Insurance Shelf Number: 154927

Author: Financial Justice Project Title: Do the Math: Money Bail Doesn't Add Up for San Francisco Summary: In June of 2017, the Financial Justice Project released a report on San Francisco's system of money bail. The report illustrates how this privatized system, operating at the heart of the criminal justice system, strips $10-15 million a year in nonrefundable bail fees from low-income neighborhoods and communities of color. The report outlines the key problems with the money bail system in San Francisco, and outlines potential solutions for reform. Details: San Francisco: The Project, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://sftreasurer.org/sites/default/files/2017.6.27%20Bail%20Report%20FINAL_2.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 154928

Author: Financial Justice Project Title: San Francisco Fines and Fees Task Force Report: Initial Findings and Recommendations Summary: Our first year was about identifying and understanding community pain points, generating buy in from key players, advancing doable solutions, and getting initial traction on reforms. We also worked to raise awareness of the problem and potential solutions. We formed and chaired a countywide San Francisco Fines and Fees Task Force with participation from the courts, key city and county departments, legal service providers, and community groups. When reviewing fines and fees, our goals were to hold people accountable, while ensuring that consequences are proportionate to the offense and do not disproportionately impact low-income San Franciscans. In May of 2017, we released a report outlining our initial findings and recommended reforms in several policy areas, including transportation fines and fees, quality of life citations that are often issued to people struggling with homelessness, and child support debt owed to the government. Details: San Francisco: The Project, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://sftreasurer.org/sites/default/files/FINAL%20Fines%20and%20Fees%20Task%20Force%20Recommendations.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 154929

Author: California Lawyers for the Arts Title: Arts-In Corrections:: County Jails Project Summary: California Lawyers for the Arts became involved in advocacy to restore California's stellar Arts-in-Corrections programs in 2011, just as the US Supreme Court was requiring the state to reduce severe overcrowding in the state's prisons. In addition to having the nation's largest state prison population, California also claimed one of the highest recidivism rates in the country at nearly 70%. We worked actively with Dr. Larry Brewster of the University of San Francisco and the William James Association to conduct a collaborative demonstration project in several state prisons that involved pre and post surveys of the students. Based on the evidence we gathered at that time, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) was persuaded to provide the California Arts Council with a $2.5 million contract in 2014 for a two-year pilot project providing arts programs in up to 19 state prisons. CLA's Arts in Corrections Initiative, which has received major funding from the National Endowment for the Arts, the California Arts Council, the Quentin Hancock Fund, the Wallace A. Gerbode Foundation and the Art for Justice Fund, brings a new level of awareness and appreciation for the value of effective arts programming in correctional facilities. The goal of this multi-year study is to measure the behavioral and attitudinal changes experienced by residents in county jails throughout California and the impact on their lives through self-reported surveys administered at the end of sequential art classes. A third year of support from the NEA Locals program is supporting outreach to additional counties in California and the development of a tool kit for national distribution. In collaboration with art organizations in Santa Cruz, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Sacramento, Nevada, Sutter, and Yuba Counties, we evaluated the results of the 10 to 18-week art classes attended by a total of 119 men and women. At the end of each program, the participants completed surveys that were designed by Dr. Larry Brewster of the University of San Francisco School of Public Administration. The art classes were held in Santa Cruz Main Jail, San Francisco County Jail - San Bruno Complex, MCJ Twin Towers Correctional Facility in Los Angeles, Fresno County Jail, Sacramento County Jail - Rio Cosumnes Correctional Center, Wayne Brown Correctional Facility in Nevada City, Sutter County Jail, and Yuba County Jail. The residents engaged in the arts reported a number of attitudinal and behavioral changes that can improve their lives. In addition to helping the inmates and their institutions, these benefits can extend to their families, their communities, and the society to which they return. Artists engaged in this work benefit from having socially meaningful work that connects them to larger public policy issues. Details: s.l.: The Program, 2018. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: =https://www.calawyersforthearts.org/resources/Documents/cla.countyjailsprojectreport.revisedapril2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 154933

Author: Wilkinson, Gwen Title: The Ithaca Plan: A Public Health and Safety Approach to Drugs and Drug Policy Summary: This report grows out of a recognition that the city of Ithaca, despite being a national leader in many ways, could do better in its response to drug use. As in many other parts of the country, interaction of policies and available services in Ithaca needs re-imagining to respond to past approaches that have failed. This report presents insights, findings, and recommendations that have emerged from a year-long process of consultations with community members and stakeholders, policymakers, elected officials, experts, and service providers to inform Ithaca's drug policies. Improving public health and safety are its guiding framework. As such, Ithaca stands poised to lead the nation in creating the first comprehensive municipal drug policy plan rooted in public health and harm reduction principles and grounded in the experiences and needs of the community. The drug policies and services currently in place in the city of Ithaca reflect the broader policy dissonance of a shifting and bifurcated approach to drug use in New York state and nationally. While new practices are adopted to reduce the negative health and social consequences of drug use, older practices criminalizing drug use remain. The policy conflicts underlying these approaches are not new, but they create serious problems and inefficiencies when it comes to how drug use is addressed. Too often, our past approaches have failed to recognize that fundamentally, the community prevalence of health problems, such as problem drug use, and social problems, such as participation in the illegal drug economy, reflect deeper issues related to social and economic opportunity and racial inequality. Over the past two decades, changes to drug policies and practices have been implemented in Ithaca with positive results. From the start of his tenure, Mayor Myrick recognized the need to build on these successes and develop an overall strategy to address the realities of drug use in our town. In April 2014, Mayor Myrick convened a group of community experts and leaders, representing the various sectors involved with responding to drug use. This group came to be called the Municipal Drug Policy Community (MDPC). The MDPC was charged to identify and describe the drug-related problems we experience in Ithaca and to recommend policies and practices we could adopt to improve our local response to drug use and related policies. MDPC formed four teams to explore these questions: Prevention, Treatment, Harm Reduction, and Law Enforcement - four domains or "pillars" which reflect the ways our societal response to drug use has been structured. The teams met several times to develop recommendations for new and reformed policies and practices, including reviews of the findings from community engagement activities designed to inform the process - a community convening with 200 Ithacans, eight focus groups involving nearly 100 participants, and dozens of one-on-one meetings with key stakeholders. Details: Ithaca, NY: City of Ithaca, 2016. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2019 at: https://www.cityofithaca.org/DocumentCenter/View/4224/The_Ithaca_Drug_Plan_19Feb2016_REFERENCE?bidId= Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154934

Author: Wolf, Dennie Title: Our Voices Count: The Potential Impact of Strength-Based Music Programs in Juvenile Justice Settings Summary: Wolfbrown took on an evaluation of the impact of ensemble choral music-making on young people living in one of the most uncertain and stressful environments: the juvenile justice system. The project evaluated a choral residency program from Carnegie Hall's Musical Connections program and was funded through the ArtWorks program at the National Endowment for the Arts. Details: Detroit: WolfBrown, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: http://wolfbrown.com/images/books_reports/documents/ourvoicescount.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arts in Prisons Shelf Number: 154935

Author: Brewster, Larry Title: California Prison Arts: A Quantitative Evaluation Summary: California has been a leader in prison fine arts programs in the United States. Arts-in-Corrections, the granddaddy of them all, enjoyed a highly successful 30 year run until the state budget crisis led to its closure in 2010. The need for prison arts education is greater than ever, in part because of AIC's demonstrated transformational impact on imprisoned men and women. The William James Association Prison Arts Project, California Lawyers for the Arts, The Actor's Gang, Marin Shakespeare, and Jail Guitar Doors are California non-profit organizations with experience and a demonstrated commitment, not only to provide art instruction in prisons, but to engage in ongoing evaluation of the impact of these programs on human development. This report presents results from the most recent quantitative evaluation of prison arts education, in collaboration with these organizations, and with the support of the National Endowment for the Arts, the California Arts Council, and the Andy Warhol, Gerbode and San Francisco Foundations. There is evidence that prison fine arts programs provide authentic learning experiences that engage the minds and hearts of the incarcerated. Prison art program evaluations in the United States and elsewhere in the world have found strong correlations between arts education and improved work ethic, self-esteem, creativity, intellectual agility, motivation, self-confidence, emotional control, and an ability to work with others. Further, interdisciplinary research shows cognitive, social and personal competencies are cultivated through arts instruction and practice. The findings of this research is further evidence of the transformative power of the arts. A brief description of this study and main findings are provided below: - This quantitative evaluation of California prison arts programs using a pretest-posttest survey research design was conducted in four California prisons and included classes in theater(California Rehabilitation Center, Norco, San Quentin), poetry (San Quentin), writing (New Folsom), and visual arts (Soledad). - A sample of 110 inmates participated in the study, including former Arts-in-Corrections inmates (N=49), and those new to prison arts education (N=61). Approximately half of the 61 inmates had studied or practiced art prior to their incarceration (N=30), while 31 of the participants had never studied or practiced art. - Three surveys were administered: one to former Arts-in-Corrections inmates (33 variables); the other two were pretest (28 variables) and posttest (29 variables) questionnaires given to those who had not been involved in AIC. - Each questionnaire included attitudinal scales adapted from the statistically validated "Life Effectiveness Questionnaire (LEQ) that measures: Time Management, Social Competence, Achievement Motivation, Intellectual Flexibility, Emotional Control, Active Initiative, and Self-Confidence. - Those with previous arts education and practice, including former AIC participants (N=79), were statistically more likely to be intellectually flexible, self-confident, motivated, in control of their emotions, socially competent, and better managers of their time than inmates who had never studied or practiced art (N=31). - Participants who had previously studied or practiced art were statistically more likely to pursue other educational and/or vocational programs than were those without arts education. - A significant majority of former AIC inmates attribute to the arts program their greater confidence and self-discipline to pursue other academic and vocational opportunities. This was particularly true for those who had participated in Arts-in-Corrections for two or more years. - Many participants self-reported a reduction in disciplinary reports while involved in the art classes, and 61% of those who were in the Arts-in-Corrections program for 5 or more years reported improved behavior. - Most AIC inmates, regardless of years in the program, reported that they got along better with other inmates and prison staff. - These findings are supported by a 1983 cost-benefit study of Arts-in-Corrections that showed a significant reduction in disciplinary reports for inmates active in the Arts-inCorrections program. - A significant majority of participants reported that the art programs helped them to relieve stress, feel happier, and gain valuable insights. Over half (58%) said their art brought them closer to family; enriching their conversations and nurturing a new identity as artist, rather than convict. - A comparison of the pretest-post-test survey results for the 31 inmates who had no previous arts education or practice showed a positive and statistically significant correlation between their participation in the theater, writing and visual arts classes and improved time management, achievement motivation, intellectual flexibility, active initiative, and self-confidence. - There was a positive, although not statistically significant, change in their feelings of social competence and emotional control. The fact that former AIC inmates who had participated two or more years in the arts program showed statistically significant improvement in these areas of social behavior suggests the importance of long-term exposure to arts education and practice. Details: San Francisco: University of San Francisco, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://www.calawyersforthearts.org/resources/Documents/larry_brewster--california_prison_arts_evaluation--jan_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Arts Programs Shelf Number: 154945

Author: Shoag, Daniel Title: "Ban the Box" Measures Help High Crime Neighborhoods Summary: Many localities have in recent years regulated the use of questions about criminal history in hiring, or "banned the box." We show that these regulations increased employment of residents in high-crime neighborhoods by up to 4%, consistent with the central objective of these measures. This effect can be seen in both aggregate employment patterns for high-crime neighborhoods and in commuting patterns to workplace destinations with this type of ban. The increases are particularly large in the public sector and in lower-wage jobs. This is the first nationwide evidence that these policies do, indeed, increase employment opportunities in neighborhoods with many ex-offenders. Details: Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2019 at: https://www.aei.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Ban-the-Box-March-2019-update.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 154947

Author: Krieger, Kathleen Title: Evaluation of Domestic Victims of Human Trafficking Demonstration Projects: Service Models of the Second Cohort of Projects Summary: This brief describes the service models of the second cohort of projects that implemented 2-year demonstration projects for domestic victims of human trafficking from October 2015 through September 2017 in Billings, Montana; North Dakota and Clay County, Minnesota; and Multnomah County, Oregon. Each project's organization background; demonstration project structure, including key partners and roles; and victim service model are described. Domestic human trafficking involves forced labor and sexual exploitation of United States citizens and lawful permanent residents including men and women; and children, youth, and adults. To improve services for domestic victims of human trafficking, the Family and Youth Services Bureau (FYSB) within the Administration for Children and Families (ACF) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, awarded three cooperative agreements in 2014 to implement demonstration projects. FYSB awarded three additional cooperative agreements in 2015. The intent of the demonstration program was to build, expand, and sustain organizational and community capacity to deliver trauma-informed, culturally relevant services for domestic victims of human trafficking through a coordinated system of agency services and partnerships with community-based organizations and allied professionals. The information presented in the brief was gathered as part of the Evaluation of Domestic Victims of Human Trafficking Demonstration Projects. The evaluation is overseen by ACF's Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation (OPRE), in collaboration with FYSB, and conducted by RTI International Details: Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: OPRE Report 2018-103: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: https://www.acf.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/opre/dvhtcohort2evaluationbrief_dec2018_508.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Services Shelf Number: 154965

Author: Ludin, Abasin Title: Regulatory Framework for Marijuana Legalization: City of Pacific Grove, California Summary: In November 2016, 57 percent of California voters approved ballot measure Proposition 64 to legalize the use of recreational marijuana. This happened despite the fact that marijuana is still considered illegal under federal law. Although Prop 64 requires the state to issue marijuana licenses to businesses by January 2018, local governments are granted the authority to allow recreational or medical marijuana sales. The aim of this project is to focus on a regulatory framework regarding marijuana legalization for the City of Pacific Grove, California. Currently, the sale of both medical and recreational marijuana remains banned in the city. However, as 69 percent of Pacific Grove voters supported Prop 64, officials are currently working on establishing regulations for the city. The literature review for this project draws from the experiences of Colorado and Washington state. Research indicates that the main areas of concern related to legalization are in its effects on health, the prevalence of usage, traffic accidents, crime and tax revenues. In order to understand the perceptions of Pacific Grove residents, a survey was distributed using an online link. The survey received a total of 332 recorded responses, with 263 of them from Pacific Grove residents. While 66 percent of residents are in favor of allowing a medical dispensary to operate in the city, 50 percent favor allowing a recreational dispensary. The three major concerns amongst residents are, "ensuring that children don't have access to edible marijuana," "taxing marijuana businesses in order to earn revenue for the city," and "ensuring that youth become aware of risks". The major themes that emerge as a result of the open-ended responses are economy/taxes, youth/children, medical, public smoking, driving/accidents, crime and health. Details: Pacific Grove, CA: City of Pacific Grove, 2018. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2019 at: https://www.cityofpacificgrove.org/sites/default/files/city-council/2018/1-10-2018/city-council-1-10-2018-14a-abasin-ludin-report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 154969

Author: Marsh, Erin Title: State Report Cards: Grading Criminal Record Relief Laws for Survivors of Human Trafficking Summary: Many survivors of human trafficking exploited in the commercial sex industry or other labor sectors have been arrested for offenses stemming from their victimization. Resulting criminal records - both arrest and court documents - then follow survivors and create barriers that impact their independence, stability, and safety. In 2010, New York became the first state to allow trafficking survivors to clear certain charges from their criminal records. In the years since, almost every state has enacted some form of criminal record relief for trafficking survivors. However, these laws vary greatly. Many are too limited to offer meaningful relief. Others include conditions that make relief inaccessible. This report analyzes existing state criminal record relief laws for survivors of human trafficking, grades the laws, and recommends best practices. The grading rubric was designed by researchers and practitioners and informed by the experiences of criminalized survivors of trafficking. The resulting "report cards" attempt to codify an ideal criminal record relief law for trafficking survivors. The hope is that this framework will serve as a blueprint for policymakers and advocates as to how best to draft, amend, or implement state law and that this will lead to more accessible relief for survivors across the country regardless of where their arrest or conviction occurred. Details: Washington, DC: Polaris, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 15, 2019 at: https://polarisproject.org/sites/default/files/Grading%20Criminal%20Record%20Relief%20Laws%20for%20Survivors%20of%20Human%20Trafficking.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Expungement Shelf Number: 154978

Author: Wetchler, Everett Title: Fact Sheet: Officer-Involved Shootings and Custodial Deaths in Texas Summary: Since 2005, there have been 8,730 deaths of civilians in the custody of Texas law enforcement. In the past decade, officer-involved shootings in Texas have been on the rise. Data obtained from the Texas Office of the Attorney General shows that since Sept. 1, 2015, there have been 466 civilians shot by Texas law enforcement, and 78 officers have been shot. Officers involved in shootings skew younger and male than the general population of Texas law enforcement officers. Overall, most deaths that occur in Texas law enforcement custody are due to natural causes, but that nearly half of all deaths of inmates housed alone in a jail cell are suicides. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Justice Initiative, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: http://texasjusticeinitiative.org/publications/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 154986

Author: Texas Justice Initiative Title: Data for "Life and Death in a Carceral State" Summary: - On average, 459 people die in TDCJ custody every year, with an average of 416 each year attributed to �natural causes/illness� (not including 2018). - 90% of deaths in prison are reportedly due to "natural causes" - Since 2005, natural deaths have comprised between 59% and 74% of all custodial deaths; 68% on average. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Justice Initiative, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: http://texasafterviolence.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Data_For_TAVP_Video.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Custodial Deaths Shelf Number: 154987

Author: Tiry, Emily Title: Social Media Guidebook for Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: Social media can be a valuable tool for law enforcement agencies to disseminate information to the public and gauge community sentiment regarding agency policies and practices. We conducted a survey of law enforcement agencies and collected Twitter data from survey respondents to examine how law enforcement agencies currently use social media. Drawing from these data sources, this guidebook describes the importance of communication for community engagement and public safety, presents data-driven recommendations, and provides step-by-step strategies for agencies that want to enhance their use of social media as a community policing tool. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/research/publication/social-media-guidebook-law-enforcement-agencies Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 154988

Author: McLeod, Allegra M. Title: Immigration, Criminalization, and Disobedience Summary: This symposium essay explores two contending visions of immigration justice: one focused on expanding procedural rights for immigrants, and a second associated with a movement of immigrant youth who have come out en masse as "undocumented and unafraid," issuing a fundamental challenge to immigration restrictionism. As immigration enforcement in the United States increasingly relies on criminal prosecution and detention, advocates for reform have increasingly turned to constitutional criminal procedure, seeking greater procedural protections for immigrants. But this essay argues that this focus on enhanced procedural protections is woefully incomplete as a vision of immigration justice. Although a right to counsel, for example, may provide comfort and aid to certain vulnerable individuals, such procedural protections are unlikely to change the quasi-criminal character of immigration enforcement or to address the plight of the millions of people without a path to lawful status. Just as U.S. constitutional criminal procedure failed to ameliorate the harshness of substantive criminal law, more robust immigration procedural protections would likely fail to reorient immigration enforcement in a more humane direction. By contrast, a growing movement of immigrant youth offers a more expansive conception of immigration reform. As these immigrant youth lay claim to a "right to remain," infiltrate immigration detention centers, and crash the border, they have reshaped our political and legal discourse, gesturing towards an alternative vision of immigration justice. Details: Washington, DC: Georgetown University Law Center, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://repository.law.miami.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=4461&context=umlr Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 154989

Author: Oglesby-Neal, Ashlin Title: Law Enforcement Social Media Policies: Recommendations to Support Community Engagement Summary: Many law enforcement agencies across the country use social media to disseminate information and engage the communities they serve. To ensure that a department has a clear vision for its social media use and effectively pursues that vision in practice, it is important to develop and regularly update social media policy and guidelines. As part of a survey of law enforcement use of social media, we collected agency social media policies. This brief reviews common themes in that sample of social media policies we collected from 70 law enforcement agencies, describes important considerations, and provides strategies to develop or adapt policies and guidelines to support community engagement. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99788/law_enforcement_social_media_policies_5.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 154990

Author: Shariati, Auzeen Title: An Assessment of the Role of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) in Campus Safety Summary: The use of crime prevention initiatives on American college campuses has rapidly increased in the past three decades as high profile crime incidents continue to erode the public's perception of universities as sanctuaries - isolated from criminal activity. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) is an environmental approach to crime prevention that refers to strategies that focus on reducing crime opportunities by manipulating the physical and social qualities of the environment. Although empirical research on CPTED is growing, little is known about the impact of this method on educational settings. The main argument of the present study is that CPTED has the potential to foster campus safety by reducing crime and increasing the perception of safety. Based on findings from previous studies, it is expected that universities with higher level of CPTED are more likely to have lower crime rates, and students residing in high CPTED campus facilities are more likely to have higher perception of safety. To test the hypothesized effect, a content analysis of the annual safety reports of 100 postsecondary institutions in the United States was conducted. In addition, the residents of two dormitories of a university were surveyed to assess their safety perceptions. Furthermore, a case study was conducted in a college campus with a systematic deployment of the CPTED approach. In-depth interviews, one focus group, in-site observations, and analysis of secondary data were performed to contextualize the study findings. Although the quantitative analysis of the national review of the annual safety reports did not provide evidence in support of the hypothesized effect, it uncovered a reverse relationship between crime rate and use of environmental crime prevention measures. The results of the survey of students' perception of safety, on the other hand, revealed evidence in support of the second hypothesis of the dissertation. Furthermore, the qualitative case study analysis provided insight into the implementation procedures, strengths, and challenges of the systematic CPTED program. The main findings show how CPTED works in the academic context and what alterations are needed to advance the program. Details: Miami, Florida: Florida International University, 2017. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://digitalcommons.fiu.edu/etd/3391/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Safety Shelf Number: 154995

Author: McNeal, Gregory Title: Drones and Aerial Surveillance: Considerations for Legislators Summary: The looming prospect of expanded use of unmanned aerial vehicles, colloquially known as drones, has raised understandable concerns for lawmakers. Those concerns have led some to call for legislation mandating that nearly all uses of drones be prohibited unless the government has first obtained a warrant. Privacy advocates have mounted a lobbying campaign that has succeeded in convincing thirteen states to enact laws regulating the use of drones by law enforcement, with eleven of those thirteen states requiring a warrant before the government may use a drone. The campaigns mounted by privacy advocates oftentimes make a compelling case about the threat of pervasive surveillance, but the legislation is rarely tailored in such a way to prevent the harm that advocates fear. In fact, in every state where legislation was passed, the new laws are focused on the technology (drones) not the harm (pervasive surveillance). In many cases, this technologycentric approach creates perverse results, allowing the use of extremely sophisticated pervasive surveillance technologies from manned aircraft, while disallowing benign uses of drones for mundane tasks like accident and crime scene documentation, or monitoring of industrial pollution and other environmental harms. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, 2014. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://www.brookings.edu/research/drones-and-aerial-surveillance-considerations-for-legislatures/ Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Drones Shelf Number: 154997

Author: Jung, Jongbin Title: Simple Rules for Complex Decisions Summary: Judges, doctors, and managers are among those decision makers who must often choose a course of action under limited time, with limited knowledge, and without the aid of a computer. Because data-driven methods typically outperform unaided judgments, resource-constrained practitioners can benefit from simple, statistically derived rules that can be applied mentally. In this work, we formalize longstanding observations about the efficacy of improper linear models to construct accurate yet easily memorized rules. To test the performance of this approach, we conduct a large-scale evaluation in 23 domains and focus in depth on one: judicial decisions to release or detain defendants while they await trial. In these domains, we find that simple rules rival the accuracy of complex prediction models that base decisions on considerably more information. Further, comparing to unaided judicial decisions, we find that simple rules substantially outperform the human experts. To conclude, we present an analytical framework that sheds light on why simple rules perform as well as they do. Details: S.L., 2017. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://arxiv.org/abs/1702.04690 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Detain Defendants Shelf Number: 155004

Author: Pierson, Emma Title: A Large-Scale Analysis of Racial Disparities in Police Stops Across the United States Summary: To assess racial disparities in police interactions with the public, we compiled and analyzed a dataset detailing nearly 100 million municipal and state patrol traffic stops conducted in dozens of jurisdictions across the country - the largest such effort to date. We analyze these records in three steps. First, we measure potential bias in stop decisions by examining whether black drivers are less likely to be stopped after sunset, when a "veil of darkness" masks one's race. After adjusting for time of day - and leveraging variation in sunset times across the year - we find evidence of bias against black drivers both in highway patrol and in municipal police stops. Second, we investigate potential bias in decisions to search stopped drivers. Examining both the rate at which drivers are searched and the likelihood that searches turn up contraband, we find evidence that the bar for searching black and Hispanic drivers is lower than for searching whites. Finally, we examine the effects of legalizing recreational marijuana on policing in Colorado and Washington state. We find evidence that legalization reduced the total number of searches conducted for both white and minority drivers, but we also find that the bar for searching minority drivers is still lower than for whites post-legalization. We conclude by offering recommendations for improving data collection, analysis, and reporting by law enforcement agencies. Details: Stanford, California: Stanford Computational Policy Lab, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2019 at: https://openpolicing.stanford.edu/publications/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Biased Policing Shelf Number: 155005

Author: Guyer, Jocelyn Title: State Strategies for Establishing Connections to Health Care for Justice-Involved Populations: The Central Role of Medicaid Summary: Issue: With many states expanding Medicaid eligibility, individuals leaving jail or prison are now often able to enroll in health coverage upon release. It is increasingly clear, however, that coverage alone is insufficient to address the often complex health and social needs of people who cycle between costly hospital and jail stays. Goals: To identify emerging trends in the care delivery models that state Medicaid programs use for former inmates. Methods: Literature review and interviews with state officials, plans, and providers. Key Findings: The care delivery models for individuals leaving jail or prison provide comprehensive primary care, typically including: data exchange to ensure providers are notified when someone is leaving jail or prison; "in-reach" to help inmates establish a relationship with a primary care provider prior to release, identify health conditions, and set up community-based care; strategies for addressing housing issues and other social determinants of health; use of a peer-support specialist who has experienced incarceration; and specialized training for primary care providers and specialists who work with the formerly incarcerated. Conclusion: With a foundation of insurance coverage, states have developed a range of promising, replicable approaches to providing care to people leaving jail or prison. Details: New York: Commonwealth Fund, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue Brief: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.commonwealthfund.org/sites/default/files/2019-01/Guyer_state_strategies_justice_involved_Medicaid_ib_v2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Care Shelf Number: 155011

Author: Walters, Jennifer Hardison Title: FY 2011 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects: Evaluability Assessment of the Minnesota Department of Corrections High Risk Recidivism Reduction Demonstration Project Summary: In 2008, the Second Chance Act (SCA): Community Safety Through Recidivism Prevention was signed into law with the goal of increasing reentry programming for offenders released from state prisons and local jails. Programs funded through Title I of the SCA must create strategic, sustainable plans to facilitate the successful reentry of individuals leaving incarceration facilities. Other key requirements include collaboration among state and local criminal justice and social service systems (e.g., health, housing, child services, education, substance abuse and mental health treatment, victim services, and employment services) and data collection to measure specified performance outcomes (i.e., those related to recidivism and service provision). Further, the SCA states that program reentry plans should incorporate input from local nonprofit organizations, crime victims, and offenders' families. It also requires that grantee programs create reentry task forces-comprised of relevant agencies, service providers, nonprofit organizations, and community members-to use existing resources, collect data, and determine best practices for addressing the needs of the target population. Consistent with the objectives of the Second Chance Act, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) funded 22 adult offender reentry demonstration grants in FY 2011. Eight FY 2011 SCA projects were selected by BJA for this evaluability assessment (EA). These projects target adult offenders under state or local custody (and about to return to the community) for comprehensive reentry programing and services designed to promote successful reintegration and reduce recidivism. Intended to proactively address the multiple challenges facing former prisoners upon their return to the community, the grants may be used to provide an array of pre-and post-release services, including education and literacy programs, job placement, housing services, and mental health and substance abuse treatment. Risk and needs assessments, transition case planning, case management, and family involvement are key elements of grantees' SCA projects. The goals of the SCA projects are to measurably (1) increase reentry programming for returning prisoners and their families, (2) reduce recidivism and criminal involvement among program participants by 50 percent over five years, (3) reduce violations among program participants, and (4) improve reintegration outcomes, including reducing substance abuse and increasing employment and housing stability. The MN DOC's High Risk Recidivism Reduction Demonstration Project is a new reentry program developed by DOC's Community Services Division to serve release violators - a unique, high-risk population, including sex offenders, that historically has not received reentry support services. The overarching case management framework used in the program's design is the National Institute of Corrections' Transition from Prison to Community (TPC) model. MN DOC's focus on reentry increased around 2005 with the introduction of the TPC model by the National Governor's Association and the formation of a unit dedicated to reentry services. The design of the SCA grant program was influenced by preceding reentry initiatives including the Serious and Violent Reentry Initiative, the MN Comprehensive Offender Reentry Program, and the Prisoner Reentry Initiative. The SCA program serves release violators committed to the Minnesota Correctional Facility (MCF)-Lino Lakes who will be returning to Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin, or Ramsey County under community supervision. Eligible participants receive individualized transition planning and case management from a reentry coordinator for two to six months prior to release. Soon after enrollment, participants attend an orientation group session during which they are introduced to the program's services and expectations and meet key community partners. Upon release, a reentry team meeting is held to review client goals and to set up a schedule of services. Post-release services are offered through a community hub for 6 to 12 months. Co-located services include case management, employment assistance (including wage subsidies for transitional employment), transitional housing assistance, bus cards, and weekly life skills and mentoring groups. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243984.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Adult Offender Reentry Shelf Number: 155012

Author: Quinn, Lois M. Title: Statewide imprisonment of Black Men in Wisconsin Summary: In 2013 the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Employment and Training Institute released a study on "Wisconsin's Mass Incarceration of African American Males.". The study documented what the black community already knew full well - that the state of Wisconsin had incarcerated over half of the young black men from Milwaukee County in state correctional facilities and that thousands of men from central city Milwaukee neighborhoods had served time in state prison or were currently imprisoned. An examination of the 2010 U.S. Census data counts showed Wisconsin with the highest incarceration rate for African American men in state prison and local jails in the United States and double the national average. This report provides data on black male incarceration for the entire state of Wisconsin to assist the NAACP Wisconsin Conference of Branches, local and state governments, community agencies, and religious groups in addressing economic and criminal justice concerns in the state. For most ex-offenders, their prison records remain public and impediments to employment for the rest of their lives. Consequently, unlike studies reporting point-in-time levels of incarceration or average daily inmate populations, this report identifies the total populations of African American men who were incarcerated in adult state correctional facilities from 1990 to 2012 using Wisconsin Department of Corrections (DOC) public inmate records. Details: Milwaukee, WI: Employment and Training Institute, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 2014. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: http://www4.uwm.edu/eti/2014/WisconsinStudy.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: African American Men Shelf Number: 155013

Author: Johnson, Ben Title: Do Criminal Laws Deter Crime? Deterrence Theory in Criminal Justice Policy: A Primer Summary: This publication discusses criminal deterrence, which is one theory legislators can use to assess possible changes in criminal justice policy. When legislators consider changes to criminal justice policy, they often face the question of whether the changes will prevent people from committing crimes. Legislators in Minnesota may look to other states to see if changes there produced any noticeable effect, but that information may not always present a complete picture. Another tool for legislators is deterrence theory. Deterrence theory was first described in the late 1700s, but received new attention in the 1960s. Academic studies since then have looked at the relationship between the severity of punishment, the certainty that a criminal will be punished, and the speed with which the punishment will be inflicted. Looking at both long-term trends and smaller case studies, research has shed light on behaviors that can be deterred most easily, policy changes that have little deterrent effect, and the types of actions that are most likely to prevent people from committing crimes. For example, research has shown that:  crimes involving conscious planning can be more easily deterred than those that relate to addiction or sudden emotions;  increases to prison sentences that are already lengthy have little deterrent effect; and  policies that increase the likelihood of being caught deter crime more effectively than those that increase punishment. Deterrence theory can help legislators craft and assess policy proposals. Details: St. Paul, MN: Minnesota House Research, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.house.leg.state.mn.us/hrd/pubs/deterrence.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Policy Shelf Number: 155015

Author: Malcolm, John G. Title: Focusing on School Safety After Parkland Summary: There is no question that people on all sides of the school safety conversation want to protect the nation's children against threats of violence, whether in the classroom or at home and in their neighborhoods. Statistically, there is no safer place for children to be than in our schools, but recent events at Parkland and elsewhere highlight significant concerns about the possibility of devastating attacks even in our educational institutions. We can and must do better to guard against future incidents of violence that threaten students, but peace of mind will not be restored by wholesale restrictions on gun ownership or vilification of fundamental constitutional rights. Devising and implementing effective measures will require clear-headed, open-minded, fact-based analyses of proposed policies. Details: Washington, DC: The Heritage Foundation, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder No. 3295: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.heritage.org/sites/default/files/2018-03/BG3295.pdf Year: 2918 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 155016

Author: Financial Justice Project Title: Criminal Justice Administrative Fees: High Pain for People, Low Gain for Government. A Call to Action for California Counties Summary: On February 6, 2018, San Francisco Board of Supervisors President London Breed held a press conference on the steps of San Francisco City Hall. Surrounded by dozens of residents, community activists, and elected officials, Breed announced that she was introducing legislation to make San Francisco the first city and county in the nation to eliminate all criminal justice administrative fees authorized by our local government. The legislation also aims to eliminate all outstanding debt from these criminal justice fees, and challenges other counties to re-examine their reliance on criminal justice fees, and search for more fair and just ways to fund our criminal justice system. The broader public often does not realize that when individuals exit the criminal justice system, they can be assessed thousands of dollars in administrative fees that aim to recoup costs for the courts and government. For example, in San Francisco people can be charged a $50 monthly probation fee; up to $35 a day to rent an electronic ankle surveillance monitor, and other fees to pay for reports, collections costs, or tests. The fees can add up to thousands of dollars. The ten San Francisco criminal justice administrative fees targeted for elimination by this legislation are assessed on individuals who have already paid other consequences for their crime. They have often served time in jail, paid other fines or are paying victim restitution. The goals of these local criminal justice fees are to generate revenue to cover costs, not create an additional layer of punishment. San Francisco is not alone in this practice. Similar fines and fees are assessed in localities throughout California and the nation. While this legislation aims to eliminate local administrative fees, other fees and fines are also authorized and assessed by the state government and the courts. Over the past year, the San Francisco Public Defender's Office, The San Francisco Financial Justice Project, and The San Francisco Mayor's Office of Budget and Public Policy have conducted research on the impacts of these criminal justice administrative fees. These departments were spurred to action by various community organizations and the Debt Free SF coalition that decried how many San Franciscans were struggling to pay these fees, and the barriers they created for people struggling to get back on their feet. The Adult Probation Department, the Sheriff's Department, and the District Attorney�s Office all collaborated with us as we conducted this research and are champions of this legislation. Our key research findings and conclusions include: - People exiting the criminal justice system can be assessed dozens of fines and fees that can add up to thousands of dollars. At least 45 fines and fees can be assessed from people exiting our local criminal justice system, approximately 30 of which are administrative fees. Some are assessed by the county, and others by the courts or state government. - Over the last six years, more than 265,000 fines and fees have been charged to local individuals, totaling almost $57 million. Of this total, more than $20 million of these fines and fees are locally controlled and authorized by San Francisco County. - Over the last six years, over 20,000 individuals have accumulated more than $15 million in unpaid debt from locally authorized fees. This legislation calls for the elimination of this outstanding debt. - The collection rates on these fees are very low, averaging seventeen percent across these locally authorized fees, simply because people cannot afford to pay them. - Monthly $50 probation fees result in the most debt and appear to be the hardest for people to pay. In San Francisco, individuals are charged a monthly $50 probation fee. Typically, the entire cost of the average three-year probation supervision term is billed to the individual upfront at the beginning of their probation, totaling $1,800. A total of $15.8 million in probation fees has been assessed in the last six years. Of the $15.8 million, more than $12 million is still uncollected. In 2016, the collection rate for probation fees was nine percent. - The cost of this legislation will be outweighed by the benefits. The Mayor's Budget Office estimates that elimination of these criminal justice administrative fees will cost $1 million a year in foregone revenue, spread across several City departments. We believe the benefits of eliminating this debt outweighs the foregone revenue. Eliminating this liability will lift $15 million in debt off thousands of individuals, most of whom are very low income. This debt makes it harder to meet their day to day living expenses, and is a barrier to their successful re-entry. Details: San Francisco: San Francisco Office of the treasurer & Tax Collector, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://sftreasurer.org/sites/default/files/Criminal%20Justice%20Fees_High%20Pain_Low%20Gain%20FINAL.pdf Year: 0 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Administrative Fees Shelf Number: 155017

Author: Germain, Justin Title: Opioid Use Disorder, Treatment, and Barriers to Employment Among TANF Recipients Summary: This report identifies the state of current research on the prevalence of opioid use disorder and treatment services among Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) participants and the TANF-eligible population. Additional emphasis is provided on how opioid use disorder negatively affects work-readiness and employment attainment. Funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services' Administration for Children and Families, this project aims to improve economic well-being and increase TANF agencies' knowledge base. This report is based on a literature review of opioid use disorder treatment strategies and information on the effects of opioids in the TANF, TANF-eligible, and low-income populations. Opioid use disorder in the United States has skyrocketed since 2010. Opioids contributed to 42,249 American overdose deaths in 2016, and this rate continues to swell. Little contemporary research has been conducted on the effects of this surge on the TANF population. Existing research about the opioid crisis primarily focuses on its effects on the general population, while TANF-centered studies almost exclusively examine general substance use disorder. Available research suggests that opioid and substance use disorders are significant barriers to employment for low-income individuals. Treatment and prevention strategies that consider substance use disorders as one of many social, economic, and psychological barriers to employability tend to be more effective in promoting recovery and integration within the labor market. Key takeaways of this report include the following:  To date, limited research exists on the magnitude of opioid use disorder within the TANF and TANF-eligible populations. However, individuals in poverty are more likely to be dependent on opioids than those with incomes over 200% of the federal poverty line. This appears disproportionately harmful to the TANF population, although geographic trends should also be considered.  Opioid use disorder falls within a web of coexisting problems that exacerbate low-income individuals' difficulties in securing employment.  Promising strategies for opioid use disorder include medication-assisted treatment (MAT), prescription drug monitoring and national prescribing guidelines, contingency management, and community prevention coalitions.  Few opioid use disorder programs tailor their assessment, treatment, prevention, or recovery services specifically to TANF recipients' needs. While this review identified substantial information about the extent of opioid use disorder and the barriers to employment it creates, it also revealed gaps, especially the lack of strategies targeting TANF and TANF-eligible populations. Information about opioid treatment strategies targeted at employment and work-readiness for TANF recipients is limited. Some strategies have shown promise-sometimes using non-experimental methods or with different populations-and could be evaluated for TANF. This includes better screening and assessment tools, Intensive Case Management (ICM), treatment addressing coexisting issues, and the Individualized Placement and Support (IPS) model of supported employment. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Family Assistance, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: OFA Report #1-2018,: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://mefassociates.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/TANF_Opioid_Literature_-Review.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155018

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Importance of the Company You Keep: The Effectiveness of Social Support Interventions for Prisoners Summary: Key Points Although underused by prison systems, social support interventions have generally been found to improve recidivism and prison misconduct outcomes. Prison visitation tends to be more effective in reducing recidivism when it is closer to an inmate's release from prison, more frequent, and spread out among numerous individual visitors. Further, visits from community volunteers, such as clergy and mentors, have been found to be more beneficial in decreasing recidivism. Correctional programs relying on community volunteers have been more effective when they have delivered a continuum of social support from prison to the community. Details: Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: http://www.aei.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/The-importance-of-the-company-you-keep.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mentoring Shelf Number: 154304

Author: California State Auditor, Bureau of State Audits Title: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation: Several Poor Administrative Practices Have Hindered Reductions in Recidivism and Denied Inmates Access to In‑Prison Rehabilitation Programs Summary: Although the number of inmates housed in state prisons has decreased in recent years, recidivism rates for inmates in California have remained stubbornly high, averaging around 50 percent over the past decade. The State defines recidivism as when a person is convicted of a subsequent crime within three years of being released from custody. Research shows that rehabilitation programs can reduce recidivism by changing inmates' behavior based on their individual needs and risks. For example, inmates are more likely to recidivate if they have drug abuse problems, have trouble keeping steady employment, or are illiterate. Rehabilitation programs aim to address and mitigate those challenges. In 2012 the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (Corrections) released a report, commonly known as the blueprint, that set a number of goals, including increasing access to rehabilitation programs. Since 2012 Corrections has expanded cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), vocational education, and academic education to all of its 36 prisons, including a corresponding increase in its budget for in‑prison rehabilitation programs, from $234 million in fiscal year 2013-14 to $298 million in fiscal year 2018-19. Corrections has also begun administering the tools it uses to assess rehabilitative needs for a greater number of inmates, and has created ways to better ensure its CBT vendors are providing services consistently and efficiently. However, since this expansion, Corrections has not undertaken sufficient effort to determine whether these programs are effective at reducing recidivism. Details: San Francisco: The Author, 2019. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 2018-113: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.bsa.ca.gov/pdfs/reports/2018-113.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 155019

Author: International Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Active Shooter: Model Policy. Concepts & Issues Paper. Need to Know Summary: In active shooter situations where ongoing deadly force is reasonably likely to be employed by a suspect and delay in taking law enforcement action could result in injury or death, immediate action by officers at the scene is necessary when such actions are deemed reasonable to prevent further injuries or loss of life. These documents provide protocols for assessing the threat and immediately responding during active shooter situations to limit serious injury or loss of life. While the term "active shooter" is used throughout, these documents apply to all situations where there is an active assailant or assailants posing an ongoing deadly threat, to include, but not limited to, those from firearms, vehicles, explosives, and knives. Details: Alexandria, VA: IACP Law Enforcement Policy Center, 2018. 3 documents Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.theiacp.org/resources/policy-center-resource/active-shooter Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Active Shooters Shelf Number: 155020

Author: Oregon Campus Safety Work Group Title: Campus Safety at Oregon Post-Secondary Education Institutions: A Report from the Oregon Campus Safety Work Group Summary: Public safety is an increasingly critical issue on campuses across the country, including institutions in Oregon. High-profile examples of emergencies and threats to college campuses, such as Superstorm Sandy and the tragedy at Virginia Tech, have shifted statewide conversations over the past 15 years. Emergencies and threats to students, faculty, and staff on campuses can take numerous forms; acts of violence, natural disasters, communicable disease outbreaks, cyberattacks, and system failures are some examples. Many of these events are often highly publicized. To prepare for and mitigate a wide range of threats to campus safety effectively, the Oregon Campus Safety Work Group uses a comprehensive all-hazards approach to evaluate safety and disaster response, as well as recovery needs. From the looming threat of a Cascadia earthquake, to devastating incidents like the Umpqua Community College shooting, it is clear that it is time to reprioritize resources and attention to ensure the safety and resilience of Oregon campuses. The vulnerability of Oregon's campuses was tragically realized in October 2015 with the shooting at Umpqua Community College. In response to this incident and others, Oregon Governor Kate Brown established the Oregon Campus Safety Work Group. The purpose of the Work Group is to identify strategies to better support public safety and emergency management at Oregon's post-secondary educational institutions (PSEI). The charge of the Work Group is: 1. Identify resource needs and potential state policies to enable a coordinated strategy across the higher education system for public and private institutions; and 2. Analyze promising practices and protocols that can be shared across all post-secondary education institutions to maintain public safety, and prevent, prepare for, and effectively manage future response and recovery efforts for campus-wide crises or emergencies. This is not the first time the state has explored strategies to improve safety on Oregon campuses. In 2008, the Governor's Task Force on Campus Safety in Oregon identified many of the same issues and strategies identified in this report. Although some progress has been made since 2008, much more needs to be done to respond to the threats facing Oregon's postsecondary education institutions (PSEI). The recommendations in this report build on recommendations in the 2008 report and identify opportunities for PSEI across the state to work together to make Oregon campuses safer. Details: Eugene, OR: University of Oregon Community Service Center. 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.nccpsafety.org/assets/files/library/Campus_Safety_at_Oregon_IHEs.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 155021

Author: Langman, Peter Title: The Origins of Firearms Used in School Shootings in the United States Summary: This document lists the sources of the firearms used by school shooters for the twenty-five year period from 1991 through 2015. The perpetrators are divided into secondary school, college, and aberrant adult shooters. (For explanations of these terms please see "About the Site" at www.schoolshooters.info or my book School Shooters: Understanding High School, College, and Adult Perpetrators.) The shooters listed here include those who carried out either single-victim or multi-victim attacks. This is not a complete list; for some shooters I could not identify the source of their firearms. The category of "Home" means that unless otherwise specified, the guns belonged to the shooter's parents. Footnotes are used to provide more specific information where necessary. After the lists, there are quotes from three reports regarding the legal issues related to the guns used by the shooters whose names are marked by an asterisk (Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, Seung Hui Cho, and John Zawahri). These reports are available at www.schoolshooters.info. The non-juvenile perpetrators fall into several categories. One consists of people such as Robert Flores and Duane Morrison who were long-term firearm owners. They were both middle-aged men who had served in the military when younger. Guns had been a part of their lives for a long time. They didn't buy guns to kill people, but when their lives fell apart, they used the weapons at hand. Even though I can't track down the sources of their guns, I included them in the list as examples of one type of firearm owner. Another category consists of people who deliberately obtained guns for the purpose of committing a school shooting. This includes Gang Lu, Wayne Lo, and Seung Hui Cho. Other shooters were adults who lived with a parent who was a gun owner. Examples of this category include Adam Lanza and Aaron Ybarra, who did not purchase guns of their own, but used firearms that their parents had bought. Generally speaking, secondary school shooters were not old enough to legally purchase their own firearms. Exceptions include Eric Houston (age 20) and Karl Pierson (age 18). Also, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold bought some guns through a straw purchase that was legal under Colorado law at that time (see Appendix for explanation). It is noteworthy that the juvenile shooters almost never obtained their weapons "on the street." In the vast majority of cases, young shooters took guns that belonged to their parents and other relatives. Out of all the cases in which the perpetrators took family members' firearms, it appears that all of these guns were owned legally except those used by Evan Ramsey and Jaylen Fryberg (see notes for details). The guns owned by family members were not purchased with the intent of committing mass violence, but were accessible to adolescent (and even pre-adolescent) perpetrators. This highlights the importance of firearm security within the home. Details: s.l.: The Author, 2016. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://schoolshooters.info/sites/default/files/origins_of_firearms_1.1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms and Weapons Shelf Number: 155022

Author: Association of the Bar of the City of New York Title: New York Should Re-Examine Mandatory Court Fees Imposed on Individuals Convicted of Criminal Offenses and Violations Summary: The financial burden placed on criminal defendants and their families has come under increased scrutiny in recent years. As government officials and reform advocates have examined the various challenges faced by indigent defendants, such as the difficulty in making monetary bail, they have also examined the variety of fines and fees faced by criminal defendants. In particular, the common practice of raising government revenue through fines and fees assessed by the criminal courts has been reconsidered in the wake of the Department of Justice's scathing report concerning, among other issues, the revenue-generating practices of the courts and the police department in Ferguson, Missouri. These fines and fees have been called a "regressive tax," as they are a revenue-generating mechanism that has been disproportionately imposed upon those least able to pay. States and cities have begun to re-examine these fees, including San Francisco, which recently eliminated numerous fees faced by criminal defendants. Similarly, the American Bar Association recently voted overwhelmingly to adopt the "Ten Guidelines on Court Fines and Fees, which calls for consideration of a defendant's ability to pay when imposing court fees. Though reform advocates have called for changes to the financial obligations imposed by criminal courts, improvements have largely been confined to reforming protocols that led to people being imprisoned for failing to pay those debts. However, even these small gains are in danger since the Trump administration has rolled back Department of Justice guidelines aimed at ending modern day debtors' prisons. Details: New York: The Author, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/documents.nycbar.org/files/2018410-MandatorySurchargesCriminalCharges.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines and Fees Shelf Number: 155023

Author: Sniffen, Chad Title: Helping Industries to Classify Reports of Sexual Harassment, Sexual Misconduct, and Sexual Assault Summary: Sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, and sexual assault are among the defining issues of our time. The personal stories of survivors have prompted massive challenges to cultural norms, social expectations, and political will around these problems, which we collectively refer to in this paper as sexual violence or unwanted sexual experiences. More than one in three women and nearly one in five men have experienced some form of unwanted sexual experience in their lifetime (Smith et al., 2017). Given the prevalence of sexual violence in this country, customer-serving companies like Uber are facing an imperative to collect, measure, and respond appropriately to complaints of a sexual nature to improve safety in their businesses and beyond. These are age-old, albeit complex, societal problems, but today they exist in an entirely new information environment. Mobile phones and social media make it possible and practical to immediately report experiences of sexual violence to companies, and companies can take immediate action to address such situations. This provides a unique opportunity to gain actionable information about sexual violence, respond appropriately to each claim, and transparently report data to further accountability The question that businesses must answer is not if these issues affect their business, but how their business is affected by them and what they can do to address it. Finding this answer begins by understanding the scope of the problem, carefully measuring it, evaluating response and prevention efforts, and transparently reporting data to drive accountability. Sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, and sexual assault are complex social problems. Although clear to the person harmed, communication about unwanted sexual experiences is often infused with fear, misunderstanding, judgment, cultural norms, and multiple interacting layers of past experiences related to sex and violence. Gaining useful, actionable information about these complex social problems requires consistent data collection methods, trauma-informed perspectives on these experiences, and structured measurement tools. Without data to understand the various ways sexual violence is manifested in the course of business activities, responses will be limited in their potential to address the problem. Details: Harrisburg, PA: National Sexual Violence Resource Center. 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.nsvrc.org/sites/default/files/publications/2018-11/NSVRC_HelpingIndustries.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual Assault Shelf Number: 155024

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Co-occurring Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders of Women in Prison: An Evaluation of the WestCare Foundations Dual Diagnosis Program in Illinois Summary: Co-occurring disorders (COD) - both substance use disorders (SUD) and mental health disorders (MHD)�affect many women incarcerated in prison. Incarcerated women are diagnosed with COD more often than their male counterparts (BJS, 2017). This is due in part to risk factors such as childhood sexual abuse, physical abuse, and domestic violence that occur more often to women offenders and make them more likely to be diagnosed COD in their lifetime. To address the needs of women in prison with COD, evidence-based programming underpinned by principles of trauma-informed and gender-responsive frameworks are needed. Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) researchers conducted a process evaluation of the Dual Diagnosis treatment program operated by WestCare Foundation at Logan Correctional Center for women in Illinois. A process evaluation is intended to document how the program is currently implemented in relation to the original program design and promising or evidence-based practices. This report offers findings from that evaluation. Researchers specifically sought to learn how the program operated, about clients and their views on the program, and staff perceptions of the program. Specifically, the research team worked to answer the following research questions: - How did the program operate? - Who were the clients? - What did the clients and staff think of the program? - To what extent did the program reduce PTSD symptoms? - To what extent did the program reduce aggression? Details: Chicago, IL: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Co-occuring_mental_health_and_substance_use_disorders_of_women_in_prison_FULL_REPORT_100318.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Co-occurring disorders Shelf Number: 155026

Author: Kerwin, Donald Title: Communities in Crisis: Interior Removals and Their Human Consequences Summary: In late 2017, the Kino Border Initiative (KBI), the Center for Migration Studies of New York (CMS), and the Office of Justice and Ecology (OJE) of the Jesuit Conference of Canada and the United States initiated a study to examine the characteristics of deportees and the effects of deportation, and to place them in a broader policy context (Attachment A). The CRISIS Study (Catholic Removal Impact Survey in Society) included both quantitative and qualitative elements. During the first five months of 2018, KBI staff surveyed 133 deportees from the United States at its migrant shelter in Nogales, Sonora. Survey respondents were all Mexican nationals, all but one were men, and each had been living for a period of time in the United States. They had resided in 16 US states, the majority in Arizona, followed by Nevada, California, and Utah. The survey sought information on their US lives, the removal and detention process, and the impact of removal on them and their families (Attachment B). The study also included one interview with a deportee (via Skype) and 20 interviews with the family members of deportees and other persons affected by deportation in Catholic parishes in Florida, Michigan, and Minnesota. The parishes - which the report will not identify in order to ensure the interviewees' anonymity - were chosen based on their geographic, demographic, and sociopolitical diversity, their connections to the agencies conducting the study, and their ability to facilitate access to deportees, their families, and others impacted by deportation. The interviews explored: (1) the impact of removals on deportees, their families, and other community members; (2) the deportation process; and (3) the relationship between deportees and their families (Attachment C). They provided an intimate, often raw look at the human consequences of deportation. Details: Nogales, AZ, New York, NY, and Washington, DC: Kino Border Initiative (KBI), Center for Migration Studies (CMS), and Office of Justice and Ecology (OJE), 2018. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 18, 2019 at: http://cmsny.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/FINAL-Communities-in-Crisis-Report-ver-5.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 155030

Author: Miller, Abby Title: Promising Practices for Increasing Diversity Among First Responders Summary: First responder fields-including law enforcement, firefighting, and emergency management services (EMS)-serve a crucial role in the safety and well-being of communities around the country. The potential benefits of increasing diversity and moving toward greater representation could also provide more secure and rewarding employment opportunities to historically underrepresented populations, thus having implications for local economic and workforce development. In partnership with Coffey Consulting, LLC, AIR looked to conduct an exploratory study to identify promising practices that first responder agencies and organizations can leverage to increase the diversity of their workforces. Specifically, five sites were selected based on both the extent to which their first responder workforce is representative of the local population, and their use of practices that align with the human resources literature as being effective for developing a diverse workforce. Key Findings 1. Leadership: Cultivate a culture of diversity Departmental leadership sets the tone for an organizational culture of diversity by facilitating open dialogue with staff about the importance of diversity. Departmental leadership at the sites visited encourage and provide support for population-specific employee support groups to help increase inclusion of underrepresented groups. Local leaders at the departments visited also set the tone for diversity by hiring qualified diverse staff in leadership ranks to serve as role models. 2. Recruitment: Redirect resources towards a targeted approach The police sites visited hire population-specific liaisons with underrepresented characteristics or backgrounds (i.e., Hispanic, LGBT) to reach out to members of the community. Departments visited for this study tailor their messaging and recruiting materials to underserved groups. 3. Hiring: Ensure a level playing field First responder departments may lose potentially valuable employees due to restrictive hiring procedures, such as particularly extensive background reviews. In addition to the background review, departments lose applicants in various testing phases of the often lengthy hiring process. 4. Community Engagement: Tap into a diverse pipeline Engage with the community by offering classes, events, and presentations for citizens, some targeting specific populations in their languages. Schools at the K-12 level provide opportunities for departments to make presentations about first responders to students and to help them learn more about the careers. Third-party training for intensive, hands-on opportunities for female and non-White trainees and potential trainees to learn about and gain an understanding of first responder careers, receive training, prepare for exams, and build a network in the field. Forming partnerships with local organizations and foundations that share an interest in a diverse first responder force. From the literature review and the site visits conducted for this study, it is clear that some first responder departments are using creative and culturally sensitive strategies to further support diversity and inclusion. Departments and agencies must work toward institutionalizing diversity and inclusion efforts, and these efforts must become a part of the organization's culture and daily business in order to be effective. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Labor, 2016. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.air.org/sites/default/files/downloads/report/FirstResponders_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Diversity Shelf Number: 155034

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Police Violence against Afro-descendants in the United States Summary: This report examines the persistent situation of structural discrimination against African Americans in the United States and, in particular, deep-seated racial disparities in policing and the criminal justice system. The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights has previously considered that racial bias forms the backbone of many problems of police abuse, over-representation of African Americans in arrests and in the prison United States, highlighting the structural nature of discrimination and the corresponding need for systemic reforms to fully address past abuses and ensure non-repetition. The Commission considers that the historical legacy of subjugation, enslavement, terror, marginalization, segregation, and exclusion from enjoying the rights of citizens in the U.S., both de jure and de facto, has continuing repercussions for African Americans' full enjoyment of human rights today in virtually every sphere. In this regard, a reckoning with the legacy of racism and discrimination in the U.S. is necessary to effectively transform the situation in the future. Details: Washington, DC: IACHR, 2018. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 18, 2019 at: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/PoliceUseOfForceAfrosUSA.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 155039

Author: Dunn, Christopher Title: Stop-and--Frisk in the de Blasio Era Summary: The New York City Police Department's aggressive stop-and-frisk program exploded into a national controversy during the mayoral administration of Michael Bloomberg, as the number of NYPD stops each year grew to hundreds of thousands. Most of the people stopped were black and Latino, and nearly all were innocent. Stop-and-frisk peaked in 2011, when NYPD officers reported making nearly 700,000 stops. NYPD stops have plummeted after national outrage about the dramatic rise of the use of stop-and-frisk, litigation by the NYCLU and other organizations, and community organizing. Since Mayor de Blasio came into office in January 2014, the NYPD now reports about 10,000 stops per year. As stops have receded, crime in New York City has dropped significantly. In 2018, New York City recorded the lowest number of homicides in nearly 70 years. Despite the drastic decline of reported stops since 2011, our analysis in Stop and Frisk in the de Blasio Era finds that when it comes to who the NYPD stops, frisks, and uses force on, racial disparities remain stark. Details: New York: NYCLU, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2019 at: https://www.nyclu.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/20190314_nyclu_stopfrisk_singles.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 155041

Author: Morabito, Melissa S. Title: Decision Making in Sexual Assault Cases: Replication Research on Sexual Violence Case Attrition in the U.S. Summary: We report findings from a multi-site study of sexual violence case attrition in the U.S. -- a replication and extension of work conducted by researchers in Los Angeles. The attrition of sexual assault cases from the criminal justice system has been a concern to victims, practitioners and researchers for the last forty years. Some of the barriers come from police discouraging victims from filing a report while other problems result from prosecutors reluctant to prosecute cases. A growing body of research suggests that there is still much that can be done to support victims and to assure that the role of extra-legal factors in case attrition is minimized. Spohn and Tellis (2012a) study made an important contribution to our understanding of the factors that explain sexual violence (SV) case attrition at the policing and prosecutorial stages, however their findings were specific to agencies in LA County. Thus there was a need to examine case processing in other jurisdictions to understand more about factors predictive of attrition. Our research is a multi-site replication designed to consider individual, locale, and community characteristics; victim advocacy; and police and prosecutorial responses. This research relied on a mixed methods approach using quantitative and qualitative data to uncover and interpret patterns in the attrition of sexual assault cases. In six jurisdictions we tracked reports of rape and attempted rape cases and documented the flow of reports through each stage; analyzing detailed case records to understand the dynamics including victim, offender and case characteristics associated with attrition; and conducting interviews and focus groups with key personnel: police, prosecutors and victim service providers. Between 2008-2010, 3269 complaints of sexual assault were reported to one of the six jurisdictions in our sample. For this replication study we report results on case attrition for the 2887 female victims who reported sexual assault. 1404 (48.6%) of cases were cleared by the police; 544 (18.8%) were cleared by arrest; 860 (29.8%) were exceptionally cleared; 1215 (42.1%) were listed as open/inactive; and 56 (1.9%) were listed as investigation continuing. 212 cases (7.3%) were unfounded by the police. Of the 544 adults arrested, charges were filed in 363 (72%); declined in 115 (22.8%). In cases with charges filed, 189 (53.4%) ended in a guilty verdict; 152 (81%) of guilty verdicts were the product of a plea bargain; 7 (3.7%) involved a guilty finding by a judge and 25 (13.2%) involved a guilty finding by a jury. In 11 cases, a jury acquitted the defendant following a trial. Only 45 (1.6%) of cases reported to the police during across all 6 sites were tried in court. Multivariate analyses predicting arrest show that legal or evidentiary factors are significant predictors of arrest and that the effects of case characteristics are independent of jurisdiction type. A cooperative victim was the strongest predictor of arrest across all jurisdictions. Medium and large jurisdiction results show that questions related to victim credibility reduced the likelihood of arrest although the type of credibility indicators varied. Race was a significant predictor only for small sites with higher odds of arrest for incidents involving black victims. Notably we found that extra-legal factors significantly predicted arrest and were often those that challenge the credibility of the victim, in contrast to Spohn and Tellis who found that arrest was unrelated to whether victims had mental health issues or engaged in "risk taking" behavior. Spohn and Tellis did not find any effect of race on the likelihood of arrest. Indicators of victim resistance were predictive of arrest of all relationship types in the replication study in contrast to Spohn and Tellis. Victim cooperation was found to be significant for all relationship types in both studies in predicting arrest. Details: Final report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2019. 237p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 19, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252689.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 155044

Author: Carey, Shannon M. Title: Missouri Treatment Courts: Implementing RNR in a Drug Court Setting: The 4-Track Model in Practice Outcome and Cost Study Summary Summary: Drug courts are designed to guide offenders with substance use disorders into treatment that will support recovery and improve the quality of life for the offenders and their families. Benefits to society include substantial reductions in crime and decreased drug use, resulting in reduced costs to taxpayers and increased public safety (e.g., GAO 2005; Kralstein, 2010). More recently, research has focused not just on whether drug courts work but how they work, and who they work best for. Research based best practices have been developed (e.g., Volume I of NADCP's Best Practice Standards was published in 2013 and Volume II in July 2015). These Best Practice Standards present multiple research-based practices that have been associated with significant reductions in recidivism or significant increases in cost savings or both. The Standards also describe the research that illustrates for whom the traditional drug court model works best, specifically, high-risk/high-need individuals. The Standards recommend that drug court programs either limit their population to highrisk/high-need individuals, or develop different tracks for participants at different risk and need levels (i.e., follow a risk-need responsivity model). That is, drug courts should assess individuals at intake to determine the appropriate services and supervision level based on their assessment results (e.g., Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2006; Lowenkamp & Latessa, 2005). This research has led to the development of more sophisticated drug court programs, including programs that have implemented multiple tracks for their participants based on the four "quadrants" of risk and need (high-risk/highneed, high-risk/low-need, low-risk/high-need, and low-risk/low-need). The first known programs to implement all four tracks based on the risk-need quadrants were the Greene County Adult Treatment Court (GCATC) and the Jackson County Adult Treatment Court (JCATC) in the state of Missouri. In these two programs, judicial officers and coordinators worked with their teams and with community organizations to develop appropriate supervision, treatment and other complementary services for participants at each risk and need level. In October 2014, the Office of State Courts Administrator (OSCA) in Missouri, in partnership with NPC Research, received a grant from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), to perform process, outcome and cost evaluations of these two treatment courts in Greene and Jackson County counties that had implemented a 4-track model following the principles of risk-need-responsivity (RNR). The scope of work for the BJA grant also included the expansion of this model into four additional Missouri drug courts. The Missouri Drug Courts Coordinating Commission (DCCC) was interested in the costs associated with implementing this model and subsequently contracted with NPC to evaluate the costs and potential benefits in two of the expansion sites, Boone County Adult Treatment Court (BCATC) and Osage-Gasconade County Adult Treatment Court (OGCATC). All four programs that participated in the study use a specialized screening tool, the Risk and Needs Triage (RANT�), a scientifically validated screening tool developed by the Treatment Research Institute (TRI), to place offenders in one of the four risk-need "quadrants". Participants are then placed in one of four tracks according to quadrant assignment, with each track tailored to the risk and needs of participants in each quadrant with the expectation that this will improve effectiveness and be more cost and resource efficient. The evaluation in these four sites was intended to determine whether this expectation is accurate. That is, the study across these four sites (in Greene, Jackson, Boone and Osage-Gasconade counties) is designed to answer the question, does implementing separate tracks based on participant risk and need in treatment courts actually result in more efficient use of program resources and in improved participant outcomes? This report contains a summary of the methods used and results across all four study sites Details: Portland, OR: NPC Research; Jefferson City, MO: OSCA Research Unit, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2019 at: http://npcresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/MO-4-Track-Outcome-and-Cost-Summary.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Courts Shelf Number: 155046

Author: Prescott, J.J. Title: Expungement of Criminal Convictions: An Empirical Study Summary: Laws permitting the expungement of criminal convictions are a key component of modern criminal justice reform efforts and have been the subject of a recent upsurge of legislative activity. This debate has been almost entirely devoid of evidence about the laws' effects, in part because the necessary data (such as sealed records themselves) have been unavailable. We were able to obtain access to deidentified data that overcomes that problem, and we use it to carry out a comprehensive statewide study of expungement recipients and comparable non-recipients. We offer three key sets of empirical findings. First, among those legally eligible for expungement, just 6.5% obtain it within five years of eligibility. Drawing on patterns in our data as well as interviews with expungement lawyers, we point to reasons for this serious "uptake gap." Second, those who do obtain expungement have extremely low subsequent crime rates, comparing favorably to the general population-a finding that defuses a common public-safety objection to expungement laws. Third, those who obtain expungement experience a sharp upturn in their wage and employment trajectories; on average, within two years, wages go up by 25% versus the pre-expungement trajectory, an effect mostly driven by unemployed people finding jobs and very minimally employed people finding steadier or higher-paying work. Details: Ann Arbor: University of Michigan, School of Law, 2019. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Michigan Law & Econ Research Paper No. 19-001: Accessed March 19, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3353620 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 155047

Author: Bates, Douglas Title: Once A Felon....Always A Felon? A Comparative Case Study of the Experiences of Convicted African-American Fathers Summary: Currently, African-Americans account for 12.3% of the U.S. population but represent 38% of the prison population (The Sentencing Project, 2016). Of the many African-American males sent to prison each year, there is limited research that explores the impact a conviction has on African-American fathers. Within the literature, researchers (Laakso & Nygaard, 2012; Miller, et. al., 2013, Flouri & Buchanan, 2002; Lee, Sansone, Swanson, & Tatum, 2012; Johnson & Easterling, 2015; Miller, 2006; Lopez & Bhat, 2007; Aaron & Dallaire, 2009) only focus on the effect incarceration has on children and the experiences of fathers while incarcerated (Roy & Dyson, 2005; Turner & Peck, 2002; Landreth & Lobaugh, 1998; Tripp, 2001; Arditti, Smock, & Parkman, 2005; Lange, 2001). The goal of this study are to (a) explore the experiences of convicted African-American fathers since their reentry into society, (b) in sharing their experiences, examined how convicted African-Americans fathers described the relationship with their children, and (c) compared the overall experiences of the convicted African-American fathers for similarities or differences since their reentry into society. The study took place while the fathers were clients at the Midlands Fatherhood Coalition located in Columbia, South Carolina. Using Bronfenbrenner's Ecological Systems Theory (1977) as the framework, the study explored the barriers convicted African-American fathers face within the different systems they live in every day. Results showed the fathers experienced difficulty finding sustainable employment and reestablishing a parental role with their children due to their conviction and incarceration. Details: Columbia: University of South Carolina, 2018. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 19, 2019 at: https://scholarcommons.sc.edu/etd/4730/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African-American Males Shelf Number: 155049

Author: Gamboa-Eastman, Tara Title: The Problem with Probation: A Study of The Economic and Racial Impact of Probation Fees in California Summary: The Problem: Little Known About How Probation Fees are Implemented California's "tough on crime" doctrine of the last forty years left the state with two problems: a criminal justice system that imprisoned more people than any other state and no way to pay for the profound costs of mass incarceration. The state attempted to solve this problem by charging defendants for their so-called "use" of the system. Today, defendants are charged dozens of fees as they move through the criminal justice system-including probation fees. California allows the state's 58 county probation departments to charge people for the cost of probation. However, without statewide standards, guidelines, or oversight, there is little information about how counties are implementing these fees. While researchers, advocates, and legislators, alike, often raise the detrimental effect of criminal justice fees on a population primarily made up of low-income people of color, little specific attention has been paid to the harmful practice of probation fees. With more than 60 percent of the state's criminal justice impacted population on probation, California cannot ignore the injustice of probation fees. Nor can the practice be reformed without knowledge of how counties are implementing fees on-the-ground. Findings: Fees are Failing People on Probation and County Governments -- To illustrate how probation fees work in counties across California, Public Records Act (PRA) requests were sent to all 58 county probation departments. Eighty percent of counties responded, representing nearly 95 percent of California's total population. Responses show that most counties do not track collection rates, suggesting that the fees are of little consequence to county budgets. Those that did track collection rates reveal low collection rates and high costs of collection, fees contribute little Even if these fees brought in revenue, they are not worth the profound costs to people on probation. Responses highlight tremendous variation in implementation across the state, but even where individual fees are small, debt adds up quickly. The average debt burden for just the three most common fees is more than $3,600, alone. While probation departments are required to consider people's ability to pay these fees and adjust them accordingly, this rarely happens. The result is steep debt with steeper consequences. Details: Los Angeles: Western Center on Law & Poverty , 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: https://wclp.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/TheProblemWithProbation_GamboaEastman_ForWCLP_Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155055

Author: Data Collaborative for Justice Title: Tracking Suspensions in New York City Public Schools, 2006 to 2017 Summary: his report examines trends in the number and rate of suspensions from 2006-07 to 2016-17. Further, for the 2016-17 school year, this report assesses: (1) the use of multiple suspensions for individual students; (2) the number of suspensions by conduct/behavior; (3) the average number of days per suspension by conduct/behavior; and (4) how disciplinary actions vary in response to similar conduct/behaviors. The report disaggregates analyses by grade, race and ethnicity, and disability status. Key Findings from the Report include: Suspension Rates Overall: While suspensions on the whole fluctuated, and ultimately declined by 39.4 percent, over the study period (2006-07 through 2016-17 school years), the timing and magnitude of the changes varied by grade, race and ethnicity, and disability status. Suspension Rates by Grade: There was a sharper decline in suspension rates for middle school students (~50% decline across grades 6 through 8) than for high school students (approximately ~20% across grades 9 through 12). Suspension Rates and Race: Over the course of the study period, Black students consistently had the highest suspension rates, followed by Hispanic, White, and Asian students in middle and high school. While students of all racial/ethnic groups experienced declines in rates of suspension, White students experienced the greatest decline (~42% decline) compared to Black (~33% decline), Hispanic (~37% decline) and Asian students (~31%). In 2016-17, the suspension rate for Black students in middle and high school was 2.8 times the rate for White students. In 2016-17, Black students were more likely to have multiple suspensions and were more likely to receive more serious and longer suspensions for aggressive and injurious/harmful behaviors. Suspension Rates and Disability Status: Over the course of the study period, students with a disability status (i.e., students with an Individualized Education Plan or "IEP") and students without disability status experienced declines in rates of suspension - ~40% and ~45% respectively. Nonetheless, students with a disability status were consistently suspended at higher rates compared to students without a disability status. In 2016-17, the suspension rate for students with a disability was 2.1 times higher than for students without a disability in middle and high school. In 2016-17, students with a disability status were more likely to have multiple suspensions and longer suspensions compared to students without a disability status in middle and high school. Details: New York: The Author, 2019. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: http://datacollaborativeforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/tracking_suspensions_report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 155062

Author: Fone, Zachary S. Title: Do Minimum Wage Increases Reduce Crime? Summary: An April 2016 Council of Economic Advisers (CEA) report advocated raising the minimum wage to deter crime. This recommendation rests on the assumption that minimum wage hikes increase the returns to legitimate labor market work while generating minimal adverse employment effects. This study comprehensively assesses the impact of minimum wages on crime using data from the 1998-2016 Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS), and National Longitudinal Study of Youth (NLSY). Our results provide no evidence that minimum wage increases reduce crime. Instead, we find that raising the minimum wage increases property crime arrests among those ages 16-to-24, with an estimated elasticity of 0.2. This result is strongest in counties with over 100,000 residents and persists when we use longitudinal data to isolate workers for whom minimum wages bind. Our estimates suggest that a $15 Federal minimum wage could generate criminal externality costs of nearly $2.4 billion. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper 25647: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25647.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Practices Shelf Number: 155063

Author: Liu, Patrick Title: Nine Facts about Monetary Sanctions in the Criminal Justice System Summary: The number of people caught up in the U.S. criminal justice system-under either supervision or adjudication-is unusually high in both historical and international terms. Furthermore, interacting with the criminal justice system is an expensive proposition. While people from all walks of life encounter the criminal justice system, its reliance on bail to encourage return after pretrial release, on fines to punish and provide restitution, and on fees to fund the system implies that an individual's economic means may determine how burdensome any interaction is. Some people can easily post a $5,000 bail, while others struggle or are unable to do so, resulting in incarceration. A $500 fine could be a nuisance or a devastating financial blow. The criminal justice system also incurs high expenses, with correctional, judicial, and law enforcement expenditures combined costing about $900 per capita each year (see fact 1). Rising expenses, alongside other pressures on state and local budgets, have coincided with some jurisdictions relying heavily on courts and law enforcement for new revenues. These funding sources come in a variety of forms: fees and surcharges, fines, and asset forfeiture. One estimate puts fee and fine revenues collected by state and local governments at more than $15 billion per year (U.S. Census Bureau 2012; authors' calculations). Particularly in the jurisdictions that rely heavily on such collections, researchers have found that law enforcement activities are distorted by the need to raise revenue, affecting the types of crimes that are policed and damaging the relationship between police and communities. In an idealized criminal justice scenario, the court convicts an offender of a crime, the offender "repays their debt to society," and then they reenter the community. Unfortunately, this is not how the process works for many individuals. Criminal justice debts often follow individuals after adjudication, in many instances bringing them back into the criminal justice system or limiting their employment options. These debts are considerable: in FY2017, outstanding federal criminal justice debt totaled $124 billion (Executive Office for United States Attorneys 2017). The criminal justice system has also dramatically expanded its use of monetary bail since the late 20th century, which has direct effects on who can avoid pretrial detention, as well as the financial burden experienced by defendants and their families. Through its effects on detention, the imposition of monetary bail tends to increase recidivism and impair subsequent labor market outcomes. These are important costs in conjunction with the intended benefits of monetary sanctions: compelling appearance in court, deterring and punishing crime, and making restitution to victims. Policy discussions are beginning to acknowledge the economic and social consequences of monetary sanctions, and a growing body of evidence indicates that sanctions could be realigned with their public purposes while minimizing their harmful consequences for those interacting with the justice system. This Hamilton Project document aims to establish facts relevant to that policy discussion and thereby promote broadly shared economic growth and more-effective governance. Fact 1: Expenditures on police, corrections, and the judiciary have increased over time. Fact 2: The ratio of sanction revenues to police and judicial expenditures is substantial in many jurisdictions. Fact 3: Courts assessed monetary sanctions for two-thirds of prison inmates. Fact 4: More than half of all individuals with a felony conviction in Alabama owe more than $5,000 each in criminal justice debt. Fact 5: Monetary sanctions are used disproportionately more in cities with a higher share of black Americans. Fact 6: Criminal justice debt is a significant factor in reincarceration. Fact 7: Substantial quantities of assets are seized without a criminal conviction. Fact 8: Nearly half a million U.S. inmates on any given day have not been convicted of a crime. Fact 9: Bail can be prohibitively expensive for the typical household. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: http://www.hamiltonproject.org/assets/files/BailFacts_20190314.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 155064

Author: Makowsky, Michael Title: A Proposal to End Regressive Taxation through Law Enforcement Summary: Many jurisdictions in the United States, in response to fiscal strains, have found relief in the revenue generated by traffic tickets, fines, adjudication fees, and asset forfeiture. The reconfiguration of law enforcement as a revenue-generating mechanism has disproportionately come at the expense of the politically and economically vulnerable, particularly underrepresented minorities, resulting in a biased and regressive system of taxation. THE PROPOSAL Makowsky proposes to eliminate the police retention of seized property to sever the link between revenues and expenditures and bring law enforcement activities in closer alignment with public objectives. This would take place through a) ending the retention of federal equitable sharing revenues by law enforcement agencies; b) eliminating the retention of proceeds from forfeited property by the local arresting agency; and c) redistributing criminal justice revenues as per capita municipal block grants. In addition, Makowsky proposes that law enforcement revenue be rebated to individuals in the communities currently suffering the heaviest burden of crime, reestablishing public trust in police officers to serve and protect their communities. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Proposal 2019-06: Accessed March 20, 2019 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Makowsky_PP_20190314.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 155065

Author: Colgan, Beth Title: Addressing Modern Debtor's Prisons with Graduated Economic Sanctions that Depend on Ability to Pay Summary: The use of monetary sanctions to punish crimes ranging from minor traffic or public order offenses to the most serious felonies is ubiquitous in the United States. Nationally, millions of people hold billions of dollars of criminal debt from past monetary sanctions, much of which is regarded as uncollectible because of the limited financial resources of the debtors. In addition to the costs these unmanageable economic sanctions place on the debtors, their families and communities also suffer significant negative consequences as a result of this regressive system. THE PROPOSAL Drawing on evidence from day-fines pilot projects, this paper offers proposals for taking more account of a person's ability to pay when determining sanctions. Colgan recommends the implementation of one of the following three mechanisms: (1) a flat reduction in penalties, (2) a sliding scale approach, or (3) a day-fines model. In support of the core proposals, the author also describes related best practices that would maximize the proposals' potential benefits. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: POLICY PROPOSAL 2019-04: Accessed march 20, 2019 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Colgan_PP_201903014.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Debt Shelf Number: 155066

Author: Cunningham, Mary Title: From Homeless to Housed: Interim Lessons from the Denver Supportive Housing Social Impact Bond Initiative Summary: People who experience chronic homelessness cycle in and out of jail, which affects their well-being and comes at a significant cost to taxpayers. Recognizing the gap in housing service provision for this vulnerable population and the substantial cost this has on taxpayers, the City and County of Denver, along with eight private investors, funded the Denver Supportive Housing Social Impact Bond Initiative (Denver SIB). The program launched in January 2016. Two and a half years since then, the Colorado Coalition for the Homeless (CCH) and the Mental Health Center of Denver (MHCD) have engaged some of the city's most vulnerable homeless residents and placed them in supportive housing. This report highlights key lessons and outcomes from the first two and half years of the Denver SIB program. We start by describing the problem of chronic homelessness in Denver and the role of supportive housing as a potential solution. Next, we provide an overview of the initiative, including the key partners, program model, engagement and enrollment process, and move into supportive housing. Finally, we discuss successes and challenges of engaging and enrolling participants in supportive housing and examine housing stability and jail stays, two of the Denver SIB project's key program outcomes. A companion brief, "Denver Supportive Housing Social Impact Bond Initiative: Housing Stability Outcomes," describes the housing stability payment outcomes for the Denver SIB to date. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99181/from_homeless_to_housed_3.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 155096

Author: Clemens, Jeffrey Title: Understanding �Wage Theft�: Evasion and Avoidance Responses to Minimum Wage Increases Summary: A holistic assessment of the labor market effects of minimum wage regulation requires understanding employer compliance. The economics literature has paid little attention to this issue. We investigate how minimum wage increases and the strength of enforcement regimes affect the prevalence of subminimum wage payments. We find strong evidence that higher minimum wages lead to a greater prevalence of subminimum wage payments. We consistently estimate that increases in measured underpayment following minimum wage increases average between 10 and 25 percent of realized wage gains. We interpret this as evidence that minimum wage evasion and avoidance are an important reality in the low-wage labor market. Finally, we find that enforcement regimes play an important role in shaping both baseline compliance rates and the response of compliance to increases in minimum wages. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 12167: Accessed march 21, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12167.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Economic Crimes Shelf Number: 155097

Author: Dobbie, Will Title: Proposals for Improving the U.S. Pretrial System Summary: The Problem -- There are economically large costs of pretrial detention-and, by extension, the use of cash bail-due to the significant collateral consequences of having a criminal conviction on labor market outcomes as well as the direct costs of pretrial detention. In contrast, there are relatively small benefits to pretrial detention due to the relatively low costs of apprehending defendants who fail to appear in court. The existing evidence also suggests that the current pretrial system contribute to inequalities and inefficiencies in the criminal justice system. The Proposal -- The authors propose two sets of policy reforms. The first set of reforms-to use behavioral nudges to decrease pretrial violations and to move the default away from pretrial detention for low-risk defendants-are supported by enough evidence to justify immediate nationwide implementation. The second set of reforms-to improve the pretrial decision-making process through risk assessment tools and judge decision-aids, and to provide additional information on judge performance to both judges and the general public-are supported by enough evidence to justify pilot testing, with widespread implementation to follow if successful. Details: Washington, DC: The Hamilton Project, Brookings Institute, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Proposal 2019-05: Accessed march 21, 2019 at: http://www.hamiltonproject.org/assets/files/DobbieYang_PP_20190319.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 155098

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Title: Students Not Suspects: The Need to Reform School Policing in Washington State Summary: Introduction In December of 2015, Tucker, a 13-year-old Black student in Washington state, was arrested as a result of an incident that started when he mumbled a curse word to himself. Tucker's teacher ordered him to go sit outside on a bench; when Tucker refused to go outside unprotected in the cold, his teacher called the school police officer. The officer grabbed Tucker, slammed him to the ground, and as Tucker flailed, put his knee of the back of Tucker's head. Tucker was then arrested and booked into juvenile detention. He was charged with the crimes of "disturbing school" and "disrupting a law enforcement officer." Thirty years ago, few schools would routinely use police to respond to such student discipline incidents. Fewer than 100 police officers patrolled public schools in the late 1970s. Today, the lines between the education system and the criminal justice system are increasingly blurred. More than 24 percent of elementary schools and 42 percent of high schools nationwide have school police officers embedded in school campuses. These numbers are even higher for predominantly Black or Latinx schools, 51 percent of which have regularly stationed school police. As the numbers of police officers regularly stationed in schools has risen, so too have arrests in school. In districts around the country, police are regularly assigned or called to schools and have the full power of the criminal law to control students and their behaviors. In Washington, this includes the power to refer children for prosecution for the crime of "disturbing school." In the 2013-2014 school year, the 100 Washington schools with the largest student enrollments reported referring over 3,400 students to law enforcement. Regular police presence increases the likelihood that students will be arrested or prosecuted for misbehavior. Arrest is an inappropriate and ineffective way to address the causes of juvenile misbehavior. In-school use of traditional law enforcement tools (including arrest) helps create a "school to prison pipeline" where students are funneled directly from their schools into the criminal justice system. The school to prison pipeline not only harms students, it harms communities. Students who are arrested are more likely to drop out of school, less likely to graduate and more likely to be further involved in the juvenile and adult criminal justice systems. School policing in Washington is largely unregulated; no state law or policy directly addresses the use of police in schools. No state agency systematically tracks police placement, program structure, or the impact on students. To investigate school policing in Washington, the ACLU reviewed public records from over 100 school districts, and spoke with parents, juvenile attorneys, police officers, educators, and community leaders. We found: - School policing is widespread. Eighty-four of Washington's 100 largest school districts have police officers assigned to schools on a daily basis. In addition, even schools without police officers assigned to campus may call police to respond to incidents of routine student misconduct. School policing is costly. Schools pay on average $62,000 (and as much as $125,000) per full-time equivalent officer per year. This money that could be more effectively spent on counselors, teachers, and other student support services. Police officers have broad discretion in almost all Washington school districts to arrest students for minor misbehavior. Having police in schools makes it more likely that students will be arrested. Washington's school police programs often lack written guidelines distinguishing between student discipline matters and crimes. This is particularly troubling because Washington law makes it a crime to disturb school, exposing students to criminal prosecution for routine misbehavior. Few of the police officers assigned to schools are required to undergo training on how to work in schools. Only 25 of the school/police contracts surveyed require police officers in schools to participate in any form of specialized training. This fails to account for the fact that schools are educational environments that should not be policed like a normal beat. Few schools collect any data on officer activities, including arrests. Only 14 school/police contracts require any form of data collection on officer activities. This makes it hard for districts to assess the impact of police in school, including the effects on students' constitutional rights and any discriminatory impact on students of color or students with disabilities. School police are rarely accountable to students, parents, and teachers. Only one school district has a clear civilian complaint process to address officer conduct in schools. In over 70 school districts, school officials have no clear role in supervising or evaluating police officers stationed in schools. In 55 districts, school officials have no input in the hiring or selection of an officer to be assigned to schools. The ACLU of Washington believes that police officers should not be a regular part of the school environment. Students, teachers, and school staff deserve safe, quality schools - but this cannot be accomplished by reliance on school policing. On the contrary, school policing as currently practiced in Washington - with few guidelines and scant oversight - may even make schools less safe by alienating students from school and contributing to the school to prison pipeline. Rather than investing in police, schools should prioritize counselors, mental health professionals, social workers, teacher training and evidence-based programs to improve the school climate, schools can help students reduce routine adolescent misbehavior and address the underlying social causes that may be contributing to it. This report documents and evaluates Washington's school policing and recommends policies that schools, law enforcement, and the legislature should adopt to protect students and ensure safe schools. Details: Seattle, Washington: ACLU of Washington, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-wa.org/docs/students-not-suspects-need-reform-school-policing-washington-state Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests in School Shelf Number: 155146

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Title: No Money, No Freedom: The Need for Bail Reform Summary: The U.S. imprisons people at a higher rate than any other nation on earth. In doing so, we cause great damage to the lives of millions of Americans. A fair and just society is one that substantially reduces incarceration, using it only when no other options can keep us safe. The ACLU of Washington is working to advance major, systemic changes to our criminal justice system that will promote freedom and fairness for all, paying particular attention to the rights of those most marginalized. Having spent a year examining our state's bail system and connecting with stakeholders statewide, we have found an urgent need for major reform of the pretrial system and bail practices in Washington. Locking up people before trial because they cannot afford to pay bail is a leading cause of mass incarceration in Washington state and elsewhere. Reforming our state's treatment of people before trial, including the use of money bail, will result in fewer people unnecessarily held behind bars. This is why advocating for fair and effective alternatives to pretrial detention is an important part of the ACLU of Washington�s Campaign for Smart Justice. This paper discusses problems with our current system and offers broad recommendations for reform. Details: Seattle, Washington: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Foundation, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-wa.org/bail# Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Practices Shelf Number: 155145

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Title: The Unfulfilled Promise of Gideon: Washington's Flawed System of Defense for the Poor Summary: Executive Summary Fundamental to a criminal justice system that is fair to all is the right of a person accused of a crime to be assisted by a competent attorney. Embodied in the Bill of Rights, this principle was affirmed 40 years ago in the landmark case Gideon v. Wainwright. The Supreme Court ruled that criminal defendants who are too poor to afford an attorney must be provided one by the state � a ruling celebrated by author Anthony Lewis in his classic book Gideon's Trumpet. Each state eventually established a system to provide attorneys to indigent persons accused of a crime. Later, the Supreme Court went one step further when it ruled in Strickland v. Washington that the Sixth Amendment right to counsel required more than simply appointing an attorney. The Court found that the safeguards guaranteed by the Sixth Amendment require that the state provide poor defendants with effective assistance of counsel. Criminal defense lawyers play a crucial and honored role in our justice system by ensuring that every person - rich or poor, guilty or innocent - receives the full protection of the law before being convicted of a crime. Unfortunately, across the country and in Washington, persons who are indigent and who are accused of a crime are frequently deprived of effective representation. In Washington, public defense services are handled at the city and county level, but the State of Washington is obligated to ensure that these legal services meet basic constitutional standards. In 1989, the Washington legislature passed legislation requiring local governments to adopt standards for the delivery of indigent defense services. Fifteen years later, however, a majority of counties still have not adopted them. The lack of meaningful standards and the failure of the State to monitor indigent defense services has resulted in a checkered system of legal defense with no guarantee that a person who is both poor and accused will get a fair trial. Although indigent defense services are publicly supported with tax dollars, they are not held to the standards of accountability that are generally expected of government programs. Around the state, Gideon's trumpet, which at one time heralded the right of poor people to be assisted by counsel if charged with a crime, now blows mostly sour notes. In Grant County, state and federal courts have issued rulings in several cases that include findings of ineffective assistance of counsel. Notably, even the state bar association has taken the unusual step of recommending disbarment of two attorneys who provide the majority of indigent defense services in the county. Growing concern about the quality of indigent defense services in Washington prompted the ACLU to review county indigent defense contracts throughout the state to determine whether they incorporated the standards adopted by the Washington State Bar Association and referenced in state statute. Using the state public records law, the ACLU collected each county contract covering adult felony indigent defense services. The ACLU also requested any county ordinances or resolutions adopted by the county government addressing indigent defense standards as required under RCW 10.101.030. A review of the contracts and the relevant authorizing ordinances and resolutions confirmed that a majority of counties have not established comprehensive standards for the delivery of indigent defense services. They have failed to set up objective performance standards and meaningful oversight. By allowing this to happen, the State has failed to meet its constitutional responsibility to ensure that indigent defendants receive effective assistance of counsel. The ACLU offers the following recommendations to remedy the deficiencies in indigent defense services in Washington. 1. The State should require counties to adopt minimum standards for the delivery of indigent defense services. The following provisions should be required in all indigent defense contracts: a. Caseload Limits: Each county must establish caseload limits that are consistent with the standards adopted by the Washington State Bar Association. b. Payment for Experts and Conflict Counsel: Each county must make provision for the payment of experts and conflict attorneys separate from the fees paid to defense attorneys. 2. The State should exercise its responsibility for overseeing the delivery of indigent defense services. The State should assign to the Office of Public Defense general oversight of county indigent defense services. 3. The State should bar renewal of indigent defense contracts with attorneys who have repeatedly failed to meet the standards adopted by the Washington State Bar Association. Details: Seattle, Washington: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington, 2004. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-wa.org/docs/unfulfilled-promise-gideon-0 Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Attorneys Shelf Number: 155144

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Title: Driven to Fail: The High Cost of Washington's Most Ineffective Crime - DWLS III Summary: The ACLU of Washington today issued a report examining the most commonly charged crime in the state - Driving While License Suspended - Third Degree (DWLS-III). "Driven to Fail: The High Cost of Washington's Most Ineffective Crime � DWLS III" describes the costs of enforcing this law, explores how it burdens individuals and communities, and calls for policies that address the harm of driving with a suspended license without criminalizing it. "Not every social problem needs to be treated as a crime," said Mark Cooke, the ACLU of Washington�s Campaign for Smart Justice Policy Director. "DWLS III enforcement costs taxpayers millions of dollars, yet does little to improve public safety. The crime is largely punishing people for being poor, not because they are scofflaws or dangerous drivers," said Cooke. Typically, a DWLS III charge comes about this way: A driver receives a ticket for a moving violation (such as speeding or rolling through a stop sign) and for various reasons does not follow through by paying the ticket or showing up in court to contest it. Hundreds of thousands of people in Washington have had their license suspended for not responding to a ticket for a moving violation. Those who continue to drive once their license is suspended may be arrested and charged with the crime of DWLS III. The report estimates that Washington taxpayers have spent more than $1.3 billion enforcing this crime between 1994 and 2015. These costs stem from the filing of nearly 1.5 million DWLS III criminal charges, resulting in nearly 900,000 convictions. In 2015 there were nearly 40,000 DWLS III charges filed, costing taxpayers $42,199,270. The report also shows that the law is applied unequally across the state and disproportionately impacts people of color, the young, and the poor. Steven Gaines, a young father from Chelan County, has been charged with DWLS III multiple times because of his inability to pay fines associated with tickets from moving violations. He has been forced to spend time in jail because of DWLS III charges. "I have no choice except to drive in Chelan County to get to work and to transport my children. I didn't even know my license had been suspended the first time I was charged with DWLS III, and once the fines started adding up it was incredibly hard to find the money to get my license back," said Gaines. The report recommends that the crime of DWLS III should be taken off the books. Short of that, law enforcement, prosecutors and courts can exercise their inherent discretion and treat DWLS III as a civil offense and offer relicensing programs. Civil remedies and relicensing can be more effective and use fewer criminal justice resources. The data in the report shows that some jurisdictions, such as the cities of Yakima and Seattle, have started to treat DWLS III as a non-criminal offense. Details: Seattle, Washington: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Foundation, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-wa.org/news/report-exposes-huge-costs-and-ineffectiveness-washington%E2%80%99s-most-commonly-charged-crime-driving Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While License Suspended Shelf Number: 155143

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington Title: Modern-Day Debtors' Prisons: The Ways Courts-Imposed Debts Punish People for Being Poor Summary: Persons charged with and convicted of crimes are overwhelmingly poor. According to the Washington Office of Public Defense, 80-90% of people charged with felonies are found to be indigent by the courts. The majority of people who are incarcerated lack a high school diploma, have below-average literacy levels, and have few job opportunities. So it is not surprising that up to 60 percent of former inmates remain unemployed one year after release from prison. Without adequate education and employment, persons with criminal convictions often struggle to pay for even the most basic of necessities - food, rent, utilities, childcare, and transportation. In Washington state, these individuals may be pushed deeper into poverty by court-imposed debt. For people with criminal convictions, government practices should seek to increase the likelihood of their successfully re-entering the community. Yet court-imposed debt presents a major barrier. Nearly every person convicted in a Washington court receives a bill for Legal Financial Obligations at sentencing. Known more commonly as LFOs, these include the fees, fines, costs, and restitution imposed by the court on top of a criminal sentence. The average amount of LFOs imposed in a felony case is $2540. After imposition, LFOs increase rapidly due to a high interest rate and other ongoing costs. Those who cannot afford to pay often face a demoralizing cycle of court hearings, contempt charges, and arrest warrants. The result of imposing excessive LFOs is a counterproductive system that punishes people for their poverty and harms lives yet brings little benefit to government or society. Washington's policies for imposing and collecting LFOs even result in some poor people being locked up in jail because they cannot afford to pay debts - a modern version of the despised debtors' prison. Regardless of the rationale behind imposing LFOs on persons convicted of crimes, in practice this system places severe, long-lasting burdens on persons living in poverty. Furthermore, there are few checks and balances in place to protect indigent defendants and debtors from unfair collection and enforcement practices that fail to take into account an individual's current financial situation, as required by law. Under these circumstances, no one wins. Impoverished persons suffer because LFOs keep them tied to the criminal justice system, often obstructing housing and employment opportunities and preventing them from rebuilding their lives. Children may be separated from their mothers and fathers who are jailed for nonpayment, and households break up. The public does not benefit, as there are significant costs incurred in collecting and sanctioning persons who are too poor to pay LFOs. And incarcerating indigent defendants neither deters crime nor serves a rehabilitative purpose. The funds used to jail people for non-payment would be better used on alternatives to incarceration, community outreach and education, and antipoverty efforts. Details: Seattle, Washington: American Civil Liberties Union of Washington, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2019 at: http://www.columbialegal.org/sites/default/files/ModernDayDebtorsPrison.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Court Imposed Debt Shelf Number: 155142

Author: Fay, Robert E. Title: Developmental Estimates of Subnational Crime Rates Based on the National Crime Victimization Survey Summary: Developmental Estimates of Subnational Crime Rates Based on the National Crime Victimization Survey presents rates of violent and property crime victimization for the 50 states and select metropolitan statistical areas, generated using small-area estimation (SAE) methods. The report describes the statistical modeling approach used to produce state-level estimates from the National Crime Victimization Survey data and auxiliary data sources. It compares SAE victimization rates for the 50 states from 1999 to 2013 to FBI crime rates from the Uniform Crime Reporting Program. It shows trends in criminal victimization rates for each state from 1999 to 2013. State-level estimates of intimate partner violence are also presented. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2015. 566p. Source: Internet Resource: Bureau of Justice Statistics Research and Development Paper : Accessed march 22, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/descrbncvs.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 155101

Author: Dunham, Kate Title: Evaluation of the Newark Prisoner Re-entry Initiative Replication Project: Interim Report Summary: In 2008, the U.S. Department of Labor Employment and Training Administration (ETA) awarded $2 million to the City of Newark to replicate the Prisoner Re-entry Initiative (PRI) model of services on a city-wide basis. The PRI model, intended to help ex-offenders make successful transitions to paid and stable employment, has been tested by ETA in 30 other sites nationally. It involves intensive case management, assistance with work readiness, job search, and job placement, and two unique features: 1) the provision of mentoring and 2) the use of faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) to deliver services. The Newark replication was intended to bring the PRI model to scale by funding multiple organizations in a single city, thus saturating a single site with re-entry services. The Newark Prisoner Re-entry Initiative Replication (NPRIR) also made use of substantial matching funding (approximately $2 million provided by the Nicholson Foundation) to further expand the reach of NPRIR. A total of six FCBOs operated programs under the Newark replication. The City contracted with four organizations-La Casa de Don Pedro (La Casa), the New Jersey Institute for Social Justice (NJISJ), Offender Aid and Restoration (OAR), and Renaissance Community Development Corporation Center (RCDCC)-to serve 670 non-violent ex-offenders, while the Nicholson Foundation provided direct financial support to Goodwill and America Works, Inc. to serve an additional 670 violent and non-violent ex-offenders. This interim report describes various aspects of project implementation, including services provided, collaboration, administrative challenges, and client experiences. Findings presented in the report are based on site visits conducted in June 2009 and March 2010 and administrative data from the PRI Management Information System (MIS). A final report, due later in 2011, will explore outcomes, as identified from program data, Unemployment Insurance wage records, and data from local and state criminal justice agencies. Details: Washington, DC:: U.S. Department of Labor/ETA/ Office of Policy Development and Research , 2011. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/ETAOP-2014-04-NPRIR-Interim-Report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 155127

Author: Leufgen, Jillianne Title: The Evaluation of the Newark Prisoner Re-entry Initiative Replication: Final Report Summary: In 2008, the Employment and Training Administration (ETA) of the U.S. Department of Labor awarded the City of Newark, New Jersey a $2 million grant to replicate -- on a broader scale -- a specific model for helping returning ex-offenders find work and avoid recidivating. The model called for an array of services, including intensive case management, workforce preparation and employment services, mentoring, and supportive services, all to be delivered through faith-based and community organizations (FBCOs) rather than public agencies. The model was the same as that used in the earlier Prisoner Re-entry Initiative (PRI) (later renamed the Reintegration of ExOffenders or RExO), which entailed multiple rounds of grants in localities across the U.S. The Newark Prisoner Re-entry Initiative Replication (NPRIR), however, was designed to test the use of the model with multiple organizations in a single city (rather than just one organization in a single site) and thus to bring the PRI approach to a much larger scale. The City of Newark was fertile ground for such an experiment, since ex-offenders made up a significant portion of the population. A quarter of the city's 280,000 residents were estimated, at the time of NPRIR implementation in 2008, to have been involved with the correctional system (Greenwald and Husock, 2009) and about 1,700 formerly incarcerated individuals were estimated to be returning to the city from state prison each year (with a smaller number returning from stints in Federal prison). Like formerly incarcerated individuals in other parts of the country, many ex-offenders returning to Newark faced numerous personal challenges, such as low education levels, unstable work histories, substance abuse problems, and mental health conditions. In Newark, the barriers to successful re-entry were exacerbated by a shortage of affordable and stable housing, limited employment opportunities, and a dearth of community support services. The recent economic downturn presented additional challenges during the operation of NPRIR. With the ETA grant and a $2 million match from the Nicholson Foundation, the City of Newark utilized local service providers and collaborated with multiple state, and local partners to provide PRI services to over 1,400 ex-offenders. The City contracted with four local organizations that had experience in serving ex-offenders: La Casa de Don Pedro (La Casa), Offender Aid and Restoration (OAR), the Renaissance Community Development Corporation Center (RCDCC) and the New Jersey Institute for Social Justice (NJISJ), which collectively were to serve a total of 670 non-violent offenders. Nicholson Foundation match funds were used with two additional organizations that also had experience in serving ex-offenders: Goodwill Industries of Greater New York and Northern New Jersey, Inc. (Goodwill) and America Works, Inc. (America Works). These organizations agreed to follow the PRI model and serve 670 violent and nonviolent ex-offenders. Using funds from the ETA grant, the city also contracted with an experienced technical assistance provider, Public/Private Ventures (P/PV), to help with the early phases of implementation and to provide training to the FBCOs. In 2008, ETA commissioned Social Policy Research Associates (SPR) to conduct an evaluation of NPRIR, to document its implementation and assess how participants fared in terms of employment and recidivism. This report summarizes the key findings from that study as they relate to program leadership, partnerships, recruitment and pre-enrollment activities, service delivery, and participant outcomes. Qualitative data were collected for the evaluation through three rounds of intensive four-day site visits and phone reconnaissance, while quantitative data were collected from the PRI management information system (MIS) and from state agencies (including the Unemployment Insurance (UI) system and the New Jersey Department of Corrections, among others) on participant outcomes. The analysis of the quantitative data involved exploring patterns among participants and services in the NPRIR and comparing outcomes to those obtained in other PRI demonstration projects. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Labor/ETA/ Office of Grants and Contracts Management, 2012. 142p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 22, 2019 at: https://wdr.doleta.gov/research/FullText_Documents/ETAOP-2014-04-NPRIR-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-offender Employment Shelf Number: 155128

Author: Mueller, Robert S., III Title: Report to the National Football League of an Independent Investigation into the Ray Rice Incident Summary: In the early morning hours of Saturday, February 15, 2014, the Atlantic City Police Department responded to a report of an incident in an elevator at the Revel Casino Hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Less than an hour later, the officers arrested Raymell Rice, then a Baltimore Ravens football player, and his then-fiancee Janay Palmer. Rice and Palmer were released that morning, each having been served with a complaint-summons to appear in the Atlantic City Municipal Court. Rice's complaint-summons charged him with assault "by attempting to cause bodily injury to J. Palmer, specifically by striking her with his hand, rendering her unconscious, at the Revel Casino." Six weeks later, on March 27, the charge against Rice escalated to an indictment for felony aggravated assault against Palmer. That same day, prosecutors announced that charges against Palmer had been dismissed. In May, Rice pleaded not guilty and applied for the New Jersey Pretrial Intervention program, which affords "opportunities for alternatives to the traditional criminal justice process of ordinary prosecution." On May 20, a New Jersey Superior Court judge approved and signed the pretrial intervention order, which postponed the criminal proceedings for one year, with the charges to be dismissed if Rice complies with the terms of the order. On June 16, Commissioner Roger Goodell of the National Football League met with Rice, Palmer (who had by that time become Rice�s wife), and others to discuss the incident and potential discipline of Rice under the League's then-existing Personal Conduct Policy. Following that meeting, Goodell informed Rice by letter on July 23 that he was "suspended without pay for the Ravens' first two regular season games � [and] fined an additional $58,824." Then, on September 8, TMZ released the in-elevator video, and the public saw for the first time footage of Rice striking Palmer at the Revel on February 15. That same day, the Ravens terminated Rice's contract and the League suspended Rice indefinitely. Both the Ravens and the League stated that they had not seen the video before its public release. Two days later, on September 10, the Associated Press published the first of a series of stories reporting that an unnamed law-enforcement official had sent a DVD with in-elevator video footage of the assault to the League five months earlier, and that an unnamed woman at the League had acknowledged receiving that video by leaving a voicemail on the unnamed official�s cellphone on April 9, 2014. That same day, September 10, the League asked that I conduct an independent inquiry into two questions: whether anyone at the League had received or seen the in-elevator video prior to its public release on September 8; and what other evidence was obtained by, provided to, or available to the League in the course of its investigation. I agreed to lead the inquiry, and the League engaged me and my law firm, Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP ("WilmerHale"). Details: Washington, DC: WilmerHale, 2015. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: http://static.nfl.com/static/content/public/photo/2015/01/08/0ap3000000455484.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155147

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Border Security: DHS Should Improve the Quality of Unlawful Border Entry Information and Other Metric Reporting Summary: Why GAO Did This Study -- According to DHS, the United States has approximately 6,000 miles of land borders, 95,000 miles of coastline, and more than 300 ports of entry where travelers and cargo are inspected and processed for entry. Securing U.S. border areas is a key part of DHS's mission, and the department's ability to measure its border security efforts is essential for it to manage its responsibilities effectively and efficiently. The NDAA for Fiscal Year 2017 requires DHS to report annually on 43 border security metrics. DHS issued its first report in May 2018. The Act also includes a provision for GAO, within 270 days of receipt and biennially for the following 10 years, to review and report on the data and methodology contained in DHS's report. This report assesses the extent to which DHS: (1) reported metrics as outlined in the NDAA using quality information; and (2) validated assumptions and conveyed statistical uncertainty for unlawful entry metrics, among other objectives. GAO assessed the methodology and data in DHS's report, analyzed DHS's use of statistical models, and interviewed officials from DHS offices and components involved in developing the metrics. What GAO Recommends -- GAO is making four recommendations, including that DHS develop and implement a process to systematically review the reliability of metric data, identify and communicate limitations of the metrics, and include the results of sensitivity analyses and measures of statistical uncertainty for metrics derived from statistical models. DHS concurred with the recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: GAO, 2019. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: GAO-19-305: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/700/697744.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 155148

Author: Flatten, Mark Title: City Court: Money, Pressure and Politics Make it Tough to Beat the Rap Summary: The red and blue lights are flashing in your rear-view mirror as you pull to the side of the road, certain you did not do anything wrong and wondering why you are being stopped. The police officer's first question is likely to be whether you know why he pulled you over. When you stare at him with a puzzled look and say no, he will explain and ask you for your driver's license, registration, and proof of insurance. If your paperwork is not in order, you will likely face criminal charges and possible arrest. If it is, the encounter will most likely end with a traffic ticket. Maybe two or three. Each will cost you hundreds of dollars in fines, fees, and surcharges, in addition to driving up your insurance rates because any traffic violations add demerits to your license. You could hire a lawyer and challenge the ticket in court. But the lawyer will cost you far more than just paying the ticket. Besides, if you do challenge the ticket, it may come down to your word against that of the police officer, a city employee. Your case will be heard in city court in front of a city judge. That judge is hired and retained by the city council. That city council is responsible for raising money to continue paying the salaries of city employees, including their own, the judge�s and the police officer's. If you beat the ticket, the city gets no money. If you are found responsible, about half of the money you pay in fines, fees, and surcharges will go directly into the city's coffers. The rest will be scattered to a variety of special accounts used to pay for things as varied as DNA testing and the state's clean elections fund financing political candidates. Given all that, do you really think you can get a fair hearing? That question is causing much soul searching in courtrooms and legislatures nationally, and has been the subject of a half-dozen reform efforts in Arizona since the 1950s, all without success. Arizona judges at all other levels-whether members of the justice, superior, or appeals courts-answer directly to the people through elections. Only in city court are judges completely beholden to the political branch of government: the city council, which not only appoints and retains them, but can fire them at any time if council members determine there is sufficient cause. More than 20 years ago, an Arizona Supreme Court justice said the nearly unchecked power of city councils to hire and fire judges "fastens the lid on the coffin of judicial independence." His concerns were rejected by his colleagues on the bench and written in dissent, as the court upheld the council's power to fire a judge for cause at any time. Nothing has changed since then. The biggest danger is that outside political pressure can skew the independence of the judges and thereby influence their decisions. That pressure may be to raise more money for the city, which means judges might be more likely to convict. It may be to give preferential treatment to influential city insiders. Or it may be to sign off on questionable city policies, such as what constitutes legal notification of a photo-enforcement ticket. What that means to you is that when you go to city court, reaching a fair and impartial decision in your case may not be all that's on the judge's mind. "Judges may perceive pressure to rule in particular ways, and even if they don't feel the pressure, the public may think it exists," Rebecca White Berch, former chief justice of the Arizona Supreme Court, said in an email interview with the Goldwater Institute. "And perception is often as important as reality. Our justice system depends on citizens' faith in the independence of judges, so even the perception of undue or unseemly pressure can destroy confidence in the judicial system. "Judges should not seek to please any particular group or litigant with his/her rulings; judges must ad- here to the law," said Berch, who retired from the court in 2015. �This requirement is so strong that judges must rule according to law even when doing so is not popular or may cost them their jobs." City judges being co-opted by political forces is a long-simmering issue, both in Arizona and nationally. Seventeen states have eliminated municipal courts. Of the rest, about half have their judges elected, according to data from the National Center for State Courts. Arizona is one of about a dozen states that put the appointment of judges solely in the hands of the mayor and city council, and one of only about seven states that allow the city council, rather than voters, to determine whether a judge will be reappointed at the end of the first term in office. The figures are not precise because some states allow appointment and retention mechanisms to differ between cities. Technically, Arizona law allows cities to determine the method of appointment and length of terms for judges. Yuma is the only city that allows its judges to be elected by the people. In every other Arizona city, judges are appointed by the councils. The danger of political pressure skewing city court decisions is not an esoteric one. Its consequences were exposed in stark detail by the U.S. Department of Justice in Ferguson, Missouri, after the police shooting of Michael Brown in August 2014. The DOJ did two investigations. The first produced a highly publicized report clearing the police officer of wrongdoing. The second and less well-known investigation looked into the overall police and court practices of Ferguson. The DOJ documented pressure from city officials on city judges to continually increase the flow of money. This pressure to raise revenue led to practices such as tacking abusive and potentially illegal fees onto fines for minor infractions, and using arrest warrants and driver's license suspensions primarily as tools to compel payment of fines rather than to protect the public or mete out justice. Details: Phoenix: Goldwater Institute, 2017. 26p. Source: https://goldwaterinstitute.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/City-Court-Policy-Paper-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: City Courts Shelf Number: 155153

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Civil Rights Division Title: Civil Investigation of the Albuquerque Police Department Summary: Following a comprehensive investigation, the Justice Department today announced its findings that the Albuquerque Police Department (APD) has engaged in a pattern or practice of excessive force that violates the Constitution and federal law. The Justice Department delivered a letter setting forth these findings to Albuquerque Mayor Richard J. Berry and Police Chief Gorden Eden this morning. The investigation was launched on November 27, 2012, and conducted jointly by the Civil Rights Division and the United States Attorney's Office for the District of New Mexico. The investigation examined whether APD engages in an unconstitutional pattern or practice of excessive force, including deadly force, as well as the cause of any pattern or practice of a violation of the law. This investigation did not assess whether any conduct violated criminal laws. Specific cases have been referred to the Criminal Section of the Civil Rights Division for consideration. The Justice Department found reasonable cause to believe that APD engages in a pattern or practice of excessive force in violation of the Fourth Amendment of the United States Constitution. The Department specifically found three patterns of excessive force: APD officers too frequently use deadly force against people who pose a minimal threat and in situations where the conduct of the officers heightens the danger and contributes to the need to use force; APD officers use less lethal force, including electronic controlled weapons, on people who are passively resisting, non-threatening, observably unable to comply with orders, or pose only a minimal threat to the officers; and Encounters between APD officers and persons with mental illness and in crisis too frequently result in a use of force or a higher level of force than necessary. The Justice Department also found systemic deficiencies of the APD, which contribute to these three patterns, including: deficient policies, failed accountability systems, inadequate training, inadequate supervision, ineffective systems of investigation and adjudication, the absence of a culture of community policing, and a lack of sufficient civilian oversight. The Department's investigation involved an in-depth review of APD documents, as well as extensive community engagement. The Department reviewed thousands of pages of documents, including written policies and procedures, internal reports, data, video footage, and investigative files. Department attorneys and investigators, assisted by policing experts, also conducted interviews with APD officers, supervisors and command staff, city officials; and hundreds of interviews with community members and local advocates. Details: Washington, DC: The Author, 2014. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://www.justice.gov/sites/default/files/crt/legacy/2014/04/10/apd_findings_4-10-14.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 155156

Author: Grooms, Claudette M. Title: Lived Experiences of Exonerated Individuals 1 Year or Longer After Release Summary: The majority of information related to the post-prison experiences of exonerated individuals is frequently found in reports by journalists, or based on the findings of scholars on systematic factors that contribute to wrongful incarcerations. There is a lack of social science research on the unexplored meanings and essence of the post-prison lived experiences of exonerees exclusively from their perspectives. The purpose of this phenomenological study was to understand and describe the post-prison lived experiences of exonerated individuals, 1 year or longer after their prison release. The conceptual framework was guided by Tajfel's social identity theory and Becker's social reaction theory. Interviews were conducted with a purposeful sample of 8 exonerated males who were released from prison 1 year or longer. The data were analyzed using van Kaam's 7-step phenomenological analysis process as modified by Moustakas. The 7 themes that emerged from the data were employment and financial challenges, negative societal reaction, broken family relationships, unresolved emotional and psychological factors, self-imposed social isolation, role of family support, and resilience. Understanding the experiences of exonerees contribute to positive social change by providing knowledge to policymakers and others in the criminal justice system to assist in creating policies to expunge the records of exonerees without the necessity of litigation. Findings from this study also provide valuable insights on the need to offer monetary compensation and social services Details: Minneapolis: Walden University, 2016. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3927&context=dissertations Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Exonerations Shelf Number: 155159

Author: Barden, Bret Title: New Perspectives on Creating Jobs. Final Impacts of the Next Generation of Subsidized Employment Programs Summary: Some adults have great difficulty finding and holding jobs even when overall economic conditions are good. These individuals typically have low levels of formal education and skills, and other characteristics such as criminal records that place them at the back of the queue for job openings. Many programs have been developed to assist hard-to-employ job seekers, but few have demonstrated sustained success. One such model, "transitional jobs," offers temporary jobs, subsidized with public funds, that aim to teach participants basic work skills or help them get a foot in the door with an employer. Several transitional jobs programs have been evaluated, with mixed results. The Enhanced Transitional Jobs Demonstration (ETJD), funded by the Employment and Training Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor, tested seven transitional jobs programs that targeted people recently released from prison or low-income parents who had fallen behind in child support payments. The ETJD programs were "enhanced" in various ways relative to programs studied in the past. MDRC, a nonprofit, nonpartisan research organization, led the project along with two partners: Abt Associates and MEF Associates. The Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services' Administration for Children and Families also supported the evaluation. The evaluation used a random assignment research design. Program group members were given access to the ETJD programs and control group members had access to other services in the community. This report presents the final impact results from the study 30 months after enrollment and information about the costs of the ETJD programs. Most measures presented in the report focus on the final year of the follow-up period, when nearly all program group members had left transitional jobs. The results therefore reflect longer-term effects of the programs after the subsidized positions ended. The ETJD programs increased participants� earnings and employment rates in the final year of the study period. The program group earned about $700 more than the control group in that year. Sixty-four percent of the program group worked in that year, compared with 60 percent of the control group. Impacts on longer-term employment outcomes are better than those found in previous evaluations. The three ETJD programs targeting people returning from prison reduced incarceration in prison among those at higher risk of reoffending. Although there was no statistically significant impact on a broad measure of recidivism (the rate at which people commit new crimes or are reincarcerated), there were some encouraging patterns on other measures of recidivism. In addition, among higher-risk participants across the three locations, there was a statistically significant reduction in incarceration in prison (of 12 percentage points) in the 30 months following study enrollment. The impacts on recidivism largely reflect the program in Indianapolis, which targeted a very disadvantaged and high-risk population. The ETJD programs targeting noncustodial parents did not increase the amount of child support paid in the last year of the follow-up period. However, they did increase the proportion of parents who paid at least some support during this period by 6 percentage points. Results varied somewhat among the programs. Some of the ETJD programs produced statistically significant effects on notable outcome measures. However, it is unclear whether patterns in results reflect differences in models, in the implementation of the models, in contextual factors, or in the characteristics of the ETJD sample members served in each location. ETJD program costs ranged from about $7,000 to $11,100 per program group member. The net costs of the ETJD programs (taking control group costs and non-ETJD costs into account) ranged from about $6,200 to $11,100 per person. Details: Princeton, NJ: Mathematica Policy Research; Washington, DC: U.S. Department of labor, Employment and Training Administration, 2018. 291p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 25, 2019 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/ETJD_STED_Final_Impact_Report_2018_508Compliant_v2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 155160

Author: Hervey, Michael Title: The People vs. Flint vs. the EPA: Can the Flint Water Scandal Shed Light on the Lacking Remedies for Victims of Environmental Harms? Summary: The Flint Water Crisis exposed the weaknesses in both our national infrastructure and the regulatory scheme that protects drinking water. In the wake of 12 deaths caused by official misconduct in Flint, prosecutors charged top Michigan officials with numerous crimes, including manslaughter. This raises an issue of whether criminal charges are appropriate for collective policy making missteps. In considering the appropriateness of criminal charges, one must compare how adequately it remedies the issue in relation to other available remedies. The potential remedies fall into the following categories: (1) civil suits for damages in state courts; (2) an injunctive court order requiring future compliance by a governmental entity; (3) civil rights violation claims and claims under the 5th and 14th Amendments of the Constitution; (4) a reformation of the drinking-water regulatory scheme; and (5) criminal penalties under state and federal law. In a perfect world, these remedies should cooperate to provide a holistic remedy for any particular harm. However, these remedies contain certain inadequacies and barriers to justice, and may offer no meaningful remedy to victims of environmental harm caused by government conduct. Traditional civil remedies are likely inadequate to remedy the harm done to such victims or sufficient to correct the broken regulatory scheme that allowed Flint to occur. While criminal prosecution involves its own inadequacies, the totality of negligent conduct requires a harsh remedy. Despite the inherent litigation risks involved in proving that the collective actions of state officials caused deaths, Michigan may be correct in pursuing criminal penalties here. If for no other reason, these charges should send a message to the citizens of Flint and other victims of environmental harms: from now on, the punishment will fit the crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 26, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3154507 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Environment Protection Agency Shelf Number: 155166

Author: Center for Children's Law and Policy Title: Implementation of New York's Close to Home Initiative: A New Model for Youth Justice Summary: In 2012, the New York State Legislature and Governor Andrew Cuomo authorized a landmark initiative known as "Close to Home," which was designed to align New York State and New York City's juvenile justice system with research and nationally-recognized approaches to working with young people charged with crimes. In five years, the Close to Home Initiative has transformed the experience of youth who come into contact with the justice system in New York City. By shifting focus away from incarcerating youth in large, dangerous, geographically remote institutions, Close to Home has sent an important message: it is far wiser to keep youth in their communities and near their families, since those connections hold the greatest potential to help youth build new skills and stay out of trouble in the long term. Methodology This is a report on why and how Close to Home began, the challenges it faced, the principles on which it is based, and what it has accomplished. The Center for Children's Law and Policy (CCLP) prepared this report, which was written by Executive Director Mark Soler and Deputy Director Jason Szanyi, at the request of the New York City Administration for Children�s Services (ACS). CCLP is a nonprofit national public interest law and policy organization focused on reform of juvenile justice and other systems impacting troubled and at-risk youth. CCLP has assisted jurisdictions in over 30 states with efforts to improve their youth justice systems, and CCLP staff have conducted dozens of assessments of policies and practices in juvenile justice systems throughout the country. This report is an assessment of ACS's implementation of Close to Home. It is not an assessment of implementation by the state Office of Children and Family Services or by city agencies such as the Department of Probation and Department of Education, although it certainly reflects their efforts. The report also is not a formal scientific evaluation of the Close to Home initiative. Instead, the report focuses on implementation of Close to Home as envisioned by the implementing legislation and ACS's proposed plans. Details: Washington, DC: The Author, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://www.cclp.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Close-to-Home-Implementation-Report-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Close to Home Initiative Shelf Number: 155175

Author: Jensen Ferone, Jennifer Title: The Close to Home initiative and Related Reforms in Juvenile Justice Summary: New York City has long shown a commitment to juvenile justice reform and innovation. For the past 12 years, local leaders have dedicated themselves to improving responses to young people who have committed a crime (known as a delinquency offense) and are facing a sentence (known as a court disposition). Guided by research indicating that community-based alternatives are often more effective and less expensive and stigmatizing than out-of-home placements in institutional facilities, the city has worked hard to reduce over-reliance on such dispositions, equivalent to prison in the adult context, and to ensure that those youth that may be placed are in a facility near their communities to foster familial and educational connections. Most recently, in 2012, New York City implemented a series of related and ambitious strategies under the Close to Home initiative, including (1) the launch of a structured decision-making process to ensure that dispositional recommendations are fair and balanced; (2) the introduction of three new alternatives to out-of-home placement for youth that do not pose a substantial threat to public safety; and, in direct response to new Close to Home legislation, (3) the realignment of the system so that youth are placed in residential facilities near home, in local (versus state) care and custody, and receive the necessary support to safely and successfully transition home. The New York City Center for Economic Opportunity (CEO) contracted with the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) to document these policy changes, all of which fall under juvenile placement reform and, specifically, the Close to Home initiative. This report begins by describing the impetus and context for the work and then provides detailed information on each of the reform areas and the improvements seen to date, followed by a discussion of challenges and next steps. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2014. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/opportunity/pdf/policybriefs/placement-brief.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Close to Home Initiative Shelf Number: 155176

Author: Virginia. Department of Juvenile Justice Title: Profiles of Committed Juveniles: Fiscal Years 2004-2013 Summary: This report provides an overview of committed juveniles, admitted to DJJ's direct care between FY 2004 and FY 2013. Below are general trends and changes that emerged in the juvenile profiles. Overall Trends, FY 2004-2013 -- x An average of 84% of admissions since FY 2004 were indeterminate. In FY 2004, most juveniles had an early release date in six months or less; in FY 2013, most juveniles had an early release date between 13 and 24 months. x The average age of juveniles' first adjudication increased from 13.7 to 14.7 years old. x The average number of committing offenses increased from 3.4 to 4.0. x Based on rankings established by the Virginia Criminal Sentencing Commission (VCSC), the percentage of admissions with a person offense as the most serious committing offense increased from 43% to 50%, and the percentage of admissions with a drug offense as the most serious committing offense decreased from 8% to 2%. Robbery, at 22%, was the most commonly occurring most serious committing offense category. x An average of 63% of juveniles were assigned mandatory aggression management treatment during this time period. The percentage of juveniles assigned mandatory or recommended substance abuse treatment increased from 70% to 86%. On average, 10% of juveniles were assigned mandatory sex offender treatment. x The percentage of juveniles exhibiting symptoms of a substance disorder increased from 58% to 71%. x Juveniles with a history of sexual offending increased from 13% to 18%. x In general, the percentage of juveniles with mental health disorders either increased or remained stable. The percentage of juveniles who used psychotropic medications in their lifetime also increased from 57% to 65%. x Juveniles' average IQ score increased from 84.7 to 86.6 but remained lower than that of the general population. x Average reading and math standard scores decreased from 89.2 to 86.9 and from 85.7 to 80.2, respectively; however, the average writing standard score increased from 78.2 to 87.8 during the same time frame. x The percentage of juveniles with special education needs remained stable at around 41%. Juveniles' history of school problems, including the number and severity of those problems, decreased slightly. Trends by Age x Older juveniles' offenses were more likely to be linked to substance use. x Younger juveniles were more likely to be assigned mandatory aggression management treatment and mandatory sex offender treatment than older juveniles. Older juveniles were more likely to be assigned mandatory substance abuse treatment than younger juveniles. x Younger juveniles were more likely to be taking psychotropic medication than older juveniles. x Older juveniles had lower average reading, writing, and math standard scores than younger juveniles. Trends by Race x Black juveniles were more likely to have determinate and blended sentences than juveniles of all other races. x A higher percentage of white juveniles had a history of sexual offending compared to juveniles of all other races. x White juveniles were more likely to have exhibited symptoms of several mental health disorders and had received more previous inpatient, outpatient, and psychotropic medication services than juveniles of all other races. Trends by Sex x Females were more likely to have exhibited symptoms of several mental health disorders, except ADHD, and had received more previous inpatient, outpatient, and psychotropic medication services than males. x More males exhibited symptoms of a substance disorder than females. x Males were more likely to need special education services than females. Males also had lower reading, writing, and math standard scores than females. Details: Richmond, VA: The Author, 2015. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://www.djj.virginia.gov/pdf/admin/Profiles%20of%20Committed%20Juveniles,%20Fiscal%20Years%202004-2013.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 155179

Author: Virginia. Secretary of Public Safety Title: Juvenile Correctional Center Task Force: Final Report Summary: The Interagency Task Force on Juvenile Correctional Centers (Task Force) submits this final report based on the recommendations for design principles for the Chesapeake facility and any other new secure facility construction, the projected numbers and service needs of the population, presentations to the Task Force from both stakeholders and national experts, and research and best practices concerning the rehabilitation of youth involved in the justice system. The report is also based on an analysis of existing JCC infrastructure and the relative costs and benefits of renovating existing facilities, building new facilities, and/or selling current DJJ property to help offset construction costs. The Juvenile Correctional Center Task Force: Interim Report (herein referred to as the Interim Report) is referenced throughout this report without fully repeating the information. Therefore, these reports should be read in conjunction, and the Interim Report is attached as the final appendix. It is important to note that the Task Force focused on just one aspect of the overall juvenile justice transformation that is taking place in Virginia. Specifically, the Task Force, as directed by the General Assembly, focused on secure facilities, the most restrictive and most costly placement option in the statewide continuum of services that the Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) is developing, simultaneously with the work of the Task Force. Extensive research suggests, and the Task Force recognizes, that committing youth to a secure facility should in most cases be a last resort, to be pursued only after less restrictive and more community-based interventions have been exhausted. Although this report is focused on the design and potential construction of new secure therapeutic facilities, it is critical to note that (i) this new construction does not add new secure beds; rather, it decreases the number of beds by approximately 70% and improves the care provided for committed youth, and (ii) the services in these secure facilities are part of a system response that focuses on community interventions as the preferred option whenever possible, including the provision of diversion, intensive support services, community supervision, and placement of committed youth in local community-based alternatives. The Task Force recognizes that the small number of youth still held in secure facilities likely will have a complex array of challenges, including substantial exposure to trauma, behavioral health issues, educational challenges, and serious offense histories. In order to increase their chances of successful rehabilitation and reduce the likelihood of reoffending upon release, construction of two new therapeutic facilities is necessary to maintain the safety and security of staff, youth, and the surrounding community. In sum, the Task Force determined that new facilities can and should be significantly smaller than the current JCCs, and the new facilities should be located as close as possible to the home communities of their residents. These facilities should incorporate design features that are most likely to promote rigorous and sustained treatment and rehabilitation while maintaining safety and security. The recommendations of the Task Force are given. Details: Richmond, VA: The Author, 2017. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: http://www.djj.virginia.gov/pdf/about-djj/jcc-taskforce/Juvenile%20Correctional%20Center%20Task%20Force%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 155180

Author: Hainze, Emily Title: Wayward Reading: Women's Crime and Incarceration in the United States, 1890-1935 Summary: This dissertation, "Wayward Reading: Women's Crime and Incarceration in the United States, 1890-1935" illuminates the literary stakes of a crucial, yet overlooked, moment in the history of American incarceration: the development of the women's prison and the unique body of literature that materialized alongside that development. In the late 19th and early 20th century, the women's prison became a testing ground for the study of women's sexuality: social scientists sought to assimilate their "patients" into gendered and racialized citizenship by observing the minutiae of women�s everyday lives and policing their sexual and social associations. Ultimately, this experimental study of women's sexuality served to reinforce racial stratification: sociologists figured white women's waywardness as necessitating rescue and rehabilitation into domesticity, and depicted black women's waywardness as confirming their essential criminality, justifying their harsher punishment and consignment to contingent labor. I argue that women's imprisonment also sparked another kind of experimentation, however, one based in literary form. A wide range of writers produced a body of literature that also focused on the "wayward girl's" life trajectory. I contend that these authors drew on social science's classificatory system and cultural authority to offer alternate scales of value and to bring into focus new forms of relationship that had the potential to unsettle the color line. In Jennie Gerhardt, for instance, Theodore Dreiser invokes legitimate kinship outside the racialized boundaries of marriage, while women incarcerated in the New York State Reformatory for Women exchanged love poetry and epistles that imagine forms of romance exceeding the racial and sexual divides that the prison sought to enforce. Wayward Reading thus draws together an unexpected array of sociological, legal and literary texts that theorize women's crime and punishment to imagine alternate directions that modern social experience might take: popular periodicals such as the Delineator magazine, criminological studies by Frances Kellor and Katharine Bement Davis, the poetry and letters of women incarcerated at the New York State Reformatory for Women, and novels by W.E.B Du Bois and Theodore Dreiser. To understand how both social difference and social intimacy were reimagined through the space of the women's prison, I model what I call "wayward" reading, tracing the interchange between social scientific and literary discourses. I draw attention to archives and texts that are frequently sidelined as either purely historical repositories (such as institutional case files from the New York State Reformatory) or as didactic and one-dimensional (such as Frances Kellor's sociological exploration of women�s crime), as well as to literary texts not traditionally associated with women's imprisonment (such as W.E.B. Du Bois' The Quest of the Silver Fleece). Reading "waywardly" thus allows me to recover a diverse set of aesthetic experiments that developed alongside women's imprisonment, and also to reconsider critical assumptions about the status of "prison writing" in literary studies. A number of critics have outlined the prison as a space of totalizing dehumanization that in turn reflects a broader logic of racialized domination structuring American culture. As such, scholars have read literary texts that describe incarceration as either enforcing or critiquing carceral violence. However, by turning our attention to the less-explored formation of the women's prison, I argue that authors mobilized social science not only to critique the prison's violence and expose how it produced social difference, but also to re-envision the relationships that comprised modern social life altogether. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2017. 309p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 27, 2019 at: https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916/D8QC03W7 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 155194

Author: Association on American Indian Affairs Title: Examining How JDAI Sites Interact with Native Youth and Tribes Summary: Funded by Casey Foundation, this report examines how Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI) sites interact with Native American youth and tribes to support appropriate cultural alternatives to detention. The researchers utilized survey and interview data to pinpoint two key areas of concern: a lack of reliable processes for identifying and collecting data on Native youth; and a lack of outreach to tribes regarding a justice-involved Native youth. The document ends by highlighting emerging best practices at JDAI sites serving American Indian youth in Arizona, Montana, New Mexico and Washington and sharing recommendations for reform. Details: Baltimore: Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/AAIA-ExaminingJDAISitesNativeYouthandTribes-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155195

Author: De Nike, Moira Title: Collaborating for Successful Reentry: A Practice Guide to Support Justice-Involved Young People Returning to the Community Summary: This guide teaches juvenile justice and social service professionals about supporting youth who are reentering their community after confinement or a court-ordered out-of-home placement. Readers will learn about model programs, anticipated outcomes, and how to address the needs of young people in areas such as housing, health, education and employment. The end goal? A restart that enables youth to realize their potential and - buoyed by the right community-based support - succeed. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/cjc-collaboratingforsuccessfulreentry-2019j.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 155196

Author: Harvell, Samantha Title: Promoting a New Direction for Youth Justice: Strategies to Fund a Community-Based Continuum of Care and Opportunity Summary: In response to declining youth arrests and research demonstrating the detrimental effects of youth incarceration, states and localities have begun to fundamentally shift their youth justice approach towards community-based strategies to both prevent and respond to harmful and illegal behaviors. Although this new approach offers financial savings over the outdated and expensive institutional confinement model, building an array of comprehensive, actionable alternatives will require substantial investment. This report identifies proven, promising, and innovative strategies for identifying funds and using those resources to invest in a robust continuum of care and opportunity, particularly in historically disenfranchised communities in which youth and families may be particularly susceptible to justice system involvement. The strategies put forth in this brief cover four areas: capturing and redirecting savings from reduced youth incarceration and facility closure; re-purposing youth facilities and leveraging land value; maximizing existing state and federal funding opportunities; and implementing innovative strategies to fund community investment. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/100013/innovative_strategies_for_investing_in_youth_justice_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Corrections Shelf Number: 155198

Author: Jefferson County Memorial Project Title: Jefferson County's 30 Residents Summary: This report compiled by JCMP Fellows documents the 30 documented victims of racial terror violence in Jefferson County. They spent the fall of 2018 working with university advisors and The Birmingham Public Library to compile primary research on these individuals. This is the first time a comprehensive report on these residents has been completed. Details: Birmingham, AL: The Author, 2019. 5op. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 28, 2019 at: http://jeffersoncountymemorial.com/30-victims/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 155199

Author: Strulik, Holger Title: From Pain Patient to Junkie: An Economic Theory of Painkiller Consumption and Its Impact on Wellbeing and Longevity Summary: In this paper, I propose a life cycle model of painkiller consumption that combines the theory of health deficit accumulation with the theory of addiction. Chronic pain is conceptualized as a persistent negative shock to lifetime utility that can be treated by pain relief medication. Some individuals treated with opioid pain relievers develop addiction, which increases their demand for opioids and reduces their welfare and life expectancy through side effects and potential overdose. Nevertheless, individuals prefer opioid treatment if they fail to understand how it causes addiction. Once individuals are unintentionally addicted and access to prescription opioids is discontinued, consumption shifts to illicit opiods (like heroin). I calibrate the model for a benchmark American and investigate the comparative dynamics of alternative drug characteristics, pain intensities, and ages of onsets of pain and their implications for welfare and life expectancy. I also discuss treatment of addiction and the use of opioids in palliative care. Details: Gottetingen, Germany: University of Goettingen, Department of Economics, Center for European Governance and Economic Development Research, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Papers No. 359: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://ideas.repec.org/p/zbw/cegedp/359.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155208

Author: Swenson, Thomas, Jr. Title: The Influence of the Islamic State's Weaponization of Social Media on Radicalization in the United States: A Qualitative Content Analysis of Case File and Semi-Structured Interview Data Summary: This study utilizes semi-structured interviews and qualitative content analysis to explore how the Islamic State's weaponization of social media influences radicalization in the United States. Since the attacks on September 11, 2001, over 415 individuals have been charged with jihadist terrorism-related activity in the United States. A significant number of these individuals were radicalized within the past five years as a result of the Islamic State's declaration of their Caliphate and their aggressive online recruitment and incitement campaign. The unprecedented efficacy of the Islamic State's conversion of social media platforms into versatile weapons to build and reinforce support for their ideological objectives resulted in terrorist attacks in the United States by individuals who never set foot in the Caliphate. The purpose of this study is to explore the influence of the Islamic State's weaponization of social media on radicalization in the United States. The findings of this research indicate that the Islamic State's weaponization of social media influences radicalization in the United States by propagating various forms of strategic, dynamic, and highly engaging propaganda on numerous social media platforms; by inspiring and enabling, but not necessarily directing the radicalization of individuals active in the self-sustaining, virtual communities of Islamic State members, supporters, sympathizers, and aspirants on social media; and by providing individuals with observed grievances the remedies for those grievances, often through radicalization, affiliation with the Islamic State, and mobilization to support or conduct attacks through social media. This research is significant to practitioners in the fields of counter-terrorism, radicalization, and Countering Violent Extremism (CVE), as it provides actionable findings and conclusions regarding how the Islamic State's weaponization of social media influences radicalization in the United States Details: Boston: Northeastern University, 2018. 305p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://repository.library.northeastern.edu/files/neu:cj82sr54d/fulltext.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Violence Shelf Number: 155213

Author: Garin, Julio Title: The Effect of Medical Cannabis Dispensaries on Opioid and Heroin Overdose Mortality Summary: Opioid overdose is the most common cause of accidental death in the United States and no policy response has been able to contain this epidemic to date. We examine whether local access to medical cannabis can reduce opioid-related mortality. Using a unique data set of medical cannabis dispensaries combined with county-level mortality data, we estimate the effect of dispensaries operating in a county on the number of overdose deaths. We find that counties with dispensaries experience 6% to 8% fewer opioid-related deaths among non-Hispanic white men. Mortality involving heroin declines by approximately 10% following the opening of a dispensary. Details: Munich, Germany: Munich Personal RePEe Archive, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: MPRA Paper No. 89613: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/89613/1/MPRA_paper_89613.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Dispensaries Shelf Number: 155214

Author: Florida. Statewide Council on Human Trafficking Title: Human Trafficking Response in Florida Summary: Establishing prevalence is a critical component in the conversation of human trafficking. Prevalence drives all aspects of response from funding to policy, resources, direct service needs and breadth of the continuum of care. Currently there is no recognized methodology for capturing human trafficking rates within the U.S. As Homeland Security Investigation (HSI), Human Smuggling and Trafficking Center (HSTC) Acting Section Chief Ramona Carey has noted, the complexity in capturing prevalence has many factors. There is no consistent pattern in how statistics are collected nationally. Data sets do not match state to state. Non-Governmental Organizations (NGO) do not have commonality regarding how data is captured, nor do the specific data components, minimizing the ability to collect and aggregate data. Prosecutorial entities and law enforcement agencies reporting on human trafficking cases also lack data consistency nationally. The HSTC is funding research at several universities to explore the development of a methodology, but the issue is so complex that each step in the development process is just one small piece of the larger analytical piece. Ms. Carey feels it will be years before a realistic methodology is developed. As of today, there is no recognized methodology for capturing accurate human trafficking rates within the U.S. The International Labour Organization (ILO) estimates that there are 20.9 million victims of human trafficking in the world. They believe that the global human trafficking market is a $150 billion a year industry. There are no national estimates on the number of human trafficking victims, but Polaris, an international anti-slavery organization based in Washington, D.C., does suggest that victims might reach into the hundreds of thousands nationally based on aggregated numbers of adult and minor victims of sex and labor trafficking. The National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC),run by Polaris, operates a 24-hour national hotline that receives tips, provides service referrals, and offers technical assistance pertaining to all forms of human trafficking.This includes the commercial sexual exploitation of both children and adults, the labor trafficking of children and adults, and domestic servitude. DCF and DJJ regularly analyze NHTRC trends regarding all forms of trafficking as it is critical to their missions to protect Florida's vulnerable children.The discussion of this data here is intended to provide an overview of the prevalence of sex trafficking, among all forms of human trafficking, in Florida. The NHTRC has collected data from the hotline since December of 2007. The following data was gathered from calls placed to the hotline between December 7, 2007, and December 31, 2015. During this period, Florida residents placed 6,819 calls to the National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC) Hotline. This represents the third highest call volume in the United States. Of these calls, 1,510 (22 percent) were classified by the NHTRC to have moderate or high potential of being a legitimate report of human trafficking. Florida data collected between 2013 and 2015 show 1,136 reports, with 367 (32 percent) involving minor victims.Within this population, 83.6 percent were female and 16.4 percent were male. They did note that these findings are not cumulative and not all victims identify gender. "Of the 1,136 potential cases reported to the NHTRC from 2013 to 2015, 802 (71 percent) were classified as sex trafficking," 207 (18 percent) were classified as labor trafficking, 44 (4 percent) were classified as both, and 83 (7 percent) were not specified.The reports of trafficking spanned from Pensacola to the Keys. From 2013 - 2015, there was a shift in the form of sex trafficking reported to the NHTRC. In 2013, the most common venue for sex trafficking was the commercial-front brothel. In 2014, this shifted to the Online ad, venue unknown category with the most reported cases. This again changed in 2015, with the hotel/motel based sex trafficking as the most reported venue.... Details: Tallahassee: The Council, 2016. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: http://myfloridalegal.com/webfiles.nsf/wf/mnos-af9p43/$file/2016humantraffickingannualreportsupplemt.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 155215

Author: Florida. Statewide Council on Human Trafficking Title: Florida: An All Hands On Deck Approach To Combat Trafficking Summary: The National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC), run by Polaris, operates a 24-hour national hotline that receives tips, provides service referrals, and offers technical assistance pertaining to all forms of human trafficking. This includes the commercial sexual exploitation of both children and adults, the labor trafficking of children and adults, and domestic servitude. DCF and DJJ regularly analyze NHTRC trends regarding all forms of trafficking as it is critical to their missions to protect Florida's vulnerable children.The discussion of this data here is intended to provide an overview of the prevalence of sex trafficking, among all forms of human trafficking, in Florida. The NHTRC has collected data from the hotline since December of 2007. The following data was gathered from calls placed to the hotline between December 7, 2007, and December 31, 2015. During this period, Florida residents placed 6,819 calls to the National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC) Hotline. This represents the third highest call volume in the United States. Of these calls, 1,510 (22 percent) were classified by the NHTRC to have moderate or high potential of being a legitimate report of human trafficking. Florida data collected between 2013 and 2015 show 1,136 reports, with 367 (32 percent) involving minor victims. Within this population, 83.6 percent were female and 16.4 percent were male. They did note that these findings are not cumulative and not all victims identify gender. "Of the 1,136 potential cases reported to the NHTRC from 2013 to 2015, 802 (71 percent) were classified as sex trafficking," 207 (18 percent) were classified as labor trafficking, 44 (4 percent) were classified as both, and 83 (7 percent) were not specified.The reports of trafficking spanned from Pensacola to the Keys. From 2013 - 2015, there was a shift in the form of sex trafficking reported to the NHTRC. In 2013, the most common venue for sex trafficking was the commercial-front brothel. In 2014, this shifted to the Online ad, venue unknown category with the most reported cases.This again changed in 2015, with the hotel/motel based sex trafficking as the most reported venue. Details: Tallahassee: The Council, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: http://myfloridalegal.com/webfiles.nsf/WF/MVIS-B8JT3C/$file/HTAnnualReport2018Web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Child Trafficking Shelf Number: 155216

Author: Braden, Myesha Title: Too Poor To Pay: How Arkansas's Offender-Funded Justice System Drives Poverty and Mass Incarceration Summary: The U.S. Commission on Civil Rights has observed that people of color, the poor, and people with disabilities - who suffer poverty at twice the rate of persons without disabilities - are disproportionately impacted by inability to pay court-imposed costs, fines and fees associated with misdemeanors and low-level offenses. In Arkansas, thousands have been jailed, often repeatedly, for weeks or even months at a time, simply because they are poor and cannot afford to pay court costs, fines and fees. They face numerous collateral consequences in addition to loss of freedom, including loss of employment, homelessness, and some have lost custody of their children when they were unable to pay fines and fees established by the state legislature to offset the growing costs of maintaining Arkansas' massive criminal justice system. Details: Washington, DC: Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2019 at: https://indd.adobe.com/view/f3b39ab5-1da5-409e-97a6-a0b060d2f578 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Shelf Number: 155217

Author: McLean, Kyle Title: Body-Worn Cameras in South Carolina: Law Enforcement Executives' Views Concerning Use, Politics, and Outcomes Summary: Below is a brief overview of the key findings on body-worn cameras (BWCs) described in this report. The findings are organized by the specific section of the report from which they come. Current BWC Use in South Carolina Law Enforcement Agencies - Approximately 50% of agencies in our sample reported currently using BWCs on a daily basis. - Most (81%) executives reported that BWCs were assigned to individual officers (i.e., they were not shared by multiple officers). Financial Considerations - Over 70% of respondents in the sample indicated that their agency received a cost estimate for BWCs. - Within the sample, the average estimated cost for purchasing BWC equipment was $63,284 per agency (i.e., among respondents that indicated their agency received an estimate). Data storage, on average, was estimated at $21, 216 per agency. Both estimates, however, include wide variation across the sample given differences in agency size. - Based on information provided by 79 agencies regarding the estimated cost of BWC equipment, it would cost the state of South Carolina nearly $5 million dollars to implement BWCs in these agencies. This figure represents only a small portion of agencies in the state and, as such, the actual cost of BWC equipment purchase would be much higher. - Based on information provided by 68 agencies regarding the estimated cost of BWC data storage, it would cost the state of South Carolina more than $1.4 million dollars annually to store BWC data in these agencies. Again, this figure represents only a small portion of agencies in the state and, as such, the actual cost of BWC data storage would be much higher. - Based on available data obtained in our sample, the average price for BWC equipment is about $910 per officer. The average price for data storage is about $315 per officer per year. - Within our sample, we estimate that more than 5,300 officers in responding agencies are not currently wearing a BWC on a daily basis. Accordingly, we estimate that it would cost about $4.9 million to outfit these officers with BWCs. This would then lead to an estimated yearly cost of about $2.1 million to maintain data storage capabilities of these BWCs. - 21% of respondents indicated that their agency would need to hire (or has hired) new personnel to manage BWCs. - Over 62% of executives indicated that sworn officers would have duties reallocated (or have had duties reallocated) to manage BWCs. Over 68% of respondents indicated that administrative personnel would have duties reallocated (or have had duties reallocated) to manage BWCs. BWC Policies - Across the entire sample, about 40% of respondents indicated that their agency developed one or more policies related to BWCs. - About 11% of agencies that do not currently use BWCs reported having some type of policy concerning BWC use. - About 32% of respondents in agencies that currently use BWCs indicated that their agency does not currently have a BWC policy. - Among the agencies that reported having a BWC policy, only 6% indicated that policy required officers to always have their BWCs recording. - All agencies that reported having a BWC policy indicated that policy specifies certain situations in which BWC are required to record. - More than 76% of the agencies that reported having a BWC policy indicated that there are some situations in which policy prohibits recording. - Traffic stops, emergency and routine calls for service, foot pursuits, vehicle pursuits, and suspect interviews were the situations most likely to have BWC recordings take place among agencies that reported having specific BWC policies. - Among agencies with BWC policies dealing with who can access footage (N=41), more than 90% of respondents indicated that officers are allowed to review BWC footage prior to filling out reports or making official statements. - Among agencies with policies concerning how long they should store BWC footage, more than 70% indicated that non-evidentiary recordings are kept for less than one year. Conversely, evidentiary recordings are kept indefinitely by nearly three-quarters of responding agencies. BWC Outcomes - Questions were asked regarding respondents� perceptions of BWC outcomes generally (global perceptions, which tap into views regarding BWC impact on law enforcement in general), as well as in their specific jurisdiction (jurisdiction-specific perceptions, which tap into views concerning how BWCs will impact the respondent�s own jurisdiction). - With regards to the global perceptions of BWC outcomes: -- Respondents most commonly agreed that BWCs would result in positive outcomes for several commonly measured metrics such as fewer use-of-force incidents, fewer citizen complaints, fewer instances of officer misconduct, and fewer civil settlements regarding officer misconduct. -- Additionally, respondents most commonly agreed that BWCs would also protect officers from frivolous complaints, improve officer interactions with the public, improve the public's trust in the police and help law enforcement be more accountable to the public. -- On the other hand, respondents most commonly disagreed that BWCs would make citizens more likely to comply with officers' orders and reduce assaults on officers. Details: Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://www.sc.edu/study/colleges_schools/artsandsciences/criminology_and_criminal_justice/documents/2015_census_report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Camera Policy Shelf Number: 155220

Author: Barela, Brian Paul Title: Understanding the Effects of Body Worn Cameras on Police Interactions with the Public: Impact on number of Assaults on Officers and Use of Force Complaints Against Officers Summary: Incidents of reported excessive or improper use of force by Law Enforcement Officers (LEO) during interactions with the public have revealed significant rifts in relationships built on mutual trust and respect. The community/law Enforcement relationships may be redeemed by the implementation of a body-worn camera (BWC) program. BWC use has been a repeated suggestion to aid Law Enforcement (LE) professionals to increase public trust through transparency by law enforcement professionals, civic and community leaders. However, since body-worn cameras have become a new presence as a reliable law enforcement tool, there is little research on their real-life application and ability to positively change human behavior for both the public and law enforcement. The purpose of this explorative study is to examine the relationship between the wearing of body worn cameras and their ability to change behaviors of citizens and the law enforcement officers in the Las Vegas Metro Police Department (LVMPD). It is hypothesized that a body-worn camera program would impact the actions of private citizens and LEOs through declines in citizens' complaints against officers as well as through reductions in assaults on police officers. The results showed significant reductions on assaults, but not on citizens' complaints. Limitations and practical implications of the results will be further discussed. Details: Colorado Springs, CO: University of Colorado, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://mountainscholar.org/bitstream/handle/10976/166727/Barela_uccs_0892N_10292.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Camera Policy Shelf Number: 155221

Author: McNeeley, Susan M. Title: Prison Visitation, Spatial Distance and Concentrated Disadvantage of Visitor Neighborhoods and Offender Recidivism Summary: Since prisoners who receive visits while incarcerated are less likely to recidivate, scholars have studied predictors of visitation, finding that the distance that visitors must travel affects how often they visit, as do characteristics of the visitors' neighborhoods. This study examines whether spatial distance between visitors and correctional facilities and visitors' neighborhood disadvantage are related to recidivism. These questions are assessed using data from a sample of approximately 2,600 inmates released from Minnesota state prisons. The results of Cox regression models showed that, among offenders who received visits, reconviction was less likely when visitors traveled longer distances, although this varied somewhat based on the measurement used to capture distance. Visitors' neighborhood disadvantage was not related to reconviction. These findings highlight the importance of visitation for maintaining social ties in the community, and suggest that some visits (such as those from distant visitors) may be especially beneficial for reducing recidivism. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/PrisonVisitationVisitorNeighborhoodsAndRecidivism_Full_tcm1089-364583.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Disadvantaged Neighborhoods Shelf Number: 155222

Author: Minnesota. Department of Human Services Title: Minnesota Statewide Initiative to Reduce Recidivism: Combined Application Form Joint Departmental Pilot Initiative Summary: The Joint Departmental Pilot Initiative is a new collaboration between Minnesota's Departments of Corrections (DOC) and Human Services (DHS) to better assist people re-entering the community after release from a Minnesota Correctional Facility. The Pilot was initiated as a part of the Minnesota Statewide Initiative to Reduce Recidivism (MNSIRR) and focused on gaps in the pre-release planning processes that act as barriers to essentia services and benefits. By providing the supports needed to have a stable and successful community re-entry, the Joint Departmental Pilot Initiative aims to reduce recidivism. Beginning in September 2017, DOC and DHS processed applications for healthcare and food or cash assistance for people released from a Minnesota Correctional Facility. After release, DHS helped transfer people's cases to one of the 11 participating counties and provide ongoing support. Using administrative data for Pilot Initiative participants released September 2017 through May 2018, DHS staff evaluated the benefits accessed by the total 221 people who received DOC services. Additional focus was given to the 169 people assessed by DHS for human services as part of the Pilot Initiative. These early results were compared with results from a statewide random sample of people released from a correctional facility in previous years who would otherwise have been eligible. Key evaluation findings -- - Most people in the Pilot Initiative have experienced homelessness, been on some type of public assistance in the past, and have been diagnosed with a chemical dependency and/or mental health disorder. - People in the Pilot Initiative were more likely to receive benefits, and more likely to receive them sooner, than those in the comparison group. - Over half the people accessed food assistance, with the majority having the benefit ready for use upon release. - Nearly three-fourths of the people accessed healthcare benefits, and over 90 percent of these benefits were available upon release. - Over one-fifth of the people were released into homelessness and one-fourth were homeless within one month of release. - DOC and DHS identified barriers to accessing assistance as well as ways to improve collaboration, case management, and service delivery. Details: St. Paul: The Department, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://mn.gov/doc/assets/DOC%20DHS%20CAF%20Pilot%20Project%20Evaluation%202018_tcm1089-362911.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Assistance Shelf Number: 155223

Author: Duwe, Grant Title: The Neglected "R" in the Risk-Needs-Responsivity Model: A New Approach for Assessing Responsivity to Correctional Interventions Summary: Prevailing correctional practice holds that offenders should be assigned to interventions on the basis of assessments for risk, needs, and responsivity. Assessments of responsivity, however, typically consist of little more than a checklist of items such as motivation, gender, language, or culture. We introduce a new actuarial approach for assessing responsivity, which focuses on predicting whether individuals will desist after participating in an intervention. We assess responsivity by using multiple classification methods and predictive performance metrics to analyze various approaches for prioritizing individuals for correctional interventions. The results suggest that adding an actuarial responsivity assessment to the existing risk and needs assessments would likely improve treatment assignments and further enhance the effectiveness of an effective intervention. We conclude by discussing the implications of more rigorous responsivity assessments for correctional research, policy and practice. Details: St. Paul: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at; https://mn.gov/doc/assets/The%20Neglected%20%E2%80%9CR%E2%80%9D%20in%20the%20Risk-Needs-Responsivity%20Model_A%20New%20Approach%20for%20Assessing%20Responsivity%20to%20Correctional%20Interventions_tcm1089-370837.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 155224

Author: Vineyard, Sarah Title: The Perceived Level of Enjoyment in Sports Violence: An Experiment Examining How Sports Commentary, Fanship, and Gender Affect Viewer Emotions Summary: This investigation examines if the independent variables of sports commentary, fanship, and gender affect the viewer's level of perceived enjoyment while watching sports violence through televised professional football and hockey clips. Previous studies have found that these three variables contribute most to a viewer's level of perceived enjoyment. This study aimed to test to see if that was still true, while taking into account new rules regarding violence by the National Football League and the National Hockey League. This thesis addresses all variables in one study, which something past research has failed to do. Perhaps the most significant finding from this study pertained to the variable of gender. Using t-tests for inequality of means and Pearson Product Moment correlations to test all hypotheses, both the football and hockey groups reported significant findings with gender, with men having a higher enjoyment average for both sports compared to women. No other variables were consistent predictors of perceived enjoyment. However, in addition to gender, the sport of football did yield four significant results. Pre-game rituals, suspense, and fan emotions (feeling happy or disappointed) were all found to affect enjoyment levels. The investigation resulted in the sport of hockey not yielding any other supported hypotheses. Details: Los Vegas: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2013. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://digitalscholarship.unlv.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https://www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=3036&context=thesesdissertations Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Media Communication Shelf Number: 155226

Author: Gewirtz, Marian Title: Conviction for Disorderly Conduct Summary: In New York City, about 1 in 5 prosecuted cases and 1 in 3 convicted cases end in conviction for disorderly conduct. CJA's latest publication, "Disorderly Conduct-New York City's Catchall Disposition," explores the causes and consequences of this disposition practice. Here are some of the key findings: Disorderly conduct is used as a catchall disposition for cases arraigned on a variety of offense charge types and severities. A defendant's prior contact with the criminal justice system is strongly associated with disorderly conduct convictions. More than 1 in 4 defendants convicted of disorderly conduct received a sentence of imprisonment. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://issuu.com/csdesignworks/docs/cja_discon_61b00a47726963?e=2550004/67174025 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 155228

Author: Redcross, Cindy Title: Evaluation of Pretrial Justice System Reforms That Use the Public Safety Assessment Effects in Mecklenburg County, North Carolina Summary: Arnold Ventures' Public Safety Assessment (PSA) is a pretrial risk assessment tool that uses nine factors from a defendant's history to produce two risk scores: one representing the likelihood of a new crime being committed and another representing the likelihood of a failure to appear for future court hearings. The PSA also notes if there is an elevated risk of a violent crime. The PSA is designed to provide additional information to judges and others making release decisions - decisions about whether a defendant will be released while waiting for a case to be resolved, and if so, under what conditions. The score is used in conjunction with a jurisdiction-specific decision-making framework that uses the defendant's PSA risk score in combination with local statutes and policies to produce a recommendation for release conditions. The goal of the PSA is to make the restrictions on a defendant's release conditions better align with that defendant's assessed risk of committing new crimes or failing to appear. Over 40 jurisdictions across the country have implemented the PSA. Mecklenburg County, North Carolina was one of the first; it began using the PSA in 2014, switching from another risk assessment. This study presents the effects of the PSA and related policy changes in Mecklenburg County. The first report in the series describes the effects of the overall policy reforms on important outcomes. A supplemental second report describes the role of risk-based decision making in the outcomes and describes the effects of the PSA on racial disparities in outcomes and among different subgroups. Overall, the findings are notable from a public-safety perspective: Mecklenburg County released more defendants and did not see an increase in missed court appointments or new criminal charges while defendants were waiting for their cases to be resolved. The PSA policy changes were associated with less use of financial bail and a higher rate of defendants being released on a written promise or unsecured bond. The proportion of defendants detained in jail was lower than it would have been in the absence of the policy changes. There was an improved alignment between defendant risk and the restrictiveness of release conditions. Fewer cases resulted in guilty pleas and convictions than would have been the case in the absence of the reforms. Because more defendants were released while their cases were pending, they may have had less incentive to plead guilty in order to get out of jail. Even though the PSA policy changes increased the percentage of defendants who were released pending trial - and even though a higher proportion of defendants were facing felony charges in the period after the PSA was implemented - there was no evidence that the PSA policy changes affected the percentages of defendants who made all of their court appearances or who were charged with new crimes while waiting for their cases to be resolved. Most of the changes in pretrial release conditions occurred at a step in the pretrial case process before the PSA report is completed. Thus, having access to the information in the PSA could have had at most only a small effect on the way judges set release conditions. There was no evidence of racial disparity in the setting of release conditions and the PSA had no effect on racial disparities within the system. Black defendants were more likely than other racial groups to be assessed by the PSA as being high-risk, though. Details: New York: MDRC Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Report 1 of 2: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/PSA_Mecklenburg_Brief1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 155229

Author: Gaub, Janne Elizabeth Title: Campus Cameras: Implementing Body-Worn Cameras in Collegiate Police Department Summary: Since 2014, many police agencies have adopted body-worn camera (BWC) programs, in many cases with little to no evidence-base to guide implementation and policy development. The research has expanded significantly since then, with well over 70 articles now published on the topic of BWCs (Lum, Stoltz, Koper, & Scherer, 2019). These studies have identified several benefits of the technology, including increased transparency and legitimacy, expedited resolution of complaints, and evidentiary value for arrest and prosecution. Likewise, BWCs still present challenges, especially related to privacy and financial constraints. Much of the research has also focused on municipal agencies; to date, only one study has used data from officers in a college/university setting. This study uses survey data from collegiate law enforcement agencies to better understand how BWCs are used in these agencies. The survey was administered via the online survey platform Qualtrics and sent to the agency director on 611 college or university campuses; 126 surveys were completed (response rate of 20.6%). The survey included both open-and closed-ended questions about program goals, policy development, and perceived benefits and challenges associated with BWCs. Findings indicate that roughly half (49%) of agencies had fully implemented a BWC program, and another 13% were in the planning phase or had partially deployed the technology. These agencies viewed the technology positively, citing benefits like evidentiary value and complaint resolution. The most notable challenges included budget constraints, technical concerns, and privacy and public records compliance. Importantly, 21 agencies did not have BWCs and had no intention of getting them in the future. The primary reason was cost, both short-term (initial setup) and long-term (maintenance and storage). Details: Greenville, NC: East Carolina University, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 30, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330888412_Campus_Cameras_Implementing_Body-Worn_Cameras_in_Collegiate_Police_Departments Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 155231

Author: Ba, Bocar Title: The Effect of Police Oversight on Crime and Allegations of Misconduct: Evidence from Chicago Summary: Abstract Does policing the police increase crime? We avoid simultaneity effects of increased public oversight following an officer-involved shooting scandal by identifying events in Chicago that only impacted officers' self-monitoring. We estimate crimes' response to types of oversight using generalized synthetic control methods. Cautionary notes from the police union, inducing officers to self-monitor, significantly reduced Constitutional violation complaints without increasing crime. In contrast, complaints and crime rise post-scandal. This suggests that higher crime following more oversight results not solely from de-policing but also from civilian behavior simultaneously changing. Our research suggests that proactive accountability improves police resident interactions without increasing crime. Details: S.L.: 2019. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://www.dropbox.com/s/6e0sgn3jmuzdpox/Ba%20and%20Rivera%20%282019%29_final.pdf?dl=0 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Accountability Shelf Number: 155242

Author: New York (City). Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice Title: Smaller, Safer, Fairer: A Roadmap to Closing Rikers Island Summary: Our plan is to close Rikers Island and replace it with a smaller network of modern jails. Our goal is a jail system that is smaller, safer, and fairer - one consistent with the overall criminal justice system we are building in New York City, in which crime continues to fall, the jail population drops significantly, and all New Yorkers are treated with dignity. Our newer system of jails will be focused on helping those incarcerated find a better path in life and maintain access to community supports. And it will ensure that officers have safer places to work and more support. What follows is a credible path to that goal by continuing to reduce both crime and incarceration and by ensuring that the City's jails are humane productive places for those who work and are incarcerated there now. Specifically, this report includes 18 concrete strategies that will move the City toward a smaller jail population, safer facilities, and fairer culture inside jails. This plan will not be easy. Historically, community opposition, land use requirements, and the high cost of acquiring and developing new land have prevented the City from siting new jails or even expanding existing jails. And it will not be fast. We estimate it will take at least a decade. In order to achieve our goal, we must have a jail population that is small enough to be housed safely off-Island. On an average day in 2017, there were approximately 9,400 people incarcerated in city jails with space for just 2,300 of these people in existing facilities in the boroughs. To close Rikers and replace it with a new, smaller network of jails, we will have to continue to bring the jail population down while ensuring that we sustain the City's historically low crime rate - which is down 76% from 1990. Details: New York City: Mayor's Office of Criminal Justice, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://criminaljustice.cityofnewyork.us/reports/smaller-safer-fairer-copy/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 155246

Author: New York City. Mayor's Task Force on Cannabis Legalization Title: A Fair Approach to Marijuana: Recommendations from the Mayor's Task Force on Cannabis Legalization Summary: New York State may be poised to legalize non-medical adult cannabis use in the coming year, joining ten other states and the District of Columbia. This crossroads presents New York City with unique challenges and opportunities. These challenges include working to see that the State legislation is best structured to protect New York City residents and visitors to avoid unwanted consequences from adult legalization. The legislation, and State and City regulations that follow, must do all they can to protect the health and safety of New Yorkers. At the same time, we have the responsibility to use this turning point to help redress the disproportionate harms that criminalization of cannabis use has caused the City's communities of color. Legalization also poses unique opportunities to build a new industry in ways that advance our City's commitment to promote economic opportunities for economically disadvantaged New Yorkers and small businesses. The State legislation should forge a path to opportunities not for big corporations but for New Yorkers who need them most. Ongoing federal criminalization of cannabis adds further complexity to these challenges, perpetuating potential ill-consequences particularly for disadvantaged communities while limiting access to financial, tax, and other services and benefits to support the burgeoning industry. To help chart the City's course for cannabis legalization, Mayor Bill de Blasio convened the Task Force on Cannabis Legalization with the charge of identifying the goals and challenges that should guide the City's preparations for potential legalization. The Task Force includes representatives of City agencies that engage in areas affected by cannabis legalization, including those concerned with public health, public safety, education, economic opportunity, and finance, among others. The Task Force reviewed the range of regulatory regimes in other jurisdictions that have legalized adult cannabis use and the practical experiences of those jurisdictions. It conducted interviews with public health and public safety officials throughout the nation and in Canada, and consulted with academic and other experts, New York City officials, and community organizations. Task Force members also attended community listening sessions in New York City to hear the views of New Yorkers on the issues posed by legalization. Based on this research, the Task Force developed the following guiding principles for cannabis legalization and the recommendations summarized in the Executive Summary and detailed in the report below. Details: New York City: Mayor's Task Force on Cannabis Legalization, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: http://criminaljustice.cityofnewyork.us/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/A-Fair-Approach-to-Marijuana.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Legalization Shelf Number: 155247

Author: Scurich, Nicholas Title: The Dark Figure of Sexual Recidivism Summary: Abstract Empirical studies of sexual offender recidivism have proliferated in recent decades. Virtually all of the studies define recidivism as a new legal charge or conviction for a sexual crime, and these studies tend to find recidivism rates on the order of 5-15% after 5 years and 10-25% after 10+ years. It is uncontroversial that such a definition of recidivism underestimates the true rate of sexual recidivism because most sexual crime is not reported to legal authorities, the so-called "dark figure of crime." To estimate the magnitude of the dark figure of sexual recidivism, this paper uses a probabilistic simulation approach in conjunction with a.) victim self-report survey data about the rate of reporting sexual crime to legal authorities, b.) offender self-report data about the number of victims per offender, and c.) different assumptions about the chances of being convicted of a new sexual offense once it is reported. Under any configuration of assumptions, the dark figure is substantial, and as a consequence, the disparity between recidivism defined as a new legal charge or conviction for a sex crime and recidivism defined as actually committing a new sexual crime is large. These findings call into question the utility of recidivism studies that rely exclusively on official crime statistics to define sexual recidivism, and highlight the need for additional, long-term studies that use a variety of different measures to assess whether or not sexual recidivism has occurred. Details: Irvine, California: School of Law, University of California Irvine, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3328831 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Dark Figure of Crime Shelf Number: 155248

Author: Sadat, Leila Nadya Title: The U.S. Gun Violence Crisis: Human Rights Perspectives and Remedies Summary: Abstract This report examines the U.S. gun violence crisis in light of the U.S. government's international human rights obligations. It concludes that the failure of the U.S. government to exercise due diligence with respect to preventing and reducing gun-related violence through the adoption of reasonable and effective domestic measures has limited the ability of Americans to enjoy many fundamental freedoms and guarantees protected by international human rights law. These include: the right to life and bodily integrity, the right to security of person, the right to an education, the right to health, the right to freedom of opinion and expression, the right to peaceful assembly, the freedom of religion, the right to share in cultural life, and the right to be free from discrimination and ill-treatment. These rights are enshrined in human rights treaties ratified by the United States as well as in customary law. The Report analyzes the legal and factual dimensions of U.S. gun violence and recommends that advocates of gun reform pursue potential avenues of inquiry before international fora to obtain authoritative interpretations of U.S. human rights obligations in respect to the duty to prevent and protect; use those authoritative interpretations to shift the normative discourse in the United States away from a "gun rights" towards a "human rights" rubric; and endeavor to integrate international legal interpretations of U.S. human rights obligations into U.S. domestic law at the federal, state, and local levels. Details: St. Louis, Missouri: Washington University in St. Louis, School of Law, 2019. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3317143 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Control Shelf Number: 155250

Author: Annan-Phan, Sebastien Title: Hot Temperatures, Aggression, and Death at the Hands of the Police: Evidence from the U.S. Summary: We study the effect of temperature on police-involved civilian deaths in the U.S. from 2000 to 2016. We show that violent crimes and assaulted or killed officers increase with warmer days (17 Degrees C and more), indicating an increased risk of personal harm on such days. Despite the higher threat level, temperatures have a precise null impact on the number of deaths via firearms, suggesting officers exercise judgment over their use of firearms independently of threat level. However, deaths from Tasers significantly increase during 'extremely warm' days (32 Degrees Celsius and more), indicating a need to reevaluate Taser-use policies to prevent unintended deaths. Details: S.L.: 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://www.dropbox.com/s/vtokad56yf0uuag/Annan-Phan%20and%20Ba%20%282019%29.pdf?dl=0 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths by Firearms Shelf Number: 155251

Author: Ba, Bocar Title: Going the Extra Mile: the Cost of Complaint Filing, Accountability, and Law Enforcement Outcomes in Chicago Summary: While much of the economic literature has centered on the impact of policing on crime, there is little empirical evidence evaluating the effect of oversight on police misconduct and use of force. I use novel data from the Chicago Police Department and a policy change that generates exogenous variation in the cost of filing a complaint. I find that civilians facing higher travel costs are less likely to complete the complaint filing process and more likely to experience police use of force. These effects are larger for residents of non-white areas. I estimate civilians' complaint valuation and construct counterfactual scenarios. I find that the individuals who benefit most from oversight are those with the lowest valuation of their complaints. Simulated counterfactual scenarios show that reducing the cost of filing a complaint increases the number of completed complaints, and thus the number of investigations. Under a policy that reduces the cost of complaining, the number of sustained complaints about failure to provide service increases by 8.1%; the rate of sustained allegations of police brutality, however, falls by 9.8%. Complainants who would benefit the most from this policy are the ones seeking help from the police, and who live in the most violent neighborhood of the city. This research sheds light on the complex relationship between public safety and the cost of reporting police misconduct. Details: S.L.: 2018. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 30, 2019 at: https://www.dropbox.com/s/rado79zmhynkb89/final_BBa_2018.pdf?dl=0 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Chicago Police Department Shelf Number: 155252

Author: Christmas, Helen Title: Policing and Health Collaboration in England and Wales: Landscape review Summary: Introduction -- The links between health, offending and policing are complex but inextricable. Collaborative working between the police and health has a long history but is still not commonplace. This landscape review aims to consider the breadth of the subject, and also to look at emerging themes and to influence future approaches. Methods -- A survey was distributed to all police forces, offices of the police and crime commissioners and various national and regional organisations. A mixture of quantitative and qualitative analysis was undertaken, identifying themes and coding quantitatively for descriptive and visual statistics. A number of respondents were contacted for more detailed information about the work they had described in their responses. Findings -- Respondents were asked about areas of past, current and future collaborative work. Mental health, health in custody and drugs were identified most frequently for past and current work. Social isolation, homelessness and adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) scored highest for future work. Examples of collaborative work were given, and these fell into a number of themes: mental health problems, early intervention, substance misuse, violence prevention and sexual abuse. These corresponded well to the organisational priorities and main areas of demand that respondents described. Notably, the demand was centred on vulnerability rather than traditional types of crime and disorder, which corresponds to national estimates of demand. There was a mixed picture of engagement with health and well-being boards. Barriers to collaboration and to information sharing included risk aversion and IT systems. Enablers included shared goals, relationships and information sharing. Collaborative working -- This section of the report discusses the themes emerging from the landscape review in more detail and uses case studies. Key areas for future discussion and action include further developing the approach to ACEs, applying an early intervention lens to more areas of work, filling gaps in research and spreading good practice and innovation. Conclusions -- The landscape review provides a snapshot of the breadth and depth of collaborative working between police and health colleagues in England and Wales. The responses indicate an increasing police focus on vulnerability and a commitment to prevention across all partners, which now need to be systematised. Looking ahead, this work will influence the current debate on the future of local policing; and the benefits of collaborative working. Details: London: Public Health England, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/679391/Policing_Landscape_Review.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 155253

Author: Viazanko, Andrea Title: Predictive Model of Illegal Dumpsites in Westmoreland and York Counties, Pennsylvania Summary: This geographic information systems (GIS) model uses land use, road distance, population density, and slope to create a predictive surface for the likelihood of illegal trash dumpsites. Using existing literature, illegal dumpsites are found along roads at the fringes of populated areas in vacant lots and wooded areas. Some sites are found over hillsides where the trash is concealed. Weighting the factors for areas more likely to have dumpsites and combining the layers in a GIS creates a map of areas less likely and more likely to have dumpsites. Westmoreland and York counties are chosen as case studies because of their similar size and demographics. The results of the model accurately predict over 90% of existing dumpsite locations in both counties. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2017. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://knowledge.library.iup.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2468&context=etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 155257

Author: Harvey, Thomas Title: ArchCity Defenders: Municipal Courts White Paper Summary: ArchCity Defenders represents St. Louis' indigent on a pro bono basis in criminal and civil legal matters while working closely with social service providers to connect clients with services. Our primary goal is to remove the legal barriers preventing our clients from accessing the housing, job training, and treatment they need to get on with their lives. In the five years we have been doing this work, we have primarily focused on representation in the municipal courts that have jurisdiction over infractions for mostly traffic-related offenses. Our direct representation of clients in these courts and the stories they shared of their experiences prompted us to conduct a court watching program to more closely observe the impact the municipal court system has on our clients' lives. Clients reported being jailed because they were unable to pay fines. Some who have been incarcerated for delinquent fine payments have lost jobs and housing as a result. Indigent mothers "failed to appear" in court and had warrants issued for their arrest after arriving early or on-time to court and being turned away because that particular municipality prohibits children in court. Family members were forced to wait outside courtrooms while loved-ones represent themselves in front of a judge and a prosecutor. Many recounted being mistreated by the bailiffs, city prosecutors, court clerks, and even some judges. Each implicitly-condoned injustice carried out in St. Louis' municipal courts is a serious cause for concern. These practices violate the clear mandates of the United States Constitution, and they destroy the public's confidence in the justice system. Furthermore, indiscriminately ticketing and fining the poorest in any community exacerbates the plight of low-income families by imposing heavy financial burdens on those least equipped to bear it. The result: the poorest St. Louisans watch an unnecessarily expensive and incredibly inefficient network of municipal courts siphon away vast amounts of their money to support a system seemingly designed to maintain the status quo, no matter how much it hurts the communities the system is supposed to serve. Details: St. Louis, MO: The Authors, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: http://www.archcitydefenders.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/ArchCity-Defenders-Municipal-Courts-Whitepaper.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Court Reform Shelf Number: 155258

Author: Women's Refugee Commission Title: Betraying Family Values: How Immigration Policy at the United States Border is Separating Families Summary: Over the past five years, the United States has seen a shift in the demographics of migrants encountered at our borders-from a majority of adult males, often from Mexico, seeking employment, to families, children, grandparents, aunts, and uncles fleeing together, seeking protection in the United States, coming mostly from Central America. Tragically, U.S. immigration enforcement policies, instead of shifting to adapt to this significant change, have continued to try forcing a square peg into a round hole, and in doing so have compounded the vulnerabilities of families and protection-seeking migrants. Instead of promoting family unity, we as a nation are breaking families apart. This report documents the ways in which family separation is caused, both intentionally and unintentionally, by the U.S. government�s immigration custody and enforcement decisions. It explains how the government's lack of consistent mechanisms for identifying and tracking family members result in family members being detained or removed separately and often losing contact with each other. Because the Department of Homeland Security and other government agencies currently have little policy guidance on humanitarian considerations during enforcement actions, many families are needlessly torn apart. This report demonstrates how the process of enforcement along the border subjects families to separation, how children, even when accompanied by a parent, can be rendered unaccompanied, and how such separation impacts the family's well-being and access to due process. Finally, this report explains how family separation through the deportation process is dangerous and impedes safe repatriation and reintegration. Our findings of policies and practices in this report have been informed in part from our discussions and interviews with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), DHS Policy, DHS Office for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, DHS Office of Inspector General, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), Customs and Border Protection (CBP), and the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR). Family unity is important not only to maintain the integrity of the family unit, but also because its destruction has a detrimental impact on liberty, access to justice, and protection. It also negatively impacts emotional and psychological development and well-being, creates security and economic difficulties, and strips the dignity of an individual and their family as a whole. In addition, it is a fundamental human right enshrined in international and U.S. child welfare law. The federal government should prioritize liberty and family unity in its immigration policy, including enforcement actions. Government agencies with enforcement and custody responsibilities should have mechanisms to identify family members, and to prevent, mitigate, and track family separation in all cases. Instead of pursuing policies of deterrence and detention, family unity, the right to liberty, and reunification must become presumptive principles. Ensuring family unity does not require legislation, but can be achieved with administrative changes. These changes include: The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) should consider family unity as a primary factor in all charging and detention decisions. DHS agents should receive training and guidance on identification, documentation, processing, and placement decisions for families. A continuum of alternatives to detention should be utilized instead of traditional institutional detention to avoid separating families and unnecessary detention causing trauma and due process complications. DHS and its component agencies should document and trace all family relationships. Family separation should be recorded and justified in writing. Such information should also be collected, analyzed, and reported regularly to Congress. Information should be accessible to ORR and to family members and their attorneys. This should also permit families to trace other family members, file complaints about family separation, and seek family reunification. DHS should consider the best interests of the child in all processing, custody, and removal and repatriation decisions. DHS should avoid placing family members, whether a mother with a minor child or others arriving together, into expedited or reinstatement of removal. For decisions impacting a child, their best interests should always be of primary consideration and family relationships should be vetted whenever possible. DHS should consider ORR's best interest recommendation as well as recommendations by the DHS Advisory Committee on Family Residential Centers in release decisions regarding detained family members. This should include decisions impacting the custody, release or removal of their family members. During removal and repatriation, children should be protected from family separation to ensure children are returned safely without causing undue trauma. DHS should require the hiring of child welfare professionals at the border to supervise the protection of children and families and oversee instances of family separation. DHS should coordinate among its components and with HHS to identify family separation and facilitate release and reunification. DHS and its components, including ICE, CBP, and the Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), should work with HHS and ORR to ensure an inter-agency process to help separated family members be released and/or reunited. This should include mechanisms to help detained family members locate and connect with separated loved ones. DHS and the Department of Justice's Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) should ensure separated children who have been designated as unaccompanied children retain their designation for the duration of their removal proceedings. DHS Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties (CRCL) should investigate cases of family separation to identify trends, provide oversight and accountability, and report findings to Congress and the public. DHS agencies should also work with DHS CRCL to improve documentation, reporting, and policies on family separation. While it is not yet clear how the Trump Administration will implement the border enforcement policies laid out in the President's recent executive order, it is clear that the needless separation of families during immigration enforcement along the southern border will not only continue, but worsen. The Administration's elimination of existing prosecutorial discretion and parole policies, and plans to prosecute parents, combined with its goal of universal detention will break even more families apart and leave even more parents to make the heart-wrenching choice between family separation and return to a country where their and their children's lives are at risk. The consequences of family separation are clear and the urgency for policy change cannot be dismissed. As families continue to seek protection at our borders, KIND, LIRS, and WRC hope that this report will inform policymakers, legislators, and the public of how border enforcement policies have long failed families, and of the increased risks and costs of indiscriminate enforcement and detention on family unity and child well-being. Details: New York: The Authors, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2019 at: https://www.womensrefugeecommission.org/rights/gbv/resources/1450-betraying-family-values Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 155259

Author: Great Britain. Office for Statistics Regulation Title: Use of statistics in public discourse: the example of policing statistics Summary: The Code of Practice is clear that statistics add value when they support society's need for information. Our interest in the importance of statistics and data in public discourse reflects that fundamental idea. The choice of policing for our first review examining statistics in public discourse reflects that policing and crime are never far from the public's interest. This paper is the result of discussions with various organisations with an interest in policing, statistics and media debate. Its purpose is to set an ambition that statistics can build on what's produced to inform a better public conversation about policing. Details: London: The Author, 2019. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Policing-Public-Discource-SR.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155262

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: ICE Faces Barriers in Timely Repatriation of Detained Aliens Summary: The Department of Homeland Security U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) repatriates thousands of aliens every year. In this review, we sought to identify barriers to the repatriation of detained aliens with final orders of removal. Our case review of 3,053 aliens not removed within the prescribed 90-day time-frame revealed that the most significant factors delaying or preventing repatriation are external and beyond ICE's control. The two predominant factors delaying repatriation are legal appeals and obtaining travel documents. Internally, ICE�s challenges with staffing and technology also diminish the efficiency of the removal process. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-19-28: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-03/OIG-19-28-Mar19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Detained Immigrants Shelf Number: 155264

Author: Ghandnoosh, Nazgol Title: The Next Step: Ending Excessive Punishment for Violent Crimes Summary: While the First Step Act and other criminal justice reforms have limited the number of people imprisoned for drug crimes, they have yet to meaningfully reduce excessive penalties for violent crimes. Nearly half of the U.S. prison population is now serving time for a violent offense, including assault and robbery, Although the violent crime rate has plummeted to half of its early-1990s level, the number of people imprisoned for a violent offense grew until 2009, and has since declined by just 3%. This trend stems from increased prison admissions and sentence lengths, despite evidence that excessive penalties are counterproductive. Long sentences incapacitate older people who pose little public safety threat, produce limited deterrent effect since most people do not expect to be caught, and detract from more effective investments in public safety. For those who seek to end mass incarceration, there are signs of hope. In the past two decades, local, state, and federal lawmakers, governors, judges, and practitioners have rejected the death penalty, shortened excessive prison terms for violent convictions, scaled back collateral consequences, narrowed broad definitions of violence, and ended long term solitary confinement. The 15 reforms featured in this report, implemented in over 19 states, represent more effective, fiscally sound, and morally just responses to violence.5 While exceptions in a punitive era, these reforms serve as models for the future. For example: Rejecting torture in prison -- In 2017, Colorado Department of Corrections' executive director Rick Raemisch restricted solitary confinement to only serious violations in prisons and set a maximum duration of 15 days. Using discretion to reduce extreme sentences Philadelphia District Attorney Larry Krasner seeks to end the city's heavy reliance on life without parole (LWOP) sentences. He has made case-by-case evaluations when making resentencing offers to individuals convicted as juveniles, shown restraint in charging decisions and plea offers in homicide cases, and endorsed legislation to allow people serving LWOP to be evaluated for parole after 15 years of incarceration. Legislators reducing excessive sentences Mississippi legislators reformed the state's truth-in-sentencing requirement for violent crimes in 2014, reducing the proportion of a sentence that individuals with certain violent convictions have to serve before becoming eligible for parole from 85% to 50%. Recognizing the rehabilitative potential of youth and young adults In 2010, the Supreme Court ruled that LWOP sentences were unconstitutional for non-homicide crimes committed by juveniles. The Court also later ruled that mandatory LWOP sentences for homicide failed to recognize young people's "diminished culpability and greater prospects for reform." In 2018, California built on this precedent by directing individuals convicted under age 26 to "Youth Offender Parole Hearings." Scaling back collateral consequences -- Floridians voted in 2018 to re-enfranchise people with felony convictions, including those convicted of most violent crimes. The reforms identified in this report demonstrate that it is possible to undo excessive penalties for violent crimes while also promoting public safety. They are the next step of criminal justice reform and offer blueprints for policies that will better enable an end to mass incarceration within our lifetime. Details: Washington, DC: The Sentencing Project, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/issues/sentencing-policy/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 155269

Author: Sakala, Leah Title: Smart Reforms to Prison Time Served Requirements in Florida Summary: This report examines how adjustments to Florida's length of stay requirements would reduce the state's prison population with minimal impact on additional justice system contact. One in three people in the Florida prison population (34%), if released immediately, would experience no additional justice system contact during the balance of their original prison terms, even with no additional reentry support. Adjustments to reduce time served requirements, including minor ones, would have a significant impact on reducing Florida prison population. If the time served requirement dropped from 85% to 80%, for example, the prison population would instantly decline by 5%, and 98% of those released would experience no increased likelihood of rearrest. Drawing from the sentencing reform strategies of other states, the report concludes with recommendations for specific policy options that Florida could employ to revise its time served policies. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/100040/smart_reforms_to_prison_time_served_requirements_in_florida_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 155271

Author: Insurance Information Institute Title: A Rocky Road So Far: Recreational marijuana and impaired driving Summary: As of March 11, 2019, more than 30 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and Puerto Rico have programs that allow qualifying patients to access medical marijuana products. Another 13 states permit non-intoxicating medical marijuana products. Ten states and D.C. permit recreational marijuana, where any adult over the age of 21 can possess and use the drug. Recreational marijuana sales are booming. Many people are rightly concerned about road safety in an age of legal recreational marijuana. Alcohol-impaired driving claimed nearly 11,000 lives in the U.S. in 2017 alone. Will increasing acceptance and use of marijuana lead to a similar trend? In a 2017 report to Congress, the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) concluded that "the scope and magnitude of the marijuana-impaired driving problem in this country cannot be clearly specified at this time." However, the report did note that "there are a number of indicators that suggest that a problem exists." For example, based on the available evidence, it seems clear that "stoned driving" is dangerous. This report examines the current state of knowledge related to marijuana impairment: its effects on driving abilities, how traffic safety might be impacted, and how states are grappling with the issue of "stoned driving." Key takeaways: Marijuana affects users differently but it generally impairs cognitive and motor skills. The intensity and duration of marijuana impairment depends on several factors. But most research agrees that marijuana use to some degree results in impairment in the following: coordination, memory, associative learning, attention, cognitive flexibility and reaction time. Marijuana impairment increases the risk of culpability for a car crash. And mixing marijuana and alcohol heightens risks. The more impaired the user, the more likely they are to be culpable for a traffic accident. The risks rise dramatically if the user has also consumed alcohol. Mixing both substances increases impairment greater than the net effects of each individual substance. Marijuana use could increase after recreational marijuana legalization - and the number of THC-positive drivers could increase as well. When a state legalizes marijuana, more people use the drug. More people using marijuana could mean more people driving with THC in their systems. Legalization is associated with an increase in collision claim frequency. Early evidence suggests that states with legal recreational marijuana experience higher collision claim frequency than comparable non-marijuana control states. Fatal crashes involving drivers who tested positive for THC have increased - but it remains unclear how legalization impacts fatal crash rates. While THC-positivity rates in fatal crashes has increased, there is conflicting evidence about whether legalization increases fatal crash rates. Details: New York: The Institute, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2019 at: https://www.iii.org/sites/default/files/docs/pdf/marijuanaanddui-wp-031119.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Automobile Accidents Shelf Number: 155275

Author: Compton, Richard P. Title: Marijuana-Impaired Driving: A Report to Congress Summary: This report was prepared in accordance with Section 4008 (Marijuana-Impaired Driving) of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act), Pub. L. 114-94. The report summarizes what is known about marijuana use and driving. The report describes the absorption, distribution and elimination of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinal (THC) the primary psychoactive substance in marijuana, in the body. It contrasts this process with the absorption, distribution and elimination of alcohol in the body, as they are very different processes. The poor correlation of THC concentrations in the blood with impairment is discussed, along with the implication that setting per se levels is not meaningful. Some of the challenges of measuring driving impairment resulting from marijuana use are reviewed. State laws relating to marijuana and driving are presented. What is known about the prevalence of marijuana-impaired driving and the crash risk associated with marijuana-impaired driving is reviewed. Finally, the report presents information on training for law enforcement to detect marijuana impairment in drivers, the feasibility of developing an impairment standard for driving under the influence of marijuana and recommendations for increasing data collection regarding the prevalence and effects of marijuana-impaired driving. Details: Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2017. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: DOT HS 812 440: Accessed April 3, 2019 at: https://www.nhtsa.gov/sites/nhtsa.dot.gov/files/documents/812440-marijuana-impaired-driving-report-to-congress.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drugged Driving Shelf Number: 155276

Author: Lin, Jeffrey Title: Conducting Reliable Research on Parole Outcomes: Factors to Consider Summary: Criminal justice populations are dynamic. They are constantly changing in terms of size and composition. In part, this is because criminal justice institutions exist in dependent relationships with other institutions. Thus, court dockets are affected by police activities; prison populations are affected by court decisions and returns from parole; and parole caseloads are shaped by prison release patterns. Moreover, the changing characteristics of a particular population affect a range of dynamics within that population. Within parole-the focus of this fact sheet-recidivism outcomes are affected by changes to the risk profiles of parolees under supervision, and this effect is reciprocal. As caseloads get riskier, recidivism rates will likely increase, but as riskier parolees are removed from caseloads because of revocations and new criminal convictions, caseload risk will decrease. These nuances are generally ignored by the public, the media, and often policymakers- who tend to focus primarily on the relationships between criminal activities and correctional outcomes. But such a perspective under-emphasizes the ways that key institutions affect one another, and the ways that institutional characteristics and the local political environment shape correctional population and sanctioning patterns. This fact sheet will explore these issues with a focus on the recent history of parole in Colorado, which experienced significant changes to policies, practices, and outcomes in the wake of a tragic, high-profile event-the murder of Tom Clements, the Executive Director of the Department of Corrections, by a high-risk parolee in March of 2013 (Lin, 2018). This fact sheet will also highlight the importance of accounting for institutional and environmental influences on parole outcomes, review some of the ways that researchers can empirically measure them and identify common analytic challenges in these efforts. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Research and Statistics Association, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Research: Accessed April 3, 2019 at: http://www.jrsa.org/pubs/factsheets/jrsa-factsheet-parole.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Research Shelf Number: 155278

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Application and Impact of 21 U.S.D. S 851: Enhances Penalties for Federal Drug Trafficking Offenders Summary: In October 2017, the Commission published Mandatory Minimum Penalties for Drug Offenses in the Federal Criminal Justice System (2017 Drug Publication), which is the second in a series of publications on mandatory minimum penalties in the federal criminal system. This publication, the fourth in the Commission's series, further analyzes drug penalties by focusing on the application of the recidivist enhancements for drug offenses commonly referred to as "851 enhancements." As discussed in the 2017 Drug Publication, mandatory minimum and statutory maximum penalties in drug trafficking offenses apply based on the quantity of drugs involved in the offense, the defendant's prior felony drug trafficking offenses, if any, or both. As an initial matter, a drug offender may be subject to a mandatory minimum penalty if the offense involved a threshold quantity of a controlled substance. These mandatory minimum penalties for drug offenses may be enhanced further if a drug offender has a prior conviction for a "felony drug offense." To trigger these enhanced penalties, prosecutors must follow the procedural requirements set forth in 21 U.S.C. � 851. Primarily, a prosecutor must file an information providing notice of which prior convictions support the enhanced penalties. In its 2011 Report to the Congress: Mandatory Minimum Penalties in the Federal Criminal Justice System (2011 Mandatory Minimum Report), the Commission recommended that Congress reassess the severity and scope of the 851 enhancements. That report concluded that 851 enhancements were both more severe than the more graduated increases provided for in the guidelines and inconsistently applied across judicial districts. During visits to judicial districts across the country, prosecutors also reported wide variations in the practices surrounding the filing of an 851 information seeking enhanced mandatory minimum penalties. Using fiscal year 2016 data, this publication provides comparisons between all offenders who appeared eligible for an 851 enhancement, offenders for whom an information was filed, offenders for whom an information was filed and later withdrawn, and offenders who remained subject to the enhancement at sentencing. Details: Washington, DC: USSC, 2018. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2018/20180712_851-Mand-Min.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 155332

Author: Amendola, Karen L. Title: Best Practices in Early Intervention System Implementation and Use in Law Enforcement Agencies Summary: A law enforcement early [warning and] intervention system is a personnel management tool designed to identify potential individual or group concerns at the earliest possible stage so that intervention and support can be offered in an effort to re-direct performance and behaviors toward organizational goals. The ideal purpose of an EIS is to provide officers with resources and tools in order to prevent disciplinary action, and to promote officer safety, satisfaction and wellness. Generally, an EIS is a central repository or analytic effort where various data and early indicators are collected and used for analysis. While also referred to as early warning systems (EWS) or early warning and intervention systems (EWIS), the use of the term EIS implies the need to go beyond identification of a potential problem or risk to an officer in order to promote well-being. Most now recommend the use of the term Early Intervention System (EI system or EIS), as this terminology emphasizes the role of the agency in providing officers with support and resources to address problems at their earliest stage. Key components of EI systems are identification (selection), evaluation, intervention, and monitoring. Details: Washington, DC: Police Foundation, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/publication/best-practices-in-early-intervention-system-implementation-and-use-in-law-enforcement-agencies/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Early Warning Systems Shelf Number: 155333

Author: Shinnamon, Donald L., Sr. Title: Building and Managing a Successful Public Safety UAS Program: Practical Guidance and Lessons Learned from the Early Adopters Summary: It happens countless times each day-police are called to investigate a crime, assist with a traffic crash, search for a missing child or endangered adult, or respond to any number of other calls for service. During rapidly unfolding incidents, officers depend on gaining situational awareness as quickly as possible to effectively manage an incident and bring it to a successful conclusion. For other incidents, it may be necessary to document the scene for further investigation and later presentation in court. In many of these cases, an aerial perspective can be of great value in quickly and effectively gathering critical information for law enforcement. For the small number of agencies with traditional manned aircraft, air support may be requested to assist. For the vast majority of law enforcement agencies in the U.S., however, air support is simply not routinely available. By the mid-2000's, the military was growing increasingly reliant on unmanned aircraft systems (UAS) on the battlefields of Iraq and Afghanistan. Hand-launched aircraft had given warfighters on the ground the ability to see over the next hill or around the corner without endangering troops. With the perceived success of the technology in providing such situational awareness, discussions began about how unmanned aircraft could be used to support public safety operations. There was great interest, but a variety of obstacles made it challenging to integrate UAS technology into police operations. Over a decade has now passed since those early attempts to transfer the technology, and the use of small unmanned aircraft systems (sUAS) is becoming more common as the technology is now widely available and affordable for the general public. Even so, research has identified only 599 state and local law enforcement agencies (out of almost 18,000 agencies in the U.S.) that are using the technology. As sUAS technology continues to mature and the barriers to its use continue to shrink, law enforcement, and public safety more generally, will likely see a proliferation of the technology, some of which has already been seen over the past two years. As such, there will be many agencies, particularly those lacking aviation experience, that will require education and guidance in establishing and maintaining an effective, lawful, and publicly accepted sUAS program. This report aims to address that need by discussing the benefits and applications of sUAS technology; examining major obstacles to successful implementation; identifying important considerations and lessons learned in building and managing an sUAS program; and providing examples of developed programs. It is intended that this report will help not only those agencies interested in starting sUAS programs, but also those agencies looking for guidance on how to sustain and grow their existing sUAS programs. This report is intended primarily as a resource for public safety UAS program managers, both those with and without prior aviation experience. Accordingly, the areas of primary consideration for implementing and managing a UAS program are organized as sections in the report for ease of reference, with descriptions of the studied agencies provided as examples. Section B provides an overview of sUAS technology and its possible applications, and Section C outlines major obstacles the early adopting agencies encountered when developing their UAS programs. Section D provides a brief description of each of the agencies in the study, and Section E addresses a critical initial step in developing an sUAS program-gaining political and community support. This section discusses how each of the studied agencies secured support, then provides some general guidance on the topic. Section F then outlines the major areas to address in an agency's UAS operations manual and offers some examples as to how the studied agencies conduct their operations. Section G highlights some points of consideration when acquiring unmanned aircraft and offers a few resources to use as guides. Section H discusses the critical importance of data collection and how data can be utilized to drive a successful UAS program. This section offers an overview of federal, state, and agency reporting requirements and provides recommendations about the data agencies should capture during UAS operations. Finally, Section I offers lessons learned from the studied early adopters, and Section J discusses the future of UAS technology in public safety. A glossary of key definitions important for a basic understanding of aviation and unmanned aircraft operations is included in the appendices of this report, along with a variety of other resources that will be referenced throughout the document. The information presented in this report was gathered through interviews, documentation review, and site visits at six law enforcement agencies across the country. These agencies include the Alameda County (CA) Sheriff's Office, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Miami-Dade (FL) Police Department, Mesa County (CO) Sheriff's Office, the Michigan State Police, and the York County (VA) Fire Department/York-Poquoson Sheriff's Office Joint UAS Program. All of these agencies were early adopters of sUAS technology and provide both unique experiences and common lessons learned that can benefit other law enforcement and public safety agencies. It is important to note that, while there are many types of unmanned aircraft varying significantly in size and capability, the focus of this report is on small unmanned aircraft systems (sUAS). These are typically lightweight, battery-powered aircraft that can be deployed from a patrol vehicle, capable of carrying high-definition optical and/or thermal imaging cameras. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Foundation, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://www.policefoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/NPF-Building-and-Managing-a-Successful-Public-Safety-UAS-Program_Final-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Surveillance Shelf Number: 155335

Author: Davila-Centeno, Magah Title: Prison Programs to Reduce Recidivism: What is the Ideal Structure of an Inmate Reentry Program Summary: In the United States' correctional system, inmate programs within prisons often do not reduce recidivism. Recent surveys have shown that across the country many prisons have a form of a Prison Based Animal Program (PAP). This study examines the effect that Prison based Animal Programs have on reducing recidivism through their therapeutic effects, focusing specifically on identifying the best practices for structuring such programs and measuring outcomes, for which there is little research. The research is based on a review of journal articles, industry reports, and a case study of a PAP. The analysis incorporates the shift in emphasis from retribution to restoration in current views of correctional facilities. This research points to the value of increasing adoption of PAPs because of their effects on reducing recidivism. The literature review starts with the definition of recidivism and the difficulties with measuring it. It then examines the current state of the prison industry and the two philosophies of correctional facilities - punitive and rehabilitative. It moves on to an assessment of PAPs, their types, leading operating practices, associated performance measures, their benefits and risks, as well as the funding challenges they face. Following this literature review and research analysis, recommendations are formulated regarding the use of PAPs across federal and state prisons. These programs typically survive on community volunteers and donations and occasionally grants, and therefore a more stable funding source, such as from federal or state governments, would be merited. Grants designed specifically for PAP programs should be created. Through an analysis of the available literature on the prison industry, on other prison programs aimed at reducing recidivism, and on current PAPs, the ideal structure of a prison�-oriented program is developed. The conclusions drawn from this research will aid in the strategic recommendations for a BA Honors Business Strategy Capstone client in spring term 2016. Details: Portland, OR: Portland State University, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: University Honors Theses, Paper 323: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://pdxscholar.library.pdx.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1385&context=honorstheses Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Programs Shelf Number: 15336

Author: Gaub, Janne Elizabeth Title: Implementing a Police Body-Worn Camera Program in a Small Agency Summary: Police body-worn cameras (BWCs) have diffused rapidly across law enforcement agencies in the United States, and often agencies have deployed BWCs with little guidance on best practices for planning and implementing such a program. The Bureau of Justice Assistance National Body-Worn Camera Toolkit (https://www.bja.gov/bwc/) and its Law Enforcement Implementation Checklist (https://www.bja.gov/bwc/pdfs/BWCImplementationChecklist.pdf) provide guidance on these issues, but this guidance has tended to take a "one size fits all" approach. Moreover, with the exception of Rialto (CA), much of the available research on BWCs has focused on large law enforcement agencies in cities such as Arlington (TX), Orlando (FL), Phoenix (AZ), Mesa (AZ), Los Angeles (CA), and Las Vegas (NV). However, the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) estimates that nearly 93% of all law enforcement agencies in the United States are classified as small (fewer than 100 sworn personnel), and nearly half (48%) employ fewer than 10 sworn officers (Reaves, 2015). The challenges facing small agencies are often quite different from larger agencies (Falcone, Wells, and Weisheit, 2002), and this may also be true for police BWCs. Unfortunately, there has been little attention devoted to the deployment of BWCs by small agencies, and as a result, our understanding of the challenges of cameras in the small agency context is limited. In order to better understand how BWCs affect small agencies, researchers at Arizona State University conducted a multi-state survey of small law enforcement agency executives. The survey, which was administered via the online survey platform Qualtrics, was sent to all jurisdictions with a population of 8,000 or more in 26 states. The surveys were sent directly to the city manager, and the instructions requested a completed survey from any jurisdiction with police department comprised of fewer than 100 sworn officers. The survey queried respondents on a range of issues including goals, benefits, challenges, and lessons learned. Respondents were asked to describe these issues at three different stages of their BWC program: planning, implementation, and post-implementation (e.g., program management). We received 210 surveys (149 completed - an estimated response rate of approximately 5%), and this report details the findings from those surveys. We highlight findings in five key substantive areas. Key Findings 1. Most of the agencies who responded to the survey have deployed BWCs (71%). Of the agencies deploying cameras, approximately half reported full implementation of their BWC program. 2. The goals identified by small agencies are consistent with the larger body of evidence on goals of BWC programs (White, 2014). Small agencies most frequently identified officer accountability and transparency with the community as the primary program goal. Other commonly cited goals include enhanced evidence collection (e.g., evidentiary value), reduced complaints (and expedited resolution of complaints), and using BWCs as a training tool. 3. Small agencies identified several challenges associated with deploying BWCs. Though the small agency challenges are similar to those identified by larger agencies (White, 2014), respondents described how these issues can present themselves in different ways in the small agency setting. The most commonly identified challenges include technology issues and funding constraints. The overarching theme centered on small agencies' limited resources, manpower, and infrastructure, and how BWCs can overburden an agency because of those limitations. 4. Agencies described challenges associated with policy development. Again, there is consistency with larger agency concerns in this area, but the tight-knit nature of the small-agency provides a unique context. Respondents highlighted the importance of drawing on expertise from other agencies, rather than "re-inventing the wheel." The sensitivity around supervisory review of officers' footage (e.g., concerns over "fishing expeditions"), and more generally, union buy-in seem especially acute in small agencies. 5. When dealing with local government officials, community members, or even internal agency groups, small agencies may need to ensure the goals of the program align with the goals of other stakeholders. Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety, 2017. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://www.bwctta.com/sites/default/files/Files/Resources/SAS%20Draft%20Technical%20Report%2010-17%20-%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 155338

Author: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of the Inspector General Title: A Review of the Drug Enforcement Administration's Use of Administrative Subpoenas to Collect or Exploit Bulk Data Summary: The Department of Justice Office of the Inspector General (OIG) conducted a review of the Drug Enforcement Administration's (DEA) use of its administrative subpoena authority under 21 U.S.C. � 876(a) to collect or exploit "bulk data." Section 876(a) authorizes the DEA to issue administrative subpoenas, without court or other approval outside the agency, requiring the production of records that are "relevant or material" to certain drug investigations. 21 U.S.C. � 876(a). For purposes of this review, we relied on the Department of Justice's (Department or DOJ) definition of a "bulk collection" of data as a collection of a significant amount of data that is unrelated to an individual, group, or entity that is a target of an investigation, where the data is acquired or updated periodically on an ongoing basis. Typically, a " bulk collection" of data captures records relating to broad categories of transactions, such as the non-content records of all telephone calls handled by a particular telecommunications service provider. Collections of bulk data may include millions or even billions of data points and are often loaded into computers and analyzed by means of automated searches. The relevance of any individual record within the large-scale collection (such as a record of a single phone call) to a specific open investigation is typically not determined until after the bulk collection is acquired and queried. The Programs Our report addresses three programs in which the DEA has used its administrative subpoena authority to collect or exploit bulk data in recent years. The DEA has identified all of the programs discussed in this report as Law Enforcement Sensitive. Accordingly, we have removed program names and some operational details about the programs to enable issuance of this public Executive Summary. Details: Washington, DC: DOJ, 2019. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: https://oig.justice.gov/reports/2019/o1901.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 155339

Author: Morgan, Stephen L. Title: Ferguson, Gray, and Davis: An Analysis of Recorded Crime Incidents and Arrests in Baltimore City, March 2010 through December 2015 Summary: The sometimes fraught relations between the Baltimore city community and its police officers intensified in April 2015, after the arrest of Freddie Gray and his subsequent death from injuries sustained while in police custody. Immediately following his funeral, an episode of street activity erupted - one that has been labeled on a continuum of terms from a riot to an uprising. This unrest triggered both a week-long deployment of the National Guard and a night-time curfew. A widely reported spike in gun violence and homicide emerged soon thereafter, alongside claims that the Baltimore Police Department had pulled back from routine police work in protest against a lack of support from the city's leadership. The sitting police commissioner was replaced in July, and changes in police practice were introduced in subsequent months, some adopted to foster stronger cooperation with the community. These events unfolded in Baltimore as a discussion on crime and policing was developing in the national press, sparked by the protests in Ferguson, Missouri but focused on the impact of dashcam and cellphone videos of police conduct. Debates over the existence of a so-called "Ferguson effect" continue to feature opposing positions on whether the new attention is a welcome spotlight on police misconduct with no consequences for underlying patterns of crime, or instead a constraint on appropriate policing that generates opportunistic crime. For Baltimore, the effects of Freddie Gray's arrest, and the unrest that followed, cannot be separated from the need to examine whether a preexisting Ferguson effect had already taken hold before April 2015. Likewise, any discussion of a Ferguson effect in Baltimore after April 2015 cannot be separated from a careful assessment of the consequences of the unrest that followed Freddie Gray's arrest. Details: Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2019 at: http://socweb.soc.jhu.edu/faculty/morgan/papers/morganpally2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 155352

Author: Simonds, Jr., Stephen Edward Title: The Ferguson Effects - Are Police Anxieties to Blame? Summary: The "Ferguson Effect" is a relatively recent and controversial theory suggesting law enforcement officers across the country have become less proactive in their policing efforts following the August 2014 officer-involved shooting of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri. This thesis attempts to settle the Ferguson Effect debate by determining whether open-source data about police productivity can be collected and analyzed either to support or contradict the Ferguson Effect. Publicly available data repositories through the Public Safety Open Data Portal, Public Data Initiative, and related governmental links are utilized for raw dataset acquisition. Three agencies are chosen for data collection and analysis: (1) the Burlington Police Department, Burlington, Vermont, (2) the Montgomery County Police Department, Montgomery County, Maryland, and (3) the Philadelphia Police Department, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. In each case study, the data is insufficient to confirm or deny the existence of the Ferguson Effect, although the limited data available does suggest that in these three cities, no noticeable de-policing is detected following the killing of Michael Brown. The conclusion of the study yields several limitations. The most evident deficiency identified in this study involves the transparency initiative and Open Government program, specifically with regard to the Public Data Initiative (PDI) and gathering of police-related data. The PDI needs to establish stricter guidelines and compliance for participating agencies. Additionally, this thesis suggests that less emphasis should be placed on crime correlations and more value placed on de-policing and anxieties being experienced by officers to measure accurately the existence of a Ferguson Effect. Details: Monterey, CA: Naval Postgraduate School, 2017. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 5, 2019 at: https://calhoun.nps.edu/handle/10945/53049 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: De-Policing Shelf Number: 155355

Author: Guckenberg, Sarah Title: Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative Scale-Up: Study of Four States Summary: The Annie E. Casey Foundation (Casey) partnered with the WestEd Justice & Prevention Research Center to develop a study of the implementation of the Juvenile Detention Alternatives Initiative (JDAI) in four states: Indiana, Massachusetts, Missouri, and New Mexico. JDAI is a complex, multi-part reform initiative developed by Casey to reduce reliance on the use of detention for low-risk young people in the juvenile justice system prior to disposition. The initiative is defined by eight core strategies - a combination of principles and priorities for reform - that drive its implementation (Casey, 2018): 1) Collaboration 2) Data use 3) Objective admissions decisions 4) Alternatives to detention 5) Expedited case processing 6) Special detention cases 7) Conditions of confinement 8) Reduction of racial and ethnic disparities Casey has worked closely with local jurisdictions and states across the country since the 1990s to implement the initiative and bring it to scale. The study that is the focus of this report aimed to document how states have scaled JDAI with quality, to summarize the lessons learned from JDAI implementation both in and across states, and to generate findings that can inform practice and future scale-up of JDAI and other complex juvenile justice reform initiatives. The report is organized into the following sections: 1. An overall introduction, including lessons learned from other juvenile justice reform efforts and a summary of study findings and recommendations 2. The context of JDAI implementation, including the history of JDAI in each of the study states and findings from previous studies of JDAI 3. The study design, including study questions, site selection, samples, data collection, and analysis, and limitations 4. Study findings on how the structure of JDAI has influenced scale-up, the implementation of the eight core strategies, and the successes, challenges, and lessons learned from scaling JDAI 5. A concluding section that ends with reflections on the findings and application of JDAI principles as scale-up efforts take place in these states Details: San Francisco, CA: WestEd, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2019 at: https://www.aecf.org/m/resourcedoc/wested-jdaiscaleup-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155356

Author: Copeland, Claudia Title: Ocean Dumping Act: A Summary of the Law Summary: "The Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA) has two basic aims: to regulate intentional ocean disposal of materials, and to authorize related research. Permit and enforcement provisions of the law are often referred to as the Ocean Dumping Act. The basic provisions of the act have remained virtually unchanged since 1972, when it was enacted to establish a comprehensive waste management system to regulate disposal or dumping of all materials into marine waters that are within U.S. jurisdiction, although a number of new authorities have been added. This report presents a summary of the law. Four federal agencies have responsibilities under the Ocean Dumping Act: the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the Coast Guard. EPA has primary authority for regulating ocean disposal of all substances except dredged spoils, which are under the authority of the Corps of Engineers. NOAA is responsible for long-range research on the effects of human-induced changes to the marine environment, while EPA is authorized to carry out research and demonstration activities related to phasing out sewage sludge and industrial waste dumping. The Coast Guard is charged with maintaining surveillance of ocean dumping." Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2019 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=796245 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 155359

Author: Lockwood, Randall Title: Dogfighting: A guide for community action Summary: This guide is for community members and 501(c) non-profits and is presented through a partnership between the COPS Office and the ASPCA and will provide the necessary tools to recognize the violent crime of dogfighting in your community, handle animals involved, partner with law enforcement, and build animal task forces within communities. It includes background on those who are involved, and on the nature of this crime-how it often co-occurs with other illicit activity such as as illegal gambling, drugs, illegal weapons possession, parole and probation violations, and child endangerment. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2019 at: https://www.aspcapro.org/sites/pro/files/aspca_cruelty_dogfighting_action.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 155350

Author: Gordon, Patrick Title: Obstructing Justice: The chilling effect of ICE's arrests of immigrants at Pennsylvania courthouses Summary: Since the election of President Trump, the priorities and tactics surrounding immigration enforcement have changed. 2 The categories of immigrants that are a priority for removal have expanded and Immigration and Customs Enforcement ("ICE") has told its officers to take action against all undocumented immigrants encountered on duty, regardless of their criminal history. ICE's tactics have also become more varied in that immigrants are being arrested at their homes, on the way to school, or at their workplace. In Pennsylvania, ICE arrests have increased by 34% in fiscal year 2017 as compared to 2016. The aggressive targeting of immigrants at the courthouse is one of ICE's latest enforcement tactics. These arrests are happening nationwide, creating an outcry from judges, prosecutors, and advocacy organizations. Because of these enforcement activities at the courthouse, immigrant communities are fearful of going to court, with the result that they are effectively denied access to the courts. Courts too cannot properly adjudicate cases, which undermines the integrity of the judicial system. This report specifically studies the issue of ICE enforcement in Pennsylvania courts. We surveyed and interviewed lawyers, legal services organizations, victim services advocates, and community based service providers across Pennsylvania. We also reviewed written materials obtained and collected by advocacy organizations. A more detailed explanation of our methodology is in the Appendix. We found that the problems related to ICE enforcement at courthouses are widespread across Pennsylvania. In particular, we found that in Pennsylvania: (1) ICE is effecting arrests in and around courthouses; (2) courthouse personnel are collaborating with ICE by asking about immigration status, providing information, or assisting with ICE arrests; and (3) immigrants fear going to court because of these ICE enforcement activities. Details: Philadelphia: Center for Social Justice, Temple University, Beasley School or Law, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2019 at: https://www2.law.temple.edu/csj/cms/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Obstructing-Justice013019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 155351

Author: Alliance for Justice Title: Trump's Attacks On Our Justice System: President Trump, the Federal Judiciary and the 115th Congress Summary: For nearly 40 years, Alliance for Justice has worked to ensure that our nation's justice system advances core constitutional values, preserves critical rights and unfettered access to the courts, and adheres to the even-handed administration of justice for all Americans. We have never witnessed an assault on our justice system like the one we have seen since Donald Trump became President. President Trump has repeatedly demonstrated his contempt for the rule of law. His likely criminality is referenced in court filings. He has verbally attacked judges who have ruled against him. He has stated that he expects personal loyalty from those in law enforcement. He has demanded investigations into the media and political opponents. He has repeatedly tried to undermine independent investigations. He has mocked constitutional rights. He has abused his pardon authority. He has repeatedly acted in ways struck down by courts. His attempts to subvert the independence of the Department of Justice are especially egregious, and a detailed examination of those actions could easily consume an entire report. Indeed, a point-by-point recitation of President Trump's shameful conduct in office could consume several reports. This retrospective report, however, issued after the 115th Congress, will focus on one specific aspect of Trump's impact on our justice system: the judicial nominations, put forward by the White House, that have emanated from organizations funded by the wealthy and powerful and have been expedited by the Senate's disregard for norms and rules. The President has placed numerous ultraconservative individuals on the bench who will erode rights and legal protections for generations, long after he leaves the White House. This report contains appendices documenting many of Trump's ideological nominees from the 115th Congress. Appendices A-U are replete with nominees who have histories of bigoted and offensive comments, troubling records, and bias. Yet, with very few exceptions, every single Republican in the Senate voted for these individuals. In many cases, evidence of offensive writings, prejudicial policy positions, and/or a glaring absence of experience still did not dissuade Republicans en masse from supporting a judicial nominee. This retrospective report reviews the first two years of judicial nominations and confirmations during the Trump presidency. Except where otherwise noted, all data and analyses pertain to the period ending on January 3, 2019, which marked the end of the 115th Congress. Part I provides data as to persons nominated and confirmed. Part II describes what many of the nominees have in common - records of working to eviscerate critical rights and legal protections. Part III describes the erosion of rules and norms to confirm many of President Trump's nominees. Part IV offers hope, because we believe that all those who care deeply about fair-minded judges and courts can still find reasons to remain optimistic about the future despite the current President's assaults on the rule of law and our rights. Finally, the appendices provide information on select nominees' records, broken down by subject matter. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: https://afj.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Trumps-Attacks-on-Our-Justice-System-Final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court System Shelf Number: 155357

Author: Plotnikoff, Joyce Title: Falling short? A snapshot of young witness policy and practice in England and Wales Summary: Children who are witnesses in court may have lived through trauma and abuse and their involvement in the criminal justice system can have a big impact on their recovery. Positive experiences can help them move forward but negative experiences can be damaging. Receiving tailored support at every step of the witness process is a crucial part of helping children who have been abused get back on track. In 2009, we published a report examining how well government policy and practice guidance met the needs of young witnesses in England and Wales (Plotnikoff and Woolfson, 2009). Ten years later, the researchers gathered views from 272 criminal justice policymakers and practitioners to find out what has improved and what work still needs to be done. Key findings The policy and practice framework for young witnesses in England and Wales has improved since 2009, but provision of support is inconsistent. This means some children are still at risk of having negative experiences and being retraumatised. Other key findings include: Safeguarding -- Children who are witnesses may have experienced trauma and their wellbeing should be paramount. However, there is no single overarching approach to safeguarding across the criminal justice system. Children aren�t always given the opportunity to feed back about what they found helpful or difficult at court, so that the process can be improved for the future. Children are not being told about their right to seek pre-trial therapy, and some professionals reported a lack of clarity about the rules about what is allowed. Support -- Support for child witnesses varied depending on location. For example, some courts' waiting areas were described as very good or excellent, while others were seen as being inadequate for children. Children who had more positive experiences of the witness process received specialised support. This included having a communication assessment; visiting court before the trial; and being able to choose how and where they gave evidence. Reasons why children didn't receive specialised support included: agencies didn't communicate with each other effectively; children weren't referred to services that could help them. Delays -- Having to wait a long time for a trial can cause children anxiety and stress, and affect their ability to give a clear account of what has happened to them. Child sexual abuse cases take longer to get to court than other types of crime, and the time between the initial report and the trial is getting longer. Questioning To help children to give their best evidence in court, they are entitled to specialist communication support from a registered intermediary. They should also be questioned and cross-examined in a way that's appropriate for their level of development. Most of the judges, lawyers and registered intermediaries we spoke to thought the way questions and cross-examinations are tailored to the needs of young witnesses had improved in the last year. However, not all children were given access to registered intermediaries, and respondents felt the questioning of children still varied significantly. Accountability There is a lack of leadership, ownership and accountability for policy and practice to support child witnesses in England and Wales. There are no official statistics about the number of children giving evidence in court, and unofficial statistics are difficult to compare and understand. The government has not delivered on its commitment to make training on working with vulnerable witnesses mandatory for advocates. Details: National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, 2019. 154p.; 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: https://learning.nspcc.org.uk/research-resources/2019/falling-short-young-witness-policy-practice/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Victims Shelf Number: 155358

Author: Krieger, Nancy Title: Police Killings and police Deaths Are Public Health Data and Can Be Counted Summary: Summary Points - During the past year, the United States has experienced major controversies-and civil unrest-regarding the endemic problem of police violence and police deaths. - Although deaths of police officers are well documented, no reliable official US data exist on the number of persons killed by the police, in part because of long-standing and well-documented resistance of police departments to making these data public. - These deaths, however, are countable, as evidenced by "he Counted," a website launched on June 1, 2015, by the newspaper The Guardian, published in the United Kingdom, which quickly revealed that by June 9, 2015, over 500 people in the US had been killed by the police since January 1, 2015, twice what would be expected based on estimates from the US Federal Bureau of Intelligence (FBI). - Law-enforcement-related deaths, of both persons killed by law enforcement agents and also law enforcement agents killed in the line of duty, are a public health concern, not solely a criminal justice concern, since these events involve mortality and affect the well-being of the families and communities of the deceased; therefore, law-enforcement- related deaths are public health data, not solely criminal justice data. - We propose that law-enforcement-related deaths be treated as a notifiable condition, which would allow public health departments to report these data in real-time, at the local as well as national level, thereby providing data needed to understand and prevent the problem. Details: PLoS Medicine, 2015. 7p, Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1001915&type=printable Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155359

Author: Pew Charitable Trusts Title: Probation and Parole Systems Marked by high States, Missed Opportunities Summary: Incarceration has long dominated the national conversation on criminal justice, because the U.S. prison population skyrocketed between the 1980s and late 2000s. Starting in 2007, policymakers seeking to protect public safety, improve accountability, and save taxpayer dollars initiated a wave of bipartisan reforms that has reduced the number of people behind bars in many states. Yet this movement has largely overlooked the largest part of the correctional system: community supervision. Nationwide, 4.5 million people are on probation or parole-twice the incarcerated population, including those in state and federal prisons and local jails. The growth and size of the supervised population has undermined the ability of local and state community corrections agencies to carry out their basic responsibilities to provide the best public safety return on investment as well as a measure of accountability. Although research has identified effective supervision and treatment strategies, the system is too overloaded to implement them, so it sends large numbers of probationers and parolees back to prison for new crimes or for failure to follow the rules. As part of a collaborative effort to improve the nation's community corrections system, The Pew Charitable Trusts and the Laura and John Arnold Foundation analyzed the leading research and identified the most pressing problems and some promising solutions. The available data leave many questions unanswered, but this review reveals key insights and challenges many assumptions about supervision. Among the findings: Community corrections is marked by considerable growth and scale, disproportionate representation of men and people of color, and a majority of people who committed nonviolent offenses. 1 in 55 U.S. adults (nearly 2 percent) was on probation or parole in 2016 (the most recent year for which data are available), a population increase of 239 percent since 1980, though rates vary considerably by state, from 1 in 18 in Georgia to 1 in 168 in New Hampshire. Between 1999 and 2016, the probation population per crime reported to police rose 24 percent and per arrest rose 28 percent. African-Americans make up 30 percent of those on community supervision but just 13 percent of the U.S. adult population. 3.5 times as many men as women are on supervision, but the number of women on parole or probation has almost doubled since 1990 to more than 1 million. More than three-quarters of the 4.5 million Americans on probation or parole were convicted of nonviolent offenses. Improvements in supervision offer opportunities to enhance public safety, decrease drug misuse, and reduce incarceration. Nearly a third of the roughly 2.3 million people who exit probation or parole annually fail to successfully complete their supervision for a wide range of reasons, such as committing new crimes, violating the rules, and absconding. Each year almost 350,000 of those individuals return to jail or prison, often because of rule violations rather than new crimes. About one-fifth of felony defendants were on supervision when they were arrested. Although probationers and parolees make up a minority of arrests, they are disproportionately represented among arrestees compared with the general population, suggesting that improved supervision success rates would lead to greater public safety and reduced taxpayer expense. Rates of substance use among those on supervision are two to three times those of the general population, but many probationers and parolees do not have access to treatment. Policy changes can reduce correctional control and improve public safety. From 2007 to 2016, 37 states experienced simultaneous drops in their community corrections and crime rates. In many cases, these gains followed adoption of evidence-based sentencing and corrections reforms that prioritized scarce supervision and treatment resources for higher-risk individuals, invested in risk-reduction programs, and created incentives for compliance. These findings demonstrate the need for greater scrutiny of the community corrections system by policymakers and the public. They also reinforce an emerging consensus among leading practitioners for a fundamental change in the vision and mission of supervision: from punishing failure to promoting success. Details: Philadelphia: Author, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: https://www.pewtrusts.org/-/media/assets/2018/09/probation_and_parole_systems_marked_by_high_stakes_missed_opportunities_pew.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155360

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: The Assailant Study - Mindsets and Behaviors Summary: An unclassified FBI study on last year's cop-killing spree found officers are "de-policing" amid concerns that anti-police defiance fueled in part by movements like Black Lives Matter has become the "new norm." "Departments - and individual officers - have increasingly made the decision to stop engaging in proactive policing," said the report by the FBI Office of Partner Engagement obtained by The Washington Times. The report, "Assailant Study - Mindsets and Behaviors," said that the social-justice movement sparked by the 2014 death of 18-year-old Michael Brown at the hands of an officer in Ferguson, Missouri, "made it socially acceptable to challenge and discredit the actions of law enforcement." FBI spokesman Matthew Bertron said the study was written in April. "Nearly every police official interviewed agreed that for the first time, law enforcement not only felt that their national political leaders [publicly] stood against them, but also that the politicians' words and actions signified that disrespect to law enforcement was acceptable in the aftermath of the Brown shooting," the study said. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2017. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: http://online.wsj.com/public/resources/documents/MindsetReport.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Against Police Shelf Number: 155361

Author: Goldstein, Sheryl Title: Fact Check: A Survey of Available Data on Juvenile Crime in Baltimore City Summary: s juvenile violent crime in Baltimore City on the rise? And what happens to young people charged with committing violent acts? In "Fact Check: A Survey of Available Data on Juvenile Crime in Baltimore City," the Abell Foundation analyzes available data on juvenile crime, arrests, and outcomes. The data shows that overall juvenile arrests are down significantly, while juvenile arrests for violence are up. Juveniles charged with violent crimes are often charged as adults, but an increasing number of these cases are transferred back to juvenile court. Case outcomes for youth charged with violent crimes appear to be driven by a small number of individual judges in a process that is not very transparent. Details: Baltimore: Abell Foundation, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Volume 31, no. 2: Accessed April 11, 2019 at: www.abell.org Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155362

Author: Chohlas-Wood, Alex Title: An Analysis of the Metropolitan Nashville Police Department's Traffic Stop Practices Summary: For the last several years, Nashville has made considerably more traffic stops per capita than the national average, with stops disproportionately involving black drivers. Here we examine the Metropolitan Nashville Police Department's (MNPD) traffic stop practices in 2017, drawing on an extensive dataset of records provided by the department. Black drivers were stopped 44% more often per driving-age resident when compared to white drivers; this gap is particularly pronounced among stops for non-moving violations (68%), such as broken tail lights and expired registration tags. These disparities stem, in part, from a strategy that concentrates traffic stops in high-crime areas. In particular, after controlling for location, disparities among non-moving violation stops drop from 68% to 37%. This policy of concentrating stops in high-crime areas may be predicated on the belief that traffic stops are an effective tactic for reducing burglaries, robberies, and other criminal activity. We find, however, no immediate or long-term impact of traffic stops on serious crime. We further find that only 1.6% of stops result in a custodial arrest-often for license violations or drugs. These findings suggest that the MNPD could reduce traffic stops without an associated rise in serious crime, while bringing Nashville�s traffic stop rates more in line with similar cities around the country. In particular, the MNPD could substantially reduce racial disparities by curtailing stops for non-moving violations. Notably, a small proportion of active MNPD officers conduct the majority of non-moving violation stops, potentially facilitating any effort to reduce such stops. Details: Stanford, CA: Stanford Computational Policy Lab, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://policylab.stanford.edu/media/nashville-traffic-stops.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While Black Shelf Number: 155365

Author: New York University School of Law, Policing Project Title: An Assessment of Traffic Stops and Policing Strategies in Nashville Summary: In 2016-17, two events took place that focused public attention on policing in Nashville�and revealed longstanding tensions around police-community relations, particularly in some of Nashville's communities of color. In October 2016, Gideon's Army released a report that pointed to MNPD's longstanding practice of making large numbers of stops in high crime neighborhoods-and it pointed to substantial racial disparities in those stops. Then, in February 2017, an MNPD officer shot and killed Jocques Clemmons, leading to protests and further concern about policing in Nashville. Later that year, then-Mayor Megan Barry reached out and asked the Policing Project at NYU Law to offer suggestions for a plan to address community concerns, and help chart a path to strengthen the partnership between MNPD and the communities it serves. Although the nature of our assignment changed somewhat at the mayoral transition, in general we were asked to continue our efforts. In the succeeding sections, we explain the approach we recommended to Mayors Barry and Briley, what we learned from our work, and our recommendations for how Nashville and MNPD might move forward in light of what we have learned. Before doing so, though, we introduce the Policing Project. This is important because we take a somewhat unique approach to issues of public safety reforms, which necessarily frames the recommendations we make. Details: New York: Author, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/5bf2d18d562fa747a554f6b0/1542640014294/Policing+Project+Nashville+Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving While Black Shelf Number: 155366

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Review of the Chicago Police Department's "Gang Database" Summary: The Public Safety Section of the City of Chicago's Office of Inspector General (OIG) has concluded a review of the Chicago Police Department's gang-related data, commonly referred to by the public as the "gang database." OIG's review found that while the Chicago Police Department (CPD or the "Department") deploys a host of strategies, tactics, and technology in relation to gangs, it does not have a unified, stand-alone "gang database" as publicly perceived. Instead, the Department collects and stores information on individual and geographic gang involvement through a multitude of internal databases, forms, visualization tools, and repositories. CPD also receives gang-related data generated by external agencies. Therefore, any effort to address public concern over the purpose and practices associated with the Department's collection and use of gang information must begin with an accurate understanding of the various components and current technological limitations. OIG's review found that: 1) CPD lacks sufficient controls for generating, maintaining, and sharing gang-related data; 2) CPD's gang information practices lack procedural fairness protections; 3) CPD's gang designations raise significant data quality concerns; and 4) CPD's practices and lack of transparency regarding its gang designations strain police-community relations. OIG offers 30 recommendations on the utility, collection, maintenance, sharing, impacts, and data quality of CPD's gang designations. In response, CPD agreed with OIG's findings and largely concurred with many of OIG's recommendations and partially concurred or disagreed with others. Details: Chicago: Author, 2019. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://igchicago.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/OIG-CPD-Gang-Database-Review.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Data Shelf Number: 155367

Author: Schell, Terry L. Title: Evaluating Methods to Estimate the Effect of State Laws on Firearm Deaths: A Simulation Study Summary: The RAND Corporation launched its Gun Policy in America initiative with the goal of creating objective, factual resources for policymakers and the public on the effects of gun laws. As a part of this project, RAND researchers conducted a systematic literature review and evaluation of scientific studies on the effects of 13 classes of policies. One of the findings of the review was that the effects of policies estimated in the literature appeared to be sensitive to the specific statistical methods that were employed. This suggests the importance of identifying the most-appropriate statistical methods to use on these data. In this report, the authors use simulations to assess the performance of a wide range of statistical models commonly used in the gun policy literature to estimate the effects of state-level gun policies on firearm deaths. The study aimed to identify the most-appropriate statistical modeling and analysis methods for estimating the effect of these policies on firearm deaths, which may help in the evaluation of whether estimates from prior research can be considered to be accurate. The results suggest substantial statistical problems with many of the methods used. The authors also identify the best method among those assessed. This report should be of interest to researchers familiar with statistical methods for estimating causal effects in longitudinal time series data, those who are trying to understand the effects of gun policies as revealed in the existing literature, or those who are planning new studies that use statistical models to investigate these effects. Key Findings -- Simulation results reveal that many commonly used modeling approaches in gun policy research have quite poor type 1 error rates. Several models have type 1 error rates ten times greater than the nominal α = 0.05 that was intended. Huber and cluster adjustments often do not fix these problems, and Huber adjustments can sometimes make them worse. The models also had surprisingly low statistical power to detect an effect-sized equivalent to a change of 1,000 deaths per year if a law were implemented nationally. Most models could correctly reject the null hypothesis only about 10 percent of the time with this true effect. With power this low, a large fraction of effects that are statistically significant will be found to be in the opposite direction as the true effect, and all significant effects will greatly exaggerate the magnitude of the true effect. One model was identified as having the best performance across all assessed criteria. This model is a negative binomial model of firearm deaths that includes time-fixed effects, an auto-regressive effect, and change coding for the law effect. The preferred specification includes no state-fixed effects or standard error adjustment. Recommendations -- Researchers should consider using Bayesian statistical methods when estimating the effect of state laws on firearm death rates. Given the lack of power to conduct traditional significant testing, policymakers will be well served to understand the range of possible effects associated with a given policy and where the weight of current evidence lies. To correctly estimate the uncertainty in the model estimates, the models may need to include an auto-regressive term. However, this requires careful consideration of how effects are coded to avoid dramatically biased effect estimates. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2685.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Deaths Shelf Number: 155368

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Evaluation of the Chicago Police Department's Compliance with the Firearm Owners Identification Card Act Summary: The City of Chicago Office of Inspector General's Public Safety Section (PS) has issued an Evaluation that found that the Chicago Police Department (CPD) did not comply with the mandatory reporting requirements under the Illinois Firearm Owners Identification (FOID) Card Act for individuals CPD believes pose a clear and present danger. As a result, the Illinois State Police (ISP) was not notified of the need for a FOID card revocation determination and that CPD may have returned firearms to individuals whose FOID-based permission to possess firearms would have otherwise been revoked. In a time of continuously high gun violence in Chicago, full compliance with the FOID Card Act is an important mechanism for law enforcement to keep firearms from those who are not fit or qualified to possess them. The Illinois FOID Card Act mandates that law enforcement officials (as well as other specified categories of professionals including school administrators), preliminarily determine if a person they encounter poses a clear and present danger to themselves, others, or the public and, in such cases, file a FOID notification report with ISP within 24 hours. PS's Evaluation focused on one category of individual for whom such reporting would have been mandated and found that CPD was in compliance in only 2 of 37 cases in the past 3 years. PS recommended that CPD create and implement a department directive mandating compliance with the state law reporting requirement, improve department access to the mandatory reporting forms, create relevant curricula, and provide adequate training for current and new employees that includes: 1) an introduction to the FOID Card Act, with special attention paid to CPD's reporting duties and the importance of information provided to ISP; 2) guidance on what constitutes "clear and present danger"; and 3) instruction on how to properly complete and submit forms and other necessary identification that should be submitted to ISP. In response, CPD concurred with Public Safety's findings and recommendations. To address its noncompliance, CPD has formalized and began distribution and implementation of a stand-alone directive that instructs officers on reporting requirements. CPD has also updated the Police Academy's training curricula to reflect reporting obligations pursuant to the FOID Card Act. "CPD's noncompliance with the FOID Card Act has deprived it of a critical tool to take guns out of the hands of individuals who pose a threat to public safety as part of its larger effort to combat gun violence," said Inspector General Joe Ferguson. "Today's report, the first from the new Public Safety Section, is demonstrative of the benefits of independent civilian oversight in assisting CPD in identifying ways of improving operations, and enhancing public safety and fostering public confidence through effective performance of its important responsibilities. Details: Chicago: Author, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://igchicago.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/CPD-FOID-Card-Act-Compliance-Evaluation.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 155369

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Review of the Chicago Police Department's Management of School Resource Officers Summary: The Public Safety Section (PS) of the City of Chicago Office of Inspector General (OIG) has concluded a review of the Chicago Police Department's (CPD or the Department) management of School Resource Officers (SRO) assigned to Chicago Public Schools (CPS). OIG has concluded that CPD's recruitment, selection, placement, training, specification of roles and responsibilities, and evaluations of its SROs are not sufficient to ensure officers working in schools can successfully execute their specialized duties. OIG reviewed CPD's recruitment, selection, placement, training, specification of roles and responsibilities, and evaluation of its SROs assigned to CPS. OIG determined that, since December 31, 2016, CPD has assigned officers to CPS without a current legal agreement between the two agencies. Neither CPD nor CPS is able to provide an up-to-date list of SROs and the school locations to which these officers are assigned. Rather, CPD provided a list last updated in March 2017, while CPS provided a list current through 2014. CPD currently lacks Department directives to address SRO-specific recruitment, selection, placement, training, or evaluation. Moreover, CPD's current processes for recruiting, selecting, placing, training, specifying roles and responsibilities, and evaluating SROs do not reflect best practices-as none have been adopted by CPD. Yet best practice standards exist. For example, in 2017, the U.S. Department of Justice and U.S. Department of Education released a set of resources entitled the SECURe Local Implementation Rubric and SECURe State and Local Policy Rubrics-to help both local education agencies and law enforcement agencies develop SRO programs that foster school safety without violating students' civil rights or unnecessarily involving students in the criminal justice system. CPD�s current lack of guidance and structure for SROs amplifies community concerns and underscores the high probability that students are unnecessarily becoming involved in the criminal justice system, despite the availability of alternate solutions. For the benefit of CPS students, their families, and the Chicago community at large, within this report, OIG provides CPD with recommendations for the Department to establish an SRO program aligned with national best practices. Details: Chicago: Author, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://igchicago.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/CPD-Management-of-School-Resource-Officers-Review.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Police in Schools Shelf Number: 155371

Author: Feldman, Justin M. Title: Quantifying underreporting of law-enforcement-related death in United States Vital Statistics and News Media-Based Data Sources: A Capture-Recapture Analysis Summary: Prior research suggests that United States governmental sources documenting the number of law-enforcement-related deaths (i.e., fatalities due to injuries inflicted by law enforcement officers) undercount these incidents. The National Vital Statistics System (NVSS), administered by the federal government and based on state death certificate data, identifies such deaths by assigning them diagnostic codes corresponding to "egal intervention" in accordance with the International Classification of Diseases-10th Revision (ICD-10). Newer, nongovernmental databases track law-enforcement-related deaths by compiling news media reports and provide an opportunity to assess the magnitude and determinants of suspected NVSS underreporting. Our a priori hypotheses were that underreporting by the NVSS would exceed that by the news media sources, and that underreporting rates would be higher for decedents of color versus white, decedents in lower versus higher income counties, decedents killed by non-firearm (e.g., Taser) versus firearm mechanisms, and deaths recorded by a medical examiner versus coroner. Details: PLOS Medicine, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1002399&type=printable Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155374

Author: Todak, Natalie Title: De-Escalation in Police-Citizen Encounters: A Mixed Methods Study of a Misunderstood Policing Strategy Summary: There is demand for police reform in the United States to reduce use of force and bias, and to improve police-citizen relationships. Many believe de-escalation should be a more central feature of police training and practice. It is suggested that improving officers' communication and conflict resolution skills will temper police-citizen interactions and reduce police use of force, and that such a change will improve citizen trust in the police. To date, however, de-escalation training has not spread widely across agencies, and de-escalation as a strategy has not been studied. Without an evidence-based understanding of these concepts, de-escalation training will proceed blindly, if at all. Accordingly, this dissertation represents one of the first empirical studies of de-escalation in police work. The author completed this study as an embedded researcher in the Spokane (WA) Police Department, and it proceeds in two parts. Part 1 was exploratory and qualitative, consisting of in-depth interviews (N=8) and a focus group (N=1) with eight highly skilled police de-escalators. These officers were nominated by peers as the best among them at de-escalating difficult encounters with citizens. The results in Part 1 explore officers' perceptions of de-escalation and offer a definition of de-escalation as well as a description of de-escalation tactics. In Part 2, the author systematically observed the concepts developed in part 1 during 35 ride-alongs with 29 police officers, including the peer nominated officers (N=131 police-citizen encounters). This phase of the research investigated whether characteristics of officers, citizens, and situations are associated with de-escalation use, and de-escalation effectiveness. Implications from these findings are drawn for police practice, theory, and research methods. This dissertation is a launching point for empirical research on de-escalation in police work Details: Tempe: Arizona State University, 2017. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/189627/content/Todak_asu_0010E_17217.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Conflict Resolution Shelf Number: 155375

Author: O'Hear, Michael M. Title: Third-Class Citizenship: The Escalating Legal Consequences of Committing a 'Violent' Crime Summary: For many years, American legislatures have been steadily attaching a wide range of legal consequences to convictions - and sometimes even just charges - for crimes that are classified as "violent." These consequences affect many key aspects of the criminal process, including pretrial detention, eligibility for pretrial diversion, sentencing, eligibility for parole and other opportunities for release from incarceration, and the length and intensity of supervision in the community. The consequences can also affect a person's legal status and rights long after the sentence for the underlying offense has been served. A conviction for a violent crime can result in registration requirements, lifetime disqualification from employment in certain fields, and a loss of parental rights, among many other "collateral consequences." While a criminal conviction of any sort relegates a person to a kind of second-class citizenship in the United States, a conviction for a violent crime increasingly seems even more momentous - pushing the person into a veritable third-class citizenship. This article provides the first systematic treatment of the legal consequences that result from a violence charge or conviction. The article surveys the statutory law of all fifty states, including the diverse and sometimes surprisingly broad definitions of what counts as a violent crime. While the article's aims are primarily empirical, concerns are raised along the way regarding the fairness and utility of the growing length and severity of sentences imposed on "violent" offenders and of the increasingly daunting barriers to their reintegration into society. Details: Milwaukee: Marquette University - Law School, 2019. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Marquette Law School Legal Studies Paper No. 19-05: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3365248 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 155376

Author: New York University School of Law, Policing Project Title: Report to the Los Angeles Police Commission Summarizing Public Feedback on LAPD Video Release Policies Summary: The Los Angeles Police Commission ("Commission" or "Police Commission") serves as the "board of directors" for the Los Angeles Police Department ("LAPD" or "Department"), with the authority to establish polices for the LAPD and oversee its operations. The Commission is reviewing the LAPD's policy on releasing video footage of "critical incidents," including any incident in which an officer fires his or her gun or a person dies in police custody. As part of that process, the Commission asked the Policing Project at New York University School of Law ("Policing Project") to help gather feedback on whether, when, and how, video footage of critical incidents should be made publicly available. This report summarizes the feedback received. Members of the general public and LAPD personnel were invited to provide feedback in several ways: by completing a brief questionnaire, submitting more detailed written comments, attending community forums, and participating in officer focus groups. The questionnaire, and other materials, including a video release policy FAQ, were available in English and Spanish at www.LAPDVideo.org. The questionnaire and comment period ran for 46 days, from March 23 through May 7. The questionnaire asked demographic questions including the respondents' race, age, and income, as well as whether the respondent was a member of law enforcement. There were not sharp divergences among respondents along demographic lines. The one exception-evident both in the questionnaire responses and in other sources of input - was that significant disagreement emerged in general between law enforcement and members of the general public. We note these differences where pertinent. The Policing Project ultimately received 3,199 questionnaire responses from individuals who lived, worked, or attended school in Los Angeles, including 532 responses from individuals self-identifying as law enforcement officers. The Policing Project also received 20 sets of written comments from individuals and organizations, representing the views of 27 organizations in total. Additional feedback was provided at 5 community forums and 8 officer focus groups. The ACLU of Southern California submitted a petition on the subject with the signatures of 1,773 individuals. Some key themes emerged from the process, which we elaborate upon briefly below and in great detail in the report that follows. In general, both officers and members of the public agreed that video should be released to the public, for reasons of transparency, accountability, and trust. However, the public favored releasing video within a relatively shorter release time (30-60 days), and generally preferred that release be automatic as opposed to decided on a case-by-case basis. It is not that members of the public failed to appreciate that various factors might mitigate for or against a decision to release video in a particular case. Rather, the public evinced a lack of confidence or trust in existing public institutions to make the correct decision on a case-by-case approach. (In addition, some members of the public expressed the view that many of the factors that were identified as counseling against release could be addressed by speeding up the pace of investigations or taking other ameliorative measures.) LAPD officers and officials, for their part, tended to have somewhat more faith in public institutions, and to believe that release should not occur until the LA Police Commission reaches a decision as to the propriety of the officer's conduct (often up to a year at present), or the District Attorney decides whether any criminal charges will be filed (in some instances as long as two years after the incident). Still, LAPD officers joined the public in expressing concern about "politics" affecting the decision whether to release video coverage. Details: New York: Author, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: http://assets.lapdonline.org/assets/pdf/public%20feedback%20project%20lapd%20video%20release.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Evidence Shelf Number: 155377

Author: Dippel, Christian Title: How Common are Electoral Cycles in Criminal Sentencing? Summary: Existing empirical evidence suggests a pervasive pattern of electoral cycles in criminal sentencing in the U.S.: judges appear to pass more punitive sentences when they are up for re-election, consistent with models of signaling where voters have more punitive preferences than judges. However, this pervasive evidence comes from only three states. Combining the existing evidence with data we collected from eight additional states, we are able to reproduce previous results, but find electoral cycles in only one of the eight additional states. Sentencing cycles appear to be the exception rather than the norm. We find that their existence hinges on the level of competition in judicial elections, which varies considerably across states. Details: Cambridge, MA: national Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25716: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25716 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Electoral Cycles Shelf Number: 155381

Author: Dippel, Christian Title: Do Private Prisons Affect Criminal Sentencing? Summary: This paper provides causal evidence of the effect of private prisons on court sentencing, using novel data on private prisons and state trial courts. Our identification strategy uses state-level changes in private-prison capacity and compares changes in sentencing only across court pairs that straddle state borders. We find that the opening of a private prison increases the length of sentences relative to what the crime's and defendant's characteristics predict. Effects are concentrated at the margin of sentence length, not of being sent to prison. The effect does not appear to be driven by 'judicial capture'; instead the evidence is most consistent with the cost savings from private prisons leading judges to pass longer sentences. Private prisons do not appear to accentuate existing racial biases in sentencing decisions. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25715: Accessed April 12, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25715.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Private Prisons Shelf Number: 155382

Author: Moy, Laura Title: How Police Technology Aggravates Racial Inequity: A Taxonomy of Problems and a Path Forward Summary: Over the past several years, increased awareness of racial inequity in policing, combined with increased scrutiny of police technologies, have sparked concerns that new technologies may aggravate racial inequity in policing. In order to evaluate whether or not they do so, however, the problem must be more clearly defined. Some scholars have explored racial inequity in depth as it relates to specific police technologies. But to date, none have provided an explanation of how police technology aggravates racial inequity that can be applied across all technologies. This article fills that gap. It offers a proposed new taxonomy that parses police technology's aggravation of racial inequity as five distinct problems: Police technology may (1) replicate inequity in policing, (2) mask inequity in policing, (3) transfer inequity from elsewhere to policing, (4) exacerbate inequitable policing harms, and/or (5) compromise oversight of inequity in policing. Naming and defining these problems will help police agencies, policymakers, and scholars alike analyze proposed new police technologies through a racial equity lens and craft policies that respond appropriately. To assist with practical application of the taxonomy, this article also offers a model racial equity impact assessment for proposed police technologies, and explains why the time is ripe for introduction of such an assessment. Details: Washington, DC: Center on Privacy & Technology at Georgetown Law, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3340898 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Surveillance Shelf Number: 155386

Author: Hochbaum, Ron S. Title: Bathrooms as a Homeless Rights Issue Summary: Bathrooms are a bellwether of equality. Segregated bathrooms were at the center of the Civil Rights movement. Accessible bathrooms were at the heart of the Disability Rights movement. Now, gender-neutral bathrooms or bathrooms assigned by gender, rather than sex, are at the heart of the Transgender Rights movement. This article is the first to examine the right to access bathrooms as it relates to the homeless community. The article explores the current paradox where cities, counties, and states provide few, if any, public bathrooms for the homeless community and the public at large, while criminalizing public urination and defecation. To better understand this paradox, the article contains two original multi-jurisdictional surveys. The first reviews the prohibitions on public urination and defecation in the 10 municipalities with the most homeless individuals. The second explores the Freedom of Information Act and Public Record Act responses of those municipalities to requests for information regarding the public bathrooms they operate and potential barriers to use for homeless individuals (e.g. closing in the evenings or particular seasons, charging a fee for entry, being located in buildings requiring identification for entry, etc.). The article contextualizes the paradox in relation to human dignity, public health, and the historical use of bathroom access as an exercise of power. It contends that the current scheme denies homeless individuals a basic sense of dignity, while undermining the health and safety justification for prohibitions on public urination and defecation by failing to operate public restrooms. The article further argues that government actors use bathrooms to marginalize the homeless community in the same way that they have used them to marginalize women, people of color, individuals with disabilities, and transgender individuals. In exploring this use of power, the article argues that prohibitions on public urination and defecation are part of a larger trend of criminalizing homelessness and the evolution of segregation. Finally, the article evaluates potential solutions to the paradox. The solutions reviewed include increasing the availability and accessibility of public restrooms, leveraging private industry, and reforming or challenging the law. The article concludes that any long-term solution to the problem requires an examination of the paradox through the lens of the homeless community. Details: Chicago: Loyola University of Chicago, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3352868 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bathrooms Shelf Number: 155387

Author: Armacost, Barbara E. Title: Police Shootings: Is Accountability the Enemy of Prevention? Summary: Police officers shoot an unarmed man or woman. The victim's family and community cry out for someone to be held accountable. In minority communities, where a disproportionate number of officer-involved shootings occur, residents suspect that racial animus and stereotypical assumptions about "dangerous black men" played a part. Citizens seek accountability by filing lawsuits and demanding criminal prosecutions. They are usually disappointed: The majority of police-involved shootings are deemed "justified" by police investigators and courts, and no criminal charges are brought. If so, this is the end of the inquiry under current legal standards and there is no accountability. There is also no legal reason to ask why the shooting occurred and how it could have been prevented. This article argues that the current accountability paradigm is hindering genuine progress in decreasing the number of police-involved shootings, including those motivated by racism. We need to look beyond the limited time-frame embraced by the current legal standard and view police-involved shootings as organizational accidents. Borrowing lessons learned from the aviation and healthcare fields, this article urges a prevention-first approach that applies systemic analysis to what are systems problems. In these sectors, investigations of tragic accidents employ Sentinel Event Review, a systems-oriented strategy that looks back to identify all the factors that contributed to the event and looks forward to identify systemic reforms that could mitigate the chance of recurrence. The goal is to create systemic barriers that make it more difficult for sharp-end actors to err or misbehave. I am not arguing that individual police officers should escape responsibility for their actions. But our current relentless focus on accountability - while an understandable human reaction - has become the enemy of prevention in the very communities that need it most. Details: Charlottesville: University of Virginia School of Law, 2019. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Virginia School of Law Public Law and Legal Theory Paper Series 2019-16: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3363909 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155388

Author: Johnson, Kevin R. Title: The New Latinx 'Repatriation'? Removals, Criminal Justice, and the Efforts to Remove Latinx Peoples from the United States Summary: Several historical episodes have indelibly influenced the sense of belonging of generations of persons of Mexican ancestry - and Latinx generally - in the United States. Two powerful examples aptly illustrate this point. During the hard times of the Great Depression, state and local governments, with the support of the U.S. government, "repatriated:" approximately one million persons of Mexican ancestry, including many U.S. citizen children as well as immigrant parents, to Mexico. Similarly, the U.S. government in 1954 in the military-style "Operation Wetback," directed by a retired general, removed hundreds of thousands of persons of Mexican ancestry, including many U.S. citizen children, from the Southwest. Those discriminatory events have shaped the identities of Latinx people in the United States. History has condemned these episodes of racial intolerance. Nonetheless, we may be seeing history repeat itself, but with even larger numbers of people injured. Ushering in breath-taking changes in immigration law and enforcement, President Donald J. Trump has boldly moved to reduce immigration to, and the number of immigrants in, the United States. This Article contends that, because so many of the measures directly and indirectly target Latina/os, they represent the equivalent of an attempt at a "new" Mexican repatriation- a concerted effort to remove Latinx people, focusing on Mexicans and Central Americans, from the country. Just as the previous campaigns did, the new efforts further encourage Latinx non-citizens, along with U.S. citizen children, to "self-deport" (i.e., leave the country) or to never come to the United States. Part I of this Article reviews previous efforts to remove persons of Mexican ancestry from the United States, namely what is known as the "Mexican repatriation" during the Great Depression and "Operation Wetback" in 1954. Part II considers the impacts on Latinx of the contemporary efforts by the Trump administration to remove immigrants from the United States, and to reduce legal immigration. It further draws parallels between the "new" and "old" repatriation campaigns. Details: Davis, CA: University of California, Davis - School of Law, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: UC Davis Legal Studies Research Paper: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3353508 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crimmigration Shelf Number: 155390

Author: Delfino, Rebecca A. Title: Pornographic Deepfakes - Revenge Porn's Next Tragic Act - The Case for Federal Criminalization Summary: This could happen to you: You have appeared in digital photographs. Your pictures aren't sexually explicit or revealing - they just are pictures of your daily life: spending time with friends or your vacation selfies. Like millions of people, these images have likely made their way onto the Internet when you shared them on social media. But what if someone decides they don't like you? With an app available on any smartphone, the digital images of your face can be easily clipped from the pictures you posted the Internet and pasted onto the body of a person engaged in sexually explicit acts. Without your knowledge or consent, you become the "star" of a realistic, pornographic "deepfake." This hypothetical reflects an emerging phenomenon in sex exploitation cybercrimes - it is the next tragic act in the unauthorized public dissemination of private sexually explicit photos or videos, known as "revenge porn." What, if anything, can you do if you are inserted into a pornographic deepfake image or video against your will? Is it against the law to create, share, and spread falsified pornography on the Internet? At best, the answer to these questions is complicated and uncertain, and at worst, the answer is - no. Although the most effective deterrent for bad actors is one that criminalizes their behavior, there are currently no federal or state laws that criminalize the creation or distribution of pornographic deepfakes. And since deepfakes exist in cyberspace, they are not confined to an individual state jurisdiction. This is the first article to focus on the intersection of the law and pornographic deepfakes and to propose a legislative solution to the harms they unleash. A national response rooted in federal criminal law is required because everyone, everywhere is a potential deepfake victim - even you. Details: Los Angeles: Loyola Law School, 2019. 61p. Source: Loyola Law School, Los Angeles Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2019-08: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3341593 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cybercrimes Shelf Number: 155391

Author: New York University School of Law, Policing Project Title: Beyond the Conversation: Ensuring Meaningful Police-Community Engagement Summary: In recent years, law enforcement officials and community leaders alike have stressed the need for more "engagement" between the public and the police. In particular, they have called on departments and community members to work collaboratively to keep communities safe. But how much engagement is really happening? And what does it mean for police departments to truly "engage" with the residents they serve? "Community engagement" has come to describe everything from ice cream socials to serious discussions about department practices. All of these forms of police-community interaction are important for building relationships and improving trust. But real engagement is more than just conversation. It means giving the public a voice in how their communities are policed. Some departments across the country have taken important steps toward this sort of engagement. They have asked the public for input on policies and practices, involved community members in strategic planning, and engaged in collaborative problem-solving. Their experiences make clear that this engagement with the public over matters of substance presents a number of challenges. It takes resources and planning. Often the communities who are most affected by various practices also can be the most difficult to reach to include in the conversation. The conversations themselves can be difficult; they require a willingness on the part of both police officials and community members to work collaboratively. But despite its challenges, this kind of engagement is essential. Inviting community input on substantive issues ensures that policing practices truly reflect community priorities and needs. Simply having the conversations can build greater trust and legitimacy with the public. Further, a truly democratic society all but requires that the public have a say in what police do. Details: New York: Author, 2017. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/5b29056a758d460f539bc079/1529415022872/Policing+Project_Beyond+the+Conversation.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 155372

Author: North Carolina State University Title: Institutionalizing Problem Analysis: Case Studies of Five Police Agencies Summary: Effective problem solving requires an in-depth analysis of the underlying conditions that give rise to community problems. Recognizing the need to increase the capability of law enforcement agencies to engage in such problem analysis activities and develop effective solutions to community problems, the purpose of this study was to institutionalize problem analysis capacity in five law enforcement agencies through some direct funding and technical assistance provided by a team of problem analysis experts. This is one of two reports from the Institutionalizing Problem Analysis Project, which was funded by the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, U.S. Department of Justice. The report contains an introduction and five chapters, each a case study describing a public safety problem examined by a police agency. The case studies focus on data used for problem analysis and, as such, they describe primary and secondary data sources used for analysis, the limitations of existing data and the need to collect additional data, analyses undertaken, and key findings arising from analysis. While the analytical process pointed to response options for the problem, the primary objective was to model the analytic process within the agency. Each agency, therefore, selected a public safety problem of concern and undertook in-depth analysis using existing data and collecting additional data, as necessary. Each analytic process proceeded with the assistance of a consultant who served as a technical advisor to the agency and primary author of the case study. The five police agencies that participated in the study and their consultants/technical advisors are the following: 1. Port St. Lucie (Florida) Police Department: Rachel Boba. 2. North Carolina State University Campus Police Department: James R. Brunet. 3. Raleigh (North Carolina) Police Department: Deborah Lamm Weisel. 4. Madison (Wisconsin) Police Department: Michael S. Scott and Nicole DeMotto. 5. Chula Vista (California) Police Department: Rana Sampson. While the case studies contain important information about the problems and their analysis, the larger purpose of the analysis process was to provide insight to the agency on the organizational needs necessary to conduct meaningful analyses routinely: data systems, personnel, training, police management practices and policies. A separate report, Institutionalizing Problem Analysis: Process and Practice, describes the institutionalization process in the five police agencies, including an assessment of the organizational strengths and limitations supporting routine problem analysis. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2019. 201p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0572-pub.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Oriented Policing Shelf Number: 155399

Author: Cleveland Police Monitoring Team Title: Community and Problem-Oriented Policing: Summary of community feedback and recommendations Summary: OVERVIEW The Policing Project has been retained by the Cleveland Police Monitoring Team to assist with implementing the federally mandated reforms of the Cleveland Division of Police. In the first half of 2017, the Monitoring Team and city stakeholders embarked on a collaborative process to solicit public feedback on what community policing should look like in Cleveland. This report summarizes the feedback received through this engagement process. KEY FINDINGS 1). Community members do not feel as though CDP officers know or respect them or their communities. A substantial majority of community members believe officers are often not familiar with local residents and their problems. 2). Community members would like to see more ways for officers to get to know them and more ways to promote more positive interactions between officers and the public. 3). While there are existing formal structures in Cleveland for community members to discuss policing concerns, few people are aware of them or comfortable with them. Details: New York: Policing Project, NYU School of Law, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/5abd1fe0758d463f2371a90f/1522343912464/Cleveland+CPOP+Report+Final+2017_07_24.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 155402

Author: Friedman, Barry Title: Youth Engagement Guidebook: Bringing Youth and Police Together to Better Their Community Summary: Public safety leaders have long recognized robust youth engagement can lead to overall stronger police-community relations, yet few programs prioritize youth voice and experience, or engage them in collaborative problem-solving. The Police-Youth Engagement Program is designed to engage young people and police in respectful two-way conversation on policing issues that affect youth every day. The police cannot do their work without community support. Yet, as many have noted in recent years, there is a lack of trust and legitimacy around policing in some communities-often in the communities that need effective policing the most. This lack of trust is particularly acute among teenage youth. Police-particularly police chiefs� report to us regularly on their difficulties in connecting with youth. The Policing Project at New York University School of Law is a nonprofit organization dedicated to strengthening policing by bringing the ordinary processes of democratic accountability to bear. In particular, we work to ensure that the community's voice, and sound decision-making techniques, are part of policing. Beginning in 2016, the Policing Project launched the Police-Youth Engagement Program in high schools in Camden, New Jersey and Tampa, Florida designed to empower youth voice around policing. This program grew out of repeated requests from our law enforcement partners for more opportunities to interact and communicate with youth, as well as our belief in the need to engage youth around policing issues that affect their daily lives. Leaders in public safety have recognized for a long time that building a foundation of robust engagement with youth in their communities can lead to overall stronger police-community relations, as well as help youth resist peer pressure toward problematic behavior. For these reasons, policing agencies have invested in a range of programs designed to foster stronger ties with youth in their communities. As we surveyed the landscape of police-youth programming, we discovered impressive initiatives that ran the gamut from police-athletic leagues to know-your-rights seminars to junior police academies. Yet, what is often lacking in existing youth-police programs is the opportunity for youth to have a voice, and for a real dialog to occur between police and youth that can lead to tangible action on policing issues. We saw an opportunity for a new type of police-youth programming-one that prioritized youth voices and experiences and engaged youth in collaborative problem-solving around the policing issues that impact them every day. In short, we noticed a need for platforms that promote youth voice around policing issues-that engage with youth on public safety concerns and solicit input from them on policing practices. To address this need, we developed a novel police-youth engagement program, designed with the help of academic partners. Details: New York: New York University School of law, Policing Project, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58a33e881b631bc60d4f8b31/t/5c11679bb8a04513e4632def/1544644515393/Youth_Engagement_Guidebook.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 155403

Author: Los Angeles Police Commission. Office of the Inspector General Title: Review of Selected Los Angeles Police Department Data-Driven Policing Strategies Summary: Data-driven policing strategies and artificial intelligence-driven technologies utilized by the Los Angeles Police Department lacked oversight in their implementation and often strayed from their stated goals, an internal audit found Friday. Some of the largest law enforcement agencies in the country use so-called predictive policing programs and technologies to forecast where and when crime will occur in their communities. Those technologies, while seen by police as objective tools, have come under scrutiny by advocates who claim the tools disproportionately target those who are low-income or people of color and that they collect data on individuals without consent. Under the auspices of two LAPD programs - Predpol and Operation Los Angeles Strategic Extraction and Restoration program, or LASER - officers scan license plates across the city, conduct in-person interviews with so-called chronic offenders and analyze crime data to determine which individuals are most likely to commit or recommit crimes. LASER draws on technology developed by data giant Palantir, which mines government and private company databases to build extensive profiles of individuals. Predpol uses historical data from both property and violent crime reports to identify which city blocks are most likely to be the site of crimes. Privacy rights advocates crowded an August 2018 Board of Police Commissioners hearing on the programs and demanded a thorough review of new policing tools utilized by LAPD. Commissioners agreed and ordered the resulting 48-page audit by Inspector General Mark Smith, though a third data-driven policing tool called the Suspicious Activity Program was not analyzed in the report. The audit found that training on how to use the programs was "informal" and that different departments across city adapted the programs "for their own use," which led to inconsistencies in how the programs were utilized. The LAPD's Chronic Offender Program - the in-person interview component of LASER, which was first introduced in the city in 2011- utilized a department database of so-called chronic offenders who had few, if any, actual contact with officers. Of the more than 230 "active" individuals listed on 637-person chronic offender list - which is not available to the public - almost 80 percent are black and Latino men, the audit found. The arrests and stops of people listed on the database could also not be clearly tied to LASER-relative activities, the audit found. "These inconsistencies appeared to be related to a lack of centralized oversight, as well as a lack of formalized and detailed protocols and procedures," the audit said. "To the extent the Department continues to deploy a person-based strategy, more rigorous parameters about the selection of people, as well as the tracking of data, should allow for a better assessment of these issues." A more formal, standardized training was recommended for officers using the programs going forward. Various inconsistencies with LASER data troubled auditors, with more than a third coming from department vehicles that were scanned as squad cars with license plate readers entered police stations and department parking lots. A department trend towards using LASER as a crime-deterrence strategy was endorsed in the audit, rather than one that uses it to arrest and remove residents from communities listed as having high crime rates. "While the overall goal might be the general reduction of violent crime, a program focused on extraction may naturally count an arrest of a particular person as a measure of success, while one focused on deterrence might ostensibly look for the absence of a crime and/or an arrest involving the person," the audit said. LAPD forecasts and analysis of crime trends - collected by using GPS data to track the amount of time officers spent in certain areas of the city � found that crime rates decreased with increased officer presence, but the audit found that a region-by-region breakdown of crime data found "more mixed" results. The audit noted that the LAPD said it intends to introduce a "precision policing" strategy that "combines intensive crime analysis - and a focused response that values precision over high levels of enforcement - with neighborhood engagement and collaboration." An LAPD spokesperson did not immediately to respond to a request for comment on the audit, which noted that officials have begun making changes to the programs under review. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/b2dd23_21f6fe20f1b84c179abf440d4c049219.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Chronic Offenders Shelf Number: 155404

Author: Los Angeles Police Commission. Office of the Inspector General Title: Review of Gang Enforcement Detail Stops Summary: At the request of the Board of Police Commissioners ("BOPC" or "Commission"), the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) completed a review of vehicle, pedestrian, and bicycle stops conducted by Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD or Department) officers assigned to Gang Enforcement Details (GEDs). This represents the first of two reports that focus on proactive - or discretionary - stops by LAPD officers. The duties of officers assigned to GED revolve primarily around crime suppression and other proactive policing strategies, rather than responding to calls for service. The same may be said with regard to officers assigned to Metropolitan Division line platoons, whose discretionary stops of individuals will be the focus of the OIG's forthcoming second report in this series. This review specifically examined stops that included at least one black, Hispanic, or white male in order to allow for a comparison among these groups. In conducting these reviews, the OIG's goal is to assess - based on the available information - the extent to which officers have a reasonable basis for the initial detention or contact with each person, as well as for each subsequent search or seizure conducted during a stop, and to evaluate officers' articulation of that reasonable basis. Although this is not the first time that the OIG has examined stops of individuals by officers, it differs from previous reviews in that this is the first instance for which each officer has been equipped with body-worn video. It also represents the first instance for which officers were required by California law to document the actions taken during each contact, as well as their justification for each detention and search. As such, the OIG had significantly more information with which to conduct its review than was available in previous reports. A. Summary of Findings -- Based on its review of a sample of 91 stops conducted by GED officers, encompassing 150 people contacted in total, the OIG determined that most of the detentions - about 85 percent - appeared reasonable and legally justified. This was particularly true of vehicle stops, for which officers generally documented verifiable traffic or vehicle code violations as the reason for the stop. The OIG identified three stop incidents, however, that included at least one detention that appeared unreasonable based on the available information. The OIG also had concerns about the voluntary nature of three incidents that were documented as consensual encounters, each of which involved a search of one or more people and/or their property. In an additional eight cases, the OIG could not fully assess the reasonableness of the stop, generally due to limited available information about the facts underlying the detention(s). The OIG also assessed whether each stop included one or more searches, ranging from a patdown of a person's outer clothing to a search of a person's vehicle or property, and whether those searches appeared justified by the information provided. The OIG determined that approximately 41 percent of the 91 stops reviewed did not involve any type of search. Another 23 percent of stops involved one or more searches that appeared to be appropriate or reasonable under the circumstances, and in four percent of the stops the OIG could not verify or make a determination based on the information available. In the remaining 32 percent of stops, the OIG identified an issue with one or more of the searches conducted. Some of the issues identified by the OIG involved cases in which the officers documented that the searched person had consented, but for which the associated video did not capture any apparent statement or indication of affirmative consent by that person. In other cases, the written justifications for searches provided by the involved officer did not appear to meet the appropriate legal standard or were missing altogether. The OIG additionally noted a concern with respect to a small number of searches conducted on the basis of a person's probation status, but for which there was no apparent attempt to determine whether the person had search conditions as a part of that status. As detailed in the report, the OIG also noted a small number of other policy or procedural issues, ranging from accuracy of the stop data to proper activation of video cameras. Some of these issues, such as a lack of an explanation of the reason for a detention, or a failure to provide a business card, were related to the "procedural justice" aspect of the stop. The concept of procedural justice, which refers to how a person is treated during an encounter, was adopted by the Commission as a guiding value for the Department in May 2017, and it is an emerging focus area for OIG and Department reviews of officers' contacts with the public. While the OIG found that officers were generally polite and courteous in the stops reviewed for this report, it also found that there was room for improvement in officers' communication about the actions they were taking. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://docs.wixstatic.com/ugd/b2dd23_7a94219ec43340a484805c8be17f8bfa.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Discretionary Stops Shelf Number: 155405

Author: Sequino, Stephanie Title: Driving While Black and Brown in Vermont Summary: Vermont is perceived to be a political outlier in the United States. It was the first state to outlaw slavery in 1777. And in our more recent history, Vermont was one of the first states to legalize civil unions and to push (unsuccessfully) for a single payer health care system. When it comes to race relations, it is assumed that Vermont is equally liberal and as result, racial bias towards people who are Black and Hispanic, evident in other parts of the country, should largely be absent here. This paper investigates that assumption. In particular, the authors analyze police traffic stop data to assess the extent, if any, of racial disparities in policing. This task is made possible by legislation passed in the Vermont House that required police departments to begin to collect traffic stop data by race as of September 2014. Our goal in this study is to examine whether the treatment of Black and Hispanic drivers differs significantly from that of White and Asian drivers. We compiled the dataset used to conduct this analysis from data sent to us by individual law enforcement agencies. A number of agencies were unable to deliver the full dataset because they lacked administrative support to extract the data and provide it in a form that was analyzable. County sheriff's departments were less likely than municipal police agencies to be able to provide the requisite data. Some agencies collected only a few of the required categories of data, and in cases where essential data were missing, results from these agencies could not be included. Finally, in many cases, the collection of race data was incomplete, such that there are a large number of police stops with missing information. Also, the starting date of data collection varied between agencies. In total, this report is based on data from 29 police agencies. These include 24 out of 44 municipal police agencies. Because our dataset covers the largest towns and cities in Vermont, however, it represents 78% of the total population policed by all municipal police agencies. In addition, the dataset includes three out of 14 county sheriff departments as well as the Vermont State Police and University of Vermont police. In this study, we conducted analysis at four levels: 1) the state, 2) counties, 3) local police agencies, and 4) within-agency at the officer level where data by officer was provided. At the state level, we evaluated racial disparities for 2015, the only year for which we have complete data for all 29 police agencies. In addition, we evaluated racial disparities by county, based on aggregating the 29 agencies included in our data set, also for 2015. The state and county analyses are of particular relevance in understanding the experience of traffic policing from the perspective of Black and Hispanic drivers in Vermont. Finally, we evaluate results for each agency separately using all years for which data was provided. Agency-level data reveal differences in patterns of policing across the state. Due to the limited data available from some of the smaller agencies, we could only make statistically reliable inferences on racial disparities for a restricted set of indicators. Nevertheless, we provide a full summary of traffic stops and outcomes by race for individual agencies in Appendix A, Table A4. Our study is based on an analysis of several indicators, no single one of which is evidence of racial bias. Rather, the collective results from all of the indicators provide the basis for our summary assessment. The indicators in this study include: 1) stop rates by race compared to racial shares of the population; 2) males as a share of stops by race, 3) the proportion of drivers by race receiving citations; 4) racial differences in arrest rates; 5) racial differences in search rates; and 6) the percentage of searches that yield contraband (the "hit" rate). Where an agency has provided data, we also offer an agency-level analysis of stop behavior by officer. Among our main findings are the following: - Ticket rates: At the state level, Black and Hispanic drivers are more likely to receive a citation once stopped than are White or Asian drivers. - Arrest rates: At the state level, the Black arrest rate is almost double the White arrest rate. At the agency level, disparities differ. For example, at the high end, Black drivers stopped by Rutland police are 2.6 times more likely to be arrested than White drivers, subsequent to a discretionary stop (excluding arrests on warrant), and in Williston, 2.3 times more likely. - Search and "hit" rates: At the state level, Black drivers are four times more likely to be searched, subsequent to a stop, than White drivers. Hispanics also experience elevated search rates compared to Whites; they are almost three times more likely to be searched. Asian drivers are less likely to be searched than White (or Black and Hispanic) drivers. In contrast to these search rates, Black and Hispanic drivers are less likely than White or Asian drivers to be found with contraband that leads to a citation or an arrest. Officers would appear to have a lower threshold of evidence for searching vehicles with Black and Hispanic drivers. This suggests a problem of over-searching of Black and Hispanic drivers as compared to a possible under-searching of White and Asian drivers. Variations exist at the agency level. However, only a few agencies have sufficient data to make statistically reliable inferences on racial differences in hit rates. Among those that do (Burlington, Rutland, Vermont State Police), hit rates of Black drivers are lower than of White drivers. Hits that result in arrests - indicative of more serious contraband - occur also at a lower rate for Black drivers than White drivers for all of three of these agencies as well as Williston. - Stop rates: Black and Hispanic drivers are stopped at a higher rate than their share of the population while White and Asian drivers are stopped at rates that are below their population shares. Stop rate disparities are often subject to criticism because researchers typically lack precise measures of the driving population. We have sought to overcome that by using accident data on the race of not-at-fault drivers. Also, most of our indicators of racial disparities are based on post-stop outcomes, which do not rely on estimates of the driving population. - Male drivers are more likely to be stopped than female drivers, regardless of race/ethnicity. But the racial disparities in male shares of stops are notably large. At the agency level, for example, in Middlebury, among Black drivers stopped, 88% are male, while among White drivers stopped, 62% are male. Overall, Black and Hispanic males comprise a larger share of stopped drivers in their racial/ethnic group than do White males, suggesting a possibility that Black and Hispanic males, in particular, are targets of heightened police scrutiny. - Officer stop rates of Black drivers: Twelve agencies provided traffic stop data by officer, allowing us to calculate within-agency disparities in stop rates. The results indicate that the disparity in Black/White stop rates at the agency level cannot, in general, be attributed to the behavior of just a few officers. The data indicate that this behavior is common to many officers, perhaps suggesting more pervasive cultural norms within agencies that contribute to disparities. Of note, in Brandon Police Department, 67% of officers stop Black drivers at a rate that is 50% greater than their share of the population. A sizeable share of officers in Bennington, Manchester, Middlebury, and Winooski also stop Black drivers at rates higher than expected, given population shares. In addition to disparities in stop rates by race by officer, we also found evidence of variation by officer in the completeness of their legally required data reporting. - Data quality: Missing data is a concern. Some agencies were not able to respond to our request for data. Moreover, many agencies have high rates of missing data in key categories. For example, in St. Albans Police Department, race was not recorded in 29% of stops, and in Addison County Sheriff Department, race was missing in 17% of traffic stop incident reports. Missing data undermines efforts to accurately assess the degree of racial disparities in traffic policing Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://www.uvm.edu/giee/pdfs/SeguinoBrooks_PoliceRace_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 155406

Author: Wilson, David C. Title: Factors Affecting Support for Felon Voting Rights: Personal Beliefs, Felon Attributes, and Political Context Summary: In this research, we examine a host of factors, including punitive beliefs, informational cues about felons, and familiarity with state voting laws, to determine what criteria individuals use to decide their position on felon voting rights. Using national survey data, we find that punitive beliefs like social dominance orientation, racial resentment, and conservatism reduce support for felon voting rights. We find more support when people perceive that felons have adequately paid their debt to society by completing their sentences (i.e., not in prison) and given adequate retribution (e.g., serving in the military). Finally, we find that individuals support voting rights for felons more when they believe their state law already allows felons to vote. Together these factors suggest a set of criteria tied to deservingness that explains when and why the public supports rights for felon voting. Details: Paper delivered at the 2019 National Conference of Black Political Scientists (NCOBPS) Annual Meeting, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3283465 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Felon Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 155413

Author: Stop LAPD Spying Coalition Title: Before the Bullet Hits the Body: Dismantling Predictive Policing in Los Angeles Summary: The predictive policing technology used by LAPD, produced by predictive policing vendor PredPol, attempts to predict crime patterns throughout Los Angeles using solely the time and location of historical crime data. In early studies in Los Angeles, PredPol focused on predicting property crimes like burglary, in-car theft, and car theft, but the scope of its current applications are unknown. PredPol's guesses about future crimes are driven by three elements of past reported crime data: crime type, crime location, and a crime timestamp. This reported crime data originates from community members' calls for police service and from patrol officers' crime reports. Using these three measures, PredPol makes statistically-driven predictions as to which 500 x 500 square foot areas in Los Angeles, called "hot spots," have the highest expected crime rate within the city. The LAPD produces reports at the beginning of each shift highlighting which hotspots have been targeted by PredPol's procedure; these reports are then distributed to officers as a guideline for their patrols. The statistical model used by PredPol is characterized by its dual structure: it is composed of a long-term historical guess of what the average, underlying reported crime rate in a particular hotspot is - how much crime would be expected to be reported in a particular hotspot over the course of a year without an influence from recent trends in crime - and something called a "short-term triggering kernel," which assumes that crimes cluster in time, so that more recent reports indicate a higher chance of a new crime occurring soon in the same area. While the long-term guess of the average treats every crime that occurred in the crime database as though it predicts future crimes equally strongly, the short-term component of the equation weighs more recent crimes the most strongly - and weighs less recent crimes less strongly (proportionally to how distantly in the past they occurred). By adding these two components together, the model seeks to blend underlying patterns of reported crime with responsiveness to recent trends. In 2009 the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) started developing another. Intelligence-Led Policing (ILP) based strategy called the Los Angeles Strategic Extraction and Restoration (LASER) program. Analogous to medical surgery, the basic premise was "to target with laser like precision repeat offenders" in the community similar to how a "medical doctor uses modern technology to remove tumors." LAPD and their research partners Justice Security and Strategies (JSS) drove through neighborhoods to assess the physical conditions and its residents by stalking "businesses, residences, empty lots, vacant buildings, trash, abandoned cars, and other signs of disorder." They surveilled people in the neighborhood to see "What they were doing? Talking to neighbors? Walking? Driving down the streets slowly? Playing chess in the park? Or, are they dealing drugs on the street corner or just hanging out?" From these behavior and location based surveillance tactics, in 2011 emerged the LASER program starting in Newton Division, a station carved in LA's history with the recent murders of Ezell Ford and Omar Abrego by LAPD in 2014. ,,,, Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://stoplapdspying.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Before-the-Bullet-Hits-the-Body-May-8-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 155415

Author: AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety Title: Marijuana Use in Elder Drivers in Colorado: A LongROAD Study Summary: This research brief used baseline data from the Longitudinal Research on Aging Drivers (LongROAD) study to characterize marijuana use and its relation to self-reported driving outcomes in older adult drivers. Recent U.S. studies have demonstrated significant increases in marijuana use among adults ages 65+ over the past decade (Han et al., 2016; Hasin et al., 2015; Salas-Wright et al., 2017). Here, we describe marijuana use among 598 drivers ages 65-79 in Colorado and its relationship to risky driving behaviors and adverse outcomes. Of 54 participants (9.0%) who reported marijuana use in the past year, one-third used it at least weekly. The rate of past-year marijuana use in the Colorado LongROAD cohort was substantially higher than in recently reported nationally representative surveys, which may be due to national trends showing increasing use in older adults (Han et al., 2016) and to Colorado's recent legalization of recreational marijuana (National Conference of State Legislatures, 2017). In the Colorado LongROAD cohort, older drivers rarely reported marijuana use within one hour of driving. However, past-year marijuana users were four times as likely to report having driven when they may have been over the legal blood-alcohol limit compared with those who had not used marijuana in the past year. Despite potential risks from both marijuana use and increased driving after drinking, there was no increase in the likelihood of having a crash or police action (e.g., being pulled over) in the past year in this sample of older drivers who reported using marijuana in the past year. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief, Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://aaafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/04/18-0054_AAAFTS-Older-Driver-Marijuana-Brief_v5.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aging Drivers Shelf Number: 155416

Author: Anderson, Valerie R. Title: Estimating the Prevalence of Human Trafficking in Ohio Summary: In response to growing recognition of trafficking offenses, the Ohio Attorney General's Office published results from its first human trafficking prevalence study in the same year the anti-trafficking legislation was passed (Williamson et al., 2010). To accomplish this, Williamson and colleagues integrated information from multiple sources and prominent research studies to inform their methods. The research team analyzed newspaper articles, governmental reports, and nongovernmental reports on human trafficking and related issues (e.g., sweatshop, labor trafficking, minors and prostitution, brothel, and massage parlor) in Ohio. They calculated the number of at-risk youth who were runaways, homeless, or had other indicators of vulnerability (e.g., potentially being involved in child protective services, foster care, abusive homes) that could make them susceptible to trafficking. Further, this study identified well-known models used in other state and national prevalence studies in the United States, relying heavily on the Estes & Weiner (2001) report for developing domestic trafficking estimations and Clawson et al. (2006) for foreign-born population estimations. Using these existing frameworks, the authors used estimates of population "pull factors" (e.g., total immigrant population, trafficking in neighboring states) for foreign national victims. For domestic citizens, they created estimates based on the number of youth who were runaways, homeless, or had other indicators of vulnerability (e.g., potentially being involved in child protective services, foster care, abusive homes). The end result of this research was a prevalence estimate tailored to Ohio: there were 1,078 American-born Ohio youth (aged 12 to 17) that were estimated to have been trafficked for sex over a one-year period. Since human trafficking was not criminalized by Ohio until 2010, the same year this report was published, there were no formal system estimates at that point in time to compare these estimates. However, the National Human Trafficking Resource Center (later renamed the National Human Trafficking Hotline) reported 261 calls for Ohio between December 7, 2007 and December 31, 2009-71 of those calls were providing trafficking tips (Williamson et al., 2010). The study conducted by Williamson and colleagues was one of the first steps in shifting Ohio's response towards human trafficking. The estimate provided by the authors gave support that trafficking was likely a pervasive problem in the state�and demonstrated that it was going to require a concerted response. Prior to this report, there were only limited details on trafficking cases in Ohio and it focused on two cities-Columbus and Toledo (see Wilson & Dalton, 2008). Williamson and colleagues, however, were able to provide a state-level prevalence estimate based on the resources available at the time. Since this research was initially conducted, the state of Ohio has prioritized funding and created strategic policy efforts to combat human trafficking, including updating knowledge about the prevalence of human trafficking in Ohio. Both local and state agencies have improved data systems to identify and record human trafficking events. For example, the Governor's Ohio Human Trafficking Task Force (OHTTF) summarizes data available from state agencies and grant-funded service providers to provide information on individuals who are identified within these systems. Between 2014 and 2015, victims were identified by the Ohio Network of Children's Advocacy Centers (n = 165), child welfare (n = 112), the Ohio Department of Job and Family Services-Refugee services (n = 8), the Ohio Attorney General (n = 384), and the Health and Human Services Grant Partnership (n = 104) (OHTTF, 2017). Because these agencies do not share identifying information to determine if the same victim is receiving services from multiple agencies, there is no way to distinguish the number of duplicate victims across the frequency counts in the report. With more specific details from separate agencies, however, it is possible to establish a more precise prevalence estimate of known and at-risk victims based on existing agency records. As the support for this study indicates, the agenda to continue to study human trafficking within the state has persisted. Prior research, more generally and specifically within Ohio, has provided a foundation for the current initiative. Thus, the purpose of the current study is to fill gaps in knowledge about the prevalence of human trafficking in Ohio, with a focus on the number of youth victims. This study seeks to calculate more precise estimates of known victims and at-risk individuals who are minors or young adults. To extend prior literature, the current study focused on integrating existing agency records and reports of human trafficking events. The use and integration of state and local data is a first step in calculating more precise estimates of known victims and at-risk individuals who are vulnerable to trafficking in Ohio. To that end, we consider the typology of different data sources to contextualize these prevalence estimates. This report outlines our study findings including (1) the type of information available to measure human trafficking in Ohio, (2) estimates of known human trafficking victims and at-risk individuals in Ohio, (3) lessons learned regarding current capabilities and capacities to estimate human trafficking victimization, and (4) recommendations for future prevalence research, intervention efforts, and policy considerations. Details: Cincinnati: School of Criminal Justice, University of Cincinnati, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://humantrafficking.ohio.gov/links/Ohio_Human_Trafficking_Prevalence_Study_Full_Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 155417

Author: McMichael, Benjamin Title: The Impact of Cannabis Access Laws on Opioid Prescribing Summary: While recent research has shown that cannabis access laws can reduce the use of prescription opioids, the effect of these laws on opioid use is not well understood for all dimensions of use and for the general United States population. Analyzing a dataset of over 1.3 billion individual opioid prescriptions between 2011 and 2017, which were aggregated to the individual provider-year level, we find that recreational and medical cannabis access laws reduce the number of morphine milligram equivalents prescribed each year by 6.9 and 6.1 percent, respectively. These laws also reduce the total days supply of opioids prescribed, the total number of patients receiving opioids, and the probability a provider prescribes any opioids net of any offsetting effects. Additionally, we find consistent evidence that cannabis access laws have different effects across types of providers and physician specialties. Details: Working Paper, Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3320778 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3266629 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: U of Alabama Legal Studies Research Paper No. 3320778; Vanderbilt Law Research Paper No. 18-60; Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3320778 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 155418

Author: Males, Mike Title: Urban Crime Declines in 2018: A Positive Trend in California's Justice Reform Era (2010-2018) Summary: A new fact sheet from the Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice finds that, during a period of large-scale criminal justice reform including Proposition 47 and Public Safety Realignment, California's urban crime rates have declined. The report compares recently released FBI crime statistics on 73 cities for the first six months of 2018 to early-year crime data for the prior eight years. The fact sheet finds: California experienced a 5 percent decline in its total urban crime in the first half of 2018, including a nearly 13 percent decline in the rate of homicide and a 9.5 percent drop in the rate of motor vehicle theft. The state's urban crime rate in early 2018 is the third lowest ever recorded, as rates have declined precipitously in recent decades. These historically low urban crime rates have persisted through an era of justice reform. Local crime trends vary city to city, with most of California's 73 largest cities seeing declines in crime from 2017 to 2018. Overall, 17 cities reported increased total crime during this one-year period, and 56 cities showed decreases. Details: San Francisco: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2019. 5p. Source: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/urban_crime_declines_california_justice_reform_era.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 155422

Author: Papademetriou, Demetrios G. Title: Competing Approaches to Selecting Economic Immigrants: Points-Based vs. Demand-Driven Systems Summary: Attracting skilled foreign workers has become a high priority for countries seeking to be economically competitive, but their methods for doing so vary. Since entering office, President Trump has called for the United States to adopt a more "merit-based" system, looking to Canada and Australia as potential models. In demand-driven immigrant selection systems, including the one in place the United States, employers choose the workers they need to fill existing vacancies, and the government screens them to ensure they are eligible for admission, as well as to prevent fraud and enforce security protocols. By contrast, countries such as Australia, Canada, and New Zealand use points-based systems in which governments take the lead, selecting among prospective immigrants based on labor and human-capital considerations, including professional experience, education, holding a job offer, and destination-country language proficiency. This report compares these two models�going beyond their day-to-day operation to examine the political and philosophical foundations that underpin each. Crucially, after years of development, many selection systems incorporate aspects of both models; as the authors note, "most employer-led and points-based systems are now somewhere nearer the mid-point along the continuum between labor-market and human-capital considerations." Looking ahead, the report offers recommendations for policymakers charged with managing immigrant selection systems in a time of labor-market and demographic change. These include ensuring that selection systems are flexible and responsive to changing conditions, studying newcomers' integration outcomes to inform future admissions criteria, and finding ways to not only attract but also retain skilled foreign workers. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/selecting-economic-immigrants-points-based-demand-driven-systems Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum-Seekers Shelf Number: 155411

Author: Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights Title: New Era of Public Safety: A Guide to Fair, Safe, and Effective Community Policing Summary: The Leadership Conference Education Fund today launched a new campaign, "New Era of Public Safety" featuring groundbreaking tools to increase trust, fairness, justice, and mutual respect between police departments and the communities they serve. The campaign guidebook and toolkit offer community-centered policy solutions to equip U.S. communities and police departments with best practices and recommendations for adopting 21st century policing models, including tools for advocacy. The campaign launch will include a Washington, D.C. kickoff event, featuring leading voices in activism, law enforcement, and journalism. "Repeated instances of police brutality and misconduct have shaken our nation," said Vanita Gupta, president and CEO of The Education Fund. "These incidents have deepened our distrust in law enforcement and reinforced the belief that all people are not policed equally. With this comprehensive guide and toolkit, we hope to renew trust in our nation's law enforcement by providing tools to put communities first as they work to keep everyone safe." True public safety requires that communities and police departments work together, and solutions should be driven by each community, working with the departments that serve them. The Education Fund's "New Era of Public Safety" campaign, report, and toolkit provide more than 100 recommendations to reform policing. These recommendations outline a road map for 21st century policing that equips law enforcement agencies and the communities they serve with the knowledge and tools they need to keep communities safe. Report recommendations include: End "broken windows policing" and other models that emphasize quantity over quality. Maintain and optimize a range of community partnerships. Tailor policing strategies to meet the needs of specific neighborhoods. Encourage communities to participate in the development and delivery of community policing training. Ensure officers inform community members of their rights to refuse or revoke consent and to document it. Develop stand-alone policies for fair and objective interactions with specific groups. Collect, analyze, and publicly report data relating to bias-based policing. The Education Fund also named Dallas, Texas and Minneapolis, Minnesota as inaugural jurisdictions to implement "New Era" recommendations. These pilot projects will provide local advocacy and strategic partnerships for organizations and activists to implement best policing practices through issue-centered campaigns. The Education Fund will launch the campaign at an event on March 28 at 5:00 p.m. ET at the Eaton Hotel in Washington, D.C. The event will feature remarks from Education Fund President & CEO Vanita Gupta, and a panel discussion moderated by the Washington Post's Wesley Lowery, and featuring Camden County Police Chief Scott Thomson; Center for Policing Equity Co-Founder and President Phillip Atiba Goff; and Judith Browne Dianis, executive director of Advancement Project. The event will be live-streamed here, with a chance for online viewers to submit their questions. A collaborative assembly of community advocates and law enforcement served as contributing authors throughout the process. They include: Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP; the Policing Project at NYU School of Law; Ron Davis, partner, 21CP Solutions, LLC, and former director of the Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS Office) of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ); Scott Thomson, chief of the Camden County Police Department, and president of the Police Executive Research Forum; and Sue Rahr, executive director, Washington State Criminal Justice Training Commission. These experts provided key insights into the development of the report. Andrea Ritchie and Wesley Ware contributed to the concept and content for the toolkit. Julio A. Thompson also provided significant and invaluable contributions to the report. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 416p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://policing.civilrights.org/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 155431

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Community Oriented Policing Title: Building a 311 System: A Case Study of the City of Minneapolis Summary: The Minneapolis 311 Call Center opened in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on January 4, 2006 with a robust knowledge base, dozens of city services ready for callers to request, and a full complement of trained 311 customer service agents (CSA), supervisors, analysts, and managers in place. The first year of operations has shown that 311 was very successful and well-received by Minneapolis citizens, visitors, and commuters, as evidenced by the high number of calls taken in the 311 Call Center for information about the city, as well as calls requesting specific services. Results Minneapolis The new 311 solution, a combination of the police-operated and city-operated models, is a results-management program intended to afford the city the benefits of secure business operations that will help control costs, minimize risks, and improve performance in serving the citizens of Minneapolis. The system uses Citizen Relationship Management (CRM) software from Lagan Technologies, and will enable Minneapolis to better coordinate operations, making its departments more responsive and efficient in handling constituent requests. It will also provide service request routing from one department to another, enabling consistent hand-off or follow-up on citizen inquiries. Reporting and monitoring features offer city management the information needed to make decisions more quickly and efficiently. Why 311? Studies of Minneapolis city services conducted prior to the establishment of a 311 system revealed a lack of consistency, coordination, and citizen focus when handling requests for information and service. According to these studies, more than 16,000 calls came into the city daily, more than 1,400 calls were abandoned by callers, and 20 to 30 percent of the calls were mis-routed (varied by department). More than 60 percent of calls to police were misdirects. Recent citizen surveys indicated that the ease of getting in touch with city employees and the timeliness of response were the lowest rated characteristics of interaction. In addition, experts answered routine questions and routed calls to other departments, wasting valuable city resources. Citizens received conflicting information or instructions from employees, and 30 to 40 percent of 911 calls were not dispatched because they were non-emergency response calls. Calls to the city�s general number exceeded 22,000 per year. Eleven call centers housed more than 90 city staff who answered citizen calls, excluding 911 operators. The city recognized opportunities to correct these problems and improve citizen satisfaction by establishing a 311 Call Center. The city's goals were to accomplish the following: - Reduce or eliminate abandoned calls - Reduce or eliminate mis-routed calls - Reduce the amount of numbers listed in the blue-page directories of the telephone book - Offload non-emergency calls from 911 - Provide consistent information to citizens - Offer both standard and extended hours of operation - Consolidate some or all of the individual call centers - Improve call-tracking capabilities to better analyze citizen needs for service. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2008 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-w0488-pub.pdf Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 155432

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of New Mexico Title: Solitary Confinement in New Mexico: A Review of policies, Practices, and Inmate Experience in Isolation Summary: While there is no universally agreed upon definition of solitary confinement, international organizations and national studies have defined this practice as "separating prisoners from the general population and holding them in their cells for 22 hours per day or more, for 15 or more continuous days." In the past decade, the unrestricted use of solitary confinement has gained national and international attention as hundreds of thousands of prisoners around the world have been placed in isolated housing. Studies have estimated that around 80,000 people are in solitary in U.S. prisons. In recent years, the state of New Mexico has been nationally recognized for being one of the US states with the highest rates of inmates in solitary confinement according to the 2016 ASCA-Liman Report, which estimated that about 9 percent of the inmate population in New Mexico was in solitary confinement. While there have been significant attempts to regulate the use of solitary confinement in state-run facilities, no state-wide policy has been enacted to address the challenges and side consequences of solitary confinement in New Mexico such as recent lawsuits and settlements about the lengthy and harsh use of solitary confinement in local jails, suicides and health deterioration of inmates placed in solitary confinement in state-run facilities, and increasing awareness and scrutiny of the high rates of solitary confinement of New Mexico when compared to other US states. This report provides an analysis and evaluation of the current state of solitary confinement in New Mexico. Through an extensive policy review, collection of public documents, and interviews and surveys conducted to inmates that have been placed in solitary confinement, we found the following: - Policies and procedures from the New Mexico Corrections Department do not have specific definitions of solitary confinement and have multiple and constantly-changing terms that refer to the practice of solitary confinement. - There is a lack of uniform policies, practices and procedures on the use of solitary confinement, along with significant limitations on the data collection from the state, which pose a threat to information transparency and institutional accountability related to one of the most vulnerable populations in New Mexico. - We find significant gaps among the rates of solitary confinement calculated by NMCD and our calculations; this occurs because calculations from NMCD have failed to include several security levels and steps in different programs that meet the characteristics of solitary confinement or segregated housing. - There are significant gaps between the use of solitary confinement calculations from NMCD and those of this report: - NMCD reported that the solitary confinement rate across all facilities in January 2010 was about 17 percent, whereas our calculations reveal that the rate in the same period was 22 percent; o Calculations from NMCD have yielded that the rate of solitary confinement in September 4, 2018 was about 4 percent across all facilities whereas our calculations indicate a rate of about 9 percent on the same date; - The greatest reporting gap between NMCD and this study occurs in the Penitentiary of New Mexico (PNM), the facility that houses the highest security classification of offenders in the state. - Regardless of the significant disparities across calculations from this report and those conducted by NMCD, the rate of solitary confinement in the state has decreased across the years, presumably because of increasing public awareness, national scrutiny, and recent policy changes and revisions of existing policies. - One of the most significant recent policy changes has been the creation of the Predatory Behavior Management Program (PBMP) at PNM in 2015. PBMP is a "behavioral based program for inmates requiring enhanced supervision," comprised of four steps, which range from evaluation (step 1), which is the most restrictive step, to re-integration (step 4), in which inmates are prepared to return to the general population. Each step has minimum periods of assignment. - Based on our examination of policies, inmates placed in PBMP spend a minimum of 240 days -the equivalent of eight months� in conditions of solitary confinement. First-Hand Experiences: Results from Inmate Survey and Interviews on the Use of Solitary Confinement in New Mexico -- - 4 a.m. shower times conflict with recreation time, forcing inmates to choose between personal hygiene and recreation. - Participants also reported that if they are not up prior to their scheduled recreation time, as early as 4 a.m., and ready to present to prison guards that they are ready to go out for recreation, then they can miss out on their recreation time for that day. - NMCD officer observation Procedure [4-4255] requiring routine 30-minute observations by a correctional officer while in administrative segregation is largely not followed, as reported by 81 percent of participants. - Recreation policies are not followed: 94 percent of participants report recreation cancellation, and 72 percent reveal cancellation either 2 to 3 times a week or daily. - Participants also report that it is common practice for prison guards to offer sack lunches or hygiene products in place of taking them out for their recreation time. This is known as "trading" recreation time. - Roughly 90 percent of participants report a mental health diagnosis. - Participants are approximately two times more likely to report great dissatisfaction with the physical (46%) and mental health care (47%) physicians than care from nurses (25%) and the dentist (28%). - 66 percent of participants feel they do not have adequate access to mental health services, and 79 percent indicate they do not receive timely follow-ups for their mental health condition. - 91 percent or more of participants reported that they experience feelings of loneliness, anxiety, depression, and sleep disturbances. - On occasion, inmates are housed in solitary confinement without formal documentation or a review board decision of segregated housing placement and are often not notified of their right to appeal. - Participants report that the name of the Predatory Behavior Management Program is demeaning in and of itself, creates low morale among inmates, and sends the wrong message to society that their incarceration may be related to a sex crime. Policy Recommendations Based on Data Collection and Inmate Experiences - Revisiting the use and practices of solitary confinement in state-run facilities - Reassessing the use of solitary confinement on vulnerable populations such as juveniles and inmates diagnosed with mental health conditions; and - Increasing institutional transparency and accountability through biannual reports that reveal general treatment of and information about inmates in solitary confinement, such as living conditions and length that inmates are in isolation, as well as demographic characteristics of inmates (e.g., age, levels of educational attainment, ethno-racial background, health status). Details: Albuquerque: Author, 2019. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://www.aclu-nm.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/solitary_confinement_in_new_mexico_2019_report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 155434

Author: Sarel, Roee Title: Do Wrongfully Convicted Defendants Receive Higher Punishments? Summary: The paper explores theoretically and empirically whether wrongfully convicted defendants receive different punishments than correctly convicted defendants. My model suggests that wrongfully convicted defendants may systematically receive either higher or lower punishments if judges engage in 'compromise verdicts', by balancing the punishment and the probability of guilt. Divergence in punishments between the guilty and the innocent further implies that type I (wrongful convictions) and type II (wrongful acquittals) errors impact crime deterrence asymmetrically. I test the predictions of the model through an empirical analysis of sentencing cases in the U.S. federal courts, which indicates that exonerated defendants receive lower punishments at the time of their conviction. Details: Hamburg, Germany: Institute of Law and Economics, University of Hamburg, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3205036 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Errors Shelf Number: 155437

Author: Matanda, Dennis Title: Tracing Change in Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting: Shifting Norms and Practices among Communities in Narok and Kisii Counties, Kenya."Evidence to End FGM/C: Research to Help Girls and Women Thrive. Summary: Background -- Globally, approximately 200 million women and girls in 30 countries have been subjected to female genital mutilation/cutting (FGM/C). In Kenya, the 2014 Kenya Demographic and Health Survey estimates that approximately 21 percent of girls and women aged 15-49 years have been cut. Nationally, there has been a steady and marked decline in the prevalence of FGM/C. There is, however, great variance in the prevalence of FGM/C across the country, with prevalence remaining high among certain ethnic groups such as Somali, Samburu, Kisii, and the Maasai. There have been numerous efforts, at the policy and programme levels, aimed at ending FGM/C in Kenya. The combined effects of such efforts have, however, yielded mixed outcomes, with the near elimination of FGM/C in certain ethnic groups (i.e., Meru, Kikuyu, and Kalenjin), and resistance in other ethnic groups (i.e., Maasai, Kisii, and Somalis), where the practice remains near universal. Given the sustained interest in implementing a myriad of interventions that have varying implementation processes, understanding how they work, the synergism or convergence of combined strategies, and their effectiveness in aiding abandonment of FGM/C is of paramount importance. Methods -- The study design was cross-sectional using qualitative methods. Data gathering activities included in-depth interviews with community gatekeepers, healthcare workers, government officials, programme implementers, parents/guardians, girls living in the community, and girls living in rescue centres. Focus group discussions were conducted with younger and elder community members. The study also mapped ongoing strategies aimed at addressing FGM/C in each county and observed implementation of intervention events by community programmes in the study sites. Results -- In Narok and Kisii counties, programme implementers used a mix of approaches to encourage community members to abandon FGM/C. Changes in norms and practices that promoted continuation of FGM/C included shifts from FGM/C being practised as a community event with public celebrations to events organized by individual families and conducted in secrecy, the use of health professionals to perform FGM/C as opposed to traditional cutters, changes towards performing supposedly less severe forms of FGM/C, and cutting girls at a younger age. The majority of community members in Narok and Kisii were knowledgeable about the health consequences of FGM/C. There were stark differences in how communities in Narok and Kisii associated FGM/C with "respect" (respect in this context refers to being passive, obedient, unquestioning, and subservient). In Narok, the public perception was that cutting makes girls disrespectful of their seniors while in Kisii, a cut woman was respected and considered respectful of others-pointing to the possibility that FGM/C is apparently more valued in Kisii than in Narok. Some of the challenges that change efforts encounter in their fight against FGM/C included: culture/tradition, beliefs that FGM/C controls a woman's sexual desire and therefore promotes fidelity in marriage, social sanctions against the uncut, and the practice of supposedly less severe forms of FGM/C on younger girls by health professionals in secret. Data from Narok and Kisii have shown that the negative effects of FGM/C in relation to sexuality could have prompted a shift in norms where men are now preferring uncut girls or marrying women from ethnic groups that do not practice FGM/C with the hope of sexual satisfaction in marriage. Across the two sites, there was consensus on the possibility that FGM/C heightens a girl's chances of being married early, but ambivalence towards FGM/C being a prerequisite for marriage, especially in Narok. Lack of adequate resources to sustain implementation of FGM/C interventions in target populations could be limiting the impact of interventions to bring about the desired behaviour change. Discussion -- A community's shift from approving a harmful social norm to adopting a beneficial, new social norm requires changing expectations at the community level as well as at the individual level. Consequently, abandonment of FGM/C in Narok and Kisii will require genuine community discussions, decisions, and commitment. Given that the practice is being done in secret, there are challenges to promoting open community dialogue. A shift to supposedly less severe cuts and younger age at cutting are likely to be a response to the law that prohibits FGM/C in Kenya. Perpetrators of FGM/C seem to be responding to the health consequences of FGM/C narrative by attempting to minimize health risks by procuring services of health professionals. The association between FGM/C and sexuality has often been linked to the belief that women are naturally promiscuous unless their genitalia is physically altered. Therefore, FGM/C has been used as a tool to suppress female sexual desire in order to uphold virginity at the time of marriage and fidelity after marriage. However, men are increasingly expressing preference to marry a woman who can enjoy marital sexual relations, prompting a shift toward selecting a marital partner from an ethnic group that does not practice FGM/C. It therefore appears that the cut girl has reduced prospects for marriage in contemporary times. These findings bring into question the social norm theory which posits that concerns over marriageability are central to the origin and maintenance of FGM/C. Similar to findings in Senegambia, concerns over marriageability are eroding, but the practice of FGM/C remains upheld by other normative associations. Indeed, more expanded views of social norms now suggest that there can be multiple norms and associated meanings upholding the practice, and they can shift over time. Programmes addressing FGM/C in Narok and Kisii have been using the health risks narrative in implementing their interventions and to some extent, have been successful in transferring this knowledge to the public. However, it appears that knowledge on the health consequences of FGM/C alone may not lead to abandonment. Across communities that practise FGM/C, one of the factors that underpin the practice relates to culture/tradition. In communities where FGM/C is prevalent, social pressure and the fear of losing social standing for the uncut girl and her family are important factors that sustain FGM/C. The inference from our study findings is that the transition from childhood to adulthood, which involves initiation and processes of socialisation on gender norms and marked by girls undergoing the cut, is apparently more valued in Kisii than in Narok. This study has clearly shown that even though the study areas are considered hot spots of FGM/C, norms and practices are not static. While there might not be widespread abandonment yet, people are reassessing norms and traditions in light of the current social climate. These changes may provide a useful starting point for intervention programmes that seek to create dialogue and critical reflection on the practice of FGM/C in an effort to accelerate its abandonment. Implications for programmes and research Programmatic implications -- - An emphasis on an integrative approach in programme implementation with a clear focus on engaging community members in values deliberation to facilitate community-wide FGM/C abandonment is critical. Intervention efforts need to be coordinated with the aim of ensuring synergy among programmes with overlapping target populations. On value deliberation, findings show that there is some abandonment accompanied with other changes, such as medicalisation, performing FGM/C at early ages, and in secret. Certainly, there must be a discourse surrounding these changes. The key questions for programmers include what problems are people trying to solve by making these changes and how can interventions build on ongoing changes? - Programmers must incorporate the human rights approach and address gender norms in programme implementation and not excessively focus on the health risks in efforts to encourage community members to abandon FGM/C. In applying the human rights approach, special attention should be given to the local context, especially on collective rights and the need to work within the frameworks of a cultural context. There is need for anti-FGM/C implementers to engage in addressing the structural gender inequalities related to FGM/C and how it negatively impacts on the entire community, including men. - Adequate resources need to be allocated to programmes implementing FGM/C interventions, especially local grassroots organisations. - Programme activities need to be anchored on a theory of change. Research implications - There is need to conduct a quantitative survey to measure communities' readiness for change. - Determining communities' perceptions about the involvement of religious leaders in the fight against FGM/C is imperative, including how best to engage them. Details: New York: Population Council, 2018. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://www.popcouncil.org/uploads/pdfs/2018RH_FGMC-TracingChangeKenya.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 155439

Author: Long, Jordan Thompson Title: Framework for Enhanced Responses to Bias-Motivated Violence Based on Sexual Orientation, Gender Identity, or Gender Expression (SOGIE) Summary: The Justice Works Framework aims to empower civil society organization representatives, psychosocial support service providers, police officers, prosecutors, judges, and lawmakers to account for the interests of individual survivors of violence, the LGBTI community, and enforcers of the rule of law when violence occurs. The document identifies concrete approaches to address these interests, and it contains 16 case studies from jurisdictions throughout the world. In addition, the Framework provides takeaway charts with key considerations for the immediate, intermediate, and long-term phases of responding to bias-motivated violence based on SOGIE. Details: Washington, DC: American Bar Association, 2019. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: April 17, 2019 at: https://www.americanbar.org/content/dam/aba/directories/roli/PDFPublications/abajusticeworks-framework-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 155440

Author: Baer, Miriam H. Title: Sorting Out White-Collar Crime Summary: Our federal criminal code defines crimes, but declines to sort its fraud offenses according to degrees of harm or culpability. Although state prosecutors routinely charge crimes such as homicide or robbery in varying degrees, the federal code's core fraud statutes are noticeably flat. There is no such thing as first- or second-degree fraud in the federal code. Amidst a roiling debate as to whether the federal government over-criminalizes or under-enforces white-collar crime, scholars have lost sight of the federal code's lack of gradation. This Article seeks to remedy this neglect, particularly in regard to fraud crimes. Drawing examples from federal and state criminal codes, the Article analyzes the ways in which ungraded statutory regimes generate problematic and self-destructive expressive gaps. By lumping so much conduct under a single statutory umbrella, the federal code deprives the public of the ability to gauge the seriousness of a specific offense and of the will to discern those factors that separate the worst frauds from the merely bad ones. If criminal law's function is to distinguish wrongdoing and not solely to prohibit it, then our federal fraud statutes leave much to be desired. Reasonable people can debate the proper methodology for distinguishing bad from worse offenses, but it is quite another matter to abandon statutory sorting altogether. Accordingly, the Article closes by advocating the use of misdemeanor and low-level felony statutes to improve-and sort-the federal code's fraud crimes. Details: New York: Brooklyn Law School, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Brooklyn Law School, Legal Studies Paper No. 604: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3360476 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 155441

Author: Chang, Yu Sang Title: Do Larger Cities Experience Lower Crime Rates? Scaling Analysis of 758 cities in the U.S. Summary: Do larger cities still suffer from a higher crime rates? The scaling relationship between the number of crime counts and the population size for the maximum of 758 cities with more than 50,000 inhabitants in the United States during 1999 to 2014 was analyzed. For the total group of cities, the relation is superlinear for both violent and property crime. However, for the subgroups of top 12, top 24, and top 50 largest cities, the relations change to sublinear for both violent and property crime. Results from multivariate panel data analysis are in support of these findings. Next to population size, income per capita and population density have also influenced the outcome of crime counts Details: Gachon University - College of Business and Economics, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Gachon Center of Convergence Research Working paper 2019-02: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3343149 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 155443

Author: Ober, Allison J. Title: Acceptability of Heroin-Assisted Treatment and Supervised Drug Consumption Sites to Address the Opioid Crisis in the United States Key Informant Perspectives Summary: Current levels of opioid-related morbidity and mortality in the United States are staggering. Data for 2017 indicate that there were more than 47,000 opioid-involved overdose deaths (roughly similar to deaths from AIDS at its peak in 1995), and 1 in 8 adults now report having had a family member or close friend die from opioids. There has been a near universal call from blue-ribbon commissions and expert panels for increasing access to Food and Drug Administration-approved medications for those with an opioid use disorder; however, jurisdictions addressing opioid use disorder and overdose may wish to consider additional interventions beyond increasing access to these medications. Two interventions that are implemented in some other countries but not in the United States are heroin-assisted treatment (HAT) and supervised consumption sites (SCSs). Given the severity of the opioid crisis, there is urgency to evaluate tools that might reduce its impact and save lives. This working paper is part of a series of reports assessing the evidence on and arguments made about HAT and SCSs and examining some of the issues associated with implementing them in the United States. The target audiences include decision makers in rural and urban areas grappling with opioids as well as researchers and journalists. This document is a report on key informant views on the acceptability and feasibility of implementing HAT and SCSs in selected U.S. jurisdictions heavily affected by the opioid crisis. The other parts of this series of reports include: (1) a summary report of all the components of the research study; (2) a review of the HAT literature; (3) a review of the SCS literature, and (4) a report on international experience with the implementation of HAT and SCSs. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2018. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper WR-1260-RC: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/working_papers/WR1260.html Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155445

Author: Copple, Colleen K. Title: Law Enforcement Mental Health and Wellness Programs: Eleven Case Studies Summary: The Law Enforcement Mental Health and Wellness Act of 2017 calls for the COPS Office to publish case studies of programs designed primarily to address officer psychological health and well-being. Aiming to focus on innovative but replicable programs in law enforcement agencies of various sizes around the country, the authors conducted 11 case studies of programs in 10 departments and one call-in crisis line. Each chapter of this publication describes agencies' programs and their origins, focusing on elements that can be implemented elsewhere in the effort to protect the mental and emotional health of law enforcement officers, their nonsworn colleagues, and their families. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Community Oriented Policing Services, 2019. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://ric-zai-inc.com/Publications/cops-p371-pub.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Mental Health Shelf Number: 155446

Author: Spence, Deborah Title: Law Enforcement Mental Health and Wellness Act: Report to Congress Summary: Good mental and psychological health is just as essential as good physical health for law enforcement officers to be effective in keeping our country and our communities safe from crime and violence. With the passage of the Law Enforcement Mental Health and Wellness Act, Congress took an important step in improving the delivery of and access to mental health and wellness services that will help our nation's more than 800,000 federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement officers. Many things, including strong relationships with the community, help keep officers safe on the job. This act called for the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) to submit a report to Congress on mental health practices and services in the U.S. Departments of Defense and Veterans Affairs that could be adopted by federal, state, local, or tribal law enforcement agencies and containing recommendations to Congress on effectiveness of crisis lines for law enforcement officers, efficacy of annual mental health checks for law enforcement officers, expansion of peer mentoring programs, and ensuring privacy considerations for these types of programs. The DOJ is pleased to respond to this requirement of the act with this report. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://cops.usdoj.gov/pdf/2019AwardDocs/lemhwa/Report_to_Congress.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Mental Health Shelf Number: 155447

Author: Weinberger, Gabriel Title: The Criminal Justice System and More Lenient Drug Policy: Three Case Studies on California's Changes to How Its Criminal Justice System Addresses Drug Use Summary: The nation's reliance on incarceration appears to have reached a peak a few years ago and there is a movement towards a major de-carceration initiative that will be driven by local jurisdictions. Current research must be focused on learning from the early wave of de-carceration experiments, which are mostly associated to drug-related crimes, to provide implications for future policymaking. This dissertation deals with the implementation, at the local level, of various major changes to California's criminal justice system. These changes include liberalization of marijuana policies, Public Safety Realignment, and Proposition 47. The theme behind these changes has been a change in how the criminal justice system sanctions drug use. This dissertation explores an important question from each policy that can guide future policy. The first chapter explores whether localities that allowed for regulated dispensaries that sell medical marijuana to operate experienced an increase in crime rates. The second chapter describes how Public Safety Realignment changed the landscape for how social services are provided through the criminal justice system, detailing the effect on counties by using Los Angeles as a case study. Finally, the third chapter uses Los Angeles as a case study to answer whether community supervision is an adequate mechanism for engaging individuals with substance use disorder treatment. Overall, the dissertation suggests that there may be collateral consequences from more liberal policies but that these can be addressed outside of the scope of the criminal justice system. In the context of regulating the supply of marijuana, a formerly illicit drug in California, I find that it did not result in a wave of higher crime rates. Finally, a major implication from this dissertation is that further work is required to serve the population that is affected by policies that reduce the use of incarceration for drug-related crimes. Local governments need to continue to address low-level crime caused by problematic drug use by improving their systems for providing social services without settling for using the lever of the criminal justice system. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation, Accessed April 17, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/rgs_dissertations/RGSD424.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 155450

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of North Carolina Title: At All Costs: The Consequences of Rising Court Fines and Fees in North Carolina Summary: The United States formally abolished "'debtors' prisons" - the incarceration of people who fail to pay off debts - nearly two centuries ago. But today in North Carolina, thousands of low-income people are in jail, trapped in a cycle of debt, or both, because they cannot afford the unconstitutional fines and fees that courts order them to pay when convicted of any crime, even as minor as a speeding ticket. The cost and number of fines and fees have skyrocketed across North Carolina in recent years, thanks to a series of legislative changes enacted by the North Carolina General Assembly and the day-to-day decisions of judges who have too often bent to the legislative desire to turn the judiciary to debt collection. In courtrooms across the state, there is no consistent standard for when and how fines and fees are imposed, and too many judges do not fulfill their constitutional obligation to inquire about an individual's financial status before ordering them to pay fines and fees, as required by law. As a result, judges routinely order low-income North Carolinians - a disproportionate number of them people of color - to pay fines and fees that they cannot afford. Failure to pay will result in more fines, fueling a cycle of debt that forces people to forgo the basic necessities of life in order to avoid jail and collateral consequences. In this racially-skewed, two-tiered system, the rich and the poor can commit the exact same offense, but the poor will receive harsher and longer punishments simply because they are poor. While some actors, from public defenders to state legislators to reform-minded judges, have fought for fairer processes and outcomes, too many North Carolina judges nevertheless routinely violate the rights of low-income people who appear in their courtrooms. This report examines the history of those court costs, how North Carolina has sought to turn the judiciary from its role as a neutral arbiter of justice toward service as a state debt collector, and how the resulting unjust system criminalizes poverty, violates people's rights, and preys on many of our state's most vulnerable residents. Details: Raleigh: Author, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://www.acluofnorthcarolina.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/aclu_nc_2019_fines_and_fees_report_17_singles_final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 155456

Author: Garrett, Brandon L. Title: Driver's License Suspension in North Carolina Summary: In this Article, we analyze data concerning driver's license suspension for traffic offenses. The interest of a person in a driver's license is "substantial," and the suspension of a license by the state can result in "inconvenience and economic hardship suffered," as the U.S. Supreme Court has observed, including because a license may "essential in the pursuit of a livelihood." However, in this analysis of North Carolina data, we found that there are 1,225,000 active driver's licenses suspensions in North Carolina for non-driving related reasons, relating to failure to pay traffic fines and court courts, and failure to appear in court for traffic offenses. These suspensions constitute about 15% of all adult drivers in the state. Of those, 827,000 are for failure to appear in court, 263,000 for failure to comply with orders to pay traffic costs, fines, and fees, and 135,000 for both. These suspensions are disproportionately imposed on minority residents. Of those with driver's license suspensions, 33% of those with failure to appear suspensions are black and 24% Latinx, while 35% were white. The demographics for all North Carolina residents who are of driving age include: 65% white, 21% black, and 8% Latinx. Still more severe consequences, DWLR charges, also disproportionately fall on minority residents. We also conducted a series of mixed-model linear regressions on North Carolina driver's license suspensions from 2010-2017, analyzing the effects of race, poverty, population size, traffic court cases and traffic stops on suspensions per county. Overall, population accounts for most of the variation in suspensions: the more people in the county, the more people have suspended licenses. When we control for population, we see little evidence that traffic stops or traffic cases are driving suspensions. We find that the relationship between the number of people in poverty and the number of suspensions in a county is dependent on race. Put another way, increasing a county's population by one white individual below poverty increases the number of suspensions by a greater amount than increasing the county's population by one white above poverty. However, increasing the population by one black individual below poverty increases the number of suspensions by less than increasing the county population by one black individual above poverty. This suggests that poverty functions differently for whites than it does for blacks. We conclude by setting out questions for future research, and describing both law and policy responses to driver's license suspensions in other jurisdictions, including: constitutional challenges, restoration efforts, dismissals of charges, and legislative efforts to restore licenses and end the suspension of driver's licenses for non-driving related traffic offenses. Details: Durham, NC: Duke University School of Law, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3355599 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Appearance Shelf Number: 155459

Author: Rosen, Alana E. Title: High Time for Criminal Justice Reform: Marijuana Expungement Statutes in States with Legalized or Decriminalized Marijuana Laws Summary: As states continue to legalize or decriminalize recreational marijuana, there is a chasm within our society. One segment of the population can use, possess, transport, and cultivate marijuana without fear of prosecution. Another segment of the population suffers from the collateral consequences of previous marijuana-related offenses. This Article argues that any state that enacts marijuana legalization or decriminalization statutes should automatically include an expungement provision that clears the criminal record of individuals who engaged in activities now deemed lawful under the new legalization and decriminalization laws. This Article proposes model language for an expungement statute that serves as a guide for legislators, judges, and attorneys. The proposed expungement statute will help individuals obtain access to opportunities and benefits now denied them because of their marijuana-related criminal records including employment, professional licenses, financial aid, public housing, travel abroad, firearms� purchases, the right to vote, and jury service. Changes to the law will also benefit communities that have been disproportionately targeted by the War on Drugs and marijuana prohibition. Details: Working paper, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3327533 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 155460

Author: Skeem, Jennifer L. Title: Impact of Risk Assessment on Judges' Fairness in Sentencing Relatively Poor Defendants Summary: The increasing use of risk assessment algorithms in the criminal justice system has generated enormous controversy. Advocates emphasize that algorithms are more transparent, consistent, and accurate in predicting re-offending than judges' unaided intuition, while skeptics worry that algorithms will increase racial and socioeconomic disparities in incarceration. Ultimately, however, judges make decisions - not algorithms. In the present study, real judges (n=340) with criminal sentencing experience participated in a controlled experiment to test whether the provision of risk assessment information interacts with a defendant's socioeconomic class to influence sentencing decisions. Results revealed that risk assessment information reduced the likelihood of incarceration for relatively affluent defendants, but the same risk assessment information increased the likelihood of incarceration for relatively poor defendants. This finding held after controlling for the sex, race, political orientation, and jurisdiction of the judge. It appears that under some circumstances, risk assessment information can increase sentencing disparities. Details: Richmond: University of Virginia School of Law, 2019. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Virginia Public Law and Legal Theory Research Paper No. 2019-02: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3316266 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Judicial Discretion Shelf Number: 155461

Author: Highsmith, Brian Title: Commercialized (In)Justice: Consumer Abuses in the Bail and Corrections Industry Summary: This National Consumer Law Center report examines the growing problem of consumer abuses by private companies profiting from the U.S. criminal legal system and mass incarceration, disproportionately affecting people of color and low-income people, and makes recommendations for reform. This report discusses the growing problem of "commercialized injustice"-consumer abuses perpetuated by companies profiting from the criminal legal system and mass incarceration. Although not always visible to people who do not live in heavily-policed communities or who are protected by other forms of privilege, the scale of private industry's involvement in the contemporary criminal legal system is staggering. These companies provide a wide range of products and services, and operate in various relationships with the government. Some contract directly with governments (e.g., private probation and prison phone services). Others sell directly to consumers, but under specific authority to administer criminal legal functions (e.g., commercial bail and certain rehabilitation and diversion programs). And others simply profit from the contours of our modern criminal legal system (e.g., pre-arrest diversion programs that contract with private retailers). The expanding reach of the modern corrections industry represents the intersection of two troubling trends: (1) the outsourcing of the criminal legal system to the private sector, exemplified by the growth of the private prison industry; and (2) the imposition of fines and fees on mostly low-income defendants to fund the criminal legal system. States and local governments are outsourcing various core functions of their criminal legal systems-traditionally public services-to private corporations operating to maximize profit for their owners. At the same time, they have sought to shift the cost of operating the criminal legal system onto those who have contact with the system and their loved ones, particularly through the assessment of fines and fees on those accused of criminal activity. The corrections industry's growth exacerbates these trends, combining the conflicts of interest endemic in so-called "user-funded" financing structures with the lack of public accountability that advocates have long criticized in the private prison context. Every industry discussed in this report shares this common feature: each profits from financial extractions from individuals based on their exposure to the criminal legal system. The growth of the corrections industry accelerates the trend whereby the costs of our legal system are imposed on low-income, disadvantaged communities least able to shoulder such burdens, rather than shared as a collective public responsibility. The corrections industry operates for the primary purpose of maximizing profits for its owners-creating strong incentives to achieve new forms of monetary extraction in addition to shifting the burden of existing costs. Details: Boston: National Consumer Law Center, 2019. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://www.nclc.org/images/pdf/criminal-justice/report-commercialized-injustice.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Industry Shelf Number: 155462

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Florida Title: Citizens on Hold: A Look at ICE�s Flawed Detainer System in Miami-Dade County Summary: The U.S. government enforces immigration law through an agency called Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Although ICE is one of the largest law enforcement agencies in the United States, in recent years it has relied heavily on state and local assistance to help carry out deportations. Each month, ICE sends local police thousands of detention requests, known as "detainers," which ask police to extend a person's detention in local jail in order to give ICE time to arrive at the jail and take custody. This report surveys recent evidence that ICE may be regularly lodging detainers against U.S. citizens. U.S. citizens cannot be deported or detained to facilitate deportation. Yet in the last decade, ICE has erroneously issued a staggering number of detainers against If state and local law enforcement agencies choose to hold people on ICE detainers, they should require a judicial certification of probable cause, to safeguard against the unconscionable risk of error in ICE's detainer and warrant practices. Before holding any person on an ICE detainer, state and local law enforcement agencies should give them an opportunity to contest the basis for the detainer, and the agencies should immediately investigate any indications that the person is not subject to removal.U.S. citizens, asking sheriffs and police departments across the country to extend their jail time so that ICE can put them in immigration jail and eventually deport them. This disturbing pattern has been documented many times over. The most recent information comes from Miami-Dade County, Florida. Miami's records show that between February 2017 and February 2019, ICE sent the jail 420 detainer requests for people listed as U.S. citizens, only to later cancel 83 of those requests-evidently because the agency determined, after tU.S. citizens, asking sheriffs and police departments across the country to extend their jail time so that ICE can put them in immigration jail and eventually deport them. This disturbing pattern has been documented many times over. The most recent information comes from Miami-Dade County, Florida. Miami's records show that between February 2017 and February 2019, ICE sent the jail 420 detainer requests for people listed as U.S. citizens, only to later cancel 83 of those requests-evidently because the agency determined, after the fact, that its targets were in fact U.S. citizens. The remaining individuals' detainers were not canceled, and so they continued to be held for ICE to deport them. Miami's numbers are not unique. In Rhode Island, over a ten-year period, ICE issued 462 detainers for people listed as U.S. citizens. And in Travis County, Texas, over a similar period, ICE targeted up to 814 U.S. citizens with detainers. Numerous other studies have documented similar patterns. These studies are evidence that, nationwide, ICE has issued detainers against thousands of U.S. citizens over the last decade and a half. These errors can have profound consequences, both for the people who are wrongly held and for the state and local agencies that hold them. As recent cases illustrate, U.S. citizens have been kept in jail away from their jobs and families, and they have faced the terror of being told they would soon be deported from their only home. Many have spent time in immigration jail, and some have even been deported. Local police and sheriffs, in turn, have faced immense litigation costs and damages liability to the U.S. citizens they have held for ICE. In these ways, communities across the country have been deeply harmed by ICE's detainer system. As its problems have become clearer, many local jurisdictions have chosen to end or reduce their participation. Details: Miami: Author, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2019 at: https://www.aclufl.org/sites/default/files/field_documents/aclufl_report_-_citizens_on_hold_-_a_look_at_ices_flawed_detainer_system_in_miami-dade_county.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deportations Shelf Number: 155463

Author: Hudson, Camara Stokes Title: Policing Connecticut's Hallways: The Prevalence and Impact of School Resource Officers in Connecticut Summary: While the presence of police officers in Connecticut schools does not appear to contribute to a safer school climate or improved academic outcomes, it may contribute to more Latino students being arrested or referred to law enforcement. This study examined the impact of school resource officers, who are police officials assigned to Connecticut schools. Schools and boards of education may request school resource officers (SROs) with aims of improving school safety and academic achievement, but the study did not find evidence of such outcomes in the 2015-16 school year. On most measures of school safety examined in the report - such as the use of weapons, drugs, or alcohol; theft; and property damage - the average numbers of incidents of such behavior did not differ significantly between schools that did and did not have SROs. Academic performance, as measured by average test scores on Smarter Balanced test scores also did not differ significantly based on the presence of SROs. However, there is statistically significant evidence that their presence may contribute to more students experiencing discipline. Students attending schools with SROs were at greater risk of discipline overall, and the average arrest rate of Latino students at schools with an SRO was six times greater than the average arrest rate of Latino students at schools without an SRO. In addition, schools with SROs disciplined students more often for behaviors that were likely not criminal. Schools with SROs reported higher levels of school policy violations, such as skipping class, insubordination, or using profanity. The report recommends that schools districts with SROs should have publically accessible memoranda of understanding about the role of SROs, survey students about their experiences with SROs, and share information with students and parents about students' rights. The Connecticut General Assembly should also request a study on SROs, including a review of student discipline rates by race, gender and disability status. Details: New Haven, CT: Connecticut Voices for Children, 2019. 24p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2019 at: http://www.ctvoices.org/publications/policing-connecticuts-hallways-prevalence-and-impact-school-resource-officers-connectic Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 155464

Author: Occupational Knowledge International Title: Exporting Hazards: U.S. shipments of used lead batteries to Mexico take advantage of lax environmental and worker health regulations Summary: Considerable attention has been paid in recent years to transboundary shipments of hazardous waste including used electronic products that are intended for recycling or disposal in developing countries with few environmental controls. However, this report documents the growth of authorized exports from the U.S. to Mexico of a potentially more hazardous waste stream that has received very little attention or scrutiny. We examine the fate of used lead acid batteries (ULABs) that are being exported to Mexico for recycling and the potential impacts on public health and the environment. Despite international agreements and treaties governing this trade and addressing environmental issues of mutual concern, we have found that these batteries are being recycled in Mexico under less stringent standards, resulting in significantly higher occupational and environmental exposures. Given the considerable differences in environmental and occupational regulations between the U.S. and Mexico, this report raises serious concerns about the contribution of ULABs from the U.S. to lead poisoning south of the border. This report documents how differences in regulations and enforcement have created an uneven playing field between the U.S. and Mexico. Given these major disparities in environmental and occupational standards, government-to-government intervention under the NAFTA framework should be initiated. Additional enforcement is also needed to close unauthorized plants and to bring Mexican companies into compliance with existing laws on emissions reporting under RETC. Details: San Francisco; Pittsfield, MA: Authors, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2019 at: https://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Issues/ToxicWastes/RightToInformation/OccupationalKnowledgeInternational2.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: E-Waste Shelf Number: 155473

Author: Public Law Center Title: Towed into Debt: How Towing Practices in California Punish Poor People Summary: Returning to your parking place only to find your car is missing - and has been towed by the city - is a terrible surprise in the best of circumstances. Your car will be held hostage until you make the inconvenient trip to the tow yard and pay astronomical fees to get your own car back. For people who are low income, however, the consequences of a towed vehicle can be devastating. The cost to retrieve a car after a city-ordered tow is out of reach for many. Thus, for many Californians, a vehicle tow means the permanent loss of their car and, along with it, the loss of employment, access to education and medical care, and, for some, their only shelter. Nonetheless, local governments throughout California regularly tow vehicles for relatively minor offenses: outstanding parking tickets, lapsed vehicle registration, and remaining parked in one place for more than 72 hours. Despite constitutional limits on the government's ability to seize a vehicle in these non-emergency situations, cities routinely tow legally parked cars that pose no threat to public safety. The actual and consequential costs to California are too high to allow towing to be anything other than a tool to protect the public. By these measures, California's current policies are not working. This report reveals the current overreach of government towing in cities across California. After reviewing and analyzing data on government-ordered tows (not including private tows) new data and research show that: - The scope of the problem is significant: in just one month in Los Angeles alone, government agencies towed 9,400 vehicles and sold 2,500 towed vehicles. In 2016, the City of San Francisco ordered more than 42,000 tows and sold more than 5,300 vehicles at lien sales. Analysts estimate that public agencies in California towed nearly one million vehicles in 2016. - The most minor reasons for tow are some of the most common, and have the most devastating results. Statewide, over one fourth of tows are conducted just because the owner had unpaid parking tickets, lapsed registration, or parked in one place for 72 hours. Vehicles towed for these reasons are 2-6 times more likely to be sold at lien sale than the average towed car. - In San Francisco, 50% of vehicles towed for unpaid parking tickets and 57% of vehicles towed for lapsed registration were sold by the tow company, while only 9% of all vehicles towed were sold. - Getting a car back after a tow is expensive. As a result of all the add-on and administrative fees, the average price people must pay after a debt-collection tow is over $1,100. - Tow fees are often unfair. Daily storage rates at California tow lots are at least twice as expensive as the daily rate at parking garages in the same part of town, and in some cases, up to twelve times higher than market rates. - Cities are losing money on tows, especially when the reason for the tow is someone�s inability to pay government fines and fees. Towed vehicles sold at lien sale in San Diego generally accrue over $3,000 in fees and fines, but the average sale price for these vehicles is about $565. Details: Author, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2019 at: https://wclp.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/TowedIntoDebt.Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Fees and Fines Shelf Number: 155475

Author: Grant, Glenn A. Title: 2018 Report to the Governor and the Legislature Summary: Overview -- Created through the cooperation and commitment of all three branches of state government, Criminal Justice Reform (CJR) embodies principles of fairness in our American justice system that entitle all defendants to a presumption of innocence and a speedy trial. The new system in place balances an individual's right to liberty with the State's responsibility of assuring community safety. As this 2018 Annual Report details, CJR is working as intended. New Jersey has moved away from a system that relied heavily on monetary bail. Two years into its existence, CJR has begun to remove many of the inequities created by the prior approach to pretrial release. At the same time, court appearance rates for CJR defendants remain high while the rate of alleged new criminal activity for CJR defendants remains low. CJR defendants are no more likely to be charged with a new crime or fail to appear in court than defendants released on bail under the old system. Under the risk-based system of CJR, monetary bail is rarely used. Lower-risk individuals no longer spend weeks and months in jail because they lack the financial resources to post relatively small amounts of bail. More than 70 percent of CJR defendants are released on a summons pending the disposition of their cases -- without first being sent to jail. And a majority of defendants arrested on complaint-warrants are released on conditions that Pretrial Services officers monitor. On the other end of the spectrum, higher-risk individuals who pose a danger to the community or a substantial risk of flight are no longer able to secure their release simply because they have access to funds. New Jersey's jail population looks very different today than it did when the idea of reforming the state's criminal justice system began to take hold in 2013. On any given day, there are thousands fewer defendants in jail, with only the highest-risk defendants and those charged with the most serious offenses detained. In all, CJR has reduced the unnecessary detention of low-risk defendants, assured community safety, upheld constitutional principles, and preserved the integrity of the criminal justice process. Details: Trenton: New Jersey Judiciary, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2019 at: https://njcourts.gov/courts/assets/criminal/2018cjrannual.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court System Shelf Number: 155496

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Solitary Confinement: Inhumane, Ineffective, and Wasteful Summary: Around the world and increasingly in the United States, there's a growing consensus that solitary confinement of incarcerated persons is, at best, an ineffective and inhumane practice with little or no carceral benefit and, at worst, outright torture. Yet, on any given day, the Florida Department of Corrections (FDC) holds approximately 10,000 people - more than 10 percent of its population - in solitary. The nationwide average was 4.5 percent in 2018. Numerous studies have shown that solitary confinement harms a person's mental and physical health, as well as the community to which the person eventually returns. People in solitary, in fact, attempt suicide at a much higher rate than those in the general population. What's more, solitary is disproportionately used for people with mental illnesses, people of color, and people with disabilities. In the late 1990s, the FDC was sued by a statewide class of incarcerated people because of its dangerous and inhumane solitary confinement practices. That lawsuit, Osterback v. Moore, resulted in limited reforms. Unfortunately, after the Osterback settlement, solitary confinement in Florida's prisons did not end, it merely evolved. The FDC's failure is compounded by the fact that Florida keeps far too many people in prison in the first place. With one of the highest incarceration rates in the country the state spends more than $2.4 billion a year to imprison more than 96,000 people. That's the third-largest state prison population in the United States. Although the number of people admitted to Florida prisons has trended downward over the last decade, the overall prison population has not decreased at a proportionate rate because of increases in sentence length and rules restricting early release. In addition, the state cut substance abuse and mental health programs for incarcerated people in 2018. The prison system also has experienced chronic staffing shortages. This environment only heightens the prospect that an incarcerated person will be placed in solitary; because the system is strained, prison officials too readily resort to solitary for discipline - or in the case of overcrowded facilities - for housing. Solitary confinement does not improve public safety. Studies show that when people who have been in solitary return to their communities, they are more likely to commit crimes than those who were not subjected to it. Other states have recognized the wasteful and destructive nature of solitary confinement and have adopted more humane and less costly alternatives. It's time for Florida to recognize that solitary confinement is not the answer; rather, it is part of the problem. Details: Montgomery, AL: Author, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2019 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/com_solitary_confinement_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Human Rights Shelf Number: 155497

Author: Perlin, Michael Title: 'A World of Steel-Eyed Death': An Empirical Evaluation of the Failure of the Strickland Standard to Ensure Adequate Counsel to Defendants with Mental Disabilities Facing the Death Penalty Summary: Anyone who has been involved with death penalty litigation in the past four decades knows that one of the most scandalous aspects of that process-in many ways, the most scandalous-is the inadequacy of counsel so often provided to defendants facing execution. By now, virtually anyone with even a passing interest is well versed in the cases and stories about sleeping lawyers, missed deadlines, alcoholic and disoriented lawyers, and, more globally, lawyers who simply failed to vigorously defend their clients. This is not news. And, in the same vein, anyone who has been so involved with this area of law and policy for the past 35 years knows that it is impossible to make sense of any of these developments without a deep understanding of the Supreme Court's decision in Strickland v. Washington, 466 U.S. 668 (1984), the case that established a pallid, virtually-impossible-to fail test for adequacy of counsel in such litigation. Again, this is not news. We also know that some of the most troubling results in Strickland interpretations have come in cases in which the defendant was mentally disabled-either by serious mental illness or by intellectual disability. Some of the decisions in these cases-rejecting Strickland-based appeals-have been shocking, making a mockery out of a constitutionally based standard. To the best of our knowledge, no one has-prior to this article�undertaken an extensive empirical analysis of how one discrete US federal circuit court of appeals has dealt with a wide array of Strickland-claim cases in cases involving defendants with mental disabilities. We do this here. In this article, we reexamine these issues from the perspective of the 198 state cases decided in the Fifth Circuit from 1984 to 2017 involving death penalty verdicts in which, at some stage of the appellate process, a Strickland claim was made (in which there were only 13 cases in which any relief was even preliminarily granted under Strickland). As we demonstrate subsequently, Strickland is indeed a pallid standard, fostering "tolerance of abysmal lawyering," and is one that makes a mockery of the most vital of constitutional law protections: the right to adequate counsel. This article will proceed in this way. First, we discuss the background of the development of counsel adequacy in death penalty cases. Next, we look carefully at Strickland, and the subsequent Supreme Court cases that appear-on the surface-to bolster it in this context. We then consider multiple jurisprudential filters that we believe must be taken seriously if this area of the law is to be given any authentic meaning. Next, we will examine and interpret the data that we have developed, looking carefully at what happened after the Strickland-ordered remand in the 13 Strickland "victories." Finally, we will look at this entire area of law through the filter of therapeutic jurisprudence, and then explain why and how the charade of adequacy of counsel law fails miserably to meet the standards of this important school of thought. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, 2019. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: NYLS Legal Studies Research Paper No. 3332730: Accessed April 24, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3332730 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Adequacy of Counsel Shelf Number: 155500

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: Source And Use Of Firearms Involved In Crimes: Survey Of Prison Inmates, 2016 Summary: Presents statistics that describe firearm possession of state and federal prisoners who were serving a sentence in 2016. The report describes firearm possession during the crime for which prisoners were serving time and by type of offense; how the firearm was used during the crime; type of firearm possessed; and methods, sources, and processes of obtaining the firearm. Findings are based on BJS's 2016 Survey of Prison Inmates (SPI), formerly known as the Survey of Inmates in State and Federal Correctional Facilities. The SPI self-report data were collected through face-to-face interviews with a national sample of state and federal prisoners. Highlights: About 21% of state and 20% of federal prisoners said they possessed a gun during their offense, while 79% of state and 80% of federal prisoners did not. About 29% of state and 36% of federal prisoners serving time for a violent offense possessed a gun during the offense. About 1.3% of prisoners obtained a gun from a retail source and used it during their offense. Handguns were the most common type of firearm possessed by state and federal prisoners (18% each); 11% of all prisoners used a handgun. Among prisoners who possessed a gun during their offense, 90% did not obtain it from a retail source. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/suficspi16.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 155501

Author: Oudekerk, Barbara A. Title: Indicators Of School Crime And Safety: 2018 Summary: This annual report, produced jointly by the Bureau of Justice Statistics and National Center for Education Statistics, presents data on school crime and safety from national surveys of students, teachers, principals, and post-secondary institutions. It contains findings on 22 indicators of school crime and safety, including violent deaths; nonfatal student and teacher victimization; school environment; fights, weapons, and illegal substances; fear and avoidance; discipline, safety, and security measures; and post-secondary campus safety and security. Selected findings on opioids, bullying, and active shooter incidents in educational settings are also included. Data sources include the National Crime Victimization Survey, the School Crime Supplement to the NCVS, the School-Associated Violent Death Surveillance System, the School Survey on Crime and Safety, the Schools and Staffing Survey, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, and the Campus Safety and Security Survey. Highlights: Based on the 2017 National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS), students ages 12 to 18 experienced 827,000 total victimizations (i.e., theft and nonfatal violent victimization) at school and 503,800 total victimizations away from school. From 2000 to 2017, there were 153 casualties (67 killed and 86 wounded) in active shooter incidents at elementary and secondary schools and 143 casualties (70 killed and 73 wounded) in active shooter incidents at post-secondary institutions. In 2017, about 6% of students ages 12 to 18 reported being called hate-related words at school during the school year, representing a decrease from 12% in 2001. This percentage also decreased between 2001 and 2017 for male and female students as well as for white, black, and Hispanic students. Between 2001 and 2017, the percentage of students ages 12 to 18 who reported that gangs were present at their school during the school year decreased overall (from 20% to 9%), as well as for students from urban areas (from 29% to 11%), suburban areas (from 18% to 8%), and rural areas (from 13% to 7%). During the 2015-16 school year, 47% of schools reported one or more crime incidents to police. The percentage of public schools reporting incidents to police was lower in 2015-16 than in every prior survey year. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Education Statistics, U.S. Department of Education, and Bureau of Justice Statistics, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2019. 268p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/iscs18.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155502

Author: Basile, Kathleen C. Title: Sexual Violence Surveillance: Uniform Definitions and Recommended Data Elements, Version 2.0 Summary: Sexual violence (SV) is a profound social and public health problem in the United States. The range of experiences that pertain to SV is broad and affects females and males across the lifespan. As will be covered in more detail to follow, SV includes both penetrative and non-penetrative acts as well as non-contact forms. Sexual violence occurs when a perpetrator commits sexual acts without a victim's consent, or when a victim is unable to consent (e.g., due to age, illness) or refuse (e.g., due to physical violence or threats). According to the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS): - 1 in 5 women and nearly 1 in 59 men have experienced an attempted or completed rape in their lifetime, defined as penetrating a victim by use of force or through alcohol/drug facilitation; - Approximately 1 in 15 men (6.7%) reported that they were made to penetrate someone else during their lifetime; - An estimated 12.5% of women and 5.8% of men reported sexual coercion in their lifetime (i.e., unwanted sexual penetration after being pressured in a nonphysical way); - More than one-quarter of women (27.3%) and approximately 1 in 9 men (10.8%) have experienced some form of unwanted sexual contact in their lifetime; and - Nearly one-third of women (32.1%) and nearly 1 in 8 men (13.3%) experienced some type of noncontact unwanted sexual experience in their lifetime. Despite efforts to reduce the barriers to reporting these sensitive issues (for example, the behaviorally-specific questions, health context, and graduated informed consent used in NISVS), there remains a likelihood of under-reporting due to the sensitive nature of SV. Therefore, many researchers and practitioners in this field believe that existing national statistics underestimate the number of victims of SV. Just as SV is not limited to physically forced penetration, its perpetrators are not limited to strangers. Indeed, perpetrators of SV are more likely to be someone known to the victim. Sexual violence is a problem embedded in our society and includes unwanted acts perpetrated by persons very well known (e.g., family members, intimate partners, and friends), generally known (e.g., acquaintances), not known well or just known by sight (e.g., someone in your neighborhood, person just met) and unknown to the victim (e.g., strangers). The overarching term "sexual violence" is used here to represent many behaviors that may otherwise fall under the rubrics of sexual abuse, sexual assault, and any other sexual violations. In some fields, other umbrella terms are used to describe sexual violations, such as the term "sexual harassment," which is used in studies of the workplace and the school setting. Although many who work in the field of SV use the word "survivor" to describe the person on whom the SV is inflicted, the word "victim" is used in this document in an effort to be consistent with agencies from which most of record-based surveillance information is gathered. For the purposes of survey surveillance, the word "survivor" may be substituted for "victim," as long as "survivor" is defined in the same way "victim" is defined in this document. Details: Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2014. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/sv_surveillance_definitionsl-2009-a.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155503

Author: Basile, Kathleen C. Title: Stop SV: A Technical Package to Prevent Sexual Violence Summary: This technical package represents a select group of strategies based on the best available evidence to help communities and states sharpen their focus on prevention activities with the greatest potential to reduce sexual violence (SV) and its consequences. These strategies focus on promoting social norms that protect against violence; teaching skills to prevent SV; providing opportunities, both economic and social, to empower and support girls and women; creating protective environments; and supporting victims/survivors to lessen harms. The strategies represented in this package include those with a focus on preventing SV from happening in the first place as well as approaches to lessen the immediate and long-term harms of SV. Though the evidence for SV is still developing and more research is needed, the problem of SV is too large and costly and has too many urgent consequences to wait for perfect answers. There is a compelling need for prevention now and to learn from the efforts that are undertaken. Commitment, cooperation, and leadership from numerous sectors, including public health, education, justice, health care, social services, business/labor, and government can bring about the successful implementation of this package. What is a Technical Package? A technical package is a compilation of a core set of strategies to achieve and sustain substantial reductions in a specific risk factor or outcome. Technical packages help communities and states prioritize prevention activities based on the best available evidence. This technical package has three components. The first component is the strategy or the preventive direction or actions to achieve the goal of preventing SV. The second component is the approach. The approach includes the specific ways to advance the strategy. This can be accomplished through programs, policies, and practices. The evidence for each of the approaches in preventing SV or its associated risk factors is included as the third component. This package is intended as a resource to guide and inform prevention decision-making in communities and states. Details: Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2016. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/sv-prevention-technical-package.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 155504

Author: McLively, Mike Title: A Case Study in Hope: Lessons from Oakland's Remarkable Reduction in Gun Violence Summary: In 2012, after several failures and facing great pressure from community activists, Oakland city leaders committed to launching a citywide violence reduction strategy, known as Oakland Ceasefire, with the help of technical experts from the California Partnership for Safe Communities (CPSC). Oakland Ceasefire is an ongoing partnership between community members, social service providers, and law enforcement officials, who work together to reduce violence, build police-community trust, and improve outcomes for high-risk individuals. The strategy has five main components: Analysis of violent incidents and trends, referred to as a problem analysis, to identify individuals at the highest risk of participating in serious violence. Oakland's problem analysis revealed a number of misconceptions about the city's violence dynamics. It also showed that only 400 individuals-just 0.1% of Oakland's total population-were at the highest risk for engaging in serious violence at any given time. Oakland Ceasefire partners intervene with this population. Respectful, in-person communications with high-risk individuals to warn about the risks of ongoing violence and provide a genuine offer of assistance. With Oakland Ceasefire, these communications primarily take the form of call-ins, interventions in which stakeholders communicate with small groups of those most at risk of serious violence, and custom notifications, a personalized method of heading off imminent violence. Relationship-based social services provided to high-risk individuals through the Oakland Unite network of community-based organizations. Oakland Unite is a unique city agency that uses taxpayer money to fund organizations that provide services like intensive mentoring, economic and educational training, and direct assistance to victims of violence and their families. Narrowly focused law enforcement actions by the Oakland Police Department's (OPD) Ceasefire Section, in addition to ongoing, department-wide training in the principles of procedural justice and other strategies to improve police-community relationships. Since reforming its approach to violence, OPD has seen a dramatic increase in its homicide solve rate, while use-of-force incidents and complaints against the department are on the decline. An intentional management structure built around regular communication between Oakland Ceasefire partners and city leaders to stay on top of changing violence dynamics and track progress toward yearly violence reduction goals. Regular meetings include weekly shooting reviews, bimonthly coordination meetings, and performance reviews led by Oakland's mayor. Details: San Francisco: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2019. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Giffords-Law-Center-A-Case-Study-in-Hope-Lessons-from-Oaklands-Remarkable-Reduction-in-Gun-Violence.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Organizations Shelf Number: 155505

Author: DiNapoli, Thomas P. Title: Allegany County: County Jail Payroll and Inmate Prescription Medications. Report of Examination Period Covered: January 1, 2012 - June 5, 2013 Summary: Allegany County (County) is located in the Southern Tier of western New York and has a population of approximately 50,000 residents. The County encompasses 29 towns and 10 villages and covers an area of 1,031 square miles. The County is governed by a 15-member Legislature. The County's budgeted appropriations for 2013 are $111 million, which includes general fund appropriations of $86.8 million. The County Treasurer (Treasurer) is responsible for overseeing the County's finances, including the payroll function. The Treasurer's Office works with the Human Resources and Civil Service Department to ensure accurate payroll processing, maintenance of leave accruals, and certification of employees' salaries. The County Sheriff's Office provides correctional services at its 164-bed jail located in the Town of Amity. The jail operation is overseen by an elected Sheriff and has approximately 85 full-time employees. Additionally, the jail houses Federal detainees and inmates for other counties. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, the Sheriff's Office operating expenditures totaled $8.6 million. Scope and Objective -- The objective of our audit was to evaluate the efficiency of the County's jail operations and to identify cost-savings opportunities for the period January 1, 2012 through June 5, 2013. Our audit addressed the following related questions:- Are County officials properly monitoring payroll and overtime for jail employees to ensure that the County is not incurring unnecessary costs? - Are County officials properly monitoring the purchase of inmate pharmaceuticals to ensure they are paying a competitive price? Details: Albany: Office of the New York State Comptroller, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.osc.state.ny.us/localgov/audits/counties/2014/alleganycojail.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Care Shelf Number: 155506

Author: Capers, I. Bennett Title: Afrofuturism, Critical Race Theory, and Policing in the Year 2044 Summary: In 2044, the United States is projected to become a "majority-minority" country, with people of color making up more than half of the population. And yet in the public imagination-from Robocop to Minority Report, from Star Trek to Star Wars, from A Clockwork Orange to 1984 to Brave New World - the future is usually envisioned as majority white. What might the future look like in year 2044, when people of color make up the majority in terms of numbers, or in the ensuing years, when they also wield the majority of political and economic power? And specifically, what might policing look like? This Article attempts to answer these questions by examining how artists, cybertheorists, and speculative scholars of color-Afrofuturists and Critical Race Theorists-have imagined the future. What can we learn from Afrofuturism, the term given to "speculative fiction that treats African-American themes and addresses African-American concerns [in the context of] techno culture?" And what can we learn from Critical Race Theory and its "father" Derrick Bell, who famously wrote of space explorers to examine issues of race and law? What do they imagine policing to be, and what can we imagine policing to be in a brown and black world? Details: New York: Brooklyn Law School, 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Brooklyn Law School, Legal Studies Paper No. 586: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3331295 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 155511

Author: Highsmith, Brian Title: The Rent-To-Own Racket: Using Criminal Courts to Coerce Payments from Vulnerable Families Summary: In states across the country, the rent-to-own (RTO) industry is abusing the criminal system to extract payment from low-income consumers who have fallen behind on payments on abusive contracts. Under little-known laws often written years ago by the industry lobby, RTO companies are able to turn a dispute over a furniture set into threats of arrest, felony theft charges, and even incarceration. The objective of these efforts is not to discourage intentional theft, but rather to compel low-income consumers to make payments they cannot afford on predatory RTO contracts. This report examines this practice and the statutes that authorize it. According to the National Consumer Law Center's (NCLC) review, every state except three has a law that could be used to criminalize the failure to return rental property at the end of the lease term. As a result, vulnerable families on tight budgets who have lost the ability to keep up with onerous payments-due to common misfortunes like loss of income, rent increases, an accident or illness, divorce, or the need to care for a family member in distress-face devastating criminal consequences. This is true even in cases where the customers have already paid thousands of dollars on predatory contracts that are designed to escape important consumer protections. The RTO Industry Targets Vulnerable Consumers and Structures Abusive Transactions to Avoid Consumer Protections RTO businesses are typically appliance, electronics, and furniture retailers that arrange lease agreements for customers who cannot purchase goods with an upfront payment in full. About 4.8 million households are RTO customers annually. Although most of these customers enter the transactions with the expectation of buying an appliance or a computer, the transactions are structured so that customers obtain ownership only after the successful completion of months of payments (typically from 18 to 60 months). Nearly 4 in 5 RTO customers earn less than $40,000 annually, and 3 in 5 are racial or ethnic minorities. For families without access to savings that could be used to pay the full retail price, RTO contracts are effectively used to finance the purchase. Every RTO transaction involves very high and undisclosed effective interest rates, in which the customer generally pays as much as two to three times what a customer would pay with cash in a traditional retail store for the same appliance. Yet the industry, through industry-friendly legislation, has largely succeeded in maneuvering its contracts out of range of most federal and state consumer protection laws. The RTO Industry Uses the Threat of Criminal Charges to Enforce its Abusive Contracts As a result of the industry's efforts to avoid meaningful consumer protections, RTO transactions are both exorbitantly expensive and targeted at those who can least afford it. But even worse, the RTO industry uses the criminal system to extract wealth from low-income consumers by using the threat of arrest and criminal sanctions to obtain payments, and by initiating criminal theft charges against borrowers who fall behind on payments. In doing so, the RTO industry-enabled by state criminal statutes and prosecutors' offices-contributes to the criminalization of poverty and the resurgence of "debtors' prisons" that were formally abolished long ago. Details: Boston: National Consumer Law Center, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.nclc.org/images/pdf/criminal-justice/report-rent-to-own-racket.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Protection Shelf Number: 155512

Author: Del Toro, Juan Title: The Criminogenic and psychological of effects of police stops on adolescent black and Latino boys Summary: Proactive policing, the strategic targeting of people or places to prevent crimes, is a well-studied tactic that is ubiquitous in modern law enforcement. A 2017 National Academies of Sciences report reviewed existing literature, entrenched in deterrence theory, and found evidence that proactive policing strategies can reduce crime. The existing literature, however, does not explore what the short and long-term effects of police contact are for young people who are subjected to high rates of contact with law enforcement as a result of proactive policing. Using four waves of longitudinal survey data from a sample of predominantly black and Latino boys in ninth and tenth grades, we find that adolescent boys who are stopped by police report more frequent engagement in delinquent behavior 6, 12, and 18 months later, independent of prior delinquency, a finding that is consistent with labeling and life course theories. We also find that psychological distress partially mediates this relationship, consistent with the often stated, but rarely measured, mechanism for adolescent criminality hypothesized by general strain theory. These findings advance the scientific understanding of crime and adolescent development while also raising policy questions about the efficacy of routine police stops of black and Latino youth. Police stops predict decrements in adolescents' psychological well-being and may unintentionally increase their engagement in criminal behavior. Details: PNAS, vol. 116 | no. 17, 2019 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/116/17/8261.full.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescents Shelf Number: 155513

Author: Robinson, Tony Title: No Right to Rest: Criminalizing Homelessness in Colorado Summary: In Denver, it is illegal for homeless residents to sleep or sit on downtown sidewalks, or to use any form of shelter from the cold or sun other than their clothing. In Boulder, city officials have put homeless people on trial for using a backpack pillow as a form of "shelter," since it is used to keep one's head from touching the ground. In Grand Junction, officials have locked public bathrooms and shut down water fountains in downtown parks so as to discourage homeless people from coming to the area. In Durango, a peaceful street guitar player was ticketed due to having his guitar case open to accept donations. All across Colorado, jurisdictions are increasingly treating homelessness as a criminal condition, and are illegalizing the activities of homeless people in public spaces. Admittedly, Colorado cities are facing a profound and growing challenge of homeless people struggling to survive in public places. As poverty levels remain high, low-income housing units disappear, and housing prices rise, homeless remains a tremendous problem across the state. In most official studies of housing markets, local officials recognize that there is inadequate low-income housing stock, and that thousands of people across the state, every night, have little choice but to sleep on the streets, in cars, or in parks. But even while recognizing that thousands of Colorado residents have no choice but to live in public places, Colorado officials are increasingly making it illegal to do so. All across the state, cites are declaring that people without homes have no right to rest within their borders, and are mobilizing substantial police resources to enforce those laws. This study examines the consequences of criminalizing homelessness in Colorado, from the point of view of homeless people themselves. The study reports on a poll of 441 homeless individuals from cross Colorado regarding their interactions with police and private security forces and reports on how criminalization is undermining the quality of life for homeless people, violating constitutional and human rights, costing localities millions in enforcement dollars, and increasing the likelihood that people will remain homeless. Details: Denver: University of Colorado Denver, 2015. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.cpr.org/sites/default/files/homelessness-study.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Criminalizing Homelessness Shelf Number: 155514

Author: Sances, Michael W. Title: Who Pays for Government? Descriptive Representation and Exploitative Revenue Sources Summary: We examine U.S. city governments' use of fines and court fees for local revenue, a policy that disproportionately affects black voters, and the connections between this policy and black representation. Using data on over 9,000 cities, we show the use of fines as revenue is common, and is robustly related to the share of city residents who are black. We also find black representation on city councils diminishes the connection between black population and fines revenue. Our findings speak to the potential of descriptive representation to alleviate biases in city policy. Details: Prepublication paper, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://hyeyoungyou.files.wordpress.com/2015/08/fines.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines Shelf Number: 155555

Author: Center for Health and Justice at TASC Title: No Entry: A Survey of Prosecutorial Diversion in Illinois Summary: "No Entry: A Survey of Prosecutorial Diversion in Illinois," presents information collected on program authorization, oversight, target populations, goals, structure, services, outcomes, and evaluation. It offers observations and recommendations intended to guide criminal justice practitioners and other stakeholders in the development, implementation, expansion, replication, and improvement of diversion programs. As criminal justice reform efforts take hold across the country, diversion programs and initiatives operating at the front end of the justice system represent one of the most promising reform strategies. In these interventions, criminal justice system practitioners work in partnership with stakeholders to deflect and redirect eligible individuals out of the system and into community-based services. They stand in contrast to decades of public policies and practices that have resulted in record incarceration rates, unsustainable costs, and long-lasting collateral consequences harming generations of families and communities. In some programs and initiatives, diversion from the system can occur without even the logging of an arrest. In others, prosecution or sentencing is deferred while participants engage in supervised programming, and charges are dropped when it is completed successfully. By intervening early, caseloads and jail days can be reduced, criminal records can be prevented, and access to services that put men and women on the path to health and stability can be accelerated. Diversion can prevent the costs and harmful collateral consequences-to the justice system, the community, and the individual-of repeated arrests, convictions, and incarcerations. A variety of diversion models and approaches have been implemented, and some have been researched and evaluated with regard to effectiveness and impact. Local jurisdictions seeking to apply effective interventions that meet their needs to improve outcomes and spend resources wisely are increasingly incorporating risk-need-responsitivity principles designed to identify the needs of individuals that, if effectively addressed, would reduce re-offending. As jurisdictions take steps to address recidivism and the nexus between drug use, mental illness, and criminal behavior, and as the body of knowledge on these programs continues to expand, practitioners are becoming more versed in a variety of critical issues that have surfaced in national conversations and must be considered locally. Building on its 2013 report, No Entry: A National Survey of Criminal Justice Diversion Programs and Initiatives, and in recognition of the many diversion programs that have emerged under the strong and innovative leadership of local prosecutors, TASC's Center for Health and Justice (CHJ) set out to explore more deeply the landscape of prosecutorial diversion in Illinois, and specifically that which affords adults an opportunity to be accountable for their behavior without the imposition of a criminal conviction on public record. To that end, between May and December 2015, project staff conducted a survey among prosecutors of diversion programs, practices, and initiatives operating in counties across the state, with an aim of informing program development, implementation of best and innovative practices, collaboration and knowledge exchange, and policy change designed to generate cost savings and achieve public health and safety goals. The project focused on prosecutors because of their unique position to convene partnerships and build collaborative solutions to local criminal justice problems, and because of their flexibility to influence and implement policies and strategies appropriate for the populations and crime patterns of their jurisdictions. A number of observations emerged from the survey analysis: 1. Programs define their goals not only through treatment and justice lenses, but also through individual and system lenses. 2. Most programs limit eligibility based on justice criteria - namely, offense or criminal history - and many are limited to first-time offenses. 3. Jurisdictions take advantage of available statutory options, and collaborate across agencies to develop programs. 4. Jurisdictions explore diversion alternatives throughout the justice system continuum, and the prosecutorial stage offers many opportunities for intercept. 5. Most programs access clinical services, and many access other supportive services. However, many were not able to reportthe use of evidence-based practices. 6. Programs use a variety of funding mechanisms, and many rely on local budgets and participant fees. 7. While many programs report outcomes, in most cases those outcomes do not rise to a statistical measure that can be analyzed or compared on level footing with other programs. Eight recommendations emerged from this analysis that are intended to guide criminal justice system practitioners and other stakeholders in the development, implementation, expansion, replication, and improvement of diversion programs. The recommendations are also intended to inform and motivate policymaker discussions and decisions, as diversion programs continue to proliferate and drive the next wave of criminal justice reform. 1. Incorporate research findings and evidence-based practices into diversion programs. 2. Apply resources to individuals and programs with potential to achieve the greatest impact. 3. Incorporate community-based behavioral health and social services into diversion programs, as appropriate, especially substance use and mental health services. 4. Leverage all available resources for community-based behavioral health and social services, and strongly advocate to protect and expand them. 5. Adopt standardized program goals, outcome and performance measures, and terminology. 6. Adopt standardized data collection and analysis models and mechanisms. 7. Develop a web-based, searchable directory of diversion programs in Illinois. 8. Develop opportunities for cross-system education,training, and technical assistance available to jurisdictions for the purpose of establishing, expanding, and improving prosecutorial diversion programs. The amplification of diversion as a viable and useful justice practice suggests new promise to transform encumbered systems and bring a culture of restoration to lives, families, and communities that have been eroded by justice system involvement. As a growing field, there are many opportunities for improvement in diversion practices-in how programs are designed, implemented, and evaluated; in how data are collected and shared; and in ensuring that community services are available and accessible for those who need them, and as soon as they need them. These recommendations offer a pathway toward realizing that new promise. Details: Chicago: Author, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: http://www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/sites/www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/files/publications/IL-ProsecutorialDiversionSurvey-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155516

Author: White, Ariel R. Title: Misdemeanor Disenfranchisement? The demobilizing effects of brief jail spells on potential voters Summary: This paper presents new causal estimates of incarceration's effect on voting, using administrative data on criminal sentencing and voter turnout. I use the random case assignment process of a major county court system as a source of exogenous variation in the sentencing of misdemeanor cases. Focusing on misdemeanor defendants allows for generalization to a large population, as such cases are extremely common. Among first-time misdemeanor defendants, I find evidence that receiving a short jail sentence decreases voting in the next election by several percentage points. Results differ starkly by race. White defendants show no demobilization, while Black defendants show substantial turnout decreases due to jail time. Evidence from pre-arrest voter histories suggest that this difference could be due to racial differences in who is arrested. These results paint a picture of large-scale, racially-disparate voter demobilization in the wake of incarceration. Details: Author, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://arwhite.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/misdemeanor_draft_spring2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 155517

Author: Shafroth, Abby Title: Criminal Justice Debt in the South: A Primer for the Southern Partnership to Reduce Debt Summary: In recent years, major civil-rights investigations and lawsuits in southern states have brought national attention to the problems associated with burdening people who run afoul of the law with unaffordable fines and fees and then, when they cannot pay, charging them more or imprisoning them. These problems were not news to the low-income communities of color who bore the highest costs of this system of "criminal justice debt," but the broader attention to the problem has brought an opportunity for reform. This primer is intended to support advocates seeking to identify policy reforms to address the problems with current criminal justice debt practices and restore integrity to our justice system. It begins with a brief overview of some of the most harmful consequences of current criminal justice debt practices, then provides recommended reforms, and ends with a list of additional national and state resources. The primer highlights examples of current law and research in the seven states in the Annie E. Casey Foundation's Southern Partnership to Reduce Debt (SPRD) in 2018: Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas. Throughout this primer, information about these specific SPRD states is highlighted in blue. However, the problems identified and policy reforms recommended are broadly applicable across the United States. Criminal justice debt is debt resulting from fines, fees, and other costs imposed on people who are accused of an infraction, misdemeanor, or felony. It may also be referred to as "court debt," "legal financial obligations," "monetary sanctions," or just "fines and fees." Criminal justice debt includes: - fines imposed as punishment for an infraction or criminal conviction; - fees or costs imposed on defendants as a way for the government or third parties (such as private probation companies) to recover costs associated with prosecuting or punishing defendants or to otherwise fund operational costs of the criminal justice system; - surcharges that are added to fines to fund a particular government function or a general fund; - restitution that is generally intended to compensate victims for losses suffered as a result of the crime, and - interest, collection costs, payment plan costs, and penalties that commonly accrue when people are unable to afford to pay off criminal justice debt immediately Details: Boston: National Consumer Law Center, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://www.nclc.org/images/pdf/criminal-justice/white-paper-criminal-justice-debt-in-the-south-dec2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines Shelf Number: 155518

Author: New York State. Office of the Attorney General Title: Fishy Business: Seafood Fraud and Mislabeling in New York State Supermarkets Summary: Something fishy is going on at supermarket seafood counters. Consumers think they are buying lemon sole, red snapper, or wild salmon, or any one of dozens of seafood options. But too often, they get something else entirely. They unknowingly take home a cheaper, less environmentally sustainable, or less healthy fish. It's a bait-and-switch, which cheats consumers and violates consumer protection laws. From late 2017 through 2018, the New York State Office of the Attorney General ("OAG") undertook the first major government investigation in the U.S. to target seafood fraud at retail supermarket chains. OAG purchased seafood based on availability at 155 locations across 29 supermarket brands, targeting seafood falling into nine distinct categories. An academic laboratory then identified the species using DNA testing. The results were disturbing. Key findings include: - More than one in four (26.92%) seafood purchases with an identifiable barcode was mislabeled. About two-thirds of the supermarket brands reviewed had at least one instance of suspected mislabeling. - A small subset of supermarket brands was responsible for a vastly disproportionate share of suspected mislabeling. Of the 12 chains with 10 or more samples tested, five had rates of suspected mislabeling that exceeded 50%. These five are subject to an ongoing OAG consumer fraud investigation. - While mislabeling affected virtually every tested seafood category, there was rampant mislabeling of certain species. The results suggest that consumers who buy lemon sole, red snapper, and grouper are more likely to receive an entirely different fish. Similarly, consumers who bought what was advertised as "wild" salmon often actually received farm-raised salmon instead. Such consumers had often paid more money-on average 34% more-to avoid farm raised fish. - The substitutes were typically cheaper, less desirable species than the desired species. Snappers sold as red snapper, for example, tended to sell for half as much when properly labeled as another type of snapper. Some substitutes (e.g., lane snapper), had higher mercury levels or came from less sustainable fisheries than the desired species, raising consumer safety and environmental sustainability issues. - Seafood mislabeling occurred across most regions of New York, but was most widespread downstate. New York City had a staggering mislabeling rate (42.65%), with similarly high rates of mislabeling on Long Island (40.63%) and only slightly lower in Westchester and Rockland Counties (32.43%). Solving the seafood fraud problem requires industry-wide reforms, at all stages of the supply chain. The report concludes with a description of some of the best practices already in effect at certain supermarkets. Details: Albany: Author, 2018. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://ag.ny.gov/sites/default/files/fishy_business.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 155521

Author: Guevara, Carlos Title: Beyond the Border: Family Separation in the Trump Era Summary: This white paper examines the direct and indirect harms to American children at risk of being torn from their parents, the report's first section examines the scope and composition of the "rest of the iceberg." The next section takes an in-depth historical look at immigration enforcement practices and their implications for the present day. Then, the report analyzes in detail the harms to U.S.-citizen children in terms of economic prosperity, health and nutrition, educational attainment, and safety. Concluding with a discussion of the implications for the whole of American society. Details: s.l.: UNIDOSUS, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: White Paper: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: http://publications.unidosus.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/1915/unidosus_beyondtheborder_22519.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Children of Immigrants Shelf Number: 155522

Author: Mungan, Murat C. Title: Positive Sanctions versus Imprisonment Summary: This article considers the possibility of simultaneously reducing crime, prison sentences, and the tax burden of financing the criminal justice system by introducing positive sanctions, which are benefits conferred to individuals who refrain from committing crime. Specifically, it proposes a procedure wherein a part of the imprisonment budget is re-directed towards financing positive sanctions. The feasibility of reducing crime, sentences, and taxes through such re-allocations depends on how effectively the marginal imprisonment sentence reduces crime, the crime rate, the effectiveness of positive sanctions, and how accurately the government can direct positive sanctions towards individuals who are most responsive to such policies. The article then highlights an advantage of positive sanctions over imprisonment in deterring criminal behavior: positive sanctions operate by transferring or creating wealth, whereas imprisonment operates by destroying wealth. Thus, the conditions under which positive sanctions are optimal are broader than those under which they can be used to jointly reduce crime, sentences, and taxes. The analysis reveals that when the budget for the criminal justice system is exogenously given, it is optimal to use positive sanctions when the imprisonment elasticity of deterrence is small, which is a condition that is consistent with the empirical literature. When the budget for the criminal justice system is endogenously determined, it is optimal to use positive sanctions as long as the marginal cost of public funds is not high. Details: Washington, DC: George Mason University - Antonin Scalia Law School, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 19-03: Accessed April 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3317552 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 155526

Author: Bunting, W.C. Title: Punishing Vandalism Correctly in an Access Economy Summary: This Article argues that the social impact of vandalism must be factored into the expected criminal punishment for this offense. Existing law does so unevenly. Acts of vandalism may have a positive social impact, either as street art or as a form of protected speech, or a negative social impact as costs that preclude the provision of public goods or goods traded upon the basis of access, and not ownership. In general, vandalism cannot be prevented by means of observable security measures; rather, vandalism must be deterred by means of higher expected criminal punishment. A large expected punishment, however, implicates what this article terms the �broken community theory of punishment.� Although broken community effects militate in favor of relatively minimal punishment for vandalism, a negative consequence of this punitive approach is less investment in the infrastructure or physical appearance of urban communities. A number of urban communities may, in fact, benefit significantly from vandalism laws that allow for greater capital investment by more harshly punishing the deliberate damage or destruction of public goods or goods traded upon the basis of access, as vandalism in the first-degree. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3307982 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Broken Windows Theory Shelf Number: 155554

Author: Peck, Sarah Herman Title: "Sanctuary" Jurisdictions: Federal, State, and Local Policies and Related Litigation Summary: There is no official or agreed-upon definition of what constitutes a "sanctuary" jurisdiction, and there has been debate as to whether the term applies to particular states and localities. Moreover, state and local jurisdictions have varied reasons for opting not to cooperate with federal immigration enforcement efforts, including reasons not necessarily motivated by disagreement with federal policies, such as concern about potential civil liability or the costs associated with assisting federal efforts. But traditional sanctuary policies are often described as falling under one of three categories. First, so-called "don�t enforce" policies generally bar state or local police from assisting federal immigration authorities. Second, "don't ask" policies generally bar certain state or local officials from inquiring into a person's immigration status. Third, "don't tell" policies typically restrict information sharing between state or local law enforcement and federal immigration authorities. One legal question relevant to sanctuary policies is the extent to which states, as sovereign entities, may decline to assist in federal immigration enforcement, and the degree to which the federal government can stop state measures that undermine federal objectives. The Tenth Amendment preserves the states' broad police powers, and states have frequently enacted measures that, directly or indirectly, address aliens residing in their communities. Under the doctrine of preemption-derived from the Supremacy Clause-Congress may displace many state or local laws pertaining to immigration. But not every state or local law touching on immigration matters is necessarily preempted; the measure must interfere with, or be contrary to, federal law to be rendered unenforceable. Further, the anti-commandeering doctrine, rooted in the Constitution's allocation of powers between the federal government and the states, prohibits Congress from forcing state entities to perform regulatory functions on the federal government's behalf, including in the context of immigration. A series of Supreme Court cases inform the boundaries of preemption and the anti-commandeering doctrine, with the Court most recently opining on the issue in Murphy v. NCAA. These dueling federal and state interests are front and center in numerous lawsuits challenging actions taken by the Trump Administration to curb states and localities from implementing sanctuary-type policies. Notably, Section 9(a) of Executive Order 13768, "Enhancing Public Safety in the Interior of the United States," directs the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Attorney General to withhold federal grants from jurisdictions that willfully refuse to comply with 8 U.S.C. S 1373-a statute that bars states and localities from prohibiting their employees from sharing with federal immigration authorities certain immigration-related information. The executive order further directs the Attorney General to take "appropriate enforcement action" against jurisdictions that violate Section 1373 or have policies that "prevent or hinder the enforcement of federal law." To implement the executive order, the Department of Justice added new eligibility conditions to the Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant (Byrne JAG) Program and grants administered by the Justice Department's Office of Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS). These conditions tied eligibility to compliance with Section 1373 and other federal immigration priorities, like granting federal authorities access to state and local detention facilities housing aliens and giving immigration authorities notice before releasing from custody an alien wanted for removal. Several lawsuits were filed challenging the constitutionality of the executive order and new grant conditions. So far the courts that have reviewed these challenges-principally contending that the executive order and grant conditions violate the separation of powers and anti-commandeering principles-generally agree that the Trump Administration acted unconstitutionally. For instance, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld a permanent injunction blocking enforcement of Section 9(a) against California. Additionally, two separate district courts permanently enjoined the Byrne JAG conditions as applied to Chicago and Philadelphia. In doing so, these courts concluded that the Supreme Court's most recent formulation of the anti-commandeering doctrine in Murphy requires holding Section 1373 unconstitutional. These lawsuits notwithstanding, the courts still recognize the federal government's pervasive, nearly exclusive role in immigration enforcement. This can be seen in the federal government's lawsuit challenging three California measures governing the state's regulation of private and public actors' involvement in immigration enforcement within its border. Although a district court upheld several measures as lawful exercises of the state's police powers, it also struck down some measures as preempted or unlawful under the doctrine of intergovernmental immunity. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: R44795: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://www.everycrsreport.com/files/20190416_R44795_0676c96b77aa4ef33380f9012e22eb0b2128a49e.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 155564

Author: Murphy, Don K. Title: Why Crime Doesn't Pay: Examining Felony Collections Summary: What makes collecting in felony cases so difficult? In 2013 alone $278 million dollars were assessed on felony cases state-wide. The collection rate for felony costs was below 14%. That left a collections gap of over $240 million dollars in 2013. While each felony defendant may receive different sanctions, all of them are assessed fines and costs. If these costs are part of the court's sentencing sanctions, what prevents them from being satisfied? What can be done to improve things? This project explored the potential for felony collections both state-wide in Florida and in the local courts of Volusia County. Research identified expectations for felony collections and asked what factors inhibit achieving a better collection rate for these cases. An analysis was then performed to identify the types of investments that should be made by the courts to gain a better collection rate for the felony sanctions assessed each year in Volusia County. The literature review initially began with the National Center for State Courts' CourTools performance measures as a means to seek best practice guidelines on the collection of court fines and fees from a national perspective. However, CourTool Measure 7 focused on misdemeanor case performance rather than felony case types. The literature review continued with a look at best practices in collections that are used in trial courts by examining collections handbooks published by the National Center for State. The project also examined the experiences of four specific state trial courts in Texas, Michigan, Arizona, and California to understand techniques used in these jurisdictions to collect criminal fines and costs. Finally, Florida legislation was analyzed that defines the obligations of court collections. In addition to the literature review, surveys were conducted with collectors in Clerk's offices across Florida to better understand how collections are performed. Court collections experts were surveyed separately to gain insight from long standing collection practitioners concerning their opinions on the challenges and opportunities to improve collections in felony cases. Annual statistics were reviewed from the state mandated Assessments and Collections Report and a five year statistical review was conducted of Volusia County felony cases to explore the characteristics that make collections difficult to obtain, including prison sanctions, defendants who lack the means to pay, and the high dollar assessments required in drug trafficking cases. Literature suggested and results in both surveys supported the finding that felony collections are especially difficult. Two separate data reviews confirmed the depth of the challenge and potential causes that inhibit felony collections. According to the collector's survey, prison sentences contribute to collections difficulties. The Volusia report indicated that over 35% of felony defendants sentenced in Volusia County went to prison over the past five years. Defendants not in prison also faced difficulties paying. Over 70% of all felony defendants were declared indigent by federal guidelines, which determines a defendant's ability to pay costs. Collections were also inhibited by the very large assessments assigned to drug trafficking cases; in Volusia County over the past five years, 1% of all defendants sentenced were for drug trafficking offenses. This accounts for up to 62% of all outstanding felony debt. The Florida Department of Corrections (DOC), is involved with 93% of all sentenced felons. Survey results and an interview with DOC suggested that dialogue between collectors and DOC is limited. DOC staffing constraints require focus primarily towards additional criminal behavior and victim protection, leaving limited time to work with felony payment obligations, and in many cases, defendants' cases are closed with payments due. Felony cases received longer prison sanctions, carried larger fines and costs, and the costs were assessed against defendants with limited abilities to pay. Felony collections have definite challenges that require different types of attention. Working these cases the same as other collections cases will continue to produce unsatisfactory results. Knowing what it takes to collect felony assessments requires an improved focus on factors that inhibit collections from the organizations involved. Legislators require assessment and collection results each year in Florida; these numbers demonstrate a sizeable collections gap. By including factors that inhibit collections in state reporting, reviewers see the challenges associated with collections efforts. Clerks recently introduced these collection inhibitors to the current Assessment and Collections Report to better reflect these factors. Felony cases carry longer sanctions. Adjusting felony collection timelines beyond 12 months would more properly demonstrate efforts made on cases over a period of three years once defendants are released from prison. While in prison, Florida should consider requiring defendants to pay court sanctions. Collections practices in Michigan and Texas confirmed that this process can work and that paying while in prison acknowledges the sanction ordered by the court. It is necessary to orient all court participants towards a program where felony collections become a priority to ultimately improve collections received. Educating participants about the causes will contribute to the solution. Crime can pay in these cases - but it is necessary to take time to properly educate participants about the nuances of felony collections as well as a collaborative approach to felony collections with all justice partners contributing towards the solution. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Institute for Court Management, National Center for State Courts, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://www.ncsc.org/~/media/Files/PDF/Education%20and%20Careers/CEDP%20Papers/2015/Why%20Crime%20Doesnt%20Pay-Examining%20Felony%20CollectionsMurphy.ashx Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines Shelf Number: 155567

Author: Moeller, Marguerite Title: Reauthorizing the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act: The Impact on Latino Youth Summary: The Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 1974 (JJDPA), the primary law guiding federal juvenile justice policy, was up for reauthorization in 2007. During the 110th Congress, the U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee passed reauthorization legislation, but it was not taken up by the full Senate, and no action was taken in the House of Representatives. Likewise, neither the full Senate nor the House of Representatives took up reauthorization legislation in the 111th Congress. Thus, it is pending in the next congressional session. JJDPA sets standards that apply to all youth involved in the juvenile justice system, but Latino youth stand to gain much from reauthorization. Though the available data on Latino youth do not provide a clear picture of Latino youth in the U.S. justice system, in 2006 an estimated 14% (47,250) of all juveniles arrested were Hispanic, a figure that likely understates the problem. Moreover, an estimated 18,000 Hispanic youth are incarcerated each day in the U.S.2 Latino youth are often over-represented in the juvenile justice system, receive harsher treatment than White youth for the same offenses, and are disproportionately affected by policies that treat youth as adults. Moreover, language and cultural differences serve as barriers to their fair and equal treatment in the justice system. As the share of Latinos in the nation grows, their presence in the juvenile justice system is also likely to grow absent reform of juvenile justice policy. Congress must invest in targeted, culturally competent prevention services to keep Latino youth out of the system. It must ensure that reauthorization reduces the disproportionate contact that Latino youth have with the system, protects youth from the dangers of being held in jails and prisons, especially with adults, and supports evidence-based practices that keep Latino youth out of jail and prevent recidivism. Steps taken by Congress to reauthorize JJDPA can ensure that fewer Latino youth have contact with the justice system and end up in juvenile or adult correctional facilities, and that those who do receive more effective preventative and rehabilitative services. ... Details: Washington, DC: National Council of La Raza, 2011. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: http://publications.unidosus.org/bitstream/handle/123456789/1382/Reauthorizing_the_JJDPA_The_Impact_on_Latino_Youth_1.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Disproportionate Minority Contact Shelf Number: 155568

Author: Hampton, Kathryn Title: Zero Protection: How U.S. Border Enforcement Harms Migrant Safety and Health Summary: Over the past three decades, U.S. administrations from both parties have introduced border enforcement strategies that have led to the deaths or injuries of a growing number of migrants at the U.S.-Mexico border. Public health research has documented widening racial and ethnic health disparities as a result of punitive and discriminatory immigration enforcement practices within the militarized border zone. This policy brief provides an analysis of current concerns at the border, including ways that health professionals are implicated in human rights violations, and provides recommendations for the U.S. government and for health systems to protect the rights and health of migrants. Physicians for Human Rights (PHR) analyzed documentation with respect to several ongoing areas of harmful practices arising from border enforcement activities and found numerous human rights violations, including that: 1. Despite the existence of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Use of Force Policy, Guidelines and Procedures Handbook, migrants are still being injured and killed in the course of enforcement activities; 2. CBP officials impede and criminalize volunteer first responders who are providing lifesaving assistance to migrants in the field by arresting them and filing federal charges against them; 3. CBP officials have been documented destroying humanitarian assistance; 4. CBP officials have used medical personnel to conduct body searches without warrants or consent; 5. In violation of U.S. asylum law, CBP is preventing asylum seekers from crossing legally at ports of entry, and deporting individuals with medical conditions through official ports of entry without having secured safe medical release; and 6. CBP's law enforcement arm, the U.S. Border Patrol (USBP), conducts enforcement actions in and around hospitals, in violation of the Sensitive Locations policy, and violates U.S. and international law by using hospitals as de facto detention centers where patients are denied access to legal counsel and contact with family members. In summary, CBP officials regularly misinterpret or even disregard the limits of their legal authority while conducting border enforcement activities, constituting human rights violations and resulting in harms to health. PHR calls on the CBP to improve staff compliance with existing border enforcement guidelines by clarifying guidelines and improving training, as well as investigating and sanctioning all violations committed by personnel. CBP must also work with civil society groups operating at the border in order to prevent fatalities and decrease health risks. The U.S. Congress can support rights-respecting border management by codifying existing CBP operational guidelines into law, and exercising oversight over the Department of Homeland Security and its agencies in regard to compliance with legal obligations. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://phr.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/PHR_Zero-Protection_How-US-Border-Enforcement-Harms-Migrant-Safety-and-Health_Jan-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 155569

Author: Pepin, Arthur W. Title: The End of Debtors' Prisons: Effective Court Policies for Successful Compliance with Legal Financial Obligations Summary: The law of unintended consequences states that unwanted outcomes result from actions that logically aim to achieve desired results. This law is at work in the unwanted results of collection of court costs, fines, and fees. State legislatures and county or city governments have enacted fines as punishment and imposed an expansive array of fees intended to defray the costs of operating courts, jails, public defender and prosecutor offices, police agencies, probation services, as well as a variety of government programs unrelated to criminal justice. While courts do not enact the fines and fees, courts are required to order defendants to pay them. The imposition of these legal financial obligations (LFOs) too often results in defendants accumulating court debt they cannot pay, landing them in jail at costs to the taxpayers much greater than the money sought to be collected. Late or missed payment penalties, daily fees for the cost of time in jail, and monthly fees for contract probation supervision are just a few of the add-on costs and fees that escalate the cycle of debt. The consequence is incarceration at public expense for LFOs that can never be paid, trapping many in a modern-day version of debtors' prison. This paper examines the growth of debt imposed by legislative bodies through courts and the incarceration that results from failure to pay as well as significant collateral consequences incarceration brings to those unable to pay. The paper discusses the issues created by reliance on funding courts through fine and fee revenue and the impact of using private for-profit entities to collect court-related LFOs. The focus of this paper is a set of recommendations from COSCA regarding specific policies and practices that courts can adopt to minimize the negative impact of LFOs while ensuring accountability for individuals who violate the law. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Conference of State Court Administrators, National Center for State Courts, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015-2016 Policy Paper ; Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://cosca.ncsc.org/~/media/Microsites/Files/COSCA/Policy%20Papers/End-of-Debtors-Prisons-2016.ashx Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 155574

Author: Avery, Beth Title: Fair Chance Licensing Reform: Opening Pathways for People with Records to Join Licensed Professions Summary: Two trends, decades in the making, are colliding. The first trend, stemming from "tough on crime" policies and mass incarceration, is that more Americans have an arrest or conviction record than ever before. The second trend is the dramatic expansion of occupational licensing, which requires people to obtain permission from a government agency-and, commonly, pass a background check-before they can work. The result? More than 70 million people with a record in the United States either face significant barriers when seeking a license to work, which is now required for one in four jobs, including many good-paying jobs that are in high demand in healthcare and other industries, or-even worse-they are automatically disqualified, sometimes for life. Laws that function in this way to permanently stigmatize and keep opportunity out of reach for so many people serve none of us well. This debate isn't merely philosophical. The best evidence, highlighted throughout this toolkit, makes a few things clear: policies that make it easier for people with records to work strengthen the economy, improve public safety, help employers find good workers, and advance racial and social justice. Fair chance licensing reforms are critical to realizing these benefits, and policy makers of all political stripes have spoken out in favor of these commonsense policies. But it's also important to keep sight of a more basic point: these issues are fundamentally about people. When a person with a record is not permitted- as a matter of public policy-to reach their full potential, real and lasting consequences follow for individuals, families, and entire communities. All of us. We all have a stake in this work, and it's time to act. This toolkit is intended to provide lawmakers and advocates in states across the country with the resources necessary to set about the work of fair chance licensing reform. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 26, 2019 at: https://www.nelp.org/wp-content/uploads/Toolkit-Fair-Chance-Licensing-Reform.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 155575

Author: Slayton, David Title: Study of the Necessity of Certain Court Costs and Fees in Texas as Directed by Senate Bill 1908, 83rd Legislature Summary: This report is being published on the Office of Court Administration's website and in the Texas Register pursuant to Government Code Sec. 72.031, which required the Office of Court Administration (OCA) to: 1. Conduct a study on court fees and costs that identifies each statutory law imposing a court fee or cost in a court in this state; 2. Determine whether each identified fee or cost is necessary to accomplish the stated statutory purpose; 3. Compile a list of the identified fees and costs and of each fee or cost the office determines is necessary; 4. Publish the list on the [OCA] Internet website and in the Texas Register; and 5. Provide a copy of the list and determinations to the governor, lieutenant governor, and speaker of the house of representatives. The Texas Legislative Council is directed to "prepare for consideration by the 84th Legislature, Regular Session, a revision of the statutes of this state as necessary to reflect the court fees and costs identified by OCA as not necessary in the study." Details: S.L.: State of Texas, Office of Court Administration, 2014. 155p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2019 at: http://www.txcourts.gov/media/495634/SB1908-Report-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Court Costs Shelf Number: 155580

Author: Reynolds, Carl Title: A Framework to Improve how Fines, Fees, Restitution, and Child Support are Assessed and Collected from People Convicted of Crimes: Interim Report Summary: Overview: This report describes how fines, fees, and restitution are assessed in criminal courts in Texas, how these court-ordered financial obligations are collected, and how these assessments and collections account for child support that defendants may already owe. This report reviews the challenges court officials encounter under the current system and recommends strategies to clarify and streamline existing policies. Using the findings and recommendations in this report, state and local government policymakers can launch an effort to increase financial accountability among people who commit crimes, improve rates of collection for child support and victim restitution, and ensure people's transition from prisons and jails to the community is safe and successful. Details: S.L.:Council of State Governments Justice Center and the Texas Office of Court Administration, 2009. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/2009-CSG-TXOCA-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fees Shelf Number: 155581

Author: ICE Out of Courts Coalition Title: Safeguarding the Integrity of Our Courts: The Impact of ICE Courthouse Operations in New York State Summary: The ICE Out of Courts Coalition (the Coalition) is comprised of over 100 organizations and entities across New York State. As community- based organizations, unions, civil legal services providers, public defenders, family defenders, anti-violence advocates, law schools, and civil rights and liberties groups serving New Yorkers of all ages, races, and immigration statuses, we have been alarmed and appalled by Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) increasing dependence on our State's court system as its preferred venue for surveilling and detaining immigrant New Yorkers. For over two years, the Coalition has gathered qualitative and quantitative data from affected stakeholders across issue areas and roles within the justice system. Following meetings with the Chief Judge and the Chief Administrative Judge, the Coalition has spent significant energy compiling the data collected in this report. The data collected in this report demonstrates the full breadth of the negative impact ICE courthouse operations have had on the administration of justice, as well as equal access to justice, in New York State. This report demonstrates just how widespread this problem is - affecting not just New York City but the whole state, affecting not just criminal but problem -solving and civil courts as well. Information presented here attests to how systemic this issue has become in the fair and efficient administration of justice, and how ICE courthouse operations have had an outsized effect on the most vulnerable New York State residents, including victims and survivors of domestic and gender-based violence, single mothers, those eligible for problem-solving courts and youth. The report begins with an overview of the astronomical increase (1700%) in ICE courthouse operations since 2016 and shows the negative impact of this increase on countless stakeholders. Statewide, law enforcement agencies, from district attorney offices to the Attorney General's Office, have publicly condemned ICE for disrupting the trust between New York�s immigrant residents and law enforcement. District attorney offices that participated in the Coalition's data-gathering describe how victims, survivors, and witnesses were often too fearful to pursue justice in courts or to participate in their services geared toward immigrant residents. Advocates similarly point out a pronounced chilling effect among victims, survivors, and witnesses in reporting abuses to law enforcement or pursuing legal claims. Most disturbingly, advocates also reported how ICE�s highly publicized tactics have emboldened abusers, who use threats of deportation to keep their clients from seeking legal redress. Public defender organizations recount how disruptive ICE's recent tactics have been to not just their attorneys� daily work but also to their resource allocation and morale. The report highlights how ICE courthouse operations thwart the intended outcomes of problem-solving courts and those designed for trafficking victims, youth, and other vulnerable populations. ICE's targeting of relief-eligible individuals induces fear around court-related activities, including alternatives to incarceration and other rehabilitation focused programs run by the Center for Court Innovation. This atmosphere of fear has spread beyond criminal courts to civil courts. ICE�s courthouse operations hinder these problem-solving and civil courts from carrying out their missions of providing opportunity and redress to vulnerable New Yorkers. As recounted here, the widespread corrosive impact of ICE courthouse operations on New York State Courts has been documented and condemned by legal professional associations at the city, state, and national level. Numerous sitting and retired judges as well as elected officials have spoken up against ICE's tactics. Given the insidious and pervasive impact ICE courthouse operations have had on the function and mission of the New York justice system, the Coalition urges the Office of Court Administration to adopt two rules to address the problems identified in this report: 1. Employees of the Unified Court System shall not: i. Assist with federal immigration enforcement activities in the course of their employment, in any courthouse of the New York State Unified Court System except to the extent they are described in Section (2). ii. Inquire into the immigration status of any individual within any courthouse of the Unified Court System unless such information about a person's immigration status is necessary for the determination of program, service, or benefit eligibility or the provision of services. iii. Provide any information to immigration enforcement officers regarding persons appearing before the court, except information regarding citizenship or immigration status, as required by 8 U.S.C. � 1373, and then only if known. 2. Civil arrests without judicial warrants: Civil arrests may only be executed within a courthouse of the Unified Court System when accompanied by a judicial warrant or judicial order authorizing that the person who is the subject of such warrant be subjected to a civil arrest. "Judicial warrant" is defined as a warrant issued by a magistrate sitting in the judicial branch of local, state, or federal government. "Judicial order" is defined as an order issued by a magistrate sitting in the judicial branch of local, state, or federal government. These rules will help protect New Yorkers' access to the courts and ensure increased public safety and legal protections for all. Details: New York, NY: Ice out of Our Courts Coalition, 2019. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2019 at: https://www.immigrantdefenseproject.org/wp-content/uploads/Safeguarding-the-Integrity-of-Our-Courts-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 155583

Author: National Consumer Law Center Title: Broken Records: How Errors by Criminal Background Checking Companies Harm Workers and Businesses Summary: Since 2007, the United States has experienced the worst unemployment rates since the Great Depression. Adding to this job crisis, criminal background checking companies are making it even more difficult for workers to obtain employment. Approximately ninety-three percent of employers conduct criminal background checks for some potential applicants, and seventy-three percent of employers conduct criminal background checks for all potential applicants. The widespread dissemination of criminal record histories limits employment opportunities for an estimated sixty-five million adults (nearly one in four adults) in the United States who have some sort of criminal record. Moreover, criminal background checks often contain incorrect information or sealed information. Samuel M. Jackson was allegedly denied employment after a prospective employer ran an InfoTrack background check. InfoTrack reported a rape conviction from 1987 - when Mr. Jackson was four years old. The rape conviction actually belonged to fifty-eight-year-old male named Samuel L. Jackson from Virginia, who was convicted of rape in November 18, 1987. That Samuel Jackson was incarcerated at the time the InfoTrack report was run. Whether these checks should be used for employment screening is a matter of public debate. However, there is little debate that if these records are to be used, they must be accurate. Despite its promotion as a public safety service, the sale of criminal background reports has become a big business generating billions of dollars in revenue. The Internet has facilitated the emergence of scores of online background screening companies, with many claiming instant access to millions of databases. Under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), background checking agencies are required to maintain procedures to ensure the accuracy of information they report about consumer. Unfortunately, the FCRA, as currently interpreted and enforced, fails to adequately protect consumers when it comes to employment screening. Even applicants who successfully remove errors from their background check are frequently denied employment. Despite the importance of the accuracy of criminal background reports, evidence indicates that professional background screening companies routinely make mistakes with grave consequences for job seekers. This report describes a number of ways in which background screening companies make mistakes that greatly affect a consumer's ability to find employment. Although the mistakes discussed in this report are not inclusive of all errors found on background checks, attorneys and community organizations that work with consumers with faulty background reports state that they repeatedly see background reports that: - Mismatch the subject of the report with another person; - Reveal sealed or expunged information. Omit information about how the case was disposed or resolved;- Contain misleading information; and - Mischaracterize the seriousness of the offense reported. Many of these errors can be attributed to common practices by background screening companies, such as: - Obtaining information through purchase of bulk records, but then failing to routinely update the database; - Failing to verify information obtained through subcontractors and other faulty sources; - Utilizing unsophisticated matching criteria; - Failing to utilize all available information to prevent a false positive match; and - Lack of understanding about state specific criminal justice procedures. Even the National Association of Professional Background Screeners agrees there are some simple procedures that background checking companies can take to enhance the quality of their information. Unfortunately, few companies actually are willing to commit to even the limited recommendations of their own trade association. Criminal background checking is big business, and ensuring accurate and complete information reduces profits. Based upon the issues identified in this report, we recommend that the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) use its rulemaking authority under the Fair Credit Reporting Act to: - Require mandatory measures to ensure greater accuracy. - Define how long an employer has to wait in between sending an initial notice and taking an adverse action, i.e., rejecting an applicant or terminating an employee. - Require registration of consumer reporting agencies. The Federal Trade Commission should use its FCRA enforcement authority to: - Investigate major commercial background screening companies for common FCRA violations. - Investigate major, nationwide employers for compliance with FCRA requirements imposed on users of consumer reports for employment purposes. Finally, as the source of most of the data reported by background screening agencies, states have a huge role to play in ensuring the accuracy of criminal background checks. States should that ensure that state repositories, counties, and other public records sources: - Require companies that have subscriptions to receive information by bulk dissemination from court databases to have some procedure for ensuring that sealed and expunged records are promptly deleted and ensure that dispositions are promptly reported. Audit companies that purchase bulk data to ensure that they are removing sealed and expunged data and, if a company fails such an audit, revoke its privilege to receive bulk data. With the explosive growth of this industry, it is essential that the "Wild West" of employment screening be reined in so that consumers are not guilty until proven innocent. Currently, lack of accountability and incentives to cut corners to save money mean that consumers pay for inaccurate information with their jobs and, thus, their families' livelihood. Details: Boston, MA: National Consumer Law Center, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2019 at: https://www.nclc.org/images/pdf/pr-reports/broken-records-report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 155584

Author: Indigent Representation Task Force Title: Liberty and Justice For All: Providing Right to Counsel Services in Tennessee Summary: Tennessee's programs providing legal assistance to eligible adults and children touch the lives of thousands of adults and children every day. At times when these persons are most vulnerable, they protect their liberties from unreasonable governmental interference. By leveling the playing field, these programs ensure that judicial proceedings are fundamentally fair. Historically, the responsibility for administering these programs has been divided among several independent state and local government agencies. This division of responsibility has (1) introduced complexity in the management, coordination, and oversight of these programs, (2) frustrated the consistent application of statewide rules and procedures, and (3) blunted the programs' ability to obtain funding. Over the past 18 months, the Task Force held meetings around the state to obtain first-hand information from those who work in Tennessee's criminal, juvenile justice, and child welfare programs. There is no doubt that these persons - the judges, the prosecutors, the public defenders, the appointed private counsel, and the law enforcement officials - are using their best efforts to fulfill their professional obligations as effectively and efficiently as possible. The information gathered by the Task Force established that there has been a dramatic increase in the ratio of cases to the justice system's capacity during the past 20 years. While the system has used its best efforts to manage the increasing caseload, its ability to continue doing so is not sustainable without additional resources. This report not only contains recommendations regarding much-needed additional resources but also recommendations that, if adopted, will (1) promote statewide uniformity in the programs providing legal assistance; (2) improve the quality of legal assistance being provided; and (3) enhance the management and oversight of these programs. These recommendations include: Completing a statewide data and reporting system to ensure the availability of timely and complete information required to manage and oversee the programs; Seriously considering the creation of an independent central commission to oversee all programs providing legal representation to eligible adults and children and transferring current programs to the new commission; Developing and implementing uniform statewide criteria and procedures for determining eligibility for services; Amending Tenn. Sup. Ct. R. 13 to eliminate the distinction between out-of-court and in-court compensation rates, to eliminate case caps and the "complex and extended" designation procedure, and to increase the rate paid to appointed private counsel to an hourly rate not less than $75 nor more than $125; Enacting a statutory requirement that public defenders be appointed to represent eligible parties in criminal and delinquency proceedings unless the public defender has a conflict of interest; Appropriating sufficient funds to the District Public Defenders to enable them to represent as many defendants in criminal proceedings and children in delinquency proceedings as possible; Considering alternatives to appointing private counsel in cases where the District Public Defender has a conflict of interest; and Adjusting Tenn. Sup. Ct. R. 13's caps on compensation paid to experts to market rates. During the course of its work, the Task Force received information regarding six issues that did not fall directly within the scope of its charge, but nonetheless could have significant impact on Tennessee's ability to continue to provide effective representation to eligible adults and children. These issues include: Digitalization of court records; Incarceration for failure to pay fines and fees; Children waiving their right to counsel; Pretrial release and the reliance on commercial bail bondsmen; Sentencing reform; and Issues relating to the funding of representation services, including (a) the heavy reliance on fees and taxes to fund the courts, (b) the allocation of state funding among the District Public Defenders, and (c) the respective funding responsibilities of the state and local governments. The Task Force has described these issues and recommends that the State's policymakers address them in another forum. Details: Nashville, TN: Indigent Representation Task Force, 2017. 204p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 27, 2019 at: http://www.tncourts.gov/sites/default/files/docs/irtfreportfinal.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Defense Shelf Number: 155586

Author: Calaway, Wendy R. Title: Sex Offenders, Custody and Habeas Summary: Habeas Corpus is lauded as the ultimate bastion of protection for individual liberty. It is often the last opportunity criminal defendants have at their disposal to unshackle themselves from a criminal conviction or sentence. Despite the rhetoric surrounding habeas corpus, legislative efforts to limit access to habeas review are well known and have become pervasive. However, at least one aspect of these limitations has traditionally been given very liberal interpretation by the courts. The requirement that the habeas petitioner be in custody in order to be eligible for habeas review has been given broad definition. The courts have not required that an individual be physically held in order to satisfy the custody requirement. In a series of cases, the courts have determined that everything from parole, to probation, to an OR bond pending trial satisfy the statutory requirement of custody. However, the courts have uniformly refused to extend this liberal interpretation of custody to individuals subject to statutory sex offender requirements. This Article argues that the requirements imposed on sex offenders are at least as onerous and burdensome as those imposed on parolees, probationers and those on bond awaiting trial. In many cases, the sex offender requirements are considerably more arduous. The Article discusses the history and evolution of the custody requirement and its application to sex offender cases. Using specific examples of cases where individuals subject to the sex offender requirements have suffered tangible and intangible restrictions on liberty and have failed to obtain relief in the courts, the Article argues that the courts have failed to consider the actual implications of these restrictions. Social science research on the collateral consequences of sex offender requirements is reviewed. The Article concludes that courts should re-examine the application of the custody doctrine to sex offenders, acknowledging the actual effects these restrictions have on the liberty interests of the individuals. Details: Cincinnati: University of Cincinnati, College of Law, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3234043 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 2019

Author: Martin, William Title: Marijuana as Medicine Summary: Texas legislators are considering 17 bills in the 2019 session dealing with medical cannabis. In the report below, the authors explain how the regulated and safe provision of medical cannabis to people with demonstrated need would offer justified relief, help reduce the opioid epidemic, and save Texas millions of dollars. Details: Houston, TX: James A. Baker II Institute for Public Policy of Rice University, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/85a60a0f/bi-report-041519-drug-mjmed.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Marijuana Shelf Number: 155597

Author: Harris, Katharine Neill Title: The Case for Marijuana Decriminalization Summary: In recent years public opinion surveys have found that a consistent and increasing percentage of Texans support marijuana reform, but this support has not translated into policy change. The authors explain why it should. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University's Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/b4b661ec/bi-report-041619-drug-mjdecrim.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 155598

Author: National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine Title: Health Systems Intervention to Prevent Firearm Injuries and Death: Proceedings of a Workshop Summary: Firearm injuries and death are a serious public health concern in the United States that place a burden on individuals, communities, and health care systems. At the suggestion of Kaiser Permanente, and with the support of both Kaiser Permanente and the American Hospital Association, the Board on Population Health and Public Health Practice of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine convened a workshop that examined the roles that health systems can play in addressing the epidemic of firearm violence in the United States. This workshop proceedings highlights the presentations on firearm violence prevention research and programs as well as discussion of what health systems can do to address firearm violence in the United States. Details: Washington, DC: National Academy of Sciences, 2019. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: http://www.nationalacademies.org/hmd/Reports/2019/health-systems-interventions-prevent-firearm-injuries-death.aspx Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Violence Shelf Number: 155610

Author: Ehrmann, Samantha Title: Girls in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This bulletin presents statistics on girls in the juvenile justice system from three national data collections, covering their involvement from arrest through residential placement. It also provides an analysis of trends and case processing in addition to characteristics of the youth studied and their offenses. - Arrests involving girls decreased by more than half (53%) between 2006 and 2015, reaching their lowest point in three decades. - Delinquency cases and petitioned status cases involving girls also reached their lowest points since the early 1990s, decreasing 43% and 44%, respectively, from 2006 through 2015. - After falling 47% since 2006, the number of females in placement in 2015 was at its lowest level since at least 1997. - Since 2006, the proportion of females remained relatively constant for arrests, delinquency cases, petitioned status cases, and youth in placement. - Larceny-theft, simple assault, and disorderly conduct accounted for 50% of arrests and 56% of delinquency cases involving girls in 2015. Truancy offenses accounted for more than half (55%) of petitioned status offense cases involving females. - In 2015, delinquency cases involving girls were less likely to be petitioned, adjudicated, or result in out-of-home placement than cases involving boys. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/251486.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155612

Author: Rojek, Jeff Title: Analysis of 2018 Use of Deadly Force by the Phoenix Police Department Summary: Law enforcement officers are given the unique legal authority to use force to protect society and maintain peace. In fact, police officers have the authority to use deadly force in situations where suspects constitute an imminent threat of serious injury or death to others. Police use of deadly force is perceived by members of the public according to their perspective, knowledge of or beliefs about the event and perception of police legitimacy. In light of this and the significant impact these perceptions have on communities, particularly those with lower trust or beliefs regarding police legitimacy, an essential best practice for law enforcement agencies is to be transparent in communicating information on deadly force events and related investigations. It is similarly critical for agencies to be proactive in conducting and publicly sharing assessments of deadly force events, including independent assessments. This report represents such a proactive effort by the Phoenix Police Department (PPD) and Chief Jeri Williams who, at a meeting of community representatives in late August 2018 stated that she thought it imperative to "get to the truth quickly," wherever that may lead. After averaging 21 officer-involved shootings (OIS) a year from 2009 to 2017, the City of Phoenix experienced a significant and alarming increase to 44 OIS events in 2018. Mid-way through 2018, the City of Phoenix contracted with the National Police Foundation to conduct a "rapid" (six-month) analysis of deadly force incidents in 2018 and to provide results as quickly as possible. This is not the first time the department has commissioned reviews of OIS events or increases. After averaging 18 OIS events from 2009 to 2012, the department had 31 OIS events in 2013. In response, then Chief Yahner tasked the PPD Professional Standard Bureau (PSB) to conduct an analysis of OIS events. The department partnered with the Center for Violence Prevention and Community Safety at Arizona State University to assist with the analysis. The resulting report, Phoenix Police Department: A Review of Officer-Involved Shootings 2009- 2014 (referred to going forward as the "ASU Report"), examined OIS events from 2009 to 2014. The ASU Report provides a thorough review of PPD's process for investigating OIS events at that time, including details on the criminal and administrative investigative process, and the efforts to inform training. It also provides analysis on the characteristics of OIS events at the time, to include such elements as the situation or frames preceding the OIS, officer and subject characteristics, officer and subject injuries, and department investigative outcome. In addition, the ASU Report compares policy and practice in the Phoenix Police Department related to OIS events to recommendations of the U.S. Department of Justice Collaborative Reform Model that was implemented in the Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department shortly before the ASU Report was completed. Based on these assessments, the ASU Report made 15 policy and practice recommendations. This National Police Foundation (NPF) current study (referred to going forward as the "Study"), in part, builds on the ASU report by examining characteristics of OIS events from 2009 to 2018. However, the current analysis pays particular attention to identifying unique patterns in the 2018 events relative to characteristics of OIS events from 2009 to 2017, which were covered by the ASU report. The current study also attempts to provide more context around the 2018 PPD OIS events. An initial meeting on August 2018 was held with approximately eight representatives of community organizations and community members, and interviews and/or focus groups were held with approximately 15 officers and investigators, and 12 PPD supervisors. Follow-up phone interviews were conducted with four community group representatives as well as a public defender who community members recommended we make contact with and interview for the study. PPD OIS events are examined relative to other large agencies in the United States, other departments in Arizona, and other departments in Maricopa County. Finally, data that can provide insight on broader trends that may influence patterns in OIS events are examined, including non-lethal force events, force-related investigations conducted by the Professional Standards Bureau, patterns of violent crime trends, arrest patterns, and patterns in assaults on officers. The analyses of these data are intended to examine two broad questions for this report: - Are there patterns in the characteristics of the 2018 OIS events that differ from OIS events in prior years? - Did broader trends in the behavior of officers or the environments in which they work contribute to the increase in OIS events in 2018? The primary sources of data for examining these questions are from databases maintained by the PPD, which include: - Officer-involved shooting data 2009-2018 - Use of force data 2009-2018 - Reported crimes 2009-2018 - Adult arrests 2009-2018 - PSB use of force investigations 2014-2018 (June) - Assaults on officers 2009-2018. It is important to note that the department maintains the above data for administrative purposes and not research interests. As a result, in some cases, the types of data collected, the maintenance of the data, and how the data are coded for administrative purposes create limitations for the present analysis. In addition, the PPD changed its records management system (RMS) in October 2015, which created differences in the collection and coding of department data before and after this date, resulting in a lack of data collection and coding consistency. To avoid potential inaccuracies as a result of these collection and coding consistency issues, some of the analyses conducted in this report examined only the years 2016 to 2018. Department databases were supplemented by additional external sources of data, including: - Population and crime data from the Federal Bureau of Investigation�s Uniform Crime Report 2015-2017 - Officer-Involved Shooting investigations in Maricopa County conducted by the Maricopa County Attorney's Office 2017 and 2018 - Washington Post "Fatal Force" database 2015-2018 The NPF team also explored or inquired about community organization data (i.e., maps of OIS events and community survey data). The six-month study period, designed to produce results as quickly as possible to inform police practice and potentially reduce the frequency of OIS events, made collection of additional data outside of PPD and not readily available challenging. The Study is divided into six sections. The first examines ten years of PPD OIS events from 2009 to 2018, with additional comparisons to other large agencies in the United States, Arizona, and Maricopa County. The second section examines community member and officers' perspectives on the trend in OIS events and 2018 increase. The third section provides an analysis of characteristics of OIS events from 2009 to 2018, including officer and subject characteristics. The fourth section examines trends in officer behavior and the policing environment in PPD to identify potential broader patterns that may be related to the increase in OIS events in 2018. The fifth section provides an overview of related department policy and training. The sixth section provides an overview of the study findings and recommendations drawn from this assessment. Details: Washington, DC: National Police Foundation, 2019. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2019 at: https://www.phoenix.gov/policesite/Documents/NPF_OIS_Study.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155616

Author: Phoenix Police Department Title: Officer Involved Shooting Review: 2009-2014 Summary: Background: In May of 2018, Phoenix Police reached the total number of OIS for all of 2017 (21). Proactive steps to examine and address this disturbing spike were begun, to include increased training, releasing a publicly available OIS Data Showcase/Dashboard, and requesting that City Council grant permission to commission a study. The National Police Foundation, an independent, non-profit, non-partisan organization was chosen to conduct the study. By the end of 2018, there had been 44 Phoenix Police OIS, 37 of these suspects were armed with firearms; 35 total suspects were injured, and 22 were fatally injured. Details: Phoenix, AZ: Author, 2019. 184p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://www.phoenix.gov/policesite/Documents/shooting_review.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155617

Author: Currier, Alyssa Title: 2018 Federal Human Trafficking Report Summary: Holding human traffickers accountable through criminal investigations and prosecutions, as well as civil lawsuits, is a crucial element of an effective, victim-centered approach to combating human trafficking. Human traffickers are economically motivated, compelling people to work or to engage in commercial sex for the trafficker's own profit. The Trafficking Victims Protection Act (TVPA) of 2000 criminalizes this form of exploitation at the federal level and has provided increasingly more protection for victims over time. The TVPA provides, inter alia, mandatory victim restitution and the option for victims to sue their traffickers civilly. In 2017, the Human Trafficking Institute ("Institute") published the first Federal Human Trafficking Report, an exhaustive review of federal efforts to hold traffickers accountable for their exploitative conduct. The 2018 Federal Human Trafficking Report ("Report") is a continuation of the Institute's efforts to provide comprehensive data about every criminal and civil human trafficking case that federal courts handle each year. The Report's findings are not a prevalence estimate of human trafficking within the United States, but instead, serve as an objective summary of how the federal court system is used to combat human trafficking. In 2018, there were a total of 771 active human trafficking cases in federal courts across the United States. The majority (88.2%) of the active human trafficking cases were criminal prosecutions. The remaining 11.8% of the active human trafficking cases were civil suits. Criminal Cases -- In 2018, the government initiated 171 criminal human trafficking cases in federal courts. Ninety-five percent of the initiated cases were sex trafficking cases, and 4.7% were labor trafficking cases. This represents a 29% decrease in the number of initiated cases from the 241 new criminal cases in 2017. Since the TVPA was enacted in 2000, the number of human trafficking cases prosecuted has increased dramatically. In 2000, the federal government initiated four human trafficking cases. In 2007, the year the Justice Department formed the Human Trafficking Prosecution Unit, initiated federal prosecutions jumped to 55 new cases. Although the number of sex trafficking prosecutions charged by the federal government each year has greatly increased since the enactment of the TVPA, the number of new labor trafficking cases has remained relatively stagnant. Case Type -- Over half (51.6%) of the criminal human trafficking cases active in 2018 were sex trafficking cases involving only child victims. The remaining 48.4% of the criminal cases were sex trafficking cases involving only adult victims (16.3%), sex trafficking cases involving adult and child victims (16.2%), sex trafficking sting cases without identified victims (8.4%), sex trafficking cases where the age of the victim was undisclosed (2.4%), and labor trafficking cases (5.1%). Business Models -- Criminal defendants used the internet to solicit buyers of commercial sex in 87.7% of the sex trafficking cases active in 2018. Of these cases, public sources identified Backpage as a platform used to solicit buyers in 300 cases. The number of cases involving Backpage dropped 18.3% from 2017, following the shutdown of Backpage in April 2018. Only 5.3% of the sex trafficking cases active in 2018 involved commercial sex being marketed on a street or track known for prostitution. This is a slight decline from the 6.6% of sex trafficking cases that involved street-based commercial sex in 2017. In 2018, labor trafficking defendants most commonly compelled victims to work as domestic servants. Of the labor trafficking cases active in 2018, 38.7% involved domestic work, where victims were forced to provide house cleaning, childcare, and other household tasks. The other top industries where defendants commonly compelled victims to work included food services or restaurant labor (19.4%), farming or agricultural labor (12.9%), and construction labor (12.9%). These were the same top four business models as in 2017. Methods of Coercion -- Traffickers frequently use a combination of coercive tactics to compel a victim to provide sex or labor. In 2018, evidence in over half (56.2%) of the sex trafficking cases indicated that a defendant used physical violence to force a victim to engage in commercial sex.iii In addition to violent methods of coercion, traffickers commonly rely upon more subtle forms of coercion to control their victims. Of the sex trafficking cases active in 2018, 42.6% involved a defendant threatening to use violence against a victim, 25.4% involved a defendant verbally or emotionally abusing a victim, and 23.3% involved a defendant placing a victim in physical isolation in order to coerce the victim to engage in commercial sex. Defendants in over one-third (36.2%) of the active sex trafficking cases allegedly induced a substance addiction, or exploited an existing addiction, as a method to control a victim. The most common methods of coercion used by defendants in labor trafficking cases active in 2018 were the withholding of pay (60%) and threats of physical abuse (60%). In 57.1% of the cases, defendants used physical violence to coerce a victim to work or provide services. Non-physical methods of coercion targeting migrant populations appeared in public sources more frequently in labor trafficking cases than sex trafficking cases. For example, 51.4% of labor trafficking cases included evidence that a defendant threatened a victim would be deported if he or she did not comply with the defendant's demands. In comparison, only 2.6% of sex trafficking cases mentioned a defendant's threat of deportation as a method of coercion. .... Details: Merrifield, VA: Human Trafficking Institute, 2019. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://www.traffickingmatters.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/2018-Federal-Human-Trafficking-Report-Low-Res.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 155619

Author: Ackerman, Gary Title: On the Horizon: Security Challenges at the Nexus of State and Non-State Actors and Emerging/Disruptive Technologies Summary: Innovation and new technologies have many positive attributes and provide significant improvement to humanity, much that is likely unforeseen at the time of initial discovery. The unpredictability of the technology trajectories can lead to significant negative consequences. This white paper aims to discuss the massive leaps in innovation and understand what this means for national security. The articles are briefly summarized below. In Chapter 1, entitled "Third Offset Implications for Homeland Security: Tranquility or Turbulence," Robert McCreight states that the overall future trajectory of modern technologies hinges on a fairly imperfect and periodically naive grasp of dual-use science and technology and what it portends for our planet and its inhabitants. He goes on to say that one immediate concern is to determine not only how it is affecting our current way of life, geopolitics, the economy, social stability, governance, security, and the ordinary functions and determinants of the natural world around us, but also weigh the downstream consequences of technology growth, diversity, and convergence on all of those things ten to twenty years on. If advanced dual-use technologies hold the potential for a vast array of unanticipated threats in the next few years, we will need effective doctrine, strategy, and deterrence measures. He asks a key question: How to begin to establish criteria which guarantees that humans retain ultimate control, management, and direction of advanced dual-use technologies and thereby thwart untoward and dangerous outcomes arising from their mix of expected and unexpected outcomes. He advances five possible criteria for wrestling with the emergence of ADUCT (advanced dual-use convergent technologies) in a manner that sketches out an approach for the short term and allows flexibility for modifications and improvements along the way over the next decade. Gina Ligon and Michael Logan in Chapter 2, "Malevolent Innovation: Novelty and Effectiveness in Terror Attacks," state that terrorism provides a model context for examining creativity, as the need for survival and innovation pervades these destructive and malevolent groups. Despite this, creativity and innovation remain underdeveloped concepts in terrorism research. One reason for this is the limited empirical data about this phenomenon, making it unclear which tenets of creativity research hold versus which do not translate in the domain of terrorism. The present effort overcomes this by examining the dimensions of malevolent innovation in a large sample of terrorist attacks. To anticipate adversary threats, it is critical that we examine all of the possible combinations of VEO innovation developed in the past. This particular effort can provide planners with exemplars of the highest levels of VEO innovation across a large dataset of violent extremist organizations, providing a comprehensive look at what is possible and what should be prevented. Don Rassler in Chapter 3 "Back to the Future: The Islamic State, Drones, and Future Threats" states that the Islamic State is an irony of sorts, as while the organization looks to, is inspired by, and seeks to recreate the past certain aspects of the group's behavior also provide a window into conflicts of the future. A key case study in this regard is the Islamic State's drone program, and specifically how the group "overcame technical and cost asymmetries," and creatively developed a novel and scalable drone-based weapons system "constructed from commercial components that challenged - at least for a period of time - states' ability to respond." He goes on to state that the Islamic State's drone accomplishments speak to, and have a number of important implications regarding, the character and style of future threats that are either constructed around or that significantly leverage dual-use commercial technologies. He concludes by stating to stay ahead of the issue, and to better prepare for a future that will almost certainly be typified by the proliferation of other hybrid threats that leverage and/or repurpose commercial systems in dangerous ways, the United States should identify the pathways and methods that allowed the Islamic State to acquire and scale its fleet of quad-copter drones in the first place, and trace the evolution of functional threat streams. Bennett Clifford in Chapter 4, "Exploring Pro-Islamic State Instructional Material on Telegram," makes several key observations: - English-speaking supporters of the Islamic State (ISIS) use the messaging application Telegram to distribute a range of information, including instructional material - manuals and guides designed to aid operatives with step-by-step procedures for providing assistance to the group. - Channel administrators distribute whichever manuals they believe can be of aid to aspiring operatives, regardless of its ideological background. - Telegram's internal file-sharing features and lax approach to content moderation allow channel administrators to create repositories of instructional information within Telegram channels. - While attack-planning manuals available on Telegram channels understandably pose a large concern for counter-terrorism authorities, operational security and cyber-security manuals are also frequently distributed, relatively easy to implement, and help operatives successfully conduct activities in support of terrorist groups while minimizing the risk of detection or apprehension. In Chapter 5 entitled "Examining the Present and Future Role of Cybercrime-as-a-Service in Terror and Extremism," Thomas Holt makes the case that the rise of online illicit markets that enable the sale of cybercrime tools and stolen personal information have made it possible for individuals to engage in technically sophisticated forms of crime regardless of level of computer skill. Ideological and terror groups over the last decade have expressed an interest in cyber-attacks as a means to cause harm, though it is not clear how much ability they have to perform such attacks. As a result, cybercrime markets may engender their attacks, though it is not clear how often this may occur, or what conditions would lead to their use. He provides recommendations for policy and research to disrupt cybercrime markets and improve our knowledge of ideologically-motivated cyber-attackers generally. - Cybercrime markets generate millions of dollars in revenue and enable non-technical actors to perform sophisticated attacks. - They may provide a point of entry for ideologically-motivated extremists and terrorists to engage in cyber-attacks. - These markets can be disrupted through traditional law enforcement investigations, and may also be affected through other extra-legal efforts such as Sybil attacks. - Research is needed on the radicalization process of ideologically-motivated actors who engage in cyber-attacks, and how this differs from those who have engaged in physical attacks. Rebecca Earnhardt and Gary Ackerman in Chapter 6 entitled "Modelling Terrorist Technology Transfer," make the point that while technology transfer occurs as a part of routine life, the topic remains relatively understudied in the terrorism literature. As terrorists engage in increasingly lethal and technologically sophisticated attacks, the concern surrounding terrorists acquiring cutting-edge weaponry and related technologies is accumulating. They go on to describe the Terrorist Technology Transfer (T3) project which provides a first cut at addressing this critical operational gap in knowledge through the exploration of extant technology transfer literature, construction of the first iteration of the T3 Model, and illustrative application of the model to an emerging technological threat. They conclude by stating the T3 project indicates the promise of having not only research, but also operational and policy impacts. It raises the possibility of providing government stakeholders, including intelligence, law enforcement, military, and policy agencies with a variety of insights and operational tools In Chapter 7, "Hacking the Human Body: The Cyber-Bio Convergence," Rebecca Earnhardt makes the point that the increasing convergence between the fields of biosecurity and cybersecurity may result in consequences that analysts have yet considered. Biotechnology use and expertise expansion beyond practitioners have stoked concerns about a wide range of traditional biosecurity issues including shielding the outputs from advanced gene editing systems or protecting university lab data storage systems. As biotechnology advances, including digitization and automation of systems that were once localized and only accessible to those directly involved on related research, biosecurity and cybersecurity fields continue to intersect. She concludes by stating a fully-fledged research project would explore the cyber security risk factors that are cited commonly as key vulnerabilities, and filter these cyber security risk factors through an adversary technology adoption decision making and motivational analysis. In Chapter 8 entitled "Evolving Human and Machine Interdependence in Conflict: Advantages, Risks, and Conundrums," R. E. Burnett makes several key points: - Emerging science and technology will continue to disrupt customary characteristics of political and kinetic conflicts among states and non-state actors. - The increasing complex interdependence between humans and machines is one area for particular examination. - We cannot reliably predict whether or not human roles will rapidly give way to a more dominant robotic style of war, so we must prepare for a variety of futures, per the Scharre/Horowitz autonomy typologies. - Humans involved with machines that operate at vastly greater speeds and volumes of data will further create problems of cognitive demand for the human soldier that need to be examined. - We must investigate this not only in terms of technical performance, but also from a more holistic perspective, to include the social, political, and psychological dimensions of the soldier and of the citizen. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Homeland Security2019. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: A Strategic Multilayer Assessment (SMA) Periodic Publication: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://nsiteam.com/social/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/DoD_DHS-On-the-Horizon-White-Paper-_FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Biosecurity Shelf Number: 155659

Author: Grasso, Anthony Title: Punishment and Privilege: The Politics of Class, Crime, and Corporations in America Summary: As the global leader in incarceration, America locks up its own citizens at a rate that dwarfs that of any other developed nation. Yet while racial minorities and the urban poor fill American prisons and jails for street crimes, the state has historically struggled to consistently prosecute corporate crime. Why does the American state lock people up for street crimes at extraordinary rates but demonstrate such a limited capacity to prosecute corporate crime? While most scholarship analyzes these questions separately, juxtaposing these phenomena illuminates how the carceral state's divergent treatments of street crime and corporate crime share common and self-reinforcing ideological and institutional origins. Analyzing intellectual history, policy debates, and institutional change relating to the politics of street crime and corporate crime from 1870 through today demonstrates how the class biases of contemporary crime policy emerged and took root during multiple junctures in U.S. history, including the Gilded Age, Progressive Era, New Deal, and post-war period. This reveals that political constructions of street criminals as pathological deviants and corporate criminals as honorable people driven to crime by market dynamics have consistently been rooted in common ideas about what causes and constitutes crime. By the 1960s, these developments embedded class inequalities into the criminal justice institutions that facilitated the carceral state's rise while the regulatory state became the government�s primary means of controlling corporate crime. The historical development of mass incarceration, the corporate criminal law, and regulatory state should not be viewed as autonomous developmental threads, but as processes that have overlapped and intersected in ways that have reinforced politically constructed understandings about what counts as "crime" and who counts as a "criminal." Details: Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania, 2018. 494p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://repository.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=4860&context=edissertations Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corporate Crime Shelf Number: 155662

Author: Fryer, Roland G., Jr. Title: Reconciling Results on Racial Differences in Police Shootings Summary: Police use of force - particularly lethal force - is one of the most divisive issues of the twenty-first century. To understand the nexus of race, criminal justice, and police brutality, academics and journalists have begun to amass impressive datasets on Officer-Involved-Shootings (OIS). I compare the data and methods of three investigative journalism articles and two publications in the social sciences on a set of five rubrics and conclude that the stark differences between their findings are due to differences in what qualifies for a valid research design and not underlying differences in the datasets. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series, Working Paper 24238: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w24238.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 155667

Author: Knox, Dean Title: The Bias Is Built In: How Administrative Records Mask Racially Biased Policing Summary: Researchers often lack the necessary data to credibly estimate racial bias in policing. In particular, police administrative records lack information on civilians police observe but do not investigate. In this paper, we show that if police racially discriminate when choosing whom to investigate, analyses using administrative records to estimate racial discrimination in police behavior are statistically biased, rendering many quantities of interest unidentified---even among investigated individuals---absent strong and untestable assumptions. Using principal stratification in a causal mediation framework, we derive the exact form of the statistical bias that results from traditional estimation approaches. We develop a bias-correction procedure and non-parametric sharp bounds for race effects, replicate published findings, and show traditional estimation techniques can severely underestimate levels of racially biased policing or mask discrimination entirely. We conclude by outlining a general and feasible design for future studies that is robust to this inferential snare. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2019. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3336338 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 155668

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: Reducing Crime Through Environmental Design: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment of Street Lighting in New York City Summary: This paper offers experimental evidence that crime can be successfully reduced by changing the situational environment that potential victims and offenders face. We focus on a ubiquitous but surprisingly understudied feature of the urban landscape - street lighting - and report the first experimental evidence on the effect of street lighting on crime. Through a unique public partnership in New York City, temporary streetlights were randomly allocated to public housing developments from March through August 2016. We find evidence that communities that were assigned more lighting experienced sizable reductions in crime. After accounting for potential spatial spillovers, we find that the provision of street lights led, at a minimum, to a 36 percent reduction in nighttime outdoor index crimes. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25798: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25798.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 155674

Author: Virginia. Joint Legislative Audit and Review Commission Title: Spending on Inmate Health Care Summary: VADOC spends about the same on inmate health care as other states and Medicaid, though spending is growing more quickly Virginia spends about the same on inmate health care as other states and on its own Medicaid program; however, spending growth has been higher. The Virginia Department of Corrections (VADOC) spending on health care per inmate has grown 7.6 percent annually over the past decade, nearly twice the rate of Virginia's Medicaid program and of health care spending nationwide. VADOC is increasingly relying on contracts to help manage spending growth. Though using contracts has made spending more predictable in the short term, it may not be saving the state money in the long term. JLARC analysis found no evidence that contract facilities spend less than non-contract facilities on prescription drugs and offsite services. VADOC pays more than other public payers for certain services and medications Despite being a public purchaser of health care, VADOC pays rates higher than Medicare and Medicaid. Using a lower rate structure based on Medicare could save $9 million annually. There would be, though, the need to balance the pursuit of these cost savings with ensuring access to care. This will be especially challenging as Virginia expands Medicaid, which will pose a substantial test of access in some areas of the state. VADOC also pays more for certain prescription drugs. Furthering its partnership with VCU Health, the UVA health system, or others could reduce spending on biologic medications, inhalers, and insulin by $1.5 million to $6.6 million annually. Virginia's restrictive compassionate release policies contribute to higher health care spending Virginia has one of the nation's most restrictive compassionate release policies for inmates with terminal diagnoses. Only one state (Kansas) has a more stringent time requirement than Virginia's. VADOC spends much more on inmates near the end of their lives than on inmates generally. VADOC spent more than $61,000, on average, to provide end-of-life care for 65 inmates who died in FY17. These 65 inmates comprised only 0.2 percent of all inmates, yet their end-of-life care accounted for 4.7 percent of VADOC health care spending on services and medications. Virginia also has one of the nation's most restrictive release policies for inmates with complex long-term medical conditions. Virginia is the only state that does not have a policy under which inmates who have complex health conditions or are permanently incapacitated may be considered for release. VADOC spends more on inmates with complex long-term medical conditions, which often require high-cost services or medications, than on inmates generally. VADOC spent more than $20,000, on average, for 810 inmates with complex long-term medical conditions in FY17. These 810 inmates comprised only two percent of all inmates, yet their care accounted for nearly 20 percent of VADOC health care spending on services and medications. ... Details: Richmond, VA: Author, 2018.100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: http://jlarc.virginia.gov/pdfs/reports/Rpt511.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Health Shelf Number: 155677

Author: Billings, Stephen B. Title: Schools, Neighborhoods, and the Long-Run Effect of Crime-Prone Peers Summary: This paper examines how elementary-aged peers affect cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes from adolescence to adulthood. We identify effects by exploiting within-school and within-neighborhood variation in the proportion of peers with an arrested parent. Results indicate exposure to these peers reduces achievement and increases antisocial behavior during middle and high school. More importantly, we estimate that a five percentage point increase in school and neighborhood crime-prone peers increases arrest rates at age 19 - 21 by 6.5 and 2.6 percent, respectively. Additional evidence suggests these effects are due to attending school with crime-prone peers, rather than living in the same neighborhood. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 25730: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25730.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Behavior Shelf Number: 155681

Author: Millenky, Megan Title: Staying on Course: Three-Year Results of the National Guard Youth ChalleNGe Evaluation Summary: High school dropouts face an uphill battle in a labor market that increasingly rewards skills and postsecondary credentials: they are more likely than their peers to need public assistance, be arrested or incarcerated, and less likely to marry. This report presents results from a rigorous evaluation of the National Guard Youth ChalleNGe Program, an intensive residential program that aims to "reclaim the lives of at-risk youth" who have dropped out. More than 100,000 young people have completed the program since it was launched in the early 1990s. MDRC is conducting the evaluation in collaboration with the MacArthur Foundation Research Network on Transitions to Adulthood. The 17-month ChalleNGe program is divided into three phases: Pre-ChalleNGe, a two-week orientation and assessment period; a 20-week Residential Phase; and a one-year Postresidential Phase featuring a mentoring program. During the first two phases, participants live at the program site, often on a military base. The environment is "quasi-military," though there are no requirements for military service. The evaluation uses a random assignment design. Because there were more qualified applicants than slots, a lottery-like process was used to decide which applicants were admitted to the program. Those who were admitted (the program group) are being compared over time with those who were not admitted (the control group); any significant differences that emerge between the groups can be attributed to ChalleNGe. About 3,000 young people entered the study in 10 ChalleNGe programs in 2005-2006. Results A comprehensive survey was administered to about 1,200 young people in the program and control groups an average of three years after they entered the study, when they were about 20 years old, on average. Key findings from the survey include: - Members of the program group were much more likely than those in the control group to have obtained a General Educational Development (GED) certificate or a high school diploma and to have earned college credits. - Members of the program group were more likely to be employed at the time of the survey, and they earned about 20 percent more than their control group counterparts in the year before the survey. - There were few statistically significant differences between groups on measures of crime, delinquency, health, or lifestyle outcomes. These results are impressive; few programs for dropouts have produced sustained positive impacts. And yet, both the survey and a series of in-depth telephone interviews with ChalleNGe graduates suggest that many young people struggled to maintain momentum after leaving the residential program and returning home, where they had relatively few supports and also faced unusually challenging labor market conditions. ChalleNGe may want to experiment with ways to bolster its post-residential services to provide more support during this difficult transition. Details: New York: MDRC, 2011. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: https://www.mdrc.org/sites/default/files/full_510.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155693

Author: Menanteau, Beatriz Title: Safe Harbor: Fulfilling Minnesota's Promise to Protect Sexually Exploited Youth Summary: In 2011, Minnesota passed the Safe Harbor for Sexually Exploited Youth Act (Safe Harbor 2011), laying the groundwork for a victim-centered response to sexually exploited children and those at risk of sexual exploitation. Safe Harbor 2011 defined prostituted children as the victims of sexual exploitation, ended reliance on delinquency proceedings as the sole systems response to meeting the needs of these crime victims, and called for the creation of a framework for implementation of the changes to the delinquency definition, which become effective on August 1, 2014. Safe Harbor 2011 reflects a sea change in how sexually exploited youth are treated in Minnesota. In addition to identifying these children as victims, initial training efforts, followed by increasing and innovative law enforcement, are beginning to result in arrest, prosecution, and conviction of sex traffickers. The public campaign by the Women's Foundation of Minnesota, which reminds Minnesotans that "Minnesota Girls Are Not For Sale," increases the public�s understanding that sex trafficking is not something that only happens in other countries, but is a crime and a human rights abuse suffered by girls (as well as boys, women, and men) in our own communities. Safe Harbor 2011 mandated a stakeholder engagement process to envision a model for ensuring that Minnesota has an effective, systematic response to sexually exploited youth. That process has proven to be critical in propelling Minnesota's response to child sex trafficking forward, not only developing a comprehensive framework but also creating momentum for making the proposed changes a reality. In spite of the strong protections enshrined in the law, Safe Harbor 2011 is limited. Its provisions apply only to children age 15 and under; sex trafficking victims ages 16 and 17 are not protected. Moreover, Safe Harbor 2011 does not provide the mechanisms or the funding to implement the changes to Minnesota's delinquency code when Safe Harbor goes into effect in 2014. Comprehensive supportive services and housing must be funded and implemented immediately so that they are available when Safe Harbor's changes to Minnesota's delinquency definition go into effect in 2014. This report analyzes Safe Harbor 2011, including the Safe Harbor Working Group process and the comprehensive approach to Safe Harbor which it developed, entitled No Wrong Door: A Comprehensive Approach to Safe Harbor for Minnesota�s Sexually Exploited Youth. In addition, this report examines Safe Harbor 2011 against international standards, federal laws, and emerging state practice related to the sexual exploitation of children to identify gaps that remain. Details: Minneapolis: Advocates for Human Rights, 2013. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: https://www.theadvocatesforhumanrights.org/uploads/sh_2013_final_full_rept.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 155694

Author: Advocates for Human Rights Title: Asking the Right Questions: A Human Rights Approach to Ending Trafficking and Exploitation in the Workplace Summary: This report documents the problems of labor trafficking and labor exploitation in Minnesota. The Advocates for Human Rights used its human rights monitoring methodology to define the dynamics of these human rights violations and identify the breakdowns in law, policy, and practice that allow them to occur. The report provides a series of recommendations to improve human rights conditions for workers in Minnesota and bring Minnesota into closer compliance with international human rights standards for worker protections. Labor trafficking and labor exploitation are closely related. Trafficking victims are frequently victims of labor exploitation and other forms of abuse, including unpaid wages. Labor trafficking is a crime; labor exploitation is handled by administrative enforcement agencies. Protecting victims and preventing abuses depends on correctly identifying when trafficking and exploitation have occurred. Victims, service providers, and government agencies, however, all struggle with identification. Even when victims are identified, the help available to them falls short. This lack of identification and protection hampers prosecution of traffickers. Meanwhile, enforcement of laws against labor exploitation is limited by a lack of resources and a confusing system that workers have difficulty navigating. Details: Minneapolis: Author, 2016. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: http://www.theadvocatesforhumanrights.org/uploads/asking_the_right_questions_2.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 155695

Author: Martin, Lauren Title: Safe Harbor for All: Results from a Statewide Strategic Planning Process in Minnesota Summary: The Safe Harbor for All Strategic Planning Process Report identifies potential impacts of policy changes on the safety, health, dignity and justice for adults involved in transactional sex, including victims of trafficking, and exploitation. Based on input from 294 stakeholders from across Minnesota, the report sheds light on the intended and unintended harms-including lack of housing and police protection- to adults who are trafficked for sex or are involved in transactional sex. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2018. 181p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: https://uroc.umn.edu/sites/uroc.umn.edu/files/SH4ALL-Findings-and-recommendations-1.13.19.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 155696

Author: New York City Department of Investigation Title: An Analysis of Quality-of-Life Summonses, Quality-of-Life Misdemeanor Arrests, and Felony Crime in New York City, 2010-2015 Summary: Between 2010 and 2015, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) issued 1,839,414 "quality-of-life" summonses for offenses such as public urination, disorderly conduct, drinking alcohol in public, and possession of small amounts of marijuana. There are a number of legitimate reasons to issue such summonses, most notably to address community concerns and police the offenses in question. Further, maintaining order is a goal in and of itself. Addressing disorder is a basic government function, and writing summonses may be a necessary tool toward that end. However, NYPD has claimed for two decades that quality-of-life enforcement is also a key tool in the reduction of felony crime, most recently in the 2015 report, Broken Windows and Quality-of-Life Policing in New York City. Whether there is systemic data to support the effectiveness of quality-of-life summonses and misdemeanor arrests for this particular purpose is a question of considerable importance. New York City is a safer city today than it was in years past. In the period reviewed, 2010 through 2015, felony rates continued to decline and remain at historic lows. What factors contributed to this safer city is a worthy inquiry because identifying what works will help the Department become more strategic and more efficient. It is equally important to identify which factors are not supported by evidence. Issuing summonses and making misdemeanor arrests are not cost free. The cost is paid in police time, in an increase in the number of people brought into the criminal justice system and, at times, in a fraying of the relationship between the police and the communities they serve. So that future discussion of this issue can take place in the clear light of objective data, the Department of Investigation's Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG-NYPD) undertook to examine what, if any, data-driven evidence links quality-of-life enforcement - defined narrowly for purposes of this Report as quality-of-life criminal summonses and quality-of-life misdemeanor arrests - to a reduction in felony crime. This Report looks solely at the question of whether quality-of-life enforcement has any measurable relationship to felony crime. This Report does not speak to the use of quality-of-life enforcement to maintain order, nor does it speak to any type of quality-of-life enforcement other than quality-of-life summons and misdemeanor arrest activity. While it is not possible to know conclusively whether quality-of-life summonses and misdemeanor arrests impact violent crime, OIG-NYPD, after a months-long analysis of six years of summons, arrest, and complaint data over time, can now state: OIG-NYPD's analysis has found no empirical evidence demonstrating a clear and direct link between an increase in summons and misdemeanor arrest activity and a related drop in felony crime. Between 2010 and 2015, quality-of-life enforcement rates - and in particular, quality-of-life summons rates - have dramatically declined, but there has been no commensurate increase in felony crime. While the stagnant or declining felony crime rates observed in this six-year time frame may be attributable to NYPD's other disorder reduction strategies or other factors, OIG-NYPD finds no evidence to suggest that crime control can be directly attributed to quality-of-life summonses and misdemeanor arrests. This finding should not be over-generalized to preclude the use of summonses and misdemeanor arrests for the purpose of targeted crime and disorder reduction, but given the costs of summons and misdemeanor arrest activity, the lack of a demonstrable direct link suggests that NYPD needs to carefully evaluate how quality-of-life summonses and misdemeanor arrests fit into its overall strategy for disorder reduction and crime control. Details: New York: Author, 2016. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/oignypd/downloads/pdf/Quality-of-Life-Report-2010-2015.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Disorder Shelf Number: 155699

Author: Martin, Lauren Title: Mapping the Demand: Sex Buyers in the State of Minnesota Summary: This report seeks to deepen our understanding of Minnesotans who have paid for sex in the Minnesota marketplace for commercial sex. We sought to understand who they are, where they live and purchase sex, how they approach the marketplace for sex, and what they seek to purchase. Sex buying is hidden, illegal, highly stigmatized, and often dangerous. There is no easily accessible way to contact sex buyers, especially considering that there are many distinct market segments. This makes it a very difficult topic to research. Therefore, our research team used a mixed-methods and community-based approach to surface stakeholder knowledge across jurisdictions, professions, geography, and experience. This statewide scan and combination of multiple types of already-existing data is a critical first step in developing an empirical knowledge-base about sex buyers in Minnesota. The study collected the following data: interviews with 157 statewide stakeholders, all cases of sex trafficking and prostitution referred to the Minnesota Court Information System (MNCIS) from 2010 to 2015, media coverage of prostitution and sex trafficking from 1995 to 2014, a review of the online sex advertising environment, and consultation with numerous stakeholders. We uncovered a great deal of new knowledge and confirmed some of what we already knew. This report presents five major findings: 1. Sex buyers in Minnesota are predominantly white men. Sex buyers come from all communities across the state of Minnesota (urban, suburban, and rural), range in age from late teens to elderly, and are from all income levels and racial/ethnic communities. In short, they seem to be demographically similar to the communities in which they live. 2. We identified three primary modes through which sex buyers connect with the marketplace: (a) use of the internet; (b) direct in-person solicitation; and (c) word-of-mouth networks. 3. Our data suggests that a significant proportion of sex buyers may not know or care whether the person they purchase sex from is a trafficked individual or not. When sex buyers perceive that they are having direct interaction with the person from whom they are purchasing sex, the marketplace creates a veil that may obscure trafficking. However, some sex buyers know about and participate in sex trafficking. 4. What sex buyers purchase is a sexual experience that is shaped by power and control over how the transaction will occur. The marketplace is structured to accommodate a wide range of preferences and desires; some, but by no means all, sex buyers are violent and seek highly harmful activities and experiences. At root, through commodification of the sexual experience, the market amplifies sexism, racism, and ageism. 5. Minnesota's marketplace has differentiated local markets tied together by the online marketplace. Together, they provide conduits for the movement of sex buyers, as well as sex trafficking operations and other sex providers. Long- and short-distance movement and travel facilitates anonymity within the marketplace. Details: Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, 2017. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2019 at: https://uroc.umn.edu/sites/uroc.umn.edu/files/FULL%20REPORT%20Mapping%20the%20Demand.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Sex Shelf Number: 155700

Author: Lucas, Paul Title: Veterans' Treatment Court Peer Mentors and Statewide Operating Procedures in Pennsylvania: A Mixed-Method Examination Summary: Veterans' treatment courts are the most recent problem-solving court innovation. Following the successful drug and mental court models, veterans' treatment courts institute therapeutic jurisprudence and effective intervention to provide participants the opportunity to become productive members of society through community treatment administered in conjunction with judicial oversight. Unfortunately, very little is known about these courts and the participants within them. This study unravels the complexities of veterans' treatment courts by interviewing court mentors within three courts located in Pennsylvania. The use of court mentors is specific to veterans' treatment courts and, as such, the mentor's role, experiences, expectations, and perceived effectiveness are imperative to understand. Additionally, veterans' treatment court administrators within the state of Pennsylvania are surveyed in order to better understand court operating procedures throughout the state alongside their comparative views pertaining to their specific use of court mentors. The findings regarding the role and utility of veterans' treatment court mentors, in conjunction with information regarding statewide veterans' treatment court operations, are essential in beginning to fill the gap that currently exists within the veterans' treatment court literature. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2017. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://knowledge.library.iup.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2364&context=etd Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Court Mentors Shelf Number: 155704

Author: Blanchard, Daphne N. Title: .Immigration and National Security: An Empirical Assessment of Central American Immigration and Violent Crime in the United States Summary: Executive Summary - The arrival of the October 2018 Central American caravan became a flashpoint in the immigration debate between human rights and national security. Thousands of migrants traveled in a caravan from Central America's Northern Triangle to the United States in October of 2018. President Trump called on Mexico to stop the influx, sent troops to the U.S.-Mexican border, and threatened to cut aid to the Central American country. While several hundred returned on Honduran-sponsored busses and roughly 2,000 people applied for asylum in southern Mexico, the group totaled 6,500 migrants when they arrived at the wall lining the San Ysidro-Tijuana border. Conflicts between the migrants, Mexican police, citizens of Tijuana and U.S. protesters made national headlines. Meanwhile, international aid groups offered makeshift housing, basic necessities, and legal representation for the asylum seekers. Immigration was central to the November mid-term election debates. - Central American immigration has risen significantly over the last few decades. Presently 3.4 million people born in El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras are living in the United States, more than double the estimated 1.5 million people in 2000, with half of them undocumented. In the time period between 2011 and 2017, the number of Northern Triangle immigrants rose approximately 400,000 which indicated a growth of 0.1 percent of the foreign-born population. The number of Northern Triangle migrant arrivals nearly quadrupled in 2014, with the arrival of approximately 131,000 migrants. El Salvador is the largest sending country from the region, with 1.4 million immigrants in the United States, a 112- fold increase since 1970. Guatemala is second with 815,000, followed by Honduras with 623,000. - The number of unaccompanied minors (also known as UACs) crossing the U.S.- Mexico border has dramatically increased since 2008. Between 2008 and the first eight months of 2014, the number of unaccompanied minors that crossed the U.S. southern border each year jumped from about 8,000 to 52,000, prompting the U.S. Congress to request further research and a hearing before the Committee on Foreign Relations. The year 2014 was dubbed the Central America migration crisis due to the 90 percent increase in UACs between 2013 and 2014. The composition of the recent caravans that arrived in April and October of 2018 suggest that child and family migration from the Northern Triangle is an enduring phenomenon. - The root causes of the flows are pervasive violence and systematic persecution in the Northern Triangle region. El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras are consistently ranked among the world's most violent countries not at war due to their exceptionally high rates of homicide, extortion, gang proliferation, narcotics trafficking, weak rule of law, and official corruption. Many migrants reported fleeing systematic persecution from authorities, pervasive violence from organized criminal organizations, and forced gang recruitment. - Northern Triangle migrants make up less than one percent of the U.S. population. To put the increases in immigrant population in perspective and understand the scope of Central American migration, it is important to note that in 2017 the Northern Triangle subset of immigrants constitute 0.9% of the share of overall population, of which by far the largest percentage is attributed to those with El Salvadoran origins. Asian foreign-born are the most prevalent with 4.3 percent of the share, which consists of Eastern, South Central, and South Eastern Asian immigrants. Those born in Mexico are second with 3.4 percent; while European and African foreign-born make up 1.2 and 0.7 percent respectively. - Public anxiety over Central American migrants stalls immigration reform. The tension at the U.S.-Mexico border due to Central American asylum seekers has reached a fever pitch, polarizing views on how to deal with ever increasing immigration. Although seven percent of Northern Triangle refugees were granted asylum the year after the 2014 surge in migration, compared to 24 percent of refugees from China, the continual flow of Central American migrants to the United States' southern border elicits anxiety, protests, and much public debate. As rhetoric from high-level politicians and news media make connections between violent crime and immigration, political parties' stances on immigration become more divergent -- leading to the inability to agree on comprehensive immigration reform. The difference in opinion between Democrats and Republicans has grown over time with 42 percent of Republicans, compared to 84 percent of Democrats, saying that immigrants strengthen the country, the largest partisan gap on openness to immigrants since 1994. Democrats triple the share of Republicans with the opinion that the nation has a responsibility to care for refugees. - The internet and social media have heightened the risk of mass manipulation and emotional decision-making in immigration policy. Although the Trump administration and news outlets of today are not the first to make a public connection between crime and immigration - the debate has been ongoing for decades - changes in media technology have exacerbated the issue. The internet and social media platforms have significantly increased the scope and reach of consumers at hyper speed without third-party filtering, fact-checking, or editorial judgement to add context to complex issues. This is evident in a Republican-sponsored political commercial that connected an undocumented Mexican cop-killer with the tagline: "Stop the caravan. Vote Republican." Although widely rejected by major television and news outlets on both sides of the aisle for being misleading, the ad was seen approximately 6.5 million times while featured atop Trump's Twitter page. Studies have shown how elite discourse shapes mass opinion and action on immigration policy without necessarily tying the rhetoric to empirical data of the actual threat posed by the group. - Studies show that as immigration levels have risen in the United States, overall violent crime rates have reduced. The relationship between immigration and crime in the United States has been studied at length by scholars whose findings convey a similar conclusion: that immigration does not increase crime and violence, in fact, in the first generation it seems to reduce it. Since 1970 to today, the share and number of immigrants in the United States have increased rapidly while violent crime has been trending in the opposite direction to a level below what it was in 1980. Even as the U.S. undocumented population doubled to 12 million between 1994 and 2005, the violent crime rate in the United States declined 34.2 percent. In addition, cities with large immigrant populations such as Los Angeles, New York, Chicago, and Miami also experienced declining crime rates during that period. - Evidence does not support the notion that increases in Central American immigrant populations lead to increases in violent crime rates. Although Northern Triangle immigration has surged over the past several years, the evidence does not support the claim that they are posing a U.S. national security threat. Not only did overall U.S. violent crime rates descend as Central American migration share rose; but the influx of these foreigners in 27 metro areas showed no correlation when compared to the violent crime rate changes of each one during 2012 to 2017. When compared to homicide rate changes, there is no correlation between the changes in the immigrant population from Guatemala, El Salvador, and Honduras; in fact, the vast majority of cases demonstrate a reduction in crime. Not one of the 27 metros with high concentration of immigrants from that region is within the top ten of the most violent metros in the United States. The violence that Northern Triangle migrants are fleeing is not translating into more violence in American communities, as the public discourse seems to suggest. The Central American migration threat has been hyper-inflated in scope and potential for insecurity. - The scope of the Mara Salvatrucha (MS-13) gang is narrow by comparison. According to the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), approximately ten thousand MS-13 members inhabit the United States, amounting to 0.3 percent of the overall U.S. population. By comparison, there are approximately 1.4 million gang members living in the United States that make up more than 33,000 gangs. Of the 45,400 UACs apprehended at the border in the five-year period of 2012 and 2017, U.S. Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) apprehended 159 UACs with confirmed or suspected gang affiliations, 56 of which were suspected or confirmed to be affiliated with MS-13. The Cato Institute reports that 0.1 percent of U.S. Customs and Border Patrol arrests were MS-13 gang members at the border midyear in 2018, similar to the statistics from prior years. - The brutality of MS-13 has the potential to disrupt neighborhoods, but not the United States as a whole. The threat of the MS-13 gang is far smaller in scope and reach than high-profile dialogue suggests, and it is given disproportionate attention in the public discourse considering the levels of crime. Of the 1.2 million violent crime offenses committed in the United States between 2012 and 2017, 345 were committed by members of the MS-13 gang. Although spread throughout cities in the United States and a legitimate concern for the communities which they inhabit, the members of this murderous gang do not demonstrate an ability to disrupt the stability and security of the entire nation and show no sign of expansion. Containing the threat of this violent criminal organization is best left to local authorities with local solutions. This research does not advocate ceasing to address the root causes of MS-13 criminal activity, only to keep the risk in perspective to reduce the negative consequences of fear-based decision-making. - The conflating of MS-13 with all immigrants in public discourse is unfounded and problematic. Connecting all immigrants with the violent acts of the few stalls progress on immigration reform, influences public opinion and immigration policy decisions without data to support the level of threat, creates an atmosphere of conflict surrounding those requesting asylum and settling in American neighborhoods, and is counterproductive to keeping Americans safe. Anxiety-inducing messaging from elite levels slows productive, compromise-driven dialogue that is necessary for immigration reform and effective allocation of finite resources. Details: San Diego: Justice in Mexico, Department of Political Science & International Relations, University of San Diego, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource:JUSTICE IN MEXICO WORKING PAPER SERIES Volume 16, Number 1: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://justiceinmexico.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/BLANCHARD_Immigration-and-National-Security.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 155705

Author: Meissner, Doris Title: Eight Key U.S. Immigration Policy Issues: State of Play and Unanswered Questions Summary: The United States is witnessing one of the most dynamic policy periods in the immigration arena, with the Trump administration moving to reshape many facets of the immigration system with use of its executive powers. The administration's marked activity on the immigration front contrasts sharply with Congress, which has been largely unable to tackle substantive change to the immigration system over nearly two decades. While the administration has been significantly focused on the border, this report examines a range of policy areas that have not been at the forefront of debate but deserve greater information sharing with the public and policymakers. "This period of significant action by the executive branch, which has surfaced a real questioning of long-held immigration policies and practices, presents a new opportunity for lawmakers to inject policy ideas of their own into what have been prolonged, often stagnant, legislative debates," the report states. Among the questions it asks: What achievable definition of border security should the federal government be measured on? And what border spending is likely to generate the highest returns on investment, in particular in an era where migration patterns have changed significantly and the U.S. government is spending one-third more on immigration enforcement than on the combined budgets of the FBI, Drug Enforcement Administration, Secret Service, U.S. Marshal's Service, and Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives? With the H-1B visa program the main vehicle through which U.S. employers can sponsor skilled foreign workers for admission, what program reforms would address concerns about the replacement of U.S. workers while still meeting employer needs? With 1.6 million unauthorized immigrants eligible for green cards as the spouses or minor children of U.S. citizens or green-card holders, is it time for Congress to revisit the three- and ten-year bars on re-entry that are blocking most unauthorized immigrants who could be sponsored by a relative or employer from applying for fear of triggering lengthy absences from the United States? Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/research/eight-key-us-immigration-policy-issues Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 155707

Author: UC San Diego Center on Gender Equity and Health Title: Measuring #MeToo: A National Study on Sexual Harassment and Assault Summary: This study released by UC San Diego's Center for Gender Equity and Health (GEH) and the nonprofit organization Stop Street Harassment (SSH), with inputs from Promundo and other partners, presents data confirming that sexual harassment and assault are widespread problems in the United States - causing pain, limiting people's lives, and negatively affecting communities and society. Study results show that most women and many men have experienced one or more forms of harassment and assault, while a comparably smaller proportion tells us that they've ever committed these acts. The findings add to the large evidence base demonstrating that nearly all instances where someone is accused of sexual harassment are based in fact, and most respondents believe those who make high-profile accusations. This report presents the findings of a nationally representative survey of 1,182 women and 1,037 men, ages 18 and up, conducted online in February and March of 2019. Details: Davis, CA: Author, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://promundoglobal.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/2019-MeToo-National-Sexual-Harassment-and-Assault-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Sex Crimes Shelf Number: 155727

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security Title: Efforts by DHS to Estimate Southwest Border Security between Ports of Entry Summary: Securing the southwest land border against illegal immigration, smuggling of drugs and other contraband, and terrorist activities is a key part of the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) mission, and a top priority for the White House, Congress, and the American public. On January 25, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order on "Border Security and Immigration Enforcement Improvements," reflecting these concerns. In light of the effort and resources the Department has devoted to border security in recent decades, as well as the sustained public attention to the southwest border, Congress has directed the Department to provide more detailed reporting on southwest border security. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2017 directs the Department to publish "metrics developed to measure the effectiveness of security between the ports of entry, including the methodology and data supporting the resulting measures." While DHS employs a number of concrete metrics to track border security operations, it is difficult to precisely quantify illegal flows because illegal border crossers actively seek to evade detection, and some flows are undetected. As a result, any effort to quantify illegal flows or calculate an overall enforcement success rate must rely on one or more estimation techniques. Measurement is also difficult because of the diversity and complexity of the enforcement mission along the United States' 2,000-mile land border with Mexico. For many years, the legacy Immigration and Naturalization Service addressed these challenges by relying on alien apprehensions as its proxy measure of illegal immigration between ports of entry. More recently, the U.S. Border Patrol (USBP) and DHS have initiated a number of new estimation strategies to better model unknown flows. Some of this research remains a work in progress as DHS is not yet able to validate certain modeling assumptions or to quantify the uncertainty around its new estimation techniques. This report describes an array of indicators that, taken together, provide additional insight into the state of southwest border security between ports of entry (POEs). These indicators fall within two broad categories: Estimated enforcement outputs refer to the immediate impact of enforcement policies. In particular: how difficult is it for immigrants to cross the border illegally? - Apprehension or interdiction rate: the estimated share of intending border crossers that is apprehended or interdicted while attempting an illegal entry. - Deterrence rate: the estimated share of unsuccessful border crossers who, following an apprehension, choose to remain in Mexico or return home rather than make an additional crossing attempt. - Border crossing costs: estimated average fees paid by illegal border crossers to migrant smugglers. Estimated enforcement outcomes describe the bottom line number: how many people succeed in crossing the border illegally between POEs? - Migrant apprehensions: USBP's count of migrant apprehensions serves as a long-standing proxy measure of illegal flows. - Known got aways: the estimated number of intending border crossers whom USBP directly or indirectly observes making a successful illegal entry. - Estimated illegal inflows: based on a statistical model, the total estimated number of illegal border crossers who successfully enter the United States between POEs. In light of still-unresolved concerns about some of this research, USBP and DHS also continue to pursue additional analytical frameworks to produce the most accurate possible estimates of the current state of border security. As USBP continues to increase domain awareness, the Department anticipates more precise observational estimates over time. These additional methodologies are in line with both the NDAA and the Presidential Executive Order 13767, "Border Security and Immigration Enforcement Improvements." This report describes these recent and ongoing efforts by DHS and USBP to better estimate southwest border security between POEs. For each indicator identified above, the report summarizes available data sources and techniques, explains the measure's strengths and limitations, and presents available data. The report also describes the latest efforts by USBP to increase situational awareness at the border - an effort with important operational implications that also yields increasingly robust observational estimates of border security. A concluding section reviews recent trends and assesses the current state of border security. This report focuses exclusively on these specific efforts by the Department to better model unobservable factors that reflect the difficulty of crossing the border and the level of illegal migration flows between ports of entry along the southwest border; two forthcoming reports by the Department will present a more comprehensive set of enforcement metrics as directed by the Fiscal Year 2017 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA, P.L. 114-328) and a broader analysis of the Department's enterprise-wide border security efforts as directed by Executive Order 13767. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2019 at: https://www.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/publications/17_0914_estimates-of-border-security.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 155729

Author: Sikka, Anette Title: Trafficking in Persons: How America Exploited the Narrative of Exploitation Summary: There is still deep disagreement over the meaning of the term trafficking in persons, despite having had legal definitions for it for nearly 20 years. These disagreements continue to persist despite extensive scholarly attention and numerous calls to come to consensus for purposes of research and distribution of funding. This article offers two reasons for this endurance: First, trafficking is not an act in itself but a concept created to address social ills. It is not static, and the creative process continues to reshape what it means. Second, groups have been able to capitalize on the linguistic ambiguity to achieve certain political goals. This has provided incentive for them to keep using the language in contradictory ways. This article examines those incentives and the ways in which law has contributed to their creation. It reviews the history of the creation of anti-trafficking narratives and how they've been used to obscure potentially less palatable criminal and anti-immigration agendas. Given the expansiveness of U.S. global influence, the appearance of the categories "trafficked" and "not-trafficked" in its domestic and foreign policy has impacted not only legal landscapes but the ways in which groups of people are actually perceived and behave. U.S. laws and the narratives they reflect have resulted in activities that have harmed rather than benefited the marginalized groups often promoted as beneficiaries of anti-trafficking work. The purpose of the article is to clearly illustrate these processes in order to be able to identify and anticipate their effects in future initiatives. In that context it also draws attention to the construction of a new emerging trafficking narrative around the U.S.-Mexico border and its use as justification for punitive criminal law and the building of a wall to reduce migration. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3373371 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Critical Race Theory Shelf Number: 155732

Author: Maerz, Mary Title: Corporate Cruelty: Holding Factory Farms Accountable for Animal Cruelty Crimes to Encourage Systemic Reform Summary: Animal cruelty within industrialized animal agriculture, or factory farms, is a major concern of the animal protection movement. Two types of animal cruelty exist in factory farms: systemic and egregious cruelty. Systemic cruelty refers to day-to-day operations of factory farms which expose farm animals to the most constant and prolonged suffering. Egregious cruelty refers to specific acts of violence to animals by farm workers. While systemic cruelty is the top priority of animal advocates, only criminal prosecution of egregious cruelty has gained traction. This Note proposes that animal advocates, through the criminal justice system, should seek to apply the doctrine of corporate criminal liability to egregious anti-cruelty cases. Doing so would address the factory farming system itself, deter the corporation form allowing similar conduct to continue, incentivize the corporation to make systemic reforms to avoid liability, and address controversial prosecutions of factory farm workers. Anti-cruelty violations of workers can satisfy the elements of the legal doctrine for corporate criminal liability. Due to the nature of their day-to-day work, factory farm workers, when they commit acts of egregious cruelty, are employees of the factory farm corporation, working within the scope of their employment, and to the benefit of the corporation. The mens rea element required for criminal corporate liability can be satisfied by imputing the workers' knowledge or intent to the corporation. Animal advocates can take advantage of the ability to prosecute egregious anti-cruelty cases arising from factory farms through corporate liability to better impact systemic cruelty reform. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3367234 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Cruelty Shelf Number: 155733

Author: Espinosa, Romain Title: The General versus Specific Deterrence Effects of Expungements: Experimental Evidence Summary: Expungement mechanisms allow first-time offenders to seal their criminal record. Theory predicts that the stigma of a criminal record can hinder the reintegration of criminals for whom legal activities are less lucrative. In theory, expungements priced at the reservation level can facilitate the reintegration of criminals without making first-time crime more attractive. This paper considers a behavioral perspective and offers experimental evidence about the impact of expungements priced either at the theoretically optimal level, above it or below it. To do this, we set up a laboratory experiment where subjects repeatedly face opportunities to commit crime (take money from another subject). In addition to stochastic formal sanctions - imposed by the experimenter � we introduce endogenously determined social sanctions. In our main treatments of interest, subjects who choose the wrongful action have the opportunity to expunge their record prior to the second stage, thus avoiding social sanctions as long as they do not recidivate. Overall, our experiment shows that, from a general deterrence perspective, it is better to implement expungements at very high prices. We offer an explanation for this result based on the idea that the price of expungements may signal the moral reprehensibility of the offense. There is no effect of expungements on specific deterrence. Details: Arlington, VA: George Mason University - Antonin Scalia Law School, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 19-10: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3379701 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Record Shelf Number: 155734

Author: Chicago. Office of Inspector General Title: Red-Light Camera Program Review Summary: On July 18, 2014, the Chicago Tribune published a report detailing "sudden spikes" in the number of violations captured by red-light cameras (RLCs) at some intersections in Chicago. According to the Tribune report, Chicago Department of Transportation (CDOT) officials were unaware of these anomalies until notified by Tribune reporters, and CDOT could not explain the anomalies. The Tribune report concluded that "the deviations in Chicago's network of [384] cameras were caused by faulty equipment, human tinkering or both." At the request of the Mayor and members of the City Council, the Office of Inspector General (OIG) reviewed the City's RLC program to better assess the program generally and the issues identified by the Chicago Tribune report in particular. In order to provide a rapid response to both constituent requests and public concerns raised by the Tribune report, OIG conducted a limited scope review rather than a comprehensive audit, which would have required additional months of document and data collection, review and analysis. Our conclusions are therefore limited to the evidence we were able to obtain and verify in this short timeframe. In addition, OIG did not review the validity of individual violations captured during the enforcement anomalies, which was the focus of a separate review the City conducted with the assistance of a contractor retained for that purpose. Rather, OIG's goals were to, - determine the contract parameters and document historical management of the RLC program; - ensure that the system was and is operating pursuant to the applicable contract provisions; and - ascertain if CDOT is equipped to identify and expeditiously address ticketing anomalies and other problems in the future. OIG's review revealed that CDOT's management of the RLC program as operated by Redflex Traffic Systems, Inc. was insufficient to identify and resolve the types of issues identified in the Tribune report. Specifically, CDOT failed to request and review reports from Redflex that may have revealed enforcement anomalies as they occurred and failed to enforce the terms of its contract with Redflex, which required Redflex to evaluate data and identify any anomalies in RLC system activity. Under its new contract with Xerox State & Local Solutions, Inc., CDOT has taken steps to improve the Department's RLC contract management. OIG encourages CDOT to proactively monitor the program and address issues, including any anomalies, as they arise. RLC program information OIG reviewed did not contain evidence that the City or Redflex manipulated the RLC program with the intention of improperly increasing red-light violations, although due to missing Redflex maintenance records OIG could not conclusively dismiss this possibility. During the course of OIG's review, CDOT identified likely proximate causes for three of the twelve intersections specifically named in the Tribune report. OIG reviewed CDOT's findings regarding these locations and found them consistent with source documentation and available records. Details: Chicago: Author, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://news.wttw.com/sites/default/files/article/file-attachments/Red%20Light%20Camera%20Review.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Red Light Cameras Shelf Number: 155735

Author: Pettus-Davis, Carrie Title: The Psychological Toll of Reentry: Early Findings from a Multistate Trial Summary: The incarceration experience is highly destabilizing for most individuals. For individuals who have never directly experienced incarceration, it is easy to understand the power of this physical disruption when it is framed in concrete terms: the distance between the prison and an incarcerated person's home and family, the number of birthdays an incarcerated parent misses, the loss of a job, the foreclosure of a home, or the repossession of a car. However, incarceration also creates a cognitive and emotional disruption for many men and women who must grapple with the fact that not only has the world changed dramatically during their incarceration, but they have also been forever changed by the incarceration experience. For many, leaving incarceration initiates a phase of psychological turmoil. Men and women returning home must quickly adapt to the changes they see all around them - in the world, in their families, and in their communities - and they yearn to rapidly move toward independence and self-sufficiency. For those individuals with strong support systems, this transition may be relatively smooth - at least initially. However, the vast majority of individuals who release from incarceration find themselves in survival mode, acutely aware of how they no longer quite fit into the life they led prior to incarceration. These men and women struggle to meet multiple demands. Some of these demands are imposed by the state - attending drug treatment, abiding by the rules of a halfway house, or wearing an ankle monitor. Other demands are self-imposed - finding employment to make up for lost wages and provide for one's family, staying in recovery from a substance use disorder, or healing broken family bonds. When these men and women describe their lives during reentry, the stories they tell are permeated by worry. They worry about having been away and they worry about being back home. They worry about finances and feeding their children and they worry that work takes them away from the children they are so desperate to spend time with. They worry about what it means for them to need help from a service provider and some worry that they will not survive unless they beg for that help. Unfortunately, leaving incarceration is an incredibly common experience as more than 10,000 individuals leave prisons each week across the United States. They return to families who also experience the burden of incarceration and the reentry of their loved ones. Therefore, the psychological turmoil inherent to the reentry experience is created for huge segments of the American public every single year. This report is the second in a series of public reports on a multistate, multisite study of a reentry services model referred to as the 5-Key Model for Reentry, or the 5-Key Model for short. In the first report, we described the internal and external barriers that 5-Key Model participants faced in the early days and weeks of incarceration. In this report, we describe whether and how our participants are accessing services and the landscape of reentry that exist in the absence of the 5-Key Model intervention. We do this by reporting on the experiences of those study participants who were randomly assigned to receive whatever reentry supports currently exist in both the correctional systems with which they are involved and in their communities. We then describe our commitment to rapid translation of research findings into real world policies and practices and the feedback loop that we are using to increase the impact of research as we learn. We end by describing what we expect to see next in the study and with our participants, and pose questions we hope our communities will grapple with when thinking about what it means for all of us when those who have been incarcerated succeed. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Social Work, Institute for Justice Research and Development, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://ijrd.csw.fsu.edu/sites/g/files/upcbnu1766/files/media/images/publication_pdfs/5Key_QR2_Psychological_Toll_of_Reentry.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 155739

Author: Beckman, Wyatt Title: Bias Crime Charges in the United States: Bias homicides in the U.S. between 1990 and 2016 Summary: The Indiana General Assembly introduced 10 bills related to bias (or hate) crimes in the 2019 session. Indiana is 1 of 5 states in the U.S. without a bias crimes statute. The 10 bills are similar in that each of them allows for a criminal penalty enhancement for bias crimes offenses. Penalty enhancement statutes enable courts to impose a longer sentence if the predicate crime-the underlying crime committed by an offender-is proven to have been motivated by bias as defined by the particular statute. Marginalized communities are convicted of predicate crimes at higher rates. Given that racial disparities also exist within sentencing decisions for equal crimes, there is evidence of discretion within the legal process that disproportionately (and negatively) impacts marginalized groups. The following brief presents an objective analysis of bias homicide charges in the U.S. with the goal of understanding possible policy implications of Indiana's proposed bias crimes legislation. Data from the Bias Homicide Database (BHDB) was used to analyze bias homicides that occurred in the U.S. between 1990 and 2016. For a homicide to be included in the BHDB, it must meet the following observable inclusion criteria: the felonious death of one or more persons, an identifiable offender, and indicators that the victim was selected because of their race, ethnicity, nationality, religious affiliation, sexual orientation, or gender identity. An analysis of 317 bias homicides, 567 offenders, and 411 victims was performed to determine the extent to which bias charges are sought on behalf of protected groups. KEY FINDINGS The occurrence of bias-motivated homicides in the U.S. from 1990 to 2016 reveals: - Even in states where victim groups had equal statutory protection, prosecutors did not seek bias charges equitably among victim groups. - A majority of bias homicides did not involve official bias crime charges. - Anti-sexual orientation/gender identity and anti-race/ethnicity account for the majority of bias homicides. - Anti-sexual orientation/ gender identity homicides are disproportionately less likely than anti-race, anti-religion, and anti-nationality/immigrant homicides to be officially prosecuted as bias crimes. - Bias crime charges are more likely to be sought in states with an existing bias crimes statute that specified the affected victim group. - However, bias charges are often not filed for bias homicides in states with an existing bias crimes statute. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Public policy Institute, Center for Research on Inclusion & Social Policy, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://policyinstitute.iu.edu/doc/bias-crimes-brief.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bias Crimes Shelf Number: 155740

Author: Stuart, Bryan A. Title: The Effect of Social Connectedness on Crime: Evidence from the Great Migration Summary: This paper estimates the effect of social connectedness on crime across U.S. cities from 1970 to 2009. Migration networks among African Americans from the South generated variation across destinations in the concentration of migrants from the same birth town. Using this novel source of variation, we find that social connectedness considerably reduces murders, rapes, robberies, assaults, burglaries, and motor vehicle thefts, with a one standard deviation increase in social connectedness reducing murders by 21 percent and motor vehicle thefts by 20 percent. Social connectedness especially reduces murders of adolescents and young adults committed during gang and drug activity. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics (IZA), 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA DP No. 12228: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12228.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 155741

Author: Chippo, Sherri Bennett Title: A Study of the Relationship Between Transportation Infrastructure and Criminal Behavior Summary: Transportation is a cornerstone among public sector services and enjoys a long history of influence on the nation's culture. These influences emerge from divergent sources and affect each stratum in our social structure: drivers and pedestrians; transients and residents; wealthy and poor. Emergency services depend upon a reliable transportation network. Community activities come to a standstill when faced with weather-related road closures. Local economies suffer when the movement of goods and services is interrupted. Transportation infrastructure also has influences that are much less obvious. This study explores the influence of transportation infrastructure on criminal behavior. Given the fact that crime is largely an opportunistic event, can communities reduce criminal behavior by removing the opportunities that attract it? Relatively new designs for transportation infrastructure may provide a possible intervention. This research explores opportunities for intervention that relate to transportation and the infrastructure alterations that communities may use to engineer a reduction in criminal behavior. Finding the necessary resources to address public needs such as transportation and crime prevention is challenging, and often insufficient. Available funding is dwindling as needs continue to increase. Combining initiatives to expand the potential benefits may provide viable options. Where possible, communities may be able to stretch existing resources by simultaneously addressing multiple issues with the same funds. This study explores one aspect of this strategy by examining the influence of transportation infrastructure on criminal behavior. It has two primary objectives: (a) to determine whether transportation infrastructure projects have the potential to intervene and to deter crime; and (b) to explore the impact of this intervention relative to other elements that influence crime and delinquency. Employing a mixed-methods approach, the study initially examines secondary quantitative criminal data from boroughs across PA to determine patterns and variations in reported crimes before and after alterations in transportation infrastructure. Then, a case study further explores these variations by providing a more detailed understanding of the effect of transportation infrastructure on criminal behavior in a single community. The results of this study introduce community decision-makers to additional information for making informed decisions regarding community investments. Details: Indiana, PA: Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2016. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://knowledge.library.iup.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2320&context=etd Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Built Environments Shelf Number: 155742

Author: Killion, Victoria L. Title: Terrorism, Violent Extremism, and the Internet: Free Speech Considerations Summary: Recent acts of terrorism and hate crimes have prompted a renewed focus on the possible links between internet content and offline violence. While some have focused on the role that social media companies play in moderating user-generated content, others have called for Congress to pass laws regulating online content promoting terrorism or violence. Proposals related to government action of this nature raise significant free speech questions, including (1) the reach of the First Amendment's protections when it comes to foreign nationals posting online content from abroad; (2) the scope of so-called "unprotected" categories of speech developed long before the advent of the internet; and (3) the judicial standards that limit how the government can craft or enforce laws to preserve national security and prevent violence. At the outset, it is not clear that a foreign national (i.e., a non-U.S. citizen or resident) could invoke the protections of the First Amendment in a specific U.S. prosecution or litigation involving online speech that the foreign national posted from abroad. The Supreme Court has never directly opined on this question. However, its decisions regarding the extraterritorial application of other constitutional protections to foreign nationals and lower court decisions involving speech made by foreign nationals while outside of the United States suggest that the First Amendment may not apply in that scenario. In contrast, free speech considerations are likely to be highly relevant in evaluating the legality of (1) proposals for the U.S. government to regulate what internet users in the United States can post, or (2) the enforcement of existing U.S. laws where the government seeks to hold U.S. persons liable for their online speech. Although the government typically can regulate conduct without running afoul of the First Amendment, regulations that restrict or burden expression often do implicate free speech protections. In such circumstances, courts generally distinguish between laws that regulate speech on the basis of its content (i.e., the topic discussed or the message expressed) and those that do not, subjecting the former to more stringent review. A law that expressly restricts online communications or media promoting violence or terrorism is likely to be deemed a content-based restriction on speech; whereas a law that primarily regulates conduct could be subject to a less stringent standard of review, unless its application to speech turns on the message expressed. Whether such laws would survive First Amendment scrutiny depends on a number of factors. Over the past 50 years, the Supreme Court has generally extended the First Amendment's free speech protections to speech that advocates violence in the abstract while allowing the government to restrict or punish speech that threatens or facilitates violence in a more specific or immediate way. The subtle distinctions that have developed over time are reflected in the categories of speech that the court has deemed unprotected, meaning that the government generally can prohibit speech in these areas because of its content. These include incitement to imminent lawless action, true threats, and speech integral to criminal conduct. Although judicial decisions have helped to define the scope of some of these categories, open questions remain as to how they apply in the context of online speech. For instance, legal scholars have questioned what it means for speech to incite "imminent" violence when posted to social media. They have also asked how threats should be perceived when made in the context of online forums where hyperbolic speech about violence is common. The extent to which the government can regulate speech promoting violence or terrorism also depends on whether its law or action satisfies the applicable level of scrutiny that the Court has developed to evaluate measures that restrict or burden speech. In general, laws that regulate protected speech on political or ideological matters are subject to strict scrutiny, a test that requires the government to demonstrate that its law is narrowly tailored to achieve a compelling governmental interest. Nevertheless, in some cases, courts have concluded that the government's national security interests justify restrictions on protected speech, such as in 2010 when the Supreme Court upheld certain applications of a federal statute prohibiting providing material support to U.S.-designated foreign terrorist organizations. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: R45713: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/R45713.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 155743

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Do Red Flag Laws Save Lives or Reduce Crime? Summary: Red flag laws had no significant effect on murder, suicide, the number of people killed in mass public shootings, robbery, aggravated assault, or burglary. There is some evidence that rape rates rise. These laws apparently do not save lives. Details: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3316573 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 155744

Author: Kariisa, Mbahazi Title: Drug Overdose Deaths Involving Cocaine and Psychostimulants with Abuse Potential - United States, 2003-2017 Summary: In 2016, a total of 63,632 persons died from drug overdoses in the United States. Drug overdose deaths involving cocaine, psychostimulants with abuse potential (psychostimulants), or both substances combined increased 42.4% from 12,122 in 2015 to 17,258 in 2016. Psychostimulants with abuse potential include drugs such as methamphetamine, 3,4-methylenedioxy-methamphetamine (MDMA), dextroamphetamine, levoamphetamine, methylphenidate (Ritalin), and caffeine. From 2015 to 2016, cocaine-involved and psychostimulant-involved death rates increased 52.4% and 33.3%, respectively. A total of 70,237 persons died from drug overdoses in the United States in 2017; approximately two thirds of these deaths involved an opioid. CDC analyzed 2016�2017 changes in age-adjusted death rates involving cocaine and psychostimulants by demographic characteristics, urbanization levels, U.S. Census region, 34 states, and the District of Columbia (DC). CDC also examined trends in age-adjusted cocaine-involved and psychostimulant-involved death rates from 2003 to 2017 overall, as well as with and without co-involvement of opioids. Among all 2017 drug overdose deaths, 13,942 (19.8%) involved cocaine, and 10,333 (14.7%) involved psychostimulants. Death rates increased from 2016 to 2017 for both drug categories across demographic characteristics, urbanization levels, Census regions, and states. In 2017, opioids were involved in 72.7% and 50.4% of cocaine-involved and psychostimulant-involved overdoses, respectively, and the data suggest that increases in cocaine-involved overdose deaths from 2012 to 2017 were driven primarily by synthetic opioids. Conversely, increases in psychostimulant-involved deaths from 2010 to 2017 occurred largely independent of opioids, with increased co-involvement of synthetic opioids in recent years. Provisional data from 2018 indicate that deaths involving cocaine and psychostimulants are continuing to increase. Increases in stimulant-involved deaths are part of a growing polysubstance landscape. Increased surveillance and evidence-based multisectoral prevention and response strategies are needed to address deaths involving cocaine and psychostimulants and opioids. Enhancing linkage to care, building state and local capacity, and public health/public safety collaborations are critical components of prevention efforts. Details: MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep 2019;68:388�395. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/68/wr/pdfs/mm6817a3-H.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155752

Author: Paolini, Allison Title: School Shootings and Student Mental Health: Role of the School Counselor in Mitigating Violence Summary: This article will provide an overview of the pervasiveness of gun violence in school settings within the United States. The manuscript will provide background information, a review of existing literature specifically addressing the need for more attention on student mental health, and will stipulate interventions that school counselors can use to potentially mitigate gun-related school violence Details: American Counseling Association, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: VISTAS Online, Article 90: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://www.counseling.org/docs/default-source/vistas/school-shootings-and-student-mental-health.p Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 155753

Author: Illinois. Circuit Court of Cook County. Office of the Chief Judge Title: Bail Reform in Cook County: An Examination of General Order 18.8A and Bail in Felony Cases Summary: Chief Judge Timothy C. Evans issued a report on May 9, 2019 that reviews the initial results of his order that established new bail practices in the Circuit Court of Cook County. General Order 18.8A took effect on September 18, 2017. The report compares outcomes in two 15-month time periods before and after the order's effective date: (1) July 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017 and (2) October 1, 2017 through December 31, 2018. The report shows that the increased release of pretrial defendants from jail did not increase the threat to public safety in Cook County. In fact, the first full year of bail reform in 2018 coincided with a nearly 8 percent decline in violent crimes reported in Chicago. Bail Reform in Cook County - An Examination of General Order 18.8A and Bail in Felony Cases (May 9, 2019) Appendix Table 1A Initial Bail Order Distribution for Pre G.O. 18.8A Male Defendants by Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 1B Initial Bail Order Distribution for Pre G.O. 18.8A Female Defendants by Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 1C Initial Bail Order Distribution for Post G.O. 18.8A Male Defendants by Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 1D Initial Bail Order Distribution for Post G.O. 18.8A Female Defendants by Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 2 Distribution of 10% D-Bond Bail Amounts for Pre vs. Post Defendants by Gender, Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 3 Pretrial Rate of Release by Gender, Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Appendix Table 4 Court Appearance and Community Safety Rate for Pretrial Defendants by Gender, Top Charge Category and Class, PSA-Risk, and Race/Ethnicity Details: Chicago: Author, 2019. 48p; appendices Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: http://www.cookcountycourt.org/Portals/0/Statistics/Bail%20Reform/Bail%20Reform%20Report%20FINAL%20-%20%20Published%2005.9.19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Reform Shelf Number: 155821

Author: Jarjoura, Roger Title: Juvenile Drug Treatment Court (JDTC) Guidelines Cross-Site Evaluation Plan Summary: Juvenile drug treatment courts (JDTC) are designed for youth with substance use disorders who come into contact with the juvenile justice system. The new guidelines provide juvenile courts with an evidence-based, treatment-oriented approach that emphasizes family engagement, and addresses the substance use and often co-occurring mental health disorders experienced by the youth. OJJDP partnered with a research team, experts in the field, and other federal agencies to develop the guidelines to support judges and professional court staff, young people with substance use disorders, and their families. The guidelines are organized into key objectives with corresponding guideline statements, and include rigorous supporting research and considerations for implementation. Details: Washington, DC: American Institute for Research, 2019. 321p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252719.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155829

Author: Herz, Denise Title: OJJDP Dual System Youth Design Study: Summary of Findings and Recommendations for Pursuing a National Estimate of Dual System Youth Summary: Across the country, child welfare (CW) and juvenile justice (JJ) systems now concur that youth involved in both systems (i.e., dual system youth) are a vulnerable population who are often unrecognized because of challenges in information-sharing and cross-system collaboration. These challenges currently prevent estimating the number of dual system youth nationally and limit our understanding of best practices used by jurisdictions implementing integrated systems models. To address this gap in knowledge, two subcommittees, the Jurisdictional Case Studies (JCS) Subcommittee and the Linked Administrative Data (LAD) Subcommittee, were formed as part of the OJJDP Dual System Youth Design Study to address the following goals: Goal 1: To identify the successes and challenges associated with cross-system collaboration, identify best practices for dual system youth, and develop a tool to collect and report such information in a consistent and representative way. Goal 2: To provide insight into the incidence of dual system involvement and describe key characteristics (e.g., race, gender, class, ethnicity, sexual orientation) and trajectories (e.g., timing/type of encounters with the systems) of this population, and to propose a method to generate a national estimate of dual system youth. Methods -- The JCS Subcommittee reviewed data from jurisdictions participating in the Georgetown University Center for Juvenile Justice Reform's Crossover Youth Practice Model (CYPM). By using these data, visiting five CYPM site meetings, and using the knowledge from the experts in the field, we were able to identify successes and challenges in engaging in cross-system collaboration for dual system youth from a broad range of jurisdictions and stakeholders. These findings, in turn, systematically defined potential best practices for dual system youth and informed the development of a best practices rubric for integrated systems work. The LAD Subcommittee focused its efforts on the analysis of linked administrative data drawn from Cook County, Illinois; Cuyahoga County, Ohio; and New York City. Data from these sites were used to generate dual system youth incidence rates and a description of their characteristics to "test" the use of linked administrative data to produce a national estimate. The primary cohort of youth examined included all youth with their first juvenile justice petition between 2010 and 2014 in Cook and Cuyahoga Counties and between 2013 to 2014 in New York City. Additionally, other administrative outcomes such as homelessness, incarceration, and receipt of public assistance were explored for this group while they were children/adolescents (homelessness and public assistance) and in young adulthood (homelessness, incarceration, and public assistance) were analyzed. Incidence rates and characteristics were also produced for a cohort of youth with their first arrest between 2010 and 2014 in Cook County. A theoretically derived framework of dual system definitions was used to drive these analyses, and sequence analysis was used to empirically test this framework (see Chapter 4). Findings from Jurisdictional Case Studies Work -- The top three practices addressed or implemented in developing cross-system collaboration under the CYPM were: (1) early identification of dual involvement; (2) improved information sharing across child welfare and juvenile justice systems; and (3) use of coordinated case supervision across juvenile justice and child welfare. The most common positive outcomes among jurisdictions utilizing cross-system collaborative practices were fewer petitions at followup (i.e., 9 months) and increased youth involvement in prosocial activities. The OJJDP Best Practices for Dual Systems Youth Rubric was developed based on 11 domains of cross-system collaboration practice (see Chapter 2 and Appendix B). Specifically, the Rubric provides an inventory of essential best practices across levels of implementation to assess a jurisdiction's progress toward achieving integrated systems work. Findings from the Linked Administrative Data Work The prevalence of dual system youth was high, varying across sites from 44.8% in Cook County to 68.5% and 70.3% in Cuyahoga and New York City, respectively. The most prevalent group was dual contact (i.e., non-concurrent system contact) youth on a child welfare pathway in all sites, and dually-involved youth (i.e., concurrent system contact) had the longest history with the child welfare and the most extensive involvement than any other group (see Chapter 5 and Chapter 6). Across all additional administrative outcomes dual system youth more commonly utilized additional service systems (i.e., criminal justice system, shelter care, public assistance) in young adulthood compared to their child welfare and juvenile justice only counterparts (see Chapter 7). The sequence analysis aligned and further clarified the theoretically derived framework for defining dual system youth. Specifically, this analysis produced four empirically derived categories of dual system youth: (1) limited and late child welfare involvement; (2) moderate child welfare involvement; (3) long duration in child welfare; and (4) long duration in out-of-home placements (see Chapter 8). Finally, study findings informed (1) a proposed methodology for estimating a representative incidence rate for dual system youth at the national level and (2) specific policy and practice implications for improving integrated, cross-system practices for dual system youth. Both the proposal and the implications are presented in detail in Section IV of this report. Details: Los Angeles: California State University, Los Angeles School of Criminal Justice & Criminalistics, 2019, 184p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252717.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 155830

Author: Hilke, Wally Title: The Truth Limps After: Social Science and Advocacy in Chicago Gun Sentencing Summary: At a pivotal moment in a 2013 Chicago debate on criminal sentences for illegal gun-carrying, social scientists from the University of Chicago Crime Lab advocated for sentence enhancements, aligning with Mayor Rahm Emanuel's policy goals. These scientists argued that sentence enhancements were guaranteed to benefit public safety despite a lack of research upholding the efficacy of sentence enhancements. This paper argues that the Crime Lab wrongly took "incapacitative" crime reduction for granted; presents an original analysis of Chicago neighborhood-level data testing the connection between criminal sentences for gun-carrying and violent crime rates, which fails to demonstrate a connection between higher gun sentences and lower violent crime; and argues that the Crime Lab's advocacy was not - and could not have been - "neutral" in the way the organization claimed. Details: s.l.: Author, 2019. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3336306 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 155834

Author: Lederman, Leandra Title: The Fraud Triangle and Tax Evasion Summary: The "fraud triangle" is the preeminent framework for analyzing fraud in the accounting literature. It is a theory of why some people commit fraud, developed out of studies of individuals, including inmates convicted of criminal trust violations. The three components of the fraud triangle are generally considered to be (1) an incentive or pressure (usually financial), (2) opportunity, and (3) rationalization. There is a separate, extensive legal literature on tax compliance and evasion. Yet the fraud triangle is largely absent from this legal literature, although tax evasion is a type of fraud. This article rectifies that oversight, analyzing how the fraud triangle-and its expanded version, the "fraud diamond"-can inform the legal literature on tax compliance. The article argues that the fraud triangle can provide a frame that brings together distinct tax compliance theories discussed in the legal literature, the traditional economic (deterrence) model and behavioral theories focusing on such things as social norms or tax morale. Details: Bloomington, IN: Maurer School of Law, Indiana University, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper no. 398: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3339558 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Financial Crime Shelf Number: 155836

Author: Kaplan, Jacob Title: The Effect of Moonlight on Outdoor Nighttime Crime Summary: The use of outdoor lighting, particularly through street lights, is a common tool for policy makers attempting to reduce crime. Research on the effect of lights on crime, however, are limited as installing or improving street lighting may affect the community in ways beyond merely increasing outdoor lighting. Welsh and Farrington's (2008) study suggested that improving street lighting may also improve informal social control in the area as it reflects improved street usage and investments in the community. This paper uses moonlight as a unique measure of outdoor ambient lighting that avoids the issue of community cohesion and examines the effect of lighting directly. The amount of actual moonlight a city receives each night is measured using the interaction between the percent of the moon illuminated and the proportion of the night without clouds. This interaction creates significant variation in moonlight between cities and across nights in the same city. Contrary to past research on lighting, this study finds that brighter nights, those with a full moon and no clouds, have significantly more crime than nights without any moonlight. These results suggest that there are heterogeneous effects of outdoor lighting by dosage and that more research on possible criminogenic effects of low dosages of outdoor lights are needed. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3369228 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 155840

Author: Stevenson, Drury Title: The Urgent Need for Legal Scholarship on Firearm Policy Summary: Restrictions on federal funding for research pertaining to firearm policy have stymied academic inquiry by social science and public health researchers for over two decades. As a result, most researchers agree that our public discourse about this urgent issue is woefully under-informed, or even ill-informed, on both sides of the debate. Legal academia, which does not operate under the same grant-writing regime as most other disciplines, can and should help fill this gap in researching and theorizing the unresolved questions related to firearm policy. In fact, theoretical development and clarification from the legal academy is often a necessary antecedent for empirical researchers in other fields to frame and develop their own studies properly, especially about the real-world effects of competing policy approaches to firearms. This Essay sets forth a plea to law professors to undertake much-needed research in this area and offers suggestions of understudied topics with low entry barriers for legal commentators. Recommendations for interdisciplinary collaborative efforts round out this discussion. A brief conclusion reaches the endgame issue: ensuring access to the work we produce. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3374018 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 155841

Author: Nanasi, Natalie Title: Disarming Domestic Abusers Summary: Guns and domestic violence are a deadly combination. Every sixteen hours, a woman is fatally shot by her intimate partner in the United States; the mere presence of a gun in a domestic violence situation increases the risk of homicide for women by 500 percent. Recognizing these risks, federal law and some states prohibit domestic abusers from possessing firearms. But these laws are not being enforced. Perpetrators of domestic violence are rarely ordered to surrender firearms, and even when they are, there are often no mechanisms to ensure that weapons are safely relinquished. This Article proposes strategies to disarm domestic abusers, proceeding in three parts. First, it describes legislation that would prohibit perpetrators of intimate partner violence from owning or possessing firearms. Next, it explains the mechanisms required to implement that legislation. Finally, it recommends litigation strategies to ensure meaningful enforcement. Only all three, working in together, have the potential to prevent the gun-related deaths of intimate partners. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: SMU Dedman School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 416: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3339061 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 155842

Author: Deza, Monica Title: Do Nighttime Driving Restrictions Reduce Criminal Participation Among Teenagers? Evidence from Graduated Driver Licensing Summary: To date, all 50 states and the District of Columbia have a three-stage Graduated Driver Licensing (GDL) system that phases in driving privileges for teenagers. GDL laws effectively impose a statutory driving curfew and a limitation on the number of passengers in motor vehicles. Both the timing of motor vehicle access and a limitation on the peer influences available in a motor vehicle could significantly affect the production of criminal behavior. Using the Uniform Crime Reports 1995-2011 and a triple differences approach, we find that the implementation of GDL decreased criminal participation by six percent among teenagers between the ages of 16 and 17, as measured by arrests. These effects are larger in magnitude in states where the nighttime driving curfew is required for a longer period of time. We also show that GDL plays an important role in reducing crime in periods of low gasoline prices, a time when teen driver prevalence would otherwise have been high. These results suggest that there is another benefit to states for adopting GDL laws and provide insight into the production of teenage crime. Details: Unpublished paper, 2016. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2800235 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 155843

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special Review: Assessment of Electronic Monitoring of Sex Offenders on Parole and the Impact of Residency Restrictions Summary: Proposition 83 ("Jessica's Law"), passed by California voters in 2006, requires that all convicted sex offenders paroled from prison and required by law to register with local law enforcement shall be subjected to monitoring by global positioning technology (GPS) and to restrictions on where they may reside. The Office of the Inspector General conducted a review of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's electronic monitoring of sex offender parolees and the impact of residency restrictions on sex offender parolees at the request of the Senate Rules Committee. The review found: - The annual costs of GPS tracking has decreased over the past five fiscal years. In fiscal year 2009-10, the department spent $12.4 million to monitor sex offender parolees with GPS. By fiscal year 2013-14, these costs were $7.9 million. - There exists little objective evidence to determine to what extent, if any, GPS tracking is a crime deterrent, although a small 2012 study funded by the National Institute of Justice of 516 high-risk sex offenders found that offenders who were not subjected to GPS monitoring had nearly three times more sex-related parole violations than those who were monitored by GPS technology. Despite the rarity of studies defending GPS as a crime deterrent, the OIG's interviews with parole agents and local law enforcement personnel found that they value GPS technology as a tool for its ability to locate parolees, track their movements, and provide valuable information in solving crimes. - GPS technology adds to parole agents' workloads in certain aspects, while affording time-savings in others. For example, agents spend approximately two hours reviewing and analyzing parolees' tracks for a single-day period. On the other hand, GPS facilitates mandatory face-to-face contacts between parole agents and parolees by allowing the agent to locate parolees more quickly than might be the case in locating a non-GPS parolee. - Over 60 percent of parole agents who supervise sex-offender parolees have caseloads exceeding established departmental ratios (parolee-to-agent) when taking into consideration the mix of high-risk vs low-risk parolees per caseload. In addition, the department has a disparity of caseloads across its parole units, with 14 of the 37 parole units that supervise sex offenders reporting caseload sizes exceeding the department's established ratios for all agents assigned to those units. Simultaneously, five other parole units report caseload sizes below the department's established ratios for all of their parole agents. - Field agents whom the OIG interviewed consistently expressed their concerns that the department-issued laptops used for tracking parolee movements in the field should be replaced by smaller hand-held devices such as smart phones, stating that the laptops were not only cumbersome, but may inhibit officer safety in certain situations. Many agents the OIG encountered were using their personal smart phones for GPS mapping and tracking in the field. - The residency restrictions imposed by Jessica's Law, which prohibit paroled sex offenders from living within 2,000 feet of a school or park where children congregate, contribute to homelessness among paroled sex offenders. According to the California Sex Offender Management Board, there were only 88 sex offenders on parole statewide who were registered as transient when Proposition 83 was passed in November 2006. As of June 2014, there were 1,556 sex offender parolees identified as transient by the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation. While this represents 3.38 percent of all parolees, the incidence of homelessness is 19.95 percent (approximately one in five) among the subset of parolees who are sex offenders. - Transient sex offender parolees are more "labor intensive" than are parolees who have a permanent residence. The OIG interviewed parole administrators in 12 parole districts, who said that because transient sex offenders are moving frequently, monitoring their movement is time consuming. Transient sex offenders must register with local law enforcement monthly (as opposed to yearly for those with permanent residences), thus requiring more frequent registration compliance tracking by parole agents. Adding further to the workload associated with monitoring transients, agents are required to conduct weekly face-to-face contacts with them. - Transient sex offender parolees are more likely to violate the terms of their parole than those who have a permanent residence. Transient sex offenders have committed a majority of parole violations (which include technical violations as well as new crimes) among parolee sex offenders over a recent five-year period. Less than 1 percent of those violations were for sex-related crimes. In the most recently completed fiscal year (2013-14), over 76 percent of the sex offender parolees whom the department charged with violating their parole terms were transient. - While Jessica's Law leaves open the option for local governments to impose their own restrictions on paroled sex offenders, parolees are finding relief from residency restrictions through the courts. Several counties have issued stays suspending the blanket enforcement of residency restrictions to those who petition the local court, and San Diego County has issued a stay suspending the blanket enforcement of residency restrictions on sex offenders pending the outcome of the California Supreme Court's decision of the matter In re Taylor (2012) 209 Cal.App.4th 210, review granted January 3, 2013, S206143. - The California Sex Offender Management Board's findings and recommendations remain largely unaddressed. While some of the board's recommendations have been implemented, most recently with CDCR's implementation of the sex offender containment model, major recommendations, such as tiering registration requirements, reevaluating residency restrictions, and applying best practices for GPS monitoring, have not. Details: Sacramento: Author, 2014. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/Reports/Reviews/OIG_Special_Review_Electronic_Monitoring_of_Sex_Offenders_on_Parole_and_Impact_of_Residency_Restrictions_November_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 155844

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Monitoring the Use of Force The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's Process for Reviewing Staff Use of Force Is Thorough, but It Must Address Low Compliance Rates With Its Policies and Procedures Summary: Within its statutory mandate, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) monitors the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation's (the department) process for reviewing and evaluating uses of force by departmental staff and reports its findings. This report contains our evaluation concerning the use-of-force incidents for which the department completed reviews during the period from July 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017. Any departmental employee who uses force, or observes another employee use force, is required to prepare a written report of the incident prior to being relieved from duty at the end of the working shift. These reports are then subjected to a multi-tiered review process culminating with an executive review committee's evaluation. The OIG's monitoring process included having its inspectors visit every adult and juvenile institution, headquarters, and the northern and southern parole regions to attend 778 of the 825 executive review committee meetings (a 94 percent attendance record), during which time, hiring authorities reviewed and evaluated every use-of-force incident to assess compliance with departmental policy and training. As part of our oversight process for this six-month period, our inspectors reviewed and analyzed 4,001 separate instances, including 3,709 use-of-force incidents and 292 allegations of excessive or unnecessary use of force. OIG inspectors reviewed all written reports and documentation and, where applicable, viewed all related video recordings of incidents and interviews, independently determining whether staff actions were reasonable under the circumstances and in compliance with the department's policy and training. As part of this process, our inspectors provided real-time feedback and recommendations to the review committee chairs and provided each institution's warden with monthly reports summarizing all incidents we reviewed, including the names of involved staff members and the frequency of use-of-force incidents for each member. Statistics Regarding the Use of Force During the Period From July 1, 2017, Through December 31, 2017 - Approximately 92 percent of the use-of-force incidents (3,405 of 3,709) occurred at the state prisons and contract facilities housing adult inmates, with the remainder involving the juvenile facilities (269), parole regions (29), and the Office of Correctional Safety (6). - Approximately one-third of the incidents we reviewed occurred at only five state prisons: California State Prison, Corcoran; California State Prison, Sacramento; Kern Valley State Prison; California Correctional Institution; and Salinas Valley State Prison. - The 3,709 incidents we monitored involved 11,046 "applications" of force - for example, two baton strikes count as two "applications" during a single incident. The use of chemical agents accounted for 5,121 (46 percent) of total applications, while physical strength and holds accounted for 3,662 (33 percent). The remaining 21 percent of applications comprised force options such as less-lethal projectiles, baton strikes, tasers, and firearms. Details: Sacramento: Author, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://www.oig.ca.gov/media/reports/SAR/2018/OIG_Report_-_Monitoring_the_Use_of_Force_2017-2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 155845

Author: Beeler-Stin, Sara Title: Understanding unmet treatment need among formerly incarcerated men with substance use disorders: A mixed methods exploration Summary: Extant research has substantiated the prevalence of substance use disorders (SUDs) among incarcerated and formerly incarcerated populations. Substance abuse services are crucial for justice-involved individuals as unmet treatment need increases reincarceration risk. A limited understanding of behavioral health needs (i.e. health literacy) can be one of the reasons for unmet treatment need. Furthermore, social support is critical to positive post-incarceration outcomes. However, little is known about whether social support influences service utilization among formerly incarcerated individuals. Given these gaps in knowledge, this study aims to provide preliminary identification of how formerly incarcerated men and their social support partners understand the treatment needs of SUDs and ways in which individuals' understanding of SUDs impacts their service utilization. The findings of this study emphasize the need for psychoeducation during and after incarceration on behavioral health issues and the incorporation of social support into the treatment process. Details: Tallahassee: Florida State University, College of Social Work, Institute for Justice Research and Development, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://ijrd.csw.fsu.edu/sites/g/files/upcbnu1766/files/media/images/publication_pdfs/Unmet_treatment_need_IJRD_working_paper_04292019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Treatment Programs Shelf Number: 155846

Author: Nicholson, Kristina C. Title: Human Trafficking and Related Offenses: Examining Trends using Data from the Ohio Incident-Based Reporting System Summary: Since implementation of House Bill 262 in 2012 (i.e. revision of Ohio law on trafficking in persons) stakeholder response to human trafficking has included mandated training for law enforcement officers on indicators, legislation and best practices for investigation on human trafficking. This training reviews two types of trafficking (i.e. sex and labor trafficking), but also discusses the connection of human trafficking to prostitution and related offenses such as solicitation. The current project examined law enforcement data from the Ohio Incident-Based Reporting system, including offenses such as human trafficking as well as prostitution-related offenses from 2012 to 2016. Key findings included that while human trafficking offenses were reported significantly less compared to other examined crimes; crimes such as solicitation have decreased significantly since 2012. This report summarizes these findings and discusses the implications and recommendations for future research on human trafficking and related offenses using data from the Ohio Incident-Based Reporting System. Details: Columbus: Ohio Department of Public Safety, Office of Criminal Justice Services, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/odx-odps-content/links/Human_Trafficking_and_Related_Offenses.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 155847

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights. Oregon Advisory Committee Title: Human Trafficking in Oregon: A Report of the Oregon Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Summary: The Oregon Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Committee) submits this report on human trafficking in Oregon and its impact on communities targeted because of their race, color, age, sex, religion, national origin, or disability. The Committee submits this report as part of its responsibility to study and report on civil rights issues in the state of Oregon. The contents of this report are primarily based on testimony heard during four public meetings via webinar on April 3 and April 17, 2018; in Portland, Oregon on May 1, 2018; and in Woodburn, Oregon on May 2, 2018. In examining sex trafficking and labor trafficking in the agriculture and forestry industries, the Committee identified the following concerns: human trafficking is a form of gender-based discrimination; there is a lack of culturally-specific and gender appropriate services to assist human trafficking victims; government agencies responsible for investigating and prosecuting potential human trafficking cases need effective methods of communication; the H-2A and H-2B visa programs are problematic and characterized by rampant exploitation of foreign-born workers; data collection on human trafficking-related activities is limited; and there is a need for training on how to identify victims and address human trafficking. From these findings, the Committee offers to the Commission recommendations for addressing this problem of national importance. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2018. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2019/02-11-Human-Trafficking-Oregon.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 155848

Author: Jackson, Brian A. Title: Practical Terrorism Prevention: Reexamining U.S. National Approaches to Addressing the Threat of Ideologically Motivated Violence Summary: Terrorism prevention - superseding the programs and activities previously known as countering violent extremism (CVE) - policies seek to broaden the options available to address the risk of individual radicalization and mobilization to ideologically driven violence. These programs provide alternatives to arrest, prosecution, and incarceration by countering recruiting or radicalizing messages, intervening before individuals have committed serious crimes, or supporting the reentry and desistance from violence of individuals convicted and incarcerated for terrorism-related offenses. Government involvement in these programs has been controversial, due to concerns about such efforts' potential to infringe on Constitutionally protected rights and the risk of outreach or intervention activities stigmatizing communities by associating them with terrorism or extremism. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security's (DHS's) Office of Policy requested that the Homeland Security and Operational Analysis Center examine past U.S. CVE and current terrorism prevention efforts, evaluate the DHS and interagency posture for federal efforts, and explore policy options to strengthen terrorism prevention going forward. Researchers found that current terrorism prevention capabilities are relatively limited. Most initiatives are implemented locally or outside government, and only a subset receive federal support. Among interviewees in law enforcement, government, and some community organizations, there is a perceived need for a variety of federal efforts to help strengthen and broaden local and nongovernmental capacity. However, doing so will be challenging, since concerns about past counterterrorism and CVE efforts have significantly damaged trust in some communities. As a result, terrorism prevention policy and programs will need to focus on building trust locally, and designing programs and federal activities to maintain that trust over time. Key Findings -- Current terrorism prevention efforts are limited Limited programmatic focus and resource investment since 2014, coupled with sustained opposition that focused on limiting CVE efforts, have constrained efforts to develop approaches to individuals at risk of ideological violence other than arrest, prosecution, and incarceration. Reinvestment in federal field staff is key Personnel who are based locally but who are aware of the federal picture could help to build relationships, strengthen trust, and act as on-the-ground facilitators of local terrorism prevention efforts. This could both deliver immediate results and help to build for the longer term. Interviewees identified specific needs in the areas of awareness and training, federal support, federal program development, and research and evaluation Objective threat information is needed by technology companies to guide their efforts in the online space. Improved risk-assessment tools also would be useful to manage programming for individuals convicted of terrorism-related offenses. Sharing best practices and knowledge was viewed as important, and interviewees noted the value of bringing together researchers, implementers, and others to share information. Federal action to facilitate local programs and capability-building should be the priority across multiple components of terrorism prevention. A more robust and interdisciplinary research community is needed for terrorism prevention, and, although efforts in the past regarding CVE were useful and should be continued, they are not enough. Recommendations For countermessaging and intervention programming, the federal government should focus on funding and assisting state, local, and nongovernmental organizations and private actors rather than building capabilities itself. The federal government should continue to provide community awareness briefings and training exercises to local groups. These activities were viewed by interviewees as successful in disseminating needed information. Recent reductions in staffing have limited federal capacity to do so. Adapting existing tools like table-top exercises to help empower local areas to explore the types of terrorism prevention that are appropriate for their circumstances appeared to be promising. Openness and transparency in training delivery would help to support trust in a controversial area, and using unclassified and open source information that can be shared broadly is more practical for efforts that must bridge many organizational boundaries. Pursuing public-private partnerships and broadening support from nonsecurity agencies would be a practical approach to supporting terrorism prevention efforts in a way that is potentially more acceptable to communities and members of the public. Building and maintaining the bench of expert practitioners will be important in developing programs from the national to the local levels. Strengthening investment in evaluation would address criticism of the effectiveness of both past CVE and current terrorism prevention efforts in the future. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019. 335p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2647.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 155851

Author: Neighly, Madeline Title: A Healthy Balance: Expanding Health Care Job Opportunities for Californians with a Criminal Record While Ensuring Patient Safety and Security Summary: The rapidly growing health care industry presents a major economic opportunity for the nation and for states such as California. Health care and related occupations are expected to account for half of California's top 20 fastest-growing fields between 2010 and 2020. There is especially strong and growing demand for entry-level health care workers. The number of home health aides employed to care for the state's aging population, for example, is projected to increase by over 50 percent by 2020. Employment for personal care aides, emergency medical technicians, and paramedics is expected to significantly expand as well. Entry-level health care jobs offer opportunity to job-seekers with limited skills and education. It is critical that these job opportunities be available to all qualified workers, including workers from underserved ethnically and racially diverse communities, who possess the cultural competency to deliver quality care to their communities. Unfortunately, too many job seekers from these communities are shut out of such job opportunities because of a criminal record, despite the fact that the vast majority of arrests in California, especially of people of color, are for non-violent offenses. The critical question explored in this report is whether these viable entry-level health care occupations will be available to qualified workers with a criminal record, who now constitute one in four adult Californians. This report uses legal and empirical research coupled with interviews of stakeholders to document and evaluate the role that criminal background checks play in limiting access to health care jobs in California. Although much more work remains to be done, the report's findings and recommendations, which are summarized below, help lay the groundwork for a more informed debate of the issues and of the most promising options to help remove unnecessary barriers to employment of people with a criminal record. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://s27147.pcdn.co/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Healthy-Balance-Full-Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Background Checks Shelf Number: 155857

Author: Avery, Beth Title: Ban the Box: U.S. Cities, Counties, and States Adopt Fair-Chance Policies to Advance Employment Opportunities for People with Past Convictions Summary: Nationwide, 33 states and over 150 cities and counties have adopted what is widely known as "ban the box" so that employers consider a job candidate's qualifications first - without the stigma of a conviction or arrest record. Borne out of the work of All of Us or None, these initiatives provide applicants a fair chance at employment by removing the conviction history question from job applications and delaying background checks until later in the hiring process. Momentum for these policies has grown exponentially, particularly in recent years. At the national level, President Obama endorsed ban-the-box by directing federal agencies to delay inquiries into job applicants' records until later in the hiring process. Representing nearly every region of the country, a total of 31 states have adopted statewide laws or policies - Arizona (2017), California (2017, 2013, 2010), Colorado (2012), Connecticut (2016, 2010), Delaware (2014), Georgia (2015), Hawaii (1998), Illinois (2014, 2013), Indiana (2017), Kansas (2018), Kentucky (2017), Louisiana (2016), Maryland (2013), Massachusetts (2010), Michigan (2018), Minnesota (2013, 2009), Missouri (2016), Nebraska (2014), Nevada (2017), New Jersey (2014), New Mexico (2010), New York (2015), Ohio (2015), Oklahoma (2016), Oregon (2015), Pennsylvania (2017), Rhode Island (2013), Tennessee (2016), Utah (2017), Vermont (2016, 2015), Virginia (2015), Washington (2018), and Wisconsin (2016). Eleven states - California, Connecticut, Hawaii, Illinois, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey, Oregon, Rhode Island, Vermont, and Washington�have also mandated the removal of conviction history questions from job applications for private employers, a change that advocates embrace as the next step in the evolution of these policies. In addition to these eleven states with private-sector laws, the District of Columbia and 31 cities and counties now extend their fair-chance hiring policies to government contractors. Seventeen of those localities�Austin, Baltimore, Buffalo, Chicago, Columbia (MO), the District of Columbia, Kansas City (MO), Los Angeles, Montgomery County (MD), New York City, Philadelphia, Portland (OR), Prince George's County (MD), Rochester, San Francisco, Seattle, and Spokane (WA) - extend their local fair-chance hiring laws to private employers within their jurisdictions. More jurisdictions are also adopting policies that do more than "ban the box"; many incorporate the best practices set forth in the 2012 U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) guidance on the use of arrest and conviction records in employment decisions, and others adopt innovative strategies such as targeted hiring. Robust fair-chance hiring laws delay records-related inquiries until after a conditional offer of employment and ensure a fairer decision-making process by requiring employers to consider the job-relatedness of a conviction, time passed, and mitigating circumstances or rehabilitation evidence. Tallying up the population of the states and localities that have adopted a fair-chance law or policy, now over 249 million people in the United States - approximately three-fourths of the U.S. population�live in a jurisdiction with some form of ban-the-box or fair-chance policy. Fair-chance policies benefit everyone, not just people with records, because they're good for families, local communities, and the overall economy. At an event in Oakland for employers to discuss reentry issues, one business owner spoke to the personal benefit of hiring people with records. "I've seen how a job makes all the difference," says Derreck B. Johnson, founder and president of Home of Chicken and Waffles in Oakland. "When I give someone a chance, and he becomes my best employee, I know that I'm doing right by my community." This resource guide documents the numerous states and localities that have taken steps to remove barriers to employment for qualified workers with records. A chart summarizing all state and local policies nationwide appears at the end of this guide. Details: New York: National Employment Law Project, 2018. 106p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2019 at: https://s27147.pcdn.co/wp-content/uploads/Ban-the-Box-Fair-Chance-State-and-Local-Guide-September.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Ban the Box Shelf Number: 155858

Author: Wilber, Shannan Title: Model Policy: Transgender, Gender Nonconforming, and Intersex Youth in Confinement Facilities Summary: The model policy provides a blueprint of practices that promote the safety, dignity and well-being of transgender, gender nonconforming, and intersex (TGNCI) youth in youth justice facilities. The policy was developed with input from a diverse group of advocates, justice professionals and formerly incarcerated young people. The vulnerability of TGNCI youth is well-documented. In a 2018 survey of 5,600 transgender and gender nonconforming youth, 84% of youth experienced verbal threats, 53% experienced bullying at school, 57% had been mocked or taunted by their families, and 16% had been sexually attacked or raped - all based on their actual or perceived gender identity. Because of pervasive stigma and discrimination, TGNC youth are more likely to experience be psychological distress, homelessness, and bullying. TGNC youth of color, who experience discrimination at the intersections of race and gender, are vulnerable to extraordinarily high rates of violence and mistreatment. Researchers estimate that up to 1.7% of people are born with intersex traits. Although transgender and intersex identities are distinct, both groups encounter discrimination based on gender identity or gender expression and both groups lack access to competent medical care. Some intersex children undergo unnecessary, irreversible, and involuntary surgeries, and transgender youth are often denied medically necessary, gender affirming treatment. Pervasive rejection and discrimination in their homes, schools, and communities contribute to the overrepresentation of TGNCI youth in youth confinement facilities. According to recent national data 12% of youth in juvenile facilities identify as transgender or gender nonconforming, and 85% of those are of color. "TGNCI youth are extremely vulnerable in confinement settings. They experience higher levels of sexual abuse, harassment, and mistreatment, particularly when facilities lack clear, enforceable guidance on how to protect their safety and promote their well-being. They deserve affirming care and support, and this model policy will be the blueprint." said Shannan Wilber, youth policy director at NCLR and one of publication's authors. The Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003 (PREA) standards require confinement facilities to adopt policies and procedures to protect TGNCI youth from sexual abuse and sexual harassment. Many confinement facilities need assistance developing policies that appropriately implement these protections and the National PREA Resource Center supported NCLR in development of this policy. The model policy addresses a range of practices that create a safe and healthy environment for TGNCI youth: How can facility staff safely and respectfully identify TGNCI residents? What concrete steps can facilities take to affirm the gender identity of youth? How can facilities assess and remedy the risks associated with TGNCI status? Where should TGNCI youth be housed in sex-segregated facilities? How can facilities protect the privacy of TGNCI residents? What specific considerations govern searches of TGNCI youth? How can facilities provide gender affirming medical and behavioral health care? What systems can facilities create to permit youth to confidentially report abuse and protect them from retaliation? How can facilities prepare TGNCI youth to successfully return to their communities? What can facilities do to prepare custodial staff to support and affirm TGNCI residents? Details: San Francisco: National Center for Lesbian Rights and Center for Children's Law and Policy, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://www.prearesourcecenter.org/sites/default/files/library/TGNCI%20Model%20Policy.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 155860

Author: Mayson, Sandra G. Title: Misdemeanors by the Numbers Summary: Recent scholarship has underlined the importance of criminal misdemeanor law enforcement, including the impact of public-order policing on communities of color, the collateral consequences of misdemeanor arrest or conviction, and the use of misdemeanor prosecution to raise municipal revenue. But despite the fact that misdemeanors represent more than three-quarters of all criminal cases filed annually in the United States, our knowledge of misdemeanor case processing is based mostly on anecdote and extremely localized research. This Article represents the most substantial empirical analysis of misdemeanor case processing to date. Using multiple court-record datasets, covering several million cases across eight diverse jurisdictions, we present a detailed documentation of misdemeanor case processing from the date of filing through adjudication and sentencing. The resulting portrait reveals a system that disproportionately impacts poor people and people of color. Between 2011 and 2016, each jurisdiction studied relied on monetary bail, which resulted in high rates of pretrial detention even at relatively low amounts, and imposed court costs upon conviction. There were substantial racial disparities in case-filing rates across locales and offense categories. The data also, however, highlight profound jurisdictional heterogeneity in how misdemeanors are defined and prosecuted. The variation suggests that misdemeanor adjudication systems may have fundamentally different characters, and serve different functions, from place to place. It thus presents a major challenge to efforts to describe and theorize the contemporary landscape of misdemeanor justice. At the most fundamental level, the variation calls into question the coherence of the very concept of a misdemeanor, or of misdemeanor criminal justice. As appreciation for the significance of low-level law enforcement builds, we urge scholars and policymakers to attend carefully to the complexity of this sub-felony world. Details: Athens, GA: University of Georgia, School of Law, 2019. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Georgia School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper No. 2019-14: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3374571 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 155879

Author: Choi, John J. Title: Prosecutors and Frequent Utilizers: How Can Prosecutors Better Address the Needs of People Who Frequently Interact with the Criminal Justice and Other Social Systems? Summary: Criminal justice involvement is often the culmination of unmet needs, according to an increasing body of research, testimony, and other evidence. For many individuals who are arrested and charged, a combination of challenges - including mental illness, substance use, poverty, and trauma - can lead to frequent stays in the local jail, emergency room, and homeless shelter. But very few of these stays lead to adequate care or address long-term needs. Rather, social systems - criminal justice, health, and housing, for example - traditionally exist in silos and operate on an "event-by-event basis," with little coordination between them about how to address the overlapping populations they serve. For those who cycle between these systems, often referred to as "frequent utilizers," these stays offer few off-ramps from the criminal justice system or long-term resources. For jurisdictions, this results in an ineffective use of public funds and an inadequate response to the needs of frequent utilizers and their communities. While practitioners, policymakers, academics, and people directly impacted have described this cycle for years, innovations in data and technology offer new avenues to better understand and address the needs of those who frequently interact with the criminal justice and other social systems. Through collaboration between criminal justice stakeholders, service providers, community organizations, and researchers, jurisdictions across the country are harnessing the power of data to develop new strategies to combat this cycle, invest in long-term solutions, and better meet the needs of frequent utilizers and their communities Details: New York: Institute for innovation in Prosecution at John Jay College, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5c4fbee5697a9849dae88a23/t/5c6dd3271905f41e5f8636a3/1550701352414/IIP+ES+Prosecutors+and+Frequent+Utilizers.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Persons Shelf Number: 155880

Author: DuPont, Robert L. Title: Drug Crisis over the Horizon Summary: Ending the modern drug epidemic may be impossible, but there are many good and practical ways to limit the damage caused by commercialized recreational drug use. The first crucial step is widespread recognition that recreational pharmacology - especially polydrug recreational pharmacology - is unhealthy and dangerous. A public health corollary is that national policy must aim to reduce the use of intensely brain-stimulating chemicals for personal pleasure. Recreational pharmacology, sadly, will claim many more victims, and its heightened commercialization must be avoided in the interests of the public health. This rapidly evolving drug epidemic will reshape our political decisions and test our nation's ability to deal successfully with commercialized recreational pharmacology for generations to come. Key Points - In the long term, marijuana legalization may prove to be a more enduring and consequential drug threat than overdose deaths. - The use of new psychoactive substances and illegal drugs more generally is a vast and destructive experiment by millions of people that no scientist or laboratory would ever conduct. - The single most important take-home message from the past half-century of the modern drug epidemic is that 90 percent of adults with substance use disorders, including opioid addiction, initiated their substance use in adolescence. - As we consider present and future drug crises, we can learn useful lessons both from expanding the focus beyond marijuana and opioids and from exploring the path that has led to the current drug epidemic. - Strategies that deal with prevention, treatment, and drug-impaired driving hold the promise of sharp reductions in the use of recreational drugs and the negative consequences of this drug use. Details: Washington, DC: Heritage Foundation, 2019. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Backgrounder No. 3400: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://www.heritage.org/sites/default/files/2019-04/BG3400.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155883

Author: Regional Organized Crime Information Center Title: Antifa / Anti-Antifa: Fighting in the Streets Summary: Recent political events have thrust opposing groups of extremists to the forefront, of particular concern to law enforcement since their tactics often lead to violence, bodily harm, property destruction and attacks against police. These groups go way beyond any peaceful demonstrators or protesters; in fact, they often convert peaceful, lawful protest into violent confrontations. On Sat., April 8, 2017, a small group of protesters identifying as the Alt-Right gathered in front of the White House to vocally oppose the bombing of Syria by American military forces. Counter-protesters began an equally vocal, but peaceful, shouting match with the group, which was led by the well-known white supremacist Richard Spencer. Members of Antifa, one wearing a red mask, moved in quickly, hitting members of a film crew with a rolled up banner and shouting, "No Nazis, no KKK, no fascist USN' Other Antifa carried communist flags and signs that read "the future is feminist:' Antifa (short for anti-fascist) is an alliance between anarchists and communists to confront and defeat fascists and white supremacists by whatever means necessary. Scuffling ensued between the two groups, requiring the police to create a barrier to keep the two groups apart. Obscenities were hurled between the groups of protesters. "F-ck you, Nazi" evoked the response, "Get a job, Commie!" On Inauguration Day in Washington, D.C., Antifas infiltrated peaceful protests to inflict violence, destruct property, and erect barricades to disrupt flow of traffic. On Feb. 1, 2017, approximately 150 Antifas practicing black bloc tactics stormed police barricades in Berkeley, Calif., launched fireworks and torched a portable police spotlight as they successfully disrupted a campus speech by Alt-Right celebrity Milo Yiannopoulos. Speeches by white supremacist Spencer at Texas A&M on Dec. 6, 2016 and at Auburn (Ala.) University on April 18, 2017 were met by hundreds of protestors, including Antifa supporters. Three people were arrested in Auburn, where police required masked protesters to remove their masks under a state law originally enacted to prevent Ku Klux Klan members from hiding their identities. At Texas A&M police in riot gear forceably removed a mob of protestors from the student union. Two arrests were made. A separate "silent protest" was also held in the school's Rudder Plaza. One protester, a college student, told the local press: "Last time Nazis took over in the world there wasn't all this love and hugs that got rid of them, it was the communists. It was the anti-fascist fighters:' Antifa (short for anti-fascist) is an alliance between anarchists and communists to confront and defeat fascists and white supremacists by whatever means necessary. It is the most aggressive and militant response to the 2016 national elections. The Antifas claim they are opposed to fascism in all its forms - sexism, racism, homophobia, government corruption, and Islamophobia. As organizers from anti-fascist research and news site Antifa NYC told leftist The Nation magazine: '�.ntifa combines radical left-wing and anarchist politics, revulsion at racists, sexists, homophobes, anti-Semites, and Islamophobes, with the international anti-fascist culture of taking the streets and physically confronting the brownshirts of white supremacy, whoever they may be'.'.... Details: Nashville, TN: Regional Organized Crime Information Center, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://propertyofthepeople.org/document-detail/?doc-id=5784867-ROCIC-Special-Research-Report-Antifa-Anti-Antifa Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Antifa Shelf Number: 155884

Author: University of Chicago Crime Lab Title: Connect and Redirect to Respect: Final Report Summary: Chicago continues to grapple with unacceptably high levels of gun violence that threaten the very future of the city itself. While our city is not alone in confronting this crisis, Chicago's challenge is uniquely tragic in its concentration among our city's most vulnerable residents - school-aged youth. Compared to other cities, a significantly larger share of Chicago's victims and suspects of gun violence are adolescents. And far too often, the conflicts that leave students victimized begin as insults on social media that escalate into serious violence. In 2014, the Chicago Public Schools (CPS) received a grant through the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to pilot an innovative new approach to reducing violence and promoting safety among CPS students. The Connect & Redirect to Respect (CRR) program aims to keep students safe by using information gathered via social media to identify students engaging in risky behaviors - such as instigating conflict, signaling involvement in a gang, or brandishing a weapon - and connect them to a caring adult who seeks to understand their situation, help them navigate it, and connect them with services intended to keep them safe. The University of Chicago Crime Lab partnered with CPS to evaluate the effects of CRR. The Crime Lab met with school personnel to better understand the safety challenges they face and their connection to social media activity, and analyzed student data from participating high schools as well as schools that did not receive the program. We find suggestive evidence that, once the program was fully implemented, students attending participating high schools were at lower risk of being shooting victims; experienced fewer misconduct incidents and out-of-school suspensions; and attended school for several additional days, relative to students in non-participating high schools. These findings suggest that CRR may be a promising approach to improving school and student safety. Details: Chicago: Author, 2019. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://urbanlabs.uchicago.edu/attachments/30b77844fd0e643625790edd7b9212ad3ce8f206/store/b731bf38a79d6e68ae4eb13e163997de27e253cb29e2bae6d6ffb3f2e7b4/CRR_Final_Report_20190122_clean_final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 155885

Author: Gies, Stephen V. Title: The Girls Circle: An Evaluation of a Structured Support Group Program for Girls Summary: Girls have had an increased presence in the juvenile justice system during the last 20 years and some researchers contend that these girls may require alternative programs to effectively address their specific risks, needs, and strengths, because girls differ developmentally from boys. One promising and widespread gender-specific intervention is the Girls Circle program, developed by the One Circle Foundation. The purpose of this study was to conduct a randomized experiment of the Girls Circle model. The sample (n=168) was obtained from the Juvenile Probation and Court Services Department (JPCSD) of the Circuit Court of Cook County in Chicago, Ill. The treatment group received the Girls Circle program services, while the control group received traditional non�gender-specific probation services. The study's goals were to assess short-term (from intake to program completion) improvement among GC participants in four families of outcomes: risky behavior (substance use and sexual behavior), psychosocial assets, school aspirations and expectations, and perceived body image. It also assessed the impact of the Girls Circle subjects compared to the control group on recidivism at 12-months post-program completion. A series of analyses was performed in sequential phases to assess the impact of the program. The first phase of analyses explored the differences (or lack thereof) between groups on numerous pre-treatment characteristics at baseline. The second phase used paired samples t-tests which compared data from baseline to post-test to assess the short-term change over the intervention period. In addition, in order to examine the effects of dosage on selected outcomes, several regressions were run, while controlling for the pre-test measure for the outcome and dosage. And the third phase assessed the long-term impact of the Girls Circle program on recidivism through the use of survival modeling. Overall, the results appear to favor the Girls Circle group in reducing recidivism; however, these findings were strongly moderated by the number of sessions attended. Conversely, no evidence was found initially for the short-term (from intake to program completion) improvement among Girls Circle participants along any of the four families of outcomes examined. However, like recidivism, as attendance in the Girls Circle group increased, average condom use, educational aspirations, and educational expectations significantly increased; conversely, average self-control scores significantly decreased. Policy implications are discussed. Details: Bethesda, MA: Development Services Group, Inc., 2015. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/ojjdp/grants/252708.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 155886

Author: Dharmapala, Dhammika Title: Collective Bargaining and Police Misconduct Summary: Growing controversy surrounds the impact of labor unions on law enforcement behavior. Critics allege that unions impede organizational reform and insulate officers from discipline for misconduct. Yet collective bargaining tends to increase wages, which could improve police behavior. We provide quasi-experimental empirical evidence on the effects of collective bargaining on violent incidents of misconduct. The incidents are recorded in a Florida state administrative database of "moral character" violations reported by local agencies. Our empirical strategy focuses on the conferral of collective bargaining rights on sheriffs' deputies by a 2003 Florida Supreme Court decision (Williams). These rights produced a substantial increase in unionization of sheriffs' deputies. We first show that the introduction of collective bargaining agreements at sheriffs' offices after Williams was associated with a substantial increase in violent incidents. We then analyze the impact of collective bargaining rights, using police departments, which were unaffected by Williams, as a control group for sheriffs' offices. Our results imply that collective bargaining rights led to about a 45% increase in violent incidents. We also find some evidence suggesting that collective bargaining rights led to decreased racial and ethnic diversity among new officer hires. Details: Unpublished paper, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 16, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3095217 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Bargaining Shelf Number: 155887

Author: Galle, Brian D. Title: Optimal Enforcement with Heterogeneous Private Costs of Punishment Summary: We formalize the idea that regulatory devices may generate different incentive effects for different individuals. These unequal incentive effects can generate social costs by causing some individuals to be over-deterred and others to be under-deterred. This is an underappreciated dimension over which one ought to compare the efficiency of various regulatory tools. We then note various methods to reduce inefficiencies caused by unequal incentive effects. Among others, we show that combining tools which have negatively correlated effects can improve welfare; increasing the probability of detection can be preferable to imposing large transferable sanctions; and fines can be inferior to other regulatory instruments when the harm from offenses vary across offenders. Details: Fairfax, VA: George Mason University - Antonin Scalia Law School, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper No. 19-11: Accessed May 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3380273 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Fines and Fees Shelf Number: 155888

Author: Kaplan, Jacob Title: Harm Reduction in Domestic Violence: Does Marijuana Make Assaults Safer? Summary: While all forms of domestic violence can be uniquely traumatizing, incidents resulting in serious injury can lead to lasting physical, mental, and financial consequences for the victim. Hence, it is surprising that most literature on the effects of policy intervention on domestic violence treats such incidents as homogeneous rather than considering differing levels of victim injury. This study provides evidence that decriminalization of marijuana leads to substantial declines in victim injury. Among domestic violence assaults where the victim suffered a serious injury, there was a significant decline in incidents where the offender was under the influence of alcohol or used a weapon. Details: Preliminary paper, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3369231 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Assaults Shelf Number: 155889

Author: Dharmapala, Dhammika Title: The Effect of Collective Bargaining Rights on Law Enforcement: Evidence from Florida Summary: Growing controversy surrounds the impact of labor unions on law enforcement behavior. Critics allege that unions impede organizational reform and insulate officers from discipline for misconduct. The only evidence of these effects, however, is anecdotal. We exploit a quasi-experiment in Florida to estimate the effects of collective bargaining rights on law enforcement misconduct and other outcomes of public concern. In 2003, the Florida Supreme Court's Williams decision extended to county deputy sheriffs collective bargaining rights that municipal police officers had possessed for decades. We construct a comprehensive panel dataset of Florida law enforcement agencies starting in 1997, and employ a difference-in-difference approach that compares sheriffs' offices and police departments before and after Williams. Our primary result is that collective bargaining rights lead to about a 27% increase in complaints of officer misconduct for the typical sheriff's office. This result is robust to the inclusion of a variety of controls. The time pattern of the estimated effect, along with an analysis using agency-specific trends, suggests that it is not attributable to preexisting trends. The estimated effect of Williams is not robustly significant for other potential outcomes of interest, however, including the racial and gender composition of agencies and training and educational requirements. Details: Chicago: University of Chicago Law School, 2018. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Coase-Sandor Working Paper Series in Law and Economics: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2526&context=law_and_economics Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Bargaining Shelf Number: 155900

Author: Donohue, John J., III Title: The Impact of Legalized Abortion on Crime Over the Last Two Decades Summary: Donohue and Levitt (2001) presented evidence that the legalization of abortion in the early 1970s played an important role in the crime drop of the 1990s. That paper concluded with a strong out-of-sample prediction regarding the next two decades: "When a steady state is reached roughly twenty years from now, the impact of abortion will be roughly twice as great as the impact felt so far. Our results suggest that all else equal, legalized abortion will account for persistent declines of 1 percent a year in crime over the next two decades." Estimating parallel specifications to the original paper, but using the seventeen years of data generated after that paper was written, we find strong support for the prediction. The estimated coefficient on legalized abortion is actually larger in the latter period than it was in the initial dataset in almost all specifications. We estimate that crime fell roughly 20% between 1997 and 2014 due to legalized abortion. The cumulative impact of legalized abortion on crime is roughly 45%, accounting for a very substantial portion of the roughly 50-55% overall decline from the peak of crime in the early 1990s. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper Series; No. 25863: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25863.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Abortion and Crime Shelf Number: 155901

Author: Jacobs, Erin Title: Prisoner Reentry in Context: Labor Market Conditions, Neighborhoods, and the Employment and Recidivism Outcomes of Former Prisoners Summary: As incarceration rates in the United States have risen to historically unprecedented levels, so too has the number of individuals being released from prison. These individuals come disproportionately from already marginalized groups, and they average poor labor market and criminal justice outcomes. In this dissertation, I contribute to our understanding of the experiences of men released from prison by exploring the individual and contextual factors that shape their outcomes. I analyze data on 2,174 prisoners released between 2004 and 2008 to Chicago, Detroit, Milwaukee, Minneapolis-St. Paul, and New York, to study three related questions about which there is little empirical research for this population. First, I ask how post-prison employment experiences relate to the odds of arrest. I find that employment, particularly if it pays well, is negatively correlated with arrest, controlling for fixed differences between individuals. However, I and others find that few former prisoners obtain such well-paying employment. Second, I examine the importance of local labor market conditions. I find that unemployment rates are negatively associated with individual employment, as expected, but that the relationship between economic conditions and recidivism is complex. I estimate that an increasing unemployment rate is associated with lower odds of arrest, but higher odds of parole revocation. These results suggest that recessionary conditions may not lead to more crime among these men but they may make the transition from prison more difficult by reducing the odds of working and of successfully staying out of prison. Finally, I explore the importance of neighborhood context. I find that those living in highly disadvantaged and declining neighborhoods have poorer employment outcomes, but, surprisingly, I do not find a significant relationship between neighborhood characteristics and arrest. I also find that contextual characteristics and outcomes vary considerably by city, with Detroit as an extreme case of contextual disadvantage. This suggests that researchers should look beyond neighborhood and also consider city-level contextual factors in order to understand the outcomes of this population. These analyses extend our understanding of the factors that shape life chances among this highly disadvantaged group of men. Details: Princeton, NJ: Princeton University, 2013. 275p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.1022.2482&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 155902

Author: Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Police-Mental Health Collaborations: A Framework for Implementing Effective Law Enforcement Responses for People Who Have Mental Health Needs Summary: Increasingly, law enforcement officers are called on to be the first, and often the only, responders to calls involving people who have mental health needs. To begin tackling that challenge, The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center released a framework to help law enforcement agencies across the country better respond to the growing number of calls for service they receive involving this population. Police-Mental Health Collaborations: A Framework for Implementing Effective Law Enforcement Responses for People Who Have Mental Health Needs is a publication intended to help jurisdictions advance comprehensive, agency-wide responses to people who have mental illnesses. These responses feature cross-system collaborations between the criminal justice and behavioral health systems. The framework is organized around six main questions that law enforcement executives should consider to be successful in implementing or improving police-mental health collaborations (PMHCs) in their jurisdiction. These questions are: Is our leadership committed? Do we have clear policies and procedures to respond to people who have mental health needs? Do we provide staff with quality mental health and stabilization training? Does the community have a full array of mental health services and supports for people who have mental health needs? Do we collect and analyze data to measure the PMHC against the four key outcomes? Do we have a formal and ongoing process for reviewing and improving performance? Written primarily for law enforcement executives, and with support from the U.S. Justice Department's Bureau of Justice Assistance, the framework also highlights jurisdictions that have excelled in each area. Details: New York: Author, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Police-Mental-Health-Collaborations-Framework.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 155903

Author: Nowrasteh, Alex Title: Three New Ways for Congress to Legalize Illegal Immigrants Summary: A critical element of any future immigration reform will be the legalization of illegal immigrants. Previous immigration reform proposals have failed, largely because policymakers disagreed over whether and how to legalize illegal immigrants. Future immigration reform proposals must be different from previous proposals if there is any hope of them becoming law. Presently, there are about 10-12 million illegal immigrants who reside in the United States, are unable to legally work, and are thus uncertain about their futures. Almost 17 million people live in families with at least one illegal immigrant in the household, representing 4.6 percent of the U.S. population. Because of labor market regulations that outlaw the employment of illegal immigrants, they face an estimated wage penalty of 11.3 percent relative to legal immigrants. Granting legal status to illegal immigrants will help solve these and other issues. Past legalization reforms introduced by members of Congress were too similar to one another. They all failed, so it is time for Congress to propose new means of legalizing immigrants who are living here illegally. Our proposals provide three such means for legalizing illegal immigrants that will overcome some of the main political objections in the past. These proposals are very different from past proposals, and will create a better system: Legalizing immigrants through a tiered system, whereby illegal immigrants can choose to either be legalized quickly and cheaply without the ability to gain citizenship in the future or begin a lengthier and expensive path toward citizenship; Rolling legalization by allowing long-term illegal immigrant residents to legalize their status on an ongoing basis without an application cutoff date; and Slowing chain immigration by limiting legalized immigrants' ability to sponsor family members from overseas for lawful permanent residency (LPR) or green cards. These proposals address the issue in different ways, but all do so from the perspective that the majority of the 10-12 million illegal immigrants should be legalized. These proposed policies are also not mutually exclusive because Congress could enact all of them together to form a coherent policy. None of these proposals are ideal, and they are all compromises, but neither side in this political debate is going to get everything it wants, so middle-ground proposals are necessary if either side is going to receive some partial resolution to this pressing problem. We write this brief with the hope that at least one of these proposals will be innovative and effective enough to break the congressional logjam over legalization. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2019. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/immigration-research-policy-brief/three-new-ways-congress-legalize-illegal-immigrants Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 155934

Author: Egan, Scott P. Title: Borders on the Rise: The Unintended Evolutionary Consequences of Border Barriers on Natural Populations Summary: Predicting the biological implications of human-made barriers dividing natural populations is a critical and urgent challenge for scientists and policymakers worldwide (Carroll et al. 2014). Inspired by the documented increase of 'border barriers,' or anthropogenic barriers along international borders, on a global scale (Figure 1; Vallet 2014; Linnell et al. 2016; Trouwborst et al. 2016), this report addresses the biological impacts of these barriers on natural populations, with a focus on evolutionary changes. While typically built for geopolitical and security reasons, border barriers can also have unintended consequences for biodiversity. The construction of border barriers is not a new phenomenon (Figure 1; Vallet 2014; Linnell et al. 2016; Trouwborst et al. 2016). From the Great Wall of China, to the Berlin Wall, to the contemporary walls between the U.S. and Mexico, humanity's history of erecting border barriers spans thousands of years (Linnell et al. 2016; Trouwborst et al. 2016). Current border barriers exist between Israel and the West Bank, Malaysia and Thailand, India and Pakistan, Iran and Iraq, China and Mongolia, and Botswana and Zimbabwe, among others (Linnell et al. 2016; Trouwborst et al. 2016). Given the global scale of border barriers, we know surprisingly little about their impact on ecological and evolutionary outcomes in natural populations (e.g., Lasky et al. 2011). Moreover, there is no clear review directly summarizing the potential volutionary impacts of border barriers, at a time when biodiversity is rapidly declining on a global scale (Butchart et al. 2010). There are many reasons for this lack of information, which is partially due to the fundamental characteristics of border barriers. First, border barriers are built between two countries, which have different laws and practices associated with conducting scientific research on the biological impacts of these structures (Trouwborst et al. 2016). Second, border barriers are commonly built for security reasons, and there is often restricted access to these areas on either side as a result. Third, best practices and strategies for mitigating the negative effects of human-made barriers on wildlife could compromise the intended security purposes of border barriers. Fourth, environmental laws intended to protect biodiversity along border areas can be temporarily waived in the interest of national security and safety. Fifth, borders are often created along natural geographic boundaries (Newman and Paasi 1998), therefore border barriers can amplify the historical effects of natural barriers on biodiversity. This report addresses the evolutionary impacts of border barriers. We summarize data directly from border barriers studies and provide supporting information from studies of other anthropogenic barriers, such as roads, dams, and game fences. To this end, we first provide a brief overview of what can be learned from geographic isolation under natural conditions. Second, we address changes to the movement of individuals and gene flow between populations. Third, we highlight three predicted evolutionary outcomes in response to border walls: (1) divergence due to natural selection and/or genetic drift as gene flow decreases; (2) immediate and long-term changes to effective population size, including population bottlenecks and changes to genetic variation; and (3) inbreeding and inbreeding depression. For each of these outcomes, we provide evidence from theory and previous studies on the biological consequences of human-made structures to show how local populations can respond to border barriers. Details: Houston, TX: Rice University's Baker Institute for Public Policy, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.bakerinstitute.org/media/files/files/e46a06b2/mex-pub-borderwallegan-121918.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Barriers Shelf Number: 155935

Author: Nowrasteh, Alex Title: Terrorists by Immigration Status and Nationality: A Risk Analysis, 1975-2017 Summary: Terrorism is a hazard to human life and material prosperity that should be addressed in a sensible manner whereby the benefits of actions taken to contain it outweigh the costs. Foreign-born terrorists were responsible for 86 percent (or 3,037) of the 3,518 murders caused by terrorists on U.S. soil from 1975 through the end of 2017. Of the other 481 murder victims of terrorists, 413 were murdered by native-born Americans, and 68 were murdered by unidentified terrorists. This paper is an update and expansion of a previous Cato policy analysis of the risk of foreign-born terrorists by the visa categories they used to enter the United States. This updated policy analysis also includes native-born terrorists in a separate category, estimates of injuries sustained in terrorist attacks, the terrorist countries of origin, and terrorist ideologies. This version also corrects minor errors such as the exclusion of some non-deadly foreign-born terrorists and changes in their visa statuses before 1990. Including those murdered in the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 (9/11), the chance of a person perishing in a terrorist attack on U.S. soil committed by a foreigner over the 43-year period studied here is 1 in 3.8 million per year. The hazard posed by foreigners who entered on different visa categories varies considerably. For instance, the chance of an American being murdered in a terrorist attack by a refugee is about 1 in 3.86 billion per year, while the annual chance of being murdered in an attack committed by an illegal immigrant is zero. By contrast, the chance of being murdered by a tourist on a B visa, the most common tourist visa, is about 1 in 4.1 million per year. Compared to foreign-born terrorists, the chance of being murdered by a native-born terrorist is about 1 in 28 million per year. There were 192 foreign-born terrorists who planned, attempted, or carried out attacks on U.S. soil from 1975 through 2017. Of those, 65 percent were Islamists, 18 percent were foreign nationalists, 6 percent were right-wingers, 6 percent were non-Islamic religious terrorists, 3 percent were left-wingers, and the rest were separatists or adherents of other or unknown ideologies. By comparison, there were 788 native-born terrorists who planned, attempted, or carried out attacks on U.S. soil from 1975 through 2017. Of those, 24 percent were right-wingers, 22 percent were white supremacists, 16 percent were left-wingers, 14 percent were Islamists, 11 percent were anti-abortion, and 6 percent were others. This expanded terrorism risk analysis can aid in the efficient allocation of scarce government-security resources to best counter the small terrorist threat. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/terrorists-immigration-status-nationality-risk-analysis-1975-2017 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Counter-Terrorism Shelf Number: 155936

Author: Dion-Schwarz, Cynthia Title: Terrorist Use of Cryptocurrencies: Technical and Organizational Barriers and Future Threats Summary: Given the key role of funding in supporting terrorist operations, counterterrorism finance (CTF) efforts often focus on tracking money and preventing financial transactions that might be used to support attacks and other terrorist activities. However, the success of these strategies in reducing terrorist access to official currencies has raised concerns that terrorist organizations might increase their use of such digital cryptocurrencies as Bitcoin to support their activities. Current cryptocurrencies are not well matched with the totality of features that would be needed and desirable to terrorist groups but might be employed for selected financial activities. The authors' research shows that, should a single cryptocurrency emerge that provides widespread adoption, better anonymity, improved security, and that is subject to lax or inconsistent regulation, then the potential utility of this cryptocurrency, as well as the potential for its use by terrorist organizations, would increase. Regulation and oversight of cryptocurrencies, along with international cooperation between law enforcement and the intelligence community, would be important steps to prevent terrorist organizations from using cryptocurrencies to support their activities. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2019. 99p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 20, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR3026.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bitcoin Shelf Number: 155937

Author: National Council of La Raza Title: School-to-Prison Pipeline: Zero Tolerance for Latino Youth Summary: The establishment of zero-tolerance policies has resulted in schools implementing harsh exclusionary discipline practices for increasingly minor and illusory infractions, such as school uniform violations, profanity, and disrespect. Under these policies, students are pushed out of mainstream educational environments and placed on a path toward incarceration through the use of suspensions, expulsions, and arrests. Zero-tolerance was originally applied to the criminal justice system in the 1980s as an approach to combat violent crime and drug related offenses. In the 1990s, school systems began to adopt zero-tolerance policies as a result of the Gun Free Schools Act of 1994. The impetus behind this act was to protect students from violent or illegal behavior on or near school grounds. The establishment of these policies has roughly doubled the number of students who have been suspended or expelled since the 1970s. According to the U.S. Department of Education Office for Civil Rights (OCR), nearly three million students are suspended at least once each year and over 100,000 students are expelled. The punitive nature of zero-tolerance policies has led to racial and ethnic disparities within school and juvenile justice systems. In addition, the negative outcomes associated with zero-tolerance policies have been escalated with the placement of police on school grounds. This occurrence has resulted in an increase in the number of school-based arrests and referrals to juvenile court systems for infractions that were once handled by school administrators. The criminalization of certain kinds of school misconduct has created what is often referred to as the "school-to-prison pipeline." Details: Washington, DC: National Council of La Raza, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://www.sccgov.org/sites/pdo/ppw/pubs/documents/zerotolerance_factsheet22011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 155943

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Using Video Analytics and Sensor Fusion in Law Enforcement Summary: The diffusion of video technology means that law enforcement will increasingly have streaming video feeds from in-car and body-worn cameras that may be monitored to help protect the safety of officers and bystanders. The proliferation of internet-enabled digital video cameras and sensor devices (part of the Internet of Things) provides public safety agencies with a huge technological opportunity. The new but emerging fields of video analytics and sensor fusion offer potential for addressing these challenges. On July 12-13, 2017, on behalf of the National Institute of Justice and the Priority Criminal Justice Needs Initiative, the RAND Corporation, assisted by the Police Executive Research Forum, held a workshop examining these issues. The workshop participants constructed business cases for the use of these tools in law enforcement, identified key innovation needs with respect to their application, explored the types of behavior and objects such tools would be designed to detect, and identified key civil rights and civil liberties protections required for their use. The results were brought together into a research roadmap for this topical area regarding application of these technologies in policing. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation and National Institute of Justice, 2018. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2600/RR2619/RAND_RR2619.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 155945

Author: Shaffer, John S. Title: Managing the Seriously Mentally Ill in Corrections Summary: A disproportionate number of individuals with serious mental illness (SMI) become involved in the criminal justice system and ultimately fall under some form of correctional control. Although some jurisdictions are making great strides with respect to how the criminal justice system deals with individuals with SMI, significant challenges and opportunities for improved outcomes remain. In light of the ongoing challenges the corrections sector faces in managing individuals with SMI, RAND researchers convened an expert workshop to better understand the challenges and identify the high-priority needs associated with how these individuals become justice-involved and how to achieve better outcomes before and after these individuals come under correctional control. The majority of needs identified in this report are not new. Indeed, several issues closely mirror previous recommendations made by national advocacy groups and correctional health care organizations. This would seem to imply that the practitioners who work with this population essentially understand what is required to improve outcomes. Like many other issues, the gap appears to be a matter of prioritization and insufficient resources. That said, the needs identified in this report represent a strong and diverse agenda that can serve as a foundation for transformational change, given the social and political will to pursue this direction. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation and National Institute of Justice, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2698.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 155948

Author: Chen, Jondou Chase Title: No Crime Left Behind: Exposure to Neighborhood Violence and School Performance in New York City Summary: Educational policy has increasingly focused on holding teachers and schools accountable for student performance. Yet popular and academic writers have long connected exposure to neighborhood violence to poor student performance. Newly available datasets, statistical methods and computer technology allow for greater power and additional control in analyzing this relation. Using school and neighborhood data (N = 792,374 students from 1,240 school neighborhoods) from New York City between 2006 and 2010, multilevel models were used to test whether exposure to violence in the school neighborhood (the number of police-reported felony assaults, homicides, rapes and robberies) predicts student performance (scaled scores on annual English and math tests). Violent crime is significantly associated with negative students outcomes controlling for a host of student and school neighborhood level variables including poverty and prior violent crime. Effect sizes were larger when predicting math outcomes than English, and for students in middle school as opposed to elementary school. These findings suggest that educational policymakers must distinguish exposure to violence from teacher and school effects and that neighborhood violence must be addressed by stakeholders of child development whether in schools or in society at large. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2013. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://academiccommons.columbia.edu/doi/10.7916/D8BV7PPN Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 155949

Author: Congressional Research Service Title: Marijuana Use and Highway Safety Summary: A growing number of Americans report that they use marijuana. Most states now allow the use of marijuana for treatment of medical conditions. Ten states and the District of Columbia, representing a quarter of the U.S. population, have decriminalized the recreational use of marijuana, and other states are considering following suit. As the opportunity for legal use of marijuana grows, there is concern about the impact of marijuana usage on highway safety. In a 2018 survey, the majority of state highway safety officers considered drugged driving an issue at least as important as driving while impaired by alcohol (which is associated with over 10,000 highway deaths each year). As of May 2019, 18 states have enacted laws declaring that a specified concentration of THC in a driver's body constitutes evidence of impairment and is inherently illegal (referred to as per se laws), similar to the .08% blood alcohol content (BAC) standard of alcohol impairment. Advocates of loosening restrictions on marijuana often compare marijuana usage to drinking alcohol, which may contribute to some stakeholders viewing marijuana use and driving as similar to alcohol's impairment of driving. Research studies indicate that marijuana�s effects on drivers' performance may vary from the effects of alcohol, in ways that challenge dealing with marijuana impairment and driving similarly to alcohol-impaired driving. Alcohol is a nervous system depressant that is absorbed into the blood and metabolized by the body fairly quickly, such that there is little trace of alcohol after 24 hours. Its impairing effects have been extensively studied over many decades, and the association between levels of alcohol consumption and degrees of impairment is well-established. By contrast, marijuana is a nervous system stimulant. It contains over 500 chemical compounds, only one of which, tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), is significantly psychoactive. Its effects are felt quickly after smoking, but more slowly when consumed in other forms (e.g., in food). It is metabolized quickly, but the body can store THC in fat cells, so that traces of THC can be found up to several weeks after consumption. Its impairing effects have been the subject of limited study, due in part to its status as a controlled substance under federal law. Although laboratory studies have shown that marijuana consumption can affect a person's response times and motor performance, studies of the impact of marijuana consumption on a driver's risk of being involved in a crash have produced conflicting results, with some studies finding little or no increased risk of a crash from marijuana usage. Levels of impairment that can be identified in laboratory settings may not have a significant impact in real world settings, where many variables affect the likelihood of a crash occurring. Research studies have been unable to consistently correlate levels of marijuana consumption, or THC in a person�s body, and levels of impairment. Thus some researchers, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, have observed that using a measure of THC as evidence of a driver's impairment is not supported by scientific evidence to date. Congress, state legislatures, and other decisionmakers may address the topic of marijuana use and driver impairment through various policy options, including whether or not to support additional research on the impact of marijuana on driver performance and on measurement techniques for marijuana impairment, as well as training for law enforcement on identifying marijuana impairment. Other deliberations may address federal regulations on marijuana use and testing for transportation safety-sensitive employees. Details: Washington, DC: Congressional Research Service, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/R45719.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 155950

Author: Kijakazi, Kilolo Title: What Would it Take to Overcome the Damaging Effects of Structural Racism and Ensure a More Equitable Future? Summary: For most of its history, the United States excluded people of color from its main pathways of opportunity and upward mobility, causing deep inequities across many aspects of life. But we can imagine a more equitable future in which structural racism - the policies, programs, and institutional practices that generated inequitable outcomes - and its consequences are remedied. Since our nation's inception, racist policies and practices have been carried out by leaders who wrote and spoke about equality while engaging in the purchase, bondage, and sale of people of African descent. Periods of progress have often been followed by periods of backlash. Abolition and the Civil War were followed by Jim Crow laws, white mob violence, and lynchings. The civil rights movement and key legislative accomplishments were followed by cuts in federal antipoverty programs and the acceleration of mass incarceration. The election of our first African American president has been followed by a curtailment in policies that enforce fair housing, reduce inequities in the criminal justice system, and protect consumers from predatory lenders. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://next50.urban.org/sites/default/files/2019-05/2019.05.12_Next50%20structural%20racism_finalized%20%281%29.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Inequality Shelf Number: 155951

Author: Landgrave, Michelangelo Title: Criminal Immigrants in 2017: Their Numbers, Demographics, and Countries of Origin Summary: Since taking office in 2017, President Trump has expanded interior immigration enforcement, made it easier for states and local governments to apprehend and detain illegal immigrants, and argued that building a wall is essential to reducing crime. These actions are largely based on the perception that illegal immigrants are a significant and disproportionate source of crime in the United States. This brief uses American Community Survey data from the U.S. Census to analyze incarcerated immigrants according to their citizenship and legal status in 2017. The data show that all immigrants - legal and illegal - are less likely to be incarcerated than native-born Americans relative to their shares of the population. By themselves, illegal immigrants are less likely to be incarcerated than native-born Americans. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/immigration-research-policy-brief/criminal-immigrants-2017-their-numbers-demographics Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Immigrants Shelf Number: 155957

Author: Milloy, M-J.S. Title: Estimated Drug Overdose Deaths Averted by North America's First Medically-Supervised Safer Injection Facility Summary: Background: Illicit drug overdose remains a leading cause of premature mortality in urban settings worldwide. We sought to estimate the number of deaths potentially averted by the implementation of a medically supervised safer injection facility (SIF) in Vancouver, Canada. Methodology/Principal Findings: The number of potentially averted deaths was calculated using an estimate of the local ratio of non-fatal to fatal overdoses. Inputs were derived from counts of overdose deaths by the British Columbia Vital Statistics Agency and non-fatal overdose rates from published estimates. Potentially-fatal overdoses were defined as events within the SIF that required the provision of naloxone, a 911 call or an ambulance. Point estimates and 95% Confidence Intervals (95% CI) were calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation. Between March 1, 2004 and July 1, 2008 there were 1004 overdose events in the SIF of which 453 events matched our definition of potentially fatal. In 2004, 2005 and 2006 there were 32, 37 and 38 drug-induced deaths in the SIF's neighbourhood. Owing to the wide range of non-fatal overdose rates reported in the literature (between 5% and 30% per year) we performed sensitivity analyses using non-fatal overdose rates of 50, 200 and 300 per 1,000 person years. Using these model inputs, the number of averted deaths were, respectively: 50.9 (95% CI: 23.6�78.1); 12.6 (95% CI: 9.6�15.7); 8.4 (95% CI: 6.5�10.4) during the study period, equal to 1.9 to 11.7 averted deaths per annum. Conclusions/Significance: Based on a conservative estimate of the local ratio of non-fatal to fatal overdoses, the potentially fatal overdoses in the SIF during the study period could have resulted in between 8 and 51 deaths had they occurred outside the facility, or from 6% to 37% of the total overdose mortality burden in the neighborhood during the study period. These data should inform the ongoing debates over the future of the pilot project. Details: S.L., 2008. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0003351 Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Overdose Shelf Number: 155958

Author: Feeney, Matthew Title: Walling Off Liberty: How Strict Immigration Enforcement Threatens Privacy and Local Policing Summary: During his campaign, Donald Trump vowed to aggressively ramp up immigration enforcement by implementing "extreme vetting," building a wall along the southern border, cracking down on so-called "sanctuary cities," and creating a "deportation force." President Trump and his allies took steps to implement some of these proposals shortly after his inauguration. There are ample reasons for concern over how such efforts will impact America's law enforcement agencies and Americans� civil liberties. In order to be effective, the president's proposals require the federal government to gather more information about American citizens. Border Patrol will increase its presence both at the border and at interior checkpoints, inconveniencing Americans and foreigners alike. Immigration law enforcement officials will exploit the lack of privacy protections at the border, leading to citizens being pressured into providing authorities with access to their electronic devices. The federal government will increase surveillance and explore new tools, such as facial-recognition drones. Federal immigration officials will expand databases and include biometric information on both visitors and American citizens. Trump's pledge to crack down on sanctuary cities runs afoul of the Tenth Amendment, while proposals to expand the class of removable aliens and deputize state and local law police officers threaten to undermine effective policing. Although the president could take steps to reverse many of the damaging features of his immigration policy, such a reversal is unlikely. However, policymakers can mitigate the risks of the immigration agenda by strengthening legal protections on the border and limiting federal involvement in state and local policing. Details: Washington, DC: CATO Institute, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 21, 2019 at: https://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/walling-liberty-how-strict-immigration-enforcement-threatens-privacy Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 155962

Author: Los Angeles Police Commission. Office of the Inspector General Title: Comparative Review of Selected Agency Policies, Investigations, and Training on the Use of Force: OIG Final Report Summary: In November 2015, the Los Angeles Board of Police Commissioners (Commission) instructed the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) to prepare a report reviewing use of force policies, investigations, and training at law enforcement agencies around the country, including those of the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD). On May 3, 2016, the OIG presented an interim report to the Commission with a summary of the information gathered from three of the four selected agencies. This final report provides an in-depth review and comparison of the use of force policies, investigations, and training at the LAPD and all four selected outside agencies: Dallas Police Department; Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department; San Diego Police Department; and Metropolitan Police Department in Washington, D.C. This report also includes a series of recommendations, formulated by Commissioners Matthew Johnson and Sandra Figueroa-Villa and the OIG, regarding both policy and training for the full Commission's consideration. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: http://www.lapdpolicecom.lacity.org/101116/BPC_16-0119A.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 155964

Author: Orozco, Manuel Title: Understanding Central American Migration: The Crisis of Central American Child Migrants in Context Summary: This memo aims to inform the current debate surrounding the sharp increase in unaccompanied child migrants, particularly from Central America. It integrates data on issues triggering this outflow while also introducing the perspectives of the people and communities they affect. Specifically, it draws on data from 900 municipalities to analyze migrant hometowns in relation to human development, violence, and education. In addition, it presents the results of a nationwide survey in El Salvador and a survey of Central American migrants residing in the Washington, DC metropolitan area. There has been a sharp increase in the number of unaccompanied migrant children from Central America attempting to enter the United States (Figure 1) in the past few years. This increase is also seen among adults, though to a lesser degree. As the United States, Mexico, and Central American countries struggle to address this crisis, debates have raged surrounding the humanitarian, legal, and political implications of any possible solution to this complex and troubling issue. To respond to this crisis in an informed and humane manner, steps must first be taken to develop a clear, objective picture of the issues shaping it. This report aims to do just that, by analyzing the places that emigrants are leaving and the reasons why. Though country-level data can provide a rough approximation of root causes, the municipal data presented here allows for a much more fine-tuned approach, contributing important insights to the current policy debate surrounding short and long-term solutions to the issue of child migrants. Our research considers various factors contributing to the increase in migration from Central America and finds that violence is the most powerful, immediate driver of emigration, but that it is linked in numerous and important ways to economic and human development. We also note that the perceptions of migrants accurately reflect the harsh realities prompting emigration. Key findings include:- An analysis of migrant hometowns indicates that migrants are coming from some of the most populous and violent municipalities in El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala; - Violence, measured in intentional homicides, emerges as a more powerful driver of international migration than human development, as measured by the Human Development Index; - Half of Salvadorans know someone who has emigrated, and a quarter of Salvadorans say they would consider leaving home themselves, citing violence and lack of economic opportunities as key reasons; - Most Central American migrants in the US attribute the rise in child migration to violence in their home countries, and nearly half (47%) know a recent child migrant; - Solutions to the current problem require applying a human development lens to a longstanding reality of violence in the region and focusing on education. Details: S.L.: Inter-American Dialogue, 2014. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www.thedialogue.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/FinalDraft_ChildMigrants_81314.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 155984

Author: Orozco, Manuel Title: Recent Trends in Central American Migration Summary: Central American immigration has come under renewed scrutiny this month, with President Trump warning of "caravans of people" and "massive inflows" along the US-Mexico border and threatening to send the United States National Guard to secure the border. Beyond the political rhetoric, the reality is a bit more complicated. On the one hand, the population of Central American migrants in the United States has nearly doubled from 2000 to present, but the trend is a bit different from 2009 onwards. Though migration has continued, it has done so at a declining rate. In fact, overall growth in the migrant population in the United States has been offset by large numbers of deportations. This memo analyzes recent trends in Central American migration, starting with a brief historical context and moving on to current developments. It considers geographical divisions, reasons for migrating, and growth in the overall migrant population. It also addresses why the numbers of apprehensions are different from the numbers of people migrating. Finally, it considers implications of these current trends for Central American countries. Details: S.L.: The Dialogue, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www.thedialogue.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Recent-Trends-in-Central-American-Migration-1.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 155985

Author: Brinig, Margaret F. Title: The Invisible Prison: Pathways and Prevention Summary: In this paper, we propose a new strategy for curbing crime and delinquency and demonstrate the inadequacy of current reform efforts. Our analysis relies on our own, original research involving a large, multi-generational sample of unmarried fathers from a rust-belt region of the United States as well as the conclusions of earlier researchers. Our own research data are unusual in that they are holistic and multigenerational: The Court-based record system we utilized for data collection provided detailed information on child maltreatment, juvenile status and delinquency charges, child support, parenting time, orders of protection, and residential mobility for focal children (the oldest in the family), their siblings, half-siblings, and all parents who grew up in the relevant county. Using other data sources, we were also able to obtain reliable information about adult crime and other high-risk behaviors. Very few crime researchers have had access to data this comprehensive. Our research findings show the incarcerative state in action. Close to a third (31.7%) of sample fathers had been incarcerated, at least once, as adults, and almost half (49.5%) of those who lived, as teenagers, in the county we investigated had at least one juvenile arrest. Our findings support recent nonpartisan reforms, such as the federal First Step Act, that reduce mandatory sentences and place increased emphasis on substance-abuse treatment. The vast majority of offenders in our sample committed nonviolent offenses and posed no serious public-safety risk. Seventy per cent of those with felony convictions also had a known history of substance abuse. However, our data show that current reforms are incapable of significantly reducing criminal misconduct or the disproportionate impact of incarceration on African-Americans and the poor. In our sample, adult paternal crime was linked to other high-risk behaviors, significantly correlated with several of the father's adverse childhood experiences (ACEs), and predicted a number of adverse outcomes in his children. Our data thus contribute to a growing body of research showing that high ACE levels, levels that are typically linked with and reinforced by poverty, significantly increase the risk of criminal behavior as well as physical and mental health problems, educational and occupational deficits, high-risk behavior, and early death. To successfully reduce the costs of crime, we argue that policy makers must develop a public-health approach. We also argue that, as with virtually all successful public-health campaigns, public policy should focus on prevention programs that reduce risks and shift away from costly and largely ineffective rehabilitation strategies. Details: Notre Dame, Indiana: Notre Dame Law School, 2019. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3380621 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 155986

Author: Johnson, Calvin Title: An Analysis of the Economic Cost of Maintaining a Capital Punishment System in the Pelican State Summary: Louisiana has had the death penalty in its current form since 1977. Since that time, there have been 242 death sentences. Twenty-eight (28) of the people condemned to death sentences have been executed. Sixty-six (66) individuals remain on death row in the midst of appeals or litigation concerning the validity of their conviction or death sentence. One hundred and twenty-eight (128) of these death sentences have been reversed. Ten (10) additional individuals convicted since 1977 have been exonerated and released. An additional ten (10) death row prisoners have died on the row of natural causes or suicide while their appeals remained pending. Commentators have noted that Louisiana has the highest reversal rate in the country, and one of the highest per capita exoneration rates. Little has been written about the actual cost of Louisiana's death penalty. Costs of capital punishment include defense costs, prosecution costs, court costs (including the costs of court reporters, sequestered juries, transcripts and security), costs of maintaining a separate death row, and as well the costs of preparing for, defending and administering execution protocols. We have undertaken an analysis of the total cost of maintaining a death penalty system, including defense costs, prosecution costs, court costs, and the costs associated with maintaining death row. Between 2008 and 2017, Louisiana spent an average of at least $15,600,000 total criminal justice costs per year to maintain a capital punishment system. The state executed one person over that period. The actual costs may be significantly higher, as the costs do not include the prosecution or court costs spent on capital cases that ultimately did not go to trial as a capital case, or the costs of Louisiana Supreme Court review. Under conservative estimates, maintaining a system of capital punishment for an offense committed after August 1, 2019 through the person's trial in 2022 and through an execution in 2037 would cost: two hundred and eighty-one million dollars ($281,000,000). For this cost, the capital punishment system produces little results. Ninety-six percent of every potential capital case results in a reduced charge, a non-capital trial or a plea. Of the cases (the 4% of total cases) that proceed to trial, 60% result in sentences other than a death sentence. This means that only 1.6% of the potential capital cases result in a death sentence. Of the 1.6% of cases that result in a death sentence, 83% are ultimately reversed with others resulting in a natural death before appeals are exhausted. The greatest likelihood in every case is death in prison, despite the broad costs expended on the death penalty. Other state assessments have suggested that the costs per capital case are significantly higher than non-capital cases. These assessments reveal that the death penalty costs between $750,000 to $4,000,000 per case more than non-capital cases. These costs are higher because of unique breadth of capital cases, procedural and substantive constitutional protections imposed on states, as well as heightened concerns over wrongful executions. Staffing costs across the board, from defense to prosecutor function, from courts to Department of Corrections are all significantly higher. Costs previously expended on maintaining a capital defense system are nonrecoverable. However, given past costs, consideration of future expenditures is important. It is noteworthy that the office of Louisiana's Chief Public Defender has reported extensive delays and at times, including currently, lengthy waiting lists for the assignment of defense counsel to indigent defendants facing capital prosecutions, suggesting that future costs may be higher, and that the periods between the initiation of proceedings and their conclusion may be longer than estimated in this paper. We can say, with confidence, that the costs for maintaining a capital defense system for the foreseeable future, for instance between the charging of defendants now with a capital offense and the date upon which one such defendant may ultimately be executed are monumental. These costs are described more fully herein. Details: New Orleans, Louisiana: Loyola University of New Orleans, 2019. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: http://law.loyno.edu/economic-cost-death-penalty-louisiana-paper Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 155996

Author: Davis, Lois M. Title: Evaluation of North Carolina's Pathways from Prison to Postsecondary Education Program Summary: Before 2013, incarcerated individuals in North Carolina could enroll in college correspondence courses, but there was no coordinated effort to provide a path toward a postsecondary degree or credential. Furthermore, there was no coordination around reentry. The Vera Institute of Justice's Pathways from Prison to Postsecondary Education Project (Pathways) was a multistate demonstration project in three states - Michigan, New Jersey, and North Carolina - intended to create a continuum of higher education and reentry support services that begin two years prior to an individual's release from prison and continue in the community for two years postrelease, with the goal of educational progression and degree attainment. RAND and RTI International researchers conducted an independent evaluation of the North Carolina Pathways Program, examining the implementation of the in-prison and community components of the program, the experiences of Pathways students and staff, factors that facilitated or hindered their participation in the program, and lessons learned. The findings and recommendations will be of interest to other states, corrections officials, and educators interested in implementing postsecondary education programs for incarcerated adults. Notably, North Carolina Department of Public Safety (NCDPS) continues to fund components of Pathways after the demonstration project ended. Pathways affected how NCDPS approaches both higher education in prison and reentry planning. It has led to more coordination among prisons and probation and parole officers and community resources. Because of Pathways, education has become the fourth pillar of the department's reentry focus (along with housing, employment, and transportation). Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2019. 112. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2957.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Incarcerated Adults Shelf Number: 155999

Author: California Reinvestment Coalition Title: Unholy Alliance: California Courts' Use of Private Debt Collectors Summary: Government-created debt through criminal fines and fees creates financial insecurity and income inequity for already overburdened communities, with a disproportionate impact on low-income communities of color. California has tried several approaches to reform the system of fines and fees, such as ceasing suspension of drivers' licenses as a method of collecting traffic court fines and fees. However, California counties' use of government-contracted third-party private vendor debt collectors is especially troublesome: private debt collectors are not subject to the consumer protection laws, and accumulated debt can spiral out of control for consumers who are unable to pay. A full overhaul of this system is urgently needed to protect low-income communities and communities of color. In an effort to better understand the relationship between state and county courts and private debt collection agencies, the California Reinvestment Coalition (CRC) conducted evaluations of private debt collections agencies that contract with state and county courts to collect data on delinquent court debt. CRC reviewed Master Agreements from the California Judicial Council and Participating Agreements from counties that set the terms between the counties and contracted debt collectors. Data was also collected to evaluate Ability-To-Pay (ATP) programs in 17 California counties. Such programs evaluate each person's ability to pay fines and fees before determining the amount to be paid. Our research showed that the collection of fines and fees is a regressive form of income generation for municipalities. Private debt collectors profit from fines and fees assessed on poor people, facilitated by the state of California. However, the revenue to counties from collecting these fines and fees is miniscule; this system only benefits the private debt collectors. Findings further showed that: - Court-ordered debt collected by private agencies makes up an insignificant amount of a county�s total revenue. It ranges from 0.001-0.46%, meaning none of the studied counties derive even half of a single percent of their revenue from the collection of court-ordered debt by debt collectors. - No court-ordered debt, nor its collection practices, are covered under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), a federal law passed in 1977 to protect consumers from unfair debt collection practices. California has its own versionof FDCPA, called the Rosenthal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (RFDCPA). Like the FDCPA, the RFDCPA does not cover court debt. Some of the debt types not covered by FDCPA and RFDCPA include traffic fines, fees and charges from commitment and probation orders, criminal restitution, or court fine resulting from an arrest. - The process by which debt is collected varies widely by county and by court, creating an uneven system of justice whereby the consequences of court-imposed debt, and the financial burden of repaying it, largely depend on which county court system imposed the fine or fee. - Out of the 17 counties studied, two counties, San Bernardino and Kern, do not contract with private debt collectors. This indicates that it is possible for counties to collect debt without the use of private debt collectors. - Private debt collections agencies make commissions off the debt they collect, ranging from 12%-18% for newly delinquent debt6 to 14.9-25.8% for delinquent debt over five years old. - Of the 17 counties studied, only one private collections agency was subject to a Code of Ethics in their service agreement. - The majority of counties have no public information available regarding their Ability-To-Pay evaluation policies and procedures, making it difficult to evaluate their programs and assess whether they are made available to debtors in an equitable way. Based on these findings, CRC recommendations include the following: County-Level Recommendations: 1) Counties should end contracts with debt collectors. 2) For those counties that do contract with private debt collectors, court-imposed debt collection practices should be subject to debt collection protections outlined in FDCPA and RFDCPA to ensure debt is collected fairly. This debt should not be reported to credit bureaus. 3) Counties should discharge debt before sending it to private debt collectors. Statewide Recommendations: 4) The State of California and County Courts should increase transparency about debt collections practices, contract negotiations for Master Agreements and Participating Agreements, and Ability-to-Pay programs; and institute a public process for communities to give feedback. 5) Delinquent debt should not be transferred to the California Franchise Tax Board. 6) California should create statewide, uniform and accessible Ability-to-Pay evaluations and processes, regardless of type of court. Details: San Francisco, California: California Reinvestment Coalition, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://ebclc.org/in-the-news/unholy-alliance-california-courts-use-of-private-debt-collectors/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Fees Shelf Number: 156001

Author: Paddock, Ellen Title: Federal Actions to Engage Communities in Reducing Gun Violence: Recommendations from the Engaging Communities Report Summary: Decades of research confirm that urban gun violence has devastating effects on the physical health, mental health, economic vitality, and future growth of US communities (Wilson et al. 1998; Buka et al. 2001; Irvin-Erickson et al. 2016; Schwartz and Gorman 2003). Furthermore, these effects fall disproportionately on neighborhoods already highly disadvantaged because of several factors, including limited employment opportunities, poor infrastructure, underinvestment, and structural and racial inequality (Krivo and Peterson 1996). Many responses to gun violence have relied on sweeping tactics with the potential to label entire neighborhoods as "violent." However, such generalizations can be counterproductive, undercutting community members� potential to become essential allies in reducing gun violence and failing to recognize that gun violence and victimization are typically concentrated within a very small subset of people and places (Tyler and Fagan 2008; Papachristos and Wildeman 2014; Braga, Papachristos, and Hureau 2010). In other words, whole communities are not "violent," and those most likely to be involved in firearm violence are also more likely to be victims (Braga 2010; Flannery, Singer, and Wester 2001). Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/federal_actions_to_engage_communities-in-reducing-gun-violence.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 156003

Author: Reichert, Jessica Title: Addressing Opioid Use Disorders in Community Corrections: A Survey of Illinois Probation Departments Summary: Nearly one-third of Illinois probationers suffer from an opioid use disorder (OUD). Despite evidence that FDA-approved medications methadone, buprenorphine, and naltrexone can effectively treat OUD, many probation departments do not allow their clients to use them, even when prescribed by a healthcare provider. ICJIA researchers surveyed probation departments across the state to better understand their familiarity with, and training on, the medications, as well as barriers to their clients' access and use. This article summarizes the study's findings. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/articles/addressing-opioid-use-disorders-in-community-corrections-a-survey-of-illinois-probation-departments Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Buprenorphine Shelf Number: 156007

Author: Rich, Michael J. Title: Prisoner Reentry in Atlanta: Understanding the Challenges of Transition from Prison to Community Summary: The report builds upon the Urban Institute's 2004 report, "Prisoner Reentry in Georgia" that analyzed recent trends in incarceration and prisoner releases in the state, examined the characteristics and geographic distribution of returning prisoners, and the challenges and opportunities faced by some of the communities that were home to the highest concentrations of returning prisoners. Our report drills down from the state level to the local level to look more in-depth at the issue of prisoner reentry in metropolitan Atlanta. Details: Atlanta, GA: Emory University, 2008. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.academia.edu/5794139/Prisoner_Reentry_in_Atlanta_Understanding_the_Challenges_of_Transition_from_Prison_to_Community Year: 2008 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 156035

Author: Partnership on AI Title: Report on Algorithmic Risk Assessment Tools in the U.S. Criminal Justice System Summary: This report documents the serious shortcomings of risk assessment tools in the U.S. criminal justice system, most particularly in the context of pretrial detentions, though many of our observations also apply to their uses for other purposes such as probation and sentencing. Several jurisdictions have already passed legislation mandating the use of these tools, despite numerous deeply concerning problems and limitations. Gathering the views of the artificial intelligence and machine learning research community, PAI has outlined ten largely unfulfilled requirements that jurisdictions should weigh heavily and address before further use of risk assessment tools in the criminal justice system. Using risk assessment tools to make fair decisions about human liberty would require solving deep ethical, technical, and statistical challenges, including ensuring that the tools are designed and built to mitigate bias at both the model and data layers, and that proper protocols are in place to promote transparency and accountability. The tools currently available and under consideration for widespread use suffer from several of these failures, as outlined within this document. We identified these shortcomings through consultations with our expert members, as well as reviewing the literature on risk assessment tools and publicly available resources regarding tools currently in use. Our research was limited in some cases by the fact that most tools do not provide sufficiently detailed information about their current usage to evaluate them on all of the requirements in this report. Jurisdictions and companies developing these tools should implement Requirement 8, which calls for greater transparency around the data and algorithms used, to address this issue for future research projects. That said, many of the concerns outlined in this report apply to any attempt to use existing criminal justice data to train statistical models or to create heuristics to make decisions about the liberty of individuals. Challenges in using these tools effectively fall broadly into three categories, each of which corresponds to a section of our report: Concerns about the validity, accuracy, and bias in the tools themselves; Issues with the interface between the tools and the humans who interact with them; and Questions of governance, transparency, and accountability. Although the use of these tools is in part motivated by the desire to mitigate existing human fallibility in the criminal justice system, it is a serious misunderstanding to view tools as objective or neutral simply because they are based on data. While formulas and statistical models provide some degree of consistency and replicability, they still share or amplify many weaknesses of human decision-making. Decisions regarding what data to use, how to handle missing data, what objectives to optimize, and what thresholds to set all have significant implications on the accuracy, validity, and bias of these tools, and ultimately on the lives and liberty of the individuals they assess. In addition to technical concerns, there are human-computer interface issues to consider with the implementation of such tools. Human-computer interface in this case refers to how humans collect and feed information into the tools and how humans interpret and evaluate the information that the tools generate. These tools must be held to high standards of interpretability and explainability to ensure that users (including judges, lawyers, and clerks, among others) can understand how the tools' predictions are reached and make reasonable decisions based on these predictions. To improve interpretability, such predictions should explicitly include information such as error bands to express the uncertainty behind their predictions. In addition, users must attend trainings that teach how and when to use these tools appropriately, and how to understand the uncertainty of their results. Moreover, to the extent that such systems are adopted to make life-changing decisions, tools and those who operate them must meet high standards of transparency and accountability. The data used to train the tools and the tools themselves must be subject to independent review by third-party researchers, advocates, and other relevant stakeholders. The tools also must receive ongoing evaluation, monitoring, and audits to ensure that they are performing as expected, and aligned with well-founded policy objectives. In light of these issues, as a general principle, these tools should not be used alone to make decisions to detain or to continue detention. Given the pressing issue of mass incarceration, it might be reasonable to use these tools to facilitate the automatic pretrial release of more individuals, but they should not be used to detain individuals automatically without additional (and timely) individualized hearings. Moreover, any use of these tools should address the bias, human-computer interface, transparency, and accountability concerns outlined in this report. This report highlights some of the key problems encountered using risk assessment tools for criminal justice applications. Many important questions remain open, however, and unknown issues may yet emerge in this space. Surfacing and answering those concerns will require ongoing research and collaboration between policymakers, the AI research community, and civil society groups. It is PAI's mission to spur and facilitate these conversations and to produce research to bridge these gaps. Details: San Francisco, California: Partnership on AI, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.partnershiponai.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Report-on-Algorithmic-Risk-Assessment-Tools.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Algorithm Shelf Number: 156012

Author: Armstrong, Andrea Title: Dying in East Baton Rouge Parish Prison Summary: The Promise of Justice Initiative has released a report that analyzes the deaths of twenty-five (25) in East Baton Rouge Parish Prison (EBRPP). Deaths in local jails are rare in most places, except for Louisiana and especially in EBRPP. However, this report, "Dying in East Baton Rouge Parish Prison," uncovers the failure of parish prison officials to ensure safe jail conditions, provide adequate health care and prevent the use of excessive force on detainees, resulting in an abnormally high mortality rate in the jail. The report also details the lack of accountability for the prison officials and how the suffering of families who have lost their sons, fathers, and brothers continues to be ignored. Often, after years of investigation and litigation, families are still denied compensation and accountability. These deaths here in East Baton Rouge do not exist in a vacuum, but rather are also a consequence of Louisiana's broken criminal justice system. Minorities, the poor, and the mentally ill are more likely to be exposed to the harms of the jail. The report urges key reforms, including greater transparency, to stop future occurrences of these preventable deaths. Co-author of the report and attorney at the Promise of Justice Initiative, Shanita Farris, commented, "Our criminal justice system is broken here in Louisiana, and one of the damaging effects of a dysfunctional system is the preventable deaths of community members." This report is the second report published by the Promise of Justice Initiative about the East Baton Rouge Parish Prison. Their first report, Punished Protestors: Conditions in East Baton Rouge Parish Prison was published in July 2017, the one-year anniversary of the protests following the killing of Alton Sterling by Baton Rouge police officers. Its contents presented a window into the disturbing conditions of the prison and the overly harsh, punitive treatment endured by people arrested and detained there following the protests. This new 2018 report, through interviews with family members and review of court records, media, and EBRPP documentation obtained through public records requests, confirms the experiences of the detained protesters and demonstrates that the conditions in EBRPP are deadly. "This report is meant to shed light on some troubling trends we have observed at the EBRPP and we hope it will be a jumping off point for conversations around how the community can work to improve the conditions there." says Promise of Justice Initiative Executive Director, Mercedes Montagnes. All 25 deaths in EBRPP since 2012 were men. Twenty-two of the 25 (88%) men had not been convicted at the time of their death. The deaths in the jail occurred as early as two days after admission to the jail to thirty-one months after arrest. Fifteen of the 25 men who died in EBRPP were Black, eight were White, and two were Latino. In East Baton Rouge, two of the deaths were suicides. Illness-related conditions were the leading cause of deaths in the jail. Some of these men had pre-existing medical conditions but were not given medication. Others were denied medical and mental health treatment. City and jail officials were formally made aware of the inadequate medical and mental health care in EBRPP at least as early as August 2015, but have failed to implement significant changes. The 25 deaths at EBRPP 2012-2016 are atypical, compared to 80% of jails across the country. Details: New Orleans, Louisiana: Loyola University of New Orleans College of Law, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://justicespromise.org/about-us/news-press/190-report-dying-in-east-baton-rouge-parish-prison-released-by-pji-today Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Jail Shelf Number: 156013

Author: McBride, Christopher Title: A Review of Red Light Camera Programs in New York State Summary: In New York State, five municipalities currently operate red light cameras: New York City, Nassau County, Suffolk County, Yonkers, and Rochester. These programs will expire on December 1, 2014, if not reauthorized by the state legislature and the Governor. AAA New York State has conducted a review of these five red light camera programs to assist policymakers and the public in their debate over the future of red light cameras. Automated enforcement can play a role in improving traffic safety. Red light running is dangerous behavior that merits a significant deterrent. Consequently, AAA supports properly administered red light camera programs. Unfortunately, the lack of transparency surrounding the programs in New York State fuels public suspicion that the programs are primarily for revenue generation. Despite the legislative requirement that each municipality submit an annual report on the impact of red light cameras, the reports have, to varying degrees, failed to comply with such obligations. The information provided was insufficient to conduct a rigorous statewide analysis of the traffic safety benefits of red light camera programs. Accordingly, this review will focus on the quality of these reports and ways to improve them. Since New York municipalities have circumvented the mandated assessment provisions, they should not be permitted to assume full control of red light cameras. AAA New York State strongly opposes any bill that would remove state oversight, and instead proposes an extension of the pilot programs, with the caveat that state requirements must be strictly enforced. In particular, AAA New York State recommends: - Extending the pilot program for two years. - Requiring disclosure of reports to the public. - Penalizing municipalities for late or low-quality reports. - Clarifying the requirements for the report. - Creating a photo enforcement oversight committee. The 2014 legislative session is a critical juncture for red light camera programs. Each year, nearly $100 million flows from motorists' pockets to local budgets and camera vendor profit margins, so it is imperative that state officials hold municipalities accountable. Eliminating state oversight � or even maintaining the inadequate status quo � would effectively condone municipalities' disregard for both the letter of the law and its intent, and would remove any incentive to perform a thorough evaluation. New York State must act decisively to fix these programs; otherwise, red light cameras will continue to erode trust between citizens and their government � perhaps irreparably. Details: Garden City, New York: Legislative Committee, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://cqrcengage.com/aaanys/file/I67wt7xCVVS/A%20Review%20of%20Red%20Light%20Camera%20Programs%20in%20New%20York%20State.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Red Light Cameras Shelf Number: 156014

Author: Frank, Alex Title: Cultivating Change: How the Middlesex Sheriff's Office and the Restoring Promise Initiative are Transforming Incarceration for Young Men Summary: Traditional criminal justice responses have fallen short on meeting the needs of young adults involved in the justice system. Across the country, policymakers are starting to address the legacy of unbalanced policies and practices that have resulted in the uniquely American phenomenon of 2.2 million people being incarcerated - a legacy that disproportionately impacts poor, young men of color. Under the leadership of Middlesex County Sheriff Peter J. Koutoujian, the Middlesex Sheriff's Office (MSO) in Massachusetts has blazed a trail for youth justice reform in the United States by partnering with the Restoring Promise initiative and the MILPA Collective. The MSO's P.A.C.T. community - People Achieving Change Together - is a repurposed housing unit, innovatively designed for young adults ages 18 to 24. P.A.C.T. opened in February 2018 as the second Restoring Promise site, and Middlesex is the first county jail to have taken this leap. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.vera.org/publications/cultivating-change-middlesex-incarcerated-young-men Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: County Jail Shelf Number: 1560015

Author: Garoupa, Nuno Title: Optimal Imprisonment and Fines with Non-Discriminatory Sentences Summary: When considering the optimal combination of monetary sanctions (costless) and imprisonment (costly) as deterrents, the traditional result is that imprisonment should not be imposed until monetary sanctions are completely exhausted. Therefore, imprisonment acts as a mere supplement to maximal fines. We show that, when wealth varies across individuals, it could be efficient to use imprisonment in combination with fines that do not exhaust the wealth of all individuals. The rationale is that, generally, it is impractical to tailor criminal sanctions as a continuous function of individuals' wealth. Details: Arlington, VA: George Mason University, 2019. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3382839 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Fines Shelf Number: 156018

Author: Lundberg, Alexander Title: On the Public Finance of Capital Punishment Summary: A capital trial is a costly affair. When a local government bears the expense of trial, it must raise funds or reallocate them from other sources. In Texas, among other states, the cost of trial is borne primarily at the county level. A panel of Texas county spending over the last decade, constructed from audited financial statements, shows counties meet the expense of trial by raising property tax rates and by reducing public safety expenditure. Property crime rises as a consequence of the latter. The death penalty may therefore impede criminal deterrence if its finance is left to local, rather than centralized government. Details: Morgantown, West Virginia: West Virginia University, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3367170 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 156019

Author: Office of Inspector General, Department of Veterans Affairs Title: Inadequate Governance of the VA Police Program at Medical Facilities Summary: The Office of Inspector General (OIG) audited the VA security and law enforcement program (police program) to determine whether there was an effective governance structure for reasonably assuring that the program�s objectives were being met. These objectives include the approximately 4,000 police officer workforce providing security for patients, visitors, and employees at Veterans Health Administration (VHA) medical facilities. The OIG also assessed whether VA police met requirements for staffing size and qualifications, and had an adequate inspection program to ensure compliance with policies and procedures. The OIG found that VA did not have adequate governance over its police program to maintain effective management and oversight. The governance problems stemmed from confusion about police program roles and authority as well as the lack of a coordinated or centralized governance structure. According to VA policy, VHA leaders maintain primary responsibility for ensuring police program requirements are achieved. However, the Office of Security and Law Enforcement (OS&LE), a VA staff office that falls outside of VHA, has limited program oversight responsibilities such as developing and issuing national policies and inspecting police operations at VHA facilities. OS&LE does not have program authority to manage VA police operations at local medical facilities. The OIG made recommendations for VA to (1) clarify program responsibilities between VHA and the Office of Operations, Security, and Preparedness (under which OS&LE operates) and evaluate the need for a centralized management entity; (2) ensure facility-appropriate police staffing models are implemented; (3) have facilities use available strategies to address police staffing challenges; (4) assess staffing levels for the OS&LE police inspection program and provide resources for timely inspections of police units; and (5) make certain that procedures are developed for conducting VA police investigations of medical facility leaders. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Inspector General, Department of Veterans Affairs, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.va.gov/oig/pubs/VAOIG-17-01007-01.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 156020

Author: Powell, Cedric Merlin Title: The Structural Dimensions of Race: Lock Ups Systemic Chokeholds, and Binary Disruptions Summary: Disrupting traditional conceptions of structural inequality, state decision-making power, and the presumption of Black criminality, this Essay explores the doctrinal and policy implications of James Forman Jr.'s Pulitzer Prize winning book, Locking Up Our Own, and Paul Butler's evocative and transformative book, Chokehold. While both books grapple with how to dismantle the structural components of mass incarceration, state-legitimized police violence against Black bodies, and how policy functions to reify oppressive state power, the approaches espoused by Forman and Butler are analytically distinct. Forman locates his analysis in the dynamics of decision-making power when African American officials wield power to combat crime with unintended consequences. He argues for incremental change focusing on discrete aspects of the system. By contrast, Butler offers a full conceptual attack on the oppressive machinery of mass incarceration - he seeks to break the grip of the systemic Chokehold that threatens to strangle the life prospects of communities of color. Both books disrupt binary conceptions of the criminal justice system in the wake of Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow and its progeny. Certainly, race and structural inequality are defining features of the criminal justice system, but this systemic proposition is much more complex than the evolution of chattel slavery to mass incarceration. Moving beyond race and the disproportionate impact of the carceral state, Locking Up Our Own offers a nuanced exploration of Black political power and how it actually escalated mass incarceration. Chokehold disrupts traditional conceptions of Black male masculinity and the presumption of criminality. Both texts break new ground in conceptualizing disproportionate impact and the criminal justice system. Integrating these two distinct conceptual approaches, The Structural Dimensions of Race: Lock Ups, Systemic Chokeholds, and Binary Disruptions offers a comprehensive critique while unpacking the complexities of structural inequality and race in the criminal justice system. Concluding with an argument centering on the Thirteenth Amendment to eradicate all of the oppressive features of mass incarceration, this Essay offers a starting point to envision a system that moves from a disproportionately punitive response to one based on fundamental principles of substantive justice and proportionality. Details: Louisville, Kentucky: University of Louisville Law School, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://ir.library.louisville.edu/faculty/391/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Chokeholds Shelf Number: 156021

Author: Drug Enforcement Administration Title: Fentanyl Remains the Most Significant Synthetic Opioid Threat and Poses the Greatest Threat to the Opioid User Market in the United States Summary: From the Executive Summary: Fentanyl is the most prevalent and the most significant synthetic opioid a threat to the United States and will very likely remain the most prevalent synthetic opioid threat in the near term. The fentanyl threat remains most severe in the white powder heroin user market in the Midwest and Northeast United States, and fentanyl availability continues to be primarily by itself or with heroin. Fentanyl mixtures with non-opioid substances are a cause for public health concern due to the high potential for large numbers of fatal overdoses in short periods of time; however, there is no evidence that transnational criminal organizations (TCO) are trafficking strategic quantities of fentanyl already mixed with non-opioid drugs. Fentanyl's popularity is unlikely to be challenged in the near term, but traffickers will likely continue to produce new fentanyl-related substances and other novel opioids. Details: S.L.: Drug Enforcement Intelligence Brief, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=818578 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 156027

Author: Murphy, Julian R. Title: Is it Recording? - Racial Bias, Police Accountability, and the Body-Worn Camera Activation Policies of the Ten Largest Metropolitan Police Departments in the USA Summary: In recent years, there has been a growing belief that the pressing problem of racial bias in policing might be ameliorated by a technical fix - namely, police body-worn cameras. Accordingly, body-worn cameras have been introduced in police departments across the country, giving rise to a variety of different internal guidelines and policies. This Note surveys the body-worn camera policies of the ten largest metropolitan police departments in the United States in order to assess their relative effectiveness at combatting racial bias. Particular attention is paid to "activation" requirements, which specify the sorts of events police officers are required to record on their cameras. The survey shows that, at present, many body-worn camera policies are not appropriately calibrated to successfully reduce racial bias in policing. In particular, this Note suggests that many current body-worn camera policies do not adequately target two different strains of racial bias: implicit racial bias and deliberate racial profiling. This Note concludes by offering a draft activation policy for potential adoption by police departments to better use body-worn cameras to reduce racially biased police practices. Details: New York: Columbia Law School, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: https://cjrl.columbia.edu/article/is-it-recording-racial-bias-police-accountability-and-the-body-worn-camera-activation-policies-of-the-ten-largest-metropolitan-police-departments-in-the-usa/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 156030

Author: Brandt, Amory Anne Title: Illegal Dumping as an Indicator for Community Social Disorganization and Crime Summary: Illegal dumping of household waste in and around city streets results in many negative health, economic, and environmental effects. This goal of this study was to understand the systemic causes of illegal dumping within San Jose, California. Illegal dump sites were identified, quantified, characterized, and mapped within urban census block groups at a range of median family income levels. Results showed that commonly dumped debris types were furniture, and garbage. The most illegal dumping occurred within census block groups with low median family incomes, high percentages of non-English speaking individuals, and high percentages of renters. Factors such as social disorganization, inequitable levels of garbage service, and lack of awareness of free city programs could be causing illegal dumping within San Jose. Illegal dumping was also more prevalent in areas with occurrences of petty crime. This study concluded that illegal dumping has the potential to serve as a visual representation of social disorganization and crime within communities. Details: San Jose, California: San Jose State University, 2017. Source: Internet Resource Master's Thesis: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://scholarworks.sjsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=8382&context=etd_theses Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 156048

Author: Bell, Dee Title: Not Enough Time in the Day: An Examination of Correctional Counselor Workloads in Iowa Summary: The Iowa Department of Corrections (IDOC), with technical assistance from the American Probation and Parole Association (APPA) has undertaken a workload study of their correctional counselors working in IDOC institutions. This study was designed to provide a greater understanding of the nuanced work performed by correctional counselors. The study aims to understand: 1) What are the most common tasks, case (e.g., interviews, group facilitation) and non-case related (e.g., administrative work, training, report writing), associated with correctional counselors? 2) How much time is associated with these tasks? 3) Are there tasks in which counselors must sacrifice quality for timeliness? 4) Are these tasks and their prevalence in alignment with the department�s evidence-based practice (EBP) goals? 5) What barriers interfere with the work of correctional counselors? 6) Are there enough counselors to cover the department's institutional obligations? While workload studies have been utilized heavily in judicial settings for several years an extensive literature review found no studies of the workload of correctional counselors. This research is the first study completed in an institutional corrections setting with correctional counselors. This study adapted the time study methodology from prior studies completed on prosecutors, judges and community corrections officers. The research is exploratory in nature and seeks a better understanding of the most common tasks and activities associated with the correctional counselor work, the amount of time associated with these tasks and activities, time associated with non-case related activities and tasks, institutional variations in activities and if counselors perceive they process an inadequate amount of time to satisfactorily complete specific tasks, and consideration of whether the current workforce parameters appropriate to meet the agency's mission. Details: Des Moines, Iowa: Iowa Department of Corrections, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.appa-net.org/eweb/docs/APPA/pubs/NETDECCWI.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: American Probation and Parole Association Shelf Number: 156049

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Recividism Among Federal Violent Offenders Summary: Recidivism Among Federal Violent Offenders is the fifth report in a series examining a group of 25,431 federal offenders who were released from federal custody in calendar year 2005. This report analyzes the recidivism rates of federal offenders who engaged in violent criminal activity. The study identifies two groups of violent offenders: "Violent instant offenders" who engaged in violent criminal conduct as part of their instant federal offense; and "Violent prior offenders" who were not categorized as violent offenders based on their instant federal offense, but who had been arrested for a violent offense in their past. Taken together, these 10,004 �violent offenders� are analyzed in comparison to the remaining 15,427 �non-violent offenders� released from federal custody in calendar year 2005. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2019. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.ussc.gov/research/research-reports/recidivism-among-federal-violent-offenders Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prison Shelf Number: 156051

Author: United States Sentencing Commission Title: Mandatory Minimum Penalties for Sex Offenses in the Federal Criminal Justice System Summary: This publication examines the application of mandatory minimum penalties specific to federal sex offenses; it is the sixth and final release in the Commission's series of publications on mandatory minimum penalties. Using fiscal year 2016 data, this publication includes analyses of the two types of federal sex offenses carrying mandatory minimum penalties, sexual abuse offenses and child pornography offenses, as well their impact on the Federal Bureau of Prisons population. In addition to analyzing child pornography offenses generally, this publication analyzes child pornography offenses by offense type, exploring differences in frequency, offender characteristics, and sentencing outcomes for distribution, receipt, and possession offenses. Where appropriate, the publication highlights changes and trends since the Commission's 2011 Mandatory Minimum Report. Details: Washington, DC: United States Sentencing Commission, 2019. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 29, 2019 at: https://www.ussc.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/research-and-publications/research-publications/2019/20190102_Sex-Offense-Mand-Min.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 156052

Author: California. Office of the Attorney General Title: URSUS: Use of Force Incident Reporting Summary: URSUS 2017 presents a summary overview of use of force and discharge of firearm incidents as defined in Government Code (GC) section 12525.2. This report focuses on data reported by California law enforcement agencies in 2017. Due to the narrow definition of this statute, the data contained in this report only represent incidents where use of force resulted in serious bodily injury or death or the discharge of a firearm. Caution should be used in making comparisons or generalizations with this data set as it does not contain the full spectrum of use of force incidents that occurred in California. Details: California Department of Justice, Office of Attorney General, 2017. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.voiceofsandiego.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/ursus17-1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Incidents Shelf Number: 156053

Author: Rusev, Atanas Title: Integrated Index for Illicit Cigarette Market Assessment Summary: The proposed model for illicit cigarette market assessment at district level is the first tool to analyse the combined effect of two types of factors: the ones linked to law-enforcement bodies' performance and the district-specific drivers and barriers to the illicit trade in tobacco products. Details: Center for the Study of Democracy, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://csd.bg/publications/publication/policy-brief-no-84-integrated-index-for-illegal-cigarettes-market-assessment/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illicit Cigarette Market Shelf Number: 156056

Author: Zeoli, April M. Title: Firearm Policies that Work Summary: The United States is among the global leaders in firearm injury deaths. In 2016, an estimated 37 000 firearm-related deaths occurred in the United States, ranking second only to Brazil. Although not a new development, the recent number of public mass shootings, particularly those occurring on school campuses, has increased support for stronger firearm laws and many state lawmakers have voted for laws designed to keep firearms from dangerous individuals. Federal and state laws prohibit some high-risk individuals from purchasing or possessing firearms due to convictions for serious crimes, restraining orders, or involuntary commitments issued by judges. Courts have consistently found these laws to be constitutional, and some have been evaluated in rigorous research to determine their effectiveness. This body of research suggests that laws restricting access to firearms for individuals at high risk of the future commission of violence, based on their previous behaviors, may reduce firearm-related injuries and deaths. Importantly, not all states have these laws; thus, there remain opportunities for enactment and implementation of these laws with the goal of further reducing firearm violence. Details: S.L.: Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA), 2019. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jama/fullarticle/2726863 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Firearm Injury Shelf Number: 156063

Author: Drug Enforcement Administration Title: The Opioid Threat in Pennsylvania Summary: Crafting initiatives and strategies to address opioid supply, demand, and misuse requires timely and actionable information and data, which this report endeavors to provide. Previously published PFD reports have assessed specific aspects of opioid supply and the associated impact of abuse. This report presents a comprehensive assessment of the opioid crisis in Pennsylvania, through collection and analysis of supply and demand indicators and intelligence, as well as detailed county level analysis of multiple opioid misuse data sources. Details: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: DEA Philadelphia Division and University of Pittsburgh, 2018. 200p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019: https://www.dea.gov/sites/default/files/2018-10/PA%20Opioid%20Report%20Final%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156071

Author: Drug Enforcement Administration Title: 2016 Heroin Domestic Monitor Program Summary: The DEA Heroin Domestic Monitor Program (HDMP) is a retail-level heroin purchase program that provides data analysis about the geographic source of heroin along with price, purity, adulterants, and diluents sold at the street-level in 27 U.S. cities. The data in this report is from 2016. Details: S.L.: Drug Enforcement Administration, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.dea.gov/sites/default/files/2018-10/Heroin%20Domestic%20Monitor%20Report%20DEA-GOV%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156072

Author: Hong, Kari E. Title: 10 Reasons Why Congress Should Defund ICE's Deportation Force Summary: Calls to abolish ICE, the Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency tasked with deportations, are growing. ICE consists of two agencies � Homeland Security Investigations (HSI), which investigates transnational criminal matters, and Enforcement and Removal Operations (ERO), which deports non-citizens. The calls to abolish ICE focus on the latter, the ERO deportation force. Defenders proffer that the idea is silly, that abolition could harm public safety, or that advocates of abolition must first explain what, if anything, would replace the agency. Those reasons are not persuasive. The first ignores that federal agencies are not eternal and have been created and eliminated as our country's priorities change. The second reason is refuted by numerous studies establishing that immigrants are less - not more - likely to be involved in criminal activity than citizens. And of great import, the third reason has not stopped Congress from similarly defunding the federal enforcement of marijuana laws in states that have legalized medical marijuana. This example shows that Congress does not need "an actual proposal for what should replace [enforcement], or even if it should be replaced at all" before defunding enforcement that is no longer a policy priority. This essay enters the debate by proposing a middle ground to the calls to abolish ICE. While Congress is likely to continue funding HSI agency functions, as they are understood as matters of actual public safety, Congress should defund the arrests, detentions, and deportations of millions of people just for being without status. This call, then, is to defund all functions of the ERO deportation force. By stopping short of ICE abolition, the agency could be funded when, and if, Congress creates a legitimate mandate for the agency to follow; a purpose that the agency now lacks. Here are 10 reasons why Congress should defund the unnecessary, detrimental, and escalating deportations that the ERO deportation force is undertaking. Details: New York City: New York Review of Law and Social Change, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://socialchangenyu.com/harbinger/10-reasons-why-congress-should-defund-ices-deportation-force/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 156076

Author: Brennan Center for Justice Title: Ending Mass Incarceration: Ideas from Today's Leaders Summary: The American public has decisively concluded that our approach to criminal justice isn't working. Mass incarceration is the civil rights crisis of our time. The racial disparities pervasive in our justice system compound at every juncture: African Americans are more likely to be stopped by police, arrested, detained before trial, and given harsher sentences than whites. Worse, the disparities in our justice system perpetuate racial inequity in our society more broadly. In this remarkable collaboration, the country's most prominent lawmakers and activists join together to propose ideas for transformative change. In these essays, they lay out their proposals to reduce the prison population and challenge our very conception of justice reform, paving the way for far-reaching political and cultural change. Marking a clear shift from the draconian rhetoric of the past, these essays take on the web of harmful policies that fuel mass incarceration and diminish opportunities for communities of color. How do we achieve change? From eliminating prison for lower-level crimes to incentivizing states to decarcerate, from ending money bail to abolishing private prisons, from reforming housing and employment laws to changing the public perception of the justice system and cultivating respect for all lives, the ideas in this book offer a path forward: one rooted in fairness, equality, and humanity. The second volume in the series, Ending Mass Incarceration: Ideas from Today's Leaders aims to further the momentum needed to achieve that vision. It builds on the 2015 Brennan Center publication profiling the Voices of national leaders, Solutions: American Leaders Speak Out on Criminal Justice. Details: New York City: New York University, Brennan Center for Justice, 2019. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/publication/ending-mass-incarceration-ideas-todays-leaders Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Decarcerate Shelf Number: 156091

Author: Warnken, Heather Title: Who Experiences Violent Victimization and Who Accesses Services?: Findings from the National Crime Victimization Survey for Expanding our Reach Summary: The purpose of this research is to identify groups of persons at high risk for serious violent victimization to help inform how victim services and assistance can be targeted to victims of greatest need. Disparities in risk and use of victim services are examined using data from the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) - the nation's primary source of statistical information on criminal victimization. Group characteristics such as gender, race and ethnicity, and low income status are considered, as are other factors that can help identify who is most likely to experience serious nonlethal violent victimization and who currently accesses victim services. The report describes trends in victimization and victim service use over time, as well as patterns for the most recent time period. This information can inform the victim assistance, criminal justice, and broader public health community in key funding and policy decisions affecting the lives of crime victims and front line practitioners across the country, at a time when historic funding levels and increased flexibility in the use of victim assistance dollars make data-informed strategies as critical as ever. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Center for Victim Research, 2019. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://ncvc.dspacedirect.org/handle/20.500.11990/1230 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: National Crime Victimization Survey Shelf Number: 156822

Author: Edlund, Lena Title: It's the Phone, Stupid: Mobiles and Murder Summary: US homicide rates fell sharply in the early 1990s, a decade that also saw the mainstreaming of cell phones � a concurrence that may be more than a coincidence, we propose. Cell phones may have undercut turf-based street dealing, thus undermining drug-dealing profits of street gangs, entities known to engage in violent crime. Studying county-level data for the years 1970-2009 we find that the expansion of cellular phone service (as proxied by antenna-structure density) lowered homicide rates in the 1990s. Furthermore, effects were concentrated in urban counties; among Black or Hispanic males; and more gang/drug-associated homicides. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25883 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Dealing Shelf Number: 156089

Author: U.S. Government Accountability Office Title: Prescription Opioids: Voluntary Medicare Drug Management Programs to Control Misuse Summary: Medicare's drug management programs identify beneficiaries at risk of abusing opioids and take steps to reduce their risk. These programs look at factors that can contribute to opioid abuse and misuse, such as being prescribed a high daily dosage or receiving opioids from multiple prescribers. Health care providers then review each case. If they decide a patient is at risk, this may trigger more limits on opioid availability, such as limiting a beneficiary to one prescriber. Those designated at risk may appeal. Patients who are receiving end-of-life care are among those exempted from these reviews. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2019. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/products/gao-19-446 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156090

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of California Title: Toxic Treatment: The Abuse of Tear Gas Weapons in California Juvenile Detention Summary: Pepper spray, formally known as aerosolized oleoresin capsicum or "OC spray," is so toxic and dangerous that it is classified and regulated under state law as a form of tear gas. It can cause not only intense pain, but also blistering of the skin, respiratory arrest, and even an increased risk of strokes and heart attacks; its psychological and emotional impacts are uncertain. And yet, it is alarmingly overused in California's juvenile detention facilities, including against youth as young as 12 and those in psychiatric crises. This ACLU Foundations of California report, the result of reviewing 10,465 documents, is the first to detail the use of these toxic chemical agents in state and county juvenile detention facilities. It finds that state and county officials used it more than 5,000 times between January 2015 and March 2018 against children and youth in juvenile facilities in 26 counties and in state facilities overseen by the Division of Juvenile Justice. The number of incidents for that time period for the state would likely be much higher, but 13 additional counties that allow pepper spray to be used in juvenile detention facilities failed to provide data on how often it was utilized. Banning the use of the spray in juvenile facilities is not a new idea - 35 states and seven of California's counties have already done it. The Los Angeles County Probation Department - which oversees one of the largest juvenile justice agencies in the world - is likely to join them soon. The Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors has directed it to eliminate the spray in its juvenile facilities by the end of the year. Details: California: American Civil Liberties Union of California, 2019. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.aclusocal.org/en/publications/toxic-treatment-abuse-tear-gas-weapons-california-juvenile-detention Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: California Shelf Number: 156093

Author: Wang, Jianan Title: Analysis and Solutions for Plastic Pollution in US Summary: This paper discusses the reasons of plastic pollution in the US in several aspects. The key point of pollution is massive disposable plastics and people should say no to them sooner or later. Then there are 4 alternative policies for solving the problem. All of them are evaluated, analyzed as well as some possible trade-offs. The current best choice is to increase landfill density while producing CH4 from landfill suit as a sustainable trade-off, and develop microorganisms of degrading plastics. But developing proper replacements through biotechnology and chemistry technologies will be the ultimate solution. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Institute of Technology, Stuart School of Business, 2015. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: Rutgers School of Criminal Justice Library Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 156098

Author: Schildkraut, Jaclyn V. Title: Are Metal Detectors Effective at Making Schools Safer? Summary: With the tragedies of school violence igniting calls for increased safety and security, one popular proposal is to use metal detectors in schools. To address questions about what impact such devices may have on day-to-day safety and on what happens during school violence events, this research brief summarizes what is known about metal detectors in schools and in other settings. The brief discusses: -The prevalence of metal detectors in schools. - The (in)effectiveness of metal detectors, -The cost associated with employing metal detectors. -The potential impact on students and the learning environment as a whole. Details: San Francisco, California: WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.wested.org/resources/are-metal-detectors-effective-at-making-schools-safer/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 156118

Author: Stern, Alexis Title: What do we Know about the Effects of School-Based Law Enforcement on School Safety? Summary: Public school districts and police departments in the United States often collaborate to address school-based violence and other threats to the safety and well-being of students, teachers, and staff. As a result of these partnerships, law enforcement officers have become an increasingly common presence in schools around the country, even at the elementary school level. But what does research tell us about the impact of school-based law enforcement on school safety outcomes? Developed by the WestEd Justice & Prevention Research Center, this brief presents a definition of school-based law enforcement and summarizes some of the relevant research about its effects on students and schools. The authors found little rigorous evaluative research on the effects of having a police presence in schools, but they see promise in future studies that have potential to inform school and district leaders, as well as policymakers. Details: San Francisco, California: WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.wested.org/resources/effects-of-school-based-law-enforcement-on-school-safety/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 156119

Author: Fronius, Trevor Title: Restorative Justice in U.S. Schools: An Updated Research Review Summary: This report summarizes information from a comprehensive review of the literature on restorative justice in U.S. schools. It updates and expands an earlier review on this subject, published by WestEd in 2016, and covers literature that was published or made publicly available between 1999 and mid-2018. The review captures key issues, describes models of restorative justice, and summarizes results from studies conducted in the field. Restorative justice is a broad term and is used in this report to capture what the literature describes using a variety of terms, including "restorative practices," "restorative approaches," and similar language. The report describes restorative justice as encompassing "a growing social movement to institutionalize non-punitive, relationship-centered approaches for avoiding and addressing harm, responding to violations of legal and human rights, and collaboratively solving problems." This updated review was developed with funding from Robert Wood Johnson Foundation as part of a larger effort of the WestEd Justice & Prevention Research Center (JPRC) to document the current breadth of evidence on restorative justice, provide a more comprehensive picture of how restorative practices are implemented in schools, and lay the groundwork for future research, implementation, and policy. Details: San Francisco, California: WestEd Justice and Prevention Research Center, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.wested.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/resource-restorative-justice-in-u-s-schools-an-updated-research-review.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 156120

Author: Love, April S. Title: Lynched: The Evolution of Systematic Restraints and Their Use Against People of Color Summary: Different than any other kind of slavery, many history books like to paint the journey of the African Slave as one comparable to others who traveled to America for a new life in the land of milk and honey. Similarly today, the plight and struggle of people of color is seen to be one that has not been influenced by narratives including the systematic burden of a history of oppression. Beginning with American slavery and journeying into the present day, there is obviously an aspect of suppression that is constantly found in every single situation related to people of color. In evaluating the transition between the past and the present it is clear that much of the acts that took place in our American history still take place today, although they are almost unrecognizable because they have morphed into a different life-form. This paper offers a look at systematic restraints that consistently plague people of color in America through the historical lens of Lynching. The terroristic act of lynching occurs when a mob kills someone, typically by hanging for an alleged offense. The problem with the literal definition of lynching is that it does not encompass the terror that people of color faced during and post-slavery in America. In fact, as the United States continuously developed, lynching has developed along with it taking a form that most would not think of when encompassing the nation's societal growth. Enslavement has evolved to now include neo-systematic methods of restraint such as mass incarceration, prison labor, voter disenfranchisement, and police brutality. By juxtaposing the historical aspect of lynching and the present day suppression that so many Americans face it is clear that a past that so many think the world has left behind, is still very much present, very much active, and very much intentional. Details: Southern University Law Center Journal of Race, Gender, and Poverty, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3371668 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Lynching Shelf Number: 156124

Author: Argys, Laura M. Title: With a Little Help from My Friends: The Effects of Naloxone Access and Good Samaritan Laws on Opioid-Related Deaths Summary: In an effort to address the opioid epidemic, a majority of states have recently passed some version of a Naloxone Access Law (NAL) and/or a Good Samaritan Law (GSL). NALs allow lay persons to administer naloxone, which temporarily counteracts the effects of an opioid overdose; GSLs provide immunity from prosecution for drug possession to anyone who seeks medical assistance in the event of a drug overdose. This study is the first to examine the effect of these laws on opioid-related deaths. Using data from the National Vital Statistics System multiple cause-of-death mortality files for the period 1999-2014, we find that the adoption of a NAL is associated with a 9 to 11 percent reduction in opioid-related deaths. The estimated effect of GLSs on opioid-related deaths is of comparable magnitude, but not statistically significant at conventional levels. Finally, we find that neither NALs nor GSLs increase the recreational use of prescription painkillers. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w23171 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156128

Author: Moreno, Joelle Anne Title: Half-Baked: The Science and Politics of Legal Pot Summary: Weed, herb, grass, bud, ganja, Mary Jane, hash oil, sinsemilla, budder, and shatter. Marijuana - whether viewed as a medicine or intoxicant - is fast becoming a part of everyday life, with the CDC reporting 7,000 new users every day and the American market projected to grow to $20 billion by 2020. Based on early campaign rhetoric, by that same year the U.S. could have a pro-marijuana president. Despite its growing acceptance and popularity, marijuana remains illegal under federal law. Like heroin, LSD, and ecstasy, marijuana is a DEA Schedule I drug reflecting a Congressional determination that marijuana is both overly addictive and medically useless. So what is the truth about pot? The current massive pro-marijuana momentum and increased use, obscures the fact that we still know almost nothing about marijuana's treatment and palliative potential. Marijuana's main psychoactive chemical is THC; but it also contains over 500 other chemicals with unknown physiological and psychological effects that vary based on dosage and consumption method. Medical marijuana may be legal in 32 states and supported by 84% of Americans, but federal constraints shield marijuana from basic scientific inquiry. This means that lawmakers and voters are enthusiastically supporting greater access to a drug without demanding critical scientific data. For policymaking purposes, this data should include marijuana's short and long-term brain effects, possible lung and cardiac implications, chemical interactions with alcohol and other drugs, addiction risks, pregnancy and breast-feeding concerns, and the effects of secondhand smoke. This Article treats marijuana as a significant contemporary science and law problem. It focuses on the fundamental question of regulating a substance that has not been adequately researched. The Article examines the extant scientific data, deficiencies, and inconsistencies and explains why legislators should not rely on copycat laws governing alcohol or prescription narcotics. It also explores how marijuana's hybrid federal (illegality)/state (legality) raises compelling theoretical and practical Constitutional questions of preemption, the anti-commandeering rule, and congressional spending power. Marijuana legalization has, thus far, been treated as a niche academic concern. This approach is short-sighted and narrow-minded. Marijuana regulation implicates the reach of national drug policy, the depth of state sovereignty, and the shared obligation to ensure the health and safety of our citizenry. Details: Miami, Florida: Florida International University, College of Law, 2019. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3385536 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 156129

Author: Ash, Elliott Title: Conservative News Media and Criminal Justice: Evidence from Exposure to Fox News Channel Summary: Exposure to conservative news causes judges to impose harsher criminal sentences. Our evidence comes from an instrumental variables analysis, where randomness in television channel positioning across localities induces exogenous variation in exposure to Fox News Channel. These treatment data on news viewership are taken to outcomes data on almost 7 million criminal sentencing decisions in the United States for the years 2005-2017. Higher Fox News viewership increases incarceration length, and the effect is stronger for black defendants and for drug-related crimes. The effect is observed for elected, and not appointed, judges, consistent with voter attitudes as a potential mechanism. The effect becomes weaker as judges get closer to election, suggesting a diminishing marginal effect for judges who are already politically engaged. Details: S.L., 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 31, 2019 at: http://elliottash.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/AP_Fox_with_stars.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Defendants Shelf Number: 156130

Author: Moreno, Joelle Anne Title: Flagrant Police Abuse: Why Black Lives (Also) Matter to the Fourth Amendment Summary: Constitutional rights pivot on problems of proof. But traditional academic distinctions between "procedural" rules of evidence and "substantive" questions of constitutional law impede our understanding of how law works. In particular, how law works to identify, constrain, and remedy police abuse of constitutional rights. Treating rights and remedies as abstract concepts ignores the fact that the exclusionary rule functions as a rule of evidence. In theory, remedies are the life force of rights. In practice, constitutional violations are currently remediable only if a defendant can prove that he suffered intentional police abuse or prove that a police officer knew but ignored constitutional constraints. The problem of proving that police officers act with demonstrably culpable intent is also at the core of the Black Lives Matter cases. The growing number of acquittals and grand jury non-indictments following the police-custody and police-seizure deaths of Michael Brown, Eric Garner, Freddie Gray, Tamir Rice, and other victims of police violence reveals that judges and juries refuse to believe that police officers are culpable lawbreakers. Preventing and resolving these cases may be further complicated by a "Ferguson Effect," causing public distrust of police and police fear and disinterest especially in minority urban communities. The long-term implications of these new developments on national and local strategies for policing the police are manifold and uncertain. The short-term lessons are clear and should be obvious. Over the past decade, the Roberts Court has expanded police authority and reduced Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable police abuse by repeatedly refusing to recognize police aggression as remediable. In each new case, most recently in Utah v. Strieff, the defendant seeking to suppress even obviously illegally-seized evidence faces the insurmountable burden of proving the police officers acted intentionally, recklessly, or with gross negligence under the Roberts Court's increasingly stringent "flagrant police abuse standard." The flagrant police abuse suppression standard hypothesizes the possibility that the average criminal defendant could gather proof sufficient to convince a judge that a police officer acted: (1) illegally and (2) with the necessary mentally culpability. But each new Fourth Amendment decision from the Court ignores the reality repeatedly uncovered in the Black Lives Matter cases. If, as the Black Lives Matter cases prove, prosecutors' offices with their resources, access, and institutional police connections cannot prove that officers break the law, what hope is there for the average criminal defendant? The exclusionary rule celebrated its centenary just three years ago. But Strieff is the latest example of the Court's dangerous new Fourth Amendment jurisprudence that incentivizes aggressive policing (including suspicion-less police seizures), ignores obvious obstacles to defense proof of police wrongdoing, and invites prosecutors to feast on the illegal fruit of police abuse of fundamental rights. Details: Berkeley, California: Berkeley Journal of Criminal Law, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource Working Paper: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://ecollections.law.fiu.edu/faculty_publications/355/ Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Black Lives Matter Shelf Number: 156134

Author: Gleicher, Lily Title: Examining the Extent of Recidivism in Illinois after Juvenile Incarceration Summary: Despite the juvenile justice system's shift from punitive to rehabilitative correctional approaches, post-commitment youth recidivism continues to be a significant issue. While the number of incarcerated juveniles in Illinois has consistently decreased over the years, the recidivism rate remains high. To better understand the extent of Illinois youth recidivism, researchers measured three-year rearrest and reincarceration rates among a sample of youth released from state juvenile correctional facilities. Over the three-year period post-release from the juvenile state correctional facilities, 87 percent of youth were rearrested, 55 percent were recommitted to a state juvenile correctional facility, and 54 percent were committed to an adult correctional facility. While Illinois has made efforts to reform juvenile justice in the state, recidivism remains high for those who are sentenced to a juvenile correctional facility. These rates likely reflect that youth committed to juvenile corrections generally have more complex needs and require more intensive, individualized, wrap-around programs and services to be successful in the community. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/articles/examining-the-extent-of-recidivism-in-illinois Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156137

Author: El-Khatib, Stephen Title: State Policy Responses to Sanctuary Cities: Explaining the Rise of Sanctuary City Legislative Proposals Summary: More state policy has been introduced for and against sanctuary municipalities - municipalities that expressly forbid city officials or police departments from inquiring into an individual's immigration status - in the last year alone than in the past ten years combined. Despite this sudden surge of political activity, the introduction of sanctuary-related bills has not occurred evenly across the United States. Analyzing over 150 state bills introduced in the 2016-2017 state legislative session, we examine several factors that might explain legislative activity: 1) Latino Characteristics, 2) Citizen and legislator ideology, 3) State institutions, 4) Crime, and 5) Economic features. We find that the size of the Latino legislative caucus, state-level competition and professionalism, and individual and legislator ideology are key predictors of anti-sanctuary legislation at the state level. Whereas, pro-sanctuary legislation is driven primarily by citizen ideology and the size of the Latino legislative caucus within the state. Details: Riverside, California: Collingwood Research Center, 2017. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: http://www.collingwoodresearch.com/uploads/8/3/6/0/8360930/state-policy-responses.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 156138

Author: Block, Stephanie Title: The Prosecution of Child Sexual Abuse: A Partnership to Improve Outcomes Summary: Child sexual abuse (CSA) cases are notoriously difficult to prosecute. Medical evidence is available in less than 5% of the reported cases of CSA and the prosecution often must rely on the testimony of a child. Prosecutors have the responsibility to achieve justice. They balance this role with the complexities of determining what is justice for the child victim and how can they best protect the community from offenders who may go on to sexually abuse others. In 2014, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) funded this study of prosecution of CSA. This report describes research findings on prosecutorial outcomes and considers obstacles to obtaining justice for the child victims in these complicated cases. We conducted retrospective analysis of 500 CSA cases referred for prosecution in one state, to examine the barriers to prosecuting these cases. We analyzed case records for evidence about the alleged incident, details about the victim, the victim's family, the alleged perpetrator, and the prosecutorial decisions. We assessed the case attrition and the CSA case characteristics associated with prosecution outcomes. Our research finds that a small proportion of the reported cases (less than one in five) went forward to prosecution. About half of those cases resulted in a conviction or guilty plea. As demonstrated on all three of our dependent (i.e., prosecutor outcome) variables, caregiver support of the child was an important predictor of the case moving forward. Evidentiary barriers included problems with disclosures presented another major obstacle in these cases. The review of these cases will help to inform guidelines on how to evaluate what successful case progression and outcomes look like. Future research should continue to explore the ways in which other outcomes such as Child Protective Services (CPS) involvement, therapeutic referrals, and changes in living situations may be successful outcomes for victims of CSA. In short, this project was designed to provide critical information to law enforcement, victim service providers and the field on factors that impede justice for children in these demanding and stressful cases. Recommendations are made to increase CSA victims' access to justice and to promote community safety. Our study found a wide array of factors influence case outcome and that these reflect perpetrator issues, victim characteristics, case context and evidentiary and other barriers. Efforts to address these issues will require continued work of multidisciplinary teams to arrive at solutions and evaluate their impact. This study contributes to scholarly and practice-oriented literature and understanding of CSA case attrition with the goal of increasing access to justice for victims and successful prosecution of perpetrators. Details: Lowell, Massachusetts: University of Massachusetts, Lowell, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252768.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Protective Services Shelf Number: 156140

Author: Ehrmann, Samantha Title: Girls in the Juvenile Justice System Summary: This bulletin presents statistics on girls in the juvenile justice system from three national data collections, covering their involvement from arrest through residential placement. It also provides an analysis of trends and case processing in addition to characteristics of the youth studied and their offenses. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/251486.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gender and Crime Shelf Number: 156141

Author: Cohen, Thomas H. Title: Revalidation of the Federal Pretrial Risk Assessment Instrument (PTRA): Testing the PTRA for Predictive Biases Summary: The Pretrial Risk Assessment (PTRA) instrument was developed for use in the U.S. federal pretrial system. Specifically, this instrument was constructed to help federal officers assess the likelihood that defendants will commit pretrial violations including being re-arrested for any or violent crimes, failing to make court appearances, or having a revocation while on pretrial release. While previous studies have demonstrated the PTRA's predictive validity, these efforts primarily used development and validation samples and did not investigate the PTRA for predictive bias by defendant demographic characteristics. The current research evaluates the PTRA's capacity to predict various forms of pretrial violations on 85,369 defendants with officer completed PTRA assessments. Bivariate and multivariate models were estimated by race, ethnicity, and sex. Results show that the PTRA performs well at predicting pretrial violations as the area under the receiver operating characteristic curve ranged from 0.65 to 0.73 depending upon the subsamples and outcomes being predicted. Moreover, the PTRA predicted new criminal arrest activity equally well between non-Hispanic whites and blacks, while for Hispanics and females, findings show the instrument validly predicting re-arrest activity with some evidence of overprediction depending upon the outcome being examined. Details: Washington, DC: Administrative Office of the U.S. Courts, 2018. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3197325 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Predictive Value Shelf Number: 156143

Author: Holper, Mary Title: The Unreasonable Seizures of Shadow Deportations Summary: President Trump, during his campaign, promised a "deportation task force" to swiftly deport the eleven million undocumented noncitizens in the United States. Within his first week in office, he issued two Executive Orders calling for stricter immigration enforcement and a stronger border. The Department of Homeland Security ("DHS") Memos implementing his interior and border enforcement executive orders indicate that DHS will use every tool to enforce the immigration laws, expanding the use of procedural tools that bypass immigration courts and ensuring that noncitizens remain detained during these "shadow" deportations. Two of these procedural tools, administrative removal and expedited removal, allow an Immigration and Customs Enforcement ("ICE") officer or Customs and Border Protection ("CBP") officer - the immigration police - to sign off on arrest and detention with no involvement of an immigration judge. Such a seizure without a probable cause finding by a neutral, detached magistrate, if occurring within the criminal justice system, would clearly violate the Fourth Amendment. In this article, I build off of prior scholarship and litigation examining Fourth Amendment violations in immigration law to argue that the arrest and detention pursuant to administrative and expedited removal is an unreasonable seizure. I propose a framework for thinking about the Fourth Amendment violations at issue in these shadow deportation procedures. This framework focuses on the reasonableness of the seizure, not the status of the person harmed by the seizure, and not whether the proceedings that follow are punishment. In doing so, this article examines how the Fourth Amendment's core concerns are present in the immigration law enforcement context notwithstanding immigration law's plenary power. As such, the article contributes to the scholarship that has both challenged immigration law's historical exceptionalism and mapped where the plenary power has not trumped. Details: S.L.: Boston College Law School and University of Cincinnati Law Review, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://lawdigitalcommons.bc.edu/lsfp/1088/ Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Enforcement Shelf Number: 156144

Author: National Reentry Resource Center Title: Self-Assessment for Employment-Focused Reentry Programs: Measuring Fidelity to the Integrated Reentry and Employment Strategies (IRES) Framework Summary: Finding employment is a critical part of successful reentry for the millions of people returning to communities after incarceration, but it's not the only part. Appropriately addressing criminogenic risk and needs as well as the soft and hard skills necessary for the workplace are also key in reducing recidivism and improving long-term job retention in this population. Employment-focused reentry programs are often uniquely positioned to administer these services. This self-assessment from the National Reentry Resource Center helps programs gauge their capacity to provide integrated reentry and employment interventions, including work readiness, to people with varying risks and needs. The tool helps reentry practitioners identify opportunities to build the capacity of their programming and services, which, in turn, can better prepare participants for employment and decrease their likelihood of returning to incarceration. The self-assessment should be used in conjunction with the Integrated Reentry and Employment Strategies: Reducing Recidivism and Promoting Job Readiness (IRES) white paper, a resource released in 2013 that helps policymakers, practitioners, and system administrators ensure resources are being used effectively to improve employment outcomes for people who have been incarcerated or are on probation or parole. Details: New York: The National Reentry Resource Center, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Self-Assessment-for-Employment-Focused-Reentry-Programs.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 156147

Author: Kaeble, Danielle Title: Time Served in State Prison, 2016 Summary: Presents findings on the time served by prisoners released from state prison in 2016, including mean and median length of time served by most serious offense and the percentage of sentence served by offense before initial release from state prison. The report also includes data on deaths in prison in 2016. Highlights: Most violent offenders released from state prison in 2016 served less than 3 years. The average time served by state prisoners released in 2016, from initial admission to initial release, was 2.6 years, and the median time served was 1.3 years. Persons released from state prison in 2016 served an average of 46% of their maximum sentence length before their initial release. State prisoners initially released in 2016 served an average of 62% of their sentence if they were serving time for rape or sexual assault, and 38% if serving time for drug possession. Persons serving less than one year in state prison represented 40% of first releases in 2016. Persons sentenced for murder or non-negligent manslaughter served an average of 15 years in state prison before their initial release. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=6446 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: National Corrections Reporting Program Shelf Number: 156148

Author: Donahue, Hal Title: Law Enforcement Officers Respecting Service, Restoring Honor for Vets in Crisis Summary: This white paper is based on a series of interviews, buttressed by personal observations, of key players in several jurisdictions where law enforcement officers, Veteran Justice Outreach specialists from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), and community-based agency representatives collaborate to implement approaches to de-escalate veterans in crisis in our communities. These programs are improving public safety. They are creating opportunities for veterans struggling to re-acclimate to civilian life. These traumatized men -and increasingly women - receive the help they need to address mental health issues, such as post-traumatic stress disorder or traumatic brain injury, related to their military experiences. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Corrections, 2019. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://s3.amazonaws.com/static.nicic.gov/UserShared/033091.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 156155

Author: Harnisch, Brian Title: Views of Marijuana in Wyoming Summary: Data show steady changes towards marijuana policies among Wyoming residents Wyoming residents have steadily changing opinions regarding the use and possession of marijuana. Nearly half of Wyoming residents now say they support legalization of marijuana in the state for personal use. A large majority of Wyoming residents support the legal use of marijuana in the state for medicinal use if a doctor prescribes it. Additionally, a majority of Wyoming residents continue to oppose jail time for those convicted of possessing small amounts of marijuana. Details: Laramie, Wyoming: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/wysac/reports/View/6670 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 156156

Author: Harnisch, Brian Title: Knowledge about the Effects of Drugged Driving, Survey of Wyoming Adults, 2018 Summary: The Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) at the University of Wyoming completed this survey under contract to Adbay. The purpose of this project was to collect data about the knowledge, perceptions and opinions of the citizens of Wyoming regarding the effects of drugged driving. The data collected will help Adbay develop an effective advertising campaign for the Wyoming Association of Sheriffs and Chiefs of Police (WASCOP), intended to raise awareness in Wyoming of the dangers of drugged driving (both prescription and illicit). AdBay would thus acquire baseline data and plans on fielding repeat studies in the future to measure the efficacy of the campaign. WYSAC utilized our inhouse WyoSpeaks panel of Wyoming citizens, a representative panel of Wyoming citizens. The survey was conducted using the online mode of data collection. Details: Laramie, Wyoming: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, 2018. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/wysac/reports/View/6671 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 156157

Author: Wambeam, Rodney Title: Telling the Story of Opioid Use in Wyoming Summary: The purpose of this report is to document opioid-related data sources and indicators that currently exist with the aim of telling the story of prescription opioid use in the state of Wyoming. Evaluators at the Wyoming Survey & Analysis Center (WYSAC) have presented the results of the data inventory throughout this report organized by opioid-related indicators, with key findings and general notes about the data source listed. Additionally, descriptive information about and external links to each data source are catalogued in the appendix. National data are presented here, as well as state and some local level data. When possible, the state data are compared to the national data. WYSAC at the University of Wyoming completed this project as part of a contractual agreement with the Wyoming Department of Health, Public Health Division (WDH-PHD). Details: Laramie, Wyoming: Wyoming Survey and Analysis Center, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://wysac.uwyo.edu/wysac/reports/View/6665 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Opioid Crisis Shelf Number: 156158

Author: Nesteby, K. Title: The Deep End: Serious, Violent, Chronic Female Offenders Summary: This report contains a variety of data regarding females under the supervision of Juvenile Court who would have been eligible for placement in a state training school (STS) setting in accordance with Iowa Code 232.52(2) between July 1, 2016 and June 30, 2017. It is intended to further contribute to informed decision-making related to this population of young women to ensure they receive appropriate, female-responsive services and supervision while providing for public safety. Details: Des Moines, Iowa: Iowa Department of Human Rights, Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning, 2017. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 3, 2019 at: https://humanrights.iowa.gov/sites/default/files/media/2017%20Serious%20Violent%20Chronic%20Offender%20data%20report%203-27-2018.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Iowa Shelf Number: 156159

Author: Knoth, L. Title: Washington State Adult and Juvenile Recidivism Trends: FY 1995 - FY 2014 Summary: Previous reports published by WSIPP have shown a gradual decline in recidivism for adults released from prison through the 1990s and early 2000s. This report updates our review of recidivism trends for adults released from prison and expands the scope of our report to include youth populations and additional adult populations. This report provides a high-level overview of general changes in Washington State recidivism trends from FY 1995-FY 2014. The report analyzes recidivism for four samples of criminal justice-involved populations: adults convicted of a criminal offense, adults released from incarceration in prison, youth convicted of a criminal offense, and youth released from a commitment in a Juvenile Rehabilitation (JR) facility. Consistent with our prior reports, our analyses found gradual declines in overall recidivism for all four populations from FY 1995-FY 2014. However, examination of recidivism trends by type of recidivism, type of initial offense, and demographic characteristics indicates that the magnitude of the decline in recidivism varied among different sub-populations. Details: Olympia, Washington: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1703/Wsipp_Washington-State-Adult-and-Juvenile-Recidivism-Trends-FY-1995-FY-2014_Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Shelf Number: 156166

Author: Darnell, A.J. Title: Measuring Youth Cannabis Use in Washington State Summary: In 2018, WSIPP was assigned to examine current methods for measuring youth marijuana use and to identify potential improvements. We focused on the primary source of data on youth marijuana use in Washington, the Healthy Youth Survey (HYS). In considering improvements to the HYS we reviewed current research on harmful consequences of marijuana use, with the aim of identifying specific aspects of use that are most strongly related to harm. Inconsistency in prior measurement prevented clear identification of the most harmful aspects, but the evidence suggests that features of intensive cannabis use are important to measure. We also examined five recently developed surveys of cannabis use to identify common elements of newer approaches, and we spoke to a number of experts for insight into the status of the HYS, the practical realities of revising it, and methods for measuring cannabis use, more broadly. Marijuana use is a complex phenomenon to measure, particularly amidst the dynamic context of legalization. We identified a series of practical revisions to the marijuana questions in the HYS that would both allow for clearer description of the changing varieties of marijuana use among youth and would provide an economical reflection of more intensive - and more harmful - versions of use. These changes could be more readily accomplished if the HYS moves to electronic administration, a prospect that is currently being considered by HYS planners. These improvements can be expected to increase the utility of HYS data for prevention planning. Details: Olympia, Washington: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2019 at: https://www.wsipp.wa.gov/Publications Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 156179

Author: Broyles, Joshua Title: Drinking and Driving and Public Transportation: A Test of the Routine Activity Framework Summary: Driving under the influence (DUI) is a problem in American society that has received considerable attention over recent decades from local police agencies, lobby groups, and the news media. While punitive policies, administrative sanctions and aggressive media campaigns to deter drinking and driving have been used in the past, less conventional methods to restructure or modify the urban environment to discourage drunk driving have been underused. Explanations with regard to DUIs are policy driven more often than they are guided by criminological theory. The current study uses the routine activities perspective as a backdrop for assessing whether a relatively new mode of transportation - an urban light rail system - in a large metropolitan city in the Southwestern U.S. can alter behaviors of individuals who are likely to drive under the influence of alcohol. The study is based on a survey of undergraduate students from a large university that has several stops on the light rail system connecting multiple campuses. This thesis examines whether the light rail system has a greater effect on students whose routines activities (relatively unsupervised college youth with greater access to cars and bars) are more conducive to driving under the influence of alcohol. An additional purpose of the current study is to determine whether proximity to the light rail system is associated with students driving under the influence of alcohol, while controlling for other criminological factors. Details: Tempe, Arizona: Arizona State University, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource Masters Thesis: Accessed June 5, 2019 at: https://repository.asu.edu/attachments/135054/content/Broyles_asu_0010N_13784.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 156186

Author: Cloud, David Title: The Safe Alternatives to Segregation Initiative: Findings and Recommendations for the Louisiana Department of Public Safety and Corrections, and Progress Towards Implementation Summary: Across the United States, corrections leaders, legislatures, advocacy and human rights organizations, faith-based organizations, and healthcare professionals associations have called for an end to the use of prolonged solitary confinement, also known as segregation or restrictive housing, in jails and prisons. Whether citing the detrimental psychological and physiological impacts of spending 23 hours per day alone and idle in a cell the size of a parking space, the fiscal burden of operating highly restrictive environments, occupational health hazards for officers and other staff, or mounting body of research indicating that exposing incarcerated people to segregation makes our communities less safe, these voices collectively agree that bold and sustainable reforms are urgently critical. Since 2010, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) has been working with state and local corrections agencies to address the use of solitary confinement in jails and prisons with support from the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) and private philanthropies. The goals of Vera's Safe Alternatives to Segregation (SAS) Initiative include: assisting corrections agencies document drivers and implement reforms to safely reduce segregation; expanding humane, alternative responses to common challenges occurring in correctional settings; and facilitating a professional learning community for correctional systems to share knowledge about promising practices and cutting-edge reform strategies. In 2017, the Louisiana Department of Public Safety and Corrections (LADOC) joined Vera's SAS Initiative and kicked off a two-year partnership to analyze current practices, develop a bold vision and set of recommendations for addressing segregation in Louisiana prisons, and implement reforms. This report presents Vera's findings and recommendations for addressing the use of segregation in Louisiana prisons, which were derived from a combination of administrative data analysis; in-depth analysis of department policies; surveys, focus groups, and key stakeholder interviews with incarcerated people, corrections officers, and clinical staff; intensive site visits to maximum security prisons; and regular meetings with agency leadership. It also discusses the department's progress and challenges with implementing early reforms. Vera's main findings and recommendations are highlighted below, with more detail on each in the main body of the report. This is a non-exhaustive list of reforms that prioritize concrete actions within the responsibilities and power of LADOC, while acknowledging challenges related to resource constraints. We hope that lawmakers, advocates, and other stakeholders will also find the information in this report valuable for advancing change and supporting the implementation, improvement, and sustainability of LADOC's early reform efforts. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2019 at: https://www.vera.org/publications/safe-alternatives-segregation-initiative-findings-recommendations Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156211

Author: Alper, Mariel Title: Recidivism of Sex Offenders Released from State Prison: A 9-Year Follow-Up (2005-14) Summary: Within 9 years of their release from prison in 2005 - Released sex offenders accounted for 5% of releases in 2005 and 16% of arrests for rape or sexual assault during the 9 year follow-up period - Rape and sexual assault offenders were less likely than other released prisoners to be arrested, but they were more likely than other released prisoners to be arrested for rape or sexual assault - Less than half of released sex offenders were arrested for any crime within the first three years, while more than two-thirds were arrested within 9 years - Released sex offenders were more than three times as likely as other released prisoners to be arrested for rape or sexual assault - Eleven percent of released sex offenders were arrested at least once for any crime outside the state of release. -About two-thirds (67%) of released sex offenders were arrested for any crime, compared to about five-sixths (84%) of other released prisoners - Among released prisoners who had a prior arrest for a arrested for any crime but were serving time for an offense other than a sex offense, 6.7% were subsequently arrested for rape or sexual assault. - Half of released sex offenders had a subsequent arrest that led to a conviction. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/rsorsp9yfu0514.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Rapists Shelf Number: 156198

Author: Resnik, Judith Title: Ability to Pay. Summary: Ability to Pay is the second Liman Center publication focused on the burdens that individuals with limited income and wealth face in courts. An impressive body of emerging literature maps the needs of low-income individuals in courts as civil litigants and as criminal defendants and identifies the harms of court-imposed debt. As these materials reflect, legal and political will has begun to put reforms into place that limit the ways in which courts impose financial obligations. Part I, Challenging, Restructuring, and Abolishing Fee Structures, provides examples of the many lawsuits, as of the spring of 2019, that have challenged fees, fines, forfeiture, bail charges, and driver's license suspensions. The litigation interacts with legislative revisions, also excerpted, and, in some jurisdictions, abolition of certain court fees and money bail. Part II, Data Collection and Creation, offers an innovative overview of the kinds of data that state and federal court systems collect to understand how courts gain or lack information about the needs of participants in the legal system. This segment explores the current metrics used and the ways to "measure" what counts as justice. Given the growth of online technologies and the outsourcing of court filing systems to private providers, new questions have emerged about the need to have accessible and sufficient data, the concerns about individual privacy, and the problem of accountability. Part III, Innovations and Interventions: A Sampling of New Research Projects, provides a window into the breadth of activities across the country, as law schools have become research hubs taking on a host of issues related to court users. Again, we are not comprehensive but illustrative when we explore the ways in which research agendas are formulated, their impacts measured, and their effectiveness appraised. Part IV, Law Schools, Funders, and Institutionalizing Reform, reflects on the many times in which law schools have reinvented what counts as the "standard" curriculum. In the 1960s, foundation support brought clinical education to many law schools, and, since then, clinical education has become a fixture. In the 1980s, funding went to law and economics, which has likewise become a familiar marker in legal education. Ability to Pay makes plain that another reordering is underway. Law schools are committing to teaching and generating new data on courts and their users and to engaging students through coursework and research in how courts operate and impact communities. In short, just as clinical education and law and economics are now ensconced in the curriculum, the economics of court services is likewise becoming a routine part of legal education. Details: New Haven, CT: Yale University, Law School, 2019. 250p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3387647 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 156246

Author: Samuels, Julie Title: Next Steps in Federal Corrections Reform: Implementing and Building on the First Step Act Summary: The topic of federal corrections reform is hardly new. The precipitous growth of the federal prison system following the passage of tough-on-crime measures in the 1980s has, in recent years, prompted a swelling chorus of legislators and advocates representing a diverse array of views, all calling for reform. These efforts led Congress to pass the First Step Act, signed into law by President Trump in December 2018. First Step focuses on improving public safety through rehabilitative programming, incentivizing people incarcerated in the Federal Bureau of Prisons to take part in programs and treatment aligned with their risks and needs, and enabling those assessed at the lowest risk levels to earn credits toward faster release to community supervision by completing recidivism-reduction programming. The law also includes several sentencing reforms to reduce the application and extent of lengthy prison sentences owing to mandatory minimums for drug offenses and weapons enhancements, along with other improvements to the prison system. Details: Washington, DC: The Urban Institute, 2019. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/100230/next_steps_in_federal_corrections_reform_1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Reform Shelf Number: 156248

Author: Cramer, Lindsey Title: Bridges to Education and Employment for Justice-Involved Youth: Evaluation of the NYC Justice Corps Program Summary: This report documents evaluation findings of NYC Justice Corps, a workforce readiness and recidivism reduction program for justice-involved youth, and describes the strengths and challenges as perceived by program staff, participants, and stakeholders. The evaluation highlights what Justice Corps providers-and similar programs-might learn as they work to integrate the goals of education, employment, and cognitive and psychosocial development into program services and activities for justice-involved youth. The authors conclude by identifying actionable recommendations for future programming for youth in NYC, including providing services to at-risk youth and their families to help them connect with their communities and provide stability, building partnerships with local organizations and service providers to overcome barriers to engagement, and providing structured aftercare services such as mentoring or support groups. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2019. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/100308/bridges_to_education_and_employment_for_justice-involved_youth_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 156249

Author: Executive Session on Community Corrections Title: Toward an Approach to Community Corrections for the 21st Century: Consensus Document of the Executive Session on Community Corrections Summary: This consensus document is unique among the papers that will be published as a result of the Executive Session on Community Corrections. To our knowledge, this report represents the first time that a Harvard Executive Session relating to criminal justice has published a consensus document on its subject of focus. Members of the Executive Session on Community Corrections have come together over the past three years with the aim of developing a new paradigm for correctional policy at a historic time for criminal justice reform. Executive Session members have worked during that time to explore the role of community corrections and communities in the interest of justice and public safety. During our deliberations and research, it was apparent that there was strong consensus developing over principles and practices that should guide the reform of community corrections going forward. This report is the result of that consensus. The Executive Sessions at Harvard Kennedy School bring together individuals of independent standing who take joint responsibility for rethinking and improving society's responses to an issue. Members are selected based on their experiences, their reputation for thoughtfulness, and their potential for helping to disseminate the work of the Session. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Kennedy School, Program in Criminal Justice Policy and Management, 2017. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/centers/wiener/programs/criminaljustice/research-publications/executive-session-on-community-corrections/publications/toward-an-approach-to-community-corrections-for-the-21st-century Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 156200

Author: Lutes, Erin Title: When Music Takes the Stand: A Content Analysis of How Courts Use and Misuse Rap Lyrics in Criminal Cases Summary: Hip-hop's popularity has steadily increased since the late 1980s, with it becoming the most streamed genre of music in 2017. This rise in popularity is matched by an increase in the number of criminal court cases which implement one of hip-hop culture's primary features, rap music, as evidence. In order to build upon prior research regarding rap's implications in legal proceedings and begin to understand what impact this phenomenon might be having, this study systematically examines how rap lyrics were used in 160 state and federal criminal cases over a five-year period of time. Using qualitative content analysis, we found that rap evidence was proffered in these cases in one or more of five distinct ways: (1) to prove gang affiliation for sentencing enhancement purposes; (2) as circumstantial evidence of the commission of a crime; (3) as direct evidence of having communicated a threat; (4) to prove motive, knowledge, intent, identity, or character; or (5) to establish what incited the commission of a crime. Each of these themes was examined and analyzed with respect to the function of rap evidence within each case. The analyses demonstrate that rap evidence is routinely admitted against defendants in criminal proceedings, even in cases in which the prejudicial effect of such evidence clearly outweighs its probative value. Conversely, courts fail to consider rap lyric evidence when offered by defendants to exculpate themselves or mitigate their potential criminal liability. We offer several public policy recommendation to address these concerns. Details: S.L.: American Journal of Criminal Law, 2019. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3369175 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 156227

Author: National Center for Transgender Equality Title: Failing to Protect and Serve: Police Department Policies Towards Transgender People Summary: American policing is in grave need of reform. Reports of racial and religious profiling, killings of unarmed civilians, and sexual abuse and other forms of misconduct by police across the nation are all too common. Over half (58%) of transgender people who interacted with law enforcement that knew they were transgender in the last year reported experiences of harassment, abuse or other mistreatment by the police according to the US Transgender Survey (USTS). Transgender people often feel, accurately, that they can do nothing about this mistreatment, knowing that they risk falling victim to additional mistreatment by those tasked with conducting and overseeing the complaint process. As we make groundbreaking advancements towards transgender equality, many members of our communities continue to be affected by disproportionate contact with, and often by bias and abuse within, policing and the criminal justice system. Transgender people face staggering levels of violence, homelessness, and poverty in the United States, with transgender people of color experiencing the greatest disparities. Thus, it is not surprising that, even though transgender people are more likely to be victims of violent crime than non-transgender people, over half (57%) of all USTS respondents feel uncomfortable calling the police for help when they need it. The purpose of this report is to promote stronger and more fair policies when it comes to police interactions with transgender people. This report focuses primarily on policies specifically governing police interactions with transgender people, including non-discrimination statements, recognition of non-binary identities in applicable policies, use of respectful communication, recording information in department forms, search procedures, transportation, placement in temporary lock-up facilities, access to medication, removal of appearance related items, training, and bathroom access. For each topic, model policies are provided that can and should be adopted by police departments in collaboration with transgender leaders in their communities. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Transgender Equality, 2019. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://transequality.org/issues/resources/failing-to-protect-and-serve-police-department-policies-towards-transgender-people Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse of Authority Shelf Number: 156228

Author: Perera, Judith Irangika Dingatantrige Title: From Exclusion to State Violence: The Transformation of Noncitizen Detention in the United States and Its Implications for Arizona, 1891 - Present Summary: This dissertation analyzes the transformation of noncitizen detention policy in the United States over the twentieth century. For much of that time, official policy remained disconnected from the reality of experiences for those subjected to the detention regime. However, once detention policy changed into its current form, disparities between policy and reality virtually disappeared. This work argues that since its inception in the late nineteenth century to its present manifestations, noncitizen detention policy transformed from a form of exclusion to a method of state-sponsored violence. A new periodization based on detention policy refocuses immigration enforcement into three eras: exclusion, humane, and violent. When official policy became state violence, the regime synchronized with noncitizen experiences in detention marked by pain, suffering, isolation, hopelessness, and death. This violent policy followed the era of humane detentions. From 1954 to 1981, during a time of supposedly benevolent national policies premised on a narrative against de facto detentions, Arizona, and the broader Southwest, continued to detain noncitizens while collecting revenue for housing such federal prisoners. Over time increasing detentions contributed to overcrowding. Those incarcerated naturally reacted against such conditions, where federal, state, and local prisoners coalesced to demand their humanity. Yet, when taxpayers ignored these pleas, an eclectic group of sheriffs, state and local politicians, and prison officials negotiated with federal prisoners, commodifying them for federal revenue. Officials then used federal money to revamp existing facilities and build new ones. Receiving money for federal prisoners was so deeply embedded within the Southwest carceral landscape that it allowed for private prison companies to casually take over these relationships previously held by state actors. When official policy changed in 1981, general detentions were used as deterrence to break the will of asylum seekers. With this change, policy and reality melded. No longer needing the pretext of exclusionary rationales nor the fiction of humane policies, the unencumbered state consolidated its official detention policy with a rationale of deterrence. In other words, violence. Analyzing the devolution of noncitizen detention policy provides key insights to understanding its historical antecedents, how this violent detention regime came to be within the modern carceral state, and its implications for the mass incarceration crisis. Details: Tempe, Arizona: Arizona State University, 2018. 342p. Source: Internet Resource Dissertation: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55b5d0dbe4b04e39fb619891/t/5af5b92f88251bace4e9f122/1526053182361/Dissertation+Perera.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156229

Author: Prince, Kort Title: Evaluation of Utah's Mental Health Courts: Limited Findings and a Review of Research Challenges Summary: The goal of second phase of the study was to assess the efficacy of Utah's MHCs using a matched sample of individuals with similar treatment and criminal histories. Four jurisdictions were considered for the evaluation, as these were the only jurisdictions with a sufficiently large sample of cases: Utah, Salt Lake, Cache, and Weber counties. Propensity Score Matching (PSM) was used in an attempt to identify comparison groups based on variables that predict the likelihood of being placed in the treatment group (in this case, the likelihood of participation in the MHC). A large number of PSM algorithms were employed in an attempt to obtain a matched comparison sample. Unfortunately, due to a high degree of missing mental health history data, PSM could not identify an appropriate comparison group. Because the study was unable to implement the intended methods to examine MHC outcomes, the MHCs were evaluated using an alternative, and less rigorous, method. Using pre-post data for MHC clients only, participant data was assessed regarding defendants' offending behavior in all four MHCs, and mental wellness for the Salt Lake and Utah MHCs. Each court was evaluated separately for both recidivism and mental health outcomes. Given the inability to implement the intended PSM design, some of the challenges that future studies would face and recommendations for how to address these issues are discussed. Details: Salt Lake City, Utah: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center, College of Social Work, 2018. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://socialwork.utah.edu/research/reports/posts/statewide-mental-health-court-study/index.php Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 156207

Author: Seawright, Jessica L. Title: Adherence to Evidence-Based Practice in Community Treatment: Aggregate Report for LSAA Providers and DORA Sites Summary: Over a two-year period, UCJC conducted evidence-based program evaluations and provided technical assistance to contracted providers serving probationers under Utah's Drug Offender Reform Act (DORA) and Local Substance Abuse Authority (LSAA) sites. Programs were assessed using the Correctional Program Checklist (CPC), which was developed by the University of Cincinnati, to assess how closely correctional programs adhere to known principles of effective interventions. Site visits were conducted with each of the 13 providers and a comprehensive report of findings and recommendations were provided to each program�s leadership team. The aggregate report has three purposes: Summarize the aggregate program assessment findings from the thirteen program assessments conducted throughout the state of Utah in 2015-2017; Summarize the aggregate findings on supervision at each site; Summarize the barriers to the program assessment, quality improvement, and technical assistance processes. The final section of this report highlights key findings and provides recommendations for next steps. Details: Salt Lake City, Utah: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center and College of Social Work, 2017. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://socialwork.utah.edu/_resources/documents/DORA-LSAA_EBPAdherenceSummaryReport_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 156205

Author: Seawright, Jessica L. Title: Treatment for Perpetrators of Domestic Violence: A Review of the Literature Summary: This review examines extant research on the impact of treatment in reducing criminal recidivism among adult male Interpersonal Violence (IPV) perpetrators. The review yielded a total of 95 articles, including: 28 studies on the efficacy of the primary modalities; 5 studies on coordinated criminal justice responses; 40 studies on promising practices; 14 meta-analyses, systematic reviews, literature reviews and book chapters; and 8 references that inform the discussion of state and federal legislation and standards for the treatment of IPV perpetrators. Results are presented in two parts: Review of state and federal laws in relation to research on BIPs, and Synthesis of research on the effectiveness of BIP interventions, including primary modalities (i.e., psychoeducational and cognitive-behavioral approaches) and promising approaches. Details: Salt Lake City, Utah: University of Utah, Utah Criminal Justice Center and College of Social Work, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2019 at: https://socialwork.utah.edu/research/reports/posts/treatment-for-perpetrators-of-domestic-violence-a-review-of-the-literature/index.php Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 156204

Author: Lott, John R., Jr. Title: Schools that Allow Teachers to Carry Guns are Extremely Safe: Data on the Rate of Shootings and Accidents in Schools that allow Teachers to Carry Summary: After the Columbine school shooting 20 years ago, one of the more significant changes in how we protect students has been the advance of legislation that allows teachers to carry guns at schools. There are two obvious questions: Does letting teachers carry create dangers? Might they deter attackers? Twenty states currently allow teachers and staff to carry guns to varying degrees on school property, so we don�t need to guess how the policy would work. There has yet to be a single case of someone being wounded or killed from a shooting, let alone a mass public shooting, between 6 AM and midnight at a school that lets teachers carry guns. Fears of teachers carrying guns in terms of such problems as students obtaining teachers guns have not occurred at all, and there was only one accidental discharge outside of school hours with no one was really harmed. While there have not been any problems at schools with armed teachers, the number of people killed at other schools has increased significantly - doubling between 2001 and 2008 versus 2009 and 2018. Details: Crime Prevention Research Center, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3377801 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 156317

Author: Ashwood, J. Scott Title: Evaluation of the Homeless Multidisciplinary Street Team for the City of Santa Monica Summary: In Santa Monica, California, homelessness is a chronic and persistent problem. It is also expensive. Individuals experiencing chronic homelessness suffer disproportionately from serious physical and mental health conditions and are less likely than the general population to seek services to address these conditions. For these reasons, chronically homeless individuals are often repeat users of emergency services - including medical, law-enforcement, and paramedic-response services. This pattern of service use is costly for cities in terms of both dollars and manpower. Assertive community treatment - an approach to homelessness that gets people into affordable housing and provides health care and other support services - can reduce public costs associated with chronic homelessness. In 2016, the City of Santa Monica invested $600,000 into such an approach, creating the Homeless Multidisciplinary Street Team (HMST). The HMST consists of a team of specialists who locate and engage the most-intensive service users among Santa Monica's homeless individuals to help them obtain housing and address other needs. The program aims to reduce the burden on public service providers and diminish associated public costs by lessening the number of times that homeless individuals use public services and interact with public service providers, including police and emergency medical responders. RAND researchers evaluated the program's success in achieving its goals. They used a mixed methods approach that combined a qualitative analysis of the effect of the HMST on important stakeholder groups and a quantitative analysis both of the effect of the HMST on important outcomes and on potential cost savings associated with these effects. Key Findings -- Evaluators found evidence for some success within the HMST, but analyses were limited The HMST has had a positive effect on the clients they serve. The program is viewed within the community as a valuable resource. It estimated that the HMST yielded savings to the City of Santa Monica that offset 17 percent to 43 percent of the investment. Analyses are limited to the outcomes for which data were available; they do not include many financial and nonfinancial benefits associated with the program and so should be viewed as conservative. Recommendations City officials should work with the stakeholders in the community to improve data collection and access for clients of the HMST and a comparison population. Data collection should be expanded to providers outside of the City of Santa Monica to track outcomes beyond the narrow focus of this evaluation. The HMST should provide more information on the effects of its efforts to the other stakeholders in the community. The experience of clients should be evaluated further, with a more focused set of interviews with clients on the effects of the HMST. The HMST should foster early coordination with potential step-down providers to improve the success of handing off clients to them when appropriate. The HMST should reach out to other providers in the community who might be affected by the program. There could be opportunities to partner with other providers in the community that might see changes from the efforts of the HMST. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2848.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Organizations Shelf Number: 156321

Author: Margulies, Peter Title: Bans, Borders, and Sovereignty: Judicial Review of Immigration Law in the Trump Administration Summary: President Donald Trump's Executive Orders (EOs) limiting entry into the U.S. have already reached the Supreme Court. September 2017's EO-3, which indefinitely barred immigration of nationals from listed countries, has raised profound questions about the political branches' role in immigration and the nature of judicial review. The Court's longstanding model of deference to the political branches is showing strain. Unfortunately, the model advanced by frequent critics of the Court's deferential approach - the normalization approach for the convergence of immigration and domestic law - throws out the baby with the bathwater, unduly discounting the foreign policy dimension of immigration measures. To fill the gap, this Article proposes a model of shared stewardship. Shared stewardship springs from the Framers' vision that governance is a trust. When the political branches exhibit the habits of deliberation that the Framers linked with sound governance, courts should not intervene. However, when those habits of deliberation fail, courts should exercise the independent judgment that Hamilton viewed as their signature virtue. This model centers on the crucial decision in judicial review: the closeness of means-end fit that courts should require. To answer this question, shared stewardship proposes a three-pronged model: 1) degree of sovereign interest, 2) number and intensity of collateral impacts, and, 3) intelligible limits. Because of the absence of a coherent limiting principle, EO-3's indefinite ban on immigration subverts the overarching scheme of the Immigration and Nationality Act. Details: Unpublished paper, 2017. 61p. (Michigan State Law Review, Forthcoming) Source: Internet Resource: Roger Williams Univ. Legal Studies Paper No. 177: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3029655 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 156327

Author: Margulies, Peter Title: Deconstructing 'Sanctuary Cities': The Legality of Federal Grant Conditions That Require State and Local Cooperation on Immigration Enforcement Summary: The term "sanctuary city" has generated more heat than light. The Trump administration has branded certain cities as citadels of lawlessness because those cities have resisted federal attempts to condition receipt of law enforcement funds on cooperation with the full range of immigration enforcement efforts. Pushing back against these federal conditions, cities and other sub-federal entities have argued that the untrammeled cooperation that the Trump administration seeks would hinder local law enforcement and promote racial profiling. Neither side acknowledges that the dispute is relatively narrow in scope, since federal and sub-federal entities cooperate both tacitly and actively on many immigration-related fronts, from the data entered during routine local police stops to transfers of custody for persons convicted of serious crimes. That reality does not fit the straw figures that dominate the sanctuary city landscape in political debates. However, it informs attempts to resolve the underlying legal issues. This Article assesses the legality of Trump administration conditions on both constitutional and statutory grounds. The Article argues for the constitutionality of 8 U.S.C. S 1373, which bars sub-federal officials and entities from restricting communication of "immigration status" information. The Article thus rejects the reasoning in some recent court decisions and scholarly commentary that S 1373 violates the Spending Clause or constitutes "commandeering" of state power. But the Article argues that courts should read S 1373 narrowly, as merely preserving the option of targeted operational coordination between the federal government and sub-federal entities. That narrow view is consistent with the "backdrop" of federalism that the Supreme Court has invoked in its interpretation of statutes. Moreover, this narrow reading also dovetails with the preference for local innovation underlying the federal spending programs that the Trump administration has tried to condition on broad cooperation with immigration enforcement. Details: Washington and Lee Law Review, Vol. 75, No. 3, 2018 and Roger Williams Univ. Legal Studies Paper No. 190, 2018. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Roger Williams Univ. Legal Studies Paper No. 190: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3366232 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156328

Author: Elderbroom, Brian Title: Reclassified: State Drug Law Reforms to Reduce Felony Convictions and Increase Second Chances Summary: Recognizing the harm caused by felony convictions and the importance of targeting limited correctional resources more efficiently, state policymakers and voters have made key adjustments to their drug laws in recent years. Five states have reclassified all drug possession from a felony to a misdemeanor: California, Utah, Connecticut, Alaska, and Oklahoma. This brief explores the policy details of reclassification, the potential impact of the reforms, and lessons for other states looking to adopt similar changes to their drug laws. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99077/reclassified_state_drug_law_reforms_to_reduce_felony_convictions_and_increase_second_chances.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156221

Author: National Center for Transgender Equality Title: LGBTQ People Behind Bars Summary: JAILS AND PRISONS ARE TRAUMATIZING AND OFTEN DANGEROUS places, especially for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) people and anyone who doesn't fit gender stereotypes. In a country that incarcerates more of its people than any other large nation in the world, LGBTQ people are more likely to end up behind bars and more likely to face abuse behind bars than the general population. Being LGBTQ in a U.S. jail or prison often means daily humiliation, physical and sexual abuse, and the fear that it will get worse if you complain. Many LGBTQ people are placed in solitary confinement for months or years just because of who they are. Fortunately, the movement to end these harmful practices - and combat mass incarceration as a whole - is growing. Grassroots movements challenging mass incarceration and brutal prison conditions are gaining steam, courts are increasingly recognizing legal protections for transgender and LGBTQ prisoners, and the federal government adopted landmark regulations, known as the PREA Standards, that provide critical protections for LGBTQ people and others vulnerable to violence in prisons. More and more corrections agencies are paying attention - and many are now adopting new policies aimed at protecting LGBTQ prisoners. While there is still a huge amount of work to be done to reduce the harms that LGBTQ people and others face behind bars - and to keep them out of prisons and jails in the first place - now is a better time than ever for our communities to press for change. This overview provides an introduction to the needs and experience of many LGBTQ prisoners, as well as the legal protections they have under the Constitution, the Prison Rape Elimination Act, and other laws and standards. Details: Washington, DC: National Center for Transgender Equality, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://transequality.org/sites/default/files/docs/resources/TransgenderPeopleBehindBars.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bisexual Shelf Number: 156223

Author: Powell, David Title: How Increasing Access to Opioids Contributes to the Opioid Epidemic: Evidence from Medicare Part D Summary: Drug overdoses involving opioid analgesics have increased dramatically since 1999, representing one of the United States' top public health crises. Opioids have legitimate medical functions, but improving access may increase abuse rates even among those not prescribed the drugs given that opioids are frequently diverted to nonmedical use. We have little evidence about the causal relationship between increased medical access to opioids and spillovers resulting in abuse. We use the introduction of the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit Program (Part D) as a large and differential shock to the geographic supply of opioids. We compare growth in opioid supply and abuse rates in states with large 65 plus population shares to states with smaller elderly population shares with a focus on abuse among the Medicare - ineligible population. Part D increased opioid utilization for the 65 plus population, and we show that this increase in utilization led to significant growth in the overall supply of opioids in high elderly share states relative to low elderly share states. This relative expansion in opioid supply resulted in an escalation in opioid-related substance abuse treatment admissions and opioid-related mortality among the Medicare-ineligible population, implying meaningful spillovers to individuals who did not experience any change in prescription drug benefits. The evidence suggests that increased opioid supply is associated with economically - important levels of diversion for nonmedical purposes. Our estimates imply that a 10% increase in medical opioid distribution leads to a 7.4% increase in opioid-related deaths and a 14.1% increase in substance abuse treatment admission rates for the Medicare-ineligible population. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2015. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w21072 Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156222

Author: Hastings, Justine S. Title: Predicting High-Risk Opioid Prescriptions Before They are Given Summary: Misuse of prescription opioids is a leading cause of premature death in the United States. We use new state government administrative data and machine learning methods to examine whether the risk of future opioid dependence, abuse, or poisoning can be predicted in advance of an initial opioid prescription. Our models accurately predict these outcomes and identify particular prior non-opioid prescriptions, medical history, incarceration, and demographics as strong predictors. Using our model estimates, we simulate a hypothetical policy which restricts new opioid prescriptions to only those with low predicted risk. The policy's potential benefits likely outweigh costs across demographic subgroups, even for lenient definitions of "high risk." Our findings suggest new avenues for prevention using state administrative data, which could aid providers in making better, data-informed decisions when weighing the medical benefits of opioid therapy against the risks. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25791 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156224

Author: Ansary, Nadia S. Title: Religious-Based Bullying: Insights on Research and Evidence-Based Best Practices from the National Interfaith Anti-Bullying Summit Summary: Given the prevalence rates and negative mental health outcomes associated with religious-based bullying, it must be considered a public health issue in need of prevention and intervention attention. This brief provides insights from the first-ever National Interfaith Anti-Bullying Summit held in Washington, DC, on December 2�3, 2017. The summit gathered a multitude of experts on the issue, including advocates, researchers, teachers, parents, physicians, mental health practitioners, and, most importantly, targets of bullying to share their stories of the abuse and how it impacted their mental well-being. Details: Washington, DC: Institute for Social Policy and Understanding and American Muslim Health Professionals, 2018. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.ispu.org/religious-based-bullying-insights-on-research-and-evidence-based-best-practices-from-the-national-interfaith-anti-bullying-summit/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse Shelf Number: 156226

Author: Treatment Advocacy Center Title: Road Runners: The Role and Impact of Law Enforcement in Transporting Individuals with Severe Mental Illness, A National Survey Summary: Faced with limited community treatment options and a dire shortage of psychiatric inpatient beds, those in need of mental health treatment may not receive it until a crisis occurs and law enforcement intervenes. Approximately one-third of individuals with severe mental illness have their first contact with mental health treatment through a law enforcement encounter. Law enforcement officers are thus now often on the front lines of psychiatric care, charged with responding to, handling and even preventing mental illness crisis situations. Although members of law enforcement do not serve as treatment providers for any other illness, they have become "road runners," responding to mental health emergencies and traveling long distances to shuttle people with mental illness from one facility to another. Road Runners is the first-ever national survey of sheriffs' offices and police departments on these issues, and it provides a unique glimpse into the burdens they must shoulder as well as the fiscal and societal implications of the current situation. The survey responses represent 355 sheriffs' offices and police departments in the United States. Details: Arlington, Virginia: Treatment Advocacy Center, 2019. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.treatmentadvocacycenter.org/road-runners Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Treatment Shelf Number: 156212

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of DC Title: Racial Disparities in D.C. Policing: Descriptive Evidence from 2013-2017 Summary: Racial disparities pervade criminal justice systems across the country; Washington, D.C. is no exception. The District of Columbia's Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) recently provided extensive arrest data for the years 2013 to 2017 in response to a Freedom of Information Act request filed by Open the Government and ACLU-DC. An examination of that data by the ACLU Analytics Team revealed a pattern of disproportionate arrests of Black people that persists across geographic areas and offense types. It also showed that MPD arrests thousands of people every year for relatively minor offenses. This report analyzes these trends and proposes steps for addressing them. Details: Washington, DC: American Civil Liberties Union of DC, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.acludc.org/en/racial-disparities-dc-policing-descriptive-evidence-2013-2017 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 156213

Author: Prison Policy Initiative Title: Policing Women: Race and Gender Disparities in Police Stops, Searches, and Use of Force Summary: Jails have been described as the criminal justice system's "front door," but jail incarceration typically begins with the police, with an arrest. Before any bail hearing, pretrial detention, prosecution, or sentencing, there is contact with the police. But despite their crucial role in the process, we know less about these police encounters than other stages of the criminal justice system. In particular, the experiences of women and girls - especially Black women and other women of color - are lost in the national conversation about police practices. They are also largely invisible in the the data. But as Andrea Ritchie details in Invisible No More: Police Violence Against Black Women and Women of Color, women, too, are subject to racial profiling, use of excessive force, and any number of violations of their rights and dignity by police. In fact, women make up an increasing share of arrests and report much more use of force than they did twenty years ago. Yet while increasing recognition of women as a growing share of prison and jail populations has prompted facilities to adopt gender-responsive policies and practices, women's rising share of arrests and other police contact has received less attention and policy response. Details: Northampton, Massachusetts: Prison Policy Initiative, 2019. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/blog/2019/05/14/policingwomen/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Black Women Shelf Number: 156214

Author: Kang-Brown, Jacob Title: People in Prison in 2018 Summary: Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) researchers collected year-end 2017 and 2018 prison population data directly from state departments of corrections and the federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) on the number of people in state and federal prisons on December 31, 2018, in order to provide timely information on how prison incarceration is changing in the United States. This report fills a gap until the Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) releases its 2018 annual report - likely in early 2020 - which will include additional data, such as population breakdowns by race and sex. Specifically, Vera studied both prison populations and incarceration rates at the state and federal levels and demonstrated both the overall U.S. incarceration trend as well as trends within individual regions and states. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.vera.org/publications/people-in-prison-in-2018 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Prison Shelf Number: 156215

Author: Worth Rises Title: The Prison Industrial Complex: Mapping Private Sector Players Summary: This report exposes over 3,100 corporations across twelve sectors that profit from the devastating mass incarceration of our nation's marginalized communities. It aggregates critical information about these corporations to help advocates, litigators, journalists, investors, and the public fight the commercialization of the criminal legal system. Details: New York: Worth Rises, 2019. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://worthrises.org/resources Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Mass Incarceration Shelf Number: 156216

Author: Zeng, Zhen Title: Jail Inmates in 2017 Summary: Presents data on inmates confined in local jails from 2005 to 2017, including population counts and incarceration rates, inmate demographic characteristics and conviction status, admissions, jail capacity, and inmate turnover rates. Findings are based on data from BJS's Annual Survey of Jails and Census of Jail Inmates. Unlike prisons, jails are locally administered correctional facilities that typically house inmates with a sentence of one year or less, inmates pending arraignment, and individuals awaiting trial, conviction, or sentencing. Highlights: County and city jails held 745,200 inmates at midyear 2017, down from 780,200 at midyear 2007. The jail incarceration rate declined from 259 inmates per 100,000 U.S. residents at midyear 2007 to 229 per 100,000 at midyear 2017, a 12% decrease. In 2017, males were incarcerated in jail at a rate (394 per 100,000 male U.S. residents) 5.7 times that of females (69 per 100,000 female U.S. residents). In 2017, jails reported 10.6 million admissions, a 19% decline from 2007. The estimated average time in jail in 2017 was 26 days. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=6547 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: City Jails Shelf Number: 156217

Author: Myers, Jr., Samuel L. Title: The Determinants of Declining Racial Disparities in Female Incarceration Rates, 2000-2015 Summary: In The Growth of Incarceration in the United States, the National Research Council documents the large and persistent racial disparities in imprisonment that accompanied the more than quadrupling in the U.S. incarceration rate since the 1980s. But since the turn of the 21st century, an unprecedented decrease in the number of African American women incarcerated has occurred at the same time that the number of white women in prison grew to new heights. The result of these changes is a near convergence in the black-white female incarceration rates from 2000-2015. In some states, the changes occurred abruptly and almost instantaneously. In other states, the convergence has been gradual. But, overall, the wide gaps in black-white female incarceration rates evident at the end of the last century have diminished considerably by the first decades of the 21st century. Details: Northampton, Massachusetts: Prison Policy Initiative, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/scans/thedeterminantsofdecliningracialdisparities.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: African American Women Shelf Number: 156218

Author: Levinson-Waldman, Rachel Title: Cellphones, Law Enforcement, and the Right to Privacy: How the Government is Collecting and Using your Location Data Summary: Cell phones are ubiquitous. As of 2017, there were more cell phones than people in the United States. Nearly 70 percent of those were smartphones, with 94 percent of millennials carrying a smart device. Cell phones go nearly everywhere, and users are increasingly dependent on smartphone applications for daily activities, such as texting, email, and location-assisted direction services. Cellular technology also allows service providers to collect a wealth of information about a user's whereabouts. Cellular service providers automatically record the location of cell phones at regular intervals, transforming them into personal tracking devices. One court described them as the "easiest means to gather the most comprehensive data about a person's public - and private - movements." Cell phone location data is collected in such high volume that it offers a nearly inexhaustible source of granular information, including when and where someone goes, with whom, and even for what purpose. This white paper surveys the landscape of government acquisition of location data about cell phone users - from cellular providers' collection of location information to the use of technologies that pinpoint where individuals and cell phones are located. It describes how cell phones operate, how that location information is accrued and disseminated, and the technologies that can be used to establish where a phone is, where it has been, and what other users have been in proximity. The paper then analyzes both the legal and policy landscape: how courts have ruled on these issues, how they can be expected to rule in the future, and how agencies have addressed these issues internally, if at all. It adds to concerns that cell phone-based monitoring could violate the constitutional privacy rights of millions of ordinary Americans - and that people of color are disproportionally affected. Finally, it concludes with a set of recommendations to enhance transparency and accountability around the use of cell phone location data and to ensure constitutional protections for users who are affected. Details: New York: New York University, School of Law, Brennan Center for Justice, 2018. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/2018_12_CellSurveillanceV3.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cell Phones Shelf Number: 156219

Author: Raghavan, Priya Title: Criminal Justice Solutions: Model State Legislation Summary: America's criminal justice system is in crisis. It is both inequitable, placing a disproportionate burden on communities of color, and extremely expensive, costing $270 billion a year. What's more, our current approach is not necessary to protect public safety. Research conclusively shows that high levels of imprisonment are simply not necessary to protect communities. The Brennan Center has found that around 40 percent of America's prison population is incarcerated with little public safety justification - in other words, they are behind bars unnecessarily. Understandably, voters across the political spectrum have lost faith in the fair administration of justice, and the urgency of criminal justice reform continues to be a rare point of bipartisan agreement. Despite this voter consensus - and with some notable exceptions - policymakers generally have been slow to respond. This report offers state lawmakers model legislation based on smart, bold policy solutions that would keep crime low while reducing mass incarceration. These model bills are based on the policy solutions put forth in our March 2018 publication Criminal Justice: An Election Agenda for Candidates, Activists, and Legislators ("Criminal Justice Agenda"). More background on the impact and motivation for these policies can be found in that report. This report provides the blueprint to make those policy solutions achievable. In some cases, the report spotlights robust and useful examples of state legislation already introduced or in effect. In others, the Brennan Center created original model legislation that can be easily adapted to the needs of different jurisdictions. Notably, if every state passed the Alternative to Prison Act and the Proportional Sentencing Act, two new and original policy proposals, the national prison population could safely be reduced by nearly 40 percent. Details: New York: New York University School of Law, Brennan Center of Justice, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/publication/criminal-justice-solutions-model-state-legislation Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 156220

Author: Rosen, Alana E. Title: High Time for Criminal Justice Reform: Marijuana Expungement Statutes in States with Legalized or Decriminalized Marijuana Laws Summary: As states continue to legalize or decriminalize recreational marijuana, there is a chasm within our society. One segment of the population can use, possess, transport, and cultivate marijuana without fear of prosecution. Another segment of the population suffers from the collateral consequences of previous marijuana-related offenses. This Article argues that any state that enacts marijuana legalization or decriminalization statutes should automatically include an expungement provision that clears the criminal record of individuals who engaged in activities now deemed lawful under the new legalization and decriminalization laws. This Article proposes model language for an expungement statute that serves as a guide for legislators, judges, and attorneys. The proposed expungement statute will help individuals obtain access to opportunities and benefits now denied them because of their marijuana-related criminal records including employment, professional licenses, financial aid, public housing, travel abroad, firearms' purchases, the right to vote, and jury service. Changes to the law will also benefit communities that have been disproportionately targeted by the War on Drugs and marijuana prohibition. Details: Lubbock, Texas: Texas Tech University School of Law, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3327533 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 156259

Author: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) Title: Thirty-Nine Years of Crime in the San Diego Region: 1980 Through 2018 Summary: Since 1980, SANDAG has been reporting regional crime statistics for the San Diego region through a cooperative agreement with local law enforcement agencies. This report presents and discusses crime trend data for the past 39 years. Crime rates per 1,000 resident population, as well as the actual number of crimes reported, are presented. SANDAG is the only local entity to compile and analyze these statistics historically across the 18 incorporated cities, as well as the unincorporated areas of the county, making this information some of the most frequently requested from the SANDAG Criminal Justice Clearinghouse. These data are useful to local law enforcement, policy makers, and the community in general in tracking public safety over time, as well as the effectiveness of prevention and response efforts on regional crime rates. In interpreting these annual figures, it is essential to note that because of changes in how rape is defined by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), comparisons across time for rape and violent crime overall should be made with caution. Specifically, in 2015, California law enforcement agencies began to use the revised and broader Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) definition of rape that includes male victims, sodomy, penetration with any body part or objects, and no longer requires force. As a result of this change, some Part I crimes that previously would have been aggravated assaults are now rapes and some Part II crimes that previously would not have been captured in these statistics are now Part I crimes. Details: San Diego, California: San Diego Association of Government, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://www.sandag.org/uploads/publicationid/publicationid_4587_25763.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 156331

Author: Fields, Shawn E. Title: Sexual Violence and Future Harm: Lessons from Asylum Law Summary: Sexual violence victims face unique and enduring safety risks following an assault. The legal system's gradual shift from solely punishing offenders for past acts to protecting survivors from future harm reflects a recognition of this fact. But so-called "sexual assault protection order" statutes impose onerous "future harm" requirements - including proof by clear and convincing evidence that another sexual assault is imminent - that belies the realities of ongoing injury for victims and creates barriers to protection similar to the criminal justice approach to rape. This Article suggests a different approach, one justified by a novel analogy to the refugee protection paradigm. Asylum law prospectively protects applicants upon a showing that they have a "well-founded fear" of future persecution. Only the most severe forms of discrimination qualify as "persecution." But applicants who can prove they have suffered a single act of past persecution enjoy a rebuttable presumption of future harm. Both courts and Congress have recognized the propriety of this presumption, given the "atrocity" of persecution and the permanent scarring it causes to "the mind of a refugee." The same logic applies to sexual violence, long considered "the most heinous crime" short of murder. By transplanting the evidentiary framework from asylum law to sexual civil protection, this Article does two things unique in scholarly literature: 1) provides the first comprehensive consideration and overhaul of the sexual violence protection order regime, and 2) reconceptualizes asylum as a form of prospective civil protection. Details: Bules Creek, North Carolina: Campbell University School of Law, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3380319 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Law Shelf Number: 156332

Author: Delehanty, Casey Title: Wait, There's Torture in Zootopia?: Examining the Prevalence of Torture in Popular Movies Summary: Despite prohibitions on torture, recent public opinion polls show that approximately half of adults in the United States think that torture can be acceptable in counterterrorism. While democracies and their citizens tend to be less supportive of human rights violations, torture appears to be an exception. One potential explanation for this is the role of media in framing torture as an efficacious "necessary evil" to avoid disasters. Media influences public perception on many issues, particularly when people lack direct, personal experience with the subject. While recent research has demonstrated that dramatic depictions of torture increase public support for the practice, it is unclear how prevalent torture actually is in mass media. Thus, we do not know how frequently - and in what context - torture is depicted across popular media. To examine this, we coded each incident of torture in the top 20 grossing films each year from 2008 to 2017. We expected that torture is generally shown to be effective. Further, we expected to see differences in how torture is used and who it is used against depending on whether the perpetrator is a protagonist or an antagonist. Results show that the majority of films - including films aimed toward children - have at least one torture scene. As expected, movies tend to depict torture as effective. Further, protagonists are more likely to torture for instrumental reasons or in response to threats, and are more likely to do so effectively. In contrast, antagonists are more likely to use torture as punishment and to target vulnerable victims. The frequency and nature of torture's depiction in popular films may help explain why many in the public support torture. Details: Boiling Springs, North Carolina: Gardner Webb University and University of Alabama, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed June 8, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3342908 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 156333

Author: San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) Title: Veterans Moving Forward: Process and Impact Evaluation Results from the San Diego County Sheriff's Department VMF Program Summary Overview Summary: In 2014, SANDAG applied for and received funding from the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) to conduct a process and impact evaluation of the Veterans Moving Forward (VMF) program that was created by the San Diego County Sheriff's Department in partnership with the San Diego Veterans Administration (VA) in 2013. VMF is a veteran-only housing unit for male inmates who have served in the U.S. military. When the grant was written, experts in the field had noted that the population of veterans returning to the U.S. with numerous mental health issues, including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), traumatic brain injury (TBI), and depression, were increasing and as a result, the number of veterans incarcerated in jails and prisons was also expected to increase. While numerous specialized courts for veterans had been implemented across the country at the time, veteran-specific housing units for those already sentenced to serve time in custody were rarer and no evaluations of these units had been published. Since this evaluation grant was awarded, the number of veteran-only housing units has increased, demonstrating the need for more evaluation information regarding lessons learned. A core goal when creating VMF was to structure an environment for veterans to draw upon the positive aspects of their shared military culture, create a safe place for healing and rehabilitation, and foster positive peer connections. There are several components that separate VMF from traditional housing with the general population that relate to the overall environment, the rehabilitative focus, and initiation of reentry planning as early as possible. These components include the selection of correctional staff with military backgrounds and an emphasis on building on their shared experience and connecting through it; a less restrictive and more welcoming environment that includes murals on the walls and open doors; no segregation of inmates by race/ethnicity; incentives including extended dayroom time and use of a microwave and coffee machine (under supervision); mandatory rehabilitative programming that focuses on criminogenic and other underlying risks and needs or that are quality of life focused, such as yoga, meditation, and art; a VMF Counselor who is located in the unit to provide one-on-one services to clients, as well as provide overall program management on a day-to-day basis; the regular availability of VA staff in the unit, including linkages to staff knowledgeable about benefits and other resources available upon reentry; and the guidance and assistance of a multi-disciplinary team (MDT) to support reentry transition for individuals needing additional assistance. The general criteria for housing in this veteran module includes: (1) not being at a classification level above a four, which requires a maximum level of custody; (2) not having less than 30 days to serve in custody; (3) no state or federal prison holds and/or prison commitments; (4) no fugitive holds; (5) no prior admittance to the psychiatric security unit or a current psychiatric hold; (6) not currently a Post-Release Community Supervision Offender serving a term of flash incarceration; (7) not in custody for a sex-related crime or requirement to register per Penal Code 290; (8) no specialized housing requirements including protective custody, administration segregation, or medical segregation; and (9) no known significant disciplinary incidents. Discharge status from the military was not an eligibility factor. Details: San Diego, California: San Diego Association of Governments, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252916.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Depression Shelf Number: 156206

Author: Goodwin, Alexandra Title: Bankrolling Hate: How Wall Street Supports Racist Politicians and Enables White Supremacy Summary: White supremacy and white nationalism are ascendant in the Trump era, and many elected officials and candidates running for office have been emboldened to rip the mask of politeness off their racist, xenophobic, sexist, and homophobic ideologies. The finance industry is aiding and abetting the rise of violent white supremacy and nationalism by donating to the congressional campaigns of candidates who have expressed viciously racist, xenophobic, sexist, and homophobic views. Lobbying Groups Like the American Bankers Association Carry Water for Big Banks. The financial sector - classified by the U.S. Census Bureau as finance, insurance, and real estate, or FIRE - is the largest donor to federal parties and candidates. Wall Street banks, like JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo, and Bank of America, make their own donations but also rely on trade and lobbying groups, such as the American Bankers Association (ABA) and the American Financial Services Association (AFSA), to carry water for them. Details: S.L.: ACRE Action Center on Race and the Economy, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/58d8a1bb3a041137d463d64f/t/5c92d71ee4966bb6d55046e5/1553127208573/Bankrolling+Hate+-+Mar+2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 156335

Author: Baumgartner, Lindsey Title: Safe Withdrawal in Jail Settings: Preventing Deaths, Reducing Risks to Counties and States Summary: As the opioid crisis continues, jails across the country are encountering people with opioid use disorders who are actively using heroin, fentanyl, illicit prescription medications, and other opioids. These individuals often experience withdrawal syndrome upon abrupt substance discontinuation, and they may need withdrawal management services while detained. Withdrawal syndrome can occur with discontinuation of non-opioid substances as well, including alcohol and benzodiazepines. Contrary to commonly held notions, withdrawal is often not only uncomfortable or painful, but may also be harmful to health and even fatal. Jails without adequate services and protocols for withdrawal management may face risk liability. Jurisdictions can save lives and reduce their possible exposure to costly and time-consuming litigation by creating and enacting policies that ensure adequate care for individuals going through withdrawal syndrome while in correctional custody. This brief is for jail administrators and other public safety leaders, as well as county and state policymakers who work on issues related to public safety, public health, and behavioral health. It contains information about safe withdrawal management in jail and resources to aid in developing these procedures. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Treatment Alternatives for Safe Communities, Center for Health and Justice, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: http://www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/sites/www2.centerforhealthandjustice.org/files/publications/Safe%20Withdrawal%20in%20Jail_010918.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Custody Shelf Number: 156339

Author: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence Title: The Truth about School Shootings Summary: On February 14, 2018, survivors of the horrific school shooting in Parkland, Florida, emerged from bullet-ridden classrooms and thrust gun violence into the national spotlight. The heightened focus on the school shooting epidemic raised important questions about the damage these shootings inflict on our nation's youth and how they can best be prevented. As the student activists called for accountability and action, the gun lobby spread dangerous myths that downplay the role of guns in school shootings. Our report, The Truth about School Shootings, seeks to dispel these myths and offers concrete recommendations for evidence-based policies that will ensure all of our students make it safely home from school. Details: San Francisco, California: Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence, 2019. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://lawcenter.giffords.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/The-Truth-About-School-Shootings-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Policy Shelf Number: 156340

Author: Counter Extremism Project Title: The Extreme Right on Facebook Summary: Neo-Nazi, white supremacist, and far-right groups and online businesses maintain a presence on Facebook. Facebook is the third most visited website on the Internet and is also the world's largest social media network, with over 2.2 billion regular users as of February 2018. According to the Pew Research Center, 68% of U.S. adults use Facebook, with 81% of people between the ages of 18 and 29 using the platform. Because of its popularity, Facebook has become an important tool for political or community organizations and commercial brands - including, unfortunately, for far-right extremists. Even though the company explicitly bans hate speech and hate groups in its Community Standards, Facebook appears to have a reactionary approach to removing neo-Nazi and white supremacist content from its platform. For example, Facebook deactivated a page belonging to the Traditionalist Workers Party, a neo-Nazi group, only after it was revealed that the group participated in the 2017 Charlottesville Unite the Right rally. The page was reported to the company prior to the event. In another instance, a Huffington Post investigation in summer 2018 found that four neo-Nazi and white supremacist clothing stores were able to operate on Facebook. The tech giant finally removed the pages once it was faced with negative press. Despite seeing astronomical revenues of approximately $40.7 billion in 2017, Facebook is failing to enforce its own Community Standards in a proactive manner. In September 2018, the Counter Extremism Project (CEP) identified and monitored a small selection of 40 Facebook pages belonging to online stores that sell white supremacist clothing, music, or accessories, or white supremacist or neo-Nazi groups. Pages were located through searches for known white supremacist or neo-Nazi keywords. CEP researchers recorded information for each page such as the number of likes, date of creation, and examples of white supremacist or neo-Nazi content. After two months, CEP reported the pages - only 35 of the 40 remained online - to Facebook and found that only four pages were ultimately removed. Clearly, Facebook's process for reviewing and removing this content - which violates its own Community Standards - is inadequate. Details: New York: Countering Extremism Project, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.counterextremism.com/sites/default/themes/bricktheme/pdfs/The_Extreme_Right_on_Facebook_report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Facebook Shelf Number: 156342

Author: United States Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Cargo Theft, 2017 Summary: The FBI's Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Program collects cargo theft data to inform the law enforcement community, state and federal legislators, academia, and the public at large about this particular crime. The data can be used to create awareness and to measure the impact cargo theft has on the economy and potential threats to national security. Often cargo theft offenses are part of larger criminal schemes and have been found to be components of organized crime rings, drug trafficking, and funding for terrorism. The UCR collection of cargo theft data is new with only 5 years of data published, but the number of agencies reporting cargo theft incidents has increased each year. As more agencies participate, future versions of this cargo theft report will depict a more complete account of the occurrences of cargo theft in the United States. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://ucr.fbi.gov/crime-in-the-u.s/2017/crime-in-the-u.s.-2017/additional-data-collections/cargo-theft/cargo-theft.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Cargo Theft Shelf Number: 156348

Author: McMullen, Judith G. Title: Invisible Stripes: The Problem of Youth Criminal Records Summary: It is common knowledge in American society that persons who have criminal records will have a more difficult path to obtaining legitimate employment. Similarly, conventional wisdom acknowledges the unfortunate fact that young people, on average, are more prone to engage in risky, impulsive, and other ill-advised behavior that might result in brushes with law enforcement authorities. This article addresses the difficult situation faced by people whose now disabling criminal records were attained while they were under the age of 21. Not only do such individuals face stigma and possible discrimination from potential employers, the efforts of today's young people to "go straight" are hampered by nearly unlimited online access to records of even the briefest of encounters with law enforcement, even if those encounters did not result in conviction. This article examines the broad scope and troubling effects of the intersection between policies attempting to "reform" youthful offenders, and policies giving any curious citizen access to records about a person's youthful indiscretions, no matter how minor. The article concludes that current practices are inconsistent with what we know about the development of young people, are inconsistent with developing U.S. Supreme Court jurisdiction, and are undermining the social goal of rehabilitating youthful offenders, and suggests that we need to restrict access to and use of information about contacts that offenders under the age of 21 have had with the criminal justice system. Details: Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Marquette Law School, 2018. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://gould.usc.edu/students/journals/rlsj/issues/assets/docs/volume27/Winter2018/1.McMullen.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 156351

Author: Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Title: Management Alert - DHS Needs to Address Dangerous Overcrowding Among Single Adults at El Paso Del Norte Processing Center (Redacted) Summary: During the week of May 6, 2019, we visited five Border Patrol stations and two ports of entry in the El Paso sector as part of our unannounced spot inspections of U.S. Customs and Border Protection's (CBP) holding facilities and observed dangerous holding conditions at the Paso Del Norte Bridge (PDT) Border Patrol station that require immediate attention. Specifically, PDT does not have the capacity to hold the hundreds currently in custody safely, and has held the majority of its detainees beyond the 72 hours outlined in CBP's Transport, Escort, Detention and Search standards. We recommend that the DHS take immediate steps to alleviate dangerous overcrowding at PDT. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, Office of the Inspector General, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=825727 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156350

Author: Justice Policy Institute Title: The Ungers, 5 Years and Counting: A Case Study in Safely Reducing Long Prison Terms and Saving Taxpayer Dollars Summary: A landmark court case, Unger v. Maryland, offers powerful lessons for policymakers and stakeholders interested in tackling mass incarceration. The 2012 case centered on remedying improper jury instructions and applied to a cohort of people who had been sentenced prior to 1981. The decision resulted in the potential release of 235 people from Maryland prisons who had served more than 30 years, and their release story created a natural experiment from which other states can learn. What makes the Unger decision particularly unique is that private philanthropy, through the Open Society Institute - Baltimore, provided specialized reentry programming to be made available to those individuals upon release. In the six years since the decision, we have learned a number of important lessons. Details: Washington, DC: Justice Policy Institute, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: http://www.justicepolicy.org/uploads/justicepolicy/documents/The_Ungers_5_Years_and_Counting.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Long Prison Terms Shelf Number: 156355

Author: Minnesota Department of Health Title: Safe Harbor for All: Statewide Sex Trafficking Victim/Survivors Strategic Plan Summary: Over the past decade, Minnesota's response to sex trafficking and exploitation has focused primarily on youth. In 2017, the Minnesota State Legislature, in response to stakeholder requests for an enhanced vision of the Safe Harbor system, directed the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH), in consultation with the Minnesota Department of Human Services (DHS) and Office of Justice Programs (OJP) in the Minnesota Department of Public Safety (DPS), to develop a strategic plan that expands the current Safe Harbor system to address the needs of all victim/survivors of sex trafficking and exploitation, regardless of age. MDH, through a competitive process, contracted with three partner organizations, The Urban Research and Outreach -Engagement Center at the University of Minnesota, The Advocates for Human Rights, and Rainbow Research, to design and implement a community engagement process involving stakeholders statewide, including persons most impacted by sexual exploitation and trafficking. In January 2019, MDH submitted a strategic plan (PDF) to the legislature providing immediate and long-term suggestions for expanding Safe Harbor to all ages. This plan is informed by the recommendations and findings developed through the community engagement process and outlined in the report submitted by the partner organizations, Safe Harbor for All: Results from a Strategic Planning Process in Minnesota. Details: St. Paul, Minnesota: Department of Health, 2019. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.health.state.mn.us/communities/safeharbor/response/safeharborforall.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 156360

Author: Camarota, Steven A. Title: Deportation vs. the Cost of Letting Illegal Immigrants Stay Summary: The findings of this analysis show that the average cost of a deportation is much smaller than the net fiscal drain created by the average illegal immigrant. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) reported the average deportation cost as $10,854 in FY 2016. In FY 2012, ICE removed 71 percent more aliens with a similar budget, creating an average inflation-adjusted cost of $5,915. This compares to an average lifetime net fiscal drain (taxes paid minus services used) of $65,292 for each illegal immigrant, excluding their descendants. This net figure is based on fiscal estimates of immigrants by education level from the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (NAS). The total fiscal drain for the entire illegal population is estimated at $746.3 billion. Of course, simply because deportation is much less costly than allowing illegal immigrants to stay does not settle the policy questions surrounding illegal immigration as there are many factors to consider. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://cis.org/sites/default/files/2017-07/deportation-vs-stay-costs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 156199

Author: Center for Immigration Studies Title: Raise More than a Quarter Trillion Dollars of Tax Revenue by Ending Tax Subsidies for Unauthorized Employment of Illegal Aliens Summary: Aliens enter the United States without authorization for many reasons, but for most of them the goal is to secure employment at much higher wages than are available in their native countries. While breaking the law provides very significant economic benefits to these illegal workers and to the businesses that hire them, it comes at a cost to American workers. According to Harvard economist George Borjas, recent empirical research indicates that American workers suffer a reduction of $99 billion to $118 billion in annual wages because of illegal immigration. The economic rewards of unauthorized employment of aliens are not limited to the higher wages of the illegal workers and the lower labor costs of their employers. Unauthorized alien workers and their employers also enjoy multi-billion dollar tax deductions and tax credits that were enacted into law for the benefit of law-abiding workers and businesses. When Congress returns from summer recess on September 5, it is expected to focus attention on a major reform of the federal income tax system, including a combination of lower rates and other tax incentives to families and to businesses. The largest challenge facing tax reformers is finding sufficient additional revenue to pay for the tax cuts and tax incentives they promised to the people who elected them. In fairness to the American families and businesses to whom these tax cuts have been promised, and in particular to the American families whose household incomes have been diminished by illegal immigration, Congress should consider eliminating unwarranted tax breaks to unauthorized alien workers and their employers. Each of the following reforms - one that eliminates a tax subsidy for employers of unauthorized aliens and the other that eliminates a tax subsidy for the unauthorized workers - comes with an estimate of the additional revenues that would be raised by the reform. Together they could raise $296 billion over 10 years - more than a quarter-trillion dollars. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2017. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Raise-More-Quarter-Trillion-Dollars-Tax-Revenue-Ending-Tax-Subsidies-Unauthorized-Employment Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Aliens Shelf Number: 156338

Author: Glod, Greg Title: Community Corrections in Florida Summary: According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, the state of Florida at the end of 2016 was supervising over 218,000 individuals in the community (Kaeble, 11). According to the Florida Department of Corrections (FDOC), as of June 2018, there were 166,157 individuals being supervised by state probation officers (FDOC 2018a, 52). The Florida Office of Program Policy Analysis and Government Accountability (OPPAGA) determined that by June 2018, roughly 119,027 individuals were on probation, not including pretrial intervention programs (15). The large discrepancy between the numbers likely is due to the fact that most misdemeanor probation is done by local law enforcement and private service providers (FL Title XLVII 948.1). Additionally, it is not clear whether FDOC considers those on administrative probation for this count or other pre- and post-adjudication supervision. See Florida Statute Title 948.013, Criminal Procedure and Corrections. Florida, similar to the federal corrections system, removed parole in 1983, which was coupled with the establishment of sentencing guidelines. However, individuals can still technically be granted parole if they were sentenced to prison prior to its abolishment or were convicted of certain higher-level offenses (although most of these must have been committed between 1983-1995). According to the Florida Commission on Offender Review (FCOR), as of June 30, 2017, there were 4,438 inmates eligible for parole and 486 individuals on parole supervision (FCOR, 6). FCOR retains jurisdiction for several types of discretionary and mandatory release systems, in particular conditional release and addiction recovery release, which are mandatory supervision for certain violent offenders and offenders, respectively (6-8). Oddly, those convicted of drug-trafficking offenses are not eligible for addiction recovery release (Florida Statute Title 944.4731, Criminal Procedure and Corrections). The majority of the population under FDOC control is made up of individuals on felony probation. In 2018, 63.4 percent of those under supervision are being supervised for third-degree felonies (FDOC 2018a, 52). Most higher-level offenses (particularly drug trafficking charges) are subject to mandatory minimum sentences, and those individuals rarely spend time on supervision post-release or as part of their original sentence. Nearly 65% of individuals on supervision are there for a property or drug offense (54). The community corrections population has dropped considerably over the past decade. In 2008, 193,401 individuals were being supervised by FDOC officers; that number dropped to 166,157 in 2018, a 14 percent decrease (FDOC 2018a, 51). Admissions are down over 16 percent over the same time period (54). Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://files.texaspolicy.com/uploads/2019/05/27121618/Glod-Community-Corrections-FL1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Adjudication Shelf Number: 156345

Author: Addington, Lynn A. Title: The Use of Visible Security Measures in Public Schools: A Review to Summarize Current Literature and Guide Future Research Summary: Concerns over school violence, particularly deadly school violence, have prompted demands for greater attention to student safety and school security. One response has been an increased use of visible security in public schools in all locations and grade levels. Relatively little, though, is known about the effectiveness of these measures to reduce crime and violence as well as their possible unintended consequences. This article provides a review of the literature concerning trends in the use of visible school security as well as the effect of these measures on specific outcomes including crime, student fear and exclusionary discipline. This review aims to facilitate future research and policy by identifying what is known, what gaps exist and what should be considered in developing a future research agenda to inform policy. Details: Washington, DC: American University, Department of Justice, Law and Criminology, 2018. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3240204 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Exclusionary Discipline Shelf Number: 156201

Author: Augustine, Catherine H. Title: Can Restorative Practices Improve School Climate and Curb Suspensions? An Evaluation of the Impact of Restorative Practices in a Mid-Sized Urban School District Summary: Across the country, school districts, their stakeholders, and policymakers have become increasingly concerned about suspensions, particularly about suspending students from elementary school and disproportionately suspending ethnic/racial minority students. Suspended students are less likely to graduate, possibly because they miss the instructional time they need to advance academically. Restorative practices have gained buy-in in the education community as a strategy to reduce suspension rates. Proactively improving relationships among students and staff and building a sense of community in classrooms and schools may make students less inclined to misbehave. And addressing severe misbehavior through a restorative approach may help students realize the impacts of their actions and make them less likely to offend again. This study of the implementation of restorative practices in the Pittsburgh Public Schools district (PPS) in school years 2015�16 and 2016�17 represents one of the first randomized controlled trials of the effects of restorative practices on classroom and school climates and suspension rates. The authors examined a specific restorative practices program - the International Institute for Restorative Practices' SaferSanerSchools (trademarked) Whole-School Change program - implemented in a selected group of PPS schools under a program called Pursuing Equitable and Restorative Communities, or PERC. The researchers found that PERC achieved several positive effects, including an improvement in overall school climates (as rated by teachers), a reduction in overall suspension rates, and a reduction in the disparities in suspension rates between African American and white students and between low- and higher-income students. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2018. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2800/RR2840/RAND_RR2840.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: In-School Suspension Shelf Number: 156361

Author: Rose, Evan K. Title: Does Incarceration Increase Crime? Summary: This paper studies the causal effect of incarceration on reoffending using discontinuities in sentencing guidelines and two decades of administrative records from North Carolina. A regression discontinuity analysis shows that one year of incarceration reduces the likelihood of committing new assault, property, and drug offenses within three years of conviction by 38%, 24%, and 20%, respectively. Incarceration sentences temporarily incapacitate offenders by removing them from society but can also influence post-release criminal behavior. To parse the non-linear and heterogeneous effects of these channels, we develop an econometric model of sentencing length and recidivism. Our model allows for Roy-style selection into sentencing on the basis of latent criminality. We propose a two-step control function estimator of the model parameters and show that our estimates accurately reproduce the reduced form effects of the sentencing discontinuities we study. Our parameter estimates indicate that incarceration has modest crime-reducing behavioral effects that are diminishing in incarceration length. A cost-benefit analysis suggests, however, that the benefit of reducing crime by lengthening sentences (through both incapacitation and behavioral channels) is outweighed by the large fiscal costs of incarceration. Details: Berkeley, California: University of California, Berkeley, 2018. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3205613 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 156362

Author: Mullins, Tracy Title: Selected Topics on Youth Courts: A Monograph Summary: Table of Contents -- Addressing Truancy in Youth Court Programs Ramona Gonzales and Tracy Godwin Mullins.................................................. Underage Drinking and Other Substance Abuse: Opportunities for Prevention and Intervention by Youth Courts Tracy Godwin Mullins ..................................................................................... An Overview of School-Based Youth Court Program Design Options Mistene M. Vickers........................................................................................... Building Culturally Relevant Youth Courts in Tribal Communities Ada Pecos Melton ............................................................................................ A Comparison of Statewide Youth Court Associations and Networking Groups Tracy Godwin Mullins and Karen L. Dunlap .................................................. Media Access Guidelines for Youth Courts Michelle E. Heward .. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention,k 2004. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 11, 2019 at: http://www.aidainc.net/Publications/monograph.pdf Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 94537

Author: Kaplan, Jacob Title: More Cops, Fewer Prisoners? Summary: A large literature establishes that hiring police officers leads to reductions in crime and that investments in police are a relatively efficient means of crime control compared to investments in prisons. One concern, however, is that because police officers make arrests in the course of their duties, police hiring, while relatively efficient, is an inevitable driver of "mass incarceration." This research considers the dynamics through which police hiring affects downstream incarceration rates. Using state-level panel data as well county-level data from California, we uncover novel evidence in favor of a potentially unexpected and yet entirely intuitive result - that investments in law enforcement are unlikely to markedly increase state prison populations and may even lead to a modest decrease in the number of state prisoners. As such, investments in police may, in fact, yield a "double dividend" to society, by reducing incarceration rates as well as crime rates. Details: Preliminary paper, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3228811 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 156392

Author: Kaplan, Jacob Title: The Effect of Card Reader Locks on Theft on a University Campus Summary: Door locks are an ubiquitous form of security to control access to a building with the goal of reducing crime there. However, research on door locks is often limited by methodological issues and primarily focuses on residential or commercial locations. This paper assesses the impact of card reader door locks on school buildings on an urban university campus. Using a difference-in-differences approach, this paper estimates the effect of card reader locks on crime in buildings. The results indicate that the locks do not significantly affect crime within the buildings. Avenues for future research, including suggestions of specific universities at which to conduct further studies, are discussed. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3369234 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Campus Crime Shelf Number: 156393

Author: Ohio. Correctional Faith-Based Initiatives Task Force Title: Report to the Ohio General Assembly From the Correctional Faith-Based Initiatives Task Force Summary: The Correctional Faith-Based Initiatives Task Force was created with the enactment of Amended Substitute of House Bill 66, the state-operating budget for fiscal years 2006-2007. The Task Force, which is comprised of 17 members including representatives of six state agencies, legislators, and the faith community, represents a unique approach to dealing with correctional system problems, services, and recidivism. The budget bill set the Task Force's operational framework by charging it with completing the following duties within one year of its inception (October 2006): - Study faith-based and community solutions to correctional system problems by focusing on programs and services for incarcerated individuals and their families, diversion programs, and faith-based/nonprofit programs and services. - Examine existing faith-based/nonprofit programs in Ohio prisons and other states and the possibility of program replication. - Develop model programs to reduce adult and juvenile recidivism, assist juveniles with incarcerated parents and juveniles held over to or in the adult penal system. Details: Columbus: Author, 2019. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://www.ocjs.ohio.gov/links/ocjs_FB_GOODFinal.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Programs Shelf Number: 156394

Author: California. Office of the Inspector General Title: Special Review of Salinas Valley State State Prison's Processing of Inmate Allegations of Staff Misconduct Summary: In January 2018, the secretary of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (the department) and attorneys from the Prison Law Office requested that the Office of the Inspector General (the OIG) assess Salinas Valley State Prison's (Salinas Valley) process of handling inmate allegations of staff misconduct, commonly referred to as staff complaints. The department allows prisons to conduct what are known as staff complaint inquiries, a preliminary collection of evidence pertaining to an allegation, and to use local prison supervisors to conduct them. A staff complaint inquiry can evolve into a formal investigation if the hiring authority-the person responsible for hiring and disciplining staff - determines, as part of an inquiry, that staff misconduct may have occurred which warrants disciplinary action. This special review included a retrospective paper review of 61 staff complaint inquiries the prison completed between December 1, 2017, and February 28, 2018, and an onsite monitoring review of 127 staff complaint inquiries the prison initiated between March 1, 2018, and May 31, 2018. In total, our review included 188 staff complaint inquiries. This special review also included our assessment of nine additional complaints submitted to the department by the Prison Law Office. Any inmate who alleges staff misconduct may file an appeal, and the prison may handle this appeal as a staff complaint by conducting a staff complaint inquiry. A supervisor - typically a sergeant or a lieutenant - is assigned the staff complaint inquiry as an extra task, in addition to all other regular duties. That supervisor, who is referred to as a reviewer for the purposes of this process, collects evidence and conducts interviews of the inmate appellant, of inmate witnesses and staff witnesses, and of the staff member who is the subject of the complaint. The reviewer then composes a report summarizing the evidence and the interviews, offers a recommendation, collects all evidence into a package, and sends that package to the hiring authority for a determination. If, at any time during this process, the reviewer suspects that serious misconduct possibly warranting adverse personnel action might have occurred, the reviewer must stop the staff complaint inquiry immediately and refer the matter to the hiring authority for further disposition. If the reviewer completes the staff complaint inquiry, the hiring authority then determines whether staff violated policy, and if so, takes appropriate action. If the hiring authority determines that staff did not violate policy, then generally no action is taken. The inmate is informed in writing of the hiring authority's determination of whether staff violated policy. Details: Sacramento: Author, 2019. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2019 at: https://www.oig.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/2019_Special_Review_-_Salinas_Valley_State_Prison_Staff_Complaint_Process.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Officers Shelf Number: 156399

Author: Krueger, Tracy C. Title: An Examination of Recruiting and Selection Practices to Promote Diversity for Colorado State Troopers Summary: A guiding tenet of community policing is that trust and mutual respect between law enforcement and communities will more effectively address long-standing and complex public safety issues. One strategy to help establish such confidence is for law enforcement to adequately represent the demographic characteristics of the community it serves. Working to achieve this strategy can be challenging, however, because not everyone will be aware of, qualified for, or interested in a law enforcement career. The Colorado State Patrol (CSP) seeks to better reflect the demographic representation of the state of Colorado. This report offers an exploratory examination of how CSP's recruiting and selection policies and procedures relate to that objective. By integrating a review of CSP documents, interviews with CSP experts, and research and industry best practices, the authors identified potential barriers to diversity in CSP's early career stages and provide recommendations to mitigate and remove these barriers. This work is meant to act as a preliminary road map to assist CSP's future efforts in diversifying the demographic representation of its workforce. Barriers to diversity include the composition of the current workforce, the nature of the job, relocation requirements, and the lengthy hiring process. Recommendations include assessing propensity to apply, determining why applicants drop out, adjusting application windows, exploring strategies to shorten background investigations, and providing a realistic job preview. Key Findings -- CSP has enhanced its recruiting effort In 2015, CSP replaced its in-house written examination with a professionally developed aptitude test. In 2016, CSP transitioned from paper-based applications to an online system. In 2016, CSP added real-time communication opportunities with CSP recruiters through the website's chat function. In 2016, CSP designed and implemented the distribution of a standardized email to all individuals who express interest in CSP and provide their email address. This email communication offers a structured and systematic way to engage and communicate with potential applicants by providing an application to ride along with a trooper and preparatory materials for the written exam and physical fitness step. In 2017, CSP removed the physical fitness test as a pass-fail outcome. Diversity has increased, but barriers remain Since 2014, there has been an average increase of 10 percentage points in racial/ethnic minority applicants and an increase of 17 percentage points in racial/ethnic minority appointees. Since 2014, there has been an average increase of 3 percentage points in female applicants and female appointees. Barriers to diversity include the composition of the current workforce, the nature of the job, relocation requirements, and the lengthy hiring process. Details: Santa Monica, CA: RAND, 2019. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR2999.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Affirmative Action Shelf Number: 156404

Author: Colombia Legal Services Title: Gone But Not Forgotten: The Untold Stories of Jail Deaths in Washington Summary: Only 22 years-old, Lindsay Kronberger, a four-sport athlete while in high school, battled drug addiction and ended up in jail, booked into the Snohomish County jail on January 3, 2014. Upon booking, she admitted to having recently taken heroin and that she was feeling the early stages of withdrawal. Over the next several days, Lindsay suffered terribly from severe nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. Weighing only 95 pounds at booking and appearing "emaciated," Lindsay proceeded to lose another eight pounds while locked up. Medical professionals in the jail noted that her blood pressure fluctuated dramatically during the nine days she spent there. Desperate because of the severity of her symptoms, she begged to be taken to the hospital, but reports indicate that the jail's staff did not feel it was necessary and so she remained in the Snohomish County jail. At one point, Lindsay was so weak that she was not able to walk even a few feet from her cell. A federal judge would later note that "more intensive therapies could have been initiated to improve her hydration and reverse the deadly spiral of vomiting and diarrhea that resulted in severe dehydration and electrolyte imbalance." Nine days after being booked into jail, Lindsay was found face down in her cell's toilet - dead from dehydration-triggered cardiac arrest. Lindsay's untimely death is unfortunately not an isolated incident. Every day many people suffering like her are booked into jails throughout Washington. Some, like Lindsay, die there. Many of these deaths are entirely avoidable, caused in part by society's failure to properly care for the many people with mental illness, traumatic brain injuries, cognitive disabilities, and substance use disorders who end up behind bars. Faced with the chronic failure of federal, state, and local governments to properly fund essential services, jails struggle to maintain order and treat all people humanely, respectfully, and safely. On any given night, roughly 12,500 men and women sleep behind the walls of county and local jails in Washington. Most of them have not been convicted of a crime and are there simply because they cannot afford the bail that a court has set. Those who have been convicted are generally serving short sentences for low-level crimes or minor probation violations. The majority are indigent, and many battle substance use disorders and symptoms of severe mental illness, traumatic brain injuries or cognitive disabilities. Others come to jail suffering from complicated, chronic, and poorly managed medical conditions, such as diabetes, coronary heart disease, high blood pressure, and asthma. People locked up in jails are our friends and family members. Over half of all adults in the United States have an immediate family member who has been incarcerated. Unfortunately, society has abdicated its responsibility to provide humane, cost-effective, community-based housing and treatment services for people with serious medical, mental, and behavioral health needs. Instead we spend millions of dollars a year warehousing people in our jails - institutions ill-equipped to provide appropriate and adequate care. Far too many die behind bars as a result. Jail deaths are merely the most egregious examples of the systemic failures that injure thousands of people locked up in Washington every year. The misdirection of resources to Washington's jails and away from other more effective and humane, community-based alternatives has caused unnecessary suffering and death. In this report we review deaths in Washington jails in the hope of spurring reform to ensure that no person needlessly dies behind bars. Locking people up in jail is not cheap. Washington counties and localities spend hundreds of millions of dollars a year holding people in jail. King County will spend over $320 million in the next two years to operate its jails. Spokane County spends over $43,000 per detainee per year in its jails. By comparison, Spokane Public Schools spends under $12,000 per student each year. Moreover, the allocation of millions of dollars to jails is not effective, as medical and mental health care remain seriously deficient in many jails.10 As Disability Rights Washington has noted: "while mental health treatment may prevent inmate deterioration and enhance protection from self-harm and suicidal or homicidal ideation, jails are ill-equipped to respond appropriately to the needs of individuals with mental illness seeking mental treatment." This report takes a deep look at available information regarding deaths that occurred in Washington jails between January 2005 and June 2016. On average, 17 people died every year while locked up during this period. Though a small percentage of the total population, these events highlight larger issues within the jail system, as many other people suffer severe non-deadly harms as a result of our carceral system. Our analysis of the available data on jail deaths reveals the following: - Most jail deaths occur within the first days following booking. - Drugs or alcohol played a significant role in many of the deaths, and these deaths are by and large avoidable. - Few jails appear to have effective policies and practices in place to avoid deaths caused by overdose or withdrawal from drugs or alcohol. - Suicide, particularly suicide by hanging, makes up a large percentage of deaths, and current practices in many jails may be increasing the likelihood of suicide. - Use of force or neglect by jail officers played a contributing role in a significant number of deaths. People will continue to needlessly die in jails until adequate resources are put into cheaper, community-based programs and treatment. A few relatively inexpensive reforms can reduce or eliminate deaths in Washington's jails. These reforms include: 1. Reducing the number of people living with mental illness, cognitive disabilities, or substance use disorders in jails by increasing diversion programs, eliminating the use of cash bail, and improving community-based treatment and housing options. 2. Increasing oversight and transparency by establishing reporting requirements and introducing statewide standards and monitoring of jails. 3. Implementing an adequate and timely medical, mental health, and substance use intake process in every jail that includes a thorough health examination of each person detained for more than a few days. 4. Using evidence-based overdose and withdrawal protocols in every jail that include appropriate medications and other vital medical, mental health, and substance use disorder interventions. 5. Instituting comprehensive suicide prevention policies and practices that treat all people with dignity and eliminate isolation as a method of responding to people who threaten suicide. 6. Training all staff on how to manage people in crisis, utilize effective de-escalation techniques, and only use force when absolutely necessary. 7. Providing sufficient financial resources to ensure that all jails employ enough staff to properly supervise and care for every person locked behind bars. 8. Requiring that every jail perform a comprehensive and detailed, serious incident administrative review and prepare a written report which is shared with the Washington State Department of Health or another appropriate agency and the public. Implementing these relatively few reforms will dramatically reduce the number of people injured, disabled, or killed in our jails. Details: Seattle: Author, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://columbialegal.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Gone-But-Not-Forgotten-May2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 156406

Author: Bailey, Katie Title: Evaluation of the Indianapolis Mobile Crisis Assistance Team Summary: In May 2016, Indianapolis Mayor Joe Hogsett formed the Criminal Justice Reform Task Force to address, among other issues, the significant number of individuals entering the criminal justice system with mental health or substance abuse issues. This resulted in the establishment of a Mobile Crisis Assistance Team (MCAT) pilot program that integrated police, paramedics and mental health professionals into teams to respond to emergency calls involving people with behavioral health and/or substance use issues. The pilot program aimed to divert those people to mental health and social services instead of the criminal justice system, and to relieve other first-responders from the scene of these time-consuming and complicated emergency situations. The MCAT pilot began in the Indianapolis Metropolitan Police Department (IMPD) East District. The Center for Criminal Justice Research at the Indiana University Public Policy Institute evaluated the pilot program using data from MCAT run reports between August 1 and December 9, 2017. Additionally, East District IMPD officers were surveyed, key stakeholders and program designers were interviewed, focus groups were held with the MCAT team members, and field observations were completed. Key Findings -- - MCAT transported a person to jail in less than 2% of all responses during the pilot - MCAT units were able to relieve one or more other first response units from the scene of an emergency in two-thirds of all runs during the study period - The majority of MCAT encounters were completed in under 90 minutes - In encounters that took longer than 90 minutes, MCAT had relieved other first response units 80% of the time - MCAT units encountered a small subset of "frequent flyers" - individuals receiving multiple MCAT responses during the study period - who were more likely to be gravely disabled and/ or have mental health issues than those who had only received one MCAT response - Eighty-five percent of IMPD East District police officers surveyed indicated the MCAT unit was very useful or extremely useful to them as an additional resource in responding to emergencies - One-third of IMPD East District police officers surveyed indicated being interested in serving as an MCAT officer in the future - A lack of outpatient treatment options and clear policies and procedures appeared as the most salient barriers to implementation of the MCAT pilot program - Access to and triangulation of collaborating agency information on persons experiencing emergencies; support from city officials; and team building exercises during MCAT training emerged as the most salient facilitators to implementation of the MCAT pilot program. Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/MCAT%20Pilot%20Evaluation%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 156408

Author: Ray, Brad Title: Addressing Mental Illness in the Central Indiana Criminal Justice System Summary: Persons with mental illness are disproportionately represented in jail and prison, both nationally and in Central Indiana. To address the needs of this population, representatives from the Marion Superior Court partnered with the Indiana Judicial Center, the Indiana Department of Corrections, the United Way of Central Indiana, and Mental Health America of Greater Indianapolis to establish the Mental Health Alternative Court (MHAC). The United Way of Central Indiana, in cooperation with the MHAC team, requested the assistance the Indiana University Public Policy Institute in evaluating the MHAC development and implementation processes, and to conduct a preliminary assessment of MHAC referrals and the population currently being served by the program. This issue brief discusses the development and initial implementation of the MHAC program and provides a summary of sociodemographic characteristics of program participants during the first year of implementation. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University Public Policy Institute, 2017. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Issue 16-CO3: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/MentalHealthBrief_Final20031516.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 156409

Author: Sapp, Dona Title: Traumatic Brain Injury Prevalence: Indiana Department of Correction Prisoner Population Summary: In Indiana, there is currently no systematic screening for traumatic brain injury (TBI) among incarcerated populations; however, a recent analysis conducted by researchers at the Indiana University Public Policy Institute (PPI) of baseline TBI screening data, collected in fall 2012 by the Indiana Department of Correction (IDOC), suggests that nearly 36 percent of offenders in Indiana facilities reported some form of TBI during their lifetime. This issue brief summarizes the results of the Indiana baseline data analysis, as well as research findings from other states and at the national level, on the prevalence of TBI among incarcerated populations. The brief concludes with a discussion of recommended best practices for diagnosing and treating TBI both pre- and post-release from prison, including recommended next steps for addressing this issue in Indiana. Details: Indianapolis, IN: Indiana University Public Policy Institute,, 2013. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://archives.iupui.edu/bitstream/handle/2450/7214/TBI_IDOC_FINAL_June2013.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Causes of Crime Shelf Number: 156410

Author: U.S. Commission on Civil Rights Title: Collateral Consequences: The Crossroads of Punishment, Redemption, and the Effects on Communities Summary: Today, the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights released its report, Collateral Consequences: The Crossroads of Punishment, Redemption and the Effects on Communities. Each year, federal and state prisons release more than 620,000 individuals, and even after completing their sentences, these individuals still face potentially thousands of collateral consequences upon reentering society. Individuals can face barriers to voting, jury service, holding public office, securing employment, obtaining housing, receiving public assistance, getting a driver's license, qualifying for college admission and financial aid, qualifying for military service, and maintaining legal status as an immigrant. The impact of each consequence extends past people with felony convictions to affect families and communities. Chair Catherine E. Lhamon said, "These collateral consequences impose heavy burdens on formerly incarcerated persons' ability successfully to reintegrate into free society and in so doing render all of us less equal and less safe. Congress, and local communities, should heed the call documented in these pages to lift unnecessary restrictions and speed effective reentry for formerly incarcerated people." Key findings from the Commission majority include: - Collateral consequences exacerbate punishment beyond the criminal conviction after an individual completes the court-imposed sentence. Valid public safety bases support some collateral consequences; however, many are unrelated either to the underlying crime for which a person has been convicted or to a public safety purpose. - Evidence shows harsh collateral consequences unrelated to public safety increase recidivism by limiting or by completely barring formerly incarcerated persons' access to personal and family support. - The general public, attorneys, and courts often lack knowledge of what the totality of the collateral consequences are in their jurisdiction, how long they last, and whether they are discretionary or mandatory, or even if they are relevant to public safety or merely an extended punishment beyond a sentence. This absence of awareness undermines any deterrent effect that might flow from attaching such consequences, separate and apart from the punishment itself, to criminal convictions. Key recommendations from the Commission majority include: - Collateral consequences should be tailored to serve public safety. Policymakers should avoid punitive mandatory consequences that bear no rational relationship to the offense committed, and impede people convicted of crimes from safely reentering and becoming contributing members of society. Jurisdictions should periodically review the consequences imposed by law or regulation to evaluate whether they are necessary to protect public safety and if they are related to the underlying offenses. - Call on Congress to limit discretion of public housing providers to prevent them from categorically barring people with criminal convictions from access to public housing; lift restrictions on access to student loans based on criminal convictions, except for convictions related to financial fraud; eliminate restrictions on Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits based on criminal convictions; and require federal courts to give comprehensive notice of federal restrictions on individuals' rights before guilty plea entry, upon conviction, and upon release from incarceration. Collateral Consequences is based on expert and public input, extensive research and analysis, and testimony, findings, and recommendations from Commission State Advisory Committees in Alabama, Arizona, Florida, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Ohio, Tennessee, and West Virginia. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 174p. Source: Internet Resource: Briefing Before The United States Commission on Civil Rights Held in Washington, DC: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://www.usccr.gov/pubs/2019/06-13-Collateral-Consequences.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 156411

Author: Thelin, Rachel Title: Evaluation of the Indiana Department of Education and Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) Choices Program Summary: Choices began in 2006 as a program aimed at young women at risk of being incarcerated and involved with gun violence. The program is sponsored by the Indiana Department of Education in partnership with Indiana Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) and a number of other partners. The Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) was asked, as local PSN research partner, to assist in evaluating the impact of the Choices program. Between the summer of 2008 and summer 2009, pre- and post-program surveys were administered at several locations on multiple occasions where the Choices program was presented. The pre-survey questionnaire addressed participant demographics, delinquent activity, school experience, living situation, gun and gang activity, drug use, conflict resolution, and attitudes regarding each. Post-program survey questions, a number of which were repeated from the pre-survey, dealt with conflict resolution, knowledge of firearms laws, attitudes regarding good choices, and participants� perceptions of the impact of the Choices presentation. CCJR researchers analyzed survey results to assess whether significant changes in knowledge or attitudes occurred following the program presentation. Results of the evaluation indicate that program participants reflect an audience(s) that could potentially benefit from the program and that Choices produced some short-term changes in participants' knowledge and attitudes, particularly among females. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/PublicationFiles/CCJR_ReportPSNChoicesComplete.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 156412

Author: Arizona. Department of Corrections Title: Arizona State Prison-Kingman Riots Assessment Summary: On July 1, 2015, at approximately 6:10 p.m., a riot occurred at the Cerbat Unit of the Arizona State Prison in Kingman operated by private contractor Management & Training Corporation (MTC). The Incident Command System (ICS) was activated due to the aggravated assault of an inmate, the subsequent aggravated assault of five staff members, and the rioting that followed these assaults. The MTC Designated Armed Response Team (DART) and Tactical Support Unit (TSU) responded to the riot, joined by the ADC Winslow Tactical Support Unit, the Mohave County Sheriff's Office (MCSO), Arizona Department of Public Safety (DPS), and local ambulance providers. The inmates broke windows and destroyed surveillance cameras, and severely damaged numerous staff offices and officer stations. On July 2, 2015, and again on July 4, 2015, a riot occurred at the Hualapai Unit of the Arizona State Prison in Kingman operated by private contractor Management & Training Corporation (MTC). The riot spread throughout multiple buildings and rendered four of the five housing units uninhabitable. This subsequent riot triggered the immediate deployment of six of the remaining nine ADC Tactical Support Units from Lewis, Perryville, Tucson, Safford, Florence, Eyman, Douglas, Yuma, and Phoenix. On July 3, 2015, Arizona Department of Corrections Director Charles L. Ryan declared an emergency pursuant to A.R.S. S 41-1609(E)(2) and notified Governor Douglas A. Ducey and Attorney General Mark Brnovich of the need to relocate inmates to other facilities. ADC subsequently relocated 1202 inmates to other prisons and numerous county jails: 40 inmates from the Cerbat Unit and 1162 inmates from the Hualapai Unit. An ADC Assessment Team assembled by Director Ryan, and pursuant to the direction of Governor Ducey, conducted a comprehensive investigation of the riots, ultimately completing approximately 300 interviews with MTC employees and approximately 400 inmates, and reviewing thousands of pages of MTC documents. The scope of the investigation included a thorough analysis of (1) the riots, including the precipitating events and the aftermath, (2) MTC's operational response to the riots, (3) MTC's leadership and staff, (4) MTC's inmate management, supervision, and communication practices, (5) MTC's training practices for leadership and staff, (6) MTC's interactions with ADC's Monitoring Team, and (7) MTC's performance deficiencies compared to five years earlier following the escape of three inmates from the same facility. Details: Phoenix: Author, 2015. v.p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2019 at: https://corrections.az.gov/reports-documents/reports/kingman-riots-assessment Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 156413

Author: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Preventing Violent Extremism in Schools Summary: High school students are ideal targets for recruitment by violent extremists seeking support for their radical ideologies, foreign fighter networks, or conducting acts of targeted violence within our borders. High schools must remain vigilant in educating their students about catalysts that drive violent extremism and the potential consequences of embracing extremist beliefs. Details: Washington, DC: FBI, Office of Partner Engagement, 2016. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://info.publicintelligence.net/FBI-PreventingExtremismSchools.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 156419

Author: Girvan, Erik James Title: The School-to-Prison Pipeline: How Federal Anti-Discrimination Law Fails to Protect Equal Educational Opportunity Summary: Among the core values of a democratic system is that children and youth, whatever their background, should have an equal opportunity to become responsible, productive, and successful members of society. In moderation, exclusionary school discipline, such as suspensions and expulsions, may support this value by helping schools preserve safe and orderly learning environments. In excess and when applied more frequently to students of color, however, removing students from the classroom undermines equal educational opportunity. This chapter explains how the rights that federal anti-discrimination law creates for students are poorly suited to protect them from the excessive and inequitable use of exclusionary discipline embodied in what is frequently referred to as the "school-to-prison pipeline." It first introduces and defines the school-to-prison pipeline with respect to its central characteristics related to school discipline. The chapter then reviews the scope of the basic sources of federal anti-discrimination law and identifies the limited circumstances in which they prohibit use of exclusionary discipline. Third, it summarizes the results of empirical research investigating the primary causes of racial disparities in exclusionary school discipline. The chapter concludes with a discussion of how federal law does not support or advance the value of equal education opportunity in this context because its scope fails to protect against the major causes of excessive and inequitable exclusionary discipline and with some thoughts about moving forward. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3340110 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 156420

Author: Hersch, Joni Title: The Gendered Burdens of Conviction and Collateral Consequences on Employment Summary: Ex-offenders are subject to a wide range of employment restrictions that limit the ability of individuals with a criminal background to earn a living. This Article argues that women involved in the criminal justice system likely suffer a greater income-related burden from criminal conviction than do men. This disproportionate burden arises in occupations that women typically pursue, both through formal pathways, such as restrictions on occupational licensing, and through informal pathways, such as employers' unwillingness to hire those with a criminal record. In addition, women have access to far fewer vocational programs while incarcerated. Further exacerbating this burden is that women involved in the criminal justice system tend to be a more vulnerable population and are more likely to be responsible for children than their male counterparts, making legal restrictions on access to public assistance that would support employment more burdensome for women. We propose programs and policies that may ameliorate these gendered income burdens of criminal conviction, including reforms to occupational licensing, improved access to public assistance, reforms to prison labor opportunities, improvements in labor market information sharing, and expanded employer liability protection. Details: Nashville, TN: Vanderbilt University Law School, 2019. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper no. 19-19: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3397309 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Collateral Consequences Shelf Number: 156421

Author: Ray, Brad Title: Behavioral Health Court Impacts on Mental Health in the Marion County Criminal Justice System Summary: Research has shown for many years that, nationally, persons with mental illness are disproportionately represented in jail and prison. The federal Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) recognizes the high prevalence of people with mental and substance use disorders involved with the justice system as a priority and has developed a range of policy initiatives, programs, and services that support improved "collaboration between the criminal justice and behavioral health systems (SAMHSA's Efforts on Criminal and Juvenile Justice Issues, 2017)." SAMHSA�s work in the criminal justice arena attempts to balance public safety concerns with the need to provide adequate behavioral health treatment and recovery support services. This work is organized around an intervention framework known as the Sequential Intercept Model (Figure 1), a model that "identifies five key points for intercepting individuals with behavioral health issues, linking them to services and preventing further penetration into the criminal justice system." Consistent with national trends, this disproportionate representation of persons with mental illness in jail and prison is also a growing problem in Central Indiana. According to the Marion County Sheriff's Department, approximately 40 percent of inmates are identified as having some degree of mental illness. The Department estimates the additional health care and services required to address the needs of mentally ill inmates (including medication, doctors, security, etc.) costs an estimated $92 per day per incarcerated individual, or $8 million per year. To address the needs of this population, representatives from the Marion Superior Court have partnered with the Indiana Judicial Center, the Indiana Department of Corrections, and the United Way of Central Indiana (UWCI) to establish the Behavioral Health Court (BHC; previously referred to as the Mental Health Alternative Court). In 2015, UWCI, in cooperation with the BHC team, requested the assistance of the Center for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) at the Indiana University Public Policy Institute in evaluating BHC implementation processes and outcomes. Our initial assessment of the BHC, published in March 2016, provided a preliminary assessment of referrals and examined the characteristics of the population being served by the program (Ray, Sapp, & Thelin, 2016). In this issue brief, we update the results of our previous study by further examining short-term criminal justice outcomes among BHC participants. Specifically, we look at changes in jail days following BHC participation and in doing so, compare BHC outcomes to two similar efforts currently operating in Marion County: the Psychiatric Assertive Identification and Referral (PAIR) program and the specialized mental health probation (MHP) program. Details: Indianapolis: Indiana University, Public Policy Institute, Center for Criminal Justice Research, 2017. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 14, 2019 at: http://ppidb.iu.edu/Uploads/ProjectFiles/MentalHealthBrief_Final_040617.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Mental Health Courts Shelf Number: 156426

Author: Ciancio, Alberto Title: The Political Economy of Immigration Enforcement: Conflict and Cooperation under Federalism Summary: We study how the shared responsibilities over immigration enforcement by local and federal levels in the US shape immigration enforcement outcomes, using detailed data on the Secure Communities program (2008-2014). Tracking the movement of arrested unlawfully present immigrants along the several steps of the immigration enforcement pipeline, and exploiting a large shift in federal enforcement priorities in mid 2011, we disentangle the three key components of the variation in deportation rates: federal enforcement efforts, local enforcement efforts, and the composition of the pool of arrestees. This decomposition allows us to recover the local (county) level response to changes in federal enforcement intensity. Among urban counties, 80 percent, mostly Democratic but with small shares of Hispanics, exhibit strategic substitutabilities. The inverse relationship between federal and local efforts allowed most counties to reduce opposition to the policy, and was accompanied by an increased alignment of local and federal preferences. The federal level was very effective in directing its enforcement efforts towards counties where it expected local collaboration, but conflict was mostly driven by a change in the types of unlawfully present immigrants it prioritized for removal. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25766.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 156366

Author: Sherman, Susan Title: FORECAST Study Summary Report: Fentanyl Overdose Reduction Checking Analysis Study Summary: Life expectancy in the United States has declined for two years in a row, largely driven by the opioid epidemic. Overdoses claimed more than 64,000 lives in 2016 and all indications are that the impact of the crisis in 2017 will be even greater. Fentanyl, a synthetic opioid that is 50 to 100 times more potent than morphine, is the primary cause of the rapid increase in overdose deaths. Fentanyl and its associated analogues (including carfentanyl, furanyl fentanyl, and acetyl fentanyl) have been found mixed with heroin, cocaine and pressed into counterfeit prescription drugs. In 2015, the Drug Enforcement Agency issued a nationwide alert calling fentanyl a "threat to health and public safety." Recently, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reported that fentanyl and associated analogues were associated with over half of the opioid overdoses in ten states during the second half of 2016. The potential of death from even small amounts of fentanyl has changed the landscape of opioid use in the United States. Evidence to date suggests that people who use drugs often do not know whether fentanyl is present in what they are about to consume. A recent study among 242 heroin users across 17 sites in British Columbia, Canada, found that 29% tested positive for fentanyl, 73% of whom did not report knowingly using fentanyl. To explore the viability of a public health response to the fentanyl crisis, the Bloomberg American Health Initiative awarded funding to support the Fentanyl Overdose Reduction Checking Analysis Study (FORECAST). This study aimed to examine the accuracy of three technologies in identifying the presence of fentanyl in samples of illicit drugs. It also aimed to gauge whether people who use drugs and other stakeholders would be interested in using such technology as part of harm reduction programs. Details: Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://americanhealth.jhu.edu/sites/default/files/inline-files/Fentanyl_Executive_Summary_032018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 156368

Author: Mulligan, Kerry Title: Justice Data Brief: Understanding New York City's 311 Data Summary: KEY FINDINGS: 1. The number of 311 calls for service in New York City has increased every year since 2012. 2. In 2018, New Yorkers made nearly 2.7 million requests for service via 311: -The majority of 311 complaints were related to the conditions of buildings, public space, and noise. -Less than 2% of calls were related to "social disorder" in 2018, most of which were calls for homelessness (24,867 calls) or graffiti (21,096 calls). -Drug activity, disorderly youth, public drinking, and urinating in public accounted for less than 0.2% of all calls in 2018 (a total of 4,218 calls). 3. 311 data are not a perfect measure of neighborhood conditions, as the volume of calls is also impacted by: -Characteristics of individuals and neighborhoods that shape their propensity to call 311 to request government assistance; and -Government initiatives targeting specific social issues, such as homelessness and graffiti. Details: New York: Data Collaborative for Justice at John Jay College, 2019. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://datacollaborativeforjustice.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/DCJ-Justice-Data-Brief-NYC-311-Calls.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 156370

Author: Lyons, Tom Title: Community Supervision in Wisconsin Summary: Key Points: -Length of time on parole adds costs to our criminal justice system with no benefit to safety. -Conditions of release include standard rules that often are not related to the underlying offense. -Revocation of extended supervision results in a total sentence longer than ordered by the court. -Probation holds are disruptive and are not independently reviewed by anyone outside of the Department of Corrections. -An absence of a clear policy related to crimeless violations of conditions can create uneven results. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://files.texaspolicy.com/uploads/2019/05/30125851/Lyons-CEJ-Community-Supervision-WI.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 156373

Author: Haugen, Michael Title: Results-Oriented Solutions for Probation Funding Summary: Key Points: -Increased growth in prison and jail populations has received much of the public's attention, but most offenders are on community supervision, which has rapidly grown, as well. -Probation funding formulas which incentivize supervision of probationers for longer than may be necessary are partially responsible for community supervision population growth. -Performance-based funding has been shown in many jurisdictions to reduce caseloads, reduce the number of people revoked from supervision and into prison, and to effectively restrain costs. -Earned-time credits can also be an effective method of reducing over-long supervision by encouraging probationers to adhere to treatment plans and remain crime-free in exchange for early termination. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://files.texaspolicy.com/uploads/2019/05/07101812/Haugen-Results-Oriented-Solutions.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 156374

Author: Levin, Marc Title: Ten Tips for Policymakers for Improving Probation Summary: Key Points: -Probation can be an alternative or gateway to incarceration. -Probation should be right-sized to serve only those individuals who require supervision for only the limited time period that their assessment and conduct indicate a continued need for supervision. -Incentives should drive probation policy, both for agencies and those they supervise. Details: Austin, Texas: Texas Public Policy Foundation, Center for Effective Justice, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: http://rightoncrime.com/2019/05/ten-tips-for-policymakers-for-parole/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156375

Author: Kolb, Joseph J. Title: Feasibility of a Border Patrol Auxiliary Summary: Key Points: President Trump signs Executive Order pledging 5,000 more U.S. Border Patrol agents. Current Border Patrol staffing levels are the lowest in seven years. Current staffing levels compromise border security. More than a third of Border Patrol agents have been relegated to non-patrol duties. Former sector chief confirms viability of a civilian auxiliary division. Effectiveness of federal auxiliaries has been demonstrated through the Civil Air Patrol and the Coast Guard Auxiliary. A civilian Border Patrol auxiliary would be a cost-effective force multiplier and could potentially enhance agent safety. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Feasibility-of-a-Border-Patrol-Auxiliary Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 156376

Author: Arthur, Andrew R. Title: The Massive Increase in the Immigration Court Backlog, Its Causes, and Solutions Summary: On Thursday, June 1, 2017, the Government Accountability Office (GAO) issued its long-awaited report on the management of the immigration court system by the Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR). In particular, GAO found: The immigration courts' "case backlog - cases pending from previous years that remain open at the start of a new fiscal year - more than doubled from fiscal years (FY) 2006 through 2015...primarily due to declining cases completed per year." The courts' backlog increased from approximately 212,000 cases pending at the start of FY 2006, when the median pending time for those cases was 198 days, to 437,000 pending cases at the start of FY 2015, when the median pending time was 404 days. "[C]ontinuances increased by 23 percent from [FY] 2006 to [FY] 2015," and "immigration judge-related continuances increased by 54 percent from about 47,000 continuances issued in [FY] 2006 to approximately 72,000 continuances issued in [FY] 2015." Department of Homeland Security (DHS) attorneys and others complained that the "frequent use of continuances resulted in delays and increased case lengths that contributed to the backlog." The number of cases the immigration courts "completed annually declined by 31 percent between [FY] 2006 and [FY] 2015 - from 287,000 cases completed in [FY] 2006 to about 199,000 completed in [FY] 2015". Total case completions declined, even though the number of immigration judges (IJs) increased 17 percent. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/sites/default/files/2017-07/arthur-court-backlog.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Executive Office for Immigration Review Shelf Number: 156377

Author: Arthur, Andrew R. Title: 287(g) and Gangs: A Tale of Two Counties Summary: Maryland largely consists of two large cities (Baltimore and Washington, D.C., the latter geographically attached, but politically separate), surrounded by a series of bedroom communities, suburbs, and exurbs. Two of Baltimore's suburban counties, Baltimore County and Anne Arundel County, each faced a decision on section 287(g) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA). Each took a different path, and that will likely make a big difference as each faces, or is soon to face, the prospect of alien gang incursion. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2019. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/sites/default/files/2017-10/arthur-287g-gangs.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Alien Gangs Shelf Number: 156378

Author: Cadman, Dan Title: Denaturalization and Gang Membership: A Brief Examination of Relevant Statutes and Due Process Protections both Pre- and Post-H.R. 4996 Summary: Rep. Lee Zeldin of New York's First Congressional District, which encompasses the eastern portion of Long Island, has introduced a bill into the House of Representatives, H.R. 4996, that is designed to counter the scourge of membership in criminal organizations. This is particularly important to his congressional district, which in recent years has experienced explosive growth of transnational gangs - as have many other communities - particularly the notoriously violent Mara Salvatrucha, also known as MS-13, whose membership consists in significant measure of nationals of El Salvador, Honduras, and, to a lesser extent, Guatemala. MS-13 has been so successful in embedding itself in the fabric of American communities that some of its members are now resident aliens and naturalized citizens. They have managed to do so by obscuring their gang affiliations and by having the great good fortune never to have been convicted of a crime. The importance of acquiring legal immigration status, and ultimately citizenship, to foreign gang members cannot be overstated - it is a prime goal for all of them. The further they superficially "assimilate" into society, the more difficult it is to apprehend and ultimately deport them back to countries where they are considerably less likely to achieve the power, status, and wealth that attends to being physically present in the United States, even though the means to this power and wealth is through crime, corruption, extortion, fear, and violence, within and beyond the immigrant communities where they hide. Thus, while anti-gang enforcement is imperative, so are efforts to preclude gang members from accruing or bestowing immigration benefits or citizenship. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Denaturalization-and-Gang-Membership Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Organizations Shelf Number: 156379

Author: Cadman, Dan Title: A Brief Examination of the FIRST STEP Act: Immigration Concerns with the Criminal Justice Reform Bill Summary: From time to time we at the Center for Immigration Studies have examined various aspects of criminal justice, incarceration, and sentencing reform bills introduced into Congress, filtered through the lens of their impact on illegal immigration and criminal aliens. In doing so, we have often found that the collateral impact of such bills on alien criminals, drug smugglers, and illegal border-crossers and reentrants hasn't been fully considered. The latest such effort to come to our attention is the "FIRST STEP Act", introduced by Reps. Doug Collins (RGa.) and Hakeem Jeffries (D-N.Y.) in the House, with a companion measure introduced by Sens. John Cornyn (R-Texas) and Sheldon Whitehouse (D-R.I.) in the Senate. According to some media sources, although the attorney general is not enthusiastic about the contents of the bill, presidential advisor and son-in-law Jared Kushner has thrown his support behind it and, if passed, it could very well be signed into law by the president. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/sites/default/files/2018-05/cadman-first-step-act.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Aliens Shelf Number: 156380

Author: Sussis, Matt Title: Endangered at the Border: Animal Trafficking Closely Tied to Drug, Human Trafficking Summary: Key findings: There have been 4,968 seizures of endangered live animals by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) between 1982 and 2016. FWS has averaged 274 seizures per year over the last decade compared to under 100 per year from before 2008. One hundred and fifty-four different nations have exported endangered live animals to the United States, but by far the largest exporter is Indonesia (1,287), followed by Mexico (480), and Australia (263). The most commonly trafficked endangered animal seizures into the United States are coral (2,095), parrots (1,105), and lizards (466). Of the 4,968 live endangered animal seizures, 257 have been of animal species that face a threat of extinction ("Appendix I seizures"). Illegal immigration and animal smuggling are closely linked: Among the top-10 ports where animal products are seized, six are located in cities in southern border states and all five of the cities with the most illegal immigrants are included. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/sites/default/files/2018-08/sussis-animals.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Seizures Shelf Number: 156381

Author: Camarota, Steven A. Title: There are No Jobs Americans Won't Do: A Detailed Look at Immigrants (Legal and Illegal) and Natives Across Occupations Summary: If immigrants "do jobs that Americans won't do", we should be able to identify occupations in which the workers are nearly all foreign-born. However, among the 474 separate occupations defined by the Department of Commerce, we find only a handful of majority-immigrant occupations, and none completely dominated by immigrants (legal or illegal). Furthermore, in none of the 474 occupations do illegal immigrants constitute a majority of workers. Notable findings: Of the 474 civilian occupations, only six are majority immigrant (legal and illegal). These six occupations account for 1 percent of the total U.S. workforce. Moreover, native-born Americans still comprise 46 percent of workers in these occupations. There are no occupations in the United States in which a majority of workers are illegal immigrants. Illegal immigrants work mostly in construction, cleaning, maintenance, food service, garment manufacturing, and agricultural occupations. However, the majority of workers even in these areas are either native-born or legal immigrants. Only 4 percent of illegal immigrants and 2 percent of all immigrants do farm work. Immigrants (legal and illegal) do make up a large share of agricultural workers - accounting for half or more of some types of farm laborers - but all agricultural workers together constitute less than 1 percent of the American work force. Many occupations often thought to be worked overwhelmingly by immigrants (legal and illegal) are in fact majority native-born: Maids and housekeepers: 51 percent native-born: Taxi drivers and chauffeurs: 54 percent native-born: Butchers and meat processors: 64 percent native-born: Grounds maintenance workers: 66 percent native-born: Construction laborers: 65 percent native-born: Janitors: 73 percent native-born. There are 65 occupations in which 25 percent or more of the workers are immigrants (legal and illegal). In these high-immigrant occupations, there are still 16.5 million natives � accounting for one out of eight natives in the labor force. High-immigrant occupations (25 percent or more immigrant) are primarily, but not exclusively, lower-wage jobs that require relatively little formal education. In high-immigrant occupations, 54 percent of the natives in those occupations have no education beyond high school, compared to 30 percent of the rest of the labor force. Natives tend to have high unemployment in high-immigrant occupations, averaging 9.8 percent during the 2012-2016 period, compared to 5.6 percent in the rest of the labor force. There were a total of 1.8 million unemployed native-born Americans in high-immigrant occupations. The stereotype that native-born workers in high-immigrant occupations are mostly older, with few young natives willing to do such work, is largely inaccurate. In fact, 34 percent of natives in high-immigrant occupations are age 30 or younger, compared to 29 percent of natives in the rest of labor force. Not all high-immigrant occupations are lower-skilled. For example, 38 percent of software engineers are immigrants, as are 28 percent of physicians. A number of politically influential groups face very little job competition from immigrants (legal and illegal). For example, only 7 percent of lawyers and judges and 7 percent of farmers and ranchers are immigrants, as are at most 9 percent of English-language reporters and correspondents. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/There-Are-No-Jobs-Americans-Wont-Do Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Employment Shelf Number: 156382

Author: Cadman, Dan Title: Analyzing H.R. 7059, the 'Build the Wall, Enforce the Law Act of 2018' Summary: It took several days after House Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.) publicly announced introduction of a new bill to fund the border barrier and implement important immigration measures before the text of the proposed legislation became available. The bill McCarthy announced was the "Build the Wall, Enforce the Law Act of 2018", H.R. 7059, which was described in the media as a "new get-tough immigration bill that would build the rest of President Trump's border wall, punish sanctuary cities and stiffen penalties on repeat illegal immigrants." The legislative language of the bill may not completely live up to its media depiction, but there are a number of extremely desirable law enforcement provisions crafted into the bill. Other features are desirable, but flawed as written and merit amendment to ensure that they have the effect intended. A few appear to be a step backward. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Analyzing-HR-7059-Build-Wall-Enforce-Law-Act-2018 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156383

Author: Bensman, Todd Title: Have Terrorists Crossed our Border?: An Initial Count of Suspected Terrorists Encountered en Route and at the U.S. Southwest Border Since 2001 Summary: Key findings: From only public realm reporting, 15 suspected terrorists have been apprehended at the U.S.-Mexico border, or en route, since 2001. The 15 terrorism-associated migrants who traveled to the U.S. southern border likely represent a significant under-count since most information reflecting such border-crossers resides in classified or protected government archives and intelligence databases. Affiliations included al-Shabbab, al-Ittihad al-Islamiya, Hezbollah, the Pakistani Taliban, ISIS, Harkat-ul-Jihad-al-Islami Bangladesh, and the Tamil Tigers. At least five of the 15 were prosecuted for crimes in North American courts. One is currently under Canadian prosecution for multiple attempted murder counts. Of the four in the United States, one was prosecuted for lying to the FBI about terrorism involvement, one for asylum fraud, one for providing material support to a terrorist organization, and one for illegal entry, false statements, and passport mutilation. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Have-Terrorists-Crossed-Our-Border Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156384

Author: Center for Immigration Studies Title: Revisiting 'A Pen and a Phone': A Midterm Assessment: What Immigration Actions has the President Taken, and How Effective have They Been? Summary: The partial government shutdown took up so much oxygen in the public arena that virtually no aspect of border security other than a wall is being talked about. Yet, as important as a physical barrier may be (see here and here), there are many more aspects to achieving a fair and balanced immigration policy that serves the nation's interests. Poll after poll shows not just border security, but immigration issues generally, as ranking at or near the top of ordinary Americans' concerns. In April 2016 - before it was clear that Donald Trump would be the next president - we published "A Pen and a Phone: 79 immigration actions the next president can take". Our Backgrounder was a guide to actions that we believed could, and should, be done to re-set the pendulum of immigration policies after its dramatic swing toward leniency and laxity during the Obama years. Most significantly, it outlined actions that might legally be taken (unlike the constitutionally dubious and extra-statutory DACA and DAPA programs) without need to rely on legislative actions by Congress - a dubious proposition in the best of times. The wisdom of our emphasis on presidential actions in lieu of statutory change has been proven during the past two years in which, notwithstanding a Republican president and a Republican majority in both chambers of Congress, little of immigration significance occurred in the legislative arena. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2019. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Revisiting-Pen-and-Phone-Midterm-Assessment Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156385

Author: Arthur, Andrew R. Title: Unaccompanied Alien Children and the Crisis at the Border Summary: The number of unaccompanied alien children (UAC) apprehended entering illegally along the Southwest border, which had bottomed out in April 2017 following the inauguration of Donald Trump, surged almost 685 percent by February 2019. Similarly, the number of UACs deemed inadmissible at the ports of entry along that border surged 385 percent between March 2017 and February 2019. Those UACs, and migrants from Central America (from which most of the UACs hail) generally, face great dangers in traveling to the United States. In May 2017, Doctors Without Borders (commonly known by its French acronym "MSF") reported that more than two-thirds of the migrant and refugee populations entering Mexico reported being victims of violence during their transit toward the United States and that almost one-third of women surveyed had been sexually abused during that trip. The United Nations has also reported that the smuggling of aliens is big business for criminal organizations, valued at $3.7 to $4.2 billion a year. The processing of those migrants has in addition placed a huge burden on the Border Patrol, both in terms of manpower and in financial costs for humanitarian aid. Flawed U.S. laws and policies encourage UACs to make that trip to the United States, and encourage the parents and other relatives of those UACs to pay criminal organizations to bring them to this country. In particular, by law, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is required to turn all of those UACs from non-contiguous countries (that is every country other than Canada and Mexico) over to the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR) in the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) within 48 hours of the point at which they were identified as UACs, for prompt placement in the least restrictive setting "that is in the best interest of the child". In FY 2018, the average UAC spent 60 days in an ORR shelter before being released. Generally, most are released to a parent or other family member in this country, the majority of whom do not have lawful status in the United States. This legal requirement makes the U.S. government a de facto co-conspirator with the smuggling organizations. Not surprisingly, the number of UACs from those non-contiguous countries (especially the Northern Triangle of Central America (NTCA) countries of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras) has surged in recent years as family members in the United States and UACs have exploited this loophole. Those UACs are supposed to subsequently appear for removal proceedings in immigration court after release, but often failed to do so. In fact, in half of all case completions involving UACs, the alien failed to appear for court, compared to an already high average of 25 percent for aliens generally. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2019. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Unaccompanied-Alien-Children-and-Crisis-Border Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156386

Author: Vaughan, Jessica M. Title: Analyzing the New Visa Overstay Report Summary: Key findings: DHS identified just over 700,000 overstayers in 2017, a decline of 5 percent from 2016. About 15 percent of those 700,000 have departed, and the rest are believed to have remained in the country. The largest number of overstays were in the regular short-term visitor category (B-1/B-2). This number grew by about 5 percent from 2016 to 2017. About 20 percent of the 302,000 B visa overstays in 2017 were from just two countries: 33,759 from Brazil and 30,424 from Venezuela. The category with the highest overstay rate is student and exchange visitors (F, M, and J visas). This category has twice the overstay rate of most other categories. About 40 percent of the student/exchange visa overstays in 2017 were from just four countries: China, Saudi Arabia, India, and South Korea. Eleven countries have student/exchange visa overstay rates of greater than 30 percent. France and the United Kingdom were the countries with the largest number of Visa Waiver Program (VWP) overstays in 2017, with 16,456 and 25,694 respectively. Portugal, Hungary, and Greece have the highest overstay rates of all the VWP countries, and have been required to launch public information programs to remind their citizens to comply with our laws. The highest number of "other" categories of visa overstays in 2017, consisting primarily of guestworker visas, came from India (9,568) and the Philippines (7,075). Together they accounted for 36 percent of the category total. The number of Indian overstays in the guestworker category grew by 19 percent from 2016 to 2017. Dozens of countries have overstay rates of more than 30 percent in certain categories. To make matters worse, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) overstay rate methodology, which uses admissions rather than individuals, produces a deceptively low overstay rate that does not reflect the true magnitude of the problem. Details: Washington, DC: Center for Immigration Studies, 2018. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://cis.org/Report/Analyzing-New-Visa-Overstay-Report Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 156387

Author: Baily, Charles D.R. Title: Investigating the Mental Health Needs of Unaccompanied Immigrant Children in Removal Proceedings: A Mixed Methods Study Summary: In recent years there has been a dramatic increase in the number of children migrating to the United States without a parent. In Fiscal Year 2014 alone, U.S. immigration authorities apprehended and detained almost 70,000 unaccompanied children, compared to less than 9,000 in 2010. This rapid rise has been fueled primarily by children arriving from Central America, one of the world's most violent regions. The available literature on unaccompanied children in the United States suggests that they are a vulnerable and underserved population, who are at risk for repeated exposure to extreme psychosocial adversities at every stage of their migration and frequently face many of these challenges alone. However, to date there has been little formal study of their mental health needs. The aim of this exploratory study was to obtain initial data regarding the psychosocial context, mental health presentation, and mental health service utilization of unaccompanied children released to guardians in the community pending immigration hearings to determine their eligibility to remain in the United States. The study employed a mixed methodology combining qualitative and quantitative data. The sample comprised 26 unaccompanied children and their guardians residing in the New York City metro area, interviewed between September 2013 and December 2014. Results showed that children in our sample had complex reasons for migration, frequently combining push factors such as fleeing gang violence and pull factors such as a desire for reunification with parents in the United States after long separations. Most had been exposed repeatedly to extreme psychosocial stressors prior to and during their migration, including almost two-thirds who had witnessed violence, serious injury, or death and over one-third who had witnessed domestic abuse or had been physically abused themselves. However, children also described benefitting from an array of supports that protected against stressors and promoted their wellbeing, and in their narratives they emphasized overcoming adversity rather than victimization. On a structured mental health diagnostic interview, the majority of children met criteria for one or more past-year anxiety and depressive disorders. Few received diagnoses for behavioral problems. Compared against these data, child-report measures screened more effectively for internalizing disorder diagnoses and guardian-report measures screened more effectively for externalizing disorder diagnoses. Despite the high rates of diagnosable disorders in the sample, most children appeared to be functioning well in family, social, and educational domains. No children were receiving formal mental health services at the time of their study interview, although several were being monitored by school counselors. Children presenting with mental health concerns were provided with referrals to mental health treatment services and contacted for a brief telephone follow-up interview three months later. At follow-up, a number of children had received counseling. Availability of school counselors and referral to therapists in the community through pediatricians were the primary facilitators of service access. Lack of knowledge of available, Spanish-speaking services and cost of treatment were common obstacles to seeking treatment. Some children and their guardians did not perceive a need for services, and most of these children appeared to be functioning well at follow-up. This study was designed to be largely descriptive and to provide data to inform future, theory-driven research. In the discussion section, social ecological models of risk and resilience and Hobfoll's Conservation of Resources theory are presented as potential paradigms for understanding unaccompanied children's migration processes, with stressors and supportive factors interacting across systemic levels and over time to determine children's access to resources and their mental health, functioning, and wellbeing. Finally, the implications of the study's findings for future research, psychosocial intervention, and rights-based advocacy with unaccompanied children are considered. Details: New York: Columbia University, 2017. 383p. Source: Internet Resource Doctoral Thesis: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/dbcb/e6e89b4950a9af71f15248cbfa72dcf0a4f1.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Child Migrants Shelf Number: 156465

Author: Himes, Monica Lynn Title: Veterans' Treatment Courts in Kentucky: Examining How Personal Characteristics and During-Program Occurrences Influence Program Completion and Criminal Recidivism Summary: Military veterans are disproportionately represented in United States (U.S.) jails and prisons, with nearly 10% of current inmates being veterans. Veterans' criminal justice involvement is often precipitated by underlying mental health and substance abuse that are connected to their military service. Veterans' treatment courts are the judicial response to a need for more coordinated provision of mental health and substance abuse services to veterans involved in the criminal justice system. Modeled after drug courts and mental health courts, veterans treatment courts are a judicial innovation that aim to honor the service of veterans by providing them an alternative to incarceration. There are currently 551 veterans' treatment courts in 42 states throughout country, including five in Kentucky. This exploratory descriptive study uses Andersen's healthcare utilization model and a social control theoretical perspective as a framework to examine veterans' treatment court outcomes from a sample of participants (N=58) in Kentucky. Univariate and bivariate analyses were used to provide a description of the sample and to examine relationships between personal characteristics and during-program occurrences and the outcomes of program completion and criminal recidivism. The findings of this study indicate that gender, sanctions, drug screens, and treatment sessions each have a significant association with program completion, and both age and housing status have a significant association with recidivism. Findings for each outcome variable are discussed, along with possible explanations, as well as limitations of the study, implications of this research for social work practice, and suggestions for future research. Details: Lexington, Kentucky: University of Kentucky, College of Social Work, 2019. Source: Internet Resource Master's Thesis: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://uknowledge.uky.edu/csw_etds/24/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Shelf Number: 156464

Author: Lawrence, Daniel S. Title: Prosecutor Priorities, Challenges and Solutions Summary: State and local prosecutors face an ever-increasing array of challenges and responsibilities, including recruiting and retaining talented and diverse prosecutors and handling, storing, and using growing bodies of evidence generated through modern technology. In March 2018, the Priority Criminal Justice Needs Initiative convened an expert panel to identify priority needs and solutions for improving the effectiveness and efficiency of the prosecutorial component of the criminal justice system. During the workshop, participants explored needs relating to staffing and resources, digital information, organizational data, litigation strategies, accountability, and partnerships and collaboration. High-priority needs identified for action included developing better training resources and tools for the assessment of staffing needs, researching promising practices for responding to witness intimidation and tampering, and examining the effectiveness of plea and diversion options currently in use. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2800/RR2892/RAND_RR2892.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Attorneys Shelf Number: 156429

Author: Chang, Justin H. Title: Effect of Exposure to Gun Violence in Video Games on Children's Behavior with Real Guns: A Randomized Clinical Trial Summary: Importance: Among resource-rich countries, the United States has the highest rate of child mortality by unintentional firearm use. Objective: To test whether children's exposure to violent video games increases dangerous behavior around firearms. Design, Setting, and Participants: This randomized clinical trial was set in a university laboratory and included pairs of children aged 8 to 12 years who knew each other. Of 313 participants who signed up, 250 were tested (2 arrived without partners, 61 did not arrive to participate). Of the 250 children tested, 8 were excluded (2 did not complete the study, 2 had participated in a related study, and 4 were outliers). Each child was paid $25. Data were collected July 1, 2017, to July 31, 2018. Interventions: In a 3-group randomized design, pairs of children played or watched 1 of 3 versions of the game Minecraft for 20 minutes: (1) violent with guns, (2) violent with swords, or (3) nonviolent. The pairs of children were then placed in a different room and were told they could play with toys and games for 20 minutes. A cabinet in the room contained 2 hidden disabled handguns with counters for trigger pulls. Play sessions were videotaped. Main Outcomes and Measures: Main outcomes were touching a handgun, seconds spent holding a handgun, and number of trigger pulls (including at oneself or the partner). Control variables included sex, age, trait aggressiveness, exposure to violent media, attitudes toward guns, presence of firearms in the home, interest in firearms, and whether the child had taken a firearm safety course. Results: Of 242 participants, 220 children (mean [SD] age, 9.9 [1.4] years; 129 [58.6%] boys) found a gun and were included in analysis. Among the 76 children who played the video game that included gun violence, 47 children (61.8%) touched a handgun. Among the 74 children who played the video game that included sword violence, 42 (56.8%) touched a handgun. Among the 70 children who played the nonviolent video game, 31 (44.3%) touched a handgun. Participants who played a violent version of the game were more likely to shoot at themselves or their partners than those who played a nonviolent game. Other risk factors for dangerous behavior around firearms included self-reported habitual exposure to violent media and trait aggressiveness. Self-reported exposure to violent media was positively associated with total trigger pulls (incidence rate ratio [IRR], 1.40; 95% CI, 1.00-1.98) and trigger pulls at oneself or one's partner (IRR, 1.88; 95% CI, 1.29-2.72). Trait aggression was positively associated with total trigger pulls (IRR, 13.52; 95% CI, 3.14-58.29), trigger pulls at oneself or one�s partner (IRR, 25.69; 95% CI, 5.92-111.39), and time spent holding a handgun (IRR, 4.22; 95% CI, 1.62-11.02). One protective factor was having taken a firearm safety training course. Conclusions and Relevance: Exposure to violent video games increases children's dangerous behavior around firearms. Details: Chicago, Illinois: The Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA), 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamanetworkopen/fullarticle/2734799 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Behavior Shelf Number: 156431

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: Hate at School Summary: More than two-thirds of the 2,776 educators who responded to the questionnaire witnessed a hate or bias incident in their school during the fall of 2018. -Fewer than 5 percent of the incidents witnessed by educators were reported in the news media. -Racism appears to be the motivation behind most hate and bias incidents in school, accounting for 63 percent of incidents reported in the news and 33 percent of incidents reported by teachers. -Of the incidents reported by educators, those involving racism and antisemitism were the most likely to be reported in the news media; anti-Latinx and anti-LGBTQ incidents were the least likely. -Most of the hate and bias incidents witnessed by educators were not addressed by school leaders. No one was disciplined in 57 percent of them. Nine times out of 10, administrators failed to denounce the bias or reaffirm school values. The picture that emerges is the exact opposite of what schools should be: places where students feel welcome, safe and supported by the adults who are responsible for their well-being. But schools are not hermetically sealed institutions. They are not immune from the political and socioeconomic forces gripping our nation. In fact, this outbreak of aggression aimed primarily at students of color and LGBTQ children reflects what is happening outside school walls. Hate crimes are rising. The president himself engages in childish taunting on social media and is shattering the norms of behavior observed by generations of American leaders. And the racism, bigotry and misogyny of a virulent white nationalist movement are being parroted by mainstream political and media figures. Schools cannot simply ignore these problems. To ensure students are safe from harm, educators must take vigorous, proactive measures to counter prejudice and to promote equity and inclusiveness. And they must act swiftly and decisively to address all incidents of hate and bias when they happen, with a model that emphasizes communication, empathy, reconciliation and support to those who are harmed. Details: Montgomery, Alabama: Southern Poverty Law Center, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.splcenter.org/20190502/hate-school Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 156432

Author: Blume, John H. Title: Death by Numbers: Why Evolving Standards Compel Extending Roper's Categorical Ban against Executing Juveniles from 18 to 21 Summary: Nearly fifteen years ago, the Supreme Court held in Roper v. Simmons that the Eighth Amendment prohibits the execution of people who were under 18 at the time of their offenses. The Court justified the line it drew based on legislative enactments, jury verdicts, and neuroscience. In the intervening years, however, much has changed in juvenile sentencing jurisprudence, the legal treatment of young people, and neuroscience. These changes beg the question: Why 18? Is the bright-line rule that the Court announced in Roper still constitutionally valid or do the changes since 2005 now point to a new cutoff at 21? To answer those questions, this Article considers post-Roper developments in the relevant domains to make the case that the 18-year-old constitutional line should be extended to age 21. It does so by applying the Supreme Court's evolving-standards-of-decency methodology. Specifically, the Article examines all death sentences and executions imposed in the United States post-Roper and looks at the current state of neuroscientific research that the Court found compelling when it decided Roper. Two predominant trends emerge. First, there is a national consensus against executing people under 21. This consensus comports with what new developments in neuroscience have made clear: people under 21 have brains that look and behave like the brains of younger teenagers, not like adult brains. Second, young people of color are disproportionately sentenced to die - even more so than adult capital defendants. The role of race is amplified when the victim is white. These trends confirm that the logic that compelled the Court to ban executions of people under 18 extends to people under 21. Details: S.L.: Texas Law Review, 2019. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3341438 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Adolescence Shelf Number: 156433

Author: Slaven, Shelby Title: The Canna(business) of Higher Education Summary: While the idea of legalizing cannabis for adult use is gaining on acceptance among the public, the past and current policies on both, the state and federal level, have resulted in dearth of research on the efficacy of cannabis for therapeutic purposes as well as possible societal and health consequences of recreational use. Institutes of higher education are best positioned to not only reform research on the substance, but to train a generation of cultivators, distributors, and healthcare professionals, and while doing so address some of the historical harms perpetrated by the policies of the War on Drugs. Students are seeking out ways to capitalize on a growing market and remedying past discrimination should be a top priority. This paper first provides an overview of cannabis legalization as it stands today, the political efforts that got it here, and those that will move it forward. It then discusses institutes of higher education and the efforts to bring cannabis into the classroom. Lastly, this paper argues that Historically Black Colleges and Universities can provide education, training, and a foot in the door for Black individuals who have suffered harsher criminal penalties in the name of the war on crime. Details: Columbus, Ohio: Ohio State University, Moritz College of Law, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3370265 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 156462

Author: Sechrist, Stacy M. Title: Educating Kids about Gun Violence (EKG) Evaluation Results Year 1: Sept. 2014 - May 2015 Summary: The Educating Kids about Gun Violence (EKG) program is part of the Fayetteville Police Department's Operation Ceasefire initiative, The EKG program began in 2014 and is designed to teach kids about gun and gang violence and prepare them for healthy decision-making. The program is taught by Fayetteville Police Department officers to youth in all 7th and 9th grade health classes in the Cumberland County School System, representing a unique partnership between law enforcement and the schools. By the end of the 2014 - 2015 school year, the Department will have reached over 8600 students county-wide with its gun and gang violence prevention and education message. The EKG program uses a video called "Decision Points" (which was created and produced in Fayetteville, NC) featuring a number of scenarios involving a young male who is faced with various decision points about gun and gang violence. The video exposes the classroom participants to the potential consequences of poor decision-making about guns and gangs. Classroom participants then discuss decision-making and how the young male in the video could have made better decisions along the way to prevent the negative consequences he experienced in the video. Details: Greensboro, North Carolina: University of North Carolina Greensboro and North Carolina Network for Safe Communities, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://ncnsc.uncg.edu/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/EKG-Evaluation-Results-Year-1-Mar-2016-v4.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Educating Kids about Gun Violence Shelf Number: 156471

Author: Zong, Jie Title: Refugees and Asylees in the United States Summary: Fewer than 1 percent of formally recognized refugees worldwide are resettled annually, with about 125,600 individuals departing to resettlement countries in 2016. The United States has historically led the world in terms of refugee resettlement, and today remains the top resettlement country. In fiscal year (FY) 2016, the United States resettled 84,994 refugees. Beyond accepting refugees for resettlement from countries of first asylum, the United States also grants humanitarian protection to asylum seekers who present themselves at U.S. ports of entry or claim asylum from within the country; in FY 2015 (the most recent data available), the United States granted asylum to 26,124 individuals. Details: Washington, DC: Migration Policy Institute, 2017. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/print/15930#.XQgRuhZKjct Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Asylees Shelf Number: 156389

Author: Dempsey, Catherine L. Title: Association of Firearm Ownership, Use, Accessibility, and Storage Practices with Suicide Risk Among US Army Soldiers Summary: Importance: Since 2004, the suicide rate among US Army soldiers has exceeded the rate of death from combat injury. It is critical to establish factors that increase the risk of acting on suicidal thoughts to guide early intervention and suicide prevention. Objective: To assess whether firearm ownership, use, storage practices, and accessibility are associated with increased risk of suicide. Design, Setting, and Participants: In this case-control study, suicide cases (n = 135) were defined as US Army soldiers who died by suicide while on active duty between August 1, 2011, and November 1, 2013. Next-of-kin and Army supervisors of soldiers who died by suicide (n = 168) were compared with propensity-matched controls (n = 137); those soldiers with a suicidal ideation in the past year (n = 118) provided structured interview data. Data were analyzed from April 5, 2018, to April 2, 2019. Main Outcomes and Measures: Firearm ownership, storage, and accessibility were assessed by using items from the World Health Organization Composite International Diagnostic Interview screening scales along with items created for the purpose of the Army Study to Assess Risk and Resilience in Servicemembers (Army STARRS) study. Results: Among the 135 suicide decedents, next-of-kin reported that they had greater accessibility to firearms compared with propensity-matched controls. Specifically, suicide decedents were more likely to own 1 or more handguns compared with propensity-matched controls (odds ratio [OR], 1.9; 95% CI, 1.0-3.7; x21 = 4.2; false discovery rate [FDR] P = .08), store a loaded gun at home (OR, 4.1; 95% CI, 1.9-9.1; x21 = 12.2; FDR P = .003), and publicly carry a gun when not required for military duty (OR, 3.2; 95% CI, 1.4-7.3; x21 = 7.4; FDR P = .02). The combination of these 3 items was associated with a 3-fold increase in the odds of suicide death (OR, 3.4; 95% CI, 1.2-9.4; x21 = 5.4; FDR P = .05). Storing a loaded gun with ammunition at home or publicly carrying a gun when not on duty was associated with a 4-fold increase in the odds of suicide death (OR, 3.9; 95% CI, 1.9-7.9; x21 = 14.1; FDR P = .002). Conclusions and Relevance: In this study, in addition to gun ownership, ease and immediacy of firearm access were associated with increased suicide risk. Discussion with family members and supervisors about limiting firearm accessibility should be evaluated for potential intervention. Details: Chicago, Illinois: The Journal of American Medicine (JAMA), 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamanetworkopen/fullarticle/2735465 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Case Study Shelf Number: 156388

Author: Lovell, Rachel Title: Patterns of Sexual Offending Summary: This report describes patterns of sexual offending. The exploratory examination of the typology of offending helps describe different types of sexual assaults by providing context behind how these different types of sexual assaults occur and who the offenders may be. Guided by the scientific literature on sexual assaults and violence against women, we examined data on our sample of 243 Sexual Assault Kits (SAKs) to discern a pattern for four types of sexual assaults: sexual assaults that involve kidnapping, sexual assaults committed by strangers, sexual assaults committed by multiple offenders, and sexual assaults that involve captivity. Details: Cleveland, Ohio: Case Western Reserve University, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2019 at: https://case.edu/socialwork/begun/sites/case.edu.begun/files/2018-09/Patterns-Brief.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual Assault Kits Shelf Number: 156475

Author: Singer, Mendel Title: Cost Savings and Cost Effectiveness of the Cuyahoga County Sexual Assault Kit Task Force Summary: Key Findings: From the 4,347 SAKs tested as of January 1, 2016, we project a total of 1,290 indictments and 948 convictions, which represent 21.8% of all tested SAKs - a rate much higher than previously expected and higher than most other jurisdictions testing their unsubmitted SAKs. -The total tangible and intangible costs to the victims associated with the unsubmitted SAKs tested as of January 1, 2016 is $885.8 million dollars. -The total cost of testing and investigating the unsubmitted SAKs is estimated to be $9.6 million dollars. -The total cost of future sexual assaults averted due to the SAK Task Force as of January 1, 2016 is $48.3 million dollars. -Therefore, the SAK Task Force is projected to produce a net savings of $38.7 million dollars to the community in addition to 1,290 indictments and 948 convictions of sexual offenders. Details: Cleveland, Ohio: Case Western Reserve University, 2016. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.evawintl.org/Library/DocumentLibraryHandler.ashx?id=1145 Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Cost of Crime Shelf Number: 156476

Author: Ray, Audacia Title: Criminal, Victim, or Worker?: The Effects of New York's Human Trafficking Intervention Courts on Adults Charged with Prostitution-Related Offenses Summary: New York's Human Trafficking Intervention Courts (HTICs), the nation's first statewide human trafficking intervention within a justice system, were launched in September 2013, with eleven courts established throughout the state. The HTICs mandate people charged with prostitution-related misdemeanours, including survivors of trafficking as well as people who trade sex by choice and circumstance, to participate in alternatives to incarceration programs. Defendants who complete a mandated programme obtain an adjournment for contemplation of dismissal (ACD), and if they are not arrested for any offense for six months, the charge is dismissed and sealed. The research: This report documents what happens inside the Brooklyn and Queens HTICs, based on court observations that were conducted by staff and members of the sex worker-led Red Umbrella Project (RedUP) from December 2013 until August 2014. This report is a research that The Red Umbrella Project set out to find out more than what the media reports about the courts. Findings: -The HTICs are structured to encourage defendants to accept the offer of mandated sessions and pursue an ACD which is not an admission of guilt. -In Brooklyn, Black people are present in the HTIC and face prostitution-related charges at a disproportional high rate. -Of the defendants who were granted ACDs in court during our study period and whose dates of court involvement, in Queens the defendants who obtained ACDs most commonly did so in two to four months, while in Brooklyn defendants most commonly took one and a half to three months to do so. However, in both boroughs the charges for Mandarin speaking defendants have a slower resolution, most commonly spending five to six months obtaining their ACDs. In Queens, Mandarin speakers make up 46% of the defendants in the HTIC. -There are no publicly established standards for the social services that are mandated for defendants. In Brooklyn defendants are required to complete six sessions and in Queens defendants are required to complete five sessions of a mandate programme in order to be granted an ACD in court. From on-the-record discussions of services and conversations with individual service providers, we gathered that many service providers focus on providing one-on-one trauma-based psychotherapy to defendants, while others provide group therapy, life skills workshops, and yoga. These services may be a helpful part of healing for those who identify a desire for these services, but short-term mandated assistance does not address the pervasive problems that defendants face. Details: Brooklyn, New York: Red Umbrella Project, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.nswp.org/sites/nswp.org/files/RedUP-NYHTIC-FINALweb.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 156477

Author: Heilmann, Kilian Title: The Urban Crime and Heat Gradient in High and Low Poverty Areas Summary: We use spatially disaggregated daily crime data for the City of Los Angeles to measure the impact of heat and pollution on crime and to study how this relationship varies across the city. On average, overall crime increases by 2.2% and violent crime by 5.7% on days with maximum daily temperatures above 85 degrees Fahrenheit (29.4 Degrees Celsius) compared to days below that threshold. The heat-crime relationship is more pronounced in low-income neighborhoods. This suggests that heat shocks can increase spatial urban quality of life differences through their effect on crime. We use other administrative data and find some evidence that policing intensity declines on extremely hot days. These findings highlight that the quality of urban governance during times of extreme stress may be an important policy lever in helping all socioeconomic groups adapt to climate change. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w25961.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Trends Shelf Number: 156478

Author: Yale Law School, Global Health Justice Partnership Title: Un-Meetable Promises: Rhetoric and Reality in New York City's Human Trafficking Intervention Courts Summary: The report is structured around questions around rhetoric, capacity, practices and underlying assumptions motivating these courts. It contains four main analytical sections as well as Conclusions and Recommendations and Appendices with our methodology and other information on our research. I. A genealogy of "prostitution diversion" in New York: Deja vu all over again? The report begins with a historical and analytic section on the origins, practices, and narratives of over 100 years of criminological experimentation with responses to "women selling sex" in order to locate the latest iteration (HTICs) within their broader historical context in NYC in particular and the nation (in regard to experiments with "problem-solving" courts). Understanding shifting responses to prostitution over time, as well as the rise of contemporary "problem-solving" and "diversion" courts, helps to illuminate the paradoxes and flaws of the HTICs, which are in some technical and structural ways distinct from their predecessors (i.e., the Women's Court of the earlier 20th century and the Midtown Community Court of the 1990s), but also reveal remarkable continuities in their mix of ideas about gender, sex, crime, victimhood, and (coercive) rehabilitation. II. Taking the measure of "problem-solving" courts and HTICs: Current frames, research, knowledge, and gaps: After sketching a critical history of "problem-solving" courts in NYC, the report synthesizes the existing scholarship on the perceived challenges, rhetorical benefits, and ethical quandaries posed by these courts, with particular attention to the HTICs. Reoccurring themes in the scholarship on "problem-solving" courts include the contradictions and dangers of "penal welfare", which describes the growing practice of provisioning social services through courts. The tensions in this practice arise at several junctures: not only do such courts often fail to facilitate access to concrete material resources that address long-term systemic needs, but they may actually increase the intervention of criminal justice systems into defendants' lives. The section highlights what is known of the practices and impacts of HTICs through a review of the few published reports on the HTICs, as well as through a mapping of the complex legal frameworks that shape its structure, and therefore also shape the experiences of affected defendants. With regards to the legal frameworks affecting the HTICs, it is important to note that while defendants can raise the defense of trafficking to a prostitution charge at the outset of prosecution, they forgo this defense if they chose to enter the HTICs and must accept an adjudication of their prostitution offense as if still a criminal defendant. III. What happens in the NYC HTICs: Mapping the structures and processes through key stakeholders' eyes: The section traces and analyzes the stated versus experienced goals, structures, and program elements of the HTICs, including entry points (policing and arrests), decisions on eligibility, practice of service provision, exit processes, as well as court operations and courtroom culture. The perspectives of persons engaged in the HTICs (service providers, court personnel, defense attorneys and defendants) collectively point to the opaqueness and inconsistencies surrounding the courts' practices: these qualities of the courts are a source of distress and disempowerment for many defendants who feel a near constant threat of criminal sanction and whose on-going disempowerment runs counter to the purportedly "rehabilitative" approach of the system. IV. Deep dive on service provision in HTICs: The section details and assesses the experiential perspectives of stakeholders on the efficacy, ethics and meaning of the mandated social service provision in the NYC HTICs. Often, the needs flagged by persons in the sex sector include housing assistance, economic opportunities, immigration assistance, childcare support, and a range of healthcare services. While the services offered via the HTICs (primarily counseling, case management, and referrals - regardless of need or readiness to engage) are desired by some defendants, the question remains whether making them contingent on involvement in the criminal justice system is appropriate in a health justice framework as well as effective in responding to the structural needs of defendants. There are also concerns that the HTIC-created demand outstrips the ability of providers to provide timely, comprehensive, and high-quality services to defendant and non-defendant populations, which raises questions about the distribution of funding and resources within and beyond the HTIC system. Moreover, the coercive nature of prosecution and criminal justice procedures is at odds with the professional ethics of many social service professions, which emphasize the centrality of respecting client autonomy, securing informed consent, fostering self-determination, and avoiding coercion in therapeutic relationships. The section underscores the need for disentanglement and regulatory independence between social service and criminal justice systems, which the Conclusions and Recommendations section further expounds. V. Conclusions and Recommendations: The concluding section delivers recommendations directed at actors operating at all levels of influence within the HTIC system (NYS Unified Court District, Center for Court Innovation, law enforcement, service providers, etc.), with an eye towards guidance that promotes health, rights, and justice for sex worker and other communities affected by these criminal justice processes. The recommendations are grounded in principles of human rights, harm reduction, and accountability while operating within a commitment to greater change: the complete decriminalization of sex work and associated practices, with criminal law interventions (including policing) reserved to a limited and minimal use in response to violence, coercion, theft (including theft of services) and other exploitative practices committed against persons in the sex sector. Without the decriminalization of sex work, we argue that the promises of the HTICs cannot be met and the claims of the system will continue to crumble under the weight its paradoxes. Recognizing these contradictions, the recommendations provide ideas for how the court system can scale back its role and scope of involvement in order to reduce immediate harms to sex workers as individuals and as communities caught in oppressive structures and cycles of surveillance, policing, arrest, prosecution, diversion, and incarceration. Details: New Haven, Connecticut: Yale Law School, Global Health Partnership and Yale School of Public Health and The Sex Workers Project of the Urban Justice Center, 2018. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://law.yale.edu/system/files/area/center/ghjp/documents/un-meetable_promises_htic_report_ghjp_2018rev.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 156479

Author: President's Interagency Task Force (U.S.) Title: Report on U.S. Government Efforts to Combat Trafficking in Persons Summary: Trafficking in persons, also known as modern slavery or human trafficking, undermines the United States� core principles and values. It robs millions of people of their freedom, and all too often is a hidden crime. Human trafficking respects no boundaries. In the United States and in countries around the world, it splinters communities, threatens public safety and national security, distorts economic markets, undermines rule of law, and spurs transnational criminal activity. Human traffickers will continue to expand and diversify their recruitment tactics and methods of exploitation if left unchecked. Traffickers can be strangers, acquaintances, or even family members, and they prey on the vulnerable and on those seeking opportunities to build for themselves a brighter future. The United States has made the global fight against human trafficking a policy priority and employs a whole-of-government approach to address all aspects of this crime. The President's Interagency Task Force to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons (PITF) and the Senior Policy Operating Group (SPOG), which consists of senior officials designated as representatives of the PITF agencies, work year-round to address the many aspects of human trafficking both in the United States and around the world. The agencies of the PITF are the Departments of State (DOS), Treasury (Treasury), Defense (DOD), Justice (DOJ), the Interior (DOI), Agriculture (USDA), Labor (DOL), Health and Human Services (HHS), Transportation (DOT), Education (ED), and Homeland Security (DHS), as well as the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR), the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI), the National Security Council (NSC), the Domestic Policy Council (DPC), the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC). PITF agencies regularly convene to advance and coordinate federal policies and work with a range of stakeholders to collaborate, including on the enforcement of criminal and labor laws to end impunity for traffickers; victim-centered identification and protection services; innovations in data gathering and research; education and public awareness activities; and synchronization of strategically linked foreign assistance and diplomatic engagement. This report reflects the work that these agencies have accomplished, through a diverse range of partnerships and five SPOG Committees, from September 2016 through September 2017. The achievements included in the following pages range from unveiling a new online and mobile app that provides guidance to companies on how to develop comprehensive social compliance programs to launching a training and technical assistance center aimed at enhancing the public health response to human trafficking and the development of a new program to address the housing needs of human trafficking victims. In addition, the PITF expanded in the last year to include Treasury in recognition of the expertise it brings to anti-trafficking efforts, including in evaluating the nexus between money laundering and human trafficking. Throughout the reporting period, federal agencies explored how to use resources as effectively as possible to assist victims of this crime, including by identifying those who remain in the shadows subject to unimaginable exploitation and empowering those who have dedicated themselves to shining a light on the darkness cast by human trafficking. This Administration will continue pursuing ways to bolster intelligence collection, information-sharing, and analysis; leverage the best tools and learning; establish effective partnerships with stakeholders; and better integrate survivor input into a range of activities to combat and respond to human trafficking. Details: Washington, DC: President's Interagency Task Force, 2017. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.state.gov/wp-content/uploads/2018/12/report_usg_tip_efforts.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 156480

Author: Amara Legal Center Title: Survey of the United States Diversion Programs: Sex Work and Sex Trafficking Summary: This survey of diversion programs is not legal advice. It should be used for informational purposes only. There are a wide variety of diversion programs across the United States. This is by no means a comprehensive list. This survey did not compile a list of all drug courts, mental health courts, veterans' courts, domestic violence courts, or the other plethora of programs available. This survey provides an overview of diversion programs that could be utilized by adult sex workers, survivors of trafficking, or any other adult who may become justice involved for violating a prostitution related criminal offense. This is not a survey of juvenile diversion programs. The availability of juvenile participation in any given jurisdiction is noted where the program was also open to adults. Not all states have a specific program for prostitution-related offenses. If a state had a more general diversion program and no specific program geared toward prostitution offenses was available, the general diversion program was discussed instead. Many states merely have legislation giving prosecutors the discretion to enter into a pre-trial diversion agreement. These can range from deferred prosecution to deferred sentencing arrangements. For example, in Alabama, the legislature has essentially codified a deferred sentencing arrangement. An individual in a court that has opted for the establishment of a pre-trial diversion program would have to plead guilty and then comply with the conditions imposed in order for the charge to be dismissed. The program is not specifically for survivors of trafficking or individuals charged with prostitution, but those individuals can participate. Finally, where available, the survey touches on the ability of pimps or customers (also referred to as "Johns" or "buyers") to participate in a diversion program; the type and availability of funding; success rates; and more. Details: Washington, DC: Amara Legal Center, 2018. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.amaralegal.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/survey-of-united-states-diversion-programs.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 156481

Author: Yankah, Ekow Title: Pretext and Justification: Republicanism, Policing, and Race Summary: On April 4, 2015, Police Officer Michael Slager gunned down Walter Scott in North Charleston, South Carolina with a cool that resembled target practice. Scott's name joined a heartbreaking list of men of color killed by unjustified police violence. The video of the incident also broadcast to the world the spectacular violence always lurking beneath the surface of daily interactions between police and men of color. The "Black Lives Matter" movement has fiercely insisted Scott's death not be viewed as an isolated incident but understood as woven into the fabric of American policing. American policing harms individual people of color, guts communities and establishes an image of Black or brown men as criminal. Tragically, current Fourth Amendment law insulates the very police practices that allow a different policing regime for communities of color and ensures that the rising death toll of unjustly killed Black and brown men will continue. This Article reveals why policing reform cannot be achieved by piecemeal alteration of case law or even by focusing on doctrinal law alone. First, the Article makes clear why the racial harms of contemporary policing are borne by individual persons of color, unravel communities of color, and change the very social meaning of race. Yet, careful examination of Fourth Amendment doctrine reveals the Supreme Court's commitment to viewing Fourth Amendment rights as individually held and thus devoid of racial and social context. This view purposefully silences the Fourth Amendment's ability to address the volatile interaction of race and policing. Without a philosophical transformation placing the Fourth Amendment on different theoretical grounds, our bonds as civic equals, there can be little progress. Changing our understanding of Fourth Amendment justification allows us to imagine a new world of policing. A world where policing must secure civic bonds requires disabling the ability of police to use pretextual stops as a tool of racial domination. But further, this Article illustrates how a different political justification naturally leads to untying powers of police we take for granted; separating traffic or order maintenance from criminal investigation. Thus, this Article serves as the philosophical grounding for the often-invoked shift of policing from a warrior culture to a guardian culture, illustrating not only how to prevent policing from standing as racial oppression but viewing policing as in service of our civic bonds. Details: New York: Cardoza Law, Jacob Burns Institute for Advanced Legal Studies, 2018. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: http://cardozolawreview.com/pretext-and-justification-republicanism-policing-and-race/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Communities of Color Shelf Number: 156485

Author: Luminais, Misty Title: Process and Outcome Evaluation of Cuyahoga County's Safe Harbor Project Summary: In August of 2016, Rachel Lovell, PhD, and Misty Luminais, PhD, researchers at the Begun Center for Violence Prevention Research and Education at Case Western Reserve University (CWRU), began working with the Safe Harbor Project at the Cuyahoga County Court of Common Pleas Juvenile Division (Juvenile Court). They proposed to investigate how the Cuyahoga County Juvenile Court Safe Harbor Project has been planned and implemented through a process evaluation and to investigate the impact that the Cuyahoga County Juvenile Court Safe Harbor Project has had in achieving its goals of improving the lives of involved youth through an outcome evaluation. In this research brief, we present the evaluation's key findings and recommendations to inform and improve the Safe Harbor Project's practices and policies and to better serve Cuyahoga County youth who are victims of human trafficking. Background of the Safe Harbor Project: The Safe Harbor Project began in May of 2015 in the court of Judge Denise Rini to address youth who have been or are at-risk of being trafficked and have a pending criminal charge. In Ohio, there are several courts experimenting with the application of Ohio's Safe Harbor law (ORC Statute 2905.32), including juvenile courts in Summit County (Restore Court) and Franklin County (Empowerment Program), since the law's adoption in June of 2012. Ohio has followed the lead of the federal government in strengthening penalties against traffickers and allowing some leeway for victims of trafficking accused of crimes. Under the federal statute (22 USC Chapter 78 - Trafficking Victims Protection Act [TVPT]), anyone selling sex under the age of 18 is immediately considered a trafficking victim; no coercion, force, or fraud has to be proved. This means states must grapple with how to apply the TVPA to their legal frameworks. Ohio's Safe Harbor legislation offers a diversion from court prosecution for crimes tied to a youth's victimization as a victim of trafficking. Youth who are under the age of 16 who are involved in selling sex are automatically classified as trafficked, while 16 and 17-year olds may require some proof of fraud, force, or coercion. When the researchers began this evaluation, the Safe Harbor Project had been functioning for a little over a year. Over the course of twelve months, we attended advisory board meetings, court hearings, and interviewed key staff involved in the project. Because there are few models of juvenile Safe Harbor courts, each is finding its way forward. In Cuyahoga County, stakeholders in the Safe Harbor Project at the time of this research deliberately decided to forgo state certification through the Ohio Supreme Court as a specialized diversion docket. Details: Cleveland, Ohio: Case Western Reserve University, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://case.edu/socialwork/begun/sites/case.edu.begun/files/2018-09/Safe-Harbor-Report-Final-5-22-18-FINAL.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 156482

Author: Butcher, Frederick Title: Impact of House Bill 86 and Sentencing-Related Legislation on the Incarcerated Population in Ohio Summary: Reducing the incarcerated population in both the juvenile- and adult-justice systems has been an area of focus for many states nationwide. The Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) focused on data and evidence-driven approaches to address the problem at the front end and the back end. This report describes the impact of Ohio's House Bill 86 (HB 86), a codification of the JRI efforts in Ohio, and several other related pieces of legislation on the population of incarcerated youth and adults. Generally, HB 86 aimed to reduce the incarcerated population by utilizing community alternatives to incarceration particularly among low-level offenders, increasing the use of judicial release, and mandating risk assessments to better understand the needs of offenders and reduce recidivism. Data available from the Ohio Department of Youth Services (ODYS) and the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Corrections (ODRC) between 2011 and 2016 were used to examine the impact of HB 86 and related legislation on the incarcerated population. Data from the ODYS revealed three key findings: -The Ohio Youth Assessment System (OYAS), an actuarial tool measuring criminogenic risk, has been widely used across the state to inform a number of decisions at different points in the juvenile-justice system; -New commitments made up more than 75 percent of all commitments to ODYS with youth who were at high risk to recidivate constituting nearly half of these cases; -African-American and Hispanic youth had greater odds of being classified as high-criminogenic risk for counties outside of the six largest counties in Ohio. While data from the juvenile-justice system pointed to clear outcomes, results of HB 86 on the adult-prison population were mixed. -The majority of new commitments to ODRC facilities were male and white, more than a quarter of these cases involved a fifth-degree felony, and less than half of new commitments were for a violent offense. -The percentage of cases with one-year sentences or less that resulted in judicial release increased slightly between 2011 and 2016. -New commitments to ODRC facilities decreased for fourth-degree felony offenses, but did not decrease for fifth-degree-felony offenses. Based on these findings, we recommend that the Ohio Criminal Sentencing Commission continue to collect data in a number of areas. For the juvenile-justice system, continuing to collect detailed data on the OYAS-risk assessment may provide insight into county-specific differences on its implementation. For the adult-criminal-justice system, further data collection is necessary to link arrest data, court records, and ODRC data. These data linkages can help us to further understand the impact that legislation has had on sentencing for specific types of crimes and offenders. Further, data on the community-sanctions population should be linked to court records and ODRC data to understand what programs work and for whom. Details: Cleveland, Ohio: Case Western Reserve University, Begun Center for Violence Prevention and Research, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://case.edu/socialwork/begun/sites/case.edu.begun/files/2018-09/OCSC-Impact-of-House-Bill-86-7-2018_0.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community Alternatives Shelf Number: 156483

Author: Tahirih Justice Center Title: Forced Marriage in Immigrant Communities in the United States: 2011 National Survey Results Summary: Forced marriage is a serious problem in the United States today, with as many as 3,000 known and suspected cases identified in just two years by respondents of Tahirih Justice Center survey. The fact that potentially thousands of young women and girls from immigrant communities may face forced marriages each year in the United States is alarming and demands attention. Details: Falls Church, Virginia: Tahirih Justice Center, 2011. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.tahirih.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/REPORT-Tahirih-Survey-on-Forced-Marriage-in-Immigrant-Communities-in-the-United-States.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Child Marriage Shelf Number: 156484

Author: Travis, Jeremy Title: Trends in Crime and Justice: Reflections on the New York City Story, 1980-2017 Summary: I bring to today's discussion a rare treasure-trove of data that describe the New York City Story. These data have been compiled over the past six years by my colleague and friend, Dr. Preeti Chauhan, and the staff of the Data Collaborative for Justice at John Jay College. The Data Collaborative has published 12 reports that have brought clarity to recent debates in our City on topics such as summons reform, closing Rikers, reducing arrests for turnstile jumping, and most recently, addressing racial disparities in marijuana enforcement. I acknowledge a special thanks to Prof. Chauhan and her colleagues, particularly Quinn Hood, for preparing these analyses, some of which are presented for the first time. Here is the ground we are going to cover: We will first summarize the trends that led to the five "new realities" of crime and justice in New York City - low crime rates, low enforcement rates, low rates of incarceration and supervision, the consequences of drug enforcement and persistent racial disparities. I then offer my reflections on these realities: the good news, the shortcomings, the lessons learned, and the challenges ahead. Details: New York: Arnold Ventures, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://craftmediabucket.s3.amazonaws.com/uploads/AV-Trends-in-Crime-and-Justice-Jeremy-Travis.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Patterns Shelf Number: 156354

Author: Balice, Guy Title: A Review of Barriers to Treating Domestic Violence for Middle Eastern Women Living in the United States Summary: Purpose: This review examined the literature that addresses Domestic Violence (DV) and Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) in Middle Eastern women living in the United States. Methods: The authors reviewed literature, including reviews and empirical studies, that examined DV and IPV that included: (1) females of Middle Eastern descent, (2) these participants were 18 years of age or older, (3) they have a history of domestic violence or intimate partner violence. Results: This literature review indicated DV is a worldwide epidemic, with IPV affecting 30% of the female population. IPV is seen in higher rates amongst minority communities, especially among immigrants. Domestic violence can lead to both long-term psychological problems and physical problems, the most serious of which is death. Due to stigma surrounding mental health in Middle Eastern cultures, many women in this population do not seek psychological services. Moreover, in many Middle Eastern communities, DV is seen as a non-significant personal issue. Conclusions: Fears of further violence, loss of support and relationships, cultural expectations and family reputation are some reasons why Middle Eastern women do not seek services for domestic violence. Future considerations and research are needed to better understand these women's perceptions of the risks and benefits associated with psychological help in order to better assist them and their needs. Details: Los Angeles, California: Department of Clinical Psychology, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, 2019. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://openventio.org/wp-content/uploads/A-Review-of-Barriers-to-Treating-Domestic-Violence-for-Middle-Easternwomen-Living-in-the-United-States-PCSOJ-5-146.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 156489

Author: Admani, Shabana Title: The Effect of DNA Evidence on Incidence of Property Crime Arrests Summary: Background: With a high volume of incoming cases and ever-present backlogs, forensic laboratories are often limited with the funding and resources necessary to test every evidence item waiting to be processed. Properly allocating resources can be a persistent challenge. Aim: The purpose of this study was to determine which types of physical evidence collected from property crime scenes, upon the completion of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) analysis, would most likely lead to cold hits in the Combined DNA Index System database (CODIS) and ultimately result in arrests. The goal here is to provide law enforcement agencies and forensic laboratories with useful information that could improve evidence processing methods and allow them to better utilize limited resources. Materials and Methods: All of San Diego Police Department's DNA cases from property crimes during a one-year period were reviewed to determine which evidence types yielded the highest number of arrests. Bloodstains, drinking containers, cigarette butts, clothing, rocks, and various types of tools were the most common types of evidence submitted for DNA testing in property crime investigations. Results: Bloodstains resulted in the highest amount of cold hits (73%) and yielded nearly 250% more arrests than non-blood evidence. Conclusion: When allocating resources in forensic laboratories, property crime cases with blood evidence should be given the highest priority. Further prioritization based on evidence type, however, is not definitively supported by the results of this study. Details: La Jolla, California: Forensic Sciences Program at National University, 2017. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://openventio.org/wp-content/uploads/The-Effect-of-DNA-Evidence-on-Incidence-of-Property-Crime-Arrests-TFMOJ-2-118.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 156490

Author: Office of the Director of National Intelligence Title: Animal Cruelty: A Possible Warning Behavior for Terrorism and Other Premeditated Violence Against Humans Which Needs Reporting and Further Vetting Summary: Clinical and forensic data on mass murder incidents, including terrorist attacks, reveals the vast majority are premeditated rather than impulsive. Premeditated murders often display observable warning behaviors. Although warning behaviors cannot predict targeted violence, they are useful in identifying an accelerated and increased risk of violence that should elevate authorities' concern. Animal cruelty, particularly when premeditated in nature, is one example of a novel aggression warning behavior. Through this behavior, an individual tests his or her ability to actually engage in a violent act and can be thought of as experimental aggression. Numerous studies indicate that animal cruelty is often linked to a variety of other crimes, particularly violent offences toward humans. In 2017, there were two instances in the Homeland of ISIS supporters who abused animals for various reasons prior to their arrest, and who were plotting to conduct a terrorist attack. Details: McLean, Virginia: Office of the Director of National Intelligence, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://www.dni.gov/files/NCTC/documents/jcat/firstresponderstoolbox/56s---Animal-Cruelty--A-Possible-Warning-Behavior-for-Terrorism---survey.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Behavior Shelf Number: 156493

Author: Ascione, Frank R. Title: People and Animals, Kindness and Cruelty: Research Directions and Policy Implications Summary: This article addresses the challenges of defining and assessing animal abuse, the relation between animal abuse and childhood mental health, the extensive research on animal abuse and intimate partner violence, and the implication of these empirical findings for programs to enhance human and animal welfare. Highlighted are recent developments and advances in research and policy issues on animal abuse. The reader is directed to existing reviews of research and areas of focus on the expanding horizon of empirical analyses and programmatic innovations addressing animal abuse. Following a discussion of forensic and veterinary issues related to animal abuse, we discuss policy issues including how the status of animals as human companions at times may place animals at risk. We also review developments in the field of human-animal relations and apply the primary-secondary-tertiary prevention public health model to prevention and treatment of animal abuse. We close with a description of community networks addressing animal abuse, interagency collaborations, and new developments in animal-related law. Details: S.L.: Journal of Social Issues, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://animalstudiesrepository.org/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1030&context=acwp_awap Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 156494

Author: Kronkosky Charitable Foundation Title: Research Brief: Animal Cruelty Summary: Animal cruelty has wide reaching and devastating consequences. Not only does it directly affect the harmed animals and their abusers, but it impacts society by increasing the cost of living due to higher taxes used to remove dead animal's bodies from public places, caring for animals in animal shelters, and euthanizing animals that have not been adopted. Animal abuse has been defined as "nonaccidental, socially unacceptable behavior that causes pain, suffering, or distress to and/or the death of an animal" (Ascione & Shapiro, 2009). The most common forms of animal abuse are intentional cruelty and neglect. Animal cruelty can be broken down into two main categories: active and passive cruelty also referred to as commission and omission, respectively. Details: San Antonio, Texas: Kronkosky Charitable Foundation, 2017. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: Available at Rutgers Criminal Justice Library Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Animal Abuse Shelf Number: 156495

Author: Gleicher, Lily Title: Reducing Substance Use Disorders and Related Offending: A Continuum of Evidence-Informed Practices in the Criminal Justice System Summary: In the United States, more than 20 million individuals have substance use disorders (SUDs) - not including individuals with more mild or moderate substance use and misuse. Of those with SUDs, just over 10 percent ultimately receive treatment. On average, costs incurred in the United States from alcohol and drug use due to lost work productivity, health care expenses, motor vehicle accidents, and criminal justice costs exceeds $400 billion. Almost half of the cost is at the taxpayers' expense. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2019. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://sudcontinuum.icjia.cloud/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 156510

Author: Office of the Inspector General, State of California Title: Special Report: CDCR's Revised Inmate Appeal Process Leaves Key Problems Unaddressed Summary: The California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) began developing its current inmate appeal process in the 1970s in response to several high-profile riots and prison takeovers by inmates who believed their grievances were not being properly addressed. Reviews of those incidents determined that establishing a meaningful inmate appeal process that promptly resolves inmate grievances at the earliest possible stage is a cost-effective strategy that reduces tensions in the prison system and is essential to the security of California's penal system. The revised inmate appeal process prescribed under Title 15, Section 3084.1 (a) of the California Code of Regulations, which became effective on January 28, 2011, enables an inmate or parolee (inmate) to appeal any policy, decision, action, condition, or omission by CDCR or its employees that the inmate can demonstrate had a materially adverse effect upon the inmate's health, safety, or welfare. The objective of this process is to resolve inmate grievances at the lowest possible administrative level. In reviewing both CDCR's former and revised inmate appeal processes, the Office of the Inspector General identified the concerns that led CDCR to change its inmate appeal process and assessed whether the revised inmate appeal process addressed those concerns. This report summarizes our findings and identifies three areas of concern that may require further action by CDCR. One of the primary deficiencies CDCR identified in its former appeal process was that inmates were unable to prove they had attempted to informally resolve an issue. This lack of verification led to allegations that a number of appeals were destroyed or lost, either intentionally or negligently. The revised process attempts to increase CDCR's accountability by providing the inmate with a copy, or receipt, of his or her attempt to informally resolve an issue (Form 22 request-for-interview process) before filing a formal appeal. The revised inmate appeal process does not, however, provide the inmate with a receipt of any kind if the inmate elevates the issue to the formal appeal level at the prison's appeals office (Form 602 appeal process). As a consequence, CDCR's revised appeal process does not provide enough accountability to address inmate allegations that more significant appeals are subject to intentional destruction or negligence. We further found that a number of inmates do not trust that correctional employees will appropriately safeguard either the Form 602 appeal itself or the information contained in the Form 602 appeal. Our second area of concern pertains to the responsibilities of appeals coordinators who screen Form 602 appeals at the appeals office. When an appeals coordinator rejects a Form 602 appeal, new regulations direct the coordinator to provide clear and sufficient instruction necessary for an inmate to qualify an appeal for processing. In general, however, appeals coordinators do not adequately explain the reasons for rejecting the appeal. The inadequate or absent explanation for the appeal's rejection makes it difficult for the inmate to have a resubmitted appeal accepted. Additionally, we found that although the primary reason appeals are rejected is that the inmate has not attached all necessary appropriate documents to the appeal, inmates are not necessarily afforded an opportunity to photocopy the relevant documents for inclusion with their appeal. Finally, it appears that CDCR implemented the revised appeal process before adequately training employees and inmates concerning the new process. This lack of training caused confusion for both inmates and employees. Information we received indicates that a number of correctional employees refused to sign the receipt for the Form 22 appeal because they believed that signing the form could create liability for them. This refusal made it difficult for inmates to submit their appeals. Moreover, because employees were not adequately trained in a timely manner, a number of employees and inmates confused the instructions for using the new Form 22 ("Inmate/Parolee Request for Interview, Item or Service") with the instructions for using the standing Form GA-22 ("Inmate Request for Interview"). The above concerns notwithstanding, the Office of the Inspector General acknowledges CDCR's efforts to make its inmate appeals process more accountable and we note that all of the concerns we have identified in the revised appeal process appear to be readily correctable. Details: Sacramento, California: Office of the Inspector General, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: http://www.oig.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Special-Report-on-CDCRs-Revised-Inmate-Appeal-Process-Leaves-Key-Problems-Unaddressed.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Appeal Process Shelf Number: 156506

Author: Stoever, Jane K. Title: Transforming Domestic Violence Representation Summary: The dominant theories used in the law to explain domestic violence, namely, the Power and Control Wheel and the Cycle of Violence, provide only limited insight into intimate partner abuse. Both theories focus exclusively on the abusive partner's wrongful actions, consistent with recent decades' concentration on criminalization, but fail to educate about the survivor's needs and efforts to end violence. The Stages of Change Model, conversely, reveals that domestic abuse survivors seek an end to relationship violence through a five-stage cyclical sequence and identities the survivor's needs and actions at each stage. This critical information should inform the representation of abuse survivors; however, this model remains unknown in the legal profession, and this article is the first scholarship to apply this model to lawyering. This article evaluates the contributions and shortcomings of the dominant models. It examines how the Stages of Change Model fills a significant void and how insights from the Stages of Change Model can transform the representation of abuse survivors. Domestic violence representation presents unique challenges to lawyers as they struggle with limited conceptions of their role, assumptions about abuse victims and how they should respond to violence, and feelings of fear and frustration when clients return to abusive partners. The Stages of Change Model can concretely illuminate the general client-centered model of legal representation and suggest multiple lawyering lessons for representing domestic violence survivors. The Stages of Change Model is widely accepted in the field of psychology, has been validated by numerous social science studies, and has the potential to achieve more client- centered legal representation with greater safety outcomes. As I explore the enormous implications this model has for client representation in domestic violence law, I draw on my experience teaching domestic violence clinics and the transformation my students report when they learn and apply this model. Details: Irvine, Californnia: University of California, Irvine School of Law, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://digitalcommons.law.seattleu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1126&context=faculty Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Attorneys Shelf Number: 156508

Author: Council of State Governments. Justice Center Title: Confined and Costly: How Supervision Violations are Filling Prisons and Burdening Budgets Summary: Probation and parole are designed to lower prison populations and help people succeed in the community. New data show they are having the opposite effect. Until now, national data regarding the impact of probation violations on prison populations have been unavailable, resulting in a lopsided focus on parole. The Council of State Governments (CSG) Justice Center recently engaged corrections and community supervision leaders in 50 states to develop the first complete picture of how probation and parole violations make up states' prison populations. The analysis revealed a startling reality. Details: New York: Council of State Governments and Arnold Ventures, 2019. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/confinedandcostly/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156509

Author: Brake, Deborah L. Title: Coworker Retaliation in the #MeToo Era Summary: The national firestorm sparked by hashtag MeToo has galvanized feminist legal scholars to reconsider the Title VII framework governing workplace sexual harassment and the potential for hashtag MeToo to transform workplace culture in a way that Title VII, to date, has not. In the analysis of hashtag MeToo's prospects for change, less attention has been paid to how Title VII's protection from retaliation intersects with the movement. One particular aspect of retaliation law - coworker retaliation - has thus far escaped the attention of legal scholars. Already underdeveloped as a species of retaliation law, coworker retaliation holds particular resonance for the hashtag MeToo movement for several reasons. First, the Supreme Court's decision in Vance v. Ball State University means that many employees with day-to-day supervisory responsibilities over other workers will count as coworkers and not supervisors for the purposes of employer liability for retaliatory harassment. Although Vance's holding addressed liability for sexual harassment, its reasoning likely extends to retaliatory harassment as well. After Vance, more retaliatory conduct that might otherwise have been captured as retaliation by a supervisor will now fall under the murkier standards courts apply to coworker retaliation. Second, with disclosures of sexual harassment continuing to saturate social media accounts, opportunities for negative reactions by peers at work abound. Several doctrinal uncertainties about Title VII's coverage of coworker retaliation cast doubt on the law's ability to protect sexually harassed employees from punitive coworker reactions. Finally, as the hashtag MeToo movement spawns an ascendant backlash, rising anger and hostility toward women who call out sexual harassment make retaliatory reactions from coworkers more likely. This Article, written for the University of Baltimore's Applied Feminism and hashtag MeToo symposium, explores several ways Title VII doctrine regulating coworker retaliation may affect - and potentially hinder - the transformative impact of hashtag MeToo on workplace culture. The Article also considers how lessons from the hashtag MeToo movement might be brought to bear on the development of Title VII's framework for regulating coworker retaliation. Details: PiitLaw, Faculty of Law, Legal Studies Research Paper, 2019. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3398465 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Retaliation Shelf Number: 156511

Author: Sanctuary for Families Title: Female Genital Mutilation in the United States: Protecting Girls and Women in the U.S. from FGM and Vacation Cutting Summary: This report documents the rising prevalence of female genital mutilation ("FGM") in the United States. It examines the current legal framework in place to address female genital mutilation when it is performed within our borders and through "vacation cutting," in which young women in the U.S. are sent abroad to undergo the procedure. It then recommends steps needed to develop a more coordinated, effective response to protect girls and women in the U.S. affected by the threat of FGM. Each year, three million girls and women around the world are at risk of undergoing FGM. Female genital mutilation is a centuries-old practice that the World Health Organization defines as "the partial or total removal of the female external genitalia or other injury to the female genital organs for non-medical reasons." FGM, which is ingrained in a diverse variety of cultural customs, is internationally recognized as a violation of women and girls' fundamental human rights. -The World Health Organization estimates that about 140 million women and girls worldwide are living with the consequences of FGM, and according to new estimates from United Nations Population Fund and UNICEF, at least 30 million girls under the age of 15 are at risk of being cut. -Women who have survived FGM frequently describe significant physical, sexual, and psychological complications, some of which persist throughout their lives. -The motivations most commonly articulated for FGM - such as enforcement of traditional notions of femininity, control of female sexuality, preservation of family honor, and preparation for marriage - tend to perpetuate discriminatory views about the status and role of women. Female genital mutilation is increasingly threatening girls and women in the United States. Although FGM is most prevalent in twenty-eight countries in Africa and the Middle East, it is no longer confined to distant shores. Every year, women in the United States discover that they, their daughters, and their loved ones face a very real and imminent danger of FGM in the U.S. -Estimates from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention indicate that at least 150,000 to 200,000 girls in the United States are at risk of being forced to undergo FGM. -According to an analysis of data from the 2000 U.S. census, the number of girls and women in the United States at risk for female genital mutilation increased by 35 percent between 1990 and 2000. -While this is a national problem, the greater New York City metropolitan area is home to more girls and women at risk of FGM than any other region in the United States. -Each year, girls are exposed to FGM through a growing phenomenon called "vacation cutting," in which families send their daughters abroad to undergo the procedure, typically during their school vacations. -Girls and young women are also subjected to FGM on U.S. soil in covert and illegal ceremonies performed by traditional practitioners, or by health care providers who support FGM or do not want to question families� cultural practices. For many years, the United States has lagged behind international efforts to end female genital mutilation. Female genital mutilation is prohibited in the U.S. by an evolving framework of international, federal, and state laws, but many of these laws have suffered from crippling loopholes or lacked the implementation mechanisms and political resolve necessary to defend those at risk of the practice. -Despite the fact that FGM in all forms has been explicitly illegal in the United States since 1996, legislation criminalizing the practice has not been comprehensively implemented or enforced, and community members, social service providers and law enforcement officials often fail to identify, report or investigate incidents of FGM. -Until 2013, the federal ban on FGM did not penalize the transport of minors overseas for the purpose of FGM, a glaring loophole that placed a significant number of girls in the U.S. outside the reach of any legislative protection. Recent developments present an important opportunity to more effectively protect women and girls in the fight to end female genital mutilation. Today, there is reason to believe that the tireless work of human rights groups, community-based activists, and legislative advocates has carried us to the threshold of a breakthrough in the campaign against female genital mutilation. -In December 2012, the United Nations passed a landmark resolution, "Intensifying Global Efforts for the Elimination of Female Genital Mutilations," calling on all countries to enact legislation banning FGM. -In January 2013, President Barack Obama signed the "Transport for Female Genital Mutilation" Act, criminalizing the transportation of girls abroad to undergo FGM, and finally bringing the United States in line with long-standing international efforts to end the practice. Now, advocates, survivors and community service providers must come together to translate policy into action. As the prevalence of domestic and vacation cutting rises in the U.S., a small number of advocates, survivors, counselors, lawyers, and doctors across the country are examining ways to not only support and serve those who have experienced FGM, but to also protect girls and women at risk. International experience suggests that successful prevention of female genital mutilation in the U.S. requires a proactive and coordinated approach that includes: -Community and survivor-led outreach and education about the consequences of FGM that engages religious and community leaders, parents, survivors, and at-risk women and girls; -Internationally informed guidelines and training to assist front-line professionals to identify and protect girls at risk, and to provide education and resources on FGM and the legislation banning its practice; -Robust laws that prohibit FGM locally and extraterritorially and implementation measures that provide clear guidance on culturally sensitive, prevention-centered enforcement; and -Reporting and data collection on the incidence of FGM and vacation cutting in the U.S. to inform efforts to serve the needs of survivors, target and develop outreach and education, and ultimately ensure the safety and health of at-risk women and girls. Details: New York: Sanctuary for Families, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: http://wcchr.com/sites/default/files/fgm_in_the_us-_sancuary_for_families_2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 156515

Author: Sauti Yetu, Center for African Women and Families Title: A Closer Look at Forced and Early Marriage in African Immigrant Communities in New York City Summary: The purpose of this report is to inform emerging policies and practices on early and forced marriage by highlighting the lived experiences of African immigrant and refugee girls and young women in New York City. Sauti Yetu supports policies and practices that are informed by the diversity of experiences in which early and forced marriage occurs across a variety of immigrant communities that protect the health, well-being, and futures of immigrant young women. Globally, international and humanitarian organizations as well as some governments have recognized the dangers that forced and early marriage present to the lives of girls under the age of 18. Early marriage increases social isolation and launches girls into a cycle of poverty, gender inequities, and higher risk of dying from complications of pregnancy and childbirth. Early marriage forces young girls to assume responsibilities and handle situations for which they are often physically and psychologically unprepared. Furthermore, schooling - a critical pathway to a prosperous life - is often cut short by early marriage. The United States is lagging far behind other industrialized countries in their efforts to prevent early and forced marriage as well as establish protocols to support victims. There is an emerging community of advocates beginning to understand how this practice evolves, adapts, and is re-purposed as girls and young women migrate with or without their families to join their marital families. Paradoxically, decisions about marriage are often made transnationally while adapting to the new imperatives of the immigrant family and to the socio-cultural and economic contexts of the United States. Thus, advocacy efforts have justifiably focused on those most egregious of cases involving the youngest girls from immigrant communities perceived as the most repressive for women and girls. As such, the disproportional focus on these stories masks the scope and breadth of forced marriage in the United States. Community-based organizations like Sauti Yetu Center for African Women and Families support immigrant and refugee girls from countries with higher rates of forced and early marriage such as Guinea, Mali, Burkina Faso, Sierra Leone, and Niger. In fact, eighteen of the twenty countries with the highest rates of child marriage are in Africa. In Mali, 65 percent of women aged 20-24 were married by the age of 18, and 25 percent were married by the age of 15. In Niger, over 70 percent are married by 18, and 36 percent are married before age 15. Sauti Yetu works with girls whose situations are less easily resolved either because they have reached the age of legal consent in their jurisdictions, the coercion is subtle, or the girls themselves are ambivalent about the options available to them - issues that are compounded by the girl's migration status in the U.S. In this report, we draw upon research conducted over the course of a year on how girls from West Africa make decisions about their futures. This report offers specific policy and practice recommendations to prevent early and forced marriage as well as outlines services needed to expand the avenues to success available to immigrant girls and young women. Details: New York: Suati Yetu, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://victimsofcrime.org/docs/nat-conf-2013/handout-2.pdf?sfvrsn=2 Year: 2012 Country: United States Keywords: Child Marriage Shelf Number: 156517

Author: Orces, Diana M. Title: The Role of Contact and Values in Public Attitudes Toward Unauthorized Immigrants Summary: When it comes to understanding public attitudes toward immigrants, policy analyses and news stories frequently rely on public opinion polls that are narrow in scope. Analyses of such polls often focus on whether the public (or certain subgroups of the public) supports more or less immigration and how certain groups of people feel about immigrants. These types of analyses rarely dig deeper into why the respondents feel the way they do; in other words, where those feelings are coming from. This report and the pilot survey upon which it is based seek to overcome this limitation by analyzing the reasons why people are likely to hold particular attitudes about immigrants. Just as with any other public issue, attitudes about immigrants are wrapped up not only with individuals' personal characteristics, life experiences, and beliefs about a wide range of other issues, but also some of their personal values and the type of contact that they have with immigrants. To this end, we surveyed 1,280 native-born U.S. citizens in October 2018 and assessed their views on unauthorized immigrants. We also measured their socio-demographic characteristics, the values they perceive as important, their political beliefs, and their perceptions about a host of social issues. We then used statistical techniques to determine how views on unauthorized immigrants are related to these factors. The primary aim of this analysis was to determine the degree to which contact with immigrants and personal values are associated with views about unauthorized immigrants. The analysis yielded the following principal conclusions: Positive contact with immigrants is associated with attitudes toward unauthorized immigrants. The native-born hold more positive views about unauthorized immigrants - or "pro-immigrant sentiments" - if they have friendly interactions with immigrants. The key here is not frequency of contact, but the nature of contact. Negative encounters will not necessarily foster pro-immigrant sentiments. But positive encounters likely will. The values of empathy and authority are associated with attitudes toward unauthorized immigrants. Native-born individuals who place a high value on empathy hold more pro-immigrant sentiments, while those who highly value authority hold less favorable attitudes. These conclusions remain even when accounting for other factors. Specifically, both of these findings hold although differences exist among the native-born in sociodemographic characteristics (e.g., race/ethnicity, gender, and age); perceptions about how the U.S. economy and culture are changing; identification with the Democratic or Republican party; liberal or conservative political ideologies; degree of nationalism or patriotism; and frequency of religious service attendance. The findings of this report are buttressed by a significant amount of previous research, which points to the role of sustained and positive contact in tempering concerns over immigrants and immigration. There is extensive literature on the role of contact in shaping the attitudes which members of one group (such as the native-born or whites) hold toward members of another group (such as immigrants or people of color). There is also more limited literature on the role of certain values and attitudes of the native-born toward immigrants. Although not definitive, the goal of this report is to provide a snapshot of factors that are associated with attitudes toward unauthorized immigrants and suggest clear avenues for further research. Details: Washington, DC: American Immigration Council, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://www.americanimmigrationcouncil.org/sites/default/files/research/the_role_of_contact_and_values_in_public_attitudes_toward_unauthorized_immigrants.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 156522

Author: Secor, David Title: A Better Way: Community-Based Programming as an Alternative to Immigrant Incarceration Summary: Human rights norms and international law demand that immigrants benefit from a presumption of liberty during case adjudication. The use of immigration detention has been repeatedly proven inefficient, ineffective, and at odds with human welfare and dignity. Throughout the world, governments and non-governmental organizations are operating a growing variety of alternatives to detention. Evidence-based studies consistently prove community-based programs to be safer than a detention-based approach, vastly less expensive, and far more effective at ensuring compliance with government-imposed requirements. Most importantly, community-based alternatives offer a framework for refugee and migrant processing that is welcoming and allows families and communities to remain together. Instead of pursuing alternatives, the United States has dramatically expanded its reliance on immigration detention in recent decades. Prior to the 1980s, the United States government rarely jailed individuals for alleged violations of the civil immigration code. This changed in the late 1980s, and the use of detention increased significantly after the government authorized the indefinite detention of Haitian asylum seekers at Guantanamo Bay in 1991, claiming a need to control the movement of arriving refugees and migrants. Using many of the same structures that were fueling mass incarceration of communities of color across America, the United States started locking up immigrants at unprecedented levels. The immigration detention system quickly metastasized, fueled by profit and fear. Today it is a sprawling network of wasteful prisons operated by for-profit companies, county jails, and a small number of processing centers owned by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) that are interchangeable from jails in structure and practice.5 The number of individuals locked in immigration detention skyrocketed from an average of 7,000 per day in 1994 to more than 50,000 in 2019. The Trump administration is demanding even more funds to open more immigrant jails and expand those already in operation, beyond spending levels approved by Congress. Human rights violations are rampant throughout United States immigration jails. Those who leave the system carry psychological and physical scars. Asylum seekers and immigrants should be welcomed to the United States, not greeted by a jail cell. A transformative approach to migration management, developed in reliance on evidence-based analysis and comparative models, could support immigrants and their families in a manner that invests in all communities. Details: Chicago, Illinois: National Immigrant Justice Center, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://www.immigrantjustice.org/sites/default/files/uploaded-files/no-content-type/2019-04/A-Better-Way-report-April2019-FINAL-full.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156523

Author: Liu, Gina Title: A Time-Series Analysis of Firearm Purchasing After Mass Shooting Events in the United States Summary: Importance: Increased understanding of public response to mass shootings could guide public health planning regarding firearms. Objectives: To test the hypothesis that mass shootings are associated with gun purchasing in the United States and to determine factors associated with gun purchasing changes. Design and Setting: In a cross-sectional study, monthly data on US background checks for all firearm purchases, handgun permits, and long gun permits between November 1, 1998, and April 30, 2016, were obtained from the National Instant Criminal Background Check System. All mass shootings resulting in 5 or more individuals injured or killed during the study period were also identified. Interrupted autoregressive integrated moving average time-series modeling was used to identify events associated with changes in gun purchase volume. Then, logistic regression was used to identify event characteristics associated with changes in gun purchases. Analyses were performed between June 6, 2016, and February 5, 2019. Exposures: For the time-series analysis, each mass shooting was modeled as an exposure. In the logistic regression, examined factors were the shooter's race/ethnicity, the region in the United States in which a shooting occurred, whether a shooting was school related, fatalities, handgun use, long gun use, automatic or semiautomatic gun use, media coverage level, and state political affiliation. Main Outcomes and Measures: Identification of major mass shootings significantly associated with changes in gun purchases, and the identification of event-specific factors associated with changes in gun purchases. Results: Between November 1998 and April 2016, 124 major mass shootings and 233 996 385 total background checks occurred. A total of 26 shootings (21.0%) were associated with increases in gun purchases and 22 shootings (17.7%) were associated with decreases in gun purchasing. Shootings receiving extensive media coverage were associated with handgun purchase increases (odds ratio, 5.28; 95% CI, 1.30-21.41; P = .02). Higher-fatality shootings had an inverse association with handgun purchase decreases (odds ratio, 0.73; 95% CI, 0.53-1.00; P = .049). Conclusions and Relevance: The findings of this study suggest an association between mass shootings and changes in gun purchases, observed on a comprehensive timescale. Identification of media coverage and fatalities as significant factors underlying this association invites further study into the mechanisms driving gun purchase changes, holding implications for public health response to future gun violence. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Journal of American Medicine Association, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30951161 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Background Checks Shelf Number: 156526

Author: Brock, Marieke Title: Historical Overview of U.S. Policy and Legislative Responses to Honor-Based Violence, Forced Marriage, and Female Genital Mutilation/Cutting Summary: Within the U.S. Department of Justice, the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) is the research, development, and evaluation agency tasked with responding to administration priorities, as well as providing the criminal justice community with accurate, qualitative, and quantitative research. In addition to these analytical efforts, NIJ funds the creation of field tools and technology that may help reduce crime, mitigate recidivism, and promote justice. In the summer of 2018, NIJ contracted the Federal Research Division (FRD) within the Library of Congress for research and analytical support to aid its response to Section 11 of Executive Order 13780, Protecting the Nation from Foreign Terrorist Entry into the United States, which was issued on March 6, 2017, by President Donald J. Trump. This particular section directs the government to increase its transparency with the American people and to improve its policies and procedures by collecting (and making public) information on the numbers and types of acts of gender-based violence, including so-called "honor killings," by foreign nationals living in the United States. The goal of this report is to support law enforcement's ability to understand and accurately identify acts of gender-based violence in the United States that are rooted in cultural practices. This report represents a high-level analysis, comprising a concise global historical perspective of the practices that promulgate honor-based violence, forced marriage, and female genital mutilation/cutting; a current snapshot of gender-based violence in the United States; and an overview of existing responses to these forms of violence across the federal government. The analysis in this report is based on a literature review of peer-reviewed research published in current periodicals and scholarly journals, as well as online. Additional resources include reports, trainings, and websites published by advocacy groups, national governments, and international organizations. The main body of the report, which lays out the research findings by the type of violence and lists current government efforts, is followed by a series of appendices that support its contents. FRD provides customized research and analytical services on domestic and international topics to agencies of the U.S. government, the District of Columbia, and authorized federal contractors on a cost-recovery basis. This report represents an independent analysis by FRD and the author, who sought to adhere to accepted standards of scholarly objectivity. It should not be considered an expression of an official U.S. government position, policy, or decision. This project was supported by Contract No. DJO-NIJ-18-RO-0111 awarded by the National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice. The opinions, findings, and conclusions or recommendations expressed in this publication are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of the Department of Justice. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2018. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/252841.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Female Cutting Shelf Number: 156536

Author: Gatens, Alysson Title: Mental Health Disorders and the Criminal Justice System: A Continuum of Evidence-Informed Practices Summary: Mental health disorders (MHD) are between three and six times more common among individuals involved in the criminal justice system compared to the general population. In the United States, 24 percent of individuals who are incarcerated reported receiving a clinical diagnosis or treatment for a MHD within the past year and 49 percent reported experiencing symptoms of a MHD. Research estimates 1 million individuals with a MHD are on probation or parole in the United States. Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2019. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://mhcontinuum.icjia.cloud/print-friendly Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Practices Shelf Number: 156548

Author: Court Watch NOLA Title: Orleans Criminal District Court, Magistrate Court & Municipal Court: 2018 Review Summary: Court Watch NOLA (CWN) is a non-profit organization with the mission of promoting reform in the Orleans Parish criminal court system through civic engagement and courtroom observation. This report encompasses the data collected and the observations made by 113 CWN volunteers from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 in Criminal District, Magistrate, and Municipal Courts with a total of 810 court settings observed. This report explores the topics of conflicts of interest, victim rights, bail, right to counsel, fines and fees, criminal contempt, pre-trial drug testing and efficiency in the Orleans Parish criminal courts and the larger criminal justice system during 2018. Details: New Orleans, Louisiana: Court Watch NOLA, 2018. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: http://www.courtwatchnola.org/wp-content/uploads/2018-Annual-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 156540

Author: Bailey, Madeline Title: Black Mirror: The Darker Side of Technology in the Criminal Arena Summary: Technology has become an integral part of our everyday lives. Smart phones and the cloud have changed the way we communicate and do business. However, it has also created new channels within which criminals may operate. The rate at which technology changes makes it extremely difficult for the law to keep up with its change - more so for the courts than the legislature. This article will examine the current law as it relates to searches regarding personal information contained both on smart phones and on the cloud. It will look at a recent murder case in Baton Rouge in which the district attorney hired a third party to unlock the phone of a defendant, after the defendant refused to turn over the pass code to the phone based on his fifth amendment rights. It will explore the need for the law to strike a balance between the privacy rights of individuals and the state's interest in solving crimes and providing security to its citizens. Finally the article will suggest possible ways that the law may strike that balance and stay up to date as technology makes its rapid changes. Details: S.L., 2019. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3382374 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence Shelf Number: 156532

Author: Alexander, Monica Title: Missing and Murdered Native American Women Report Summary: A recent federal National Institute of Justice funded study found that more than four in five American Indian and Alaska Native women and men have experienced violence in their lifetime, and more than one in three experienced violence in the past year. The Legislature directed the Washington State Patrol (WSP) to conduct a study to increase state criminal justice protective and investigative resources for reporting and identifying missing Native American women in the state. Substitute House Bill 2951 directed WSP to convene meetings to: -Determine the scope of the problem, -Identify barriers, -Create partnerships to increase reporting and investigation. In developing this study, the WSP must consult and collaborate with: -Tribal and local law enforcement, -Federally recognized tribes, -Urban Indian organizations. At the end of data gathering and statewide meetings, the WSP and GOIA were directed to write a report on our findings and submit the report to the legislature by June 1, 2019. The community outreach consisted of representatives from the Attorney General Office (AGO), WSP Missing and Unidentified Persons Unit (MUPU), the Governor Office of Indian Affairs (GOIA) and the community. This report reflects the voices of the people that attended the community outreach meetings. Major findings: -There is broad agreement that Native American women face unique challenges with regard to safety and success, -There are unique barriers to gathering data regarding missing Native American women, -Greater coordination and collaboration between tribal, state, local, and federal law, enforcement agencies is needed to accurately assess the scope of the problem and determine potential solutions, -While new resources need to be developed, there are resources already in place but underutilized and can be applied to assist in improving these conditions, -Many individuals and groups are eager to be a part of a solution-based approach to this problem. Details: Seattle, Washington: Washington State Patrol, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: http://www.wsp.wa.gov/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/WSP_2951-SHB-Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alaska Native Women Shelf Number: 156535

Author: Sun, Christopher M. Title: The Strategies for Policing Innovation Initiative: Reflecting on 10 Year of Innovation Summary: Law enforcement agencies continue to develop new and innovative strategies to better support and police the communities they serve, from integrating gunshot detection technologies into dispatch systems to improve response times during shootings, to collaborating with local health and social service organizations to address issues such as homelessness or substance abuse in comprehensively ways. Over the past 10 years, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA), in partnership with the CNA Institute for Public Research (IPR), has supported law enforcement agencies across the country in implementing innovative policing approaches through the Strategies for Policing Innovation Initiative (SPI, formerly the Smart Policing Initiative). SPI supports not only the development and implementation of innovative policing strategies, but also the research partnerships that result in in-depth analyses and rigorous evaluations of these strategies to advance what is known about effective and efficient policing practices. This report examines SPI's accomplishments since its inception in 2009 and explores some of the major themes across SPI initiatives in both policing and policing research, including the following: -Reductions in violent crime, -Improved crime analysis capabilities in police agencies, -Evolution of research partnerships with SPI sites, -Collaborative partnerships with agencies, organizations, and community stakeholders, -Integration of technology into policing. Details: Arlington, Virginia: CNA, Analysis and Solutions, Strategies for Policing Innovation, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: https://www.cna.org/CNA_files/PDF/IIM-2018-U-018471-Final2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Stakeholders Shelf Number: 156537

Author: Ali, Ayaan Hirsi Title: Why We Hesitate to Protect Girls from FGM in the United States Summary: One year ago, news broke that an American doctor was charged in Detroit federal criminal court for performing genital mutilation on young girls. Since then, the case has uncovered a web of secrecy and abuse with seven more charged and up to 100 girls potentially victimized. These girls are among the estimated 513,000 women and girls in the U.S. who have been or are at risk of being held down and their genitals cut, typically without anesthetic. This is done for misguided cultural reasons to 'cleanse' them of their sexual appetite. The Michigan FGM trial remains the only case of FGM that has been brought to court under the federal statute in place since 1996. Similarly, in the United Kingdom, a law criminalizing FGM has been in place for 33 years and multiple cases have made it to court, but not a single prosecution has been successful. Such a poor record of securing justice for girls who suffer this human rights abuse must not continue. For this reason, the AHA Foundation, in collaboration with UK think tank Quilliam, has prepared a report into the legislative loopholes and justifications that permit FGM to continue. Our goal is to end FGM and we recommend the following measures be implemented in the United States: -Criminalize FGM at the state level across the country, -Train frontline services to identify and report FGM, and, provide resources to those at risk, -Enforce mandatory reporting of FGM in health care, teaching, police and social services as with other types of child abuse, -Fund education and outreach for at-risk communities, -Incorporate education about the harms of FGM in mandatory school sex education for girls and boys, -Let go of the misguided political correctness around condemning cultural and religious practices which have provided cover for perpetrators to inflict harms on women and girls. Details: New York: Aha Foundation, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: https://www.theahafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Why-we-hesitate-to-protect-girls-from-FGM-in-the-United-States.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Abuse Shelf Number: 156542

Author: Marcus, Anthony Title: Is Forced Marriage a Problem in the United States?: Intergenerational Conflict over Marital Choice Among College Students at the City University of New York from Middle Eastern, North African, and South Asian Migrant Families Summary: During the past decade, European parliaments, researchers, and social service providers have recognized and designed policy to address forced marriages, in which migrant parents, primarily from Middle Eastern, North African, and South Asian (MENASA) families, impose marital choices on their European-raised children, through coercion, emotional abuse, psychological pressure, kidnapping, trickery, physical violence or the threat of violence. In the United States there has been little research on forced marriage, despite over three million resident migrants from these countries. Drawing on interviews from a purposive sample of 100 City University of New York students, this study documents the presence of intergenerational conflict over honor, sexuality, and marital choice within MENASA migrant communities with the goal of assessing whether forced marriage is a problem in the United States. Results suggest that there is significant and widespread intra-familial conflict over marital choice within this population and that forced marriage may be a problem for some young people in US migrant communities. However, definitions and policy approaches derived from Europe may not be suitable to the vastly different receiving country conditions encountered in the United States. Details: New York: Aha Foundation and John Jay College of the City University of New York, 2015. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2019 at: https://www.theahafoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/03/AHA_Forced-Marriage-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Family Conflict Shelf Number: 156543

Author: Grawert, Ames C. Title: Crime in 2018: Final Analysis Summary: In this final analysis of crime rates in 2018, we estimate that rates of violent crime, murder, and overall crime declined in the 30 largest American cities, with significant declines in murder. The data in this report are collected directly from local police departments. The FBI's final 2018 data, covering the entire United States, will be released in September. The data reported here refine an initial Brennan Center report released in September, Crime and Murder in 2018: A Preliminary Analysis, which concluded that "increases in the murder rate in 2015 and 2016 were temporary, rather than signaling a reversal in the long-term downward trend" in crime and violence. A December update reached the same conclusion, showing rates of crime, violent crime, and homicide all declining. These continuing declines indicate that, while increases in crime in 2015 and 2016 merit further study, they did not signal the start of a new "crime wave." Updated Tables 1 and 2 support conclusions similar to the Brennan Center's September and December reports, and now include complete data through the end of the year: Murder: The 2018 murder rate in the 30 largest cities is estimated to have declined by 8.0 percent since 2017. This finding indicates that the major-city murder rate will approximate 2015 levels but remain above 2014's low point. Modest declines in most cities explain this decrease. The murder rate in Chicago, which increased significantly in 2015 and 2016, declined by nearly 12 percent but remains roughly 40 percent above 2014 levels. Baltimore, another city that continues to struggle with violence, also saw its murder rate decline by 9.1 percent. While Las Vegas saw its murder rate decrease significantly, by more than 40 percent, part of this decline is attributable to the mass shooting at the Mandalay Bay Resort, which led to an unusually high homicide total in 2017. Some cities saw their murder rates rise in 2018, such as Washington, DC (35.6 percent) and Philadelphia (8.5 percent). These increases suggest a need to better understand how and why murder is increasing in some cities. New York City's murder rate also increased, but by less than 1 percent, making it essentially the same as the 2017 rate. Crime: The overall crime rate in the 30 largest cities in 2018 is estimated to have declined slightly from the previous year, falling by 3.5 percent. If final FBI data track these findings, crime will have again reached a record low, driven by declining rates of property crime. Violent Crime: The violent crime rate is also estimated to have declined, falling by 4.0 percent from 2017. Estimates of crime and violent crime are based on data from 25 of the nation's 30 largest cities; estimates of murder include data from 26 cities. The Brennan Center's previous report on crime in 2018 is available here, and a report studying crime trends from 1990 to 2016 is available here. Details: Washington, DC: Brennan Center for Justice, 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2019 at: https://www.brennancenter.org/sites/default/files/publications/2019_06_CrimeReport_FINAL_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 156555

Author: Miller, Kara Title: An Analysis of Intimate Partner Murders in Oklahoma Using Incident-Based Reporting Data Summary: The Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) for Oklahoma conducted an analysis of the number of intimate partner murders that were reported by law enforcement in the State of Oklahoma from 2011-2016. The SAC conducted a qualitative and quantitative analysis of intimate partner murders (IPMs) that were reported in Oklahoma using State Incident-Based Reporting System (SIBRS) reports. During the study, researchers also assessed the quality of the SIBRS reports and developed recommendations to improve the data quality. According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), an intimate partner is a person with whom one has a close personal relationship that includes an emotional connectedness and an ongoing physical relationship. For the purpose of this research, the following relationships were included for the study: spouses; common-law spouses; boyfriend or girlfriend; dating relationships; or former spouses. After all IPM reports (n=176) from 2011-2016 were reviewed, 38 were determined to be a SIBRS intimate partner murder report which met the criteria for this study. Key Findings - Representing 50% of reports, the most common victim to offender relationship type was a spouse. - The gender of victims and offenders was evenly distributed. - Over 57% of IPM reports occurred between November and February. - Thirty-one SIBRS agencies reported at least one intimate partner murder from 2011- 2016. - Only two IPMs included a secondary offense to the murder. - A firearm was the most common type of weapon used during an IPM. Details: Oklahoma City: Oklahoma Statistical Analysis Center, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://osbi.ok.gov/sites/g/files/gmc476/f/publications/2019/02/An_Analysis_of_Intimate_Partner_Murders_in_Oklahoma_Using_SIBRS_-_Final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Homicides Shelf Number: 156597

Author: Oregon. Department of Corrections Title: Family Sentencing Alternative Pilot Program: Report to the Senate and House Committees on Judiciary Summary: House Bill 3503 (2015) established the Family Sentencing Alternative Pilot Program (FSAPP) as a community program for eligible non-violent primary parents facing prison sentences. These individuals are able to continue their parenting role by being diverted from prison and participating in intensive supervision, treatment, and programs geared toward parenting and families. The program promotes the unification of families, prevents children from entering the foster care system, and reduces the chances individuals and their children will become involved in the criminal justice system in the future. Five counties are participating in the pilot: Deschutes, Jackson, Marion, Multnomah, and Washington. Since the inception of the pilot in January 2016, 168 individuals have participated in the program. Together, these participants are the primary caregivers to 311 minor children who would otherwise likely be involved in the foster system. Now that the program has been in existence for three years, and participation has increased, the focus is now on further outcome measures. Additionally, this year's report includes Department of Human Services (DHS) research on the length of stay for children in the foster care system when the custodial parent is involved with FSAPP. To date, the relationship between the Oregon Department of Corrections (DOC) and DHS in the development and oversight of the program has been effective. The two agencies closely partner in the sharing of pertinent information about enrolled individuals and data tracking. Collaboration is taking place at the local level as well - participating counties are meeting regularly with their local DHS offices, district attorneys, and treatment providers. This report will provide you with the program's history and participation numbers to date, as well as preliminary DHS findings. Details: Salem: Author, 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.oregonlegislature.gov/citizen_engagement/Reports/2019-FSAPP-Family%20Sentencing%20Alternative%20Pilot%20Program.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 156598

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Possession of Controlled Substances Report Per House Bill 2355 (2017) Summary: HB 2355 (2017) reclassified the crime of possession of a controlled substance (PCS) to a Class A misdemeanor from a Class B or C Felony. There are exceptions to the reclassification of PCS for the possession of larger amounts of narcotics, as well as for individuals with pre-existing felony convictions. The bill also required the Oregon Criminal Justice Commission to study the effect of the reduction in possession penalties on the criminal justice system, rates of recidivism, and the composition of convicted offenders. While it is too soon to judge the impact of this law change on recidivism rates, the law has had a profound impact on our criminal justice system. Two impacts stand out significantly. First, within the span of one year there has been a drop of approximately 2,000 felony convictions for PCS. This reduction amounts to roughly a 40% reduction of felony PCS convictions in the state. From that decrease, it can fairly be inferred that this legislation has had a major effect on reducing the number of collateral consequences that would have been faced by individuals in Oregon absent the law change. Second, the disparate rates at which felony convictions for PCS were historically allotted among racial and ethnic groups have been reduced statewide and notably have been very dramatically reduced in Multnomah county. To study the impacts of HB 2355, the CJC utilized arrest data from the Oregon Law Enforcement Data System (LEDS) and conviction data from the Oregon Department of Corrections (DOC). Following the enactment of HB 2355 both arrest rates and convictions for PCS fell. Specifically, in the most recent fiscal year, arrests for PCS fell by just over 19 percent, while total convictions fell by nearly 20 percent. In addition to these overall trends, the share of misdemeanor convictions rose sharply, increasing from 224 in 2016-2017 to 1,443 in 2017-2018, an increase of over 500 percent. While the drop in arrests cannot be attributable to a single factor and may at least partially reflect staffing levels, policing strategies, and other variables beyond the scope of this review, the increase in misdemeanor convictions directly reflects the sentencing modifications made by HB 2355. Beyond these general effects, the changes mandated by HB 2355 have had other impacts as well. First, due to the reduction in PCS convictions more generally, as well as to the rise in misdemeanor convictions, the number of Oregonians convicted of their first felony sentence fell significantly. Specifically, after relative stability in the first five years of the study period, the number of first-time felony convictions fell by just over 50 percent in 2017-2018. This means that almost 1,000 Oregonians have avoided felony status who would likely have become felons before passage of HB 2355. Second, as mentioned above, data indicates that there have been significant changes in racial disparities for felony PCS since HB 2355 went into effect. To examine racial disparities, the CJC utilized the raw differential representation (RDR) metric, a means for examining disparities in criminal justice system outcomes that does not suffer from the significant shortcomings encountered when using risk ratios. A positive RDR indicates that a group is overrepresented relative to Whites, while a zero value or negative value indicates that a group is either equal to or underrepresented relative to whites, respectively. Applying the RDR metric, the CJC determined that racial disparities in arrests for PCS were consistent throughout the study period and were not affected by the changes enacted in HB 2355. Patterns for felony convictions, however, were quite different. Disparities improved significantly for felony convictions following HB 2355. For Black Oregonians, the racial group who has historically experienced the greatest racial disparity compared to whites for felony PCS convictions, disparities fell significantly. As shown by the RDR metric, while an average of 142 fewer Blacks per year would have had to have been convicted of PCS to reach parity with Whites during the first four years of the study, this disparity fell to 80 in 2016-2017 and 24 in 2017-2018, an overall reduction in the disparity of over 80 percent. While HB 2355 has only been in effect for a little over one-year, early results show dramatic changes in Oregon's criminal justice system. The CJC will continue to monitor these system effects. Shortly after the publication of this report the CJC will launch an updated version of its "PCS Dashboard" so that any interested member of the public can monitor these trends for themselves. Furthermore, once enough time has gone by, we will undertake an evaluation of the impact of this law change on the recidivism rates of people convicted of misdemeanor and felony PCS. Details: Salem: Author, 2018. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.oregon.gov/cjc/SAC/Documents/PossessionofControlledSubstancesReport-9-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 156599

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Short Term Transitional Leave Program in Oregon Summary: Short-term transitional leave (STTL) is a program designed to improve the transitional planning and reentry process for inmates as they leave Oregon Department of Corrections (DOC) custody and rejoin society. The STTL program has existed for approximately three decades in Oregon, however, major revisions to the program enacted through the passage of HB 3194 (2013) and later, HB 3078 (2017), increased participation in the STTL program significantly. In its current form, STTL participants are released from Department of Corrections custody either 30, 90, or 120-days before the end of their sentence to serve the remainder of their time in custody in the community (whether an individual receives 30, 90, or 120-day STTL depends on the date the individual was sentenced). Since 2016, the Oregon Criminal Justice Commission has examined the performance of the STTL program on an annual basis. This report presents data from the fourth annual assessment of STTL, which has included over 6,000 adults in custody since 2014. Generally, what this fourth annual report shows is that individuals who participate in the STTL program show lower three-year, two-year and one-year recidivism rates compared to similarly situated inmates. More specifically, for the first cohort of STTL participants, which participated in the program between December 2013 and October 2014, incarceration rates were significantly lower compared to non-STTL participants. For the second STTL cohort, which includes individuals released between November 2014 and October 2015, the three-year arrest, conviction, and incarceration rates are significantly lower than non-STTL participants. Finally, among more recent cohorts, similar patterns were found. All of these findings are described in detail in this report. This report does not attempt to analyze the reason(s) why a lower recidivism rate was observed among STTL participants. Although it is possible that there are aspects of the STTL program itself that reduce recidivism (e.g., the existence of the STTL program being an incentive for offenders to engage in better behavior and programming inside DOC institutions, or assuring that offenders transitioning back into the community have acceptable housing), it would be premature to arrive at that conclusion. Furthermore, the analysis in this report does not account for all the differences that may exist between STTL participants and non-participants. As such, it should only be concluded from this report that adults in custody who meet the eligibility and qualification criteria to receive STTL had lower recidivism rates than those who do not. Details: Salem: Author, 2019. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.oregon.gov/cjc/CJC%20Document%20Library/2019STTLReport.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 156600

Author: Oregon. Criminal Justice Commission Title: Oregon Juvenile Justice System Recidivism Analysis Summary: In July 2016, Oregon published for the first time a measurement of juvenile recidivism based on the criteria set forth for the adult system in HB 3194 (2013), codified in ORS 423.5571 . This report provides an update of the new juvenile justice recidivism rates for fiscal years 2002 to 2014. Historically, the Oregon Youth Authority (OYA) has tracked recidivism using the same definition as the adult system - a felony adjudication from juvenile court, or a felony conviction from adult court, within three years of release from a youth correctional facility or imposition of probation. OYA has published reports tracking this recidivism measure for youth released from a youth correctional facility or on OYA probation. In addition, the juvenile justice system has also tracked recidivism for referred youth by tracking a new referral within 12 months. The new definition in this report tracks all youth that were previously adjudicated regardless of if they were served by a county or a state. The recidivism analysis in this report is the comprehensive statewide analysis of youth recidivism using the newer adult definition found in ORS 423.557 as the guide. There are limitations with the current available data, as well as challenges due to the differences in terminology, processes, and population across the adult and juvenile justice systems. There are also differences in the data used in the adult report compared to this report. This analysis starts from all youth previously adjudicated, and includes arrest, juvenile referral, misdemeanor and felony conviction, misdemeanor and felony adjudication, and incarceration and other sentence type data in a single recidivism analysis. This analysis shows the current statewide rates of recidivism for all youth previously adjudicated: For youth released from a youth correctional facility or on probation, either at the state or county level, between July 2013 and June 2014: -46% were referred or arrested for a new crime within three years, -36% were adjudicated or convicted of a new misdemeanor or felony crime within three years, and -8% were incarcerated for a new crime within three years. Details: Salem: Author, 2019. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.oregon.gov/cjc/CJC%20Document%20Library/JuvenileJusticeRecidivismApril2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Justice System Shelf Number: 156601

Author: Landon, Matthew S. Title: Breaches of Conduct: Effects of Violations on Post-Release Outcomes Summary: Study -- As a continuation on the Washington Statistical Analysis Center's prior research, this study examines the effects of violations on post-release outcomes, and their relationship to other known variables. The goals of this study are twofold. First, it is important to determine which characteristics are more closely associated with the likelihood of obtaining a violation while in Department of Corrections (DOC) custody. Second, those who have violations will be compared against those without for differences in recidivism and economic outcomes. These analyses will not provide causal links, but instead will establish the included variables as indicators of likely post-release outcomes. The study utilized data from DOC, the Education and Research Data Center and Unemployment Insurance database. DOC data served as the primary data source for offenders included in the study. Records prior to 2000 and offenders released later than 2010 were not considered in order to allow for a 5-year period post-release. Only adult offenders were included in the study. The Education and Research Data Center (ERDC) data added a few exploratory variables to the study for the purposes of including an educational background in some measures. Wage data provided hours and wages from 2000 through 2015 to allow for a 5-year post-release period mirrored in the DOC data. Results and conclusions -- Older offenders and female offenders were slightly less likely to have at least one violation, while non-whites and those with a prior GED were much more likely to have one. Apprenticeships and higher education degrees were not prevalent enough to create statistically significant effects. All post-release outcomes had statistically significant differences, with the greatest effect sizes found in recidivism. Those with violations during their time with DOC recidivated at a rate of 27.63 percent compared to 18.55 percent for non-violators. When recidivating, their average time between release and return was shorter by an average of 242.5 days. Employment and wage differences remained statistically significant but less pronounced between violators and non-violators, with violators earning an average $13.43 per hour against non-violators' $15.32. Without fully accounting for moderating variables or the use of a matching method, the differences in average outcomes between violators and non-violators are primarily useful as a predictive measure. Due to the lack of causality, these findings do not back any suggestion to increase or decrease violations. Instead, they recommend increased caution upon reentry for any individual with violations during their time in DOC custody, as inclusion as a violator is associated with increased odds of recidivism and decreased average employment and wages. In combination with the SAC's prior studies, these findings aid in rounding out a full picture of the elements present in DOC custody and their association with post-release outcomes for offender. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2019. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: http://sac.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/pdf/breaches_of_conduct.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 156602

Author: Landon, Matthew S. Title: Beyond Burglary: Offense Generalization and Economic Outcomes Summary: In 2016 the Statistical Analysis Center studied outcomes for Washington state property offenders. Findings from that study established baseline statistics in recidivism rates and economic outcomes for property offenders, but did not address outcomes for property offenders who also engage in violent, sex or drug offenses. Since evidence suggests that property offenders are the most likely group to generalize in offense types, the Washington Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) augmented the dataset from the 2016 study to examine economic outcomes across different additional offenses. Property offenders with an additional sex offense generally performed worse than others in terms of employment and average wages, while those with an additional drug offense only appeared to lag in average wages. Additional violent offenses did not appear to adversely affect these outcomes. Interestingly, spending more time behind bars as opposed to the community resulted in higher average wages across all offense groups. Shorter overall sentences were also associated with increased earnings. For both of these variables, drug offenders displayed smaller effect sizes, indicating that property offenders with an additional drug offense may not be as susceptible to aspects of their correctional experience as some other offenders are. Demographic differences in earnings based on sex and race that were highlighted in the 2016 SAC study persisted across all additional offense types, but differences in earnings between men and women were notably lower for those with sex offenses. The results from this study show that offenders who generalize rather than specialize do not necessarily suffer extreme impacts on their economic outcomes. There are observable differences for property offenders with an additional sex offense, who are slightly less likely to find employment and will receive lower wages on average when they do. Property offenders with an additional drug offense do not appear to deviate strongly from their average economic outcomes based on aspects of their correctional experience. Reentry programming aimed at property offenders may be able to use these results as a baseline when working with offenders who do not specialize in property crime. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: http://sac.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/pdf/beyond_burglary.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 156603

Author: Landon, Matthew S. Title: A Hard Cell Examining the Personal Cost of Prison in Washington State Summary: Study -- For the last two years, the Washington Statistical Analysis Center has been conducting a series of studies in response to state and federal interest in reducing prison populations. Recommendations frequently reference the need to employ prison alternatives in an effort to reduce the number of inmates in facilities while aiming to decrease recidivism and increase employment post-release. This study aims to establish the effects of prison on post-release outcomes, measured as recidivism and employment. To take the results a step beyond simple correlation, this study utilizes propensity score matching in an effort to minimize confounding variables and compare offenders by their likelihood to spend their entire sentence in prison. This study utilizes the data linkage system developed by the Education Research and Data Center to connect Department of Corrections' (DOC) data with education and Unemployment Insurance records from the years 2000-2015. Results and conclusions -- Those offenders who are white, older, and have less serious offenses are more likely to spend at least some of their sentence in the community. Interestingly, females have an increased likelihood to spend their entire sentences behind bars. All types of prior education were also associated with increased likelihoods for spending full sentences in prison, with stronger effect sizes than any demographic variable. Recidivism appears to be a somewhat mixed measure, with some lower propensity offenders showing increases against the comparison group. Those who are more likely to serve full sentences in prison, however, appear to have notably lower recidivism rates both in and out of the treatment group. The difference in means indicates that those in the highest propensity group are less than half as likely to recidivate if they have no field time with DOC. For those that do recidivate, however, the return to DOC is noticeably faster regardless of an offender's likelihood to be in the treatment or comparison group. Where the mixed story for recidivism is unclear, the effects of prison on employment are stark in comparison. Those offenders who are the least likely to spend their entire sentence in prison see markedly higher employment rates post release if that is, in fact, their sentence. Offenders who are more likely to receive those sentences have worse employment rates, with their employment rate decreasing for those with higher odds of prison time. Wages are also lower for all offenders spending their entire time in prison, although these do not see the same variation that employment does. While there may be something said for the deterrent or criminogenic effects of prison, there is no doubt that the economic impact incurs a high personal cost for offenders. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Statistical Analysis Center, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: http://sac.ofm.wa.gov/sites/default/files/public/pdf/A_hard_cell.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 156604

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: DHS Needs to improve Its Oversight of Misconduct and Discipline Summary: DHS does not have sufficient policies and procedures to address employee misconduct. Specifically, the Department's policy does not include procedures for reporting allegations of misconduct, clear and specific supervisor roles and expectations, or clearly defined key discipline terms. These deficiencies occurred because DHS' Employee Relations office has limited staff, who do not believe they are responsible for managing the allegation process. DHS also does not effectively manage the misconduct program throughout the Department, lacking data monitoring and metrics to gauge program performance. Without oversight through defined policies and program management, DHS cannot make informed decisions to improve the program and ensure all components manage the misconduct process consistently. Additionally, this shortcoming could lead to costly litigation due to inappropriate or unenforceable disciplinary determinations. We distributed a survey to identify how DHS employees perceive the Department's disciplinary process. Although the results of the employee survey were overall favorable, respondents identified areas of weakness, including negative perceptions of senior leaders' behavior and the need for more employee relations training for supervisors. Given the survey results and the lack of sufficient policies and procedures, the Department cannot ensure it treats all employees equally or that components have properly addressed or referred all misconduct allegations. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-19-48: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-06/OIG-19-48-Jun19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Disciplinary Procedures Shelf Number: 156606

Author: American Civil Liberties Union of Ohio Title: Off the Record: Profiteering and Misconduct in Ohio's Mayor's Courts Summary: Our courts should be fair, transparent, and accountable to the public they serve. As they currently operate, few mayor's courts live up to these principles. We call on the Ohio General Assembly to uphold these principles by enacting the following reforms: 1. Restore state funding to municipalities so that court fines and fees are not used to fund municipal and state budgets. The pressure to collect revenue through court fines and fees undermines the fair operation of courts. 2. Eliminate mayor's courts in Cuyahoga, Franklin, Hamilton, and Summit counties. The majority of profit-seeking and racially-inequitable mayor's courts are located in these counties. Mayor's courts are less centrally located and therefore more burdensome to travel to than municipal courts in these metropolitan counties. 3. Increase education and procedural requirements for mayor's courts. Thorough training and clear guidelines for court conduct will help mayor's courts function fairly. 4. Expand oversight of mayor's courts. Comprehensive record-keeping and reporting requirements will hold court officials accountable for court conduct. 5. Abolish driver's license suspensions for any reason not related to public safety. Taking away people's driver's licenses because they cannot pay their court-imposed debts unfairly punishes poorer people and makes it harder for people to get and hold jobs, support themselves, and meet their financial obligations. Mayor's courts were created in the early nineteenth century when Ohio was a frontier state with a small court system. Mayor's courts today hear traffic violations and violations of local ordinances that occur within their municipal boundaries. Any municipality that does not have a municipal court and has a population of more than 200 people can establish a mayor�s court. In 2016 and 2017, the years for which we conducted our research, there were 297 and 295 mayor's courts, respectively. Mayor's courts are located in 64 of Ohio's 88 counties. Mayor�s courts were intended to address problems with the administration of justice two centuries ago. Today, these courts are supposed to relieve the burden on the municipal court system by handling low-level cases. If a mayor�s court is located closer to a person's home than the nearest municipal court, it may make it easier for them to appear in court. Proponents argue that mayor's courts give defendants "two bites at the apple" because people who are found guilty in a mayor's court may request that their case be transferred to the presiding municipal court for a new trial. We found many mayor's courts that do not live up to these claims. Mayor's courts are incentivized to be municipal profit centers, and their structures reflect this. They operate at a low cost compared to municipal courts because they are informal courts that do not require a separate court building or full-time staff. We reviewed financial data from 2016 for eight mayor's court municipalities and found that these municipalities kept 75 to 85 percent of the revenue they collected from their mayor's court. We found evidence that police in some mayor's court municipalities disproportionately cite Black and poor people who live in or enter their municipality. Rather than making it easier to appear in court, people who plead "not guilty" in a mayor's court must go to court a second time to have their case heard in a municipal court. We saw Ohioans who claimed to be innocent of their charges waive their rights to challenge a citation once they were informed that they would have to appear in court several more times. Nearly a third of municipalities with mayor's courts exhibit characteristics that fair court advocates have identified as problematic because they indicate revenue-oriented policing and court practices. These police departments and courts serve the pecuniary interests of their municipalities and run counter to the interests of justice. The mayor's courts highlighted in this report represent both rural and metropolitan municipalities across Ohio. Our case studies provide clear guidance on how to reform the mayor's court system and ensure its fair operation. Details: Columbus: Author, 2019. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.acluohio.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Report_OffTheRecordProfiteeringAndMisconductInOhiosMayorsCourts_FINAL_2019-0415.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Fines and Fees Shelf Number: 156613

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: The Striking Outlier: The Persistent, Painful, and Problematic Practice of Corporal Punishment in Schools Summary: Students of color in this country far too often face barriers to receiving quality public education - from unequal resources in schools, to overly punitive discipline administered more often to children of color. As the nation's oldest and largest nonpartisan civil rights organization, for more than a century, the NAACP has worked to ensure the political, educational, social, and economic equality of all persons and to eliminate race-based discrimination. Equal access to public education and eliminating the severe racial inequities that continue to plague our education system is at the core of our mission. This new report from the Southern Poverty Law Center and the UCLA Center for Civil Rights Remedies brings new light to the practice of corporal punishment in schools. When an educator strikes a student in school, it can have a devastating impact on the child's opportunity to learn in a safe, healthy, and welcoming environment. This is dangerous for all students, but corporal punishment is administered disproportionately to students of color in our nation's public schools. The practice of striking students in school is banned in most states and only practiced in a small portion of our nation's schools. Even in the minority of states that allow the practice, corporal punishment is generally prohibited in day care centers, foster care systems, and a host of other public settings for children. Where corporal punishment is used in schools, black students and students with disabilities are more likely to be struck by an educator. The analysis in this report takes a close look at the data among schools that administer corporal punishment. It finds that black boys are about twice as likely to receive corporal punishment as white boys, and black girls are three times as likely as white girls. In more than half of the schools that practice corporal punishment, educators hit students with disabilities at a higher rate than those without disabilities. Four states - Mississippi, Alabama, Arkansas, and Texas - account for more than 70 percent of all students receiving corporal punishment in our nation's public schools. This data should shock our conscience - not only because studies show that students of color do not misbehave any more than their white peers, but because the impact of corporal punishment can be devastating on a student's ability to learn and succeed. There are much more effective ways to promote positive behavior, ways that keep students safe and in the classroom. Every child deserves the opportunity to attend school free from harm and free to learn. The minority of states that still allow corporal punishment in our schools should join the rest of the country in prohibiting this dangerous and discriminatory practice. Details: Montgomery, Alabama: Author, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/com_corporal_punishment_final_web.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 156614

Author: Innovation Law Lab Title: The Attorney General's Judges: How the U.S. Immigration Courts Became a Deportation Tool Summary: Since its creation, the contemporary immigration court system has been perpetually afflicted by dysfunction. Today, under the Trump administration, the immigration court system - a system whose important work is vital for our nation's collective prosperity - has effectively collapsed. nation's collective prosperity - has effectively collapsed. This report explains how the collapse came to be and why the immigration court system cannot be salvaged in its current form. Decades of experience incontrovertibly demonstrate that the immigration courts have never worked and will never work to, as Chief Justice John Roberts says, "do equal right" to those who appear before them. The immigration courts will never work because the structure of the immigration system is fundamentally flawed. Under the Immigration and Nationality Act, the attorney general of the United States is required to craft a functioning immigration court system: a system that provides genuine case-by-case adjudications by impartial judges who apply existing law to the evidence on the record following a full and fair hearing. Yet every attorney general has failed to do so. Despite the life-or-death stakes of many immigration cases, the immigration court system that persists today is plagued by decades of neglect and official acquiescence to bias. These trends have created a system where case outcomes have less to do with the rule of law than with the luck of the draw. And under the Trump administration, the attorneys general have gone even further by seeking to actively weaponize the immigration court system against asylum seekers and immigrants of color. Overwhelming evidence shows that the Office of the Attorney General has long allowed immigration judges to violate non-citizens' rights in a systemic, pervasive manner that undermines the integrity of the court system. In speaking with immigration practitioners across the country, the authors of this report have heard first-hand accounts of how the attorney general's unitary power shapes adjudication practices that are biased, inconsistent, and driven by politics: Judges fail to apply binding legal standards, make decisions based on illegally invented rules, engage in abusive treatment of non-citizens and their counsel, and even decide cases before holding hearings. No one in the unitary system holds these judges accountable. The normal check in an effective judicial system - the appeals process - fails to ensure uniformity and accountability because it is equally infected by the politicized influence of the attorney general. At the same time, attorneys general have abused their power by allowing enforcement priorities to usurp a court process that is supposed to be impartial and fair. Under the Trump administration, immigration judges are viewed as the attorney general's proxies for enforcing deportations - not as independent case-by-case adjudicators. Over the past two years, the attorneys general have plainly encouraged biased decision-making, including by fomenting judges' distrust of asylum seekers and their attorneys. The attorneys general have interfered with immigration judges' control of their courtrooms by reassigning case dockets to align with enforcement priorities and attacking crucial case management tools. And in contravention of every known norm respecting impartiality, the attorneys general have pitted immigration judges against due process by threatening to punish - and even fire - judges for failing to meet enforcement-driven case quotas. The Trump administration's manipulation of the immigration courts has irreparably undermined any remaining legitimacy of an immigration court system controlled by the attorney general. This report recommends that, in order to achieve a fair and functioning judicial system, immigration adjudication be moved outside the attorney general's control into a truly independent Article I immigration court that includes merits-based appointments, tenure guarantees, and effective mechanisms of internal accountability and appellate oversight. Only by removing the immigration courts from the dangerous control of the executive branch can a fair, independent adjudication system be created - a system in which judges truly "do equal right" to every individual who appears before them. Details: Montgomery, Alabama: SPLC, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/com_policyreport_the_attorney_generals_judges_final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156615

Author: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office of Inspector General Title: Incidents of Potential abuse and Neglect at Skilled Nursing Facilities Were Not Always Reported and Investigated Summary: This audit report is one of a series of OIG reports addressing the identification, reporting, and investigation of incidents of potential abuse and neglect of our Nation's most vulnerable populations, including the elderly and individuals with developmental disabilities. Our objectives were to determine (1) the prevalence of incidents of potential abuse or neglect of Medicare beneficiaries residing in skilled nursing facilities (SNFs) who had a hospital emergency room (ER) Medicare claim in calendar year 2016 containing a high-risk diagnosis code, (2) whether these incidents of potential abuse or neglect were properly reported by the SNFs, (3) whether the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) and State Survey Agencies (Survey Agencies) reported findings of substantiated abuse to local law enforcement, and (4) the extent to which CMS requires incidents of potential abuse or neglect to be recorded and tracked. How OIG Did This Review -- Our review covered 37,607 high-risk hospital ER claims for 34,820 Medicare beneficiaries residing in SNFs during calendar year 2016. We and the Survey Agencies reviewed supporting documentation for 256 high-risk hospital ER Medicare claims to determine whether the incidents were the result of potential abuse or neglect, and if so, reported to the Survey Agencies. We reviewed incidents that were not included in our sampling frame to determine whether CMS and the Survey Agencies reported findings of substantiated abuse to local law enforcement. We assessed how CMS tracks all incidents of potential abuse or neglect. What OIG Found -- We determined that an estimated one in five high-risk hospital ER Medicare claims for treatment provided in calendar year 2016 were the result of potential abuse or neglect, including injury of unknown source, of beneficiaries residing in a SNF. We determined that SNFs failed to report many of these incidents to the Survey Agencies in accordance with applicable Federal requirements. We also determined that several Survey Agencies failed to report some findings of substantiated abuse to local law enforcement. Lastly, we determined that CMS does not require all incidents of potential abuse or neglect and related referrals made to law enforcement and other agencies to be recorded and tracked in the Automated Survey Processing Environment Complaints/Incidents Tracking System. Preventing, detecting, and combating elder abuse requires CMS, Survey Agencies, and SNFs to meet their responsibilities. What OIG Recommends and CMS Comments -- We recommend that CMS take action to ensure that incidents of potential abuse or neglect of Medicare beneficiaries residing in SNFs are identified and reported by working with the Survey Agencies to improve training for staff of SNFs on how to identify and report incidents of potential abuse or neglect of Medicare beneficiaries, clarifying guidance to define and provide examples of incidents of potential abuse or neglect, requiring the Survey Agencies to record and track all incidents of potential abuse or neglect in SNFs and referrals made to local law enforcement and other agencies, and monitoring the Survey Agencies' reporting of findings of substantiated abuse to local law enforcement. In written comments on our draft report, CMS concurred with our recommendations and provided details about the actions it has taken and plans to take to ensure incidents of potential abuse or neglect of Medicare beneficiaries in SNFs are identified and reported. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://oig.hhs.gov/oas/reports/region1/11600509.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Disabled Persons Shelf Number: 156616

Author: Costanza, S.E. Title: The Spatial Dynamics of Legal Handgun Concealment Summary: Previous research seeking to identify regional characteristics associated with legal handgun concealment has not considered possible influences of significant spatial lag terms on handgun concealment rates. This is surprising considering the emphasis that such research has placed the importance of learning gun behavior across geographies. Using OLS and spatial lag modeling, we find that aggregate median income, political conservatism and crime rates are significant predictors of permit issuance rates. Aggregate crime rates show a significant negative association with legal concealment. Moran scatterplot maps are used to visually assess spatial clustering of the dependent variable and crime. We argue that in order to understand legal handgun concealment patterns it is important to focus on localized culture. Details: Crime Mapping: A Journal of Research and Practice; 5(1): 39-62, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2537090 Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 156617

Author: Nilsson, Thomas Title: Violent Recidivism: A Long-Time e Follow-Up Study of Mentally Disordered Offenders Summary: Background: In this prospective study, mentally disordered perpetrators of severe violent and/or sexual crimes were followed through official registers for 59 (range 8 to 73) months. The relapse rate in criminality was assessed, compared between offenders sentenced to prison versus forensic psychiatric care, and the predictive ability of various risk factors (criminological, clinical, and of structured assessment instruments) was investigated. Method: One hundred perpetrators were consecutively assessed between 1998 and 2001 by a clinical battery of established instruments covering DSM-IV diagnoses, psychosocial background factors, and structured assessment instruments (HCR-20, PCL-R, and life-time aggression (LHA)). Follow-up data was collected from official registers for: (i) recidivistic crimes, (ii) crimes during ongoing sanction. Results: Twenty subjects relapsed in violent criminality during ongoing sanctions (n = 6) or after discharge/parole (n = 14). Individuals in forensic psychiatric care spent significantly more time at liberty after discharge compared to those in prison, but showed significantly fewer relapses. Criminological (age at first conviction), and clinical (conduct disorder and substance abuse/dependence) risk factors, as well as scores on structured assessment instruments, were moderately associated with violent recidivism. Logistic regression analyses showed that the predictive ability of criminological risk factors versus clinical risk factors combined with scores from assessment instruments was comparable, with each set of variables managing to correctly classify about 80% of all individuals, but the only predictors that remained significant in multiple models were criminological (age at first conviction, and a history of substance abuse among primary relatives). Conclusions: Only one in five relapsed into serious criminality, with significantly more relapses among subjects sentenced to prison as compared to forensic psychiatric care. Criminological risk factors tended to be the best predictors of violent relapses, while few synergies were seen when the risk factors were combined. Overall, the predictive validity of common risk factors for violent criminality was rather weak Details: PLoS ONE 6(10): e25768. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0025768&type=printable Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 156618

Author: Mouser, Meredith Title: An Analysis of Sex Offenses in Oklahoma Using Incident-Based Reporting Data Summary: The Oklahoma Statistical Analysis Center (SAC) conducted an analysis of sex offenses reported by local law enforcement to the Oklahoma State Incident-Based Reporting System (SIBRS) in 2015. The statewide analysis included four sex offenses: forcible rape, forcible sodomy, sexual assault with an object, and forcible fondling. Researchers analyzed 1,315 reports that included 1,489 separate offenses (some reports included multiple offenses). The reports included 1,423 unique victims of a sex offense and 1,440 offenders. Key findings: - In 2015, 199 law enforcement agencies submitted reports through SIBRS containing at least one sex offense; - June had the largest (127) number of sex offenses reported, while February had the least (93); - In the majority of reports (82%), the victim(s) were known to the offender(s); - The majority of offenses (75.9%) took place in a residence; - The most frequently used weapons reported were personal weapons (hands, feet, fists, ect.). Details: Oklahoma City: Oklahoma Statistical Analysis Center, 2017. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://osbi.ok.gov/sites/g/files/gmc476/f/publications/2018/09/An_Analysis_of_Sex_Offenses_Using_SIBRS_-_Final.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 156619

Author: Southern Poverty Law Center Title: The Data Gap: School Policing in Louisiana Summary: Following the tragic 2018 shooting at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida, school districts across the country grappled with the question: "What makes a school safe?" Many school districts responded by creating or expanding their law enforcement programs or placing school resource officers (SROs) on school grounds and at school-related activities. Law enforcement officials were first placed on school campuses in the early 1950s. Today, 41 percent of the nation's public schools report having an SRO on their campuses, and this number is on the rise. Though the presence of law enforcement in schools has been increasing, there is no evidence that school-based law enforcement make schools safer. Due to a lack of data, inaccurate data, and challenges in accessing data on school policing programs, it is impossible to adequately evaluate SRO program effectiveness. Sound data on school policing programs is needed: 1) to measure the effectiveness of these programs and determine whether taxpayer dollars should be funneled into creating or expanding them; 2) to help evaluate whether schools are complying with federal anti-discrimination laws; and 3) to measure whether schools are safe and welcoming for all students. In the absence of this information, anecdotes - while helpful in rounding out the picture - are the primary influencers of school policing policy, not rigorous research. While school-based law enforcement duties vary across school districts, the primary responsibility of officers on campuses is law enforcement. SROs, however, have also been increasingly called upon to respond to school disciplinary incidents, resulting in harsher consequences for minor misbehaviors by students. Schools are required to collect and report data on key education and civil rights issues - including school policing data such as the number of students referred to law enforcement, the number of students arrested at school-related activities, and the number of sworn law enforcement officers (including SROs) in their district - to the U.S. Department of Education's Office for Civil Rights (OCR), which is charged with enforcing certain federal anti-discrimination laws in schools. What's more, school districts and state departments of education are required to publish data on school policing under the Every Student Succeeds Act. Though Louisiana has school data collection laws, these laws have not caught up to federal requirements for the collection and publication of certain student data, including school-based arrests and referrals to law enforcement and the presence of SROs in Louisiana's schools. Through research and public records requests, the SPLC found that local school districts are not accurately and consistently collecting data on their school policing programs, and the data that was collected and reported had discrepancies compared to data reported to the OCR and data collected by law enforcement agencies. This suggests that educators, families, and policymakers lack accurate, basic information about school policing in the state. The Louisiana Legislature should require schools, school districts, and the Louisiana Department of Education to accurately collect and publicly report data on school-based arrests and referrals to law enforcement as already required by federal law. Details: Montgomery, Alabama: Author, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://www.splcenter.org/sites/default/files/com_la_school_policing_final_no_crops.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 156620

Author: Hellgren, Tess Title: Belong: Strengthening Oregon's Disentanglement Statute to Rights, and Promote Collective Prosperity Summary: From its inception as a state, Oregon has struggled with exclusionary policies against immigrants and communities of color. In 1977, the unlawful and discriminatory interrogation of long-time Oregon resident Delmiro Trevino led to a lawsuit and culminated in the legislation known today as ORS 181A.820. Though overlooked and under-enforced for many years, this "sanctuary" statute is an important and powerful tool in the effort to build a more inclusive Oregon by combating unlawful and discriminatory practices through the disentanglement of state and local police from federal immigration enforcement. As President Trump's administration advances a corrosive and divisive deportation policy, ORS 181A.820 is a crucial component of Oregon's efforts to advance racial and cultural inclusion. - By building trust across communities, ORS 181A.S20 helps local law enforcement keep Oregon safe. Law enforcement agencies in Oregon and across the country support disentanglement policies because they empower state and local police to focus their limited resources on key public safety objectives: preventing, investigating, and punishing crime. Disentanglement policies also improve public safety and effective policing by building trust and encouraging crime reporting at a community level. - By protecting diverse communities from rights violations, ORS 181A.S20 strengthens the rule of law. Oregon�s disentanglement policy is grounded in state powers enshrined by the Tenth Amendment of the United States Constitution. Disentanglement strengthens the rule of law by preventing the illegal and selective administration of federal civil immigration law by state and local officials untrained in immigration proceedings. This clear separation of roles reduces the risk of racial discrimination, profiling, harassment, and other rights violations by Oregon law enforcement agencies. It also promotes the uniform application of immigration law and protects Oregon localities from liability �By furthering inclusion, ORS 181A.S20 improves Oregonians� collective prosperity. Powerful empirical evidence shows that disentanglement policies not only improve community safety and the rule of law but also enhance civic engagement and raise the level of collective prosperity. These benefits are particularly strong in Oregon, where immigrants are an integral part of the state's social fabric, history, and economy. In contrast to the collective benefits of disentanglement, the Trump administration's racialized agenda of immigration detention and deportation threatens to divide and destabilize Oregon communities. Looking ahead, it is critical that Oregon acts to fortify and expand its inclusionary practices and policies. Details: Portland, OR: Innovation Law Lab, 2018. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 24, 2019 at: https://innovationlawlab.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Belong_Report_Inclusion_2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Policy Shelf Number: 156623

Author: Purvis, Dara E. Title: Police Sexual Violence: Police Brutality, #MeToo, and Masculinities Summary: A woman alleges that she was raped by a police officer while in police custody. The police officer acknowledges that he had sexual intercourse with the woman, but argues that she consented to the interaction. Despite the obvious power imbalance and troubling context of the sexual activity, in a majority of U.S. states, if the police officer convinces even one member of a jury that their activity was consensual, it is not illegal. Consent is an affirmative defense to allegations of sexual assault- even when the alleged assault occurs while the victim is in the custody of the perpetrator. Allegations of sexual assault committed by police officers while on duty, known as police sexual violence (PSV), are shockingly prevalent and surprisingly underanalyzed. PSV is situated at the intersection of two vital national conversations about police brutality and sexual violence and harassment. This Article is the first to fully address PSV as the product of both issues and to recommend systemic solutions sounding in both debates. The superficial problem presented by PSV is that it is not made clearly illegal by state law and police department regulation. The deeper problem is that PSV is a symptom of broader cultural problems within police departments that can be helpfully parsed through the lens of masculinities theories. PSV is a problem springing both from issues with how police officers relate to the communities they patrol, especially men in those communities, and with how police officers and police culture treat women. These issues are magnified by the famous "blue wall of silence" ensuring loyalty even among police officers who commit misconduct. Any attempt to meaningfully address PSV must take all of these factors into account to work both a legal and a cultural change. This Article offers such solutions, addressing substantive and procedural prohibitions of PSV and broader cultural changes to police departments to combat PSV at its root. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Penn State Law Research Paper No. 3-2019: Accessed June 25, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3403676&dgcid=ejournal_htmlemail_types:of:offending:ejournal_abstractlink Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Masculinities Shelf Number: 156626

Author: Voigt, Rob Title: Language from police body camera footage shows racial disparities in officer respect Summary: Using footage from body-worn cameras, we analyze the respectfulness of police officer language toward white and black community members during routine traffic stops. We develop computational linguistic methods that extract levels of respect automatically from transcripts, informed by a thin-slicing study of participant ratings of officer utterances. We find that officers speak with consistently less respect toward black versus white community members, even after controlling for the race of the officer, the severity of the infraction, the location of the stop, and the outcome of the stop. Such disparities in common, everyday interactions between police and the communities they serve have important implications for procedural justice and the building of police-community trust. Details: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/114/25/6521.full.pdf. 6p., supplementary material Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 25, 2019 at: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/114/25/6521.full.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Body Language Shelf Number: 156630

Author: Solitary Watch Title: Louisiana on Lockdown: A Report on the Use of Solitary Confinement in Louisiana State Prisons, With Testimony From the People Who Live It Summary: Te use of solitary confinement in the state of Louisiana has penetrated the broader public consciousness largely through the story of the Angola 3. Over the past decade, the harrowing saga of three African American men-all likely innocent of the prison murders that were used to justify confining them in solitary for up to 43 years-sparked media attention and public outcry as the ultimate expression of harsh, racist, Southern injustice. But there is another story to be told about solitary confinement in Louisiana. Like the story of the Angola 3, it is deeply rooted in the history of racial subjugation and captivity in the South, which begins with slavery and stretches through convict leasing and Jim Crow to the modern era of mass incarceration. However, it extends far beyond the lives of just three men. This is the story of a prison system where, on any given day, nearly one in five people is being held in isolation, placed there by prison staff, often for minor rule violations or "administrative" reasons. When it conducted a full count in the fall of 2017, the Louisiana Department of Public Safety and Corrections (LADOC) reported that 19 percent of the men in its state prisons - 2,709 in all - had been in solitary confinement for more than two weeks. Many had been there for years or even decades. The Vera Institute of Justice, which released its own report on solitary confinement in Louisiana earlier this year, similarly found over 17 percent of the state's prison population in solitary in 2016. These rates of solitary confinement use were more than double the next highest state's, and approximately four times the national average. Given that Louisiana also has the second highest incarceration rate in the United States, which leads the world in both incarceration and solitary confinement use, it is clear that Louisiana holds the title of solitary confinement capital of the world. Te state has this dishonorable distinction at a time when a growing body of evidence offers proof of the devastating psychological and social harms caused by prolonged solitary confinement, as well as its ineffectiveness as a tool to reduce prison violence. In 2015, when it revised its Standard Minimum Rules for the Treatment of Prisoners (known as the Mandela Rules), the United Nations acknowledged that solitary confinement of 15 days or more is cruel, inhumane, and degrading treatment that often rises to the level of torture. Taken together, these facts indicate that the state of Louisiana is abusing and at times torturing thousands of its citizens for no legitimate purpose whatsoever. Te numbers, however, still tell only part of the story. Just as Albert Woodfox's memoir "Solitary" powerfully conveys what it is like to live for decades in conditions that are designed "to break people," the words of individuals living in solitary confinement are vital to understanding the reality of what is happening today in Louisiana's prisons. For this report, we collected information directly from those men and women. The bulk of the report is based on detailed responses from more than 700 lengthy surveys completed by individuals in solitary, whose names and identifying information have been changed to protect their safety and privacy. Their descriptions paint a grim picture of long stretches of time spent in small cells that are often windowless, filthy, and/or subject to extreme temperatures, where they are denied basic human needs such as adequate food and daily exercise, and subject to many forms of abuse as well as to unending idleness and loneliness, resulting in physical and mental deterioration. Since surveys were returned voluntarily, the results cannot be viewed as a comprehensive or representative sampling. Yet with more than 700 responses from all nine of the state's prisons, which provided personal narratives as well as quantitative data, we believe our report complements, builds upon, and adds an even greater sense of urgency to previous recommendations for reform of solitary confinement in Louisiana, including those included in the recent report by the Vera Institute of Justice. At a moment when LADOC has, for the first time, shown willingness to reconsider and reduce its use of solitary confinement, the findings in this report offer vital insights-and illuminate a path toward the sweeping changes that must be made if Louisiana is to create a prison system that succeeds in both advancing public safety and preserving the human rights of incarcerated people. Details: New York: Authors, 2019. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://solitarywatch.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Louisiana-on-Lockdown-Report-June-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 156632

Author: Fields, Shawn E. Title: Weaponized Racial Fear Summary: Irrational fear of people of color has shaped the American criminal justice system since the nation's colonial beginnings. But while scholars have examined the impacts of racial bias on official institutional actors - police, prosecutors, judges, and juries - comparatively little has been written about civilian abuse of law enforcement to weaponize their own racial fears. This Article presents the first comprehensive discussion of civilian manipulation of the criminal justice system to enforce racial bias and the state's acquiescence to this bias-motivated abuse. The Article proceeds in five parts. First, it traces the legacy of racial fear from slavery and Jim Crow to mass incarceration and current corrosive biases against people of color who step out of their "iconic ghettos" into "white spaces." Second, it explores the role of implicit bias in perpetuating racial fear and the limits of bias retraining programs. Third, it examines the abuse of emergency response systems by the racially fearful, including the motivations for and tragic consequences of calling 911 for "living while black." Fourth, the Article confronts the "weapon" in this scenario: the armed police officer. It examines the near-absolute immunity for officer violence against people of color, as well as the growing immunity for civilian vigilantes in so-called "stand your ground jurisdictions," both of which encourage preventable violent confrontations initiated by civilian racial fear. Fifth, the Article surveys existing legislative schemes to reduce 911 abuse and presents an innovative model statute that balances the need for access to emergency response systems with a desire to deter racially-biased behavior. Borrowing from recent legislative efforts to reduce frivolous lawsuits aimed at chilling free speech and silencing public critics, the model statute attempts to deter and punish clearly frivolous abuses while neither chilling participation from innocent civilians nor demanding civilian expertise of suspicious criminal activity. In doing so, the Article encourages both less police responsiveness to non-emergency calls and more aggressive enforcement against invitations to criminalize on the basis of race. Details: Forthcoming article, Tulane Law Review, 2019. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3355891 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Abuse Shelf Number: 156702

Author: Ryo, Emily Title: Predicting Danger in Immigration Courts Summary: Every year, the US government detains thousands of noncitizens in removal proceedings on the basis that they might pose a threat to public safety if released during the pendency of their removal proceedings. Using original audio recording data on immigration bond hearings, this study examines immigration judges' determinations regarding which noncitizens pose a danger to the community. My multivariate analysis that controls for a variety of detainee background characteristics and criminal-conviction-related measures produced three main findings. First, I find that Central Americans are more likely to be deemed dangerous than non-Central Americans. Second, I find that detainees with attorneys are less likely to be deemed dangerous than pro se detainees. Finally, my analysis shows that whereas felony and violent convictions are associated with higher odds of being deemed dangerous, the recency of criminal convictions and the total number of convictions are not predictive of danger determinations. Together, these findings provide new insights into the socio-legal construction of immigrant criminality. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California Gould School of Law, 2019. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Law and Social Inquiry, Vol. 44, No. 1, 2019; USC CLASS Research Paper No. CLASS19-16; USC Law Legal Studies Paper No. 19-16; Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3406467 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156703

Author: Ryo, Emily Title: Detention as Deterrence Summary: Over the past few decades, the federal government has justified the use of immigration detention on the basis that it deters unauthorized migration. Simply put, the idea is that detention will send a message that harsh consequences await apprehended migrants, and that such a message will discourage individuals from undertaking the journey to seek entry into the United States. This Essay applies insights from research on deterrence effects of criminal law to explain why immigration detention is unlikely to produce the intended behavioral effects that some policymakers desire. Specifically, I explore three hurdles to achieving deterrence through immigration law: the legal knowledge hurdle, the rational choice hurdle, and the perceived net cost hurdle. I conclude by discussing key questions that detention-as-deterrence policy raises for future research and policy in this area. Details: Los Angeles: University of Southern California Gould School of Law, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: USC CLASS Research Paper No. CLASS19-15; USC Law Legal Studies Paper No. 19-15: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3406461&dgcid=ejournal_htmlemail_correlates:of:crime:ejournal_abstractlink Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 156709

Author: City Club of Portland Title: A City Club Report on Measure 105: Repeal of Oregon's "Sanctuary" State Law Summary: Current Oregon law (ORS 181A.820) prevents state and local law enforcement from using money, equipment, or personnel to enforce federal immigration law. This law has been in place since 1987. Though the law was adopted with preservation of state and local resources in mind, the impetus for the policy was grounded in racial profiling by law enforcement, which was highlighted by a highly publicized class action lawsuit in 1977. Measure 105, if passed, would strike down ORS 181A.820 and remove these limitations on enforcement agencies. In essence, the debate for Measure 105 concerns whether state and local law enforcement can or should enforce federal immigration law. The discussion raises issues of rule of law, racial profiling, and public trust in law enforcement. Your committee reviewed the literature, heard expert testimony, and concluded that preserving ORS 181A.820 and voting no on Measure 105 is in the best interest of Oregon's community at large in order to (1) continue providing protection against racial profiling from law enforcement, (2) promote trust in law enforcement, especially among communities of color, and (3) maintain the rule of law and separation between criminal (state/local) and civil (federal) enforcement. Recommendation: The committee recommends a "No" vote. Details: Portland, OR: Author, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.pdxcityclub.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Measure-105-Sanctuary-State-FINAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 156712

Author: Bird, Mia Title: Recidivism of Felony Offenders in California Summary: California has undertaken numerous corrections reforms in the past decade-including public safety realignment in 2011 and Proposition 47 in 2014-in hopes of reducing the prison population, maintaining public safety, and improving persistently high recidivism rates. These reforms lowered incarceration levels, and in their aftermath, crime rates have fluctuated. Recidivism rates provide another important window into public safety and the effectiveness of correctional interventions under these policy changes. For the first time, this report provides recidivism rates for all types of felony offenders in California-including those sentenced to prison, jail only, jail followed by probation, or probation only. Previously, statewide recidivism outcomes could only be tracked for individuals leaving prison custody. This study draws on unique data from 12 representative counties, allowing us to estimate two-year recidivism rates for felony offenders released in the four years following realignment from October 2011 to October 2015. We focus on felony offenders to provide insight into outcomes for those who have been convicted of more severe offenses. Our analysis of recidivism relies on rearrest and reconviction rates, which are often used to capture changes in reoffending in response to a policy change. However, it is important to note that these rates may also reflect changes in the practices of criminal justice agencies. For example, if a policy change led to a shift in policing strategies, such as reduced enforcement for drug possession offenses, we may observe changes in rearrest rates even if there is no change in the underlying behavior of former offenders. We find: Overall recidivism rates have declined for felony offenders. The share of felony offenders rearrested for any offense within two years declined somewhat from 68 percent to 66 percent over the four-year period. The two-year reconviction rate for any offense dropped substantially from 41 percent to 35 percent. Reductions in recidivism rates were largest for felony offenses. The share of offenders rearrested for a felony offense decreased moderately from 56 percent to 53 percent in the four years after realignment. The felony reconviction rate dropped markedly from 30 percent to 22 percent. These reductions were concentrated in later years and may be linked to Proposition 47. Rearrest rates for felony offenses increased toward the end of the period. When we examine the last several months for which we have data, we see that 50 percent of individuals released in June 2015 were rearrested for felonies within two years, compared with 53 percent for those released in October 2015. Recidivism rates fell sharply for drug offenses. The reconviction rate for property offenses also fell, while the rearrest rate for property offenses held steady, with a slight uptick for individuals released at the end of the period. For offenses against a person-a category that includes violent offenses-there was an increase in the rearrest rate (from 19% to 20%) but no change in the reconviction rate. Recidivism rates have declined for each of the four sentencing groups. Those sentenced to prison or jail experienced large declines in rearrest and reconviction rates, when compared with those sentenced to jail followed by probation or to probation only. Individuals who received probation-with or without a jail sentence-initially experienced increases in recidivism rates under realignment but then saw decreases in later years and under Proposition 47. Individuals released from prison had the highest reconviction rates. This group also served the longest and most costly incarceration terms. This finding is consistent with previous research that has found little evidence linking more severe sanctions to lower recidivism. Recidivism rates are likely to be related to multiple factors. Offender behavior is one factor. But policy changes can also play a role in that they may affect the practices of criminal justice agents, such as police officers and district attorneys. More and better data are needed to pinpoint the relevant causes of changes in recidivism. Additional efforts to improve our understanding of the relationships among policy, implementation, and recidivism outcomes are essential to move the state toward a more evidence-based criminal justice system. Facilitating better data connections across correctional institutions, intervention programs, and law enforcement would help further the state's goals of improving public safety, reducing costs, and ensuring equity in its correctional systems. Details: San Francisco: Public Policy Institute of California, 2019. 31p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.ppic.org/wp-content/uploads/recidivism-of-felony-offenders-in-california.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156714

Author: West, Mathew P. Title: Nevada's Day Reporting Center: Results from a Randomized Controlled Trial Summary: The Nevada DRC is designed as an alternative to incarceration. Among other goals, the DRC aims to reduce recidivism among at-risk parolees and probationers. The current study involved a randomized controlled trial where approximately 400 probationers and parolees from Nevada's Southern Command were randomly assigned to either the DRC or a control group (traditional parole and probation). The two groups were compared on several outcome measures over a 1-year period. Results indicate that DRC graduates were significantly more likely to be successfully discharged compared to their control group counterparts. DRC graduates were also significantly less likely to be revoked compared to the control group. Although some in the experimental group did not complete the DRC program, of those that did, only 5 DRC graduates were revoked. Compared to the control group, DRC graduates were significantly more likely to be employed and have a stable residence. Of those in the DRC group, successful graduates tended to complete more programs and services. About 16% of successful graduates and those remaining in the DRC program at the end of the study period enrolled in 2 or more programs/services, compared to about 8% of those removed from the program. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, 2019. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/CCJP-RIB_DRC.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 156569

Author: Bejinariu, Alexa Title: Human Trafficking: A Comparison of National and Nevada Trends Summary: Research suggests that human trafficking is a global issue with victims being reported in 124 countries around the world (United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), 2014). Nationally, there have been over 40,000 human trafficking cases reported and over 170,000 human trafficking calls made since 2007. Both of these numbers have increased over time (National Human Trafficking Resource Center (NHTRC), 2017). Nevada tied for 9th in the nation (with Pennsylvania) for human trafficking cases reported in 2017, with 199 cases (NHTRC, 2017). The most common form of trafficking in Nevada is sex trafficking. The proportion of sex trafficking victims in Nevada (89%) is higher than the national average (71%). Both the Nevada Legislature and other organizations have implemented programs for the prevention of human trafficking. These include the passage of several laws and the creation of the Southern Nevada Sex Trafficking Multidisciplinary Team, which aims to put an end to sex trafficking and aid victims throughout the Las Vegas valley by providing them much needed assistance. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2019. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/HumanTrafficking-ComparisonNationalNevadaTrends.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 156570

Author: Fox, Aubrey Title: Pretrial Release Without Money: New York City, 1987-2018 Summary: Should New York end the use of money bail? What legislative framework would best limit the use of pretrial detention while promoting court appearance? As elected officials consider updating New York's 1970 bail statute, these questions have come under intense debate. One place to start is by establishing a baseline of current pretrial practice in New York City. Although limited by the 1970 legislative framework, judges have broad discretion in making pretrial release decisions. Those practices may vary from judge to judge, but when viewed in the aggregate broad trends can be discerned. Details: New York: New York City Criminal Justice Agency, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://university.pretrial.org/HigherLogic/System/DownloadDocumentFile.ashx?DocumentFileKey=15ad6f0e-b18c-d8d8-ec60-156090d88968&forceDialog=0 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Fines and Fees Shelf Number: 156578

Author: Berthelot, Emily R. Title: Person or Place? A Contextual, Event History Analysis of Homicide Victimization Risk: Final Summary Overview Summary: This research is a contextual event-history analysis of homicide victimization risk in the United States. It contributes to the literature by examining risk factors for homicide victimization at individual and neighborhood levels using data from the National Health Interview Survey (2004-2012), National Death Index, and American Community Survey (2005-2009, 2008-2012). Research questions include: "what are the effects of characteristics of the neighborhood on the risk of homicide victimization net of individual characteristics?" and "how do individual factors (such as age, sex, race, immigrant status, level of education, employment status, marital status, dependent children, military experience, health insurance, etc.) condition the effects of neighborhood-level factors (such as collective disadvantage, social structure, and race-specific urban composition) on the risk of homicide victimization?" The primary substantive contribution of this research is also to investigate whether the influence of the neighborhood environment or a person's own demographic and social characteristics, along with the type of lifestyle that persons with those characteristics may lead, plays a larger role in the risk that a person has of being a homicide victim. Results indicate that blacks with low income and blacks in socially disorganized neighborhoods experience increased risk for homicide victimization. Additionally, there is a clear problem with race-based income inequality in the United States as low income blacks are significantly more likely to be killed. Particular attention should also be paid to the southern and western regions of the United States, as risk of homicide is substantially higher in these regions. The findings from this research may be useful regarding the establishment of targeted community programs with the goal of prevention of homicide victimization. A main limitation of this study is the age of the data. Future research should examine more recent homicide data. Details: Reno, Nevada: University of Nevada, Reno, 2019. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252940.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Homicide Shelf Number: 156720

Author: Independent Monitoring Boards Title: IMB Annual Report 2017/18 Summary: Independent Monitoring Boards are an important part of the independent oversight of prisons and places of immigration detention. Our members are a regular presence in those closed environments, monitoring the treatment and conditions of prisoners and detainees, regularly reporting what they find to those running the establishment, and dealing with queries and concerns from individual prisoners. They are unpaid, but have statutory powers to go everywhere, talk to prisoners and see documents. Their findings and activities, during the year, are captured in their published annual reports. This national report brings together those findings for the period from late 2017 to 2018. It covers a period when the great majority of prisons were emerging from a significant crisis: the combined impact of serious staffing shortages and an influx of new psychoactive substances, compounded by inadequate maintenance arrangements. It therefore chronicles a system that was overall in slow and sometimes fragile recovery, dealing with the aftereffects of that crisis, both for prisons and the treatment and potential rehabilitation of prisoners. It also raises some underlying issues that directly affect prisoners, but which are not under the control of the prison or criminal justice systems: such as the availability of mental health services and post-release support, particularly housing. In my own visits to prisons, I could not help but be struck by the visible decline in safety, control and the expectations of both prisoners and staff since I last visited them, as Chief Inspector of Prisons, in 2010. It is therefore welcome that additional resources have now been put into prisons, with an influx of staff, but it will take time before prisons can not only stabilise, but progress. There are some promising initiatives under the prison reform programme. They include: -the roll-out of offender management in custody (OMiC); -the prison estate transformation programme; -lessons learnt from the then Prisons Minister's ten priority prisons project, and responses to the Inspectorate of Prisons' urgent notification process; -revised processes for supporting prisoners at risk of suicide and self-harm; -the new drug strategy; - embedding the CSIP (challenge, support and intervention) process for violence reduction; -new processes and contracts for dealing with prisoners' property. The report therefore provides a benchmark for the future, to assess the extent and impact of these and other changes. From now on, we will be publishing a digest of IMBs' annual reports every three months, and doing further work with Boards to identify emerging themes and issues and to record progress against the hopes and expectations of the prison reform programme. Details: London: Independent Monitoring Boards, 2019. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/imb-prod-storage-1ocod6bqky0vo/uploads/2019/06/IMB-NATIONAL-ANNUAL-REPORT-PUBL-5-JUNE-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Immigration Detainees Shelf Number: 156721

Author: Belisle, Linsey Title: Examining Prisoner Deaths in Nevada State Prisons Summary: Every year, the Nevada Department of Corrections (NDOC) is responsible for approximately 14,000 incarcerated adults (NDOC, 2019). While national trends in prisoner deaths have been studied, less is known about prisoner deaths in Nevada. This report provides general information regarding prisoner deaths in Nevada state prisons. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2019. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/Belisle-ExaminingPrisonerDeathsInNevadaStatePrisonsStatSheet.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156724

Author: Heen, Miliaikeala SJ. Title: Sexual Harassment and Violence at Music Concerts and Festivals Summary: Sexual harassment and violence frequently occur at music events in the United States, as well as internationally. Crowd dynamics, inadequate crowd monitoring, alcohol consumption, and other factors may contribute to the prevalence of harassment and assault in live music settings. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/CCJP-Heen_Stat_Sheet.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Sexual Assault Shelf Number: 156725

Author: West, Mathew P. Title: Homicide Trends in Nevada, 1994-2015 Summary: Although the murder rate in Nevada has trended upward in recent years, it is still lower than the rate in 1994. This study looks at characteristics of homicides in Nevada and in the nation. Details: Las Vegas, Nevada: University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Center for Crime and Justice Policy, 2018. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 27, 2019 at: https://www.unlv.edu/sites/default/files/page_files/27/CCJP-HomicideTrendsInNevada.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deaths Shelf Number: 156726

Author: Fields, Shawn E. Title: Guns, Knives, and Swords: Policing a Heavily-Armed Arizona Summary: Arizona is widely recognized as the most permissive state in the country for public weapons possession. In 2010, then-Governor Jan Brewer famously removed all permitting requirements for public concealed carry of firearms, making Arizona only the third "constitutional carry" state in the nation. Also in 2010, and to much less fanfare, Arizona became the first state to prohibit local governments from enacting any regulations restricting the sale or possession of knives of any kind, including swords, maces, and other exotic blades. Today, Arizona remains the only state in the country with virtually no restrictions on the public concealed carry of any type of bladed weapon. In part owing to this deregulatory environment, as many as twelve percent of all Arizonans report publicly carrying a concealed deadly weapon on their person or in their vehicle. But these laws have also created confusion for Arizona police officers charged with protecting the public. For over a century, Arizona officers could justifiably initiate an investigatory stop of a publicly armed individual based on little more than a reasonable suspicion that such possession was unlawful. But in a state where a significant percentage of the population lawfully possesses weapons in public, Arizona police must now discern which lethal weapons carriers are law abiding citizens and which ones pose true criminal threats to the public. Increasing the confusion for Arizona law enforcement, the Ninth Circuit and Arizona Supreme Court have recently authored conflicting opinions regarding whether a lawfully stopped individual can be frisked solely because he is armed or whether he must also give the officer reasonable suspicion that he is "presently dangerous." This Article examines three distinct aspects of Arizona law and policy as it relates to this growing confusion. First, it challenges the efficacy and constitutionality of Arizona's "duty to inform" law, which seeks to clarify this reasonable suspicion quandary by requiring concealed weapons possessors to affirmatively disclose the presence of weapons to police officers when asked. As a matter of federal constitutional law, officers can only require citizens to cooperate with inquiries if reasonable suspicion already existed to justify the stop. In contrast, by requiring citizens to voluntarily disclose information to officers, "duty to inform" laws arguably place these encounters with law enforcement outside the traditional Terry v. Ohio stop context, thus rendering the encounter consensual and failing to solve the reasonable suspicion issue. Second, the Article considers the competing case law in Arizona regarding the �armed and dangerous� prong of stop and frisk for lawful gun carriers. The Arizona Supreme Court in State v. Serna held that lawful weapons carriers cannot automatically be considered dangerous for purposes of a protective frisk. The Ninth Circuit, in United States v. Orman, held otherwise, and focused on characteristics of gun ownership not explicitly considered by the Arizona Supreme Court. But both cases involved consensual encounters and not involuntary investigative stops. The Article surveys case law from other jurisdictions to offer a balanced approach to frisks of lawfully stopped, lawfully armed Arizonans. Third, the Article highlights policy considerations relevant to resolving these competing perspectives, as well as the competing interests of Arizonans in exercising their statutory possession rights and of officers in protecting themselves and others when faced with a public weapon carrier. In doing so, the Article explores for the first time in scholarly literature what, if any, parallels can be drawn from the experience of officers stopping and frisking lawful gun carriers and officers stopping and frisking lawful knife carriers. Details: Arizona State Law Journal, Forthcoming 2019. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3355937 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 156737

Author: Newton, Samuel P. Title: Kidnapping Reconsidered: Courts' Merger Tests Do Not Remedy the Inequities Which Developed from Kidnapping's Sensationalized and Racialized History Summary: Kidnapping has a troubled history in the law. It was instituted, perpetuated, and expanded almost exclusively after publicized and sensationalized cases where the children of wealthy whites were taken. In the same periods, courts and legislatures largely ignored the cries of minorities, particularly slaves or free blacks, that they too had been kidnapped. In the public hysteria over the relatively few kidnappings of white children, legislatures expanded the offense�s definition to the point that it lost all meaning and became unconstitutionally vague. To remedy this problem, courts created kidnapping merger tests. But these tests have had little consistency or coherency, and troublingly, they have done little to solve the issues of discriminatory enforcement that have plagued kidnapping since its inception. Legislatures should reconsider kidnapping and narrow its definition in order to prevent the arbitrary use of police or prosecutorial discretion. If legislatures refuse to act, then courts should strike down kidnapping statutes as vague and as violations of double jeopardy and equal protection, as well as a cruel and unusual punishment. Details: William & Mary Bill of Rights Journal, Vol. 28 (2019). 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3364421 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 156738

Author: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority Title: Entrepreneurship for the Formerly Incarcerated: A Process Evaluation of the Pathway to Enterprise for Returning Citizens (PERC) Program Summary: Each year, over 25,000 individuals are released from Illinois prisons and nearly half of them end up returning to prison within three years (Illinois Sentencing Policy Advisory Council, 2015; The Illinois Department of Corrections, 2018). Reentry entrepreneurship training programs have been implemented as one way to reduce recidivism and improve the economic stability of men and women returning to the community from jails and prisons. Entrepreneurship training programs were developed to help overcome barriers inherent in traditional reentry workforce development programs and services such as lack of education, work experience, qualifications, opportunities, and discrimination (The Annie E. Casey Foundation, 2016). Some programs provide the opportunity for small loans to help fund new entrepreneurs. The body of previous research is small, but there is some support that entrepreneurship programs may be a way to help improve outcomes for formerly incarcerated individuals (Johnson, Wubbenhorst, & Schroeder, 2013; Keena & Simmons, 2015; Klein & Mohan, 2017). Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority (ICJIA) researchers conducted an evaluation of Pathway to Enterprise for Returning Citizens (PERC). PERC offers classroom training on entrepreneurship and business, mentoring, and the opportunity to obtain a loan to start a business to individuals recently released from prison and living in Chicago neighborhoods. PERC is a collaboration between the Chicago Neighborhood Initiative�s Micro Finance Group (CNIMFG), ICJIA, Illinois Department of Corrections (IDOC), several community-based nonprofit training organizations, and multiple private funders. The goals of PERC are to increase employment and self-sufficiency of returning citizens; decrease recidivism; and produce businesses that operate for two or more years. ICJIA researchers completed a process evaluation examining program planning and development in the first six months of the program by using multiple methods of data collection. The evaluation of the PERC program focused on individuals that applied for PERC in Winter 2017 and completed training in Spring/Summer of 2018. The research attempted to answer the following research questions about PERC: -Who were the applicants and participants of the program? -How did the program operate in its first six months? -What did the stakeholders, training staff, and participants think of the program? -To what extent did participants learn entrepreneurship skills? Details: Chicago, Illinois: Illinois Criminal Justice Information Authority, 2019. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2019 at: http://www.icjia.state.il.us/assets/articles/Entrepreneurship%20for%20the%20Formerly%20Incarcerated%20-%20A%20Process%20Evaluation%20of%20PERC.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluation Shelf Number: 156590

Author: Cantor, Guillermo Title: Changing Patterns of Interior Immigration Enforcement in the United States, 2016-2018 Summary: The report, "Changing Patterns of Interior Immigration Enforcement in the United States, 2016�2018," reveals that U.S. citizens and immigrant women have become increasingly vulnerable to immigration enforcement actions under the administration. As the president vows to conduct mass immigration arrests and deportation, this report exposes the consequences of the administration's unfocused enforcement approach and raises important questions about who is being impacted by the wide net of increased enforcement. The report draws on U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement records of 1,199,026 encounters, 381,370 arrests, and 650,944 removals that occurred between January 2016 and September 2018. The data was obtained by the Council through Freedom of Information Act litigation. The main findings of the report include the following: The number of U.S. citizens encountered by ICE jumped from 5,940 during the last year of the Obama administration to 27,540 during the first year of the Trump administration. Proportionally, ICE encountered and arrested more women during the first part of the Trump administration than it did at the end of the Obama administration. Over 85 percent of all removals under both administrations in the period examined involved individuals either with no criminal convictions or with only non-violent convictions. Compared to the last year of the Obama administration, the volume of both custodial arrests (those conducted in a setting such as a jail or prison) and at-large arrests (those conducted in the community) increased during the first year of the Trump administration. The largest percentage increases in the number of at-large arrests occurred in the ICE Areas of Responsibility in Philadelphia, Buffalo, and Phoenix. Under both administrations, over 70 percent of encounters and over 60 percent of arrests were conducted through the Criminal Alien Program. The Trump administration has cast the net of immigration enforcement wider than previous administrations in its search for individuals who may be deportable from the United States. To achieve this, it has broadened the notion of "enforcement priority," sought to eliminate humanitarian protections that had previously shielded hundreds of thousands of noncitizens from enforcement action, and expanded its enforcement activities within communities. "Our findings reveal that there are some structural components of the enforcement machine that transcend specific administrations" said Guillermo Cantor, director of research at the American Immigration Council and co-author of the report. "However, the elimination of enforcement priorities and expansion of the enforcement net under the Trump administration has increased the vulnerability of those who may 'look deportable,' women, and individuals in certain regions of the country." "Despite all the political rhetoric about deporting dangerous criminals, our data reveal that the majority of individuals removed under both the Obama and Trump administrations either had no criminal convictions or only non-violent convictions," said Emily Ryo, professor of law and sociology at the University of Southern California Gould School of Law and co-author of the report. "This study makes clear that the Trump administration's dragnet approach to immigration enforcement is not only impacting the lives of many otherwise law-abiding immigrant families, but also tens of thousands of U.S. citizens. Families are living in fear, changing the ways in which they plan and live their lives in the United States. Many U.S. citizen kids now bear the brunt of immigration enforcement activities when their parents-including those with long-standing ties to their community-become targets for deportation," said Jorge Loweree, policy director at the American Immigration Council. Details: Washington, DC; American Immigration Council, 2019. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 2, 2019 at: Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigrants Shelf Number: 156821

Author: Colgan, Beth Title: Wealth-Based Penal Disenfranchisement Summary: This Article offers the first comprehensive examination of the way in which the inability to pay economic sanctions-fines, fees, surcharges, and restitution�may prevent people of limited means from voting. The Supreme Court has upheld the constitutionality of penal disenfranchisement upon conviction, and all but two states revoke the right to vote for at least some offenses. The remaining jurisdictions allow for re-enfranchisement for most or all offenses under certain conditions. One often overlooked condition is payment of economic sanctions regardless of whether the would-be voter has the ability to pay before an election registration deadline. The scope of wealth-based penal disenfranchisement is grossly underestimated, with commentators typically stating that nine states sanction such practices. Through an in-depth examination of a tangle of statutes, administrative rules, and policies related to elections, clemency, parole, and probation, as well as responses from public disclosure requests and discussions with elections and corrections officials and other relevant actors, this Article reveals that wealth-based penal disenfranchisement is authorized in forty-eight states and the District of Columbia. After describing the mechanisms for wealth-based penal disenfranchisement, this Article offers a doctrinal intervention for dismantling them. There has been limited, and to date unsuccessful, litigation challenging these practices as violative of the Fourteenth Amendment's equal protection and due process clauses. Because voting eligibility is stripped of its fundamental nature for those convicted of a crime, wealth-based penal disenfranchisement has been subject to the lowest level of scrutiny, rational basis review, leading lower courts to uphold the practice. This Article posits that these courts have approached the validity of wealth-based penal disenfranchisement through the wrong frame - the right to vote - when the proper frame is through the lens of punishment. This Article examines a line of cases in which the Court restricted governmental action that would result in disparate treatment between rich and poor in criminal justice practices, juxtaposing the cases against the Court's treatment of wealth-based discrimination in the Fourteenth Amendment doctrine and the constitutional relevance of indigency in the criminal justice system broadly. Doing so supports the conclusion that the Court has departed from the traditional tiers of scrutiny. The resulting test operates as a flat prohibition against the use of the government's prosecutorial power in ways that effectively punish one's financial circumstances unless no other alternative response could satisfy the government's interest in punishing the disenfranchising offense. Because such alternatives are available, wealth-based penal disenfranchisement would violate the Fourteenth Amendment under this approach. Details: Los Angeles: University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) - School of Law, 2019. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: UCLA School of Law, Public Law Research Paper No. 19-10: 72 Vand. L. Rev. 55 (2019): Accessed July 2, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3312439 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 156823

Author: Picard, Sarah Title: Beyond the Algorithm: Pretrial Reform, Risk Assessment, and Racial Fairness Summary: Pretrial detention, often resulting from a defendant's inability to afford bail, is one of the primary drivers of incarceration nationwide. The Bureau of Justice Statistics estimates that two out of three people in local jails in 2016 were held while awaiting trial, having not yet been convicted of a crime. Jurisdictions looking to safely reduce their use of bail and pretrial detention have increasingly turned to automated or actuarial risk assessments. These tools employ a mathematical formula, or algorithm, to estimate the probability of a defendant incurring a new arrest or failing to appear in court. Typically, in a risk assessment, defendants' criminal history, criminogenic needs, and/or basic demographic information, such as age and gender, are weighted and combined, generating a score which can be used to group defendants into risk categories ranging from low to high. With the aid of better information about the defendants who appear before them, judges, in theory, can make more consistent decisions regarding pretrial release and bail. For example, jurisdictions that use risk assessments may be more likely to consider pretrial release for defendants in lower-risk categories, or pretrial supervision in the community for higher-risk defendants. In cases where victim or community safety is a concern, risk assessment may provide guidance regarding the need for bail or detention hearings. The appeal of pretrial risk assessment - especially in large, overburdened court systems - is of a fast and objective evaluation, harnessing the power of data to aid decision-making. Research suggests that actuarial risk assessments are more accurate than decisions made by criminal justice officials relying on professional judgment alone. By intervening in a process historically driven by subjective decision-making, risk assessments arguably act as a corrective to a system plagued by bias, as witnessed in the racial disparities long seen in incarceration rates across the country. That said, important objections have been raised that, far from disrupting racial biases in the criminal justice system, risk assessments unintentionally amplify them, only this time under the guise of science. The debate is still unresolved, but from a justice system practitioner's perspective - let alone that of a defendant - the stakes are urgent. What follows are the results of an empirical test of racial bias in risk assessment and, based on an original analysis, a consideration of whether there are policy-level solutions that could conserve the benefits of risk assessment, while also addressing valid concerns over racial fairness. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2019 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2019-06/beyond_the_algorithm.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 156825

Author: Muslim Public Affairs Council Title: The Impact of 9/11 on Muslim American Young People Summary: Fostering effective engagement with Muslim youth in America requires understanding their priorities and aspirations on the one hand and potential causes for their dissent and disenfranchisement on the other. Much government and media attention has been paid to the phenomena of radicalization and extremism, but has left largely untouched the question of root causes and the importance of common definitions. There must be a clear distinction between the radicalization that leads to violent rebellion and the radical rhetoric commonly expressed on college campuses that represents dissent and disenfranchisement. One key social goal is to include the many diverse experiences of Muslim life in America in public discourse on integration and ghettoization. The more narrow the orbit of acceptance is toward young Muslims who are traversing the various stages of adolescence toward becoming young professionals, the more likely we will begin to see serious cases of radicalization that can evolve into trends. Published in 2007, this special report attempts to do two things: first, frame the issues related to the radicalization of Muslim youth in the West in a way that is consistent with realities on the ground and emphasizes the distinction between the American and European experiences; and second, provide a series of recommendations to Muslim American institutions, government and the media in their efforts to engage young Muslims in a healthy partnership of respect and equality with the goal of enhancing their integration and reducing the possibility for radicalization. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2007. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2019 at: https://www.mpac.org/assets/docs/publications/MPAC-Special-Report---Muslim-Youth.pdf Year: 2007 Country: United States Keywords: Disenfranchisement Shelf Number: 156826

Author: Muslim Public Affairs Council Title: Communities Under Assault: Improving Federal Hate Crimes Enforcement Summary: Hate crimes have been on the rise in the U.S. During the winter of 2016-2017, over 1,370 hate crime and bias incidents were reported. The Muslim community in the U.S. has suffered the greatest increase in reported hate crimes. The Federal Bureau of Investigation's (FBI) statistics on total hate crimes in the U.S. in 2016 show a near 200% increase in hate crime incidents toward Muslims since September 11, 2001. Further, the number of anti-Muslim hate groups nearly tripled - from 34 in 2015 to 101 in 2016 - fueling a 67% increase in hate crimes since 2015 alone. Negative rhetoric from politicians and other public figures further drive hate and bias-related attacks on Muslim communities. Despite the increase in reported hate crimes in the U.S., the number of federal and state hate crime prosecutions remains low. Between January 2010 and August 2015, federal prosecutors filed hate crime charges for only 13% of reported hate crimes, and of those, only 11% led to a conviction. On a state level, a 2013 study found that only 4% of reported violent hate crimes led to an arrest. The staggering dearth of hate crime arrests and prosecutions reflects a larger challenge in fully vindicating the rights of victims. Despite hate crimes laws sending a message that as a society, the U.S. does not tolerate hate-motivated attacks, the lack of both federal and state hate crime enforcement sends the wrong message to perpetrators. While federal hate crime prosecutions often garner the most media attention, hate crime enforcement most frequently falls to state and local prosecutors. Today, most states prosecute hate crimes under their own laws � some more diligently than others. Despite the fact that federal prosecutors often defer to states to prosecute hate crimes, five states either do not have hate crime laws, or their laws lack meaningful hate crime provisions. Furthermore, in many parts of the country, local prosecutors are ill-equipped to bring hate crime charges, while federal prosecutors seldom elect to bring hate crime charges against defendants, leaving victims with their rights not fully vindicated. In order to analyze and understand the efficacy of existing legislation and the interplay between state and federal hate crimes laws, accurate data is necessary. There are serious deficiencies in reporting hate crimes, both by victims and government officials. This white paper offers an overview of existing federal hate crime laws to provide a deeper understanding of the strengths and weaknesses in the federal U.S. criminal justice system with regard to addressing hate crimes. The paper also provides recommendations on how to improve the overall hate crimes legislative landscape. The aim of this paper is to encourage renewed conversation on how to address the shortcomings in federal hate crimes laws to better protect minority and marginalized communities throughout this country. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2018. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 2, 2019 at: https://www.mpac.org/assets/docs/publications/Communities-Under-Assault-v1.0--MPAC-paper.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 156827

Author: Muslim Public Affairs Council Title: Safe Spaces: An Updated Toolkit for Empowering Communities and Addressing Ideological Violence Summary: Safe Spaces is about empowering communities in order to secure the sanctity of the mosque and Muslim communities in promoting Islamic values of civic engagement, public safety and healthy identity formation. We realize that violent extremism is a small problem in number, but incalculable in impact, especially when it comes to American Muslim communities. Safe Spaces is an alternative to both heavy-handed law enforcement tactics and government-led countering violent extremism (CVE) programs. Rather than accepting the notion that the only way to deal with terrorism is through tactics such as widespread surveillance and the use of informants, Safe Spaces relies on community-led and community-driven programs that communities and mosques will benefit from beyond the national security context. In fact, Safe Spaces is a framework that can be used for issues other than violent extremism, and will most likely be used for those other issues. For example, having a safe space that openly and honestly discusses relevant issues with community members provides a healthy environment for people to deal with issues of addiction, family issues, domestic violence, political grievances, among many more. It also serves as a safe environment for individuals to access the necessary resources they need. Safe Spaces is about empowering communities in a way that promotes healthy vibrant communities, and the public interest for all people. Details: Los Angeles: Author, 2014? 80p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed July 2, 2019 at: https://www.mpac.org/safespaces/files/MPAC-Safe-Spaces.pdf Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 156828

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Management Alert: DHS Needs to Address Dangerous Overcrowding and Prolonged Detention of Children and Adults in the Rio Grande Valley (Redacted) Summary: In May 2019, we issued a management alert about dangerous overcrowding observed in the El Paso area during our unannounced inspections of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) holding facilities. During the week of June 10, 2019, we traveled to the Rio Grande Valley in Texas and again observed serious overcrowding and prolonged detention in Border Patrol facilities requiring immediate attention. According to Border Patrol statistics, the Rio Grande Valley sector has the highest volume on the southwest border, with nearly a quarter million apprehensions in the first eight months of FY 2019. This total represents a 124 percent increase compared to the same period in FY 2018, with the greatest increase in family units. Table 1 shows the total number of apprehensions by category and the percent increase for the Rio Grande Valley sector. During our visits to five Border Patrol facilities and two ports of entry in the Rio Grande Valley, we reviewed compliance with CBP's Transport, Escort, Detention and Search (TEDS) standards, which govern CBP's interaction with detained individuals, and observed serious overcrowding and prolonged detention of unaccompanied alien children (UACs), families, and single adults that require immediate attention. Specifically, Border Patrol was holding about 8,000 detainees in custody at the time of our visit, with 3,400 held longer than the 72 hours generally permitted under the TEDS standards. Of those 3,400 detainees, Border Patrol held 1,500 for more than 10 days. CBP is responsible solely for providing short-term detention for aliens arriving in the United States without valid travel documents. CBP detains such individuals on a short-term basis to allow for initial processing, and then transfers the individuals to other government agencies. However, even when CBP has completed its initial processing obligations, it cannot transfer detainees out of its facilities until U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) has space for single adults and some families, and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has space for UACs. Currently, because both ICE and HHS are operating at or above capacity, CBP has experienced increasing instances of prolonged detention in its facilities. This management alert addresses overcrowding at four of the five Border Patrol facilities, and prolonged detention at all five facilities, we visited in the Rio Grande Valley. While our prior management alert on an El Paso facility identified similar issues with respect to the single adults detained in that facility, this alert highlights additional concerns with respect to UACs and families being detained in the Rio Grande Valley facilities we visited. This alert also addresses security incidents in these facilities that reflect an escalation of the security concerns raised in our prior alert. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource; OIG-19-51: Accessed June 7, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-07/OIG-19-51-Jul19_.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156830

Author: Connor, John M. Title: Does Crime Pay: Cartel Penalties and Profits Summary: This article seeks to answer a fundamental antitrust question: does crime pay? Do the current overall levels of U.S. cartel sanctions adequately discourage firms from engaging in illegal collusion? Seven years ago our research showed that the unfortunate answer was clearly that, yes, criminal collusion usually is profitable! The expected costs (in terms of criminal fines and prison time, civil damages, etc.) was significantly less than expected gains to the price fixers. Sadly, the most recent data re-affirm this conclusion. The great majority of companies participating in illegal cartels make a profit even after they pay all the penalties. The current level of sanctions is only 9 to 21 percent of optimality, so it follows that current overall sanction levels should be quintupled. To move modestly in this direction, we propose five specific recommendations. Only the first and possibly the last would require new legislation. First, legislation should add prejudgment interest to both private treble damage actions and criminal fines. Second, the U.S. Sentencing Commission should double its current presumption that cartels raise prices by an average of 10 percent. (Hundreds of independent estimates show that median cartel overcharges since 1990 have averaged 23 percent, and the mean overcharge has been more than 35 percent for domestic cartels, and 56 percent for international cartels.) Third, the budget of the Antitrust Division should be increased significantly. Fourth, as Judge Douglas Ginsburg and others have recommended, the DOJ should insist, in its plea bargaining negotiations, that corporate defendants agree not to hire or re-hire anyone who has been convicted of price fixing for a specified (and long) period. Finally, the United States should implement a whistleblower reward or bounty system for individuals who turn in cartels. Together, these proposals would more nearly deter price fixing optimally. They would save victimized consumers and businesses from paying billions of dollars per year in cartel overcharges. Details: Baltimore: University of Baltimore, 2019. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: University of Baltimore School of Law Legal Studies Research Paper # 2019-03: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3379697 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Business Cartels Shelf Number: 156832

Author: Cramer, Lindsey Title: Considerations for Justice-Involved Youth Programming. Lessons Learned and Recommendations from the Arches, AIM, and NYC Justice Corps Evaluations Summary: In line with a rehabilitative approach to juvenile justice, policymakers and practitioners across the country have begun to embrace an approach to safety and justice that advances success for all youth, especially those that are vulnerable to justice system contact. This brief identifies several lessons learned and recommendations designed to inform current and future programming for justice-involved youth, drawing on findings from three program evaluations in New York City. The recommendations emphasize the importance of engaging stakeholders in a collaborative process when designing programs, providing staff training and opportunities for coordination, implementing effective program services, and engaging in ongoing program monitoring and evaluation to document outcomes and inform program refinements. This brief is intended for all stakeholders who serve justice-involved youth, such as justice system staff, judges, court actors, probation officers, law enforcement officers, community- and faith-based organization staff, and other local partners. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, Justice Policy Center, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/100309/considerations_for_justice-involved_youth_programming_1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 156833

Author: Howell, K. Babe Title: Report on the Bronx 120 Mass "Gang" Prosecution Summary: In recent years, takedowns of gangs and crews in New York City have led to mass prosecutions of multiple defendants for conspiracy and RICO (Racketeering Influenced Corrupt Organization Act) conspiracy charges. While the takedowns are generally accompanied by intensive media coverage, information about the charges, process, and allegations against individuals caught up in these takedowns is not readily accessible. This report looks into the court records of the largest of the mass gang prosecutions - the takedown of the Bronx 120 in April of 2016. In the pre-dawn hours of April 27, 2016, nearly 700 officers in riot gear descended upon Eastchester Gardens and the adjoining neighborhood along White Plains Road. The officers were from the NYPD, ATF, DEA, and Homeland Security. Helicopters hovered overhead as armed SWAT teams used battering rams to execute no-knock warrants. They were arresting defendants charged in twin conspiracy indictments. The defendants and the raid have come to be known as the Bronx 120 for the 120 defendants named in the indictments. Preet Bharara, then-United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York, announced that the raid was believed to be the "largest gang takedown in New York City history." The report concludes that nearly half of the 120 individuals targeted in these "gang" indictments were not alleged to be gang members by the prosecution, two-thirds of the defendants were not convicted based on violent conduct (including 35 for who were convicted based on marijuana sales), and two-thirds of defendants had no prior felony record, and nearly half were re-prosecuted for conduct previously adjudicated in state courts. Although many of the defendants were not violent gang members, the vast majority (101 of the 120) were held without the possibility of bail, and 15 of the 19 who were released were subject to house arrest. Further, these mass indictments fail to safeguard the public's interest in transparency and speedy trial. Details: New York: Bronx120, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3406106 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Gang Shelf Number: 156834

Author: Council of State Governments, Justice Center Title: Strengthening Partnerships Between Law Enforcement and Homelessness Services Systems Summary: Across the country, local law enforcement and homelessness service system leaders are grappling with the significant, often rising numbers of people experiencing unsheltered homelessness, and they are seeking solutions. As first responders, law enforcement officers are frequently dispatched to address situations involving homelessness-related health emergencies or public safety challenges. In fact, in many communities, law enforcement agencies can be one of the few, if not the only, public agencies in regular contact with people experiencing homelessness. Lack of access to regular care for mental and physical health conditions and substance use disorders among people who are unsheltered can lead to frequent 911 calls, driving emergency, medical, and police responses. At the same time, the national housing affordability crisis - a driving force behind the rise of unsheltered homelessness in many communities - also puts strain on the homelessness service system to respond, often without the resources and funding to do so. Historically, local laws and ordinances have penalized activities associated with living in unsheltered spaces, such as public urination and sleeping in public. These activities are often classified as misdemeanors, which result in arrests and fines that do not address the underlying issues. Left with few options but to arrest, disperse, or issue a citation, many officers experience frustration at what amounts to a revolving door between homelessness and the criminal justice system - a cycle that disproportionately affects people of color.3 This cycle can not only leave officers feeling ineffectual, it also exacerbates challenges faced by people who are jailed for behaviors relating to the experience of homelessness. These jail stays disrupt people's health care and disconnect them from their communities, potentially worsening any underlying mental illnesses and substance use disorders, and creating additional barriers to their ability to secure housing. Alarmingly, of the 11 million people admitted to jail annually, nearly 1.65 million experienced homelessness the year prior. Recognizing that no one system can effectively address this problem alone, law enforcement and homelessness service system leaders are partnering to understand the scope of unsheltered homelessness in their communities and are beginning to develop coordinated strategies for responding. More work is still needed to strengthen these partnerships, but with the law enforcement and homelessness service systems both focused on this issue, local leaders have an opportunity to find common ground while acknowledging the different priorities of each system. While the law enforcement priority of maintaining public and officer safety is not inherently at odds with the homelessness service system's focus on quickly housing people experiencing homelessness, these systems may sometimes find themselves at cross-purposes. The strategies outlined in this brief are intended to support these collaborative efforts to better understand each other and to address unsheltered homelessness, while reducing related contact with law enforcement. Details: New York: Author, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.usich.gov/resources/uploads/asset_library/Law-Enforcement-and-Homelessness-Service-Partnership-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 156838

Author: U.S. Department of Justice. Office of Justice Programs. Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Title: Amber Alert: Field Guide for Law Enforcement Officers Summary: Reports of endangered missing and abducted children may be among the most difficult, challenging, and emotionally charged cases that law enforcement first responders and investigators will ever experience. Each stage of the case, from the initial call through recovery, forms a critical component of a thorough child recovery response. Public safety agencies must provide their This guide is designed to help law enforcement better understand how to avoid or mitigate critical pitfalls in a child abduction case. These can include delays in requesting an AMBER Alert due to officers not knowing whom to call and what core information to provide for an effective alert. It is also critical for law enforcement officers to know that it is okay to call the AMBER Alert Coordinator early in the case to discuss options for the alert, even as information is coming together in the investigation. staff with the tools and training that enable them to act swiftly and decisively when confronted with these types of cases. An immediate and comprehensive response enhances the likelihood of accumulating evidence or information that might otherwise be lost during the critical, early stages of an investigation. As first responders in a missing child investigation, local law enforcement plays a critical role in the overall life cycle of the investigation and the use of the AMBER Alert public notification system, if warranted. The AMBER Alert system is useful only when agencies know how and when to activate an alert. Agency policies and procedures should clearly outline the investigative response to a missing child, to include the procedures and lines of authority for requesting an AMBER Alert. Law enforcement's investigative processes are inherently separate and different from the AMBER Alert process in a child abduction case. They may involve different agencies, personnel, and timing; however, they are still inextricably connected and interdependent if an AMBER Alert is ultimately issued. An effective initial response by law enforcement feeds the core information to the authorities who can issue an AMBER Alert. A successful alert, in turn, will trigger a significant influx of tips and leads in the case. This guide is designed to help law enforcement better understand how to avoid or mitigate critical pitfalls in a child abduction case. These can include delays in requesting an AMBER Alert due to officers not knowing whom to call and what core information to provide for an effective alert. It is also critical for law enforcement officers to know that it is okay to call the AMBER Alert Coordinator early in the case to discuss options for the alert, even as information is coming together in the investigation Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/252795.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Amber Alert Shelf Number: 156839

Author: Knoth, L. Title: Washington State's Aggression Replacement Training for Juvenile Court Youth: Outcome Evaluation Summary: In 2018, WSIPP was contracted to evaluate the effectiveness of the Washington State Aggression Replacement Training (WSART) program at reducing recidivism for court-involved youth. In addition to evaluating the overall effects, WSIPP was asked to evaluate for whom the program, and under what conditions, the program was most effective. We evaluated the effects of WSART in Washington State courts from 2005 to 2016. We found that, on average, WSART participants were more likely to recidivate than similar youth who did not participate in WSART. The differences in recidivism for WSART and non-WSART youth were evident in nearly all sub-populations including males, White youth, Black youth, Hispanic youth, younger youth, high-risk youth, moderate-risk youth, youth assessed using the Back On Track risk (BOT) assessment, and youth assessed using the Positive Achievement Change Tool (PACT) assessment. WSART participation reduced recidivism only for females. WSART effectiveness did not vary based on the average competence determination for trainers in different juvenile courts. However, we found that youth who completed the entire WSART curriculum were significantly less likely to recidivate than youth who participated in but did not complete the WSART program. Details: Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2019. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.wsipp.wa.gov/ReportFile/1707/Wsipp_Washington-States-Aggression-Replacement-Training-for-Juvenile-Court-Youth-Outcome-Evaluation_Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Replacement Training Shelf Number: 156848

Author: Human Rights Watch Title: "We Can't Help You Here": US Returns of Asylum Seekers to Mexico Summary: The Trump administration has pursued a series of policy initiatives aimed at making it harder for people fleeing their homes to seek asylum in the United States, separating families, limiting the number of legal entries, prolonging detentions, and narrowing the grounds of eligibility. In January 2019, the administration expanded its crackdown on asylum to a wholly new practice: that of returning asylum seekers to Mexico where they are expected to wait until their US asylum court proceedings conclude, for months and perhaps even for years. "We Can't Help You Here": US Asylum Seeker Returns to Mexico details serious abuses associated with the US Department of Homeland Security's so-called Migrant Protection Protocols (MPP). Based on interviews with asylum seekers in Ciudad Juarez, Mexico, attorneys, advocates, and Mexican and US government officials, as well as court monitoring in El Paso, Texas, the report reveals asylum seekers are trapped in dangerous Mexican border cities with limited shelter space where they lack meaningful access to due process in the US and face risks to safety and security. Human Rights Watch calls on the Department of Homeland Security to immediately end the MPP program and cease returning asylum seekers to Mexico in order to ensure their safety, access to humanitarian support, and due process in their asylum proceedings. The US government should also reduce the backlog in the immigration court system and avoid detaining migrants, especially asylum seekers, children, families, those with physical or mental health concerns, and other vulnerable populations. Details: New York: HRW, 2019. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 5, 2019 at: https://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/report_pdf/us_mexico0719_web.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156849

Author: Legewie, Joscha Title: Aggressive Policing and Academic Outcomes: Examining the Impact of Police "Surges" in NYC Students' Home Neighborhoods Summary: Over the last three decades, cities across the United States have adopted strategies known as "proactive" or "broken windows" policing, with a focus on strict law enforcement for low-level crimes and extensive pedestrian stops. The initiatives have occurred disproportionately in poor communities of color, and an increasing number of students of color - particularly young men and boys - have come into contact with the criminal justice system. In New York City alone, for example, the police conducted more than 4 million pedestrian stops between 2004 and 2012; over 85 percent of those stopped were Black or Latino, and most were under age 25. While the City's approach to policing has changed since 2012 - including the end of "stop and frisk" policies deemed racially discriminatory by the courts - many young people of color, in NYC and across the country, continue to live in communities with a heavy police presence. Yet, to date, there has been relatively little research on how this impacts students' educational outcomes. In Aggressive Policing and Academic Outcomes: Examining the Impact of Police "Surges" in NYC Students' Home Neighborhoods, we present findings from a new study and highlight their implications for policy and practice. The study focuses on the New York Police Department's Operation Impact - a policing program that was implemented from 2004 to 2014 and increased the intensity of broken windows policing in selected NYC neighborhoods. The brief illustrates that: During this time, the rate of police stops differed greatly based on age, race and gender. The rate was substantially lower for girls than boys. Between the ages of 13 and 15, Black boys experienced a dramatic increase in the rate of police stops that far exceeded those seen among White and Latino boys. Operation Impact resulted in a modest reduction in violent crime in targeted neighborhoods. Living in an "impact zone" had a substantial negative effect on the educational outcomes of Black boys. This was not true for girls or Latino students. For Black boys, however, beginning at age 12, police surges had an increasingly negative influence on math and English Language Arts (ELA) test scores. Our brief raises important questions for policy and practice, including questions about how to evaluate the ripple effects of law enforcement policies, how to define the relationship between schools and the police, and how educators can best support students who experience aggressive policing in their communities. Details: New York: Research Alliance for New York City Schools, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://steinhardt.nyu.edu/scmsAdmin/media/users/ks191/policing/Aggressive_Policing_and_Academic_Outcomes_Brief.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Abuse of Authority Shelf Number: 156752

Author: New York University Center on the Administration of Criminal Law Title: Relationship Processes in the Development of Teen Dating Violence Summary: Conduct an intensive observational longitudinal study of 200 New York City 14- to 18-year-old dating couples, organized around four overarching questions. Question #1: Are maladaptive interaction patterns in teen dating relationships associated with TDV? Question #2: Do the same maladaptive interaction patterns that predict current TDV (from Question 1) predict future TDV? Question #3: Do the effects of maladaptive interaction patterns on TDV transcend the relationship in which they were observed? Question #4: Do risk factors (e.g., antisociality, family violence) identified in prior research explain TDV via their impact on maladaptive interaction patterns? Details: New York: New York University, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252850.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Antisocial Shelf Number: 156744

Author: New York City Bar Title: Mass Incarceration: Where do we go from here? Summary: With prospects for reducing mass incarceration on the national level uncertain, the Task Force on Mass Incarceration has released a report emphasizing the progress that can be made on the local level and highlighting "New York as a model for reform." A follow up to the 2015 report "Mass Incarceration: Seizing the Moment for Reform", the report describes how New York City and New York State have succeeded in decreasing the rate of incarceration through a variety of policies, and puts forth recommendations on how to continue the momentum and bring about even greater reform, while still preserving public safety and keeping crime low. Recommendations include adding a new subsection to New York's CPL 440.20 (governing motions to set aside a sentence) that would allow an individual under certain circumstances to petition the original sentencing judge to request that his or her sentence be reduced or modified on the ground that the sentence is excessive; developing a means to trigger automatic sentence reductions - beyond the current merit and good time programs - based on an individual's conduct while incarcerated; further reforms to the bail system; raising the age of criminal responsibility; sealing or expunging criminal records in certain circumstances; and making it unlawful statewide for prospective employers to ask about an applicant's criminal record before offering a job. Details: New York: New York City Bar, 2017. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: http://documents.nycbar.org/files/mass_incarceration_where_do_we_go_from_here.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Bail System Shelf Number: 156748

Author: Saucedo, Leticia Title: Illegitimate Citizenship Rules Summary: In 2017, the Supreme Court decided Sessions v. Morales-Santana, a challenge to 8 U.S.C. 1409, the law governing the conferral of U.S. citizenship to children born abroad to parents who are U.S. citizens. As the Court noted in a forceful opinion, 1409 imposed different and more onerous physical presence requirements on unwed fathers than unwed mothers, making it difficult for nonmarital fathers to transmit their U.S. citizenship to their foreign-born children. Such distinctions, the Court concluded, were rooted in archaic gender stereotypes and thus incompatible with equal protection principles. Although Morales-Santana corrected the gender discrimination inherent in 1409, it said nothing of the statute's other constitutionally infirm provisions. Although it has drawn little attention, 1409 also discriminates on the basis of illegitimacy, which like gender, is a quasi-suspect classification for purposes of equal protection law. Specifically, 1409 requires nonmarital children to prove that they have been legitimated by their unwed U.S. citizen fathers to establish their derivative citizenship claim. By contrast, foreign-born children in wedlock need not show that they have been legitimated; by virtue of their parents' marriage, they are legally recognized as "legitimate" children. These legitimation requirements have made it more difficult for foreign-born nonmarital children of U.S. citizen parents to prove what should be regarded as their pre-existing citizenship. Crucially, in general, laws such as these that distinguish on the basis of a parents' marital status constitute illegitimacy discrimination. Yet, the Court in Morales-Santana neglected to acknowledge this unequal treatment of nonmarital children, focusing instead on how 1409 discriminated on the basis of gender, and effectively allowing this unconstitutional practice to continue. This Article calls attention to the prevalence of illegitimacy classifications in immigration law by identifying what we term "illegitimate citizenship rules." In highlighting the pervasiveness of this form of discrimination, this Article makes three contributions. As a descriptive matter, these rules demonstrate the unfinished project within equal protection law of eviscerating discrimination against nonmarital children, which includes the treatment of such children in immigration law. As a doctrinal matter, the Article argues that the Supreme Court's narrow focus on the sex equality dimension of 1409 rendered invisible the discrimination of nonmarital children. Finally, as the Article makes clear, by discriminating against nonmarital children, illegitimate citizenship rules promote and perpetuate the "traditional" family and thus discriminate against those families that do not comport with the heterosexual marital family model. The Article concludes by recommending that Congress seize the opportunity created by Morales-Santana to address and eventually eradicate the ongoing discrimination against nonmarital children who are born abroad. Details: Davis, California: University of California Davis, School of Law, 2019. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3396786 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Citizenship Shelf Number: 156749

Author: Hines, Annie Laurie Title: Immigrants' Deportations, Local Crime and Police Effectiveness Summary: This paper analyzes the impact of immigrant deportations on local crime and police efficiency. Our identification relies on increases in the deportation rate driven by the introduction of the Secure Communities (SC) program, an immigration enforcement program based on local-federal cooperation which was rolled out across counties between 2008 and 2013. We instrument for the deportation rate by interacting the introduction of SC with the local presence of likely undocumented in 2005, prior to the introduction of SC. We document a surge in local deportation rates under SC, and we show that deportations increased the most in counties with a large undocumented population. We find that SC-driven increases in deportation rates did not reduce crime rates for violent offenses or property offenses. Our estimates are small and precise, so we can rule out meaningful effects. We do not find evidence that SC increased either police effectiveness in solving crimes or local police resources. Finally, we do not find effects of deportations on the local employment of unskilled citizens or on local firm creation. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute of Labor Economics, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12413.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 156750

Author: Mallik-Kane, Kamala Title: Expanding Medicaid Access to Halfway House Residents: Early Qualitative Findings from Connecticut's Experience Summary: Prior to Connecticut's 2016 Medicaid policy change, people placed in the state's halfway houses as part of their reentry preparation had to return to jails and prisons to receive health care. This qualitative brief describes how residents and staff experienced and perceived the transition to Medicaid in access to care, health care usage, and program operations. We found that access to community-based care is a substantial improvement, because returning to jail deterred residents from seeking care and was logistically burdensome. Residents appreciated easier access to care and higher care quality, while staff perceived less burden with no additional risk. Yet, Medicaid income eligibility limits, provider availability, and halfway house pass policies have posed challenges. We suggest ways to improve linkages to community-based care, and are conducting ongoing research assessing whether Medicaid access affected rates of health care usage and criminal reoffending. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2018. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/99514/expanding_medicaid_access_to_halfway_house_residents.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Care Shelf Number: 156751

Author: National Center for State Courts Title: Trends in State Courts: 2019 Summary: Courts play an essential role in our society, yet many members of the public find them intimidating, with their imposing architecture, security procedures, and seemingly arcane rules and legal language. Yet, for many members of the public, courts represent their only one-on-one contact with government, at least outside of a voting booth. As intimidating as courts can seem, access to justice is critical; therefore, state courts are working to make their processes more understandable and relevant to the public. Courts also provide a crucial gateway to other essential services, such as drug treatment and rehabilitation. For example, the lead article in this year's edition of Trends in State Courts discusses how the Massachusetts Community Justice Project uses Sequential Intercept Mapping to confront the state's opioid-abuse crisis. This mapping process shows how the opioid crisis impacts the courts and points out gaps in community services to addicts that need to be filled. The attitudes of court employees also affect access to justice, as well as public perceptions of the justice system. Engaged employees tend to be more efficient and devoted to the mission of the courts. A group of articles in this year's Trends examines the importance of courts investing in human capital, with a focus on such investment in the Connecticut Judicial Branch and the Cuyahoga County Court of Common Pleas in Cleveland, Ohio. Such investments pay dividends in improved operations and public perceptions of the courts' role in society. Another section of Trends 2019 looks at the role of technology in promoting the rule of law. One such article describes the 2019 Innovating Justice Forum at The Hague, which brought together court technologists and demonstrated the best justice-related apps from around the world, including India, Nigeria, and Sierra Leone. Other articles show how technology can improve outcomes in child support enforcement and increase access to a court self-help center. Another takes up the importance of building a foundation for information security. Details: Williamsburg, VA: Author, 2019. 68 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.ncsc.org/~/media/Microsites/Files/Trends%202019/Annual%20Publication/Trends-2019-Full-Publication.ashx Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 156857

Author: Woolard, Jennifer Title: Waiver of Counsel in Juvenile Court Summary: A valid waiver of the 6th Amendment right to counsel, a foundational due process entitlement, must be knowing, intelligent, and voluntary. Yet, many youth waive the right to an attorney in delinquency proceedings. Moreover, at the adjudication stage of delinquency proceedings waiver of counsel is, almost without exception, connected to an "admission," or guilty plea. Research suggests that adolescents� immature psychosocial development may affect their decisional capacities regarding constitutional rights in ways that fully mature capacities would not. The goal of this study was to examine age-based differences in knowledge and beliefs regarding the role of counsel, presumptions about counsel, and maturity of judgment when making decisions about waiving the right to counsel or the right to trial in a plea context. One hundred twenty-five justice-experienced adolescents ages 11 to 18 and 96 parents completed semi-structured interviews assessing their understanding, beliefs, and decisions regarding the right to counsel and the right to a trial. Virtually all adolescents and adults believed having an attorney is better than waiving counsel. Adolescents differed significantly from parents in some aspects of understanding the role of lawyers as well as their assessment of risks and benefits of the right to counsel and taking a plea. However, a number of parents also held misconceptions about lawyers and pleas. Implications for changes in policy and practice are discussed. Details: Final report to the National Institute of Justice, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/253015.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Court Shelf Number: 156861

Author: Chalfin, Aaron Title: The Minimum Legal Drinking Age and Crime Victimization Summary: For every crime there is a victim. However nearly all studies in the economics of crime have focused the causal determinants of criminality. We present novel evidence on the causal determinants of victimization, focusing on legal access to alcohol. The social costs of alcohol use and abuse are sizable and well-documented. We find criminal victimization for both violent and property crimes increases noticeably at age 21. Effects are not present at other birthdays and do not appear to be driven by a birth-day "celebration effect." The effects are particularly large for sexual assaults, especially those that occur in public locations. Our results suggest prior research which has focused on criminality has understated the true social costs associated with increased access to alcohol. Details: Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: NBER Working Paper No. 26051: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w26051.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alcohol Regulation Shelf Number: 156896

Author: Noel, Wm. Title: Is Cannabis a Gateway Drug? Key Findings and Literature Review Summary: The gateway hypothesis contends that using cannabis causes an individual to progress to using harder illicit drugs such as cocaine or heroin. FRD reviewed the existing corpus of literature on this hypothesis to evaluate the integrity of the scientific and statistical evidence used to conclude whether cannabis does indeed serve as a gateway drug. Given the complexity of both substance abuse and statistics, as well as the specific terminology involved, a short primer precedes the main text of the report. This section outlines the overall structure of the report and defines the key statistical concepts that were used to examine the relationship between one�s use of cannabis and other illicit drugs. Structure This report provides an analysis of 23 peer-reviewed research studies, including both human and animal-based studies, on cannabis use and its association with the subsequent use of other illicit drugs. It details the methodological rigor of these studies (i.e., how they were conducted) to evaluate the statistical reliability of their findings. The structure of the report includes the following sections: - A high-level summary of FRD's findings - A short history of the gateway hypothesis and U.S. drug laws - An explanation/evaluation of association and causation - FRD's key findings from the literature review . - Profiles for 16 human-based studies - Profiles for 7 animal-based studies The main text provides readers with a high-level summary of FRD's analysis, as well as general background information on the history of the gateway hypothesis and addictive drug laws in the United States. There is also an overview on association and causation, the two key measures that were considered for this report. This section provides real-world examples of the terms, as well as guidance on evaluating them in statistical research. After the key findings and conclusion, appendices detail the process through which FRD identified the relevant studies, along with how that relevancy was determined. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2018. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/252950.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 156900

Author: U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: CBP's Global Entry Program Is Vulnerable to Exploitation (Redacted) Summary: CBP's controls over the Global Entry Program do not always prevent ineligible and potentially high-risk Global Entry members from obtaining expedited entry into the United States. Specifically, during vetting, CBP approved 4 of --- applicants in our statistically valid random sample for FYs 2016-2017 who did not meet the eligibility requirements and should not have been considered low risk. This occurred because CBP officers did not always comply with policies when reviewing Global Entry applications nor do CBP's policies sufficiently help officers determine an applicant's level of risk. Based on the le of approved members, we infer there could be - ineligible, potentially high-risk members in CBP's Global Entry Program. Additionally, during the airport arrival process, CBP officers granted some Global Entry members expedited entry without verifying the authenticity of their kiosk receipts. CBP officers also did not properly respond to a breach of the Daily Security Code. These weaknesses were due to officers not following policy, as well as CBP's insufficient verification procedures. Unless CBP officers authenticate kiosk receipts, someone could use a fake receipt to enter the United States. Finally, CBP does not effectively monitor Global Entry to ensure members continue to meet program requirements. In particular, CBP did not conduct the required number of internal audits and --- not use its Self-Inspection Program effectively. CBP's lack of adherence to its compliance program's policies and procedures creates vulnerabilities in Global Entry by allowing potentially ineligible members to continue to participate. Details: Washington, DC: Author, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: OIG-19-49: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-06/OIG-19-49-Jun19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156904

Author: Vanko, Elena Title: Step-down Programs and Transitional Units: A Strategy to End Long-term Restrictive Housing Summary: The practice of restrictive housing�where a person is held in a cell for 22 to 24 hours per day with minimal activity or human interaction - has come under increased scrutiny from researchers, advocates, policymakers, the media, and corrections agencies themselves. Recognizing this, corrections departments around the country have begun exploring ways to significantly reduce and reform their use of restrictive housing. One challenge, however, is determining ways in which to successfully transition individuals who have already been living in restrictive housing for lengthy periods of time - months, years, or even decades�back into the general population and even the community. This brief examines one approach that has been adopted by a number of systems to help individuals transition, or "step down" from restrictive housing to less-restrictive environments. It offers an overview of these programs, key components of their success, and common pitfalls that should be avoided for agencies looking to adopt them. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/step-down-programs-and-transitional-units-strategy-to-end-long-term-restrictive-housing/legacy_downloads/step-down-programs-and-transitional-units-strategy-to-end-long-term-restrictive-housing-policy-brief.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Isolation Shelf Number: 156905

Author: Muhlhausen, David B. Title: First Step Act: Best Practices for Academic and Vocational Education for Offenders Summary: On December 21, 2018, the First Step Act was passed and included in the Second Chance Reauthorization Act of 2018. Similar to the Second Chance Act of 2007, the 2018 reauthorization aims to improve opportunities for offenders returning to their communities by authorizing the Attorney General to support the provision of funding for adult and juvenile offender demonstration projects at the state, local, and tribal levels. The American criminal justice system currently holds almost 2.3 million people in 1,719 state prisons, 122 federal prisons, 1,772 juvenile correctional facilities, 3,163 local jails, and 80 Indian Country jails as well as in military prisons, immigration detention facilities, residential reentry facilities, civil commitment centers, state psychiatric hospitals, and prisons in the U.S. territories. At year-end 2016, more than 4.5 million adults were under probation and parole. Most individuals in custody, close to 95 percent, will be released and some will reenter the criminal justice system. A nine-year longitudinal study of 401,288 adult state prisoners released in 2005 conducted by the Bureau of Justice Statistics found high rates of recidivism nationwide over time. Sixty-eight percent of formerly incarcerated state prisoners were rearrested for a felony or serious misdemeanor within three years after release, 79 percent within six years, and 83 percent within nine years. This analysis highlights the critical nature of offender reentry and the pressing need to prepare offenders for release. As offenders reenter society, American communities will need to be able to provide the resources and support necessary to help steer these individuals away from returning to a life of crime. A key component of reentry is providing useful skills for individuals to drawn upon. As specified in the Second Chance Reauthorization Act of 2018, academic and vocational education are important features of potential reentry success. Prisons (including state departments of corrections and BOP), jails, and juvenile facilities devote extensive resources to educating and training incarcerated individuals. Vocational training can engage offenders in constructive activities, fostering their employability upon release and their ability to successfully reintegrate into society. The following discussion provides a high-level overview of best practices relating to academic and vocational education for offenders in prisons, jails, and juvenile facilities. Most empirical assessments of offender reentry are conducted to determine whether academic and vocational services reduce recidivism and improve post-release outcomes such as employment and housing. For those areas where best practices have not been identified in the empirical literature, guiding principles for the provision of academic and vocational education will be provided. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, National Institute of Justice, 2019. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://nij.gov/documents/253056.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 156906

Author: Aviram, Hadar Title: Progressive Punitivism: Notes on the Use of Punitive Social Control to Advance Social Justice Ends Summary: This essay examines the emergence of an academic and popular discourse that advocates turning the cannons of the punitive machine against the powerful. I identify this discourse as "progressive punitivism": a logic that wields the classic weapons of punitive law - shaming, stigmatization, harsh punishment, and denial of rehabilitation - in the service of promoting social equality. This logic has permeated much of the political conversation on the progressive left in the United States, and while it has gained some hold in academic discourse, particularly in the legal field, its core lies in the leftist social media arena, where it has enjoyed considerable popular appeal in the last few years. Progressive ire before, and especially after, the election of Donald Trump to the presidency, has flared around issues such as police accountability for use of excessive force, especially against people of color; the proliferation of sexual harassment, assault, and abuse, by the powerful, with too little accountability; and the too-lenient legal response to expressions of racism, xenophobia, corporate/political malfeasance, and other forms of discrimination, social hatred and exclusion. Progressive punitivism operates within the criminal justice system, in the context of a call to hold people perceived as belonging to powerful groups accountable for their actions. However, it also operates throughout the realm of social media and public opinion, often compensating for the perceived lack of formal consequences against the powerful with intense bursts of informal social control, such as online shaming and excoriation. These two realms - formal and informal social control - frequently cross paths in progressive punitivism in complex ways, often yielding informal, democratized punitive power to those perceived as powerless within the formal apparatus. In this paper I attempt to sketch the main features, origins, and consequences, of the progressive punitive perspective. I start with an overview of the main characteristics of progressive punitivism: turning the existing punitive machine on the powerful, focusing on identity and group politics as an epistemological resource for identifying perpetrators, the concept of "ratcheting up" punishment, the preoccupation with victim voices, and the idea of punishment as a catalyst for social change. I then review the three key areas in which ideas of progressive punitivism have gained visible popularity in recent times: police abuse of force, sexual assault (carceral feminism and the #metoo movement) and hate crimes. I also engage in a brief discussion of the interplay between the call for formal consequences for lawbreaking and the engagement in intense punitive expressions of informal social control, particularly via shaming campaigns on social media. I then expand the theoretical framework by interrogating the intellectual and cultural sources of progressive punitivism, examining radical and critical criminology, second-wave feminism, and Communist China as a surprising intellectual parallel. I conclude that the most plausible source of progressive punitivism is conservative punitivism; Americans of all political stripes, I explain, have been steeped for decades in a framework that sees criminal justice as the quintessential solution for moral problems and victims of crime as the premier moral interlocutors. American criminal justice in the late 20th and early 21st centuries has had a deep impact on the national psyche, and progressive punitivism is, upon reflection, an application of this mentality, rather than a deviation or revolutionary reinterpretation of it. The essay ends with a discussion of the discontents of progressive punitivism and the dangers of cottoning to it as a viable strategy for social justice reform. Details: Unpublished paper, 2019. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3404276 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Me Too Movement Shelf Number: 156907

Author: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO) Title: Certain DOD and DHS Joint Task Forces Should Enhance Their Performance Measures to Better Assess Counterdrug Activities Summary: What GAO Found: Many federal agencies are involved in efforts to reduce the availability of illicit drugs by countering the flow of such drugs into the United States. Among them are the Department of Defense (DOD), which has lead responsibility for detecting and monitoring illicit drug trafficking into the country, and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which is responsible for securing U.S. borders to prevent illegal activity. DOD and DHS lead and operate task forces - Joint Interagency Task Force (JIATF)-South, JIATF-West, and three DHS Joint Task Forces (JTF) - to coordinate and conduct counterdrug missions and activities. Task force officials reported that the task forces coordinated effectively with each other when they had shared purposes and overlapping or shared geographical boundaries (see map). The task forces also used coordination mechanisms that align with best practices, such as working groups and liaison officers, to minimize duplication of their missions and activities. Each of the five task forces GAO reviewed has performance measures, but only JIATF-South uses output (e.g., number of detected smuggling events) and outcome-based measures to assess the effectiveness of its activities. Specifically, JIATF-South developed an outcome-based measure of its overall effectiveness: the percentage of smuggling events it detected and provided to law enforcement that resulted in disrupted or seized illicit drugs. JIATF-West evaluates its numerous initiatives and activities, for instance, by determining if they were executed as planned, but has not established a vital few performance measures that consistently convey the overall effectiveness of its activities. Lastly, the DHS JTFs' performance measures are not outcome-based and do not fully assess the effectiveness of the task forces' activities. Enhancing their measures would better position JIATF-West and the JTFs to demonstrate contributions and convey trends in the overall effectiveness of their activities. Why GAO Did This Study: The U.S. government has identified illicit drugs, as well as the criminal organizations that traffic them, as significant threats to the United States. In 2017, over 70,000 people died from drug overdoses, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. DOD and DHS created joint task forces to help facilitate and strengthen interagency efforts in combating the flow of illicit drugs, particularly in the maritime domain. GAO was asked to review the structure of these task forces and their ability to coordinate and conduct missions effectively. Among other objectives, this report (1) assesses the extent to which the task forces coordinate effectively to minimize duplication, and (2) examines how the task forces measure the effectiveness of their missions and activities. GAO reviewed and assessed documentation on the task forces' missions, coordination efforts, and performance assessments and compared them to best practices from prior work, departmental guidance, and federal internal control standards. GAO also met with task force officials to discuss and observe planning and coordination activities. What GAO Recommends: GAO is making three recommendations, including that JIATF-West establish a vital few, consistent performance measures for its overall performance; and that DHS develop outcome-based performance measures for the JTFs' activities. DOD and DHS concurred with the three recommendations. Details: Washington, DC: Government Accountability Office, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 16, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/710/700187.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156803

Author: Roehm, Scott Title: Deprivation and Despair: The Crisis of Medical Care at Guantanamo Summary: From the inception more than 17 years ago of the Guantanamo Bay detention center located on the U.S. naval base in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, senior detention facility personnel have consistently lauded the quality of medical care provided to detainees there. For example, in 2005, Joint Task Force (JTF) Guantanamo's then-commander said the care was "as good as or better than anything we would offer our own soldiers, sailors, airmen or Marines." In 2011, a Navy nurse and then deputy command surgeon for JTF Guantanamo made a similar claim: "The standard of care here is the best possible standard of care (the detainees) could get." In late 2017, Guantanamo's senior medical officer again echoed those sentiments: "Detainees receive timely, compassionate, quality healthcare...(which is)...comparable to that afforded our active duty service members on island." There have been many more such assertions in the intervening years and since. Following an in-depth review of publicly available information related to medical care at Guantanamo - both past and present - as well as consultations with independent civilian medical experts and detainees' lawyers, the Center for Victims of Torture and Physicians for Human Rights have determined that none of those assertions is accurate. To the contrary, notwithstanding Guantanamo's general inaccessibility to independent civilian medical professionals, over the years a handful of them have managed to access detainees, review medical records, and interface with Guantanamo's medical care system to a degree sufficient to document a host of systemic and longstanding deficiencies in care. These include: - Medical needs are subordinated to security functions. For example, prosecutors in a military commission case told the judge explicitly that the commander of Guantanamo's detention operations is free to disregard recommendations of Guantanamo's senior medical officer. - Detainees' medical records are devoid of physical and psychological trauma histories. This is largely a function of medical professionals' inability or unwillingness to ask detainees about torture or other traumatic experiences during their time in the CIA's rendition, detention, and interrogation program, or otherwise with respect to interrogations by U.S. forces - which has led to misdiagnoses and improper treatment. -In large part due to a history of medical complicity in torture, many detainees distrust military medical professionals which has led repeatedly to detainees reasonably refusing care that they need. Guantanamo officials withhold from detainees their own medical records, including through improper classification. -Both expertise and equipment are increasingly insufficient to address detainees' health needs. For example, a military cardiologist concluded that an obese detainee required testing for coronary artery disease, but that Guantanamo did not have the "means to test" him, and so the testing was not performed. With regard to mental health, effective torture rehabilitation services are not, and cannot be made, available at Guantanamo. - Detainees have been subjected to neglect. One detainee urgently required surgery for a condition he disclosed to Guantanamo medical personnel in 2007 - and they diagnosed independently in 2010 - but he did not receive surgery until 2018 and appears permanently damaged as a result. - Military medical professionals rotate rapidly in and out of Guantanamo, which has caused discontinuity of care. For example, one detainee recently had three primary care physicians in the course of three months. - Detainees' access to medical care and, in some cases, their exposure to medical harm, turn substantially on their involvement in litigation. For example, it appears extremely difficult, if not impossible, for detainees who are not in active litigation to access independent civilian medical professionals, and for those who are to address a medical need that is not related to the litigation. For detainees charged before the military commissions, prosecution interests have superseded medical interests, as with a detainee who was forced to attend court proceedings on a gurney writhing in pain while recovering from surgery. These deficiencies are exacerbated by - and in some cases a direct result of - the damage that the men have endured, and continue to endure, from torture and prolonged indefinite detention. It is long past time that the medical care deficiencies this report describes were acknowledged and addressed. Systemic change is necessary; these are not problems that well- intentioned military medical professionals - of which no doubt there are many, working now in an untenable environment - can resolve absent structural, operational, and cultural reform. Nor, in many respects, are they problems that can be fully resolved as long as the detention facility remains open. Guantanamo should be closed. Unless and until that happens, the Center for Victims of Torture and Physicians for Human Rights call upon Congress, the Executive Branch, and the Judiciary to adopt a series of recommendations aimed at meaningfully improving the status quo. These include, but are not limited to: lifting the legal ban on transferring detainees to the United States and mandating such transfers when detainees present with medical conditions that cannot be adequately evaluated and treated at Guantanamo; ensuring detainees have timely access to all of their medical records upon request while otherwise maintaining confidentiality of those records (especially with regard to access by prosecutors); and allowing meaningful and regular access to Guantanamo by civilian medical experts, including permitting such experts to evaluate detainees in an appropriate setting. If the United States declines to take the steps this report recommends, complex medical conditions that cannot be managed at Guantanamo should be expected to accelerate in frequency and escalate in severity. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights and The Center for Victims of Torture, 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://phr.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/PHR_CVT-Guantanamo-medical-crisis-report-June-2019-1.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Detainee Shelf Number: 156815

Author: Physicians for Human Rights Title: Not in my Exam Room: How U.S. Immigration Enforcement is Obstructing Medical Care Summary: Across communities that line the United States' southern border with Mexico, U.S. immigration enforcement actions in or near hospitals, clinics, and other health care facilities are putting increasing pressure on medical professionals to compromise patient care. Customs and Border Patrol agents conduct searches in hospital parking lots and hold ambulances at checkpoints while critically ill patients languish inside. Agents arrest patients about to undergo surgery, stand guard and refuse to unshackle patients during medical evaluations, and send undocumented patients into detention directly from hospitals, at times putting safe medical discharge into question. U.S. and international laws protect the right to nondiscriminatory access to health care for all individuals. But, in certain instances, loopholes permit enforcement actions in medical facilities which interfere with this right and with the ethical obligation of medical professionals to provide care. Through consultations with medical professionals in border communities and across the United States, as well as through desk research, Physicians for Human Rights (PHR) has uncovered cases of egregious violations where medical advice was ignored and patients undergoing urgent treatment were arrested and their treatment impeded. While amending laws and adopting new ones would help solve this problem, there are measures that the medical community can take immediately to help protect patients and providers. This brief examines the impact of enforcement actions on access to health care for hospitalized immigrants, whether in the community or in government custody. It also serves as a resource for policymakers, medical associations, and medical professionals to take concrete action and to advocate for policy solutions, including the notion of creating "sanctuary" or "safe space" hospitals. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights, 2019. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://phr.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Not-in-my-Exam-Room_-PHR-Sanctuary-Hospitals-June-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Customs and Border Patrol Shelf Number: 156816

Author: Physicians for Human Rights Title: "There is No One Here to Protect You": Trauma Among Children Fleeing Violence in Central America Summary: A Child Rights Crisis: Policy debates rage over what has been termed a humanitarian crisis, a human rights crisis, or a national emergency at the U.S.-Mexico border. What is clear is that it is a child rights crisis. Unaccompanied children, adolescents, and young families have fled in increasing numbers from violence in the "Northern Triangle" countries of Central America - El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras - and have been met at the U.S. border with harsh and punitive policies which violate their rights and compound existing trauma, thereby threatening the health and well-being of thousands. These policies are justified in the name of deterrence. However, if persecution and violence are the primary factors influencing migration, harsh border enforcement will not serve as an effective deterrent and will only cause more harm to an already traumatized population. Though high levels of child migration have captured the national attention, there has been comparatively little medical research in the United States about child asylum seekers' trauma experiences and resulting negative health outcomes. However, the limited number of studies of immigrant and refugee children who have resettled in developed countries have identified a high rate of trauma exposure and high rates of depression, post-traumatic stress disorder, chronic pain, musculoskeletal injuries, scars, and neuro-cognitive problems. The aim of this study is to provide the first detailed case series of recent child and adolescent asylum seekers in the United States. This report communicates the findings from more than 180 physical and psychological evaluations of children seeking asylum in the United States. The evaluations were conducted by members of the Physicians for Human Rights (PHR) Asylum Network between January 2014 and April 2018 and were analyzed by medical school faculty and students from Weill Cornell Center for Human Rights. The vast majority of the children evaluated were from the Northern Triangle countries (89 percent), of El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras. Children reported that they survived direct physical violence (78 percent) and sexual violence (18 percent), threats of violence or death (71 percent), and witnessing acts of violence (59 percent) in their home countries. This violence was most often gang-related (60 percent), but a significant portion of children (47 percent) faced violence perpetrated by family members. PHR's clinicians documented negative physical aftereffects of this abuse: from musculoskeletal, pelvic, and dermatologic trauma to severe head injuries. 76 percent of children were suspected to have or diagnosed with at least one major mental health issue, most commonly post-traumatic stress disorder (64 percent), major depressive disorder (40 percent), and anxiety disorder (19 percent). Furthermore, children reported that government authorities in their home countries did not effectively prevent, investigate, prosecute, or punish crimes against children. These findings document that children arriving in the United States are fleeing severe forms of harm which may amount to persecution if their home government is unable or unwilling to control the perpetrators, and if their persecution is based on their race, religion, nationality, political opinion, or membership in a particular social group. Asylum jurisprudence in the United States and internationally recognizes that gang and domestic violence may amount to persecution. In accordance with international and U.S. law, individuals with a credible fear of persecution arriving at the U.S. border have the legal right to apply for asylum. International and U.S. law also prohibit the return of any individual to a country where they face persecution, torture, ill-treatment or other serious human rights violations, with children deserving heightened consideration. Child asylum seekers are also entitled to additional protections under international and U.S. law, including accommodations in the asylum process which take into account their level of development and maturity and their specific health and mental health needs. The right of children to be heard and to remain with their parents, as long as it is in their best interest, is recognized as a civil and political right. The findings in this report and the relevant legal standards demand an effective and humane policy response both in countries of origin, to prevent the violation of child rights, and in the United States, to fairly recognize claims of persecution and end practices that expose these young migrants to further trauma. PHR calls on countries of origin to urgently direct resources to end impunity and protect children. As a priority, governments must ensure adequate resources to investigate, prosecute, and punish violent acts against children, and establish or maintain independent investigatory bodies to address corruption and impunity. Governments must also ensure adequate resources for violence prevention and response, such as specialized police units, education initiatives, and specialized assistance for child survivors. Given the extreme levels of violence experienced by the children from the Northern Triangle evaluated by PHR, the U.S. administration must safeguard access to asylum in the United States, in order to meet immediate needs for protection and to maintain vital aid to Northern Triangle countries for addressing violence and instability in the long term. Since children's health has been affected by repeated trauma exposure, the administration should ensure that all children receive pediatric medical screening upon arrival at custody and uphold child protection standards in custody, prioritizing least restrictive settings and increasing use of alternatives to detention. Details: New York: Physicians for Human Rights, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://reliefweb.int/sites/reliefweb.int/files/resources/PHR-Child-Trauma-Report-June-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156817

Author: Blandford, Alex M. Title: Guidelines for the Successful Transition of People with Behavioral Health Disorders from Jail and Prison Summary: This work was initially conducted in 2013 by SAMHSA's GAINS Center for Behavioral Health and Justice Transformation (GAINS Center), operated by Policy Research Associates, Inc., in collaboration with the Council of State Governments Justice Center (CSG Justice Center). It was authored by Alex M. Blandford, M.P.H., C.H.E.S. and Fred C. Osher, M.D. Support for the original work came from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services' Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) Center for Mental Health Services and the Department of Justice's Bureau of Justice Assistance. The material contained in this publication does not necessarily represent the position of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or the U.S. Department of Justice. In 2019, this publication was revised and updated by Maureen McLeod, Ph.D. and Melissa Neal, Dr.P.H. of Policy Research Associates, Inc. Merrill R. Rotter, M.D., Albert Einstein College of Medicine provided guidance on this revision. This publication was revised to reflect the latest research and statistics related to the justice involvement of individuals with behavioral health disorders and evidence-based or promising reentry practices for this population. Details: Delmar, New York: Policy Research Associates, 2019. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://www.prainc.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/GuidelinesSuccessfulTransition2019-508.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Behavioral Health Shelf Number: 156855

Author: Morgan-Trostle, Juliana Title: The State of Black Immigrants Summary: This background report aims to provide basic descriptive statistics regarding Black or African American immigrants based on the American Community Survey (ACS), the 2014 Yearbook of Immigration Statistics published by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and immigration data available on the Transactional Records Access Clearinghouse (TRAC) website developed by Syracuse University. ACS 2014 1-year Public Use Microdata Sample (PUMS) data was used to conduct the research on specific information of the immigrant communities in the U.S. and the untabulated data was downloaded from the U.S. Census Bureau website and then analyzed in Stata and R programs. Information about immigrants' population, education, poverty rate, citizenship status, place of birth, geographic location and other demographics were analyzed. Since the PUMS data represents about 1% of the American population, results on the total population estimates were calculated by replicating the weight variable within the dataset, subject to standard errors of inferential statistics. Other conclusions on Black immigrants were analyzed based on the DHS Yearbook and TRAC data, which were both categorized by regions and/or nationalities. All data on Black immigrants from the DHS source was calculated based on immigrants from African and Caribbean countries. Since the data on immigration courts available on TRAC was obtained through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request to the Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR) under the Department of Justice, the data was similarly organized by nationalities and the results on Black immigrants were calculated based on all African and Caribbean countries. Details: New York: New York University Law, Immigrant Rights Clinic and Black Alliance for Just Immigration, 2019. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: http://www.stateofblackimmigrants.com/assets/sobi-fullreport-jan22.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 156915

Author: Poyker, Michael Title: Do Private Prisons Affect Criminal Sentencing? Summary: This paper provides causal evidence of the effect of private prisons on criminal sentencing. Our identification strategy uses state-level changes in private-prison capacity and compares changes in sentencing across trial court pairs that straddle state borders. We find that a doubling of private prison capacity raises sentence lengths by 1.1 percent, but not the likelihood of conviction. The effect is not driven by changes in state legislation, and we find no evidence for 'judicial capture'. We do find some evidence that judges may internalize the lower cost of imprisonment in private prisons. Lastly, private prisons do not appear to accentuate existing racial biases in sentencing decisions. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://www.anderson.ucla.edu/faculty_pages/christian.dippel/privateprisons_sentencing.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Sentencing Shelf Number: 156914

Author: Bersani, Bianca Title: Thinking about Emerging Adults and Violent Crime Summary: Individuals who commit acts of violence constitute an enduring concern for the criminal justice system as well as the public at large. In response to fears of an unrelenting crime wave, dramatic changes to sentencing policy, particularly for violent offenders, occurred in the 1980s and 1990s. Today, more than half of state prisoners are serving time for a violent offense. Increases in the severity of criminal justice sanctions (e.g., decision to prosecute, reclassification of charges, use of incarceration, and lengthening prison sentences) for those convicted of violent offenses has fueled mass incarceration. Despite major reductions of crime, including violence, over the past two decades, an intense focus on violent offenders as distinct and different endures. This brief summarizes research on violent criminal behavior over the life course. We focus special attention on emerging adults because they have the highest rates of both violent offending and violent victimization. First, drawing on a large body of longitudinal research on crime, we present the known 'facts' about violence. Note that this research literature uses criminal justice records of those officially sanctioned as well as self-reports of offending and victimization. Second, we discuss the experiences and consequences of living with violence. Third, we conclude with policy recommendations for responding to violent crime. Details: S.L.: Emerging Adult Justice Learning Community, 2019. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://static1.squarespace.com/static/5c6458c07788975dfd586d90/t/5cefe1b23cd4e3000135efaa/1559224929928/Emerging-Adults-Violent-Crime.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Wave Shelf Number: 156913

Author: Austin, James Title: Reconsidering the "Violent Offender" Summary: Despite a wave of criminal justice reform around the country over the last decade, the U.S. incarceration rate remains the highest in the world (Travis, Western, and Redburn 2014; Kaeble and Cowhig 2018). People considered "low-level" and "nonviolent" have been the primary focus of reform efforts, but to significantly reduce incarceration, policymakers must fundamentally reconsider the "violent offender." In 2016, of the almost 7 million people incarcerated daily or on community supervision, people labeled violent offenders accounted for the majority of the state prison population (55 percent), and large shares of jail, probation, and parole populations (Table 1). Details: S.L.: The Square One Project, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://thecrimereport.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/Reconsidering-the-Violent-Offender_DIGITAL.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Incarceration Rate Shelf Number: 156912

Author: Department of Homeland Security. Office of Inspector General Title: Concerns about ICE Detainee Treatment and Care at Four Detention Facilities Summary: This report summarizes findings on our latest round of unannounced inspections at four detention facilities housing ICE detainees. Because we observed immediate risks or egregious violations of detention standards at the Adelanto and Essex facilities, we issued individual reports to ICE after our visits to these two facilities and recommended ICE conduct a full review of the facilities to ensure compliance with ICE's 2011 PBNDS. Overall, our inspections of the four detention facilities revealed violations of ICE's detention standards and raised concerns about the environment in which detainees are held. Details: Washington, DC: Department of Homeland Security, Office of the Inspector General, 2019. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://www.oig.dhs.gov/sites/default/files/assets/2019-06/OIG-19-47-Jun19.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Detainees Shelf Number: 156911

Author: Wool, Jon Title: Paid in Full: A Plan to End Money Injustice in New Orleans Summary: The role that money - in the form of bail, fines and fees - plays in criminal justice systems has come under increased focus. These practices have long plagued New Orleans, driving jail incarceration and costing struggling families - most of them black - millions. Two federal courts recently ruled that judges cannot lawfully impose money bail or enforce conviction fees because their own institution stands to benefit financially from these same decisions. To its credit, New Orleans has been taking the initiative to change by, for example, virtually eliminating money bail for municipal offenses and replacing all revenues the Criminal District Court would lose by eliminating money bail and conviction fees. The system is now paid in full. The next step is to align court practices with this new system of funding to end money injustice and replace it with a fairer and safer system. This report sets out a blueprint to achieve that reality. Details: New York: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2019 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/paid-in-full-a-plan-to-end-money-injustice-in-new-orleans/legacy_downloads/paid-in-full-report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Shelf Number: 156909

Author: KPMG Title: Guns, Knives, and Swords: Policing a Heavily-Armed Arizona Summary: Arizona is widely recognized as the most permissive state in the country for public weapons possession. In 2010, then-Governor Jan Brewer famously removed all permitting requirements for public concealed carry of firearms, making Arizona only the third "constitutional carry" state in the nation. Also in 2010, and to much less fanfare, Arizona became the first state to prohibit local governments from enacting any regulations restricting the sale or possession of knives of any kind, including swords, maces, and other exotic blades. Today, Arizona remains the only state in the country with virtually no restrictions on the public concealed carry of any type of bladed weapon. In part owing to this deregulatory environment, as many as twelve percent of all Arizonans report publicly carrying a concealed deadly weapon on their person or in their vehicle. But these laws have also created confusion for Arizona police officers charged with protecting the public. For over a century, Arizona officers could justifiably initiate an investigatory stop of a publicly armed individual based on little more than a reasonable suspicion that such possession was unlawful. But in a state where a significant percentage of the population lawfully possesses weapons in public, Arizona police must now discern which lethal weapons carriers are law abiding citizens and which ones pose true criminal threats to the public. Increasing the confusion for Arizona law enforcement, the Ninth Circuit and Arizona Supreme Court have recently authored conflicting opinions regarding whether a lawfully stopped individual can be frisked solely because he is armed or whether he must also give the officer reasonable suspicion that he is "presently dangerous." This Article examines three distinct aspects of Arizona law and policy as it relates to this growing confusion. First, it challenges the efficacy and constitutionality of Arizona's "duty to inform" law, which seeks to clarify this reasonable suspicion quandary by requiring concealed weapons possessors to affirmatively disclose the presence of weapons to police officers when asked. As a matter of federal constitutional law, officers can only require citizens to cooperate with inquiries if reasonable suspicion already existed to justify the stop. In contrast, by requiring citizens to voluntarily disclose information to officers, "duty to inform" laws arguably place these encounters with law enforcement outside the traditional Terry v. Ohio stop context, thus rendering the encounter consensual and failing to solve the reasonable suspicion issue. Second, the Article considers the competing case law in Arizona regarding the "armed and dangerous" prong of stop and frisk for lawful gun carriers. The Arizona Supreme Court in State v. Serna held that lawful weapons carriers cannot automatically be considered dangerous for purposes of a protective frisk. The Ninth Circuit, in United States v. Orman, held otherwise, and focused on characteristics of gun ownership not explicitly considered by the Arizona Supreme Court. But both cases involved consensual encounters and not involuntary investigative stops. The Article surveys case law from other jurisdictions to offer a balanced approach to frisks of lawfully stopped, lawfully armed Arizonans. Third, the Article highlights policy considerations relevant to resolving these competing perspectives, as well as the competing interests of Arizonans in exercising their statutory possession rights and of officers in protecting themselves and others when faced with a public weapon carrier. In doing so, the Article explores for the first time in scholarly literature what, if any, parallels can be drawn from the experience of officers stopping and frisking lawful gun carriers and officers stopping and frisking lawful knife carriers. Details: Raleigh, North Carolina: Campbell University - Norman Adrian Wiggins School of Law, 2018. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3355937 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Concealed Carry Shelf Number: 156737

Author: Newton, Samuel P. Title: Kidnapping Reconsidered: Courts' Merger Tests do not Remedy the Inequities which Developed from Kidnapping's Sensationalized and Racialized History Summary: Kidnapping has a troubled history in the law. It was instituted, perpetuated, and expanded almost exclusively after publicized and sensationalized cases where the children of wealthy whites were taken. In the same periods, courts and legislatures largely ignored the cries of minorities, particularly slaves or free blacks, that they too had been kidnapped. In the public hysteria over the relatively few kidnappings of white children, legislatures expanded the offense's definition to the point that it lost all meaning and became unconstitutionally vague. To remedy this problem, courts created kidnapping merger tests. But these tests have had little consistency or coherency, and troublingly, they have done little to solve the issues of discriminatory enforcement that have plagued kidnapping since its inception. Legislatures should reconsider kidnapping and narrow its definition in order to prevent the arbitrary use of police or prosecutorial discretion. If legislatures refuse to act, then courts should strike down their kidnapping statutes as vague and as violations of double jeopardy and equal protection, as well as a cruel and unusual punishment. Details: Moscow, Idaho: University of Idaho, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 21, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/332182582_Kidnapping_Reconsidered_Courts'_Merger_Tests_Do_Not_Remedy_the_Inequities_Which_Developed_from_Kidnapping's_Sensationalized_and_Racialized_History Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 156738

Author: Ramirez, Marizen Title: Contents and Contexts of Cyberbullying: An Epidemiologic Study Using Electronic Detention and Social Network Analysis Summary: Most of what is known about cyberbullying - its prevalence, risk factors, and links with offline bullying, violence and delinquency - draws heavily on single surveys, which limit researchers' ability to examine actual cyberbullying communications or the peer group contexts of the behavior. Using a multi-methods research design, we classified the contents of cyberbullying messages, measured their frequency and associations with offline bullying, and examined how social networks are associated with these behaviors. Beginning in January 2015, we surveyed 164 adolescents, grades 6 through 8, from two Iowa middle schools. Two surveys, one at the start of the spring semester and one at the end of spring 2015, gathered self-reported information on perpetration, victimization, and witnessing of online and offline bullying and the structure of peer networks. Of the 164 participants, a total of 77 participated in an electronic capture period from January through May 2015. We equipped participant smartphones with an application that collected incoming and outgoing text messages and Facebook and Twitter activity, and also surveyed them weekly about their bullying experiences. Approximately 21 per 1000 messages among youth in this sample were found to be aggressive in nature. Most aggression centered on topics about personality traits, sexual activity, harassment, jealousy, and appearance, and in peer-about-peer, peer-to-peer, and dating partners' communications. Messages with negative sentiment were found in specific participants, do not occur in mutual communications, and appear in gossip (i.e., discussed a third party). Findings form a scientific foundation for future studies of cyberbullying and more widely cyberaggresion. Our research also has practical implications for anti-bullying policies and practices, by providing by increasing knowledge about actual cyber aggressive communications and the social contexts in which they are embedded. Details: Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252847.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 156925

Author: National Gang Center Title: Responding to Gangs in Schools: A Collaborative Approach to School Safety Summary: Gang affiliation is not something that students leave behind when they come to school. Gang members do not leave their behaviors, attitudes, and conflicts outside the school environment. Gangs, unchecked and unidentified in a school setting, often engage in threat and intimidation; physical and cyber bullying; fighting; recruiting; and criminal activities such as the introduction and use of weapons, assault, sex trafficking, vandalism, and illegal drug sales. The absence of a well-developed, strategic, collaborative, and effective school safety plan can lead to violence and other unsafe and disruptive activities within a school setting. It is not solely the responsibility of schools to create and maintain a safe learning environment, free from the disruption gangs can cause, for students, faculty, and staff. To develop a comprehensive plan that identifies effective, evidence-based strategies to address gang issues in the school environment requires the involvement of law enforcement, school administrators and staff, and other key sectors of the community. The OJJDP Comprehensive Gang Model highlights such a holistic approach by coordinating the roles of all agencies and organizations within a community that are responsible for addressing gang-related crime and violence. Schools are part of the larger community. Details: Tallahassee, Florida: National Gang Center, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED594661.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 156924

Author: Liberman, Akiva Title: Implementing Restorative Justice in Rhode Island Schools: First-Year Implementation of Case Conferencing Summary: Abstract: Restorative justice provides a possible alternative to exclusionary responses (e.g., suspension) to student misbehavior. A set of schools in Rhode Island is testing one restorative justice approach, family group conferencing with misbehaving students. This report concerns the first year of implementation. This report finds that, over the first year of implementation, family conferencing requires a consistent referral process, which in turn depends on buy-in and support from school administrators, disciplinary staff, and teachers. Pre-conference work and post-conference follow-up maximize the effectiveness of restorative agreements reached in conference. Successful family group conferencing addresses deeper causes of misbehavior, helps students understand their actions, repairs harm, and develops supportive relationships. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2017. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/88936/implementing_restorative_justice_in_rhode_island_schools_0.pdf Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 156926

Author: Mears, Daniel Title: The Pam Beach County School Safety and Student Performance Partnership Research Project: Final Research Report Summary: Statement of the Problem In the 1980s, school districts around the country began to implement "get tough" responses to juvenile offending. Simultaneously, and consistent with the broader tough-on-crime movement, schools focused their attention on high-risk youth and on more punitive, and less rehabilitative, interventions. In more recent years, there has been recognition that a more balanced approach, one that provides for accountability and for rehabilitation and support, may be a more effective way to promote student and school success. To this end, schools have sought to develop interventions that reduce offending, juvenile court referrals, and school-based behavioral problems, and, at the same time, improve academic outcomes such as attendance, academic promotion, and grades. There is a need not only to develop such interventions but also to evaluate their effectiveness and to examine factors that influence their implementation. This project responded to this need through the expansion of a pilot initiative in Florida's School District of Palm Beach County (SDPBC) and an evaluation of it, in collaboration with Florida State University (FSU), using an experimental design. A central premise of the intervention is that improved school safety requires systematic attention to law enforcement- and court-involved youth. It therefore focuses on youth who have had contact with the police, been arrested, received a law enforcement sanction, or received a court-ordered sanction. The implementation of the program and study involved a collaboration among the SDPBC, FSU, the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ), the SDPBC Police Department, the Parent-Child Center (PCC), and the Drug Abuse Treatment Association (DATA). This collaborative partnership afforded a unique opportunity to develop a promising initiative for promoting school safety not only in SDPBC but also in other districts. Research Goals and Objectives: The purpose of this project was to implement and evaluate a school-based intervention that aimed to improve school safety, reduce school misconduct and referrals to juvenile court, and improve students' behavioral and academic outcomes. To assess the effect of the intervention on students and schools, respectively, the evaluation employed a mixed methods approach that included (1) an experimental design in which students were randomly assigned to the program or a control group, (2) a longitudinal analysis of intervention and comparison schools to assess school-level effects, and (3) a process evaluation that documented how well the program implementation conformed with the program's design, barriers and facilitators to effective implementation, and strategies other schools and districts might use to implement the intervention successfully. The reliance on an experimental design is a central strength of this study. Despite the fact that randomized trials are generally considered the "gold standard" for assessing internal validity, they continue to be the exception rather than the rule in criminological research (Weisburd 2010; Welsh et al. 2013). An additional strength of the study is the incorporation of a process evaluation, which was used to monitor implementation, identify strategies for improving implementation, and glean lessons about how other districts might successfully implement similar interventions (Laub 2012). Three goals guided the evaluation. Goal 1. Test the impact of targeted wraparound services on the delinquency and educational outcomes of law enforcement- and court-sanctioned youth through an experimental design in which eligible youth are randomly assigned to the intervention (treatment) or to "business as usual" (control). In this study, "business as usual" constituted the typical approach used with youth who had police- or court-contact. Youth in the control group did not receive the school-based wraparound services and treatment. This approach was justified by the fact that at the outset it was unknown whether the intervention was more effective at improving youth outcomes and by the fact that the intervention did not remove services for students but rather augmented them to determine if doing so improved outcomes. Objectives related to goal 1 included assessing the impact of wraparound services and, for youth on probation, school-based probation on future delinquency, school attendance, and academic performance for both law enforcement- and court-involved youth. To achieve these objectives, the study sought to answer the following research questions: 1. Does the intervention reduce at-risk youths' likelihood of future police contact? 2. Does it reduce at-risk youths' likelihood of misconduct at school? 3. Does it improve school attendance among at-risk youth? 4. Does it increase grade advancement among at-risk youth? 5. Does it improve academic performance among at-risk youth? Goal 2. Test the impact of the intervention on overall school safety and student performance through analyses of matched samples of schools. Objectives related to goal 2 included assessing the effects of the intervention on school disciplinary infractions, delinquency, student performance, and climate. The research questions were as follows: 1. Does the intervention reduce schools' rates of disciplinary infractions? 2. Does it reduce school suspensions and improve student academic performance? 3. Does it improve school climate, as assessed through school climate surveys? Goal 3. Assess how well the intervention is implemented, document barriers and facilitators to effective implementation of the intervention, and identify strategies that other school districts could use to successfully adopt a similar intervention. Objectives related to goal 3 included assessing the intervention's implementation, documenting barriers and facilitators to successful implementation, and identifying how the intervention might be successfully transferred to or adopted by other schools or school districts. Here, the research questions included: 1. What intervention activities were fully implemented with fidelity to program design? 2. What activities were viewed by program staff as most effective in improving outcomes? 3. What factors inhibit or facilitate full and quality implementation of program activities? 4. What approaches would contribute to successful adoption of the intervention? Details: Tallahassee, Florida: Florida State University, 2018. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252845.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 156920

Author: Mears, Daniel Title: The Causal Logic Model of the Palm Beach County School Safety and Student Performance Program Summary: Introduction The School Safety and Student Performance Program (hereinafter "the program") was designed by the School District of Palm Beach County (SDPBC), a large, racially and economically diverse school district. The SDPBC is typically among the top 10 largest public school district in the nation. Its student population is larger than the total student populations of many states (National Center for Education Statistics). Among students, approximately one-third percent are white, almost one-third are Hispanic, about 30 percent are African American, and the remaining percent are "other" (Florida Department of Education). In addition, over half of students are eligible for the free/reduced lunch program (Florida Department of Education). The goals of the program are to increase school safety, reduce school behavioral incidents and referrals to juvenile court, and improve student academic outcomes. This program is one of many programs that the SDPBC uses to improve student behavior and academic performance. It emerged from a pilot initiative developed by the district's School Justice Partnership - a collaboration between school district leadership and other agencies, including the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ). The program is unique among SDPBC efforts in its focus on law enforcement- and court-involved youth, its collaborations with multiple agencies that serve these youth, and its schoolwide focus on safety. The pilot initiative was implemented at one school with a single school-based juvenile probation officer. The larger project entailed scaling up this pilot initiative to four schools. It also entailed hiring program staff, including a juvenile probation officer, placed at each school. These schools were selected by the SDPBC based on evidence of high arrest and referral rates. In addition, these sites typically received lower performance grades, had more students eligible for the free/reduced lunch program, and had fewer students who took the ACT or SAT. The SDPBC program seeks to address the needs of youth referred to school administrators by school or local police, youth on intake status with the juvenile court, juvenile first-time offenders, youth diverted from juvenile court, and youth placed on probation. The guiding logic of the program is to address these needs by providing multi-system, wraparound services at schools. These wraparound services are intended to occur primarily during school hours through a team of program and school staff who enable individualized support and assistance and have the ability to integrate and coordinate the efforts of the school, law enforcement, and the juvenile court. This team can refer youth to community-based agencies that provide wraparound family support, mental health and substance abuse services outside of school and after school hours. These program services and staff are in addition to police- or court-ordered sanctions that result from a juvenile first-time offender status, diversion from juvenile court, or probation placement. The five sets of youth are described below, followed by a description of the program staff positions and potential program services. These sections are followed by a description of the causal logic by which various aspects of the program may contribute to intermediate outcomes for youth and schools and, in turn, to longer-term outcomes for them. Figure 1 provides an overview of the program's causal logic and the discussion that follows. Details: Tallahassee, Florida: Florida State University, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252846.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 156917

Author: Bradshaw, Catherine Title: Coaching Teachers in Detection and Intervention Related to Bullying Summary: Study Purpose: The purpose of this study was to develop, through an iterative process, the Bullying Classroom Check-Up (BCCU) integrated coaching and guided practice strategy to aid teachers in detecting and effectively intervening with bullying behaviors (Aim 1; completed spring 2016); determine the feasibility and acceptability of the BCCU (Aim 2; completed spring 2016); and pilot test the BCCU using a small-scale randomized controlled trial (RCT) to determine its promise as an evidence-based strategy for reducing bullying and increasing safety in the classroom (Aim 3; 2016-17 and 2017-18 school year). Participants: The development process included focus groups with total of 17 student participants (6 boys, 11 girls; 4 focus groups) and total of 16 teacher participants (1 man, 15 women; 3 focus groups). We then pilot tested the intervention with six teachers in one school. The randomized testing of this intervention included 80 teachers recruited from five middle schools during the 2016-17 school year. In the second (2017-18) study year, there were 67 remaining consented teachers; all changes were due to school moves/position changes. We also completed end-of-study focus groups with 17 participating intervention teachers (12 female and 5 male) for feedback on their experiences with the coaching. Thirteen students (9 female and 4 male) in these same three schools also provided feedback on bullying and teacher responding. Project Design and Method Project Design: To develop the intervention, we used a qualitative approach. Specifically, we reviewed the literature and conducted and synthesized focus groups. For the piloting of the intervention, we used a mixed-methods approach. We employed the ADDIE model of systematic instructional design (Dick & Carey, 1996) to iteratively analyze, design, develop, implement, and evaluate the BCCU strategy during the pilot stage. Qualitative feedback from this process allowed for further refinement. At the end of the piloting, we collected quantitative data from teachers regarding their experience with the coaching. The efficacy testing of the intervention was conducted using a randomized controlled trial, where teachers were randomized within schools. Specifically, a within-school randomized trial design including 80 middle school teachers recruited from 5 middle schools (grades 6-8) serving urban and urban fringe communities in mid-Atlantic state. Two teachers declined to participate following recruitment, leaving a final sample of 78 teachers randomized to participate in the intervention (N = 39) or control schools (i.e., business as usual; N = 39). Details: Charlottesville, Virginia: University of Virgina, 2019. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252848.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 156919

Author: Turner, Broderick L. Title: Body Camera Footage Leads to Lower Judgments of Intent than Dash Camera Footage Summary: Police departments use body-worn cameras (body cams) and dashboard cameras (dash cams) to monitor the activity of police officers in the field. Video from these cameras informs review of police conduct in disputed circumstances, often with the goal of determining an officer�s intent. Eight experiments (N = 2,119) reveal that body cam video of an incident results in lower observer judgments of intentionality than dash cam video of the same incident, an effect documented with both scripted videos and real police videos. This effect was due, in part, to variation in the visual salience of the focal actor: the body cam wearer is typically less visually salient when depicted in body versus dash cam video, which corresponds with lower observer intentionality judgments. In showing how visual salience of the focal actor may introduce unique effects on observer judgment, this research establishes an empirical platform that may inform public policy regarding surveillance of police conduct. Details: Washington, DC: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States, 2019. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/116/4/1201.full.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Body Cameras Shelf Number: 156930

Author: Del Toro, Juan Title: The Criminogenic and Psychological Effects of Police Stops on Adolescent Black and Latino Boys Summary: Proactive policing, the strategic targeting of people or places to prevent crimes, is a well-studied tactic that is ubiquitous in modern law enforcement. A 2017 National Academies of Sciences report reviewed existing literature, entrenched in deterrence theory, and found evidence that proactive policing strategies can reduce crime. The existing literature, however, does not explore what the short and long-term effects of police contact are for young people who are subjected to high rates of contact with law enforcement as a result of proactive policing. Using four waves of longitudinal survey data from a sample of predominantly black and Latino boys in ninth and tenth grades, we find that adolescent boys who are stopped by police report more frequent engagement in delinquent behavior 6, 12, and 18 months later, independent of prior delinquency, a finding that is consistent with labeling and life course theories. We also find that psychological distress partially mediates this relationship, consistent with the often stated, but rarely measured, mechanism for adolescent criminality hypothesized by general strain theory. These findings advance the scientific understanding of crime and adolescent development while also raising policy questions about the efficacy of routine police stops of black and Latino youth. Police stops predict decrements in adolescents' psychological well-being and may unintentionally increase their engagement in criminal behavior. Details: Washington, DC: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2019 at: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/116/17/8261.full.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 156733

Author: Garner, Joel H. Title: Progress Towards National Estimates of Police Use of Force Summary: Abstract: This research builds on three decades of effort to produce national estimates of the amount and rate of force used by law enforcement officers in the United States. Prior efforts to produce national estimates have suffered from poor and inconsistent measurements of force, small and unrepresentative samples, low survey and/or item response rates, and disparate reporting of rates of force. The present study employs data from a nationally representative survey of state and local law enforcement agencies that has a high survey response rate as well as a relatively high rate of reporting uses of force. Using data on arrests for violent offenses and the number of sworn officers to impute missing data on uses of force, we estimate a total of 337,590 use of physical force incidents among State and local law enforcement agencies during 2012 with a 95 percent confidence interval of +/- 10,470 incidents or +/- 3.1 percent. This article reports the extent to which the number and rate of force incidents vary by the type and size of law enforcement agencies. Our findings demonstrate the willingness of a large proportion of law enforcement agencies to voluntarily report the amount of force used by their officers and the relative strengths and weaknesses of the Law Enforcement Management and Administrative Statistics (LEMAS) program to produce nationally representative information about police behavior. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0192932&type=printable Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Law Enforcement Agencies Shelf Number: 156931

Author: Pereira, Andrea Title: Why we Sometimes Punish the Innocent: The Role of Group Entitativity in Collective Punishment Summary: Abstract: Because punishments are expected to give offenders what they deserve proportionally to the severity of their offenses, the punishment of an entire group because of the misdeed of a few of its members is generally considered as unfair. Group entitativity might increase support for such collective punishment, because members of highly entitative groups are perceived as more similar and interchangeable. We designed three experiments comparing support for third-party collective punishment of low versus high entitative groups. As comparison base-rate, we included conditions in which participants punish an individual wrongdoer (Experiments 1 & 2). Results show that although support for individual punishment is higher than support for collective punishment, this difference was reduced (Experiment 1) or absent (Experiment 2) when the group was highly entitative. Experiment 3 replicated the increasing effect of group entitativity on support for collective punishment. We conclude that group entitativity increases the likelihood of an entire group being treated as a single unit, facilitating collective punishment when a few group members commit an offense. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2018. 14p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0196852&type=printable Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Collective Punishment Shelf Number: 156932

Author: Baumgartner, Frank R. Title: Event Dependence in U.S. Executions Summary: Abstract: Since 1976, the United States has seen over 1,400 judicial executions, and these have been highly concentrated in only a few states and counties. The number of executions across counties appears to fit a stretched distribution. These distributions are typically reflective of self-reinforcing processes where the probability of observing an event increases for each previous event. To examine these processes, we employ two-pronged empirical strategy. First, we utilize bootstrapped Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests to determine whether the pattern of executions reflect a stretched distribution, and confirm that they do. Second, we test for event-dependence using the Conditional Frailty Model. Our tests estimate the monthly hazard of an execution in a given county, accounting for the number of previous executions, homicides, poverty, and population demographics. Controlling for other factors, we find that the number of prior executions in a county increases the probability of the next execution and accelerates its timing. Once a jurisdiction goes down a given path, the path becomes self-reinforcing, causing the counties to separate out into those never executing (the vast majority of counties) and those which use the punishment frequently. This finding is of great legal and normative concern, and ultimately, may not be consistent with the equal protection clause of the U.S. Constitution. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0190244&type=printable Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 156933

Author: Bejan, Vladimir Title: Primed for Death: Law Enforcement-Citizen Homicides, Social Media, and Retaliatory Violence Summary: Abstract: We examine whether retaliatory violence exists between law enforcement and citizens while controlling for any social media contagion effect related to prior fatal encounters. Analyzed using a trivariate dynamic structural vector-autoregressive model, daily time-series data over a 21-month period captured the frequencies of police killed in the line of duty, police deadly use of force incidents, and social media coverage. The results support a significant retaliatory violence effect against minorities by police, yet there is no evidence of retaliatory violence against law enforcement officers by minorities. Also, social media coverage of the Black Lives Matter movement increases the risk of fatal victimization to both law enforcement officers and minorities. Possible explanations for these results are based in rational choice and terror management theories. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2018. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0190571&type=printable Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Black Lives Matter Shelf Number: 156934

Author: Usta, Mericcan Title: Assessing Risk-Based Policies for Pretrial Release and Split Sentencing in Los Angeles County Jails Summary: Abstract: Court-mandated downsizing of the CA prison system has led to a redistribution of detainees from prisons to CA county jails, and subsequent jail overcrowding. Using data that is representative of the LA County jail system, we build a mathematical model that tracks the flow of individuals during arraignment, pretrial release or detention, case disposition, jail sentence, and possible recidivism during pretrial release, after a failure to appear in court, during non-felony probation and during felony supervision. We assess 64 joint pretrial release and split-sentencing (where low-level felon sentences are split between jail time and mandatory supervision) policies that are based on the type of charge (felony or non-felony) and the risk category as determined by the CA Static Risk Assessment tool, and compare their performance to that of the policy LA County used in early 2014, before split sentencing was in use. In our model, policies that offer split sentences to all low-level felons optimize the key tradeoff between public safety and jail congestion by, e.g., simultaneously reducing the rearrest rate by 7% and the mean jail population by 20% relative to the policy LA County used in 2014. The effectiveness of split sentencing is due to two facts: (i) convicted felony offenders comprised around 45% of LA County's jail population in 2014, and (ii) compared to pretrial release, split sentencing exposes offenders to much less time under recidivism risk per saved jail day. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2015. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0144967&type=printable Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: County Jail Shelf Number: 156936

Author: Hester, Neil Title: For Black Men, Being Tall Increases Threat Stereotyping and Police Stops Summary: Abstract: Height seems beneficial for men in terms of salaries and success; however, past research on height examines only White men. For Black men, height may be more costly than beneficial, primarily signaling threat rather than competence. Three studies reveal the downsides of height in Black men. Study 1 analyzes over 1 million New York Police Department stop-and-frisk encounters and finds that tall Black men are especially likely to receive unjustified attention from police. Then, studies 2 and 3 experimentally demonstrate a causal link between perceptions of height and perceptions of threat for Black men, particularly for perceivers who endorse stereotypes that Black people are more threatening than White people. Together, these data reveal that height is sometimes a liability for Black men, particularly in contexts in which threat is salient. Details: Washington, DC: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2019 at: https://www.pnas.org/content/pnas/115/11/2711.full.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Biased Policing Shelf Number: 156937

Author: Brandt, Patrick T. Title: Messing up Texas?: A Re-Analysis of the Effects of the Executions on Homicides Summary: Abstract: Executions in Texas from 1994-2005 do not deter homicides, contrary to the results of Land et al. (2009). We find that using different models -based on pre-tests for unit roots that correct for earlier model misspecifications - one cannot reject the null hypothesis that executions do not lead to a change in homicides in Texas over this period. Using additional control variables, we show that variables such as the number of prisoners in Texas may drive the main drop in homicides over this period. Such conclusions however are highly sensitive to model specification decisions, calling into question the assumptions about fixed parameters and constant structural relationships. This means that using dynamic regressions to account for policy changes that may affect homicides need to be done with significant care and attention. Details: S.L.: Plos One, 2015. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0138143&type=printable Year: 2015 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 156939

Author: Gockel, Christine Title: Murder or Not? Cold Temperature Makes Criminals Appear to be Cold-Blooded and Warm Temperature to be Hot-Headed Summary: Abstract: Temperature-related words such as cold-blooded and hot-headed can be used to describe criminal behavior. Words associated with coldness describe premeditated behavior and words associated with heat describe impulsive behavior. Building on recent research about the close interplay between physical and interpersonal coldness and warmth, we examined in a lab experiment how ambient temperature within a comfort zone influences judgments of criminals. Participants in rooms with low temperature regarded criminals to be more cold-blooded than participants in rooms with high temperature. Specifically, they were more likely to attribute premeditated crimes, ascribed crimes resulting in higher degrees of penalty, and attributed more murders to criminals. Likewise, participants in rooms with high temperature regarded criminals to be more hot-headed than participants in rooms with low temperature: They were more likely to attribute impulsive crimes. Results imply that cognitive representations of temperature are closely related to representations of criminal behavior and attributions of intent. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0096231&type=printable Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Murder Shelf Number: 156943

Author: Milner, Adrienne N. Title: Black and Hispanic Men Perceived to be Large are at Increased Risk for Police Frisk, Search, and Force Summary: Abstract: Social justice issues remain some of the most pressing problems in the United States. One aspect of social justice involves the differential treatment of demographic groups in the criminal justice system. While data consistently show that Blacks and Hispanics are often treated differently than Whites, one understudied aspect of these disparities is how police officers' assessments of suspects' size affects their decisions. Using over 3 million cases from the New York Police Department (NYPD) Stop, Question, and Frisk (SQF) Database, 2006�2013, this study is the first to explore suspects' race, perceived size, and police treatment. Results indicate that tall and heavy black and Hispanic men are at the greatest risk for frisk or search. Tall and heavy suspects are at increased risk for experiencing police force, with black and Hispanic men being more likely to experience force than white men across size categories. Details: San Francisco, California: Plos One, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0147158&type=printable Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Discretion Shelf Number: 156938

Author: Teji, Selena Title: Ignoring the Evidence: The Role of the California District Attorneys Association in California's Prison Crisis Summary: The California District Attorneys Association (CDAA) was incorporated in 1974 to "serve the needs and promote the interests of California prosecutors" (CDAA, 2011). The association accomplishes this mission by operating over 30 special interest committees that draft and analyze legislation and a full-time staff member headquartered in Sacramento to lobby on measures related to "public safety, environmental and consumer protection" (CDAA, 2011). CDAA's membership of over 2,500 includes a seventeen-person Board of Directors that consists of District Attorney and Deputy District Attorney members. This Board conducts the majority of CDAA's decision-making business and is largely elected through annual District Attorney voting (CDAA, 2011c). As a statewide organization, CDAA represents the interests of District Attorneys across California's 58 counties, many of which consist of small rural communities. As a result CDAA's agenda leans towards a conservatism that is more prevalent in these rural areas, despite the fact that those counties are home to a minority of the state's population. Unlike some other states, California does not have a separate district attorney's association to represent the state's urban jurisdictions and the unique public safety issues more common in urban environments. This publication reviews the history of CDAA's legislative advocacy and analyses the underlying agenda behind CDAA's criminal justice policy recommendations. It demonstrates that CDAA-recommended legislation and lobbying efforts are primarily designed to pursue sentencing and incarceration policies that grant increased incarceration power to prosecutors in the courtroom. These policies often contradict independent research and national consensus and circumvent the procedural safeguards provided in the justice system, contributing to California's current prison crisis. Details: San Francisco, California: Center on Juvenile and Criminal Justice, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: http://www.cjcj.org/uploads/cjcj/documents/CDAA_ignoring_the_evidence.pdf Year: 2011 Country: United States Keywords: California Shelf Number: 156954

Author: Franks, Mary Anne Title: "Revenge Porn" Reform: A View from the Front Lines Summary: Abstract: The legal and social landscape of "revenge porn" has changed dramatically in the last few years. Before 2013, only three states criminalized the unauthorized disclosure of sexually explicit images of adults and few people had ever heard the term "revenge porn." As of July 2017, thirty-eight states and Washington, D.C. had criminalized the conduct; federal criminal legislation on the issue had been introduced in Congress; Google, Facebook, and Twitter had banned nonconsensual pornography from their platforms; and the term "revenge porn" had been added to the Merriam-Webster Dictionary. I have had the privilege of playing a role in many of these developments. In 2013, I argued that nonconsensual pornography required a federal criminal response and drafted a model statute to this effect. That statute served as the template for what eventually became the federal Intimate Privacy Protection Act of 2016, as well as for numerous state laws criminalizing nonconsensual pornography. As the Legislative and Tech Policy Director of the Cyber Civil Rights Initiative, I have worked with tech industry leaders, legislators, attorneys, victims, and advocates to develop policies and solutions to combat this abuse. This Article is an account from the front lines of the legislative, technological, and social reform regarding this evolving problem. Details: Miami, Florida: University of Miami, School of Law, 2016. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2019 at: http://www.floridalawreview.com/wp-content/uploads/3-Franks.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Image-Based Abuse Shelf Number: 156965

Author: Robin-D'Cruz, Carmen Title: Pre-Court Diversion for Adults: An Evidence Briefing Summary: Pre-court diversion seeks to offer a swift and meaningful response to low-level offending. The approach has been long recognised as a significant part of the youth justice system. Recently, interest in pre-court diversion for arrested adults has been re-awakened, with the Lammy Review recommending trials of new forms of 'deferred prosecution' and recent high-profile projects such as Operation Turning Point in the West Midlands and Checkpoint in Durham. A 2018 survey by the National Police Chiefs' Council revealed that a majority of police forces across England and Wales are engaged in using or developing pre-court diversion for adults as well as finding both a wide variety in practice and in the terms used to describe pre-court diversion. Pre-court diversion, as we define it, operates in two ways: first, individuals who are arrested and likely to receive a formal out of court disposal are 'diverted' into either a less serious out of court disposal or an informal disposal; second, individuals who are arrested and likely to be prosecuted in court are 'diverted' into either a formal out of court disposal or an informal disposal (this diversion from court is sometimes called 'deferred prosecution'). What is common to both of these diversion routes is that an individual who complies with the conditions of a pre-court diversion should receive a lesser criminal justice disposal than they would have otherwise received, reducing the negative consequences of formal criminal justice sanctions (a process we call de-escalation) and allowing practitioners to focus resources on addressing the root causes of offending. Diversion schemes which do not de-escalate formal criminal justice sanctions do not fit under our definition of pre-court diversion. The purpose of this briefing is to summarise the evidence to date on the impact of pre-court diversion for adults and to draw out some promising practice principles for those working in pre-court diversion schemes. Details: London: Centre for Justice Innovation, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2019 at: https://justiceinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/documents/2019-06/cji_pre-court_diversion_d.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Disposal Shelf Number: 156971

Author: Macy, Rebecca J. Title: Developing North Carolina's Capacity to Address Human Trafficking: A Qualitative Process Evaluation Summary: Background and Purpose: Human trafficking is an increasing concern in North Carolina (NC) with labor and sex trafficking emerging as growing problems in rural and urban areas (Burke, 2013). In 2010, the Office for Victims of Crime awarded a grant to the North Carolina Coalition Against Sexual Assault (NCCASA) to develop statewide, anti-human trafficking infrastructure and response capacities. In assessing NC's anti-human trafficking capacity, NCCASA determined that the state lacked infrastructure to: (a) meet human trafficking victims' needs; (b) train NC service providers who encounter victims in their work; and (c) increase public awareness. By forming a statewide taskforce, NCCASA led a 3-year effort to develop a coordinated human trafficking response and state-level service system. To evaluate these efforts, NCCASA collaborated with our research team to evaluate dynamic changes in NC's anti-trafficking infrastructure. Methods: For the evaluation, we chose qualitative methods because many aspects of human trafficking are so poorly understood that quantitative approaches would require untested assumptions. Thus, our research team used mid- and post-test qualitative research methods with key-informant participants to collect information about: (a) existing NC programs, protocols, and services; (b) NC programs, protocols, and services at the end of the project; and (c) statewide changes that occurred during the project. Participant recruitment was conducted using purposive and snowball sampling. The five organizations that were part of NCCASA's statewide taskforce were asked to identify members who were anti-human trafficking leaders in their respective organizations. The identified leaders were invited to participate and were also asked to invite other relevant members of their organization to participate, too. In all, 14 anti-trafficking advocates and service providers representing all five taskforce organizations agreed to participate in either focus groups or interviews. Focus groups and interviews were conducted at two times about 12-months apart. Most participants (9 of 14; 64.3%) participated in both data collection points. Focus groups and interviews were audiotaped, transcribed, and checked for accuracy. Transcripts were independently analyzed using Atlas.ti and an open-coding approach (Anastas, 2004; Padgett, 2008). Findings:Overall, participants declared the project a success with important improvements in NC's anti-human trafficking infrastructure. Qualitative analysis identified three key challenges: (a) communication, (b) aftercare services, and (c) criminal justice. Participants emphasized that improved interagency communication would result in better collaboration and consequently better victim services. Second, participants declared a pressing need for specialized services for victims, Specifically, participants asked for victim advocacy, case management, counseling, health care, and shelters. Finally, participants described the importance of coordinating efforts among all aspects of the criminal justice system, including law enforcement, districts attorneys, and judges. Detailed information about findings will be presented with participant quotes regarding challenges, lessons learned, and recommendations. Conclusions and Implications: To the best of our knowledge, this is one of the first studies to assess dynamic changes in statewide, anti-human trafficking infrastructure and response capacities. Accordingly, this research represents an exploratory yet valuable step toward determining best practices for addressing human trafficking in the U.S., including specific strategies for developing services in a semi-rural state. Details: Chapel Hill, North Carolina: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, School of Social Work, 2019. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2019 at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/270218494_Developing_Statewide_Anti-Human_Trafficking_Capacity_A_Qualitative_Evaluation Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 156972

Author: Garnett, Margaret Title: Complaints of Biased Policing in New York City: An Assessment of NYPD's Investigations, Policies, and Training Summary: In New York City, "Bias-Based Profiling," otherwise known as biased policing, is defined in Section 14-151 of the New York City Administrative Code as any discriminatory action by law enforcement that is motivated by a person�s actual or perceived status protected by law. In October 2014, the New York City Police Department (NYPD) began investigating complaints of biased policing, such as racial profiling, as a distinct complaint classification. Prior to that, NYPD did not track biased policing complaints. Accordingly, no separate records exist regarding investigations or discipline related to complaints of biased policing prior to the 2014 creation of the classification. Biased policing, whether perceived or actual, is a matter of significant public concern. Communities affected by certain policing practices report high levels of distrust of the police, as the remedial process of Floyd v. City of New York has documented. Concerns regarding bias (or the perception of bias) by officers are, among other factors, intricately tied to public trust in law enforcement. NYPD's implementation of a specific process for investigating complaints of biased policing in 2014 detailed important steps that investigators must take when handling such allegations against its officers and other personnel. The new process reinforced the Department's commitment to its policy that race, color, ethnicity, national origin, and other actual or perceived protected statuses may not be used as a motivating factor to initiate police action (or to refrain from police action). This new policy was coupled with revisions to the Patrol Guide that acknowledged policing practices must be constitutionally sound and that prohibited the use of racial profiling and other types of biased policing in law enforcement. The Department of Investigation's (DOI's) Office of the Inspector General for the NYPD (OIG-NYPD) examined NYPD's handling of 888 biased policing allegations filed between late 2014 and early 2017 and closed by mid-2017. These allegations were made against both uniformed (i.e., police officers) and non-uniformed NYPD personnel. The investigation resulted in several findings regarding the policies and practices of both NYPD and the Civilian Complaint Review Board (CCRB). Some key findings include: Although members of the public have made at least 2,495 complaints of biased policing since the creation of the "Racial Profiling and Bias-Based Policing" complaint category in 2014, all of which have resulted in investigations, NYPD's investigators have not substantiated a single such claim out of the 1,918 complaints that were closed as of December 31, 2018. (See Figure 2 on page 19 for a complete breakdown of the dispositions of biased policing allegations). NYPD officials confirmed in June 2019 that the Department has never substantiated an allegation of biased policing. As discussed in this Report, such allegations can be difficult to prove. - The majority of the biased policing complaints (68.0%) contained allegations of discriminatory policing based on race, ethnicity, color, or national origin. Other complaints alleged biased policing on the basis of creed, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender, age, citizenship status, alienage, housing status, and other non-physical characteristics. - NYPD does not investigate as biased policing an officer's use of offensive or derogatory language related to a complainant's actual or perceived protected status, such as a racial slur, even though NYPD prohibits such conduct. By contrast, if a complainant alleges that an officer used a racial slur and took additional police action (e.g., making an arrest), then NYPD would investigate the matter as biased policing. - According to CCRB, the City's primary agency charged with investigating allegations of police officer misconduct involving Force, Abuse of Authority, Discourtesy, and Offensive Language, CCRB has substantiated numerous allegations of Offensive Language made against NYPD officers since 2014. CCRB, does not, however, investigate complaints of biased policing made against officers. This makes CCRB an outlier among the independent police review agencies that primarily handle complaints of police misconduct in the largest U.S. police departments. - NYPD began administering implicit (i.e., unconscious) bias training in February 2018 with the goal of training uniformed members to recognize unintentional bias. - NYPD's early intervention and performance monitoring systems do not monitor biased policing allegations made against its uniformed and other employees with the same depth and diligence that NYPD brings to tracking excessive force claims involving NYPD personnel. - Although NYPD and CCRB both receive allegations of biased policing, they do not formally share information about such allegations with the City's Commission on Human Rights (CCHR) to aid that agency's investigative efforts into individualized or systemic discrimination against members of the public. Based on these and other findings, OIG-NYPD's recommendations include the following: - NYPD should amend its policies so that complaints alleging the use of offensive or derogatory language associated with an individual's actual or perceived status, such as racial slurs, are classified and investigated as biased policing in addition to "Offensive Language." As with other biased policing allegations, proving that the uniformed member of NYPD had a discriminatory intent will be necessary to substantiate the allegation as biased policing. - CCRB should adopt a policy to classify and investigate allegations of biased policing by uniformed members of NYPD under its "Abuse of Authority" jurisdiction instead of referring such allegations to IAB for investigation. - NYPD should develop and implement a pilot mediation program for some biased policing complaints. - City agencies that handle biased policing complaints (NYPD, CCRB, and CCHR) should convene within the next four months to address the findings and recommendations in OIG-NYPD's investigation. Consistent with all of the recommendations, these New York City government agencies should develop protocols and procedures to regularly share data and information on biased policing complaints. - NYPD should publish statistics for the public as part of an annual report covering complaints of biased policing. These statistics should, at a minimum, include a breakdown of the following: (i) the subject officer's uniformed versus non-uniformed status, bureau or unit assignment, gender, race/ethnicity, age, and length of service to the Department; (ii) the self-reported demographics (race/ethnicity, sex, age, etc.) of complainants; (iii) the types of police encounters that resulted in complaints of biased policing; (iv) the number of biased policing complaints initiated by borough and precinct; (v) the discriminatory policing conduct alleged; (vi) the sub-classifications and outcomes of such complaints; and (vii) the status of the Department's efforts to prevent biased policing. This information should be conspicuously visible on NYPD's website and in other locations where such information would be readily available to the public. Details: New York: Department of Investigation, New York City Police Department, 2019. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2019 at: https://www1.nyc.gov/assets/doi/reports/pdf/2019/Jun/19BiasRpt_62619.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Biased Policing Shelf Number: 156973

Author: Russo, Joe Title: Procuring and Implementing Offender Tracking Technology: Challenges and Needs Summary: Criminal justice agencies increasingly leverage offender tracking technology in the supervision of accused and convicted criminal offenders. According to a 2016 survey conducted by The Pew Charitable Trusts, agencies were supervising more than 88,000 individuals with offender tracking technology, a 30-fold increase from the roughly 2,900 reported a decade earlier. In light of the increasingly important role that offender tracking technology plays in community supervision, the Justice Technology Information Center (JTIC), a program of the National Institute of Justice (NIJ), assembled an expert panel of administrators and program managers with responsibility for their agencies' offender tracking programs. This report presents the results of the panel's discussions. Details: Washington, DC: National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2018. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.justnet.org/pdf/00-offender-tracking_508_8-28-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156978

Author: Saylor, William G. Title: PREP Study Links UNICOR Work Experience with Successful Post-Release Outcome Summary: Data were collected on postrelease outcomes for over 7,000 inmates released between 1983 and 1987. During the project, about 35 percent of inmates in institutions with Federal Prison Industries (UNICOR) operations were actually employed by UNICOR. Of the study sample, 57 percent had exclusive UNICOR work experience, 19 percent had a combination of UNICOR work experience and vocational training, and 24 percent had been involved in vocational or apprenticeship training. The comparison group was matched by gender; security level; and criminal, educational, and employment histories. The PREP findings indicated that inmates who worked through UNICOR or other programs demonstrated better institutional adjustment than the control group. They were less likely to have misconduct reports and, when they were cited for violations, those violations tended to be less serious. Inmates who participated in work programs showed higher levels of responsibility as measured by dependability, financial reliability, and interactions with staff and other inmates. Study and comparison offenders were equally likely to succeed in a halfway house setting, although study participants were more likely to find a job. Inmates who participated in work and vocational programs were less likely to reoffend during their first year back in the community and were earned more money than their counterparts. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Bureau of Prisons, 1992. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/Digitization/150221NCJRS.pdf Year: 1992 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156988

Author: Oliver, Pamela Title: Racial Disparities in Imprisonment in Wisconsin Summary: Wisconsin ranked #2 (behind Minnesota) in 1996 black/white racial disparities in new imprisonments. This disparity arose from being fifth highest in the nation in the per capita rate of new imprisonment of African Americans, but fifth lowest in the rate of new imprisonment for whites. African Americans were 20.6 TIMES as likely to enter prison in Wisconsin as whites. (And in these numbers, "white" includes white Hispanics.) Imprisonment rates arise both from crime and from politically-influenced decisions about arrests, prosecution, and sentencing. This report documents the patterns of racial disparities as a first step toward understanding what to do about them. Part I looks at black and white arrest and new imprisonment rates for offense categories in 1996. The data show evidence both of large differentials in the rate of arrests for very serious violent crimes, and of disparities in law enforcement and sentencing. Part II looks at differences among Wisconsin's counties in the rates of imprisonment for African Americans, Hispanics, Asian Americans, American Indians and non-Hispanic whites. Details: S.L.: University of Wisconsin, Department of Sociology, 2000. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ssc.wisc.edu/~oliver/RACIAL/Reports/WisconsinDisparitiesReport.pdf Year: 2000 Country: United States Keywords: Imprisonment Shelf Number: 156990

Author: Willison, Janeen Buck Title: FY2011 Second Chance Act Adult Offender Reentry Demonstration Projects: Evaluability Assessment of the Missouri Department of Corrections Second Chance in Action (SCIA) Program Summary: In 2008, the Second Chance Act (SCA): Community Safety Through Recidivism Prevention was signed into law with the goal of increasing reentry programming for offenders released from state prisons and local jails. Programs funded through Title I of the SCA must create strategic, sustainable plans to facilitate the successful reentry of individuals leaving incarceration facilities. Other key requirements include collaboration among state and local criminal justice and social service systems (e.g., health, housing, child services, education, substance abuse and mental health treatment, victim services, and employment services) and data collection to measure specified performance outcomes (i.e., those related to recidivism and service provision). Further, the SCA states that program reentry plans should incorporate input from local nonprofit organizations, crime victims, and offenders' families. It also requires that grantee programs create reentry task forces - comprised of relevant agencies, service providers, nonprofit organizations, and community members - to use existing resources, collect data, and determine best practices for addressing the needs of the target population. Consistent with the objectives of the Second Chance Act, the Bureau of Justice Assistance (BJA) funded 22 adult offender reentry demonstration grants in FY 2011. Eight FY 2011 SCA projects were selected by BJA for this evaluability assessment (EA). These projects target adult offenders under state or local custody (and about to return to the community) for comprehensive reentry programing and services designed to promote successful reintegration and reduce recidivism. Intended to proactively address the multiple challenges facing former prisoners upon their return to the community, the grants may be used to provide an array of pre-and post-release services, including education and literacy programs, job placement, housing services, and mental health and substance abuse treatment. Risk and needs assessments, transition case planning, case management, and family involvement are key elements of grantees' SCA projects. The goals of the SCA projects are to measurably (1) increase reentry programming for returning prisoners and their families, (2) reduce recidivism and criminal involvement among program participants by 50 percent over five years, (3) reduce violations among program participants, and (4) improve reintegration outcomes, including reducing substance abuse and increasing employment and housing stability. (See Appendix A for the initiative's SCA logic model.) Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/243985.pdf Year: 2013 Country: United States Keywords: Evaluation Shelf Number: 156992

Author: Fain, Terry Title: Los Angeles County Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act: Fiscal Year 2007-2008 Report Summary: In 2000, the California State Legislature passed what is now known as the Juvenile Justice Crime Prevention Act (JJCPA). This effort was designed to provide a stable funding source to counties for juvenile programs that have been proven effective in curbing crime among juvenile probationers and young at-risk offenders. The Corrections Standards Authority (CSA), which administers the program's funding, is required to submit annual reports to the legislature measuring JJCPA's success. The legislation identified six specific outcome measures to be included in annual reports from each of the JJCPA programs: (1) successful completion of probation, (2) arrests, (3) probation violations, (4) incarcerations, (5) successful completion of restitution, and (6) successful completion of community service. Each county can also supply supplemental outcomes to measure locally identified service needs. JJCPA programs are now in their fifth year of funding. This report summarizes the fiscal year 2007-2008 findings reported to CSA, as well as additional program information gathered by the Los Angeles County Probation Department, based on its oversight and monitoring of program implementation and outcomes. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2009. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/technical_reports/2010/RAND_TR746.pdf Year: 2010 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 113952

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Alleged Convergent Transnational Crimes in Somali-American Communities Summary: This study aimed to build scientific knowledge on the emergence and trajectories of alleged violent extremism and trafficking in persons in Somali-American communities in the U.S. It aimed to generate better understanding of possible convergence issues involved so as to inform policy and practice. Part of the study gathered facts regarding alleged violent extremism and trafficking in persons in Somali-American communities in the United States. Details: Chicago, Illinois: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2019. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252136.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 156994

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Alleged Convergent Transnational Crimes in Somali-American Communities: A Qualitative Study of Risks and Practices Summary: This study aimed to build scientific knowledge on the emergence and trajectories of alleged violent extremism and trafficking in persons in Somali-American communities in the U.S. It aimed to generate better understanding of possible convergence issues involved so as to inform policy and practice. Details: Chicago, Illinois: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2019. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252138.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Radicalization Shelf Number: 156995

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Helpful and Harmful Practices for Addressing Alleged Transnational Crimes in Somali-American Communities Summary: Some risk factors that contribute to both violent extremism and trafficking in persons for commercial sex include perceived discrimination due to racial and ethnic identity, including social exclusion and discrimination because Muslims are regarded as being linked to terrorism. Another risk factor is the view among many Somali-Americans that sex work and violent extremism are not crimes in themselves, but are reflective of subjective moral perspectives. Another risk factor is weak collective efficacy, which fuels a sense of community dis-empowerment. There is also mistrust of law enforcement agencies among Somali-Americans, as well as a lack of familiarity with and reluctance to cooperate with criminal justice agencies. Recommended practices for Somali-American communities include building effective and sustainable prevention programming, the strengthening of police-community relations, an increase in programming that targets community needs, and avoidance of profiling Somalis and engaging in other discriminatory assumptions and practices. In addition to recommendations for strengthening community practices among Somali-Americans, recommendations for strengthening criminal justice policy and practices regarding Somali-Americans are also outlined. Details: Chicago, Illinois: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2019. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252137.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Commercial Sex Work Shelf Number: 156996

Author: Weine, Stevan Title: Transnational Crimes among Somali-Americans: Convergences of Radicalization and Trafficking Summary: Data were obtained from public sources on the possible involvement of Somali-Americans in violent extremism and trafficking in persons, as well as ethnographic interviews of young adults, parents, community leaders, and service providers in three American cities that have large Somali communities. These cities are Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minnesota; Columbus, Ohio; and Nashville, Tennessee. Law enforcement agents who worked with the Somali-American community in the three cities were interviewed. Recently, there have been investigations, arrests, and trials concerning violent extremism and trafficking in persons that involve some Somali-Americans in those cities. The model developed is based on the data collected from research participants who may have assumed that a violation occurred even though the charges for trafficking in persons were pending and before the alleged defendants were acquitted. The assumption that trafficking in persons is relevant for any U.S. community, including the Somali-American community, is thus deemed tenable by the researchers. The study found that both violent extremism and trafficking in persons apparently involve common and selective risks and practices, which can be explained by a convergent risks and practice model informed by "push-and-pull" theory. Risk factors ("push") and protective factors ("pull") are reported for violent extremism and trafficking in persons. The report recommends building effective and sustainable prevention programming, strengthening law enforcement and community relations, increasing programs based on community needs, and stopping discriminatory practices. 14 tables and 92 references Details: Chicago, Illinois: University of Illinois at Chicago, 2019. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252135.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Collaboration Shelf Number: 156997

Author: Robinson, Marquice Title: A Case Study of Overcrowding in a County Jail in the Southeast United States Summary: For the past several decades, the county jail in a large metropolitan city in the southeast United States has been overcrowded, which has resulted in violence within the jail, excessive costs to the Sheriff's Office, and a requirement of Federal oversight of the jail from 2005 to 2015. In spite of these events, little is understood about why jail overcrowding is prevalent in the county and what impacts overcrowding may have on the communities around the jail. Using Shaw and McKay's social disorganization theory as the foundation, the purpose of this case study was to understand the unique circumstances around in the geographic region that may contribute to overcrowding in order to avoid the risk of future federal government intervention. Data were collected through interviews with jail administrators and staff, commissioners, and judges. Additionally, publicly available data related to the operations of the jail were collected. These data were inductively coded and then subjected to a thematic analysis procedure. Key findings identified the primary causes of overcrowding to include increases in the number of correctional clients with mental health problems, increases in the number of youthful offenders, and deficiencies in capacity at the primary jail facility that has not kept pace with population changes in the county. Positive social change implications include recommendations to jail administrators and lawmakers to use statutory authority to alleviate some of the problems in and around the jail facility. These recommendations may reduce the financial and legal risk for the county and promote public safety both within and outside the jail. Details: Minneapolis, Minnesota: Walden University, 2018. 106p. Source: Internet Resource (Doctoral Dissertation): Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/1ef0/a720e68c85cc3bc84904f9f93f8d47a2aefb.pdf?_ga=2.70502744.950165355.1565901150-1667655140.1565901150 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 157001

Author: Coccia, Mario Title: General Causes of Violent Crime: The Income Inequality Summary: This essay has two goals. The first is to show that the heat hypothesis, per se, provides a partial explanation of causes of the violent crime in society. The second is to stress the importance of the concept of socioeconomic inequality that can negatively affect mental health and induce violence, controlling the climate factor. In fact, a fundamental problem in social psychology is what environmental stressors lead to aggressive behavior and violent crime in society. The vast literature has suggested several approaches, such as the heat hypothesis that more violence is associated to very hot temperature. However, the manifold determinants of violent crime in society are hardly known. This study shows that, controlling the climate, the socioeconomic inequality at country level negatively affects human functioning and leads to high rates of violent crime in society. In particular, the statistical evidence seems in general to support the hypothesis that, controlling the climate, the intentional homicides (per 100,000 people) can be explained by the high level of income inequality, both in hot tropical areas and in temperate zone of the globe. The socioeconomic inequality is one of contributing factors that generates aversive environments and, as a consequence, a deteriorated human behavior leading to high rates of intentional homicides in society. The interdisciplinary results here, combining psychological and sociological approaches, suggest an alternative hypothesis that can integrate the current theoretical frameworks to explain one of principal causes of deteriorated human functioning that leads to violent crime in society. Overall, then, these findings can clarify whenever possible, a vital source of the aggressive behavior and violent crime, controlling the climate, to support appropriate policies directed to preempt these critical problems in society. Details: Tempe, Arizona: Arizona State University, Coccia Lab, 2017. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2951294 Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Aggressive Behavior Shelf Number: 157003

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Project: 1995 Report to the Legislature Summary: In 1993, the Minnesota Legislature enacted M.S. 241.67, Subd. 8, which requires that the Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) provide follow-up information on sex offenders placed on probation and conduct research to provide the data from which to . recommend a fiscally sound plan to provide a coordinated system of effective sex offender treatment programming. This legislation also requires the DOC to provide treatment programs in several geographical areas of the state and to encourage the formation of model programs suited to local needs. The Sex Offender/Chemical Dependency (SO/CD) Services Unit of the DOC has been given the primary responsibility for accomplishing the goals ofM.S. 241.67, Subd. 8. In August, 1993 the DOC convened an Advisory Task Force to assist in giving direction to this project. Upon their advice, the SO/CD Services Unit has proposed the following plan to meet the mandate of the legislature. (1) Provide follow-up information on each sex - offender for a period of three years following the offender's completion of or termination from treatment: We have developed instruments to allow for continuous data collection on sex offenders placed on probation. Information will be received on each sex offender at various points throughout his stay on probation, including pre-sentence assessment, placement on probation, entry into treatment, completion of or termination from treatment, and discharge from probation. Positive and negative outcomes will be studied. The development of these instruments is described in this report. (2) Provide treatment programs in several geographical areas in the state: We administer funding for a wide variety of sex offender treatment programs throughout the state. These programs are monitored closely and have been the source of innovative approaches to dealing with sex offenders on probation. A complete description of the funding provided for FY95 and allocations made for FY96-7 are contained in this report. More than 800 sex offenders received treatment services in FY95 through funds administered by the SO/CD Services Unit. (3) Provide the necessary data to form the basis to recommend a fiscally sound plan to provide a coordinated statewide system of effective sex offender treatment programming: The Retrospective Probation Study is a large scale research project studying sex offenders placed on probation in the years 1987, 1989, and 1992. We have obtained data from the probation files of over 700 sex offenders, and have received preliminary results which are enlightening and encouraging. For example, 73% of the offenders in this sample showed no further arrests for any sort of criminal behavior with an average time at risk of more than four years. Further detail is available in this report. We also report on plans to conduct program evaluation research. (4) Provide an opportunity to local and regional governments, agencies, and programs to establish models of sex offender programs that are suited to the needs of that region: The District Development Component will assist in accomplishing this goal. We believe that it should be based on the results of the efforts described above. They should be driven by a study of the tracking of sex offenders, an examination of the success of the programs we have funded, and analysis of the data collected in the Retrospective Probation Study. The Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Project (CBSOPEP) has been active in two major areas in the last fiscal year. The Project has funded treatment for sex offenders through the use of grants and contracts and has begun the research essential to providing the Legislature with the information necessary to develop statewide sex offender programming and supervision. The following report is presented in two sections. The first section concerns the Project's funding of sex offender programming and the second reports on the research completed as of September 1995. Details: St. Paul, Minnesota: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 1995. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://www.leg.state.mn.us/docs/pre2003/mandated/960092.pdf Year: 1995 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Services Shelf Number: 157004

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Project: 1994 Report to the Legislature Summary: This is the second annual report to the Minnesota Legislature on the Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Project (the Project), as required by Minnesota Statutes 241.67, subd. 8(c). At the time of the first report, the Project staff had been recently hired and the Advisory Thsk Force was established but had not met for the fust time. A great deal has been accomplished since then. This report will describe those accomplishments and the proposed plans for continued development of the Project. The legislature is seeking effective and efficient mechanisms by which it can provide funding for community-based sex offender treatment. To establish such mechanisms, the legislature recognized that comprehensive information is required regarding sex offenders and the nature of sex offender treatment. In addition, sound evaluation of treatment programs and treatment outcomes is needed. Recent reports to the legislature by the Office of the Legislative Auditor (1994) and the Departments of Corrections and Human Services (1993) stated that this information is not available in Minnesota. The reports also stated that the effectiveness of sex offender treatment in reducing recidivism has not been demonstrated. In 1993, the legislature established the Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Project in M.S. 241.67, subd. 8. One of the Project's stated goals is to gather the necessary information required to develop a plan for an effective and fiscally sound, coordinated statewide system of sex offender treatment. As part of this process, the Project is required to provide a three-year follow-up to determine reoffense rates for all sex offenders who are sentenced to treatment as a condition of probation. The Project also is required to provide funding to help offset the cost to communities of sex offender treatment and to directly fund sex offender treatment programs where need is established. Eleven grants for community-based treatment and assessment projects have been awarded, and $750,000 will soon be distributed to fund sex offender treatment. The task set for the Proj ect is unprecedented in that no such multi-dimensional prospective project to evaluate sex offender programming has ever been conducted in the United States. Considerable resources and commitment will be required to implement and complete this mandate. However, the benefits generated by the results of this proj ect are anticipated to have a major impact. If the integrity of the Project is not compromised, one result, for example, would be a complete overview of sex offender treatment as it is currently applied in Minnesota. This would include: 1) a description and assessment of how the system is working and how much it costs; 2) information on what occurs after sex offenders leave treatment; and 3) the ability to identify what treatment components are effective in reducing recidivism. Secondly, the core data base will create an infrastructure which will allow ongoing evaluations for future decisions regarding funding and programming. Sex offender programs will get important feedback to help them monitor their effectiveness. Thirdly, this infrastructure would provide a basis for the in-depth study of sexual aggression, as well as for the study of psychopathology in general. Project staff are seeking monies to supplement the funding provided by the legislature. The National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) has already provided funding for several expert researchers to travel to Minnesota to consult with Project staff. Additionally, NIMH has plans to allocate further discretionary funding for the Project in its next budget. The Traumatic Stress and Violence Unit of the NIMH has made the Project a top priority for its perpetrator research program (see Appendix B). Project staff are currently preparing a research proposal with the aid of Dr. Raymond Knight, an expert in the field of sex offender research, for submission to NIMH for substantial funding of the core component of data gathering of the Project. A project of this magnitude has many issues to resolve and obstacles to overcome. No guidelines exist for conducting such a project. Because of this, before any research can be undertaken, many issues and alternative courses of action need to be explored, and their costs and benefits defined. During the period covered by this report, much of the conceptualization and research design has been completed. The Project's direction has been substantially structured and plans for the initial stages of implementation have been determined. There are still a number of issues and many details to be resolved, but the first data collection instruments are ready to be tested and the first' research projects will soon be underway. The Minnesota Department of Corrections (DOC) is committed to conducting the highest quality planning and research possible in order to make a practical, realistic, and workable recommendation. The department is pleased to present this report to the Minnesota Legislature. Before proceeding with the report, one important issue must be addressed. As the Project developed, it naturally moved through several stages of planning and refinement of its goals and objectives. Early in this process, it became clear that sex offender treatment is viewed in terms that are too narrow. The tendency is to consider sex offender treatment as a process that begins when offenders enter a treatment program and ends when they leave the program. This results in outcome and recidivism research that isolates a treatment program from its social context and attributes the "success" or "failure" of its clients as due solely to the actions of the program on its clients. In consultation with the Advisory Task Force, the Project has conceptualized sex offender treatment in broader terms. This perspective is labeled "comprehensive sex offender programming" and is composed of a series of related activities: assessment, treatment, aftercare, and supervision. Comprehensive sex offender programming is the main focus of the Project's data gathering and research effort, and the goal of its recommendations. This report begins with a section which describes the legislative history of the Project and the Project mandate. Subsequent sections describe Project plans for the administration of funds for community-based sex offender treatment, collection of relevant data, and evaluation research activities. The report concludes with a list of recommendations for consideration by the legislature. Details: St. Paul, Minnesota: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 1994. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://www.leg.state.mn.us/docs/pre2003/mandated/950376.pdf Year: 1994 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Services Shelf Number: 157005

Author: Minnesota Department of Corrections Title: Community-Based Sex Offender Program Evaluation Report: 1998 Report to the Legislature Summary: Details: St. Paul, Minnesota: Minnesota Department of Corrections, 1998. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: Copy available at Rutgers-Newark Criminal Justice Library Year: 1998 Country: United States Keywords: Community-Based Services Shelf Number: 157006

Author: United States Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Internet Crime Report 2018 Summary: The FBI is the lead federal agency for investigating cyber-attacks by criminals, overseas adversaries, and terrorists, and the FBI's IC3 provides the public with a trustworthy and convenient reporting mechanism to submit information concerning suspected Internet facilitated criminal activity. The 2018 Internet Crime Report emphasizes the IC3's efforts in monitoring trending scams such as Business Email Compromise (BEC), Extortion, Tech Support Fraud, and Payroll Diversion. In 2018, IC3 received a total of 351,936 complaints with losses exceeding USD2.7 Billion. This past year, the most prevalent crime types reported by victims were Non-Payment/Non-Delivery, Extortion, and Personal Data Breach. The top three crime types with the highest reported loss were BEC, Confidence/Romance fraud, and Non-Payment/Non-Delivery. In February 2018, the IC3 established the Recovery Asset Team (RAT) to assist in the recovery of funds for victims involved in BEC schemes by streamlining communications to financial Institutions. The RAT works within the Domestic Financial Fraud Kill Chain (DFFKC) to recover fraudulent funds wired by victims. The DFFKC is a partnership between law enforcement and financial entities. In 2018, the IC3 RAT notified 56 field offices and 12 Legal Attach�s of 1,061 DFFKC's totaling $257,096,992, a recovery rate of 75%. Another new asset of the IC3 was the creation of the Victim Specialists-Internet Crimes (VSIC) position. The VSIC contact victims of internet crimes, provide crisis intervention, conduct needs assessments, and refer victims to resources and referrals when appropriate. This new position is designed to ensure timely support and services are provided to victims to prevent further victimization and to engage the recovery process as quickly as possible. These positions also lead to a greater coordination of services with the victim�s local field office Victim Specialist. We hope this report provides additional information of value as we work together to protect our nation against cyber threats. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://pdf.ic3.gov/2018_IC3Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cyber Threats Shelf Number: 156998

Author: United States Government Accountability Office (GAO) Title: Northern Border Security: CBP Identified Resource Challenges but Needs Performance Measures to Assess Security Between Ports of Entry Summary: U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) identified staffing and resource challenges affecting its enforcement activities along the U.S.-Canada (northern) border and actions to address them, but faces competing priorities. The U.S. Border Patrol (Border Patrol) and Air and Marine Operations (AMO) are the components within CBP responsible for securing U.S. borders between ports of entry in the land, air, and maritime environments. Border Patrol identified an insufficient number of agents that limited patrol missions along the northern border. AMO identified an insufficient number of agents along the northern border, which limited the number and frequency of air and maritime missions. Border Patrol and AMO also identified a variety of resource challenges along the northern border, such as limited radar and surveillance technology coverage and inadequate facilities to process and temporarily hold apprehended individuals. While the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and CBP identified actions to address staffing and resource challenges, it is unknown whether these challenges will be addressed. This is primarily because CBP's priority is to secure the U.S.-Mexico (southwest) border. Issued in January 2017, Executive Order 13767 directed DHS to take actions to secure the southwest border by, among other things, constructing physical barriers and hiring thousands of agents While CBP has performance measures that assess selected border security operations or programs, some of which include data from the northern border, it does not have specific measures to assess its effectiveness at securing the northern border between ports of entry. For example, Border Patrol has performance measures that assess security in remote areas on the northern border, but the measures do not include data from maritime border areas. Developing and implementing such measures could help Border Patrol and AMO better assess the effectiveness of their northern border operations between ports of entry, including addressing challenges due to limited staffing and resources. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Government Accountability Office, 2019. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://www.gao.gov/assets/710/700012.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156986

Author: Mumford, Elizabeth Title: The Interpersonal Conflict and Resolution (iCOR) Study Summary: The purpose of the Interpersonal Conflict and Resolution (iCOR) study was to inform research on the prevalence and etiology of conflict, victimization, offending and the commonly identified phenomenon referred to as the 'victimoffender overlap' in criminology. More specifically, this study was designed to determine the nature, incidence, and coincidence of forms of interpersonal conflict and resulting conflict management styles, including physical violence, in an existing nationally-representative cohort of 18-32 year old adults. Respondent reports of conflicts involving aggressive and violent behavior (offending and victimization) were distinguished for three relationship categories: intimate partner relationships, friends/acquaintances, and relatively unknown persons/strangers. Furthermore, employing a dyadic data collection design, we assessed the nature of conflicts and conflict management behavioral patterns within and outside intimate partner dyads, using information reported by both "Prime" respondents (members of the general population sample who referred an intimate partner to recruitment for an iCOR survey) and three types of counterpart relationships: (1) the Prime's current intimate partner or spouse, defined as seeing each other, dating, living together, or married; (2) friends, defined as people whom the Prime knows well and feels very friendly towards and who feels friendly toward the Prime in return; and (3) strangers, defined as people the Prime occasionally encounters but doesn't really know or people whom the Prime has never seen before. The research design covered questions about the nature and frequency of conflicts experienced irrespective of whether the incidents ended violently; conflict management style/tendencies (remedial actions, apologies, accounts); and differences between conflicts that turn violent and those that do not. We also assessed the frequency of violence during the course of disputes, including experiences with physical (e.g., assaultive behaviors, weapon attacks) victimization and the perpetration of violent acts. Finally, we investigated the elements that facilitate conflict escalation that are deemed important theoretical constructs in research on aggression, such as adverse childhood events, low self-control, negative affect, street code attitudes, routine activities/lifestyles, agreeableness, and alcohol and drug use, in addition to demographic and other person-level variables. Details: Chicago, Illinois: University of Chicago, 2019. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252953.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 157011

Author: Sentencing Project Title: Women and Girls Serving Life Sentences Summary: Nationwide one of every 15 women in prison - nearly 7,000 women - is serving a life or virtual life sentence. One-third of them have no chance for parole, so their prospects for release are highly improbable. The number of women serving life sentences has grown dramatically despite declining rates of violent crime among women. Details: New York: The Sentencing Project, 2019. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 15, 2019 at: https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Women-and-Girls-Serving-Life-Sentences.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Girls Shelf Number: 157013

Author: National Retail Federation Title: The 2016 National Retail Security Survey Summary: The annual National Retail Security Survey, now in its 25th year, provides loss prevention leaders with insights about internal and external retail crime. This year's results provide compelling statistics on inventory loss and its financial impact. Among other topics, the report addresses point-of-sale data mining and closed-circuit television. This study helps retailers take note of the incremental and significant changes within loss prevention as the industry continues to evolve. Key findings: The impact of shrinkage on the retail industry continues to be sizeable. Most retailers continue to rely on LP professionals to apprehend shoplifters. Shoplifting has surpassed employee theft as the greatest cause of inventory shrink. Details: New York: National Retail Federation, 2016. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://cdn.nrf.com/sites/default/files/2018-10/NRF_2016_NRSS_restricted-rev.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Employee Theft Shelf Number: 157020

Author: Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, United States Title: Implementation of the Ashlynne Mike AMBER Alert in Indian Country Act of 2018: A Report to Congress Summary: This report provides Congress with an assessment of the readiness, education and training needs, technological challenges, and specific obstacles encountered by tribes in the integration of state or regional AMBER Alert communication plans. The report presents background information on the AMBER Alert program, including the role of the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) in supporting state and local law enforcement, previous efforts by DOJ to support AMBER Alert in Indian country, the methodology used in conducting the assessment, and recommendations for next steps in continuing to expand tribes' access to the AMBER Alert system. Details: Laurel, Maryland: Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, 2019. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/252671.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Amber Alert Shelf Number: 157022

Author: Sawyer, Wendy Title: Mass Incarceration: The Whole Pie 2019 Summary: Can it really be true that most people in jail are being held before trial? And how much of mass incarceration is a result of the war on drugs? These questions are harder to answer than you might think, because our country's systems of confinement are so fragmented. The various government agencies involved in the justice system collect a lot of critical data, but it is not designed to help policymakers or the public understand what's going on. As public support for criminal justice reform continues to build, however, it�s more important than ever that we get the facts straight and understand the big picture. This report offers some much needed clarity by piecing together this country's disparate systems of confinement. The American criminal justice system holds almost 2.3 million people in 1,719 state prisons, 109 federal prisons, 1,772 juvenile correctional facilities, 3,163 local jails, and 80 Indian Country jails as well as in military prisons, immigration detention facilities, civil commitment centers, state psychiatric hospitals, and prisons in the U.S. territories. This report provides a detailed look at where and why people are locked up in the U.S., and dispels some modern myths to focus attention on the real drivers of mass incarceration. Details: Northampton, Massachusetts: Prison Policy Initiative, 2019. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 18, 2019 at: https://www.prisonpolicy.org/reports/pie2019.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 157030

Author: Beck, Charlie Title: Use of Force Year-End Review: Los Angeles Police Department Summary: Following several highly publicized police shootings throughout the United States in 2015, the Los Angeles Board of Police Commissioners (BOPC), executive body of the Los Angeles Police Department (Department), requested the Chief of Police (COP) to provide a comprehensive internal report regarding the Department's use of force (UOF). In response, the Department published the Use of Force Year-End Review (Report), an annual five-year comparison study now released in its third edition. The Report has come to serve as a vital platform of measurability and analysis of the Department's UOF occurrences. In review of the statistics published herein, the Department seeks to identify areas where potentially ineffective or outdated UOF-related policies and training can be enhanced, and new innovative practices can be implemented. A notable change was the 2016 concept of tactical de-escalation; the use of techniques to reduce the intensity of an encounter with a suspect and enable an officer to have additional options to gain voluntary compliance or mitigate the need to use a higher level of force while maintaining control of a situation. The components of tactical de-escalation, as prominent as they were in past Department practices and training, needed to be refined and more thoroughly articulated. As such, the development of tactical de-escalation as a concept, and ultimately a policy change, provided the Department a more effective and functional way of introducing the embodied material to officers. As of April 2017, tactical de-escalation has been featured in the preamble of the Department's UOF policy and has become a crucial element in officers' decision-making processes. The Department is also committed to learning from the greater law enforcement community through sharing of knowledge and experiences that have become best practices. Honest self-examination is necessary to shift organizational methods to align with current conditions. As Los Angeles Police Commissioner Matthew Johnson has stated: Any healthy organization must pause every now and again to do some self-examination and make sure that it's using the best and most current methods, giving its employees the best tools, and meeting the public's expectations, as well as its own. This Department must always strive to be the best in the Nation. That means that we must constantly re-evaluate what we are doing and be willing to be self-critical - so that we are always moving forward, always improving. The Report serves as a vital instrument in the self-assessment process and is an important medium in sharing of information with the public. As with past efforts and accomplished solutions, the Department continually strives to maintain its global leadership role in transparency, innovation, and service. The Use of Force Year-End Review stands as a symbol of those principles. Details: Los Angeles, California: Los Angeles Police Department, 2019. 203p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2019 at: http://www.lapdonline.org/research Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: De-escalation Shelf Number: 157034

Author: Muslim Public Affairs Council Title: Domestic Drones: Implications for Privacy and Due Process in the United States Summary: Why we produced this paper: Drones are aircraft that can be operated without the possibility of human intervention on or within the aircraft. The vast prevalence of domestic drones is nearly inevitable and a natural progression of technology meeting human needs. In February 2012, Congress passed the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Modernization and Reform Act, which mandated that drones be further integrated into the national airspace by September 2015. The Secretary of Transportation and the FAA were delegated with the responsibility of making domestic drone operation a reality. The FAA has already made progress toward this goal: in November 2013, the FAA produced a roadmap for the integration of drones and in December, the FAA selected six sites to test domestic drone integration. As domestic drones become more prevalent, however, several issues remain unresolved. These issues are particularly salient because drones are likely to transform the physical and legal landscapes of our country. An overview of existing law suggests that there are inadequate safeguards in place to protect privacy and due process rights. In this report, we present an overview of the existing law on privacy and due process, and analyze proposed legislation to determine how adequately they protect civil liberties. Part I lays out existing law on privacy and due process, and addresses the integration of drones into the national airspace. Part II proposes guidelines for regulations, while Part III describes the various bills and other measures being taken to regulate drones. We propose the following guidelines to address the issues of law enforcement use of drones, data collection, weaponization of drones, due process, oversight, and transparency: Law enforcement use of drones should be restricted. Data collection should be strictly monitored. The FAA should require, not merely recommend, that test sites incorporate the Fair Information Principles into their privacy policies. The weaponization of drones should be prohibited. The right to due process should be preserved. States and individuals should have the ability to bring a cause of action against an entity that, in operating a drone, violates their rights. Drone deployment by federal agents must be subjected to Congressional oversight and local public drone use should be subjected to local city council oversight. The general public should be engaged in the development of policy guidelines by a public body intending to operate drones. In keeping with the principle of transparency, the FAA should make available to the public the names of drone applicants, the holders of Certificates of Authorization, other licensees, and privacy policies of drone-operating agencies. Details: Washington, DC: Muslim Public Affairs Council, 2014. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: August 21, 2019 at: https://www.mpac.org/publications/policy-papers/domestic-drones.php Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Aerial Surveillance Shelf Number: 157032

Author: Berenji, Bijan Title: Recidivism and Rehabilitation of Criminal Offenders: A Carrot and Stick Evolutionary Game Summary: Motivated by recent efforts by the criminal justice system to treat and rehabilitate nonviolent offenders rather than focusing solely on their punishment, we introduce an evolutionary game theoretic model to study the effects of "carrot and stick" intervention programs on criminal recidivism. We use stochastic simulations to study the evolution of a population where individuals may commit crimes depending on their past history, surrounding environment and, in the case of recidivists, on any counseling, educational or training programs available to them after being punished for their previous crimes. These sociological factors are embodied by effective parameters that determine the decision making probabilities. Players may decide to permanently reform or continue engaging in criminal activity, eventually reaching a state where they are considered incorrigible. Depending on parameter choices, the outcome of the game is a society with a majority of virtuous, rehabilitated citizens or incorrigibles. Since total resources may be limited, we constrain the combined punishment and rehabilitation costs per crime to be fixed, so that increasing one effort will necessarily decrease the other. We find that the most successful strategy in reducing crime is to optimally allocate resources so that after being punished, criminals experience impactful intervention programs, especially during the first stages of their return to society. Excessively harsh or lenient punishments are less effective. We also develop a system of coupled ordinary differential equations with memory effects to give a qualitative description of our simulated societal dynamics. We discuss our findings and sociological implications. Details: Los Angeles, California: University of California, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0085531 Year: 2014 Country: United States Keywords: Crime Reduction Shelf Number: 157036

Author: Muslim Public Affairs Council Title: After Action Report for Safe Spaces L.A. Pilot Project Summary: The Safe Spaces model is a public health model for building community resilience and promotes the core values of civic engagement, public safety and healthy identity formation. The model is focused primarily on the underserved population of Muslims, and was piloted at one site, the Islamic Center of Southern California (ICSC). Details: Los Angeles, California: Muslim Public Affairs Council, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2019 at: https://www.mpac.org/publications/policy-papers.php Year: 2017 Country: United States Keywords: Civic Engagement Shelf Number: 157028

Author: Legislative Budget Board, Texas Title: Statewide Criminal and Juvenile Justice Recidivism and Revocation Rates Summary: On March 1, 2004, the Legislative Budget Board (LBB) established a Criminal Justice Data Analysis (CJDA) team to assume certain criminal justice policy analysis responsibilities; these responsibilities were codified in the Texas Government Code, Section 322.019, by the Seventyninth Legislature, Regular Session, 2005. One responsibility of the CJDA team is to calculate recidivism rates for adult and juvenile correctional populations. The January 2019 Statewide Criminal and Juvenile Justice Recidivism and Revocation Rates report provides recidivism and revocation rates for fiscal years 2013 to 2015 in preparation for the Eighty-sixth Legislature, 2019. Details: Austin, Texas: Legislative Budget Board, 2019. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://www.lbb.state.tx.us/Documents/Publications/Policy_Report/4914_Recividism_Revocation_Rates_Jan2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Justice Spending Shelf Number: 157049

Author: Spalding, Ashley Title: Disparate Justice: Where Kentuckians Live Determines Whether They Stay in Jail Because They Can't Afford Cash Bail Summary: Kentuckians presumed innocent should not have their freedom contingent upon their income or where in the state they are arrested. And yet new data shows widely varying rates between counties in the use of cash bail and in the ability of those arrested to meet those monetary conditions. The share of cases with defendants released pretrial without monetary conditions ranges from just 5% in McCracken County to 68% in Martin County. And just 17% of cases subject to monetary bail in Wolfe County result in the defendant finding a way to make the payment while 99% do in Hopkins County. The data suggests an arbitrary system of justice based on location. In certain counties, people with low incomes face much higher risk of harms from being detained in jail ranging from job loss to higher likelihoods of being found guilty and committing crimes in the future. In addition, counties that detain more people on monetary conditions face additional jail costs many of them cannot afford. This data from Kentucky's Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC) underscores the critical need for reform of the pretrial release system in Kentucky, especially as it relates to the imposition of monetary bail as a condition of release. It also raises serious questions about whether there is equal justice statewide due to vastly different pretrial release practices of our local justice systems. Details: Berea, Kentucky: Kentucky Center for Economic Policy, 2019. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://kypolicy.org/disparate-justice-where-kentuckians-live-determines-whether-they-stay-in-jail/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cash Bail Shelf Number: 157042

Author: Eslami, Esa Title: 2016-2018 Oakland Unite Agency Report Summary: This 2016-2018 agency report describes the agencies that make up the Oakland Unite network, summarizing information about the participants they serve, how they serve them, and the successes and challenges they face. This report does not examine participant outcomes, which are the focus of other reports. The agency report is based on analyses of administrative data, participant surveys, and document reviews. The introduction characterizes high-level trends across the Oakland Unite agencies, and subsequent chapters provide details for each specific agency. Details: Oakland, California: Mathematica Policy Research, 2019. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 24, 2019 at: https://www.mathematica-mpr.com/our-publications-and-findings/publications/2016-2018-oakland-unite-agency-report Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Child Exploitation Shelf Number: 157051

Author: Johns Hopkins University. Applied Physics Laboratory Title: Research on Videoconferencing for Pretrial Release Hearings, Version 1.0 Summary: The study team identified reference videos that would test conditions that might influence the VTC system's ability to capture digitally and display scenes reasonably found in a courtroom. Such scenes might influence viewer's perception of demeanor, including variation in contrast between subject and the background, initial white balance, angle of the lighting on the subject, distance or angle between camera and subject, and reflective surfaces. A total of 138 clips representing various levels of introduced jitter and packet loss were created. The study found that participant viewers believed they were able to discern adequately facial expressions of the subject in the video despite noticeable levels of jitter and packet loss distortions. Thus, there was usefulness in videos with some levels of apparent noise; therefore, subjective rating of the utility of VTC should be further explored to determine a threshold of acceptability for automated video quality assessment tools. Although more study of this issue is needed, objective measures are apparently more conservative than human participants in the scoring of videos. Consequently, if the objective measure determines that a video is bad or poor, there is a high likelihood the video is not usable; however, if the objective measure determines that the video is fair, good, or excellent, it is likely the video is usable for pretrial release hearings. 27 tables, 6 figures, and 38 bibliographic listings Details: Laurel, Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, The National Criminal Justice Technology Research, Test, and Evaluation Center, 2019. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/252945.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Court Procedure Shelf Number: 151478

Author: Duffie, Darrell Title: Cyber Runs Summary: Our analysis of a sample of twelve systemically important U.S. financial institutions suggests that these firms have sufficient stocks of high quality liquid assets to cover wholesale funding runoffs in a relatively extreme cyber run. Beyond their own stocks of liquid assets, these institutions have access to substantial additional emergency liquidity from Federal Reserve banks. The resiliency of the largest banks to cyber runs does not, however, ensure that the payment system would continue to process payments sufficiently rapidly to avoid damage to the real economy. During a severe cyber event, especially one whose reach into the banking system is uncertain, nonbanks may be reluctant to send funds through customary bank payment nodes. As a potential safeguard, we raise the idea of an "emergency payment node," a narrow payment-bank utility that could be activated during operational emergencies to process payments between a key set of non-bank financial firms. We end with an overview of other forms of preparedness, including cyber-run stress tests. Details: Washington, DC: Brookings Institute, 2019. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/WP51-Duffie-Younger-2.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Cyber Attack Shelf Number: 157054

Author: TRAC Title: ICE Fails to Target Serious Criminals in Immigration Court Filings Summary: Despite the administration's rhetoric of deporting "criminals" from this country, the latest data from the Immigration Courts through June 2019 shows only 2.8 percent of recent Department of Homeland Security (DHS) filings based deportability claims on any alleged criminal activity. This is way down from the emphasis on deporting criminals that prevailed a decade ago. Details: Syracuse, New York: Syracuse University, Newhouse School of Public Communications and Whitman School of Management, 2019. 3p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://trac.syr.edu/immigration/reports/566/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Deportation Shelf Number: 157058

Author: Baldwin, Molly Title: Cognitive Behavioral Theory, Young Adults, and Community Corrections: Pathways for Innovation Summary: In this new report, co-authored by Molly Baldwin, Anisha Chablani-Medley, Luana Marques, Vincent Schiraldi, Sarah Valentine, and Yotam Zeira, the authors review a collaborative initiative between Roca, a community-based organization in Massachusetts that serves high-risk, justice-involved young men ages 17 to 24, and Community Psychiatry PRIDE, an implementation and dissemination clinical research center affiliated with Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, which focuses on reducing mental health disparities in racially and ethnically diverse communities. The two entities designed a Cognitive Behavioral (CBT) curriculum specifically for the young adult population Roca serves, which is over represented in community corrections. The curriculum development process included the following stages: Literature review Needs assessment and model review Curriculum development Piloting Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard Kennedy School, 2018. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.hks.harvard.edu/sites/default/files/centers/wiener/programs/pcj/files/cbt_young_adults.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Cognitive Behavioral Theory Shelf Number: 157064

Author: Arapahoe County Public Works Department Title: Illicit Discharge, Detection and Elimination (IDDE) Manual Summary: As authorized by the CWA, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Program controls water pollution by regulating point sources that discharge pollutants into waters of the United States. To reduce the adverse effects of stormwater runoff, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) instituted its Stormwater Phase II Final Rule on December 8, 1999. This Phase II Stormwater Program is part of the EPA�s NPDES program, which in Colorado is delegated to the Water Quality Control Division (WQCD) of the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) to administer. The WQCD designated Arapahoe County, as well as the cities, towns, and special districts within the County, as Phase II entities, charged with formally managing runoff from storm events. Commonly referred to as 'stormwater quality management', this effort will reduce the sediment and chemical load on the state's waters. The Southeast Metro Stormwater Authority (SEMSWA) provides stormwater management services within unincorporated Arapahoe County. Arapahoe County was issued an NPDES Phase II Municipal Separate Storm Sewer (MS4) Discharge Permit on March 1, 2003. Details: Colorado: Arapahoe County Public Works Department, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: http://www.arapahoegov.com/DocumentCenter/View/4712/IDDE-Manual?bidId= Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Environmental Crime Shelf Number: 157066

Author: Campaign for Youth Justice Title: If Not the Adult System, Then Where?: Alternatives to Adult Incarceration for Youth Certified as Adults Summary: In an effort to identify alternatives to adult incarceration for youth, CFYJ is learning from stakeholders across the country about their efforts to serve youth charged as adults across a continuum of care. In this report, CFYJ shares current and emerging practices for better serving youth charged as adults, insights from practitioners about what makes for successful programming for this population, and specific recommendations for policy and practice change. Details: Washington, DC: Campaign for Youth Justice, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: http://cfyj.org/cfyj-reports/item/f-not-the-adult-systemthen-where-alternatives-to-adult-incarceration-for-youth-certified-adults Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Alternatives to Adult Incarceration Shelf Number: 157067

Author: Rhine, Edward E. Title: Levers of Change in Parole Release and Revocation Summary: Overview: Paroling authorities play an important, if often unrecognized role, in American prison policies. Discretionary parole processes decide the actual release dates for most individuals subject to confinement in 34 states. Additional leverage over time served is exercised through parole boards' revocation and re-release authority. The degree of discretion these back-end officials exert over the dosage of incarceration is vast, sometimes more than that held by sentencing courts. Any comprehensive program to change American prison policy must focus to a significant degree on prison-release discretion, where it exists, and its relationship to time served. During the buildup to mass incarceration, many parole boards became increasingly reluctant to grant release to eligible prisoners. Today, if it were possible to reverse this upward driver of prison populations, parole boards could be important contributors to a new evidence-based status quo of lower prison rates in many states. Reasonable objectives of reform include policy-driven increases in the likelihood of parole release, and more rational decision making overall about time served. This report describes twelve "levers of change," each associated with potential reforms in the realm of discretionary parole release. The reforms are called "change levers" because, once a lever is pulled, it is designed to impact prison populations by altering parole grant rates and durations of time served. The report identifies 12 areas of innovation that, to some degree, have already been tried by a number of states. In most cases, from a distance, it is impossible to evaluate the quality of each state's implementation of one or more change levers, or the results that have been achieved. But the fact that states have begun to experiment in specific areas shows that there is an appetite for reform. In addition, actual experimentation indicates that some of the groundwork has been laid for evaluation, improvement, and dissemination of promising ideas to many additional states. Some levers have become embedded in the decision protocols of parole boards over the past 20 years and more, while others have emerged only recently. One of the goals of this report is to demonstrate how combining the levers is key to reform. This report maps the terrain of the 12 identified change levers, to the degree permitted by available information. The map shows a huge amount of state-by-state variation, even without hands-on study of each system. The report further classifies individual levers based on the number of jurisdictions in which they have been identified, and their potential impact on states' prison populations. Details: Minneapolis, Minnesota: University of Minnesota, Robina Institute of Criminal Law and Criminal Justice, 2018. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://robinainstitute.umn.edu/publications/levers-change-parole-release-and-revocation Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 157068

Author: Polaris Project Title: Human Trafficking at Home: Labor Trafficking of Domestic Workers Summary: Agatha* came to the United States in 2007 on a temporary work visa. Even though she was hired as a nanny, she also had to work as a housekeeper and cook - without a pay increase to reflect those additional roles. Her employers did not give her adequate medical benefits, kept her passport, and threatened not to send money to her family, as promised, when she objected to their increasing demands. Agatha was finally able to contact the Polaris-operated National Human Trafficking Hotline in 2017 to get help. Her case represents just one of the approximately 8,000 labor trafficking cases reported to the National Hotline between December 2007 and December 2017. Nearly 23 percent of all labor trafficking cases originated from domestic workers like Agatha. Domestic workers include nannies, housekeepers, and in-home care givers who are especially vulnerable to labor trafficking. Their work conditions leave them physically isolated - and they are excluded from laws that protect other workers' rights. This is why Polaris and the National Domestic Workers Alliance (NDWA) are drawing attention to the complex world of domestic work and labor trafficking. Our new report with NDWA looks at the life of a domestic worker along a continuum and ends with a focus on strategies to keep domestic workers from becoming trafficking victims. In order to change this system, we must address lax labor laws, amend harmful visa policies, hold employers more accountable, and learn more about identifying and responding to the labor trafficking of domestic workers. Domestic workers make the economy work. Let us go to work for them. * Name changed to ensure confidentiality Details: Washington, DC: Polaris Project and National Domestic Workers Alliance, 2019. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://act.polarisproject.org/page/44469/subscribe/1 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Domestic Workers Shelf Number: 157069

Author: Bronson, Jennifer Title: Prisoners in 2017 Summary: Presents final counts of prisoners under the jurisdiction of state and federal correctional authorities at year-end 2017 and includes findings on admissions, releases, and imprisonment rates. Selected findings on prisoner demographic and offense characteristics, non-U.S. citizen inmates, prisoners age 17 or younger, prison capacity, and prisoners held in private prisons, local jails, the U.S. military, and U.S. territories are also included. Findings are based on data from BJS's National Prisoner Statistics program, which collects data from state departments of corrections and the Federal Bureau of Prisons. Highlights: - The imprisonment rate for sentenced prisoners under state or federal jurisdiction decreased 2.1% from 2016 to 2017 (from 450 to 440 sentenced prisoners per 100,000 U.S. residents) and 13% from 2007 to 2017 (from 506 to 440 per 100,000). - The number of prisoners under state or federal jurisdiction decreased by 18,700 (down 1.2%), from 1,508,100 at year-end 2016 to 1,489,400 at year-end 2017. - The federal prison population decreased by 6,100 prisoners from year-end 2016 to year-end 2017 (down 3%), accounting for one-third of the overall change in the U.S. prison population. - More than half (55%) of state prisoners were serving sentences for violent offenses at year-end 2016, the most recent year for which data are available. - The number of state or federal prisoners held in private facilities decreased 5% from 2016 to 2017. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=6546 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 157070

Author: Bibiana, Jason Tan de Title: Preventing Suicide and Self-Harm in Jail: A Sentinel Events Approach Summary: Suicide is the leading cause of death for people incarcerated in jail in the United States, accounting for more than 30 percent of deaths in custody. In 2014, the rate of suicide in local jails (50 per 100,000 people) was the highest observed since 2000 and remained more than three times higher than rates of suicide in either prison (16 per 100,000) or in the community (13 per 100,000). Although the rate of jail suicide dropped dramatically between 1986 and its low point in 2008 (from 107 to 29 per 100,000 people), the rate has since fluctuated between 40 per 100,000 and 50 per 100,000. Mortality rates in jail are highest for men and white people, and this is even more pronounced for jail suicide: men incarcerated in jail are 57 percent more likely to die by suicide than women, and white people who are incarcerated are 5.25 and 3.5 times more likely to die by suicide than black or Latino people. These deaths do not account for the incidence of nonsuicidal self-harm in jails, a phenomenon that is less well researched but also a significant health concern and an ongoing challenge in correctional facilities. Although there is little data on self-harm in jails, there is good reason to believe it is common. A national survey of U.S. prisons found that 2 percent of people who are incarcerated engaged in self-injurious behavior each year and that 85 percent of prisons reported that it happened at least weekly. There are multiple reasons for elevated rates of suicide and self-harm in jails. People incarcerated in jail may face facility-level risk factors such as overcrowding; situational risk factors such as the stress and isolation of incarceration; and individual risk factors such as mental illness, substance use, a history of trauma, or a history of engaging in self-harm or suicide attempts. Although suicide is not in itself a mental illness, it may be the result of undiagnosed or untreated mental health disorders, and decades of research show that correctional systems in the United States are ill-equipped to meet the underlying needs of people with mental illnesses. A 2017 survey from the Bureau of Justice Statistics found that 26 percent of people incarcerated in jail met the threshold for serious psychological distress in the past 30 days (compared to 5 percent in the general population), yet only one-third (35 percent) of them had received mental health treatment since admission to jail. This complex interplay of risk factors makes suicide prevention in jails exceedingly challenging. Despite progress since the 1980s, the relatively stable rate of jail suicide across the last 20 years suggests that progress in prevention has stalled. Experts note that the approach to suicide prevention adopted by most jails includes a narrow focus on managing people when they are on suicide precautions and that suicide rates will only be reduced when facilities adopt a comprehensive suicide prevention program. It is thus critical that jails receive guidance in developing and implementing such a prevention program and that criminal justice stakeholders continue to innovate in their responses to suicide and self-harm. In 2016, the Vera Institute of Justice (Vera) reported on the potential for addressing the problem of jail suicide and self-harm through "sentinel event reviews." Recognizing that failures to prevent jail suicide or self-harm are rarely the result of a single event or the actions of an individual staff member, Vera explored the potential of understanding jail suicide as a sentinel event: a significant negative outcome that signals underlying system weaknesses, is likely the result of compound errors, and may provide, if properly analyzed and addressed, important keys to strengthening the system and preventing future harm. Many high-risk fields like aviation and medicine have long responded to known errors by implementing review processes characterized by an all-stakeholder, nonblaming, and forward-looking examination of the error. These sentinel event reviews move away from a view of error as solely the product of individual negligence and instead encourage an institutionalized approach that identifies root causes and underlying system failures. Vera is part of an expanding group of researchers and practitioners supported by the National Institute of Justice that seeks to understand the feasibility, impact, and sustainability of adopting sentinel event reviews in the criminal justice system. In an earlier report, Vera provided justification for why the problem of jail suicide and self-harm is well-suited to a sentinel events approach and offered a step-by-step guide for conducting such a review and moving jails beyond their all-too-common adversarial approach to reviewing suicide deaths in custody. (See "Conducting a sentinel event review" at page 2.) Since the publication of that report, Vera's researchers have studied how four county jail systems review and respond to incidents of suicide and self-harm and have explored the feasibility of integrating sentinel event reviews into those jails' regular practices. Although best practices for suicide prevention and response exist, the majority of jails in the United States (63 percent) do not conduct mortality reviews following a jail suicide and few institutionalized responses exist to respond to instances of self-harm. Research such as this is therefore critical. Not only does this study build the evidence base for the feasibility of sentinel event reviews in the justice system, but it also provides rich data on why the problem of jail suicide remains such an intractable systems issue in the United States and how some jurisdictions are trying to innovate their responses. This report presents the findings from Vera's recent study. Vera collaborated with leadership and staff in four geographically diverse jail systems over 18 months: the Middlesex Office of Adult Corrections and Youth Services (MCDOC) in Middlesex County, New Jersey; the Middlesex Sheriff's Office (MSO) in Middlesex County, Massachusetts; the Pinellas County Sheriff's Office (PCSO) in Pinellas County, Florida; and Spokane County Detention Services (SCDS) in Spokane County, Washington. This report first presents data on the jails' current responses to suicide and self-harm and then describes the barriers and facilitators to implementing sentinel event reviews. Recommendations are provided throughout for jurisdictions looking to improve their responses to jail suicide and selfharm through the incorporation of sentinel event reviews. Details: New York, NY: Vera Institute of Justice, 2019. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/Publications/preventing-suicide-and-self-harm-in-jail/legacy_downloads/preventing-suicide-and-self-harm-in-jail.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Correctional Facilities Shelf Number: 157071

Author: Blankley, Kristen M. Title: Restorative Justice and Youth Offenders in Nebraska Summary: The State of Nebraska has significantly expanded restorative justice services to youth offenders in recent years. A major part of the expansion was the rollout of a statewide system of restorative justice made possible through collaboration among the state's six non-profit community mediation centers and the Nebraska Office of Dispute Resolution. This Article outlines the program, the funding mechanisms, and preliminary results. The early statistical analyses show promise in the program, including reduced recidivism rates. Despite the positive results, this Article also gives critiques of the program and notes areas for further study. Details: S.L.: Nebraska Law Review, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3410502 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: At-Risk Shelf Number: 157072

Author: Crime and Justice Institute Title: Alaska's Pretrial Transformation Summary: Facing rapid growth in the number of defendants held in custody while awaiting trial, Alaska implemented data-driven and evidence-based solutions to transform its pretrial system, freeing up resources to focus on identifying and mitigating risks defendants pose if released to the community and improving public safety. In July of 2016, Gov. Bill Walker signed legislation overhauling the pretrial system, including requiring the use of a pretrial risk assessment tool, shifting from a primarily monetary bail system to a primarily risk-based system, and establishing a new division of the Department of Corrections to provide pretrial supervision. The Crime and Justice Institute has provided technical assistance to leaders in Alaska throughout the process of developing and implementing pretrial solutions as part of a larger criminal justice improvement effort. Details: Boston, Massachusetts: Crime and Justice Institute, 2018. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.crj.org/publication/alaskas-pretrial-transformation-2/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Evidence-Based Solutions Shelf Number: 157073

Author: Impact Justice Title: "Nothing Good Happens in There": Closing and Repurposing Youth Detention Facilities in California Summary: This report offers guidance for local stakeholders, advocates, and reformers on how youth facilities can be repurposed to better meet community needs. Between 2006 and 2016, almost 100 youth detention facilities were closed in California, largely due to the decreasing rates of youth incarceration throughout the state. As youth detention rates continue to fall, communities where these facilities are located must decide whether the skyrocketing costs of keeping them open are worth it, and what more effective and humane alternatives could look like. The report offers considerations and strategies for community leaders to incorporate as they make these important decisions and begin planning ahead. Through two case studies of facilities in Lancaster, CA and Nevada County, CA, it outlines a thoughtful process to support a closure and repurposing campaign. Key findings of the report include: Develop a comprehensive research plan that incorporates surveys, needs assessments, and in-depth interviews; Involve local community residents to understand how they view issues related to criminal justice, incarceration, and community needs; Respond to community concerns to design an effective closure and repurposing campaign that generates community support. Details: Impact Justice, 2019. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://impactjustice.org/resources/nothing-good-happens-in-there-closing-and-repurposing-youth-detention-facilities-in-california/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 157074

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Free to Play?: Hate, Harassment and Positive Social Experiences in Online Games Summary: This report explores the social interactions and experiences of video game players across America and details their attitudes and behaviors in a rapidly growing social space. Globally, video games are a $152 billion industry. Fifty-three percent of the total population of the US and 64 percent of the online population of the US plays video games. Video games have functioned as social platforms over the past three decades, with players around the world interacting with one another while playing games online. As with other social platforms, these interactions can be both personally enriching as well as harmful. In this report we provide an analysis of key findings from a nationally representative survey designed by ADL in collaboration with Newzoo, a data analytics firm focusing on games and esports. The survey found that 88 percent of adults who play online multiplayer games in the US reported positive social experiences while playing games online. The most common experiences were making friends (51%) and helping other players (50%). The games in which players most reported positive social experiences were World of Warcraft (59%), Minecraft (55%), NBA 2k (51%), Overwatch (49%), Counter-Strike: Global Offensive (48%), and Fortnite (47%). In spite of these findings, the survey also found that harassment is quite frequent. This should give the industry pause. Seventy-four percent of adults who play online multiplayer games in the US experience some form of harassment while playing games online. Sixty-five percent of players experience some form of severe harassment, including physical threats, stalking, and sustained harassment. Alarmingly, nearly a third of online multiplayer gamers (29%) have been doxed. The games in which the greatest proportion of players experience harassment are Defense of the Ancients 2 (DOTA 2) (79% of players of the game), Counter-Strike: Global Offensive (75%), Overwatch (75%), PlayerUnknown Battlegrounds (75%) and League of Legends (75%). Fifty-three percent of online multiplayer gamers who experience harassment believe they were targeted because of their race/ethnicity, religion, ability, gender or sexual orientation. Thirty-eight percent of women and 35 percent of LGBTQ+ players reported harassment on the basis of their gender and sexual orientation, respectively. Approximately a quarter to a third of players who are black or African American (31%), Hispanic/Latinx (24%) and Asian-American (23%) experienced harassment because of their race or ethnicity in an online multiplayer game. Online multiplayer gamers were also targeted because of their religion: 19 percent of Jews and Muslims also reported being harassed. Twenty-three percent of online multiplayer gamers who have been harassed avoid certain games due to a game's reputation for having a hostile environment while 19 percent have stopped playing certain games altogether as a result of in-game harassment, as other research has suggested. The games that most players either become more careful playing or stopped playing altogether as a result of harassment are Dota 2 (37%), followed by Fortnite (36%), Counter-Strike: Global Offensive (36%), NBA 2K (33%), Madden NFL (31%), Overwatch (29%), Apex Legends (28%), World of Warcraft (27%), and League of Legends (27%). Perhaps most notably, only 27 percent of online multiplayer gamers reported that harassment had not impacted their game experience at all, meaning that fully 73 percent of players had their online multiplayer game experience shaped by harassment in some way. The impact of harassment in online multiplayer games goes beyond game environments as well: 23 percent of harassed players become less social and 15 percent feel isolated as a result of in-game harassment. One in ten players has depressive or suicidal thoughts as a result of harassment in online multiplayer games, and nearly one in ten takes steps to reduce the threat to their physical safety (8%). To seek recourse for online harassment, 12 percent of online multiplayer gamers contact a game company and 5 percent call the police. In addition to harassment, the study also explores players� exposure to controversial topics, such as extremism and disinformation in online game environments. Alarmingly, nearly a quarter of players (23%) are exposed to discussions about white supremacist ideology and almost one in ten (9%) are exposed to discussions about Holocaust denial in online multiplayer games. The survey also measured players' attitudes towards efforts to make online multiplayer games safe and more inclusive spaces for players. A majority of online multiplayer gamers (62%) agree that companies should do more to make online multiplayer games safer and more inclusive for players, and over half (55%) agree that these games should have technology that allows for content moderation of in-game voice chat. We see opportunities for many different stakeholders to take action and do more to address harassment in online games: Games Industry: Game developers and publishers need to take a more holistic approach towards reducing hate and harassment in online games. This includes developing sophisticated tools for content moderation that include voice-chat; comprehensive and inclusive policies and enforcement around hate and harassment that mirror and improve upon the known best practices of traditional social media; and game ratings systems that consider the amount of harassment in specific games, among other improvements. The games industry should also reach out to collaborate with civil society, to educate civil society about the unique challenges of their community and take advantage of civil society's expertise. Civil Society: Just as in recent years much of civil society has expanded their work to include the impact of traditional social media on their issues and communities, so too should civil society use their resources, expertise and platforms to address the impact of games as digital spaces. To aid in this, civil society should engage with and support scholars and practitioners who have been and continue to do crucial research and practice to help fight hate, bias and harassment in games. Government: Federal and state governments should strengthen laws that protect targets of online hate and harassment, whether on social media or in online games. Governments should also, as they do with social media companies, push for increased transparency and accountability from game companies around online hate and harassment. We believe this report provides insight into the power of video games to enrich lives and also a better understanding of ways the game industry can improve. Details: Troy, New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2019. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.adl.org/free-to-play Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Crimes On-line Shelf Number: 157075

Author: Rempel, Michael Title: Bail Reform in New York: Legislative Provisions and Implications for New York City Summary: In April 2019, New York State passed sweeping criminal justice legislation, strictly curtailing the use of cash bail and pretrial detention, overhauling rules governing the sharing of evidence, and strengthening measures intended to ensure a defendant's right to a speedy trial. The measures go into effect in January 2020. These analyses (summary and comprehensive) explore the potential implications of the reforms to the use of bail. Key Findings - In New York City, 43 percent of the almost 5,000 people detained pretrial on April 1, 2019 would have been released under the new legislation. Outside of New York City, the effects could be even greater. - Of the almost 205,000 criminal cases arraigned in New York City in 2018, only 10 percent would have been eligible for money bail under the new law. Details: New York: Center for Court Innovation, 2019. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.courtinnovation.org/sites/default/files/media/document/2019/Bail_Reform_NY_full_0.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Bail Reform Shelf Number: 157076

Author: Snell, Tracy L. Title: Capital Punishment, 2017: Selected Findings Summary: Provides statistics from the Bureau of Justice Statistics' annual data collection on capital punishment. It includes statistics on the number of prisoners executed each year from 1977 through 2017, the number and race of prisoners under sentence of death at year-end 2017 by state, and the average elapsed time from sentence to execution by year from 1977 through 2017. Highlights: - At year-end 2017, a total of 32 states and the Federal Bureau of Prisons (BOP) held 2,703 prisoners under sentence of death, which was 94 (3%) less than at year-end 2016. - In 2017, the number of prisoners held under sentence of death declined for the 17th consecutive year. - Eighteen states held fewer prisoners under sentence of death at year-end 2017 than at year-end 2016, 3 states and the BOP held more prisoners, and 11 states held the same number. - Three states accounted for 59% of the national decline in prisoners under sentence of death in 2017: Florida (down 33 prisoners), Delaware (down 12), and Texas (down 10). Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 2019. 5p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.bjs.gov/index.cfm?ty=pbdetail&iid=6586 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Capital Punishment Shelf Number: 157077

Author: Immigrant Defense Project Title: ICEwatch: ICE Raids Tactics Map Summary: The Immigrant Defense Project (IDP) today in partnership with the Center for Constitutional Rights launched "ICEwatch," an interactive map that details ICE's deceptive and aggressive tactics with summaries of nearly 700 raids, available at raidsmap.immdefense.org. ICEwatch includes raids conducted during the first year and a half of the Trump administration as well as others that have been reported to IDP over the preceding five years. By offering details on ICE practices, ICEwatch aims to shed light on ICE tactics to better equip individuals to exercise their constitutional rights, as well as to highlight the harms associated with the agency's mass deportation mandate that they fuel through the criminalization of immigrants. Details: New York: Immigrant Defense Project, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.immigrantdefenseproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ICEwatch-Trends-Report.pdf Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Deportations Shelf Number: 157080

Author: Margulies, Lisa Title: An Analysis of Florida's Criminal Punishment Code Summary: For over 20 years, the Criminal Punishment Code (CPC) has guided decision-making on criminal sentencing in Florida. Florida implemented the CPC in 1998 to ensure unbiased, uniform, and proportional sentencing decisions. While rehabilitation is considered a goal of the CPC, the primary purpose of sentencing, as articulated in Florida statute, is punishment. Until recently, the CPC has undergone little analysis or assessment to understand its impact on Florida's prison and jail populations. With greater attention on Florida's sizeable prison population, the continued decline in crime rates statewide, and an abundance of research showing the harmful effects of long periods of incarceration on crime, recidivism, and rehabilitation, policymakers have begun to focus on the role and impact of the CPC. The Crime and Justice Institute (CJI) conducted this analysis to understand the CPC's impact on prison sentences and lengths of incarceration. The CPC uses a complex formula that considers a number of factors related to the seriousness of the offense, aggravating circumstances, and prior criminal history. The final CPC score translates to a variety of outcomes: a required state prison sentence for cases exceeding 44 points, absent departure; a range of sanctions, including state prison, for those cases scoring greater than 22 and up to 44 points; and non-state prison sanctions, with some exceptions, for those cases scoring below 22 points. This analysis focuses primarily on scoresheets receiving score totals from 22 to 44 points because this group represents a significant portion of overall CPC scoresheets in FY 2018 and the court has broad sentencing discretion in this range. Therefore, this particular category presents the opportunity to analyze variability in sentencing decisions over a large number of cases. CJI's analysis of the data in Florida arrived at five key findings for FY 2018: - Individuals with point totals in the 22 to 44 point range accounted for an estimated 4,500 admissions to prison, or more than 15 percent of overall admissions, in FY 2018; - The severity of a primary offense in the CPC scoresheet does not correlate with the likelihood of a prison sentence within the 22 to 44 point group; - The likelihood of a prison sanction for cases receiving 22 to 44 points varies dramatically by judicial circuit and county; - Sentences in Florida significantly exceed the minimum required prison sentence within the 22 to 44 point group; and - Exceeding the 44-point threshold drastically increases the likelihood of a prison sanction. Since the implementation of the CPC in 1998, volumes of criminological research suggest that treatment and supervision, as opposed to incarceration, have a greater impact on reducing recidivism and victimization, and that public safety can be protected while reducing prison populations. Specifically, this body of research demonstrates that incarceration is not a panacea to public safety concerns and, in many cases, may actually contribute to crime. Florida's sentencing policy has not changed for decades despite research indicating it may not be providing the public safety benefits envisioned, and, in fact, its emphasis on punishment may be in conflict with best practice for recidivism reduction. Moreover, the intended goals of the CPC, including proportionality, fairness, and economy, have proven to be elusive. CJI's analysis shows an objective and a quantifiable basis for Florida to revisit the CPC's structure and limitations and to reconsider its goals with a clearer understanding of effective and efficient criminal sentencing policy. CJI recommends that Florida consider the following policy changes: - Rely on two primary factors in determining a sentence: criminal history and seriousness of current offense; - Use a recommended sentence range with lower and upper limits to guide judicial decisions; - Allow departure from a recommended range only on findings of aggravated or mitigated circumstances in writing and on the record; - Shorten sentence lengths, given that the 85 percent time‐served requirement is applied to all Florida inmates; - Implement post‐release supervision for appropriate defendants; and - Create a meaningful right of appeal to a higher court for sentences that exceed specified ranges. Details: Boston, Massachusetts: Crime and Justice Institute, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: http://www.crj.org/assets/2019/06/An-Analysis-of-Florida-CPC-June-2019.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal History Shelf Number: 157082

Author: Patterson, Elizabeth G. Title: Criminal Convictions, Incarceration, and the Right to Vote in South Carolina Summary: In a democratic society characterized by near-universal suffrage, like the twenty-first century United States, stripping a citizen of the right to vote is an extreme measure, requiring the strongest of justifications. It is generally accepted that denial of the vote to minors and mentally incompetent persons is justified because of their impaired capacity for reasoned decision-making. However, no such agreed-upon justification exists for the widespread denial of the vote to citizens who have been convicted of crimes. Indeed, the scope of what is generally referred to as "felon disenfranchisement" varies widely among states, and does not exist at all in two. Because of questions about the rationale for felon disenfranchisement, many jurisdictions have begun to re-examine laws that restrict the voting rights of persons with criminal convictions. In the last twenty years, in particular, a number of states have made legal and administrative changes aimed both at expanding the voting rights of ex-offenders and at assuring that ex-offenders whose voting rights have been restored are not excluded from the franchise by misinformation or unnecessary administrative hurdles. South Carolina, however, has not revisited the issue since the current law was adopted in the early 1980's. That law, in turn, was hurriedly adopted to replace a Jim Crow-era statute that had been challenged on equal protection grounds. Nor has implementation of the current disenfranchisement statute been carefully examined to assure that restoration of voting rights following the period of disenfranchisement is actual and not merely theoretical. As a class project, Professor Elizabeth Patterson's spring 2018 Voting Rights Seminar at the University of South Carolina School of Law undertook a wide-ranging study of law, policy, and practice affecting the voting rights of South Carolinians who have been convicted of crimes, or who are otherwise incarcerated. Based on interviews with state and local officials and other interested persons, examination of state statutes from all 50 states, and review of a wide range of published material, the class identified three issues that should be addressed in order to assure that the voting rights of persons who have been convicted of crimes or are otherwise incarcerated are limited no more than is necessary to serve legitimate policy goals. The three issues, which are discussed more fully in the report that follows, are: 1. The scope of disenfranchisement under current law. Conclusion: The scope of disenfranchisement under current South Carolina law is broader than can be justified by legitimate policy goals, impedes successful re-entry and rehabilitation of ex-offenders, and has an unacceptable disproportionate effect on black voting rights. The state should consider relieving probationers, parolees, and misdemeanants (other than those convicted of election offenses) of the burden of disenfranchisement. 2. Practical and administrative obstacles to ex-offenders' participation in the electorate following restoration of voting rights. Conclusion: Substantial misunderstanding and misinformation concerning ex-offenders' voting rights exist among both ex-offenders themselves and among local election officials. Restoration of voting rights as provided for by South Carolina law will not be a reality without more intensive efforts to inform affected persons of their voting rights and how to exercise the, together with full implementation of the system of guidance and oversight for county boards of voter registration and elections mandated in the 2014 Election Reform Act. 3. Whether the voting rights of eligible voters who are incarcerated are adequately protected. Conclusion: The state has a duty to assure that inmates who retain the right to vote are provided with information and assistance necessary to exercise that right. Details: Columbia, South Carolina: University of South Carolina School of Law, 2018. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3369106 Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Criminal Convictions Shelf Number: 157084

Author: Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Title: Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment Summary: This product is one of a series of intelligence assessments published by the Extremism and Radicalization Branch to facilitate a greater understanding of the phenomenon of violent radicalization in the United States. The information is provided to federal, state, local, and tribal counterterrorism and law enforcement officials so they may effectively deter, prevent, preempt, or respond to terrorist attacks against the United States. Federal efforts to influence domestic public opinion must be conducted in an overt and transparent manner, clearly identifying United States Government sponsorship. Details: S.L.: Department of Homeland Security, 2009. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://fas.org/irp/eprint/rightwing.pdf Year: 2009 Country: United States Keywords: Counterterrorism Shelf Number: 157085

Author: U.S. Department of Justice Title: Investigation of Alabama's State Prisons for Men Summary: The Civil Rights Division and the three U.S. Attorney's Offices for the State of Alabama ("Department" or "Department of Justice") provide notice, pursuant to the Civil Rights of Institutionalized Persons Act, 42 U.S.C. 1997 et seq. ("CRIPA"), that there is reasonable cause to believe, based on the totality of the conditions, practices, and incidents discovered that: (1) the conditions in Alabama�s prisons for men (hereinafter "Alabama's prisons") violate the Eighth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution; and (2) these violations are pursuant to a pattern or practice of resistance to the full enjoyment of rights protected by the Eighth Amendment. The Department does not serve as a tribunal authorized to make factual findings and legal conclusions binding on, or admissible in, any court, and nothing in this Notice Letter ("Notice") should be construed as such. Accordingly, this Notice is not intended to be admissible evidence and does not create any legal rights or obligations. Consistent with the statutory requirements of CRIPA, we write this Notice to notify Alabama of the Department's conclusions with respect to numerous constitutional violations, the facts supporting those conclusions, and the minimum remedial measures necessary to address the identified deficiencies. There is reasonable cause to believe that the Alabama Department of Corrections ("ADOC") has violated and is continuing to violate the Eighth Amendment rights of prisoners housed in men's prisons by failing to protect them from prisoner-on-prisoner violence, prisoner-on-prisoner sexual abuse, and by failing to provide safe conditions, and that such violations are pursuant to a pattern or practice of resistance to the full enjoyment of rights secured by the Eighth Amendment. The violations are severe, systemic, and exacerbated by serious deficiencies in staffing and supervision; overcrowding; ineffective housing and classification protocols; inadequate incident reporting; inability to control the flow of contraband into and within the prisons, including illegal drugs and weapons; ineffective prison management and training; insufficient maintenance and cleaning of facilities; the use of segregation and solitary confinement to both punish and protect victims of violence and/or sexual abuse; and a high level of violence that is too common, cruel, of an unusual nature, and pervasive. Our investigation revealed that an excessive amount of violence, sexual abuse, and prisoner deaths occur within Alabama's prisons on a regular basis. Indeed, a review of a single week in Alabama's prisons - a week in September 2017 - provides a window into a broken system that too often disregards prisoners' safety. The "Hot Bay" at Bibb was a housing unit populated exclusively with prisoners with disciplinary infractions. It had limited supervision and no programming. On a Friday in September 2017, three days before the Department of Justice arrived at Bibb for the first full facility tour of our investigation, two prisoners stood guard at the doors of the Hot Bay, an open dormitory housing men in bunkbeds multiple rows deep, watching for rarely-seen correctional officers. At the back of the dormitory and not visible from the front door, two other prisoners started stabbing their intended victim. The victim screamed for help. Another prisoner tried to intervene and he, too, was stabbed. The initial victim dragged himself to the front doors of the dormitory. Prisoners banged on the locked doors to get the attention of security staff. When an officer finally responded, he found the prisoner lying on the floor bleeding from his chest. The prisoner eventually bled to death. One Hot Bay resident told us that he could still hear the prisoner's screams in his sleep. That same day, at Staton, a prisoner was stabbed multiple times by another prisoner and had to be medically evacuated by helicopter to a nearby hospital. The following day, at Elmore, a prisoner was beaten and injured by four other prisoners. At Ventress, officers performed a random pat down on a prisoner, finding 17 cigarettes laced with drugs, a plastic bag of methamphetamine, and a bag filled with another hallucinogen drug referred to as "cookie dough." On Sunday, a prisoner asleep in the honor dormitory - a dormitory reserved for prisoners with good behavior - at St. Clair was woken from sleep when two prisoners started beating him with a sock filled with metal locks. The victim was injured so severely that he was transported to an outside hospital for emergency treatment. That same day at Ventress, a prisoner was punched so forcefully in the eye by another prisoner that he was sent to an outside hospital. Another prisoner was stabbed by two other prisoners with homemade knives. A different Ventress prisoner was punched so hard in the face by prisoners with shirts covering their faces that he was transported to an outside hospital for treatment. At Staton, a prisoner threatened a correctional officer with a knife measuring seven inches in length. And another prisoner reported that he had been sexually assaulted by a fellow prisoner after he had only agreed, in exchange for three store items, to lower his pants for that prisoner to view his buttocks while masturbating. On Tuesday, at Fountain, a prisoner set fire to another prisoner's bed blanket while he was sleeping, leading to a fight between the two men. Officers searching a dormitory at Ventress found 12 plastic bags of an unknown substance, 79 cigarettes laced with drugs, two bags containing "cookie dough," and a bag of methamphetamine. On Wednesday morning, a prisoner at Easterling was sexually assaulted inside of a segregation cell by an inmate. Four days prior, this same prisoner had been forced at knifepoint to perform oral sex on two other prisoners. On Thursday, at Ventress, a prisoner was so severely assaulted by four other prisoners that he had to be transported to an outside hospital for treatment. A different Ventress prisoner reported being sexually assaulted. At Bullock, a prisoner was found unresponsive on the floor by his bed and later died; his death was caused by an overdose of a synthetic cannabinoid. On Friday at Ventress, an officer observed a prisoner bleeding from the shoulder due to a stab wound; the prisoner was transported to an outside hospital for treatment. These incidents in Alabama's prisons are just some of those reported in ADOC's own records during one week. And based on what we learned from our investigation and statements made by ADOC's head of operations, it is likely that many other serious incidents also occurred this week but were not reported by prisoners or staff. Details: Washington, DC: United States Department of Justice Civil Rights Division, 2019. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.justice.gov/crt/case-document/file/1149971/download Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 157086

Author: Smith, James P. Title: As Youthful Arrests Spike, Their Consequences Rise, Too Summary: Americans are experiencing higher rates of arrests and convictions by age 26 than did members of the generations before them - and the consequences may be serious and lasting for them and the nation, according to a RAND Corporation study by James P. Smith. The study showed that Americans ages 26 - 35 were 3.6 times more likely to have been arrested by 26 when compared with those who were age 66 and older. Roughly a third of men ages 26 - 35 had been arrested by 26, 2.6 times the rate of those 66 and older. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2019. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_briefs/RB10062.html Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Arrests Shelf Number: 157090

Author: The Council of State Governments Justice Center Title: Justice Reinvestment in Wyoming: Policy Framework Summary: The final report of The Council of State Governments Justice Center outlines policy recommendations developed in collaboration with Wyoming's Joint Judiciary Committee that were reflected in a package of legislation signed into law in February 2019. Among other things, these policies aim to improve community supervision practices and reduce recidivism. The state can reinvest averted costs in increasing the availability and effectiveness of community-based behavioral health treatment for people on probation and parole. Details: Washington, DC: The Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2019. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2019 at: https://csgjusticecenter.org/jr/wyoming/publications/justice-reinvestment-in-wyoming-policy-framework/ Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 157091

Author: Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, United States Title: AMBER Alert Best Practices, 2nd Edition Summary: This report provides a 'what works' approach based on the input of those carrying out the day-to-day work of leading, administering, and executing AMBER (America's Missing: Broadcast Emergency Response) Alerts as part of larger missing persons and child protection programs at the state and regional levels. Valuable input has also been gathered through the AMBER Alert Training and Technical Assistance Program's National AMBER Alert Coordinator and Missing Persons Clearinghouse symposium events. This publication and its online resource collection offer field personnel additional information about effective and promising practices. It is designed for interpretation at the state and regional levels in a manner that allows programs to consider their resource limitations and diverse demographic and geographic needs. Details: Washington, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, Office of Justice Programs, U.S. Department of Justice, 2019. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://www.ojjdp.gov/pubs/252759.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Amber Alert Shelf Number: 157096

Author: Lens, Joshua Title: Application of the UAAA, RUAAA, and the State Athlete-Agent Laws to Corruption in Men's College Basketball and Revisions Necessitated by NCAA Rules Changes Summary: Federal authorities recently shocked college basketball stakeholders, the general public, legal analysts, and the NCAA by investigating and bringing federal criminal charges against men's college basketball coaches, individuals associated with Adidas, and athlete advisors for their involvement in two illicit schemes taking advantage of elite men's basketball student-athletes. Interestingly, most states have laws prohibiting some of the defendants' activities. However, throughout both the ensuing legal process and NCAA's response to the federal investigation, it is clear that many have overlooked these state laws which, if properly monitored and enforced, could have mitigated the likelihood of the unfortunate behavior at the center of the scandal. This Article details the investigation, charges, and legal proceedings associated with the men's college basketball scandal. Most states have adopted the Uniform Athlete Agents Act or the Revised Uniform Athlete Agents Act to regulate the behavior of athlete-agents and protect universities. The Article examines application of these acts and state laws to the defendants' actions, concluding that, though the defendants' actions triggered application of the acts, the defendants failed to abide by the acts' requirements and prohibitions. The Article describes the NCAA's swift response to the federal investigation, which included unilaterally and radically revising some of its longstanding rules regarding athlete-agents. However, due to these changes, several of the acts' provisions no longer align with NCAA rules. The Article concludes by suggesting revisions to the acts to align them with the recently revised NCAA rules. Details: Fayatteville, AR: University of Arkansas, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3394624 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Agency Law Shelf Number: 157095

Author: United States Department of Transportation Office of Inspector General Title: FAA Needs to Adopt a Risk-Based, Data-Driven Scheduling Process to Improve the Effectiveness of its Drug Abatement Inspection Program Summary: What We Looked At: Effective drug and alcohol testing programs in the transportation industry are critical to ensuring the safety of the traveling public. The National Transportation Safety Board recently highlighted this issue in its 2017-2018 Most Wanted List of Transportation Safety Improvements, stating that various issues have led to an epidemic of impairment in transportation. Given this important safety concern, our office initiated a series of reviews on drug testing programs within the Department of Transportation, beginning with this audit of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). Our objective was to assess the effectiveness of FAA's inspection program. Specifically, we evaluated FAA's risk-based approach for prioritizing and selecting companies for inspection and the basis for the risk factors used. What We Found: The system FAA uses to develop inspection schedules does not assign risk levels to companies or prioritize inspections based on risk -contrary to FAA's Safety Risk Management Policy, which was implemented to identify hazards, analyze and assess safety risk, and develop controls. Instead, FAA judgmentally selects where and when to conduct drug and alcohol inspections based on available inspection resources, company location, and FAA's desire to conduct as many inspections as possible. Also, the Drug Abatement Division experiences a high number of inspection cancellations. This is partly because its inspection scheduling decisions are based on inaccurate or incomplete company data and it does not coordinate with FAA Flight Standards inspectors to share information prior to scheduling inspections. When these cancellations occur, FAA has not established a risk-based process for selecting substitute companies for inspection. As a result, the Agency is missing opportunities to better target its drug and alcohol program inspections based upon available data and those companies that pose greater risks. Our Recommendations: We made two recommendations to improve the effectiveness of the Drug Abatement Program. FAA concurred with both of our recommendations. We consider both of our recommendations resolved but open pending completion of planned actions. Details: Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the Inspector General, 2019. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://www.oversight.gov/report/dot/faa-needs-adopt-risk-based-data-driven-scheduling-process-improve-effectiveness-its-drug Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Testing Shelf Number: 158100

Author: Anti-Defamation League Title: Audit of Anti-Semitic Incidents: Year in Review 2018 Summary: Throughout each year, ADL's (Anti-Defamation League) Center on Extremism tracks incidents of anti-Semitic harassment, vandalism and assault in the United States. Since 1979, we have published this information in an annual Audit of Anti-Semitic Incidents. In 2018 ADL recorded 1,879 anti-Semitic incidents in the United States. 2018 included the deadliest attack on Jews in the history of the U.S.: The massacre of 11 Jewish worshippers, and an additional two more injured, at the Tree of Life Synagogue in Pittsburgh by a white supremacist in October. The Pittsburgh attack was one of 39 reported physical assaults on Jewish individuals in 2018, a 105% increase over 2017. A total of 59 individuals were victims of assault, not including the police officers injured at the Tree of Life Synagogue. Of the 1,879 incidents in 2018, 1,066 were cases of harassment, an increase of 5% from 2017; and 774 were cases of vandalism, a decrease of 19% from 952 in 2017. In 2018, ADL recorded 249 anti-Semitic incidents attributed to known extremist groups or individuals inspired by extremist ideology. This represents 13% of the total number of incidents and is the highest level of anti-Semitic incidents with known connections to extremist individuals or groups since 2004. These incidents were the result of an anti-Semitic fliering campaign and of a series of robocalls perpetrated by a neo-Nazi. Nearly half of the incidents of harassment targeting Jewish institutions were the work of known white supremacists or extremists. K-12 schools, as well as colleges and universities, continue to be the scenes of significant numbers of anti-Semitic incidents. ADL recorded 344 incidents at K-12 non-Jewish schools in 2018 (down from 457 in 2017), and 201 incidents at colleges and universities (down from 204 in 2017). In 2018 there were 265 reported incidents at Jewish institutions such as synagogues, Jewish community centers and Jewish schools, a decrease of 23% from the previous year, but still markedly higher than the 170 incidents reported in 2016. ADL has tracked anti-Semitic incidents for the past four decades and in 2018 recorded the third-highest number of incidents. The total of 2018 incidents decreased by 5% from the 1,986 incidents ADL recorded in 2017. The 2018 total is 48% higher than the number of incidents in 2016 and 99% higher than in 2015. ADL has included a comprehensive set of policy recommendations for civil society, governmental and technology sector leaders to help them in the fight against the scourge of anti-Semitism, at the end of the report. These include recommendations aimed at assessing and combating the rise of online anti-Semitism, which is not tracked in this report other than with regard to specific reported instances of direct targeting, but which ADL has been analyzing in other reports. The complete dataset of anti-Semitic incidents for 2016-2018 is available on ADL's H.E.A.T. Map, an interactive online tool that allows users to geographically chart anti-Semitic incidents and extremist activity nationally and regionally. Note that some details have been removed from the incident listings to ensure the privacy of victims. Details: New York: Anti-Defamation League, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://www.adl.org/audit2018 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Anti-Semitic Shelf Number: 158102

Author: Temple University Beasley School of Law Title: Interlocking Systems: How Pennsylvania Counties and Local Police are Assisting ICE to Deport Immigrants Summary: Under the Trump Administration, arrests of immigrants by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) have increased in Pennsylvania. Fear of arrest, detention, and deportation permeates the everyday lives of immigrants and their families, affecting their physical and psychological well-being. The lack of transparency or consistency in ICE practices creates pervasive uncertainty, stress, and anxiety for communities. Community based organizations across the state have firsthand experience with the impact of ICE enforcement on their communities. They know anecdotally how localities cooperate with ICE in arresting and detaining immigrants. Given the difficulties in challenging ICE directly at the federal level, community based organizations are increasingly looking to advocate for change at the local level. These organizations, however, have expressed a need to more comprehensively understand how localities are cooperating with ICE. This report, therefore, seeks to shed light by more systematically examining cooperation between ICE and local entities in the era of the Trump administration. We collected information by filing Right to Know (RTK) requests, speaking with local officials, and reviewing the results of Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests conducted by other advocacy organizations (see Methodology in the Appendix). By providing an in-depth study of the mechanisms of ICE collaboration with select county jails, county probation, and local law enforcement, we reveal the various ways in which ICE's enforcement system interlocks with local criminal justice systems in Pennsylvania. We found that counties are consistently collaborating with ICE (Figure 1). 6 County jails and probation departments, for example, regularly share information about immigrants with ICE pursuant to informal agreements or formal written policies. They also actively help ICE to locate and arrest immigrants. Further, counties allow ICE to use their jails and prisons solely for purposes of detaining persons accused of violating civil immigration laws. In Pennsylvania, there are currently seven county jails and one county-run family detention center that have signed federal contracts to detain immigrants for ICE. Despite the significant human cost, counties are profiting from the growing numbers of immigrants in civil detention. On the other hand, police collaboration appears to be less systematic and mostly ad hoc. The majority of the police departments we examined in Pennsylvania do not have written policies or arrangements governing ICE collaboration. The vacuum has created an opening for individual police officers to act based on their own personal inclinations, and for ICE to solicit greater levels of assistance from individual police and police departments. Yet localities have the legal right to make deliberate choices about the role, if any, they play in ICE's enforcement scheme. Localities nationwide are enacting policies that, for example, restrict the information shared with ICE, limit ICE's access to local jails, prohibit inquiries into immigration status or place of birth, or more generally prohibit the use of local resources to engage in federal immigration enforcement. Most recently, localities have also started to cancel their lucrative federal contracts to detain immigrants in local jails or prisons. Such cancellations suggest a discomfort with Trump administration policies and "an attempt to disengage from federal policies seen as harmful to immigrant families." In Pennsylvania, local communities too are organizing and advocating for more immigrant-friendly policies at the local level. We hope that the information provided in this report will assist local communities and organizations in shaping their positions on these issues. Details: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: Temple University Beasley School of Law, Center for Social Justice, 2019. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://vamosjuntos.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Interlocking-Systems-For-Release.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 158104

Author: Washington State Institute for Public Policy Title: Police Diversion for Individuals with Mental Illness (Pre-Arrest) Summary: Diversion programs for individuals with mental illness redirect these individuals from the traditional criminal justice system into mental health treatment programs. This review focuses on pre-arrest diversion programs, which are police-based programs. Police-based diversion programs divert participants to services without applying criminal charges. Programs included in this meta-analysis followed the Crisis Intervention Team model, which involves specialized police training and partnerships between police and mental health providers in the community. Mental health courts and post-arrest diversion programs were reviewed separately from this meta-analysis. Details: Olympia, Washington: Washington State Institute for Public Policy, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: http://www.wsipp.wa.gov/BenefitCost/ProgramPdf/738/Police-diversion-for-individuals-with-mental-illness-pre-arrest Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Diversion Programs Shelf Number: 158106

Author: National Association of Drug Court Professionals Title: Volume II: Best Practices in the Justice System for Addressing the Opioid Epidemic Summary: Opioid-related morbidity and mortality in the U.S. has been steadily increasing over the last two decades. In 2017 alone, 2.1 million Americans suffered from opioid use disorder (OUD), and 47,600 died from opioid overdose. Predictably, the damage done to individuals with OUD involved in the criminal justice system has been even more devastating. Drug overdose is among the leading causes of death for persons reentering society after incarceration, with most of those overdoses attributed to opioids. For those of us who work in and with the justice system, including in drug treatment courts, the death and suffering in front of us necessitate an urgent, concerted and sustained response. From first responders to judges, corrections officials to attorneys, probation officers to addiction and mental health treatment providers, we have not fully seized the opportunity in front of us to address OUD among justice-involved persons. A 2017 review of national treatment episode data sets showed that a mere 4.6% of justice-referred clients received agonist medication treatment, while 40.9% of OUD patients referred from non-justice sources received such treatment. This second volume of the Journal for Advancing Justice, "Best Practices in the Justice System for Addressing the Opioid Epidemic," acknowledges some of the very real barriers justice professionals face to deploying clinical best practices in legal settings for justice-involved persons with OUD, but it also addresses the profound, misguided and sometimes institutionalized lack of understanding about medication-assisted treatment (MAT). It provides a range of articles written by both clinicians and justice professionals. These articles examine thoughtful clinical and legal strategies, provide insight into perspectives of and barriers to MAT, and review recent legal precedents that may have far-reaching effects on future criminal and legal cases. Our hope is that this volume will 1) improve the dialogue between the justice and medical communities and 2) help promote both good treatment and effective legal protocols in the service of justice-involved persons with OUD. Details: Alexandria, Virginia: Journal for Advancing Justice, 2019. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: http://www.nadcp.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Journal-for-Advancing-Justice-Volume-II_Final.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Overdose Shelf Number: 158108

Author: National Association of Drug Court Professionals Title: Identifying and Rectifying Racial, Ethnic, and Gender Disparities in Treatment Courts Summary: Drug treatment courts were created to improve a troubled criminal justice system, not to mirror its worst attributes; yet racial, ethnic, and gender disparities exist in many treatment courts, reflecting and possibly exacerbating systemic injustices for African Americans, Hispanic and Latinx individuals and females, among other groups. In 2010, the NADCP Board of Directors issued a unanimous resolution directing treatment courts to determine whether racial or ethnic disparities exist in their programs and to take reasonable corrective measures to eliminate any disparities identified. NADCP's Adult Drug Court Best Practice Standards place further obligations on treatment courts to monitor their programs at least annually for evidence of racial or ethnic disparities and to adjust their eligibility criteria, assessment procedures and treatment services as necessary to eliminate detected disparities. Thus far, progress toward meeting these obligations has been unsatisfactory. This inaugural issue of the Journal for Advancing Justice is dedicated to understanding and eradicating unfair disparities in treatment courts and the broader justice system. It includes cutting-edge findings from the largest multi-site studies conducted to date on racial, ethnic and gender disparities in treatment courts. In addition, outcomes are reported from experimental and quasi-experimental evaluations of culturally proficient interventions designed to neutralize barriers faced by some racial and ethnic groups in treatment courts and blunt the piercing impact of racial discrimination and implicit cultural biases. Our hope is that the research findings reported in this journal will aid the treatment court field in meeting its most basic obligations and achieving its highest aspirations. Details: Alexandria, Virginia: Journal for Advancing Justice, 2018. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: http://www.nadcp.org/advancingjustice/journal-for-advancing-justice/volume-i/ Year: 2018 Country: United States Keywords: Drug Treatment Courts Shelf Number: 158109

Author: United States Federal Bureau of Investigation Title: Strategic Plan 2004 - 2009 Summary: Looking forward, the FBI's greatest challenges will be to further improve its intelligence capabilities and strengthen its information technology infrastructure. The FBI will continue to develop its talents through ongoing training, and through the recruitment and hiring of analysts, technology experts, and individuals with language skills. The FBI's international presence will continue to grow, and we will continue our tradition of excellence in carrying out all of our responsibilities overseas and at home. The FBI's 2004 - 2009 strategic plan serves as a high-level road map for the FBI to achieve its mission. While the strategic plan provides clear goals and objectives, it also includes the flexibility necessary to adjust quickly to evolving threats. Since the FBI's inception, the nation has turned to it to address the most significant threats, and the FBI has always responded. The strength of the FBI has been, and will always be, its people. Details: Washington, DC: Federal Bureau of Investigation, 2004. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://www.hsdl.org/?abstract&did=771114 Year: 2004 Country: United States Keywords: Federal Bureau of Investigation Shelf Number: 158112

Author: King, Nancy J. Title: Misdemeanor Appeals Summary: Misdemeanor cases affect far more people than felony cases, outnumbering felony cases by more than three to one. Yet very little empirical information exists on many aspects of misdemeanor prosecutions. This Article provides the first quantitative look at appellate review in misdemeanor cases, nationwide. It uses data drawn from a random sample of direct criminal appeals decided by every state appellate court in the nation, unpublished aggregate data on misdemeanor trial court cases provided by the Court Statistics Project, and published state court statistics. We provide the first estimate of the rate of appellate review for misdemeanors, concluding that appellate courts review no more than eight in 10,000 misdemeanor convictions, and disturb only one conviction or sentence out of every 10,000 misdemeanor judgments. This level of oversight is much lower than that for felony cases, for reasons we explain. To develop law and regulate error in misdemeanor cases, particularly in prosecutions for the lowest-level offenses, courts may need to provide mechanisms for judicial scrutiny outside the direct appeal process. Additional findings include new information about the rate of felony trial court review of lower court misdemeanor cases, ratios of appeals to convictions for various misdemeanor-crime categories, detailed descriptive information about misdemeanor cases that reach state appellate courts, the results of a complete statistical analysis examining which features are significantly associated with a greater or lesser likelihood of success, including crime type, claim raised, judicial-selection method, and type of representation, and the first quantitative look at how misdemeanor appeals differ from felony appeals. Details: Ithaca, New York: Cornell Law School, Legal Studies Research Paper Series, 2019. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 2, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3351217 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Felonies Shelf Number: 158111

Author: Cunningham, Mary Title: Denver Supportive Housing Social Impact Bond Initiative: Evaluation and Research Design Summary: Social Impact Bonds (SIBs) are performance-based contracts where private or philanthropic investors loan funds to accomplish a specific objective and are repaid based on whether the program achieves its goals. Denver's SIB initiative will use funds from investors to provide housing and supportive case management services to at least 250 homeless individuals who frequently use the city's emergency services. Repayment to investors is contingent upon the achievement of the program's outcome targets for housing stability and a reduction in jail bed days. This report details the independent evaluation designed by the Urban Institute to determine whether the program achieves the outcome targets. Details: Washington, DC: Urban Institute, 2016. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/79041/2000690-Denver-Supportive-Housing-Social-Impact-Bond-Initiative-Evaluation-and-Research-Design.pdf Year: 2016 Country: United States Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 158117

Author: Hollywood, John Title: Fostering Innovation to Respond to Top Challenges in Law Enforcement Summary: An expert workshop of law enforcement executives and researchers identified several high-priority needs with respect to challenges and issues facing law enforcement. According to the panel members, law enforcement should - identify and assess the existing and proposed best practices for physical, mental, and emotional support opportunities for law enforcement officers, families, and agencies; - develop early identification and intervention systems that can help agencies and officers get ahead of potential problems; - conduct research to identify what the sources of stress are and their likely impact on officer health and wellness; - conduct research to identify how public-sentiment monitoring tools and services, along with appropriate law enforcement interventions, can best be used to improve police-community relations; - develop systems to automate and accelerate review of evidence and generation of reports; - conduct realistic street-level research into interaction skills that are rooted in the practical reality of how most law enforcement scenarios evolve; - conduct research to identify the sets of skills, abilities, and experiences that are most useful to have in today's policing environment; - develop a continually updated inventory of law enforcement information analysis tools. This process should also highlight gaps in the available tools. Details: Santa Monica, California: RAND Corporation, 2019. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/research_reports/RR2900/RR2930/RAND_RR2930.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Community Engagement Shelf Number: 158118

Author: Gentithes, Michael Title: Suspicionless Witness Stops: The New Racial Profiling Summary: Young minority men in high-crime neighborhoods are surrounded by poverty and crime, yet distrustful of the police that frequently stop, frisk, and arrest them and their friends. Every encounter with the police carries the potential for a new arrest or incarceration, fostering a culture of fear and distrust of the authorities. That culture exacerbates the problems facing officers patrolling these neighborhoods, as more crimes go unsolved because witnesses are unwilling to come forward. In the past several decades, officers have responded by using a stop-and-frisk technique of dubious constitutionality to control crime. Despite its disastrous implications for the young minority men stopped, the technique was an attractive, proactive response to stubborn crime rates. But as stops-and-frisks have fallen into public and judicial disfavor, officers have deployed a new tactic to obtain evidence of crimes from young minority men: suspicionless witness stops. In suspicionless witness stops, officers stop individuals in high-crime neighborhoods that may be witnesses to another crime - even though the officers do not suspect that the witnesses have committed an offense. Thus, officers can justify stops without fabricating even the reasonable suspicion of criminal activity typically required to conduct a stop-and-frisk, all by using an analogy to police roadblock cases like Illinois v. Lidster. Only a robust revival of Terry v. Ohio's reasonable suspicion standard can curb the vast potential for discriminatory deployment of suspicionless witness stops. But early court responses have been tepid and confused. They should instead soundly reject the analogy to checkpoint cases. The constitutionality of checkpoints arises from their general applicability to wide swaths of the population, not from their aim to locate witnesses. To encourage witnesses to aid investigations, jurisdictions might instead statutorily grant transactional immunity protection to witnesses that officers stop without suspicion. Otherwise, suspicionless witness stops will only perpetuate the cycle of distrust and unsolved crime. Details: Akron, Ohio: University of Akron School of Law, Chicago-Kent College of Law - Illinois Institute of Technology, New York University School of Law, Loyola University Chicago School of Law, 2019. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3420816 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Checkpoints Shelf Number: 158119

Author: Polinsky, A. Mitchell Title: Deterrence and the Adjustment of Sentences During Imprisonment Summary: The prison time actually served by a convicted criminal depends to a significant degree on decisions made by the state during the course of imprisonment - on whether to grant parole or other forms of sentence reduction. In this article we study a model of the adjustment of sentences assuming that the state's objective is the optimal deterrence of crime. In the model, the state can lower or raise the sentence based on deterrence - relevant information that it obtains about a criminal during imprisonment. Our focus on sentence adjustment as a means of promoting deterrence stands in contrast to the usual emphasis in sentence adjustment policy on reducing recidivism. Details: Cambridge, Massachusetts: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2019. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://www.nber.org/papers/w26083.pdf Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Convicted Criminal Shelf Number: 158121

Author: Sullins, D. Paul Title: Receding Waves: Child Sex Abuse and Homosexual Priests since 2000 Summary: In a previous report I found that the share of homosexual Catholic priests was strongly related to the incidence and victim gender of minor sex abuse by Catholic priests from 1950 to 1999. This report examines whether this trend has continued since 2000. New data are examined from the database of Survivor Accounts of Catholic Clergy Abuse, Denial and Silence (SACCADAS). Summary: Male victimization and homosexual priests rose in step through the 1980s and have since fallen in step, in twin waves that have largely receded. Female victimization has not fallen, persisting today at the same level as in the 1980s. See Figure 14. Key Findings: 1. Abuse is recently rising: The priest sexual abuse of children dropped to an all-time low just after 2002 but has since disturbingly risen, though it remains well below its peak in the 1980s. Reports of current abuse averaged 7.0 per year from 2005-09, rising to 8.2 per year from 2010-14, a 17% increase. In the 1980s there were an average 26.2 reports of current abuse per year. Recent Abuse is Different: 2. Far fewer males: The percent of abuse victims who were male plummeted from 74% in 2000 to only 34% by 2016, averaging 62% over the period. In 1985 males comprised 92% of victims, and averaged 82% from 1950-1999. 3. Older victims: Recent abuse has involved more older victims past puberty. Since 2000 half (50%) of abuse victims were teenagers aged 14-17; before 2000 only a third (33%) were this old. 4. Mostly not by new priests: Since 2000 only a small fraction (11%) of abuse has been perpetrated by newly ordained priests (less than 10 years), while over half (52%) of abuse has been perpetrated by priests ordained 30 years or more. This reverses the pattern prior to 2000, when a third (31%) of abuse was due to newly ordained priests and only 10% by priests ordained 30 years or more. Recently Ordained Priests are Different: 5. Very few are homosexual: We do not have data on homosexual ordinations after 2000, but statistical projections estimate that recent ordination classes have contained very few homosexual men. This is a sharp decline from the 1980s, when as many as half of new ordinations were of homosexual men. 6. Orthodox, faithful younger priests: Concurrent with the drop in homosexual ordinations is the rise of a cohort of young, orthodox vocations and seminary directors who exclude homosexual men from the path to priesthood, in line with longstanding papal instruction and a theology of priestly celibacy as a vocation reserved to marriageable heterosexual men. 7. Aging homosexual priests: Despite few recent homosexual ordinations, the share of homosexual priests has risen since 2000 due to the declining number of ordinations, aging of the priesthood and the large number of homosexual priests ordained earlier. Today half of all Catholic priests are between the ages of 60 and 84, and about one in five of these priests is homosexual; but less than one in thirty priests under age 50 is homosexual. As the wave of older homosexual priests passes on in coming years, the share of homosexual men in the Catholic priesthood will drop rapidly. 8. Since the 1960s, priests engaged in child sex abuse have been relatively concentrated in two cohorts: one ordained in the late 1960s and the other ordained in the early 1980s. 9. As the twin waves of male victimization and homosexual priests recede, the prevailing concern for child safety relative to Catholic priests is the persisting sexual abuse of girls. Details: Washington, DC: The Catholic University of America and The Ruth Institute, 2019. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3400045 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Catholic Church Shelf Number: 158122

Author: Sekhon, Nirej Title: The Chokehold Summary: Eric Garner's last words, "I can't breathe" became a political slogan for Black Lives Matter. Professor Paul Butler takes it from there in his most recent book, Chokehold. Equal parts exegesis, polemic, and self-help tract, he argues that a chokehold is more than just a brutal police tactic. It is a metaphor for a host of social practices that treat Black men as criminals. In this guise, it is not just a chokehold, but "the Chokehold." In this review, prepared for the University of Louisville Brandeis School of Law's 2018 Symposium on Dismantling Structural Inequality, I suggest there is much that Chokehold gets right. The metaphor captures how feedback loops produce racially disparate criminal justice outcomes and how this, in turn, reproduces racist notions of Black male criminality. The book does so without losing sight of the very real pain inflicted upon Black men's bodies and psyches. But the metaphor has the problem of being very particularistic, returning the reader's mind to one specific police practice. Chokehold also might have done more to underscore the moral stakes in characterizing structural racism as the Chokehold. Details: Atlanta, Georgia: Georgia State University, College of Law, 2019. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3389936 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 158124

Author: Sadat, Leila Nadya Title: Gun Violence and Human Rights Summary: This Article examines the U.S. gun violence crisis in light of the U.S. government's international human rights obligations. The United States has more firearm deaths than other high-income countries and it is estimated that there are now more guns than people in the country. The patchwork nature of U.S. gun laws, indicative of the political landscape around firearms and gun control, is insufficient to protect the U.S. population and is in contrast to research showing that gun control laws prevent gun violence. Reasonable gun control measures, such as mandatory licensing and background checks, assault weapons bans, and safe storage requirements, are not only constitutional, but may be legally required for the United States to fulfill its legal international human rights obligations. International human rights law, found in treaties ratified by the United States as well as customary law, are the "supreme law of the land" pursuant to Article VI of the U.S. Constitution. They require the United States to exercise due diligence to protect its population and prevent foreseeable harms, including the many human rights violations associated with the proliferation of firearms and gun violence, such as the right to life, the right to security, the freedom of religion, special protection for children and the right to education, and protection against racial discrimination, among others. This Article provides a human rights framework for the U.S. gun violence crisis that can bolster arguments advanced under U.S. law and influence the political climate in the United States. Given that the difficulty in enacting reasonable gun control measures is largely political rather than legal, considering the problem from a human rights perspective offers real value. Human rights remedies are not the only response to America's gun violence problem, but they are an important element of the solution. As a human rights rhetoric for gun violence becomes normalized, these arguments can also shore up legal and political arguments advanced on other grounds, so that gun control advocates find themselves with a new "tool kit" in the struggle to convince politicians - and courts - that addressing gun violence through the adoption of reasonable gun control measures is legally, as well as morally, required. Details: St. Louis, Missouri: Washington University in St. Louis, School of Law, 2019. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2019 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3396172 Year: 2019 Country: United States Keywords: Assault Weapons Ban Shelf Number: 158125